LIVRES - BOOKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

LIVRES - BOKKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

Media Effects and BeyondCulture Socialization and Lifestyles Addressing a multitude of questions and issues surrounding how we use the media Media Effects and Beyond represents the results of an international research programme into the use and effects of television video and music. Seeing the viewer not simply as passive object but as a very active subject the contributors engage with every aspect of children's adolescents' and families' use of the media - its character causes and consequences. Topics explored include media and social mobility; family commumication and consumer lifestyles. Confronting the two traditions of lifestyle research and effects research Media Effects and Beyond offers a much-needed reconceptualization of both. Written at a time when traditional European public service media systems struggle against a tidal wave of commercial electronic media this book will be important reading for students of contemporary culture and communications as well as media policy for decision makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756198

Media Effects and Society Grounded in theoretical principle Media Effects and Society help students make the connection between mass media and the impact it has on society as a whole. The text also explores how the relationship individuals have with media is created therefore helping them alleviate its harmful effects and enhance the positive ones. The range of media effects addressed herein includes news diffusion learning from the mass media socialization of children and adolescents influences on public opinion and voting and violent and sexually explicit media content. The text examines relevant research done in these areas and discusses it in a thorough and accessible manner. It also presents a variety of theoretical approaches to understanding media effects including psychological and content-based theories. In addition it demonstrates how theories can guide future research into the effects of newer mass communication technologies. The second edition includes a new chapter on effects of entertainment as well as text boxes with examples for each chapter discussion of new technology effects integrated throughout the chapters expanded pedagogy and updates to the theory and research in the text. These features enhance the already in-depth analysis Media Effects and Society provides. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415885911

Media EffectsAdvances in Theory and Research Now in its fourth edition Media Effects again features essays from some of the finest scholars in the field and serves as a comprehensive reference volume for scholars teachers and students. This edition contains both new and updated content that reflects our media-saturated environments including chapters on social media video games mobile communication and virtual technologies. In recognition of the multitude of research trajectories within media effects this edition also includes new chapters on narratives positive media the self and identity media selection and cross-cultural media effects. As scholarship in media effects continues to evolve and expand Media Effects serves as a benchmark of theory and research for the current and future generations of scholars. The book is ideal for scholars and for undergraduate and graduate courses in media effects media psychology media theory psychology sociology political science and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590229

Media Ethics Free Speech and the Requirements of Democracy How we understand protect and discharge our rights and responsibilities as citizens in a democratic society committed to the principle of political equality is intimately connected to the standards and behaviour of our media in general and our news media in particular. However the media does not just stand between the citizenry and their leaders or indeed between citizens and each other. The media is often the site where individuals attempt to realise some of the most fundamental democratic liberties including the right to free speech. Media Ethics Free Speech and the Requirements of Democracy explores the conflict between the rights that people exercise in and through the modern media and the responsibilities that accrue on account of its awesome and increasing power. The individual chapters—written by leading scholars from the US UK and Australia—address several recent events and controversial developments in the media including Brexit the rise of Trump Lynton Crosby Charlie Hebdo dog-whistle politics fake news and political correctness. This much-needed philosophical treatment is a welcome addition to the recent literature in media ethics. It will be of interest to scholars across political and social philosophy applied ethics media and communication studies and political science who are interested in the important issues surrounding the media and free speech and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732158

Media Ethics and Accountability Systems Over the last few years the O.J. Simpson case then the Lewinsky-Clinton affair and scores of minor scandals have dominated the US press often taking precedence over important domestic and international issues. This tabloidization of the news media both here and abroad has proved that "the market" cannot insure media quality. In a democracy for media to function well they must be free of both political and economic muzzling. The only solution is to add self-regulation or quality control by professionals and public to the other two forces the market and state regulation.In this controversial volume Claude-Jean Bertrand sets out to define a set of accountability systems--democratic efficient and harmless--to insure true freedom and quality of media. This brief highly literate volume focuses not on philosophical foundations of media ethics or case stories but on what is now missing in the codes. Many books deal with media ethics but few deal with accountability. Media Ethics and Accountability Systems zeroes in on the many nongovernmental methods of enforcing "quality control " and on the difficulty of getting the media microcosm to accept such accountability. To remedy this lack Bertrand proposes rethinking existing "media accountability systems " some 30 to 40 in number and creation of new ones. He observes that existing systems are rooted in four basic approaches: training: the education of citizens in media use and the incorporation of ethics courses in journalistic education; evaluation: criticism (positive and negative) not only from politicians consumerists and intellectuals but from media professionals themselves; monitoring: by independent academic experts over extended periods of time into the long-term effects; and feedback: giving ear to the various segments of media users and their needs and tastes rather than scrutinizing sales and ratings.Media Ethics will be of particular interest to academics in the fields of communication and journalism as well as to the general reader with an interest in public issues and a civic concern for society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511989

Media Ethics in AustraliaA Special Issue of the Journal of Mass Media Ethics This issue compromises a selection of papers presented at the Inaugural International Media Ethics Conference held in Canberra Australia in July 2002. The papers selected are representative of some of the central themes of the conference such as managing the newsroom and editorial independence limits on press freedom ethical standards and credibility investigative journalism and commercial constraints on the media. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059097

Media EthicsCases and Moral Reasoning Media Ethics: Cases and Moral Reasoning challenges readers to think analytically about ethical situations in mass communication through original case studies and commentaries about real-life media experiences. This text provides a comprehensive introduction to the theoretical principles of ethical philosophies facilitating ethical awareness. It introduces the Potter Box with its four dimensions of moral analysis to provide a framework for exploring the steps in moral reasoning and analyzing the cases. Focusing on a wide spectrum of ethical issues faced by media practitioners the cases in this Eleventh Edition include the most recent issues in journalism broadcasting advertising public relations and entertainment. Cases touch on issues and places worldwide from Al Jazeera to the Xinhua News Agency from Nigerian "brown envelopes" to PR professional standards in South Africa. Racially divisive language comes up in different communication contexts as does celebrity influence on culture. A core textbook for classes in media ethics communication ethics and ethics in journalism public relations and advertising. The companion website [url] contains sample syllabi and lesson plans PowerPoint presentations discussion and test questions and a library of video and other media materials for class use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243975

Media ExperiencesEngaging with Drama and Reality Television Media Experiences: Engaging with Drama and Reality Television travels across people and popular culture exploring the pathways to engagement and the various ways in which we shape and are shaped by the media landscapes in which we move. This exploration includes the voices and bodies sights and sounds of audiences as they experience entertainment through television drama reality TV at live events and within digital television itself as actors participants and producers. It is about the people who create the drama live events and reality entertainment that we experience. This book traverses the relationships between producers and audiences in shared places of a media imagination. Annette Hill’s research draws on interviews and observations with over 500 producers and audience members to explore cultures of viewing across different genres such as Nordic noir crime drama The Bridge cult conspiracy thriller Utopia and reality television audiences and participants in global formats MasterChef and Got to Dance. The research highlights how trends such as multi-screening catch up viewing amateur media and piracy work alongside counter-trends in retro television viewing where people relish the social ritual of watching live television or create a social media blackout for immersive viewing. Media Experiences bridges the divide between industry and academia highlighting how producers and audiences co-create shape and limit experiences within emerging mediascapes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625364

Media FirmsStructures Operations and Performance Media Firms presents studies applying the company level approach to media and communication firms. It explores differences among missions strategies organizational choices and other business decisions. Reviewing economic factors and pressures on media and communications companies this book seeks to improve understanding of how these elements affect market and company structures operations and performance of firms. The chapters written by leading scholars worldwide were selected from papers on the theme of media firms presented at the 5th World Media Economics Conference hosted by the Turku School of Economics and Business Administration and The Journal of Media Economics. The collected studies provide: *an overview of economic and related managerial issues affecting the structures of markets in which firms compete; *the operations of media and communications firms; and *their financial performance. As a result it expands the discussion of economic issues traditionally associated with the field due to narrowed focus of initial books in media economics. It is hoped that this book will induce additional avenues of inquiry regarding such issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516297

Media Freedom and Contempt of Court The essays discuss the restrictions imposed by contempt of court and other laws on media freedom to attend and report legal proceedings. Part I contains leading articles on the open justice principle. They examine the extent to which departures from that principle should be allowed to protect the rights of parties in particular the accused in criminal proceedings to a fair trial and their interest in being rehabilitated in society after proceedings have been concluded. The essays in Part II examine the topical issue of whether open justice entails a right to film and broadcast legal proceedings. The articles in Part III are concerned with the application of contempt of court to prejudicial media publicity; they discuss whether it is possible to prevent prejudice without sacrificing media freedom. Another aspect of media freedom and contempt of court is canvassed in Part IV: whether journalists should enjoy a privilege not to reveal their sources of information. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091297

Media GenerationsExperience identity and mediatised social change While the analysis of generations has been central in the sociological understanding of social change the role of the media in this process has only been acknowledged as an important feature during the last couple of decades. Building on quantitative and qualitative comparative research Media Generations analyses the role of the media in the formation of generational experience identity and habitus and how mediated nostalgia is an important part in the social formation of generations. Avoiding popular generational labelling Göran Bolin argues that the totality of the media landscape is a contextual structure that together with age and life-course factors help inform world-views and ways to relate to the wider society that guide the actions of media users. Media Generations demonstrates how - as different generations come of age at different moments in the mediatised historical process - they develop different media habits but also make sense of the world differently which informs their relations to older and younger generations. It also explores how this process of ‘generationing’ that is the process in which a generation come into being as a self-perceived social identity partly builds on specific kinds of nostalgia that establishes generational differences and distinctions. This book will be of special interest to those studying social change collective memory cultural identity and the role of the media in social experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907683

Media Globalization and Digital Journalism in MalaysiaNetwork Newswork The media ecology within which conventional mainstream journalism currently operates has undergone major transformations since the advent of social media. These transformations arise from the disruption brought upon by the emergence of networked interactive platforms and user-driven online applications including social media blogs and alternative citizen news sites.This book analyses networked forms of journalistic production at traditional news organizations and their conventional news channels. Focusing on case studies from Malaysia it examines current transformations to the norms practices and values of conventional news production. Drawing upon a recent global-comparative turn in journalism studies and parallel efforts to de-Westernize communication theory this book suggests an innovative ‘glocal’ comparative approach to analyse ‘network newswork’ among global transnational and local news organizations including Al Jazeera and Bernama TV located within the same geographical locality Kuala Lumpur Malaysia. This author uses an empirically-grounded conceptual framework for exploring and understanding recent transformations that user-driven networked resources bring to professional journalists’ daily work of producing news. Discussing the implications of network newswork on the wider global journalistic sphere the book elucidates a tiered model of networked sources and expounds upon journalism’s deepening of the digital divide in its inadvertent muting of the voices of non-networked communities that are switched off from the global news sphere and its network society.A fresh perspective on the analysis of globalization in the media and a useful guide for gaining access into media organizations and securing cooperation of organizational members for research this book will be of interest to researchers in the field of Asian Media and Communication Studies Journalism Studies Political Communication and Sociology of Journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877415

Media Globalization and the Discovery Channel Networks This book is about the relationship between media and globalization explored through the unique study of the global expansion of Discovery Communications spearheaded by the Discovery Channel one of the world’s largest providers of factual television programming and media content. The book argues that the study of Discovery's relationship with globalization provides both a specific and a more general practical and theoretical understanding of how the processes of increased linking and interweaving of media and communications unfold and develop as well as some of the consequences of this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809009

Media History and the Archive By the time readers encounter academic history in the form of books and articles all that tends to be left of an author’s direct experience with archives is pages of endnotes. Whether intentionally or not archives have until recently been largely thought of as discrete collections of documents perhaps not neutral but rarely considered to be historical actors. This book brings together top media scholars to rethink the role of the archive and historical record from the perspective of writing media history. Exploring the concept of the archive forces a reconsideration of what counts as historical evidence. In this analysis the archive becomes a concept that allows the authors to think about the acts of classifying collecting storing and interpreting the sources used in historical research. The essays included in this volume from Susan Douglas Lisa Gitelman John Nerone Jeremy Packer Paddy Scannell Lynn Spigel and Jonathan Sterne focus on both the theoretical and practical ways in which the archive has affected how media is thought about as an object for historical analysis. This book was published as a special issue of The Communication Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864658

Media Imperialism in India and Pakistan Examining anew the notions of media imperialism and globalization of media this book disrupts the generalised consensus in media scholarship that globalization of media has put an end to media imperialism. One elemental aspect of media imperialism is the structural dependency of television systems in the global South on the imperial North. Taking India and Pakistan as its case studies this book views globalization of media as the unleashing of processes that have translated into the liberalization of air waves and privatization of television systems whereby commercialization of television is privileged over public interest television. Additionally it argues that the globalization of media has contributed to corruption tabloidization and marginalization of subaltern classes in the Indian and Pakistani media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891152

Media in ChinaConsumption Content and Crisis Multinational media companies increasingly look to China as a highly important market for the future but with what degree of confidence should they do so? Media in China is about a new kind of revolution in China - a revolution in which rapidly commercializing media industries confront slow-changing power relations between political social and economic spheres. This interdisciplinary collection draws on the expertise of industry professionals academic experts and cultural critics. It offers a variety of perspectives on audio-visual industries in the world's largest media market. In particular the contributors examine television film music commercial and political advertising and new media such as the internet and multimedia. These essays explore evolving audience demographies new patterns of media reception in regional centres and the gradual internationalization of media content and foreign investment in China's broadcasting industries. This book will of use to students and professionals involved in media and communication as well as anyone interested in contemporary China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870663

Media in MotionCultural Complexity and Migration in the Nordic Region Owing to increased migration dating from the 1990s Nordic countries have gone through substantial cultural and social changes resulting in increased debate surrounding the politics of multiculturalism. One of the central realms of the discussion around multiculturalism in the Nordic region concerns the media which is considered to be a vital factor in the construction of society's values as well as an essential tool in the integration process of migrants providing as it does a symbolic arena for learning about and becoming part of society. This collection draws together the latest research from Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden to look at different aspects of the relationship between media and migration in the Nordic region. Exploring the role played by the media in nation building and the power of the media in the definition of who 'belongs' in society Media in Motion examines the practices of inclusion and exclusion that characterise mainstream media representations. The book also examines the manner in which recent technological changes suggest the emergence of a transnational and cosmopolitan media landscape; a space which blurs the boundaries of the national and transnational as well as between the public and the private with significant implications for the ways migrants may take and become part of society. As such it will be of interest to those working in the fields of media race and ethnicity colonialism and postcolonial studies and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279469

Media in ProcessTransformation and Democratic Transition The post-communist development of media systems has been uneven in the countries of the region. Television and newspapers together with the emergence of social media have had great influence on the political debate in various countries. Ownership of the media has been a factor in many instances. The integration of traditionally isolated Central/Eastern Europe into larger worldwide trends has fundamentally changed the way we look at the media in this region. This volume proposes to address the transition of the media and communication industries in the contemporary period. The contributions discuss among other things the obstacles that still remain for the media to play an effective watchdog role in the new democracies and whether the advent of the Internet and social media has helped or hindered the transformation to a powerful independent media. The discussion further examines whether advertising agencies have targeted post-communist citizens differently than those in Western European countries and if the media markets in the post-communist region are fundamentally different than in Western Europe and North America. A second focus of the volume is the media coverage of social issues like domestic violence which is intended to draw attention to these issues and influence policy in a more aware and open society. This establishes the trend of post-communist media following the example of western media practice. The implications of the Central European media transformation for the newly transforming media markets in the post-Soviet space suggest a new phase in the development of the medium. The impact of global influences on regional expression is an important aspect of the political and social changes that are underway. This volume makes an important interdisciplinary contribution in examining the development of the media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881511

Media in War and Armed ConflictDynamics of Conflict News Production and Dissemination This book focuses on the social process of conflict news production and the emergence of public discourse on war and armed conflict. Its contributions combine qualitative and quantitative approaches through interview studies and computer-assisted content analysis and apply a unique comparative and holistic approach over time across different cycles of six conflicts in three regions of the world and across different types of domestic international and transnational media. In so doing it explores the roles of public communication through traditional media social media strategic communication and public relations in informing and involving national and international actors in conflict prevention resolution and peace-keeping. It provides a key point of reference for creative innovative and state-of-the-art empirical research on media and armed conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583613

Media IndependenceWorking with Freedom or Working for Free? Media independence is central to the organization make-up working practices and output of media systems across the globe. Often stemming from western notions of individual and political freedoms independence has informed the development of media across a range of platforms: from the freedom of the press as the "fourth estate" and the rise of Hollywood’s Independent studios and Independent television in Britain through to the importance of "Indy" labels in music and gaming and the increasing importance of independence of voice in citizen journalism. Media independence for many therefore has come to mean working with freedom: from state control or interference from monopoly from market forces as well as freedom to report comment create and document without fear of persecution. However far from a stable concept that informs all media systems the notion of media independence has long been contested forming a crucial tension point in the regulation shape size and role of the media around the globe. Contributors including David Hesmondhalgh Gholam Khiabany José van Dijck  Hector Postigo Anthony Fung  Stuart Allan and Geoff King demonstrate how the notion of independence has remained paramount but contested in ideals of what the media is for how it should be regulated what it should produce and what working within it should be like. They address questions of economics labor relations production cultures ideologies and social functions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548459

Media Law The aim of this book is to analyse media law in relation to specific areas both in terms of its practical application and its theoretical framework. Part 1 concentrates on the regulation of media content and is largely written from a pro media point of view. Its central tenet is how far does the English media enjoy freedom of expression and the way in which that impacts on how the media operates. It considers how the Human Rights Act 1998 impacts on the media. Part 2 moves on to look at the regulation of the media industries as a whole. Part 3 focuses on day to day transactions for the media. In particular it focuses on provisions from typical media agreements and aims to provide a context for the law which has been outlined in Parts 1 and 2. The structure of this book bridges the gap between a traditional textbook and practitioner work and provides a book which will be of interest to law degree and LPC students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138158702

Media Law and Ethics Media Law and Ethics is a comprehensive overview and a thoughtful introduction to media law principles and cases as well as related ethical concerns relevant to the practice of professional communication. This is the fi rst textbook to explicitly integrate both media law and ethics within one volume. Since it integrates both current law and ethical queries it is ideal for both undergraduate and graduate courses in media law and ethics. Co-author Kyu Ho Youm expands this edition’s international scope updating and broadening his chapter on international and foreign law. The book also covers the most timely and controversial issues in modern American media. The new fifth edition has been updated with current events and discusses the potential impact they have. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282469

Media Law and EthicsA Casebook This new edition of the casebook includes extensive excerpts from 25 major decisions by the Supreme Court of the United States in media law or related to media law. The cases are presented in the order in which they are discussed in the third edition of <I>Media Law and Ethics<$> by Roy L. Moore and Michael D. Murray but the casebook is designed to be used as a supplemental text in any media law course. Each case includes a brief overview and has been edited to delete detailed citations and highly technical material. However every effort has been made to preserve the Court's original language including its recitation of the facts its reasoning and the holding in the case. Most of the cases also include excerpts from the Court's syllabus a summary prepared by the Court's Reporter of Decisions. A few of the cases include excerpts from concurring and/or dissenting opinions where those opinions illustrate the complexity of the case or were influential in later decisions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003064336

Media Law for Journalists This book is both an introductory text and reference guide to the main issues facing journalists today including social media fake news and regulators. The text covers the law of the United Kingdom – including Scots and Northern Irish devolved legislation – as well as human rights and EU laws. This book covers essential areas such as: privacy confidentiality freedom of expression and media freedom defamation contempt of court regulation of the print press and broadcast regulation as well as discussions on fake news and how to regulate online harm. There is a section on intellectual property law covering mainly copyright. Court reporting and how to report on children young people and victims of sexual offences receive particular attention in this book with relevant cases in user-friendly format. The engaging writing style is aimed to enthuse students practitioners and lecturers with plenty of examination and practice materials. The text is packed with extensive learning aids including case studies boxed notes sample examination questions appendices of statutes and cases and a glossary. It is intended as a complete course textbook for students and teachers of journalism media communications and PR courses focusing on diploma courses NCTJ examinations and broadcast journalism courses such as the BJTC. The book’s international focus would also make it ideal reading for journalists from across the world who are working in the UK. The book presumes no prior legal knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421779

Media Law for Producers Media Law for Producers is a comprehensive handbook that explains in lay terms the myriad legal issues that the producer will face on a regular basis - contracts permits defamation patents releases and insurance libel royalties and residuals as well as protecting the finished production. This revised and expanded edition includes such Internet-related topics as Internet music law online registration and online privacy. Other new topics covered include:· Implied and express contracts in the project/idea submission process · Assignment/transfer of copyright· Music clip licensing· Use of other people's trademarks in media production· Parody as a defense to copyright infringement Clear explanations examine the how and why of different types of production contracts and checklists provide a quick means for producers to determine when their productions might be at greatest risk to legal challenges. Media Law for Producers also examines the substantial changes in copyright term resulting from recent copyright legislation. Legal problems can be very costly to media producers. Lawyers and court fees coupled with the loss of work time can lead to bankruptcy. Media Law for Producers cuts through the legalese and illustrates legal issues to help producers recognize the legal questions that can arise during production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130456

Media Law Through Science FictionDo Androids Dream of Electric Free Speech? Attorney and legal scholar Daxton Stewart examines the intersection of media law and science fiction exploring the past present and future of communication technology and policy debates. Science fiction offers a vast array of possibilities anticipating future communication technologies and their implications on human affairs. In this book Stewart looks at potential legal challenges presented by plausible communication technologies that may arise 20 or 50 or 100 years from today. Performing what he calls "speculative legal research " Stewart identifies the kinds of topics we should be talking about relating to speech privacy surveillance and more and considers the debates that would be likely to arise if such technologies become a reality. Featuring interviews with prominent science fiction authors and legal scholars and a foreword by Malka Older this book considers the speculative solutions of science fiction and their implications in law and policy scholarship. Chapters feature specific literary examples to examine how cultural awareness and policy creation are informed by fictional technology future societies and legal disputes. Looking forward beyond traditional legal research and scholarship to the possible and even very likely future of communication technology this fascinating work of speculative legal research will give students and scholars of media law science fiction and technology much to discuss and debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949331

Media LawA User's Guide for Film and Programme Makers First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004716

Media Leaks and Corruption in BrazilThe Infostorm of Impeachment and the Lava-Jato Scandal Analyzing the political consequences of the most extensive corruption investigation in recent Latin American history Operação Lava-Jato Media Leaks and Corruption in Brazil answers two central questions about the contradictory effects news media has on political systems. First how can political actors in a seemingly well-functioning democracy quickly override checks and balances and replace a head of state with a corrupt vice-president? Second how can very active news media while ostensibly performing the role of the watchdog still fail to deliver media accountability to the public?Combining a quantitative view of the media sphere with case studies of the leaks legal actions and alliances forming and breaking in the Brazilian Congress Mads Bjelke Damgaard demonstrates that the media’s attention to leaks and investigations of corruption paved the way for Dilma Rousseff’s impeachment. By timing the disclosure of information in scandals actors with inside information were able to drive the media agenda and let some scandals escape from the limelight. The book delivers an in-depth study of how scandals become political weapons in a time of media personalities and post-politics.This book will interest scholars of Latin American Studies and Brazil and the broader fields of media studies democracy studies and journalism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666040

Media Literacy Around the World At the dawn of the twenty-first century education about and through the media has become a worldwide phenomenon and is playing an increasingly important role in educational reform. The theory and practice of media education have profited greatly from recent and intensive development and application of new information and telecommunications technologies. Consequently the importance of media and information literacy is taking on an even greater urgency. With this in mind the contributors to this volume survey what has taken place over the last decade in different parts of the world examine the current state of theoretical conceptual and research development and consider where media education is going and where it ought to go. With two-thirds of its 22 contributions coming from outside the United States Media Literacy around the World is a genuine international effort with many leading media and information educators in the world taking part. The work converts the notion of globalism from a slogan into a working hypothesis. The concerns in this volume are with literacy not just in computer technology but as a broad concern of the educational process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351292924

Media Literacy Education in ActionTheoretical and Pedagogical Perspectives Media Literacy Education in Action brings together the field’s leading scholars and advocates to present a snapshot of the theoretical and conceptual development of media literacy education—what has influenced it current trends and ideas about its future. Featuring a mix of perspectives it explores the divergent ways in which media literacy is connected to educational communities and academic areas in both local and global contexts. The volume is structured around seven themes: • Media Literacy: Past and Present • Digital Media and Learning • Global Perspectives • Public Spaces • Civic Activism • Policy and Digital Citizenship • Future Connections Compelling well-organized and authoritative this one-stop resource for understanding more about media literacy education across disciplines cultures and divides offers the fresh outlook that is needed at this point in time. Globally as more and more states and countries call for media literacy education more explicitly in their curriculum guidelines educators are being required to teach media literacy in both elementary and secondary education contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658379

Media Literacy in a Disruptive Media Environment This book part of the BEA Electronic Media Research Series brings together top scholars researching media literacy and lays out the current state of the field in areas such as propaganda news participatory culture representation education social/environmental justice and civic engagement. The field of media literacy continues to undergo changes and challenges as audiences are reconceptualized and reconfigured media industries are transformed and replaced and the production of media texts is available to anyone with a smartphone. The book provides an overview of these. It offers readers specific examples and recommendations to help others as they develop their own teaching and research agendas. Media Literacy in a Disruptive Media Environment will be of great interest to scholars and graduate students studying media literacy through the lens of broadcasting communication studies media and cultural studies film and digital media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367414856

Media Management and Digital Transformation Media Management and Digital Transformation provides novel and empirically rich insights into the tensions struggles and innovations of news making and managing in media organizations. From an empirically grounded perspective this book investigates how the 'buzz' of new technology tends to prevent management from seeing which changes are needed and indeed possible to make in the newsroom. It presents ground-breaking research showing that fostering ingenious innovative solutions can be created from within organizations by engaging and allowing employees to recognize problems reflect and experiment with new ways of working using technology as support for change. The research presented arises from a four-year action research project in collaboration with three small and medium-sized Norwegian newspapers in addition to ethnographic research in newsrooms and on media organizations and phenomena in the USA and Europe. It includes among other empirical examples of newsrooms transitioning from a deadline-controlled workflow to an open-ended flowline production and provides new tools and methods for fostering collaborative creativity and co-creative innovation practices. It also looks into newsrooms’ attempts to strengthen their audience engagement metrics performance and external collaborations with technology providers journalism education and action researchers. With theoretical chapters methodological insights and qualitative case studies of contemporary practices this book is essential reading for students and practitioners involved with media management globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592087

Media Management and Economics Research in a Transmedia Environment This landmark work centers on media management and economics within a diverse international historical and constantly changing environment. The chapters herein reflect the current state of research and present directions for future study. Developed at the 2012 Research Symposium in conjunction with the annual convention of the Broadcast Education Association it represents the most current theory and research in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925588

Media Management MattersChallenges and Opportunities for Bridging Theory and Practice This edited volume explores media management as engaged scholarship building a bridge between theory and practice and discussing research collaboration between academia policymakers and the media industry. In addition to advancing the scholarly discipline it also questions investigates and discusses the practical value of the research undertaken showing how media management research can provide actionable practice-relevant knowledge to decision makers throughout the media industry. The volume is broken into two parts: a section reflecting on the need for collaboration between research and practice and a section overviewing specific projects that aim to deliver administrative value to stakeholders. The international research projects presented here span topics such as digital transformation business models in news and digital journalism media entrepreneurship and start-ups ad-blocking location-based services audiovisual consumption preferences the sustainability of small television markets co-located and clustered industries and digital privacy. Incorporating under-used methodological approaches such as action research and ethnography Media Management Matters brings suggestions for how scholarship might be promoted outside academia. Simply put this book aims to demonstrate why media management matters.  Featuring an international roster of contributors this collection is essential reading for scholars and practitioners of media management business and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211004

Media Management Review This unique publication deals exclusively with current media management issues. It fills a void in the current literature and provides an outlet for a growing number of media scholars and practitioners interested in the ever-changing and ever-more-complex field of media management. The Media Management Review was designed to appeal to working professionals who deal directly with managing the media: radio television cable newspapers magazines new media and advertising agencies. Written in a style that is both understandable and applicable this annual volume is an indispensable resource filled with information on the latest media management theories and practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053256

Media ManagementA Casebook Approach Media Management: A Casebook Approach provides a detailed consideration of the manager’s role in today’s media organizations highlighting critical skills and responsibilities. Using media-based cases that promote critical thinking and problem-solving this text addresses topics of key concern to managers: diversity group cultures progressive discipline training and market-driven journalism among others. The cases provide real-world scenarios to help students anticipate and prepare for experiences in their future careers. Accounting for major changes in the media landscape that have affected every media industry this Fifth Edition actively engages these changes in both discussion and cases. The text considers the need for managers to constantly adapt obtain quality information and be entrepreneurial and flexible in the face of new situations and technologies that cannot be predicted and change rapidly in national and international settings. As a resource for students and young professionals working in media industries Media Management offers essential insights and guidance for succeeding in contemporary media management roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901025

Media MattersRace & Gender in U.S. Politics Now more than 20 years since its initial release John Fiske’s classic text Media Matters remains both timely and insightful as an empirically rich examination of how the fierce battle over cultural meaning is negotiated in American popular culture. Media Matters takes us to the heart of social inequality and the call for social justice by interrogating some of the most important issues of its time. Fiske offers a practical guide to learning how to interpret the ways that media events shape the social landscape to contest official and taken-for-granted accounts of how events are presented/conveyed through media and to affect social change by putting intellectual labor to public use. A new introductory essay by former Fiske student Black Hawk Hancock entitled ‘Learning How to Fiske: Theorizing Cultural Literacy Counter-History and the Politics of Media Events in the 21st Century’ explains the theoretical and methodological tools with which Fiske approaches cultural analysis highlighting the lessons today’s students can continue to draw upon in order to understand society today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888203

Media Mergers The recent surge in media mergers has set off a wave of stories that all hit very close to home. In some cases the news organizations themselves become news. The formation of communication conglomerates raises profound questions for reporters' lives and work such as: What is the best way to cover stories of high profile and complexity? Will the new giants broaden both the definition of journalism and the opportunities for journalists to practice their craft? What are the prospects for the new partnership of big news new media and big business? The consequences of consolidation vary by media industry. The evolution of communication technology is so fast that today's truisms can be undone tomorrow. Media Mergers provides a healthy dose of skepticism a search for illuminating facts and a willingness to consider all sides of the discussion.This book approaches the emergence of media giants from a variety of angles. The contributors offer many ways of understanding their scale and their significance. Media Mergers is divided into six parts: "Point/Counterpoint " "The Imperial Moment " "Captains of Communication " "States of Media " "The Consequences of Media Empires in the United States " and "The Consequences of Media Empires Around the World." Authors include: Todd Gitlin; Steven Rattner; Ken Auletta; Madeline Rogers; Danny Schechter; Barbara Maltby; and Mac Margolis.Included in this volume is a roundtable introduced by Walter Cronkite and moderated by Alex Jones. Participants are Frank A. Bennack Jr. Neil S. Braun P. Anthony Ridder and Arthur Ochs Sulzberger Jr. A review essay by Anne Wells Branscomb concludes book. She discusses various books on the subjects of media moguls multimedia conglomerates and media takeovers. Media Mergers is especially pertinent today an age in which the communications industry is constantly changing progressing and being affected by business upheavals. It will be of interest to publishers media specialists and all those in communications policy and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527829

Media MessagesWhat Film Television and Popular Music Teach Us About Race Class Gender and Sexual Orientation The new edition of this widely adopted book reveals how the popular media contribute to widespread myths and misunderstanding about cultural diversity. While focused on the impact of television feature film and popular music the authors reach far beyond media to explore how our understanding values and beliefs about race class gender and sexual orientation are constructed. They analyze how personal histories combined with the collective history of oppression and liberation contribute to stereotypes and misinformation as well as how personal engagement with media can impact prospects for individual and social freedom. Along with updated media examples expanded theories and analysis this edition explores even more deeply the coverage of race in two chapters discusses more broadly how men and boys are depicted in the media and socialized and how class issues have become even more visible since the Great Recession of the 21st century and the Occupy movements. Special activities and exercises are provided in the book and an online Instructor's Manual is available to adopters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765617576

Media Moms & Digital DadsA Fact-Not-Fear Approach to Parenting in the Digital Age Is social media ruining our kids? How much Internet activity is too much? What do FOMO (Fear of Missing Out) sexting and selfies mean for teens? Are you curious about what research says about how media and technology are affecting childhood? Supported by academic research focused on technology Media Moms & Digital Dads breaks down complex issues in a friendly accessible fashion making it a highly useful and ultimately reassuring read for anyone who worries about the impact that media might be having on young minds. Each chapter delves into a different issue related to kids and media so parents can easily find their particular issue of concern. Dr. Uhls ends each chapter with quick takeaways in the form of tips and guidance for parents.  Dr. Uhls' expertise as a former Hollywood film executive and as a current expert on child development and the media gives her a unique and important perspective. As a trained scientist she understands the myriad studies conducted by researchers and as a mom of digital teens she knows what actually works and can relate to the reality of being a parent in the 21st century. Dr. Uhls also describes the primary research she conducted at UCLA including whether extensive screen time impacts non-verbal emotional understanding which has been covered in the New York Times Time magazine and on National Public Radio.  There are few more important issues for parents today than helping children safely navigate the digital world in which we live a world that provides immense opportunity for learning and connecting yet also puts kids in a position to make mistakes and even cause harm. Knowing what the facts are and when and how to get involved is perhaps one of the most challenging aspects of modern parenting. Media Moms & Digital Dads offers parents reassuring and fact-based guidance on how best to manage screens and media for their children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560847

Media NetworksArchitectures Applications and Standards A rapidly growing number of services and applications along with a dramatic shift in users’ consumption models have made media networks an area of increasing importance. Do you know all that you need to know?Supplying you with a clear understanding of the technical and deployment challenges Media Networks: Architectures Applications and Standards covers media networks basics architectures protocols standards specifications advanced audiovisual and multimedia services and future directions. Focusing on video and audio-visual services it provides wide-scale reference on media networks and the audiovisual domain.The book investigates the different network architectures along with their related protocols and standards. It examines the different digital TV technologies as well as their deployment architectures. Illustrating the role of network operators service providers content providers and manufacturers this timely reference is divided into three parts:Presents digital TV technologies including Open IPTV Mobile TV 3D video and content delivery networksCovers media content delivery and quality of experience (QoE) Examines user-centricity and immersive technologies that take into account advanced services personalization immersive technologies architectures and applications e-health and societal challengesThe book considers emerging media content delivery architectures including Future Internet CDN (Content Delivery Networks) architectures and Content Centric Networks (CCN) approaches while examining the technical challenges and standardization efforts related to such issues. It presents the Quality of Experience (QoE) in Future Internet/ Next Generation Mobile Networks and also covers the management of media (audio/video) information in Future Internet including transport protocols and compression technologies. The book concludes by describing pressing s Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381370

Media Ownership and Agenda ControlThe hidden limits of the information age Media Ownership and Agenda Control offers a detailed examination of media ownership amidst the complexities of the information age from the resurgence of press barons to the new influence wielded by internet giants. Much of the discussion pivots around recent revelations and controversies in the media industry such as the findings published in 2012 from the Leveson Inquiry the US Federal Communications Commission’s ruling on net neutrality in 2015 Edward Snowden’s decision to leak National Security Agency (NSA) documents in 2013 and the legal battles over ancillary copyrights waged in Germany and elsewhere. Justin Schlosberg traces the obscure and often unnoticed ways in which agendas continue to be shaped by a small number of individual and institutional megaphones despite the rise of grassroots and participatory platforms and despite ubiquitous displays of adversarial journalism. Above all it explores the web of connections and interdependence that binds old and new media gatekeepers and cements them to the surveillance and warfare state. This ultimately foregrounds the book’s call for a radical rethink of ownership regulation situating the movement for progressive media reform alongside wider struggles against the iniquities and injustices of global capitalism. This book’s re-evaluation of the nature of media ownership and control in a postdigital world will prove to be an invaluable resource for students of media studies and journalism as well as all those with an interest in the changing dynamics of media power.  Get involved: Reclaimthemedia.org   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775466

Media Perceptions of Religious Changes in AustraliaOf Dominance and Diversity This volume explores the contradiction between the news coverage given to issues of religion particularly since 2001 in relation to issues such as terrorism politics security and gender and the fact of its apparent decline according to Census data. Based on media research in Australia and offering comparisons with the UK the author demonstrates that media discussions overlook the diversity that exists within religions particularly the country’s main religion Christianity and presents religion according to specific interpretations shaped by race class and gender which in turn result in very limited understandings of religion itself. Drawing on understandings of the sacred as a non-negotiable value present in religious and secular form Media Perceptions of Religious Changes in Australia calls for a broader sociological perspective on religion and will appeal to scholars of sociology and media studies with interests in religion and public life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192570

Media Perspectives for the 21st Century Media Perspectives for the 21st Century brings together key international scholars to explore concepts topics and issues concerning the communication environment in contemporary democratic societies. It combines qualitative and quantitative approaches to provide an interdisciplinary and truly global perspective that reflects the trends theories and issues in current media and communication research. The collection raises significant questions about the study of the media by challenging approaches to major media and societal issues and analyses in more depth the range of concerns that shape both the present and the future media landscape and the issues these can create for communication. It also investigates the main effects of technological developments on the domain of the news media and journalism. Divided into two main sections Part I provides accounts of the role of the media in society and deals with agendas that affect the field of communications studies. Part II goes on to examine the world of new media and offers analyses on the developments of the 21st century. Chapters deal with various dimensions of media from a number of different perspectives and socio-political contexts covering a wide range of topics including Social Networking Political Communication Public Journalism Global Infotainment and Consumer Culture. Media Perspectives for the 21st Century will be highly useful to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as researchers and academics in the fields of media and communication studies mass communication journalism and new media. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203834077

Media Piracy in the Cultural EconomyIntellectual Property and Labor Under Neoliberal Restructuring This book takes a Marxist approach to the study of media piracy – the production distribution and consumption of media texts in violation of intellectual property laws – to examine its place as an endemic feature of the cultural economy since the rise of the Internet. The author explores media piracy not in terms of its moral or legal failings or as the inevitable by-product of digital technologies but as a symptom of a much larger restructuring of cultural labor in the era of the Internet: labor that is digital entrepreneurial informal and even illegal and increasingly politicized. Sketching the contours of this new political economy while engaging with theories of digital media both critical and celebratory Mueller reveals piracy as a submerged social history of the digital world and potentially the key to its political reimagining. This significant contribution to the study of piracy and digital culture will be vital reading for scholars and students of critical media studies cultural studies political theory or digital humanities and particularly those researching media piracy digital labor the digital economy and Marxist theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303812

Media Portrayals of Religion and the Secular SacredRepresentation and Change Is it true that Christianity is being marginalised by the secular media at the expense of Islam? Are the mass media Islamophobic? Is atheism on the rise in media coverage? Media Portrayals of Religion and the Secular Sacred explores such questions and argues that television and newspapers remain key sources of popular information about religion. They are particularly significant at a time when religious participation in Europe is declining yet the public visibility and influence of religions seems to be increasing. Based on analysis of mainstream media the book is set in the context of wider debates about the sociology of religion and media representation. The authors draw on research conducted in the 1980s and 2008-10 to examine British media coverage and representation of religion and contemporary secular values and to consider what has changed in the last 25 years. Exploring the portrayal of Christianity and public life Islam and religious diversity atheism and secularism and popular beliefs and practices several media events are also examined in detail: the Papal visit to the UK in 2010 and the ban of the controversial Dutch MP Geert Wilders in 2009. Religion is shown to be deeply embedded in the language and images of the press and television and present in all types of coverage from news and documentaries to entertainment sports reporting and advertising. A final chapter engages with global debates about religion and media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448068

Media Power Professionals and Policies The work of Jeremy Tunstall one of the founding fathers of British media studies is the inspiration behind Media Power Professionals and Policies. In this collection of new work leading international contributors address the central themes of Tunstall's work; the history structures and practices of the international media industry the relationship between media and government and the sociology of labour in the media industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203349816

Media Power and Democratization in BrazilTV Globo and the Dilemmas of Political Accountability In this book Porto analyzes the role of TV Globo in the democratization of Brazil. TV Globo one of the world's largest media conglomerates has a dominant position in Brazil's communications landscape. It also exports telenovelas to more than 130 countries and has established joint ventures with transnational media conglomerates. Beginning in the mid-1990s TV Globo began a process of "opening " replacing its authoritarian model of journalism with a more independent reporting style. Representations of Brazil in prime time telenovelas have also shifted. Given this shift Porto considers some of the following questions: •What explains these changes in Brazil's most powerful media company? •How are they related to processes of political and social democratization? •How did TV Globo's opening affect Brazil's emerging democracy especially in terms of the quality of political accountability mechanisms? Porto uses the Brazilian case of TV Globo to analyze the larger links between democratization civil society mobilization and media change in transitional societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720052

Media Power and Hegemony in South AfricaThe Myth of Independence This book critically explores how meanings of ‘independence’ are constructed and reconfigured by public service broadcasters in the global south with a particular focus on the South African Broadcasting Corporation (SABC). Blessed Ngwenya questions the institutional political economy and world systems paradigms born out of coloniality which continue to influence broadcasting and media in the global south and instead presents a radical local understanding of freedom in the present day. The author draws on detailed empirical interviews with members of staff from across the SABC including board members senior management and journalists offering an intimate insight into how the participants themselves perceive understand and deal with the issues and problems they face in relation to independence. Framed by a rich analysis of the historical context this book provides readers with the theoretical and empirical toolkit needed to place the everyday experiences and needs of their subjects first and to ultimately arrive at an accurate understanding of independence in its several senses. Contributing to growing global debates on the decolonisation of knowledge this book is critical reading for advanced scholars and researchers of African media culture communication and epistemic freedom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367489892

Media Power in Hong KongHyper-Marketized Media and Cultural Resistance Studies of Hong Kong media primarily examine whether China will crush Hong Kong’s media freedom. This book however traces the root problem of Hong Kong media back to the colonial era demonstrating that before the resumption of Chinese sovereignty there already existed a uniquely Hong Kong brand of hyper-marketized and oligopolistic media system. The system encouraged by the British colonial government was subsequently aggravated by the Chinese government. This peculiar system is highly susceptible to state intervention and structurally disadvantaged dissent and marginal groups before and after 1997. The book stresses that this hyper-marketized media system has been constantly challenged. Through a historical study of media stigmatization of youth this book proposes that over the years various counter forces have penetrated the structurally lopsided Hong Kong media: independent public popular and news media all make occasional subversive alliances to disrupt the mainstream and news media with a strong liberal professionalism provide the most subversive space for challenging cultural hegemony. The book offers an alternative and fascinating account of the dynamics between hegemonic closure and day-to-day resistance in Hong Kong media in both the colonial and post-colonial eras arguing that the Hong Kong case generates important insights for understanding ideological struggles in capitalist media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102002

Media Practices Social Movements and PerformativityTransdisciplinary Approaches As individuals incorporate new forms of media into their daily routines these media transform individuals’ engagement with networks of heterogeneous actors. Using the concept of media practices this volume looks at processes of social and political transformation in diverse regions of the world to argue that media change and social change converge on a redefinition of the relations of individuals to larger collective bodies. To this end contributors examine new collective actors emerging in the public arena through digital media or established actors adjusting to a diversified communication environment. The book offers an important contribution to a vibrant transdisciplinary and international field of research emerging at the intersections of communication performance and social movement studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367883980

Media Practices and Protest PoliticsHow Precarious Workers Mobilise How do precarious workers employed in call-centres universities the fashion industry and many other labour markets organise struggle and communicate to become recognised influential political subjects? "Media Practices and Protest Politics; How Precarious Workers Mobilise" reveals the process by which individuals at the margins of the labour market and excluded from the welfare state communicate and struggle outside the realm of institutional politics to gain recognition in the political sphere. In this important and thought provoking work Alice Mattoni suggests an all-encompassing approach to understanding grassroots political communication in contemporary societies. Using original examples from precarious workers mobilizations in Italy she explores a range of activist media practices and compares different categories of media technologies organizations and outlets from the printed press to web application and from mainstream to alternative media. Explaining how activists perceive and understand the media environment in which they are embedded the book discusses how they must interact with a diverse range of media professionals and technologies and considers how mainstream radical left-wing and alternative media represent protests. Media Practices and Protest Politics offers important insights for understanding mechanisms and patterns of visibility in struggles for recognition and redistribution in post-democratic societies and provides a valuable contribution to the field of political communication and social movement studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268654

Media Product PortfoliosIssues in Management of Multiple Products and Services Media product portfolios are rapidly becoming the predominant shared characteristic of media companies worldwide. The phenomenon involves firms from all kinds of media--newspapers magazines television radio cinema--and is found in enterprises ranging from small local firms to large globalized companies. This volume is the result of a coordinated effort of scholars in the United States and Europe to explore the characteristics processes challenges and implications of media product portfolios.This book breaks new ground by introducing the concepts of product portfolio management and applying them to media companies in a comprehensive manner. It draws from knowledge and methods of analyzing product portfolio management in other industries applies that knowledge to media industries and analyzes current practices in media firms. The process and issues of portfolio strategy development and management are complex and wide ranging. The book explores the development of media product portfolios from an interdisciplinary perspective providing insight from business economic organizational and communication approaches. The book explores why and how firms develop portfolios how company strategy and organizational development relate to portfolios the role of leaders in developing portfolio activities economic and economic geography issues in portfolios production issues challenges in managing multiple products and operations issues of marketing and branding issues in portfolios personnel implications and the unique challenges in the internationalization of media portfolio operations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650045

Media Production AgreementsA User's Guide for Film and Programme Makers Media Production Agreements is an invaluable reference tool for film television and video producers and has been written specifically for all those involved in the media industry. Providing legal information and sound advice on the structuring of deals and negotiated agreements this authoritative guide identifies potential pitfalls in the drafting and arrangement of contracts and proposals.Media Production Agreements contains legal agreements which independent producers writers and all those involved in the film and television industry are faced with at the outset of a project. Typical agreements and sample contracts are presented in the text and practical explanatory notes provide clarification caveats and advice.Contracts and agreements discussed include:* option and literary purchase* writer's and director's agreement* co-production agreement* distribution agreement* location agreement* non-disclosure agreement* release from a living person* release for extras* name product and logo release agreement* licence to reproduce still photographs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004709

Media ProductionA Practical Guide to Radio & TV Media Production is an introductory guide to radio TV and film production techniques. Illuminating the step by step process from conception to delivery from the initial brainstorms through planning research and editing this book creates a guided structure to help students learn about media production. Aimed at those producing radio film or TV productions for the first time this book offers relevant advice which takes account of the context in which students work and the type of equipment available to them. Supported by online resources this textbook provides templates notes and exercises to help students prepare for their own productions as well as a video and audio library showcasing techniques interviews and behind the scenes industry footage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535328

Media Promotion & Marketing for Broadcasting Cable & the Internet This fifth edition of the successful Promotion and Marketing for Broadcasting Cable and the Web 4ed takes an important timely look at the newest media venue the Internet. Under its new title Media Promotion and Marketing for Broadcast Cable and the Internet 5ed it takes a fresh look at the industry and the latest strategies for media promotion and marketing.The book explores the scope and goals of media production from the perspectives of network and local television cable Internet and radio including public broadcasting. Topics include: goals of promotion; research in promotion; on-air print and Web message design; radio promotion; television network and station promotion and new campaigns; non-commercial radio and television promotion; cable marketing and promotion; research and budgeting for promotion; syndicated program marketing; global and international promotion and marketing; and online marketing and promotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168671

Media PsychologyExploration and Application This book examines media psychology as a field of study and provides a fundamental understanding of its emergence and application. It covers various key themes such as consumer behavior mass media and advertising media and culture media messages and their effects on individual and group behavior in the Indian context. It highlights the role of media psychology with reference to citizenship and pedagogy and studies the emerging concept of digital altruism. The author also discusses various research methods used in this field that help to objectively evaluate the impact of mass media messages on people and people’s effect on the functioning of mass media. This comprehensive book will be useful to students and researchers of psychology media psychology mass-communication consumer behavior digital marketing corporate communication and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367676223

Media ReformDemocratizing the Media Democratizing the State Using examples of media from a range of countries in Latin America Europe Asia and Africa including Uruguay Poland China Indonesia Jordan and Uganda Media Reform considers the social and cultural implications of a free and independent media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980730

Media Relations in Property Media relations are a vital tool for helping property companies build shareholder value through stronger brands develop reputations that drive a flow of new work and help sell and let properties faster and at a fraction of the cost of other marketing techniques but such relationships need to be managed properly. This practical and comprehensive book � peppered with real case studies and observations from numerous people within the property industry � aims to demystify �the black art of PR�. Some of the topics covered include: the strategic aims and benefits of good media relations promoting good media relations practice throughout your organization an overview of property opportunities across the UK media understanding journalists and what they want do's and don'ts of working with the media developing a media relations plan the costs of media relations programmes. Written by an award winning property journalist and a marketing consultant with more than forty years experience between them this book is a must read for all property professionals looking to make the most out of the media. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138461338

Media Relations MeasurementDetermining the Value of PR to Your Company's Success Nowadays most managers seek a complete picture when it comes to return on investment and this applies to PR too. Despite this and the developments in measurement tools for marketing and advertising PR has lagged behind and different professionals have favoured different models. Ralf Leinemann and Elena Baikaltseva's book brings together the range of models for evaluating PR effectiveness and develops them into a series of appropriate tools for business use. Basic concepts such as balanced scorecards business fundamentals and planning processes are all covered. The authors also introduce their own theory of PR evaluation and apply it to five different types of activity: interviews press conferences generic campaigns crisis PR and long-term projects. In addition the book contains many valuable tips and real-life examples throughout. Written for corporate PR practitioners and marketing/communications specialists this book brings together business objectives and the evaluation of company impact in terms of media reputation visibility of the company and its competitors. In total more than 60 different methods of evaluation are discussed providing readers with an indispensable toolkit for mapping each PR task or project by selecting the appropriate method from the menu provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380943

Media Relations of the Anti-War MovementThe Battle for Hearts and Minds In this book Ian Taylor examines how a social movement the anti-Iraq War movement in the UK engaged with the media as a part of their campaigning against the invasion and occupation of Iraq. Moving beyond content analysis to draw upon interviews with locally based journalists and activists Taylor examines how locally based anti-war groups engaged with their local press as well as how those groups were reported on by the local press in their respective areas. In the process of exploring these ideas the book takes on questions like: How did local journalists assess the legitimacy of the anti-war movement? How why and to what extent did opponents of the war pursue local press coverage? What bearing did the social composition of the movement have on the way they set about engaging with the media? How did the local press handle the controversy surrounding opposition to military action against Iraq? Media Relations of the Anti-War Movement makes a unique contribution to research on the interactions between social movements and the media and plugs a major gap in the literature on the Iraq War and the media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368217

Media RelationsIssues and strategies Public relations and the media are in a time of major change. The rise of social media altered media platforms evolving legislative environments and new models of communication have altered not only the working environments of public relations and the news and entertainment media but also many aspects of how these industries work together.Media Relations provides a practical and thorough introduction to media work in this changing environment. Based on a solid understanding of media culture and theory Jane Johnston shows how to steer a path between the technical and human elements of media relations. She drills down into the different types of media analysing their applications strengths and weaknesses and shows how to target your message to the right media outlets whether national television community radio celebrity magazines or influential blogs.This second edition has been revised throughout and includes new case studies and new chapters on digital and social media media campaigns and legal and ethical considerations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781742376448

Media Representations of Anti-Austerity Protests in the EUGrievances Identities and Agency This book analyzes constructions of injustice group identification and participation in news and social media in anti-austerity protests within the European Union (EU). Since 2008 EU member-states have witnessed waves of protests and demonstrations against the adoption of austerity measures and alignment of domestic economies with the prevailing global neoliberal order. Understanding how the media represents dissent and how it influences public deliberation is of critical importance. It is accordingly necessary to explore the strategies deployed and role played by news and social media in representing and perhaps acting upon anti-austerity protests in the Eurozone crisis. This volume undertakes such a critical exploration.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889555

Media Representations of Gender and Torture Post-9/11 In this timely book Gronnvoll offers a feminist rhetorical examination of gender and torture looking at the media coverage of Abu Ghraib and Guantánamo Bay as well as recent popular entertainment television serials where torture appears as a plot device (including 24). In exposing news media coverage to such scrutiny she finds that cases of American personnel engaging in torture achieved notoriety chiefly because of the fact that women were perpetrators. The language of commentators suggests at least as much social outrage over the gender performance of the women as over the fact of torture being committed by Americans. At the same time political and social discourses sketch a portrait of an intractable enemy in the form of the Muslim "Other" and betray a longing for a savior warrior hero who is capable of prevailing over this perceived "evil." Yet news coverage of Abu Ghraib and Guantánamo Bay suggests women warriors are socially perceived as lacking the necessary qualifications to be such saviors. This finding provides a transition into an examination of popular entertainment television programs that feature male and female heroes as government agents engaged in fighting the war on terrorism. Ultimately Gronnvoll's analysis suggests that a Western cultural longing for a savior is partially fulfilled through fictional programming portrayals of masculine warriors who engage in torture and remain heroic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634212

Media Research on Climate ChangeWhere have we been and where are we heading? Research on media coverage of climate change as a particular subfield of environmental communication research has proliferated over the past decade. This book sets out to consider what conclusions can be drawn in light of the existing body of work what lessons can be learnt what are the challenges to be met and what are the directions to be taken in order to further develop media research on climate change. The mixture of articles in this volume serve well to illustrate the range of empirical theoretical and methodological approaches subsumed under the broad heading of "media studies on climate change." Some contributions focus on the past—how the subfield has developed and what we can learn from that—and some look toward the future. Either way all the authors share the ambition to suggest important avenues of research be they centered on media context applicability of results or theoretical advancement. As such they make a valuable contribution to identifying important directions for future research on the role of the media in communicating climate change. This book was previously published as a special issue of Environmental Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074821

Media ResearchTechnology Art and Communication Herbert Marshall McLuhan (1911-1980) received his PhD in English literature from Cambridge University and taught in the United States and Canada. He is best known however as the founding father of media studies. McLuhan was Director of the Center for Culture and Technology at the University of Toronto. Among his ground-breaking works on the psychic and social dimensions of communication technology are The Gutenberg Galaxy (1962); Understanding Media: the Extensions of Man (1964); and The Medium Is the Massage: An Inventory of Effects (1967). Michel Moos' premise is that Marshall McLuhan's importance derives from his achievements in rethinking the entire process of education and training itself not with his popular fame as media guru and he analyzes McLuhan's work from the feedback effect his vision continues to provide rather than from the perspective of interpreting McLuhan's pronouncements on the electronic media. Moos contrasts McLuhan's thoughts with those of such thinkers as Roland Barthes Fredric Jameson Friedrich Kittler Donna Haraway and Deleuze and Guattari and renders an updated account of the effect of the mass media on our society and ourselves. The concept "the medium is the message" is the hub around which Marshall McLuhan's explorations revolved. McLuhan's interests ranged from sixteenth-century literature to twentieth-century business practices. With wit and literary flair he reported the media's influence on society and on the individual. He concluded that we could not escape being transformed by the forces that are hidden deeply within the electronic telecommunications revolution of the sixties. For McLuhan the new mediums of film television and the emerging realm of the digital were the modern equivalent of Gutenberg's printing press. Essays by M. McLuhan. Edited and with a Commentary by M.A. Moos. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078601

Media Servers for Lighting ProgrammersA Comprehensive Guide to Working with Digital Lighting Media Servers for Lighting Programmers is the reference guide for lighting programmers working with media servers – the show control devices that control and manipulate video audio lighting and projection content that have exploded onto the scene becoming the industry standard for live event productions TV and theatre performances. This book contains all the information you need to know to work effectively with these devices beginning with coverage of the most common video equipment a lighting programmer encounters when using a media server - including terminology and descriptions - and continuing on with more advanced topics that include patching a media server on a lighting console setting up the lighting console for use with a media server and accessing the features of the media server via a lighting console. The book also features a look at the newest types of digital lighting servers and products. This book contains: Never-before-published information grounded in author Vickie Claiborne’s extensive knowledge and experience Covers newest types of digital lighting servers and products including media servers software and LED products designed to be used with video Companion website with additional resources and links to additional articles on PLSN Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721899

Media Sociology The British post-war campaign to ban American horror comics neatly illustrates many of the pitfalls of media research. It is the first case-study used by David Barrat as he reviews this rapidly growing field of sociology. He gives a clear account of how and why sociologists have studied the media looking in particular at the arguments about the effects of television video comics newspapers and radio on their audiences.He explains how media organizations work how 'news' is manufactured and what the political and commercial constraints can be. He discusses the likely impact on new technologies including satellite and cable television on the media industry. The final chapter is about methods of studying the media such as 'uses and gratifications' content analysis semiology and structural approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442931

Media Spectacle and the Crisis of DemocracyTerrorism War and Election Battles Douglas Kellner's Media Spectacle and the Crisis of Democracy: 9/11 the War on Iraq and Election 2004 investigates the role of the media in the momentous political events of the past four years. Beginning with the role of the media in contested election of 2000 Kellner examines how corporate media ownership and concentration linked with a rightward shift of establishment media have disadvantaged the Democrats and benefited George W. Bush and the Republicans. Exploring the role of media spectacle in the 9/11 attacks and subsequent Terror War in Afghanistan and Iraq Kellner documents the centrality of media politics in advancing foreign policy agendas and militarism. Building on his analysis in Media Spectacle (Routledge 2003) Kellner demonstrates in detail how conflicting political forces ranging from Al Qaeda to the Bush administration construct media spectacles to advance their politics. Two chapters critically engage the role of the media in the buildup to the Iraq war and the media-centric nature of Bush's Iraq invasion and occupation. Final chapters delineate the role of the media in the highly contested and significant 2004 election campaign that many believe to be one of the key political struggles of the contemporary era. Criticizing Bush's unilateralism Kellner argues for a multilateral and cosmopolitan globalization and the need for democratic media to help overcome the current crisis of democracy in the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633480

Media Spectacles First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416178

Media Strategies for Marketing Places in Crisis Growing competition between countries and cities over attracting infrastructure investment tourists capital and national and international status mean that today a negative image is more harmful than ever. Whatever the cause of the negative image places perceived as dangerous frightening or boring are at a distinct disadvantage. Many decision makers and marketers stand by helplessly frustrated by their knowledge that in most cases their city's negative image is not based on well-grounded facts. Given that stereotypes are not easily changed or dismissed the challenge facing these decision makers is great. Analyses of many case studies show interesting examples of places that tried to change a negative image into a positive one in order to bringing back tourists investors and residents. Although a great deal of knowledge about crisis communications has accumulated in recent years very little has been written about strategies to improve places' negative images. The aim of "Media Strategies for Marketing Places in Crisis" is to discuss the various dimensions of an image crisis and different strategies to overcome it both in practice and theory. "Media Strategies for Marketing Places in Crisis" is based on the careful analysis of dozens of case studies advertisements public relations campaigns press releases academic articles news articles and the websites of cities countries and tourist destinations.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473546

Media StrategiesManaging content platforms and relationships Media Strategies maps the complex and disruptive media environment for the communication professional and provides the tools and methods to work effectively within it. Increasingly communication professionals need to be accomplished content managers capable of employing an arsenal of multi-media tactics across different platforms. This book presents new and innovative approaches to media relations brand journalism and content management providing practitioners with the tools to creatively develop share and deliver strategic media assets and ideas that cut through the cluttered digital environment. The authors also demonstrate that personal and traditional skills are as important as ever including the ability to tell stories create memorable media pitches write and lay-out media materials and develop credibility and trust in relationships. Media Strategies sets a new agenda for anyone seeking to build a career as a professional communicator. It includes examples from around the world from corporate political government not-for-profit and activist communication and public relations practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760295196

Media Strategy and Military Operations in the 21st CenturyMediatizing the Israel Defence Forces This book applies the concept of mediatization to the contemporary dynamic between war media and society with a focus on the Israel Defence Forces (IDF). Since the beginning of the 21st century the IDF has undergone an intensive process of mediatization that has transformed the media into an interpretative grid for many of its military activities and increasingly utilized media to garner public support and construct civilian perceptions of conflict and security through media activity and strategy. This process can be divided into four distinct chronological phases in accordance with the operational challenges confronted by the IDF during this period from the Al-Aqsa Intifada of 2000 through Israeli unilateral disengagement from Gaza in 2005 and the second Lebanon war of 2006 to the series of Gaza confrontations of 2008-2014. The work shows how the IDF’s media policy evolved from a narrow perception of its role and separation between operational and media actions to a cohesive and coherently articulated media strategy that is increasingly intertwined with military action and operational strategy and a vital component of strategic military aims and objectives. This strategic stance has led the IDF to adopt a global media perspective using the most advanced new media platforms designed to influence public opinion and improve national narratives both in Israel and the international community. By applying the concept of mediatization to the Israeli case this book fills a research lacuna and offers a new prism for the study of media-military relations in contemporary conflicts. The book will be of much interest to students of civil-military relations strategic studies Middle Eastern Studies media and communication studies sociology and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596354

Media Studies 2.0 Media Studies 2.0 offers an exploration of the digital revolution and its consequences for media and communication studies arguing that the new era requires an upgraded discipline: a media studies 2.0. The book traces the history of mass-media and computing exploring their merger at the end of the twenty-century and the material ecological cultural and personal elements of this digital transformation. It considers the history of media and communication studies arguing that the academic discipline was a product of the analogue broadcast-era emerging in the early twentieth century as a response to the success of newspapers radio and cinema and reflecting that era back in its organisation themes and concepts. Digitalisation however takes us beyond this analogue era (media studies 1.0) into a new post-broadcast era. Merrin argues that the digital-era demands an upgraded academic discipline: one reflecting the real media life of its students and teaching the key skills needed by the twenty-first century user. Media 2.0 demand a media studies 2.0 This original and critical overview of contemporary developments within media studies is ideal for general students of media and communication as well as those specifically studying new and digital media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638630

Media Studies: The Basics Fully updated and revised the second edition of Media Studies: The Basics is the ideal guide to the changing landscape of media and Media Studies. There have been seismic shifts in what constitutes (the) media in recent years with technological advances ushering in whole new categories of producers consumers and modes of delivery. This has been reflected in the way media is studied with new theories concepts and practices coming to the fore. This new edition addresses core questions including: Who or what are the media? What are the key terms and concepts used in analysing media? Where have new media technologies had the biggest impact? How and by whom is media made in the 21st century? Featuring new case studies an updated glossary and suggestions for further reading this is the ideal introduction to Media Studies today for both A Level and undergraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138349162

Media StudiesTexts Production Context Media Studies: Texts Production Context 2nd Edition is a comprehensive introduction to the various approaches in the field. From outlining what media studies is to encouraging active engagement in research and analysis this book advocates media study as a participatory process and provides a framework and set of skills to help you develop critical thinking. Updated to reflect the changing media environment Media Studies retains the highly praised approach and style of the first edition. Key Features: Five sections - media texts and meanings; producing media; media audiences; media and social contexts; histography - examine approaches to the field including new and web media traditional print and broadcast media popular music computer games photography and film. An international perspective allows you to view media in a global context. Examines media audiences as consumers listeners readerships and members of communities. Guidance on analytical tools - language a range of theories and analytical techniques - to give you the confidence to navigate research and make sense of the field. New for the second edition: New case studies including Google My Big Fat Gypsy Wedding the life of a freelance journalist phone hacking at News International and collaborative journalism. 'New Media New Media Studies' is an additional feature which brings into focus ways of thinking about new media forms. Media Studies: Texts Production Context 2nd Edition will be essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of media studies cultural studies communication studies film studies the sociology of the media popular culture and other related subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408269510

Media StudiesThe Essential Resource Bringing together key writings with original textbook material the second edition of Media Studies: The Essential Resource explains central perspectives and concepts within Media Studies. Readers are introduced to a range of writing on media topics promoting an understanding of the subject from both contemporary and historical perspectives. The text is split into three parts covering Analysis and Perspectives Media Audiences and Ecologies and Creativities. The key areas of study are discussed with accessible readings from essential theoretical texts and fully supported with an author commentary. Theoretical perspectives are used to analyse contemporary media forms and activities direct students to interrogate readings further and apply their learning. Encouraging critical and analytical study Media Studies: The Essential Resource helps students to understand the main theories and theorists within Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540155

Media Technology and SocietyA History From the Printing Press to the Superhighway Challenging the popular myth of a present-day 'information revolution' Media Technology and Society is essential reading for anyone interested in the social impact of technological change. Winston argues that the development of new media forms from the telegraph and the telephone to computers satellite and virtual reality is the product of a constant play-off between social necessity and suppression: the unwritten law by which new technologies are introduced into society only insofar as their disruptive potential is limited. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130678

Media Theory for A LevelThe Essential Revision Guide Media Theory for A Level provides a comprehensive introduction to the 19 academic theories required for A Level Media study. From Roland Barthes to Clay Shirky from structuralism to civilisationism this revision book explains the core academic concepts students need to master to succeed in their exams. Each chapter includes: • Comprehensive explanations of the academic ideas and theories specified for GCE Media study. • Practical tasks designed to help students apply theoretical concepts to unseen texts and close study products/set texts. • Exemplar applications of theories to set texts and close study products for all media specifications (AQA Eduqas OCR and WJEC). • Challenge activities designed to help students secure premium grades. • Glossaries to explain specialist academic terminology. • Revision summaries and exam preparation activities for all named theorists. • Essential knowledge reference tables. Media Theory for A Level is also accompanied by the essentialmediatheory.com website that contains a wide range of supporting resources. Accompanying online material includes: • Revision flashcards and worksheets. • A comprehensive bank of exemplar applications that apply academic theory to current set texts and close study products for all media specifications. • Classroom ready worksheets that teachers can use alongside the book to help students master essential media theory. • Help sheets that focus on the application of academic theory to unseen text components of A Level exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145439

Media TodayMass Communication in a Converging World This seventh edition of Joseph Turow’s pathbreaking media textbook uses convergence as a lens that puts students at the center of the profound changes in the 21st century media world. It teaches students to think critically about the role of media and what these changes mean for their lives. The book’s media systems approach helps students to look carefully at how media content is created distributed and exhibited in the new world that the digital revolution has created. The first part examines the media world as a whole while the second delves deep into key media industries such as the movie book and video game industries. This new edition includes critical expanded coverage of social media as well as updated figures tables and pedagogy including key terms and further activities. Media Today is an excellent introduction to the world of media in the digital age. From news media to video games and social networking to mobile platforms it provides students with the tools they need to understand and critique the media they encounter and consume. Extensive pedagogical materials also make this a highly teachable book well suited to the classroom. The accompanying website has also been updated with new student and instructor resources including chapter recaps recommended readings and instructor’s manual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593848

Media WarfareThe Americanization of Language Media Warfare is the concluding volume of Melvin Lasky's monumental The Language of Journalism a series that has been praised as a ""brilliant"" and ""original"" study in communications and contemporary language. Firmly rooted in the critical tradition of H. L. Mencken George Orwell and Karl Kraus Lasky's incisive analysis of journalistic usage and misusage gauges both the cultural and political health of contemporary society as well the declining standards of contemporary journalism.As in the first two volumes Lasky's scope is cross-cultural with special emphasis on the sometimes conflicting sometimes mutually influential styles of American and British journalistic practice. His approach to changes in media content and style is closely keyed to changes in society at large. Media Warfare pays particular attention to the gradual easing and near disappearance of censorship rules in the 1960s and after and the attendant effects on electronic and print media. In lively and irreverent prose Lasky anatomizes the dilemmas posed by the entrance of formerly ""unmentionable"" subjects into daily journalistic discourse whether for reasons of profit or accurate reporting. He details the pervasive and often indirect influence of the worlds of fashion and advertising on journalism with their imperatives of sensationalism and novelty and by contrast how the freeing of language and subject matter in literature--the novels of Joyce and Lawrence the poetry of Philip Larkin--have affected permissible expression for good or ill. Lasky also relates this interaction of high and low style to the spread of American urban slang often with Yiddish roots and sometimes the occasion of anti-Semitic reaction into the common parlance of British no less than American journalists.Media Warfare concludes with prescriptive thoughts on how journalism might still be revitalized in a ""post-profane"" culture. Witty timely and deeply learned the three volumes of The Language of Journalism are a c Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203785973

Media Worlds in the Postjournalism Era The concept of media logic a theoretical framework for explaining the relationship between mass media and culture was first introduced in Altheide and Snow's influential work Media Logic. In Media Worlds in the Postjournalism Era the authors expand their analysis of how organizational considerations promote a distinctive media logic which in turn is conductive to a media culture. They trace the ethnography of that media culture including the knowledge techniques and assumptions that encourage media professionals to acquire particular cognitive and evaluative criteria and thereby present events primarily for the media's own ends.Case studies and examples of the mass media presentation of entertainment news politics organized religion and sports during the past twenty years illustrate how scheduling sources of information style format and professional awards influence how the world is portrayed in the various media. The authors analyze the influence of media logic on society's perceptions and judgments of issues and its impact on public opinion culture and social institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511996

Mediaeval Education and the Reformation Originally published in 1967 this volume provides an account of the early development of English education. The schools and universities of the mediaeval period arose to meet the social needs of that time. The book charts developments up to the sixteenth century when the Reformation brought profound social and religious changes which affected education: not only the organisation of schools and universities but also the curriculum. This was the turning point when the foundations of an educational system in the modern sense of the term were laid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860598

Mediaeval Hospitals of England First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315031491

Mediaeval Researches from Eastern Asiatic SourcesFragments Towards the Knowledge of the Geography and History of Central and Western Asia fr First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878792

Mediaeval Researches from Eastern Asiatic SourcesFragments Towards the Knowledge of the Geography and History of Central and Western Asia fr First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862142

Mediated Citizenship Previously published as a special issue of Social Semiotics this book grapples with such questions as: What does it mean to be a citizen in contemporary societies? What role do mass media play in the making of citizenship? Drawing on ground-breaking work from scholars around the world known for their contributions to the study of media and politics this volume covers a range of practices of mediated citizenship with chapters studying the mourning after the deaths of Pim Fortuyn and Theo van Gogh in the Netherlands and notions of authenticity in letters written to British Conservative politician Boris Johnson. The authors explore discourses of nationalism in the English and Scottish Press and examine struggles over definitions of the public in Australian public service broadcasting and the US Medicare debate. Emerging possibilities for mediated citizenship are assessed in three studies of online activism and participation in the US and China. The book builds on conventional understandings of citizenship and the public sphere calling attention to the need for understanding affective attachments to politics. Finally it demonstrates that we cannot fully understand citizenship without looking at the concrete workings of power in and through mediated discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980747

Mediated Discourse as Social InteractionA Study of News Discourse Mediated Discourse as Social Interaction makes an explicit link between media studies and social interactionalist discursive research where previously the two fields of study have been treated as separate disciplines. This text presents an integrated theory illustrated by ample concrete examples bringing together the latest research in these two fields. It offers a critique to the sender-receiver model implicit in media studies and argues for an analysis of media discourse as social interaction on the one hand among journalists and newsmakers as a community of practice and among readers and viewers as a spectating community of practice on the other. The book also argues for a coherent and interdiscursive methodology for the ethnographic study of the role of the news media in the social construction of identity and is based on a considerable body of ethnographic and textual analysis of both print and television news media.The theory of mediated discourse presented in this volume will be of great interest to advanced undergraduates and postgraduates studying media studies sociology of language discourse analysis interactional sociolinguistics ethnography of communication and applied linguistics. It will also be welcomed by scholars and professionals involved in research in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179486

Mediated FootballRepresentations and Audience Receptions of Race/Ethnicity Nation and Gender Football has become one of the most mediated cultural practices in modern Western societies providing players officials and spectators with implicit and often hidden discourses about race/ethnicity national identity and gender. This book provides new and critical insights into how mediated football as a contested cultural practice influences and is influenced by discourses and stereotypes about race/ethnicity nation and gender that operate at the local national and global level. It analyzes both contemporary media representations and the ways these representations are negotiated interpreted and used by football media audiences. These issues are explored across all media genres (print media television online social media film and so forth) in a multidisciplinary and cross-cultural manner with contributions from diverse disciplines and countries. This book was originally published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305410

Mediated Identity in the Emerging Digital AgeA Dialogical Perspective:a Special Issue of identity This book illustrates the process of mediated dialogue in a digital age. It shows that culture and self-like society and identity-are conceived as mutually inclusive and shows how technology is able to create a new form of dialogue that is very personal and very public at the same time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417267

Mediated Intercultural Communication in a Digital Age This book focuses on mediated intercultural communication in the context of globalization. Analyzing social and traditional media using qualitative interpretive and critical and cultural perspectives contributors engage with diverse topics - ranging from hybrid identities in different communities to journalistic collaborations in the global media landscape. In addition the authors also examine the placeless and borderless communities of diaspora members their transnational identities and the social media stories that shape and are shaped by them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660833

Mediated IntimaciesConnectivities Relationalities and Proximities Social media characterized by user-generated content interactivity participation and community formation have gained much research attention in recent years. At the same time intimacy affectivity and emotions are increasingly growing as fields of study. While these two areas are often interwoven the actual interconnections are rarely studied in detail. This anthology explores how social media construct new types of intimacies and how practices of intimacy shape the development and use of new media offering empirical knowledge theoretical insights and an international perspective on the flourishing field of digital intimacies. Chapters present a range of research tools used such as interviews online ethnography visual analysis text analysis and video analysis. There is also rich variation in sources for the empirical material studied including Tumblr YouTube dating sites hook-up sites Facebook Snapchat Couchsurfing selfies blogs and photographs as well as smartphones tablets and computers. By focusing on the intersection between social media and intimacies and their continuous co-constitution this anthology offers new insights into the vast landscape of contemporary media reality. It will be a valuable resource for teachers students and scholars with an interest in new media communication intimacy and affectivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631878

Mediated KinshipGender Race and Sexuality in Donor Families Illustrating the fascinating intersections of online media and new kinship this book presents a study of the increasing numbers of single women and lesbian couples reproducing by using donor sperm. It explores how they connect with each other online develop intimate digital communities and most importantly locate their children’s hitherto unknown biological half-siblings throughout the world. The author discusses how these new families - consisting of only mothers - engage in extended families involving large numbers of ‘donor siblings’. The new families challenge previous understandings of kinship and provide illustrations of how norms of gender sexuality and family are challenged negotiated and maintained in contemporary times. A crucial study of contemporary formations of family gender and race Mediated Kinship discusses the racial aspects of the world’s largest sperm bank exporting Danish sperm (termed ‘Viking sperm’) and explores the narratives of whiteness and imagined racial superiority that circulate among mothers as well as the racialisations accompanying commercial online sperm sales. By analysing contemporary families of donor-conceived children in the context of legislation reproduction technologies and online media the book will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in race and ethnicity whiteness gender sexuality kinship and the sociology of the family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478896

Mediated Space As the social media revolution embeds itself in our daily lives and as those who once consumed media become producers established broadcast media producers are witnessing the dissolution of trust in their established authority. Mediated Space critiques contemporary intersections of Architecture and broadcast media that exploit spaces and places that are real imagined or hybrids of the two in order to re-establish and strengthen the power of traditional capitalist mechanisms of production and consumption. Examining eight spatial constructions in North America Europe the Middle East and Africa Mediated Space embarks on a global exploration of how architecture spatial design and technology conspire in the service of global capitalism. In three thematic parts that focus on the automotive space of the city the journalistic space of the news room and the mediated skyline of the city Mediated Space makes an architectural critique of spaces that are rarely designed by architects but that are experienced every day by millions of people. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469477

Mediating and Remediating Death From the ritual object which functions as a substitute for the dead - thus acting as a medium for communicating with the ’other world’ - to the representation of death violence and suffering in media or the use of online social networks as spaces of commemoration media of various kinds are central to the communication and performance of death-related socio-cultural practices of individuals groups and societies. This second volume of the Studies in Death Materiality and Time series explores the ways in which such practices are subject to ’re-mediation’; that is to say processes by which well-known practices are re-presented in new ways through various media formats. Presenting rich interdisciplinary new empirical case studies and fieldwork from the US and Europe Asia The Middle East Australasia and Africa Mediating and Remediating Death shows how different media forms contribute to the shaping and transformation of various forms of death and commemoration whether in terms of their range and distribution their relation to users or their roles in creating and maintaining communities. With its broad and multi-faceted focus on how uses of media can redraw the traditional boundaries of death-related practices and create new cultural realities this book will appeal to scholars across the social sciences and humanities with interests in ritual and commemoration practices the sociology and anthropology of death and dying and cultural and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336681

Mediating Climate Change Climate change has been a significant area of scientific concern since the late 1970s but has only recently entered mainstream culture and politics. However as media coverage of climate change increases in the twenty-first century the gap between our understanding of climate change and climate action appears to widen. In this timely book Julie Doyle explores how practices of mediation and visualisation shape how we think about address and act upon climate change. Through historical and contemporary case studies drawn from science media politics and culture Mediating Climate Change identifies the representational problems climate change poses for public and political debate. It offers ways forward by exploring how climate change can be made more meaningful through for example innovative forms of climate activism the reframing of meat and dairy consumption media engagement with climate events and science and artistic experimentation. Doyle argues that cultural discourses have problematically situated nature and the environment as objects externalised from humans and culture. Mediating Climate Change calls for a more nuanced understanding of human-environmental relations in order for us to be able to more fully imagine and address the challenges climate change poses for us all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278516

Mediating FaithsReligion and Socio-Cultural Change in the Twenty-First Century Religion is living culture. It continues to play a role in shaping political ideologies institutional practices communities of interest ways of life and social identities. Mediating Faiths brings together scholars working across a range of fields including cultural studies media sociology anthropology cultural theory and religious studies in order to facilitate greater understanding of recent transformations. Contributors illustrate how religion continues to be responsive to the very latest social and cultural developments in the environments in which it exists. They raise fundamental questions concerning new media and religious expression religious youth cultures the links between spirituality personal development and consumer culture and contemporary intersections of religion identity and politics. Together the chapters demonstrate how belief in the superempirical is negotiated relative to secular concerns in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594590

Mediating Human RightsMedia Culture and Human Rights Law Drawing on social-legal cultural and media theory this book is one of the first to examine the media politics of human rights. It examines how the media construct the story of human rights investigating what lies behind the apparent media hostility to human rights and what has become of the original ambition to establish a human rights culture. The human rights regime has been high on the political agenda ever since the Human Rights Act 1998 was enacted. Often maligned in sections of the press the legislation has entered popular folklore as shorthand for an overbearing government an overzealous judiciary and exploitative claimants. This book examines a range of significant factors in the mediation of human rights including: Euroscepticism the war on terror the digital reordering of the media landscape press concerns about an emerging privacy law and civil liberties. Mediating Human Rights is a timely exploration of the relationship between law politics and media. It will be of immense interest to those studying and researching across Law Media Studies Human Rights and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644847

Mediating Identities in Eighteenth-Century EnglandPublic Negotiations Literary Discourses Topography Through case studies from diverse fields of cultural studies this collection examines how different constructions of identity were mediated in England during the long eighteenth century. While the concept of identity has received much critical attention the question of how identities were mediated usually remains implicit. This volume engages in a critical discussion of the connection between historically specific categories of identity determined by class gender nationality religion political factions and age and the media available at the time including novels newspapers trial reports images and the theatre. Representative case studies are the arrival of children's literature as a genre the creation of masculine citizenship in Defoe's novels the performance of gendered and national identities by the actress Kitty Clive or in plays by Henry Fielding and Richard Sheridan fashion and the public sphere the emergence of the Whig and Tory parties the radical culture of the 1790s and visual representations of domestic and imperial landscape. Recognizing the proliferation of identities in the epoch these essays explore the ways in which different media determined constructions of identity and were in turn shaped by them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379749

Mediating in CyprusThe Cypriot Communities and the United Nations The UN peacemaking operation in Cyprus has been one of the longest of its kind but has resulted in discarded proposals non-papers or reports. This study investigates the Cypriot parties' views of peacemaking to shed light on the problem and on the theoretical debates surrounding mediation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044735

Mediating Literary Borders: Asian Australian Writing Engaging with Asian Australian writing this book focuses on an influential area of cultural production defined by its ethnic diversity and stylistic innovativeness. In addressing the demanding new transnational and transcultural critical frameworks of such syncretic writing the contributors collectively examine how the varied and diverse body of Asian Australian literary work intervenes into contemporary representational politics and culture. The book questions for instance the ideology of Australian multiculturalism; the core/periphery hierarchy; the perpetuation of Orientalist attitudes and stereotypes; and white Australian claims to belong as seen in its myths of cultural authenticity and authority. Ranging in critical analyses from the historic first Chinese-Australian novel to contemporary award winning Sri Lankan Bangladeshi and Filipino Australian novels the book provides an inside view of the ways in which Asian Australian literary work is reshaping Australian mainstream literature politics and culture and in the wider context the world literary scene. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Postcolonial Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892494

Mediating MemoryTracing the Limits of Memoir The argument has been made that memoir reflects and augments the narcissistic tendencies of our neo-liberal age. Mediating Memory: Tracing the Limits of Memoir challenges and dismantles that assumption. Focusing on the history theory and practice of memoir writing editors Bunty Avieson Fiona Giles and Sue Joseph provide a thorough and cutting-edge examination of memoir through the lenses of ethics practice and innovation. By investigating memoir across cultural boundaries in its various guises and tracing its limits the editors convincingly demonstrate the plurality of ways in which memoir is helping us make sense of who we are who we were and the influences that shape us along the way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667429

Mediating Mental HealthContexts Debates and Analysis The problem of media representations about mental health is now a global issue with health agencies expressing concern about produced stigma and its outcomes specifically social exclusion. In many countries the statistic of one in four people experiencing a mental health condition prevails making it essential that more is known about how to improve media portrayals. With a globally projected increase in mental health conditions Mediating Mental Health offers a detailed critical analysis of media representations in two phases looking closely at genre form. The book looks across fictional and factual genres in film television and radio examining media constructions of mental health identity. It also questions the opinions of journalists mental healthcare professionals and people with conditions with regard to mediated mental health meanings. Finally as a result of a production project people with conditions develop new images making critical contrasts with dominant media portrayals. Thus useful and practical recommendations for developing media practice ensue. As such this book will appeal to mental health professionals people with conditions journalists sociologists students and scholars of media and cultural studies practitioners in applied theatre and anyone interested in media representations of social groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260139

Mediating Nature Mediating Nature provides a history of the present nature of mass mediation. It examines the ways in which a number of discourses technologies and institutions have historically shaped the current ways of imagining nature in the mass media. Where much of the existing research treats mass mediation as a matter of media technologies texts or institutions this text adopts a somewhat different approach: it considers mass mediation as a historical process by means of which the members of audiences and indeed the public more generally came to be incorporated as observers in and of mass culture. This approach allows the book to investigate the roles that a wide range of genres relating to nature played in constructing senses of nature but also of mass culture itself. The genres include landscape paintings and gardens modern zoos photography early cinema nature essays disaster and ‘animal attack’ films as well as wildlife documentaries on television. The investigation develops what Lindahl Elliot describes as a ‘social semeiotic’ approach that combines the semeiotic theory of Charles Peirce with a historical sociology of cultural formations. Topical and timely this fascinating book will be of great interest to students and researchers in the fields of media sociology cultural geography and environmental studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203390214

Mediating NatureThe Role of Technology in Ecological Literacy Mediating Nature considers how technology acts as a mediating device in the construction and circulation of images that inform how we see and know nature. Scholarship in environmental communication has focused almost exclusively on verbal rather than visual rhetoric and this book engages ecocritical and ecocompositional inquiry to shift focus onto the making of images. Contributors to this dynamic collection focus their efforts on the intersections of digital media and environmental/ecological thinking. Part of the book’s larger argument is that analysis of mediations of nature must develop more critical tools of analysis toward the very mediating technologies that produce such media. That is to truly understand mediations of nature one needs to understand the creation and production of those mediations right down to the algorithms circuit boards and power sources that drive mediating technologies. Ultimately Mediating Nature contends that ecological literacy and environmental politics are inseparable from digital literacies and visual rhetorics. The book will be of interest to scholars and students working in the fields of Ecocriticism Ecocomposition Media Ecology Visual Rehtoric and Digital Literacy Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025182

Mediating PolicyGreece Ireland and Portugal Before the Eurozone Crisis Amongst the most serious consequences of the 2008 global financial collapse and sovereign debt crisis were a series of unprecedented international bailouts for Greece Ireland and Portugal between 2010 and 2011. This book analyses the development policies of Greece Ireland and Portugal between 1990 and 2008 before the Eurozone crisis. It identifies national-level differences between the policy strategies and outcomes that have characterized recent developments in the Greek Irish and Portuguese political economies. In addition it provides an explanation for these differences that takes into account variations in political institutions and state-society relations. In doing so it locates an explanation for policy divergence in the presence or absence of the policy-making institutions and processes that make up a 'zone of mediation'. Overall it argues there is significant variation in the extent to which Ireland Portugal and Greece have adapted their developmental goals and strategies in order to address the labour market challenges posed by the post-industrial era. This book will be of key interest to students and scholars of European politics and studies comparative political economy public policy/policy studies and democracy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504899

Mediating Post-Socialist Femininities Twenty-five years after the fall of the Berlin Wall this collection of essays examines the ways in which popular media re-construct ideas and ideals of femininity in the post-socialist cultural space. The authors explore a comprehensive range of questions including: How have post-socialist women engaged with media as media producers and consumers as well as objects of media representation? What are the consequences of the commodification of femininity in the post-socialist context? How does the female body serve as a battleground for the enactment and renegotiation of gendered identities and ideologies? How can we understand and theorize post-socialist women’s activist movements? In seeking answers to such questions this volume highlights the need to reconsider feminism as a political and theoretical project with many faces. It bridges research on the mediation of post-socialist femininities with broader concerns about the transnational trajectories of feminism today. This book was originally published as a special issue of Feminist Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099166

Mediating Power-SharingDevolution and Consociationalism in Deeply Divided Societies This book focuses on the design and operation of power-sharing in deeply divided societies. Beyond this starting point it seeks to examine the different ways in which consociational institutions emerge from negotiations and peace settlements across three counter-intuitive cases – post-Brexit referendum Northern Ireland the Brussels Capital Region and Cyprus. Across each of the chapters the analysis assesses how the design or mediation of these various forms of power-sharing demonstrate similarity difference and complexity in how consociationalism has been conceived of and operated within each of these contexts. Finally a key objective of the book is to explore and evaluate how ideas surrounding power-sharing have evolved and changed incrementally within each of the empirical contexts. The unifying argument within the book is that power-sharing has to have the capacity to adapt to changing political circumstances and that this can be achieved through the interplay of formal and informal micro-level refinements to these institutions and the procedures that govern them that allow such institutions to evolve over time in ways that increase their utility as conflict transformation governance structures for deeply divided societies. This book fills the gap in the published literature between theoretical and empirical studies of power-sharing and will be of much interest to students of peace and conflict studies consociationalism European politics and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607241

Mediating Science Learning through Information and Communications Technology Developments in information technology are bringing about changes in science education. This Reader focuses on the theoretical and practical consideration of using information and communications technologies in teaching and learning. It examines current approaches to teaching and learning in science at various levels of education and ways in which science in made more accessible. This will include the future potential of such current developments as access to practical work delivered on the web.The Reader is divided into three sections: What are the current issues in using ICT to teach and learn in science? Designing and evaluating ICT to teach and learn science Extending access to science learning This is a companion book to Reconsidering Science Education also published by RoutledgeFalmer.Mediating Science Learning Through ICT is a valuable resource for teachers on Masters courses in science education and academics in science education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203464007

Mediating Sexual CitizenshipNeoliberal Subjectivities in Television Culture Mediating Sexual Citizenship considers how the neoliberal imperatives of adaptation improvement and transformation that inform the shifting artistic and industrial landscape of television are increasingly indexed to performed disruptions in the norms of sexuality and gender. Drawing on examples from a range of television genres (quality drama reality television talk shows sitcoms) and outlets (network cable subscription video on demand) the analysis in this book demonstrates how as one of the most dominant cultural technologies television plays a critical role in the production maintenance and potential reconfiguring of the social organisation of embodiment be it within gender identities kinship structures or the categorisation of sexual desire. It suggests that in order to understand television’s role in producing gendered and sexual citizenship we must pay critical attention to the significant shifts in how television is produced broadcast and consumed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351875

Mediating the Message in the 21st CenturyA Media Sociology Perspective Hailed as one of the "most significant books of the twentieth century" by Journalism and Mass Communication Quarterly Mediating the Message has long been an essential text for media effects scholars and students of media sociology. This new edition of the classic media sociology textbook now offers students a comprehensive theoretical approach to media content in the twenty-first century with an added focus on entertainment media and the Internet.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415989145

Mediating the Nation What does it mean to watch two-hour long news programmes every evening? Why are some people 'addicted' to the news while others prefer to switch off? Television is an indispensable part of the fabric of modern life and this book investigates a facet of this process: its impact on the ways that we experience the political entity of the nation and our national and transnational identities. Drawing on anthropological social and media theory and grounded on a two-year original ethnography of television news viewing in Athens the book offers a fresh interdisciplinary perspective in understanding the media/identity relationship. Starting from a perspective that examines identities as lived and as performed the book follows the circulation of discourses about the nation and belonging and contrasts the articulation of identities at a local level with the discourses about the nation in the national television channels. The book asks: whether and in what ways does television influence identity discourses and practices? When do people contest the official discourses about the nation and when do they rely on them? Do the media play a role in relation to inclusion and exclusion from public life particularly in the case of minorities? The book presents a compelling account of the contradictory and ambivalent nature of national and transnational identities while developing a nuanced approach to media power. It is argued that although the media do not shape identities in a causal way they do contribute in creating common communicative spaces which often catalyse feelings of belonging or exclusion. The book claims a place in the emerging sub-field of media anthropology and represents the new generation of audience research that places media consumption in the wider social economic and political context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058817

Mediating the Tourist ExperienceFrom Brochures to Virtual Encounters Traditionally tourism media has referred to the image of destinations constructed through media texts such as brochures and postcards with increasing attention towards other mediascapes such as films and television. Yet with prolific advancements in technologies of media communication such traditional formats have experienced a shift in the productive and consumptive practices through which they come into being. The possibilities of production and subsequent consumption are unequivocally changing the ways in which tourists imagine understand and engage with destinations. This book therefore explores the role of tourism media and mediating practices in the development of non-linear processes of communication and understanding as both producers and consumers come together to negotiate the tourist experience. In varying ways it examines the emergent relationships and connections between media practices and tourism practices everyday experiences and encounters of place. Collectively the authors in this book address a range of media and technologies from brochures television video and film to mediated virtual spaces such as e-brochures Internet cultures social networks and Google Earth. In doing so the book highlights the continued significance of media in tourism contexts; recognising both traditional and newer technologies and the non-linear continuous cycle of mediated representations and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255609

Mediation Information and Communication This third volume of Information and Behavior shows broad continuities with previous volumes in this series but it also represents an important evolution. In emphasizing theoretical advances in mediation information and communication processes this volume has unifying themes at the cutting edge of communication research linking communication with areas as far-ranging as cognitive psychology intellectual history social psychology policy and macroeconomics.A sampling of the contents indicates both continuities and discontinuities of communication research embodied in this volume. Contributions include Joseph Turow "Mass Communication as Concept"; Gary Grumpert and Robert Cathcart "A Theory of Mediation;" Leah Lievrouw and T. Andrew Finn "Common Dimensions of Communication"; Joshua Meyrowitz "Mediated and Unmediated Behavior"; Kathleen Reardon "Teaching Children About AIDS"; Sari Thomas "The Death of Intellectual History and the Birth of the Transient Past"; Sheizaf Rafaeli "Interacting with Media."The second part of the work emphasizing research and policy in specific information societies and regions includes an opening essay by Everett M. Rogers and follow-up studies by Judith K. Larsen on "Silicon Valley"; Quentin W. Lindsey on "The North Carolina Research Triangle"; Luis Fonseca "High Technology in Brazil"; Ruyzo Ogasawara "High Technology in Japan"; and Mitchell Moss "Telecommunications and Financial Centers."The final two portions of the book cover social theory and cultural processes. They include articles by Jerry Salvaggio and Richard Nelson "Models for Developing Telecommunications and Information Industries"; Everett M. Rogers and James Dearing "University-Industry Technology Transfer"; Frederick Williams "The Communications Revolution Revisited"; Rolf Wigand "Recurring Questions about the Information Society"; Lee Thayer "Tropes and Things"; Gordon L. Miller "The Energy of Intelligence"; David Carr "Thinking in Museums;" Benjamin J. Bates "Information as an Economic Good"; Jorge Schement and Daniel Stout "A Time-Line of Information Technology." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512009

Mediation & Popular Culture This book examines mediation topics such as impartiality self-determination and fair outcomes through popular culture lenses. Popular television shows and award-winning films are used as illustrative examples to illuminate under-represented mediation topics such as feelings and expert intuition conflicts of interest and repeat business and deception and caucusing. The author also employs research from Australia Belgium Canada China Denmark France Germany Greece India Israel Japan the Netherlands New Zealand Singapore South Africa Spain the United Kingdom and the United States of America to demonstrate that real and reel mediation may have more in common than we think. How mediation is imagined in popular culture compared to how professors teach it and how mediators practise it provides important affective ethical legal personal and pedagogical insights relevant for mediators lawyers professors and students and may even help develop mediator identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181055

Mediation and Commercial Contract LawTowards a Comprehensive Legal Framework There is an urgent need to better understand the legal issues pertaining to alternative dispute resolution (ADR)  particularly in relation to mediation clauses. Despite the promotion of mediation by dispute resolution providers policy makers and judges use of mediation remains low. In particular problems arise when parties lack certainty regarding the legal effect of a mediation clause and the potential uncertainty regarding the binding nature of agreements to pursue mediation is problematic and threatens the growth of ADR. This book closely examines the importance and complexity of mediation clauses in commercial contracts to remedy this persistent uncertainty. Using comparative law methods and detailed empirical research it explores the creation of a comprehensive framework for the mediation clause. Providing valuable insight into the process of ADR and mediation this book will be of interest to academics law makers law students in-house council lawyers as well as parties interesting in drafting enforceable mediation clauses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484453

Mediation and Liberal PeacebuildingPeace from the Ashes of War? This book offers a state-of-the-art examination of peacemaking looking at its theoretical assumptions empirical applications and its consequences. Despite the wealth of research on external interventions and practices of Western peacebuilding many scholars tend to rely on findings in the so-called 'post-agreement' phase of interventions. As a result most mainstream peacebuilding literature pays limited or no attention to the linkages that exist between mediation practices in the negotiation phase and processes in the post-peace agreement phase of intervention. By linking the motives and practices of interveners during negotiation and implementation phases into a more integrated theoretical framework this book makes a unique contribution to the on-going debate on the so-called Western ‘liberal’ models of peacebuilding. Drawing upon in-depth case-studies from various different regions of the world including Bosnia-Herzegovina Kosovo Afghanistan Sudan Ivory Coast Senegal and Sierra Leone this innovative volume examines a variety of political motives behind third party interventions thus challenging the very founding concept of mediation literature. This book will of much interest to students of peacebuilding statebuilding peacemaking war and conflict studies security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638357

Mediation in Family DisputesPrinciples of Practice This is the authoritative textbook on family mediation. As well as mediators this work will be indispensable for practitioners and scholars across a wide range of fields including social work and law. It draws on a wide cross-disciplinary theoretical literature and on the author's extensive and continuing practice experience. It encompasses developments in policy research and practice in the UK and beyond. Roberts presents mediation as an aid to joint decision-making in the context of a range of family disputes notably those involving children. Mediation is seen as a process of intervention distinct from legal social work and therapeutic practice drawing on a distinctive body of knowledge across disciplinary fields including anthropology psychology and negotiation theory. Incorporating empirical evidence the book emphasizes the value of mediation in mitigating the harmful effects of family breakdown and conflict. First published in 1988 as a pioneering work this third edition has been fully updated to incorporate legal and policy developments in the UK and in Europe new sociological and philosophical perspectives on respect justice and conflict and international research and practice innovations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594053

Mediation in Family DisputesPrinciples of Practice This is the authoritative textbook on family mediation. As well as mediators this work will be indispensable for practitioners and scholars across a wide range of fields including social work and law. It draws on a wide cross-disciplinary theoretical literature and on the author's extensive and continuing practice experience. It encompasses developments in policy research and practice in the UK and beyond. Roberts presents mediation as an aid to joint decision-making in the context of a range of family disputes notably those involving children. Mediation is seen as a process of intervention distinct from legal social work and therapeutic practice drawing on a distinctive body of knowledge across disciplinary fields including anthropology psychology and negotiation theory. Incorporating empirical evidence the book emphasises the value of mediation in mitigating the harmful effects of family breakdown and conflict. First published in 1988 as a pioneering work this fourth edition has been fully updated to incorporate legal and policy developments in the UK and in Europe new sociological and philosophical perspectives on respect justice and conflict and international research and practice innovations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409450344

Mediation in the Asia-Pacific RegionTransforming Conflicts and Building Peace This book examines mediation in connection with peacebuilding in the Asia-Pacific region providing practical examples which either highlight the weaknesses within certain mediation approaches or demonstrate best-practice. The authors explore the extent to which current ideas and practices of mediation in the Asia-Pacific region are dominated by Western understandings and critically challenge the appropriateness of such thinking. Featuring a range of case studies on Fiji Vanuatu Papua New Guinea Malaysia Vietnam China Singapore Indonesia the Philippines and Thailand this book has three main aims: To challenge dominant Western practices and ways of thinking on mediation that currently are being imposed in the Asia-Pacific region; To develop culturally-fluent and socially just mediation alternatives that build upon local traditional or religious approaches; To situate mediation within ideas and practices on peacebuilding. Making a unique contribution to peace and conflict studies literature by explicitly linking mediation and peacebuilding practices this book is a vital text for students and scholars in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849517

Mediation in the Construction IndustryAn International Review The application of construction dispute procedures has changed dramatically in the last decade. This has resulted in an increased use of Alternative Dispute Resolution in many countries and mediation in particular. Construction is one of the major industries using mediation in the UK and in many other countries such as the US China Australia and New Zealand. This expansion in mediation has been helped by encouragement from governments although it takes diverse forms in different legal jurisdictions for example: court rules to encourage this use (as in the US and UK); the courts’ own mediation schemes or programmes or legislation-backed programmes; or the use of industry driven mediation clauses in standard form contracts. These developments have taken place extremely rapidly. They represent significant changes to the legal environment within which the international construction industry conducts its business but to date there has been little research on their impact. All these initiatives have inevitably led to a developing legal jurisprudence concerned with the validity of contract clauses or with providing statutory interpretation of the rules requiring or governing practice. This has important consequences for the construction industry because legal uncertainty increases the likelihood of dispute which is not only costly for the disputants but can be damaging to national and global economies. This book identifies the emerging international practices within construction mediation and seeks solutions to the many legal and commercial challenges which they pose. It presents an international collection of reviews by experts and allows a comparative commentary on the practice of construction mediation and the legal challenges facing its development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980754

Mediation LawJourney through Institutionalism to Juridification In England mediation became a key part of the civil justice reform agenda after the Woolf Reforms of 1996 as disputants were deflected from litigation towards settlement outside the court system. The Civil Procedure Rules (CPR) give courts the power to ‘encourage’ mediation through judicial case management or use stronger measures by using costs to penalise parties who act unreasonably by refusing to use ADR or mediation. One of the effects of this institutionalisation is an emerging case law that defines how mediation is practiced as it is merges with the litigation process. When mediation first began to be used in England the parties either agreed to mediate by a contract before a dispute happened or decided to attempt the process as a way of resolving disagreements. Inevitably some disputants either refused to abide by their contractual obligations or would not follow through with the settlement agreements reached through the process. This brought the authority of the law into a new area and the juridification process began. This book explores how mediation law shapes the practice of mediation in the English jurisdiction. It provides a comprehensive examination of the legal framework for mediation and explores the jurisprudence in order to analyse the extent that institutionalisation by the state and courts has led to the monopolisation by lawyers and a further ‘juridification’ process results. The book includes a comparative legal methodology on the framework underpinning mediation practise in other common law jurisdictions including the United States Australia and Hong Kong in order to explicate shared or distinctive approaches to mediation. The book will be of great interest to academics and students of legal theory and dispute resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639492

Mediation Of Civil WarsApproaches And Strategies--the Sudan Conflict This book explores mediation as a means toward resolving the civil wars. It shows that the sovereign sensitivities of incumbent governments the risk of international legitimization of insurgents and the need for reconciliation rather than mere containment demand special mediation efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161200

Mediation of International ConflictsA Rational Model This book examines the use of third-party mediation as a conflict resolution method. In an attempt to explain why some but not all conflicts are mediated this work argues that diverse conflict structures are inherently different in their susceptibility to mediation attempts. By offering a systematic method for measuring the transformability of conflict structures this book contributes to our understanding of the sufficient and necessary conditions for mediation. In addition the study offers an analytical framework for the examination of mediation as a trilateral rational bargaining process. Although the general concept of mediation as a three-person game is not new most studies focus on either the disputants' perspectives or the mediator's perspective. In contrast this study integrates the perspectives of all three parties. The framework links the different stages involved in the whole process of mediation from the onset of mediation through the mediation strategies used to the outcome rather than focusing on one particular aspect. The book applies the framework to two case studies – the conflict between Israel and Egypt and the conflict between India and Pakistan – and provides new insights into these conflicts from a mediation perspective. In general the model developed here provides a framework for systematically assessing conflicts and the options available to those involved in the mediation process. This book will be of much interest to students of conflict resolution mediation war and conflict studies Asian politics Middle Eastern politics and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205093

Mediation: Theory Policy and PracticeTheory Policy and Practice This title was first published in 2001. This volume of essays explores the theoretical and jurisprudential bases of mediated forms of dispute resolution from legal anthropological sociological psychological and political sources. It also presents ongoing disputes about the field itself including its threat to conventional litigation and justice seeking adjudication and its promise in providing more humane and tailored solutions to human problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634862

MediationA Practical Guide This unique and practical resource shows what mediation is the rationale behind it and how it differs from litigation. It explains every aspect of the mediation process and provides practical tips and useful case studies clearly setting out all the do's and don'ts of mediation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138180956

Mediatization and Mobile LivesA Critical Approach Mediatization and Mobile Lives: A Critical Approach contributes to a complex situated and critical understanding of what mediatization means and how it works in contemporary life. The book explores the tension between the extended capabilities offered by media technology and growing media reliance focusing particularly on mobile middle-class lives. It problematizes how mediatization is culturally legitimized in our times when connectivity and mobility are increasingly seen as mandatory elements of self-realization. Supported by extensive fieldwork carried out in contexts of gentrification elite cosmopolitanism and post-tourism André Jansson advances a critical cultural materialist perspective of mediatization as he examines how people are torn between the new opportunities afforded by their mobile lives and the feeling of being trapped by our connected media culture. Mediatization and Mobile Lives offers an engaging and critical exploration of the interplay between mediatization individualization and globalization making it an ideal resource for students and scholars of Media and Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723634

Mediatized Religion in AsiaStudies on Digital Media and Religion This edited volume discusses mediatized religion in Asia examining the intensity and variety of constructions and processes related to digital media and religion in Asia today. Individual chapters present case studies from various regions and religious traditions in Asia critically discussing the data collected in light of current mediatization theories. By directing the study to the geographical cultural and religious contexts specific to Asia it also provides new material for the theoretical discussion of the pros and cons of the concept mediatization among other things interrogating whether this concept is useful in non-’Western’ contexts." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663933

MediaWritingPrint Broadcast and Public Relations MediaWriting is an invaluable resource for students planning to enter the dynamic and changing world of media writing in the twenty-first century. With easy-to-read chapters a wealth of updated real-world examples and helpful "How To" boxes throughout this textbook explains the various styles of writing for print broadcast online social media public relations and multimedia outlets. Some of the features included in the book are: A re-written Chapter 13 Writing and Reporting in the New New Media with updates to how social media is used today Expanded chapters on print reporting methods and the Associated Press Stylebook Updates to Chapters 5 and 6  Legal Considerations in Media Writing and Ethical Decisions in Writing and Reporting discuss recent court cases and current ethical issues Explanatory "How To" boxes that help readers understand and retain main themes Illustrative "It Happened to Me" vignettes from the authors’ professional experiences Discussion questions and exercises at the end of every chapter Designed to meet the needs of students of print and broadcast media public relations or a wannabe jack-of-all trades in the online media environment this reader-friendly primer will equip beginners with the skills necessary to succeed in their chosen writing field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341784

Medicaid and the Costs of Federalism 1984-1992 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980761

Medicaid Politics and Policy The story of Medicaid comes alive for readers in this strong narrative including detailed accounts of important policy changes and extensive use of interviews. A central theme of the book is that Medicaid is a "weak entitlement " one less established or effectively defended than Medicare or Social Security but more secure than welfare or food stamps.In their analysis the authors argue that the future of Medicaid is sound. It has the flexibility to be adapted by states as well as to allow for policy innovation. At the same time the program lacks an effective mechanism for overall reform. They note Medicaid has become a source of perennial political controversy as it has grown to become the largest health insurance system in the country.The book's dual emphasis on politics and policy is important in making the arcane Medicaid program accessible to readersand in distinguishing policy grounded in analysis from partisan ideology. This second edition features a new preface three new chapters accounting for the changes to the Affordable Care Act and an updated glossary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856744

Medical Abbreviations & Normal RangesSurvival Guide Part of the skill of nursing and healthcare involves being able to decipher and understand the meanings of results and abbreviations. Fully updated this second edition is a handy survival guide which will supply you with up-to-date information and help you understand this language so that you can provide appropriate holistic care to your patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351974

Medical and Psychological Effects of Concentration Camps on Holocaust Survivors This unique research bibliography is offered in honor of Leo Eitinger of Oslo Norway. Dr. Eitinger fled to Norway in 1939 at the start of the World War II. He was caught and deported to Auschwitz where among others he operated on Elie Wiesel who has written the foreword to this volume. After the war Eitinger became a pioneering researcher on a subject from which many shied away. His contributions to understanding of the experience of massive psychological trauma have inspired others to do similar work. His many books and papers are listed in this special volume of the acclaimed bibliographic series edited by Israel W. Charny of The Institute on the Holocaust and Genocide in Jerusalem.In order to acquaint users of this bibliography with the topic two introductory articles are offered. The first is titled "Survivors and Their Families" and deals with the impact of the Holocaust on individuals. The second "Psychiatry and the Holocaust " examines the general impact of the Holocaust on the field of psychiatry. Robert Krell writes that in general the psychiatric literature has reflected critically on the survivor due to preconceived notions held by many mental health professionals. For many years the exploration of victims' psychopathology obscured the remarkable adaptation made by some survivors. The problems experienced by survivors and possible approaches to treatment were entirely absent from mainstream psychiatric textbooks such as the Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry throughout the 1960s and 1970s.Fifty years of observations about survivors of the concentration camps and other survivors of the Holocaust (in hiding as partisans in slave labor camps) has provided a new body of medical and psychiatric literature. This comprehensive bibliography contains a plethora of references to significant pieces of literature regarding the Holocaust and its effects on survivors. It will be of inestimable value to physicians psychiatrists psychologists and social workers along with historians sociologists and Holocaust studies specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512016

Medical and Surgical Emergencies for Students and Junior Doctors Lack of exposure and patient management during undergraduate and early postgraduate training often means both students and junior doctors can have difficulty managing acute medical and surgical situations. This pocketbook provides comprehensive coverage of the common medical and surgical emergencies encountered by medical students and junior doctors. It outlines possible symptoms signs differentials investigations and management in a succinct easy to comprehend format. By focusing on evidence-based practice the guide provides the most up-to-date and clinically relevant guide for today's practice ideal for quick reference on the wards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195037

Medical Anecdotes and HumourMyocardial Medley Health care needs assessment provides information to plan negotiate and change services for the better and to improve health in other ways. The first edition of this series established itself as a key source on health care needs for specific conditions supported by the Department of Health. Now in its second edition it provides vital updates taking into account how health care has moved on and how the structure of the UK's health service has changed. Each of the chapters follows the same structure; each analysing its topic reviewing the incidence and prevalence the range of services available and the effectiveness of those services. It describes the central role and aim of health care needs assessment in the NHS health care reforms and explains the 'epidemiological approach' to needs assessment and its effectiveness. Volume 1 includes diabetes mellitus renal disease stroke lower respiratory disease coronary heart disease colorectal cancer cancer of the lung osteoarthritis affecting the hip and knee cataract surgery and groin hernia. Volume 2 includes varicose veins and venous ulcers benign prostatic hyperplasia severe mental illness Alzheimer's disease alcohol misuse drug misuse learning disabilities community child health services and contraception induced abortion and fertility services. All health professionals including policy makers and shapers and those assessing quality of service will find this book an essential resource. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376097

Medical Anthropology in Ecological Perspective Global environmental change and recent worldwide infectious-disease outbreaks make the ecological perspective of medical anthropology more important a field of study than ever. In this premier teaching text authors Ann McElroy and Patricia K. Townsend integrate biocultural environmental and evolutionary approaches to the study of human health providing a complete and authoritative ecological perspective that is essential for interpreting medical anthropology. Research by biological anthropologists archaeologists and paleopathologists illuminates the history and prehistory of disease along with coverage of contemporary health issues both local and global. This sixth edition is thoroughly revised and updated with expanded discussion on the interaction of environment and infectious disease; new material on climate change globalization and the effects of war on physical and mental health; and an entirely new chapter on ethics in community health and medical anthropology. Medical Anthropology in Ecological Perspective captures the essentials of the discipline and covers its ever-changing topics trends and developments in an engaging accessible way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348872

Medical Anthropology in EuropeShaping the Field This collection brings together three generations of medical anthropologists working at European universities to reflect on past current and future directions of the field. Medical anthropology emerged on an international playing ground and while other recently compiled anthologies emphasize North American developments this volume highlights substantial ethnographic and theoretical studies undertaken in Europe. The first four chapters trace the beginnings of medical anthropology back into the two formative decades between the 1950s-1970s in Italy German-speaking Europe the Netherlands France and the UK supported by four brief vignettes on current developments. Three core themes that emerged within this field in Europe – the practice of care the body politic and psycho-sensorial dimensions of healing – are first presented in synopsis and then separately discussed by three leading medical anthropologists Susan Whyte Giovanni Pizza and René Devisch complemented by the work of three early career researchers. The chapters aim to highlight how very diverse (and sometimes overlooked) European developments within this rapidly growing field have been and continue to be. This book will spur reflection on medical anthropology’s potential for future scholarship and practice by students and established scholars alike.This book was originally published as a special issue of Anthropology and Medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739379

Medical Applications of Artificial Intelligence Enhanced more reliable and better understood than in the past artificial intelligence (AI) systems can make providing healthcare more accurate affordable accessible consistent and efficient. However AI technologies have not been as well integrated into medicine as predicted. In order to succeed medical and computational scientists must develop hybrid systems that can effectively and efficiently integrate the experience of medical care professionals with capabilities of AI systems. After providing a general overview of artificial intelligence concepts tools and techniques Medical Applications of Artificial Intelligence reviews the research focusing on state-of-the-art projects in the field. The book captures the breadth and depth of the medical applications of artificial intelligence exploring new developments and persistent challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072275

Medical Applications of Controlled Release First Published in 1984 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into drug administration. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes pictures and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367227296

Medical Applications of Controlled Release First Published in 1984 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into drug administration. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes pictures and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367227418

Medical Applications of Fluorescent Excitation Analysis Fluorescent excitation analysis (FEA) is a technique that has been utilized for some time in physics. An increasing number of biomedical applications for FEA have been reported in recent year: it is becoming the assay method of choice in many areas of research and clinical practice. The purpose of this volume is to acquaint the interest physician or physicist with the basic principles and instrumentation relevant for FEA as well as some present and future biomedical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895260

Medical Arabic Medical Arabic is a valuable resource for students interested in learning medical Arabic at ACTFL level Advanced Low. Effective communication is essential in health care and communication is most effective when both parties share a common language therefore resulting in a comfortable relationship between health care provider and patient. This textbook is intended for those with prior knowledge of Arabic language and grammar. It is designed to provide students with the linguistic and cultural competencies and medical Arabic terminology necessary to communicate in medical settings such as a hospital clinic or a community health care facility. Students will be able to ask questions in Arabic and provide answers in common medical situations conduct patient interviews and understand a wider variety of possible responses from patients. The book provides clear explanations of medical vocabulary and concepts as they occur in the reading materials to encourage active interaction with the text. The book’s drills are designed as either in-class exercises or homework. The answer key for the book exercises is also provided as a downloadable e-resource. Written by dynamic authors who taught Arabic as a foreign language for several years and reviewed by physicians and professionals in the field the book is an essential guide for students in medical school biology and other science majors. Students will find Medical Arabic more than merely a textbook but rather a pathway to enhance their communication skills effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896997

Medical Authority and Englishwomen's Herbal Texts 1550–1650 The first study to analyze print vernacular folio herbals from the standpoint of gender and to present original findings to do with early modern women's ownership of these herbals Medical Authority and Englishwomen's Herbal Texts also looks at reasons and contexts behind early modern female writers claiming herbal practice. Author Rebecca Laroche first establishes cultural backdrops in the gendering of medical authority that takes place in the herbals and the regular ownership of these herbals by women. She then examines women's engagements with herbal texts in life writings and poetry and asks how these moments represent and engage medical authority. In ultimately demonstrating how female writers variously take on women's herbal medical practices Laroche reveals the broad range of literary potentials within the historical category of women's medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250529

Medical Big Data and Internet of Medical ThingsAdvances Challenges and Applications Big data and the Internet of Things (IoT) play a vital role in prediction systems used in biological and medical applications particularly for resolving issues related to disease biology at different scales. Modelling and integrating medical big data with the IoT helps in building effective prediction systems for automatic recommendations of diagnosis and treatment. The ability to mine process analyse characterize classify and cluster a variety and wide volume of medical data is a challenging task. There is a great demand for the design and development of methods dealing with capturing and automatically analysing medical data from imaging systems and IoT sensors. Addressing analytical and legal issues and research on integration of big data analytics with respect to clinical practice and clinical utility architectures and clustering techniques for IoT data processing effective frameworks for removal of misclassified instances practicality of big data analytics methodological and technical issues potential of Hadoop in managing healthcare data is the need of the hour. This book integrates different aspects used in the field of healthcare such as big data IoT soft computing machine learning augmented reality organs on chip personalized drugs implantable electronics integration of bio-interfaces and wearable sensors devices practical body area network (BAN) and architectures of web systems. Key Features: Addresses various applications of Medical Big Data and Internet of Medical Things in real time environment Highlights recent innovations designs developments and topics of interest in machine learning techniques for classification of medical data Provides background and solutions to existing challenges in Medical Big Data and Internet of Medical Things Provides optimization techniques and programming models to parallelize the computationally intensive tasks in data mining of medical data Discusses interactions advantages limitations challenges and future perspectives of IoT based remote healthcare monitoring systems. Includes data privacy and security analysis of cryptography methods for the Web of Medical Things (WoMT) Presents case studies on the next generation medical chair electronic nose and pill cam are also presented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138492479

Medical Biostatistics Encyclopedic in breadth yet practical and concise Medical Biostatistics Fourth Edition focuses on the statistical aspects ofmedicine with a medical perspective showing the utility of biostatistics as a tool to manage many medical uncertainties. This edition includes more topics in order to fill gaps in the previous edition. Various topics have been enlarged and modified as per the new understanding of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498799539

Medical Care And The Health Of The Poor This book reproduces the seven invited papers that were prepared for the Cornell University Medical College Eighth Conference on Health Policy on the theme medical care and the health of the poor. The topics included looks at physician supply clinical decisionmaking and social values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157500

Medical Care in Down SyndromeA Preventive Medicine Approach This reference provides contemporary information on all aspects of Down syndrome investigating health concerns by age group and by organ system. The text sets out to identify and correct problems before they interrupt developing skills. It includes preventive medical checklists with summaries of appropriate medical intervention; supplies background information about history genetics and epidemiology; outlines clinical management strategies; establishes guidelines on how to inform parents of the diagnosis and conveys practical suggestions on the handling and care of the infant; and offers a detailed review of the medical literature. Appendices provide information including growth charts and financial checklists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402785

Medical Careers and Feminist AgendasAmerican Scandinavian and Russian Women Physicians The increasing proportion of women in the medical profession has been followed keenly both by conservative and feminist observers during the past three decades. Statistics both in Europe and in the United States tend to confirm that women work mainly in niches of the health care system or medical specialties characterized by relatively low earnings or prestige. The segregation of medical work has become increasingly recognized as a sign of inequality between female and male members of the medical profession.Medicine as a social organization is not a universal structure: Health care systems vary in the extent to which physicians work in the private or public sector and in the extent to which they have as a corporate body been able to influence their numbers and the character of their work. The aim of this book is not only to review and to provide an account of women's position in medicine but also to provide an analytical framework. The text revolves around three key issues that illuminate this argument: numbers medical practice and feminist agendas of women physicians. The issues are addressed in all the chapters but highlighted as central analytical themes in a cross-cultural context.Challenging previous studies of the medical profession which have assumed for the most part a gender-neutral stance Riska's text provides a unique focus. Medical Careers and Feminist Agendas presents a comprehensive cross-national analysis of the current status of women in three societies where the economics of medical practice vary considerably: a market society a welfare state and a formerly communist society in transition. Aimed at a wide audience this book will be useful for years to come in medical sociology the sociology of professions and women's studies. Its historical breadth current data and trenchant probing will furnish practitioners and policy-makers alike with a needed analytical tool. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203785966

Medical Clinics and PracticesUnderstanding How They Work and Why A hospital can be a private or public sector building where patients are admitted for acute treatment. On the other hand a clinic is a hub of healthcare activity and a place where care providers interact with patients prescribe medicine and provide care instructions on what to do after leaving the clinic. Both sites have different and specific operational management needs and requirements. This book serves as a guide to new consultants management engineers administrators and sales professionals seeking to assess simple clinics or medical practice operations. In addition to providing important information about the various aspects of managing a clinic or medical practice each chapter explains common operating practices seen today and gives some indication of good or better practices. To organize the chapter flow the chapters are simplified into the typical flow of how a patient moves through the system from patient access to registration to discharge and is presented in a ‘Fact Finder’ format. In this format the author answers important questions: What is a care team? What kind of physical space does the practice need? What about equipment and technology needs? Finally the author concludes with key infrastructure concepts such as leadership and management systems integration into larger systems and key measurements. All topics important to those working in or servicing the ambulatory market. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138341395

Medical Complications of Kidney Transplantation With color illustrations throughout this book analyzes the implications that transplantation and immunosuppression can hold for patients. Discussing the many complications that may occur after kidney transplantation this source is a must for anyone caring for patients recovering from this type of procedure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446215

Medical Conditions Affecting Pregnancy and Childbirth Midwives are encountering more and more women whose pregnancies are complicated by medical conditions including cardiac disease obesity and diabetes. This new edition is completely up-to-date and offers highly practical solutions for everyday midwifery practice acknowledging the importance of promoting normality where possible. This text includes physiology explanations of conditions and principles of care for preconception pregnancy labour birth and the postnatal period. Each chapter brings together the basic knowledge of a condition and how it changes during pregnancy in an integrated and accessible way including a new chapter dedicated to obesity. Explanations of laboratory tests diagnostic tests common drugs and illustrative colour pictures are included in relevant chapters. Medical Conditions Affecting Pregnancy and Childbirth is a vital guide for student midwives as well as a useful reference for practising midwives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027407

Medical Conditions Affecting Pregnancy and ChildbirthA Handbook for Midwives Midwives are encountering more and more women whose pregnancies are complicated by medical conditions. The number of women with cardiac disease becoming pregnant is growing each year obesity older age and the complex health problems of women born outside the United Kingdom have also been identified as key factors and women with serious medical c Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003112600

Medical Confidentiality and Crime Medical confidentiality is universally recognised as a value worth protecting. However difficulties arise when confidential medical information becomes relevant in the context of crime prevention and criminal prosecution. Should medical confidentiality be upheld where the physician holds information which is essential for the investigation of a serious crime; for establishing the truth in a criminal trial; for an accused’s defence; or for the prevention of a criminal offence? And according to which criteria should such decisions be made? Based on an examination of different approaches in medical ethics and a comparison of the relevant law of France Germany England and Wales and the US this book analyses how a balance of the competing interests can best be struck. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249346

Medical Confidentiality and Legal Privilege First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755443

Medical Consulting by Letter in France 1665–1789 Ailing seventeenth- and eighteenth-century French men and women members of their families or their local physician or surgeon could write to high profile physicians and surgeons seeking expert medical advice. This study the first full-length examination of the practice of consulting by letter provides a cohesive portrayal of some of the widespread ailments of French society in the latter part of the early modern period. It explores how and why changes occurred in the relationships between those who sought and those who provided medical advice. Previous studies of epistolary medical consulting have limited attention to the output of one or two practitioners but this study uses the consultations of around 100 individual practitioners from the mid-seventeenth century to the time of the Revolution to give a broad picture of patients and physicians perceptions of illnesses and how they should be treated on a day-to-day basis. It makes a unique contribution to the history of medicine as no other study has been undertaken in the consulting by letter of surgeons as opposed to physicians. It is shown that the well-known disputation between physicians and surgeons tells only a part of the history; whereas in fact necessity required that these two 'professions' had to work together for the patients' good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279728

Medical Cultures of the Early Modern Spanish Empire Early modern Spain was a global empire in which a startling variety of medical cultures came into contact and occasionally conflict with one another. Spanish soldiers ambassadors missionaries sailors and emigrants of all sorts carried with them to the farthest reaches of the monarchy their own ideas about sickness and health. These ideas were in turn influenced by local cultures. This volume tells the story of encounters among medical cultures in the early modern Spanish empire. The twelve chapters draw upon a wide variety of sources ranging from drama poetry and sermons to broadsheets travel accounts chronicles and Inquisitorial documents; and it surveys a tremendous regional scope from Mexico to the Canary Islands the Iberian Peninsula Italy and Germany. Together these essays propose a new interpretation of the circulation reception appropriation and elaboration of ideas and practices related to sickness and health sex monstrosity and death in a historical moment marked by continuous cross-pollination among institutions and populations with a decided stake in the functioning and control of the human body. Ultimately the volume discloses how medical cultures provided demographic analytical and even geographic tools that constituted a particular kind of map of knowledge and practice upon which were plotted: the local utilities of pharmacological discoveries; cures for social unrest or decline; spaces for political and institutional struggle; and evolving understandings of monstrousness and normativity. Medical Cultures of the Early Modern Spanish Empire puts the history of early modern Spanish medicine on a new footing in the English-speaking world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669225

Medical Device Quality Assurance and Regulatory Compliance "Acquaints developers of medical devices with the basic concepts and major issues of medical quality assurance and regulatory documents describes the requirements listed in these documents and provides strategies for compliance with these requirements." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400361

Medical Device Regulatory PracticesAn International Perspective This book is intended to serve as a reference for professionals in the medical device industry particularly those seeking to learn from practical examples and case studies. Medical devices like pharmaceuticals are highly regulated and the bar is raised constantly as patients and consumers expect the best-quality healthcare and safe and effective medical technologies. Obtaining marketing authorization is the first major hurdle that med techs need to overcome in their pursuit of commercial success. Most books on regulatory affairs present regulations in each jurisdiction separately: European Union USA Australia Canada and Japan. This book proposes practical solutions for a coherent one-size-fits-all (or most) set of systems and processes in compliance with regulations in all key markets throughout the life cycle of a medical device. It also contains key information about international harmonization efforts and recent regulatory trends in emerging markets; important terminology needed to understand the regulators’ language; and examples case studies and practical recommendations that bridge the gap between regulatory theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669108

Medical Device Reliability and Associated Areas Although Reliability Engineering can trace its roots back to World War II its application to medical devices is relatively recent and its treatment in the published literature has been quite limited. With the medical device industry among the fastest growing segments of the US economy it is vital that the engineering biomedical manufacturing and design communities have up-to-date information on current developments tools and techniques.Medical Device Reliability and Associated Areas fills this need with broad yet detailed coverage of the field. It addresses a variety of topics related - directly and indirectly - to reliability including human error in health care systems and software quality assurance. With emphasis on concepts rather than mathematical rigor a multitude of examples exercises tables and references this is one resource that everyone connected to the medical device industry must have. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398804

Medical Device Use ErrorRoot Cause Analysis Medical Device Use Error: Root Cause Analysis offers practical guidance on how to methodically discover and explain the root cause of a use error—a mistake—that occurs when someone uses a medical device. Covering medical devices used in the home and those used in clinical environments the book presents informative case studies about the use errors (mistakes) that people make when using a medical device the potential consequences and design-based preventions. Using clear illustrations and simple narrative explanations the text: Covers the fundamentals and language of root cause analysis and regulators’ expectations regarding the thorough analysis of use errors Describes how to identify use errors interview users about use errors and fix user interface design flaws that could induce use errors Reinforces the application of best practices in human factors engineering including conducting both formative and summative usability tests Medical Device Use Error: Root Cause Analysis delineates a systematic method of analyzing medical device use errors. The book provides a valuable reference to human factors specialists product development professionals and others committed to making medical devices as safe and effective as possible. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498705790

Medical Devices and Human Engineering Known as the bible of biomedical engineering The Biomedical Engineering Handbook Fourth Edition sets the standard against which all other references of this nature are measured. As such it has served as a major resource for both skilled professionals and novices to biomedical engineering. Medical Devices and Human Engineering the second volume of the handbook presents material from respected scientists with diverse backgrounds in biomedical sensors medical instrumentation and devices human performance engineering rehabilitation engineering and clinical engineering. More than three dozen specific topics are examined including optical sensors implantable cardiac pacemakers electrosurgical devices blood glucose monitoring human–computer interaction design orthopedic prosthetics clinical engineering program indicators and virtual instruments in health care. The material is presented in a systematic manner and has been updated to reflect the latest applications and research findings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748569

Medical DevicesEuropean Union Policymaking and the Implementation of Health and Patient Safety in France Medical devices are the bread and butter from which health care and clinical research are derived. Such devices are used for patient care genetic testing clinical trials and experimental clinical investigations. Without medical devices there is no clinical research or patient care. Without life-adjusting devices there are no medical procedures or surgery. Without life-saving and life-maintaining devices there is no improvement in well-being and quality of life. Without innovative medical devices and experimentation there can be no medical progress or patient safety. Medical devices and medical technology are used to create or support many different products and medical-surgical procedures.This volume on the regulation of medical devices in the European Union with a focus on France tackles a topic of interdisciplinary interest and significance for policymakers in countries around the globe. The EU regulatory regime is one of three global regional regimes and medical products manufactured in EU countries are sold worldwide. As countries confront an aging population on a global scale with associated increases in chronic diseases physical handicaps and multi-morbidity there will inevitably be an increase in the demand for health services and concomitantly the use of medical devices in medical and surgical procedures. This will be the case regardless of whether services are delivered in hospitals doctors' offices or at home. The associated risks of a particular device will be the same whatever the country of origin for the device or where the need occurs. Revolutionary medical advances increase diagnostic capabilities but they increase the potential of harm and risks to patients.Medical technologies and devices are used ethically most of the time; yet they have the potential for unethical use when scientific medicine is elevated over human life and death. Assumptions that are taken for granted can be dangerous to a patient's health. That is why our understanding of appropriate and effective regulation of medical devices is significant to all people on all continents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512023

Medical Dominance <i>Medical Dominance</i> now in a revised edition provides a fascinating account of the medical profession's successful domination of a wide range of health care services. Evan Willis delves into the past to explain the existing division of labour and health care the rise of the medical profession to a position of economic power within the health system and their defence of that dominant position. Now completely revised and updated this edition also considers the related question of the policy implications of medical dominance.<br><br>The defence by doctors of their position of power is highlighted by the author's exhaustive and original research into demarcation struggles between medicine and other health occupations in particular midwifery optometry and chiropractic. Conventional explanations of medical dominance are challenged by the argument that the role of developments in medical knowledge and in technology itself have been overstated. As well greater account must be taken of the social relations and struggles which developed for control of that knowledge and technology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003134343

Medical Education Politics and Social JusticeThe Contradiction Cure This book critically analyses how politics and power affect the ways that medicine is taught and learned. Challenging society’s historic reluctance to connect the realm of politics to the realm of medicine Medical Education Politics and Social Justice: The Contradiction Cure emphasizes the need for medical students to engage with social justice issues including global health crises resulting from the climate emergency and the health implications of widening social inequality. Arguing for an increased focus on community-based learning rather than acute care this innovative text maps the territory of medicine’s contradictory engagement with politics as a springboard for creative curriculum design. It demonstrates why the socially disempowered - such as political and climate refugees the homeless or those without health insurance should be primary subjects of attention for medical students while exploring how political engagement can be refined sharp cultivated and creative engaging imagination and demanding innovation Exploring how the medical humanities can promote engagement with politics to improve medical education this book is a ground-breaking and inspiring contribution. It is an essential read for all those with a focus on medical education and medical humanities as well as medical and healthcare students with an interest in the social determinants of health.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367567132

Medical EducationA Dictionary of Quotations Today's students are tomorrow's doctors. The quality of education they receive is vitally important to the successful future of healthcare. Medical education as a discipline has a long history and has developed enormously in the past decade with the emergence of evidence-based teaching techniques outcomes based curricula and assessment methods that are valid and reliable - however it will never be an exact science. It will always depend on enthusiastic teachers and ambitious learners who are hungry for new knowledge and skills. This thoroughly researched and fully referenced compendium of quotes has been specially selected to motivate and encourage medical educators who will find the themed structure vital in planning and delivering their courses. Students too will be inspired and nurtured in their learning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195488

Medical EducationA History in 100 Images This fascinating guide to medical education introduces readers to the historical development of this important subject through 100 powerful images from the prestigious Wellcome Library Collection that highlight key figures in the field and innovations that have taken place not just in the recent past but over the centuries. The text that accompanies each image both describes that image and shows how the ideas arising from it have helped to shape modern medical education with relevance to current clinical practice. The book is an invaluable and visual introduction for students academics managers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498751964

Medical Equipment Management Know What to Expect When Managing Medical Equipment and Healthcare Technology in Your Organization As medical technology in clinical care becomes more complex clinical professionals and support staff must know how to keep patients safe and equipment working in the clinical environment. Accessible to all healthcare professionals and managers Medical Equipment Management presents an integrated approach to managing medical equipment in healthcare organizations. The book explains the underlying principles and requirements and raises awareness of what needs to be done and what questions to ask. It also provides practical advice and refers readers to appropriate legislation and guidelines. Starting from the medical equipment lifecycle the book takes a risk-based approach to improving the way in which medical devices are acquired and managed in a clinical context. Drawing on their extensive managerial and teaching experiences the authors explain how organizational structures and policies are set up how funding is allocated how people and equipment are supported and what to do when things go wrong. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420099584

Medical Error and Patient SafetyHuman Factors in Medicine A difficult and recalcitrant phenomenon medical error causes pervasive and expensive problems in terms of patient injury ineffective treatment and rising healthcare costs. Simple heightened awareness can help but it requires organized effective remedies and countermeasures that are reasonable acceptable and adaptable to see a truly significant drop in the intolerable rate of medical mistakes. Only with better understanding knowledge and directed techniques can there be rapid and marked improvement in medical error management discipline. Since medical error is situation specific and involves diverse variables in equipment environment and human performance the correct choice of preventive and corrective techniques is critical. Providing a wealth of useful ideas concepts and techniques Medical Error and Patient Safety: Human Factors in Medicine uses abroad perspective to present more than 500 remedies that can be applied and tailored to your unique circumstances. This detailed review of so many measures enables you to correctly identify needs and undertake appropriate actions to achieve a success that can be measured in avoided injuries improved healthcare and reduced cost.   Thought provoking and useful this book considers the potential for error and the possibility for improvement in every aspect of healthcare. After an introduction to general concepts and approaches it examines vulnerabilities in medical services including emergency services healthcare facilities and infection control. It covers risks in medical devices and product design; human factors such as fatigue and stress; management errors; errors in communication at all levels of the healthcare hierarchy; as well as mistakes in drug delivery including faulty labels and warnings. The authors also compare and contrast several analytical methods their interpretation and their translation into a plan of action. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388393

Medical Ethics Prediction and PrognosisInterdisciplinary Perspectives Recent scientific developments in particular advances in pharmacogenetics and molecular genetics have given rise to numerous predictive procedures for detecting predispositions to diseases in patients. This knowledge however does not necessarily promise benign results for either patients or health care professionals. The aim of this volume is to analyse issues related to prediction and prognosis as a burgeoning field of medicine which is revolutionizing the way we understand and approach diagnosis and treatment. Combining epistemic and ethical reflection with medical expertise on contemporary practice and research an interdisciplinary group of international experts critically examine anticipatory medicine from various perspectives including history of medicine bioethics theories of science and health economics. The highly complex issues involved in medical prediction call for a far-reaching debate on the value and scope of foreknowledge. For example which responsibilities and burdens arise when still healthy people learn of their predisposition to diseases? How should health care insurance reflect risky life styles? Is the increasing medicalization of life connected with prevention ethically sustainable and financially possible in the developing world? These and other related issues are the subject of this timely and important book which not only serves as an introduction to the area but also proposes many feasible solutions to the problems outlined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595227

Medical Ethics And LawAn Introduction This book is to help you understand the main ethical and legal details you need to know in order to practice medicine safely and well. Medical ethics is an inherently fascinating subject and throws up new issues every day. Good ethical thinking requires practice and application and there are essentials that are easy to grasp and learn quickly - this book will show you how. It contains short summaries with examples and guidance on your legal position of a series of core topics of medical ethics and law. Its aim is to give you some guides to effective safe and good clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781857758948

Medical Ethics and the Elderly The Fourth Edition of this bestselling highly regarded book has been fully revised to incorporate changes in law and clinical guidance making a vital impact on patient management encompassing: . The Equality Act 2010 which provides the right of older people to treatment without discrimination . Case law on withdrawing nutrition and hydration . Updated guidance on resuscitation from the Resuscitation Council (UK) the British Medical Association and the Royal College of Nursing . The redefining of good medical practice by the General Medical Council . The abolition of the Liverpool Care Pathway with updated guidance on end-of-life care and advance care planning. Expanded throughout this new edition also integrates two entirely new chapters covering testamentary capacity and the role of the physician and religious beliefs and end-of-life issues. Its practical reflective and informative approach continues to make it essential reading for all health professionals particularly trainees involved in making difficult decisions in the care of older persons. It is also highly recommended for undergraduate medical students. ' This book combines a primer for the novice with advanced reasoning for the expert both readerships being led through a range of very authentic case studies. The novice can look up the basic elements of current law or acquire some rules of thumb about assessment of capacity or quality of life. The expert can think about clinical scenarios where there are no right answers and all is contingent or work out how the loss of the privilege of driving might be reframed to maximise mobility. Every practitioner should have this book and it should be well-thumbed.' From the Foreword by Professor Steve Iliffe Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199004

Medical Ethics in ChinaA Transcultural Interpretation Drawing on a wide range of primary historical and sociological sources and employing sharp philosophical analysis this book investigates medical ethics from a Chinese-Western comparative perspective. In doing so it offers a fascinating exploration of both cultural differences and commonalities exhibited by China and the West in medicine and medical ethics. The book carefully examines a number of key bioethical issues in the Chinese socio-cultural context including: attitudes toward foetuses; disclosure of information by medical professionals; informed consent; professional medical ethics; health promotion; feminist bioethics; and human rights. It not only provides insights into Chinese perspectives but also sheds light on the appropriate methods for comparative cultural and ethical studies. Through his pioneering study Jing-Bao Nie has put forward a theory of "trans-cultural bioethics " an ethical paradigm which upholds the primacy of morality whilst resisting cultural stereotypes and appreciating the internal plurality richness dynamism and openness of medical ethics in any culture. Medical Ethics in China will be of particular interest to students and academics in the fields of Medical Law Bioethics Medical Ethics Cross-Cultural Ethics as well as Chinese/Asian Studies and Comparative Cross-Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724562

Medical EthicsA Reference Guide for Guaranteeing Principled Care and Quality Medical ethics is a system of moral principles that apply values to the practice of clinical medicine and in scientific research. Medical ethics allow for people regardless of background to be guaranteed quality and principled care. It is based on a set of values that professionals can refer to in the case of any confusion or conflict. These values include the respect for autonomy non-maleficence beneficence and justice. These tenets allow doctors care providers and families to create a treatment plan and work towards the same common goal without any conflict. Succeeding in the healthcare field means more than just making a diagnosis and writing a prescription. Healthcare professionals are responsible for convincing patients and their family members of the best course of action and treatments to follow while knowing how to make the right moral and ethical choices. Ethical teaching should be an active part of training and should be taught in four division: basic ethics clinical ethics legal principles related to ethics and the ethics of research and affiliation. This book is a reference guide for physicians healthcare providers and administrative staff. It looks at the ethical problems they face every day gives the background and the ethical problem and then provides practical advice which can be easily implemented. This book provides the knowledge needed to understand who has the right to healthcare the justice of clinical practice what autonomy means for a patient giving consent who is going to make any surrogate decisions and more. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138581074

Medical Examination Made MemorableIntegrating Everything Book 4 Examination is an area of medical practice which requires much factual diagnostic and procedural knowledge to be committed to memory: this in itself can be a challenging feat. Medical Examination Made Memorable puts research on learning and memorising techniques into action presenting medical examination in a unique enjoyable and easy-to-learn format. Health conditions are linked to well-known people and specially drawn images - often deliberately bizarre or exaggerated to make them more memorable - are included throughout. Information is broken down into easily recallable chunks and mnemonics (which may not suit all learning styles) are only included where especially clear or useful. Discussing information with others stimulates the aural component of memory and practicing physical skills leads to kinaesthetic memorisation (muscle memory): the book also takes these vital learning techniques into account. Medical Examination Made Memorable is a vital reference and aide-memoire for students and practitioners at all levels and in all specialisms. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383446

Medical Finals Pack (NEW EDITION) A revision bundle to help students pass their medical finals this pack contains: Complete Self Assessment for Medical and Surgical Finals Second Edition Complete Revision Notes for Medical and Surgical Finals Second Edition Complete OSCE Skills for Medical and Surgical Finals Presenting 650 SBAs 180 EMQs 50 x-ray interpretation cases and explanatory answers Complete Self Assessment for Medical and Surgical Finals Second Edition allows medical students to test themselves on these challenging areas.Complete Revision Notes for Medical and Surgical Finals Second Edition presents information in a stimulating way which in turn enables easy recall. Structured by medical and surgical specialties the contents are organised in a weighted fashion to reflect coverage in undergraduate curricula. Complete OSCE Skills for Medical and Surgical Finals covers the entire undergraduate syllabus for clinical finals and provides the essential information needed to manage OSCE stations competently and will help you to pass your medical and surgical finals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444183283

Medical Fringe and Medical Orthodoxy 1750-1850 First published in 1987. Even as the professionalism of medicine progressed many sufferers continued to rely on what would now be termed "fringe" practitioners – quacks backstreet surgeons bone-setters Thomsonian botanists holists and naturalists. Many types of fringe medicine were popular in particular circles or reflected the political or religious preoccupations of their practitioners. Anti-establishment radicals might favour natural medicine Christian Scientists would reject the medical aid "Physical Puritans" would concentrate on homeopathy hydropathy and vegetarianism to create health rather than counter disease. Some diseases particularly venereal ones allowed practitioners to play unscrupulously on the guilt of their patients. The end of the period saw professionalism establish itself in many areas for example with the foundation in 1852 of the Pharmaceutical Society and conflicts of fringe and orthodoxy became the fiercer. The essays collected in this volume all present new research on this fascinating and diverse period in the history of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391369

Medical Geography (Routledge Revivals)Progress and Prospect Geographers have for a long time contributed much valuable detailed data on the geographical patterns of disease and health care delivery to the medical world. On its first publication in 1985 this edited collection addressed the need for a review of progress in the field of medical geography that could also shape further developments. Topics under discussion include national systems of health care the utilisation of health services medical planning and medical geography in the developing world. This is a comprehensive volume that is it still of great relevance to today’s students of medical geography health care and demography Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707510

Medical GeographyTechniques and Field Studies The first book of its kind when originally published in 1972 this book discusses techniques types of maps and atlases case histories illustrations of both disease incidence and distribution of medical services and some examples of theoretical models linked with practical work. It shows the importance of medical geography as a research tool in preparing and collecting data concerning the incidence of disease. In the light of the recent Ebola outbreak this book is of continued relevance with some of the chapters focussing on Malawi Zambia Ghana and other African countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100107

Medical Gridlock And Health Reform This book explores and assesses the problems and transformations underway in the financing of U.S. health care and in the delivery of services on the eve of an era of major health care reform. It can be viewed as a follow-up to The Medical Triangle: Physicians Politicians and the Public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159382

Medical Group Management in Turbulent TimesHow Physician Leadership Can Optimize Health Plan Hospital and Medical Group Performance Medical Group Management in Turbulent Times: How Physician Leadership Can Optimize Health Plan Hospital and Medical Group Performance provides you with proven methods and new strategies on how to deliver more effective health care health products and related services to patients and other consumers. Stressing physician leadership and proactive participation this text will enhance your understanding of how a working relationship between practicing physicians and health care managers is a positive and necessary means for administering and managing quality health care now and in the future.Through units preceded by defined goals projected outcomes and outcome analyses Medical Group Management presents material to you in a practical comprehensive manner on topics such as: understanding values and relationships among physicians hospitals and health plans working together toward a common goal establishing trust and communication between physicians hospitals and health plans embracing change as a catalyst for the enhancement of medical practice understanding the physicians’role in the management of a consumer-focused medical group planning for shifts in medical practice away from intervention and toward prevention creating jointly developed plans and budgets predicated upon principles of continuous quality improvement such as eliminating unnecessary patient paperwork and improving employees’morale and job satisfactionIn addition most units in this text feature a “factors to consider” category that advises you for example how to research competition establish a target market and research the demographics of a community before formulating a plan to increase your number of patients. Complete with recommendations sample plans on how to market health services or better serve your patients and suggestions on how to enhance quality care Medical Group Management will give you the knowledge to successfully address problems and work together with other professionals in the health care community to provide quality services to patients and consumers now and into the next century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862415

Medical Histories for the MRCP and Final MB Taking a patient's medical history is a vital skill often overlooked by junior doctors and medical students leading to a worryingly high failure rate in the PACES and OSCE exams. Don't be caught out! This book has been specifically designed to give you invaluable guidance and practice for taking medical histories. It features 50 complete case studies including referral letters medical histories suggested data gathering methods points to consider warning signs management of uncomfortable topics and differential diagnosis. With a focus on the importance and benefits of role-play in revision this concise and easy to read format provides the study aid for Membership of the Royal College of Physicians (MRCP) candidates sitting their Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) and Practical Assessment of Clinical Examination Skills (PACES) examinations. It is also of great benefit to undergraduates approaching their final year examinations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377964

Medical History Education for Health Practitioners 'Twenty-first century medicine is just the current stage of a never-ending journey of tremendous complexity. Those of us who are fortunate enough to practise in this day and age do so in ways that are themselves the results of huge changes over many centuries - advances in areas such as medication and surgical and imaging techniques and developments in our understanding of the human body and its attendant threats through genetics. Add to that list the huge social and societal changes in public health attitudes to illness and changes in ethical viewpoints and we find ourselves at the current forefront of medical evolution but nowhere near the end of this particular journey.' From the Foreword by Paul Lazarus This fascinating book brings to life the history of medicine in Britain since 1600. Throughout the historical account the authors cover mainstream clinical issues but also make reference to the importance of literature and art presenting a wide-ranging view of the past. It also incorporates milestones in other cultures and epochs where appropriate for a balanced overview. The concise self-contained sections are a joy to read and can be easily dipped into. The majority of chapters include suggested questions for students assisting group discussion. It is ideal for medical and healthcare course organisers lecturers and tutors who require a rapid resource of information in their subject area - be it cardiovascular disease emergency medicine or child protection - to provide context interest and entertainment for their students. It is also highly recommended as the basis for a programme of seminars on the history of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199813

Medical Humanities Sociology and the Suffering SelfSurviving Health Following criticisms of the traditionally polarized view of understanding suffering through either medicine or social justice Lowe makes a compelling argument for how the medical humanities can help to go beyond the traditional biographical and epistemic breaks to see into the nature and properties of suffering and what is at stake. Lowe demonstrates through analysis of major healthcare workforce issues and incidence of burnout how key policies and practices influence healthcare education and experiences of both patients and health professionals. By including first person narratives from health professionals as a tool and resource she illustrates how dominant ideas about the self enter practice as a refusal of suffering. Demonstrating the relationship between personal experience theory and research Lowe argues for a pedagogy of suffering that shows how the moral anguish implicit in suffering is an ethical response of the emergent self. This is an important read for all those interested in medical humanities health professional education person-centred care and the sociology of health and illness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321413

Medical Humanities and Medical EducationHow the medical humanities can shape better doctors The field of the medical humanities is developing rapidly however there has also been parallel concern from sceptics that the value of medical humanities educational interventions should be open to scrutiny and evidence. Just what is the impact of medical humanities provision upon the education of medical students? In an era of limited resources is such provision worth the investment? This innovative text addresses these pressing questions describes the contemporary territory comprising the medical humanities in medical education and explains how this field may be developed as a key medical education component for the future. Bleakley a driving force of the international movement to establish the medical humanities as a core and integrated provision in the medical curriculum proposes a model that requires collaboration between patients artists humanities scholars doctors and other health professionals in developing medical students’ sensibility (clinical acumen based on close noticing) and sensitivity (ethical professional and humane practice). In particular this text focuses upon how medical humanities input into the curriculum can help to shape the identities of medical students as future doctors who are humane caring expressive and creative – whose work will be technically sound but considerably enhanced by their abilities to communicate well with patients and colleagues to empathise to be adaptive and innovative and to act as ‘medical citizens’ in shaping a future medical culture as a model democracy where social justice is a key aspect of medicine. Making sense of the new wave of medical humanities in medical education scholarship that calls for a ‘critical medical humanities’ Medical Humanities and Medical Education incorporates a range of case studies and illustrative and practical examples to aid integrating medical humanities into the medical curriculum. It will be important reading for medical educators and others working with the medical education community and all those interested in the medical humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243675

Medical Humanities Companion Volume 3 This third volume in the Companion to Medical Humanities series considers the concept of treatment as an active process which produces an outcome be it effective inappropriate or inadequate. It invites the reader to examine the relevance of the patients' belief in any given treatment and their confidence in the practitioner. Against a person-centred backdrop it investigates boundaries and reflects on the practical demands on a health care system limited in its resources where the price of choice for one may be the restriction of service for the other. It also questions the supposed contrasts between treatment and cure redefining the meaning of care in daily practice. It offers inspirational reading for all academics and professionals with an interest in the medical humanities as well as researchers in philosophy of medicine and medical ethics. CPD with Radcliffe. This book can be used to achieve CPD (Continuing Professional Development) points through directed reading. We provide a free online form and downloadable certificate for your appraisal portfolio. For more information and to claim CPD points on this book visit www.radcliffehealth.com/cpd Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846193705

Medical Humanities Companion Volume 4 This fourth volume in the Companion to Medical Humanities series contemplates the challenge of the prognosis of looking ahead wondering what will happen and attempting to make sense of life and death. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195556

Medical Humanities Companionv. 1 The phrase 'medical humanities' has a currency that is wider than any agreement as to what it means though those engaged in the field usually know what they are attempting. This volume examines the idea of 'symptom' as a route to understanding the structure of clinical practice. Actual symptoms are always experienced by real actual individuals - however much those experiences are mediated by language culture expectation and the conventions of the clinical consultation. And this in turn is important because it reminds us that health illness well-being suffering are first and foremost aspects of experience. This book asks questions - and offers answers - about the meaning of actual symptoms and of the concept of 'symptom' as a prelude to a cumulative interdisciplinary understanding of illness as a source of human need and clinical medicine as a human response to it. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380117

Medical Humanities Companionv. 2 When a person falls ill their experience changes - sometimes in a very minor and transient way sometimes in a decisive and lasting one. 'Diagnosis' is often seen as the process of scientifically and objectively identifying the causes of this subjective experience but is the process and meaning of 'diagnosis' really as simple as this implies? As this volume of The Medical Humanities Companion argues diagnoses are an answer to complex human needs that spring from being ill and are in turn a complex culturally mediated interaction between individuals scientific discoveries social negotiation and historical change. This volume makes visible the complexities and ambiguities involved in giving and receiving diagnoses and how they shape and are shaped by views on what is real and acceptable and how people relate to the phenomena of illness. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383712

Medical Hypnosis PrimerClinical and Research Evidence This brief Primer assembled by top recognized hypnosis authorities briefly presents the basic concepts of modern medical hypnosis and encourages mental health care practitioners to learn how to use hypnosis as an adjunct to standard medical care. It also lays the groundwork for the teaching and practice of hypnosis as part of the required syllabus for every medical and nursing school as well as graduate programs in clinical and counseling psychology. Medical Hypnosis Primer goes far in advancing the medical and factual aspects of this still greatly misunderstood field and is of great value to practitioners teachers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171879

Medical IELTSA Workbook for International Doctors and PLAB Candidates In which occupation are you?' 'From how long have you been smoking?' 'Do you take any alcohol/drinks?' All overseas qualified doctors who apply for registration in the UK must satisfy the General Medical Council that they have the necessary knowledge of English by obtaining a satisfactory score in the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) examination. This interactive workbook provides a wide range of questions and answers on this subject containing specific medical sections to address the common problems and pitfalls relating to vocabulary and fluency in everyday medical consultations. Overseas qualified doctors needing to take the IELTS examination in order to be eligible for the GMC PLAB examination which is required for practice in the UK will find this book essential for their study. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203747728

Medical Image Analysis and InformaticsComputer-Aided Diagnosis and Therapy With the development of rapidly increasing medical imaging modalities and their applications the need for computers and computing in image generation processing visualization archival transmission modeling and analysis has grown substantially. Computers are being integrated into almost every medical imaging system. Medical Image Analysis and Informatics demonstrates how quantitative analysis becomes possible by the application of computational procedures to medical images. Furthermore it shows how quantitative and objective analysis facilitated by medical image informatics CBIR and CAD could lead to improved diagnosis by physicians. Whereas CAD has become a part of the clinical workflow in the detection of breast cancer with mammograms it is not yet established in other applications. CBIR is an alternative and complementary approach for image retrieval based on measures derived from images which could also facilitate CAD. This book shows how digital image processing techniques can assist in quantitative analysis of medical images how pattern recognition and classification techniques can facilitate CAD and how CAD systems can assist in achieving efficient diagnosis in designing optimal treatment protocols in analyzing the effects of or response to treatment and in clinical management of various conditions. The book affirms that medical imaging medical image analysis medical image informatics CBIR and CAD are proven as well as essential techniques for health care. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367876289

Medical Image Processing Reconstruction and AnalysisConcepts and Methods Second Edition Differently oriented specialists and students involved in image processing and analysis need to have a firm grasp of concepts and methods used in this now widely utilized area. This book aims at being a single-source reference providing such foundations in the form of theoretical yet clear and easy to follow explanations of underlying generic concepts. Medical Image Processing Reconstruction and Analysis – Concepts and Methods explains the general principles and methods of image processing and analysis focusing namely on applications used in medical imaging. The content of this book is divided into three parts: Part I – Images as Multidimensional Signals provides the introduction to basic image processing theory explaining it for both analogue and digital image representations. Part II – Imaging Systems as Data Sources offers a non-traditional view on imaging modalities explaining their principles influencing properties of the obtained images that are to be subsequently processed by methods described in this book. Newly principles of novel modalities as spectral CT functional MRI ultrafast planar-wave ultrasonography and optical coherence tomography are included. Part III – Image Processing and Analysis focuses on tomographic image reconstruction image fusion and methods of image enhancement and restoration; further it explains concepts of low-level image analysis as texture analysis image segmentation and morphological transforms. A new chapter deals with selected areas of higher-level analysis as principal and independent component analysis and particularly the novel analytic approach based on deep learning. Briefly also the medical image-processing environment is treated including processes for image archiving and communication. Features Presents a theoretically exact yet understandable explanation of image processing and analysis concepts and methods Offers practical interpretations of all theoretical conclusions as derived in the consistent explanation Provides a concise treatment of a wide variety of medical imaging modalities including novel ones with respect to properties of provided image data Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138310285

Medical Image ProcessingAdvanced Fuzzy Set Theoretic Techniques Medical image analysis using advanced fuzzy set theoretic techniques is an exciting and dynamic branch of image processing. Since the introduction of fuzzy set theory there has been an explosion of interest in advanced fuzzy set theories—such as intuitionistic fuzzy and Type II fuzzy set—that represent uncertainty in a better way.Medical Image Processing: Advanced Fuzzy Set Theoretic Techniques deals with the application of intuitionistic fuzzy and Type II fuzzy set theories for medical image analysis. Designed for graduate and doctorate students this higher-level text:Provides a brief introduction to advanced fuzzy set theory fuzzy/intuitionistic fuzzy aggregation operators and distance/similarity measuresCovers medical image enhancement using advanced fuzzy sets including MATLAB®-based examples to increase contrast of the imagesDescribes intuitionistic fuzzy and Type II fuzzy thresholding techniques that separate different regions/leukocyte types/abnormal lesionsDemonstrates the clustering of unwanted lesions/regions even in the presence of noise by applying intuitionistic fuzzy clusteringHighlights the edges of poorly illuminated images and uses intuitionistic fuzzy edge detection to find the edges of different regionsDefines fuzzy mathematical morphology and explores its application using the Lukasiewicz operator t-norms and t-conormsMedical Image Processing: Advanced Fuzzy Set Theoretic Techniques is useful not only for students but also for teachers engineers scientists and those interested in the field of medical image analysis. A basic knowledge of fuzzy set is required along with a solid understanding of mathematics and image processing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575960

Medical Image Registration Image registration is the process of systematically placing separate images in a common frame of reference so that the information they contain can be optimally integrated or compared. This is becoming the central tool for image analysis understanding and visualization in both medical and scientific applications. Medical Image Registration provides the first comprehensive coverage of this emerging field. This monograph details the theory technology and practical implementations in a variety of medical settings. International experts thoroughly explain why image registration is important describe its applications in a nonmathematical way and include rigorous analysis for those who plan to implement algorithms themselves. It is accessible and informative to those new to the field yet it provides in-depth treatment for the expert. With its practical examples extensive illustrations and comprehensible approach Medical Image Registration is a must have guide for medical physicists clinicians and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397203

Medical Imaging Syst Tech & Ap First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078274

Medical Imaging Systems Techniques and ApplicationsComputational Techniques The field of medical imaging has been revolutionized by new techniques in powerful computations image processing and modalities such as Computer-Aided Tomography (CAT) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) among others. It is therefore an appropriate topic to be included in this series that studies the marriage of computer capabilities and medica Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429271250

Medical ImagingArtificial Intelligence Image Recognition and Machine Learning Techniques Winner of the "Outstanding Academic Title" recognition by Choice for the 2020 OAT Awards. The Choice OAT Award represents the highest caliber of scholarly titles that have been reviewed by Choice and conveys the extraordinary recognition of the academic community. The book discusses varied topics pertaining to advanced or up-to-date techniques in medical imaging using artificial intelligence (AI) image recognition (IR) and machine learning (ML) algorithms/techniques. Further coverage includes analysis of chest radiographs (chest x-rays) via stacked generalization models TB type detection using slice separation approach brain tumor image segmentation via deep learning mammogram mass separation epileptic seizures breast ultrasound images knee joint x-ray images bone fracture detection and labeling and diabetic retinopathy. It also reviews 3D imaging in biomedical applications and pathological medical imaging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367139612

Medical ImagingPrinciples and Practices The discovery of x-ray as a landmark event enabled us to see the "invisible " opening a new era in medical diagnostics. More importantly it offered a unique undestanding around the interaction of electromagnetic signal with human tissue and the utility of its selective absorption scattering diffusion and reflection as a tool for understanding the physiology evolution of disease and therapy. With contributions from world-class experts Medical Imaging: Principles and Practices offers a review of key imaging modalities with established clinical utilization and examples of quantitative tools for image analysis modeling and interpretation. The book provides a detailed overview of x-ray imaging and computed tomography fundamental concepts in signal acquisition and processes followed by an overview of functional MRI (fMRI) and chemical shift imaging. It also covers topics in Magnetic Resonance Microcopy the physics of instrumentation and signal collection and their application in clinical practice. Highlights include a chapter offering a unique perspective on the use of quantitative PET for its applications in drug discovery and development which is rapidly becoming an indispensible tool for clinical and research applications and a chapter addressing the key issues around organizing and searching multimodality data sets an increasingly important yet challenging issue in clinical imaging. Topics include: X-ray imaging and computed tomography MRI and magnetic resonance microscopy Nuclear imaging Ultrasound imaging Electrical Impedance Tomography (EIT) Emerging technologies for in vivo imaging Contrast-enhanced MRI MR approaches for osteoarthritis and cardiovascular imaging PET quantitative imaging for drug development Medical imaging data mining and search The selection of topics provides readers with an appreciation of the depth and breadth of the field and the challenges ahead of the technical and clinical community ofresearchers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439871027

Medical ImagingTechnology and Applications The book has two intentions. First it assembles the latest research in the field of medical imaging technology in one place. Detailed descriptions of current state-of-the-art medical imaging systems (comprised of x-ray CT MRI ultrasound and nuclear medicine) and data processing techniques are discussed. Information is provided that will give interested engineers and scientists a solid foundation from which to build with additional resources. Secondly it exposes the reader to myriad applications that medical imaging technology has enabled. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072282

Medical Immunology 7th Edition This seventh edition of Medical Immunology now in a full-color presentation continues to provide a succinct clinical review of the human response to infection while being firmly grounded in science. The authors distinguished and experienced educators have been able to anticipate readers’ conceptual challenges and use illustrations diagrams and algorithms throughout to simplify complex concepts. With an emphasis on clinical applications methodological advances immunological diseases and innovative interventions this tried and true guide navigates readers through state-of-the-sciences technologies and demonstrates their implementation in the day-to-day clinical practice of immunology. Key Features Stresses both the basic scientific concepts and clinical correlations to medical practice. Progresses logically from normal immune function to abnormalities and clinical diseases. Reviews the diagnosis pathogenesis and management of autoimmune diseases in a concise manageable and visual manner Continues to be the only current medically-focused immunology text available Provides a succinct review of human response to infection with a focus on diagnostic and clinical immunology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367224882

Medical InformaticsAn Executive Primer Third Edition This third edition of HIMSS' award-winning bestseller explores how clinicians patients and health IT stakeholders are collaborating to support high-value care through health IT. Medical Informatics: An Executive Primer continues to explore information technologies applied in hospital settings at the physician's office and in patients' homes to provide high-value patient care. Developed for healthcare executives the book looks at how clinicians patients and health IT stakeholders are collaborating on a 'team-based ' IT-enabled approach to healthcare.The book's authors offer provider success stories on utilizing health IT-such as EHRs clinical decision support telehealth and electronic quality measure reporting to transform healthcare while addressing health IT usability interoperability privacy and security concerns and meeting federal regulations. New to this edition are chapters focused on how health IT innovations mobile technologies and personal digital tools are demonstrating the value of health IT. Medical Informatics also explores successful EHR implementations by organizations recognized with the HIMSS Nicholas E. Davies Award of Excellence through case studies focused on patient engagement population management clinical and business intelligence health information exchange and patient readmission prevention. Media > Books > Print Books HIMSS Publishing 9781938904769

Medical Infrared ImagingPrinciples and Practices The evolution of technological advances in infrared sensor technology image processing "smart" algorithms knowledge-based databases and their overall system integration has resulted in new methods of research and use in medical infrared imaging. The development of infrared cameras with focal plane arrays no longer requiring cooling added a new dimension to this modality. Medical Infrared Imaging: Principles and Practices covers new ideas concepts and technologies along with historical background and clinical applications. The book begins by exploring worldwide advances in the medical applications of thermal imaging systems. It covers technology and hardware including detectors detector materials un-cooled focal plane arrays high performance systems camera characterization electronics for on-chip image processing optics and cost-reduction designs. It then discusses the physiological basis of the thermal signature and its interpretation in a medical setting. The book also covers novel and emerging techniques the complexities and importance of protocols for effective and reproducible results storage and retrieval of thermal images and ethical obligations. Of interest to both the medical and biomedical engineering communities the book explores many opportunities for developing and conducting multidisciplinary research in many areas of medical infrared imaging. These range from clinical quantification to intelligent image processing for enhancement of the interpretation of images and for further development of user-friendly high-resolution thermal cameras. These would enable the wide use of infrared imaging as a viable noninvasive low-cost first-line detection modality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072299

Medical Injury Claims in the Netherlands 1980-1990 This text offers a comprehensive insight into the management of and the legal medical and financial aspects of medical insurance claims. The co-operation of a number of major insurance companies enabled one third of all medical claims in a ten-year period to be studied. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079613

Medical InnovationScience technology and practice This book brings together a collection of empirical case studies featuring a wide spectrum of medical innovation. While there is no unique pathway to successful medical innovation recurring and distinctive features can be observed across different areas of clinical practice. This book examines why medical practice develops so unevenly across and within areas of disease and how this relates to the underlying conditions of innovation across areas of practice. The contributions contained in this volume adopt a dynamic perspective on medical innovation based on the notion that scientific understanding technology and clinical practice co-evolve along the co-ordinated search for solutions to medical problems. The chapters follow an historical approach to emphasise that the advancement of medical know-how is a contested nuanced process and that it involves a variety of knowledge bases whose evolutionary paths are rooted in the contexts in which they emerge.This book will be of interest to researchers and practitioners concerned with medical innovation management studies and the economics of innovation. Chapter 5 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138860346_oachapter5.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668686

Medical InstrumentationAccessibility and Usability Considerations Two of the most important yet often overlooked aspects of a medical device are its usability and accessibility. This is important not only for health care providers but also for older patients and users with disabilities or activity limitations. Medical Instrumentation: Accessibility and Usability Considerations focuses on how lack of usability and accessibility pose problems for designers and users of medical devices and how to overcome these limitations. Divided into five broad sections the book first addresses the nature and extent of the problem by identifying access barriers human factors and policy issues focused on the existing infrastructure. The subsequent sections examine responses to the problem beginning with tools for usability and accessibility analysis and principles of design for medical instrumentation. Building on this foundation the third section focuses on recommendations for design guidelines while the fourth section explores emerging trends and future technologies for improving medical device usability. The final section outlines key challenges knowledge gaps and recommendations from accomplished experts in the field presented at the recent Workshop on Accessible Interfaces for Medical Instrumentation. Integrating expert perspectives from a wide array of disciplines Medical Instrumentation traces a clear roadmap for improving accessibility and usability for a variety of stakeholders and provides the tools necessary to follow it. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453404

Medical Instruments and DevicesPrinciples and Practices Medical Instruments and Devices: Principles and Practices originates from the medical instruments and devices section of The Biomedical Engineering Handbook Fourth Edition. Top experts in the field provide material that spans this wide field. The text examines how biopotential amplifiers help regulate the quality and content of measured signals. It includes instruments and devices that span a range of physiological systems and the physiological scale: molecular cellular organ and system. The book chronicles the evolution of pacemakers and their system operation and discusses oscillometry cardiac output measurement and the direct and indirect methods of measuring cardiac output. The authors also expound on the mechanics and safety of defibrillators and cover implantable stimulators respiration and the structure and function of mechanical ventilators. In addition this text covers in depth: Anesthesia Delivery Electrosurgical Units and Devices Biomedical Lasers Measuring Cellular Traction Forces Blood Glucose Monitoring Atomic Force Microscopy Parenteral Infusion Devices Clinical Laboratory: Separation and Spectral Methods Clinical Laboratory: Nonspectral Methods and Automation Noninvasive Optical Monitoring An offshoot from the definitive "bible" of biomedical engineering Medical Instruments and Devices: Principles and Practices offers you state-of-the-art information on biomedical instruments and devices. This text serves practicing professionals working in the areas of medical devices and instrumentation as well as graduate students studying bioengineering instrumentation and medical devices and it provides readers with a practical foundation and a wealth of resources from well-known experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748521

Medical Issues And The Eating DisordersThe Interface First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883659

Medical JournalismThe Writer's Guide This unique and controversial book puts professional practice in the spotlight. It provides excellent comparative teaching material for professionals to help them develop reflective and ethically responsive practice and initiates a long overdue debate. 'One of the main contributions that this book makes is to provide readers from many different backgrounds professional personal and organisational with a vocabulary with which to begin to articulate the importance ambivalence and discomforts that can surround the enactment of values in the turbulent environment surrounding professions of all kinds today. The editors of this book assert that 'values are everybody's business'. It is my belief that readers will become convinced of the veracity of this assertion once they have read the fascinating and very varied discussions of the ways in which values and professions have interacted and continue to interact' John Wyn Owen in the Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376134

Medical Journals and Medical KnowledgeHistorical Essays Originally published in 1992 Medical Journals and Medical Knowledge examines both broad developments in print and media and the practice of particular journals such as the British Medical Journal. The book is the first study to address these questions and to examine the impact of regular news on the making of the medical community. The book considers the rise of the medical press and looks at how it recorded and described principal developments and so promoted medical science and enhanced medical consciousness. This book was a seminal work when first published and was one of the first to consider the importance of the roots of medical journalism editorial practices and the ways in which the medical journalism altered the world of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076009

Medical Law and Ethics This title was first published in 2002.The wide range of essays contained within this volume present contemporary thinking on the legal and ethical implications surrounding modern medical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730977

Medical Law HandbookThe Epidemiologically Based Needs Assessment Reviews Low Back Pain - Second Series Law touches more and more upon the daily practice of medical professionals. This trend continues as modern medicine delivers more therapies and modern society demands increased rights for individuals and increased accountability for medical professionals. This handbook is written by a practising physician and qualified lawyer to provide an accessible text that allows medical professionals to grasp the legal rules that impact on their daily practice quickly and clearly. The handbook format and clear numbered paragraphs aid speed of use and legal references are matched to short case summaries and legal statute summaries throughout to provide a solid evidence base. The work enables practitioners to clarify legal questions in all key areas in moments. It concisely and comprehensively covers the core topics including confidentiality consent and negligence and clarifies particularly complex issues such as abortion assisted reproduction surrogacy human tissue and the end of life. This book is an essential reference for medical professionals at every level and in every setting from students to consultants. 'The purpose of this book is to provide an accessible resource for busy medical professionals. The text assumes no knowledge of law. The medical factual details that are often frustratingly missing from legal textbooks are retained. The point is to locate the cases not just on the legal maps but also upon the medical maps.' Raj Mohindra in the Introduction Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379937

Medical LeadershipA Toolkit for Service Development and System Transformation Today’s health care systems need doctors and consultants to act as leaders  within the multi-disciplinary team in addition to carrying out their clinical role. This book identifies the key elements of successful leadership through 'medically led' service development and systems transformation and shows how this benefits patient care particularly when patients become partners in the process. The authors provide a conceptual framework of medical leadership and a set of scientific methods and tools that make a significant contribution to advancing quality and transforming services in healthcare. On top of this they present analytical tools which medical professionals can use to support their own improvement or system transformation strategy including ways of measuring improvement and the returns on investment of medical leadership. Woven throughout the book are real-life case studies from medical leaders across the world providing students with valuable practical insights. Chapter summaries and reflections are provided to support learning.  Medical Leadership will be essential reading for students on medical and clinical leadership courses internationally as well as for all practising doctors consultants and General Practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217355

Medical LeadershipFrom the Dark Side to Centre Stage 'Successful medical leaders are usually but not always experienced and credible clinicians with good people skills who look beyond the boundaries of their own specialty or institution who are positive and perseverant and who are prepared to take reasonable risks to achieve their goals. Most importantly they know how to engage their colleagues and effect change. They understand the principles of organisational performance and the balance between professional autonomy and corporate behaviour - ' Sir Bruce Keogh in the Foreword This book is a comprehensive account of the key aspects of medical leadership. Easy to read and highly accessible it explores how the medical profession has evolved in tandem with administrative and structural aspects of the NHS: previously reluctant leaders doctors are increasingly positive about adopting management and organisational responsibility. Assuming leadership roles at all stages of their training and career is a progressively vital component of the definition of a 'good doctor'. Completely up-to-date this book features exciting and critical developments such as the embedding of the Medical Leadership Competency Framework as a statutory element of the training and development of all doctors and the establishment of a new Faculty of Medical Leadership and Management. It is highly recommended inspiring reading for all medical professionals taking on formal leadership roles. Junior doctors too will find much of interest. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383842

Medical LeadershipThe key to medical engagement and effective organisations Second Edition This title is a comprehensive account of the key aspects of medical leadership. A highly accessible text book-style resource it explores how the medical profession has evolved in tandem with administrative and structural aspects of the NHS. Assuming leadership roles at all stages of their training and career is a progressively vital component of the definition of a good doctor. This book will provide invaluable support and guidance to anyone engaged in leadership within the NHS but particularly to junior doctors in the primary and secondary care arenas taking on leadership roles for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781785231612

Medical Librarian 2.0Use of Web 2.0 Technologies in Reference Servics Widespread use and acceptance of the World Wide Web in the home and office has eclipsed many other technological advances. Next-generation applications like wikis podcasting streaming video virtual reference RSS feeds and blogs sit on the cutting edge of changes that will—and have already begun to—transform librarianship. Medical Librarian 2.0 is a vital groundbreaking resource for understanding and implementing these technologiesin reference services. Medical Librarian 2.0 is both an examination of current technology and a resource for practical applications as well. This important collection includes informative chapters that cover the evolving spectrum of digital tools. Through detailed explorations of current technologies as well as the ways institutions have implemented them to better serve both patrons and staff this text provides the insight and necessary awareness required for librarians who want to stay current with these technologies and to make their services relevant to the newer generation of users. With a wealth of informative tables diagrams Web site illustrations online resources photographs and references Medical Librarian 2.0 is an essential resource that looks at the pervasive Web technologies medical libraries—and other libraries—are successfully adapting to both update old services and provide new ones. Contributors to Medical Librarian 2.0 discuss: • the tools and applications shaping Web 2.0 • extending these vibrant technologies into librarianship with Library 2.0 • virtual reference services in academic health science libraries • e-mail chat and web forms in the changing landscape of reference services • syndicated information delivery via RSS and its integration • producing using organizing and distributing podcasts • challenges to and successes of streaming video in health sciences libraries • social networking social media sharing and social bookmarking tools • tagging peer production blogs and folksonomy • open source software and content management systems like Drupal • wikis and the organizational knowledgebase • creating and utilizing blended applications and mashups • current concerns over data and security • and many other important topics! With a wealth of tables diagrams Web site illustrations online resources photographs and references Medical Librarian 2.0 offers readers clear examples of these applications put into practice. Medical Librarian 2.0 is an essential resource for librarians especially those in medical settings library science educators and students and those looking to stay at the forefront of emerging reference technology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823385

Medical Library DownsizingAdministrative Professional and Personal Strategies for Coping with Change Learn how to stay ahead of the game when budgets and staff are cutMedical Library Downsizing: Administrative Professional and Personal Strategies for Coping with Change explores corporate downsizing and other company-wide events as they relate to medical librarians in their organization. This training manual is designed to help librarians prepare for a new era where shrinking budgets inflated journal costs and the increasing demand for new and expensive services now put salaries and jobs at risk. While focused on health care issues this book will appeal to a general library audience and can be used in a graduate course in library administration corporate librarianship or hospital librarianship.Medical Library Downsizing investigates the BCEs (Bad Corporate Events) that can negatively affect a librarian including: an across-the-board budget cut a downsizing a restructuring (also called a re-organization or re-engineering) a buyout a merger a consolidation With Medical Library Downsizing you will learn how to prepare for the possibility of a BCE what signs to look for that a BCE is about to take place and how to weather the storm. The book provides the typical patterns for a downsizing budget cut merger or pension buyout—teaching you step-by-step to make the most out of each possible scenario. This unique guide uses sardonic wit and entertaining examples to bring home each lesson making Medical Library Downsizing a vital asset to librarians in any field.Medical Library Downsizing will help you deal with: consultants who recommend downsizing and outsourcing staff communications planning your survival—and your escape route presentations to help you keep your job implementing change re-training staff and more Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809779

Medical Management of Thyroid Disease Third Edition The Third Edition of Medical Management of Thyroid Disease provides the most up-to-date practical guidance for the diagnosis and management of common and uncommon thyroid diseases. It reflects the advancement in guidelines and research for thyroid cancer nodules and hypothyroidism; all presented in an accessible format with more illustrations and algorithms for management. The contributions of internationally renowned endocrinologists present the clinical aspects from the world’s perspective.Key Features• Completely revised and updated• Reorganized with more algorithms for quick reference and enhanced usability• Edited by internationally renowned physicians in the field• Authoritative comprehensive and yet easily digestible Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570637

Medical Management: A Practical Guide This essential guide provides a lifeline to authoritative reliable information on medical management giving you all the skills you need whether managing a junior colleague as a lead doctor or running multidisciplinary consortia in the NHS or private sectors. Learn key skills from leadership managing change quality control and project management through to doctors in difficulty appraisals and revalidation managing exceptional performance and poor performance Comprehensive coverage of NHS and private healthcare primary care acute and emergency care mental health and many other sectors Gain insight into important topics such as healthcare innovations and technologies implementing evidence-based medicine medical education patient safety and primary care consortia Refine your management skills with advice wisdom and practical help from key opinion leaders medical professionals and management experts In this world of change reforms and new government initiatives can you afford not to build on your existing skills? Whether you are new to medical management or an experienced director wishing to stay up to date and refine your expertise this book will be an invaluable source of advice to help you manage the delivery of high-quality care. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444145403

Medical Marginality in South AsiaSituating Subaltern Therapeutics Examining the world of popular healing in South Asia this book looks at the way that it is marginalised by the state and medical establishment while at the same time being very important in the everyday lives of the poor. It describes and analyses a world of ‘subaltern therapeutics’ that both interacts with and resists state-sanctioned and elite forms of medical practice. The relationship is seen as both a historical as well as ongoing one. Focusing on those who exist and practice in the shadow of statist medicine the book discusses the many ways in which they try to heal a range of maladies and how they experience their marginality. The contributors also provide a history of such therapeutics in the process challenging the widespread belief that such ‘traditional’ therapeutics are relatively static and unchanging. In focusing on these problems of transition they open up one of the central concerns of subaltern historiography. This is an important contribution to the history of medicine and society and subaltern and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948297

Medical MaterialitiesToward a Material Culture of Medical Anthropology Medical Materialities investigates possible points of cross-fertilisation between medical anthropology and material culture studies and considers the successes and limitations of both sub-disciplines as they attempt to understand places practices methods and cultures of healing. The editors present and expand upon a definition of ‘medical materiality’ namely the social impact of the agency of often mundane at times non-clinical materials within contexts of health and illness as caused by the properties and affordances of this material. The chapters address material culture in various clinical and biomedical contexts and in discussions that link the body and healing. The diverse ethnographic case studies provide valuable insight into the way cultures of medicine are understood and practised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662882

Medical Memories and Experiences in Postwar East GermanyTreatments of the Past This book draws on the example of the major cities of Leipzig and Dresden to illustrate continuity and change in public health in the German Democratic Republic. Based on archival work it will demonstrate how members of the medical profession successfully manipulated their pre-1945 past in order to continue practising leading to persistence in the social conception of medicine and disease after Communism took hold. This was particularly evident in attitudes towards and treatment of sexually transmitted diseases and the pathology of deviant behaviour among young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138707

Medical Microbiology Testing in Primary Care The book’s purpose is to help community-based primary care physicians and nurses and laboratory-based microbiologists better understand each other’s requirements in collecting and interpreting specimens and thus to improve the quality of patient care while saving resources and reducing unnecessary antibiotic prescription.The book’s structure focuses on three basic principles: deciding whether a specimen is clinically necessary; how to collect the specimen effectively and how to interpret the laboratory report.Individual chapters cover all the main specimen types sent to the laboratory from primary care. At the beginning of each chapter a case scenario is used to identify critical steps in processing a particular specimen type followed by quick action guides to assess current practice and implement necessary changes in procedure. The award winning author of Clinical Bacteriology (BMA student book of the year 2005) has brought together a microbiologist a primary care physician and a specialist in infectious disease to produce this concise highly illustrated guide of value alike to primary care physicians nurses microbiologists and medical students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840761597

Medical Misinformation and Social Harm in Non-Science Based Health PracticesA Multidisciplinary Perspective Fraudulent harmful or at best useless pharmaceutical and therapeutic approaches developed outside science-based medicine have boomed in recent years especially due to the commercialisation of cyberspace. The latter has played a fundamental role in the rise of false ‘health experts’ and in the creation of filter bubbles and echo chambers that have contributed to the formation of highly polarised debates on non-science-based health practices—online as well as offline. By adopting a multidisciplinary approach this edited book brings together contributions of international academics and practitioners from criminology digital sociology health psychology medicine law physics and journalism where they critically analyse different types of non-science-based health approaches. With this volume we aim to reconcile different scientific understandings of these practices synthesising a variety of empirical theoretical and interpretative approaches and exploring the challenges implications and potential remedies to the spread of dangerous and misleading health information. This edited book will offer some food for thought not only to students and academics in the social sciences health psychology and medicine among other disciplines but also to medical practitioners science journalists debunkers policy makers and the general public as they might all benefit from a greater awareness and critical knowledge of the harms caused by non-scientific health practices.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388666

Medical MycologyCurrent Trends and Future Prospects The identification of medically important fungi is an important area of study that warrants further research. The use of traditional and molecular methods of identification provides new insights into differentiation of species and ultimately the line of treatment can be determined. This book covers a diverse group of medically important fungi and diseases including common dermatophytes onychomycosis Coccidiomycosis Paracoccidioidomycosis Mycotic keratitis Sporotrichosis Histoplasmosis and determination of identity of medically important fingi by uising modern techniques such as PCH and the use of MALDI-TOF: as a rapid and new approach in fungal diagnosis and differentiation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738013

Medical Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine Considering the fluid nature of nano breakthroughs and the delicate balance between benefits and consequences as they apply to medicine readers at all levels require a practical understandable base of information about these developments to take greatest advantage of them. Medical Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine meets that need by introducing non-experts to nanomedicine and its evolving organizational infrastructure. This practical reference investigates the impact of nanotechnology on applications in medicine and biomedical sciences and the broader societal and economic effects. Eschewing technological details it focuses on enhancing awareness of the business regulatory and administrative aspects of medical applications. It gives readers a critical balanced and realistic evaluation of existing nanomedicine developments and future prospects an ideal foundation upon which to plan and make decisions. Covers the use of nanotechnology in medical applications including imaging diagnosis and monitoring drug delivery systems surgery tissue regeneration and prosthetics Part of the Perspectives in Nanotechnology series which contains broader coverage of the societal implications of nanotechnology this book can be used as a standalone reference. Organized by historical perspective current status and future prospects this powerful book: Explores background definitions and terms and recent trends and forces in nanomedicine Surveys the landscape of nanomedicine in government academia and the private sector Reviews projected future directions capabilities sustainability and equity of nanomedicine and choices to be made regarding its use Includes graphical illustrations references and keywords to reinforce concepts and aid further research Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138445505

Medical Negligence: Non-Patient and Third Party Claims Healthcare professionals face an increasing threat of litigation from parties whom they have never met in their daily medical practice and who look nothing like the traditional patient. The so-called ’non-patient’ may take many forms”for example a person who is injured or killed by a mentally-ill physically-disabled or diseased patient; a wrongfully-accused parent in a child neglect/abuse case; or a local authority which is put to the expense of caring for a negligently-treated patient. This book explores the legal principles and conundrums which arise when determining a healthcare professional’s liability in negligence towards a wide variety of non-patients. The topic is assuming increasing legal importance and relevance given the potential for many non-patient claims to give rise to class actions litigation and in light of the legislative and human rights interventions and the frequent appellate judicial consideration which non-patient claims have attracted in recent times. The aim of the book is to have utility for both legal and medical professionals; for academics and students of comparative medical negligence and tort law; and for law reformers who may be interested in adopting certain features of statutory models elsewhere which pertain to some non-patient claims such as those based upon ’Good Samaritan’ conduct. Important parallels or counterpoints from other common law jurisdictions in which courts and commentators have grappled with the legal complexities of non-patient claims are also discussed and critically analyzed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279629

Medical ObituariesAmerican Physicians' Biographical Notices in Selected Medical Journals before 1907 Originally published in 1981 and then again in 1995 Medical Obituaries is an extensive index begun in the 1960s cataloguing biographical data for American physicians from the 18th and 19th century. The book is an extensive index of American physicians and surgeons and contains an extensive list of sources to the medical obituaries of medical professionals from this period. It also provides a list of graduating classes at the American Medical Colleges before 1907. The book in particular provides an extensive collection of references from medical journals. It is arranged alphabetically and will provide an extremely valuable resource to historians and medical professionals seeking information about American physicians and surgeons working in the 18th and 19th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027490

Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering provides broad coverage appropriate for senior undergraduates and graduates in medical physics and biomedical engineering. Divided into two parts the first part presents the underlying physics electronics anatomy and physiology and the second part addresses practical applications. The structured approach means that later chapters build and broaden the material introduced in the opening chapters; for example students can read chapters covering the introductory science of an area and then study the practical application of the topic. Coverage includes biomechanics; ionizing and nonionizing radiation and measurements; image formation techniques processing and analysis; safety issues; biomedical devices; mathematical and statistical techniques; physiological signals and responses; and respiratory and cardiovascular function and measurement. Where necessary the authors provide references to the mathematical background and keep detailed derivations to a minimum. They give comprehensive references to junior undergraduate texts in physics electronics and life sciences in the bibliographies at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315275604

Medical Physics During the COVID-19 PandemicGlobal Perspectives in Clinical Practice Education and Research Spreading to every corner of the Earth the COVID-19 virus has had an unparalleled impact on all aspects of our lives. This book explores in detail how the COVID-19 pandemic has affected clinical practice education and research in medical physics and how colleagues on the frontline dealt with this unpredictable and unprecedented pandemic. It tackles key questions such as: How did medical physicists first respond to the situation? What innovative strategies were taken and how effective were they? How are medical physicists preparing for the future? There will be a focus on the different experiences of regional medical physicists and the responses and outlooks in clinical practice education and research in the affected continents Asia-Pacific the Middle East Europe Africa and North and Latin America. With over 91 contributors from 39 countries this unique resource contains key perspectives from teams from each territory to ensure a global range of accounts. The collective opinion and wisdom from the major medical physics journal editors-in-chief are also explored alongside how the pandemic has affected the quantity and quality of publications. Voices of early-career researchers and students of medical physics will be included with narratives of their experiences coping with life during the pandemic. Lastly communicating leadership in times of adversity is highlighted. This book will be a historic account of the impact of the COVID-19 virus on the field of medical physics. It will be an ideal reference for medical physicists medical physics trainees and students hospital administrators regulators and healthcare professionals allied with medical physics. Key features: The first book to cover the impact of COVID-19 on the field of medical physics Edited by two experts in the field with chapter contributions from subject area specialists around the world Broad global coverage ranging from the impact on teaching research and publishing with unique perspectives from journal editors and students and trainees Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367693756

Medical Practice Business Plan Workbook How does a medical practice thrive in a business environment where the margin of management error has all but disappeared? Profit margins are being squeezed by declining reimbursement rates capitation plans gamesmanship on the part of the payors and increasing operating costs. Addressing the specific needs of today’s medical practice Medical Practice Business Plan Workbook Third Edition supplies a detailed and ordered work plan to tackle some of the most pressing issues facing the field.Peter D. Lucash delves into decades of experience helping physician groups develop business plans to guide you along the process of building the profitable practice you want and deserve. This updated edition of a bestseller begins with a review of the fundamentals including the questions your plan should answer how to get started how to organize and develop your plan and the staff support and resources you will need. Complete with a wealth of helpful sample plans and worksheets this workbook: Reflects recent changes in the healthcare industry including federal healthcare reform Offers a one-of-a-kind design and approach tailored to the medical practice Covers conceptualization organization and implementation of your business plan This updated edition reflects current and forecasted challenges for practices including the Affordable Care Act data security and quality and outcome measures. It supplies detailed coverage of the different types of organizations governance and management personnel needs key business relationships and contacts demographics and economic factors patients as customers competitor analysis marketing information technology disaster and business continuity planning and financial strategies. The final section outlines a process for implementing your plan. Sticking to this process will help ensure your plan covers what is needed to succeed in today’s complex medical environment. Visit www.Lucash.com for videos and other resources to help you develop and implement your practice business plan. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439855317

Medical Practice in Modern EnglandThe Impact of Specialization and State Medicine Before World War II the great majority of practicing doctors in England and Wales were general practitioners. They performed their own surgery and were accustomed to treating a wide variety of illnesses and symptoms. Specialists were few in number tended to practice in large towns and were often associated with major hospitals. But rapidly changing medical institutions and services in the twentieth century have compelled specialization even among more modest doctors and hospitals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527843

Medical Practice Management in the 21st CenturyThe Epidemiologically Based Needs Assessment Reviews v. 2 First Series This title includes a Foreword by John W Bachman Professor of Medicine Mayo Clinic College of Medicine Rochester Minnesota. Mastering the art of medical practice management requires knowledge that most physicians don't learn in medical school residency and fellowship training. Successful practice management in the 21st century requires physicians to understand how to organize and manage a practice manage their finances recruit work with and manage people within and outside of the practice improve healthcare delivery and clinical outcomes and ensure compliance with federal state and local laws and regulations. "Medical Practice Management in the 21st Century: The Handbook" addresses multiple aspects of medical practice management. It offers both background information and practical tools. The workbook format supported by web-based tools allows busy physicians to gain a basic understanding of many topics determine strategies for their practices and seek additional information when they want it. This guide will be ideal for both physicians who need business guidance as they begin their careers and physicians who are already in practice and want to enhance their business skills. Many physicians can't afford or choose not to hire a professional practice administrator or manager; this book will help them assume managerial responsibilities with the same level of confidence that they bring to clinical care. Physicians in academic medical centers who manage departments programs or research studies will also benefit. "This book is essential for any clinician planning to open a new practice or attempting to improve the quality and efficiency of an existing practice. Read and learn." - John Bachman MD in the Foreword. "Written for the busy practitioner - clear concise and practical without any wasted space. I wish I had had this resource when I was starting practice. It's the bible for practice management just as the "Washington Manual" was in earlier years." - Robert S Galvin MD Director of Global Healthcare for General Electric. "Important. Crosses many boundaries covering a wide variety of topics. Guides physicians in developing the infrastructure that they need to succeed." - John Fallon MD Chief Physician Executive Blue Cross Blue Shield of Massachusetts. "There is no better book or resource to use to develop the necessary proficiency to run a first-class stellar practice than this. All who read this book will be able to ensure that every patient has a positive experience with your practice and will not only enjoy the experience but will tell other physicians their family and their friends about you and your practice and thus make your practice thrive and prosper." - Dr Neil Baum Clinical Associate Professor of Urology Tulane Medical School New Orleans Louisiana. "I love the chapter on financial management. It is very complete and gives a non-business major a good grasp of complicated information." - Allen R. Wenner MD family medicine practitioner West Columbia Family Medicine South Carolina. "I like the format of the exhibits. In the chapter on financial management the side-by-side problem/solution approach is easily understandable and lends itself to a solution oriented approach. I can spot my own practice's issues and immediately understand what to do without searching through a lot of text." - Tom Sena MD President of Raleigh Children and Adolescents Medicine Raleigh North Carolina. "Full of good material which I am actively planning to use. Extremely helpful!" - Dr Damian McHugh President Raleigh Emergency Medicine Associates Raleigh NC. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385143

Medical PrimatologyHistory Biological Foundations and Applications Due to the high degree of biological similarity between primates and humans monkeys and apes have been used successfully in medical research for many decades. Medical Primatology: History Biological Foundations and Applications provides a comprehensive summary linking the use of monkeys and apes in biomedical research to their kinship with humans. The book begins by discussing the history of this research and then focuses on the biological foundations upon which medical primatology has been built. Primate taxonomy and evolution are reviewed using not only traditional sources of data but also recent experimental evidence from molecular biology genetics and biomedicine that indicates the need to place higher simians in the family of man. Condensing a broad range of scientific literature into one volume this will be a useful reference for specialists in the biological sciences and medicine as well as researchers involved in biological anthropological biomedical clinical and pharmacological research on primates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455019

Medical Product Safety EvaluationBiological Models and Statistical Methods Medical Product Safety Evaluation: Biological Models and Statistical Methods presents cutting-edge biological models and statistical methods that are tailored to specific objectives and data types for safety analysis and benefit-risk assessment. Some frequently encountered issues and challenges in the design and analysis of safety studies are discussed with illustrative applications and examples. Medical Product Safety Evaluation: Biological Models and Statistical Methods presents cutting-edge biological models and statistical methods that are tailored to specific objectives and data types for safety analysis and benefit-risk assessment. Some frequently encountered issues and challenges in the design and analysis of safety studies are discussed with illustrative applications and examples. The book is designed not only for biopharmaceutical professionals such as statisticians safety specialists pharmacovigilance experts and pharmacoepidemiologists who can use the book as self-learning materials or in short courses or training programs but also for graduate students in statistics and biomedical data science for a one-semester course. Each chapter provides supplements and problems as more readings and exercises.  Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367571177

Medical Professionals and the Organization of Knowledge "Medical Professionals and Their Work" conveys how medical people shape and organize the knowledge perception and experience of illness as well as the substance of illness behavior its management and treatment. It is now well established that the unique symbolic equipment of the human animal is intimately connected with the functioning of the body. Freidson and Lorber believe that the proper understanding of specifically human rather than generally "animal" illness requires careful and systematic study of the social meanings surrounding illness.The content of social meanings varies from culture to culture and from one historical period to another. As important as the content of those social meanings is the organization of groups who serve as carriers and sometimes creators. In the case of illness a critical difference exists between those considered to be competent to diagnose and treat the sick and those excluded from this special privilege - a separation as old as the shaman or medicine-man. Such differences become solidified when the expert healer becomes a member of an organized full-time occupation sustained in monopoly over the work of diagnosis and treatment by the force of the state and invested with the authority to make official designation of the social meanings to be ascribed to physical states.The medical profession in advanced nations is in a vise between professional needs and political demands. Its organization and its knowledge establish many of the conditions for being recognizably and legitimately ill and the professional controls many of the circumstances of treatment. It thus plays a central role in shaping the experience of being ill. With this fact of modern life in mind this collection on the character of experts or professionals in general and of medicine as a profession in particular is uniquely fashioned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527850

Medical ProfessionalsConflicts and Quandaries in Medical Practice Medical Professionals: Conflicts and Quandaries in Medical Practice offers a fresh approach to understanding the role-related conflicts and quandaries that pervade contemporary medical practice. While a focus on professional conflicts is not new in the literature what is missing is a volume that delves into medical professionals’ own experience of the conflicts and quandaries they face often as a result of inhabiting multiple roles. The volume explores the ways in which these conflicts and quandaries are exacerbated by broader societal forces including changing scientific and technological paradigms commercialization and strengthened consumer movements which simultaneously expand the scope of roles and responsibilities that medical professionals are expected to fulfill and make it more difficult to do so. Several empirical chapters analyze data from qualitative interview studies with clinicians and other stakeholders. The studies highlight the burdens on clinicians who are expected to make informed and justified judgments and decisions in the midst of competing pressures; authors describe the methods that clinicians use to address the associated tensions within specific contexts. Two conceptual chapters follow and offer some innovative ways to think about the challenges facing medical professionals as they strive to make sense of the changing landscape within healthcare. The first reflects on the challenges to clinical practice in the midst of shifting and often competing definitions of disease and associated ideologies of care. The second reflects more broadly on the utility of value pluralism as a framework for conceptualizing and working through moral and professional quandaries. The book concludes with a chapter containing suggestions for how members of the medical profession might reframe their thinking about their roles responsibilities and decision-making in the midst of inevitable quandaries such as those presented here. This book will be of vital reading for academics researchers educators postgraduate students and interested health care practitioners and administrators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733575

Medical Proofs Social ExperimentsClinical Trials in Shifting Contexts Clinical trials have become key technologies for decision making in the contemporary world. Their results shape medical practice and determine priorities across health care systems but the work that goes into producing credible data is often hidden. Medical Proofs Social Experiments draws upon detailed case studies to argue that to understand their value we need to pay more attention to the contexts for these modern medical experiments recovering the diverse ways in which they involve doctors patients and the public the local practices that contribute to their completion and the complex negotiation of their results in professional and statutory institutions. Presenting research from the UK USA Sweden and The Netherlands the ethnographic perspective adopted by the authors provides a space to explore the investments of different state market professional and other actors in particular forms of evaluation and the ways in which trial methodologies may be re-designed or re-imagined to satisfy social and political expectations. As such this volume will be of interest to those working in the fields of science and technology studies the sociology and anthropology of medicine and researchers of policy and organisation in health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260443

Medical Records Use and Abuse ‘This book provides the background and practical guidance for all those of us who face challenges for the way we handle medical records. Written by a lawyer and a clinical informatician it provides the fusion between the legal issues and the practical clinical ones. There are clear explanations of the current legal framework set in the context of real-world applications; the more complex issues that have a significant impact on Policy are also dealt with in depth. The background to ‘consent’ and the impact that implied and explicit consent can have on the way records are collect and used is particularly well covered. This book has many audiences all of whom will gain from the easily accessible information within it. Caldicott guardians research ethics committee members and all those researchers and clinicians who need to analyze patient information will have a particular need for this handbook. Patients and the public should use it to understand how their healthcare information is protected and used. Its arrival could not have come at a better time’ Sir John Pattison Former Director of Research Analysis and Information Department of Health England. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781857756043

Medical Risk Prediction ModelsWith Ties to Machine Learning Medical Risk Prediction Models: With Ties to Machine Learning is a hands-on book for clinicians epidemiologists and professional statisticians who need to make or evaluate a statistical prediction model based on data. The subject of the book is the patient’s individualized probability of a medical event within a given time horizon. Gerds and Kattan describe the mathematical details of making and evaluating a statistical prediction model in a highly pedagogical manner while avoiding mathematical notation. Read this book when you are in doubt about whether a Cox regression model predicts better than a random survival forest. Features: All you need to know to correctly make an online risk calculator from scratch Discrimination calibration and predictive performance with censored data and competing risks R-code and illustrative examples Interpretation of prediction performance via benchmarks Comparison and combination of rival modeling strategies via cross-validation Thomas A. Gerds is a professor at the Biostatistics Unit at the University of Copenhagen and is affiliated with the Danish Heart Foundation. He is the author of several R-packages on CRAN and has taught statistics courses to non-statisticians for many years. Michael W. Kattan is a highly cited author and Chair of the Department of Quantitative Health Sciences at Cleveland Clinic. He is a Fellow of the American Statistical Association and has received two awards from the Society for Medical Decision Making: the Eugene L. Saenger Award for Distinguished Service and the John M. Eisenberg Award for Practical Application of Medical Decision-Making Research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138384477

Medical Self-RegulationCrisis and Change Self-regulation constitutes an important aspect of the regulatory and oversight process governing professionals. This book focuses directly on medical self-regulation in the context of both the wider regulatory framework and that of other regulatory models. Through a critical consideration of recent events including high-profile and controversial cases it is demonstrated that the self-regulatory process has failed and that only fundamental restructuring and a radical change in attitudes on the part of members of the profession can repair the damage. Attention is also given to the recent changes current proposals for change and to alternative regulatory models. Medical Self-Regulation will be of international interest appealing to policy makers as well as students and practitioners in the fields of medicine medical law and sociology and professional regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257191

Medical Sociology The most thorough major academic textbook available this classic text presents the most important research studies in the field. The author also integrates engaging first-person accounts from patients physicians and other health care providers throughout the text. A much greater number of first person accounts and updated examples are added to the new fourteenth edition. Other updates include: • Coverage of Zika Ebola MERS and updates on other pandemics • Expanded discussion of obesity as a disease • Coverage of the widening gap in life expectancy between the rich and the poor • New information on the decline of life expectancy among American white women especially those who live in rural counties • New material on biomarkers gene–environment interaction and stress • Analysis of the role of the hidden curriculum in medical schools • Exiting the Affordable Care Act Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668324

Medical Staff IntegrationTransactions and Transformation There is a transformation of equity occurring in the health care industry with hospitals and health systems purchasing physician practices. As traditional hospital structures meet the entrepreneurial physician manager in today’s rapidly changing environment numerous transitional challenges are emerging. Medical Staff Integration: Transactions and Transformation fills the void that exists between hospital management texts and physician management literature. It examines the cultural and functional issues that must be addressed when hospitals and health systems purchase physician practices.Written by a leading consultant in the health care industry the book covers the changes occurring in a nonjudgmental fashion and from a business case perspective. It supplies an understanding of the basics behind the various types of relationships that are forming as well as the nuts and bolts of the transitions that will result.The book focuses on the challenges readers will most likely face when merging systems culture and functions. It explains how to assure that the acquisitions will meet the needs of all parties—emphasizing the income determination structures required for the continued motivation of physicians. Addressing some of the limitations hospitals face with physician practice integrations including the traditional medical staff structure hospital-based physicians and contracted physicians the book also discusses the growing role and impact of compliance.A companion website allows readers to download forms and models which can assist in the practical application of the ideas presented in the book. www.medicalstaffintegration.com Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466592964

Medical StatisticsAn A-Z Companion Second Edition This invaluable jargon-free guide to essential medical terminology in an accessible A-Z format is ideal for medical allied health and biomedical science students and researchers clinicians and health care practitioners. Avoiding the complex language that is so often a feature of statistics and research methodology this text provides clear and succinct explanations clarifying meaning and showing the interdependencies between important concepts. This edition includes enhanced explanations of statistical concepts and methods—including more illustrative content—for greater accessibility. The book makes frequent use of examples from the medical literature with reference to landmark studies ensuring clinical relevance. It remains an ideal aid to accompany the reading and critical appraisal of medical and health care literature now widely recognized to be a practical lifelong skill required by all health professionals throughout undergraduate and postgraduate studies and during clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444167344

Medical Technology and Environmental HealthProceedings of the Medicine and Global Health Research Symposium (MoRes 2019) 22-23 October 2019 The proceedings of the Medical and Global Health Research Symposium (MoRes) provides a selection of papers resulting from the conference either research results or literature review on advanced medical technology and environmental health in the era of industrial revolution 4.0. Nine major subject areas were presented in the this proceedings volume  comprising halal medicine: challenges and opportunities; infectious and non-infectious diseases; drug discoveries and development; community and occupational health; health policy and health insurance; hospital and nursing management; disaster relief and management; environment health and climate change; and digital and health technology. It is expected that the proceedings will give new insights into knowledge and practice of medicine and global health. Therefore parties involved in medicine and global health such as academics practitioners business leaders and others will benefit from the contents of the proceedings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367860530

Medical Technology in JapanThe Politics of Regulation Japan is suffering from a "device gap." Compared to its American and European counterparts Japan lags in adopting innovative medical devices and making new treatments and procedures available to its patients. Many blame its government and bureaucracy for Japan's delayed access to modern medicine and new medical devices.Christa Altenstetter examines the contextual social historical and political conditions of Japan's medical field to make sense of the state of the country's medical profession and its regulatory framework. She explores the development of regulatory frameworks and considers possibilities for eventual reform and modernization. More specifically Altenstetter looks into how physicians and device companies connect to the government and bureaucracy the relationships connecting Japanese patients to their medical system and governmental bureaucracy and how the relationships between policymakers and the medical profession are changing.The issues addressed here are becoming increasingly relevant as numerous countries in Asia Latin America and Central and Eastern Europe are only now beginning to regulate medical technology following the lead of the US and the European Union. Those interested in global medicine and Asian studies will find this book both informative and compelling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512047

Medical Terminology Documentation and Coding Giving students the strongest possible baseline in medical terminology along with the how and why it is used in documentation and basic coding this is a vital text for all students taking courses in the area. It allows readers to use their knowledge immediately in any medical setting (including being a patient) in their workplaces and in the journey to future careers. Using a body systems approach to medical terminology this textbook supports students to: Recognize words by constructing medical terms based on root words prefixes linking forms and suffixes. Define spell pronounce and use medical terms acronyms and abbreviations in the context of patient care with appropriate documentation and coding examples. Identify anatomical directions fundamental anatomical terminology basic physiologic functions and common pathology of all major organ systems with related medical investigation tools procedures and pharmaceuticals. Relate the use of medical language and medical record-keeping to the SOAP format common medical reports and coding tools along with their impact on patient care. Accompanied by plentiful color illustrations and activities as well as a companion website with resources for both instructors and students this is a fresh and readable textbook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792868

Medical Terms Increasing numbers of students entering the medical sciences or related fields are unfamiliar with Greek or Latin and so the medical terminology can be puzzling to them. This book explains the roots and origins of most medical terminology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747711

Medical Theory Surgical PracticeStudies in the History of Surgery Originally published in 1992 Medical Theory Surgical Practice examines medical and surgical concepts of disease and their relation to the practice of surgery in particular historical settings. It emphasises that understanding concepts of disease does not just include recounting explicit accounts of disease given by medical men. It needs an analysis of the social relations embedded in such concepts. In doing this the contributors illustrate how surgery rose from a relatively humble place in seventeenth century life to being seen as one of the great achievements of late Victorian culture. They examine how medical theory and surgical practices relate to social contexts how physical diagnosis entered medicine and whether anaesthesia and Lister’s antiseptic techniques really did cause a revolution in surgical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030537

Medical Tourism and WellnessHospitality Bridging Healthcare (H2H) Medical Tourism and Wellness: Hospitality Bridging Healthcare (H2H) takes a systems approach to examining the growing field of medical tourism one of the field’s hottest niches with billions of dollars spent each year. This important book fills the need for a modern management book that looks at medical tourism in depth from a medical and hospitality operational management perspective. Growing numbers of people are going abroad to find affordable quality medical care for both necessary and cosmetic medical services. When they require surgery or dental work they combine it with a trip to the Taj Mahal a photo safari on the African veldt or a stay at a luxury hotel—or at a hospital that feels like one—all at bargain-basement prices. The book takes a comprehensive look at medical tourism covering such topics as: The history of medical tourism Why patients/tourists decide to travel for medical care The role of professional facilitators of medical tourism Key countries and medical disciplines in medical tourism Transportation food entertainment and hotel/hospitality services Hotel and spa designs for medical tourism Best practices in medical tourism Patient follow-up after medical discharge Future trends in medical tourism Careers in medical tourism With the inclusion of case studies the book provides a comprehensive look into this growing trend and will be valuable to upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in health care administration and those pursing MBAs in healthcare medical students pursuing a management focus and students in hospitality management. It will also be a must-have resource for professionals working in hotels and in health care. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885058

Medical Tourism Facilitator's Handbook In addition to coordinating health travel logistics and gathering medical records medical tourism facilitators play the role of travel agent appointment setter concierge hotel reservationist tour operator and hand-holder to clients seeking health services domestically and abroad. Addressing the issues that are likely to emerge as clients travel the Medical Tourism Facilitator's Handbook is a must-have resource of hard-to-find tools checklists terminology and other helpful information for hospital-based lay facilitators travel agents and even retired physicians and nurses. Supplying the advice of a recognized expert in global healthcare the book provides a detailed and empathic understanding of patient needs and expectations. It covers the full range of best and worst case scenarios that can occur when clients travel to obtain health services. Using a conversational tone it includes coverage of international travel logistics where to find answers to immigration concerns confidentiality/privacy issues and unanticipated care in transit in the event of complications or missed connections. The book delivers a fast-moving presentation of useful information and teaches readers how to decode the language what to look for in terms of safety and quality how to decode hospital facilitator agent agreements and how to anticipate clients’ needs and expectations. It also includes access to a regularly updated website with helpful worksheets and reference material so you will be prepared to handle any scenario that might present itself when your clients travel. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439812839

Medical TourismThe Ethics Regulation and Marketing of Health Mobility Medical and health tourism is a significant area of growth in the export of medical health and tourism services. Although spas and improved well-being have long been part of the tourist experience health tourism now includes travel for medical purposes ranging from cosmetic and dental surgery through to transplants and infertility treatment. Many countries including China Cuba Hungary India Thailand Malaysia and Singapore actively promote and compete for the medical tourist dollar while many developed countries also provide niche private services. However the field of medical tourism is increasingly being subject to scrutiny and debate particularly as a result of concerns over regulatory ethical and wider health issues. Drawing on a range of theoretical and methodological perspectives this book is one of the first to critically address the substantial political philosophical and ethical issues that arise out of the transnational practices of medical tourism. Through a series of chapters the book engages with key issues such as the role of regulatory and policy structures in influencing medical and health tourism related mobilities. These issues are investigated by considering range of developing and developed countries medical systems and health economic perspectives. The book adopts a multi-layered perspective to not only investigate the business and marketing practices of medical and health tourism but places these within a broader framework of contemporary globalisation policy and practice. By doing so it opens up debate of the ethical space in which medical and health tourism operates as well as reinforce the wide ranging perspectives that exist on the subject in both the public and academic imagination. This significant contribution will be of interest to students academics in tourism and medical policy trade and economic development fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081659

Medical Translation Step by StepLearning by Drafting Statistics on the translation market consistently identify medicine as a major thematic area as far as volume or translation is concerned. Vicent Montalt and Maria Gonzalez Davis both experienced translator trainers at Spanish universities explain the basics of medical translation and ways of teaching and learning how to translate medical texts. Medical Translation Step by Step provides a pedagogical approach to medical translation based on learner and learning-centred teaching tasks revolving around interaction: pair and group work to carry out the tasks and exercises to practice the points covered. These include work on declarative and operative knowledge of both translation and medical texts and favour an approach that takes into account both the process and product of translations. Starting from a broad communication framework the book follows a top-down approach to medical translation: communication → genres → texts → terms and other units of specialized knowledge. It is positively focused in that it does not insist on error analysis but rather on ways of writing good translations and empowering both students and teachers. The text can be used as a course book for students in face-to-face learning but also in distance and mixed learning situations. It will also be useful for teachers as a resource book or a core book to be complemented with other materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132788

Medical Treatment of ADHDA Practical Guide for Clinicians Counselors and Parents This practical and easily navigable book covers the gamut of issues that need to be understood to provide excellent medical care for those with ADHD. Outside of mental health professionals those who most often treat ADHD are primary care providers such as family practitioners pediatricians nurse practitioners physician assistants and school personnel. Based on clinical conversations with patients with ADHD and their families this book provides concise useful up to date information of a practical nature for most if not all of the problems associated conditions and questions that arise when an individual has concerns about ADHD. Treatments discussed include a thorough review of medication options with expected results and side effects as well as other recommended treatments including a variety of therapeutic modalities and a review of less commonly considered but important interventions regarding general health sleep diet exercise and school interventions. Readers will gain an understanding of what ADHD is practical reviews of the literature that will help in discussion with patients and their families the importance of intervention and all the resources and options available to provide the best treatment strategies for anyone who has ADHD as well as the commonly associated conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367494780

Medical Treatment of Children and the LawBeyond Parental Responsibilities The high profile cases of Charlie Gard Alfie Evans and Tafida Raqeeb raised the questions as to why the state intrudes into the exercise of parental responsibility concerning the medical treatment of children and why parents may not be permitted to decide what is in the best interests of their child. This book answers these questions. It argues for a reframing of the law concerned with the medical treatment of children to one which better protects the welfare of the individual child within the context of family relationships recognising the duties which professionals have to care for the child and that the welfare of children is a matter of public interest protected through the intervention of the state. This book undertakes a rigorous critical analysis of the case law concerned with the provision of medical treatment to children since the first reported cases over forty years ago. It argues that understanding of the cases only as disputes over the best interests of the child and judicial resolution thereof fails to recognise professional duties and public responsibilities for the welfare and protection of children that exist alongside parental responsibilities and which justify public or state intervention into family life and parental decision-making. Whilst the principles and approach of the court established in the early cases endure the nature and balance of these responsibilities to children in their care need to be understood in the changing social legal and political context in which they are exercised and enforced by the court. The book will be a valuable resource for academics students and practitioners of Medical Law Healthcare Law Family Law Social Work Medicine Nursing and Bioethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200022

Medical Use of Human BeingsRespect as a Basis for Critique of Discourse Law and Practice Whilst activities like transplantation and medical research have typically been considered on a discrete basis they are also actually part of a broader phenomenon of medical means being employed to make use of human beings. This book is the first ever systematic critique of such medical use of the human being as a whole. It is divided into two parts. The first part considers what constitutes an appropriate normative lens through which to view such medical use and its constraint. It makes a reasoned ethical and human-rights-based case for preferring respect for human worth over any of the main alternative approaches that have been drawn on in specific contexts and outlines what this preference practically implies. The second part uses this respect-based lens to critique use discourse law and practice. Drawing on three contrasting case study areas of warfare-related medical use transplantation and human tissue research  this book exposes both the context-specific and thematic nature of shortfalls in respect. Overall this book provides a compelling analysis of how medical use ought to be constrained and a compelling critique of the excesses of discourse practice and governance. It is recommended to academics students policymakers and professionals whose work is focused on or intersects with the medical sector and anyone else with an interest in medicine and its limits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754679646

Medical Uses of Statistics This work explains the purpose of statistical methods in medical studies and analyzes the statistical techniques used by clinical investigators with special emphasis on studies published in "The New England Journal of Medicine". It clarifies fundamental concepts of statistical design and analysis and facilitates the understanding of research results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138469594

Medical Writing in Drug DevelopmentA Practical Guide for Pharmaceutical Research A guide through the maze of the pharmaceutical research and development process Medical Writing in Drug Development fills a gap in the libraries of technical writers college instructors and corporate professionals associated with the pharmaceutical process. As it discusses critical information such as strategies and techniques pivotal to crafting documents for drug development it also overviews drug research document types the roles of professional writers and information technology. In no time at all you will be creating persuasive technical documents building complex facts into coherent messages and contributing to the effective marketing of new products with promotional pieces that meet legal and ethical standards.Medical Writing in Drug Development helps medical writers and scientific regulatory and marketing professionals develop a working knowledge of the technical documents crucial to successful drug research. New and seasoned professional writers alike will benefit from the book's detailed discussions of:using abstracts slides and posters to present up-to-the-minute researchhow patient-education materials health-economic assessments and electronic journals provide ongoing challenges in medical writinga dossier approach that expedites regulatory submissions for international drug developmentstructural constraints and rhetorical approaches toward regulatory documentspresenting intricate information in scientifically unbiased yet technically convincing languagethe effects of electronic publishing computer graphics and related technology on the practice of medical writing within pharmaceutical researchPractical as a foundation text for undergraduate graduate and certificate programs in pharmaceutical or medical technical writing Medical Writing in Drug Development will help you develop practical strategies for handling journal manuscripts conference materials and promotional pieces. No other text will clarify the main aspects of the pharmaceutical research and development process while offering you insight on the key issues dominating the healthcare arena. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870014

Medically SpeakingA Dictionary of Quotations on Dentistry Medicine and Nursing Medically Speaking: A Dictionary of Quotations on Dentistry Medicine and Nursing contains over 1 500 quotes pertinent and especially illuminating to these disciplines. Here you will find quotations from the most famous to the unknown. Some are profound some are witty some are wise but none are frivolous. The extensive author and subject indexes provide the perfect tool for locating quotations for practical use or pleasure.This book can be read for entertainment or used as a handy reference by students and professionals and the wider public interested in who has said what on medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138445475

Medicare Now and in the Future First published in 1997 this volume approaches the controversial issue of Medicare and its future. First passed in 1965 to aid payments for elderly and disabled medical care the costs had ballooned in the 1990s asking questions about how to improve its efficiency. An original goal of this book was to contextualise Medicare within the anticipated comprehensive restructuring of American healthcare. With Medicare 10% of the federal budget at the original time of publication Marilyn Moon now takes another look at Medicare and discusses how the budget could be tightened without threatening the function of Medicare with an emphasis on better targeting. In particular the novel issue of means testing is explored. Having researched Medicare since 1981 Moon recasts her book by discussing issues including Medicare’s context ensuring access containing costs the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act the potential for marginal changes reducing costs expanding Medicare and ultimately how Medicare should look to change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324640

Medicare PoliticsExploring the Roles of Media Coverage Political Information and Political Participation Medicare Politics examines how media coverage political information and political participation affect Medicare policy choices. This book is an excellent reference for political science literature concerning the impact of media the roles of political information with respect to public opinion and political participation. Each chapter provides analysis that expands political science and health services research by testing political science questions in a way that further our understanding of a significant health policy program affected by the political process: Medicare. The introduction ties the chapters together and discusses the importance of understanding Medicare politics as the impending retirement of the baby boom generation forces policymakers to grapple with how Medicare will support future generations. The first chapter shows how Medicare coverage varied throughout the 1995 debates concerning Medicare reform and links coverage with public opinion about policymakers. The second chapter demonstrates how knowledge of the Medicare program affected the public's support for Medicare reform options in 1995. The final chapter examines the impact of the political participation and mobilization of Medicare beneficiaries in recent presidential elections. Medicare Politics ends with a discussion of implications for future Medicare reform debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874749

Medicinal and Aromatic CropsHarvesting Drying and Processing Make sure your crops are market-ready with the aid of harvest and post-harvest mechanization Medicinal and Aromatic Crops presents harvest and post-harvest mechanization methods for the profitable production of market-ready medicinal crops. This practical handbook includes photos detailed figures and schematic drawings of machines tha Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429107320

Medicinal Chemistry Medicinal Chemistry teaches essential concepts by focusing on how the field is actually practiced melding real-world research experience with basic principles and modern methods. Written by practicing medicinal chemists this textbook is intended for advanced undergraduates and first-year graduate students in biology chemistry and biochemistry.  Pre-medical or pre-pharmacy students and professionals entering the drug discovery field will also find it a useful reference.  Building on a foundation of synthetic organic chemistry and structural biology the book interweaves therapeutics case studies historical context and techniques for discovering developing and optimizing new drugs. Chapters are richly illustrated and include problems and annotated journal references with accompanying exercises and answers. Authored by practicing medicinal chemists—melding real-world research experience with basic concepts and up-to-date methods Flexible in presentation— the first five chapters provide a conceptual foundation and historical understanding of the field; subsequent chapters explore the application of concepts. Chapters can be assigned in order of instructor preference and desired emphasis Presents easy-to-follow tables and descriptions of assays next to their relevance to medicinal chemistry and drug discovery along with target values—information rarely found all in one place but is a crucial reference Case studies and Journal Club use current literature to apply concepts from the text to real-life examples. They are also suitable for flipped classrooms and self-study Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345565

Medicinal Chemistry of Neglected and Tropical DiseasesAdvances in the Design and Synthesis of Antimicrobial Agents Medicinal Chemistry of Neglected and Tropical Diseases: Advances in the Design and Synthesis of Antimicrobial Agents consolidates and describes modern drug discovery and development approaches currently employed to identify effective chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of Neglected Tropical Diseases (NTDs) from a medicinal chemistry perspective. Chapters are designed to cater to the needs of medicinal chemists who work with chemotherapeutic developments for NTDs as well as serve as a guide to budding medicinal chemists who wish to work in this area. It will introduce rational drug design approaches adopted in designing chemotherapeutics and validated targets available for the purpose. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138541245

Medicinal Chemistry with Pharmaceutical Product Development This volume focuses on novel therapeutics and strategies for the development of pharmaceutical products keeping the drug molecule as the central component. It discusses current theoretical and practical aspects of pharmaceuticals for the discovery and development of novel therapeutics for health problems. Explaining the necessary features essential for pharmacological activity it takes an interdisciplinary approach by including a unique combination of pharmacy chemistry and medicine along with clinical aspects. It takes into consideration the therapeutic regulations of the USP along with all the latest therapeutic guidelines put forward by WHO and the US Food and Drug Administration. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887106

Medicinal HerbsA Compendium Know which botanical medicines are effective—and which to avoid—in an instant Medicinal Herbs: A Compendium contains the profiles of about 200 important and commonly used medicinal herbs. This short concise resource is translated complete revised and updated from the German compendium Arzneidrogenprofile (2000) and was largely edited by the late Varro E. Tyler before his death in 2001. With this guide pharmacists and health practitioners will be able to quickly find information on medicinal plants and directions for their use.This compendium incorporates important botanicals from both European pharmacognosy and the North American medicinal herb market. Designed originally for pharmacists who need a succinct easy-to-use manual for every day use Medicinal Herbs can also benefit pharmacognosists physicians specializing in natural treatments midwives physiotherapists herbalists and students of these disciplines. Included in the text are two tables for the medicinal plants—an English-to-Latin binomial list and a Latin binomial-to-English list—allowing readers who are not as familiar with English to more easily find what they need.Each herb’s profile in Medicinal Herbs has its own page which lists: its English name and Latin binomial the parts of the plant used for treatment areas of applications—what ailments are indicated and how the herb is to be used dosage for using herbal teas tinctures poultices and more instructions for the duration of application and when to contact a medical practitioner comments on the use of the herb its efficiency and safety and any traditions or folklore on that herb contraindications—when not to use the herb adverse effects interactions with other drugs Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050736

Medicinal Plants and MalariaApplications Trends and Prospects Malaria is a potentially life-threatening disease that affects millions worldwide especially in Sub-Saharan Africa. The recent emergence and spread of multidrug resistance in parts of Southeast Asia prompts the urgent need for novel and effective therapy against the disease. Medicinal Plants and Malaria: Applications Trends and Prospects highlights the therapeutic potential of plants for treating malaria. It collates useful information on malaria current prevention and treatment and scientific research carried out. This up-to-date book details the medicinal plant species used in treating malaria and describes the plant parts used methods of preparation and doses where available. The book begins with a brief introduction of malaria and covers its epidemiology and implications on public health the life cycle of Plasmodium parasites clinical presentation of the disease currently available antimalarial drugs and their roles in therapy and medicinal plants used for malaria including those that are currently in clinical use in various countries. It discusses the latest findings from ethnobotanical research the challenges and isolation of antiplasmodial phytochemicals from medicinal plants and the results from clinical trials and public health interventions using medicinal plants. This book has something for everyone serving as a vital resource for students teachers healthcare professionals and researchers interested in medicinal plants and promising antimalarial preparations. It will also appeal to those in the general public who are interested in herbal medicine and how plants can be used to prevent and treat malaria. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498744676

Medicinal Plants in Asia for Metabolic SyndromeNatural Products and Molecular Basis Medicinal Plants in Asia for Metabolic Syndrome: Natural Products and Molecular Basis offers an in-depth view into the metabolic syndrome pharmacology of natural products with an emphasis on their molecular basis cellular pathways metabolic organs and endocrine regulations. This sensational volume provides the scientific names botanical classifications botanical descriptions medicinal uses chemical constituents and pharmacological activities of more than 100 Asian plants with high quality original botanical plates chemical structures and pharmacological diagrams. It also lists hundreds of carefully selected bibliographical references constituents on insulin resistance obesity atherosclerosis atherogenic dyslipidemia and endothelial dysfunction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138037595

Medicinal Plants of Asia and the Pacific Drawing on the author’s extensive personal experience Medicinal Plants of Asia and the Pacific provides comprehensive coverage of the medicinal plants of the region. Describing more than 300 compounds the book discusses every important class of natural products while highlighting cutting-edge research and recent developments. With its broad scope and extensive compound listings the presentation and approach of the book is completely original. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403584

Medicinal Plants of Bangladesh and West BengalBotany Natural Products & Ethnopharmacology Medicinal Plants of Bangladesh and West Bengal is a complete compendium. It provides the scientific name classification local name(s) historical background local medicinal uses botanical description chemical constituents pharmacological activity and toxicology of more than 100 medicinal spices used in Bengal. Chemical structures of active constituents are provided as well as numerous references. This book is an indispensable tool for researchers as well as graduates in various disciplines including pharmacy pharmacology medicine biotechnology nutrition cosmetology and drug development. It is also suitable for anyone who is looking for natural products as leads to be developed in therapeutics functional nutrition or cosmetology. Focuses on a group of herbs with economic importance – the spices. These herbs demonstrate the richness of chemical diversity and potential pharmacological applications Features field photos with local healers markets and mode of preparation as well as providing a complete monograph for each plant Discusses the collection and observation of each medicinal spice and presents the ethnopharmacology recorded by the author in Bengal Provides a wealth of scientific information on medicinal spices from an expert in the field Fills an important niche due to the increasing global interests in natural foods and botanical drugs Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138735163

Medicinal Plants of China Korea and JapanBioresources for Tomorrow’s Drugs and Cosmetics Asian medicinal plants show great promise in pharmaceutical and cosmetological development. Researchers engaged in the discovery of new leads in these areas need robust conceptual tools and understanding of interrelated basics of botany ethnobotany biomolecular pharmacology phytochemistry and medicinal chemistry to guide their investigations. Medicinal Plants of China Korea and Japan: Bioresources for Tomorrow’s Drugs and Cosmetics explores the fundamental science and demonstrates the compelling potential of these versatile plants providing an essential resource to stimulate and guide focused inquiry. It is essential that researchers appreciate the chemotaxonomical statuses of these plants so chapters are arranged according to the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group system of plant taxonomy. The book discusses the history synonymy habitat description traditional uses and pharmacochemistry of each plant. Detailed photographs and hand-made botanical plates enable quick and reliable identification of each plant species. Critical analyses of peer-reviewed articles provide the basis for Bioresource sections in each chapter wherein readers are advised engaged and guided towards exciting pharmaceutical and cosmetological research proposals. Also included are indexes of botanical terms pharmacological terms natural products and local names. Detailing 200 medicinal plant species carefully selected for their novelty and pharmacological and cosmetological importance this volume provides a firm starting point for anyone looking forward to unlocking the potential of Asian medicinal plants. In addition this invaluable book identifies numerous patentable leads. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439899113

Medicinal PlantsBiodiversity and Drugs This volume provides a contemporary overview of new strategies for traditional medicine development of the importance of cataloging ethnomedical information of determining the active principles and of examining the genetic diversity and range of actions of traditional medicines. It discusses the challenges of using traditional medicines for diseases where access to modern medicine is limited and the research areas needed to improve quality safety and efficacy for enhancing healthcare. The book affirms the importance of traditional medicines as an essential and integral component of healthcare systems and the vast opportunities that exist for their evidence-based development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087938

Medicinal PlantsChemistry Pharmacology and Therapeutic Applications This book details several important medicinal plants their occurrence plant compounds and their chemical structures and pharmacological properties against various human diseases. It also gives information on isolation and structural elucidation of phytocompounds bio-assays metabolomic studies and therapeutical applications of plant compounds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367111724

Medicinal PlantsChemistry and Properties The selection of plants studied in this treatise is based on its significance and its representation of members of different taxonomic families as well as of different classes (and subclasses) of compounds. All the available data on the chemical compounds and the pharmacological studies on these plants/compounds have been incorporated. The plants Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429064142

Medicinal PlantsCulture Utilization and Phytopharmacology Medicinal Plants: Culture Utilization and Phytopharmacology covers over 400 species. Each chapter gathers valuable information from a wide variety of sources and supplies it to the user in convenient table format arranged alphabetically by scientific name followed by the common name. Data topics include: major constituents (active ingredients) and medicinal values of plants; toxicity or hazardous components; essential oils; value-added products and possible uses; cultivation and harvesting; diseases and insects found in medicinal plants. Three appendices (alphabetical listing of plants by common name followed by the scientific name; essential oils and their derivation; active ingredients and their sources) provide handy cross-references to the Tables. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398460

Medicinal PlantsPromising Future for Health and New Drugs This book highlights the importance of traditional medicines focuses on the standardization of herbal medicine and evaluates opportunities for advancing drug research. It addresses issues in utilization of medicinal plants and shares the importance of herbs in neutraceutics. It provides most competitive techniques being used in research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815370529

Medicinal Protein Engineering An All-Inclusive Review of the Achievements and Trends in the Fast-Growing Protein Engineering Field From humble beginnings like making fire for mere survival engineering now steadfastly penetrates all aspects of our lives and even life itself at the molecular level. Protein engineering is a molecular biological discipline focused on designing and constructing novel proteins with desired properties. The currently limited understanding of the relationship between protein structure and function greatly hinders rational protein design. However despite great challenges protein engineering has become a major molecular discipline with a large array of successful applications to many complex medicinal problems.Medicinal Protein Engineering sheds light on this largely unchartered field covering major strategies for engineering of proteins with predetermined biological properties. It discusses computational approaches to protein design and experimental approaches to protein construction. This volume also explores the tight connection between protein and genetic engineering. It moves researchers beyond experimental protein construction and theoretical protein design to the medicinal applications of engineered proteins. Examines Medicinal Applications of Protein Engineering for the Diagnosis Treatment and Prevention of DiseasesFocusing on the application of protein engineering to medicine this seminal work outlines the appropriate techniques for studying protein properties and building mathematical engineering models of novel vaccines diagnostic reagents and therapeutic treatments. As a truly comprehensive assessment of the medical protein engineering research available and its future implications for disease control and prevention this is an indispensable reference for biological researchers in this groundbreaking Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446093

Medicine Charity and Mutual AidThe Consumption of Health and Welfare in Britain c.1550–1950 The history of the voluntary sector in British towns and cities has received increasing scholarly attention in recent years. Nevertheless whilst there have been a number of valuable contributions looking at issues such as charity as a key welfare provider charity and medicine and charity and power in the community there has been no book length exploration of the role and position of the recipient. By focusing on the recipients of charity rather than the donors or institutions this volume tackles searching questions of social control and cohesion and the relationship between providers and recipients in a new and revealing manner. It is shown how these issues changed over the course of the nineteenth century as the frontier between the state and the voluntary sector shifted away from charity towards greater reliance on public finance workers' contributions and mutual aid. In turn these new sources of assistance enriched civil society encouraging democratization empowerment and social inclusion for previously marginalized members of the community. The book opens with an introduction that locates medicine charity and mutual aid within their broad historiographical and urban contexts. Twelve archive-based inter-related chapters follow. Their main chronological focus is the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries which witnessed such momentous changes in the attitudes to and allocation of charity and poor relief. However individual chapters on the early modern period the eighteenth century and the aftermath of the Second World War provide illuminating context and help ensure that the volume provides a systematic overview of the subject that will be of interest to social urban and medical historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275652

Medicine Government and Public Health in Philip II's SpainShared Interests Competing Authorities Bridging the gap between histories of medicine and political/institutional histories of the early modern crown this book explores the relationship between one of the most highly bureaucratic regimes in early modern Europe Spain and crown interest in and regulation of medical practices. Complementing recent histories that have emphasized the interdependent nature of governance between the crown and municipalities in sixteenth-century Spain this study argues that medical policies were the result of negotiation and cooperation among the crown the towns and medical practitioners. During the reign of Philip II (1556-1598) the crown provided unique opportunities for advancements in the medical field among practitioners and support for the creation and dissemination of innovative medical techniques. In addition crown support for and regulation of medicine served as an important bureaucratic tool in the crown's effort to expand and solidify its authority over the distinct kingdoms and territories under Castilian authority and the municipalities within the kingdom of Castile itself. The crown was not the only agent of change in the medical world however. Medical policies and their successful implementation required consensus and cooperation among competing political authorities. Bringing to life a cast of characters from early modern Spain from the female empiric who practiced bonesetting and surgery to the university-trained Latin physician whose medical textbook standardized medical education in the universities the book will broaden the scope of medical history to include not only the development of medical theory and innovative practice but also address the complex tensions between various authorities which influenced the development and nature of medical practice and perceptions of 'public health' in early modern Europe. Juxtaposing the history of medicine with the history of early modern state-building brings a unique perspective to this challenging book that reassesses the relationship between the monarch and intellectual milieu of medicine in Spain. It further challenges the dominance of studies of medical regulation from France and England and illuminates a diverse and innovative world of Spanish medical practice that has been neglected in standard histories of early modern medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246379

Medicine Health and Being Human Medicine Health and Being Human begins a conversation to explore how the medical has defined us: that is the ways in which perspectives of medicine and health have affected cultural understandings of what it means to be human. With chapters that span from the early modern period through to the contemporary world and are drawn from a range of disciplines this volume holds that incremental historical and cultural influences have brought about an understanding of humanity in which the medical is ingrained consciously or unconsciously usually as a mode of legitimisation. Divided into three parts the book follows a narrative path from the integrity of the human soul through to the integrity of the material human body then finally brought together through engaging with end-of-life responses. Part 1 examines the move from spirituality to psychiatry in terms of the way medical science has influenced cultural understandings of the mind. Part 2 interrogates the role that medicine has played in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in constructing and deconstructing the self and other including the fusion of visual objectivity and the scientific gaze in constructing perceptions of humanity. Part 3 looks at the limits of medicine when the integrity of one body breaks down. It contends with the ultimate question of the extent to which humanity is confined within the integrity of the human body and how medicine and the humanities work together toward responding to the finality of death. This is a valuable contribution for all those interested in the medical humanities history of medicine history of ideas and the social approaches to health and illness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367457525

Medicine Health and the ArtsApproaches to the Medical Humanities In recent decades both medical humanities and medical history have emerged as rich and varied sub-disciplines. Medicine Health and the Arts is a collection of specially commissioned essays designed to bring together different approaches to these complex fields. Written by a selection of established and emerging scholars this volume embraces a breadth and range of methodological approaches to highlight not only developments in well-established areas of debate but also newly emerging areas of investigation new methodological approaches to the medical humanities and the value of the humanities in medical education. Divided into five sections this text begins by offering an overview and analysis of the British and North American context. It then addresses in-depth the historical and contemporary relationship between visual art literature and writing performance and music. There are three chapters on each art form which consider how history can illuminate current challenges and potential future directions. Each section contains an introductory overview addressing broad themes and methodological concerns; a case study of the impact of medicine health and well-being on an art form; and a case study of the impact of that art form on medicine health and wellbeing. The underlining theme of the book is that the relationship between medicine health and the arts can only be understood by examining the reciprocal relationship and processes of exchange between them. This volume promises to be a welcome and refreshing addition to the developing field of medical humanities. Both informative and thought provoking it will be important reading for students academics and practitioners in the medical humanities and arts in health as well as health professionals and all scholars and practitioners interested in the questions and debates surrounding medicine health and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960183

Medicine Health and the Public Sphere in Britain 1600-2000 Medicine is concerned with the most intimate aspects of private life. Yet it is also a focus for diverse forms of public organization and action. In this volume an international team of scholars use the techniques of medical history to analyse the changing boundaries and constitution of the public sphere from early modernity to the present day. In a series of detailed historical case studies contributors examine the role of various public institutions - both formal and informal voluntary and statutory - in organizing and coordinating collective action on medical matters. In so doing they challenge the determinism and fatalism of Habermas's overarching and functionalist account of the rise and fall of the public sphere. Of essential interest to historians and sociologists of medicine this book will also be of value to historians of modern Britain historical sociologists and those engaged in studying the work of Jürgen Habermas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863049

Medicine Magic and Religion One of the most fascinating men of his generation W.H.R. Rivers was a British doctor and psychiatrist as well as a leading ethnologist. Immortalized as the hero of Pat Barker's award-winning Regeneration trilogy Rivers was the clinician who in the First World War cared for the poet Siegfried Sassoon and other infantry officers injured on the western front. His researches into the borders of psychiatry medicine and religion made him a prominent member of the British intelligentsia of the time a friend of H.G. Wells George Bernard Shaw and Bertrand Russell. Part of his appeal lay in an extraordinary intellect mixed with a very real interest in his fellow man. Medicine Magic and Religion is a prime example of this. A social institution it is one of Rivers' finest works. In it Rivers introduced the then revolutionary idea that indigenous practices are indeed rational when viewed in terms of religious beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151994

Medicine Magic and ReligionThe FitzPatrick Lectures delivered before The Royal College of Physicians in London in 1915-1916 First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874954

Medicine Natural Philosophy and Religion in Post-Reformation Scandinavia The close relationship between religion medicine and natural philosophy in the post-Reformation period has been documented and explored in a body of research since the 1990s; however the direct and continued impact of Melanchthonian natural philosophy within the individual Lutheran principalities of northern Europe in general and Scandinavia in particular still has to be fully investigated and understood. This volume provides insight into how and why medicine and natural philosophy in a 'liberal' and Melanchthonian form could continue to blossom in Scandinavia despite a growing Lutheran uniformity promoted by the State. Inspired by research emanating from the Cambridge Unit for the History of Medicine here a number of young scholars such as Adam Mosley Morten Fink-Jensen Signe Nipper Nielsen and Martin Kjellgren are joined with more established scholars such as Andrew Cunningham Jens Glebe-Møller Terhi Kiiskinen and Ole Peter Grell to create a volume which deals with not only the major issues but also the leading personalities of the period.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472439581

Medicine Race and Liberalism in British BengalSymptoms of Empire This book focuses on the entwinement of politics and medicine and power and knowledge in India during the age of empire. Using the powerful metaphor of ‘pathology’ - the science of the origin nature and course of diseases - the author develops and challenges a burgeoning literature on colonial medicine moving beyond discussions of state medicine and the control of epidemics to everyday life to show how medicine was a fundamental ideology of empire. Related to this point and engaging with postcolonial histories of biopower and modernity the book highlights the use of this racially grounded medicine in the formulation of modern selves and subjectivities in late colonial India. In tracing the cultural determinants of biological race theory and contextualizing the understanding of race as pathology the book demonstrates how racialism was compatible with the ideologies and policies of imperial liberalism. Medicine Race and Liberalism in British Bengal brings together the study of modern South Asia race theory colonialism and empire and the history of medicine. It highlights the powerful role played by the idea of ‘pathology’ in the rationalization of imperial liberalism and the subsequent projects of modernity embraced by native experts in Bengal in the ‘long’ nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627542

Medicine Risk Discourse and Power This book critically explores from a comparative international perspective the role medicine plays in constructing and managing natural and social risks including those belonging to modern medical technology and expertise. Drawing together chapters written by professional practitioners and social scientists from the UK South America Australia and Europe the book offers readers an insightful and thought-provoking analysis of how modern medicine has transformed our understanding of both ourselves and the world around us but in so doing has arguably failed to fully recognize and account for its unintended and negative effects. This is an essential read for social scientists practitioners and policymakers who want to better understand how they can develop new ways of thinking about how modern medicine can promote social goods and enhance public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597641

Medicine the Market and the Mass MediaProducing Health in the Twentieth Century This collection opens up the post war history of public health to sustained research-based historical scrutiny. Medicine the Market and the Mass Media examines the development of a new view of 'the health of the public' and the influences which shaped it in the post war years. Taking a broad perspective the book examines developments in Western Europe and the relationships between Europe and the US. The essays looks at the dual legacy of social medicine through health services and health promotion and analyse the role of mass media along with the connections between public health and industry.  This international collection will appeal to public health professionals students of the history of medicince and of heath policy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650052

Medicine Trade and EmpireGarcia de Orta's Colloquies on the Simples and Drugs of India (1563) in Context Garcia de Orta’s Colloquies on the Simples and Drugs of India (1563) was one of the first books to take advantage of the close relationship between medicine trade and empire in the early modern period. The book was printed in Goa the capital of the Portuguese empire in the East and the city where the author a Portuguese physician of Jewish ancestry lived for almost thirty years. It presents a vast array of medical information on various drugs spices plants fruits and minerals native to India or adjoining territories. In addition it includes information concerning indigenous methods of healing as well as a far-reaching assessment of ancient and modern authors on Asian materia medica. Orta’s book had a market in Asia but was particularly valuable to a European audience. It soon attracted the attention of various European authors and printers by providing the basis for adaptations commentaries and editions in various languages prompting a successful and complex trail of medical knowledge in transit. Authored by an interdisciplinary team of prominent international scholars the volume takes into account recent historiographical trends and provides a contextualized and innovative analysis of the histories and reception of the Colloquies. It emphasizes the value of the work to historians today as a symbol of the impact of geographical expansion and globalization in a sixteenth-century medical world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472431233

Medicine and Charity Before the Welfare State What have been the roles of charities and the state in supporting medical provision? These are issues of major relevance as the assumptions and practices of the welfare state are increasingly thrown into doubt. This title offers a broad perspective on the relationship between charity and medicine in Western Europe up to the advent of welfare states in the 20th century. Through detailed case studies the authors highlight significant differences between Britain France Italy and Germany and offer a critical vocabulary for grasping the issues raised. This volume reflects recent developments relating to the role of charity in medicine particularly the revival of interest in the place of voluntary provision in contemporary social policy. It emphasizes the changing balance of "care" and "cure" as the aim of medical charity and shows how economic and political factors influenced the various forms of charity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149953

Medicine and Charity in Georgian BathA Social History of the General Infirmary c.1739-1830 First published in 1999 this rewarding volume offers a close and systematic analysis of the General Infirmary at Bath which was founded in 1739 to grant ‘lepers and cripples and other indigent strangers’ access to the spa waters. Four main themes are pursued in order to locate the hospital within its economic socio-cultural and political contexts: arrangements for management and finance under the conditions of a prospering commercial economy; the rewards and restrictions experienced by the physicians and surgeons who donated their professional services free of charge; and the constructions of an integrated social and political élite around the physical and moral rehabilitation of the sick poor. In this way the example of Bath – a stylish resort whose visitors and residents exemplified the dynamic of fashionable philanthropy – is used to open up issues of significance to our understanding of Georgian Britain as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326019

Medicine and Colonial Identity Over the last century identity as an avenue of inquiry has become both an academic growth industry and a problematic category of historical analysis. This volume shows how the study of medicine can provide new insights into colonial identity and the possibility of accommodating multiple perspectives on identity within a single narrative. Contributors to this volume explore the perceived self-identity of colonizers; the adoption of western and traditional medicine as complementary aspects of a new modern and nationalist identity; the creation of a modern identity for women in the colonies; and the expression of a healer's identity by physicians of traditional medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867932

Medicine and ColonialismHistorical Perspectives in India and South Africa Focusing on India and South Africa during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries the essays in this collection address power and enforced modernity as applied to medicine. Clashes between traditional methods of healing and the practices brought in by colonizers are explored across both territories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663138

Medicine and ConflictThe Spanish Civil War and its Traumatic Legacy This book focuses on an important but neglected aspect of the Spanish Civil War the evolution of medical and surgical care of the wounded during the conflict. Importantly the focus is from a mainly Spanish perspective – as the Spanish are given a voice in their own story which has not always been the case. Central to the book is General Franco’s treatment of Muslim combatants the anarchist contribution to health and the medicalisation of propaganda – themes that come together in a medico-cultural study of the Spanish Civil War. Suffusing the narrative and the analysis is the traumatic legacy of conflict an untreated wound that a new generation of Spaniards are struggling to heal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587642

Medicine and EvolutionCurrent Applications Future Prospects Can an evolutionary perspective be integrated in day-to-day practice and is it of value in medical education and training? If so when and how? Highlighting exciting areas of research into the evolutionary basis of health and disease Medicine and Evolution: Current Applications and Future Prospects answers these questions and more. It draws on work from anthropologists life scientists and clinicians to provide a multidisciplinary perspective. Contributors emphasize practical applications and address how their work may inform clinical practice and medical education. They consider when evolutionary viewpoints might and might not be useful and conduct critical debates on controversial areas such as race-based pharmaceuticals. Presenting new data and weighing relevant evidence the book introduces novel viewpoints on nutrition diabetes fertility pediatrics immune response and psychiatry. The book brings anthropologically sophisticated evidence-based discussions to common beliefs such as the role decreased parasite load plays in increasing vulnerability to certain diseases variations in human environments and human adaptability daily protein requirements reasons for early pregnancy loss and optimal mother-infant sleeping arrangements as well as fresh ideas about syndromes as diverse as delusions and polycystic ovary syndrome. A critical assessment of evolutionary medicine and its potential to unlock the mysteries behind some of today’s most baffling chronic diseases this book provides physicians with a more accurate view of the body and a better ability to assess health and disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387259

Medicine and Humanism in Late Medieval ItalyThe Carrara Herbal in Padua This book is the first study to consider the extraordinary manuscript now known as the Carrara Herbal (British Library Egerton 2020) within the complex network of medical artistic and intellectual traditions from which it emerged. The manuscript contains an illustrated vernacular copy of the thirteenth-century pharmacopeia by Ibn Sarābī an Arabic-speaking Christian physician working in al-Andalus known in the West as Serapion the Younger. By 1290 Serapion’s treatise was available in Latin translation and circulated widely in medical schools across the Italian peninsula. Commissioned in the late fourteenth century by the prince of Padua Francesco II ‘il Novello’ da Carrara (r. 1390–1405) the Carrara Herbal attests to the growing presence of Arabic medicine both inside and outside of the University. Its contents speak to the Carrara family’s historic role as patrons and protectors of the Studium yet its form – a luxury book in Paduan dialect adorned with family heraldry and stylistically diverse representations of plants – locates it in court culture. In particular the manuscript’s form connects Serapion’s treatise to patterns of book collection and rhetorics of self-making encouraged by humanists and practiced by Francesco’s ancestors. Beginning with Petrarch (1304–74) and continuing with Pier Paolo Vergerio (ca. 1369–1444) humanists held privileged positions in the Carrara court and humanist culture vied with the University’s successes for leading roles in Carrara self-promotion. With the other illustrated books in the prince’s collection the Herbal negotiated these traditional arenas of family patronage and brought them into confluence promoting Francesco as an ideal ‘physician prince’ capable of ensuring the moral and physical health of Padua. Considered in this way the Carrara Herbal is the product of an intersection between the Pan-Mediterranean transmission of medical knowle Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879846

Medicine and JusticeMedico-Legal Practice in England and Wales 1700–1914 This monograph makes a major new contribution to the historiography of criminal justice in England and Wales by focusing on the intersection of the history of law and crime with medical history. It does this through the lens provided by one group of historical actors medical professionals who gave evidence in criminal proceedings. They are the means of illuminating the developing methods and personnel associated with investigating and prosecuting crime in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries when two linchpins of modern society centralised policing and the adversarial criminal trial emerged and matured. The book is devoted to two central questions: what did medical practitioners contribute to the investigation of serious violent crime in the period 1700 to 1914 and what impact did this have on the process of criminal justice? Drawing on the details of 2 600 cases of infanticide murder and rape which occurred in central England Wales and London the book offers a comparative long-term perspective on medico-legal practice –  that is what doctors actually did when they were faced with a body that had become the object of a criminal investigation. It argues that medico-legal work developed in tandem with and was shaped by the needs of two evolving processes: pre-trial investigative procedures dominated successively by coroners magistrates and the police; and criminal trials in which lawyers moved from the periphery to the centre of courtroom proceedings. In bringing together for the first time four groups of specialists – doctors coroners lawyers and police officers – this study offers a new interpretation of the processes that shaped the modern criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472454126

Medicine and Literature Volume TwoThe Doctor's Companion to the Classics ‘When I want to know the real rock-bottom truth about what happens all the time in this doctoring life what happens to us and to the folks who bring us their hearts and worries to be heard that’s when I turn every time to the novelists the playwrights the poets the essayists who have given us the sights and sounds the feel of all that goes on minute by minute. What Tolstoy and Chekhov knew we need to know for ourselves for our own sakes as we live out our medical lives.’ William Carlos Williams ‘The most fundamental of all consulting skills is genuine curiosity about other people the constant urge to wonder ‘Why are they as they are?’ We should open our minds to the life of the imagination not just for its entertainment value but for the mindset of curiosity it engenders in us. Such books as John Salinsky describes in this and his previous volume combine powerful opportunities for our own professional growth with pleasure and recreation too.’ Roger Neighbour in his Foreword ‘This carefully assembled wonderfully telling book is a “companion ” for sure a lasting and most helpful one for the medical travelling that awaits us.’ Robert Coles in his Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375670

Medicine and LiteratureThe Doctor's Companion to the Classics ‘Medicine and Literature’ is the doctor's guide to the classics. How can a doctor best understand the emotions and behaviour of his or her patients? An effective and deeply satisfying route is through an appreciation of literature and the profound understanding its authors have of the human predicament. In this extraordinary and enlightening volume general practitioner John Salinsky guides the reader through some of the world's finest works. In each chapter he describes a classic novel short story play or poem revealing them to be easily accessible and enjoyable. He shows how parallels can be drawn between characters in literature and in the consulting room. Developed from his long-running column 'Education for Primary care Dr Salinsky's book give doctors a new perspective on the doctor-patient relationship and provides unique support to communication skills. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379173

Medicine and Pharmacy in Byzantine HospitalsA study of the extant formularies Scholars have made conflicting claims for Byzantine hospitals as medical institutions and as the forebears of the modern hospital. In this study is the first systematic examination of the evidence of the xenôn texts or Xenonika on which all such claims must in part rest. These texts compiled broadly between the ninth and thirteenth centuries are also transcribed or edited with the exception of the combined texts of Romanos and Theophilos that the study proposes were originally a single manual and teaching work for doctors probably based on xenôn practice. A schema of their combined chapter headings sets out the unified structure of this text. A short handlist briefly describes the principal manuscripts referred to throughout the study. The introduction briefly examines our evidence for the xenônes from the early centuries of the East Roman Empire to the fall of Constantinople in 1453. Chapter 3 examines the texts in xenon medical practice and compares them to some other medical manuals and remedy texts of the Late period and to their structures. The xenôn-ascribed texts are discussed one by one in chapters 4–8; the concluding chapter 9 draw together the common as well as the divergent aspects of each text and looks to the comparative evidence for hospital medical practice of the time in the West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879082

Medicine and Public Health at the End of Empire The recent financial meltdown has brought notable changes to the global practice of health care changes that have often escaped the American news media. Although Western managed-care corporations previously had strengthened their influence abroad now many countries are considering new approaches to health care for their citizens.The untold story of how corporations have influenced global health care and the impacts now in America as the system rapidly shifts is Dr. Waitzkin s subject in his provocative new book. We now live in a new era in which the prospects for more humane approaches to health care are taking root. Strengthening access and improving public health are at the heart of the many previously little-noted struggles and actions by individuals groups and whole nations to put control back in the hands of patients and practitioners as Americans of many political stripes seem to universally seek. The impacts of these changes in the United States are considerable and they are amply illustrated by Dr. Waitzkin as the United States attempts to reorient its own system of care.Selected as the 2012 winner of the Freidson Outstanding Publication Award by the American Sociological Association for its "bold and timely analysis of the global political economy of contemporary crises in health and medical care. By presenting the lessons learned from social medicine (past and present) [it] outlines a macro-sociologically informed response to these crises."" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519529

Medicine and Religion in Enlightenment Europe The Enlightenment period here understood as covering the years 1650 to 1789 is usually considered to be a period when religion was obliged to give way to rationality. With respect to medicine this means that the religious elements in the treatment and interpretation of diseases to all intents and purposes disappeared. However there are growing indications in recent scholarship that this may well be an overstatement. Indeed it appears that religion retained many of its customary relations with medicine. This volume explores how far and the ways in which this was still the case. It looks at this multi-faceted relationship with respect to among others: medical care and death in hospitals religious vocation and nursing chemical medicine and religion the clergy and medicine the continued significance of popular medicine faith healing dissection and religion and religious dissent and medical innovation. Within these significant areas the volume provides a European perspective which will make it possible to draw comparisons and determine differences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265189

Medicine and Religion in the Life of an Ottoman SheikhAl-Damanhuri’s "Clear Statement" on Anatomy In 1768 Aḥmad al-Damanhūrī became the rector (shaykh) of al-Azhar which was one of the most authoritative and respected positions in the Ottoman Empire. He occupied this position until his death. Despite being a prolific author whose writings are largely extant al-Damanhūrī remains almost unknown and much of his work awaits study and analysis. This book aims to shed light on al-Damanhūrī’s diverse intellectual background and that of and his contemporaries building on and continuing the scholarship on the academic thought of the late Ottoman Empire.The book specifically investigates the intersection of medical and religious knowledge in Eighteenth-Century Egypt. It takes as its focus a manuscript on anatomy by al-Damanhūrī (d. 1778) entitled "The Clear Statement on the Science of Anatomy (al-qawl al-ṣarīḥ fī ʿilm al-tashrīḥ) ". The book includes an edited translation of The Clear Statement which is a well-known but unstudied and unpublished manuscript. It also provides a summary translation and analysis of al-Damanhūrī’s own intellectual autobiography. As such the book provides an important window into a period that remains deeply understudied and a topic that continues to cause debates and controversies.This study therefore will be of keen interest to scholars working on the "post-Classical" Islamic world as well as historians of religion science and medicine looking beyond Europe in the Early Modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731649

Medicine And SocietyClinical Decisions And Societal Values This book based on the Third Conference on Health Policy is derived from those discussions that identified as a fundamental issue the translation of societal values into health care objectives and the formulation of mechanisms by which these objectives could guide the clinical decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155469

Medicine and the Reformation The tremendous changes in the role and significance of religion during Reformation and the Catholic Counter-Reformation affected all of society. Yet there have been few attempts to view medicine and the ideas underpinning it within the context of the period and see what changes it underwent. Medicine and the Reformation charts how both popular and official religion affected orthodox medicine as well as more popular healers. Illustrating the central part played by medicine in Lutheran teachings the Calvinistic rationalization of disease and the Catholic responses the contributors offer new perspectives on the relation of religion and medicine in the early modern period. It will be of interest to social historians as well as specialists in the history of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869553

Medicine and WarfareSpain 1936–1939 This original work examines the differences in medical advances on the two sides of the Spanish Civil War. Covering all aspects of medical treatment during the war Coni covers new ground with great aplomb and delivers a book which will interest scholars involved with medical history as well as those interested in contemporary European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860185

Medicine at the Courts of Europe1500-1837 Originally published in 1990 Medicine at the Courts of Europe 1500-1837 is a collection of essays examining the whole range of medical activities in a variety of European courts from Rome of the Borgias to the Russia of Catherine the Great. It documents the diverse influences of custom wealth religion and royal intervention along with foreign innovation popular literary satire and matters of litigation which so changed the face of court medicine over three centuries. By looking at court medical practitioners in such a wide chronological geographic and thematic context these essays provide many new insights for all those interested in the history of medicine society and politics from the sixteenth century to the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388185

Medicine for Lawyers This book provides insight into some of the problems and pitfalls encountered in current medical practice. It helps lawyers to commission an expert witness to write a medical report and to interpret it using their greater knowledge and a better understanding of the practice of medicine. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003072720

Medicine from the Black Death to the French Disease Published in 1998 covering the period from the triumphant economic revival of Europe after the collapse of the Western Roman Empire this book offers an examination of the state of contemporary medicine and the subsequent transplantation of European medicine worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429202995

Medicine in MetamorphosisSpeech presence and integration Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1969 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867475

Medicine in Modern Britain 1780-1950 Medicine in Modern Britain 1780–1950 provides an introduction to the development of medicine – scientific and heterodox domestic and professional – in Britain from the end of the early modern period and through modern times. Divided thematically each chapter within this book addresses a different aspect of medicine covering diseases ideas practices institutions practitioners and the state. This book centres on an era of rapid and profound change in medicine and gives students all they need to establish a solid understanding of the history of medicine in Britain by offering a clear and coherent narrative of the changes and continuities in medicine including names dates events and ideas. Each aspect of medicine discussed within the book is explored and contextualised providing an overview of the wider social and political background that surrounded them. The chapters are followed by a documents section containing important primary sources to encourage students to engage with original material. With a selection of images tables a who’s who of all the key people discussed and a glossary of terms Medicine in Modern Britain 1780–1950 is essential reading for all students of the history of medicine in Britian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784239

Medicine in the Making of Modern Britain 1700-1920 Christopher Lawrence's critical overview of medicine's place in the development of modern Britain examines the significance of the clinical encounter in contemporary society. * first short synoptic study of its kind * breaks new ground by bringing together specialised scholarship into a broad argument * shows how the medical profession created a very specific role for itself * relates medicine to general social policy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181618

Medicine in the Remote and Rural North 1800–2000 This volume of thirteen essays focuses on the health and treatment of the peoples of northern Europe and North America over the course of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661547

Medicine in the Twentieth Century During the twentieth century medicine has been radically transformed and powerfully transformative. In 1900 western medicine was important to philanthropy and public health but it was marginal to the state the industrial economy and the welfare of most individuals. It is now central to these aspects of life. Our prospects seem increasingly dependent on the progress of bio-medical sciences and genetic technologies which promise to reshape future generations.The editors of Medicine in the Twentieth Century have commissioned over forty authoritative essays written by historical specialists but intended for general audiences. Some concentrate on the political economy of medicine and health as it changed from period to period and varied between countries others focus on understandings of the body and a third set of essays explores transformations in some of the theatres of medicine and the changing experiences of different categories of practitioners and patients. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138002289

Medicine Sciences and BioengineeringProceedings of the 2014 International Conference on Medicine Sciences and Bioengineering (ICMSB2014) Ku This proceedings volume contains selected papers presented at the 2014 International Conference on Medicine Sciences and Bioengineering (ICMSB 2014) held August 16-17 2014 in Kunming Yunnan China. ICMSB2014 was aimed at researchers engineers industrial professionals and academics who were broadly welcomed to present their latest research results academic developments or theoretical practice. Topics covered in this volume include but are not limited to Medicine Medical Science Bioinformatics and Biomedical Engineering. ICMSB2014 aims to serve not merely as a platform for academic communication but also as an opportunity for international business cooperation and mutual benefit. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026841

MedicinemaDoctors in Films Cinema and medicine have been inextricably linked since the earliest days of film with doctors appearing in fictional films before criminals the clergy or even cowboys. But why have healthcare professionals - often played by major stars - featured so prominently in film history and what does this have to tell us now? Responding to Alexander Lenahan and Pavlov's Cinemeducation (Radcliffe 2005) which focused on the uses of cinema in medical teaching this book instead examines what film has to say about medicine its practitioners and their cultural meaning. Drawing on a miscellany of films from the dawn of cinema to the 2000s from horror and westerns to war films and art cinema and informed by a film and cultural studies-based approach this will be a valuable text for students of medical or film history researchers in the medical humanities and medical practitioners with an interest in the portrayal and cultural representation of their profession. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382821

Medicines for the Union ArmyThe United States Army Laboratories During the Civil War It wasn't only combat that killed during the Civil War!Among white Federalist troops alone there were 1 213 685 cases of malaria 139 638 cases of typhoid fever 67 762 cases of measles 61 202 cases of pneumonia 73 382 cases of syphilis and 109 202 cases of gonorrhea between May 1 1861 and June 30 1866. (Statistics for Negro troops covered less than three years of the Civil War period.)Preventative medicine at the time had little more to offer than quinine and a few disinfectants. There was no real understanding of the germ theory of disease. But Medicines for the Union Army: The United States Army Laboratories During the Civil War shows that in the evolution of the army's Medical Department from incompetence to general efficiency during this time and in the vastly improved organization and supply system designed by William A. Hammond Jonathan Letterman the medical purveyors and others working under the Surgeon General there was evidence of a great achievement.In Medicines for the Union Army you will come to understand the medical purveying system of the time and its problems and you will witness the birth growth and remarkable achievements of the Federal government's pharmaceutical laboratories at Astoria New York and Philadelphia Pennsylvania.Medicines for the Union Army will inform and enlighten you about the these laboratories including: the funding and transportation obstacles faced at the Astoria lab the processes by which raw materials became drugs ready for distribution drug testing and inspection methods the bottling of “medicinal whiskey” and wine at the labs the people whose work laid the foundation for modern drug production and distribution methods the contents of the medical supply cases (panniers) and wagons in use at the time . . . and much more!Medicines for the Union Army: The United States Army Laboratories During the Civil War brings to light the groundbreaking achievements of unsung American heroes working to preserve life while the country was in bloody turmoil. No Civil War historian should be without this volume! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809335

Medicines Management for Residential and Nursing HomesA Toolkit for Best Practice and Accredited Learning This practical toolkit informs readers of ways to ensure the right medication in the right dose for the right patient at the right time. It covers every aspect of looking after and delivering medicines in the care home environment. The easy-to-read format with questions and exercises for individuals and groups makes the text ideal as a framework for teaching and accredited learning. This handbook is vital for care professionals working in residential and nursing homes their managers and supervisors. It is also invaluable for trainee care and nursing assistants including students in further education. 'When inspectors said thousands of care home residents were being given the wrong medication - the image of a grotty poorly run nursing home reared its stereotypical head. How could something so simple as giving a patient their daily dose of tablets be going so wrong so many times over? But according to care professionals management of residents' medication is one of the most complex areas of running a nursing home and unless fail-safe practices are adhered to the results can be very damaging to both the resident and the care worker. Clearly it's time to sort this out!' - Roy Lilley and Paul Lambden with Alan Gillies in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378312

Medicines ManagementA Nursing Perspective Medicines Management: A Problem-Based Approach uses patient scenarios to explore pharmacology and medicines management. The book provides the pharmacological background and examines the other factors which enable nurses to provide care to the patient. It will equip the new nurse with the skills they need to problem-solve prioritise and make decisions while delivering effective care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835542

Medico-Legal Aspects of Reproduction and Parenthood Published in 1998 this work is concerned in the main with reproduction - for which marriage is not an essential prerequisite. Nevertheless much of sexuality and the greater part of parenthood still subsist within the marital relationship. Sex and marriage are interdependent - indeed the definition of the latter depends on the former. After looking at the prerequisites for marriage and for making a marriage void the author shows that the medico-legal interests of marriage relate to the mental health and the sex of the parties. The author also looks at various aspects of the sexual-familial relationship including contraception sterilization abortion protection of the foetus foetal experimentation the infertile husband the infertile woman defective neonates and infants consent to treatment and research in children the protection of young children and the killing of children within the family. Cases are used to highlight the legal aspects of these subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325265

Medico-Legal Aspects of Reproduction and Parenthood Those involved in family and sexual relationships today face a bewildering variety of medico-legal dilemmas. These are encountered from as early as the preconception state of the embryo and continue throughout the period of child raising until the status of the mature minor is achieved. This book dissects a wide range of legal medical and ethical issues surrounding reproduction and the parental relationship with the resultant child. Questions posed in the various sections include: what constitutes sexual intercourse what are the implications of contraception and sterilization is the abortion issues dead?. Is there a right to reproduce and if so how is this applied to the modern methods of assisted reproduction?. Is surrogate motherhood acceptable or workable?. The concept of fetal rights is explored and specific attention is given to the management of defective neonates in the light of recent judicial decisions. Other chapters look at the parent/child relationship in respect of medical treatment and the book concludes with a review of the interfamilial protection of young children under both the civil and the criminal law. Many of the views expressed are novel in that they represent those of a medical doctor exploring the legal field. It is neither a conventional book on family law nor one on medical law; rather it draws on both to examine a specific area which affects both in a particularly significant way. Both statute and case law have been extensively updated since the publication of the first edition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249315

Medicolegal Neuropathology Second EditionA Color Atlas With expanded sections and added photographs and illustrations this second edition reference demonstrates and explains many neuropathologic findings to help investigators of sudden and unexpected death integrate their own findings into the total case context. This new edition features more in-depth discussion of the subject matter atlas photos expanded discussion of natural disease topics new sections on how and why to examine the central nervous system and new information on normal human neuroanatomy. With more photomicrographs included to aid in histopathology this book includes 300 new images among its 750 color photographs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439861530

MedicThe Mission of an American Military Doctor in Occupied Japan and Wartorn Korea In the aftermath of the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki Crawford F. Sams led the most unprecedented and unsurpassed reforms in public health history as chief of the Public Health and Welfare Section of the Supreme Commander of Allied Powers in East Asia. "Medic" is Sams's firsthand account of public health reforms in Japan during the occupation and their significance for the formation of a stable and democratic state in Asia after World War II. "Medic" also tells of the strenuous efforts to control disease among refugees and civilians during the Korean War which had enormously high civilian casualties. Sams recounts the humanitarian military and ideological reasons for controlling disease during military operations in Korea where he served first as a health and welfare adviser to the U.S. Military Command that occupied Korea south of the 38th parallel and later as the chief of Health and Welfare of the United Nations Command. In presenting a larger picture of the effects of disease on the course of military operations and in the aftermath of catastrophic bombings and depravation Crawford Sams has left a written document that reveals the convictions and ideals that guided his generation of military leaders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503738

Medieval and Early Modern Art Architecture and Archaeology in Norwich This volume explores the importance of Norwich as the second city of England for 500 years. It addresses two of the most ambitious Romanesque buildings in Europe: cathedral and castle and illuminates the role of Norwich-based designers and makers in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662780

Medieval and Early Modern Representations of Authority in Scotland and the British Isles What use is it to be given authority over men and lands if others do not know about it? Furthermore what use is that authority if those who know about it do not respect it or recognise its jurisdiction? And what strategies and 'language' -written and spoken visual and auditory material cultural and political - did those in authority throughout the medieval and early modern era use to project and make known their power? These questions have been crucial since regulations for governance entered society and are found at the core of this volume. In order to address these issues from an historical perspective this collection of essays considers representations of authority made by a cross-section of society within the British Isles. Arranged in thematic sections the 14 essays in the collection bridge the divide between medieval and early modern to build up understanding of the developments and continuities that can be followed across the centuries in question. Whether crown or noble government or church burgh or merchant; all desired power and influence but their means of representing authority were very different. These essays encompass a myriad of methods demonstrating power and disseminating the image of authority including: material culture art literature architecture and landscapes saintly cults speeches and propaganda martial posturing and strategic alliances music liturgy and ceremonial display. Thus this interdisciplinary collection illuminates the variable forms in which authority was presented by key individuals and institutions in Scotland and the British Isles. By placing these within the context of the European powers with whom they interacted this volume also underlines the unique relationships developed between the people and those who exercised authority over them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879327

Medieval and Modern Perspectives First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077666

Medieval and Renaissance FamagustaStudies in Architecture Art and History There was a time seven centuries ago when Famagusta's wealth and renown could be compared to that of Venice or Constantinople. The Cathedral of St Nicholas in the main square of Famagusta serving as the coronation place for the Crusader Kings of Jerusalem after the fall of Acre in 1291 symbolised both the sophistication and permanence of the French society that built it. From the port radiated impressive commercial activity with the major Mediterranean trade centres generating legendary wealth cosmopolitanism and hedonism unsurpassed in the Levant. These halcyon days were not to last however and a 15th century observer noted that following the Genoese occupation of the city 'a malignant devil has become jealous of Famagusta'. When Venice inherited the city it reconstructed the defences and had some success in revitalising the city's economy. But the end for Venetian Famagusta came in dramatic fashion in 1571 following a year long siege by the Ottomans. Three centuries of neglect followed which combined with earthquakes plague and flooding left the city in ruins. The essays collected in this book represent a major contribution to the study of Medieval and Renaissance Famagusta and its surviving art and architecture and also propose a series of strategies for preserving the city's heritage in the future. They will be of particular interest to students and scholars of Gothic Byzantine and Renaissance art and architecture and to those of the Crusades and the Latin East as well as the Military Orders. After an introductory chapter surveying the history of Famagusta and its position in the cultural mosaic that is the Eastern Mediterranean the opening section provides a series of insights into the history and historiography of the city. There follow chapters on the churches and their decoration as well as the military architecture while the final section looks at the history of conservation efforts and assesses the work that now needs to be done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109407

Medieval and Renaissance LactationsImages Rhetorics Practices The premise of this volume is that the ubiquity of lactation imagery in early modern visual culture and the discourse on breastfeeding in humanist religious medical and literary writings is a distinct cultural phenomenon that deserves systematic study. Chapters by art historians social and legal historians historians of science and literary scholars explore some of the ambiguities and contradictions surrounding the issue and point to the need for further study in particular in the realm of lactation imagery in the visual arts. This volume builds on existing scholarship on representations of the breast the iconography of the Madonna Lactans allegories of abundance nature and charity women mystics' food-centered practices of devotion the ubiquitous practice of wet-nursing and medical theories of conception. It is informed by studies on queer kinship in early modern Europe notions of sacred eroticism in pre-tridentine Catholicism feminist investigations of breastfeeding as a sexual practice and by anthropological and historical scholarship on milk exchange and ritual kinship in ancient Mediterranean and medieval Islamic societies. Proposing a variety of different methods and analytical frameworks within which to consider instances of lactation imagery breastfeeding practices and their textual references this volume also offers tools to support further research on the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448600

Medieval Arabic HistoriographyAuthors as Actors Medieval Arabic Historiography is concerned with social contexts and narrative structures of pre-modern Islamic historiography written in Arabic in seventh and thirteenth-century Syria and Eygpt. Taking up recent theoretical reflections on historical writing in the European Middle Ages this extraordinary study combines approaches drawn from social sciences and literary studies with a particular focus on two well-known texts: Abu Shama’s The Book of the Two Gardens and Ibn Wasil’s The Dissipater of Anxieties. These texts describe events during the life of the sultans Nur-al-Din and Salah al-Din who are primarily known in modern times as the champions of the anti-Crusade movement. Hirschler shows that these two authors were active interpreters of their society and has considerable room for manoeuvre in both their social environment and the shaping of their texts. Through the use of a fresh and original theoretical approach to pre-modern Arabic historiography Hirschler presents a new understanding of these texts which have before been relatively neglected thus providing a significant contribution to the burgeoning field of historiographical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665469

Medieval Arabic Praise PoetryIbn Al-Rumi and the Patron's Redemption This book gives an insight into panegyrics a genre central to understanding medieval Near Eastern Society. Poets in this multi-ethnic society would address the majority of their verse to rulers generals officials and the urban upper classes its tone ranging from celebration to reprimand and even to threat. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823607

Medieval Archaeology Medieval Archaeology has developed as a distinctive academic domain in the last fifty years or so. It is now taught widely at undergraduate and postgraduate level and learned societies for Medieval Archaeology flourish across Europe. The subject is more interdisciplinary than most types of archaeology engaging critically with fields such as History and Art History to provide fresh and independent insights to the medieval world. It draws on sources of evidence that are unique to Medieval Archaeology such as extant medieval churches. Medieval Archaeology is literally history ‘from below’; it offers unique access to people and practices that were never documented by medieval élites. (Medieval Archaeology also has relevance beyond academia. Indeed  much of the commercial archaeology that now takes place in Europe seeks to record and conserve medieval towns in advance of new developments.) Focusing on the archaeology of medieval Europe (c. 1000–1550AD) this new four-volume collection from Routledge enables researchers and advanced students to make better sense of a vast—and rapidly growing—corpus of scholarship. The gathered materials have been carefully selected to highlight the key issues and debates in the development and contemporary practice of Medieval Archaeology and each volume includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor. Medieval Archaeology is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by specialists—as well as those working in allied areas such as Medieval Studies History and Art History—as a vital one-stop research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718165

Medieval Art This book teaches the reader how to look at medieval art–which aspects of architecture sculpture or painting are important and for what reasons. It includes the art and building of what is now Western Europe from the second to the fifteenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319373

Medieval Art Architecture & Archaeology at Canterbury This book argues that Robert Willis's presentations were fundamental to the format of British Archaeological Association meetings and to the creation of medieval architectural history. It discusses the background to his study of Canterbury in terms of his own research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662216

Medieval Art Architecture and Archaeology in Cracow and Lesser Poland This book explores the medieval art architecture and archaeology of the city of Cracow and the surrounding region of Lesser Poland. It highlights the role of Cracow and Lesser Poland as a vibrant artistic centre fostering links with Italy Bohemia Germany and France. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662407

Medieval Art Architecture and Archaeology in the Dioceses of Aberdeen and Moray Exploring the medieval heritage of Aberdeenshire and Moray the essays in this volume contain insights and recent work presented at the British Archaeological Association Conference of 2014 based at Aberdeen University. The opening historical chapters establish the political economic and administrative context of the region looking at both the secular and religious worlds and include an examination of Elgin Cathedral and the bishops’ palaces. The discoveries at the excavations of the kirk of St Nicholas which have revealed the early origins of religious life in Aberdeen city are summarized and subsequent papers consider the role of patronage. Patronage is explored in terms of architecture the dramas of the Reformation and its aftermath highlighted through essentially humble parish churches assailed by turbulent events and personalities. The collegiate church at Cullen particularly its tomb sculpture provides an unusually detailed view of the spiritual and dynastic needs of its patrons. The decoration of spectacular ceilings both carved and painted at St Machar’s Cathedral Provost Skene’s House and Crathes Castle are surveyed through the eyes of their patrons and the viewers below. Saints and religious devotion feature in the last four chapters focusing on the carved wooden panels from Fetteresso which display both piety and a rare glimpse of Scottish medieval carnal humour the illuminated manuscripts from Arbuthnott the Aberdeen Breviary and Historia Gentis Scotorum. The medieval artistic culture of north-east Scotland is both battered by time and relatively little known. With discerning interpretation this volume shows that much high-quality material still survives while the lavish illustrations restore some glamour to this lost medieval world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640689

Medieval Arthurian LiteratureA Guide to Recent Research The focus of this book is medieval vernacular literature in Western Europe. Chapters are written by experts in the area and present the current scholarship at the time this book was originally published in 1996. Each chapter has a bibliography of important works in that area as well. This is a thorough and reliable guide to trends in research on medieval Arthuriana. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980785

Medieval Authorship and Cultural Exchange in the Late Fifteenth CenturyThe Utrecht Chronicle of the Teutonic Order Medieval Authorship and Cultural Exchange in the Late Fifteenth Century is a multidisciplinary study of late medieval authorship and the military orders framed as a whodunit that uncovers the anonymous author of the ‘Utrecht Chronicle of the Teutonic Order’. Through a close analysis of the Utrecht Chronicle of the Teutonic Order and its manuscripts and by exploiting a wide range of scholarly techniques from traditional philology and extensive codicological examinations to modern digital humanities techniques the book argues that the recently resurfaced Vienna manuscript is actually an author’s copy written in direct cooperation with the original author. This important assertion leads to a reinterpretation of the text its sources and composition authorship and the context in which it was conceived. It allows us to associate the text with an upsurge of historiographical activities by various military orders across the continent seemingly in response to the publication and aggressive dissemination of the account of the Siege of Rhodes by Guillaume Caoursin in 1480. Furthermore the text can be positioned at the crossroads between different cultural spheres ranging from the Baltic region to the Low Countries spanning French German Dutch and Latin linguistic traditions. This book will appeal to scholars and students of medieval history as well as those interested in cultural history and the military religious orders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367373276

Medieval Bishops’ Houses in England and Wales First published in 1998  this book describes the surviving medieval remains there and the far more numerous manor houses and castles owned by the bishops as well as their London houses. Apart from royal residences these are far the largest group of medieval domestic buildings of a single type that we have. The author describes how these buildings relate to the way of life of the bishops in relation to their duties and their income and how in particular the dramatic social changes of the later middle ages influenced their form. The work of the great bishop castle-builders of the 12th century is discussed as are the general history of the medieval house with its early influence from the Continent the changes in style of hall and chamber (still controversial) and its climax in the great courtyard houses of Cardinal Wolsey Archbishop of York. The book includes over a hundred plans sections and photographs of the surviving parts of bishops’ residences with a survey of 1647 of the Archbishop’s palace at Canterbury before demolition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324534

Medieval Canon Law It is impossible to understand how the medieval church functioned -- and in turn influenced and controlled the lay world within its care -- without understanding the development character and impact of `canon law' its own distinctive law code. However important this can seem a daunting subject to non-specialists. They have long needed an attractive but authoritative introduction avoiding arid technicalities and setting the subject in its widest context. James Brundage's marvellously fluent and accessible book is the perfect answer: it will be warmly welcomed by medievalists and students of ecclesiastical and legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148154

Medieval Christian Perceptions of IslamA Book of Essays For medieval Christians Islam presented a series of disquieting challenges and individual Christians portrayed Muslim culture in varied ways according to their interests and prejudices. These fifteen original essays focus on unfamiliar texts that reflect the wide range of medieval Christianity's preoccupation with Islam treating works from many different periods and in a wide range of genres and languages. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023281

Medieval East Central Europe in a Comparative PerspectiveFrom Frontier Zones to Lands in Focus Medieval East Central Europe in a Comparative Perspective draws together the new perspectives concerning the relevance of East Central Europe for current historiography by placing the region in various comparative contexts. The chapters compare conditions within East Central Europe as well as between East Central Europe the rest of the continent and beyond. Including 15 original chapters from an interdisciplinary team of contributors this collection begins by posing the question: "What is East Central Europe?" with three specialists offering different interpretations and presenting new conclusions. The book is then grouped into five parts which examine political practice religion urban experience and art and literature. The contributors question and explain the reasons for similarities and differences in governance and strategies for handling allies enemies or subjects in particular ways. They point out themes and structures from town planning to religious orders that did not function according to political boundaries and for which the inclusion of East Central European territories was systemic. The volume offers a new interpretation of medieval East Central Europe beyond its traditional limits in space and time and beyond the established conceptual schemes. It will be essential reading for students and scholars of medieval East Central Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923478

Medieval EnglandA Social History and Archaeology from the Conquest to 1600 AD By drawing equally on the work of historians and archaeologists Colin Platt puts forward a view of English medieval society in which there is much that is new and unexpected. Medieval England brings together a wide range of themes from castle and palace to peasant hovel from the great cathedrals and monasteries to the parish churches and `alien' cells. The book is fully illustrated the pictures being an integral part of the text.For this re-issue Professor Platt has written a new preface which updates the work with a survay of archaeological and historical developments in the last decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862325

Medieval EnglandRural Society and Economic Change 1086-1348 This is the first volume of a two-volume study of medieval England covering the period between the Norman Conquest and the Black Death. The book opens with a summary portrait of the English economy and society in the reign of William I. It goes on to examine in detail the population increase from 1086 to 1349 and to investigate the structure of society where relationships were rooted in the dependence of man upon man. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176980

Medieval EnglandTowns Commerce and Crafts 1086-1348 The only survey of the urban commercial and industrial history of the period between the Norman conquest and the Black Death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163195

Medieval English Benedictine LiturgyStudies in the Formation Structure and Content of the Monastic Votive Office c. 950-1540 Originally published in 1993 Medieval English Benedictine Liturgy is a detailed study of the liturgical use of medieval monasteries in England spanning 500 years. The study examines the major votive observances that came to fruition in the twelfth century and later and argues that these important practices affected earlier monastic observances. The book’s emphasis on Anglo-Saxon liturgy provides a bridge between the practices of the English Benedictines before and after the Conquest. The book also traces the chronological progress of three individual observances and extends where possible into the sixteenth century. The book argues that at a broader level while liturgy has been recognized as an indispensable part of the study of the context and use of medieval chant and polyphony. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192839

Medieval English DramaAn Annotated Bibliography of Recent Criticism Originally published in 1990 Medieval English Drama is an exhaustive bibliography of scholarship on medieval English drama. Each item has been annotated in the bibliography with considerable care; these annotations are descriptive rather than critical and give a clear synopsis of the content of each reference the texts with which it deals and a brief indication of its critical position. The bibliography is divided into two sections; editions and collections of plays and critical works. The bibliography is exhaustive rather than selective and provides English annotations for foreign language works as well as a list of reviews for most books. The book covers liturgical and folk drama other forms of entertainment and related material useful to researchers in the field. The book provides an update of sources not listed in Carl J. Stratman's comprehensive Bibliography of Medieval Drama published in 1972. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194703

Medieval EthnographiesEuropean Perceptions of the World Beyond From the twelfth century a growing sense of cultural confidence in the Latin West (at the same time that the central lands of Islam suffered from numerous waves of conquest and devastation) was accompanied by the increasing importance of the genre of empirical ethnographies. From a a global perspective what is most distinctive of Europe is the genre's long-term impact rather than its mere empirical potential or its ethnocentrism (all of which can also be found in China and in Islamic cultures). Hence what needs emphasizing is the multiplication of original writings over time their increased circulation and their authoritative status as a 'scientific' discourse. The empirical bent was more characteristic of travel accounts than of theological disputations - in fact the less elaborate the theological discourse the stronger the ethnographic impulse (although many travel writers were clerics). This anthology of classic articles in the history of medieval ethnographies illustrates this theme with reference to the contexts and genres of travel writing the transformation of enduring myths (ranging from oriental marvels to the virtuous ascetics of India or Prester John) the practical expression of particular encounters from the Mongols to the Atlantic and the various attempts to explain cultural differences either through the concept of barbarism or through geography and climate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249292

Medieval Europe 400 - 1500 This book traces across the millennium of the Middle Ages the gradual crystallisation of a new and distinctive European identity. Koenigsberger covers the Islamic Byzantine and central Asian worlds in his account which explains Europe's progression from chaos and collapse to the point where it was set to rule much of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835399

Medieval Family RolesA Book of Essays This colelction of twelve original essays by European and American scholars offers some of the latest research in three broad areas of medieval history: marriage children and family ties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160620

Medieval Flanders Cradle of northern Europe's later urban and industrial pre-eminence medieval Flanders was a region of immense political and economic importance -- and already as so often later the battleground of foreign powers. Yet this book is remarkably the first comprehensive modern history of the region. Within the framework of a clear political narrative it presents a vivid portrait of medieval Flemish life that will be essential reading for the medievalist -- and a boon for the many visitors to Bruges and Ghent eager for a better understanding of what they see. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836167

Medieval Foundations of International Relations The purpose of this volume is to explore the medieval inheritance of modern international relations. Recent years have seen a flourishing of work on the history of international political thought but the bulk of this has focused on the early modern and modern periods leaving continuities with the medieval world largely ignored. The medieval is often used as a synonym for the barbaric and obsolete yet this picture does not match that found in relevant work in the history of political thought. The book thus offers a chance to correct this misconception of the evolution of Western international thought highlighting that the history of international thought should be regarded as an important dimension of thinking about the international and one that should not be consigned to history departments.Questions addressed include:what is the medieval influence on modern conception of rights law and community?how have medieval ideas shaped modern conceptions of self-determination consent and legitimacy?are there ‘medieval’ answers to ‘modern’ questions?is the modern world still working its way through the Middle Ages?to what extent is the ‘modern outlook’ genuinely secular?is there a ‘theology’ of international relations?what are the implications of continuity for predominant historical narrative of the emergence and expansion of international society? Medieval and modern are certainly different; however this collection of essays proceeds from the conviction that the modern world was not built on a new plot with new building materials. Instead it was constructed out of the rubble that is the raw materials of the Middle Ages.This will be of great interest to students and scholars of IR IR theory and political theory.  .  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596255

Medieval Frontiers: Concepts and Practices In recent years the 'medieval frontier' has been the subject of extensive research. But the term has been understood in many different ways: political boundaries; fuzzy lines across which trade religions and ideas cross; attitudes to other peoples and their customs. This book draws attention to the differences between the medieval and modern understanding of frontiers questioning the traditional use of the concepts of 'frontier' and 'frontier society'. It contributes to the understanding of physical boundaries as well as metaphorical and ideological frontiers thus providing a background to present-day issues of political and cultural delimitation. In a major introduction David Abulafia analyses these various ambiguous meanings of the term 'frontier' in political cultural and religious settings. The articles that follow span Europe from the Baltic to Iberia from the Canary Islands to central Europe Byzantium and the Crusader states. The authors ask what was perceived as a frontier during the Middle Ages? What was not seen as a frontier despite the usage in modern scholarship? The articles focus on a number of themes to elucidate these two main questions. One is medieval ideology. This includes the analysis of medieval formulations of what frontiers should be and how rulers had a duty to defend and/or extend the frontiers; how frontiers were defined (often in a different way in rhetorical-ideological formulations than in practice); and how in certain areas frontier ideologies were created. The other main topic is the emergence of frontiers how medieval people created frontiers to delimit areas how they understood and described frontiers. The third theme is that of encounters and a questioning of medieval attitudes to such encounters. To what extent did medieval observers see a frontier between themselves and other groups and how does real interaction compare with ideological or narrative formulations of such interaction? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249285

Medieval GreeceEncounters Between Latins Greeks and Others in the Dodecanese and the Mani Medieval Greece brings together twelve articles by historian Michael Heslop showcasing his long-standing interest in the medieval castles of Greece. Ten of the articles in this volume focus on the Dodecanese islands mainly Rhodes at the time of their rule by the Hospitallers during the period 1306–1522. Scholarly and popular interest in the military orders has grown substantially over the last twenty years but comparatively little has been written about the Hospitaller Dodecanese. What distinguishes this work is the author’s use of hitherto unpublished documents from the Hospitaller archives in Malta and his assiduous field work on the island sites discussed. Heslop’s work on the Hospitallers on the island of Rhodes has also enabled him to put together an important gazetteer of place-names in the countryside of Rhodes published here for the first time. The remaining two chapters of the collection summarize ground-breaking detective work to locate Villehardouin’s ‘lost’ castle of Grand Magne in the Mani and present a wider study of Byzantine fortifications in medieval Greece. This book will appeal to scholars and students of medieval history and to all those interested in the history of the Hospitallers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859077

Medieval HagiographyAn Anthology First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656465

Medieval Herbal RemediesThe Old English Herbarium and Anglo-Saxon Medicine This book presents for the first time an up-to-date and easy-to-read translation of a medical reference work that was used in Western Europe from the fifth century well into the Renaissance. Listing 185 medicinal plants the uses for each and remedies that were compounded using them the translation will fascinate medievalist medical historians and the layman alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203953419

Medieval Hostageship c.700-c.1500Hostage Captive Prisoner of War Guarantee Peacemaker This volume explores the issues of taking using and being hostages in the Middle Ages. It brings together recent research in the areas of hostages and hostageships  looking at the act of hostage-taking and the hostages themselves through the lenses of political and social history. Building upon previous work this volume in particular critically examines not only the situations of hostages and hostageships but also the broader social and political context of each situation developing a more complete picture of the phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874223

Medieval Images Icons and Illustrated English Literary TextsFrom the Ruthwell Cross to the Ellesmere Chaucer The function of images in the major illustrated English poetic works from the Anglo-Saxon period to the early fifteenth century is the primary concern of this book. Hilmo argues that the illustrations have not been sufficiently understood because modern judgments about their artistic merit and fidelity to the literary texts have got in the way of a historical understanding of their function. The author here proves that artists took their work seriously because images represented an invisible order of reality that they were familiar with the vernacular poems and that they were innovative in adapting existing iconographies to guide the ethical reading process of their audience. To provide a theoretical basis for the understanding of early monuments artefacts and texts she examines patristic opinions on image-making supported by the most authoritative modern sources. Fresh emphasis is given to the iconic nature of medieval images from the time of the iconoclastic debates of the 8th and 9th centuries to the renewed anxiety of image-making at the time of the Lollard attacks on images. She offers an important revision of the reading of the Ruthwell Cross which changes radically the interpretation of the Cross as a whole. Among the manuscripts examined here are the Caedmon Auchinleck Vernon and Pearl manuscripts. Hilmo's thesis is not confined to overtly religious texts and images but deals also with historical writing such as Layamon's Brut and with poetry designed ostensibly for entertainment such as the Canterbury Tales. This study convincingly demonstrates how the visual and the verbal interactively manifest the real "text" of each illustrated literary work. The artistic elements place vernacular works within a larger iconographic framework in which human composition is seen to relate to the activities of the divine Author and Artificer.Whether iconic or anti-iconic in stance images by their nature were a potent means of influencing the way an English author's words accessible in the vernacular were thought about and understood within the context of the theology of the Incarnation that informed them and governed their aesthetic of spiritual function. This is the first study to cover the range of illustrated English poems from the Anglo-Saxon period to the early 15th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273184

Medieval Islamic HistoriographyRemembering Rebellion This book is a comparative analysis of the medieval Sunni historiography of the caliphate of Uthman b. Affan and the revolt against him. By comparing treatments of Uthman in pietistic literature and universal chronicles the work traces the gradual silencing of more critical accounts in favor of those that portray Uthman as a saintly companion of the Prophet Muhammad. Through a comparative analysis of authors between genres and time periods this book shows how authors were able to convey their personal perspectives on important religio-political tensions that emerged through the revolt against Uthman namely the tension between Sunnis and Shiis religious and political authority and appeals to maintain stability and unity vs. appeals for greater justice. This last debate which in many ways began with the revolt against Uthman has been repeated most recently in the Arab Spring. This work therefore provides readers with helpful historical context for important contemporary debates.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952560

Medieval Islamic PragmaticsSunni Legal Theorists' Models of Textual Communication This book deals with two different pragmatic approaches to textual communication: (i) the mainstream approach followed by the 'Ash'ari s Hanafi s and Mu'tazili s (ii) the salafite approach followed mainly by the Hanbali s defended and elaborated by Ibn Taymiyyah. One of the primary aims of the book is to explore and formulate several Muslim legal theorists' pragmatic theories communicative principles and linguistic views construct them in the form of models and set them within a general uniform framework. Another aim is to reveal a corpus of information and data which though highly relevant to modern pragmatics is still unknown. This study which can be seen as an extensive introduction to 'medieval Islamic pragmatics' is the first attempt to examine the approaches followed by the Salafi s or the mainstream from a pragmatic viewpoint. There has been no attempt to explain the principles and the strategies utilised by the medieval Sunni Muslim legal theorists in their account of how communication works and how successful interpretation is achieved. Of course a lot of work has been done on different Islamic sects and their different positions over the interpretation of the Quran and Sunnah but these studies fall short of delving into the underlying communicative principles that motivate their differences over interpretation. The author's formulation of the Muslim legal theorists' views is enhanced by setting up a reliable theoretical foundation and by delving into their underlying philosophical principles. This involves relating the legal theorists' insights into interpretation and communication to their relevant ontological epistemological and theological outlooks and comparing these insights with their modern pragmatic counterparts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315027586

Medieval Jewish PhilosophyAn Introduction Beginning with the earliest philosopher of the Middle Ages Saadiah ben Joseph al-Fayyumi this work surveys the writings of such figures as Solomon ben Joseph ibn Gabirol Bahya ben Joseph ibn Pakuda Abraham ben david Halevi ibn Daud Judah Halevi Moses Maimonides Gersonides Hasdai Crescas Simon ben Zemah Duran Joseph Albo Isaac Arama and Isaac Abrabanel. Throughout an attempt is made to place these thinkers in an historical context and describe their contributions to the history of Jewish medieval thought in simple and lucid terms. The book is directed to students enrolled in Jewish studies courses as well as to those who seek an awareness and appreciation of the riches of medieval Jewish philosophical tradition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026510

Medieval Literature NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815338086

Medieval Literature and Social PoliticsStudies of Cultures and Their Contexts Medieval Literature and Social Politics brings together seventeen articles by literary historian Stephen Knight. The book primarily focuses on the social and political meaning of medieval literature in the past and the present. It provides an account of how early heroic texts relate to the issues surrounding leadership and conflict in Wales France and England and how the myth of the Grail and the French reworking of Celtic stories relate to contemporary society and its concerns. Further chapters examine Chaucer’s readings of his social world the medieval reworkings of the Arthur and Merlin myths and the popular social statements in ballads and other literary forms. The concluding chapters examine the Anglo-nationalist `Arctic Arthur’ and the ways in which Arthur Merlin and Robin Hood can be treated in terms of modern studies of the history of emotions and the environment. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of medieval Europe as well as those interested in social and political history medieval literature and modern medievalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367511289

Medieval Literature for Children This volume will be a critical anthology of primary texts whose main audience was children and/or adolescents in the medieval period. Texts will include theoretical and interpretative introductions and commentary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138001824

Medieval Literature: The Basics Medieval Literature: The Basics is an engaging introduction to this fascinating body of literature. The volume breaks down the variety of genres used in the corpus of medieval literature and makes these texts accessible to readers. It engages with the familiarities present in the narratives and connects these ideas with a contemporary twenty-first century audience. The volume also addresses contemporary medievalism to show the presence of medieval literature in contemporary culture such as film television games and novels. From Dante and Chaucer to Christine de Pisan this book deals with questions such as: What is medieval literature? What are some of the key topics and genres of medieval literature? How did it evolve as technology such as the printing press developed? How has it remained relevant in the twenty-first century? Medieval Literature: The Basics is an ideal introduction for students coming to the subject for the first time while also acting as a springboard from which deeper interaction with medieval literature can be developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138669055

Medieval LiteratureCriticism and Debates Medieval Literature: Criticism and Debates combines classic critical essays alongside new voices and approaches highlighting vibrant debates on medieval literature that will continue to shape critical conversations for the coming decades. Holly A. Crocker and D. Vance Smith present a fascinating collection of essays from leading contemporary scholars of medieval literature and culture examining topics including gender sexuality politics belief language nationhood science and desire. The volume sheds light on critical discussions of the medieval period and shows the continuing relevance and vivacity of Medieval English literature in the twenty-first century. Each section is thoroughly introduced and the essays develop various debates in key areas providing a springboard for readers to establish their own study arguments and opinions. Further reading sections make this volume an accessible and important resource for those studying literature from the Medieval period and beyond. Contributors: Anthony Bale Sarah Beckwith Anke Bernau Glenn Burger Ardis Butterfield Christopher Cannon Christine Chism Lisa H. Cooper Susan Crane Holly A. Crocker George Edmondson Ruth Evans Sylvia Federico Laurie Finke Aranye Fradenburg Frank Grady Richard Firth Green Patricia Clare Ingham Hannah Johnson Steven Justice David Lawton Robert Mills J. Allan Mitchell Nicholas Perkins Tison Pugh Elizabeth Robertson Kellie Robertson Jessica Rosenfeld Sarah Salih Corinne Saunders Martin Shichtman D. Vance Smith Emily Steiner Jennifer Summit Stephanie Trigg Marion Turner David Wallace Angela Jane Weisl Nicolette Zeeman Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667906

Medieval LiturgyA Book of Essays Originally published in 1997 Medieval Liturgy is a unique and interesting collection of nine essays that explores medieval liturgy from three distinct perspectives: historical liturgical and theological. The book includes contributions from eminent scholars of the time and discusses the development of 9th to 11th century ordines the meaning of the Mass in the 12th and 13th centuries medieval preaching ordination practices popular penance practices marriage rites the role of music in Eucharistic liturgy and the relationship between liturgical architectural space and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194130

Medieval Lives c. 1000-1292The World of the Beaugency Family Medieval Lives c. 1000–1292: The World of the Beaugency Family is a gateway into Europe during the Central Middle Ages. Through charting the lives of the Beaugency family this book delves into the history of Western Europe and explores the impact of the changes and events of the period on those who experienced them. The Central Middle Ages were years of profound transformation and through the two centuries in which they lived the Beaugency family experienced many of the key developments that have characterized the period such as the launch of the crusades and the emergence of the commercial economy. By following the lives of the family this book instills a deeper understanding of the significance that human experience has on our ability to truly comprehend the crucial historical events of the age. It personalizes the history of the Middle Ages and provides students with a unique insight into the culture of the period. Containing maps genealogical tables over thirty images a large collection of previously unpublished archival sources used throughout the book and accompanied by a companion website with interactive features Medieval Lives c. 1000–1292: The World of the Beaugency Family is a portal into the lives of the Beaugency family and an ideal introduction to the Central Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677098

Medieval Logic and MetaphysicsA Modern Introduction Originally published in 1972 Medieval Logic and Metaphysics shows how formal logic can be used in the clarification of philosophical problems. An elementary exposition of Leśniewski’s Onotology an important system of contemporary logic is followed by studies of central philosophical themes such as Negation and Non-being Essence and Existence Meaning and Reference Part and Whole. Philosophers and theologians discussed include St Anselm St Thomas Aquinas Abelard Ockham Scotus Hume and Russell. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182717

Medieval London This unique study is based on the careful interpretation of evidence in the commercial and administrative records of the City and in the royal records of the process by which London developed from a commune of a feudal kingdom into the capital city of the English nation. The period covered is the century and a half between 1191 and the beginnings of the Hundred Years' War. Leading themes are the emergence of its administrative elite the changing pattern of its mercantile interests and the rise of its craft organizations; and a detailed account is given of the social and constitutional conflicts that marked London's history between the popular revolt of 1263 and the succession of Edward III. A notable feature of this volume is the reconstruction from teh records of a large number of outline biographies of Londoners of all classes. This book was first published in 1963. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849524

Medieval Manuscripts in the Digital Age Medieval Manuscripts in the Digital Age explores one major manuscript repository’s digital presence and poses timely questions about studying books from a temporal and spatial distance via the online environment. Through contributions from a large group of distinguished international scholars the volume assesses the impact of being able to access and interpret these early manuscripts in new ways. The focus on Parker on the Web a world-class digital repository of diverse medieval manuscripts comes as that site made its contents Open Access. Exploring the uses of digital representations of medieval texts and their contexts contributors consider manuscripts from multiple perspectives including production materiality and reception. In addition the volume explicates new interdisciplinary frameworks of analysis for the study of the relationship between texts and their physical contexts while centring on an appreciation of the opportunities and challenges effected by the digital representation of a tangible object. Approaches extend from the codicological palaeographical linguistic and cultural to considerations of reader reception image production and the implications of new technologies for future discoveries. Medieval Manuscripts in the Digital Age advances the debate in manuscript studies about the role of digital and computational sources and tools. As such the book will appeal to scholars and students working in the disciplines of Digital Humanities Medieval Studies Literary Studies Library and Information Science and Book History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367426613

Medieval MemoriesMen Women and the Past 700-1300 Who exactly was responsible for the preservation of knowledge about the past? How did people preserve their recollections and pass them on to the next generation? Did they write them down or did they hand then on orally? The book is concerned with the memories of medieval people. In the Middle Ages as now men and women collected stories about the past and handed them down to posterity.  Many memories centre in the aristocratic family or lineage while others are focussed on institutions such as monasteries or nunneries. The family and monastic contexts clearly illustrate that remembrance of the past was a task for men and women and that each sex had a specific gendered role. Memory also involves selection of what should and should not be remembered and its corollary amnesia therefore is discussed. Anchored in the present memory casts a shadow on the future and thus prophecies form an important component of the cult of remembrance.  For the first time in Medieval Memories tombstones medieval encyclopaedias and legal testimonies figure alongside moral guidebooks miracle stories and chronicles as material for the gendered perceptions of the medieval past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837522

Medieval Merchant VenturersCollected Studies First published in 1967 this superb collection of essays on trade in the Middle Ages has been a major contribution to modern medieval studies. Professor Carus-Wilson examines: * fifteenth-century Bristol* trade with Iceland* the Merchant Adventurers of London* the thirteenth-century cloth industry (with its highly developed capitalist system)* the export of English woollen cloth* the wine trade. Each paper is firmly rooted in original research and contemporary sources such as customs returns and company minutes and in addition her expose of the dubious accuracy of Aulnage accounts is widely recognised as a classic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849531

Medieval MindsMental Health in the Middle Ages Originally published in 1967 Medieval Minds looks at the Middle Ages as a period with changing attitudes towards mental health and its treatment. The book argues that it was a period that that bridged the ancient with the modern ignorance with knowledge and superstition with science. The Middle Ages spanned almost a millennium in the history of the humanities and provided the people of this period with the benefit of this knowledge. The book looks at the promise and progress which was reflected by thinkers such as Augustin and Aurelianus Alexander of Tralles and Paul of Aegina. The book also looks at martyrs like Valentine and Dympna and the patrons of those afflicted with illnesses such as epilepsy and insanity. Written by the psychologist Thomas Francis Graham this book provides a distinct and unique insight into the mind of those living in the medieval period and will be of interest to academics of history and literature alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191887

Medieval Modal SystemsProblems and Concepts This book explores noteworthy approaches to modal syllogistic adopted by medieval logicians including Abélard Albert the Great Avicenna Averröes Jean Buridan Richard Campsall Robert Kilwardby and William of Ockham. The book situates these approaches in relation to Aristotle's discussion in the Prior and Posterior Analytics and other parts of the Organon but also in relation to the thought of Alexander of Aphrodisias and Boethius on the one hand and to modern interpretations of the modal syllogistic on the other. Problems explored include: Aristotle's doctrine of modal conversion the pure and mixed necessity-moods modal ecthesis the pure and mixed contingency-moods and Aristotle's use of counter-examples. Medieval logicians brought various concepts to bear on these problems including the distinction between per se and per accidens terms the notion of essential predication the distinction between ut nunc and simpliciter propositions the distinction between de dicto and de re modals and the notion of ampliation. All these are examined in this book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249261

Medieval Monarchy in ActionThe German Empire from Henry I to Henry IV Originally published in 1972 Medieval Monarchy in Action covers a period extending from the reign of Henry I to the early years of Henry IV. The book examines how the Saxon and Salian monarchs of the tenth and eleventh centuries built the foundations of the German Empire this volume contains fifty documents which present the reader with the vivid picture of the imperial activities. The book contains original source material including diplomas issued by the emperors most of which have never before been published in English. Both the introduction and documents reveal the workings of the imperial chancery the utilization of the Church as the foundation for building a strong monarchy and the careful conscription of learned ecclesiastics into the royal bureaucracy. The period of Saxon-Salian dominance is an important area of study for papal-imperial relations in the Middle Ages and also for modern European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203467

Medieval Monasticism Collected Studies CS1064This collection of Giles Constable's key articles on medieval monastic and ecclesiastical history provides nothing less than a comprehensive overview of research in the field. The book provides an insight into monastic life in the Middle Ages - from Germany to Normandy and from England to Sicily. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887155

Medieval MonasticismForms of Religious Life in Western Europe in the Middle Ages Medieval Monasticism traces the Western Monastic tradition from its fourth century origins in the deserts of Egypt and Syria through the many and varied forms of religious life it assumed during the Middle Ages. Hugh Lawrence explores the many sided relationship between monasteries and the secular world around them. For a thousand years the great monastic houses and religious orders were a prominent feature of the social landscape of the West and their leaders figured as much in the political as on the spiritual map of the medieval world. In this book many of them together with their supporters and critics are presented to us and speak their minds to us. We are shown for instance the controversy between the Benedictines and the reformed monasticism of the twelfth century and the problems that confronted women in religious life. A detailed glossary offers readers a helpful vocabulary of the subject. This book is essential reading for both students and scholars of the medieval world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138854048

Medieval Monstrosity and the Female Body The medieval monster is a slippery construct and its referents include a range of religious racial and corporeal aberrations. In this study Miller argues that one incarnation of monstrosity in the Middle Ages—the female body—exists in special relation to medieval teratology insofar as it resists the customary marginalization that defined most other monstrous groups in the Middle Ages. Though medieval maps located the monstrous races on the distant margins of the civilized world the monstrous female body took the form of mother sister wife and daughter. It was therefore pervasive proximate and necessary on social sexual and reproductive grounds. Miller considers several significant texts representing authoritative discourses on female monstrosity in the Middle Ages: the Pseudo-Ovidian poem De vetula (The Old Woman); a treatise on human generation erroneously attributed to Albert the Great De secretis mulierum (On the Secrets of Women) and Julian of Norwich’s Showings. Through comparative analysis Miller grapples with the monster’s semantic flexibility while simultaneously working towards a composite image of late-medieval female monstrosity whose features are stable enough to define. Whether this body is discursively constructed as an Ovidian body a medicalized body or a mystical body its corporeal boundaries fail to form properly: it is a body out of bounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817449

Medieval Music Almost a thousand years of music are treated in this volume on the performance practice of the Middle Ages covering monophony and polyphony sacred and secular genre and theory. The essays selected deal with the most crucial of performers' decisions: pitch rhythm and performing forces as well as related matters such as proportions tunings and the need for ornamentation. The introduction provides an overview of the major issues and resources situating medieval music within the context of the early music revival and the debate on authenticity and providing an extended bibliography of relevant scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628514

Medieval Music Originally published in 1978 Medieval Music explores the fascinating development of medieval western music from its often obscure origins in the Jewish synagogue and early Church to the mid-fifteenth century. The book is intended as a straightforward survey of medieval music and emphases the technical aspects such as form style and notation. It is illustrated by nearly one hundred musical examples the majority of which have been transcribed from original sources and many of which contains chapters on Latin chant and other forms of sacred monophony secular song early polyphony the ars antiqua French and Italian fourteenth-century music English music and fifteenth-century music. Each chapter is followed by a classified bibliography divided into musical sources literary sources and modern studies; in addition to a comprehensive bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191672

Medieval Papalism (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 36) This volume deals with the problem of State and Church in the Middle Ages from a new angle. It not only shows how and why the medieval popes pursued a policy of world domination but also discloses the ideas by which the papal monarchs were primarily influenced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650069

Medieval Persia 1040-1797 Medieval Persia 1040-1797 charts the remarkable history of Persia from its conquest by the Muslim Arabs in the seventh century AD to the modern period at the end of the eighteenth century when the impact of the west became pervasive. David Morgan argues that understanding this complex period of Persia’s history is integral to understanding modern Iran and its significant role on the international scene. The book begins with a geographical introduction and briefly summarises Persian history during the early Islamic centuries to place the country’s Middle Ages in their historical context. It then charts the arrival of the Saljūq Turks in the eleventh century and discusses in turn the major political powers of the period: Mongols Timurids Türkmen and Safawids. The chronological narrative enables students to identify change and consistencies under each ruling dynasty while Persia’s rich social cultural religious and economic history is also woven throughout to present a complete picture of life in Medieval Persia. Despite the turbulent backdrop which saw Persia ruled by a succession of groups who had seized power by military force arts painting poetry literature and architecture all flourished in the period. This new edition contains a new epilogue which discusses the significant literature of the last 28 years to provide students with a comprehensive overview of the latest historiographical trends in Persian history. Concise and clear this book is the perfect introduction for students of medieval Persia and the medieval Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885660

Medieval Philosophy and the Classical TraditionIn Islam Judaism and Christianity An initial chapter on the history of Islamic philosophy sets the stage for sixteen articles on issues across the three traditions. The goal is to see the Islamic tradition in its own richness and complexity as the context of most Jewish intellectual work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849500

Medieval Philosophy of ReligionThe History of Western Philosophy of Religion Volume 2 The Medieval period was one of the richest eras for the philosophical study of religion. Covering the period from the 6th to the 16th century reaching into the Renaissance "The History of Western Philosophy of Religion 2" shows how Christian Islamic and Jewish thinkers explicated and defended their religious faith in light of the philosophical traditions they inherited from the ancient Greeks and Romans. The enterprise of 'faith seeking understanding' as it was dubbed by the medievals themselves emerges as a vibrant encounter between - and a complex synthesis of - the Platonic Aristotelian and Hellenistic traditions of antiquity on the one hand and the scholastic and monastic religious schools of the medieval West on the other. "Medieval Philosophy of Religion" will be of interest to scholars and students of Philosophy Medieval Studies the History of Ideas and Religion while remaining accessible to any interested in the rich cultural heritage of medieval religious thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656820

Medieval Political Ideas (Routledge Revivals)Volume I First published in 1954 this book explores the political ideas of the Middle Ages. It covers the period from the investiture struggle to the end of the fifteenth century and provides comprehensive readings of otherwise inaccessible source material. Each chapter begins with an introductory essay on the subject at hand that leads to a number of translated passages numerous enough to display a variety of opinion and long enough to indicate the process of thought as well as its conclusions. This book is the first of a two volume set and will be useful to teachers and advanced students of political theory and medieval history. Topics discussed in this volume include law property and lordship political authority and community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642262

Medieval Political Ideas (Routledge Revivals)Volume II First published in 1954 this book explores the political ideas of the Middle Ages. It covers the period from the investiture struggle to the end of the fifteenth century and provides comprehensive readings of otherwise inaccessible source material. Each chapter begins with an introductory essay on the subject at hand that leads to a number of translated passages numerous enough to display a variety of opinion and long enough to indicate the process of thought as well as its conclusions. This book is the second of a two volume set and will be useful to teachers and advanced students of political theory and medieval history. Topics discussed in this volume include authority in the Church the problem of the Empire and Regnum and Sacerdotium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642279

Medieval Political Theory: A ReaderThe Quest for the Body Politic 1100-1400 A textbook anthology of important works of political thought revealing the development of ideas from the 12th to the 15th centuries. Includes new translations of both well-known and ignored writers and an introductory overview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148024

Medieval RhetoricA Casebook This volume in the Routledge Medieval Casebooks series explores medieval rhetorical practices. Ten original essays examine the ways in which contemporary readers and scholars might employ rhetorical theory to illuminate underlying meanings in medieval texts. The contributors also explore how rhetoric was used as a means of textual innovation in the work of medieval authors such as Chaucer and his contemporaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799813

Medieval Rhodesia First published in 1906 this archaeological examination of the ruins of Zimbabwe Rhodesia's pre-historic monument asserted that it was African in origin belonging to the medieval period. The academic controversy still has echoes in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760966

Medieval Scholarship: Biographical Studies on the Formation of a DisciplineLiterature and Philology First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315790275

Medieval ScholarshipBiographical Studies on the Formation of a Discipline: History First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315860657

Medieval ScholarshipBiographical Studies on the Formation of a Discipline: Religion and Art First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980792

Medieval SexualityA Casebook Medieval Sexuality: A Casebook is a fascinating collection featuring both new and established experts in the field. The volume includes 11 original essays by Ross Balzaretti Philip Crispin Dominic Janes Hugh Kennedy A. Lynn Martin Kim M. Phillips Samantha J. E. Riches Joyce E. Salisbury David Santiuste and the volume editors April Harper and Caroline Proctor. The authors explore a variety of sources contributing work on a diverse range of topics including: sources for sexuality in Late Lombard Italy; the problematic reception of early medieval penitentials by modern readers; sexuality as experienced by the desert fathers and mothers; connections between saints monsters and sexuality in medieval art and hagiography; the relationship between food seduction and adultery in the fabliaux; sex alcohol and the late medieval stereotype of the unruly woman; sex as a medical and moral concern in medieval regimens of health; ideas of sexuality in political discourse; sex and scandal in festive drama; debates on sexual orientation in Arabic court literature; and pre-colonial descriptions of sexuality in the Far East. The volume concludes with a useful selection of further reading.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809023

Medieval SexualityA Research Guide Originally published in 1990. Well-annotated bibliographical entries cover works on history religion medicine philosophy law and literature in western Europe from about the third century A.D. through the end of the medieval period. The primary sources are organised thematically and separately from secondary sources. Languages covered include English Spanish Portuguese French German Italian and Latin. The focus is on sexuality and sexual attitudes not on the related topics of marriage and family. Detailed indexes are also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174750

Medieval Ships and Warfare This collection of essays and articles from a wide range of journals is intended to make more accessible to students and scholars some of the most important writing in English in this field from the 1950s to the present day. The volume draws attention to work on both the design and the use of ships in warfare in the period c.1000-c.1500. The collection deals with both the Mediterranean and northern waters in this period and not only makes clear what work has been done in this field but indicates areas where more research is needed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249254

Medieval Texts and ImagesStudies of Manuscripts from the Middle Ages Originally published in 1991 Medieval Texts and Images is a collection of essays which critically examines medieval manuscripts. The book contains a wide range of contributions the first examines the relationship of the Légende Dorée and its relationship to the aristocratic patrons who commissioned these manuscripts; the second scrutinises the tradition of French illumination as it was developed in Paris in the so-called Bedford Master’s workshop in the 1420s. The text examines liturgical texts of the medieval period and written and liturgical contributions to Renaissance art. Other contributions include an investigation into the written scroll within the painted composition comparing various compositional and thematic functions in the depiction of a Crucifixion and a study of Christian vernacular poetry. This collection provides a comprehensive overview of the use of text and image in medieval literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187415

Medieval Texts in Context This collection of essays by leading experts in manuscript studies sheds new light on ways to approach medieval texts in their manuscript context. Each contribution provides groundbreaking insight into the field of medieval textual culture demonstrating the various interconnections between medieval material and literary traditions. The contributors’ work aids reconstruction of the period’s writing practices as contextual factors surrounding the texts provide clues to the ‘manuscript experience’. Topics such as scribal practice and textual providence glosses rubrics page lay-out and even page ruling are addressed in a manner illustrative and suggestive of textual practice of the time while the volume further considers the interface between the manuscript and early textual communities. Looking at medieval inventories of books no longer extant and addressing questions such as ownership reading practices and textual production Medieval Texts in Context addresses the fundamental interpretative issue of how scribe-editors worked with an eye to their intended audience. An understanding of the world inhabited by the scribal community is made use of to illuminate the rationale behind the manufacture of devotional texts. The combination of approaches to the medieval vernacular manuscript presented in this volume is unique marking a major innovative contribution to manuscript studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868915

Medieval Theatre in Context: An Introduction First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159242

Medieval Thought and Historiography Collected Studies CS1065We assume that we have a clear understanding of how people in the Middle Ages thought and which attitudes they struck but in reality this is a subject of enormous complexity of which conclusions can only be drawn via painstaking archival research and decades of study. Giles Constable has spent a career analysing these forces and impulses and this new collection draws together his major findings on a host of topics including frontiers metaphors religious life and spirituality  and concepts of political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887162

Medieval Trade in the Eastern Mediterranean and Beyond Collected Studies CS1066The articles in this collection cover the region extending from Italy to the Black Sea and to Egypt over a period of seven centuries with an emphasis on the considerable economic and social interaction between the West and the regions of the Eastern Mediterranean. They represent key works in the oeuvre of David Jacoby the doyen of scholars in the field over many decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888688

Medieval Visions of Heaven and HellA Sourcebook First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315055817

Medieval Warfare 1000–1300 The study of medieval warfare has developed enormously in recent years. The figure of the armoured mounted knight who was believed to have materialized in Carolingian times long dominated all discussion of the subject. It is now understood that the knight emerged over a long period of time and that he was never alone on the field of conflict. Infantry at all times played a substantial role in conflict and the notion that they were in some way invented only in the fourteenth century is no longer sustainable. Moreover modern writers have examined campaigns which for long seemed pointless because they did not lead to spectacular events like battles. As a result we now understand the pattern of medieval war which often did not depend on battle but on exerting pressure on the opponent by economic warfare. This pattern was intensified by the existence of castles and careful study has revealed much about their development and the evolving means of attacking them. Crusading warfare pitted westerners against a novel style of war and affords an opportunity to assess the military effectiveness of European methods. New areas of study are now developing. The logistics of medieval armies was always badly neglected while until very recently there was a silence on the victims of war. Assembled in this volume are 31 papers which represent milestones in the development of the new ideas about medieval warfare set in context by an introductory essay. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378377

Medieval Warfare 1300–1450 War was epidemic in the late Middle Ages. It affected every land and all peoples from Scotland and Scandinavia in the north to the southern Mediterranean Sea coastlines of Morocco North Africa Egypt and the Middle East in the south from Ireland and Spain in the west to Russia and Turkey in the east. Nowhere was peaceful for any significant amount of time. The period also saw significant changes in military theory and practice which altered the ways in which campaigns were conducted battles fought and sieges laid; and changes in the leadership recruitment training supply and financing of armies. There were changes in the relationship between those waging warfare from generals to irregular troops and the society in which they lived and for or against which they fought; the frequency of popular rebellions and the participation in them by townspeople and peasants; changes in the desire to undertake Crusades and changes in technology including but not limited to gunpowder weapons. This collection gathers together some of the best published work on these topics. The first section of seven papers show that throughout Europe in the later Middle Ages generals led and armies followed what are usually defined as "modern" strategy and tactics contrary to popular belief. The second part reprints nine works that examine the often neglected aspects of the process of putting and keeping together a late medieval army. In the third section the authors discuss various ways that warfare in the fourteenth and fifteenth century affected the society of that period. The final sections cover popular rebellions and crusading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249230

Medieval WorldsA Sourcebook Complete with introductions full commentary glossary and a guide to further reading  Medieval Worlds is a comprehensive sourcebook for the study of Western Europe from the fifth to the fifteenth century. Drawing on a wide range of documents from chronicles legal state and church documents to biographies poems and letters from all over Europe the authors expertly illustrate to the reader the unity – and complexity – of the medieval world. Amongst many more central issues discussed include: the diverse world of monasteries the Papacy the Crusades women the roles of the town and countryside. Medieval Worlds presents the reader with a view of the medieval era as it was: one of immense diversity with openness to new ideas and outreach in areas from technology to natural philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012803

Medievalism and Nationalism in German OperaEuryanthe to Lohengrin Medievalism or the reception or interpretation of the Middle Ages was a prominent aesthetic for German opera composers in the first half of the nineteenth century. A healthy competition to establish a Germanic operatic repertory arose at this time and fascination with medieval times served a critical role in shaping the desire for a unified national and cultural identity. Using operas by Weber Schubert Marshner Wagner and Schumann as case studies Richardson investigates what historical information was available to German composers in their recreations of medieval music and whether or not such information had any demonstrable effect on their compositions. The significant role that nationalism played in the choice of medieval subject matter for opera is also examined along with how audiences and critics responded to the medieval milieu of these works. In this book readers will gain a clear understanding of the rise of German opera in the early nineteenth century and the cultural and historical context in which this occurred. This book will also provide insight on the reception of medieval history and medieval music in nineteenth-century Germany and will demonstrate how medievalism and nationalism were mutually reinforcing phenomena at this time and place in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630543

Medievalism and the Quest for the Real Middle Ages Medievalism the later reception of the Middle Ages has been used by many writers not just during the Victorian period but from the Renaissance to the present as a means of commenting on their own societies and systems of values. Until recently this self-interest was used to distinguish between Medievalism a selective often romanticised view of the past and medieval studies with its quest for an authentic Middle Ages. The essays in this collection suggest that the search for knowledge of a "real" Middle Ages has always been a problematic one and that the vitality of the vision of Medievalism is demonstrated by its constant adaption to current concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878167

MedievalismsMaking the Past in the Present From King Arthur and Robin Hood through to video games and jousting-themed restaurants medieval culture continues to surround us and has retained a strong influence on literature and culture throughout the ages. This fascinating and illuminating guide is written by two of the leading contemporary scholars of medieval literature and explores: The influence of medieval cultural concepts on literature and film including key authors such as Shakespeare Tennyson and Mark Twain The continued appeal of medieval cultural figures such as Dante King Arthur and Robin Hood The influence of the medieval on such varied disciplines such as politics music children’s literature and art. Contemporary efforts to relive the Middle Ages. Medievalisms: Making the Past in the Present surveys the critical field and sets the boundaries for future study providing an essential background for literary study from the medieval period through to the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617277

MeditationClassic and Contemporary Perspectives Many claim that meditation is effective in the treatment of many ailments associated with stress and high blood pressure and in the management of pain. While there are many popular books on meditation few embrace the science as well as the art of meditation. In this volume Shapiro and Walsh fill this need by assembling a complete collection of scholarly articles--Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives.From an academic rather than a popular vantage the volume takes the claims and counterclaims about meditation to a deeper analytical level by including studies from clinical psychology and psychiatry neuroscience psychophysiology and biochemistry. Each selection is a contribution to the field either as a classic of research or by being methodologically elegant heuristically interesting or creative. Original articles cover such topics as the effects of meditation in the treatment of stress hypertension and addictions; the comparison of meditation with other self-regulation strategies; the adverse effects of meditation; and meditation-induced altered states of consciousness.Concluding with a major bibliography of related works Meditation offers the reader a valuable overview of the state and possible future directions of meditation research. Today in the popular media and elsewhere debate continues: Is meditation an effective technique for spiritual and physical healing or is it quackery? Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives weighs in on this debate by presenting what continues to be the most complete collection of scholarly articles ever amassed on the subject of meditation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527867

MeditationSelf-regulation Strategy and Altered State of Consciousness Despite the increase in meditation studies the quality remains variable; many of them are trivial and most remain unreplicated. Research on meditation has been plagued by insubstantial theorizing global claims and the substitution of belief systems for grounded hypotheses. Meditation punctures some of the myths about meditation while retaining a place of value for mediation as a normal human function.In each chapter includes discussion of the major questions addressed followed by a detailed critique of important theoretical clinical and research issues. In several instances the reader may find that questions seem to beget questions: research bearing upon certain issues may be contradictory or not yet of sufficient thoroughness. In these cases the author suggests the specific future research necessary to resolve the questions posed so that claims about meditation are justified and which are not. The profession of psychology itself is and has been in a polarized debate between the "practitioners" and the "experimentalists." The latter accuse the former of being "soft non-empirical non-scientific " while practitioners accuse the experimentalists of conducting research which is essentially irrelevant to human concerns.This approach provides a bridge between research and clinical practice. Meditation provides an encompassing survey of the topic--nearly forty tables and figures; sample questionnaires evaluations and programs and a detailed overview of a controversial field. Shapiro separates self-regulation with self-delusion to outline questions and possible answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527874

Mediterranean CitiesHistorical Perspectives First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980808

Mediterranean ConnectionsMaritime Transport Containers and Seaborne Trade in the Bronze and Early Iron Ages Mediterranean Connections focuses on the origin and development of maritime transport containers from the Early Bronze through early Iron Age periods (ca. 3200–700 BC). Analysis of this category of objects broadens our understanding of ancient Mediterranean interregional connections including the role that shipwrecks seafaring and coastal communities played in interaction and exchange. These containers have often been the subject of specific and detailed pottery studies but have seldom been examined in the context of connectivity and trade in the Aegean and eastern Mediterranean.This broad study:considers the likely origins of these types of vessels;traces their development and spread throughout the Aegean and eastern Mediterranean as archetypal organic bulk cargo containers;discusses the wider impact on Mediterranean connections transport and trade over a period of 2 500 years covering the Bronze and early Iron Ages.Classical and Near Eastern archaeologists and historians as well as maritime archaeologists will find this extensively researched volume an important addition to their library. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890315

Mediterranean Ecogeography A core textbook series that aims to provide students with accessible up-to-date accounts of Ecogeography - the marriage of ecology with geography - in the primary terrestrial and marine environments. This is the first book in the series on Mediterranean Ecogeography. Biological diversity in the Mediterranean Basin is amongst the highest of any region on earth both in terms of total species numbers and endemism. The flora is estimated at about 25 000 species of flowering plants and ferns compared with about 6000 species in non-Mediterranean Europe. About 50% of these are endemic. Diversity amongst vertebrate animals is also high though endemism rates are lower than for plants. The high levels of diversity contribute to and are a reflection of the considerable variability of landscape. This results from a combination of factors including geological and tectonic history relief and physiography climate geomorphological processes hydrology soils the incidence of fires and impact of human activities. The landscapes of the Mediterranean Basin are thus varied and fragmented; a mosaic of ecosystems and communities. Mediterranean Ecogeography aims to examine and explain this heterogeneity and the approach is focused on the ecogeography of the region. Analysing the factors which account for the present distributions of plants and animals and the functioning of ecosystems within the Mediterranean Basin can help in the understanding of the relationship between people and natural ecosystems. A key to the conservation of these ecosystems is the wise use of resources biological and physical. In addition it is vital to assess how the natural environments of the region will respond to further change. In the last twenty years understanding of the functioning of mediterranean-type ecosystems has advanced through several international projects. This book draws upon the findings of these and other research in the Mediterranean Basin to present a comprehensive text on a key region of the world and the problems and prospects of its environmental exploitation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161191

Mediterranean FoodsComposition and Processing The Mediterranean region is well known around the world for its rich culinary history. While most books tend to only focus on the nutritional culinary and/or health aspects of Mediterranean cuisine this book presents a more scientific approach and discusses the composition of specific foods from the Mediterranean basin as well as specific processing methodologies applied to produce food in this area of the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498740890

Mediterranean Heritage (Routledge Revivals) Mediterranean Heritage first published in 1978 offers a wide-ranging and perceptive discussion of the often concealed links between English culture and the common heritage of Western Europe: the Graeco-Roman legacy of the Mediterranean. There seems to have been no time when England has not been in touch with the civilisations of Greece and Italy: even Stonehenge the most dramatic survivor of our remotest past has a carved dagger of Mycenaean pattern among its ornaments. The pioneers of a distinctly English creative vision – Shakespeare Sidney Milton – clearly looked to Italy. Throughout the eighteenth century ‘grand tourists’ found southern Europe irresistible. The Romantics all became enraptured by the Mediterranean and passed on their fascination in some of the most passionate poetry in English. Appearing at a time which England is more obviously a part of Europe than she has been for sixteen hundred years Mediterranean Heritage provides valuable insights into the origins of our culture’s greatest achievements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138017535

Mediterranean Identities in the Premodern EraEntrepôts Islands Empires The first full length volume to approach the premodern Mediterranean from a fully interdisciplinary perspective this collection defines the Mediterranean as a coherent region with distinct patterns of social political and cultural exchange. The essays explore the production modification and circulation of identities based on religion ethnicity profession gender and status as free or slave within three distinctive Mediterranean geographies: islands entrepôts and empires. Individual essays explore such topics as interreligious conflict and accommodation; immigration and diaspora; polylingualism; classical imitation and canon formation; traffic in sacred objects; Mediterranean slavery; and the dream of a reintegrated Roman empire. Integrating environmental social political religious literary artistic and linguistic concerns this collection offers a new model for approaching a distinct geographical region as a unique site of cultural and social exchange. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245433

Mediterranean Migration and the Labour MarketsPolicies for Growth and Social Development in the Mediterranean Area This book focuses on issues that are relevant for the Euro-Mediterranean Partnership. The depth and the extension of the current political crisis in the area have changed the perspectives of conventional Euro-Mediterranean integration policies. The book provides the grounds for new patterns of analysis and addresses policy guidelines which are able to respond to the dramatic challenges that Mediterranean regions are facing. By implementing a multidisciplinary approach the volume uncovers the structural determinants of migrations in the area: territorial and social imbalances climate change unemployment weak institutions poor governance lack of efficient redistributive policies. Each chapter proposes innovative and rich analyses of the socio-economic conditions of all Mediterranean countries. The prevailing evidence suggests that while the North-South imbalances still persist inside the basin the recent world economic and financial crises have deepened social intergenerational and gender inequalities. These inequalities cross all territories both nationally and internationally and affect the living conditions of large segments of population in Southern and Eastern Mediterranean countries. To bridge these gaps it is necessary to strengthen territorial cohesion reduce income differentials and improve the access of marginal areas to basic infrastructure. These long term goals can be achieved through an inclusive development model for which young people and women can enjoy the same opportunities of education and work. Offering innovative and practical guidelines for future programs and policies this book is essential reading for policy makers researchers at policy think tanks as well as academics and post graduate students of Mediterranean studies and Economic Policy. The general policy recipes provided to govern migration flows make useful reading for national and international research centres and major governmental agencies interested in migration issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557345

Mediterranean ModernismsThe Poetic Metaphysics of Odysseus Elytis Engaging with the work of Nobel Prize-winning poet Odysseus Elytis within the framework of international modernism Marinos Pourgouris places the poet's work in the context of other modernist and surrealist writers in Europe. At the same time Pourgouris puts forward a redefinition of European Modernism that makes the Mediterranean and Greece in particular the discursive contact zone and incorporates neglected elements such as national identity and geography. Beginning with an examination of Greek Modernism Pourgouris's study places Elytis in conversation with Albert Camus; analyzes the influence of Charles Baudelaire Gaston Bachelard and Sigmund Freud on Elytis's theory of analogies; traces the symbol of the sun in Elytis's poetry by way of the philosophies of Heraclitus and Plotinus; examines the influence of Le Corbusier on Elytis's theory of architectural poetics; and takes up the subject of Elytis's application of his theory of Solar Metaphysics to poetic form in the context of works by Freud C. G. Jung and Michel Foucault. Informed by extensive research in the United States and Europe Pourgouris's study makes a compelling contribution to the comparative study of Greek modernism the Mediterranean and the work of Odysseus Elytis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253735

Mediterranean MosaicPopular Music and Global Sounds First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023632

Mediterranean Paradigms and Classical Antiquity In this book prominent historians apply Mediterranean paradigms to Classical Mediterranean Antiquty (Greece and Rome) allowing for a new approach to the ancient world and enhancing antiquity's relevance to the understanding of other historical periods as well as our contemporary world.This book was previously published as a special issue of the journal Mediterranean Historical Review. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879208

Mediterranean Slavery and World LiteratureCaptivity Genres from Cervantes to Rousseau Mediterranean Slavery and World Literature is a collection of selected essays about the transformations of captivity experiences in major early modern texts of world literature and popular media including works by Cervantes de Vega Defoe Rousseau and Mozart. Where most studies of Mediterranean slavery until now have been limited to historical and autobiographical accounts this volume looks specifically at literary adaptations from a multicultural perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291232

Mediterranean TourismFacets of Socioeconomic Development and Cultural Change This book comments on the complexities of Mediterranean tourism with contributions from researchers consultants managers and advisors from thirteen countries. It is an excellent reference tool for undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as industry practitioners for the examination of tourism in different Mediterranean contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757447

Mediterranean TravelsWriting Self and Other from the Ancient World to the Contemporary This book analyzes the notion of travel writing as a genre while tracing significant examples of Mediterranean travel writing that return us to Ancient Greece to French artistic journeys in North Africa and to contemporary narratives of privileged resettlement death and dislocation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907975073

Mediterranean VoyagesThe Archaeology of Island Colonisation and Abandonment Islands are ideal case studies for exploring social connectivity episodes of colonisation abandonment and alternating phases of cultural interaction and isolation. Their societies display different attitudes toward the land and the sea which in turn cast light on group identities. This volume advances theoretical discussions of island archaeology by offering a comparative study of the archaeology of colonisation abandonment and resettlement of the Mediterranean islands in prehistory. This comparative and thematic study encourages anthropological reflections on the archaeology of the islands ultimately focusing on people rather than geographical units and specifically on the relations between islanders mainlanders and the creation of islander identities. This volume has significance for scholars interested in Mediterranean archaeology as well as those interested more broadly in colonisation and abandonment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329940

Medium Law Why should anyone care about the medium of communication today especially when talking about media law? In today’s digital society many emphasise convergence and seek new regulatory approaches. In Medium Law however the ‘medium theory’ insights of Harold Innis Marshall McLuhan and the Toronto School of Communication are drawn upon as part of an argument that differences between media and technological definitions continue to play a crucial role in the regulation of the media. Indeed Mac Síthigh argues that the idea of converged cross-platform medium-neutral media regulation is unattainable in practice and potentially undesirable in substance. This is demonstrated through the exploration of the regulation of a variety of platforms such as films games video-on-demand and premium rate telephone services. Regulatory areas discussed include content regulation copyright tax relief for producers and developers new online services conflicts between regulatory systems and freedom of expression. This timely and topical volume will appeal to postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Law Policy Regulation Media Studies Communications History and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876364

Medium Secure Psychiatric Provision in the Private Sector First published in 1998 this volume assesses issues of privatisation and mental health provision in the Medium Secure Psychiatric Care sector including case studies on two regional secure units and Stockton Hall Psychiatric Hospital between 1989 and 1992. It emerged at the end of a period of Conservative Party dominance of almost two decades in which privatisation had been at the forefront of discussion and focused on the midpoint of that era. Despite this privatisation of psychiatric care had received little discussion. Here Katrina R. Moss discusses the role of private medical care in the UK healthcare landscape with focus on the meaning of privatisation attitudes towards privatising the criminal justice system along with relevant legal and medical issues related to regulation by the Mental Health Act 1983. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327535

Meet the ParentsHow Schools Can Work Effectively with Families to Support Children's Learning Meet the Parents is an essential guide for school leaders and classroom teachers looking to build stronger and more productive relationships with the families of pupils. This book uses more than 40 years of experience to explain techniques for uniting families with a range of backgrounds and a variety of circumstances and highlights the most successful approaches for encouraging and developing the home-school partnership. Drawing on case studies and real-life examples Lepkowska and Nightingale unpick the reasons behind barriers to learning and examine the issues that cause parents to be demotivated from engaging with schools. The authors cover a range of important topics from the long-standing concerns to modern problems including: Making the most of parents' evening. Special Educational Needs and Disability. Bereavement divorce and loss. Raising the aspirations of parents and children. Influence of the media and online safety. Meet the Parents aims to aid headteachers senior leaders classroom practitioners and student teachers â€“ and any other school staff who wish to develop a more effective ongoing home-school partnership. Recognising the vital need for parental engagement with children’s learning this book will help schools and families to come together and provide the best support possible for every child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489462

Meeting Customer Needs This is a third edition of Meeting Customer Needs a diploma level book in the Chartered Management of Institute series. This particular title meets the specific requirements of those taking the Unit DM45 entitled Customer Focus Marketing and Planning.A new website available for use with the text to provide revision notes and lecturers' notes. This book is ideal for managers seeking to establish or improve customer service and customer focus standards. It includes action plans sample communications and checklists for managers to adapt for their own purposes. Real examples and new case studies are used throughout to illustrate points in a practical context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080496535

Meeting Development Goals in Small Urban CentresWater and Sanitation in the Worlds Cities 2006 Half of the world's people live in urban areas and roughly a third of these live in desperate poverty without access to basic amenities. Taking on the themes of UN-HABITAT's Water and Sanitation in the World's Cities (2003) this new volume focuses on the deficiencies in the provision of water and sanitation where most of the populations of the developing world live: in towns and small cities. Drawing on extensive unpublished research and 15 commissioned papers from experts involved in designing and implementing innovative projects around the world this is the first major study of the problems facing the smaller urban centres that are recognized to be of enormous importance by governments international agencies NGOs and service providers. Tackling these problems is a crucial part of development and of good governance and critical to meeting the Millennium Development Goals. The volume will be essential reading for all professionals and researchers in the relevant fields and a valuable resource for teachers and students of urban development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771986

Meeting EthnographyMeetings as Key Technologies of Contemporary Governance Development and Resistance This volume asks and addresses elusive ontological epistemological and methodological questions about meetings. What are meetings? What sort of knowledge identities and power relationships are produced performed communicated and legitimized through meetings? How do—and how might—ethnographers study meetings as objects and how might they best conduct research in meetings as particular elements of their field sites? Through contributions from an international group of ethnographers who have conducted “meeting ethnography” in diverse field sites this volume offers both theoretical insight and methodological guidance into the study of this most ubiquitous ritual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875695

Meeting Jesus at UniversityRites of Passage and Student Evangelicals How does university turn students into who they become? Why are student evangelicals such a significant and controversial force at so many universities? In many countries university has become the main Rite of Passage between the child and adult worlds. University can be enjoyable and fascinating but also life-changing and traumatic. And at the exact time when a student's identity is the most challenged and uncertain student evangelical groups are highly organised on many university campuses to offer students a powerful identity so that the world makes sense once again. For some these groups will protect them from the university's assault on their faith. For others they will challenge and even change who they are. Meeting Jesus at University explores universities in six countries. Drawing upon detailed fieldwork it examines the largest student evangelical group at each university in order to understand in depth the relationship between the student evangelical group and the university which it aims to convert. Meeting Jesus at University offers an original contribution to the discussion of Rites of Passage examining what is experienced at university and how university breaks down and remoulds young people. It explores why student evangelicals are so active particularly at Britain and America's most prestigious and identity-challenging institutions meaning that students at these places are the most likely to find themselves meeting Jesus at university. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249216

Meeting NeedsNGO Coordination in Practice This critical analysis of aid organizations illustrates the expanding role of NGOs in international relief operations and highlights the problems confronted by humanitarian groups. The book presents an overview of recent trends in the international relief community. Various relief operations are compared to demonstrate why NGO co-ordination has become such an important issue. Case studies show how enhanced international co-ordination could improve the overall performance of NGOs and the United Nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471627

Meeting Places: Scientific Congresses and Urban Identity in Victorian Britain The promotion of knowledge was a major preoccupation of the Victorian era and beginning in 1831 with the establishment of the British Association for the Advancement of Science a number of national bodies were founded which used annual week-long meetings held each year in a different town or city as their main tool of knowledge dissemination. Historians have long recognised the power of 'cultural capital' in the competitive climate of the mid-Victorian years as towns raced to equip themselves with libraries newspapers 'Lit. and Phil.' societies and reading rooms but the staging of the great annual knowledge festivals of the period have not previously been considered in this context. The four national associations studied are the British Association for the Advancement of Science (BAAS) the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science (NAPSS) the Royal Archaeological Institute (RAI) and the Royal Agricultural Society of England (RASE) who held annual meetings in 62 different provincial towns and cities from 1831 to 1884. In this book it is contended that these meetings were as important as royal visits and major civic ceremonies in providing towns with an opportunity to promote their own status and identity. By deploying a wealth of primary source material much of which has not been previously utilised by urban historians this book offers a new and genuinely Britain-wide perspective on a period when comparison and competition with neighbouring places was a constant preoccupation of town leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267107

Meeting SEN in the Curriculum: Citizenship Teachers are meeting more pupils with special needs in mainstream classrooms and although there are general issues to be aware of subject specialists will always want specific guidance and examples. This series combines SEN expertise with subject knowledge to produce practical and immediate support including: Policy writing and how to do it; Simple explanations of SEN labels; Creating an inclusive classroom environment; Monitoring and assessment; Working with TAs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420564

Meeting SEN in the CurriculumICT This book includes: an explanation of the Government's inclusion/SEN strategy guidance on Departmental Policy an explanation of SEN terminology advice on creating an inclusive environment choosing the right hardware and software helpful case studies highlighting different uses of computer packages meeting the needs of different learning styles CD-ROM. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203823361

Meeting Special Educational Needs in Primary ClassroomsInclusion and how to do it There are greater numbers of children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) now attending mainstream schools. This fully updated and revised edition of Meeting Special Educational Needs in Primary Classrooms is written by an experienced teacher adviser and SEN consultant and explains the challenges that these children face. This is a practical book full of guidance for teachers and teaching assistants who support children with SEND in mainstream primary classrooms. Now fully updated to include the requirements of the 2014 Children and Families Act and SEND Code of Practice this book: contains photocopiable resources and templates promotes successful communication between teachers parents and students covers all aspects of teaching children with SEND including planning teaching and learning. With practical guidance on how to make the curriculum more accessible for children with SEND this book will help teachers and TAs work together to support pupils with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138898974

Meeting Special Educational Needs in Primary ClassroomsInclusion and how to do it Arabic Edition There are greater numbers of children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) now attending mainstream schools. This fully updated and revised edition of Meeting Special Educational Needs in Primary Classrooms is written by an experienced teacher adviser and SEN consultant and explains the challenges that these children face. This is a practical book full of guidance for teachers and teaching assistants who support children with SEND in mainstream primary classrooms. Now fully updated to include the requirements of the 2014 Children and Families Act and SEND Code of Practice this book: contains photocopiable resources and templates promotes successful communication between teachers parents and students covers all aspects of teaching children with SEND including planning teaching and learning. With practical guidance on how to make the curriculum more accessible for children with SEND this book will help teachers and TAs work together to support pupils with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities more effectively. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781003024460

Meeting Special Educational Needs in Secondary ClassroomsInclusion and how to do it There are greater numbers of children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) now attending mainstream schools. This fully updated and revised edition of Meeting Special Educational Needs in Secondary Classrooms is written by an experienced teacher adviser and SEN consultant and explains the challenges that these children face. This is a practical book full of guidance for teachers and teaching assistants who support children with SEND in mainstream secondary classrooms. Now fully updated to include the requirements of the 2014 Children and Families Act and SEND Code of Practice this book: covers all aspects of teaching children with SEND including planning teaching and learning promotes successful communication between teachers parents and students contains photocopiable resources and templates. With practical guidance on how to make the curriculum more accessible for children with SEND this book will help teachers and TAs work together to support pupils with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138854420

Meeting Special Educational Needs in Secondary ClassroomsInclusion and how to do it Arabic Edition There are greater numbers of children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) now attending mainstream schools. This fully updated and revised edition of Meeting Special Educational Needs in Secondary Classrooms is written by an experienced teacher adviser and SEN consultant and explains the challenges that these children face. This is a practical book full of guidance for teachers and teaching assistants who support children with SEND in mainstream secondary classrooms. Now fully updated to include the requirements of the 2014 Children and Families Act and SEND Code of Practice this book: covers all aspects of teaching children with SEND including planning teaching and learning promotes successful communication between teachers parents and students contains photocopiable resources and templates. With practical guidance on how to make the curriculum more accessible for children with SEND this book will help teachers and TAs work together to support pupils with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities more effectively. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781003024392

Meeting Special Needs in Mainstream SchoolsA Practical Guide for Teachers First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138144088

Meeting Special Needs in the Early YearsDirections in Policy and Practice First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420243

Meeting the Challenge of 9/11Blueprints for More Effective Government 9/11 revealed serious public sector shortcomings in such areas as border security and immigration control cybersecurity and first responses to hostile acts. This book focuses on how to make government more effective especially in our post-9/11 era of heightened concern for national and homeland security. "Meeting the Challenge of 9/11" is a top-to-bottom guidebook for improving government organization and performance. While it specifically addresses the key issues of homeland security (biodefense border security immigration control and infrastructure protection) it has a broader agenda - the renewal of an effective well-managed government. The chapter authors have extensive senior-level experience in managing government organizations or in analyzing government organization and management. Most are Fellows of the National Academy of Public Administration and active participants in NAPA's Standing Panel on Executive Organization and Management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702452

Meeting the Challenge of Human Resource ManagementA Communication Perspective While communicating is a vital skill for managers at all organizational levels and in all functional areas human resource managers are expected to be especially adept communicators given the important interpersonal component of their roles. Practitioners and scholars alike stand to benefit from incorporating an updated and more nuanced view of communication theory and practice into standard human resource management practices. This book compiles readings by thought leaders in human resource management and communication exploring the intersection of interests theories and perspectives from the two fields to highlight new opportunities for research and practice. In addition to covering the foundations of strategic human resource management the book: offers a critical review of the research literature on topics including recruitment selection performance management compensation and development uses a communication perspective to analyze the impact of corporate strategy on human resource systems investigates the key human resource management topic of the relationship between a company's human capital and its effectiveness directly discusses the implications of communication literature for human resource management practice Written at the cross-section of two established and critcally linked fields this book is a must-have for graduate human resource management and organizational communication students as well as for high-level human resource management practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630214

Meeting the Challenge?Young People Leaving Care in Northern Ireland Published in 1999. Preparation for leaving care and aftercare support are increasingly important concerns for child care practitioners policy makers and researchers in the UK. There are now practice imperatives and a clear legal mandate for work in both areas. This Northern Ireland study represents an important contribution to the theoretical debate surrounding these issues and offers a much-needed large-scale empirical study. Key concepts relating to adolescence childcare careers and youth transition underpin this investigation of a broad range of young people leaving state care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325142

Meeting The Challenges of Primary Schooling Teachers in primary schools deal with a wide range of issues every day. This book helps teachers to understand those issues and how they fit in with recent government policies and initiatives. Each chapter looks at: relevant statements of policy or initiative how these statements fit into the context of specific schools the challenges they present for those involved in schools how schools can respond to these challenges learning across contexts Each chapter has been written by one practitioner and one academic and between them the chapters cover the whole range of Australian primary schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418585

Meeting the Challenges to Measurement in an Era of Accountability Under pressure and support from the federal government states have increasingly turned to indicators based on student test scores to evaluate teachers and schools as well as students themselves. The focus thus far has been on test scores in those subject areas where there is a sequence of consecutive tests such as in mathematics or English/language arts with a focus on grades 4-8. Teachers in these subject areas however constitute less than thirty percent of the teacher workforce in a district. Comparatively little has been written about the measurement of achievement in the other grades and subjects. This volume seeks to remedy this imbalance by focusing on the assessment of student achievement in a broad range of grade levels and subject areas with particular attention to their use in the evaluation of teachers and schools in all. It addresses traditional end-of-course tests as well as alternative measures such as portfolios exhibitions and student learning objectives. In each case issues related to design and development psychometric considerations and validity challenges are covered from both a generic and a content-specific perspective. The NCME Applications of Educational Measurement and Assessment series includes edited volumes designed to inform research-based applications of educational measurement and assessment. Edited by leading experts these books are comprehensive and practical resources on the latest developments in the field. The NCME series editorial board is comprised of Michael J. Kolen Chair; Robert L. Brennan; Wayne Camara; Edward H. Haertel; Suzanne Lane; and Rebecca Zwick. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838610

Meeting the Child in Steiner KindergartensAn Exploration of Beliefs Values and Practices What can early years practitioners learn from Steiner kindergartens? What is distinctive about Steiner kindergarten teachers’ ways of getting to know children? As demands for accountability in Early Years settings continue to grow external pressure to assess children and to measure their progress can disrupt the development of informal and intimate relationships between teachers and children. The contributors to this book who include both experienced Steiner educators and early childhood experts from other backgrounds have worked together to explore and understand what is distinctive about Steiner kindergarten practice. They present a variety of perspectives on the ways in which kindergarten teachers’ practices values and beliefs can help children to find and construct their own identities through play and through engagement in the life of their community. The authors explore key aspects of Steiner kindergarten practice including caring for the physical environment establishing rhythms and routines for children’s activity and providing times and spaces in which teachers and children can get to know each other. By meeting with children and teachers through rich accounts of day to day life in kindergartens and through accounts of the values and principles which inform their practice readers will be encouraged to question and reflect on their own approaches to observation and assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415603928

Meeting the Early Learning Goals Through Role PlayA Practical Guide for Teachers and Assistants This book offers step-by-step guidance to help busy practitioners create meaningful role play that will delight young children enhance learning and link to the Early Learning Goals. The role play scenarios have been carefully created so that children can identify with them and will be excited and eager to join in. They give children the opportunity to play freely to discover and develop at their own pace and to link directly to the Early Learning Goals and beyond. This Book shows practitioners exactly how to plan organize and implement role play activities. The activities have been tried tested and enjoyed in the busy nursery where the author works. The book also divides the play scenarios into the DfES stated area of learning (personal social emotional communication language and literacy mathematical knowledge of the world creative and physical) allowing practitioners to choose activities to suit their needs. The book includes: step-by-step guidance; photographs and plans; a list of easily obtained and inexpensive play equipment; and a planning template for practitioners to develop their own ideas. It should prove useful to teachers and assistants from nursery classes up to key stage 1. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315064895

Meeting the Foreign in the Middle Ages This collectoion brings together an outstanding group of historical cultural and literary scholars to investigate the complicated nuanced and often surprising union and desire and dread associated with the figure of the foreign Other in the Middle Ages--represented variously by Muslims Jews heretics pagans homosexuals lepers monsters and witches. Exploring the diverse manifestations of the foreign in medieval literature historical documents religous treatises and art these essays mine the traces of unprecedented encounters in which fascination and fear meet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011557

Meeting the Learning Needs of All ChildrenPersonalised Learning in the Primary School Personalized learning involves helping each child to reach his or her full potential - intellectually personally and socially. To achieve this teachers need to match learning opportunities to the learning styles and experiences of the children taking into account individual differences in culture language background ability and interests. For many teachers individual learning has always been at the heart of what they do in the classroom. In this book experienced teacher and author Joan Dean unpicks the concept of personalized learning and shows teachers how to apply it to planning teaching and assessing learning. The book is accessibly written and gets right to the nitty-gritty of what personalized learning looks like in the classroom. It covers: a whole-school approach to personalized learning getting to know the children working with boys and girls providing for children with special educational needs providing for very able children providing for children from other cultures providing for bilingual children providing for children from different social backgrounds working with assistants and volunteers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148147

Meeting the needs of children with autistic spectrum disorders This text is meant as a companion for students in teacher-training newly-qualified teachers or for anyone teaching children with autistic spectrum disorders for the first time in a mainstream setting. Using a case-study approach the authors: help the teacher to identify the meaning behind pupils' actions and reactions; provide suggested responses via practical exercises and curriculum ideas; and provide signposts to other useful literature and list services and organisations which can further help the pupil. No prior knowledge of autistic spectrum disorders is required. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138161337

Meeting the Needs of Parents Pregnant and Parenting After Perinatal Loss Despite research which highlights parents’ increased anxiety and risk of attachment issues with the pregnancy that follows a perinatal loss there is often little understanding that bereaved families may need different care in their subsequent pregnancies. This book explores the lived experience of pregnancy and parenting after a perinatal loss. Meeting the Needs of Parents Pregnant and Parenting After Perinatal Loss develops a helpful framework which integrates continuing bonds and attachment theories to support prenatal parenting at each stage of pregnancy. Giving insight into how a parent’s world view of a pregnancy may have changed following a loss readers are provided with tools to assist parents on their journey. The book discusses each stage of a pregnancy as well as labor and the postpartum period before examining subjects such as multi-fetal pregnancies reluctant terminations use of support groups and the experiences of fathers and other children in the family. The chapters include up-to-date research findings vignettes from parents reflecting on their own experiences and recommendations for practice. Written for researchers students and professionals from a range of health social welfare and early years education backgrounds this text outlines what we know about supporting bereaved families encountering the challenges of a subsequent pregnancy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655072

Meeting the Needs of Young Children with English as an Additional LanguageResearch Informed Practice Drawing on the latest research into how young children learn this book considers how early years practitioners can best meet the needs of children with English as an Additional Language. It examines the factors that influence children’s learning including parents and the family the environment health and well-being curriculum play and relationships and aims to challenge misconceptions assumptions and stereotypes. Featuring case studies and reflective questions the chapters explore a range of important topics including: Language learning for children with EAL The historical concept and modern reconceptualisation of EAL How to develop and use Culturally Appropriate Pedagogy Regulation and performativity and their implications for children with EAL Leading learning for children with EAL Meeting the Needs of Young Children with English as an Additional Language is essential reading for students and practitioners wanting to promote an inclusive culture where different languages cultures and religions are accepted and celebrated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207632

Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils in Design and Technology Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils in Design and Technology provides specific guidance on: recognizing high ability and multiple intelligences planning differentiation and extension/enrichment in D&T teacher questioning skills support for more able pupils with learning difficulties (dyslexia ADHD sensory impairment) homework recording and assessment beyond the classroom: visits residentials competitions summer schools masterclasses link with universities businesses and other organisations. The book features comprehensive appendices and an accompanying CD with: useful contacts and resources lesson plans liaison sheets for Teaching Assistants homework activities and monitoring sheets. For secondary teachers subject heads of departments Gifted and Talented co-ordinators SENCos and LEA advisers. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138151673

Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils in Music Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils in Music covers the areas that all music teachers need to be aware of: recent government legislation national initiatives and departmental policy. Individual titles then provide subject specific guidance illustrated with case studies on the following areas: support for more able pupils with learning difficulties (dyslexia ADHD sensory impairment) recognizing high ability or potential multiple intelligences/learning styles classroom provision planning differentiation extension/enrichment teacher questioning skills homework recording and assessment beyond the classroom: visits residentials competitions summer schools masterclasses links with universities businesses and other organizations. For secondary teachers subject heads of Departments Gifted and Talented coordinators SENCOs and LEA advisers. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138171978

Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils in Physical Education & Sport Meeting the Needs if Your Most Able Pupils in PE/Sports Studies provides specific guidance on: recognizing high ability and multiple intelligences planning differentiation and extension/enrichment teacher questioning skills support for more able pupils with learning difficulties homework recording and assessment beyond the classroom: visits residentials competitions summer schools masterclasses links with other institutions. The book features comprehensive appendices and an accompanying CD with: useful contacts and resources lesson plans liaison sheets for teaching assistants homework activities and monitoring sheets. For secondary teachers subject heads of departments Gifted and Talented co-ordinators SENCos and LEA advisers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158320

Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils in Religious Education Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils: Religious Education provides specific guidance on: recognising high ability and multiple intelligences planning differentiation and extension/enrichment in RE teacher questioning skills support for more able pupils with special educational needs (dyslexia ADHD sensory impairment) homework recording and assessment beyond the classroom: Visits summer schools masterclasses links with universities businesses and other organisations. This book includes comprehensive appendices with linked resources available online that feature: useful contacts and resources lesson plans liaison sheets for Teaching Assistants homework activities monitoring sheets. This book is essential for secondary teachers subject heads of departments leading teachers for G&T Education (Gifted and Talented co-ordinators) SENCos and LA advisers. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203935408

Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils: English Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils: English provides specific guidance on: Recognising high ability and multiple intelligences Planning differentiation and extension/enrichment in English Teacher questioning skills Support for more able pupils with special educational needs (dyslexia ADHD sensory impairment) Homework Recording and assessment Beyond the classroom: Visits competitions summer schools masterclasses links with universities businesses and other organisations This book includes comprehensive appendices with linked resources available online that feature: Useful contacts and resources Lesson plans Liaison sheets for Teaching Assistants Homework activities Monitoring sheets This book is an essential resources for secondary teachers subject heads of departments leading teachers for G&T Education (Gifted and Talented co-ordinators) SENCos and LA advisers. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138162396

Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils: History Meeting the Needs of Your Most Able Pupils: History provides specific guidance on: recognising high ability and potential planning differentiation extension and enrichment in Histpry teacher questioning skills support for more able pupils with special educational needs (dyslexia ADHD sensory impairment) homework recording and assessment beyond the classroom: visits competitions summer schools masterclasses links with universities businesses and other organisations. The book includes comprehensive appendices with linked resources available online that feature: lesson plans and examples of activities high ability checklist information on coaching guidance on auditing provision for more able pupils. This book is an essential resource for secondary teachers subject heads of departments leading teachers for G&T Education (gifted and talented co-ordinators) SENCos and LA advisers. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138175655

Meeting the Social and Emotional Needs of Gifted and Talented Children First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138158689

Meeting the Standards in Primary EnglishA Guide to ITT NC This straightforward guide to the professional standards and requirements for primary teachers illustrates the best ways of developing knowledge and how to acquire the skills needed to achieve QTS.Meeting the Standards in Primary English will: explain the Standards relating to English teaching link the theory associated with the teaching of English to the practical application look in detail at the teaching of reading fiction writing speaking and listening ICT in literacy and drama assist the understanding of grammar and language study consider the issues of continuing professional development This practical guide to meeting the standards will be invaluable for students on primary training courses lecturers and mentors supporting trainees in English education programmes and newly qualified teachers (NQTs). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423305

Meeting the Standards in Primary ICTA Guide to the ITTNC This practical guide to using ICT in the primary classroom addresses all the concerns of student teachers and provides plenty of ideas and advice on how to incorporate ICT into classroom practice on a daily basis. The authors bring together theory and practice to help prospective and new teachers acquire and develop the skills required for using ICT effectively.Meeting the Standards in Primary ICT is split into three sections which will: help assess the readers' ICT skills knowledge and understanding discuss ways of incorporating ICT for teaching across the primary curriculum help the reader to think about ICT and their own professional learning and development. This book will be an invaluable resource for all student teachers on primary training courses lecturers and mentors supporting trainees on these courses and newly qualified teachers (NQTs). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159938

Meeting the Standards in Primary ScienceA Guide to the ITT NC Meeting the Standards in Primary Science provides: primary science subject knowledge the pedagogical knowledge needed to teach science in primary schools support activities for work in schools and self-studyinformation on professional development for primary teachers. This practical comprehensive and accessible book should prove invaluable for students on primary initial teacher training courses PGCE students lecturers on science education programmes and newly qualified primary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154162

Meeting the Standards in Secondary ScienceA Guide to the ITT NC This practical comprehensive and accessible book will prove invaluable for students on secondary initial teacher training courses PGCE students lecturers on science education programmes and newly qualified secondary teachers.It provides: the pedagogical knowledge needed to teach science in secondary schools support activities for work in schools and self-study information on professional development for secondary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174795

Meeting the Standards in Using ICT for Secondary TeachingA Guide to the ITTNC This book explains how Information and Communications technology (ICT) has the potential to make a real improvement to teaching and learning across the curriculum in secondary schools. It illustrates a wide variety of ways in which ICT can be used to enhance learning offering a fresh burst of inspiration for the busy secondary school teacher.The author takes a structured approach ensuring that the reader is guided progressively through all the material in order to achieve the required standards for achieving Qualified Teacher Status and also to continue their development in ICT to an advanced level. This book usefully:* analyzes all the common ICT tools and explains how teachers of each subject in the National Curriculum can exploit these tools for effective learning* explores how people can learn with ICT how their skills develop and how these skills can aid their learning* provides a framework for planning analysing and evaluating teaching with ICT* offers a range of innovative tasks resources and methods of assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372955

MeetingsAutobiographical Fragments Meetings sets forth the life of one of the twentieth-century's greatest spiritual philosophers in his own words. A glittering series of reflections and narratives it seeks not to describe his life in its full entirety but rather to convey some of his defining moments of uncertainty revelation and meaning. Recalling the question on the infinity of space and time which nearly drove Buber to suicide at the age of fourteen his adolescent 'seduction' by Nietzsche's work his hero-worship of Ferdinand Lassalle and his love of Bach's music Meetings has no equal as a portrait of an unique intellect in progress. Like Buber's great works Between Man and Man and The Way of Man it evokes a tactile earthly concept of meaning ultimately found as Maurice Friedman writes in his introduction 'not in conceptual or systematic thought but in the four-dimensional reality of events and meetings'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015514

Mega-Bit Memory Technology - From Mega-Bit to Giga-BitFrom Mega-Bit to Giga-Bit This book describes LSI process technology and focuses on the rapid progress of state-of-the-art dynamic random access memory (DRAM) process technologies—the longstanding technology driver of Si ULSI—as they advance from the 1 Kbit to the Gbit DRAM era. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413955

Megacities and the CoastRisk Resilience and Transformation Based on a major international study this volume provides a synthesis of scientific knowledge on megacity urbanization on the coast environmental impacts risks and management choices including a focus on adaptation mitigation and disaster risk management. It is the primary output of a major international scientific project sponsored by the International Geosphere Biosphere Programme the Land-Ocean Interactions at the Coastal Zone programme of IHDP/IGBP and others. It brings together the work of over 60 contributing authors and an international review board.  It presents the international policy and academic community with an unbiased and high quality assessment of the state-of-the art in areas of social-ecological systems interaction. One of its main messages is that while we know a great deal about megacities of more than ten million people and about urban processes and about coasts and their physical and ecological processes (aquatic physical and atmospheric) there is relatively little work that focusses primarily at points of intersection between large-scale urbanization and the coast. The book responds to this gap by providing the first global synthesis of megacity and large urban region urbanization on the coast. Its focus is on environmental and development challenges climate change and disaster. It is interdisciplinary and brings together world recognised scientists (including many IPCC lead authors) on urban climate and atmosphere disaster risk management demography and coastal environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815123

Mega-City Region Development in China This book sheds light on the mega-city region development in China as a new form of urbanization which plays a crucial role in the economic development of the country. It examines the challenges faced by the mega-city regions and opens up avenues for debates and further research. Economic reform of 1978 has led to an unprecedented growth in the population and economic development of China. A large portion of this increased urban population and the corresponding economic growth has been concentrated in the mega-city regions such as Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei (BTH) Yangtze River Delta (YRD) and Pearl River Delta (PRD). These three mega-city regions have less land but more people and thus higher economy resulting in various issues and challenges faced by these regions. These challenges pertain to the socio-economic development transport environment governance and development strategy which this book explores through case studies of Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei and Wuhan. This book also explains and analyses the economy migration processes transport development environmental conditions and governance of the mega-city regions of China. With an overview of China’s rapid urbanisation and the consequent economic growth this book provides an essential understanding of related issues in order to establish appropriate strategies and policies to sustain the process of mega-city region development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209681

Megacity SeoulUrbanization and the Development of Modern South Korea In Asia there are a growing number of gigantic megacities accompanied by a series of speculative and extravagant megaprojects. Amid the fast-paced urban and development challenges many Asian governments have been searching for replicable and inspirational cases in Asia. South Korea and its capital city Seoul are among frequently referenced models. However South Korea’s "economic miracle" in the late twentieth century has been mostly studied through an economic policy lens. This book revisits the development of South Korea by looking at its urban dimension and exploring the city of Seoul as a developmental megaproject.Offering an alternative to the focus on economic policies when it comes to explaining South Korea’s development successes Joo looks at the urbanization that took place under the guidance of the strong developmental state. She provides empirical evidence of the "property state" at work both complementing and supporting the developmental state. She also analyzes why and how Seoul was able to emerge as an important Asian global city and a global front-runner in terms of ambitious and pioneering urban investments despite its relatively recent history marked by massive slums and urban poverty. This book provides an analytical framework for studying South Korea’s modern development under capitalism as a precursor to East Asian urbanism and development. It paints a comprehensive story of how cities have been politically and economically important to Korea’s development experience and are increasingly becoming a new mode of development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663100

Mega-event Cities: Urban Legacies of Global Sports Events Mega-events represent an important moment in the life of a city providing a useful lens through which we may analyse their cultural social political and economic development. In the wake of the International Olympic Committee’s (IOC’s) concerns about ’gigantism’ and wider public concerns about rising costs it was imperative in the C21st to demonstrate the long term benefits that arose for the city and nations from hosting premier sporting events. ’London 2012’ was the first to integrate the concept of legacy from the moment a bid to host the Olympic and Paralympic Games was being considered. London proposed an ambitious programme of urban renewal for East London. Subsequent host city bids have adopted the ’legacy narrative’ and as this book demonstrates aligned this to major schemes of urban development and renewal. Bringing together scholars practitioners and policy makers this book focuses upon the legacies sought by cities that host major sports events. It analyses how governments the IOC and others define and measure ’legacy’. It also focuses upon the challenges and opportunities facing future host cities of mega-events looking at their aspirations and the intended impact upon their domestic and international development. It questions what the global shift in geographical location of mega-events means for sports development and the business of sport what the attractions are for cities seeking to harness the hosting of a mega-event and whether there may be longer term consequences for the bidding and hosting major sporting events in the wake of the widespread social unrest that accompanied the preparations in Brazil for hosting the FIFA World Cup (2014) and the summer Olympics (2016) and in Turkey where there was significant opposition to bid for the 2020 summer Olympiad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546783

Mega-Event MobilitiesA Critical Analysis Global sports events are rarely far from the public eye. Such mega-events are about much more than the sporting competitions themselves. They entail global exposure and intense struggles by different stakeholders.This is the first book to examine sports mega-events from a mobilities perspective. It analyses the ‘mobile construction’ of global sports mega-events and the role this plays in managing labour imaginaries policies and legacies. In particular the book focuses on the tension between the various mobilities and immobilities that are implied in the process of constructing a mega-event. It seeks to uncover the ways in which an event is a series of fluid interactions that occur sequentially and simultaneously at multiple scales in diverse spheres of interaction. Contributions explore the dynamics through which mega-events occur revealing the textures and nuance of the complex systems that sustain them and the ways that events ramify throughout the international system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667979

Mega-Events City and Power This book examines the power relations that emerge from the convergence of the universe in which the sporting spectacle is produced and the universe in which a city is produced. It adopts Bourdieu's concept of field to explore the interests and disputes involved in the production of sports mega-events across different times and spaces and the role of host cities in these processes. It aims to identify the bases that give these spectacles the power to produce disruptions in the social fabric of the host cities and countries and to enable the production of authoritarian forms of exercising power. By observing the historical constitution of the field of production of sport spectacle as an autonomous field this book explores how sport mega-events create both an arena and a context for radical expressions of authoritarianism of neoliberal planning models. It will be of interest to students scholars and professionals in architecture and urban studies urban planning municipal governance sport and leisure studies and those interested in the relationship between State and capital in the production of urban space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196981

Mega-Events and GlobalizationCapital and Spectacle in a Changing World Order Since the turn of the twenty first century there has been a trend for urban "mega events" to be awarded to cities and nations in the East and Global South. Such events have been viewed as economic stimulant as well as opportunities to promote national identity gain greater international recognition and exercise a form of 'soft power.' However there has also been on-going controversy about the value impact and legacy of global mega events in these cities and nations. This book provides a critical examination of the ambition for spectacle that has emerged across the East and Global South. The chapters explore the theoretical and conceptual issues associated with mega-events and new forms of globalization from the critical political economy of mega-events in a changing world order to the contested social and economic legacies of mega-events and the widespread opposition that increasingly accompanies these events. The book also explores questions of urban development and governance the role of new communications technologies in global economic expansion the high security State and the growing global influence of international non-governmental organizations. This book offers a rich collection of original theoretical contributions and global case studies from leading international scholars from the social sciences and humanities. It offers a fresh and unique interdisciplinary perspective that synthesizes cutting edge research on mega-events and urban spectacles while simultaneously contributing to a broader understanding of the dynamics of global capitalism and international political power in the early twenty first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067882

Mega-events and Urban Image ConstructionBeijing and Rio de Janeiro While societies shape the way their cities look and are represented urban images in turn nurture and structure social relations in multiple ways. Nowhere is this dialectical relationship between social processes and urban representations more visible than in the hosting of global spectacles such as the FIFA World Cup and the Olympic Games which both embody some of society’s deepest dreams and desires.The focus of this book is the image of cities. It is not only interested in the mechanisms of urban image construction but also in the politics of such a phenomenon especially its social impacts in terms of representation and right to the city. The book investigates the complex power relationships that underscore the production of the urban landscape and the construction and diffusion of urban images especially in the context of urban mega-events. It uses the notion of urban image construction as a lens through which to examine the mega-event spectacle with chapters exploring the physical social and political dimensions of the imagineering process as well as emerging resistance to controversial initiatives. Through an analysis of event-related urban construction efforts in Rio de Janeiro and Beijing this book examines the effects of mega-events upon the construction of an exclusive vision of urbanity. It demonstrates how mega-events are increasingly utilized by local political and economic elites to reconfigure power relations strengthen their hold upon the urban territory and exclude vulnerable population groups. The book thus offers a critical analysis of the practice of urban image construction and will be of interest to those working in geography urban studies tourism sport studies development studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667948

Mega-Events as Economies of the ImaginationCreating Atmospheres for Rio 2016 and Tokyo 2020 Atmosphere the elusive ambiance of a place enables or hinders its mobility in global consumption contexts. Atmosphere connects to social imaginaries utopian representational frames producing the culture of a city or country. But who resolves atmospheric contradictions in a place’s social and cultural rhythms when the eyes of the world are turned on it?Mega-Events as Economies of the Imagination examines ephemeral and solidified atmospheres in the Rio 2016 Olympic Games and the handover ceremony to Tokyo for the 2020 Games. Indeed highlighting the various social and cultural implications upon these Olympic Games hosts Tzanelli argues that the ‘Olympic City’ is produced by aesthetic "imagineers" mobile groups of architects artists and entrepreneurs who aesthetically ‘engineer’ native cultures as utopias. Thus it is explored as to how Rio and Tokyo’s "imagineers" problematize notions of creativity cosmopolitan togetherness and belonging.Mega-Events as Economies of the Imagination will appeal to postgraduate students postdoctoral researchers and professionals interested in fields such as: Globalization Studies Mobility Theory Cultural Sociology International Political Economy Conference and Event Management Tourism Studies and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890872

Mega-EventsPlacemaking Regeneration and City-Regional Development This book brings together different perspectives of mega-event bidding hosting and legacies. Their impact is considered through an international range of mega-events in terms of land use political and socio-economic change and the placemaking processes that accompany these area-based regeneration projects. From city-regions that have not been successful or withdrawn from mega-event selection  to contemporary Olympic Football World Cup and Expo host cities whose legacy is still unfolding to event sites whose legacy is now established the global appeal of the mega-event is apparent from this collection.  The book interrogates the mega-event phenomenon in ten countries from North and South America and Australia to Western and Eastern Europe. Drawing on their historical evolution and antecedents and following recurrent themes of urban regeneration and resistance the book highlights the importance of major events and festivals to the creation and marketing of place through branding and regional growth In considering a range of mega-events critically and in different national and geopolitical contexts the book will be of interest to policy and decision-makers at local regional national and international levels and will be of particular interest to professionals scholars and students working in planning urban studies sport and leisure studies and in event and festival management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608283

Megapolitan America With an expected population of 400 million by 2040 America is morphing into an economic system composed of twenty-three 'megapolitan' areas that will dominate the nation’s economy by midcentury. These 'megapolitan' areas are networks of metropolitan areas sharing common economic landscape social and cultural characteristics. Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330194

MegaprojectCase Study of China's Three Gorges Project This volume translates crucial Chinese documents on a debate currently raging in China on a proposed project that has enormous implications for its environmental economic and social impact - the Three Gorges (Sanxia) Project on the Yangtze River. The most massive water resource project ever planned in China and one of the largest in the world the Three Gorges Project would cost $1.1 billion to build would necessitate the relocation of 1.1 million people would flood a 375-mile-long area and thus destroy some of China's - indeed the world's - most beautiful scenery and would threaten the extinction of a rare river porpoise. The editors seek to place the arguments in a clear and scholarly perspective that helps to make this book a valuable source of information. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315489537

Megargee's Guide to Obtaining a Psychology Internship Megargee's Guide gives students essential information about the internship selection process including updated material on the computer selection process that was implemented by the Association of Psychology Postdoctoral and Internship Centers (APPIC). Also included is a discussion of new standardized set of application forms that have been adopted by most internship sites; the disparities between internship supply and demand; and the rules governing internship selection. It also provides practical information such as a four-step process for preparing a resume and tips for preparing for interviews. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462823

Megatrends for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy The use of energy is being shaped by environmental issues including the fear of global warming. This has resulted in the development of renewable energy sources and more efficient building technology. Examining trends in energy efficiency this book explores energy technologies and fuels their prospects in a world with greenhouse gas restrictions. It looks at the technical and economic tradeoffs of traditional renewables such as wind and solar as well as large scale PV and concentrated thermal power. It also considers biomass technologies. For each of these technologies it discusses  planning siting installation operation and maintenance health and safety power conditioning and efficiency innovations. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151616

Mega-universities and Knowledge Media A discussion of how the knowledge media can contribute to the renewal of universities particularly through the development of distance education. It looks at universities which have risen to the challenges of cost and accessibility using technology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045978

Mega-Urbanization in the Global SouthFast cities and new urban utopias of the postcolonial state The global south is entering an ‘Urban Age’ where for the first time in history more people will be living in cities than in the countryside. The logics of this prediction have a dominant framing - rapid urbanization uncontrolled migration resource depletion severe fuel shortages and the breakdown of law and order. We are told that we must be prepared. The solution is simple they say. Mega-urbanization is an opportunity for economic growth and prosperity. Therefore we must build big build new and build fast. With contributions from an international range of established and emerging scholars drawing upon real-world examples Mega-Urbanization in the Global South is the first to use the lens of speed to examine the postcolonial ‘urban revolution’. From the mega-urbanization of Lusaka to the production of satellite cities in Jakarta to new cities built from scratch in Masdar Songdo and Rajarhat this book argues that speed is now the persistent feature of a range of utopian visions that seek to expedite the production of new cities. These ‘fast cities’ are the enduring images of postcolonial urbanism which bypass actually existing urbanisms through new power-knowledge coalitions of producing knowing and governing the city. The book explores three main themes. Part I examines fast cities as new urban utopias which propagate the illusion that they are ‘quick fix’ sustainable solutions to insulate us from future crises. Part II discusses the role of the entrepreneurial state that despite its neoliberalisation is playing a key role in shaping mega-urbanization through laws policies and brute force. Part III finally delves into how fast cities built by entrepreneurial states actually materialise at the scale of regional urbanization rather than as metropolitan growth. This book explores the contradictions between intended and unintended outcomes of fast cities and points to their fault lines between state sovereignty capital accumulation and citizenship. It concludes with a vision and manifesto for ‘slow’ and decelerated urbanism.This timely and original book presents urban scholars with the theoretical empirical and methodological challenges of mega-urbanization in the global south as well as highlighting new theoretical agendas and empirical analyses that these new forms of city-making bring to the fore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595814

Megawords200 terms you really need to know Do you know your animus from your anomie? Puzzled by all that jargon at university? Now there's no need to be.'Richard Osborne has done something very special here. He takes us on an exciting journey into the knowledge required to exist survive thrive in the new millennium in an interconnected global space that includes cyberpunk and cyborg chaos theory and conspiracy theories the postcolonial and the diaspora hybridity and whiteness the postmodern and the post-feminist the digital and the Net as much as older yet still influential terms like Enlightenment empiricism positivism aesthetics agency nationhood citizenship. Osborne writes with wit wisdom and insight always wary of any approach becoming an orthodoxy. He shows how particular concepts arise at particular times with particular authors and intellectual personalities. The entries proceed by illuminating examples engaging anecdotes subtle cross-referencing wide historical contexts.' John Docker author of Postmodernism and Popular Culture: A Cultural HistoryWritten by the author of the international bestseller Philosophy for Beginners Megawords provides definitions for the key terms every student in the humanities and social sciences needs to know. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116530

Meiji Japan - Western Women's WritingsA Bibliographic Companion Meiji Japan - Western Women's Writings Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218376

Melancholy and the Care of the SoulReligion Moral Philosophy and Madness in Early Modern England Melancholy is rightly taken to be a central topic of concern in early modern culture and it continues to generate scholarly interest among historians of medicine literature psychiatry and religion. This book considerably furthers our understanding of the issue by examining the extensive discussions of melancholy in seventeenth- and eighteenth- century religious and moral philosophical publications many of which have received only scant attention from modern scholars. Arguing that melancholy was considered by many to be as much a 'disease of the soul' as a condition originating in bodily disorder Dr. Schmidt reveals how insights and techniques developed in the context of ancient philosophical and early Christian discussions of the good of the soul were applied by a variety of early modern authorities to the treatment of melancholy. The book also explores ways in which various diagnostic and therapeutic languages shaped the experience and expression of melancholy and situates the melancholic experience in a series of broader discourses including the language of religious despair dominating English Calvinism the late Renaissance concern with the government of the passions and eighteenth-century debates surrounding politeness and material consumption. In addition it explores how the shifting languages of early modern melancholy altered and enabled certain perceptions of gender. As a study in intellectual history Melancholy and the Care of the Soul offers new insights into a wide variety of early modern texts including literary representations and medical works and critically engages with a broad range of current scholarship in addressing some of the central interpretive issues in the history of early modern medicine psychiatry religion and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252738

Melancholy and the LandscapeLocating Sadness Memory and Reflection in the Landscape Written as an advocacy of melancholy’s value as part of landscape experience this book situates the concept within landscape’s aesthetic traditions and reveals how it is a critical part of ethics and empathy. With a history that extends back to ancient times melancholy has hovered at the edges of the appreciation of landscape including the aesthetic exertions of the eighteenth-century. Implicated in the more formal categories of the Sublime and the Picturesque melancholy captures the subtle condition of beautiful sadness.  The book proposes a range of conditions which are conducive to melancholy and presents examples from each including: The Void The Uncanny Silence Shadows and Darkness Aura Liminality Fragments Leavings Submersion Weathering and Patina.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588769

Melancholy Emotion in Contemporary CinemaA Spinozian Analysis of Film Experience This work outlines a new methodology for film analysis based on the radical materialist thought of Baruch Spinoza re-evaluating contemporary cognitive media theory and philosophical theories on the emotional and intellectual aspects of film experience.Sticchi’s exploration of Spinozian philosophy creates an experiential constructive model to blend the affective and intellectual aspects of cognition and to combine it with different philosophical interpretations of film theory. Spinoza’s embodied philosophy rejected logical and ethical dualisms and established a perfect parallelism between sensation and reason and provides the opportunity to address negative emotions and sad passions without referring exclusively to traditional notions such as catharsis or sublimation and to put forth a practical/embodied notion of Film-Philosophy. This new analytical approach is tested on four case studies films that challenge the viewer’s emotional engagement since they display situations of cosmic failure and depict controversial and damaged characters: A Serious Man (2009); Melancholia (2011); The Act of Killing (2012) and Only Lovers Left Alive (2013). This book is an important addition to the literature in Film Studies particularly in Cognitive Film Theory and Philosophy of Film. Its affective and semantic analyses of film experience (studies of embodied conceptualisation) connecting Spinoza’s thought to the analysis of audiovisual media will also be of interest to Philosophy scholars and in academic courses of film theory film-philosophy and cognitive film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663421

Melanie Klein and BeyondA Bibliography of Primary and Secondary Sources This book is a bibliography of Melanie Klein's writings together with other books articles and papers dealing with her life ideas and work. It is of immense potential use for clinicians students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325558

Melanie Klein and Marcelle Spira: Their correspondence and context Melanie Klein and Marcelle Spira: Their Correspondence and Context includes 45 letters Melanie Klein wrote to the Swiss psychoanalyst Marcelle Spira between 1955 and 1960 as well as six rough drafts from Spira. They were discovered in Spira’s library after her death in 2006. As only a few of the letters that Klein wrote to her colleagues have been preserved this moving historically important correspondence sheds new light upon the last five years of Klein’s creative life Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790926

Melanie Klein RevisitedPioneer and Revolutionary in the Psychoanalysis of Young Children While much writing has been devoted predominantly by contemporary Kleinian adult psychoanalysts to the Kleinian and post Kleinian development of Klein's work comparatively little has recently been written about the ongoing importance and character of Klein's clinical work for contemporary psychoanalytic psychotherapy or analysis with very small children (2 - 6 year olds). Little attention now seems to be paid to the revolutionary character of her work from the start (in the early 1920s) with this age group and its challenges still relevant today or to her recognition of the importance of mother-infant relations in the period long before World War II brought investigation into and understanding of problems of attachment separation and loss. This book addresses these issues and re-explores Klein's work in these (and other) areas. This book is concerned primarily with Klein's work with pre-latency children and aims to give these small children more of the voice today that Melanie Klein herself discovered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203339

Melanie Klein Today Volume 1: Mainly TheoryDevelopments in Theory and Practice Melanie Klein Today Volume 1 is the first of two volumes of collected essays devoted to developments in psychoanalysis based on the work of Melanie Klein. The papers are arranged into four groups: the analysis of psychotic patients projective identification on thinking and pathalogical organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834514

Melanie Klein Today Volume 2: Mainly PracticeDevelopments in Theory and Practice Although both Kleinian psychoanalysts and their critics take it for granted that there is a therapeutic technique distinctive to the Kleinian approach comparatively little has been written about what it is. In Melanie Klein Today Volume 2 Elizabeth Bott Spillius brings together classic and new papers to make it possible to understand the main elements of the Kleinian therapeutic technique. In recent years there have been important refinements in this technique notably in regard to the balance to be struck in interpreting destructiveness the use of the so-called part-object language and the precise ways to understand and interpret 'acting-in' and the role of the past in the present. This collection draws these developments together and makes clear why an integral part of contemporary Kleinian theory and practice is concerned with the careful scrutiny of the therapeutic process itself. The volume includes detailed accounts of clinical work with both adults and children and takes further the theoretical ideas discussed in Melanie Klein Today Volume 1. The papers and the editorial commentary in this book together comprise the most illuminating and coherent rationale for the Kleinian technique yet published. The ideas will be of interest to members of many disciplines and a final section includes papers on the application of the Kleinian approach in other fields of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835085

Melanie KleinThe Basics Melanie Klein: The Basics provides an accessible and concise introduction to the life and work of Melanie Klein whose discoveries advanced those of Freud and other analysts deepening our insight into the unconscious domain of psychology in human beings. Klein began her work by developing a method of psychoanalysis for children who suffer from anxiety and other often unrecognised conflicts which enabled understanding of those crucial early steps in the development of human mind and identity. Although she initiated one strand of clinical and theoretical developments many of her discoveries are well-regarded by other schools of psychoanalysis. The book contains four parts as well as further reading suggestions and a helpful glossary of key terms. Part I introduces Melanie Klein in the context of her life her early interest in psychoanalysis and her first discoveries; Part II takes up the development of her technique of child analysis and discusses the ways in which her insights and conclusions in this area influenced the technique of adult analysis and the more general understanding of the human mind; Part III focuses on further scientific and clinical developments in psychoanalytic technique – especially those referring to the understanding and treatment of serious emotional disturbance e.g. psychosis or affective disorders; Part IV focuses on contemporary developments in Kleinian and post-Kleinian psychoanalysis considering clinical cultural and socio-political applications. Each chapter poses a basic question at the outset provides an account of how Klein faced this question and worked with it to develop her ideas and ends by posing a follow up question to be addressed in the subsequent chapter. This book will greatly appeal to readers from any field seeking a clear and concise introduction to Melanie Klein. It will also interest researchers and professionals working within the field of psychoanalysis seeking a succinct overview of Melanie Klein’s contribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138667051

MelanomaTranslational Research and Emerging Therapies Assembling reviewing and synthesizing state-of-the-art information on translational research and therapies of melanoma into one convenient source Melanoma: Translational Research and Emerging Therapies provides clinicians and researchers the necessary context and perspective to intergrate and effectively deploy cutting-edge therapies into daily practice.This source:synthesizes the scientific principles clinical trial results and clinical implications of emerging and translational melanoma therapiescovers the entire range of translational research and therapies including pathogenesis progression pathways immunotherapy gene therapy adjuvant therapy surgical staging and metastatic diseaseprovides context and perspective to enable the clinician to select and use new therapies effectively and knowledgeably Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452629

Melatonin in the Promotion of Health Melatonin is a powerful hormone and antioxidant with numerous effects on the metabolism and the health of humans. Available as a dietary supplement in the United States since 1993 it is one of the most popular over-the-counter alternative remedies available. Comprising contributions from researchers who have studied the role of melatonin in various disease and physiological states Melatonin in the Promotion of Health Second Edition provides a wide variety of expert reviews on the biology of melatonin relevant to health. Beginning with a history of melatonin and its relation to circadian rhythms the book examines its use in a host of applications including: Gut motility and gastrointestinal diseases Anesthesia and surgery Bone health Breast cancer Cardiovascular diseases Diabetes Age-related macular degeneration and uveitis Melanoma solar skin damage and collagen synthesis The prevention of DNA damage Mental disorders sleep and issues related to jet lag and shift work The data gathered from a large number of carefully controlled animal and human studies have clearly implicated melatonin in the control mechanisms of a wide variety of physiological and psychological activities making it a potent candidate for therapeutic use in the treatment of a diverse range of diseases. This volume demonstrates that continued studies of this molecule raise the exciting prospect of providing new avenues of treating numerous diseases more effectively and with less side-effects than those found in conventional treatment modalities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112186

MelatoninBiosynthesis Physiological Effects and Clinical Applications Melatonin: Biosynthesis Physiological Effects and Clinical Applications provides a thorough review of recent advances in major areas of melatonin research. The book is arranged in a logical sequence beginning with the history of melatonin and then proceeding to cover its biochemistry and secretion physiological effects and clinical significance. New findings and current concepts are emphasized and a significant amount of previously unpublished data are included. The book will be an important reference for neurobiologists cell biologists ophthalmologists endocrinologists neuroendocrinologists reproductive biologists psychiatrists and other researchers and clinicians interested in melatonin. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068570

MelatoninTherapeutic Value and Neuroprotection There is growing interest in the field of melatonin research regarding its neurobiological mechanisms as well as its repercussions in clinical practice. Melatonin: Therapeutic Value and Neuroprotection explores melatonin’s neuroprotective effects and discusses the therapeutic potential of melatonin and melatonin agonists in treating neurodegenerative diseases and other ailments. Topics include:The basic aspects of melatonin’s physiology including its production bioavailability and metabolism The functional importance of melatonin receptors and their role in mediating the therapeutic effectiveness of melatonin in cancer Melatonin’s effect on the regulation of blood pressure sleep and circadian rhythmsThe cardioprotective role of melatoninThe neuroprotective role in glaucoma Alzheimer’s disease Parkinson’s disease and neurodegenerative diseases Use as a therapeutic agent for treating epilepsy and degenerative discs Treatment for obesity diabetes mellitus and other metabolic disorders Protective role in peri-natal hypoxic-ischemia The contributors also examine the discovery of a number of melatonergic agonists their potential role as antioxidants and their therapeutic applications in treating glaucoma Parkinson’s disease Alzheimer’s disease primary insomnia and psychiatric disorders. Opening new vistas in our understanding of etiology pharmacotherapy and treatment the book is a significant milestone in our knowledge about advances in melatonin’s physiology and its therapeutic application in a number of disorders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378288

Melodies of the MindConnections between psychoanalysis and music What can psychoanalysis learn from music? What can music learn from psychoanalysis? Can the analysis of music itself provide a primary source of psychological data? Drawing on Freud's concept of the oral road to the unconscious Melodies of the Mind invites the reader to take a journey on an aural and oral road that explores both music and emotion and their links to the unconscious. In this book Julie Jaffee Nagel discusses how musical and psychoanalytic concepts inform each other showing the ways that music itself provides an exceptional non-verbal pathway to emotion – a source of 'quasi' psychoanalytical clinical data. The interdisciplinary synthesis of music and psychoanalytic knowledge provides a schema for understanding the complexity of an individual's inner world as that world interacts with social 'reality'. There are three main areas explored: The Aural Road Moods and Melodies The Aural/Oral Road Less Travelled Melodies of the Mind is an exploration of the power of music to move us when words fall short. It suggests the value of using music and ideas of the mind to better understand and address psychological social and educational issues that are relevant in everyday life. It will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychologists music therapists musicians music teachers music students  social workers educators professionals in the humanities and social services as well as music lovers. Julie Jaffee Nagel is a graduate of The Juilliard School The University of Michigan and The Michigan Psychoanalytic Institute. She is on the faculty of the Michigan Psychoanalytic Institute and is in private practice in Ann Arbor Michigan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692793

Melodrama First published in 1973 this book explores the genre of melodrama. After discussing the defining characteristics of melodrama the book examines the dramatic structures of the two major and contrasting emotions presented in melodrama: triumph and defeat. It concludes with a reflection on the ways in which elements of melodrama have appeared in protest theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283831

Melodrama Self and Nation in Post-War British Popular Film This book investigates the portrayal of nationalities and sexualities in British post-Second World War crime film and melodrama. By focussing on these genres and looking at the concept of melodrama as an analytical tool apt for the analysis of both sexuality and nation the book offers insight into the desires fears and anxieties of post-war culture. The problem of returning to ‘normalcy’ after the war is one of the recurring themes discussed; alienation from society family and the self were central issues for both women and men in the post-war years and the book examines the anxieties surrounding these social changes in the films of the period. In particular it explores heterosexuality and nationality as some of the most prominent frameworks for the construction of identities in our time structures that for all their centrality are made invisible in our culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589066

Melodramatic Voices: Understanding Music Drama The genre of mélodrame à grand spectacle that emerged in the boulevard theatres of Paris in the 1790s - and which was quickly exported abroad - expressed the moral struggle between good and evil through a drama of heightened emotions. Physical gesture mise en scène and music were as important in communicating meaning and passion as spoken dialogue. The premise of this volume is the idea that the melodramatic aesthetic is central to our understanding of nineteenth-century music drama broadly defined as spoken plays with music operas and other hybrid genres that combine music with text and/or image. This relationship is examined closely and its evolution in the twentieth century in selected operas musicals and films is understood as an extension of this nineteenth-century aesthetic. The book therefore develops our understanding of opera in the context of melodrama's broader influence on musical culture during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book will appeal to those interested in film studies drama theatre and modern languages as well as music and opera. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274013

Melt Crystallization Technology From the Author's Preface: There is a growing demand for ultrapure organic compounds such as fine chemicals pharmaceuticals and basic materials for use in the polymer industry. . . . In quite a number of cases it is difficult or impossible to manufacture ultrapure organics efficiently using conventional separation techniques such as distillation. Moreover conventional techniques usually require large amounts of energy.  To improve the purification efficiency of organics special techniques based on crystallization from the melt have been developed. Melt crystallization meets industry's need for a highly selective separation process for organic compounds which operates at low enough temperatures to prevent thermal degradation. Melt crystallization processes have the added advantage that they are energy-efficient and ecologically sound.  Melt crystallization techniques appear to be particularly promising for upgrading organic materials and are one of the few routes that appear to be feasible for purifying starter materials for high-tech polymers. The aim of this book is to provide basic information on melt crystallization technology. . . . This monograph consists of three parts: 1. basic principles 2. process options and 3. technical equipment and applicability.  This new book is the first unified guide and reference to an important chemical process technology. It is comprehensive and organized for easy reference. More than 150 diagrammatic representations flow charts and photographs illustrate equipment and processes. More than 40 tables provide useful reference data. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747667

Melt-Quenched Nanocrystals Melt quenching—the method of quenching from the liquid state—provides new opportunities for producing advanced materials with a unique combination of properties. In the process of melt quenching attainment of critical cooling rates can produce specific structural states of the material. Nanocrystalline materials produced by melt quenching are classified as nanomaterials not only by their nanoscale structural elements but also by the effects these elements have on the properties of the material.The result of 30 years of research Melt-Quenched Nanocrystals presents a detailed and systematic analysis of the nanostructured state formed in the process of melt quenching and subsequent thermal and deformation effects. It covers the metallurgical and mechanical properties of nanomaterials focusing particularly on properties derived from nanocrystals and their agglomeration. The text introduces four different types of nanocrystals that can be produced by melt quenching each having different structures and properties:Type I nanocrystals formed when crystallization takes place completely during melt quenchingType II nanocrystals formed when melt quenching is accompanied by amorphous state formation along with partial or complete crystallizationType III nanocrystals formed when melt quenching results in the formation of the amorphous state and nanocrystals can be produced as a result of the subsequent thermal effectType IV nanocrystals formed when melt quenching leads to the formation of the amorphous state and nanocrystals can be produced as a result of the subsequent deformation effectThe possible uses for these materials are extensive with applications from coatings to biological compatibility. The final section of the book presents a discussion of existing and future applications of nanocrystals produced by different melt-quenc Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379926

Melville and the Question of Meaning This rich volume of essays restores meaning itself as the focal point of one of our most thoughtful modern writers Herman Melville. Melville and the Question of Meaning thinks about thinking in Melville. For if Melville’s concerns with interpretation (the contributors to one recent collection variously read the author for "the ‘meaning’ of the characters " the "meaning" of the "body " "recesses of meaning " "deepest levels of meaning " "double meaning " and the "meaning" of "being" and "everything else") overlap with our own concerns at a cultural moment when meaning feels especially strained we have lost sight of the central place of meaning making in Melville’s work. My own readings in Melville are a pedestrian’s guide through the self-conscious complications of meaning we meet with in Melville across a range of different disciplines and endeavors. Combining aesthetics and sociolinguistics history and theory rhetoric and politics philosophy and film studies Melville and the Question of Meaning demonstrates that the project of making meaning in Melville remains as vital as ever. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593469

Melville's Monumental Imagination Melville's Monumental Imagination explores the connection between the contested 19th century American monument tradition and one of the nation's most revered authors Herman Melville (1819-1891). The book was written to fill a void in recent Melville scholarship. To date there has not been a monograph that focuses exclusively on Melville's incorporation of monuments in his fictional world. The book charts the territory of Melville's novels in order to provide a trajectory of the monumental image in one particular literary form. This feature allows the reader to gradually see the monumental image as an important marker that sheds light into Melville's eventual abandonment of long fiction. Melville's Monumental Imagination combines literary analysis and cultural criticism for a long neglected aspect of our nation's iconic development in statuary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867191

Member State Interests and European Union LawRevisiting The Foundations Of Member State Obligations This book re-examines the law governing the obligations of the Member States in the European Union from the perspective of the interests formulated and pursued by national governments in the EU. Member States’ interests provide the source as well as the limitations of the obligations undertaken by the Member States in the Union. From the early days of European integration they have determined how the law frames and defines EU obligations in the Treaties in legislation and in the jurisprudence of the EU Court of Justice. The book neither challenges directly nor undermines the current state of the law in the EU. Instead it introduces a framework for interpreting and analysing legal developments – both legislative and jurisprudential – from an angle which brings the legal dimension of the membership of States in the European Union closer to its political reality. By choosing Member State interest to frame its analysis of the law the book expresses a clear intention to explore further the interactions and the potential interconnectedness of the intergovernmentalism of EU decision-making and the normative supranationalism of the application and the enforcement of Member State obligations in particular at the national level. Analysing how diversity among the Member States which arises from different local interests institutional frameworks and socio-economic arrangements is assessed and sustained in EU legislation and in the jurisprudence of the Court of Justice the book examines the impact of EU obligations on Member State territorial authority and territoriality. Providing a new perspective on Member State interests and European Law the book closes the widening gap between the politics and law of European integration and between its political science and legal analysis. The book is essential reading for students and scholars in the field of state law EU law and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076535

Members Organizations and PerformanceAn Empirical Analysis of the Impact of Party Membership Size This title was first published in 2000. The author offers a contribution to the ongoing debate on the rise of the cartel party in democratic systems of government. His study examines the question of whether the decline in party size impacts democratic development and concludes by discussing implications for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138742000

Members of Parliament in Western EuropeRoles and Behaviour Traditional comparative studies of parliaments have focused on constitutional and organizational characteristics of parliaments or differences in the historical contexts in which legislative assemblies have developed. The motivations of individual Members of Parliament have been neglected. This volume provides empirical work on legislative role orientations and behaviour in six West European parliaments: Belgium Denmark Germany the Netherlands Norway and the United Kingdom. All contributions present a wealth of empirical findings on parliamentarians' role orientations in different institutional contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036847

Membership Based Organizations of the Poor This highly topical volume with contributions from leading experts in the field explores a variety of questions about membership based organizations of the poor. Analyzing their success and failure and the internal and external factors that play a part it uses studies from both developed and developing countries. Put together by a group of prestigious editors the contributors address a range of questions including: What structures and activities characterize MBOPs? What is meant by success and what factors account for success? What are the internal (governance structure and leadership) and external (policy environment) factors that account for success? Are these factors replicable across countries or even within countries? What are the constraints to successful MBOPs expanding or to new ones being formed? What sort of policy environment enables the success of MBOPs and the formation of successful MBOPs? What types of institutional reforms are needed to ensure the representation of the poor through their own MBOs? This is an insightful work that will be invaluable for students and researchers studying or working in the areas of international and development economics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748599

Membrane Abnormalities In Hypertension First Published in 1989 this two-volume set offers a full insight into membrane abnormalities during a state of hypertension. Carefully compiled and filled with diagrams references and information this set is recommended for students of medicine and other professionals in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367257279

Membrane Analysis Membrane Analysis provides a comprehensive review of laboratory methods for membrane study with an emphasis on isolating membranes analysing their composition and architecture and investigating membrane function. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003077084

Membrane Bioreactor ProcessesPrinciples and Applications Grasp the Essential Principles of Membrane Bioreactor ProcessesEvolved from the conventional activated sludge (CAS) process membrane bioreactor (MBR) processes have become the next-generation solution for municipal and industrial wastewater treatment and recycle. Membrane Bioreactor Processes: Principles and Applications explores nearly all the theoretical and practical aspects of membrane bioreactor technologies. Using the author’s expertise obtained from academia and industry this book provides the crucial details on MBR technology that that you need to know. The book details the theoretical and practical backgrounds of current practices involved with membrane module design biological and membrane system design system optimization and system operation.Outlines the State of the Art of the Membrane Bioreactor TechnologyThe text discusses the fundamentals of membrane filtration emphasizing the principles of submerged membrane filtration. It also explores the complex interaction among key design and operating parameters offers comprehensive explanations on the interconnectivity between biological and membrane systems and covers new findings discovered in recent years. This book clearly explains how small-scale systems perform differently from larger-scale systems and its implications in data interpretation. Using this book as a platform the technology can be developed further and quickly applied in future processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575670

Membrane DesalinationFrom Nanoscale to Real World Applications This book aims to provide details about membrane desalination processes starting from basic concepts leading to real world implementation. Chapters cover novel research topics such as biomimetic and nanocomposite membranes nanostructured fillers for mixed matrix membranes advanced characterization techniques and molecular modeling. Additionally engineering and economical aspects of desalination as well as the exploitation of green energy sources are thoroughly presented. This books targets bridging the gap between the everyday research laboratory practices with practical application demands so that the readers gain a global perspective of all desalination challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367030797

Membrane DistillationMembranes Hybrid Systems and Pilot Studies This book aims to elaborate the basics and recent advances of membrane distillation (MD) as the same shows promise for seawater desalination and wastewater treatment. Starting with fundamentals of MD processes including the heat and mass transfer analysis energy evaluation and mathematical modelling text includes engineering and molecular design of MD membranes. Various types of hybrid systems including freeze desalination (FD)-MD MD-crystallization (MDC) pressure retarded osmosis (PRO)-MD and forward osmosis (FO)-MD will be discussed in this book. Further it summarizes the future of MD from both industrial and academic perspectives along with energy sources and economic analysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367254476

Membrane Fabrication Membranes play a crucial role in ensuring the optimum use and recovery of materials in manufacturing. In the process industries they are required for efficient production and minimization of environmental impact. They are also essential for the efficient production of clean water a significant global issue. Membrane Fabrication brings together experts from various disciplines who discuss current membrane fabrication methods and how they are used in the optimization of membrane applications. They present innovative ideas on the development of membrane science and technology with a view toward efficient application of membrane separation processes. Exploring fabrication processes for polymeric inorganic and composite membranes the book details the effects of different fabrication conditions and how these conditions can be controlled to optimize membrane construction and the subsequent application of the membrane system. It examines the advantages and disadvantages of each type of membrane including the malleable yet vulnerable polymeric membranes the robust yet costly inorganic membranes and composite membranes constructed with a blend of inorganic and organic materials. Offering a comprehensive survey of a range of fabrication methods the book is essential reading for those engaged in the R & D activities of the field as well as those interested in the sustainable development of membranes for various applications. It is also an important resource for industrialists and others charged with developing and introducing membrane processes into production or waste management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894099

Membrane Fusion This balanced volume provides a broad and coherent overview of recent progress in membrane fusion research—highlighting an interdisciplinary treatment of the subject from the fields of biophysics biochemistry cell biology virology and biotechnology—in a single volume. Featuring easy-access sections on the general properties of membranes and applications of membrane fusion techniques this valuable sourcebook outlines membrane structure lipid polymorphism and intermembrane forces ... covers membrane fusion in model systems ... presents the fusogenic properties of enveloped viruses ... discusses the fusion and flow of intracellular membranes and cell-cell fusion occurring during fertilization and myogenesis ... offers applications of membrane fusion techniques in cell-biological research and biotechnology ... and more. Supplying a comprehensive view of this exciting topic Membrane Fusion is a working resource for molecular cell and membrane biologists; biophysicists; biochemists; virologists; biotechnologists; microbiologists; immunologists; physiologists; and graduate and medical school students in biophysics biochemistry physiology virology cell biology and biotechnology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811525

Membrane ModificationTechnology and Applications Membrane Modification: Technology and Applications is written for engineers scientists graduate students and researchers in the field of membrane science and technology materials science applied physics chemistry and environmental science. The book presents the complete range of membrane modification techniques used to increase efficiency of membrane processes. The book starts with an examination of the use of membrane modification to optimize the performance of membranes used in industry. It concludes by demonstrating how membrane modification can improve separation processes in industrial sectors that are recognized as global polluters of water sources. Features Illustrates the use of Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (EIS) in the characterization of commercial and novel membranes Overviews various surface modification techniques applied to enhance the bulk and surface properties of nanofiber membranes Covers the factors affecting membrane fouling and the use of nanoparticles in membrane modification processes Explores the use of plasma treatment for the modification of polymeric membranes Written by professors engineers and researchers in the field the book covers recent advances and comprehensively describes novel and most-used membrane characterization techniques. Modification of different materials and geometrics include flat-sheet hollow-fiber and nano-fiber membranes as well as different membrane processes such as reverse osmosis membrane distillation gas separation pervaporation and membrane fuel cells. Chapters contain tables figures photographs and theoretical equations to aid with reader comprehension. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439866351

Membrane Separations in Biotechnology This text details the relationship between membrane technology and bioprocesses discussing applications. This second edition refines and optimizes key features of the first edition - and features new illustrative case studies. The book examines advantages and disadvantages of using standard and new membrane technologies; analyzes a wide range of applications including cell culture harvesting and product and process validation techniques; and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397432

Membrane Technologies and Applications Membrane technologies play an increasingly important role in unit operations for resource recovery pollution prevention and energy production as well as environmental monitoring and quality control. They are also key component technologies of fuel cells and bioseparation applications. Membrane Technologies and Applications provides essential data and background information on various dimensions of membrane technologies with a major focus on their practical application. Membranes of inorganic materials offer cost-effective solutions for simple to complex separation problems. This book is designed for anyone interested in water and wastewater treatment membrane suppliers as well as students and academics studying the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576790

Membrane Technologies for Water TreatmentRemoval of Toxic Trace Elements with Emphasis on Arsenic Fluoride and Uranium Focuses on the application of membrane technologies in removing toxic metals\metalloids from water. Particular attention is devoted to the removal of arsenic uranium and fluoride. These compounds are all existing in the earth’s crust at levels between two and five thousands micrograms per kg (parts per million) on average and these compounds can be considered highly toxic to humans who are exposed to them primarily from air food and water. In order to comply with the new maximum contaminant level numerous studies have been undertaken to improve established treatments or to develop novel treatment technologies for removing toxic metals from contaminated surface and groundwater. Among the technologies available applicable for water treatment membrane technology has been identified as a promising technology to remove such toxic metals from water. The book describes both pressure driven (traditional processes such as Nanofiltration Reverse Osmosis Ultrafiltration etc) and more advanced membrane processes (such as forward osmosis membrane distillation and membrane bio-reactors) employed in the application of interest. Key aspect of this book is to provide information on both the basics of membrane technologies and on the results depending on the type of technology employed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027206

Membrane Technology for CO2 Sequestration This book addresses the fundamentals of CO2 storage for long-term sequestration in a subsurface geologic formation. In general membrane gas separation can find a large room of application in flue gas. To achieve the development of this technology on a larger scale than which is possible in the lab we have to use membrane engineering. Consequently greater emphasis is placed on novel materials for gas separation. Possible design strategies and role of novel materials are discussed. Additionally the latest progress in design and preparation of asymmetric membranes for natural gas purification are highlighted. In fact further development should focus on module and process design in order to bring gas separation membrane technology into commercial application. Therefore the keys issues to propel current research towards industrial application are examined. Besides the feasibility of implementing polyimide membrane for CO2 removal under real industrial conditions and its economic viability are highlighted. In order to exhibit excellent film-forming properties zeolite membrane and cellulose acetate butyrate membrane areaddressed. Interestingly it was found that the most accurate theoretical three-phase model is arguably revised Pal model with average percentage error of 0.74%. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138504509

Membrane Technology for Osmotic Power Generation by Pressure Retarded Osmosis Osmotic energy can be effectively harvested through pressure retarded osmosis (PRO) which is the most widely investigated technology due to its greater efficiency and higher power density output and effective membranes are the heart of the PRO technology. This book will cover a broad range of topics including PRO membranes fouling module fabrication process design process operation and maintenance. It summarizes the progress in PRO researches in the last decade and points out the directions for future R&D and commercialization of PRO. It will be of great interest to membrane researcher company and operators to understand and get insights into the state-of-the-art PRO technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367255923

Membrane Technology for Water and Wastewater Treatment Energy and Environment Realizing that water energy and food are the three pillars to sustain the growth of human population in the future this book deals with all the above aspects with particular emphasis on water and energy. In particular the book addresses applications of membrane science and technology for water and wastewater treatment energy and environment. The readers are also offered a glimpse into the rapidly growing R & D activities in the ASEAN and the Middle East regions that are emerging as the next generation R & D centers of membrane technologies especially owing to their need of technology for water and wastewater treatment. Hence this book will be useful not only for the engineers scientists professors and graduate students who are engaged in the R & D activities in this field but also for those who are interested in the sustainable development of these geographical regions. Thus it is believed that the book will open up new avenues for the establishment of global collaborations to achieve our common goal of welfare of the human society. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029019

Membrane Technology in Separation Science The book explains fundamental and advanced topics related to the field of membrane science including extensive coverage of material selection preparation characterization and applications of various membranes.Explores both preparation and wide range of applications for all possible membranes contains an exclusive chapter on functionalized membranes and incorporation of stimuli responsive membranes in each type and includes exercise problems after each chapterIt also discusses new membrane operations as membrane reactors and membrane contactors Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572105

Membrane TechnologySustainable Solutions in Water Health Energy and Environmental Sectors Contributed by multiple experts the book covers the scientific and engineering aspects of membrane processes and systems. It aims to cover basic concepts of novel membrane processes including membrane bioreactors microbial fuel cell forward osmosis electro-dialysis and membrane contactors.Maintains a pragmatic approach involving design operation and cost analysis of pilot plants as well as scaled-up counterparts Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571252

Membrane-Distillation in Desalination Membrane-Distillation in Desalination is an attempt to provide the latest knowledge state of the art and demystify outstanding issues that delay the deployment of the technology on a large scale.It includes new updates and comprehensive coverage of the fundamentals of membrane distillation technology and explains the energy advantage of membrane distillation for desalination when compared to traditional techniques such as thermal or reverse osmosis.The book includes the latest pilot test results from around the world on membrane distillation desalination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367728021

Memento Mori in Contemporary ArtTheologies of Lament and Hope This book explores how four contemporary artists—Francis Bacon Joseph Beuys Robert Gober and Damien Hirst—pursue the question of death through their fraught appropriations of Christian imagery. Each artist is shown to not only pose provocative theological questions but also to question the abilities of theological speech to adequately address current attitudes to death. When set within a broader theological context around the thought of death Bacon’s works invite fresh readings of the New Testament’s narration of the betrayal of Christ and Beuys’ works can be appreciated for the ways they evoke Resurrection to envision possible futures for Germany in the aftermath of war. Gober’s immaculate sculptures and installations serve to create alternative religious environments and these places are both evocative of his Roman Catholic upbringing and virtually haunted by the ghosts of his excommunication from that past. Lastly and perhaps most problematically Hirst has built his brand as an artist from making jokes about death. By opening fresh arenas of dialogue and meaning-making in our society and culture today the rich humanity of these artworks promises both renewed depths of meaning regarding our exit from this world as well as how we might live well within it for the time that we have. As such it will be a vital resource for all scholars in Theology the Visual Arts Material Religion and Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029562

Memoirs Of A Korean Queen First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863507

Memoirs of an Eighteenth Century FootmanJohn Macdonald Travels (1745-1779) First published in 1927. John Macdonald (1741-96) was born and died a Scottish Highlander. First published at the time of the French Revolution these memoirs of his days in service provide a rich panorama of life in the company of blind fiddlers maid-servants the Scottish aristocracy soldiers historians Oriental Princes servants of the East India Company and men of great wealth including James Coutts the banker. In 1768 - as the result of an errand - it fell to Macdonald to witness the death of Laurence Sterne. 'Simply packed with interest' Sunday Times '..a model of genuine writing' Evening Standard 'Deserves a high place among autobiographies.' Nation Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867635

Memoirs of an Indian Woman This vivid memoir recounts the experience of Shudha Mazumdar a woman born at the turn of the century to Indian parents whose ideas on child rearing differed greatly. Her father a wealthy Europeanized Zamindar tried to instill Western values while Shudha's mother emphasized the traditional even going as far as arranging a marriage for her daughter when she was thirteen. Although true to Indian traditions Shudha eventually manifested her father's influence by becoming a published writer by becoming a member of a number of social service organizations and by serving as the Indian Delegate to the International Labour Organization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702445

Memoirs of Peter Henry Bruce Esq. a Military Officer in the Services of Prussia Russia & Great Britain Containing an Account of His Trav First Published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980815

Memoirs of Scandalous Women These memoirs all come from women forced to live lives of impropriety often after ill-treatment from unscrupulous men. Their tales of survival in the face of extreme hardship and privations make inspirational and compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851968763

Memoirs of Scandalous Women Volume 1 These memoirs all come from women forced to live lives of impropriety often after ill-treatment from unscrupulous men. Their tales of survival in the face of extreme hardship and privations make inspirational and compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755031

Memoirs of Scandalous Women Volume 2 These memoirs all come from women forced to live lives of impropriety often after ill-treatment from unscrupulous men. Their tales of survival in the face of extreme hardship and privations make inspirational and compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755048

Memoirs of Scandalous Women Volume 3 These memoirs all come from women forced to live lives of impropriety often after ill-treatment from unscrupulous men. Their tales of survival in the face of extreme hardship and privations make inspirational and compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755055

Memoirs of Scandalous Women Volume 4 These memoirs all come from women forced to live lives of impropriety often after ill-treatment from unscrupulous men. Their tales of survival in the face of extreme hardship and privations make inspirational and compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755062

Memoirs of Scandalous Women Volume 5 These memoirs all come from women forced to live lives of impropriety often after ill-treatment from unscrupulous men. Their tales of survival in the face of extreme hardship and privations make inspirational and compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755079

Memoirs of the Court of George III George III was one of the longest reigning British monarchs ruling over most of the English speaking world from 1760 to 1820. Despite his longevity George’s reign was one of turmoil. Britain lost its colonies in the War of American Independence and the European political system changed dramatically in the wake of the French Revolution. Closer to home problems with the King’s health led to a constitutional crisis. Charlotte Papendiek’s memoirs cover the first thirty years of George III’s reign while Mary Delany’s letters provide a vivid portrait of her years at Windsor. Lucy Kennedy was another long-serving member of court whose previously unpublished diary provides a great deal of new detail about the King’s illness. Finally the Queen herself provides further insights in the only two extant volumes of her diaries published here for the first time. The edition will be invaluable to scholars of Georgian England as well as those researching the French and American Revolutions and the history and politics of the Regency period more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934696

Memoirs of the Late Captain Hugh Crow of Liverpool First published in 1830 this is a narrative of Captain Crow's life "together with descriptive sketches of the West Coast of Africa particularly of Bonny; the manners and trade of the country to which are added anecdotes and observations of the indigenous peoples". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760843

Memoirs Of The Red Queen First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980822

Memoirs of Women Writers Part I Volume 1 This volume is a review of the autobiographical account Alicia LeFanu <i>Memoirs of the Life and Writings of Mrs. Frances Sheridan</i> which sheds light on the controversial role of the female writers in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755123

Memoirs of Women Writers Part I Volume 2 This book is about Mrs. Hannah More who had acted as a controversial patron to Ann Yearsley and had used her own reputation as a poet in support of the abolitionist cause. It is the collaborative effort of Roberts Bickersteth and Seeley that testifies the complexity of her enduring influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755130

Memoirs of Women Writers Part I Volume 3 This book is about Mrs. Sarah Trimmer and her charitable work. It is a principal source of reference for the work she undertook as an author philanthropist and pioneer in the promotion and institution of educational opportunities for impoverished children in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755147

Memoirs of Women Writers Part I Volume 4 This book is the second volume about Mrs. Sarah Trimmer and her charitable work. It contains selected content on her life and writings with original letters her meditations and prayers for impoverished children in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755154

Memoirs of Women Writers Part I (set) This volume of Memoirs of Women Writers contains full texts reproduced in facsimile with new scholarly apparatus. The texts have been carefully selected to illustrate various themes in women's history. They include: Alicia LeFanu Memoirs of the Life and Writings of Mrs Frances Sheridan (1824); William Roberts Memoirs of the Life of Mrs Hannah More (1839); and [Anon] Some Account of the Life and Writings of Mrs Trimmer (1814). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930513

Memoirs of Women Writers Part II Volume 5 This book is fifth of the six-volume modern scholarly edition on the stories of real women's experiences. Written by the autodidact Mary Hays it attests to the existence of active learned and powerful women who produced new knowledge and made genuine contributions to cultural capital. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755161

Memoirs of Women Writers Part II Volume 6 This book is second volume of Mary Hays's Female Biography; a scholarly edition on the stories of real women's experiences such as those of Elizabeth Bland and Boadecia. It attests to the existence of active learned and powerful women who produced new knowledge and contributed to cultural capital. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755178

Memoirs of Women Writers Part II Volume 7 This volume is a review of the autobiographical account Mary Hays Female Biography; or Memoirs of Illustrious and Celebrated Women of All Ages and Countries (1803) Volume III which sheds light on the controversial role of the female writers in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755185

Memoirs of Women Writers Part II (set) This volume of Memoirs of Women Writers contains full texts reproduced in facsimile with new scholarly apparatus. The texts have been carefully selected to illustrate various themes in women's history. They include: Mary Hays Female Biography; or Memoirs of Illustrious and Celebrated Women of All Ages and Countries (1803). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930520

Memoirs of Women Writers Part III (set) Mary Hays was a radical feminist whose writings brought her to the attention of her contemporaries William Blake Thomas Paine Mary Wollstonecraft and William Godwin. Her Female Biography is an ambitious and acclaimed work covering the lives of 294 women. The volume will be of use to those interested in the history of feminism and eighteenth-century history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930537

Memoirs of Women Writers Part III vol 10 Mary Hays was a radical feminist whose writings brought her to the attention of her contemporaries William Blake Thomas Paine Mary Wollstonecraft and William Godwin. Her Female Biography is an ambitious and acclaimed work covering the lives of 294 women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755215

Memoirs of Women Writers Part III vol 8 Mary Hays was a radical feminist whose writings brought her to the attention of her contemporaries William Blake Thomas Paine Mary Wollstonecraft and William Godwin. Her Female Biography is an ambitious and acclaimed work covering the lives of 294 women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755192

Memoirs of Women Writers Part III vol 9 Mary Hays was a radical feminist whose writings brought her to the attention of her contemporaries William Blake Thomas Paine Mary Wollstonecraft and William Godwin. Her Female Biography is an ambitious and acclaimed work covering the lives of 294 women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755208

Memorable Customer ExperiencesA Research Anthology Experiential marketing - or memorable customer experiences - is proving a popular tool amongst businesses seeking to make an impact in a competitive world. Yet the scramble to achieve a presence among experience providers has led many companies to design and implement experiential marketing without integrating it with their overall marketing strategy. These companies often end up dissatisfying their customers rather than delighting them. This research anthology investigates different angles of experiential marketing. The 16 chapters are organised in six sections. The first section considers whether memorable customer experiences result from the use of traditional marketing practices perhaps implemented more effectively than previously or require entirely new practices with new foundations that turn companies into experience providers. Section two details ways businesses seek to build brands through putting experiential marketing into practice while section three asks whether there are general principles that can be applied to the design of customer experiences which ensure successful outcomes whatever market you may operate in. Section four examines how companies manage their customer experiences once they have made the strategic decision to provide them and section five looks at methods available to evaluate the success of these customer experiences. 'Experiential marketing changes everything!' claim the management gurus but is it really so significant that not joining this race is dangerous? The last section of the book offers a much needed critique of experiential marketing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594828

Memorable Description of the East Indian Voyage1618-25 First published in 1929. 'Fire and shipwreck fights ashore and afloat the pitting of ceaseless patience and resource against fate these things make one understand why the book famous in its original tongue has but to be savoured in translation to gain an equal popularity.' Manchester Guardian Bontekoe's East Indian Voyage was one of the most popular books in which the Dutch seventeenth century public delighted and it continued to be reprinted throughout the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As well as providing an illuminating insight into the machinations of the Merchants and Directors of the East India Company and the often troubled waters of international trade and diplomacy the account is a very personal one: of a human being battling against elemental forces at tremendous odds tenaciously holding on to life and coming through in the end. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867666

Memorial Articles for 20th Century American Accounting Leaders This collection of memorial articles and selected obituaries highlights the careers and contributions to accounting practice the accounting profession and the accounting literature of leading American figures in the 20th century. The memorial articles do much more than recite their subject’s career. More importantly they discuss and assess their subject’s role in influencing the course of accounting practice and the profession as well as the evolution of their influential writings revealing the names of the accounting leaders and leading thinkers of the past century. Memorial Articles for 20th Century American Accounting Leaders is useful in providing students and young researchers with a rich source of intelligence on the leaders who have established norms of practice advanced the profession and set the terms of debate in the literature – leaders who are cited and even quoted but who are known mostly as names without a full-bodied treatment of their backgrounds and broader roles in shaping the accounting literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617957

Memorial Candles: Children of the Holocaust As the children of the Holocaust reach adulthood they often need professional help in establishing a new identity and self-esteem. During their childhood their parents have unconsciously transmitted to them much of their own trauma investing them with all their memories and hopes so that they become 'memorial candles' to those who did not survive. The book combines verbatim transcriptions of dialogues in individual and group psychotherapy sessions with analyses of dreams fantasies and childhood memories. Diana Wardi traces the emotional history of her patients accompanying them on a painful and moving journey into their inner world. She describes the children's infancy in the guilt-laden atmosphere of survivor families through to their difficult separation from their parents in maturity. she also traces in detail the therapeutic process which culminates in the patients' separation from the role of 'memorial candle'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812779

Memorializing Animals during the Romantic Period Early nineteenth-century British literature is overpopulated with images of dead and deadly animals as Chase Pielak observes in his study of animal encounters in the works of Charles and Mary Lamb John Clare Samuel Taylor Coleridge Lord Byron and William Wordsworth. These encounters Pielak suggests coincide with anxieties over living alongside both animals and cemeteries in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth-centuries. Pielak traces the linguistic physical and psychological interruptions occasioned by animal encounters from the heart of communal life the table to the countryside and finally into and beyond the wild cemetery. He argues that Romantic period writers use language that ultimately betrays itself in beastly disruptions exposing anxiety over what it means to be human what happens at death the consequences of living together and the significance of being remembered. Extending his discussion past an emphasis on animal rights to an examination of animals in their social context Pielak shows that these animal representations are both inherently important and a foreshadowing of the ways we continue to need images of dead and deadly Romantic beasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880316

Memorializing the PastEveryday Life in South Africa After the Truth and Reconciliation Commission This work is a meditation on the shaping of time and its impact on living with and understanding atrocity in South Africa in the wake of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC). It is an examination of the ways that the institutionalization of memory has managed perceptions of time and "transition " of events and happenings of sense and emotion of violence and recovery of the "past" and the "new." Through this process a public language of "memory" has been carved into collective modes of meaning. It is a language that seems deprived of the hopes dreams and possibilities for the promise of a just and redemptive future it once nurtured.Truth commissions are profoundly implicated in the social politics of memorialization. Memory as a conceptual historical and experiential discourse about "the past " relates to the ways in which cruelty is integrated into societal understandings which include cognitive and philosophic frameworks and constructions of social meaning. The politics of historical truth of memory and of justice play out in unintended ways. There is not only the ongoing struggle for survivors of state terror but also the ways that the everyday shapings of silences the emptiness of reconciliation and the fracturing of hope remain embedded in political life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512054

Memorials as Spaces of EngagementDesign Use and Meaning Memorials are more diverse in design and subject matter than ever before. No longer limited to statues of heroes placed high on pedestals contemporary memorials engage visitors in new often surprising ways contributing to the liveliness of public space. In Memorials as Spaces of Engagement Quentin Stevens and Karen A. Franck explore how changes in memorial design and use have helped forge closer richer relationships between commemorative sites and their visitors. The authors combine first hand analysis of key examples with material drawn from existing scholarship. Examples from the US Canada Australia and Europe include official formally designed memorials and informal ones those created by the public without official sanction. Memorials as Spaces of Engagement discusses important issues for the design management and planning of memorials and public space in general. The book is organized around three topics: how the physical design of memorial objects and spaces has evolved since the 19th century; how people experience and understand memorials through the activities of commemorating occupying and interpreting; and the issues memorials raise for management and planning. Memorials as Spaces of Engagement will be of interest to architects landscape architects and artists; historians of art architecture and culture; urban sociologists and geographers; planners policymakers and memorial sponsors; and all those concerned with the design and use of public space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631440

Memorials of the Empire of Japon in the XVI and XVII Centuries The volume includes documents including a description of Japan in the sixteenth century from Harleian mss. 6249 and the letters of William Adams 1611-17 edited and annotated and a summary of a narrative by His Excellancy Don Rodrigo de Vivero y Velasco of his residence in the empire 1608-1610. The supplementary material includes the 1849 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1850. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594842

Memorias antiguas historiales del Peru by Fernando Montesinos Text written in the seventeenth century translated and edited by Philip Ainsworth Means with an Introduction by the late Sir Clements R. Markham. The translation is from the Spanish edition of Marcos Jiménez de la Espada published Madrid 1882. Also includes 'Eight chronological tables ... compiled by P. A. Means'; 'List of words in the names of kings and Incas ...' and 'Quichua words in Montesinos'. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1920. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315594859

Memories Thoughts and EmotionsEssays in Honor of George Mandler For the past forty years the ideas and findings of George Mandler -- and George Mandler himself -- have been highly influential throughout the field of experimental psychology. Not only has he helped to advance the study of cognition and emotion in many ways but he also offered assistance and encouragement to numerous young researchers who may expand on the knowledge acquired thus far. The editors of this festschrift feel that one of the greatest strengths of Mandler's work is the blend of European theorizing and American empiricism. This volume contains contributions from friends and colleagues who have been influenced in one way or another by this accomplished psychologist. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138980839

Memories After Abortion This book contains a foreword by Ann Thompson Professor of Midwifery University of Manchester. This illuminating book describes young people's thoughts and feelings before and after an abortion and includes their experiences in the long term. It increases understanding and stimulates discussion of abortion issues without bias and incorporates political religious social physical and mental considerations in its wide-ranging approach. The personal narratives from both women and men make the issues particularly powerful. "Memories After Abortion" offers thought provoking ideas for all health and social care professionals involved in pregnancy issues. Undergraduate and postgraduate health and social care students counsellors therapists teachers and youth/religious leaders will also find it invaluable. 'Consideration of abortion causes a lot of distress anxiety and debate within society. This book should be read by women and men so that they can debate and understand each others' views and experiences in their relationships. It should also be read by nurses midwives doctors health-service administrators and those providing social care.' - Ann M Thomson in the Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382951

Memories and MonstersPsychology Trauma and Narrative Memories and Monsters explores the nature of the monstrous or uncanny and the way psychological trauma relates to memory and narration. This interdisciplinary book works on the borderland between psychology and philosophy drawing from scholars in both fields who have helped mould the bourgeoning field of relational psychoanalysis and phenomenological and existential psychology. The editors have sought out contributions to this field that speak to the pressing question: how are we to attend to and contend with our monsters? The authors in this volume examine the ways in which we might best relate to our monsters and how the legacies of ancient traumas and anxieties continue to affect our current stories memories and everyday practices. Covering such manifestations of the monstrous as racism crimes against humanity trauma as portrayed in music and art and the Holocaust this book explores the impact the uncanny has on our individual and collective psyches. By focusing on a very specific theme and one that excites the imagination Memories and Monsters stokes the flames of an important current movement in relational psychoanalysis. It will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as professionals in psychology and graduate school students and tutors in the fields of both psychology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065451

Memories and Postmemories of the Partition of India This book examines the afterlife of Partition as imprinted on the memories and postmemories of Hindu and Sikh survivors from West Punjab to foreground the intersection between history memory and narrative. It shows how survivors script their life stories to reinscribe tragic tales of violence and abjection into triumphalist sagas of fortitude resilience industry enterprise and success. At the same time it reveals the silences stutters and stammers that interrupt survivors’ narrations to bring attention to the untold stories repressed in their consensual narratives. By drawing upon current research in history memory narrative violence trauma affect home nation borders refugees and citizenship the book analyzes the traumatizing effects of both the tangible and intangible violence of Partition by tracing the survivors’ journey from refugees to citizens as they struggle to make new homes and lives in an unhomely land. Moreover arguing that the event of Partition radically transformed the notions of home belonging self and community it shows that individuals affected by Partition produce a new ethics and aesthetic of displacement and embody new ways of being in the world. An important contribution to the field of Partition studies this book will be of interest to researchers on South Asian history memory partition and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580282

Memories Cast in StoneThe Relevance of the Past in Everyday Life How does the past matter in the present? How is a feeling of ‘ownership' of the past expressed in people's everyday lives? Should continuity with the distant past be seen as simply a nationalist fiction or is it transformed by local historical imagination? While recent anthropological studies have focused on reconstructing disputed histories this book examines the multiple ways in which the past is used by people as a critical resource for interpreting the meanings of a changing present. It poses the issue of the felt relevance of the past in constructing present day identities. The Greek island of Kalymnos is a barren and seemingly bucolic setting of tourist imagination. But its history has been one of almost continuous occupation by foreign powers and of often fierce resistance. This has made Kalymnians particularly sensitive to seeing their island in a much wider context and to understanding the ‘games played by the powerful'. In examining changing gender relations European integration and local perceptions of the war in the former Yugoslavia this book brings together local national and international perspectives in a unified field. Controversial contemporary practices of dynamite throwing and dowry giving serve as tropes through which Kalymnians explore alternative ways of living in a changing world. Further the author argues persuasively for the crucial importance of situated fieldwork in ‘peripheral'places in understanding the issues and conflicts of a transnational world. This book serves as an highly readable case study of the complex connections between local and global discourses and practices and how they are shaped by their relationship to the past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086079

Memories of CitiesTrips and Manifestoes Memories of Cities is a collection of essays that explore different ways of writing about the political and economic history of the built environment. Drawing upon fiction and non-fiction and illustrated by original photographs the essays employ a variety of narrative forms including memoirs letters and diary entries. They take the reader on a journey to cities such as Glasgow Paris Moscow St. Petersburg and Marseille laying bare the contradictions of capitalist architectural and urban development whilst simultaneously revealing alternative visions of how buildings and cities might be produced and organised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269989

Memories of Empire and Entry into International SocietyViews from the European periphery What is the role of memories for the expansion of international society? By drawing on the English School approach to International Relations this edited volume argues that the memories of empire and suzerainty are key to understanding sociological aspects of the expansion of anarchical society. The expert contributors adopt a socio-historic conceptualization of entry into international society aiming to move beyond the legalist analysis and also explore the impact of identity-constructions and collective memories on the expansion of international society. Empirically the volume investigates the entry into international society of Belarus Bulgaria Greece Poland Serbia Slovakia and Romania and studies memories that they activated along the way. While these memoires of bygone polities were used by state builders to make sense of international society and legitimise claims of the new entrants they inadvertently also generated tensions and anxieties which in many ways persist until this day. Both the theoretical angle and the empirical material presented in this volume are novel additions to the growing body of knowledge in historical International Relations. Exploring how memories and experiences of the past still complicate the entrants’ positions in international society and to what degree ensuing tensions remain today this volume will be of interest to students and scholars of European International Relations particularly those with a focus on Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672000

Memories of Loss and Dreams of PerfectionUnsuccessful Childhood Grieving and Adult Creativity With "Memories of Loss and Dreams of Perfection" Delmont and Shirley Morrison have made an impressive contribution to psychology and to the appreciation of literature by demonstrating the ways in which a children's imaginative play can help them cope with the tragic early loss of beloved family members and by tracing how such early play processes form the basis for adult creativity. Their book is unique in that it: presents new ideas and expands our understanding of the complex interrelationships among loss child development and creativity and presents clinical cases of play therapy and case studies of creative adults to illustrate theory and concepts. The Morrisons incorporate scientific research clinical case studies and biographies in a manner that provides a deeper understanding of the fiction of Emily Bronte J.M. Barrie Jack Kerouac and Isak Dinesen. Readers will be deeply touched and moved to self-exploration by the humanity and sensitivity of this fine book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786072

Memories of Mass RepressionNarrating Life Stories in the Aftermath of Atrocity Memories of Mass Repression presents the results of researchers working with the voices of witnesses. Its stories include the witnesses victims and survivors; it also reflects the subjective experience of the study of such narratives. The work contributes to the development of the field of oral history where the creation of the narrative is considered an interaction between the text of the narrator and the listener. The contributors are particularly interested in ways in which memory is created and molded. The interactions of different even conflicting memories of other individuals and society as a whole are considered.In writing the history of genocide "emotional" memory and "objective" research are interwoven and inseparable. It is as much the historian's task to decipher witness account as it is to interpret traditional written sources. These sometimes antagonistic narratives of memory fashioned and mobilized within public and private arenas together with the ensuing conflicts paradoxes and contradictions that they unleash are all part of efforts to come to terms with what happened. Mining memory is the only way in which we can hope to arrive at a truer and less biased historical account of events.Memory is at some level selective. Most believers in political movements turned out to be the opposite of what they promised. When given a proper forum stories that are in opposition to dominant memories or in conflict with our own memories can effectively battle collective forgetting. This volume offers the reader a vision of the subjective side of history without falsifying the objective reality of human survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527881

Memories of My Life (Routledge Revivals) Memories of my Life first published in 1908 is an autobiography by the psychologist anthropologist geographer and inventor Sir Francis Galton. This book contains a detailed account of Galton’s life and will be of interest to students of Victorian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911444

Memories of RevolutionRussian Women Remember Preserving the childhood memories of some of the last generation of White Russian women to experience the revolution first-hand this poignant collection of interviews and photographs provides a unique record of life in Russia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203130483

Memories of the Future Life courses both professional and personal are often directed by unplanned experiences. At crossroads which path is followed and which hard choices are made can change the direction of one's future. Wendell Bell's life illustrates how totally unforeseen events can shape individual lives. As he notes despite our hopes and our plans for the future there is also serendipity feedback twists and turns chance and circumstance all of which shape our futures with sometimes surprising results. In Bell's case such twists and turns of chance and circumstance led to his role in developing the new field of futures studies.In Memories of the Future Bell recognizes the importance of images of the future and the effect of these images on events to come. Such images dreams visions or whatever we call them help to determine our actions which in turn help shape the future although not always in ways that we intend. Bell illustrates partly with the story of his own life how people remember such past images of the future and how the memories of them linger and are often used to judge the real outcomes of their lives.This is a fascinating view of the work of an important social scientist and the people and events that helped define his life. It is also about American higher education especially from the end of World War II through the 1960s and 1970s a period of educational transformation that included the spread of the merit system; the increase in ethnic racial gender and social diversity among students and faculty; and a massive increase in research and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512061

Memories of the FutureNational Identity Issues and the Search for a New Taiwan The product of five years of North American Taiwan Studies Conferences this book carefully analyzes the emergence of national feelings in Taiwan its historical roots and its contemporary manifestations. It addresses questions central to the looming international issue of Taiwan/China. Part one considers the historical events that help to explain the emergence and development of a separatist dissident discourse. The second part deals with the current issue of national identity transition in Taiwan. The final part places the national identity debate in a broader perspective by focusing on the larger issues of the maturation of the national identity question. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315291338

Memories of UtopiaThe Revision of Histories and Landscapes in Late Antiquity These essays examine how various communities remembered and commemorated their shared past through the lens of utopia and its corollary dystopia providing a framework for the reinterpretation of rapidly changing religious cultural and political realities of the turbulent period from 300 to 750 CE. The common theme of the chapters is the utopian ideals of religious groups whether these are inscribed on the body on the landscape in texts or on other cultural objects. The volume is the first to apply this conceptual framework to Late Antiquity when historically significant conflicts arose between the adherents of four major religious identities: Greaco-Roman 'pagans' newly dominant Christians; diaspora Jews who were more or less persecuted depending on the current regime; and the emerging religion and power of Islam. Late Antiquity was thus a period when dystopian realities competed with memories of a mythical Golden Age variously conceived according to the religious identity of the group. The contributors come from a range of disciplines including cultural studies religious studies ancient history and art history and employ both theoretical and empirical approaches. This volume is unique in the range of evidence it draws upon both visual and textual to support the basic argument that utopia in Late Antiquity whether conceived spiritually artistically or politically was a place of the past but also of the future even of the afterlife. Memories of Utopia will be of interest to historians archaeologists and art historians of the later Roman Empire and those working on religion in Late Antiquity and Byzantium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328679

Memorization in the Transmission of the Middle English Romances Originally published in 1990 Memorization in the Transmission of the Middle English Romances tackles the long-standing issue of the role of memorization in the transmission of Middle English romances. The book addresses the lack of consensus on the issue despite extensive discussion putting forth the theory that the heterogeneity of the poems of this period grouped under the general heading of ‘medieval romance’ makes generalizations about the history of transmissions unreliable. The book suggests that oral-formulaic theory has been applied over-literally to oral or oral derived works through the assumption that all poems answer the same structural criteria. The book also looks at the aspects of orality and performance theory alongside the textuality and intertextuality of these medieval texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189921

Memorizing MedicineSecond Edition This book takes a unique approach to 'learning medicine' in a manner that places primary emphasis on recall. Drawing upon well-established psychological principles it uses a broad range of strategies to maximize the ability of the reader to recollect large swathes of information at a later date. The result is an original and refreshing book in which no two pages are quite alike and where facts are presented in a hierarchical fashion so that essential features of each condition or symptom can be grasped immediately while finer points are given in more detailed reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138332690

Memory The third edition of Memory provides students with the most comprehensive introduction to the study of human memory and its applications in the field. Written by three leading experts this bestselling textbook delivers an authoritative and accessible overview of key topic areas. Each chapter combines breadth of content coverage with a wealth of relevant practical examples whilst the engaging writing style invites the reader to share the authors’ fascination with the exploration of memory through their individual areas of expertise. Across the text the scientific theory is connected to a range of real-world questions and everyday human experiences. As a result this edition of Memory is an essential resource for those interested in this important field and embarking on their studies in the subject. Key features of this edition: it is fully revised and updated to address the latest research theories and findings; chapters on learning organization and autobiographical memory form a more integrated section on long-term memory and provide relevant links to neuroscience research; it has new material addressing current research into visual short-term and working memory and links to research on visual attention; it includes content on the state-of-play on working memory training; the chapter on “memory across the lifespan” strengthens the applied emphasis including the effects of malnutrition in developing nations on cognition and memory. The third edition is supported by a Companion Website providing a range of core resources for students and lecturers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326095

Memory First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871175

Memory Aging and the BrainA Festschrift in Honour of Lars-Göran Nilsson This book brings together some of the best known experts in their fields to offer a cross-disciplinary summary of current research on human memory. More than this however the book pays tribute to the work of Lars-Göran Nilsson and his many contributions to the psychology of human memory. The book is divided into three subsections: General Issues in Human Memory Memory and Aging and Memory and the Brain. These sections represent the three cornerstones in Lars-Göran's scientific career and comprise contributions from senior collaborators colleagues and former students. Areas of discussion include: long-term and working memory: how do they interact? an epidemiological approach to cognitive health in aging the cognitive neuroscience of signed language Covering a broad range of topics Memory Aging and the Brain will be of great interest to all those involved in the study and research of human memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650083

Memory Allegory and Testimony in South American TheaterUpstaging Dictatorship Memory Allegory and Testimony in South American Theater traces the shaping of a resistant identity in memory its direct expression in testimony and its indirect elaboration in two different kinds of allegory. Each chapter focuses on one contemporary playwright (or one collaborative team in the case of Brazil) from each of four Southern Cone countries and compares the playwrights’ aesthetic strategies for subverting ideologies of dictatorship: Carlos Manuel Varela (memory in Uruguay) Juan Radrigán (testimony in Chile) Augusto Boal and his co-author Gianfrancesco Guarnieri (historical allegory in Brazil) Griselda Gambaro (abstract allegory in Argentina). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537520

Memory Attention and AgingSelected Works of Fergus I. M. Craik Memory Attention and Aging is a collection of some of the most influential journal articles previously published by Fergus Craik and his collaborators with new introductory material unifying the research of this noted cognitive psychologist. The reprinted articles are grouped into six sections reflecting Craik’s various research interests across his career. The first section on short-term memory focuses on research concerns Craik uncovered in the 1970s but are still valid today. They comprise theoretical suggestions and data on the nature of STM including the notion that working memory may be defined as attention paid to features of items held in conscious awareness. The second section on levels of processing contains the very influential articles by Craik & Lockhart and by Craik & Tulving on memory research in addition to a later article in which Craik gives a critical account of the LOP work. Craik’s third interest is in cognitive aging. The section contains two articles from the 1980s in which Craik lays out his ideas on age-related changes in memory plus a more recent article addressing lifespan changes in cognition. The fourth section on attention and memory has two articles that report on the effects of divided attention on subsequent memory and differences between implicit and explicit memory processes. The fifth section on cognitive neuroscience includes an early PET study probing neural correlates of LOP and a study searching for the neural correlates of the "self" concept. Finally the sixth section contains an article on bilingualism that explores age-related differences in executive functions as a consequence of bilingualism and a study showing that bilingualism postpones the onset of Alzheimer’s disease. Grouping the most highly cited and groundbreaking articles of Fergus Craik in one volume this book will be of interest to a wide spectrum of students and professional researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648302

Memory Conflict and New MediaWeb Wars in Post-Socialist States This book examines the online memory wars in post-Soviet states – where political conflicts take the shape of heated debates about the recent past and especially World War II and Soviet socialism. To this day former socialist states face the challenge of constructing national identities producing national memories and relating to the Soviet legacy. Their pasts are principally intertwined: changing readings of history in one country generate fierce reactions in others. In this transnational memory war digital media form a pivotal discursive space – one that provides speakers with radically new commemorative tools. Uniting contributions by leading scholars in the field Memory Conflict and New Media is the first book-length publication to analyse how new media serve as a site of political and national identity building in post-socialist states. The book also examines how the construction of online identity is irreversibly affected by thinking about the past in this geopolitical domain. By highlighting post-socialist memory’s digital mediations and digital memory’s transcultural scope the volume succeeds in a twofold aim: to deepen and refine both (post-socialist) memory theory and digital-memory studies. This book will be of much interest to students of media studies post-Soviet studies Eastern European Politics memory studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847613

Memory Consciousness and the BrainThe Tallinn Conference Memory and consciousness have been objects of fascination to psychologists and other brain scientists for over one hundred years. Because of the complexity of the two topics however and despite great efforts spent on their study the progress in their understanding over most of this time has been rather slow. Recently thanks to new techniques and to changing pre-theoretical orientations the study of the role of the brain in memory and consciousness has received an immense boost and has become a central focus of research activity by thousands of researchers worldwide.The volume reviews recent progress on our understanding of memory consciousness and the brain and identifies a number of acute outstanding problems. The purpose of the volume based on a conference in Tallinn is to look to the future and not simply to share knowledge from ongoing research. In this sense the volume does not contain a comprehensive overview of the field but rather showcases a selection of exciting ideas in cognitive neuroscience. Contributors include some of the world's best-known cognitive brain scientists who have greatly contributed to our understanding of memory as a relation between the brain and the mind as well as a number of highly promising younger researchers in the field. Memory Consciousness and the Brain will be essential reading for anyone interested in the latest cutting-edge thinking at the interface of these topics and in the future directions in which it may take us. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415763561

Memory Historic Injustice and Responsibility What is it to do justice to the absent victims of past injustice given the distance that separates us from them? Grounded in political theory and guided by the literature on historical justice W. James Booth restores the dead to their central place at the heart of our understanding of why and how to deal with past injustice. Testimonies and accounts from the race war in the United States the Holocaust post-apartheid South Africa Argentina’s Dirty War and the conflict in Northern Ireland help advance and defend Booth’s claim that caring for the dead is a central part of addressing past injustice. Memory Historic Injustice and Responsibility is an insightful and original book on the relationship of past and present in thinking about what it means to do justice. A valuable addition to the currently available literature on historical justice the volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of political science philosophy history and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342227

Memory History NationContested Pasts In the last decade a focus on memory in the human sciences has encouraged new approaches to the study of the past. As the humanities and social sciences have put into question their own claims to objectivity authority and universality memory has appeared to offer a way of engaging with knowledge of the past as inevitably partial subjective and local. At the same time memory and memorial practices have become sites of contestation and the politics of memory are increasingly prominent. This inter-disciplinary volume demonstrates from a range of perspectives the complex cultural work and struggles over meaning that lie at the heart of what we call memory.The chapters in this volume offer a complex awareness of the workings of memory and the ways in which different or changing histories may be explained. They explore the relation between individual and social memory between real and imaginary event and fantasy history and myth. Contradictory accounts or memories in direct contradiction to the historical record are not always the sign of a repressive authority attempting to cover something up. The tension between memory as a safeguard against attempts to silence dissenting voices and memory's own implication in that silencing runs throughout the book. Topics covered range from the Basque country to Cambodia from Hungary to South Africa from the Finnish Civil War to the cult Jim Jarmusch movie Dead Man from the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame to Australia. Part I "Transforming Memory" is concerned primarily with the social and personal transmission of memory across time and generations. Part II "Remembering Suffering: Trauma and History " brings the after-effects of catastrophe to the fore. Part III "Patterning the National Past " the relation between nation and memory is the central issue. Part IV "And Then Silence " reflects on the complex and multiple meaning of silence and oblivion wherein amnesia is often used as a figure for the denial of shameful pasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527928

Memory Identity and the Colonial Encounter in IndiaEssays in Honour of Peter Robb This book sheds new light on the dynamics of the colonial encounter between Britain and India. It highlights how various analytical approaches to this encounter can be creatively mobilised to rethink entanglements of memory and identity emerging from British rule in the subcontinent. This volume reevaluates central long-standing debates about the historical impact of the British Raj by deviating from hegemonic and top-down civilizational perspectives. It focuses on interactions relations and underlying meanings of the colonial experience. The narratives of memory identity and the legacy of the colonial encounter are woven together in a diverse range of essays on subjects such as colonial and nationalist memorials; British Eurasian Dalit and Adivasi identities; regional political configurations; and state initiatives and patterns of control. By drawing on empirically rich regional and chronological historical studies this book will be essential reading for students and researchers of history political science colonial studies cultural studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367277888

Memory Imagination JusticeIntersections of Law and Literature Through the creative use of literary analysis Memory Imagination Justice provides a critical and highly original discussion of contemporary topics in criminal law and bioethics. Author David Gurnham uses popular and classical texts by authors including Shakespeare Dickens Euripides Kafka the Brothers Grimm Huxley and Margaret Atwood to shed fresh light on such controversial legal and ethical issues as passionate homicide life sentences child pornography and genetic enhancement. Gurnham’s overarching theme is the role of memory and imagination in shaping legal and ethical attitudes. Along this line this book examines the ways in which past wrongs are remembered and may be forcefully responded to both by the criminal justice system itself and also by individuals responding to what they regard as gross insults threats or personal violations. The volume further discusses the role of imagination as a creative force behind legal reform in terms of the definition of criminal behaviour and the possible future development of the law. These ideas provide a useful and highly original perspective on contemporary issues of crime and society as they resonate both in legal and literary discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266179

Memory Intermediality and LiteratureSomething to Hold on to "If readers of Sara Tanderup Linkis’ "Something to hold on to …" open the book in the expectation of entering a niche of literature and literary studies they will leave it after having encountered a new highway in literature. Here the traditional theme of memory and the most recent use of digital media merge into a new understanding of the role of the book in the contemporary media landscape and of vicissitudes of memorial processes literature which also offers a broader perspective on literature in human history. Spurred by Sara Tanderup Linkis’ sharp eye the readings of texts are lucid engaging and offers so many ideas that teachers will renew their curricula and readers will open the internet for more or rush to the library."— Svend Erik Larsen professor emeritus Memory Intermediality and Literature investigates how selected literary works use intermedial strategies to represent and perform cultural memory. Drawing on the theoretical perspectives of cultural memory studies this engaging reader-friendly monograph examines new materialism and intermediality studies analyzying works by Alexander Kluge W.G. Sebald Jonathan Safran Foer Anne Carson Mette Hegnhøj William Joyce J.J. Abrams and Doug Dorst. The works emerge out of different traditions and genres ranging from neo-avant-garde montages through photo-novels and book objects to apps and children’s stories. In this new monograph Sara Tanderup Linkis presents an interdisciplinary and comparative approach reading the works together across genres and decades and combining the perspectives of memory studies and materialist and media-oriented analysis. This approach makes it possible to argue that the works not only use intermedial strategies to represent memory but also to remember literature reflecting on the changing status and function of literature as a mediator of cultural memory in the age of new media. Thus the works may be read as reactions to modern media culture suggesting the ways in which literature and memory are affected by new media and technologies – photography and television as well as iPads and social media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205447

Memory Masculinity and National Identity in British Visual Culture 1914–1930A Study of 'Unconquerable Manhood' With its specific focus on British representations of masculinity in relation to the trauma of the First World War and notions of national identity class and sexuality this book provides a much needed addition to the historiography of visual culture during the period. The study interrogates the complications arising out of issues of trauma cultural expressions of sexuality and affect as well as the ways in which these are encoded in diverse forms in visual culture and commemorative objects. Concentrating on masculinity and cultural memory it investigates the ways in which these and the web of power relations that they entail worked during the interwar years in order to reconstruct the post-First World War British society. In the course of the narrative the author looks at Bolshevism and the Returning Ex-Servicemen the 1919 NUR Strike the Central Labour College in conjunction with banners and revolution as well as the Imperial War Graves the Cenotaph the London and North Western Railway memorial the Machine Gun Corps Memorial and the establishment of the Imperial War Museum. He also excavates new archival material particularly case studies of shell shock sufferers and film footage of male hysteria. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257283

Memory Metaphors and MeaningReading Literary Texts Literature explores the human condition the mystery of the world life and death as well as our relations with others and our desires and dreams. It differs from science in its aims and methods but Babuts shows in other respects that literature has much common ground with science. Both aim for an authentic version of truth. To this end literature employs metaphors and it does so in a manner similar to that of scientific inquiry.The cognitive view does not imply that there is a one-to-one correlation between the world and text that meaning belongs to the author or that literature is equivalent to perception. What it does maintain is that meaning is crucially dependent on mnemonic initiatives and that without memory the world remains meaningless. Nicolae Babuts claims that at the interface with the printed page readers process texts in a manner similar to the way they explain the visible world: in segments or units of meaning or dynamic patterns.Babuts argues that humans achieve recognition by integrating stimulus sequences with corresponding patterns that recognize and interpret each segment of a text. Memory produces meaning from these patterns. In harmony with its goals memory may adopt specific strategies to deal with different stimuli. Dynamic patterns link the unit of processing with the unit of meaning. In sum Babuts proposes that meaning is achieved through metaphors and narrative and that both are ways to reach cognitive goals. This original study offers perspectives that will interest cognitive psychologists as well as those simply interested in the process through which literature stirs the human imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412845830

Memory Migration and Travel Migration and forcible displacement are growing and impactful dynamics of the current global age. These processes generate mobility flows travel patterns and touristic behaviour driven by personal and collective memories. The chapters in this book highlight the importance of travel and tourism for enabling such memories and memory-based identity practices to unfold. This book investigates how diasporic communities transnational migrants refugees and the internally displaced recreate home in their host place of residence through material culture performativity and social relations; and how involuntary tangible and intangible stimuli evoke memories of home. It explores an array of diverse geographical contexts balancing ethnographic vignettes of contemporary migrant societies with archival research providing historical accounts that reach back more than a century. Memory Migration and Travel makes an original contribution by linking the emergent field of memory studies to the disciplines of tourism and migration/diaspora studies and will be of interest to students and researchers in the fields of tourism geography migration/diaspora studies anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138746442

Memory Myth and SeductionUnconscious Fantasy and the Interpretive Process Memory Myth and Seduction reveals the development and evolution of Jean-Georges Schimek's thinking on unconscious fantasy and the interpretive process derived from a close reading of Freud as well as contemporary psychoanalysis. Contributing richly to North American psychoanalytic thought Schimek challenges local views from the perspective of continental discourse. A practicing psychoanalyst teacher and consummate Freud scholar Schimek sought to clarify Freud's concepts and theories and to disentangle complexities borne of inconsistencies in Freud's assumptions and expositions.This book is divided thematically into three sections. The first concerns fantasy and interpretation as they play out in the analytic situation and the manner in which analyst and patient coconstruct meaning and reconstruct and recover memory. The second consists of two seminal papers which provide the sequence of steps in the five revisions in Freud's seduction theory. Schimek's careful scholarship lays out the data of Freud's writing which allows one to draw one's own conclusions about the implications of the changes in the theory that he made. In the third more theoretical section he provides a foundation for understanding many of today's discussions about unconscious fantasy dreaming remembering consciousness affect self-reflection mentalization and implicit relational knowing. He clarifies and illustrates Freud's original formulations (and their inherent problems) through a careful reading of sections of The Interpretation of Dreams and a study of Freud's famous Signorelli parapraxis.Skillfully arranged and carefully edited by Deborah Browning and including a foreword by Alan Bass this collection of Schimek's published and unpublished papers will be of interest to practicing psychoanalysts psychoanalytically-oriented psychotherapists and students of the history of ideas and philosophy who have a particular interest in fantasy interpretation and Freud. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606237

Memory Place and IdentityCommemoration and remembrance of war and conflict This book bridges theoretical gaps that exist between the meta-concepts of memory place and identity by positioning its lens on the emplaced practices of commemoration and the remembrance of war and conflict. This book examines how diverse publics relate to their wartime histories through engagements with everyday collective memories in differing places. Specifically addressing questions of place-making displacement and identity contributions shed new light on the processes of commemoration of war in everyday urban façades and within generations of families and national communities. Contributions seek to clarify how we connect with memories and places of war and conflict. The spatial and narrative manifestations of attempts to contextualise wartime memories of loss trauma conflict victory and suffering are refracted through the roles played by emotion and identity construction in the shaping of post-war remembrances. This book offers a multidisciplinary perspective with insights from history memory studies social psychology cultural and urban geography to contextualise memories of war and their ‘use’ by national governments perpetrators victims and in family histories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547179

Memory the City and the Legacy of World War II in East Central EuropeThe Ghosts of Others After the Second World War millions of people across Eastern Europe displaced as a result of wartime destruction deportations and redrawing of state boundaries found themselves living in cities that were filled with the traces of the foreign cultures of the former inhabitants. In the immediate post-war period these traces were not acknowledged the new inhabitants going along with official policies of oblivion the national narratives of new post-war regimes and the memorializing of the victors. In time however and increasingly over recent decades the former "other pasts" have been embraced and taken on board as part of local cultural memory. This book explores this interesting and increasingly important phenomenon. It examines official ideologies popular memory literature film memorialization and tourism to show how other pasts are being incorporated into local cultural memory. It relates these developments to cultural theory and argues that the relationship between urban space cultural memory and identity in Eastern Europe is increasingly becoming a question not only of cultural politics but also of consumption and choice alongside a tendency towards the cosmopolitanization of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914360

Memory Thinking and Language (PLE: Memory)Topics in Cognitive Psychology In the ten years prior to its original publication in 1987 cognitive psychology uncovered the increasingly important role of knowledge stored in memory and the integrated nature of cognitive processes. In Memory Thinking and Language the author takes these three traditional topics and places them within the new cognitive approach. Judith Greene’s 1975 book Thinking and Language proved to be a highly successful student resource. This book provides an equally clear introduction to complex ideas. It also emphasises the practical applications of cognitive psychology for teaching and learning as well as for everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138995758

Memory Trauma AsiaRecall Affect and Orientalism in Contemporary Narratives The contributors to this volume re-think established insights of memory and trauma theory and enrich those studies with diverse Asian texts critically analyzing literary and cultural representations of Asia and its global diasporas. They broaden the scope of memory and trauma studies by examining how the East/ West binary delimits horizons of "trauma" by excluding Asian texts.     Are memory and trauma always reliable registers of the past that translate across cultures and nations? Are supposedly pan-human experiences of suffering disproportionately coloured by eurocentric structures of region reason race or religion? How are Asian texts and cultural producers yet viewed through biased lenses? How might recent approaches and perspectives generated by Asian literary and cultural texts hold purchase in the 21st century? Critically meditating on such questions and whether existing concepts of memory and trauma accurately address the histories present states and futures of the non-Occidental world this volume unites perspectives on both dominant and marginalized sites of the broader Asian continent. Contributors explore the complex intersections of literature history ethics affect and social justice across East South and Southeast Asia and on Asian diasporas in Australia and the USA. They draw on yet diverge from "Orientalism" and "Area Studies" given today’s need for nuanced analytical methodologies in an era defined by the COVID-19 global pandemic. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars invested in memory and trauma studies comparative Asian studies diaspora and postcolonial studies global studies and social justice around contemporary identities and 20th and 21st century Asia.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505582

Memory Across BordersNabokov Perec Chamoiseau Historical memory emerges through dialogue between one generation and the next. But what happens to this dialogue if the children speak a different language to their parents? Literary autobiography offers a space to explore the potential forms of memory in the aftermath of inter-generational linguistic change triggered by violent histories such as the Holocaust the Second World War or imperialism. Through an exploration of the autobiographies of the Russian-American writer Vladimir Nabokov the French novelist and poet Georges Perec and Caribbean author Patrick Chamoiseau Cooper offers a reflection on the role of migration and linguistic change in shaping twentieth and twenty-first century approaches to memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910887080

Memory and Affect in DevelopmentThe Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology Volume 26 As in recent years a thematic concept was selected over a general one for the 26th annual Minnesota Symposium on Child Psychology. In this case the relation between memory and affect was targeted for two reasons. The first concerned the a priori theoretical relation between these content areas. The second concerned the observation that memory and affect have historically been studied as separate content areas--an unfortunate decision considering the potential of each area to inform the other. To redress this investigators working on the relation between memory and affect were identified. Their presentations are also anchored by one or two presentations on either memory or affect. Those familiar with the broader domain of developmental psychology will readily identify this volume in the series as filling the void left by the lack of integration across domains of study. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138980846

Memory and AgingCurrent Issues and Future Directions Current demographical patterns predict an aging worldwide population. It is projected that by 2050 more than 20% of the US population and 40% of the Japanese population will be older than 65. A dramatic increase in research on memory and aging has emerged to understand the age-related changes in memory since the ability to learn new information and retrieve previously learned information is essential for successful aging and allows older adults to adapt to changes in their environment self-concept and social roles. This volume represents the latest psychological research on different aspects of age-related changes in memory. Written by a group of leading international researchers its chapters cover a broad array of issues concerning the changes that occur in memory as people grow older including the mechanisms and processes underlying these age-related memory changes how these changes interact with social and cultural environments and potential programs intended to increase memory performance in old age. Similarly the chapters draw upon diverse methodological approaches including cross-cultural extreme group experimental designs longitudinal designs assessing intra-participant change and computational approaches and neuroimaging assessment. Together they provide converging evidence for stability and change in memory as people grow older for the underlying causes of these patterns as well as for the heterogeneity in older adults’ performance. Memory and Aging is essential reading for researchers in memory cognitive aging and gerontology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848729186

Memory and AmnesiaAn Introduction Memory and Amnesia provides a clear and comprehensive account of amnesia set in the context of our understanding of how normal memory operates. Part I provides the reader with an up-to-date survey of contemporary memory theories along with an account of the various methods for improving memory ability. Part II begins with an overview of memory assessment which incorporates all important new developments and focuses on the nature and explanation of the amnesic syndrome.A new chapter deals with the emerging field of memory disorders linked to frontal lobe dysfunction related to which is an entirely new approach to the study of age-related memory loss. The account of dementia is extended and includes a discussion of comparisons between different forms of the illness. The chapters on transient amnesic states and on psychogenic states are fully updated (including discussion of the false memory debate) and the significant advances in memory remediation are discussed in the last chapter. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203765470

Memory and Cognition in Its Social Context The first comprehensive theoretical formulation of the way people use information they receive about their social environments to make judgments and behavioral decisions this volume focuses on the cognitive processes that underlie the use of social information. These include initial interpretation the representations used to make inferences and the transformation of these subjective inferences into overt judgment and behavior. In addition it specifies the role of affect and emotion in information processing and the role of self-knowledge at different stages of processing. The theoretical model presented here is the first to provide a conceptual integration of existing theory and research in all phases of social information processing. It not only accounts for the major portion of existing research findings but permits several hypotheses to be generated concerning phenomena that have not yet been empirically investigated. Although focused here on the processing of information about people and events the formulation proposed has implications for other domains such as personnel appraisal political decision making and consumer behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876095

Memory and Commemoration in Medieval Culture In medieval society and culture memory occupied a unique position. It was central to intellectual life and the medieval understanding of the human mind. Commemoration of the dead was also a fundamental Christian activity. Above all the past - and the memory of it - occupied a central position in medieval thinking from ideas concerning the family unit to those shaping political institutions. Focusing on France but incorporating studies from further afield this collection of essays marks an important new contribution to the study of medieval memory and commemoration. Arranged thematically each part highlights how memory cannot be studied in isolation but instead intersects with many other areas of medieval scholarship including art history historiography intellectual history and the study of religious culture. Key themes in the study of memory are explored such as collective memory the links between memory and identity the fallibility of memory and the linking of memory to the future as an anticipation of what is to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601713

Memory and Community in Sixteenth-Century France Memory and Community in Sixteenth-Century France engages the question of remembering from a number of different perspectives. It examines the formation of communities within diverse cultural religious and geographical contexts especially in relation to the material conditions for producing texts and discourses that were the foundations for collective practices of memory. The Wars of Religion in France gave rise to numerous narrative and graphic representations of bodies remembered as icons and signifiers of the religious ’troubles.’ The multiple sites of these clashes were filled with sound language and diverse kinds of signs mediated by print writing and discourses that recalled past battles and opposed different factions. The volume demonstrates that memory and community interacted constantly in sixteenth-century France producing conceptual frames that defined the conflicting groups to which individuals belonged and from which they derived their identities. The ongoing conflicts of the Wars hence made it necessary for people both to remember certain events and to forget others. As such memory was one of the key ideas in a period defined by its continuous reformulations of the present as a forum in which contradictory accounts of the recent past competed with one another for hegemony. One of the aims of Memory and Community in Sixteenth-Century France is to remedy the lack of scholarship on this important memorial function which was one of the intellectual foundations of the late French Renaissance and its fractured communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880507

Memory and Conflict in LebanonRemembering and Forgetting the Past This book examines the legacy of Lebanon’s civil war and how the population and the youth in particular are dealing with their national past. Drawing on extensive qualitative research and social observation the author explores the efforts of those who wish to remember so as not to repeat past mistakes and those who wish to forget. In considering how the Lebanese youth are negotiating this collective memory Larkin addresses issues of: Lebanese post-war amnesia and the gradual emergence of new memory discourses and public debates Lebanese nationalism and historical memory visual memory and mnemonic landscapes oral memory and post-war narratives war memory as an agent of ethnic conflict and a tool for reconciliation and peace-building. trans-generational trauma or postmemory. Shedding new light on trauma and the persistence of ethnic and religious hostility this book offers a unique insight into Lebanon’s recurring communal tensions and a fresh perspective on the issue of war memory. As such this is an essential addition to the existing literature on Lebanon and will be relevant for scholars of sociology Middle East studies anthropology politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919457

Memory and Cultural Landscape at the Khami World Heritage Site ZimbabweAn Un-inherited Past This book focuses on a forgotten place—the Khami World Heritage site in Zimbabwe. It examines how professionally ascribed values and conservation priorities affect the cultural landscape when there is a disjuncture between local community and national interests and explores the epistemic violence that often accompanied colonial heritage management and archaeology in southern Africa. The central premise is that the history of the modern Zimbabwe nation in terms of what is officially remembered and celebrated inevitably determines how that past is managed. It is about how places are experienced and remembered through narratives and how the loss of this heritage memory may mark the un-inheriting of place. Memory and Cultural Landscape at the Khami World Heritage Site Zimbabwe is informed by the author’s experience of living near and working at Great Zimbabwe and Khami as an archaeologist and uses archives and traditional narratives to build a biography for this lost cultural landscape. Whereas Great Zimbabwe is a resource for the state’s contentious narrative of unity and a tool for cultural activism among communities whose cultural rights are denied through the nationalisation and globalisation heritage at Khami which has lost its historical gravity there is only silence. Researchers and students of cultural heritage will find this book a much-needed case study on heritage identity community and landscape from an African perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586454

Memory and Family in Australian Refugee Histories This book revisits Australian histories of refugee arrivals and settlement – with a particular focus on family and family life. It brings together new empirical research and methodologies in memory and oral history to offer multilayered histories of people seeking refuge in the 20th century. Engaging with histories of refugees and ‘family’ and how these histories intersect with aspects of memory studies — including oral history public storytelling family history and museum exhibitions and objects — the book moves away from a focus on individual adults and towards multilayered and rich histories of groups with a variety of intersectional affiliations. The contributions consider the conflicting layers of meaning built up around racialised and de-racialised refugee groups throughout the 20th century and their relationship to structural inequalities their shifting socio-economic positions and the changing racial and religious categories of inclusion and exclusion employed by dominant institutions. As the contributors to this book suggest ‘family’ functions as a means to revisit or research histories of mobility and refuge. This focus on ‘family’ illuminates intimate aspects of a history and the emotions it contains and enables – complicating the passive victim stereotype often applied to refugees. As interest in refugee ‘integration’ continues to rise as a result of increasingly vociferous identity politics and rising right-wing rhetoric this book offers readers new insights into the intersections between family and memory and the potential avenues this might open up for considering refugee studies in a more intimate way. This book was originally published as a special issue of Immigrants & Minorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332587

Memory and Forgetting in the Post-Holocaust EraThe Ethics of Never Again To forget after Auschwitz is considered barbaric. Baer and Sznaider question this assumption not only in regard to the Holocaust but to other political crimes as well. The duties of memory surrounding the Holocaust have spread around the globe and interacted with other narratives of victimization that demand equal treatment. Are there crimes that must be forgotten and others that should be remembered? In this book the authors examine the effects of a globalized Holocaust culture on the ways in which individuals and groups understand the moral and political significance of their respective histories of extreme political violence. Do such transnational memories facilitate or hamper the task of coming to terms with and overcoming divisive pasts? Taking Argentina Spain and a number of sites in post-communist Europe as test cases this book illustrates the transformation from a nationally oriented ethics to a trans-national one. The authors look at media scholarly discourse NGOs dealing with human rights and memory museums and memorial sites and examine how a new generation of memory activists revisits the past to construct a new future. Baer and Sznaider follow these attempts to manoeuvre between the duties of remembrance and the benefits of forgetting. This the authors argue is the "ethics of Never Again." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359188

Memory and GenocideOn What Remains and the Possibility of Representation This book focuses on the ethical aesthetic and scholarly dimensions of how genocide-related works of art documentary films poetry and performance museums and monuments music dance image law memory narratives spiritual bonds and ruins are translated and take place as translations of acts of genocide. It shows how genocide-related modes of representation are acts of translation which displace and produce memory and acts of remembrance of genocidal violence as inheritance of the past in a future present. Thus the possibility of representation is examined in light of what remains in the aftermath where the past and the future are inseparable companions and we find the idea of the untranslatability in acts of genocide. By opening up both the past and lived experiences of genocidal violence as and through multiple acts of translation this volume marks a heterogeneous turn towards the future  and one which will be of interest to all scholars and students of memory and genocide studies transitional justice sociology psychology and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085360

Memory and HealingNeurocognitive and Psychodynamic Perspectives on How Patients and Psychotherapists Remember This book addresses the current demand to apply findings in neuroscience to a broad spectrum of psychotherapy practices. It offers clear formulations for what has long been missing in how psychotherapists present their work: research-based descriptions of specific memory functions and attention to the role that synaptic plasticity and neural integration play in making lasting psychological change possible. The book provides a detailed perspective on how patients integrate into their own narratives what transpires in their treatment and how the clinician's memory guides the different phases of the process of healing. Long-neglected in psychotherapeutic formulations findings about memory-in particular episodic and autobiographical memory-have a direct bearing on what happens in treatments. Whether the information is about the recent past such as what happened between sessions or about traumatic childhood experiences the patient's disclosures are in the service of a more complete narrative about self. At the same time the therapist's ways of remembering what occurs in each therapeutic relationship will guide much of the healing process for the patient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200321

Memory and HistoryUnderstanding Memory as Source and Subject How does the historian approach memory and how do historians use different sources to analyze how history and memory interact and impact on each other? Memory and History explores the different aspects of the study of this field. Taking examples from Europe Australia the USA and Japan and treating periods beyond living memory as well as the recent past the volume highlights the contours of the current vogue for memory among historians while demonstrating the diversity and imagination of the field. Each chapter looks at a set of key historical and historiographical questions through research-based case studies: How does engaging with memory as either source or subject help to illuminate the past? What are the theoretical ethical and/or methodological challenges that are encountered by historians engaging with memory in this way and how might they be managed? How can the reading of a particular set of sources illuminate both of these questions? The chapters cover a diverse range of approaches and subjects including oral history memorialization and commemoration visual cultures and photography autobiographical fiction material culture ethnic relations the individual and collective memories of war veterans. The chapters collectively address a wide range of primary source material beyond oral testimony – photography monuments memoir and autobiographical writing fiction art and woodcuttings ‘everyday’ and ‘exotic’ cultural artefacts journalism political polemic the law and witness testimony. This book will be essential reading for students of history and memory providing an accessible guide to the historical study of memory through a focus on varied source materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677127

Memory and Intelligence In the course of their researches for Mental Imagery in the Child (1971) the authors came to appreciate that action may be more conducive to the formation and conservation of images than is mere perception. This raised the problem of memory and its relation to intelligence which they examine in this title originally published in English in 1973. Through the analysis primarily of the child’s capacity for remembering additive and multiplicative logical structures and his remembrance of causal and spatial structures the authors investigate whether memories pursue their own course regardless of the intelligence or whether in specified conditions mnemonic improvements may be due to progress in intelligence. They examine the relationship between the memory’s figurative aspects (from perceptive recognition to the memory-image) and its operational aspects (the schemata of the intelligence) and stress the fundamental significance of the mnemonic level known as the ‘reconstructive memory’. This was a pioneering work at the time presenting illuminating conclusions drawn from extensive research together with a number of constructive ideas which opened up a fresh approach to an important area of educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138856769

Memory and LearningA Practical Guide for Teachers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203065006

Memory and LiturgyThe Place of Memory in the Composition and Practice of Liturgy Memory is a major factor in the composition and practice of liturgy. Recent research into how the brain and memory function points the way to how liturgy can best meet the needs of worshippers. In Memory and Liturgy Peter Atkins draws on the fruits of his research into the process of the brain and our memory and applies it to liturgical worship. His extensive experience in writing and using liturgy keeps this book rooted in reality. In its ten chapters the author applies the functioning of the brain and the memory to our remembrance of God in worship; God's memory of us through Baptism; our remembrance of Jesus Christ in the Eucharist; the corporate memory of the community created through worship; the healing of memories of sin and pain through forgiveness; three aids to help us worship; the process of continuity and change in liturgy; and the connection between memory imagination and hope. The conclusion summarizes the main practical issues. This provides a check-list for those serving on Liturgical Commissions and those involved in the teaching of the practice of liturgy. This book is a positive contribution to the ongoing search for suitable liturgical worship and music for the 21st century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249193

Memory and Medieval Tomb This title was first published in 2000:  Reverent memorial for the dead was the inspiration for the production of a significant category of artworks during the Middle Ages - artworks aimed as much at the laity as at the clergy and intended to maintain symbolically the presence of the dead. Memoria the term that describes the formal liturgical memory of the dead also includes artworks intended to house and honour the deceased. This book explores the ways in which medieval Christians sought to memorialize the deceased: with tombs cenotaphs altars and other furnishings connected to a real or symbolic burial site. A dozen essays analyze strategies for commemoration from the 4th to the 15th century: the means by which human memory could be activated or manipulated through the interaction between monuments their setting and the visitor. Building upon from the growing body of literature on memory in the Middle Ages the collection focuses on the tomb monument and its context as a complex to define what is to be remembered to fix memory and to facilitate recollection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722828

Memory and Medieval Tomb This book explores the ways in which medieval Christians sought to memorialize the deceased: with tombs cenotaphs altars and other furnishings connected to a real or symbolic burial site. Reverent memorial for the dead was the inspiration for the production of a significant category of artworks during the Middle Ages - artworks aimed as much at the laity as at the clergy and intended to maintain symbolically the presence of the dead. Memoria the term that describes the formal liturgical memory of the dead also includes artworks intended to house and honour the deceased. A dozen essays analyze strategies for commemoration from the 4th - 15th century: the means by which human memory could be activated or manipulated through the interaction between monuments their setting and the visitor. Building upon from the growing body of literature on memory in the Middle Ages the collection focuses on the tomb monument and its context as a complex to define what is to be remembered to fix memory and to facilitate recollection. The papers were originally presented at the 1994 meetings of the College Art Association the International Congresses of Medieval Studies at Western Michigan University Kalamazoo and the University of Leeds England in 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722798

Memory and Memorials 1789-1914Literary and Cultural Perspectives Ranging historically from the French Revolution to the beginnings of Modernism this book examines the significance of memory in an era of furious social change. Through an examination of literature history and science the authors explore the theme of memory as a tool of social progression. This book offers a fresh theoretical understanding of the period and a wealth of empirical material of use to the historian literature student or social psychologist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758314

Memory and MemorialsFrom the French Revolution to World War One Focusing on the "long" nineteenth century from the French Revolution to the beginnings of Modernism this book examines the significance of memory in this era of turbulent social change. Through investigation of science literature history and the visual arts the authors explore theories of memory and the cultural and literary resonances of memorializing.Drawing on the work of many of the most influential literary figures of the period such as Tennyson Scott and Hardy Memory and Memorials explores key topics such as: gender and memory; Victorian psychological theories of memory; and cultural constructions in literature science history and architecture.Memory and Memorials: From the French Revolution to World War One employs a range of new and influential interdisciplinary methodologies. It offers both a fresh theoretical understanding of the period and a wealth of empirical material of use to the historian literary critic or social psychologist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527898

Memory and MemorialsThe Commemorative Century The twentieth century perhaps more than any other was shaped by war and conflict. In particular the two world wars have had a profound influence on the development of world history especially in western Europe. The aim of Memory and Memorials however is not to seek the effects war has had on the twentieth century but rather to explore how societies chose to remember wars and manipulate this memory for political and cultural purposes. Tackling issues of actual memory distorted memory and reconstructions of the past the use and nature of the war memorial and the reflection of all these points in selected art literature and film the main theme of Memory and Memorials is to stress both continuity and change in memory and memorial. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249186

Memory and Methodology The increasing centrality of memory to work being done across a wide range of disciplines has brought along with it vexed questions and far-reaching changes in the way knowledge is pursued. This timely collection provides a forum for demonstrating how various disciplines are addressing these concerns. Is an historian's approach to memory similar to that of theorists in media or cultural studies or are their understandings in fact contradictory? Which methods of analysis are most appropriate in which contexts? What are the relations between individual and social memory? Why should we study memory and how can it enrich other research? What does its study bring to our understanding of subjectivity identity and power? In addressing these knotty questions Memory and Methodology showcases a rich and diverse range of research on memory. Leading scholars in anthropology history film and cultural studies address topics including places of memory; trauma film and popular memory; memory texts; collaborative memory work and technologies of memory. This timely and interdisciplinary study represents a major contribution to our understanding of how memory is shaping contemporary academic research and of how people shape and are shaped by memory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086086

Memory and MindA Festschrift for Gordon H. Bower A comprehensive overview of the current state of research on memory and mind this book captures the career and influence of Gordon H. Bower (as told by 22 of his students and colleagues) showing how Bower's research and mentoring of students has broadly and deeply affected modern research. In addition to many personal reminisces about Bower's research and graduate training in the 1950s through 1990s this book illustrates how Bower's early research and ideas lay the groundwork for much of modern psychological studies of memory expertise psychological assessment and mental imagery. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138004290

Memory and Miscarriages of Justice Memory is often the primary evidence in the courtroom yet unfortunately this evidence may not be fit for purpose. This is because memory is both fallible and malleable; it is possible to forget and also to falsely remember things which never happened. The legal system has been slow to adapt to scientific findings about memory even though such findings have implications for the use of memory as evidence not only in the case of eyewitness testimony but also for how jurors barristers and judges weigh evidence. Memory and Miscarriages of Justice provides an authoritative look at the role of memory in law and highlights the common misunderstandings surrounding it while bringing the modern scientific understanding of memory to the forefront. Drawing on the latest research this book examines cases where memory has played a role in miscarriages of justice and makes recommendations from the science of memory to support the future of memory evidence in the legal system. Appealing to undergraduate and postgraduate students of psychology and law memory experts and legal professionals this book provides an insightful and global view of the use of memory within the legal system. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138805606

Memory and Pedagogy Memory work – the conscious remembering and study of individual and shared memories – is increasingly being acknowledged as a key pedagogical tool in working with children. Giving students opportunities and support to remember and study their selves as individuals and as communities allows them to see their future as something that belongs to them and that they can influence in some way for the better. This edited volume brings together essays from scholars who are studying the interconnections between pedagogy and memory in the context of social themes and social inquiry within educational research. The book provides a range of perspectives on the social and pedagogical relevance of memory studies to the educational arena in relation to the themes of memory and method revisiting childhood memory and place addressing political conflict sexuality and embodiment and inter-generational studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849548

Memory and Pluralism in the Baltic States Memories both in individual and collective form still have a significant impact on how people relate to political processes in Europe today. While much has been written about top-down attempts by states and political actors to mould people’s memories of the past through public commemoration textbooks or monuments this volume takes a view from below by focusing on different types of societal actors and the ways in which they interact with the political world in order to influence collective memory. Presented within a comprehensive conceptual framework the empirical cases focus on three countries of the former Soviet Union: Estonia Latvia and Lithuania. They show that different or even antagonistic perceptions of the recent past not only appear between different ethnic groups but also between socio-economic groups different age groups or generations as well as between women and men. Moreover they give an impressive account on the multiple ways in which these perceptions empower individuals and groups to seek greater influence in the construction of collective memory. The volume therefore not only provides a valuable and fresh perspective on the relationship between social memory and democratic politics but also contributes to post-Communist regional studies in the enlarged European Union. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Baltic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383098

Memory and Recovery in Times of Crisis This book presents a social scientific reading of the challenges of memory and recovery in times of crisis. Drawing on different interpretations of what constitutes ‘crisis’ this collection uses lenses of economics identity and commemoration to question how memory and recovery is being constituted through larger discourses of political claims of moving forward healing and identity. Memory and Recovery in Times of Crisis examines how memory is dis- or re-interred through social processes and further how recovered memories are challenged or legitimized. It also presents a set of questions that will stimulate further reflections on what kind of role understandings of memory of crisis can play in recovery. Given the world we find ourselves living in in 2017 – a world subject to multiple intersecting crises – how we understand the dynamics of memory and recovery is a pressing issue indeed. This book will appeal to both scholars and students of anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271787

Memory and Representation in Contemporary EuropeThe Persistence of the Past Why do certain places and not others symbolically capture the past and freeze time? Likewise why does the process of memory as a fluid and changing activity seem to prevent its own solidification? Memory and Representation in Contemporary Europe reflects not only on the persistence of the past as a theme linked to modernity media and time but also discusses the politics of memory within a changing Europe. Drawing on the theoretical work of Hannah Arendt Isaiah Berlin and Zygmunt Bauman Siobhan Kattago uses examples from both Germany and Estonia in order to address the multiple layers of Europe's totalitarian past. Through reflecting on the legacy of totalitarianism and the revolutions of 1989 it becomes clear that the issue is less of whether one should remember but rather how to internalize the various lessons of the past for the future of Europe. Memory and Representation in Contemporary Europe thus offers the reader occasions upon which to take stock of different but overlapping contours of past and present in contemporary Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111028

Memory and Sexual MisconductPsychological Research for Criminal Justice Memory and Sexual Misconduct: Psychological Research for Criminal Justice investigates the veracity of memories of sexual misconduct and the factors that may influence accurate recall and fundamentally assesses whether psychological science can help the criminal justice system in determining which accusations are likely to be accurate and which are not. In recent years the public has been inundated with announcements of sexual assault allegations in particular against public figures like politicians businessmen movie moguls and professional athletes. Many of these accusations concern events that occurred several years prior to their announcements and trials. Drawing upon a compilation of real-life sexual assault cases and psychological science on recall and sexual trauma this book provides an analysis of memory reports of sexual misconduct including inappropriate comments behaviors harassment and assault. It compares these memories with other types of memory such as flashbulb memories co-witness conformity memory and autobiographical memory. Memory and Sexual Misconduct helps readers interpret the role of emotion the level of detail and the possible distinction between someone remembering a past event and believing the past event occurred. By providing a thorough evaluation of the likelihood that misconduct memories are accurate and investigating factors that affect this accuracy Memory and Sexual Misconduct is an invaluable text to both the criminal justice system and the general public particularly as sexual misconduct allegations of past events continue to come to light. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136611

Memory and SocietyPsychological Perspectives Memory and Society explores the social factors which influence human memory and our conceptualisation of memory. It examines the relationships between memory society and culture and considers the relevance of theories of memory to real world issues. The opening section deals with the topic of autobiographical memory. It looks at the role of the self; how the self is shaped by society but also how it is the self which encodes and constructs memories. The Reconstructive nature of episodic memory is considered and how the present acts as the basis for remembering the past with the rememberer's beliefs desires and interpretations playing a central role. The middle section looks at the influence of the social environment on learning. It debates the relevance of the application of basic principles gained in laboratory settings to learning and memory in social settings. These principles are used to throw light on topics such as e-learning eyewitness testimonies and optimal treatment and thinking. Moreover these real world scenarios are themselves used to throw light on basic principles and how they can be improved. The final section looks at the social consequences and costs of memory deficits covering normal aging and pathological changes in old age memory deficits related to dyslexia working memory problems in everyday cognition problems in executive functions in chronic alcoholics and Korsakoff amnesics. It also examines methods of rehabilitation for everyday life. Incorporating contributions from leading international authorities in memory research as well as new data and ideas for the direction of future research this book will be invaluable to psychologists working in the fields of memory and society. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877566

Memory and Spatiality in Post-Millennial Spanish Narrative Focusing on literary texts produced from 2000 to 2009 Lorraine Ryan examines the imbrication between the preservation of Republican memory and the transformations of Spanish public space during the period from 1931 to 2005. Accordingly Ryan analyzes the spatial empowerment and disempowerment of Republican memory and identity in Dulce Chacón’s Cielos de barro Ángeles López’s Martina la rosa número trece Alberto Méndez’s ’Los girasoles ciegos ’ Carlos Ruiz Zafón´s La sombra del viento Emili Teixidor’s Pan negro Bernardo Atxaga’s El hijo del acordeonista and José María Merino’s La sima. The interrelationship between Republican subalternity and space is redefined by these writers as tense and constantly in flux undermined by its inexorable relationality which leads to subjects endeavoring to instill into space their own values. Subjects erode the hegemonic power of the public space by articulating in an often surreptitious form their sense of belonging to a prohibited Republican memory culture. In the democratic period they seek a categorical reinstatement of same on the public terrain. Ryan also considers the motivation underlying this coterie of authors’ commitment to the issue of historical memory an analysis which serves to amplify the ambits of existing scholarship that tends to ascribe it solely to postmemory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253223

Memory and Suggestibility in the Forensic Interview Memories are the ultimate foundation of testimony in legal settings ranging from criminal trials to divorce mediations and custody hearings. Yet the last decade has seen mounting evidence of various ways in which the accuracy of memories can be distorted on the one hand and enhanced on the other. This book offers a long-awaited comprehensive and balanced overview of what we now understand about children's and adults' eyewitness capabilities--and of the important practical and theoretical implications of this new understanding. The authors leading clinicians and behavioral scientists with diverse training experiences and points of view provide insight into the social cognitive developmental and legal factors that affect the accuracy and quality of information obtained in forensic interviews. Armed with the knowledge these chapters convey practitioners in psychology psychiatry social work criminology law and other relevant fields will be better informed about the strengths and limitations of witnesses' accounts; researchers will be better poised to design powerful new studies. Memory and Suggestibility in the Forensic Interview will be a crucial resource for anyone involved in elucidating interpreting and reporting the memories of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138003163

Memory and Survival the French Cinema of Krzysztof Kieslowski "Kieslowski's last films have indelibly marked the past decade. His cinema has renewed the representation of the human subject and emotion in film: space and luminous surface reveal the finest most fragile impressions of states of mind and human consciousness. This study is the first to offer specific focus on Kies'lowski's last films on his French-language cinema and its place within the broader context of French film-making. Engaging with Deleuze's discussions of the time-image and recent work in trauma theory Emma Wilson offers radical insights into the innovation in Kies'lowski's explorations of memory temporality loss and desire. A charged defence of Kies'lowski's work Memory and Survival offers new readings of this cinema of blind chance and fleeting beauty." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198639

Memory and the Brain Published in the year 1984 Memory and the Brain is a valuable contribution to the field of Neuropsychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781197

Memory and Totalitarianism Understanding Europe's past became an urgent matter with the events of August 1991 in Moscow in the former Soviet Union. The invasion of Moscow's streets by Russian people rejecting an attempted coup d'etat was the culmination of a process that had been initiated years before and raised crucial questions: To what extent can these events be considered the end of an era stretching from World War I to the 1980s when Europe experienced many forms of dictatorship? To what extent can the various forms of dictatorship Europe experienced in the twentieth century be grouped together? Can any sort of affinity be established between them?The new introduction to the paperback edition of this volume in the Memory and Narrative series Leydesdorff and Crownshaw underline the fundamental importance of the struggle for memory and its meaning. Memory and Totalitarianism explores the remembered experiences of individuals living under different totalitarian regimes and examines the construction of memory in the aftermath of those regimes' collapse. It attempts to situate the findings of oral history in the context of contemporary memory. It wrestles with the most painful memories that Europeans have of this century at the end of the Cold War. These memories compare with oral history's research into such experiences as racist attitudes against blacks in the South or the cultural and psychological effects of apartheid in South Africa or the Aborigines' claim to their own history and to a new idea of history in Australia.Totalitarianisms are products of the twentieth century that go far beyond earlier manifestations of absolutism and autocracy in their effort to completely control political social and intellectual life. They were made possible by modern industrialism and technology. Therefore the theme of the book expands to include many other experiences that relate to totalitarian mentalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527904

Memory and Trauma in International RelationsTheories Cases and Debates This work seeks to provide a comprehensive and accessible survey of the international dimension of trauma and memory and its manifestations in various cultural contexts. Drawing together contributions and case studies from scholars around the globe the book explores the international political dimension of feeling suffering forgetting remembering and memorializing traumatic events and to investigate how they function as social practices for overcoming trauma and creating social change. Divided into two sections the book maps out the different theoretical debates and then moves on to examine emerging themes such as ontological security social change gender religion foreign policy & natural disasters. Throughout the chapters the editors consider the social political and ethical implications of forgetting and remembering traumatic events in world politics Showcasing how trauma and memory deepen our understanding of IR this work will be of great interest to students and scholars of international relations memory and trauma studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289499

Memory and Utopian Agency in Utopian/Dystopian LiteratureMemory of the Future For a genre that imagines possible futures as a means of critiquing the present utopian/dystopian fiction has been surprisingly obsessed with how the past is remembered. Memory and Utopian Agency in Utopian/Dystopian Literature: Memory of the Future examines modern and contemporary utopian/dystopian literature’s preoccupation with memory asserting that from the nineteenth century onward memory and forgetting feature as key problematics in the genre as well as sources of the utopian impulse. Through a series of close readings of utopian/dystopian novels informed by theory and dialectics Hanson provides a case study history of how and why memory emerged as a problem for utopia and how recent dystopian texts situate memory as a crucial mode of utopian agency. Hanson demonstrates that many modern and contemporary writers of the genre consider the presence of certain forms of memory as necessary to the project of imagining better societies or to avoiding possible dystopian outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858612

Memory and UtopiaThe Primacy of Inter-Subjectivity 'Memory and Utopia' looks at the connection between memory and forgetfulness in Europe during the twentieth century. Drawing on oral history and feminist theory and practice the book highlights how women struggled to be recognized as full subjects. The themes of utopia and desire in the 1968 movements of students women and workers are explored. 'Memory and Utopia' examines the sense of belonging to Europe that has emerged in the last twenty years. The book analyses European identity as expressed through identities based on gender age and culture to explore an inclusive and non-hierarchical subjectivity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091266

Memory as a Moral DecisionThe Role of Ethics in Organizational Culture The notion of organizational culture has become a matter of central importance with the great increase in the size of organizations in the twentieth century and the need for managers to run them. Like morale in the military organizational culture is the great invisible force that decides the difference between success and failure and serves as the key to organizational change productivity effectiveness control innovation and communication. Memory as a Moral Decision provides a historical review of the literature on organizational culture. Its goal is to investigate the kind of world conceptualized by those who have described organizations and the kind of moral world they have in fact constructed through its ideals and images for the men and women who work in organizations.Feldman builds his analysis around a historically grounded concept of moral tradition. He demonstrates a central insight: when those who have written on organizational culture have addressed issues of ethics they have ignored the past as a foundation to stabilize and maintain moral commitments. Instead they have fluctuated between attempts to base ethics on executive rationality and attempts to escape the suffocating logic of rationalism. After an opening chapter defining the concept of moral tradition Feldman focuses on early works on organizational management by Chester Barnard and Melville Dalton. These define the tension between ethical rationalism and ethical relativism. He then turns to contemporary frameworks analyzing critical organizational theory and the "new institutionalism." In the final chapters Feldman considers ethical relativism in contemporary thinking including postmodern organization theory the exaggerated drive for diversity and such concepts as power/knowledge and deconstructionism.Memory as a Moral Decision is unique in its understanding of organizational culture as it relates to past present and future systems. Its interdisciplinary approach uses the insights of sociology psychology and culture studies to create an invaluable framework for the study of ethics in organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351325080

Memory ConsolidationPsychobiology of Cognition First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802626

Memory CulturesMemory Subjectivity and Recognition In recent years memory has attracted increasing attention. From analyses of electronic communication and the Internet to discussions of heritage culture to debates about victimhood and sexual abuse memory is currently generating much cultural interest. This interdisciplinary collection takes a journey through memory in order to contextualize this current "memory boom."Memory Cultures focuses on memories "outside"--in the many fields within which understandings of memory have been produced. It focuses less on memory as an object whose inner workings are to be studied and more on memory as a concept. It traces the genealogies of our contemporary Western understandings of memory through studies of the early modern arts of memory. It also discusses nineteenth-century evolutionary museums and the modernist explorations of artists and writers. Here it explores the differences between Western and non-Western concepts of the lived past and compares understandings of memory in history psychoanalysis and anthropology.The volume is divided into five parts: "Believing the Body"; "Propping the Subject"; "What Memory Forgets: Models of the Mind"; "What History Forgets: Memory and Time"; and "Memory Beyond the Modern." Individual essays by many of the foremost international scholars in memory studies trace memory's intimate association with identity and recognition with cities with lived time with the science of the mind with fantasy and with the media.Memory Cultures will be of essential interest to those working in the fields of cultural studies history and also anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527911

Memory Development Between Two and Twenty In this volume two scholars with different but complementary interests in memory and cognitive development present a careful overview of the field of memory development from the perspective of their theory of good strategy use. In addition to treating broad topics of general interest such as knowledge cognitive capacity and metamemory the text also examines controversial issues surrounding the development of children's memory--particularly eyewitness memory. The result is a coherent statement about memory development accompanied by commentary on the study of memory development plus applications of the theory and research in the area. This book is intended for advanced undergraduate and graduate students as well as researchers and other professionals interested in child and adolescent memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876613

Memory Development in Children Originally published in 1978 the contributors to this volume offer here chapters and position papers concerned with children’s memory. The chapters represent in-depth reports on children’s sensory memory rehearsal processes and organizational processes as well as treatments of constructive aspects of children’s memory the representational-development hypothesis and memory in pre-schoolers. The position papers address critical issues confronting researchers in memory development including the developmental implications of multistore and levels-of-processing models of memory as well as distinctions between semantic and episodic memory recall and recognition and deliberate and nondeliberate aspects of children’s memory. An historical overview provides an introduction to the volume leading the reader to the very latest in new directions of research in this area at the time. This volume will be of interest to all concerned with the development of memory in children. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138995734

Memory DevelopmentUniversal Changes and Individual Differences This volume a collection of papers resulting from a conference sponsored by the Max Planck Society presents an overview of past research on memory development possible applications of this research and new ideas for future areas of study. The role of cognitive components in the development of memory performance and the social and motivational contexts of memory development are described. Includes various theoretical approaches explaining memory development across the life span. Memory Development: Universal Changes and Individual Differences is of interest to researchers undergraduates and graduate students in developmental psychology educational psychology and technology and experimental psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203771365

Memory Disorders in Clinical Practice This book has been specially designed to give practical help to those who have to deal with diagnosis and subsequent management of patients with memory dicturbance resulting from specific types of cerebral pathology.The author achieves this by organising his book on the basis of clinical aetiology. While anatomical and psychological perspectives are introduced the emphasis is on approaches which will help clinicians in the management of patients with specific neurological diseases. For example the essential topic of differential diagnosis is given prominence throughout: the principles of diagnositc assessment are discussed in a separate chapter and specific diagnostic features are outlined in each of the chapters dealing with individual cerebral pathologies. The author draws on his own extensive experience as a practising clinical neuropsychologist to describe and evaluate the range of existing memory test procedures and suggest additional procedures as appropriate. Full references are also given for those wishing to develop their own assessment of therapeutic procedures. Mainly intended for practising neurologists and clinical neuropsychologists anyone whose work brings them into contact with patients suffering from memory disturbance will find this book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138402485

Memory Distortions and Their Prevention This volume explores the well-documented phenomena of memory distortion in a variety of settings as well as how it can be ameliorated or prevented altogether. The editors have recruited some of the very best researchers in the applied cognitive field to address these issues. These authors examine distortion from several angles: fuzzy trace theory face identification memory deficits with age collaborative influences on distortion sociocultural influences on memory retention of procedural and declarative information and ignorance of medical and other information. The final chapter addresses the issue of cognitive technology in general. Because of the surge of interest in applied cognitive psychology and in the memory distortion issue in particular this book will be valuable to many applied and basic researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003156

Memory Editing MechanismsA Special Issue of Memory This special issue of Memory is devoted to an investigation of those mechanisms by which memory is edited for inaccuracies and inconsistencies. In the past 20 years false memories have been investigated from a variety of different angles. Substantial evidence indicates that false memories can be created in a number of different situations including word learning sentence and story memory eyewitness memory memory for faces and memory for naturalistic scenes. In each of these cases it has been found that memory is subject to a range of distortions. But there has also been an increasing recognition that this is only half the story. For although memory is subject to distortion there are also quality control mechanisms that are utilized that allow our memories to be relied on as reasonably accurate under most circumstances. These mechanisms include recollection rejection distinctiveness and source memory. The focus of this special issue then is on the interplay between Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781003059721

Memory for Everyday and Emotional Events The nature of memory for everyday events and the contexts that can affect it are controversial topics being investigated by researchers in cognitive social clinical and developmental/lifespan psychology today. This book brings many of these researchers together in an attempt to unpack the contextual and processing variables that play a part in everyday memory particularly for emotion-laden events. They discuss the mental structures and processes that operate in the formation of memory representations and their later retrieval and interpretation. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315799421

Memory for Everyday and Emotional Events The nature of memory for everyday events and the contexts that can affect it are controversial topics being investigated by researchers in cognitive social clinical and developmental/lifespan psychology today. This book brings many of these researchers together in an attempt to unpack the contextual and processing variables that play a part in everyday memory particularly for emotion-laden events. They discuss the mental structures and processes that operate in the formation of memory representations and their later retrieval and interpretation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315789231

Memory for Odors The power of odors to unlock human memory is celebrated in literature and anecdote but poorly documented by science. Odors -- perhaps more than other stimuli -- are widely believed to evoke vivid and complex past experiences easily. Yet in contrast to the frequency with which odors are thought to evoke memories of the past scientific evidence is thus far scant. For years voluminous data have been collected on odor sensitivity whereas relatively few studies exist on memory for odors per se. Moreover the memory data that do exist are thus far only poorly integrated with the most modern attitudes on human memory. The major goal of this volume is to point the way toward a better state of affairs one in which the study of odor memory is legitimatized as a proper specialization and is informed by the most promising ideas in the mainstream study of memory. This volume explores three tendencies in modern memory theory that have not yet sufficiently penetrated the odor-memory work: memory coding memory and knowledge and implicit and explicit memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138980860

Memory for Proper NamesA Special Issue of Memory A growing body of research suggests that there is a specific cognitive deficit in the retrieval of proper names as compared with the retrieval of object names and other words. This special issue brings together studies that analyse the nature of retrieval failure for proper names and evaluate whether a common memory system can adequately account for the representation and retrieval of both proper and common names. The contributions reflect experimental ecological developmental neuropsychological and computational approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877306

Memory Games for Groups This wonderfully practical handbook features 80 adaptable and photocopiable games for uses with older people as well as individuals or groups of all ages. The games can be used as part of a social activities programme specifically for reminiscence purposes to help keep people orientated to the world around them to exercise memory skills or as the prelude to discussion so that individuals can share difficulties and explore methods of aiding memory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174105

Memory ImprovedReading and Memory Enhancement Across the Life Span Through Strategic Text Structures This unique text presents a systematic study of a proven method for increasing the memory and reading comprehension of older adults by using a program based on discourse processing. The program facilitates the encoding and retrieval of information through a reading strategy plan utilizing top-level structures in the text. The authors of this volume provide student and teacher training manuals for the program as well as a review of the literature data tables and graphs; an extensive bibliography; and five 1 1/2 hour sessions to improve memory and reading comprehension. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138995741

Memory in Dispute 'This is a much-needed book - experienced clinicians writing intelligently about one of the most fraught and complex clinical problems facing psychotherapy today. We have patients who are suffering - suffering because of memories of experiences with which they cannot cope with which nobody should have to cope. This book is aimed at the clinicia Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325565

Memory in Education As our understanding of the human memory system broadens and develops new opportunities arise for improving students’ long-term knowledge retention in the classroom. Written by two experts on the subject this book explores how scientific models of memory and cognition can inform instructional practices. Six chapters guide readers through the information processing model of memory working and long-term memory and Cognitive Load Theory (CLT) before addressing instructional strategies. This accessible up-to-date volume is designed for any educational psychology or general education course that includes memory in the curriculum and will be indispensable for student researchers and both pre- and in-service teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028572

Memory in Shakespeare's HistoriesStages of Forgetting in Early Modern England A distinguishing feature of Shakespeare’s later histories is the prominent role he assigns to the need to forget. This book explore the ways in which Shakespeare expanded the role of forgetting in histories from King John to Henry V as England contended with what were perceived to be traumatic breaks in its history and in the fashioning of a sense of nationhood. For plays ostensibly designed to recover the past and make it available to the present they devote remarkable attention to the ways in which states and individuals alike passively neglect or actively suppress the past and rewrite history. Two broad and related historical developments caused remembering and forgetting to occupy increasingly prominent and equivocal positions in Shakespeare’s history plays: an emergent nationalism and the Protestant Reformation. A growth in England’s sense of national identity constructed largely in opposition to international Catholicism caused historical memory to appear a threat as well as a support to the sense of unity. The Reformation caused many Elizabethans to experience a rupture between their present and their Catholic past a condition that is reflected repeatedly in the history plays where the desire to forget becomes implicated with traumatic loss. Both of these historical shifts resulted in considerable fluidity and uncertainty in the values attached to historical memory and forgetting. Shakespeare’s histories in short become increasingly equivocal about the value of their own acts of recovery and recollection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896832

Memory in Transatlantic RelationsFrom the Cold War to the Global War on Terror This volume focuses on the uses of collective memory in transatlantic relations between the United States and Western and Central European nations in the period from the Cold War to the present day. Sitting at the intersection of international relations history memory studies and various "area" studies Memory in Transatlantic Relations examines the role of memory in an international context including the ways in which policy and decision makers utilize memory; the relationship between trauma memory and international politics; the multiplicity of actors who shape memory; and the role of memory in the conflicts in post-Cold War Europe. Thematically organized and presenting studies centered on the U.S. Hungary France the Czech Republic and Slovakia the authors explore the built environment (memorials) and performances of memory (commemorations) shedding light on the ways in which memories are mobilized to frame relations between the U.S. and nations in Western and Central Europe. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences and historians with interests in memory studies foreign policy and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661243

Memory Management for Synthesis of DSP Software Although programming in memory-restricted environments is never easy this holds especially true for digital signal processing (DSP). The data-rich computation-intensive nature of DSP makes memory management a chief and challenging concern for designers. Memory Management for Synthesis of DSP Software focuses on minimizing memory requirements during the synthesis of DSP software from dataflow representations. Dataflow representations are used in many popular DSP design tools and the methods of this book can be applied in that context as well as other contexts where dataflow is used.This book systematically reviews research conducted by the authors on memory minimization techniques for compiling synchronous dataflow (SDF) specifications. Beginning with an overview of the foundations of software synthesis techniques from SDF descriptions it examines aggressive buffer-sharing techniques that take advantage of specific and quantifiable tradeoffs between code size and buffer size to achieve high levels of buffer memory optimization.The authors outline coarse-level strategies using lifetime analysis and dynamic storage allocation (DSA) for efficient buffer sharing as one approach and demonstrate the role of the CBP (consumed-before-produced) parameter at a finer level using a merging framework for buffer sharing. They present two powerful algorithms for combining these sharing techniques and then introduce techniques that are not restricted to the single appearance scheduling space of the other techniques.Extensively illustrated to clarify the mathematical concepts Memory Management for Synthesis of DSP Software presents a comprehensive survey of state-of-the-art research in DSP software synthesis. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221205

Memory MattersContexts for Understanding Sexual Abuse Recollections This book is grounded in the debates of the 1980s and 1990s that surrounded recollections of childhood sexual abuse particularly those that emerged in the context of psychotherapy. When growing numbers of therapists claimed that they were recovering deeply repressed memories of early sexual violations in their female clients a wave of alarmed critics countered that therapists were implanting the very memories they were discovering. In looking back at this volatile and heated controversy Memory Matters takes up disturbing questions that linger concerning memory sexuality and childhood. Beginning with a re-analysis of cases from the recovered memory era the volume goes on to offer fresh perspectives on recollections of childhood sexual abuse. Informed by feminist and critical perspectives within psychology contributing authors introduce examples from their own qualitative research on processes of remembering. They offer rich examples from a wide range of applied settings from the courts psychotherapy institutions for the disabled to self-help groups and the media. A shared set of questions is addressed by each of the authors to create a dialogue with the reader on recurring motifs. Memory Matters is an ideal resource for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students in the social sciences and legal studies as well as practitioners in the fields of mental health crisis services and the law. Scholarly and accessible in tone the book also offers helpful insights for professionals working with childhood memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650076

Memory MechanismsA Tribute To G.v. Goddard Presenting the work of researchers who are at the forefront of the study of memory mechanisms this volume addresses a wide range of topics including: physiological and biophysical studies of synaptic plasticity neural models of information storage and recall functional and structural considerations of amnesia in brain-damaged patients and behavioral studies of animal cognition and memory. The book's coverage of diverse approaches to memory mechanisms is intended to help dissolve the borders between behavioral psychology cognitive neuropsychology and neurophysiology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807980

Memory Politics in Contemporary RussiaTelevision Cinema and the State This book examines the societal dynamics of memory politics in Russia. Since Vladimir Putin became president the Russian central government has increasingly actively employed cultural memory to claim political legitimacy and discredit all forms of political opposition. The rhetorical use of the past has become a defining characteristic of Russian politics creating a historical foundation for the regime’s emphasis on a strong state and centralised leadership.Exploring memory politics this book analyses a wide range of actors from the central government and the Russian Orthodox Church to filmmaker and cultural heavyweight Nikita Mikhalkov and radical thinkers such as Aleksandr Dugin. In addition in view of the steady decline in media freedom since 2000 it critically examines the role of cinema and television in shaping and spreading these narratives. Thus this book aims to gain a better understanding of the various means through which the Russian government practices its memory politics (e.g. the role of state media) and on the other hand to sufficiently value the existence of alternative and critical voices and criticism that existing studies tend to overlook. Contributing to current debates in the field of memory studies and of current affairs in Russia and Eastern Europe this book will be of interest to scholars working in the fields of Russian Studies Cultural Memory Studies Nationalism and National Identity Political Communication Film Television and Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734060

Memory QuirksThe Study of Odd Phenomena in Memory Memory Quirks explores the odd phenomena that challenge and upend our traditional understanding of human memory. Theory in memory research was developed to explain basic processes such as encoding and retrieval recognition and recall and semantic and episodic memory. However the peculiar memory phenomena that we all occasionally experience often contradict standard theories of memory processing. Featuring research from leading international academics Memory Quirks examines such topics as déjà vu insight and creativity in memory memory for past meals the presque vu phenomenon tip-of-the-tongue states unconscious plagiarism and borrowed stolen and long-term implicit memory. It also explains why these phenomena are important to understanding the entire spectrum of human memory. This fascinating book will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students cognitive psychology and metamemory researchers and those who wish to broaden their understanding of the complexities of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278052

Memory Search By A Memorist This book describes the first comprehensive experimental research program on an individual who exhibits exceptional memory. Rajan Mahadevan the subject of these investigations won a place in the Guinness Book of Records for reciting pi to 31 811 decimal places can learn matrices up to size 20 X 20 and can produce memory spans above 60 for digits. Utilizing the methodology and theories of modern cognitive psychology the authors systematically investigated Rajan's memory skills. A wide range of experiments and tests were conducted with Rajan and four control subjects. These include memory span tests for digits and letters memory for various kinds of non-numeric information tests of working memory learning and retention of numeric matrices memory and visual searches of the digits of pi and lexical decision tasks with the digits of pi. The authors describe how they came to understand the way Rajan stored and now retrieves the decimal digits of pi how he learns and retrieves matrices and how he encodes and retrieves digits in a memory span task. Although his strategy for memorizing and retrieving digits is unique in the literature on people with extraordinary memory the authors show how their investigations of Rajan contribute to our understanding of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876354

MemorylandsHeritage and Identity in Europe Today Memorylands is an original and fascinating investigation of the nature of heritage memory and understandings of the past in Europe today. It looks at how Europe has become a ’memoryland’ – littered with material reminders of the past such as museums heritage sites and memorials; and at how this ‘memory phenomenon’ is related to the changing nature of identities – especially European national and cosmopolitan. In doing so it provides new insights into how memory and the past are being performed and reconfigured in Europe – and with what effects. Drawing especially though not exclusively on cases concepts and arguments from social and cultural anthropology Memorylands argues for a deeper and more nuanced understanding of the cultural assumptions involved in relating to the past. It theorizes the various ways in which ‘materializations’ of identity work and relates these to different forms of identification within Europe. The book also addresses questions of methodology including discussion of historical ethnographic interdisciplinary and innovative methods. Through a wide-range of case-studies from across Europe Sharon Macdonald argues that Europe is home to a much greater range of ways of making the past present than is usually realized – and a greater range of forms of ‘historical consciousness’. At the same time however she seeks to highlight what she calls ‘the European memory complex’ – a repertoire of prevalent patterns in forms of recollection and ‘past presencing’. The examples in Memorylands are drawn from both the margins and metropolitan centres from the relatively small-scale and local the national and the avant-garde. The book looks at pasts that are potentially identity-disrupting – or ‘difficult’ – as well as those that affirm identities or offer possibilities for transcending national identities or articulating more cosmopolitan futures. Topics covered include authenticity temporalities embodiment commodification nostalgia and Ostalgie the musealization of everyday and folk-life Holocaust commemoration and tourism narratives of war the heritage of Islam transnationalism and the future of the past. Memorylands is engagingly written and accessible to general readers as well as offering a new synthesis for advanced researchers in memory and heritage studies. It is essential reading for those interested in identities memory material culture Europe tourism and heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415453349

MemoryNeuropsychological Imaging and Psychopharmacological Perspectives Memory: Neuropsychological Imaging and Psychopharmacological Perspectives reviews critically the impact of recent neuropsychological and biological discoveries on our understanding of human memory and its pathology. Too often insights from clinical neurological and psychopharmacological fields have remained isolated and mutually unintelligible. Therefore the first part of this book provides both clinicians and neuroscientists with a broad view of the neuropsychology of memory and the psychobiological processes it involves including recent advances from imaging technology and psychopharmacology research. In the second part the authors go on to cover a comprehensive range of memory assessments dysfunctions impairments and treatments. This compendium of current research findings will prove an invaluable resource for anyone studying researching or practising in the field of memory and its disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877504

MemoryPhenomena Experiment and Theory Originally published in 1993 this title provided a lively but comprehensive account of experimental and theoretical approaches to the study of human memory at the time. Throughout the book integrates experimental findings with neuropsychological data and describes a wide range of fascinating memory phenomena. A central theme of the book concerns the organization of memory. The idea that memory is composed of a series of structures is contrasted with process accounts of how memory works. There is a substantial account of the explicit/implicit distinction in memory research – an area that had been the centre of much recent experimentation and debate. The book was intended primarily as an intermediate text for undergraduate and postgraduate psychology students but its interdisciplinary approach and accessible style will also make it of interest to others such as neurologists clinical psychologists and psychiatrists for whom some understanding of memory research is required. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639263

Memos from a Theatre LabExploring what immersive theatre 'does' What does Immersive Theatre ‘do’?By contrasting two specific performances on the same theme – one an ‘immersive’ experience and the other a more conventional theatrical production – Nandita Dinesh explores the ways in which theatrical form impacts upon actors and audiences. An in-depth case study of her work Pinjare (Cages) sets out the ‘hows’ and ‘whys’ of her specific aesthetic framework. Memos from a Theatre Lab places Dinesh’s practical work within the context of existing analyses of Immersive Theatre using this investigation to generate an underpinning theory of how Immersive Theatre works for its participants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736576

MEMS and Microstructures in Aerospace Applications The promise of MEMS for aerospace applications has been germinating for years and current advances bring the field to the very cusp of fruition. Reliability is chief among the challenges limiting the deployment of MEMS technologies in space as the requirement of zero failure during the mission is quite stringent for this burgeoning field. MEMS and Microstructures in Aerospace Applications provides all the necessary tools to overcome these obstacles and take MEMS from the lab bench to beyond the exosphere.The book begins with an overview of MEMS development and provides several demonstrations of past and current examples of MEMS in space. From this platform the discussion builds to fabrication technologies; the effect of space environmental factors on MEMS devices; and micro technologies for space systems instrumentation communications thermal control guidance navigation and control and propulsion. Subsequent chapters explore factors common to all of the described systems such as MEMS packaging handling and contamination control material selection for specific applications reliability practices for design and application and assurance practices.Edited and contributed by an outstanding team of leading experts from industry academia and national laboratories MEMS and Microstructures in Aerospace Applications illuminates the path toward qualifying and integrating MEMS devices and instruments into future space missions and developing innovative satellite systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220970

MEMS and Nanotechnology for Gas Sensors How Can We Lower the Power Consumption of Gas Sensors?There is a growing demand for low-power high-density gas sensor arrays that can overcome problems relative to high power consumption. Low power consumption is a prerequisite for any type of sensor system to operate at optimum efficiency. Focused on fabrication-friendly microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and other areas of sensor technology MEMS and Nanotechnology for Gas Sensors explores the distinct advantages of using MEMS in low power consumption and provides extensive coverage of the MEMS/nanotechnology platform for gas sensor applications.This book outlines the microfabrication technology needed to fabricate a gas sensor on a MEMS platform. It discusses semiconductors graphene nanocrystalline ZnO-based microfabricated sensors and nanostructures for volatile organic compounds. It also includes performance parameters for the state of the art of sensors and the applications of MEMS and nanotechnology in different areas relevant to the sensor domain.In addition the book includes:An introduction to MEMS for MEMS materials and a historical background of MEMSA concept for cleanroom technologyThe substrate materials used for MEMSTwo types of deposition techniques including chemical vapour deposition (CVD)The properties and types of photoresists and the photolithographic processesDifferent micromachining techniques for the gas sensor platform and bulk and surface micromachiningThe design issues of a microheater for MEMS-based sensorsThe synthesis technique of a nanocrystalline metal oxide layerA detailed review about graphene; its different deposition techniques; and its important electronic electrical and mechanical properties with its application as a gas sensorLow-cost low-temperature synthesis techniquesAn explanation of volatile organic compound (VOC) detection and how relative humidity affects the sensing parametersMEMS and Nanotechnology for Gas Sensors provides a broad overview of current emerging and possible future MEMS applications. MEMS technology can be applied in the automotive consumer industrial and biotechnology domains. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575526

MEMS and Nanotechnology-Based Sensors and Devices for Communications Medical and Aerospace Applications The integration of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and nanotechnology (NT) in sensors and devices significantly reduces their weight size power consumption and production costs. These sensors and devices can then play greater roles in defense operations wireless communication the diagnosis and treatment of disease and many more applications. MEMS and Nanotechnology-Based Sensors and Devices for Communications Medical and Aerospace Applications presents the latest performance parameters and experimental data of state-of-the-art sensors and devices. It describes packaging details materials and their properties and fabrication requirements vital for design development and testing. Some of the cutting-edge materials covered include quantum dots nanoparticles photonic crystals and carbon nanotubes (CNTs). This comprehensive work encompasses various types of MEMS- and NT-based sensors and devices such as micropumps accelerometers photonic bandgap devices acoustic sensors CNT-based transistors photovoltaic cells and smart sensors. It also discusses how these sensors and devices are used in a number of applications including weapons’ health battlefield monitoring cancer research stealth technology chemical detection and drug delivery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387532

MEMS and NEMSSystems Devices and Structures The development of micro- and nano-mechanical systems (MEMS and NEMS) foreshadows momentous changes not only in the technological world but in virtually every aspect of human life. The future of the field is bright with opportunities but also riddled with challenges ranging from further theoretical development through advances in fabrication technologies to developing high-performance nano- and microscale systems devices and structures including transducers switches logic gates actuators and sensors. MEMS and NEMS: Systems Devices and Structures is designed to help you meet those challenges and solve fundamental experimental and applied problems. Written from a multi-disciplinary perspective this book forms the basis for the synthesis modeling analysis simulation control prototyping and fabrication of MEMS and NEMS. The author brings together the various paradigms methods and technologies associated with MEMS and NEMS to show how to synthesize analyze design and fabricate them. Focusing on the basics he illustrates the development of NEMS and MEMS architectures physical representations structural synthesis and optimization. The applications of MEMS and NEMS in areas such as biotechnology medicine avionics transportation and defense are virtually limitless. This book helps prepare you to take advantage of their inherent opportunities and effectively solve problems related to their configurations systems integration and control. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220246

MEMS Cost AnalysisFrom Laboratory to Industry This volume demonstrates show cost analysis can be adapted to MEMS taking into account the wide range of processes and equipment the major differences with the established semiconductor industry and the presence of both large-scale product-orientated manufacturers and small- and medium-scale foundries. The content examines the processes and equipment sufficiently for the reader to appreciate how costs arise. It examines representative costs are examined in sufficient detail and accuracy for specific equipment processes products or foundries to show how financial models can be introduced to estimate the cost and price for a MEMS product. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411066

MEMSApplications As our knowledge of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) continues to grow so does The MEMS Handbook. The field has changed so much that this Second Edition is now available in three volumes. Individually each volume provides focused authoritative treatment of specific areas of interest. Together they comprise the most comprehensive collection of MEMS knowledge available packaged in an attractive slipcase and offered at a substantial savings. This best-selling handbook is now more convenient than ever and its coverage is unparalleled. The third volume MEMS: Applications offers a broad overview of current emerging and possible future MEMS applications. It surveys inertial sensors micromachined pressure sensors surface micromachined devices microscale vacuum pumps reactive control for skin-friction reduction and microchannel heat sinks among many others. Two new chapters discuss microactuators and nonlinear electrokinetic devices. This book is vital to understanding the current and possible capabilities of MEMS technologies.MEMS: Applications comprises contributions from the foremost experts in their respective specialties from around the world. Acclaimed author and expert Mohamed Gad-el-Hak has again raised the bar to set a new standard for excellence and authority in the fledgling fields of MEMS and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391645

MEMSDesign and Fabrication As our knowledge of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) continues to grow so does The MEMS Handbook. The field has changed so much that this Second Edition is now available in three volumes. Individually each volume provides focused authoritative treatment of specific areas of interest. Together they comprise the most comprehensive collection of MEMS knowledge available packaged in an attractive slipcase and offered at a substantial savings. This best-selling handbook is now more convenient than ever and its coverage is unparalleled. The second volume MEMS: Design and Fabrication details the techniques technologies and materials involved in designing and fabricating MEMS devices. It begins with an overview of MEMS materials and then examines in detail various fabrication and manufacturing methods including LIGA and macromolding X-ray based fabrication EFAB® technology and deep reactive ion etching. This book includes three new chapters on polymeric-based sensors and actuators diagnostic tools and molecular self-assembly. It is a thorough guide to the important aspects of design and fabrication.MEMS: Design and Fabrication comprises contributions from the foremost experts in their respective specialties from around the world. Acclaimed author and expert Mohamed Gad-el-Hak has again raised the bar to set a new standard for excellence and authority in the fledgling fields of MEMS and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391638

MEMSFundamental Technology and Applications The microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) industry has experienced explosive growth over the last decade. Applications range from accelerometers and gyroscopes used in automotive safety to high-precision on-chip integrated oscillators for reference generation and mobile phones. MEMS: Fundamental Technology and Applications brings together groundbreaking research in MEMS technology and explores an eclectic set of novel applications enabled by the technology. The book features contributions by top experts from industry and academia from around the world. The contributors explain the theoretical background and supply practical insights on applying the technology. From the historical evolution of nano micro systems to recent trends they delve into topics including: Thin-film integrated passives as an alternative to discrete passives The possibility of piezoelectric MEMS Solutions for MEMS gyroscopes Advanced interconnect technologies Ambient energy harvesting Bulk acoustic wave resonators Ultrasonic receiver arrays using MEMS sensors Optical MEMS-based spectrometers The integration of MEMS resonators with conventional circuitry A wearable inertial and magnetic MEMS sensor assembly to estimate rigid body movement patterns Wireless microactuators to enable implantable MEMS devices for drug delivery MEMS technologies for tactile sensing and actuation in robotics MEMS-based micro hot-plate devices Inertial measurement units with integrated wireless circuitry to enable convenient continuous monitoring Sensors using passive acousto-electric devices in wired and wireless systems Throughout the contributors identify challenges and pose questions that need to be resolved paving the way for new applications. Offering a wide view of the MEMS landscape this is an invaluable resource for anyone working to develop and commercialize MEMS applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072305

Men Addiction and IntimacyStrengthening Recovery by Fostering the Emotional Development of Boys and Men In the substance abuse and addiction treatment realm males outnumber females two to one. While gender-issues are seen as a key element of women’s treatment the acknowledgement that males are "gendered beings" who have lived lives full of male-specific developmental challenges is often overlooked. This text takes a developmental lifespan approach to examine the neurobiological and psychosocial factors associated with substance use disorders for males specifically in relation to emotional growth and awareness and how these areas in turn affect the development of healthy relationships. Theoretical concepts from the field of interpersonal neurobiology the psychology of boys and men and the substance abuse and addiction literature are interwoven with practical clinical examples to help elucidate how the notion of fostering emotional development can strengthen the treatment and recovery processes with boys and men. Relevant case examples are included that illustrate work with males of all ages and address a variety of factors associated with culture ethnicity race religion and sexual orientation. Mental health practitioners will find this a valuable guide to understanding male development in relation to substance use and abuse and providing more comprehensive gender-responsive counseling and assessment practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415871006

Men Caregiving and the MediaThe Dad Dilemma Analysing diverse media representations of men who provide primary care to their children this book demonstrates how the practice of fatherhood – and of masculinity - is changing and the ways media representations sensationalise and reinforce gender inequities in regards to carework. This book examines disparities between practices of carework amongst heterosexual couples and media representations of men who provide primary care whilst also including a discussion of media accounts of primary caregiving amongst gay couples. The book also provides a detailed analysis of the relationship between care labor and public understandings of masculinity. Assessing whether media accounts of fathers who provide primary care undermine egalitarian approaches to the division of labor amongst heterosexual couples this book is a vital intervention into public discourse about masculinity fathering and caregiving. This book will an important resource for students researchers educators and practitioners as it brings together a range of in-depth literatures and empirical analyses to provide a clear overview of contemporary fathering. It will be essential reading in the fields of gender studies and masculinity studies together with sociology of families cultural studies social psychology and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316751

Men Homosexuality and the GodsAn Exploration into the Religious Significance of Male Homosexuality in World Perspective Compare worldwide religious regulations involving gay sex and masculinity! Men Homosexuality and the Gods: An Exploration into the Religious Significance of Male Homosexuality in World Perspective is an eye-opening look at the traditions of particular religions and their edicts concerning gay sex. This book examines the origins of holy directives involving homosexuality—whether forbidden tolerated or mandatory—and establishes a link between theology sex roles and the sensitive issue of masculinity. This text draws a parallel between homosexuality and the idea of religion suggesting that gay rights can be understood as a freedom of religion issue. While most readers are familiar with the traditional Islamic Christian and Hebrew prohibitions against sex between two males this book also reveals other historic religions from around the world that neither opposed nor looked down on homosexuality. Men Homosexuality and the Gods argues that masculinity is the universal theme that formed historical interpretation—warriors and men of high status could not be sexually receptive or “feminine” and still be called “men.” This intriguing text shows how the modern homophile movements are in effect redefining masculinity to obliterate the stigma of being a sexually receptive man. Men Homosexuality and the Gods examines the significance of homosexuality in such religions as: the Sambians of New Guinea the Taoists of Ancient China Plato and the later Stoics Islamic Sufism Native American culture Hebrew Scriptures early Christianity Buddhism Men Homosexuality and the Gods is an enlightening book that honors homosexual claims to moral integrity and appreciates religion and religious figures without rancor. Easy-to-read and free of technical language this volume is for anyone who has an academic professional or personal interest in theology and homosexuality. The author is available for speaking engagements and can be contacted at Ronldlong@aol.com Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057032

Men Law and GenderEssays on the ‘Man’ of Law What does it mean to speak of ‘men’ as a gender category in relation to law? How does law relate to masculinities? This book presents the first comprehensive overview and critical assessment of the relationship between men law and gender; outlining the contours of the ‘man’ of law across diverse areas of legal and social policy. Written in a theoretically informed yet accessible style Men Law and Gender provides an introduction to the study of law and masculinities whilst calling for a richer more nuanced conceptual framework in which men’s legal practices and subjectivities might be approached. Building on recent sociological work concerned with the relational nature of gender and personal life Richard Collier argues that social cultural and economic changes have reshaped ideas about men and masculinities in ways that have significant implications for law. Bringing together voices and disciplines that are rarely considered together he explores the way ideas about men have been contested and politicised in the legal arena. Including original empirical studies of male lawyers the legal profession and fathers’ rights and law reform alongside discussions of university law schools and legal academics and family policy and parenting cultures this innovative timely and important text provides a unique and important insight into the relationship between law men and masculinities. It will be required reading for academics and students in law and legal theory socio-legal studies gender studies sociology and social policy as well as policy-makers and others concerned with the changing nature of gender relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415685726

Men Masculinities and Popular Romance Men Masculinities and Popular Romance seeks to open a lively and accessible discussion between critical studies of men and masculinities and popular romance studies especially its continued interest in what Janice Radway has called "the purity of his maleness." Popular romance novels perhaps more than any other genre explore sexuality and gender creating an ideal space in which to consider and explore theoretical models that think seriously about gender. The romance novel has long been criticized and celebrated by feminist critics. How can these novels maintain according to some feminist ideals while also upholding what Raewyn Connell has long theorized as "hegemonic masculinity"? This volume is an original and important contribution examining the previously underexamined nexus of masculinity and popular romance studies. It will be of key interest to undergraduates and postgraduates in Masculinities Gender and Women’s Studies and Literary Studies and highly relevant to courses in Masculinity Studies Pop Culture Studies Queer Studies and Sexuality Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374077

Men Masculinities and Disaster In the examination of gender as a driving force in disasters too little attention has been paid to how women’s or men’s disaster experiences relate to the wider context of gender inequality or how gender-just practice can help prevent disasters or address climate change at a structural level. With a foreword from Kenneth Hewitt an afterword from Raewyn Connell and contributions from renowned international experts this book helps address the gap. It explores disasters in diverse environmental hazard political and cultural contexts through original research and theoretical reflection building on the under-utilized orientation of critical men’s studies. This body of thought not previously applied in disaster contexts explores how men gain maintain and use power to assert control over women. Contributing authors examine the gender terrain of disasters 'through men's eyes ' considering how diverse forms of masculinities shape men’s efforts to respond to and recover from disasters and other climate challenges. The book highlights both the high costs paid by many men in disasters and the consequences of dominant masculinity practices for women and marginalized men. It concludes by examining how disaster risk can be reduced through men's diverse efforts to challenge hierarchies around gender sexuality disability age and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324602

Men Masculinities and Honour-Based Abuse This book explores the largely neglected relationship between men masculinities and honour-based abuse (HBA). There is a common misconception that HBA – whether physical violence emotional abuse or so-called ‘honour’ killings – occurs only against women. This book addresses the gap in the current literature concerning the relationship between men masculinities and HBA. With contributions from an international and interdisciplinary range of both academics and professionals the book examines HBA and forced marriages specifically from male-victim perspectives both in the UK and internationally. Providing a clear understanding of the main theoretical and sociological explanations of HBA against male victims the book demonstrates that although men are indeed the main perpetrators of HBA state agencies must address the fact that many men are also victims. This book is essential reading for students academics and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204440

Men Masculinities and Intimate Partner Violence Men Masculinities and Intimate Partner Violence examines how gender and other social identities and inequalities shape experiences of and responses to violence in intimate relationships. It provides new insights into men as both perpetrators and victims of violence as well as on how to involve men and boys in anti-violence work. The chapters explore partner violence from the perspectives of researchers therapists activists organisations media as well as men of different background and sexual orientation. Highlighting the distinct and ambivalent ways we relate to violence and masculinity this timely volume provides nuanced approaches to men masculinity and intimate partner violence in various societies in the global North and South. This book foregrounds scholarship on men and masculinities in the context of intimate partner violence. By doing so it revitalises feminist theorising and research on partner abuse and brings together the fields of masculinity studies and studies of intimate partner violence. The book will be a vital resource for students and scholars in criminology gender studies psychology social work and sociology as well as those working with men and boys. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234898

Men Masculinities and Social Theory (RLE Social Theory) This volume presents a series of illustrative and critical perspectives upon the developing study of men and masculinities and its importance for sociological theory. The contributions by women and men from Britain and the United States are organized around the unifying themes of Power and Domination; Sexuality; Identity and Perception. Feminism has raised profound questions for the social sciences for sociological theory and for the study of men. The contributors to this volume discuss how such questions can be addressed. They demonstrate the range of theoretical traditions that can be brought to bear on the study of men and underline the importance of understanding ‘masculinities’ in the plural. In a concluding section three different views upon the controversy surrounding ‘Men’s Studies’ are presented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980914

Men Masculinities and Teaching in Early Childhood EducationInternational perspectives on gender and care This stimulating book sets out to critically explore the notion of men masculinities and teaching in early childhood education. It addresses the global pattern of gender teaching and care where men are in the minority and explores the notion that the greater involvement of men within teaching and associated professions has the potential to transform gender relations for future generations. International contributors raise critical questions about the construction of masculinities the continuing reluctance of men to engage in this type of work and the influence of political and public debates on the issue. Through this engaging discussion readers are asked to question whether this is something that we should care about with key topics including: The roles of men in education and care Teachers’ beliefs norms and values of gender equality The construction of male identities Gendered ideals and children’s interpretations of gender. Men Masculinities and Teaching in Early Childhood Education brings together a refreshing and critical set of perspectives linked to an increasingly important educational debate and will be a valuable text for practitioners professionals policy makers and parents/carers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797727

Men Masculinities and the Care of ChildrenImages Ideas and Identities Sharing the care of children in families is increasingly becoming the norm in modern-day society as more mothers enter paid work and government campaigns endeavour to increase the number of men working in childcare. However running alongside debates of gender imbalance in childcare there has also been mounting anxiety from the media and public about the risks of child abuse often perceived as being mostly perpetrated by men and calling for firmer regulation of men’s involvement with children. This book asks whether men’s care for children both as fathers and practitioners actually differs at all from the care provided by mothers and female carers? In what ways do men and concepts of masculinity need to change if they are to play a greater role in the care of children or are such societal perceptions based on outdated gender stereotypes? Bringing together cutting-edge theory up-to-date research and current practice this book analyses the role of both fathers and male professionals working with children and highlights the implications of this for future policy and practice. It also examines dominant notions of masculinity and representations of male carers in the media and popular culture asking how our societal expectations may need to evolve if men are to play an equal role in the care of children as demanded by current policy and wider social developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234550

Men Masculinities and ViolenceAn ethnographic study Why do some men use physical violence against others? How do some men come to value physical violence as a resource? Drawing on in-depth ethnographic research conducted with men involved in serious violence and crime over a period of two years in the North of England Anthony Ellis addresses these questions and the complex relationship between these men and their use of physical violence against others. Using detailed life-history interviews and extended periods of observation with these men Men Masculinities and Violence describes their ‘inner’ subjective lives and experiences exploring how they came to value violence why they are willing to use it against others and risk serious harm to themselves in the process. Over the course of the book a picture emerges of a group of men that have experienced and perpetrated serious violence throughout their lives. This book advances a critical psychosocial understanding of such violence by situating these masculine biographies within their immediate contexts of de-industrialisation fracturing working class community and culture and broader shifts within the political economy of liberal capitalism. With its synthesis of rich ethnographic material and new developments in criminological theory this book is essential reading for students and academics interested in issues of gender and violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040274

Men Masculinity And Social Welfare An examination of men and masculinity which considers the issues involved with both the use of and provision of welfare services by men and argues that there is a case for restricting their role. The book is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate courses in social work social policy and gender studies as well those interested in masculinity within sociology and psychology. It should also be useful to professionals in welfare health education and criminal justice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072470

Men Masculinity and the Beatles Drawing on methodologies and approaches from media and cultural studies sociology social history and the study of popular music this book outlines the development of the study of men and masculinities and explores the role of cultural texts in bringing about social change. It is against this backdrop that The Beatles as a cultural phenomenon are set and their four live action films spanning the years 1964-1970 are examined as texts through which to read changing representations of men and masculinity in 'the Sixties'. Dr Martin King considers ideas about a male revolt predating second-wave feminism The Beatles as inheritors of the possibilities of the 1950s and The Beatles' emergence as men of ideas: a global cultural phenomenon that transgressed boundaries and changed expectations about the role of popular artists in society. King further explores the chosen Beatle texts to examine discourses of masculinity at work within them. What emerges is the discovery of discourses around resistance non-conformity feminized appearance pre-metrosexuality the male star as object of desire and the emergence of The Beatles themselves as a text that reflected the radical diversity of a period of rapid social change. King draws valuable conclusions about the legacy of these discourses and their impact in subsequent decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252301

Men Power and LiberationReadings of Masculinities in Spanish American Literatures Each contribution to this book discusses key issues arising from the portrayal of men and the formation of masculine identities in a range of representative and landmark texts fictional and non-fictional drawn from different historical periods and from various countries in the Hispanophone Americas. There is an emphasis on the ways in which writers from Argentina (Manuel Puig) Chile (the Spaniard Alonso de Ercilla y Zúñiga and the Chilean Nicolás Palacios) Mexico (Gustavo Sainz and Ángeles Mastretta) and the Hispanic USA (Jennifer Harbury and Francisco Goldman) have explored the themes of love friendship and trust and their transformative power for gender relations in situations and contexts where deception exploitation and oppression are often disturbingly present. There is also a discussion of the applications insights and limitations of different theoretical frameworks and concepts relevant to the task of producing gendered readings including Connell’s ‘world gender order’ and ‘hegemonic masculinity’ as well as ‘the cult of virility’ as characterised by Still and Worton Chela Sandoval’s ‘decolonial love’ and ‘methodology of the oppressed’ and Beasley-Murray’s ‘posthegemony’. This book was originally published as a special issue of Iberian and Latin American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084483

Men Wage Work and Family In the last two decades there has been a plethora of research on a range of subjects collectively and rhetorically known as ‘work-life balance’. The bulk of this research which spans disciplines including feminist sociology industrial relations and management has focused on the significant concerns of employed women and/or dual career couples. Less attention has been devoted to scholarship which explicitly examines men and masculinities in this context. Meanwhile public and organizational discourse is largely espoused in gender neutral terms often neglecting salient gendered issues which differentially impact the ability of women and men to successfully integrate their work and non-work lives. This edited book brings together empirical studies of the work-life nexus with a specific focus on men’s working time arrangements how men navigate and traverse paid work and family commitments and the impact of public and organizational policies on men’s participation in work leisure and other life domains. The book is innovative in that it presents both macro (institutional how policy affects practice) and micro (individual from men’s own perspectives) level studies allowing for a rich and contrasting exploration of how men’s participation in paid work and other domains is divided conflicted or integrated. The essays in this volume address issues of fundamental social labor market and economic change which have occurred over the last 20 years and which have profoundly affected the way work care leisure and community have evolved in different contexts. Taking an international focus Men Wage Work and Family contrasts various public and organizational policies and how these policies impact men’s opportunities and participation in paid work and non-work domains in industrialised countries in Europe North America and Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107243

Men After War This book is an innovative collection of original research which analyzes the many varieties of post-conflict masculinity. Exploring topics such as physical disability and psychological trauma and masculinity and sexuality in relation to the "feminizing" contexts of wounding and desertion this volume draws together leading academics in the fields of gender history literature and disability studies in an inter- and multi-disciplinary exploration of the conditions and circumstances that men face in the aftermath of war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952379

Men and Feminism in India The relationship between men and feminism is frequently assumed to be antagonistic. This volume confronts this assumption by bringing critical attention to men’s engagement in feminist research pedagogy and activism in India. The chapters in this collection respond to two broad thematic concerns: theoretical implications of men producing feminist knowledge and the history of men’s participation in feminist endeavours. The volume also explores the undocumented contributions of men to three domains of feminist activity: institutionalization of feminism in the academy social movements aimed at gender justice and male writings on gender and sexuality.Delving into an important yet overlooked aspect of the social sciences this volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of gender studies masculinity studies modern Indian history sociology and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367735135

Men and Gods in Mongolia First published in 1935 Men & Gods in Mongolia is  rare and unusual travel book that takes the reader into the virtually unknwon world of Mongolia a country only now opening up to the West. Henning Haslund was a Swedish Explorer who accompanied Sven Hedin and other explorers into Mongolia and Central Asia in the 1920s and 30s. Haslund takes the reader to the lost city of Karakota in the Gobi desert introduces the reader to the Bodgo Gegen a God-king in Mongolia and allows the reader to meet Dambin Jansang the dreaded warlord of the 'Black Gobi'. Alongside the esoteric and mystical material there is plenty of adventure; caravans across the Gobi desert; kidnapped and held for ransom; initation into shamanic societies; encounters with warlords; and the violent birth of a new nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139520

Men and Masculinities Eric Anderson is Professor of Sport Masculinities and Sexualities at the University of Winchester. He is an interdisciplinary scholar who studies men’s changing masculinities and sexualities. Professor Anderson is the architect of Inclusive Masculinity Theory and has published nineteen books and over seventy research articles. Rory Magrath is Senior Lecturer in the School of Sport Health and Social Sciences at Southampton Solent University. His research focuses on decreasing homophobia and the changing nature of contemporary masculinities with a specific focus on professional football. He is the author of Inclusive Masculinities in Contemporary Football: Men in the Beautiful Game (2016) and coauthor of Out in Sport: The Experiences of Openly Gay and Lesbian Athletes in Competitive Sport (2016). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081819

Men and Masculinities in Southeast Asia This book brings together extensive recent innovative research on the study of men and masculinities in Southeast Asia. Drawing on rich ethnographic fieldwork from Vietnam Cambodia Thailand the Philippines Singapore Indonesia and Timor-Leste the book examines both dominant and marginal constructions of heterosexual masculinity and the ways in which these are performed in different localized contexts in insular and mainland Southeast Asia. Through the presentation of detailed ethnographic studies on topics ranging from the professional practices of Filipino merchant seafarers to the sex lives of Thai migrant workers to the stand-over tactics of Indonesian gangsters the authors in this collection challenge the idea of emerging globalizing forms of masculinities. Where existing studies of gender in Asia tend to concentrate on women East Asia and gay men this book fills a significant gap and demonstrates overall how gender ethnicity class sexuality and nationality shape contemporary understandings of what it means to be a ‘man’ in contemporary Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726276

Men and Masculinity: The Basics Men and Masculinity: The Basics is an accessible introduction to the academic study of masculinity which outlines the key ideas and most pressing issues concerning the field today. Providing readers with a framework for understanding these issues it explores the ways that masculinity has been understood in the Social Sciences and Humanities to date. Addressing theories which view masculinity as being in a permanent state of flux and crisis it explores such problem areas as: the male body men and work men and fatherhood male sexuality male violence. With a glossary of key terms case studies reflecting the most important studies in the field of masculinity research and suggestions for further study Men and Masculinity: The Basics is an essential read for anyone approaching the study of masculinity for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790377

Men and MenswearSartorial Consumption in Britain 1880–1939 Despite increasing academic interest in both the study of masculinity and the history of consumption there are still few published studies that bring together both concerns. By investigating the changing nature of the retailing of menswear this book illuminates wider aspects of masculine identity as well as patterns of male consumption between the years 1880 and 1939. While previous historical studies of masculinity have focused overwhelmingly on the moral spiritual and physical characteristics associated with notions of 'manliness' this book considers the relationship between men and activities which were widely considered to be at least potentially 'unmanly' - selling as well as buying clothes - thus shedding new light on men's lives and identities in this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256415

Men and MothersThe Lifelong Struggle of Sons and Their Mothers Not all men vie with their fathers for the love of their mothers. In some families the mother becomes the central figure for her son - the father is excluded (or excludes himself) and does not come between mother and son. The main thesis of this book - using clinical vignettes and quotes from the work of Marcel Proust to illustrate the author's points - is that in these cases fantasies of matricide replace patricide. Men develop their male gender identity by being permitted to separate from their mother early on but when a man does not resolve his infantile tie to his mother he risks remaining in a passive and/or dependent position towards her. Over-identification with the mother might ensue hampering masculine development. Mothers who seek emotional support by binding their sons too closely can become seductive towards them. The child is inclined to try to satisfy the emotional needs of his mother and he fears rejection if he asserts his independence instead of complying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490762

Men and the Emergence of Polite Society Britain 1660-1800 This book presents an account of masculinity in eighteenth century Britain. In particular it is concerned with the impact of an emergent polite society on notions of manliness and the gentleman.From the 1660s a new type of social behaviour politeness was promoted by diverse writers. Based on continental ideas of refinement it stressed the merits of genuine and generous sociability as befitted a progressive and tolerant nation. Early eighteenth century writers encouraged men to acquire the characteristics of politeness by becoming urbane town gentlemen. Later commentators promoted an alternative culture of sensibility typified by the man of feeling. Central to both was the need to spend more time with women now seen as key agents of refinement. The relationship demanded a reworking of what it meant to be manly.Being manly and polite was a difficult balancing act. Refined manliness presented new problems for eighteenth century men. What was the relationship between politeness and duplicity? Were feminine actions such as tears and physical delicacy acceptable or not? Critics believed polite society led to effeminacy not manliness and condemned this failure of male identity with reference to the fop.This book reveals the significance of social over sexual conduct for eighteenth century definitions of masculinity. It shows how features traditionally associated with nineteenth century models were well established in the earlier figure of the polite town-dweller or sentimental man of feeling.Using personal stories and diverse public statements drawn from conduct books magazines sermons and novels this is a vivid account of the changing status of men and masculinity as Britain moved into the modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150485

Men And Their MotivesPSYCHO-ANALYTICAL STUDIES First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882447

Men and Women Making Friends in Early Modern France Today the friendships that grab people’s imaginations are those that reach across inequalities of class and race. The friendships that seem to have exerted an analogous level of fascination in early modern France were those that defied the assumption inherited from Aristotle and patristic sources that friendships between men and women were impossible. Together the essays in Men and Women Making Friends in Early Modern France tell the story of the declining intelligibility of classical models of (male) friendship and of the rising prominence of women as potential friends. The revival of Plato’s friendship texts in the sixteenth century challenged Aristotle’s rigid ideal of perfect friendship between men. In the seventeenth century a new imperative of heterosociality opened a space for the cultivation of cross-gender friendships while the spiritual friendships of the Catholic Reformation modeled relationships that transcended the gendered dynamics of galanterie. Men and Women Making Friends in Early Modern France argues that the imaginative experimentation in friendships between men and women was a distinctive feature of early modern French culture. The ten essays in this volume address friend-making as a process that is creative of self and responsive to changing social and political circumstances. Contributors reveal how men and women fashioned gendered selves and also circumvented gender norms through concrete friendship practices. By showing that the benefits and the risks of friendship are magnified when gender roles and relations are unsettled the essays in this volume highlight the relevance of early modern friend-making to friendship in the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472454096

Men at WarPolitics Technology and Innovation in the Twentieth Century The growing number of books on military history and the lively interest in military history courses at colleges and universities show that the study of war is enjoying considerable popularity. The reasons for this are arguable but of immediate interest is the kind of military history that is taught and written. Here the student of war comes across an interesting division of opinion as to how military history should be written. Military history lying as it does on the frontier between history and military science requires knowledge of both fields. This fact often presents a difficulty to the history teacher.Generally speaking history is a discipline by virtue of its subject matter not by virtue of a particular methodology such as is characteristic of the sciences and of some social sciences. The perspective of Men at War is a cross between a professional internalist approach and a civilian contextual view. This separation is not unique to military history for the same dualism tends to occur in those areas of history such as law and medicine that can be written both by members of the profession concerned lawyers and doctors and by those outside the profession.The problem is that at one extreme the contextual view can take the emotional content out of war while at the other extreme the internalist view can put too much in. Men at War seeks to locate a military history that combines the professional internalist method and the civilian contextual method by showing that these are two fundamental sources from which a war derives. Seen in this way this volume breaks new ground in defining the sources of twentieth-century power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203785720

Men at WorkLabour Masculinities Development Gender analysis of development focuses on gender relations rather than women and men as separate gender categories but it has necessarily been women-orientated in its concerns with subordination. This work moves gender analysis towards a fuller understanding of men's diverse gendered identities and how these are implicated in their everyday working lives in developing country contexts. The questions addressed in the papers range from conceptual and methodological issues of definitions and measurement of men's work to case studies of working men in specific settings but all are concerned with the recognition of gendered vulnerabilities of (some) men as men as well as with a re-thinking of gender relations in the light of consideration of the subjectivities of specific groups of men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980891

Men Doing Feminism First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724231

Men Giving CareReflections of Husbands and Sons First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980907

Men in Contemporary RussiaThe Fallen Heroes of Post-Soviet Change? Rebecca Kay assesses how men in post-Soviet Russia are represented through media and popular discourses. Using case studies she explores the challenges which have arisen for men since 1991 and the ways in which their responses are shaped by and viewed through the prism of widely accepted attitudes towards gender. The lives and concerns of men in provincial Russia are examined through ethnographic fieldwork combining extensive participant observation with in-depth interviews. The book reveals how individual men strive to maintain a sense of equilibrium between the activities in which they are engaged and the ways in which they are perceived both by others and by themselves. The findings of the research have produced significant areas of contrast and comparison with the author's earlier work on women. This is drawn out throughout the book placing the study of Russian men in a broader gendered context. The issues raised by the men mirror concerns discussed in men's studies literature and popular discourse beyond Russia. The book is therefore of interest to a wider international audience as well as contributing to ongoing interdisciplinary debates in Russian Studies Anthropology Sociology and Human Geography addressing the need for new approaches to understanding post-Socialist change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259157

Men in Dual-career FamiliesCurrent Realities and Future Prospects First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802312

Men in FamiliesWhen Do They Get involved? What Difference Does It Make? Recently the roles of fathers and husbands in families have been recognized as important issues. They appear in legislation aimed at deadbeat dads social movements including the Million Man March and Promise Keepers in the development of advocacy groups and in think tanks. Therefore contemporary research on men in family relationships has very mixed results. Some studies show that fathers have small effects on child development and in preventing antisocial behavior whereas others suggest no effects. Other research claims that the primary importance of men in families is in their role as providers. Although some studies state that the husbands' and fathers' most vital work occurs in new families others indicate that it is when their offspring reach adolescence. Confusing the issue even further labor market trends predict that men's family roles may diminish. Based on the presentations and discussions from a recent national symposium on men in families held at The Pennsylvania State University this book addresses these issues. This is the only book that deals with men's involvement in families in a comprehensive way. Although several books focus on fathers alone or on a broader family perspective this is the first book that deals with a variety of family roles on an interdisciplinary basis. Although most of the writers are psychologists or sociologists there are key figures in history and anthropology who also make important contributions. As such this volume will be useful to scholars students policy specialists and family program administrators. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002722

Men in Feminism (RLE Feminist Theory) What are men doing in feminist discourse? Although many feminists have commented on the relation actual or possible of men to feminist thinking and practice and although some male academics have written about feminism there has so far been little shared discussion. Men in Feminism is the first substantial attempt to produce a dialogue between feminists and their male allies. This lively book comprised of essays by both men and women is a controversial sally in the current debate over the future of feminist theory. Its focus is one seemingly direct and yet surprisingly prickly question: the actual and potential relationship of men to the now impressive and widely recognized body of feminist writing. Each essay attempts to assess the benefits or damage of male participation in feminism; several of the contributions stand in direct dialogue with others. The editors present mediate and reflect upon the agreements and arguments in the book as well as between themselves as editors. Their dialogue-afterword draws together the questions at the heart of the volume. Offering few comfortable answers Men in Feminism will open up discussion of this theoretical and thoroughly political issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754217

Men in Groups When Men in Groups was first published in l969 the New York Times daily critic titled his review "The Disturbing Rediscovery of the Obvious." What was so obvious was male bonding a phrase that entered the language. The links between males in groups Tiger describes extend through many other primate species through our evolution as hunters/gatherers and cross-culturally.Male bonding characterizes human groups as varied as the Vatican Council the New York Yankees the Elks and Masons the secret societies of Sierra Leone and Kenya.The power of Tiger's book is its identification of the powerful links between men and the impact of females and families on essentially male groups. While the world has changed much the argument of the book and its new introduction by the author suggest that a species-specific pattern ofamale bonding continues to be part of the human default system. Perhaps one day concrete evidence of its location will emerge from the startling work on the human genome just as the elaborate and consequential sex differences to which Men in Groups drew such pioneering attention have already become part of the common wisdom. Meanwhile Men in Groups remains a measured andaresponsibleabut intrepid inspection of a major aspect of human social organization and personal behavior. The book was controversial when it first appeared and often foolishly and unduly scorned. But it has remained a fundamental contribution to the emerging synthesis between the social and natural sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527935

Men in the American Women’s Rights Movement 1830–1890Cumbersome Allies This book studies male activists in American feminism from the 1830s to the late 19th century using archival work on personal papers as well as public sources to demonstrate their diverse and often contradictory advocacy of women’s rights as important but also cumbersome allies. Focussing mainly on nine men—William Lloyd Garrison Wendell Phillips James Mott Frederick Douglass Henry B. Blackwell Stephen S. Foster Henry Ward Beecher Robert Purvis and Thomas Wentworth Higginson the book demonstrates how their interactions influenced debates within and outside the movement marriages and friendships as well as the evolution of (self-)definitions of masculinity throughout the 19th century. Re-evaluating the historical evolution of feminisms as movements for and by women as well as the meanings of identity politics before and after the Civil War this is a crucial text for the history of both American feminisms and American politics and society. This is an important scholarly intervention that would be of interest to scholars in the fields of gender history women’s history gender studies and modern American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343781

Men in the Lives of Young ChildrenAn international perspective This book presents an international perspective on the involvement of men in the lives of young children across a range of differing contexts and from a number of disciplinary perspectives. It takes as a starting point the importance of positive male engagement with young children so as to ensure their optimal development. Past research has revealed however the complexity of studying these relationships and the barriers that exist in families & society which impede the implementation of positive relationships. This book is developed to use new research and educational thinking in order to explore the lived experiences of both fathers and men in edu-care and in addition to considers what it is to be a man in the 21st century. As such this work is pertinent timely and responsive to issues of concern to all those professionals policy makers and practitioners within education and family services and also to the public in general. The central purpose of the book is to contribute to the debate around key issues connected to the ways in which men can develop secure professional and familial attachments to young children for whom they have a responsibility. This book was published as a special issue of Early Child Development and Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848954

Men of ColorA Context for Service to Homosexually Active Men Men of Color provides those working in the social services with an assessment framework for identifying and understanding the developmental needs of gay and bisexual men of color. By adding an ethnic dimension to the literature on homosexual conduct and identity this book helps service providers improve services for men from all communities. It provides insightful implications for practice and programs presenting valuable practical information for planning services for African- Asian- Latino- and Native Americans.Chapters in Men of Color gives you a context for working with homosexually active men of color regardless of their specific service needs. This broad base is constructed by showing that the meaning of homosexual conduct and identity changes across cultures and generations; that the gay rights movement is having a profound impact on all ethnic/racial communities; that although the pull toward the gay community is strong the pull to retain ethnic identities is equally strong; and that homosexuality varies culturally and historically. Contributors give: a cross-cultural comparison of identity networks and social support patterns among European- African- and Latino American men seeking services from an HIV prevention program. an ecological assessment model that can be used by social service professionals working with African American men. an historically-based description of Native American men that ends with their own special vision for clinical services. a review of the literature on Latin American and Filipino men. an historical examination of Korean norms and attitudes on homosexuality. a discussion of an applied research agenda for gay men of color that derives from the need to improve delivery of social services.Men of Color asserts that homosexually active men of color are often caught in a dilemma: they must choose between their ethnic and sexual identities either putting their ethnicity before their gayness or their gayness before their ethnicity. The book predicts that the lure of sexual freedom coupled with the comfort of old traditions will lead to a new synthesis of gay and ethnic identities and helps service providers facilitate this synthesis. Whether you’re a social service provider social work or health educator or gay/lesbian studies educator you will find Men of Color a superior guide for improving your services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870281

Men of Destiny A great editorial commentator of the twentieth century Walter Lippmann was a major contributor to the central periodicals and journals of the age including the Atlantic Monthly Foreign Affairs Harper's the New Republic Saturday Review and Yale Review. Men of Destiny a set of biographical essays on leading figures of Lippmann's day is arguably the best single source for understanding the persons and the policies of the post-World War I period.In a series of vignettes the reader is introduced into the lively world of Al Smith Calvin Coolidge William Jennings Bryan H.L. Mencken Sinclair Lewis Warren Harding Andrew Mellon and Oliver Wendell Holmes. The collection offers a rare glimpse of the first truly modern generation of American politics and society and also a type of serious detached writing that presumes a literate audience but also one not given over to bias and hostility.The magic of this volume however is not in its litany of figures great and small but Lippmann's comprehensive understanding of the place of America in world affairs. His essay on American imperialism remains a classic: "All the world thinks of the United States today as an empire except the people of the United States." His advice to Americans is not to continue being evasive and grandiose with the rhetoric of equality but to recognize the changing conditions and get on with the task of rule in as honorable a state as is possible by a holder of power.In his perceptive essays on the League of Nations the efforts to outlaw war through international law debt and reparations policies Lippmann appeals to "time and a sense of reality" in examining all matters political. This volume graced with a new introduction by Paul Roazen will enable readers now well into the first decade of a new millennium to do just that. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527942

Men of Letters and the English Public in the 18th Century1600-1744 Dryden Addison Pope First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882010

Men of Their WordsThe Poetics of Masculinity in George Sand's Fiction "Whereas the centrality of femininity to nineteenth-century French fiction has been the focus of widespread critical attention masculinity has until recently received little sustained treatment in either the literary or socio-historical domains. In this book Nigel Harkness uses the fiction of George Sand (1804-1876) the pre-eminent woman writer of the period to explore questions of masculinity as they pertain to the nineteenth-century French novel and to map out new approaches to the study of literary masculinity. Drawing on contemporary theories of gender and narrative Harkness reveals how Sands novels repeatedly focus on a nexus of language masculinity and power in which narrative is both a vehicle for the expression of manhood and a site where masculinity is discursively performed. Masculinity is thus reconfigured in Sands fiction as an identity constituted as much through words as through actions. Analysis of the performances of masculinity staged in Sands novels opens onto an exploration of gendered processes of literary representation: the links between masculinity and the doxa the equation of writing and power the homosocial function of acts of narration and the masculinity of authorship and authority." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351195911

Men Speak OutViews on Gender Sex and Power Men Speak Out: Views on Gender Sex and Power Second Edition highlights new essays on pornography pop culture queer identity Muslim masculinity and the war on women. With personal candor and political insight this collection of diverse authors explores sex work digital activism incarceration domestic violence surviving incest and standing firmly as male allies facing the backlash against women’s reproductive rights. Featuring eleven new essays and six revised thematic sections this second edition of a favorite anthology continues to encourage robust discussion and vibrant debate about masculinity and the possibilities for progressive change. The contemporary compelling essays in Men Speak Out appeal to students scholars activists and everyday readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521086

Men Who Batter Women Men who Batter Women presents a unique psycho-analytic perspective on clinical studies of the roots of male violence towards women. Most published work concentrates on the experiences of the female victims of domestic violence. This book is unusual in that it focuses on the male perpetrators. Adam Edward Jukes considers both feminist approaches to male violence and those perspectives that treat such violent behaviour as pathological. The author suggests the practical implications of his research for clinical treatment and explores how effectively psychotherapy can be used to treat men who batter women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788159

Men Who Beat the Men Who Love ThemBattered Gay Men and Domestic Violence Domestic violence in gay male relationships is the third largest health problem for gay men in America today. Men Who Beat the Men Who Love Them breaks the silence surrounding gay male domestic violence and exposes this hidden yet prevalent and destructive problem. The authors paint a vivid picture of gay men’s domestic violence bringing its brutality to life by including personal narratives written by one of the authors by clearly defining what it is and what it is not through lists of violent acts and criminal code categories and by thoroughly examining and analyzing the criminal mental health medical political and interpersonal issues involved. The authors boldly depart from the battered women’s literature by asserting that batterers have a diagnosable mental disorder that battering is not gender based and that much further criminalization of domestic violence is necessary.Striving for victim advocacy the book underscores the idea that gay men’s domestic violence is totally unacceptable and is caused solely by individual abusive gay men who choose to batter. The book builds on and departs from what is known about domestic violence with the authors challenging several fundamental premises in the literature unabashedly identifying battering as a mental disorder. The authors explain that victims cannot stop their battering partners from battering and virtually all batterers choose to harm their partners in a premeditated fashion. The authors provide practical steps and suggestions for victims who want to leave and stay away from their violent partners and for friends who want to help battered gay men. Chapters describe the scope of the problem and refute myths and misconceptions. There are several detailed theory chapters in which the authors explain why gay men’s domestic violence occurs who the batterers are who the victims are at different stages of victimization and how domestic violence can be stopped. A visionary wide-ranging governmental and private plan of action is introduced including lists of necessary laws and policies as well as outlines of strong education training and advertising problems needed in various sectors of society. As a self-help book Men Who Beat the Men Who Love Them provides practical information on a never-before discussed topic. As a trainer’s manual or teaching guide it includes specific criteria for understanding the problem and for providing treatment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801421

Men Who Made Labour Celebrating the centenary of the Parliamentary Labour Party this fascinating book commemorates the twenty-nine founding Labour MPs elected in 1906 including Labour’s first Prime Minister first Chancellor of the Exchequer first Minister of Labour and a Nobel Peace Prize winner. With a foreword by Tony Blair Men Who Made Labour focuses on the pioneers’ origins expectations world vision and achievements in the context of early twentieth-century conditions when the prospect of any Labour government was still a distant dream. Drawing upon a vast array of previously unpublished material and with obituaries primarily written by the twenty-first century successors to those original MPs the text provides a unique insight into how today’s politicians view their party’s past – ensuring that it is an excellent resource for all politics and modern history students as well as general readers with an interest in the area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203945513

Men Who ManageFusions of Feeling and Theory in Administration This is a classic study of how managers interpret and engage problems as they are experienced and felt at various points and levels in factories and businesses. Melville Dalton drawing on ethnographic data examines both positive and negative interactions among managers between managers and between workers and managers and firms. He discusses the consequences for each group that result from their interactions. Where relevance and data allow Dalton relates his findings to the surrounding community.Dalton argues that the recurring problem areas in management grow out of six main areas: pressures for economy of operation; "cooperation" of officially powerless experts with their administrative superiors; local conflicts between union and management; uncertainty about the route to a place in middle and upper management; the task of recognizing and rewarding differential contributions; and the moral conflicts of the individual executive. Each of these six problem areas is made the subject of a chapter.What emerges is a study of compromises among key individuals and groups in business organizations and of the strictures on compromise. The book offers insights into how workplace rules in practice move from being sacred guides to flexible tools to balance company goals and personal ends. This volume includes a new introduction by David Shulman detailing the importance of this work more than forty years after its original publication. It is part of Transaction's Organization and Business series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852944

Men Who Sell SexGlobal Perspectives All over the world men as well as women exchange sex for money and other forms of reward sometimes with other men and sometimes with women. In contrast to female prostitution however relatively little is known about male sex work leaving questions unanswered about the individuals involved: their identities and self-understandings the practices concerned and the contexts in which they take place. This book updates the ground-breaking 1998 volume of the same name with an entirely new selection of chapters exploring health social political economic and human rights issues in relation to men who sell sex. Looking at Europe North America Latin America and the Caribbean Africa and the Asia-Pacific each chapter explores questions such as: What is known about the different ways in which men exchange sex for money or other forms of reward? What are the major contexts in which sexual exchange takes place? What meanings do such practices carry for the different partners involved? What are the health and other implications of contemporary forms of male sex work? Men Who Sell Sex seeks to push the boundaries both of current personal and social understandings and the practices to which these give rise. It is an important reference work for academics and researchers interested in sex work and men’s health including those working in public health sociology social work anthropology human geography and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723510

Men’s Health EquityA Handbook Worldwide men have more opportunities privileges and power yet they also have shorter life expectancies than women. Why is this? Why are there stark differences in the burden of disease quality of life and length of life amongst men by race ethnicity (dis)ability status sexual orientation gender identity rurality and national context? Why is this a largely unexplored area of research? Men’s Health Equity is the first volume to describe men’s health equity as a field of study that emerged from gaps in and between research on men’s health and health inequities. This handbook provides a comprehensive review of foundations of the field; summarizes the issues unique to different populations; discusses key frameworks for studying and exploring issues that cut across populations in the United States Australia Canada the United Kingdom Central America and South America; and offers strategies for improving the health of key population groups and achieving men’s health equity overall. This book systematically explores the underlying causes of these differences describes the specific challenges faced by particular groups of men and offers policy and programmatic strategies to improve the health and well-being of men and pursue men’s health equity. Men’s Health Equity will be the first collection to present the state of the science in this field its progress its breadth and its future. This book is an invaluable resource for scholars researchers students and professionals interested in men’s health equity men’s health psychology of men’s health gender studies public health and global health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052970

Men’s HealthAn Introduction This comprehensive book addresses men’s health and wellness in the context of the male psyche provides up to date research on men’s health discusses theoretical frameworks shares perspectives from men and lists consumer resources and tools. Men’s Health explores social cultural physical and psychological approaches to men’s health with sections focusing on the psycho-social issues the body relationships healthy living and aging while taking into account cultural differences. Each chapter: provides a review of the current science and emerging research of the topic; outlines theoretical frameworks best practices and recommendations for advancing men’s health through service delivery research education policy and advocacy; features a personal assessment tool on the topic; and includes vignettes from men their friends and families and care providers. Suitable for students taking undergraduate courses on men’s health and wellness this broad-ranging textbook is the ideal introduction to the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496064

Menace to SocietyPolitical-criminal Collaboration Around the World One of the more dangerous contemporary threats to the quality of life is the collaboration of the political establishment with the criminal underworld - the political-criminal nexus (PCN). This active partnership increasingly undermines the rule of law human rights and economic development in many parts of the world. States in transition are especially at risk. Despite the magnitude of the threat there is little understanding of the security threats by the PCNs and how and why political-criminal relationships are formed and maintained. Menace to Society is the first attempt to develop an analytical framework for making generalizations about this contemporary scourge. Case studies of Colombia Hong Kong Taiwan Italy Mexico Nigeria Russia and Ukraine and the United States by leading scholars and practitioners included here answer such key questions as: How do PCNs get established? How is a PCN maintained and destroyed? What do the participants want from each other in a PCN? What can be learned from those who have successfully countered the PCN? The findings indicate that political economic and cultural factors play a significant role in the formation and evolution of PCNs. When the institutions of the state are weak as in Nigeria and Colombia it is difficult for the state to prevent political-criminal collaboration. A lack of checks and balances either from civil society or opposition political parties such as described in the cases of Mexico and Russia is a key factor. Cultural patterns tend to facilitate this kind of collaboration. Markets and economics too bear on the PCN issue. The supply and demand for illegal goods and services not only drugs in many countries creates a market controlled by criminals who need political help to "run" their business. Menance to Society will be critical reading for security planners foreign and military policymakers and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527973

Menander in Contexts The comedies of the Athenian dramatist Menander (c. 342-291 BC) and his contemporaries were the ultimate source of a Western tradition of light drama that has continued to the present day. Yet for over a millennium Menander’s own plays were thought to have been completely lost. Thanks to a long and continuing series of papyrus discoveries Menander has now been able to take his place among the major surviving ancient Greek dramatists alongside Aeschylus Sophocles Euripides and Aristophanes. In this book sixteen contributors examine and explore the Menander we know today in light of the various literary intellectual and social contexts in which his plays can be viewed. Topics covered include: the society culture and politics of his generation; the intellectual currents of the period; the literary precursors who inspired Menander (or whom he expected his audiences to recall); and responses to Menander from his own time to ours. As the first wide-ranging collective study of Menander in English this book is essential reading for those interested in ancient comedy the world over. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868420

Mencian Hermeneutics Considered second only to Confucius in the history of Chinese thought Mencius (371?-289 b.c.) was a moral philosopher whose arguments while pragmatically rooted in the political and social conditions of his time go beyond particular situations to probe their origins and speculate on their larger implications. His writings constitute a living tradition in China and the world at large. Sinological studies of Mencius have long emphasized philological and archaeological research situating the texts mainly in Chinese history. Critical appraisal of the texts lends itself to Western traditions of interpretation. In Mencian Hermeneutics Chun-chieh Huang utilizes both approaches to offer a historical and universal understanding of Mencius.Huang builds from the premise that Mencius' thinking and all Chinese thought are sociopolitical in tone and humanistic and metaphysical in nature and range. The strength of Mencius' thought lies in the organic mutuality of these factors. His arguments are shaped by the politics literature and economics of his age. At the same time the concrete programs he proposed and his sharp criticisms of alternative policies are rooted in the metaphysical soil of man and the world human solidarity and cosmic symbiosis and human nature within the natural world. The book is divided into two parts. Part 1 analyzes the concrete as opposed to the theoretical character of Mencius' thought. Huang demonstrates the organic unity of his intellectual system with its concepts of linkage between innermost to outermost self to social rightness vs. profit and his political ideal of populist government through familial empathy. Part 2 deals with the long historical odyssey of Mencius' work in China's interpretive tradition an exegetical process similar in its origins to Western hermeneutics.In comparing and analyzing these approaches to Mencius Huang seeks to show that Chinese hermeneutics is more than an activity of intellectual curiosity about the ancient world but is instead a means to sociopolitical action an application in society of the fruits of personal cultivation. Mencian Hermeneutics will be of interest to Chinese area specialists sociologists literary scholars and philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512078

Mencius Hume and the Foundations of Ethics What is the most distinctive feature of human nature? Does human nature play any significant role in explaining ethical objectivity? How do we arrive at moral judgments? What is the relationship between moral judgments and moral motivation? In answering these questions this book defends a naturalist realist and internalist theory of the foundations of ethics. This theory grounded on a particular concept of humanity combines insights from Mencius and David Hume. The views of each show how important features left underdeveloped by the other can be supplemented and refined. The unified theory that results is a robust contender among current ethical theories. This illuminating book relating Chinese and Western philosophical traditions presents a unique account of the unity of the virtues in Mencius breaks new ground in Hume studies through its discussion of the concept of sympathy in Hume's theory and brings combined insights to bear on contemporary analytical theories of ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275867

Mencius On The Mind V 5 First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849555

Mencius on the MindExperiments in Multiple Definition Long out of print I. A. Richards's extraordinary 1932 foray into Chinese philosophy is worth reviving for its detached interpretation of the Chinese classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863156

Mendacity and the Figure of the Liar in Seventeenth-Century French Comedy The first book-length study devoted to this topic Mendacity and the Figure of the Liar in Seventeenth-Century French Comedy offers an important contribution to scholarship on the theatre as well as on early modern attitudes in France specifically on the subject of lying and deception. Unusually for a scholarly work on seventeenth-century theatre it is particularly alert to plays as performed pieces and not simply printed texts. The study also distinguishes itself by offering original readings of Molière alongside innovative analyses of other playwrights. The chapters offer fresh insights on well-known plays by Molière and Pierre Corneille but also invite readers to discover lesser-known works of the time (by writers such as Benserade Thomas Corneille Dufresny and Rotrou). Through comparative and sustained close readings including a linguistic and speech act approach a historical survey of texts with an analysis of different versions and a study of irony the reader is shown the manifest ways in which different playwrights incorporate the comedic tropes of lying and scheming confusion and unmasking. Drawing particular attention to the levels of communicative or mis-communicative exchanges on the character-to-character axis and the character-to-audience axis this work examines the process whereby characters in the comedies construct narratives designed to trick misdirect dazzle confuse or exploit their interlocutors. In the different incarnations of seducer parasite cross-dresser duplicitous narrator/messenger and deluded mythomaniac the author underscores the way in which the figure of the liar both entertains and troubles making it a fascinating subject worthy of detailed investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879945

Mendacity in Early Modern Literature and Culture Mendacity in Early Modern Literature and Culture examines the historical cultural and epistemological underpinnings of lying and deception in early modern England including the political religious aesthetic and philosophical discourses that governed the codes of lying and truth-telling from the sixteenth to the early eighteenth centuries. The contributions to this collection draw on a wide range of early modern English literature from Shakespeare to Swift and from travel writing to poetry in order to explore the extent to which plays poems and narrative texts in this period were sites of negotiation and at times of ideological warfare between the moral imperative of truth-telling and the expediency of telling lies. What were the cultural norms of truthfulness and lying and on what basis were they constructed? What were the consequences when someone did not share the assumed common project of truth-telling? And which forms of communication were exempt from the pragmatic strictures on mendacious discourse? This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of English Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391802

Mende Of Sierra Leone Ils 65 The social political and economic impact of the decline of the old colonial powers in Africa India and the Middle East are still key areas of scholarly research and debate. Based on careful social observation and empirical research these titles explore the tension between agriculture and industry in developing economies and trace the complex political process of independence. Aimed at administrators and academics these studies are central to Development Studies and also present the work of renowned anthropologists such as Raymond Firth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709085

Mended by the Muse: Creative Transformations of Trauma Mended by the Muse: Creative Transformations of Trauma is an in-depth exploration of the relationship between trauma and creativity. It is about art in the service of healing mourning and memorialization. This book addresses the questions of how artistic expression facilitates the healing process; what the therapeutic action of art is and if there is a relationship between mental instability and creativity. It also asks how self-analysis through art-making can be integrated with psychoanalytic work in order to enrich and facilitate emotional growth. Drawing on four decades of clinical practice and a critical reading of creativity literature Sophia Richman presents a new theory of the creative process whose core components are relational conceptualizations of dissociation and witnessing. This is an interdisciplinary book which draws inspiration from life histories clinical case material neuroscience and interviews with creators as well as from various art forms such as film literature paintings and music. Some areas of discussion include: art born of genocide confrontation with mortality in illness and aging and the clinical implications of memoirs written by psychoanalysts. Visual images are interspersed throughout the text that illustrate the reverberations of trauma and its creative transformation in the work of featured artists. Mended by the Muse: Creative Transformations of Trauma powerfully articulates how creative action is one of the most effective ways of coping with trauma and its aftershocks - it is in art in all its forms that sorrow is given shape and meaning. Here Sophia Richman shows how art helps to master the chaos that follows in the wake of tragedy how it restores continuity connection and the will for a more fully lived life. This book is written for psychoanalysts as well as for other mental health professionals who practice and teach in academic settings. It will also be of interest to graduate and post-graduate students and will be relevant for artists who seek a better understanding of the creative process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883641

Mendelian RandomizationMethods for Using Genetic Variants in Causal Estimation Presents the Terminology and Methods of Mendelian Randomization for Epidemiological Studies Mendelian randomization uses genetic instrumental variables to make inferences about causal effects based on observational data. It therefore can be a reliable way of assessing the causal nature of risk factors such as biomarkers for a wide range of disease outcomes. Mendelian Randomization: Methods for Using Genetic Variants in Causal Estimation provides thorough coverage of the methods and practical elements of Mendelian randomization analysis. It brings together diverse aspects of Mendelian randomization spanning epidemiology statistics genetics and econometrics. Although the book mainly focuses on epidemiology much of the material can be applied to other areas of research. Through several examples the first part of the book shows how to perform simple applied Mendelian randomization analyses and interpret their results. The second part addresses specific methodological issues such as weak instruments multiple instruments power calculations and meta-analysis relevant to practical applications of Mendelian randomization. In this part the authors draw on data from the C-reactive protein Coronary heart disease Genetics Collaboration (CCGC) to illustrate the analyses. They present the mathematics in an easy-to-understand way by using nontechnical language and reinforcing key points at the end of each chapter. The last part of the book examines the potential of Mendelian randomization in the future exploring both methodological and applied developments. This book gives statisticians epidemiologists and geneticists the foundation to understand issues concerning the use of genetic variants as instrumental variables. It will get them up to speed in undertaking and interpreting Mendelian randomization analyses. Chapter summaries paper summaries web-based applications and software code for implementing the statistical techniques are available on a supplementary website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466573178

Mendelssohn This volume of essays brings together a selection of the most significant and representative writings on Mendelssohn from the last fifty years. Divided into four main subject areas it makes available twenty-two essays which have transformed scholarly awareness of this crucial and ever-popular nineteenth-century composer and musician; it also includes a specially commissioned introductory chapter which offers a critical overview of the last half century of Mendelssohn scholarship and the direction of future research. The addition of new translations of two influential essays by Carl Dahlhaus hitherto unavailable in English adds to the value of this volume which brings back in to circulation important scholarly works and constitutes an indispensable reference work for Mendelssohn scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472435392

Mendelssohn and Victorian England This valuable book considers the reception of the composer pianist organist and conductor Felix Mendelssohn in nineteenth-century England and his influence on English musical culture. Despite the composer's immense popularity in the nation during his lifetime and in the decades following his death this is the first book to deal exclusively with the subject of Mendelssohn in England. Mendelssohn's highly successful ten trips to Britain between 1829 and 1847 are documented and discussed in detail as are his relationships with English musicians and a variety of prominent figures. An introductory chapter describes the musical life of England (especially London) at the time of Mendelssohn's arrival and the last two chapters deal with the composer's posthumous reception to the end of the Victorian era. Eatock reveals Mendelssohn as a catalyst for the expansion of English musical culture in the nineteenth century. In taking this position the author challenges much of the extant literature on the subject and provides an engaging story that brings Mendelssohn and his English experiences to life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255807

Mendelssohn Essays When R. Larry Todd’s biography Mendelssohn: A Life in Music appeared in 2003 it won acclaim from several critics as a definitive biography. In researching Mendelssohn’s life over the last two and a half decades Todd uncovered much new information about the composer and his music his family and his peers and his complex reception history. Now as we approach the 2009 bicentenary of Mendelssohn’s birth the author has chosen and compiled fifteen essays written between 1980 and 2005 including five previously unpublished that examine several aspects of the composer whom Goethe and Heine likened to a second Mozart. Mendelssohn Essays explores Mendelssohn’s precocity his musical impressions of British culture the role of the visual in his music his compositional response to Bach’s St. Matthew Passion and incomplete drafts from his musical estate of three instrumental works. In addition a group of three essays focuses on the music of Mendelssohn’s sister Fanny Hensel perhaps the most gifted woman composer of the century and a significant complex figure in the formation of the Mendelssohnian style. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203940068

Mendelssohn Perspectives If the invective of Nietzsche and Shaw is to be taken as an endorsement of the lasting quality of an artist then Felix Mendelssohn Bartholdy takes pride of place beside Tennyson and Brahms in the canon of great nineteenth-century artists. Mendelssohn Perspectives presents valuable new insights into Mendelssohn’s music biography and reception. Critically engaging a wide range of source materials the volume combines traditional musical-analytical studies with those that draw on other humanistic disciplines to shed new light on the composer’s life and on his contemporary and posthumous reputations. Together these essays bring new historical and interpretive dimensions to Mendelssohn studies. The volume offers essays on Mendelssohn's Jewishness his vast correspondence his music for the stage and his relationship with music of the past and future as well as the compositional process and handling of form in the music of both Mendelssohn and his sister the composer Fanny Hensel. German literature and aesthetics gender and race philosophy and science and issues of historicism all come to bear on these new perspectives on Mendelssohn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261402

Mending the Torn FabricFor Those Who Grieve and Those Who Want to Help Them The analogy of the torn fabric was first used by the author in response to a bereaved mother's cry: "I know what grief feels like; I don't know what it looks like." In "Mending the Torn Fabric: For Those Who Grieve and Those Who Want to Help Them" the author expands the metaphor to include earlier and future or potential losses as well as losses associated with the death that may be unrecognized or minimized. This book includes chapters that examine complications that may be present or may arise suggestions for mending even the most torn fabric and a chapter dedicated to friends who want to help. Stories bereaved persons have shared with the author through the years are interspersed throughout the book to provide examples of loss and mending. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785037

Mending the WorldSocial Healing Interventions by Gestalt Practitioners Worldwide Mending the World provides a blueprint for making a difference in the intractable social issues that exist today. It presents the compelling drama of thirteen stories of people on the firing lines in countries in Africa Europe Scandinavia as well as Brazil Cambodia North of Ireland and the USA . The cases involve diverse real world issues such as AIDS reduction poverty political conflict natural disasters and dilemmas in supporting the aged. The stories are framed by the editors with theory and historical data and offer the hope of effective change using Gestalt principles and methods. In these complex issues you need unique skills to bring people together to work toward a common solution and to empower yourselves to influence people with positional power Mending the World shows how use of these skills leads to high-impact outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Gestalt Press 9780415708364

Mennonites and Post-Colonial African Studies This book examines the evolution of post-colonial African Studies through the eyes of Africanists from the Anabaptist (Mennonite and Church of the Brethren) community. The book chronicles the lives of twenty-two academics and practitioners whose work spans from the immediate post-colonial period in the 1960s to the present day a period in which decolonization and development have dominated scholarly and practitioner debate. Reflecting the values and perspectives they shared with the Mennonite Central Committee and other church-sponsored organizations the authors consider their own personal journeys and professional careers the power of the prevailing scholarly paradigms they encountered and the realities of post-colonial Africa. Coming initially from Anabaptist service programs the authors ultimately made wider contributions to comparative religion church leadership literature music political science history anthropology economics and banking health and healing public health extension education and community development. The personal histories and reflections of the authors provide an important glimpse into the intellectual and cultural perspectives that shaped the work of Africanist scholars and practitioners in the post-colonial period. The book reminds us that the work of every Africanist is shaped by their own life stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367474324

Menopause Me and YouThe Sound of Women Pausing Menopause Me and You will help you put menopause in proper perspective--as a normal and natural developmental process in the lives of women not as a disorder or state that causes disease. This informative book gives you self-monitoring tools for collecting information and monitoring changes in your body during menopause. These tools will also help you understand the dynamics of the change process. A guideline as to how to best use this information when interacting with care providers--especially those who view menopause as a disorder to be treated--is also included.Menopause Me and You is filled with information-gathering tools scientific facts and stories from the true “experts” on menopause--the women themselves who have experienced or are experiencing menopause. In chapter after chapter you’ll gain valuable information for viewing menopause from a woman-centered perspective. Specifically the book includes: detailed information on conception and fertilization reconceptualizing these events from a woman-centered feminist perspective a description and reconceptualization of the menstrual cycle and menstruation providing the knowledge base--the physiological endrocrinological and biochemical mechanisms that regulate the menstrual cycle and menstruation--to understand menopause as the closure of menstrual life and not the end of life a journey into the steroid hormone target cell--shows at a scientific level that women were genetically programmed to end the production of reproductive hormones a description and clarification of some of the terms used to describe menopause common menopausal changes and diseases attributed to being estrogen-deficient tools for gathering information for “discovering knowledge ” about yourself--a menstrual calendar card hot flash body diagrams a basal body temperature record a body composition record a menstrual bleeding scale and factors to consider when choosing a care providerThe women who share their experiences in Menopause Me and You represent women at various stages of menopause. They describe for you what they are feeling as well as what it means to be a mid-life woman at the closure of reproductive life; they celebrate the end of menstruation but curse the changes--including mood swings hot flashes and vaginal/bleeding changes--they are experiencing. These changes are normal and expected however and need to be understood in that context. They are not symptoms of disease or an excuse for care providers to instantly prescribe hormones or drugs. With the information in Menopause Me and You women nearing or experiencing menopause health care providers such as nurses health educators and physicians and counselors will better understand how women view this transition and come to accept it as another normal necessary and beautiful process in the lives of women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801575

Men's Accounts of Boarding SchoolSent Away Men’s Accounts of Boarding School is a collection of writings by men about their childhood experiences of being sent away to boarding school.  In these narratives the men discuss their feelings through their years at school and how this has affected them in adulthood. They give individual views of how living away from home in an institutional setting has impacted on their lives. Much has been written about the adverse effects of early separation and broken attachments and these men illustrate this research in their accounts. This book will be insightful and useful reading for therapists working with the issues of Boarding School Syndrome as well as former boarders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367546823

Men's Changing Roles in the Family How are men reacting to perceiving and behaving in light of the changes in gender roles. Here is an important volume that provides new and interesting reading about contemporary husbands and fathers.Men’s Changing Roles in the Family offers an overview of the causes and consequences of changes in men’s family roles in recent decades. Experts introduce you to the issues problems and methods on the cutting edge of those disciplines that study men in the context of their families. Until now relatively little has been known empirically about men in contemporary families and even less has been known about husbands and fathers from direct reports of the men themselves. This groundbreaking volume successfully closes this gap in the literature with an examination of the effects that fathers’growing involvement with their children have on their wives and themselves; a clinical assessment of some men’s angry reactions to separation and divorce and those special therapeutic goals and strategies that may help reduce their distress; examinations of the conflicting demands of the work world and the family upon some contemporary husbands and fathers and the negative effects of nonstandard work schedules upon men’s family life; and an examination of factors that make many men unhappy in patriarchal family structures. Men’s Changing Roles in the Family also contributes toward breaking new ground by examining family roles now performed by special groups of men. Finally this important volume reports empirical findings about men in family-like relationships illustrating evidence for the unique roles that male caregivers can offer children in day-care centers and reviewing current empirical studies of men’s friendships and their development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864181

Men's Health This Third Edition of Men’s Health provides a comprehensive and authoritative reference source to urologists andrologists family practitioners and all professionals dealing with the male patient who diagnose and treat males with a variety of health problems such as prostate cancer male osteoporosis and testicular cancer. The new edition been completely reorganized into disease- and problem-based sections to highlight important topics such as cancer and premature cardiovascular disease. There is also new material on some of the less frequently explored areas of men's health such as Tourette's Syndrome depression and cosmetic surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446079

Men's HealthHow to Do it This work includes Foreword by Ian Banks - President Men's Health Forum. Traditionally men have been seen as reluctant to access health services but getting men to engage with their health isn't an impossible task once you're equipped with a few tricks of the trade. This concise easy to read guide offers a no-nonsense practical approach to the development and implementation of men's health programmes. Based on years of wide-ranging experience the book is designed for anyone who is involved in service delivery for men and boys and demonstrates what can be achieved with adequate resources a flexible approach and a sound understanding of men's needs. It is ideal for all healthcare professionals and managers and medicine and nursing students undertaking specialist men's health and health promotion courses. It is also of great interest to teachers and youth leaders including school nurses. Healthcare policy makers and shapers will find it enlightening reading. 'This book is for anyone who wants to find out how to successfully set up and deliver health services aimed at men and boys. Traditionally men have been seen as reluctant to access health services but getting men to engage with their health isn't an impossible task once you're equipped with a few tricks of the trade. Although this is primarily intended to be a practical guide much of the book will also be of interest to academics policy makers and managers. It demonstrates what can be achieved with adequate resources a flexible approach and a sound understanding of men's needs.' - David Conrad and Alan White in the Preface. 'As an issue men's health is plagued by myth ignorance and inequality but most of all by a lack of solid research based on evidence-based work with men themselves. Lofty academics pontificate endlessly on the meaning of 'masculinity' yet never get their invariably white Caucasian middle class hands dirty on what really impacts on Y chromosome owners. The Bradford team didn't just wonder about masculinity and scratch male pattern baldness they did something measurable about men's health and ethnicity so other workers could use their evidence base to actually change the dreadful health status quo. An excellent and unique "Dirty Hands Manual".' - Ian Banks in the Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378046

Men's Intrusion Women's EmbodimentA critical analysis of street harassment Research on violence against women tends to focus on topics such as sexual assault and intimate partner violence arguably to the detriment of investigating men’s violence and intrusion in women’s everyday lives. The reality and possibility of the routine intrusions women experience from men in public space – from unwanted comments to flashing following and frottage – are frequently unaddressed in research as well as in theoretical and policy-based responses to violence against women. Often at their height during women’s adolescence such practices are commonly dismissed as trivial relatively harmless expressions of free speech too subjective to be legislated against. Based on original empirical research this book is the first of its kind to conduct a feminist phenomenological analysis of the experience for women of men’s stranger intrusions in public spaces. It suggests that intrusion from unknown men is a fundamental factor in how women understand and enact their embodied selfhood. This book is essential reading for academics and students involved in the study of violence against women feminist philosophy applied sociology feminist criminology and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360327

Men's Sexual HealthFitness for Satisfying Sex Men‘s Sexual Health is a breakthrough book about vital and satisfying male sexuality. It presents a new model of male and couple sexuality which establishes positive realistic expectations of pleasure and satisfaction as opposed to the self-defeating traditional demand for perfect intercourse performance. Men and couples who adopt this approach will enjoy sexuality throughout the lifespan. The authors introduce the new ‘smart thinking focused on an integration of mind and body which confronts the myths and misunderstandings which limit male sexual growth. The book will help men and women understand how to pursue sexual and relational health overcome sexual problems with the goal of greater acceptance and satisfaction. The book advocates for positive realistic Good-Enough Sex which will significantly enhance male and couple sexual satisfaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138441293

Men's TailoringBespoke Theatrical and Historical Tailoring 1830-1950 Men’s Tailoring: Bespoke Theatrical and Historical Tailoring 1830-1950 introduces the reader to English tailoring and covers the drafting of patterns cutting out in cloth and the complete traditional construction techniques in sequence for the tailoring of a waistcoat trousers and jacket. The book contains: step-by-step instructions complete with illustrations for students and costumiers who are new to the making of male tailored garments from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries; drafting blocks and construction techniques for the main three styles of nineteenth century male garments: frock coat morning coat and dress coat; patterns photographs and detailed measurements taken from a variety of male coats jackets waistcoats and trousers from c1830 - c1950 from museums and collections. From choosing the right cloth to preparing for the fitting process this how-to guide will help readers create beautiful historically accurate three-piece suits for events and performances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336803

Men's Transitions To ParenthoodLongitudinal Studies of Early Family Experience First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315801988

Men's Ways Of Being Men's Ways of Being represents a dramatic turning point in the debate on what it is to be a man an insightful rethinking of the questions of men and masculinity. It shows how men can take action to change the very demands of masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319960

Men's Work and Male LivesMen and Work in Britain First published in 1999 this volume took part in the emerging sociological debate on gender in the workplace by studying men’s work lives gender roles and psychological health through the gender lens. Recent changes in the labour market not least the marked increase of women at work have been argued to have led to a crisis of masculinity and a re-evaluation of men’s roles. This book has four main aims: to establish that there is a real absence of an empirical understanding of men in British gender-based sociological research; to explore men’s recent experiences of the British labour market; to explore how masculinity and work are linked and maintained by critically examining existing accounts of gender theory and feminism; and finally to provide an empirical account of men's work and male lives via an analysis of existing data. The male workers were identified in the National Child Development Study 1991 and compared with male full-time workers and similar groups of women in the same study. Five areas of these men's lives were explored empirically: characteristics of male workers in NCDS5; men’s attitudes to work; men and training experiences; men and household work; and finally men and mental ill health. The book concludes that the nature of men’s work needs to be reconsidered and that the nature of gender research particularly that relating to men needs to be expanded and made more explicit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327412

Men's Work in Preventing Violence Against Women Promote effective partnerships between men and women to end domestic violence! Men's Work in Preventing Violence Against Women examines the experiences of 12 practicing counselors who call on their religious training to form partnerships between men and women that promote an end to domestic violence. In both religious and secular settings the bulk of the work done to end violence against women is done by women—survivors who have become activists and advocates who have been touched by the witness of survivors. Motivating and educating men to share the everyday work of domestic violence shelters rape crisis counseling and abuse prevention is essential. This book challenges traditional images of masculinity exploring effective—and ineffective—methods of helping men face their own sexism and change their behavior toward the goal of ending domestic violence. Each contributor to Men's Work in Preventing Violence Against Women approached the concept of man/woman partnerships working to end domestic violence and sexual assault with the following questions in mind: In your experience and social world have you seen creative partnerships between men and women that made a difference? Have you seen men in counseling struggle to change their views on gender in order to become reliable allies in the fight to end violence against women? How can religion become a resource for men working to become allies with women? What strategies can men use to help end violence against women? Men's Work in Preventing Violence Against Women includes contributions from Paul Kivel cofounder of the Oakland Men's Project and of Gvarim: Bay Area Jewish Men Against Violence; David Livingston author of Healing Violent Men: A Model for Christian Communities; Al Miles author of Domestic Violence: What Every Pastor Should Know; and Richard Wallace Jr. editor of the Journal of Ministry in Addiction & Recovery (Haworth). Each essay presents practical and theoretical ideas guidelines for partnerships and insightful information on sexual and domestic violence. Topics addressed include: Jewish male violence holding Christian men accountable for domestic violence shared experiences of batterers and the people who treat them premarital preparation the dynamics of power in pastoral care engaging Scripture with male abusers helping men become pro-feminist Men's Work in Preventing Violence Against Women is an essential resource for counselors social workers clergy laypersons and anyone else working to end domestic violence and sexual abuse against women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808727

Menstruation Health And Illness First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138980921

Menstruation and Procreation in Early Modern France Early modern bodies particularly menstruating and pregnant bodies were not stable signifiers. Menstruation and Procreation in Early Modern France presents the first full-length discussion of menstruation and its uncertain connections with embodied sex gender and reproduction in early modern France. Attitudes to menstruation are explored in three inter-linked arenas: medicine moral theology and law across the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries. Drawing on a wide range of diverse sources including court records and private documents the author uses case studies to explore the relationship between the exceptional corporeality of individuals and attempts to construct menstrual norms reflecting on how early modern individuals lay or otherwise grappled with the enigma of menstruation. She analyzes how early modern men and women accounted for the function recurrence and appearance of menstruation from its role in maintaining health to the link between other physiological and bodily processes including those found in both male and female bodies. She questions the assumption that menstruation was exclusively associated with women by the second half of the eighteenth century arguing that whilst sex-related menstruation was not sex-specific even at the turn of the nineteenth. Menstruation remains a contentious topic today. This book is not therefore simply a study of periods in early modern France but is also of necessity an exploration about the nature and constitution of historical evidence particularly bodily evidence and how historians use this evidence. It raises important questions about the concept of certainty and about the value of observation testimony expertise the nature of language and the construction of bodily truths - about the body as witness and the body as evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754666035

Mental and Emotional Healing Through YogaA Guiding Framework for Therapists and their Clients Mental and Emotional Healing Through Yoga combines key research on the intersection of yoga and mental health with a client-centered step-by-step framework that can be applied to a range of complex mental and emotional disorders. The book guides readers through the initial intake of the first client session and the development of subsequent sessions providing case examples from the author’s practice to show how yoga’s mind-body connection facilitates recuperation and healing. While well-grounded in research and case studies the book is also highly readable making it accessible to professionals such as psychotherapists and yoga therapists as well as individuals and families struggling with mental health issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138045002

Mental Capacity CasebookClinical Assessment and Legal Commentary The Mental Capacity Act 2005 (MCA) provides a legal framework for acting on behalf of individuals who lack the capacity to make decisions for themselves. The Mental Capacity Casebook showcases numerous real-life case studies in accordance to this Act. Through the exploration of various mental capacity assessments this book highlights the psychological needs of the individuals who are supported and protected by the MCA. Dr. Tracey Ryan-Morgan a Consultant Clinical Neuropsychologist is the first to bridge the gap between the individual’s psychological requirements and the legal framework surrounding them. Not only does this book present true often complex mental capacity assessments it does so with legitimate corresponding commentaries. Each case outlines the presented problem along with its background social context psychological matters the overriding opinion and concluding learning points. This book provides a unique standpoint offering insight into the complexities of the Act and practical guidance on how to conduct assessments. It serves as essential reading for those looking for guidance whilst making complex capacity decisions such as Clinical Neuropsychologists Social Workers and Legal Professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097926

Mental Computation and EstimationImplications for mathematics education research teaching and learning Mental calculations and estimations are basic everyday skills that are essential for real-life arithmetic operations and number sense. This book presents a much needed overview and analysis of mental computation and estimation drawing on contemporary research and empirical studies that were conducted on students teachers and adults to cover all aspects of this complex field. Mental Computation and Estimation analyses the implications that are involved in the research teaching and learning of mathematics and delivers effective practices that will enhance everyday learning for students. Focusing on a range of international research and studies from the School of Nature and Life Mathematics in Greece it answers a number of important questions including: What mental calculations and estimations are why they are important and what other mathematical concepts and cognitive behaviors are they related to? What strategies are used on mental additions subtractions multiplications and divisions and how are multiplication tables learned? What are the new trends in the teaching of mental calculation and estimation? An invaluable resource for all those involved in the practice and research of mathematics education Mental Computation and Estimation will also be a useful tool for researchers policy makers and developers of educational programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938434

Mental Conflicts And Misconduct First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874886

Mental CultureClassical Social Theory and the Cognitive Science of Religion Why is the set of human beliefs and behaviours that we call "religion" such a widespread feature of all known human societies past and present and why are there so many forms of religiosity found throughout history and culture? "Mental Culture" brings together an international range of scholars  -  from  Anthropology History Psychology Philosophy and Religious Studies - to answer these questions. Connecting classical theories and approaches with the newly established field of the Cognitive Science of Religion the aim of "Mental Culture" is to provide scholars and students of religion with an overview of contemporary scientific approaches to religion while tracing their intellectual development to some of the great thinkers of the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844657421

Mental Disorder Among PrisonersToward an Epidemiologic Inventory What do we know about the mental health of inmates? What are the implications of what we know? Nathaniel J. Pallone characterizes opinion on these questions as falling into two broad camps: the "tender-hearted " those who see an overlap between mental illness and criminal behaviour and are treatment-oriented; and the "tough-minded " those who have little confidence in psychiatric categories do not really accept arguments about diminished responsibility and who feel the emphasis should be on punishment. Which is closer to the truth?When this book was first published the incidence of mental disorder among prisoners was nearly four times greater than among comparable groups in the general population in part because prisoners are disproportionately drawn from demographic groups with a high incidence of mental disorder—non-white and from lower socioeconomic strata. But other data is equally dismaying: mental retardation is 50 percent higher; alcohol and drug abuse is between five and eight times greater; and neurogenic disorders may be 1 700 times greater. In all categories of mental illness the incidence among prisoners is far higher than among the general population.Pallone asserts that evidence suggests that the design and implementation of mental health care needs serious revaluation particularly in view of Supreme Court decisions mandating mental health care despite obstacles with implementation. Palone saw mental health care as the primary issue for those who manage prisons. Sadly this remains as true as when this book was first published. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863056

Mental Disorders in Older AdultsFundamentals of Assessment and Treatment Illustrated with abundant clinical material this book provides essential knowledge and skills for effective mental health practice with older adults. It demonstrates how to evaluate and treat frequently encountered clinical problems in this population including dementias mood and anxiety disorders and paranoid symptoms. Strategies are presented for implementing psychosocial interventions and integrating them with medications. The book also describes insightful approaches for supporting family caregivers and addresses the nuts and bolts of consulting in institutional settings. Combining their expertise as a researcher and an experienced clinician the authors offer a unique perspective on the challenges facing older adults and how to help them lead more fulfilling and independent lives. Three reproducible forms can also be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2"" x 11"" size.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609182328

Mental HandicapDilemmas of Parent-Professional Relations First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980938

Mental Health Psychiatry and the ArtsA Teaching Handbook 'Medicine and psychiatry both based on science require the art of caring using the principles of art in learning and teaching. Sitting with a patient making sense of their distress being empathetic in understanding both the symptoms and the person and alleviating suffering needs a human touch. For that doctors need the soul of an artist and must be aware of the value that arts have for society and the individual.' - from the Foreword by Dinesh Bhugra This comprehensive book explores how visual art cinema music poetry literature and drama can inform the teaching and practice of psychiatrists and mental health professionals. Edited and written by a team of expert practitioners teachers and researchers including both clinicians and users of mental health services this comprehensive book will provide valuable insights for undergraduate and postgraduate educators with teaching reponsibilities in psychiatry and mental health. Students of the medical humanities art music and drama therapists and educators in occupational therapy and psychology will also find this a valuable and insightful handbook. 'The authors of this wonderful handbook provide a convincing argument that the arts are good for what ails us. They have each used a preferred artistic medium to deepen personal reflection and to enhance their own creativity as physicians teachers and therapists. Their models are clear their suggestions practical but none of the approaches you'll find here is reductive or simplistic. Try some of the reflective exercises and teaching strategies. You will be sure to rediscover something you have always cherished about the art of healing.' - from the Foreword by Allan D Peterkin Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376028

Mental Health Racism And Sexism Following their book "Racism and Mental Health" the authors here re-examine the intersections of racism and mental health adding sexism as another divisive issue that profoundly affects mental health. The book aims to offer fresh perspectives on contemporary controversial issues including: interracial adoptions teenage motherhood gender bias in mental health diagnosis and therapy prisons used as substitutes for hospitals homeless families and increasing violence in the home and on the streets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315041254

Mental Health Across CulturesA Practical Guide for Health Professionals Every health professional interacts with patients from different cultures to their own not just those from different countries ethnic or religious groups but also those with cultural differences due to sexual orientation lifestyle beliefs age gender social status or perceived economic worth. The potential for confusions in communication and consequent problems are even greater in primary care mental health than in other areas.This guide for all health professionals provides a model for working in mental health across cultures and outlines practical ways of using psychotherapy skills across cultures. It can be used as personal preparation by individuals in any primary care setting at home or abroad or as a teaching tool for use with health professionals travelling to another culture including overseas aid workers and those moving to a new country. It is also of great value to everyone interested in transcultural medicine. 'Wherever we work whoever we are we are working across cultures often without realising it. The first step is to become conscious of this fact. The next step is to read this book' - Jill Benson and Jill Thistlethwaite. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377780

Mental Health Across the LifespanA Handbook Mental wellbeing is an integral part of being and feeling healthy and it is estimated that one in four people will suffer from some form of mental illness during their lifetime. In spite of this it is often overlooked in mainstream healthcare. The overall aim of this book is to provide knowledge and understanding of how mental health affects human beings from conception through to end-of-life and the challenges that society as a whole has to address in the treatment of mental health. Beginning with an exploration of historical social and cultural contexts the book then goes on to discuss mental health care and mental health promotion during pregnancy and early parenthood childhood adolescence and young adulthood adulthood for both men and women and in older people. Containing reflective exercises the chapters are designed to provide an easily-accessible and engagingly-written introduction to mental health. Containing chapters that can be read and reviewed in isolation or used as an entire text Mental Health Across the Lifespan: A Handbook provides a solid introduction to mental health for students. The book will also act as a useful reference for doctors nurses midwives health visitors allied health professionals and health and social care support workers who have no specialist mental health training but often work in partnership with and care for people suffering from mental health issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021709

Mental Health Among Elderly Native Americans In the 1990s providing mental health services to the elderly and particularly to elderly Native Americans had been an issue of some concern for the last several decades. Despite this many public decisions made at the time were based on inadequate data. Due to this lack of data there had been little research devoted to determining the factors associated with mental health among elderly Native Americans. Instead the growing body of mental health research had "been based on limited samples primarily of middle-majority Anglos." Originally published in 1994 the purpose of this research was to utilize existing data to close the gap in our understanding of mental health among elderly Native Americans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885035

Mental Health and Academic Learning in SchoolsApproaches for Facilitating the Wellbeing of Children and Young People. Mental Health and Academic Learning in Schools: Approaches for Facilitating the Wellbeing of Children and Young People investigates the many areas impacting on young people’s learning and mental health in a unified manner. Offering a new model for teaching learning and connecting with young people it provides compelling evidence about the intertwined nature of students’ academic performance mental health and behaviour. The book presents integrated models and strategies that serve to enhance student learning and promote wellbeing. Chapters explore issues relating to classroom management school culture and leadership staff wellbeing pedagogy inclusion and the curriculum. Placing students at the centre of decision making the book showcases innovative models and strategies that schools might use for preventing problems engaging students and identifying and addressing learning or mental health problems that some students might experience. This book will appeal to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of mental health and education and will also be of interest to school counsellors educational psychologists and those working with young people in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232976

Mental Health and Contemporary ThoughtVolume two of a report of an international and interprofessional study group convened by the World Fed Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1967 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867451

Mental Health and Crime Does mental disorder cause crime? Does crime cause mental disorder? And if either of these could be proved to be true what consequences should stem for those who find themselves deemed mentally disordered offenders? Mental Health and Crime examines the nature of the relationship between mental disorder and crime. It concludes that the broad definition of what is an all too common human condition – mental disorder – and the widespread occurrence of an equally all too common human behaviour – that of offending – would make unlikely any definitive or easy answer to such questions. For those who offend in the context of mental disorder many aspects of the criminal justice process and of the disposals that follow are adapted to take account of a relationship between mental disorder and crime. But if the very relationship is questionable is the way in which we deal with such offenders discriminatory? Or is it perhaps to their benefit to be thought of as less responsible for their offending than fully culpable offenders? The book thus explores not only the nature of the relationship but also the human rights and legal issues arising. It also looks at some of the permutations in the therapeutic process that can ensue when those with mental health problems are treated in the context of their offending behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415521161

Mental Health And Infant DevelopmentVolume One: Papers and Discussions First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875159

Mental Health And Infant DevelopmentVolume Two: Case Histories First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875166

Mental Health and OffendingCare Coercion and Control This book explores the controversial relationship between mental health and offending and looks at the ways in which offenders with mental health problems are cared for coerced and controlled by the criminal justice and mental health systems. It provides a much-needed criminological approach to the field of forensic mental health. Beginning with an exploration into why the relationship between mental health and offending is so complex readers will be introduced to a range of perspectives through which mental health and its relationship to offending behaviour can be understood. The book considers the politics surrounding mental health and offending focusing particularly on the changing policy response to mentally disordered offenders since the mid-1990s. With dedicated chapters concerning the police courts secure services and the community this book explores a range of issues including: • The tensions between the care coercion and control of mentally disordered offenders • The increasingly blurred boundaries between mental health and criminal justice • Rights responsibilities accountability and blame • Risk public protection and precaution • Challenges involved with treatment recovery and rehabilitation • Staffing challenges surrounding multi-agency working • Funding privatisation and challenges surrounding service commissioning • Methodological challenges in the field. Providing an accessible and concise overview of the field and its key perspectives this book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate courses in mental health offered by criminology criminal justice sociology social work nursing and public policy departments. It will also be of interest to a wide range of mental health and criminal justice practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697935

Mental Health and PunishmentsCritical Perspectives in Theory and Practice How might we best manage those who have offended but have mental vulnerabilities? How are risks identified managed and minimised? What are ideological differences of care and control punishment and therapy negotiated in practice? These questions are just some which are debated in the eleven chapters of this book. Each with their focus on a given area authors raise the challenges controversies dilemmas and concerns attached to this particular context of delivering justice. Taking insights on imprisonment community punishments and forensic services this book provides a broad analysis of environments. But it also casts a critical light on how punishment of the mentally vulnerable sits within public attitudes and ideas policy discourses and the ways in which those seen to present as risky and dangerous are imagined. Written in a clear and direct style this book serves as a valuable resource for those studying working or researching at the intersections of healthcare and criminal justice domains. This book is essential reading for students and practitioners within the fields of criminology and criminal justice social work forensic psychology forensic psychiatry mental health nursing and probation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375159

Mental Health and Social Policy 1845-1959 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864176

Mental Health and Social Withdrawal in Contemporary JapanBeyond the Hikikomori Spectrum This book examines the phenomenon of social withdrawal in Japan which ranges from school non-attendance to extreme forms of isolation and confinement known as hikikomori. Based on extensive original research including interview research with a range of practitioners involved in dealing with the phenomenon the book outlines how hikikomori expresses itself how it is treated and dealt with and how it has been perceived and regarded in Japan over time. The author a clinical psychologist with extensive experience of practice argues that the phenomenon although socially unacceptable is not homogenous and can be viewed not as a mental disorder but as an idiom of distress a passive and effective way of resisting the many great pressures of Japanese schooling and of Japanese society more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365747

Mental Health and Spirituality in Later Life Explore pastoral strategies for dealing with mental health problems! Mental health is increasingly being recognized as an important issue in later life. This valuable book will help you examine this dimension of aging in the context of pastoral spiritual and cultural issues. It explores the relationship between mental health spirituality and religion in later life including the search for meaning cultural issues spiritual issues depression dementia and issues of suicide in older people. The first part of Mental Health and Spirituality in Later Life focuses on theology ethics and cultural issues in mental health and aging. The second part addresses issues of multidisciplinary practice including a challenging chapter written by a woman with early onset dementia (Alzheimer's) and other chapters that present perspectives on the uses and meanings of ritual and symbolism in mental health and pastoral approaches to care. Part one of Mental Health and Spirituality in Later Life deals with issues of theology culture and mental health in later life focusing on: the importance of a richly textured understanding of personhood as a prerequisite for constructing a picture of late-life mental health in the context of theology the relationship between culture spirituality and meaning for older immigrants—and their effects on mental health the adverse effects of a mental health system that reflects only the dominant culture of a society leaving minority cultures vulnerable to misdiagnosis and inappropriate treatments that can do more harm than good a wholistic picture of aging that moves beyond the biomedical paradigm and demonstrates the power and potential of the human spirit in adjusting to and moving beyond suffering Part two of this valuable book addresses issues of concern to practitioners in mental health and spirituality for the aging including: disruptive behavior among nursing home residents and common practices that fail to identify its causes or address the problem how some staff/resident interactions can produce suffering for all concerned—with case study outlines that illustrate the point memory loss and its effect on spirituality self-worth and the faith community pastoral care for people suffering with dementia—with practical information on helping them to make use of the power of prayer and to deal with loneliness fear and disempowerment an insightful look at a recent major study of residents in aged care facilities in Australia that explores the link between depression and spirituality risk and protective factors associated with suicide in later life and the treatment of depression pastoral interventions for depression and dementia Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808765

Mental Health and The Built EnvironmentMore Than Bricks And Mortar? This text explores the relationship between the planned or built environment and the occurrence of mental ill-health. It begins by providing a broad overview of what is known about the causes of psychopathic behaviour. It then goes on to discuss the issues that arise when attempting to identify: the impact of the environment as a source of stress; the effects that the environment can have on the quality of relationships between people; and the relationship between symbolic aspects of the environment the planning process and mental health. The book uses analysis and case studies drawn from the UK and US and contains example illustrations of the built environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315041131

Mental Health and Wellbeing in Rural RegionsInternational Perspectives This book considers how rurality interacts with the mental health and wellbeing of individuals and communities in different regional settings. Through the use of international and comparative case studies the book offers insight into the spatiality of mental health diagnoses experiences services provision and services access between and within rural areas. It is the first book to specifically address rural mental health geographies from an international perspective and will be of interest to researchers and policymakers in rural studies regional studies health geography and rural mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343443

Mental Health and Well-being Interventions in SportResearch Theory and Practice Mental health within elite sport has traditionally been ignored but recent research has shown that competitive sport can at times seriously undermine mental health and that athletes are exposed to specific stressors that hinder their mental health optimisation. Mental Health and Well-being Interventions in Sport provides an indispensable guide for researchers and practitioners wanting to understand and implement sport-based intervention processes. This important book adopts an evidenced based approach discussing the context of the intervention its design and implementation and its evaluation and legacy. With cases on depression eating disorders and athletic burnout the book is designed to provide practitioners policy makers and researchers with a cutting-edge overview of the key issues involved in this burgeoning area while also including cases on how sport itself has been used as a method to improve mental health. Written for newcomers and established practitioners alike the text is an essential read for researchers and practitioners in better understanding the sport setting-based intervention processes through presenting current research theory and practice applicable in a variety of sports settings and contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551718

Mental Health and Wellbeing through SchoolsThe Way Forward Mental Health and Wellbeing through Schools brings together international experts from various disciplines to identify and address a range of current challenges in this rapidly-developing field of endeavour.   The opening chapter details lessons learned from research and practice outlining some emerging challenges for the effective implementation of mental health initiatives in schools. Subsequent chapters take up the various issues exploring problems and proposing solutions. Topics fall within four broad areas:    Organisational and leadership issues such as dealing with 'wicked' or ‘hard-to-tame’ (complex and resistant) problems and taking a broad public health approach;  Teacher-related issues such as how to integrate programs successfully into schools and teacher skills and professional learning;  The challenges and opportunities of new technologies including cyberbullying and the use of online multimedia and mobile resources for both student and teacher learning and support; The need for a greater focus on targeted interventions for at-risk students such as those with disabilities; also addressing ‘hard-to-tame’ problems such as bullying youth suicide and depression.     Mental Health and Wellbeing through Schools will be of interest to those involved in researching developing evaluating and implementing mental health initiatives in schools including academics practitioners educators and educational and Mental Health policy makers. It will also be of use to professionals such as nurses and social workers concerned with the wellbeing of children and adolescents. The book will have international appeal with contributors from around the world experienced in a range of contexts.   Rosalyn H. Shute is Adjunct Professor of Psychology at both Flinders and Federation Universities (Australia). Her research expertise lies broadly in clinical child psychology and paediatric psychology/child health and wellbeing. She is an experienced teacher of Developmental Psychology educational and clinical child/paediatric psychology.   Phillip T. Slee is a Professor in Human Development in the School of Education at Flinders University Adelaide Australia. He is a trained teacher and registered psychologist. His main areas of interest include childhood bullying/aggression mental health and wellbeing stress and teacher education. He has a particular interest in the practical and policy implications of his research. He and Shute recently co-authored Child Development: Theories and Critical Perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745277

Mental Health and Well-BeingAlternatives to the Medical Model Mental Health and Well-Being provides a sound foundation for understanding alternatives to the medical model of mental health. Students and professionals alike will find an easy to understand overview of critiques of the dominant medical model of mental health and well-being both longstanding and more recent and will come away from the book with a more theoretically sound holistic conception of mental health and well-being. Written by an experienced mental health expert and replete with practical anecdotes exercises and examples to help readers apply the book’s material this book offers an essential foundation for developing more humane mental health practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394396

Mental Health at the CrossroadsThe Promise of the Psychosocial Approach This book is a challenge to the enduring status and domination of bio-medical approaches in mental health services. Contributors from four continents argue that this domination along with modernization and multidisciplinary work will not improve people's lives unless social and psychological perspectives are appreciated and integrated. This implies new forms of relationships and social arrangements. Mental Health at the Crossroads: the Promise of the Psychosocial Approach is a timely analysis of the psychosocial approach as it resonates across the discipline divide considering the past and future development. It is written from the perspectives of service users and carers managers practitioners educators researchers and policy makers illustrated with case studies from Australia Brazil Italy UK and the USA. This book presents an alternative approach to conventional thinking in mental health providing a fascinating and valuable resource for those seeking new perspectives grounded in theory with practice examples in order to influence the current agenda and change practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278080

Mental Health Care for New Hispanic ImmigrantsInnovative Approaches in Contemporary Clinical Practice Save time—inform your clinical planning with core knowledge and tips offered from experienced clinicians!While many Hispanic groups have lived in the mainland United States for years there now is a growth of new groups such as Dominicans in New York City and Cuban refugees that are in need of culturally competent mental health care. Mental Health Care for New Hispanic Immigrants: Innovative Approaches in Contemporary Clinical Practice will help mental health clinicians gain insight into essential clinical issues facing those who work with these new immigrants. This text designed to aid in direct clinical practice will guide you in the effective delivery of comprehensive psychosocial services. It arms you with the latest demographic information and offers valuable suggestions for treatment in different modalities for under-served Hispanic groups.Mental Health Care for New Hispanic Immigrants: Innovative Approaches in Contemporary Clinical Practice presents insights and practice approaches from respected authorities and explores latest trends on these new populations. You’ll find an in-depth examination of the mental health disparities in Hispanic immigrants a conceptual overview of reasons for immigration and migration patterns and a look at the unique stressors new groups face which impact immigrants’ mental health. Detailed data on each group important highlights of pertinent historical aspects and in-depth discussions of helpful assessment treatment and practice issues provide effective approaches illustrated through discussion and case studies.In Mental Health Care for New Hispanic Immigrants: Innovative Approaches in Contemporary Clinical Practice you will find: detailed research and clinical information about new immigrant groups explorations of the growth of new groups such as Dominicans in New York City and Cuban refugees recently reaching the shores of Florida information on psychosocial stressors psychiatric diagnoses and utilization of services among undocumented immigrants effective outreach techniques a detailed list of resources including extensive Web sites national centers for the study of Hispanic groups and important published works used for research and practice up-to-date demographics on new groupsMental Health Care for New Hispanic Immigrants: Innovative Approaches in Contemporary Clinical Practice brings vital information geared to the direct practice professional in psychology social work psychiatric nursing and psychiatry as well as graduate-level students in these fields. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725634

Mental Health Care for People of Diverse BackgroundsThe Epidemiologically Based Needs Assessment Reviews Vol 1 Mental health care needs vary in different groups of people but many healthcare professionals have a poor understanding of exactly how. From ethnicity to sexuality family to religion "Mental Health Care for People of Diverse Backgrounds" is a unique examination of how cultures can and should influence psychological services. It presents both theoretical and practical information regarding assessment diagnosis and treatment. Concentrating on empirically based treatments the book fuses clinical experience and research to give a wide-ranging overview. It also features many illuminating case studies. It is an invaluable reference for all mental healthcare professionals including psychologists psychiatrists doctors social workers nurses and counsellors as well as students and academics with an interest in mental healthcare. "The information contained in these chapters is intended for individuals with many levels of clinical training and is therefore appropriate for trainees in psychology and psychiatry as well as experienced mental health providers. The chapters in this book contain information relevant to assessment diagnosis and treatment of individuals from diverse populations." - Julia D Buckner Yezzennya Castro Jill M Holm-Denoma and Thomas E Joiner Jr. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379982

Mental Health Care in Japan Mental health including widespread depression a high suicide rate and institutionalisation is a major problem in Japan. At the same time the mental health care system in Japan has historically been more restrictive than elsewhere in the world. This book looks at the challenges of mental health care in Japan including problems such as the institutionalisation of long-term patients in mental hospitals. The book discusses the latest legislation to deal with mental health care and explores the various ideas and practices concerning rehabilitation into the workforce the community and service user groups that empower the mentally ill. It goes on to look at the social stigma attached to the mentally ill in Japan and Britain which touches upon the issue of counselling those with post traumatic stress after the recent earthquake. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205895

Mental Health Care in the African-American Community Over the course of an African American’s lifetime mental health care needs change according to an individual’s unique interactions with his or her environment. Mental Health Care in the African-American Community uses this perspective to provide a deeper analysis of factors and issues affecting the mental health of African Americans. This comprehensive text provides a current and historical analysis of the impact of mental health research policy community and clinical practice from a life course perspective. Stressing evidence-based practice as an expanded way to think and talk about individualizing and translating evidence into a given practice situation this valuable book provides a social work context for all helping professions. Mental Health Care in the African-American Community provides the helping community with non-traditional expanded ways of thinking and intervening in the mental health needs and care of African Americans. Organized logically this complex subject presents data in a user-friendly way that engages the reader and provides chapter summaries and suggested group/classroom activities to facilitate understanding. This text is extensively referenced and includes figures and tables to clearly illustrate data. Topics in Mental Health Care in the African-American Community include: a historical overview of African Americans’ mental health care a conceptual and theoretical framework for African Americans’ mental health current issues affecting mental health intervention for African Americans mental health in group homes and foster care depression substance abuse poverty ADHD suicide mental health in elderly African Americans mental health policy rural African American mental health needs kinship care multiethnic families and children much much more! Mental Health Care in the African-American Community is a valuable textbook for practitioners; administrators; researchers; policymakers; educators; and students in social work psychology mental health services case management and community planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050972

Mental Health Care of Deaf PeopleA Culturally Affirmative Approach Deaf adults and children like their hearing counterparts experience a full range of mental health problems. They develop psychoses sink into deep depressions abuse alcohol and drugs commit sexual offenses or simply have trouble adjusting to new life situations. But when a deaf client appears on the doorstep of an ordinary hospital residential facility clinic or office panic often ensues. Mental Health Care of Deaf People: A Culturally Affirmative Approach offers much-needed help to clinical and counseling psychologists psychiatrists social workers nurses and other mental health professionals--and to their program administrators. The editors a psychologist and a psychiatrist and the authors leading authorities with a variety of expertises systematically review the special needs of deaf patients particularly those who regard themselves as "culturally Deaf " and provide professionals with the tools they need to meet those needs. Among these tools is an extensive "library" of pictorial questionnaires and information sheets developed by one of the very few psychiatric units in the country devoted to the deaf. These handouts greatly simplify the processes involved in the diagnosis and treatment of people who in many cases are not good readers--for example explaining medication and inquiring about side-effects. The handouts are reproduced on a CD included in each copy of the book to enable purchasers to print out and use copies in their work. This comprehensive clinical guide and its accompanying CD constitute vital resources for all those who seek to provide sensitive effective mental health care to deaf people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980945

Mental Health for Primary CareA Practical Guide for Non-Specialists 'This book gives a 'bottom-up' practical overview of mental health. I have distilled psychological biological and sociological background material and siphoned off anything that is not relevant to primary care. I aim to demystify the management of common problems and empower the reader to have a more rewarding and fun time at work and a better ability to cope with the ever-increasing demand and challenge of dealing with multiple physical and mental health issues often brought by a single individual to a time-limited consultation' - Mark Morris.This book provides an up-to-date guide to mental health for primary care workers who are not experts in the field. It is logically structured providing a clear overview of causal factors before presenting individual conditions in a diagnostic hierarchy. Particular attention is given to areas where there has been a deficit in understanding or training along with problems that are most frequently encountered and managed in primary care. Meanwhile a Psychological Tools section introduces solid practical frameworks for managing mental health problems developed from cognitive behaviour therapy solution-focused and motivational interviewing techniques. A selection of resources for patients is also included. It includes foreword by: Andrew Polmear MA MSc FRCP FRCGP; Former General Practitioner and Senior Research Fellow Academic Unit of Primary Care The Trafford Centre University of Sussex September 2008. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377797

Mental Health Handbook for Schools As the government strives for a more inclusive education policy more and more teachers find themselves in the frontline when dealing with children with mental health problems. Many have not had training in such matters and so feel unprepared and uncertain when faced with difficult situations.The Mental Health Handbook for Schools provides valuable information on a comprehensive range of mental health problems with which teachers are often confronted.Drawing on up-to-date research and practice in these areas the book considers what schools can do within the special needs framework to help pupils with these problems. It usefully reflects on the role of the mental health services in relation to schools and how schools can adopt a whole-school preventative approach to mental health problems.The authors address an extensive range of mental health problems including Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder eating disorders substance abuse obsessive-compulsive disorders and schizophrenia. They also cover situations that can often lead to the development of mental health problems including bullying divorce and marital conflict bereavement and physical sexual and emotional abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131859

Mental Health in a Changing WorldVolume one of a report on an international and interprofessional study group convened by the World Federati Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1965 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881396

Mental Health in EducationBuilding Good Foundations Mental health and well-being are becoming increasingly important areas of focus in education yet schools often find themselves lacking the tools time and resources to tackle the issues. Mental health support is frequently seen as an additional responsibility of the school setting rather than a core aspect of it. This practical fully accessible book provides straightforward guidance and low-budget strategies to help school settings get mental health support right. With a focus on the well-being of both students and staff chapters focus on techniques to develop self-esteem manage behaviour and build positive relationships at all levels. Key features include: low-cost and easy-to-implement strategies suitable for the busy classroom environment as well as whole school approaches downloadable activities and planning sheets based on cognitive behavioural therapy techniques a focus on building strong foundations based on mental health basics Refreshingly honest and conscious of the realities of the school environment this book is a crucial tool for anybody working within education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386327

Mental Health In Our Future Cities Across the world cities are becoming larger as populations drift from the country into urban areas. At the same time the mentally ill are leaving the mental hospitals and new forms of care are being found in the community. The best ways in which services for the mentally ill can be organized in the community is still a matter for debate and as cities become larger problems may become greater.; This text compares mental health services in London with those in Amsterdam Baltimore Bangalore Copenhagen Kobe Madison Porto Alegre Sydney Teheran and Verona. It describes arrangements that work in practice and includes some of the ideas and practices in mental health services. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138884496

Mental Health in Rural AmericaA Field Guide This book provides a comprehensive overview of mental health in rural America with the goal of fostering urgently needed research and honest conversations about providing accessible culturally competent mental health care to rural populations. Grounding the work is an explanation of the history and structure of rural mental health care the culture of rural living among diverse groups and the crucial "A’s" and "S": accountability accessibility acceptability affordability and stigma. The book then examines poverty disaster mental health ethics in rural mental health and school counseling. It ends with practical information and treatments for two of the most common problems suicide and substance abuse and a brief exploration of collaborative possibilities in rural mental health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729469

Mental Health in the Service of the CommunityVolume three of a report of an international and interprofessional study group convened by the Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1967 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867468

Mental Health Issues for Sexual Minority WomenRedefining Women's Mental Health Get a full understanding of lesbian mental health concerns! Mental Health Issues for Sexual Minority Women: Redefining Women's Mental Health presents much-needed research on sexual orientation and sexual minority populations missing from most mental health studies. This unique book identifies three areas of concern voiced in a 1999 Institute of Medicine report on lesbian health: whether lesbians are at a higher risk of mental health problems; the need for a better understanding of lesbian orientation and diversity in the lesbian population; and the need to eliminate barriers to mental health care services for lesbians. Mental Health Issues for Sexual Minority Women addresses those concerns with theoretical and empirical work that represents a broad range of disciplines and cultures. Mental Health Issues for Sexual Minority Women covers a unique and diverse range of topics missing from most books on lesbian health. The book includes original research on issues such as: body image and attitudes toward eating and dieting relationship satisfaction and conflicts substance use and sexual victimization risk factors for psychological distress among African-American lesbians and much more! Mental Health Issues for Sexual Minority Women also includes reviews of literature on traumatic victimization internalized homophobia and mental health issues for lesbians with physical disabilities. This groundbreaking book is a unique resource for health researchers clinicians academics and students in any health profession including nursing medicine public health social work psychology and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783895

Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System Discover how to best provide effective mental health treatments for criminal offenders Prisons and jails are increasingly being filled with inmates who suffer from mental illness and need treatment. Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System examines a wide range of the latest research and learned perspectives focusing on the intersection of mental health services and the criminal justice system. Top experts and academics discuss mental health treatment its availability it effectiveness and just how cost effective it truly is to treat those in prisons and jails. This valuable text provides a broad interdisciplinary view of the topic and presents important qualitative and quantitative research of specific topics such as the effectiveness of prisoner representatives the causal link between incarceration and mental illness and the expanding rates of correctional offenders with mental illness. Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System discusses a wide range of pertinent topics focusing on the viability and functioning of mental health treatment models in prisons and jails. Recommendations on desired correctional mental health programs are presented along with strategies to better provide therapeutic services. Respected experts provide practical suggestions on research that needs to be addressed in the future. The book is extensively referenced and includes several tables and figures to clearly present data. Other topics in Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System include: the prevalence of mental illness in jails and prisons—and the duty society has to provide appropriate mental health treatment three components critical to the success of jail diversion programs ethics of doing research on prisoners an extended care community corrections model the experience of mitigation experts in first degree murder cases in the penalty phase of the trial the criminalization of the mentally ill because of fragmentation of mental health services correctional offenders with mental illness (OMIs)—and their differences from the general offender population the role of the helping alliance in juvenile probation settings and much more!Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System is a timely insightful text for anyone in the criminal justice or mental health fields educators graduate students and upper-level undergraduate students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877402

Mental Health Issues of Older WomenA Comprehensive Review for Health Care Professionals Discover the latest research on the mental health concerns of older womenWomen are the primary consumers of mental health services however there is a paucity of research on their specific needs. Mental Health Issues of Older Women: A Comprehensive Review for Health Care Professionals presents a comprehensive overview for health care professionals educators and students on the study of mental health problems of aging women. This resource provides the latest research and informed perspectives by seasoned mental health clinicians. A wide range of mental health problems are explored including dementia cognitive impairment alcohol abuse schizophrenia depression and anxiety disorders traumatic and dissociative disorders sexual and eating disorders and personality disorders.Mental Health Issues of Older Women provides practicing therapists and counselors with a much-needed research update and a broad clinical perspective from respected experts. This book uses current psychiatric diagnoses as a framework to gain greater depth of understanding to address the mental health issues of older women. Students and health professionals will discover valuable information inspiration and encouragement in their work with middle-aged and older women who are facing mental health challenges. This volume provides extensive references.Topics in Mental Health Issues of Older Women include: the role of cognitive impairment in older persons assessment tools and treatment options for older women who display alcohol use problems schizophrenia in older women major depressive disorder among older women therapeutic options for anxiety disorders under-diagnosed and misdiagnosed incidents of PTSD a provocative look at dissociative identity disorder sexual problems with treatment options eating disorders with treatment approaches effective treatment options for borderline personality disorderMental Health Issues of Older Women provides practitioners educators students researchers and administrators with an essential review of the latest research and current issues on the mental health problems of older women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836491

Mental Health Law 2E A Practical Guide Completely updated to reflect current changes in the law and in practice Mental Health Law: A Practical Guide is a concise and approachable handbook to mental health law for students and professionals working in psychiatric settings. Easy-to-read practical and illustrated with case examples and a wealth of practical advice to guide you through many complex legal issues Multidisciplinary approach written by specialist authors and key opinion leaders who understand the practical issues you face Fully updated and expanded to include the Mental Health Act 2007 and the Mental Capacity Act 2005 so that you are totally up to date Provides clear guidance practical pointers and all you need to know about mental health law implementation This authoritative guide will serve as a comprehensive introduction and long-term resource manual for trainee and qualified psychiatrists as well as nurses social workers psychologists and occupational therapists working in mental health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444117141

Mental Health Nursingcarving a path to practice Are you wondering if a career in Mental Health Nursing is right for you? If you are considering studying Mental Health Nursing or have already begun your course this book is the perfect tool to see if you have what it takes to be a Mental Health Nurse. It will tell you what to expect in your studies and address the ups and the downs of becoming a Mental Health nurse.  It contains personal anecdotes from students who have already completed their course and advice from Mental Health lecturers on how to get the most out of your studies. This book will guide you through your course from beginning to end and prepare you for your future career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837560

Mental Health Practice in Geriatric Health Care Settings Mental Health Practice in Geriatric Health Care Settings emphasizes the major research and clinical findings realized in five years of research on mental health issues in older urban medical patients many of whom represent minority groups. Chapters cover the high comorbidity of health and mental health problems in geriatric patients neuropsychological (or cognitive) assessment depression alcohol abuse in health care settings emerging behavioral medicine issues and family relations and their tie to medical settings. As a practitioner you’ll find this book helps your practice by representing the first assessment and treatment techniques normed and validated on minority elderly. If you’re a professional working in the mental health system you’ll see how to expand your services to health care markets.Mental Health Practice in Geriatric Health Care Settings devotes three chapters to neuropsychological assessment--first a review of major principles; second a new test battery for minorities; and third extensive review on how to use test results in clinical decision making. Other chapters provide valuable information on: the analysis of outcomes for one thousand 60--103-year-olds a new validated behavioral treatment method for depression methods of detection and treatment of alcohol abuse emerging issues in behavioral medicine including competency assessments; anxiety and pain disorders; and shaping the referral process family relations and health care including caregiving and nursing home placement nursing home consultation and survival strategies in health care systemsAs Author Peter A. Lichtenberg describes in the Introduction each chapter in Mental Health Practice in Geriatric Health Care Settings is multidisciplinary empirically and statistically investigated and focused upon urban elderly. “In addition the major objectives are to provide clinicians with new understandings and new assessment and treatment knowledge to utilize in their practices. Finally this book is hoped to provide clinicians [with] information about emerging trends in the field and effective strategies for practice in healthcare settings.” Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821696

Mental Health Practice with Children and YouthA Strengths and Well-Being Model Use a strengths perspective for working with your younger clients! Mental Health Practice with Children and Youth: A Strengths and Well-Being Model presents new insights into successfully working with children by concentrating on their capabilities and resilience. This book explores the continuum of children’s needs and challenges from early childhood through adolescence. This text also supports child-centered and strengths-oriented approaches to intervention with children and introduces specific strategies for maximizing pro-social behaviors self-concept learning and positive peer relationships in children at home at school and in the community. Mental Health Practice with Children and Youth shows how children’s rights have slowly evolved over many years from children’s status as property in the 1600s to the twentieth-century innovations that give a child a specific legal status with a certain amount of freedom and self-determination. By emphasizing the self-concept and self-esteem guidelines outlined by this book social workers mental health specialists and childcare professionals can help children transition into healthy adults despite hardships disabilities or parent negligence. Chapters highlighting interview and assessment techniques as well as media-directed creative child therapies will enhance your counseling and intervention practices. Mental Health Practice with Children and Youth provides you with insight on: the relationships between children and family environment—from two-parent families to foster families child socialization and peer relationships—in school and around the community adolescence—gender roles ethnic and racial diversity sexual orientation and adult transitioning educational needs—teacher expectations special education diversity home schooling and more! The strengths perspective is not always included in traditional child welfare and children’s practice texts and this textbook fills that gap for working with younger clients. Children in child welfare educational mental health family service and recreational settings will all benefit from the inclusion of Mental Health Practice with Children and Youth: A Strengths and Well-Being Model in your work. Augmented with case scenarios and studies empirical findings and questions for discussion in every chapter this book will help child service professionals as well as university faculty and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809052

Mental Health Professionals Minorities and the Poor Mental Health Professionals Minorities and the Poor provides mental health professionals with information essential to the accurate assessment and effective treatment of diver populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995789

Mental Health PromotionParadigms and Practice Mental health promotion is an emerging field of interest to many health professionals. This book traces its history defines it and distinguishes it from mental illness prevention. Mental health is viewed as a positive concept and seperate from mental illness and psychopathology. Based on original research the conceptual analysis developed in the book offers policy makers and practitioners a coherent and comprehensive framework within which to design and implement practice. Mental Health Promotion: * offers a new conceptual paradigm for mental health promotion * applies it to policy assessment consultation education and training * provides a comprehensive international literature review Suitable for a wide variety of courses at student and professional level in psychiatry nursing social work and community work Mental Health Promotion is a significant addition to the study of health promotion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812670

Mental Health Screening and Monitoring for Children in CareA Short Guide for Children's Agencies and Post-adoption Services Mental Health Screening and Monitoring for Children in Care provides a concise step-by-step guide for children’s agencies on how to carry out mental health screening and monitoring for children and adolescents growing up in alternative care. Michael Tarren-Sweeney outlines unique universal mental health screening and monitoring procedures that can be implemented without the need for clinical training or professional oversight. These procedures reliably identify which children should be referred to clinical services for a comprehensive assessment and which children do not require further assessment. Informed by recent empirical research carried out with children in foster care in Australia and the Netherlands these procedures screen the vast majority of children who have clinical-level difficulties for a second-stage assessment including those with attachment- and trauma-related difficulties meaning that very few such children remain undetected. This book is an invaluable resource for charitable children’s agencies children’s service providers statutory children’s services children’s social workers and post-adoption support services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104730

Mental Health Services and Sectors of Care Through Mental Health Services and Sectors of Care physicians researchers and educators will find suggestions and guidelines for planning and implementing interagency projects that involve child welfare and juvenile justice agencies to improve the lives of children on the margins of our society. From this book you will discover how the child welfare system functions as the gateway to the receipt of mental health services for many children. With Mental Health Services and Sectors of Care you will gain insight into the possible reasons behind gender influenced behaviors and get ideas on how you can keep them from occurring in your classroom or clinical setting. From Mental Health Services and Sectors of Care you will discover how you can benefit from the experiences of seasoned professionals to make you a more successful social worker. This intelligent book provides you with valuable insights into how you can help meet the challenges of mental health services delivery including: examining the trend that many youths entering emergency shelter care facilities have had extensive involvement with other service systems exploring the fact that the majority of children and youths in foster care have been identified as needing mental health services understanding how treatment options for physicians treating depression in their patients are shaped by the gender of both the physician and the patient integrating responsiveness into the public children’s service system to address each child’s individual mental health needs Comprehensive and thorough this important guide will help you understand the essential roles that medical and social services play in the care of those with mental disorders. Mental Health Services and Sectors of Care gives you the information you need to help you give patients adequate and effective care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002401

Mental Health Services for Adults with Intellectual DisabilityStrategies and Solutions This book considers how mental health services have evolved over the past three decades to meet the needs of people with intellectual disability focusing on the ways that theories and policies have been applied to clinical practice. Nick Bouras and Geraldine Holt both have extensive experience in developing and running mental health services and bring together international contributors all with longstanding expertise in the fields of mental health and intellectual disability. They present the current evidence-based practice on how people with intellectual disability can be best cared for in clinical settings. The book embraces a foreword by Professor David Goldberg and is divided into three sections: development of specialist mental health services clinical practice and training as an integrated component of service delivery. Chapters cover topics including: the association between psychopathology and intellectual disability international perspectives neuroimaging and genetic syndromes training professionals families and support workers. Mental Health Services for Adults with Intellectual Disability provides an overview of the many improvements that have been made in services for people with intellectual disability as well as examining the shortcomings of the services provided. It offers strategies and solutions for the wide array of interdisciplinary professionals who want to develop the range of resources on offer for people with intellectual disability. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138995765

Mental Health Services for Vulnerable Children and Young PeopleSupporting Children who are or have been in Foster Care More than half of children either in foster care or adopted from care in the developed world have a measurable need for mental health services while up to one quarter present with complex and severe trauma- and attachment-related psychological disorders. This book outlines how services can effectively detect prevent and treat mental health difficulties in this vulnerable population. Responding to increasing evidence that standard child and adolescent mental health services are poorly matched to the mental health service needs of children and young people who have been in foster care this book provides expert guidance on the design of specialised services. The first part provides an overview of these children’s mental health needs their use of mental health services and what is known about the effectiveness of mental health interventions provided to them. The second part presents some recent innovations in mental health service delivery concentrating on advances in clinical and developmental assessment and treatment. The final part confronts the challenges for delivering effective mental health services in this area. This is the definitive international reference for the design of specialised mental health services for children and young people in care and those adopted from care. It is invaluable reading for health and social care professionals working with this population and academics with an interest in child and adolescent mental health from a range of disciplines including social work nursing and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960169

Mental Health Services in EuropeProvision and Practice Worldwide mental health problems are set to become the second greatest threat to health by the end of the next decade. The European Union has identified mental health problems as a growing concern although there is great variation within EU countries with respect to patient numbers and the range of facilities available to them. Historically EU mental healthcare services have been analysed using measurable aspects of care provisions such as throughput costs and outcome measures. Little is known of the experiences perceptions beliefs and values of those accessing and providing services. This enlightening new book adopts a very different approach. With a particular focus on nursing it examines and critiques the state of specialist mental health services in nine EU countries - Czech Republic Finland Ireland Greece Luxembourg Netherlands Germany United Kingdom and Portugal. Each chapter focuses on a single country and ascertains existing services their development the treatments and care provided factors preventing better service delivery and suggestions for improvement. A rich pattern of differences emerge and comparisons can then be drawn. It also explores the emergence of an EU mental health identity in regards to selection of mental health personnel their training and education and the range of services they provide. Healthcare professionals and students with a particular interest in mental health issues (especially those with an interest in international approaches) will welcome the fresh analysis. It provides vital new information for European policy makers and shapers voluntary sector personnel and service users and the organisations representing them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194368

Mental Health Services Today and TomorrowPt. 1 This work traces and anticipates past present and future changes in mental health services to assess the impact both of developments in care and of the implications of new organisational change. It includes contributions and perspectives of those involved in services at all levels including service users to draw upon their experience to give a fuller picture of today and help sketch in tomorrow. It balances academic scrutiny with personal involvement to reflect both national trends and local initiatives. Overall this work is in two volumes each of which can stand alone: this Part 1 focuses on the realities of offering and receiving care at a practical and local level; it concentrates on personal experiences within mental health services as user carer provider and professional.The companion book Part 2 reviews policy and practice from national and international perspectives. Together these books provide essential information and views on mental health services for professionals throughout health and social care managers policy planners and policy shapers including those in the third sector and patient groups academics and the media. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383118

Mental Health Services Today and TomorrowPt. 2 This work traces and anticipates past present and future changes in mental health services to assess the impact both of developments in care and of the implications of new organisational change. It includes contributions and perspectives of those involved in services at all levels including service users to draw upon their experience to give a fuller picture of today and help sketch in tomorrow. It balances academic scrutiny with personal involvement to reflect both national trends and local initiatives.Overall this work is in two volumes each of which can stand alone: the companion book Part 1 focuses on the realities of offering and receiving care at a practical and local level; this Part 2 reviews policy and practice from national and international perspectives. Together these books provide essential information and views on mental health services for professionals throughout health and social care managers policy planners and policy shapers including those in the third sector and patient groups academics and the media. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383903

Mental Health Social Work in Context This new edition of Mental Health Social Work in Context continues to be an authoritative evidence based introduction to an area of specialism chosen by many social work students. Grounded in the social models of mental health particularly relevant to qualifying social workers but also familiarising students with social aspects of medical perspectives this core text helps to prepare students for practice and to develop their knowledge around: promoting the social inclusion of people with mental health problems the changing context of multidisciplinary mental health services an integrated evidence base for practice working with people with mental health problems across the life course. In this new edition the author has reflected on the impact of the global recession and austerity policies both on the mental health of the population but also the much sharper conditions and reduced services within which social workers are now operating. This fully updated 2nd edition is an essential textbook for all social work students taking undergraduate and postgraduate qualifying degrees and will also be invaluable for practitioners undertaking post-qualifying awards in mental health social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905719

Mental Health Social Work in IrelandComparative Issues in Policy and Practice First published in 1998 this pioneering text examines how social political and organisational changes in Ireland have shaped mental health social work practice in the late twentieth century. The co-editors have gathered together a range of contributors who provide knowledge and expertise in a variety of disciplines and practice settings which helps reveal the complex relationship between mental health social work the citizen and the state in Ireland North and South. The volume includes chapters on a range of current issues facing mental health social workers and practitioners drawing on various sources in Ireland Europe and North America. These include psychiatric social work practice mental health policy mental health social work and the law community care policies addictions work and work with older people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361614

Mental Healthcare Matters In Primary Care The National Service Framework for mental health aims to provide uniformly good systems so that mental health problems are detected and therefore treated early. This book sets out how learning more about mental health and reviewing current practice can be incorporated into a personal development plan or practice learning plan. It shows how to integrate quality improvements into everyday work and bridges the gap between theory and practice. Doctors nurses and practice managers can build up a personal development plan or a practice professional development plan through completing the exercises at the end of each chapter and it demonstrates how to include clinical governance in the mental healthcare services they offer. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384412

Mental Hospitals at Work First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864183

Mental Illness Dementia and Family in China With rapid economic progress and increasing life expectancy in East Asian societies more attention is being paid by their governments the media and the academy to mental illness and dementia. While clinical research on mental illness and dementia in Chinese societies acknowledges the importance of culture in shaping people’s experiences of these illnesses how Chinese culture shapes people’s understandings of and responses to mental illness and dementia has yet to be interrogated to any depth. Mental Illness Dementia and Family in China breaks new ground in exploring how Chinese culture namely the understandings norms values and scripts that people acquire through being members of a Chinese community shapes contemporary stories of mental illness dementia and family care-giving. This book is innovative in examining and comparing stories which have been drawn from both real life (‘life stories’) as well as from film and television productions (‘filmic stories’). These two forms effectively complement each other with life stories generally presenting an ‘insider’s’ account and filmic stories generally presenting an ‘outsider’s’ account. What remains unvoiced in one kind of story may be voiced in the other kind. Drawing on the perspectives and analytic approaches of narrative analysis and cultural studies Guy Ramsay uncovers culturally-shaped continuities and departures in representations of time identity and cause of illness as well as in the language employed in contemporary stories of mental illness dementia and family care-giving in China. This book will be invaluable to students and scholars working on Chinese cultural studies and Asian social policy as well as those interested in psychiatry mental health and disability studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367899011

Mental Illness and Learning Disability since 1850Finding a Place for Mental Disorder in the United Kingdom Taking forward the debate on the role and power of institutions for treating and incarcerating the insane this volume challenges recent scholarship and focuses on a wide range of factors impacting on the care and confinement of the insane since 1850 including such things as the community Poor Law authorities local government and the voluntary sector. Questioning the notion that institutions were generally ‘benign’ and responsive to the needs of households this work also emphasizes the important role of the diversity of interests in shaping institutional facilities. A fresh stimulating step forward in the history of institutional care Mental Illness and Learning Disability since 1850 is undoubtedly an important resource for student and scholar alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514132

Mental Illness and Psychiatric TreatmentA Guide for Pastoral Counselors Take your rightful place on the holistic health care team with the goal of restoring vitality of body mind and spirit to people suffering from emotional illness! This book is designed to bring essential knowledge and skills to the religious professional who seeks to provide special ministry to the emotionally troubled. It provides a basic understanding of psychiatric illnesses theory and treatment modalities that is certain to enlarge the perspective of the pastoral worker. In addition to an essential overview of psychiatry in general Mental Illness and Psychiatric Treatment: A Guide for Pastoral Counselors will help you to better serve people suffering from depression anxiety disorders chemical dependency reality impairment or personality disorders. The book's format is designed specifically to help pastors grasp the principles of intervention in each of these disorders. Each of its five concise clinical chapters follows a four-part format that covers the duties and responsibilities of the clergyman as part of the holistic health care team consisting of: recognizing the disorder assessing its severity intervening in a crisis counseling in the recovery phase In their experience the authors have observed that severe emotional or psychiatric illnesses often involve spiritual sickness as well. Spiritual sickness is a complex concept that may take many forms depending on the type of emotional illness it accompanies. Mental Illness and Psychiatric Treatment: A Guide for Pastoral Counselors shows you what spiritual symptoms to look for when assessing someone in your care. For example did you know that: severe depressive illness could include the loss of faith abandonment of hope loss of a right relationship with God or even self-hatred guilt despair and self-annihilation a psychotic reaction marked by loss of contact with reality might involve abnormal self-importance grandiosity fear or stubbornly mistaken perceptions of reality a problem with alcoholism might involve immoral behavior irresponsible conduct denial of the loss of control over liquor consumption or abject guilt shame and self-hatred personality disorders may bring on profound disturbances in social relationships self-centered anger impulsiveness dishonesty impurity or distrust of others people with anxiety disorders can lose their trust in God develop obsessive fears and tensions and become unable to turn things over to God's divine care In Mental Illness and Psychiatric Treatment: A Guide for Pastoral Counselors you'll find the information you need to make effective judgments and assessments about the people seeking your help. The book provides you with fascinating case studies that highlight symptoms and illness patterns as well as treatment options and techniques for coordinating pastoral counseling with the mental health team. You'll learn to recognize the spiritual symptoms of disease—negative inappropriate of self-defeating attitudes or behaviors—and to deal specifically with these manifestations of illness through pastoral intervention and counseling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862537

Mental Illness DefinedContinuums Regulation and Defense Understanding the true nature of mental illness is essential for interpreting disparate research results establishing accurate diagnostic profiles setting robust research agendas and optimizing therapeutic interventions. Psychopathology currently lacks a unifying framework. Mental Illness Defined: Continuums Regulation and Defense provides such a framework by filling the knowledge gap. Continuums as opposed to numerous discrete entities characterize mental illness. Impaired regulation fosters extreme expressions of mental illness continuums an occurrence that can be compensated for by "cognitive regulatory control therapies." Defenses tend to moderate behavior although excessive levels foster dysfunction as with personality disorders. The model presented aligns with neuroscience and other relevant data thereby placing psychopathology on a more scientific foundation to advance the aims of both researchers and treatment providers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200609

Mental Illness in ChildhoodA study of residential treatment Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1971 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875890

Mental Illness in the CommunityThe pathway to psychiatric care Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1980 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510912

Mental Illness in the WorkplacePsychological Disability Management The extent of mental illness concerns in the workforce is becoming increasingly apparent. Stress depression anxiety workplace bullying and other issues are costing businesses billions every year in lost productivity poor treatments and employee retention. Unless appropriately addressed issues related to mental illness difficulties will result in stiff financial organizational and human costs for organizations. Drawing on empirical evidence from North America the United Kingdom Australia and New Zealand  the book provides a practical guide to identifying understanding treating and preventing individual and organizational mental health issues. The authors illustrate how organizations can save money and improve the health and wellbeing of their employees by using a psychological disability management approach in the treatment and accommodation of mental illness issues. This book will meet the needs of human resources professionals administrators of employee assistance programs industrial and organizational psychologists mental health practitioners those teaching or studying psychology and disability management and more generally will serve to enlighten students of business management and practicing managers regarding a major workforce risk factor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442453

Mental ImagesA Defence First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884267

Mental Imaginery in the ChildSelected Works vol 6 First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006277

Mental Institutions in AmericaSocial Policy to 1875 Mental Institutions in America: Social Policy to 1875 examines how American society responded to complex problems arising out of mental illness in the nineteenth century. All societies have had to confront sickness disease and dependency and have developed their own ways of dealing with these phenomena. The mental hospital became the characteristic institution charged with the responsibility of providing care and treatment for individuals seemingly incapable of caring for themselves during protracted periods of incapacitation.The services rendered by the hospital were of benefit not merely to the afflicted individual but to the community. Such an institution embodied a series of moral imperatives by providing humane and scientific treatment of disabled individuals many of whose families were unable to care for them at home or to pay the high costs of private institutional care. Yet the mental hospital has always been more than simply an institution that offered care and treatment for the sick and disabled. Its structure and functions have usually been linked with a variety of external economic political social and intellectual forces if only because the way in which a society handled problems of disease and dependency was partly governed by its social structure and values.The definition of disease the criteria for institutionalization the financial and administrative structures governing hospitals the nature of the decision-making process differential care and treatment of various socio-economic groups were issues that transcended strictly medical and scientific considerations. Mental Institutions in America attempts to interpret the mental hospital as a social as well as a medical institution and to illuminate the evolution of policy toward dependent groups such as the mentally ill. This classic text brilliantly studies the past in depth and on its own terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527980

Mental LifeAn Introduction to Psychology Originally published in 1926 the aim of this textbook was the ‘interpretation of human behaviour and conduct’. Beatrice Edgell is an important figure in the history of psychology. She was the first British woman to receive a PhD in psychology the first female psychology professor in Britain and the first woman president of the British Psychological Society (1930-1931) of which she had been a founding member in 1901. As the Head of Psychology at Bedford College she established one of the first psychological laboratories in the UK. She also taught a number of women who went on to become prominent in the field. One of her many publications this book was thought to be ‘suitable for students training for social work or for the general reader interested in educational and social questions’. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415745413

Mental Logic Over the past decade the question of whether there is a mental logic has become subject to considerable debate. There have been attacks by critics who believe that all reasoning uses mental models and return attacks on mental-models theory. This controversy has invaded various journals and has created issues between mental logic and the biases-and-heuristics approach to reasoning and the content-dependent theorists. However despite its pertinence to current issues in cognition few cognitive scientists really know what the mental-logic theory is and misapprehensions are prevalent. This volume is a comprehensive presentation of the theory of mental logic and its implications for cognition and development including the acquisition of language. The theory offered here has three parts. Part I is the mental logic per se that contains a set of inference schemas. Part II is a reasoning program that applies the schemas in lines of reasoning including a direct-reasoning routine and more sophisticated indirect-reasoning strategies. Part III of the theory is pragmatic proposing that the basic meaning of each logic particle is in the inferences that are sanctioned by its inference schemas. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012424

Mental Maps Published in the year 2004 Mental Maps is a valuable contribution to the field of Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424036

Mental Mathematics for the Numeracy Hour First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420625

Mental Models This classic volume compiles and describes interdisciplinary research on the formal nature of human knowledge about the world. Three key dimensions that characterize mental models research are examined: the nature of the domain studied the nature of the theoretical approach and the nature of the methodology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802725

Mental Models and the Interpretation of Anaphora The interpretation of anaphora - how we interpret expressions such as definite pronouns (he she it) and verbal elliptical phrases (such as "did so too") in the course of ordinary conversation or reading - is an important aspect of language comprehension. In this book the author examines the research and evidence on anaphor interpretation within the context of the mental models theory of comprehension arguing that the notion of a mental model is essential to the detailed description of the processes of anaphor resolution. The general philosophy of the mental models approach and the nature of mental models themselves and their role in language processing is discussed followed by a review of methodological issues that bear on the interpretation of psychological research findings. Against this background the author's own research on areas such as deep and surface anaphora reference into anaphoric islands the role of implicit causality in anaphor resolution and the use of pronouns to refer to characters introduced by stereotyped role names is presented.At all times the author's research is set within the context of the general literature on anaphor resolution derived from the disciplines of linguistics psycholinguistics philosophy and computational linguistics ensuring that the book will be of interest to advanced students and researchers in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138883123

Mental Models In Cognitive ScienceEssays In Honour Of Phil Johnson-Laird Phil Johnson-Laird's theory of mental models has proved to be an influential development in the cognitive sciences. This theory aims to provide a detailed account of both reasoning and inference on the one hand and language on the other. It can therefore be regarded as a step toward the much-sought-after unified theory of cognition.; This book provides an overview of mental models research. Some of the contributors were collaborators or former graduate students of Johnson-Laird and between them they cover the main strands of mental models theory. After an appreciation of Johnson-Laird the book covers topics including language Processing Reasoning Inference The Role Of Emotions And The Impact Of mental illnesses on thought processes. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138882997

Mental ModelsDesign of User Interaction and Interfaces for Domestic Energy Systems There is a resurgence of interest in mental models due to advances in our understanding of how they can be used to help design and due to the development of practical methods to elicit them. This book brings both areas together with a focus on reducing domestic energy consumption. The book focuses on how mental models can be applied in design to bring out behaviour change resulting in increased achievement of home heating goals (reduced waste and improved comfort). This book also offers a method to extract and apply mental models to interface design. The approach enables mental models to be applied across domains when behaviour change was sought and is validated as a useful design method. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498762175

Mental Readjustment (1949) Published in 1949 this essay on child psychology and psychotherapy should be of especial interest to all parents and teachers of young children. Sidonie Reiss who is a disciple of Adler shows how his “individual psychology” enables one to deal with the problem of the difficult and maladjusted child - and especially the problem of the “spoilt” or “cosseted” child who is commonly “the baby of the family ” though as the authoress shows the eldest child and even the child of intermediate age is liable to develop characteristic symptoms. Such troubles as over-compensation of the inferiority complex exhausting efforts to rival or eclipse an older child or attempts to achieve a spurious and showy success or morbid discouragement are traced to their original causes and the problems of psychotherapeutic treatment and prevention are elucidated. The latter part of the book is devoted to a number of typical cases which reveal how mal-adjustment arose what symptoms it displayed and how the victims were brought back to a happier condition of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601772

Mental RetardationNature Cause and Management First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820309

Mental RetardationThe Developmental-difference Controversy Published in 1983 Mental Retardation is a valuable contribution to the field of Education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203781067

Mental Skills for AthletesA Workbook for Competitive Success Mental Skills for Athletes: A Workbook for Competitive Success is a step-by-step guide for developing a toolbox of mental skills. In this user-friendly workbook Dr. Betsy Shoenfelt compiles materials from over 35 years of experience as a performance psychologist working to achieve competitive excellence creating the go-to resource for athletes and coaches in any sport and at any level. The book includes succinct easily understood explanations of key mental skills based on the science of performance excellence. It discusses both cognitive and physical skills to ensure competitive success covering a range of topics including focus confidence resilience mindfulness motivation role clarity problem solving team values and strategic goal setting. Shoenfelt includes over 25 different exercises to ensure the reader can readily apply these skills across a variety of sports and across all levels of competition from high school to Olympic athletes. Worksheets encourage a hands-on approach and provide structure to guide the appropriate implementation of mental skills for each athlete. Examples of completed worksheets help demonstrate to the reader how to best utilize these resources. This book is essential for early career sport psychology practitioners across the globe as well as aspiring graduate students. The book is an invaluable resource for coaches and athletes at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219130

Mental SlaveryPsychoanalytic Studies of Caribbean People Mental Slavery is a unique and timely contribution to the field of trans-cultural psychoanalysis casting light on an area previously neglected within mainstream psychoanalytic writing. The author examines the complex effects of the experience of slavery and its impact on generations of Caribbean people with particular reference to families who have settled in the UK. She brings many subtle insights to a fascinating subject drawing on her detailed knowledge of many Caribbean cultures both past and present. Through vivid examples from her clinical practice   the author argues for a much wider perspective on the issues presented by Caribbean patients and the role played in these by the historical past. Misunderstanding of Caribbean patients which formerly had been blamed on racist attitudes on the part of the therapist is here revealed in a new light. Although the author does not deny that racist attitudes exist throughout her book she presents a powerful case for a more discerning approach to both the negative and positive aspects of the Caribbean experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107253

Mental Space This book is a collection of lessons on psychotic experience. A question of experience of living and communicating rather than of lessons in the traditional sense. His contributions are the expression of a culture that is both psychoanalytical and psychiatric but above all bound up with the human sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104689

Mental State Defences in Criminal Law By defining appropriate boundaries for the defence of insanity and the doctrine of automatism this book presents a consistent and principled approach to the reform of mental state defences. In particular by undertaking an interdisciplinary analysis of the various factors that inform these defences the book concludes with several practical and robust reform proposals There are three objectives that underpin the suggested reform proposals. First to ensure that an accused will be able to raise a defence of insanity for involuntary conduct arising from mental disorder even where he or she is aware of the nature and quality of such conduct. Second to provide principled means by which to establish the criminal responsibility of an accused for conduct performed in a state of drug-induced psychosis. Third to ensure that criminal conduct arising from a state of ’impaired consciousness’ does not automatically result in the outright acquittal of an accused. In articulating the competing demands that must be balanced in order to secure a principled approach to the reform of mental state defences the book will be of relevance to all common law countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271791

Mental Toughness in SportDevelopments in Theory and Research The pursuit of excellence in sport depends on four key facets of performance namely physical technical tactical and mental skills. However when physical technical and tactical skills are evenly matched a common occurrence at elite level it is the performer with greater levels of mental toughness that seems to prevail most often. This book brings together the world’s leading researchers and practitioners working on mental toughness to discuss this vital ingredient of performance excellence in sport to survey the latest research and to present cutting-edge developments in theory and professional practice. It explores key conceptual methodological and practical issues including: what mental toughness is and is not how to measure mental toughness in sport how to develop mental toughness in sport mental toughness in other human performance settings from business to coping and life skills. Also highlighting important avenues for future research Mental Toughness in Sport is essential reading for all advanced students researchers and practitioners with an interest in sport psychology or performance sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857819

Mental ToughnessThe Mindset Behind Sporting Achievement Second Edition Mental toughness is one of the most common terms used in sport – by athletes coaches spectators and the media. However it is also one of the least understood terms. This book examines the characteristics and development of mentally tough sport performers and presents the cutting-edge research in this area. Within these chapters the author proposes that mental toughness is a personality style and mindset and presents a compelling case for its inclusion within the positive psychological paradigm. This second edition has been updated to include new material on the characterisation conceptualisation measurement and development of mental toughness. As in the first edition the book includes a historical overview of empirical research and also describes the conceptual arguments behind this research.  Now packed with even more rigorous scientific evidence and bang up-to-date anecdotes from the world of sport the book presents a fascinating explanation of why some athletes are successful and how and why they stay on top. Mental Toughness: The Mindset Behind Sporting Achievement will be essential reading for all sport psychology sport science sport studies and coaching students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578967

Mental Wellbeing and PsychologyThe Role of Art and History in Self Discovery and Creation This book aims to unpack not only the philosophical and psychological need to understand ourselves but also how through an exploration of historical archives and artistic creativity we can build self-identify and self-esteem to improve a sense of wellbeing for ourselves and those for whom we care. It will give examples for developing mental health and wellbeing interventions for charities private care and the NHS and will also offer an evidence base for the use of creativity and historical resources in mental health care. The book gives a practical use for archives particularly as more are being digitalised and becoming widely available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223991

Mental ZooAnimals in the Human Mind and its Pathology This book offers a detailed and thorough perspective on the psychological meanings of animals to human beings and on their role in the development of the human mind and its psychopathology. It presents a multitude of new observations on human interactions with animals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201670

Mentalization in the FamilyA Guide for Professionals and Parents Mentalization in the Family draws upon the latest research on child development parenting and mentalization theory to provide a comprehensive guidebook for parents teachers social workers and any professional working with families today. The book explains the core concepts of mentalization an idea whereby an appreciation of internal mental states both those of others and oneself can lead to an understanding of overt behaviour. It explores key ideas central to this â€“ such as attachment style internal regulation emotional compass and parental navigation – but also offers practical guidance around issues such as play siblings boundaries and sexuality. Accessibly written throughout and featuring pedagogical tools that bring the theory into life this wide-ranging book will be essential reading for a range of professionals from those working with foster families to teachers working with troubled or disruptive children. It also offers a way for parents to better understand themselves their own parenting style and the dynamics which make up family life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221027

Mentalizing in Arts Therapies This book describes the use of therapeutic art music and dance interventions against a background of mentalization thus forging a link between arts therapies and mentalization-based treatment. This book has its roots in the theory of Mentalization Based Treatment by Antony Bateman and Peter Fonagy and combines the broad experience of many art therapists with art music and dance/movement therapy in psychiatric settings in the treatment of adults and adolescents both individually and in groups as well as children with disorganised attachment. As a treatment concept mentalization is quite straightforward because mentalizing is a typically human ability. As Bateman and Fonagy (2012) say: "Without mentalizing there can be no robust sense of self no constructive social interaction no mutuality in relationships and no sense of personal security". On the other hand it is not so simple to fully grasp the significance of mentalization. Mentalization-based therapy is a specific type of psychotherapy designed to help people reflect on their own thoughts and feelings and differentiate them from the perspectives of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201335

Mentalizing in Child TherapyGuidelines for Clinical Practitioners Mentalization-based child therapy previously known as developmental therapy is the latest branch on the psychoanalytic tree of knowledge. It comprises a number of techniques that address deficiencies in specific areas of psychological development. It aims to treat children whose development has come to a standstill. A combination of data from psychoanalysis infant research attachment research and neurobiology was of decisive significance in reaching this point. It is becoming clear that neurobiological processes can be understood very well on the basis of psychoanalytic frameworks. These new insights into peoples mental functioning also serve to foster collaboration resulting in an integration of the more relationship-oriented and the more competence oriented treatments. This book aims to fill a growing need in mental health care for children and young people to recieve an integrated treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106003

Mentalizing in the Development and Treatment of Attachment Trauma This book brings together the latest knowledge from attachment research and neuroscience to provide a new approach to treating trauma for therapists from different professional disciplines and diverse theoretical backgrounds. The field of trauma suffers from fragmentation as brands of therapy proliferate in relation to a multiplicity of psychiatric disorders. This fragmentation calls for a fresh clinical approach to treating trauma. Pinpointing at once the problem and potential solution the author places the experience of being psychologically alone in unbearable emotional states at the heart of trauma in attachment relationships. This trauma results from a failure of mentalizing that is empathic attunement to emotional distress. Psychotherapy offers an opportunity for healing by restoring mentalizing that is fostering psychological attunement in the context of secure attachment relationships-in the psychotherapy relationship and in other attachment relationships. The book gives a unique overview of common attachment patterns in childhood and adulthood setting the stage for understanding attachment trauma which is most conspicuous in maltreatment but also more subtly evident in early and repeated failures of attunement in attachment relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490915

Mentor Guide The structure of the programme:There are two main guiding principles for the way in which the programme is organized:Firstly the workbooks are grouped according to the Key Roles of Management.There are two core modules which focus on the personal skills required by all managers to help underwrite competence in all areas.Manage Activities describes the principles of managing the processes and activities of any organisation in its efforts to satisfy the needs of their customers.Manage Resources looks at the acquisition control and monitoring of financial and other resources.Manage People looks at the principles of leadership managing performance and developing people.Manage Information looks at the acquisition storage and use of information for communication problem solving and decision making.Together these key roles provide a comprehensive description of the fundamental principles of management as it applies in all organisations.Secondly the workbooks are grouped according to levels of management. The series is organised on two levels - representing different levels of management seniority and responsibility.Level 4 represents first line management. In accredited programmes this is equivalent to N/SVQ level 4 Certificate in Management or CMS. Level 5 is equivalent to middle/senior management and is accredited at N/SVQ level 5 Diploma in Management or DMS.Finally the programme covers all of the knowledge and principles in respect of all units of competence in the MCI standards at levels 4 and level 5. These links are shown in the maps provided in the User Guide. The Programme is designed to satisfy the requirements of awarding bodies for qualifications in Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425583

Mentor MythHow to Take Control of Your Own Success Mentors are over-utilized under-trained and as studies show under-deliver. From an employer's perspective assigning a mentor is often a band-aid to a larger problem. From an employee's perspective a lack of formal mentorship is seen as a serious career-inhibiting problem the equivalent of sailing a boat without a rudder.  In The Mentor Myth Debby Carreau represents this dichotomy explaining that while a mentor's counsel can be invaluable it is not the silver bullet human resources professionals often purport it to be. The opinions of a mentor are one data point one piece in the much more complex game of navigating a career. In fact the increasing overreliance on mentorship can actually be a hindrance to a successful career.  Instead of continually looking outward for career guidance aspiring professionals must realize that they possess all the tools necessary to take control of their own careers by using their own strengths capabilities and visions of success. Through her years of experience consulting speaking and writing about career development Debby has created a comprehensive easy-to-implement guide for taking ownership of your professional success. Debby begins by helping the reader create a professional roadmap including how to build a personal brand project the right amount of confidence and manage time. She addresses mentors in the context of networks and sponsors advising the reader how to incorporate outward influences rather than be defined by them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561110

Mentoring and Coaching in SchoolsProfessional Learning through Collaborative Inquiry Can mentoring and coaching really improve professional practice? How can research and inquiry improve mentoring and coaching practice? Mentoring and Coaching in Schools explores the ways in which mentoring and coaching can be used as a dynamic collaborative process for effective professional learning. It demonstrates how the use of practitioner inquiry within mentoring and coaching relationships in schools results in professional learning which is both transformative and empowering for teachers. The book sets out a new model for mentoring and coaching which is centred on a process of critical inquiry and shows teachers how they can use this model to carry out their own collaborative inquiries. Features include: reflective questions guidelines task and templates to help collect evidence and evaluate inquiries detailed case studies focusing on teachers at different stages in their career practical guidance on carrying out practitioner inquiry and research an analysis of learning outcomes resulting from different coaching and mentoring relationships. This timely text will be valuable reading for coaches and mentors in secondary schools teachers undertaking continuing professional development and students on coaching and mentoring courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415563635

Mentoring and Coaching TipsHow Educators Can Help Each Other This book is for educators at all levels and is packed with creative use-now tips and activities to support new and struggling teachers. Combining real-life scenarios with current research the author demonstrates how educators can get the most out of available resources promote a school culture devoted to helping and caring and meet common school challenges head-on! New and noteworthy—by providing creative activities and acknowledging the complexity inherent in school culture this practical guide can really help educators implement a mentoring/coaching program that works! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672307

Mentoring and Diversity Organizations with a diverse workforce will have a leading edge in the New World economy. 'Mentoring and Diversity' illustrates the importance of mentoring as a proactive tool in diversity initiatives and demonstrates how mentoring can be used to recruit develop and retain a diverse and innovative workforce. This book brings together new and innovative perspectives on diversity and mentoring relationships within a variety of international settings. 'Mentoring and Diversity' provides a unique blend of research and practice and is an indispensable guide for any company that seeks to develop a more diverse workforce. It will serve as a fundamental text for practitioners interested in developing effective mentoring programmes and for researchers seeking to understand these critical and complex relationships. Interviews cases and qualitative data from a variety of international settings are used to support the models and theries developed in the text. These cases illustrate "diversity in action" in mentoring relationships and provide guidance for developing effective mentoring programmes and diverse mentoring relationships in organizations.The book is composed of four sections that reflect theory research and practice:* An overview of the theory and research on diversified mentoring relationships followed by an applied model of diversity in mentoring relationships.* Some empirically based and pragmatic observations of "best practices" that are used by diversified mentoring programmes in various international contexts.* A collection of international case studies of diversity in both mentoring programmes and individual mentoring relationships. These cases illustrate the challenges and benefits associated with diversity in mentoring relationships. Organizational cases are drawn from such companies as Procter & Gamble Volvo and World Bank. These cases provide practical guidance on how to develop effective mentoring programmes.* An integrative analysis of some of the recurring themes in the case studies that are supported by existing research but also chart new ground for emerging reseach and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172876

Mentoring and Tutoring by Students Schemes involving students as tutors are in place in many countries. This work aims to stimulate and encourage the use of an educational technique through which teachers in tertiary and secondary education can amplify and extend their influence - through the deployment of students as tutors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155602

Mentoring Children and Young People for Social InclusionGlobal Approaches to Empowerment Mentoring Children and Young People for Social Inclusion critically analyses the challenges and possibilities of mentoring approaches to youth welfare and equality. It explores existing youth mentoring programmes targeted towards youth in care immigrant and refugee populations and considers the extent to which these can aid social inclusion. The book compiles works by scholars from different countries focused on how child and youth mentoring has been changing globally in recent years and how these changes are identified and approached in different contexts. The book seeks to address what empowering youth means in different socio-political contexts how mentoring is approached by governments and NGOs and how these approaches shape mentoring relationships. It provides insights on how mentoring can tackle structural inequalities and work towards child and youth empowerment. This book will be of great interest for academics scholars and postgraduate students in the area of inclusive education and mentoring. It will also be useful reading for social workers community developers and practitioners working in NGOs as well as for governments looking for innovative ways to generate interventions in the educational and social arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364311

Mentoring Design and Technology Teachers in the Secondary SchoolA Practical Guide This collection offers an evidence-based approach to mentoring and supporting design and technology teachers and educators in the secondary school and provides tried and tested strategies to support this role. Contributors offer tasks and reflections to inspire and motivate mentors to get the best out of beginning teachers in the early stages of their career. Key topics explored include: • Helping new D&T teachers appreciate the fundamental nature of design and technology and how this informs both why it is taught and how it is taught. • Understanding yourself as a mentor - beliefs values and attitudes and how your experiences influence your approaches to teaching. • Observing design and technology teachers’ lessons and offering tools for observation and analysis. • Risk taking in the classroom: moving teachers forward from pedestrian to innovative practice. Filled with practical guidance on lesson planning risk taking and learning conversation Mentoring Design and Technology Teachers in the Secondary School offers advice and guidance to support mentors in developing inspirational D&T teachers of the future. This essential guide is perfect for mentors of beginning teachers whether trainee newly qualified or those who find themselves teaching the subject for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541108

Mentoring Diverse LeadersCreating Change for People Processes and Paradigms Mentoring Diverse Leaders provides up-to-date research on the impact of mentoring relationships in organizations particularly as they relate to cultivating diverse leadership. Contributions from experts in the fields of psychology business law non-profit management and engineering draw connections between mentoring research theory and practice in both domestic and global organizations. Rather than standing apart from the broader goals and objectives of these organizations they demonstrate the ways mentoring for diversity actually drives innovation and change talent management organizational commitment and organizational success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814332

Mentoring English Teachers in the Secondary SchoolA Practical Guide This practical guide will help school-based mentors of trainee or newly qualified English teachers in developing their own mentoring skills whilst providing the essential guidance their trainees need as they navigate their new role in the secondary classroom. With analytical tools for self-evaluation this is a key resource that will support and inspire mentors and help them identify both strengths and skill gaps to develop confidence and knowledge in their mentoring position.   By providing practical tools such as tasks feedback guides further readings and examples of dialogue with trainees this volume covers the knowledge skills and understanding every mentor needs. Key topics explored include: Roles and responsibilities of mentors; How to develop a mentor–mentee relationship; Developing beginning English teachers’ subject knowledge and expertise including planning for pupils’ learning; Managing workload and student teacher well-being; Developing collaborative practice; Developing the wider professional role of the teacher. Filled with tried-and-tested strategies based on the latest research Mentoring English Teachers in the Secondary School is a vital guide for mentors of English teachers both trainee and newly qualified with ready-to-use strategies that support and inspire both mentors and beginning teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591363

Mentoring Executives and Directors Mentoring is one of the fastest growing forms of management development and the strongest growth area in mentoring is at director level. Very little is known about the nature of these relationships and the shutters on director mentoring are opened through a series of structured interviews with directors and their mentors. 'Mentoring Executives and Directors' is a lively informative read including company and individual cases across a wide spectrum of sector and company size.It will be of considerable interest to Human Resource professionals and academics headhunters and management consultants as well as senior managers executives and directors and their mentors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150836

Mentoring for Young People in Care and Leaving CareTheory Policy and Practice Mentoring for Young People in Care and Leaving Care offers a rich exploration of the theory research and practice relating to youth mentoring as a means of essential social support. Brady Dolan and McGregor ground their work on the premise that the informal social support provided through a high-quality mentoring relationship can help young people in care to sustain positive mental health cope with stress and fulfil their potential through adolescence and into adulthood. It provides an up-to-date synthesis of research findings in relation to natural mentoring formal mentoring and youth-initiated mentoring for children in care and explores the challenges and considerations relating to practice in this area. Illustrated with the details of original research with care-experienced young people it offers much-needed insight into how young people interpret and make sense of their experiences in care and of mentoring. Written to be accessible by those with limited knowledge of youth mentoring this timely publication will be essential reading for academics policy makers and practitioners in the fields of adolescent development social care social work and youth work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551435

Mentoring in EducationAn International Perspective Mentoring has become a hot topic in a number of professional spheres in recent years but its most important and longest-established location is in education. However this volume is the first wide-ranging academic critique of the concept and its application. Offering both a critical and a practical stance the authors examine the historical and cultural aspects of mentoring and the motivations behind it. They also explore the effects on the individuals involved and on the system and examine the different approaches to the idea and implementation of mentoring. Drawing contributions from Europe the USA and the Middle East this work considers a wide range of empirical studies of mentoring from those countries that have invested in it including case studies and analyses of current practice. The book makes a major contribution not only on account of the international perspective it provides but also through analysis of cases in order to establish the difference between the much-vaunted theoretical advantages promoted by policy makers and the everyday realities and complexities that arise in a scheme entirely dependent on personal relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254916

Mentoring in Eighteenth-Century British Literature and Culture In the first collection devoted to mentoring relationships in British literature and culture the editor and contributors offer a fresh lens through which to observe familiar and lesser known authors and texts. Employing a variety of critical and methodological approaches which reflect the diversity of the mentoring experiences under consideration the collection highlights in particular the importance of mentoring in expanding print culture. Topics include John Wilmot the Earl of Rochester's relationships to a range of role models John Dryden's mentoring of women writers Alexander Pope's problematic attempts at mentoring the vexed nature of Jonathan Swift's cross-gender and cross-class mentoring relationships Samuel Richardson's largely unsuccessful efforts to influence Urania Hill Johnson and an examination of Elizabeth Carter and Samuel Johnson's as co-mentors of one another's work. Taken together the essays further the case for mentoring as a globally operative critical concept not only in the eighteenth century but in other literary periods as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266087

Mentoring In Mathematics Teaching The arena in which the preparation of student-teachers for the teaching of mathematics takes place is shifting its foundations and moving its boundaries. The whole basis of teacher education at secondary level is in flux with a move towards teacher-education programmes which are largely school based. Increasingly there is seen to be an important role for the school teacher who acts as mentor to the student teacher in some relationship with a tutor from the initial training i nstitution.; Teachers who are being encouraged to take on the mentoring role need preparation for its demands and teacher education courses need increasingly to make provision for the education and support of mentors. The purpose of this book is to discuss the mentoring process to provide ideas and to highlight issues. It provides both practical help and guidance and a philosophical consideration of the development of mathematics teachers and teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167728

Mentoring in Physical Education and Sports Coaching Mentoring is a core element of any successful teacher education or coach education programme with evidence suggesting that teachers and coaches who are mentored early in their careers are more likely to become effective practitioners. Physical education and sports coaching share important pedagogical practical and cultural terrain and mentoring has become a vital tool with which to develop confidence self-reflection and problem-solving abilities in trainee and early career PE teachers and sports coaches. This is the first book to introduce key theory and best practice in mentoring for mentors and mentees focusing on the particular challenges and opportunities in physical education and sports coaching. Written by a team of international experts with extensive practical experience of mentoring in PE and coaching the book clearly explains what mentoring is how it should work and how an understanding of socio-cultural factors can form the foundation of good mentoring practice. The book explores practical issues in mentoring in physical education including pre-service and newly qualified teachers and in coach education including mentoring in high performance sport and the role of national governing bodies. Each chapter includes real mentoring stories practical guidance and definitions of key terms and a ‘pedagogy toolbox’ brings together the most important themes and techniques for easy reference. This is a hugely useful book for all teacher and coach education degree programmes for any practising teacher or coach involved in mentoring and for schools clubs sports organisations or NGBs looking to develop mentoring schemes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745789

Mentoring in SchoolsA Handbook of Good Practice Mentoring is a compulsory teaching requirement. This volume provides a practical and up-to-date mentoring guide for all practising mentors working in schools at primary and secondary levels as well as those responsible for initial teacher training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157477

Mentoring is a VerbStrategies for Improving College and Career Readiness This accessible guide offers school leaders a wealth of strategies to foster a culture where educators engage with young people to encourage college readiness and career success. Based in research and best practices Mentoring is a Verb explains how to build effective mentoring programs as well as encourage educators to individually mentor students. Olwell breaks down the key elements it takes to forge lasting relationships with students and addresses ways to connect to at-risk students. Packed with actionable steps this book gives you the tools to help your students set high expectations and goals recognize and address barriers to success plan for the future and reach their post-graduation aspirations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930179

Mentoring Mathematics TeachersSupporting and inspiring pre-service and newly qualified teachers Designed to support both teachers and university-based tutors in mentoring pre-service and newly qualified mathematics teachers at both primary and secondary levels Mentoring Mathematics Teachers offers straightforward practical advice that is based on practice underpinned by research and geared specifically towards this challenging subject area. Developed by members of The Association of Mathematics Education Teachers the authors draw upon the most up-to-date research and theory to provide evidence-based practical guidance. Themes covered include: the recognition of the importance of pedagogical content knowledge building upon subject knowledge developing skills of self-evaluation in order to reflect and develop your own practice the on-going need to address issues of equity and diversity within the profession the need for pre-service teachers and their mentors to work together effectively as a partnership the importance of collaboration shared goals mutual benefit and growth. Addressing issues of mentoring for all trainee and practising mathematics teachers Mentoring Mathematics Teachers demonstrates both the importance of mentoring in the development of new teachers of mathematics but also the benefits to all those who involve themselves in this challenging and rewarding task. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819909

Mentoring New Parents at WorkA Guide for Businesses and Organisations Investing in your returning talent Becoming a parent is life-changing. Our experience as employers practitioners researchers and working parents tells us this is a critical time for offering support to new parents as they navigate the transition plan for their return and re-engage with work and career. At an organisational level there are huge costs associated with losing experienced and talented employees when they start a family and in the interest of building a more diverse and balanced workforce organisations need their people to return engaged and motivated to progress their career. Written in partnership by two established coaching and mentoring professionals Mentoring New Parents at Work makes the case for dedicated mentoring programmes in the workplace as a sustainable way of supporting new parents and improving talent retention for employers. The authors offer timely practical guidance for each stage of the mentoring journey from building the business case through to ideas for mentoring workshops. The book is grounded in theory and practice and provides tools techniques and real life case studies from a range of countries and organisations to illustrate good practice. Mentoring New Parents at Work will be invaluable to all HR practitioners and line managers who want to retain and support new parents helping to pave the way for gender diversity at all levels of their organisations. Its themes and insights will also be of interest to students and researchers of HRM diversity management and coaching and mentoring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188716

Mentoring Physical Education Teachers in the Secondary SchoolA Practical Guide Mentoring Physical Education Teachers in the Secondary School helps trainee and newly qualified mentors of physical education teachers in both developing their own mentoring skills and providing the essential guidance their beginning teachers need as they navigate the roller-coaster of the first years of teaching. Offering tried and tested strategies based on the best research and evidence it covers the knowledge skills and understanding every mentor needs and offers practical tools such as lesson plans and feedback guides observation sheets and examples of dialogue with beginning physical education teachers. Together with analytical tools for self-evaluation this book is a vital source of support and inspiration for all those involved in developing the next generation of outstanding physical education teachers. Key topics explained include: Roles and responsibilities of mentors Developing a mentor-mentee relationship Guiding beginning physical education teachers through the lesson planning process Observations and pre- and post-lesson discussions Filled with the key tools needed for the mentor’s individual development Mentoring Physical Education Teachers in the Secondary School offers an accessible guide to mentoring physical education teachers with ready-to-use strategies that support inspire and elevate both mentors and beginning teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059658

Mentoring Preservice Teachers Through PracticeA Framework for Coaching with CARE Supporting and challenging cooperating teachers to grow in their mentoring and coaching practices with preservice teachers and also in their own work as classroom teachers this practical guide presents and illustrates the Coaching with CARE model—a framework for reflection and action that helps cultivate a perspective on teaching that puts students at the center of teacher preparation and places value on apprenticeship and participation in learning. The CARE model takes a turn away from traditional evaluation-based "training" approaches offering a way for cooperating teachers and facilitators and university teacher educators who work with them to come together to shape innovative coaching and mentoring experiences for preservice teachers. Mentoring Preservice Teachers Through Practice building on the authors’ own work with cooperating teachers is based on the most recent research on learning to teach and supporting preservice teachers and grounded in the realities of teacher education today. Each chapter includes questions for discussion and suggested readings that can be used to explore the focus of the chapter more deeply as well as relevant research reports published by the authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697843

Mentoring Science Teachers in the Secondary SchoolA Practical Guide This practical guide helps mentors of new science teachers in both developing their own mentoring skills and providing the essential guidance their trainees need as they navigate the rollercoaster of the first years in the classroom. Offering tried-and-tested strategies based on the best research it covers the knowledge skills and understanding every mentor needs and offers practical tools such as lesson plans and feedback guides observation sheets and examples of dialogue with trainees. Together with analytical tools for self-evaluation this book is a vital source of support and inspiration for all those involved in developing the next generation of outstanding science teachers. Key topics explained include: • Roles and responsibilities of mentors • Developing a mentor—mentee relationship • Guiding beginning science teachers through the lesson planning teaching and self-evaluation processes • Observations and pre- and post-lesson discussions and regular mentoring meetings • Supporting beginning teachers to enhance scientific knowledge and effective pedagogical practices • Building confidence among beginning teachers to cope with pupils’ contingent questions and assess scientific knowledge and skills • Supporting beginning teachers’ planning and teaching to enhance scientific literacy and inquiry among pupils • Developing autonomous science teachers with an attitude to promote the learning of science for all the learners Filled with tried-and-tested strategies based on the latest research Mentoring Science Teachers in the Secondary School is a vital guide for mentors of science teachers both trainee and newly qualified with ready-to-use strategies that support and inspire both mentors and beginning teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023126

Mentoring Student TeachersThe Growth of Professional Knowledge In the UK and elsewhere the training of teachers is increasingly seen as a matter of partnership between schools and institutions of higher education. There is thus an urgent need within the profession to define more carefully what the role of teachers acting as mentors should be. Clearly some aspects of professional knowledge can only be acquired from practical experience in school and this book draws on extensive research on students' school-based learning to isolate and analyse those aspects. Like any form of teaching mentoring the authors suggest must be built on a clear understanding of the learning processes it is intended to support. In this book they report on their research into the nature of students' school-based learning and what this means for the role of the mentoring. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203355237

Mentoring Students and Young PeopleA Handbook of Effective Practice Mentoring is used in a wide range of situations in education: to assist learning; to help weaker students or those with specific learning needs or difficulties; to develop community or business links; to aid the inclusion of pupils otherwise at risk of exclusion; to develop ethnic links; to enable students to benefit from the support of their peers to name but a few.The development and proliferation of mentoring and mentoring schemes in education over the last few years has been dramatic and presents teachers school managers and leaders as well as mentors themselves with a challenge. This book presents all mentors plus anyone working with young people with an invaluable guide to approaches to mentoring today. It looks at mentoring as a concept at what mentoring is how it is done well and how it can be made more effective. Written by a leading expert on mentoring this practical and relevant handbook is backed up throughout by inspiring and relevant case studies and examples from schools and schemes internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145962

Mentoring Teachers in Post-Compulsory EducationA guide to effective practice The post-compulsory sector is complex and multifaceted with highly diverse and sometimes challenging learner groups and subject to change from almost unending shifts in educational policy. Effective mentoring has a crucial role in the initial training of new teachers in the post-compulsory sector offering them the guidance and practical support they need to respond to these challenges. Now in its second edtion Mentoring Teachers in Post Compulsory Education has been updated with current research and technological advances. Describing all of the expectations responsibilities and rewards involved in mentoring the book covers: What to expect as a mentor and what your mentee expects of you The skills attributes and functions that make an effective mentor Organising and conducting observations Perspectives on professional learning What to do when things go wrong. Accessible practical and supportive this book will help make mentoring an easier more enjoyable and rewarding experience for all new mentors in the post-compulsory sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669405

Mentoring Teachers in Post-Compulsory EducationA Guide to Effective Practice This timely new handbook will be an essential read for all college staff who find themselves involved in mentoring trainee teachers in post-compulsory education either through choice or necessity! Describing all of the expectations responsibilities and rewards involved in mentoring college teachers in training; the book provides advice and support on: * What to expect as a mentor and what your mentee expects of you! * Organizing and conducting observations * Time management * Using appropriate language with your mentee * What to do when things go wrong! Accessible practical and supportive this book will help make mentoring an easier more enjoyable and ultimately rewarding experience for all new mentors in the post-compulsory workplace. It will also be of great value to both teachers trainers and key staff in colleges such as staff development managers who play an important role in overseeing the delivery and quality of mentoring activities. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315831138

Mentoring Teachers in the Primary SchoolA Practical Guide Mentoring Teachers in the Primary School helps mentors of trainee and newly qualified primary school teachers to both develop their own mentoring skills and provide the essential guidance their beginning teachers need as they navigate the roller-coaster of the first years in the classroom. Offering tried and tested strategies based on the best research it covers the knowledge skills and understanding every mentor needs. Together with tools for self-evaluation this book is a vital source of support and inspiration for all those involved in developing the next generation of outstanding teachers. Key topics for primary mentors include: the role of the mentor mentoring relationships mentoring in specialist areas mentoring development. Filled with guidance to support mentors’ own development as well as the development of beginning primary teachers Mentoring Teachers in the Primary School is a vital guide for mentors of primary school teachers both trainee and newly qualified with ready-to-use strategies that support and inspire mentors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389076

Mentoring: Perspectives on School-based Teacher Education A series of essays on mentoring issues in education which includes discussion of the political and historical aspects of mentoring the mentor-student relationship and the generic skills approach to mentoring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159426

Mentors and MentoringA Special Issue of the peabody Journal of Education The definition and parameters of teacher education have recently been changed by the concept of mentoring. Supporters of the concept maintain that it is an effective technique for inducting and retaining new teachers but who and what are mentors and what attributes do they possess? Previous research has identified collaboration enthusiasm emotional commitment and sensitivity as the necessary traits of an effective mentor. It has also been found that mentors are available give immediate feedback listen attentively and collaboratively solve problems with mentees. Epistemological structures that best serve the mentor-novice relationship gender issues between mentors and protégés and moral development orientations within the mentor-intern relationship have also been investigated. Thus mentoring is a complex activity that involves a mentor an intern or novice and a process within a predetermined structure. The articles in this special issue validate the fact that the terms "good mentor" and "effective mentoring relationship" often elude easy definition. However a common theme emerges: The mentor-mentee relationship is a transformative one that can change the course of one's life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980952

Mentors in Schools (1996)Developing the Profession of Teaching First published in 1996 this book brings together the work of teams in six universities involved in school-based partnerships for teacher education. Professionals from Oxford University the Manchester Metropolitan University Keele Sussex Swansea and Leicester University come together to explore the distinctive work of school-based teacher educators discussing the role of the teacher mentor in both primary and secondary schools. Topics covered include: mentoring in the primary school issues in the managing of mentoring working with new teachers and mentoring and continuing professional development. All involved in school-based teacher education – whether as mentors teacher trainers in higher education school senior management advisers or inspectors – should find the range of experience presented here invaluable in their own work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138564657

Mentorship Mentoring and practice assessment is an increasingly important aspect of your ongoing professional development but can be challenging. This pocket-sized guide will provide you with essential tips to ensure you and your students really get the most out of the experience. The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273750734

Mentorship In The Primary SchoolMentorship In Action First Published in 1994. The growing interest in work of mentors within school-based initial teacher training courses in England and Wales is a phenomenon of the recent past. The development of innovative schemes within secondary education such as the Oxford Internship scheme (Benton 1990) generated a national debate about the nature of partnership between schools and higher education institutions which the government joined when it introduced experimental forms of initial teacher education in the Licensed and Articled Teacher schemes (DES 1988 and 1989). These were extensively school-based and included both secondary and primary Mentor-like behaviour may come from many sources within a school and the appointed mentor may engage in such unmentor-like activities as making formal summative assessments of students with career-shaping implications of 'passing' and 'failing'. This volume is an attempt to provide some illumination and indicate some of the central issues to be addressed. However we hope that the following chapters will provide an informative base from which to launch research into these and other aspects of primary school student teacher mentoring as well as being of value for those engaged in mentoring and mentor training. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043050

Mercantilism First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003993

Mercantilism Account Keeping and the Periphery-Core Relationship Mercantilism and accounting remain two dynamic and debated concepts in terms of definition and scope. This volume brings together the research of international scholars from a wide variety of disciplines – accounting anthropology native studies economic geography economic history and management – to reflect on alternative approaches to the study of these concepts. This book focuses particularly on how individuals across space and time negotiated and navigated systems of exchange and trade especially when confronted with world views and cultural systems that conflicted with and disrupted perceptions of their own. Through this the volume offers a helpful reinforcement to the view that the analysis of mercantilism must be more highly contextualised to time and place along with deeper focus on the local actors involved. It is these local actors who negotiated exchanged and navigated differing world views and who enable us to tease out the longer-run global economic and social processes and the impacts of these encounters.Complementing the growing interest in mercantilism Indigenous studies and the relationships between colonists traders and their counterparts in colonies and trading ports this work provides a cross disciplinary examination of the subject area. Furthermore it encourages a renewed interest in the use of archival documents and documentary sources in novel and innovative ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666118

Mercantilism and East India Trade Published in 1963: The object of this monograph is to trace the beginnings of Protectionism in England. Towards the last quarter of the seventeenth century the Mercantile system became increasingly protectionist in aim and this is disclosed by the numerous controversies that raged in the sphere of foreign trade at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199326

MercantilismThe Shaping of an Economic Language Ever since the Physiocrats and Adam Smith mercantilism or 'the mercantile system' have been described as the opposite of classical political economy. This view is very much brought into question by the current book. It argues that the sharp distinction between mercantilism and 19th century laissez-faire economics has obscured the meaning content and contribution of the former. This book presents a full-scale account of the development of mercantilism as a trend of economic thought during the 17th and 18th centuries. Instead of accepting existing interpretations it begins with the most fundamental questions: What was mercantilism? Did it have a central message? Was it really a coherent school of thought? A central theme of the book is its critique of narrow definitions of its subject. Mercantilism must be understood as a series of written texts appearing in a particular political and economic context rather than as an all-embracing system of economic thought. Within this context a language and vocabulary of economics was developed that was an essential precondition for the subsequent growth of economic thought and knowledge. In this sense mercantilism was much more modern than has been previously appreciated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755894

Merce CunninghamCreative Elements Merce Cunningham reached the age of 75 in 1994 an age at which many creative artists are content to rest on their laurels or at least to leave behind whatever controversies they may have caused during their careers. No so Cunningham. In the first place his 70s have been a time of intense creativity in which he has choreographed as many as four new works a year. Cunningham is a strongly committed as ever to the discovery of new ways of moving and of making movement refusing to be hampered by the physical limitations that have come with age. Since 1991 every new work has been made at least in part with the use of the computer program Life Forms which enables him to devise choreographic phrases that he himself would be unable to perform - and which challenge and develop the virtuosity of the young dancers in his company.The essays collected in this special issue of Choreography and Dance were written over the last few years and discuss various aspects of the work of Cunningham as seen both from the outside and the inside. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149274

Mercenaries Hybrid Armies and National SecurityPrivate Soldiers and the State in the 21st Century This book assesses the use of ‘mercenaries’ by states and their integration into the national armed forces as part of a new hybridisation trend of contemporary armies. Governments especially in the West are undertaking an unprecedented wave of demilitarisation and military budget cuts. Simultaneously these same governments are increasingly opening their armies up to foreign nationals and outsourcing military operations to private companies. This book explores the impact of this hybridisation on the values cohesion and effectiveness of the armed forces by comparing and contrasting the experiences of the French Foreign Legion private military companies in Angola and the merging of private contractors and American troops in Iraq. Examining the employment of foreign citizens and private security companies as military forces and tools of foreign policy and their subsequent impact on the national armed forces the book investigates whether the difficulties of coordinating soldiers of various nationalities and allegiances within public-private joint military operations undermines the legitimacy of the state. Furthermore the author questions whether this trend for outsourcing security can realistically provide a long term and positive contribution to national security.This book will be of much interest to students of private military companies strategic studies international security and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600426

Mercer's Textbook of Orthopaedics and Trauma Tenth edition Highly Commended BMA Medical Book Awards 2013 Orthopaedic problems account for over one-third of all medical and surgical problems. Mercer's Textbook of Orthopaedics and Trauma provides all the information required by the senior trainee or qualified specialist to improve understanding and management of any given condition or disease in this area. Since its first edition over 75 years ago this volume has been considered the definitive orthopaedic text integrating clinical knowledge of musculoskeletal disorders with the latest basic science research. Now in its tenth edition the book has been comprehensively revised by a stellar team of international authors. This evidence-based text reflects the knowledge distilled from worldwide literature clinical experience basic science research and various orthopaedic exit examinations.Mercer's Textbook of Orthopaedics and Trauma will be invaluable to trauma and orthopaedic surgeons at all stages of their professional lives. It will also be an indispensable reference for clinicians rheumatologists primary care physicians and many other health professionals who need reliable and up-to-date information on the musculoskeletal system. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780340942031

Merchant Colonies in the Early Modern Period Merchant colonies were a significant factor for economic growth in Europe during the early modern period. The essays in this collection look at merchant colonies across Europe assessing their function legal status interaction with local traders and assimilation into their host countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664678

Merchant Communities in Asia 1600–1980 This book is the first to use local primary sources to explore the interaction between foreign and native merchants in Asian countries. Contributors discuss the different economic political and cultural conditions that gave rise to a variety of merchant communities in Korea China Japan Taiwan the Philippines Singapore and India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669058

Merchant Networks in the Early Modern World 1450–1800 Merchant organisation was a global phenomenon in the early modern era and in the growing contacts between peoples and cultures merchants may be seen as privileged intermediaries. This collection is unique in essaying a truly global coverage of mercantile activities from the Wangara of the Central Sudan Mississippi and Huron Indians to the role of the Jews the Muslim merchants of Anatolia to the social structure of the mercantile classes in early modern England. The histories of merchant communities are not their histories alone but also the histories of assumptions concerning their contexts. From the comparative perspective adopted here it emerges that in markets where Western European merchants vied for place with competitors from the Near East South Asia or East Asia they were very often unsuccessful. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249124

Merchant Shipping Act 1995: An Annotated Guide The long-awaited consolidation of the UK merchant shipping legislation finally arrived with the passing of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 which replaced the thirty or so Acts dating from the Merchant Shipping Act 1894. This new edition of Merchant Shipping Act 1995 - An Annotated Guide provides an authoritative and practical guide to the implications of this important legislation.Written in a clear and accessible style the authors guide you chronologically through each of the Act's 313 sections. They include expert commentary and analysis to assist your understanding and interpretation of the Act.Merchant Shipping Act 1995 - An Annotated Guide is an essential first-stop reference guide providing guidance on the appropriate authorities and more detailed texts to which further reference can be made. It is also annotated throughout with comprehensive tables and indexes making it a truly practical working tool. Thoroughly revised and up-dated the second edition includes details of: Amendments to the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 The Merchant Shipping and Maritime Security Act 1997 Statutory instruments and regulations introduced to supplement the Merchant Shipping Act The most recent case law Updated references to other texts which have themselves been updated in the last 4 years Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138131774

Merchant Shipping Legislation Now in its third edition Merchant Shipping Legislation is a useful tool tool for those wishing to refer to the UK and Commonwealth merchant shipping statutes. Organized in subject areas and regularly updated this complete annotation and commentary on the UK and Commonwealth merchant shipping legislation will be of use to the work of maritime lawyers in the UK and overseas. All the provisions of the various merchant shipping acts are contained in a single easy-to-use volume organized in subject areas. Divided into twenty chapters the work addresses all the most important areas including: registration; collisions; salvage; pilotage; environmental protection; oil pollution and carriage of goods. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367736255

Merchants And FaithMuslim Commerce And Culture In The Indian Ocean The intersection of Islamic history and Indian Ocean history is vast but inadequately explored. It is essential to understanding how and why Islam influenced Asia and to determining the extent to which maritime success affected the mostly land-based Muslim political powers. This area of research has elicited a lively debate involving scholars as di Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316839

Merchants and MarvelsCommerce Science and Art in Early Modern Europe The beginning of global commerce in the early modern period had an enormous impact on European culture changing the very way people perceived the world around them. Merchants and Marvels assembles essays by leading scholars of cultural history art history and the history of science and technology to show how ideas about the representation of nature in both art and science underwent a profound transformation between the age of the Renaissance and the early 1700s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203950999

Merchants and MigrationsGermans and Americans in Connection 1776–1835 This title was first published in 2001. Looking at German-American relations between 1776 and 1835 this study argues that it was day-to-day commercial contacts rather than official diplomatic ties that forged the way in establishing good relations between the two countries. Although concerned with trade this work is not strictly one of economic history but instead looks at how wider economic trends impacted upon the socio-cultural and political connections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736283

Merchants and Profit in the Age of Commerce 1680–1830 Merchant activity across Europe America and China during the long eighteenth century is explored in this collection of essays. Using a unique data set from accounts and correspondence contributors are able to show the fragmented nature of merchant activity and the importance of trust-based social and cultural networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663176

Merchants and Society in Modern ChinaFrom Guild to Chamber of Commerce In the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries merchants in China were incorporated into the bourgeoisie and constituted a vital part of the upstart capitalists. The lowermost class in ancient China’s social hierarchy has thus become a strong force of social transformation in the modern era. From the angle of the interaction between the merchant and modern society this book examines the factors behind the rise of the merchant class in China in terms of its cultural traits inner structure and business modes. First it analyzes the features and historical standings of merchant culture which came into existence on the basis of reworking and integrating Neo-Confucianism. It argues that merchant culture pushed China’s early enlightenment movement to a new level. Then the rise of the bourgeoisie and their role in the evolution of modern Chinese society are studied thoroughly. More importantly by examining the "golden age" of the merchant after the 1911 Revolution and its end brought by the Northern Expedition this book studies the dilemmas faced by Chinese merchants. Finally it probes into the reasons why it was hard for China to go beyond modern society that is completing the transition from commodity economy to capitalist economy. This book will deepen the understanding of China’s merchant class and modern Chinese society. Scholars and students in economics history sociology and cultural studies will be attracted by it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593575

Merchants and Society in Modern ChinaRise of Merchant Groups In ancient China as the lowermost class in the social hierarchy merchants were viewed as greedy and immoral commanding little respect. But since the sixteenth century when China entered modern times with the sprout of capitalism merchants have become a strong force to transform the ancient society. By absorbing methods of anthropology psychology geography and economics as well as cultural and genealogical studies this book explores the development and rise of the merchant in modern China. To start with it examines the golden times of the merchant and the dilemmas facing them in the two-millennia-long traditional society where the "pro-agriculture and anti-commerce" policy was implemented. With the economic development merchant groups gradually came into being and formed a vibrant social class in the modern era. Major merchant groups their psychological integration and the interaction between merchants and capitalism in China are specifically studied. Also merchants’ role in the communal life is analyzed including their contribution to the making and expansion of modern communities which led to China’s social transformation. With a multi-faceted description of Chinese merchants whose development interweaves with the transformation of the ancient country this book will appeal to scholars and students in economics history sociology and cultural studies. Readers interested in Chinese culture and social history will also be attracted by it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367536800

Merchants and the Military in Eighteenth-Century BritainBritish Army Contracts and Domestic Supply 1739-1763 Investigates the contract sector of the British Army during the long eighteenth century. This book argues that this group of financiers private merchants businessmen and farmers represented a vital interest group which was at the nexus of the fiscal-military structure. It draws on papers from the War Office the Treasury and the Audit Office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663619

Merchants and Trade Networks in the Atlantic and the Mediterranean 1550-1800Connectors of commercial maritime systems This collective volume explores the ways merchants managed to connect different spaces all over the globe in the early modern period by organizing the movement of goods capital information and cultural objects between different commercial maritime systems in the Mediterranean and Atlantic basin. Merchants and Trade Networks in the Atlantic and the Mediterranean 1550-1800 consists of four thematic blocs: theoretical considerations the social composition of networks connected spaces networks between formal and informal exchange as well as possible failures of ties. This edited volume features eleven contributions who deal with theoretical concepts such as social network analysis globalization social capital and trust. In addition several chapters analyze the coexistence of mono-cultural and transnational networks deal with network failure and shifting network geographies and assess the impact of kinship for building up international networks between the Mediterranean and the Atlantic. This work evaluates the use of specific network types for building up connections across the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Basin stretching out to Central Europe the Northern Sea and the Pacific. This book is of interest to those who study history of economics and maritime economics as well as historians and scholars from other disciplines working on maritime shipping port studies migration foreign mercantile communities trade policies and mercantilism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876883

Merchants and Trading in the Sixteenth CenturyThe Golden Age of Antwerp Sixteenth-century Europe was powered by commerce. Whilst mercantile groups from many areas prospered those from the Low Countries were particularly successful. This study based on extensive archival research charts the ascent of the merchants established around Antwerp. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668785

Merchants of DeathA Study of the International Armament Industry Merchants of death was an epithet used in the USA in the 1930s to attack industries and banks that supplied and funded the First World War (then called the Great War). The term was popular in anti-war circles of both the left and the right and was used extensively regarding the Senate hearings in 1936 by the Nye Committee. Originally published in 1934 this book uses the term to expose the international arms industry at the time. It is a careful and subtle but still passionate attack on those who would use government to profit themselves at the expense of other people's lives and property. The book not only makes the case against the war machine; it provides a scintillating history of war profiteering one authoritative enough for citation and academic study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367612214

Mercurino di Gattinara and the Creation of the Spanish Empire As Grand Chancellor to the Holy Roman Emperor Mercurino di Gattinara (1465–1530) shaped the administration and aims of the Spanish Empire. Ard Boone situates Gattinara at the heart of Renaissance politics and propaganda and provides the first English translation of his autobiography in full. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663114

Mercurius RusticansA Critical Edition Published in 1988: Mercurius Rusticans is one in a long series of academic plays generally in Latin but occasionally in English which were performed at the colleges of Oxford and Cambridge during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198657

Mercury PollutionA Transdisciplinary Treatment How does mercury get out of the ground and into our food? Is tuna safe to eat? What was the Minamata Disaster? Mercury Pollution: A Transdisciplinary Treatment addresses these questions and more. The editors weave interdisciplinary threads into a tapestry that presents a more complete picture of the effects of mercury pollution and provides new ways to think about the environment. The remarkable features that make mercury so useful—and poisonous—have given rise to many stories laid out in rich objective detail carefully detailing medical epidemiological or historical insight but sidestepping the human experience. A technically rich book that only touches on the human consequences of mercury poisoning cannot fully portray the anguish confusion and painful deaths that are the consequence of mercury pollution. Therefore the editors purposely step out of the conventional scientific framework for discussing mercury pollution to explore the wider human experience. This book clarifies how we are all connected to mercury how we absorb it through the food we eat and the air we breathe and how we release it as a consequence of our new technologies. It tackles interesting environmental issues without being overly technical and uses mercury as a case study and model for studying environmental problems. The book uses discussions of the issues surrounding mercury pollution to illustrate how an interdisciplinary vantage is necessary to solve environmental problems.Read an article in the SETAC Globe by Michael C. Newman and Sharon L. Zuber at http://www.setac.org/globe/2011/november/mercury-pollution.html Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114425

Mercy Under FireWar And The Global Humanitarian Community Based on scholarly research and in-depth interviews with humanitarian political and military officials in active war zones this book articulates key principles of humanitarian action and shows what has to be done in what way and by whom to avert failure in future humanitarian interventions. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159986

Meredith Hanmer and the Elizabethan ChurchA Clergyman’s Career in 16th Century England and Ireland This is the first book-length study of the fascinating life of the clergyman and scholar of Welsh descent Meredith Hanmer (c.1545–1604). Hanmer became involved in the key scholarly controversies of his day from the place of the Elizabethan Church in Christian history to the role of the 1581 Jesuit mission to England led by Edmund Campion and Robert Persons. As an army preacher in Ireland during the Nine Years War Hanmer campaigned with the most acclaimed soldiers of his day. He nurtured connections with prominent intellectuals of his time and with the key figures of colonial government. His own career as a clergyman was colourful involving bitter disputes with his parishioners and recurring aspersions on his character. Surprisingly no study to date has centred on this intriguing character. The surviving evidence for Hanmer’s life and activities is unusually rich comprising his published writings and a large body of under-exploited manuscript material. Drawing extensively on archival evidence scattered across a wide number of repositories Dr. Andreani’s book contextualises Hanmer’s clerical activities and wide-ranging scholarship elucidates his previously little understood career and thus enriches our understanding of life politics and scholarship in the Elizabethan church. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196950

Meredith NowSome Critical Essays There is no English novelist whose reputation has fluctuated so violently as that of George Meredith. First published in 1971 this volume of essays reassesses the works of George Meredith. Despite his unevenness the essays demonstrate that Meredith was an important experimental writer and as one of the masters of the English novel. This book will be of interest to those studying 19th Century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672925

Merge in the Mind-BrainEssays on Theoretical Linguistics and the Neuroscience of Language This collection of nine papers brings together Naoki Fukui’s pioneering body of work on Merge the basic operation of human language syntax from the two distinct but related perspectives of theoretical syntax and neurosciences. Part I presents an overview of the development of the theory of Merge and its current formulations in linguistic theory highlighting the author’s previously published papers in theoretical syntax while Part II focuses on experimental research on Merge in the brain science of language demonstrating how new techniques and the results they produce can inform the study of syntactic structures in the brain in the future. By combining insights from theoretical linguistics and neurosciences this book presents an innovative unified account of the study of Merge and paves new directions for future research for graduate students and scholars in theoretical linguistics neuroscience syntax and cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365837

Merged EvolutionLong-term Complications of Biotechnology and Informatin Technology Merged Evolution charts the implications of two major forces of change information technology and biotechnology combined with a third force that of 'artifactual' information which is handed down dichronically from computing device to computing device.Through developments anticipated in the near future Dr. Goonatilake describes the merging of these three systems a convergence which will profoundly affect the biological social and technical fields much more than previous studies have implied. Together these changes yield an entirely different history - and a different future of the world for life nature and civilization. This book addresses the broader issue arising from these important developments using the unifying perspective of general evolutionary theory to yield a fresh and profound insight. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980969

Merger Control in EuropeThe Gap in the ECMR and National Merger Legislations This book addresses the phenomenon of mergers that may result in non-coordinated effects in oligopolistic markets. Such cases are sometimes referred to as "non-collusive oligopolies" or "gap cases" and there is a concern that they might not be covered by the substantive test that some Member States use for merger assessment. Ioannis Kokkoris examines the argument that the European Community Merger Regulation (Regulation 4064/89) did not capture gap cases and considers the extent to which the revised substantive test in Regulation 139/2004 deals with the problem of non-collusive oligopolies. The author identifies actual examples of mergers that gave rise to a problem of non-coordinated effects in oligopolistic markets both in the EU and in other jurisdictions and analyses the way in which these cases were dealt with in practice. The book considers legal systems such as United Kingdom United States Australia and New Zealand. The book investigates whether there is any difference in the assessment of non-collusive oligopolies between the various substantive tests which have been adopted for merger assessment in various jurisdictions. The book also looks at the various methodological tools available to assist competition authorities and the professional advisers of merging firms to identify whether a particular merger might give rise to anticompetitive effects and explores the type of market structure in which a merger is likely to lead to non-coordinated effects in oligopolistic markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813259

Merger Control in Post-Communist CountriesEC Merger Regulation in Small Market Economies This book provides a critical analysis of merger control regimes in the former socialist countries with small market economies looking at the unique challenges facing these economies. Questions will be asked as to what extent these countries have had to follow dictation from the EU and whether this implementation of EU merger control rules has been justified from the point of view of these countries' economic situations. The book will analyse the merger control regimes in Estonia Latvia and Lithuania Slovenia and Slovakia. However reference will be made to other small market economies of the EU including Cyprus Ireland Luxembourg and Malta in order to evaluate the particular difficulties the former socialist countries with small market economies have had in the implementation and further development of merger control rules. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813266

Mergers Acquisitions and Global EmpiresTolerance Diversity and the Success of M&A Companies that have acquired other enterprises through mergers and acquisitions (M&A) have in essence become entities that are akin to the global "empires" of history. In this book the author weaves a unique narrative that looks at both empires of business created from M&A and global empires from world history in an attempt to answer the question: why do certain empires endure for long periods while others collapse in a short space of time. Empires formed from M&A or conquest have a hierarchical relationship of control and domination by a single authority or centre that can be described as a "parent company" or a "mother country" over another group of people based in a periphery that can be described as a "subsidiary company" or "colony." Given their similarities in development and structure the author argues from looking at examples of empires in Western and Asian history as well as major M&A cases that long enduring empires created from M&A and global empires have a common cultural trait; their practice of "tolerance" within their organizations/societies. While there are books on the topics of M&A and empires at present there is no single text that examines the impact of culture on both. This book is intended to fill such a void and provide hints and suggestions to those practitioners of M&A as well as students of business and history who want an accessible non-technical narrative on what makes empires whether they are of the nation or of M&A endure and prosper. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705240

Mergers & AcquisitionsA Critical Reader Mergers and acquisitions remain one of the most common forms of growth yet they present considerable challenges for the companies and management involved. The effects on stakeholders including shareholders managers and employees must be considered as well as the wider implications for the economy the level of competition and employment. By drawing on classic research perspectives and placing them alongside more recent alternatives this book provides readers with a focused yet far-reaching introduction to the study of M&As. Each paper is set in context by editorial commentaries and reflects the important organizational and behavioural aspects which have often been ignored in the past. By providing this in-depth understanding of the mergers and acquisitions process the reader understands not only how and why mergers and acquisitions occur but also the broader implications for organizations. The book is structured clearly into sections concerned with the issues that arise before during and after the mergers and acquisitions process including motives and planning partner selection integration employee experiences and communication. A unique collection of selected readings and contextualising commentary this volume will greatly appeal to MBA and graduate students as well as experienced practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708071

Mergers and Acquisitions (Routledge Revivals)Geographical and spatial persspectives Originally published in 1990 this book is the first to provide an in-depth examination of post-war North American merger activity from the perspectives of both geography and industrial class. It applies core periphery and resource dependency theories to analyse an unprecedented quantity of merger data on both inter-city and international levels. The book concludes with a detailed assessment of the structure and efficacy of US penetration of the Canadian economic system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612494

Mergers and Acquisitions and Executive Compensation Over the past decades the total value of executive compensation packages has been rising dramatically contributing to a wider pay gap between the chief executive officer and the average worker. In the midst of the financial turmoil that brought about a massive wave of corporate failures the lavish executive compensation package has come under an intense spotlight. Public pressure has mounted to revise the levels and the structure of executive pay in a way that will tie more closely the executive wealth to that of shareholders. Merger and acquisition (M&A) activities represent an opportune setting for gauging whether shareholder value creation or managerial opportunism guides executive compensation. M&As constitute major examples of high-profile events prompted by managers who typically conceive them as a means for achieving higher levels of pay even though they are frequently associated with disappointing returns to acquiring shareholders. Mergers and Acquisitions and Executive Compensation reviews the existing empirical evidence and provides an integrative framework for the growing body of literature that is situated at the intersection of two highly debated topics: M&A activities and executive compensation. The proposed framework structures the literature along two dimensions such as M&A phases and firm’s role in a M&A deal allowing readers to identify three main streams of research and five different conceptualizations of causal relationships between M&A transactions and executive compensation. The book makes a comprehensive review of empirical studies conducted to date aiming to shed more light on the current and emerging knowledge in this field of investigation discuss the inconsistencies encountered within each stream of research and suggest promising directions for further exploration. This book will appeal to researchers and students alike in the fields of organizational behavior and governance as well as accounting and accountability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617964

Mergers and Acquisitions in AsiaA Global Perspective This book examines recent trends towards mergers and acquisitions in Japan Greater China and Southeast Asia from 1990 to 2004. Comparisons are made among regions and between countries of particular regions. The economic profiles and investment climates of key countries are discussed and many issues are examined from the perspectives of US-based and UK-based investors because they play significant roles in Mergers and Acquisitions activities in all regions of the world. The practices and management strategies in Asia are also compared with those observed in the United States and the United Kingdom where appropriate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650090

Mergers and Acquisitions in Practice The growth in mergers and acquisitions (M&A) activity around the world masks a high rate of failure. M&A can provide companies with many benefits but in the optimism and excitement of the deal many of the challenges are often overlooked. This comprehensive collection bringing together an international team of contributors moves beyond the theory to focus on the practical elements of mergers and acquisitions. This hands-on step-by-step volume provides strategies frameworks guidelines and ample examples for managing and optimizing M&A performance including: ways to analyze different types of synergy; understanding and analyzing cultural difference along corporate and national cultural dimensions using measurement tools; using negotiation due diligence and planning to analyze the above factors; making use of this data during negotiation screening planning agreement and when deciding on post-merger integration approaches. Students researchers and managers will find this text a vital resource when it comes to understanding this key facet of the international business world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787780

Mergers and AcquisitionsA Research Overview The process of identifying and evaluating a target firm completing a deal after its negotiation and announcement and then integrating a target firm after legal combination is a multi-year process with uncertain returns to acquiring firms. Research on mergers and acquisitions (M&As) is progressing rapidly yet it remains fragmented across multiple research perspectives that largely examine different acquisition phases separately and coincide with a focus on different research variables. As a result research fragmentation means that a researcher in one area may be unaware of research from related areas that is likely relevant. This contributes to research silos with M&A research displaying different traditions starting points and assumptions. Mergers and Acquisitions: A Research Overview summarizes the frontier in M&A research and provides insights into where it can be expanded. It undertakes the needed integration and reconciliation of research in order to derive practical knowledge for managing acquisitions from beginning to end providing a summary of what is known and its implications for future research. This concise overview reconciles and integrates the state of the art in our understanding of mergers and acquisitions providing an essential first stopping point in the research journey of students and scholars working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602762

Mergers and AcquisitionsIndia under Globalisation This book provides a holistic account of developments and patterns of mergers and acquisitions that have taken place in the Indian corporate sector especially in the post-liberalisation era. It combines astute analyses with up-to-date data to present an all-inclusive picture of globalisation and its impact on business in contemporary India.This wi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176792

Mergers and AcquisitionsThe Critical Role of Stakeholders A merger or acquisition is usually a challenging endeavor with a single ultimate aim: to create value for the owner. However stakeholder theory shows how such a narrow and one-sided focus is detrimental to value-creation in general – not only for other stakeholders within and outside the organization but also for the owner. Especially in a merger or an acquisition it is evident that there are many groups and individuals who have a stake in the success or failure of a business. So far the overwhelming majority of research in the field of mergers and acquisitions has focused on the merging organizations and so researchers have mainly studied internal stakeholder groups such as employees and managers. This book shows how different stakeholders internal and external may play a critical role during a merger or an acquisition process. The book builds on empirical examples that illustrate how various stakeholders play active roles throughout the different phases and thus ultimately affect the outcome and the value formation process of the merger or the acquisition. There is still much debate on how and when to best measure the outcome of a merger or an acquisition. With its comprehensive focus on stakeholders this volume explores why some mergers and acquisitions fail while others succeed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536523

Mergers and AcquisitionsVolume III Mergers and acquisitions occur for many legitimate reasons and should be encouraged as a matter of general policy yet the resulting increase in the level of market concentration and market strength can lead to concerns that certain ’deals’ may irreparably damage the market structure and create anti-competitive effects. This volume explores the competition concerns arising out of mergers and acquisitions the reasons for merger control and the fundamental options that face all jurisdictions intent on implementing an effective merger control regime. The volume acts as a guide through the development of merger control law policy and scholarly thought and includes commentary on each of the key stages of any effective merger control regime. The articles consider the objectives of merger control and the broader political landscape within which mergers take place; the procedural issues in merger control including jurisdictional matters and due process; the different substantive legal standards incorporated into merger control; the relevant theories of harm and the appropriate treatment of efficiencies; and the use of remedies in merger control. The chosen articles mainly but not exclusively focus on the US and EU and several adopt a cross-disciplinary approach encompassing law political science and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629092

Mergers and AquisitionsPlanning and Action Thoroughly discussing the problems of uniting two independent companies (problems which are commonly underestimated) this book covers a wide range of subjects such as: laws and regulations governing mergers; consideration of financial and material resources; tax views; research and development prospects as well as the matching and augmenting of skills and equipment of both companies and the adjustments to be made to stock-holders and servicers.The issues of morale retaining trained personnel and the rearrangement of employee benefits and pensions are also examined.Check lists tabulated examples a hypothetical case history and a comprehensive bibliography made up the extensive appendices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016689

Merging Past Present and Future in Cross-cultural Psychology This compilation of conference proceedings consists of 44 separate "chapters" or selections that are spread over about ten sections. The sections deals with such topics as historical and epistemological factors cognitive and intellectual perspectives and clinical and mental health. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003077473

Merging the Instructional Design Process with Learner-Centered TheoryThe Holistic 4D Model Merging the Instructional Design Process with Learner-Centered Theory brings together the innovations of two previously divided processes — learning design strategies/theories and instructional systems development — into a new introductory textbook. Using a holistic rather than fragmented approach that includes top-level mid-level and lower-level design this book provides guidance for major topics such as non-instructional interventions just-in-time analysis rapid-prototype approaches and learner-centered project-based anytime-anywhere instruction. Informed by the authors’ considerable experience and leadership throughout dramatic shifts in today’s learning landscape this book offers the next generation of instructional designers a fresh perspective that synthesizes and pushes beyond the basics of design and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360797

Merit Aid and the Politics of Education While a substantial number of studies have evaluated the effects of merit aid programs there is a surprising lack of any systematic consideration of how states determine eligibility criteria for these scholarships. The selectivity of merit aid eligibility criteria can be as important as whether or not such programs are adopted. If for example merit aid programs have broad easily-attained initial eligibility criteria then a large proportion of high school graduates including low-income and under-represented students will gain eligibility. On the other hand if the criteria are more rigorous then a smaller proportion of students likely those already planning to attend and with the means to afford college will be eligible. Thus this innovative book - the first to deepen the descriptive and conceptual understanding of the process by which states determine merit aid scholarship criteria - is crucial to understanding merit aid's success and failures at fulfilling the promise of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542883

Merkin and Flannery on the Arbitration Act 1996 This book is an essential resource for anybody involved in arbitration. It is an updated section-by-section commentary on the Arbitration Act 1996 split into a separate set of notes for each section and subdivided into the relevant issues within that section. It contains elements of international comparative law citing authorities from many other common law and civil law jurisdictions. Beyond the development of law since the last edition this sixth edition contains new practical features to aid the reader. Each section now has a new contents table with each separate topic set out clearly and in a logical order which acts as reminder for the reader. Further each separate topic now has a specific individual reference and the topics are grouped in a more systematic and logical way within each section to improve readability. The book is primarily aimed at practitioners of arbitration both in the UK and abroad including solicitors barristers arbitrators and judges who are involved in the practice of arbitration (whether domestic or international). It is also aimed at UK and international students of international arbitration especially in relation to the sections with comparative legal analysis and comprehensive discussions on the interaction between the Arbitration Act 1996 and institutional arbitration rules. Erratum: The authors regret that the new version of the LCIA Rules will not now be published (or be applicable) until early 2020 due to unexpected circumstances. It is understood that those Articles referred to in the text as the 2019 Rules will remain unchanged albeit that the Rules when in force should be and will be cited as the 2020 LCIA Rules. The authors accept responsibility for and apologise for this error. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138826656

Merleau-Ponty Maurice Merleau-Ponty (1908-61) was one of the most important philosophers of the twentieth century. His theories of perception and the role of the body have had an enormous impact on the humanities and social sciences yet the full scope of his contribution not only to phenomenology but philosophy generally is only now being fully recognized. In this lucid and comprehensive introduction Taylor Carman explains and assesses the full range of Merleau-Ponty’s philosophy. Beginning with an overview of Merleau-Ponty’s life and work subsequent chapters cover fundamental aspects of Merleau-Ponty’s thought including his philosophy of perception and intentionality; the role of the body in perception; freedom and our relation to others; history and culture; and art particularly the paintings of Cézanne. A final chapter considers Merleau-Ponty’s importance today examining his philosophy in light of recent developments in philosophy of mind and cognitive science. This second edition makes use of the new translation of Merleau-Ponty's Phenomenology of Perception his most important work highlighting its critique of "objective thought" and the account of constrained freedom that Merleau-Ponty advanced as a foil to Sartre’s notion of radical choice. Including annotated further reading and a glossary of key terms Merleau-Ponty Second Edition is essential reading for students of phenomenology existentialism and twentieth-century philosophy. It is also ideal for anyone in the humanities and social sciences seeking an introduction to Merleau-Ponty’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689619

Merleau-Ponty for Architects The philosophy of Maurice Merleau-Ponty (1908–1961) has influenced the design work of architects as diverse as Steven Holl and Peter Zumthor as well as informing renowned schools of architectural theory notably those around Dalibor Vesely at Cambridge Kenneth Frampton David Leatherbarrow and Alberto Pérez-Gómez in North America and Juhani Pallasmaa in Finland. Merleau-Ponty suggested that the value of people’s experience of the world gained through their immediate bodily engagement with it remains greater than the value of understanding gleaned through abstract mathematical scientific or technological systems. This book summarizes what Merleau-Ponty’s philosophy has to offer specifically for architects. It locates architectural thinking in the context of his work placing it in relation to themes such as space movement materiality and creativity introduces key texts helps decode difficult terms and provides quick reference for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415480727

Merleau-Ponty in Contemporary ContextPhilosophy and Politics in the Twenty-First Century This volume presents the work of Maurice Merleau-Ponty a great philosopher and social theorist of mid-twentieth century as a viable alternative to both modernism and postmodernism. Douglas Low argues that Merleau-Ponty's philosophy offers explanations and solves problems that other philosophies grapple with but do not resolve given their respective theoretical presuppositions and assumptions.Low brings the work of Merleau-Ponty into critical contact with important thinkers including Sartre Heidegger Derrida and Marx. He highlights Merleau-Ponty's connection to the early Hegel especially with regard to the criticism of modernism's "representational consciousness" and its subsequent skepticism with regard to our being in the world. Merleau-Ponty made a concerted effort to solve the problems that come about due to a wide variety of Western dualisms: body and mind perception and conception self and other etc. He frequently does so by demonstrating the connection between these disparate terms the connection of perception with affect and interest fact with value and a broadened view of science with moral and philosophical judgment.Merleau-Ponty's unique contribution is his focus on the lived-through perceiving body and its relationship to abstract thought and language. In his detailed analysis of the work of Merleau-Ponty Low brings attention to a twentieth-century master capable of altering the landscape of modern and social philosophy in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512085

Merleau-PontyKey Concepts Having initially not had the attention of Sartre or Heidegger Merleau-Ponty's work is arguably now more widely influential than either of his two contemporaries. "Merleau-Ponty: Key Concepts" presents an accessible guide to the core ideas which structure Merleau-Ponty's thinking as well as to his influences and the value of his ideas to a wide range of disciplines. The first section of the book presents the context of Merleau-Ponty's thinking the major debates of his time particularly existentialism phenomenology the history of philosophy and the philosophy of history and society. The second section outlines his major contributions and conceptual innovations. The final section focuses upon how his work has been taken up in other fields besides philosophy notably in sociology cognitive science health studies feminism and race theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711805

Merlin and Legendary Romance An indepth work on the origins of the Merlin of Arthurian legend this book examines early texts thirteenth century romances focusing particularly on Merlin as a character rather than those where Merlin is a background cast member. The outline here starts with looking at the genre and the place of fantasy moving on to consider the attitudes towards magic and magic-users in medieval times. Main works considered are Geoffrey of Monmouth’s Historia Regum Britanniae and Vita Merlini; the Vulgate cycle Suite du Merlin; and finally Malory’s work. The author asserts that each portrays a different approach to Merlin but all are tied to history and to the Christian religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995796

MerlinA Casebook First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763653

Mermaids and the Production of Knowledge in Early Modern England We no longer ascribe the term ’mermaid’ to those we deem sexually or economically threatening; we do not ubiquitously use the mermaid’s image in political propaganda or feature her within our houses of worship; perhaps most notably we do not entertain the possibility of the mermaid’s existence. This author Tara Pedersen argues makes it difficult for contemporary scholars to consider the mermaid as a figure who wields much social significance. During the early modern period however this was not the case and Pedersen illustrates the complicated category distinctions that the mermaid inhabits and challenges in 16th-and 17th-century England. Addressing epistemological questions about embodiment and perception this study furthers research about early modern theatrical culture by focusing on under-theorized and seldom acknowledged representations of mermaids in English locations and texts. While individuals in early modern England were under pressure to conform to seemingly monolithic ideals about the natural order there were also significant challenges to this order. Pedersen uses the figure of the mermaid to rethink some of these challenges for the mermaid often appears in surprising places; she is situated at the nexus of historically specific debates about gender sexuality religion the marketplace the new science and the culture of curiosity and travel. Although these topics of inquiry are not new Pedersen argues that the mermaid provides a new lens through which to look at these subjects and also helps scholars think about the present moment methodologies of reading and many category distinctions that are important to contemporary scholarly debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880279

Mesenteric Principles of Gastrointestinal SurgeryBasic and Applied Science Mesenteric-based gastrointestinal and colorectal surgery has been practiced internationally for over a century. However it is not yet universally adopted and considerable variations exist. Such variations are explained by the historical disparity that has persisted between anatomic and surgical approaches to the intestinal mesentery. While mesenteric-based surgery is far from new it is remarkable that its anatomic basis has only recently been formally described. This means that key mesenteric principles of intestinal and colorectal surgery can now be taught conducted and developed in an entirely standardised manner. This book is composed of two parts. In this new book surgical anatomy activities and operations are carefully defined and beautifully illustrated to enable all surgeons to conduct mesenteric-based intestinal and colorectal surgery appropriately and with confidence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498711227

Meshfree MethodsMoving Beyond the Finite Element Method Second Edition Understand How to Use and Develop Meshfree TechniquesAn Update of a Groundbreaking Work Reflecting the significant advances made in the field since the publication of its predecessor Meshfree Methods: Moving Beyond the Finite Element Method Second Edition systematically covers the most widely used meshfree methods. With 70% new material this edition addresses important new developments especially on essential theoretical issues. New to the Second Edition Much more details on fundamental concepts and important theories for numerical methods Discussions on special properties of meshfree methods including stability convergence accurate efficiency and bound property More detailed discussion on error estimation and adaptive analysis using meshfree methods Developments on combined meshfree/finite element method (FEM) models Comparison studies using meshfree and FEM Drawing on the author’s own research this book provides a single-source guide to meshfree techniques and theories that can effectively handle a variety of complex engineering problems. It analyzes how the methods work explains how to use and develop the methods and explores the problems associated with meshfree methods. To access MFree2D (copyright G. R. Liu) which accompanies MESHFREE METHODS: MOVING BEYOND THE FINITE ELEMENT METHOD Second Edition (978-1-4200-8209-8) by Dr. G. R. Liu please go to the website: www.ase.uc.edu/~liugr An access code is needed to use program – to receive it please email Dr. Liu directly at: liugr@ucmail.uc.edu Dr. Liu will reply to you directly with the code and you can then proceed to use the software. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372702

Meshless Methods and Their Numerical Properties Meshless or meshfree methods which overcome many of the limitations of the finite element method have achieved significant progress in numerical computations of a wide range of engineering problems. A comprehensive introduction to meshless methods Meshless Methods and Their Numerical Properties gives complete mathematical formulations for the most important and classical methods as well as several methods recently developed by the authors. This book also offers a rigorous mathematical treatment of their numerical properties—including consistency convergence stability and adaptivity—to help you choose the method that is best suited for your needs. Get Guidance for Developing and Testing Meshless Methods Developing a broad framework to study the numerical computational characteristics of meshless methods the book presents consistency convergence stability and adaptive analyses to offer guidance for developing and testing a particular meshless method. The authors demonstrate the numerical properties by solving several differential equations which offer a clearer understanding of the concepts. They also explain the difference between the finite element and meshless methods. Explore Engineering Applications of Meshless Methods The book examines how meshless methods can be used to solve complex engineering problems with lower computational cost higher accuracy easier construction of higher-order shape functions and easier handling of large deformation and nonlinear problems. The numerical examples include engineering problems such as the CAD design of MEMS devices nonlinear fluid-structure analysis of near-bed submarine pipelines and two-dimensional multiphysics simulation of pH-sensitive hydrogels. Appendices supply useful template functions flowcharts and data structures to assist you in implementing meshless methods. Choose the Best Method for a Particular Problem Providing insight into the special features and intricacies of meshless methods this is a valuable reference for anyone developing new high-performance numerical methods or working on the modelling and simulation of practical engineering problems. It guides you in comparing and verifying meshless methods so that you can more confidently select the best method to solve a particular problem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072312

Mesoamerican Myth: A Treasury of Central American Legends Art and HistoryA Treasury of Central American Legends Art and History In order to understand the course of economic and social disintegration in the Soviet Union various questions were put to Soviet officials and economic and other policy advisors of the 1980s. This text assembles the analyses of key issues and turning points into a history of the systemic collapse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702438

Mesoporous Materials for Advanced Energy Storage and Conversion Technologies Innovation through specific and rational design and functionalization has led to the development of a wide range of mesoporous materials with varying morphologies (hexagonal cubic rod-like) structures (silicates carbons metal oxides) and unique functionalities (doping acid functionalization) that currently makes this field one of the most exciting in materials science and energy applications. This book focuses primarily on the rapid progress in their application in energy conversion and storage technologies including supercapacitor Li-ion battery fuel cells solar cells and photocatalysis (water splitting) and will serve as a valuable reference for researchers in the field Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747998

Mesopotamia Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868068

Meso-Scale Shear Physics in Earthquake and Landslide Mechanics The identification of meso-scale phenomena – occurring between microscopic and continuum length scales – has been one of the most exciting developments in rock mechanics in the last decade. Meso-scale phenomena are considered as the bridge between the two length scales in understanding shear between material interfaces as well as particulate systems and in studying material response. Examples are the initiation of seismic slip along fault planes at great depths at rates nearing shock conditions and the initiation and rapid runout of landslides near the earth’s surface. Additionally the basic physics of thermo-poro-mechanical coupling can be elucidated through a meso-scale mechanics approach as a means of understanding the loss of shearing resistance when water and heat are trapped inside almost impervious clay layers under great pressure. This book presents a collection of 21 current peer-reviewed articles on shear physics at the meso-scale in earthquake and landslide mechanics authored by leading international experts in the field. Contributions are grouped in 5 chapters discussing (1) the dynamics of frictional slip (2) fault gauge mechanics (3) experimental fault zone mechanics (4) granular shear and liquefaction and (5) landslides’ dynamics. This research area has broad applications to the fields of earth sciences and geoengineering with immediate bearing on our understanding of both earthquake and landslide mechanics two geological processes that pose great risk to man kind worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112674

Mesothelioma Mesothelioma used to be a rare disease but because of the widespread use of asbestos it has now been described as an epidemic around the world. The disease has proven exceptionally resistant to common forms of treatment (chemotherapy radiotherapy and surgery). Mesothelioma has a very aggressive natural history with a median survival of around 9 months. There has been an explosion in knowledge about mesothelioma in the past few years partly stimulated by the formation of the International Mesothelioma Interest Group network. This book represents a state-of-the-art review of the disease from laboratory through to the bedside from diagnostic procedures through to treatment and from imaging and early detection through to medico-legal aspects. It will be of interest to any clinician or scientist with any involvement in asbestos-related diseases as well as members of the legal profession and anyone with an interest in respiratory diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396374

Mesotheliomas of AnimalsA Comprehensive Tabular Compendium of the World's Literature Mesotheliomas of Animals is the first book to provide a comprehensive compilation of the diverse and often disparate literature regarding animal mesotheliomas. The compendium presents evidence to support the existence of "background" and "threshold " both of which are concepts central to the controversy surrounding nonasbestos-related mesotheliomas. Examples of "background" tumors (those which are nonasbestos-related) are described in detail and indications of "threshold" for the induction of mesotheliomas following exposure to asbestiform and nonasbestiform agents are evident from the "positive dose-response" studies that are discussed. This compendium also allows for easy comparison of tumor yields elicited in "inoculation" studies performed with the same fiber types at similar doses. These comparisons often demonstrate markedly different tumor yields and highlight the limitations of injection techniques for fiber safety assessment. Mesotheliomas of Animals will be an essential reference for industrial hygienists environmental lawyers cancer researchers and pulmonary scientists. It will be particularly useful to anyone involved with the design of fiber safety tests or with developing experimental models and protocols to assess the manner in which mesotheliomagenesis occurs. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068105

Message ProductionAdvances in Communication Theory The last two decades have seen the development of a number of models that have proven particularly important in advancing understanding of message-production processes. Now it appears that a "second generation" of theories is emerging one that reflects considerable conceptual advances over earlier models. Message Production: Advances in Communication Theory focuses on these new developments in theoretical approaches to verbal and nonverbal message production. The chapters reflect a number of characteristics and trends resident in these theories including: * the nature and source of interaction goals; * the impact of physiological factors on message behavior; * the prominence accorded conceptions of goals and planning; * attempts to apply models of intra-individual processes in illuminating inter-individual phenomena; * treatments which involve hybrid intentional/design-stance approaches; and * efforts to incorporate physiological constructs and to meld them with psychological and social terms. The processes underlying the production of verbal and nonverbal behaviors are exceedingly complex so much so that they resist the development of unified explanatory schemes. The alternative is the mosaic of emerging theories such as are represented in this book -- each approach according prominence to certain message-production phenomena while obscuring others and providing a window on some portion of the processes that give rise to those phenomena while remaining mute about other processes. The amalgam of these disparate treatments then becomes the most intellectually compelling characterization of message-production processes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810996

Message Received Message Received brings together the most recent research findings of the Glasgow Media Group. It focuses on major public issues such as the impact of fictional violence on children and media coverage of ethnic minorities the developing world and disasters. It examines media representations of mental illness and public understanding of risks about this and about other areas such as health and food safety. The Group has also studied controversies in the media such as the BSE crisis and other major events such as the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181182

MessagesAn Introduction to Communication This brief introductory textbook to the field of communication offers the advantages of Arthur Asa Berger’s informal writing style and flair for popular culture examples aimed to engage students. Designed for the basic course in communication departments Berger introduces the key theorists who shaped our concepts of communication while also describing the varied processes and settings in which communication occurs. Messages is a strong option for instructors who want a student-friendly alternative to the standard encyclopedic textbook.This text:•Contains chapters on key contemporary topics such as social media communication and identity and visual communication •Includes accessible popular cultural examples ranging from advertisements to folk tales to James Bond films all based on Berger’s years of expertise as an author and scholar in mass media and popular culture•Incorporates useful pedagogical features such as exercises quotes from key theorists and cartoons Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329001

Messerschmidt's Character HeadsMaddening Sculpture and the Writing of Art History This book examines a famous series of sculptures by the German artist Franz Xaver Messerschmidt (1736–1783) known as his "Character Heads." These are busts of human heads highly unconventional for their time representing strange often inexplicable facial expressions. Scholars have struggled to explain these works of art.  Some have said that Messerschmidt was insane while others suggested that he tried to illustrate some sort of intellectual system. Michael Yonan argues that these sculptures are simultaneously explorations of art’s power and also critiques of the aesthetic limits that would be placed on that power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138213432

Messiaen Perspectives 1: Sources and Influences Focusing on Messiaen’s relation to history - both his own and the history he engendered - the Messiaen Perspectives volumes convey the growing understanding of his deep and varied interconnections with his cultural milieux. Messiaen Perspectives 1: Sources and Influences examines the genesis sources and cultural pressures that shaped Messiaen’s music. Messiaen Perspectives 2: Techniques Influence and Reception analyses Messiaen’s compositional approach and the repercussions of his music. While each book offers a coherent collection in itself together these complementary volumes elucidate how powerfully Messiaen was embedded in his time and place and how his music resonates ever more today. Messiaen Perspectives 1: Sources and Influences presents many new primary sources including discussion of Messiaen’s birdsong cahiers sketch and archival materials for his Prix de Rome entries and war-time Portique along with performance practice insights and theological inspiration in works as diverse as Visions de l’Amen Harawi Timbres-durées and the organ Méditations. The volume places the composer within a broader historical and cultural framework than has previously been attempted ranging from specific influences to more general contexts. As a centrepiece the book includes an examination of the impact of one of the greatest influences upon Messiaen Yvonne Loriod. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245938

Messiaen Perspectives 2: Techniques Influence and Reception Focusing on Messiaen’s relation to history - both his own and the history he engendered - the Messiaen Perspectives volumes convey the growing understanding of his deep and varied interconnections with his cultural milieux. Messiaen Perspectives 1: Sources and Influences examines the genesis sources and cultural pressures that shaped Messiaen’s music. Messiaen Perspectives 2: Techniques Influence and Reception analyses Messiaen’s compositional approach and the repercussions of his music. While each book offers a coherent collection in itself together these complementary volumes elucidate how powerfully Messiaen was embedded in his time and place and how his music resonates ever more today. Messiaen Perspectives 2: Techniques Influence and Reception explores Messiaen’s imprint on recent musical life. The first part scrutinizes his compositional technique in terms of counterpoint spectralism and later piano music while the second charts ways in which Messiaen’s influence is manifest in the music and careers of Ohana Xenakis Murail and Quebecois composers. The third part includes case studies of Messiaen’s reception in Italy Spain and the USA. The volume also includes an ornithological catalogue of Messiaen’s birds collates information on the numerous ’tombeaux’ pieces he inspired and concludes with a Critical Catalogue of Messiaen’s Musical Works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269651

Messiaen the Theologian For Olivier Messiaen music was a way of expressing his faith. He considered it his good fortune to have been born a Catholic and declared that 'the illumination of the theological truths of the Catholic faith is the first aspect of my work the noblest and no doubt the most useful'. Messiaen is one of the most widely performed and recorded composers of the twentieth-century and his popularity is increasing but the theological component of his music has so far largely been neglected or dealt with superficially and continues to provide a serious impediment to understanding and appreciating his music for some of his audience. Messiaen the Theologian makes a significant contribution to Messiaen studies by providing cultural and historical context to Messiaen's theology. An international array of Messiaen scholars cover a wide variety of topics including Messiaen's personal spirituality the context of Catholicism in France in the twentieth century and comparisons between Messiaen and other artists such as Dante and T.S. Eliot. Interdisciplinary methodologies such as exegesis theological studies and analysis are used to contribute to the understanding of several major works including Éclairs sur l'au-delá... Sept Haïkaï and Saint François d'Assise. By approaching Messiaen and his music from such important and original perspectives this book will be of interest not only to musicians and theologians but also to readers interested in the connection between spirituality and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248014

Messiaen's Final Works When Olivier Messiaen (1908-1992) completed the vast opera Saint François d’Assise in 1983 he was mentally and physically exhausted and believed that this monumental work would be his final compositional statement. In fact he completed seven further works and these form the focus of the present study. Christopher Dingle suggests that following the crisis provoked by the opera Messiaen's music underwent a discernible change in style. He examines these seven works to identify characteristics of the composer's music in particular an often overlooked aspect of his technique: harmony. Part I of the book begins with a brief historical survey before discussing Saint François d’Assise as the work which defines everything that follows. Part II examines the series of miniatures that came after the opera and their links with Éclairs sur l’Au-Delà... his final masterpiece. Éclairs forms the subject of Part III of the book. Each movement is analysed in turn before the work is considered as a whole and its hidden structure and motivic cohesion is revealed. Finally Part IV considers the incomplete Concert à 4 and key stylistic features of the works of Messiaen’s final years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252721

Messiaen's Language of Mystical Love First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980983

Messiaen's Musical Techniques: The Composer's View and Beyond Despite Messiaen's position as one of the greatest technical innovators of the twentieth century his musical language has not been comprehensively defined and investigated. The composer's 1944 theoretical study The Technique of My Musical Language expounds only its initial stages and while his posthumously published Traité de rythme de couleur et d'ornithologie contains detailed explanations of selected techniques in most cases the reader is left to define these more precisely by observing them in the context of Messiaen's analyses of his own works. Technical processes are nevertheless in many cases the primary components of a work or movement. For instance personnages dominate 'Joie du sang des étoiles' from the Turangalîla-symphonie and in certain cases such as 'L'échange' from the Vingt regards sur l'Enfant-Jésus the process (asymmetric augmentation) is the only structuring element present. Given this reliance on idiosyncratic techniques clear comprehension of the music is impossible without a detailed knowledge of Messiaen's methods. Gareth Healey charts their development and interconnections considers their relationship with formal structures and applies them in refined and extended form to works for which Messiaen himself left no published analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257016

Messy Play in the Early YearsSupporting Learning through Material Engagements Combining a rich theoretical foundation with practical tips advice and case studies Messy Play in the Early Years provides an informative and practical exploration of the unique qualities characteristics and learning possibilities of messy play. Packed with valuable insights from research and theory along with practitioner’s experiences this accessible book will bolster readers’ understanding and appreciation of messy play and demonstrate how a range of material engagements can enhance young children’s development and learning. Exploring an array of resources and a broad spectrum of approaches including adult-and child-led inquiry chapters consider how the specific sensory qualities of materials encourage problem-solving scientific thinking creativity self-regulation and self-expression as children discover and make sense of new phenomena. With examples of international practice and reflective questions throughout the book highlights a variety of approaches to meeting differing time space and budgetary needs simplifies preparation and planning and empowers practitioners and children to understand and use messy play effectively. An essential guidebook to supporting an engaging and rewarding journey into messy play Messy Play in the Early Years will be an invaluable resource for early years students practitioners and parents looking to understand and enhance children’s learning possibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377146

Messy Self The Messy Self challenges the idea -- and the ideal -- of a coherent harmonious self. Taken together the essays illustrate how a flourishing self is inevitably divided ambivalent fractured messy -- and how the self triumphs through disorder. Written in accessible language by award-winning writers and scholars the book offers a diversity of perspectives on the complexities of the self. With chapters on creativity love self-understanding self-deception identity responsibility and well-being The Messy Self gives a range of voices to the ordinary and extraordinary divisions fragmentations and uncertainties that mark our everyday experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633466

Meta-analysis and Combining Information in Genetics and Genomics Novel Techniques for Analyzing and Combining Data from Modern Biological StudiesBroadens the Traditional Definition of Meta-Analysis With the diversity of data and meta-data now available there is increased interest in analyzing multiple studies beyond statistical approaches of formal meta-analysis. Covering an extensive range of quantitative information combination methods Meta-analysis and Combining Information in Genetics and Genomics looks at how to analyze multiple studies from a broad perspective. After presenting the basic ideas and tools of meta-analysis the book addresses the combination of similar data types: genotype data from genome-wide linkage scans and data derived from microarray gene expression experiments. The expert contributors show how some data combination problems can arise even within the same basic framework and offer solutions to these problems. They also discuss the combined analysis of different data types giving readers an opportunity to see data combination approaches in action across a wide variety of genome-scale investigations. As heterogeneous data sets become more common biological understanding will be significantly aided by jointly analyzing such data using fundamentally sound statistical methodology. This book provides many novel techniques for analyzing data from modern biological studies that involve multiple data sets either of the same type or multiple data sources. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138116115

Meta-Analysis in Medicine and Health Policy This remarkable text raises the analysis of data in health sciences and policy to new heights of refinement and applicability by introducing cutting-edge meta-analysis strategies while reviewing more commonly used techniques. Each chapter builds on sound principles develops methodologies to solve statistical problems and presents concrete applications used by experienced medical practitioners and health policymakers. Written by more than 30 celebrated international experts Meta-Analysis in Medicine and Health Policy employs copious examples and pictorial presentations to teach and reinforce biostatistical techniques more effectively and poses numerous open questions of medical and health policy research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398736

Meta-Analysis in Psychiatry ResearchFundamental and Advanced Methods This book introduces the latest meta-analytical methods and discusses their applications in the field of psychiatry. A comprehensive list of methods used in meta-analysis has been described in simple language and demonstrated with real-time examples. This informative volume explains the importance of meta-analysis and describes how it differs from narrative and systematic reviews. It also relates the historical development of meta-analysis and explains methods used for locating and selecting the required studies in a given domain. Suitable software is examined in detail as well. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883764

Meta-Analysis in StataAn Updated Collection from the Stata Journal Second Edition Meta-analysis allows researchers to combine the results of several studies into a unified analysis that provides an overall estimate of the effect of interest. This collection of articles from the Stata Journal and Stata Technical Bulletin will be indispensable to researchers who wish to conduct meta-analyses using Stata and learn about the full range of user-written Stata meta-analysis commands. With these articles and the associated Stata software you gain access to the statistical methods behind the rapid increase in the number of meta-analyses reported in the social and medical literature. Collectively the articles provide a detailed description of a range of meta-analytic methods. They show how to conduct and interpret meta-analyses; how to produce highly flexible graphical displays; how to use meta-regression; how to examine bias; how to conduct individual participant data meta-analysis; and how to conduct multivariate meta-analysis. This edition also contains three articles on network metaanalysis a major recent development in meta-analysis methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Stata Press 9781597181471

Meta-analysis of Binary Data Using Profile Likelihood Providing reliable information on an intervention effect meta-analysis is a powerful statistical tool for analyzing and combining results from individual studies. Meta-Analysis of Binary Data Using Profile Likelihood focuses on the analysis and modeling of a meta-analysis with individually pooled data (MAIPD). It presents a unifying approach to modeling a treatment effect in a meta-analysis of clinical trials with binary outcomes. After illustrating the meta-analytic situation of an MAIPD with several examples the authors introduce the profile likelihood model and extend it to cope with unobserved heterogeneity. They describe elements of log-linear modeling ways for finding the profile maximum likelihood estimator and alternative approaches to the profile likelihood method. The authors also discuss how to model covariate information and unobserved heterogeneity simultaneously and use the profile likelihood method to estimate odds ratios. The final chapters look at quantifying heterogeneity in an MAIPD and show how meta-analysis can be applied to the surveillance of scrapie. Containing new developments not available in the current literature along with easy-to-follow inferences and algorithms this book enables clinicians to efficiently analyze MAIPDs. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367387570

Metabolic Adaptations in Plants During Abiotic Stress Key features: Serves as a cutting-edge resource for researchers and students who are studying plant abiotic stress tolerance and crop improvement through metabolic adaptations Presents the latest trends and developments in the field of metabolic engineering and abiotic stress tolerance Addresses the adaptation of plants to climatic changes Gives special attention to emerging topics such as the role of secondary metabolites small RNA mediated regulation and signaling molecule responses to stresses Provides extensive references that serve as entry points for further research   Metabolic Adaptations in Plants during Abiotic Stress covers a topic of past present and future interest for both scientists and policy makers as the global challenge of climate change is addressed. Understanding the mechanisms of plant adaptation to environmental stresses can provide the necessary tools needed to take action to protect them and hence ourselves. This book brings together recent findings about metabolic adaptations during abiotic stress and in diverse areas of plant adaptation. It covers not only the published results but also introduces new concepts and findings to offer original views on the perspectives and challenges in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138056381

Metabolic and Endocrine Physiology This book is intended to give readers a “quick look” at metabolic and endocrine physiology. Emphasis is placed on instructional figures flow diagrams and tables while text material has been held to a minimum. In general the endocrine system is first defined and described and then each endocrine gland is discussed separately. Where appropriate common endocrine disorders have also been included. This text concisely elucidates the endocrine mechanisms responsible for maintaining homeostatic control of important physiologic variables and to assist the reader in understanding common pathophysiologic deviations from normal. Over 360 multiple-choice questions gauge the reader’s capacity to effectively understand the subject material.This new edition contains six new chapters covering: hormone disposition measurement and secretion; bovine equine and rodent estrus cycles; primate menstrual cycle; male reproductive system; testosterone estrogen and progesterone; comparative aspects of endocrinology. Learning objectives have been added at the beginning of each chapter and all of the questions are new. Media > Books > Print Books Teton NewMedia 9781591610465

Metabolic Aspects Of Lipid Nutrition In Insects This book summarizes discusses and speculates on the essential lipid nutrients required by insects. It examines various ways in which insects convert diverse food-plant sterols into the major insect tissue sterols and how the insect sterols are metabolized into the ecdysone moulting hormones. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367168995

Metabolic Effects Of Dietary Fructose It is hoped that the material presented in this book will provide the reader with a detailed description of the published research pertaining to the metabolic effects of dietary fructose will define future research needs and will stimulate interest in further research aimed at evaluating the advisability of the intake of fructose by humans. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895314

Metabolic Engineering This unique reference/text presents the basic theory and practical applications of metabolic engineering (ME). It offers systematic analysis of complex metabolic pathways and ways of employing recombinant DNA techniques to alter cell behavior metabolic patterns and product formation. Treating ME as a distinct subfield of genetic engineering the book demonstrates new means of enabling cells to produce valuable proteins polypeptides and primary and secondary metabolites.Written by more than 35 leading international experts in the field this book discusses metabolic engineering in plant and mammalian cells bacteria and yeasts and assesses metabolic engineering applications in agriculture pharmaceuticals and environmental systems. It illuminates the potential of the "cell factory" model for production of chemicals and therapeutics and examines methods for developing new antiviral and antibacterial molecules and effective gene and somatic-cell therapies. Metabolic Engineering also addresses the use of metabolic flux analysis metabolic control analysis and online metabolic flux analysis. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065425

Metabolic Medicine and Surgery The first comprehensive overview of an emerging field Metabolic Medicine and Surgery introduces a new paradigm in patient management that crosses existing subspecialty boundaries. This approach is necessitated by the challenges of treating patients with obesity metabolic syndrome cardiovascular disease and prediabetes as well as those with maldigestion malabsorption malnutrition and nutritional deficiencies. This book teaches physicians and surgeons what they need to know about clinical nutrition metabolism and the metabolic effects of bariatric surgery. It is also applicable to those in primary care including physicians residents medical students nurses and nurse practitioners physician assistants and dietitians who are on the front lines of treating patients with obesity diabetes and cardiovascular disease. The book is presented in four sections: 1. An Overview of Metabolic Medicine and Surgery; 2. Metabolic Syndrome Insulin Resistance and Obesity; 3. Diseases of Undernutrition and Absorption; 4. A Nutritional Relationship to Neurological Diseases. It contains chapters from world-renowned experts who are widely published in major medical journals. The book also benefits from the contributions of clinicians with extensive experience and perspective in the field including many who have been witness to its major developments. This book’s strength lies in the cross-specialty consensus created by the collaboration of the editors and further developed by their renowned contributors. It demonstrates how medicine surgery therapeutics and nutrition can be combined synergistically to impact patient outcomes. It crystallizes the efforts of a multitude of physicians and scientists trying to control the linked pandemics of obesity type-2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. This book helps you develop comprehensive solutions to diseases afflicting vast numbers of patients worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033887

Metabolic Regulation and Metabolic Engineering for Biofuel and Biochemical Production The global warming problem is becoming critical year by year causing climate disaster all over the world where it has been believed that the CO2 gas emitted from the factories and the burning of fossil fuels may be one of the reasons of global warming. Moreover the global stock of fossil fuels is limited and may run out soon within several tens of years. Although wind geo-thermal and tide energies have been considered as clean energy sources those depend on the land or sea locations and subject to the climate change. Biofuel and biochemical production from renewable bio-resources has thus been paid recent attention from environmental protection and energy production points of view where the current chemical and energy producing plants can be also utilized with slight modification. The so-called 1st generation biofuels have been produced from corn starch and sugarcane in particular in USA and Brazil. However this causes the problem of the so-called "food and energy issues" as the production scale increases. The 2nd generation biofuel production from lingo-cellulosic biomass or wastes has thus been paid recent attention. However it requires energy intensive pretreatment for the degradation of lingo-cellulosic biomass and the fermentation is slow due to low growth rate and thus the productivity of biofuels and bio-chemicals is low. The 3rd generation biofuel production from photosynthetic organisms such as cyanobacteria and algae has been also paid attention because such organisms can grow with only sun light and CO2 in the air but the cell growth rate and thus the productivity of the fuels is significantly low. The main part or core of such production processes is the fermentation by micro-organisms. In particular it is critical to properly understand the cell metabolism followed by the efficient metabolic engineering. The book gives comprehensive explanation of the cell metabolism and the metabolic regulation mechanisms of a variety of micro-organisms. Then the efficient metabolic engineering approaches are explained to properly design the microbial cell factories for the efficient cell growth and biofuel and biochemical production. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498768375

Metabolic Structure and RegulationA Neoclassical Approach There is a renewed interest in the fundamentals of energy metabolism yet most people base their understanding on the views of generalists expressed in elementary textbooks. New techniques that enable analysis of thousands of metabolites provide useful data but do not themselves substitute for an understanding of the fundamentals of metabolism. While classical ideas of metabolism are also valuable some earlier ideas have not withstood further investigation. This book presents a personal philosophy but rests on what is broadly accepted by metabolic biochemists over the past few decades. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367503000

Metabolic Therapies in Orthopedics Second Edition The first medical reference textbook to compile an unprecedented synthesis of evidence for regenerative orthopedics by key opinion leaders Thirty-five authors address your clinical questions What emerging technologies are right for my clinical practice? How can I strengthen my patients before their orthopedic surgery? Practically speaking how can I leverage the latest metabolic therapies to safeguard my patients from toxins medications food and chronic diseases known to adversely affect the musculoskeletal system? "Ask the Author" feature Would you like to discuss a patient with a particular author? Now you can do so at www.betterorthopedics.com. First to be second Did you notice this book is the first book in regenerative orthopedics to publish a second edition? This diverse author team leads the growing field of regenerative orthopedics and offers the broadest and in-depth approach to leveraging metabolic therapies.   This book comprises the professional opinion of its authors. It does not claim to represent guidelines recommendations or the current standard of medical care. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138039216

Metabolism of Brain Peptides Metabolism of Brain Peptides discusses neuropeptide metabolism in light of recent research. It describes the processing mechanisms in the production of biologically active peptides. It details distribution of the variety of neuropeptides in the brain and comprehensively reviews the effects of these neuropeptides on behavioral and physiological functions. The book also examines termination mechanisms for the biological activities of neuropeptides in light of recent knowledge of their distribution their receptors and their possible inactivation enzymes in various functional regions of the brain and at the blood-brain barrier. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811761

MetabolomicsPractical Guide to Design and Analysis Metabolomics is the scientific study of the chemical processes in a living system environment and nutrition. It is a relatively new omics science but the potential applications are wide including medicine personalized medicine and intervention studies food and nutrition plants agriculture and environmental science. The topics presented and discussed in this book are based on the European Molecular Biology Organization (EMBO) practical courses in metabolomics bioinformatics taught to those working in the field from masters to postgraduate students PhDs postdoctoral and early PIs. The book covers the basics and fundamentals of data acquisition and analytical technologies but the primary focus is data handling and data analysis. The mentioning and usage of a particular data analysis tool has been avoided; rather the focus is on the concepts and principles of data processing and analysis. The material has been class-tested and includes lots of examples computing and exercises. Key Features: Provides an overview of qualitative /quantitative methods in metabolomics Offers an introduction to the key concepts of metabolomics including experimental design and technology Covers data handling processing analysis data standards and sharing Contains lots of examples to illustrate the topics Includes contributions from some of the leading researchers in the field of metabolomics with extensive teaching experiences Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498725262

Metacognition Worldviews and Religious EducationA Practical Guide for Teachers Religious Education (RE) holds a unique place within the state education system. Yet the teaching of RE has often been criticised for its tendency to present simplified and stereotypical representations of religions. Bringing together the theory of metacognition with RE curriculum content this book offers a coherent and theoretically supported approach to RE and beyond that is applicable to a range of subjects and students of various age groups. Metacognition Worldviews and Religious Education seeks to support teachers in creating a new and exciting classroom approach. With a focus on putting children and teachers’ worldviews back on the RE agenda and developing awareness of these through metacognitive processes it includes • Tables frameworks and checklists to make it easy for teachers to adapt the approach to their own context • Concrete examples of how the approach can work in the classroom including case studies from teachers • Call-out boxes for teachers and others to reflect on their own practice and to consider their own beliefs and values in relation to teaching and learning Co-authored by three researchers from Exeter University and one experienced advanced skills RE primary school teacher this book explains in a jargon-free way the theories of metacognition and worldviews which underpin the creation of a unique learning environment making it an essential read for students experienced teachers researchers in RE and anyone interested in taking a thinking skills approach to pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223052

Metacognition and Cognitive NeuropsychologyMonitoring and Control Processes Control processes are those mental functions that allow us to initiate monitor and prioritize mental activities. They are crucial to normal mental functioning. A better understanding of the nature of control processes and their deficits is important for clinical work and for an adequate theory of consciousness. Previously control processes have been examined within the frameworks of two parallel but independent paradigms: those of cognitive psychology and of neuropsychology. Cognitive psychologists have stressed the theoretical and empirical nature of normal unimpaired control processes; neuropsychologists have focused on the relationships between damage to specific functional areas of the brain and deficits in specific control processes. Both have contributed extensively to our understanding of control processes. However they have tended to operate independently with little if any cross-talk between disciplines despite the potential benefits such dialogue is likely to generate. This book represents the first attempt to synthesize cognitive and neuropsychological perspectives on control processes. It contains state-of-the-art reports on various aspects of control processes by experts from both disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002821

Metacognition and Severe Adult Mental DisordersFrom Research to Treatment Many adults who experience severe mental illness also suffer from deficits in metacognition - put simply thinking about one’s own thought processes - limiting their abilities to recognize express and manage naturally occurring painful emotions and routine social problems as well as to fathom the intentions of others. This book presents an overview of the field showing how current research can inform clinical practice. An international range of expert contributors provide chapters which look at the role of metacognitive deficit in personality disorders schizophrenia and mood disorders and the implications for future psychotherapeutic treatment. Divided into three parts areas covered include: how metacognitive deficits may arise and the different forms they might take the psychopathology of metacognition in different forms of mental illness whether specific deficits in metacognition might help us understand the difficulties seen in differing forms of severe mental illness. Offering varying perspectives and including a wealth of clinical material this book will be of great interest to all mental health professionals researchers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884472

Metacognition in Language Learning and Teaching The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781351049139 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.This volume offers an exhaustive look at the latest research on metacognition in language learning and teaching. While other works have explored certain notions of metacognition in language learning and teaching this book divided into theoretical and empirical chapters looks at metacognition from a variety of perspectives including metalinguistic and multilingual awareness and language learning and teaching in L2 and L3 settings and explores a range of studies from around the world. This allows the volume to highlight a diverse set of methodological approaches including blogging screen recording software automatic translation programs language corpora classroom interventions and interviews and subsequently to demonstrate the value of metacognition research and how insights from such findings can contribute to a greater understanding of language learning and language teaching processes more generally. This innovative collection is an essential resource for students and scholars in language teaching pedagogy and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589851

Metacognition in the Primary ClassroomA practical guide to helping children understand how they learn best Current trends in education suggest that pupils should have more responsibility for their own learning but how can they if they don’t understand the what the why and the how? This practical guide explores the idea that a metacognitive approach enables pupils to develop skills for lifelong learning. If pupils can identify the what the why and the how of their learning they can begin to formulate strategies for overcoming challenges and for continuous improvement. In this book the authors truly engage with research into the link between metacognition and learning and the idea that if you can effectively articulate your thoughts and strategies regarding how you learn you might then be in a better position to take actions in order to improve and to be able to learn best. An appendix of useful resources is also included which offers a range of activities surrounding the language of learning reflection and metacognition as well essential advice on how to develop metacognition in the early years (4-8) middle years (8-10) and upper years (10-13).Metacognition in the Primary Classroom demonstrates how important it is for children to be well-enough informed to play an active role in learning better. Having the language skills to talk about your learning and the opportunity to share ideas and strategies with others enables all concerned to explore and develop approaches in order to learn better. This book is a crucial read for anyone interested in ensuring that pupils take an active role in their own learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138842366

MetacognitionA Special Issue of personality and Social Psychology Review This special issue on the psychology of knowing about knowing bridges the parallels between social and cognitive psychology. It further illustrates the benefits of pursuing in depth these connections and the phenomena and implications associated with them. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315799278

Metacognitive Approaches to Developing OracyDeveloping Speaking and Listening with Young Children The acquisition of speech and language represent significant achievements for all children. These aspects of child development have received substantial attention in the research literature and a considerable body of theoretical knowledge exists to chart progress from infancy to maturity. Cross-cultural studies have identified the common purposes served by the acquisition of oral language by children and the essential similarity in the sequence through which speech develops irrespective of geography and culture. What is less clear is precisely ‘how’ children learn to say what they mean and ‘how’ teachers and parents can support and enhance the development of meaningful speech in their children. Until now children’s speech has been underused as a means of promoting learning in the formal school setting. New requirements within the National Curriculum are trying to address this gap but there remains a lack of clarity as to what this means for practice and how it relates to the broad base of curricular objectives. This book brings together a body of work from different countries; it offers an improved understanding of how strategies for developing speaking and listening may impact metacognitive awareness and raise standards of literacy and dialogic thinking for all children. This book was previously published as a special issue of Early Child Development and Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415447669

Metacognitive Interpersonal Therapy for Personality DisordersA treatment manual Patients with personality disorders need targeted treatments which are able to deal with the specific aspects of the core pathology and to tackle the challenges they present to the treatment clinicians. Such patients however are often difficult to engage are prone to ruptures in the therapeutic alliance and have difficulty adhering to a manualized treatment. Giancarlo Dimaggio Antonella Montano Raffaele Popolo and Giampaolo Salvatore aim to change this and have developed a practical and systematic manual for the clinician using Metacognitive Interpersonal Therapy (MIT) and including detailed procedures for dealing with a range of personality disorders. The book is divided into two parts Pathology and Treatment and provides precise instructions on how to move from the basic steps of forming an alliance drafting a therapy contract and promoting self-reflections to the more advanced steps of promoting change and helping the patient move toward health and adaptation. With clinical examples summaries of therapies and excerpts of session transcripts Metacognitive Interpersonal Therapy for Personality Disorders will be welcomed by psychotherapists clinical psychologists and other mental health professionals involved in the treatment of personality disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024182

Metacognitive Interpersonal TherapyBody Imagery and Change Metacognitive Interpersonal Therapy (MIT) remains unique in providing instruments for dealing with clients with prominent emotional inhibition and suppression a population for whom treatment options are largely lacking.  This book provides clinicians with techniques to treat this population including guided imagery and re-scripting two-chairs role-play body-oriented work and interpersonal mindfulness. Metacognitive Interpersonal Therapy is aimed at increasing clients’ awareness of their inner world fostering a sense of agency over their experience and dismantling the core embodied aspects of the schemas. The techniques included also provide clients with fresh instruments to overcome pain and act creatively in their everyday life. Using an improved version of the MIT decision-making procedure the authors have provided a set of techniques aimed at modifying mental imagery body states and behaviour as well as at steering attention to avoid falling prey to rumination. The book is structured to gently push clients towards change but also to always prioritize the clients’ goals and needs. Metacognitive Interpersonal Therapy serves as an important guide for clinicians of any orientation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367039

Metacognitive MindscapesUnderstanding Secondary EFL Writing Students' Systems of Knowledge Synthesizing research on metacognition and intersecting it with studies on second and foreign language writing Sin Wang Chong puts forward a conceptual framework of metacognition and metacognitive knowledge that is employed as an analytical lens to examine junior secondary EFL students’ writing proficiencies. The exploration takes into account three facets of metacognitive knowledge namely person knowledge task knowledge and strategic knowledge. Based on data garnered from interviews open-ended questionnaires and think-aloud sessions with students the book analyzes the three types of metacognitive knowledge – theorized as a system – of junior secondary students with high average and low writing proficiencies. Discussion of the findings offers an expanded understanding of the factors that potentially affect students’ writing proficiencies which will inform the teaching of primary and secondary EFL writing teachers to be more learner-centered. The book will appeal to researchers and teachers interested in metacognition and metacognitive knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587519

Metacognitive Therapy for Anxiety and Depression This groundbreaking book explains the "whats" and "how-tos" of metacognitive therapy (MCT) an innovative form of cognitive-behavioral therapy with a growing empirical evidence base. MCT developer Adrian Wells shows that much psychological distress results from how a person responds to negative thoughts and beliefs—for example by ruminating or worrying—rather than the content of those thoughts. He presents practical techniques and specific protocols for addressing metacognitive processes to effectively treat generalized anxiety disorder obsessive–compulsive disorder posttraumatic stress disorder and major depression. Special features include reproducible treatment plans and assessment and case formulation tools plus a wealth of illustrative case material. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609184964

Metadata What is metadata and what do I need to know about it? These are two key questions for the information professional operating in the digital age as more and more information resources are available in electronic format. This is a thought-provoking introduction to metadata written by one of its leading advocates. It assesses the current theory and practice of metadata and examines key developments - including global initiatives and multilingual issues - in terms of both policy and technology. Subjects discussed include: What is metadata? definitions and concepts Retrieval environments: web; library catalogues; documents and records management; GIS; e-Learning Using metadata to enhance retrieval: pointing to content; subject retrieval; language control and indexing Information management issues: interoperability; information security; authority control; authentication and legal admissibility of evidence; records management and document lifecycle; preservation issues Application of metadata to information management: document and records management; content management systems for the internet Managing metadata: how to develop a schema Standards development: Dublin Core; UK Government metadata standards (eGIF); IFLA FRBR Model for cataloguing resources Looking forward: the semantic web; the Web Ontology Working Group. Readership: This book will be essential reading for network-oriented librarians and information workers in all sectors and for LIS students. In addition it will provide useful background reading for computer staff supporting information services. Publishers policy makers and practitioners in other curatorial traditions such as museums work or archiving will also find much of relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300525

Metadata Best Practices and GuidelinesCurrent Implementation and Future Trends Metadata best practices and guidelines function as an essential mechanism for metadata planning application and management and interoperability. There has been a rapidly growing body of digital repositories and collections; accordingly a wide range of digital projects and initiatives have adopted various metadata standards. Because of differences in the formats and knowledge domains of the resources it is inevitable that these digital projects and initiatives may have different needs regarding metadata. Therefore when a metadata standard is adopted in various institutions and organizations it may have to be modified to reflect the community needs and characteristics of given resources. The flexibility and complex structure of natural language allow for the representation of a concept in various ways. Thus common understanding and definitions of terms in a given metadata standard is essential for quality metadata generation management interoperability and resource sharing. This opens up a pressing need for a systematic examination of documentation practices an area that up to now has been relatively unexplored. This book begins to fill the research gap through an empirical assessment of metadata guidelines and best practices. This is a book published as a special issue of the Journal of Library Metadata. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798267

Metadata for Digital CollectionsA How-to-do-it Manual More and more libraries archives and museums are creating online collections of digitized resources. Where can those charged with organizing these new collections turn for guidance on the actual practice of metadata design and creation? To Metadata for Digital Collections: a how-to-do-it manual. This practical hands-on volume will make it easy for readers to acquire the knowledge and skills they need whether they use the book on the job or in a classroom. Author Steven Miller introduces readers to fundamental concepts and practices in a style accessible to beginners and LIS students as well as experienced practitioners with little metadata training. He also takes account of the widespread use of digital collection management systems such as CONTENTdm. Rather than surveying a large number of metadata schemes Miller covers only three of the schemes most commonly used in general digital resource description namely Dublin Core MODS and VRA. By limiting himself Miller is able to address the chosen schemes in greater depth. He is also able to include numerous practical examples that clarify common application issues and challenges. He provides practical guidance on applying each of the Dublin Core elements taking special care to clarify those most commonly misunderstood. The book includes a step-by-step guide on how to design and document a metadata scheme for local institutional needs and for specific digital collection projects. The text also serves well as an introduction to broader metadata topics including XML encoding mapping between different schemes metadata interoperability and record sharing OAI harvesting and the emerging environment of Linked Data and the Semantic Web explaining their relevance to current practitioners and students. Each chapter offers a set of exercises with suggestions for instructors. A companion website includes additional practical and reference resources. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047715

Metadata for Information Management and RetrievalUnderstanding metadata and its use <p class="MsoNormal">Thisnew and updated second edition of a classic text provides a thought-provokingintroduction to metadata for all library and information students andprofessionals. <o:p></p><p class="MsoNormal"><i>Metadata forInformation Management and Retrieval</i> has been fully revised by David Haynesto bring it up to date with new technology and standards. The new edition containing new chapters on Metadata Standards and Encoding Schemes assessesthe current theory and practice of metadata and examines key developments interms of both policy and technology.&#160;</p><p class="MsoNormal">Coverage includes:</p><p class="MsoNormal"><ul><li>an introduction to the concept of metadata</li></ul></p><p class="MsoNormal"><ul><li>a description of the main components of metadata systems andstandards</li></ul></p><p class="MsoNormal"><ul><li>an overview of the scope of metadata and its applications</li></ul></p><p class="MsoNormal"><ul><li>a description of typical information retrieval issues incorporate and research environments</li></ul></p><p class="MsoNormal"><ul><li>a demonstration of ways in which metadata is used to improveretrieval</li></ul></p><p class="MsoNormal"><ul><li>a look at ways in which metadata is used to manageinformation</li></ul></p><p class="MsoNormal"><ul><li>consideration of the role of metadata in informationgovernance.</li></ul></p><span style="font-size:12.0pt;font-family:"Calibri" "sans-serif";mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;mso-ansi-language:EN-GB;mso-fareast-language:EN-GB;mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">This book is essential reading for library andinformation students at undergraduate and postgraduate level and will also beuseful reading for LIS professionals looking for an accessible introduction tometadata.</span> Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301157

MetadataA Cataloger's Primer Find out what makes metadata an exciting addition to resource descriptionMetadata: A Cataloger’s Primer provides catalog librarians and students with a comprehensive instructional resource on the ongoing convergence of cataloging and metadata. Equally valuable in the classroom and as a professional reference tool this unique book serves as an introduction to the concepts of metadata within bibliographic contexts demonstrating the potential for resource description. The book introduces various metadata schemes including the Dublin Core Encoded Archival Description (EAD) and Extensive Markup Language (XML) and discusses how to plan and implement a metadata-driven digital library.Metadata: A Cataloger’s Primer is more than a mere introduction to metadata applications and management. The book’s contributors present basic operational definitions an outline of the evolution of metadata in the cataloging community and a discussion of basic metadata techniques calling on hard-earned knowledge gained from their experiences as educators working in cataloging and metadata applications. They provide work forms work plans and practical examples that demonstrate the application of metadata for resource description and depository development. Metadata: A Cataloger’s Primer examines: data structures MODAL (metadata objectives and principles domains and architectural layout) framework literary displacement knowledge domains discourse communities information ecologies personal metadata electronic resources authorship attributes cultural information resources instantiation data modeling DTD (document type definition) digital libraries and much more!Metadata: A Cataloger’s Primer is an invaluable learning resource filled with introductory and theoretical material original research and instructive material for cataloging librarians and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051238

Meta-EmotionHow Families Communicate Emotionally This book describes research on the emotional communication between parents and children and its effect on the children's emotional development. Inspired by the work and dedicated to the memory of Dr. Haim Ginott it presents the results of initial exploratory work with meta-emotion--feelings about feelings. The initial study of meta-emotion generated some theory and made it possible to propose a research agenda. Clearly replication is necessary and experiments are needed to test the path analytic models which have been developed from the authors' correlational data. The authors hope that other researchers will find these ideas interesting and stimulating and will inspire investigation in this exciting new area of a family's emotional life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203763568

Metaethical Subjectivism Metaethical subjectivism the idea that the truth or falsity of moral statements is contingent upon the attitudes or conventions of observers is often regarded as a lurid philosophical doctrine which generates much psychological resistance to its acceptance. In this accessible book Richard Double presents a vigorous defense of metaethical subjectivism arguing that the acceptance of this doctrine need have no deleterious effects upon theorizing either in normative ethics or in moral practice. Proceeding from a 'worldview' methodology Double criticizes the rival doctrine of metaethical objectivism for lacking both 'completeness' and 'soundness' argues that a defense of metaethical subjectivism requires no special semantic analysis of moral language and defends the plausibility of metaethical subjectivism as explaining key intractable disagreements in moral philosophy. Double concludes by suggesting that the acceptance of metaethical subjectivism is better for constructing theories of normative ethics and moral practice than is metaethical objectivism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263017

MetaethicsA Contemporary Introduction Metaethics: A Contemporary Introduction provides a solid foundation in metaethics for advanced undergraduates by introducing a series of puzzles that most metaethical theories address. These puzzles involve moral disagreement reference moral epistemology metaphysics and moral psychology. From there author Mark van Roojen discusses the many positions in metaethics that people will take in reaction to these puzzles. Van Roojen asks several essential questions of his readers namely: What is metaethics? Why study it? How does one discuss metaethics given its inherently controversial nature? Each chapter closes with questions both for reading comprehension and further discussion and annotated suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894425

MetaethicsAn Introduction Do moral facts exist? What would they be like if they did? What does it mean to say that a moral claim is true? What is the link between moral judgement and motivation? Can we know whether something is right and wrong? Is morality a fiction? Metaethics: An Introduction presents a very clear and engaging survey of the key concepts and positions in what has become one of the most exciting and influential fields of philosophy. Free from technicality and jargon the book covers the main ideas that have shaped metaethics from the work of G. E. Moore to the latest thinking. Written specifically for beginning students the book assumes no prior philosophical knowledge. The book highlights ways to avoid common errors offers hints and tips on learning the subject includes a glossary of core terms and provides guidance for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844652587

Meta-Ethnographic Synthesis in EducationChallenges Aims and Possibilities Calls for “deparochialization of educational research” (Lingard 2006) have directed educational ethnography from the conventional research designs and from the study of single sites and local situations to the study of “the circulation of cultural meanings objects and identities in diffuse time-spaces” (Marcus 1995: 96). In response to this call and following the already established tradition of use of meta-ethnography in health studies this volume explores the potentials of this method (Noblit & Hare 1988) to unpick the interconnectedness of different educational sites which have been and are being studied ethnographically. Besides metaethnographic analyses may also offer a credible response to the lessening of opportunities for original educational ethnographic research at times of limited resources.The volume examines the forms of translocal and transtemporal ethnographic synthesis currently in use by educational ethnographers as well as the challenges and the possibilities that the method offers. It also addresses and attempts to respond to the question if meta-ethnography might be a means to sharpen ethnographers’ sensitivity for each other’s work and achievements in the past.This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnography and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584474

Metafiction Metafiction is one of the most distinctive features of postwar fiction appearing in the work of novelists as varied as Eco Borges Martin Amis and Julian Barnes. It comprises two elements: firstly cause the increasing interpenetration of professional literary criticism and the practice of writing; and secondly effect: an emphasis on the playing with styles and forms resulting from an enhanced self-consciousness and awareness of the elusiveness of meaning and the limitations of the realist form. Dr Currie's volume examines first the two components of metafiction with practical illustrations from the work of such writers as Derrida and Foucault. A final section then provides the view of metafiction as seen by metafictional writers themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149724

Metafiction First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869164

MetafictionThe Theory and Practice of Self-Conscious Fiction Metafiction begins by surveying the state of contemporary fiction in Britain and America and explores the complex political social and economic factors which influence critical judgment of fiction. The author shows how as the novel has been eclipsed by the mass media novelists have sought to retain and regain a wide readership by drawing on the themes and preoccupations of these forms. Making use of contemporary fiction by such writers as Fowles Borges Spark Barthelme Brautigan Vonnegut and Barth and drawing on Russian Formalist theories of literary evolution the book argues that metafiction uses parody along with popular genres and non-literary forms as a way not only of exposing the inadequate and obsolescent conventions of the classic novel but of stuggesting the lines along which fiction might develop in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126473

Metagovernance for SustainabilityA Framework for Implementing the Sustainable Development Goals The 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) which were adopted by the United Nations in September 2015 are universally applicable in all 193 UN Member States and connect the big challenges of our time such as hunger and poverty climate change health in an urbanised environment sustainable energy mobility economic development and environmental degradation. Sustainability has the characteristics of a ‘wicked problem’ for which there are no one-size-fits-all solutions. This book tests the hypothesis that the implementation of sustainable development and in particular the 2015 SDGs requires tailor-made metagovernance or ‘governance of governance’. This is necessary to develop effective governance and high quality and inclusive public administration and to foster policy and institutional coherence to support implementing the SDGs. Based on the growing literature on governance and metagovernance and taking into account the specificities of societal factors such as different values and traditions in different countries the book presents a framework for the design and management of SDG implementation. It shows how hierarchical network and market governance styles can be combined and how governance failure can be prevented or dealt with. The book presents an overview of fifty ‘shades of governance’ which differ for each governance style and a sketch of a concrete method to apply sustainability metagovernance. Metagovernance for Sustainability is relevant to academic and practitioner fields across many disciplines and problem areas. It will be of particular interest to scholars students and policy-makers studying Sustainable Development Governance and Metagovernance Public Management and Capacity Building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500467

Metaharmonic Lattice Point Theory Metaharmonic Lattice Point Theory covers interrelated methods and tools of spherically oriented geomathematics and periodically reflected analytic number theory. The book establishes multi-dimensional Euler and Poisson summation formulas corresponding to elliptic operators for the adaptive determination and calculation of formulas and identities of weighted lattice point numbers in particular the non-uniform distribution of lattice points. The author explains how to obtain multi-dimensional generalizations of the Euler summation formula by interpreting classical Bernoulli polynomials as Green’s functions and linking them to Zeta and Theta functions. To generate multi-dimensional Euler summation formulas on arbitrary lattices the Helmholtz wave equation must be converted into an associated integral equation using Green’s functions as bridging tools. After doing this the weighted sums of functional values for a prescribed system of lattice points can be compared with the corresponding integral over the function. Exploring special function systems of Laplace and Helmholtz equations this book focuses on the analytic theory of numbers in Euclidean spaces based on methods and procedures of mathematical physics. It shows how these fundamental techniques are used in geomathematical research areas including gravitation magnetics and geothermal. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138382107

Metaheuristic Computation with MATLAB® Metaheuristic algorithms are considered as generic optimization tools that can solve very complex problems characterized by having very large search spaces. Metaheuristic methods reduce the effective size of the search space through the use of effective search strategies.  Book Features: Provides a unified view of the most popular metaheuristic methods currently in use Includes the necessary concepts to enable readers to implement and modify already known metaheuristic methods to solve problems Covers design aspects and implementation in MATLAB® Contains numerous examples of problems and solutions that demonstrate the power of these methods of optimization The material has been written from a teaching perspective and for this reason this book is primarily intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students of artificial intelligence metaheuristic methods and/or evolutionary computation. The objective is to bridge the gap between metaheuristic techniques and complex optimization problems that profit from the convenient properties of metaheuristic approaches. Therefore engineer practitioners who are not familiar with metaheuristic computation will appreciate that the techniques discussed are beyond simple theoretical tools since they have been adapted to solve significant problems that commonly arise in such areas. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367438869

Metal Nomads and Culture ContactThe Middle East and North Africa The fifth and fourth millennia BCE saw major cultural changes in the southern Levant and Northeast Africa: the spread of agriculture; developments in animal husbandry; increased contact between cultures; and the use of alloy bronze. 'Metal Nomads and Culture Contact' integrates archaeological data from across the Chalcolithic period to contextualise these changes. The book examines the introduction of metal to the southern Levant Egypt and Lower Nubia and the role of pastoral nomadism in cultural interaction and exchange. 'Metal Nomads and Culture Contact' will be valuable to scholars of archaeology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664326

Metal Rap and Electro in Post-Revolutionary TunisiaA Fragile Underground Metal Rap and Electro in Tunisia is a trip into the music scenes of Tunisia after the Arab Springs. Based on extensive field research the book explores the social life of heavy metal rap and electronic music in a North African country whose mass revolution of 2010/2011 led the way to a troubled and yet unique democracy. What is it like to be part of a music scene in a place affected by poverty and inequality? How do the many conflicted souls of Tunisian Islam shape local metal rap and electro? What are the social and cultural stakes for music in a nation constantly represented as a bridge between Europe and the Middle East? How do music scenes articulate the complex political scenario that followed the Tunisian revolution of 2011? Barone answers these questions by offering new theoretical reflections on youth cultures and popular music in a global perspective and thus pushing the debate on "post-subcultures" and scenes forward. At the same time the book offers a dense sociological analysis of youth and music in reality - the Tunisian one - whose society culture religion and politics are at stake in a historical transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730253

Metal and Ceramic BiomaterialsVolume I: Structure The understanding of the in vivo performance of synthetic materials is largely dependent upon a profound knowledge of the properties of the materials in question. Analogous to materials science in its broadest sense the basis for biomaterials science is formed by microstructural there. It is therefore that in this series on structure property relationships in biomaterials a substantial part is devoted to the analysis of the basic properties of the various synthetic biomaterials. In addition the effect of microstructural aspects on properties is considered at great length. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895338

Metal and Ceramic BiomaterialsVolume II: Strength and Surface The understanding of the in vivo performance of synthetic materials is largely dependent upon a profound knowledge of the properties of the materials in question. Analogous to materials science in its broadest sense the basis for biomaterials science is formed by microstructural there. It is therefore that in this series on structure property relationships in biomaterials a substantial part is devoted to the analysis of the basic properties of the various synthetic biomaterials. In addition the effect of microstructural aspects on properties is considered at great length. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895321

Metal Contaminated Aquatic Sediments Over the past decade the sediments of many rivers lakes and estuaries have been contaminated by inorganic and organic materials. Contaminants from sediments under certain conditions can be released into overlying waters. Thus sediments may be an important source of contaminants to waters in which littoral and atmospheric contaminants have been reduced or eliminated.Often found in aquatic sediments metals are exposed to many reactions such as sorption and precipitation and are greatly influenced by the redox conditions in the sediment. The reactions - usually over a period of time - reflect biotic processing as well as chemical transformations. This book describes these important processes. Metal Contaminated Aquatic Sediments outlines advances in environmental chemistry effective new modeling techniques applications for biological treatment and cycling and transport of trace metals in sedimentary environments.Each chapter contains a detailed reference section that draws upon a stunning array of sources. The book includes many figures and tables that illustrate the process under discussion.Features Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747643

Metal Cutting Mechanics Metal Cutting Mechanics outlines the fundamentals of metal cutting analysis reducing the extent of empirical approaches to the problems as well as bridging the gap between design and manufacture. The author distinguishes his work from other works through these aspects:considering the system engineering of the cutting processidentifying the singularity of the cutting process among other closely related manufacturing processes by chip formation caused by bending and shear stresses in the deformation zonesuggesting a distinctive way toward predictability of the metal cutting processdevoting special attention to experimental methodologyMetal Cutting Mechanics provides an exceptional balance between general reading and research analysis presenting industrial and academic requirements in terms of basic scientific factors as well as application potential. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400149

Metal Cutting Theory and Practice A Complete Reference Covering the Latest Technology in Metal Cutting Tools Processes and EquipmentMetal Cutting Theory and Practice Third Edition shapes the future of material removal in new and lasting ways. Centered on metallic work materials and traditional chip-forming cutting methods the book provides a physical understanding of conventional and high-speed machining processes applied to metallic work pieces and serves as a basis for effective process design and troubleshooting. This latest edition of a well-known reference highlights recent developments covers the latest research results and reflects current areas of emphasis in industrial practice. Based on the authors’ extensive automotive production experience it covers several structural changes and includes an extensive review of computer aided engineering (CAE) methods for process analysis and design. Providing updated material throughout it offers insight and understanding to engineers looking to design operate troubleshoot and improve high quality cost effective metal cutting operations.The book contains extensive up-to-date references to both scientific and trade literature and provides a description of error mapping and compensation strategies for CNC machines based on recently issued international standards and includes chapters on cutting fluids and gear machining. The authors also offer updated information on tooling grades and practices for machining compacted graphite iron nickel alloys and other hard-to-machine materials as well as a full description of minimum quantity lubrication systems tooling and processing practices. In addition updated topics include machine tool types and structures cutting tool materials and coatings cutting mechanics and temperatures process simulation and analysis and tool wear from both chemical and mechanical viewpoints. Comprised of 17 chapt Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868192

Metal Ecotoxicology Concepts and Applications This book provides an in-depth discussion of various aspects of metal ecotoxicology. State-of-the-art information and techniques in areas ranging from metal behavior in surface waters to bioaccumulation kinetics and toxicokinetics to community effects are presented in a hierarchical arrangement. Specific topics discussed include metals in abiotic components of ecosystems autecology (effects of metals relative to the individual or a single species) and metals in marine and freshwater systems in the context of synecology (species associated and interacting as a unit). This is an important book that will be useful to researchers risk assessment consultants regulatory personnel and teachers and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450465

Metal FatigueAmerican Bosch and the Demise of Metalworking in the Connecticut River Valley On February 4 1986 the lives of thousands of workers changed in ways they could only begin to imagine. On that day United Technologies Corporation ordered the closure of the 76-year-old American Bosch manufacturing plant in Springfield Massachusetts capping a nearly 32-year history of job loss and work relocation from the sprawling factory. The author a former Bosch worker and the business agent for the union representing nearly 1 200 Bosch employees when the plant closed interjects his personal recollections into the story.For more than 150 years Springfield stood at the center of a prosperous 200-mile industrial corridor along the Connecticut River between Bridgeport Connecticut and Springfield Vermont populated with hundreds of machine tool and metalworking plants and thousands of workers. This book is a historical account of the profound economic collapse of the Connecticut River Valley region with a particular focus on Bosch its workers and its union. The shutdown is placed in the context of the wider region's deindustrialization. The closure marked the watershed for large-firm metalworking and metalworking unions in the Connecticut River Valley. The book also describes how the United States in a ten-year period from the mid-1970s to the mid-1980s went from being the world's leading exporter of machine tools to its leading importer and how that sharp decline affected the region's leading city Springfield Massachusetts which by 2005 was in danger of bankruptcy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785662

Metal Ions in Biochemistry The second edition of Metal Ions in Biochemistry deals with the multidisciplinary subject of bio-inorganic chemistry encompassing the disciplines of inorganic chemistry biochemistry and medicine. The book deals with the role of metal ions in biochemistry emphasising that biochemistry is mainly the chemistry of metal-biochemical complexes. Hence the book starts with the structures of biochemicals and the identification of their metal binding sites. Thermodynamic and kinetic properties of the complexes are explained from the point of view of the nature of metal-ligand bonds. Various catalytic and structural roles of metal ions in biochemicals are discussed in detail. Features The role of Na+ and K+ in brain chemistry. The role of zinc insulin in glucose metabolism and its enhancement by vanadium and chromium compounds. Discussion of the role of zinc signals zinc fingers and cascade effect in biochemistry. Haemoglobin synthesis and the role of vitamin B12 in it. The role of lanthanides in biochemical systems. A detailed discussion of the role of non-metals in biochemistry a topic missing in most of the books on bio-inorganic chemistry. The study of bio-inorganic chemistry makes biochemists rethink the mechanistic pathways of biochemical reactions mediated by metal ions. There is a realisation of the role of metal complexes and inorganic ions as therapeutics such as iron in leukaemia thalassemia and sickle cell anaemia iodine in hypothyroidism and zinc vanadium and chromium in glucose metabolism. The most recent realisation is of the use of zinc in the prevention and treatment of COVID-19. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367622251

Metal Ions in Biological Systems Volume 43 - Biogeochemical Cycles of Elements Metal Ions in Biological Systems is devoted to increasing our understanding of the relationship between the chemistry of metals and life processes. The volumes reflect the interdisciplinary nature of bioinorganic chemistry and coordinate the efforts of researchers in the fields of biochemistry inorganic chemistry coordination chemistry environmental chemistry biophysics pharmacy and medicine. Volume 43 focuses on the vibrant research area concerning the cycling of elements metals and non-metals in biology and geology; in 10 chapters this book offers an authoritative and timely account on this fascinating subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393274

Metal Ions In Biological Systems Volume 44Biogeochemistry Availability and Transport of Metals in the Environment Volume 44 devoted solely to the vital research areas concerning the biogeochemistry of metals and their transport in the environment and availability to living systems offers 9 timely and authoritative chapters on these fascinating topics by 19 internationally recognized experts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454210

Metal Ions in Biological SystemsVolume 14: Inorganic Drugs in Deficiency and Disease This book describes drug metal-ion interactions in the gut and deals with the deficiency of zinc and iron and their pharmacological use. It covers anti-inflammatory activities of copper and gold complexes and considers the role of metal ions and chelating agents in anti-viral chemotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451950

Metal Ions in Biological SystemsVolume 15: Zinc and its Role in Biology and Nutrition This volume first considers the categories of zinc metalloenzymes together with models of the enzymic metal-ion binding sites. It covers the nutritional aspects of zinc: its absorption and excretion its influence on the activity of enzymes and hormones and the zinc deficiency syndrome. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451936

Metal Ions in Biological SystemsVolume 36: Interrelations Between Free Radicals and Metal Ions in Life Processes Continues the tradition of excellence established in previous volumes in this acclaimed series. Volume 36 focuses on the vibrant research area concerning the interrelation between free radicals and metal ions and their resulting effects on life processes; it offers an authoritative and timely account of this fascinating area of research in 21 chapters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747605

Metal Ions in Biological SystemsVolume 37: Manganese and Its Role in Biological Processes "Highlights the availability of magnesium to organisms its uptake and transport in microorganisms and plants as well as its role in health and disease of animals and humans including its toxicology." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398934

Metal Ions in Fungi Presents the latest advances in the study of the intracellular fate and transport of metal ions in fungi emphasizing the mechanisms that regulate cellular concentration. The book explains the expanding relationship between molecular genetics and inorganic biochemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449575

Metal Matrix Composites The concept of reinforcing a material by the use of a fiber is not a new one. The Egyptian brick layer employed the same principle more than three thousand years ago when straw was incorporated into the bricks. More recent examples of fiber reinforced composites are steel-reinforced concrete nylon and rayon cord reinforced tires and fiberglass reinforced plastics. In the last several years considerable progress has been made on new composite structures particularly utilizing boron (on tungsten substrate) fibers in various matrices. Many of these advances have been reviewed recently by P. M. Sinclair1 and by Alexander Shaver and Withers.2 An excellent earlier survey is available by Rauch Sutton and McCreight.3 Boron-reinforced epoxy composites are being fabricated and tested as jet engine components fuselage components and even as a complete aircraft wing because of the tremendous gain in experimentally demonstrated properties such as modulus strength and fatigue resistance particularly on a weight normalized (e.g. strength/density) basis. Other than glass/epoxy and boron/ epoxy composites and perhaps boron/aluminum the systems now under study are in the early stages of research and development. These include other boron/metal composites graphite/polymer graphite/metal graphite/graphite alumina/metal and aligned eutectic (directionally solidified) combinations. As Sinclair points out designers are wary about filamentary composites becausethere is little background information and scant experience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895345

Metal Music ManualProducing Engineering Mixing and Mastering Contemporary Heavy Music Metal Music Manual shows you the creative and technical processes involved in producing contemporary heavy music for maximum sonic impact. From pre-production to final mastered product and fundamental concepts to advanced production techniques this book contains a world of invaluable practical information. Assisted by clear discussion of critical audio principles and theory and a comprehensive array of illustrations photos and screen grabs Metal Music Manual is the essential guide to achieving professional production standards. The extensive companion website features multi-track recordings final mixes processing examples audio stems etc. so you can download the relevant content and experiment with the techniques you read about. The website also features video interviews the author conducted with the following acclaimed producers who share their expertise experience and insight into the processes involved: Fredrik Nordström (Dimmu Borgir At The Gates In Flames) Matt Hyde (Slayer Parkway Drive Children of Bodom) Ross Robinson (Slipknot Sepultura Machine Head) Logan Mader (Gojira DevilDriver Fear Factory) Andy Sneap (Megadeth Killswitch Engage Testament) Jens Bogren (Opeth Kreator Arch Enemy) Daniel Bergstrand (Meshuggah Soilwork Behemoth) Nick Raskulinecz (Mastodon Death Angel Trivium) Quotes from these interviews are featured throughout Metal Music Manual with additional contributions from: Ross "Drum Doctor" Garfield (one of the world’s top drum sound specialists with Metallica and Slipknot amongst his credits) Andrew Scheps (Black Sabbath Linkin Park Metallica) Maor Appelbaum (Sepultura Faith No More Halford)                             Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809321

Metal Oxide Nanostructures as Gas Sensing Devices Metal Oxide Nanostructures as Gas Sensing Devices explores the development of an integrated micro gas sensor that is based on advanced metal oxide nanostructures and is compatible with modern semiconductor fabrication technology. This sensor can then be used to create a compact low-power handheld device for analyzing air ambience.The book first covers current gas sensing tools and discusses the necessity for miniaturized sensors. It then focuses on the materials devices and techniques used for gas sensing applications such as resistance and capacitance variations. The author addresses the issues of sensitivity concentration and temperature dependency as well as the response and recovery times crucial for sensors. He also presents techniques for synthesizing different metal oxides particularly those with nanodimensional structures. The text goes on to highlight the gas sensing properties of many nanostructured metal oxides from aluminum and cerium to iron and titanium to zinc and zirconium. The final chapters deal with existing and future devices that are based on nanostructures.Miniaturized systems that analyze air ambience need sensors capable of identifying different gaseous species. Exploring state-of-the-art gas sensing devices this book shows how nanostructured metal oxides are ideally suited for use as gas sensing elements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381868

Metal OxidesChemistry and Applications The chemistry of metals has traditionally been more understood than that of its oxides. As catalytic applications continue to grow in a variety of disciplines Metal Oxides: Chemistry and Applications offers a timely account of transition-metal oxides (TMO) one of the most important classes of metal oxides in the context of catalysis. The first part of the book examines the crystal and electronic structure stoichiometry and composition redox properties acid-base character and cation valence states as well as new approaches to the preparation of ordered TMO with extended structure of texturally defined systems. The second part compiles some practical aspects of TMO applications in materials science chemical sensing analytical chemistry solid-state chemistry microelectronics nanotechnology environmental decontamination and fuel cells. The book examines many types of reactions - such as dehydration reduction selective oxidations olefin metathesis VOC removal photo- and electrocatalysis and water splitting - to elucidate how chemical composition and optical magnetic and structural properties of oxides affect their surface reactivity in catalysis.Drawing insight from leading international experts Metal Oxides: Chemistry and Applications is a comprehensive and interdisciplinary reference for researchers that may also be used by newcomers as a guide to the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392222

Metal Recovery from Electronic Waste: Biological Versus Chemical Leaching for Recovery of Copper and Gold Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) generation is a global problem. Despite the growing awareness and deterring legislation most of the WEEE is disposed improperly i.e. landfilled or otherwise shipped overseas and treated in sub-standard conditions. Informal recycling of WEEE has catastrophic effects on humans and the environment. WEEE contains considerable quantities of valuable metals such as base metals precious metals and rare earth elements (REE). Metal recovery from WEEE is conventionally carried out by pyrometallurgical and hydrometallurgical methods. In this PhD research novel metal recovery technologies from WEEE are investigated. Using acidophilic and cyanide-generating bacteria copper and gold were removed from crushed electronic waste with removal efficiencies of 98.4 and 44.0% respectively. The leached metals in solution were recovered using sulfidic precipitation and electrowinning separation techniques. Finally a techno-economic assessment of the technology was studied. This research addresses the knowledge gap on two metal extraction approaches namely chemical and biological from a secondary source of metals. The essential parameters of the selective metal recovery processes scale-up potential techno-economic and sustainability assessment have been studied. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367087050

Metal Recovery from Industrial Waste This book is offered as a practical primer on the hydrometallurgy of nonferrous metal reclamation from industrial wastes as well as a brief discussion of pyrometallurgy biological and other separation processes. The objectives are to acquaint nontechnical readers with the subject as well as providing a detailed survey of current research and industrial practice to technical readers concerned with the management of industrial waste. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895352

Metal Removal and Recovery from Mining Wastewater and E-waste Leachate Metal contamination in the environment is a persisting global issue. The metal reservoirs in the earth have declined due to society’s needs and due to uncontrolled mining activities. Therefore the idea to recover metals from waste streams has emerged. In this thesis cost competitive technologies such as adsorption using agro-wastes and precipitation using an inverse fluidized bed (IFB) reactor were investigated with special emphasis on the recovery of base metals. Groundnut shell showed good potential for metal (Cu Pb and Zn) removal. From artificial neural network modeling the performance of the sulfate reducing bacteria (SRB) was found to be strongly pH dependent; the removal efficiency of Cu and Zn in the IFB at pH 5.0 was >97%. Electronic waste is a good candidate as secondary metal resource. The recovery of Cu from computer printed circuited boards (PCBs) using biogenic sulfide precipitation was investigated as well. Using this technology Cu could be recovered at ~0.48 g Cu/g PCBs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029491

Metal Toxicology Handbook Heavy metals and metalloids singly or in combination induce toxic manifestations either through acute or chronic pathology. In particular long-term chronic exposure to diverse heavy metals and metalloids to humans and animals can lead to numerous physical muscular neurological nephrological and diverse degenerative diseases and dysfunctions including multiple sclerosis muscular dystrophy Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s diseases cardiovascular disorders and several others. Recognized heavy metals such as lead mercury arsenic cadmium thallium and hexavalent chromium are known for enormous toxicity. The immediate vital signs of acute heavy metal exposure include nausea vomiting diarrhea and acute abdominal pain. Mercury has been identified as the most toxic heavy metal and mercury poisoning is known as acrodynia or pink disease. Similarly lead another toxic heavy metal was at one time an integral part of painting. Metal Toxicology Handbook further explains and discusses the varying attributes of metals discussing toxicity safety and proper human utilization of metals. Beginning with a broad overview of metals metalloids redox biology and neurodegeneration and going further into the roles benefits and toxicity of metals with each section the text contains 28 chapters from eminent researchers and scientists in their respective fields and is a must-have for anyone researching the potential toxicity in metals. Key Features Discusses the pathology of metal toxicity Highlights the benefits of metals Explains the mechanism and salient features of restoring metabolic homeostasis Highlights dose-dependent beneficial and adverse effects of vanadium safety and toxicity The initial introductory section provides a broad overview of metals metalloids redox biology and neurodegeneration. The second section discusses the pathology of metal toxicity in two chapters while the third section highlights the mechanism and salient features of restoring metabolic homeostasis in two chapters. The fourth section demonstrates the aspect of radionuclides toxicity. In a change of pace the fifth section discusses the benefits of metals in four chapters. The sixth section titled "Toxic Manifestations by Diverse Heavy Metals and Metalloids " provides fourteen chapters that discuss the toxicological mechanism and manifestation of individual metals. The editors have crafted a commentary titled "A Treatise on Metal Toxicity" and summarized a vivid scenario of metal toxicity and its consequences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138345249

Metal-Air and Metal-Sulfur BatteriesFundamentals and Applications Metal–air and metal–sulfur batteries (MABs/MSBs) represent one of the most efficient-energy storage technologies with high round trip efficiency a long life cycle fast response at peak demand/supply of electricity and decreased weight due to the use of atmospheric oxygen as one of the main reactants. This book presents an overview of the main MABs/MSBs from fundamentals to applications. Recent technological trends in their development are reviewed. It also offers a detailed analysis of these batteries at the material component and system levels allowing the reader to evaluate the different approaches of their integration. The book provides a systematic overview of the components design and integration and discusses current technologies achievements and challenges as well as future directions. Each chapter focuses on a particular battery type including zinc–air batteries lithium–air batteries aluminum–air batteries magnesium–air batteries lithium–sulfur batteries and vanadium–air redox flow batteries and metal–sulfur batteries. Features the most recent advances made in metal–air/metal–sulfur batteries.Describes cutting-edge materials and technology for metal–air/metal–sulfur batteries.Includes both fundamentals and applications which can be used to guide and promote materials as well as technology development for metal–air/metal–sulfur batteries.Provides a systematic overview of the components design and integration and discusses current technologies achievements and challenges as well as future directions.Covers a variety of battery types in depth such as zinc–air batteries lithium–air batteries aluminum–air batteries magnesium–air batteries lithium–sulfur batteries vanadium–air redox flow batteries and metal–sulfur batteries.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870850

Metal-Catalyzed PolymerizationFundamentals to Applications The proposed book focusses on metal mediated/catalyzed “controlled/living radical polymerization” (CRP/LRP) methods. It surveys a wide variety of catalyzed polymerization reactions making it essentially a “one stop” review in the field. A significant contribution to polymer science is “metathesis polymerization” discovered by Grubbs and others. The book will cover various metathesis polymerization methods and implications in polymer industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573140

MetalheadsHeavy Metal Music And Adolescent Alienation Heavy metal is a violent head-bashing music complete in its live performances with its own arena of rage and celebration the mosh pit. It is a music in the red corner of society loud angry and to a well-tuned ear practically intolerable. And yet the art form radiates a message about American adolescents well worth examining and comprehend Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316846

Metal-Induced CrystallizationFundamentals and Applications Crystalline semiconductors in the form of thin films are crucial materials for many modern advanced technologies in fields such as microelectronics optoelectronics display technology and photovoltaic technology. Crystalline semiconductors can be produced at surprisingly low temperatures (as low as 120 ËšC) by crystallization of amorphous semiconductors which are put in contact with a metal. This so-called metal-induced crystallization process has attracted great scientific and technological interest because it allows the production of crystalline semiconductor-based advanced devices at very low temperatures for example directly on low-cost (but often heat-sensitive) substrates. This book provides the first comprehensive and in-depth overview of the current fundamental understanding of the metal-induced crystallization process and further elucidates how to employ this process in different technologies for example in thin-film solar cells and display technologies. It aims to give the reader a comprehensive perspective of the metal-induced crystallization process and thereby stimulate the development of novel crystalline semiconductor-based technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463409

Metalinguistic Awareness and Second Language Acquisition Metalinguistic Awareness and Second Language Acquisition is the first book to present an in-depth overview of metalinguistic awareness as it relates to SLA. In this volume Roehr-Brackin discusses metalinguistic awareness in the context of both child and adult language learning and outlines the various methods that can be used to measure metalinguistic awareness. The author presents different approaches to metalinguistic awareness including a cognitive-developmental perspective that explains how the concept relates to literacy and an applied linguistics perspective that understands metalinguistic awareness as explicit or conscious knowledge about language. Roehr-Brackin explores the role of metalinguistic awareness in language education aimed at young learners as well as in instructed adult SLA. This book is an excellent resource for those researching or taking courses in second language acquisition bi- and multilingualism and language teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958876

Metaliteracy in Practice Editors Trudi E. Jacobson and Thomas P. Mackey respected leaders in distance education and library instruction reframed information literacy in their acclaimed previous book Metaliteracy: Reinventing information literacy to empower learners which provided an inclusive framework that encompasses all the newer literacies such as digital visual cyber and media literacy. Metaliteracy in Practice follows on from this book placing its concepts firmly in real-world practice and delivering a compilation of innovative and practical teaching ideas from some of the leading thinkers in library and information literacy instruction today. Each chapter takes readers through the process of using the metaliteracy framework in new and exciting ways that easily transfer to the classroom and to work with students. These ideas are grounded in teaching traditional information literacy competencies but brought up-to-date with the addition of methods for teaching and learning about metacognition information creation and participation in learning communities. The case studies contained in this collection detail the hows and whys of curricular design for metaliteracy suitable for both beginners and seasoned professionals. Readers will also benefit from the book’s practical ideas for: • teaching students about the importance of format choice• assessing user feedback• creating information as teachers• evaluating dynamic content critically and effectively• sharing information in collaborative environments. The collection has some of the most innovative teaching ideas for inspiring librarians and educators to revise lessons on critical thinking and information literacy so that their students will graduate with the ability to formulate and ask their own questions. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300938

MetaliteracyReinventing information literacy to empower learners This new book presents a comprehensive structure for information literacy theory that will help your students grasp an understanding of the critical thinking and reflection required to engage in technology spaces as savvy producers collaborators and sharers. Today's learners communicate create and share information using a range of information technologies such as social media blogs microblogs wikis mobile devices and apps virtual worlds and MOOCs. In their new book respected information literacy experts Mackey and Jacobson present a comprehensive structure for information literacy theory that builds on decades of practice while recognizing the knowledge required for an expansive and interactive information environment. The concept of metaliteracy expands the scope of traditional information skills (determine access locate understand produce and use information) to include the collaborative production and sharing of information in participatory digital environments (collaborate produce and share) prevalent in today’s world. Combining theory and case studies the authors: show why media literacy visual literacy digital literacy and a host of other specific literacies are critical for informed citizens in the 21st century; offer a framework for engaging in today's information environments as active self-reflective and critical contributors to these collaborative spaces; and connect metaliteracy to such topics as metadata the semantic web metacognition open education distance learning and digital storytelling. Readership: Any librarian involved in teaching information literacy LIS students academics and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300129

Metallic Glass-Based NanocompositesMolecular Dynamics Study of Properties Metallic Glass-Based Nanocomposites: Molecular Dynamics Study of Properties provides readers with an overview of the most commonly used tools for MD simulation of metallic glass composites and provides all the basic steps necessary for simulating any material on Materials Studio. After reading this book readers will be able to model their own problems on this tool for predicting the properties of metallic glass composites. This book provides an introduction to metallic glasses with definitions and classifications provides detailed explanations of various types of composites reinforcements and matrices and explores the basic mechanisms of reinforcement-MG interaction during mechanical loading. It explains various models for calculating the thermal conductivity of metallic glass composites and provides examples of molecular dynamics simulations. Aimed at students and researchers this book caters to the needs of those working in the field of molecular dynamics (MD) simulation of metallic glass composites. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367076702

Metallic MaterialsPhysical Mechanical and Corrosion Properties Metallic Materials compares and contrasts the corrosion resistance of wrought stainless steel and high nickel alloys and explores recent advances in the production of exotic metals. It emphasizes the physical and mechanical properties corrosion resistance workability and cost of various metals. The authors analyze the physical and mechanical properties of metals define relevant terminology describe the various forms of corrosion to which metals may be susceptible examine wrought ferrous metals alloys and typical applications and cover wrought nickel and high nickel alloys. This is a handy reference for the busy engineer and student in corrosion materials chemical mechanical civil design process metallurgical manufacturing and industrial engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446888

Metallic Mineral ExplorationAn Economic Analysis How has exploration for minerals evolved in recent years? Is it as productive an activity as it once was? Why have changes occurred? Roderick G. Eggert explores these and other questions about the complex set of circumstances surrounding metallic mineral exploration. Originally published in 1987 Eggert documents trends in the level and the distribution of expenditures by mining companies for metallic mineral exploration and examines a number of factors that may be responsible for these trends. This significant study serves as a handy introduction to the subject for students interested in environmental studies natural resources and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950788

Metallic Spintronic Devices Metallic Spintronic Devices provides a balanced view of the present state of the art of metallic spintronic devices addressing both mainstream and emerging applications from magnetic tunneling junction sensors and spin torque oscillators to spin torque memory and logic. Featuring contributions from well-known and respected industrial and academic experts this cutting-edge work not only presents the latest research and developments but also: Describes spintronic applications in current and future magnetic recording devices Discusses spin-transfer torque magnetoresistive random-access memory (STT-MRAM) device architectures and modeling Explores prospects of STT-MRAM scaling such as detailed multilevel cell structure analysis Investigates spintronic device write and read optimization in light of spintronic memristive effects Considers spintronic research directions based on yttrium iron garnet thin films including spin pumping magnetic proximity spin hall and spin Seebeck effects Proposes unique solutions for low-power spintronic device applications where memory is closely integrated with logic Metallic Spintronic Devices aims to equip anyone who is serious about metallic spintronic devices with up-to-date design modeling and processing knowledge. It can be used either by an expert in the field or a graduate student in course curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072329

Metallic SystemsA Quantum Chemist's Perspective Metallic systems are ubiquitous in daily life. They play key roles for example in the chemistry of many biomolecules ionic solutions nanoparticles and catalytic processes. They may be in solid liquid or gaseous form. The interactions of other molecules with metal surfaces are of considerable importance. Each of these topics is addressed in Metallic Systems. As we have entered the age where theoretical approaches are sufficiently mature to complement and guide experiments in many areas an understanding of the theoretical tools and approaches to studying metallic systems is essential. Metallic Systems is concerned with enhancing our understanding of the diverse chemistry of metals and metal-containing systems and the applicability of modern quantum chemistry methodologies to study them. Metallic Systems presents brief overviews of most of the popular approaches to quantum chemical treatments and computations of chemical systems that include metals. Attention is given to the potentialities and limitations of first principles Density Functional Theory and dynamics methods (e.g. QM/MM approaches). The book emphasizes the importance of using methods that take into account crucial physical features such as explicit solvation temperature and dynamics of metal-containing systems. It emphasizes first principles calculations in providing reliable and detailed information concerning electronic structures mechanisms and reaction energetics. Accessible to newcomers to the field Metallic Systems overviews theory underpinning current methodologies. It presents a practical set of modalities for studying metallic systems assesses current technological barriers and examines future challenges and topics of exploration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112094

Metallized Plastics 7: Fundamental and Applied Aspects This volume documents the proceedings of the 7th Symposium on Metallized Plastics: Fundamental and Applied Aspects held in Newark New Jersey December 2-3 1999. This volume contains a total of 16 papers which were all rigorously peer reviewed and suitably revised before inclusion. The book is divided into two parts: Metallization Techniques and Properties of Metal Deposits and Interfacial and Adhesion Aspects. The topics covered include: various metallization techniques for a variety of plastics including some novel developments involving suitable plastic pretreatments; modification of polymers by plasma and ion-assisted reactions; metal doped plasma polymer films; metal-polyimide nanocomposite films; investigation of metal/polymer interactions by a variety of techniques; ways to improve adhesion of metal/polymer systems; modeling of metal/polymer interfaces; application of surface analytical techniques in the arena of metallized plastics; and ultrathin films on metal surfaces. This volume offers a wealth of information and represents current commentary on the R&D activity taking place in the technologically highly important field of metallized plastics and is of value and interest to anyone interested in the fundamental or applied aspects of metallized plastics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429070471

MetalloproteinsTheory Calculations and Experiments Numerous essential biological functions involve metalloproteins; therefore understanding metalloproteins and how to manipulate them is significant in the biological and medical fields. An examination of current research Metalloproteins: Theory Calculations and Experiments explores the interplay between theory and experiment detailing the role of theoretical modeling in the field and explaining how it aids experiments. The text also presents the current state of computational protein modeling enabling researchers to adopt computation as an integral component of their studies. This book addresses two different aspects on metalloproteins in unison. It reviews the development of theoretical and computational methods for metalloprotein simulation with specific examples. The authors also present some of the most intriguing and important experimental results on metalloprotein systems. Although a connection can be made between these two aspects of the research the authors do not do so explicitly. Rather they provide the platform required to ignite further collaboration between experimentalists and theoreticians. A collection of works from top researchers in this field the text presents diverse subjects that comprehensively reflect the current state of metalloprotein research. With these advances in structural information theory and computation are starting to play a more significant role particularly in identifying the reaction mechanism. The book summarizes some of the recent progress in both experiments and theory/computation showing the synergy that is now developing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894389

Metallurgical Design of Flat Rolled Steels This book outlines the basic principles of metallurgical design of flat rolled steels to obtain flat steel products with required metallurgical and mechanical properties. These principles establish the requirements for steel chemical composition and the process parameters including steelmaking reheating hot rolling annealing and cold rolling. Metallurgical Design of Flat Rolled Steels reviews the current theories and experimental works conducted in this area and gives a comparative analysis of the obtained results in application to a large variety of steels produced around the world. This guide presents essential material in a fashion that permits rapid application to practical problems while providing the structure and understanding necessary for long-term growth. It first explains how the components fit and work together to make a successful experimental design then analyzes each component in detail presenting the various approaches in the form of menus of different strategies and options. Then the text illustrates equations developed by various researchers and compares them in both table and graphic forms. Written in a clear and concise manner the material is presented using a modular or "building block" approach so readers get to see how the entire structure fits together and learn the essential techniques and terminology necessary to develop more complex designs and analyses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393540

Metallurgy for Physicists and EngineersFundamentals Applications and Calculations Relating theory with practice to provide a holistic understanding of the subject and enable critical thinking this book covers fundamentals of physical metallurgy materials science microstructural development ferrous and nonferrous alloys mechanical metallurgy fracture mechanics thermal processing surface engineering and applications. This textbook covers principles applications and 200 worked examples/calculations along with 70 MCQs with answers. These attractive features render this volume suitable for recommendation as a textbook of physical metallurgy for undergraduate as well as Master level programs in Metallurgy Physics Materials Science and Mechanical Engineering. The text offers in-depth treatment of design against failure to help readers develop the skill of designing materials and components against failure. The book also includes design problems on corrosion prevention and heat treatments for aerospace and automotive applications. Important materials properties data are provided wherever applicable. Aimed at engineering students and practicing engineers this text provides readers with a deep understanding of the basics and a practical view of the discipline of metallurgy/materials technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367198381

Metallurgy1863-1963 The world's output of metals during the 100 year period of 1863-1963 was greater than in all the previous years of man's history. In the nineteenth century the only metals available to industry were cast and wrought iron and a few non-ferrous metals and their alloys; by the latter part of the twentieth century steel and aluminum dominated the world and metals that were mere laboratory curiosities provided the basis for the technology of nuclear energy and space travel. This book records the extraordinary history of metallurgical progress in which metal art was replaced by metal science. It remains a classic work on the subject. The book begins with an introductory chapter that surveys the entire field to be covered and follows with eight chapters each dealing with progress in one of the major branches of the metallurgical industry: ore dressing pyrometallurgy iron and steel the major non-ferrous metals new metals (such as uranium germanium and cobalt) precious metals the shaping of metals and metallography. The book reviews developments in all countries but American practice - which led the world - is given special prominence. A glossary of metallurgical terms and full name and subject indexes are included. The book is a basic reference work as well as an absorbing history of an important aspect of man's technological progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527997

Metal-Organic Framework NanocompositesFrom Design to Application Metal-Organic Framework Nanocomposites: From Design to Application assembles the latest advances in MOF nanocomposites emphasizing their design characterization manufacturing and application and offering a wide-ranging view of these materials with exceptional physical and chemical properties. FEATURES Discusses various types of MOF materials such as polyaniline MOF nanocomposites magnetic MOF nanocomposites and carbon nanotube-based MOF nanocomposites Includes chapters on the usage of these materials in pollutant removal electrochemical devices photocatalysts biomedical applications and other applications Covers different aspects of composite fabrication from energy storage and catalysts including preparation design and characterization techniques Emphasizes the latest technology in the field of manufacturing and design Aimed at researchers academics and advanced students in materials science and engineering this book offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of these extraordinary materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367357832

Metal-Organic FrameworksMaterials Modeling towards Engineering Applications Metal-organic frameworks (MOFs) have emerged as a new family of nanoporous materials. With an enormous choice of inorganic/organic building blocks MOFs possess a wide range of surface area pore size and functionality and thus have been considered versatile materials for many potential applications. This book presents a broad collection of recent modeling studies in the field of MOFs toward potential engineering applications such as gas storage/separation carbon capture catalysis water purification and drug delivery. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613453

Metals and Non-metalsFive-membered N-heterocycle Synthesis Design of new processes that avoid the use of toxic reagents has been the focus of intense research of late. Catalysis by metals and non-metals offers diverse opportunities for the development of new organic reactions with promising range of selectivities—chemoselectivity regioselectivity diastereoselectivity and enantioselectivity. Furthermore these transformations frequently occur under mild conditions tolerate a broad array of functional groups and proceed with high stereoselectivity. The area of catalysis is sometimes referred to as a ‘foundational pillar’ of green chemistry. Catalytic reactions often reduce energy requirements and decrease separations because of increased selectivity; they are also capable of permitting the use of renewable feedstocks of less toxic reagents or minimizing the quantities of reagents needed. New catalytic organic synthesis methodologies have thus offered several possibilities for considerable improvement in the eco-compatibility of fine chemical production. Hence these catalytic methodologies have emerged as powerful tools for the efficient and chemoselective synthesis of heterocyclic molecules. Key Features: Presents the synthesis of different five-membered heterocycles. Contains the most up-to-date information in this fast-moving field. Covers novel catalytic approaches used in the study and application of catalysts in synthetic organic reactions. Presents new methodologies for the synthesis of heterocycles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367321574

Metals in Groundwater Metal contamination of groundwater results from many human activities including agriculture mining and the disposal of municipal waste and fly ash. Metals in Groundwater describes the transport of metals to groundwater from these and other sources. It also covers risk assessment of metals in groundwater coupling of chemicals and hydrological models and sorption of metals onto soils and clays. The speciation of metals is examined in detail. The book will interest researchers in environmental quality mining and agriculture; consultants; industry professionals; and personnel within regulatory agencies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449810

Metals Ions in Biological SystemVolume 39: Molybdenum and Tungsten: Their Roles in Biological Processes: Volume 39: Molybdenum and Tungsten: Their Roles in Biological Processes is devoted soley to the vital research area on molybdenum and tungsten and their role in biology. It offers a comprehensive and timely account of this fascinating topic by 40 distinguished international authorities. Topics include: transport homeostasis regulation and binding of molybdate and tungstate to proteins crystallographic characterization coordination of complexes and biosynthesis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396299

Metalworking Fluids This revised and expanded Third Edition contains 21 chapters summarizing the latest thinking on various technologies relating to metalworking fluid development laboratory evaluation metallurgy industrial application fluid maintenance recycling waste treatment health government regulations and cost/benefit analysis. All chapters of this uniquely comprehensive reference have been thoroughly updated and two new chapters on rolling of metal flat sheets and nanoparticle lubricants in metalworking have been added. This must-have book for anyone in the field of metalworking includes new information on chemistries of the most common types of metalworking fluids advances in recycling of metalworking fluids and the latest government regulations including EPA standards the Globally Harmonized System being implemented for safety data sheets and REACH legislation in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498722223

Metamaterials Modelling and Design The domain of metamaterials now covers many area of physics: electromagnetics acoustics mechanics thermics or even seismology. Huge literature is now available on the subject but the results are scattered. Although many ideas and possible applications have been proposed which of these will emerge as a viable technology will only unfold with time. This book covers the fundamental science behind metamaterials from the physical mathematical and numerical points of view focusing mainly on methods. It concentrates on electromagnetic waves but would also be useful in studying other types of metamaterials. It presents the structure of Maxwell equations discusses the homogenization theory in detail and includes important problems on resonance. It has an entire section devoted to numerical methods (finite elements Fourier modal methods scattering theory) which aims to motivate a reader to implement them. The book is not written as a collection of independent chapters but as a textbook with a strong pedagogical flavor. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316125

MetamaterialsBeyond Crystals Noncrystals and Quasicrystals Metamaterials: Beyond Crystals Noncrystals and Quasicrystals is a comprehensive and updated research monograph that focuses on recent advances in metamaterials based on the effective medium theory in microwave frequencies. Most of these procedures were conducted in the State Key Laboratory of Millimeter Waves Southeast University China.The book conveys the essential concept of metamaterials from the microcosmic structure to the macroscopic electromagnetic properties and helps readers quickly obtain needed skills in creating new devices at microwave frequencies using metamaterials. The authors present the latest progress on metamaterials and transformation optics and provide abundant examples of metamaterial-based devices accompanied with detailed procedures to simulate fabricate and measure them.Comprised of ten chapters the book comprehensively covers both the fundamentals and the applications of metamaterials. Along with an introduction to the subject the first three chapters discuss effective medium theory and artificial particles. The next three chapters cover homogeneous metamaterials (super crystals) random metamaterials (super noncrystals) and inhomogeneous metamaterials (super quasicrystals). The final four chapters examine gradient-index inhomogeneous metamaterials nearly isotropic inhomogeneous metamaterials and anisotropic inhomogeneous metamaterials after which the authors provide their conclusions and closing remarks. The book is completely self-contained making it easy to follow. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574741

Metametaphysics and the SciencesHistorical and Philosophical Perspectives  This collection addresses metaphysical issues at the intersection between philosophy and science. A unique feature is the way in which it is guided both by history of philosophy by interaction between philosophy and science and by methodological awareness. In asking how metaphysics is possible in an age of science the contributors draw on philosophical tools provided by three great thinkers who were fully conversant with and actively engaged with the sciences of their day: Kant Husserl and Frege. Part I sets out frameworks for scientifically informed metaphysics in accordance with the meta-metaphysics outlined by these three self-reflective philosophers. Part II explores the domain for co-existent metaphysics and science. Constraints on ambitious critical metaphysics are laid down in close consideration of logic meta-theory and specific conditions for science. Part III exemplifies the role of language and science in contemporary metaphysics. Quine’s pursuit of truth is analysed; Cantor’s absolute infinitude is reconstrued in modal terms; and sense is made of Weyl’s take on the relationship between mathematics and empirical aspects of physics. With chapters by leading scholars Metametaphysics and the Sciences is an in-depth resource for researchers and advanced students working within metaphysics philosophy of science and the history of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263690

Metamodeling for Variable Annuities This book is devoted to the mathematical methods of metamodeling that can be used to speed up the valuation of large portfolios of variable annuities. It is suitable for advanced undergraduate students graduate students and practitioners. It is the goal of this book to describe the computational problems and present the metamodeling approaches in a way that can be accessible to advanced undergraduate students and practitioners. To that end the book will not only describe the theory of these mathematical approaches but also present the implementations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780815348580

Metamorphosis in Fish This book gathers current data on the two types of fish metamorphoses and their endocrine controls. It will be of interest for fish biologists as well as comparative physiologists and endocrinologists. Metamorphosis is a major developmental phase characterized by morphological and physiological changes. It prepares organisms for a drastic shift in habitat and behavior. Among vertebrates besides the well-known larval metamorphosis in amphibians two types of metamorphosis are also described in the life cycle of some fish species. Larval metamorphosis also called first metamorphosis or true metamorphosis is encountered in lampreys representative species of basal vertebrates as well as in some teleost groups elopomorphs and pleuronectiforms and possibly also in some other teleost species. Secondary metamorphosis occurs in juveniles of some diadromic migratory teleosts such as salmons and eels and compared to larval metamorphosis involves less drastic morphological changes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087136

Metamorphosis of the CassowariesUmeda Society Language and Ritual Volume 51 In this substantial book Gell guides the reader systematically through an analysis of the social structure language and ritual of the Umedia-Punda connubium of the West Sepik district. One of the central areas explored is the ida fertitility ritual and the decipherment and the unravelling of symbolic relationships between words of similar construction. One one side is the anaylsis on the temporal sequence of events (or ritual roles) metamorphosing the casswary (nature) into the 'new man' (culture) and the on other side the associated 'harmonic levels' which allude to body painting choreography and social status. His approach substantiates the view that the ritual is not so much about the establishing of linear causality in the relationship between a society and its environment but with the 'an act of poetic legislation over the course of nature'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136194

Metamorphosis Transylvaniae First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315831695

MetamorphosisOn the Conflict of Human Development and the Development of Creativity First published in 1959 Metamorphosis remains one of the great works of developmental psychology of the past century. From his thoughtful meditation on the assumptions of classical Freudian psychoanalysis among them the pleasure and reality principles the relations of drive and affect and the nature and causes of infantile amnesia Schachtel moves on to profound reflections on the senses considered both in terms of their evolving relation to one another during maturation and as variable ingredients in the perception and cognition of the adult. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462311

Metaphor First published in 1972 this work examines the complex concept of metaphor. It defines the term by placing the various key ideas about the nature of metaphor in their literary and social context and in doing so it traces the developing history of the concept. This account has considerable range beginning with Aristotle and ending with the work of modern linguist and anthropologists. From this analysis emerge two opposed yet complementary ideas: the classical view of metaphor which sees metaphor as a detachable device imported into language and the romantic view which sees metaphor as inseparable from language. This book will be of interest to those studying English literature and language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238121

Metaphor Cancer and the End of LifeA Corpus-Based Study This book presents the methodology findings and implications of a large-scale corpus-based study of the metaphors used to talk about cancer and the end of life (including care at the end of life) in the UK. It focuses on metaphor as a central linguistic and cognitive tool that is frequently used to talk and think about sensitive and subjective experiences such as illness emotions death and dying and that can both help and hinder communication and well-being depending on how it is used. The book centers on a combination of qualitative analyses and innovative corpus linguistic methods. This methodological assemblage was applied to the systematic study of the metaphors used in a 1.5-million-word corpus. The corpus consists of interviews with and online forum posts written by members of three stakeholder groups namely: patients diagnosed with advanced cancer; unpaid carers looking after a relative with a diagnosis of advanced cancer; and healthcare professionals. The book presents a range of qualitative and quantitative findings that have implications for: metaphor theory and analysis; corpus linguistic and computational approaches to metaphor; and training and practice in cancer care and hospice palliative and end-of-life care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593797

Metaphor Nation and the HolocaustThe Concept of the Body Politic This book is the first to provide a cognitive analysis of the function of biological/medical metaphors in National Socialist racist ideology and their background in historical traditions of Western political theory. Its main arguments are that the metaphor of the German nation as a body that needed to be rescued from a deadly poison must be viewed as the conceptual basis rather than a mere propagandistic by-product of Nazi genocidal policies culminating in the Holocaust and that this metaphor is closely related to the more general metaphor complex of the nation as a human body/person which is deeply ingrained in Western political thought. The cognitive approach is crucial to understanding the nature and the origins of this metaphor complex because it goes beyond the rhetorical level by analyzing the ideological and practical implications of the conceptual mapping body-state in detail. It provides an innovative perspective on the problem of how the Nazis managed to ‘revive’ a clichéd metaphor tradition to the point where it became a decisive factor in European and world history. Musolff reveals how such a perspective allows us to explain why the body-state metaphor continues to be attractive for use in contemporary political theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810037

Metaphor and FieldsCommon Ground Common Language and the Future of Psychoanalysis Metaphor and Fields is an explanation and demonstration of the value of metaphoric processes and fields in psychoanalysis. In this book Montana Katz articulates a future direction for psychoanalysis which is progressively explored taking into account features essential to psychoanalysts of all persuasions clinically and theoretically. In this way psychoanalysis is brought into the postmodern future by fashioning an umbrella for the discipline. With this umbrella the barriers to mutual understanding may be dismantled and a path permanently forged to the possibility of meaningful international intercultural interdisciplinary and poly-perspectival psychoanalytic exchange. Metaphor and Fields organically merges work on metaphoric processes with work on fields. The use of a framework with metaphoric processes and fields combined exhibits the uniqueness of psychoanalysis and shows how it explores and explains human experience. The relational fields of the North American school of relational theory intersubjective matrices self object matrices and the ground breaking work of Madeleine and Willy Baranger are all examples of field concepts that have been successfully employed in theoretical frameworks and clinical technique. They show how other schools of thought can be understood as using an implicit field concept. The chapters in this book approach the subject from diverse vantage points. Taken together they form an intricate web of psychoanalytic thought that moves the scope of psychoanalysis beyond dispute towards the open inclusive discussion of core concepts and technique. Metaphor and Fields will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychiatrists mental health clinicians psychologists social workers and a wide academic audience drawn from the fields of philosophy linguistics comparative literature anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631723

Metaphor and Figurative Language With contributions from Aristotle to Lakoff and Johnson and incorporating the work of philosophers linguists literary theorists and cognitive psychologists this wide-ranging and multidisciplinary six-volume collection on metaphor and figurative language is a new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Linguistics series. Metaphor and Figurative Language is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editors which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential library purchase and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital reference work and research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415392495

Metaphor and HistoryThe Western Idea of Social Development The primary purpose of Metaphor and History is to explain the sources and contexts of the Western idea of social development. Nisbet explores the concept of social change across the whole range of Western culture from ancient Greece to the present day. He does not see the idea of social development as a nineteenth century phenomenon or a by-product of the idea of biological evolution.Instead Nisbet finds the metaphor of organic growth and the analogy of the life cycle--among the oldest in the history of human thought--embedded in the pronouncements of sages historians and social scientists from Heraclitus and Aristotle to Comte Marx Spengler Toynbee Berdyaev and Sorokin. He relates the classic Greek metaphor of growth applied to society; the Christian epic with its substance in the fusion of Hebrew and Greek ideas; and ideas of progress natural history evolution and sociological functionalism.This book may be considered the "biography of a metaphor" of social development one that has persisted through two and a half millennia of Western European history. A sociologist's view of history this is a work at once of synthesis and of exploration of the premises and foundations of social evolution and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528000

Metaphor and Imaginal PsychologyA Hermetic Reflection Metaphor and Imaginal Psychology: A Hermetic Reflection provides the first full-length exploration of the significance of metaphor in post-Jungian psychology. Its portrayal of the mythological figure of Hermes as a personification of metaphor marks an original contribution to the field of metaphor studies. After a 2 500-year exile from philosophy and related areas of study beginning with Plato’s ejection of the poets from the ideal city-state metaphor is today experiencing a season of renewal. Among the fields where its significance as a way of seeing thinking and feeling has been especially prominent is archetypal psychology perhaps the most philosophically attuned of psychological disciplines. Approaching the work of James Hillman and other key archetypal psychologists from a poststructuralist perspective Metaphor and Imaginal Psychology draws insightful comparisons between archetypal psychology and the deconstructive philosophy of Jacques Derrida a principle theorist of metaphor’s philosophical resurgence. By linking two disciplines that might at first appear as strange bedfellows Metaphor and Imaginal Psychology underscores the influence of metaphor in reason and emotion and makes a compelling case for the Mercurial ethos of our postmodern world. Aside from representing essential reading for therapists and theorists working in post-Jungian studies the book will appeal to readers students and scholars of literary criticism psychology philosophy and mythology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649880

Metaphor and Literalism in BuddhismThe Doctrinal History of Nirvana Soonil Hwang studies the doctrinal development of nirvana in the Pali Nikaaya and subsequent tradition and compares it with the Chinese aagama and its traditional interpretation. He clarifies early doctrinal developments of Nirvana and traces the word and related terms back to their original metaphorical contexts elucidating diverse interpretations and doctrinal and philosophical developments in the abhidharma exegeses and treatises of Southern and Northern Buddhist schools. The book finally examines which school if any kept the original meaning and reference of Nirvana.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650106

Metaphor and Persuasion in Strategic CommunicationSustainable Perspectives This groundbreaking work adopts an alternative metaphor-based approach to challenge unpack and redefine our understanding of persuasion and strategic communication and the extents to which they shape political discourse. The book’s theoretical and methodological grounding in metaphor allows for an alternative perspective on strategic communication but also a robust discussion of both persuasion and other kinds of related discursive processes at work in political communication including narrative identification and ideology. The volume integrates case studies from prominent political discourses including those of George W. Bush Jr. Tony Blair and Barack Obama to highlight the crucial role of persuasion management and sustainability in the public sphere and the ways in which it might inform political action and change in a positive way. Broadening our perception of the possibilities of persuasion and strategic communication this dynamic volume is key reading for students and scholars in communication studies political science rhetoric and cognitive linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584245

Metaphor and PhilosophyA Special Issue of metaphor and Symbolic Activity During the last 15 years cognitive scientists have discovered things about the nature and importance of metaphor that are startling because of their radical implications for metaphor research and because they require us to rethink some of our most fundamental received notions of meaning concepts and reason. Many of the theoretical assumptions that guided earlier generations who worked on metaphor have been undermined by this new research which has profound implications for philosophy. More specifically the level of methodological sophistication of empirical studies of metaphor has increased markedly making possible rigorous detailed analyses of how metaphors actually structure conceptualization and reasoning. In addition professionals have learned that metaphor is not merely a linguistic phenomenon but more fundamentally a conceptual and experiential process that structures the world. The articles in this special issue make significant contributions to these advances. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315799247

Metaphor and ReconciliationThe Discourse Dynamics of Empathy in Post-Conflict Conversations Sixteen years after her father was killed by an IRA bomb Jo Berry had her first conversation with the man responsible. She had made a long journey ‘walking the footsteps of the bombers’ as she put it determined not to give in to anger and revenge but to try to understand his motivations and perspective. Her preparedness to meet Pat Magee opened up a path to empathy that developed through their conversations over the following years. This book studies their growing understandings of each other by focusing on the rich networks of metaphors that appear in their conversations and how these evolve in the process of reconciliation. The innovative research method reported in a rigorous but accessible style together with the rich and often poignant data make this book a valuable addition to the study of metaphor and discourse. In uncovering the development of empathy between these two extraordinary people Cameron illuminates the moral necessity and the potential rewards in trying to imagine the world and mind of the Other. Implications are drawn for how mediators in reconciliation contexts might make positive use of metaphor in supporting the dynamics of empathy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839037

Metaphor and the Dynamics of Knowledge This book opens up a new route to the study of knowledge dynamics and the sociology of knowledge. The focus is on the role of metaphors as powerful catalysts and the book dissects their role in the construction of theories of knowledge. It is of vital interest to social and cognitive scientists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862752

Metaphor TherapyUsing Client Generated Metaphors In Psychotherapy First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869394

MetaphorA Musical Dimension First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315075761

Metaphoran exploration of the metaphorical dimensions and potential of architecture Each of these Analysing Architecture Notebooks is devoted to a particular theme in understanding the rich and varied workings of architecture. They can be thought of as addenda to the foundation volume Analysing Architecture which first appeared in 1997 and has subsequently been enlarged in three further editions. Examining these extra themes as a series of Notebooks rather than as additional chapters in future editions allows greater space for more detailed exploration of a wider variety of examples whilst avoiding the risk of the original book becoming unwieldy. Metaphor is the most powerful component of the poetry of architecture. It has been a significant factor in architecture since the earliest periods of human history when people were finding ways to give order and meaning to the world in which we live. It is arguable that architecture began with the realisation of metaphor in physical form and that subsequent movements – from Greek to Gothic Renaissance to Modern Victorian to Vernacular… – have all been driven by the emergence or rediscovery of different metaphors by which architecture might be generated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138045484

MetaphorImplications and Applications Research on metaphor has been dominated by Aristotelian questions of processes in metaphor understanding. Although this area is important it leaves unasked Platonic questions of how structures of the mind affect such processes. Moreover there has been relatively little work on how metaphors affect human behavior. Although there are numerous postdictive or speculative accounts of the power of metaphors to affect human behavior in particular areas such as clinical or political arenas empirical verification of these accounts has been sparse. To fill this void the editors have compiled this work dedicated to empirical examination of how metaphors affect human behavior and understanding. The book is divided into four sections: metaphor and pragmatics clinical uses of metaphor metaphor and politics and other applications of metaphor. Chapters contained within these sections attempt to merge Aristotelian questions with Platonic ones. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138995802

Metaphors for ChangePartnerships Tools and Civic Action for Sustainability How can we get from where we are to where we want to be? Metaphors for Change attempts to answer this question and provide a roadmap for sustainability by bringing together the thoughts of a unique collection of leading change agents from business government and academia.  Environmental questions have previously been dealt with metaphorically by catastrophism or manicheism (zero growth; Malthusianism Deep Ecology; "man is the enemy"; less is more). These metaphors have had limited impact because they have failed to connect with the mainstream of cultural political and business ideas. This book examines a number of new metaphors – and related partnerships tools and action – which appear to have greater possibilities for the world in which we now live.  The editors argue that Metaphors for Change can deliver to the public and to decision-makers new perceptions ("structured knowledge") that can help interpret the past and the present and help us forge the future. The wider the gap between the "now" and the "necessary" the stronger the bridging perceptions have to be in order to break through barriers of fear and conservatism. Some of the concepts considered are: sustainable development; the polluter pays principle; the precautionary principle; eco-efficiency; eco-effectiveness; life-cycle assessment; design for the environment; eco-services; dematerialization; industrial symbiosis; industrial ecology; and zero emissions. There are of course other useful metaphors on the horizon some of them included in this book.  Including key contributions from the ground-breaking conferences ECO 97 and ECO 99 along with other specially commissioned and reprinted pieces Metaphors for Change provides a treasure chest of new ideas innovations and action. Accessible and forward-thinking it will prove indispensable both as a student learning tool and as a panoramic overview of the sustainability metaphors key thinkers believe we should be putting into practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282444

Metaphors of MultilingualismChanging Attitudes towards Language Diversity in Literature Linguistics and Philosophy Metaphors of Multilingualism explores changing attitudes towards multilingualism by focusing on shifts both in the choice and in the use of metaphors. Rainer Guldin uses linguistics philosophy literature literary theory and related disciplines to trace the radical redefinition of multilingualism that has taken place over the last decades. This overall change constitutes a paradigmatic shift. However despite the emergence of the new paradigm the traditional monolingual point of view is still significantly influencing present-day attitudes towards multilingualism. Consequently the emergent paradigm has to be studied in close connection with its predecessor. This book is the first extensive attempt to provide a critical overview of the key metaphors that organize current perceptions of multilingualism. Instead of an exhaustive list of possible metaphors of multilingualism the emphasis is on three closely interrelated and overlapping clusters that play a central role in both paradigms: organic metaphors of the body kinship and gender metaphors as well as spatial metaphors. The examples are taken from different languages among them French German Chinese Japanese Spanish and Brazilian Portuguese. This is ground-breaking reading for scholars and researchers in the fields of linguistics literature philosophy media studies anthropology history and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607507

Metaphysical HazlittBicentenary Essays The rediscovery and restitution of William Hazlitt as a canonical Romantic author has been among the latest and most significant developments in present-day Romantic studies. This volume a collection of previously unpublished essays by the foremost scholars in the field presents Hazlitt as a philosophical and not simply a 'familiar' essayist. It offers a comprehensive statement of the significance and transmission of Hazlitt's philosophical principles in his own work and in that of his contemporaries and succeeding writers. This book is an essential contribution to a vital new aspect of Romantic studies and shows Hazlitt to be as his memorial claims 'The first (unanswered) Metaphysician of the age'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010253

Metaphysical SociologyOn the Work of John Carroll This volume critically engages with the work of the acclaimed Australian sociologist John Carroll. It makes the argument for a metaphysical sociology which Carroll has proposed should focus on the questions of fundamental existence that confront all humans: ‘Where do I come from?’ ‘What should I do with my life?’ and ‘What happens to me when I die?’. These questions of meaning in the secular modern West have become difficult to answer. As contemporary individuals increasingly draw on their inner resources or 'ontological qualities' to pursue quests for meaning the key challenge for a metaphysical sociology concerns the cultural resources available to people and the manner in which they are cultivated. Through wide-ranging discussions which include film romantic love terrorism and video games Metaphysical Sociology takes up this challenge. The contributors include emerging and established sociologists a philosopher a renowned actor and a musician. As such this collection will appeal to scholars of social theory and sociology and to the general reader with interests in morality art culture and the fundamental questions of human existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367821081

Metaphysicians of MeaningFrege and Russell on Sense and Denotation Russell's On Denoting and Frege's On Sense and Reference are now widely held to be two of the founding papers of twentieth century philosophy and form the heart of the famous "linguistic turn". The Metaphysicians of Meaning is the first book to challenge the accepted secondary work on these two seminal papers forcing us to reconsider the interpretation of these two vitally important works on meaning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203470985

Metaphysics Originally published in 1963. An outline of the metaphysical positions held by such major philosophers as Plato Aristotle Descartes Hegel Kant Hume Moore Bradley Wittgenstein. The author maintains – controversially – that metaphysical arguments have a close bearing on religious and moral beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194109

Metaphysics This book covers the gamut of historical and contemporary arguments of metaphysics engaging readers through three profound questions: what are the most general features of the world why is there a world and what is the place of human beings in the world? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349343

Metaphysics and GodEssays in Honor of Eleonore Stump This volume focuses on contemporary issues in the philosophy of religion through an engagement with Eleonore Stump’s seminal work in the field. Topics covered include: the metaphysics of the divine nature (e.g. divine simplicity and eternity); the nature of love and God’s relation to human happiness; and the issue of human agency (e.g. the nature of the human soul and hell). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884328

Metaphysics and Hermeneutics in the Medieval Platonic Tradition Metaphysics and Hermeneutics in the Medieval Platonic Tradition consists of twelve essays originally published between 2006 and 2015 dealing with main trends and specific figures within the medieval Platonic tradition. Three essays provide general surveys of the transmission of late ancient thought to the Middle Ages with emphasis on the ancient authors the themes and their medieval readers respectively. The remaining essays deal especially with certain major figures in the Platonic tradition including pseudo-Dionysius the Areopagite Iohannes Scottus Eriugena and Nicholas of Cusa. The principal conceptual aim of the collection is to establish the primacy of hermeneutics within the philosophical program developed by these authors: in other words to argue that their philosophical activity substantially albeit not exclusively consists of the reading and evaluation of authoritative texts. The essays also argue that the role of hermeneutics varies in the course of the tradition between being a means towards the development of metaphysical theory and being an integral component of metaphysics itself. In addition such changes in the status and application of hermeneutics to metaphysics are shown to be accompanied by a shift from emphasizing the connection between logic and philosophy to emphasizing that between rhetoric and philosophy. The collection of essays fills in a lacuna in the history of philosophy in general between the fifth and the fifteenth centuries. It also initiates a dialogue between the metaphysical hermeneutics of medieval Platonism and certain modern theories of hermeneutics structuralism and deconstruction. The book will be of special interest to students of the classical tradition in western thought and more generally to students of medieval philosophy theology history and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367481223

Metaphysics and the Disunity of Scientific Knowledge First published in 1998 this volume’s primary concern is to demonstrate how a metaphysics can be developed which enables us to make do in an uncertain world and to develop a pragmatic alternative to postmodernism. Opposing unificationist view of science Clarke suggests needs to be understood in the context of the perceived threat of metaphysical disorder. He explores this through issues including epistemology fundamentalism pluralism and idealisation and identifies a potential solution similar to the work of Otto Neurath. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326033

Metaphysics and the Representational Fallacy This book is an investigation into metaphysics: its aims scope methodology and practice. Dyke argues that metaphysics should take itself to be concerned with investigating the fundamental nature of reality and suggests that the ontological significance of language has been grossly exaggerated in the pursuit of that aim. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541701

Metaphysics and Transcendence Metaphysics and Transcendence takes up this story for the future. Arthur Gibson presents a new metaphysics with a genealogy based on counter-intuition and locates counter-intuition and complexity at the foundations of truth. Having devised fresh concepts on the basis of the new frontiers of science and philosophy the author presents original explanations of transcendence arguing that just as we need revolutionary and original ways of depicting the physical world so it is with such topics as God miracles the resurrection the source and identity of consciousness and reason itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758642

Metaphysics as ChristologyAn Odyssey of the Self from Kant and Hegel to Steiner In Metaphysics as Christology Jonael Schickler presents a major contribution to both philosophy and theology. First he examines the key philosophical problems with which Kant and Hegel grappled and finds in the work of Rudolf Steiner the essence of a solution to them; he claims that Steiner returned to Hegel's philosophical problems but was better able to solve them. Schickler uses these philosophical debates about knowledge and truth to understand the significance of Christ. Building on the work of Hegel Schickler argues that Christ has made possible the developments in human consciousness that restore humanity's relationship to the surrounding world. This is a bold and rigorous work that opens up new directions in both philosophy and theology. Fraser Watts contributes the Foreword and George Pattison an extensive Preface. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249087

Metaphysics of Consciousness Metaphysics of Consciousness opens with a development of the physicalist outlook that denies the need for any explanation of the mental. This "inexplicability" is demonstrated not to be sufficient as refutation of physicalism. However the inescapable particularity of modes of consciousness appears to overpower this minimal physicalism. This book proposes that such an inference requires either a wholly new conception of how consciousness is physical or a deep and disturbing new kind of physical inexplicability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009295

Metaphysics of ScienceA Systematic and Historical Introduction Metaphysics and science have a long but troubled relationship. In the twentieth century the Logical Positivists argued metaphysics was irrelevant and that philosophy should be guided by science. However metaphysics and science attempt to answer many of the same fundamental questions: What are laws of nature? What is causation? What are natural kinds? In this book Markus Schrenk examines and explains the central questions and problems in the metaphysics of science. He reviews the development of the field from the early modern period through to the latest research systematically assessing key topics including: dispositions counterfactual conditionals laws of nature causation properties natural kinds essence necessity. With the addition of chapter summaries and annotated further reading Metaphysics of Science is a much-needed clear and informative survey of this exciting area of philosophical research. It is essential reading for students and scholars of philosophy of science and metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655939

Metaphysics: The Basics Metaphysics: The Basics is a concise and engaging introduction to the philosophical study of the world and universe in which we live. Concerned with questions about reality existence time identity and change metaphysics has long fascinated people but to the uninitiated some of the issues and problems can appear very complex. In this lively and lucid book Michael Rea examines and explains key questions in the study of metaphysics such as: • Can two things be in the same place at the same time? • Do creatures of fiction exist?  • Are human beings free? • Is time travel possible? • Is there just one world or many worlds? With a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading the book considers key philosophical arguments around Metaphysics making this an ideal starting point for anyone seeking a full introduction to the debates both within and about metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415574426

Metaphysics: The Basics Metaphysics: The Basics is a concise and engaging introduction to the philosophical study of some of the most important and foundational aspects of the world in which we live. Concerned with questions about existence time identity change and other basic elements of our common-sense and scientific ways of thinking about the world metaphysics has long fascinated people. But to the uninitiated many of the issues and problems can appear bewilderingly complex and intractable. In this lively and lucid book Michael Rea examines and explains the core questions in the study of metaphysics—questions such as: What is the relationship between an object and its properties or between an object and its parts? What is time and is time travel possible? Are human beings free? What is it for an object or person to persist over time? This second edition has been thoroughly revised and includes a new chapter on the metaphysics of gender. With suggestions for further reading and a glossary of key terms Metaphysics: The Basics is an ideal introduction for those coming to the subject for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136086

MetaphysicsA Contemporary Introduction This Contemporary Introduction is for at students of metaphysics who have already done an introductory philosophy course. Michael J. Loux provides a fesh look as the central topics in metaphysics rendering this essential reading for any student of the subject. This fully revised and updated version of the highly successful first edition includes a brand new chapter on the Realism/anti-Realism debate.Topics addressed include:*The problem of universals*The nature of abstract entities*The problem of individuation*The nature of modality*Idenity through time*The nature of time*The Realism/anti-Realism debate (new chapter).Wherever possible Michael J. Loux relates contemporary views to their classical sources in the history of philosophy. As an experienced teacher of philosophy and an important contributor to recent debates Loux has proved himself to be uniquely qualified to write a book of this kind.This second edition of Metaphysics: A Contemporary Introduction includes:* a brand new user-friendly text design*chapter overviews summarizing the main topics of study*examples to clarify difficult concepts*annotated further reading at the end of each chapter*endnotes and a full bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714812

MetaphysicsA Contemporary Introduction Metaphysics: A Contemporary Introduction is for students who have already completed an introductory philosophy course and need a fresh look at the central topics in the core subject of metaphysics. It is essential reading for any student of the subject. This Fourth Edition is revised and updated and includes two new chapters on (1) Parts and Wholes and (2) Metaphysical Indeterminacy or vagueness. This new edition also keeps the user-friendly format the chapter overviews summarizing the main topics concrete examples to clarify difficult concepts annotated further reading at the end of each chapter endnotes and a full bibliography. Topics addressed include: the problem of universals the nature of abstract entities the problem of individuation the nature of modality identity through time the nature of time the nature of parts and wholes the problem of metaphysical indeterminacy the Realism/anti-Realism debate. Wherever possible Michael J. Loux and Thomas M. Crisp relate contemporary views to their classical sources in the history of philosophy. As experienced teachers of philosophy and important contributors to recent debates Loux and Crisp are uniquely qualified to write this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639348

MetaphysicsAn Introduction Metaphysics: An Introduction combines comprehensive coverage of the core elements of metaphysics with contemporary and lively debates within the subject. It provides a rigorous and yet accessible overview of a rich array of topics connecting the abstract nature of metaphysics with the real world. Topics covered include:   Basic logic for metaphysics An introduction to ontology Abstract objects Material objects Critiques of metaphysics Free will Time Modality Persistence Causation Social ontology: the metaphysics of race   This outstanding book not only equips the reader with a thorough knowledge of the fundamentals of metaphysics but provides a valuable guide to contemporary metaphysics and metaphysicians. Additional features such as exercises annotated further reading a glossary and a companion website www.routledge.com/cw/ney will help students find their way around this subject and assist teachers in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640756

MetaphysicsIndian Philosophy First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053967

MetapoliticsFrom Wagner and the German Romantics to Hitler More than half a century after the fall of the Third Reich Nazism its roots and its essential nature remain a central and unresolved enigma of the twentieth century. During the period of Hitler's ascendancy most attempts at explaining this unprecedented phenomenon were framed in "economic " often Marxist sociological terms and concepts. Peter Viereck's Metapolitics initially published in 1941 broke with this convention by indicting Hitler in terms of the Judaic-Christian ethical tradition and locating certain elements of the Nazi worldview in German romantic poetry music and social thought. Newly expanded Metapolitics remains a key work in the cultural interpretation of Nazism and totalitarianism and in the psychological interpretation of Hitler as a Wagnerite and failed artist.The term "metapolitics " a coinage from Richard Wagner's nationalist circle signifies an ideology resulting from five distinct strands: romanticism (embodied chiefly in the Wagnerian ethos) the pseudo-science of race Fuehrer worship vague economic socialism and the alleged supernatural and unconscious force of the Volk collectivity. Together those elements engendered an emphasis on irrationalism and hysteria and belief in a special German mission to direct the course of the world's history.Viereck analyzes nineteenth-century German thought's conflicting attitudes toward political procedures and social arrangements rooted in classical rational legalistic and Christian traditions. This edition includes an appreciation by Thomas Mann and an exchange with Jacques Barzun debating Viereck's criticism of German romanticism. Viereck's essays on the case of Albert Speer on Claus von Stauffenberg (the German officer who led the army conspiracy to assassinate Hitler) and on the poets Stefan George and Georg Heym appear here for the first time in book form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528017

Metaprogramming GPUs with Sh This book is a high-level overview of Sh and its relationship to other realtime shading and Graphics processing unit programming languages. It is a reference manual and language specification and methodically and exhaustively presents details of the various features of Sh. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138428096

Metapsychological Perspectives on Psychic SurvivalIntegration of Traumatic Helplessness in Psychoanalysis Metapsychological Perspectives on Psychic Survival explores the integration of traumatic helplessness in the course of psychoanalytic treatment. Based on the author’s many years of experience of working with psychotic and severely traumatised patients this book offers guidelines to approach extreme psychic trauma in the therapeutic setting. Simo Salonen links psychic representation of the elementary drive phenomena and metaphorical thinking to primary identification understood as a mode of object finding. The collapse of this connection signifies a radical psychic trauma the integration of which into the temporal continuity of an individual’s life is an essential task for psychoanalysis. Another key element of this book is Salonen’s notion of the primal representative matrix referring to a resource of primary narcissism that an individual has been endowed with carrying vital meanings. Also explored is the crucial work of mourning as the result of which the impoverished ego may recover its primary narcissistic resources.  Using insights from numerous case studies Salonen offers a new way of understanding severe trauma which can be used to advance both psychoanalytic theory and clinical practice. Metapsychological Perspectives on Psychic Survival will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384090

Metapsychology and the Foundations of PsychoanalysisAttachment neuropsychoanalysis and integration Metapsychology and the Foundations of Psychoanalysis redresses faults in Freud’s original conception to develop a coherent theoretical basis for psychodynamic theory. Simon Boag demonstrates that Freud’s much maligned ‘metapsychology’ once revised can provide a foundation for evaluating and integrating the plethora of psychodynamic perspectives by developing a philosophically-informed position that addresses the embodied interconnected relationship between motivation cognition and affects. The book centres upon the major concepts in psychoanalysis including the notion of unconscious mental processes wish-fulfilment fantasy and repression. Both philosophical considerations and empirical evidence are brought to bear upon these topics and used to extract the valuable insights from major approaches. As a result Boag’s revised general psychology which stays true to Freud’s intention addresses psychoanalytic pluralism and shows it is possible to develop a unified account integrating the insights from attachment theory and object relational approaches and acknowledging the rightful role for neuropsychoanalysis. Metapsychology and the Foundations of Psychoanalysis will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychiatrists philosophers of mind and psychologists as well as anyone concerned with neuropsychoanalysis or psychoanalysis and attachment theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926769

Metapsychology for Contemporary PsychoanalysisMind World and Self Metapsychology for Contemporary Psychoanalysis is a complete revision of the theoretical underpinnings of psychoanalysis and psychodynamic psychotherapy. It seeks to replace the traditional drive–defence model of Freudian tradition with an information processing model of the mind. This book argues that the central human need is for self-knowledge and that drives are best understood as means towards this end. Richard Sembera begins with a close reading of Freud’s own metapsychological writings isolating the many unresolved difficulties and inconsistencies which continue to burden psychoanalytical theory today. By returning to the actual observable clinical phenomena in the analytic situation it is shown that an alternative interpretation is possible that eliminates the theoretical difficulties in question. In the analytic situation Sembera argues that clinicians do not in fact see individuals struggling against the expression of biological drives rather they observe individuals struggling to clarify their experience of themselves in the presence of the analyst and put this experience into words. When this process is formalized and expressed in theoretical terms it is found to consist of three distinct aspects: objectification imagination and symbolization. This process as a whole—ascent towards the other relationship with the other disclosure of self in the light of the other—is termed the dialectical structure of the self. It is conceptualized as the main accomplishment of the core mental process the process of contextualization. This work is distinguished from other attempts at theoretical revision by its fundamental commitment to coherence and clarity as well as its determination to challenge accepted psychoanalytic dogma. It argues for the complete irrelevance of biology and neuroscience to the psychoanalytic enterprise and rejects the theory of drives in its entirety. Instead it affirms the centrality of the traumatic response to mental functioning emphasises the social matrix in which drives are embedded re-examines the concepts of free will accountability and responsibility and concludes with an attempt to understand waking life as a creative product analogous to the lucid dream.  Drawing on major psychoanalytic thinkers including Bollas and Benjamin and current philosophy of mind this book provides readers with a clear updated model of metapsychology. Metapsychology for Contemporary Psychoanalysis will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as philosophy scholars and anyone with an interest in the philosophy of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242227

Meta-Regression Analysis in Economics and Business The purpose of this book is to introduce novice researchers to the tools of meta-analysis and meta-regression analysis and to summarize the state of the art for existing practitioners. Meta-regression analysis addresses the rising "Tower of Babel" that current economics and business research has become. Meta-analysis is the statistical analysis of previously published or reported research findings on a given hypothesis empirical effect phenomenon or policy intervention. It is a systematic review of all the relevant scientific knowledge on a specific subject and is an essential part of the evidence-based practice movement in medicine education and the social sciences. However research in economics and business is often fundamentally different from what is found in the sciences and thereby requires different methods for its synthesis—meta-regression analysis. This book develops summarizes and applies these meta-analytic methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241145

Meta-Regulation in PracticeBeyond Normative Views of Morality and Rationality Meta-regulation presents itself as a progressive policy approach that can manage complexity and conflicting objectives better than traditional command and control regulation. It does this by ‘harnessing’ markets and enlisting a broad range of stakeholders to reach a more inclusive view of the public interest that a self-regulating business can then respond to. Based on a seventeen year study of the Australian energy industry and via the lens of Niklas Luhmann’s systems theory Meta-Regulation in Practice argues that normative meta-regulatory theory relies on questionable assumptions of stakeholder morality and rationality. Meta-regulation in practice appears to be most challenged in a complex and contested environment; the very environment it is supposed to serve best. Contending that scholarship must prioritise an understanding of communicative possibilities in practice this book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers interested in subjects such as business regulation systems theory and corporate social responsibility. Please visit meta-regulation.com for more insightful information on meta-regulation and Meta-Regulation in Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228705

Metascience and PoliticsAn Inquiry into the Conceptual Language of Political Science A central problem in political inquiry is the conceptual and linguistic informality of political science. For most of its history the discipline has been largely pursued with the analytic and logical machinery of ordinary language. Likewise there has been little effort to standardize how language is used or to systematize theoretical procedures to insure methodological uniformity. In an effort to better understand and defend the research processes that attend sustain and foster the systematic credibility of political science Gregor argues a special conceptual language is needed to enhance the rigor replicability articulation and interpretation of political science's empirical findings.Gregor reviews the conceptual inventory of the social sciences in general with particular emphasis on distinctions between descriptive theoretical and normative language. He analyzes what might count as "objectivity" and "truth" in a given set of circumstances in an effort to standardize how political scientists make such distinctions. How "theory" and "explanation" might be assessed in less rigorous disciplines is also considered. Gregor is opposed to the postmodernist tendency to use "language games" in the social sciences that purport to close the gaps separating the discourses of knowledge ethics and politics but do so at the expense of clarity rigor and objectivity. In Gregor's view these alternative perspectives have exploited vagueness and ambiguity in order to accomplish what they consider to be their political tasks. A substantial postscript to this edition traces some of the postmodernist perspectives to their origins in the works of particular individuals and to their history in the thought of twentieth-century Europe.Metascience and Politics attempts to address all these issues with brevity and seriousness of purpose in order to provide a defensible rationale for the scientific character of social and political studies. It will be of interest to political scientists sociologists philosophers and intellectual historians.A. James Gregor is professor of political science at the University of California at Berkeley and an adjunct professor at Command and Staff College U.S. Marine Corps University at Quantico Virginia. He has also been awarded the Order of Merit by the President of the Italian Republic for his contribution to Italy as a nation through his published works. He is the author of Giovanni Gentile: Philosopher of Fascism Interpretations of Fascism Phoenix: Fascism in Our Time and Marxism China and Development all published by Transaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528024

Metasolutions of Parabolic Equations in Population Dynamics Analyze Global Nonlinear Problems Using MetasolutionsMetasolutions of Parabolic Equations in Population Dynamics explores the dynamics of a generalized prototype of semilinear parabolic logistic problem. Highlighting the author’s advanced work in the field it covers the latest developments in the theory of nonlinear parabolic problems.The book reveals how to mathematically determine if a species maintains dwindles or increases under certain circumstances. It explains how to predict the time evolution of species inhabiting regions governed by either logistic growth or exponential growth. The book studies the possibility that the species grows according to the Malthus law while it simultaneously inherits a limited growth in other regions.The first part of the book introduces large solutions and metasolutions in the context of population dynamics. In a self-contained way the second part analyzes a series of very sharp optimal uniqueness results found by the author and his colleagues. The last part reinforces the evidence that metasolutions are also categorical imperatives to describe the dynamics of huge classes of spatially heterogeneous semilinear parabolic problems. Each chapter presents the mathematical formulation of the problem the most important mathematical results available and proofs of theorems where relevant. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377311

Metastatic Cancer: Clinical and Biological Perspectives Most cancer deaths are a result of metastasis. The spread of a primary tumor to colonize neighboring and distant organs is the relentless endgame that defines the neoplastic process. Patients who have been diagnosed with cancer are treated to prevent both the recurrence of the tumor at the site of origin and metastasis that would re-stage them as advanced stage IV cancer. Historically and still with some types of cancer stage IV is perceived by patients as “terminal.” Fortunately recent molecular therapies have extended the lives of patients with advanced cancer and reassuringly people living with metastatic disease increasingly visit our clinics. What is the path forward? Given that the consilience of science and medicine is a dynamic art from which therapies arise it would be misguided to consider any single work adequate at capturing the horizon for research. So with humility we constructed this text as primer for scientists. It begins with a broad introduction to the clinical management of common cancers. This is intended to serve as a foundation for investigators to consider when developing basic science hypotheses. Unquestionably medical and surgical care of cancer patients reveals biology and dictates how novel therapeutics will ultimately be evaluated in clinical trials. The second section of this text offers provocative and evolving insights that underscore the breadth of science involved in the elucidation of cancer metastasis biology. The text concludes with information that integrates scientific and clinical foundations to highlight translational research. This book serves as a framework for scientists to conceptualize clinical and translational knowledge on the complexity of disease that is metastatic cancer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781587066597

Metatheory for the Twenty-First CenturyCritical Realism and Integral Theory in Dialogue Metatheory for the 21st Century is one of the many exciting results of over four years of in-depth engagement between two communities of scholar-practitioners: critical realism and integral theory. Building on its origins at a symposium in Luxembourg in 2010 this book examines the points of connection and divergence between critical realism and integral theory arguably two of the most comprehensive and sophisticated contemporary metatheories. The Luxembourg symposium and the four more that followed explored the possibilities for their cross-pollination culminating in five positions on their potential for integration and began the process of fashioning a whole new evolutionary trajectory for both integral theory and critical realism. The contributors to this book bring together critical realism and integral theory in order to explore the potential of this collaboration for the advancement of both. Highlighting the ways in which these metatheories can transform scholarship and address the most pressing global issues of the 21st century this book will be of interest to students scholars and practitioners in the areas of metatheory philosophy social theory critical realism integral theory and current affairs more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820479

Meteorology and Energy SecuritySimulations Projections and Management This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Meteorological data are essential for both day-to-day energy management and for planning for the world’s future energy security. The editor of this compendium a mechanical engineer with international experience has collected articles that will encourage more productive dialogue between the energy and meteorology communities. Included are chapters on how to generate a typical meteorological year followed by articles that discuss the impact of meteorology on wind energy production solar energy production and hydropower operations. The book concludes with chapters on seasonal energy management. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883863

Meteorology and Physiology in Early Modern CultureEarthquakes Human Identity and Textual Representation Meteorology and Physiology in Early Modern Culture: Earthquakes Human Identity and Textual Representation provides the first sustained examination of the foundational set of early modern beliefs linking meteorology and physiology. This was a relationship so intimate and to us poetic that we have spent centuries assuming early moderns were using figurative language when they represented the matter and motions of their bodies in meteorological terms and weather events in physiological ones. Early moderns believed they inhabited a geocentric universe in which the matter and motions constituting all sublunary things were the same and that therefore all things were compositionally and interactively related. What physically generated anger  erotic desire  and plague also generated thunder the earthquake and the comet. As a result the interpretation of meteorological events such as the 1580 earthquake in the Dover Strait was consequential. With its radical and seemingly spontaneous shaking an earthquake could expose inconvenient truths about the cause of matter and motion and about what if anything distinguishes humans from every other thing and from events. Meteorology and Physiology in Early Modern Culture reveals a need for reexamination of all representations of meteorology and physiology in the period. This reexamination begins here with a focus on the Titanic metamorphoses captured by Edmund Spenser William Shakespeare John Donne and the many writers responding to the 1580 earthquake. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667368

Meter and MeaningAn Introduction to Rhythm in Poetry Poet Thomas Carper and scholar Derek Attridge join forces in Meter and Meaning to present an illuminating and user-friendly way to explore the rhythms of poetry in English. They begin by showing the value of performing any poem aloud so that we can sense its unique use of rhythm. From this starting point they suggest an entirely fresh jargon-free approach to reading poetry. Illustrating their 'beat/offbeat' method with a series of exercises they help readers to appreciate the use of rhythm in poems of all periods and to understand the vital relationship between meter and meaning.Beginning with the very basics Meter and Meaning enables a smooth progression to an advanced knowledge of poetic rhythms. It is the essential guide to meter for anyone who wants to study write better appreciate or simply enjoy poetry. Carper and Attridge make studying meter a pleasure and reading poetry a revelation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060307

Methane and Climate Change Methane is a powerful greenhouse gas and is estimated to be responsible for approximately one-fifth of man-made global warming. Per kilogram it is twenty-five times more powerful than carbon dioxide over a 100-year time horizon â€“ and global warming is likely to enhance methane release from a number of sources. Current natural and man-made sources include many where methane-producing micro-organisms can thrive in anaerobic conditions particularly ruminant livestock rice cultivation landfill wastewater wetlands and marine sediments. This timely and authoritative book provides the only comprehensive and balanced overview of our current knowledge of sources of methane and how these might be controlled to limit future climate change. It describes how methane is derived from the anaerobic metabolism of micro-organisms whether in wetlands or rice fields manure landfill or wastewater or the digestive systems of cattle and other ruminant animals. It highlights how sources of methane might themselves be affected by climate change. It is shown how numerous point sources of methane have the potential to be more easily addressed than sources of carbon dioxide and therefore contribute significantly to climate change mitigation in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866935

Methane and its Derivatives "Covers the chemistry process chemistry technology engineering and economics of methane conversion including its environmental impact and commercial exploitation. Begins with methane's availability and increasing importance as an environmentally acceptable natural resource alternative and feedstock." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401184

Methanol Fuel Cell SystemsAdvancing Towards Commercialization This book details state-of-the-art fuel cell systems incorporating methanol reformers as the source of purified hydrogen (rather than compressed hydrogen). Beginning with an overview of PEM fuel cells the book discusses the various technical approaches to methanol reforming and hydrogen purification. A unique theme that is carried throughout the discussion is the practical aspects of commercial applications that favor one technical approach over another. The reader gains an understanding of the chemistry engineering economics and agency certification requirements that ultimately shape the optimal approach for methanol fuel cell systems targeting commercial applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814241984

MethemoglobinemiaA Comprehensive Treatise First Published in 1974 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into Methemoglobinemia. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes pictures and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367227203

Method and Imagination in Coleridge's Criticism First published in 1969 this book places Coleridge’s literary criticism against the background of his philosophical thinking examining his theories about criticism and the nature of poetry. Particular attention is paid to the structure of Biographia Literaria Coleridge’s distinction between Imagination and Fancy his definitions of the poetic characters of Shakespeare and Wordsworth his analysis of the mental state of audiences in theatres and his interpretations of Paradise Lost Hamlet and Aeschylus’ Prometheus. The emphasis throughout is on how Coleridge thought rather than what he thought and the process rather than the conclusions of his criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670174

Method and Order in Renaissance Philosophy of NatureThe Aristotle Commentary Tradition The volume results from a seminar sponsored by the ’Foundation for Intellectual History’ at the Herzog August Bibliothek Wolfenbüttel in 1992. Starting with the theory of regressus as displayed in its most developed form by William Wallace these papers enter the vast field of the Renaissance discussion on method as such in its historical and systematical context. This is confined neither to the notion of method in the strict sense nor to the Renaissance in its exact historical limits nor yet to the Aristotelian tradition as a well defined philosophical school but requires a new scholarly approach. Thus - besides Galileo Zabarella and their circles which are regarded as being crucial for the ’emergence of modern science’ in the end of the 16th century - the contributors deal with the ancient and medieval origins as well as with the early modern continuity of the Renaissance concepts of method and with ’non-regressive’ methodologies in the various approaches of Renaissance natural philosophy including the Lutheran and Calvinist traditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249070

Method and VariationNarrative in Early Modern French Thought This book explores the place of enquiries into literality and fictiveness in early modern French thought making a historically sensitive contribution to the study of early modern narrative and the relationship between logical clarity and persuasive pragmatics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907975363

Method In MadnessCase Studies In Cognitive Neuropsychiatry In clinical neuropsychiatry case studies provide invaluable demonstrations of the range and types of unusual psychological states that can occur after brain damage. In the pursuit of objectivity and scientific respectability however many academic reports of neuropsychiatric disorders appear cold contrived and impersonal. The essence and character of the patient's experience and behaviour is easily obscured or even lost - a fact that cannot help researchers therapists and other practitioners to relate their conceptual knowledge to the flesh-and-blood people they meet in their professional lives. In practice much of the actual discourse of such patients has been ignored as unworthy of scientific interest. This book describes real patients in a clear and jargon-free way. These cases should serve to reduce the discrepancy between the formal representations of psychiatric illness in the mainstream literature and the reality of people struggling to make sense of their own predicament in everyday life. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804637

Method in the Physical Sciences Originally published in 1963. Can one discern certain regularities in the manoeuvrings and techniques employed by scientists and can these be formulated into the methodological principles of science? What is the origin and basis of such principles? Are they imposed by objective realities do they derive from conceptual necessities or are they rooted in our own deep seated predilections? This volume investigates these questions and sheds light on the growth mechanism of the evolving structure of science itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849562

Method in Translation History Starting from the critical notion that we should be asking questions of contemporary importance - and that 'importance' itself must be defined - Anthony Pym sets about undoing many of the currently dominant models of translation history positing among much else that the object of this history should be translators as people that researchers are subjectively involved in their object that cultural systems are based on social will that translators work in intercultural spaces and that a model of cooperation through negotiation may be applied to the way translators (and researchers!) work between cultures. At the same time the proposed methodology is eminently constructive showing how many empirical techniques can be developed and applied: clear illustrations are given of corpus selection working definitions deceptive statistics and the construction of networks and regimes incorporating elaborate examples drawn from medieval and modernist fields as well as finding space for notes on practical problems like funding research. Finding its focus in historical debates this book cannot help but create contemporary debate: its arguments seek not only to revitalize the historical study of translation but also to develop the wider concerns of intercultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169616

Method Meets ArtArts-Based Research Practice Ideal for courses in multiple disciplines the third edition of this award-winning text has been revised and updated with new topics examples and guiding questions to introduce each chapter’s sections. Patricia Leavy presents a practical guide to the full range of arts-based research (ABR) genres--narrative inquiry fiction-based research poetry music dance theatre film and visual art. Each genre-specific chapter is paired with an exemplary research article or online video link (at the companion website). Following a consistent format chapters review how the technique was developed explore its methodological variations and the kind of research questions it can address and describe diverse sample studies. Checklists and practical advice help readers harness the power of these innovative techniques for their own studies or dissertations. New to This Edition*Covers additional ABR practices: concrete research poetry musically enhanced narrative inquiry community music projects musical spoken word scored transcripts comics/graphic novels wordless narrative research and installation art.*Discussions of research design collaborative ABR and ways to overcome common ABR challenges plus tips for getting started.*Numerous new research examples including three new end-of-chapter exemplars.*Increased attention to the impact of research with a heightened focus on ethics public scholarship and issues of audience. Pedagogical Features*Checklists of issues to consider when deciding how to use a particular method.*Discussion questions and activities for in-class use or assignment.*Annotated lists of suggested readings and websites including links to online performance pieces.*Compelling research examples from multiple disciplines.*Chapters follow a consistent format and can be read independently or in sequence; new guiding questions introduce sections within chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538973

Method of Averaging for Differential Equations on an Infinite IntervalTheory and Applications In recent years mathematicians have detailed simpler proofs of known theorems have identified new applications of the method of averaging and have obtained many new results of these applications. Encompassing these novel aspects Method of Averaging of the Infinite Interval: Theory and Applications rigorously explains the modern theory of the method of averaging and provides a solid understanding of the results obtained when applying this theory.The book starts with the less complicated theory of averaging linear differential equations (LDEs) focusing on almost periodic functions. It describes stability theory and Shtokalo's method and examines various applications including parametric resonance and the construction of asymptotics. After establishing this foundation the author goes on to explore nonlinear equations. He studies standard form systems in which the right-hand side of a system is proportional to a small parameter and proves theorems similar to Banfi's theorem. The final chapters are devoted to systems with a rapidly rotating phase.Covering an important asymptotic method of differential equations this book provides a thorough understanding of the method of averaging theory and its resulting applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138417496

Method of Variation of Parameters for Dynamic Systems Method of Variation of Parameters for Dynamic Systems presents a systematic and unified theory of the development of the theory of the method of variation of parameters its unification with Lyapunov's method and typical applications of these methods. No other attempt has been made to bring all the available literature into one volume. This book is a clear exposition of this important topic in control theory which is not covered by any other text. Such an exposition finally enables the comparison and contrast of the theory and the applications thus facilitating further development in this fascinating field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367455774

Methodism and Politics in British Society 1750-1850 (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 31) Originally published in 1984 this book charts the political and social consequences of Methodist expansion in the first century of its existence. While the relationship between Methodism and politics is the central subject of the book a number of other important themes are also developed. The Methodist revival is placed in the context of European pietism enlightenment thought forms 18th century popular culture and Wesley’s theological and political opinions. Throughout the book Methodism is treated on a national scale although the regional chronological and religious diversity of Methodist belief and practice is also emphasized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650113

Methodism in AustraliaA History Methodism has played a major role in all areas of public life in Australia but has been particularly significant for its influence on education social welfare missions to Aboriginal people and the Pacific Islands and the role of women. Drawing together a team of historical experts Methodism in Australia presents a critical introduction to one of the most important religious movements in Australia's settlement history and beyond. Offering ground-breaking regional studies of the development of Methodism this book considers a broad range of issues including Australian Methodist religious experience worship and music Methodist intellectuals and missions to Australia and the Pacific. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549111

Methodist Heritage and Identity Brian Beck has had a long and distinguished career in Methodist studies having additionally served as President of the UK Methodist Conference and helped lead the international Oxford Institute of Methodist Theological Studies. This book is the first time that Beck’s seminal work on Methodism has been gathered together. It includes eighteen essays from the last twenty-five years covering many different aspects of Methodist thought and practice.This collection is divided into two main sections. Part I covers Methodism’s heritage and its implications while Part II discusses wider issues of Methodism’s identity. The chapters themselves examine the work of key figures such as John Wesley and J. E. Rattenbury as well as past and present forms of Methodist thought and practice. As such this book is important reading for any scholar of Methodism as well as students and academics of religious studies and theology more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887339

Methodist WorshipMediating the Wesleyan Liturgical Heritage What makes Methodist worship "Methodist" or "Wesleyan?" How do Methodists evaluate emerging forms of worship in light of their own liturgical heritage? This book considers these questions by bringing to light the work and significance of three Methodist liturgists who have until now received precious little scholarly focus: Thomas O. Summers (1812-1882) Nolan B. Harmon (1892-1993) and James F. White (1932-2004). Exploring each one’s contribution to the Methodist movement it evaluates their continuing legacies as scholars and practitioners of Methodist worship. Importantly the work of all these men occurred during times of cultural change which gave rise to new ways of worship within the landscape of American Methodism. Addressing them in chronological order this study shows how each figure enacted liturgical reform and renewal by drawing from the liturgical textual tradition inherited directly from John Wesley’s Sunday Service of the Methodist in North America as well as the hymnody of Charles Wesley. It also demonstrates how they sought to inculturate the Wesleyan liturgical tradition in the midst of these significant changes.Evaluating historic and emerging trends in Methodist liturgical praxis this is a book that will be of great interest to scholars of Methodism the History of Religion Liturgical Studies and Theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588946

Methodists and their Missionary Societies 1760-1900 Methodism played an important part in the spread of Christianity from its European heartlands to the Americas Asia Africa and the Pacific. From John Wesley’s initial reluctance via haphazard ventures and over-ambitious targets a well-organized and supported Wesleyan Society developed. Smaller branches of British Methodism undertook their own foreign missions. This book together with a companion volume on the 20th century offers an account of the overseas mission activity of British and Irish Methodists its roots and fruits. John Pritchard explores many aspects of mission ranging from Labrador to New Zealand and from Sierra Leone to Sri Lanka from open air preaching to political engagement from the isolation of early pioneers to the creation of self-governing churches. Tracing the nineteenth-century missionary work of the Churches with Wesleyan roots which went on to unite in 1932 Pritchard explores the shifting theologies and attitudes of missionaries who crossed cultural and geographical frontiers as well as those at home who sent and supported them. Necessarily selective in the personalities and events it describes this book offers a comprehensive overview of a world-changing movement - a story packed with heroism mistakes achievements frustrations arguments personalities rascals and saints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247505

Methodists and their Missionary Societies 1900-1996 The twentieth century saw the spectacular growth of Christianity in much of the global south the transformation of mission fields into self-governing Churches schemes of church union (some successful others abortive) evolving attitudes to other faiths and significant Christian engagement with issues of racial justice and world poverty. This book examines the contribution of the Methodist Missionary Society (and its predecessors before 1932) to these world-changing movements from the remarkable mass conversions in south-west China and west Africa early in the century to the controversy over grants to liberation movements in the 1970s and 1980s. Pritchard traces the MMS contribution to education health care rural development and social welfare and describes the administration of the Societies and the selection and preparation of candidates for missionary service. This is a ground-breaking study of Methodist Overseas Mission in the twentieth century how it adjusted to changing circumstances - including the forced withdrawals from China and Burma - and developed new initiatives and partnerships including its World Church in Britain programme which brought missionaries from the younger Churches to serve in Britain and Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247512

Methodological and Ontological Principles of Observation and AnalysisFollowing and Analyzing Things and Beings in Our Everyday World In our daily experiences we feel perceive designate invoke or comment on a plurality of beings: people artifacts technologies institutions projects animals divinities emotions cultures ideologies or opinions that are part of our world. While these beings are all part of our world they present various forms of existence. Echoing recent developments in existential anthropology Communication as Constitutive of Organization (CCO) research and Actor Network Theory here scholars from a variety of disciplines discuss how they study the types of beings that have been at the core of their respective research. Reflecting on the specific mode of existence presence and action of the being they follow they reveal the methodological innovations they deploy in order to analyze excerpts of field notes filmed interactions conversations pictures newspapers narratives etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584177

Methodological Challenges in Nature-Culture and Environmental History Research This book examines the challenges and possibilities of conducting cultural environmental history research today. Disciplinary commitments certainly influence the questions scholars ask and the ways they seek out answers but some methodological challenges go beyond the boundaries of any one discipline. The book examines: how to account for the fact that humans are not the only actors in history yet dominate archival records; how to attend to the non-visual senses when traditional sources offer only a two-dimensional non-sensory version of the past; how to decolonize research in and beyond the archives; and how effectively to use sources and means of communication made available in the digital age. This book will be a valuable resource for those interested in environmental history and politics sustainable development and historical geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615205

Methodological IndividualismBackground History and Meaning Throughout the history of social thought there has been a constant battle over the true nature of society and the best way to understand and explain it. This volume covers the development of methodological individualism including the individualist theory of society from Greek antiquity to modern social science. It is a comprehensive and systematic treatment of methodological individualism in all its manifestations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871274

Methodological Issues in Aging Research Methodological Issues in Aging Research is the first volume in the "Notre Dame Series on Quantitative Methodology." This new series provides practical training on the latest quantitative methods used in social and behavioral research. Each volume features contributions from leading experts in state-of-the-art techniques applicable to a selected substantive topic.The first series volume provides researchers with innovative techniques for the collection and analyses of data focusing on aging and lifespan development. The book addresses such techniques as structural equation modeling latent class analysis hierarchical linear growth curve modeling dynamical systems analysis multivariate Rasch models survival analysis multilevel modeling and quantitative genetic methods. These new techniques provide: better estimates of the direct effect of environmental or treatment effects and the dynamic pattern of genetic and environmental influences on adult development more precise predictions of outcomes which in turn increase the diagnostic power of test instruments the potential for developing new treatments that take advantage of the intrinsic dynamics of the course of a disease or age-related change to enhance treatment Methodological Issues in Aging Research appeals to advanced students and researchers in lifespan development gerontology health psychology and other fields related to human development. It can be used as a main or supplemental text for advanced courses related to developmental research methods. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315820989

Methodologies Models and Instruments for Rural and Urban Land Management Illustrated with empirical case studies from Europe Africa and North America this book provides an overview of the wide range of innovative methodologies models and instruments currently being applied in the formation of and implementation of land management strategies. It examines techniques such as data acquisition data modelling the legal instruments of land management and structural theories and applications ranging from historic land use to current programmes of urban redevelopment. It then shows how these advance land management and development in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247413

Methodologies and Applications for Analytical and Physical Chemistry This volume presents an up-to-date review of modern materials and concepts issues and recent advances in analytical and physical chemistry. Distinguished scientists and engineers from key institutions worldwide have contributed chapters that provide a deep analysis of their particular subjects. The chapters discuss the composition and properties of complex materials as well as mixtures processes and the need for new and improved analytical technology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886215

Methodologies for the Rhetoric of Health & Medicine This volume charts new methodological territories for rhetorical studies and the emerging field of the rhetoric of health and medicine. In offering an expanded behind-the-scenes view of rhetorical methodologies it advances the larger goal of differentiating the rhetoric of health and medicine as a distinct but pragmatically diverse area of study while providing rhetoricians and allied scholars new ways to approach and explain their research. Collectively the volume’s 16 chapters: Develop through extended examples of research creative theories and methodologies for studying and engaging medicine’s high-stakes practices. Provide thick descriptions of and heuristics for methodological invention and adaptation that meet the needs of needs of new and established researchers. Discuss approaches to researching health and medical rhetorics across a range of contexts (e.g. historical transnational socio-cultural institutional) and about a range of ethical issues (e.g. agency social justice responsiveness). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235861

Methodologies of EmbodimentInscribing Bodies in Qualitative Research This volume is dedicated to exploring and exposing the challenges the possibilities and the processes of empirical work in embodiment. Grounded in qualitative inquiry in the humanities and social sciences the chapters describe perspectives and contexts of embodied research but focus on the methodologies methods and analytic frames taken up to grapple with this ever-more theorised aspect of qualitative inquiry. The authors drawn together in this volume share an investment in the ways in which the body inscribes and is inscribed within research that foregrounds the cultural social affective and political discourses that are at the core of how bodies act and are acted upon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598556

Methodologies of HypnosisA Critical Appraisal of Contemporary Paradigms of Hypnosis Originally published in 1976 this title looks closely at the current nature of controls in hypnosis research at the time and tries to assess what they contributed to our knowledge of hypnosis. Specifically the book analyses the contributions to our understanding of hypnotic phenomena offered by the application of six contemporary methodologies or paradigms of hypnosis. The primary concern is with those paradigms that are experimental rather than clinical in orientation and which had emerged over the previous decade as coherent programmatic collections of procedural strategies all of them associated with distinct and important views of how hypnotic behaviour can best be explained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884991

Methodologies on the MoveThe Transnational Turn in Empirical Migration Research This volume establishes a new agenda for approaches to migration research and the corresponding methodologies. A wide range of international contributors focus on the question of how to overcome the so-called 'methodological nationalism' within empirical studies on migration. They address two main challenges: how to contextualize the empirical research field; and how to deal with national and ethnic categorizations within the empirical studies. Methodologies on the Move outlines first of all a new epistemological basis for migration research which is pinpointing the relational concept of space. Second building on the multi-sited method of ethnography it provides detailed insights into novel qualitative and quantitative research designs. Third it presents innovative data collection methods on geographic and virtual mobility and on cross-border social practices. This volume transcends the early criticisms of 'methodological nationalism' in migration research and suggests both general methodological lines as well as helpful tools for empirical analysis. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676558

Methodology Microeconomics and KeynesEssays in Honour of Victoria Chick Volume 2 This volume a companion to Money Macroeconomics and Keynes represents both consolidation and the breaking of new ground in Keynesian methodology and microeconomics by leading figures in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758338

Methodology and EconomicsA Critical Introduction The essays in this collection detail the fate of gypsies in the countries of Eastern Europe through the socialist era and pay special attention to the experience of the Nazi holocaust. The volume includes essays on Czechoslovakia Yugoslavia Albania Hungary and Romania. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702421

Methodology and Emotion in International RelationsParsing the Passions This volume offers a state-of-the-art study of the diverse methodological approaches and issues in the study of emotions in international relations research. While interest in emotion and affect in IR has grown in recent years there remains an absence of sustained engagement with questions of methodology and method. Although much of the field holds the ‘emotions turn’ as laudable it is commonly seen as facing serious even prohibitive methodological challenges. Using a common framework for making discussions of methodology and emotion mutually intelligible this work seeks to address this lacuna and will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations research methods and IR theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335196

Methodology and Method in History (RLE Accounting)A Bibliography This bibliography provides the reader with a comprehensive reference tool that will enhance understanding of methodological issues and enable the user to employ research methods appropriate to their subject of study. It also provides accounting historians a comprehensive data base for the development of papers addressing methodological issues in an accounting history context. Access to this type of resource is particularly crucial to the development of accounting history research since the number of papers dealing with methodological issues published in accounting history literature is very small. Hence the references in this bibliography are drawn from the literature of general history economic and business history legal and social history and philosophy. The scope and range of its contents are broad – references are taken from texts as well as papers published in over 450 journals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995819

Methodology and Moral Philosophy Many ethicists either accept the reflective equilibrium method or think that anything goes in ethical theorizing as long as the results are plausible. The aim of this book is to advance methodological thinking in ethics beyond these common attitudes and to raise new methodological questions about how moral philosophy should be done. What are we entitled to assume as the starting-point of our ethical inquiry? What is the role of empirical sciences in ethics? Is there just one general method for doing moral philosophy or should different questions in moral philosophy be answered in different ways? Are there argumentative structures and strategies that we should be encouraged to use or typical argumentative patterns that we should avoid? This volume brings together leading moral philosophers to consider these questions. The chapters investigate the prospects of empirical ethics outline new methods of ethics evaluate recent methodological advances and explore whether different areas of moral philosophy are methodologically continuous or independent of one another. The aim of Methodology and Moral Philosophy is to make moral philosophers more self-aware and reflective of the way in which they do moral philosophy and also to encourage them to take part in methodological debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664664

Methodology for a New Microeconomics (Routledge Revivals)The Critical Foundations First published in 1986 this title argues that the successful development of a new microeconomics requires a deeper understanding of methodological individualism and its role in stability analysis. Lawrence Boland expounds a critique of neoclassical models which he contends often fail to include an explicit stability analysis. He demonstrates that much of the sophisticated theoretical literature over the past thirty years can be understood as ad hoc attempts to overcome the deficiencies of such models in the absence of cogent stability analyses. In conclusion he explains the need to update the theory taught at universities and to develop a truly individualist version of microeconomics that is consistent with the methodological principles of major neoclassical models. An important contribution to economic methodology this work is a highly valuable resource for all students and teachers of economics at the undergraduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776340

Methodology in Robust and Nonparametric Statistics Robust and nonparametric statistical methods have their foundation in fields ranging from agricultural science to astronomy from biomedical sciences to the public health disciplines and more recently in genomics bioinformatics and financial statistics. These disciplines are presently nourished by data mining and high-level computer-based algorithms but to work actively with robust and nonparametric procedures practitioners need to understand their background. Explaining the underpinnings of robust methods and recent theoretical developments Methodology in Robust and Nonparametric Statistics provides a profound mathematically rigorous explanation of the methodology of robust and nonparametric statistical procedures.Thoroughly up-to-date this bookPresents multivariate robust and nonparametric estimation with special emphasis on affine-equivariant procedures followed by hypotheses testing and confidence setsKeeps mathematical abstractions at bay while remaining largely theoretical Provides a pool of basic mathematical tools used throughout the book in derivations of main resultsThe methodology presented with due emphasis on asymptotics and interrelations will pave the way for further developments on robust statistical procedures in more complex models. Using examples to illustrate the methods the text highlights applications in the fields of biomedical science bioinformatics finance and engineering. In addition the authors provide exercises in the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381066

Methodology in Sports History The process of converting the ‘past’ into ‘history’ involves engagement with a multitude of different sources and methods and sports historians inevitably participate in the same debates over approaches and methodologies as their counterparts in other historical disciplines. At its heart history remains a genre of empirical knowledge that is based upon the remains of the past and without suitable evidence there can be no sports history. A burgeoning range of sources has stimulated new ways of thinking and a significant expansion in the sports historian’s evidentiary base as textual sources have been supplemented by photos films and cartoons uniforms architecture maps and landscapes and material culture more generally. This book deals with some of these innovations. It is divided into two sections the first offering chapter-length studies of particular methodologies and the second brief responses from experts in their fields to the question ‘what can sports historians learn from other disciplines?’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888855

Methodology Of Frontal And Executive Function This volume reflects the pressure to develop useful models and methodologies to study executive behaviour - the ability to update information in working memory in order to control selective attention to formulate plans of action and to monitor their efficient execution. Many models are based on the concept of a single "central executive" that manges these functions; others propose a number of independent "working memory systems" that each serve one task or activity but not others.; This book is a collection of essays by active researchers who discuss their own work on the definition of "executive" or "controlled" behaviours and on the relation of these behaviours to specific areas of the frontal cortex. The papers are particularly concerned with logical difficulties that arise in defining these functions that lead in turn to methodological difficulties in studying them. In particular they discuss such problems as the low test-re-test reliability of tasks that have been used to define and explore "executive" behaviours the limited validity of these tasks in predicting performance deficits the poor localization of the changes observed with respect to underlying brain function and the relation of performance on these tasks to individual difference in performance on measures of "global" or "general" intellectual ability such as Spearman's 1927 gf.; The authors discuss their own research on the relations between cognitive function and neuropsychology on changes in executive competence in conditions such as closed head injuries or dementias that may diffusely affect the whole brain and on changes in executive function in normal old age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877139

Methodology of Islamic EconomicsProblems and Solutions In its pursuit to equip the reader with a basic knowledge of Islamic economics this book divulges the micro-foundations of the discipline and highlights the predominant schools of thought that exist in the field. It explains in simple terms what Islamic economics entails and how it can be studied as a science in relation to the Holy Quran the Sunnah and the Islamic intellectual tradition based on these two sources. The book familiarizes the reader with knowledge of the basic maxims of the discipline. It then establishes the arguments that are presented by the proponents of religion-based economics specifically Islam and apprises readers about the aforementioned schools as they exist. A number of chapters consider the dimension of the dilemmas the discipline is facing and the chronological progress of the field is reviewed hence providing a comprehensive overview of the topic. The book deals with the issues about the origins of Islamic economics the basic methodological questions the use of the opportunities offered by fiqh in the methodological discussions and the main problems arising from the encounter with other cultures and civilizations. It offers practical solutions despite the differing schools of thought not unlike the development of conventional Economics where radical differences between Keynesian Classical and Monetarist approaches existed. It concludes by incorporating some of the finest works that explain to the reader how Islamic economics may progress as a discipline. This guide will provide both students and researchers in Comparative Economic Studies Islamic Economics and Islamic Finance with an essential overview of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336134

Methodology of Social Sciences Max Weber wrote these methodological essays in the closest intimacy with actual research and against a background of constant and intensive meditation on substantive problems in the theory and strategy of the social sciences. They were written between 1903 and 1917 the most productive of Max Weber's life when he was working on his studies in the sociology of religion and Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft.Weber had done important work in economic and legal history and had taught economic theory. On the basis of original investigations he had acquired a specialist's knowledge of the details of German economic and social structure. His always vital concern for the political prosperity of Germany among the nations thrust him deeply into discussion of political ideals and programs.Weber's methodology still holds interest for us. Some of its shortcomings from the contemporary viewpoint may be attributed to the fact that some of the methodological problems that he treated could not be satisfactorily resolved prior to certain actual developments in research technique. These few qualifications aside the work remains a pioneering work in large scale social research from one of the field's masters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528048

Methods Measures and Theories in Eyewitness Identification Tasks Methods Measures and Theories in Eyewitness Recognition Tasks provides a comprehensive review of the fundamental issues surrounding eyewitness recognition phenomena alongside suggestions for developing a more methodologically rigorous eyewitness science. Over the past 40 years the field of eyewitness science has seen substantial advancement in eyewitness identification procedures yet theoretical and methodological developments have fallen behind. Featuring contributions from prominent international scholars this book examines methodological and theoretical limitations and explores important topics including how to increase the accuracy of identifying perpetrators when using CCTV images how to create more identifiable facial composites and the differences in accuracy between younger and older eyewitnesses. Providing in-depth discussion on the limitations of traditional lineups eyewitness memory fallibility and the complications that arise when using laboratory simulations along with suggestions for new methods this book will be an invaluable resource for researchers in eyewitness recognition lawyers players in the criminal justice system members of innocence commissions and researchers with interests in cognitive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138612549

Methods Sex and Madness Social research yields knowledge which powerfully affects our daily lives. The 'facts' it generates shape not just how we see ourselves and others but also whether or not we see the existing status quo as normal just and legitimate. This book examines and questions the methods used by social researchers to produce such knowledge. It focuses chiefly on research into human sexuality and madness. It introduces and critically assesses everything from survey methods to participant observation. It opens up broader philosophical debates about the nature of knowledge and highlights issues surrounding the ethics and politics of research. The book looks at the research community and the research process in detail before moving on to examine the main techniques used in social research:* the use of official statistics* the survey method* interviewing* laboratory observation* ethnography* the use of documentary sources* textual analysis.By exploring both technical and conceptual problems in the work of researchers like Freud and Kinsey and by considering the difficulties faced by researchers concerned with phenomena such as rape witch hunts and prostitution this book makes methodological issues both interesting and accessible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165106

Methods and Algorithms in NavigationMarine Navigation and Safety of Sea Transportation The TransNav 2011 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2011 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions   allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of six volumes and provides an overview of Methods and Algorithms in Navigation and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415691147

Methods and Contexts in the Study of Muslim MinoritiesVisible and Invisible Muslims In the past decade Muslims in Europe have been the subject of heated debates on the place and role of religion in the public space. Research into the issues involved has often used visible and formalised expressions of Muslim religiosity as its empirical point of departure. This book instead examines the microlevel workings of Muslim minority religiosity to offer a new perspective on these debates. Contributors to this volume examine the forms of Muslim religiosity which are not dependent on the official or semi-official settings of organised religion. These ethnographic studies investigate a range of examples of non-organised Islam ranging from salafi-jihadism to converts to Islam to everyday spiritualities of Muslim in Europe. By exploring these neglected forms of Muslim religiosity this book is able to build up a more nuanced picture of the role of Muslims in Europe. It will be of interest to academics researchers and graduate students of Religion Ethnic Studies Migration Studies Sociology and Political Science. This book was previously published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817470

Methods and Criteria of ReasoningAn Inquiry into the Structure of Controversy First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823003

Methods and Tactics in Cognitive Science First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802619

Methods and Uses of Hypnosis and Self-HypnosisA Treatise on the Powers of the Subconscious Mind Originally published in 1928 the main object of this book was to draw attention to the importance of hypnotism and its phenomena in order to stimulate inquiry into what was at the time a ‘mysterious and unexplored subject’. The author had studied hypnotism nearly all his life and practised it for thirty years he therefore felt the investigations experiences and views presented in this title would prove of interest and value both to the medical and psychological expert and the general reader of the time. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138891104

Methods for Analyzing Social Media Social media is becoming increasingly attractive for users. It is a fast way to communicate ideas and a key source of information. It is therefore one of the most influential mediums of communication of our time and an important area for audience research. The growth of social media invites many new questions such as: How can we analyze social media? Can we use traditional audience research methods and apply them to online content? Which new research strategies have been developed? Which ethical research issues and controversies do we have to pay attention to? This book focuses on research strategies and methods for analyzing social media and will be of interest to researchers and practitioners using social media as well as those wanting to keep up to date with the subject. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Technology in Human Services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818322

Methods for Assessment of Soil Degradation Soil degradation has serious global impacts on agronomic economic and sociopolitical conditions however statistics regarding the degree of these impacts has been largely unreliable. This book aims to standardize the methodology for obtaining reliable and objective data on soil degradation. It will also identify and develop criteria for assessing the severity of soil degradation providing a realistic scenario of the problem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448097

Methods for Estimation and Inference in Modern Econometrics Methods for Estimation and Inference in Modern Econometrics provides a comprehensive introduction to a wide range of emerging topics such as generalized empirical likelihood estimation and alternative asymptotics under drifting parameterizations which have not been discussed in detail outside of highly technical research papers. The book also addresses several problems often arising in the analysis of economic data including weak identification model misspecification and possible nonstationarity. The book’s appendix provides a review of some basic concepts and results from linear algebra probability theory and statistics that are used throughout the book. Topics covered include:Well-established nonparametric and parametric approaches to estimation and conventional (asymptotic and bootstrap) frameworks for statistical inferenceEstimation of models based on moment restrictions implied by economic theory including various method-of-moments estimators for unconditional and conditional moment restriction models and asymptotic theory for correctly specified and misspecified modelsNon-conventional asymptotic tools that lead to improved finite sample inference such as higher-order asymptotic analysis that allows for more accurate approximations via various asymptotic expansions and asymptotic approximations based on drifting parameter sequences Offering a unified approach to studying econometric problems Methods for Estimation and Inference in Modern Econometrics links most of the existing estimation and inference methods in a general framework to help readers synthesize all aspects of modern econometric theory. Various theoretical exercises and suggested solutions are included to facilitate understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367382667

Methods for Investigation of Amino Acid and Protein Metabolism Containing all the new as well as classical methodologies used in the investigation of amino acid and protein metabolism in human and animal models this book is needed because of the dramatic increase in research in this field. There is no other book currently on the market that covers these methods of investigation.Methods for Investigation of Amino Acid and Protein Metabolism explores areas such as amino acid transfer across tissue membranes past and new applications using stable isotopes protein synthesis in organs and tissues and more. Because of the importance of research methods in the field of amino acid and protein nutrition and metabolism this book facilitates the reader's integration of the concepts involved in these investigative research methods and their corollaries.In addition to helping any nutrition investigator design and conduct appropriate research protocols in this area of nutrition this book assists students who are planning to investigate amino acid and protein metabolism in humans or laboratory animals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399832

Methods For Recovering Viruses From The Environment This book argues that without methods there can be no research. Effective research requires effective methods not always easy to come by. The development of methods in environmental virology became a focus of growing interest about two decades ago. Progress has been significant since that time in pure experimental systems where there are no interferences consistent high recoveries of viruses from environmental waters has been achievable for some time. In the natural environment however in relatively clean waters substances such as humic and fulvic acids interfere with viral recoveries and average recovery rates probably do not reach 20%. With sewage sludges and shellfish recoveries are undoubtedly much lower. Yet even relatively low viral recovery rates have made possible the detection of viral hazards in drinking waters. The hazards that exist are undoubtedly much greater than those demonstrated with the relatively inefficient methods inefficient methods developed thus far. Improving methods as they are developed in the years to come will undoubtedly bring the true extent of the hazards into better perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895369

Methods for Social Analysis in Developing Countries This book fills the gap between social science methodology books and the realities of conducting social research under Third World conditions. It focuses on social impact assessment methods and cost effective social analyses for development projects and programs in US and Third World countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367013370

Methods for Social TheoryAnalytical tools for theorizing and writing This book constitutes a practical guide to the important skills of both theorizing and writing in social scientific scholarship focusing on the importance of identifying relations between concepts that are useful for explaining social entities and of producing a text that convincingly advances the theory that has been constructed. Taking as its point of departure the distinction between the research process and the reporting process – between clarifying one’s ideas to oneself and writing to express these ideas clearly to others – this volume concentrates on writing when theorizing as a way of thinking emphasizing the series of relations that exist between ontology epistemology and rhetoric upon which successful theoretical writing depends. Richly illustrated with practical examples the book is divided into two parts the first of which presents techniques for theorizing based upon visualized and logical connections of ideas concepts and empirical patterns in both free and systematic ways and the second part providing techniques for structuring and presenting arguments in essays papers articles or books.As such Methods for Social Theory offers a toolbox for the development and presentation of social thought which will prove essential for students and teachers across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472472847

Methods for Studying Nucleic Acid/Drug Interactions Since most therapeutic efforts have been predominantly focused on pharmaceuticals that target proteins there is an unmet need to develop drugs that intercept cellular pathways that critically involve nucleic acids. Progress in the discovery of nucleic acid binding drugs naturally relies on the availability of analytical methods that assess the efficacy and nature of interactions between nucleic acids and their putative ligands. This progress can benefit tremendously from new methods that probe nucleic acid/ligand interactions both rapidly and quantitatively. A variety of novel methods for these studies have emerged in recent years and Methods for Studying DNA/Drug Interactions highlights new and non-conventional methods for exploring nucleic acid/ligand interactions. Designed to present drug-developing companies with a survey of possible future techniques the book compares their drawbacks and advantages with respect to commonly used tools. Perhaps more importantly this book was written to inspire young scientists to continue to advance these methods into fruition especially in light of current capabilities for assay miniaturization and enhanced sensitivity using microfluidics and nanomaterials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138382039

Methods for Studying Video Games and Religion Game studies has been an understudied area within the emerging field of digital media and religion. Video games can reflect reject or reconfigure traditionally held religious ideas and often serve as sources for the production of religious practices and ideas. This collection of essays presents a broad range of influential methodological approaches that illuminate how and why video games shape the construction of religious beliefs and practices and also situates such research within the wider discourse on how digital media intersect with the religious worlds of the 21st century. Each chapter discusses a particular method and its theoretical background summarizes existing research and provides a practical case study that demonstrates how the method specifically contributes to the wider study of video games and religion. Featuring contributions from leading and emerging scholars of religion and digital gaming this book will be an invaluable resource for scholars in the areas of digital culture new media religious studies and game studies across a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889920

Methods for Teaching in Early Education Methods for Teaching in Early Education is a comprehensive textbook offering a thorough introduction to early childhood teaching methods with a particular focus on inclusive practices. Aligned with both NAEYC standards and CEC’s Division for Early Childhood recommended practices this text explores various early childhood teaching principles and strategies providing useful guidance for identifying and choosing between approaches. Covering topics from child-directed strategies to working with professionals in early childhood the authors provide extensive support to prepare teachers for classroom planning and instruction. Each chapter opens and closes with representative vignettes of the challenges faced by today’s early educators and helpfully highlights key terms and objectives to inform learning goals. With the addition of sample worksheets suggested exercises and helpful references this book fully supports future teachers in understanding how they might implement these strategies in practice. Methods for Teaching in Early Education will prove indispensable for students of teaching methods courses in both general and special education programs providing a comprehensive introduction to early childhood teaching strategies relevant for today’s inclusive classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088542

Methods for the Ethnography of CommunicationLanguage in Use in Schools and Communities Methods for the Ethnography of Communication is a guide to conducting ethnographic research in classroom and community settings that introduces students to the field of ethnography of communication and takes them through the recursive and nonlinear cycle of ethnographic research. Drawing on the mnemonic that Hymes used to develop the Ethnography of SPEAKING the authors introduce the innovative CULTURES framework to provide a helpful structure for moving through the complex process of collecting and analyzing ethnographic data and addresses the larger "how-to" questions that students struggle with when undertaking ethnographic research. Exercises and activities help students make the connection between communicative events acts and situations and ways of studying them ethnographically. Integrating a primary focus on language in use within an ethnographic framework makes this book an invaluable core text for courses on ethnography of communication and related areas in a variety of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517775

Methods for the Quantitative Assessment of Channel Processes in Torrents (Steep Streams) An important part of the risk management of natural hazards in mountain regions concerns the hazard assessment and the planning of protection measures in steep headwater catchments i.e. torrent control and slope stabilization. Torrent processes in steep channels have their rightful place among the various alpine natural hazards and the corresponding control measures have a long tradition in the European alpine countries. In the planning and execution of such measures professional experience has been of paramount importance. This experience was based primarily on observations made during and after hazardous events as well as on regular field visits in the catchments of a steep headwater stream. Quantitative measurements e.g. of the discharge and of the eroded and deposited solid materials have been increasingly carried out only in the last decades. This set the basis to develop and improve quantitative methods to predict flow hydraulics bedload transport and debris flows in torrent catchments. This publication presents an overview of methods to quantify channel processes in steep catchments. The understanding and the quantitative description of channel processes provides an essential basis for the planning of protection measures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574956

Methods in Algorithmic Analysis Explores the Impact of the Analysis of Algorithms on Many Areas within and beyond Computer ScienceA flexible interactive teaching format enhanced by a large selection of examples and exercises Developed from the author’s own graduate-level course Methods in Algorithmic Analysis presents numerous theories techniques and methods used for analyzing algorithms. It exposes students to mathematical techniques and methods that are practical and relevant to theoretical aspects of computer science. After introducing basic mathematical and combinatorial methods the text focuses on various aspects of probability including finite sets random variables distributions Bayes’ theorem and Chebyshev inequality. It explores the role of recurrences in computer science numerical analysis engineering and discrete mathematics applications. The author then describes the powerful tool of generating functions which is demonstrated in enumeration problems such as probabilistic algorithms compositions and partitions of integers and shuffling. He also discusses the symbolic method the principle of inclusion and exclusion and its applications. The book goes on to show how strings can be manipulated and counted how the finite state machine and Markov chains can help solve probabilistic and combinatorial problems how to derive asymptotic results and how convergence and singularities play leading roles in deducing asymptotic information from generating functions. The final chapter presents the definitions and properties of the mathematical infrastructure needed to accommodate generating functions. Accompanied by more than 1 000 examples and exercises this comprehensive classroom-tested text develops students’ understanding of the mathematical methodology behind the analysis of algorithms. It emphasizes the important relation between continuous (classical) mathematics and discrete mathematics which is the basis of computer science. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138118041

Methods In Animal Physiology The aim of the present volume was to give an overview over different available methodological approaches. The specialists may perhaps object that in their particular field the level of information is superficial. However let them look at other chapters in which different approaches are discussed and which surely will appear less superficial from the more general point of view. We hope at least that crucial references can be traced throughout the book that would enable the readers to go in more detail when desired. It can be traced throughout the book that would enable the readers to go in more detail when desired. It was really one of our ideas to draw the survey of possibilities available. If this can stimulate the readers to use ideas to draw the survey of possibilities available. If this can stimulate the readers to use other methods that those they are routinely using the goals will be met. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895376

Methods in Brain Connectivity Inference through Multivariate Time Series Analysis Interest in brain connectivity inference has become ubiquitous and is now increasingly adopted in experimental investigations of clinical behavioral and experimental neurosciences. Methods in Brain Connectivity Inference through Multivariate Time Series Analysis gathers the contributions of leading international authors who discuss different time series analysis approaches providing a thorough survey of information on how brain areas effectively interact. Incorporating multidisciplinary work in applied mathematics statistics and animal and human experiments at the forefront of the field the book addresses the use of time series data in brain connectivity interference studies. Contributors present codes and data examples to back up their methodological descriptions exploring the details of each proposed method as well as an appreciation of their merits and limitations. Supplemental material for the book including code data practical examples and color figures is supplied in the form of a CD with directories organized by chapter and instruction files that provide additional detail. The field of brain connectivity inference is growing at a fast pace with new data/signal processing proposals emerging so often as to make it difficult to be fully up to date. This consolidated panorama of data-driven methods includes theoretical bases allied to computational tools offering readers immediate hands-on experience in this dynamic arena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439845721

Methods in Cell Wall Cytochemistry Various methodologies designed to study cell walls are compiled in this book. Methods in Cell Wall Cytochemistry covers the use of modern dyes fluorescent chemicals lectins and antibody technology (immunocytochemisty.)Cell wall morphology and chemical composition is covered as well as light and fluorescent cytochemistry; transmission electron microscopic cytochemistry; lectin cytochemistry; and special emphasis on immunocytochemistry. Addressing an emerging area of research and technology this book will appeal to plant pathologists cell biologists as well as workers interested in stress response and those employing cell walls for biotechnological research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399863

Methods in Comparative Effectiveness Research Comparative effectiveness research (CER) is the generation and synthesis of evidence that compares the benefits and harms of alternative methods to prevent diagnose treat and monitor a clinical condition or to improve the delivery of care (IOM 2009). CER is conducted to develop evidence that will aid patients clinicians purchasers and health policy makers in making informed decisions at both the individual and population levels. CER encompasses a very broad range of types of studies—experimental observational prospective retrospective and research synthesis. This volume covers the main areas of quantitative methodology for the design and analysis of CER studies. The volume has four major sections—causal inference; clinical trials; research synthesis; and specialized topics. The audience includes CER methodologists quantitative-trained researchers interested in CER and graduate students in statistics epidemiology and health services and outcomes research. The book assumes a masters-level course in regression analysis and familiarity with clinical research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367736422

Methods in Food Analysis This book reviews methods of analysis and detection in the area of food science and technology. Each chapter deals with determination/quantification analyses of quality parameters in food covering topics such as lipids color texture and rheological properties in different food products. The book focuses on the most common methods of analysis presenting methodologies for specific work conditions. It provides a reference for food engineers and researchers working in the area of food science and technology as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482231953

Methods In Futures StudiesProblems And Applications This book presents three examples of futures research that illustrate the problems of applying knowledge during the course of a futures research project the ways in which different methodologies interact and various means of combining and adapting methodological tools and techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169978

Methods in Genomic Neuroscience The past few years have witnessed extraordinary advances in molecular genetic techniques and the accumulation of structural genomics information and resources in both human and model organisms. With the development of new technologies and the availability of resources like the sequence of eukaryotic genomes problems of a previously unthinkable scope are now being routinely solved in neuroscience and many other areas of biomedical research. The results of these studies in turn are having and will continue to have profound impact on experimental approaches and designs for manipulating genes the genome and model organisms as a means of gaining insights into nervous system functioning and complex behavior.Methods in Genomic Neuroscience provides newcomers and experienced researchers with a reference guide for applying powerful state-of-the-art molecular genetic techniques to the study of neural and behavioral systems. It thereby provides a foundation by which data on gene expression and function may be used to develop new therapeutic strategies for brain diseases. Authored by researchers in the forefront of genomic neuroscience the book addresses state-of-the-art tools and technologies for global analysis of genes influencing the nervous system and its disorders. An emphasis is placed on massively parallel approaches for analyzing the avalanche of data that is being generated from the full genomic sequence of humans and model systems. Specific topics include human sequence variation methods for discovering disease vulnerability genes gene-environmental interaction gene expression analysis using DNA microarrays random mutagenesis gene trap approaches for studying brain development neural stem cells gene targeting and gene delivery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455132

Methods in Historical EcologyInsights from Amazonia This book presents some of the most recent tools methods and concepts in historical ecology. It introduces students and researchers to state-of-the-art techniques and showcases a wide array of methods dedicated to understanding the history of tropical landscapes. The chapters cover the detection and characterisation of archaeological features living organisms as witnesses of past human activities ethnoecological knowledge of ancient anthropogenic landscapes and societal impacts of historical ecology. Whilst mainly based on Amazonian experiences the contributions aim to strengthen synergies between disciplines and to propose solutions that can be applied elsewhere in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182212

Methods in Human GeographyA guide for students doing a research project First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132153

Methods in Inhalation Toxicology This book focuses on an important aspect of the methods in laboratory animal inhalation toxicology. It is targeted to students in toxicology programs and scientists contemplating performing inhalation studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138473683

Methods in Insect Sensory Neuroscience Insects are among the most diverse and adaptable organisms on Earth. They have long been our chief competitors for food and are responsible for spreading devastating afflictions such as malaria and encephalitis. The insects’ ability to thrive is due in large part to their well-developed sensory systems which present a host of novel physiological biochemical and behavioral attributes that underlie their remarkable feats of sensory performance. Methods in Insect Neuroscience is the first text to showcase the tremendous variety of methods that are available to study the sensory capabilities of insects. It covers the complete spectrum of sensory modalities in insects from vision and audition to chemoreception and multimodal processing. The book is designed to serve as a how to guide for putting into practice a wide range of techniques including behavioral observation brain imaging single- and multi-unit electrophysiology computer modeling/signal processing and robotics to address innumerable questions. A truly multidisciplinary synthesis of neurobiological behavioral and computational approaches to sensory-information processing is most likely to yield our richest understanding of the mechanisms that underlie sensation and perception. In that spirit this book contains chapters by leading neuroethologists comparative biologists neuroscientists computational biologists geneticists and bioengineers who have adopted insects as their models. Their hard work and dedication is evident in the quality of detail contained in every chapter. This book is intended for seasoned neuroscientists looking for state-of-the-art information as well as discussions on the open-ended questions facing sensory neuroscience today. It is also intended as a primer for newcomers utilizing insects to embark on a study of sensory mechanisms.The opening section provides background information and references about the basic organization of the insect brain a Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393465

Methods in Karst HydrogeologyIAH: International Contributions to Hydrogeology 26 The importance of investigating karstified aquifers lies in their significance as a major source of drinking water. This book describes methods that are basic to all hydrogeological studies such as hydraulic investigations hydrochemistry geophysics isotope chemistry and modelling but with the emphasis placed on their application to karst systems. Other techniques are specific to the karst environment such as the speleological exploration of aquifers and water tracing. The various chapters of this book are written by experts in different methods. Most of the chapters are multi-authored and the authors include hydrogeologists who are experienced in evaluating a variety of karst environments and who together provide a comprehensive review of karst methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388980

Methods in Medical InformaticsFundamentals of Healthcare Programming in Perl Python and Ruby Too often healthcare workers are led to believe that medical informatics is a complex field that can only be mastered by teams of professional programmers. This is simply not the case. With just a few dozen simple algorithms easily implemented with open source programming languages you can fully utilize the medical information contained in clinical and research datasets. The common computational tasks of medical informatics are accessible to anyone willing to learn the basics. Methods in Medical Informatics: Fundamentals of Healthcare Programming in Perl Python and Ruby demonstrates that biomedical professionals with fundamental programming knowledge can master any kind of data collection. Providing you with access to data nomenclatures and programming scripts and languages that are all free and publicly available this book — Describes the structure of data sources used with instructions for downloading Includes a clearly written explanation of each algorithm Offers equivalent scripts in Perl Python and Ruby for each algorithm Shows how to write short quickly learned scripts using a minimal selection of commands Teaches basic informatics methods for retrieving organizing merging and analyzing data sources Provides case studies that detail the kinds of questions that biomedical scientists can ask and answer with public data and an open source programming language Requiring no more than a working knowledge of Perl Python or Ruby Methods in Medical Informatics will have you writing powerful programs in just a few minutes. Within its chapters you will find descriptions of the basic methods and implementations needed to complete many of the projects you will encounter in your biomedical career. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138374416

Methods in Neuroendocrinology This book describes some of the many different disciplines that are involved in investigations of neuroendocrine control mechanisms. It is intended for students pre- and post-doctoral fellows medical residents and others who are interested in neuroendocrine research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138453913

Methods in Pain Research In the past two decades pain research has become one of the most rapidly growing areas of neuroscience activity. Methods in Pain Research brings together in a single volume a survey of the methods that can be used to study a reaction or 'sensory report' in humans that can only be inferred by indirect means in animal or tissues studies. It presents source material useful advice and guidance to specific details as well as examples of current usage. With each topic presented by one or more of the leading experts in the field it examines the major modern techniques used in studying pain including gene linkage brain imaging methods the use of transgenic rodent models painful sensory neuropathy models and more. The material also covers conventional methods of pain study such as anatomical and electophysiological techniques. Methods in Pain Research provides up-to-date methodology and a guide to the strategies of experimental design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397234

Methods in Philosophy of Education This important new book presents a 'dual strand' argument: Firstly it gives a comprehensive account of methods in philosophy of education with leading international figures in the field of writing from a variety of methodological and epistemological perspectives. Secondly it examines their application in the 'real world' of education using the topical area of children's rights as a basis for investigation. It will therefore be of interest to philosophers and educationalists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758444

Methods in Plant Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Modern plant science research currently integrates biochemistry and molecular biology. This book highlights recent trends in plant biotechnology and molecular genetics serving as a working manual for scientists in academic industrial and federal laboratories. A wide variety of authors have contributed to this book reflecting the thinking and expertise of active investigators who generate advances in technology. The authors were selected especially for their ability to create and/or implement novel research methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895383

Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology emphasizes a variety of well-tested methods in plant molecular biology and biotechnology. For each detailed and tested protocol presented a brief overview of the methodology is provided. This overview considers why the protocol is used what other comparable methods are available and what limitations can be expected with the protocol. Other chapters in the book present overviews regarding how to approach particular problems and introduce unique methods - such as how to use computer methodology to study isolated genes. The book will be a practical reference for plant physiologists plant molecular biologists phytopathologists and microbiologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895390

Methods in Practical Laboratory Bacteriology The success of laboratory experiments relies heavily on the technical ability of the bench scientist with the aid of "tricks-of-the-trade" to generate consistent and reliable data. Regrettably however these invaluable "tricks-of-the-trade" are frequently omitted from scientific publications. This paucity of practical information relating to the conduct of laboratory bacteriology experiments creates a gaping void in the pertinent literature.Methods in Practical Laboratory Bacteriology fills this void. It provides detailed technical information that ensures that you achieve consistent and reliable data. The book addresses the aspects of bacterial fractionation and membrane characterization the analysis of Lipopolysaccharides and the techniques of SDS-PAGE immunoblotting and ELISA. It also describes the methods used for detecting and quantifying bacterial resistance to antibiotics and the analysis of bacterial chromosomes by pulsed-field gel electrophoresis (PFGE). Methods in Practical Laboratory Bacteriology also covers protocols for extracting the fingerprinting plasmids as well as the use of non-radio labeled gene probes and ribosomal RNA gene probes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138452008

Methods in Product DesignNew Strategies in Reengineering As industries adopt consumer-focused product development strategies they should offer broader product ranges in shorter design times and the processes that can manufacture in arbitrary lot sizes. In addition they would need to apply state-of-the-art methods and tools to easily conduct early product design and development trade-off analysis among competing objectives. Methods in Product Design: New Strategies in Reengineering supplies insights into the methods and techniques that enable implementing a consumer-focused product design philosophy by integrating design and development capabilities with intelligent computer-based systems. The book defines customer focused design and discusses ways to assess changing demands and sources and delves into what is needed to successfully manufacture goods in a demanding market. It reviews proven methods for assessing customer need. Then after showing how changing needs impact the reengineering of products it explains how change can be efficiently achieved. It details how IT advances and technology support customer-focused product development discusses cutting-edge mass customization principles that maximize cost-effective production and illustrates how to implement effective predictive maintenance policies.Methods in Product Design: New Strategies in Reengineering provides methods state-of-the-art technologies and new strategies for customer-focused product design and development that allow organizations to quickly respond to the demanding global marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374133

Methods in Religion Spirituality & Aging Since the 1971 White House Conference on Aging in the United States the need to move from religiosity into new areas such as Spiritual Assessment and Spirituality has emerged. This movement has picked up momentum among scholars particularly in terms of research in the area of Spirituality. While spirituality as a term is employed in many new studies this term continues to defy the quest for a single definition and method. This book is divided into three sections. In the first the authors reflect on the philosophical and theological issues presented by these terms from a variety of both cognate and practical methodological approaches. The second section offers insights from the major professions of sociology psychology public health nursing and social work. The final section offers insight and assistance to researchers and authors on specific religious traditions. This book will be important for anyone working to develop such practical tools as spiritual assessment forms to those who engage in more formal scholarly investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848794

Methods in Ring Theory "Furnishes important research papers and results on group algebras and PI-algebras presented recently at the Conference on Methods in Ring Theory held in Levico Terme Italy-familiarizing researchers with the latest topics techniques and methodologies encompassing contemporary algebra." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332630

Methods of Air Sampling and Analysis Includes precise directions for a long list of contaminants! All contaminants you can analyze or monitor with a given method are consolidated together to facilitate use. This book is especially valuable for indoor and outdoor air pollution control industrial hygiene occupational health analytical chemists engineers health physicists biologists toxicologists and instrument users. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580230

Methods of Analysis of Food Components and Additives With diet health and food safety news making headlines on a regular basis the ability to separate identify and analyze the nutrients additives and toxicological compounds found in food and food components is more important than ever. This requires proper training in the application of best methods as well as efforts to improve existing methods to meet analytical needs. Advances in instrumentation and applied instrumental analysis methods have allowed scientists concerned with food and beverage quality labeling compliance and safety to meet these ever-increasing analytical demands. This updated edition of Methods of Analysis of Food Components and Additives covers recent advances as well as established methods in a concise guide presenting detailed explanations of techniques for analysis of food components and additives. Written by leading scientists many of whom personally developed or refined the techniques this reference focuses primarily on methods of food analysis and novel analysis instruments. It provides readers with a survey of modern analytical instruments and methods for the analysis of food components additives and contaminants. Each chapter summarizes key findings on novel analysis methods including the identification speciation and determination of components in raw materials and food products. The text describes the component or additive that can be analyzed explains how it works and then offers examples of applications. This reference covers selection of techniques statistical assessments analysis of drinking water and rapid microbiological techniques. It also describes the application of chemical physical microbiological sensorial and instrumental novel analysis to food components and additives including proteins peptides lipids vitamins carotenoids chlorophylls and food allergens as well as genetically modified components pesticide residues pollutants chemical preservatives and radioactive components in foods. The Second Edition contains three valuable new chapters on analytical quality assurance the analysis of carbohydrates and natural toxins in foods along with updates in the remaining chapters numerous examples and many new figures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199149

Methods of Architectural Programming (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1977 this volume was intended as a sourcebook for designers and attempts to specify the ingredients necessary to develop a design program rather than postulate a model program for which no consensus exists. As such it filled a void in the existing literature which seldom covered programming with much depth and provides technical aids to guide designers. The author attempts to integrate the pioneering contributions from others in order to identify the substance of programming for designers and represents a culling of the strategies and techniques from the social behavioural and management sciences — building on the developing efforts of other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688353

Methods of Criminological Research Examining the different ways in which data can be collected and analyzed for research on crime and criminal justice this book deals with social surveys experimental methods official statistics observation and detailed interviews. This practical text includes sections on: * methods of criminological research * types of data* measuring and explaining crime * studying the criminal justice system * gaining access* publishing results. Throughout it emphasizes the necessity of examining forms of data collection and analysis within the context of the criminological problems being investigated the theoretical approaches used to address these problems and the political and institutional contexts within which research takes place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142756

Methods of Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Environmental and social impact assessment (ESIA) is an important and often obligatory part of proposing or launching any development project. Delivering a successful ESIA needs not only an understanding of the theory but also a detailed knowledge of the methods for carrying out the processes required. Riki Therivel and Graham Wood bring together the latest advice on best practice from experienced practitioners to ensure an ESIA is carried out effectively and efficiently. This new edition: • explains how an ESIA works and how it should be carried out • demonstrates the links between socio-economic cultural environmental and ecological systems and assessments • incorporates the World Bank’s IFC performance standards and best practice examples from developing as well as developed countries • includes new chapters on emerging ESIA topics such as climate change ecosystem services cultural impacts resource efficiency land acquisition and involuntary resettlement. Invaluable to undergraduate and MSc students of ESIA on planning ecology geography and environment courses this internationally oriented fourth edition of Methods of Environmental and Social Impact Assessment is also of great use to planners ESIA practitioners and professionals seeking to update their skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647671

Methods of Estimating Reserves of Crude Oil Natural Gas and Natural Gas Liquids (Routledge Revivals) Methods of Estimating Reserves of Crude Oil Natural Gas and Natural Gas Liquids first published in 1965 aims to throw new light on a field of knowledge vital to consideration of problems of public policy regarding future sources of energy. This book will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856813

Methods of Experimental Physics Based on the modern approach of information theory this book presents novel experimental techniques tools and data processing methods for physics applications. It shows readers how to plan and conduct experiments design and certify measuring equipment and process and interpret the experimental data. Drawing on his extensive experience in experimental research the author discusses the theory of systems for measuring and recording data the equipment and methods used for studying fast processes the basic methods of experimental physics and the methods for interpretation and data processing. Bringing together approaches that have previously been scattered in the literature the book covers high-speed photography Fourier optics spectroscopy interferometry holography electromagnetic waves X-rays and corpuscular investigation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866426

Methods of Exploring Emotions Gathering scholars from different disciplines this book is the first on how to study emotions using sociological historical linguistic anthropological psychological cultural and mixed approaches. Bringing together the emerging lines of inquiry it lays foundations for an overdue methodological debate.The volume offers entrancing short essays richly illustrated with examples and anecdotes that provide basic knowledge about how to pursue emotions in texts interviews observations spoken language visuals historical documents and surveys. The contributors are respectful of those being researched and are mindful of the effects of their own feelings on the conclusions. The book thus touches upon the ethics of research in vivid first person accounts. Methods are notoriously difficult to teach—this collection fills the gap between dry methods books and students’ need to know more about the actual research practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870522

Methods of Family ResearchBiographies of Research Projects These companion volumes provide a "behind the scenes" look into the personal experiences of researchers in an effort to eliminate the lack of communication surrounding family research methodology. They show how the researchers achieved their results and why they chose particular methodologies over others. These volumes present more than just findings -- they present the real experiences of the authors in their own styles and personalities exposing the problems mistakes and concerns they experienced during their research projects. Volume I presents the experiences of researchers into typical normative populations. Volume II describes work with clinical atypical populations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801971

Methods of Heuristics First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315825649

Methods of Housing AnalysisTechniques and Case Studies In order to understand and formulate housing policy and programs it is necessary to have a working knowledge of the internal economic operation of housing from the points of view of both the investor and the owner. James W. Hughes argues that investors' and owners' behavior and activity tend to be governed by market forces and other realities. In that regard he begins this work by analyzing market rates of return in real estate and housing undertakings and the variety of analytical techniques which underlie their determination.Methods of Housing Analysis is designed to provide urban planners with an introduction to the basic quantitative techniques associated with the analysis of housing. A myriad of specific analytical methods has evolved in each of the professions concerned with this subject area. Planners investors developers engineers appraisers social scientists and governmental officials all tend to exhibit unique perspectives when examining housing and have developed their analytical frameworks accordingly.The work is comprised of an extensive discussion by the author detailed case studies and examples and a number of essays by leading experts that detail specific analytical procedures and demonstrate their use. The book is divided into four major sections: analysis of the internal operation of housing; basic cost-revenue analysis; expanded cost-revenue/benefit analysis; and government regulation of housing. The thorough nature of Hughes' discussion and of the related readings makes this volume an ideal textbook and reference source. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412848411

Methods of Interregional and Regional Analysis This landmark textbook introduces students to the principles of regional science and focuses on the key methods used in regional analysis including regional and interregional input-output analysis econometrics (regional and spatial) programming and industrial and urban complex analysis gravity and spatial interaction models SAM and social accounting (welfare) analysis and applied general interregional equilibrium models. The coherent development of the materials contained in the set of chapters provides students with a comprehensive background and understanding of how to investigate key regional problems. For the research scholar this publication constitutes an up-to-date source book of the basic elements of each major regional science technique. More significant it points to new directions for future research and ways interregional and regional analytic approaches can be fused to realise much more probing attacks on regional and spatial problems - a contribution far beyond what is available in the literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249056

Methods of Language Teaching Methods of Language Teaching is an innovative teaching tool which enables upper level trainee teachers to witness language teaching methods being applied in a classroom. The DVD shows a series of lessons illustrating methods that have been widely used as taught by teachers who have made extensive use of these methods in their own classrooms. The methods covered include the Grammar-Translation Method the Audiolingual Method the Cognitive Code Approach and the Total Physical Response Method. Each method presented includes a brief textual description of the historical background the theories of language and language learning on which the method is based and an outline of a "typical" lesson. A video demonstration of some of the most common teaching and learning activities associated with the method is also included as taught by a teacher in an actual classroom setting. Methods of Language Teaching is primarily designed for teachers and students of language teaching methods including ESL classes but is also a useful resource for anyone interested in methods of language teaching. For more information visit  www.routledge.com/9780415601016       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415601016

Methods of Literacy ResearchThe Methodology Chapters From the Handbook of Reading Research Volume III In this volume 10 reviews of significant reading research methodologies are reprinted from the Handbook of Reading Research Volume III. The editors have judged that these specific methodologies have had great impact on reading research since the publication of Volume II in 1991. This text is especially well-suited for use in upper-level undergraduate and graduate-level reading research methods courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148673

Methods of Mathematical ModellingFractional Differential Equations This book features original research articles on the topic of mathematical modelling and fractional differential equations. The contributions written by leading researchers in the field consist of chapters on classical and modern dynamical systems modelled by fractional differential equations in physics engineering signal processing fluid mechanics and bioengineering manufacturing systems engineering and project management. The book offers theory and practical applications for the solutions of real-life problems and will be of interest to graduate level students educators researchers and scientists interested in mathematical modelling and its diverse applications. Features Presents several recent developments in the theory and applications of fractional calculus Includes chapters on different analytical and numerical methods dedicated to several mathematical equations Develops methods for the mathematical models which are governed by fractional differential equations Provides methods for models in physics engineering signal processing fluid mechanics and bioengineering Discusses real-world problems theory and applications Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367220082

Methods of Metaphysics Originally published in 1987. This book comprises a critical exposition of the thoughts on metaphysics of the major philosophers of the tradition. It introduces the ideas of these philosophers to students but is of interest to teachers as well. The author begins with a survey of the metaphysical writings of Plato Aristotle Berkeley Leibniz and Bradley clarifying throughout the relation of their methods and results to those of science. He follows this with a careful study of the critical attitudes to metaphysics espoused by Kant Wittgenstein and the Logical Positivists. In the final section he scrutinizes the attempts by Collingwood Wisdom and Lazerowitz to rehabilitate metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194116

Methods of Non-a-Amino Acid Synthesis Although less common than α-amino acids non-α-amino acids—where the amino group is not on the carbon immediately adjacent to the carboxyl group but is attached to another carbon in the chain (for example the β γ δ carbon)—are components of biologically important molecules are significant in the pharmaceutical industry and are useful starting materials for many areas of organic chemistry. Since the publication of the first edition of this book nearly 20 years ago synthetic work devoted to the preparation of non- α-amino acids has expanded greatly.Methods of Non-α-Amino Acid Synthesis Second Edition has been extensively rewritten and reorganized providing an up-to-date review of strategies and methods for non-α-amino acid synthesis particularly those amino acids that are key synthetic intermediates or important compounds in their own right. It focuses on acyclic amino acids of C3–C10 but also aminoalkanoic carboxylic acids aminoalkenoic acids and aminoalkynoic acids. The new edition contains many updated references and has a greater emphasis on the biological importance of non-α-amino acids. In addition to an array of synthetic methods the book offers discussions on why non-α-amino acids are important.The book covers synthetic methods that rely on substituent refunctionalization the conversion of cyclic precursors to acyclic amino acids conjugate addition reactions and enolate anion reactions and condensation reactions that lead to non-α-amino acids. It also examines reactions and strategies that lead to good diastereoselectivity and enantioselectivity during synthesis. A chapter devoted to biologically important amino acids includes separate sections on GABA GABOB carnitine DAVA statine and other significant amino acids as well as a new section on peptides and proteins that contain non-α-amino acids. The final chapter addresses aminocyclic and heterocyclic amino acids. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379346

Methods of Research into the UnconsciousApplying Psychoanalytic Ideas to Social Science The psychoanalytic unconscious is a slippery set of phenomena to pin down. There is not an accepted standard form of research outside of the clinical practice of psychoanalysis. In this book a number of non-clinical methods for collecting data and analysing it are described. It represents the current situation on the way to an established methodology. The book provides a survey of methods in contemporary use and development. As well as the introductory survey chapters have been written by researchers who have pioneered recent and effective methods and have extensive experience of those methods. It will serve as a gallery of illustrations from which to make the appropriate choice for a future research project. Methods of Research into the Unconscious: Applying Psychoanalytic Ideas to Social Science will be of great use for those aiming to start projects in the general area of psychoanalytic studies and for those in the human/social sciences who wish to include the unconscious as well as conscious functioning of their subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326620

Methods of Research on Teaching the English Language ArtsThe Methodology Chapters From the Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Lang This text makes available in a concise format the chapters comprising the research methodology section of the Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts Second Edition. An introduction designed to give K-12 teachers an understanding of the basic categories and functions of research in teaching is followed by chapters addressing teacher professionalism and the rise of "multiple literacies"; empirical research; longitudinal studies; case studies; ethnography; teacher research; teacher inquiry into literacy social justice and power; synthesis research; fictive representation; and contemporary methodological issues and future direction in research on the teaching of English. Methods of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts is well-suited for use in upper-level undergraduate and graduate-level literacy research methods courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153066

Methods of Statistical Model Estimation Methods of Statistical Model Estimation examines the most important and popular methods used to estimate parameters for statistical models and provide informative model summary statistics. Designed for R users the book is also ideal for anyone wanting to better understand the algorithms used for statistical model fitting.The text presents algorithms for the estimation of a variety of regression procedures using maximum likelihood estimation iteratively reweighted least squares regression the EM algorithm and MCMC sampling. Fully developed working R code is constructed for each method. The book starts with OLS regression and generalized linear models building to two-parameter maximum likelihood models for both pooled and panel models. It then covers a random effects model estimated using the EM algorithm and concludes with a Bayesian Poisson model using Metropolis-Hastings sampling.The book's coverage is innovative in several ways. First the authors use executable computer code to present and connect the theoretical content. Therefore code is written for clarity of exposition rather than stability or speed of execution. Second the book focuses on the performance of statistical estimation and downplays algebraic niceties. In both senses this book is written for people who wish to fit statistical models and understand them.See Professor Hilbe discuss the book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367380007

Methods of the Theory of Generalized Functions This volume presents the general theory of generalized functions including the Fourier Laplace Mellin Hilbert Cauchy-Bochner and Poisson integral transforms and operational calculus with the traditional material augmented by the theory of Fourier series abelian theorems and boundary values of helomorphic functions for one and several variables. The author addresses several facets in depth including convolution theory convolution algebras and convolution equations in them homogenous generalized functions and multiplication of generalized functions. This book will meet the needs of researchers engineers and students of applied mathematics control theory and the engineering sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395940

Methods of ThoughtIndividual Differences in Reasoning Strategies How do people make inferences? How do their reasoning processes differ and why? Methods of Thought attempts to answer these questions by looking in detail at the different reasoning strategies people apply how these are acquired how they are selected and how use of these strategies is influenced by individual and task properties. Focusing on empirical data and research into deductive reasoning tasks this book summarizes current trends in the field and helps us to understand how individual differences in reasoning impact on other studies of higher cognitive abilities in humans. Contributors include researchers who have shown that people make deductions by using a variety of strategies and others who have found that deductive reasoning problems provide a useful test-bed for investigating general theories of strategy development. Together it is shown that these general theories derived from other domains have important implications for deductive reasoning and also that findings by reasoning researchers have wider consequences for general theories of strategy development. This book will be of interest to anyone studying or working in the fields of reasoning problem solving and cognitive development as well as cognitive science in general. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655552

Methyl Chloroform and Trichloroethylene in the Environment In the present and subsequent volumes of this book critical coverage of the literature will be combined with the fruits of original and highly relevant research carried out by Dr. D.M Aviado and his colleagues. The total effort constitutes an authoritative up-to-date appraisal of the knowledge needed to understand the inhalational toxicity and other biological effects of an important and ubiquitous class of chemical agents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895406

Methylotrophs : Microbiology. Biochemistry and Genetics This book offers a comprehensive examination of the microbiology biochemistry genetics and applied aspects of methylotrophsThis book is intended for reference purposes at the professional level and for students at the graduate level. It is hoped that it will provide researchers with not only basic science but also applied aspects of methylotrophs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895413

Metonymy and LanguageA New Theory of Linguistic Processing Metonymy and Language presents a new theory of language and communication in which the central focus is on the concept of metonymy the recognition of partial matches and overlaps. Through the use of original data sets and rigorous primary research Denroche characterizes metonymy as key to understanding why language is so ‘fit for purpose’ and how it achieves such great subtlety and flexibility. This study develops the notion of ‘metonymic competence’ and demonstrates that metonymic behavior is often pursued for its own sake in recreational activities such as quizzes puzzles and play and shows the possible impact of the application of metonymic processing theory to professional fields such as language teaching and translator training. Furthermore it proposes a research approach with metonymy at its center ‘metonymics ’ which Denroche suggests could provide a powerful framework for addressing issues in numerous fields of practice in the arts and sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245310

Metre Rhyme and Free Verse First published in 1970 this work outlines the principles of English prosody in a way that will enable the reader to recognise and scan any piece of English verse. It illustrates the close relationship between English speech patterns and verse patterns and the primary importance of the phenomenon of stress. It also discusses the suitability of various kinds of metrical pattern for various kinds of poetic effect. This book will be of interest to those studying poetry and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241930

Metric HandbookPlanning and Design Data Significantly updated in reference to the latest construction standards and new building types Sustainable design integrated into chapters throughout Over half of the entire book has now been updated since 2015 Over 100 000 copies sold to successive generations of architects and designers This book belongs in every design office. The Metric Handbook is the major handbook of planning and design data for architects and architecture students. Covering basic design data for all the major building types it is the ideal starting point for any project. For each building type the book gives the basic design requirements and all the principal dimensional data and succinct guidance on how to use the information and what regulations the designer needs to be aware of. As well as buildings the Metric Handbook deals with broader aspects of design such as materials acoustics and lighting and general design data on human dimensions and space requirements. The Metric Handbook is the unique reference for solving everyday planning problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714687

Metrical Psalmody in Print and PracticeEnglish 'Singing Psalms' and Scottish 'Psalm Buiks' c. 1547-1640 During the Reformation the Book of Psalms became one of the most well-known books of the Bible. This was particularly true in Britain where people of all ages social classes and educational abilities memorized and sang poetic versifications of the psalms. Those written by Thomas Sternhold and John Hopkins became the most popular and the simple tunes developed and used by English and Scottish churches to accompany these texts were carried by soldiers sailors and colonists throughout the English-speaking world. Among these tunes were a number that are still used today including ’Old Hundredth’ ’Martyrs’ and ’French’. This book is the first to consider both English and Scottish metrical psalmody comparing the two traditions in print and practice. It combines theological literary and musical analysis to reveal new and ground-breaking connections between the psalm texts and their tunes which it traces in the English and Scottish psalters printed through 1640. Using this new analysis in combination with a more thorough evaluation of extant church records Duguid contends that Britain developed and maintained two distinct psalm cultures one in England and the other in Scotland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269712

Metrical Translations from Sanskrit Writers First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981010

Metrics for Sustainable BusinessMeasures and Standards for the Assessment of Organizations Metrics for Sustainable Business is the first book to give students a comprehensive understanding of sustainability in organizations from an accounting perspective. The book walks student through the steps for doing a sustainability assessment and aims to develop them into financial analysts who understand sustainability reports and are able to create or audit them. While most books focus on environmental issues Herriott trains his gaze on the corporate and institutional perspective covering measurement systems how to evaluate and improve a standard and conducting a life cycle assessment. Walking students through the programs of disclosure the varying standards for corporate ratings and organizational certification allows them to grasp the tools for conducting a sustainability assessment and auditing reports. Chapters on accounting for greenhouse gas emissions water use and waste introduce students to the technical details in sustainability accounting while a chapter on the philosophies of sustainability offers an answer to the question "Why are they asking us to report that?" Richly demonstrated with practical examples and informative visuals this book will serve students of sustainability accounting and integrated reporting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901728

Metro Newspaper Journalists in ChinaThe Aspiration-Frustration-Reconciliation Framework This book explores how journalists at local metro papers in a south-western China metropolis give meaning to their work and how these meanings are shaped by the specific social environment within which these journalists operate. These metro papers provide the bulk of daily news to the general public in China yet are often understudied compared to the country’s party news outlets. Informed by fieldwork in four metro newspapers the book puts forward a grounded theory for exploring journalists’ occupational culture: the aspiration-frustration-reconciliation framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878603

MetrolingualismLanguage in the City This book is about language and the city. Pennycook and Otsuji introduce the notion of ‘metrolingualism’ showing how language and the city are deeply involved in a perpetual exchange between people history migration architecture urban landscapes and linguistic resources. Cities and languages are in constant change as new speakers with new repertoires come into contact as a result of globalization and the increased mobility of people and languages. Metrolingualism sheds light on the ordinariness of linguistic diversity as people go about their daily lives getting things done eating and drinking buying and selling talking and joking drawing on whatever linguistic resources are available. Engaging with current debates about multilingualism and developing a new way of thinking about language the authors explore language within a number of contemporary urban situations including cafés restaurants shops streets construction sites and other places of work in two diverse cities Sydney and Tokyo. This is an invaluable look at how people of different backgrounds get by linguistically. Metrolingualism: Language in the city will be of special interest to advanced undergraduate/postgraduate students and researchers of sociolinguistics and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831659

Metrology and Diagnostic Techniques for Nanoelectronics Nanoelectronics is changing the way the world communicates and is transforming our daily lives. Continuing Moore’s law and miniaturization of low-power semiconductor chips with ever-increasing functionality have been relentlessly driving R&D of new devices materials and process capabilities to meet performance power and cost requirements. This book covers up-to-date advances in research and industry practices in nanometrology critical for continuing technology scaling and product innovation. It holistically approaches the subject matter and addresses emerging and important topics in semiconductor R&D and manufacturing. It is a complete guide for metrology and diagnostic techniques essential for process technology electronics packaging and product development and debugging—a unique approach compared to other books. The authors are from academia government labs and industry and have vast experience and expertise in the topics presented. The book is intended for all those involved in IC manufacturing and nanoelectronics and for those studying nanoelectronics process and assembly technologies or working in device testing characterization and diagnostic techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745086

MetromarxismA Marxist Tale of the City "Metromarxism" discusses Marxism's relationship with the city from the 1850s to the present by way of biographical chapters on figures from the Marxist tradition including Marx Walter Benjamin Guy Debord and David Harvey. Each chapter combines interesting biographical anecdotes with an accessible analysis of each individual's contribution to an always-transforming Marxist theory of the city. He suggests that the interplay between the city as center of economic and social life and its potential for progressive change generated a major corpus of work. That work has been key in advancing progressive political and social transformations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707432

Metropolis Money and MarketsBrazilian Urban Financialization in Times of Re-emerging Global Finance This book explores the impact of finance on urban spaces as well as cities' role in the social constitution and dissemination of financial logistics and techniques. It brings together literature from different disciplinary areas to increase our understanding of financialization. It observes how non-financial members of society such as public bureaucrats urban planners the media and so on  are actively involved in the financialization of urban areas. With an explicit focus on Brazil a developing country in the Global South the book demonstrates how the country has been grappling with complex and contradictory processes of neoliberalization decentralization re-democratization and institutional-legal strengthening of frameworks for urban and regional planning stressing the relations between urban space and finance capital. With a distinct view of filling a gap in the current literature on urban financialization the book aims to focus on less developed areas in this field and link them with the literature on social studies of finance. This makes the text relevant for academics and scholars of urban studies and planning theory geography development studies and political economy as well as scholars in the US and Europe interested in understanding Brazilian patterns of financialization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180782

Metropolis 2000Planning Poverty and Politics Originally published in 1993 Metropolis 2000 analyses 20th century metropolitan development and planning under the economic and environmental conditions of the world’s regions. Attempts to achieve the physical integration of the city without economic equality have failed. The book advances the principle of ‘integrated diversity’ which emphasises linking neighbourhood planning with a broader vision of the planned metropolis and applies a political economy approach and argues for a new form of pro-urban thinking. The book argues that the basis for a humane approach to city planning is viewing the metropolis as a beneficial accompaniment to national independence equality and social progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479692

Metropolis And Nation In ThailandThe Political Economy Of Uneven Development This book discusses that Bangkok through the operations of its decision-making elite has historically been parasitic on the Thai nation and that primate city parasitism is essentially a political phenomenon more complex than has been previously suggested. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171513

Metropolis and ProvinceScience in British Culture 1780 - 1850 This collection of case studies focusing on British scientific culture during the first industrial revolution explores the social basis of science in the period and asks why such an extraordinarily rich variety of cultural-scientific experience should have flourished at the time. The book analyses science and scientific culture in their local contexts both metropolitan and provincial examining where possibel the relations between the two and emphasizing the range of scientific associations in London to individual savants in the provinces. This book was first published in 1983.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873995

Metropolis and Region First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064628

Metropolitan AnxietiesOn the Meaning of the Irish Catholic Adventure in Scotland In a lecture entitled ’Scotland’s shame’ delivered at the Edinburgh Festival in August 1999 Scotland’s leading musical composer James MacMillan sought in an explosive way to expose the continuing pervasiveness of anti-Irish and anti-Catholic sectarianism and bigotry in contemporary Scotland. A decade of heated public debate has followed. Drawing upon post-colonial critiques of the provincial nature of metropolitan theory this book approaches the Scotland's shame debate as in many ways itself a classic metrocentric cultural struggle over the true and essential telos of a once colonised population. It argues that the most interesting question the debate has provoked a question which thus far has failed to generate a worthy answer is: is the Irish Catholic encounter with Scotland intelligible and if so what is the nature of this intelligibility? The purpose of this book is to harness the complex and rich theory of colonialism which French philosopher political activist and novelist Jean-Paul Sartre developed and struggled over to venture a qualified and partial interpretation of the Irish Catholic experience of Scotland. Nevertheless in so doing the book takes seriously the charge of metrocentricism as it bears on the search for the meaning of the Irish Catholic adventure in Scotland and refuses to permit any simplistic interpretation of this adventure. Presenting findings from a new oral history archive consisting of 67 interviews with members of the Irish Catholic community in Scotland attention is given to the themes of national identity estrangement and belonging; diasporic imaginings of Ireland; anti-imperial activism agitation and advocacy; culture faith and family; and poverty work education and equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251700

Metropolitan Commuter Belt Tourism With the current rise of metropolitan regions as a present location and driver of the development of rural tourism agritourism food tourism and nature tourism there is a need to analyse the major economic social political and managerial aspects of these types of tourism which occur within the rural-urban fringe. This book establishes a current inventory and appropriate future selection of commuter belt tourism products for metropolitan areas. It also explains how public and private resources can be combined to achieve synergistic effects in tourism promotion and provides a structural analysis for the proper management of tourist organisations in metropolitan areas. Additionally there is insight into how the development of metropolitan areas affects rural tourism and agritourism within broader social economic and environmental relations. The issue of the growth of metropolitan areas which is a complex and multifaceted challenge is elaborated on with diverse examples in Poland and further afield. This is valuable reading for students researchers and academics of tourism as well as rural and urban studies business management farm management and leisure studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472464866

Metropolitan DemocraciesTransformations of the State and Urban Policy in Canada France and Great Britain Originally published in 2005. Citizen involvement - and the concept of partnership - in urban governance has long been a major issue in the transformation of local democracy. The move from delegated to participative forms of local government has in principle profound consequences for governance at the scale of cities. However it is clear that partnership and participation are interpreted in many different ways according to the traditions of government in different countries. This volume brings together the experiences of three countries in which very different approaches to participation are evident: Canada France and the United Kingdom. By comparing and reflecting on these countries' approaches and the resulting changes in governance it provides an in-depth analysis of the intentions and effects of involving citizens in policy making. It also highlights innovative new forms of partnership which are emerging within metropolitan areas at a local level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390510

Metropolitan Economic DevelopmentThe Political Economy of Urbanisation in Mexico Metropolitan areas are home to a significant proportion of the world’s population and its economic output. Taking Mexico as a case study and weaving in comparisons from Latin America and developed countries this book explores current trends and policy issues around urbanisation metropolisation economic development and city-region governance. Despite their fundamental economic relevance the analysis and monitoring of metropolitan economies in Mexico and other countries in the Global South under a comparative perspective are relatively scarce. This volume contains empirical analysis based on comparative perspectives with relation to international experiences. It will be of interest to advanced students researchers and policymakers in urban policy urban economics regional studies economic geography and Latin American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315846

Metropolitan Governance in America Metropolitan government and metropolitan governance have been ongoing issues for more than sixty years in the United States. Based on an extensive survey and a review of existing literature this book offers a comprehensive overview of these debates. It discusses how the centrifugal forces in local government and in particular local government autonomy have produced a highly fragmented governmental landscape throughout America. It argues that in order for 'governance' to occur in metropolitan areas (or anywhere else for that matter) there has to be some form of an actual governmental institution that possesses the power and ability to compel compliance. Everything else is just some form of cooperation and while cooperation is not trivial it does not enable metropolitan areas to address the really tough and controversial issues that divide rather than unite governments in those areas. The book examines the principal factors that prevent the development of either metropolitan government or metropolitan governance in the USA. Norris looks at several examples where some form of metropolitan government or governance can be said to exist from voluntary cooperation (the weakest) to government (the strongest). He also examines each type of arrangement for its ability to address metropolitan-wide problems and whether each type is or is not in use in the USA. In sum the book uncovers the extent of metropolitan government and governance the possibility for its existence what attempts (if any) have been made in the past and the problems and issues that have arisen due to the lack of adequate metropolitan governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573277

Metropolitan Organising CapacityExperiences with Organising Major Projects in European Cities Published in 1997. The environment of cities has become increasingly competitive. Tradition location factors that once tied economic activities firmly to particular areas have become less important. Increasingly the ability of a city to anticipate respond to and cope with internal and external changes is getting attention. Organizing capacity of cities or of metropolitan regions is becoming indispensible for sustainable economic and social development. The authors have carried out investigations into eight European cities to increase the insight into the practice of organizing capacity. The analysis of the development and implementation of 15 revitalization projects in these cities shows that organizing capacity calls for a new style of entrepreneurial urban management with public and private networking leadership long term strategies and organizing political and public support as key concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321274

Metropolitan Planning in BritainA Comparative Study Metropolitan Planning in Britain is the first comparative analysis and assessment of metropolitan areas and their strategic planning for almost two decades. Changes in population distribution styles of local government business practices and attitudes to the environment have all had an impact on cities in recent years which planners and other policy makers must take into consideration. Based on a series of research projects and the activities of a study group supported by the Regional Studies Association the book examines in detail nine major urban areas their specific characters and requirements and how metropolitan planning is adapting to fulfil those requirements. It also discuses the possible future evolution of metropolitan planning especially in the light of new regional arrangements and devolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164130

Metropolitan Problems Metropolitan Problems is the end-product of one of the most dynamic research programmes of its kind ever conceived and executed. The book which took three years to complete represents the culmination of a two year study that was highlighted by a conference held in toronto in 1967. In the early 1960s the bureau of Municipal Research (in metropolitan Toronto) decided that a significant way for it to celebrate Canada's centennial would be to initiate a systematic international study of the world's metropolitan areas. The study with the official cooperation of the United Nations was designed to produce positive insights into the methods of coping with the interlocking sets of problems associated with the expansion of the modern metropolis. Twelve papers on various aspects of metropolitan problems were commissioned from an international body of experts. Working with these experts were study groups drawn from forty major metropolitan centres throughout the world. After making exhaustive studies of their respective urban centres the groups reported their findings and submitted detailed briefs through their representatives at the conference. Throughout the symposium a conscious effort was made to examine single aspects of social economic and physical change within the overall perspective of the metropolis. The book reflects this approach. Each chapter directs attention to specific problems of the metropolis problems resulting from the contradiction between accelerating technology and our ability to cope with the incredible pace and rate of change. Together they prove that despite differences in technology culture and political and social matters the major urban areas of the world do have much in common. Emerging tendencies can be analysed and corrective and preventative measures be made through comparative analysis. This book was first published in 1970. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860499

Metropolitan Transport and Land UsePlanning for Place and Plexus As cities around the globe respond to rapid technological changes and political pressures coordinated transport and land use planning is an often targeted aim. Metropolitan Transport and Land Use the second edition of Planning for Place and Plexus provides unique and updated perspectives on metropolitan transport networks and land use planning challenging current planning strategies offering frameworks to understand and evaluate policy and suggesting alternative solutions. The book includes current and cutting-edge theory findings and recommendations which are cleverly illustrated throughout using international examples. This revised work continues to serve as a valuable resource for students researchers practitioners and policy advisors working across transport land use and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924260

Metropolitan Transportation Planning This book concentrates on a transportation planning process and focuses on transportation problems. It emphasizes the planning process identification of problems and goals data collection and solution implementation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138463493

Metropolitan Water Use Conflicts In Asia And The Pacific From the perspective of the maturing metropolitan water economy this book considers the problems of urban water management in Asia and the Pacific. It focuses on the institutional and policy dimensions of conflict and provides viable options for reducing the growing frictions among water users. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160111

Metropolitanization and Public Services Metropolitanization and Public Services is third in a series on the governance of metropolitan regions which aims to explore the welfare and development of Metropolitan America. Originally published in 1972 this study discusses who decides which essential public services need to be provided within a metropolitan area by looking at political reform as well as presenting ideas on functional efficiency costs and benefits and the effectiveness of the political process. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122024

Mexican American Children and FamiliesMultidisciplinary Perspectives Offering insight on Mexican American culture families and children this book provides an interdisciplinary examination of this growing population. Leaders from psychology education health and social policy review recent research and provide policy implications of their findings. Both quantitative and qualitative literature is summarized. Using current theories the handbook reviews the cultural social and inter- and intra-personal experiences that contribute to the well-being of Mexican Americans. Each chapter follows the same format to make comparisons easier. Researchers and students from various disciplines interested in Mexican Americans will appreciate this accessible book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854542

Mexican American Women Dress and GenderPachucas Chicanas Cholas Mexican American women have endured several layers of discrimination deriving from a strong patriarchal tradition and a difficult socioeconomic and cultural situation within the US ethnic and class organization. However there have been groups of women who have defied their fates at different times and in diverse forms.Mexican American Women Dress and Gender observes how Pachucas Chicanas and Cholas have used their body image (dress hairstyle and body language) as a political tool of deviation and attempts to measure the degree of intentionality in said oppositional stance. For this purpose and claiming the sociological power of photographs as a representation of precise sociohistorical moments this work analyzes several photographs of women of said groups; with the aim of proving the relevance of "other" body images in expressing gender and ethnic identification or disidentification from the mainstream norm.Proposing a diachronic comparative approach to young Mexican American women this monograph will appeal to students and researchers interested in Chicano History Race and Ethnic Studies American History Feminism and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671563

Mexican HistoryA Primary Source Reader Mexican History is a comprehensive and innovative primary source reader in Mexican history from the pre-Columbian past to the neoliberal present. Chronologically organized chapters facilitate the book's assimilation into most course syllabi. Its selection of documents thoughtfully conveys enduring themes of Mexican history (land and labor indigenous people religion and state formation) while also incorporating recent advances in scholarly research on the frontier urban life popular culture race and ethnicity and gender. Student-friendly pedagogical features include contextual introductions to each chapter and each reading lists of key terms and related sources and guides to recommended readings and Web-based resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096908

Mexican Migration to the United StatesThe Role of Migration Networks and Human Capital Accumulation First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981027

Mexican Politics in Transition Initiated in the mid-1970s Mexico's program of political reform was designed to provide a new opportunity for political competition. In this book contributors examine the significance political mobilization has had and the extent to which the reform has served as a vehicle for defusing discontent in the wake of Mexico's failed oil-based development program and the related financial collapse. Specifically they analyze the Institutional Revolutionary Party's (PRI) performance within the more fluid political context the development of expanded organized political opposition the renewal of activity by the National Action Party (PAN) and the response of the Mexican citizenry. The book provides the only detailed empirical analysis of the outcomes of reform initiatives currently available and makes a valuable contribution to the theoretical literature on the process of political "democratization" within authoritarian systems. The case of Mexico is particularly interesting from a theoretical perspective given the earlier absence of a fully functioning multiparty system in the postrevolutionary period the development of wholly new instruments for the representation of opposing interests and the transformation of the roles of established organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367010638

Mexico 1848-1853Los Años Olvidados Historians have paid scant attention to the five years that span from the conclusion early in 1848 of Mexico’s disastrous conflict with the United States to the final return to power in April 1853 of General Antonio López de Santa Anna. This volume presents a more thorough understanding of this pivotal time and the issues and experiences that then affected Mexicans. It sheds light on how elite politics church-state relations institutional affairs and peasant revolts played a crucial role in Mexico’s long-term historical development and also explores topics like marriage and everyday life and the public trials and executions staged in the aftermath of the war with the U.S. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587789

Mexico And Mexico City In The World Economy To understand contemporary Mexico it is absolutely necessary to examine its level of development and its relationship with the rest of the world. The level of development will most likely be related to the world system network although the concepts are not identical. In Understanding Mexico and Mexico City in the World Economy the authors aim to determine Mexico's level of development and how Mexico fits into the world system.Through their research the authors provide outcomes that will develop a more refined world systems approach. The book features cluster analyses of Mexican economic development levels sector case studies including specific spatial analyses and maps of trends in Mexico a systematic theoretic framework encompassing levels of the world national and local areas and recent data presented through maps tables charts and statistical summaries. The text will prove to be useful and practical for researchers academics and others interested in Mexico and its international linkages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096274

Mexico And The U.s.Studies In Economic Interaction This book addresses the key issues of economic interdependence between Mexico and the United States including problems of capital flow and foreign dependence the role of trade the impact of economic fluctuations and macro policies on Mexico's economic development and labor migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156121

Mexico Megacity With a population of 15 million persons in 1990 Mexico City is one of the world's largest cities. It is a famous center of civilizations and culture and one of the economic capitals of the Americas but it also has serious social and economic problems including large impoverished zones severe environmental degradation crime and overpopulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316853

Mexico South This book deals with the modern northern half of the Isthmus its social struggles and its varied problems in adapting a backward region to the need and ways of industrial civilization. It presents a view of the modern Isthmus Zapotecs living around Juchitan and Tehuantepec. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059066

Mexico under Misplaced MonopoliesConcentrated Wealth and Growing Violence from the 1980s to the Present Mexicans and those who follow Mexican affairs were optimistic in 2000 when the country experienced its first alternation in government (from the Partido Revolucionario Institucional –PRI--to the Partido Acción Nacional--PAN) in more than 70 years. Moreover the Mexican economy had been restructured in a more open market-led direction in the course of the 1980s and 1990s. The outcomes of these dual transitions were expected to create a new type of politics that were representative and accountable to citizens and an economy that would grow rapidly as it was forced to modernize by facing international competition.Some two decades later views about Mexico are much less sanguine and for many the country continues to follow a bipolar politico-economic trajectory characterized by periods of enthusiasm and mania which are followed by crisis and depression. This book presents a new analytical framework and reviews in detail Mexico’s political and economic history since the 1980s. The explanation offered is based on the idea of ‘misplaced monopolies’--i.e. an open political regime but a weak fragmented state and an internationally open economy but highly concentrated economic sectors and activity in the domestic sphere. Accordingly sown in the course of the crisis-ridden 1980s and 1990s misplaced monopolies grew roots and became core features of Mexico’s political economy in the 2000s and 2010s. The end result has been great concentration of wealth in a small number of hands and the dramatic growth in brutal violence in many parts of the country. From this perspective unless ‘misplaced monopolies’ are reversed conditions will remain prone to crisis polarization and conflict in Mexico. This volume concludes by extrapolating the framework and placing Mexico in comparative perspective alongside internationally important countries such as Brazil China India and Russia.This is a highly original investigation that will interest people who follow Mexican politics and its economy. The analytical framework will be of use to analysts scholars and students of comparative political economy democratization studies market reforms and security and conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586461

MexicoNarco-Violence and a Failed State? * Mexico was named an Outstanding Academic Title of 2010 by Choice Magazine.Bloodshed connected with Mexican drug cartels how they emerged and their impact on the United States is the subject of this frightening book. Savage narcotics-related decapitations castrations and other murders have destroyed tourism in many Mexican communities and such savagery is now cascading across the border into the United States. Grayson explores how this spiral of violence emerged in Mexico its impact on the country and its northern neighbor and the prospects for managing it.Mexico's Institutional Revolutionary Party (PRI) ruled in Tammany Hall fashion for seventy-nine years before losing the presidency in 2000 to the center-right National Action Party (PAN). Grayson focuses on drug wars prohibition corruption and other antecedents that occurred during the PRI's hegemony. He illuminates the diaspora of drug cartels and their fragmentation analyzes the emergence of new gangs sets forth President Felipe Calderi?1/2n's strategy against vicious criminal organizations and assesses its relative success. Grayson reviews the effect of narcotics-focused issues in U.S.-Mexican relations. He considers the possibility that Mexico may become a failed state as feared by opinion-leaders even as it pursues an aggressive but thus far unsuccessful crusade against the importation processing and sale of illegal substances.Becoming a failed state involves two dimensions of state power: its scope or the different functions and goals taken on by governments and its strength or the government's ability to plan and execute policies. The Mexican state boasts an extensive scope evidenced by its monopoly over the petroleum industry its role as the major supplier of electricity its financing of public education its numerous retirement and health-care programs its control of public universities and its dominance Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124469

MexicoParadoxes Of Stability And Change--second Edition Revised And Updated This book analyses Mexico's current and future prospects to cover the dramatic developments in 1987. It assesses the social and political impact of the elections earthquakes and the continuing cycle of economic crisis recovery and renewed crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156473

Mexico's DilemmaThe Political Origins Of Economic Crisis This book analyzes the crisis Mexico experienced in 1982 on the basis of the historical evolution of Mexico's political and economic structures. The author’s purpose in writing this book is to provide an interpretation of Mexico's current problems in order to analyze what must be done to solve some profound dilemmas and to restructure Mexican society. The main dilemma Mexico faces is its vanishing consensus. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429046971

Mexico's Drug War and Criminal NetworksThe Dark Side of Social Media Mexico's Drug War and Criminal Networks examines the effects of technology on three criminal organizations: the Sinaloa cartel the Zetas and the Caballeros Templarios. Using social network analysis and analyzing the use of web platforms Facebook Twitter and YouTube Nilda M. Garcia provides fresh insights on the organizational network the central nodes and the channels through which information flows in these three criminal organizations. In doing so she demonstrates that some drug cartels in Mexico have adopted the usage of social media into their strategies often pursuing different tactics in the search for new ways to dominate. She finds that the strategic adaptation of social media platforms has different effects on criminal organization’s survivability. When used effectively coupled with the adoption of decentralized structures these platforms do increase a criminal organization’s survival capacity. Nonetheless if used haphazardly it can have the opposite effect. Drawing on the fields of criminology social network analysis international relations and organizational theory and featuring a wealth of information about the drug cartels themselves Mexico's Drug War and Criminal Networks will be a great source for all those interested in the presence behavior purposes and strategies of drug cartels in their forays into social media platforms in Mexico and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334963

Mexico's EconomyA Policy Analysis With Forecasts To 1990 This book analyzes the Echeverria administration's economic policies and their role in the events leading up to the 1976 crisis in Mexico. It examines the new economic strategy of the Lopez Portillo administration in light of its ability to cope with the devaluation of the peso. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170165

Mexico's Energy ResourcesToward A Policy Of Diversification Beginning from the premise that Mexico's economic strength will depend largely on its ability to produce manage and export energy this book analyzes energy planning in Mexico in the 1970s. It focuses on the potential for diversifying the country's energy economy by examining alternative sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169855

Mexico's OilCatalyst For A New Relationship With The U.s.? This book traces the evolution of Mexico's oil development and provides a detailed assessment of its socioeconomic political and ecological consequences and of the Mexican government's current energy policies. It emphasizes a complex assortment of concerns between the U.S.-Mexican relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170028

Mexico's Political StabilityThe Next Five Years Mexico is undergoing its worst economic cr1s1s since the world depression of the 1930s. In this volume contributors analyze significant patterns that might affect political stability and legitimacy economic viability and social change over the next several years often reaching controversial conclusions. They argue for example that the military is not likely to change its present civil-military role; that political opposition rather than political violence or pressure from foreign governments will have the most profound influence on the changing pattern of political legitimacy and system stability; and that decision-making in the private sector may have the greatest potential to resolve or exacerbate the current crisis. Finally they suggest that because economic conditions have been altered so dramatically in the recent period Mexican policymakers will need to develop a new range of political alternatives to stabilize the economy and redirect the country's future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429040719

Mexico's Search For A New Development Strategy This book contains papers presented at the Yale/Mexico Conference held in New Haven on April 4–6 1989. The viewpoints of the contributing authors in the papers could be utilized to facilitate in a timely manner the Mexican process of development strategy formulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163167

Mexico's Security FailureCollapse into Criminal Violence Mexico has failed to achieve internal security and poses a serious threat to its neighbors. This volume takes us inside the Mexican state to explain the failure there but also reaches out to assess the impact of Mexico’s security failure beyond its borders. The key innovative idea of the book—security failure—brings these perspectives together on an intermestic level of analysis. It is a view that runs counter to the standard emphasis on the external trans-national nature of criminal threats to a largely inert state. Mexico’s Security Failure is both timely with Mexico much in the news but also of lasting value. It explains Mexican insecurity in a full-dimensional manner that hasn’t been attempted before. Mexico received much scholarly attention a decade ago with the onset of democratization. Since then the leading topic has become immigration. However the security environment compelling many Mexicans to leave has been dramatically understudied. This tightly organized volume begins to correct that gap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893282

Mexico's Uneven DevelopmentThe Geographical and Historical Context of Inequality Mexico and the United States may be neighbors but their economies offer stark contrasts. In Mexico’s Uneven Development: The Geographical and Historical Context of Inequality Oscar J. Martínez explores Mexico’s history to explain why Mexico remains less developed than the United States. Weaving in stories from his own experiences growing up along the U.S.-Mexico border Martínez shows how the foundational factors of external relations the natural environment the structures of production and governance natural resources and population dynamics have all played roles in shaping the Mexican economy. This interesting and thought-provoking study clearly and convincingly explains the issues that affect Mexico's underdevelopment. It will prove invaluable to anyone studying Mexico’s past or interested in its future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840232

Mexico-United States RelationsThe Semantics of Sovereignty Sovereignty is a key factor to consider when studying the Mexico-United States relationship. During most of the twentieth century as a result of the new character of the Mexican post-revolutionary regime there was a decoupling between the state’s maximalist discourse on sovereignty and its practice. Sovereignty as an undifferentiated whole does not exist; it should instead be disaggregated into the myriad issue areas in which it is constantly negotiated. Focusing on a tripartite classification relating to the construction of Mexico’s sovereignty towards its northern neighbor since 1920 this volume illustrates how Mexico’s sovereignty has varied not only according to the times but also according to the issues at stake. In doing so Arturo Santa-Cruz comprehensively covers a variety of issues in the bilateral agenda such as drug trafficking electoral observation human rights investment migration security and trade as well as some defining moments in the relationship such as the 1923 US granting of recognition to the Mexican post-revolutionary regime the 1938 oil nationalization the 1982 debt crisis and the 1995 financial bailout. These diverse cases analyzed through an original analytical approach capture sovereignty’s multifocal meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849051

MGM The winner of the 2019 Peter C. Rollins Book Award This is the first comprehensive history of MGM from its origins in 1905 to the present. Following a straightforward chronology corresponding to specific periods of film industry history each chapter describes how successive managements adjusted their production strategies and business practices in response to evolving industrial and market conditions. As the production subsidiary of the Loew’s Inc. theatre chain MGM spent lavishly on its pictures and injected them with plenty of star power. The practice helped sustain MGM’s preeminent position during the heyday of Hollywood. But MGM was a conservative company and watched as other studios innovated with sound and widescreen adjusted to television and welcomed independent producers. By the 1960s the company sans its theatre chain was in decline and was ripe for a takeover. A defining moment occurred in 1969 when Kirk Kerkorian a Las Vegas entrepreneur made a successful bid for the company. There followed a tumultuous thirty-six-year period when Kerkorian bought and sold MGM three times. Meanwhile MGM never regained its former status and has functioned as a second-tier company to this day. Focusing on MGM’s top talent – such as Louis B. Mayer  Irving Thalberg David O. Selznick and Arthur Freed; directors King Vidor and Vincente Minnelli; and stars of the screen Greta Garbo Judy Garland Clark Gable and Mickey Rooney – and award-winning films this book highlights the studio’s artistic achievements and status within the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913660

MGNREGA: Employment Wages and Migration in Rural India The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) was enacted in India with the multiple objectives of providing employment in a rights-based framework addressing rural poverty checking migration and building rural infrastructure. As such every year around 15–20 per cent of households in India overall and 30 per cent in rural India receive some form of employment share under the MGNREGA programme. This volume looks at various aspect of the scheme its linkage with employment agricultural wages livelihood and food security gender issues and migration in rural India. It also discusses challenges in implementation hurdles and the relative successes of the scheme. Based on primary survey data from 16 major states in the country the findings of the study provide key insights into MGNREGA and assess the implications for other welfare-oriented programmes. Rich in empirical data this volume will be useful to scholars and researchers of political economy economics agriculture rural development and sociology as well as policymakers and nongovernmental organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138488502

mHealth InnovationBest Practices from the Mobile Frontier The editors of the HIMSS Books' best-seller mHealth: From Smartphones to Smart Systems (603) have returned to deliver an expansive survey of the initiatives innovators and technologies driving the patient-centered mobile healthcare revolution. mHealth Innovation: Best Practices from the Mobile Frontier explores the promise of mHealth as a balance between emerging technologies and process innovations leading to improved outcomes-with the ultimate aim of creating a patient-centered and consumer-driven healthcare ecosystem. Examining the rapidly changing mobile healthcare environment from myriad perspectives the book includes a comprehensive survey of the current-state ecosystem-app development interoperability security standards organizational and governmental policy innovation next-generation solutions and mBusiness-and 20 results-driven world-spanning case studies covering behavior change patient engagement patient-provider decision making mobile gaming mobile prescription therapy home monitoring mobile-to-mobile online delivery access to care app certification and quality evaluations mixed media campaigns and much more. Media > Books > Print Books HIMSS Publishing 9781938904615

mHealth Multidisciplinary Verticals An in-depth overview of the emerging concept; Mobile Health (mHealth) mHealth Multidisciplinary Verticals links applications and technologies to key market and vendor players. It also highlights interdependencies and synergies between various stakeholders which drive the research forces behind mHealth. The book explores the trends and directions where this vertical market is headed. Divided into nine sections the book covers a number of multidisciplinary verticals within the field of mHealth such as: Preventive and curative medicine Consumer and patient-centric approaches Psychological behavioral and mental verticals Social perspectives Education adoption and acceptance Aged care and the aging population Regional geographical and public-health perspectives Technology implications Cloud applications The book collates emerging and diverse mHealth applications into a single resource. The result of extensive research the book is a collaborative effort between experts from more than 20 countries who have been carefully reviewed and selected by the team of reviewers. It takes a multidisciplinary approach to health informatics and provides a roadmap to current and future directions of mHealth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748620

mHealthFrom Smartphones to Smart Systems mHealth: From Smartphone to Smart Systems provides a high level and comprehensive survey of the emergence of mobile technology healthcare. This book looks beyond the already-popular devices and apps associated with mHealth exploring the major role this technology could play as healthcare steers inexorably toward an architecture Media > Books > E-books HIMSS Publishing 9780367648008

Mic It!Microphones Microphone Techniques and Their Impact on the Final Mix Capture great sound in the first place and spend less time "fixing it in the mix" with Ian Corbett’s Mic It! Microphones Microphone Techniques and Their Impact on the Final Mix. With his expert guidance you’ll quickly understand essential audio concepts as they relate to microphones and mic techniques and learn how to apply them to your recording situation. Whether you only ever buy one microphone are equipping a studio on a budget or have a vast selection of great mics to use you’ll learn to better use whatever tools you have. Mic It! gives you the background to design and discover your own solutions to record the best sound possible. The information in these pages will help you record great source tracks that can be easily developed into anything from ultra-clean mixes to huge organic soundscapes. Beginning with essential audio theory then discussing the desirable characteristics of good sound and the elements of a good stereo recording the book covers microphones mono and stereo mic techniques the effect of the recording space or room and large classical and jazz ensemble recording. A variety of mic techniques for vocals and instruments (both individual and groups) are presented ranging from vital knowledge that no novice should be without to advanced techniques that more experienced engineers can explore to benefit and vary the sound of their recordings. Corbett explains large room vs. layer-by-layer small-room recording situations presents the best techniques for each and shares typical production challenges and their resolutions. The book provides in depth information on how different mic techniques can be used modified and fine-tuned to capture not only the best sound but the best sound for the mix as well as how to approach and set up the recording session mixing and avoid common recording and mixing mistakes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823777

Mic It!Microphones Microphone Techniques and Their Impact on the Final Mix Capture great sound in the first place and spend less time "fixing it in the mix" with Ian Corbett’s Mic It! With this updated and expanded second edition you’ll quickly understand essential audio concepts as they relate to microphones and mic techniques and learn how to apply them to your recording situation. Mic It! gives you the background to explore discover and design your own solutions enabling you to record great source tracks that can be developed into anything from ultra-clean mixes to massive organic soundscapes. Beginning with essential audio theory and a discussion of the desirable characteristics of "good sound" Mic It! covers microphones mono and stereo mic techniques the effect of the recording space or room and large classical and jazz ensemble recording. This second edition also features new chapters on immersive audio immersive recording concepts drum tuning and recording techniques for audio for video. Mic It! provides in-depth information on how different mic techniques can be used modified and fine-tuned to capture not only the best sound but the best sound for the mix as well as how to approach and set up the recording session prepare for mixing and avoid common recording and mixing mistakes. • Train your ears with practical audio examples on the companion website. • Develop and test your knowledge as you learn with concise applicable exercises and examples that cover the concepts presented. • Record the best sound possible in any situation with Mic It! Corbett’s expert advice ranges from vital knowledge no novice should be without to advanced techniques that more experienced engineers can explore to benefit and vary the sound of their recordings. Whether you only ever buy one microphone are equipping a studio on a budget or have a vast selection of great mics to use with Mic It! you’ll learn how to make the most of the tools you have. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367470364

Micellar Catalysis Micelles are prevalent in naturally occurring and biological catalytic reactions. However it is only in recent decades that scientists have developed kinetic models clarifying how micelle-mediated catalysis works at a molecular level. Written by a leading expert in the field Micellar Catalysis is an in-depth examination of how micelles affect reaction mechanisms and reaction rates in organic and inorganic reactions.The book first discusses the structural and chemical properties of micelles and the role of thermodynamics concentration and additives in forming micelles. Demonstrating how intermolecular forces influence the reaction mechanisms the author presents kinetic models for reactions catalyzed by normal micelles as well as mixed micelles and metallomicelles. The book also compares various types of catalytic reactions with and without micelles to quantify their effect on reaction rates and rate constants. Using this information it illustrates how micelles can modify reaction rates and improve catalytic efficiency particularly for industrial processes. The final chapter explains the principles of kinetics used for data analysis.Focused on kinetic chemical and physical aspects of micelle-mediated reactions this book offers clear insight into the complex mechanisms that occur in biological reactions. Micellar Catalysis is an essential source of reference for scientists involved in the research and development of micelles for industrial and biochemical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577810

Micellar Enhanced UltrafiltrationFundamentals & Applications A response to increasingly stringent regulation of pollution and toxicity levels in industrial waste discharge Micellar Enhanced Ultrafiltration: Fundamentals & Applications offers the most complete book available on the benefits and use of micellar-enhanced ultrafiltration (MEUF) to achieve continuous removal of organic and inorganic pollutants.An Unparalleled Book That Addresses Both Academic and Industrial Points of View Several membrane-based techniques such as microfiltration ultrafiltration nanofiltration and reverse osmosis are currently used in a wide range of applications throughout the textile pulp and paper sugar chemical pharmaceutical biomedical biotechnological and food industries. However although reverse osmosis is an effective means of removing contaminants this book explains why MEUF is a better substitute as it less expensive less energy-intensive and more efficient and practical for a wider range of applications. Topics covered include: Effects of pollution in water and its consequencesVarious treatment processes and membrane technologies Fundamentals of ultrafiltration Outline of various membrane modules and modeling approachesPrinciples of colloid chemistryTheories of micelle formationStability and dynamics of micellesPhenomena of counterion bindingSolubilization of organic pollutantsSelection criteria for surfactantsVarious flux enhancement techniquesRecovery of precious metalsThis book conveys how with proper selection of surfactant and membrane MEUF can be used to efficiently remove almost all metal ions (heavy metals lanthanides radioa Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381271

MicellesMicroemulsions and Monolayers: Science and Technology ""Based on the plenary and invited lectures presented at the International Symposium on Micelles Microemulsions and Monolayers. Reviews the progress achieved in the last 25 years and describes new directions for research on micellar microemulsion and monolayer systems and their technological potential. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747339

Michael A. WeinsteinAction Contemplation Vitalism This book is a major reassessment of Michael Weinstein’s political philosophy. It situates his singular contribution designated as "critical vitalism " in the context of both canonical American and contemporary continental theory. Weinstein is presented as a philosopher of life and as an American Nietzsche. Yet the contributors also persuasively argue for this form of thinking as a prescient prophecy addressing contemporary society’s concern over the management of life as well as the technological changes that both threaten and sustain intimacy. This is the first full scale study of Weinstein’s work which reveals surprising aspects of a philosophic journey that has encompassed most of the major American (pragmatic or vitalist) or Continental (phenomenological or existential) traditions. Weinstein is read as a comparative political theorist a precursor to post-structuralism and as a post-colonial border theorist. A different aspect of his oeuvre is highlighted in each of the book’s three sections. The opening essays comprising the "Action" diptych contrasts meditative versus extrapolative approaches; "Contemplation" stages a series of encounters between Weinstein and his philosophic interlocutors; "Vitalism" presents Weinstein as a teacher media analyst musician and performance artist. The book contains an epilogue written by Weinstein in response to the contributors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287334

Michael Baxandall Vision and the Work of Words 'The most important art historian of his generation’ is how some scholars have described the late Michael Baxandall (1933-2007) Professor of the Classical Tradition at the Warburg Institute University of London and of the History of Art at the University of California Berkeley. Baxandall’s work had a transformative effect on the study of European Renaissance and eighteenth-century art and contributed to a complex transition in the aims and methods of art history in general during the 1970s ’80s and ’90s. While influential he was also an especially subtle and independent thinker - occasionally a controversial one - and many of the implications of his work have yet to be fully understood and assimilated. This collection of 10 essays endeavors to assess the nature of Baxandall’s achievement and in particular to address the issue of the challenges it offers to the practice of art history today. This volume provides the most comprehensive assessment of Baxandall’s work to date while drawing upon the archive of Baxandall papers recently deposited at the Cambridge University Library and the Warburg Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548138

Michael Chekhov Following in the footsteps of his renowned teacher Konstantin Stanislavsky Michael Chekhov’s work as an actor author and theatre practitioner gave great insight into how to access the creative self. This revised and updated edition of Michael Chekhov includes: • A biographical introduction to Chekhov’s life • A clear explanation of his key writings • An analysis of his work as a director • A practical guide to Chekhov’s unique actor-training exercises. As a first step towards critical understanding and as an initial exploration before going on to further primary research Routledge Performance Practitioners offer unbeatable value for today’s student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599260

Michael Chekhov and Sanford MeisnerCollisions and Convergence in Actor Training Michael Chekhov and Sanford Meisner: Collisions and Convergence in Actor Training offers a comprehensive analysis of the Sanford Meisner Acting Technique in comparison to the Michael Chekhov Acting Technique. This compilation reveals the connections as well as the contradictions between these two very different approaches while highlighting meaningful bridges and offering in-depth essays from a variety of sources including master teachers with years of experience and new and rising stars in the field. The authors provide philosophical arguments on actor training innovative approaches to methodology and explorations into integration as well as practical methods of application for the classroom or rehearsal room or scaffolded into a curriculum. Michael Chekhov and Sanford Meisner: Collisions and Convergence in Actor Training is an excellent resource for professors teaching Introductory Intermediate or Advanced Acting Technique as well as acting program directors and department chairs seeking new impactful research on actor training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367458645

Michael Collins and the Financing of Violent Political Struggle Michael Collins was a pivotal figure in the Irish struggle for independence and his legacy has resonated ever since. Whilst Collins’ role as a guerrilla leader and intelligence operative is well documented his actions as the clandestine Irish government Minister of Finance have been less studied. The book analyses how funds were raised and transferred in order that the IRA could initiate and sustain the military struggle and lay the financial foundations of an Irish state. Nicholas Ridley examines the legacy of these actions by comparing Collins’ modus operandi for raising and transferring clandestine funds to those of more modern groups engaged in political violence as well as the laying of foundations for Irish financial and fiscal regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348984

Michael Costa: England's First ConductorThe Revolution in Musical Performance in England 1830-1880 Among the major changes that swept through the music industry during the mid-nineteenth century one that has received little attention is how musical performances were managed and directed. Yet this was arguably the most radical change of all: from a loose control shared between the violin-leader musical director and maestro al cembalo to a system of tight and unified control under a professional conductor-manager. This process brought with it not only baton conducting in its modern form but also higher standards of training and discipline a new orchestral lay-out and a more focused rehearsal regime. The resulting rise in standards of performance was arguably the greatest achievement of English music in the otherwise rather barren mid-Victorian period. The key figure in this process was Michael Costa who built for himself unprecedented contractual powers and used his awesome personal authority to impose reform on the three main institutions of mid-Victorian music: the opera houses the Philharmonic and the Sacred Harmonic Society. He was a central figure in the battles between the two rival opera houses between the Philharmonic and the New Philharmonic and between the venerable Ancient Concerts and the mass festival events of the Sacred Harmonic Society. Costa’s uniquely powerful position in the operatic symphonic and choral world and the rapidity with which he was forgotten after his death provide a fascinating insight into the politics and changing aesthetics of the Victorian musical world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879396

Michael Dudok de WitA Life in Animation This unique survey of the career of Michael Dudok de Wit discusses all of his works and offers a glimpse into his private life. The biography of this European master of 2D animation born in the Netherlands and based in London is the first complete overview of the well-defined and canonic opus of this humble genius. Visually and thematically Dudok de Wit’s poetic and singular style of animation differs from the rest of contemporary independent animation production. This book reveals what still challenges and thrills Dudok de Wit in the art of animation and why he persistently continues to believe in the beauty of hand-drawn animation. Key Features The complete animation production of Michael Dudok de Wit never-before reviewed in one volume An all-embracing approach regarding this auteur unavailable elsewhere in one place (his biography his peculiar method of work his extracurricular activities) An ad hoc glossary of animation written by Michael Dudok de Wit and a critical reception of his body of work with a wide contribution of his colleagues and collaborators Filmography and bibliography   Author Andrijana Ružić graduated in History and Criticism of Art at the Universita degli Studi in Milan Italy where she fell in love with the medium of animation. She specialised in the History of Animated Film under Giannalberto Bendazzi’s mentorship. For the past six years she has curated the section dedicated to animated films at the International Comics Festival in Belgrade Serbia. She is a member of the Selection Board of Animafest Scanner the symposium for Contemporary Animation Studies at the World Festival of Animated Film held annually in Zagreb Croatia. She writes about animation and art for the Belgrade weekly magazine Vreme. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138367289

Michael Dummett Michael Dummett's approach to the metaphysical issue of realism through the philosophy of language his challenge to realism and his philosophy of language itself are central topics in contemporary analytic philosophy and have influenced the work of other major figures such as Quine Putnam and Davidson. This book offers an accessible and systematic presentation of the main elements of Dummett's philosophy. This book's overarching theme is Dummett's discussion of realism: his characterization of realism his attack on realism and his invention and exploration of the anti-realist position. This book begins by examining Dummett's views on language. Only against that setting can one fully appreciate his conception of the realism issue. With this in place Weiss returns to Dummett's views on the nature of meaning and understanding to unfold his challenge to realism. Weiss devotes the remainder of this book to examining the anti-realist position. He discusses anti-realist theories of meaning and then investigates anti-realism's revisionary consequences. Finally he engages with Dummett's discussion of two difficult challenges for the anti-realist: the past and mathematics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710747

Michael Dummett and the Theory of Meaning Published in 1998 this book argues that in recent decades Anglo-American philosophy of language has been captivated by the idea that the key to progress in this area of philosophy lies in investigating the possibility of constructing a theory of meaning. This text provides an in-depth critique of the Davidsonian suggestion that Tarski's work on formal definitions of truth is an important element in allowing us to understand the form that the theory of meaning should take. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321502

Michael Faraday and The Royal InstitutionThe Genius of Man and Place (PBK) A self-educated man who knew no mathematics Michael Faraday rose from errand boy to become one of Britain's greatest scientists. Faraday made the discoveries upon which most of twentieth-century technology is based and readers of this book will enjoy finding out in how many ways we are indebted to him. The story of his life speaks to us across the years and is a fascinating read especially when the tale is told with the understanding and gusto that Professor Thomas-one of the UK's leading scientists-brings to the telling. Faraday took great trouble to make the latest discoveries of science his own and others' intelligible to the layman and the tradition he fostered has been kept alive ever since so that the Royal Institution is as well known for its contributions to education as for its research. Written in a concise nontechnical style Michael Faraday and the Royal Institution: The Genius of Man and Place is a human account that provides an introduction to the roots of modern science and ways in which scientists work. The book is lavishly illustrated with drawings cartoons photographs and letters-many never before published. There is no similar book on Faraday that interprets his genius in modern everyday terms making it understandable interesting and exciting reading for scientists and nonscientists alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429741

Michael Freeman's Perfect ExposureThe Professional's Guide to Capturing Perfect Digital Photographs This second edition of Michael Freeman’s best-selling Perfect Exposure continues the celebrated approach to understanding exposure by laying out the necessary decisions and sequences a photographer faces with absolute clarity and completely updated coverage of the latest powerful post-processing techniques. Choosing the exposure for a photograph is infinitely complex and one of photography's most absorbing paradoxes. Freeman clearly guides photographers in this book with a lucid and accessible method using unique workflow illustrations histograms and clear visual examples to explore the subtleties of the subject and enable you to shoot with confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119857

Michael Freeman's Photo School FundamentalsExposure Light & Lighting Composition Photography is international best-seller Michael Freeman’s life and in this book he works together with fellow photography experts to share his and their knowledge with anyone who wants to learn not only how to take better photos but also why those photographs work and where they fit in with the history of the craft. Inspired by the structure of a college course and the benefits of a collective learning environment this book teaches the fundamentals of photography not just through comprehensive lessons and instructions but also through challenges in which readers can participate. Sample work from Michael’s students provides inspiration and critical evaluations of the results ensure that the core concepts are being grasped every step of the way. Additionally readers can join in by sharing their work via the series’ dedicated website. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835787

Michael Fried and PhilosophyModernism Intention and Theatricality This volume brings philosophers art historians intellectual historians and literary scholars together to argue for the philosophical significance of Michael Fried’s art history and criticism. It demonstrates that Fried’s work on modernism artistic intention the ontology of art theatricality and anti-theatricality can throw new light on problems in and beyond philosophical aesthetics. Featuring an essay by Fried and articles from world-leading scholars this collection engages with philosophical themes from Fried’s texts and clarifies the relevance to his work of philosophers such as Ludwig Wittgenstein Stanley Cavell Morris Weitz Elizabeth Anscombe Arthur Danto George Dickie Immanuel Kant Friedrich Schiller G. W. F. Hegel Arthur Schopenhauer Friedrich Nietzsche Denis Diderot Maurice Merleau-Ponty Roland Barthes Jacques Rancière and Søren Kierkegaard. As it makes a case for the importance of Fried for philosophy this volume contributes to current debates in analytic and continental aesthetics philosophy of action philosophy of history political philosophy modernism studies literary studies and art theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667191

Michael J. ShapiroDiscourse Culture Violence Michael J. Shapiro’s writings have been innovatory with respect to the phenomena he has taken to be political and the concomitant array of methods that he has brilliantly mastered. This book draws from his vast output of articles chapters and books to provide a thematic yet integrated account of his boundary-crossing innovations in political theory and masterly contributions to our understanding of methods in the social sciences. The editors have focused on work in three key areas: Discourse Shapiro was one of the first theorists to demonstrate convincingly and in a manner that has had a long-standing impact on the field that language is not epiphenomenal to politics. Indeed he shows that language is constitutive of politics. From his frequently-cited article on metaphor from the early 1980s to recent work on discourse and globalization Shapiro has shown that politics happens not only with and through the use of language but within discourse as a material practice. Culture Gabriel Almond and Sidney Verba’s (1963) famous work on ‘The Civic Culture’ established a long-held but ultimately counterproductive relationship between culture and politics one in which culture is an independent variable that has effects on politics. Samuel Huntington’s (1998) (in)famous polemic ‘The Clash of Civilizations’ only pushes this relationship to its breaking point. Shapiro’s rich and numerous writings on culture provide a powerful and important antidote to this approach as Shapiro consistently shows (across wide-ranging contexts) that politics is in culture and culture is in politics and no politically salient approach to culture can afford to turn either term into a causal variable. Violence While violence is surely not a theme foreign to political studies no one has done more or better work in contemporary political theory to bring violence into play as a central term of political thought and to expand our understanding of violence. By reconceptualizing and reinterpreting this term Shapiro’s work has helped us to rethink the very boundaries between political theory and international relations as putatively separate subfields of political science. And it explains why both political theorists interested in International Relations and International Relations scholars concerned with a broader understanding of international politics must both start with Shapiro’s work as required reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783477

Michael Jackson and the Blackface Mask Blackface minstrelsy the nineteenth-century performance practice in which ideas and images of blackness were constructed and theatricalized by and for whites continues to permeate contemporary popular music and its audience. Harriet J. Manning argues that this legacy is nowhere more evident than with Michael Jackson in whom minstrelsy’s gestures and tropes are embedded. During the nineteenth century blackface minstrelsy held together a multitude of meanings and when black entertainers took to the stage this complexity was compounded: minstrelsy became an arena in which black stereotypes were at once enforced and critiqued. This body of contradiction behind the blackface mask provides an effective approach to try and understand Jackson a cultural figure about whom more questions than answers have been generated. Symbolized by his own whiteface mask Jackson was at once ’raced’ and raceless and this ambiguity allowed him to serve a whole host of others’ needs - a function of the mask that has run long and deep through its tortuous history. Indeed Manning argues that minstrelsy’s assumptions and uses have been fundamental to the troubles and controversies with which Jackson was beset. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274280

Michael JacksonGrasping the Spectacle Throughout his 40-year career Michael Jackson intrigued and captivated public imagination through musical ingenuity sexual and racial spectacle savvy publicity stunts odd behaviours and a seemingly apolitical (yet always political) offering of popular art. A consistent player on the public stage from the age of eight his consciousness was no doubt shaped by his countless public appearances both designed and serendipitous. The artefacts he left behind - music interviews books written by and about him and commercial products including dolls buttons posters and photographs videos movies - will all become data in our cultural conversation about who Michael Jackson was who he wanted to be who we made him to be and why. Michael Jackson: Grasping the Spectacle includes essays that aim to understand Jackson from multiple perspectives: critical cultural theory musicology art history media studies cultural anthropology sociology philosophy religious studies literary theory gender studies performance studies disability studies film studies and African-American studies. Intended for classroom use as well as research and general interest this book expands our understanding both of this fascinating figure himself and of gender sexuality celebrity and popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409446965

Michael MorpurgoMICHAEL MORPURGO This innovative series is designed to help primary teachers plan focused sessions on the work of popular well-loved and valued authors both classic and contemporary. Each book contains a range of activities for use directly in the classroom covering biographical information about the author; a review of the author's work and a summary of major themes in his/her key texts; key language features of the author; frameworks to help children analyze evaluate and compare texts and to develop personal opinions of authors' works; ideas for writing modeled on or developed from key texts; speaking and listening opportunities; drama and role play ideas; and references to video CD-ROM websites and ICT activities. Inside each book is a full-color pullout poster illustrating the work of the author which also has a set of challenges for children on the back. Michael Morpurgo is the author of over 60 books for children including Sam's Duck The Butterfly Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419964

Michael Nyman: Collected Writings For over three decades Michael Nyman's music has succeeded in reaching beyond the small community of contemporary music aficionados to a much wider range of listeners. An important element in unlocking the key to Nyman's success lies in his writings about music which preoccupied him for over a decade from the late 1960s to the early 1980s. During this time Nyman produced over 100 articles covering almost every conceivable musical style and genre - from the Early Music revival and the West's interest in 'world' music or from John Cage and minimalism to rock and pop. Nyman initiated a number of landmark moments in the course of late twentieth-century music along the way: he was one of the first to critique the distinction between the European avant-garde and the American experimental movement; he was the first to coin the term 'minimalism' in relation to the music of (then largely unknown) Steve Reich and Terry Riley and later Philip Glass; the first to seriously engage with the music of the English experimental tradition and the importance of Cornelius Cardew and to identify the importance of Art Colleges in nurturing and developing a radical alternative to modernism; and one of the first writers to grasp the significance of post-minimalists such as Brian Eno and Harold Budd and to realize how these elements could be brought together into a new aesthetic vision for his own creative endeavours which was formulated during the late 1970s and early 80s. Much of what transformed and defined Nyman's musical character may be found within the pages of this volume of his writings comprehensively edited and annotated for the first time and including previously unpublished material from Nyman's second interview with Steve Reich in 1976. There is also much here to engage the minds of those who are interested in pre-twentieth century music from Early and Baroque music (Handel and Purcell in particular) to innovative features in Haydn spatial elements in Berlioz or Bruckner and Mahler's symphonic works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255869

Michael Oakeshott and the Cambridge School on the History of Political Thought This book is a critique of Cambridge School Historical Contextualism as the currently dominant mode of history of political thought drawing upon Michael Oakeshott’s analysis of the logic of historical enquiry. While acknowledging that the early Cambridge School work represented a considerable advance towards genuinely historical histories of political thought this work identifies two major historiographical problems that have become increasingly acute. The first is general: an insufficiently rigorous understanding of the key concept of "pastness" necessarily presupposed in historical enquiry of all kinds. The second is specific to histories of political thought: a failure to do justice to the varieties of past political thinking especially differences between ideology and philosophy. In addressing these problems the author offers a comprehensive account of the history of political thought that establishes the parameters not just of histories of ideological thinking but also of the much disputed character of histories of political philosophy. Since rethinking history of political thought in Oakeshottian terms requires resisting current pressures to turn history into the servant of currently felt needs the book offers a sustained defence of the cultural value of modernist historical enquiry against its opponents. An important work for political theorists historians of political thought and those researching intellectual history the philosophy of history and proposed new directions in contemporary historical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215559

Michael Paul RoginDerangement and Liberalism Michael Paul Rogin’s scholarship profoundly altered the scope content and disposition of political theory. He reconstituted the field by opening it to an array of texts performances and methods previously considered beyond the purview of the discipline. His work addressed the relationship between dimensions of politics typically split apart – institutional power and cultural forms material interests and symbolic meanings class projects and identity politics the public and the private. Rogin’s scholarship enlarges our sense of the borders and genres defining political theory as a field and enriches our capacity to think critically and creatively about the political. The editors have focused on three categories of substantive innovation: Demonology and Countersubversion Rogin used the concepts “countersubversive tradition” and “political demonology” to theorize how constitutive exclusions and charged images of otherness generated imagined national community. He exposed not only the dynamics of suppressing and delegitimizing political opposition but also how politics itself is devalued and displaced. The Psychic Life of Liberal Society Rogin addressed the essential contradiction in liberalism as both an ideology and a regime – how a polity professing equality liberty and pluralist toleration engages in genocide slavery and imperial war. Political Mediation: Institutions and Culture Rogin demonstrated how cultural forms – pervasive myths literary and cinematic works – mediate political life and how political institutions mediate cultural energies and aspirations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138041851

Michael Tippett’s Fifth String QuartetA Study in Vision and Revision Thomas Schuttenhelm provides a detailed account of the events leading up to and throughout the compositional process associated with Michael Tippett’s Fifth String Quartet and a comprehensive analysis of the entire quartet. The commentary discusses this work in the context of Tippett’s creative development and places it within the historical context of the genre of the string quartet. The commentary includes interviews with the members of the Lindsay String Quartet who premiered the work as well as previously unpublished letters from the composer and interviews with Tippett in which he discusses the quartet in detail. Special attention is given to Tippett’s preliminary attempts which were only recently discovered (2011) and to the evidence that suggests he altered the original ending. Included are images from the composer’s sketchbooks and manuscripts as well as the original beginning and the altered ending. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607395

Michael William BalfeHis Life and His English Operas Without doubt Michael William Balfe (1808-1870) was the most successful composer of English opera in the mid nineteenth century. During his lifetime he enjoyed an international reputation and worked with some of the leading singers of the time including Jenny Lind Malibran and Grisi. Drawing on previously unused source materials such as letters legal documents and playbills this biography of Balfe and in-depth study of his English operas overturns many of the previously accepted 'facts' of the composer's lifestyle. Using London as his base Dublin-born Balfe spent long periods in Paris and travelled widely in Europe. William Tyldesley discusses the continental influences evident in Balfe's operas and offers new suggestions as to the draw that Paris held for the composer. Far from leading a fairly prosperous and unexceptional life Balfe is shown to have found himself in financial straits on more than one occasion and to have employed possibly unethical means of extracting himself from them. Those wishing to perform Balfe's works or to do further research into them will find Tyldesley's re-examination of the composer a necessary first port of call. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256484

Michaelangelo: Selected Readings Michaelangelo: Selected Readings is the long-awaited condensation of the five volume English article collection of Michaelangelo's life. Selections include: Life and Early Works; The Sistine Chapel; San Lorenzo; Tomb of Julius II and Other Works in Rome; and Drawings Poetry and Miscellaneous Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203063439

Michel Foucault Michel Foucault was one of the twentieth century’s most influential thinkers whose work has unsettled and transformed the field of social philosophy and the social sciences. The essays and articles selected for this volume are written by many of the most important of Foucault’s interpreters and interlocutors and show the range of Foucault’s influence and the debates it has provoked about Foucault’s own approaches and in relation to substantive areas of social philosophy and social science such as power critique enlightenment law governance ethics and truthfulness. This volume provides a comprehensive introduction to and overview of the development of Foucault’s thought and demonstrates its enduring significance on our understanding of how we have become what we are. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628200

Michel Foucault This book explores the theoretical contribution of Michel Foucault to the fields of criminology law justice and penology. It surveys both the ways in which the work of Foucault has been applied in criminology but also how his work can be used to understand and explain contemporary issues and policies. Moreover this book seeks to dispel some of the common misconceptions about the relevance of Foucault’s work to criminology and law. Mariana Valverde clearly explains the insights that Foucault’s rich body of work provides about different practices found in the fields of law security justice and punishment; and how these insights have been used or could be used to understand and explain issues and policies that Foucault himself did not write about including those that had not yet emerged during his lifetime. Drawing on key texts by Foucault such as Discipline and Punish and also lectures he gave at the College de France and Louvain Criminology Institute which offer a more nuanced account of the development of criminal justice Mariana Valverde offers the essential text on Foucault and his contribution and continued relevance to criminology. This book will be important reading for students and scholars of criminology law sociolegal studies security studies political theory and sociological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226541

Michel Foucault In investigating the major works of Michel Foucault Barry Smart focuses on the analysis of the relations of power and knowledge and modes of objectification through which human beings are made subjects; and addresses controversial issues concerning the state and resistance to power. The development of Foucault's work from the early text on madness to the final studies of sexuality and the question of the work's methodological value and status as a form of critical analysis are reviewed comprehensively.Barry Smart's detailed discussion of the contribution of Foucault's work to social analysis and research will promote fresh interest in the stimulating originality of Foucault's project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147461

Michel Foucault and Education Policy Analysis The work of Michel Foucault has become a major resource for educational researchers seeking to understand how education makes us what we are. In this book a group of contributors explore how Foucault’s work is used in a variety of ways to explore the ‘hows’ and ‘whos’ of education policy – its technologies and its subjectivities its oppressions and its freedoms. The book takes full advantage of the opportunities for creativity that Foucault’s ideas and methods offer to researchers in deploying genealogy discourse and subjectivation as analytic devices. The collection as a whole works to makes us aware that we are freer than we think! This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Education Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308916

Michel Foucault and TheologyThe Politics of Religious Experience Whilst Foucault's work has become a major strand of postmodern theology the wider relevance of his work for theology still remains largely unexamined. Foucault both engages the Christian tradition and critically challenges its disciplinary regime. Michel Foucault and Theology brings together a selection of essays by leading Foucault scholars on a variety of themes within the history thought and practice of theology. Revealing the diverse ways that the work of Michel Foucault (1926-1984) has been employed to rethink theology in terms of power discourse sexuality and the politics of knowledge the authors examine power and sexuality in the church in late antiquity (Castelli Clark Schuld) raise questions about the relationship between theology and politics (Bernauer Leezenberg Caputo) consider new challenges to the nature of theological knowledge in terms of Foucault's critical project (Flynn Cutrofello Beadoin Pinto) and rethink theology in terms of Foucault's work on the history of sexuality (Carrette Jordan Mahon). This book demonstrates for the first time the influence and growing importance of Foucault's work for contemporary theology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249025

Michel Foucault: The Will to Truth First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834033

Michel FoucaultBeyond Structuralism and Hermeneutics First Published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151369

Michel FoucaultForm and Power "This is a study of the French philosopher and historian Michel Foucault's 1976 work ""La Volonte de Savoir"". Dan Beer aims to uncover a network of ideas and linguistic patterns beneath the surface of the text. Through close textual analysis he addresses the issue of language and its effects on the world we inhabit. The book covers a range of references from the forgotten narratives of 19th-century European psychiatry examining the scope of confessional literature to the heated debates that surround Foucault's language and ideas." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198035

Michel FoucaultKey Concepts Michel Foucault was one of the twentieth century's most influential and provocative thinkers. His work on freedom subjectivity and power is now central to thinking across an extraordinarily wide range of disciplines including philosophy history education psychology politics anthropology sociology and criminology. "Michel Foucault: Key Concepts" explores Foucault's central ideas such as disciplinary power biopower bodies spirituality and practices of the self. Each essay focuses on a specific concept analyzing its meaning and uses across Foucault's work highlighting its connection to other concepts and emphasizing its potential applications. Together the chapters provide the main co-ordinates to map Foucault's work. But more than a guide to the work "Michel Foucault: Key Concepts" introduces readers to Foucault's thinking equipping them with a set of tools that can facilitate and enhance further study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711478

Michel FoucaultMaterialism and Education "Olssen ! brings Foucault to life and sheds new light on understanding his work...Educationalists and scholars across the disciplines will welcome this interpretation of Foucault." Michael A. Peters University of Glasgow "Olssen distills in brilliant and succinct language the core of Foucault's most important insights. This is a book that every student should read in order to understand how to link theory to practice and educational thought to legacy and work of one of Europe's great thinkers." Henry Giroux McMaster University Michel Foucault is arguably one of the most important thinkers of the twentieth century and his works are some of the most difficult to grasp. Mark Olssen offers an accessible overview of Foucault's thought putting into context the relevance of Foucault's ideas. Olssen adds important new insights to Foucault scholarship by bringing to light the influences of other thinkers such as Marx Nietzsche Gramsci Habermas and others on Foucault's development as a thinker and their influence on the deep historical materialist strand that grounds and uniquely characterizes so much of Foucault's thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633459

Michel FoucaultSubversions of the Subject This unique and original study analyzes Foucault's interaction with the history of ideas undertaking a genealogy of the subject that subverts conventional philosophical history to develop a distinctly Foucauldian intellectual history. Through a detailed account of Foucault's work and its relation to the history of ideas Philip Barker shows how that history can be usefully reconceptualised using Foucault's concepts of genealogy and archaeology. Locating the emergence of self-reflexive consciousness in twelfth century philosophy and elaborating upon autobiography as a philosophical persona Barker argues that this extremely productive approach can be used to analyze the relationship between the history of philosophy psychoanalysis and the transparent subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062585

Michel Tournier This volume of essays brings together critical analysis and commentary on the literary work of Michel Tournier. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427341

Michelangelo Adrian Stokes was one of the twentieth century's finest and most discriminating writers on art. Of over twenty works of art criticism Michelangelo was considered by Lawrence Gowing to be the most complete he ever wrote presenting an understanding of the great artist that no one subsequently could afford to ignore. Stokes brings to bear in this work not only twenty-five years' study and appreciation of Italian Renaissance art and of aesthetics but also a unique psychological perspective as he explains in his introduction which enables him to uncover the depths of the artist's personality. The subtlety of feeling and profound knowledge of sculpture which Sir Herbert Read admired in Stokes's work is also combined with a literary style perfected through his own poetry and criticism. Presenting a unique survey of his subject's literary as well as his artistic legacy Stokes succeeds as no other has before or since in his aim of bringing Michelangelo's greatness into nearer view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150331

Michelangelo In this masterly Howard Hibbard relates Michelangelo's art to his life and to the times in which he lived relying on the earliest biographies and the latest scholarly research as well as on Michelangelo's own letters and poems. What emerges is both a perspective appraisal of his work and a revealing life history of the man who was arguably the greatest artist of all time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367094829

Michelangelo and the English Martyrs In May 1555 a broadsheet was produced in Rome depicting the torture and execution in London and York of the Carthusians of the Charterhouses of London Axeholme Beauvale and Sheen during the reign of Henry VIII. This single-page martyrology provides the basis for an in-depth exploration of several interconnected artistic scientific and scholarly communities active in Rome in 1555 which are identified as having being involved in its production. Their work and concerns which reflect their time and intellectual environment are deeply embedded in the broadsheet especially those occupying the groups and individuals who came to be known as Spirituali and in particular those associated with Cardinal Reginald Pole who is shown to have played a key role in its production. Following an examination of the text and a discussion of the narrative intentions of its producers a systematic analysis is made of the images. This reveals that the structure content and intention of what at first sight seems to be nothing more than a confessionally charged Catholic image of the English Carthusian martyrs typical of the genre of propaganda produced during the Reformation is astonishingly dominated by the most celebrated name of the Italian Renaissance the artist Michelangelo Buonarotti. Not only are there direct borrowings from two works by Michelangelo which had just been completed in Rome The Conversion of St Paul and The Crucifixion of St Peter in the Pauline Chapel but many other of his works are deliberately cited by the broadsheet's producers. Through the use of a variety of artistic scientific and historical approaches the author makes a compelling case for the reasons for Michelangelo's presence in the broadsheet and his influence on its design and production. The book not only demonstrates Michelangelo's close relationship with notable Catholic reformers but shows him to have been at the heart of the English Counter Reformation at its inception. This detailed analysis of the broadsheet also throws fresh light on the Marian religious policy in England in 1555 the influence of Spain and the broader preoccupations of the Counter Reformation papacy while at the same time enriching our understanding of martyrology across the confessional divide of the Reformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754664475

Michelangelo in PrintReproductions as Response in the Sixteenth Century In seeing printed reproductions as a form of response to Michelangelo's work Bernadine Barnes focuses on the choices that printmakers and publishers made as they selected which works would be reproduced and how they would be presented to various audiences. Six essays set the reproductions in historical context and consider the challenges presented by works in various media and with varying degrees of accessibility while a seventh considers how published verbal descriptions competed with visual reproductions. Rather than concentrating on the intentions of the artist Barnes treats the prints as important indicators of the use of and public reaction to Michelangelo's works. Emphasizing reception and the construction of history her approach adds to the growing body of scholarship on print culture in the Renaissance. The volume includes a comprehensive checklist organized by the work reproduced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247222

MichelangeloA study in the nature of art Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1955 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315014159

Michelangelo's Poetry and Iconography in the Heart of the Reformation Contextualizing Michelangelo’s poetry and spirituality within the framework of the religious Zeitgeist of his era this study investigates his poetic production to shed new light on the artist’s religious beliefs and unique language of art. Author Ambra Moroncini looks first and foremost at Michelangelo the poet and proposes a thought-provoking reading of Michelangelo’s most controversial artistic production between 1536 and c.1550: The Last Judgment his devotional drawings made for Vittoria Colonna and his last frescoes for the Pauline Chapel. Using theological and literary analyses which draw upon reformist and Protestant scriptural writings as well as on Michelangelo’s own rime spirituali and Vittoria Colonna’s spiritual lyrics Moroncini proposes a compelling argument for the impact that the Reformation had on one of the greatest minds of the Italian Renaissance. It brings to light how in the second quarter of the sixteenth century in Italy Michelangelo’s poetry and aesthetic conception were strongly inspired by the revived theologia crucis of evangelical spirituality rather than by the theologia gloriae of Catholic teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881429

Michel-Jean Sedaine (1719-1797)Theatre Opera and Art Originally published in 2000 this book highlights the interst Sedaine's life and work is now belatedly provoking in many scholarly disciplines. If Sedaine speaks today to literary history theatre history and opera studies it is because he possessed a multivalent vision one which accounts for both his past neglect and is present rediscovery. Like many others he believed that the established 'official' genres needed to be reformed; unlike many he made it his business to transform the actual language and operation of the theatre arts he practised. Until late eighteenth-century opera and drama in France become better understood Sedaine's immense importance for the development of Romantic opera and theatre risks remaining generally concealed; to reveal something of this importance is one main reason for publishing the present volume. This book includes chapters on Sedaine and the question of genre the representation of the female in the dramas of Sedaine and the words gestures and other signs in the era of Sedaine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134808

MichiganA Geography This book stresses the relationships between the varied natural resource base and the economic social and political geography of Michigan. It looks at agriculture and recreation and tourism which along with manufacturing are the major bases of the state's economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168445

Michotte's Experimental Phenomenology of Perception This volume of collected papers with the accompanying essays by the editors is the definitive source book for the work of this important experimental psychologist. Originally published in 1991 it offered previously inaccessible essays by Albert Michotte on phenomenal causality phenomenal permanence phenomenal reality and perception and cognition. Within these four sections are the most significant and representative of the Belgian psychologist's research in the area of experimental phenomenology. Extremely insightful introductions by the editors are included that place the essays in context. Michotte's ideas have played an important role in much research on the development of perception and his work on social perception continues to be influential in social psychology. The book also includes some lesser-known aspects of his work that are equally important; for example a remarkable set of articles on pictorial analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995826

Micro & Nano-Engineering of Fuel Cells Fuel cells are clean and efficient energy conversion devices expected to be the next generation power source. During more than 17 decades of research and development various types of fuel cells have been developed with a view to meet the different energy demands and application requirements. Scientists have devoted a great deal of time and effort to the development and commercialization of fuel cells important for our daily lives. However abundant issues ranging from mechanistic study to system integration still need to be figured out before massive applications can be used. Miniaturization is one of the main bottlenecks for the advancement and further development of fuel cells. Thus research on miniaturization of fuel cells as well as understanding the micro and nano structural effect on fuel cell performance are necessary and of great interest to solve the challenges ahead. In this book internationally acclaimed experts illustrate how micro & nano engineering technology can be applied as a way of removing the restrictions presently faced by fuel cells both technically and theoretically. Through the twelve well designed chapters major issues related to the miniaturization of different types of fuel cells are addressed. Theory focusing on micro and nano scale mechanics are outlined to better optimize the performance of fuel cells from laboratory scale to industrial scale. This book will be a good reference to those scientists and researchers interested in developing fuel cells through micro and nano scale engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748644

Micro And Macro Levels Of Analysis In AnthropologyIssues In Theory And Research This book reviews the history of micro/macro issues in anthropology and provides a framework for a more systematic examination of potential linkages among levels. It also provides empirical examples of the articulation of micro/macro theory and methods in sociocultural research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156084

Micro- and Macromechanical Properties of Materials This is an English translation of a Chinese textbook that has been designated a national planned university textbook the highest award given to scientific textbooks in China. The book provides a complete overview of mechanical properties and fracture mechanics in materials science mechanics and physics. It details the macro- and micro-mechanical properties of metal structural materials nonmetal structural materials and various functional materials. It also discusses the macro and micro failure mechanism under different loadings and contains research results on thin film mechanics smart material mechanics and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072336

Micro and Nano Techniques for the Handling of Biological Samples Several micro- and nanomanipulation techniques have emerged in recent decades thanks to advances in micro- and nanofabrication. For instance the atomic force microscope (AFM) uses a nano-sized tip to image push pull cut and indent biological material in air liquid or vacuum. Using micro- and nanofabrication techniques scientists can make manipulation tools such as microgrippers and nanotweezers on the same length scale as the biological samples. Micro and Nano Techniques for the Handling of Biological Samples reviews the different techniques available to manipulate and integrate biological materials in a controlled manner either by sliding them along a surface (2-D manipulation) or by gripping and moving them to a new position (3-D manipulation). The advantages and drawbacks are mentioned together with examples that reflect the state-of-the-art in manipulation techniques for biological samples. Thanks to the advances in micro- and nanomanipulation techniques the integration of biomaterials with physical transducers has been possible giving rise to new and highly sensitive biosensing devices. Although great progress has been made challenges are still present. To understand the complex interactions between and inside biological samples scientists will always be working on improving technologies to manipulate transport sort and integrate samples in different environments. Balanced between simplicity for the beginner and hardcore theory for the more advanced readers this book is the ideal launching point for sharpening the scientific tools required to address these challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138381995

Micro- and NanobubblesFundamentals and Applications Microbubbles and nanobubbles have several characteristics that are comparable with millimeter- and centimeter-sized bubbles. These characteristics are their small size which results in large surface area and high bioactivity low rising velocity decreased friction drag high internal pressure large gas dissolution capacity negatively charged surface and ability to be crushed and form free radicals. Microbubbles and nanobubbles have found applications in a variety of fields such as engineering agriculture environment food and medicine. Microbubbles have been successfully used in aquacultures of oysters in Hiroshima scallops in Hokkaido and pearls in Mie Prefecture Japan. This field has shown a strong potential for growth. This book comprehensively discusses microbubbles and nanobubbles and their application in aquaculture environment engineering medicine stock raising agriculture and marine industry. It presents their potential as a new technology that can be utilized globally. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463102

Micro- and NanoelectronicsEmerging Device Challenges and Solutions Micro- and Nanoelectronics: Emerging Device Challenges and Solutions presents a comprehensive overview of the current state of the art of micro- and nanoelectronics covering the field from fundamental science and material properties to novel ways of making nanodevices. Containing contributions from experts in both industry and academia this cutting-edge text: Discusses emerging silicon devices for CMOS technologies fully depleted device architectures characteristics and scaling Explains the specifics of silicon compound devices (SiGe SiC) and their unique properties Explores various options for post-CMOS nanoelectronics such as spintronic devices and nanoionic switches Describes the latest developments in carbon nanotubes iii-v devices structures and more Micro- and Nanoelectronics: Emerging Device Challenges and Solutions provides an excellent representation of a complex engineering field examining emerging materials and device architecture alternatives with the potential to shape the future of nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072343

Micro- and Nanoscale Phenomena in Tribology Drawn from presentations at a recent National Science Foundation Summer Institute on Nanomechanics Nanomaterials and Micro/Nanomanufacturing Micro- and Nanoscale Phenomena in Tribology explores the convergence of the multiple science and engineering disciplines involved in tribology and the connection from the macro to nano world. Written by specialists from computation materials science mechanical engineering surface physics and chemistry each chapter provides up-to-date coverage of both basic and advanced topics and includes extensive references for further study. After discussing the evolution of tribology in the micro and nano world the book describes contact conditions spanning between macroscale and nanoscale contacts. It presents an overview of fundamental continuum treatments of interfacial contact and lubrication under a wide range of conditions including novel advances in contact simulation. It also gives a thorough account of the nature of surface energies and forces in nanostructures as well as adhesion in dry and wet environments. The book then explains how to perform friction measurements at the nanoscale and interpret friction data before demonstrating how micro- and nanotextured surfaces affect adhesion friction and wetting. The final chapters emphasize the importance of surface chemistry and molecular dynamics simulation in tribology. With numerous examples and figures throughout this volume presents a thorough account of important advancements in tribology that offer insight into micro- and nanoscale phenomena. By enabling a better understanding of fundamental micro- and nanoscale interactions the book helps readers effectively design and fabricate durable tribological components for various engineering and biological systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072350

Micro- and Nano-Scale Sensors and Transducers The rapidly emerging fields of nanotechnology and nano-fabrication have enabled the creation of new sensors with dramatic improvements in sensitivity and range along with substantial miniaturization. And although there are many books on nanotechnology recent advances in micro and nano-scale sensors and transducers are not adequately represented in most books. This book fills that gap.Micro- and Nano-Scale Sensors and Transducers provides a summary of the state of the art in sensor and transducer technology. Teaching you how to make more informed selections of sensors or transducers for particular applications it describes the differences between new sensor and transducer technologies based on nanotechnology and nano-fabrication and the older or "classical" sensor technologies.The book presents the new structures of pressure sensors being used in such applications as mechanical pressure sensing gas pressure sensing and atmospheric pressure sensing. It illustrates the novel structures and characteristics of new motion and acceleration sensors.Describing highly sensitive miniature gas and smoke sensors based on nano-structured electrodes the book presents novel techniques for detecting atmospheric moisture and moisture inside small electronic components. It also covers applications of optoelectronic and photonic sensors.The book examines multi-purpose biological and chemical analysis devices where each device is fully contained in one integrated circuit (Lab on a Chip) as well as other advanced chemical and biological sensors. It describes electric magnetic and RF / microwave sensors and their applications and also considers integrated sensor / actuator units and special-purpose sensors.Each chapter in the book includes a set of quizzes / short questions along with answers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894303

Micro- and Nanostructured Multiphase Polymer Blend SystemsPhase Morphology and Interfaces Micro- and Nanostructured Multiphase Polymer Blend Systems: Phase Morphology and Interfaces focuses on the formation of phase morphology in polymer blends and copolymers and considers various types of blends including thermosets thermoplastics thermoplastic vulcanizates and structured copolymers. The book carefully debates the processing rheology and crystallization aspects of the phase morphology of polymer blends. The text surveys theory characterization processing and experimental aspects of phase morphology development and design of polymer blends. It examines the adhesion of polymer–polymer interfaces in immiscible polymer blends and the different ways by which nanostructures may be generated in thermosetting polymers. The book analyzes the polymerization process and the dynamic vulcanization of multicomponent polymer blends and the crystallization behavior occurring in blends with a confined morphology. It also discusses the structure–rheology relationship in compatibilized blends the effects of elasticity on the structure development and the rheological response in concentrated blends. Micro- and Nanostructured Multiphase Polymer Blend Systems examines the current state of the art challenges and future prospects in the field of polymer blends. The handpicked selection of topics and expert contributors makes this survey of phase morphology in polymer blends an outstanding resource for anyone involved in the field of polymer materials design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454036

Micro- and Nanostructured Polymer SystemsFrom Synthesis to Applications This book focuses on the recent trends in micro- and nano-structured polymer systems particularly natural polymers biopolymers biomaterials and their composites blends and IPNs. This valuable volume covers the occurrence synthesis isolation production properties and applications modification as well as the relevant analysis techniques to reveal the structures and properties of polymer systems. Biobased polymer blends and composites occupy a unique position in the dynamic world of new biomaterials. The growing need for lubricious coatings and surfaces in medical devices—an outcome of the move from invasive to noninvasive medicines and procedures—is playing a major role in the advancement of biomaterials technology. Natural polymers have attained their cutting-edge technology through various platforms and this book presents a multitude of information about them. Topics include biopolymer–synthetic systems nanomaterial–polymer structures multi-characterization techniques polymer blends and composites polymer gels and polyelectrolytes and many other interesting aspects of interests to researchers. This book will be valuable to scientists physicians pharmacists engineers and other specialists in a variety of disciplines both academic and industrial. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881005

Micro and Small Enterprises Water and Developing CountriesA Challenge for Sustainability in Colombia The relationship between environmental agencies and polluters is especially challenging in the context of micro and small sized enterprises (McSEs) in developing countries. The focus is mainly at end-of-pipe solutions that are usually unaffordable for McSEs. In order to engage them in achieving national environmental policy goals this thesis reflexively combines the theoretical fields of Action Research and Negotiation/Conflict Resolution to fill the gaps in knowledge. A methodology was developed that is problem-driven and iterative by using longitudinal data collection rather than snap-shots. Along with a comparative study of two regional tannery cases a new approach based on Action Research named SASI (Systematic Approach for Social Inclusion) was designed and tested for six years on cleaner production (CP) implementation with a third tannery case. The results highlight how institutional barriers in Colombia negatively affect the McSEs. The research shows that CP implementation needs comprehensive systemic mechanisms based on participatory approaches that take into account the concerns and contexts of McSEs. Doing Action Research through SASI generated both theoretical insight and positively changed the lives of the tanners engaged in the research. It contributed to breaking the cycles of their exclusion and simultaneously facilitated innovation and use of local knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027695

Micro and Small Enterprises in IndiaThe Era of Reforms This book presents a set of analytical and deeply policy-oriented articles on the dynamics of growth and performance of micro and small enterprises in India during the period of reforms. It provides fairly detailed analyses of policy changes for the micro and small enterprises secotr as well as empirical analyses of performance and efficiency of the unorganised manufacturing sector. it examines a range of emerging and persistent complex issues facing this crucial sector including credit exports trade regulations capacity building subcontracting clustering entrepreneurship and rural industrialisation. Focusing on the constraints facing this sector even during the economic reforms most of the articles analyse how and why special attention particularly by the state needs to be paid towards enhancing firm competitiveness. Broad-basing the benefits of policy interventions to the overwhelmingly present yet left out micro enterprises including rural areas forms an important concern. This volume attempts to critically examine critical areas of intervention that could open up possibilities of developing a strong micro and small enterprises sector in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664937

Micro Electro Discharge MachiningPrinciples and Applications Micro Electro Discharge Machining (EDM) is a prominent technology for the fabrication of micro components in many fields. Nowadays it is used like a conventional machine tool due to favorable characteristics. This book provides the fundamental knowledge of the principles of the process and its variants the different process parameters the role of machine components and systems the challenges and how to eliminate processing errors. It also includes real life applications of micro EDM in different areas with the most relevant examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138613072

Micro Irrigation Engineering for Horticultural CropsPolicy Options Scheduling and Design This book presents a variety of policy adoption methods irrigation scheduling and design procedures in micro irrigation engineering for horticultural crops. The chapters range from policy interventions to applications of systems for different crops and under different land conditions. Compiling valuable information and research the book is divided into three main sections: Policy Options: Drip Irrigation Among Adopters Irrigation Scheduling of Horticultural Crops Design of Drip Irrigation Systems The editors present valuable research and information on micro irrigation methods in an effort to focus on innovation and evolving new paradigms for efficient utilization of water resources. The adoption of micro irrigation systems can be a panacea for irrigation related problems and can help to increase the yield and area under cultivation especially for small farmers without abundant technological resources. Micro Irrigation Engineering for Horticultural Crops: Policy Options Scheduling and Design will be valuable for agricultural engineering students irrigation engineers and scientists/professors in engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885409

Micro Irrigation ManagementTechnological Advances and Their Applications Micro Irrigation Management: Technological Advances and Their Applications the fifth book in the Innovations and Challenges in Micro Irrigation book series is a valuable reference volume on micro irrigation and water management for professional training institutes technical agricultural centers irrigation centers agricultural extension service and other agencies who work with micro irrigation programs. With an international focus this new book focuses on applications of solar energy in micro irrigation and other important technological advances. It includes case studies and illustrative examples on drip irrigation design. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883900

Micro Irrigation Scheduling and Practices Many countries around the world are struggling with the challenges of water scarcity including water for crops. Micro irrigation methods are an effective means to make the most efficient use of available water. This volume Micro Irrigation Scheduling and Practices continues the efforts of the book series Innovations and Challenges in Micro Irrigation to provide informative and comprehensive knowledge on micro irrigation methods and practices. This new book presents some of the latest information and research on micro irrigation and covers the area of performance practices and design focusing particularly on the performance of vegetable fruit and row crops in conjunction with different scheduling and practices. Irrigation scheduling is an important water management strategy and this book addresses scheduling methods and issues. Design aspects of micro irrigation systems have also been discussed in the book. The authors present their research and studies on scheduling practices and design micro irrigation systems with a variety of fruits and vegetables including peppers chili watermelon oranges banana litchi rice sugarcane sorghum and marigolds. Micro Irrigation Scheduling and Practices will serve as a valuable reference for researchers water resources professionals agricultural extension agencies farmers and faculty and students. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885522

Micro Reaction Technology in Organic Synthesis While continuous processes have found widespread application within chemical production members of the research and development communities have historically favored the centuries old technique of iterative batch reactions. With the exception of combinatorial and microwave chemistry little had been done to change the way that synthetic chemists c Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429093135

Microaggressions and Philosophy This is the first book to offer a philosophical engagement with microaggressions. It aims to provide an intersectional analysis of microaggressions that cuts across multiple dimensions of oppression and marginalization and to engage a variety of perspectives that have been sidelined within the discipline of philosophy. The volume gathers a diverse group of contributors: philosophers of color philosophers with disabilities philosophers of various nationalities and ethnicities and philosophers of several gender identities. Their unique frames of analysis articulate both how the concept of microaggressions can be used to clarify and sharpen our understanding of subtler aspects of oppression and how analysis expansion and reconceiving the notion of a microaggression can deepen and extend its explanatory power. The essays in the volume seek to defend microaggressions from common critiques and to explain their impact beyond the context of college students. Some of the guiding questions that this volume explores include but are not limited to the following: Can microaggressions be established as a viable scientific concept? What roles do microaggressions play in other oppressive phenomena like transphobia fat phobia and abelism? How can epistemological challenges around microaggressions be addressed via feminist theory critical race theory disability theory or epistemologies of ignorance? What insights can be gleaned from intersectional analyses of microaggressions? Are there domain-specific analyses of microaggressions that would give insight to features of that domain i.e. microaggressions related to sexuality athletics immigration status national origin body type or ability. Microaggressions and Philosophy features cutting-edge research on an important topic that will appeal to a wide range of students and scholars across disciplines. It includes perspectives from philosophy of psychology empirically informed philosophy feminist philosophy critical race theory disability theory philosophy of language philosophy of science and social and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077419

Microaggressions and Social Work Research Practice and Education While blatant forms of racism and discrimination have largely been condemned in our society systematic oppression and racism can be manifested in a less obvious form as ‘microaggressions’. The term originally developed in the 1970s by Chester Peirce to describe the ways in which Black people were "put down" by their White counterparts has since been expanded to describe both conscious and unconscious acts that reflect superiority hostility and racially inflicted insults and demeanors to marginalized groups of people. This book provides a platform for social work researchers scholars and practitioners to present their research ideas and practices pertaining to ways in which microaggressions and other subtle but lethal forms of discrimination impact marginalized populations within social work and human services. Contributors discuss the impact of microaggressions in social work as they relate to race; gender and gender expression; sexual orientation; class; and spirituality. The book also examines curriculum pedagogy and the academic climate as targets for intervention in social work education. This book was originally published as a series of special issues of the Journal of Ethnic and Cultural Diversity in Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730079

Microalgal Production for Biomass and High-Value Products Microalgae are a particularly interesting source of products that range from currently marketed human nutritionals and food ingredients to potential sources of biofuels and animal feeds. Rapid advances in technology and commercial development are taking place worldwide. Importantly algal cultivation does not compete with agriculture for land water and in some cases fertilizer resources. Microalgal Production for Biomass and High-Value Products covers the field from a variety of perspectives with 14 chapters contributed by recognized academic experts and industrial practitioners. The book presents the latest technologies and innovations in algal biomass production from cultivation in open ponds and photobioreactors to strain selection synthetic biology pest control harvesting and processing. It explores novel algal products and addresses key issues including markets supply chains business strategies legal issues current products and future prospects. This book brings together the latest advances of interest to those already working in the field while providing an introduction to those beginning to learn about the promise of microalgae as a sustainable source of both specialty and commodity products. It gives stimulating overviews from many different perspectives that describe how laboratory and applied research are creating advances in commercial microalgae production. It also addresses the still many open questions and challenges in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482219708

Microarray Image AnalysisAn Algorithmic Approach To harness the high-throughput potential of DNA microarray technology it is crucial that the analysis stages of the process are decoupled from the requirements of operator assistance. Microarray Image Analysis: An Algorithmic Approach presents an automatic system for microarray image processing to make this decoupling a reality. The proposed system integrates and extends traditional analytical-based methods and custom-designed novel algorithms. The book first explores a new technique that takes advantage of a multiview approach to image analysis and addresses the challenges of applying powerful traditional techniques such as clustering to full-scale microarray experiments. It then presents an effective feature identification approach an innovative technique that renders highly detailed surface models a new approach to subgrid detection a novel technique for the background removal process and a useful technique for removing "noise." The authors also develop an expectation–maximization (EM) algorithm for modeling gene regulatory networks from gene expression time series data. The final chapter describes the overall benefits of these techniques in the biological and computer sciences and reviews future research topics. This book systematically brings together the fields of image processing data analysis and molecular biology to advance the state of the art in this important area. Although the text focuses on improving the processes involved in the analysis of microarray image data the methods discussed can be applied to a broad range of medical and computer vision analysis areas. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138115156

Microarray Image and Data AnalysisTheory and Practice Microarray Image and Data Analysis: Theory and Practice is a compilation of the latest and greatest microarray image and data analysis methods from the multidisciplinary international research community. Delivering a detailed discussion of the biological aspects and applications of microarrays the book: Describes the key stages of image processing gridding segmentation compression quantification and normalization Features cutting-edge approaches to clustering biclustering and the reconstruction of regulatory networks Covers different types of microarrays such as DNA protein tissue and low- and high-density oligonucleotide arrays Examines the current state of various microarray technologies including their availability and affordability Explains how data generated by microarray experiments are analyzed to obtain meaningful biological conclusions An essential reference for academia and industry Microarray Image and Data Analysis: Theory and Practice provides readers with valuable tools and techniques that extend to a wide range of biological studies and microarray platforms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374805

Microarray InnovationsTechnology and Experimentation In recent years high-density DNA microarrays have revolutionized biomedical research and drug discovery efforts by the pharmaceutical industry. Their efficacy in identifying and prioritizing drug targets based on their ability to confirm a large number of gene expression measurements in parallel has become a key element in drug discovery. Microarray Innovations: Technology and Experimentation examines the incredibly powerful nature of array technology and the ways in which it can be applied to understanding the genomic basis of disease. Explores a myriad of applications in use todayThis volume explores recent innovations in the microarray field and tracks the evolution of the major platforms currently used. The international panel of contributors presents a survey of the past five years’ research and advancements in microarray methods and applications and their usage in drug discovery and biomedical research. The contributions discuss improvements in automation (array fabrication and hybridization) new substrates for printing arrays platform comparisons and contrasts experimental design and data normalization and mining schemes. They also review epigenomic array studies electronic microarrays comparative genomic hybridization microRNA arrays and mutational analyzes. In addition the book provides coverage of important clinical diagnostic arrays protein arrays and neuroscience applications.Examines improved methodologiesAs microarrays have evolved steadily over time from archetypical in-house complementary DNA (cDNA) arrays to robust commercial oligonucleotide platforms there has been a migration to higher density biochips with increasing content and better analytical methodologies. This compendium summarizes the vast advances that have been made in this technology highlighting the supreme advantages of microarray-based appro Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385811

Microarray Methods and Protocols A Step-by-Step Guide to Present and Future Uses of Microarray Technology Microarray technology continues to evolve taking on a variety of forms. From the spotting of cDNA and the in situ synthesis of oligonucleotide arrays now come microarrays comprising proteins carbohydrates drugs tissues and cells. With contributions from microarray experts in both academia and industry Microarray Methods and Protocols is a turn-by-turn roadmap through the processes necessary to perform a successful microarray experiment. This easy to use book addresses the fundamental aspects of preparing and processing microarrays and bead arrays labeling and detection. It also includes a detailed How it Works section that discusses the underlying principles of a number of techniques. Troubleshooting guides offer additional advice for the successful performance of more than 100 protocols in 10 chapters that cover work involving nucleic acids proteins carbohydrates and lectins. --Concise and Well-Organized-- With a focus on the preparation and use of microarrays of biomedical relevance the text describes a variety of microarray formats useful in the assessment of human disease and in genomic and proteomic research. This authoritative resource provides detailed information regarding sample preparation labeling array construction processes substrate chemistry array printing and quality control. Originating with the glass microscope slide and biochip microarray technology is now pressing onward into the nanotechnology frontier. This book is the all-inclusive manual scientists need to take microarray research to the next level of discovery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406995

Microbe-Assisted Phytoremediation of Environmental PollutantsRecent Advances and Challenges Microbe-Assisted Phytoremediation of Environmental Pollutants: Recent Advances and Challenges provides comprehensive information on the principles and practical knowledge of microbe-assisted phytoremediation of organic and inorganic pollutants for environmental safety. This book describes the physiological biochemical microbiological and molecular basis of microbe-assisted phytoremediation and contains many relevant topics to fill the gaps in developing an understanding of microbe-assisted phytoremediation of environmental pollutants. The book provides state-of-the-art knowledge on fundamental practical and purposeful utilization of plant-associated bacteria (plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria [PGPR] and endophytes) and arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi for plant-growth promotion and enhanced phytoremediation of environmental pollutants in the contaminated matrix. Features: Provides a state-of-the-art overview of microbe-assisted phytoremediation Emphasizes the roles of PGPR endophytes and mycorrhizal fungi in assisted phytoremediation Elucidates biochemical and molecular mechanisms of microbe-assisted phytoremediation Details field studies and success stories of microbe-assisted phytoremediation Explores advances challenges and future directions in microbe-assisted phytoremediation The book serves as a valuable resource for researchers ecotoxicologists environmental scientists and engineers environmental microbiologists and biotechnologists environmental health and risk scientists environmental science managers and administrators remediation practitioners environmental policymakers and students at the postgraduate and doctoral levels in the relevant fields who wish to work on microbe-assisted phytoremediation of pollutants for environmental safety and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367330576

Microbes for Plant Stress Management It is predicted that the world population will reach about 9.7 billion by the year 2050 and to feed this population the food production has to be increased proportionately. Further we are all concerned about climate which in turn results in abiotic stresses like drought salinity etc. These abiotic stresses will seriously affect crop productivity. This approach has gained popularity in the recent years and seems to be a potential option for the future. The present book brings out the role of different groups of microorganisms in alleviating abiotic stress in crop plants. Please note: This volume is Co-published with New India Publishing Agency New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367140717

Microbes for Restoration of Degraded Ecosystems Remediation of contaminants caused by growing human civilization and industrialization is a serious environmental issue. Recent research has shown that soil microorganisms play an important role in remediating and improving disturbed ecosystems. This approach is eco-friendly and relatively less expensive. The present book covers the investigations carried out using microbes for restoration of degraded eco-systems.Please note: This volume is Co-published with New India Publishing Agency New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367147877

Microbes for Sustainable Development and Bioremediation Microbes are the predominant form of life on the planet due to their broad range of adaptation and versatile nutritional behavior. The ability of some microbes to inhabit hostile environment incompatible with most forms of life means that their habitat defines the extent of the biosphere and delineates the barrier between the biosphere and geosphere. The direct and indirect role of microbes that include bacteria fungi actinomycetes viruses mycoplasma and protozoans are very much important in development of modern human society for food drugs textiles agriculture and environment. Furthermore microorganisms and their enzyme system are responsible for the degradation of various organic matters. Microbes for Sustainable Development and Bioremediation emphasizes the role of microbes for sustainable development of ecosystem. Environmental microbiology role in biogeochemical cycle and bioremediation of environmental waste is major theme which comprises the following aspects: Bacterial phytoextraction mechanism of heavy metals by native hyperaccumulator plants from complex waste-contaminated site for eco-restoration Role of microbial enzyme for eco-friendly recycling of industrial waste Field-scale remediation of crude oil–contaminated desert soil and treatment technology Microbial technology for metal recovery from e-waste printed circuit board Impact of genomic data on sustainability of ecosystem Methane monooxygenases: their regulations and applications Role of microbes in environmental sustainability and food preservation This book will be directly beneficial to researchers and classroom students in areas of biotechnology environmental microbiology molecular biology and environmental engineering with specialized collection of cutting-edge knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226008

Microbes in Agriculture and Environmental Development The collection of essays in Microbes in Agriculture and Environmental Development explores the applications of microbes for the improvement of environmental quality and agricultural productivity through inoculants and enzymes. These are useful for the conservation and restoration of degraded natural and agricultural ecosystems crop yield extension soil health improvement and other aspects of agriculture and the environment. It discusses the effective use of microbial technology wastewater treatment and recycling of agricultural and industrial wastes. It provides detailed accounts of recent trends in microbial application in plant growth promotion soil fertility microbial biomass and diversity and environmental sustainability through bioremediation biodegradation and biosorption processes Features: Discusses microbes and their applications for sustainable agriculture and environmental protection in agro-environmental circumstances Presents innovative and eco-friendly approaches for the remediation of contaminated soil and wastewater Focuses on green technologies and sustainability Includes chapters on sustainable agriculture development through increasing soil fertility physico-chemical properties and soil microbial biomass in nutrient-deprived soils Defines the role of microbial bio formulation-based consortia in the productivity improvement of agricultural crops It will be an invaluable addition to the bookshelves of researchers and graduate students in agriculture and environmental engineering soil science; microbiology sustainable agriculture and ecosystems.      Dr. Chhatarpal Singh is presently the President of Agro Environmental Development Society (AEDS) Majhra Ghat Rampur Uttar Pradesh India. Dr. Tiwari is currently working in the field of methanotrophs ecology (methane oxidizing bacteria) which is sole entity responsible for the oxidation of potent greenhouse gas CH4. Dr. Jay Shankar Singh is presently working as a faculty member in the Department of Environmental Microbiology at Babasaheb Bhimrao Ambedkar University in Lucknow India. Dr. Ajar Nath Yadav is currently serving as an assistant professor in the Department of Biotechnology Akal College of Agriculture Eternal University Baru Sahib Himachal Pradesh India. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367524135

Microbial Aggregation This text covers in detail bacteria and yeasts including an overall perspective of microbial aggregation as fundamental form and function which is presented here to include systems still to be treated in detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895420

Microbial Biodegradation of Xenobiotic Compounds Microbial Biodegradation of Xenobiotic Compounds examines and collects the recent information on the bioremediation technologies around the world. This book focuses on methods to decrease pollutants created by anthropogenic activities industrial activities and agricultural activities. This book answers some of the questions about – how to reduce contaminants? And whether there is a possibility of converting these pollutants in to useful energy by advanced biotechnological methods? The book combines present obtainable data with the expert knowledge of researchers from all over the world covering different aspects of environmental biotechnology and microbiology. It covers basic concepts of bioremediation and various methods involved in the bioremediation process and provides specific chapters on the role of different genes and enzymes involved in microbial bioremediation process. It also gives special attention to heavy metal bioremediation by microalgae and the mechanisms involved during the degradation process. Recent innovative technologies about converting toxic pollutants in to useful energy like bioplastics and electricity are also discussed by specialist authors. Various chapters address the bioremediation of pesticides in soil using microbial metabolites and molecular aspects of biodegradation which cover topics including identification of novel genes through the metagenomic approach and bioremediation using fungal laccase enzymes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138743922

Microbial Biofilms in Bioremediation and Wastewater Treatment Biofilms represent the natural living style of microbial communities and play a pivotal role in biogeochemical cycles and natural attenuation. Biofilms can be engineered for biodegradation and biotransformation of organic and inorganic contaminants for both in situ bioremediation and ex situ treatment in bioreactors. This book focuses on microbial biofilms and their potential technological applications for sustainable development. It covers recent advances in biofilm technologies for contaminant remediation coupled to recovery of resources and serves as a complete reference on the science and technology behind biofilm mediated bioremediation and wastewater treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626393

Microbial BiofilmsOmics Biology Antimicrobials and Clinical Implications Microbial Biofilms: Omics Biology Antimicrobials and Clinical Implications is a comprehensive survey of microbial biofilms and their role in human health and disease with contributions from world renowned experts in molecular microbiology proteomics genomics metabolomics and infectious diseases. The book is intended to serve as a guide for students as well as a reference for researchers clinicians and industry professionals. The chapters cover bacterial and fungal microbiomes and the latest omics techniques organized in a clear and up-to-date manner. One of the highlights of this book is the comprehensive information on "omics of microbial biofilms". The chapters dedicated to metagenomics proteomics and metabolomics are designed to provide a simple and holistic review of the current knowledge and the applications of these techniques in the field of microbial biofilms. In addition to introductory chapters on microbial biofilms and their clinical implications subsequent chapters delve into oral biofilms their composition and metagenomic diversity. Thereafter mechanisms of drug resistance in microbial biofilms are reviewed as well as the proteomic and metabolomic characterization of this resistance. The book includes a comprehensive discussion of persister cells and host–microbial interactions on mucosal surfaces. Finally the book concludes with a summary of novel therapeutic approaches for biofilms such as synbiotics and biogenics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498722193

Microbial BiofilmsProperties and Applications in the Environment Agriculture and Medicine This book provides a broad range of applications and recent advances in the search for biofilm materials in nature. It also explains the future implications for biofilms in the areas of advanced molecular genetics pharmaceuticals pharmacology and toxicology. This book is comprised of 20 chapters from leading experts in the field and it examines immunology and microbiological studies derived from biofilms as well as explores environmental agricultural and chemical impacts on biofilms. It is divided into five subdivisions: biofilms and its complications biofilm infections in human body detection of biofilm-forming pathogens antibiofilm chemotherapy and biofilms production tools in aquaculture. This book may be used as a text or reference for everyone interested in microbial biofilms and their current applications. It is also highly recommended for environmental microbiologists medical microbiologists bioremediation experts and microbiologists working in biocorrosion biofouling biodegradation water microbiology quorum sensing and many other related areas. Scientists in academia research laboratories and industry will also find it of interest. This book includes chapter homework problems and case studies. Powerpoints are also available for adopting instructors. Discusses and clarifies the resource of isolation and chemical properties from biofilms Discusses the latest pharmaceutical pharmacological and medicinal approaches toward the treatment of chronic and uncured diseases such as Alzheimer’s osteoporotic sexual dysfunction sleep sickness allergy treatment asthma hair loss AIDS hypertension antiaging etc. Examines immunology and microbiological studies derived from biofilms Explores environmental agricultural and chemical impacts on biofilms. Dr. Bakrudeen Ali Ahmed Abdul is an Associate Professor the Head of the Department of Biochemistry and Dean of the School of Life Sciences Centre for Research and Development (CRD) PRIST Deemed University Vallam Thanjavur Tamil Nadu India. His research areas include the application of plant biochemistry bioactive compound production biotechnological methods development of pharmaceutical products and pharmacological studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367415068

Microbial Biosurfactants and their Environmental and Industrial Applications Microbial biosurfactants are green molecules with high application potential in environmental and industrial sectors. Chemical diversity of biosurfactants allows them versatility and broad range surfactants capability without compromising performance or economic viability. Biosurfactants are used as emulsifiers dispersants wetting agents oil recovery agents biopesticides stabilizers solubilizers and bioremediation agents (pesticide heavy metals and oil spill cleanup). This comprehensive book on biosurfactants and their environmental and industrial applications offers a broad spectrum of information on potential applications of biosurfactants in various fields and related technological developments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197954

Microbial BiotechnologyAn Interdisciplinary Approach Microbial Biotechnology: An Interdisciplinary Approach covers all aspects of microbial biotechnology whilst bringing the field of functional foods and microbial bioremediation to the fore. Recounting the interdisciplinary scope of biotechnology and its discoveries this text presents innovative ideas in the field of emerging biotechnology providing the scientific community with a much needed new resource.Acting as an important means of information for researchers working in interdisciplinary areas of research this text:Envisages the recent ideas of novel findings in microbiologyProvides insight into the various interdisciplinary research avenuesUniquely covers a diverse range of topicsPresents groundbreaking new findings in key areas of modern biotechnologyEnhanced and straight forward descriptions cater to the needs of researchers working in areas of bacterial exopolysaccharides microalgal proteomics applications of Microbial L-asparaginases novel aspects of bioremediation Probiotics and their impact on society and microbial community analysis in waste water treatment techniques. It will also prove crucial reading for senior undergraduate and graduate students and professionals working in areas of modern biotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574130

Microbial BiotechnologyProgress and Trends   Incorporates the Experiences of World-Class Researchers Microbial Biotechnology: Progress and Trends offers a theoretical take on topics that relate to microbial biotechnology. The text uses the "novel experimental experiences" of various contributors from around the world—designed as case studies—to highlight relevant topics issues and recent developments surrounding this highly interdisciplinary field. It factors in metagenomics and microbial biofuels production and incorporates major contributions from a wide range of disciplines that include microbiology biochemistry genetics molecular biology chemistry biochemical engineering and bioprocess engineering. In addition it also provides a variety of photos diagrams and tables to help illustrate the material. The book consists of 15 chapters and contains subject matter that addresses:  Microbial biotechnology from its historical roots to its different processes  Some of the new developments in upstream processes  Solid-state fermentation as an interesting field in modern fermentation processes  Recent developments in the production of valuable microbial products such as biofuels organic acids amino acids probiotics healthcare products and edible biomass  Important microbial activities such as biofertilizer biocontrol biodegradation and bioremediation Students scientists and researchers can benefit from Microbial Biotechnology: Progress and Trends a resource that addresses biotechnology applied microbiology bioprocess/fermentation technology healthcare/pharmaceutical products food innovations/food processing plant agriculture/crop improvement energy and environment management and all disciplines related to microbial biotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748699

Microbial BiotechnologyTechnological Challenges and Developmental Trends The new volume takes an interdisciplinary look at current technical challenges and recent developmental trends in microbial biotechnology. It covers an avalanche of new information available through research by focusing on a broad spectrum of issues on different microorganisms and their recent applications and implications in agriculture soil science and forestry industry and public health and medicine. Microbes present in our immediate environment have a direct or indirect influence leading to either a harmful or beneficial effect. Microbial Biotechnology: Technological Challenges and Developmental Trends is divided into four major sections that focus on Part I: Antimicrobial Agents: Role and Applications in Medicine and Health Care Part II: Role of Microorganisms in Agriculture and Plant Biotechnology Part III: Microbial Enzymes and Their Potential Industrial Applications Part IV: Microorganisms in Environment: Role and Industrial Applications Topic include organic chemistry biomass conversion optimal production processes for different microbes screening methods and application of omics approaches such as (meta) genomics proteomics and metabolomics or other biotechnology tools to provide a deeper understanding of the microbial-based new and emerging products trends processes and technologies. The chapters present unbiased original research results on microbes by incorporating case studies wherever appropriate. Providing research findings applicable to the development of new methodologies applications and technologies the book will be a valuable resource for people working in various fields of microbiology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883320

Microbial Cell Factories Microbial Cell Factories is a conceptual reference-based source including chapters covering microbial cell factories for industrial developments microbial biotechnology sustainable environmental solutions agriculture practices microorganisms in food processing metabolites as next generation food additives/food processing and microbial cell factories in alternative energy fuel generation. The book highlights trends and developments in the field of microbial products written by an international team of leading academic and research scholars.   Key Selling Features: Highlights trends and developments in microbial biotechnology Systematically reviews microbial cell factories Explores the potential of microbial cell derived industrial production Synthesizes information on environmental and agricultural uses of microbial biotechnology Contributions from an international team of leading scholars Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138061385

Microbial Contamination Control in the Pharmaceutical Industry This authoritative reference presents an up-to-date review of the testing methods emerging technologies and analytical systems and procedures used to prevent the microbial contamination of pharmaceutical processes products and environments. It identifies new tools for sample analysis and evaluation and the impact of these advancements on the continuous supply and manufacturing of pharmaceutical products. With more than 100 tables and 430 current references the book contains a detailed analysis of microbial contamination recalls for nonsterile and sterile pharmaceutical products demonstrating the distribution of microorganisms worldwide and the identification by geographical regions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393946

Microbial Control of Vector-Borne Diseases Vector-borne diseases have increasingly emerged as significant causes of human illnesses worldwide largely due to environmental changes (deforestation) population movements (migration and travelling) international trades and buildup of drug resistance. These are presenting major challenge to the efficacy and use of conventional tools for controlling vector-borne diseases. Therefore use of microbial approach for the control of vector-borne diseases is gaining importance. This book comprehensively reviews vector-borne diseases and their microbial control emphasizing majorly on ecofriendly ways of microbial control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138055810

Microbial Culture An introductory text covering all the major groups of microbes with an emphasis on bacteria and fungi. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003077091

Microbial Ecology The essays that comprise this anthology of the best in ecology from Critical Reviews in Microbiology describe principles and practices in considerable detail. There is no attempt however at a balanced presentation of the different groups of microorganisms or their activities. Likewise some areas of current concern are considered cursorily and others not at all. Nevertheless the book is an interesting and informative introduction to a growing endeavour. The combined experience and insight of the contributing authors will surely aid the reader to develop an ecological attitude and to better appreciate microorganisms as determinants of environmental quality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657482

Microbial Ecology in Sustainable Agroecosystems While soil ecologists continue to be on the forefront of research on biodiversity and ecosystem function there are few interdisciplinary studies that incorporate ecological knowledge into sustainable land management practices. Conventional high fossil-fuel input-based agricultural systems can reduce soil biodiversity alter soil community structure and nutrient cycling and lead to greater dependence on energy-intensive practices. Microbial Ecology in Sustainable Agroecosystems brings together soil ecologists microbial ecologists and agroecologists working globally to demonstrate how research in soil ecology can contribute to the long-term sustainability of agricultural systems. The book identifies five key areas of research that can be combined to support and direct sustainable land management practices: agriculture biodiversity ecosystem services integrated soil ecology research and policy. Topics include: A broad range of soil microbial processes in terms of the importance of microbial heterogeneity Inputs by soil microorganisms into wheat-farming systems The importance of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi in making nutrients more available to crops The benefits and environmental problems associated with the use of crops genetically modified with Bacillus thuringiensis The incorporation of soil ecological or microbial ecological theory into agricultural practice to improve agricultural productivity and sustainability Challenges in sustainable agricultural research and the need for coalescing new avenues of research in agriculture and soil ecology The contributors range from long-time ecological researchers to graduate students and early career scientists representing a wide spectrum of experience ages diversity and research interests in this area. They cover the diversity and complexity of microbial activity and interactions in soil systems and the many ways in which microorganisms may be manipulated and managed to improve the functions of crop rhizospheres and thereby maximize crop yields and overall productivity. These recommendations can be used to direct and influence agricultural and environmental policy and guide future research in sustainable agricultural systems management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852965

Microbial Ecology of Soil and Plant Growth The book is divided into three parts that are logically connected. The first part defines the principal characteristics of the subterranean world and describes the microorganisms that live there as well as the environmental constraints they are subjected to. The second part shows how the action of the microorganisms can modify the physico-chemical surroundings the microbiological equilibria and the growth of plants. The third part dwells on a few methods of intervention that would help in limiting the proliferation of harmful microorganisms and how to make the best use of the activity of auxiliary microorganisms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401556

Microbial Electrochemical Technologies This book encompasses the most updated and recent account of research and implementation of Microbial Electrochemical Technologies (METs) from pioneers and experienced researchers in the field who have been working on the interface between electrochemistry and microbiology/biotechnology for many years. It provides a holistic view of the METs detailing the functional mechanisms operational configurations influencing factors governing the reaction process and integration strategies. The book not only provides historical perspectives of the technology and its evolution over the years but also the most recent examples of up-scaling and near future commercialization making it a must-read for researchers students industry practitioners and science enthusiasts. Key Features: Introduces novel technologies that can impact the future infrastructure at the water-energy nexus. Outlines methodologies development and application of microbial electrochemical technologies and details out the illustrations of microbial and electrochemical concepts. Reviews applications across a wide variety of scales from power generation in the laboratory to approaches. Discusses techniques such as molecular biology and mathematical modeling; the future development of this promising technology; and the role of the system components for the implementation of bioelectrochemical technologies for practical utility. Explores key challenges for implementing these systems and compares them to similar renewable energy technologies including their efficiency scalability system lifetimes and reliability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138597112

Microbial Endophytes Examining intercellular infections in certain plant species that lead to a symbiotic relationship between the host and its endophytic microbes this volume demonstrates the ability of many types of endosymbionts acting as a unit with hosts to better survive compete and reproduce. Practical applications of such endophytes are also discussed for example pharmaceutical developments and agricultural management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447410

Microbial Enzyme Technology in Food Applications The aim of food processing is to produce food that is palatable and tastes good extend its shelf-life increase the variety and maintain the nutritional and healthcare quality of food. To achieve favorable processing conditions and for the safety of the food to be consumed use of food grade microbial enzymes or microbes (being the natural biocatalysts) is imperative. This book discusses the uses of enzymes in conventional and non-conventional food and beverage processing as well as in dairy processing brewing bakery and wine making. Apart from conventional uses the development of bioprocessing tools and techniques have significantly expanded the potential for extensive application of enzymes such as in production of bioactive peptides oligosaccharides and lipids flavor and colorants. Some of these developments include extended use of the biocatalysts (as immobilized/encapsulated enzymes) microbes (both natural and genetically modified) as sources for bulk enzymes solid state fermentation technology for enzyme production. Extremophiles and marine microorganisms are another source of food grade enzymes. The book throws light on potential applications of microbial enzymes to expand the base of food processing industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498749831

Microbial Fermentation and Enzyme Technology The discovery of enzymes as biocatalysts has led to various biotechnological developments. The capability of enzymes to catalyse various chemical reactions both in vivo and in vitro has led them to applications in various industries such as food feed pharmaceutical diagnostics detergent textile paper leather and fine chemical industries. Microbial Fermentation and Enzyme Technology mainly focuses on production and application of enzymes in various industries. Further it also discusses recent developments in enzyme engineering particularly those involved in creating and improving product formations through enzyme and fermentation technology. Salient features: Includes current research and developments in the area of microbial aspects in different fields like food chemicals pharmaceutical bioprocess etc. Discusses various enzymes that are used in refinement of environmental pollutions and its application in different industrial sectors Focuses on production and application of enzymes in various industries Highlights recent developments in enzyme engineering with respect to its application in textile pharmaceutical nanobiotechnology bioremediation and many other related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367183844

Microbial Food Contamination Divided into five parts Microbial Food Contamination Second Edition looks at emerging foodborne human pathogens andcomprehensively evaluates the microbiology biochemistry detection risk and threat of foodborne illness in today’s global market. The first section introduces new insights into the pathogenic effect of E. coli viral diseases and protozoan parasites as well as prions and other zoonotic diseases. It discusses mycotoxins and aflatoxins particularly the carcinogenicity of aflatoxin B1 and the chemoprevention of liver cancer. Detection Monitoring and Control Presenting recent advances in the detection and monitoring of foodborne pathogens section two reviews rapid electrochemical biosensors new methods to detect prion diseases and the use of polymerized chain reaction (PCR) for detection identification and typing of microorganisms. Section three examines control and prevention measures including Kosher and Halal food laws and the use of naturally occurring antimicrobials irradiation and other physical control strategies. It also considers the genetic and biochemical control of aflatoxigenic fungi. International Regulation and Trade Globalization reduces traditional geographic borders that once prohibited pathogens from spreading and increases the risk of transnational outbreaks. The impact of this trend on international trade is evaluated in section four with a look at the implications of mad cow disease on the beef trade. It also provides an overview of programs to mitigate contamination such as the Codex Alimentarius and the International Food Safety Authorities Network. Bioterrorism Addressing the most frightening aspect of microbial contamination section five explores bioterrorism and the different chemical radiological and biological agents that could be employed to deliberately contaminate food. Contributors take a critical look at present food protection strategie Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388515

Microbial Food Safety and Preservation Techniques In recent years rapid strides have been made in the fields of microbiological aspects of food safety and quality predictive microbiology and microbial risk assessment microbiological aspects of food preservation and novel preservation techniques. Written by the experts and pioneers involved in many of these advances Microbial Food Safety and Preservation Techniques gives you an in-depth look at the fundamental and applied aspects of food safety. It describes the control measures employed and emphasizes the food preservative techniques that are used to ensure high-quality and safe foods. The book elucidates the hazards caused by food-borne pathogens and assesses the microbiological risk of raw fresh produce ready-to-eat (RTE) minimally processed and processed foods. It then discusses the detection of pathogens using advanced molecular techniques biosensors and nanotechnology. The topics covered include smart/intelligent and active packaging techniques hurdle technology plasma technology nanotechnology use of natural flora belonging to lactic acid bacteria and antimicrobials such as phytochemicals and essential oils as well as novel food preservatives based on quorum sensing inhibitors. The inclusion of chapters on modeling microbial growth in food enhancing the safety and quality of foods makes the book especially practical. Examining the advantages and limitations of these new preservation techniques the book highlights the trends and hot topics that help you face the challenges of food safety. With coverage of food safety issues including detection identification and prevention of food-borne illness disease agents as well as preservation techniques the book provides a comprehensive resource for tackling current and future food safety issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033801

Microbial Foodborne DiseasesMechanisms of Pathogenesis and Toxin Synthesis Through the use of molecular and cellular biological techniques numerous advances have been made in understanding the molecular basis of virulence mechanisms and toxin biosynthesis in organisms that contaminate food and feed. Microbial Foodborne Diseases: Mechanisms of Pathogenesis and Toxin Synthesis serves as an advanced text on these techniques providing useful up-to-date information by recognized authorities on the molecular mechanisms of pathogenesis and toxin production of some of the most important foodborne pathogens.This book focuses on the molecular and cellular processes that govern pathogenicity and toxin production in foodborne and waterborne pathogens - viral bacterial fungal and protozoan. It also includes current information related to the association of each pathogen with particular foods and water epidemiology methods of early detection toxicology and economic impact of the pathogen. It not only serves as an excellent reference it is also a valuable tool in the rational design of preventative controls and therapeutic approaches to the disease process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399207

Microbial FuelsTechnologies and Applications The book will highlight major trends and developments in the field of microbial fuels with contributions from a number of highly experienced researchers. It will serve as a comprehensive reference for industrial stakeholders scientists researchers and graduate students interested in microbial fuels. The aims of this work are to present the technologies and perspectives taking into account different socio-economical contexts. A specific chapter will focus on the general perspectives of microbial fuels for low-income and emerging countries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367877606

Microbial Infections and Cancer Therapy This book deals with the emerging concept that certain pathogenic bacteria and viruses when infecting people with cancer actively fight tumors allowing their regression. Although such observations go back more than 100 years use of specific bacterial strains or viruses usually genetically modified with known anticancer drugs and their protein/peptide products has gained ground in recent years allowing significant cancer regression in clinical trials with stage III/IV cancer patients or even in pediatric brain tumor patients often without any demonstration of toxicity. It is composed of 12 chapters written by pioneers in microbial biotech and cancer research and covers the emerging roles of various microorganisms and their products in cancer therapy. The book highlights the benefits of using conventional cancer treatments (such as chemo- and radiotherapies) with microbial-based therapies. Such combinatorial therapies have gained particular attention as a strategy to overcome drug resistance and the readers of the book will discover their impact on fundamental research and promising results from clinical trials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774864

Microbial Metabolism In The Digestive Tract In this book an attempt has been made to give an update on the flora of the human digestive tract and its role in disease. This is a subject that has implications in many disciplines and therefore is aimed at not only microbiologists but also clinicians dentists medical researchers biochemists and toxicologists who have a background knowledge of bacteriology but are not necessarily directly involved in research into the metabolic actions of gut bacteria. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895444

Microbial Mitigation of Stress Response of Food Legumes Microbial Mitigation of Stress Responses of Food Legumes provides knowledge on the impact of abiotic and biotic stress on the agriculture of grain legumes especially pulses and it critically reviews the cutting-edge research in exploring plant microbe interactions to mitigate the stress. It helps in understanding the fundamentals of microbial-mediated management of abiotic and biotic stress in grain legumes. Salient features: ï‚· Describes the usefulness of microbiome of plant/insects for enhancing the production of grain legumes ï‚· Focuses on recent advances in microbial methods for mitigating the stress and their application in sustainability of legume production ï‚· Provides a unique collection of microbial data for the improvement of legume productivity ï‚· Details microbial metabolites at the gene and molecule levels for plant stress management The reader will get all essential and updated information on various stress factors crop responses and microbial-mediated stress management for better food legume production. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367460242

Microbial Nanotechnology This book provides an account of the biogenic synthesis of nanomaterials by using different microorganisms. The chapters are focused on the biosynthesis of various metal and metal oxide nanosized materials by using bacteria actinomycetes fungi and algae including mechanisms of microbial synthesis. Other chapters summarize recent developments of microbial-based nanostructures for the management of food-borne pathogens plant pathogenic fungi as nutrients and biomedical applications. Microorganisms are discussed not only as biofactories for the synthesis of nanomaterials but also as removal agents of toxic metals from the environment. Exposure sources and ecotoxicity of microbially synthesized nanoparticles are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226763

Microbial Pest Control A complete overview of the technologies and products for microbial-based pest control. It documents the use of genetically altered Bt and transgenic crops microbial formulations and synergistic interactions of microbials with synthetic chemicals as well as the management of Bt foliar applications and Bt genes in transgenic crops. The book includes case studies and pathogen products and manufacturers indices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398019

Microbial Quality Assurance in Pharmaceuticals Cosmetics and Toiletries The importance of quality assurance in the production storage and use of manufactured preparations is widely recognized. This book encapsulates the issues involved in the manufacture of non-steriles such as creams ointments herbal remedies shampoos soaps and toiletry products (as opposed to sterile drugs and injectible products). Knowledge of the microbial limits is expanded new standards are included and coverage of the preservation issues of dosage forms is widened to include semi-solids and liquid preparations. This edition also contains new regulations regarding preservative efficacy testing and covers pharmacopoeial and industry regulations and guidelines. Rapid methods are also discussed now more common in cosmetic and toiletry practice in their pharmaceutical capacity. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203978450

Microbial Quality of Water Supply in Distribution Systems Hidden problems buried deep in the pipe networks of water distribution systems are very serious potential threats to water quality. Microbial Quality of Water Supply in Distribution Systems outlines the processes and issues related to the degradation of water quality upon passage through networks of pipes storage reservoirs and standpipes on its way to the consumer. The risks associated with biofilm accumulation bacteria and other contaminants are discussed in great detail. In addition to its excellent microbiological coverage of organisms in drinking water and biofilms in distribution systems Microbial Quality of Water Supply in Distribution Systems provides clear treatments of the technical and public communication issues most commonly affecting the quality of water and water supply systems. The inclusion of numerous case histories in this new book makes it a complete reference source for anyone concerned with water quality and water distribution systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401412

Microbial Safety of Minimally Processed Foods While minimally processed foods satisfy the increasing market demands for foods with fewer preservatives higher nutritive value and fresh sensory attributes there is a greater risk of diseases if they are improperly handled. Microbial Safety of Minimally Processed Foods explores innovative preventative solutions to food-borne diseases from the perspectives of the producer the handler the consumer the food preparer as well as the food inspector and researcher.This book provides you with the latest research and insight into assuring the microbial safety of red meats poultry fish vegetables fruits and bakery products that receive less than stringent sterilizing preparation. It explores and describes the methods used for pathogen detection along with strategies for preventing future pathogen occurrences in the minimally processed foods. The book also provides in-depth evaluations of HACCP regulations and risk assessments of those minimally processed foods. Designed to stimulate the development of increasingly safer foods Microbial Safety of Minimally Processed Foods details state-of-the-art technologies that have the potential to enhance microbiological safety of minimally processed foods without sacrificing their natural untreated visual appearance and sensory properties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426528

Microbial Synthesis of Chalcogenide NanoparticlesCombining Bioremediation and Biorecovery of Chalcogen in the Form of Chalcogenide Nanoparticles Recent years have seen a growing interest in the application of chalcogenide nanoparticles (NPs) e.g. Se Te CdSe and CdTe NPs in various industrial sectors including energy petroleum refining and in the field of biology and medicine. Moreover due to the high toxicity of chalcogen oxyanions their release into the environment is of great concern. Thus emphasis was given in this study on the development of a novel microbial synthesis process of chalcogenide NPs by combining biological treatment of Se/Te containing wastewaters with biorecovery in the form of Se NPs Te NPs and CdSe NPs. Enrichment of Se-oxyanion reducing microorganisms was carried out to simultaneously remove selenite (Se(IV)) and cadmium (Cd(II)) from wastewaters by combining bioremediation of toxic Se-rich wastewater with the biorecovery of Se as CdSe NPs. The results showed compositional changes in the extracellular polymeric substances (EPS) matrix of the anaerobic granular sludge upon exposure to Cd(II) and Se(IV) and identified the roles of EPS fractions in the biogenesis of CdSe NPs. Besides it was found that the EPS on the surface of the biogenic Se NPs play a major role in lowering the bioavailability and toxicity of biogenic Se(0) compared to chemogenic Se(0) NPs. An upflow anaerobic sludge blanket (UASB) reactor was used for the first time to continuously remove tellurite from wastewater and recover biogenic Te(0). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138600423

Microbial SystematicsTaxonomy Microbial Ecology Diversity This book presents recent scientific investigations in microbial ecology and systematics. Advanced microbial science investigations employ the latest technologies for research in microbiology and microbial applications. The book has complete information on classical microbiology techniques for assessment of the composition of microbial diversity assessment advancement in next-generation technology advantages of microbial products in sustainable developments and their application for societal benefits. Current research on microorganisms is presented as a perfect book for studies on "Microbial Systematics". This book will serve as an important resource for practising research and review for the scientific community. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367148010

Microbiological Aspects of Biofilms and Drinking Water The development of biofilms and their role in public health - particularly drinking water - is often overlooked. Ideal for anyone interested in water related issues Microbiological Aspects of Biofilms and Drinking Water presents an overview of the public health effects associated with drinking water. It highlights the microbiological aspects relating to the development of biofilms. The first four chapters focus on the state of the water supply. The authors review methods for studying the epidemiological spread of waterborne infections and those used in surveillance and control of pathogenic microbes. He includes the methods used for the detection of pathogens of public health importance in drinking water.In the subsequent chapters the authors pay close attention to biofilm development within drinking water systems underlining the public health threat. They cover the microbes important to public health and include the methods used to detect biofilms. In conclusion they review the methods involved in biofilm control - both conventional and biocidal treatments.Overall Microbiological Aspects of Biofilms and Drinking Water provides a snapshot of public health and the water supply. It covers the future of drinking water and its associated health hazards and provides a deeper understanding of biofilms and how they provide a safe haven for pathogens and water related diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578978

Microbiological Contamination Control in Pharmaceutical Clean Rooms Contamination control in pharmaceutical clean rooms has developed from a jumble of science and engineering knowledge of what has worked well or badly in the past dependent upon the technology available at the time the clean room was built and subsequent technological developments. Surrounding it all is a blanket of regulations. Taking a multidisc Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429195006

Microbiological Corrosion of BuildingsA Guide to Detection Health Hazards and Mitigation Environmental stress caused by water continuously exposes buildings to microbial colonization. This is highly evident when both minor dampness and mass flooding occur. The text describes how microbiological corrosion of buildings and the structures and substances derived from these hazards are responsible for adverse health effects on people exposed to these contaminated environments. Microbiological Corrosion of Buildings: A Guide to Detection Health Hazards and Mitigation describes the key elements and methods for neutralising and removing microbiological contamination and the operating algorithm for checking the effectiveness of preventative solutions. Ideal for construction engineers microbiologists and professionals in the field. Features: Latest methods for detection of indoor microbial hazards Identifies the tools needed for natural non-destructive and non-invasive methods of bio-corrosion removal Describes the social and health problems associated with exposure to microbiological hazards Provides case studies and examples of microorganisms responsible for microbial corrosion. ‘Climate change and the associated adverse effects such as floods and whirlwinds make the problem of microbiological corrosion of buildings that generates health risks and economic losses on a global scale the focus of science and technology. The monograph presents a complex problem of building bio-corrosion that requires knowledge of the distant fields of microbiology and building technology for the use of both scientists and practitioners. This pioneering work of an interdisciplinary nature harmoniously combines knowledge on specific microbiological issues relating to the process of bio-corrosion and the associated health risks with detailed issues of construction technology concerning the prevention of bio-corrosion and its removal. The authors succeeded in combining a very high scientific level in the monograph with an accessible and understandable presentation of complex problems. The extensive references ranging from "classical" items from many years ago to the most recent articles presenting the state of the art in this field are worth emphasising.’ —Prof. Jacek Dutkiewicz Ph.D. D.Sc. Institute of Rural Health in Lublin Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367499846

Microbiological Decomposition of Chlorinated Aromatic Compounds This book is intended to be a general reference for environmental decision makers who are interested in the fate of chlorinated aromatic compounds with respect to microbial activity. It includes reviews of microbial physiology genetics and methods of biodegradation assessment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065548

Microbiological Examination Methods of Food and WaterA Laboratory Manual Microbiological Examination Methods of Food and Water is an illustrated laboratory manual that provides an overview of current standard microbiological culture methods for the examination of food and water adhered to by renowned international organizations such as ISO AOAC APHA FDA and FSIS/USDA. It includes methods for the enumeration of indicator microorganisms of general contamination indicators of hygiene and sanitary conditions sporeforming spoilage fungi and pathogenic bacteria. Every chapter begins with a comprehensive in-depth and updated bibliographic reference on the microorganism(s) dealt with in that particular section of the book. The latest facts on the taxonomic position of each group genus or species are given as well as clear guidelines on how to deal with changes in nomenclature on the internet. All chapters provide schematic comparisons between the methods presented highlighting the main differences and similarities. This allows the user to choose the method that best meets his/her needs. Moreover each chapter lists validated alternative quick methods which though not described in the book may and can be used for the analysis of the microorganism(s) dealt with in that particular chapter. The didactic setup and the visualization of procedures in step-by-step schemes allow the user to quickly perceive and execute the procedure intended. This compendium will serve as an up-to-date practical companion for laboratory professionals technicians and research scientists instructors teachers and food and water analysts. Alimentary engineering chemistry biotechnology and biology (under)graduate students specializing in food sciences will also find the book beneficial. It is furthermore suited for use as a practical/laboratory manual for graduate courses in Food Engineering and Food Microbiology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415690867

Microbiological Examination Methods of Food and WaterA Laboratory Manual 2nd Edition Microbiological Examination Methods of Food and Water (2nd edition) is an illustrated laboratory manual that provides an overview of current standard microbiological culture methods for the examination of food and water adhered to by renowned international organizations such as ISO AOAC APHA FDA and FSIS/USDA. It includes methods for the enumeration of indicator microorganisms of general contamination indicators of hygiene and sanitary conditions sporeforming spoilage fungi and pathogenic bacteria. Every chapter begins with a comprehensive in-depth and updated bibliographic reference on the microorganism(s) dealt with in that particular section of the book. The latest facts on the taxonomic position of each group genus or species are given as well as clear guidelines on how to deal with changes in nomenclature on the internet. All chapters provide schematic comparisons between the methods presented highlighting the main differences and similarities. This allows the user to choose the method that best meets his/her needs. Moreover each chapter lists validated alternative quick methods which though not described in the book may and can be used for the analysis of the microorganism(s) dealt with in that particular chapter. The didactic setup and the visualization of procedures in step-by-step schemes allow the user to quickly perceive and execute the procedure intended. Support material such as drawings procedure schemes and laboratory sheets are available for downloading and customization. This compendium will serve as an up-to-date practical companion for laboratory professionals technicians and research scientists instructors teachers and food and water analysts. Alimentary engineering chemistry biotechnology and biology (under)graduate students specializing in food sciences will also find the book beneficial. It is furthermore suited for use as a practical/laboratory manual for graduate courses in Food Engineering and Food Microbiology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138057111

Microbiological Examination of Water and Wastewater Microbiological tests have proven to be an indispensable part of environmental contaminant detection. It has also been tremendously difficult to find a comprehensive training manual and laboratory manual for those procedures.Microbiological Examination of Water and Wastewater now provides that much-needed resource for laboratory trainees and environmental professionals alike.An all-inclusive guide to applications and techniques of microbiological testing Microbiological Examination of Water and Wastewater includes coverage of General Microbiology Environmental Microbiology Environmental Microbiology Laboratory plus Techniques and Methods in Routine Environmental Microbiology Laboratory.By exploring the fundamentals of microbiology as well as microbial metabolism growth control and classification trainees will better understand the purpose and manner of microbiological examination. Those details also make Microbiological Examination of Water and Wastewater ideal as a standard guidebook for laboratories water and wastewater treatment plants and the communities they serve. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203747285

Microbiological Quality AssuranceA Guide Towards Relevance and Reproducibility of Inocula Microbiological Quality Assurance: A Guide Towards Relevance and Reproducibility of Inocula sheds light on the difficulties of obtaining results in the test tube that will be reproducible and relevant for a wide variety of tests. This book explores the current state of research in this area and troubleshoots the problems that may be encountered in setting up appropriate cultures. The text divides naturally into three sections-growth conditions post-growth conditions and applications. This book serves as a valuable resource for clinical microbiologists pharmacologists and anyone doing in vitro experiments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895451

Microbiological Research and Development for the Food Industry Research and development on microorganisms in food has evolved from a luxury to a necessity for companies competing in the global marketplace. Whether research is conducted internally or externally through contract laboratories and universities microbial research in foods is crucial to the safety and integrity of our food supply. Microbiological Research and Development for the Food Industry covers the technical and practical insights needed for developing and utilizing various capabilities to advance food microbiology research. Providing examples of how research data can be applied to consumer and brand protection efforts this book: Describes the purposes and processes for conducting microbiological research and development for companies and organizations involved in food beverage and ingredient production and distribution Covers a broad range of topics of importance to food microbiologists in allied food industries and organizations government and academia Includes examples of successful research methods for food microbiology laboratories Written to walk the reader through the process of investigating microorganisms in food systems for consumer and brand protection Microbiological Research and Development for the Food Industry provides practical understanding of the necessary mechanisms and research approaches used in the field. It fuses the business and scientific aspects of microbiological research to underscore the return on investment for beverage and food ingredient producers. This text goes beyond routine presence/absence testing of pathogens and spoilage microorganisms in foods. It describes ways data can be collected to answer more complex questions and provides examples of how such data can be applied to consumer and brand protection efforts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199200

Microbiologically Influenced Corrosion in the Upstream Oil and Gas Industry Microorganisms are ubiquitously present in petroleum reservoirs and the facilities that produce them. Pipelines vessels and other equipment used in upstream oil and gas operations provide a vast and predominantly anoxic environment for microorganisms to thrive. The biggest technical challenge resulting from microbial activity in these engineered environments is the impact on materials integrity. Oilfield microorganisms can affect materials integrity profoundly through a multitude of elusive (bio)chemical mechanisms collectively referred to as microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC). MIC is estimated to account for 20 to 30% of all corrosion-related costs in the oil and gas industry. This book is intended as a comprehensive reference for integrity engineers production chemists oilfield microbiologists and scientists working in the field of petroleum microbiology or corrosion. Exhaustively researched by leaders from both industry and academia this book discusses the latest technological and scientific advances as well as relevant case studies to convey to readers an understanding of MIC and its effective management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726566

Microbiology and Chemistry for Environmental Scientists and Engineers Biological and chemical processes play a key role in the treatment of domestic wastewater and are becoming increasingly important in tackling the problems caused by industrial wastes. The first edition of this popular text focused on microbial systems and wastewater processes that are implemented in a treatment plant. While maintaining this approach this revised edition also incorporates components that cover the fundamental aspects of inorganic and organic chemistry relating to water treatment and pollution.Microbiology and Chemistry for Environmental Scientists and Engineers provides the reader with an understanding of the complex biological and chemical issues involved in environmental science and engineering. A chapter on water quality includes the revised chemical and microbiological standards which will come into force under the new EC drinking water directive. Chemical aspects of water pollution emphasise some of the most dangerous chemical substances prevalent in the environment today.This book will be a valuable addition to the library of practising environmental engineers and scientists and an essential text for undergraduate and postgraduate students taking courses in environmental civil and public health engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424326

Microbiology and Infectious Diseases on the Move The Medicine on the Move series provides fully flexible access to subjects across the curriculum in a unique combination of print and mobile formats ideal for the busy medical student and junior doctor. No matter what your learning style whether you are studying a subject for the first time or revisiting it during exam preparation Medicine on the Move will give you the support you need.This innovative print and app package will help you to connect with the topics of microbiology and infectious diseases to learn understand and enjoy them and to cement your knowledge in preparation for exams and future clinical practice.By using this resource in print or as an app you really will experience the opportunity to learn medicine on the move. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444120127

Microbiology for Food and HealthTechnological Developments and Advances This book Microbiology for Food and Health: Technological Developments and Advances highlights the innovative microbiological approaches and advances made in the field of microbial food industries. The volume covers the most recent progress in the field of dairy and food microbiology emphasizing the current progress actual challenges and successes of the latest technologies. This book looks at technological advances in starter cultures prospective applications of food-grade microorganisms for food preservation and food safety and innovative microbiological approaches and technologies in the food industry. The first series of chapters discuss the types classification and systematic uses of various starter cultures in addition to probiotics for various commercial fermentation processes. The book goes on to covers recent breakthroughs in microbial bioprocessing that can be employed in the food and health industry such as for an example prospective antimicrobial applications of inherently present fermentative microflora against spoilage and pathogenic type microorganisms; the use of potential probiotic LAB biofilms for the control of formation of pathogenic biofilms by exclusion mechanisms and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888134

Microbiology for Minerals Metals Materials and the Environment Microbiology for Minerals Metals Materials and the Environment links chemical metallurgical and other metal inherent systems with microbes and analyzes the interdependence between them. Specifically intended to underscore the importance of microbes in environmental remediation in the mining industries this text offers a basic and conceptual understanding of the role of microbes and provides an extensive exploration of microbiology and metals. Each chapter is written by experts from research industry and academia. The authors expand on the whole scale of microbiology applications relevant to minerals metal material and environment. They elicit the applications of microbes for metal extraction (including mechanisms and methods) from primary ores/minerals and mining wastes biomining and related concepts of microbial diversity and various operations and molecular biology of microbes involved in such systems (extremophiles). They also address in detail biohydrometallurgy biomineralisation bioleaching biobeneficiation biosynthesis and bioremediation and other related areas. This book: Includes bacterial leaching hybrid leaching and biosynthesis related to different metals Covers recent developments in alternative procedures with the use of extremophiles and leaching bacteria Explains the imperative importance of bacteria in minerals and metals sector Addresses microbial interventions for waste cleanup and upgradation of minerals Compares existing processes with the new ones to elicit their importance Provides case studies on all respective topics by eminent researchers A resource for researchers graduate students and industry professionals involved in chemical/mining/metallurgical engineering/environmental science/microbiology Microbiology for Minerals Metals Materials and the Environment skillfully explains the symbiotic relationship between microbiology and minerals-metals-materials and utilizes experts from across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748781

Microbiology for Sustainable Agriculture Soil Health and Environmental Protection With contributions from a broad range of experts in the field this volume Microbiology for Sustainable Agriculture Soil Health and Environmental Protection focuses on important areas of microbiology related to soil and environmental microbiology associated with agricultural importance. The information and research on soil and environmental microbiology presented here seeks to act as a gateway to sustaining and improving agriculture and environmental security. Part I focuses on soil microbiology dealing extensively with studies on the isolation culture and use of Rhizobium spp. and mycorrhizae to improve soil fertility plant growth and yield. This includes research progress on biogeochemical cycles plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) microbial interactions in soil and other soil activities microbial diversity in soil biological control and bioremediation and improvement of beneficial microorganisms (N2 fixers phosphate solubilizers etc.). Part 2 goes on to focus on microbiology for crop disease management and pathogenic control in sustainable environment with chapters on disease management of agricultural and horticultural crop plants through microbial control and how microbial control may a be a potential solution for a sustainability in agriculture. Part 3 Microbiology for Soil Health and Crop Productivity Improvement features a chapter on the activity and mechanism of nitrogenase enzyme in soil which is very important for soil health and crop production and productivity. Part 4 presents two chapters entirely devoted to the environmental pollution and its control looking at the interaction of microbes in aqueous environments and eco-friendly approaches. There is an urgent need to explore and investigate the current shortcomings and challenges of the current innovations and challenges in agricultural microbiology. This book helps to fill that need. This volume will be valuable to those involved with agricultural microbiology including students instructors and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886697

Microbiology for Water and Wastewater Operators (Revised Reprint) "This new expanded edition of Microbiology for Water/Wastewater Operators augments previous information and emphasizes the new world order of water control based on microbiological principles and practices. Microbiology for Water/Wastewater Operators… * Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399153

Microbiology in Civil EngineeringProceedings of the Federation of European Microbiological Societies Symposium held at Cranfield Institute o Although most public health and environmental engineers are aware of the importance of microbial activity many civil engineers do not appreciate the part microbiological process play in for example biodeterioration of concrete and other construction materials alteration of soil and rock properties clogging of boreholes distribution and irrigation systems and biofouling in embankment dams. There is a need for greater interaction between scientists and engineers in this respect. Recent advances in applied microbiology and biochemistry could usefully be extrapolated to fields of civil engineering. Indeed an understanding of microbiological activity in what is often thought of as purely physical and/or chemical processes and an awareness of what to look for is becoming increasingly important for civil engineers in their design of a variety of systems and structures. This book forms the Proceedings of the International Conference held at Cranfield Institute of Technology UK in September 1990. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863418

Microbiology Of Chlamydia First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into microbiology of Chlamydia and its relationship with our bodies. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes pictures and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226749

Microbiology of Fruits and Vegetables Fresh and fresh-cut fruits and vegetables have an excellent safety record. However surveillance data from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and recent foodborne illness outbreaks have demonstrated that the incidence of foodborne illnesses linked to the consumption of contaminated fresh fruit and vegetable products may in fact be more prevalent than previously thought. U.S. FDA and USDA microbiological surveys of domestic and imported fresh fruits and vegetables demonstrate that human pathogens are sporadically found to be associated with fresh produce. In addition to increased safety concerns microbial spoilage represents a significant source of waste for growers packers retailers and consumers. Microbiology of Fruits and Vegetables reviews the extensive research that has been conducted on microbiological problems relating to the safety and spoilage of fruits and vegetables in recent years. It considers incidences of human pathogen contamination sources of microbial contamination microbial attachment to produce surfaces intractable spoilage problems efficacy of sanitizing treatments for fresh produce novel interventions for produce disinfection and methodology for microbiological evaluation of fruits and vegetables. The text is divided into five sections: (I) contamination and state of microflora on fruits and vegetables(II) microbial spoilage of fruits and vegetables(III) food safety issues (IV) interventions to reduce spoilage and risk of foodborne illness (V) microbiological evaluation of fruits and vegetables.In Microbiology of Fruits and Vegetables the editors three leaders in the field have endeavored to present a comprehensive examination focusing on issues needing coverage rather than attempting an encyclopedic compilation. They have selected chapter authors who are active researchers in their respective fields and thus bring a working knowledge of current issues industry practices and advances in technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392215

Microbiology of Landfill Sites This book was originally published in 1990 and was the first text to consider the definitive fundamental science of landfill biotechnology. Since then major research initiatives particularly in the U.K. and South Africa have resulted in considerable advancement in our knowledge of landfill microbiology. The Second Edition details this progress. Text considers the latest findings in landfill leachate treatment co-disposal and fundamental microbiology. It brings together the expertise of the immediate complementary but often disparate disciplines of soil science environmental engineering applied mathematics and land reclamation and focuses on the common goal of the scientific design and management of landfill sites. The book also includes effective laboratory models and selected approaches. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813475

Microbiology of Solid Waste Interest in solid waste disposal has been growing since the early 1960s when researchers emphasized the potential for solid waste to harbor pathogenic microorganisms. Since then society has become more interested in the environmental impacts of solid waste treatment and disposal and how biological processes are used to minimize these impacts. This new text provides a basic understanding of the unique microbial ecosystems associated with the decomposition of municipal solid waste (MSW). It addresses the challenges of sampling and assaying microbial activities in MSW and describes preferred methods. The decomposition of MSW under anaerobic conditions in landfills and digestors is described as well as under aerobioconditions during composting.The Microbiology of Solid Wastes discusses the need to consider MSW as an integrated system of collection recycling treatment and disposal. A better understanding of solid waste microbiology will contribute to safe and economical solid waste management. Microbiologists environmental engineers and solid waste managers will all find this a useful reference. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138747268

Microbiology of the Everglades Ecosystem The first synthesis of current research regarding Everglades microbial community structure and function this book provides an understanding of the physical and chemical factors affecting the structure of microbial communities including nutrient effects sea level rise and other potential stressors. The book integrates traditional research on algal and bacterial structure and function helping to provide a more holistic understanding of the varying microbial communities throughout the Everglades. From periphyton to soils and detritus to flocculent organic matter Microbiology of the Everglades Ecosystem covers new and emerging methods and their global application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738419

Microbiology of the Terrestrial Deep Subsurface Obtaining and analyzing samples is challenging in subsurface science. This first-of-its-kind reference book addresses accomplishments in this field-from drilling to sample work-up. A collaborative approach is taken involving the efforts of microbiologists geochemists hydrologists and drilling and mining experts to present a comprehensive view of subsurface research. The text provides practical information about obtaining analyzing and evaluating subsurface materials; the current status of subsurface microbial ecology; and describes several applications that will interest a variety of readers including engineers physical and life scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895468

Microbiology of Well Biofouling "The third book in the Sustainable Well Series Microbiology of Well Biofouling is the second edition of Practical Manual of Groundwater Microbiology. It is concerned with solving production problems in all types of wells.See what's new in the new edition:Addresses deleterious events in all types of wells in greater detailDiscusses the generation of mass which interferes with the physical functioning of a wellCovers the major innovations in the fieldIncludes more field applicable materialCompletely revised and updated Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399467

Microbiology of Wounds It is not the presence of microorganisms but their interaction with patients that determines their influence on wound healing. Documenting this critical but often ignored aspect of the treatment process Microbiology of Wounds discusses the microbiology and biology of human wounds in relation to infection and non-healing. Gain the Necessary Scientific and Clinical Knowledge Pertaining to Chronic and Acute WoundsThe practice of wound healing is dynamic infinitely complex nonlinear and prodigiously individualized to the patient. When one considers the myriad host variables that contribute to the disease state understanding the intricacies of chronic wounds becomes even more difficult. This book presents the necessary scientific and clinical data pertaining to chronic and acute wounds and discusses inflammation epithelialization granulation tissue and tissue remodeling. It details techniques for treating chronic and acute wounds and covers the mode of action and efficacy of anti-infectives used in treating wounds. Microbiology of Wounds answers the call for a definitive reference on chronic and acute wounds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384203

MicrobiologyA Clinical Approach As with the successful first edition the new edition of Microbiology: A Clinical Approach is written specifically for pre-nursing and allied health students. It is clinically-relevant throughout and uses the theme of infection as its foundation. Microbiology is student-friendly: its text figures and electronic resources have been carefully designed to help students understand difficult concepts and keep them interested in the material. The Second Edition includes a robust instructor ancillary package that allows professors to easily incorporate the book’s unique approach into their lectures. In addition to the many free resources for students—including the E-Tutor Bug Parade Flashcards and MicroMovies—the new edition is supported by Garland Science Learning System. The Garland Science Learning System is a homework platform designed to evaluate and improve student performance and allows instructors to select assignments on specific topics and review the performance of the entire class as well as individual students via the instructor dashboard. Students receive immediate feedback on their mastery of the topics and will be better prepared for lectures and classroom discussions. The user-friendly system provides a convenient way to engage students while assessing progress. Performance data can be used to tailor classroom discussion activities and lectures to address students’ needs precisely and efficiently. For more information and sample material visit http://garlandscience.rocketmix.com/. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345138

Microbore Column ChromatographyA Unified Approach to Chromatography This book describes the various aspects of microbore column chromatography. It provides readers with an in-depth understanding of the supercritical fluid chromatography and microbore high-performance liquid chromatography. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451271

Microcapsules and Nanoparticles in Medicine and Pharmacy First published in 1992: This book provides a comprehensive look at the design and production of microcapsules microspheres and nanoparticles. It discusses the diverse aspects and skills that must be mastered to prepare and test products that will work correctly and be clinically acceptable for human or animal use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244057

Microcircuits Of CapitalSunrise Industry And Uneven Development This book examines the changing nature of semiconductors consumer electronics computer systems and telecommunications. It shows how the historical development of the international division of labour in the industry has arisen through the mediation of capital accumulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153243

MicroCMOS Design MicroCMOS Design covers key analog design methodologies with an emphasis on analog systems that can be integrated into systems-on-chip (SoCs). Starting at the transistor level this book introduces basic concepts in the design of system-level complementary metal-oxide semiconductors (CMOS). It uses practical examples to illustrate circuit construction so that readers can develop an intuitive understanding rather than just assimilate the usual conventional analytical knowledge. As SoCs become increasingly complex analog/radio frequency (RF) system designers have to master both system- and transistor-level design aspects. They must understand abstract concepts associated with large components such as analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) and phase-locked loops (PLLs). To help readers along this book discusses topics including: Amplifier basics & design Operational amplifier (Opamp) Data converter basics Nyquist-rate data converters Oversampling data converters High-resolution data converters PLL basics Frequency synthesis and clock recovery Focused more on design than analysis this reference avoids lengthy equations and instead helps readers acquire a more hands-on mastery of the subject based on the application of core design concepts. Offering the needed perspective on the various design techniques for data converter and PLL design coverage starts with abstract concepts—including discussion of bipolar junction transistors (BJTs) and MOS transistors—and builds up to an examination of the larger systems derived from microCMOS design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072367

Microcompartmentation Microcompartmentation refers to nonhomogeneous distribution of solutes in compartments of cells or associated structures without intervening membranal barriers. Such variations in concentration of ions metabolites intracellular messengers and nutrients can introduce significant heterogeneity in subcellular function and regulation. The current focus on biological examples of microcompartmentation provides ample evidence for its importance and the role of physical structure in determining local chemical environments. The examples present in the different chapters include microcompartmentation of Ca2+ H+ ATP. ADP O2 glycolytic intermediates fatty acids amino acids and nucleic acid precursors. In reviewing these systems the authors provide a useful resource for experimental approaches to study microcompartmentation and provide the basis for future studies of its role in regulation of cell functions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895475

MicroComputed TomographyMethodology and Applications Second Edition MicroComputed Tomography has become the gold standard for studying 3D microscopic structures nondestructively and this book provides up-to-date coverage of the modality. The first part of the book focuses on methodology covering experimental methods data analysis and visualization approaches. Emphasis is on fundamentals so that those new to the field can design their own effective microCT studies. The second part addresses various microCT applications organized by type of microstructure so that the reader can appreciate approaches from other disciplines. The applications include porous solids microstructural evolution soft tissue studies applications using x-ray phase contrast or x-ray scattering contrast and multimode studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498774970

Microcomputer AlgorithmsAction from Algebra Although the computing facilities available to scientists are becoming more powerful the problems they are addressing are increasingly complex. The mathematical methods for simplifying the computing procedures are therefore as important as ever. Microcomputer Algorithms: Action from Algebra stresses the mathematical basis behind the use of many algorithms of computational mathematics providing detailed descriptions on how to generate algorithms for a large number of different uses. Covering a wide range of mathematical and physical applications the book contains the theory of 25 algorithms. The mathematical theory for each algorithm is described in detail prior to discussing the algorithm in full with complete program listings. The book presents the algorithms in modular form allowing for easy interpretation for the adaptation to readers' specific requirements without difficulty and for use with various microcomputers. Blending mathematics and programming in one volume this book will be of broad interest to all scientists and engineers particularly those physicists using microcomputers for scientific problem handling. Students handling numerical data for research projects will also find the book useful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138402249

Microcomputer Based Input-output ModelingApplicatons To Economic Development This book discusses recent developments in Input-Output (I/O) models for microcomputers and applications of I/O models in regional studies. It provides background information on traditional I/O models and a set of working examples of I/O applications for users. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367153809

Microcomputer Quantum Mechanics Microcomputer Quantum Mechanics combines the teaching of computing skills with depth of mathematical understanding. This practical text demonstrates how computation can be integrated with theoretical analysis as part of a unified attack on problems in one of the most interesting areas of modern physics. The author discusses the mathematical principles behind the programs and actually creates new methods to facilitate the application of microcomputers in quantum mechanics.Microcomputer Quantum Mechanics combines the teaching of computing skills with depth of mathematical understanding. This practical text demonstrates how computation can be integrated with theoretical analysis as part of a unified attack on problems in one of the most interesting areas of modern physics. The author discusses the mathematical principles behind the programs and actually creates new methods to facilitate the application of microcomputers in quantum mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895482

Microcomputers and their Applications for Developing CountriesReport of an Ad Hoc Panel on the Use of Microcomputers for Developing Countries Microcomputers are an increasingly important tool in all aspects of development as the need to handle and assimilate vast quantities of information becomes ever more critical for both the international development community and the developing countries. In addition the microcomputer represents the first significant technological advance that a developing country can assimilate and exploit with a relatively low capital investment and without prior knowledge or involvement in other technologies. Unfortunately this new technology represents not only an opportunity if properly exploited but a threat if ignored. The widespread and increasing incorporation of microcomputers into all aspects of the developed countries represents a major technological advance and an inevitable social change. If a developing country fails to take advantage of the opportunity that microcomputer technology represents its level of development in relation to developed countries will be significantly lowered. Organized by the Board on Science and Technology for International Development in response to a request from the U.S. Agency for International Development this book is an overview of microcomputer applications in developing countries and the issues associated with their use and abuse. The first section of the book is an assessment of the need for microcomputers in development. Written primarily for those in the development field and other computer-literate individuals the second part is divided into applications in agriculture health energy and municipal management. Policy concerns are addressed in the final section. It discusses the technology transfer that takes place as countries try to establish national computer policies that meet local needs while encouraging creative and useful applications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367010805

Microcomputers in Early Childhood Education Originally published in 1989 this book differed from others on the topic of microcomputers and education at the time in that it focuses on the influence that microcomputer technology has on children in their early years specially pre-school and elementary ages. Microcomputers have the capacity to do great harm as well as good and a full explanation of the technical and philosophical issues involved will be of interest to a number of disciplines. Other topics explored are – the potential uses of microcomputer-technology in early childhood education and current research and theory building on microcomputers and early education. This book should be read by teachers sociologists psychologists and researchers in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370197

Microcomputers in PropertyA surveyor's guide to Lotus 1-2-3 and dBASE IV This handbook introduces surveyors to the use of microcomputers in the property industry using 'real-life' example applications with clear explanations it will provide the surveyor with the knowledge and expertise to design spreadsheets and database management systems for use in a variety of general practice tasks from valuation to estate agency. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138166226

Microcomputers In Public PolicyApplications For Developing Countries This book presents a series of perspectives on the use of automation in the formulation and execution of public policy initiatives in developing nations. It focuses on the use of the most pervasive new automation technology in the developed world—the microcomputer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158545

Microcontroller Engineering with MSP432Fundamentals and Applications This book aims to develop professional and practical microcontroller applications in the ARM-MDK environment with Texas Instruments MSP432P401R LaunchPad kits. It introduces ARM Cortex-M4 MCU by highlighting the most important elements including: registers pipelines memory and I/O ports. With the updated MSP432P401R Evaluation Board (EVB) MSP-EXP432P401R this MCU provides various control functions with multiple peripherals to enable users to develop and build various modern control projects with rich control strategies. Micro-controller programming is approached with basic and straightforward programming codes to reduce learning curves and furthermore to enable students to build embedded applications in more efficient and interesting ways. For authentic examples 37 Class programming projects are built into the book that use MSP432P401R MCU. Additionally approximately 40 Lab programming projects with MSP432P401R MCU are included to be assigned as homework. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498772983

Microcontroller ProgrammingAn Introduction Microcontroller Programming: An Introduction is a comprehensive one-stop resource that covers the concepts principles solution development and associated techniques involved in microcontroller-based systems. Focusing on the elements and features of the popular and powerful Motorola 68HC11 microcontroller IC as a representative example this book is unlike others which are often too broad in scope delving into every topic of concern regarding microcontroller programmers. Instead this text concentrates on design architecture and development giving developers the tools to develop solid effective embedded applications. Packaged with helpful examples projects and illustrations this book gives an in-depth assessment of microcontroller design programming in both assembly and C. By illustrating the relatively sophisticated 8-bit 68HC11 microcontroller the author—who is a consultant for NASA—provides a firsthand exploration and demonstration of the languages tools and techniques needed to build embedded applications. Readers can then apply their newly acquired skills to program other 8/16/32-bit microcontrollers. For readers who want to do more than just scrape the surface this book is an enjoyable and immensely beneficial tool to help them cultivate a deeper understanding of microcontroller-based application development. An extensive supplements package is available free of charge to instructors who use the book for a course. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439850770

Microcontroller ProgrammingThe Microchip PIC From cell phones and television remote controls to automobile engines and spacecraft microcontrollers are everywhere. Programming these prolific devices is a much more involved and integrated task than it is for general-purpose microprocessors; microcontroller programmers must be fluent in application development systems programming and I/O operation as well as memory management and system timing. Using the popular and pervasive mid-range 8-bit Microchip PIC® as an archetype Microcontroller Programming offers a self-contained presentation of the multidisciplinary tools needed to design and implement modern embedded systems and microcontrollers. The authors begin with basic electronics number systems and data concepts followed by digital logic arithmetic conversions circuits and circuit components to build a firm background in the computer science and electronics fundamentals involved in programming microcontrollers.For the remainder of the book they focus on PIC architecture and programming tools and work systematically through programming various functions modules and devices. Helpful appendices supply the full mid-range PIC instruction set as well as additional programming solutions a guide to resistor color codes and a concise method for building custom circuit boards.Providing just the right mix of theory and practical guidance Microcontroller Programming: The Microchip PIC® is the ideal tool for any amateur or professional designing and implementing stand-alone systems for a wide variety of applications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221922

Microcontroller Projects Using the Basic Stamp This edition covers the powerful BS2P and many more peripheral options that expand its power. It features several projects including an RS232-controlled power supply and a bridge that lets a Stamp connected to a PC communicate via the Internet. Each chapter provides exercises to conform your understanding of key topics. You will learn how to use Stamp’s: I/O commands Analog output capabilities Analog input to build a capacitance meter Built-in serial commands I/O interface capability Robotic capabilities The downloadable files are available at www.awce.com/stampcd.zip Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138436459

MicrocontrollersFundamentals and Applications with PIC Microcontrollers exist in a wide variety of models with varying structures and numerous application opportunities. Despite this diversity it is possible to find consistencies in the architecture of most microcontrollers. Microcontrollers: Fundamentals and Applications with PIC focuses on these common elements to describe the fundamentals of microcontroller design and programming. Using clear concise language and a top-bottom approach the book describes the parts that make up a microcontroller how they work and how they interact with each other. It also explains how to program medium-end PICs using assembler language. Examines analog as well as digital signals   This volume describes the structure and resources of general microcontrollers as well as PIC microcontrollers with a special focus on medium-end devices. The authors discuss memory organization and structure and the assembler language used for programming medium-end PIC microcontrollers. They also explore how microcontrollers can acquire process and generate digital signals explaining available techniques to deal with parallel input or output peripherals resources for real-time use interrupts and the specific characteristics of serial data interfaces in PIC microcontrollers. Finally the book describes the acquisition and generation of analog signals either using resources inside the chip or by connecting peripheral circuits. Provides hands-on clarification Using practical examples and applications to supplement each topic this volume provides the tools to thoroughly grasp the architecture and programming of microcontrollers. It avoids overly specific details so readers are quickly led toward design implementation. After mastering the material in this text they will understand how to efficiently use PIC microcontrollers in a design process. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218663

MicrocontrollersHigh-Performance Systems and Programming Focusing on the line of high-performance microcontrollers offered by Microchip Microcontrollers: High-Performance Systems and Programming discusses the practical factors that make the high-performance PIC series a better choice than their mid-range predecessors for most systems. However one consideration in favor of the mid-range devices is the abundance of published application circuits and code samples. This book fills that gap. Possibility of programming high-performance microcontrollers in a high-level language (C language) Source code compatibility with PIC16 microcontrollers which facilitates code migration from mid-range to PIC18 devices Pin compatibility of some PIC18 devices with their PIC16 predecessors making the reuse of PIC16 controllers in circuits originally designed for mid-range hardware possible Designed to be functional and hands-on this book provides sample circuits with their corresponding programs. It clearly depicts and labels the circuits in a way that is easy to follow and reuse. Each circuit includes a parts list of the resources and components required for its fabrication. The book matches sample programs to the individual circuits discusses general programming techniques and includes appendices with useful information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076402

Microcredit and International DevelopmentContexts Achievements and Challenges This book draws together a set of topical writings on the subject of microcredit that will be of relevance to the work of both researchers and practitioners in the field. In drawing on the experiences of authors from countries and regions throughout the globe including Cambodia Barbados and the Caribbean Mexico Pakistan India and Africa the book examines the subject of microcredit from various perspectives. The book explores the contribution of microcredit to various sectors within the developed and developing worlds and seeks to analyze critically the contributory success and failure factors of microcredit in varying international contexts. By means of evaluating the opportunities and challenges of microcredit the book provides key lessons about microcredit for international development purposes. More specifically the authors of the chapters offer a series of insights into microcredit activities as they relate to the real world. For example in his chapter David Hulme traces the developing nature of the activities of the highly influential Grameen Bank that is from activities focused on subsidised microcredit to more market-based microfinance activities. In their chapter Johanna Hietalahti and Anja Nygren examine microcredit as a socio-political institution in South Africa and in doing so unearth the complex interactions between of rules logic and power-relations which are relevant to microcredit activities. In another chapter Asad Ghalib uses the context of Rural Punjab in Pakistan in order to assess the extent to which microcredit-related activities actually reach the poor. Taken together the chapters in the book provide readers with an opportunity to consider a host of factors connected to microcredit from a genuinely international perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807273

Microcredit and Poverty Alleviation The attempt of the Grameen Bank to alleviate poverty and enhance the skills and productivity of its rural women clients provides the fascinating backdrop to this important study of micro-credit institutions. Tazul Islam examines the real extent to which the Grameen Bank's credit-alone policy has been successful in securing the Bank's financial sustainability; its practical role in alleviating poverty and its actual impact on the productivity of its clients. This book concludes by considering alternative policy options that hold out the possibility of increased poverty alleviation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595184

Microcredit and Women's EmpowermentA Case Study of Bangladesh Using a case study of Bangladesh and based on a long term participatory observation method this book investigates claims of the success of microcredit as well as the critiques of it in the context of women’s empowerment. It confronts the distinction between women’s increasing wealth as a consequence of the success of microcredit programmes and their apparent non-commensurate empowerment looking at two organisations (the Grameen Bank and the Bangladesh Rural Advancement Committee) as they operate in two localities in rural Bangladesh in order to discover how enrichment and empowerment are often confused. The book goes on to establish that the well-publicised success stories of the microcredit programme are blown out of proportion and that the dynamics of collective responsibility for repayment of loans by a group of women borrowers – usually seen to be a tool for the success of microcredit – is in fact no less repressive than traditional debt collectors. This book makes a contribution to development debates; challenging adherents to more closely specify those conditions under which microcredit does indeed have validity as well as providing insights relevant to South Asian Studies and Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844124

Microcystic Aeruginosa Removal by Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) The problem of reservoir eutrophication and resulting increase of algal activity is common for seven Dutch waterworks. In this context the text investigates dissolved air flotation (DAF) as an alternative for algae removal compared to conventionally applied sedimentation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474758

MicrodosimetryExperimental Methods and Applications Experimental microdosimetry deals with the measurement of charged particle energy deposition in tissue equivalent volumes ranging in size from nanometres to micrometres. Microdosimetry is employed to improve our understanding of the relationship between radiation energy deposition the resulting biological effects and the appropriate quantities to be used in characterizing and quantifying radiation quality. Although many reviews and contributions to the field have been published over the past fifty years this new book is the first to provide a single up to date and easily accessible account of experimental microdosimetry. This book is designed to be used in medical radiation and health physics courses and by Master’s and PhD students. In addition to serving as an introductory text to the field for graduate students this book will also be of interest as a teaching and reference resource for graduate supervisors and established researchers. Drs. Lennart Lindborg and Anthony Waker have spent a life-time career in experimental microdosimetry research in academic industrial and regulatory environments and have observed the development of the field from its early days as a recognized discipline; they bring to this book particular knowledge and experience in the design construction operation and use of tissue equivalent gas ionization counters and chambers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868925

Microdrop Generation The applications and use of inkjet-like microfluidic drop ejectors have grown rapidly in many fields including biotechnology drug discovery combinatorial chemistry and microfabrication. Yet to date end users and even designers of microdrop systems for scientific applications have had no books to reference on the subject. Microdrop Generation meets the needs of all those who need to understand the physics and engineering behind microdrop technology. It also contains detailed how-to information on the practical construction operation troubleshooting and fluid formulation for microdrop ejection systems. Written by a highly experienced practitioner of the art the book is organized as a self-contained tutorial of microdrop technology ideal for those new to the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220307

Microdynamics of Technological Change This volume presents a comprehensive assessment of the economic effects of the emerging information and communication technologies associated with a knowledge-based economy and looks at how knowledge is increasingly treated as a product in its own right. An original framework is developed to comprehend these fundamental shifts based on three bodies of knowledge: * the economics of path dependence and of historical time as they are elaborated in the economics of new technologies * economic topology based on the methodology of network analysis * the new economics of knowledge and the concept of localized technological change This book provides a unified analytical framework for the study of the transition of advanced economic systems towards a knowledge-based economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757607

Microeconomic Analysis (Routledge Revivals)Essays in Microeconomics and Economic Development First published in 1981 this book brings together a collection of essays on microeconomics and development presented at the conference of the Association of University Teachers of Economics. Topics covered include the intergenerational transfer of economic inequality a review of the recent development in the theory of equity in the economy’s distribution and production process labour and unemployment market structure and international trade taxation and the public sector Third World industrialisation and Indian agriculture. This book will be of interest to students of Economics and Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665712

Microeconomic Issues TodayAlternative Approaches Now revised and updated to reflect critical changes in economic policy since the last edition Microeconomic Issues Today Eighth Edition provides Conservative Liberal and Radical interpretations and solutions for seven current microeconomic issues. An instructor's manual with a test bank and discussion questions is available to professors who adopt the text and PowerPoint downloads are available as teaching aids. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059547

Microeconomic Principles and ProblemsA Pluralist Introduction Microeconomic Principles and Problems offers a comprehensive introduction to all major perspectives in modern economics including mainstream and heterodox approaches. Through providing multiple views of markets and how they work it will leave readers better able to understand and analyse the complex behaviours of consumers firms and government officials as well as the likely impact of a variety of economic events and policies. Most principles of microeconomics textbooks cover only mainstream economics ignoring rich heterodox ideas. They also lack material on the great economists including the important ideas of Adam Smith Karl Marx Thorstein Veblen John Maynard Keynes and Friedrich Hayek. Mainstream books neglect the kind of historical analysis that is crucial to understanding trends that help us predict the future. Moreover they focus on abstract models more than existing economic realities. This engaging book addresses these inadequacies. Including explicit coverage of the major heterodox schools of thought it allows the reader to choose which ideas they find most compelling in explaining modern economic realities. Written in an engaging style focused on real world examples this ground-breaking book brings economics to life. It offers the most contemporary and complete package for any pluralistic microeconomics class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024871

Microeconomic Theory second editionConcepts and Connections This book introduces the main concepts of microeconomics to upper division undergraduate students or first year graduate students who have undergone at least one elementary calculus course. The book fully integrates graphical and mathematical concepts and offers over 150 analytical examples demonstrating numerical solutions. The book has a strong theoretical basis but shows how microeconomics can be brought to bear on the real world. New Features for this edition include: an incorporation of the theory of stock externalities associated with greenhouse gases development of the section on insurance with particular reference to the new US healthcare program greater integration of game theoretic concepts throughout the book. The book’s style is accessible but also rigorous. Mathematical examples are provided throughout the book in particular for key concepts and the result is a balanced approach in terms of prose graphics and mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415603706

Microeconomic TheoryA Heterodox Approach Microeconomic Theory: A Heterodox Approach develops a heterodox economic theory that explains the economy as the social provisioning process at the micro level. Heterodox microeconomics explores the economy with a focus on its constituent parts and their reproduction and recurrence their integration qua interdependency by non-market and market arrangements and institutions and how the system works as a whole. This book deals with three theoretical concerns. Due to the significance of the price mechanism to mainstream economics a theoretical concern of the book is the business enterprise markets demand and pricing. Also since heterodox economists see private investment consumption and government expenditures as the principal directors and drivers of economic activity a second theoretical concern is business decision-making processes regarding investment and production government expenditure decisions the financing of investment the profit mark-up and the wage rate and taxes. Finally the third theoretical concern of the book is the delineation of a non-equilibrium disaggregated price-output model of the social provisioning process. This book explores the integration of these various theories with a theoretical model of the economy and how this forms a theory that can be identified as heterodox microeconomics. It will be of interest to both postgraduates and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356842

Microeconomics in Context Microeconomics in Context lays out the principles of microeconomics in a manner that is thorough up to date and relevant to students. Like its counterpart Macroeconomics in Context the book is uniquely attuned to economic social and environmental realities. The "In Context" books offer affordability accessible presentation and engaging coverage of current policy issues from economic inequality and global climate change to taxes and globalization. Key features include: Clear explanations of basic concepts and analytical tools with advanced models presented in optional chapter appendices; Presentation of policy issues in historical environmental institutional social political and ethical contexts—an approach that fosters critical evaluation of the standard microeconomic models such as welfare analysis labor markets and market competition; A powerful graphical presentation of various measures of well-being in the United States and other countries including income inequality taxes educational attainment and environmental quality; Broad definitions of well-being using both traditional economic metrics and factors such as environmental quality health equity and political inclusion; Significantly revised chapters on globalization and trade economic and social inequality labor markets and public goods; Expanded coverage of high-interest topics such as behavioral economics labor markets and economic discrimination; Full complement of instructor and student support materials online. This new edition also features more international data and analysis and further material on the importance of economic power in shaping policy. The latest addition to the "In Context" series combines real-world relevance with a thorough grounding in multiple economic paradigms. The book's companion website is available at: http://www.bu.edu/eci/education-materials/textbooks/microeconomics-in-context/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314566

Microeconomics: A Computational ApproachA Computational Approach This concise and comprehensive introduction to economics offers readers at all levels a more realistic approach to understanding the elements of resource and product markets including the role of business decisions; technological change; product differentiation; uncertainty; and the optimal location of activities. With the book's easy-to-use software package for computations even non-economists will become strongly motivated and can gain a proficiency in economic analysis as well as in practical and professional decision-making skills. End-of-chapter problems computer exercises programming examples and numerous diagrams further enhance the book's usefulness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315499895

MicroeconomicsA Global Text Microeconomics is concerned with the production consumption and distribution of goods by the micro units of individuals firms and markets within the economy. It can also be considered a study of scarcity and the choices to be made for the attainment of goals within constraints. These goals are those set by consumers producers and policy makers in the market. This book provides a brand new approach to the teaching and study of microeconomics – an elementary guide to the fundamental principles of the subject.  It gives students from all parts of the world the opportunity to understand and appreciate the value of microeconomic tools and concepts for analyzing market processes in their economic environment as well as maintaining a perspective on issues of trade and competitiveness thus drawing attention to the relevance of microeconomic theory beyond the domestic scene to issues of trade and competitiveness on the international arena. The book contains a wealth of international case studies and covers topics such as: - elasticity - Cobb-Douglas Production functions - dynamic stability of market equilibrium - monopolies and monopolistic competition - project analysis The perfect introduction to the building blocks of contemporary microeconomic theory this book will be of interest to undergraduate students in international economics industrial economics managerial economics and agricultural economics. It will also be a useful reference guide for graduates requiring a break down of difficult microeconomic principles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061083

MicroeconomicsA Global Text Microeconomics is concerned with the production consumption and distribution of goods by the micro units of individuals firms and markets within the economy. It can also be considered a study of scarcity and the choices to be made for the attainment of goals within constraints. These goals are those set by consumers producers and policy makers in the market. This book provides a brand new approach to the teaching and study of microeconomics – an elementary guide to the fundamental principles of the subject.  It gives students from all parts of the world the opportunity to understand and appreciate the value of microeconomic tools and concepts for analyzing market processes in their economic environment as well as maintaining a perspective on issues of trade and competitiveness thus drawing attention to the relevance of microeconomic theory beyond the domestic scene to issues of trade and competitiveness on the international arena. The book contains a wealth of international case studies and covers topics such as: - elasticity - Cobb-Douglas Production functions - dynamic stability of market equilibrium - monopolies and monopolistic competition - project analysis The perfect introduction to the building blocks of contemporary microeconomic theory this book will be of interest to undergraduate students in international economics industrial economics managerial economics and agricultural economics. It will also be a useful reference guide for graduates requiring a break down of difficult microeconomic principles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203870617

Microelectrofluidic SystemsModeling and Simulation Composite systems that integrate microelectromechanical and microelectrofluidic (MEF) components with electronics are emerging as the next generation of system-on-a-chip (SOC) designs. However there remains a pressing need for a structured methodology for MEFS design automation including modeling techniques and simulation and optimization tools.Integrating top-down and bottom-up design philosophies Microelectrofluidic Systems presents the first comprehensive design strategy for MEFS. This strategy supports hierarchical modeling and simulation from the component level to the system level. It leads to multi-objective optimization tools valuable in all phases of the design process from conceptualization to final manufacturing. The authors begin by defining the basic variables and elements needed to describe MEFS behavior then model that behavior across three layers of abstraction: the low-level component high-level reconfigurable architecture and bio/chemical application layers. They have developed a hierarchical integrated design environment with SystemC and present its architecture and associated functional packages.Microelectrofluidic Systems is visionary in its leverage of electronic design principles for microsystem design and heralds a new era of automated SOC design. The strategy it presents holds the potential for significant reductions in design time and life-cycle maintenance costs and its techniques and tools for robust design and application flexibility can lead to the high-volume production needed for the inevitably growing product market. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220253

Microelectronic Design of Fuzzy Logic-Based Systems Fuzzy logic has virtually exploded over the landscape of emerging technologies becoming an integral part of myriad applications and a standard tool for engineers. Until recently most of the attention and applications have centered on fuzzy systems implemented in software. But these systems are limited. Problems that require real-time operation low area or low power consumption demand hardware designed to the fuzzy paradigm - and engineers with the background and skills to design it.Microelectronic Design of Fuzzy Logic-Based Systems offers low-cost answers to issues that software cannot resolve. From the theoretical architectural and technological foundation to design tools and applications it serves as your guide to effective hardware realizations of fuzzy logic.Review fuzzy logic theory and the basic issues of fuzzy sets operators and inference mechanismsExplore the trade-offs between efficient theoretical behavior and practical hardware realizationsDiscover the properties of the possible microelectronic realizations of fuzzy systems - conventional processors fuzzy coprocessors and fuzzy chipsInvestigate the design of fuzzy chips that implement the whole fuzzy inference method into silicon Analyze analog digital and mixed-signal techniquesReduce your design effort for fuzzy systems with CAD tools - learn the requirements they should meet and survey current environments.Put it all together - see examples and case studies illustrating how all of this is used to solve particular problems related to control and neuro-fuzzy applications Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274249

Microelectronic Materials This practical book shows how an understanding of structure thermodynamics and electrical properties can explain some of the choices of materials used in microelectronics and can assist in the design of new materials for specific applications. It emphasizes the importance of the phase chemistry of semiconductor and metal systems for ensuring the long-term stability of new devices. The book discusses single-crystal and polycrystalline silicon aluminium- and gold-based metallisation schemes packaging semiconductor devices failure analysis and the suitability of various materials for optoelectronic devices and solar cells. It has been designed for senior undergraduates graduates and researchers in physics electronic engineering and materials science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455825

Microelectronics When it comes to electronics demand grows as technology shrinks. From consumer and industrial markets to military and aerospace applications the call is for more functionality in smaller and smaller devices. Culled from the second edition of the best-selling Electronics Handbook Microelectronics Second Edition presents a summary of the current state of microelectronics and its innovative directions.This book focuses on the materials devices and applications of microelectronics technology. It details the IC design process and VLSI circuits including gate arrays programmable logic devices and arrays parasitic capacitance and transmission line delays. Coverage ranges from thermal properties and semiconductor materials to MOSFETs digital logic families memory devices microprocessors digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital converters digital filters and multichip module technology. Expert contributors discuss applications in machine vision ad hoc networks printing technologies and data and optical storage systems. The book also includes defining terms references and suggestions for further reading. This edition features two new sections on fundamental properties and semiconductor devices.With updated material and references in every chapter Microelectronics Second Edition is an essential reference for work with microelectronics electronics circuits systems semiconductors logic design and microprocessors. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220482

Microelectronics - Systems and Devices This is a completely new textbook written to be fully in line with the new BTEC Higher National unit from Edexcel the 2000 specification Advanced GNVQ unit BTEC NII and NIII and A-Level modules. The resulting breadth of coverage makes Microelectronics - Systems and Devices an excellent international student text.The book takes a student-centred approach towards microelectronics with Test Your Knowledge features to check understanding and numerous Activities suitable for practicals homeworks and other assignments. Key facts formulae and definitions are highlighted to aid revision and theory is backed up by numerous examples throughout the book. Each chapter ends with a set of problems which include exam-style questions and multiple-choice questions with numerical and multi-choice answers provided in the back of the book. In addition a number of Assignments appear through the book for which answers are provided in a separate lecturer's supplement (free to adopters). The Assignments are ideal for tests or revision homeworks. As well as matching the latest syllabuses this book covers the latest devices in use in colleges: the 80C31 and PIC families. The material is suitably flexible to provide a core text for colleges using other chips such as the 8051 the 8086/Pentium family and 'classics' such as the Z80 and 6502.Owen Bishop's talent for introducing the world of electronics has long been a proven fact with his Beginner's Guide to Electronics Understand Electronics and a range of popular circuit construction guides chosen by thousands of students lecturers and electronics enthusiasts. He is also well known for his college texts such as Understand Technical Mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138429185

Microelectronics to NanoelectronicsMaterials Devices & Manufacturability Composed of contributions from top experts Microelectronics to Nanoelectronics: Materials Devices and Manufacturability offers a detailed overview of important recent scientific and technological developments in the rapidly evolving nanoelectronics arena. Under the editorial guidance and technical expertise of noted materials scientist Anupama B. Kaul of California Institute of Technology’s Jet Propulsion Lab this book captures the ascent of microelectronics into the nanoscale realm. It addresses a wide variety of important scientific and technological issues in nanoelectronics research and development. The book also showcases some key application areas of micro-electro-mechanical-systems (MEMS) that have reached the commercial realm. Capitalizing on Dr. Kaul’s considerable technical experience with micro- and nanotechnologies and her extensive research in prestigious academic and industrial labs the book offers a fresh perspective on application-driven research in micro- and nanoelectronics including MEMS. Chapters explore how rapid developments in this area are transitioning from the lab to the market where new and exciting materials devices and manufacturing technologies are revolutionizing the electronics industry. Although many micro- and nanotechnologies still face major scientific and technological challenges and remain within the realm of academic research labs rapid advances in this area have led to the recent emergence of new applications and markets. This handbook encapsulates that exciting recent progress by providing high-quality content contributed by international experts from academia leading industrial institutions—such as Hewlett-Packard—and government laboratories including the U.S. Department of Energy’s Sandia National Laboratory. Offering something for everyone from students to scientists to entrepreneurs this book showcases the broad spectrum of cutting-edge technologies that show significant promise for electronics and related applications in which nanotechnology plays a key role. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072374

Micro-ElectronicsAn Industry in Transition Originally published in 1988 this book was the culmination of 7 years of research in micro-electronics by the Center for Science and Technology Policy in New York. It includes original comparative study of corporate strategy in American Japanese and European firms as well as an account of the evolution of technical alliances. It provides a detailed examination of the global micro-electronics industry in all its aspects - technological economic strategic and institutional and goes beyond organizing and presenting the facts to offer new perspectives analyses and opinions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386155

Microemulsions: Structure and Dynamics This book describes the microemulsion phenomenon in a systematic manner and not only provides an up-to-date introduction to this topic but aslo serves as the basis for further development in the area.The progress of microemulsion research has taken place in well-defined stages. The introduction period was founded on Schulman‘s original discovery and was as expected focused on the interfacial free energy. Because Schulman obtained his microemulsions from a macroemulsion by the addition of a cosurfactant.The present stage is characterized by an extensively enhanced knowledge about structure and dynamics in these systems. This has led to the realization that the structure of the microemulsions is related both to solutions with critical behaviour and long range order structures the lyotropic liquid crystals. These two aspects have been elucidated independently by the French groups and by the Lund Spectroscopy group. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895499

MicroemulsionsProperties and Applications The effective use of microemulsions has increased dramatically during the past few decades as major industrial applications have expanded in a variety of fields. Microemulsions: Properties and Applications provides a complete and systematic assessment of all topics affecting microemulsion performance and discusses the fundamental characteristics theories and applications of these dispersions.Thoroughly encompassing the significant developments of the past ten years this book describes a wide range of topics including interactions at microemulsion interfaces new types of surfactants and the fundamentals of nanotechnology. It outlines experimental and traditional measurement techniques in a variety of microemulsified systems and provides reliable coverage of applicable techniques.Theory and Characterization MethodsThe initial chapters cover theoretical aspects of microemulsion formulation with particular focus on methodologies for preparation. The book also addresses characterization methods including X-ray diffraction transmission electron microscopy (TEM) light scattering and small-angle neutron scattering. It includes discussions of viscosimetry conductivity ultrasonic velocity and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). Practical ApplicationsThe remainder of the coverage focuses on current and potential applications of microemulsions. The book examines commercial uses including biocatalysis and enzymatic reactions nutrition the extraction of contaminated solids pollution control dispersion of drugs and oil recovery. The contributors also discuss the use of microemulsions as a reaction medium for the formation of polymeric and inorganic nanoparticles and applications in electrokinetic chromatography.Comprising the work of an international community of colloid scientists this book explains w Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386214

Microengineering MEMS and InterfacingA Practical Guide MEMS devices are finding increasingly widespread use in a variety of settings from chemical and biological analysis to sensors and actuators in automotive applications. Along with this massive growth the field is still experiencing growing pains as fabrication processes are refined and new applications are attempted. Anyone serious about entering the field must have a realistic knowledge of just what is possible with MEMS technologies as well as the myriad issues involved in fabrication and device integration.Microengineering MEMS and Interfacing: A Practical Guide provides a straightforward down-to-earth overview of the current state of MEMS technology. The first section systematically reviews the various bulk and surface micromachining methods photolithography masks and nonsilicon processes examining their capabilities limitations and suggested uses. Next the author details the characteristics of individual devices and systems their advantages and shortcomings and how they can be combined to achieve desired functionality. He includes condensed introductions to relevant chemistry and biochemistry and then demonstrates applications of MEMS in these areas. Beginning with a short introduction to electronics the final section explores the issues involved in interfacing MEMS components with other systems.With judicious use of illustrations to clarify the discussion Microengineering MEMS and Interfacing: A Practical Guide offers hands-on tools for solving specific problems along with the insight necessary to use them most effectively. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391027

Microfiltration and UltrafiltrationPrinciples and Applications Integrates knowledge on microfiltration and ultrification membrane chemistry and characterization methods with the engineering and economic aspects of device performance device and module design processes and applications. The text provides a discussion of membrane fundamentals and an analytical framework for designing and developing new filtrations systems for a broad range of technologically important functions. It offers information on membrane liquid precursors fractal and stochastic pore space analysis novel and advanced module designs and original process design calculations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747223

Microfinance Debt and Over-IndebtednessJuggling with Money Although microcredit programmes have long been considered efficient development tools many forms of debt-induced distress have emerged in their wake. This has brought to light the problem of over-indebtedness a topic which has been previously underexplored in the literature. This new book from a group of leading scholars explores the manifestations scale and economic and social implications of household over-indebtedness in areas conventionally considered as financially excluded. The book approaches debt not only as a financial transaction but also as a form of social bond and offers a socioeconomic analysis of over-indebtedness. The volume puts forward a broad definition of over-indebtedness highlighting its situational and semantic complexity and diversity. It provides a close analysis of local conceptions of debt and over-indebtedness highlighting frameworks of calculation and the constant renegotiation of their boundaries. On top of this it looks far beyond microcredit to examine all the financial practices that individuals juggle. The volume argues that over-indebtedness has more to do with social inequalities than financial illiteracy and should therefore be understood in the light of global trends of financialization. It also reveals the ambiguity of "financial inclusion" policies and in many respects questions the actions of new credit providers. This book will be valuable reading for students researchers and policy makers interested in microfinance and development issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110840

Microfinance and Financial InclusionThe challenge of regulating alternative forms of finance Following the recent global financial crisis there is a growing interest in alternative finance – and microfinance in particular – as new instruments for providing financial services in a socially responsible way or as an alternative to traditional banking. Nonetheless correspondingly there is also a lack of clarity about how to regulate alternative financial methods particularly in light of the financial crisis’ lessons on regulatory failure and shadow banking’s risks.This book considers microfinance from a legal and regulatory perspective. Microfinance is the provision of a wide range of financial services particularly credit but also remittances savings to low-income people or financially excluded people. It combines a business structure with social inspiration often resorts to technological innovations to lower costs (Fintech: e.g. crowdfunding and mobile banking) and merges with traditional local experiences (e.g. financial cooperatives and Islamic finance) this further complicating the regulatory picture. The book describes some of the unique dimensions of microfinance and the difficulties that this can cause for regulators through a comparative analysis of selected European Union (EU) countries’ regimes. The focus is in fact on the EU legal framework with some references to certain developing world experiences where relevant. The book assesses the impact and validity of current financial regulation principles and rules in light of the most recent developments and trends in financial regulation in the wake of the financial crisis and compares microfinance with traditional banking. The book puts forward policy recommendations for regulators and policy makers to help address the challenges and opportunities offered by microfinance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594862

Microfinance and Poverty AlleviationCase Studies from Asia and the Pacific First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002135

Microfinance in IndiaApproaches Outcomes Challenges This volume presents a comprehensive analysis of microfinance initiatives in India. Through substantive field research and case studies ranging across the country it examines Indian microfinance within its distinct socio-economic realities � the role of women financial inclusion rural entrepreneurship and innovation � its interactions with mult Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177010

MicrofinancePerils and Prospects Microfinance is defined as the financial services offered to the poor for the purpose of promoting small-scale enterprises and as such it is one of the most important topics in development studies and a burgeoning area in economics. This volume provides a much-needed historical political and economic dimension to the current knowledge on microfinance. Collectively the contributors chart the relationship between the prevailing popularity of microfinance and the consolidation of neoliberal economic ideology worldwide. They demonstrate how microfinance as a market-friendly approach to development coincides with the global trend towards diminishing the role of the state in economic development basic healthcare education and welfare. The articles in the volume focus on the empirical analyses of the experience of microfinance in women’s everyday lives but rejects the connection between microfinance and women’s empowerment so often imputed in literature. This book offers regional cultural and other explanations for variable assessments of microfinance and empowerment. It fills a huge gap in published microfinance literature and will be of great interest to postgraduates and professionals in the fields of economics international finance and banking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650120

MicrofinanceResearch Debates Policy As microfinance is increasingly being absorbed into broader debates on financial inclusion and sustainable development there is a growing number of professionals operating in international relations and development who are often confronted with sweeping statements about the alleged benefits and risks of microfinance. This book provides a concise introduction to microfinance – the key issues debates research agenda and public policy relevance. Illustrated by real-life examples the book’s sections also highlight key publications and data sources and identify gaps for future research. The book will be an invaluable resource both for development economists and for scholars in neighbouring disciplines who need to get up to speed quickly on the current debates and research in microfinance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732803

Microfluidic Chip-Capillary Electrophoresis Devices Capillary electrophoresis (CE) and microfluidic chip (MC) devices are relatively mature technologies but this book demonstrates how they can be integrated into a single revolutionary device that can provide on-site analysis of samples when laboratory services are unavailable. By introducing the combination of CE and MC technology Microfluidic Chip-Capillary Electrophoresis Devices broadens the scope of chemical analysis particularly in the biomedical food and environmental sciences.The book gives an overview of the development of MC and CE technology as well as technology that now allows for the fabrication of MC-CE devices. It describes the operating principles that make integration possible and illustrates some achievements already made by the application of MC-CE devices in hospitals clinics food safety and environmental research. The authors envision further applications for private and public use once the proof-of-concept stage has been passed and obstacles to increased commercialization are addressed.A summary of the current methodology and application of MC-CE devices including their merits limitations and potential closes the book. It highlights the path to be taken for future development of MC-CE and anticipates new advances in technology that will increase their performance and use as powerful analytical tools. With enhanced power their scope of applications will widen and yield new benefits to researchers and the general public. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377489

Microfluidic Lab-on-a-Chip for Chemical and Biological Analysis and Discovery The microfluidic lab-on-a-chip allows scientists to conduct chemical and biochemical analysis in a miniaturized format so small that properties and effects are successfully enhanced and processes seamlessly integrated. This microscale advantage translates into greater sensitivity more accurate results and better information. Microfluidic Lab-on-a-Chip for Chemical and Biological Analysis and Discovery focuses on all aspects of the microfluidic lab-on-a-chip technologies and offers an overview of the available technology its limitations and its breakthroughs over the years. It emphasizes analytical applications of microfluidic technology and offers in-depth coverage of micromachining methods microfluidic operations chemical separations sample preparation and injection methods detection technology and various chemical and biological analyses. Other topics of interest include the use of polymeric chips fluid flow valve and control single-cell analysis DNA and RNA amplification techniques DNA hybridization immunoassays and enzymatic assays.Originally conceived as a single chapter published in Ewing's Analytical Instrumentation this book is a gateway to the vast literature and conference proceedings on the topic. Microfluidic Lab-on-a-Chip for Chemical and Biological Analysis and Discovery expands upon its roots to present a comprehensive treatment of microfluidic lab-on-a-chip methods and applications for novices and advanced researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577995

Microfluidics and Bio-MEMSDevices and Applications The past two decades have seen rapid development of micro-/nanotechnologies with the integration of chemical engineering biomedical engineering chemistry and life sciences to form bio-MEMS or lab-on-chip devices that help us perform cellular analysis in a complex micro-/nanoflluidic environment with minimum sample consumption and have potential biomedical applications. To date few books have been published in this field and researchers are unable to find specialized content. This book compiles cutting-edge research on cell manipulation separation and analysis using microfluidics and bio-MEMS devices. It illustrates the use of micro-robots for biomedical applications vascularized microfluidic organs-on-a-chip and their applications as well as DNA gene microarray biochips and their applications. In addition it elaborates on neuronal cell activity in microfluidic compartments microvasculature and microarray gene patterning different physical methods for drug delivery and analysis micro-/nanoparticle preparation and separation in a micro-/nanofluidic environment and the potential biomedical applications of micro-/nanoparticles. This book can be used by academic researchers especially those involved in biomicrofluidics and bio-MEMS and undergraduate- and graduate-level students of bio-MEMS/bio-nanoelectromechanical systems (bio-NEMS) biomicrofluidics biomicrofabricatios micro-/nanofluidics biophysics single-cell analysis bionanotechnology drug delivery systems and biomedical micro-/nanodevices. Readers can gain knowledge of different aspects of microfluidics and bio-MEMS devices; their design fabrication and integration; and biomedical applications. The book will also help biotechnology-based industries where research and development is ongoing in cell-based analysis diagnosis and drug screening. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800853

Microfluidics and Microscale Transport Processes The advancements in micro- and nano-fabrication techniques especially in the last couple of decades have led research communities over the world to invest unprecedented levels of attention on the science and technology of micro- and nano-scale devices and the concerned applications. With an intense focus on micro- and nanotechnology from a fluidic perspective Microfluidics and Microscale Transport Processes provides a broad review of advances in this field. A comprehensive compendium of key indicators to recent developments in some very active research topics in microscale transport processes it supplies an optimal balance between discussions of concrete applications and development of fundamental understanding.The chapters discuss a wide range of issues in the sub-domains of capillary transport fluidic resistance electrokinetics substrate modification rotational microfluidics and the applications of the phenomena of these sub-domains in diverse situations ranging from non-biological to biological ones like DNA hybridization and cellular biomicrofluidics. The book also addresses a generic problem of particle transport in nanoscale colloidal suspensions and includes a chapter on Lattice-Boltzmann methods for phase-changing problems which represents a generic particle based approach that may be useful to address many microfluidic problems of interdisciplinary relevance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439899243

Microfluidics and Nanofluidics Handbook 2 Volume Set The Microfluidics and Nanofluidics Handbook: Two-Volume Set comprehensively captures the cross-disciplinary breadth of micro- and nanofluidics which encompass the biological sciences chemistry physics and engineering applications. To fill the knowledge gap between engineering and the basic sciences the editors pulled together key individuals well known in their respective areas to author chapters that help graduate students scientists and practicing engineers understand the overall area of microfluidics and nanofluidics. Highlights Discusses basic microbiology and chemistry related to microfluidics Explains fabrication techniques Emphasizes applications of microfluidics in the energy sector Describes micro-fuel cells and lab-on-a-chip Presents example tables graphs and equations Covering physics and transport phenomena along with life sciences and related applications Volume One: Chemistry Physics and Life Science Principles provides readers with the fundamental science background that are required for the study of microfluidics and nanofluidics. Volume Two: Fabrication Implementation and Applications focuses on topics related to experimental and numerical methods followed by chapters on fabrications and other applications ranging from aerospace to biological systems. Both volumes include as much interdisciplinary knowledge as possible to reflect the inherent nature of this area making them valuable to students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439816714

Microfluidics and Nanofluidics HandbookChemistry Physics and Life Science Principles The Microfluidics and Nanofluidics Handbook: Two-Volume Set comprehensively captures the cross-disciplinary breadth of the fields of micro- and nanofluidics which encompass the biological sciences chemistry physics and engineering applications. To fill the knowledge gap between engineering and the basic sciences the editors pulled together key individuals well known in their respective areas to author chapters that help graduate students scientists and practicing engineers understand the overall area of microfluidics and nanofluidics. Topics covered include Cell Lysis Techniques in Lab-on-a-Chip Technology Electrodics in Electrochemical Energy Conversion Systems: Microstructure and Pore-Scale Transport Microscale Gas Flow Dynamics and Molecular Models for Gas Flow and Heat Transfer Microscopic Hemorheology and Hemodynamics Covering physics and transport phenomena along with life sciences and related applications Volume One: Chemistry Physics and Life Science Principles provides readers with the fundamental science background that is required for the study of microfluidics and nanofluidics. Both volumes include as much interdisciplinary knowledge as possible to reflect the inherent nature of this area valuable to students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076419

Microfluidics and Nanofluidics HandbookFabrication Implementation and Applications The Microfluidics and Nanofluidics Handbook: Two-Volume Set comprehensively captures the cross-disciplinary breadth of the fields of micro- and nanofluidics which encompass the biological sciences chemistry physics and engineering applications. To fill the knowledge gap between engineering and the basic sciences the editors pulled together key individuals well known in their respective areas to author chapters that help graduate students scientists and practicing engineers understand the overall area of microfluidics and nanofluidics. Topics covered include Finite Volume Method for Numerical Simulation Lattice Boltzmann Method and Its Applications in Microfluidics Microparticle and Nanoparticle Manipulation Methane Solubility Enhancement in Water Confined to Nanoscale Pores Volume Two: Fabrication Implementation and Applications focuses on topics related to experimental and numerical methods. It also covers fabrication and applications in a variety of areas from aerospace to biological systems. Reflecting the inherent nature of microfluidics and nanofluidics the book includes as much interdisciplinary knowledge as possible. It provides the fundamental science background for newcomers and advanced techniques and concepts for experienced researchers and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072381

Microfluidics and NanotechnologyBiosensing to the Single Molecule Limit An increasing number of technologies are being used to detect minute quantities of biomolecules and cells. However it can be difficult to determine which technologies show the most promise for high-sensitivity and low-limit detection in different applications. Microfluidics and Nanotechnology: Biosensing to the Single Molecule Limit details proven approaches for the detection of single cells and even single molecules—approaches employed by the world’s foremost microfluidics and nanotechnology laboratories. While similar books concentrate only on microfluidics or nanotechnology this book focuses on the combination of soft materials (elastomers and other polymers) with hard materials (semiconductors metals and glass) to form integrated detection systems for biological and chemical targets. It explores physical and chemical—as well as contact and noncontact—detection methods using case studies to demonstrate system capabilities. Presenting a snapshot of the current state of the art the text: Explains the theory behind different detection techniques from mechanical resonators for detecting cell density to fiber-optic methods for detecting DNA hybridization and beyond Examines microfluidic advances including droplet microfluidics digital microfluidics for manipulating droplets on the microscale and more Highlights an array of technologies to allow for a comparison of the fundamental advantages and challenges of each as well as an appreciation of the power of leveraging scalability and integration to achieve sensitivity at low cost Microfluidics and Nanotechnology: Biosensing to the Single Molecule Limit not only serves as a quick reference for the latest achievements in biochemical detection at the single-cell and single-molecule levels but also provides researchers with inspiration for further innovation and expansion of the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072398

Microfoundations of Policy ImplementationTowards European Best Practices The European Union (EU) has a compliance problem: there are persistent failures in the implementation of EU rules and policies by the member states. This book examines how policy implementation may be improved. It explains the nature of policy mistakes proceeds to consider how individual public authorities and organizations can avoid making policy mistakes and then in the light of its findings derives how the EU may induce its member states and their public authorities to improve their compliance with EU rules and policies. Basically this is a book about how the right incentives at national level can improve institutional performance and contribute towards more effective application of EU rules across member states without having to confer new competences to the EU. Its premise is that strengthening the capacity of organizations to learn should not only lead to better performance but should also stimulate useful policy experimentation across the EU. Although this volume focuses on the obligations of EU membership and how to strengthen compliance the proposed solutions have broader applicability. Improved organizational capacity for policy implementation will also be beneficial in those areas where the EU has no formal competence. Just as member states can learn from each other so can policy officials in different policy fields. Good practices can spread. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789292030209

MicrofoundationsA Critical Inquiry First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756051

MicrofranchisingHow Social Entrepreneurs are Building a New Road to Development It is increasingly clear that fifty years of international development have done little to reduce poverty in Africa. Indeed more and more academics and practitioners are highlighting the detrimental effect of traditional development – as carried out by international agencies and NGOs – which often leads to dependency inefficiency waste and poor governance.  Yet there is a new movement that is surging ahead in its attempt to reduce poverty and generate wealth in Africa: microfranchising. Set up by pioneering organizations such as VisionSpring and HealthStore microfranchising is based on one of the most successful market-based models in Western economies: franchising. From McDonald's to Coca-Cola franchising has proven itself to be an effective and replicable way of scaling up a business rapidly in the Western context.  It is only recently that members of the growing body of social entrepreneurs have turned to the franchise model as one of the responses to Africa's endemic economic stagnation. And the results have been inspiring: instead of the dependency generated by traditional charity development projects these new social capitalists have generated enterprise and self-sustainability in the most challenging environments of rural Africa.  This long-needed book looks at the growth in microfranchising as a tool to generate wealth among poor communities in Africa. The book traces the evolution of the concept of microfranchising from its foundation in Western models to its implementation in African countries today. It provides practical steps from the world's leading experts on how to set up a microfranchise from recruiting franchisees to building a brand and a supply chain. It gives case studies of successful microfranchises told by the enterprises themselves. It continues with a theoretical analysis of the place of microfranchising within global social entrepreneurship. It ends with a look at the future for microfranchising with recommendations for development.  Edited by the former CEO of SolarAid which created the Sunny Money microfranchise the book provides a ground-breaking set of case studies and analysis of microfranchising for development. It brings together academics and practitioners to provide context analysis and practical advice. Indeed it provides the theory the practical advice and the case studies to guide any entrepreneur NGO business or government interested in setting up their own microfranchise scheme. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351278720

Micro-geographies of the Western City c.1750–1900 This book examines the overlapping spaces in modern Western cities to explore the small-scale processes that shaped these cities between c.1750 and 1900. It highlights the ways in which time and space matter framing individual actions and practices and their impact on larger urban processes. It draws on the original and detailed studies of cities in Europe and North America through a micro-geographical approach to unravel urban practices experiences and representations at three different scales: the dwelling the street and the neighbourhood. Part I explores the changing spatiality of housing examining the complex and contingent relationship between public and private and commercial and domestic as well as the relationship between representations and lived experiences. Part II delves into the street as a thoroughfare connecting the city but also as a site of contestation over the control and character of urban spaces. Part III draws attention to the neighbourhood as a residential grouping and as a series of spaces connecting flows of people integrating the urban space. Drawing on a range of methodologies from space syntax and axial analysis to detailed descriptions of individual buildings this book blends spatial theory and ideas of place with micro-history. With its fresh perspectives on the Western city created through the built environment and the everyday actions of city dwellers the book will interest historical geographers urban historians and architects involved in planning of cities across Europe and North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350307

Microgrids Microgrids offers a complete discussion and details about microgrids and their applications including modeling of AC/DC and hybrid grids in a tied mode with simulation for the solar systems wind turbines biomass and fuel cells and deployment issues. The data communications and control mechanism implementations are analyzed for proper coordination of the AC/DC microgrid. The various real-time applications and future development of the microgrid are also discussed in this book with MATLAB®-based simulations and results. This book: Discusses the fundamentals of microgrids the components of microgrids the modeling of renewable energy sources and the implementation of microgrids. Explores AC and DC microgrid modeling with real-time examples. Examines the effective extraction of energy from renewable energy sources. Covers analysis of data communications and control-mechanism implementations. Includes HOMER/MATLAB®-based simulations and results on microgrids. This book would be a welcome addition to the libraries of researchers senior undergraduate students and graduate students in power and electrical engineering especially those working with smart and microgrids. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367417185

Microheterogeneity of Glycoprotein Hormones Eleven contributions review our knowledge of the characterization of glycoprotein hormone microheterogeneity the relationships between biological activity and microheterogeneity the endocrinological control mechanisms involved in the production of these forms and the underlying biochemical basis for glycoprotein hormone microheterogeneity. Organized so that the heterogeneity of each hormone from a variety of species is covered in detail the peptide components and oligosaccaride stuctures of glycoprotein hormones are reviewed and the heterogeneity of uncombined alpha and beta subunits is discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895505

Microhistories of Communication StudiesMapping the Future of Communication through Local Narratives The story of an academic discipline is usually conveyed in grand movements and long spans but it can also be told through the lives of individual scholars through the development of specialties through the creation and change of departments and through the formation and transformation of organizations. Using twelve histories of micro-dimensions of communication studies this volume shows how sometimes small decisions single scholars individual departments and marginalized voices can have dramatic roles in the history and future of an academic discipline. As a compilation of micro-histories with macro-lessons this volume stands alone in communication studies. Read as a companion to A Century of Communication Studies the National Communication Association’s centennial volume it offers rich detail missing links and local narratives that fully flesh out the discipline. In either case no education in communication studies is complete without an understanding of the themes challenges and triumphs embodied by the twelve micro-histories offered in this book. This book was originally published as two special issues of Review of Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028398

Microhydrodynamics and Complex Fluids A self-contained textbook Microhydrodynamics and Complex Fluids deals with the main phenomena that occur in slow inertialess viscous flows often encountered in various industrial biophysical and natural processes. It examines a wide range of situations from flows in thin films porous media and narrow channels to flows around suspended particles. Each situation is illustrated with examples that can be solved analytically so that the main physical phenomena are clear. It also discusses a range of numerical modeling techniques. Two chapters deal with the flow of complex fluids presented first with the formal analysis developed for the mechanics of suspensions and then with the phenomenological tools of non-Newtonian fluid mechanics. All concepts are presented simply with no need for complex mathematical tools. End-of-chapter exercises and exam problems help you test yourself. Dominique Barthès-Biesel has taught this subject for over 15 years and is well known for her contributions to low Reynolds number hydrodynamics. Building on the basics of continuum mechanics this book is ideal for graduate students specializing in chemical or mechanical engineering material science bioengineering and physics of condensed matter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072404

Microinvasive DentistryClinical Strategies and Tools Tooth decay also known as dental caries or cavities is a breakdown of teeth due to acids made by bacteria. The cavities may be a number of different colours from yellow to black. Symptoms may include pain and difficulty with eating. Microinvasive techniques involve preparing the tooth surface with an acid and then either placing a seal on top of the surface or 'infiltrating' the softer demineralised tissue with resins. These newer methods work by installing a barrier either on the tooth surface or within the demineralised tissue to protect it against acids and avoid the further loss of minerals from within the tooth thus helping to stop the decay. This book is a comprehensive guide to techniques technologies and tools used in microinvasive dentistry. Divided into four sections the text begins with an overview of caries and its prevention. The following sections provide in depth discussion on diagnosis through various imaging devices then different treatment options and technologies. The final section covers future developments including enamel regeneration and photobiomodulation. Authored by an internationally recognised New Jersey-based expert in the field the book is further enhanced by clinical photographs diagrams and tables. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836723

MicrolensesProperties Fabrication and Liquid Lenses Due to the development of microscale fabrication methods microlenses are being used more and more in many unique applications such as artificial implementations of compound eyes optical communications and labs-on-chips. Liquid microlenses in particular represent an important and growing research area yet there are no books devoted to this topic that summarize the research to date. Rectifying this deficiency Microlenses: Properties Fabrication and Liquid Lenses examines the recent progress in the emerging field of liquid-based microlenses.After describing how certain problems in optics can be solved by liquid microlenses the book introduces the physics and fabrication methods involved in microlenses. It also details the facility and equipment requirements for general fabrication methods. The authors then present examples of various microlenses with non-tunable and tunable focal lengths based on different mechanisms including:Non-tunable microlenses: Ge/SiO2 core/shell nanolenses glass lenses made by isotropic etching self-assembled lenses and lens arrays lenses fabricated by direct photo-induced polymerization lenses formed by thermally reflowing photoresist lenses formed from inkjet printing arrays fabricated through molding processes and injection-molded plastic lensesElectrically tuned microlenses: liquid crystal-based lenses and liquid lenses driven by electrostatic forces dielectrophoretic forces electrowetting and electrochemical reactionsMechanically tunable microlenses: thin-membrane lenses with varying apertures pressures and surface shapes; swellable hydrogel lenses; liquid–liquid interface lenses actuated by environmentally stimuli-responsive hydrogels; and oscillating lens arrays driven by sound wavesHorizontal microlenses: two-dimensional polymer lenses tunable and movable liquid droplets as lenses hydrodynamically tuned cylindrical lenses liquid core and liquid cladding lenses air–liquid interface lenses and tunable liquid gradient refractive index lensesThe book concludes by summarizing the importance of microlenses shedding light on future microlens work and exploring related challenges such as the packaging of systems effects of gravity evaporation of liquids aberrations and integration with other optical components. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576493

Microlithography Fundamentals in Semiconductor Devices and Fabrication Technology "Explores the science and technology of lithographic processes and resist materials and summarizes the most recent innovations in semiconductor manufacturing. Considers future trends in lithography and resist material technology. Reviews the interaction of light electron beams and X-rays with resist materials." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214825

MicrolithographyScience and Technology The completely revised Third Edition to the bestselling Microlithography: Science and Technology provides a balanced treatment of theoretical and operational considerations from fundamental principles to advanced topics of nanoscale lithography. The book is divided into chapters covering all important aspects related to the imaging materials and processes that have been necessary to drive semiconductor lithography toward nanometer-scale generations. Renowned experts from the world’s leading academic and industrial organizations have provided in-depth coverage of the technologies involved in optical deep-ultraviolet (DUV) immersion multiple patterning extreme ultraviolet (EUV) maskless nanoimprint and directed self-assembly lithography together with comprehensive descriptions of the advanced materials and processes involved. New in the Third Edition In addition to the full revision of existing chapters this new Third Edition features coverage of the technologies that have emerged over the past several years including multiple patterning lithography design for manufacturing design process technology co-optimization maskless lithography and directed self-assembly. New advances in lithography modeling are covered as well as fully updated information detailing the new technologies systems materials and processes for optical UV DUV immersion and EUV lithography. The Third Edition of Microlithography: Science and Technology authoritatively covers the science and engineering involved in the latest generations of microlithography and looks ahead to the future systems and technologies that will bring the next generations to fruition. Loaded with illustrations equations tables and time-saving references to the most current technology this book is the most comprehensive and reliable source for anyone from student to seasoned professional looking to better understand the complex world of microlithography science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439876756

MicrolithographyScience and Technology Second Edition This new edition of the bestselling Microlithography: Science and Technology provides a balanced treatment of theoretical and operational considerations from elementary concepts to advanced aspects of modern submicron microlithography. Each chapter reflects the current research and practices from the world's leading academic and industrial laboratories detailed by a stellar panel of international experts.New in the Second EditionIn addition to updated information on existing material this new edition features coverage of technologies developed over the last decade since the first edition appeared including: Immersion Lithography 157nm Lithography Electron Projection Lithography (EPL) Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) Lithography Imprint Lithography Photoresists for 193nm and Immersion Lithography Scatterometry Microlithography: Science and Technology Second Edition authoritatively covers the physics chemistry optics metrology tools and techniques resist processing and materials and fabrication methods involved in the latest generations of microlithography such as immersion lithography and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography. It also looks ahead to the possible future systems and technologies that will bring the next generations to fruition.Loaded with illustrations equations tables and time-saving references to the most current literature this book is the most comprehensive and reliable source for anyone from student to seasoned professional looking to achieve robust accurate and cost-effective microlithography processes and systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219554

Micro-Macro Links and Microfoundations in Sociology RPD Micro-Macro Links and Microfoundations in Sociology focuses on two main issues in sociology. Firstly how macro-conditions can explain macro-outcomes mediated by actor behaviour at the micro-level (micro-macro links). Secondly how alternative micro-models affect macro-outcomes (microfoundations). The contributions reflect key features of micro-macro modelling in sociology as well as recent progress in this field. The chapters address core features of explanations of social phenomena using micro-macro models the problem of cooperation heterogeneity of actors structural balance opinion formation segregation and problems of micro-macro models that are based on rational choice assumptions. Moreover the contributions show how different research methods can be applied fruitfully such as laboratory experiments equilibrium analysis and agent-based modelling. As a result the book can be a guide for graduate students who want to develop their skills in building micro-macro models. In addition the book provides specialists of the different substantive research areas with up-to-date new developments in their research area. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journal of Mathematical Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818279

Micromanufacturing Processes Increased demand for and developments in micromanufacturing have created a need for a resource that covers both the science and technology of this rapidly growing area. With contributions from eminent professors and researchers actively engaged in teaching research and development Micromanufacturing Processes details the basic principles tools techniques and latest advances in micromanufacturing processes. It includes coverage of measurement techniques and research trends as well as a large number of cross-references making it useful to the students and researchers alike. The book outlines the challenges faced not only in micromanufacturing but also in meso- and nanomanufacturing exploring topics such as micromachining micro welding microforming micromolding nanofinishing and micro-/nano-metrology. It includes examples that demonstrate the capabilities of fabricating micro- / nano-products and micro- / nano-features on the macro and micro products. The text also discusses nanofinishing techniques giving surface finish in the domain of sub-nano level micro welding techniques namely laser beam micro welding electron beam micro welding micro / nano patterning in large quantities and micro / nano metrology principles and equipments. It goes on to describe devices such as nano spring micro mixer micro cantilever to name just a few. Unique in its level of coverage the book highlights new challenges in manufacturing and covers several different types of micromanufacturing processes such as micromachining microforming microcasting microjoining nanofinishing and micrometrology. The level of details extensive references figures and diagrams make the book a reference that will become the standard for this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076426

MicroMechatronics Second Edition After Uchino’s introduction of a new terminology ‘Micromechatronics’ in 1979 for describing the application area of ‘piezoelectric actuators’ the rapid advances in semiconductor chip technology have led to a new terminology MEMS(micro-electro-mechanical-system) or even NEMS (nano-electro-mechanicalsystem) to describe mainly thin film sensor/actuator devices a narrower area of micromechatronics coverage. New technologies product developments and commercialization are providing the necessity of this major revision. In particular the progresses in high power transducers loss mechanisms in smart materials energy harvesting and computer simulations are significant. New technologies product developments and commercialization are providingthe updating requirement for the book contents in parallel to the deletion of oldcontents. Various educational/instructional example problems have been accumulated which were integrated in the new edition in order to facilitate the self-learning for the students and the quiz/problem creation for theinstructors. Heavily revised topics from the previous edition include: high power transducers loss mechanisms in smartmaterials energy harvesting and computer simulations New technologies product developments and commercialization helped shape the updated contents of this book where all chapters have been updated and revised. This textbook is intended for graduate students and industrial engineers studying orworking in the fields of electronic materials control system engineering opticalcommunications precision machinery and robotics. The text is designed primarilyfor a graduate course with the equivalent of thirty 75-minute lectures; however it isalso suitable for self-study by individuals wishing to extend their knowledge in thefield. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367202316

MicromechatronicsModeling Analysis and Design with MATLAB Second Edition Focusing on recent developments in engineering science enabling hardware advanced technologies and software Micromechatronics: Modeling Analysis and Design with MATLAB Second Edition provides clear comprehensive coverage of mechatronic and electromechanical systems. It applies cornerstone fundamentals to the design of electromechanical syst Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429185090

Microneedling in Clinical Practice Microneedles provide an artificial pathway across the skin barrier for medical and cosmetic applications. This technology has seen a significant increase in popularity over the past years; as an example the use of multiple small needles mounted on a roller to pierce the skin prompting it to stimulate collagen production has undergone a resurgence of interest as an adjunctive procedure for a number of skin disorders. This monograph draws together what is known about how to integrate microneedle technology into clinical dermatologic practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035690

Micronutrients in Health and Disease Second Edition Increased oxidative stress due to the production of excessive amounts of free radicals along with the effects of chronic inflammation plays a major role in the initiation and progression of most chronic diseases. In addition increased release of glutamate plays a central role in the pathogenesis of various disorders. This second edition of Micronutrients in Health and Disease proposes a novel concept that in order to simultaneously and optimally reduce oxidative stress chronic inflammation and glutamate it is essential to increase levels of antioxidant enzymes as well as levels of dietary and endogenous antioxidant compounds at the same time. This is accomplished by activating the Nrf2 pathways and by increasing the levels of antioxidant compounds and B-vitamins through supplementation. This book proposes a mixture of micronutrients that achieves this above goal. The mixture of micronutrients together with modification in diet and lifestyle may reduce the risk of chronic diseases and in combination with standard care may improve the management of these diseases. KEY FEATURES • Provides evidence in support of the idea that increased oxidative stress chronic inflammation and glutamate are involved in the pathogenesis of chronic diseases. • Contains three new chapters on Huntington’s disease Autism spectra and Prion disease. • Discusses the role of microRNAs in the pathogenesis of chronic diseases. • Presents information on regulation of the expression of microRNAs by reactive oxygen species and antioxidants. Micronutrients in Health and Disease Second Edition serves as a valuable resource for those seeking to promote healthy aging and prevent and improved management of chronic diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138500020

Microoptics and Nanooptics Fabrication The deep interconnection between micro/nanooptical components and related fabrication technologies—and the constant changes in this ever-evolving field—means that successful design depends on the engineer’s ability to accommodate cutting-edge theoretical developments in fabrication techniques and experimental realization. Documenting the state of the art in fabrication processes Microoptics and Nanooptics Fabrication provides an up-to-date synopsis of recent breakthroughs in micro- and nanooptics that improve key developmental processes. This text elucidates the precise and miniaturized scale of today’s fabrication methods and their importance in creating new optical components to access the spectrum of physical optics. It details successful fabrication techniques and their direct effect on the intended performance of micro- and nanooptical components. The contributors explore the constraints related to material selection component lateral extent minimum feature size and other issues that cause fabrication techniques to lag behind corresponding theory in the development process. Written with the professional optical engineer in mind this book omits the already well-published broader processing fundamentals. Instead it focuses on key tricks of the trade helpful in reformulating processes to achieve necessary optical targets improve process fidelity and reduce production costs. The contributing authors represent the vanguard in micro-optical fabrication. The result of their combined efforts this searing analysis of emerging fabrication technologies will continue to fuel the expansion of optics components from the microwave to the infrared through the visible regime. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116443

Microoptics TechnologyFabrication and Applications of Lens Arrays and Devices It has been five years since the publication of the first edition of Microoptics Technology. In that time optical technology has experienced an unparalleled burst of activity that has produced a body of significant real results that have advanced new materials devices and systems. Building on the foundation of the first edition this comprehensive reference presents an introduction and review of the optics and methods of microoptic elements with particular emphasis on lenses and lens arrays.The author explores advances that emerged from the flurry of activity over the last five years. With two new chapters and another fully expanded the book covers current and new methods of fabrication of microlenses as well as refractive GRIN and diffractive methods. It also includes chapters on optical devices that utilize the microoptic fabrication methods including micro-diffraction gratings and optical isolators together with a discussion of a number of important applications. See what's new in the Second Edition:Coverage of negative refractive index materialsInformation on femto second laser interaction with materialsChapter on photonic crystal has been extensively expandedThe first edition was the first resource to collect all microlens fabrication methods into a single volume. With more than 600 references tables equations drawings and photographs Microoptics Technology Second Edition replaces its predecessor as the gold standard reference in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393533

Microorganisms and Fermentation of Traditional Foods The first volume in a series covering the latest information in microbiology biotechnology and food safety aspects this book is divided into two parts. Part I focuses on fermentation of traditional foods and beverages such as cereal and milk products from the Orient Africa Latin America and other areas. Part two addresses fermentation biology discussing specific topics including microbiology and biotechnology of wine and beer lactic fermented fruits and vegetables coffee and cocoa fermentation probiotics bio-valorization of food wastes and solid state fermentation in food processing industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482223088

Microorganisms in Home and Indoor Work EnvironmentsDiversity Health Impacts Investigation and Control Second Edition In 2007 scientists estimated the direct cost of diseases associated with mould and dampness on the US population to be in the range of 4 billion dollars and the indirect costs of lost work and school days are gauged even higher. The US Centers for Disease Control recently concluded that elimination of moisture and mouldy materials in the home definitively results in improved health. Unfortunately problems of accurate assessment and precise identification plague the full understanding of the effects of mould on human health. Addressing exposure assessment and identification Microorganisms in Home and Indoor Work Environments: Diversity Health Impacts Investigation and Control Second Edition discusses the methodology for conducting investigations on indoor environments including details on key fungi and actinobacteria and reflects advances in predicting their occurrence in buildings in various parts of the world. Beginning with a review of types of microorganisms in outdoor and indoor air their growth and control in home and work environments and their role in respiratory disease this second edition presents new studies on pollen and its allergenic effects the mechanistic basis for the effects of toxins and inflammatory agents on lung biology and the use of molecular methods for determining microbial contaminants. On the practical side this edition examines remediation control and quality assurance; occupational exposures in a wide range of environments; and infectious fungi and bacterial endotoxins in the built environment. Bringing together the state-of-the-science in this health-critical field this accurate and timely book offers researchers public health officials and industrial hygienists crucial information on specific microorganisms in the built environment along with current measurement and assessment solutions to clean up indoor air and keep residents and workers healthy in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072411

Microorganisms in Sustainable Agriculture Food and the Environment In agricultural education and research the study of agricultural microbiology has undergone tremendous changes in the past few decades leading to today’s scientific farming that is a backbone of economy all over the globe. Microorganisms in Sustainable Agriculture Food and the Environment fills the need for a comprehensive volume on recent advances and innovations in microbiology. The book is divided into four main parts: food microbiology; soil microbiology; environmental microbiology and industrial microbiology and microbial biotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884792

Microparticulate Systems for the Delivery of Proteins and Vaccines This practical guide offers concise coverage of the scientific and pharmaceutical aspects of protein delivery from controlled release microparticulate systems-emphasizing protein stability during encapsulation and release. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067542

Microphone FiendsYouth Music and Youth Culture Microphone Fiends a collection of original essays and interviews brings together some of the best known scholars critics journalists and performers to focus on the contemporary scene. It includes theoretical discussions of musical history along with social commentaries about genres like disco metal and rap music and case histories of specific movements like the Riot Grrls funk clubbing in Rio de Janeiro and the British rave scene. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699768

Microplasma Sprayed Hydroxyapatite Coatings There has been enormous growth in the use of medical implants. However in the case of hip replacement loosening of metallic prosthesis fixed with polymethylmethylacrylate bone cement has resulted in painstaking revision surgery which is a major problem for the patient surgeon and biomedical technology itself. In fact global recognition of this problem led to the development of cementless fixation through the novel introduction of a bioactive hydroxyapatite (HAp) coating on biomedical-grade metallic implants. Since then a wide variety of coating methods have evolved to make the HAp coatings on metallic implants more reliable. Microplasma Sprayed Hydroxyapatite Coatings discusses plasma spraying and other related HAp coating techniques focusing on the pros and cons of macroplasma sprayed (MAPS)- and microplasma sprayed (MIPS)-HAp coatings. The book begins by explaining what a biomaterial really is what the frequently used term biocompatibility stands for and why it is so important for biomaterials to be biocompatible. It then: Examines the structural chemical macromechanical micro/nanomechanical and tribological properties and residual stress of HAp coatings Evaluates the efficacies under simulated body fluid immersion for MAPS- and MIPS-HAp coatings developed on biomedical implant-grade SS316L substrates Offers a comprehensive survey of state-of-the-art in vivo studies of MIPS-HAp coatings presenting the results of pioneering research related to bone defect fixation Shedding light on the future scope and possibilities of MIPS-HAp coatings Microplasma Sprayed Hydroxyapatite Coatings provides a valuable reference for students researchers and practitioners of biomedical engineering and materials science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748866

Micropollutants in Large LakesFrom Potential Pollution Sources to Risk Assessments Scientists regulators and the general public are now more and more aware of the chemicals present in surface waters worldwide. Agrochemicals such as herbicides or insecticides pharmaceuticals and cosmetics can be detected at low to medium concentrations in seas groundwaters and rivers. Among freshwaters lakes are of particular concern. These large reservoirs are used as sources of food and drinking water but also serve for recreational activities. This book aims in presenting insights into the physical chemical and ecological dynamics of large lakes that enable proposing recommendations for sustainable lake management regarding chemicals. Lake Geneva Switzerland is used as a case study but the developed methodologies and tools can be useful for lake water quality management in general. A first chapter is dedicated to the chemicals entering the lake through agriculture. These are mainly pesticides. After a review of the different types of compounds the authors present the main pathways these compounds follow to enter the lake. The case of glyphosate an herbicide largely used worldwide is presented. A second chapter illustrates the urban source of pollutants with the case of pharmaceuticals and biocides. Two models are presented that allow estimating the load and the dynamic of these chemicals that may exit from an urban catchment and therefore reach a lake. Special attention will be paid to the ‘end of pipe’ removal of these compounds at a WWTP. A third chapter is dedicated to the lake circulation. The aim of this chapter is to present an overall description of the lake’s hydrodynamics which is driven by three factors: wind temperature and Coriolis forces. To achieve this aim a hydrodynamic model is presented that allows describing the behavior of the top layer of the lake based on the wind direction. The importance of stable hydrogen and oxygen isotopes for characterizing the sources of water and the mixing processes in the lake is also described. The next chapters are dedicated to a Bay called the Vidy Bay that receives the treated effluents of the largest wastewater treatment plant of the lake catchment. This latter represents therefore one of the major point sources of contaminants for lake Geneva. These two chapters will focus on the various processes that control the transfer of chemicals (associated to particles or in a dissolved state) discharged into the bay and transported to the lake’s main water body. Then a next chapter focuses on one major issue of chemicals in aquatic systems like lakes i.e. the risk of the mixture of chemicals. The evaluation of the risk of mixture is not trivial and the models that allow doing it are presented in a critical way. Their validity as predictive tools is illustrated with the example of herbicides mixture in Lake Geneva. A final chapter synthesizes the main findings and discusses some recommendations for the management of large lakes regarding micropollution. Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9781351240291

Microporous MediaSynthesis Properties and Modeling Microporous Media presents new developments from nearly a decade of advancement. Written by a leading researcher in the field this reference provides examples of the most original scientific and technical research impacting studies in porosity and microporosity and illustrates methods to forecast the properties of microporous structures for improved electronic construction electrical chemical and medical applications. The book outlines new results in fractal self-organization and polymer theories; pore aging and percolation; and their various engineering applications and considers the impact of preparation conditions on the structure and properties of microporous materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578381

Microprocessor Technology 'Microprocessor Technology' provides a complete introduction to the subject of microprocessor technology using the Z80 and 6502 processors. An emphasis on fault-finding and repair makes this an ideal text for servicing courses including City & Guilds 2240 in the UK microelectronics units on BTEC National/Advanced GNVQ and City & Guilds 7261 Microprocessor Technology. It will also provide a refresher course for those on 'bridging' and micro appreciation courses where a measure of comparative studies is required. Clear and concise explanations are supported by worked examples tutorials long answer questions and assignments giving students the opportunity to test their knowledge as they progress through the course as well as providing an essential revision tool in the run-up to exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145160

Microprocessor-Based Parallel Architecture for Reliable Digital Signal Processing Systems This book presents a distributed multiprocessor architecture that is faster more versatile and more reliable than traditional single-processor architectures. It also describes a simulation technique that provides a highly accurate means for building a prototype system in software. The system prototype is studied and analyzed using such DSP applications as digital filtering and fast Fourier transforms. The code is included as well which allows others to build software prototypes for their own research systems. The design presented in Microprocessor-Based Parallel Architecture for Reliable Digital Signal Processing Systems introduces the concept of a dual-mode architecture that allows users a dynamic choice between either a conventional or fault-tolerant system as application requirements dictate. This volume is a "must have" for all professionals in digital signal processing parallel and distributed computer architecture and fault-tolerant computing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895512

Microprocessors and Microcomputer-Based System Design Microprocessors and Microcomputer-Based System Design Second Edition builds on the concepts of the first edition. It discusses the basics of microprocessors various 32-bit microprocessors the 8085 microprocessor the fundamentals of peripheral interfacing and Intel and Motorola microprocessors. This edition includes new topics such as floating-point arithmetic Program Array Logic and flash memories. It covers the popular Intel 80486/80960 and Motorola 68040 as well as the Pentium and PowerPC microprocessors. The final chapter presents system design concepts applying the design principles covered in previous chapters to sample problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068143

Micro-ProjectsSix Exercises for Developing Project and Team Skills A project is more than an assembly of methods tools and resources. Projects often seem to have a soul. They require dedication belief and commitment. The only way to gain experience of a project assess and develop the skills associated with it is to live through it. The six micro-projects in this collection highlight the kinds of skills typical of creative project teams. They can be used to practise: � team working in a project environment � working as a team to satisfy a need expressed in terms of time cost and quality � the skills associated with creativity problem solving and team leadership � the guiding principles for tackling projects creatively. The collection includes the following games: Eggbox is a creative project that emphasizes idea generation; Ironbridge simulates a scenario in which consortia explore the specifications of a construction project; Tower of Straws produces a situation in which change is frequent and normal; Domino Race is based on an imaginative design project that needs to reflect operational constraints; Catapult is an all-day task offering a complete project management experience and finally the Autonomous Team Activity encourages productivity and initiative in the project team. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460973

Microrheology with Optical TweezersPrinciples and Applications Thanks to the pioneering works of Ashkin and coworkers optical tweezers (OTs) have become an invaluable tool for myriad studies throughout the natural sciences. Their success relies on the fact that they can be considered as exceptionally sensitive transducers that are able to resolve pN forces and nm displacements with high temporal resolution down to μs. Hence their application to study a wide range of biological phenomena such as measuring the compliance of bacterial tails the forces exerted by a single motor protein and the mechanical properties of human red blood cells and of individual biological molecules. The number of articles related to them totals to a whopping 58 000 (source Google Scholar)! Microrheology is a branch of rheology but it works at micrometer length scales and with microliter sample volumes. Therefore microrheology techniques have been revealed to be very useful tools for all those rheological/mechanical studies where rare or precious materials are employed such as in biological and biomedical studies. The aim of this book is to provide a pedagogical introduction to the physics principles governing both the optical tweezers and their application in the field of microrheology of complex materials. This is achieved by following a linear path that starts from a narrative introduction of the "nature of light " followed by a rigorous description of the fundamental equations governing the propagation of light through matter. Moreover some of the many possible instrumental configurations are presented especially those that better adapt to perform microrheology measurements. In order to better appreciate the microrheological methods with optical tweezers explored in this book informative introductions to the basic concepts of linear rheology statistical mechanics and the most popular microrheology techniques are also given. Furthermore an enlightening prologue to the general applications of optical tweezers different from rheological purposes is provided at the end of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669184

MicroRNA Profiling in CancerA Bioinformatics Perspective This book presents current advances in the emerging interdisciplinary field of microRNA research of human cancers from a unique perspective of quantitative sciences: bioinformatics computational and systems biology and mathematical modeling. This volume contains adaptations and critical reviews of recent state-of-the-art studies ranging from technological advances in microRNA detection and profiling clinically oriented microRNA profiling in several human cancers to a systems biology analysis of global patterns of microRNA regulation of signaling and metabolic pathways. Interactions with transcription factor regulatory networks and mathematical modeling of microRNA regulation are also discussed. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429067143

MicroRNAPerspectives in Health and Diseases This book explores the role of miRNA as therapeutic agents the progress made in this direction and the problems that need to be addressed for miRNA based therapies to become successful. It also discusses the basic biology of miRNA sythesis regulation and their role in disease biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138054837

MicroRNAs in Cancer The book explores the role of miRNAs in the development progression invasion and metastasis of diverse types of cancer. It reviews their potential for applications in cancer diagnosis prognosis and therapeutic targets. In addition it discusses the potential use in translational medicine. Chapters present comprehensive and expert perspectives on the roles of miRNAs in most common cancers from bench to bedside applications and are written by an international team of renowned experts in the field. This book is a landmark work providing up-to-date research on miRNAs and their important roles in cancer translational research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466576766

Microscale and Nanoscale Heat TransferAnalysis Design and Application Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer: Analysis Design and Applications features contributions from prominent researchers in the field of micro- and nanoscale heat transfer and associated technologies and offers a complete understanding of thermal transport in nano-materials and devices. Nanofluids can be used as working fluids in thermal systems; the thermal conductivity of heat transfer fluids can be increased by adding nanoparticles in fluids. This book provides details of experimental and theoretical investigations made on nanofluids for use in the biomechanical and aerospace industries. It examines the use of nanofluids in improving heat transfer rates covers the numerical approaches for computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulation of nanofluids and reviews the experimental results of commonly used nanofluids dispersed in both spherical and nonspherical nanoparticles. It also focuses on current and developing applications of microscale and nanoscale convective heat transfer. In addition the book covers a wide range of analysis that includes: Solid–liquid interface phonon transfer at the molecular level The validity of the continuum hypothesis and Fourier law in nanochannels Conventional methods of using molecular dynamics (MD) for heat transport problems The molecular dynamics approach to calculate interfacial thermal resistance (ITR) A review of experimental results in the field of heat pipes and two-phase flows in thermosyphons Microscale convective heat transfer with gaseous flow in ducts The application of the lattice Boltzmann method for thermal microflows A numerical method for resolving the problem of subcooled convective boiling flows in microchannel heat sinks Two-phase boiling flow and condensation heat transfer in mini/micro channels and more Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer: Analysis Design and Applications addresses the need for thermal packaging and management for use in cooling electronics and serves as a resource for researchers academicians engineers and other professionals working in the area of heat transfer microscale and nanoscale science and engineering and related industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498736305

Microscale and Nanoscale Heat TransferFundamentals and Engineering Applications Through analyses experimental results and worked-out numerical examples Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer: Fundamentals and Engineering Applications explores the methods and observations of thermophysical phenomena in size-affected domains. Compiling the most relevant findings from the literature along with results from their own research activities the authors provide a useful treatise on the principal concepts and practical design engineering aspects of heat transfer. The book discusses in detail various modern engineering applications such as microchannel heat sinks micro heat exchangers and micro heat pipes. It covers methods that range from discrete computation to optical measurement techniques for microscale applications. The authors also present the fundamentals of nanoscale thermal phenomena in fluids. The text concludes with an entire chapter devoted to numerical examples of microscale conduction convective heat transfer and radiation as well as nanoscale thermal phenomena. Drawing on their hands-on experience the authors shed light on the differences to consider while developing engineering designs related to micro- and nanoscale systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403508

Microscale Testing in Aquatic ToxicologyAdvances Techniques and Practice Bioassays are among the ecotoxicologist's most effective weapons in the evaluation of water quality and the assessment of ecological impacts of effluents chemicals discharges and emissions on the aquatic environment. Information on these assessment aids is needed throughout the international scientific and environmental management community. This comprehensive reference provides an excellent overview of the small-scale aquatic bioassay techniques and applications currently in use around the world.This special volume is the result of several years of collaboration between Environment Canada and Fisheries and Oceans Canada. Internationally recognized research scientists at many institutions have contributed to this state-of-the-art examination of the exciting environmentally important field of microscale testing in aquatic toxicology.Microscale Testing in Aquatic Toxicology contains over forty chapters covering relevant principles new techniques and recent advancements and applications in scientific research environmental management academia and the private sector. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203747193

Microscales of Turbulence This monograph presents the microscales of complex (buoyant thermocapillary two-phase reacting radiating pulsating etc.) turbulent flows and interprets heat and mass transfer correlations in terms of these scales. The author introduces a general methodology for the development of microscales for complex turbulent flows. Then he provides by these scales a fundamental interpretation for a number of momentum heat and mass transfer correlations which are assumed to be empirical. Lastly he develops correlations in terms of these scales for environmentally and/or technologically important problems related to buoyancy driven flows pulsating flows diffusion flows fires etc. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810658

Microscopic and Spectroscopic Imaging of the Chemical State Presents chemical state imaging methods useful on distance scales ranging from individual atoms to millimeters. This work is intended for chemists familiar with modern spectroscopies but includes tutorial material on basic imaging processes for those with little background in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402334

Microscopic Dynamics of Plasmas and Chaos Microscopic Dynamics of Plasmas and Chaos discusses the resonant wave-particle interaction in plasmas provides the tools for chaotic Hamiltonian dynamics and describes a turbulent macroscopic system through the chaotic classical mechanics of the corresponding N-body problem. The book begins with the fundamentals of N-body dynamics followed by a Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429139987

Microscopic Magnetic Resonance ImagingA Practical Perspective In the past two decades significant advances in magnetic resonance microscopy (MRM) have been made possible by a combination of higher magnetic fields and more robust data acquisition technologies. This technical progress has enabled a shift in MRM applications from basic anatomical investigations to dynamic and functional studies boosting the use of MRM in biological and life sciences. This book provides a simple introduction to MRM emphasizing practical aspects relevant to high magnetic fields. It focuses on biological applications and presents a number of selected examples of neuroscience applications. The text is mainly intended for those who are beginning research in the field of MRM or are planning to incorporate high-resolution MRI in their neuroscience studies. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774710

Microscopy Applied to Materials Sciences and Life Sciences This new volume Microscopy Applied to Materials Sciences and Life Sciences. focuses on recent theoretical and practical advances in polymers and their blends composites and nanocompos¬ites related to their microscopic characterization. It highlights recent accomplishments and trends in the field of polymer nanocomposites and filled polymers related to microstructural characterization. This book gives an insight and better understanding into the development in microscopy as a tool for characterization. The book emphasizes recent research work in the field of microscopy in life sciences and materials sciences mainly related to its synthesis characterizations and applications. The book explains the application of microscopic techniques in life sciences and materials sciences and their applications and state of current research carried out. The book aims to foster a better understanding of the properties of polymer composites by describing new techniques to measure microstructure property relationships and by utilizing techniques and expertise developed in the conventional filled polymer composites. Characterization techniques particularly microstructural characterization have proven to be extremely difficult because of the range of length-scales associated with these materials. Topics include: •Instrumentation and Techniques: advances in scanning probe microscopy SEM TEM OM. 3D imaging and tomography electron diffraction techniques and analytical microscopy advances in sample preparation techniques in-situ microscopy correlative microscopy in life and material sciences low voltage electron microscopy. •Life Sciences: Structure and imaging of biomolecules live cell imaging neurobiology organelles and cellular dynamics multi-disciplinary approaches for medical and biological sciences microscopic application in plants microorganism and environmental science super resolution microscopy in biological sciences. •Materials Sciences: materials for nanotechnology metals alloys and inter-metallic ceramics composites minerals and microscopy in cultural heritage thin films coatings surfaces and interfaces carbon based materials polymers and soft materials and self-assembled materials semiconductors and magnetic materials. Polymers and inorganic nanoparticles. The volume will be of significant interest to scientists working on the basic issues surrounding polymers nanocomposites and nanoparticulate-filled polymers as well as those working in industry on applied problems such as processing. Because of the multidisciplinary nature of this research the book will be valuable to chemists materials scientists physicists chemical engineers and processing specialists who are involved and interested in the future frontiers of blends. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886727

Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials 1983 Third Oxford Conference on Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials St Catherines College March 1983 This volume contains invited and contributed papers at the conference on Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials which took place on 21–23 March 1983 in St Cathernine's College Oxford. The conference was the third in the series devoted to advances in microscopical studies of semiconductors. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069614

Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials 1987 Proceedings of the Institute of Physics Conference Oxford University April 1987 The various forms of microscopy and related microanalytical techniques are making unique contributions to semiconductor research and development that underpin many important areas of microelectronics technology. Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials 1987 highlights the progress that is being made in semiconductor microscopy primarily in electron probe methods as well as in light optical and ion scattering techniques. The book covers the state of the art with sections on high resolution microscopy epitaxial layers quantum wells and superlattices bulk gallium arsenide and other compounds properties of dislocations device silicon and dielectric structures silicides and contacts device testing x-ray techniques microanalysis and advanced scanning microscopy techniques. Contributed by numerous international experts this volume will be an indispensable guide to recent developments in semiconductor microscopy for all those who work in the field of semiconducting materials and research development. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069621

Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials 2001 The Institute of Physics Conference Series is a leading International medium for the rapid publication of proceedings of major conferences and symposia reviewing new developments in physics and related areas. Volumes in the series comprise original refereed papers and are regarded as standard referee works. As such they are an essential part of major libration collections worldwide.The twelfth conference on the Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials (MSM) was held at the University of Oxford 25-29 March 2001. MSM conferences focus on recent international advances in semiconductor studies carried out by all forms of microscopy. The event was organized with scientific sponsorship by the Royal Microscopical Society The Electron Microscopy and Analysis Group of the Institute of Physics and the Materials Research Society. With the continual shrinking of electronic device dimensions and accompanying enhancement in device performance the understanding of semiconductor microscopic properties at the nanoscale (and even at the atomic scale) is increasingly critical for further progress to be achieved. This conference proceedings provides an overview of the latest instrumentation analysis techniques and state-of-the-art advances in semiconducting materials science for solid state physicists chemists and materials scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895529

Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials 2003 Modern electronic devices rely on ever-greater miniaturization of components and semiconductor processing is approaching the domain of nanotechnology. Studies of devices in this regime can only be carried out with the most advanced forms of microscopy. Accordingly Microscopy of Semiconducting Materials focuses on international developments in semiconductor studies carried out by all forms of microscopy. It provides an overview of the latest instrumentation analysis techniques and state-of-the-art advances in semiconducting materials science for solid state physicists chemists and material scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895536

Microscopy of Textile Fibres An up-to-date practical guide to the properties and characteristics of textile fibres with clear advice on sampling specimen preparation and examination procedures. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003076971

Microsociological Perspectives for Environmental Sociology Environmental sociology tends to be dominated by macrosociological theories to the point that microsociological perspectives have been neglected and ignored. This collection of original work is the first book dedicated to demonstrating the utility of microsociological perspectives for investigating environmental issues. From symbolic interactionism to actor–network theory from dramaturgy to conversation analysis from practice theory to animism a variety of microsociological perspectives are not only drawn upon but creatively applied and developed making this collection not only a contribution to environmental sociology but to microsociological theory as well. The authors address such topics as the treatment of waste human–animal relations science and industry partnerships environmental social movements identities and lifestyles eco-tourism the framing of land water and natural resources and even human conceptions of outer space. Bringing together diverse scholars perspectives and topics Microsociological Perspectives for Environmental Sociology opens the field up to new approaches and initiates much needed dialogue between environmental sociologists and microsociologists. It will appeal not only to sociologists but to environmental scholars across the social sciences interested in enriching their theoretical repertoire in studying the social aspects of the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478773

MicrosociologyA Tool Kit for Interaction Analysis This book offers an unprecedented integrative account of the shape of social order on the microsocial level. Dealing with the basic dimensions of interaction the authors examine the major factors which influence "structure" in social interaction by applying various theoretical concepts. Although the concept of "microsociology" is usually associated with symbolic interactionism social psychology the works of George Herbert Mead and Erving Goffman and with qualitative methodologies this book reaches beyond interactionist theories claiming that no single school of thought covers the different dimensions necessary for understanding the basics of microsociology. As such the book provides something of a microsociologist’s "tool kit " analyzing an array of theoretical approaches which offer the best conceptual solutions and interpreting them in a way that is independent of their specific theoretical language. Such theoretical traditions include systems theory conversation analysis structuralism the theory of knowledge and the philosophy of language. Providing a distinct systematic and incremental approach to the subject this book fills an important gap in sociological literature. Written in an accessible style and offering new insights into the area of microsociology it will appeal to students and scholars of the social sciences and to those with interests in sociology microsociology interactionism and sociological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250799

Microsoft Office Specialist Excel Associate 365 – 2019 Exam Preparation Internationally recognized certification in Microsoft Excel can open up a world of benefits to you and Microsoft Office Specialist Excel Associate 365/2019 Exam Preparation includes everything you need to prepare for the exam. Designed for those already familiar with Excel this book provides detailed information about how and where to take the exam and exactly what to expect. Each chapter is built on one of the five exam topics. Ample study material is provided including practice exam software and video tutorials for every outcome in the book. The author will guide you like a personal Excel coach helping you to boost your knowledge pinpoint skills you need to work on and gain the confidence to be able to pass the exam. Microsoft Excel Certification is an easily verifiable way to showcase your willingness to learn new skills and software and it provides a myriad of other benefits as well. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573324

Microspheres and Microcapsules in BiotechnologyDesign Preparation and Applications Microspheres and microcapsules have very broad applications in various fields especially in those of biotechnology and biopharmaceuticals as targeting drug–delivery carriers separation media for protein peptide DNA and so forth. It is a big challenge to design and prepare microspheres and microcapsules of different sizes and structures from various materials and develop new techniques. This book focuses on new microspheres and microcapsules specifically designed and prepared for application in the fields of biotechnology and biopharmaceuticals involving bioreaction bioseparation bioformulation biodetection and other new bioapplications. It provides a deep knowledge about the principles of design preparation methods and application results of new microspheres and microcapsules for each bioapplication area. The book also presents problems that need to be studied further and comments on the future prospects of microspheres and microcapsules. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316477

Microspheres and Regional Cancer Therapy Microspheres and Regional Cancer Therapy takes an interdisciplinary approach to the subject of microspheres and regional cancer therapy. It synthesizes laboratory and clinical data to demonstrate the utility of microsphere-based strategies in the treatment of localized solid tumors (particularly in the liver) not amenable to surgery and as a component of strategies for treatment of disseminated disease. Using the same techniques that show the deficiencies of delivery strategies involving antibodies liposomes and synthetic polymers clear evidence is presented describing how microspheres of appropriate size can be localized in solid tumor deposits in the liver with little exposure to other organs. To exploit this phenomenon the extent and nature of the incorporation of active agents within microspheres is discussed in relation to release pharmacokinetics and tumor response achieved by intensification of therapy in the manner described. This book will benefit laboratory-based scientists and clinicians in pharmaceutics pharmacology physiology surgical oncology and nuclear medicine. In addition cancer clinicians interested in the value of regional therapy will be able to evaluate the underlying theory and learn the necessary methodology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068631

Microstock PhotographyHow to Make Money from Your Digital Images Be a part of one of the world's fastest growing imaging phenomenon’s: microstock photography. Microstock photography provides both professional and amateur photographers an opportunity to diversify their income and expand their artistic visibility by turning day trip photos or photography portfolios into viable business investments. Douglas Freer has written a comprehensive book that details the technical and commercial processes of the microstock industry. A must read for entrants into the microstock photography field Microstock Photography shows you how to: • Choose the right microstock agency. • Shoot work that will sell. • Navigate the strict technical requirements. • Understand the likely financial returns. • Review licensing models. • Understand copyright issues Over 60 illustrations and photographs help you improve your skills learn new techniques specific to shooting stock photography and better understand what the microstock market demands. Anyone can shoot digital stock photography but in order to make money and be successful you need the practical advice that can only be found in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472341

Microstructure of Metals and AlloysAn Atlas of Transmission Electron Microscopy Images A teaching tool intended to complement existing books on the theory of materials science metallurgy and electron microscopy this text focuses on metals and alloys. It visualizes key structural elements common to crystalline materials including crystal lattice imperfections along with the principles and steps involved in the microstructure development in metallic materials under external influences. Designed as an atlas Microstructure of Metals and Alloys contains a collection of carefully selected original transmission electron microscope (TEM) micrographs taken by the authors. These images demonstrate typical crystal lattice defects elements of the microstructure of metals and alloys and the basic processes occurring to the crystal structure during plastic deformation polygonization recrystallization and rapid solidification. The book is organized into six chapters. Each deals with a particular problem in the field of physical metallurgy and begins with a description of the basic concept and terms. These descriptions enable readers to achieve a better understanding of the essential issues relevant to specific challenges. Providing comprehensive illustrative coverage of the basic topics in materials science this important work emphasizes fundamental principles over specific materials in a manner that is fully consistent with the contemporary tendency in materials science teaching. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387341

Microstructure of Smectite Clays and Engineering Performance Certain wastes such as nuclear wastes are so hazardous that their disposal creates a major challenge requiring considerable technical skill and understanding. Their effective isolation in the ground depends on the properties of the surrounding clays. This authoritative book explains the detailed function of clay-based engineered barriers gives a number of examples of the design and construction of successful sites and sets out conceptual and theoretical models for the prediction of their performance.It begins by providing a scientific grounding in the relevant aspects of clay science and successively moves onto the practicalities while retaining the scientific slant. It will be useful for students and invaluable for research institutes specialists in environmental protection agencies and consultants in the field of disposal of hazardous waste. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446413

MicrosurgeryAdvances Simulations and Applications This book explains using the example of endovascular intervention the development of in vitro simulators for biomedical applications based on the scientific context in the robotics area and the explanation of the medical procedure to be simulated. It presents modeling methods for in vitro representation of human tissue and for representing tissue integrity during endovascular surgery simulation. Additionally applications of this in vitro vasculature modeling technology are presented: flow control for human blood pressure simulation computer fluid dynamics simulations using vasculature morphology catheter insertion robot control and vasculature imaging based on magnetic trackers and tailor-made scaffolds for blood vessel regeneration. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364690

Microtonality and the Tuning Systems of Erv Wilson This book explores the emerging area of microtonality through an examination of the tuning theories of Erv Wilson. It is the first publication to offer a broad discussion of this influential theorist whose innovations have far-reaching ramifications for microtonal tuning systems. This study addresses the breadth and complexity of Wilson’s work by focusing on his microtonal keyboard designs as a means to investigate his tuning concepts and their practical applications. Narushima examines materials ranging from historical and experimental tunings to instrument design as well as musical applications of mathematical theories and multidimensional geometry. The volume provides an analysis of some of Wilson’s most significant theoretical ideas including the Scale Tree Moments of Symmetry Constant Structures and Combination-Product Sets. These theories offer ways to conceptualize musical scales as patterns with structural integrity and whose shapes can be altered to produce infinitely varying forms. The book shows how these structural properties can be used to map scales onto a microtonal keyboard by providing step-by-step guidelines and clearly illustrated examples. Most importantly it brings together theoretical and practical methods of tuning to enable composers performers and instrument designers to explore previously uncharted areas of microtonality making a significant contribution to the fields of music theory composition and music technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872403

MicrotradeA New System of International Trade with Volunteerism Towards Poverty Elimination With contributions from well-regarded scholars of international economic law this book sets out the case for an innovative solution to extreme poverty which utilizes international trade and its legal framework to relieve populations of the poorest countries around the world of extreme poverty. "Microtrade" is international trade on a small scale based primarily on manually produced products using small amounts of capital and low levels of technology available at a local level in lesser developed countries. This book explores the theory application and legal framework for microtrade. In the first part of the book the architect of the microtrade theory Yong-Shik Lee offers a theoretical framework for microtrade including its basic elements product demand and operational issues legal issues and the global management and facilitation of microtrade. The book then goes on to look at issues including the structure and financing of microtrade e-commerce government procurement and the fair trade movement’s possible relationship with microtrade. . The final part of the book considers empirical case studies of microtrade with agricultural products. The book shows how microtrade if effectively administered on a global scale can do much to end extreme poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884816

Micro-traumaA Psychoanalytic Understanding of Cumulative Psychic Injury Micro-trauma: A psychoanalytic understanding of cumulative psychic injury explores the "micro-traumatic" or small subtle psychic hurts that build up to undermine a person’s sense of self-worth skewing his or her character and compromising his or her relatedness to others. These injuries amount to what has been previously called "cumulative" or "relational trauma." Until now psychoanalysis has explained such negative influences in broad strokes using general concepts like psychosexual urges narcissistic needs and separation-individuation aims among others. Taking a fresh approach Margaret Crastnopol identifies certain specific patterns of injurious relating that cause damage in predictable ways; she shows how these destructive processes can be identified stopped in their tracks and replaced by a healthier way of functioning. Seven different types of micro-trauma all largely hidden in plain sight are described in detail and many others are discussed more briefly. Three of these micro-traumas—"psychic airbrushing and excessive niceness " "uneasy intimacy " and "connoisseurship gone awry"—have a predominantly positive emotional tone while the other four—"unkind cutting back " "unbridled indignation " "chronic entrenchment " and "little murders"—have a distinctly negative one. Margaret Crastnopol shows how these toxic processes may take place within a dyadic relationship a family group or a social clique causing collateral psychic damage all around as a consequence. Using illustrations drawn from psychoanalytic treatment literary fiction and everyday life Micro-trauma : A psychoanalytic understanding of cumulative psychic injury outlines how each micro-traumatic pattern develops and manifests itself and how it wreaks its damage. The book shows how an awareness of these patterns can give us the therapeutic leverage needed to reshape them for the good. This publication will be an invaluable resource for psychoanalysts psychologists psychiatrists mental health counselors social workers marriage and family therapists and for trainees and graduate students in these fields and related disciplines. Margaret Crastnopol (Peggy) Ph.D. is a faculty member of the Seattle Psychoanalytic Society and Institute and a Supervisor of Psychotherapy at the William Alanson White Institute of Psychiatry Psychoanalysis & Psychology. She is also a Training and Supervising Analyst at the Institute of Contemporary Psychoanalysis Los Angeles. She writes and teaches nationally and internationally about the analyst's and patient's subjectivity; the vicissitudes of love lust and attachment drives; and varieties of micro-trauma.  She is in private practice for the treatment of individuals and couples in Seattle WA.      Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415800365

MicrotronDevelopment and Applications The Microtron: Development and Applications is a comprehensive monograph that sums up more than 30 years of research and development in microtron technology and applications and provides a systematic presentation of results from investigations carried out in Russia and abroad. The first part describes the basic principles of various types of microtron and presents recent research into development of the machine itself. Part 2 explains how microtrons can be used as sources of neutrons and electrons and describes the development and use of secondary beams. Part 3 is devoted to microtron applications including materials analysis nondestructive testing medical diagnosis and cancer therapy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396862

Microtubule Proteins This work focuses on the structural and functional description of the microtubule proteins. The objective of the authors is to establish a relationship between the structure of microtubule proteins and the functions in which these polymers are involved. This book covers topics which have been treated only in a preliminary manner in previous works such as microtubule dynamics and microtubule poisons. Microtubules display a variety of cellular roles and are vital for the separation and correct distribution of chromosomes during cell division. They also play an important role in morphogenesis intracellular transport secretion and motility. Microtubule Proteins is a concise easy-to-read text which is particularly of interest to cell biologists chemists neurochemists and graduate students interested in cell biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895543

Microwave Infrared and Laser Transitions of Methanol Atlas of Assigned Lines from 0 to 1258 cm-1 This unique atlas presents the recorded spectrum of CH3OH the main isotopic species of methanol in the range 28-1258 cm-1. The spectral plot is accompanied by a list of all currently assigned rotation-torsion-vibration lines in the absorption spectrum of methanol. The list of nearly 35 000 transitions spans all of the known microwave transitions as well as the region of coincidence with CO2 laser emissions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895550

Microwave Absorbing Materials With the phenomenal development of electromagnetic wave communication devices and stealth technology electromagnetic wave absorbing materials have been attracting attention as antielectromagnetic interference slabs stealth materials self-concealing technology and microwave darkrooms. This book starts with the fundamental theory of electromagnetic wave absorption in loss medium space followed by a discussion of different microwave absorbents such as manganese dioxide iron-based composite powder conductive polyaniline barium titanate powder and manganese nitride. Then structural absorbing materials are explored including multilayer materials new discrete absorbers microwave absorption coatings cement-based materials and structural pyramid materials. Many of the graphics demonstrate not only the principles of physics and experimental results but also the methodology of computing. The book will be useful for graduate students of materials science and engineering physics chemistry and electrical and electronic engineering; researchers in the fields of electromagnetic functional materials and nanoscience; and engineers in the fields of electromagnetic compatibility and stealth design. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745109

Microwave Dielectric Spectroscopy of Ferroelectrics and Related Materials In this important book the author summarizes and generalizes the results of 25 years of work in this exciting field which has been developing extensively within the last few decades. The reader will find discussions of many crystals that were investigated in the microwave region including low-dimensional and ferroelectric semiconductors protonic conductors quasi-one-dimensional H-bonded. and other order-disorder ferroelectrics. This volume is an essential reference for all scientists and graduate students whose interests are connected to the physics of ferroelectrics and related materials; the physics of structural phase transitions; and superionic conductors. It will also be of value to those interested in developing or exploiting microwave measurement techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455941

Microwave Electronic Circuit Technology Provides a grounding in the physics behind the operational principles of high frequency technologies. The text presents up-to-date methods as well as the research and developments of more efficient devices for use in applications from mobile and satellite communications and wireless Local Area Networks to energy transformation and sensors. Examples and theories support the material. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214962

Microwave Engineering of NanomaterialsFrom Mesoscale to Nanoscale The use of microwaves has gradually democratized itself in several scientific areas and is now a common methodology in domains as different as chemistry protein digestion mining and metallurgy. Materials chemistry is one field where microwave irradiation technologies are being studied. In recent years development of nanotechnologies has increased the interest of materials scientists in these new technologies. Microwave methodologies are now routinely used in several areas of materials science and new advances are ongoing. This book presents recent improvements in microwave engineering of materials and nanomaterials interactions of microwave chemistry with materials and advances in microwave technologies in several domains such as polymer synthesis and modification processing of various materials (ceramics glasses metallic alloys zeolites) and synthesis and functionalization of diverse nanomaterials (carbon nanotubes MOF semiconductors inorganic nanoparticles). The book will be of interest to all students and researchers in materials science and nanosciences who want to discover or increase their knowledge of microwave technology. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669429

Microwave EngineeringConcepts and Fundamentals Detailing the active and passive aspects of microwaves Microwave Engineering: Concepts and Fundamentals covers everything from wave propagation to reflection and refraction guided waves and transmission lines providing a comprehensive understanding of the underlying principles at the core of microwave engineering. This encyclopedic text not only encompasses nearly all facets of microwave engineering but also gives all topics—including microwave generation measurement and processing—equal emphasis. Packed with illustrations to aid in comprehension the book: Describes the mathematical theory of waveguides and ferrite devices devoting an entire chapter to the Smith chart and its applications Discusses different types of microwave components antennas tubes transistors diodes and parametric devices Examines various attributes of cavity resonators semiconductor and RF/microwave devices and microwave integrated circuits Addresses scattering parameters and their properties as well as planar structures including striplines and microstrips Considers the limitations of conventional tubes behavior of charged particles in different fields and the concept of velocity modulation Based on the author’s own class notes Microwave Engineering: Concepts and Fundamentals consists of 16 chapters featuring homework problems references and numerical examples. PowerPoint® slides and MATLAB®-based solutions are available with qualifying course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072428

Microwave Heating as a Tool for Sustainable Chemistry Shorter reaction times higher product yields and enhanced selectivity are some of the advantages microwave heating has over conventional methods causing its use to transition from a curiosity to mainstream both in industrial and academic settings. Microwave Heating as a Tool for Sustainable Chemistry showcases the application of microwave heating in a number of areas of preparative chemistry as well as in the biosciences. From organic chemistry to materials and biological applications The book begins with an introduction to microwave heating the physical concepts behind it its application in synthetic chemistry and commercially available microwave equipment. It shows how microwave heating can be used to facilitate the clean and sustainable synthesis of organic compounds. The authors examine microwave heating as a tool for sustainable polymer chemistry with discussions of the use of alternative solvents and feedstocks the design of degradable polymeric materials and recycling polymers. They then discuss the significant contribution made by microwave-promoted synthesis in the drug discovery process with a focus on how the technology has been used to generate discovery chemistry libraries and as a tool for medicinal chemists. Other topics examined in this application-driven text include the use of microwave heating in the preparation of inorganic and organometallic compounds in the production of inorganic materials and in the area of biosciences. Academic and industrial settings The book examines the scale-up of microwave-promoted chemistry and describes the various approaches and the current commercially available microwave reactors available for scale-up. It also discusses microwave heating as a tool for teaching in the undergraduate organic chemistry laboratory. It explores curriculum the broad range of reactions that can be performed and the incorporation of green chemistry principles. The author maintains a website with supplemental information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138111981

Microwave Integrated Circuit Components Design through MATLAB® MICROWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT COMPONENTS DESIGN THROUGH MATLAB® This book teaches the student community microwave integrated circuit component design through MATLAB® helping the reader to become conversant in using codes and thereafter commercial software for verification purposes only. Microwave circuit theory and its comparisons transmission line networks S-parameters ABCD parameters basic design parameters of planar transmission lines (striplines microstrips slot lines coplanar waveguides finlines) filter theory Smith chart inverted Smith chart stability circles noise figure circles and microwave components are thoroughly explained in the book. The chapters are planned in such a way that readers get a thorough understanding to ensure expertise in design. Aimed at senior undergraduates graduates and researchers in electrical engineering electromagnetics microwave circuit design and communications engineering this book: • Explains basic tools for design and analysis of microwave circuits such as the Smith chart and network parameters • Gives the advantage of realizing the output without wiring the circuit by simulating through MATLAB code • Compares distributed theory with network theory • Includes microwave components filters and amplifiers S. Raghavan was a Senior Professor (HAG) in the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering National Institute of Technology (NIT) Trichy India and has 39 years of teaching and research experience at the Institute. His interests include: microwave integrated circuits RF MEMS Bio MEMS metamaterial frequency selective surfaces (FSS) substrate integrated waveguides (SIW) biomedical engineering and microwave engineering. He has established state-of-the-art MICs and microwave research laboratories at NIT Trichy with funding from the Indian government. He is a Fellow/Senior Member in more than 24 professional societies including: IEEE (MTT EMBS APS) IETE IEI CSI TSI ISSS ILA and ISOI. He is twice a recipient of the Best Teacher Award and has received the Life Time Achievement Award Distinguished Professor of Microwave Integrated Circuit Award and Best Researcher Award. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367243128

Microwave Photonics Microwave photonics continues to see rapid growth. The integration of optical fiber and wireless networks has become a commercial reality and is becoming increasingly pervasive. Such hybrid technology will lead to many innovative applications including backhaul solutions for mobile networks and ultrabroadband wireless networks that can provide users with very high bandwidth services. Microwave Photonics Second Edition systematically introduces important technologies and applications in this emerging field. It also reviews recent advances in micro- and millimeter-wavelength and terahertz-frequency systems. The book features contributions by leading international researchers many of whom are pioneers in the field. They examine wave generation measurement detection control and propagation in detail as well as the devices and components that enable ultrawide-band and ultrafast transmission switching and signal processing. These devices and components include optical-controlled microwave devices optical transmitters receivers switching devices detectors and modulators. The book explores the theory techniques and technologies that are fueling applications such as radio-over-fiber injection-locked semiconductor lasers and terahertz photonics. Throughout the contributors share insights on overcoming current limitations and on potential developments. What’s New in This Edition Two new chapters on fiber Bragg gratings for microwave photonics applications and ultrawide-band sub-THz photonic wireless links Updates throughout reflecting advances in the field New illustrations in each chapter Fully illustrated with more than 300 figures and tables this book offers a detailed wide-ranging overview of the current state and future directions of this burgeoning technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466502864

Microwave Propagation and Remote SensingAtmospheric Influences with Models and Applications Because prevailing atmospheric/troposcopic conditions greatly influence radio wave propagation above 10 GHz the unguided propagation of microwaves in the neutral atmosphere can directly impact many vital applications in science and engineering. These include transmission of intelligence and radar and radiometric applications used to probe the atmosphere among others. Where most books address either one or the other Microwave Propagation and Remote Sensing: Atmospheric Influences with Models and Applications melds coverage of these two subjects to help readers develop solutions to the problems they present. This reference offers a brief elementary account of microwave propagation through the atmosphere and discusses radiometric applications in the microwave band used to characterize and model atmospheric constituents which is also known as remote sensing. Summarizing the latest research results in the field as well as radiometric models and measurement methods this book covers topics including: Free space propagation Reflection interference polarization and other key aspects of electromagnetic wave propagation Radio refraction and its effects on propagation delay Methodology of estimating water vapor attenuation using radiosonde data Knowledge of rain structures and use of climatological patterns to estimate/measure attenuation of rain snow fog and other prevalent atmospheric particles and human-made substances Dual/multifrequency methodology to deal with the influence of clouds on radiometric attenuation Deployment of microwaves to ascertain various tropospheric conditions Composition and characteristics of the troposphere to help readers fully understand microwave propagation Derived parameters of water free space propagation and conditions and variable constituents such as water vapor and vapor pressure density and ray bending Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076433

Microwave Radiometry and Remote Sensing of the Earth's Surface and Atmosphere This book contains a selection of refereed papers presented at the 6 Specialist Meeting on Microwave Radiometry and Remote Sensing of the Environment held in Florence Italy on March 15-18 1999. Over the last two decades passive microwave remote sensing has made considerable progress and has achieved significant results in the study of the Earth's surface and atmosphere. Many years of observations with ground-based and satellite-borne sensors have made an important contribution to improving our knowledge of many geophysical processes of the Earth's environment and of global changes. The evolution in microwave radiometers aboard satellites has increased steadily over recent years. At the same time many investigations have been carried out both to improve the algorithms for the retrieval of geophysical parameters and to develop new technologies. The book is divided into four main sections: three of these are devoted to the observation of the Earth's surface and atmosphere and the fourth to future missions and new technologies. The first section deals with the study of sea and land surfaces and reports recent advances in remote sensing of ocean wind sea ice soil moisture and vegetation biomass including electromagnetic modelling and the assimilation of radiometric data in models of land surface processes. The following two sections are devoted to the measurement of atmospheric quantities which are of fundamental importance in climatology and meteorology and since they influence radio-wave propagation they also impact on several other fields including geodesy navigational satellite and radioastronomy. The last section presents an overview of new technologies and plans for future missions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447441

Microwave-Assisted Concrete TechnologyProduction Demolition and Recycling Microwave Technology: A Powerful Technique The first book to combine microwave-assisted heating technology and concrete technology (covering production demolition and recycling) Microwave-Assisted Concrete Technology: Production Demolition and Recycling explains the underlying concepts and fundamentals involved in the microwave-assisted heating of concrete. While most books on microwave heating focus on the behavior of microwaves this text centers on the response of materials subjected to microwaves and specifically concentrates on materials used in the concrete industry. A ready reference for the design of microwave-based equipment the book describes how microwave-assisted heating technology may be harnessed in the production demolition and recycling of concrete. It covers microwave-assisted applications the design concepts of microwave heating systems (generators and applicators) used in microwave-assisted concrete-processing methods and process control techniques used to monitor the condition of concrete during the heating process. Learn How to use the Microwave-Assisted Heating Process for Industry The book is written from the perspective of modern practitioners in the construction industry and addresses the technological scientific and environmental issues involved in replacing conventional approaches with microwave heating. The authors categorize the applications of microwave heating in concrete technology into three areas: microwave-assisted accelerated curing of concrete microwave-assisted selective demolition and drilling of concrete and the microwave-assisted recycling of concrete. They discuss sustainability and the environmental impact of incorporating sustainable concrete production demolition and recycling using microwave-assisted heating technologies and environmentally friendly microwave heating applications. This text covers: The basics of concrete-microwave field interactions Microwave-assisted concrete technologies for use in the production demolition and recycling of concrete as well as the control mechanisms required to ensure the efficiency of these methods The design of microwave heating applicators Microwave-Assisted Concrete Technology: Production Demolition and Recycling does not require a familiarity with electromagnetism science and can be easily understood by civil engineers as well as by readers with little or no engineering background. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748897

Microwave-Assisted Organic SynthesisA Green Chemical Approach The large-scale production of chemicals to meet various societal needs has created environmental pollution including pollution from byproducts and improper disposal of waste. With the world facing adverse consequences due to this pollution green chemistry is increasingly being viewed as a means to address this concern. Since most organic syntheses require toxic solvents more reaction time and drastic conditions of temperature conventional methods of organic synthesis are less preferred. Microwave-assisted organic synthesis is considered to be a promising green chemical approach because it reduces reaction time from days or hours to minutes or even seconds and has many other advantages. It helps reduce side reactions and increase yields uses fewer solvents or is almost solvent-free has solid supported reactions and improves purity. This book’s main focus is microwave-assisted organic synthesis processes particularly various reactions such as cycloaddition rearrangement elimination substitution oxidation reduction condensation coupling polymerization nanomaterials synthesis of heterocycles and industrial applications under microwave irradiation. The time is not far off when this methodology will virtually replace existing and cumbersome methods of organic synthesis. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880398

Microwave-Mediated Biofuel Production This book focuses on chemical syntheses and processes for biofuel production mediated by microwave energy. This is the first contribution in this area serving as a resource and guidance manual for understanding the principles mechanisms design and applications of microwaves in biofuel process chemistry. Green chemistry of microwave-mediated biofuel reactions and thermodynamic potentials for the process biochemistry are the focus of this book. Microwave generation wave propagation process design development and configurations and biofuel applications are discussed in detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498745154

Mid and Late Career IssuesAn Integrative Perspective This new book looks at the unique career issues faced by those workers in their mid and late career stages particularly with regard to the psychosocial dynamics of mid and late careers. With the growth in aging workers worldwide we need a deeper understanding of the unique challenges and issues as well as the practical implications related to the shifting demographics to an older workforce particularly the aging of the baby boom generation. This book reviews summarizes and integrates the literature on a wide variety of issues and organizational realities related to these workers. Numerous case studies based on one-on-one interviews with older workers and recent retirees provides illustrative examples of the key concepts discussed in each chapter. Students researchers and professionals in industrial organizational psychology human resource management developmental psychology vocational psychology and gerontology will find this authoritative book of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865511

Mid-Career DevelopmentResearch perspectives on a developmental community for senior administrators Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1970 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863750

Mid-Century Modernism in TurkeyArchitecture Across Cultures in the 1950s and 1960s Mid-Century Modernism in Turkey studies the unfolding of modern architecture in Turkey during the 1950s and 1960s. The book brings together scholars who have carried out extensive research on post-WWII modernism in a global context. The authors situate Turkish architectural case studies within an international framework during this period providing a close reading of how architectural culture responded to ubiquitous post-war ideas and ideals and how it became intertwined with politics of modernization and urbanization. This book contributes to contemporary scholarship to reconsider post-war architecture beyond canonical explanations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104341

Middle Age Middle age for many marks a key period for a radical reappraisal of one's life and way of living. The sense of time running out both from the perspective that one's life has ground to a halt and from the point of view of the greater closeness of death and the sense of loneliness engendered by the compromised and wasteful nature of life become ever clearer in mid-life and can lead to a period of dramatic self doubt.In this book the philosopher Christopher Hamilton (early 40s) explores the moods emotions and experiences of middle age in the contemporary world seeking to describe and analyze that period of life philosophically. Hamilton draws on his own personal experiences of turning 40 as well as a wide range of sources - from the philosophical writings of Schopenhauer Nietzsche Hegel Heidegger to the literature of Tolstoy Dostoevsky Conrad and the films of Woody Allen - to offer us a philosophy of middle age.Some of the many fascinating themes explored include the strong sense of nostalgia experienced in mid-life of loss for one's youth and of regret the sense that life has become boring the recognition that one can never fully escape feelings of guilt and - central to the experience of middle age - the question of what is the point of going on at all. In the light of the 'melancholy wisdom' of mid-life Hamilton suggests that pleasure becomes much more important than at previous stages of life and he shows that the enjoyment of pleasure can be something noble.Insightful entertaining and thought-provoking "Middle Age" is fascinating reading and for anyone heading for a 'mid-life crisis' it is much cheaper than buying a sports car. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152779

Middle American Terranes Potential Correlatives and Orogenic Processes Consisting of papers that have appeared recently in International Geology Review Middle American Terranes Potential Correlatives and Orogenic Processes focuses on Middle American terranes in which tectonic processes including flat-slab subduction for orogenic development are examined at various times since the late Mesoproterozoic: at 1 Ga through the Paleozoic and into the Cenozoic. Many papers relate the evolution of the Middle American terranes over the past billion years to global scale events and a second theme running through the book relates to the supercontinents Rodinia and Pangea the geometry of their amalgamation and breakup and the processes responsible. Highlights include: ·       An update on the geographic record tectonic setting and provenance of these terranes ·       Documentation of allocthonous nature and position peripheral to Amazonia of the ~1 Ga basement of southern Mexico ·       Data demonstrating that the basement rocks were involved in several Phanerozoic tectonic events ·       An examination of new evidence of a Late Paleozoic event associated with the amalgamation of Pangea overprinting the ~1 Ga basement and the Paleozoic units lying chiefly to the west and south of it ·       An exploration of the following potential correlatives: (1) events in Europe on the northern margin of Gondwana; (2) the Late Silurian-Devonian Acadian orogeny in the Appalachian which is inferred to have resulted from flat-slab subduction related to overriding a plume; and (3) Mesozoic-Cenozoic events along the western margin of Laurentia ·       A discussion of possible mechanisms for the initiation of orogeny flat-slab subduction in the Laramide orogeny and hypotheses relating to the amalgamation and breakup of supercontine Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452667

Middle Class Civil Society and Democracy in Asia This book offers a timely analysis of the tripartite links between the middle class civil society and democratic experiences in Northeast and Southeast Asia. It aims to go beyond the two popular theoretical propositions in current democratic theory which emphasise the bilateral connections between the middle class and democracy on one hand and civil society and democracy on the other. Instead using national case studies this volume attempts to provide a new comparative typological interpretation of the triple relationship in Taiwan South Korea the Philippines Indonesia and Thailand. Presenting a careful analysis and delineation of historical democratic transformation over the past thirty years three discernible typologies emerge. Namely there are positive links in Taiwan and South Korea dubious links in the Philippines and Indonesia and negative links in Thailand. Middle Class Civil Society and Democracy in Asia will be of interest to students and scholars of Asian politics and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894641

Middle Class and Welfare StateMaking Sense of an Ambivalent Relationship This book examines the relationship between the middle class and the welfare state. Taking an interpretive approach which understands the middle class as a socially constructed category it combines discourse analysis welfare state theory and interpretive policy analysis in an innovative way to investigate how the middle class becomes a meaningful object of public debates and policymaking. Comparing Germany Sweden and the United Kingdom the book reconstructs the prevalent images and meanings of the middle class from each country’s public debates and tracks how the middle classes with their various meanings and characteristics are entangled with the identification of societal problems the articulation of political demands and the construction of welfare policies. Ultimately it shows how the formation and consolidation of different welfare regimes can be interpreted as specific ways of solving the puzzle of how to incorporate the middle class in the construction of a welfare state consensus. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of comparative welfare state research policy analysis political sociology political theory and European and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322373

Middle Class Families As increased access to employment and educational opportunities brought dramatic changes to women's lives sociologists began to look at the effect of women's changing roles on their children and families. Based on empirical investigations and personal experience the studies included in The Sociology of Gender and the Family set of the International Library of Sociology set out to establish patterns and regularities in social behaviour and to understand the social roles of kinship groups mothers wives children and the elderly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862561

Middle Class Meltdown in AmericaCauses Consequences and Remedies In accessible prose for North American undergraduate students this short text provides a sociological understanding of the causes and consequences of growing middle class inequality with an abundance of supporting empirical data.  The book also addresses what we as individuals and as a society can do to put middle class Americans on a sounder footing.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709521

Middle East and AfricaInternational Dictionary of Historic Places First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315073842

Middle East and North AfricaGovernance Democratization Human Rights This collection contains articles by highly regarded scholars assessing governance democratisation and human rights in the contemporary Middle East and North Africa. It also assesses the role that Islam plays in these areas. In the spirit of the 50th anniversary year of the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights the authors examine the interrelationships among Islam politics and human rights and evaluate each country’s contemporary record. The book contains in-depth articles on Islam and politics Syria Iraq Jordan Israel the West Bank and Gaza the Gulf States Turkey Egypt and the Maghreb (Morocco Algeria Tunisia Libya and Mauritania). The authors discuss recent political developments in each of these countries and point out their accomplishments and shortcomings in the area of human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268913

Middle East and North African Immigrants in EuropeCurrent Impact; Local and National Responses Fourteen specialists from across the European Union discuss current issues regarding Middle Eastern and North African immigrants in Europe focusing on topics such as immigration legislation assimilation integration multiculturalism community formation citizenship political participation and religious and cultural identities.This book was previously published as a special issue of the journal Immigrants and Minorities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203329252

Middle East AvenueFemale Migration From Sri Lanka To The Gulf Contributing to the literature on labor migration from less developed countries to the Gulf states Middle East Avenue focuses on the case of Sri Lanka's large-scale exportation of its poorest women to serve as housemaids in private Arab homes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161361

Middle East Contemporary Survey Volume X 1986 Middle East Contemporary Survey is an annual record and analysis of political economic military and international developments in the Middle East. Designed to be an up-to-date reference it examines the rapidly changing Middle Eastern scene in all its complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153113

Middle East Contemporary Survey Volume Xi 1987 Established in 1977 the Middle East Contemporary Survey (MECS) a unique annual record of political developments in the Middle East is acknowledged as the standard reference work on events and trends in the region. Designed to be a continuing up-to-date reference for scholars researchers and analysts policymakers students and journalists it examines in considerable detail the rapidly changing Middle Eastern scene in all its complexity. In each volume the material is arranged in two parts. The first contains a series of essays on broad regional issues and on the overall relations of the region with other parts of the world. The second consists of country-by-country surveys of all the Arab states as well as Turkey Israel and Iran. The accent in the second part is on elucidating the inner dynamics of each country's polity and society. In a work of this kind the events of the past year inevitably dictate the major themes of each volume. The topics discussed in Volume XI which covers the year 1987 include: • The collapse of the Israeli-Jordanian "London agreement"; • The outbreak of the Palestinian uprising; • The complications of glasnost for the Middle East; • The continuation of the Gulf War; • The lingering stalemate in Lebanon. While surveying and analyzing these and other developments this volume also explains why they did not amount and lead to substantive change in the patterns of Middle Eastern politics. Maps tables and a detailed index accompany the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429032974

Middle East Contemporary Survey Volume Xii 1988 Middle East Contemporary Survey is an annual record and analysis of political economic military and international developments in the Middle East. Designed to be an up-to-date reference it examines the rapidly changing Middle Eastern scene in all its complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153656

Middle East Oil Crises Since 1973 This book addresses the economic and financial disturbances in the consuming countries and friction and tensions among the Western allies. It provides an analysis of possible solutions to the energy problem. It is useful for professionals in the petroleum industry and the Middle East in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155834

Middle East PatternsPlaces People and Politics This book covers the Middle East from a topical or systematic perspective focusing on the states of the Gulf and southern Arabian Peninsula. It includes the dramatic developments in the Arab world across North Africa and in the heart of the Middle East since late 2010 termed as the "Arab Spring.". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319977

Middle East Peace Plans Bringing peace to the Middle East and in particular resolving the Arab-Israeli conflict is one of the perennial and seemingly impossible tasks of world diplomacy. Many different peace plans have been put forward by different countries; but still there has been no breakthrough. This book first published in 1986 examines the different peace plans for the Middle East. It discusses the particular items proposed at the time examines how the plans were put forward and shows how they got bogged down. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657199

Middle East Politics and International RelationsCrisis Zone The contemporary Middle East has been defined by political crises and conflict. The interplay of internal and external factors have set the region on a path of turmoil and crisis with devastating outcomes for its people. The absence of political accountability and representation and policies pursued by the United States to keep US-friendly regimes in power have been two key factors that have contributed to the seemingly insoluble Middle East politics. This book provides a detailed exploration of the forces internal and external that have shaped today’s Middle East. The book follows a chronological order and provides context to major political milestones. Topics explored include: • Imperialism in the Middle East • The formation of the State of Israel • The Arab–Israeli wars • Palestinian politics and the failure of the ‘peace process’ • The Iranian Revolution and pan-Shi’ism • Superpowers in the Middle East • The US-led ‘War on Terror’ • The Arab uprisings • The Syrian War and the rise of the ‘Islamic State’ • US–Iran relations This study puts recent developments in historical context and will serve as a core reference tool for students and researchers of Middle Eastern Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056268

Middle East PoliticsChanging Dynamics Aimed at undergraduate-level courses this brand-new textbook provides an overview of Middle Eastern politics offering in-depth examination of the forces of stability change uncertainty and progress in the region. Building on both historical and contemporary analysis the chapters are timely engaging and provocative covering topics such as: Turmoil and transition in Middle Eastern politics The Arab-Israeli conflict The Persian Gulf and global security The rise of the internet Terrorism and the Islamic State US-Iran relations The role of new regional players such as China India and Russia Increasing investment in wind and solar energy in the post-carbon era. Providing a unique perspective on the major themes and current state of knowledge about the region this new textbook will be invaluable to students of Middle Eastern politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182847

Middle East PoliticsThe Military Dimension This book is conceived as an inquiry into the causes and consequences of military intervention in the postwar politics of the Middle East. It provides an informative and fully documented study of the whole interplay of domestic regional and international politics in the postwar Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170776

Middle East Research Institute Reports (Routledge Revivals)Israel Turkey Iran Egypt United Arab Emirates and Kuwait First published in 1985 the Middle East Research Institute (MERI) Reports on the Middle East quickly established themselves as the most authoritative and up-to-date information on the state of affairs in the region. The books provide vital analysis of the political and economic issues affecting the countries involved at the time. This reissue set covers topics including political structure risks to stability planning and public policy finance defence and agriculture in Israel Turkey Iran Egypt United Arab Emirates and Kuwait. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315697062

Middle East Research Institute Reports (Routledge Revivals)Israel Turkey Iran Egypt United Arab Emirates and Kuwait First published in 1985 the Middle East Research Institute (MERI) Reports on the Middle East quickly established themselves as the most authoritative and up-to-date information on the state of affairs in the region. The books provide vital analysis of the political and economic issues affecting the countries involved at the time. This reissue set covers topics including political structure risks to stability planning and public policy finance defence and agriculture in Israel Turkey Iran Egypt United Arab Emirates and Kuwait. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902886

Middle East SourcesA MELCOM Guide to Middle Eastern and Islamic Books and Materials in the United Kingdom and Irish Libraries Middle East Sources provides an invaluable resource for the busy librarian student or scholar with Middle Eastern interests. It aims to guide readers to the major collections of books and other materials on the subject in the UK and Ireland as well as to some lesser known but nonetheless interesting collections in smaller libraries. Entries are fully up to date and include information on addresses (including telephone fax and e-mail details) brief descriptions of collections held along with references to relevant catalogue material and other directories.The guide also highlights the extent of collections and gives help in accessing. The MELCOM Area Specialisation Scheme (MASS) designation of the collections is also included where relevant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981041

Middle Eastern Belongings This book features chapters that examine the various ways of belonging in the Middle East. Belonging can mean fitting in feeling at home feeling a part; this kind of belonging is profoundly social. Belongings can be possessions objects closely associated with one’s deepest notions of identity. Both kinds of belongings pertain to people and the kindreds ethnic groups and nations (and/or states) they call their own. Belongings of both kinds are more often than not emplaced and territorialized. All of the chapters treat Middle Eastern collectivities as sites of anguished cultural projects. All use metaphor: national territory as woman national resolve as cactus and so on. None is reductionistic; belonging is rendered in its complexity with its agonies as well as its joys. All could be identified with a growing genre of work on belonging. At the heart of each are the bonds that comprise belonging. Each one conveys both belonging’s messiness and its joys and touches as much as it argues and elaborates. This book was published as a special issue of Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848961

Middle Eastern MinoritiesThe Impact of the Arab Spring This is a comprehensive survey of minorities in the Middle East with a special focus on the post Arab Spring era. Minority communities in the Middle East are the most susceptible to the turbulence engulfing the region; the majority may suffer physical violence and socioeconomic loss but minorities could potentially vanish. Instead of ushering in democracy and inclusive politics the revolutionary upheavals have prompted chaos and fear and reinforced the resurgence of Islamic fundamentalism throughout the region. Zabad uses historical sources as well as first-hand interviews to vividly describe the current status of minorities in the Middle East explaining attitudes towards the revolutionary upheavals as well as the various strategies they used to avail themselves of the opportunities presented and to confront the risks posed. The question of ethnic sectarian and religious minorities is situated in the context of the broader history of the region in order to explain the underlying institutional and ideological factors that caused their predicament and problematized their relationship with the majority.The book providesa rich trove of information and insights generated from ten case studies that covered the Shī‘a in Saudi Arabia Bahrain Lebanon and Egypt the Druze the Alawites Christians and Kurds in Syria the Copts in Egypt and the Zaydis in Yemen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264673

Middle Eastern MonarchiesIngroup Identity and Foreign Policy Making The monograph explores the dynamics of ingroup identity in the foreign policy-making of Middle Eastern monarchies from the evolution of the regional system after the World Wars until the present. Utilising an innovative theoretical framework that combines Foreign Policy Analysis in the context of authoritarian regimes and Social Identity Theory the book theorizes the origins and inner workings of a "monarchic peace" among hereditary regimes in the Middle East including the Gulf monarchies as well as Jordan and Morocco. While the phenomenon of the "democratic peace" is well established in political science this book argues that like the examined "monarchic peace" it is in fact a sub-case of a broader Similar Political Systems Peace (SPSP). The theory posits that monarchies do not wage war against each other because they recognize each other as members of the same "ingroup" which allows for other mechanisms of conflict resolution – behaviour that is allowed against outsiders might be prohibited against members of the same club or "family". The theory is illustrated with numerous case studies that look at overall regional dynamics as well as four crucial cases of monarchic interstate conflict: Bahraini-Qatari relations the Saudi-Hashemite rivalry and the relations between Kuwait and Iraq and Iran and the UAE. This in-depth account of the foreign policies and community connecting Middle Eastern monarchies will be of interest to readers in international relations authoritarianism studies Middle East and Persian Gulf politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443160

Middle Eastern Security the US Pivot and the Rise of ISIS To mark the tenth anniversary of The IISS Manama Dialogue process and to capitalise on the new light it has shed on security issues in the Gulf and the wider Middle East this Adelphi brings together the results of two workshops held by the IISS in its Middle East office in Manama. Featuring essays by nine IISS analysts and a number of outside experts the book examines the most important geostrategic issues in the region including the myriad security challenges it faces. These interlinked papers focus in particular on the regional ramifications of the civil war in Syria and the effects of the United States changing posture in the Middle East. The aim of the Adelphi is to both highlight and develop the ongoing discussions and debates about Gulf security that have taken place in the Manama Dialogue over the previous decade and that will continue to do so over the next ten years. As such it capitalises on the IISS’s global reputation not only as the world leader in convening para-diplomatic events but also as a provider of the best possible objective information and analysis on global military and political developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907782

Middle Eastern ThemesPapers in History and Politics This volume first published in 1973 brings together a wide range of Professor Landau’s work on recent Middle Eastern history and politics reflecting the breadth of the author’s concern and research. The first section deals with aspects of political organisation in the Middle East largely Egypt towards the end of the nineteenth century. A little-known plan of the Islamic reformer al-Afghani is discussed showing him in a rather more political light than the religious haze which normally surrounds this pan-Islamic campaigner. The role of the influential secret societies in modern Egypt is outlined and the politics behind the fluctuations in the degree of responsibility allowed to Egyptian ministers is examined. This section is concluded by a chapter on two proposals for the establishment of a Jewish homeland in the Sudan in the early days of Zionism throwing interesting light on the differing aims of early Zionists and alternative historical paths that might have been taken. The second section of the book contains studies on the Jewish situation in nineteenth-century Egypt focusing on their position within the larger Muslim society and on socio-economic factors as well as on the career of James Sanua (‘Abu Naddara’) an Egyptian Jew who played a prominent part in nationalist agitation. The two final parts of the book turn to recent and contemporary electoral politics in the Middle East with special attention being paid to the political leadership and voting behaviour of the Arabs in Israel. Other studies deal with elections in Lebanon and Turkey and the final chapter analyses the militant right-wing elements in the Turkish political spectrum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922013

Middle EastGeography and Geopolitics Middle East is a lively and much-needed update of a well-respected work. Based on W. B. Fisher's book of the same name published in 1978 Anderson provides a comprehensive account of the physical geography which has been so instrumental to the make-up of the geopolitics of the region. The book also covers the sociology religion society and economy of the region. With comprehensive illustrations and maps it provides an excellent synopsis and critique of the complexities which have made this an intriguing and important regional geographical study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180277

Middle English Literature First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440067

Middle English LiteratureA Critical Study of the Romances the Religious Lyrics and Piers Plowman Originally published in 1951 Middle English Literature applies methods of literary evaluation to certain Middle English works. Arguing that previous literary criticism has largely focused on the commentary of their historical social philological and religious content the book suggests that it has led to a thinking that Middle English literature is without artistic value and therefore cannot be compared effectively with later works of the fourteenth and fifteenth century. While traditional analysis has been beneficial to scientific and historical findings this text seeks to look deeper into the artistic merits of the works and the authors that wrote them arguing that the authors of these Middle English texts wrote with the same motivations and experiences of these later authors which in turn informed the artistic basis of these Middle English works. The book looks at Middle English texts through three main areas: the Metrical Romances the Religious Lyrics and Piers Plowman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187293

Middle English ProseEssays on Bibliographical Problems Originally published in 1981 Middle English Prose is an edited collection providing an index of research and scholarship on Middle English prose. The book is split into specific thematic areas of scholarship covering such areas as editorial technique and middle English mystical prose as well as focusing more in detail on specific prose such as Nicholas Love’s Myrrour of the Blessed Lyf of Jesu Christ. Each chapter contains a collection of useful sources and an editorial analysis and description on each source. Even today this will provide a useful and valuable resource for researchers of the medieval period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248451

Middle Kingdom 2 Vol Set Published in the year 2006 Middle Kingdom 2 Vol Set is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Science and Anthropology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203040935

Middle Kingdom Vol 1 First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862835

Middle Kingdom Vol 2 First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862828

Middle Leadership in SchoolsA Practical Guide for Leading Learning Middle leading refers to those teachers that both teach and have leadership roles and thus can bridge the gap between the practices of learning and the managemant of schooling. Focusing on the practices of middle leaders this book addresses the current lack of support and professional development for middle leaders in educational settings. Middle Leadership in Schools positions middle leaders as professional leaders and an integral part of educational and professional development in schools and other educational institutions. Drawing on empirical research spanning four countries this book provides readers with a conceptual framework to understand middle leading and shows how middle leading practices unfold in real educational contexts. This is a valuable resource that goes beyond a theoretical conversation about middle leaders to provide readers with practical applications based on extensive research undertaken by the authors. The book is divided into seven chapters each of which include reflective discussion questions and recommended readings to promote collaborative engagement with the text. Chapters cover topics such as how middle leading is shaped in practice its role in professional development and its impact on schools. Illustrating to middle leaders how they can develop their leadership skills the book will also be of interest to school principals and other senior leaders as a guide to supporting their middle leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367460006

Middle Management in ActionPractical Approaches to School Improvement This book covers all aspects of the roles and responsibilities of middle managers in all types of schools and is divided into two parts. Part 1 is based on all the elements contained in the National Standards for Subject Leaders published by the Teacher Training Agency. Part 2 complements this covering the practical aspects including checklists and training exercises for the professional development of middle managers and their teams. By covering the generic issues of middle management the book can be used in primary secondary and special schools by heads of department subject coordinators and by those aspiring to such positions.Senior managers should find value in the book in establishing agreed roles for their middle managers and for use in school-based in-service training. The scarcity of existing publications in the area of middle management in schools means that the book should also be of value to others involved in the training and development of existing and aspiring middle managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421295

Middle Managers In Europe Based on research on the European Human Capital and Mobility Programme this book provides an overview of the evolution of middle management in Europe including: * comparative analysis of their changing role * analysis of the evolution of managerial practices * a study of the consequences of Quality Management on middle managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995840

Middle Power StatecraftIndonesia Malaysia and the Asia-Pacific Jonathan Ping's volume establishes a unifying theory for the concept of middle power (MP). MPs are states which have an innate form of statecraft and perceived power as a result of their size. The book presents hybridization theory as a basis for analysis policy development and prediction of MP statecraft and perceived power. A prerequisite to the founding of hybridization theory is the new statistical method of definition which identifies sixteen MPs of Asia and the Pacific. The volume takes a comparative focus on Indonesia and Malaysia to inform and test hybridization theory as well as to provide a historical analysis of Southeast Asia from a statecraft and perceived power perspective. It offers researchers and scholars of international relations and international political economy a theory that can be applied to the practical study of all middle sized states while middle sized states can apply the same theory to enhance their own ability to (re)create their state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390527

Middle School English Teacher's Guide to Active Learning This book will show you how you can: - foster reflective independent thinking in your class - boost the number of students who actively participate - prevent the discussions from falling flat or degenerating into "bull sessions" This volume features 20 student-centered lesson plans and includes answer keys for teachers. Each lesson plan engages students in active learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439818

Middle School MakeoverImproving the Way You and Your Child Experience the Middle School Years Middle School Makeover is a guide for parents and educators to help the tweens in their lives navigate the socially fraught hallways gyms and cafeterias of middle school. The book helps parents teachers and other adults in middle school settings to understand the social dilemmas and other issues that kids today face. Author Michelle Icard covers a large range of topics beginning with helping us understand what is happening in the brains of tweens and how these neurological development affects decision-making and questions around identity. She also addresses social media dating and peer exclusion. Using both recent research and her personal extensive experience working with middle-school-aged kids and their parents Icard offers readers concrete and practical advice for guiding children through this chaotic developmental stage while also building their confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134976

Middlebrow Cinema Middlebrow Cinema challenges an often uninterrogated hostility to middlebrow culture that frequently dismisses it as conservative which it often is not and feminized or middle-class which it often is. The volume defines the term relationally against shifting concepts of ‘high’ and ‘low’ and considers its deployment in connection with text audience and institution. In exploring the concept of the middlebrow this book recovers films that were widely meaningful to contemporary audiences yet sometimes overlooked by critics interested in popular and arthouse extremes. It also addresses the question of socially-mobile audiences who might express their aspirations through film-watching; and traces the cultural consequences of the movement of films across borders and between institutions. The first study of its kind the volume comprises 11 original essays that test the purchase of the term ‘middlebrow’ across cultures including those of Europe Asia and the Americas from the 1930s to the present day. Middlebrow Cinema brings into view a popular and aspirational - and thus especially relevant and dynamic - area of film and film culture. Ideal for students and researchers in this area this book: Remaps ‘Popular’ and ‘arthouse’ approaches Explores British Chinese French Indian Mexican Spanish ‘national’ cinemas alongside Continental Hollywood Queer Transnational cinemas Analyses Biopic Heritage Historical Film Melodrama Musical Sex Comedy genres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777132

Middlebrow WodehouseP.G. Wodehouse's Work in Context While he is best known for his Jeeves and Bertie Wooster stories P.G. Wodehouse was a prolific writer who penned many other novels stories and musical comedy libretti the latter of which played an enormous role in the development of American musical theater. This collection re-examines Wodehouse in the context of recent scholarship on the middlebrow attending to his self-conscious relationship to the literary marketplace and his role in moving musical comedy away from vaudeville’s lowbrow associations towards the sophistication of the Wodehouse style. The focus on the middlebrow creates a critical context for serious critical consideration of Wodehouse’s linguistic playfulness and his depictions of social class within England. The contributors explore Wodehouse’s fiction and libretti in reference to philosophy depictions of masculinity World War I Britain the periodical market ideas of Englishness and cultural phenomena such as men’s fashion food culture and popular songwriting. Taken together the essays draw attention to the arbitrary divide between high- and middlebrow culture and make a case for Wodehouse as a writer whose games with language are in keeping with modernist experimentation with artistic expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346744

Middle-class School Choice in Urban SpacesThe economics of public schooling and globalized education reform Middle-class School Choice in Urban Spaces examines government-funded public schools from a range of perspectives and scholarship in order to examine the historical political and economic conditions of public schooling within a globalized post-welfare context. In this book Rowe argues that post-welfare policy conditions are detrimental to government-funded public schools as they engender consistent pressure in rearticulating the public school in alignment with the market produce tensions in serving the more historical conceptualizations of public schooling and are preoccupied by contemporary profit-driven concerns. Chapters focus on public schooling from different global perspectives with examples from Chile and the US to examine how various social movements encapsulate ideologies around public schooling. Rowe also draws upon a rich five-year ethnographic study of campaigns lobbying the Victorian State Government in Australia for a brand-new local-specific public school. Critical attention is paid to the public school as a means to achieve empowerment and overcome discrimination and both a local and global lens are used to identify how parents choose the public school the values they attach to it and the strategies they use to obtain it. Also considered however are how quality gaps distances and differences between public schools threaten to undermine the democracy of education as a means for individuals to be socially mobile and escape poverty. This book makes an important contribution to our understanding of global social movements and activism around public education. As such it will be of key interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the field of education specifically those working on school choice class and identity as well as educational geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613713

Middle-Class Values in India and Western Europe Middle-class Values in India and Western Europe discusses the distinctive attributes of the middle classes in France Germany and India. The construction of new norms of respectability is a universal feature of the middles classes though their rhetoric has varied in different societies. Drawing on historical experiences in both western Europe and colonial India the contributors to this volume try to understand the common inheritance of these newly emerging middle classes and the social and political impact they have had on their societies of origin. Each study is based on detailed research and combines both theoretical and empirical material. The book is divide into three sections. The first section ‘The Rise of the Middle Class in India and Western Europe’ has three chapters and they dwell on the middle class and secularization; the middle classes in twentieth-century India; and the values of the middle classes in Germany. The second section ‘Class Formation in the Twentieth Century’ contains four essays which discuss the character of the Indian middle class; middle-class values and the creation of a civil society; the ‘Grand Ecoles’ in France; and the changing social structure of the German society and the transformation of the German bourgeois culture. The last section ‘Values and Orientations’ consists of five papers on the Indian middle class and explore the cultural construction of gender in urban India; the Dalit middle class; the political orientation of the middle classes; the politics of the middle classes and their shifting class values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095625

Middle-Class WaifsThe Psychodynamic Treatment of Affectively Disturbed Children In this volume a well-known psychoanalyst dance therapist and educational consultant chronicles her clinical work with deeply troubled children who fall between the cracks of our diagnostic and educational systems. These children who frequently turn out to have been sexually or punitively abused have no real emotional home despite the fact that they live in materially comfortable circumstances. In spite of their apparent brightness and precocity they do not thrive in the classroom where their disruptive behavior tendency to act out and fragmented learning bring them to the attention of teachers counselors and school psychologists. Standard diagnoses do not explain their plight; such children are neither retarded nor learning disabled nor neurotic. Through poignant case studies Siegel reviews the developmental circumstances that bring these middle-class waifs to a critical impasse with both their parents and the educational establishment. Time and again she discovers that the children's expectable developmental course has been derailed by their accommodation to parental abuse and deformed parental expectations. Psychodynamic treatment invariably uncovers the maladaptive solutions that fueled the children's behavioral and learning disturbances. This volume speaks to a broad clinical and non-clinical readership: psychoanalytic clinicians; psychologists; counselors; social workers; art dance and music therapists; special education teachers; child therapists; and child care workers. They will all join in admiration of Siegel's treatment approach which focuses on what is healthy in deeply traumatized children and in so doing helps debunk the myth of the untreatable child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881532

Middle-Class Writing in Late Medieval London Richardson explores how a powerful culture of writing was created in late medieval London even though initially few inhabitants could actually write themselves. Whilst previous studies have tended to focus on middle-class literary reading patterns this study examines writing skills separately both from reading skills and from literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661271

Middlemarch First published in 1984. Although Middlemarch was extravagantly praised by Henry James Emily Dickinson and Virginia Woolf it is only in the last few decades that the novel has been widely recognised as George Eliot’s finest work one of the greatest English novels and one of the classic texts of nineteenth-century fiction. The intellectual religious and aesthetic background to Middlemarch are fully examined with particular attention paid to Eliot’s key doctrines of fellow-feeling and the humanistic economy of salvation. Professor McSweeney also provides fresh and thought-provoking discussions of the role of the omniscient narrator and of character and characterisation. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185302

Midfielder's MomentColoured Literature And Culture In Contemporary South Africa This book attempts to address crucial political and cultural issues in contemporary South Africa: the experience of being coloured the occupation of the racial interstices and the condition of hybridity in a society marked by a penchant for polarity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160364

Midlife and Aging in Gay AmericaProceedings of the SAGE Conference 2000 How is the pre-Stonewall generation aging? What can the Stonewall generation expect?Combining personal experience and original research this fascinating collection explores the practical and psychological issues of aging for lesbian gay bisexual and transgender individuals. Midlife and Aging in Gay America provides highlights from the SAGE 2000 National Conference on the personal psychological and economic issues related to growing older as a member of a sexual minority. Midlife and Aging in Gay America delivers reports from a national conference on urgent issues including: health care concerns retirement plans intergenerational romances lifestyle issues caregiving grief and loss Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877075

Midlife and Older Adults and HIVImplications for Social Service Research Practice and Policy Get a detailed overview of the social services provided for HIV-infected midlife and older adults and find out where social work practice with this growing population is headed!As more potent medications are being developed to treat HIV people who have contracted the virus are living longer lives than previously expected. Survival means new side effects and increasingly complex issues now compounded by the diseases of aging. All this presents unprecedented challenges to social service and benefit systems. Midlife and Older Adults and HIV: Implications for Social Service Research Practice and Policy introduces policymakers and policy analysts practitioners in the helping professions and the public to available social services for aging adults who are living with HIV/AIDS. It also addresses midlife and older adults at risk of HIV infection as well as aging persons whose lives are affected by relatives and friends living with HIV. Midlife and Older Adults and HIV provides a comprehensive examination of this emerging field of practice. Specific chapters examine prevention family care vulnerability inclusion and the disease process itself. It lays out the broad terrain of future social work practice with HIV-infected elders and elders affected by HIV. The book concludes with reflections on survivorship during the past two decades from six older community leaders living with HIV/AIDS. It also provides current research findings innovative conceptual models an invaluable compendium of resource information from the National Association of HIV Over Fifty and program ideas to address the HIV epidemic within the aging population. The issues addressed in Midlife and Older Adults and HIV include: HIV prevention initiatives coordination and integration of local service networks the health social and financial risks facing women with HIV the health consequences of HIV/AIDS and its interactions with normal aging the use of behavioral reinforcement methods as interventions perceptions of vulnerability to HIV among older African-American women and the role of intimate partners and much more! Midlife and Older Adults and HIV is a comprehensive resource on social services for aging adults who are living with HIV/AIDS. It serves as a record of what is known and what is presently being learned about practice in this constantly evolving field. The book is a call to action for social workers and other human service professionals to anticipate and plan for the emerging needs of persons with HIV/AIDS who are rapidly growing older. The array of topics covered in this volume also makes it ideal as a supplemental textbook in courses on HIV and aging. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044170

Midlife and Older LGBT AdultsKnowledge and Affirmative Practice for the Social Services Gain insight into the various practice issues that arise when working with midlife and older LGBT persons!Take a unique look at the lives of midlife and older LGBT persons in Midlife and Older LGBT Adults. This book reviews various life arenas in which midlife and older LGBT persons exist and the problems with which they cope. It addresses the lives of this group—from their sexual identities to their family and work situations. The book includes research-based knowledge on issues such as coming out disclosure education work family general positives and negatives and more. Not only does this book discuss the lifestyles of individuals in this group but it also includes how social services professionals can respond to their needs in an affirmative way. The book provides an overview of practice issues with midlife and older LGBT persons to help social workers and other human services workers treat individuals in this group more effectively. It also identifies changes in diagnostics treatments and human services. The book presents numerous studies involving midlife and older LGBT persons and an extensive reference list for further information.In Midlife and Older LGBT Adults you’ll learn how to help individuals in this group deal with: coming out—the positives and the negatives disclosure to different audiences benefits of community involvement and participation family lives including friends and significant others transitions and downturns HIV/AIDS victimization loneliness loss and much more!This book will appeal to any social services professional interested in or working with individuals in this population. It serves as a useful resource for human services workers and administrators by outlining practice issues. It is also suitable as a textbook for students in courses on adult development and aging. Midlife and older LGBT persons will find this book to be an engaging look at the lives of their peers. Make this one-of-a-kind book part of your collection! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043920

Midlife Lesbian RelationshipsFriends Lovers Children and Parents What awaits lesbians at middle age?Midlife Lesbian Relationships explores the rich world of lesbian relationships at midlife from dating through the loss of parents and describes the central relationship between who we are as adults and our connections with friends lovers parents and children.Midlife Lesbian Relationships will help lesbians and the professionals who counsel them navigate and understand the midlife transition. Offering both theoretical and descriptive material this timely work discusses the difficulties of stigma and the strengths of female same-sex relationships providing insight into the challenges lesbians find at middle age.Midlife Lesbian Relationships provides insight into the challenges and solutions of middle age for lesbians discussing: friendships dating and courtship couple relationships and the key ingredients that strengthen and deepen them parenting young children and the influence of lesbian midlife maturation on confidence and satisfaction in mothering substance abuse and the road to recovery the evolution of the bonds between these women and their biological families what many lesbians in middle age go through when their parents pass away including the easing of internalized homophobiaMidlife Lesbian Relationships illustrates the commonalities and differences between lesbians and other women at midlife and illuminates how the interplay between middle age and relationships can contribute to midlife development. Make this valuable volume part of your collection! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877167

Midlife Transformation in Literature and FilmJungian and Eriksonian Perspectives In this book Steven F. Walker considers the midlife transition from a Jungian and Eriksonian perspective by providing vivid and powerful literary and cinematic examples that illustrate the psychological theories in a clear and entertaining way. For C.G. Jung midlife is a time for personal transformation when the values of youth are replaced by a different set of values and when the need to succeed in the world gives place to the desire to participate more in the culture of one’s age and to further its development in all kinds of different ways. Erik Erikson saw "generativity " an expanded concern for others beyond one's immediate circle of family and friends as the hallmark of this stage of life. Both psychologists saw it as a time for growth and renewal. Literary texts such Virginia Woolf's Mrs Dalloway Shakespeare's Antony and Cleopatra or Sophocles' Oedipus the King and films such as Fellini's 8 ½ and Campion's The Piano have the capacity to represent sometimes more vividly and with greater dramatic concentration than actual life histories or case studies the archetypal nature of the drama and in-depth transformation associated with the midlife transition. Midlife Transformation in Literature and Film focuses on the specific male and female archetypal paradigms and presents them within the general context of midlife transformation. For men the theme of death of the young hero presides over the crisis and the transformative ordeal whereas for women the theme of tragic abandonment acts as the prelude to further growth and independence. This book is essential reading for anyone studying Jung Erikson or the midlife transition. It will interest those who have already been through a midlife transition those who are in the midst of one as well as those who are yet to experience this challenging period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666992

Midnight’s GrandchildrenHow Young Indians are Disrupting the World's Largest Democracy While the west has experienced multiple post-war economic social and political revolutions India by contrast has had two distinct moments of transformation in the past century: Independence in 1947 and the economic liberalisation that began in 1991. Midnight’s Grandchildren are the offspring of India’s second social and economic revolution. India’s millennial generation coming of age post-1991 have grown up in a world of opportunity and relative abundance. Many institutions â€“ family marriage workplace and brands â€“ are being disrupted. Great tension exists as a new generation breaks barriers and seeks to find its place. This book captures an important transformative moment in India’s development. It includes interviews with young Indians who articulate both their optimism and the struggle to find relevant new identities. Managers and recruiters speak about the changes in the workplace and the challenges and opportunities of harnessing India’s so-called demographic dividend. Entrepreneurs brand owners and marketers discuss the role of brands in cementing identities in a world changing rapidly where loyalty has little meaning. Midnight’s Grandchildren explains for a business audience the significance of the arrival in the workforce of a generation of millennials as both disruptors of the old order and engine of India’s future economic potential. It is of use for professionals and educators wanting to engage this vitally important group of young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314832

MidtermThe Elections Of 1994 In Context This book puts 1994 in context with other significant midterm elections from 1810 to the present. It also captures the very contemporary concerns unique to 1994: the role of the religious right the "angry white male;' the Contract with America and the overall tenor of antipathy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160180

Mid-Victorian ImperialistsBritish Gentlemen and the Empire of the Mind Throughout the nineteenth century the British Empire was the subject of much writing; floods of articles books and government reports were produced about the areas under British control and the policy of imperialism. Mid-Victorian Imperialists investigates how the Victorians made sense of all the information regarding the empire by examining the writings of a collection of gentlemen who were amongst the first people to join the Colonial Society in 1868-69. These men included imperial officials leading settlers British politicians and writers and Beasley looks at the common trends in their beliefs about the British Empire and how their thoughts changed during their lives to show how Mid-Victorian theories of racial cultural and political classification arose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878150

Midwifery Obstetrics and the Rise of GynaecologyThe Uses of a Sixteenth-Century Compendium The Gynaeciorum libri the 'Books on [the diseases of] women ' a compendium of ancient and contemporary texts on gynaecology is the inspiration for this intensive exploration of the origins of a subfield of medicine. This collection was first published in 1566 with a second edition in 1586/8 and a third running to 1097 folio pages in 1597. While examining the origins of the compendium Helen King here concentrates on its reception looking at a range of different uses of the book in the history of medicine from the sixteenth to the nineteenth century. Looking at the competition and collaboration among different groups of men involved in childbirth and between men and women she demonstrates that arguments about history were as important as arguments about the merits of different designs of forceps. She focuses on the eighteenth century when the 'man-midwife' William Smellie found his competence to practise challenged on the grounds of his allegedly inadequate grasp of the history of medicine. In his lectures Smellie remade the 'father of medicine' Hippocrates as the 'father of midwifery'. The close study of these texts results in a fresh perspective on Thomas Laqueur's model of the defeat of the one-sex body in the eighteenth century and on the origins of gynaecology more generally. King argues that there were three occasions in the history of western medicine on which it was claimed that women's difference from men was so extensive that they required a separate branch of medicine: the fifth century BC and the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries. By looking at all three occasions together and by tracing the links not only between ancient Greek ideas and their Renaissance rediscovery but also between the Renaissance compendium and its later owners King analyzes how the claim of female 'difference' was shaped by specific social and cultural conditions. Midwifery Obstetrics and the Rise of Gynaecology makes a genuine contribution not only to the history of medicine and its subfield of gynaecology but also to gender and cultural studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248981

Midwifery from the Tudors to the 21st CenturyHistory Politics and Safe Practice in England This book recounts the journey of English midwives over six centuries and their battle for survival as a discrete profession caring safely for childbearing women. With a particular focus on sixteenth and twentieth century midwifery practice it includes new research which provides evidence of the identity social status lives families and practice of contemporary midwives and argues that the excellent care given by ecclesiastically licensed midwives in Tudor England was not bettered until the twentieth century. Relying on a wide variety of archived and personally collected material this history illuminates the lives words professional experiences and outcomes of midwives. It explores the place of women in society the development of midwifery education and regulation the seventeenth century arrival of the accoucheurs and the continuing drive by obstetricians to medicalise birth. A fascinating and compelling read it highlights the politics and challenges that have shaped midwifery practice today and encourages readers to be confident in midwifery-led care and giving women choices in childbirth. It is an important read for all those interested in childbirth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820244

Midwifery in China The first book to present the history ideas life and works of Chinese midwives and birth attendants this volume seeks to encapsulate and explain the changing ideas about the practice of midwifery in China. Using participant observations and interviews it examines each phase of the development of midwifery in depth. Providing a systematic study of the existing literature and contemporary national health policies it analyses the factors contributing to the current demise of midwifery in China such as the absence of national regulation high standards of education and national midwives’ associations. Furthermore it argues that China’s national statistics in the past six decades demonstrate clear evidence that minimising maternal mortality rates will only happen through wider availability of services rather than through obstetric technology or facility based care. Ultimately therefore this book supports the view that humanity and midwifery will survive to overcome domination by both technology and market forces and that economic growth and medical technology alone will not be sufficient in providing effective healthcare. This book is an indispensable resource for the study of Chinese midwifery both in theory and in practice. As such it will be useful to students and scholars of Midwifery Women’s Health Sociology and culture and society in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589400

Midwifery Theory and Practice First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050553

MidwiferyThe Basics Midwifery: The Basics provides an engaging and authentic insight into the midwife’s world. It explores the role of the midwife as a clinician and professional showing how midwives can support women both to achieve a healthy full-term pregnancy and a smooth transition to motherhood. This book begins with a discussion of the context of birth and parenthood placing midwifery in its broader social context. Topics covered include: the midwife as an autonomous professional; becoming a midwife; pre-conceptual and antenatal care; intrapartum care; postnatal care; and the specialist midwife. Midwifery: The Basics uses the voices of mothers fathers and midwives to illustrate the complex world of becoming being and supporting parents. This is an essential introduction for students at undergraduate and A-Level who are approaching midwifery for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146269

Midwives Society and ChildbirthDebates and Controversies in the Modern Period Midwives Society and Childbirth is the first book to examine midwives' lives and work in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries on a national and international scale. Focusing on six countries from Europe the approach is interdisciplinary with the studies written by a diverse team of social medical and midwifery historians sociologists and those with experience in delivering childbirth services. Questioning for the first time many conventional historical assumptions this book is fundamental to a better understanding of the effect on midwives of the unprecedented progress of science in general and obstetric science in particular from the late nineteenth century. The contributors challenge the traditional bleak picture of midwives' decline in the face of institutional obstetrics medical technology and the growing power of the medical profession while stressing the importance of regional influences and locality. Dr Anne Marie Rafferty Philadelphia Dr Hilary Marland Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam Dr Irvine Louden Oxfordshire Joan Mottram Wellcome Unit for the History of Medic Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868212

Midwives Coping with Loss and GriefStillbirth Professional and Personal Losses The experience of stillbirth and other losses in pregnancy at what is usually a time of great joy is tragic for everyone involved including midwifery professionals. Although research increasingly shows how profound the effects of loss can be few studies have explored the effects of pregnancy loss - which often leads to other personal and professional traumas such as loss of autonomy or a workplace - on midwives. This in-depth investigation uses a phenomenological approach to capture midwives' experiences of loss and grief in their own words and encompasses both pregnancy loss and wider professional and personal issues. It then makes recommendations to enhance midwives' resilience and ability to cope appropriately whilst giving maximum support to their clients. Reflections on the emerging implications for midwifery education and practice further broaden the scope of the analysis. The insights in this book will be of great use to midwifery managers and supervisors. They will also help midwives to nurture themselves their colleagues and their clients at a time when pressures on the service can leave support lacking. The devastating experience of losing a baby for women and their families is something that as midwives we strive to understand in order to provide appropriate practical and emotional support. Doreen and Mavis encourage us to consider how we are affected by the grief of others at a deeply personal level. Ultimately the message in this book is one of hope: through reflection and the sharing of experiences midwives who have been with women whose babies have died can regain their personal strength and learn to re-shape memories in ways that contribute to personal growth and understanding.A" - From the Foreword by Nicky Leap Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781846193880

Midwives in MexicoSituated Politics Politically Situated This book presents the contemporary history and dynamics of Mexican midwifery - professional (post)modern or autonomous traditional and Indigenous - as profoundly political and embedded in differing societal stratifications. By situated politics the authors refer to various networks spaces and territories which are also constructed by the midwives. By politically situated the authors refer to various intersections unsettled relations and contexts in which Mexican midwives are positioned. Examining Mexican midwiferies in depth the volume sharpens the focus on the worlds in which midwives are profoundly immersed as agents in generating and participating in movements alliances health professions communities homes territories and knowledges. The chapters provide a complex panorama of midwives in Mexico with an array of insights into their professional and political autonomy (post)coloniality body-territoriality the challenges of defining midwifery and above all into the ways in which contemporary Mexican midwiferies relate to a complex set of human rights. The book will be of interest to a range of scholars from anthropology sociology politics global health gender studies development studies and Latin American studies as well as to midwives and other professionals involved in childbirth policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473419

Midwiving Subjects in Shakespeare’s England At the intersections of early modern literature and history Shakespeare and Women's Studies Midwiving Subjects explores how Shakespearean drama and contemporary medical religious and popular texts figured the midwife as a central producer of the body's cultural markers. In addition to attending most Englishwomen's births and testifying to their in extremis confessions about paternity the midwife allegedly controlled the size of one's tongue and genitals at birth and was obligated to perform virginity exams impotence tests and emergency baptisms. The signs of purity and masculinity paternity and salvation were inherently open to interpretation yet early modern culture authorized midwives to generate and announce them. Midwiving Subjects then challenges recent studies that read the midwife as a woman whose power was limited to a marginal and unruly birthroom community and instead uncovers the midwife's foundational role not only in the rituals of reproduction but in the process of cultural production itself. As a result of recent changes in managed healthcare and of increased attention to uncovering histories of women's experiences midwives - past and present - are currently a subject of great interest. This book will appeal to readers interested in Shakespeare as well as the history of women and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256637

Mies van der Rohe The career and built works of this enigmatic and fascinating architect are carefully charted from his early work on housing design and high-rise offices in Berlin to his later and most famous work in Chicago Detroit Montreal and New York. Original illustrations from the architect's archives complement the excellent text.Spon's ARCHITECTURE COLLECTION presents the work of historic and contemporary masters of architecture in clear well-illustrated text accessible to non-specialists. This appealing series of monographs now available in English is launched by books on two great historic figures of the century Frank Lloyd Wright and Mies van der Rohe and two award-winning contemporary architects Sir Norman Foster and Alvaro Siza. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138165816

Mightier than the SwordHow the News Media Have Shaped American History In this engaging examination of the media's influence on US history and politics Rodger Streitmatter visits sixteen landmark episodes from the American Revolution to the present-day fight for gay and lesbian marriage equality. In each of these cases Streitmatter succinctly illustrates the enormous role that journalism has played in not merely recording this nation's history but also in actively shaping it. Mightier than the Sword offers students and professors a highly readable and accessible alternative to journalism history textbooks. Instead of trying to document every detail in the development of US media through dry dull lists of names dates and headlines this book focuses on sixteen discrete episodes that illustrate a point that is much larger than the sum of their parts: media have played and continue to play an enormous role in shaping this nation. The fourth edition features an entirely new chapter on the way US media have championed various gay and lesbian rights initiatives from the 2003 Lawrence vs. Texas sodomy case through the June 2013 Supreme Court decision striking down DOMA (the Defense of Marriage Act). Balancing criticism and celebration of news media and exploring both print and electronic platforms Mightier than the Sword provides students with a sense of the power and responsibility inherent in the institution of journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349770

Mighty Midsized CompaniesHow Leaders Overcome 7 Silent Growth Killers Midsized companies are often overlooked by Wall Street and mainstream media outlets though they are an integral part of national economics. Thus it's important for national economic success to have a thriving midsized company sector. But that is not easy to do largely because the factors that throttle growth of midsized companies can be quite different than those of their smaller and larger business brethren. Some of these factors are well known but others can creep up on management teams and go almost unnoticed until it's too late.  Drawing upon his own experience and interviews with more than 99 companies author Robert Sher runs through seven "silent growth killers" that plague midsized companies which if not addressed eventually cripple growth. Mighty Midsized Companies offers clear tangible actionable advice about dealing with these killers and growing despite them Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560069

Migraine and Other Common NeurosesA Psychological Study Originally published in 1926 as part of the Psyche Miniatures Medical Series this title is based on two lectures given to the North-East London Clinical Society and the North-East London Post Graduate College respectively. Francis Graham Crookshank was a British epidemiologist and a medical and psychological writer. Today it can be enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123144

Migraine and Other Headache Disorders Following recent guidelines set by the International Classification of Headache Disorders this reference presents the most current diagnostic and treatment protocols for migraine and other headache conditions. Chapters are authored by internationally renowned headache clinicians and scientists including several past presidents of the American Headache Society and the International Headache Society. User-friendly and up-to-date this reference offers useful tables algorithms and diagrams that lead clinicians to effective treatments for the management of migraine and the reduction of migraine severity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390877

Migrant Multicultural and Diasporic HeritageBeyond and Between Borders Migrant Multicultural and Diasporic Heritage explores the role heritage has played in representing contesting and negotiating the history and politics of ethnic migrant multicultural diasporic or ‘other’ heritages in within between and beyond nations and national boundaries. Containing contributions from academics and professionals working across a range of fields this volume contends that in the face of various global ‘crises’ the role of heritage is especially important: it is a stage for the negotiation of shifting identities and for the rewriting of traditions and historical narratives of belonging and becoming. As a whole the book connects and further develops methodological and theoretical discourses that can fuel and inform practice and social outcomes. It also examines the unique opportunities challenges and limitations that various actors encounter in their efforts to preserve identify assess manage interpret and promote heritage pertaining to the experience and history of migration and migrant groups. Bringing together diverse case studies of migration and migrants in cultural heritage practice Migrant Multicultural and Diasporic Heritage will be of great interest to academics and students engaged in the study of heritage and museums as well as those working in the fields of memory studies public history anthropology archaeology tourism and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348465

Migrant and Tourist EncountersThe Ethics of Im/mobility in 21st Century Dominican and Cuban Cultures Migrant and Tourist Encounters: The Ethics of Im/mobility in 21st Century Dominican and Cuban Cultures analyzes the effects of clashing flows of voluntary and involuntary travelers to and from these countries due to an increase in migration and tourism during the last three decades. I compare the ways in which literary works and films reflect on and critique the power relations and ethics of im/mobility and encounter both on the islands and in destinations abroad. The works draw attention to the interconnectedness of migration tourism and other forms of travel as well as immobility and portray growing local and global inequalities through characters’ disparate access to free voluntary movement. I consider how the works respond to the question of the moral potential of encounters produced by im/mobilities and the possibility of connection across differences. I argue that Dominican and Cuban artists not only critique neo-colonial paradigms of power and im/mobility but envision and enact strategies for belonging and in some cases suggest a path toward de-colonial cosmopolitanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367503789

Migrant BelongingsMemory Space Identity This book traces the formation of Italian migrant belongings in Britain and scrutinizes the identity narratives through which they are stabilized. A key theme of this study is the constitution of identity through both movement and attachment. The study follows the Italian identity project since 1975 when community leaders first raised concerns about 'the future of invisible immigrants'. The author uses the image of 'invisible immigrants' as the starting point of her inquiry for it captures the ambivalent position Italians occupy within the British political and social landscape. As a cultural minority absorbed within the white European majority their project is steeped in the ideal of visibility that relies on various 'displays of presence'. Drawing on a wide range of material from historical narratives to political debates processions religious rituals activities of the Women's Club war remembrances card games and beauty contests the author explores the notion of migrant belongings in relation to performative acts that produce what they claim to be reproducing. She reveals how these acts work upon the historical and cultural environment to re-member localized terrains of migrant belongings while they simultaneously manufacture gendered generational and ethnicized subjects. Located at the crossroads of cultural studies 'diaspora' studies and feminist/queer theory this book is distinctive in connecting an empirical study with wider theoretical debates on identity. Nominated for the Philip Abrams Memorial Book Prize 2001. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086093

Migrant BritainHistories and Historiographies: Essays in Honour of Colin Holmes Britain has largely been in denial of its migrant past - it is often suggested that the arrivals after 1945 represent a new phenomenon and not the continuation of a much longer and deeper trend. There is also an assumption that Britain is a tolerant country towards minorities that distinguishes itself from the rest of Europe and beyond. The historian who was the first and most important to challenge this dominant view is Colin Holmes who from the early 1970s onwards provided a framework for a different interpretation based on extensive research. This challenge came not only through his own work but also that of a 'new school' of students who studied under him and the creation of the journal Immigrants and Minorities in 1982.  This volume not only celebrates this remarkable achievement but also explores the state of migrant historiography (including responses to migrants) in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065147

Migrant Care WorkersSearching for New Horizons In this beautifully-argued book Karen Cristensen and Ingrid Guldvik provide a comparatively-based insight to the historical context for public care work and show how migration policies general welfare and long-term care policies (including the cash-for-care schemes) as well as cultural differences in values in the UK and Norway set the context for how migrant care workers can realise their individual life projects. Through viewing migrants as individuals who actively construct their lives within the options and conditions they are given at any time they bring to the discussion an awareness of what might be called ’a new type of migrant’ one who is neither a victim of the divide between the global north and the global south nor someone leaving family behind but individuals using care work as a part of their own life project of potential self-improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669263

Migrant City Migrant City tells the story of contemporary London from the perspective of thirty adult migrants and two sociologists. Connecting migrants’ private struggles to the public issues at stake in the way mobility is regulated channelled and managed in a globalised world this volume explores what migration means in a world that is hyper connected – but where we see increasingly mobile invasive and technologically sophisticated forms of border regulation and control. Migrant City is an innovative collaborative ethnography based on research with migrants from a wide variety of social backgrounds spanning in some cases a decade. It utilises recollections photographs poems paintings journals and drawings to explore a wide range of issues. These range from the impact of immigration control and surveillance on everyday life to the experience of waiting for the Home Office to process their claims and the limits this places on their lives to the friendships and relationships with neighbours that help to make London a home. This title will appeal to students scholars community workers and general readers interested in migration race and ethnicity social exclusion globalisation urban sociology and inventive social research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371210

Migrant Cross-Cultural Encounters in Asia and the Pacific In contrast to much scholarship on cross-cultural encounters which focuses primarily on contact between indigenous peoples and ’settlers’ or ’sojourners’ this book is concerned with migrant aspects of this phenomenon â€“ whether migrant-migrant or migrant-host encounters â€“ bringing together studies from a variety of perspectives on cross-cultural encounters their past and their resonances across the contemporary Asia-Pacific region. Organised thematically into sections focusing on ’imperial encounters’ of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries ’identities’ in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries and ’contemporary citizenship’ and the ways in which this is complicated by mobility and cross-cultural encounters the volume presents studies of New Zealand Singapore Australia Vanuatu Mauritius and China to highlight key themes of mobility intimacies ethnicity and ’race’ heritage and diaspora through rich evidence such as photographs census data the arts and interviews. Demonstrating the importance of multidisciplinary ways of looking at migrant cross-cultural encounters through blending historical and social science methodologies from a range of disciplinary backgrounds Migrant Cross-Cultural Encounters in Asia and the Pacific will appeal to anthropologists sociologists cultural geographers and historians with interests in migration mobility and cross-cultural encounters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595715

Migrant Health Professionals and the Global Labour MarketThe Dreams and Traps of Nepali Nurses This book offers a fresh perspective on gender debates in Nepal and analyses how the international migration of the first generation of professional female Nepali nurses has been a catalyst for social change. With unprecedented access to study participants in Nepal (the source country) following them and their networks in the UK (the destination country) this ethnographic study explores Nepali nurses’ migration journeys relocation experiences and their international migration ‘dreams’ and aspirations. It illustrates how migrant nurses strive to manage social and professional difficulties as they work towards achieving their ultimate migration aims. The book shows that nursing shortages and international nurse migration are isseus of gender on a global scale and that the current trend of privatisation in health systems makes the labour market vulnerable and stimulates international migration of health professionals. Arguing that international nurse migration is an integral part of the globalisation of health the author highlights key policy strategies that are useful for global nursing and health workforce management. A well-informed and much-needed study of nurse migration in the global healthcare market this book will be of interest to professionals and academics working in nursing studies health and social care studies gender and international migration studies and global health studies as well as South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344252

Migrant HealthA Primary Care Perspective In this time of large-scale global migration at levels unrivalled since World War II primary care practitioners are providing the first line of care to economic migrants and refugees. In doing so they face daily the considerable challenges that this heterogenic group brings in terms of communication culture and legal status as well as physical and mental health. This accessible book has been carefully crafted to enable primary health care professionals to develop the skills and competencies required to deliver appropriate services to this diverse group of patients and in turn to ensure equity in health care for all. The book satisfies the urgent need for a hands-on guide to support and help general practitioners and other members of the primary health care team improve their provision of care not only to immigrants but to other vulnerable groups and the whole society. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138498044

Migrant HousingArchitecture Dwelling Migration Migrant Housing the latest book by author Mirjana Lozanovska examines the house as the architectural construct in the processes of migration. Housing is pivotal to any migration story with studies showing that migrant participation in the adaptation or building of houses provides symbolic materiality of belonging and the platform for agency and productivity in the broader context of the immigrant city. Migration also disrupts the cohesion of everyday dwelling and homeland integral to housing and the book examines this displacement of dwelling and its effect on migrant housing. This timely volume investigates the poetic and political resonance between migration and architecture challenging the idea of the ‘house’ as a singular theoretical construct. Divided into three parts Histories and theories of post-war migrant housing House/home and Mapping migrant spaces of home it draws on data studies from Australia and Macedonia with literature from Canada Sweden and Germany to uncover the effects of unprivileged post-war migration in the late twentieth century on the house as architectural and normative model and from this perspective negotiates the disciplinary boundaries of architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524982

Migrant Labor and Border Securities in Pop Culture Migrant Labor and Border Securities in Pop Culture explores the conditions for migrant domestic agricultural and factory workers as that of continual crisis and examines how the borderlands are a workshop of neoliberalism. These borderland stories present a future of integrated networks in which the border is not just physical but temporal separating the present time of crisis and migrant phobia and a future of transborder interaction and settlement based on bridges and networks rather than walls and the proliferation of security technologies. Written in accessible prose for undergraduate and graduate students across American studies immigration studies media and cultural studies and more this book examines the collective action seen in Latina/o cultural productions after the economic crisis and how they reach across racial and geographic lines to imagine new entities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890674

Migrant LettersEmotional Language Mobile Identities and Writing Practices in Historical Perspective The migrant letter whether written by family members lovers friends or others is a document that continues to attract the attention of scholars and general readers alike. What is it about migrant letters that fascinates us? Is it nostalgia for a distant yet desired past? Is it the consequence of the eclipse of letter-writing in an age of digital communication technologies? Or is it about the parallels between transnational experiences in previous mass migrations and in the current globalized world and the centrality of interpersonal relations mobility and communication then and now? Influenced by methodologies from diverse disciplines the study of migrant letters has developed in myriad directions. Scholars have examined migrant letters through such lenses as identity and self-making family relations gender and emotions. This volume contributes to this discussion by exploring the connection between the practice of letter writing and the emotional economic familial and gendered experiences of men and women separated by migration. It combines theoretical and empirical discussions which illuminate a variety of historical experiences of migrants who built transnational lives as they moved across Europe Africa Latin America and the United States. This volume was originally published as a special issue of The History of Family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593117

Migrant MarginalityA Transnational Perspective This edited book uses migrant marginality to problematize several different aspects of global migration. It examines how many different societies have defined their national identities cultural values and terms of political membership through (and in opposition to) constructions of migrants and migration. The book includes case studies from Western and Eastern Europe North America and the Caribbean. It is organized into thematic sections that illustrate how different aspects of migrant marginality have unfolded across several national contexts.  The first section of the book examines the limitations of multicultural policies that have been used to incorporate migrants into the host society. The second section examines anti-immigrant discourses and get-tough enforcement practices that are geared toward excluding and removing criminalized “aliens”. The third section examines some of the gendered dimensions of migrant marginality. The fourth section examines the way that racially marginalized populations have engaged the politics of immigration constructing themselves as either migrants or natives. The book offers researchers policy makers and students an appreciation for the various policy concerns ethical dilemmas and political and cultural antagonisms that must be engaged in order to properly understand the problem of migrant marginality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952836

Migrant MenCritical Studies of Masculinities and the Migration Experience This edited volume contributes an important collection of chapters to the growing theoretical and empirical work being undertaken at the international level on men and migration. The chapters presented here focus on what we might call ‘migratory masculinities': the experiences men have of masculinity upon immigration into another national ethnic and cultural context. How do these men (re)construct their conceptions of masculinity? Where are the points of tension ambivalence or assimilation in this process? Featuring interviews and data drawn from migrants working and living in Australia this book explores how the gender identity of men from non-English-speaking backgrounds is influenced by the experiences of migration and settlement in an English-speaking culture across various cultural spheres such as work leisure family life and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655569

Migrant Mothers' Creative Challenges to Racialized Citizenship How do racialized migrant mothers contest hegemonic racialized formations of citizenship? Bringing together leading scholars from international and multi-disciplinary perspectives this book shows how migrant mothers realise and problematise their role in bringing up future citizens in modern societies increasingly characterised by racial ethnic religious cultural and social diversity. The book stimulates critical thinking on how migrant mothers creatively intervene into citizenship by reworking its racialized meanings and creating new racially plural practices and challenging boundaries. The contributions explore the processes that shape migrant mothers’ cultural and caring work in enabling their children to occupy a place as future citizens despite and against their racialized subordination. The book contributes to disciplinary fields of politics sociology anthropology psychoanalysis participatory arts practice and theory geography queer and gender studies looking at the thematic areas of participatory arts family forms social activism and education in the US Canada the UK France Portugal. These cross-cultural and disciplinary perspectives contribute to the exciting emergence of a distinctive field of research engaging with pressing intellectual and social issues of how ideas and practices of citizenship develop in the face of increasing spatial mobility and across boundaries of generation and ethnicity in the process requiring new creative interventions into how we think about and do citizenship. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588397

Migrant Politics and MobilisationExclusion Engagements Incorporation In recent years immigration and the integration of migrants and minorities have become politicised in public and policy debates in Britain the rest of Europe and the United States. In such debates migrants are commonly treated as objects of politics and spoken in terms of management national interest control and contention. This treatment has characterised not only policy makers and politicians but also many academics. Existing scholarly research on migrants as subjects of politics is limited and largely carried out through detached and structural approaches. These approaches have focused on the institutional environments in which mobilisations develop. They have however overlooked migrants’ conditions experiences subjectivities and practices as well as the focus of their engagement. This volume contributes to the study of migrants’ mobilisation through theoretically informed original empirical papers focusing on current forms and aspects of migrants and minorities practices of citizenship in an engaged and people-centred manner. In particular the book addresses issues of change both in the forms assumed by migrants’ and minorities political engagements and in the transformations these engagements produce as well as exclusion-inclusion dynamics that migrants experience with regard to the political process and more generally. This book was previously published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849579

Migrant Professionals in the CityLocal Encounters Identities and Inequalities The migration of professionals is widely seen as a paradigmatic representation and a driver of globalization. The global elite of highly qualified migrants—managers and scientists for example—are partly defined by their lives’ mobility. But their everyday lives are based and take place in specific cities. The contributors of this book analyze the relevance of locality for a mobile group and provide a new perspective on migrant professionals by considering the relevance of social identities for local encounters in socially unequal cities. Contributors explore shifting identities senses of belonging and spatial and social inequalities and encounters between migrant professionals and ‘Others’ within the cities. These qualitative studies widen the understanding of the importance of local aspects for the social identities of those who are in many aspects more privileged than others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793087

Migrant Resistance in Contemporary Europe Over the past few years increased ‘unauthorised’ migrations into the territories of Europe have resulted in one of the most severe crises in the history of the European Union. Stierl explores migration and border struggles in contemporary Europe and the ways in which they animate problematise and transform the region and its political formation. This volume follows public protests of migrant activists less visible attempts of those on the move to ‘irregularly’ subvert borders as well as new solidarities and communities that emerge in interwoven struggles for the freedom of movement. Stierl offers a conceptualisation of migrant resistances as forces of animation through which European forms of border governance can be productively explored. As catalysts that set socio-political processes into frictional motion they are developed as modes of critical investigation indeed as method. By ethnographically following and being implicated in different migration struggles that contest the ways in which Europe decides over and enacts who does and does not belong the author probes what they reveal about the condition of Europe in the contemporary moment. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of Migration Border Security and Citizenship Studies as well as the Political Sciences more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524562

Migrant Rights at WorkLaw's precariousness at the intersection of immigration and labour Public debates about the terms of membership and inclusion have intensified as developed economies increasingly rely on temporary migrant labour. While most agree that temporary migrant workers are entitled to the general protection of employment laws temporary migrants have by definition restricted rights to residence full social protections and often to occupational and geographic mobility. This book raises important ethical questions about the differential treatment of temporary and unauthorised migrant workers and permanent residents and where the line should be drawn between exploitation and legitimate employment. Taking the regulatory reforms of Australia as a key case study Laurie Berg explores how the influence of immigration law extends beyond its functions in regulating admission to and exclusion from a country. Berg examines the ways in which immigration law and enforcement reconfigure the relationships between migrant workers and employers producing uncertain and coercive working conditions. In presenting an analytical approach to issues of temporary labour migration the book develops a unique theoretical framework contending that the concept of precariousness is a more fruitful way than equality or vulnerability to evaluate and address issues of temporary migrant labour. The book will be of great interest to scholars and practitioners of immigration law and employment law and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716827

Migrant Women Transforming CitizenshipLife-stories From Britain and Germany Migrant Women Transforming Citizenship develops essential insights concerning the notion of transnational citizenship by means of the life stories of skilled and educated migrant women from Turkey in Germany and Britain. It interweaves and develops theories of citizenship identity and culture with the lived experiences of an immigrant group that has so far received insufficient attention. By focusing on the British and German contexts it introduces a much needed European and comparative perspective whilst exploring the ways in which diverging concepts and policies of citizenship allow for a differentiated examination of ethnicity gender multiculturalism and citizenship in Europe. Presenting a significant and welcome contribution to our understanding of the complexities of multiculturalism it challenges Orientalist images of women as backward and oppressed. Through engagement with the changing realities of education work intimacy family and social activism this volume provides a situated account of how the concepts of citizenship transnationality and culture play out in actual social relations. With its rich empirical material the book explores how migrant women create new practices and meanings of belonging across boundaries. Critiquing dominant multiculturalist and anti-multiculturalist accounts this book suggests how citizenship debates can be reframed to be inclusive of migrant women as actors. As such it will appeal to those working across a range of social sciences including sociology and the sociology of work race and ethnicity; citizenship cultural and gender studies as well as anthropology and social and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249325

Migrant Workers and ASEANA Two Level State and Regional Analysis ASEAN (The Association of Southeast Asian Nations) has made slow progress in defining a regional policy for the protection of migrant workers. This book examines the normative structures within the institutions at play at both state and regional level of ASEAN which influence the making of a migrant workers' protection policy.The author puts forward a novel alternative policy analysis tool – the Two Level State and Regional Analysis – that enables satisfactory explanation for policy-making cases whereby normative institutional structures are involved and social policies are considered. The author argues that the formulation of a working coherent migrant workers protection policy has not been achieved because of the presence of normative institutional structures with ideas unsupportive to the protection of migrant workers which results in a slow institutionalisation process. Although the migrant workers in question are their citizens and migrant sending countries are supposed to have more supportive normative structures for workers protection the author finds that when examined closesly institutions in both migrant sending and receiving countries tend to have normative structures that are against workers protection. These arguments drive the analytical questions of the book to inquire about the forms of the normative structures involved and their influence in the relevant institutions.A unique contribution to the study of ASEAN and migration in Southeast Asia this book will be of interest to academics in the field of Social Policy Migration Studies and Asian Studies in particular Southeast Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889777

Migrant Workers in AsiaDistant Divides Intimate Connections This book provides rich and provocative comparative studies of South and Southeast Asian domestic workers who migrate to other parts of Asia. These studies range from Hong Kong Macau and Singapore to Yemen Israel Jordan and the UAE. Conceptually and methodologically this book challenges us to move beyond established regional divides and proposes new ways of mapping inter-Asian connections. The authors view migrant workers within a wider spatial context of intersecting groups and trajectories through time. Keenly attentive to the importance of migrants of diverse nationalities who have labored in multiple regions this book examines intimate connections and distant divides in the social lives and politics of migrant workers across time and space. Collectively the authors propose new themes new comparative frameworks and new methodologies for considering vastly different degrees of social support structures and political activism and the varied meanings of citizenship and state responsibility in sending and receiving countries. They highlight the importance of formal institutions that shape and promote migratory labor advocacy for workers or curtail workers rights as well as the social identities and cultural practices and beliefs that may be linked to new inter-ethnic social and political affiliations that traverse and also transform inter-Asian spaces and pathways to mobility. This book was published as a special issue of Critical Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509497

Migrant Workers In Japan First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981065

Migrant Workers in Pacific Asia The migration of workers to the high growth countries in Pacific Asia in the 1980s was a new phenomenon in these countries. As such the host governments did not have in place adequate housing social security and legal protection but the tight controls following the financial crisis have pushed these issues to the back burner.This volume discusses the debates and controversies surrounding this issue in Malaysia Taiwan SIngapore South Korea Japan and China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039343

Migrant Workers in RussiaGlobal Challenges of the Shadow Economy in Societal Transformation Russia has a very large pool of economic migrants up to 25% of the workforce according to some estimates. Although many migrants many from former Soviet countries which are now independent entered Russia legally they frequently face bureaucratic obstacles to legal employment and Russian citizenship factors which have led to a very large “shadow economy”. This book presents a comprehensive examination of migrant labour in Russia. It describes the nature of migrant labour explores the shadow economy and its unfortunate consequences and discusses the rise of popular sentiment against migrants and the likely impact. The book also sets the Russian experiences of migrant labour in context comparing the situation in Russia with that in other countries with significant migrant labour workforces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588189

Migrants Borders and Global CapitalismWest African Labour Mobility and EU Borders People from West Africa are risking their lives and surrendering their citizenship rights to enter exploitative labour markets in Europe. This book offers an explanation for this phenomenon that is based on close analysis of the contradictory economic and political agendas that create and constrain labour migration. It shows how global capitalism regulates different stages of the process within an interconnected system of economic dispossession the construction of an illegal status border control labour exploitation and processes of underdevelopment. This is summarised as a regime of ‘unfree labour mobility’. Combined with structural and historical approaches this book is based on ethnographic research. It incorporates those who are left behind those who decide to stay migrants who fail and those who are on the move alongside clustered migrant communities in Senegal Mauritania and Spain. The book’s panoramic approach shows how West African ‘step-wise’ journeys to Europe by land and sea sees competing territorial and economic policies regulating an unstable and unpredictable trajectory creating ‘illegal’ labour through dual logics of border security and selective labour mobility. This book demonstrates that the diverse channels through which people migrate in the modern era are mediated by European states and labour markets which utilise border regimes to control labour and be globally competitive. The themes and patterns that emerge in their context of inter-generational change present a challenge to the accepted wisdom about the individual and household dynamics of labour migration. This book is of interest to students and scholars of migration transnationalism politics security development economics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672840

Migrants Minorities and the MediaInformation representations and participation in the public sphere The media inform the public help political and social actors communicate with each other influence perceptions of pressing issues depict topics and people in particular ways and may shape political views and participation. Given these critical functions that the media play in society this book asks how the media represent migrants and minorities. What information do the media communicate about them? What are the implications of media coverage for participation in the public sphere? In the past researchers studying migrants and minorities have rarely engaged in systematic media analysis. This volume advances analytical strategies focused on information representation and participation to examine the media migrants and minorities and it offers a set of compelling original analyses of multiple minority groups from countries in Europe North America and East Asia considering both traditional newspapers and new social media. The contributors analyze the framing and type of information that the media provide about particular groups or about issues related to migration and diversity; they examine how the media convey or construct particular depictions of minorities and immigrants including negative portrayals; and they interrogate whether and how the media provide space for minorities’ participation in a public sphere where they can advance their interests and identities. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075729

Migrants Minorities & HealthHistorical and Contemporary Studies First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868182

Migrants Refugees and the MediaThe New Reality of Open Societies The large-scale movements of refugees and economic migrants from conflict zones to more stable societies have resulted in challenges both for new entrants and their hosts. This fascinating volume brings together a collection of media analyses focused on immigration issues to examine how migration has been represented to the public. Case studies exploring media coverage of migrants and refugees in Europe enable the reader to better understand the complexity of the process through a range of unique and unexplored dimensions of immigration analysis including strategic framing theory game structure analysis migration maps and routes television narratives rumour-based communication and state-bred campaigns. The insights into the perspective of migrants the general public and policy makers provide innovative methodological and theoretical analysis on population movements which will be of interest to scholars students and policy makers working in the fields of migration studies international relations peace and security studies and social and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589196

Migrants and CitiesThe Accommodation of Migrant Organizations in Europe Migrants have organized at all times and in all cities and places. The processes of their accommodation however differ with local authorities and other state institutions playing an important role in these processes. Offering comprehensive empirical insights both from recent sites of immigration in Southern Europe as well as from places of more established immigration in the north this book examines the accommodation of migrant organizations in different cities and the factors that affect this process. It thus sheds light on the manner in which the interplay of immigration regime national integration policy and local responses shape the differing patterns and trajectories observed in the formation and action of migrant organizations across Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268524

Migrants and HealthPolitical and Institutional Responses to Cultural Diversity in Health Systems Integrating newcomers and minorities into the social fabric of receiving countries has become one of the crucial challenges of contemporary Western societies. This volume seeks to understand patterns of changing institutional practices and public policies where the challenges of including cultural diversity into the social fabric are most pronounced: namely the health care system. In recent years pro-migrant organizations and anti-racist activists have repeatedly voiced and politicized demands to improve migrants' access to the health-care system giving rise to a lively debate about migrants' access to health-care and responsiveness of institutions to their needs. In a nutshell the book achieves the following: - Provides a conceptual framework to link patterns of political advocacy/mobilization and processes of migrants' socio-political inclusion - Integrates the (multi-disciplinary) literature on political mobilization and accommodating cultural diversity in an innovative fashion - Presents a comparative study on accommodating diversity in the health care system from a comparative transatlantic perspective - Generates insight into best practices in the health care system that will be of interest to scholars as well as practitioners in the field. The analysis of health care provision offers an opportunity to test new public policy strategies and the policy consequences of the now widespread aspiration to include citizens more fully in designing and implementing them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754679158

Migrants and Identity in Japan and BrazilThe Nikkeijin Economic and social difficulties at the beginning of the 20th century caused many Japanese to emigrate to Brazil. The situation was reversed in the 1980s as a result of economic downturn in Brazil and labour shortages in Japan. This book examines the construction and reconstruction of the ethnic identities of people of Japanese descent firstly in the process of emigration to Brazil up to the 1980s and secondly in the process of return migration to Japan in the 1990s. The closed nature of Japan's social history means that the effect of return migration' can clearly be seen. Japan is to some extent a unique sociological specimen owing to the absence of any tradition of receiving immigrants. This book is first of all about migration but also covers the important related issues of ethnic identity and the construction of ethnic communities. It addresses the issues from the dual perspective of Japan and Brazil. The findings suggest that mutual contact has led neither to a state of conflict nor to one of peaceful coexistence but rather to an assertion of difference. It is argued that the Nikkeijin consent strategically to the social definitions imposed upon their identities and that the issue of the Nikkeijin presence is closely related to the emerging diversity of Japanese society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879249

Migrants and Race in the USTerritorial Racism and the Alien/Outside This book explains how migrants can be viewed as racial others not just because they are nonwhite but because they are racially "alien." This way of seeing makes it possible to distinguish migrants from a set of racial categories that are presumed to be indigenous to the nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957473

Migrants and Rights The concept of the migrant as rights bearer at law is surprisingly recent and under-developed. Migrants have traditionally been seen as outsiders persons who are in society but not yet of society. Migrants are at best invitees ’guests’ for whom presence in a country is a privilege. This is the first of two volumes which bring together writings which trace the evolution in thinking about migrants as legal subjects and rights holders. The articles cover: issues around state sovereignty and migrants as subjects of international law; the articulation of rights; different categories of migrants; issues around health and disability. The volume also features an extended article on the proposal for an International Migrants’ Bill of Rights (IMBR) put forward by an international consortium of academics and students. A related volume Refugees and Rights is also published as part of the series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472435972

Migrants and the CourtsA Century of Trial and Error? Written in a lively and engaging style from the perspective of a leading immigration judge this book examines how states resolve disputes with migrants. The chapters reflect on changes in the laws and rules of migration on an international and regional basis and the impact on the parties administration public and judiciary. The book is a critical assessment of how the migration tribunal system has evolved over the last century the lessons which have been learnt and those which have not. It includes additional comparative contributions by authors on international jurisdictions and is a valuable overview of the evolution and future of the immigration tribunal system which will be of interest to those involved in human rights migration transnational and international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409451969

Migrants and the Making of the Urban-Maritime WorldAgency and Mobility in Port Cities c. 1570–1940 This volume explores the mutually transformative relations between migrants and port cities. Throughout the ages of sail and steam port cities served as nodes of long-distance transmissions and exchanges. Commercial goods people animals seeds bacteria and viruses; technological and scientific knowledge and fashions all arrived in and moved through these microcosms of the global. Migrants made vital contributions to the construction of the urban-maritime world in terms of the built environment the particular sociocultural milieu and contemporary representations of these spaces. Port cities in turn conditioned the lives of these mobile people be they seafarers traders passers-through or people in search of a new home. By focusing on migrants—their actions and how they were acted upon—the authors seek to capture the contradictions and complexities that characterized port cities: mobility and immobility acceptance and rejection nationalism and cosmopolitanism diversity and homogeneity segregation and interaction. The book offers a wide geographical perspective covering port cities on three continents. Its chapters deal with agency in a widened sense considering the activities of individuals and collectives as well as the decisive impact of sailing and steamboats trains the built environment goods or microbes in shaping urban-maritime spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367543617

Migrants and Their Children in BritainGenerational Change in Patterns of Ethnic Minority Integration Do second-generation ethnic minorities those born and brought up in Britain increasingly adopt British attitudes values and ways or life or do they as some commentators have claimed remain isolated from the mainstream? This study maps the extent of generational change among Britain’s ethnic minority population and explores the underlying processes involved. It asks whether generational change has been in the direction of greater integration or whether some minorities been slower to integrate perhaps as a result of the prejudice and discrimination from the white British that they have encountered or because of desires to maintain ethnic values and resist Western practices. The study draws on the most recent and most authoritative British data to answer these questions. Chapter authors include leading authorities both from Britain and America including Mary Waters (Harvard) Lucinda Platt (LSE) and Anthony Heath CBE (Oxford and Manchester) as well as a new generation of young scholars. It will be essential reading both for students and scholars working on ethnic relations and for policy-makers and the wider public interested in questions of social cohesion multiculturalism and integration. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683495

Migrants and Urban ChangeNewcomers to Antwerp 1760-1860 Taking the Belgian city of Antwerp as a case-study this book argues that the direction of nineteenth century societal change was such as to make some groups of people better suited to reap the benefits of new opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665132

Migrants in Contemporary Spanish Film During the last two decades Spain has undergone an unprecedented transformation from being a country of emigrants to receiving a significant number of migrants from all around the world. This book focuses on the analysis of documentaries and fiction films representing migrants in Spain in the first decade of the twenty-first century. Guillén Marín explores the ways in which migrant and non-migrant filmmakers reframe the urban and rural space to create opportunities for a free although contested exchange between marginal voices and mainstream Spanish society. She analyzes the extent to which the films challenge forms of exclusion and represent ethnicity in a space that includes some and excludes others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890407

Migrants No MoreSettlement and Survival in Mambwe Villages Zambia Originally published in 1988 this book documents genealogical developments which together with changes in agricultural production religious ethic politics gender relations patterns of solidarity and trade were local adjustments to the economic crisis of the 1970s and 80s in Zambia. The book explores the dynamics of a peripheral 'traditional' economy examining the extent to which village structures and value systems have changed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000721

Migrants of IdentityPerceptions of 'Home' in a World of Movement Global movement is commonly characterized as one of the quintessential experiences of our age. Market forces territorial conflicts and environmental changes uproot an increasing number of people while mass communication travel tourism and a global market of commodities texts tastes fashions and ideologies place individuals more than ever in a global arena. As traditional conceptions of individuals as members of stationary fixed and separate societies and cultures no longer convince to what extent does movement become central to individuals' self-conceptions? How do people cultivate negotiate nurture and maintain an identity? To what extent do individuals become ‘migrants of identity' whose home is movement?Defining ‘home' as ‘where one best knows oneself' this pioneering book explores the various ways in which people perceive themselves to be ‘at home' in today's world. Through a series of case studies authors show that for a world of travellers labour migrants exiles and commuters ‘home' comes to be found in behavioural routines and techniques in styles of dress and address in memories myths and stories in jokes and opinions. In short people who live their lives in movement make sense of their lives as movement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136149

Migrants to AmazoniaSpontaneous Colonization in the Brazilian Frontier This book is the story of one Amazonian community located along the middle Araguaia River in the northeastern comer of the state of Mato Grosso. It is based on fourteen months of fieldwork in 1976 1978 and 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367014315

Migrating BordersTerritorial Rescaling and Citizenship Realignment in Europe Migrating Borders explores the relationship between territory and citizenship at a time when the very boundaries of the political community come into question. Made up of an interdisciplinary team of social scientists the book provides new answers to the age-old ‘question of nationalities’ as it unfolds in a particular context – the European multilevel federation – where polities are linked to each other through a complex web of vertical and horizontal relations. Individual chapters cover and compare well-known cases such as Catalonia Kosovo and Scotland but also others that often fall under the radar of mainstream analysis such as the Turkish Republic of Northern Cyprus or the Roma. At a time of heightened uncertainty surrounding the European integration project the book offers an invaluable theoretical and empirical compass to navigate some of the most pressing issues in contemporary European politics. Exploring what happens to citizenship when borders ‘migrate’ over people Migrating Borders will be of great interest to scholars of Ethnic and Migration Studies European Politics and Society Nationalism European Integration and Citizenship. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367373306

Migrating GendersWesternisation Migration and Samoan Fa'afafine Migrating Genders presents a sustained description of male-to-female transgendered identities explaining how the fa'afafine fit within the wider gender system of Samoa and examining both the impact of Westernization on fa'afafine identities and lives and the experiences of fa'afafine who have migrated to New Zealand. Informed by theories of sex gender and embodiment this book explores the manner in which the expression and understanding of non-normative gendered identities in Samoa problematizes dominant western understandings of the relationship between sex and gender. Drawing on rich empirical material this book tells of both the diversity and the uniqueness of fa'afafine identities aspects which fa'afafine have maintained in the face of Westernization migration and cultural marginalization in both Samoa and New Zealand. As such in addition to anthropologists it will be of interest to geographers sociologists and other readers with interests in gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882549

Migrating HeritageExperiences of Cultural Networks and Cultural Dialogue in Europe Bringing together an international forum of experts this book looks at how museums libraries and further public cultural institutions respond to the effects of globalisation mobility and migration across Europe. It puts forward examples of innovative practice and policies that reflect these challenges looking at issues such as how cultural institutions present themselves to and interact with multicultural audiences how to support networking across European institutions and share practice in core activities such as archiving interpreting and exhibiting artefacts. Academics practitioners from museums and public institutions and policymakers explore theoretical and practical approaches from a range of different disciplines such as museum and cultural heritage studies cultural memory studies social anthropology sociology of organizations cultural heritage management and cultural heritage informatics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399124

Migrating Music Migrating Music considers the issues around music and cosmopolitanism in new ways. Whilst much of the existing literature on ‘world music’ questions the apparently world-disclosing nature of this genre – but says relatively little about migration and mobility – diaspora studies have much to say about the latter yet little about the significance of music. In this context this book affirms the centrality of music as a mode of translation and cosmopolitan mediation whilst also pointing out the complexity of the processes at stake within it. Migrating music it argues represents perhaps the most salient mode of performance of otherness to mutual others and as such its significance in socio-cultural change rivals – and even exceeds – literature film and other language and image-based cultural forms. This book will serve as a valuable reference tool for undergraduate and postgraduate students with research interests in cultural studies sociology of culture music globalization migration and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633598

Migration While the subject of migration has received enormous attention in academic journals and books across the social sciences introductory texts on the matter are few and far between. Even fewer books have explored migration through a critical and explicit engagement with spatial concepts. Now in its second edition Migration remains the only text in more than a decade that emphasizes how geographical or spatial concepts can be used critically to understand migration. The multi-disciplinary text draws on insights from human geography political science social anthropology sociology and to a lesser extent economics. All of the chapters focus on key terms theories concepts and issues concerning migration and immigration. The book argues that in the context of migration two opposing ‘spatial positions’ have emerged in the wake of the critique of ‘methodological nationalism’. On one hand is the significance of ‘transnationalism’ and on the other the importance of ‘sub-national’ or local processes. Both require more nuance and integration while many of the concepts and theories which have thus far neglected space or have not been ‘treated’ spatially need to be re-written with space in mind. Pedagogically the text combines a carefully defined structure accessible language boxes that explore case studies of migrant-related experiences in particular places annotated suggestions for further reading useful websites and relevant films and summary questions for student learning at the end of each chapter. Migration provides a critical multi-disciplinary advanced and theoretically informed introduction to migration and immigration. Revised and updated with new material new maps and illustrations and an accompanying website (https://migration2ndedition.wordpress.com/) it continues to be aimed at advanced undergraduates and Masters-level graduate students undertaking courses on migration and immigration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924475

Migration Agrarian Transition and Rural Change in Southeast Asia Rural life in Southeast Asia is being transformed by new and intensifying processes of migration and mobility. Migration out of rural areas creates new forms of class mobility familial relations production processes and income. Migration into rural areas creates a new and sometimes marginalized workforce contestation over resource access and the juxtaposition of culturally different groups. At the same time everyday mobility stretches the spatial boundaries of village and family life. The bounded space of the village is no longer adequate to understand the dynamics that are driving (and resulting from) rural social change. This collection of original studies explores the cultural economic and environmental dimensions of intensifying migration and mobility in rural Southeast Asia at multiple scales. Diverse processes are explored including rural-urban flows rural-rural movement everyday mobilities and international migrations into regional and global labour markets. Drawing on fieldwork in six countries across the region these essays also explore what migration means for our understanding of class citizenship gender and the state in a rapidly changing part of the world. This book was based on two parts of a special issue of Critical Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814522

Migration Borders and EducationInternational Sociological Inquiries This book brings together high-quality international research which examines how migration and borders are experienced in education. It presents new conceptualisations of education as a ‘border regime’ demonstrating the need for closer attention to ‘border thinking’ and diasporic and transnational analyses in education. We live in a time in which borders – material and political – are being reasserted with profound social consequences. Both the containment and global movement of people dominate political concerns and inevitably impact educational systems and practices. Providing a global outlook the chapters in this book present in-depth sociological analyses of the ways in which borders are constituted and reconstituted through educational practice from a diverse range of national contexts. Key issues taken up by authors include: immigration status and educational inequalities; educational inclusion and internal migration; ‘curricula nationalism’ and global citizenship; education and labour; the educational experiences of refugees and the politics of refugee education; student migration and adult education; and nationalism colonialism and racialization. This book was originally published as a special issue of International Studies in Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281144

Migration Citizenship and Intercultural RelationsLooking through the Lens of Social Inclusion Migration Citizenship and Intercultural Relations reflects on the tensions and contradictions that arise within debates on social inclusion arguing that both the concept of social inclusion and policy surrounding it need to incorporate visions of citizenship that value ethnic diversity. Presenting the latest empirical research from Australia and engaging with contemporary global debates on questions of identity citizenship intercultural relations and social inclusion this book unsettles fixed assumptions about who is included as a valued citizen and explores the possibilities for engendering inclusive visions of citizenship in local national and transnational spaces. Organised around the themes of identity citizenship and intercultural relations this interdisciplinary collection sheds light on the role that ethnic diversity can play in fostering new visions of inclusivity and citizenship in a globalised world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255777

Migration Civil Society and Global Governance How do the United Nations international organizations governments corporate actors and a wide variety of civil society organizations and regional and global trade unions perceive the root causes of migration global inequality and options for sustainable development? This is one of the most pertinent political questions of the 21st century. This comprehensive collection examines the development of an emerging global governance on migration with the focus on spaces roles strategies and alliance-making of a composite transnational civil society engaged in issues of rights and the protection of migrants and their families. It reveals the need to strengthen networking and convergence among movements that adopt different entry points to the same struggle from fighting ‘managed’ migration to contesting corporate control of food and land. The authors examine the opportunities and challenges faced by civil society in its endeavour to promote a rights-based approach within international and intergovernmental fora engaged in setting up a global compact for the management of migration such as the Global Forum for Migration and Development and in other global policy spaces.Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a CC-BY 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367147266_oachapter1.pdfChapter 3 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a CC-BY 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367147266_oachapter3.pdfChapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a CC-BY 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367147266_oachapter6.pdf  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671266

Migration Culture Conflict Crime and Terrorism Immigration and its consequences is a substantially contested subject with hugely differing viewpoints. While some contend that criminal participation by migrants is the result of environmental factors found in the host country that are beyond the control of migrants others blame migrants for all that is wrong in their communities. In this book experts from Europe the USA Turkey and Israel examine recent developments in the fields of culture conflict organized crime victimization and terrorism all of which intersect to varying degrees with migration and illegal conduct. While the essays further our understanding of a variety of issues surrounding migration at the same time they illuminate the complexities of managing the challenges as globalization increases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277885

Migration Culture Conflict and Crime This title was first published in 2002: The issue of immigration and crime in all of its many contexts and forms is a problem which affects numerous countries throughout the world. In many countries immigrants have been accused of disproportionate involvement in crime while in others immigrants are often claimed to be the victims of criminal offenders as well as indifferent criminal justice systems. The subjects covered within this informative collection include the offending and victimization rates of immigrants and their dependants institutional racism human trafficking/smuggling and ethnic conflicts. In particular the problems faced by female immigrants are addressed in detail. Whilst some papers look at the issues facing particular countries such as Germany the United Kingdom Australia Israel and Turkey others adopt a more comparative approach. Migration Culture Conflict and Crime is an essential and compelling read for all those with a strong interest in this important area. Not only does it significantly advance our scientific knowledge concerning the relationship between immigration crime and justice but it also sets forth a number of proposals which if implemented could address many of the problems found in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705166

Migration Development and Social Change in the HimalayasAn Ethnographic Village Study This book teases out the reasons for and the socio-economic impacts of different types of migration on contemporary rural households and individuals. The author creatively depicts the dynamic microcosm of one village in the North Indian Kumaun Himalayas near the border with Chinese Tibet giving voice to the life stories of a range of migrants. Through this ethnography migration is revealed as a fundamental part of the multifaceted 21st-century changes which the village is experiencing. From elderly women to unemployed men young farm women and local children the book demonstrates how village life is continually constituted socially and economically by overlapping migration patterns – including outmigration return migration in-migration and even non-migration. Extending the argument the author demonstrates that the village microcosm is linked to many other villages which are microcosms in their own right as well as in relation to the main village across a spatial hierarchy. The theoretical implications of the study are teased out to inform our understanding of rural-urban migration trends and impacts more generally and as such the book will be of interest to researchers of the South Asian region but also of internal migration in the global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150969

Migration Diaspora and Information Technology in Global Societies Migrants and diaspora communities are shaped by their use of information and communication technologies. This book explores the multifaceted role played by new media in the re-location of these groups of people assisting them in their efforts to defeat nostalgia construct new communities and keep connected with their communities of origin. Furthermore the book analyses the different ways in which migrants contribute along with natives in co-constructing contemporary societies – a process in which the cultures of both groups are considered. Drawing on contributions from a range of disciplines including sociology anthropology psychology and linguistics it offers a more profound understanding of one of the most significant phenomena of contemporary international societies – the migration of nearly a billion people worldwide - and the relationship between technology and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719711

Migration Diasporas and Legal Systems in Europe At a time when issues concerning migration and the formation of diasporic communities have come to be critical for all European legal systems this volume reflects discusses and analyzes the questions raised by diasporas who have established themselves in Europe over more than fifty years of immigration and the challenges faced by legal systems in the light of continued migration. Contributors from a broad range of backgrounds address prominent issues ranging from legal pluralism among minorities pressures on EU accession states irregular migration state control of family reunification and formation in light of human rights laws challenges for citizenship and nationality laws and the implementation of visa rules and juxtaposed control zones. Besides the EU as a supranational legal order the book contains discussion of conditions in the United Kingdom Ireland France Spain Gibraltar Morocco Greece Turkey and Lithuania.This volume accompanies The Challenge of Asylum to Legal Systems and is the second book to emerge from the W.G Hart Legal Workshop held in 2004 at London's Institute for Advanced Legal Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781003076766

Migration Domestic Work and AffectA Decolonial Approach on Value and the Feminization of Labor Domestic and care work in private households is now the largest employment sector for migrant women. This book sheds light on these households through its focus on the interpersonal relationships between Latin American “undocumented migrant” domestic workers and employers in Austria Germany Spain and the UK. The personal experiences of these women form the basis for Gutiérrez-Rodríguez’s decolonial analysis of the feminization of labor in private households and cultural analysis of domestic work as affective labor. This book will be a necessary voice in the debates on citizenship cosmopolitanism and migrant workers’ rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807630

Migration Education and Change The diverse contributions in this book discuss both the classical and the more recent forms of migration. Illustrating the developments in various European countries and Australia as a 'classical immigration state' they tackle these different forms of migration and investigate their divergent educational implications regarding identity citizenship and language education. This book will be of essential interest for students and researchers interested in the current discourse on multicultural education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650144

Migration Education and Socio-Economic Mobility The primacy of education in development agendas is unquestioned. With the gradual acknowledgement of the potential benefits that migration can hold for development the relationship between migration and education is a growing area of research. Migration Education and Socio-Economic Mobility explores how the decisions people make in terms of both their migration choices and educational investments mediated as they are by gender class caste and nationality can potentially contribute to earning incomes building social and symbolic capital or reshaping gender relations all elements contributing to the process of economic and social mobility. Much of the existing literature examining the links between migration and education focuses either on the investment of migrant remittances in the education of their children back home or on ‘brain drain’ that refers to the migration of skilled workers from the developing to the developed world. Most of these discussions are firmly rooted in materialist arguments and while undeniably important tend to underplay the social processes through which migration and education interact to shape people’s lives identities and status in society. Along with economic security people also aspire to social mobility and status enhancement. The ideas presented in this book take a more varied and nuanced view of the relationship between education and migration. This book was originally published as a special issue of Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111202

Migration Education and TranslationCross-Disciplinary Perspectives on Human Mobility and Cultural Encounters in Education Settings This multidisciplinary collection examines the connections between education migration and translation across school and higher education sectors and a broad range of socio-geographical contexts. Organised around the themes of knowledge language mobility and practice it brings together studies from around the world to offer a timely critique of existing practices that privilege some ways of knowing and communicating over others. With attention to issues of internationalisation forced migration minorities and indigenous education this volume asks how the dominance of English in education might be challenged how educational contexts that privilege bi- and multi-lingualism might be re-imagined what we might learn from existing educational practices that privilege minority or indigenous languages and how we might exercise ‘linguistic hospitality’ in a world marked by high levels of forced migration and educational mobility. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in education migration and intercultural communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367260347

Migration Ethnic Relations and Chinese Business Incorporating research carried out over the last twenty years this book documents the personal and collective responses of Chinese migrants and refugees to the prejudice and discrimination they have experienced. Using case studies of Chinese communities in Canada Chan explores the different defence mechanisms Chinese migrants have created in order to escape the systemic and institutionalized discrimination they face. In particular the book analyzes Chinese entrepreneurship arguing that it is a collective response to blocked opportunities in host societies. Drawing upon empirical and theoretical literature on the sociology of race and ethnic relations the book stresses the variety in Chinese culture and its ability to exploit an emergent ethnicity as individuals groups and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814218

Migration Ethnicity and Mental HealthInternational Perspectives 1840-2010 Most investigations of foreign-born migrants emphasize the successful adjustment and settlement of newcomers. Yet suicide heavy drinking violence family separations and domestic disharmony were but a few of the possible struggles experienced by those who relocated abroad in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and were among the chief reasons for committal to an asylum. Significant analysis of this problem addressing the interconnected issues of migration ethnicity and insanity has to date received little attention from the scholarly community. This international collection examines the difficulties that migrants faced in adjustment abroad through a focus on migrants and mobile peoples issues of ethnicity and the impact of migration on the mental health of refugees. It further extends the migration paradigm beyond patients to incorporate the international exchange of medical ideas and institutional practices and the recruitment of a medical workforce. These issues are explored through case studies which utilize different social and cultural historical methods but with a shared twin purpose: to uncover the related histories of migration ethnicity and mental health and to extend existing scholarly frameworks and findings in this under-developed field of inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378056

Migration Family and the Welfare StateIntegrating Migrants and Refugees in Scandinavia Migration Family and the Welfare State explores understandings and practices of integration in the Scandinavian welfare societies of Denmark Norway and Sweden through a comprehensive range of detailed ethnographic studies. Chapters examine discourses policies and programs of integration in the three receiving societies studying how these are experienced by migrant and refugee families as they seek to realize the hopes and ambitions for a better life that led them to leave their country of origin. The three Scandinavian countries have had parallel histories as welfare societies receiving increasing numbers of migrants and refugees after World War II and yet they have reacted in dissimilar ways to the presence of foreigners with Denmark developing tough immigration policies and nationalist integration requirements Sweden asserting itself as a relatively open country with an official multicultural policy and Norway taking a middle position. The book analyses the impact of these differences and similarities on immigrants refugees and their descendants across three intersecting themes: integration as a welfare state project; integration as political discourse and practice; and integration as immigrants’ and refugees’ quest for improvement and belonging. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754637

Migration Gender and Care Economy This volume closely analyses women’s role and experiences in migration (internal and international) and its interlinkages with the care economy in their functions as nurses and paid domestic workers as well as unpaid carers. Bringing together case studies from across India and other parts of the world the essays in the volume capture the characteristics and specificities of female migration in different settings — be it for economic or associational reasons or as left behind members. The book also looks at gender-specific discriminations and vulnerabilities along with the empowering aspects of migration.This volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of migration gender studies sociology and social anthropology as well as development studies demography and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367733223

Migration Gender and Home Economics in Rural North India This book critically examines the socio-economic impacts of out-migration on households and gender dynamics in rural northern India. The first of its kind this study unearths through detailed regional and demographical research the ways in which economic and migratory trends of male family members in rural India in general and hilly regions of Garhwal in particular affect the wives children extended families and agricultural lands that they have left behind. It offers vital research in how rural India’s socio-economic formations and topographic characteristics can today more effectively contribute to the national and global economy with respect to migratory trends gender dynamics and home life. Furthermore it investigates the collapse of agricultural and many other traditional economic activities without a corresponding creation of fresh economic opportunities. This book moreover elucidates how male out-migration from rural to urban centres has greatly re-shaped kinship and economic structures at places of origin and has consequently had a serious impact on the socio-psychological well-being of family members. This book will be of great value to scholars and researchers of development economics agricultural economics environment studies sociology social anthropology population studies gender and women’s studies social psychology migration and diaspora studies South Asian studies and behavioral studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367202453

Migration Identity and BelongingDefining Borders and Boundaries of the Homeland This volume responds to the question: How do you know when you belong to a country? In other words when is the nation-state a homeland? The boundaries and borders defining who belongs and who does not proliferate in the age of globalization although they may not coincide with national jurisdictions. Contributors to this collection engage with how these boundaries are made and sustained examining how belonging is mediated by material relations of power capital and circuits of communication technology on the one side and representations of identity nation and homeland on the other. The authors’ diverse methodologies ranging from archival research oral histories literary criticism and ethnography attend to these contradictions by studying how the practices of migration and identification procured and produced through global exchanges of bodies and goods that cross borders foreclose those borders to (re)produce and (re)imagine the homeland and its boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602908

Migration Incorporation and Change in an Interconnected World Written in engaging and approachable prose Migration Incorporation and Change in an Interconnected World covers the bulk of material a student needs to get a good sense of the empirical and theoretical trends in the field of migration studies while being short enough that professors can easily build their courses around it without hesitating to assign additional readings. Taking a unique approach Ali and Hartmann focus on what they consider the important topics and the potential route the field is going to take and incorporate a conceptual lens that makes this much more than a simple relaying of facts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637398

Migration Land and LivelihoodsCreating Alternative Modernities in the Pacific This book critically and succinctly examines recent changes in land ownership mobility and livelihoods in various Pacific island states from East Timor to the Solomon Islands where climate change environmental change (including hazards of various origins) population growth and urbanization have contributed to new tensions and discords and resulted in complex structures of migration and resettlement. This has brought new and varied experiences of income and livelihood generation and consequent reinterpretations of ‘modernity’ and ‘tradition’. In a series of detailed case studies this book traces various responses to such socio-economic changes both in how they are locally envisaged as pressures on land have intensified urban informal settlements and livelihoods have expanded and perceptions of identity and property rights have changed and in national development policy responses. It offers valuable reflections on the complex balance between continuity and change the tensions between social and economic development the will to develop and the management of dissent and difference.This book was published as a special issue of Australian Geographer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739591

Migration Mechanization And Agricultural Labor Markets In Egypt This book addresses the impact of labor emigration the structure and functioning of agricultural labor markets and the causes and consequences of farm mechanization in Egypt. It argues that agricultural mechanization and government policy are very closely intertwined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167110

Migration Micro-Business and Tourism in ThailandHighlanders in the City Visitors to Thailand’s urban and beach-sided tourist hotspots notice the presence of colourful and predominantly female vendors offering self-made and mass-manufactured products. A high percentage of these vendors are members of the highland ethnic minority group of Akha who have become micro-entrepreneurs or self-employed street vendors. The work and everyday life experiences of these ethnic minority migrants are situated at the intersections of tourism migration and the informal sector. This book investigates the social economic and political embeddedness of street vendors in urban tourist contexts in Thailand. Based on extensive field research it presents a detailed analysis of urban-directed mobility patterns and revealing strategies and dilemmas in the urban souvenir business. Focusing on the development of urban ethnic minority souvenir stalls run mostly by people belonging to the highland group of Akha the author explains the spatial expansion of ethnic businesses and assesses the economic and political obstacles micro-entrepreneurs are confronted with. The book offers an understanding of the everyday practices and social relations of and between unequally powerful actors related to ethnic minority tourism in urban contexts and systematically integrates individual and collective action into socio-economic and politico-institutional contexts. A significant contribution to migration and ethnic minority studies in the Thai and Asian urban tourism context the book will be of interest to researchers in the fields of Southeast Asian studies tourism migration and ethnic minority studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025540

Migration Nation States and International Cooperation Against a background of past limited examples of international cooperation and ambitious hopes for extensive future efforts this volume puts two related questions to the empirical test: under which conditions are states prepared to cooperate over international migration and what form - bilateral multilateral formal informal - will this cooperation take? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848978

Migration Population Structure And Redistribution Policies This book analyses the links between migration and the composition structure and geographic distribution of populations. It discusses the evolution of population redistribution policies in Brazil and examines internal migration between the 1930s and the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157913

Migration Prostitution and Human TraffickingThe Voice of Chinese Women Migration Prostitution and Human Trafficking examines the nature magnitude and gravity of prostitution and sex trafficking--and the relationship between them--in contemporary China. By researching the backgrounds circumstances and other factors that drive Chinese women to migrate to Shenzhen China Liu hopes to shed light on the underlying reasons for their entry into the sex industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865319

Migration Protest Movements and the Politics of ResistanceA Radical Political Philosophy of Cosmopolitanism Migration and cosmopolitanism are said to be complementary. Cosmopolitanism means to be a citizen of the world and migration without impediments should be the natural starting point for a cosmopolitan view. However the intensification of migration through an increasing number of refugees and economic migrants has generated anti-cosmopolitan stances. Using the concept of cosmopolitanism as it emerges from migrant protests like Sans Papiers No One Is Illegal and No Borders an interdisciplinary group of scholars addresses this discrepancy and explores how migrant protest movements elicit a new form of radical cosmopolitanism. The combination of basic theoretical concepts and detailed empirical analysis in this book will advance the theoretical debate on the inherent cosmopolitan aspects of migrant activism. As such it will be a valuable contribution to students researchers and scholars of political science sociology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615380

Migration Regional Integration and Human SecurityThe Formation and Maintenance of Transnational Spaces This original and timely book is the first to analyze the interconnectedness of migration regional integration and the new security studies. Exploring the conflict between the actions of transnational migrants and state government policy in a series of theoretical chapters and regional case-studies the book includes theoretical chapters which look at three key facets of the nation-state: population territory and government discussing the ways in which migration regional integration and new security thinking challenge the accepted role and responsibilities of the state. Regional case-studies are also included which explore the specific challenges faced in regions including Central America Asia and the Pacific and Central and Eastern Europe. As a book that asks crucial questions about the formulation of migration policies and the consequences of that success of failure it will be essential reading for students and scholars of migration in sociology politics and international relations and also for those with professional interests in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259256

Migration Religion and Schooling in Liberal Democratic States Speaking to an increasingly fluid world involving the migration of peoples and cultures the global resilience of religion and the role of schooling in fostering liberal democratic values this book investigates the degree to which secular public schools might facilitate religious migrants’ societal integration. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach which draws from political philosophy the philosophy of education and the sociology of religion Collet argues that public schools in liberal democratic states can best facilitate the pluralistic integration of religious migrant students through adopting policies of recognition and accommodation that are not only reasonable in the light of liberal democratic principles but also informed in terms of what we understand regarding the natural role religion often plays in acculturation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877828

Migration Remittances And Small Business DevelopmentMexico And Caribbean Basin Countries This book offers an analysis of the employment and income potential of the small business sector in a number of migrant-sending countries. It examines the linkages between remittances and small businesses in Mexico and Caribbean Basin countries. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166519

Migration Remittances and Sustainable Development in Africa This book provides a strong multidisciplinary examination of the links between migration remittances and sustainable development in Africa. It makes evidence-based policy recommendations on migration to help achieve the Sustainable Development Goals. The key themes examined are migration and remittances and their relations with the following issues: economic transformation education and knowledge corruption and conflict. Cross-cutting issues such as gender equality and youth are weaved throughout the chapters and a rich range of country contexts are presented. The volume also discusses challenges in managing migration flows. It will be of interest to advanced students academics and policy makers in development economics and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256470

Migration Risk and Uncertainty Migration is one of the driving forces of economic and social change in the modern world. It is both informed by risk and a generator of risk whether for individuals households communities or societies. Although the relationship between migration and risk is widely acknowledged it has long been neglected in academic research with a few exceptions such as household diversification strategies. Instead risk is assumed to be implicit in economic or social models rather than being explicitly theorised or analysed. This book represents the first major review of these key relationships. It draws on a wide range of theories - from economics psychology sociology anthropology and geography - and an equally broad range of empirical material to provide a highly original overview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547094

Migration Settlement and the Concepts of House and Home How do migrants feel "at home" in their houses? Literature on the migrant house and its role in the migrant experience of home-building is inadequate. This book offers a theoretical framework based on the notion of home-building and the concepts of home and house embedded within it. It presents innovative research on four groups of migrants who have settled in two metropolitan cities in two periods: migrants from Italy (migrated in the 1950s and 1960s) and from mainland China (migrated in the 1990s and 2000s) in Melbourne Australia and migrants from Morocco (migrated in the 1950s and 1960s) and from the former Soviet Union (migrated in the 1990s and 2000s) in Tel Aviv Israel. The analysis draws on qualitative data gathered from forty-six in depth interviews with migrants in their home-environments including extensive visual data. Levin argues that the physical form of the house is meaningful in a range of diverse ways during the process of home-building and that each migrant group constructs a distinct form of home-building in their homes/houses according to their specific circumstances of migration namely the origin country country of destination and period of migration as well as the historical economic and social contexts around migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547117

Migration Squatting and Radical Autonomy This book offers a unique contribution exploring how the intersections among migrants and radical squatters' movements have evolved over past decades. The complexity and importance of squatting practices are analyzed from a bottom-up perspective to demonstrate how the spaces of squatting can be transformed by migrants. With contributions from scholars scholar-activists and activists this book provides unique insights into how squatting has offered an alternative to dominant anti-immigrant policies and the implications of squatting on the social acceptance of migrants. It illustrates the different mechanisms of protest followed in solidarity by migrant squatters and Social Center activists when discrimination comes from above or below and explores how can different spatialities be conceived and realized by radical practices. Contributions adopt a variety of perspectives from critical human geography social movement studies political sociology urban anthropology autonomous Marxism feminism open localism anarchism and post-structuralism to analyze and contextualize migrants and squatters’ exclusion and social justice issues. This book is a timely and original contribution through its exploration of migrations squatting and radical autonomy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494480

Migration Transfers and Economic Decision Making among Agricultural Households The increasing volume of remittances and public transfers in rural areas of the developing world has raised hopes that these cash inflows may serve as an effective mechanism for reducing poverty in the long term by facilitating investments and raising productivity particularly in agriculture where market failures are most manifest. This book systematically tests the empirical relationship between cash transfers and productive spending in agriculture amongst rural households in six different countries of the developing world. Together the studies point to little impact of migration and public and private transfers on agricultural productivity instead facilitating a transition away from agriculture or to a less labour intensive type of agriculture.From a policy perspective the studies raise the question of how to maintain rural economies as migration and social assistance are unlikely to provide a sustainable way to overcome rural poverty in the long run for those that remain in rural areas. For the foreseeable future agriculture will play an important role in alleviating poverty and sustaining growth in rural areas. Yet public and private transfers are not providing much of the impetus needed to raise the sector’s productivity. Whether the transfers are invested in agriculture will ultimately depend on the attractiveness of the sector which is largely determined by the policies of governments and donors.This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981072

Migration Transnationalism and Development in South-East Europe and the Black Sea Region The Southeast Europe and Black Sea region presents fertile terrain for examining recent international migration trends. The contributions to this book cover a range of examples from Ukraine and Moldova in the north to Greece and Albania in the south. By intersecting the three key concepts of migration transnationalism and development they offer new insights based on original empirical research. A wide range of types of migration can be observed in this region: large-scale emigration in many countries recent mass immigration in the case of Greece return migration internal migration internal and external forced migration irregular migration brain drain etc. These migratory phenomena occur within the context of EU migration policies and EU accession for some countries. Yet within this shifting migration landscape of migrant stocks and flows the fundamental economic geography of different wealth levels and work opportunities is what drives most migration now as in the past. This book was previously published as a special issue of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028305

Migration Work and Citizenship in the Enlarged European Union Drawing upon socio-legal research this insightful book considers labour migration within the context of ('eastward') European Union enlargement. Specifically this volume explores the legal rights of accession nationals to access employment their experiences once in work and their engagement with broader family and social entitlement. By combining analysis of the legal framework governing free movement-related rights with analysis of qualitative data gained from interviews with Polish migrants this volume is able to speculate on the significance the status of Union citizenship holds for nationals of the recently-acceded CEE Member States. Citizenship is conceptualised not merely as rights but as a practice; a real 'lived' experience. The citizenship status of migrants from the CEE Member States is shaped by formal legal entitlement law in action - as it is implemented by the Member States and 'accessed' by the migrants - and social and cultural perceptions and experiences 'on the ground'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267640

Migration Work and Citizenship in the New Global Order Any consideration of global migration in relation to work and citizenship must necessarily be situated in the context of the Great Recession. A whole historical chapter – that of neoliberalism – has now closed and the future can only be deemed uncertain. Migrant workers were key players during this phase of the global system supplying cheap and flexible labour inputs when required in the rich countries. Now with the further sustainability of the neoliberal political and economic world order in question what will be the role of migration in terms of work patterns and what modalities of political citizenship will develop? While informalization of the relations of production and the precarization of work were once assumed to be the exception that is no longer the case. As for citizenship this book posits a parallel development of precarious citizenship for migrants made increasingly vulnerable by the global economic crisis. But we are also in an era of profound social transformation in the context of which social counter-movements emerge which may halt the disembedding of the market from social control and its corrosive impact. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852457

Migration Work and Home-Making in the CityDwelling and Belonging among Vietnamese Communities in London This book explores the relationships between home work and migration among Vietnamese people in East London demonstrating the diversity of home-making practices and forms of belonging in relation to the dwelling workplace and wider city. Engaging with wider scholarship on transnationalism urban mobilities and the geopolitical dimensions of home among migrants and diasporic communities the author draws on ethnographic work to examine the experiences of people who migrated from Vietnam to London at different times and in diverse circumstances including individuals who arrived as refugees in the 1970s as well as those who have migrated for work or education in recent years. Migration Work and Home-Making in the City thus sheds new light on the social material and spiritual practices through which people create senses of home that connect them with their country of origin and reveals how home-making is constrained by immigration policies insecure housing and precarious work thus highlighting the barriers to belonging in the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670870

Migration Workers and Fundamental FreedomsPandemic Vulnerabilities and States of Exception in India The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a mass exodus of India’s migrant workers from the cities back to the villages. This book explores the social conditions and concerns around health labour migration and gender that were thrown up as a result of this forced migration. The book examines the failings of the public health systems and the state response to address the humanitarian crisis which unfolded in the middle of the pandemic. It highlights how the pandemic-lockdown disproportionately affected marginalised social groups – Dalits and the Adivasi communities women and Muslim workers. The book reflects on the socio-economic vulnerabilities of migrant workers their rights to dignity questions around citizenship and the need for robust systems of democratic and constitutional accountability. The chapters also critically look at the gendered vulnerabilities of women and non-cis persons in both public and private spaces the exacerbation of social stratification and prejudices incidents of intimidation by the administration and the police forces and proposed labour reforms which might create greater insecurities for migrant workers. This important and timely book will be of great interest to researchers and students of sociology public policy development studies gender studies labour and economics and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367641559

Migration Across BoundariesLinking Research to Practice and Experience Bringing together scholars and practitioners from a range of disciplinary backgrounds working in Europe North and South America South Asia and the Middle East this volume explores the question of how to ensure that migration research feeds back into improving the lives of migrants. It emphasises the necessarily interdisciplinary and cross-boundary nature of migration research offering methodological recommendations to anyone studying or working in the field and showing how migration studies can usefully affect real contexts by better exploring the potential that exists for both bridging academic disciplines and building links with work that occurs beyond strictly academic forums. Organised around the themes of methodological considerations and interdisciplinary approaches the experiences of migrants as researchers and interaction between practitioners policy-makers and academics Migration Across Boundaries discusses the realities of the discourses that surround international migration examining the proper role of academia in bringing together a range of stakeholders to formulate dialogic approaches to understanding migration. An international and interdisciplinary contribution to our understanding of how research in migration can be brought to bear on the experiences of migrants and linked to the work of activists artists and policy-makers this book will appeal not only to scholars and students of migration across the social sciences but also to those working in the fields of migrant advocacy and activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367563431

Migration and AgricultureMobility and change in the Mediterranean area In recent years Mediterranean agriculture has experienced important transformations which have led to new forms of labour and production and in particular to a surge in the recruitment of migrant labour. The Mediterranean Basin represents a very interesting arena that is able to illustrate labour conditions and mobility the competition among different farming models and the consequences in terms of the proletarianization process food crisis and diet changes. Migration and Agriculture brings together international contributors from across several disciplines to describe and analyse labour conditions and international migrations in relation to agri-food restructuring processes. This unique collection of articles connects migration issues with the proletarianization process and agrarian transitions that have affected Southern European as well as some Middle Eastern and Northern African countries in different ways. The chapters present case studies from a range of territories in the Mediterranean Basin offering empirical data and theoretical analysis in order to grasp the complexity of the processes that are occurring. This book offers a uniquely comprehensive overview of migrations territories and agro-food production in this key region and will be an indispensable resource to scholars in migration studies rural sociology social geography and the political economy of agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200121

Migration and Citizenship AttributionPolitics and Policies in Western Europe How do states in Western Europe deal with the challenges of migration for citizenship? The legal relationship between a person and a state is becoming increasingly blurred in our mobile transnational world. This volume deals with the membership dimension of citizenship specifically the formal rules that states use to attribute citizenship. These nationally-specific rules determine how and under what conditions citizenship is attributed by states to individuals: how one can acquire formal citizenship status but also how this status can be lost. Migration and Citizenship Attribution observes various trends in citizenship policies since the early 1980s analysing historical patterns and recent changes across Western Europe as well as examining specific developments in individual countries. Authors explore the equal treatment of women and men with regard to descent-based citizenship attribution along with the process of convergence between countries with ‘ius soli’ and ‘ius sanguinis’ traditions with regard to birthright provisions. They consider how the increasing acceptance of multiple citizenship is reflected in a dual trend to abolish or at least to moderate the renunciation of the citizenship of origin as a condition for naturalisation and also to restrict provisions of loss of citizenship due to voluntary acquisition of a foreign citizenship. Another trend observed and discussed is the introduction by many countries of language tests and integration conditions in the naturalisation procedure with some countries now concluding the naturalisation process by means of a US-styled citizenship ceremony. Contributors also explore the various things taken into account under state citizenship laws such as statelessness or membership of the European Union. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110281

Migration and Colonialism in Late Second Millennium BCE Levant and Its EnvironsThe Making of a New World This book examines migration and colonialism in the ancient Near East in the late second millennium BCE with a focus on the Levant. It explores how the area was shaped by these movements of people especially in forming the new Iron Age societies. The book utilises recent sociological studies on group identity violence migration colonialism and settler colonialism in its reconstruction of related social and political changes. Prime examples of migrations that are addressed include those involving the Sea Peoples and Philistines ancient Israelites and ancient Arameans. The final chapter sets the developments in the ancient Near East in the context of recent world history from a typological perspective and in terms of the legacy of the ancient world for Judaism and Christianity. Altogether the book contributes towards an enhanced understanding of migration colonialism and violence in human history. In addition to academics this book will be of particular interest to students of this period in the Ancient Near East as well anyone working on migration and colonialism in the ancient world. The book is also suitable to the general public interested in world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677036

Migration And Development In The CaribbeanThe Unexplored Connection This book represents the product of a two-year research project and a four-year personal journey to explore the relationship between migration and economic development in the Caribbean area. It discusses the impact of development on migration and the impact of emigration on development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158316

Migration and DevelopmentA Global Perspective The first text that specifically links both international and internal migration with development at a global level. The world is divided into a series of functionally integrated development zones which are identified not simply on the basis of their level of development but also through their spatial patterns and historical experience of migration. Migration and Development stresses the importance of migration in discussing regional rather than simply country differences. These variations in mobility are placed within the context of a global hierarchy although regional national and local cultural and social conditions are certainly not ignored in this wide-ranging work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151109

Migration and Divided Societies The study of 'divided societies' has focused historically  on either ethnic divides in colonial (or post-colonial) societies or on developed Western democracies which have ethnic power-sharing Government structures. The study of divided societies emerged historically at a moment when there was a growing interest in the study of immigration and inter-ethnic relations in developed industrial nations. These two sets of literature―on divided societies and on immigration and inter-ethnic relations―have developed largely in isolation from each other. Both sets of literature have also tended to focus on inter-ethnic relations and have paid much less attention to migration. This edited collection sets out to fill this gap in the literature through examining migration and ethnic division. The case studies examined include developed industrial nations (Canada and Norway) a post-colonial country (Kenya) and three cases which feature regularly in the 'divided societies' literature (Bosnia Northern Ireland and Israel). Taken together these case-studies suggest ways in which migration intersects with and complicates ethnic divides in 'divided societies'. This book was published as a special issue of Ethnopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077969

Migration and Domestic WorkA European Perspective on a Global Theme Domestic work has become highly relevant on a local and global scale. Until a decade ago domestic workers were rare in European households; today they can be found working for middle-class families and single people for double or single parents as well as for the elderly. Performing the three C's - cleaning caring and cooking - domestic workers offer their woman power on a global market which Europe has become part of. This global market is now considered the largest labour market for women world wide and it has triggered the feminization of migration. This volume brings together contributions by European and US based researchers to look at the connection between migration and domestic work on an empirical and theoretical level. The contributors elaborate on the phenomenon of 'domestic work' in late modern societies by discussing different methodological and theoretical approaches in an interdisciplinary setting. The volume also looks at the gendered aspects of domestic work; it asks why the re-introduction of domestic workers in European households has become so popular and will argue that this phenomenon is challenging gender theories. This is a timely book and will be of interest to academics and students in the fields of migration gender and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257221

Migration and Environmental Change in the West African SahelWhy Capabilities and Aspirations Matter The West African Sahel is predicted to be heavily affected by climate change in the future. Slow-onset environmental changes such as increasing rainfall variability and rising temperature are presumed to worsen the livelihood conditions and to increase the out-migration from the affected regions. Based on qualitative and quantitative data from study areas in Mali and Senegal this book examines the relationship between population dynamics livelihoods and environment in the Sahel region focussing specifically on motives for migration. Critiquing the assumption that environmental stress is the dominating migration driver the author demonstrates the important role of individual aspirations and social processes such as educational opportunities and the pull of urban lifestyles. In doing so the book provides a more nuanced picture of the environment-migration nexus arguing that slow-onset environmental changes may actually be less important as drivers of migration in the Sahel than they are often depicted in the media and climate change literature. This is a valuable resource for academics and students of environmental sociology migration and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249526

Migration and Homing of Lymphoid CellsVolume 1 First published in 1988: This comprehensive set is crucial to the basic understanding of the immune system and is an essential component of the design and implementation of improved immunization strategies. Contains authoritative reviews of cell migration research and addresses the is-sues of lymphocyte recirculation leading to inductive interactions and the subsequent migration and homing of effector cells generated from these responses. Systemic migration of cells from the central and peripheral lymphoid organs the dichotomy of behavior between systemic and mucosal lymphoid cell pools and explanations sought for mechanisms mediating selectivity of migration and homing are covered. This set is of interest to problem oriented scientists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429290763

Migration and Identity The theme of Migration and Identity is of special concern at a time both of massive worldwide migration and of apparently intensifying national ethnic and racial conflicts. Problems of migration and the resulting reconfigurations of social identity are fundamental issues for the twenty-first century. This volume spans the whole complex global web of migratory patterns with contributions linking Africa Asia Australia Europe North and South America without losing the particularities of local and personal experience.This paperback edition in the Memory and Narrative series explores these issues and the sustaining or abandoning of memory and identity as people move between fundamentally different cultures in a number of recent social settings from a number of methodological perspectives. These focused "case studies" offer glimpses into the interior migration experiences into the processes of constructing and reconstructing identity without forgetting that both theoretically and empirically the problem of identity is complex and multifaceted. All of the essays rely heavily on oral history and personal testimony highlighting the experience of individuals and small groups without ignoring the tension that exists between the local and the global.Memories of oppression or totalitarianism are one of the driving forces behind some of these migrations; and the transmission of memories and myths between family generations is one of the ways in which migrations are interpreted. In looking both backward and forward Migration and Identity offers an acute view of migratory patterns and their impact on the newcomers and the local cultures. It will be of interest to cultural and oral historians and researchers of concerned with migration and integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528079

Migration and Identity in Central AsiaThe Uzbek Experience This book is an ethnographic and sociolinguistic study of Uzbek migrants in the capital city of Uzbekistan. The ethnographic details of the book represent post-Soviet urban realities on the ground where various forms of belonging clash and kinship ties are reinforced within social safety networks. Theoretically it challenges the existing theories of identity and identification which often considered the relations between ‘We and Them’ taking the ‘We’ for granted. The book offers in-depth insights into the communication strategies of migrants the formation of collective consciousness and the relations within the ‘We’ domain. Constructed around contradictions regarding Uzbek identity and how various groups relate to one another as different ethnic groups the theoretical argument of the book is built through such methods and analytical tools as strategic rhetoric and discourse analysis communication and identity theories and the analysis of power and dependence. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of Central Asian Studies Migration Studies and Central Asian Culture and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592940

Migration and Inequality The ‘migration-development’ nexus has emerged as an important area of both research and policy over the last ten years. However most of the interest has focused on the potential that migration holds for poverty alleviation. Relatively little attention has been paid to the relationship between migration and inequality particularly on inequality as a consequence of migration. This is unfortunate given that inequality is emerging as an important area of inquiry within development studies. This edited collection explores the relationship between migration and inequality in Africa Asia and Latin America by taking into account economic and social inequalities. While the focus on inequality as opposed to poverty is in itself original the book offers additional points of interest. First it combines chapters on internal and international migration thereby challenging the current focus in the migration literature that focuses almost exclusively on cross-border migration. Internal migration greatly outnumbers cross-border moves. Yet policy-makers as well as most studies focus on cross-border international migration. We are only just beginning to unravel the relationship between internal and cross-border migration. Second the theme of inequality complements the existing focus in the migration-development nexus on issues of poverty. Third the chapters focus on both economic and social inequalities often combining an analysis of different types of inequalities. The book also covers governance and migrants’ rights; gender and intersectionality; and health. The chapters in this edited volume make an original contribution to debates on the migration-development nexus as well as the literature on inequality which often tends to focus on economic measurements of inequality at the expense of including a thorough analysis of social inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902282

Migration and InsecurityCitizenship and Social Inclusion in a Transnational Era This book presents an inter-disciplinary investigation into contemporary migration and social inclusion through an examination of migrant and refugee experience. In this edited volume contributors discuss new understandings of individual and community security in a world where legal borders and definitions of citizenship no longer adequately capture the reality of migration. Distinguished contributors approach questions of social belonging and inclusion from diverse perspectives. Drawing its primary examples from Australia Migration and Insecurity is framed by the wider experience of the Global North with examples from Europe the United Kingdom and United States woven throughout the collection. An inter-disciplinary approach to migration studies this book integrates local national and transnational spaces in its discussion of new constructs of inclusion and security. It considers questions of historical memory ontological security transnational communities the role of civic institutions and social relationships in local spaces to guide the reader towards the wider conceptual questions of migration studies using expertise from the fields of sociology gender historical and political studies Migration and Insecurity will be of interest to students and scholars of transnationalism migration politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822184

Migration and Integration in SingaporePolicies and Practice Between 2000 and 2010 Singapore witnessed a huge influx of foreign migrants. The proportion of permanent residents in the total population increased from 7% to 11% while the share of non-resident foreigners has risen from 19% to 25%. This was as much the result of the spontaneous movement of labour to economic opportunities as it was of active policy direction by the Singapore government. The social impact both beneficial and disruptive of this movement was felt at all levels of society and brought other attending public policy issues to the fore. Taking a multi-disciplinary approach with a focus on policy and practice this book examines the social economic and political issues that have arisen with the influx of foreigners in Singapore since the turn of the 21st century. Drawing on empirical research it documents the impact of increasing levels of immigration and provides an analysis of the longer-term implications of these trends with each chapter covering a different aspect of socio-cultural political or economic outcome arising from intercultural contact and adaptation. The contributors also provide policy suggestions to ensure Singapore continues to be a harmonious nation and a cosmopolitan and vibrant global city. Migration and Integration in Singapore: Policies and Practice will appeal to students and scholars of Southeast Asian studies migration and social policy as well as to practitioners and policy-makers with an interest in migration in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094956

Migration and Intercultural PsychoanalysisUnconscious Forces and Clinical Issues How does migration affect us in the deeper layers of our minds where forces are at work that affect our mental and physical health our experiences in the world and our behaviour?  This edited volume brings together contributions on the social historical and personal aspects of migration from a psychoanalytic viewpoint. Clinical perspective is combined with a wider view that makes use of psychoanalytic concepts and experience to understand problematic issues around migration today. Later chapters take the historical background into account: the history of psychoanalysis itself is a history of migration beginning with Freud’s experiences of migration in particular his escape from Vienna to London at the end of his life to answer questions regarding migration refugees living in a 'multicultural society' and living in a 'foreign culture'. Taking on the challenge of looking at the multi-layered often subtle yet powerful emotional and unconscious layers of meaning around migration this book brings together practice and theory and will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychotherapists and those with an interest in the working of the mind in an intercultural context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367634414

Migration and its EnemiesGlobal Capital Migrant Labour and the Nation-State Can politicians effectively control national borders even if they wish to do so? How do politically powerless migrants relate to more privileged migrants and to national citizens? Is it possible for capital to move to labour rather than vice versa? In this book Robin Cohen shows how the preferences interests and actions of the three major social actors in international migration policy - global capital migrant labour and national politicians - intersect and often contradict each other. Cohen addresses these vital questions in a wide-ranging lucid and accessible account of the historical origins and contemporary dynamics of global migration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595313

Migration and MemoryRepresentations of Migration in Europe Since 1960 The contributions in this anthology explore the linkage between two very prominently debated topics: migration on the one hand and memory on the other. It addresses the question of how (im)migration histories as well as(im)migrants themselves and their histories are collectively remembered and represented in different European countries. The authors challenge the marginalization of the rich European (im)migration history and therewith tackle issues that are immanent to today's immigration societies. Media > Books > Print Books Studien Verlag, Austria 9783706548595

Migration and Migrant Identities in the Near East from Antiquity to the Middle Ages This book brings together recent developments in modern migration theory a wide range of sources new and old tools revisited (from GIS to epigraphic studies from stable isotope analysis to the study of literary sources) and case studies from the ancient eastern Mediterranean that illustrate how new theories and techniques are helping to give a better understanding of migratory flows and diaspora communities in the ancient Near East. A geographical gap has emerged in studies of historical migration as recent works have focused on migration and mobility in the western part of the Roman Empire and thus fail to bring a significant contribution to the study of diaspora communities in the eastern Mediterranean. Bridging this gap represents a major scholarly desideratum and by drawing upon the experiences of previously neglected migrant and diaspora communities in the eastern Mediterranean from the Hellenistic period to the early mediaeval world this collection of essays approaches migration studies with new perspectives and methodologies shedding light not only on the study of migrants in the ancient world but also on broader issues concerning the rationale for mobility and the creation and features of diaspora identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665227

Migration and New MediaTransnational Families and Polymedia How do parents and children care for each other when they are separated because of migration? The way in which transnational families maintain long-distance relationships has been revolutionised by the emergence of new media such as email instant messaging social networking sites webcam and texting. A migrant mother can now call and text her left-behind children several times a day peruse social networking sites and leave the webcam for 12 hours achieving a sense of co-presence. Drawing on a long-term ethnographic study of prolonged separation between migrant mothers and their children who remain in the Philippines this book develops groundbreaking theory for understanding both new media and the nature of mediated relationships. It brings together the perspectives of both the mothers and children and shows how the very nature of family relationships is changing. New media understood as an emerging environment of polymedia have become integral to the way family relationships are enacted and experienced. The theory of polymedia extends beyond the poignant case study and is developed as a major contribution for understanding the interconnections between digital media and interpersonal relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679299

Migration and Organized Civil SocietyRethinking National Policy Migrant organizations are of vital importance for countries of residence and countries of origin but the empirical and theoretical knowledge of the cross-border character of migrant organizations remains incomplete. It is clear that migrant transnationalism challenges the governance of nation-states on the local and national levels. This book the outcome of an ECPR joint session systematically and empirically analyzes the differing roles that transnational migrant organizations play in their countries of residence and origin. Drawing on research conducted in Belgium England Germany Holland Poland and Portugal it focuses on the relations between migrant organizations and the state. Offering an opportunity for comparative analysis it also examines why migrants and their organizations engage in different forms of border crossing activities and how various political systems influence and are influenced by these forms of engagement. Migration and Organized Civil Society will be of strong interest to students and researchers of political science political sociology migration studies transnationalism and Diaspora studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825932

Migration and Race in Europe Migration and Race in Europe covers various facets of the interplay between migration and race in Europe. Over the past two decades there has been a growing public policy and political debate about questions linked to migration and refugee movements across the borders of Europe. This has been evident in countries such as the UK France the Netherlands and Germany that have had long-established experience with questions about immigration and race. But what has also become clear is that these debates have also become an established part of political and civil society discourses across both Southern and Eastern European societies and beyond. The contributions to this volume draw on the latest research in order to provide an insight into the changing dynamics of migration and race in a number of European societies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583750

Migration and Religion in EuropeComparative Perspectives on South Asian Experiences Religious practices and their transformation are crucial elements of migrants' identities and are increasingly politicized by national governments in the light of perceived threats to national identity. As new immigrant flows shape religious pluralism in Europe longstanding relations between the State and Church are challenged together with majority-faith traditions and societies’ ways of representing and perceiving themselves. With attention to variations according to national setting this volume explores the process of reformulating religious identities and practices amongst South Asian 'communities' in European contexts Presenting a wide range of ethnographies including studies of Hinduism Sikhism Jainism and Islam amongst migrant communities in contexts as diverse as Norway Italy the UK France and Portugal Migration and Religion in Europe sheds light on the meaning of religious practices to diasporic communities. It examines the manner in which such practices can be used by migrants and local societies to produce distance or proximity as well as their political significance in various 'host' nations. Offering insights into the affirmation of national identities and cultures and the implications of this for governance and political discourse within Europe this book will appeal to scholars with interests in anthropology religion and society migration transnationalism and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257801

Migration and Security in the Global AgeDiaspora Communities and Conflict This book is an interdisciplinary examination of several interconnecting aspects of migrant communities in the context of contemporary conflict and security. The book illustrates that within this globalised world migrants have become key actors living in the spaces between states as well as within them. Arguing that migrants and their descendants are vital and complex constituencies for the achievement of security in this global age the volume uses a number of case studies including Palestinian Sri Lankan Irish and Somali diaspora communities to explore the different ways that such groups intersect with issues of security and how these attitudes and behaviours have evolved in the context of political transnationalism and the global economy. Comparative and econometric studies of migration can provide a wide lens but at times fail to capture the depth and complexity of these communities and attitudes within them. At the same time empirically focused studies are often case-specific and while rich in local detail lack comparative breadth or the ability to make connections and see irregularities across a number of contexts that might be of interest to scholars beyond that specific area. This book connects these literatures together more thoroughly. In particular it demonstrates that political cultural economic and social factors all play important roles in helping us understand the actual (and potential) roles of migrant communities in conflict and the establishment of sustainable security within contemporary society. Lastly given this context the book seeks to examine the challenges and opportunities that exist for such a sustainable security strategy to be developed. This book will be of much interest to students of migration and diaspora communities peace and conflict studies security studies and ethnic conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236660

Migration and the Education of Young People 0-19An introductory guide Migration and the Education of Young People 0–19 investigates migration from a number of perspectives to consider the changing dynamics of society within different countries. Examining the data associated with global migration by focusing on case studies from a wide range of countries it provides detailed and balanced coverage of this politically sensitive topic to explore the educational needs of migrant young people the impact of large-scale migration to and from countries and the policy challenges that individual countries face when ensuring adequate provision for migrant young people within their education systems. Chapters cover: The reasons why people might move Social and emotional learning in Britain: a tool to guard against cultural pollution? Migration into a global city: the economic and educational success of London Latvian people on the move and the impact on education People’s movement – Greece Return migration in Lithuania: incoming challenges for children’s education The United States Latin America immigration and education Tanzanian street children: victims ordinary lives or extraordinary survivors? This book explores the changing social dynamics through an extensive range of case studies and will be an essential resource for students taking undergraduate and postgraduate courses in education sociology and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903777

Migration And The Labor Market In Developing Countries This book clarifies the linkages among income distribution migration surplus labor and poverty in developing countries. It assesses the implications of different key characteristics of labor markets for the response of labor supply to the hiring of additional urban workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171858

Migration and the Refugee Dissensus in EuropeBorders Security and Austerity This book provides an explanation for the fundamental disagreement pertaining to immigration and asylum in Europe. Since the collapse of consensus with the end of the Cold War immigration and asylum have increasingly emerged as a central socio-political issue in Europe. The present work attempts to move beyond the complexity of ‘managing’ migratory flows by focusing on the most daunting issues arising from the response to the ‘refugee crisis’ in Europe. This debate is intimately connected to borders security belonging citizenship and labour precarity/inequality. The book addresses some crucial dimensions related to the migration and asylum dissensus by providing an integrated frame of analysis from the point of view of resistance rather than that of power. It connects notions of belonging and the migrant integration with the processes of de-democratisation racist populism citizenship and authoritarian migration regimes and contributes towards a theory of the asylum and immigration dissensus by examining the potential for transition towards a society of equality and rights. The author proposes that the encounter(s) with surplus populations in Europe which result in the multiplication of liminal regimes as well as spaces for resistance generates potential for social imaginaries promising a society unimaginable in previous epochs. This book will be of much interest to students of migration and border studies global governance European politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335110

Migration and Urban Development This book provides a fascinating insight into the development of the nineteenth century Atlantic economy and the nature of contemporary migration. In particular the author argues that the assumption that the United States economy was the unmoved mover in the fluctuations of the international economy between 1860 and 1913 is incorrect. He presents evidence on regional housebuilding cycles in nineteenth-century Britain and shows that the British cycle was inverse to the American and that both were primarily determined by demographic factors. From the mid-nineteenth century Professor Thomas concludes the countries of new settlement - America Canada Argentina and Australia - experienced long swings in urban development opposite in timing to those in Britain the principal suppliers of funds. The result was a converse pattern of capital formation and export upsurges in Britain and her overseas borrowers. This book was first published in 1972. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873964

Migration and Urban Transition in IndiaA Development Perspective Migration has emerged as an important issue in contemporary global politics and in the discourse around human development. This book highlights the role of migration in socioeconomic development and its interdependence with urbanization employment labour and industry. This volume identifies the challenges which migration and the subsequent dynamism in population and spatial parameters pose to land-use patterns ecology social politics and international relations. Through a study of migration patterns and trends in different parts of India this collection analyzes the relationship of migration with social and occupational mobility poverty and wealth indices inequality distribution of resources and demographic change. It also explores policy measures and frameworks which can bring migration into the fold of national development strategies. Timely and comprehensive the book underscores the importance of migration and urbanization sustainability and inclusivity to economic growth and development. It will be an essential read for scholars and researchers of migration studies political studies sociology urban studies development studies and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367278601

Migration and Urbanization in China Based upon an analysis of a national survey of migration conducted in late 1986 by the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences this book provides analyses of the volume and direction of movement the characteristics and motivation of those who move and the consequences of their moving. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484099

Migration Borders Freedom International borders have become deadly barriers of a proportion rivaled only by war or natural disaster. Yet despite the damage created by borders most people can’t – or don’t want to – imagine a world without them. What alternatives do we have to prevent the deadly results of contemporary borders? In today’s world national citizenship determines a person’s ability to migrate across borders. Migration Borders Freedom questions that premise. Recognizing the magnitude of deaths occurring at contemporary borders worldwide the book problematizes the concept of the border and develops arguments for open borders and a world without borders. It explores alternative possibilities ranging from the practical to the utopian that link migration with ideas of community citizenship and belonging. The author calls into question the conventional political imagination that assumes migration and citizenship to be responsibilities of nation states rather than cities. While the book draws on the theoretical work of thinkers such as Ernst Bloch David Harvey and Henry Lefebvre it also presents international empirical examples of policies and practices on migration and claims of belonging. In this way the book equips the reader with the practical and conceptual tools for political action activist practice and scholarly engagement to achieve greater justice for people who are on the move. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544994

Migration Governance across RegionsState-Diaspora Relations in the Latin America-Southern Europe Corridor Migration policies are rarely effective. Examples of unintended and undesirable outcomes abound. In Latin America very little is known about the impact and long-term sustainability of state policies towards emigrants. Following a world-wide trend Ecuador Uruguay Mexico Argentina and Brazil have developed new institutions and discourses to strengthen links; assist protect and enfranchise migrants and capture their resources. As an adaptation of governmental techniques to global realities these policies redefine the contours of polities nations and citizenship giving place to a new form of transnational governance. Building upon field research done in these five states and two receiving countries in the last decade Ana Margheritis explains the timing motivations characteristics and implications of emigration policies implemented by each country as well as the emergence of a distinctive regional consensus around a post-neoliberal approach to national development and citizenship construction. Margheritis argues that these outreach efforts resemble courting practices. Courting is a deliberate expression of the ambivalent still incipient and open-ended relationship between states and diasporas which is not exempt of conflict detours and setbacks. For various reasons state-diaspora relations are not unfolding into stable and fruitful partnerships yet. Thus she makes "diaspora engagement" problematic and investigates to what extent courting might become engagement in each case. Studying emigration policies of five Latin American countries and migrant responses in Southern Europe sheds light on the political dynamics and governance mechanisms that transnational migration is generating across regions. It illuminates possible venues to manage multiple engagements of migrants with societies at both ends of their migration journey and unveils the opportunities for states and non-state actors to cooperatively manage of migration flows. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307469

Migration in Comparative PerspectiveCaribbean Communities in Britain and France This book presents a comparative perspective on post-war Caribbean migration to Britain and France. Both migrations were responses to the link between former colonies and colonial powers. However the movements of labor occurred within separately and differently evolving political contexts affecting the migration outcomes. Today Caribbean communities in Europe display complex features of continuity and change. Condon and Byron examine trends in migration patterns household and family structures social fields employment and housing trajectories in detail. This systematic comparison with its innovative focus on gender and life-course is an excellent addition to the existing literature on the Caribbean diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542890

Migration in PerformanceCrossing the Colonial Present This book follows the travels of Nanay a testimonial theatre play developed from research with migrant domestic workers in Canada as it was recreated and restaged in different places around the globe. This work examines how Canadian migration policy is embedded across and within histories of colonialism in the Philippines and settler colonialism in Canada. Translations between scholarship and performance – and between Canada and the Philippines – became more uneasy as the play travelled internationally raising pressing questions of how decolonial collaborations might take shape in practice. This book examines the strengths and limits of existing framings of Filipina migration and offers rich ideas of how care – the care of children the elderly and each other – might be rethought in radically new ways within less violently unequal relations that span different colonial histories and complex triangulations of racialised migrants settlers and Indigenous peoples. This book is a journey towards a new way of doing and performing research and theory. It is part of a growing interdisciplinary exchange between the performing arts and social sciences and will appeal to researchers and students within human geography and performance studies and those working on migration colonialisms documentary theatre and social reproduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138301

Migration in Post-Colonial Hong Kong Since 1995 most mainland migrants to Hong Kong have been the wives or non-adult children of Hong Kong men of lower socio-economic status. The majority of immigrants are women who throughout the past two decades have accounted for more than 60% of immigration. The profile of immigrants has been changing and they are significantly more educated than was the case in the past. Despite the improvement in the educational level of mainland Chinese migrants since 1991 and their increased involvement in paid employment migrants have continued to experience great difficulty integrating into Hong Kong society and anti-immigrant sentiment seems to have increased over the same period. This raises the question of how gender and socio-economic factors intersect with migration to influence the extent of migrants’ adaption to Hong Kong society and culture. The growing anti-China sentiment in Hong Kong also raises the question of how the integration of migrants into a destination society is influenced by the political context. Examining the questions around migration into Hong Kong from a range of multidisciplinary perspectives this book combines quantitative and qualitative data to portray a detailed image of contemporary Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272852

Migration in the 21st CenturyPolitical Economy and Ethnography This edited collection focuses on global migration in its inter-regional international and transnational variants and argues that contemporary migration scholarship is significantly advanced both within anthropology and beyond it when ethnography is theoretically engaged to grapple with the social consequences and asymmetries of twenty-first century capitalism’s global modalities. Drawn from settings across the globe  case studies explore the nuanced formations of class and power within particular migration flows while addressing the complex analytics of a contemporary critical political economy of migration. Subjects include global migrants as capitalists entrepreneurs and "cosmopolitans " as well as workers and immigrants who are subject to varying degrees of precariousness under intensified competition for profits within contemporary global economies. By re-addressing the question of the relationship between changes in global capitalism and migration the book aims for a timely intervention into the debates on migration which have come to be one of the most contentious emotionally fraught issues in North America and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716635

Migration in the 21st CenturyRights Outcomes and Policy In this volume we examine the challenges and opportunities created by global migration at the start of the 21st century. Our focus extends beyond economic impact to questions of international law human rights and social and political incorporation. We examine immigrant outcomes and policy questions at the global national and local levels. Our primary purpose is to connect ethical legal and social science scholarship from a variety of disciplines in order to raise questions and generate new insights regarding patterns of migration and the design of useful policy. While the book incorporates studies of the evolution of immigration law globally and over the very long term as well as considerations of the magnitude and determinants of immigrant flows at the global level it places particular emphasis on the growth of immigration to the United States in the 1990s and early 2000s and provides new insights on the complex relationships between federal and state politics and regulation popular misconceptions about the economic and social impacts of immigration and the status of 'undocumented' immigrants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710107

Migration in the MediterraneanSocio-economic perspectives Migration in the Mediterranean region is a widely debated and much studied topic. This is due to the present refugee crisis consequences of Arab revolutions the proximity with emigration and transit countries but also to the involvement of southern European countries and the mass arrival of migrants. The management of Border controls migration development human trafficking human rights and the clash or convergence of civilizations has generated a great deal of controversy and media attention. Migration in the Mediterranean offers a unique multidisciplinary theoretical and methodological framework bringing together scholars from different subject areas. This book aims to address the following research questions: What are the main characteristics of migration movements in this region?  What are the most important theoretical challenges? What are the perspectives for the future? This book begins with an overview of the economic perspective of the Mediterranean migration model with a particular focus on labour market outcomes of migrants. It then presents the original results of field studies on the unintended effects of the EU's external border controls on migration and integration in the Euro-Mediterranean region before addressing the themes of mobility migration and transnationalism.This volume focuses on migration with a multidisciplinary approach with scholars from various areas including sociology economics geography political science and history. This book is well suited for those who study international economics migration and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668334

Migration in the Western BalkansWhat do we know? Migration in the Western Balkans rectifies the under-investigation by migration scholars of the Western Balkans region by bringing together recent research at a time when migration is a hot topic for the future of Europe. The book explores issues such as the complex geopolitics of the region the relationship between migration and development diasporas and refugees and humanitarianism. Expert contributors present new research on economic migration forced migration diaspora formation and return migration at a time when migration is of crucial relevance for the future of Europe. The chapters shed new light on the multiple migration dynamics of a region which has had a troubled past yet stands on the threshold of EU membership. As a theatre of multiple migration processes Migration in the Western Balkans reveals new information on the region and will be of great interest to scholars of migration the Balkans and geopolitics. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Balkan and Near Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425128

Migration in the Western MediterraneanSpace Mobility and Borders The upheavals of the Arab Spring grabbed the world’s immediate attention and concern quickly grew over their potential aftermath with the fear that a ‘tidal wave’ of immigrants and refugees would ‘flood’ European territory. The Arab Spring has highlighted the Mediterranean as a migration region and new research is now required to bring to light too often neglected mobility patterns and border practices that predate and outlast the tumultuous spring of 2011.The edited volume Space Mobility and Borders in the Western Mediterranean tackles these contemporary issues related to migration in the Mediterranean region. It brings together high-quality original academic contributions from both empirical and theoretical points of view by scholars from diverse disciplines who draw upon Anglophone Francophone Spanish and Italian research. It reexamines borders in the light of a now full-blown body of literature that seeks to capture the complexity of their contemporary features beyond their most direct visual enactments in particular the sweeping deployment of policing devices and operations along the North/South fault line. Another distinctive binding thread in this book is that it emphasizes migrants as active subjects interacting with local events national policies and the bordering process.Offering an examination of the intricate interplay among the events of the Arab Spring migration’s multiple types and actors and the evolving relationship between migration control and borders in the region this book is an essential resource for students and scholars of migration studies European Union Studies and Mediterranean Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875374

Migration in World History In this third edition of Migration in World History Patrick Manning presents an expanded and newly coherent view of migratory processes conveying new research and interpretation. The engaging narrative shows the continuity of migratory processes from the time of foragers who settled the earth to farmers opening new fields and merchants linking purchasers everywhere. In the last thousand years accumulation of wealth brought capitalism industry and the travels of free and slave migrants. In a contest of civilizational hierarchy and movements of emancipation nations arose to replace empires although conflicts within nations expelled refugees. The future of migration is now a serious concern. The new edition includes: An introduction to the migration theories that explain the shifting patterns of migration in early and recent times Quantification of changes in migration including international migration domestic urbanization and growing refugee movements A new chapter tracing twenty-first-century migration and population from 2000 to 2050 showing how migrants escaping climate change will steadily outnumber refugees from other social conflicts While migration is often stressful it contributes to diversity exchanges new perspectives and innovations. This comprehensive and up-to-date view of migration will stimulate readers with interests in many fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295841

Migration Indust Sth Americ V7 First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510530

Migration Law and the Externalization of Border ControlsEuropean State Responsibility Over the last few decades both the European Union and European States have been implementing various strategies to externalize border controls with the declared intent of saving human lives and countering smuggling but with the actual end result of shifting borders circumventing international obligations and ultimately preventing access to Europe. What has been principally deplored is the fact that externalizing border controls risks creating ‘legal black holes’. Furthermore what is particularly worrying in the current European debate is the intensification of this practice by multiple arrangements with unsafe third countries exposing migrants and asylum seekers to serious human rights violations. This book explores whether European States can succeed in shifting their responsibility onto Third States in cases of human rights violations. Focusing in particular on the 2017 Italy-Libya Memorandum of Understanding the book investigates the possible basis for triggering the responsibility of outsourcing States. The second part of the book examines how the Italy-Libya MoU is only a small part of a broader scenario exploring EU policies of externalization. A brief overview of the recent decisions of the EU Court vis-à-vis two aspects of externalization (the EU-Turkey statement and the issue of humanitarian visas) will pave the way for the conclusions since in the author’s view the current attitude of the Luxembourg Court confirms the importance of focusing on the responsibility of European States and the urgent need to investigate the possibility of bringing a claim against the outsourcing States before the Court of Strasbourg. Offering a new perspective on an extremely topical subject this book will appeal to students scholars and practitioners with an interest in European Law International Law Migration and Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343481

Migration of Labour in IndiaThe squatter settlements of Delhi Migration – both within and between countries – is increasingly one of the world's most important policy issues. The faster the Indian economy grows the larger will be the geographical redistribution of the workforce from localities of low to those of high employment growth. Thus territorial mobility is fundamental both to realizing the full economic potential of India's people and to allowing the population to escape from rural poverty.The book analyses the decisive factors in labour migration. Based upon a thorough and robust examination of migrants to three slum localities of Delhi stretching over four decades the author examines why people migrate the circumstances of their decision and their experience at their destination. He investigates the myths of urban policy – that "rural development" will reduce migration to the cities that "growth poles" can be created to divert migrant flows and that government has the power to influence significantly migration scales and directions while pursuing essentially unpredictable market-driven economic growth.Testing the essential theoretical basis for urban policy in India the book is of interest to academics studying migration of labour and urbanization and those interested in South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875206

Migration Policies and Materialities of Identification in European CitiesPapers and Gates 1500-1930s This book focusses on the instruments practices and materialities produced by various authorities to monitor regulate and identify migrants in European cities from the sixteenth to the twentieth centuries. Whereas research on migration regulation typically looks at local policies for the early modern period and at state policies for the contemporary period this book avoids the stalemate of modernity narratives by exploring a long-term genealogy of migration regulation in which cities played a pivotal role. The case studies range from early modern Venice Stockholm and Constantinople to nineteenth- and twentieth-century port towns and capital cities such as London and Vienna. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585303

Migration TheoryTalking across Disciplines During the last decade the issue of migration has increased in global prominence and has caused controversy among host countries around the world. To remedy the tendency of scholars to speak only to and from their own disciplinary perspective this book brings together in a single volume essays dealing with central concepts and key theoretical issues in the study of international migration across the social sciences. Editors Caroline B. Brettell and James F. Hollifield have guided a thorough revision of this seminal text with valuable insights from such fields as anthropology demography economics geography history law political science and sociology. Each essay focuses on key concepts questions and theoretical frameworks on the topic of international migration in a particular discipline but the volume as a whole teaches readers about similarities and differences across the boundaries between one academic field and the next. How for example do political scientists wrestle with the question of citizenship as compared with sociologists and how different is this from the questions that anthropologists explore when they deal with ethnicity and identity? Are economic theories about ethnic enclaves similar to those of sociologists? What theories do historians (the "essentializers") and demographers (the "modelers") draw upon in their attempts to explain empirical phenomena in the study of immigration? What are the units of analysis in each of the disciplines and do these shape different questions and diverse models and theories? Scholars and students in migration studies will find this book a powerful theoretical guide and a text that brings them up to speed quickly on the important issues and the debates. All of the social science disciplines will find that this book offers a one-stop synthesis of contemporary thought on migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415742030

Migration to and From Taiwan Migration has transformed Taiwanese society in the last 20 years. The main inflows have been temporary workers from Southeast Asian countries and female spouses from Southeast Asia and China marrying Taiwanese husbands. The main outflow has been migration to China as a result of increased economic integration across the Taiwan Strait. These changes have significantly altered Taiwan’s ethnic structure and have profound social and political implications for this new democracy. As large numbers of these migrants take Taiwanese citizenship and their offspring gain voting rights the impact of these "new Taiwanese" will continue to increase. This book showcases some of the leading researchers working on migration to and from Taiwan. The chapters approach migration from a range of disciplinary perspectives including international relations sociology social work film studies political science gender studies geography and political economy and so the book has great appeal to scholars and students interested in the politics of Taiwan Taiwanese society and ethnic identity as well as those focusing on migration in East Asia and comparative migration studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375432

Migration: Policies Practices Activism Migration: Policies Practices Activism brings together a range of scholarly research papers to examine the place of international migration in the modern world starting with the overview of migration and development by Alejandro Portes. There are many aspects to migration today which are treated in this collection including new patterns of migration flows asylum and the handling of refugees multiculturalism religious and cultural diversity identity formation among immigrant communities and the impact of migration upon social and economic development. Chapters in this book look at a variety of migration case studies including aspects of international migration in Europe; movement from sub-Saharan Africa northwards; movement from Albania to Italy; a comparison of the USA and Germany; the entry of international brides to South Korea; and the concept of diversity and its use in the study of the outcomes of migration. This is a stimulating collection which looks at many facets of the phenomenon. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816992

Migrations Arts and Postcoloniality in the Mediterranean This book is focused on the transcultural memory of the Mediterranean region and the different ways it is articulated by contemporary art practices and museum projects linked to migrations exile diaspora and transnationality. The artistic and curatorial examples analysed in this study articulate a critical relationship between the cultural representations and the sense of heritage property and belonging offering the opportunity of a more problematic and stimulating vision of the preservation of the European arts traditions and histories. Artists and projects examined include the project Porto M in Lampedusa Zineb Sedira Ursula Biemann Lara Baladi Mona Hatoum Emily Jacir Kader Attia and Walid Raad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479609

Migrations Identities and Democratic Practices in India This book explores contesting identities international politics migration and democratic practices in the context of globalizing India. Drawing on extensive ethnographic research it looks at one of the oldest migratory routes across a volatile region in eastern India which is fraught with violent claims of separate statehood.The book offers an account of how the ‘North Bengal’ region has acted as a gateway to migrant populations over time and points to why it must be understood as a shifting and liminal space through a study of Bodoland Gorkhaland Kamatapuri Siliguri and the Greater Cooch Behar movements. It shows the region’s politics of identity or quest for homeland not as a means of compensating for the lack or absence of identity but as an everyday practice of living that very absence across borders and boundaries without arriving at any definitive and stable identity along with impacts and manifestations in democratic political processes. A major intervention in modern political theory â€“ shedding new light on concepts such as home and homeland space and self sovereignty nation-state freedom and democracy – this book will be of interest to scholars and researchers of political science modern South Asian history sociology and social anthropology and migration and diaspora studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367886066

Migrations Myth and Magic from the Gilbert IslandsEarly Writings of Sir Arthur Grimble This book is a collection of Arthur Grimble's field notes and early writings brought together in book form with linking pieces and a large number of illustrations. There are chapters on cannibalism and head hunting on astronomy and on many aspects of the lives of the Gilbertese people from birth to death. Originally published in 1972. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758819

Migrations and Border ProcessesPractices and Politics of Belonging and Exclusion in Europe from the Nineteenth to the Twenty-First Century Migrations and Border Processes: Practices and Politics of Belonging and Exclusion in Europe from the Nineteenth to the Twenty-First Century brings together scholars from history sociology and anthropology to explore cross-boundary mobility and migration during the formation development and transformation of the modern (nation-)state explicating the conflictive and fluctuating character of borders. Current media images of a "fortress Europe" suggest that migrations and borders are closely connected. The historical perspective demonstrates that such bordering processes are not new. However they have developed new dynamics in different historical phases from the formation of the modern (nation-)state in the nineteenth century to the creation of the European Union during the second half of the twentieth century. This book explains the dynamic relationships between borders and migratory movements in Europe from the nineteenth century to the present by approaching them from four different overlapping angles: (1) the multiple actors involved (2) scales and places of borders and their crossings (3) the instruments and techniques employed and (4) the significance of social categories. Focusing on the historical local specificity of the complex relations between migrations and boundaries will help denaturalize the concept of the border as well as further reflection on the shifting definitions of migration and belonging. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Borderlands Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367693763

Migrations in Medieval and Early Colonial India This book looks at movements of communities which formed the lower and middle rungs of society in medieval and early colonial India. It presents migration mobility and memories from a specifically Indian perspective breaking away from previous Eurocentric studies. The essays in the volume focus on labour peasant and craft migrations and in fleshing out the causes and trajectories taken by these communities they speak to each other by addressing similar issues as well as documenting varying responses to analogous situations. A fascinating history of migrations of ‘people from below’ the volume adopts a trans-disciplinary approach and uses inscriptions official records and literary texts along with community narratives and folk tradition. This will be of great interest to scholars and students of migration and diaspora studies medieval and modern South Asian history social anthropology and subaltern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138488540

Mike Mansfield Majority LeaderA Different Kind of Senate 1961-76 The story of Mike Mansfield's influential fifteen-year reign as Senate Majority Leader is colored with some of the most important events of this century: the election of John F. Kennedy the Kennedy and King assassinations student and political unrest of the late Sixties Vietnam Watergate the Nixon resignation and numerous important pieces of legislation from the era among them the 1964 Civil Rights Act. Valeo Secretary of the Senate under Mansfield writes about the Senate and Mansfield's role in national affairs from 1961-76. He argues that Mansfield was instrumental in shaping a more egalitarian kind of Senate than that of the 1950s when Lyndon B. Johnson was Majority Leader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702407

Mikhail Bakhtin Mikhail Bakhtin was one of the twentieth century’s most influential literary theorists. This accessible introduction to his thought begins with the questions ‘Why Bakhtin?’ and ‘Who was Bakhtin?’ before dealing in detail with his ideas on authorship and subjecthood language dialogism heteroglossia and the novel the chronotope and the carnivalesque. True to their dialogic spirit these ideas are presented not as a fixed body of knowledge but rather as living and evolving entities as ways of approaching not only the most persistent questions of language and literature but also issues that are relevant across the full range of Humanities disciplines. Bakhtin emerges in the process as a key thinker for the Humanities in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415319690

Mikhail Larionov and the Cultural Politics of Late Imperial Russia In the turbulent atmosphere of early twentieth-century Tsarist Russia avant-garde artists took advantage of a newly pluralistic culture in order to challenge orthodoxies of form as well as social prohibitions. Very few did this as effectively or to as broad an audience as Mikhail Larionov. This groundbreaking study examines the complete range of his work (painting book illustration performance and curatorial work) and demonstrates that Larionov was taking part in a broader cultural conversation that arose out of fundamental challenges to autocratic rule. Sarah Warren brings the culture of late Imperial Russia out of obscurity highlighting Larionov's specific interventions into conversations about nationality and empire democracy and autocracy and people and intelligentsia that colonized all areas of cultural production. Rather than analyzing Larionov's works within the same interpretive frameworks as those of his contemporaries in France or Germany-such as Matisse or Kirchner-Warren explores the Russian's negotiations with both nationalism and modernism. Further this study shows that Larionov's group exhibitions public debates and face-painting performances were more than a derivative repetition of the techniques of the Italian Futurists. Rather these activities were the culmination of his attempt to create a radical primitivism one that exploited the widespread Russian desire for an authentic collective identity while resisting imperial efforts to appropriate this revivalism to its own ends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271722

Mi'kmaq LandscapesFrom Animism to Sacred Ecology This book seeks to explore historical changes in the lifeworld of the Mi'kmaq Indians of Eastern Canada. The Mi'kmaq culture hero Kluskap serves as a key persona in discussing issues such as traditions changing conceptions of land and human-environmental relations. In order not to depict Mi'kmaq culture as timeless two important periods in its history are examined. Within the first period between 1850 and 1930 Hornborg explores historical evidence of the ontology epistemology and ethics - jointly labelled animism - that stem from a premodern Mi'kmaq hunting subsistence. New ways of discussing animism and shamanism are here richly exemplified. The second study situates the culture hero in the modern world of the 1990s when allusions to Mi'kmaq tradition and to Kluskap played an important role in the struggle against a planned superquarry on Cape Breton. This study discusses the eco-cosmology that has been formulated by modern reserve inhabitants which could be labelled a 'sacred ecology'. Focusing on how the Mi'kmaq are rebuilding their traditions and environmental relations in interaction with modern society Hornborg illustrates how environmental groups pan-Indianism and education play an important role but so does reserve life. By anchoring their engagement in reserve life the Mi'kmaq traditionalists have to a large extent been able to confront both external and internal doubts about their authenticity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595375

Milan: Productions Spatial Patterns and Urban Change As a main urban centre of one of the most dynamic European regions Milan is a key location from which to study narratives of innovations and contemporary productions – old and new manufacturing tertiary and consumptive sectors creative and cultural economy – and investigate their influence both on spatial patterns and urban policy agenda. Accordingly this book explores the contentious geographies of innovation productions and working spaces both empirically and theoretically in a city that since the beginning of the 2000s has been involved in a process of urban change with relevant spatial and socio-economic effects within an increasingly turbulent world economy. Through this analysis the book provides an insight into the complexity of contemporary urban phenomena beyond a traditional metropolitan lens highlighting issues such as rescaling urban decentralization and recentralization extensive urban transformation and shrinkage and molecular urban regeneration. This book is a valuable resource for academics researchers and scholars focusing on Urban Studies such as Urban Policy Urban Planning Urban Geography Urban Economy and Urban Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244795

Mild Cognitive ImpairmentInternational Perspectives The Classic Edition of this foundational text includes a new preface from Holly A. Tuokko examining how the field of Mild Cognitive Impairment (MCI) has developed since first publication. Bringing together research from multiple studies and perspectives from various countries the volume identifies MCI as an important clinical transition between normal aging and the early stages of Alzheimer's disease (AD). The up-to-date preface highlights the expansion in research examining the benefits of various pharmacological cognitive and behavioral approaches to intervention. Influenced by recent findings in neuroplasticity across the lifespan the book recognizes the importance of intervention at the earliest stages of the decline trajectory. It revisits the contested diagnostic approaches for MCI as well as the varying prevalence of MCI internationally yet points to the need for further longitudinal studies to fully understand the condition. Mild Cognitive Impairment continues to provide a comprehensive resource for clinicians researchers and students involved in the study diagnosis treatment and rehabilitation of people with MCI. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780367896461

Mild Cognitive ImpairmentInternational Perspectives Mild Cognitive Impairment (MCI) has been identified as an important clinical transition between normal aging and the early stages of Alzheimer's disease (AD). Since treatments for AD are most likely to be most effective early in the course of the disease MCI has become a topic of great importance and has been investigated in different populations of interest in many countries. This book brings together these differing perspectives on MCI for the first time. This volume provides a comprehensive resource for clinicians researchers and students involved in the study diagnosis treatment and rehabilitation of people with MCI. Clinical investigators initially defined mild cognitive impairment (MCI) as a transitional condition between normal aging and the early stages of Alzheimer’s disease (AD). Because the prevalence of AD increases with age and very large numbers of older adults are affected worldwide these clinicians saw a pressing need to identify AD as early as possible. It is at this very early stage in the disease course that treatments to slow the progress and control symptoms are likely to be most effective. Since the first introduction of MCI research interest has grown exponentially and the utility of the concept has been investigated from a variety of perspectives in different populations of interest (e.g. clinical samples volunteers population-based screening) in many different countries. Much variability in findings has resulted. Although it has been acknowledged that the differences observed between samples may be ‘legitimate variations’ there has been no attempt to understand what it is we have learned about MCI (i.e. common features and differences) from each of these perspectives. This book brings together information about MCI in different populations from around the world. Mild Cognitive Impairment will be an important resource for any clinician researcher or student involved in the study detection treatment and rehabilitation of people with MCI. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006256

Mild to Moderate and Moderate to Severe Psoriasis (Set) Edited by an expert editorial team from leading dermatology centers this set consists of two books: Mild to Moderate Psoriasis Third Edition and Moderate to Severe Psoriasis Fourth Edition. Using a practical and problem-focused approach these updated texts equip dermatologists family practitioners and internists with a state-of-the-art guide to the clinical management of all forms of psoriasis. The set provides up-to-date treatment strategies for optimum patient management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482215021

Mild to Moderate Psoriasis Using a practical and problem-focused approach this updated full-color Third Edition of Mild-to-Moderate Psoriasis equips dermatologists internists family practitioners and residents with a state-of-the-art guide to the clinical management of mild-to-moderate psoriasis. Written by an international team of key opinion leaders this resource explores new developments in treatments for the condition and provides clinicians with up-to-date strategies for optimal patient management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482215083

Mild Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and AdolescentsFrom Basic Science to Clinical Management A cutting-edge synthesis of science and practice this book covers everything from sports-related concussions to less common types of mild traumatic brain injury (mTBI) and related complications. Preeminent authorities review what is known about mTBI in childhood and adolescence—including its biomechanics pathophysiology and neurological and neurobehavioral outcomes—and showcase evidence-based clinical evaluation tools and management strategies. Challenging areas such as evaluating complicated mTBI and treating persistent problems after injury are discussed in detail. Also addressed are forensic issues injury in very early childhood and other special-interest topics. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462505135

Mild Traumatic Brain InjuryA Science and Engineering Perspective Mild traumatic brain injury (mTBI) directly related to chronic traumatic encephalopathy presents a crisis in contact sports the military and public health. Mild Traumatic Brain Injury: A Science and Engineering Perspective reviews current understanding of mTBI methods of diagnosis treatment policy concerns and emerging technologies. It details the neurophysiology and epidemiology of brain injuries by presenting disease models and descriptions of nucleating events characterizes sensors imagers and related diagnostic measures used for evaluating and identifying brain injuries and relates emerging bioinformatics analysis with mTBI markers. The book goes on to discuss issues with sports medicine and military issues; covers therapeutic strategies surgeries and future developments; and finally addresses drug trials and candidates for therapy. The broad coverage and accessible discussions will appeal to professionals in diverse fields related to mTBI students of neurology medicine and biology as well as policy makers and lay persons interested in this hot topic. Features Summarizes the entire scope of the field of mTBI Details the neurophysiology epidemiology and presents disease models and descriptions of nucleating events Characterizes sensors imagers and related diagnostic measures and relates emerging bioinformatics analysis with mTBI markers Discusses issues with sports medicine and military issues Covers therapeutic strategies surgeries and future developments and addresses drug trials and candidates Dr Mark Mentzer earned his PhD in Electrical Engineering from the University of Delaware. He is a former research scientist at the US Army Research Laboratory where he studied mild traumatic brain injury and developed early-detection brain injury helmet sensors. He is a certified test director and contracting officer representative. He possesses two Level-III Defense Acquisition University Certifications in Science and Technology Management and in Test and Evaluation. During his career he developed a wide range of sensors and instrumentation as well as biochemical processes to assess brain trauma. Mentzer currently teaches graduate systems engineering and computer science courses at the University of Maryland University College. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367362607

Mile-High ViewsSurveying the Serials Vista: NASIG 2006 Discover the latest developments in serials publication Current advances in technology and research have triggered accelerating change in the state of serials which makes keeping up-to-date on developments difficult. Mile-High Views: Surveying the Serials Vista: NASIG 2006 presents the leaders of serials publication providing their perspectives on the state of the world on the future of serials. This compilation includes several superb presentations from the 21st annual North American Serials Interest Group conference held in Denver Colorado in May 2006. Mile-High Views: Surveying the Serials Vista: NASIG 2006 explores serials publication through helpful reviews of cataloging and techniques for implementing various projects. Also included are chapters exploring visions for the future strategies for practical application of technology and theory and tactical information to manage employees and economic resources. This book brings readers the world of serials as it is today—and as it will be in the future. Topics in Mile-High Views: Surveying the Serials Vista: NASIG 2006 include: basic and advanced serials cataloging electronic resource license language implementing an institutional repository (IR) impact of digitizing serials in the next ten years details about the success in digitizing Colorado’s Historic Newspaper Collection evolving roles in the digital communication system review of the various uses of FRBR alternative citation sources beyond the Web blogs wikis and podcasts managing personnel resource description and access (RDA) vendor-sponsored training electronic resource management (ERM) systems practices and principles of good project management Open Access publishing collection development print and online journal cost comparisons and more! Mile-High Views: Surveying the Serials Vista: NASIG 2006 is a horizon-expanding collection that is perfect for librarians publishers and commercial vendors interested in the future of serials publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995857

Miles Ornette CecilJazz Beyond Jazz Miles Davis Ornette Coleman and Cecil Taylor revolutionized music from the end of the twentieth century into the twenty-first expanding on jazz traditions with distinctly new concepts of composition improvisation instrumentation and performance. They remain figures of controversy due to their border-crossing processes. Miles Ornette Cecil is the first book to connect these three icons of the avant-garde examining why they are lionized by some critics and reviled by others while influencing musicians across such divides as genre geography and racial and ethnic backgrounds. Mandel offers fresh insights into their careers from interviews with all three artists and many of their significant collaborators as well as a thorough overview of earlier interpretations of their work.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981089

Miles DavisA Research and Information Guide This research and information guide provides a wide range of scholarship on the life career and musical legacy of Miles Davis and is compiled for an interdisciplinary audience of scholars in jazz and popular music musicology and cultural studies. It serves as an excellent tool for librarians researchers and scholars sorting through the massive amount of material in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873622

Milestones and MillstonesSocial Science at the National Science Foundation 1945-1991 From the 1960s onwards the clothing industry in the Netherlands and elsewhere in the European Union experienced a deep crisis. Numerous went bankrupt and even more so workers lost their jobs. Imports from low wage countries started providing the bulk of retailers' collections. In the high wage economy of the Netherlands there seemed to be no more room for labour intensive industry such as clothing.However in the 1980s a surprising development took place. In Amsterdam a substantial number of new small clothing firms were established focusing on short-cycle fashion production. Most of these firms were run by Turkish immigrants. During the 1990s most of these firms disappeared again. At the same time the pattern of imports changed as well with nearby countries in the Mediterranean region and Eastern Europe increasing their share of the fashionable clothing market. Migration and fashion played an important role in these processes.In this study Stephan Raes analyses these developments and tries to explain why they occurred. He offers an elaborate multilevel theoretical framework to deal with the changes in the spatial organization of clothing supply. His analysis shows how large retailers have become the most powerful players in the Dutch clothing sector and how the changes in the spatial pattern of clothing supply have to be understood against the changing logistics of their sourcing. The study takes us from the history of the Dutch clothing industry in the 19th century to the detailed description of migrants entrepreneurs in the sector and the changes in trade patterns. It focuses on the interaction of retailers with other actors in the sector such as suppliers consumers and governments. Finally it takes places these developments against the background of transformations in the political economy of the Netherlands and Turkey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512115

Milestones in Systematics "Presenting a historical analysis of the evolution of systematics during the last one hundred years Milestones in Systematics reviews many of the major issues in systematic theory and practice that have driven the working methods of systematics during the 20th century and looks at the issues most likely to preoccupy systematists in the immediate future. The book highlights:§ Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394318

Milestones in the Evolving Theory of Evolution The book illustrates how Darwin's theory has evolved about the development of the biological world before Darwin and great changes that took place with the incorporation of statistics and after Darwin's death of genetics and mathematics. The formation of ‘Modern Synthesis’ protein electrophoresis Discovery of DNA opened new avenues for the study of evolution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367903336

Milestones in the History of AphasiaTheories and Protagonists Milestones in the History of Aphasia surveys the history of aphasia from its earliest mentions in ancient times to the turn of the new millennium in 2000. The book takes a predominantly chronological approach starting with an examination of the earliest medical documents and medieval attempts to understand aphasia to the momentous events of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries up to the development of modern cognitive neuroscience in recent years.  It traces the development of theory about and understanding of aphasia and the role of significant individuals in this history. The result is a well illustrated introduction to the main events and personalities in the rich history of aphasia. This accessible book provides a unique insight into the fascinating development of research in aphasia. It will be of great interest to undergraduates and postgraduates researchers teachers and clinicians in psychology speech and language pathology and therapy neurology and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655576

MiletosA History Drawing on case studies and presenting archaeological evidence throughout Alan Greaves presents a welcome survey of the origins and development of Miletos. Focusing on the archaic era and exploring a wide range of issues including physical environment colonizations the economy and its role as a centre of philosophy and learning Greaves examines Miletos from prehistory to its medieval decline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415488099

Militancy and Political Violence in ShiismTrends and Patterns This book is the first systematic assessment of current trends and patterns of militancy in Shii communities in the Middle East and South Asia - specifically in Iran Iraq but also in Lebanon Saudi Arabia Pakistan Afghanistan Kuwait and Bahrain More than thirty years after the Islamic Revolution in Iran there are signs of a growing assertiveness on the part of Shii actors at times erupting into political violence. The book addresses two key questions: What trends emerge in the types of militancy Shii actors employ both inside and outside of the Shii heartland? And what are the main drivers of militancy in the Shii community? The editor concludes that although at present Shii assertiveness does not take on a predominantly militant form a 'subculture of violence' does exist among most Shii communities examined here and suggests five key drivers of political violence among Shiis: the impact of Iran; nationalism and anti-imperialism; Shii self-protection and communal advancement; mahdism; and organizational dynamics. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers of terrorism studies and political violence war and conflict studies and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721592

Militancy and Violence in West AfricaReligion politics and radicalisation This volume provides a systematic and cross-regional analysis of radicalisation militancy and violence in West Africa. Concern about terrorism in or from West Africa has been recognised in academic research and the adoption of militarised approaches to addressing it questioned. However the basis for that questioning – the need to investigate factors such as the historical and socio-economic roots of militancy – is not developed nor is it substantiated in existing studies. The significant impact of religiously motivated radicalisation and violence in West Africa upon international security makes it essential to understand the issues of militancy and violence in the region. In this volume the authors draw upon empirical research in West Africa to develop understanding in these areas. Over the course of several chapters written by leading experts in the field the book successfully blends historical and conceptual analysis with new empirical research gathered from focus group discussions and research interviews. Each of these core studies is structured around five interrelated issues: tracing the antecedents of radicalisation; monitoring trends; identifying actors; anticipating possibilities; and analysing the strength of existing preventive mechanisms. This book will be of much interest to students of African security African politics radicalisation political Islam war and conflict studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856349

Militant and MigrantThe Politics and Social History of Punjab This book is a study of the transformations in Punjab created by biotechnological revolutions economic restructuring persistent migrations and political upheaval in the late 20th century. The sacred centre at Amritsar the transnational settlement of Southall and a Doaba village form the terrain for this — three sites that can seen as metonymic spaces of identity that transcend geographic boundaries and form the structure of this book. Relations between the rural the sacred and the transnational fostered through migration marriage and material exchange existed well before 1984. After 1984 however and through the violent decades of the militancy period these three locations became connected via the circulation of political ideologies violent deaths financial aid a sense of disaffection and the migration of men. Analysis of the linkages between transnational migration and religious revival is a key theme of this study. Conversely the enhanced engagements of the diaspora with homeland politics became a source of support and created sanctuary spaces for political asylum seekers and transnational migrant labour. Re-analysing existing material and drawing on fieldwork-based interviews as well as local history archives the book presents a different framework to analyse the politics and social history of Punjab. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662803

Militant DemocracyThe Limits of Democratic Tolerance This book aims to present a comprehensive theory of militant democracy and to answer questions such as: How can a democracy protect itself against its own downfall? And when is intervention against antidemocrats justified? Against the backdrop of historical and current examples this book examines a variety of theories from philosophers and legal scholars such as Karl Loewenstein Karl Popper and Carl Schmitt as well as contemporary alternatives. It compares their interpretations of democracy and militant democracy discusses how helpful these references are and introduces two largely forgotten theorists to the militant democracy debate: George van den Bergh and Milan Markovitch. Militant Democracy then sets out to build a novel theory of democratic self-defence on the basis of democracy’s capacity for self-correction. In doing so it addresses the more classic and current criticisms of the concept while paying specific attention to the position of the judge the legal design and effectiveness of party bans and the national and supranational procedural safeguards that can safeguard the careful application of militant democracy instruments. Militant Democracy seamlessly combines political philosophy political science and constitutional law to offer a new perspective on democratic self-defence. This book is essential reading for scholars and students of political theory jurisprudence democracy extremism and the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542969

Militant DemocracyUndemocratic Political Parties and Beyond The term ‘militant democracy’ was coined by Karl Loewenstein in the 1930s. He argued that attempts to establish democracy in the Weimar Republic failed due to the lack of militancy against subversive movements. The concept of militant democracy was introduced to legal scholarship and constitutional practice so as to provide democracy with legal means to defend itself against the range of possible activities of non-democratic political actors. This book offers a broad comparative look at the legal concept of militant democracy. It analyses both theoretical and substantive aspects of this concept investigating its practice in a number of countries and on a diverse array of issues. Examining cases in Australia Turkey Spain Germany Israel India the USA and the Council of Europe Svetlana Tyulkina maps the historical development of militant democracy in constitutional theory and explores its interaction with various traditional and contemporary notions of democracy. The book analyses the possibilities and pitfalls of the concept of militant democracy when applied to protect democracy when it is under threat of harm or destruction by undemocratic actors and suggests possible solutions and measures to overcome those dangers. In its evaluation of the capacity and justification for democracies to apply militant democracy measures this book will be of great use and interest to students and scholars of public comparative constitutional law international law human rights law and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281592

Militant Protestantism and British Identity 1603–1642 Focusing on the impact of Continental religious warfare on the society politics and culture of English Scottish and Irish Protestantism this study is concerned with the way in which British identity developed in the early Stuart period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664333

Militant Right-Wing Extremism in Putin’s RussiaLegacies Forms and Threats Militancy continues to be characteristic of many supporters of the Russian far right encompassing a belligerent rhetoric a strong perception of participants as political warriors and often the use of physical violence. How serious a threat does Russian militant right-wing extremism pose to Russia and the World and how has the level of threat changed over time? This book addresses this question by exploring right-wing extremism in Russia its historical context and its resurgence over the past thirty years. Outlining the legacies and forms presented by current right-wing extremism with a particular focus on militant extremism it employs a historical descriptive method to analyse the threats and risks posed. Presented within the framework of research on extremism and political violence related to the Russian political thought the book outlines the key criteria of identifying threats such as the level of violence ability to gain supporters and penetration of governing elites. Primarily aimed at researchers and academics in political science extremism security studies and the history of Russia and Eastern Central and South-East Europe this book will also be of interest to political journalists and practitioners in international security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592513

Militarisation and Demilitarisation in Contemporary Japan The intertwined issues of Japanese `identity' and `normality' are at the centre of the tension between internal and external pressures on Japanese defence and security policies. With chapters on peace thought the militarisation and demilitarisation of language as well as the `hard' aspects of the Japanese military build up in the 1980s and the response to the Gulf War in the 1990s this study challenges many of the preconceived notions on Japanese defence and security policies and the policy making process in Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981096

Militarism Hunting Imperialism'Blooding' The Martial Male The late Victorian and Edwardian officer class viewed hunting and big game hunting in particular as a sound preparation for imperial warfare. For the imperial officer in the making the ‘blooding’ hunting ritual was a visible ‘hallmark’ of stirling martial masculinity. Sir Henry Newbolt the period poet of subaltern self-sacrifice typically considered hunting as essential for the creation of a ‘masculine sporting spirit’ necessary for the consolidation and extension of the empire. Hunting was seen as a manifestation of Darwinian masculinity that maintained a pre-ordained hierarchical order of superordinate and subordinate breeds. Militarism Hunting Imperialism examines these ideas under the following five sections: martial imperialism: the self-sacrificial subaltern ‘blooding’ the middle class martial male the imperial officer hunting and war martial masculinity proclaimed and consolidated martial masculinity adapted and adjusted. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880412

Militarism and International RelationsPolitical Economy Security Theory This book examines contemporary militarism in international politics employing a variety of different theoretical viewpoints and international case studies. Militarism – understood as the social and international relations of the preparation for and conduct of organized political violence – is an abiding and defining characteristic of world politics. Yet despite the ongoing social political and economic reach of military institutions practices and values the concept and subject of militarism has not received significant attention within recent debates in International Relations. This book intends to fill the gap in the current body of literature. It has two key overarching aims: to make the case for a renewed research agenda for IR centred on the concept of militarism; and to provide a series of empirically focused and theoretically informed case studies of contemporary militarism in practice. Containing a wide-ranging selection of chapters the volume presents a diverse and eclectic body of research on militarism designed to act as a stimulus to further research and debate. This book will be of much interest to students of military studies war and conflict studies international political economy and IR/security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797413

Militarism and the Indo-Europeanizing of Europe This book argues that the Indo-Europeanizing of Europe essentially began shortly before 1600 BC when lands rich in natural resources were taken over by military forces from the Eurasian steppe and from southern Caucasia. First were the copper and silver mines (along with good harbors) in Greece and the copper and gold mines of the Carpathian basin. By ca. 1500 BC other military men had taken over the amber coasts of Scandinavia and the metalworking district of the southern Alps. These military takeovers offer the most likely explanations for the origins of the Greek Keltic Germanic and Italic subgroups of the Indo-European language family.Battlefield warfare and militarism Robert Drews contends were novelties ca. 1600 BC and were a consequence of the military employment of chariots. Current opinion is that militarism and battlefield warfare are as old as formal states going back before 3000 BC.Another current opinion is that the Indo-Europeanizing of Europe happened long before 1600 BC. The "Kurgan theory" of Marija Gimbutas and David Anthony dates it from late in the fifth to early in the third millennium BC and explains it as the result of horse-riding conquerors or raiders coming to Europe from the steppe. Colin Renfrew’s Archaeology and Language dates the Indo-Europeanizing of Europe to the seventh and sixth millennia BC and explains it as a consequence of the spread of agriculture in a "wave of advance" from Anatolia through Europe. Pairing linguistic with archaeological evidence Drews concludes that in Greece and Italy at least no Indo-European language could have arrived before the second millennium BC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886004

Militarizing CultureEssays on the Warfare State Militarizing Culture is a rousing critique of the American warfare state by a leading cultural commentator. Roberto J. González reveals troubling trends in the post-9/11 era as the military industrial complex infiltrates new arenas of cultural life from economic and educational arenas to family relationships. One of the nation’s foremost critics of the Human Terrain System program González makes passionate arguments against the engagement of social scientists and the use of anthropological theory and methods in military operations. Despite the pervasive presence of militarism and violence in our society González insists that warfare is not an inevitable part of human nature and charts a path toward the decommissioning of culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315424699

Military Monarchy and RepressionAssessing Thailand's Authoritarian Turn Thailand’s politics has been contentious in recent years. With a military coup in 2006 and another in 2014 the country has moved from being a promising electoral democracy to a military dictatorship. Electoral politics was embraced enthusiastically by some groups including those in rural areas of the north and northeast but came to be feared by groups variously identified as the old elite royalists and the establishment. The transition to authoritarianism saw large and lengthy street protests and considerable violence. This book examines the background to and the sources of conflict and the turn to authoritarianism. It addresses: the return of the military to political centre stage; the monarchy’s pivotal role in opposing electoral democracy; the manner in which sections of civil society have rejected electoral politics; and the rise of powerful non-elected bodies such as the Constitutional Court. In examining Thailand’s authoritarianism attention is also given to how income and wealth inequality may motivate political outcomes and also to the ways in which the military and the old elite have attempted to establish a "Thai-style democracy" that disenfranchises the majority. This book was previously published as a special issue of Journal of Contemporary Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077860

Military State and Society in IsraelTheoretical and Comparative Perspectives There have been many books on the place of war security or military service in Israeli society. The Military State and Society in Israel makes contributions to the debate-theoretical empirical and polemical-that are related to the Israeli case and to wider debates about the place of war and the military in contemporary industrialized societies. The Israeli case is important in the development of more macro approaches to the study of "things military" as war has played a central role in Israel's history and continues to do so. The book encapsulates in a very explicit manner tensions in the relationships between the military state and society and stands at the core of contemporary debates between two fundamental approaches to the study of the relations between the military society and the state: the "armed forces and society" school and the "state-making and war" perspective.Contemporary Israel is the site of debates about many of the fundamental assumptions that have undergirded the Jewish nation-state: the ethnic character of nationhood and statehood; the role of the Jewish diaspora vis-Ó-vis Israel; the legitimacy of Jewish "ethnic pluralism"; the meaning of the Holocaust; privatization of social life and the spread of consumerism; and weakening of the centralized state as the agent of social transformation affecting housing language health technology production dress and child-rearing. One important consequence of these internal conflicts and struggles has been a significant erosion in the almost sacred status once enjoyed by state institutions and especially the military among the majority of Jewish population."Theoretical and Comparative Perspectives " situates Israel in its wider theoretical and comparative context and shows how the study of Israel contributes to the theoretical understanding of contemporary changes in civil-military relations. "The Politics of Civil-Military Relations " concentrates on current changes in Israeli politics the character of the conflict with the Palestinians and the place of military in society. "The State and War-Making-Creating Citizens Soldiers and Men and Women " indicates how war and the military are not only instruments for state-making but are also important factors in the formation of individual identities. "The Notion of 'National Security'-Institutions and Concepts " raises the basic question of whether the institutional mechanisms and the strategic conceptions crystallized during the first 50 years of Israel's existence are still relevant in a changing post-cold war world. "The Armed Forces as Organization Continuity and Change " focuses on the lines of continuity and trends of change in several aspects of the Israeli Defense Forces' internal organizational structure.Studies based on Israeli cases data and scholarship have been central to the development of expertise in such fields as applied psychology and psychotherapy. This volume contributes to these areas of study and will be of central importance to professionals interested in civil-military. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512191

Military and Democracy in Nepal This book focuses on the response of the military in Nepali polity which tried to practice a multi-party system along with the concept of the 'king in Parliament' after the restoration of democracy. It discusses the democratic struggle in Nepal and the response of the military to such struggle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815373117

Military and Society in 21st Century EuropeA Comparative Analysis This compendium on Europe's military situation is written by leading analysts of military studies representing every major nation of Europe. Also included are three overview chapters that set the tone for this volume. These chapters - Martin Shaw on the evolution of a "common risk" society Christopher Dandeker on the military in democratic societies and Wilfried von Bredow on the re-nationalization of military strategy - provide an introduction to the work.Although the Cold War is now two decades removed from Europe the challenges of transition to new defense systems and institutional structures still confront those who plan the future for military establishments. The country studies as well as the final analysis of the trends and probable future developments in Europe should be required reading throughout the national security structure for politicians and decision makers seeking to understand the dilemmas facing European militaries and the societies they defend.The chapters cover a wide range of nations. Jean Callaghan Christo Domoztov and Valery Ratchcev examine the Bulgarian armed forces after the 1997 elections and Marie Vlachova and Stefan Sarvas review civil-military relations in the Czech Republic. Janos Szabo studies the defense sector in Hungary. Adriana Stanescu sees Romania as a case of delayed modernization. Vladimir Rukavishnikov studies the military in post-communist Russia. Paul Klein and Jürgen Kuhlmann review the German armed forces in the context of a peace dividend. Bernard Boene and Didier Danet consider France and the post draft situation. Marina Nuciari and Giuseppe Caforio consider the Italian military in a democratic context. Jan van der Meulen and his colleagues look upon the Netherlands military as a case study in post-modernization. The final contribution summarizes lessons learned in assessing the contemporary civil-military complex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528093

Military Applications of Data Analytics Military organizations around the world are normally huge producers and consumers of data. Accordingly they stand to gain from the many benefits associated with data analytics. However for leaders in defense organizations—either government or industry—accessible use cases are not always available. This book presents a diverse collection of cases that explore the realm of possibilities in military data analytics. These use cases explore such topics as: Context for maritime situation awareness Data analytics for electric power and energy applications Environmental data analytics in military operations Data analytics and training effectiveness evaluation Harnessing single board computers for military data analytics Analytics for military training in virtual reality environments A chapter on using single board computers explores their application in a variety of domains including wireless sensor networks unmanned vehicles and cluster computing. The investigation into a process for extracting and codifying expert knowledge provides a practical and useful model for soldiers that can support diagnostics decision making analysis of alternatives and myriad other analytical processes. Data analytics is seen as having a role in military learning and a chapter in the book describes the ongoing work with the United States Army Research Laboratory to apply data analytics techniques to the design of courses evaluation of individual and group performances and the ability to tailor the learning experience to achieve optimal learning outcomes in a minimum amount of time. Another chapter discusses how virtual reality and analytics are transforming training of military personnel. Virtual reality and analytics are also transforming monitoring decision making readiness and operations. Military Applications of Data Analytics brings together a collection of technical and application-oriented use cases. It enables decision makers and technologists to make connections between data analytics and such fields as virtual reality and cognitive science that are driving military organizations around the world forward. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498799768

Military Aspects of the Israeli-Arab Conflict The Arab-Israeli conflict is fraught with political complexity. It entails long-standing entrenched views on the part of all the participants direct and indirect and is heavily charged with emotion. It is a subject of great political and military actuality. The Middle East is fast becoming a testing ground for modern weapons systems and for modern conventional war doctrines a recent example being the Yom Kippur War.Most publications - articles papers books - on the war were produced while sentiments were still high and the armies still formulating their conclusions. Confusion controversy and emotions eclipsed clarity. An international symposium was held two years after the war to objectively debate the war its lessons and the Middle East conflict in general.This book contains all of the speeches and papers presented at that symposium plus a record of three related events. These were question-and-answer sessions with Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin Foreign Minister Yigal Allon and Jerusalem Mayor Teddy Kollek. These interviews along with the symposium contribute to an understanding of the Middle East conflict and of the thinking and personalities of key figures in Israeli life and politics.Contents and Contributors:OPENING CEREMONY Shimon Peres THE ART OF WAR - EAST AND WEST Saadia Amiel Uzi Eilam Amnon Sella Edward Luttwak Kenneth Hunt Moshe Arens Daniel Shimshoni QUESTION AND ANSWER SESSION Teddy Kollek MILITARY REPORTING IN CLOSED AND OPEN SOCIETIES Dina Goren Michael Elkins Arnon Zuckerman SUPERPOWER COMPETITION IN THE MIDDLE EAST Abraham Becker Arnold Horelick Geoffrey Kemp Nissan Oren Haim Bar-kai Haim Shaked QUESTION AND ANSWER SESSION Yigal Allon MILITARY BALANCE OF POWER IN THE MIDDLE EAST Shimon Shamir David Kochav Shlomo Gazit Yehezkel Dror Matityahu Mayzel Mor-dechai Gur MEET THE PRESS Yitzhak Rabin THE YOM KIPPUR WAR: A REVIEW OF THE MAIN BATTLES IN RETROSPECT - AND THEIR LESSONS Benyamin Telem Binyamin Peled David Elazar Haim Bar Lev Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512139

Military Chaplaincy in ContentionChaplains Churches and the Morality of Conflict Chaplaincy highlights the need for faith and society to re-engage with vital moral questions. Military chaplains continue to operate within the dynamic tension between faith communities the armed services and society offering a distinct moral presence and contribution. Drawing the reader into the world of the military chaplain this book explores insights into the complex moral issues that arise in combat (especially in Afghanistan) and in everyday military life These include the the increasing significance of the Law of Armed Conflict and the moral significance of drones. Through the unique chaplain’s eye view of the significance of their experience for understanding the ethics of war this book offers clearer understanding of chaplaincy in the context of the changing nature of international conflict (shaped around insurgency and non-state forces) and explores the response of faith communities to the role of the armed services. It makes the case for relocating understandings of just war within a theological framework and for a clear understanding of the relationship between the mission of chaplaincy and that of the military. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409431589

Military Coercion and US Foreign PolicyThe Use of Force Short of War This book examines the use of military force as a coercive tool by the United States using lessons drawn from the post-Cold War era (1991–2018). The volume reveals that despite its status as sole superpower during the post-Cold War period US efforts to coerce other states failed as often as they succeeded. In the coming decades the United States will face states that are more capable and creative willing to challenge its interests and able to take advantage of missteps and vulnerabilities. By using lessons derived from in-depth case studies and statistical analysis of an original dataset of more than 100 coercive incidents in the post-Cold War era this book generates insight into how the US military can be used to achieve policy goals. Specifically it provides guidance about the ways in which and the conditions under which the US armed forces can work in concert with economic and diplomatic elements of US power to create effective coercive strategies. This book will be of interest to students of US national security US foreign policy strategic studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459963

Military Cost–Benefit AnalysisTheory and practice This is the first comprehensive book on Military Cost-Benefit Analysis and provides novel approaches to structuring cost-benefit and affordability analysis amidst an uncertain defense environment and cloudy fiscal prospects. Lifting the veil on military Cost-Benefit Analysis this volume offers several new practical tools designed to guide defense investments (and divestments) combined with a selection of real-world applications. The widespread employment of Cost-Benefit Analysis offers a unique opportunity to transform legacy defense forces into efficient effective and accountable 21st century organizations. A synthesis of economics statistics and decision theory CBA is currently used in a wide range of defense applications in countries around the world: i) to shape national security strategy ii) to set acquisition policy and iii) to inform critical investments in people equipment infrastructure services and supplies. As sovereign debt challenges squeeze national budgets and emerging threats disrupt traditional notions of security this volume offers valuable tools to navigate the political landscape meet calls for fiscal accountability and boost the effectiveness of defense investments to help guarantee future peace and stability. A valuable resource for scholars practitioners novices and experts this book offers a comprehensive overview of Military Cost-Benefit Analysis and will appeal to anyone interested or involved in improving national security and will also be of general interest to those responsible for major government programs projects or policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495388

Military Courts Civil-Military Relations and the Legal Battle for DemocracyThe Politics of Military Justice The interaction between military and civilian courts the political power that legal prerogatives can provide to the armed forces and the difficult process civilian politicians face in reforming military justice remain glaringly under-examined despite their implications for the quality and survival of democracy. This book breaks new ground by providing a theoretically rich global examination of the operation and reform of military courts in democratic countries. Drawing on a newly created dataset of 120 countries over more than two centuries it presents the first comprehensive picture of the evolution of military justice across states and over time. Combined with qualitative historical case studies of Colombia Portugal Indonesia Fiji Brazil Pakistan and the United States the book presents a new framework for understanding how civilian actors are able to gain or lose legal control of the armed forces. The book’s findings have important lessons for scholars and policymakers working in the fields of democracy civil-military relations human rights and the rule of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029944

Military Culture and EducationCurrent Intersections of Academic and Military Cultures While studies of American military culture have proliferated in recent years and the culture of academic institutions has been a subject of perennial interest comparatively little has been written on the multiple ways the military and academe intersect. Focusing on this subject offers an opportunity to explore how teachers and researchers straddle the two quite different cultures. The contributors to this volume both embody and articulate how the two cultures co-exist and cooperate however unevenly at times. Chapters offer both ground-level perspectives of the classroom and campus as well as well-considered articulations of the tensions and opportunities involved in teaching and training civic-minded soldiers on issues especially important in the post-9/11 world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256798

Military Deception and Strategic Surprise! Published in 2004  Military Deception and Strategic Surprise! is a valuable contribution to the field of Military and Strategic Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043394

Military Development In AfricaThe Political And Economic Risks Of Arms Transfers This book evaluates conflicting assessments of the costs and benefits of military development from the perspective that it would be best for African nations to allocate resources for defense on the basis of socioeconomic considerations as well as their military and political goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169343

Military Economics Culture and Logistics in the Burma Campaign 1942-1945 Following the fall of Burma to the Japanese in May 1942 reopening and expanding the link from India to China through Burma became the allied force's principal war aim in South-East Asia. This book argues that the campaign's development was driven more by what was logistictically possible than by pure strategic intent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663251

Military Ethics Recent developments such as the 'new wars' or the growing privatisation of warfare and the ever more sophisticated military technology present the military with difficult ethical challenges. This book offers a selection of the best scholarly articles on military ethics published in recent decades. It gives a hearing to all the main ethical approaches to war: just war theory consequentialism and pacifism. Part I includes essays on justice of war (jus ad bellum) focussing on defence against aggression and humanitarian armed intervention but also addressing topics such as conscientious objection and the relation of patriotism to war. Articles in Part II deal with the central problems of justice in war (jus in bello): civilian immunity and 'collateral damage' to civilian life and property. Essays in Part III look into the moral issues facing the military as a profession such as the civil - military relations the responsibilities of officers to their soldiers and to their military superiors and the status and responsibilities of prisoners of war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248943

Military Ethics and Emerging Technologies This volume looks at current and emerging technologies of war and some of the ethical issues surrounding their use. Although the nature and politics of war never change the weapons and technologies used in war do change and are always undergoing development. Because of that the arsenal of weapons for twenty-first century conflict is different from previous centuries. Weapons in today’s world include an array of instruments of war that include robotics cyber war capabilities human performance enhancement for warriors and the proliferation of an entire spectrum of unmanned weapons systems and platforms. Tactical weapons now have the potential of strategic results and have changed the understanding of the battle space creating ethical legal and political issues unknown in the pre-9/11 world. What do these technologies mean for things such as contemporary international relations the just-war tradition and civil-military relations? Directed at readers in the academic scientific military and public policy communities this volume offers current thought on ethics and emerging technologies from internationally-recognized scholars addressing the full spectrum of issues in present warfare technology. It includes current and ongoing topics of multi-discipline and international interest such as ethics law international relations war studies public policy science and technology. This book was originally published in various issues and volumes of the Journal of Military Ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415737104

Military Ethics and Peace PsychologyA Dialogue:a Special Issue of peace and Conflict First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138179066

Military Ethics and VirtuesAn Interdisciplinary Approach for the 21st Century This book examines the role of military virtues in today's armed forces.Although long-established military virtues such as honor courage and loyalty are what most armed forces today still use as guiding principles in an effort to enhance the moral behavior of soldiers much depends on whether the military virtues adhered to by these militaries suit a particular mission or military operation. Clearly the beneficiaries of these military virtues are the soldiers themselves fellow-soldiers and military organizations yet there is little that regulates the behavior of soldiers towards civilian populations. As a result troops trained for combat in today's missions sometimes experience difficulty in adjusting to the less aggressive ways of working needed to win the hearts and minds of local populations after major combat is over. It can be argued that today's missions call for virtues that are more inclusive than the traditional ones which are mainly about enhancing military effectiveness but a convincing case can be made that a lot can already be won by interpreting these traditional virtues in different ways. This volume offers an integrated approach to the main traditional virtues exploring their possible relevance and proposing new ways of interpretation that are more in line with the military tasks of the 21st century.The book will be of much interest to students of military ethics philosophy and war and conflict in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691291

Military EthicsGuidelines for Peace and War Many people believe that the violent and disruptive nature of war makes a military ethic impossible. The authors of this book originally published in 1986 however develop an ethical system that aims to control the military monster at least to some degree rather than one that preaches to it idealistically – with little or no effect. Military ethics they believe must be an ethics for peacetime as well as an ethics for war an ethics for soldiers in the field as well as an ethics for political leaders and their book is designed to meet these needs. It presents a practical utilitarian approach: an ethics of what is possible rather than what is ideal drawing on real military experience and different from any other work previously published. The authors argue that both the pacifists who claim that the horrible and ungovernable nature of war makes it morally wrong and the realists who believe that wars must be fought but fought without moral scruple are mistaken. They show that careful attention to the actual circumstances in which individual combatants function and the social institutions shaping their action allows genuine moral constraint. With its emphasis on real problems Military Ethics will be of practical help to policy makers and military personnel at all levels as well as being of great interest to students of applied philosophy and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367608507

Military Ethos and Visual Culture in Post-Conquest Mexico Bringing to bear her extensive knowledge of the cultures of Renaissance Europe and sixteenth-century Mexico Mónica Domínguez Torres here investigates the significance of military images and symbols in post-Conquest Mexico. She shows how the 'conquest' in fact involved dynamic exchanges between cultures; and that certain interconnections between martial social and religious elements resonated with similar intensity among Mesoamericans and Europeans creating indeed cultural bridges between these diverse communities. Multidisciplinary in approach this study builds on scholarship in the fields of visual literary and cultural studies to analyse the European and Mesoamerican content of the martial imagery fostered within the indigenous settlements of central Mexico as well as the ways in which local communities and leaders appropriated manipulated modified and reinterpreted foreign visual codes. Military Ethos and Visual Culture in Post-Conquest Mexico draws on post-structuralist and post-colonial approaches to analyse the complex dynamics of identity formation in colonial communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251519

Military Expansion Economic DeclineImpact of Military Spending on United States Economic Performance By assessing the costs and benefits of military spending the authors provide a "second opinion" on the subject of military economics. While advocates of increased military spending often stress the positive effects of the Pentagon on the economy there has been little systematic summary of the "opportunity costs" that society pays for a large military establishment. This book fills that gap. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315495897

Military Experience in the Age of Reason First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995864

Military Families and War in the 21st CenturyComparative perspectives This book focuses on the key issues that affect military families when soldiers are deployed overseas focusing on the support given to military personnel and families before during and after missions. Today’s postmodern armies are expected to provide social-psychological support both to their personnel in military operations abroad and to their families at home. Since the end of the Cold War and even more so after 9/11 separations between military personnel and their families have become more frequent as there has been a multitude of missions carried out by multinational task forces all over the world. The book focuses on three central questions affecting military families. First how do changing missions and tasks of the military affect soldiers and families? Second what is the effect of deployments on the ones left behind? Third what is the national structure of family support systems and its evolution? The book employs a multidisciplinary approach with contributions from psychology sociology history anthropology and others. In addition it covers all the services Army Navy/Marines Air Force spanning a wide range of countries including UK USA Belgium Turkey Australia and Japan. At the same time it takes a multitude of perspectives such as the theoretical empirical reflective life events (narrative) approach national and the global and uses approaches from different disciplines and perspectives combining them to produce a volume that enhances our knowledge and understanding of military families. This book will be of much interest to students of military studies sociology war and conflict studies and IR/political science in general.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942189

Military Force and Elite Power in the Formation of Modern China The China we know today emerged at the end of a long period of internal rebellions civil wars foreign invasions and revolutionary insurrections that stretched across the nineteenth century to the mid-point of the twentieth. This book explores one important consequence of this situation—the increased role of military force in the determination of elite social political and economic power and presents fascinating case studies of the warlords militia leaders and military officers who benefited from this. Examining the intersection of military force and elite power in the formative years of modern Chinese history this book highlights just how important military force was to elite power in nineteenth- and early twentieth-century China in a context of frequent warfare and political turmoil. It shows that the way in which military empowerment unfolded and who exactly was empowered depended heavily on shifting military and political conditions and each case confirms the extent to which military force emerged as a consistently significant determinant of elite power across this period. Indeed the transformative effect of military force on social and political structures of power revealed by these studies sheds distinctive light on the prevalence and wide-ranging impact of military conflicts in this period. In turn these studies also provide a particular perspective on the fluid boundaries of as well as the constraints on elite power in Chinese society in a time of intense social and political change. This book makes an important contribution to our understanding of the rise of modern China and provides a keen insight into impact of war on the country as such it will be welcomed by students and scholars interested in Chinese history Asian history and military history more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678163

Military Foundations of Panamanian Politics This is a comprehensive examination of the evolution of the politicization of the Panamanian military and the legacy of this transformation in modern Panamanian politics. It addresses the fundamental role that the Panamanian military played in influencing and molding the modern-day Panamanian political system--structurally legally and constitutionally--and chronicles the corporate and political growth of the Panamanian military filtering its analysis through civil-military theory to achieve its two primary goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512146

Military Government And Popular Participation In PanamaThe Torrijos Regime 1968-1975 This book examines the first seven years of Omar Torrijos's military government with particular attention to its efforts to build political institutions appropriate to the dynamics of class relations within Panama and the country's evolving dependency on the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158644

Military Health CareFrom Pre-Deployment to Post-Separation This edited volume surveys critical aspects of modern military health care in the US and various other Western countries with troops in Iraq and Afghanistan. In the United States the military medical system including care for veterans is large and diverse and involves two institutions the US Department of Defense (DoD) and the US Department of Veteran’s Affairs (VA). Studying the system gives practitioners and policy-makers an understanding of the larger picture of the military medical structure facilitating thought about some of the difficulties and opportunities for coordinating treatments and preparing for the future. This book covers health care issues prior to deployment such as screening for mental health evaluating long-term consequences of exposure to military service and provision of insurance; care during a conflict primarily battlefield clinics battlefield trauma care and evacuation procedures; and post- combat care including serious war injuries psychiatric and long-term care. Bringing together research from a wide range of contributors the volume provides readers with an extensive up-to-date source of information on military medicine.This book will be of great interest to students of public health military sociology the Iraq war US public policy and war and conflict studies in general.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524025

Military High Schools in America Once considered a bastion of learning leadership and disciplined lifestyle today’s private military academies are often regarded as expensive holding facilities for unwanted incorrigible boys who have nowhere else to go. Their depiction in popular media has reinforced the impression that they are boot camps disguised as educational institutions. The reality is far more complex and far more encouraging. Using a decade of participant observation research including serving as an instructor at some of these schools anthropologist William Trousdale explores the contemporary experience of military school life. From the admissions office to daily life in barracks classrooms playing fields and social events he describes how these schools endeavor to realize their mission of creating educated mature young men from largely at-risk youth and the challenges—both met and unmet—in doing so. This volume will be of interest to those studying secondary and alternative education at-risk youth and the role of the military in society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315424651

Military History Addressing the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature Military History is a new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Military Strategic and Security Studies series. Edited by Jeremy Black (‘the most prolific historical scholar of our age’) it is a four-volume collection which brings together the very best scholarship in a one-stop ‘mini library’ of major works. Black avers that military history is increasingly seen as a global enterprise and Eurocentric/Western perspectives and paradigms often now appear questionable if not redundant. Moreover a teleology of warfare leading towards the total warfare of the twentieth century—the two world wars and the Cold War—appears far less convincing he says in light of developments since 1990. This kind of re-examination of long-held assumptions about military history has guided the selection of materials which are organized chronologically but with abundant cross-referencing to enable users to pursue thematic approaches. The focus is on major works published since 1990 first to centre on current research questions and perspectives and secondly because earlier literature can be followed through these pieces. Military History is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential reference work and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185364

Military Industry and Regional Defense PolicyIndia Iraq and Israel Military Industry and Regional Defense Policy re-examines military industrialization in the developing world focusing on policy-making in producer states and the impact of security perceptions on such policy-making. Timothy D. Hoyt reassesses the role of regional state sub-systems in international relations and recent historical studies of international technology and arms transfers. Looking at Israel Iraq and India the three most powerful regional powers in the Cold War era he presesnts an expert analysis of the three-sided phenomena of the regional hegemony the regional competitor and the small over-achiever. This new book breaks away from existing literature on military industries in the developing world which has focused on their economic and development costs and benefits. These past studies have used primitive methodologies that focus on the production of complete weapons systems - a misleading gauge in a world of growing international defense cooperation. They have also ignored empirical evidence of the impact of local military industrial production on Cold War regional conflict and of the defence planning and concerns that drove development of indigenous military industries in key regional powers. This new text delivers an incisive new perspective.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780714685823

Military Injury BiomechanicsThe Cause and Prevention of Impact Injuries Military Injury Biomechanics: The Cause and Prevention of Impact Injuries is a reference manual where information and data from a large number of sources focussing on injuries related to military events has been critically reviewed and discussed. The book covers the cause and prevention of impact injuries to all the major body regions while topics such as the historical background of military impact biomechanics the history and use of anthropomorphic test devices for military applications and the medical management of injuries are also discussed. An international team of experts have been brought together to examine and review the topics. The book is intended for researchers postgraduate students and others working or studying defence and impact injuries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742825

Military Innovation in Small StatesCreating a Reverse Asymmetry This book provides a comprehensive assessment of the global diffusion of the Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA) and its impact on military innovation trajectories in small states. Although the 'Revolution in Military Affairs' (RMA) concept has enjoyed significant academic attention the varying paths and patterns of military innovation in divergent strategic settings have been overlooked. This book seeks to rectify this gap by addressing the broad puzzle of how the global diffusion of RMA-oriented military innovation – the process of international transmission communication and interaction of RMA-related military concepts organizations and technologies - has shaped the paths patterns and scope of military innovation of selected small states. In a reverse mode how have selected small states influenced the conceptualization and transmission of the RMA theory processes and debate? Using Israel Singapore and South Korea as case studies this book argues that RMA-oriented military innovation paths in small states indicate predominantly evolutionary trajectory albeit with a varying patterns resulting from the confluence of three sets of variables: (1) the level of strategic organizational and operational adaptability in responding to shifts in the geostrategic and regional security environment; (2) the ability to identify anticipate exploit and sustain niche military innovation – select conceptual organizational and technological innovation intended to enhance the military’s ability to prepare for fight and win wars and (3) strategic culture. While the book represents relevant empirical cases for testing the validity of the RMA diffusion hypotheses from a policy-oriented perspective this book argues that these case studies offer lessons learned in coping with the security and defence management challenges posed by military innovation in general. This book will be of much interest for students of military innovation strategic studies defence studies Asian politics Middle Eastern politics and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668617

Military Integration after Civil WarsMultiethnic Armies Identity and Post-Conflict Reconstruction This book examines the role of multiethnic armies in post-conflict reconstruction and demonstrates how they can promote peacebuilding efforts. The author challenges the assumption that multiethnic composition leads to weakness of the military and shows how a multiethnic army is frequently the impetus for peacemaking in multiethnic societies. Three case studies (Nigeria Lebanon and Bosnia-Herzegovina) determine that rather than external factors it is the internal structures that make or break the military institution in a socially challenging environment. The book finds that where the political will is present the multiethnic military can become a symbol of reconciliation and coexistence. Furthermore it shows that the military as a professional identity can supersede ethnic considerations and thus facilitates cooperation within the armed forces despite a hostile post-conflict setting. In this the book challenges widespread theories about ethnic identities and puts professional identities on an equal footing with them. The book will be of great interest to students of military studies ethnic conflict conflict studies and peacebuilding and IR in general Florence Gaub is a Researcher and Lecturer at the NATO Defence College in Rome. She holds a PhD in International Politics from Humboldt University Berlin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642026

Military Intervention Stabilisation and PeaceThe search for stability This book examines international military interventions that have supported stability in four communities in Afghanistan and Nepal in an attempt to analyse their success and improve this in future. This is the first in-depth village-level assessment of how local populations conceive of stability and stabilisation and provides a theory and model for how stability can be created in communities during and after conflict. The data was collected during field research from 2010-12. In Afghanistan the conflicts examined include the invasion of the Soviet Union in 1979 the civil war from 1992 and the rise and fall of the Taliban. In Nepal the research examined the origins of the Maoist movement and the start of the People’s War in 1996 to its completion in 2006 and the subsequent Madeshi Andolan in 2007. The book argues that international particularly Western notions of stability and stabilisation processes have failed to grasp the importance of local political legitimacy formation which is a vital aspect of contemporary statebuilding of a ‘non-Westphalian’ nature. The interventions across defence diplomatic and defence lines have also at times undermined one another and in some cases contributed to instability. The work argues that the theories that structure interventions to address threats to international stability in ‘fragile’ states are insufficient to explain or achieve the goal of stability. This book will be of interest to students of stabilisation operations statebuilding peacebuilding counterinsurgency war and conflict studies and security studies in general. Christian Dennys is lecturer at Cranfield University/UK Defence Academy and has a PhD in International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732642

Military Intervention in BritainFrom the Gordon Riots to the Gibraltar Incident The military is supposed to stand aside from British society. This book illustrates that from the earliest times the British have relied on the military for the preservation of law and order. The creation of the professional police force in Britain habitually met with the stiffest opposition and even after it came into existence in the 19th century the military were still called in to suppress civilian disorders often admidst the confusion and clumsiness tht led to incidents such as the notorious ‘Peterloo massacre’. In the 20th century the unarmed police had to come more used to dealing with riots several of which are here discussed in meticulously researched detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930292

Military Intervention in Pre-War Japanese PoliticsAdmiral Kato Kanji and the 'Washington System' This is a study of the impact of inter-war naval arms control policy-making on the domestic politics of Japan especially the areas of civil-military inter-military (Army/Navy) and especially intra-military (Navy) relations and on the professional and political career of one leading naval figure Admiral Kato Kanji (1873-1939). In this re-appraisal of Kato's career the author challenges the conventional and negative interpretation of both Kato's role in the naval politics and factions within the Imperial Navy utilizing Kato's involvement in the domestic political debate as a focal device for studying two key areas of Japanese civil-military relations: civilian control and the phenomenon of massive overt naval intervention in domestic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650151

Military Intervention in the 1990s First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452312

Military Intervention in the Middle East and North AfricaThe Case of NATO in Libya This book contributes to an increasingly important branch of critical security studies that combines insights from critical geopolitics and postcolonial critique by making an argument about the geographies of violence and their differential impact in contemporary security practices including but not limited to military intervention. The book explores military intervention in Libya through the categories of space and time to provide a robust ethico-political critique of the intervention. Much of the mainstream international relations scholarship on humanitarian intervention frames the ethical moral and legal debate over intervention in terms of a binary between human rights and state sovereignty. In response O’Sullivan questions the ways in which military violence was produced as a rational and reasonable response to the crisis in Libya outlining and destabilising this false binary between the human and the state. The book offers methodological tools for questioning the violent institutions at the heart of humanitarian intervention and asking how intervention has been produced as a rational response to crisis. Contributing to the ongoing academic conversation in the critical literature on spatiality militarism and resistance the book draws upon postcolonial and poststructural approaches to critical security studies and will be of great interest to scholars and graduates of critical security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138669758

Military LeadershipIn Pursuit of Excellence The sixth edition of this classic text continues its popular interdisciplinary approach to the topic of leadership by examining fundamental elements of military leadership: the 'process' of leadership the dynamic personal interactions between leader and followers and the individual and organizational values that foster effective military leadership. Military Leadership provides a thoroughly reconsidered and greatly expanded mix of classic and contemporary articles as well as original essays with authors representing all of the services. Incisive introductory essays to each section highlight themes and connections. Eric B. Rosenbach joins the editorial team for this edition helping infuse the text with fresh perspectives. The essays of the sixth edition confront the kudos and criticisms that surround military leadership today offer international viewpoints and relate military leadership to contemporary leadership theory and approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097196

Military LegitimacyMight and Right in the New Millennium Focusing on the challenges faced by the US military in responding to "operations other than war" in the post-Cold War era Rudolph Barnes makes a plea for the US government to address the "organizational bias for combat" and "narrow traditionalist view of military professionalism" within the Pentagon which he argues are serious obstacles to developing an effective capabiilty for operations other than war. He draws on examples from Vietnam to the mismanagement of US military involvement in Somalia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981102

Military Logistics and Strategic Performance This work argues that logistics in warfare is crucial to achieving strategic success. The author identifies logistical capabilities as an arbiter of opportunity which plays a critical role in determining which side will hold the strategic iniative in war. Armies which have secured reliable resources of supply have a great advantage in determining the time and manner in which engagements take place. Often they can fight in ways their opponents cannot. The author illustrates this point with case studies of British logistics during the Burma campaign in the World War II American logistical innovations during the Pacific War Communist supply methods during the American phase of the Vietnam War and the competing logistical systems of both NATO and Warsaw Pact conventional forces during the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981119

Military Manpower Armies and Warfare in South Asia Roy investigates the various factors that influenced the formation and mobilization of military forces in the region from 300 BC to the modern day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664586

Military Marxist Regimes in Africa First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995871

Military Media ManagementNegotiating the 'Front' Line in Mediatized War This book examines the practices of actors involved in the media reportage of war and the ways in which these practices may influence the conduct of modern military operations. War is a complex phenomenon which raises numerous questions about the organization of society that continue to challenge all those involved in its study. Increasingly this includes the need to engage theoretically and empirically with the progressive collapse between the ways in which wars are conducted and the manner in which they are reported in the media. Drawing on the work of Erving Goffman Military Media Management offers a distinctly new approach to our appreciation of the dynamic relationship between war and media; one that is fundamentally a product of social relations between those engaged in reporting war and those conducting war campaigns. By exploring how and why the military manage information in particular ways the text succeeds in providing a framework through which wider sociological investigation of this relationship can be understood. This book will be of much interest to students of military and security studies media studies war and conflict studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731294

Military Medical Ethics for the 21st Century As asymmetric ’wars among the people’ replace state-on-state wars in modern armed conflict the growing role of military medicine and medical technology in contemporary war fighting has brought an urgent need to critically reassess the theory and practice of military medical ethics. Military Medical Ethics for the 21st Century is the first full length broad-based treatment of this important subject. Written by an international team of practitioners and academics this book provides interdisciplinary insights into the major issues facing military-medical decision makers and critically examines the tensions and dilemmas inherent in the military and medical professions. In this book the authors explore the practice of battlefield bioethics medical neutrality and treatment of the wounded enhancement technologies for war fighters the potential risks of dual-use biotechnologies patient rights for active duty personnel military medical research and military medical ethics education in the 21st Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273573

Military Medicine in Iraq and AfghanistanA Comprehensive Review Many if not most of the recent improvements in trauma care in civilian practice have developed from military experience. The British Defence Medical Services have been recognised as providers of exemplary health care. Although there will is an emphasis on trauma this book also captures lessons from internal medicine and infectious disease ethics (for example dealing with detainees – a particularly controversial subject) human factors mental health issues and rehabilitation.Military Medicine provides the evidence and context for these innovations and its unique and important account will be of interest to both military and civilian practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815377597

Military Metallurgy This book gives a broad based view of metals in military service covering several examples and rationales. It is useful for the militarist and for the metallurgist or materials scientist. The content of the book is based on course notes compiled for undergraduate and post-graduate students. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003059400

Military Mission Formations and Hybrid WarsNew Sociological Perspectives This volume explores and develops new social-scientific tools for the analysis and understanding of contemporary military missions in theatre. Despite the advent of new types of armed conflict the social-scientific study of militaries in action continues to focus on tools developed in the hey-day of conventional wars. These tools focus on such classic issues as cohesion and leadership communication and unit dynamics or discipline and motivation. While these issues continue to be important most studies focus on organic units (up to and including brigades). By contrast this volume suggests the utility of concepts related to mission formations – as opposed to ‘units’ or ‘components’ – to better capture the (ongoing) processual nature of the amalgamations and combinations that military involvement in conflicts necessitates. The study of these formations by the social sciences – sociology social psychology anthropology political science and organization science – requires the introduction of new analytical tools to the study of militaries in theatre. As such this volume utilizes new approaches to social life organizational dynamics and to armed violence to understand the place of the armed forces in contemporary conflicts and the new tasks they are assigned. This book will be of much interest to students of military studies sociology security studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427153

Military Neuroscience and the Coming Age of Neurowarfare Krishnan describes military applications of neuroscience research and emerging neurotechnology with relevance to the conduct of armed conflict and law enforcement. This work builds upon literature by scholars such as Moreno and Giordano and fills an existing gap not only in terms of reviewing available and future neurotechnologies and relevant applications but by discussing how the military pursuit of these technologies fits into the overall strategic context. The first to sketch future neurowarfare by looking at its potentials as well as its inherent limitations this book’s main theme is how military neuroscience will enhance and possibly transform both classical psychological operations and cyber warfare. Its core argument is that nonlethal strategies and tactics could become central to warfare in the first half of the twenty-first century. This creates both humanitarian opportunities in making war less bloody and burdensome as well as some unprecedented threats and dangers in terms of preserving freedom of thought and will in a coming age where minds can be manipulated with great precision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361447

Military Occupations in First World War Europe Our view of the First World War is dominated by the twin images of the fronts and the home fronts yet the war also generated a third type of ‘front’ that of military occupation. Vast areas of Europe experienced the war under a military regime and this book deals with the occupations by the German and Austro-Hungarian empires. Their conquests ranged from Lille in the West to the Don River in the East and from Courland in the north to Friuli and Montenegro in the south. They encompassed capital cities such as Brussels Warsaw Belgrade and Bukarest as well as areas of crucial economic importance. Millions of people experienced military occupation and even though they were civilians the war had a deep impact on their lives. Conversely occupied territories influenced the states that had conquered them and the way these states waged war. The chapters in this book analyze military occupation in 1914-1918 both from the point of view of the occupied and from the point of view of the occupier. They study counter-insurgency warfare forced labour food regimes underground patriotism and cultural policies. They demonstrate that military occupation was an essential dimension of the Great War. This book was originally published as a special issue of First World War Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379527

Military Organization and Society First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863575

Military Pilgrimage and Battlefield TourismCommemorating the Dead Military Pilgrimage and Battlefield Tourism is the first volume to bring together a detailed analysis of professional military pilgrimage with other forms of commemorating military conflict. The volume looks beyond the discussion of battlefield tourism undertaken primarily by civilians which has dominated research until now through an analysis of the relationship between religious military and civilian participants. Drawing on a comparative approach towards what has mostly been categorised as secular pilgrimage dark tourism/thanatourism military and religious tourism and re-enactment the contributors explore the varied ways in which memory material culture and rituals are performed at particular places. The volume also engages with the debate about the extent to which western definitions of pilgrimage and tourism as well as such related terms as religion sacred and secular can be applied in non-western contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881917

Military Politics and Democratization in Indonesia The military have had a key role to play in Indonesia's recent history and may well have a decisive role to play in her future. This book looks at the role of the military in the downfall of Suharto and their ongoing influence on the succeeding governments of B.J. Habibie and Abdurrahman Wahid. The author also examines such key features as human rights reconciliation civic-military discourse and ongoing security dilemmas. The book is unique in providing the best overview of the role of the military in the world's fourth most populous nation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203378861

Military Power And Policy In Asian StatesChina India Japan Focusing on the views of security and military power adopted by elites in China India and Japan this book points out that each of these states has been moving steadily toward military autonomy and away from dependence on major powers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170813

Military Power And The Advance Of TechnologyGeneral Purpose Military Forces For The 1980s And Beyond This book deals with the basic facts of the military-industrial complex examining its institutional dynamics and constitutional barriers to change. It shows how simplistic journalistic prescriptions and trivial observations fail to do justice to the enormous complexity of an industrial economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169671

Military PowerLand Warfare in Theory and Practice The contributors here consider the multifarious aspects of the Anglo-American approach to war. All the contributors are concerned to base their work on the overall historical context. They explore the relationship between theory and practice in military operations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036717

Military PsychologyClinical and Operational Applications Widely regarded as the authoritative work in the field this book comprehensively explores the psychological needs of today's service members and how to meet them effectively. Expert contributors review best practices for conducting fitness-for-duty evaluations and other types of assessments treating frequently encountered clinical problems responding to disasters and promoting the health and well-being of all personnel. The book also examines the role of mental health professionals in enhancing operational readiness with chapters on crisis and hostage negotiation understanding terrorists and more.New to This Edition*The latest scientific knowledge clinical interventions and training recommendations.*Chapter on acute combat stress.*Chapter on post-deployment problems including PTSD and depression. *Chapter on military psychology ethics.*Coverage of blast concussion screening and evaluation.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462506491

Military Reform and DemocratisationTurkish and Indonesian Experiences at the Turn of the Millennium There is no recipe for democratisation that can be readily applied to all countries. Every country presents unique factors that influence the fate of its democratic reforms which must therefore be evaluated within their specific socio-political cultural and historical context. Building on this premise this paper examines military reform and democratisation through the experiences of Turkey and Indonesia two democratising countries with predominantly Muslim populations secular regimes and militaries that are deeply involved in politics. The paper strives to explain why both the Turkish and Indonesian militaries which have developed a sense of ownership over the state may be wary of democratic change; how 'the people' perceive the military's traditional role in society; and in which direction societal and military attitudes towards democratic reform have been moving over the years. In relating these domestic observations to various external factors it seeks to identify the regional and global trends events and actors that promote and obstruct the development of substantive democracy in each country and to draw broader lessons for the study of democratisation and military reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452718

Military Regimes and DevelopmentA Comparative Analysis in African Societies First published in 1982 this book aims to examine the role that ruling military governments have played in African development. Dr Odetola discusses military organisational values and skills in modernisation and argues that the evocation and application of these values and skills depends on the character of the leadership of individual ruling juntas their degree of professional training proximity to civilian society and so on. He also investigates the relationship between the ruling military and existing social classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849586

Military Retirees This book provides history of U.S. military personnel in foreign areas with emphasis on the relationship between their frequent relocation and their propensity to migrate after retirement and describes the world distribution of the 1.2 million members that comprise the military retiree population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512184

Military RobotsMapping the Moral Landscape Philosophers have wrestled over the morality and ethics of war for nearly as long as human beings have been waging it. The death and destruction that unmanned warfare entails magnifies the moral and ethical challenges we face in conventional warfare and everyday society. Intrinsically linked are questions and perennial problems concerning what justifies the initial resort to war who may be legitimately targeted in warfare who should be permitted to serve the military the collateral effects of military weaponry and the methods of determining and dealing with violations of the laws of war. This book provides a comprehensive and unifying analysis of the moral political and social questions concerning the rise of drone warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079717

Military Rules Regulations and the Code of WarFrancis Lieber and the Certification of Conflict Military commanders from ancient time had set down rules and regulations to discipline their troops. From the Pharaohs on commanders directed the strategy tactics and camp discipline of the often unruly hosts of soldiers under their command. They had one aim: to create an efficient fighting force. Military officers camp-followers and cooks were all expected to perform their services according to mandate and in light of the best interests of the armed force and the fighting soldiery. Modern commanders have exemplified the same passion for military discipline to produce an effective combat machine.Military analyses derived from Roman law contained enough historical examples to fill an encyclopedia. Yet although addressed to the problems of their day they generally remained the private counsel of scholars and had little impact on political and military decisions. While theorists of international law were developing a body of rules to govern warfare practitioners of conflict were largely moved by the motives of military necessity.Under the dual auspices of military necessity and national self-interest the code of the military commander was simple: maintain a disciplined fighting force in order to achieve military victory. To remedy this gap between theory and practice a practical guide was needed which would briefly describe for commanders in the field the rights and obligations of belligerents as custom and theory had developed them. Then political and military policy could be expected to conform to the theoretical law of nations. This was the synthesis that the Lieber code proposed. Originally published in as Lieber's Law and the Code of War this paperback edition bears a new title that more precisely identifies the subjects covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528116

Military Service Tribunals and Boards in the Great WarDetermining the Fate of Britain’s and New Zealand’s Conscripts While a plethora of studies have discussed why so many men decided to volunteer for the army during the Great War the experiences of those who were called up under conscription have received relatively little scrutiny. Even when the implementation of the respective Military Service Acts has been investigated scholars have usually focused on only the distinct minority of those eligible who expressed conscientious objections. It is rare to see equal significance placed on the fact that substantial numbers of men appealed or were appealed for on the grounds that their domestic business or occupational circumstances meant they should not be expected to serve. David Littlewood analyses the processes undergone by these men and the workings of the bodies charged with assessing their cases through a sustained transnational comparison of the British and New Zealand contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348892

Military Sexual Trauma: Current Knowledge and Future Directions Military Sexual Trauma: Current Knowledge and Future Directions showcases the work of several prominent military sexual trauma (MST) researchers scholars and clinicians from across the United States. A review of existing research and original empirical findings converge to indicate that MST contributes to a range of physical health problems complex posttraumatic responses and other mental health consequences above and beyond the effects of other types of traumatic experiences. This collection also presents evidence suggesting that MST is often difficult to identify both within the individual military member and within the military population as a whole. Recommendations are offered for addressing this problem. In addition to the research review and empirical findings an evolutionary framework for understanding sexual assault of women in the military is presented. Taken together this collection of works may inform MST intervention and prevention efforts. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journal of Trauma & Dissociation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798250

Military Spending and Global SecurityHumanitarian and Environmental Perspectives Global military expenditure reached an estimated $1 822 billion in 2018 and this book questions what that spending responds to and indeed what that entails in terms of global security. The book draws from prior knowledge and research on military expenditure but introduces an all-encompassing in-depth and original analysis of military spending as a key and often overlooked factor of global instability delving into the present and future consequences of its perpetual growth as well as confronting the reasoning behind it. The authors argue that increasing military expenditure is not the best response to the emergencies militarization itself has helped create. They assert that militarization is paradoxically both a cause of and a response to the grave challenges our society is facing. The book explains why people are not well served by nation-states when they continuously seek to out-compete one another in the size and destructive powers of their militaries. It discusses the scope of military spending around the world while explaining how militarism is linked with conflict and security threats and how military spending further prevents us from adequately dealing with global environmental problems like climate change. A must-read for scholars researchers and students from a wide range of disciplines. It will also find an audience among professionals from the third sector and activists working on issues related to peace security and militarism as well as social and climate justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367493394

Military Strategy as Public DiscourseAmerica's war in Afghanistan This book presents the current history of United States military strategy in Afghanistan as an example of dysfunctional policy discourse among the nation’s elites. The legitimacy of a country’s military strategy can become a subject of intense public debate and doubt especially in prolonged conflicts. Arguments typically hinge on disagreements about the values at stake the consequences of action or inaction and the authority of those responsible for the plan. As the US entered its second decade at war in Afghanistan political and military leaders struggled to explain the ends and means of their strategy through internal policy debates the promotion of counterinsurgency doctrine and day-to-day accounts of the war’s progress. Military Strategy as Public Discourse considers recent US strategy in Afghanistan as a form of valid and equitable public discussion among those with the ability to affect outcomes. The work examines the dominant forms of discourse used by the various groups of elites who make and execute strategy and considers how representations of these forms of discourse in news media shapes elite understanding of the purpose of US efforts in wars of choice. The book proposes how policy-makers should address the problems of public discourse on war which tends to exclude or marginalize relevant elites and focus on narrow questions of validity. This book will be of much interest to students of strategic studies US foreign policy and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704236

Military Strategy in the 21st Century Military Strategy in the 21st Century explores military strategy and the new challenges facing Western democracies in the twenty- first century including strategy in cyber operations and peacekeeping challenges for civil-military relations and the strategic choices of great powers and small states. The volume contributes to a better understanding of military strategy in the twenty- first century through exploring strategy from three perspectives: first the study of strategy and how our understanding of strategy has changed over time; second new areas for strategic theory such as peacekeeping and cyberspace; and third the makers of strategy and why states choose suboptimal strategies. With the increasing number of threats challenging strategy makers such as great power rivalry terrorism intrastate wars and transnational criminal organisations Military Strategy in the 21st Century will be of great value to scholars of IR Security Studies Strategic Studies and War Studies as well as policymakers and practitioners working with military strategy in particular and international security and war in general. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Strategic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441531

Military Strategy In TransitionDefense And Deterrence In The 1980s This book examines the proposal by Samuel Huntington who advocates that NATO adopt a conventional counter-retaliatory strategy based on offensive military actions deep into Eastern Europe. Using Huntington's concept it addresses several issues associated with defense and deterrence in the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166397

Military Strategy of Middle PowersCompeting for Security Influence and Status in the 21st Century Military Strategy of Middle Powers explores to what degree twenty-first-century middle powers adjust their military strategies due to changes in the international order such as the decline in US power. The overarching objective of the book is to explain continuity and change in the strategies of a group of middle powers during the twenty-first century. These strategies are described compared and explained through the lens of Realism. In order to find potential explanations for change or continuity within the cases as well as for similarities and differences between the cases the strategies of 11 ‘middle’ powers are analysed (Canada Germany Italy Spain Australia Brazil Indonesia South Africa India Japan and South Korea). This group of countries are considered similar in several important aspects primarily regarding relative power capacity. When searching for potential explanations for different strategic behaviours among the middle powers their unique regional characteristics are a key focus and consequently the impact of the structure and polarity as well as the patterns of amity and enmity of the regional context are analysed. The empirical investigation is focused on security strategies used since the terrorist attacks 9/11 2001 which was one of the first major challenges to US hegemony. This book will be of much interest to students of military and strategic studies foreign policy and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500870

Military Strategy of Small StatesResponding to External Shocks of the 21st Century The book explores how small states adjust their military strategies in response to external shocks. Using primary sources from four Nordic countries (Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden) this volume explores how small states have adjusted their military strategies in response to external shocks of the 21st century. The 9/11 terrorist attacks the Russian interventions in Georgia and Ukraine and the rise of the Islamic State have all forced the Nordic states to adopt new strategies. While the responses have not been uniform their differing relations to the EU and NATO have not prevented these countries from behaving similarly in military affairs. Limitations in military capacity has led all four countries to pursue strategies that include cooperation with more resourceful partners. It is necessary for them to cooperate with others to protect and promote their national interests. Moreover the Nordic cosmopolitan outlook expresses milieu-shaping ambitions that we generally would not expect small states to pursue against a potential great power aggressor. This book will be of much interest to students of military strategy defense studies security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529598

Military Stress ReactionsRethinking Trauma and PTSD Many people--including some mental health professionals and service members themselves--have the misconception that military deployment is highly likely to cause posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This book gives practitioners a more nuanced understanding of military stress reactions and related mental health concerns from transient adjustment problems to clinical disorders. Drawing on expert knowledge of military environments and culture Carrie H. Kennedy provides vital guidance for evidence-based assessment intervention and prevention. Kennedy emphasizes that overdependence on the diagnosis of PTSD can lead to suboptimal care and shows how to tailor treatment to each service member's or veteran's needs. A crucial addition to any practitioner's library the book is illustrated with numerous case vignettes.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462542949

Military Thought of AsiaFrom the Bronze Age to the Information Age Military Thought of Asia challenges the assertion that the generation of rational secular ideas about the conduct of warfare is the preserve of the West by analysing the history of ideas of warfare in Asia from the ancient period to the present. The volume takes a transcontinental and comparative approach to provide a broad overview of the evolution of military thought in Asia. The military traditions and theories which have emerged in different parts of Eurasia throughout history are products of geopolitics and unique to the different regions. The book considers the systematic and tight representation of ideas by famous figures including Kautlya and Sun Tzu. At the same time it also highlights publications on military affairs by small men like mid-ranking officers and scattered ideas regarding the origin nature and societal impact of organised violence present in miscellaneous sources like coins inscriptions paintings and fictional literature. In so doing the book fills a historiographical gap in scholarship on military thought which marginalises Asia to the part of cameo and historicises the evolution of theory and the praxis of warfare. The volume shows that the ‘East’ has a long unbroken tradition of conceptualising war and its place in society from the Classical Era to the Information Age. It is essential reading for those interested in the evolution of military thought throughout history particularly in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360184

Military Trade A same-sex attraction for soldiers and sailors spans the globe and predates the term “homosexual” by several thousand years. But these days “military chasers” are likely to be seen as doubly incorrect. Most are gay men who pursue straight men. And many of them do it in public. What continues to motivate so many men to brave arrest violence and the scorn of gay leaders who condemn any non-gay homosexual desire as “internalized homophobia”?In Military Trade (now updated to include an expanded photo insert!) Steven Zeeland author of Sailors and Sexual Identity The Masculine Marine and Barrack Buddies and Soldier Lovers brings together an edgy enlightening and richly entertaining collection of voices with a passion for servicemen including: a TV talk-show host who pimped Marines to Hollywood stars a heavy metal superstar who dreams of being reincarnated as a Marine boot a women “trapped in a gay man’s body” who seduces Marines online then dominates them in person with strap-on dildos a former Force Recon Marine who complains of being chased by civilians but is now a Marine-chaser himselfBy turns steamy hilarious appalling and deeply moving Military Trade challenges assumptions about both chaser and chased and poses pointed questions about the wisdom of those who seek to divide the world into “straight” and “gay.” The interviews and essays collected in this book suggest that paradoxically for many men the advances of the gay rights movement have actually made it more difficult to form affectional bonds with other men. Gay sex has never been more openly advertised. But the military love of comrades is something that gay life can’t offer. Military Trade offers groundbreaking insight into: the difference between “military chasers” and uniform fetishists why gay men prefer sailors and Marines over soldiers and airmen the surprising range of sexual “buddy ” and even love relationships “chasers” form with servicemen the nuances of “trade” and civil-military male prostitution what has been overlooked in the “sex panic” debate about men who have sex in public placesFor anyone interested in queer theory the construction of masculinity or sex between men outside of gay urban culture--and for anyone who has ever thrilled at the sight of a man in uniform--Military Trade is must reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783697

Military Training in the British Army 1940-1944From Dunkirk to D-Day In this study the author traces the reasons for the British Army's tactical weakness in Normany to flaws in its training in Britain. The armour suffered from failures of experience. Disagreements between General Montgomery and the War Office exacerbated matters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038384

Military Transformation and StrategyRevolutions in Military Affairs and Small States This book explores the idea of a ‘revolution in military affairs’ (RMA) which underpins the transformational agenda of the US military and examines its implications for smaller states. The strategic studies literature on the RMA tends to be American-centric and directed towards the strategic problems of the US military. This volume seeks to fill the gap in the literature and establish an intellectual framework that can assist other smaller powers in their respective approaches to this issue. The book does so in three main sections; Part I focuses on questions of transformations in strategy and war; Part II explores transformations in operations; while Part III examines possible impediments to an RMA. This book will be of much interest to students of Military Studies Asian Studies Strategic Studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010581

Military Unionism In The Post-Cold War EraA Future Reality? This unique study of military unionism shows how the changing nature of present day conflicts has made soldier representation more important then ever. This new collection of essays clearly establish the key factors in the military union debate in recent years and highlight the mechanisms different armed forces have created to deal with the aspirations of their members. Core issues covered include: the nature of organizational and force restructuring since the end of the Cold War the new structures of military employment changes in value systems such as rising individualism and the new culture of recruits legal political social and economic factors driving the debate. Placing military unionism in comparative perspective these chapters provide the reader with an excellent basis for the examination of international military unionism from the viewpoint of countries with no unions those recently unionised and those unionised for some time. This new book will be of great interest to students researchers and professionals in military studies defence management and sociology of the armed forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650168

Military Veteran Psychological Health and Social CareContemporary Issues When servicewomen and men leave the armed forces their care transfers to the statutory and third sector where the quality and provision of services can vary enormously. This edited book encompassing a range of perspectives from service user to professional provides a comprehensive overview of services available. Each chapter in turn examines the policy underpinnings of systems and services covering the psychological health and social care of military veterans and then focuses on the needs of a discrete number of types of military veterans including early service leavers veterans in the criminal justice system older veterans and reservists together with the needs of the children of veterans’ families. This is the first UK book to examine the whole spectrum of contemporary approaches to the psychological health and social care of military veterans both in the United Kingdom and overseas. The book is edited by Professor Jamie Hacker Hughes a former head of healthcare psychology within the UK Ministry of Defence and all contributors are experts in policy service provision and academic research in this area. It will be of special interest to those designing and planning commissioning managing and delivering mental health and social care to military veterans and their families Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949492

Milk Modernity and the Making of the HumanPurifying the Social This book undertakes a critique of the pervasive notion that human beings are separate from and elevated above the nonhuman world and explores its role in the constitution of modernity. The book presents a socio-material analysis of the British milk industry in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. It traces the dramatic development of the milk trade from a cottage industry into a modernised and integrated system of production and distribution examining the social economic and political factors underpinning this transformation and also highlighting the important roles played by various nonhumans such as microbes refrigeration technologies diseases and even cows themselves. Milk as a substance posed deep social and material problems for modernity being hard to transport and keep fresh as well as a highly fertile environment for the growth of bacteria and the transmission of diseases such as tuberculosis from cows to humans. Milk Modernity and the Making of the Human demonstrates how the resulting insecurities and dilemmas posed a threat to the nature/culture divide as milk consumption grew along with urbanization and had therefore to be managed by emergent forms of scientific and sanitary knowledge and expertise. Milk Modernity and the Making of the Human is an ideal volume for any researcher interested in the hybrid socio-material economic and political factors underpinning the transformation of the milk industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817141

Milk and Dairy Product Technology Addressing both theoretical and practical issues in dairy technology this work offers coverage of the basic knowledge and scientific advances in the production of milk and milk-based products. It examines energy supply and electricity refrigeration water and waste-water treatment cleaning and disinfection hygiene and occupational safety in dairies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747162

Milk Production Management Milk Production Management as the name implies provides the information on different aspects related to Milk Production Management. The information in this book will be of practical utility for actual feeding of animals e.g. chapters on various rations nutrient requirement tables feeding of pregnant/lactating animals feeding of calves silage making hydroponics technique azolla production different feeds and fodders fodder cultivation computation of rations for dairy animals feeding during scarcity periods etc. In this book different topics like common disease problems of dairy animals and their prevention and control methods of selection different breeding systems semen collection and artificial insemination different biotechniques used in animal husbandry milking methods embryo transfer technique judging of cows and buffaloes milk synthesis and milk secretion record keeping at dairy farms reproductive aspects of dairy animals etc. are also covered.The book also covers different terms related to animal husbandry. This book is written in simple understandable language with description of those concepts which are useful for actual management of animals. Note: T&F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367627379

MilkIts Remarkable Contribution to Human Health and Well-being Milk is the one food that sustains life and promotes growth in all newborn mammals including the human infant. By its very nature milk is nutritious. Despite this it has received surprisingly little attention from those interested in the cultural impact of food. In this fascinating volume Stuart Patton convincingly argues that milk has become of such importance and has so many health and cultural implications that everyone should have a basic understanding of it. This book provides this much-needed introduction. Patton's approach to his subject is comprehensive. He begins with how milk is made in the lactating cell and proceeds to the basics of cheese making and ice cream manufacture. He also gives extensive consideration to human milk including breasts lactation and infant feeding. Pro and con arguments about the healthfulness of cows' milk are discussed at length and with documentation. Patton explores the growing gap between the public's impressions of milk and known facts about milk and dairy foods. He argues that the layperson's understanding of milk has deteriorated as a result of propaganda from activists anxious to destroy milk's favorable image misinformation in the media and scare implications from medical research hypotheses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528123

Mill on Liberty: A Defence Mill on Liberty was first published in 1983 and has become a classic of Mill commentary. The second edition reproduces the text of the first in full and in paperback for the first time. To this John Gray adds an extensive postscript which defends the interpretation of Mill set out in the first edition but develops radical criticisms of the substance of Millian and other liberalism.The new edition is intended as a contribution to the current debate about the foundations of liberalism and it looks closely at the recent seminal contributions to liberal thought by Raz Feinberg Rawls and Berlin. Central to its argument is Gray's contention that like other liberalisms that ground themselves on an ideal of autonomy or individuality Millian liberalism has a Eurocentric bias that cannot be given rational justification. Gray addresses the question of whether any form of liberal theory can in fact avoid the bias and concludes that it cannot.This book will be indispensable both to those familiar with On Liberty and to those coming to it for the first time. In addition the book will also be of great interest to moral and political theorists to students of law and jurisprudence and to intellectual historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834125

Mill on Nationality John Stuart Mill's thought has been central in recent (as well as older) works of political theory discussing the relationship between liberal democratic politics and nationality or nationalism -- which is far from surprising given his undisputed influence on liberal attitudes towards nationality from the 1860s to the present. This book provides the first thorough critical study of the attitude of this pillar of the liberal tradition towards nationality nationhood patriotism cosmopolitanism intervention/non-intervention and international politics more generally. Based on exhaustive research in a great range or writings by Mill as well as by his contemporaries and later students it establishes for the first time clearly and subtly where exactly Mill stood with regard to nationhood nationalism patriotism cosmopolitanism national self-determination intervention/non-intervention and other important issues in international ethics. It thus exposes and challenges all sorts of misconceptions half-truths or myths surrounding Mill's views on and attitude towards nationality and related issues in a vast literature from the mid-nineteenth to the beginning of the twenty-first century. At the same time it offers a timely contribution to contemporary debates among political theorists on the relationship between liberal democratic values and nationalism patriotism and cosmopolitanism not least through its articulation of a distinct sense in which patriotism and cosmopolitanism can be compatible and mutually reinforcing (based on Varouxakis's interpretation of Mill's thought on this question). The reader will find critical discussions of the pronouncements on some of the issues examined (or on Mill's contributions to them) of some of the most important late-twentieth-century political theorists as well as of contemporaries or near-contemporaries of Mill. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868198

Mill’s A System of LogicCritical Appraisals John Stuart Mill considered his A System of Logic first published in 1843 the methodological foundation and intellectual groundwork of his later works in ethical social and political theory. Yet no book has attempted in the past to engage with the most important aspects of Mill's Logic. This volume brings together leading scholars to elucidate the key themes of this influential work looking at such topics as his philosophy of language and mathematics his view on logic induction and deduction free will argumentation ethology and psychology as well as his account of normativity kinds of pleasure philosophical and political method and the "Art of Life." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371946

Millard Meiss American Art History and ConservationFrom Connoisseurship to Iconology and Kulturgeschichte A member of the art history generation from the golden age of the 1920s and 1930s Millard Meiss (1904–1975) developed a new and multi-faceted methodological approach. This book lays the foundation for a reassessment of this key figure in post-war American and international art history. The book analyses his work alongside that of contemporary art historians considering both those who influenced him and those who were receptive to his research. Jennifer Cooke uses extensive archival material to give Meiss the critical consideration that his extensive and important art historical restoration and conservation work deserves. This book will be of interest to scholars in art history historiography and heritage management and conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138349

Millenarian Bolshevism 1900-1920Empiriomonism God-Building Proletarian Culture Millenarian Bolshevism had its origins in a debate between positivist and idealist Marxists at the turn of the 20th Century. This book originally published in 1987 charts the development of Millenarian Bolshevism by studying the careers of Bogdanov and Lunacharsky and analyzing their relations with Lenin Gorky and other left Bolsheviks. In discussing their relationship with Lenin the author maintains that the millenarian Bolsheviks gave expression to the voluntarist idealist spirit which was inherent in the program and organization of Bolshevism and which provided the philosophy of Soviet socialist idealism.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229945

Millennial KeynesThe Origins Development and Future of Keynesian Economics Both a grounding in the origins and development of Keynesian economics this study also looks at the ongoing significance of his work. It examines the different interpretations of Keynsian thought on economics as a discipline and the schools of thought that provided these interpretations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702391

Millennial Teacher Identity DiscoursesBalancing Self and Other Over ten years after the original edition of Teacher Identity Discourses Janet Alsup revisits her work with a new research study examining the characteristics of the millennial teachers now beginning to populate K-12 classrooms. Building off the first edition this text is based on a qualitative interview-based research study and provides a contemporary look at how millennial teachers experience professional identity growth through language use. This innovative research investigates how formation of a professional identity is central in the process of becoming an effective teacher. Updated with new analyses of teacher identity discourses the second edition covers themes that still resonate today and provides practical suggestions and sample assignments for teacher educators to use or adapt in methods courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489936

Millennial TeachersLearning to Teach in Uncertain Times Drawing on narratives of five beginning teachers Millennial Teachers explores the tensions in teachers’ young careers and how changing social economic and technological conditions of our current era both afford and constrain teachers’ identities and in contexts in which they work. Examining case studies of beginning teachers Hallman draws a generational portraits of novice teachers and identifies the challenges inherent in transitioning from pre-service teacher to in-service teacher. This book synthesizes these teachers’ views on a range of topics and provides an understanding of the evolving pressures and possibilities of future teachers of the "millennial" generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195793

Millennial ViolencePast Present and Future This volume encompasses an array of material exploring the millennium phenomenon and the violent excitement it provokes. Consisting of three core parts the book combines pertinent documents with insightful commentary and discussion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040165

Millennialism and Violence As the world approaches the year 2000 many societies are experiencing an unprecedented growth in millenarian movements that anticipate an imminent and total transformation of the world. Many of these movements have been associated with violence either as a means for producing change or as a response to confrontations with state authority. This book draws together research on this topic from political science psychology sociology and history in an attempt to understand the relationship between millenarian movements and episodes of violence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044254

Millennials & ManagementThe Essential Guide to Making it Work at Work As management ages and prepares to work longer than previous generations and Millennials join companies at steady rate companies are suffering through tension and dissonance between Millennials and Boomers and realizing that they can't just wait for management to age out to fix it. Finding productive ways to work across the generation gap is essential and the organizations that do this well will have significant strategic advantages over those that don't.  Millennials & Management: The Essential Guide to Making It Work at Work addresses a very real concern of large and small businesses nationwide: how to motivate collaborate with and manage the millennial generation who now make up almost 50% of the American workforce. The key is to change Boomer attitudes from disbelief and derision to acceptance and respect without giving up work standards. Using real world examples author Lee Caraher gives leaders data-driven steps to take to co-create a productive workplace for today and tomorrow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560274

Millennials and Media EcologyCulture Pedagogy and Politics Millennials and Media Ecology explores issues pertaining to millennials and digital media ecology and studies the cultural pedagogical and political environments such heterogeneous generation populates. The book questions whether millennials are properly understood as a heterogeneous group particularly by the institutions and agencies that target them and whether they are demonstrating the ability to set out a path for themselves and take charge of their own life and future. A diverse team of expert authors review past and current studies with critical assessment of arguments and propositions and document actual experiences of members of the millennial generation through detailed studies. Engaging with topical subject matter and current research on millennials the chapters: Question the misunderstanding that digital tools and Internet technologies are making the younger generation ‘dumber’ and ‘disengaging’ them from the real world Underscore the legal and economic insights into the commodification of the younger generation as consumers rather than learners Examine the historical trajectory of media technology and whether new practices are having an empowering effect or one of enslavement to an increasingly irreversible technological and socio-political regime Shed light on issues of critical pedagogy emerging from digital environments in relation to one’s mental abilities and degrees of wisdom Discuss the cultural and political implications of millennials’ new media trends the changing relationship between millennials and legacy media which rely on the younger generation for survival;Offer new insights into the significance of current media trends in relation to issue of credibility and identity. This is an essential book for scholars in the fields of Media and Communications and Popular Culture and will be vital reading for postgraduate students and specialists in related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200251

Millennium Messiahs and MayhemContemporary Apocalyptic Movements First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203613207

Millennium and Charisma Among Pathans (Routledge Revivals)A Critical Essay in Social Anthropology First published in 1976 this Routledge Revivals reissue presents an analysis of the Swat Pathans the people of the North-West Frontier Province of Pakistan who belong administratively to Pakistan despite being a fiercely independent group with their own codes and ways of life. Akbar S. Ahmed who knows the Swat Pathans well through his family connections presents a clear and sophisticated analysis of their complex society. The study provides an anthropological and critical re-examination of the ethnography of the Swat Pathans and the author suggests specific alternative models of social organization. The book also represents an important contribution to the general debate in the social sciences between the ‘methodological individualists’ and the ‘methodological holists’ and challenges some of the theoretical and methodological premises in anthropology. In particular the author is critical of Professor Fredrik Barth’s study of Swat Pathans for he believes that the ‘Swat models’ have inadvertently become the basis for generalized and often incorrect understanding of models of Pathan socio-political organization in the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618670

Millennium Development GoalsIdeas Interests and Influence Heralded as a success that mobilized support for development the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) ushered in an era of setting development agendas by setting global goals. This book critically evaluates the MDG experience from the capabilities and human rights perspectives and questions the use of quantitative targets as an instrument of global governance. It provides an account of their origins trajectory and influence in shaping the policy agenda and ideas about international development during the first 15 years of the 21st century. The chapters explore: • whether the goals are adequate as benchmarks for the transformative vision of the Millennium Declaration; • how the goals came to be formulated the way they were drawing on interviews with key actors who were involved in the process; • how the goals exercised influence through framing to shape policy agendas on the part of both developing countries and the international community; • the political economy that drove the formulation of the goals and their consequences on the agendas of the South and the North; • the effects of quantification and indicators on ideas and action; and • the lessons to be drawn for using numeric goals to promote global priorities. Representing a significant body of work on the MDGs in its multiple dimensions compiled here for the first time as a single collection that tells the whole definitive story this book provides a comprehensive resource. It will be of great interest to students researchers and policymakers in the fields of development human rights international political economy and governance by numeric indicators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400177

Millennium Development GoalsLooking Beyond 2015 In the year 2000 the international community agreed to a framework to address global poverty. This framework known as the Millennium Development Goals was time-bound with an end date of 2015. With this end now in sight the international community is focusing on the achievement of these goals. However it is also very important that consideration now turns to what will follow the MDGs after 2015. Millennium Development Goals: Looking Beyond 2015 provides a critical analysis of the MDGs and discusses a range of issues that must be considered by the international community in determining what poverty alleviation framework might replace the MDGs. This reflection is made even more imperative as the poverty landscape has shifted considerably since these original goals were made. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of the Asia Pacific Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506540

Millennium III Century XxiA Retrospective On The Future As a new century and millennium approach the world braces itself for a frenzied outpouring of popular excitement tabloid predictions and religious hysteria all egged on by a strong dose of mass media attention. Fortunately historian Peter Stearns has supplied the antidote with this witty and insightful look at earlier millennial fevers and tur Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316860

Miller's Marine War Risks Miller's Marine War Risks is the only book devoted to drawing together and analysing the insurance of commercial shipping against war risks. It merges analysis of the legal principles case law and legislation with the practice of the insurance market in order to provide commentary on difficult questions concerning liabilities claims and coverage. With global events becoming more uncertain in the Gulf and elsewhere the updating of Michael Miller’s classic text will be of great use to legal practitioners the insurance market and the shipping industry throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415317566

Millimeter Wave Antennas for 5G Mobile Terminals and Base Stations This book discusses antenna designs for handheld devices as well as base stations. The book serves as a reference and a handy guide for graduate students and PhD students involved in the field of millimeter wave antenna design. It also gives insights to designers and practicing engineers who are actively engaged in design of antennas for future 5G devices. It offers an in-depth study performance analysis and extensive characterization of novel antennas for 5G applications. The reader will learn about basic design methodology and techniques to develop antennas for 5G applications including concepts of path loss compensation co-design of commercial 4G antennas with millimeter wave 5G antennas and antennas used in phase array and pattern diversity modules. Practical examples included in the book will help readers to build high performance antennas for 5G subsystems/systems using low cost technology. Key Features Provides simple design methodology of different antennas for handheld devices as well as base stations for 5G applications.  Concept of path loss compensation introduced.  Co-design of commercial 4G antennas with millimetre wave 5G antennas presented. Comparison of phased array versus pattern diversity modules discussed in detail. Fabrication and Measurement challenges at mmWaves and Research Avenues in antenna designs for 5G and beyond presented. Shiban Kishen Koul is an emeritus professor at the Centre for Applied Research in Electronics at the Indian Institute of Technology Delhi. He served as the chairman of Astra Microwave Products Limited Hyderabad from 2009-2018. He is a Life Fellow of the Institution of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (IEEE) USA a Fellow of the Indian National Academy of Engineering (INAE) and a Fellow of the Institution of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineers (IETE). Karthikeya G S worked as an assistant professor in Visvesvaraya technological university from 2013 to 2016 and completed his PhD from the Centre for Applied Research in Electronics at the Indian Institute of Technology Delhi in Dec.2019. He is a member of IEEE-Antenna Propagation Society and Antenna Test and Measurement society. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367445430

Millimeter Wave Technology in Wireless PAN LAN and MAN Driven by the demand for high-data-rate millimeter wave technologies with broad bandwidth are being explored in high-speed wireless communications. These technologies include gigabit wireless personal area networks (WPAN) high-speed wireless local area networks (WLAN) and high-speed wireless metropolitan area networks (WMAN). As a result of this technological push standard organizations are actively calling for specifications of millimeter wave applications in the above wireless systems.   Providing the guidance needed to help you navigate through these new technologies Millimeter Wave Technology in Wireless PAN LAN and MAN covers the fundamental concepts recent advances and potential that these millimeter wave technologies will offer with respect to circuits design system architecture protocol development and standardization activities. The book presents essential challenges and solutions related to topics that include millimeter wave monolithic integrated circuit (MMIC) packaging technology of millimeter wave system and circuits and millimeter wave channel models. With numerous figures tables and references this text allows speedy access to the fundamental problems key challenges open issues future directions and further readings on millimeter wave technologies in relation to WPAN WLAN and WMAN. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367387273

Millimetre-Wave Optics Devices and Systems The millimetre-wavelength region of the electromagnetic spectrum is increasingly exploited for a wide range of commercial industrial and military applications. Conventionally this region is considered as lying "above" microwaves and "below" the infrared. Hence in practice millimetre-wave scientists have tended to pick and mix useful techniques on an empirical basis from both these areas. Millimetre-Wave Optics Devices and Systems describes the fundamental physics of the quasi-optical techniques devices and system design for instruments processing millimetre-wave signals. Relevant ideas from Gaussian beam mode theory and antenna and transmission line theory are brought together to show the underlying unity of optics and electronics. Aimed at advanced undergraduates and postgraduates as well as millimetre-wave laser optics antenna and microwave engineers this book will also be of interest to manufacturers of millimetre-wave and microwave equipment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403249

Million Dollar MaverickForge Your Own Path to Think Differently Act Decisively and Succeed Quickly When it comes to how to succeed as an entrepreneur we are besotted with advice. According to bestselling author Alan Weiss success is a combination of opportunism very disciplined work luck timing and ignoring most advice.  In other words it means striking out on your own original path to success.  In Million Dollar Maverick he explains that entrepreneurs don't take advice they create value and then monetize it. They do what they love and are great at and find a way to sell it to people. They do not--contrary to "conventional wisdom"--chase money. They attract money. And most of all they think differently act decisively--and if talent and timing are with them succeed quickly.  Drawing on over thirty years of experience as a consultant speaker and global expert Weiss shares his story and "Million Dollar Tips " not found in any of his other books to help entrepreneurs gain influence build confidence and develop the critical thinking skills they need to discover the inside track to rapid success Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561264

Milton Drama and Greek Texts This collection reconsiders Milton’s engagement with Greek texts with particular attention to the theological and theatrical meanings attached to Greek in the early modern period. Responding to new scholarship on early modern reactions to Greek authors – especially Euripides and Homer Milton’s particular favourites – the collection emphasizes the associations of Greek with both Protestantism and the origins of tragedy two arenas frequently in tension but crucially linked in Milton’s literary imagination. The contributions explore a range of works spanning the whole of Milton’s career from the early masque Comus through the political and religious prose to the 1671 closet drama Samson Agonistes. They consider the ways in which the authority and controversy attached to Greek authors framed Milton’s approaches to their texts. Looking at both the texts and their interpretative traditions together this book suggests that Greek authors shaped Milton’s attitudes to drama in ways even more extensive and surprising than we have yet recognized. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Seventeenth Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892418

Milton Marvell and the Dutch Republic The tumultuous relations between Britain and the United Provinces in the seventeenth century provide the backdrop to this book striking new ground as its transnational framework permits an overview of their intertwined culture politics trade intellectual exchange and religious debate. How the English and Dutch understood each other is coloured by these factors and revealed through an imagological method charting the myriad uses of stereotypes in different genres and contexts. The discussion is anchored in a specific context through the lives and works of John Milton and Andrew Marvell whose complex connections with Dutch people and society are investigated. As well as turning overdue attention to neglected Dutch writers of the period the book creates new possibilities for reading Milton and Marvell as not merely English but European poets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367520571

Milton Music and Literary InterpretationReading through the Spirit Milton Music and Literary Interpretation: Reading through the Spirit constructs a musical methodology for interpreting literary text drawn out of John Milton’s poetry and prose. Analyzing the linkage between music and the Holy Spirit in Milton’s work it focuses on harmony and its relationship to Milton’s theology and interpretative practices. Linking both the Spirit and poetic music to Milton’s understanding of teleology it argues that Milton uses musical metaphor to capture the inexpressible characteristics of the divine. The book then applies these musical tools of reading to examine the non-trinitarian union between Father Son and Spirit in Paradise Lost argues that Adam and Eve’s argument does not break their concord and puts forward a reading of Samson Agonistes based upon pity and grace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178321

Milton (Routledge Revivals)A Study in Ideology and Form First published in 1986 this title critiques the canonical view of Milton as an isolated Great Man and reassesses the impact of the Puritan Revolution on two of his major works: the Areopagitica and Paradise Lost. The study focuses on the emergence of a discreet ethical framework of thought within the dominant theological code of these two works arguing that this framework – integral to Protestantism – is also crucial to the construction of subjectivity under capitalism. Through an analysis of the rhetorical strategies of the Areopagitica and the generic composition of Paradise Lost Christopher Kendrick demonstrates that Milton’s ‘individualism’ both affirms the success of the Puritan Revolution and also exposes the contradictions between the capitalist subject’s ethical freedom and the world of necessity of which that freedom is part. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800922

Milton among the PuritansThe Case for Historical Revisionism Solidly grounded in Milton's prose works and the long history of Milton scholarship Milton among the Puritans: The Case for Historical Revisionism challenges many received ideas about Milton's brand of Christianity philosophy and poetry. It does so chiefly by retracing his history as a great "Puritan poet" and reexamining the surprisingly tenuous Whig paradigm upon which this history has been built. Catherine Martin not only questions the current habit of "lumping" Milton with the religious Puritans but agrees with a long line of literary scholars who find his values and lifestyle markedly inconsistent with their beliefs and practices. Pursuing this argument Martin carefully reexamines the whole spectrum of seventeenth-century English Puritanism from the standpoint of the most recent and respected scholarship on the subject. Martin also explores other more secular sources of Milton's thought including his Baconianism his Christian Stoic ethics and his classical republicanism; she establishes the importance of these influences through numerous direct references silent but clear citations and typical tropes. All in all Milton among the Puritans presents a radical reassessment of Milton's religious identity; it shows that many received ideas about the "Puritan Milton" are neither as long-established as most scholars believe nor as historically defensible as most literary critics still assume and resituates Milton's great poems in the period when they were written the Restoration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274792

Milton and Free WillAn Essay in Criticism and Philosophy First published in 1987. Milton and Free Will is an incisive ambitious and comprehensive analysis and defence of the concept of free will using Milton as an example and exemplar. Written with passion and out of a lifelong engagement with the poetry of Milton and the philosophical and theological problems it encompasses the book will illuminate both Milton studies and philosophical debate. The author engages with all the major currents of the free will debate starting with Aristotle and Aquinas and considering arguments advanced by Hume and Kant as well as those of a number of modern philosophers including Polanyi Kenny Parfit Plantinga Swinburne Dennett and Davidson. He pays particular attention to the Marxist formalism of Bakhtin the Catholic phenomenology of Pope John Paul II and the evolutionism of Monod and Sober. He concludes with a rebuttal of the deconstructionism of Barthes Derrida and Foucault. He claims that all the major difficulties faced by defenders of free will can be overcome if a notion of willing implicit in the work of Milton is properly understood. Freedom as Milton represented and understood it he suggests is a condition of mind arising out of inter-personal awareness and not a property or consequence of practical reasoning. He finds supporting evidence for this view in the writings of Newman and in Henry James’s The Portrait of a Lady which he reads as a narrative structurally reversing Milton’s representation of the fall of Eve in Paradise Lost. The author systematically analyses and reanalyses key passages in his texts in the light of the many arguments for and against free will seeking thereby to affirm the validity in principle and the personal and political importance in practice of the Christian humanist tradition of which he sees Milton Newman and the Pope as important (if sometimes misleading) spokesmen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139636

Milton and the Early Modern Culture of DevotionBodies at Prayer Miton and Early Modern Devotional Culture analyses the representation of public and private prayer in John Milton’s poetry and prose paying particular attention to the ways seventeenth-century prayer is imagined as embodied in sounds gestures postures and emotional responses. Naya Tsentourou demonstrates Milton’s profound engagement with prayer and how this is driven by a consistent and ardent effort to experience one’s address to God as inclusive of body and spirit and as loaded with affective potential. The book aims to become the first interdisciplinary study to show how Milton participates in and challenges early modern debates about authentic and insincere worship in public set and spontaneous prayers in private and gesture and voice in devotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887384

Milton and the New Scientific AgePoetry Science Fiction Milton and the New Scientific Age represents significant advantages over all previous volumes on the subject of Milton and science as it includes contributions from top scholars and prominent beginners in a broad number of fields. Most of these fields have long dominated work in both Milton and seventeenth-century studies but they have previously not included the relatively new and revolutionary topic of early modern chemistry physiology and medicine.  Previously this subject was confined to the history of science with little if any attention to its literary development even though it prominently appears in John Milton’s Paradise Lost which also includes early "science fiction" speculations on aliens ignored by most readers. Both of these oversights are corrected in this essay collection while more traditional areas of research have been updated. They include Milton’s relationship both to Bacon and the later or Royal Society Baconians his views on astronomy and his "vitalist" views on biology and cosmology. In treating these topics our contributors are not mired in speculations about whether or not Milton was on the cutting edge of early science or science fiction for as nearly all of them show the idea of a "cutting edge" is deeply anachronistic at a time when most scientists and scientific enthusiasts held both fully modern and backward-looking beliefs. By treating these combinations contextually Milton’s literary contributions to the "new science" are significantly clarified along with his many contemporary sources all of which merit study in their own right. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182731

Milton and the Politics of Public Speech Using Hannah Arendt’s account of the Greek polis to explain Milton’s fascination with the idea of public speech this study reveals what is distinctive about his conception of a godly republican oratory and poetics. The book shows how Milton uses rhetorical theory - its ideas techniques and image patterns - to dramatise the struggle between ’good’ and ’bad’ oratory and to fashion his own model of divinely inspired public utterance. Connecting his polemical and imaginative writing in new ways the book discusses the subliminal rhetoric at work in Milton’s political prose and the systematic scrutiny of the power of oratory in his major poetry. By setting Milton in the context of other Civil War polemicists of classical political theory and its early modern reinterpretations and of Renaissance writing on rhetoric and poetic language the book sheds new light on his work across several genres culminating in an extended Arendtian reading of his ’Greek’ drama Samson Agonistes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879952

Milton in the Arab-Muslim World The first full-length study of the reception of John Milton’s (1608-74) writings in the Arab-Muslim world this book examines the responses of Arab-Muslim readers to Milton’s works and in particular to his epic poem: Paradise Lost. It contributes to knowledge of the history development and ways in which early modern writings are read and understood by Muslims. By mapping the literary and more broadly cultural consequences of the censure translation and abridgement of Milton’s works in the Arab-Muslim world this book analyses the diverse ways in which Arab-Muslims read and understand a range of literary and religious aspects of Milton’s writing in light of cultural theological socio-political linguistic and translational issues. After providing an overview of the presence of Milton and his works in the Arab world each chapter sheds light on how cultural and translational issues shape the ways in which Arab-Muslim readers perceive and understand the characters and motifs of Paradise Lost. Chapters outline the ways in which the figures are currently understood in Milton scholarship before exploring how they fit into the narrative drama and theology of the poem and their position in Islamic creed and Arab-Muslim culture. Concurrently each chapter examines the poem’s subject matter in detail placing particular emphasis on matters of linguistic theological and cultural translation and accommodation. Chapter conclusions not only summarise the patterns and potentialities of reception but point towards the practical functions of Arab-Muslim responses to Milton’s writing and their contribution to the formation of social ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367177614

Milton Keynes in British CultureImagining England The new town of Milton Keynes was designated in 1967 with a bold flexible social vision to impose "no fixed conception of how people ought to live." Despite this progressive social vision and its low density flexible green urban design the town has been consistently represented in British media political rhetoric and popular culture negatively. as a fundamentally sterile paternalistic concrete imposition on the landscape as a "joke" and even as "Los Angeles in Buckinghamshire". How did these meanings develop at such odds from residents' and planners' experiences? Why have these meanings proved so resilient?  Milton Keynes in British Culture traces the representations of Milton Keynes in British national media political rhetoric and popular culture in detail from 1967 to 1992 demonstrating how the town's founding principles came to be understood as symbolic of the worst excesses of a postwar state planning system which was falling from favour. Combining approaches from urban planning history cultural history and cultural studies political economy and heritage studies the book maps the ways in which Milton Keynes' newness formed an existential challenge to ideals of English landscapes as receptacles of tradition and closed fixed national identities. Far from being a marginal "foreign" and atypical town the book demonstrates how the changing political fortunes of state urban planned spaces were a key site of conflict around ideas of how the British state should function how its landscapes should look and who they should be for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662042

Milton Re-viewedTen Essays First published in 1991. These ten essays by the distinguished Milton scholar Edward Le Comte examines the various themes context and structure of Milton’s poetry and prose including particular focus on both Paradise Lost and Paradise Regained. This title will be of great interest to students of John Milton and English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151454

Milton to OuidaA Collection of Essays First published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770610

Milton: Paradise Lost Milton's Paradise Lost is one of the great works of literature of any time and in any language. Marked by Milton's characteristic erudition it is a work epic both in scale and notoriously in ambition. For nearly 350 years it has held generation upon generation of scholars students and readers in rapt attention and its profound influence can be seen in almost every corner of Western culture. First published in 1968 with John Carey's Complete Shorter Poems Alastair Fowler's Paradise Lost is widely acknowledged to be the most authoritative edition of this compelling work. An unprecedented amount of detailed annotation accompanies the full text of the first (1667) edition providing a wealth of contextual information to enrich and enhance the reader's experience. Notes on composition and context are combined with a clear explication of the multitude allusions Milton called to the poem's aid. The notes also summarise and illuminate the vast body of critical attention the poem has attracted synthesizing the ancient and the modern to provide a comprehensive account both of the poem's development and its reception. Meanwhile Alastair Fowler's invigorating introduction surveys the whole poem and looks in detail at such matters as Milton's theology metrical structure and most valuably his complex and imaginary astronomy. The result is an enduring landmark in the field of Milton scholarship and an invaluable guide for readers of all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418370

Milton: The Complete Shorter Poems This masterly edition contains all of Milton's English poems with the exception of Paradise Lost together with translations and texts of all his Latin Italian and Greek poems. First published in 1968 - and substantially updated in 1996 - John Carey's edition has with Alastair Fowler's Paradise Lost established itself as the pre-eminent edition of Milton's poetry both for the student and the general reader. Hailed as 'a very Bible of a Milton' the extensive notes and headnotes serve to illuminate the wealth of Milton's allusions and to synthesize the judgements and disagreements of a bewildering array of modern critics. Each headnote sets out details of composition and context which will deepen any reader's appreciation of the poetry while also providing a concise overview of the critical and scholarly debates that continue to flame around the work of one of the greatest poets in the English language. Steeped in learning though it undoubtedly is it is also an unfailing light to those who wish to plot their own path through the dazzling riches of Milton's imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132269

Milton's CreationA Guide through Paradise Lost First published in 1971. The intention of Milton’s Creation is to provide the student with a simple and direct entry into Paradise Lost. The author is not concerned with taking sides in critical controversy. His aim is to elucidate Milton’s primary meanings; this is a work of exegesis not of interpretation. In this new book on arguably the greatest epic in the English language the central substance of Milton’s ‘great Argument’ is articulated with great clarity. By keeping in mind the epic status and universality common to Paradise Lost and Ulysses the author introduces a post-Joycean perspective into his vision of Milton’s Creation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367147754

Milton's ItalyAnglo-Italian Literature Travel and Connections in Seventeenth-Century England This book joins a growing trend toward transnational literary studies and revives a venerable tradition of Anglo-Italian scholarship centering on John Milton. Correcting misperceptions that have diminished the international dimensions of his life and work it broadly surveys Milton’s Italianate studies travels poetics politics and religious convictions. While his debts to Machiavelli and other classical republicans are often noted few contemporary critics have explored the Italian sources of his anti-papal anti-episcopal and anti-formalist religious outlook. Relying on Milton’s own testimony this book explores its roots in Dante Petrarch Ariosto and that great "Venetian enemy of the pope " Paolo Sarpi thereby correcting a recent tendency to make native English contexts dominate his development. This tendency is partly due to a mistaken belief that Italy was in steep decline during and after Milton’s travels of 1638-1639 the period immediately before he produced his prose critiques of the English Church its canon law and its censorship. Yet these were also fundamentally "Italian" issues that he skillfully adapted to meet contemporary English needs a practice enabled by his extraordinarily positive experience of the Italian language cities academies and music the latter of which ultimately influenced Milton’s "operatic" drama Samson Agonistes. Besides republicanism and theology (radical doctrines of free grace and free will) equally strong influences treated here include Italian Neoplatonism cosmology and romance epic. By making these traditions his own Milton became what John Steadman once described as an "Italianate Englishman" whose classical "literary tastes and critical orientation…were…to a considerable extent" molded by Italian critics (1976) a view that is fully credited and updated here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346768

Milton's Minor Poems First published in 1969. These nine lectures written by the distinguished scholar J. B. Leishman examines the various themes context and structure of Milton’s poetry with particular focus on L’Allegro Il Penseroso and Lycidas. This title will be of great interest to students of John Milton and English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151560

Milton's Ovidian Eve Milton's Ovidian Eve presents a fresh and thorough exploration of the classical allusions central to understanding Paradise Lost and to understanding Eve one of Milton's most complex characters. Mandy Green demonstrates how Milton appropriates narrative structures verbal echoes and literary strategies from the Metamorphoses to create a subtle and evolving portrait of Eve. Each chapter examines a different aspect of Eve's mythological figurations. Green traces Eve's development through multiple critical lenses influenced by theological ecocritical and feminist readings. Her analysis is gracefully situated between existing Milton scholarship and close textual readings and is supported by learned references to seventeenth-century writing about women the allegorical tradition of Ovidian commentary hexameral literature theological contexts and biblical iconography. This detailed scholarly treatment of Eve simultaneously illuminates our understanding of the character establishes Milton's reading of Ovid as central to his poetic success and provides a candid synthesis and reconciliation of earlier interpretations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595481

Milton's Places of HopeSpiritual and Political Connections of Hope with Land In early modern culture and in Milton's poetry and prose this book argues the concept of hope is intrinsically connected with place and land. Mary Fenton analyzes how Milton sees hope as bound both to the spiritual and the material the internal self and the external world. Hope as Fenton demonstrates comes from commitment to literal places such as the land ideological places such as the "nation " and sacred interior places such as the human soul. Drawing on an array of materials from the seventeenth century including emblems legal treatises political pamphlets and prayer manuals Fenton sheds light on Milton's ideas about personal and national identity and where people should place their sense of power and responsibility; Milton's politics and where he thought the English nation was and where it should be heading; and finally Milton's theology and how individuals relate to God. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248936

Milton's SecrecyAnd Philosophical Hermeneutics Scientific modernity treats interpretation as a matter of discovery. Discovery however may not be all that matters about interpretation. In Milton's Secrecy J. D. Fleming argues that the poetry and prose of John Milton (1608-1674) are about the presentation of a radically different hermeneutic model. This is based on openness within language rather than on secrets within the world. Milton's representations of meaning are exoteric not esoteric; recognitive not inventive. Milton's Secrecy places its titular subject in opposition to the epistemology of modern natural science and to the interpretative assumptions that science supports. At the same time the book places Milton within early modern contexts of interpretation and knowledge. Drawing on Renaissance Neoplatonism Tudor-Stuart ideology and the Calvinist theory of conscience Milton's Secrecy argues that the attempt to theorize interpretation without discovery is not unorthodox within early modern English culture. If anything Milton's hostility to secrecy and discovery aligns him with his culture's ethical and hermeneutic ideal. Milton's Secrecy provides an historical framework for considering the theoretical validity of this ideal by aligning it with the philosophical hermeneutics of Hans-Georg Gadamer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259690

Milton's Uncertain EdenUnderstanding Place in Paradise Lost This study describes a variety of ways of thinking about place in the Renaissance and in Paradise Lost. Despite coming from different perspectives they have in common the idea that the difficulty of the relationship of reciprocity that poetic subjects often expect from their environment destabilizes those subjects’ understanding not only of environment but of themselves. The study explores destabilization as it affects aspects of the poem from Adam’s sense of the landscape of Eden and the meaning of the Fall itself to the relationship the ambiguous landscapes of Paradise Lost create between Adam and Eve the poet and the reader; all of whom are struggling to make sense of the same problematically described places. To a surprisingly large extent the description of prelapsarian Eden and the events that go on within it have in common a failed attempt to understand the nature of the surroundings. In observing the centrality and difficultly of this poetic discourse of place the problem of place is found at the very heart of the Fall. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942079

Mimesis and AlterityA Particular History of the Senses In his most ambitious and accomplished work to date Michael Taussig undertakes a history of mimesis the practice of imitation and its relation to alterity the opposition of Self and Other. Drawing upon such diverse sources as theories of Benjamin Adorno and Horckheimer research on the Cuna Indians and theories of colonialism and postcolonialism Taussig shows that the history of mimesis is deeply tied to colonialism and more specifically to the colonial trade's construction of "savages." With analysis that is vigorous unorthodox and often breathtaking Taussig's cross-cultural discussion of mimesis deepens our understanding of the relationship between ethnography racism and society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021409

Mimesis and AlterityA Particular History of the Senses In this ambitious and accomplished work Taussig explores the complex and interwoven concepts of mimesis the practice of imitation and alterity the opposition of Self and Other. The book moves from the nineteenth-century invention of mimetically capacious machines such as the camera to the fable of colonial ‘first contact’ and the alleged mimetic power of ‘primitives’. Twenty years after the original publication Taussig revisits the work in a new preface which contextualises the impact of Mimesis and Alterity. Drawing on the ideas of Benjamin Adorno and Horckheimer and ethnographic accounts of the Cuna Taussig demonstrates how the history of mimesis is deeply tied to colonialism and the idea of alterity has become increasingly unstable. Vigorous and unorthodox this cross-cultural discussion continues to deepen our understanding of the relationship between ethnography racism and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242982

Mimesis in a Cognitive PerspectiveMallarme Flaubert and Eminescu Mimesis is a critical and philosophical term going back to Aristotle. It carries a wide range of meanings including imitation representation mimicry the act of expression and the presentation of self. In modern literary criticism mimesis has received renewed attention in the last two or three decades and been subject to wide-ranging interpretations. Nicolae Babuts looks at the concept of mimesis from a cognitive perspective. He identifies two main strands: the mimetic relation of art and poetry to the world defined in terms of reference to an external reality and the importance of memory in the making of plots or storytelling.Babuts suggests that there is a material identity we cannot know beyond the limits of our senses and intellect and a symbolic or coded identity that is processed by memory. All writers including Mallarme in his esoteric poetry Flaubert in his realist narratives and Mihai Eminescu the Romanian poet in his romantic poems rely on mimetic strategies to link the two identities: the images in memory to the outside reality. All order their narratives in accordance with the dynamics of memory. Babuts describes this phenomenon with great insight showing how new traditions are formed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512214

Mimetic Discretization Methods To help solve physical and engineering problems mimetic or compatible algebraic discretization methods employ discrete constructs to mimic the continuous identities and theorems found in vector calculus. Mimetic Discretization Methods focuses on the recent mimetic discretization method co-developed by the first author. Based on the Castillo-Grone operators this simple mimetic discretization method is invariably valid for spatial dimensions no greater than three. The book also presents a numerical method for obtaining corresponding discrete operators that mimic the continuum differential and flux-integral operators enabling the same order of accuracy in the interior as well as the domain boundary.After an overview of various mimetic approaches and applications the text discusses the use of continuum mathematical models as a way to motivate the natural use of mimetic methods. The authors also offer basic numerical analysis material making the book suitable for a course on numerical methods for solving PDEs. The authors cover mimetic differential operators in one two and three dimensions and provide a thorough introduction to object-oriented programming and C++. In addition they describe how their mimetic methods toolkit (MTK)—available online—can be used for the computational implementation of mimetic discretization methods. The text concludes with the application of mimetic methods to structured nonuniform meshes as well as several case studies.Compiling the authors’ many concepts and results developed over the years this book shows how to obtain a robust numerical solution of PDEs using the mimetic discretization approach. It also helps readers compare alternative methods in the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367380434

MIMO Antennas for Wireless CommunicationTheory and Design The desired objective of this book is to investigate diversity and mutual coupling effects on MIMO antenna designs for WLAN/WiMAX/LTE applications controlled with diversity and ground modification techniques including equivalent circuit diagrams. Diversity techniques in MIMO antennas leading to the performance improvement ratings are demonstrated and deliberated. The book contributes towards the development of 2:1 VSWR MIMO antennas with diversity techniques for indoor/outdoor applications for high data rate QOS and SNR. The improved MIMO antenna structures are investigated and presented in this book including part of massive MIMO to provide the important aspects of emerging technology. Aimed at researchers professionals and graduate students in electrical engineering electromagnetics communications and signal processing including antenna theory and design smart antennas communication systems this book: Investigates real time MIMO antenna designs for WLAN/WiMAX/LTE applications. Covers effects of ECC MEG TARC and equivalent circuit. Addresses the coupling and diversity aspects of antenna design problem for MIMO systems. Focus on the MIMO antenna designs for the real time applications. Exclusive chapter on 5G Massive MIMO along with case studies throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367530471

MIMO Power Line CommunicationsNarrow and Broadband Standards EMC and Advanced Processing One of the first publications of its kind in the exciting field of multiple input multiple output (MIMO) power line communications (PLC) MIMO Power Line Communications: Narrow and Broadband Standards EMC and Advanced Processing contains contributions from experts in industry and academia making it practical enough to provide a solid understanding of how PLC technologies work yet scientific enough to form a base for ongoing R&D activities. This book is subdivided into five thematic parts. Part I looks at narrow- and broadband channel characterization based on measurements from around the globe. Taking into account current regulations and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) part II describes MIMO signal processing strategies and related capacity and throughput estimates. Current narrow- and broadband PLC standards and specifications are described in the various chapters of part III. Advanced PLC processing options are treated in part IV drawing from a wide variety of research areas such as beamforming/precoding time reversal multi-user processing and relaying. Lastly part V contains case studies and field trials where the advanced technologies of tomorrow are put into practice today. Suitable as a reference or a handbook MIMO Power Line Communications: Narrow and Broadband Standards EMC and Advanced Processing features self-contained chapters with extensive cross-referencing to allow for a flexible reading path. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072435

MIMO Processing for 4G and BeyondFundamentals and Evolution MIMO Processing for 4G and Beyond: Fundamentals and Evolution offers a cutting-edge look at multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) signal processing namely its detection (in both time and frequency domains) and precoding. It examines its integration with OFDM UWB and CDMA along with the impact of these combinations at the system level. Massive MIMO and network coding at the physical layer are very recent topics which are also addressed and which are expected to play an important role in 5G systems.The book brings together contributing authors from first-class institutions who have been working in international research and development (R&D) projects and are highly cited in the MIMO field. These experts examine ongoing R&D activities in the field of MIMO systems and its associated signal processing that is expected to be employed in 4G and 5G systems. Covers the various wireless communication standards that make use of MIMO systems Explains the receiver processing associated with MIMO signal detection (including the case of massive MIMO systems) and presents the optimal precoding techniques Considers optimized MIMO schemes and processing for block transmission techniques for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) transmission techniques and for single carrier-frequency domain equalization Examines MIMO processing and optimization for wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) Describes the ultra-wideband (UWB) transmission technique and the corresponding MIMO processing and optimizations Explains physical layer network coding techniques From basic receiver design to more advanced processing the book covers the spectrum of topics associated with MIMO systems and MIMO processing. It provides a comprehensive description of MIMO fundamentals and theory that is ideal for anyone looking to sharpen their skills on the subject such as corporate/industrial employees or graduate students.The book summarizes the most important enhancements related to the processing of MIMO systems for 4G systems including its evolution and future trends. It also supplies a performance analysis of the various combinations of MIMO schemes for 4G systems to help you select the combination best suited for your particular needs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033979

MIMO System Technology for Wireless Communications For broadband communications it was frequency division multiplexing. For optical communications it was wavelength division multiplexing. Then for all types of networks it was code division. Breakthroughs in transmission speed were made possible by these developments heralding next-generation networks of increasing capability in each case. The basic idea is the same: more channels equals higher throughput. For wireless communications it is space-time coding using multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) technology.Providing a complete treatment of MIMO under a single cover MIMO System Technology for Wireless Communications assembles coverage on all aspects of MIMO technology along with up-to-date information on key related issues. Contributors from leading academic and industrial institutions around the world share their expertise and lend the book a global perspective. They lead you gradually from basic to more advanced concepts from propagation modeling and performance analysis to space-time codes various systems implementation options and limitations practical system development considerations field trials and network planning issues. Linking theoretical analysis to practical issues the book does not limit itself to any specific standardization or research/industrial initiatives.MIMO is the catalyst for the next revolution in wireless systems and MIMO System Technology for Wireless Communications lays a thorough and complete foundation on which to build the next and future generations of wireless networks. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222011

MIMO Wireless Communications over Generalized Fading Channels MIMO systems have been known to better the quality of service for wireless communication systems. This book discusses emerging techniques in MIMO systems to reduce complexities and keep benefits unaffected at the same time. It discusses about benefits and shortcomings of various MIMO technologies like spatial multiplexing space time coding spatial modulation transmit antenna selection and various power allocation schemes to optimize the performance. Crux of the book is focus on MIMO communication over generalized fading channels as they can model the propagation of signals in a non-homogeneous environment. Relevant MATLAB codes are also included in the appendices. Book is aimed at graduate students and researchers in electronics and wireless engineering specifically interested in electromagnetic theory antennas and propagation future wireless systems signal processing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573577

Mina Loy Twentieth-Century Photography and Contemporary Women Poets In Mina Loy Twentieth-Century Photography and Contemporary Women Poets Linda A. Kinnahan explores the making of Mina Loy’s late modernist poetics in relation to photography’s ascendance by the mid-twentieth century as a distinctively modern force shaping representation and perception. As photography develops over the course of the century as an art form social tool and cultural force Loy’s relationship to a range of photographic cultures emerging in the first half of the twentieth century suggests how we might understand not only the intriguing work of this poet but also the shaping impact of photography and new technologies of vision upon modernist poetics. Framing Loy’s encounters with photography through intersections of portraiture Surrealism fashion documentary and photojournalism Kinnahan draws correspondences between Loy’s late poetry and visual discourses of the body urban poverty and war discerning how a visual rhetoric of gender often underlies these mappings and connections. In her final chapter Kinnahan examines two contemporary poets who directly engage the camera’s modern impact –Kathleen Fraser and Caroline Bergvall – to explore the questions posed in their work about the particular relation of the camera the photographic image and the construction of gender in the late twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884475

Minaret Building and Apprenticeship in Yemen Through a combination of rich architectural and ethnographic description this study of apprenticeship and human spatial cognition provides a fascinating insight into the daily lives and activities of a professional class of craftsmen and investigates the unique teaching-learning processes that distinguish their trade and mould both their professional and social characters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415695442

Mind Body and MoralityNew Perspectives on Descartes and Spinoza The turn of the millennium has been marked by new developments in the study of early modern philosophy. In particular the philosophy of René Descartes has been reinterpreted in a number of important and exciting ways specifically concerning his work on the mind-body union the connection between objective and formal reality and his status as a moral philosopher. These fresh interpretations have coincided with a renewed interest in overlooked parts of the Cartesian corpus and a sustained focus on the similarities between Descartes’ thought and the philosophy of Baruch Spinoza. Mind Body and Morality consists of fifteen chapters written by scholars who have contributed significantly to the new turn in Descartes and Spinoza scholarship. The volume is divided into three parts. The first group of chapters examines different metaphysical and epistemological problems raised by the Cartesian mind-body union. Part II investigates Descartes’ and Spinoza’s understanding of the relations between ideas knowledge and reality. Special emphasis is put on Spinoza’s conception of the relation between activity and passivity. Finally the last part explores different aspects of Descartes’ moral philosophy connecting his views to important predecessors Augustine and Abelard and comparing them to Spinoza. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384946

Mind Brain and the Elusive SoulHuman Systems of Cognitive Science and Religion Does science argue against the existence of the human soul? Many scientists and scholars believe the whole is more than the sum of the parts. This book uses information and systems theory to describe the "more" that does not reduce to the parts. One sees this in the synapses”or apparently empty gaps between the neurons in one's brain”where informative relationships give rise to human mind culture and spirituality. Drawing upon the disciplines of cognitive science computer science neuroscience general systems theory pragmatic philosophy and Christian theology Mark Graves reinterprets the traditional doctrine of the soul as form of the body to frame contemporary scientific study of the human soul. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595498

Mind Brain and the Path to HappinessA GUIDE TO BUDDHIST MIND TRAINING AND THE NEUROSCIENCE OF MEDITATION Mind Brain and the Path to Happiness presents a contemporary account of traditional Buddhist mind training and the pursuit of wellbeing and happiness in the context of the latest research in psychology and the neuroscience of meditation. Following the Tibetan Buddhist tradition of Dzogchen the book guides the reader through the gradual steps in transformation of the practitioner’s mind and brain on the path to advanced states of balance genuine happiness and wellbeing. Dusana Dorjee explains how the mind training is grounded in philosophical and experiential exploration of the notions of happiness and human potential and how it refines attention skills and cultivates emotional balance in training of mindfulness meta-awareness and development of healthy emotions. The book outlines how the practitioner can explore subtle aspects of conscious experience in order to recognize the nature of the mind and reality. At each of the steps on the path the book provides novel insights into similarities and differences between Buddhist accounts and current psychological and neuroscientific theories and evidence. Throughout the book the author skilfully combines Buddhist psychology and Western scientific research with examples of meditation practices highlighting the ultimately practical nature of Buddhist mind training. Mind Brain and the Path to Happiness is an important book for health professionals and educators who teach or apply mindfulness and meditation-based techniques in their work as well as for researchers and students investigating these techniques both in a clinical context and in the emerging field of contemplative science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626149

Mind Code and ContextEssays in Pragmatics Scholars concerned with the phenomenon of mind have searched through history for a principled yet non-reductionist approach to the study of knowledge communication and behavior. Pragmatics has been a recurrent theme in Western epistemology tracing itself back from pre-Socratic dialectics and Aristotle's bio- functionalism all the way to Wittgenstein's content-dependent semantics. This book's treatment of pragmatics as an analytic method focuses on the central role of context in determining the perception organization and communication of experience. As a bioadaptive strategy pragmatics straddles the middle ground between absolute categories and the non-discrete gradation of experience reflecting closely the organism's own evolutionary compromises. In parallel pragmatic reasoning can be shown to play a pivotal role in the process of empirical science through the selection of relevant facts the abduction of likely hypotheses and the construction of non-trivial explanations. In this volume Professor Givon offers pragmatics as both an analytic method and a strategic intellectual framework. He points out its relevance to our understanding of traditional problems in philosophy anthropology linguistics cognitive psychology neuro-biology and evolution. Finally the application of pragmatics to the study of the mind and behavior constitutes an implicit challenge to the current tenets of artificial intelligence. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802268

Mind Cognition and RepresentationThe Tradition of Commentaries on Aristotle’s De anima How can beliefs which are immaterial be about things? How can the body be the seat of thought? This book traces the historical roots of the cognitive sciences and examines pre-modern conceptualizations of the mind as presented and discussed in the tradition of commentaries on Aristotle's De anima from 1200 until 1650. It explores medieval and Renaissance views on questions which nowadays would be classified under the philosophy of mind that is questions regarding the identity and nature of the mind and its cognitive relation to the material world. In exploring the development of scholastic ideas concepts arguments and theories in the tradition of commentaries on De anima and their relation to modern philosophy this book dissolves the traditional periodization into Middle Ages Renaissance and early modern times. By placing key issues in their philosophico-historical context not only is due attention paid to Aristotle's own views but also to those of hitherto little-studied medieval and Renaissance commentators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250178

Mind Culture and Global UnrestPsychoanalytic Reflections In this compact and pithy book the distinguished and prolific psychoanalyst Salman Akhtar steps out of his consulting room to address certain matters of urgent global concern. These include migration across national borders the current refugee crisis ethno-racial prejudice subjective distress of minorities and above all the forever-present ominous shadow of terrorism. Akhtar evolves and advocates a uniquely 'anthropological psychoanalysis' which is a blend of depth psychology and humanities including sociology economics political science history and of course anthropology. He deconstructs what seems self-evident and confronts his readers with some socio-politically unpleasant realities both within psychoanalysis and in the prevalent perspectives on the on-going turmoil and bloodshed in today's world. His book is not all doom and gloom however. It also delineates ameliorative strategies for dealing with the pain of the disenfranchised and the misguided violence of the radicalized. This is applied psychoanalysis at its best. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200673

Mind Language and MoralityEssays in Honor of Mark Platts Mark Platts is responsible for the first systematic presentation of truth-conditional semantics and for turning a generation of philosophers on to the Davidsonian program. He is also a pioneer in discussions of moral realism and has made important contributions to bioethics the philosophy of human rights and moral responsibility. This book is a tribute to Platts’s pioneering work in these areas featuring contributions from number of leading scholars of his work from the US UK and Mexico. It features replies to the individual essays from Platts as well as a concluding chapter reflecting on his philosophical career from Oxford to Mexico City. Mind Language and Morality will be of interest to philosophers across a wide range of areas including ethics moral psychology philosophy of law and philosophy of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385028

Mind Language and SubjectivityMinimal Content and the Theory of Thought In this monograph Nicholas Georgalis further develops his important work on minimal content recasting and providing novel solutions to several of the fundamental problems faced by philosophers of language. His theory defends and explicates the importance of ‘thought-tokens’ and minimal content and their many-to-one relation to linguistic meaning challenging both ‘externalist’ accounts of thought and the solutions to philosophical problems of language they inspire. The concepts of idiolect use and statement made are critically discussed and a classification of kinds of utterances is developed to facilitate the latter. This is an important text for those interested in current theories and debates on philosophy of mind philosophy of language and their points of intersection.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371922

Mind Machine And MetaphorAn Essay On Artificial Intelligence And Legal Reasoning Mind Machine and Metaphor is a rich original and wide-ranging view of legal theory in the context of artificial intelligence (AI) research. It is essential reading for legal theorists and for legal scholars and students of AI with an interest in each other's fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158088

Mind Machine and MoralityToward a Philosophy of Human-Technology Symbiosis Technology is our conduit of power. In our modern world technology is the gatekeeper deciding who shall have and who shall have not. Either technology works for you or you work for technology. It shapes the human race just as much as we shape it. But where is this symbiosis going? Who provides the directions the intentions the goals of this human-machine partnership? Such decisions do not derive from the creators of technology who are enmeshed in their individual innovations. They neither come from our social leaders who possess only sufficient technical understanding to react to innovations not to anticipate or direct their progress. Neither is there evidence of some omnipotent 'invisible hand ' the simple fact is that no one is directing this enterprise. In Mind Machine and Morality Peter Hancock asks questions about this insensate progress and has the temerity to suggest some cognate answers. He argues for the unbreakable symbiosis of purpose and process and examines the dangerous possibilities that emerge when science and purpose meet. Historically this work is a modern-day child of Bacon's hope for the 'Great Instauration.' However unlike its forebear the focus here is on human-machine systems. The emphasis centers on the conception that the active extensive face of modern philosophy is technology. Whatever we are to become is bound up not only in our biology but critically in our technology also. And to achieve rational progress we need to articulate manifest purpose. This book is one step along the purposive road. Drawing together his many seminal writings on human-machine interaction and adapting these works specifically for this collection Peter Hancock provides real food for thought delighting readers with his unique philosophical perspective and outstanding insights. This is theoretical work of the highest order and will open minds accordingly. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315248905

Mind Method and ConditionalsSelected Papers First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757195

Mind Morality and MagicCognitive Science Approaches in Biblical Studies The cognitive science of religion that has emerged over the last twenty years is a multidisciplinary field that often challenges established theories in anthropology and comparative religion. This new approach raises many questions for biblical studies as well. What are the cross-cultural cognitive mechanisms which explain the transmission of biblical texts? How did the local and particular cultural traditions of ancient Israel and early Christianity develop? What does the embodied and socially embedded nature of the human mind imply for the exegesis of biblical texts? "Mind Morality and Magic" draws on a range of approaches to the study of the human mind - including memory studies computer modeling cognitive theories of ritual social cognition evolutionary psychology biology of emotions and research on religious experience. The volume explores how cognitive approaches to religion can shed light on classical concerns in biblical scholarship - such as the transmission of traditions ritual and magic and ethics - as well as uncover new questions and offer new methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844657339

Mind Reason and Being-in-the-WorldThe McDowell-Dreyfus Debate John McDowell and Hubert L. Dreyfus are philosophers of world renown whose work has decisively shaped the fields of analytic philosophy and phenomenology respectively. Mind Reason and Being-in-the-World: The McDowell-Dreyfus Debate opens with their debate over one of the most important and controversial subjects of philosophy: is human experience pervaded by conceptual rationality or does experience mark the limits of reason? Is all intelligibility rational or is there a form of intelligibility at work in our skilful bodily rapport with the world that eludes our intellectual capacities? McDowell and Dreyfus provide a fascinating insight into some fundamental differences between analytic philosophy and phenomenology as well as areas where they may have something in common. Fifteen specially commissioned chapters by distinguished international contributors enrich the debate inaugurated by McDowell and Dreyfus taking it in a number of different and important directions. Fundamental philosophical problems discussed include: the embodied mind subjectivity and self-consciousness intentionality rationality practical skills human agency and the history of philosophy from Kant to Hegel to Heidegger to Merleau-Ponty. With the addition of these outstanding contributions Mind Reason and Being-in-the-World is essential reading for students and scholars of analytic philosophy and phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415485876

Mind Self and Interiority Contemporary philosophers of mind often raise serious questions around the concepts of self subjectivity and ’the inner life’ on the grounds that such concepts have their origin in a discredited Cartesian metaphysics. The contention of this book is that the rejection of ’interiority’ and related concepts has been based on a time-honoured misreading of Descartes. In the course of exposing the misconceived anti-Cartesianism of a wide range of thinkers from Wittgenstein and Ryle to Dennett and Foucault an attempt is made to clear a space for a new post-Cartesian conception of subjectivity - a conception of subjectivity which is consistent with at least some versions of materialism. The aim of this book is not to defend Cartesian dualism but to reclaim important concepts that have been anathematized by having been mistakenly associated with it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248899

Mind Society and Human ActionTime and Knowledge in a Theory of Social Economy Economics originated as a branch of the humane studies that was concerned with trying to understand how some societies flourish while others stagnate and also how once-flourishing societies could come to stagnate. Over the major part of the 20th century however economists mostly turned away from these humane and societal concerns by importing mechanistic ideas from 19th century physics. This book seeks to show how that original humane and social focus can be renewed. The many particular topics the book examines can be traced to two central ideas. Firstly that economic theory like physics requires two distinct theoretical frameworks. One treats qualities that are invariant across time and place; this is the domain of equilibrium theory. The other treats the internal generation of change in societies through entrepreneurial action that continually transforms the ecology of enterprises that constitutes a society. Secondly economic theory is treated as a genuine social science and not a science of rationality writ large. The book also explores ways in which life in society is understood differently once economics is treated as a social science. The book will be useful to professional audiences who work with economic theory and who find that much of the hyper-formality that comprises economic theory these days fails to make reasonable contact with reality. It will also be of interest to sociologists political scientists and researchers in law public policy Austrian economics evolutionary economics institutional economics and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750011

Mind Soul and ConsciousnessReligion Science and the Psy-Disciplines in Modern South Asia (With a Foreword by J.N. Mohanty) This comprehensive volume explores histories and modern reworkings of the ideas of mind soul and consciousness in South Asia.It focuses on the burgeoning ‘psy-disciplines’ – psychology psychiatry psychotherapy – and their links with religion science philosophy and modern notions of the mystical and spiritual not just in South Asia but around the world. The authors explore the global flows of ideas that gathered pace during the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries including: the idea(s) of self within ‘Hindu modernities’; the history of relativity of consciousness in Jaina epistemology; Jungian critiques of Cartesian rationalism; Islamic reform vis-à-vis Sufi mysticism; and the re-examination and invocations of key strands of the fields of ‘Indian philosophy’ and the ‘psy-disciplines’ in modern India. Together these chapters stoke a critical engagement with existing conceptual boundaries and categories of mind soul consciousness and body-mind relationship in modern Asian and European spiritual and intellectual traditions.This book will interest scholars and students of cross-cultural philosophy intellectual history history of religion religious studies and history of the mind sciences. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal South Asian History and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660253

Mind and Body A great deal of work in philosophy today is concerned with some aspect of the complex tangle of problems and puzzles roughly labelled the mind-body problem. This book is an introduction to it. It is a readable lucid and accessible guide that provides readers with authoritative exposition and a solid and reliable framework which can be built on as needed. The first chapter briefly introduces the subject and moves on to discuss mechanism - the idea that minds are machines - focusing on Searle's Chinese Room argument. The next three chapters discuss dualism physicalism and some hard problems for physicalism especially those concerning phenomenal consciousness. Chapters on behaviourism and functionalism follow. The central mind-body topics are then each given deeper consideration in separate chapters. Intentionality is investigated via Fodor's doctrine of the Language of Thought taking account of connectionism. The main theories of consciousness are examined and the author's own approach outlined. The concluding chapter briefly resumes the theme of psychological explanation linking it to further topics. Each chapter ends with a summary of the main points together with suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710549

Mind and DeityBeing the Second Series of a Course of Gifford Lectures on the General Subject of Metaphysics and Theism given in the Universi Complementary to Theism and Cosmology this book begins with a discussion of philosophical and theological idea-ism and our common beliefs concerning nature man and God. It is principally concerned with idealism - the place of ideals in reality rather than with the place of ideas. It discusses personality justice value morals and theism versus pantheism then ends with a discussion of the general relations between a cosmological theism and a theism whose primary interest is the conservation and the incarnation of what is good and fine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981133

Mind and Its EvolutionA Dual Coding Theoretical Approach This book updates the Dual Coding Theory of mind (DCT) a theory of modern human cognition consisting of separate but interconnected nonverbal and verbal systems. Allan Paivio a leading scholar in cognitive psychology presents this masterwork as new findings in psychological research on memory thought language and other core areas have flourished as have pioneering developments in the cognitive neurosciences. Mind and Its Evolution provides a thorough exploration into how these adaptive nonverbal and verbal systems might have evolved as well as a careful comparison of DCT with contrasting "single-code" cognitive theories. Divided into four parts this text begins with a general systematic theory of modern human cognition as the reference model for interpreting the cognitive abilities of evolutionary ancestors. The first half of the book discusses mind as it is; the second half addresses how it came to be that way. Each half is subdivided into two parts defined by thematic chapters. Mind and Its Evolution concludes with evidence-based suggestions about nourishing mental growth through applications of DCT in education psychotherapy and health. This volume will appeal to cognitive and evolutionary psychologists as well as students in the areas of memory language cognition and mind evolution specialists in psychology philosophy and other disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315785233

Mind and MediaThe Effects of Television Video Games and Computers Patricia M. Greenfield was one of the first psychologists to present new research on how various media can be used to promote social growth and thinking skills.  In this now classic she argues that each medium can make a contribution to development that each has strengths and weaknesses and that the ideal childhood environment includes a multimedia approach to learning. In the Introduction to the Classic Edition Greenfield shows how the original edition set themes that have extended into contemporary research on media and child development and includes an explanation of how the new media landscape has changed her own research and thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138805958

Mind Maps for Medical Students This brand new revision aid has been designed specifically to help medical students memorize essential clinical facts invaluable throughout medical studies and particularly useful in the pressured run-up to final exams. Over 100 maps are organized by body system with a concluding section of miscellaneous examples. The book’s format has been designed with the student in mind – it is pocket sized and the maps summarize a variety of aspects including the definition of the disease causes investigations treatments and complications to aid in recall. Ideally suited for students and early postgraduates revising for exams this convenient and portable distillation of knowledge will aid in memorization and save many hours of note taking. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482250312

Mind Maps for Medical Students Clinical Specialties This brand new revision aid has been designed as a companion to the popular Mind Maps for Medical Students from the same author to help medical students memorize essential facts in the key specialty areas of psychiatry obstetrics & gynaecology paediatrics ophthalmology ENT dermatology and orthopaedics. With over 100 maps included the book will be invaluable throughout medical studies and particularly useful in the pressured run-up to final exams. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498782197

Mind Matters - Self Esteem Focusing on self-esteem this title is designed to raise awareness among young people of caring for their own mental health and encouraging them to support others experiencing mental health problems. It is a resource bank containing: exploration of the nature of self-esteem; 10 activities you can use or adapt to a range of situations to increase young people's understanding of self-esteem; and case study illustrating a successful project. It supports young people's learning of factors affecting their self-esteem. It includes tips on how to boost levels of self-confidence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174037

Mind MattersA Tribute To Allen Newell Based on a symposium honoring the extensive work of Allen Newell -- one of the founders of artificial intelligence cognitive science human-computer interaction and the systematic study of computational architectures -- this volume demonstrates how unifying themes may be found in the diversity that characterizes current research on computers and cognition. The subject matter includes: * an overview of cognitive and computer science by leading researchers in the field; * a comprehensive description of Allen Newell's "Soar" -- a computational architecture he developed as a unified theory of cognition; * commentary on how the Soar theory of cognition relates to important issues in cognitive and computer science; * rigorous treatments of controversial issues in cognition -- methodology of cognitive science hybrid approaches to machine learning word-sense disambiguation in understanding material language and the role of capability processing constraints in architectural theory; * comprehensive and systematic methods for studying architectural evolution in both hardware and software; * a thorough discussion of the use of analytic models in human computer interaction; * extensive reviews of important experiments in the study of scientific discovery and deduction; and * an updated analysis of the role of symbols in information processing by Herbert Simon. Incorporating the research of top scientists inspired by Newell's work this volume will be of strong interest to a large variety of scientific communities including psychologists computational linguists computer scientists and engineers and interface designers. It will also be valuable to those who study the scientific process itself as it chronicles the impact of Newell's approach to research simultaneously delving into each scientific discipline and producing results that transcend the boundaries of those disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806679

Mind Models This new edition of Mind Models reintroduces and renews a classic work on 20th century composition one that has remained relevant for over a quarter century -- and should remain a central reading for decades to come. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036198

Mind of Society First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078465

Mind Over MoodChange How You Feel by Changing the Way You Think Discover simple yet powerful steps you can take to overcome emotional distress--and feel happier calmer and more confident. This life-changing book has already helped more than 1 200 000 readers use cognitive-behavioral therapy--one of today's most effective forms of psychotherapy--to conquer depression anxiety panic attacks anger guilt shame low self-esteem eating disorders substance abuse and relationship problems. Revised and expanded to reflect significant scientific developments of the past 20 years the second edition contains numerous new features: expanded content on anxiety; chapters on setting personal goals and maintaining progress; happiness rating scales; gratitude journals; innovative exercises focused on mindfulness acceptance and forgiveness; 25 new worksheets; and much more. Mind Over Mood will help you:*Learn proven powerful practical strategies to transform your life.*Follow step-by-step plans to overcome depression anxiety anger guilt and shame.*Set doable personal goals and track your progress (you can photocopy the worksheets from the book or download and print additional copies).*Practice your new skills until they become second nature. Cited as “The Most Influential Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Publication” by the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapies and included in the UK National Health Service Bibliotherapy Program. Winner (Second Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Consumer Health Category See also the Spanish-language edition: El control de tu estado de ánimo Segunda edición. Plus mental health professionals see also The Clinician's Guide to CBT Using Mind Over Mood Second Edition. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462520428

Mind Reading This therapeutic story focuses on feelings of social isolation and unhelpful thinking habits linked to friendship difficulties. Stacie wonders why her best friend Kayla ignores her when she sees her in town at the weekend. All weekend she thinks about the possible reasons and imagines some of the negative things Kayla might be saying or thinking about her. By Monday morning she has convinced herself they are true and that Kayla no longer wants to be her friend. She avoids Kayla at school which causes further problems. At break time Stacie sees Kayla with another group of girls and imagines they are talking about her. At the end of the day Kayla catches up with Stacie and asks her if she has done something wrong. Stacie says she knows Kayla no longer wants to be her friend because she ignored her in town. Kayla explains she had just been fitted with her new contact lenses and didn't even see her! Stacie is shocked and confesses how she imagined she knew what Kayla was thinking and saying about her. Kayla laughs and they joke about Stacie being a very poor 'mind reader'. Stacie agrees that if she catches herself mind reading again then she will test out her thoughts by talking about them. The accompanying 'Let's talk about mind reading' highlights this common thinking error and suggests further coping strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301795

Mind Stimulation TherapyCognitive Interventions for Persons with Schizophrenia This book presents a psychotherapy intervention model called Multimodal Integrative Cognitive Stimulation Therapy (MICST). It is grounded in information processing and cognitive stimulation techniques and operates out of a positive psychology framework. This model designed for group work with clients with schizophrenia can be easily tailored to working with clients in individual therapy sessions. The three core MICST group activities include: 1) body movement-mindfulness-relaxation (BMR); 2) cognitive stimulation using group discussions; and 3) cognitive stimulation using paper-pencil cognitive exercises and self-reflection exercises. A chapter is devoted to each of these core areas with actual case vignettes to illustrate ways that these activities can be implemented in clinical practice. Homework recommendations are included at the end of each chapter devoted to a core MICST group activity and providing suggestions on ways to practice various skills and exercises in between group sessions. Also provided are several handouts and worksheets which can be used with clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632157

Mind The GapEllipsis and Stylistic Variation in Spoken and Written English  We rarely speak or even write in the complete sentences that are often held to be the ideal form of linguistic communication. Language is in fact full of gaps because speakers and writers operate in contexts which allow bits of language to be understood rather than expressed. This book systematically analyses this inherent gappiness of language known as ellipsis and provides an account of the different contexts both linguistic and situational which affect its use. Peter Wilson draws on a wide variety of examples of spoken and written English and both literary and non-literary to present a comprehensive classification of elliptical language that ranges from the conversational fragment and the advertisement to the dialogue of Shakespeare and imagist poetry.  Mind the Gap shows how ellipsis is a feature of major structural and stylistic importance to our understanding of spoken and written language and will be of interest to undergraduate students of linguistics literature communication and the interrelations between them.. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161962

Mind the GapPerspectives on Policy Evaluation and the Social Sciences Over the past twenty to thirty years evaluation has become increasingly important to the field of public policy. The number of people involved and specializing in evaluation has also increased markedly. Evidence of this trend can be found in the International Atlas of Evaluation the establishment of new journals and evaluation societies and the increase in systems of evaluation. Increasingly the main reference point has become an assessment of the merit and value of interventions as such rather than the evaluator's disciplinary background. This growing importance of evaluation as an activity has also led to an increasing demand for the type of competencies evaluators should have.Evaluation began as a niche area within the social and behavioral sciences. It subsequently became linked to policy research and analysis and has more recently become trans-disciplinary. This volume demonstrates an association between the evaluation tradition in a particular country or policy field and the nature of the relationship between social and behavioral science research and evaluative practice. This book seeks to offer comprehensive data which lead to conclusions about patterns that transcend the gap between evaluation and the social scientific disciplines.Mind the Gap has a twofold aim. The first is to highlight and characterize the gap between evaluation practices and debates and the substantive knowledge debates within the social and behavioral sciences. The second is to show why this gap is problematic for the practice of evaluation while at the same time illustrating possible ways to build bridges. The book is centered on the value of producing useful evaluations grounded in social science theory and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512221

Mind UnmaskedA Political Phenomenology of Consciousness The human mind has proven uniquely capable of unraveling untold mysteries and yet the mind is fundamentally challenged when it turns back on itself to ask what it itself is. How do we conceive of mind in this postmodern world; how can we use philosophical anthropology to understand mind and its functions? While philosophers and social scientists have made important contributions to our understanding of mind existing theories are insufficient for penetrating the complexities of mind in the twenty-first century. Mind Unmasked: A Political Phenomenology of Consciousness draws on twentieth-century philosophies of consciousness to explain the phenomenon of mind in the broadest sense of the word. Michael A. Weinstein and Timothy M. Yetman develop a thought provoking discourse that moves beyond the nature of the human experience of mind at both the individual and interpersonal levels and present a meditation on life in the contemporary world of global mass-mediated human culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064119

Mind vs. MoneyThe War Between Intellectuals and Capitalism For the past 150 years Western intellectuals have trumpeted contempt for capitalism and capitalists. They have written novels plays and manifestos to demonstrate the evils of the economic system in which they live. Dislike and contempt for the bourgeoisie the middle classes industry and commerce have been a prominent trait of leading Western writers and artists. Mind vs. Money is an analytical history of how and why so many intellectuals have opposed capitalism. It is also an argument for how this opposition can be tempered.Historically intellectuals have expressed their rejection of capitalism through many different movements including nationalism anti-Semitism socialism fascism communism and the 1960s counterculture. Hostility to capitalism takes new forms today. The anti-globalization Green communitarian and New Age movements are all examples. Intellectuals give such movements the legitimacy and leadership they would otherwise lack. What unites radical intellectuals of the nineteenth century communists and fascists of the twentieth and anti-globalization protestors of the twenty-first along with many other intellectuals not associated with these movements is their rejection of capitalism. Kahan argues that intellectuals are a permanently alienated elite in capitalist societies.In myriad forms and on many fronts the battle between Mind and Money continues today. Anti-Americanism is one of them. Americans like to see their country as a beacon of freedom and prosperity. But in the eyes of many European and American intellectuals when America is identified with capitalism it is transformed from moral beacon into the "Great Satan." This is just one of the issues Mind vs. Money explores. The conflict between Mind and Money is the great unresolved conflict of modern society. To end it we must first understand it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512238

Mind WorksTechnique and Creativity in Psychoanalysis Is the analyst's mind a factor in the analytic process? In Mind Works Antonino Ferro uses clinical material such as detailed reports of sessions together with client's analytic histories to develop Bion’s original findings and illustrate complex concepts in the field of psychoanalytic technique. These concepts include: interpretive modalities the end of analysis psychosomatic pathologies narcissism. Mind Works: Technique and Creativity in Psychoanalysis also suggests that dreaming is a fundamental moment in analytic work and Ferro discusses how dreams can go beyond the present to become a continuous act of the mind in the waking state allowing internal and external stimuli to be transformed into thoughts and emotions. Focusing on how the minds of the analyst and the analysand work in psychoanalysis this book will appeal to psychoanalysts psychotherapists and psychiatrists and will be helpful in psychoanalytic and psychotherapeutic work on a day-to-day basis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787596

Mind Your Colour This book is essentially about stereotypes as found in the literature and culture of South Africa. It deals specifically with those people referred to in the South African racial legislation as ‘coloureds’. The book is also an illustration of the way in which stereotypes function as a means of social control and repression. First published in 1981. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883888

Mind-Body MaturityPsychological Approaches To Sports Exercise And Fitness First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315792194

Mind-Body Medicine in Clinical Practice Consumer demand for integrative medicine has increased over recent decades and cutting-edge research in neuroscience has identified opportunities for new treatment options. This text outlines the evidence behind mind-body medicine and provides rich case-based examples.. It is written by a clinician for clinicians to help practitioners stay current in this emerging field. Including foundational chapters on the relevance of mind-body medicine the effects of stress communication skills and methods for incorporating mind-body medicine into consultation this book then introduces various mind-body therapies and considers their use in selected clinical conditions. The therapies are grouped into chapters on breath work and relaxation; hypnosis and guided imagery; meditation mindfulness spirituality and compassion-based therapies; creative arts therapies; and movement therapies. Each chapter includes case studies background and history best use training requirements risks and benefits. The part focusing on specific conditions updates research and provides pediatric and adult examples in the areas of: anxiety and depression; acute and chronic pain; gastrointestinal and urologic conditions; auto-immune inflammatory; and surgery oncology and other conditions. Providing resources and practical tools to help clinicians incorporate evidence-based mind-body medicine therapies into patient care this book is an invaluable reference for medical and nursing students as well as for residents fellows nurse practitioners and physician assistants across a wide variety of specialties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498728317

MindBody MedicineFoundations and Practical Applications MindBody Medicine encapsulates a variety of interventions designed to change strengthen or enhance a patient’s thoughts emotions and behaviors in order to promote improved health and wellness. There has been a growing trend among professionals in the health care fields to better understand the mind-body connection. How do the body and mind interact and more specifically how can we use the energy of the mind to heal the body? Leo Rotan and Veronika Ospina-Kammerer have sifted through already existing works on this topic and compiled a comprehensive overview of this expanding field of study. As a result MindBody Medicine provides students and practitioners in a range of health care professions with a guide to more fully understand the relationship between body and mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995888

Mindbrain Psychoanalytic Institutions and PsychoanalystsA New Metapsychology Consistent with Neuroscience In this book the author criticises the isolationism of traditional psychoanalytic associations compared to those of other branches of psychology and their suspicion of neuroscience. Today affective neuroscience is investigating the unconscious affects which psychoanalysis has always done with different methods and a different language. The author points out how Freud's energy-drive theory although contradicted by scientific progress has continued to characterise a religiousness underpinning the spirit of psychoanalytic institutions: the icon of Freud. This spirit is accompanied by confusion between different psychoanalytic theories which are often incompatible with one another. The author blames the poor social image that psychoanalysis has earned in the past few years on this confusion of theories and haughty withdrawal into a single presumed orthodoxy. A former President of the IPA Otto Kernberg has even predicted the suicide of psychoanalytic institutions. The author has addressed this chaos of theories throughout his life integrating work on psychoanalysis experimental psychology developmental psychology cognitive science attachment theory and now neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205159

Mindful Business Leadership Mindful Business Leadership presents a new model of leadership. It introduces ten very different leadership roles that are required to meet the challenges of modern business. Memorable metaphors and images are created for each and they are placed in a matrix. Readers are shown how to develop these roles within themselves. Potentially negative aspects of each are discussed along with material on how to put these to creative use. The book argues that mindfulness is the best way to balance the roles â€“ a mindful leader will know ‘who to be’ in any situation. The last part is taken up with clear practical exercises that readers can practice to become more fully mindful and develop a clear vision for their own leadership. Mindful Business Leadership is relevant to anyone anywhere in the world who is moving (or wishes to move) to a position of leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301115

Mind-ful Consulting The publication of this book coincides with a increasing recognition that the challenges facing society and organisations are not amenable to "quick fixes". The approaches to consultancy which underpin the cases presented here are particularly relevant in this new context. The contributors are graduates of AOC The Tavistock Institute Masters Programme in Advanced Organisational Change and Consulting and their associates; and the work they describe here is a testament to the quality of that programme and the learning that participants get from it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106355

Mindful Eating 101A Guide to Healthy Eating in College and Beyond In this book Dr. Susan Albers brings her unique approach to college students their parents and college staff. Using the principles of mindfulness Dr. Albers presents a guide to healthy eating and self acceptance that will help readers navigate the weight obsessed diet crazed high pressured fast food saturated college environment establishing patterns of eating that will form the groundwork for a healthier life well beyond college. More than a new diet book or collection of superficial self-affirmations this book gets at issues such as the importance of making informed choices and the value of self acceptance and good health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172319

Mindful Eating from the Dialectical PerspectiveResearch and Application Mindful Eating from the Dialectical Perspective is both a research reference and exhaustive guide to implementing a practice of mindful eating grounded in dialectical behavior therapy. This informative and timely new resource balances a presentation of empirical data with thorough and engaging instruction for hands-on application that features an innovative forbidden foods hierarchy construction. This invaluable guide makes the empirically supported approach accessible for therapists and anyone struggling with patterns of unbalanced eating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915916

Mindful EthnographyMind Heart and Activity for Transformative Social Research Ethnography with all its limitations has as its strongest impulse the quest to see and understand “others” on their own terms and to step out of our own viewpoints in order to do so. Conjoining ethnography with mindfulness this book aims to support the best aspects of ethnography by enhancing the capacity to listen more deeply see more expansively keep a check on our biases and connect more compassionately with others. Mindful Ethnography addresses a central dilemma of ethnography: the relationship of self and other. It suggests ways of viewing the world from different perspectives getting beyond the categories of our culture and working with our own thoughts and feelings even as we aim to understand those of our participants. Chapters address various stages of ethnographic research: entering a field and seeing it for the first time immersing in ongoing participant observation writing up elaborated fieldnotes analysis the re-presentation of results and letting it go. It offers illustrations and activities for researchers to try. The book is aimed at students and researchers who are stepping into the craft of ethnography or looking for new ways in and through ethnographic research. It is for researchers who want to integrate scholarship social activism and spiritual pursuits in order to do research that is deeply engaged with and transformative of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361041

Mindful Journalism and News Ethics in the Digital EraA Buddhist Approach This book aims to be the first comprehensive exposition of "mindful journalism"—drawn from core Buddhist ethical principles—as a fresh approach to journalism ethics. It suggests that Buddhist mindfulness strategies can be applied purposively in journalism to add clarity fairness and equity to news decision-making and to offer a moral compass to journalists facing ethical dilemmas in their work. It comes at a time when ethical values in the news media are in crisis from a range of technological commercial and social factors and when both Buddhism and mindfulness have gained considerable acceptance in Western societies. Further it aims to set out foundational principles to assist journalists dealing with vulnerable sources and recovering from traumatic assignments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306066

Mindful L2 Teacher EducationA Sociocultural Perspective on Cultivating Teachers' Professional Development Taking a Vygotskian sociocultural stance this book demonstrates the meaningful role that L2 teacher educators and L2 teacher education play in the professional development of L2 teachers through systematic intentional goal-directed theorized L2 teacher education pedagogy. The message is resoundingly clear: Teacher education matters! It empirically documents the ways in which engagement in the practices of L2 teacher education shape how teachers come to think about and enact their teaching within the sociocultural contexts of their learning-to-teach experiences. Providing an insider’s look at L2 teacher education pedagogy it offers a close up look at teacher educators who are skilled at moving L2 teachers toward more theoretically and pedagogically sound instructional practices and greater levels of professional expertise. First the theoretical foundation and educational rationale for exploring what happens inside the practices of L2 teacher education are established. These theoretical concepts are then used to conduct microgenetic analyses of the moment-to-moment asynchronous and at-a-distance dialogic interactions that take place in five distinct but sometimes overlapping practices that the authors have designed repeatedly implemented and subsequently collected data on in their own L2 teacher education programs. Responsive mediation is positioned as the nexus of mindful L2 teacher education and proposed as a psychological tool for teacher educators to both examine and inform the ways in which they design enact and assess the consequences of their own L2 teacher education pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189799

Mindful Moments Mindfulness or 'mindful meditation' is a type of meditation that works on the mind. It is very easy to do and will help to achieve a calm and stable mind and allow mental contentment peace and harmony through various areas of life. This pack contains 52 Mindful Moments and an accompanying booklet which outlines ways to use the cards in a variety of environments including schools hospitals care homes special schools prisons work settings youth clubs - all will benefit from taking time out to consider moments triggered by the cards. Therapists are increasingly incorporating mindfulness into their practise. For example psychotherapists and counselling psychologists are applying mindfulness techniques alongside or as part of other established techniques such as cognitive behavioural therapy.  Examples of card content include: Is one hand hotter than the other?; Notice how you are in this moment. Notice your beating heart. What feels calm in your body? Grounded in respect compassion acceptance and non-judgement Mindful Moments can lead to noticeable benefits for the individual and the social dynamics of their environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889851

Mindful Movement in Psychotherapy Many mental health clinicians--even those well acquainted with mindfulness--still view physical body-oriented techniques as outside their scope of practice. In this accessible book clinical psychologist exercise physiologist and yoga and mindfulness teacher Paul Salmon gives therapists of any orientation the tools to use mindful movement with clients. Salmon shows how simple practices like breathing walking and yoga-like stretches can help clients center their attention in the present moment with curiosity and self-acceptance. He summarizes research on the benefits of movement for specific mental and physical health conditions and provides vivid case examples and scripts. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download audio recordings of 29 guided practices.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462541829

Mindful of WordsSpelling and Vocabulary Explorations Grades 4-8 This treasured resource for upper-elementary and middle school teachers--now in a revised second edition with a new lesson-planning framework--presents ready-to-use activities to advance students' spelling and vocabulary knowledge including academic vocabulary. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the volume provides over 120 reproducible word sorts organized by spelling stages plus additional reproducible forms word lists and activities in the appendices. Kathy Ganske's research-based approach emphasizes cognitive engagement discussion and active learning. The book features firsthand tips from experienced teachers strategies for building morphological awareness "Did You Know?" sections with absorbing stories about specific words discussions of idioms and literature suggestions. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible appendix materials. New to This Edition*Chapter on researcher perspectives--noted scholars translate cutting-edge findings into practical teaching ideas.*Greatly expanded content on academic vocabulary including Ganske's SAIL (survey analyze interpret link) framework for instruction and a reproducible SAIL lesson guide.*Increased attention to English learners with two new appendices on Spanish–English vocabulary connections.*Word sort activities feature updated instructions and many new examples. See also Ganske's Word Journeys Second Edition: Assessment-Guided Phonics Spelling and Vocabulary Instruction which provides a comprehensive framework for assessing and building word knowledge and Word Sorts and More Second Edition: Sound Pattern and Meaning Explorations K–3 which presents word study activities for the primary grades. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462544271

Mindful Practice for Social JusticeA Guide for Educators and Professional Learning Communities This book is designed to help you bring mindfulness and social justice to the forefront of your education practice so you can work toward self-actualization and social transformation. Author Raquel Ríos offers instructional practices coaching strategies and implementation tools to help you activate mind body and spirit on your journey to making real changes toward equity in your school or classroom. What's Inside: Chapter 1 explains the importance of realizing one’s powers and how power increases when we discover its purpose and utility in society. Chapter 2 introduces you to the three domains of Peak Learning Experience (Personal Social and Transpersonal) that lead to the targeted practices of Authentic Presence Freedom and Emergence and discusses how bias can limit our ability to see the truth in people and situations. Chapters 3–5 delve into each domain offering strategies activities reflection questions and application to practice tools.  Chapter 6 discusses the importance of building the right team and the need to change how we recruit talent if we want to innovate our profession. With the powerful reflection tools and activities in this book you and your teams will feel more equipped and supported on your path toward mindfulness social justice and change in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189259

Mindful Project ManagementResilient Performance Beyond the Risk Horizon Central to the issue of improving project performance is the application of deterministic probabilistic processes and techniques to reduce human error. To that end we as project managers often endeavour to implement and follow a project management methodology in the belief that we can reduce the scope for emerging ambiguous requirements ill-matched resource needs and availability contractual and funding constraints and other unwanted uncertainties. However such ‘self-evidently correct’ processes are not without their limitations. The management of uncertainty needs to be viewed not from a procedural ‘stand-alone’ perspective but from a behavioural people-driven perspective – that is Mindfulness. Mindfulness is a project-wide human capability to anticipate key events from emerging trends constantly adapt to change and rapidly bounce back from adversity. Resilient project managers are forward-thinking and able to foresee relevant scenarios that are likely to occur and which may have damaging effects on performance. We strive to be prepared for the best but also for the worst and learning is nurtured and encouraged. We believe that with purpose whatever uncertainty hits us and regardless of the damage caused we can prevent a crisis from happening in the first place. When a crisis occurs we can recover and bounce back from shocks quickly restoring ‘normal’ management. This book goes beyond commonly accepted standards in project management and looks past mere compliance to determinism and probabilistic approaches to managing uncertainty. Relying on the power of mindful thinking it identifies an art to manage uncertainty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200916

Mindfulness The editor of this new Routledge collection describes mindfulness as ‘the process of bringing attention to the present moment and observing what one is experiencing in an open and non-judgemental fashion’. Although a simple concept in principle mindfulness is a process that does not come naturally to human beings and often requires much practice and instruction to master. And while scientific research has now clearly documented the broad benefits of mindfulness not least in relation to our physical health and psychological well-being many complex questions are still being addressed. For instance: • How does our modern scientific understanding of mindfulness relate to its various religious and cultural traditions? • What is the most accurate way operationally to define mindfulness as a psychological construct and what assessment methods are best suited for studying this process inside and outside of the laboratory? • What are the true benefits of mindfulness-based interventions and how do they achieve their positive effects on health? • Are there certain situations in which intensive meditation practices are contraindicated and even harmful? As mindfulness research and practice briskly accelerates this four-volume collection provides an authoritative reference work that makes sense of a vast—and growing—literature. Volume I is organized around foundational themes and explores philosophical and historical sources while the second volume delves into the many thorny definitional and multi-modal assessment issues related to mindfulness. Volume III assembles major works on various applications of mindfulness practice and related interventions in terms of their potential benefits to people and groups. The collection’s final volume further explores current controversies emerging themes and future directions. With a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor Mindfulness is an essential one-stop resource for advanced students scholars researchers and clinicians interested in gaining a thorough understanding of this increasingly popular topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961890

Mindfulness and Acceptance in SportHow to Help Athletes Perform and Thrive under Pressure Mindfulness- and acceptance-based approaches such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Mindfulness Acceptance Commitment (MAC) are gaining momentum with sport psychology practitioners who work to support elite athletes. These acceptance-based or third wave cognitive behavioral approaches in sport psychology highlight that thought suppression and control techniques can trigger a metacognitive scanning process and that excessive cognitive activity and task-irrelevant focus (self-focused attention such as trying to change thoughts) disrupts performance. Using this perspective the aim of sport psychology interventions is not to help the athletes engage in the futile task of managing and controlling internal life. Rather it suggests that sport psychology practitioners should work to increase athletes’ willingness to accept negative thoughts and emotions in pursuit of valued ends. Key aspects of such interventions include: teaching athletes to open up and accept teaching athletes to mindfully engage in the present moment and helping athletes formulate the values and engage in committed actions towards these values. The goal of Mindfulness and Acceptance in Sport: How to Help Athletes Perform and Thrive under Pressure then is to provide students researchers practitioners and coaches of sport psychology with practical guidance for implementing mindfulness and acceptance approaches in their work with athletes. This book brings together highly experienced practitioners and shares their working methods exercises and cases to inspire the sport psychology profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624009

Mindfulness and AcceptanceExpanding the Cognitive-Behavioral Tradition This volume examines the role of mindfulness principles and practices in a range of well-established cognitive and behavioral treatment approaches. Leading scientist-practitioners describe how their respective modalities incorporate such nontraditional themes as mindfulness acceptance values spirituality being in relationship focusing on the present moment and emotional deepening. Coverage includes acceptance and commitment therapy dialectical behavior therapy mindfulness-based cognitive therapy integrative behavioral couple therapy behavioral activation and functional analytic psychotherapy. Contributors describe their clinical methods and goals articulate their theoretical models and examine similarities to and differences from other approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609189891

Mindfulness and Psychotherapy This practical book has given tens of thousands of clinicians and students a comprehensive introduction to mindfulness and its clinical applications. The book describes the philosophical underpinnings of mindfulness and reviews the growing body of treatment studies and neuroscientific research. Leading practitioners and researchers present clear-cut procedures for implementing mindfulness techniques and teaching them to patients experiencing depression anxiety chronic pain and other problems. Also addressed are ways that mindfulness practices can increase acceptance and empathy in the therapeutic relationship. User-friendly features include illustrative case examples and practice exercises.New to This Edition*Incorporates significant empirical advances--mindfulness has become one of the most-researched areas in psychotherapy. *Most chapters extensively revised or rewritten.*Chapters on practical ethics trauma and addictions.*Greater emphasis on the role of acceptance and compassion in mindfulness.See also Sitting Together: Essential Skills for Mindfulness-Based Psychotherapy by Susan M. Pollak Thomas Pedulla and Ronald D. Siegel a hands-on guide to incorporating mindfulness practices into psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528370

Mindfulness for Adult ADHDA Clinician's Guide Mindfulness has emerged as a valuable component of treatment for adults with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). This concise manual presents an evidence-based group intervention specifically tailored to the needs of this population. The Mindful Awareness Practices for ADHD (MAPs) program helps participants cultivate self-regulation of attention emotions and behavior; awareness of ADHD challenges; self-acceptance; and self-compassion. With a stepwise teaching approach and meditation periods that are shorter than in other mindfulness programs MAPs is designed to optimize learning. Included are step-by-step instructions for conducting the eight sessions scripts for guided meditations 33 reproducible handouts and “Adaptation for Individual Therapy” boxes. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download printable copies of the handouts and audio recordings of the guided practices. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462545001

Mindfulness for CoachesAn experiential guide Mindfulness for Coaches accessibly presents theory and research on the benefits of mindfulness training and explores how mindfulness can feature in coaching work. Michael Chaskalson and Mark McMordie explain how coaches can use mindfulness to become more deeply attuned to themselves and to clients and to create transformational resonance. The authors present a systematic methodology to cultivate and embody a way of being that enables growth and transformation in oneself and in others. The first book of its kind Mindfulness for Coaches provides an experiential guide inviting and supporting coaches to engage with the programme included sharing new qualitative research into the potential impact of mindfulness on coaching process and outcomes and explicitly linking mindfulness practice to global standards of coaching mastery. Presented in two parts the book first outlines a unique eight-week programme Mindfulness for Coaches and goes on to clarify the links between mindfulness coaching mastery and different coaching approaches share insights from the fields of psychotherapy leadership and organisation development and provide guidance for further learning. Mindfulness for Coaches will be insightful and inspiring reading for coaches in practice and in training coaching psychologists and academics and students of all coaching modalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902688

Mindfulness for StudentsA Curriculum for Grades 3-8 What if you walked into your classroom to find a room full of students who were working cooperatively with one another focusing on the day’s lesson and able to regulate their own thoughts and feelings? Learn how to teach mindfulness strategies to your elementary and middle school students to provide a foundation for social-emotional well-being and academic engagement. Based on research and designed to complement any school setting no matter how busy the practices in this book will create the groundwork for a positive and productive learning environment. The curriculum covers these five key mindfulness practices: Breath awareness Body awareness Focusing on gratitude Kindness toward self and others Open awareness Each chapter includes a detailed lesson plan with suggested wording as well as support materials (e.g. journal templates activity sheets and infographics). These tools as well as audio recordings of the practices are also available on our website as free eResources for classroom use (www.routledge.com/9781138586550). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586550

Mindfulness for TherapistsPractice for the Heart Mindfulness for Therapists: Practice for the Heart encourages therapists to embrace mindfulness practice to create presence and depth in their work with clients. Mindfulness helps therapists cultivate compassion relieve stress and weather the often emotionally difficult work of providing therapy. In addition the therapist's own meditation practice is a necessary foundation for teaching mindfulness to clients. Through a variety of exercises and stories from his own clinical experience McCollum helps therapists understand the usefulness of mindfulness and develop their own practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805873

Mindfulness for Young AdultsTools to Thrive in School and Life Mindfulness for Young Adults: Tools to Thrive in School and Life is an interactive experience designed to enhance mindful awareness and to aid in teaching and learning the principles and practice of mindfulness. Blending theory research and practice to offer a comprehensive program for young adults to build well-being tools each of the book’s five modules includes engaging information strategies meditations and activities designed to deepen understanding and application of mindfulness. It includes practical techniques to cope with emotions work with thoughts navigate stress build resilience make aligned choices and be more present in life and relationships. In addition to the reflection and meditation activities found at the end of each module the text also features a "resources" section complete with a mock exam tips for course design and resources for further study. Designed for both students and instructors this workbook can be used independently or in the classroom as either a textbook to an introductory mindfulness course or as a supplement for teaching well-being practices in any discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367615833

Mindfulness in Early BuddhismNew Approaches through Psychology and Textual Analysis of Pali Chinese and Sanskrit Sources This book identifies what is meant by sati (smrti) usually translated as ‘mindfulness’ in early Buddhism and examines its soteriological functions and its central role in the early Buddhist practice and philosophy.  Using textual analysis and criticism it takes new approaches to the subject through a comparative study of Buddhist texts in Pali Chinese and Sanskrit. It also furnishes new perspectives on the ancient teaching by applying the findings in modern psychology. In contemporary Buddhism the practice of mindfulness is zealously advocated by the Theravada tradition which is the only early Buddhist school that still exists today. Through detailed analysis of Theravada's Pali Canon and the four Chinese Agamas - which correspond to the four main Nikayas in Pali and belong to some early schools that no longer exist - this book shows that mindfulness is not only limited to the role as a method of insight (vipassana) meditation as presented by many Theravada advocates but it also has a key role in serenity (samatha) meditation. It elucidates how mindfulness functions in the path to liberation from a psychological perspective that is how it helps to achieve an optimal cognitive capability and emotional state and thereby enables one to attain the ultimate religious goal. Furthermore the author argues that the well-known formula of ekaayano maggo which is often interpreted as ‘the only way’ implies that the four satipa.t.thaanas (establishments of mindfulness) constitute a comprehensive path to liberation and refer to the same as kaayagataa sati which has long been understood as ‘mindfulness of the body’ by the tradition. The analysis shows that kaayagataa sati and the four satipa.t.thaanas are two different ways of formulating the teaching on mindfulness according to different schemes of classification of phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501477

Mindfulness in Education This book explores how mindfulness has been infused into education to produce favorable outcomes such as stress reduction heightened focus resilience calmness alertness mood regulation self-awareness professional commitment and increased compassion and kindness to self and others.The chapters are situated in diverse contexts including schools and colleges warfare violent extremism global warming child sex abuse and species extinction. A feature of the book is the use of what is learned from ongoing research to design interventions to increase the incidence of mindful practices to enhance learning and forms of conduct to transform social life and sustain harmonious lifestyles. Inclusion of mindfulness-based interventions in teacher education programs include breathing meditation and tools such as heuristics and mindful writing. Breathing meditation and its relationship to mindfulness is addressed including abdominal breathing as a component of meditation leading to mindful conduct and physiological changes including heart rate and blood oxygenation levels. The extent to which breathing practice includes nasal and oral inhalation and exhalation is also considered in relation to increasing levels of nitric oxide in the airways thereby enhancing social communication and wellness.This book was originally published as a special issue of Learning: Research and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728526

Mindfulness in Positive PsychologyThe Science of Meditation and Wellbeing Mindfulness in Positive Psychology brings together the latest thinking in these two important disciplines. Positive psychology the science of wellbeing and strengths is the fastest growing branch of psychology offering an optimal home for the research and application of mindfulness. As we contemplate mindfulness in the context of positive psychology meaningful insights are being revealed in relation to our mental and physical health. The book features chapters from leading figures from mindfulness and positive psychology offering an exciting combination of topics. Mindfulness is explored in relation to flow meaning parenthood performance sports obesity depression pregnancy spirituality happiness mortality and many other ground-breaking topics. This is an invitation to rethink about mindfulness in ways that truly expands our understanding of wellbeing. Mindfulness in Positive Psychology will appeal to a readership of students and practitioners as well as those interested in mindfulness positive psychology or other relevant areas such as education healthcare clinical psychology counselling psychology occupational psychology and coaching. The book explores cutting edge theories research and practical exercises which will be relevant to all people interested in this area and particularly those who wish to enhance their wellbeing via mindfulness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808515

Mindfulness in Sexual and Relationship Therapy Mindfulness represents the most significant shift in the world of counselling and psychotherapy within the last decade. Mindful approaches have been hailed as the 'third wave' of cognitive behavioural-therapy and mindfulness has been recommended – and found to be effective at treating – a wide variety of mental health issues. There has been a proliferation of popular self-help books based on mindfulness approaches and much debate between western mindfulness practitioners and Buddhist scholars about the ways in which mindful theory and practice is being adapted for western audiences. To date however there has been relatively little research or writing considering the potentials of mindfulness for the arena of sexual and relationship therapy. This book aims to address this by bringing together many of the key practitioners and researchers who are working in this area. The book presents a range of perspectives on what mindful theory and practice has to offer to our understandings of and work with sex and relationships. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sexual and Relationship Therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736961

Mindfulness in Sexual and Relationship Therapy Mindfulness represents the most significant shift in the world of counselling and psychotherapy within the last decade. Mindful approaches have been hailed as the 'third wave' of cognitive behavioural-therapy and mindfulness has been recommended – and found to be effective at treating – a wide variety of mental health issues. There has been a proliferation of popular self-help books based on mindfulness approaches and much debate between western mindfulness practitioners and Buddhist scholars about the ways in which mindful theory and practice is being adapted for western audiences. To date however there has been relatively little research or writing considering the potentials of mindfulness for the arena of sexual and relationship therapy. This book aims to address this by bringing together many of the key practitioners and researchers who are working in this area. The book presents a range of perspectives on what mindful theory and practice has to offer to our understandings of and work with sex and relationships. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sexual and Relationship Therapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315795201

Mindfulness in Social Psychology Scientific interest in mindfulness has expanded in recent years but it has typically been approached from a clinical perspective. This volume brings recent mindfulness research to classic social psychology topics such as romantic relationships prejudice prosocial behavior achievement and self-control. Written by renowned scholars in social psychology it combines a comprehensive research overview with an in-depth analysis of the processes through which mindfulness affects people’s daily life experiences. It provides theoretical and methodological guidance for researchers across disciplines and discusses fundamental processes in mindfulness including its effect on emotion regulation executive control automatic and deliberative processing and its relationship to self-construal and self-identity. This book will be of particular interest to upper-level students and researchers in social psychology health psychology and clinical psychology as well as social work and psychology professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646148

MindfulnessAncient Wisdom Meets Modern Psychology How does mindfulness promote psychological well-being? What are its core mechanisms? What value do contemplative practices add to approaches that are already effective? From leading meditation teacher Christina Feldman and distinguished psychologist Willem Kuyken this book provides a uniquely integrative perspective on mindfulness and its applications. The authors explore mindfulness from its roots in Buddhist psychology to its role in contemporary psychological science. In-depth case examples illustrate how and why mindfulness training can help people move from distress and suffering to resilience and flourishing. Readers are guided to consider mindfulness not only conceptually but also experientially through their own journey of mindfulness practice.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462540105

Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy for Bipolar Disorder Grounded in current knowledge about bipolar disorder and its treatment this book presents an empirically supported therapy program with step-by-step guidelines for implementation. Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) for bipolar disorder is specifically designed for clients who have experienced many mood episodes and who struggle with chronic pervasive depressive and residual manic symptoms. The authors provide everything needed to conduct the 12 weekly group sessions which are supplemented by regular individual sessions. Reproducible tools include 29 client handouts and an Instructor Checklist. Purchasers get access to a companion website featuring downloadable audio recordings of the guided mindfulness practices (meditations and mindful movement) plus the reproducible materials ready to download and print in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. A separate website for use by clients features the audio recordings only. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462514069

Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy for DepressionA New Approach to Preventing Relapse This acclaimed work now in a new edition has introduced tens of thousands of clinicians to mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) for depression an 8-week program with proven effectiveness. Step by step the authors explain the "whys" and "how-tos" of conducting mindfulness practices and cognitive interventions that have been shown to bolster recovery from depression and prevent relapse. Clinicians are also guided to practice mindfulness themselves an essential prerequisite to teaching others. Forty-five reproducible handouts are included. Purchasers get access to a companion website featuring downloadable audio recordings of the guided mindfulness practices (meditations and mindful movement) plus all of the reproducibles ready to download and print in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. A separate website for use by clients features the audio recordings only. New to This Edition *Incorporates a decade's worth of developments in MBCT clinical practice and training. *Chapters on additional treatment components: the pre-course interview and optional full-day retreat. *Chapters on self-compassion the inquiry process and the three-minute breathing space. *Findings from multiple studies of MBCT's effectiveness and underlying mechanisms. Includes studies of adaptations for treating psychological and physical health problems other than depression. *Audio files of the guided mindfulness practices narrated by the authors on two separate Web pages--one for professionals together with the reproducibles and one just for clients. See also the authors' related titles for clients: The Mindful Way through Depression demonstrates these proven strategies in a self-help format with in-depth stories and examples. The Mindful Way Workbook gives clients additional explicit support for building their mindfulness practice following the sequence of the MBCT program. Plus for professionals: Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy with People at Risk of Suicide extends and refines MBCT for clients with suicidal depression. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462537037

Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy for OCDA Treatment Manual This book presents the first treatment program that adapts the proven practices of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) to meet the unique needs of people struggling with obsessive–compulsive disorder (OCD). Leading authority Fabrizio Didonna shows how techniques such as "mindful exposure" are uniquely suited to help OCD sufferers overcome intrusive thoughts and compulsive rituals while developing a new relationship to their internal experience. In a convenient large-size format the book includes detailed instructions for implementing each of the 11 group sessions complete with reproducible scripts for the guided mindfulness practices and 79 client handouts. Purchasers can download and print the reproducible materials at the companion website which also provides audio recordings of the guided practices. A separate website for clients features the audio files and scripts only.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462539277

Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy with People at Risk of SuicideWorking with People at Risk of Suicide Grounded in extensive research and clinical experience this book describes how to adapt mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) for participants who struggle with recurrent suicidal thoughts and impulses. Clinicians and mindfulness teachers are presented with a comprehensive framework for understanding suicidality and its underlying vulnerabilities. The preliminary intake interview and each of the eight group mindfulness sessions of MBCT are discussed in detail highlighting issues that need to be taken into account with highly vulnerable people. Assessment guidelines are provided and strategies for safely teaching core mindfulness practices are illustrated with extensive case examples. The book also discusses how to develop the required mindfulness teacher skills and competencies. Purchasers get access to a companion website featuring downloadable audio recordings of the guided mindfulness practices narrated by Zindel Segal Mark Williams and John Teasdale. (Published in hardcover as Mindfulness and the Transformation of Despair: Working with People at Risk of Suicide.) See also Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy for Depression Second Edition by Zindel Segal Mark Williams and John Teasdale the authoritative presentation of MBCT. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462531684

Mindfulness-Based Cognitive TherapyDistinctive Features This new edition of Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy: Distinctive Features (MBCT) provides a concise straightforward overview of MBCT fully updated to include recent developments. The training process underpinning MBCT is based on mindfulness meditation practice and invites a new orientation towards internal experience as it arises - one that is characterised by acceptance and compassion. The approach supports a recognition that even though difficulty is an intrinsic part of life it is possible to work with it in new ways. The book provides a basis for understanding the key theoretical and practical features of MBCT and retains its accessible and easy-to-use format that made the first edition so popular with 30 distinctive features that characterise the approach. Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy: Distinctive Features will be essential reading for professionals and trainees in the field. It is an appealing read for both experienced practitioners and newcomers with an interest in MBCT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643222

Mindfulness-Based Compassionate Living Mindfulness involves learning to be more aware of life as it unfolds moment by moment even if these moments bring us difficulty pain or suffering. This is a challenge we will all face at some time in our lives and which health professionals face every day in their work. The Mindfulness-Based Compassionate Living programme presents a new way of learning how to face the pressures of modern living by providing an antidote which teaches us how to cultivate kindness and compassion – starting with being kind to ourselves. Compassion involves both sensitivity to our own and others’ suffering and the courage to deal with it. Integrating the work of experts in the field such as Paul Gilbert Kristin Neff Christopher Germer and Tara Brach Erik van den Brink and Frits Koster have established an eight stage step-by-step compassion training programme supported by practical exercises and free audio downloads which builds on basic mindfulness skills. Grounded in ancient wisdom and modern science they demonstrate how being compassionate shapes our minds and brains and benefits our health and relationships. The programme will be helpful to many including people with various types of chronic or recurring mental health problems and can be an effective means of coping better with low self-esteem self-reproach or shame enabling participants to experience more warmth safeness acceptance and connection with themselves and others. Mindfulness-Based Compassionate Living will be an invaluable manual for mindfulness teachers therapists and counsellors wishing to bring the ‘care’ back into healthcare both for their clients and themselves. It can also be used as a self-help guide for personal practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022157

Mindfulness-Based Intervention ResearchCharacteristics Approaches and Developments This book provides an outline and critical discussion of the characteristics of mindfulness-based interventions (MBIs) research. Since the first reports on the use of mindfulness practices in health interventions a large body of research literature has emerged to document the effectiveness of MBIs for reducing psychological distress and to increase well-being. The integration of mindfulness into very diverse psychological theories makes it a unique concept in psychology that has generated a large amount of interest both in academic research but also the broader media. With this growing literature mindfulness researchers have also recognised the need to be more critical of its developments such as how MBIs are presented to the public or what types of research methods are used to test claims of an MBI’s effectiveness. This book examines the large variety of approaches in which MBIs have been studied including an outline of the philosophical underpinnings of MBI research definition and measurement of mindfulness the use of qualitative and quantitative research methods research design and research that addresses cultural and religious factors. The book contributes to increased awareness of the current direction of MBI research and thus seeks to contribute to further methodological refinement and sophistication of the research field. This book on the characteristics of research on MBIs is a must read for any researcher or practitioner interested in this fascinating topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681392

Mindfulness-based Interventions with Children and AdolescentsResearch and Practice This book comprehensively reviews mindfulness-based interventions for specific areas of functioning in children and adolescents with refreshing insights and perspectives. Based on a solid foundation of research and practice it presents the nature of mindfulness examines the psychological processes that may underlie mindfulness and explores how to assess it. Mindfulness is about how we can be attentive to and present for everything that happens in our daily lives. This book draws upon current research in the field in order to explore topics such as the fundamentals of teaching mindfulness to children and adolescents; assessment of mindfulness in this population; use of mindfulness in educational settings; and clinical applications in mental health including substance abuse hyperactivity and intellectual and developmental disabilities. With contributions from internationally-renowned clinicians and scholars this book provides a balanced account of the strengths and weaknesses of current research and how mindfulness-based programs can be used to enhance wellbeing and reduce suffering. This book will be of great interest for academics scholars and post graduate students involved in the study of the mental health of children and adolescents. It will also appeal to psychologists psychiatrist nurses social workers rehabilitation therapists and others such as school counsellors who provide clinical care to children and adolescents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680463

Mindfulness-Based Substance Abuse Treatment for AdolescentsA 12-Session Curriculum Mindfulness-Based Substance Abuse Treatment for Adolescents is a group-based curriculum incorporating mindfulness self-awareness and substance-abuse treatment strategies for use with adolescents dealing with substance use. The evidence-based how-to format provides a curriculum for professionals to implement either partially by picking and choosing sections that seem relevant or in full over a number of weeks. Each session comes equipped with clear session agendas example scripts and talking points what-if scenarios that address common forms of resistance and optional handouts for each session. Sections cover the major principles of working with adolescents—relationship building working with resistance and more—along with a full curriculum. The book is a natural fit for psychotherapists but addiction counselors school counselors researchers mentors and even teachers will find that Mindfulness-Based Substance Abuse Treatment for Adolescents changes the way they work with young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812543

MindfulnessDiverse Perspectives on its Meaning Origins and Applications Mindfulness-based approaches to medicine psychology neuroscience healthcare education business leadership and other major societal institutions have become increasingly common. New paradigms are emerging from a confluence of two powerful and potentially synergistic epistemologies: one arising from the wisdom traditions of Asia and the other arising from post-enlightenment empirical science. This book presents the work of internationally renowned experts in the fields of Buddhist scholarship and scientific research as well as looking at the implementation of mindfulness in healthcare and education settings. Contributors consider the use of mindfulness throughout history and look at the actual meaning of mindfulness whilst identifying the most salient areas for potential synergy and for potential disjunction. Mindfulness: Diverse Perspectives on its Meanings Origins and Applications provides a place where wisdom teachings philosophy history  science and personal meditation practice meet. It was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Buddhism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636476

Mindfulness-Informed Relational Psychotherapy and PsychoanalysisInquiring Deeply Mindfulness-Informed Relational Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis: Inquiring Deeply provides a refreshing new look at the emerging field of Buddhist-informed psychotherapy. Marjorie Schuman presents a cogent framework which engages the patient at the levels of narrative affective regulation and psychodynamic understanding. Blending knowledge of contemporary psychoanalysis with the wisdom of Buddhist view she examines how mindfulness can be integrated into psychodynamic treatment as an aspect of self-reflection rather than as a cognitive behavioral technique or intervention. This book explores how mindfulness as a "self-reflective awareness practice" can be used to amplify and unpack psychological experience in psychodynamic treatment. Schuman presents a penetrating analysis of conceptual issues richly illustrated throughout with clinical material. In so doing she both clarifies important dimensions of psychotherapy and illuminates the role of "storyteller mind" in the psychological world of lived experience. The set of reflections comprises an unfolding deep inquiry in its own right delving into the similarities and differences between mindfulness-informed psychotherapy on the one hand and mindfulness as a meditation practice on the other. Filling in an outline familiar from psychoanalytic theory the book explores basic concepts of Self Other and "object relations" from an integrative perspective which includes both Buddhist and psychoanalytic ideas. Particular emphasis is placed on how relationship is held in mind including the dynamics of relating to one’s own mind. The psychotherapeutic approach described also delineates a method for practicing with problems in the Buddhist sense of the word practice. It investigates how problems are constructed and elucidates a strategy for finding the wisdom and opportunities for growth which are contained within them. Mindfulness-Informed Relational Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis demonstrates in clear language how the experience of Self and Other is involved in emotional pain and relational suffering. In the relational milieu of psychotherapy "Inquiring Deeply" fosters emotional insight and catalyzes psychological growth and healing. This book will be of great interest to psychoanalytically-oriented clinicians as well as Buddhist scholars and psychologically-minded Buddhist practitioners interested in the clinical application of mindfulness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699359

Mindfulness-Oriented Interventions for TraumaIntegrating Contemplative Practices Grounded in research and accumulated clinical wisdom this book describes a range of ways to integrate mindfulness and other contemplative practices into clinical work with trauma survivors. The volume showcases treatment approaches that can be tailored to this population's needs such as mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) and mindful self-compassion (MSC) among others. Featuring vivid case material the book explores which elements of contemplative traditions support recovery and how to apply them safely. Neurobiological foundations of mindfulness-oriented work are examined. Treatment applications are illustrated for specific trauma populations such as clients with chronic pain military veterans and children and adolescents. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462533848

Mindfulness-Related Treatments and Addiction Recovery While mindfulness meditation has been used in clinical settings as an adjunctive treatment for substance use disorders for some time there has been limited empirical evidence to support this practice. Mindfulness-Related Treatments and Addiction Recovery bridges this gap by reporting the findings of studies in which mindfulness practice has been combined with other behavioural treatments and/or adapted to meet the needs of a variety of client populations in recovery. Therapies used as interventions in the described studies include Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction (MBSR) Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (MBCT) Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) Mindfulness-Based Relapse Prevention (MBRP) and Mindfulness-Based Therapeutic Community (MBTC) treatment. The book offers a glimpse into the many ways in which mindfulness strategies have been applied to various facets of the recovery process including stress craving anxiety and other relapse related factors. Preliminary evidence while not conclusive suggests that mindfulness-based therapies are effective safe satisfying to clients and that an individual at-home mindfulness practice can be potentially sustained over time beyond the intervention duration. This book was originally published as a special issue of Substance Abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117280

Minding EmotionsCultivating Mentalization in Psychotherapy Mentalization--the effort to make sense of our own and others' actions behavior and internal states--is something we all do. And it is a capacity that all psychotherapies aim to improve: the better we are at mentalizing the more resilient and flexible we tend to be. This concise engaging book offers a brief overview of mentalization in psychotherapy focusing on how to help patients understand and reflect on their emotional experiences. Elliot Jurist integrates cognitive science research and psychoanalytic theory to break down "mentalized affectivity" into discrete processes that therapists can cultivate in session. The book interweaves clinical vignettes with discussions of memoirs by comedian Sarah Silverman poet Tracy Smith filmmaker Ingmar Bergman and neurologist Oliver Sacks. A reproducible assessment instrument (the Mentalized Affectivity Scale) can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Winner--American Board and Academy of Psychoanalysis Book Prize (Theoretical Category) Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462542918

Minding Spirituality In Minding Spirituality Randall Sorenson a clinical psychoanalyst "invites us to take an interest in our patients' spirituality that is respectful but not diffident curious but not reductionistic welcoming but not indoctrinating." Out of this invitation emerges a fascinating and broadening investigation of how contemporary psychoanalysis can "mind" spirituality in the threefold sense of being bothered by it of attending to it and of cultivating it. Both the questions Sorenson asks and the answers he begins to formulate reflect progressive changes in the psychoanalytic understanding of spirituality.  Sorenson begins by quantitatively analyzing 75 years of journal literature and documenting how psychoanalytic approaches to religious and spiritual experiences have evolved far beyond the "wholesale pathologizing of religion" prevalent during Freud's lifetime. Then in successive chapters he explores and illustrates the kind of clinical technique appropriate to the modern treatment of religious issues. And the issue of technique is consequential in more than one way -- Sorenson presents evidence that how analysts work clinically has a greater impact on their patients' spirituality than the patients' own parents have. Sorenson brings an array of disciplinary perspectives to bear in examining the multiple relationships among psychoanalysis religion and spirituality. Empirical analysis psychoanalytic history sociology of religion comparative theory and sustained clinical interpretation all enter into his effort to open a dialogue that is clinically relevant. Turning traditional critiques of psychoanalytic training on their head he argues that psychoanalytic education has much to learn from models of contemporary theological education.  Beautifully crafted and engagingly written Minding Spirituality not only invites interdisciplinary dialogue but via Sorenson's wide-ranging and passionately open-minded scholarship exemplifies it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009806

Minding the BodyPsychotherapy in Cases of Chronic and Life-Threatening Illness Support and empower women who are coping with the pain fear and stigma of serious diseaseBeing diagnosed with cancer chronic fatigue syndrome or fibromyalgia is a traumatic event that takes place at a time when the patient is already feeling physically (and often emotionally) drained. Minding the Body combines feminist and social constructionist approaches to offer an intimate look into the ways a therapist can help clients cope with the pain fear and stigma of serious disease.Minding the Body offers an alternative to the reductive view of the mind-body connection and also examines the potential for growth that such experiences often allow. The essays gathered here show how an effective therapist can help the client deal with the painful and difficult emotions that exacerbate illness while learning the emotional and spiritual lessons illness can teach. Minding the Body presents both theoretical views and personal accounts of illness including: scholarly discussions of the issues involved in autoimmune disorders a therapist's personal experience of chronic fatigue syndrome a personal and professional exposition of a woman's struggles with injury illness and managed care co-written by client and therapist suggestions for understanding the social construction of illness and treating disease from a social-constructivist point of view narratives reflecting on the change and growth of therapists diagnosed with cancer and other serious illnessesBy looking at illness in the context of mind body society and medical establishment Minding the Body will help therapists doctors nurses counselors and clients deal with the grief disappointment and frustration of chronic and life-threatening illness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786162

Minding the BodyThe body in psychoanalysis and beyond Minding the Body: The Body in Psychoanalysis and Beyond outlines the value of a psychoanalytic approach to understanding the body and its vicissitudes and for addressing these in the context of psychoanalytic psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. The chapters cover a broad but esoteric range of subjects that are not often discussed within psychoanalysis such as the function of breast augmentation surgery the psychic origins of hair the use made of the analyst’s toilet transsexuality and the connection between dermatological conditions and necrophilic fantasies. The book also reaches ‘beyond the couch’ to consider the nature of reality television makeover show. The book is based on the Alessandra Lemma’s extensive clinical experience as a psychoanalyst and psychologist working in a range of public and private health care settings with patients for whom the body is the primary presenting problem or who have made unconscious use of the body to communicate their psychic pain. Minding the Body draws on detailed clinical examples that vividly illustrate how the author approaches these clinical presentations in the consulting room and as such provides insights to the practicing clinician that will support their attempts at formulating patients’ difficulties psychoanalytically and for how to helps such patients. It will be essential reading for psychoanalysts psychologists psychiatrists mental health workers academics and literary readers interested in the body sexuality and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718608

Minding the ChildMentalization-Based Interventions with Children Young People and their Families What is 'mentalization'? How can this concept be applied to clinical work with children young people and families? What will help therapists working with children and families to 'keep the mind in mind'? Why does it matter if a parent can 'see themselves from the outside and their child from the inside'? Minding the Child considers the implications of the concept of mentalization for a range of therapeutic interventions with children and families. Mentalization and the empirical research which has supported it now plays a significant role in a range of psychotherapies for adults. In this book we see how these rich ideas about the development of the self and interpersonal relatedness can help to foster the emotional well-being of children and young people in clinical practice and a range of other settings.  With contributions from a range of international experts the three main sections of the book explore: • the concept of mentalization from a theoretical and research perspective• the value of mentalization-based interventions within child mental health services• the application of mentalizing ideas to work in community settings. Minding the Child will be of particular interest to clinicians and those working therapeutically with children and families but it will also be of interest to academics and students interested in child and adolescent mental health developmental psychology and the study of social cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415605250

Minding the HeavensThe Story of our Discovery of the Milky Way Today we accept that we live on a planet circling the sun that our sun is just one of billions of stars in the galaxy we call the Milky Way and that our galaxy is but one of billions born out of the big bang. Yet as recently as the early twentieth century the general public and even astronomers had vague and confused notions about what lay beyond the visible stars.Minding the Heavens: The Story of Our Discovery of the Milky Way is about how scientists discovered that we lived in a galaxy in fact a universe full of galaxies. This fascinating story of the discovery of our own and other galaxies is told through the lives of seven astronomers: Thomas Wright William Herschel Wilhelm Struve William Huggins Jacobus Kapteyn Harlow Shapley and Edwin Hubble. Each contributed greatly to our present understanding of where we live in the cosmos. Through the science and lives of these seven people each shaped by their family friends and contemporaries we follow this amazing story of discovery. From the mid 1700s with Thomas Wright through to the mid 20th century with the more familiar names of Shapley and Hubble each character bringing us nearer to our present understanding of the Universe. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429871

Minding the SelfJungian meditations on contemporary spirituality Many people have an aptitude for religious experience and spirituality but don't know how to develop this or take it further. Modern societies offer little assistance and traditional religions are overly preoccupied with their own organizational survival. Minding the Self: Jungian meditations on contemporary spirituality offers suggestions for individual spiritual development in our modern and post-modern times. Here Murray Stein argues that C.G. Jung and depth psychology provide guidance and the foundation for a new kind of modern spirituality. Murray Stein explores the problem of spirituality within the cultural context of modernity and offers a way forward without relapsing into traditional or mythological modes of consciousness. Chapters work towards finding the proper vessel for contemporary spirituality and dealing with the ethical issues that crop up along the way. Stein shows how it is an individual path but not an isolationist one often using many resources borrowed from a variety of religious traditions: it is a way of symbol dream and experiences of the numinous with hints of transcendence as these come into personal awareness.  Minding the Self: Jungian meditations on contemporary spirituality uses research from a wide variety of fields such as dream-work and the neuroscience of the sleeping brain clinical experience in Jungian psychoanalysis anthropology ethics Zen Buddhism Jung's writings and the recently published Red Book. It will be of interest to psychoanalysts Jungian scholars undergraduates graduate and post-graduate students and anyone with an interest in modern spirituality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415377843

Minding the South For over three decades John Shelton Reed has been "minding" the South. He is the author or editor of thirteen books about the region. Despite his disclaimer concerning the formal study of Southern history Reed has read widely and in depth about the South. His primary focus is upon Southerners' present-day culture but he knows that one must approach the South historically in order to understand the place and its people.Why is the South so different from the rest of America? Rupert Vance Reed's predecessor in sociology at Chapel Hill once observed that the existence of the South is a triumph of history over geography and economics. The South has resisted being assimilated by the larger United States and has kept a personality that is distinctly its own. That is why Reed celebrates the South.The chapters in this book cover everything from great thinkers about the South—Eugene D. Genovese C. Vann Woodward M. E. Bradford—to the uniqueness of a region that was once a hotbed of racism but has recently attracted hundreds of thousands of black people transplanted from the North. There are also chapters about Southerners who have devoted their talents to politics soft drinks rock and roll and jewelry design. Reed writes with wit and Southern charm never afraid to speak his mind even when it comes to taking his beloved South to task. While readers may not share all his opinions most will agree that John Shelton Reed is one of the best "South watchers" there is. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852524

Mindmaps in Ophthalmology Ophthalmology is a highly specialized field with complex conditions and a wide range of practitioners. This book provides an overview of clinical ophthalmology using the visually driven "mindmaps" format a tool that summarizes topics with a logical pictorial structure to aid in memory retention. With Mindmaps in Ophthalmology clinicians can obtain information quickly following pathways in each subsection of a topic. They are able to select the levels at which the mindmap divisions remain relevant to them while still maintaining an overall picture that is often lost in textbooks or atlases. The practitioner is always able to put history examination diagnosis and treatment in context. Suitable for medical students ophthalmology trainees orthoptists optometrists general practitioners and other health professionals this rapid revision tool is an ideal companion when used in conjunction with a textbook for further elaboration on topics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482230635

MindreadersThe Cognitive Basis of "Theory of Mind" Theory of mind or "mindreading" as it is termed in this book is the ability to think about beliefs desires knowledge and intentions. It has been studied extensively by developmental and comparative psychologists and more recently by neuroscientists and cognitive psychologists. This book is the first to draw together these diverse findings in an account of the cognitive basis of "theory of mind" and establishes the systematic study of these abilities in adults as a new field of enquiry. Apperly focuses on perceptions knowledge and beliefs as paradigm cases of mindreading and uses this as a basis from which more general lessons can be drawn. The book argues that an account of the cognitive basis of mindreading is necessary for making sense of findings from neuroscience and developmental and comparative psychology as well as for understanding how mindreading fits more broadly into the cognitive system. It questions standard philosophical accounts of mindreading and suggests a move away from the notion that it consists simply of having a "theory of mind". This unique study into the cognitive basis of mindreading will be ideal reading for academics and advanced students from the diverse disciplines that have studied theory of mind in particular and social cognition more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655583

Minds and BodiesAn Introduction with Readings Minds and Bodies is a clear introduction to the mind-body problem. It requires no prior philosophical knowledge and is ideally suited to newcomers to philosophy and philosophy of mind. Robert Wilkinson carefully introduces the fundamental components of the philosophy of mind: Descartes's dualist account of mind and body; monist views including eliminativism; computer science and artificial intelligence. Each chapter is linked to a reading from key thinkers in the field from Descartes to Paul Churchland. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714669

Minds in DistressA Psychological Study of the Masculine and Feminine Mind in Health and in Disorder Originally published in 1913 this title looks at how the mind affects health. Up until this time medicine was mainly concerned with the ‘physical side of man’ this title aims to redress the balance. The author defines the two types of mind: masculine and feminine and goes on to show ‘that upon them depend the functional nervous disorders that afflict humanity’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820197

Minds Of Their OwnThinking And Awareness In Animals Do Animals have ideas? Do they experience pain like humans? Do they think about objects that they cannot see? About situations that have occurred in the past? Do they consciously make plans for the future or do they simply react unthinkingly to objects as they appear and situations as they arise? All of these questions have bearing on whether or not animals have consciousness. The advent of computers that ?think? has lead us to consider ?intelligence? in a way we never thought possible a decade ago. But when and how does information processing in the brain become automatic?In Minds of Their Own Lesley J. Rogers examines the issue of animal thought both sympathetically and critically by looking at the different behavior characteristics of a variety of animals the evolution of the brain and when consciousness might have evolved. To most people to be conscious means to be aware of oneself as well as to be aware of others. But does this hold true for animals? The answer may have implications which transcend mere scientific inquiry: if animals are cognizant creatures what if any moral responsibility do humans have to assure their rights? This timely book examines this issue and others by emphasizing comparisons between humans and animals: how we evolved; how we remember; how we learn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098667

Minds Stayed On FreedomThe Civil Rights Struggle In The Rural South--an Oral History This book is an oral history project and a vivid portrait of the civil rights struggle in one Mississippi county. It tells the story of the Holmes County Movement's slow painful triumph and provides plenty of fodder for academic analysis but the interviews retain a raw dramatic power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153847

Mine Planning and Equipment Selection 1997 Presenting current and emerging technologies in the field of mine planning and equipment this volume also covers control and automation for surface and underground mining. A wide range of papers from professionals in Europe South America Africa and Australia are featured. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078166

Mine Planning and Equipment Selection 2000 This text looks at mine planning and equipment and covers topics such as: design and planning of surface and underground mines; geotechnical stability in surface and underground mines; and mining and the environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747124

Mine Safety and Efficient Exploitation Facing Challenges of the 21st CenturyInternational Mining Forum 2010 The International Mining Forum is a meeting of scientists and professionals for exchanging new ideas and experiences evaluate previously implemented solutions and discuss fresh ideas that might change the mining industry’s image. In recent years theory and technology in mine safety and efficient exploitation has made considerable progress in China Poland and other countries  due to the introduction of many new theories and technologies.The International Mining Forum 2010 jointly organized by Anhui University of Science and Technology (China) AGH University of Science and Technology (Poland) and Mineral and Energy Economy Research Institute of the Polish Academy of Sciences (Poland)  has provided experts all over the world with an opportunity and platform to exchange information and ideas. Purpose of the forum was to promote research and development of mine safety efficient exploitation theory and provide theoretical and technical support for mine safety improvement. This book is addressed to researchers and professionals who work in the fields of underground mining technology rock engineering or mine management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117860

Mine Safety Science and EngineeringHealth and Disaster Management In Mining Engineering operations mines act as sources of constant danger and risk to the miners and may result in disasters unless mining is done with safety legislations and practices in place. Mine safety engineers promote and enforce mine safety and health by complying with the established safety standards policies guidelines and regulations. These innovative and practical methods for ensuring safe mining operations are discussed in this book including technological advancements in the field. It will prove useful as reference for engineering and safety professionals working in the mining industry regulators researchers and students in the field of mining engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138061491

Mineral Admixtures in Cement and Concrete Written to meet the requirements of engineers working in construction and concrete manufacturing Mineral Admixtures in Cement and Concrete focuses on how to make more workable and durable concrete using mineral admixtures. In particular it covers pulverized fuel ash (PFA) blast furnace slag (BFS) silica fume (SF) rice husk ash (RHA) and metakaolin (MK) as well as some new admixtures currently under investigation. For each mineral admixture the book looks at manufacturing and processing physical characteristics chemical and mineralogical composition quality control and reported experiences. It also examines the provisions of national standards on the admixture’s addition to cement and concrete. References to microstructures and chemistry are kept to a minimum and only discussed to the extent necessary to help readers apply the admixtures in practice. The book also addresses hydration presenting the relevant chemistry and detailing the impact of adding mineral admixtures to concrete. A chapter on strength and durability explains the mechanisms models and standards related to concrete deterioration and how to mitigate carbonation alkali-aggregate reactions chloride attack and corrosion of reinforcement external and internal sulphate attack decalcification and freeze-thaw action. This book is a useful reference for practicing engineers and students alike. It brings together in one volume information on the materials hydration and the strength and durability of cement and concrete with mineral admixtures. Offering a deeper understanding of mineral admixtures it encourages engineers to more effectively use these and other wastes in cement and concrete to support more sustainable growth of the cement and construction industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076440

Mineral BeneficiationA Concise Basic Course Mineral Beneficiation or ore dressing of run-of-mine ore is an upgrading process to achieve uniform quality size and maximum tenor ore through the removal of less valuable material. Beneficiation benefits the costs of freight handling and extraction (smelting) reduce and the loss of metal through slag. Usually carried out at the mine site it saves time and costs and allows selective profitable bulk mining. This practical guide presents the essentials of mineral dressing and its support operations. It explains the terms and techniques and provides basic formulas methods and practical examples for calculations to be made on site. Intended for professionals in mining and mineral engineering (mining metallurgical and chemical engineers geologists). It can be used both as a simple reference guide and as a concise course on beneficiation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452254

Mineral Components in Foods Recent studies have raised concerns about the health effects of dietary exposure to trace elements. An estimated 40 percent of the world's population suffers from developmental and metabolic functional disorders due to trace element deficiencies. Conversely there is an established link between excess intake of mineral components and diseases of the endocrine kidney liver cardiovascular and skeletal system. It has become crucial that food chemists understand the origin function bioavailability and interactions of mineral components in food.Mineral Components in Foods presents the state of knowledge on the distribution speciation and interaction of mineral components and contaminants inherent in different raw materials and products as well as acquired during processing packaging and handling. With contributions written by some of the foremost food researchers in the world this book considers the analysis of mineral components in food the recent advancements in analytical techniques including statistical multivariate approaches to confirm authenticity based on mineral composition and the quality control practices that ensure consistent and accurate data. The functional role of a number of minerals is addressed along with the effects of their deficiency or excess on the body their interactions with other minerals and their changes during storage and processing. Specifically the authors examine mineral distribution in certain animal and plant products including confections honey wine and beer. A considerable portion of the book is devoted to the contamination of foods and food supplements by metals metalloids and radionuclides from packaging containers as well as a variety of environmental pathways.With numerous tables and figures clearly expressing a wealth of detailed data Mineral Components in Foods provides food chemists quality control professionals nutritionists and students in these fields with an invaluable resource to t Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453336

Mineral Deposits at the Beginning of the 21st Century The Joint 6th Biennial SGA-SEG Meeting was held in Krakow in August 2001. This volume contains 274 extended abstracts grouped thematically under 18 session titles covering topics such as lead-zinc deposits; metamorphism affecting mineral deposits; and the environmental aspects of mining. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077503

Mineral Econ Asia/h This book reviews resource potential mineral trade and consumption the role of minerals internally and in world supply the nature of minerals enterprise major mineral industries labor and infrastructure national attitudes and the general economic outlook for twenty-six countries in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170837

Mineral Economics and Policy This textbook provides an introduction to the field of mineral economics and its use in understanding the behaviour of mineral commodity markets and in assessing both public and corporate policies in this important economic sector. The focus is on metal and non-metallic commodities rather than oil coal and other energy commodities.  The work draws on John Tilton's teaching experience over the last 30 years at the Colorado School of Mines and the Catholic University of Chile as well as short courses for RioTinto and other mining companies. This is combined with the professional consulting and academic research of Juan Ignacio Guzmán over the past decade in order to demonstrate the industry application of the economic principles described in the earlier chapters.  The book should be an ideal text for graduate and undergraduate students in the fields of mining engineering and natural resource economics and policy. It should also be of interest to professionals and investors in mining and commodity markets and those undertaking continuing education in the mineral sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838956

Mineral Materials ModelingA State-of-the-Art Review Originally published in 1976 this study was undertaken to fill a gap in knowledge about non-fuel resources and the advantages and disadvantages of specific methodologies of analysing material modelling. Mineral Materials Modeling examines the influence of factors such as raw material price and availability technological aspects and related environmental questions in relation to both economic and mathematical models. The results are particularly helpful in terms of forecasting policy development and decision-making about mineral materials as well as assessing the usefulness of different types of model. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies as well as policy makers and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949461

Mineral Mining in AfricaLegal and Fiscal Regimes Africa is endowed with commercially viable quantities of several minerals and metals and more than ever before African countries wish to harness their mineral resources for their economic development. The African mining sector has witnessed a revolution in terms of new mining codes and amendments to extant mining codes which are designed to achieve a multitude of objectives including the assertion of greater control over exploitation of mineral resources; optimization of resource royalties and taxes; promotion of equity participation in mining projects; enhancement of indigenization in the form of domestic participation in mineral production and local content requirements; value addition and beneficiation in terms of domestic processing of raw mineral ores and metals in Africa; and the promotion of sustainable practices in the mining sector. This book analyzes the legal and fiscal frameworks for hard-rock mining in several African countries including Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Ethiopia Ghana Guinea Kenya Namibia Nigeria Liberia Tanzania Sierra Leone South Africa South Sudan Zambia and Zimbabwe with reference to other resource-rich countries. It engages in a comparative analysis of mining statutes in Africa with regard to topics such as the acquisition of mineral rights; types of mineral rights; the nature of mineral rights; the rights and obligations of mineral right holders; security of mineral tenure; surface rights; fiscal regimes including royalty and tax regimes; resource nationalism in the mining sector; management and utilization of mining revenues including benefit-sharing arrangements between mining companies and host communities; environmental stewardship; and sustainable exploitation of mineral resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483200

Mineral Nutrition of Rice The third most important cereal crop after wheat and corn rice is a staple food for more than half of the world’s population. This includes regions of high population density and rapid growth indicating that rice will continue to be a major food crop in the next century. Mineral Nutrition of Rice brings together a wealth of information on the ecophysiology and nutrient requirements of rice. Compiling the latest scientific research the book explains how to manage essential nutrients to maximize rice yield. The book examines 15 essential or beneficial nutrients used in irrigated upland and floating rice across a range of geographic regions. For each mineral the text details the cycle in the soil–plant system as well as the mineral’s functions deficiency symptoms uptake in plants harvest index and use efficiency. It then outlines management practices covering application methods and timing adequate rates the use of efficient genotypes and more. The author an internationally recognized expert in mineral nutrition for crop plants also proposes recommendations for the judicious use of fertilizers to reduce the cost of crop production and the risk of environmental pollution. Color photographs help readers identify nutrient deficiency symptoms and take the necessary corrective measures. Packed with useful tables and illustrations this comprehensive reference guides readers who want to know how to increase rice yield reduce production costs and avoid environmental pollution from fertilizers. It offers practical information for those working in agricultural research fields in laboratories and in classrooms around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198869

Mineral Processing on the Verge of the 21st CenturyProceedings of the 8th International Mineral Processing Symposium Antalya Turkey 16-18 This collection of papers covers many topics in the area of mineral processing such as: physical enrichment processing; fine particle processing; flotation fundamentals and technology; industrial minerals processing; and waste treatment and utilization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747117

Mineral Resource DevelopmentGeopolitics Economics And Policy This book presents structural and locational changes along with the complexity of the mineral industry in the global economy. It discusses the geopolitics of offshore petroleum development and aims to combine policy issues with analytical research findings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367162009

Mineral Resource Governance and Human Development in Ghana This book investigates how mineral resources can be governed to promote people-centred development in Ghana focusing on the three main human development variables: living standards education and health. Ghana is endowed with abundant mineral resources. The mineral sector accounts for about 14% of total tax revenue driven mostly by an increase in export earnings from the gold sector and the commencement of crude oil exports. However the country has not yet been able to use its natural resources to promote human development and the majority of the population still lives on less than $2 a day. This book argues for a paradigm shift in the discussion of mineral resources one that looks to govern natural resources in such a way as to improve standards of living health education income levels empowerment quality of work and threats from violence. The human-centred mineral resource governance approach developed by this book will not only be useful to Ghana but can also be applied to other mineral-rich countries in sub-Saharan Africa. This book will be important to upper-level students and researchers of natural resource management international development and African studies as well as to NGOs practitioners and policymakers who recognise the importance of linking natural resources income to human development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437541

Mineral Resources and Basic Industries in the People's Republic of China First published in 1977. Mining and metallurgy have had a long history in China and resources there have always been considered promising. More recently in the People's Republic of China (PRC) a remarkable industrial renaissance is underway that should gain further momentum in the years ahead. Rapid development of minerals has brought the PRC prominence not only in the area of industrialization but also in world affairs. Chinese mineral developments especially in petroleum have been increasingly in the news. A very large coal industry is already in existence. The steel industry ranks fifth or sixth in the world. The PRC is also prominent in fertilizer cement and salt production and its export metals are well known. The need to know about Chinese mineral developments and the intense interest in them have prompted Dr. Wang's study. Emphasizing the world significance of Chinese minerals he reviews the history of growth in the PRC' s mineral industry and its present supply position; evaluates policy considerations and regional technical factors affecting mineral development; and assesses the PRC's mineral trade and its efforts to obtain equipment supplies and new technology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429047527

Mineral Scales in Biological and Industrial Systems Soluble and insoluble impurities present in water used for domestic and industrial applications can lead to the deposition of unwanted materials on equipment surfaces. Impurities such as dissolved minerals natural organic compounds and suspended particles can impact various processes and systems including boiling and cooling processes desalination geothermal power generation milk pasteurization oil and gas refining the pulp and paper industry and biological systems. Understanding the mechanisms of scale inhibition and dispersion is important in addressing the resulting challenges.Mineral Scales in Biological and Industrial Systems presents developments in mineral scale formation and control in a variety of industrial and biological systems providing in-depth discussions on topics important to academic researchers and industrial technologists. With contributions from experts in their respective fields this book comprises 22 chapters in 5 parts. It begins by addressing precipitation and inhibition of various scale-forming salts—such as calcium carbonate calcium sulfate calcium fluoride and calcium phosphate—in various industrial systems including boilers cooling and high-pressure and high-temperature applications.Part II describes the precipitation and inhibition of salts encountered in sugar refining and geothermal power generation. Part III describes mineral scales that are important in biological systems. Part IV deals with the control of suspended matter in industrial water systems. Part V examines analytical techniques commonly used to characterize mineral scales and deposits during in-house evaluation of new products and deposit samples received for characterization from industrial installations as well as product failure analyses. Covering the broad scope of mineral scales this book both reviews current concepts and presents new information with detailed discussions on fundamental and mechanistic aspects of mineral scale formation and inhibition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466568648

Mineral Springs Resorts in Global PerspectiveSpa Histories Spa resorts were a favoured destination for affluent seekers after health and comfortable leisure in opulent surroundings from the seventeenth to the twentieth century although in the railway age they began to suffer from competition from new fashions in leisure and tourism especially the seaside holiday. During their heyday the leading spa resorts became hotbeds of political and diplomatic intrigue and gathering-points for high society. As such they also became important businesses and distinctive carefully-managed urban environments. ‘Taking the waters’ at a mineral springs resort fell into eclipse over much of the Western world in the mid-twentieth century only to revive in more diffuse guise as ‘health and wellness tourism’ in the new millennium. This book examines an important body of practices and experiences from the perspectives of health pleasure conspicuous consumption and display urban governance culture and politics across a quarter of a millennium drawing its examples not only from the British Isles France Spain and Central Europe but also from the United States and Australia. An international team of distinguished historians puts this neglected theme back on the historical map at a time when spas and their treatments have never been so popular and visible in contemporary society. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Tourism History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377738

Mineral Wealth and Economic Development Over the last several decades many low-income mineral exporting countries have seen their per capita income decline or their standard of living stagnate. In this title prominent analysts identify reasons behind the distressing economic performance of these countries including ineffective public policies political misuse of mineral rents and the deleterious effects of economic nationalism on the foreign investment climate in developing countries. Originally published in 1992 this title remains relevant for students interested in environmental studies and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193512

Mineralogy for PetrologistsOptics Chemistry and Occurrences of Rock-Forming Minerals This book provides a categorized and visualized overview and presents microscopic observations systematic mineralogy chemistry geology stability paragenesis occurrence and use in petrology of 137 minerals. Structural formula calculations are included in the appendix. Consists of a set of book and CD-ROM for students and practically-oriented researchers and professionals in geology geological mining and mineral resources engineering who need a reference of mineralogy applied to petrology.The CD-ROM contains 384 color plates with mineral microscopic visuals under various circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415684217

MineralogyProceedings of the 30th International Geological Congress Volume 16 This book is a collection of papers presented in the 30th International Geological Congress held in Beijing on mineralogy. The papers deal with topics on fine structures and crystallographic orientations in biogenic magnetite and thermodynamic properties of minerals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447953

Minerals Metals and SustainabilityMeeting Future Material Needs Minerals Metals and Sustainability examines the exploitation of minerals and mineral products and the implications for sustainability of the consumption of finite mineral resources and the wastes associated with their production and use. It provides a multi-disciplinary approach that integrates the physical and earth sciences with the social sciences ecology and economics. Increasingly graduates in the minerals industry and related sectors will not only require a deep technical and scientific understanding of their fields (such as geology mining metallurgy) but will also need a knowledge of how their industry relates to and can contribute to the transition to sustainability. Minerals Metals and Sustainability is an important reference for students of engineering and applied science and geology; practising engineers geologists and scientists; students of economics social sciences and related disciplines; professionals in government service in areas such as resources environment and sustainability; and non-technical professionals working in the minerals industry or in sectors servicing the minerals industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415684590

Minerals and Coal Process Calculations The aim of process calculations is to evaluate the performance of minerals and coal processing operations in terms of efficiency of the operation grade of the final products and recovery of the required constituents. To meet these requirements in-depth detailed calculations are illustrated in this book.This book is designed to cover all the process calculations. The method and/or steps in process calculations have been described by taking numerical examples. Process calculations illustrated in a simple and self explanatory manner based on two basic material balance equations will allow the reader to understand the contents thoroughly. Inclusion of elaborate process calculations in every chapter is the highlight of this book. This book is unique and devoted entirely to the process calculations with sufficient explanation of the nature of the calculations. This book will prove useful to all: from student to teacher operator to engineer researcher to designer and process personnel to plant auditors concerned with minerals and coal processing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367887292

Minerals in AfricaOpportunities for the Continent’s Industrialisation Africa’s dire need to industrialize is universally acknowledged and it is evident that the continent’s vast mineral resources can catalyze that industrialization. This requires the promotion of local beneficiation and value addition of minerals to yield materials on which modern Africa’s industry and society can rely. This book is therefore about transforming Africa’s comparative advantages in minerals into the continent’s competitive edge regarding materials. Mineral beneficiation and value addition form the basis and provide opportunities for mineral-driven Africa’s industrialization. The scope of the book is three-fold with inter-connected relationships: Information Technical and Policy oriented. It will be a useful reference material for mining undergraduate students on beneficiation and value addition of each of the minerals found in Africa. The book while presenting a broad overview of beneficiation and value addition of Africa’s minerals provides crucial starting material for postgraduate research students and R&D institutions who wish to delve into more advanced methods of extraction and utilization of mineral-derived materials that are in Africa for the purpose of industrialization of the continent. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367420154

Miners Unions and Politics 1910–1947 The near destruction of the coal industry and the NUM offers a timely vantage point from which to appraise their history. This book presents a collection of specially commissioned essays by leading authorities on miners' history which challenge the stereotypical imagery of miners' solidarity and loyalty to the Labour Party. This book examines the politics of the Miners' Federation of Great Britain the unique influences of syndicalism and communism within some of its constituent areas and the uneven pace of the Labour Party's 'forward march' within the coalfields. Such national developments are then studied within their diverse regional contexts through a series of case studies which permits comparison between the major British coalfields. Finally the book considers the attempts to overcome these regional diversities with the formation of the National Union of Mineworkers and the nationalisation of the mining industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248882

Miners' LungA History of Dust Disease in British Coal Mining Arthur McIvor and Ronald Johnston explore the experience of coal miners' lung diseases and the attempts at voluntary and legal control of dusty conditions in British mining from the late nineteenth century to the present. In this way the book addresses the important issues of occupational health and safety within the mining industry; issues that have been severely neglected in studies of health and safety in general. The authors examine the prevalent diseases notably pneumoconiosis emphysema and bronchitis and evaluate the roles of key players such as the doctors management and employers the state and the trade unions. Throughout the book the integration of oral testimony helps to elucidate the attitudes of workers and victims of disease their 'machismo' work culture and socialisation to very high levels of risk on the job as well as how and why ideas and health mentalities changed over time. This research taken together with extensive archive material provides a unique perspective on the nature of work industrial relations the meaning of masculinity in the workplace and the wider social impact of industrial disease disability and death. The effects of contracting dust disease are shown to result invariably in seriously prescribed lifestyles and encroaching isolation. The book will appeal to those working on the history of medicine industrial relations social history and business history as well as labour history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273740

Mines of Silver and Gold in the Americas This volume focuses on Latin America since it was mainly there that Europeans (or their colonial descendants) actually engaged in mining in the 16th-19th centuries; elsewhere they traded metals mined by others. The principal metals produced and in prodigious quantities were silver in the Spanish colonies and gold mainly in Brazil in the 18th century. These articles analyse the volume and pattern of production and the forms of labour found in mining. Particular attention is given to the technologies of extraction and refining notably the adoption of the mercury amalgamation process: this had a major impact driving down silver production costs; because the mercury mines were a royal monopoly it also handed control to the Spanish crown. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248875

Ming Taizu (r. 1368–98) and the Foundation of the Ming Dynasty in China This second collection of studies by Hok-lam Chan focuses on the person and the image of Ming Taizu the founder of the Ming dynasty and a powerful brutal and autocratic emperor who has had a significant impact not only in late imperial China but also in East Asia over the last six centuries. Individual studies look at the legitimation of the dynasty particular military and religious figures policies of persecution and punishment and struggles over the succession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375888

Mini DragonsFragile Economic Miracles in the Pacific The purpose of this book is to introduce one of the most significant international developments of the post World War II era-the dramatic socio-economic transformation achieved by Hong Kong Singapore South Korea and Taiwan. In less than three decades these "minidragons" of Asia have become major economic players not only in the economy of the Pacific rim but in the global economic system as well. In the essays which follow the nature of this transformation is charted; its causes are described; and some assessment is made of the factors that will shape the future of these "fragile economic miracles." This volume was originally conceived as a companion to the television series entitled Minidragons an international co-production of Maryland Public Television (MPT) with NHK Japan and Film Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367004194

Miniature EmpiresA Historical Dictionary of the Newly Independent States The 20th century's most protracted conflict the Cold War also provided the longest and most stable peace in the history of the modern world--a fragile peace that came at the price of national freedom for many people. With the demise of the Cold War new nearly-unknown countries long ignored or suppressed came to the attention of the world as ethnic and national conflicts rooted in the multi-ethnic populations of the newly independent states emerged. From Bosnia-Herzegovina and Macedonia to Eritrea and Uzbekistan Miniature Empires provides an essential guide to the states recognized since 1989 and the "nations" that dwell within their borders. Miniature Empires is the first reference book to address the post-Cold War nationalist resurgence by focusing on the nations within the new nation-states--both the core nationalities and the national minorities. Each article highlights the historical political social and economic evolution of the new nations. Outstanding Academic Book Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062433

Miniature Sorption CoolersTheory and Applications In recent years there have been significant developments in detector technologies in the field of astrophysics requiring lower temperatures with simple self-contained refrigerators. Temperatures in the range of 1K to 50mK are now achieved by using dedicated closed-cycle miniature sorption coolers.This book presents the theoretical and experimental knowledge necessary to design and build your own miniature refrigerators including both single shot and continuous 1 K 300 mK and 100 mK coolers and details how to write the needed design software. This text will be of interest to students and researchers already familiar with basic physics and thermodynamics who want to understand how sorption coolers and miniature dilution refrigerators work. Features:The first book dedicated to miniature sorption coolersCovers the basic thermodynamic concepts needed to understand the behavior of liquid helium-3 and liquid helium-4Includes an appendix of Python example codes Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572143

MiniaturesViews of Islamic and Middle Eastern Politics The volatility of Muslim and Middle Eastern politics has made these interrelated topics an overriding preoccupation of world and especially U.S. politics. Perhaps no region of the world has ever so dominated the American public discourse as the Middle East does today. As Daniel Pipes shows this results mainly but not exclusively from the attacks of September 11 2001 and the ensuing war on terrorism. Other sources of trouble include militant Islam Muslims in the West the Arab-Israeli conflict the Iraq situation relations with Saudi Arabia the price of oil and gas and U.S. policy toward all these issues. These are the central themes of the roughly one hundred essays in Daniel Pipes' Miniatures: Views of Islamic and Middle Eastern Politics.As Pipes notes the Islamist war against America preceded the events of 9/11. Nevertheless response to the earlier attacks had been inconsistent and somewhat nonchalant. Pipes shows how the State Department's annual report on Patterns of Global Terrorism veers into unreliability and even falsehood. He explains the problem in George W. Bush trying to decide what is true Islam and what not in U.S. academics hiding the true meaning of the word "jihad " and in seventh-grade textbooks proselytizing for Islam. Pipes demonstrates that many seemingly devout Islamists are in fact impious frauds. When it comes to the Arab-Israeli conflict Pipes indicates how the failure of the Oslo process could be discerned as early as 1994 and he shows how Yasir Arafat speaks one way to Arabs and another way to Israelis.This important collection by one of the foremost experts in the field presents original insights accessibly written for Middle East specialists political scientists policymakers journalists and the interested public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512245

Miniaturized Testing of Engineering Materials This book is a comprehensive overview of methods of characterizing the mechanical properties of engineering materials using specimen sizes in the micro-scale regime (0.3-5.0 mm). A range of issues associated with miniature specimen testing like correlation methodologies for data transferability between different specimen sizes use of numerical simulation/analysis for data inversion application to actual structures using scooped out samples or by in-situ testing and more importantly developing a common code of practice are discussed and presented in a concise manner. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574550

Minilateralism in the Indo-PacificThe Quadrilateral Security Dialogue Lancang-Mekong Cooperation Mechanism and ASEAN While US-centred bilateralism and ASEAN-led multilateralism have largely dominated the post-Cold War regional security architecture in the Indo-Pacific increasing doubts about their effectiveness have resulted in countries turning to alternative forms of cooperation such as minilateral arrangements. Compared to multilateral groupings minilateral platforms are smaller in size as well as more exclusive flexible and functional. Both China and the US have contributed to minilateral initiatives in the Indo-Pacific. In the case of the former there is the Lancang-Mekong Cooperation mechanism—involving China Cambodia Laos Myanmar Thailand and Vietnam—established in 2015. In the case of the latter there has been a revival of the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue in 2017—involving the US Australia Japan and India. This book examines the rise of these arrangements their challenges and opportunities as well as their impact on the extant regional security architecture including on the ASEAN-led multilateral order. A valuable guide for students and policy-makers looking to understand the nature and development of minilateralism in the Indo-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430382

Minimal Indirect ReferenceA Theory of the Syntax-Phonology Interface This book investigates the nature of the relationship between phonology and syntax and proposes a theory of Minimal Indirect Reference that solves many classic problems relating to the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981140

Minimalist ParentingEnjoy Modern Family Life More by Doing Less We're in the midst of a parenting climate that feeds on more. More expert advice more gear more fear about competition and safety and more choices to make about education nutrition even entertainment. The result? Overwhelmed confused parents and overscheduled overparented kids. In MINIMALIST PARENTING Christine Koh and Asha Dornfest offer a fresh approach to navigating all of this conflicting background "noise." They show how to tune into your family's unique values and priorities and confidently identify the activities stuff information and people that truly merit space in your life. The book begins by showing the value of a minimalist approach backed by the authors' personal experience practicing it. It then leads parents through practical strategies for managing time decluttering the home space simplifying mealtimes streamlining recreation and prioritizing self-care. Filled with parents' personal stories readers will come away with a unique plan for a simpler life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134341

Minimally Invasive Cardiac SurgeryA Practical Guide Minimally invasive cardiac surgery(MICS) is an integral component of every future cardiac surgeon’s training. There continues to be a growing global demand towards less invasive surgical techniques. Both cardiologist and cardiac surgeon form "heart teams" to provide patients with novel minimally invasive procedures with all their benefits. Less invasive techniques are often complex and require special knowhow and skills. This book offers an innovative approach to learning utilizing QR code technology which refers the reader to essential audio-visual material which along with the didactic text focuses on practical aspects of minimally invasive cardiac surgery. In modern Heart Teams and with the advent of the hybrid era surgeons will only be able to survive if they have state-of-the-art skills in less invasive technologies which can be incorporated in the hybrid theatre and/or trans-catheter arena. This text accompanies the surgeon along this path and provides clinical advice and practical solutions beyond the necessary basic knowledge. Which courses to visit which videos to watch which centres to join for serious training? How best to exploit public and multimedia? How to consent a patient into a MICS procedure? How to set up a MICS program or practice? In the era of value driven outcomes and a shift towards shorter and better patient journeys MICS is a skill that no heart surgeon can be without. Minimally Invasive Cardiac Surgery: A Practical Guide is a teaching resource reference book and manual written by surgeons who both operate and teach the procedures described within. Provides access to online resources via QR codes Includes links to videos and the e-version of the text Acts as a gateway to a huge choice of minimally invasive cardiac surgery materials Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429188725

Minimally Invasive Gynecologic SurgeryEvidence-Based Laparoscopic Hysteroscopic & Robotic Surgeries Minimally Invasive Gynaecologic Surgery provides a complete practical and timely review of the minimally invasive surgical techniques used to treat gynaecologic diseases and conditions. Recent advances in technology and instrumentation particularly the use of robot-assisted surgery mean that minimally invasive approaches have become increasingly established as alternatives to traditional open surgeries. This book describes the full range of minimally invasive procedures in current gynaecologic practice with discussion of the indications and contraindications and a summary of available evidence. The book opens with a section describing instrumentation electrosurgery how to avoid and manage complications and single port surgery. Subsequent sections cover procedures for benign and malignant conditions and relevant robotically assisted surgeries. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836099

Minimally Invasive Medical Technology Minimally invasive medicine has the goal of providing health care with minimal trauma. When minimally invasive surgery is utilized it reduces the length of hospital stays lowers costs lowers pain and reduces blood loss. Other minimally invasive techniques minimize radiation exposure tissue damage and drug side effects. Collecting contributions from workers in various fields within the sphere of minimally invasive medical technology this book provides essential information for those involved with researching designing and using minimally invasive devices and systems. It emphasizes the technology required to accomplish minimally invasive medicine. The book will be of interest to biomedical engineers medical physicists and health care providers who want to know the technical workings of their devices and instruments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455415

Minimally Invasive Procedures in Urology Combining the clinical expertise of internationally renowned specialists with the latest research and surgical techniques this detailed reference guides the reader through the wide range of applications for minimally invasive surgery in urology as well as the many diagnostic and therapeutic procedures utilizing minimally invasive technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393038

Minimally Invasive Shoulder and Elbow Surgery A representation of the skills and expertise of leading surgeons in the field this reference serves as a step-by-step instructional resource on arthroscopic and minimally invasive surgery of the shoulder and elbow. With full-color illustrations throughout each chapter focuses on specific techniques and will contain strategies to enhance recovery reduce patient pain and provide improved function over traditional surgical procedures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389482

Minimally Invasive Spinal SurgeryPrinciples and Evidence-Based Practice NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836105

Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery Minimally invasive procedures are increasingly utilized and are replacing open surgery to reduce scarring and pain enhance patient recovery and minimize cost. Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery provides step-by-step guidance expert instruction and detailed illustration of current minimally invasive orthopedic spine procedures. With a variety of chapters covering critical developments in the field—including the utilization of biologic materials image-guided surgery and bone fusion—this guide delves into discussions of indications methods for preoperative planning complication avoidance strategies and patient outcomes.Covering emerging technologies and biological advances that will result in smaller incisions less trauma and enhanced patient rehabilitation this book:Helps surgeons identify key anatomical structures for minimally invasive accessConsiders preoperative planning complications and outcomes for all operative methodsUpdates surgeons on significant advances in bone graft substitutes for spine fusionDetails decompression and mini-open surgical techniques—all intended to achieve less traumatic surgical treatments and improve patient outcomesIncludes a section on needle-based procedures for chronic pain relief Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453060

Minimally Invasive Thoracic Surgery NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836402

Minimizing HarmA New Crime Policy For Modern America Research suggests that crime prevention is generally more effective than harsh punishment. But the public fears victimization and demands punishment for the perpetrators of its fears. Consequently any policy that moves toward prevention treatment and alternative modes of punishment must simultaneously move toward reducing the level of victimizat Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316877

Minimizing the Use of Chemicals to Control Scaling in Sea Water Reverse Osmosis: Improved Prediction of the Scaling Potential of Calcium Carbonate A comprehensive and detailed study on the scaling potential of calcium carbonate in seawater reverse osmosis systems (SWRO)  this book provides a new approach for calculating the degree of supersaturation and the pH of the SWRO systems concentrates with the assistance of the feed-water pH and the inorganic carbon constituents. Furthermore the book highlights the weakness in the present supersaturation indices and membrane manufacturers programs. Finally the research suggested that SWRO concentrate is much lower undersaturated with respect to calcium carbonate than previously thought. This was confirmed by comprehensive pilot testing where acids and antiscalants used to prevent calcium carbonate scaling were completely eliminated from the pilot plant. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415615785

Minimum Deterrence: Examining the Evidence The National Institute for Public Policy’s new book Minimum Deterrence: Examining the Evidence is the first of its kind. Dr. Keith Payne the late former Secretary of Defense James Schlesinger and an unparalleled bipartisan group of senior civilian and military experts critically examined eight basic assumptions of Minimum Deterrence against available evidence. In general Minimum Deterrence does not fare well under the careful scrutiny.Proponents of a "Minimum Deterrent" US nuclear force posture believe that anywhere from a handful to a few hundred nuclear weapons are adequate to deter reliably and predictably any enemy from attacking the United States now and in the future. Because nuclear weapons are so destructive their thinking goes no foreign leader would dare challenge US capabilities. The benefits advocates claim of reducing US nuclear weapons to the "minimum" level needed are: better relations with Russia and China reinforcement of the arms control and Nonproliferation Treaty billions of defense dollars in savings and greater international stability on the way to "nuclear zero."As political pressure builds to pursue this vision of minimum US deterrence Minimum Deterrence: Examining the Evidence stands as the seminal study to address the many claims of great benefit against available empirical evidence.This book was published as a National Institute Press monograph Keith B. Payne and James Schlesinger Minimum Deterrence: Examining the Evidence (Fairfax VA: National Institute Press 2013) and as a special issue of Comparative Strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739164

Minimum Wages Pay Equity and Comparative Industrial Relations With growing concern about the conditions facing low wage workers and new challenges to traditional forms of labor market protection this book offers a timely analysis of the purpose and effectiveness of minimum wages in different European countries. Building on original industry case studies the analysis goes beyond general debates about the relative merits of labor market regulation to reveal important national differences in the functioning of minimum wage systems and their integration within national models of industrial relations. There is no universal position on minimum wage policy followed by governments and social partners. Nor is it true that trade unions consistently support minimum wages and employers oppose them. The evidence in this book shows that interests and objectives change over time and differ across industries and countries.  Investigating the pay bargaining strategies of unions and employers in cleaning security retail and construction this book’s industry case studies show how minimum wage policy interacts with collective bargaining to produce different types of pay equity effects. The analysis provides new findings of ‘ripple effects’ shaped by trade union strategies and identifies key components of an ‘egalitarian pay bargaining approach’ in social dialogue. The lessons for policy are to embrace an inter-disciplinary approach to minimum wage analysis to be mindful of the interconnections with the changing national systems of industrial relations and to interrogate the pay equity effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212657

Mining Materials and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)2030 and Beyond Mining Materials and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): 2030 and Beyond provides a systematic assessment of how the mining and materials sector contributes to the 17 sustainable development goals (SDGs) set forth by the United Nations in 2015. While the target date of 2030 is considered a benchmark for reaching these goals the book looks beyond this date and considers a longer-term vision. FEATURES Written by a consortium of authors from developing and developed countries Offers coverage of environmental economic and social dimensions of the SDGs Follows the 17 SDGs and includes a short chapter on each followed by a case example Includes longer conceptual chapters that consider cross-cutting issues as well   Aimed at those working in minerals mining and materials this work offers readers a practical vision of how these sectors can have a positive impact on meeting these vital global targets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367358501

Mining Politics And Development In The South Pacific This book explores some of the issues surrounding the mining industry in Fiji Papua New Guinea the Solomon Islands New Caledonia and the Phosphate islands looking at the political dimension of mining and at the relationship of mining to national development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166045

Mining and African UrbanisationPopulation Settlement and Welfare Trajectories Juxtaposing literatures on urbanisation and mining at a time when small-scale artisanal as well as large-scale mining operations are transforming many African economies this book focuses on the interplay of Sub-Saharan Africa mining and urbanisation in the context of global shifts in capital and labour flows. Classically urbanisation has been identified with industrial expansion but mining is a distinct subset of industrial activity involving artisanal and large-scale mining. Case studies of a wide variety of countries with long historical experience of large-scale mining (South Africa Ghana Angola Democratic Republic of Congo Zambia and Botswana) as opposed to more recent experiences of artisanal mining (Mozambique Tanzania and Sierra Leone) reveal that the mining surge in some countries and the slow-down in others where mining was formerly dominant encompasses a wide range of urban outcomes. In view of the cyclical boom-and-bust nature of mining activity and the sector’s dependence upon finite resources and exposure to world market fluctuations this book probes settlement patterns and welfare dimensions of urban change associated with African mining amidst an unprecedented spiral in global mineral prices. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383289

Mining and Community in South AfricaFrom Small Town to Iron Town Mining has played a key role in the growth of many towns in South Africa. This growth has been accompanied by a proliferation of informal settlements by pressure to provide basic services and by institutional pressures in local government to support mining. Fragile municipal finance changing social attributes the pressures of shift-work on mineworkers the impact on the physical environment and perceived new inequalities between mineworkers contract workers and original inhabitants have further complicated matters. Mining growth has however also led to substantial local economic benefits to existing business and it has contributed to a mushrooming of new enterprises.While the relationship between mining and economic development at the country level has received adequate attention in existing literature less is known about the consequences of mining at the local level. This book investigates the local impacts of mining in South Africa focusing on employment inequality housing business development worker well-being governance municipal finance planning and the environment.Taking an interdisciplinary approach Mining and Community in South Africa will be of interest to scholars of South Africa economic development labour and industry politics and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888930

Mining and DevelopmentForeign-Financed Mines in Australia Ireland Papua New Guinea and Zambia This book first published in 1984 examines the economics and political issues raised by foreign investment in mineral development. It is an attempt to identify as far as possible what occurs in and between countries when foreign investments are made in mineral development concentrating on two main themes: on the nature of the transactions which constitute the process of foreign investment on the physical level – money and instruments of credit objects information and people as they cross national boundaries – and on the nature of the relationships which are created between foreign investors and governments in the countries where the investments are made. The author argues that the nature of physical transactions plays a crucial role in determining the character of host country-foreign investor relations and the policies and attitudes adopted by host country authorities exercise an important influence in turn on the physical effects of foreign investments. As such the book constitutes a comprehensive overview of the economic and political factors involved in mining and its development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083714

Mining and its Impact on the Environment Winner of the 2007 E.B. Burwell Jr. Award of the Geological Society of AmericaMining activity has left a legacy of hazards to the environment such as waste unstable ground and contamination which can be problematic when redeveloping land.This book highlights the effects of past mining and provides information on the types of problems it may cause in both urban and rural areas. By way of example the book also demonstrates how such problems may be anticipated investigated predicted prevented and controlled. Furthermore it shows how sites already affected by mining problems and hazards can be remediated and rehabilitated. Covering subsidence surface mining disposal of waste problems resulting from mine closure and mineral processing Mining and its Impact on the Environment is an excellent reference for practising mining and geotechnical engineers as well as students in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390792

Mining and Social Change (Routledge Revivals)Durham County in the Twentieth Century The strong community ties of mining villages are the central concern of this book which deals with the social history and sociology of mining in County Durham in the twentieth century. Focusing on the country as a whole this title first published in 1978 asks what is most distinctive about the area in the past and how it is changing in the present. The personal documents presented in the first chapters of the book bring to life the local mining community with an evocative picture of village life at the turn of the century. These first-hand accounts are integrated with the results of social research carried out at Durham University over a number of years. Mining and Social Change will be of interest to students of history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903319

Mining and Social Transformation in AfricaMineralizing and Democratizing Trends in Artisanal Production After more than three decades of economic malaise many African countries are experiencing an upsurge in their economic fortunes linked to the booming international market for minerals. Spurred by the shrinking viability of peasant agriculture rural dwellers have been engaged in a massive search for alternative livelihoods one of the most lucrative being artisanal mining. While a burgeoning literature is acknowledging the spread of artisanal mining this book is the first to probe its societal impact and potential for extending economic opportunity and participatory forms of democracy. Delineating the paradoxes of artisanal miners working alongside the expansion of large-scale mining investment in Africa Mining and Social Transformation in Africa concentrates on the Tanzanian experience. Written by authors with fresh research insights focus is placed on how artisanal mining is configured in relation to local regional and national mining investments and social class differentiation. The work lives and associated lifestyles of miners and residents of mining settlements are brought to the fore asking where this historical interlude is taking them and their communities in the future. The question of value transfers out of the artisanal mining sector value capture by elites and changing configurations of gender age and class differentiation all arise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709729

Mining and Sustainable DevelopmentCurrent Issues Mining is a transformative activity which has numerous economic social and environmental impacts. These impacts can be both positive and adverse enhancing as well as disrupting economies ecosystems and communities. The extractive industries have been criticised heavily for their adverse impacts and involvement in significant social and environmental scandals. More recently these industries have sought to respond to negative perceptions and have embraced the core principles of sustainability. This sector could be regarded as a leader in sustainability initiatives evident from the various developments and frameworks in mining and sustainability that have emerged over time.This book reviews current topical issues in mining and sustainable development. It addresses the changing role of minerals in society the social acceptance of mining due diligence in the mining industry critical and contemporary debates such as mining and indigenous peoples and transit worker accommodation corporate sustainability matters such as sustainability reporting and taxation and sustainability solutions through an emphasis on renewable energy and shared-used infrastructure. Written by experts from Australia Europe and North America but including examples from both developed and developing countries the chapters provide a contemporary understanding of sustainability opportunities and challenges in the mining industry. The book will be of interest to practitioners government and civil society as well as scholars and students with interests in mining and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593377

Mining and the EnvironmentFrom Ore to Metal The history of mining is replete with controversy of which much is related to environmental damage and consequent community outrage. Over recent decades this has led to increased pressure to improve the environmental and social performance of mining operations particularly in developing countries. The industry has responded by embracing the ideals of sustainability and corporate social responsibility. Mining and the Environment identifies and discusses the wide range of social and environmental issues pertaining to mining with particular reference to mining in developing countries from where many of the project examples and case studies have been selected. Following an introductory overview of pressing issues the book illustrates how environmental and social impact assessment such as defined in "The Equator Principles" integrates with the mining lifecycle and how environmental and social management aims to eliminate the negative and accentuate the positive mining impacts. Practical approaches are provided for managing issues ranging from land acquisition and resettlement of Indigenous peoples to the technical aspects of acid rock drainage and mine waste management. Moreover thorough analyses of ways and means of sharing non-transitory mining benefits with host communities are presented to allow mining to provide sustainable benefits for the affected communities. This second edition of Mining and the Environment includes new chapters on Health Impact Assessment Biodiversity and Gender Issues all of which have become more important since the first edition appeared a decade ago. The wide coverage of issues and the many real-life case studies make this practice-oriented book a reference and key reading. It is intended for environmental consultants engineers regulators and operators in the field and for students to use as a course textbook. As much of the matter applies to the extractive industries as a whole it will also serve environmental professionals in the oil and gas industries. Karlheinz Spitz and John Trudinger both have multiple years of experience in the assessment of mining projects around the world. The combination of their expertise and knowledge about social economic and environmental performance of mining and mine waste management has resulted in this in-depth coverage of the requirements for responsible and sustainable mining. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815394723

Mining and the EnvironmentInternational Perspectives on Public Policy For centuries denuded landscapes fouled streams and dirty air were accepted by society as part of the price that had to be paid for mineral production. Even initial environmental legislation devised by industrialized countries in the 1960s and 1970s was largely designed without mining in mind. And developing countries had little in the way of environmental policy. With the advent of sustainability in the 1990s times have changed. Today's economic development many now feel must not come at the expense of an environmentally degraded future. Current policies toward mining are under rigorous review and mineral-rich developing countries are designing environmental policies where none existed before. In Mining and the Environment noted analysts offer viewpoints from Australia Chile the United Kingdom the United States and the European community on issues and challenges of metal mining. Media > Books > Print Books RFF Press 9781138155367

Mining and the State in Brazilian Development 'Mining and the State' examines the fundamental economic institutional structure of Brazil through the prism of its mineral endowment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664388

Mining Environmental PolicyComparing Indonesia and the USA Illustrated by a detailed comparative examination of mining regulations and environmental impact assessment (EIA) in the USA (the second largest producer of coal in the world) and Indonesia (the eighth largest and most rapidly growing) this book argues that the degree of policy integration often determines the success or failure in controlling environmental effects of mining operations. Comparison of surface mining regulation in the two countries provides some stark contrasts some surprising results concerning the diffusion of policy innovations from one country to another and instances of both policy success and failure. The book provides significant new insights into international relations and comparative environmental policy particularly as they affect rainforests and biodiversity. It also suggests that if mining environmental policy were to be effectively implemented the environmental degradation caused need not be permanent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390534

Mining Equipment and SystemsTheory and Practice of Exploitation and Reliability It has been almost fifty years since the first papers on the application of reliability theory to mining problems were published in the United States. Developing rapidly in the late 1950s and 1960s reliability theory quickly found a wide application in mining engineering. Ten years later "Terotechnology" became popular in the UK and at the same time its counterpart "Theory of Exploitation" was introduced in Central Europe. Similar to reliability theory they both found wide application in mining. Since then a lot of articles have been published in many countries concerning these scopes of considerations but a wider elaboration on this topic was still lacking. This book gives an explanation of the mutual relationships between terotechnology and the theory of exploitation and presents the fundamentals of the theory of exploitation and its role in relation to mining engineering where mine machines and machinery systems are concerned. Further statistical diagnostics exploitation processes of machines reliability and its models and the methods of modelling and analysis of the processes of changes of states are treated. A significant part of the book deals with cyclical systems that are in common use. A variety of models are considered supported by many case studies. The last chapter deals with combined systems operating in a mixed manner. Finally an analyses of the influence of the inhomogeneity of a different nature in a shovel-truck type system is given.The examples presented in the book are based on the data coming from operation of pieces of equipment from different mines and different countries. This book will be of particular interest to students academics and lecturers of mining faculties and schools of mining. Mining Engineers and other professionals in the mining industry will also find this book of interest. Finally students in mathematics will find practical applications and problem solving in this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114036

Mining goes DigitalProceedings of the 39th International Symposium 'Application of Computers and Operations Research in the Mineral Industry The conferences on ‘Applications for Computers and Operations Research in the Minerals Industry’ (APCOM) initially focused on the optimization of geostatistics and resource estimation. Several standard methods used in these fields were presented in the early days of APCOM. While geostatistics remains an important part information technology has emerged and nowadays APCOM not only focuses on geostatistics and resource estimation but has broadened its horizon to Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in the mineral industry. Mining Goes Digital is a collection of 90 high quality peer reviewed papers covering recent ICT-related developments in: - Geostatistics and Resource Estimation- Mine Planning- Scheduling and Dispatch - Mine Safety and Mine Operation- Internet of Things Robotics- Emerging Technologies - Synergies from other industries - General aspects of Digital Transformation in Mining Mining Goes Digital will be of interest to professionals and academics involved or interested in the above-mentioned areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367336042

Mining Haul RoadsTheory and Practice Mining haul roads are a critical component of surface mining infrastructure and the performance of these roads has a direct impact on operational efficiency costs and safety. A significant proportion of a mine’s cost is associated with material haulage and well-designed and managed roads contribute directly to reductions in cycle times fuel burn tyre costs and overall cost per tonne hauled and critically underpin a safe transport system. The first comprehensive treatise on mining haul road design construction operation and management Mining Haul Roads – Theory and Practice presents an authoritative compendium of worldwide experience and state-of-the-art practices developed and applied over the last 25 years by the three authors over three continents and many of the world’s leading surface mining operations. In this book the authors: Introduce the four design components of an integrated design methodology for mining haul roads – geometric (including drainage) structural functional and maintenance management Illustrate how mine planning constraints inform road design requirements Develop the analytical framework for each of the design components from their theoretical basis and using typical mine-site applications illustrate how site-specific design guidelines are developed together with their practical implementation Summarise the key road safety and geometric design considerations specific to mining haul roads Specify the mechanistic structural design approach unique to ultra-heavy wheel loading associated with OTR mine trucks Describe the selection application and management of the road wearing course material together with its rehabilitation including the use of palliatives Develop road and operating cost models for estimating total road-user costs based on road rolling resistance measurement and modelling techniques Illustrate the approach of costing a mining road construction project based on the design methodologies previously introduced List and describe future trends in mine haulage system development how mining haul road design will evolve to meet these new system challenges and how the increasing availability of data is used to manage road performance and ultimately provide 24x7 trafficability. Mining Haul Roads – Theory and Practice is a complete practical reference for mining operations contractors and mine planners alike as well as civil engineering practitioners and consulting engineers. It will also be invaluable in other fields of transportation infrastructure provision and for those seeking to learn and apply the state-of-the-art in mining haul roads. “This book is the most definitive treatise on mining haul roads ever written […] There has never been a text that addresses the many facets of mining haul roads on such a scope […]” From the Foreword by Jim Humphrey Professional Engineer Autonomous haulage systems developer and Distinguished Member of the Society of Mining Metallurgy and Exploration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367620608

Mining Heritage and TourismA Global Synthesis Many former mining areas have now lost their industrial function and are now turning to tourism for regional revitalization and community economic development. The transformation process of these industrial and in some cases derelict mining sites and landscapes into an area of interest for tourists is a major challenge both for planners and for tourism managers. It involves complex consideration to both the preservation of the physical site and community mining heritages as well as the health safety and environmental factors inherent in opening these vast sites to the public. Mining Heritage and Tourism includes contributions from internationally recognized authorities and is the first book to focus on the issues challenges and potentials in redeveloping mines as cultural heritage attractions which are explored thematically throughout the book. It draws on multidisciplinary research to consider the dichotomy between heritage preservation and tourist development goals for mining heritage sites as well as to explore the practical challenges of developing these sites. These themes are illustrated by case studies from a vast range of geographical locations around the globe to offer operational insights into the planning and management of these sites for both heritage and tourism purposes as well as innovative site management techniques. There has never before been a more comprehensive book on mining heritage tourism representing the latest developments in strategy policy and practices. This book serves as an invaluable guide for students researchers academics and practitioners in the areas of Tourism and Heritage Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880696

Mining in Ecologically Sensitive Landscapes Mining in Ecologically Sensitive Landscapes explores the interface between geology and botany and mining and conservation. Many areas of unusual geology that contain ore-bearing bodies also support unique ecological communities of plants and animals. Increasing demand to exploit rich mineral deposits can lead to a conflict between mining and conservation interests in such landscapes.This book brings together experts in the field of mining and conservation to grapple with this pressing issue and to work toward a positive outcome for all. Chapters are grouped into four themes: Introduction Concepts and Challenges; Endemism in Ironstone Geosystems; Progress in Bauxite Mining; and Ways Forward.The book focuses on natural and semi-natural ecosystems where landscape beauty biodiversity and conservation value are at their highest measure and the mineral wealth they contain can bring affluence of regional or even national importance. Examples of conflicts ranging from threatened floristic endemics to human ecology are included from Africa the Americas and Australasia.Mining in Ecologically Sensitive Landscapes is an important reference for environmental managers NGOs restoration ecologists academics undergraduate and postgraduate students of ecology and environmental studies conservation biologists as well as mine managers mining environmental specialists consultants regulators and relevant government departments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415620918

Mining in Latin AmericaCritical Approaches to the New Extraction The last two decades have witnessed a dramatic expansion and intensification of mineral resource exploitation and development across the global south especially in Latin America. This shift has brought mining more visibly into global public debates and spurred a great deal of controversy and conflict. This volume assembles new scholarship that provides critical perspectives on these issues. The book marshals original empirical work from leading social scientists in a variety of disciplines to address a range of questions about the practices of mining companies on the ground the impacts of mining on host communities and the responses to mining from communities civil society and states. The book further explores the global and international causes consequences and innovations of this new era of mining activity in Latin America. Key issues include the role of Canadian mining companies and their investment in the region and to a lesser extent the role of Chinese mining capital. Several chapters take a regional perspective while others are based on empirical data from specific countries including Bolivia Brazil El Salvador Guatemala and Peru. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173203

Mining in the Arctic Topics in this international symposium on mining in the arctic included arctic mining in Raglan; analysis and prediction of water infiltration in underground frozen placer mines; red dog mine-operations update and design of paste tailings disposal in the Russian Sub-Arctic. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078555

Mining in the ArcticProceedings of the 6th International Symposium Nuuk Greenland 28-31 May 2001 The proceedings of the 6th International Symposium on Mining in the Arctic held in Greenland in 2001. The papers cover a wide variety of topics including: mining exploration and exploitation; mining engineering and mine design; environmental impact of mining in the Arctic; and more. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078685

Mining in the East Midlands 1550-1947 First Published in 1971. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176041

Mining in the HimalayasAn Integrated Strategy Himalaya the world's most prominent mountain system of the world is a source of sustainence for the social cultural and economic development of population across different countries. Unscientific small-scale mining for harnessing reounrces including minerals has caused ecosystem damage. Therefore an integrated and holistic approach to deal with the resource management is required. This book makes a focussed effort to explain how mining in the Himalaya is practiced with discussions pertaining to critiques and lacunas of mining and environmental practices. Status of mining practices in Himalaya is included along with the legal/environmental repercussions of mining. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574475

Mining in the New Millennium - Challenges and Opportunities This text concentrates mainly on the Polish mining industry. It involves mining of a significant quantities of lignite coal copper sulphur and many industrial minerals which are all discussed in this book. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078692

Mining Multimedia Documents The information age has led to an explosion in the amount of information available to the individual and the means by which it is accessed stored viewed and transferred. In particular the growth of the internet has led to the creation of huge repositories of multimedia documents in a diverse range of scientific and professional fields as well as the tools to extract useful knowledge from them. Mining Multimedia Documents is a must-read for researchers practitioners and students working at the intersection of data mining and multimedia applications. It investigates various techniques related to mining multimedia documents based on text image and video features. It provides an insight into the open research problems benefitting advanced undergraduates graduate students researchers scientists and practitioners in the fields of medicine biology production education government national security and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138031722

Mining of Mineral Deposits In the last decades coal production capacity has increased rapidly and its quality power and the reliability of equipment has steadily improved. Moreover  stability of production processes can be controlled better. In connection with that unification of scientific schools focusing on "Mining of deposits" is an integral trend from the viewpoint of technical and technological policy. This collection of papers represents the scientific and technical achievements with regard to mineral deposits mining intensification based on effective use of modern techniques and technologies. Also specific attention is paid to progressive and innovational technologies in the coal industry of leading countries. Widening the range of mining-geological conditions under which drivage and maintenance of mining activities are carried out requires application of new constructive decisions. Hence  this collection of papers is focusing on the following topics: results of new equipment introduction; experiments on mutual interaction of roof support elements protective construction and near-the-contour rock massif; analytical and calculation methods of geomechanical tasks solution; development of gas hydrates and technologies of underground coal gasification; studies on environment protection; economic aspects; management and marketing in mining production and other important aspects of mineral deposits exploitation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379599

Mining Software SpecificationsMethodologies and Applications An emerging topic in software engineering and data mining specification mining tackles software maintenance and reliability issues that cost economies billions of dollars each year. The first unified reference on the subject Mining Software Specifications: Methodologies and Applications describes recent approaches for mining specifications of software systems. Experts in the field illustrate how to apply state-of-the-art data mining and machine learning techniques to address software engineering concerns. In the first set of chapters the book introduces a number of studies on mining finite state machines that employ techniques such as grammar inference partial order mining source code model checking abstract interpretation and more. The remaining chapters present research on mining temporal rules/patterns covering techniques that include path-aware static program analyses lightweight rule/pattern mining statistical analysis and other interesting approaches. Throughout the book the authors discuss how to employ dynamic analysis static analysis and combinations of both to mine software specifications. According to the US National Institute of Standards and Technology in 2002 software bugs have cost the US economy 59.5 billion dollars a year. This volume shows how specification mining can help find bugs and improve program understanding thereby reducing unnecessary financial losses. The book encourages the industry adoption of specification mining techniques and the assimilation of these techniques in standard integrated development environments (IDEs). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114906

Mining Tycoons in the Age of Empire 1870–1945Entrepreneurship High Finance Politics and Territorial Expansion The years of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries aptly described by Mark Twain as the 'Gilded Age' witnessed an unprecedented level of technological change material excess untrammled pursuit of profit and imperial expansion. Within this dynamic and often ruthless environment many colorful characters strode across the world stage among them the great mining tycoons who with the thousands of prospectors diggers shift bosses timbermen 'blastmen' and 'muckers' in mining enterprise constituted one of the major spearheads of global capitalistic expansion and colonial exploitation. This volume which carries the epic story to the mid-twentieth century provides a truly international perspective on the role of mining entrepreneurs investors and engineers in shaping the economic and political map of the globe in testing management techniques and in setting a vogue for extravagant displays of wealth among the world's rich. Each chapter is loosely focussed on a biographical account of a particular mining tycoon that allows for broad and comparative accounts to be made about the individuals their business interests the technologies they employed and the national and international political considerations under which they operated. Furthermore this structure also allows for consideration of the effect that these tycoons had on the countries and territories in which they worked particularly the often long-lasting impact on indigenous populations the environment transport links and economic development. By approaching the subject matter through this stimulating mix of cultural social economic business and colonial history many intriguing and thought provoking conclusions are reached that will reward any scholars with an interest late nineteenth and early twentieth century history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275379

Mining User Generated Content Originating from Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Instagram YouTube and many other networking sites the social media shared by users and the associated metadata are collectively known as user generated content (UGC). To analyze UGC and glean insight about user behavior robust techniques are needed to tackle the huge amount of real-time multimedia and multilingual data. Researchers must also know how to assess the social aspects of UGC such as user relations and influential users. Mining User Generated Content is the first focused effort to compile state-of-the-art research and address future directions of UGC. It explains how to collect index and analyze UGC to uncover social trends and user habits. Divided into four parts the book focuses on the mining and applications of UGC. The first part presents an introduction to this new and exciting topic. Covering the mining of UGC of different medium types the second part discusses the social annotation of UGC social network graph construction and community mining mining of UGC to assist in music retrieval and the popular but difficult topic of UGC sentiment analysis. The third part describes the mining and searching of various types of UGC including knowledge extraction search techniques for UGC content and a specific study on the analysis and annotation of Japanese blogs. The fourth part on applications explores the use of UGC to support question-answering information summarization and recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466557406

Ministerial Survival During Political and Cabinet ChangeForeign Affairs Diplomacy and War Political leaders need ministers to help them rule and so conventional wisdom suggests that leaders appoint competent ministers to their cabinet. This book shows this is not necessarily the case. It examines the conditions that facilitate survival in ministerial office and how they are linked to ministerial competence the political survival of heads of government and the nature of political institutions. Presenting a formal theory of political survival in the cabinet it systematically analyses the tenure in office of more than 7 300 ministers of foreign affairs covering more than 180 countries spanning the years 1696-2004. In doing so it sheds light not only on studies of ministerial change but also on diplomacy the occurrence of war and the democratic peace in international relations. This text will be of key interest to students of comparative executive government comparative foreign policy political elites and more broadly to comparative politics political economy political history and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173517

Ministering to Older AdultsThe Building Blocks Learn how to focus your ministry’s programs and services on the elderlyBy 2030 20% of the people living in the United States will be age 65 or older with unique spiritual needs that can affect their physical and mental well-being. Ministering to Older Adults answers the critical need for a ministry that doesn’t center primarily on youth and families in its outreach instead presenting a step-by-step guide to developing a ministry for the aged that is focused on the needs and resources of each congregation. This program has been used effectively with nearly 50 congregations both large and small to create a focused older adult ministry. No two congregations are alike. The resources perspectives and skills of each congregation are different as are the needs of its members. Ministering to Older Adults provides a framework for use by planning groups within communities of any religious tradition. The book presents a process that includes essential questions that allow planning groups to develop answers that fit the needs cultural history and structure of their individual congregations. Ministering to Older Adults is divided into three sections: “The Fundamentals”—defining your audience your mission and the skills and existing programs that can be brought to the planning process “Programming Possibilities”—spiritual needs based on the aging process continued learning for older adults opportunities to serve and be served providing quality pastoral care and community building “Putting it All Together”—deciding on a direction using desired outcomes for evaluation establishing target dates and ongoing evaluationMinistering to Older Adults also includes forms and charts to help in the planning process. The book is an invaluable resource for clergy ministry committees and planning groups and staff persons responsible for older adult ministries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877679

Ministry in the Spiritual and Cultural Diversity of Health CareIncreasing the Competency of Chaplains Stay up-to-date in health care ministry as cultural and spiritual heterogeneity increases! Ministry in the Spiritual and Cultural Diversity in Health Care: Increasing the Competency of Chaplains identifies concrete methods for improving the provision of pastoral care to culturally and religiously diverse patients and/or residents. Experts from both inside and outside the profession—with established records in cross-cultural work and experience with religious diversity—discuss in detail the multicultural revolution that has challenged the traditional health care delivery system. With this timely resource you will be able to respond to the requests and desires of patients and their loved ones with compassion and consideration for their cultural and spiritual backgrounds. Ministry in the Spiritual and Cultural Diversity in Health Care explores the challenges for the spiritual care professional in health care to address the emotional cultural and spiritual needs of a patient without assumption bias or discomfort for either person. In addition to advice recommendations and real-world examples and case studies this valuable resource provides a guide for chaplaincy supervisors to use when training chaplain students to impart such unprejudiced care. The book is devoted to establishing chaplains who are clinically trained and certified to contribute to the increasingly pluralistic and global health care context with assorted religious spiritual and cultural values beliefs and practices. Ministry in the Spiritual and Cultural Diversity in Health Care will keep you updated on: how a health care chaplain can overlook the differing worldview of a patient and his or her family how cultural diversity impacts the work of the health care chaplain specific strategies and tools that will assist chaplains in acquiring spiritual and cultural competency definitions obstacles and standards of care for fostering a genuine multicultural perspective among health care givers particularly chaplains how professional health care chaplains take leadership in responding to cultural and spiritual diversity within health care environments Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050781

Ministry of Hospital ChaplainsPatient Satisfaction Evaluating the success of hospital chaplaincy has been a difficult task but finally an effective approach has been developed. Ministry of Hospital Chaplains: Patient Satisfaction presents the Patient Satisfaction Instrument for Pastoral Care (PSI) which measures the quality and character of spiritual care and can contribute to the establishment of professional norms. To find out whether specific changes in pastoral practices lead to increased satisfaction among patients this test can be used periodically. As you will see this allows managers and department heads to identify and monitor specific functions and areas in which improvement is needed.Ministry of Hospital Chaplains will help you analyze the background variables that are associated with patient satisfaction the styles of pastoral care that are linked to better hospital outcomes and the usefulness of different pastoral activities. In the end you will be able to use empirical evidence to demonstrate to hospital administrators that patients appreciate pastoral care and that chaplains are helping patients recuperate experience an easier time at the hospital and get home more quickly. Besides discussing how to evaluate the effectiveness of chaplains this insightful book explores: enacting continuous improvement efforts pastoral care characteristics that predict a patient’s readiness to return home how attention to details can build protocols that respond to patients questionnaire responses from 2 000 discharged hospital patients in the U.S. and Canada why the need to evaluate the benefits of pastoral care exists the aspects of pastoral care most important to patientsChaplains in general and those in psychiatric hospitals hospital administrators managed care directors and seminary professors of pastoral care will be glad to know that a technique for evaluating pastoral services has finally arrived. The guessing game is over. Now you will know what your patients think of the services your hospital offers and you can measure alternative approaches to pastoral care delivery when discontent is registered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995895

Ministry With the AgingDesigns Challenges Foundations Ministry With the Aging--the one most frequently used textbook in seminary courses that deal with ministry and aging--is now available from The Haworth Press. Here is a genuinely useful and informative text in which an all-star cast of authors reflects on the current situation of the aged in our society. Ministry With the Aging encourages a deeper appreciation of the presence and role of aging people with contemporary religion addresses the challenges that the church and society face in a rapidly aging society and provides practical applications for an effective ministry with the aging. Each chapter whether it focuses on the role of the elderly in the early church death and dying ageism retirement or caring for elderly parents is written by an eminent scholar who has chosen only the most relevant issues for discussion. A past runner up for the “Book of the Year Award” by the Academy of Parish Clergy Ministry With the Aging is a landmark volume that can offer theology students a unique and insightful look at how they can best meet the needs of their elderly parishioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430822

Minnesota Symposia on Child PsychologyVolume 11 First Published in 1978. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company.  Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology is a valuable contribution to the field of Developmental Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203780961

Minnesota Symposia on Child PsychologyVolume 2 First published in 1981. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802503

MinoansLife in Bronze Age Crete Thoroughly researched Rodney Castleden's Minoans: Life in Bronze Age Crete here sues the results of recent research to produce a comprehensive new vision of the peoples of Minoan Crete. Since Sir Arthur Evans rediscovered the Minoans in the early 1900s we have defined a series of cultural traits that make the ‘Minoan personality’: elegant graceful and sophisticated these nature lovers lived in harmony with their neighbours while their fleets ruled the seas around Crete. This at least is the popular view of the Minoans. But how far does the later work of archaeologists in Crete support this view? Drawing on his experience of being actively involved in research on landscapes processes and prehistory for the last twenty years Castleden writes clearly and accessibly to provide a text essential to the study of this fascinating subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142206

Minor Ballet ComposersBiographical Sketches of Sixty-Six Underappreciated Yet Significant Contributors to the Body of West While most music lovers are familiar with the famous scores of Tchaikovsky Delibes and Stravinsky many other lesser-known composers also wrote for the ballet. Several of these composers wrote almost exclusively for the ballet--and all enriched the world of dance. Minor Ballet Composers presents biographical sketches of 66 underappreciated ballet composers of the 19th and 20th centuries from around the world along with selected stories from the ballets they helped create. While the composers’contributions to ballet music are emphasized all aspects of their lives and works are touched upon. Plot summaries and excerpts from reviews of many of the ballets are also provided. Other topics of interest you’ll find covered in Minor Ballet Composers include: Les Six: Darius Milhaud Louis Durey Georges Auric Arthur Honegger Francis Poulenc and Germaine Tailleferre--and their relationship with Erik Satie and Jean Cocteau how politics revolutions and wars have affected composers and their works who studied with whom; who collaborated with whom schools movements and musical renaissance the importance of opera to ballet music the relationship between film scores and ballet music which books plays stories and folk tales certain ballets are based upon where many of these ballets premieredMinor Ballet Composers emphasizes the importance of second-tier composers and their influence on the rich tradition of music written for the dance (though in some cases the music was appropriated for the ballet from other original designs). The gathering of these composers in a single volume in appreciation of their ballet music with a glossary of choreographers and an index of ballet titles makes this book a useful volume for ballet aficionados music librarians musicians and others interested in dance and dance music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981171

Minor Genres in Postcolonial Literatures Moving beyond the postcolonial literature field’s traditional focus on the novel this book shines a light on the "minor" genres in which postcolonial issues are also explored.The contributors examine the intersection of generic issues with postcolonial realities in regions such as South Africa Nigeria New Zealand Indonesia Australia the United Kingdon and the Caribbean. These "minor" genres include crime fiction letter writing radio plays poetry the novel in verse and short stories as well as blogs and essays. The volume closes with Robert Antoni’s discussion of his use of the vernacular and digital resources in As Flies to Whatless Boys (2013) and suggests that "major" genres might yield new webs of meaning when digital media are mobilized with a view to creating new forms of hybridity and multiplicity that push genre boundaries.In focusing on underrepresented and understudied genres this book pays justice to the multiplicity of the field of postcolonial studies and gives voice to certain literary traditions within which the novel occupies a less central position. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Postcolonial Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661007

Minor Illness and BeyondA Handbook for Nurses in General Practice Nurses in general practice are increasingly taking on advanced roles involving the assessment treatment and management of minor illness. They also supervise chronic disease management particularly the monitoring of diabetes hypertension respiratory disease primary and secondary CHD prevention stroke and transient ischaemic attacks. This invaluable new handbook provides a concise outline of the origins and continuing development of the advanced nurse practitioner role and a highly practical guide to setting up a minor illness clinic. It then offers recommendations on patient history taking and outlines the multitude of conditions likely to present in the minor illness clinic. Each condition is defi ned in a consistent format for quick easy reference with an introduction clues for aiding in diagnosis pathophysiology differential diagnosis prescribing issues clinical complications and key messages. It also includes specific chapters detailing classes and selection of antibiotics and understanding blood results. The Minor Illness and Beyond Handbook is the ultimate guide for all nurses in general practice needing a concise easy-to-read information source for daily reference. It is also highly recommended for nurses new to their role as well as nursing students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781846197673

Minor Knowledge and MicrohistoryManuscript Culture in the Nineteenth Century This book studies everyday writing practices among ordinary people in a poor rural society in the 19th and early 20th centuries. Using the abundance of handwritten material produced disseminated and consumed some centuries after the advent of print as its research material the book's focus is on its day-to-day usage and on "minor knowledge " i.e. text matter originating and rooted primarily in the everyday life of the peasantry. The focus is on the history of education and communication in a global perspective. Rather than engaging in comparing different countries or regions the authors seek to view and study early modern and modern manuscript culture as a transnational (or transregional) practice giving agency to its ordinary participants and attention to hitherto overlooked source material. Through a microhistorical lens the authors examine the strength of this aspect of popular culture and try to show it in a wider perspective as well as asking questions about the importance of this development for the continuity of the literary tradition. The book is an attempt to explain “the nature of the literary culture” in general – how new ideas were transported from one person to another from community to community and between regions; essentially the role of minor knowledge in the development of modern men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264048

Minor League BaseballCommunity Building Through Hometown Sports Examine the big-league benefits of minor league baseball!The Minor League Baseball: Community Building Through Hometown Sports examines the role played by minor league baseball in hundreds of cities and towns across the United States. Written from the unique perspective of a sociologist who also happens to be an avid baseball fan the book looks at the contributions minor league teams make to the quality of life in their communities creating focal points for spirit and cohesiveness while providing opportunities for interaction and entertainment. The book links theory and experience to present a “sociology of baseball” that explains the symbiotic relationship which brings people together for a common purpose—to root root root for the home team.From the author: Minor league baseball is played across the country in more than 100 very different communities. These communities seem to share a special bond with their teams. As with all sports teams there is a symbiotic relationship between the team and the city or town that it represents. In the case of major league professional sports the relationship is often fueled by economic outcomes. On the minor league level the relationship appears to go beyond mere money and prestige. Minor league teams occupy a special place in our hearts. We are more forgiving when they lose and extremely proud of them when they win.Minor League Baseball: Community Building Through Hometown Sports is a detailed look at the connection between town and team including: economic benefits (development strategies community growth) intangible benefits (ballpark camaraderie hometown pride) fan attachment and attendance (demographic variables stadium accessibility “home court advantage”) case studies of two Maryland minor-league franchises--the Class AA Bowie Baysox and the Class A Hagerstown Suns Minor League Baseball: Community Building Through Hometown Sports also includes an introduction to the organizational structure of the minor leagues a history of each current league and charts and tables on attendance figures and franchise relocations. This book is essential reading for sociologists sport sociologists/historians academics and/or practitioners in the fields of community sociology and psychology and of course baseball fans. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049198

Minor Marshallians and Alfred MarshallAn Evaluation Alfred Marshall Professor of Economics at Cambridge University (1885-1908) produced a distinguished a distinguished crop of students many of them leaders in the economics profession in subsequent generations. Pigou Keynes and Denis Robertson are undoubtedly the most famous of these Marshall ‘pupils’ but there were many more even if more minor forces in the development of early twentieth century economics. This book intends to examine the major work of ten of these ‘minor’ Marshallians – Sydney John Chapman (1871-1951) John Harold Clapham (1873-1946) Charles Ryle Fay (1884-1961) Alfred William Flux (1867-1942) Frederick Lavington (1881-1927) Walter Thomas Layton (1884-1966) David Huchinson MacGregor (1827-1953) Joseph Shield Nicholson (1850-1927) Charles Percy Sanger (1871-1930) and Gerald Francis Shove (1888-1947) to name them in alphabetical order. The broad aim of this book is to evaluate the more important contributions of these ‘minor’ Marshallians by selective examination of their major economic work. That evaluation has at least two dimensions. First it focuses on the significance of the author’s individual contributions to the development of twentieth century economic thought. Secondly it attempts to assess the Marshallian credentials of these contributions in order to indicate how Marshallian in their economics these ‘pupils’ of Marshall’s economics teaching actually stayed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807594

Minorities Rights and the Law in Malaysia This book analyses the mobilisation of race rights and the law in Malaysia. It examines the Indian community in Malaysia a quiet minority which consists of the former Indian Tamil plantation labour community and the urban Indian middle-class. The first part of the book explores the role played by British colonial laws and policies during the British colonial period in Malaya from the 1890s to 1956 in the construction of an Indian "race" in Malaya the racialization of labour laws and policies and labour-based mobilisation culminated in the 1940s. The second part investigates the mobilisation trends of the Indian community from 1957 (at the onset of Independent Malaya) to 2018. It shows a gradual shift in the Indian community from a "quiet minority" into a mass mobilising collective or social movement known as the Hindu Rights Action Force (HINDRAF) in 2007. The author shows that activist lawyers and Indian mobilisers played a crucial part in organizing a civil disobedience strategy of framing grievances as political rights and using the law as a site of contention in order to claim legal rights through strategic litigation. Highly interdisciplinary in nature this book will be of interest to scholars and researchers examining the role of the law and rights in areas such as sociolegal studies law and society scholarship law and the postcolonial social movement studies migration and labour studies Asian law and Southeast Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862398

Minorities and Education in Multicultural JapanAn Interactive Perspective This volume examines how Japan’s increasingly multicultural population has impacted on the lives of minority children and their peers at school and how schools are responding to this trend in terms of providing minority children with opportunities and preparing them for the adult society. The contributors focus on interactions between individuals and among groups representing diverse cultural backgrounds and explore how such interactions are changing the landscape of education in increasingly multicultural Japan. Drawing on detailed micro-level studies of schooling the chapters reveal the ways in which these individuals and groups (long-existing minority groups newcomers and the ‘mainstream Japanese’) interact and the significant consequences of such interactions on learning at school and the system of education as a whole. While the educational achievement of children of varying minority groups continues to reflect their places in the social hierarchy the boundaries of individual and group categories are negotiated by mutual interactions and remain fluid and situational. Minorities and Education in Multicultural Japan provides important insights into bottom-up policy making processes and consciously brings together English and Japanese scholarship. As such it will be an important resource for those interested in education and minority issues in Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690287

Minorities and Family Therapy Minorities and Family Therapy highlights the work of experienced sensitive clinicians who along with minority families have found creative solutions to the problems minority families present. Until now the field of family therapy has paid little attention to the specific clinical needs and strengths of minority families. Without sufficient exploration and training family therapists risk treating minority families from a narrow incomplete perspective filtering out their inner resources values legacies history and wisdom and underestimating the influence of the social settings in which they live. This unique and highly valuable book explores how systems-oriented clinicians presently work with ethnic and racial minority families. The chapters cover a wide range of clinical issues including pitfalls of misunderstanding and discrimination innovative strategies for treating drug abuse and AIDS and skills needed in caring for particular minority groups such as Native Americans blacks Latinos and Asian Americans. The authors go beyond simply spelling out cultural similarities and differences. They provide clear clinical suggestions to be applied in family and community contexts. Not just another book on ethnicity Minorities and Family Therapy looks at families who because of their race and cultural background have had to struggle with racism discrimination limited access to health care economic bankruptcy and educational barriers. Written for family therapists and health care providers who work with minority families and look for creative alternatives to improve their care this landmark volume is a celebration of the strengths that minority families demonstrate in coping with long-term adversity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783581

Minorities and Nationalism in Turkish Law Examining the on-going dilemma of the management of diversity in Turkey from a historical and legal perspective this book argues that the state’s failure to accommodate ethno-religious diversity is attributable to the founding philosophy of Turkish nationalism and its heavy penetration into the socio-political and legal fibre of the country. It examines the articulation and influence of the founding principle in law and in the higher courts’ jurisprudence in relation to the concepts of nation citizenship and minorities. In so doing it adopts a sceptical approach to the claim that Turkey has a civic nationalist state not least on the grounds that the legal system is generously littered by references to the Turkish ethnie and to Sunni Islam. Also arguing that the nationalist stance of the Turkish state and legal system has created a legal discourse which is at odds with the justification of minority protection given in international law this book demonstrates that a reconstruction of the founding philosophy of the state and the legal system is necessary without which any solution to the dilemmas of managing diversity would be inadequate. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach this timely book will interest those engaged in the fields of Middle Eastern Islamic Ottoman and Turkish studies as well as those working on human rights and international law and nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278844

Minorities and Reconstructive CoalitionsThe Catholic Question As with Muslims today Catholics were once suspected of being antidemocratic oppressive of women and supportive of extremist political violence. By the end of the twentieth century Catholics were considered normal and sometimes valorized as exemplary citizens. Can other ethnic racial and religious minorities follow the same path? Minorities and Reconstructive Coalitions provides an answer by comparing the stories of ethnic Catholics’ political incorporation in Australia Canada and the United States. Through comparative and historical analysis the book shows that reconstructive coalitions such as labor and pan-Christian moral movements can bring Catholics and Protestants together under new identities significantly improving Catholic standing. Not all coalitions are reconstructive or successful and institutional structures such as regional autonomy can enhance or inhibit the formation of these coalitions. The book provides overviews of the history of Catholics in the three countries reorients the historiography of Catholic incorporation in the United States uncovers the phenomenon of minority overrepresentation in politics and advances unique arguments about the impact of coalitions on minority politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885724

Minorities' Claims: From Autonomy to SecessionInternational Law and State Practice This title was first published in 2000:  An investigation of how the claims of minority groups for greater political power through 'autonomy' and 'secession' clash with the concerns of the nation-State and how States’ refusals to respond positively to such claims contribute to the escalation of ethnic conflicts in contemporary multi-ethnic polities. In addition this book examines the extent to which the international community is prepared to accommodate the concerns of minority groups beyond traditionally identified 'minority rights'. The validity of claims for autonomy with shared-sovereignty autonomy as an inherent part of self-determination autonomy as a solution to current ethnic conflicts secessionist and irredentist movements and their impact on peace and security are analyzed in detail. Most importantly whether minorities as such can secede from the State in which they live by virtue of self-determination is critically analyzed. The discussion of 'peoples' in the context of self-determination is the first detailed research on this subject to appear in international and human rights literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740389

Minorities in an Open Society Most accounts of ethnic and race relations in Western states are optimistic at heart.They assume that equal participation by minorities will be achieved because it is a "public good" from which citizens will benefi t. Social justice will prevail. In this topical and disturbing book Geoff Dench challenges these idealistic commentaries showing that in many instances they do not produce convincing analyses of the position of minorities. He suggests that analysts neglect to explore the web of real interests behind public affi rmations of commitment to integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528147

Minority and Cross-Cultural Aspects of Neuropsychological AssessmentEnduring and Emerging Trends Minority and cross-cultural psychology is more relevant now than ever in our diverse world. Given the dramatic local and global changes occurring daily with regard to demographics population changes and immigration issues minority and cross-cultural psychology is fast becoming a respected and critical area of scientific study. Pair that with the fact that people of all cultures and racial groups are living longer and experiencing age-related diseases and disorders one can easily see the need for additional work on issues related to neuropsychological assessment. This new edition brings to the forefront recent developments by seasoned experts in the field. They offer up their newest projects in minority and cross-cultural aspects of neuropsychological assessment and are joined by new up-and-coming professionals across a wide array of disciplines including psychology medicine and neuropsychology. Like the first edition this updated collection sheds light on the ever-growing need for adequate neuropsychological assessment to a wider subset of individuals crossing many cultural and minority barriers in the process. Continuously pushing the boundaries of neuropsychological assessment this collection is essential reading for cognitive and clinical psychologists and neuropsychologists and a model text for advanced courses dealing with minority and cross-cultural issues. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726352

Minority Governments in IndiaThe Puzzle of Elusive Majorities India's national parliamentary elections typically result in the election of majority parliaments and the formation of a single-party majority government. However India’s national party system has changed beyond recognition since the parliamentary elections of 1989. The Congress Party has lost its dominant party status; the number of political parties that contest elections win seats in parliament and gain cabinet portfolios have increased; minority governments and cabinet instability have become regular features of parliamentary politics. This book addresses each of these aspects of party system transformation in India by applying the analytical techniques of rational and social choice theory. Challenging conventional wisdom the book argues that the number of parties in India has increased as a result of the unexpected consequences of the constitutional amendment of 1985 that was conceived to curtail party defections. Although the Congress Party no longer dominates the new multi-party system it still retains a pivotal role in deciding which coalitions may form viable and stable minority government. The Indian case study is theoretically driven and it is readily comparable with other parliamentary federations where minority governments are often formed such as Canada and the book finds that these processes are also present in the sub-national party systems of the states however with greater variation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627443

Minority Influence and InnovationAntecedents Processes and Consequences Social groups form an important part of our daily lives. Within these groups pressures exist which encourage the individual to comply with the group’s viewpoint. This influence which creates social conformity is known as ‘majority influence’ and is the dominant process of social control. However there also exists a ‘minority influence’ which emerges from a small subsection of the group and is a dynamic force for social change. Minority Influence and Innovation seeks to identify the conditions under which minority influence can prevail to change established norms stimulate original thinking and help us to see the world in new ways. With chapters written by a range of expert contributors areas of discussion include: processes and theoretical issues the factors which affect majority and minority influence interactions between majority and minority group members This book offers a thorough evaluation of the most important current developments within this field and presents consideration of the issues that will be at the forefront of future research. As such it will be of interest to theorists and practitioners working in social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650175

Minority Internal Migration in Europe Immigration is a major component of population change for countries across Europe. However questions remain about where immigrants go after they arrive in a new country. What are the patterns of internal migration of minorities (immigrants and their descendants) and what are the causes and implications of these flows? Migration within a nation state is a powerful force redistributing the population and altering the demographic social and economic composition of regions cities and neighbourhoods. Yet relatively little is known about the significance of ethnicity in migration processes or how population movement contributes to immigrant and ethnic integration. Minority internal migration is an emerging field of academic interest in many European countries in the context of high levels of immigration and increased political interest in inter-ethnic relations and place-based policies. This book brings together experts in the fields of migration ethnicity and diversity from across Europe to examine patterns of residential mobility of minorities and to synthesise key themes theories and methods. The analyses presented make important contributions to theories of migration and minority integration and may inform policies that aim to respond to local population change and increasing diversity. The conclusions of the book form an agenda for future research on minority and immigrant internal migration in developed societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250994

Minority Nationalisms in South Asia South Asia is the theatre of myriad experimentations with nationalisms of various kinds - religious linguistic religio-linguistic composite plural and exclusivist. In all the region’s major states officially promulgated nationalism at various times has been fiercely contested by minority groups intent on preserving what they see as the pristine purity of their own cultural inheritance. This volume examines the perspective of minority identities as they negotiate their terms of co-existence accommodation and adaptation with several other competing identities within the framework of the ‘nation state’ in South Asia. It examines three different kinds of minority articulations – cultural conclaves with real or fictitious attachments to an imaginary homeland the identity problems of dispersed minorities with no territorial claims and the aspirations of indigenous communities tribes or ethnicities. The essays in this volume offer a rich menu: the evolution of Naga nationalism the construction of the territory-less Sylheti identity the debates over Pashtun nationalism in Pakistan the evolution of Muslim nationalism in Sri Lanka the politics of religious minorities in Bangladesh and Pakistan the making of minority politics in India and questions of Islam and nationalism in colonial India. It is an eclectic mix for students of nationalism politics modern history and anyone interested in the evolution of South Asia. This book was published as a special issue of South Asian History and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814493

Minority Nationalist Parties and European IntegrationA comparative study Different survey-based and case study research has shown that since the 1980s minority nationalist parties have become increasingly supportive of European integration. However this account of minority nationalist party attitudes towards Europe is problematic in several respects. This book makes a major contribution to the academic literature by undertaking a comparative study of the attitudes of minority nationalist parties towards European integration. The volume provides: A systematic analysis of the ways in which minority nationalist party attitudes towards European integration have evolved from 1979 to 2005. Original empirical data on hitherto under-researched minority nationalist parties in Wales Galicia and Corsica. Major new insights into the European attitudes of minority nationalist parties. This book challenges the general assumption in the academic literature that the minority nationalist party family will always be pro-European and demonstrates how it needs to be revised in light of the evidence provided by this study. It will be of strong interest to students and scholars interested in minority nationalism the Europeanisation of political parties comparative research on regional politics and in contemporary debates about nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860727

Minority Nations in Multinational FederationsA comparative study of Quebec and Wallonia Multinational federations rest on the coexistence of two or more nations within a single polity. Within these federations minority nations play a significant role as their character differs from the other building blocks of the federation. This edited volume offers a comprehensive comparison of two such minority nations - Quebec in Canada and Wallonia in Belgium - which exemplifies many dimensions themes and issues highly resonant to the study of federalism and regionalism across the globe. Quebec and Wallonia have experienced several decades of federal dynamics where both regions have had to find their way as a minority nation in a multinational federation. For those studying federalism and regionalism their importance lies in a number of characteristics but principally in the fact of these minority nations have transformed into mini-states with fully fledged legislative powers within their federation. This book seeks to study the specific dynamics within these small worlds and between them and the rest of the federation.   This text will be of key interest to students and scholars of federalism nationalism and regionalism comparative politics and policies political ideas and social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238374

Minority Perspectives Originally published in 1972 Minority Perspectives is the second in a series exploring metropolitan problems within the government structure. The 1960’s were a period of civils rights movements as well as poverty in the United States and in the 70’s it became clear that poverty was closely linked to race. This report sets out to explore issues contributing to the metropolitan-minority poverty problem such as racial exclusion and public policy. The papers included in this report discuss issues such as political power in metropolitan areas the impact an address can have on economic opportunity for minority groups and the effects that laws and litigation can have on poverty. This title will be of interest to students of environmental and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121218

Minority Politics at the Millennium First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995901

Minority Politics in the Middle East and North AfricaThe Prospects for Transformative Change Projects of democratic reform in the Middle East and North Africa have said little about the place of minorities and minority rights in their vision of reform implying that these issues are best deferred to some indefinite future. While many people describe the Arab Spring as a ‘battle for pluralism’ there is a reluctance to discuss what this pluralism might actually mean for the political claims of minorities for fear of triggering divisive conflicts and undemocratic tendencies. Is there an alternative to this fearful deferral of minority politics? Can we imagine ‘transformative minority politics’ – that is a form of minority politics that strengthens democratic reform in the region and that helps deepen a culture of human rights and democratic citizenship? This volume explores whether this is indeed a realistic prospect in the Middle East and North Africa examining cases that include the Amazigh in North Africa the Copts in Egypt the Kurds in Iraq the Palestinians in Israel the ‘minoritarian’ regimes in Syria and Bahrain and various ethnic minorities in Iran. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002404

Minority Religions and FraudIn Good Faith Analysing both fraud and religion as social constructs with different functions and meanings attributed to them this book raises issues that are central to debates about the limits of religious toleration in diverse societies and the possible harm (as well as benefits) that religious organisations can visit upon society and individuals. There has already been a lively debate concerning the structural context in which abuse especially sexual abuse can be perpetrated within religion. Contributors to the volume proceed from the premise that similar arguments about ways in which structure and power may be conducive to abuse can be made about fraud and deception. Both can contribute to abuse yet they are often less easily demonstrated and proven hence less easily prosecuted. With a focus on minority religions the book offers a comparative overview of the concept of religious fraud by bringing together analyses of different types of fraud or deception (financial bio-medical emotional breach of trust and consent). Contributors examine whether fraud is necessarily intentional (or whether that is in the eye of the beholder); certain structures may be more conducive to fraud; followers willingly participate in it. The volume includes some chapters focused on non-Western beliefs (Juju Occult Economies Dharma Lineage) which have travelled to the West and can be found in North American and European metropolitan areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546158

Minority Religions and Uncertainty Religions are at their core about creating certainty. But what happens when groups lose control of their destiny? Whether it leads to violence or to nonviolent innovations as found in minority religions following the death of their founders or leaders uncertainty and insecurity can lead to great change in the mission and even teachings of religious groups. This book brings together an international range of contributors to explore the uncertainty faced by new and minority religious movements as well as non-religious fringe groups. The groups considered in the book span a range of religious traditions (Christianity Buddhism Hinduism Islam) old and new spiritual formations such as esotericism New Age and organized new religious movements as well as non-religious movements including the straight edge movement and the British Union of Fascists. The chapters deal with a variety of contexts from the UK and US to Japan and Egypt with others discussing global movements. While all the authors deal with twentieth- and twenty-first-century movements and issues several focus explicitly on historical cases or change over time. This wide-ranging yet cohesive volume will be of great interest to scholars of minority religious movements and non-religious fringe groups working across religious studies sociology and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472484512

Minority Religions in Europe and the Middle EastMapping and Monitoring Minority religions not only New Religious Movements are explored in this innovative book including the predicament of ancient religions such as Zoroastrianism ‘old new’ religions such as Baha’i and traditional religions that are minorities elsewhere. The book is divided into two parts: the gathering of data on religious minorities ("mapping") and the ways in which governments and interest groups respond to them ("monitoring"). The international group examine which new religions exist in particular countries what their uptake is and how allegiance can be ascertained. They explore a range of issues faced by minority religions encompassing official state recognition and registration unequal treatment in comparison with a dominant religion how changes in government can affect how they fare the extent to which members are free to practise their faith how they sometimes seek to influence politics and how they can be affected by harassment and persecution.Bringing together debates concerning the social and political issues facing new religions in Europe and the Middle East this collection extends its focus to Middle Eastern minority faiths enabling exposition of spiritual movements such as the Gülen Movement Paganism in Israel and the Zoroastrians in Tehran. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587802

Minority Rights Feminism and International LawVoices of Amazigh Women in Morocco Investigating minority and indigenous women’s rights in Muslim-majority states this book critically examines the human rights regime within international law.Based on extensive and diverse ethnographic research on Amazigh women in Morocco the book unpacks and challenges generally accepted notions of rights and equality. Significantly and controversially the book challenges the supposedly ‘emancipatory’ power vested in the human rights project; arguing that rights-based discourses are sites of contestation for different groups that use them to assert their agency in society. More specifically it shows how the very conditions that make minority and indigenous women instrumental to the preservation of their culture may condemn them to a position of subalternity. In response and engaging the notion and meaning of Islamic feminism the book proposes that feminism should be interpreted and contextualised locally in order to be effective and inclusive and so in order for the human rights project to fully realise its potential to empower the marginalised and make space for their voices to be heard.Providing a detailed empirically based analysis of rights in action this book will be of relevance to scholars students and practitioners in human rights policy and practice in international law minorities’ and indigenous peoples’ rights gender studies and Middle Eastern and North African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367902766

Minority Rights in TurkeyA Battlefield for Europeanization The issue of minority rights is highly contested in both member and candidate states of the European Union. Compared with other policy areas the Europeanization process in minority rights is much slower and more problematic. Turkey though differs from the majority of the member states by showing positive development although admittedly it is still characterised by both accelerations and slowdowns.This book examines how minority protection as a highly sensitive and controversial issue is promoted or constrained in the EU’s neighbourhood by focusing on the case of Turkey. It draws on current external Europeanization theories and suggests a rationalist model comprising both the role of the EU and also domestic factors. It integrates two models of external Europeanization provided by Schimmelfennig and Sedelmier (2005) i.e. the external incentives and lesson-drawing models and the framework of the pull-and-push model of member state Europeanization by Börzel (2000) to derive a comprehensive model for external Europeanization. The book argues that the push by EU conditionality and the pull by domestic dissatisfaction are influential in promoting change. Without one or the other domestic change remains incomplete as it is either shallow or selective.Focusing on the Turkish case the book enhances the theoretical understanding of external Europeanization by shifting focus away from EU conditionality to voluntarily driven change and by providing a theoretical model that is applicable to other countries. It will therefore be a valuable resource for students and scholars studying minority rights and Turkish and European ethnic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876906

Minority Rights Protection in International LawThe Roma of Europe There are approximately ten million Roma in Europe making them the continent’s largest non-territorial minority. Despite this fact the Roma continue to experience routine discrimination and marginalization in European countries. As a result they are seldom engaged in national political activism and are frequently at the bottom of the economic and social ladder. The severity of exclusion experienced by the Roma in societies which have long paid heed to the notion of individual universal human rights - combined with their geographical dispersal and heterogeneous nature - makes the study of the Roma highly informative. This book examines the theoretical debate concerning the most appropriate way of protecting the fundamental human rights of the Roma which also illuminates ways in which the rights of minority groups can be protected more generally. As a result this work will be a valuable resource for social scientists and practitioners in the field of human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256620

Minority Student RetentionThe Best of the "Journal of College Student Retention: Research Theory & Practice" Student retention continues to be a vexing problem for all colleges and universities. In spite of the money spent on creating programs and services to help retain students until they achieve their academic and personal goals and graduate the figures have not improved over time. This is particularly true for minority students who have a greater attrition rate than majority students. Demographic information shows that the minority population in the United States is growing at a faster rate than the majority. It is imperative that educational institutions find ways to help improve retention rates for all students but particularly minority students. Retention rates should not differ appreciably among different racial/ethnic groups."The Journal of College Student Retention: Research Theory and Practice" is the only scholarly peer-reviewed journal devoted solely to college student retention. It has published many articles on minority student retention and this topic continues to garner much attention. This book is a compilation of the very best of these articles selected on the basis of reviews by a cadre of experts in the education field. The articles discuss African American Latino/Latina Asian and Asian Pacific Native American and biracial students and institutional commitments to retaining a diverse student population. For those interested in this vital area the collection will teach and inspire them to achieve greater heights and pay additional attention to retaining minority students in our colleges and universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784603

Minority Students in East AsiaGovernment Policies School Practices and Teacher Responses In Minority Students in East Asia: Government Policies School Practices and Teacher Responses authors discuss their research on minority students’ schooling (elementary to higher education) in Mainland China Hong Kong Japan South Korea and Taiwan. Minority students’ educational issues are often neglected in literature and in practice; social and educational conditions that have resulted from globalization â€“ in particular issues pertaining to minority groups’ education language and other human rights â€“ receive little attention. In addition many areas of East Asia have viewed themselves as single-ethnicity countries and have not articulated strong agendas around minority rights. The purpose of this book is to highlight key educational issues for specific minority populations in East Asia. Themes addressed include government policies related to minorities; equity issues in the education of minorities; school practices and teacher perspectives on minorities; identity construction in terms of language and culture; national versus ethnic identity; teacher education issues; and parental concerns. The authors also discuss new theoretical orientations to understanding minority educational issues. A particular strength of this book is the use of multicultural education theories to both articulate concerns related to the education of minority students and to provide solutions to these concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888394

Minority Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategies The tools and resources in this book help school leaders seamlessly incorporate minority teacher recruitment and retention programs into current human-resources activities. With details about exemplary minority teacher recruitment and retention programs this book also showcases strategies for how to replicate such programs in your own school or district. Contents include: • A Critical Examination of Teacher Shortages: Thoughts on Needed Change • Identification of Recruitment Models Focused on Minority Teachers: A Theoretical Concept and Survey • Pipeline Programs for Minority Teacher Recruitment • Prepare for Action Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472563

Minority within a MinorityBlack Francophone Immigrants and the Dynamics of Power and Resistance This book examines the institutional racism and language discrimination that Black Francophones – who constitute a racial minority situated within a linguistic minority â€“ face and identifies the strategies of resistance Black Francophones invent to gain access to power structures. The book is written to cover an area of research (Black Francophones) that is largely understudied. The book deals with the areas of immigration race and anti-racism gender multiculturalism linguistic minorities and francophone studies. It brings together multidisciplinary sociological and sociolinguistic theories and methodologies and sheds light on the discourse of institutional racism and resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650182

Minority Women EntrepreneursHow Outsider Status Can Lead to Better Business Practices How does gender and minority status shape entrepreneurial decision-making? This question seems long overdue since minority women in the US start new businesses at four times the rate of non-minority men and women.  This book is about minority women entrepreneurs in the United States. Though these women are thriving as business owners their stories are very seldom told and few think of minority women as successful entrepreneurs. Therefore the first purpose of the book is to give voice and visibility to US minority women business owners.  The second purpose is to explain what makes these women different from the standard white male business owners most people are familiar with. Through in-depth interviews and first-hand accounts from minority women entrepreneurs the authors found that in innovative and exciting ways minority women use their outsider status to develop socially conscious business practices that support the communities with which they identify. They reject the idea that business values are separate from personal values and instead balance profits with social good and environmental sustainability. This pattern is repeated in statistical evidence from around the globe that women contribute a much higher percentage of their earnings to social good than do men but until now there was no clear explanation of why. Using sociological and psychological theories the authors explain why women especially minority women have a tendency to create socially responsible businesses. The innovations provided by the women in this study suggest fresh solutions to economic inequality and humanistic alternatives to exploitative business policies. This is a radically new socially integrated model that can be used by businesses everywhere.  This book is intended for undergraduate and graduate students of business sociology race and gender studies as well as practitioners of entrepreneurship aspiring entrepreneurs and all those looking for new examples of holistic sustainable and socially responsible business practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351278522

Minstrel Shows And Songs: An Archival Collection Of Early American Books And Documents The minstrel show or minstrelsy was a popular form of ‘black face’ entertainment in early 19th century America influencing American vernacular songs and stage performances but its popularity travelled beyond America across both the Atlantic and the Pacific. When Commodore Matthew C. Perry arrived in Yokohama on 1853 for example the American sailors organized a blackface minstrel band and performed the minstrels’ hit songs. This 4-volume facsimile collection focuses on early minstrelsy material particularly songs and performance records. Included are songbooks of famous Christy Minstrels a performance guide for amateur troupes sheet music and playbills books that explore minstrelsy history. Numerous photos illustrations and plates are also included. The material gathered together is a unique and valuable primary source on the early history of American popular culture. Moreover it provides an important historical view of the discriminative stereotypes of African American people from which they still suffer. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784905211129

Minstrel TraditionsMediated Blackface in the Jazz Age Minstrel Traditions: Mediated Blackface in the Jazz Age explores the place and influence of black racial impersonation in US society during a crucial and transitional time period. Minstrelsy was absorbed into mass-culture media that was either invented or reached widespread national prominence during this era: advertising campaigns audio recordings radio broadcasts and film. Minstrel Traditions examines the methods through which minstrelsy's elements connected with the public and how these conventions reified the racism of the time. This book explores blackface and minstrelsy through a series of overlapping case studies which illustrate the extent to which blackface thrived in the early twentieth century. It contextualizes and analyzes the last musical of black entertainer Bert Williams the surprising live career of pancake icon Aunt Jemima a flourishing amateur minstrel industry blackface acts of African American vaudeville and the black Broadway shows which brought new musical styles and dances to the American consciousness. All reflect and sometimes incorporate the mass-culture technologies of the time either in their subject matter or method of distribution. Retrograde blackface seamlessly transitioned from live to mediated iterations of these cultural products further pushing black stereotypes into the national consciousness. The book project oscillates between two different types of performances: the live and the mediated. By focusing on how minstrelsy in the Jazz Age moved from live performance into mediatized technologies the book adds to the intellectual and historical conversation regarding this pernicious racist entertainment form. Jazz Age blackface helped normalize new media technologies and that technology extended minstrelsy's influence within US culture. Minstrel Traditions tracks minstrelsy's social impact over the course of two decades to examine how ideas of national identity employ racial nostalgias and fantasias. This book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers in theatre studies communication studies race and media and musical scholarship Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367640

Mints Dies and CurrencyEssays dedicated to the memory of Albert Baldwin The studies assembled in this volume are dedicated to the memory of Albert Baldein a professional numismatist whose chief interest lay in helping other numismatists professionals students and collectors alike some of whom record their appreciations here. The contributions though they are drawn from a wide variety of fields - Greek Roman Dark Age Byzantine English Scottish Irish and European medieval coins and medals - are all concerned with one or more facets of the theme set out in the title. Within the general concept the essays deal with a diversity of subjects: * identification of mints * attribution of coins to specific mints* coinage current in particular periods* composition of groups of coins in a given series* establishment of the correct sequence of issues of such groups. The essays also demonstrate the use of particular numismatic techniques such as die-linking the analysis of hoards and their statistics the minute observation of changes in titulature and inscriptions and comparison of portrait styles. There is much new exciting and well-illustrated material for numismatists and chapters such as those on Scottish mints and Hadrian's COS III coins will be of interest to historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864870

Minute Eye Movement and Brain Stem Function First Published in 1983: This book describes a technique developed over the last decade which uses minute eye movement as a monitor of brain stem function. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367228972

Mirabilia Descripta The Wonders of the East by Friar JordanusOf the Order of Preachers and Bishop of Columbum in India the Greater (circa 1330) Translated from the Latin Original as published at Paris in 1839 in the Recueil de Voyages et de mémoires of the Society of Geography with the Addition of a Commentary'. The supplementary material includes the 1863 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1863. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315595573

Miracle for Whom?Chilean Workers Under Free Trade Miracle for Whom? offers a fresh and insightful perspective to the debate on rising income inequality in Chile and on the broader question of how free trade affects the demand for workers in developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655590

Miracle Worker and the TranscendentalistAnnie Sullivan Franklin Sanborn and the Education of Helen Keller Helen Keller and her teacher Annie Sullivan remain two of the best-known American women. But few people know how Sullivan came to her role as teacher of the deaf and blind Keller. Contrasting their lives with Franklin Benjamin Sanborn the era's prominent abolitionist this book sheds light on the gender and disability expectations that affected the public perception of Sullivan and Keller. This book provides a fascinating insight into class ethnicity gender and disability issues in the Gilded Age and Progressive-Era America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519376

Miracles and WondersThe Development of the Concept of Miracle 1150-1350 Beginning in the late twelfth century scholastic theologians such as William of Auvergne Thomas Aquinas and Engelbert of Admont attempted to provide a rational foundation to the Christian belief in miracles bolstered by the Aristotelian theory of natural law. Similarly in this period a tension appeared to exist in the recording of miracles between the desire to exalt the Faith and the need to guarantee believability in the face of opposition from heretics Jews and other sceptics. As miracles became an increasingly standard part of evidence leading to canonization the canon lawyers notaries and theologians charged with determining the authenticity of miracles were eventually issued with a list of questions to which witnesses to the event were asked to respond a virtual template against which any miracle could be measured. Michael Goodich explores this changing perception of the miracle in medieval Western society. He employs a wealth of primary sources including canonization dossiers and contemporary hagiographical Vitae and miracle collections philosophical/theological treatises sermons and canon law and ancillary sources dealing with the procedure of canonization. He compares and contrasts 'popular' and learned understanding of the miraculous and explores the relationship between reason and revelation in the medieval understanding of miracles. The desire to provide a more rational foundation to the Christian belief in miracles is linked to the rise of heresy and other forms of disbelief and finally the application of the rules of evidence in the examination of miracles in the central Middle Ages is scrutinized. This absorbing book will appeal to scholars working in the fields of medieval history religious and ecclesiastical history canon law and all those with an interest in hagiography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248851

Miracles in Greco-Roman AntiquityA Sourcebook for the Study of New Testament Miracle Stories Miracles in Greco-Roman Antiquity presents a collection in translation of miracle stories from the ancient world. The material is divided up into four main categories including healing exorcism nature and raising the dead.Wendy Cotter in an introduction and notes to the selections contextualizes the miracles within the background of the Greco-Roman world and also compares the stories to other Jewish and non-Jewish miracle stories of the Mediterranean world. This sourcebook provides an interdisciplinary collection of material which will be of value to students of the New Testament. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203029558

Miraculous Growth and Stagnation in Post-War Japan This volume examines different aspects of the Japanese experience in a comparative context. There is much here of relevance to contemporary developing countries anxious to initiate the experience of miraculous growth and anxious to avoid the subsequent stagnation. Such issues of the role of government in providing the right amount of infant industry protection the relevance of the financial system the country’s peculiar corporate structure and the role of education in a comparative context serve to illuminate the lessons and legacies of this unique experience in development. The relationship between various dimensions of its domestic policy experience and Japan’s international experience in trade promotion and foreign aid is explored and is of special interest to an international audience of academics and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702928

Miraculous Medicines and the Chemistry of Drug Design The subject of chemistry is widely acknowledged as being conceptually challenging and regarded with a perceived elitism. This book aims to address this dilemma by breaking down the fundamentals of organic chemistry and its importance in medicine so that readers with any or no background education in chemistry can access the material and gain an appreciation and understanding for the subject. The text is written in a clear and concise manner using appropriate figures to explain how the medicine we are so familiar with is designed and produced. Undergraduate students medical and nursing students and general audiences will benefit from the accessible format and enjoyable read. Key Features: User-friendly text dealing with the chemical sciences for the non-scientist Public understanding of science at the interface of biology and chemistry is in high demand The book serves to introduce organic chemistry and its relevance to medicine Describes the foundational principles of chemistry without losing the systematic rigor of the subject Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367644031

Miraculous Stories from the Japanese Buddhist TraditionThe Nihon Ryoiki of the Monk Kyokai This is the first collection of Buddhist legends in Japan and these stories form the repertoire of miraculous events and moral examples that later Buddhist priests used for preaching to the people. As Kyokai describes his own intentions "By editing these stories of miraculous events I want to pull the people forward by the ears offer my hand to lead them to good and show them how to cleanse their feet of evil" (p.222).Nakamura's book is actually two works in one: first an introduction to the Nihon ryoiki and then an annotated translation. The introduction analyzes the life of the author and the influence of earlier writings and provides a valuable synthesis of the world view reflected in the work.The annotated translation renders the more than one hundred stories into English narrative with copious notes. Difficult terms are identified in the text with the original Chinese characters while historical matters and Buddhist technical terms are explained in the footnotes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759885

Mirage Of Power Pt1 V3 Published in 2001 Mirage Of Power Pt1 V3 is a valuable contribution to the field of History. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708965

Mirage Of Power Pt2 V4 First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015040

Mirage Of Power Pt3 V5 First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015057

Mircea EliadeMyth Religion and History Mircea Eliade (1907�1986) was one of the twentieth century's foremost students of religion and cultural environments. This book examines the emergence function and value of religion and myth in his work.Nicolae Babuts Robert Ellwood Eric Ziolkowski John Dadosky Robert Segal Mac Linscott Ricketts Douglas Allen and Liviu Borda examine Eliade's views on the interaction between the sacred and the profane. Each explores Eliade's phenomenological approach to the study of religion and myth. They show that modern rites of initiation cultural activities and spectacles like bullfighting film and perhaps surprisingly reading and writing all harken back to the archetypal structures of the mythical imagination. Perhaps the greatest achievement of Eliade's phenomenological approach is that it reveals what we have in common with pre-Socratic man: the mind's structural capacity to endow objects and events with spiritual values and meanings.As a study of Eliade's concept of the mythic imagination the book posits an analogy between the myths of the past and modern imitations. The authors suggest that in spite of their differences and their separate historical sources myths represent basic structures of human consciousness. This book is essential reading for all students of religion philosophy and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512252

Mirror Sword and Jewel Edited with an Introduction by Richard Storry. First published over 20 years ago and long out of print this is a unique interpretation of the essence of Japanese society and individual psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144385

Mirror for ManThe Relation of Anthropology to Modern Life While the world has undoubtedly been shrinking at the same time it has grown more complex. The likelihood of culture clashes leading to outright conflict is high perhaps higher than ever. As Andrea L. Smith convincingly argues in her new introduction to this classic work certain questions are as valid today as in 1949 when Mirror for Man was first published. Can anthropology break down prejudices that exist between peoples and nations? Can knowledge of past human behavior help solve the world’s modern problems? What effect will American attitudes likely have on the future of the world? In Mirror for Man Clyde Kluckhohn scrutinizes anthropology showing how the discipline can contribute to the reconciliation of conflicting cultures. He questions age-old race theories shows how people came to be as they are and examines limitations in how human beings can be molded. Taking up one of the most vital questions in the post-World War II world whether international order can be achieved by domination Kluckhohn demonstrates that cultural clashes drive much of the world’s conflict and shows how we can help resolve it if only we are willing to work for joint understanding. By interpreting human behavior Kluckhohn reveals that anthropology can make a practical contribution through its predictive power in the realm of politics social attitudes and group psychology. Andrea L. Smith’s new introduction provides convincing evidence for the continuing importance of one of the earliest “public intellectuals.”   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865357

Mirror to NatureDrama Psychoanalysis and Society This book brings the insights of psychoanalysis to bear on drama in the western dramatic tradition. Plays which are discussed in detail include works by Shakespeare Ibsen Chekhov Wilde and Beckett among others. The authors seek to show that the subtle understanding of conscious and unconscious emotions achieved by psychoanalytic practice can Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325589

Mirrorless Interchangeable Lens CameraGetting the Most from Your MILC Mirrorless interchangeable lens cameras are changing the way images are captured being far more in line with modern photography trends and sensibilities. With Mirrorless Interchangeable Lens Camera: Getting the Most from Your MILC you’ll learn why this is happening and how to get the most from your mirrorless camera. This guide covers everything you need to know about the difference between a mirrorless camera and a DSLR apps lenses video recording and picture profiling features. You’ll learn how to use your mirrorless interchangeable lens camera for different genres of photography including landscape travel low light street photography portraiture and more. Written by expert and skilled instructor Steve Anchell this book includes 198 inspirational and instructional images with 154 in full-color with insights and photographs from 9 professional photographers. It’s the perfect guide for established photographers not yet aware of the wealth of benefits mirrorless interchangeable lens cameras offer and for beginning photographers just starting their career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308121

Mirrors and MasksThe Search for Identity Identity as a concept is as elusive as everyone's sense of his own personal identity. It is connected with appraisals made by oneself and by others. Each person sees himself mirrored in the judgments of others. The masks he presents to the world are fashioned upon his anticipations of judgments. In Mirrors and Masks Anselm Strauss uses the notion of identity to organize materials and thoughts about certain aspects of problems traditionally intriguing to social psychologists.The problems Strauss considers to be intriguing traditionally are those encountered when studying group membership motivation personality development and social interaction. The topics covered include: the basic importance of language for human action and identity; the perpetual indeterminacy of identities in constantly changing social contexts; the symbolic and developmental character of human interaction; the theme of identity as it affects adult behaviqr; relations between generations and their role in personality development; and the symbolic character of membership in groups.By focusing on symbolic behavior with an emphasis on social organization Strauss presents a fruitful systematic perspective from which to view traditional problems of social psychology. He opens up new areas of thought and associates matters that are not ordinarily considered to be related. Strauss believes that psychiatrists* and psychologists underestimate immensely the influence of social organization upon individual behavior and individual structure and that sociologists whose major concern is with social organization should employ some kind of social psychology in their research. Mirrors and Masks shows that the fusion of theoretical approaches benefits the analyses of many scholars. This fascinating work should be read by sociologists anthropologists psychologists and psychiatrists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528161

Mirrors and ReflectionsProcesses of Systemic Supervision In this volume as the title indicates the focus is on understanding and elaborating what might be said to be "going on" in supervision as well as further exploring what is distinctive about systemic supervision. Looking at processes within systemic supervision involves engaging with the different contexts within which the supervision takes place and engaging with a range of theories - some developed or applied within therapeutic contexts and others drawn from theories of learning. Various theoretical frameworks have emerged and been described as underpinnings for systemic supervision. Social constructionist and narrative ideas have been vital in the creation of supervisory practices that promote open dialogues multiple perspectives and the interrogation of traditional assumptions about expertise and hierarchy. This has inevitably led to a discussion of tensions and contradictions: unease about implicit practices of power the problematics of assessment and evaluation and issues concerning the allocation of clinical responsibility. Positioning theory dialogic theories and ideas from the field of adult education have also contributed helpful theoretical concepts for use by systemic supervisors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106089

Mirrors of a DisasterThe Spanish Military Conquest of America In Mirrors of a Disaster Gérard Chaliand narrates the major events that followed the Spanish conquest of Mexico and Peru with the scope and rhythm of an epic poem. He seeks to make meaningful the strict chronicle of a conquest through those who lived it. Human details and the broader political background bring to life one of history's great tragedies.A new introduction by the author is included in this paperback edition. The comprehensive work is organized into three parts: "The Conquest of Mexico " "The Conquest of Guatemala and Yucatan " and "The Conquest of Peru." In each section the author provides a summary prior to in many cases a day-by-day account of the events as they unfolded. Enriched by significant contemporary documents Mirrors of a Disaster relates the many facets of the conquest presenting the Indians' perception of their defeat by the Spaniards the conquerors' narratives of the same events and the author's own retelling of a tragedy in which he says "the vanquished could not ultimately but be vanquished." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528178

Mirrors of MadnessPatrolling the Psychic Border Mirrors of Madness depicts the social-psychological processes and institutional consequences of psychiatric staffs experience of ""closet insanity"" (private worries about theirown social and psychological competence) and ""reverse role modeling"" (identification with their labeled psychotic clients' public behavior).The book shows how in attempting to ward off the threat involved in these processes staffs tend to be more vigilant of their own behavior while redirecting their insecurities toward their clients in the form of derogatory humor in psychiatric evaluations. These and other activities are shown to be inhibiting factors in the rehabilitative function of social control agencies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124599

Mirrors of Mortality (Routledge Revivals)Social Studies in the History of Death First published in 1981 this reissue examines mankind’s preoccupation with death and mortality by isolating various societies in different periods of time. The authors examine not only the formal rituals associated with the last rite of passage but also the social attitudes to death and dying which these rituals evidence. The essays establish that different periods do seem to be characterized by different images of death and attitudes to it but the authors wisely avoid trying to impose strict chronological pattern. A pioneering work in the historical study of attitudes to death this reissue should reignite discussion on the significance of death in human history. Christiane Sourvinou-Inwood examines attitudes to death as reflected in myth and religious thought in Ancient Greece and relates them to social and economic change. R. C. Finucane analysis the social significance of the ‘exemplary’ deaths of kings criminals traitors and saints in medieval Europe. Paul Fritz’s essay illustrates the importance of royal burials in early modern Britian; while Joachim Whaley examines the social and political significance of funerals in Hamburg between 1500 and 1800. John McManners discusses the work of Phililppe Aries and other prominent French scholars on the history of attitudes to death. David Irwin examines the images of death portrayed in European tombs around 1800. C.A Bayly analyses the relationship between death ritual and society in Hindu Northern India while David Cannadine discusses the impact of war on attitudes to death in modern Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618724

Mis/takesArchetype Myth and Identity in Screen Fiction Mis/takes departs from the bulk of screen discourse by applying Jungian and Post-Jungian ideas on unconscious processes to popular film and television. This perspective offers a rich insight into the way that various myths infiltrate popular culture. By examining the function of psychological motifs and symbols in cinema and television Terrie Waddell opens up another way of thinking about how identity can be constructed and disrupted. Mulholland Drive Memento The Others The X-Files Twin Peaks The Sopranos Spider Intimacy and Absolutely Fabulous all lend themselves to this approach. The close analysis of these films/programs are guided by a number of core archetypes from trickster and Self to incest and the grotesque. The book’s four parts reflect these dominant patterns: Jung trickster and the screen Mistaken identities self-deception and the undead Redeemers bad dads and matricide Excesses of the sad and the sassy Mis/takes gives readers a chance to engage with screen material in an original and subversive way. This study will be of great interest to Jungian analysts and students of film cultural studies media gender studies and analytical psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203698808

Misbehavior in OrganizationsA Dynamic Approach This revised edition of Misbehavior in Organizations updates and expands upon the integrative OMB (organizational misbehavior) framework pioneered by the authors. Streamlined for improved readability it covers key topics that have emerged in the scholarly literature in the past decade including insidious workplace behavior bullying and harassment in the workplace information hiding cyberbullying and organizational spirituality. A thorough and up-to-date resource on this crucial and evolving topic in organizational studies this book provides insights on misbehavior at the individual position group and organizational levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840980

Miscanthus for Bioenergy ProductionCrop Production Utilization and Climate Change Mitigation Miscanthus has been enthusiastically promoted as a second generation biomass crop and this book provides a comprehensive review of this knowledge. Miscanthus also known as elephant grass is a high yielding grass crop that grows over three metres tall resembles bamboo and produces a crop every year without the need for replanting or fertiliser application . The rapid growth low mineral content and high biomass yield of Miscanthus increasingly make it a favourite choice as a biofuel outperforming switchgrass and other alternatives. There is over 20 years of research evidence to support its promotion as a second generation biomass crop. The author reviews many field measurements of yields as well as the physiology of the crop and why it is so productive while at the same time requiring low inputs to grow it. It also shows how as a key biofuel crop it can contribute to mitigating climate change and how uptake of the adoption of Miscanthus production can be promoted particularly in Europe and North America. The book will be key reading for students taking courses in the areas of Environmental Science and Engineering Climate Change Impacts Renewable Energy and Energy Conservation. It will also be of interest to researchers of second generation biomass crops and policy developers working in biofuel production and utilization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091245

MiscanthusFor Energy and Fibre Miscanthus is a promising non-food crop yielding high quality lignocellulosic material which can be used in a number of ways including energy and fibre production thatching and industrial use. This book encompasses the results and recommendations arising from extensive trials and experiments carried out by the leading European research organisations and institutions in the field. Much of the research was performed under the auspices of the Miscanthus Productivity Network established under European Union's Directorate General for Agriculture (DG VI). This book presents expert guidance to growth conditions and breeding of Miscanthus potential productivity and economics environmental aspects and harvesting storage and utilisation. A guide to this increasingly important subject is long overdue and will be welcomed by all those involved in biomass production and renewable energies or assessing the potential of Miscanthus as a non-food crop. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315067162

MiscarriageWomen's Experiences and Needs Approximately one in four pregnancies ends in miscarriage but for each woman the experience is unique. This sympathetic and helpful book explores the many different ways in which women physically experience miscarriage and emotionally react to it. Drawing on the experiences of over 350 women it will help every woman who has miscarried make sense of her loss and find her own way of coping with the confusion that frequently follows.Many aspects of miscarriage are covered including difficult issues that are often avoided:* the nature of the loss: tissue embryo foetus or baby?* guilt about an earlier abortion* explaining miscarriage to other children* the effect of miscarriage on a relationship* returning to work after miscarriage* coping with repeated miscarriages.The text also provides a set of guidelines to good practice for professionals based on what women say they find helpful. Professionals who want to evaluate their own practice or develop the service they offer will find this an invaluable reference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012872

Miscegenation Identity and Status in Colonial AfricaIntimate Colonial Encounters Throughout the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries the colonial administrations in British East-Central African colonies considered inter-racial sexual liaisons to be a serious and recurrent "problem". Consequently inter-racial sexual liaisons (concubinage and marriage) and the mixed race progeny that resulted from these liaisons led to protracted discussions and enactment of policies which addressed questions about concubinage marriage racial identity sexual morality and the status of persons of mixed race in British East-Central Africa. Using archival sources and secondary literature the author highlights how colonial inter-racial intimate encounters became intertwined with conceptions of ‘race’ and what it meant to be European African ("native") and racially mixed. Intended for students and scholars interested in the study of ‘race’ and sexuality in colonial Africa the book will provide an understanding of why inter-racial liaisons despite of rigid racial barriers were not easy to legislate against. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732417

Miscellaneous Essays Relating to Indian SubjectsVolume I First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981195

Miscellaneous Essays Relating to Indian SubjectsVolume II First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995918

Miscellaneous Papers Relating to Indo-China and the Indian Archipelago: Volume I First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981201

Miscellaneous Papers Relating to Indo-China and the Indian Archipelago: Volume II Published in 2013 Miscellaneous Papers Relating to Indo-China and the Indian Archipelago: Volume II is a valuable contirbution to the field of Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981218

Miscellaneous Papers Relating to Indo-China: Volume I First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981225

Miscellaneous Papers Relating to Indo-China: Volume II First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995925

Miscellaneous PlaysPrinted Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part One Volume 7 The four plays in this volume represent just a small fraction of the total output by early modern women dramatists. Other plays will appear in later volumes in the facsimile series devoted to individual authors. Marcelia (1660) The Perjur'd Husband (1700) She Ventures and He Wins (1695) and The Unnatural Mother (1698) were written at a point in time when women playwrights were becoming a significant force in the theatre. Many of these plays were first performed in key theatrical venues by well-established drama companies. The scant critical attention paid to these works since they were first written begins to be rectified in this volume. Stephanie Hodgson-Wright discusses the playwrights and their texts and explains the choice of editions printed here. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248844

Miscellaneous Problems in Maritime Navigation Transport and ShippingMarine Navigation and Safety of Sea Transportation The TransNav 2011 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2011 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions   allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of six volumes and provides an overview of Problems in Maritime Navigation Transport and Shipping and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415691185

Miscellaneous Short Poetry 1641–1700Printed Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part Three Volume 4 This volume reproduces twenty short texts written by named and unnamed women in the years 1641-1700. These texts selected and introduced by various hands are grouped in thematic clusters for the reader's ease - poetry on religion on politics on society on domestic/social affairs and on mourning. The poems are arranged chronologically within each cluster. The volume closes with Anne Wentworth's pamphlet England's Spiritual Pill. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248837

Mischief Morality and MobsEssays in Honour of Geoffrey Pearson Geoffrey Pearson who died in 2013 was one of the outstanding social scientists of the post second world war era. His work spanned social work social theory social history criminology and sociology. In particular his work has had a huge impact upon studies of youth youth culture and drugs. This collection is made up of contributions from scholars producing empirical work on some of the key areas upon which Geoff Pearson established his reputation. All of the writers in this collection have been profoundly influenced by his scholarship. This collection focuses on urban ethnography race and ethnicity youth and drugs. It includes chapters on: women working in male boxing gyms; understanding the English Defence League; Black male adults as an ignored societal group; drug markets and ethnography; and sex drugs and kids in care. The result is a cutting edge collection that takes readers into social worlds that are difficult to access complex yet utterly normal. Overall this is an exciting and fittingly challenging tribute to one of the UKs most important scholars. This volume will appeal to scholars and students of criminology sociology social history and research methodology – in particular ethnography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371098

Miseducating AmericansDistortions of Historical Understanding In Miseducating Americans Richard F. Hamilton examines accounts of American history appearing in textbooks and popular accounts and compares these with the reports contained in scholarly monographs. The task: to determine how certain myths and misconstructions became accepted as recorded history. Hamilton provides much needed correction of those misleading accounts.Was America historically the "land of the free?" Not if you take into account slavery discrimination and post-Civil War segregation policies. Was America in the late nineteenth century truly expansionist as American textbooks imply or did it actually capitalize on unexpected political and economic opportunities like Russia's desire to rid itself of Alaska? Was the acquisition of the Philippines a zealous profit-seeking effort aiming for "the China market " or the fortuitous consequences of a move against Spain during the Spanish-American War?Miseducating Americans debunks many commonly accepted explanations of historical facts. It contends that many accounts are oversimplifications and some are one-sided depictions of virtue. Hamilton traces the sources of these misconstructions which mostly come from history textbooks written by authors aiming for "popular audiences." He then offers explanations as to how and why the inaccuracies have been repeated and passed on. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855013

Misery's MathematicsMourning Compensation and Reality in Antebellum American Literature This book reveals the strain of a moment in American cultural history that led several remarkable writers -- including Emerson Warner and Melville -- to render the stark rupture of loss in innovative ways. Pushing Protestant culture's sense of loss into secular terrain these three key writers rejected Calvinist and sentimental models of bereavement creating instead the compensations of a mature American literature whose 'originality' stemmed from its capacity to mourn the loss of a common culture and through such mourning to assent to new social and cultural realities. Balaam locates this appeal to 'reality' in the analogies antebellum writers drew between their experience of bereavement and the experiences of uncertainty and disillusionment that followed the revolutions in science the winding down of creedal systems and the economic instability typifying the pre-Civil War era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981249

Misguided MoralityCatholic Moral Teaching in the Contemporary Church This title was first published in 2002. Misguided Morality presents a survey of how the Catholic moral programme has failed to make a decisive impact on the behaviour of the Church's members. Despite a cogent theology of human conduct The author argues that its effectiveness is not impressive. This book analyses what has gone wrong in the transmission of the New Testament ideals. The book covers the whole field of morality starting with the bible and tracing the historical and sociological factors which have effected the dilution of those ideals frequently to the level of anodyne respectability. Having explored the causes of failure  the author offers positive suggestions for improvement in each area where shortcomings have been revealed. Combining loyalty to the Roman Catholic Church with constructive criticism of shortcomings in implementing moral policies this book is essential reading to those studying and participating in Catholic moral teaching in the contemporary church. The author is well known for his books on the challenges to the Church after Vatican II including his books Mission or Maintenance and Whatever Happened to Vatican II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728080

Misinformation Concerning Child Sexual Abuse and Adult Survivors Successfully navigate the minefield of misinformation that can prevent justice from being done in child sexual abuse cases!From the Foreword by Robert Geffner PhD editor of the Journal of Child Sexual Abuse: “Too often the public and some professionals have been misled by media publicity and articles . . . that appear scientific but in reality are biased opinions or over-generalized research. Forensic cases are being decided in many courts based upon the recommendations of so-called 'expert witnesses’who do not actually know the clinical research or understand the dynamics of such abusive relationships.”This much-needed book points out and corrects misinformation that everyone who works with victims offenders or families in which sexual abuse has occurred needs to understand clearly. Especially vital in today's political climate Misinformation Concerning Child Sexual Abuse and Adult Survivors gives you state-of-the-science information on such myths as “false memory syndrome ” “recovered memory therapy ” and the “lack of harm” to some sexually abused boys.Misinformation Concerning Child Sexual Abuse and Adult Survivors examines: forensic issues including the “false memory” defense and how the long-term impact of childhood sexual abuse is often misrepresented in court three separate expert examinations of Rind Tromovitch and Bauserman's well-known--and often misrepresented--review of long-term child sexual abuse outcomes treatment recommendations and guidelines for addressing the memory controversy in clinical practice the fascinating case history/cautionary tale of the child molester Robert Halsey who was convicted and sentenced to two life sentences in 1993 and how public and academic resources were misused to claim he was wrongly convicted Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821276

Misinformation in Referenda The book identifies the impact of misinformation in the context of referenda. While the notion of misinformation is at the centre of current events and is the subject of several studies it has rarely been addressed in the context of referenda or from a multidisciplinary and comparative perspective. This book fills this gap. Different legal orders have been chosen because of their extensive referendum practices (California and Switzerland); a recent legislative process on the issue of misinformation (Germany France and Canada); or recent experience with a vote during which it was considered that false information had been disseminated (Brexit Catalan independence and Italian constitutional referendum of 2016). By bringing together authors from the political and legal sciences the book focuses on combining the expertise of researchers from different backgrounds and origins in order to propose innovative solutions. In this regard the book is characterized by the fact that it does not aim to combat misinformation per se but develops suggestions meant to guarantee the conditions of formation of the political will during referenda. The book will be an invaluable resource for legal scholars political scientists and specialists of political communication. Outside the world of academia the book may draw the attention of policy-makers practitioners and journalists confronted with the challenges of misinformation or disinformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224035

MisLeadershipPrevalence Causes and Consequences The 'MisLeadership' of this book's title is a description of the phenomenon the authors have uncovered through their analysis of the validity or otherwise of current leadership styles and achievements in the light of the challenges leaders face and particularly of the urgent global issues with which business leaders are now confronted. John Rayment and Jonathan Smith examine existing approaches to leadership with a focus on their shortcomings categorized according to the four main types of misLeadership the authors have identified - Missing Misguided Misinformed and Machiavellian leadership. Each of these forms of misleadership has a corollary in one of the four elements of the kind of holistic leadership that the authors advocate - the capacity for effective decision making the adoption of a global perspective the move to a new business paradigm to replace the current economic and social one and commitment to a contemporary mission. From Rayment and Smith's passionately argued but well reasoned perspective leaders the led and those responsible for leadership development will gain an insight into the prevalence and causes of misleadership and into ways in which it can be identified and overcome. A range of examples and case studies is provided to enable the concepts presented here to be related to practice. As well as illustrating instances of 'misleadership' these also demonstrate that the emphasis in relation to the decision making models currently available to leaders may not be the most important stages of the processes involved. The global perspective emphasized by the authors is not just about globality in the geographical sense. An important part of the way forward suggested here involves considering all aspects of humanity - the physical mental and spiritual strength stamina and fitness of individuals groups and societies in the context of a 'Global Fitness Framework'. All this is presented in a practical and approachable style that enables these authors to introduce a new approach to a key element of management thinking in a way that will encourage and empower individuals to think on a different scale challenge assumptions and exercise effective leadership. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595580

Mismanagement “Jumpers ” and MoralityCovertly Concealed Managerial Ignorance and Immoral Careerism in Industrial Organizations Executives’ morality and ethics became major research topics following recent business scandals but the research missed a major explanation of executives’ immorality: career advancement by "jumping" between firms that causes ignorance of job-pertinent tacit local knowledge tempting "jumpers" to covertly conceal this ignorance. Generating distrust and ignorance cycles and mismanagement this choice bars performance-based career advancement and encourages immoral careerism advancing by immoral subterfuges. Such careerism is a known managerial malady but explaining its emergence proved challenging as managerial ignorance is covertly concealed as a dark secret on organizations’ dark side by conspiracies of silence. Managerially educated and experienced Dr. Shapira achieved a breakthrough by a 5-year semi-native anthropological study of five "jumper"-managed automatic processing plants and their parent firms. This book untangles common ignorance and immoral careerism concealed as dark secrets by executives who "rode" on the successes of mid-level "jumpers" who high-morally risked their authority and power by admitting ignorance and trustfully learned local tacit knowledge. The opposite choice tendencies accorded power authority and status rankings which made practicing immorality easier the higher one’s position suggesting that the common "jumping" between managerial careers nurtures immoral executives similar to those exposed in the recent business scandals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367242862

Mismanaging Innovation SystemsThailand and the Middle-income Trap Once recognised as a high-performing newly industrialising Asian economy with the potential for economic and developmental success similar to South Korea Taiwan Hong Kong and Singapore Thailand’s growth rate and competitive edge have declined substantially. With slower adoption and movement towards the knowledge-intensive industries the loss of the competitive edge is a cause of growing concern among Thai policymakers with Thailand succumbing to the middle-income trap. This book analyses Thailand’s declining competitiveness in the past 50 years   considering both the national and sectoral roles and capabilities of key players including the government universities and research institutes as well as the electronics food and automotive industries. Including comparative analyses with other Asian nations this book is a must-read for both students and practitioners with interests in development economics industrial economics and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374815

MisogonusEdited with an Introduction Originally published in 1979 this volume contains the full text of Misogonus edited and with an introduction and additional textual notes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143732

Misogyny Projective Identification and MentalizationPsychoanalytic Social and Institutional Manifestations Misogyny Projective Identification and Mentalization looks at how the psychoanalytic concepts of projective identification and mentalization may explain the construction of society and how they have enabled misogyny to be expressed in social political and institutional settings. Karyne E. Messina explores how misogyny has affected the perception and treatment of women through analysis of a range of examples of individual women and groups. The first part explores projective identification as a mechanism for the suppression of women looking at the origins of the concept in psychoanalysis and its expansion. The author examines the story of Clara Thompson as an example arguing that her virtual disappearance from the history of psychiatry and psychoanalysis itself is a telling example of this process at work. The second part of the book uses four examples of individuals including the recent election loss by Hillary Clinton in 2016 to show that projective identification can (particularly in political and cultural settings) overtake and motivate groups as well as individuals and lead to violence atrocity humiliation and dismissal of and against women. Part three then features case studies of four groups of women from the 20th century including victims of the 1994 Rwandan genocide showing how projective identification against groups has occurred. With specific reference to the erasure of women’s contributions in society both individually and collectively and the trauma that arises from the many effects of regarding women as a group as "less" or "other" this is a book which sets a new agenda for understanding how misogyny is expressed socially. Misogyny Projective Identification and Mentalization will be of interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as scholars of politics gender and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192211

Misogyny in the Western Philosophical TraditionA Reader First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539164

Misperceptions In Foreign PolicymakingThe Sino-indian Conflict 1959-1962 In this case study of the Sino-Indian conflict between 1959 and 1962 the author explores the attitudes that shaped India's policy toward China and traces the network of misunderstandings that led to a war unwanted by both sides. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170219

Misperceptions of the Social WorldWhat We Get Wrong About Sex Race Money and Violence This volume elucidates some of the very concrete ways in which Americans misperceive the social world and how we are all subject to biases and illusions. As such it challenges the assumption in much social science theorizing that people are rational actors by exploring how the machinations of cognition the effect of our past experiences the news and social media feeds all factor into our opinion-making process. The chapters highlight common and often incorrect perceptions of population diversity sexual behavior the economy health and relationships. It shows how correcting these misperceptions of the social world can lead to real behavioral and attitudinal change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138105232

Misplaced LoyaltiesHistory of Ideas Originally published in 1989 as Appointment in Vienna Esther Menaker's Misplaced Loyalties is a fascinating memoir covering five years of student life in Vienna during the early years of the psychoanalytic movement started by Sigmund Freud. It begins in 1930 when full of high expectations the author and her husband left their native America and eagerly embarked on an exhilarating journey that would take them to Austria where they were to become candidates at the Psychoanalytic Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528185

Misrepresenting Black Africa in U.S. MuseumsBlack Skin Black Masks This book is an examination of race Black African objects identity museums at the turn of the 19th century in the U.S. via the history of the earliest collectors of Black African objects in the U.S.. Misrepresenting Black Africa in American Museums explores black identity as a changing nuanced concept. Focusing on racial history in the United States this book examines two of the earliest collectors of Black African objects in the United States. First there is a history of race and ideas of primitiveness is presented. Next there is a discussion of western concepts of race. Then there is an examination of Karl Steckelmann the first collector who is a united states citizen. After which there is a critical account of William H. Sheppard the second collector who is also a black Presbyterian Minister from Virginia. Then a broader discussion of public appearances of Black African images in public. This is followed by a detailed look at museum formation and practices. Next there is a theoretical discussion of identity and race and finally a look at the impact of historical practices that continue into the 21st century. This book will be of interest to scholars of race and racism African visual culture heritage and museum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194543

Missile Defense In The 21st CenturyProtection Against Limited Threats Including Lessons From The Gulf War This book examines the implications of emerging security environment for missile defense. It identifies the lessons concerning the questions provided by the Gulf War focusing on the redirection of the Strategic Defense Initiative towards a capability for global protection against limited strikes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154295

Missile-Defence Cooperation in the Gulf Iran’s short- and medium-range ballistic missiles are instrumental to its military doctrine and deterrence strategy. Yet despite having long faced a direct threat from these missiles the members of the Gulf Cooperation Council remain unable or unwilling to effectively coordinate and integrate their missile-defence capabilities. They have gained a measure of protection through bilateral procurement of technology and expertise from the United States. But a more strategically efficient approach would be to pool resources such as radars and other sensors and to integrate their systems in ways that require difficult compromises between state sovereignty and security. Written by a team of IISS experts Missile-Defence Cooperation in the Gulf contributes to the ongoing policy debate on Middle Eastern collective security. The report examines the development of Iran’s missile capabilities over several decades parallel efforts to counter the threat they pose by Gulf Arab states and the broader evolution of security structures in the region. It is a valuable resource for policymakers scholars and government officials seeking to understand the ‘security complex’ that encompasses all states in the Gulf and that shapes their decisions on politically sensitive issues of missile defence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780860792147

Missing and Modified Data in Nonparametric EstimationWith R Examples This book presents a systematic and unified approach for modern nonparametric treatment of missing and modified data via examples of density and hazard rate estimation nonparametric regression filtering signals and time series analysis. All basic types of missing at random and not at random biasing truncation censoring and measurement errors are discussed and their treatment is explained. Ten chapters of the book cover basic cases of direct data biased data nondestructive and destructive missing survival data modified by truncation and censoring missing survival data stationary and nonstationary time series and processes and ill-posed modifications.The coverage is suitable for self-study or a one-semester course for graduate students with a prerequisite of a standard course in introductory probability. Exercises of various levels of difficulty will be helpful for the instructor and self-study.The book is primarily about practically important small samples. It explains when consistent estimation is possible and why in some cases missing data should be ignored and why others must be considered. If missing or data modification makes consistent estimation impossible then the author explains what type of action is needed to restore the lost information.The book contains more than a hundred figures with simulated data that explain virtually every setting claim and development. The companion R software package allows the reader to verify reproduce and modify every simulation and used estimators. This makes the material fully transparent and allows one to study it interactively.Sam Efromovich is the Endowed Professor of Mathematical Sciences and the Head of the Actuarial Program at the University of Texas at Dallas. He is well known for his work on the theory and application of nonparametric curve estimation and is the author of Nonparametric Curve Estimation: Methods Theory and Applications. Professor Sam Efromovich is a Fellow of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics and the American Statistical Association. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367571986

Missing Data Analysis in Practice Missing Data Analysis in Practice provides practical methods for analyzing missing data along with the heuristic reasoning for understanding the theoretical underpinnings. Drawing on his 25 years of experience researching teaching and consulting in quantitative areas the author presents both frequentist and Bayesian perspectives. He describes easy-to-implement approaches the underlying assumptions and practical means for assessing these assumptions. Actual and simulated data sets illustrate important concepts with the data sets and codes available online.The book underscores the development of missing data methods and their adaptation to practical problems. It mainly focuses on the traditional missing data problem. The author also shows how to use the missing data framework in many other statistical problems such as measurement error finite population inference disclosure limitation combing information from multiple data sources and causal inference. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367737665

Missing Links in Labour Geography Addressing a number of 'missing links' in the analysis of labour and its geographies this volume examines how theoretical perspectives on both labour in general and the organizations of the labour movement in particular can be refined and redefined. Issues of agency power and collective mobilizations are examined and illustrated via a wide range of case studies from the 'global north' and 'global south' in order to develop a better and fuller appreciation of labour market processes in developed and developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269897

Missing PersonsA handbook of research A missing person is an individual whose whereabouts are unknown and where there is some concern for his or her wellbeing. In the UK around 250 000 people are reported missing every year with the majority being children under the age of 18. Despite the fact that missing persons are a social phenomenon which encompasses vast areas of interest relatively little is known about those who go missing what happens to them while they are missing and what can be done to prevent these incidents from occurring. This groundbreaking book brings together for the first time ideas and expertise across this vast subject area into one interconnected publication. It explores the subjects of missing children missing adults the investigative process of missing person cases and the families of missing persons. Those with no prior knowledge or professionals with focused knowledge in some areas will be able to expand their understanding of a variety of topics relevant to this field through detailed chapters which advance our understanding of this complex phenomenon discuss what is unknown and suggest the best and most important steps forward to further advance our knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494442

Mission Money and Authority Part OneJournal of Museum Education 35:2 Thematic Issue Sponsored by the Museum Education Roundtable Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405004

Mission Money and Authority Part TwoJournal of Museum Education 35:3 Thematic Issue Sponsored by the Museum Education Roundtable Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404991

Mission and Tamil SocietySocial and Religious Change in South India (1840-1900) Looks to provide an analysis of religion as a dynamic factor in Indian society. Not only is the ritual economic and power status of the missionaries examined but also such effects on their converts as social status and mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406070

Mission ControlHow Nonprofits and Governments Can Focus Achieve More and Change the World In the last ten years the number of nonprofits and social sector organizations has grown by almost 25 percent while charitable giving declined 30 percent over the same period. As a result many organizations are chasing grants tweaking and adding to their core activities to match what they think funders are looking for. Almost half of nonprofits surveyed nationally in 2014 said they added additional programs in the last year. The result is colloquially known as "mission creep"-- organizations trying to be everything to everyone. Yet research suggests that the more goals individuals or organizations pursue the less likely they are to achieve them leaving these organizations often overwhelmed underfunded and unfulfilled.  Mission Control: How Nonprofits and Governments Can Focus Achieve More and Change the World is designed to restore focus and gain "mission control" to identify the things they should and should not do to drive impact. Drawing from the author's experience of working with thousands of clients at nonprofits and government agencies around the world both large and small the book represents the stories of countless mission-driven organizations. Downey helps leaders teams executive directors and boards with the critical task of clarifying an organization's sweet spot at the intersection of what it is good at what its clients need and the activities that get measurable and sustainable results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561745

Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashantee (1819) First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760829

Mission in ContextExplorations Inspired by J. Andrew Kirk Stimulated by Andrew Kirk's mission theology this book brings fresh theological reflection to a wide range of mission issues. A formidable group of international missiologists are drawn together to explore current reflections on a wide range of issues including: poverty and injustice environmentalism secularism the place of scripture in a pluralist culture science and faith liberation theology oppression and reconciliation and much more. Kirk's influence and reputation is international and extends to South America USA Eastern Europe Africa and SE Asia. Latin American mission has been especially enriched by Kirk's innovative thinking on revolutionary politics contextualisation and holistic mission. This is an indispensable resource of up-to-date missiological reflections for all involved in mission at every level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546165

Mission of the University In 1930 the great Spanish philosopher Jos Ortega y Gasset set forth a program for reforming the modern Spanish university. Aware that the missions of the university are many and often competing Ortega built his program around a conception of a "general culture" that knows no national boundaries or time limits and could fit into any national system of higher education. His ideas are especially pertinent to contemporary debate in America over curriculum development and the purpose of education. In this volume Ortega sought to answer two essential questions: what is the knowledge most worth knowing by all students and what is the function of the university in a modern democracy? Basing his answers on his own deep personal culture and an extensive knowledge of the various European university systems Ortega defined four primary missions: the teaching of the learned professions the fostering of scientific research training for political leadership and finally the creation of cultured persons with the ability to make intellectual interpretations of the world. Ortega's understanding of "general culture" is set out in great detail here. He meant an active engagement in ideas and issues that were both historical and contemporary. His concern is with the classical problems of justice the good society who should rule and the responsibilities of citizenship. This edition first published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008059

Mission of the University In 1930 the great Spanish philosopher Jose Ortega y Gasset set forth a program for reforming the modern Spanish university. Aware that the missions of the university are many and often competing Ortega built his program around a conception of a "general culture" that knows no national boundaries or time limits and could fit into any national system of higher education. His ideas are especially pertinent to contemporary debate in America over curriculum development and the purpose of education.In this volume Ortega sought to answer two essential questions: what is the knowledge most worth knowing by all students and what is the function of the university in a modern democracy? Basing his answers on his own deep personal culture and an extensive knowledge of the various European university systems Ortega defined four primary missions: the teaching of the learned professions the fostering of scientific research training for political leadership and finally the creation of cultured persons with the ability to make intellectual interpretations of the world. Ortega's understanding of "general culture" is set out in great detail here. He meant an active engagement in ideas and issues that were both historical and contemporary. His concern is with the classical problems of justice the good society who should rule and the responsibilities of citizenship.In his informative and brilliant introduction to this new edition Clark Kerr a lifetime student of Ortega's work analyzes Ortega's ideas in their historical context and speculates on how the great issues he dealt with here can be made contemporary for modern students facing the challenges and uncertainties of the twenty-first century. Mission of the University and its new opening essay will be of interest to educationists social scientists and above all the students of this era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528192

Mission PossibleThe Latin American Agribusiness Development Corporation The Latin American Agribusiness Development Corporation (LAAD) was one of many initiatives taken at the height of the Cold War to alleviate poverty in countries threatened by communist insurgencies. Its mission was to promote rural development by funding local agribusiness enterprises to create new permanent jobs and new economic activity. In Mission Possible Ross president of LAAD from 1972 to 1998 gives a richly detailed insider's account of the company's first three decades.Originally capitalized with a little over $2 million and beginning with the small economies of Central America it gradually expanded into the Caribbean islands and South America and now is a factor in 25 countries. To date LAAD has provided over $300 million to 700 projects generating tens of thousands of new jobs and new annual exports of $500 million. Always profitable it has paid a dividend for twenty years. Its capitalization has grown to over $30 million by reinvesting most of its earnings in Latin America. Since LAAD was committed exclusively to Latin America it had to contend with an often unsettled political environment; it could not simply stand on the sidelines and wait for conditions to improve. Indeed in a broader sense LAAD's mission was to help improve those conditions.Mission Possible describes a small but significant chapter in a broader context of how the world's rich countries have tried to raise living standards among their poorer neighbors. Students of economic development and international business management will learn much from the story of how this unique experiment grew into a dynamic enterprise."[Ross] offers innumerable studies [in Mission Possible] of investment projects that stimulated the commercial production of agricultural produce in the region. He recounts the frustrating negotiations with uncomprehending central bankers and the difficulties of developing marketing and other infrastructural networks that are so important for assuring the success of any business and is pleased with what he identifies as the two most significant changes that profoundly affected agriculture: the decline in the role of the state in Latin America and in protectionism in the industrialized world. ... He stresses the fundamental roles that innovative entrepreneurs can play taking advantage of opportunities created by organizations like LAAD and using market information to reduce uncertainty." -David Barkin Latin American Research ReviewRobert L. Ross a Harvard-educated development economist has worked for forty years in Latin America. He taught economics at the Latin American Economic and Social Planning Institute in Santiago Chile and worked on the first development plans in Haiti and Paraguay. He was president of the Latin American Agribusiness Development Corporation from 1972 until his retirement in 1998. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512269

Mission Statements First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863811

Mission to the Republic of CongoThe African Commission's Working Group on Indigenous Populations/Communities The African Commission on Human and Peoples' Rights has established a Working Group on Indigenous Populations/Communities that undertook a country visit to the Republic of Congo in March 2010 and this is the report from that visit. This visit was a follow-up visit to the one also conducted by the working group in September 2005 and aimed at encouraging the government to adopt a law on indigenous peoples' rights. The report gives an account of meetings held with government authorities civil society organizations indigenous communities and other stakeholders; it describes the situation of the indigenous populations in the country and it makes recommendations to the government civil society organizations and the international community. The mission was conducted in Brazzaville and in the Sibiti region. The report is a bilingual English/French publication. Media > Books > Print Books International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs 9788792786081

Missionaries Rebellion and Proto-NationalismJames Long of Bengal The Rev. James Long was one of the most remarkable Protestant missionaries working in India in the nineteenth century. Sent to Calcutta at the age of 22 in 1840 he devoted his life to representing what he passionately believed were the best interests of the forgotten poor and oppressed among the Bengali population. Long was a central figure in the indigo planting controversy of 1861 and suffered imprisonment as a result. His memory is revered even today in modern India where his contribution to the development of Bengali vernacular education literature history and sociology is highly regarded. Dr Oddie has produced the first full-length biography of Rev Long examining his work and activities in the context of his own background philosophy and motivation as well as the political and cultural climate of the day. This book will add significantly to our knowledge of social movements in nineteenth century India and the colonial responses to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981256

Missionary Education and Empire in Late Colonial India 1860-1920 Contributes simultaneously to both British imperial and Indian history. This work demonstrates that missionary understandings and interactions with India rather than being party to imperial ideologies often diverged from metropolitan and imperial norms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663503

Missionary Encounters Describes the exceptional wealth of missionary archives and the major contributions they can make not only to the study of the processes of Christian evangelism and Western imperialism but also their value in documenting and analysing the nature of Western encounters with indigenous societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144972

Missionary of Tanganyika 1877-1888 This account of an evangelical initiative at Lake Tanganyika was first published in 1892. It looks at Ujiji society and commerce and includes a description and comparison of the peoples that was done for the Anthropological Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995949

Missionary Strategies in the New World 1610-1690An Intellectual History The study is an intellectual and comparative history of French Spanish and English missions to the native peoples of America in the seventeenth century c. 1610–1690. It shows that missions are ideal case studies to properly understand the relationship between religion and politics in early modern Catholic and Calvinist thought. The book aims to analyse the intellectual roots of fundamental ideas in Catholic and Calvinist missionary writings—among others idolatry conversion civility and police—by examining the classical Augustinian neo-thomist reformed Protestant and contemporary European influences on their writings. Missionaries’ insistence on the necessity of reform emphasising an experiential practical vision of Christianity led them to elaborate conversion strategies that encompassed not only religious but also political and social changes. It was at the margins of empire that the essentials of Calvinist and Catholic soteriologies and political thought could be enacted and crystallised. By a careful analysis of these missiologies the study thus argues that missionaries’ common strategies—habituation segregation social and political regulations—stem from a shared intellectual heritage classical humanist and above all concerned with the Erasmian ideal of a reformation of manners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876074

Missionary Zeal and Institutional ControlOrganizational Contradictions in the Basel Mission on the Gold Coast 1828-1917 This book is about the Basel Mission in the Gold Coast (now Ghana) before the First World War. Miller reconstructs the backgrounds and motivations of the mission's participants and describes the organizational structure that shaped their activities at home and abroad. He then traces some serious and recurrent internal problems to the commitment to difficult Pietist beliefs about authority and obedience. The organization survived those troubles and its impact on Ghana continued to grow because the same biblical worldview that demanded extreme discipline also prepared the members of the mission community to sustain their efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405653

Mission-Based Policing The research revolution in police work has uncovered a multitude of data but this contemporary knowledge has done very little to change the way things are done in most police departments across the U.S. where the prevalent form of policing is based on the traditional model of district assignments and random preventive patrol. Mission-Based Policing unveils a new paradigm that transitions policing away from practices that while long-held have inadequately dealt with serious crime. Drawn from the work of scholars on the cutting edge of police research this volume argues for a radical shift in the way policing is approached. It provides concrete recommendations for the fundamental reorganization of the policing institution and presents a comprehensive planning regimen for urban problems that encompasses security urban reinvestment and public planning. Introducing an innovative practical model for problem-oriented policing in high crime areas the book uncovers: Contemporary problems in urban policing today Counter-insurgency strategy and how it might contribute to successful policing The five central principles of mission-based policing: focus effectiveness deployment integrity and mission’s end The concept of logical lines of operation (LOOs): planning security establishing/restoring essential services and rebuilding Strategies for police department reorganization guided by principles of mission-based policing Potential issues raised by the concept or applications of mission-based policing including practicality command problems and perceived risks Outlining a specific methodology for police redeployment the book highlights the importance of hot spot presence command integrity and fundamental organizational change that has as its end goal long term reduction in crime statistics through effective crime prevention practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439850367

Missions States and European Expansion in Africa Missions States and European Expansion in Africa aims to explore the ways Christianity and colonialism acted as hegemonic or counter hegemonic forces in the making of African societies. As Western interventionist forces Christianity and colonialism were crucial in establishing and maintaining political cultural and economic domination. Indeed both elements of Africa’s encounter with the West played pivotal roles in shaping African societies during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This volume uses a wide range of perspectives to address the intersection between missions evangelism and colonial expansion across Africa. The contributors address several issues including missionary collaboration with the colonizing effort of European powers; disagreements between missionaries and colonizing agents; the ways in which missionaries and colonial officials used language imagery and European epistemology to legitimize relations of inequality with Africans; and the ways in which both groups collaborated to transform African societies. Thus Missions States and European Expansion in Africa transcends the narrow boundaries that often separate the role of these two elements of European encounter to argue that missionary endeavours and official colonial actions could all be conceptualized as hegemonic institutions in which both pursued the same civilizing mission even if they adopted different strategies in their encounter with African societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514699

Missions to the NigerVolume I: The Journal of Friedrich Horneman's Travels from Cairo to Murzuk in the Years 1797-98; The Letters of Major A This is the first of several volumes on the exploration of the Niger following its discovery by Mingo Park. It begins with the travels of Friedrich Hornemann and then leaps a quarter of a century to the great journey of Alexander Gordon Laing. The travels of Lyon Oudney Denham and Clapperton will be the subject of later volumes. Book I consists of an edited text of Hornemann's journal of his travels from Cairo to Murzuk between 1797 and 1798 together with an introduction by Mr Bovill. Book II on Laing's mission to Timbucktu from 1824 until his death in 1826 has been built up from miscellaneous material drawn from various contemporary sources. All the more important contemporary documents whether in Laing's hand or not have been printed exactly as they were written but the fragmentary material which can be drawn from less important letters and official despatches has been turned into editorial notes which are interpolated in the text. Continued in Second Series 128-130. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1964. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315595627

MissouriA Geography This book brings together a wealth of information about Missouri's resources and people tracing the theme of persistence versus change in the relationship between man and the land. It examines Missouri's natural setting and its economy political geography and largest urban centers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168285

Mistake Proofing for Lean Healthcare The principles of mistake proofing long used to eliminate errors and defects across a range of industries are now being applied in healthcare organizations around the world to help ensure patient safety improve services and eliminate waste.Mistake Proofing for Lean Healthcare is based on the definitive mistake-proofing philosophy and system developed by Shigeo Shingo. This reader-friendly book introduces the main concepts and benefits of mistake proofing in healthcare and highlights common reasons that errors and defects occur. It also explains how to catch errors before they become defects using the concept of "source inspection " so you can ensure quality before a process is performed instead of afterward. When systematically used the mistake-proofing approach explained in this book will help you: Create safer more reliable and more effective healthcare services for both patients and staff Establish a culture in which mistakes and the conditions that cause them are readily surfaced so they can be corrected Lay the foundation for processes that flow smoothly without disruption Eliminate rework waste and the need for extra resources and supplies Presenting real-world healthcare examples the book shows different types of mistake-proofing devices and methods (poka-yoke) that provide feedback quickly and automatically to prevent errors and defects.The book is part of the Lean Healthcare Series and is designed for individual or group learning. Each chapter includes reflection questions to facilitate understanding and stimulate discussion and action. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439837436

Mistaken Kanbans - Why the Toyota System is Not Working for YouWhy the Toyota System is Not Working for You Mistaken Kanbans will open your eyes to the reasons most Kanban implementations do not work as explained by an expert in Kanban Systems. It will give you a roadmap to guide you through the necessary steps to implementing a successful Kanban System. This book carefully identifies and explains the intricacies of a Kanban System within the context of a pull production system. The author's implementation wisdom and experience are shown in how he articulates the complexity of a Kanban System for learners at any level of Lean. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537108

Mistaking AfricaCuriosities and Inventions of the American Mind For many Americans the mention of Africa immediately conjures up images of safaris ferocious animals strangely dressed "tribesmen " and impenetrable jungles. Although the occasional newspaper headline mentions authoritarian rule corruption genocide devastating illnesses or civil war in Africa the collective American consciousness still carries strong mental images of Africa that are reflected in advertising movies amusement parks cartoons and manyother corners of society. Few think to question these perceptions or how they came to be so deeply lodged in American minds. Mistaking Africa looks at the historical evolution of this mind-set and examines the role that popular media plays in its creation. The authors address the most prevalent myths and preconceptions and demonstrate how these prevent a true understanding of the enormously diverse peoples and cultures of Africa.Updated throughout the fourth edition covers the entire continent (North and sub-Saharan Africa) and provides new analysis of topics such as social media and the Internet the Ebola crisis celebrity aid and the Arab Spring. Mistaking Africa is an important book for African studies courses and for anyone interested in unraveling American misperceptions about the continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349831

Misteaks. . . and how to find them before the teacher does. . .A Calculus Supplement 3rd Edition An unusual supplement to every calculus textbook Misteaks and How to Find Them before the Teacher Does is popular with students and teachers alike. Teachers love the way it encourages students to truly think about mathematics rather than simply plugging numbers into equations to crank out answers and students love the author's straightforward tongue-in-cheek style. The title of this light-hearted and amusing book might well have been "Going Gray in Elementary Calculus and How to Avoid it." Changing the metaphor Barry has hit the nail on the finger in hundreds of fine examples. --Philip J. Davis coauthor of The Mathematical Experience. "How I wish that something like this had been available when I was a student!" --Ralph P. Boas former editor of The American Mathematical Monthly. Bonus: Solution to LeWitt Puzzle Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138413160

Mistress of the HouseWomen of Property in the Victorian Novel This exploration of gender and property ownership in eight important novels argues that property is a decisive undercurrent in narrative structures and modes as well as an important gender signature in society and culture. Tim Dolin suggests that the formal development of nineteenth-century domestic fiction can only be understood in the context of changes in the theory and laws of property: indeed femininity and its representation cannot be considered separately from property relations and their reform. He presents original readings of novels in which a woman owns acquires or loses property focusing on exchanges between patriarchal cultural authority the 'woman question' and narrative form and on the place of domestic fiction in a culture in which property relations and gender relations are subject to radical review. Each chapter revolves around a representative text but refers substantially to other material both other novels and contemporary social legal political and feminist commentary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267442

Mistresses of the Transient HearthAmerican Army Officers' Wives and Material Culture 1840-1880 This book explores the ways in which mid-19th Century American army officers' wives used material culture to confirm their status as middle-class women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650199

MistrustDevelopmental Cultural and Clinical Realms Humans are weak. Lacking the claws and thick skins of other animals we are forced to rely on members of our own species to survive and flourish in the world. The fact that the human infant is born in an utterly helpless state also makes others' protective care necessary. Attachment bonding concern and mutuality thus become cornerstones of human existence. Trust also enters this equation. Originating in the early mother-child relationship trust continues to grow get contextually refined tempered by reality testing and gain nuances throughout the subsequent adult life. Its absence (mistrust) or malformation (distrust) contributes to psychopathology and is responsible for much intrapsychic distress and interpersonal strife. Given its formative significance and it crucial role in the therapeutic process one is surprised by the paucity of psychoanalytic writings specifically devoted to the topic of trust and mistrust. Few if any monographs on trust exist. A collection of essays written specifically for this volume it deals with the ontogenesis psychopathology cultural vicissitudes and technical implications of trust and mistrust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204886

Misunderstanding in Social LifeDiscourse Approaches to Problematic Talk Misunderstanding is a pervasive phenomenon in social life sometimes with serious consequences for people's life chances. Misunderstandings are especially hazardous in high-stakes events such as job interviews or in the legal system. In unequal power encounters unsuccessful communication is regularly attributed to the less powerful participant especially when those participants are members of an ethnic minority group. But even when communicative events are not prestructured by participants' differential positions in social hierarchies misunderstandings occur at different levels of interactional and social engagement. Misunderstanding in Social Life examines such problematic talk in ordinary conversation and different institutional settings including socializing events and story tellings education and assessment activities and interviews in TV news broadcasts employment agencies legal settings and language testing. The analyzed interactions are located in a variety of sociocultural environments and conducted in a range of languages including English French German Hebrew Japanese such language varieties as Aboriginal Australian English and Maori New Zealand English and nonnative varieties. The original studies included in this volume adopt a variety of theoretical perspectives including discourse-pragmatic approaches conversation analysis interactional sociolinguistics social constructionism tropological and narrative analysis. They represent multiple views of misunderstanding as a multilayered discourse event. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145238

Misunderstanding Media The 1980s saw constant reports of an information revolution. This book first published in 1986 challenges this view. It argues that the information revolution is an illusion a rhetorical gambit an expression of profound historical ignorance and a movement dedicated to purveying misunderstanding and disseminating disinformation. In this historically based attack on the information revolution Professor Winston takes a had look at the four central information technologies – telephones television computers and satellites. He describes how these technologies were created and diffused showing that instead of revolution we just have ‘business as usual’. He formulates a ‘law’ of the suppression of radical potential – a law which states that new telecommunication technologies are introduced into society only insofar as their disruptive potential is contained. Despite the so-called information revolution the major institutions of society remain unchanged and most of us remain in total ignorance of the history of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699991

Misunderstanding News AudiencesSeven Myths of the Social Media Era Misunderstanding News Audiences interrogates the prevailing myths around the impact of the Internet and social media on news consumption and democracy. The book draws on a broad range of comparative research into audience engagement with news across different geographic regions to provide insight into the experience of news audiences in the twenty-first century. From its inception it was imagined that the Internet would benignly transform the nature of news media and its consumers. There were predictions that it would for example break up news oligarchies improve plurality and diversity through news personalisation create genuine social solidarity online and increase political awareness and participation among citizens. However this book finds that while mainstream news media is still the major source of news the new media environment appears to lead to greater polarisation between news junkies and news avoiders and to greater political polarisation. The authors also argue that the dominant role of the USA in the field of news audience research has created myths about a global news audience which obscures the importance of national context as a major explanation for news exposure differences. Misunderstanding News Audiences presents an important analysis of findings from recent audience studies and in doing so encourages readers to re-evaluate popular beliefs about the influence of the Internet on news consumption and democracy in the West.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215191

Misunderstanding RussiaRussian Foreign Policy and the West Well argued and balanced Leichtova provides an alternative and more constructive understanding of what drives Russian foreign policy. The book is based on the concepts of constructivism and orientalism in international relations to analyse the policies of the Russian Federation. This book highlights that Russian foreign policy is a complex phenomenon constructed from internal as well as external developments perceptions and expectations. At the same time it also highlights that Western states are the most significant Other in construction of the Russian foreign policy and even Russian identity and at the same time actively create an 'image of Russia' in international politics which is widely based on their own Western assumptions about the country. The author introduces the reader to an alternate portrayal of relations between Russia and the West which all analysts should take into consideration before drawing conclusions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248847

Misunderstanding the Internet The growth of the internet has been spectacular. There are now more than 3 billion internet users across the globe some 40 per cent of the world’s population. The internet’s meteoric rise is a phenomenon of enormous significance for the economic political and social life of contemporary societies. However much popular and academic writing about the internet continues to take a celebratory view assuming that the internet’s potential will be realised in essentially positive and transformative ways. This was especially true in the euphoric moment of the mid-1990s when many commentators wrote about the internet with awe and wonderment. While this moment may be over its underlying technocentrism – the belief that technology determines outcomes – lingers on and with it a failure to understand the internet in its social economic and political contexts. Misunderstanding the Internet is a short introduction encompassing the history sociology politics and economics of the internet and its impact on society. This expanded and updated second edition is a polemical sociologically and historically informed guide to the key claims that have been made about the online world. It aims to challenge both popular myths and existing academic orthodoxies that surround the internet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906228

Misunderstandings in ATC CommunicationLanguage Cognition and Experimental Methodology Effective radio communication between ATC and pilots has long been recognized as an important element of aviation safety. In recognition of the role miscommunications play in aviation incidents and accidents the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) recently introduced language proficiency requirements for all flight personnel in all ICAO member states. Using an effective and economical experimental paradigm the research described here teases apart the complex combination of factors (e.g. speech rate controller message length English language proficiency cognitive workload) believed to contribute to miscommunications between controllers and pilots. Misunderstandings in ATC Communication offers an in-depth report of a seminal study in aviation communication which until now has only been available in the form of an unpublished dissertation. In addition it offers a recent extension of that work the authors’ reflections on the research process and a thorough review of the aviation communication literature. Graduate students and researchers who wish to address real-world problems will appreciate the simple elegance of the experimental paradigm that has been used to address a wide range of theoretical and applied interdisciplinary research questions. The book will appeal to scholars in the fields of human factors linguistics cognitive psychology applied linguistics and second-language education and assessment. It is also of direct relevance to government and industry decision-makers and operators as they strive to implement the ICAO requirements and to improve aviation safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754679738

Misuse of MindA Study of Bergson's Attack on Intellectualism First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822990

Misused Statistics "Revised and updated edition of a standard in the field. Alerts readers to the problems inherent in statistical practice-illustrating the types of misused statistics with well-documented real-world examples nearly half new to this edition drawn from a wide range of areas including the media public policy polls and surveys political elections and debates advertising science and health care and business and economics." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400392

Mitchell and Trask's Hedwig and the Angry Inch '… love creates something that was not there before.' – Hedwig John Cameron Mitchell and Stephen Trask’s Hedwig and the Angry Inch opened on Valentine’s Day 1998 in New York City and ever since it and its genderqueer heroine have captivated audiences around the world. As the first musical to feature a genderqueer protagonist as its lead the show has had an extraordinary life on film Broadway and in the music field. A glam rock musical with a complex relationship to issues related to art eroticism and matters of identity formation Hedwig and the Angry Inch is a darkly exuberant fairy tale about a child that discovers she is one of a kind but also potentially among her own kind if she dares travel past borders that confine and try to stabilise her being and identity. Caridad Svich examines this exhilarating work through the lenses of visual and vocal rock ’n’ roll performance the history of the American musical and its positioning within LGBTIQ+ theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354166

Mitchell's Introduction to Building Introduction to Building provides a comprehensive introduction to various aspects of development and associated building procedures from initial planning and design through procurement of building work contractual arrangements and construction techniques. Now in its Fifth Edition this popular text continues to present an authoritative overview of the many design and practical considerations associated with the creation and maintenance of modern buildings including repair of existing buildings and traditional construction procedures.  Topics covered include the functional requirements of a building: appearance durability dimensional suitability strength and stability weather exclusion sound control thermal comfort fire protection lighting and ventilating sanitation and drainage security cost sustainability building processes the building team communication and construction methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273738046

Mitchell's Structure & Fabric Part 1 A new edition of the best selling title in the prestigious Mitchell's Building Series. This book is the first of a two volume set which provides a complete and thorough treatment of the principles and techniques used in the design and construction of a building. This new edition has been thoroughly updated to bring it into line with recent changes in British Standards and developments in construction techniques while retaining the comprehensive approach for which it is renowned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408821

Mitchell's Structure & Fabric Part 2 Structure and Fabric Part 2 consolidates and develops the construction principles introduced in Part 1. With generous use of illustrations this book provides a thorough treatment of the techniques used in the construction of various types of building.This new edition has been thoroughly reviewed and updated with reference to recent changes in building regulations national and European standards and related research papers. The comprehensive presentation provides guidance on established and current practice including the administrative procedures necessary for the construction of buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129054

Mitford's JapanMemories and Recollections 1866-1906 As the preface to this new edition points out Mitford (Algernon Bertram the first Lord Redesdale) was a gifted writer whose descriptions of Japan during the critical time of transition from a feudal to a modern state in the late nineteenth century are a testimony to his narrative skills accuracy and objective reporting - qualities which are sometimes overshadowed by the higher profile given to his contemporary Ernest Satow. Accordingly this new paperback edition which makes the Mitford memoirs available to a much wider audience includes a wide selection of extracts from Mitford's bestselling Tales of Old Japan (1871) - what Mitford according to Carmen Blacker perceived as the essence of the Japanese spirit: 'heroic ruthless devotedly loyal bloody and chivalrous'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315074542

Mitigating Land Degradation and Improving LivelihoodsAn Integrated Watershed Approach The research presented in this book demonstrates how an integrated ‘systems’ approach to farming in the watershed context increases the effectiveness of a production system and improves people’s livelihoods. It takes an integrated approach using one watershed in Ethiopia as a ‘laboratory’ or model case study to focus on the interaction and interdependence between land water crops soil water harvesting supplemental irrigation forestry socio-economic aspects livestock and farm tools.  A range of linked studies was conducted with active participation of the farming community and other relevant stakeholders such as the local offices of agriculture and extension services. The starting point for the work was the premise that previous efforts to solve farming system constraints using a piecemeal approach or discipline-specific focus have not been successful. Thus addressing agricultural and environmental constraints through a holistic approach enables the generation of comprehensive technologies to sustainably improve the natural resource base and livelihoods of communities. The authors discuss trade-offs and resource allocation demonstrating how the environment can be protected while also improving productivity.  A unique feature is the methodology developed for the selection of suitable fields and farmers to implement new approaches or improved technologies to achieve production increases while reducing degradation of sensitive agro-ecosystems. It is also shown how the watershed scale is a valuable basis for assessing the protection of fragile lands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173241

Mitigation of Gas Pipeline Integrity Problems Mitigation of Gas Pipeline Integrity Problems presents the methodology to enable engineers experienced or not to alleviate pipeline integrity problems during operation. It explains the principal considerations and establishes a common approach in tackling technical challenges that may arise during gas production.   Covers third-party damage corrosion geotechnical hazards stress corrosion cracking off-spec sales gas improper design or material selection as-built flaws improper operations and leak and break detection Details various hazard mitigation options Offers tested concepts of pipeline integrity blended with recent research results documented in a scholarly fashion to make it simple to the average reader   This practical work serves the needs of advanced students researchers and professionals working in pipeline engineering and petrochemical industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367546588

Mitigation of Landfill Gas Emissions Landfilling has been and still remains an important means of municipal solid waste management but it poses a threat to the purity of the environment especially air. In the coming years a radical decline in the share of landfilling in waste disposal practices should not be expected. However this is not to say that people are powerless in the face of the emission of harmful gases into the atmosphere the spread of bioaerosols and odors. There are many ways of preventing the negative impact of landfills or protecting the environment against such an impact. Some of these preventive and protective measures are described in Mitigation of Landfill Gas Emissions. Special attention is given to the application of anaerobic aerobic and semi-aerobic bioreactor landfills for control of landfill gas emission. Different types of biotic systems for the oxidation of methane and trace gases such as biocovers biofilters and biowindows are also presented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415630771

Mitochondria in Health and Disease It was once assumed that mitochondrial diseases were rare and that few people were affected. As knowledge has grown about these organelles and their function it became clear that mitochondrial malfunction could be linked to several chronic diseases. Diabetes has been associated with DNA mutation and can cause mutation itself. This text discusses findings involving the effects of disease on mitochondrial number mitogenesis and the base sequence of mitochondrial DNA. Experts discuss their study of mitochondria and what happens when it malfunctions. This book also explores the idea that mutated mitochondrial DNA can result in disease and vice versa. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392697

Mitochondria in Liver Disease "…excellent well-organized and timely."—Lester Packer and Enrique Cardenas University of Southern California Los Angeles from the Series PrefaceThe liver is a vital organ that is responsible for a wide range of functions most of which are essential for survival. The multitude of functions the liver performs makes it vulnerable to a wide range of diseases. Mitochondrial dysfunction plays an important role in many liver diseases including drug-induced liver injury alcoholic liver disease and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Mitochondria in Liver Disease gathers the most current research regarding the role of mitochondria in the liver and various diseases to which it is susceptible.The book is separated into two sections the first of which highlights the latest developments in mitochondrial research. It includes cutting-edge topics such as the regulation of mitochondrial respiration using hydrogen sulfide and the regulation of mitochondrial fusion–fission via the endoplasmic reticulum. The second section reviews the most current research on the role of mitochondria in a wide range of liver diseases. It also addresses novel topics such as the importance of liver mitochondrial constituents as biomarkers of liver injury in plasma and as regulators of the immune system.Mitochondria in Liver Disease represents the current state of knowledge and research on mitochondrial roles in liver diseases. Written by a group of global experts it provides an authoritative and comprehensive overview of the latest advances and methods that mark key starting points for future research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377243

Mitochondrial Medicine Mitochondrial dysfunction is increasingly being recognized as the basis of a wide variety of human diseases. Providing an authoritative update on our current knowledge of mitochondrial medicine this text draws together world authorities from various fields to present general therapeutic strategies as well as the treatments presently available in different specialties - thus making it essential reading for clinicians involved with the management of patients with mitochondrial diseases. A unique work this text covers a range of specialties including cardiology ophthalmology otology nephrology gastroenterology hematology-oncology and reproductive medicine and does not focus exclusively on the more commonly known neurologic conditions. An accessible user-friendly text it also presents translational concepts of mitochondrial biogenesis and genetics in vignettes related to specific questions raised by the disease under discussion rather than concentrating on basic science which can often intimidate clinicians.This pioneering work is primarily directed to a clinical audience who are interested in the diverse and diagnostically challenging clinical presentations of mitochondrial diseases and their pathophysiology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446369

Mitochondrial Signaling in Health and Disease Mitochondria have traditionally been associated with metabolic functions; however recent research has uncovered a central role for these organelles in cell signaling cell survival and cell death. Mitochondrial dysfunction is a factor in a myriad of pathophysiological conditions including age-related neurodegenerative disorders cancer metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease. Mitochondrial Signaling in Health and Disease examines themes essential for the maintenance of the mitochondrial redox (reduction-oxidation) energy axis. With contributions from an impressive cadre of internationally recognized scientists the book discusses coordinated mitochondrial functions that regulate cell function by discrete signaling pathways. Topics discussed include: Electron transport and energy production Mitochondrial biogenesis and dynamics Mitochondrial signaling Apoptosis and autophagy Pharmacology signaling Epigenetic signaling: mitochondrial methylation and acetylation reactions An essential resource for life and health scientists as well as pharmaceutical industry professionals this volume highlights the importance of mitochondrial signaling and its role in establishing a harmonized communication between several cellular compartments. The information in this volume is critical to those developing mitochondrion-targeted therapies aimed at assuaging mitochondrial dysfunction or the specific factors contributing to its dysfunction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439880029

Mitral Stenosis Comprehensive book on mitral stenosis not only compiles the existing published knowledge and literature about mitral stenosis in a succinct manner but also has input from experts having years of experience in this field. It will serve as an authentic reference and a ready reckoner for cardiology fellows practicing cardiologists academics and researchers Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571399

Mitral Valve Transesophageal Echocardiography The only book available on transesophageal echocardiography of the mitral valve this impressive and highly illustrated text provides a concise yet in-depth analysis of the mitral valve from an experience of over 10 000 transesophageal echocardiograms performed by the authors.A starting point or 'how-to' reference for studying the mitral valve with transesophageal echocardiography Mitral Valve Transesophageal Echocardiography is also a highly useful resource for diagnostic examples of mitral pathology for physicians who practice transesophageal echocardiography. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446420

Mix SmartPro Audio Tips For Your Multitrack Mix After you've recorded the perfect song you're only halfway there! Mixing is where the magic really happens and getting the perfect mix is a challenge. One of the most elusive arts of the recording practice mixing can take a lifetime to master - this handbook jump-starts your skills and fast-forwards your progress! Breaking the mix down by different effects - EQ distortion compression expansion pitch shift delay reverb and more - and applying them to some of the most important instruments in pop music Mix Smart will arm you with the skills and techniques you need to tap into your musicality and express it through multitrack mixing putting true professional quality mixing within your reach. *Future proof ear-opening strategies will empower your inner-musician giving you the knowledge you need to develop your mixing skills - from basic to advanced*Breaking the mix down by different effects with detailed strategies for the most important pop instruments showing you how to create the perfect combination*Bonus Website www.recordingology.com  packed with samples and example tracks so you can practice as you learn*Mix Smart Quick Start summaries at the end of each chapter get you to work faster*Demystifies the technical making the tools of the mix rig accessible - analog and digital outboard and in the box stereo and surround*For everyone who mixes - studio live music film games and broadcast The recording studio is your musical instrument and it's time you really learned how to play. Alex Case shows you not just how to mix well but how to Mix Smart! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240814858

Mixed Ability GroupingA Philosophical Perspective The book first published in 1983 explores the argument that justifies mixed ability groupings in schools and the consequences of practicing the different justificatory arguments. The issues to be dealt with by staff making decisions about grouping arrangements in their schools are clearly worked out from basic principles rooted in social philosophy. The ideas of social justice and fraternity implicit and unexamined in much discussions about mixed-ability grouping are here explained and their limitations and implications described. The issues discussed in this book are not only important for teachers and for those studying to become teachers but also for school governors administrators and parents who can gain a better understanding of the school system through this study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691902

Mixed Ability Teaching Mixed ability teaching was the subject of a lively debate in the early 1980s within the teaching profession. Some educationalists took the view that mixed ability teaching was a great step forward which should be encouraged at all costs whilst other strongly disagreed. Others whilst acknowledging that mixed ability teaching is a good idea were against it pointing to the many practical difficulties which face a teacher teaching to a mixed ability class. Originally published in 1982 this book provides a comprehensive survey of the issues involved offering a range of approaches to the issue of whether and how to group children for mixed ability teaching. The aim is to help students and teachers to look more dispassionately at the topic and in the process to explore their own reactions and attitudes. The book considers the methods that should be employed in mixed ability teaching examining the different strategies that need to be adopted for different subjects and exploring the special position of exceptional children both slow learners and gifted in a mixed ability class. At all times the book avoids over-technical language and is written at a level that will make it readily accessible to teachers and trainee teachers. It will be particularly effective where debate is still in progress: school staffs who are considering whether to change to mixed ability; students discussing the issues in a seminar; and as a starting point for in-service training. Providing many useful insights that will enable teachers to cope better with mixed ability classes the book concludes by considering how mixed ability teaching will develop in the future. Today it can be read in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863036

Mixed and Augmented Reality in Medicine Augmented reality (AR) is transforming how we work learn play and connect with the world and is now being introduced to the field of medicine where it is revolutionising healthcare as pioneering virtual elements are being added to real images to provide a more compelling and intuitive view during procedures. This book which had its beginnings at the AE-CAI: Augmented Environments for Computer-Assisted Interventions MICCAI Workshop in Munich in 2015 is the first to review the area of mixed and augmented reality in medicine. Covering a range of examples of the use of AR in medicine it explores its relevance to minimally-invasive interventions how it can improve the accuracy of a procedure and reduce procedure time and how it may be employed to reduce radiation risks. It also discusses how AR can be an effective tool in the education of physicians medical students nurses and other health professionals.Features:An ideal practical guide for medical professionals and students looking to understand the implementation applications and future of AR Contains the latest developments and technologies in this innovative fieldEdited by highly respected pioneers in the field who have been immersed in AR as well as virtual reality and image-guided surgery since their inception with chapter contributions from subject area specialists working with AR Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570767

Mixed BlessingsGender and Religious Fundamentalism Cross Culturally Taking a woman-centered approach Mixed Blessings analyzes the effect of religious fundamentalism on gender roles in a variety of religions and nations. It explains how some women benefit from fundamentalism gaining economic power and autonomy and portrays how others maneuver within its restrictions. The scope of the book is broad ranging from Christian groups in North and South America Islamic groups in the Middle East and China Jews in Israel Hindus in India and Buddhists in Sri Lanka. The detailed descriptions of women's lives illustrate the complexity of the intersection of gender and fundamentalism. The impact of fundamentalism for some women has been beneficial and has lead to greater economic power and autonomy. In other areas women must maneuver within the constraints of fundamentalism to gain power and autonomy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021898

Mixed Boundary Value Problems Methods for Solving Mixed Boundary Value Problems An up-to-date treatment of the subject Mixed Boundary Value Problems focuses on boundary value problems when the boundary condition changes along a particular boundary. The book often employs numerical methods to solve mixed boundary value problems and the associated integral equations. Straightforward Presentation of Mathematical Techniques The author first provides examples of mixed boundary value problems and the mathematical background of integral functions and special functions. He then presents classic mathematical physics problems to explain the origin of mixed boundary value problems and the mathematical techniques that were developed to handle them. The remaining chapters solve various mixed boundary value problems using separation of variables transform methods the Wiener–Hopf technique Green’s function and conformal mapping. Decipher Mixed Boundary Value Problems That Occur in Diverse Fields Including MATLAB® to help with problem solving this book provides the mathematical skills needed for the solution of mixed boundary value problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367387587

Mixed Economies Welfare This book explains the changes that have occurred in welfare states since the early 1970s and considers some of the policy dilemmas that have arisen. Each of the chapters begins with an introduction to set the scene followed by an examination of the theoretical and conceptual perspectives of the sector under discussion. Chapters analyse the major changes in the sectors with issue-based conclusions highlighting the policy dilemmas identified in the chapters. The influence of ideology and values is given prominence throughout. Although each of the sectors has its own chapter the book emphasises the importance of the relationships between the sectors allowing each sector's place in the production and delivery of welfare to be assessed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467217

Mixed Effects Models for Complex Data Although standard mixed effects models are useful in a range of studies other approaches must often be used in correlation with them when studying complex or incomplete data. Mixed Effects Models for Complex Data discusses commonly used mixed effects models and presents appropriate approaches to address dropouts missing data measurement errors censoring and outliers. For each class of mixed effects model the author reviews the corresponding class of regression model for cross-sectional data.An overview of general models and methods along with motivating examples After presenting real data examples and outlining general approaches to the analysis of longitudinal/clustered data and incomplete data the book introduces linear mixed effects (LME) models generalized linear mixed models (GLMMs) nonlinear mixed effects (NLME) models and semiparametric and nonparametric mixed effects models. It also includes general approaches for the analysis of complex data with missing values measurement errors censoring and outliers. Self-contained coverage of specific topicsSubsequent chapters delve more deeply into missing data problems covariate measurement errors and censored responses in mixed effects models. Focusing on incomplete data the book also covers survival and frailty models joint models of survival and longitudinal data robust methods for mixed effects models marginal generalized estimating equation (GEE) models for longitudinal or clustered data and Bayesian methods for mixed effects models.Background materialIn the appendix the author provides background information such as likelihood theory the Gibbs sampler rejection and importance sampling methods numerical integration methods optimization methods bootstrap and matrix algebra.Failure to properly address missing data measurement errors and other issues in statistical analyses can lead Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367384913

Mixed Effects Models for the Population ApproachModels Tasks Methods and Tools Wide-Ranging Coverage of Parametric Modeling in Linear and Nonlinear Mixed Effects ModelsMixed Effects Models for the Population Approach: Models Tasks Methods and Tools presents a rigorous framework for describing implementing and using mixed effects models. With these models readers can perform parameter estimation and modeling across a whole population of individuals at the same time. Easy-to-Use Techniques and Tools for Real-World Data ModelingThe book first shows how the framework allows model representation for different data types including continuous categorical count and time-to-event data. This leads to the use of generic methods such as the stochastic approximation of the EM algorithm (SAEM) for modeling these diverse data types. The book also covers other essential methods including Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) and importance sampling techniques. The author uses publicly available software tools to illustrate modeling tasks. Methods are implemented in Monolix and models are visually explored using Mlxplore and simulated using Simulx. Careful Balance of Mathematical Representation and Practical ImplementationThis book takes readers through the whole modeling process from defining/creating a parametric model to performing tasks on the model using various mathematical methods. Statisticians and mathematicians will appreciate the rigorous representation of the models and theoretical properties of the methods while modelers will welcome the practical capabilities of the tools. The book is also useful for training and teaching in any field where population modeling occurs. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482226508

Mixed EmotionsAnthropological Studies of Feeling Emotions are of increasing interest in all the human sciences. In the past two decades a growing number of anthropologists have explored emotional dynamics in a variety of geographic and cultural settings and have developed various at times conflicting theories of emotion. This book fills a major gap by providing a concise introduction to the anthropology of emotions that outlines some of the major themes and controversies. Drawing on fieldwork undertaken in Europe Japan and Melanesia the authors explore how consciousness memory identity and politics are intimately related to emotional processes. A broad range of case studies covers such topics as how fear is managed in Belfast how Spanish gypsies grieve and why Japanese tourists are drawn to monkey parks. This book will be of interest to anyone seeking to understand the formative impact emotions have on culture and society in an increasingly globalized world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135470

Mixed Legal Systems East and West Advancing legal scholarship in the area of mixed legal systems as well as comparative law more generally this book expands the comparative study of the world’s legal families to those of jurisdictions containing not only mixtures of common and civil law but also to those mixing Islamic and/or traditional legal systems with those derived from common and/or civil law traditions. With contributions from leading experts in their fields the book takes us far beyond the usual focus of comparative law with analysis of a broad range of countries including relatively neglected and under-researched areas. The discussion is situated within the broader context of the ongoing development and evolution of mixed legal systems against the continuing tides of globalization on the one hand and on the other hand the emergence of Islamic governments in some parts of the Middle East the calls for a legal status for Islamic law in some European countries and the increasing focus on traditional and customary norms of governance in post-colonial contexts. This book will be an invaluable source for students and researchers working in the areas of comparative law legal pluralism the evolution of mixed legal systems and the impact of colonialism on contemporary legal systems. It will also be an important resource for policy-makers and analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639034

Mixed MediaMoral Distinctions in Advertising Public Relations and Journalism Mixed Media offers students of journalism advertising and public relations the tools for making ethical and moral decisions within their professional disciplines. Covering both ethical theory and its practical application to the media professions Mixed Media serves as an indispensable starting point for those seeking to develop an ethical framework with regard to mass media. Each media industry is covered with specific attention paid to relevant ethical decision-making approaches involving primary concerns such as truth telling constituent obligations persuasion versus advocacy and respect for the consumers of public communication. In addition the book covers new media and how ethics affect such concepts as social media word-of-mouth advertising and the impact of the digital revolution. And new to this edition recent concerns in areas such as satire and the dilemma of free speech versus constraint are discussed as well as the quandry of native advertising in journalism. Readers will come away with a greater appreciation for moral philosophy and theory as a foundation for decision making and will develop a personal "yardstick" by which to measure their decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700987

Mixed Method DesignPrinciples and Procedures The use of mixed methods designs for conducting research has become a major trend in social science research. Renowned methodological experts Janice Morse and Linda Niehaus present a guide to intermediate and experienced researchers on the possibilities inherent in mixed method research. They offer the basic principles of conducting this kind of study then examine a wide variety of design options available to the researcher including their strengths and weaknesses and when to use them. Providing examples from a variety of disciplines examining potential threats to validity and showing the relationship between method and theory the book will be a valuable addition to the methodologist’s library and a useful text in courses in research design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598742985

Mixed Methods in Criminology Mixed Methods in Criminology is the first book to bring together the discipline of criminology with the mixed methods research strategy which has become increasingly prominent within criminological teaching and research. The book is structured so that it charts the course of a criminological mixed methods study. Starting with an introduction to mixed methods and its implications for criminology and criminological research the book then works systematically through the planning stages of a research project. Developing research questions aims and objectives is discussed alongside literature searching skills and the project planning process before the principles and practice of ethical research are summarised. Next come chapters on philosophy mixed methods design combining the data research design and sampling data collection methods and data analysis; delivering a comprehensive overview of how to undertake a mixed methods research project in practice. This is followed by a chapter on troubleshooting which provides useful advice from experienced mixed methods researchers before a detailed account of how to write-up mixed methods research is presented. The book concludes with a range of real-life mixed methods case studies to demonstrate how the techniques outlined in this book have been employed in reality and to inspire new criminological mixed methods projects. Providing straightforward easy to follow guidance Mixed Methods in Criminology is the essential student companion for any criminological mixed methods research project. Drawing on the authors' years of experience teaching research methods the book is written in a supportive and encouraging tone that will serve as a reference and guide for those embarking on their adventures 'in the field'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309463

Mixed Methods in Ethnographic ResearchHistorical Perspectives Mixed Methods in Ethnographic Research: Historical Perspectives captures the dynamic history and development of mixed methods research in a narrative of personal discovery growth and experience. Distinguished ethnographer and methodologist Pertti Pelto who first called for the integration of qualitative and quantitative research methods nearly half a century ago establishes a direct line between the earliest examples of ethnographic research and the ongoing mixed method discussions in academic institutions throughout the world. By bringing together such distinct historical perspectives with his own reflections on mixed methods research Pelto offers a rare and endlessly enriching account that will satisfy the ever-growing need for a better quality of practical data gathering and give researchers a foundation for promoting mixed methods in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582078

Mixed Methods Research in the Movement SciencesCase Studies in Sport Physical Education and Dance Mixed methods research techniques combining both quantitative and qualitative elements have become well established throughout the social behavioural and natural sciences. This is the first book to focus on the application of mixed methods research in the movement sciences specifically in sport physical education and dance. Researchers and practitioners in each of these fields are concerned with the study of habitual behaviour in naturalistic contexts and of the concurrent and sequential nature of events and states precisely the kind of work that multi-method research design can help illuminate. The book is arranged into four sections. The first provides a thorough overview of mixed methods procedures and research design and summarizes their applicability to the movement sciences. The remaining sections then offer detailed case studies of mixed methods research in team and individual sports (analyzing hidden patterns of play and optimising technique); kinesics and dance (analyzing motor skills behaviour in childhood and the complexity of motor responses in dance); and physical education (detecting interaction patterns in group situations and optimizing non-verbal communication by teachers and sports coaches). Mixed Methods Research in the Movement Sciences offers an important new tool for researchers and helps to close the gap between the analysis of expert performance and our understanding of the general principles of movement science. It is important reading for any student researcher or professional with an interest in motor control sport and dance pedagogy coaching performance analysis or decision-making in sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532273

Mixed Methods Social Network AnalysisTheories and Methodologies in Learning and Education Mixed Methods Social Network Analysis brings together diverse perspectives from 42 international experts on how to design implement and evaluate mixed methods social network analysis (MMSNA). There is an increased recognition that social networks can be important catalysts for change and transformation. This edited book from leading experts in mixed methods and social network analysis describes how researchers can conceptualize develop mix and intersect diverse approaches concepts and tools. In doing so they can improve their understanding and insights into the complex change processes in social networks. Section 1 includes eight chapters that reflect on "Why should we do MMSNA?" providing a clear map of MMSNA research to date and why to consider MMSNA. In Section 2 the remaining 11 chapters are dedicated to the question "How do I do MMSNA?" illustrating how concentric circles learning analytics qualitative structured approaches relational event modeling and other approaches can empower researchers. This book shows that mixing qualitative and quantitative approaches to social network analysis can empower people to understand the complexities of change in networks and relations between people. It shows how mixed analysis can be applied to a wide range of data generated by diverse global communities: American school children Belgian teachers Dutch medical professionals Finnish consultants French school children and Swedish right-wing social media users amongst others. It will be of great interest to researchers and postgraduate students in education and social sciences and mixed methods scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174453

Mixed NewsThe Public/civic/communitarian Journalism Debate This volume addresses some of the central issues of journalism today -- the nature and needs of the individual versus the nature and needs of the broader society; theories of communitarianism versus Enlightenment liberalism; independence versus interdependence (vs. co-dependency); negative versus positive freedoms; Constitutional mandates versus marketplace mandates; universal ethical issues versus situational and/or professional values; traditional values versus information age values; ethics of management versus ethics of worker bees; commitment and compassion versus detachment and professional "distance;" conflicts of interest versus conflicted disinterest; and "talking to" versus "talking with." All of these issues are discussed within the framework of the frenetic field of daily journalism--a field that operates at a pace and under a set of professional standards that all but preclude careful systematic examinations of its own rituals and practices. The explorations presented here not only advance the enterprise but also help student and professional observers to work through some of the most perplexing dilemmas to have faced the news media and public in recent times. This lively volume showcases the differing opinions of journalistic experts on this significant contemporary issue in public life. Unlike previous books and monographs which have tended toward unbridled enthusiasm about public journalism and trade press articles which have tended toward pessimism this book offers strong voices on several sides of this complex debate. To help inform the debate a series of "voices"--journalistic interviews with practitioners and critics of public journalism -- is interspersed throughout the text. At the end of each essay a series of quotes from a wide variety of sources -- "In other words..." -- augments each chapter with ideas and insights that support and contradict the points used by each chapter author. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810897

Mixed or Single-sex School? Volume 2Some Social Aspects Originally published in 1971. This second volume in this three-part set examines specific aspects of social relationships within the school and demonstrates that co-educational and single-sex schools are fundamentally different communities. These volumes examine in detail the social and psychosocial differences between co-educational and single-sex schools. This volume provides a wealth of evidence from pupils and ex-pupils about such aspects as discipline bullying happiness anxiety and attitudes to sex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042537

Mixed or Single-sex School? Volume 3Attainment Attitudes and Overview Originally published in 1974. This final volume in the trilogy is concerned primarily with comparing the academic progress made by pupils of near-equal ability in the two types of school. It considers attainment in different subjects but also attitudes to different subjects and then follows up with a study of university students from both types of school background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042551

Mixed or Single-sex School?A Research Study in Pupil-Teacher Relationships Originally published in 1969. This is the first volume in a trilogy which compares co-educational and single-sex schools. The study is based on the results of over twenty years’ experience among teachers and pupils and examines in detail the differences between the two types of school. This volume focuses on the teachers and on the pupil-teacher relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042476

Mixed Poisson Processes To date Mixed Poisson processes have been studied by scientists primarily interested in either insurance mathematics or point processes. Work in one area has often been carried out without knowledge of the other area. Mixed Poisson Processes is the first book to combine and concentrate on these two themes and to distinguish between the notions of distributions and processes. The first part of the text gives special emphasis to the estimation of the underlying intensity thinning infinite divisibility and reliability properties. The second part is to a greater extent based on Lundberg's thesis. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781003059950

Mixed Race Identities in Asia and the PacificExperiences from Singapore and New Zealand "Mixed race" is becoming an important area for research and there is a growing body of work in the North American and British contexts. However understandings and experiences of "mixed race" across different countries and regions are not often explored in significant depth. New Zealand and Singapore provide important contexts for investigation as two multicultural yet structurally divergent societies. Within these two countries "mixed race" describes a particularly interesting label for individuals of mixed Chinese and European parentage. This book explores the concept of "mixed race" for people of mixed Chinese and European descent looking at how being Chinese and/or European can mean many different things in different contexts. By looking at different communities in Singapore and New Zealand it investigates how individuals of mixed heritage fit into or are excluded from these communities. Increasingly individuals of mixed ancestry are opting to identify outside of traditionally defined racial categories posing a challenge to systems of racial classification and to sociological understandings of "race". As case studies Singapore and New Zealand provide key examples of the complex relationship between state categorization and individual identities. The book explores the divergences between identity and classification and the ways in which identity labels affect experiences of "mixed race" in everyday life. Personal stories reveal the creative and flexible ways in which people cross boundaries and the everyday negotiations between classification heritage experience and nation in defining identity. The study is based on qualitative research including in-depth interviews with people of mixed heritage in both countries. Filling an important gap in the literature by using an Asia/Pacific dimension this study of race and ethnicity will appeal to students and scholars of mixed race studies ethnicity Chinese diaspora and cultural anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494633

Mixed Race Identities in Australia New Zealand and the Pacific Islands This volume offers a "southern " Pacific Ocean perspective on the topic of racial hybridity exploring it through a series of case studies from around the Australo-Pacific region a region unique as a result of its very particular colonial histories. Focusing on the interaction between "race" and culture especially in terms of visibility and self-defined identity; and the particular characteristics of political cultural and social formations in the countries of this region the book explores the complexity of the lived mixed race experience the structural forces of particular colonial and post-colonial environments and political regimes and historical influences on contemporary identities and cultural expressions of mixed-ness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876715

Mixed Race in AsiaPast Present and Future Mixed racial and ethnic identities are topics of increasing interest around the world yet studies of mixed race in Asia are rare despite its particular salience for Asian societies. Mixed Race in Asia seeks to reorient the field to focus on Asia looking specifically at mixed race in China Japan Korea Indonesia Malaysia Singapore Vietnam and India. Through these varied case studies this collection presents an insightful exploration of race ethnicity mixedness and belonging both in the past and present. The thematic range of the chapters is broad covering the complexity of lived mixed race experiences the structural forces of particular colonial and post-colonial environments and political regimes and historical influences on contemporary identities and cultural expressions of mixedness.Adding significant richness and depth to existing theoretical frameworks this enlightening volume develops markedly different understandings of and recognizes nuances around what it means to be mixed practically theoretically linguistically and historically. It will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral and other researchers interested in fields such as Race and Ethnicity Sociology and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885748

'Mixed Race' StudiesA Reader Mixed race studies is one of the fastest growing as well as one of the most important and controversial areas in the field of race and ethnic relations. Bringing together pioneering and controversial scholarship from both the social and the biological sciences as well as the humanities this reader charts the evolution of debates on 'race' and 'mixed race' from the nineteenth to the twenty-first century. The book is divided into three main sections: tracing the origins: miscegenation moral degeneracy and genetics mapping contemporary and foundational discourses: 'mixed race' identities politics and celebration debating definitions: multiraciality census categories and critiques. This collection adds a new dimension to the growing body of literature on the topic and provides a comprehensive history of the origins and directions of 'mixed race' research as an intellectual movement. For students of anthropology race and ethnicity it is an invaluable resource for examining the complexities and paradoxes of 'racial' thinking across space time and disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203643617

Mixed Surfactant Systems Completely revised and expanded throughout Mixed Surfactant Systems Second Edition surveys the latest results newest experimental perspectives and theoretical investigations of properties behavior and techniques applicable to mixed surfactant systems. This important book elucidates core theoretical notions while summarizing results of cutting-edge studies in nanoscale phase separation at monolayers of mixed amphiphiles nanocapsule preparation through mixtures of cationic and anionic polymer amphiphiles and the photodegradation of mixed surfactant systems by titanium dioxide. The book provides new sections on topics including: Diffusion of mixed micellesMixed micelles of fluorinated and conventional surfactantsSponge-like vesicles of mixed surfactantsLiquid crystals of mixed surfactantsMixtures of surfactants and polymersPhotolysis of mixed surfactantsReflecting the abundance of current and emerging applications in the field Mixed Surfactant Systems Second Edition compiles chapters written by world-renowned leaders in industry for an up-to-date scientific account of the dynamics of mixed surfactant systems including physicochemical properties and behavior of surfactant mixtures in detergency and surfactant precipitation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578138

Mixed Towns Trapped CommunitiesHistorical Narratives Spatial Dynamics Gender Relations and Cultural Encounters in Palestinian-Israeli Towns Modern urban spaces are by definition mixed socio-spatial configurations. In many ways their enduring success and vitality lie in the richness of their ethnic texture and ongoing exchange of economic goods cultural practices political ideas and social movements. This mixture however is rarely harmonious and has often led to violent conflict over land and identity. Focusing on mixed towns in Israel/Palestine this insightful volume theorizes the relationship between modernity and nationalism and the social dynamics which engender and characterize the growth of urban spaces and the emergence therein of inter-communal relations. For more than a century Arabs and Jews have been interacting in the workplaces residential areas commercial enterprises cultural arenas and political theatres of mixed towns. Defying prevailing Manichean oppositions these towns both exemplify and resist the forces of nationalist segregation. In this interdisciplinary volume a new generation of Israeli and Palestinian scholars come together to explore ways in which these towns have been perceived as utopian or dystopian and whether they are best conceptualized as divided dual or colonial. Identifying ethnically mixed towns as a historically specific analytic category this volume calls for further research comparison and debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255265

Mixed Use and Residential Tenants' RightsThe Landlord and Tenant Act 1987 and Leasehold Enfranchisement This book provides everyone associated with mixed use buildings with clarity of information in understanding the key laws. It includes a detailed overview of tenants' rights of first refusal under the 1987 act and tenants' rights of collective enfranchisement under the Leasehold Reform. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138424920

Mixed-Race Post-RaceGender New Ethnicities and Cultural Practices Social scientists claim that we now live in a post-race society where race has been replaced by 'ethnicity'. Yet racism is endemic to British society and people often think in terms of black and white. With a marked rise in the number of children from mixed parentage there is an urgent need to challenge simplistic understandings of 'race' nation and culture and interrogate what it means to grow up in Britain and claim a 'mixed' identity. Focusing on mixed-race and inter-ethnic families this book not only explores current understandings of 'race' but it shows using innovative research techniques with children how we come to read race. What influence do photographs and television have on childrens ideas about 'race'? How do children use memories and stories to talk about racial differences within their own families? How important is the home and domestic culture in achieving a sense of belonging? Ali also considers through data gathered from teachers and parents broader issues relating to the effectiveness of anti-racist and multicultural teaching in schools and parental concerns over the social mobility and social acceptability of their children. Rigorously researched this book is the first to combine childrens accounts on 'race' and identity with contemporary cultural theory. Using fascinating case studies it fills a major gap in this area and provides an original approach to writing on race. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086116

Mixed-Race and Modernity in Colonial IndiaChanging Concepts of Hybridity Across Empires Focusing on Portuguese British and French colonial spaces this book traces changing concepts of mixed-race identity in early colonial India. Starting in the sixteenth century it discusses how the emergence of race was always shaped by affiliations based on religion class national identity gender and citizenship across empires. In the context of increasing British power the book looks at the Anglo-French tensions of the eighteenth century to consider the relationship between modernity and race-making. Arguing that different forms of modernity produced divergent categories of hybridity it considers the impact of changing political structures on mixed-race communities. With its emphasis on specificity the book situates current and past debates on the mixed-race experience and the politics of whiteness in broader historical and global contexts. By contributing to the understanding of race-making as an aspect of colonial governance the book illuminates some margins of colonial India that are often lost in the shadows of the British regime. It is of interest to academics of world history postcolonial studies South Asian imperial history and critical mixed-race studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948334

Mixed-Race Youth and SchoolingThe Fifth Minority This timely in-depth examination of the educational experiences and needs of mixed-race children ("the fifth minority") focuses on the four contexts that primarily influence learning and development: the family school community and society-at-large. The book provides foundational historical social political and psychological information about mixed-race children and looks closely at their experiences in schools their identity formation and how schools can be made more supportive of their development and learning needs. Moving away from an essentialist discussion of mixed-race children a wide variety of research is included. Life and schooling experiences of mixed-raced individuals are profiled throughout the text. Rather than pigeonholing children into a neat box of descriptions or providing readymade prescriptions for educators Mixed-Race Youth and Schooling offers information and encourages teachers to critically reflect on how it is relevant to and helpful in their teaching/learning contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021938

Mixed-Signal Circuits Mixed-Signal Circuits offers a thoroughly modern treatment of integrated circuit design in the context of mixed-signal applications. Featuring chapters authored by leading experts from industry and academia this book: Discusses signal integrity and large-scale simulation verification and testing Demonstrates advanced design techniques that enable digital circuits and sensitive analog circuits to coexist without any compromise Describes the process technology needed to address the performance challenges associated with developing complex mixed-signal circuits Deals with modeling topics such as reliability variability and crosstalk that define pre-silicon design methodology and trends and are the focus of companies involved in wireless applications Develops methods to move analog into the digital domain quickly minimizing and eliminating common trade-offs between performance power consumption simulation time verification size and cost Details approaches for very low-power performances high-speed interfaces phase-locked loops (PLLs) voltage-controlled oscillators (VCOs) analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) and biomedical filters Delineates the respective parts of a full system-on-chip (SoC) from the digital parts to the baseband blocks radio frequency (RF) circuitries electrostatic-discharge (ESD) structures and built-in self-test (BIST) architectures Mixed-Signal Circuits explores exciting opportunities in wireless communications and beyond. The book is a must for anyone involved in mixed-signal circuit design for future technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482260625

Mixing a MusicalBroadway Theatrical Sound Techniques Mixing a Musical: Broadway Theatrical Sound Techniques Second Edition pulls the curtain back on one of the least understood careers in live theatre: the role and responsibilities of the sound technician. This comprehensive book encompasses every position from shop crew labor to assistant designer to sound board operator and everything in between. Written in a clear and easy to read style and illustrated with real-world examples of personal experience and professional interviews Slaton shows you how to mix live theatre shows from the basics of equipment and set ups using sound levels to creating atmosphere emotion and tension to ensure a first rate performance every time. This new edition gives special attention to mixing techniques and practices. And special features of the book include interviews with some of today’s most successful mixers and designers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491441

Mixing and Unmixing LanguagesRomani Multilingualism in Kosovo Mixing and Unmixing Languages uses the politics and practices of language to understand social hierarchies and social change in a post-conflict and post-socialist context. The book focuses on Roma in Prizren Kosovo where the author conducted long-term ethnographic fieldwork using language learning as a central method. Shifts in language practices among this highly multilingual group have reflected the demise of Yugoslav socialism the rise of ethno-nationalist politics and conflict and the post-war reversal of power relations in Kosovo. Roma in Prizren nostalgically narrate a past of cosmopolitanism and employment in contrast to the present. Their position today is complex: while they stress their relative integration this position is fragile in the face of nationalist politics and imported neoliberal economic policies. Within this context Roma NGO workers have found an economic niche working on projects to protect multiculturalism and minorities funded by international aid agencies centred on Romani language. This book discusses the historical trajectory and current configurations of a Romani organisation in the town the standardisation of Romani and the hierarchical organisation of linguistic forms and language learning the self-representation of Roma and the ‘gypsy’ image through Romani-language drama and attitudes to purism mixing and cosmopolitanism. Mixing and Unmixing Languages is suitable for academics and students in the areas of linguistic anthropology and linguistic ethnography Romani studies South-East European studies and sociolinguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860578

Mixing AudioConcepts Practices and Tools Mixing Audio: Concepts Practices and Tools Third Edition is a vital read for anyone wanting to succeed in the field of mixing. This book covers the entire mixing process – from fundamental concepts to advanced techniques. Packed full of photos graphs diagrams and audio samples it teaches the importance of a mixing vision how to craft and evaluate your mix and then take it a step further. The book describes the theory the tools used and how these are put into practice while creating mixes. The companion website featuring over 2 000 audio samples as well as Pro Tools/ Multitrack Audio Sessions is a perfect complement to the third edition. The new edition includes: A new 'Mixing and The Brain' chapter that provides a cognitive/psychological overview of many aspects related to and affecting mixing engineers (and to a narrow extent listeners). Updated figures and text reflecting recent software updates and trends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859784

Mixing Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Research This book focuses on a key issue in the methodology of the social and behavioural sciences: the mixing of different research methods. The extent to which qualitative and quantitative research differ from one another has long been a subject of debate. Although many methodologists have concluded that the two approaches are not mutually exclusive there are few books on either the theory or the practice of mixing methods. Mixing Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Research presents a comprehensive discussion of the theoretical methodological and practical issues. It also covers a number of case studies of research which have successfully combined qualitative and quantitative approaches. Contributors include sociologists who have written extensively on the methodology of the social sciences and researchers who have concerned themselves with important social policy issues in the fields of further education community services and household finances. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248813

Mixing Music This series Perspectives On Music Production collects detailed and experientially informed considerations of record production from a multitude of perspectives by authors working in a wide array of academic creative and professional contexts. We solicit the perspectives of scholars of every disciplinary stripe alongside recordists and recording musicians themselves to provide a fully comprehensive analytic point-of-view on each component stage of record production. Each volume in the series thus focuses directly on a distinct aesthetic "moment" in a record’s production from pre-production through recording (audio engineering) mixing and mastering to marketing and promotions. This first volume in the series titled Mixing Music focuses directly on the mixing process. This book includes: References and citations to existing academic works; contributors draw new conclusions from their personal research interviews and experience. Models innovative methodological approaches to studying music production. Helps specify the term "record production " especially as it is currently used in the broader field of music production studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218734

Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. â–ª Learn the subtle editing arrangement and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. â–ª Find out where you don't need to spend money as well as how to make a limited budget really count. â–ª Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali Michael Brauer Dylan "3D" Dresdow Tom Elmhirst Serban Ghenea Jacquire King the Lord-Alge brothers Tony Maserati Manny Marroquin Noah "50" Shebib Mark "Spike" Stent DJ Swivel Phil Tan Andy Wallace Young Guru and many many more... Now extensively expanded and updated including new sections on mix-buss processing mastering and the latest advances in plug-in technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556379

Mixing with ImpactLearning to Make Musical Choices In Mixing with Impact: Learning to Make Musical Choices Wessel Oltheten discusses the creative and technical concepts behind making a mix. Whether you’re a dance producer in your home studio a live mixer in a club or an engineer in a big studio the mindset is largely the same. The same goes for the questions you run into: where do you start? How do you deal with a context in which all the different parts affect each other? How do you avoid getting lost in technique? How do you direct your audience’s attention? Why doesn’t your mix sound as good as someone else’s? How do you maintain your objectivity when you hear the same song a hundred times? How do your speakers affect your perception? What’s the difference between one compressor and another? Following a clear structure this book covers these and many other questions bringing you closer and closer to answering the most important question of all: how do you tell a story with sound? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080898

Mixture Model-Based Classification "This is a great overview of the field of model-based clustering and classification by one of its leading developers. McNicholas provides a resource that I am certain will be used by researchers in statistics and related disciplines for quite some time. The discussion of mixtures with heavy tails and asymmetric distributions will place this text as the authoritative modern reference in the mixture modeling literature." (Douglas Steinley University of Missouri)Mixture Model-Based Classification is the first monograph devoted to mixture model-based approaches to clustering and classification. This is both a book for established researchers and newcomers to the field. A history of mixture models as a tool for classification is provided and Gaussian mixtures are considered extensively including mixtures of factor analyzers and other approaches for high-dimensional data. Non-Gaussian mixtures are considered from mixtures with components that parameterize skewness and/or concentration right up to mixtures of multiple scaled distributions. Several other important topics are considered including mixture approaches for clustering and classification of longitudinal data as well as discussion about how to define a clusterPaul D. McNicholas is the Canada Research Chair in Computational Statistics at McMaster University where he is a Professor in the Department of Mathematics and Statistics. His research focuses on the use of mixture model-based approaches for classification with particular attention to clustering applications and he has published extensively within the field. He is an associate editor for several journals and has served as a guest editor for a number of special issues on mixture models. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367736958

Mixture Modelling for Medical and Health Sciences Mixture Modelling for Medical and Health Sciences provides a direct connection between theoretical developments in mixture modelling and their applications in real world problems. The book describes the development of the most important concepts through comprehensive analyses of real and practical examples taken from real-life research problems in medical and health sciences. This approach represents balance between "theory" and "practice" stimulating readers and enhancing their capacity to apply mixture models in data analysis. Full of reproducible examples using software code and publicly-available data the book is suitable for graduate-level students researchers and practitioners who have a basic grounding in statistics and would like to explore the use of mixture models to analyse their experiments and research data.FeaturesAn in-depth account of the most up-to-date mixture modelling techniques from auser perspective.Extensive real-life examples – from typical daily problems to complex data modelling. Emphasis on the use of a wide variety of component densities for statistical modelling.Coverage of the latest random-effects models in modelling complex correlated data.An accompanying website to provide supplementary materials including software and detailed programming code and links to available data sources. Provision of R and Fortran code for readers who want to do analysis of their own data using mixture models.  Shu-Kay Angus Ng is Professor of Biostatistics in the School of Medicine at the Griffith University Australia. Dr Ng has published extensively on his research interests which include cluster analysis pattern recognition random-effects modelling and survival analysis. Liming Xiang is Associate Professor of Statistics in the School of Physical & Mathematical Sciences at the Nanyang Technological University Singapore. Her research interests include survival analysis longitudinal/clustered data analysis and mixture models. Kelvin Kai-wing Yau is Professor of Statistics in the Department of Management Sciences at the City University of Hong Kong. He has been involved in various interdisciplinary research projects with journal publications in statistics medical and health science journals on topics such as mixed effects models survival analysis and statistical modelling in general. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367729332

Mixture ToxicityLinking Approaches from Ecological and Human Toxicology In the last decade and a half great progress has been made in the development of concepts and models for mixture toxicity both in human and environmental toxicology. However due to their different protection goals developments have often progressed in parallel but with little integration. Arguably the first book to clearly link ecotoxicology an Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429152436

M-Libraries 3Transforming Libraries with Mobile Technology This title draws together international authorities to explore the variety of work that libraries are doing across the world to deliver resources to users via mobile and hand-held devices. Based on the proceedings of the Third International M-Libraries Conference held in Brisbane in May 2011 this draws together cutting-edge international contributions from the leading authorities in the field. The main strands of discussion include: mobile services and their development mobile users their behaviour and requirements emerging technical developments including new platforms devices and applications strategy and infrastructure developments at national level reflections and feedback on new service models local innovation. Readership: Information professionals in all sectors policy makers researchers developers publishers suppliers LIS students and new professionals Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047760

M-Libraries 4From Margin to Mainstream - Mobile Technologies Transforming Lives and Libraries An up-to-date showcase of the innovative and inspiring work that libraries are doing across the world to interact with their users and deliver resources via mobile devices. Mobile technology is now the norm for accessing information for a growing swathe of library users. As mobile devices become increasingly sophisticated and prevalent so users' expectations of being able to access information and services through them are on the rise. Libraries and information centres must respond to the challenge with ever-more inventive and effective solutions for providing content to users anywhere and anytime using a range of technologies. Librarians have a major role to play in facilitating access and providing the services required in order to access quality information. This brand new edition of the highly successful M-Libraries series brings together cutting-edge international contributions from the leading experts practitioners and researchers in the field. Based on the proceedings of the Fourth International M-Libraries Conference held in Milton Keynes in 2012 it showcases the diversity of innovative and inspiring work that libraries are doing across the world to interact with their users and deliver resources via mobile and hand-held devices. The main strands of discussion are: Imagination - looking at the future of m-libraries Transformation - focusing on the transformation of services learners or institutions through the introduction of mobile technologies Inspiration - focusing on mobile innovation Implementation - case studies of successful implementation of mobile services Collaboration - a discussion of mobile strategy and ideas. Readership: Information professionals in all sectors and researchers educators technical developers managers and library professionals. It will also be invaluable for students of library and information science and newcomers to the profession.  also be invaluable for students of library and information science and newcomers to the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049443

M-Libraries 5From devices to people An up-to-date showcase of the innovative and inspiring work that libraries are doing across the world to interact with their users and deliver resources via mobile devices. This brand new edition of the highly successful M-Libraries series brings together cutting-edge international contributions from the leading experts practitioners and researchers in the field. Based on the proceedings of the Fifth International M-Libraries Conference held at the Chinese University of Hong Kong in 2014 it illustrates the diversity of innovative and inspiring work that libraries are doing across the world to interact with their users and deliver resources via mobile and hand-held devices.With a foreword from Joan K Lippincott and 22 chapters from 13 countries as far apart as India and Germany Hong Kong and Zimbabwe Scotland and Bangladesh the book explores the following themes: Best practice for the use of mobile technologies in libraries Challenges and strategies involved in embracing mobile innovation for libraries The impact of ubiquitous and wearable technologies on the future of libraries Harnessing the future for teaching and learning with mobile technologies Mobile technologies enhancing information access for all and pursuing the millennium development goals. As the world becomes more mobile users will access information using mobile technologies. Hence libraries have to make the transition to provide mobile service. M-Libraries 5 will help libraries to develop adaptable and efficient mobile services so they can meet the needs of the current and new generations of users. Readership: Information professionals in all sectors and researchers educators technical developers managers and library professionals. It will also be invaluable for students of library and information science and newcomers to the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300341

MMPI And MMPI-2Interpretation Manual For Counselors And Clinicians First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315793115

Mnemonics and Study Tips for Medical Students This fun pocket-sized and practical guide is jam-packed with helpful tips on how to remember those all-important medical facts crucial to exam success and invaluable throughout the medical career. New to this edition are 35 additional mnemonics more information on prescribing a section on the use of 'smart drugs' when studying additional SWOT boxes and an improved interior layout with more colour for added clarity. The third edition remains an essential read for every medical student. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498739382

Mnemonics for Radiologists and FRCR 2B Viva PreparationA Systematic Approach Revising for the final FRCR examination is a challenging task. The candidate has to balance their revision time between image interpretation practice learning facts and refining presentation skills. Whilst it is better to gain an understanding of the underlying mechanisms that result in a radiological abnormality it is an unavoidable truth that some things just have to be rote learned. This revision guide demonstrates a proven mechanism for organising thoughts directing revision towards the more important diagnoses and providing clarity when confronted with the mountain of information expected to retained and recalled during the FRCR viva exam. Mnemonics typically uses word-based cues to enhance memory reduce cognitive load and aid learning. This guide relies on acronyms and acrostics - proven to be highly effective for rote learning and focused revision. FRCR examination candidates will appreciate the unified structure throughout with extensive use of sample images followed by sets of differential diagnoses and mnemonic listings. For each stem of the mnemonic the main radiological findings and useful distinguishing features are listed and a model answer is given. A short discussion of the main diagnoses follows increasing comprehension and aiding examination confidence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781908911957

MnemonologyMnemonics for the 21st Century This book bridges the gap between basic memory research and mnemonic applications through a careful analysis of the processes that underlie effective memory aids. The book traces the history of mnemonics examines popular techniques and discusses the current relevance of mnemonics to both psychological researchers and those seeking to improve their memory. Using a unique approach (termed "mnemonology") the authors seek not necessarily to promote specific mnemonic techniques but to provide information which will allow one to improve memory by creating their own mnemonics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138871786

Mobile Wireless and Sensor NetworksA Clustering Algorithm for Energy Efficiency and Safety Wireless networking covers a variety of topics involving many challenges. The main concern of clustering approaches for mobile wireless sensor networks (WSNs) is to prolong the battery life of the individual sensors and the network lifetime. For a successful clustering approach the need of a powerful mechanism to safely elect a cluster head remains a challenging task in many research works that take into account the mobility of the network. In Mobile Wireless and Sensor Networks: A Clustering Algorithm for Energy Efficiency and Safety the authors use an approach based on computing of the weight of each node in the network as the proposed technique to deal with this problem. They present a virtual laboratory platform (VLP) of baptized mercury allowing students and researchers to make practical work (PW) on different aspects of mobile wireless sensor networks. The authors’ choice of WSNs is motivated mainly by the use of real experiments needed in most college courses on WSNs. These usual experiments however require an expensive investment and many nodes in the classroom. The platform presented here aims at showing the feasibility the flexibility and the reduced cost using the authors’ approach. The authors demonstrate the performance of the proposed algorithms that contribute to the familiarization of the learners in the field of WSNs. The book will be a valuable resource for students in networking studies as well as for faculty and researchers in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886796

Mobile & Social Game DesignMonetization Methods and Mechanics Second Edition Successfully Navigate the Evolving World of Mobile and Social Game Design and Monetization Completely updated Mobile & Social Game Design: Monetization Methods and Mechanics Second Edition explains how to use the interconnectedness of social networks to make "stickier " more compelling games on all types of devices. Through the book’s many design and marketing techniques strategies and examples you will acquire a better understanding of the design and monetization mechanics of mobile and social games as well as working knowledge of industry practices and terminology. Learn How to Attract—and Retain—Gamers and Make Money The book explores how the gaming sector has changed including the evolution of free-to-play games on mobile and tablet devices sophisticated subscription model-based products and games for social media websites such as Facebook. It also demystifies the alphabet soup of industry terms that have sprouted up around mobile and social game design and monetization. A major focus of the book is on popular mechanisms for acquiring users and methods of monetizing users. The author explains how to put the right kinds of hooks in your games gather the appropriate metrics and evaluate that information to increase the game’s overall stickiness and revenue per user. He also discusses the sale of virtual goods and the types of currency used in games including single and dual currency models. Each chapter includes an interview with industry leaders who share their insight on designing and producing games analyzing metrics and much more. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466598683

Mobile Ad Hoc NetworksBio-Inspired Quality of Service Aware Routing Protocols In recent years a lot of work has been done in an effort to incorporate Swarm Intelligence (SI) techniques in building an adaptive routing protocol for Mobile Ad Hoc Networks (MANETs). Since centralized approach for routing in MANETs generally lacks in scalability and fault-tolerance SI techniques provide a natural solution through a distributed approach for the adaptive routing for MANETs. In SI techniques the captivating features of insects or mammals are correlated with the real world problems to find solutions. Recently several applications of bio-inspired and nature-inspired algorithms in telecommunications and computer networks have achieved remarkable success. The main aims/objectives of this book "Mobile Ad Hoc Networks: Bio-Inspired Quality of Service Aware Routing Protocols" are twofold; firstly it clearly distinguishes between principles of traditional routing protocols and SI based routing protocols while explaining in detail the analogy between MANETs and SI principles. Secondly it presents the readers with important Quality of Service (QoS) parameters and explains how SI based routing protocols achieves QoS demands of the applications. This book also gives quantitative and qualitative analysis of some of the SI based routing protocols for MANETs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574598

Mobile Ad Hoc NetworksCurrent Status and Future Trends Guiding readers through the basics of these rapidly emerging networks to more advanced concepts and future expectations Mobile Ad hoc Networks: Current Status and Future Trends identifies and examines the most pressing research issues in Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs). Containing the contributions of leading researchers industry professionals and academics this forward-looking reference provides an authoritative perspective of the state of the art in MANETs. The book includes surveys of recent publications that investigate key areas of interest such as limited resources and the mobility of mobile nodes. It considers routing multicast energy security channel assignment and ensuring quality of service. Also suitable as a text for graduate students the book is organized into three sections: Fundamentals of MANET Modeling and Simulation—Describes how MANETs operate and perform through simulations and models Communication Protocols of MANETs—Presents cutting-edge research on key issues including MAC layer issues and routing in high mobility Future Networks Inspired By MANETs—Tackles open research issues and emerging trends Illustrating the role MANETs are likely to play in future networks this book supplies the foundation and insight you will need to make your own contributions to the field. It includes coverage of routing protocols modeling and simulations tools intelligent optimization techniques to multicriteria routing security issues in FHAMIPv6 connecting moving smart objects to the Internet underwater sensor networks wireless mesh network architecture and protocols adaptive routing provision using Bayesian inference and adaptive flow control in transport layer using genetic algorithms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439856505

Mobile and Entangled America(s) A superb combination of focused case studies and high level conceptual thinking this volume is an important monument in the ongoing development of Inter-American studies The articles gathered here closely examine a wide variety of cultural phenomena implicated in the 'entanglements' which have defined the history of the Americas. From religious networks to music and dance and across a range of literary and artistic works the mobility of people objects and ideas in the Americas is expertly mapped. At the same time the book represents a serious enterprise of theory-building. Drawing on the histories of postcolonial thought mobility studies and work on human migration Mobile and Entangled America(s) clearly establishes a new interdisciplinary field attentive both to the complexities of cultural form and the pervasiveness of power relations. Each article stands as a significant piece of scholarship on its own but all are in dialogue with each other. The result is a richly satisfying and important volume of cultural scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472471925

Mobile Applications Development with AndroidTechnologies and Algorithms Mobile Applications Development with Android: Technologies and Algorithms presents advanced techniques for mobile app development and addresses recent developments in mobile technologies and wireless networks. The book covers advanced algorithms embedded systems novel mobile app architecture and mobile cloud computing paradigms.Divided into three sections the book explores three major dimensions in the current mobile app development domain. The first section describes mobile app design and development skills including a quick start on using Java to run an Android application on a real phone. It also introduces 2D graphics and UI design as well as multimedia in Android mobile apps.The second part of the book delves into advanced mobile app optimization including an overview of mobile embedded systems and architecture. Data storage in Android mobile optimization by dynamic programming and mobile optimization by loop scheduling are also covered. The last section of the book looks at emerging technologies including mobile cloud computing advanced techniques using Big Data and mobile Big Data storage.About the AuthorsMeikang Qiu is an Associate Professor of Computer Science at Pace University and an adjunct professor at Columbia University. He is an IEEE/ACM Senior Member as well as Chair of the IEEE STC (Special Technical Community) on Smart Computing. He is an Associate Editor of a dozen of journals including IEEE Transactions on Computers and IEEE Transactions on Cloud Computing. He has published 320+ peer-reviewed journal/conference papers and won 10+ Best Paper Awards. Wenyun Dai is pursuing his PhD at Pace University. His research interests include high performance computing mobile data privacy resource management optimization cloud computing and mobile networking. His paper about mobile app privacy has been published in IEEE Transactions on Computers.Keke Gai is pursuing his PhD at Pace University. He has published over 60 peer-reviewed journal or conference papers and has received three IEEE Best Paper Awards. His research interests include cloud computing cyber security combinatorial optimization business process modeling enterprise architecture and Internet computing.. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367574147

Mobile Apps EngineeringDesign Development Security and Testing The objective of this edited book is to gather best practices in the development and management of mobile apps projects. Mobile Apps Engineering aims to provide software engineering lecturers students and researchers of mobile computing a starting point for developing successful mobile apps. To achieve these objectives the book’s contributors emphasize the essential concepts of the field such as apps design testing and security with the intention of offering a compact self-contained book which shall stimulate further research interest in the topic. The editors hope and believe that their efforts in bringing this book together can make mobile apps engineering an independent discipline inspired by traditional software engineering but taking into account the new challenges posed by mobile computing. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367656898

Mobile Assisted Language Learning Across Educational Contexts This concise collection critically reflects on mobile assisted language learning research across educational stages from early childhood through to university settings. // The volume traces the development of MALL practices through researchers' and teachers’ efforts to make sense of the impact of mobile technologies on formal and informal second language learning and development. The chapters explore a range of topics around mobile learning design implementation and affordances across different educational and geographic contexts drawing on both qualitative and quantitative perspectives. In so doing the book creates a broader conversation around the importance of continuity in the successful integration of MALL practices into L2 learning curricula across the educational lifespan. // This book will appeal to students and scholars in applied linguistics and language teaching and learning especially to those with a specific interest in mobile technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367521745

Mobile Barrages and Intakes on Sediment Transporting RiversIAHR Monograph Series Rapid growth in water requirements makes it necessary to increase the amount of water drawn from rivers. The dams necessary for capturing river water have to be built to resist damage when large floods occur and an idea of the possible destructive power of floods is given by the front photograph. The need for protection results in thick sill structures fitted with gates and ""upstream"" and ""downstream"" cut-off walls. Sediment transported by rivers settles forming deposits behind dams where flow velocities decrease. On the other hand where flow velocities are high through hydraulic machinery (pums and turbines) fed from the dam it can be necessary to remove even fine sand from the water and also to remove floating debris. Various hydro-mechanical installations (including gates and screens) are introduced into the flow circuits to deal with sediment and debris problems.Many emperical solutions to definition of very important details complement standard design procedures. Understanding of their use is facilitated by numerous illustrations.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746950

Mobile Broadcasting with WiMAXPrinciples Technology and Applications Written exclusively from broadcasters perspective Mobile Broadcasting with WiMAX will help you move ahead in the use of WiMAX technologies. Whether you are an engineer content provider manager or operator and planning such services this book helps you understand the dimensions of this new medium and integration of communication broadcasting and Multimedia technologies. The book oulines migrating to a new generation of broadcasting which integrates the Mobile Wireless and Fixed network domains then gives you a complete picture on what is happening in the field.The book is divided into five parts as follows:PART I Gives an introduction to Broadband Wireless Technologies and Mobile WiMAX. Wi-Fi including 802.11a b n and g WiMAX technologies with focus on Mobile WiMAX 802.16e and provides a global overview of deployment of Wireless broadband networks.PART-II is about Mobile Multimedia broadcasting and Mobile TV technologies based on both cellular and broadband wireless. PART III covers Resources for Mobile multimedia broadcasting and comprises of four structured chapters on Spectrum for WiMAX networks WiMAX terrestrial broadcasting networks client devices for WiMAX and an update of on chipsets developments. Part IV is devoted to the Network Architectures and the integration of WiMAX with other networks both fixed and mobile. Part V deals with Software architectures and Applications which help the process of mobile multimedia broadcasting. Case studies of prominent networks are given with country specific examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408401

Mobile CitizenshipSpatial Privilege and the Transnational Lifestyles of Senior Citizens Mobile Citizenship addresses the crucial question of how mobility reconfigures citizenship. Engaging with debates on transnationalism citizenship and lifestyle migration the book draws on ethnographic research and interview material collected among retired lifestyle migrants moving south from Germany to Turkey to explore the practices and narratives of these privileged migrants. Revealing the ways in which these migrants relate to their old homes and to their new places the author examines the social political and spatial dimensions of citizenship and belonging and argues that citizenship is key to understanding the privileges of transnational lifestyles. By taking up discussions emanating from studies on other privileged lifestyle migrations—around social welfare and well-being social participation and affective belonging as well as class and racialized privileges—the book exposes particular comparative value and showcases similarities and differences across this emerging type of migration. Mobile Citizenship thus shows how citizenship allows for mobility resources and privilege yet is also replete with limitations and ambivalences. The book brings together perspectives on citizenship space and privilege and will appeal to social scientists with interests in lifestyle migration and citizenship and their interconnections with global and social inequalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606401

Mobile Cloud ComputingArchitectures Algorithms and Applications Minimize Power Consumption and Enhance User Experience Essential for high-speed fifth-generation mobile networks mobile cloud computing (MCC) integrates the power of cloud data centers with the portability of mobile computing devices. Mobile Cloud Computing: Architectures Algorithms and Applications covers the latest technological and architectural advances in MCC. It also shows how MCC is used in health monitoring gaming learning and commerce. The book examines computation within a mobile device; the evolution architecture and applications of cloud computing; the integration of mobile computing and cloud computing; offloading strategies that address constraints such as poor battery life; and green technologies to optimize mobile power consumption. It also presents various resource allocation schemes of MCC the architecture and applications of sensor MCC the new concept of mobile social cloud security and privacy issues in MCC and different types of trust in MCC. In addition the book explains how to integrate MCC with vehicular networks compares economic models and explores the application of MCC to mobile learning vehicle monitoring digital forensic analysis health monitoring and other areas. The book concludes with a discussion of possible solutions to challenges such as energy efficiency latency minimization efficient resource management billing and security. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482242836

Mobile Cloud ComputingModels Implementation and Security Mobile Cloud Computing: Models Implementation and Security provides a comprehensive introduction to mobile cloud computing including key concepts models and relevant applications. The book focuses on novel and advanced algorithms as well as mobile app development.The book begins with an overview of mobile cloud computing concepts models and service deployments as well as specific cloud service models. It continues with the basic mechanisms and principles of mobile computing as well as virtualization techniques. The book also introduces mobile cloud computing architecture design key techniques and challenges.The second part of the book covers optimizations of data processing and storage in mobile clouds including performance and green clouds. The crucial optimization algorithm in mobile cloud computing is also explored along with big data and service computing.Security issues in mobile cloud computing are covered in-depth including a brief introduction to security and privacy issues and threats as well as privacy protection techniques in mobile systems. The last part of the book features the integration of service-oriented architecture with mobile cloud computing. It discusses web service specifications related to implementations of mobile cloud computing.The book not only presents critical concepts in mobile cloud systems but also drives readers to deeper research through open discussion questions. Practical case studies are also included. Suitable for graduate students and professionals this book provides a detailed and timely overview of mobile cloud computing for a broad range of readers. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573690

Mobile Communication and Greater China This edited volume is the first book-length study focusing entirely on mobile phone use in China. Drawing on examples from a wide range of contemporary situations in China and beyond the contributors argue that the mobile phone is in fact an important means by which one can understand a rapidly changing China and the developing culture of mobile phone usage reflects both the cultural norms and struggle of the people. Through a theoretical comparison of usage in the West and in China the editors assert the uniqueness of China’s experience highlighting that Chinese society is being exposed simultaneously to a rapid process of industrialization and cyberization. The contributors maintain that such density of experience under a compressed period combined with a thick cultural heritage and a country still under a dictating rule provides a unique situation and offers deep insights into Chinese culture in general. This work will be of great interest to all students and scholars of Asian communication studies ICT and Chinese culture and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107571

Mobile CommunicationBringing Us Together and Tearing Us Apart Mobile Communication covers a wide range of topics. These include the replacement of co-present interaction with mediated contact and analysis of mobile-based cohesion and gender. The authors also explore the role of media choice and its effect on the quality as well as quantity of social cohesion. Other topics include mobile communication and communities of interest; and mobile communication cohesion and youth.This volume brings together scholars from around the world to consider how mobile communication both builds and destroys our sense of social cohesion. There is no question that uses of technology can lead to increased cohesion within personal communities. For example this volume includes research on caravan couples in Australia factory workers in China young couples in Germany citizens in Slovenia and sports clubs in Ireland. It also includes research on drunken calls between university students in the US calls of international students in Switzerland and communications between immigrant women in Melbourne Australia.However the contributors also argue that as social networks become inundated with mobile communication users these users may become increasingly isolated and social division can ensue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849555

Mobile CommunicationDimensions of Social Policy In the few short decades since their commercial deployment 5 billion people about three-quarters of all humanity including children have become mobile phone users. No technology has even approached the mobile phone's wildfire success. Effects of this success are apparent everywhere ranging from accident scenes and earthquake rescue efforts to demeanor in the classroom and at dinner tables. No one interested in the next generation of issues provoked by the mobile communication revolution will want to miss this important new collection of essays.The mobile phone has given near-transcendent power to ordinary people. All aspects of social life have been touched by mobile technology. An ever-growing host of tracking immersion gaming and commercial applications are becoming available. The community of mobile communication scholars has blossomed from a handful of pioneers a decade ago to a large and dynamic intellectual community that spans the globe. Area researchers have gained much insight into cultural symbolic and social interaction aspects of mobile communication as well as its relevance to commerce.To address the social policy dimension of the mobile communication revolution this volume presents analyses by leading thinkers in the field. The volume offers novel and keen insights into the topic. Subjects include the role of mobiles in policy formation and evaluation in several areas including the mobile-digital divide and political campaigns. Also explored are processes and policy implications of mobiles in creating or alleviating social problems including social isolation and family dispersion. Other chapters analyze social policies for mobile devices including attempts to regulate the use of the technology and to understand and moderate its potential harm to human health. The contributors' scope ranges across five continents and they address concerns at local national and international levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512276

Mobile Communications and Public Health This book represents a comprehensive overview of the distribution of the various forms of mobile communications devices with increasing variations and intensities that constitute a serious hazard to both the biosphere and mankind. Contributors stress the lack of controls over mobile communication signal sources as well as the absence of monitoring the health of individuals exposed to microwave radiation. The work also entails a review of the engineering behind mobile communication technology including a summary of basic scientific evidence of the effects of biological exposure to microwaves and unique coverage on potential hazards of mobile communication for children. Marko S. Markov has been professor and chairman of the Department of Biophysics and Radiobiology of Sofi University for 22 years. With over 45 years of basic science research experience and over 40 years in the clinical application of electromagnetic fields he is recognized as one of the world’s best experts in the subject. His list of publications includes 196 papers and 18 books. Presents an overview of what modern science knows about mobile communications signals Details the latest research on potential hazards related to uncontrolled use of mobile devices Provides information related to children's organisms not developed biologically prior to exposure to microwave signals Offers methods of control of the house and work environment Explores the link between science and electromagnetics hazards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138568426

Mobile Communications Handbook With 26 entirely new and 5 extensively revised chapters out of the total of 39 the Mobile Communications Handbook Third Edition presents an in-depth and up-to-date overview of the full range of wireless and mobile technologies that we rely on every day. This includes but is not limited to everything from digital cellular mobile radio and evolving personal communication systems to wireless data and wireless networks Illustrating the extraordinary evolution of wireless communications and networks in the last 15 years this book is divided into five sections: Basic Principles provides the essential underpinnings for the wide-ranging mobile communication technologies currently in use throughout the world. Wireless Standards contains technical details of the standards we use every day as well as insights into their development. Source Compression and Quality Assessment covers the compression techniques used to represent voice and video for transmission over mobile communications systems as well as how the delivered voice and video quality are assessed. Wireless Networks examines the wide range of current and developing wireless networks and wireless methodologies. Emerging Applications explores newly developed areas of vehicular communications and 60 GHz wireless communications. Written by experts from industry and academia this book provides a succinct overview of each topic quickly bringing the reader up to date but with sufficient detail and references to enable deeper investigations. Providing much more than a "just the facts" presentation contributors use their experience in the field to provide insights into how each topic has emerged and to point toward forthcoming developments in mobile communications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072442

Mobile Crowdsensing Mobile crowdsensing is a technology that allows large scale cost-effective sensing of the physical world. In mobile crowdsensing mobile personal devices such as smart phones or smart watches come equipped with a variety of sensors that can be leveraged to collect data related to environment transportation healthcare safety and so on. This book presents the first extensive coverage of mobile crowdsensing with examples and insights drawn from the authors’ extensive research on this topic as well as from the research and development of a growing community of researchers and practitioners working in this emerging field. Throughout the text the authors provide the reader with various examples of crowdsensing applications and the building blocks to creating the necessary infrastructure explore the related concepts of mobile sensing and crowdsourcing and examine security and privacy issues introduced by mobile crowdsensing platforms. Provides a comprehensive description of mobile crowdsensing a one-stop shop for all relevant issues pertaining to mobile crowdsensing including motivation applications design and implementation incentive mechanisms and reliability and privacy.Describes the design and implementations of mobile crowdsensing platforms of great interest for the readers working in research and industry to quickly implement and test their systems.Identifies potential issues in building such mobile crowdsensing applications to ensure their usability in real life and presents future directions in mobile crowdsensing by emphasizing the open problems that have to be addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367658304

Mobile Devices and Technology in Higher Education This book examines key issues at the intersection of education and technology by addressing the question that most educators face—how do we use technology to engage students in the learning process and enhance learning? Problematizing the view that technology is the default solution to a host of problems facing education while also recognizing that technology has an important place in a variety of education levels the book provides readers with clear insights on technology and learning from a variety of perspectives from communication studies education and related disciplines. This volume is an essential read for scholars and teachers working in the area of elementary education. It will also be of interest to academics working in the area of education postsecondary education and learning and can be used as an ancillary text in graduate-level seminars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375614

Mobile Devices and the LibraryHandheld Tech Handheld Reference Mobile devices are the 'it' technology and everyone wants to know how to apply them to their environments. This book brings together the best examples and insights for implementing mobile technology in libraries. Chapters cover a wide variety of the most important tools and procedures from developing applications to marketing and augmented reality. Readers of this volume will get complete and timely knowledge of library applications for handheld devices. The Handheld Librarian conferences have been a centrepiece of learning about how to apply mobile technologies to library services and collections as well as a forum for sharing examples and lessons learned. The conferences have brought our profession forward into the trend and kept us up to date with ongoing advances. This volume brings together the best from that rich story and presents librarians with the basic information they need to successfully make the case for and implement programs leveraging mobile devices in their libraries. Authors of the diverse practical and well researched pieces originate in all types of libraries and segments of the profession. This wide representation ensures that front line librarians library administrators systems staff even library professors will find this volume perfectly geared for their needs. This book was published as a special issue of The Reference Librarian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849593

Mobile DevicesTools and Technologies Wireless and mobile communications have grown exponentially. The average individual now possesses a minimum of two smart mobile devices. The consistent advancement of mobile devices feeds the ever-growing appetite for faster bandwidth uninterrupted connectivity applications to fulfill the needs of consumers and businesses and security for all of this information. Mobile Devices: Tools and Technologies provides readers at all levels of technical expertise with an understanding of mobile device concepts application development processes networking and infrastructure and security methods.This book is organized into four sections with chapters contributed by engineers with extensive real-world experience in the mobile and wireless field. The first section discusses the current mobile device landscape including the latest technology innovations personal and business use trends and mobile operating systems and applications. The second section focuses on the application development process from strategy and process through the development phases to production and launch. This section covers both Android and iOS application development.In the third section the authors explore mobile access standards network types and infrastructure components. This section also covers proximity communications standards including Bluetooth NFC and RFID. The book concludes with a look at mobile device security including mobile encryption methods wireless security levels and corporate security and workforce management strategies. Throughout the book the contributors illustrate proven best practices and methodologies using real-world case studies drawn from their extensive experiences with mobile software and infrastructures for enterprise customers. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367658854

Mobile Digital ArtUsing the iPad and iPhone as Creative Tools Learn how to create beautiful artwork on your iPad or iPhone. Over 65 expert artists from around the world will show you how they created their original art from inspiration and conceptualization to the creation of the final image. Using step-by-step examples and easy-to-follow tutorials you'll learn how to create stunning images on your iPad or iPhone. Learn more about using the apps you already have like Brushes and discover new apps that will enhance your art creation like Sketchbook Mobile Layers Collage Juxtaposer Hiptamatic and PhotoFX. Whether you are taking you first steps into digital art or are an accomplished artist looking to broaden your skill set Mobile Digital Art covers it all - how to turn photographs into oil paintings design cartoons from scratch and create beautiful landscape vistas - all on your iPad or iPhone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240825021

Mobile Disruptions in the Middle EastLessons from Qatar and the Arabian Gulf Region in mobile media content innovation Mobile Disruptions in the Middle East identifies trends in mobile media use in Qatar and the United Arab Emirates and more broadly explores their impact on the nature of digital journalism. Mobility has long been an important aspect of life in the Middle East; therefore a study of this region presents a unique opportunity to examine the role of mobile media and its future directions. Basing its analysis on original research including multiyear surveys and case studies the book reveals patterns of audience engagement with mobile media in the Gulf area with particular emphasis on online journalism. The research also illustrates how and to what extent media organizations are developing and delivering content uniquely designed for mobile media and consumption. Drawing on these findings the authors look at possible developments in mobile media content strategies including those for news content as wearable and other emerging media forms enter the marketplace. Mobile Disruptions in the Middle East provides an important insight into a region that is both globally active and mobile-first yet whose use of digital media is historically under-researched. As a result the book helps to advance understanding of consumer preference for content types on mobile media especially in relation to the transformation of journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138050051

Mobile Electronic CommerceFoundations Development and Applications Mobile commerce transactions continue to soar driven largely by the ever-increasing adoption and use of smartphones and tablets. The use of this technology gives consumers the flexibility to shop whenever and wherever they want. Mobile Electronic Commerce: Foundations Development and Applications addresses the role of industry academia scientists engineers professionals and students in developing innovative new mobile commerce technologies and systems to further improve the consumer experience. It also discusses the impact of mobile commerce on society economics culture organizations government industry and our daily lives.This book brings together experts from multiple disciplines in industry and academia to stimulate new thinking in the development and application of mobile commerce technology. The book covers important mobile commerce topics such as critical infrastructure management mobile security issues new applications and services emerging development architectures mobile business solutions and future research opportunities.In addition to its multidisciplinary approach the book also provides a cross-cultural approach intended to overcome cultural barriers and accelerate mobile commerce advancement in the global economy. Authors and researchers from around the world discuss a broad spectrum of methods tools and guidelines for designing mobile commerce systems and services in different cultures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378141

Mobile Enterprise Transition and Management Coupled with the Internet mobile technology is rapidly moving us from the information age into the age of boundless communication. However the success of today’s cutting-edge mobile technologies will not be determined merely by their new features. Rather the way in which you integrate these technologies into your day-to-day business operations that will determine their success or failure. While there is substantial literature on mobility and business transitions this book not only brings the two together but also provides a formal process for transitioning your organization from a fix-wired electronic organization to an enhanced mobile enterprise with minimal disruptions to daily operations. Addressing the rapid evolution of global communications Mobile Enterprise Transition and Management provides step-by-step guidance on how to configure enact and manage the process of integrating mobile technology within your organization. The mobile enterprise transition (MET) process presented considers input from the four significant dimensions of an organization economic technical process and social making it a well-rounded and complete process. The Material Presented in This Book Forms the Basis of the Popular Workshop Designed and Led by a Leading Expert in the Field Based on extensive research literature review and practical experimentation in METs this comprehensive text presents emerging best practices exhaustive case studies and examples of successful transitions. It also provides detailed references and a glossary of key terms and commonly used acronyms. Whether you are an engineer network manager business manager or other decision maker this book will show you how to develop customized integration strategies that will set your enterprise on the path to achieving the competitive advantages today’s mobile innovations make possible. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367385491

Mobile EvolutionInsights on Connectivity and Service This book presents insights interpretations concepts and interdependent views—in the landscape of mobile connectivity and service—that emphasize the significance of a harmonious interplay cooperation and coalescing of a variety of interdisciplinary domains of science and art.Mobile Evolution: Insights on Connectivity and Service explores the forward-looking and enabling capabilities of mobile connectivity and service in the context of long term evolution (LTE) systems and multimedia services as viewed through a lens of human experience. It provides information and guidelines pertaining to the strategies and technologies associated with the next-generation mobile ecosystem.The book examines the intersection between the technology and the human dimension in the context of the ever-changing landscape. It arms you with ideas that you can apply to design innovation strategy and business models for the various facets of mobile communication connectivity and service. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575908

Mobile HomesSpatial and Cultural Negotiation in Asian American Literature The writers discussed in the book include Chiang Yee Hualing Nieh David Wong Louie Fae Myenne Ng John Okada and Toshio Mori. Their publication dates span from the 1940s up to 2000. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650205

Mobile Intelligent Autonomous Systems Going beyond the traditional field of robotics to include other mobile vehicles Mobile Intelligent Autonomous Systems describes important theoretical concepts techniques approaches and applications that can be used to build truly mobile intelligent autonomous systems (MIAS). It offers a comprehensive treatment of robotics and MIAS as well as related disciplines helping readers understand the subject from a system-theoretic and practical point of view. Organized into three sections the book progresses from conceptual foundations to MIAS and robotics systems and then examines allied technologies. With an emphasis on recent research and developments experts from various fields cover key aspects of this rapidly emerging area including: Path and motion planning Obstacle avoidance in a dynamic environment Direct biological-brain control of a mobile robot Sensor and image data fusion Autonomous decision making and behavior modeling in robots Hydro-MiNa robot technology Adaptive algorithms for smart antennas Control methods for autonomous micro-air vehicles Neuro-fuzzy fault-tolerant auto-landing for aircraft H-infinity filter based estimation for simultaneous localization and mapping Where relevant concepts and theories are illustrated with block/flow diagrams and numerical simulations in MATLAB®. An integrated exploration of the theory and practice of MIAS and robotics this is a valuable reference and recipe book for research and industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072459

Mobile Interface TheoryEmbodied Space and Locative Media In this updated second edition Jason Farman offers a groundbreaking look at how location-aware mobile technologies are radically shifting our sense of identity community and place-making practices. Mobile Interface Theory is a foundational book in mobile media studies with the first edition winning the Book of the Year Award from the Association of Internet Researchers. It explores a range of mobile media practices from interface design to maps AR/VR mobile games performances that use mobile devices and mobile storytelling projects. Throughout Farman provides readers with a rich theoretical framework to understand the ever-transforming landscape of mobile media and how they shape our bodily practices in the spaces we move through. This fully updated second edition features updated examples throughout reflecting the shifts in mobile technology. This is the ideal text for those studying mobile media social media digital media and mobile storytelling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625020

Mobile Interfaces in Public SpacesLocational Privacy Control and Urban Sociability Mobile phones are no longer what they used to be. Not only can users connect to the Internet anywhere and anytime they can also use their devices to map their precise geographic coordinates – and access location-specific information like restaurant reviews historical information and locations of other people nearby. The proliferation of location-aware mobile technologies calls for a new understanding of how we define public spaces how we deal with locational privacy and how networks of power are developed today. In Mobile Interfaces in Public Spaces Adriana de Souza E. Silva and Jordan Frith examine these social and spatial changes by framing the development of location-aware technology within the context of other mobile and portable technologies such as the book the Walkman the iPod and the mobile phone. These technologies work as interfaces to public spaces – that is as symbolic systems that not only filter information but also reshape communication relationships and the environment in which social interaction takes place. Yet rather than detaching people from their surroundings the authors suggest that location-aware technologies may ultimately strengthen our connections to locations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506007

Mobile Learning and Higher EducationChallenges in Context Mobile Learning and Higher Education provides case studies of mobile learning in higher education settings to showcase how devices can transform learning at the undergraduate and graduate levels. With the rapid diffusion of networked technologies among the adult populations of many countries and the supersession of the once-ubiquitous lecture approach with active learner-centered teaching for deep understanding mobile devices are increasingly used in higher education classrooms to offer unique and effective new approaches to teaching and learning. A cutting-edge research volume this collection also provides a springboard for building better practices in higher education institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238770

Mobile Learning and MathematicsFoundations Design and Case Studies Mobile Learning and Mathematics provides an overview of current research on how mobile devices are supporting mathematics educators in classrooms across the globe. Through nine case studies chapter authors investigate the use of mobile technologies over a range of grade levels and mathematical topics while connecting chapters provide a strong foundational background in mobile learning theories instructional design and learner support. For current educators Mobile Learning and Mathematics provides concrete ideas and strategies for integrating mobile learning into their mathematics instruction—for example by sharing resources that will help implement Common Core State Standards or by streamlining the process of selecting from the competing and often confusing technology options currently available. A cutting edge research volume this collection also provides a springboard for educational researchers to conduct further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415742818

Mobile Learning and STEMCase Studies in Practice In recent years there has been a renewed focus on STEM education in the United States fueled by evidence that young learners’ competencies in science technology engineering and mathematics are falling behind those of their global peers. Scholars and practitioners are beginning to utilize the new pedagogical opportunities offered by mobile learning to improve the successes of teachers and K-12 students across STEM subjects. Mobile Learning and STEM: Case Studies in Practice is a comprehensive collection of case studies that explore mobile learning’s support of STEM subjects and that utilize mobile technology to facilitate unique and effective K-12 teaching and learning experiences. In addition to its focus on STEM achievement for researchers this volume is a resource for teachers working to implement mobile learning initiatives into their classrooms. Mobile Learning and STEM also includes research that is applicable to classrooms in nations around the world where few students from underrepresented racial and socioeconomic backgrounds are entering into STEM jobs. Concluding with a summary of its research and its implications to future scholarship and practice this book is a springboard for practitioners specialists higher education instructors and researchers who want to establish better practices in schools and raise student achievement in STEM subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817036

Mobile Learning in SchoolsKey Issues Opportunities and Ideas for Practice Mobile Learning in Schools explores the potential for using mobile devices in diverse school and college settings around the globe. It evaluates the exciting opportunities mobile initiatives bring and shares experience of where things can go wrong in order to ensure that those embarking on new projects are fully informed. Drawing on a wide range of international perspectives it unpicks knotty sociocultural issues including lack of sustainability behavioural and ethical concerns and explores successful student learning. Key issues considered include: mobile learning in primary schools teaching and learning with mobile devices in secondary schools opportunities inside and outside school pedagogical principles and sustainability mobile learning for initial teacher training and CPD ethical considerations behaviour matters – disruption plagiarism cheating cyberbullying assessing mobile learning. With annotated further reading and questions to trigger reflection and further discussion amongst readers this thought-provoking text provides a detailed survey of this often controversial topic. It is essential reading for all those engaged in understanding the potential for using mobile devices to support students’ learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690721

Mobile LearningThe Next Generation Mobile Learning: The Next Generation documents the most innovative projects in context-aware mobile learning in order to develop a richer theoretical understanding of learning in modern mobile-connected societies. Context-aware mobile learning takes advantage of cell phone mobile and pervasive personal technologies to design learning experiences that exploit the richness of both indoor and outdoor environments. These technologies detect a learner’s presence in a particular place the learner’s history in that place or in relation to other people and objects nearby and adapt learning experiences accordingly enabling and encouraging learners to use personal and social technologies to capture aspects of the environment as learning resources and to share their reactions to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658362

Mobile LifeworldsAn Ethnography of Tourism and Pilgrimage in the Himalayas Mobile Lifeworlds illustrates how the imaginaries and ideals of Western travellers especially those of untouched nature and spiritual enlightenment are consistent with media representations of the Himalayan region romanticism and modernity at large. Blending tourism and pilgrimage travel across Nepal Tibet Bhutan and Northern India is often inspired and oriented by a search for authenticity adventure and Otherness. Such valued ideals are shown however to be contested by the very forces and configurations that enable global mobility. The role ubiquitous media and mobile technologies now play in framing travel experiences are explored revealing a situation in which actors are neither here nor there but increasingly are ‘inter-placed’ across planetary landscapes. Beyond institutionalised religious contexts and the visiting of sacred sites the author shows how a secular religiosity manifests in practical bodily encounters with foreign environments. This book is unique in that it draws on a dynamic and innovative set of disciplinary and theoretical perspectives especially phenomenology the mobilities paradigm and philosophical anthropology. The volume breaks fresh ground in pilgrimage tourism and travel studies by unfolding the complex relationships between the virtual imaginary and corporeal dynamics of contemporary mobile lifeworlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877989

Mobile Marketing In the past 10 years mobile phones have gone from being high-end gadgets only the wealthy could afford to an essential accessory now owned by a large portion of the population of the world. The integration of the Internet mobility and communications at the device service and transport level has created a new set of business opportunities. Mobile marketing has become a mainstream marketing tool and marketers must now identify and reach their mobile audience. This book is designed to teach marketeers how to tap into this potential. Mobile Marketing is as different from traditional marketing as Internet marketing was and this book outlines methods and techniques for: * Defining and implementing a wireless marketing strategy * Making sense of what can be a technically and commercially confusing industry* Providing a wealth of carefully chosen international cases and examples to demonstrate techniques in the real world Written by experienced practitioners with experience of advising major international companies on both strategy and individual campaigns in the mobile sector it is an essential guide and reference for professional marketeers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160552

Mobile Marketing ManagementCase Studies from Successful Practices With the development of mobile internet technology people’s lifestyle and consumer behavior are changing rapidly. Nowadays the products on the market are updating more and more frequently and the traditional marketing theory and brand theory fail to get with the mobile internet. So what’s the innovative marketing to take in the new era? Since 2012 China has entered into the mobile era and became a major country of mobile internet application. The book summarizes the experience of the author accumulated from many trials and errors in management and marketing innovation so as to form the pattern of management and marketing for the next 30 years. Mobile Marketing Management lays the foundation for the new era with four pillars: service substance superuser space known as 4S theory for short. In view of the concept of customer-first it is all about service and products become productized service concepts. In view of the failure of mass communication the competition among all services becomes the competition of substance differentiation. Regarding the popularity of self-organization it becomes a trend to cooperate with people rather than the company to develop the market. In view of the principle of fuzzy market boundary the enterprises shall optimize their living space and evolve their development space. This book contains numerous case studies along with analysis and creates the discipline of mobile marketing management providing innovative theories methods and tools for the marketing of enterprises. Through this book readers can master the marketing methods of the mobile internet era. They can apply the marketing theory in this book to guide the marketing practice thus improving marketing efficiency and reducing marketing costs. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367141059

Mobile Media in the Asia-PacificGender and The Art of Being Mobile This century has been marked by the rapid and divergent uptake of mobile telephony throughout the world. The mobile phone has become a poignant symbol for postmodernity and the attendant modes of global mobility and immobility. Most notably the icon of the mobile phone is most palpable in the Asia-Pacific in which a diversity of innovation and consumer practices – reflecting gender and locality – can be found. Through the lens of gendered mobile media Mobile Media in the Asia Pacific provides insight into this phenomenon by focusing on case studies in Japan South Korea China and Australia. Despite the ubiquity and multi-layered nature of mobile media in the region the patterns of female consumption have received little attention in the growing literature on mobile communication globally. Utilising ethnographic research conducted in the Asia-Pacific over a six-year period this book investigates the relationship between gender technology and various forms of mobility and immobility in the region. This book outlines the emerging modes of gender performativity that makes the Asia-Pacific region so distinct to other regions globally. Mobile Media in the Asia Pacific is a fascinating read for students and scholars interested in new media and gender in the Asia-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690119

Mobile Media Practices Presence and PoliticsThe Challenge of Being Seamlessly Mobile As an example of convergence the mobile phone—especially in the form of smartphone—is now ushering in new promises of seamlessness between engagement with technology and everyday common experiences. This seamlessness is not only about how one transitions between the worlds of the device and the physical environment but it also captures the transition and convergences between devices as well (i.e. laptop to smartphone smartphone to tablet). This volume argues however that these transitions are far from seamless. We see divisions between online and offline virtual and actual here and there taking on different cartographies emergent forms of seams. It is these seams that this volume acknowledges challenges and explores—socially culturally technologically and historically—as we move to a deeper understanding of the role and impact of mobile communication’s saturation throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922136

Mobile MicrospiesParticles for Sensing and Communication On the one hand particle-based sensing techniques are driven by new technologies for preparing and measuring micro- and nanoparticles and by a fascination of the possibilities for design and functionalization of all specificities in structure shapes and behavior of these tiny objects. On the other hand there evolves a fast-growing need for new sensing and communication paths for medicine biotechnology and analytical science as well as for new and efficient information transfer and storage systems. No longer are particles regarded only as special types of materials. However we have a better understanding of how they are bridging the gap between material and system between structure and function. Although there are numerous books on micro- and nanoparticles and on sensors there is to the best of my knowledge no book focusing on the general concept of particles as mobile microtransducers. This book clarifies that signal-transducing particles should be regarded as functional elements as part of a system not simply as special materials. It introduces concepts of bead-base sensing and "mobile spies" at the micro- and nanoscale and gives a representative overview of the variety of particle-based sensing. The state of the art in the development of particles as mobile spies for communication and information management allows us to speculate about future particle-based components and systems in a completely sustainable world economy. In addition the book reports on a fast-evolving technical field which is a typical example of the required convergence of technical strategies and mechanisms in living nature and would make a great reference for professionals and students of chemistry biochemistry biology pharmacy medicine agriculture mechatronics informatics materials science and systems engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800143

Mobile Multimedia in Action "Mobile Multimedia in Action" displays a revealing picture of how people communicate using camera phones and other mobile multimedia devices. With such devices spreading faster than practically any other new technology questions about how these devices are being used (and abused) to capture and distribute embarrassing or raunchy images and content and what should be done about it are surfacing. This volume presents the first detailed study of the use of these devices. Using a variant of social science research known as ethnomethodology Koskinen explores the kinds of images people take with camera phones and how they use sound to enhance these images. The book asks two main questions. First what kinds of methods of expression such as visuals or sound do people use when they design multimedia messages? Second how do people interact with and respond to each other through mobile multimedia devices? Koskinen has a broader objective centering on the impact of these devices on human relationships and society at large. He asks What do people do with these devices? Is mobile telephony moving toward a more practical direction or will it simply become a visual chatty channel fit for gossip but not for real news or other practical purposes? What kind of social activities and organizations does it best serve - peer-to-peer networks or institutional ones? Koskinen examines these questions from three unique perspectives: the design elements of mobile multimedia which considers methods of expression people use in designing multimedia messages; mobile multimedia as interaction which looks into how people interact with each other using this technology and makes a case for studying multimedia as a naturally occurring activity; and mobile multimedia in society which searches for answers as to the societal consequences of mobile multimedia usage. A groundbreaking work "Mobile Multimedia in Action" will be a fascinating read for both multimedia device professionals and everyday users alike. Providing a glimpse into the future Koskinen asks where mobile multimedia technology is taking mankind and society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124643

Mobile NarrativesTravel Migration and Transculturation Emphasizing the role of travel and migration in the performance and transformation of identity this volume addresses representations of travel mobility and migration in 19th–21st-century travel writing literature and media texts. In so doing the book analyses the role of the various cultural ethnic gender and national encounters pertinent to narratives of travel and migration in transforming and problematizing the identities of both the travelers and "travelees" enacting in the borderzones between cultures. While the individual essays by scholars from a wide range of countries deal with a variety of case studies from various historical spatial and cultural locations they share a strong central interest in the ways in which the narratives of travel contribute to the imagining of ethnic encounters and how they have acted as sites of transformation and transculturation from the early nineteenth century to the present day. In addition to discussing textual representations of travel and migration the volume also addresses the ways in which cultural texts themselves travel and are reconstructed in various cultural settings. The analyses are particularly attentive to the issues of globalization and migration which provide a general frame for interpretation. What distinguishes the volume from existing books is its concern with travel and migration as ways of forging transcultural identities that are able to subvert existing categorizations and binary models of identity formation. In so doing it pays particular attention to the performance of identity in various spaces of cultural encounter ranging from North America to the East of Europe putting particular emphasis on the representation of intercultural and ethnic encounters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547988

Mobile NewsJournalism’s Shift from Fixed to Fluid The rise of the smartphone has shifted news from fixed publication to a flow of updateable information. The chapters in this book investigate the implications for audiences industry and society as news becomes mobile. Wherever we go news from anywhere can reach us on our smartphones. And wherever we are we can search up information specific to that place. News is produced by mobile journalists (MoJos) as well as by citizens armed with smartphones reporting breaking news from crisis zones where information is uncertain or hyperlocal news from neighbourhoods where little happens. Mobile technology allows citizens to engage deeply with a cause or to skim headlines so they know a little about a lot of things. News is distributed on mobile networks and consumed by mobile audiences as they make their daily way through time and space coloured by their mobile devices. It is consumed in the niches of life. It intersects with place in new ways as geolocated news. It pursues us wherever we are through push notifications. And news has moved from fixed to fluid a flow of updateable information rather than a regularly issued product. In this book the contributors take varied viewpoints on mobility and news its impact on what news is how journalists produce it and how it fits into everybody’s everyday life. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Digital Journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367566357

Mobile Opportunistic NetworksArchitectures Protocols and Applications The widespread availability of mobile devices coupled with recent advancements in networking capabilities make opportunistic networks one of the most promising technologies for next-generation mobile applications. Are you ready to make your mark? Featuring the contributions of prominent researchers from academia and industry Mobile Opportunistic Networks: Architectures Protocols and Applications introduces state-of-the-art research findings technologies tools and innovations. From fundamentals to advanced concepts the book provides the comprehensive technical coverage of this rapidly emerging communications technology you need to make contributions in this area. The first section focuses on modeling networking architecture and routing problems. The second section examines opportunistic networking technologies and applications. Presenting the latest in modeling opportunistic network connection structures and pairwise contacts the text discusses the fundamentals of opportunistic routing. It reviews the most-popular routing protocols and introduces a routing protocol for delivering data with load balancing and reliable transmission capabilities. Details an approach to analyzing user behavior based on realistic data in opportunistic networksPresents analytical approaches for mobility and heterogeneous connections management in mobile opportunistic networks Compares credit-based incentive schemes for mobile wireless ad hoc networks and challenged networks Discusses the combined strengths of cache-based approaches and Infostation-based approachesAddressing key research challenges and open issues this complete technical guide reports on the latest advancements in the deployment of stationary relay nodes on vehicular opportunistic networks. It also illustrates the use of the service location and planning (SLP) technique for resource utilization with Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367382681

Mobile People Mobile LawExpanding Legal Relations in a Contracting World Demonstrating how users of law who often operate in multi-sited situations are forced to deal with increasingly complex legal circumstances this volume focuses on political and social processes through which people appropriate use and create legal forms in multiple legal settings. It provides new insights into social and political processes through which transnational law is locally appropriated by different actors and presents empirical studies of confrontation adaptation vernacularization and hybridization of law due to its transplantation across the borders of national states. The contributors offer insights into modern dynamics of legal change challenging assumptions about increasing homogeneity in law with a keen eye for the historical situations in which current legal changes stand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275133

Mobile Phone Cultures What do we really know about mobile phone culture? This provocative and comprehensive collection explores the cultural and media dimensions of mobile phones around the world. An international team of contributors look at how mobiles have been imagined through advertising and social representations - tracing the scripting and shaping of the technology through gender sexuality religion communication style - and explore the locations of mobile phone culture in modernity urban settings and even transnational families. This book also provides a guide to convergent mobile phone culture with fresh innovative accounts of text messaging Blackberry camera phones moblogging and mobile adventures in television. Mobile Phone Culture opens up important new perspectives on how we understand this intimate yet public cultural technology. Previously published as a special issue of Continuum: Journal of Media and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203895078

Mobile Point-of-Care Monitors and Diagnostic Device Design Efficient mobile systems that allow for vital sign monitoring and disease diagnosis at the point of care can help combat issues such as rising healthcare costs treatment delays in remote and resource-poor areas and the global shortage of skilled medical personnel.Covering everything from sensors systems and software to integration usability and regulatory challenges Mobile Point-of-Care Monitors and Diagnostic Device Design offers valuable insight into state-of-the-art technologies research and methods for designing personal diagnostic and ambulatory healthcare devices. Presenting the combined expertise of contributors from various fields this multidisciplinary text:Gives an overview of the latest mobile health and point-of-care technologiesDiscusses portable diagnostics devices and sensors including mobile-phone-based health systemsExplores lab-on-chip systems as well as energy-efficient solutions for mobile point-of-care monitorsAddresses computer vision and signal processing for real-time diagnosticsConsiders interface design for lay healthcare providers and home usersMobile Point-of-Care Monitors and Diagnostic Device Design provides important background information about the design process of mobile health and point-of-care devices using practical examples to illustrate key aspects related to instrumentation information processing and implementation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656454

Mobile RobotsInspiration to Implementation Second Edition Revised and updated the second edition includes several new chapters with projects and applications. The authors keep pace with the ever-growing and rapidly expanding field of robotics. The new edition reflects technological developments and includes programs and activities for robot enthusiasts. Using photographs illustrations and informative text Mobile Robots guides the reader through the step-by-step process of constructing two different and inexpensive yet fully functional robots. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367447656

Mobile SmartLife via Sensing Localization and Cloud Ecosystems Indoor location is one of the two most important contexts (time and location) becoming a key entry for mobile Internet. This book envisions potential indoor location applications overviews the related state of the art technologies and presents original patented techniques and open source prototype systems. The tutorial and sample code are provided as a good reference and starting point for readers who are interested in the technique detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572495

Mobile Social Networking and ComputingA Multidisciplinary Integrated Perspective Recent advancements in mobile device technologies are revolutionizing how we socialize interact and connect. By connecting the virtual community with the local environment mobile social networks (MSNs) create the opportunity for a multitude of new personalized services for mobile users. Along with that comes the need for new paradigms mechanisms and techniques with the capacity to autonomously manage their functioning and evolution.Currently most books about mobile networks focus mainly on the technical point of view. Mobile Social Networking and Computing: A Multidisciplinary Integrated Perspective not only addresses the theoretical aspects of MSN and computing but also introduces and categorizes existing applications. It supplies a multidisciplinary perspective that considers the technology economics social sciences and psychology behind MSNs.In addition to fundamental theory the book investigates the practical issues in MSN including characteristics inner structural relationship incentive mechanisms resource allocating information diffusion search ranking privacy trust and reputation. Introducing recently developed technologies modes and models the book provides two distinct (but related) viewpoints about MSN applications: socially inspired networking technology and networking technology that uses recent advancements to enhance quality of life.The text illustrates the interaction between the macrolevel structure and the local rational behaviors (microlevel) in MSN. It summarizes currently available MSN development platforms including Android and iOS and introduces and categorizes existing applications related to MSN and computing.Both location-based service (LBS) and mobile social networks in proximity (MSNPs) are presented in a comprehensive manner. Highlighting key research opportunities this much-needed reference outlines incentive mechanisms inspired by classical economics behavioral economics and social psychology and perhaps for the first time it presents a summary of the economic and business models of MSNs. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466552753

Mobile Technologies 4-vol. set With at least seven billion subscriptions worldwide the impact of mobile devices undoubtedly rivals that of television radio and newspapers. Mobile technologies have had—and continue to have—a profound influence on every sphere of public and private life. Unsurprisingly since their emergence in the late 1970s mobile technologies have been the focus of serious scholarly study and exploration and as research on mobile technologies continues to grow dramatically this new four-volume collection from Routledge provides an authoritative reference work to make sense of their defining aspects and cardinal dynamics. Edited by three leading scholars Mobile Technologies brings together in one easy-to-access set the essential ‘must-read’ Major Works on the greatest technology of our time. Goggin Ling and Hjorth have carefully integrated foundational texts with the most significant and pioneering new material to create an indispensable research tool and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775732

Mobile Technologies of the City Mobile communications technologies are taking off across the world while urban transportation and surveillance systems are also being rebuilt and updated. Emergent practices of physical informational and communicational mobility are reconfiguring patterns of movement co-presence social exclusion and security across many urban contexts. This book brings together a carefully selected group of innovative case studies of these mobile technologies of the city tracing the emergence of both new socio-technical practices of the city and of a new theoretical paradigm for mobilities research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655606

Mobile Technology and Place An international roster of contributors come together in this comprehensive volume to examine the complex interactions between mobile media technologies and issues of place. Balancing philosophical reflection with empirical analysis  this book examines the specific contexts in which place and mobile technologies come into focus intersect and interact. Given the far-reaching impact of contemporary mobile technology use – and given the lasting importance of the concept and experiences of place – this book will appeal to a wide range of scholars in media and cultural studies sociology and philosophy of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813991

Mobile Telecommunications in a High-Speed WorldIndustry Structure Strategic Behaviour and Socio-Economic Impact Mobile Telecommunications in a High Speed World tells the story of 3G and higher-speed mobile communication technologies. Over ten years have passed since the first third-generation (3G) licences were awarded following debates about the merits of auctions versus 'beauty contests' then nothing much happened. More licences were issued a few roll-outs commenced and everyone began to think it had all been a horribly expensive mistake. That may still turn out to be the case but in the meantime there have been massive developments in terms of the number of licences and launches worldwide in the range of services that can be accessed in the range of devices that can be used to access them in operator strategies etc. Even the technology has improved considerably with 4G now under discussion. Much of this story has been chronicled largely on the Internet but the information is in tens of thousands of bits and pieces and a large part of it is either misleading or just plain wrong. Here Peter Curwen and Jason Whalley introduce the outcomes of research that has involved the compilation of a unique database which details every licence and launch worldwide involving 3G. The authors discuss the structure of the industry and the strategic behaviour of operators as well as the social consequences of the spread of 3G. They examine the role of new entry upon competition and present analysis of the main operators involved the development of handsets and especially smartphones. A number of country case studies are included. This comprehensive and up-to-date volume includes a number of country studies and is written by two of the world's foremost researchers on this industry. Mobile Telecommunications in a High Speed World will serve the needs of students academics and those involved or contemplating involvement with the telecoms industry. Why pay thousands of dollars to consultancies to separate the wheat from the chaff with respect to 3G when you can read this book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595696

Mobile Web 2.0Developing and Delivering Services to Mobile Devices From basic concepts to research grade material Mobile Web 2.0: Developing and Delivering Services to Mobile Devices provides complete and up-to-date coverage of the range of technical topics related to Mobile Web 2.0. It brings together the work of 51 pioneering experts from around the world who identify the major challenges in Mobile Web 2.0 applications and provide authoritative insight into many of their own innovations and advances in the field. To help you address contemporary challenges the text details a conceptual framework that provides modeling facilities for context-aware multi-channel Web applications. It compares various platforms for developing mobile services—from the developer and user perspectives—and explains how to use high-level modeling constructs to drive the application development process through automatic code generation. Proposes an expanded model of mobile application contextExplores mobile social software as an Information and Communications Technology (ICT)Discusses the effect of context on mobile usability Through empirical study the book tests a number of hypotheses on the use of software implementation technology and location context in mobile applications. It introduces Reusable End-User Customization (REUC)—a technique that allows users to adapt the layout of Web pages and automatically reapplies those preferences on subsequent visits. It also investigates the need for non-visual feedback with long system response times particularly when downloading Web pages to mobile devices. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367383213

Mobile WiMAX SystemsPerformance Analysis of Fractional Frequency Reuse This book presents new models to enhance both capacity and coverage area in WiMAX FFR cellular network by considering the effect of interference of 18 base stations on the cell border users. The concepts provide a solid scientific base for analyzing and understanding WiMAX technology. This book enables the audience or researchers to understand the concept of the FFR technique. These basic concepts represent the important features of WiMAX technology which have been used to create new algorithms. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780815348023

Mobile WiMAXToward Broadband Wireless Metropolitan Area Networks The Wireless Metropolitan Area Network (WirelessMAN) is a promising Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) technology that provides high-speed high-bandwidth efficiency and high-capacity multimedia services for both residential and enterprise applications. Mobile WiMAX: Toward Broadband Wireless Metropolitan Area Networks examines the basic concepts recent advances and latest standard specifications pertinent to WirelessMANs placing emphasis on IEEE 802.16-based WiMAX. After introducing the basics of WirelessMAN the book addresses topics in three accessible parts. The first part focuses on radio frequency (RF) signal processing multiple in-multiple out (MIMO) technology and identifying challenges and possible solutions in the physical layer. An examination of protocol issues follows including those involving medium access control (MAC) quality of service (QoS) in point-to-multi-point (PMP) and mesh networks cross layer optimization mobility management handoff in heterogeneous networks energy management and link adaptation mechanisms. The final part considers issues regarding security economy and system capacity in the WiMAX.Mobile WiMAX: Toward Broadband Wireless Metropolitan Area Networks is an important resource for those interested in understanding all aspects relevant to the technical practical economic and policy issues concerning WirelessMANs. It offers comprehensive practical and technical guidance on the fundamentals and recent advances in general WirelessMAN as well as the latest standard specifications in IEEE 802.16a/c/d/e families. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367452827

Mobile WorkingTechnologies and Business Strategies Improvements in information and communication technologies (ICTs) have brought about a sea change in the ways in which most people in the industrialized world work. In many organizations the ability to "work remotely" or "telecommute" has helped productivity improve. However many of the benefits promised by the onset of "mobile working" have failed to materialize. This book explains the technology and strategic issues surrounding mobile working and presents a clear analysis of how this process can be managed. Combining a better understanding of the state of the art in e-business technologies with a focus on how organizations can effectively provide information support for mobile working this book will also investigate the relationship between human and organizational factors and success in mobile working. With detailed case studies from a range of countries this book will be useful reading on a range of courses at Masters and MBA level including e-business mobile technologies operations management technology management and change management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678230

Mobile-First JournalismProducing News for Social and Interactive Media Media publishers produce news for a full range of smart devices – including smartphones tablets and watches. Combining theory and practice Mobile-First Journalism examines how audiences view share and engage with journalism on internet-connected devices and through social media platforms. The book examines the interlinked relationship between mobile technology social media and apps covering the entire news production process – from generating ideas for visual multimedia news content to skills in verification and newsgathering and outputting interactive content on websites apps and social media platforms. These skills are underpinned with a consideration of ethical and legal concerns involving fake news online trolling and the economics of mobile journalism. Topics include: understanding how mobile devices social media platforms and apps are interlinked; making journalistic content more engaging and interactive; advice on how successful news publishers have developed mobile and social media strategies; adopting an approach that is entrepreneurial and user-centered; expert interviews with journalists academics and software developers; learning key skills to launch and develop news websites apps and social media outputs. Mobile-First Journalism is essential reading for journalism students and media professionals and of interest to those studying on courses in social and new media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289314

Mobilising Design This book brings together research working at the boundary between design knowledges and mobilities offering a novel collection for both theorists and practitioners. Drawing upon detailed case studies it demonstrates the diverse roles of design in shaping mobility at different spaces and scales: across cities; within different types of buildings and infrastructures; and through commuting work and leisure activities. A range of international scholars illustrate the designed mobilities of car parks traffic lights street benches pedestrian wayfinding systems and accessible design in the urban environment; they examine spaces within hospitals airports and train stations and investigate design practices for bicycles future urban vehicles and MotoGP motorcycle racing. Other contributions explore overlooked mobile artefacts such as television and video game remote controls 3D printing and the types of packaging which enable objects themselves to move around. This book demonstrates how the tools assumptions and processes of design shape spaces of mobility and also illuminates how shifts in the fluidity and circulation of people practices and materials in turn reconfigure practices of design. Mobilising Design develops multi-disciplinary understandings of design drawing upon diverse literatures including design history product design architecture and cultural geography. By highlighting often invisible artefacts and associated knowledges and controversies the book foregrounds the taken-for-granted ways in which everyday mobility is designed. It will be of interest to scholars in geography sociology economic history architecture design and urban theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138721

Mobilising Housing HistoriesLearning from London's Past for a Sustainable Future The problem of creating affordable adequate housing for a growing population is not a new one. This book for anyone with a professional or personal interest in improving housing provision everywhere aims to inspire by offering in-depth studies of London's housing past and seeks to provide sustainable solutions for the future by linking to wider contemporary historical and social contexts. This book will influence today’s housing debates through showcasing lessons from the past and highlights examples that inform the present. The buildings assessed in these case studies will be measured in terms of their longevity sustained popularity livability average densities and productivity. The research and case studies from the book provide an invaluable resource for academics of architecture urban design sociology history and geography as well as professionals policy makers and journalists. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466315

Mobilising ModernityThe Nuclear Moment During the nuclear heyday of the post-war years advocates of atomic power promised cheap electricity and a prosperous future. From the present however this promise seems tarnished by accidents leaks and a lack of public confidence. Mobilising Modernity traces this journey from confidence in technology to the anxieties of the Risk Society questioning a number of conventional wisdoms en route. Paying close attention to social political and policy aspects throughout this book considers:* the nuclear moment from global collaborative project at Los Alamos to fragmented bitterly competing projects* the 'atomic science movement's' use of symbolic resources to win national ascendancy* the implications of secrecy and the establishment of quasi-commercial organisations within the nuclear industry.This fascinating study also argues for the ongoing importance of the non-violent direct action groups that flourished during the 1970s showing their continuing influence on today's new social movements. Welsh concludes by considering the implications of this historically based account for contemporary issues of risk and trust on current policy-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755504

Mobilising Place Management Mobilising Place Management makes an important contribution to the mobilities field by arguing for the need to rethink place management. It takes a point of departure in the mobilities turn and relational place thinking while exploring the relationship between place and mobility. In a world of increasing mobility and global competition between nations cities and urban regions the managing of places seems more relevant than ever before. By examining various examples of place and mobilities that range from the airport rural village tourist site port-city to the city region this book argues that the management of places can be informed and enhanced by installing a greater awareness and understanding of mobility. This insight could potentially improve the ability of current place management to translate a relational and mobilities-orientated thinking into concrete actions instructions interventions designs plans policies and management control systems. The book will be essential reading for researchers practitioners and students in the field of place management and across urban studies planning design geography sociology tourism transport and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188917

Mobilising Politics and Society?The EU Convention's Impact on Southern Europe Mobilising Politics and Society offers a timely analysis of the European Union Convention's impact on the domestic political systems and civil society in Southern Europe. It provides country chapters on Portugal Spain Italy Greece Malta Cyprus and Turkey. All chapters follow a common scientific template in order to offer material for genuine cross-country comparison. In addition the volume contains horizontal chapters on three important issues: the mobilisation of intellectuals; sub-national politics; and the participation of women. The editors compare results of the country chapters in their conclusions. The book contains documentation on the EU Convention and South European participants.This volume was previously published as a special issue of the journal South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976214

Mobilising Teacher ResearchersChallenging Educational Inequality '[A] really important book […] the growth of interest in teachers in England taking part in educational research is significant.' – John Furlong Emeritus Professor of Education Oxford University UK. Mobilising Teacher Researchers brings together the results of a research project carried out over a two-year period commissioned by the National College for Teaching and Leadership and involving over 650 schools in England. An internationally renowned group of contributors present crucial and intriguing lessons learnt from the 'Closing the Gap: Test and Learn' project aimed at identifying ways in which to close the attainment gap raise the achievement of disadvantaged children in England and introduce new research methods into schools. From the project’s policy origins to its implementation the book captures the diverse range of outcomes from the project both intended and unexpected. It reveals the ways and extent to which teachers were mobilised as researchers and how analysis will impact on the future of research-informed practice in schools. This resulting collection of evolutionary debates focuses on topics such as new forms of governance teacher engagement and the effectiveness of Randomised Controlled Trials. It foregrounds new approaches to school-based educational research and is crucial reading for anyone concerned with educational research and seeking to understand education for social mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064638

Mobilities The world is on the move. This is a widespread understanding by many inhabitants of contemporary society across the Globe. But what does it actually mean? During over one decade the ‘mobilities turn’ within the social sciences have provided a new set of insights into the repercussions of mobilities to social networks personal identities and our relationship to the built environment. The omnipresence of mobilities within everyday life high politics technology and tourism (to mention but a few) all point to a key insight harnessed by the ‘mobilities turn’. Namely that mobilities is much more than simple movements of people goods and information from A to B. This new title creates a state-of-the-art reference work for all students and scholars with an interest in the ‘mobilities turn’ and its contributions to a deeper understanding of the contemporary and mobile world. The entries chosen all are amongst the most creative and thought provoking of this diverse field. The selection covers diverse topics such as theories concepts methods and approaches as well as exploring various modes of mobilities and the relationship to everyday life practices. The pieces also cover the ‘politics of mobilities’ from local urban planning schemes to geopolitical issues of refugees and environmental degradation. The spaces and territories marked by mobilities as well as the sites marked by the bypassing of such are explored. Moreover the architectural and technological dimensions to infrastructures and sites of mobilities will be included alongside issues of power social exclusion consumption surveillance and mobilities history to mention some of the many themes covered by this reference work of the best previously published material. The focus is on the academic contributions to this understanding by primarily focusing on works and publications in the aftermath of the seminal book and landmark text ‘Sociology Beyond Societies. Mobilities for the 21th Century’ by John Urry (Routledge 2000) which in many ways have worked as the starting point for the ‘mobilities turn’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021198

Mobilities Mobility Justice and Social Justice This book offers a cutting-edge overview of mobility mobility justice and social justice with contributions from a broad range of leading scholars. Mobility justice is understood as a way to frame the entanglements of power and social exclusion in the mobilities of humans things and ideas as well as to differential and unequal access to movement and the ability to move. The introductory chapters firmly ground the concept of mobility justice and social justice with the proceeding chapters covering a range of topics from race sexuality ferry justice and aeromobility justice animal mobilities design and food mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585532

Mobilities Networks Geographies There have been striking increases in both long-distance travel and in communications through mobile phones text messaging emailing and videoconferencing. Such developments in communication along with a similar increase in physical travel and movement of goods around the globe reconfigure social networks by disconnecting and reconnecting people in new ways. This original book puts forward one of the first social science studies of the geographies of social networks and related mobilities of travel communications and face-to-face meetings. The book examines five interdependent mobilities that form and reform these geographies of networks and travel in the contemporary world. These are: physical travel of people for work leisure pleasure migration and escape; physical movement of objects delivered to producers consumers and retailers; imaginative travel elsewhere through images and memories seen on texts TV computer screens and film; virtual travel on the internet; and communicative travel through letters cards telegrams telephones faxes text messages and videoconferences. In the book the authors examine the interconnections between these different mobilities. They research how travel and social meetings require systems of coordination using virtual and communicative travel in-between physical travel and meetings. They argue that while it might be imagined that there would be less need of physical meetings with improved technology on the contrary scheduled visits and meetings have become highly significant. The research shows that they are necessary to social life in the contemporary world both within business and especially within families and friendships which are increasingly conducted at a distance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253872

Mobilities and Complexities The new ‘mobilities turn’ has become a powerful perspective in social theory. John Urry’s oeuvre has been very influential in the emergence of this new field and has had lasting impacts on many scholars. This collection presents originally commissioned essays from leading scholars in the field who reflect on how Urry’s writing influenced the course of their research and theorizing. This volume gathers contributions in relation to John Urry’s path-breaking work. The new ‘mobilities turn’ made a strong imprint in European social theory and is beginning to make an impact in the Americas and Asia as well. It challenges mainstream theoretical and empirical approaches that were grounded in a sedentary and bounded view of states. It propels innovative thinking about social and media ecologies complex systems and social change. It bridges many disciplines and methodologies leading to new approaches to existing problems while also resonating with questions about both history and the future. Mobilities research marks the rise of academic and intellectual cooperation and collaboration ‘beyond societies’ as nations around the world face the ecological limits of contemporary mobility and energy systems. The contributors represent several national contexts including England Germany Denmark Finland Taiwan Brazil Canada Australia and the USA. This book collects personal essays and gives insight into a vivid network of scientists who have connections of various degrees to the late John Urry as an academic figure an author and a person. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601437

Mobilities and Forced Migration Whether precipitated by political or environmental factors human displacement can be more fully understood by attending to the ways in which a set of bodily material imagined and virtual mobilities and immobilities interact to produce population movement. Very little work however has addressed the fertile middle ground between mobilities and forced migration. This book sets out the ways in which theories of mobilities can enrich forced migration studies as well as some of the insights into mobilities that forced migration research offers. The book covers the challenges faced by both forced migrants and receiving authorities. It applies these challenges to regions such as the Middle East South Asia and East Africa. In particular the chapter on Iraq to Jordan foced migration tests the sincerity of the concept of Pan-Arabism; the chapters on Bangladesh and Ethiopia deal with the more historically familiar variables of warfare and famine as drivers of forced migration. This book will be of value to practitioners in the area of human rights and to scholars of racial and ethnic politics human geography and globalization. This book was published as a special issue of Mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857956

Mobilities and Foucault Although Foucault’s work has been employed and embraced enthusiastically by some ‘mobilities’ scholars discussion across these two traditions to date has mostly been partial and unsystematic. Yet Foucault’s work can make critical contributions for example to thinking about governing mobilities in contemporary societies while conversely mobilities research opens up new perspectives on Foucault. In combination these bodies of work can illuminate issues as diverse as: the greater interdependencies between mobility systems (e.g. transport tourism trade internet use); the proliferation of the undesired mobilities of viruses of natural phenomena like fire of (what is taken to be) criminality and other seemingly inevitable by-products of globalisation; the perceived threats to desirable forms of mobility as constituted by climate change peak oil and energy security and terrorism and warfare; and the increased popularity of logics of governance premised on choice responsibilisation and the (re)coding of phenomena in economic terms under neo-liberalism. Against this background this book brings together the first major collection of contributions from across the social sciences with a shared interest in both mobilities and Foucauldian thinking. This book was published as a special issue of Mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082878

Mobilities and Health Looking at health and health care in a new way this book examines health risks and benefits as encountered 'on the move' rather than focusing on the risks and benefits incurred at fixed locations. The provision and utilization of health care is also investigated as produced/delivered and consumed/accessed in mobile settings. Engaging with the contemporary concern with 'mobilities' this book covers many forms of movement and flow including movements of people disease information and health care. The issues and problems which are considered - whether re-emerging infections displaced persons or the 'risks' of globalised travel - are of current and ongoing concern. Drawing on three main disciplines geography sociology and epidemiology author Tony Gatrell makes strong connections between these areas of inquiry drawing on (for example) social theorising geographical concepts and epidemiological methods and data. The book will be of interest to the growing number of geographers working on the geography of health along with social scientists involved in the mobilities 'turn'. More broadly as issues of global public health that invariably involve the movements of people goods viruses and information continue to hit the headlines the book is both timely and of policy relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269231

Mobilities and Inequality This book opens up the debate on the interrelations between space and mobilities with regard to different dimensions of social inequality. Based on the premise that the dynamics caused by modernization globalization migration and social change affect the structuring of the social fabric the focus of the book is to illuminate these processes of social and spatial re-structurings. A leading team of contributors from the Cosmobilities network highlight different aspects of inequality in relation to mobilities such as gender supplying transport infrastructure job-related relocations multi-locality social network geography and socio-spatial development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254336

Mobilities DesignUrban Designs for Mobile Situations Contemporary society is marked and defined by the ways in which mobile goods bodies vehicles objects and data are organized moved and staged. Against the background of the ‘mobilities turn’ this book articulates a new and emerging research field namely that of ‘mobilities design’. The book revolves around the following research question: How are design decisions and interventions staging mobilities? It builds upon the ‘Staging Mobilities’ model (Jensen 2013) in an exploratory inquiry into the problems and potentials of the design of mobilities. The exchange value between mobilities and design research is twofold. To mobilities research this means getting closer to the ‘material’ and to engage in the creative exploratory and experimental approaches of the design world which offer new potential for innovative research. Design research on the other hand might enter into a fruitful relationship with mobilities research offering a relational and mobile design thinking and a valuable basis for design reflections around the ubiquitous structures spaces and systems of mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871123

Mobilities: New Perspectives on Transport and Society Bringing together the leading authors currently working at the intersection of social science and transport science this volume provides a companion to the well-established and extensive international Transport and Society series. Each chapter and the volume as a whole offers closer and richer consideration of the issues practices and structures of multiple mobilities which shape the current world but which have typically been overlooked or minimised. What this approach seeks to do is not only draw attention to many new areas of research and investigation relating to mobile lives but also to point to new theories and methods by which such lives have to be researched and examined. Such new theories and methods are relevant both to rethinking 'transport' studies as such but are also recasting 'societal' studies as 'transport' so that it comes out of the ghetto and enters mainstream social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270237

Mobility Mobility aims to take the pulse of this enormously expanded and energetic field. It explores the breadth of the disciplinary areas mobility studies now encompass examining the diverse conceptual and methodological approaches wielded within the field and explores the utility of mobility to illuminate a cornucopia of mobile lives: from the mass movements of individuals within global processes such as migration and tourism to homelessness and war; from the entangled relations caught up in the movement of disease people and aid across borders to the inability of someone to cross over a road. The new edition explores the more sustained elaboration of mobility studies within a wide variety of disciplinary approaches and subject matters. It echoes the growing internationalization of mobility research reflected in diverse case studies from the Global South South Asia Latin America the Caribbean and so far under-represented perspectives from China Australasia post-socialist Eastern Europe the Middle East and elsewhere. The book also features an additional chapter on mobility studies to survey and explore the diverse quality of the field and methodologies in order to reflect the growing diversity of methodological approaches to mobilities from walk-alongs and critical cartography to the mobile arts. The book offers an accessible reading of the way mobility has been tackled and understood neatly exploring and summarizing a topic that has exploded into different variations and nuances. The text allows scholars and students alike to grasp the central importance of ‘mobility’ to social cultural political economic and everyday terrains by providing accessible writings on key authors within key ideas and case study boxes suggested further readings and summaries while at the same time making a significant contribution to scholarly writings and debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949010

Mobility Education and Life TrajectoriesNew and old migratory pathways Migration for educational purposes once the privilege of the upper class has become a global mass phenomenon in recent years. This volume examines within different cultural and historical contexts the close relationship between migration education and social mobility. Adopting the perspective that education includes a broad range of formative experiences the chapters explore different educational trajectories and the local regional and transnational relations in which they are embedded. Three key issues emerge from the analyses: firstly the central role of temporal aspects in terms of both the overall historical conditions and the specific biographical circumstances shaping educational opportunities; secondly the complex agendas informing individuals’ migration and the adjustment of these agendas in the light of the vagaries of migrant life; and thirdly the importance of migrants’ self-perception as ‘educated persons’ and the invention of new identities and the maintaining of old identities that this involves. This book was originally published as a special issue of Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028992

Mobility Markets and Indigenous SocialitiesContemporary Migration in the Peruvian Andes Exploring how people from Andean communities seek progress and social mobility by moving to the cities Cecilie Ødegaard demonstrates the changing significance of kinship reciprocity and ritual in an urban context. Through a focus on people´s involvement in land occupations and local associations labour and trade Ødegaard examines the dialectics between popular practices and neoliberal state policies in processes of urbanization. The making and un-making of notions of the Indigenous communal work and gender is central in this analysis and is discussed against the historical backdrop of the land occupations in Peruvian cities since the 1930s. Through its close ethnographic description of everyday life in a new urban neighbourhood this book reveals how social and spatial categories and boundaries are continually negotiated in people´s quest for mobility and progress. Cecilie Ødegaard argues that conventional meanings of prosperity and progress are significantly altered in interaction with Andean understandings of reciprocity. By combining a unique ethnographic account with original theoretical arguments the book provides new insight into the cultural cosmological and political dimensions of mobility progress and market participation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595788

Mobility Migration and the Chinese Scientific Research System China’s rise is having a large impact on the global science system. The internalisation of this system in the past two decades would not have been possible without the outbound and especially the return flows of overseas Chinese scientists. This book explores their impact combining macro-level institutional and statistical analysis with an account of how the research culture has changed at the operational level. The theoretical framework used departs from the human capital approach by building on literature from migration studies and evolutionary theories of the science system. It presents the results of an innovative mix of quantitative and qualitative methodological approaches. Overseas Chinese scientists and returnees are shown to have played an important role in shaping the internal development of the Chinese research system as well as its relationship with research systems in Western Europe and North America. Now that the situation is improving return has become an increasingly interesting option for expatriate researchers. This development may result in a virtuous cycle. Based on extensive and original empirical research Mobility Migration and the Chinese Scientific Research System will be of interest to scholars and postgraduate students of research systems in general and the Chinese research and innovation system in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879058

Mobility Modernity and the SlumThe Real and Virtual Journeys of 'Slumdog Millionaire' Only virtuous humans are supposed to move in time to meet their happy destiny or karma. The tale of Jamal in Slumdog Millionaire is such a case of serendipitous mobility towards riches and love – a ‘journey’ in which good heroes and urban communities respecting solidarity are successfully modernised. Unsurprisingly the film became tangled in many controversies around India’s destiny in the world: the film inserted Mumbai into various financial political and artistic scenes increased tourism in its filmed slums and brought about charity projects in which celebrities and tourist businesses were involved. Slumdog Millionaire served as a global example of a ‘developing country’s’ uneven but unique modernisation. This book examines such mobilities of ideas art tourism and activism together. In doing so it reveals the significance of Mumbai as a post-colonial city in discussions of modernity – a form of mobile adaptation to new world realities. Tzanelli examines the various agents involved in controversies through multiple virtual and real journeys to India’s colonial history and present social complexity with a view to actualise a post-colonial future a ‘destiny’ as the country’s serendipitous destination. Addressed to interdisciplinary audiences the book will be a useful text for students and scholars of globalisation mobility tourism media and social movement theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344747

Mobility Sexuality and AIDS Over the past two decades population mobility has intensified and become more diverse raising important questions concerning the health and well-being of people who are mobile as well as communities of origin and destination. Ongoing concerns have been voiced about possible links between mobility and HIV with calls being made to contain or control migrant populations and debate linking HIV with issues of global security and surveillance being fuelled. This volume challenges common assumptions about mobility HIV and AIDS. A series of interlinked chapters prepared by international experts explores the experiences of people who are mobile as they relate to sexuality and to HIV susceptibility and impact. The various chapters discuss the factors that contribute to the vulnerability of different mobile groups but also examine the ways in which agency resilience and adaptation shape lived experience and help people protect themselves throughout the mobility process. Looking at diverse forms of migration and mobility – covering flight from conflict poverty and exploitation through labour migration to ‘sex tourism’ – the book reports on research findings from around the world including the USA the UK sub-Saharan Africa Australia Central America and China. Mobility Sexuality and AIDS recognises the complex relationships between individual circumstances population mobility and community and state response. It is invaluable reading for policy makers students and practitioners working in the fields of migration development studies anthropology sociology geography and public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536998

Mobility Space and Culture Over the past ten to fifteen years there has emerged an increasing concern with mobility in the social sciences and humanities. In Mobility Space and Culture Peter Merriman provides an important and timely contribution to the mobilities turn in the social sciences encouraging academics to rethink the relationship between movement embodied practices space and place. The book takes an interdisciplinary approach drawing upon theoretical and empirical work from across the social sciences and humanities to provide a critical evaluation of the relationship between 'mobility' and 'place'/'site' reformulating places as in process open and dynamic spatial formations. Merriman draws upon post-structuralist writings on space practice and society to demonstrate how movement is not simply practised or experienced in relation to space and time but gives rise to rhythms forces atmospheres affects and materialities which are often more crucial to embodied apprehensions of events than sensibilities of spatiality and temporality. He draws upon detailed empirical research on experiences of and social reactions to driving in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain to trace how the motor-car became associated with sensations of movement-space and enmeshed with debates about embodiment health visuality gender and politics. The book will be essential reading for undergraduates and postgraduates studying mobility in sociology geography cultural studies politics transport studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736985

Mobility and CosmopolitanismComplicating the interaction between aspiration and practice In academic descriptions of cosmopolitanism one particularly important distinction often recurs. Specifically scholars have been concerned to distinguish between cosmopolitanism as a set of mundane practices and/or competences on the one hand and cosmopolitanism as a cultivated form of consciousness or moral aspiration on the other. For anthropologists whose ethnographic studies reveal many different expressions of cosmopolitanism this distinction between aspiration and practice can often be quite ambiguous. This book therefore brings together five contributions from anthropologists who are reporting on encounters and aspirations that reveal different forms of spatial mobility scales of commitment or risk and are often transient ambivalent and precarious. These are circumstances in which cosmopolitanism emerges as uneven and partial rather than as a comprehensive or unequivocal transformation of practice and outlook. This book was originally published as a special issue of Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030018

Mobility and Degradation of Organic Contaminants in Subsurface Environments This book identifies the most important "rules" governing transport partitioning retention and transformation of leaked motor fuels in the underground environment. It examines micro-scale fate and transport processes as a means toward promoting a better understanding of larger scale movement of contaminants. Environmental scientists engineers consultants and managers will find Mobility and Degradation of Organic Contaminants in Subsurface Environments to be a useful technical handbook. Less experienced users will appreciate its in-depth explanations of the fate and transport processes vital to effective remedial response. More experienced users will use the book as a source of information data and equations to support quantitative assessments of pollutant fate and transport. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003070108

Mobility and DisplacementNomadism Identity and Postcolonial Narratives in Mongolia This book explores and contests both outsiders’ projections of Mongolia and the self-objectifying tropes Mongolians routinely deploy to represent their own country as a land of nomads.It speaks to the experiences of many societies and cultures that are routinely treated as exotic romantic primitive or otherwise different and Other in Euro-American imaginaries and how these imaginaries are also internally produced by those societies themselves. The assumption that Mongolia is a nomadic nation is largely predicated upon Mongolia’s environmental and climatic conditions which are understood to make Mongolia suitable for little else than pastoral nomadism. But to the contrary the majority of Mongolians have been settled in and around cities and small population centers. Even Mongolians who are herders have long been unable to move freely in a smooth space as dictated by the needs of their herds and as they would as free-roaming "nomads." Instead they have been subjected to various constraints across time that have significantly limited their movement. The book weaves threads from disparate branches of Mongolian studies to expose various visible and invisible constraints on population mobility in Mongolia from the Qing period to the post-socialist era.  With its in-depth analysis of the complexities of the relationship between land rights mobility displacement and the state the book makes a valuable contribution to the fields of cultural geography political geography heritage and culture studies as well as Eurasian and Inner-Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361662

Mobility And Employment In Urban Southeast AsiaExamples From Indonesia And The Philippines This book illuminates how the relationships between the population movements and patterns of employment influence the growth of cities in Indonesia and the Philippines. It represents a new generation of inquiry that attempts to gain a better understanding of urban places in Southeast Asia. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163532

Mobility and Fantasy in Visual Culture This volume offers a varied and informed series of approaches to questions of mobility—actual social virtual and imaginary—as related to visual culture. Contributors address these questions in light of important contemporary issues such as migration; globalization; trans-nationality and trans-cultural difference; art space and place; new media; fantasy and identity; and the movement across and the transgression of the proprieties of boundaries and borders. The book invites the reader to read across the collection noting differences or making connections between media and forms and between audiences critical traditions and practitioners with a view to developing a more informed understanding of visual culture and its modalities of mobility and fantasy as encouraged by dominant emergent and radical forms of visual practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548985

Mobility and Identity in EuropeA Mobile Ethnographic Approach This book demonstrates that mobility in Europe is not a synonym for European mobility showing how certain mobile individuals are more likely to develop an explicitly European identity than others. Through a series of mobile ethnographic accounts with truck drivers musicians and MEPs the author lays out the complexities behind assumptions about mobility and European identity providing a clear contrast between individuals for whom this process certainly is true and others who in spite of their high levels of mobility do not consider themselves European or for whom the notion of being European is simply insignificant. Ultimately as this book shows the enactment of a European identity through practices of mobility has more to do with social class than with a mobile condition per se with mobility in Europe being transformed into European mobility only when it empowers individuals solidifying their elevated position in the social pyramid.An account of European identity and its connection to mobility and notions of class Mobility and Identity in Europe also explores the ways in which mobile ethnography can be practised as a method and what conclusions can be drawn from it. As such it will appeal to scholars and students of sociology anthropology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583231

Mobility and Identity in US Genre PaintingPainting at the Threshold This book examines the portrayal of themes of boundary crossing itinerancy relocation and displacement in US genre paintings during the second half of the long nineteenth century (c. 1860–1910). Through four diachronic case studies the book reveals how the high-stakes politics of mobility and identity during this period informed the production and reception of works of art by Eastman Johnson (1824–1906) Enoch Wood Perry Jr. (1831–1915) Thomas Hovenden (1840–95) and John Sloan (1871–1951). It also complicates art history’s canonical understandings of genre painting as a category that seeks to reinforce social hierarchies and emphasize more rooted connections to place by instead privileging portrayals of social flux and geographic instability. The book will be of interest to scholars working in art history literature American studies and cultural geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409593

Mobility and Locative MediaMobile Communication in Hybrid Spaces Mobilities has become an important framework to understand and analyze contemporary social spatial economic and political practices. Especially as mobile media become seamlessly integrated into transportation networks navigating urban spaces and connecting with social networks while on the move researchers need new approaches and methods to bring together mobilities with mobile communication and locative media. Mobile communication scholars have focused on cell phones often ignoring broader connections to urban spaces geography and locational media. As a result they emphasized virtual mobility and personalized communication as a way of disconnecting from place location and publics. The growing pervasiveness of location-aware technology urges us to rethink the intersection among location mobile technologies and mobility. Few studies have addressed the many transformations taking place in mobile sociality and in urban spatial processes through the appropriation of these technologies. Chapter 12 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138778139_oachapter12.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868949

Mobility and Migration ChoicesThresholds to Crossing Borders The crossing of national state borders is one of the most-discussed issues of contemporary times and it poses many challenges for individual and collective identities. This concerns both short-distance mobility as well as long-distance migration. Choosing to move - or not - across international borders is a complex decision involving both cognitive and emotional processes. This book tests the approach that three crucial thresholds need to be crossed before mobility occurs; the individual’s mindset about migrating the choice of destination and perception of crossing borders to that location and the specific routes and spatial trajectories available to get there. Thus both borders and trajectories can act as thresholds to spatial moves. The threshold approach with its focus on processes affecting whether when and where to move aims to understand the decision-making process in all its dimensions in the hope that this will lead to a better understanding of the ways migrants conceive perceive and undertake their transnational journeys. This book examines the three constitutive parts discerned in the cross-border mobility decision-making process: people borders and trajectories and their interrelationships. Illustrated by a global range of case studies it demonstrates that the relation between the three is not fixed but flexible and that decision-making contains aspects of belonging instability security and volatility affecting their mobility or immobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546967

Mobility and Migration in Film and Moving Image ArtCinema Beyond Europe Mobility and Migration in Film and Moving Image Art explores cinematic and artistic representations of migration and mobility in Europe since the 1990s. Drawing on theories of migrant and diasporic cinema moving-image art and mobility studies Bayraktar provides historically situated close readings of films videos and cinematic installations that concern migratory networks and infrastructures across Europe the Middle East and Africa. Probing the notion of Europe as a coherent entity and a borderless space this interdisciplinary study underscores the ways European ideals of mobility and fluidity are deeply enmeshed with immobility forced migration illegalization and xenophobia. With a specific focus on diverse forms of mobility such as labor migration postcolonial migration refugee mobilities and tourism Bayraktar studies the new counter-hegemonic imaginations invoked by the work of filmmakers such as Ayşe Polat Fatih Akin Michael Haneke and Tony Gatlif as well as video essays and installations of artists such as Kutluğ Ataman Ursula Biemann Maria Iorio and Raphaël Cuomo and Ergin Çavuşoğlu. Challenging aesthetic boundaries as well as national cultural and political ones the works central to this book envision Europe as a diverse inclusive and unfixed continent that is reimagined from many elsewheres well beyond its borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575721

Mobility and PlaceEnacting Northern European Peripheries The Northern peripheries of Europe which are covered by this book are associated with remoteness the frontier isolated communities colonialism and resource extraction. Recently huge projects in petroleum and hydropower have been located there and the region has become better known as an attractive tourist destination. Although these spaces are perceived as being marginal they are inhabited and linked into globalization and international agendas. This book examines how people live in such remote spaces in an emerging global world of connectivity interdependency mobility and non-linear dynamics. The various case studies examine a wide range of experiences ranging from tourists and local settlers to those who migrate for labour in old or new industries or to pursue the hybrid urban/rural life of the periphery. In this book mobility and place come together. The analyses demonstrate how mobility and place mutually constitute each other and how specific relationships between the two aspects are crucial in the making of societies. The authors study attempts to reinvent places together with connections and the opening of 'new scapes' in order to sustain businesses municipalities and people's livelihood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270114

Mobility and Proximity in Biological Membranes Cell surface membranes have long been characterized as two-dimensional fluids whose mobile components are randomized by diffusion in the plane of the membrane bilayer. Recent research has indicated that cell surface membranes are highly organized and ordered and that important functional units of membranes appear as arrays of interacting molecules rather than as single freely diffusing molecules. Mobility and Proximity in Biological Membranes provides an overview of the results obtained from biophysical methods for probing the organization of cell surface membranes. These results are presented in the context of detailed treatments of the theory and the technical demands of each of the methods. The book describes a versatile and easily applied mode for investigating molecular proximities in plasma membranes in a flow cytometer. Its analysis of lipid fluidity and viscosity of membranes and the rotational mobility of proteins offers intimate insight into the physical chemistry of biological membranes. The electrophysiology of lymphocytes is presented with focus on its importance in different diseases. New techniques are described and new data new possibilities and future trends are presented by world experts. This book's chapters can serve both as guides to the existing literature and as starting points for new experiments and approaches associated with problems in membrane function. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895574

Mobility and Technology in the Workplace The contemporary period has witnessed the rapid evolution in a wide range of mobile technology. This book charts the profound implications these technological changes have for workers and business organizations. From an organizational point of view they have the potential to transform the nature of organizations through allowing workers to be increasingly mobile. From the perspective of workers these changes have the potential to impact on their work-related communications how they manage the increasingly blurred public-private divide and the nature of the home-work boundary. These chapters provide a detailed insight into these issues through bringing together an international collection of contemporary studies and analysis and taking a critical perspective towards some of the advertised myths regarding mobile technology usage. Issues covered include: Travel and changing nature of spatial mobility patterns. Work-Space and Place and the ‘leaking’ out of organizations into more public domains. Mobile Work Practices including detailed and heterogeneous case studies. Home-work dynamics and the changing nature of the home-work boundary. Implications for Public Policy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864078

Mobility and TerritorialitySocial and Spatial Boundaries among Foragers Fishers Pastoralists and Peripatetics Territorial behaviour among various herders and hunter-gatherers has been discussed in earlier studies but this is the first time that a comparison of these three types of mobile populations has been attempted. The original papers presented in this volume discuss the conditions and problems of securing access to resources among pastoralists peripatetics and hunting gathering and fishing communities in Africa Asia Europe and the Middle East. A comprehensive introductory chapter places these empirical studies in a broader theoretical context of the behaviourial sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135135

Mobility and the Humanities Over the past twenty years there has been something of a ‘mobilities turn’ across many disciplines in the social sciences. This book charts the increasing influence this turn is having on scholars in the arts and humanities tracing the importance of questions and feelings of movement to scholars and arts practitioners across fields such as literary studies historical geography history poetry and film. The book outlines what a mobilities turn might look like in the arts and humanities tracing a genealogy of humanities engagements with themes of movement and mobility and examining the different methods and textual sources humanities scholars have deployed. The book is uniquely positioned to speak to two audiences: mobilities scholars in the social sciences interested in learning more about how literary and cultural texts may be incorporated into their research and researchers in the humanities who have only recently discovered that their thematic or conceptual interest in movement and mobility speaks directly to theories and philosophies that have circulated in the social sciences. This diverse and stimulating collection demonstrates the potential for future intellectual dialogues and creative collaborations around the theme of mobility. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Mobilities journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892869

Mobility in Daily LifeBetween Freedom and Unfreedom Why do we choose specific modes of transport and what are the perceived rationalities for our choice? How are different theoretical concepts within mobility research actually perceived and lived in everyday life? At this book's core is a conceptual and empirical contribution to critical mobility research. It focuses on the tension between freedom and unfreedom articulated through the dichotomy between individuality and community as well as critical perspectives on the multitude of unintended consequences of mobility. In a range of everyday life narratives this tension is analyzed through the concept of 'structural stories'. In teasing out the ambivalences of late modern everyday life Malene Freudendal-Pedersen exposes how mobility both generates and helps to overcome and live with these ambivalences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260153

Mobility in the Labour MarketEmployment Changes in Battersea and Dagenham First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868495

Mobility in the Russian Central and East European Past The "new mobilities paradigm" which emerged at the beginning of the twenty-first century has identified mobility as a process intrinsic to the human experience and fundamental to the formation of social and political structures. This volume breaks new ground by demonstrating the role of the journey as a key motor of human development in Russia central and east Europe in the modern period. It does so by means of twelve case studies that examine different types of movement both voluntary and involuntary temporary and permanent short- and long-distance into out of and around the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671532

Mobility Patterns and Urban Structure Despite extensive efforts to understand the overall effect of urban structure on the current patterns of urban mobility we are still far from a consensual perspective on this complex matter. To help build agreement on the factors influencing travel behaviour this book discusses the influence of alternative urban structures on sustainable mobility. Bringing together two existing and complementary methods to study the relationship between urban structure and mobility the authors compare two case studies with distinct urban structures and travel behaviour (Copenhagen and Oporto). Of particular concern is the influence of urban structure factors namely land use and transport system factors and motivational factors related to the social economic and cultural characteristics of the individual traveller. The research presented in this book highlights the relevance of centrality in travel behaviour and in more sustainable travel choices. Different operational forms of the centrality concept are revealed as important: it is shown that more sustainable travel can be influenced by several urban structure factors and that no particular combination is required as long as a certain level of centrality is provided. Finally the book concludes that urban structure can on the one hand constrain and on the other hand influence travel choice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546592

Mobilizing HospitalityThe Ethics of Social Relations in a Mobile World The concept of ’mobility’ has sparked lively academic debate in recent years. Drawing on research from the fields of anthropology geography sociology and tourism studies this volume examines the intersection between mobility and hospitality highlighting the issues that emerge as we encounter strangers in a mobile world. Through a series of diverse empirical accounts it focuses on the transnational movement of people in the contexts of migration and tourism and examines how hospitality serves as a way of promoting and policing encounters questioning how these relations are marked by exclusion as well as inclusion and by violence as well as by kindness. In addition to exploring the power relations between mobile populations (hosts and guests) and attitudes (hospitality and hostility) the book also examines spaces of hospitality and mobility such as cities hotels clubs cafes spas asylums restaurants homes and homepages. In doing so it makes a significant contribution to the political and ethical dimensions of mobile social relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250154

Mobilizing Human Resources in the Arab World R. Paul Shaw has travelled widely in the Arab world obtaining data and gathering impressions first-hand from national and local planners. In this book he identifies population and manpower problems that are likely to become more serious and more difficult to solve if they are neglected at this early stage of Arab development. He focuses on five broad areas which are directly or indirectly related to mobilizing human resources and his book will be of special interest to all those who are concerned with such issues as population migration employment inequality the emancipation of women construction and agriculture. Dr Shaw proposes policy directives which are sensitive to the problems as they are seen by the Arab governments themselves and sets out practical guidelines which can be used by Arab planners and policy-makers. An important feature of the book with respect to current literature on Arab development is that it moves away from a preoccupation with growth-related investments to a concentration on development-related population manpower and employment issues. By bringing together such comprehensive empirical and bibliographic information it will also be invaluable as a reference source for some twenty Arab countries. First published in 1983. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820234

Mobilizing Knowledge in PhysiotherapyCritical Reflections on Foundations and Practices Mobilizing Knowledge in Physiotherapy: Critical Reflections on Foundations and Practices is a collection of 15 collaboratively written critical essays by 39 authors from 15 disciplines and seven countries. The book challenges some of the most important contemporary assumptions about physiotherapy knowledge and makes the case for much more critical theory practice and education in physiotherapy health and social care.  The book challenges the kinds of thinking that have traditionally bounded the profession and highlights the ways in which knowledge is now increasingly fluid complex and diffuse. The collection engages a range of critical social theories and interdisciplinary perspectives from within and without the profession.  It includes sections focusing on evidence practice patient perspectives embodiment culture diversity digital worlds and research methods. The book makes an important contribution to how we think about mobilizing knowledge and it speaks to a diverse audience of academics practitioners educators policy-makers and students - both within physiotherapy and from a range of related health and social care disciplines. This book will be a useful reference for scholars interested in conceptions of professional knowledge and the theory of professional education and practice in physiotherapy and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428181

Mobilizing Regions Mobilizing EuropeExpert Knowledge and Scientific Planning in European Regional Development Regional development strategies are becoming more similar all around Europe even though regional differences are more pronounced than ever and many European regions have become more autonomous actors. This thesis of a peculiar standardized diversification of sub-national space in the modern European Union is the point of departure of this book. Based upon the analytical premises of Stanford School Sociological Institutionalism Sebastian M. Büttner studies regional mobilization in contemporary Europe from a new and innovative perspective. He highlights the importance of scientific expertise and global scientific models in contemporary regional development practice and exemplifies their significance with the example of region-building in Poland in the course of EU integration. This new wave of regional mobilization is not just conceived as an effect of local national or European politics but as an expression of a larger conceptual shift in governing society and space. This well researched and clearly argued book not only provides fresh insights into region-building and regionalization in contemporary European space but also contributes to the new sociology of Europeanization. It will be an illuminating read for scholars and students in Sociology European and EU studies International Relations Cultural Studies Geography Regional Science Polish Studies and related subject areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020016

Mobilizing Religion and Gender in IndiaThe Role of Activism Religious nationalists and women’s activists have transformed India over the past century. They debated the idea of India under colonial rule shaped the constitutional structure of Indian democracy and questioned the legitimacy of the postcolonial consensus as they politicized one dimension of identity. Using a historical comparative approach the book argues that external events activist agency in strategizing and the political economy of transnational networks explain the relative success and failure of Hindu nationalism and the Indian women’s movement rather than the ideological claims each movement makes. By focusing on how particular activist strategies lead to increased levels of public support it shows how it is these strategies rather than the ideologies of Hindutva and feminism that mobilize people. Both of these social movements have had decades of great power and influence and decades of relative irrelevance and both challenge postcolonial India’s secular settlement – its division of public and private. The book goes on to highlight new insights into the inner dynamics of each movement by showing how the same strategies - grassroots education electoral mobilization media management donor cultivation - lead to similarly positive results. Bringing together the study of Hindu nationalism and the Indian women’s movement the book will be of interest to students and scholars of South Asian Religion Gender Studies and South Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493421

Mobilizing Religion in Middle East PoliticsA Comparative Study of Israel and Turkey Contrary to the expectations of the secularization theorists religious political movements rose to prominence in numerous countries across the globe in the past three decades. By examining the conditions that underlie the electoral fortunes of religious actors in democratic regimes this book contributes to our understanding of this worldwide religious resurgence. Employing a social movement theory framework Mobilizing Religion in Middle East Politics explores the macro and micro dynamics of successful political mobilization by Sephardic Torah Guardians (Shas) in Israel and the National Outlook Movement in Turkey in the recent decades. In a comparative framework the book demonstrates how ripe political opportunities appropriate frames and dense social networks contribute to building popular support in Israel and Turkey. Yusuf Sarfati also assesses the effects of the increasing political power of religious actors on democratic governance and illustrates similarities and differences between two countries. Drawing on empirical data from a range of interviews conducted in both Israel and Turkey this book provides a comparative study of religious politics in two countries that are often thought of as ‘exceptional cases ’ and are rarely compared. As such this book is a welcome contribution for those studying Middle East politics comparative politics religious politics democratization and social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361152

Mobilizing Shanghai YouthCCP Internationalism GMD Nationalism and Japanese Collaboration In the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries youth emerged as a new and important social force in many parts of the world. In China the image of this new youth imprinted itself on Chinese consciousness and made clear to potential national leaders that future governments would not be able to ignore China’s youth or expect them simply to step in line. For this and other reasons the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) the Chinese Nationalist Party (GMD) and a string of War of Resistance-era collaborationist governments all formed youth organizations in an effort to win youth over and harness their vitality and enthusiasm to further their agendas. Mobilizing Shanghai Youth explores the similarities and differences among three youth organizations that were connected to Chinese political parties or governments in Shanghai spanning from the beginning of the May Fourth Movement just as youth began to emerge as a powerful social and political force in China to World War II when Nationalist Communist and Japanese forces were still competing for dominance. It takes a comparative approach in exploring the similarities and differences trials and tribulations in how the Chinese Communist Party Chinese Nationalist Party and a series of collaborationist regimes sought to appeal to youth through the Communist Youth League the Three People’s Principles Youth Corps and the China Youth Corps. Focusing on Greater Shanghai allows a detailed exploration of the rise and fall of the original Communist Youth League and its connections to international communism. The spotlight on Shanghai also yields the extraordinary finding that the Three People’s Principles Youth Corps was a valuable asset to the Nationalist Party operating as a potent resistance organization in Japanese-controlled Shanghai whereas branches in Nationalist-controlled territory were factionalized dysfunctional and a terrible liability for the Party. Most surprisingly the collaborationist China Youth Corps took the most practical and in some ways the most successful approach to mobilizing China’s youth. The result of exhaustive archival research this book will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Chinese history modern history Communism and the role of youth in revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095076

Mobilizing the U.S. Latinx VoteMedia Identity and Politics This book examines the politics involved in the mobilization of the Latinx vote in America. Delving into the questions of race and identity formation in conjunction with the role of communication media the author discusses the implications for Latinx voters and their place in the American political and racial system. Utilizing an in-depth study of the mobilizing efforts of national Latinx groups along with a rigorous analysis of online media news media and electoral results this book discusses:   How the old notions of white and black America clash with the growing focus on Latinos How political organizers develop and use messages of racial solidarity to motivate people what technologies are at their disposal and what their use means How the study of new media is vital to exploring race in the 21st century and why communication cannot ignore the racial legacies of the 20th century   Theoretically located in between the fields of communication and racial/ethnic studies this book will be of great relevance to scholars and students working in the field of communication studies political communication Latinx studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418427

Mobilizing Transnational Gender Politics in Post-Genocide Rwanda Mageza-Barthel provides a context sensitive analysis of how Rwanda's women's movement used the United Nations (UN) gender norms in its efforts to insert gender-specific demands in the post-genocide period. The overall goal of these women - and their supporters - has been to further gender equality and equity in Rwanda. This study details which political processes could be engendered. It further illustrates why certain gender norms were adopted and adapted whereas others were not. The study addresses issues of global governance in gender politics through such international frameworks as CEDAW the Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action as well as Resolution 1325. These instruments have been brought forth by a transnational women’s movement to benefit women and women’s rights across the globe. It shows how these gender norms were introduced adapted and contested locally at a crucial time of the transformation process underway. Concerned with the interplay of domestic and international politics it also alludes to the unique circumstances in Rwanda that have led to unprecedented levels of women’s political representation. Which tools have been the most significant in women’s mobilisation and how these relate to precedents set within international relations is of interest to a wide community of scholars and policy-makers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377481

Mobutu's Totalitarian Political SystemAn Afrocentric Analysis Mobutu's political system inaugurated in 1965 and lasting more than three decades met all the characteristics of totalitarianism. This study shows that the failures and misdeeds of Mobutu's system were clear evidence that it lacked an African-centred vision and did not put the interests of the African people of Congo (formerly Zaire) at the centre of this political project. In this study Mobutu's political actions in the 1990s - mostly as they related to the National Sovereign Conference - are critically analyzed and found to be a deliberate attempt to obstruct the momentum of democracy for the African people of Congo. From an Afro centric standpoint this obstruction is evidence of Mobutu's attempt to impede the search for harmony and peace by the Zairian people and to reject the African-centred truth that without Ma'at (harmony) there is no understanding and no possible restoration of balance. Mobutu's Totalitarian Political System will be of interest to students and scholars of ethnic studies political science and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650212

MoCap for ArtistsWorkflow and Techniques for Motion Capture Make motion capture part of your graphics and effects arsenal. This introduction to motion capture principles and techniques delivers a working understanding of today's state-of-the-art systems and workflows without the arcane pseudocodes and equations. Learn about the alternative systems how they have evolved and how they are typically used as well as tried-and-true workflows that you can put to work for optimal effect. Demo files and tutorials provided on the companion CD deliver first-hand experience with some of the core processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403277

Mock-Heroic from Butler to CowperAn English Genre and Discourse Mock-heroic is the exemplary genre of the English Augustan era: it is one of the few genres that the Augustans invented themselves and it stands in a symbolic relation to a culture still reverential of the grandeurs of the classical past and uneasy about its ability to emulate them. Mock-Heroic from Butler to Cowper shows the protean nature of mock-epic at this time. It recounts the rise of mock-heroic discusses the properties of the form and explores its relation both to classical epic and to contemporary genres such as the poetic travesty and the novel. It also tracks the relation of mock-heroic to the concept to the sublime especially to the low sublime unwittingly perfected by Richard Blackmore. Terry goes beyond previous commentators in arguing that mock-heroic was not merely a conventional genre but also provided a supple discourse through which writers could represent a range of personal and social issues. He identifies mock-heroic properties in the Mandevillian discourse of economics and in the rhetoric of male gallantry towards women in which women were simultaneously elevated and put down. He also sees mock-heroic as informing the idea of divine grace in the poetry and letters of William Cowper. Mixing a historical approach with incisive close readings Terry provides a powerful re-evaluation of the form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248790

Mod Egypt Pt1:Orientalism V 5 This book presents an accurate narrative of some of the principal events in Egypt and Sudan since the year 1876. It explains the effects of the British occupation on Egypt the chief point of interest in the Egyptian reform and the difficulty of ascertaining Eastern opinion on Egypt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757843

Mod Egypt Pt2:Orientalism V 6 This book publishes some leading European contributors to the early formation of historical and social science analysis of the orient. It focuses on those authors who have shaped the modern debate on orientalism especially on Islam the Middle-East and orientalism in the twentieth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007369

Modal Logics and Philosophy The first edition published by Acumen in 2000 became a prescribed textbook on modal logic courses. The second edition has been fully revised in response to readers' suggestions including two new chapters on conditional logic which was not covered in the first edition. "Modal Logics and Philosophy" is a fully comprehensive introduction to modal logics and their application suitable for course use. Unlike most modal logic textbooks which are both forbidding mathematically and short on philosophical discussion "Modal Logics and Philosophy" places its emphasis firmly on showing how useful modal logic can be as a tool for formal philosophical analysis. In part 1 of the book the reader is introduced to some standard systems of modal logic and encouraged through a series of exercises to become proficient in manipulating these logics. The emphasis is on possible world semantics for modal logics and the semantic emphasis is carried into the formal method Jeffrey-style truth-trees. Standard truth-trees are extended in a simple and transparent way to take possible worlds into account. Part 2 systematically explores the applications of modal logic to philosophical issues such as truth time processes knowledge and belief obligation and permission. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711515

Modalities in Medieval Philosophy Originally published in 1993 Modalities in Medieval Philosophy looks at the idea of modality as multiplicity of reference with respect to alternative domains. The book examines how this emerged in early medieval discussions and addresses how it was originally influenced by the theological conception of God acting by choice. After a discussion of ancient modal paradigms the author traces the interplay of old and new modal views in medieval logic and semantics philosophy and theology. A detailed account is given of late medieval discussions of the new modal logic epistemic logic and the logic norms. These theories show striking similarities to some basic tenets of contemporary approaches to modal matters. This work will be of considerable interest to historians of philosophy and ideas and philosophers of logic and metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151904

Modality This introduction to modality places the emphasis on the metaphysics of modality rather than on the formal semetics of quantified modal logic. The text begins by introducing students to the "de re/de dicto" distinction conventionalist and conceptualist theories of modality and some of the key problems in modality particularly Quine's criticisms. It then moves on to explain how possible worlds provide a solution to many of the problems in modality and how possible worlds themselves have been used to analyse notions outside modality such as properties and propositions. Possible worlds introduce problems of their own and the book argues that to make progress with these problems a theory of possible worlds is required. The pros and cons of various theories of possible worlds are then examined in turn including those of Lewis Kripke Adams Stalnaker and Plantinga. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710686

Modality and Anti-Metaphysics This title was first published in 2001. Modality and Anti-Metaphysics critically examines the most prominent approaches to modality among analytic philosophers in the twentieth century including essentialism. Defending both the project of metaphysics and the essentialist position that metaphysical modality is conceptually and ontologically primitive Stephen McLeod argues that the logical positivists did not succeed in banishing metaphysical modality from their own theoretical apparatus and he offers an original defence of metaphysics against their advocacy of its elimination. Seeking to assuage the sceptical worries which underlie modal anti-realism McLeod provides an original contribution to essentialist epistemology engaging with current debates about modality and suggesting that standard essentialist approaches to some issues in the philosophies of logic and language require revision. This book offers valuable insights to professional philosophers postgraduates and advanced undergraduates interested in metaphysics philosophy of logic or the history of twentieth-century analytic philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733930

Modality and the English Modals A detailed account of the many uses and functions of these verbs. The nature of modality and some controversial issues are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836228

Modality Mood & Aspect Mon 11 First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976221

Model Discrimination for Nonlinear Regression Models Borowiak (math U. of Akron) discusses model discrimination based upon incorrect selection probability presents diagnostic statistics and formal hypothesis test procedures to assess a model's fit and stability explains the use of computer computations such as the jackknife and bootstrap and demon Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066163

Model Estate (Routledge Revivals)Planned Housing at Quarry Hill Leeds Quarry Hill Flats once both the pride and shame of its city of Leeds was an iconic Modernist symbol of the 1930s. It marked the first use of a prefabricated building system for a large-scale council estate replacing a notorious slum. But it lasted barely a generation – its complete demolition was announced as Alison Ravetz was finishing this study. First published in 1974 this book is unique in its use of all estate records from conception to destruction as well as in its comprehensive approach including aspects usually missing in council housing studies – notably the intimate experience of residents and a fraught long-drawn-out building period. Ravetz argues that the Flats’ ‘failure’ was due not to social breakdown as repeatedly alleged but rather to a rigidity of design and management unable to accommodate gradual incremental change. This has continuing implications for the operation of bureaucratically designed and controlled ‘social housing’ today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855945

Model Free Adaptive ControlTheory and Applications Model Free Adaptive Control: Theory and Applications summarizes theory and applications of model-free adaptive control (MFAC). MFAC is a novel adaptive control method for the unknown discrete-time nonlinear systems with time-varying parameters and time-varying structure and the design and analysis of MFAC merely depend on the measured input and output data of the controlled plant which makes it more applicable for many practical plants. This book covers new concepts including pseudo partial derivative pseudo gradient pseudo Jacobian matrix and generalized Lipschitz conditions etc.; dynamic linearization approaches for nonlinear systems such as compact-form dynamic linearization partial-form dynamic linearization and full-form dynamic linearization; a series of control system design methods including MFAC prototype model-free adaptive predictive control model-free adaptive iterative learning control and the corresponding stability analysis and typical applications in practice. In addition some other important issues related to MFAC are also discussed. They are the MFAC for complex connected systems the modularized controller designs between MFAC and other control methods the robustness of MFAC and the symmetric similarity for adaptive control system design. The book is written for researchers who are interested in control theory and control engineering senior undergraduates and graduated students in engineering and applied sciences as well as professional engineers in process control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033962

Model Induction from DataTowards the next generation of computational engines in hydraulics and hydrology There has been an explosive growth of methods in recent years for learning (or estimating dependency) from data where data refers to known samples that are combinations of inputs and corresponding outputs of a given physical system. The main subject addressed in this thesis is model induction from data for the simulation of hydrodynamic processes in the aquatic environment. Firstly some currently popular artificial neural network architectures are introduced and it is then argued that these devices can be regarded as domain knowledge incapsulators by applying the method to the generation of wave equations from hydraulic data and showing how the equations of numerical-hydraulic models can in their turn be recaptured using artificial neural networks. The book also demonstrates how artificial neural networks can be used to generate numerical operators on non-structured grids for the simulation of hydrodynamic processes in two-dimensional flow systems and a methodology has been derived for developing generic hydrodynamic models using artificial neural network. The book also highlights one other model induction technique namely that of support vector machine as an emerging new method with a potential to provide more robust models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474796

Model Perspectives: Structure Architecture and Culture This book contains a unique collection of various perspectives on the relationship between structures and the forms and spaces of architecture. As such it provides students and professionals alike with an essential sourcebook that can be mined for visual inspiration as well as for textually rich and authoritative insight into the links between structure architecture and cultural context. The chapters address fundamental structural elements and systems: columns walls beams trusses frames tensile structures arches domes and shells. Each chapter is subdivided into two parts: • The essays – introduce the chapters with the reprinting of a curated set of essays and excerpts by various authors that uniquely address how particular structural elements or systems relate in essential fashion to architectural design concepts. • The model studies – physical models of the overall structural systems of several notable contemporary buildings from Europe North and South America Africa and Asia are illustrated with large photographs detail close-ups and views of their external forms and internal spaces that establish the exceptional qualities of these projects in connecting structural form to architectural design objectives. Mosaic layouts complete the chapters with a collection of photographs of yet more models whose particular details and unique features serve to extend the visual repertoire of the structural type being considered. The combination juxtaposition and mutual positive reinforcement of these two collections one largely textual and the other image based provides the reader with unique and multifaceted insights into how structural forms and systems can be related to architectural design intentions. Conveyed by a strong and deliberate graphical design format this assembly of materials gets to the very essence of structures within the context of architecture and will inspire students and practitioners alike to make strategic design decisions for their own projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731942

Model Programs in Child and Family Mental Health This volume is the product of a combined effort to find programs of service delivery that demonstrably treat the varieties of mental health problems of children and their families. The Section on Clinical Child Psychology (APA Clinical Psychology Section I) and the Division of Child Youth and Family Services (APA Division 37) established a task force whose mission was to identify provide recognition for and disseminate information on such programs. Their findings are presented here. The opening chapter and each section overview chapter provide orientations to the program descriptions and examine characteristics of exemplary interventions. The targeted problems include: child abuse and neglect school adjustment problems social problem-solving problems autism and developmental disabilities conduct disorders and severe emotional problems children affected by disasters and trauma children whose parents are divorced children of teenage parents family dysfunction and parent-child relationships oppositional defiant disorder and attention deficit disorder. Settings for interventions in the model programs include: schools mental health centers and family guidance clinics hospitals and pediatric practices group homes and sheltered workshops community centers family homes summer camps and coordinated systems of care. The 18 programs described demonstrate the rationale for their interventions their targeted populations the type of staff and personnel various programmatic interventions aspects of the problems implementation of interventions and how the programs have been evaluated. The needs for improved mental health services remain strong. The supporting organizations and the members of the Task Force intend for the product of this project to be helpful in providing models for meeting those needs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315806358

Model Subdivision Regulations A major revision of a classic planning text. This book contains a complete model subdivision ordinance for city and county governments as well as more than 100 pages of legal commentary. The model regulations are generally compatible with all state statutes and work in urban suburban and rural settings. They show how communities can finance capital facilities balance new development with existing surroundings avoid exposure to the legal pitfalls of takings and substantive due process claims and much more. Two new chapters cover public facilities impact fees and land readjustment. The chapter on impact fees includes a section on regulatory takings law that looks at how prominent U.S. Supreme Court cases have affected property rights development and regulation. Each section of the model regulations is followed by insightful commentary that supports annotates and documents the text. The authors explore the rationale for using various regulations basing their arguments on existing statutory authority case law and federal constitutional requirements. The commentary identifies and explains changes from the original model regulations. Whether you're drafting new regulations or considering amendments to existing ones you'll find Model Subdivision Regulations to be an invaluable reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099459

Model Systems and the Neurobiology of Associative LearningA Festschrift in Honor of Richard F. Thompson This volume contains a collection of papers written by former students postdoctoral fellows and colleagues of Richard Thompson and represent written versions of papers presented at the Festschrift symposium. The Festschrift provided an excellent opportunity for the participants to recount their memories and experiences of working with one of the leading figures in behavioral neuroscience and to place their current research in the context of earlier research conducted in the Thompson laboratory. As a Festschrift volume the various chapters contain numerous and sometimes very personal references to Richard Thompson's influence on the careers of the authors as well as summaries of past and present work being conducted in the authors' laboratories. Part I includes studies of spinal cord plasticity and the involvement of the hippocampus and related structure in classical eyeblink conditioning. Part II explores the critical role of the cerebellum and associated areas in classical eyeblink conditioning. Part III focuses on a continued exploration of the involvement of the cerebellum in classical eyeblink conditioning using standard procedures as well as innovative molecular biology and genetic techniques. It also includes studies aimed at delineating modulatory influences on learning such as stress and hormonal factors. The incredible influence that Richard Thompson has had on the fields of experimental psychology and neuroscience should be evident on reading the contributions made by the various authors to this volume. The research conducted in Thompson's laboratory over the years has been cutting-edge comprehensive and influential. Therefore this volume is dedicated to Richard F. Thompson a productive innovative scientist and outstanding mentor. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650229

Model Workers in China 1949-1965Constructing A New Citizen Seismic changes in ideology and economic policy in China followed the death of Mao Zedong but one aspect of culture has remained constant: the use of ‘Model Workers’ for the purposes of propaganda and more recent public relations campaigns. In both a political and commercial context the use of these individuals continues to thrive and although the messages they promote have largely changed their continued use indicates the extent to which they are believed to be an effective form of persuasion. Model Workers were deployed at key points in China’s recent history and served to embody the Party’s vision of the ideal Chinese citizen as they attempted to reshape the nation following a ‘Century of Humiliation ’ a ruinous war with Japan and a divisive civil war. This volume utilises the detailed analysis of posters cinema and translations of related propaganda material to explore the extent of the influence of the Model Worker as a concept on both propaganda and national policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299825

Model Writing for Ages 7-12Fiction Non-Fiction and Poetry Texts Modelling Writing Expectations from the National Curriculum Are you looking for excellent writing models to support teaching writing punctuation and grammar from the 2014 National Curriculum? Model Writing for Ages 7-12 is a compilation of short photocopiable texts including fiction non-fiction and poetry that provides teachers with writing models for a wide range of genres writing styles and topics while incorporating the National Curriculum obligations. With stories ranging from historical accounts of the Vikings and the Blitz to a more sophisticated version of Little Red Riding Hood and writing genres ranging from persuasive writing texts to newspaper reports Model Writing for Ages 7-12 provides teachers with an example for every eventuality. The perfect aid for teaching writing each text is accompanied by a table listing which statutory assessment criteria it includes as well as a blank table for pupils to collect examples themselves. This invaluable text is essential for upper Key Stage 2 and lower Key Stage 3 teachers particularly literacy coordinators and all those who lack confidence with the grammatical concepts in a text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502581

Model-Based Design for Embedded Systems The demands of increasingly complex embedded systems and associated performance computations have resulted in the development of heterogeneous computing architectures that often integrate several types of processors analog and digital electronic components and mechanical and optical components—all on a single chip. As a result now the most prominent challenge for the design automation community is to efficiently plan for such heterogeneity and to fully exploit its capabilities.A compilation of work from internationally renowned authors Model-Based Design for Embedded Systems elaborates on related practices and addresses the main facets of heterogeneous model-based design for embedded systems including the current state of the art important challenges and the latest trends. Focusing on computational models as the core design artifact this book presents the cutting-edge results that have helped establish model-based design and continue to expand its parameters.The book is organized into three sections: Real-Time and Performance Analysis in Heterogeneous Embedded Systems Design Tools and Methodology for Multiprocessor System-on-Chip and Design Tools and Methodology for Multidomain Embedded Systems. The respective contributors share their considerable expertise on the automation of design refinement and how to relate properties throughout this refinement while enabling analytic and synthetic qualities. They focus on multi-core methodological issues real-time analysis and modeling and validation taking into account how optical electronic and mechanical components often interface. Model-based design is emerging as a solution to bridge the gap between the availability of computational capabilities and our inability to make full use of them yet. This approach enables teams to start the design process using a high-level model that is gradually refined through abstraction levels to ultimately yield a prototype. When executed well model-based design encourages enhanced performance and quicker time to market for a product. Illustrating a broad and diverse spectrum of applications such as in the automotive aerospace health care consumer electronics this volume provides designers with practical readily adaptable modeling solutions for their own practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114722

Model-based Geostatistics for Global Public HealthMethods and Applications Model-based Geostatistics for Global Public Health: Methods and Applications provides an introductory account of model-based geostatistics its implementation in open-source software and its application in public health research. In the public health problems that are the focus of this book the authors describe and explain the pattern of spatial variation in a health outcome or exposure measurement of interest. Model-based geostatistics uses explicit probability models and established principles of statistical inference to address questions of this kind. Features: Presents state-of-the-art methods in model-based geostatistics. Discusses the application these methods some of the most challenging global public health problems including disease mapping exposure mapping and environmental epidemiology. Describes exploratory methods for analysing geostatistical data including: diagnostic checking of residuals standard linear and generalized linear models; variogram analysis; Gaussian process models and geostatistical design issues. Includes a range of more complex geostatistical problems where research is ongoing. All of the results in the book are reproducible using publicly available R code and data-sets as well as a dedicated R package. This book has been written to be accessible not only to statisticians but also to students and researchers in the public health sciences. The Authors Peter Diggle is Distinguished University Professor of Statistics in the Faculty of Health and Medicine Lancaster University. He also holds honorary positions at the Johns Hopkins University School of Public Health Columbia University International Research Institute for Climate and Society and Yale University School of Public Health. His research involves the development of statistical methods for analyzing spatial and longitudinal data and their applications in the biomedical and health sciences. Dr Emanuele Giorgi is a Lecturer in Biostatistics and member of the CHICAS research group at Lancaster University where he formerly obtained a PhD in Statistics and Epidemiology in 2015. His research interests involve the development of novel geostatistical methods for disease mapping with a special focus on malaria and other tropical diseases. In 2018 Dr Giorgi was awarded the Royal Statistical Society Research Prize "for outstanding published contribution at the interface of statistics and epidemiology." He is also the lead developer of PrevMap an R package where all the methodology found in this book has been implemented. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138732353

Model-Based Systems Engineering Model-Based Systems Engineering explains the fundamental theories behind model-based systems and the considerations involved in applying theory to the design of real systems. The book begins by presenting terms used in systems engineering and introducing the discrete system and its components. The remainder of the text explains topics such as the mathematical theory of system coupling the homomorphic relationship between systems the concept of system mode the mathematical structure of T3SD system requirements and the implications of that structure for T3SD system design. Appendices include a short bibliography detailed definitions of all examples discussed in the text a list of all notations used and an index. Model-Based Systems Engineering is an excellent text for engineering students and an invaluable reference for engineers and scientists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203746936

Model-Based Testing for Embedded Systems What the experts have to say about Model-Based Testing for Embedded Systems: "This book is exactly what is needed at the exact right time in this fast-growing area. From its beginnings over 10 years ago of deriving tests from UML statecharts model-based testing has matured into a topic with both breadth and depth. Testing embedded systems is a natural application of MBT and this book hits the nail exactly on the head. Numerous topics are presented clearly thoroughly and concisely in this cutting-edge book. The authors are world-class leading experts in this area and teach us well-used and validated techniques along with new ideas for solving hard problems. "It is rare that a book can take recent research advances and present them in a form ready for practical use but this book accomplishes that and more. I am anxious to recommend this in my consulting and to teach a new class to my students." —Dr. Jeff Offutt professor of software engineering George Mason University Fairfax Virginia USA "This handbook is the best resource I am aware of on the automated testing of embedded systems. It is thorough comprehensive and authoritative. It covers all important technical and scientific aspects but also provides highly interesting insights into the state of practice of model-based testing for embedded systems." —Dr. Lionel C. Briand IEEE Fellow Simula Research Laboratory Lysaker Norway and professor at the University of Oslo Norway "As model-based testing is entering the mainstream such a comprehensive and intelligible book is a must-read for anyone looking for more information about improved testing methods for embedded systems. Illustrated with numerous aspects of these techniques from many contributors it gives a clear picture of what the state of the art is today." —Dr. Bruno Legeard CTO of Smartesting professor of Software Engineering at the University of Franche-Comté Besançon France and co-author of Practical Model-Based Testing Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076457

Model-Based Tracking Control of Nonlinear Systems Model-Based Control of Nonlinear Systems presents model-based control techniques for nonlinear constrained systems. It covers constructive control design methods with an emphasis on modeling constrained systems generating dynamic control models and designing tracking control algorithms for the models.The book’s interdisciplinary approach illustrates how system modeling and control theory are essential to control design projects. Organized according to the steps in a control design project the text first discusses kinematic and dynamic modeling methods including programmed constraints Lagrange’s equations Boltzmann−Hamel equations and generalized programmed motion equations. The next chapter describes basic control concepts and the use of nonlinear control theory. After exploring stabilization strategies for nonlinear systems the author presents existing model-based tracking control algorithms and path-following strategies for nonlinear systems. The final chapter develops a new model reference tracking strategy for programmed motion.Throughout the text two examples of mechanical systems are used to illustrate the theory and simulation results. The first example is a unicycle model (nonholonomic system) and the second is a two-link planar manipulator model (holonomic system). With a focus on constructive modeling and control methods this book provides the tools and techniques to support the control design process. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367381103

Model-Driven Engineering of Information SystemsPrinciples Techniques and Practice This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Model-driven engineering (MDE) is the automatic production of software from simplified models of structure and functionality. It mainly involves the automation of the routine and technologically complex programming tasks thus allowing developers to focus on the true value-adding functionality that the system needs to deliver. This book serves an overview of some of the core topics in MDE. The volume is broken into two sections offering a selection of papers that helps the reader not only understand the MDE principles and techniques but also learn from practical examples. Also covered are the following topics: • MDE for software product lines • Formal methods for model transformation correctness • Metamodeling with Eclipse eCore • Metamodeling with UML profiles • Test cases generation This easily accessible reference volume offers a comprehensive guide to this rapidly expanding field. Edited by experienced writers with experience in both research and the practice of software engineering Model-Driven Engineering of Information Systems: Principles Techniques and Practice is an authoritative and easy-to-use reference ideal for both researchers in the field and students who wish to gain an overview to this important field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880831

Model-free HedgingA Martingale Optimal Transport Viewpoint Model-free Hedging: A Martingale Optimal Transport Viewpoint focuses on the computation of model-independent bounds for exotic options consistent with market prices of liquid instruments such as Vanilla options. The author gives an overview of Martingale Optimal Transport highlighting the differences between the optimal transport and its martingale counterpart. This topic is then discussed in the context of mathematical finance. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367657963

Modeling Control Estimation and Optimization for MicrogridsA Fuzzy-Model-Based Method Due to increasing economic and environmental pressures small-scale grids have received increasing attention in the last fifteen years. These renewable sources such as solar PVs wind turbines and fuel cells integrated with grid have changed the way we live our lives. This book describes microgrid dynamics modeling and nonlinear control issues from introductory to the advanced steps. The book addresses the most relevant challenges in microgrid protection and control including modeling uncertainty stability issues local control coordination control power quality and economic dispatch. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138491656

Modeling Evaluating and Predicting IT Human Resources Performance Numerous methods exist to model and analyze the different roles responsibilities and process levels of information technology (IT) personnel. However most methods neglect to account for the rigorous application and evaluation of human errors and their associated risks. This book fills that need. Modeling Evaluating and Predicting IT Human Resources Performance explains why it is essential to account for the human factor when determining the various risks in the software engineering process. The book presents an IT human resources evaluation approach that is rooted in existing research and describes how to enhance existing approaches through strict use of software measurement and statistical principles and criteria. Discussing IT human factors from a risk assessment point of view the book identifies analyzes and evaluates the basics of IT human performance. It details the IT human factors required to achieve desired levels of human performance prediction. It also provides a rigorous investigation of existing human factors evaluation methods including IT expertise and Big Five in combination with powerful statistical methods such as failure mode and effect analysis (FMEA) and design of experiment (DoE). Supplies an overview of existing methods of human risk evaluation Provides a detailed analysis of IT role-based human factors using the well-known Big Five method for software engineering Models the human factor as a risk factor in the software engineering process Summarizes emerging trends and future directions In addition to applying well-known human factors methods to software engineering the book presents three models for analyzing psychological characteristics. It supplies profound analysis of human resources within the various software processes including development maintenance and application under consideration of the Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) process level five. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482299922

Modeling Identification and Simulation of Dynamical Systems This book gives an in-depth introduction to the areas of modeling identification simulation and optimization. These scientific topics play an increasingly dominant part in many engineering areas such as electrotechnology mechanical engineering aerospace and physics. This book represents a unique and concise treatment of the mutual interactions among these topics.Techniques for solving general nonlinear optimization problems as they arise in identification and many synthesis and design methods are detailed. The main points in deriving mathematical models via prior knowledge concerning the physics describing a system are emphasized. Several chapters discuss the identification of black-box models. Simulation is introduced as a numerical tool for calculating time responses of almost any mathematical model. The last chapter covers optimization a generally applicable tool for formulating and solving many engineering problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138746872

Modeling a New Computer Framework for Managing Healthcare OrganizationsBalancing and Optimizing Patient Satisfaction Owner Satisfaction an The medical sector has been growing exponentially over the last decade and healthcare services are becoming more complex and costly. In order to continue efficiently and effectively managing patient safety quality and the effectiveness of the healthcare systems new methodologies are needed. This book provides a platform to address this growing need and to improve practice. With the introduction of a new computer platform package for the management of medical organizations and healthcare systems Modeling a New Computer Framework for Managing Healthcare Organizations aims to improve management techniques and increase overall satisfaction scores of patients owners and medical resources. The platform outlined will improve the daily operation of a healthcare system focusing on the emergency department and can be used to study the operation flow of a unit for performance optimization. It offers a user-friendly interface and proposed programming language along with a visual and simple practice to collect and understand statistical outputs. Essential reading for decision makers on different levels in the healthcare organization hierarchy this book can also be used by management to improve the performance of the organization and decision makers to hire resources enhance workflows or both. It guides designers and system implementers in a step-by-step approach to make optimal decisions for resource allocation and helps designers and management to detect deficiencies in ongoing processes and fix or enhance them. Soraia Oueida is an instructor in the Department of Computer Engineering at the American University of the Middle East. She is an IEEE member and her research interests include Simulation Modeling Discrete Mathematics Petri Net Workflows Blockchain IoT Industrial Management Systems. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367460600

Modeling and Analysis of Dynamic Systems Modeling and Analysis of Dynamic Systems Third Edition introduces MATLAB® Simulink® and Simscape™ and then utilizes them to perform symbolic graphical numerical and simulation tasks. Written for senior level courses/modules the textbook meticulously covers techniques for modeling a variety of engineering systems methods of response analysis and introductions to mechanical vibration and to basic control systems. These features combine to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the mathematical modeling and analysis of dynamic systems. The Third Edition now includes Case Studies expanded coverage of system identification and updates to the computational tools included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138726420

Modeling and Analysis of Local Area Networks Modeling and Analysis of Local Area Networks fills a void in the array of books on Local Area Networks (LANs) in that it reviews the state of LAN technology from a hardware and software perspective develops a set of metrics that can be used to evaluate LANs for end applications and investigates methodologies for evaluating LANs from these perspectives. The book discusses LAN evaluation techniques utilizing analysis operational analysis hardware testbeds and simulations. Simulations will be stressed in greater detail and a tool available for evaluating LANs performance (called MALAN) is presented and the details of its structure developed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895581

Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems Building on the author’s more than 35 years of teaching experience Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems Third Edition covers the most important classes of stochastic processes used in the modeling of diverse systems. For each class of stochastic process the text includes its definition characterization applications transient and limiting behavior first passage times and cost/reward models. The third edition has been updated with several new applications including the Google search algorithm in discrete time Markov chains several examples from health care and finance in continuous time Markov chains and square root staffing rule in Queuing models. More than 50 new exercises have been added to enhance its use as a course text or for self-study. The sequence of chapters and exercises has been maintained between editions to enable those now teaching from the second edition to use the third edition.Rather than offer special tricks that work in specific problems this book provides thorough coverage of general tools that enable the solution and analysis of stochastic models. After mastering the material in the text readers will be well-equipped to build and analyze useful stochastic models for real-life situations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367736798

Modeling and Analysis with Induction Generators Now in its Third Edition Alternative Energy Systems: Design and Analysis with Induction Generators has been renamed Modeling and Analysis with Induction Generators to convey the book’s primary objective—to present the fundamentals of and latest advances in the modeling and analysis of induction generators. New to the Third Edition Revised equations and mathematical modeling Addition of solved problems as well as suggested problems at the end of each chapter New modeling and simulation cases Mathematical modeling of the Magnus turbine to be used with induction generators Detailed comparison between the induction generators and their competitors Modeling and Analysis with Induction Generators Third Edition aids in understanding the process of self-excitation numerical analysis of stand-alone and multiple induction generators requirements for optimized laboratory experimentation application of modern vector control optimization of power transference use of doubly fed induction generators computer-based simulations and social and economic impacts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482244670

Modeling and Analytical Methods in Tribology Improving our understanding of friction lubrication and fatigue Modeling and Analytical Methods in Tribology presents a fresh approach to tribology that links advances in applied mathematics with fundamental problems in tribology related to contact elasticity fracture mechanics and fluid film lubrication. The authors incorporate the classical tenets of tribology while providing new mathematical solutions that address various shortcomings in existing theories. From contact interactions to contact fatigue life the book connects traditionally separate areas of tribology research to create a coherent modeling methodology that encompasses asymptotic and numerical techniques. The authors often demonstrate the efficacy of the models by comparing predictions to experimental data. In most cases they derive equations from first principles. They also rigorously prove problem formulations and derive certain solution properties. Solutions to problems are presented using simple analytical formulas graphs and tables. In addition the end-of-chapter exercises highlight points important for comprehending the material and mastering the appropriate skills.Unlocking the secrets that govern the physics of lubricated and dry contacts this book helps tribologists on their quest to reduce friction minimize wear and extend the operating life of mechanical equipment. It provides a real-world industrial perspective so that readers can attain a practical understanding of the material. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367383794

Modeling and Computation in Engineering II Modeling and Computation in Engineering II (CMCE 2013 Hong Kong 22-23 June 2013) includes 50 contributions on modeling and simulation technology which were presented at the 2nd SREE Conference on Modeling and Computation in Engineering (CMCE 2013) and the 3rd SREE Workshop on Applied Mechanics and Civil Engineering (AMCE 2013) both held in Hong Kong 22-23 June 2013 . The topics covered include: - Modeling technology - Simulation technology and tools - Computation methods and their engineering applications - Mechanics in engineering Modeling and Computation in Engineering II reviews recent advances in multiple areas including applied mechanics & civil engineering modeling & simulation in engineering design theories construction science and advanced material applications in building structures underground structures bridge structures hydraulic engineering municipal engineering port and coastal engineering road and transportation engineering and will be invaluable to academics and professional interested in civil hydraulic and mechanical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000582

Modeling and Computation in Engineering IIIPorceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Modeling and Computation in Engineering (CMCE The demands of modeling and computation in engineering are rapidly growing as a multidisciplinary area with connections to engineering mathematics and computer science. Modeling and Computation in Engineering III contains 45 technical papers from the 3rd International Conference on Modeling and Computation in Engineering (CMCE 2014 28-29 June 2014 including 2014 Hydraulic Engineering and Environment Workshop HEEW 2014). The conference serves as a major forum for researchers engineers and manufacturers to share recent advances discuss problems and identify challenges associated with modeling technology simulation technology and tools computation methods and their engineering applications. The contributions showcase recent developments in the areas of civil engineering hydraulic engineering environmental engineering and systems engineering and other related fields. The contributions in this book mainly focus on advanced theories and technology related to modeling and computation in civil engineering hydraulic structures hydropower and management coastal reclamation and environmental assessment flood control irrigation and drainage water resources and water treatment environmental management and sustainability waste management and environmental protection pollution and control geology and geography mechanics in engineering numerical software and applications. Although these papers represent only modest advances toward modeling and computation problems in engineering some of the technologies might be key factors in the success of future engineering advances. It is expected that this book will stimulate new ideas methods and applications in ongoing engineering advances. Modeling and Computation in Engineering III will be invaluable to academics and professionals in civil engineering hydraulic engineering and environmental engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026803

Modeling and Computing for Geotechnical EngineeringAn Introduction Modeling and computing is becoming an essential part of the analysis and design of an engineered system. This is also true of "geotechnical systems" such as soil foundations earth dams and other soil-structure systems. The general goal of modeling and computing is to predict and understand the behaviour of the system subjected to a variety of possible conditions/scenarios (with respect to both external stimuli and system parameters) which provides the basis for a rational design of the system. The essence of this is to predict the response of the system to a set of external forces. The modelling and computing essentially involve the following three phases: (a) Idealization of the actual physical problem (b) Formulation of a mathematical model represented by a set of equations governing the response of the system and (c) Solution of the governing equations (often requiring numerical methods) and graphical representation of the numerical results. This book will introduce these phases. MATLAB® codes and MAPLE® worksheets are available for those who have bought the book. Please contact the author at mbulker@itu.edu.tr or canulker@gmail.com. Kindly provide the invoice number and date of purchase. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498771672

Modeling and Control for Micro/Nano Devices and Systems Micro/nano-scale engineering—especially the design and implementation of ultra-fast and ultra-scale energy devices sensors and cellular and molecular systems—remains a daunting challenge. Modeling and control has played an essential role in many technological breakthroughs throughout the course of history. Therefore the need for a practical guide to modeling and control for micro/nano-scale devices and systems has emerged. The first edited volume to address this rapidly growing field Modeling and Control for Micro/Nano Devices and Systems gives control engineers lab managers high-tech researchers and graduate students easy access to the expert contributors’ cutting-edge knowledge of micro/nanotechnology energy and bio-systems. The editors offer an integrated view from theory to practice covering diverse topics ranging from micro/nano-scale sensors to energy devices and control of biology systems in cellular and molecular levels. The book also features numerous case studies for modeling of micro/nano devices and systems and explains how the models can be used for control and optimization purposes. Readers benefit from learning the latest modeling techniques for micro/nano-scale devices and systems and then applying those techniques to their own research and development efforts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072466

Modeling and Control in Vibrational and Structural DynamicsA Differential Geometric Approach Modeling and Control in Vibrational and Structural Dynamics: A Differential Geometric Approach describes the control behavior of mechanical objects such as wave equations plates and shells. It shows how the differential geometric approach is used when the coefficients of partial differential equations (PDEs) are variable in space (waves/plates) when the PDEs themselves are defined on curved surfaces (shells) and when the systems have quasilinear principal parts. To make the book self-contained the author starts with the necessary background on Riemannian geometry. He then describes differential geometric energy methods that are generalizations of the classical energy methods of the 1980s. He illustrates how a basic computational technique can enable multiplier schemes for controls and provide mathematical models for shells in the form of free coordinates. The author also examines the quasilinearity of models for nonlinear materials the dependence of controllability/stabilization on variable coefficients and equilibria and the use of curvature theory to check assumptions. With numerous examples and exercises throughout this book presents a complete and up-to-date account of many important advances in the modeling and control of vibrational and structural dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116641

Modeling and Control of AC Machine using MATLAB®/SIMULINK This book introduces electrical machine modeling and control for electrical engineering and science to graduate undergraduate students as well as researchers who are working on modeling and control of electrical machines. It targets electrical engineering students who have no time to derive mathematical equations for electrical machines in particular induction machine (IM) and doubly fed induction machines (DFIM). The main focus is on the application of field oriented control technique to induction motor (IM) and doubly fed induction motor (DFIM) in details and since the induction motors have many drawback using this technique therefore the application of a nonlinear control technique (feedback linearization) is applied to a reduced order model of DFIM to enhance the performance of doubly fed induction motor. Features Serves as text book for electrical motor modeling simulation and control; especially modeling of induction motor and doubly fed induction motor using different frame of references.   Vector control (field oriented control) is given in more detailed and is applied to induction motor. A nonlinear controller is applied to a reduced model of an doubly induction motor associated with a linear observer to estimate the unmeasured load torque which is used to enhance the performance of the vector control to doubly fed induction motor.   Access to the full MATLAB/SIMULINK blocks for simulation and control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367023027

Modeling and Control of Precision Actuators Modeling and Control of Precision Actuators explores new technologies that can ultimately be applied in a myriad of industries. It covers dynamical analysis of precise actuators and strategies of design for various control applications. The book addresses four main schemes: modeling and control of precise actuators; nonlinear control of precise actuators including sliding mode control and neural network feedback control; fault detection and fault-tolerant control; and advanced air bearing control. It covers application issues in the modeling and control of precise actuators providing several interesting case studies for more application-oriented readers. Introduces the driving forces behind precise actuators Describes nonlinear dynamics of precise actuators and their mathematical forms including hysteresis creep friction and force ripples Presents the control strategies for precise actuators based on Preisach model as well as creep dynamics Develops relay feedback techniques for identifying nonlinearities such as friction and force ripples Discusses a MPC approach based on piecewise affine models which emulate the frictional effects in the precise actuator Covers the concepts of air bearing stages with the corresponding control method Provides a set of schemes suitable for fault detection and accommodation control of mechanical systems Emphasizing design theory and control strategies the book includes simulation and practical examples for each chapter; covers precise actuators such as piezo motors coil motors air bearing motors and linear motors; discusses integration among different technologies; and includes three case studies in real projects. The book concludes by linking design methods and their applications emphasizing the key issues involved and how to implement the precision motion control tasks in a practical system. It provides a concise and comprehensive source of the state-of-the-art developments and results for modeling and control of precise actuators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072473

Modeling and Control of Vibration in Mechanical Systems From the ox carts and pottery wheels the spacecrafts and disk drives efficiency and quality has always been dependent on the engineer’s ability to anticipate and control the effects of vibration. And while progress in negating the noise wear and inefficiency caused by vibration has been made more is needed. Modeling and Control of Vibration in Mechanical Systems answers the essential needs of practitioners in systems and control with the most comprehensive resource available on the subject. Written as a reference for those working in high precision systems this uniquely accessible volume: Differentiates between kinds of vibration and their various characteristics and effects Offers a close-up look at mechanical actuation systems that are achieving remarkably high precision positioning performance Includes techniques for rejecting vibrations of different frequency ranges Covers the theoretical developments and principles of control design with detail elaborate enough that readers will be able to apply the techniques with the help of MATLAB® Details a wealth of practical working examples as well as a number of simulation and experimental results with comprehensive evaluations The modern world’s ever-growing spectra of sophisticated engineering systems such as hard disk drives aeronautic systems and manufacturing systems have little tolerance for unanticipated vibration of even the slightest magnitude. Accordingly vibration control continues to draw intensive focus from top control engineers and modelers. This resource demonstrates the remarkable results of that focus to date and most importantly gives today’s researchers the technology that they need to build upon into the future. Chunling Du is currently researching modeling and advanced servo control of hard disk drives at the Data Storage Institute in Singapore. Lihua Xie is the Director of the Centre for Intelligent Machines and a professor at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218069

Modeling and Design of Electromagnetic Compatibility for High-Speed Printed Circuit Boards and Packaging Modeling and Design of Electromagnetic Compatibility for High-Speed Printed Circuit Boards and Packaging presents the electromagnetic modelling and design of three major electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) issues related to the high-speed printed circuit board (PCB) and electronic packages: signal integrity (SI) power integrity (PI) and electromagnetic interference (EMI). The emphasis is put on two essential passive components of PCBs and packages: the power distribution network and the signal distribution network. This book includes two parts. Part one talks about the field-circuit hybrid methods used for the EMC modeling including the modal method the integral equation method the cylindrical wave expansion method and the de-embedding method. Part two illustrates EMC design methods and explores the applications of novel metamaterials and two-dimensional materials on traditional EMC problems.This book is designed to enhance worthwhile electromagnetic theory and mathematical methods for practical engineers and to train students with advanced EMC applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573669

Modeling and Differential Equations in Biology First published in 1980. CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442047

Modeling and Forecasting Primary Commodity Prices Recent economic growth in China and other Asian countries has led to increased commodity demand which has caused price rises and accompanying price fluctuations not only for crude oil but also for the many other raw materials. Such trends mean that world commodity markets are once again under intense scrutiny. This book provides new insights into the modeling and forecasting of primary commodity prices by featuring comprehensive applications of the most recent methods of statistical time series analysis. The latter utilize econometric methods concerned with structural breaks unobserved components chaotic discovery long memory heteroskedasticity wavelet estimation and fractional integration. Relevant tests employed include neural networks correlation dimensions Lyapunov exponents fractional integration and rescaled range. The price forecasting involves structural time series trend plus cycle and cyclical trend models. Practical applications focus on the price behaviour of more than twenty international commodity markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383692

Modeling and Inverse Problems in the Presence of Uncertainty Modeling and Inverse Problems in the Presence of Uncertainty collects recent research—including the authors’ own substantial projects—on uncertainty propagation and quantification. It covers two sources of uncertainty: where uncertainty is present primarily due to measurement errors and where uncertainty is present due to the modeling formulation itself. After a useful review of relevant probability and statistical concepts the book summarizes mathematical and statistical aspects of inverse problem methodology including ordinary weighted and generalized least-squares formulations. It then discusses asymptotic theories bootstrapping and issues related to the evaluation of correctness of assumed form of statistical models. The authors go on to present methods for evaluating and comparing the validity of appropriateness of a collection of models for describing a given data set including statistically based model selection and comparison techniques. They also explore recent results on the estimation of probability distributions when they are embedded in complex mathematical models and only aggregate (not individual) data are available. In addition they briefly discuss the optimal design of experiments in support of inverse problems for given models. The book concludes with a focus on uncertainty in model formulation itself covering the general relationship of differential equations driven by white noise and the ones driven by colored noise in terms of their resulting probability density functions. It also deals with questions related to the appropriateness of discrete versus continuum models in transitions from small to large numbers of individuals.With many examples throughout addressing problems in physics biology and other areas this book is intended for applied mathematicians interested in deterministic and/or stochastic models and their interactions. It is also s Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367378752

Modeling and Simulation Models and simulations of all kinds are tools for dealing with reality. Humans have always used mental models to better understand the world around them: to make plans to consider different possibilities to share ideas with others to test changes and to determine whether or not the development of an idea is feasible. The book Modeling and Simulation uses exactly the same approach except that the traditional mental model is translated into a computer model and the simulations of alternative outcomes under varying conditions are programmed on the computer. The advantage of this method is that the computer can track the multitude of implications and consequences in complex relationships much more quickly and reliably than the human mind. This unique interdisciplinary text not only provides a self contained and complete guide to the methods and mathematical background of modeling and simulation software (SIMPAS) and a collection of 50 systems models on an accompanying diskette. Students from fields as diverse as ecology and economics will find this clear interactive package an instructive and engaging guide. Media > Books > E-books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781315275574

Modeling and Simulation Based Analysis in Reliability Engineering Recent developments in reliability engineering has become the most challenging and demanding area of research. Modeling and Simulation along with System Reliability Engineering has become a greater issue because of high-tech industrial processes using more complex systems today. This book gives the latest research advances in the field of modeling and simulation based on analysis in engineering sciences. Features Focuses on the latest research in modeling and simulation based analysis in reliability engineering. Covers performance evaluation of complex engineering systems Identifies and fills the gaps of knowledge pertaining to engineering applications Provides insights on an international and transnational scale Modeling and Simulation Based Analysis in Reliability Engineering aims at providing a reference for applications of mathematics in engineering offering a theoretical sound background with adequate case studies and will be of interest to researchers practitioners and academics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138570214

Modeling and Simulation Based Life-Cycle Engineering Advances in computational power have facilitated the development of simulations unprecedented in their computational size scope of technical issues spatial and temporal resolution complexity and comprehensiveness. As a result complex structures from airplanes to bridges can be almost completely based on model-based simulations. This book gives a state-of-the-art account of modeling and simulation of the life cycle of engineered systems covering topics of design fabrication maintenance and disposal. Providing comprehensive coverage of this rapidly emerging field Modeling and Simulation-Based Life Cycle Engineering is essential reading for civil mechanical and manufacturing engineers. It will also appeal to students and academics in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396367

Modeling and Simulation in Ecotoxicology with Applications in MATLAB and Simulink Exploring roles critical to environmental toxicology Modeling and Simulation in Ecotoxicology with Applications in MATLAB® and Simulink® covers the steps in modeling and simulation from problem conception to validation and simulation analysis. Using the MATLAB and Simulink programming languages the book presents examples of mathematical functions and simulations with special emphasis on how to develop mathematical models and run computer simulations of ecotoxicological processes. Designed for students and professionals with little or no experience in modeling the book includes: General principles of modeling and simulation and an introduction to MATLAB and Simulink Stochastic modeling where variability and uncertainty are acknowledged by making parameters random variables Toxicological processes from the level of the individual organism with worked examples of process models in either MATLAB or Simulink Toxicological processes at the level of populations communities and ecosystems Parameter estimation using least squares regression methods The design of simulation experiments similar to the experimental design applied to laboratory or field experiments Methods of postsimulation analysis including stability analysis and sensitivity analysis Different levels of model validation and how they are related to the modeling purpose The book also provides three individual case studies. The first involves a model developed to assess the relative risk of mortality following exposure to insecticides in different avian species. The second explores the role of diving behavior on the inhalation and distribution of oil spill naphthalene in bottlenose dolphins. The final case study looks at the dynamics of mercury in Daphnia that are exposed to simulated thermal plumes from a hypothetical power plant cooling system. Presented in a rigorous yet accessible style the methodology is versatile enough to be readily applicable not only to environmental toxicology but a range of other biological fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374485

Modeling and Simulation of Chemical Process Systems In this textbook the author teaches readers how to model and simulate a unit process operation through developing mathematical model equations solving model equations manually and comparing results with those simulated through software. It covers both lumped parameter systems and distributed parameter systems as well as using MATLAB and Simulink to solve the system model equations for both. Simplified partial differential equations are solved using COMSOL an effective tool to solve PDE using the fine element method. This book includes end of chapter problems and worked examples and summarizes reader goals at the beginning of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138568518

Modeling and Simulation of Everyday Things How can computer modeling and simulation tools be used to understand and analyze common situations and everyday problems? Readers will find here an easy-to-follow enjoyable introduction for anyone even with little background training. Examples are incorporated throughout to stimulate interest and engage the reader. Build the necessary skillsets with operating systems editing languages commands and visualization. Obtain hands-on examples from sports accidents and disease to problems of heat transfer fluid flow waves and groundwater flow. Includes discussion of parallel computing and graphics processing units. This introductory practical guide is suitable for students at any level up to professionals looking to use modeling and simulation to help solve basic to more advanced problems. Michael W. Roth PhD serves as Dean of the School of STEM and Business at Hawkeye Community College in Waterloo Iowa. He was most recently Chair for three years at Northern Kentucky University's Department of Physics Geology and Engineering Technology and holds several awards for teaching excellence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439869376

Modeling and Simulation of Systems Using MATLAB and Simulink Not only do modeling and simulation help provide a better understanding of how real-world systems function they also enable us to predict system behavior before a system is actually built and analyze systems accurately under varying operating conditions. Modeling and Simulation of Systems Using MATLAB® and Simulink® provides comprehensive state-of-the-art coverage of all the important aspects of modeling and simulating both physical and conceptual systems. Various real-life examples show how simulation plays a key role in understanding real-world systems. The author also explains how to effectively use MATLAB and Simulink software to successfully apply the modeling and simulation techniques presented. After introducing the underlying philosophy of systems the book offers step-by-step procedures for modeling different types of systems using modeling techniques such as the graph-theoretic approach interpretive structural modeling and system dynamics modeling. It then explores how simulation evolved from pre-computer days into the current science of today. The text also presents modern soft computing techniques including artificial neural networks fuzzy systems and genetic algorithms for modeling and simulating complex and nonlinear systems. The final chapter addresses discrete systems modeling. Preparing both undergraduate and graduate students for advanced modeling and simulation courses this text helps them carry out effective simulation studies. In addition graduate students should be able to comprehend and conduct simulation research after completing this book. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218335

Modeling and Simulation-Based Systems Engineering Handbook The capability modeling and simulation (M&S) supplies for managing systems complexity and investigating systems behaviors has made it a central activity in the development of new and existing systems. However a handbook that provides established M&S practices has not been available. Until now. Modeling and Simulation-Based Systems Engineering Handbook details the M&S practices for supporting systems engineering in diverse domains. It discusses how you can identify systems engineering needs and adapt these practices to suit specific application domains thus avoiding redefining practices from scratch. Although M&S practices are used and embedded within individual disciplines they are often developed in isolation. However they address recurring problems common to all disciplines. The editors of this book tackled the challenge by recruiting key representatives from several communities harmonizing the different perspectives derived from individual backgrounds and lining them up with the book’s vision. The result is a collection of M&S systems engineering examples that offer an initial means for cross-domain capitalization of the knowledge methodologies and technologies developed in several communities. These examples provide the pros and cons of the methods and techniques available lessons learned and pitfalls to avoid. As our society moves further in the information era knowledge and M&S capabilities become key enablers for the engineering of complex systems and systems of systems. Therefore knowledge and M&S methodologies and technologies become valuable output in an engineering activity and their cross-domain capitalization is key to further advance the future practices in systems engineering. This book collates information across disciplines to provide you with the tools to more efficiently design and manage complex systems that achieve their goals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748941

Modeling and SimulationChallenges and Best Practices for Industry Modeling in the past 60 years has been constantly evolving and has revolutionized the industrial sector. Its continuous development will still have profound impact in the upcoming future. For big or small companies modeling is a tool which brings technical improvement and profitability. What is modeling? What are the benefits and limits? What are the best practices technical and non-technical to apply? The objective of this book is to bring answers to these questions in a synthetic and transversal manner so that engineers managers and directors can see future challenges not as a threat but as an opportunity. Features: Transversal and synthetic view on modeling written in a clear and pragmatic way Technical best practices to build/ develop a model Non-technical best practices to efficiently deploy modeling in companies All best practices discussed in the book have been truly already implemented in past situations Theory is illustrated in a case study from the beginning to the end of the book Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815374893

Modeling Applications in the Airline Industry Modeling Applications in the Airline Industry explains the different functions and tactics performed by airlines during their planning and operation phases. Each function receives a full explanation of the challenges it brings and a solution methodology is presented supported by numerical illustrative examples wherever possible. The book also highlights the main limitations of current practice and provides a brief description of future work related to each function. The authors have filtered the rich literature of airline management to include only the research that has actually been adopted by the airlines giving a genuinely accurate representation of real airline management and its continuing development of solution methodologies. The book consists of 20 chapters divided into 4 sections: - Demand Modeling and Forecasting - Scheduling of Resources - Revenue Management - Irregular Operations Management. The book will be a valuable source or a handbook for individuals seeking a career in airline management. Written by experts with significant working experience within the industry it offers readers insights to the real practice of operations modelling. In particular the book makes accessible the complexities of the key airline functions and explains the interrelation between them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595818

Modeling Carbon and Nitrogen Dynamics for Soil Management Good management practices for carbon and nitrogen are vital to crop productivity and soil sustainability as well as to the reduction of global greenhouse gases and environmental pollution. Since the 1950's mathematical models have advanced our understanding of carbon and nitrogen cycling at both the micro- and macro-scales. However many of the models are scattered in the literature undergo constant modification and similar models can have different names. Modeling Carbon and Nitrogen Dynamics for Soil Management clarifies the confusion by presenting a systematic summary of the various models available. It provides information about strengths and weaknesses level of complexity easiness of use and application range of each model. In nineteen chapters internationally known model developers and users update you on the current status and future direction of carbon and nitrogen modeling. The book's coverage ranges from theoretical comparison of models to application of models to soil management problems from laboratory applications to field and watershed scale applications from short-term simulation to long-term prediction and from DOS-based computer programs to Object-Oriented and Graphical Interface designs. With this broad scope Modeling Carbon and Nitrogen Dynamics for Soil Management provides the tools to manage complex carbon/nitrogen processes effectively. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397357

Modeling Creativity and Knowledge-Based Creative Design Over the last decade research into design processes utilizing ideas and models drawn from artificial intelligence has resulted in a better understanding of design -- particularly routine design -- as a process. Indeed most of the current research activity directly or indirectly deals only with routine design. Not surprisingly many practicing designers state that the level of understanding represented by these models is only of mild interest because they fail to embody any ideas about creativity. This volume provides a set of chapters in the areas of modeling creativity and knowledge-based creative design that examines the potential role and form of computer-aided design which supports creativity. It aims to define the state-of-the-art of computational creativity in design as well as to identify research directions. Published at a time when the field of computational creativity in design is still immature it should influence the directions of growth and assist the field in reaching maturity. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138976238

Modeling Crop Production SystemsPrinciples and Application The use of simulation models is a necessity and also an aid in the decision-making process in sustainable agricultural systems. Organizing the experimental knowledge of crop production systems without the book keeping and deductive methods of mathematics is very difficult. This book aims to guide readers in the process by which the properties of the systems can be grasped in the framework of mathematical structure with minimal mathematical prerequisites. The objective of this book is to help the undergraduate graduate and post-graduate students in the disciplines of agronomy plant breeding agricultural meteorology crop physiology agricultural economics entomology plant pathology soil science and ecology (environmental science). This book may also be useful for administrators in various agricultural universities in order to direct research extension and teaching activities. Planners at national and state levels may also benefit from this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401532

Modeling Dyadic and Interdependent Data in the Developmental and Behavioral Sciences This book reviews methods of conceptualizing measuring and analyzing interdependent data in developmental and behavioral sciences. Quantitative and developmental experts describe best practices for modeling interdependent data that stem from interactions within families relationships and peer groups for example.  Complex models for analyzing longitudinal data such as growth curves and time series are also presented. Many contributors are innovators of the techniques and all are able to clearly explain the methodologies and their practical problems including issues of measurement missing data power and sample size and the specific limitations of each method. Featuring a balance between analytic strategies and applications the book addresses: The Actor-Partner Interdependence Model for analyzing influence between two individuals The Intraclass Correlational Approach for analyzing distinguishable roles (parent-child) or exchangeable (same-sex) dyadic data The Social Relations Model for analyzing group interdependency Social Network Analysis approaches for relationships between individuals This book is intended for graduate students and researchers across the developmental social behavioral and educational sciences. It is an excellent research guide and a valuable resource for advanced methods courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203892763

Modeling Energy-Economy InteractionsFive Appoaches This report first published in 1977 explores several different approaches to the same question; namely how severe will be the impact on key U.S. macro-economic variables of the transition from main reliance on oil and natural gas to other sources of energy? This book will be of interest to students of economics and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930483

Modeling Environment-Improving Technological Innovations under Uncertainty The issues of technology and uncertainty are very much at the heart of the policy debate of how much to control greenhouse gas emissions. The costs of doing so are present and high while the benefits are very much in the future and most importantly they are highly uncertain. Whilst there is broad consensus on the key elements of climate change science and agreement that near-term actions are needed to prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system there is little agreement on the costs and benefits of climate policy. The book looks at different ways of reconciling the needs for sustainability and equity with the costs of action now. Presenting a compendium of methodologies for evaluating the economic impact of technological innovation upon climate-change policy this book describes mathematical models and their predictions. The goal is to provide a practitioner’s guide for doing the science of economics and climate change. Because the assumptions motivating different problems in the economics of climate change have different complexities a number of models are presented with varying levels of difficulty: reduced-form and structural partial- and general-equilibrium closed-form and computational. A unifying theme of these models is the incorporation of a number of price and quantity instruments and an analysis of their respective efficacies. This book presents models that contain structural uncertainty i.e. uncertainty that economic agents respond to via their risk attitudes. The novelty of this book is to relate the effects of risk and risk attitudes to environment-improving technological innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541718

Modeling Estuarine Morphodynamics under Combined River and Tidal ForcingUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis This research is dedicated to studying longterm estuarine morphodynamic behavior under combined river and tidal forcing. Analysis of river tides in the Yangtze River estuary (YRE) in China schematized morphodynamic modeling in 1D and 2D mode and morphodynamic modeling of the YRE based on a process-based numerical model (Delft3D) are conducted. Morphodynamic sensitivities to river discharge magnitude and time variations tidal strength and tidal constituents are then systematically explored. Analysis of river tides in the YRE reveals strong river-tide interactions and non-linear modulation of tides by river discharge. River discharge alters tidal asymmetries and resultant tidal residual sediment transport. Analysis of morphodynamic modeling results exposes significant mechanisms inducing tidal residual sediment transport and controlling long-term morphodynamic development. Morphodynamic equilibria in 1D and 2D simulations can be defined by vanishing gradients of tidal residual sediment transports and meeting empirical morphodynamic relationships. This research indicates the value of numerical modeling in examining long-term morphodynamic development in millennia time scale. Understanding of the controls on morphodynamic behavior in estuaries under river and tidal forcing is to the benefit of managing estuaries’ functions in a long-term point of view. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027503

Modeling Farm Decisions For Policy Analysis This book focuses on the potential of economic and behavioral models at the micro level to depict the complex nature of growth and adjustment decisions by farm firms in response to various policy and regulatory environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367169732

Modeling Fixed Income Securities and Interest Rate Options   Modeling Fixed Income Securities and Interest Rate Options Third Edition presents the basics of fixed-income securities in a way that unlike competitive texts requires a minimum of prerequisites. While other books focus heavily on institutional details of the bond market all of which could easily be learned "on the job " the third edition of this classic textbook is more focused with presenting a coherent theoretical framework for understanding all basic models. The author’s unified approach—the Heath Jarrow Morton model—under which all other models are presented as special cases enhances understanding of the material. The author’s pricing model is widely used in today’s securities industry. This new edition offers many updates to align with advances in the research and requires a minimum of prerequisites while presenting the basics of fixed-income securities. Highlights of the Third Edition Chapters 1-16 completely updated to align with advances in research Thoroughly eliminates out-of-date material while advancing the presentation Includes an ample amount of exercises and examples throughout the text which illustrate key concepts . Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138360990

Modeling Fluctuations in Scattered Waves Fluctuations in scattered waves limit the performance of imaging and remote sensing systems that operate on all wavelengths of the electromagnetic spectrum. To better understand these fluctuations Modeling Fluctuations in Scattered Waves provides a practical guide to the phenomenology mathematics and simulation of non-Gaussian noise models and discusses how they can be used to characterize the statistics of scattered waves.Through their discussion of mathematical models the authors demonstrate the development of new sensing techniques as well as offer intelligent choices that can be made for system analysis. Using experimental results and numerical simulation the book illustrates the properties and applications of these models. The first two chapters introduce statistical tools and the properties of Gaussian noise including results on phase statistics. The following chapters describe Gaussian processes and the random walk model address multiple scattering effects and propagation through an extended medium and explore scattering vector waves and polarization fluctuations. Finally the authors examine the generation of random processes and the simulation of wave propagation.Although scattered wave fluctuations are sources of information they can hinder the performance of imaging and remote sensing systems. By providing experimental data and numerical models this volume aids you in evaluating and improving upon the performance of your own systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390709

Modeling for Casting and Solidification Processing This text seeks to provide a comprehensive technical foundation and practical examples for casting process modelling technology. It highlights fundamental theory for solidification and useful applications for industrial production. It also details shape and ingot castings semi-solid metalworking and spray forming. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396848

Modeling Hydrologic ChangeStatistical Methods Modeling hydrologic changes and predicting their impact on watersheds is a dominant concern for hydrologists and other water resource professionals civil and environmental engineers and urban and regional planners. As such changes continue it becomes more essential to have the most up-to-date tools with which to perform the proper analyses and m Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429143175

Modeling in Fluid MechanicsInstabilities and Turbulence This volume is dedicated to modeling in fluid mechanics and is divided into four chapters which contain a significant number of useful exercises with solutions. The authors provide relatively complete references on relevant topics in the bibliography at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138506831

Modeling in Silo Create high-quality models in no time at all with these comprehensive full-color techniques and tutorials from Antony Ward and David Randall. These step-by-step tutorials walk readers through the creation of a high-quality female model while teaching you the basics and principles behind 3D modeling in Silo - including modeling the face and clothes creating textures and posing the character. The companion website includes all of the tutorial and project files. This book is officially endorsed and co-written by the creators of Silo Nevercenter. Features include: Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780240814827

Modeling in the NeurosciencesFrom Biological Systems to Neuromimetic Robotics Computational models of neural networks have proven insufficient to accurately model brain function mainly as a result of simplifications that ignore the physical reality of neuronal structure in favor of mathematically tractable algorithms and rules. Even the more biologically based "integrate and fire" and "compartmental" styles of modeling suffer from oversimplification in the former case and excessive discretization in the second. This book introduces an integrative approach to modeling neurons and neuronal circuits that retains the integrity of the biological units at all hierarchical levels.With contributions from more than 40 renowned experts Modeling in the Neurosciences Second Edition is essential for those interested in constructing more structured and integrative models with greater biological insight. Focusing on new mathematical and computer models techniques and methods this book represents a cohesive and comprehensive treatment of various aspects of the neurosciences from the molecular to the network level. Many state-of-the-art examples illustrate how mathematical and computer modeling can contribute to the understanding of mechanisms and systems in the neurosciences. Each chapter also includes suggestions of possible refinements for future modeling in this rapidly changing and expanding field.This book will benefit and inspire the advanced modeler and will give the beginner sufficient confidence to model a wide selection of neuronal systems at the molecular cellular and network levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393175

Modeling in the NeurosciencesFrom Ionic Channels to Neural Networks With contributions from more than 40 renowned experts Modeling in the Neurosciences: From Ionic Channels to Neural Networks is essential for those interested in neuronal modeling and quantitative neiroscience. Focusing on new mathematical and computer models techniques and methods this monograph represents a cohesive and comprehensive treatment Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746899

Modeling Intraindividual Variability With Repeated Measures DataMethods and Applications This book examines how individuals behave across time and to what degree that behavior changes fluctuates or remains stable. It features the most current methods on modeling repeated measures data as reported by a distinguished group of experts in the field. The goal is to make the latest techniques used to assess intraindividual variability accessible to a wide range of researchers. Each chapter is written in a "user-friendly" style such that even the "novice" data analyst can easily apply the techniques. Each chapter features: a minimum discussion of mathematical detail; an empirical example applying the technique; and a discussion of the software related to that technique. Content highlights include analysis of mixed multi-level structural equation and categorical data models. It is ideal for researchers professionals and students working with repeated measures data from the social and behavioral sciences business or biological sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655613

Modeling Longitudinal and Multilevel DataPractical Issues Applied Approaches and Specific Examples This book focuses on the practical issues and approaches to handling longitudinal and multilevel data. All data sets and the corresponding command files are available via the Web. The working examples are available in the four major SEM packages--LISREL EQS MX and AMOS--and two Multi-level packages--HLM and MLn. All equations and figural conventions are standardized across each contribution. The material is accessible to practicing researchers and students. Users can compare and contrast various analytic approaches to longitudinal and multiple-group data including SEM Multi-level LTA and standard GLM techniques. Ideal for graduate students and practicing researchers in social and behavioral sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012530

Modeling Marine SystemsVolume I This two-volume reference presents a series of review and research articles on advances in computing marine physics and remote sensing and addresses their importance to shallow sea modeling. Intended as a tribute to Dr. Norman Heaps topics in the book reflect the range and diversity of his work as well as his influence on international marine science. Topics discussed include numerical techniques flow in homogenous sea regions stratified flows lake regimes validation of numerical models remote sensing as a method to collect oceanographic data at the sea surface and bottom boundary modeling. Marine scientists actively involved in mathematical modeling and scientists who are interested in using models as tools to gain more insight and understanding of the processes they are observing will find this text useful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895598

Modeling Marine SystemsVolume II This two-volume reference presents a series of review and research articles on advances in computing marine physics and remote sensing and addresses their importance to shallow sea modeling. Intended as a tribute to Dr. Norman Heaps topics in the book reflect the range and diversity of his work as well as his influence on international marine science. Topics discussed include numerical techniques flow in homogenous sea regions stratified flows lake regimes validation of numerical models remote sensing as a method to collect oceanographic data at the sea surface and bottom boundary modeling. Marine scientists actively involved in mathematical modeling and scientists who are interested in using models as tools to gain more insight and understanding of the processes they are observing will find this text useful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895604

Modeling Methods and Practices in Soil and Water Engineering This book discusses the development of useful models and their applications in soil and water engineering. It covers various modeling methods including groundwater recharge estimation rainfall-runoff modeling using artificial neural networks development and application of a water balance model and a HYDRUS-2D model for cropped fields a multi-model approach for stream flow simulation multi-criteria analysis for construction of groundwater structures in hard rock terrains hydrologic modeling of watersheds using remote sensing and GIS and AGNPS. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883269

Modeling Microbial Responses in Food The first state-of-the-art review of this dynamic field in a decade Modeling Microbial Responses in Foods provides the latest information on techniques in mathematical modeling of microbial growth and survival. The comprehensive coverage includes basic approaches such as improvements in the development of primary and secondary models statistical fitting strategies and novel data collection methods. An international team of experts explore important developing areas including specific applications challenges in applying models to foods variability and uncertainty and new modeling strategies. The authors present detailed descriptions of non-linear regression fitting methods approaches relevant to 'real world' situations and extensive applications of predictive models. They conclude by highlighting the strengths and weaknesses in the field and areas for future work and attempt to resolve some of the outstanding conflicts. The book includes strategies for combining databases improving researcher networks and standardization of applications packages. Providing the uninitiated with enough information to begin developing their own models Modeling Microbial Responses in Foods covers all aspects of growth and survival modeling from the primary stage of gathering data to the implementation of final models in appropriate delivery systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394653

Modeling Minority WomenHeroines in African and Asian American Fiction This powerful study reconceptualizes ideas of ethnic literature while investigating the construction of ethnic heroines shifting the focus away from cultural politics and considering instead narrative or poetic qualities which involve surprising relationships between Anglo-American women's writing and fiction produced by Asian American and African American women authors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942574

Modeling morphodynamic evolution in alluvial estuariesUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis The main objective of this research is to investigate the governing processes and characteristics that drive morphodynamic evolution in alluvial estuaries by application of a process-based numerical model (Delft3D). It is of utmost importance to understand estuarine processes so that impact of human interference (like dredging and land reclamation) and long-term changes (like sea level rise) can be evaluated. The research addresses a number of cases ranging from an rectangular basins to real estuaries like the Western Scheldt in the Netherlands or San Pablo Bay in California. The more schematized approach allow to study morphodynamic evolution over several millennia under constant forcing and answers more fundamental questions related to conditions of equilibrium and related time scales. The more realistic cases give insight into the skill of the approach in predicting decadal morphodynamic developments. More processes are included to mimic realistic conditions and model results are compared to bathymetric measurements over the last century. The research shows that the modeling approach is good capable of describing stable morphodynamic calculations over a timescale of millennia with patterns similar to patterns observed in reality. Additionally the approach shows that it is possible to predict decadal morphodynamic developments in real estuaries with significant skill. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424333

Modeling of Dynamic Systems with Engineering Applications MODELING OF DYNAMIC SYSTEMS takes a unique up-to-date approach to systems dynamics and related controls coverage for undergraduate students and practicing engineers. It focuses on the model development of engineering problems rather than response analysis and simulation once a model is available though these are also covered. Linear graphing and bond graph approaches are both discussed and computational tools are integrated thoughout. Electrical mechanical fluid and thermal domains are covered as are problems of multiple domains (mixed systems); the unified and integrated approaches taken are rapidly becoming the standard in the modeling of mechatronic engineering systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498798488

Modeling of Extreme Waves in Technology and Nature Two Volume Set Modeling of Extreme Waves in Technology and Nature is a two-volume set comprising Evolution of Extreme Waves and Resonances (Volume I) and Extreme Waves and Shock-Excited Processes in Structures and Space Objects (Volume II). The theory of waves is generalized on cases of extreme waves. The formation and propagation of extreme waves of various physical and mechanical nature (surface elastoplastic fracture thermal evaporation) in liquid and solid media and in structural elements contacting with bubbly and cryogenic liquids are considered analytically and numerically. The occurrence of tsunamis giant ocean waves  turbulence and different particle-waves is described as resonant natural phenomena. Nonstationary and periodic waves are considered using models of continuum. The change in the state of matter is taken into account using wide-range determining equations. The desire for the simplest and at the same time general description of extreme wave phenomena that takes the reader to the latest achievements of science is the main thing that characterizes this book and is revolutionary for wave theory. A description of a huge number of observations experimental data and calculations is also given. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138479517

Modeling of Magnetic Particle Suspensions for Simulations The main objective of the book is to highlight the modeling of magnetic particles with different shapes and magnetic properties to provide graduate students and young researchers information on the theoretical aspects and actual techniques for the treatment of magnetic particles in particle-based simulations. In simulation we focus on the Monte Carlo molecular dynamics Brownian dynamics lattice Boltzmann and stochastic rotation dynamics (multi-particle collision dynamics) methods. The latter two simulation methods can simulate both the particle motion and the ambient flow field simultaneously. In general specialized knowledge can only be obtained in an effective manner under the supervision of an expert. The present book is written to play such a role for readers who wish to develop the skill of modeling magnetic particles and develop a computer simulation program using their own ability. This book is therefore a self-learning book for graduate students and young researchers. Armed with this knowledge readers are expected to be able to sufficiently enhance their skill for tackling any challenging problems they may encounter in future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498740913

Modeling of Processes and Reactors for Upgrading of Heavy Petroleum The worldwide petroleum industry is facing a dilemma: the production level of heavy petroleum is higher than that of light petroleum. Heavy crude oils possess high amounts of impurities (sulfur nitrogen metals and asphaltenes) as well as a high yield of residue with consequent low production of valuable distillates (gasoline and diesel). These characteristics in turn are responsible for the low price of heavy petroleum. Additionally existing refineries are designed to process light crude oil and heavy oil cannot be refined to 100 percent. One solution to this problem is the installation of plants for heavy oil upgrading before sending this raw material to a refinery. Modeling of Processes and Reactors for Upgrading of Heavy Petroleum gives an up-to-date treatment of modeling of reactors employed in the main processes for heavy petroleum upgrading. The book includes fundamental aspects such as thermodynamics reaction kinetics chemistry and process variables. Process schemes for each process are discussed in detail. The author thoroughly describes the development of correlations reactor models and kinetic models with the aid of experimental data collected from different reaction scales. The validation of modeling results is performed by comparison with experimental and commercial data taken from the literature or generated in various laboratory scale reactors. Organized into three sections this book deals with general aspects of properties and upgrading of heavy oils describes the modeling of non-catalytic processes as well as the modeling of catalytic processes. Each chapter provides detailed experimental data explanations of how to determine model parameters and comparisons with reactor model predictions for different situations so that readers can adapt their own computer programs. The book includes rigorous treatment of the different topics as well as the step-by-step description of model formulation and application. It is not only an indispensable reference for professionals working in the development of reactor models for the petroleum industry but also a textbook for full courses in chemical reaction engineering.   The author would like to express his sincere appreciation to the Marcos Moshinsky Foundation for the financial support provided by means of a Cátedra de Investigación. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439880456

Modeling of Responsive Supply Chain A guide to help readers meet the demands of an evolving competitive business environment Modeling of Responsive Supply Chain outlines novel concepts and strategies for implementing a fully integrated system of business improvement methodologies.This self-contained reference covers various key aspects of supply chain management which is crucial to boosting industrial growth in the face of expanding globalization in the manufacturing and transportation sectors. The book focuses on topics that could potentially improve the free flow of goods and services between nations by helping users assess the performance of logistic systems deployed to achieve this end.Chapters present a conventional and evolutionary approach to coordinating all elements of the supply chain to optimize an enterprise’s competitive advantage. The authors explore different models associated with transportation facility location and assignments as well as planning and scheduling. They also address diverse technologies such as RFID tags used to monitor product flow within the supply chain network.This book addresses the importance of:Recognizing responsiveness as a metric of supply chain performanceDomain interfaces for solving the optimization problem by making supply chains more responsiveCoordination through contracts to enhance responsiveness System dynamics methodology to achieve responsiveness as well as management principles control theory and computer simulationThe use of different types of technologies to build a better supply chain that achieves higher responsivenessFew if any single volumes provide the detailed explanation of practical and conceptual approaches found in this book. It covers the entire spectrum of topics and will be equally useful as a reference for scholars and graduate studen Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380960

Modeling of the Impact Response of Fibre-Reinforced Composites This book summarises the development of experimental techniques for determining the impact mechanical properties of fibre reinforced epoxy laminates and the experimental results obtained for the tensile compressive and interlaminar shear properties of various epoxy laminates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450694

Modeling Sensorineural Hearing Loss A recent study indicates that 20 million people in the United States have significant sensorineural hearing loss. Approximately 95% of those people have partial losses with varying degrees of residual hearing. These percentages are similar in other developed countries. What changes in the function of the cochlea or inner ear cause such losses? What does the world sound like to the 19 million people with residual hearing? How should we transform sounds to correct for the hearing loss and maximize restoration of normal hearing? Answers to such questions require detailed models of the way that sounds are processed by the nervous system both for listeners with normal hearing and for those with sensorineural hearing loss. This book contains chapters describing the work of 25 different research groups. A great deal of research in recent years has been aimed at obtaining a better physiological description of the altered processes that cause sensorineural hearing loss and a better understanding of transformations that occur in the perception of those sounds that are sufficiently intense that they can still be heard. Efforts to understand these changes in function have lead to a better understanding of normal function as well. This research has been based on rigorous mathematical models computer simulations of mechanical and physiological processes and signal processing simulations of the altered perceptual experience of listeners with sensorineural hearing loss. This book provides examples of all these approaches to modeling sensorineural hearing loss and a summary of the latest research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876606

Modeling Shallow Water Flows Using the Discontinuous Galerkin Method   Replacing the Traditional Physical Model Approach Computational models offer promise in improving the modeling of shallow water flows. As new techniques are considered the process continues to change and evolve. Modeling Shallow Water Flows Using the Discontinuous Galerkin Method examines a technique that focuses on hyperbolic conservation laws and includes one-dimensional and two-dimensional shallow water flows and pollutant transports. Combines the Advantages of Finite Volume and Finite Element Methods This book explores the discontinuous Galerkin (DG) method also known as the discontinuous finite element method in depth. It introduces the DG method and its application to shallow water flows as well as background information for implementing and applying this method for natural rivers. It considers dam-break problems shock wave problems and flows in different regimes (subcritical supercritical and transcritical). Readily Adaptable to the Real World While the DG method has been widely used in the fields of science and engineering its use for hydraulics has so far been limited to simple cases. The book compares numerical results with laboratory experiments and field data and includes a set of tests that can be used for a wide range of applications. Provides step-by-step implementation details Presents the different forms in which the shallow water flow equations can be written Places emphasis on the details and modifications required to apply the scheme to real-world flow problems This text enables readers to readily understand and develop an efficient computer simulation model that can be used to model flow contaminant transport and other aspects in rivers and coastal environments. It is an ideal resource for practicing environmental engineers and researchers in the area of computational hydraulics and fluid dynamics and graduate students in computational hydraulics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076464

Modeling Sociocultural Influences on Decision MakingUnderstanding Conflict Enabling Stability In our increasingly globally interconnected world understanding and appreciating the sociocultural context within which individuals make their decisions is critical to developing successful partnerships. The collection of chapters in this volume illustrates how advances in information and social media technologies as well as modeling and simulation tools combined with the social sciences can be leveraged to better understand how sociocultural context influences decision making. The chapters in this volume were contributed by leading experts from academia industry and government and provide:Insights into cross-cultural decision making based on recent international events with grounding in an historical contextDiscussions of cutting-edge modeling techniques used today by professionals across multiple organizations and agenciesDescriptions of specific cross-cultural decision making tools designed for use by laypeople and professionals Case studies on the role of cross-cultural decision making grounded in current events and (in many cases) military applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367874070

Modeling Software BehaviorA Craftsman's Approach This book provides engineers developers and technicians with a detailed treatment of various models of software behavior that will support early analysis comprehension and model-based testing. The expressive capabilities and limitations of each behavioral model are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367446048

Modeling Software with Finite State MachinesA Practical Approach Modeling Software with Finite State Machines: A Practical Approach explains how to apply finite state machines to software development. It provides a critical analysis of using finite state machines as a foundation for executable specifications to reduce software development effort and improve quality. This book discusses the design of a state machine and of a system of state machines. It also presents a detailed analysis of development issues relating to behavior modeling with design examples and design rules for using finite state machines. This volume describes a coherent and well-tested framework for generating reliable software for even the most complex tasks. The authors demonstrate that the established practice of using a specification as a basis for coding is wrong. Divided into three parts this book opens by delivering the authors' expert opinions on software covering the evolution of development as well as costs methods programmers and the development cycle. The remaining two parts encourage the use of state machines: promoting the virtual finite state machine (Vfsm) method and the StateWORKS development tools. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367390860

Modeling Structural Change in the U.S. Textile Industry First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053455

Modeling the 3D Conformation of Genomes This book provides a timely summary of physical modeling approaches applied to biological datasets that describe conformational properties of chromosomes in the cell nucleus. Chapters explain how to convert raw experimental data into 3D conformations and how to use models to better understand biophysical mechanisms that control chromosome conformation. The coverage ranges from introductory chapters to modeling aspects related to polymer physics and data-driven models for genomic domains the entire human genome epigenome folding chromosome structure and dynamics and predicting 3D genome structure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138500792

Modeling to Inform Infectious Disease Control Effectively Assess Intervention Options for Controlling Infectious DiseasesOur experiences with the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) and Ebola virus disease (EVD) remind us of the continuing need to be vigilant against the emergence of new infectious diseases. Mathematical modeling is increasingly used in the management of infectious disease control as a way to assess interventions relatively quickly cheaply and safely. Modeling to Inform Infectious Disease Control shows readers how to take advantage of these models when developing strategies to mitigate infectious disease transmission. The book presents a way of modeling as well as modeling results that help to guide the effective management of infectious disease transmission and outbreak response. It discusses the requirements for preventing epidemics and ways to quantify the impact of preventative public health interventions on the size and dynamics of an epidemic. The book also illustrates how data are used to inform model choice.Accessible to readers with diverse backgrounds this book explains how to gain insight into the management of infectious diseases through statistical modeling. With end-of-chapter exercises and glossaries of infectious disease terminology and notation the text is suitable for a graduate-level public health course. Supplementary technical material is provided at the end of each chapter for readers with a stronger background in mathematics and an interest in the art of modeling. In addition bibliographic notes point readers to literature in which extensions and more general results can be found. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377687

Modeling Tools for Environmental Engineers and Scientists Modeling Tools for Environmental Engineers and Scientists enables environmental professionals faculty and students with minimal computer programming skills to develop computer-based mathematical models for natural and engineered environmental systems. The author illustrates how commercially available syntax-free authoring software can be adapted to create customized high-level models of environmental phenomena in groundwater soil aquatic and atmospheric systems and in engineered reactors.This book includes a review of mathematical modeling and fundamental concepts such as material balance reactor configurations and fate and transport of environmental contaminants. It illustrates using numerous examples how mathematical and dynamic modeling software can be applied in analyzing and simulating natural and engineered environmental systems. The tools and examples included are applicable to a wide range of problems both in the classroom and in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578701

Modeling with Creo Parametric 2.0 Modeling with Creo Parametric 2.0 synergistically integrates the design process with the specific commands and procedures of Creo Parametric 2.0 through a unique presentation scheme. Users are first provided with the information about the design (part or assembly) and its design intent. Then they see an overview of steps involved in modeling the part/assembly. This is accompanied by detailed instructions showing goals steps and commands in a four-column presentation. The consistent approach is supplemented by many illustrations on each page. Each chapter adds new information while reinforcing key concepts. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585038329

Modelling Simulation and Control of Non-linear Dynamical SystemsAn Intelligent Approach Using Soft Computing and Fractal Theory These authors use soft computing techniques and fractal theory in this new approach to mathematical modeling simulation and control of complexion-linear dynamical systems. First a new fuzzy-fractal approach to automated mathematical modeling of non-linear dynamical systems is presented. It is illustrated with examples on the PROLOG programming language. Second a new fuzzy-genetic approach to automated simulation of dynamical systems is presented. It is illustrated with examples in the MATLAB programming language. Third a new method for model-based adaptive control using a neuro-fussy fractal approach is combined with the methods mentioned above. This method is illustrated with MATLAB. Finally applications of these new methods are presented in the areas such as biochemical processes robotic systems manufacturing food industry and chemical processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455101

Modelling and Analysis of Fine Sediment Transport in Wave-Current Bottom Boundary Layer The evolution and utilization of estuarine and coastal regions are greatly restricted by sediment problems. This thesis aims to better understand fine sediment transport under combined action of waves and currents especially in the wave-current bottom boundary layer (BBL). Field observations experimental data analysis theoretical analysis and numerical models are employed. Silt-dominated sediments are sensitive to flow dynamics and the suspended sediment concentration (SSC) increase rapidly under strong flow dynamics. This research unveils several fundamental aspects of silty sediment i.e. the criterion of the incipient motion the SSC profiles and their phase-averaged parameterization in wave-dominated conditions. An expression for sediment incipient motion is proposed for silt-sand sediment under combined wave and current conditions. A process based intra-wave 1DV model for flow-sediment dynamics near the bed is developed in combined wave-current conditions. The high concentration layer (HCL) was simulated and sensitivity analysis was carried out by the 1DV model on factors that impact the SSC in the HCL. Finally based on the 1DV model the formulations of the mean SSC profile of silt-sand sediments in wave conditions were proposed. The developed approaches are expected to be applied in engineering practice and further simulation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138334687

Modelling and Forecasting in Dry Bulk Shipping This book models price behaviour and forecasts prices in the dry bulk shipping market a major component of the world shipping industry. Recent uncertainties in the world economy shipbuilding developments and fleet changes mean the dry bulk shipping market has become extremely volatile highly speculative and more sensitive to external shocks. In response to these challenging circumstances this book models price behaviour and forecasts prices in various markets including the freight market the new build ship market and the second-hand ship market. The authors have carried out an extensive investigation of dry bulk shipping over a 60-year period in diverse sub-markets trading routes market conditions and dry bulk vessels. The authors also propose a framework for analysing and modelling the economic processes of numerous variables in the dry bulk shipping market making use of modern econometric techniques and other economic approaches. This will be especially useful for the control and assessment of risk for ship owners and charterers in ship operation ship chartering and ship trading activities. This book will be extremely useful for shipbuilders owners and charterers as well as shipping analysts and policymakers. It will also be of great interest to academics and researchers concerned with the economics of the shipping industry. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415719834

Modelling and Simulation in Sport and Exercise Modelling and simulation techniques are of central importance to conducting research in sport and exercise science informing data collection and helping to analyze patterns of movement and physical performance. Modelling and Simulation in Sport and Exercise is the first book to offer an instructive reference for modelling and simulation methods for researchers and sport and exercise scientists.Based around a series of research cases describing core theories in applied practical settings the book draws on examples of modelling and simulation in ball games biomechanical analysis physiological testing and monitoring predictive analysis and sports engineering and product design. Each research case presents a central problem discusses different modelling approaches that could be used to deal with the issue analysis of results and a reflection on the methodology and an exercise for students to put the techniques discussed into practice.This is an important reference for any active researcher or upper-level student in sport and exercise science with an interest in mathematical modelling computer science or simulation techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586713

Modelling Approaches to Understand Salinity Variations in a Highly Dynamic Tidal RiverThe Case of the Shatt al-Arab River This book reports the first systematic monitoring and modelling study on water availability water quality and seawater intrusion of the Shatt al-Arab River (SAR) on the border of Iraq and Iran where causes and concentration levels of salinity have not yet been fully understood let alone addressed leading to conflicting perceptions of its origin (external or internal) the natural conditions and the practices that can explain the current critical conditions. Current scientific knowledge on the SAR salinity problem is deficient partially due to the complex and dynamic interaction between marine and terrestrial salinity sources including return flows by water users of the different water sectors in the Euphrates and Tigris rivers upstream of the SAR. The development of a new series of monitoring stations and various modelling approaches helped to better understand the interactions between these different sources. The comprehensive and detailed dataset formed the basis for a validated analytical model that can predict the extent of seawater relative to other salinity sources in an estuary and for a hydrodynamic model that can predict salinity changes. The adaptability of the models to changing conditions makes them directly applicable by water managers. The procedure can be applied to other comparable systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626256

Modelling Binary Data Since the original publication of the bestselling Modelling Binary Data a number of important methodological and computational developments have emerged accompanied by the steady growth of statistical computing. Mixed models for binary data analysis and procedures that lead to an exact version of logistic regression form valuable additions to the statistician's toolbox and author Dave Collett has fully updated his popular treatise to incorporate these important advances.Modelling Binary Data Second Edition now provides an even more comprehensive and practical guide to statistical methods for analyzing binary data. Along with thorough revisions to the original material-now independent of any particular software package- it includes a new chapter introducing mixed models for binary data analysis and another on exact methods for modelling binary data. The author has also added material on modelling ordered categorical data and provides a summary of the leading software packages.All of the data sets used in the book are available for download from the Internet and the appendices include additional data sets useful as exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138469563

Modelling Command and ControlEvent Analysis of Systemic Teamwork Since its inception just after the Second World War Human Factors research has paid special attention to the issues surrounding human control of systems. Command and control environments continue to represent a challenging domain for human factors research. Modelling Command and Control takes a broad view of command and control research to include C2 (command and control) C3 (command control and communication) and C4 (command control communication and computers) as well as human supervisory control paradigms. The book presents case studies in diverse military applications (for example land sea and air) of command and control. The book explores the differences and similarities in the land sea and air domains; the theoretical and methodological developments approaches to system and interface design and the workload and situation awareness issues involved. It places the role of humans as central and distinct from other aspects of the system. Using extensive case study material Modelling Command and Control demonstrates how the social and technical domains interact and why each require equal treatment and importance in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072480

Modelling Covariances and Latent Variables Using EQS This primer has been designed as a self-instructional text which serves to introduce the reader to both the principles of statistical modelling of covariance structures and to the use of the EQS software package. It is divided into three parts - the first covering the basic ideas and language of covariance structure modelling together with an introduction to the EQS package. The second section covers a wide variety of models suitable for cross-sectional and longitudinal data and the final section discusses a wide variety of practical problems. This book should be of interest to researchers in psychology sociology and medicine who use the EQS software; applied and consultant statisticians. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138469419

Modelling Ecological ChangePerspectives from Neoecology Palaeoecology and Environmental Archaeology A collection of papers connecting theory and method of archaeology with related disciplines of neoecology paleoecology and environmental science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404984

Modelling EvolutionA New Dynamic Account Evolution by natural selection explains the tree of life and the complex adaptations found throughout nature. The power and versatility of evolutionary explanations have proved tempting to scientists outside of biology but adapting evolutionary concepts to new domains has been challenging. Even within biology there are many difficult questions and problem cases that face evolutionary theory. Modelling Evolution offers a new general account of evolution by natural selection that identifies the essential features of evolutionary models that transcend any particular discipline. Evolution by natural selection in its broad sense is the systemic advantage of a type in contrast to the narrow definition using heritable variation in fitness. This account is explained contextualised and applied to a variety of questions in both biology and the social sciences. Offering an accessible and comprehensive account of evolution that is applicable both to biology and the broader social sciences Modelling Evolution will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as biology economics sociology history and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360047

Modelling for Coastal Hydraulics and Engineering Mechanistic models are often employed to simulate processes in coastal environments. However these predictive tools are highly specialized involve certain assumptions and limitations and can be manipulated only by experienced engineers who have a thorough understanding of the underlying principles. This results in significant constraints on their manipulation as well as large gaps in understanding and expectations between the developers and users of a model. Recent advancements in soft computing technologies make it possible to integrate machine learning capabilities into numerical modelling systems in order to bridge the gaps and lessen the demands on human experts. This book reviews the state-of-the-art in conventional coastal modelling as well as in the increasingly popular integration of various artificial intelligence technologies into coastal modelling. Conventional hydrodynamic and water quality modelling techniques comprise finite difference and finite element methods. The novel algorithms and methods include knowledge-based systems genetic algorithms artificial neural networks and fuzzy inference systems. Different soft computing methods contribute towards accurate and reliable prediction of coastal processes. Combining these techniques and harnessing their benefits has the potential to make extremely powerful modelling tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384494

Modelling Groundwater Systems: Understanding and Improving Groundwater Quantity and Quality Management Groundwater is increasingly subjected to excessive over-exploitation and contamination in many parts of the world. It faces the challenge of balancing its multiple functions in a sustainable manner. This thesis explores several specific problems related to contaminant migration groundwater-surface water interactions and managed aquifer recharge using a variety of simulation methods and combined simulation-optimization modelling approaches. The validity of these approaches for evaluating groundwater quantity and quality management options is explored. Case studies were performed on field applications in Belgium Germany and Oman. The results of these studies demonstrate that better insights and improved groundwater resource management can be achieved through a combination of different simulation and optimization methods that take into account data availability and specific site conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138024045

Modelling High-level Cognitive Processes This book is a practical guide to building computational models of high-level cognitive processes and systems. High-level processes are those central cognitive processes involved in thinking reasoning planning and so on. These processes appear to share representational and processing requirements and it is for this reason that they are considered together in this text. The book is divided into three parts. Part I considers foundational and background issues. Part II provides a series of case studies spanning a range of cognitive domains. Part III reflects upon issues raised by the case studies. Teachers of cognitive modeling may use material from Part I to structure lectures and practical sessions with chapters in Part II forming the basis of in-depth student projects. All models discussed in this book are developed within the COGENT environments. COGENT provides a graphical interface in which models may be sketched as "box and arrow" diagrams and is both a useful teaching tool and a productive research tool. As such this book is designed to be of use to both students of cognitive modeling and active researchers. For students the book provides essential background material plus an extensive set of example models exercises and project material. Researchers of both symbolic and connectionist persuasions will find the book of interest for its approach to cognitive modeling which emphasizes methodological issues. They will also find that the COGENT environment itself has much to offer. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650236

Modelling Human-Flood InteractionsA Coupled Flood-Agent-Institution Modelling Framework for Long-Term Flood Risk Management The negative impacts of floods are attributed to the extent and magnitude of a flood hazard and the vulnerability and exposure of natural and human elements. In flood risk management (FRM) studies it is crucial to model the interaction between human and flood subsystems across multiple spatial temporal and organizational scales. Models should address the heterogeneity that exists within the human subsystem and incorporate institutions that shape the behaviour of individuals. Hence the main objectives of the dissertation are to develop a modelling framework and a methodology to build holistic models for FRM and to assess how coupled human-flood interaction models support FRM policy analysis and decision-making. To achieve the objectives the study introduces the Coupled fLood-Agent-Institution Modelling framework (CLAIM). CLAIM integrates actors institutions the urban environment hydrologic and hydrodynamic processes and external factors which affect FRM activities. The framework draws on the complex system perspective and conceptualizes the interaction of floods humans and their environment as drivers of flood hazard vulnerability and exposure. The human and flood subsystems are modelled using agent-based models and hydrodynamic models respectively. The two models are dynamically coupled to understand human-flood interactions and to investigate the effect of institutions on FRM policy analysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367748869

Modelling in Urban and Regional Economics First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866095

Modelling Intelligent Multi-Modal Transit Systems The growing mobility needs of travellers have led to the development of increasingly complex and integrated multi-modal transit networks. Hence transport agencies and transit operators are now more urgently required to assist in the challenging task of effectively and efficiently planning managing and governing transit networks. A pre-condition for the development of an effective intelligent multi-modal transit system is the integration of information and communication technology (ICT) tools that will support the needs of transit operators and travellers. To achieve this reliable real-time simulation and short-term forecasting of passenger demand and service network conditions are required to provide both real-time traveller information and successfully synchronise transit service planning and operations control. Modelling Intelligent Multi-Modal Transit Systems introduces the current trends in this newly emerging area. Recent developments in information technology and telematics have enabled a large amount of data to become available thus further attracting transport researchers to set up new models outside the context of the traditional data-driven approach. The alternative demand-supply interaction or network assignment modelling approach has improved greatly in recent years and has a crucial role to play in this new context. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498743532

Modelling Interactions Between Vector-Borne Diseases and Environment Using GIS Master GIS Applications on Modelling and Mapping the Risks of Diseases Infections transmitted by mosquitoes ticks triatomine bugs sandflies and black flies cause significant rates of death and disease especially in developing countries. Why are certain places more susceptible to vector-borne diseases? Modelling Interactions Between Vector-Borne Diseases and Environment Using GIS reveals how using geographic information systems (GISs) can provide a greater understanding of how vector-borne diseases are spread and explores the use of geographical techniques in vector-borne disease monitoring management and control. This text provides readers with a better understanding of the vector-borne disease problem and its impact on public health. Introduces New Spatial Approaches Based on Location and Environment The book exposes readers to information on how to identify vector hotspots determine when and where they can occur and eliminate vector breeding sites. Utilizing simple illustrations based on real data as well as the authors’ more than 20 years of experience in the field this text combines key spatial analysis techniques available in modern GIS with real-world applications. It offers step-by-step instruction on developing vector-borne disease risk models at different spatial and temporal scales and helps practitioners formulate disease causation hypotheses and identify areas at risk. In addition it addresses medical geography GIS spatial analysis and modelling and covers other factors related to the spread of vector-borne diseases. This book: Gives an overview of common vector-borne diseases GIS-based mapping and modelling impacts of climate change on vector distributions and availability and importance of accurate epidemiologically relevant spatial data Describes modelling and simulating the prevalence of vector-borne diseases around the world Summarizes some key spatial techniques and how they can be used to aid in the analysis of geographical and attributed data Defines the concept of establishing and characterizing spatial data systems including their quality errors references and issues of scale and building such a system from often quite separate disparate sources Shows how to develop weather-based predictive modelling which can be used to predict the weekly trend of vector abundance Provides a GIS case study for modelling the future potential distribution of vector-borne disease based on different climatic change scenarios Modelling Interactions Between Vector-Borne Diseases and Environment Using GIS combines spatial analysis techniques available in modern GIS together with real-world applications to provide you with a better understanding of ways to map model prevent and control vector-borne diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482227383

Modelling Interception and Transpiration at Monthly Time StepsIHE Dissertation 31 The book presents improved equations for monthly water resources models in particular for interception and transpiration. Most of the existing monthly models do not make a distinction between interception and transipiration while this distinction is very important for management purposes. Interception is direct feedback to the atmosphere important to sustain rainfall. Transpiration is a good indicator for plant growth and biomass production. This distinction also contributes to the estimation of recharge and therewith of runoff.;The derivations are based on the Markov theory for the occurrence of rain-days. The methodology can be used on the basis of an analysis of a few time series of daily data at a spatial scale of 300km and not necessarily of the same period as the monthly data. Zimbabwe served as the case study but derived equations can be used worldwide as long as the relationship between the monthly rainfall and the mean number of rain-days can be established. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407640

Modelling Long-term Scenarios for Low Carbon Societies With the ever-increasing impacts of climate change it is now clear that global society will have to restructure its energy systems in order to decrease carbon emissions. The scenarios under which this transition to low-carbon societies (LCS) could occur would have complex economic technological behavioural and policy implications. This volume a supplement to the Climate Policy journal considers these implications by examining different low-carbon scenarios for different countries modelled at different scales and typologies. Two overview chapters co-written by international experts set the context of scenario development and quantification of LCS and summarize the findings on the economic implications societal responses technological developments and required policy measures to enable LCS across a range of countries. Further chapters detail the modelling of various scenarios and outline the model methodology detail the economic and technological consequences of transitions to LCS and comment on the strengths and weaknesses of specific policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002074

Modelling Macroeconomic Adjustment with Growth in Developing EconomiesThe Case of India First published in 1999 this influential volume explores Macroeconomic Adjustment with a particular focus on India. Its inspiration originated from the introduction of stabilisation and structural adjustment policies in India in 1991. Mallick examines the application of this policy package by the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank to Developing Economies. First looking at the initial conditions and generators of imbalances the appropriate policy framework for India’s initial conditions and structural characteristics is considered. While the effectiveness of the IMF had been strongly criticised Mallick explains how it could be used more effectively. He argues that the programs applied are often contradictory and using India as an example examines the effects of policy reform on its trade sector the repercussions on the direct economy and the costs associated with such policies in restoring stability and future economic growth with particular support for the Vector Autoregression (VAR) framework. Mallick forwards a new structural model for policy purposes evaluated for overall performance and optimal control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325074

Modelling Metabolism with Mathematica With the advent of sophisticated general programming environments like Mathematica the task of developing new models of metabolism and visualizing their responses has become accessible to students of biochemistry and the life sciences in general. Modelling Metabolism with Mathematica presents the approaches methods tools and algorithms for modelling the chemical-dynamics of metabolic pathways. The authors explain the concepts underpinning the deterministic theory of chemical and enzyme kinetics present a graded series of computer models of metabolic pathways leading up to that of the human erythrocyte and document a consistent set of rate equations and associated kinetic parameters.The experimental and theoretical study of metabolism in mammalian cells has a long and fruitful history but our understanding of cellular metabolism at the molecular level is far from complete. This book enables its readers to formulate their own models of time-dependent metabolic systems and aids them in the quest for the many fundamental and clinically relevant discoveries that remain to be made. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395223

Modelling Morphological Response of Large Tidal Inlet Systems to Sea Level RiseUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis The research presented in this work qualitatively investigates the morphodynamic response of a large tidal inlet/basin system to future relative sea level rise (RSLR) using the state-of-the-art Delft3D numerical model. Understanding the potential impacts of RSLR on these systems is a prerequisite for their sustainable management due to their rich bio-diversity and the increase in economic activities and local communities in recent decades.The adopted approach used a highly schematised model domain analogous to the Ameland inlet in the Dutch Wadden Sea. Model simulations were undertaken applying tidal and wave boundary forcings with three IPCC projected RSLR scenarios (no RSLR low RSLR and high RSLR). Predicted inlet evolution indicated a channel/shoal pattern typically observed at the Ameland inlet. RSLR enhances the existing flood-dominance of the system leading to erosion on the ebb-tidal delta and accretion in the basin. Under the no RSLR case resulting bed evolution of the process-based model (Delft3D) tends to agree with empirical-equilibrium relations of the ASMITA model. Application of the low RSLR scenario resulted in quite stable tidal flat evolution. Model simulations with the high RSLR scenario indicated disappearing the tidal flats over time and turning the system into a lagoon. Applying nourishment hardly compensated the RSLR induced sediment demand of tidal flat evolution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621007

Modelling of Concrete PerformanceHydration Microstructure and Mass Transport The intial defects induced at early age of concrete hardening: thermal strains shrinkage creep and the associated risks of cracking are one of the governing factors for long-term performance of concrete. Proposing a simplified but intergrated scenario of concrete life cycle simulation method this book examines and explains the vast amount of experimental observations related to hardening concrete using a common set of physical laws. The methods used focus on the three primary processes common to the development of all cementitious materials: hydration moisture transport and structure formation.The authors describe an intergrated theoretical and computational platform from which to examine and assess the quality and structural durability of concrete at an early age. This represents a new approach to the problem of evaluating durability performance and presents a practical methodology for researchers and practitioners in the field of concrete technology. The proposed scheme may be used in practical computational simulation methods with the relevant software available on the Internet and is a valuable guide to those engaged in concrete design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863845

Modelling of Mine StructuresProceedings of the 10th plenary session of the International Bureau of Strata Mechanics World Mining Congress Proceedings of the 10th Plenary Scientific Session of the International Bureau of Strata Mechanics World Mining Congress Stockholm June 1987. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746813

Modelling Pension Fund Investment Behaviour (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1992 this title conducts an in-depth examination of the investment behaviour of pension funds presenting the first econometric model in this area. Using the well-established framework of modern portfolio theory David Blake derives a model of optimal portfolio behaviour that explains pension fund asset holdings in terms of the most important macroeconomic and cyclical indicators. He shows how factors such as industry profitability the balance of payments and the monetary and fiscal policies of the government influence pension fund investments. Broad in scope this reissue will be of particular value to students and academics with an interest in econometrics investment analysis and the pension fund industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020733

Modelling Radiotherapy Side EffectsPractical Applications for Planning Optimisation The treatment of a patient with radiation therapy is planned to find the optimal way to treat a tumour while minimizing the dose received by the surrounding normal tissues. In order to better exploit the possibilities of this process the availability of accurate and quantitative knowledge of the peculiar responses of the different tissues is of paramount importance. This book provides an invaluable tutorial for radiation oncologists medical physicists and dosimetrists involved in the planning optimization phase of treatment. It presents a practical accessible and comprehensive summary of the field’s current research and knowledge regarding the response of normal tissues to radiation. This is the first comprehensive attempt to do so since the publication of the QUANTEC guidelines in 2010. Features: Addresses the lack of systemization in the field providing educational materials on predictive models including methods tools and the evaluation of uncertainties Collects the combined effects of features other than dose in predicting the risk of toxicity in radiation therapy Edited by two leading experts in the field Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198098

Modelling Spatial and Spatial-Temporal DataA Bayesian Approach Modelling Spatial and Spatial-Temporal Data: A Bayesian Approach is aimed at statisticians and quantitative social economic and public health students and researchers who work with small-area spatial and spatial-temporal data. It assumes a grounding in statistical theory up to the standard linear regression model. The book compares both hierarchical and spatial econometric modelling providing both a reference and a teaching text with exercises in each chapter. The book provides a fully Bayesian self-contained treatment of the underlying statistical theory with chapters dedicated to substantive applications. The book includes WinBUGS code and R code and all datasets are available online. Part I covers fundamental issues arising when modelling spatial and spatial-temporal data. Part II focuses on modelling cross-sectional spatial data and begins by describing exploratory methods that help guide the modelling process. There are then two theoretical chapters on Bayesian models and a chapter of applications. Two chapters follow on spatial econometric modelling one describing different models the other substantive applications. Part III discusses modelling spatial-temporal data first introducing models for time series data. Exploratory methods for detecting different types of space-time interaction are presented followed by two chapters on the theory of space-time separable (without space-time interaction) and inseparable (with space-time interaction) models. An applications chapter includes: the evaluation of a policy intervention; analysing the temporal dynamics of crime hotspots; chronic disease surveillance; and testing for evidence of spatial spillovers in the spread of an infectious disease. A final chapter suggests some future directions and challenges. Robert Haining is Emeritus Professor in Human Geography University of Cambridge England. He is the author of Spatial Data Analysis in the Social and Environmental Sciences (1990) and Spatial Data Analysis: Theory and Practice (2003). He is a Fellow of the RGS-IBG and of the Academy of Social Sciences. Guangquan Li is Senior Lecturer in Statistics in the Department of Mathematics Physics and Electrical Engineering Northumbria University Newcastle England. His research includes the development and application of Bayesian methods in the social and health sciences. He is a Fellow of the Royal Statistical Society. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482237429

Modelling Survival Data in Medical Research Modelling Survival Data in Medical Research describes the modelling approach to the analysis of survival data using a wide range of examples from biomedical research. Well known for its nontechnical style this third edition contains new chapters on frailty models and their applications competing risks non-proportional hazards and dependent censoring. It also describes techniques for modelling the occurrence of multiple events and event history analysis. Earlier chapters are now expanded to include new material on a number of topics including measures of predictive ability and flexible parametric models. Many new data sets and examples are included to illustrate how these techniques are used in modelling survival data. Bibliographic notes and suggestions for further reading are provided at the end of each chapter. Additional data sets to obtain a fuller appreciation of the methodology or to be used as student exercises are provided in the appendix. All data sets used in this book are also available in electronic format online. This book is an invaluable resource for statisticians in the pharmaceutical industry professionals in medical research institutes scientists and clinicians who are analyzing their own data and students taking undergraduate or postgraduate courses in survival analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439856789

Modelling the CityPerformance Policy and Planning First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881303

Modelling the Effects of Blasting on Rock Breakage This work provides a translation of "Modelirovanie deistviya vzriva pri razruzhenii gornikh porod" (Moscow 1990). Presenting theories of simulating blast effects in elastic and elastoplastic media it covers topics such as the classical and modern methods for modelling rock breakage by blasting. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077718

Modelling the Efficiency of Family and Hired LabourIllustrations from Nepalese Agriculture This title was first published in 2003.The principal economic units in most developing countries are family based farm households. Empirical models that recognize the dual role of the farm household as producer and consumer in a theoretically consistent manner are essential tools for policy analyses. This book provides an important extension of the conventional farm household model by developing an analytical framework that allows for efficiency differences between family and hired labour as inputs in farm production. The model is estimated with survey data from the southern lowland region of Nepal. The estimation strategy is a two-step process. The first step estimates a farm-level production function in which is embedded a test for heterogeneity between family and hired labour. The labour heterogeneity detected in the production function estimation is incorporated at the second step in the labour supply estimation in a theoretically consistent manner. The methodological novelty is to relate the shadow wage rate for family labour to the observed market wage rate for hired labour adjusted for the differential productivity of family and hired labour detected in the production function estimation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315196404

Modelling the Future Water Infrastructure of Cities Many cities around the world are facing considerable pressure to cope with urban development sustaining economic growth and providing basic living conditions. Urban infrastructure is aging and uncontrolled urbanization leads to considerable pressure on economic resources. Hence there is a need for new approaches in developing urban water systems.In this thesis urban development is considered a complex non-linear dynamical system. Agent-based approaches are combined with physics-based hydraulic models of water networks in a Geographical Information System (GIS) framework. The result is a new approach to urban water infrastructure planning that can help water companies and municipalities to improve the design of water distribution and drainage networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001534

Modelling TransitionsVirtues Vices Visions of the Future Modelling Transitions shows what computational formal and data-driven approaches can and could mean for sustainability transitions research presenting the state-of-the-art and exploring what lies beyond. Featuring contributions from many well-known authors this book presents the various benefits of modelling for transitions research. More than just taking stock it also critically examines what modelling of transformative change means and could mean for transitions research and for other disciplines that study societal changes. This includes identifying a variety of approaches currently not part of the portfolios of transitions modellers. Far from only singing praise critical methodological and philosophical introspection are key aspects of this important book. This book speaks to modellers and non-modellers alike who value the development of robust knowledge on transitions to sustainability including colleagues in congenial fields. Be they students researchers or practitioners everyone interested in transitions should find this book relevant as reference resource and guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174064

Modelling Uncertainty in Flood Forecasting Systems A hydroinformatics system represents an electronic knowledge encapsulator that models part of the real world and can be used for the simulation and analysis of physical chemical and biological processes in water systems in order to achieve a better management of the aquatic environment. Thus modelling is at the heart of hydroinformatics. The theory of nonlinear dynamics and chaos and the extent to which recent improvements in the understanding of inherently nonlinear natural processes present challenges to the use of mathematical models in the analysis of water and environmental systems are elaborated in this work. In particular it demonstrates that the deterministic chaos present in many nonlinear systems can impose fundamental limitations on our ability to predict behaviour even when well-defined mathematical models exist. On the other hand methodologies and tools from the theory of nonlinear dynamics and chaos can provide means for a better accuracy of short-term predictions as demonstrated through the practical applications in this work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138475052

Modelling Urban Development with Geographical Information Systems and Cellular Automata Urban development and migration from rural to urban areas are impacting prime agricultural land and natural landscapes particularly in the less developed countries. These phenomena will persist and require serious study by those monitoring global environmental change. To address this need various models have been devised to analyze urbanization and the physical socioeconomic and institutional factors impacting urban development. The most promising and rapidly developing of these paradigms take advantage of new Geographical Information System (GIS) technology. Modelling Urban Development with Geographical Information Systems and Cellular Automata presents one such cutting-edge model that is more than just predictive. It describes how the model simulates the urbanization process and it provides theoretical context to promote understanding. Starting with a practical overview of the modelling techniques used in urban development research the author focuses on the cellular automata model and its greatest strength – the incorporation of fuzzy set and fuzzy logic approaches through which urban development can be viewed as a spatially and temporally continuous process. Real-Life Application to Develop Future Planning Methods The text describes a landmark study underway in which the fuzzy constrained cellular automata model has been implemented in a GIS environment to simulate urban development in Sydney Australia. Featuring a survey of associated research and a geographical database for the Sydney simulation this book answers many general "what if" questions for urban planners and details a new approach that they can adapt to their own testing and evaluation needs. This modeling method will provide researchers and planners with the means to not just predict population trends but to better prepare for their consequences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577438

Modelling with Ordinary Differential Equations Modelling with Ordinary Differential Equations integrates standard material from an elementary course on ordinary differential equations with the skills of mathematical modeling in a number of diverse real-world situations. Each situation highlights a different aspect of the theory or modeling. Carefully selected exercises and projects present excellent opportunities for tutorial sessions and self-study.This text/reference addresses common types of first order ordinary differential equations and the basic theory of linear second order equations with constant coefficients. It also explores the elementary theory of systems of differential equations Laplace transforms and numerical solutions. Theorems on the existence and uniqueness of solutions are a central feature. Topics such as curve fitting time-delay equations and phase plane diagrams are introduced. The book includes algorithms for computer programs as an integral part of the answer-finding process. Professionals and students in the social and biological sciences as well as those in physics and mathematics will find this text/reference indispensable for self-study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138417540

Modelling with Ordinary Differential EquationsA Comprehensive Approach Modelling with Ordinary Differential Equations: A Comprehensive Approach aims to provide a broad and self-contained introduction to the mathematical tools necessary to investigate and apply ODE models. The book starts by establishing the existence of solutions in various settings and analysing their stability properties. The next step is to illustrate modelling issues arising in the calculus of variation and optimal control theory that are of interest in many applications. This discussion is continued with an introduction to inverse problems governed by ODE models and to differential games. The book is completed with an illustration of stochastic differential equations and the development of neural networks to solve ODE systems. Many numerical methods are presented to solve the classes of problems discussed in this book. Features: Provides insight into rigorous mathematical issues concerning various topics while discussing many different models of interest in different disciplines (biology chemistry economics medicine physics social sciences etc.) Suitable for undergraduate and graduate students and as an introduction for researchers in engineering and the sciences Accompanied by codes which allow the reader to apply the numerical methods discussed in this book in those cases where analytical solutions are not available Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780815392613

Model-oriented Systems Engineering ScienceA Unifying Framework for Traditional and Complex Systems Systems engineering (SE) is experiencing a significant expansion that encompasses increasingly complex systems. However a common body of knowledge on how to apply complex systems engineering (CSE) has yet to be developed. A combination of people and other autonomous agents crossing organization boundaries and continually changing these hybrid sy Media > Books > E-books Auerbach Publications 9780429117701

Models Algebras and Proofs Contains a balanced account of recent advances in set theory model theory algebraic logic and proof theory originally presented at the Tenth Latin American Symposium on Mathematical Logic held in Bogata Columbia. Traces new interactions among logic mathematics and computer science. Features original research from over 30 well-known experts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332890

Models Simulations and Representations Although scientific models and simulations differ in numerous ways they are similar in so far as they are posing essentially philosophical problems about the nature of representation. This collection is designed to bring together some of the best work on the nature of representation being done by both established senior philosophers of science and younger researchers. Most of the pieces while appealing to existing traditions of scientific representation explore new types of questions such as: how understanding can be developed within computational science; how the format of representations matters for their use be it for the purpose of research or education; how the concepts of emergence and supervenience can be further analyzed by taking into account computational science; or how the emphasis upon tractability--a particularly important issue in computational science--sheds new light on the philosophical analysis of scientific reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371861

Models and Applications of Chaos Theory in Modern Sciences This book presents a select group of papers that provide a comprehensive view of the models and applications of chaos theory in medicine biology ecology economy electronics mechanical and the human sciences. Covering both the experimental and theoretical aspects of the subject it examines a range of current topics of interest. It considers the problems arising in the study of discrete and continuous time chaotic dynamical systems modeling the several phenomena in nature and society—highlighting powerful techniques being developed to meet these challenges that stem from the area of nonlinear dynamical systems theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114852

Models and Modeling in the SciencesA Philosophical Introduction Biologists climate scientists and economists all rely on models to move their work forward. In this book Stephen M. Downes explores the use of models in these and other fields to introduce readers to the various philosophical issues that arise in scientific modeling. Readers learn that paying attention to models plays a crucial role in appraising scientific work.  This book first presents a wide range of models from a number of different scientific disciplines. After assembling some illustrative examples Downes demonstrates how models shed light on many perennial issues in philosophy of science and in philosophy in general. Reviewing the range of views on how models represent their targets introduces readers to the key issues in debates on representation not only in science but in the arts as well. Also standard epistemological questions are cast in new and interesting ways when readers confront the question "What makes for a good (or bad) model?"  All examples from the sciences and positions in the philosophy of science are presented in an accessible manner. The book is suitable for undergraduates with minimal experience in philosophy and an introductory undergraduate experience in science. Key features: The book serves as a highly accessible philosophical introduction to models and modeling in the sciences presenting all philosophical and scientific issues in a nontechnical manner. Students and other readers learn to practice philosophy of science by starting with clear examples taken directly from the sciences. While not comprehensive this book introduces the reader to a wide range of views on key issues in the philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122239

Models and Modeling PerspectivesA Special Double Issue of mathematical Thinking and Learning This special issue of Mathematical Thinking and Learning describes models and modeling perspectives toward mathematics problem solving learning and teaching. The concern is not only the mature forms of models and modeling in communities of scientists and mathematicians but also the need to initiate students in these forms of thought. The contributions of this issue suggest a variety of ways that students (children through adults) can be introduced to highly productive forms of modeling practices. Collectively they illustrate how modeling activities often lead to remarkable mathematical achievements by students formerly judged to be too young or too lacking in ability for such sophisticated and powerful forms of mathematical thinking. The papers also illustrate how modeling activities often create productive interdisciplinary niches for mathematical thinking learning and problem solving that involve simulations of similar situations that occur when mathematics is useful beyond school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442269

Models for Change in Social Group Work Intended for beginning students as was as for practitioners this volume shows how to make maximum use of the various models available for social group work. Dr. Fatout explores and delineates the “mainstream model ” devotes separate and incisive sections to notable specific approaches and offers suggestions on ways in which social workers can utilize these strategies in an effective and systematic fashion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124650

Models for Concurrency Concurrent systems are generally understood in terms of behavioral notions. Models for Concurrency analyzes the subject in terms of events and their temporal relationship rather than on global states. It presents a comprehensive analysis of model theory applied to concurrent protocols and seeks to provide a theory of concurrency that is both intuitively appealing and rigorously based on mathematical foundations. The book is divided into three main sections. The first introduces the required concepts from model theory details the structures that are used to model concurrency gives an in-depth description and explanation of the semantics of a simple language that allows concurrent execution of sequential programs and deals with the question of resolving executions into higher-level and lower-level granularities. The second and third sections apply the theory developed to practical examples and an exposition of the producer/consumer problem with details of two solutions is given. The author also deals with message passing as opposed to shared memory. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078272

Models for Dependent Time Series Models for Dependent Time Series addresses the issues that arise and the methodology that can be applied when the dependence between time series is described and modeled. Whether you work in the economic physical or life sciences the book shows you how to draw meaningful applicable and statistically valid conclusions from multivariate (or vector) time series data.The first four chapters discuss the two main pillars of the subject that have been developed over the last 60 years: vector autoregressive modeling and multivariate spectral analysis. These chapters provide the foundational material for the remaining chapters which cover the construction of structural models and the extension of vector autoregressive modeling to high frequency continuously recorded and irregularly sampled series. The final chapter combines these approaches with spectral methods for identifying causal dependence between time series.Web ResourceA supplementary website provides the data sets used in the examples as well as documented MATLAB® functions and other code for analyzing the examples and producing the illustrations. The site also offers technical details on the estimation theory and methods and the implementation of the models. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367570521

Models for DesignElectrical Calculations for Industrial Plants This book instructs the reader on how to size a network’s equipment and address requirements for fast-transient loads (kiloampere loads that last for several minutes). It explores specific calculations used to design equipment for plants. The chapters discuss economic design methods and dynamic-load requirements for electrical equipment. New motor thermal models are developed and power-cable thermal models are also covered. Furthermore it presents universal plant-load breakdown. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367891886

Models in Archaeology This major study reflects the increasing significance of careful model formation and testing in those academic subjects that are struggling from intuitive and aesthetic obscurantism toward a more disciplined and integrated approach to their fields of study. The twenty-six original contributions represent the carefully selected work of progressive archaeologists around the world covering the use of models on archaeological material of all kinds and from all periods from Palaeolithic to Medieval. Their common theme is archaeological generalisation by means of explicit model building testing modification and reapplication. The contributors seek to show that it is the use of certain models in particular ways that defines archaeology as the practice of one discipline with a set of general tenets that are as applicable in Peru as in Persia Australia as Alaska Sweden as Scotland on material from the second millennium B.C. to the second millennium A.D. They assert that careful model formulation within archaeology and the cautious exchange and testing of models within and beyond the discipline provides the only route to the formation of the common internationally valid body of theory which defines a vigorous and coherent discipline and distinguishes it from being a collection of merely regionally applicable special cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817302

Models in GeomorphologyBinghamton Geomorphology Symposium 14 This book first published in 1985 arises from the 14th Binghamton Geomorphology Symposium. The chapters here illustrate the use of models in various areas of research in geomorphology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202538

Models in Statistical Social Research Models in Statistical Social Research provides a comprehensive insight of models used in statistical social research based on statistical data and methods. While traditionally understood statistical models relate to data generating processes which presuppose facts this book focuses on analytical models which relate to substantial processes generating social facts. It formally develops individual-level population-level and multilevel versions of such models and uses these models as frameworks for the definition of notions of functional causality. The book further develops a distinction between the representation of states and events which is then used to formally distinguish between comparative and dynamic notions of causality. It is shown that due to the involvement of human actors in substantial processes considered in social research the conceptual framework of randomized experiments is of only limited use. Instead modelling selection processes should become an explicit task of social research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534215

Models of AchievementReflections of Eminent Women in Psychology Volume 2 Providing role models of excellence for contemporary women and men and contributing to the understanding of the educational and career development of high achieving women these autobiographical essays of seventeen women and their achievements generate a deeper appreciation of the vital role of women in the development of contemporary psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315808222

Models of AchievementReflections of Eminent Women in Psychology Volume 3 This outstanding book contains inspiring stories of late 20th century women who broke new ground in psychological knowledge and its applications. The lives and careers of 53 women are examined within social and historical contexts using three levels of analysis--the individual the group and the universal. The thoughtful autobiographies and the perceptive integrative analyses increase understanding of the personal and professional development of these women provide insights into their patterns of achievement and illuminate new ways of thinking about and perceiving women. This extraordinary book is a valuable resource for libraries and researchers provides knowledge and inspiration for a wide range of readers and is an excellent supplementary text for courses in the psychology of women history of psychology lifespan development career development and women's studies. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410600714

Models of ActionMechanisms for Adaptive Behavior This volume presents an international group of researchers who model animal and human behavior--both simple and complex. The models presented focus on such subjects as the pattern of eating in meals and bouts the energizing and shaping impact of reinforcers on behavior transitive inferential reasoning responding to a compound stimulus avoidance and escape learning recognition memory category formation generalization the timing of adaptive responses and chromosomes exchanging information. The chapters are united by a common interest in adaptive behavior--whether of human animal or artificial system--and clearly demonstrate the rich variety of ways in which this fascinating area of research can be approached. In so doing the book demonstrates the range of thought that qualifies as theorizing in the contemporary study of the mechanisms of adaptive behavior. It has two purposes: to bring together a very wide range of approaches in one place and to give authors space to explain how their ideas developed. Journal literature often presents fully-formed theories with no explanation of how an idea came to have the shape in which it is presented. In this volume however leaders in different fields provide background on the development of their ideas. Where once psychologists and a few zoologists had this field to themselves now various types of computer scientists have added great energy to the mix. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002463

Models of Biopolymers By Ring-Opening Polymerization There are a number of methods used to synthetically prepare biopolymers their models and bioanalogous polymers. This work approaches the syntheses of the three major groups of biopolymers existing in nature - polypeptides polysaccharides and nucleic and teichoic acids - by ring-opening polymerization. Until now this method has never been reviewed uniformly for these three groups. The majority of models prepared by ring-opening polymerization can not reach the complexity of the actual biological molecules. However a better understanding of these biopolymers will aid in the use of such molecules in several fields of application in research and other high technologies where they mimic functions of related biopolymers in living organisms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895611

Models of Care for Drug Service Provision Models of Care for Drug Service Provision encourages a greater understanding of the Models of Care system and how it can be used in the interest of clients’ health and well-being. It describes the different range of treatment responses that can be offered and illustrates the patient’s journey through this model. It uses a fictitious account of a client with a drug problem to highlight the various technical aspects of treatments and issues that can commonly arise. "This new book is a wonderful reminder that we are dealing first and foremost with human beings who are complex vulnerable and who also happen to have a drug problem. Our treatment professionals need to be well informed up to date and responsive to the needs of clients. They also need to be understanding tolerant and resourceful. Models of Care for Drug Service Provision assists them by providing a framework within which to work and by helping to bind together the range of professionals and services into a system of care."— Don Lavoie National Treatment Agency Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385518

Models Of Cognitive Development In spite of its obvious importance and popularity the field of cognitive development remains highly fragmented due to the vast diversity of models of what knowledge and reasoning are and how they develop. This new Classic Edition of Models of Cognitive Development aims to overcome this barrier through its careful introduction illustrated examples and approach to helping students think more critically about the subject. In this significant work Richardson provides students researchers and comparative theoreticians with a cohesive understanding of the area by organizing diverse schools frameworks and approaches according to a much smaller set of underlying assumptions or preconceptions which themselves can be historically interrelated. By understanding these it’s possible to find pathways around the area more confidently as a whole to see the “wood” as well as the theoretical trees and be able to react to individual models more critically and constructively. The Classic Edition of this core text will be essential reading for undergraduate and graduate students of cognitive development. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780367276904

Models of Collaboration in Nineteenth-Century French LiteratureSeveral Authors One Pen Contributing to the current lively discussion of collaboration in French letters this collection raises fundamental questions about the limits and definition of authorship in the context of the nineteenth century's explosion of collaborative ventures. While the model of the stable single author that prevailed during the Romantic period dominates the beginning of the century the authority of the speaking subject is increasingly in crisis through the century's political and social upheavals. Chapters consider the breakdown of authorial presence across different constructions of authorship including the numerous cenacles of the Romantic period; collaborative ventures in poetry through the practice of the "Tombeaux" and as seen in the Album zutique; the interplay of text and image through illustrations for literary works; the collective ventures of literary journals; and multi-author prose works by authors such as the Goncourt brothers and Erckmann-Chatrian. Interdisciplinary in scope these essays form a cohesive investigation of collaboration that extends beyond literature to include journalism and the relationships and tensions between literature and the arts. The volume will interest scholars of nineteenth-century French literature and more generally any scholar interested in what's at stake in redefining the role of the French author Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595832

Models of CommunicationTheoretical and Philosophical Approaches Models of Communication offers a timely reassessment of the significance of modelling in media and communication studies. From a rich variety of different perspectives the collected essays explore the past present and future uses of communication models in ordinary discourses concerning communication as well as in academic research. This book challenges received views of communication models and opens up new paths of inquiry for communication research. By zooming in on the manifestations and purposes of modelling in ordinary discourses on communication as well as in theoretical expositions the essays collected in this volume cast new light on the problems and prospects of models crafted for the benefit of communication inquiry. Complementing earlier studies of models of communication the volume digs deep into fundamental epistemological and ontological questions concerning modelling in the communication disciplines; but it also presents several novel models that promise to be of practical use in empirical studies of media and communication. The book is intended for communication scholars and students of media and will also be of interest for related disciplines in the humanities and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294554

Models of Deliberative Democracy This collection of landmark essays explains how deliberation is contributing to the democratization of policy making and policy implementation fields which in the past were reserved to restricted professional groups having the right expertise. The works are gathered together under four thematic headings giving the reader a flavour of the kinds of arguments and visions of deliberative democracy.  The first part contains essays presenting the main features and arguments employed to justify attributing some epistemic value to deliberative democracy. The second part offers a sample of works moving beyond the epistemic concerns of analytical philosophers and critical theorists alike and analyses ways in which deliberative democracy could be pragmatically employed to boost the legitimacy and effectiveness of real existing democracies. The third section brings together works wishing to move beyond the model of representative democracy adopted by real existing democracies and realise more radical political visions. The fourth part includes a representative sample of works discussing the influence the models of deliberative democracy charted have had on new modes of governance.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472429162

Models of Democracy in Nordic and Baltic EuropePolitical Institutions and Discourse This book explores the ways in which representative democracy works in two neighbouring collections of European states: the Nordic (Denmark Finland Iceland Norway and Sweden) and the Baltic (Estonia Latvia and Lithuania). Starting from a Nordic vantage point contributors explore the extent to which aspects of politics function similarly or dissimilarly across the two groups of democratic states acknowledging the differences in models of democracy that occur within each group. Authors explore the possibility that some of the apparently successful institutional features of Nordic politics have somehow influenced politics in the Baltic states despite the considerable contextual differences between the two groups. The Nordic-Baltic comparison is particularly worthy of study given the comparative stability of the Nordic democracies and the half century of occupation by a totalitarian dictatorship that the Baltic states endured. The central guiding questions are: how does political representation work in countries that have a lot in common but also a few significant contextual dissimilarities; and what if any relationships between the respective styles of democracy can be identified? Using a variety of theories perspectives and methods the empirical studies that populate the book seek to offer reflections on these questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707535

Models of Employee Participation in a Changing Global Environment: Diversity and InteractionDiversity and Interaction This title was first published in 2001. Management of the employment relationship changed markedly in the last two decades of the 21st century and a major part of this has been the extension of employee involvement and participation in the workplace. Modern management theorists and researchers have commonly emphasized the importance of two-way communication and co-operation between management and labour in determining the success of human resource management (HRM) strategy and in maximizing workplace efficiency. Some researchers argue employee participation and empowerment are progressive management practices which have universal benefits to performance enhancement as opposed to most other HRM practices whose success is contingent upon the organizational context. This title explores these themes through an international collection of case studies which are the outcome of a comparative project of the Workers' Participation Study Group of the International Industrial Relations Association (IIRA). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730809

Models of Employee Participation in a Changing Global EnvironmentDiversity and Interaction This title was first published in 2001. Management of the employment relationship changed markedly in the last two decades of the 21st century and a major part of this has been the extension of employee involvement and participation in the workplace. Modern management theorists and researchers have commonly emphasized the importance of two-way communication and co-operation between management and labour in determining the success of human resource management (HRM) strategy and in maximizing workplace efficiency. Some researchers argue employee participation and empowerment are progressive management practices which have universal benefits to performance enhancement as opposed to most other HRM practices whose success is contingent upon the organizational context. This title explores these themes through an international collection of case studies which are the outcome of a comparative project of the Workers' Participation Study Group of the International Industrial Relations Association (IIRA). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730830

Models Of Family TherapyThe Essential Guide First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135321

Models of Futures Markets This volume presents an entirely new analysis of the economics of futures markets that will be of interest to both specialists in the area and the generalist economist seeking a new perspective. Through a combination of theoretical investigation and empirical application three important themes are explored: the gains from futures trading and the efforts of emerging markets to reap these benefits; rationality and rival hypotheses of trader behaviour such as noise trading; and the effect of regulatory tools on price formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976252

Models of Imperfect Information in Politics Surveys the models of political phenomena that incorporate imperfect information concentrating on 'full-rationality' approaches as opposed to bounded rationality models. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415753708

Models of JournalismThe functions and influencing factors Models of Journalism investigates the most fundamental questions of how journalists can best serve the public and what factors enable or obstruct them in doing so. The book evaluates previous scholarly attempts at modeling the function and influencing factors of journalism and proceeds to develop a range of important new models that take contemporary challenges faced by journalists and journalism into account. Among these new models is the "chronology-of-journalism" which introduces a new set of influencing factors that can affect journalists in the 21st century. These include internal factors – journalistic principles precedents and practices – and external factors – journalistic production publication and perception. Another new model the "journalistic compass" delineates differences and similarities between some of the most important journalistic roles in the media landscape. For each new model Peter Bro takes the actions and attitudes of individual journalists as its starting point. Models of Journalism combines practice and theory to outline and assess existing theoretical models alongside original ones. The book will be a useful tool for researchers lecturers and practitioners who are engaged with the ever-evolving notions of what journalism is and who journalists are. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239562

Models of Lung DiseaseMicroscopy and Structural Methods This research-level reference provides a review of the morphological techniques that have become a primary method of anatomical study correlating structure and function in lung physiology and pathology. Detailing the evolution of anatomy as a research discipline it explores general structural techn Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403157

Models of MadnessPsychological Social and Biological Approaches to Psychosis Are hallucinations and delusions really symptoms of an illness called ‘schizophrenia’? Are mental health problems really caused by chemical imbalances and genetic predispositions? Are psychiatric drugs as effective and safe as the drug companies claim? Is madness preventable? This second edition of Models of Madness challenges those who hold to simplistic pessimistic and often damaging theories and treatments of madness. In particular it challenges beliefs that madness can be explained without reference to social causes and challenges the excessive preoccupation with chemical imbalances and genetic predispositions as causes of human misery including the conditions that are given the name 'schizophrenia'. This edition updates the now extensive body of research showing that hallucinations delusions etc. are best understood as reactions to adverse life events and that psychological and social approaches to helping are more effective and far safer than psychiatric drugs and electroshock treatment. A new final chapter discusses why such a damaging ideology has come to dominate mental health and most importantly how to change that. Models of Madness is divided into three sections: Section One provides a history of madness including examples of violence against the ‘mentally ill’ before critiquing the theories and treatments of contemporary biological psychiatry and documenting the corrupting influence of drug companies. Section Two summarises the research showing that hallucinations delusions etc. are primarily caused by adverse life events (eg. parental loss bullying abuse and neglect in childhood poverty etc) and can be understood using psychological models ranging from cognitive to psychodynamic. Section Three presents the evidence for a range of effective psychological and social approaches to treatment from cognitive and family therapy to primary prevention. This book brings together thirty-seven contributors from ten countries and a wide range of scientific disciplines. It provides an evidence-based optimistic antidote to the pessimism of biological psychiatry. Models of Madness will be essential reading for all involved in mental health including service users family members service managers policy makers nurses clinical psychologists psychiatrists psychotherapists counsellors psychoanalysts social workers occupational therapists art therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579537

Models of Multiparty Electoral Competition First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510974

Models of Network ReliabilityAnalysis Combinatorics and Monte Carlo Unique in its approach Models of Network Reliability: Analysis Combinatorics and Monte Carlo provides a brief introduction to Monte Carlo methods along with a concise exposition of reliability theory ideas. From there the text investigates a collection of principal network reliability models such as terminal connectivity for networks with unreliable edges and/or nodes network lifetime distribution in the process of its destruction network stationary behavior for renewable components importance measures of network elements reliability gradient and network optimal reliability synthesis.Solutions to most principal network reliability problems—including medium-sized computer networks—are presented in the form of efficient Monte Carlo algorithms and illustrated with numerical examples and tables. Written by reliability experts with significant teaching experience this reader-friendly text is an excellent resource for software engineering operations research industrial engineering and reliability engineering students researchers and engineers. Stressing intuitive explanations and providing detailed proofs of difficult statements this self-contained resource includes a wealth of end-of-chapter exercises numerical examples tables and offers a solutions manual—making it ideal for self-study and practical use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384654

Models Of Short-Term Memory This volume offers a collection of theoretical perspectives in the area of short-term memory. It contains overviews of models of short-term memory with particular emphasis placed on the detailed description of the functioning of the models. The volume represents both computational approaches and theories expressed in more traditional verbal form. Models represented in the volume also cover both developmental and neuropsychological perspectives on short-term memory.; This book should appeal to active researchers in the area of memory to graduate students and to academics who wish to update their knowledge of this fast- developing are of research and theory. Final year undergraduates may also find this book of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877085

Models of Simon Herbert Simon (1916-2001) is mostly celebrated for the theory of bounded rationality and satisficing. This book of essays on Models of Simon tackles these topics that the he broached in a professional career spanning more than 60 years. Expository material on the fundamental concepts he introduced are re-interpreted in terms of the theory of computability. This volume frames the behavioural issues of concern for economists such as: hierarchy causality near-diagonal linear dynamical systems discovery the contrasts between the notion of heuristics and the Church-Turing Thesis of Computability Theory. There is consistently an emphasis on the historical origins of the concepts Simon worked with in emphasising Human Problem Solving and Decision Making – by rational individuals and institutions (like Organizations). The main feature of the results in the book are its emphasis on the procedural aspects of human problem solving decision making and the remarkable way Simon harnessed many tools of mathematical logic mathematics cognitive sciences economics and econometrics.This long-awaited volume is an important read for those who study economic theory and philosophy microeconomics and political economy as well as those interested in the great Herbert Simon’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593933

Models of the Family in Modern Societies: Ideals and RealitiesIdeals and Realities This title was first published in 2003. This text reports on two nationally representative surveys of men and women in Britain and Spain the former being funded by the Future of Work Research Programme and conducted by the ONS. Catherine Hakim presents a study of ideal models of the family and family roles work orientation patriarchal values and lifestyle preferences showing how these impact on women's marital histories fertility employment patterns and occupational segregation but not on men's labour market participation. Lifestyle preferences and work orientations have a strong impact on women's activities and especially on married women's choices but patriarchal values have almost no impact on behaviour. The book also covers educational homogamy housing classes labour mobility and contrasts between ethnic minority groups in core values and labour market participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714113

Models of the Family in Modern SocietiesIdeals and Realities This title was first published in 2003. This text reports on two nationally representative surveys of men and women in Britain and Spain the former being funded by the Future of Work Research Programme and conducted by the ONS. Catherine Hakim presents a study of ideal models of the family and family roles work orientation patriarchal values and lifestyle preferences showing how these impact on women's marital histories fertility employment patterns and occupational segregation but not on men's labour market participation. Lifestyle preferences and work orientations have a strong impact on women's activities and especially on married women's choices but patriarchal values have almost no impact on behaviour. The book also covers educational homogamy housing classes labour mobility and contrasts between ethnic minority groups in core values and labour market participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714175

Models of the MindA Framework for Biopsychosocial Psychiatry Making sense of such bewildering problems as hallucinations paranoia depression and anxiety seems an incredible challenge but modern psychiatry is able to bring understanding and change to many of those whose lives are impaired by psychiatric problems. This is not accomplished through the application of one dominant psychological theory but through the integration of perspectives of many such theories in this diverse field into a befitting approach-the biopsychosocial model.Application of the biopsychosocial model will allow for understanding the patient in biological psychological and social terms simultaneously and provide a holistic picture with multiple strategies for treatment.In this book the author takes a step back from the assessment to demonstrate to the student methods of the information gathered from the patient into a clinically useful whole essentially showing exactly how and why the psychiatrist arrives at an intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158016

Models of the Oil Market First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866231

Models of Thinking In this volume originally published in 1970 an attempt is made to examine the more logical aspects of thinking such as the ability to abstract and the manner in which concepts develop. The author describes the features that had long been regarded as central to thinking by experimental and theoretical psychologists of the time and he places more emphasis on the part played by language in cognitive activity. In the second part the author points out how such basic features of thinking as concept and hypothesis formation inference making and the use of ordinary English are essentially things that can be carried out by a computer. His use of theories and his methods of modelling the human brain and the way it works comprise an intriguing and highly sophisticated attempt to provide an appropriate framework in which problems of thinking can be studied. Professor George was the author of several books the best known of which at the time were The Brain as a Computer and Cybernetics and Biology. His writings covered many aspects of psychology philosophy and logic as well as cybernetics. At the time of original publication he was Professor of Cybernetics at Brunel University and Chairman of the Bureau of Information Science. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138919907

Models of Understanding Text What is text understanding? It is the dynamic process of constructing coherent representations and inferences at multiple levels of text and context within the bottleneck of a limited-capacity working memory. The field of text and discourse has advanced to the point where researchers have developed sophisticated models of comprehension and identified the particular assumptions that underlie comprehension mechanisms in precise analytical or mathematical detail. The models offer a priori predictions about thought and behavior not merely ad hoc descriptions of data. Indeed the field has evolved to a mature science. The contributors to this volume collectively cover the major models of comprehension in the field of text and discourse. Other books are either narrow -- covering only a single theoretical framework -- or do not focus on systematic modeling efforts. In addition this book focuses on deep levels of understanding rather than language codes syntax and other shallower levels of text analysis. As such it provides readers with up-to-date information on current psychological models specified in quantitative or analytical detail. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806143

Models-based Practice in Physical Education This book offers a comprehensive synthesis of over 40 years of research on models in physical education to suggest Models-based Practice (MbP) as an innovative future approach to physical education. It lays out the ideal conditions for MbP to flourish by situating pedagogical models at the core of physical education programs and allowing space for local agency and the co-construction of practice. Starting from the premise that true MbP does not yet exist the book makes a case for the term "pedagogical model" over alternatives such as curriculum model and instructional model and explains how learners’ cognitive social affective and psychomotor needs should be organised in ways that are distinctive and unique to each model. It examines the core principles underpinning the pedagogical models that make up MbP including pedagogical models as organising centres for program design and as design specifications for developing local programs. The book also explores how a common structure can be applied to analyse pedagogical models at macro meso and micro levels of discourse. Having created a language through which to talk about pedagogical models and MbP the book concludes by identifying the conditions - some existing and some aspirational - under which MbP can prosper in reforming physical education. An essential read for academics doctoral and post-graduate students and pre-service and in-service teachers Models-based Practice in Physical Education is a vital point of reference for anyone who is interested in pedagogical models and wants to embrace this potential future of physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333324

Moderate Learning Difficulties and the Future of Inclusion Children with mild to moderate learning difficulties (MLD) make up the largest sub-group of children requiring special educational needs and yet they are often neglected in terms of research and in their influence on future Government policies. This book based on a Nuffield Foundation research project considers the perspectives of children with moderate learning difficulties reviewing relevant issues such as:* identification of children with MLD;* appropriate curriculum and pedagogy;* inclusion in mainstream schools; * their identity and self-perception.The authors weave their findings into a wider review of current research in the MLD field and use a range of perspectives from the professional to psychological and sociological.This is a contemporary look at MLD that discusses the historical and policy context origins and justification for having a category for MLD. Students researchers and academics that are active in the field of inclusive education will find this an insightful and comprehensive text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203625583

Moderate to Severe Psoriasis Written by experts in the dermatology field this new fourth edition of Moderate-to-Severe Psoriasis discusses the current use of biologics and other pharmacologic and phototherapy treatments for moderate-to-severe psoriasis. Illustrated with high quality color figures this standalone text emphasizes safe and effective treatments for the psoriasis patient that are perfect for the dermatologist in daily practice. New to this edition are chapters on day treatment programs new agents erythrodermic and pustular psoriasis special populations and pharmacogenetics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482215168

Moderate Voices in the European Reformation Between the religious massacres conflicts and martyrdoms that characterised much of Reformation Europe there seems little room for a consideration of the concept of moderation. Yet it was precisely because of this extremism that many Europeans both individuals and regimes were forced into positions of moderation as they found themselves caught in the confessional crossfire. This is not to suggest that such people refused to take sides but rather that they were unwilling or unable to conform fully to emerging confessional orthodoxies. By conducting an investigation into the idea of 'moderation' this volume raises intriguing concepts and offers a fuller understanding of the pressures that shaped the confessional landscape of Reformation Europe. A number of essays present case studies examining 'moderates' who existed uneasily in the space between coercion and persuasion in Britain France and the Holy Roman Empire. Others look more broadly at local and national attempts at conciliation and at the way the rhetoric of moderation was manipulated during confessional conflict. These are all drawn together with a substantial introduction and analytical conclusion which not only tie the volume together but which also pose wider conceptual and methodological questions about the meaning of moderation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248776

Moderatus This title was first published in 2002. "Moderatus" was an Elizabethan romance probably the first published work of the 16th-century Welsh gentleman Robert Parry; it was produced in 1595 by the bookseller publisher and printer Richard Jones. In this volume John Simons offers in modern typography an edition of this now-scarce text with explanatory notes and an extensive introduction that places the work in its historical context. He also presents what biographical information is known about the author of "Moderatus" and what is known of the book's publication history and discusses such pertinent issues as the travel experience of Elizabethans their knowledge of other languages than English and their experience of translating and translations. Simons demonstrates how works like "Moderatus" do impel us to look more carefully at the inter-relationships of writers and readers and teach us a good deal about the habits of mind which those readers brought to more familiar texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727427

Modern Actuarial Theory and Practice In the years since the publication of the best-selling first edition the incorporation of ideas and theories from the rapidly growing field of financial economics has precipitated considerable development of thinking in the actuarial profession. Modern Actuarial Theory and Practice Second Edition integrates those changes and presents an up-to-date comprehensive overview of UK and international actuarial theory practice and modeling. It describes all of the traditional areas of actuarial activity but in a manner that highlights the fundamental principles of actuarial theory and practice as well as their economic financial and statistical foundations. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780367802745

Modern Adaptive Randomized Clinical TrialsStatistical and Practical Aspects Is adaptive randomization always better than traditional fixed-schedule randomization? Which procedures should be used and under which circumstances? What special considerations are required for adaptive randomized trials? What kind of statistical inference should be used to achieve valid and unbiased treatment comparisons following adaptive randomization designs? Modern Adaptive Randomized Clinical Trials: Statistical and Practical Aspects answers these questions and more. From novel designs to cutting-edge applications this book presents several new and key developments in adaptive randomization. It also offers a fresh and critical look at a number of already-classical topics. Featuring contributions from statisticians clinical trialists and subject-matter experts in academia and the pharmaceutical industry the text: Clarifies the taxonomy of the concept of adaptive randomization Discusses restricted covariate-adaptive response-adaptive and covariate-adjusted response-adaptive (CARA) randomization designs as well as randomized designs with treatment selection Gives an exposition to many novel adaptive randomization techniques such as brick tunnel randomization targeted least absolute shrinkage and selection operator (LASSO)-based CARA randomization multi-arm multi-stage (MAMS) designs to name a few Addresses the issues of statistical inference following covariate-adaptive and response-adaptive randomization designs Describes a successful implementation of a single pivotal phase II/III adaptive trial in infants with proliferating hemangioma Explores some practical aspects of phase II dose-ranging studies and examines statistical monitoring and interim analysis issues in response-adaptive randomized clinical trials Modern Adaptive Randomized Clinical Trials: Statistical and Practical Aspects covers a wide spectrum of topics related to adaptive randomization designs in contemporary clinical trials. The book provides a thorough exploration of the merits of adaptive randomization and aids in identifying when it is appropriate to apply such designs in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482239881

Modern Advertising and the Market for Audience AttentionThe US Advertising Industry's Turn-of-the-Twentieth-Century Transition Modern advertising was created in the US between 1870 and 1920 when advertisers and the increasingly specialized advertising industry that served them crafted means of reliable access to and knowledge of audiences. This highly original and accessible book re-centers the story of the invention of modern advertising on the question of how access to audiences was streamlined and standardized. Drawing from late-nineteenth and early-twentieth-century materials especially from the advertising industry’s professional journals and the business press chapters on the development of print media billboard and direct mail advertising illustrate the struggles amongst advertisers intermediaries audience-sellers and often-resistant audiences themselves. Over time the maturing advertising industry transformed the haphazard business of getting advertisements before the eyes of the public into a market in which audience attention could be traded as a commodity. This book applies economic theory with historical narrative to explain market participants’ ongoing quests to expand the reach of the market and to increase the efficiency of attention harvesting operations. It will be of interest to scholars of contemporary American advertising the history of advertising more generally and also of economic history and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201545

Modern AfricaA Social and Political History Basil Davidson's famous book -- now updated in a welcome Third Edition -- reviews the social and political history of Africa in the twentieth century. It takes the reader from the colonial era through the liberation movements to independence and beyond. It faces squarely the disappointments and breakdowns that have dulled the early successes of the post-colonial era; yet for all the sorrows and uncertainties of Africa today Basil Davidson shows how much has been achieved since decolonization and the mood of his new final chapter is hopeful and buoyant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133358

Modern America: A Documentary History of the Nation Since 1945A Documentary History of the Nation Since 1945 This primary source reader assembles key documents and firsthand accounts that are emblematic of American life from the end of World War II to the present. Designed to complement a core text for a typical post-1945 U.S. history course the book offers conciseness and selectivity with balanced coverage of domestic and foreign societal and cultural issues grouped together chronologically. The readings afford students compelling and sometimes startling insights into the nation's postwar adaptation to its new position of global power and responsibility wealth and rapid social change; on through years of energy and ambition conflict and tragedy to the post-Vietnam malaise and the rise of Ronald Reagan the frenzied nineties and the arrival of the new millennium. Each chapter includes an introduction that sets the documents in historical context a biographical sketch of a significant person of the time study questions and suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702384

Modern American Counter WritingBeats Outriders Ethnics The dissident voice in US culture might almost be said to have been born with the territory. Its span runs from Roger Williams to Thoreau Anne Bradstreet to Gertrude Stein Ambrose Bierce to the New Journalism The Beats to the recent Bad Subjects cyber-crowd. In this new study A. Robert Lee aims to explore those counter-seams of modern American writing that sit outside or at least awkwardly within agreed literary canons. Specifically Lee analyses three recent literary branches in the tradition: a re-envisioning of the whole Beat web or circuit; a consortium of postwar "outrider" voices – Hunter Thompson to Joan Didion to Kathy Acker; and a latest purview of what all too casually has been designated "ethnic" writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896504

Modern American LivesIndividuals and Issues in American History Since 1945 The individuals presented in these narrative biographies significantly and sometimes decisively impacted contemporary American life in a wide range of areas including national politics foreign policy social and political activism popular and literary culture sports and business. The combined biographical/thematic approach is designed to serve two purposes: to present more substantive biographical information and to offer a fuller examination of key events and issues. The book is an ideal supplement for undergraduate courses on The United States Since 1945 as well as for courses on Modern America and 20th Century America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702377

Modern Analysis of Antibodies This book brings together an up-to-date account of instructions in the chemical and biological methods of analysis for antibiotics. It is helpful for all scientific workers in the diversified community of industrial medical academic and governmental antibiotic laboratories. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065395

Modern Analytical GeochemistryAn Introduction to Quantitative Chemical Analysis Techniques for Earth Environmental and Materials Scientists A comprehensive handbook of analytical techniques in geochemistry which provides the student and the professional with an understanding of the wide spectrum of different analytical methods that can be applied to Earth and environmental materials together with a critical appreciation of their relative merits and limitations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140820

Modern and Interdisciplinary Problems in Network ScienceA Translational Research Perspective Modern and Interdisciplinary Problems in Network Science: A Translational Research Perspective covers a broad range of concepts and methods with a strong emphasis on interdisciplinarity. The topics range from analyzing mathematical properties of network-based methods to applying them to application areas. By covering this broad range of topics the book aims to fill a gap in the contemporary literature in disciplines such as physics applied mathematics and information sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657062

Modern Applications of Austrian Thought Austrian economics is often criticized as being hostile to empirical research and seen purely as an ideology. In contrast the purpose of this book is to show that Austrian economics provides an interesting approach to most conceivable subjects in economics. Edited by Jürgen G. Backhaus this comprehensive volume includes Austrian analysis of: health economics labour economics taxation business cycle theory property rights. Contributors include Roger Koppl Bart Nooteboom Larry Moss Dick Wagner and Gerrit Meijer and this significant book will prove invaluable to students of economics and will make interesting reading for applied economists in any area of application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655620

Modern Approaches to Manufacturing ImprovementThe Shingo System Here's the quickest and most inexpensive way to learn about the pioneering work of Shigeo Shingo co-creator (with Taiichi Ohno) of just-in-time. It's an introductory book containing excerpts of five of his classic books as well as an excellent introduction by Professor Robinson. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746745

Modern Arab HistoriographyHistorical Discourse and the Nation-State Inclusing a new introduction and conclusion this revised second edition deals with a vital yet neglected ingredient in modern Arab culture. It is the only scholarly study of Arab historiography. It covers the periods 1820-1920 (Pioneers and Amateurs) and 1920 to today (Professional Historians: Managers of Legitimation). This work is a major contribution not only to the study of Arab historiography but to our understanding of modern Arab thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029382

Modern Arabic SociolinguisticsDiglossia variation codeswitching attitudes and identity Modern Arabic Sociolinguistics outlines and evaluates the major approaches and methods used in Arabic sociolinguistic research with respect to diglossia codeswitching language variation and attitudes and social identity. This book: outlines the main research findings in these core areas and relates them to a wide range of constructs including social context speech communities prestige power language planning gender and religion examines two emerging areas in Arabic sociolinguistic research internet-mediated communication and heritage speakers in relation to globalization language dominance and interference and language loss and maintenance analyses the interplay between the various sociolinguistic aspects and examines the complex nature of the Arabic multidialectal multinational and multiethnic sociolinguistic situation. Based on the author’s recent fieldwork in several Arab countries this book is an essential resource for researchers and students of sociolinguistics Arabic linguistics and Arabic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707473

Modern Architecture and its Representation in Colonial EritreaAn In-visible Colony 1890-1941 Modern Architecture and its Representation in Colonial Eritrea offers a critical assessment of architecture and urbanism constructed in Eritrea during the Italian colonial period spanning from 1890-1941. Drawing together imperial projects modernist aesthetics and fascist motives the book examines how the merger of these three significant influences yielded a complex built environment that served to emulate if not redefine Italian colonial pursuits. As Italy’s colonia primogenità or 'first born colony' Eritrea and its capital Asmara not only bore witness to the emergence of politicized interiors and international expositions the colony became a vehicle that polarized issues of race and gender. Exploring discourses of modernity in Africa this book moves between histories of architecture urbanism literature and media to describe how Eritrea and Asmara became a crucial fulcrum for Italy's ill-fated pursuits in Ethiopia and other neighboring countries. Consequently modern architecture inscribed Eritrean subjectivities while redefining technologies that affected constructions of the colonial interior. Modern Architecture and its Representation in Colonial Eritrea demonstrates how architecture in Asmara reshaped the creation and reception of Italian East Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138567764

Modern Architecture and Religious Communities 1850-1970Building the Kingdom Social groups formed around shared religious beliefs encountered significant change and challenges between the 1860s and the 1970s. This book is the first collection of essays of its kind to take a broad thematically-driven case study approach to this genre of architecture and its associated visual culture and communal experience. Examples range from Nuns’ holy spaces celebrating the life of St Theresa of Lisieux to utopian American desert communities and their reliance on the philosophy of Teilhard de Chardin. Modern religious architecture converses with a broad spectrum of social anthropological cultural and theological discourses and the authors engage with them rigorously and innovatively. As such new readings of sacred spaces offer new angles and perspectives on some of the dominant narratives of the nineteenth twentieth and twenty-first centuries: empire urban expansion pluralism and modernity. In a post-traditional landscape religious architecture suggests expansive ways of exploring themes including nostalgia and revivalism; engineering and technological innovation; prayer and spiritual experimentation; and the beauty of holiness for a brave new world. Shaped by the tensions and anxieties of the modern era and powerfully expressed in the space and material culture of faith the architecture presented here creates a set of new turning points in the history of the built environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591557

Modern Architecture and the End of Empire This title was first published in 2003:  Modernist architecture claimed to be the 'international style' but the relationship between modernism and the new dispositions of nations and nationalities which have succeeded the old European empires remains obscure. In this the first book to examine the interactions between modern architecture imperialism and post-imperialism Mark Crinson looks at the architecture of the last years of the British Empire and during its prolonged dissolution and aftermath. Taking a number of case studies from Britain Ghana Hong Kong Iran India and Malaysia he investigates the ambitions of the people who commissioned the buildings the training and role of architects and the interaction of the architecture and its changing social and cultural contexts. This book raises questions about the nature of modernism and its roles that look far beyond empire and towards the post-imperial. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039650

Modern Architecture Through Case Studies 1945 to 1990 Once again new interpretations are presented of some of the most famous architecture of the period. Work by lesser-known architects whose influence and role have been overlooked by conventional histories of the subject is discussed. The case study structure allows each example to be discussed and used as a springboard to explore different theoretical approaches. Filled with beautiful photographs plans and architect's drawings this is a clear and accessible discussion on a period of architecture that engages many questions still under debate in architecture today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080940373

Modern ArmeniaPeople Nation State Modern Armenia reviews Armenian politics and political thinking from the mid-nineteenth century to the present and the evolution of Armenians from peoplehood to statehood. Written by a key governmental advisor in the early years of Armenian independence this book analyzes the internal dynamics of the revolutionary movement the genocide the Armenian Diaspora its recovered statehood and recent independence as well as the relationship of these developments to processes in the Ottoman/Turkish Russian and Western states. It also explores current dilemmas and future choices independent Armenia faces today.Libaridian concludes with an overview of Armenia and Armenians during the past two decades including the rebirth of independent Armenia its foreign and security policy options its position within the region and its relations with the Diaspora. Fascinating and timely Modern Armenia will be of interest to students and scholars of Armenian history independence movements the dissolution of the Soviet empire foreign relations and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528208

Modern Art And ModernismA Critical Anthology Modern Art and Modernism offers firsthand material for the study of issues central to the development of modern art its theory and criticism. The history of modern art is not simply a history of works of art it is also a history of ideas interpretations. The works of critics and theorists have not merely been influential in deciding how modern art is to be seen and understood they have also influenced the course it has taken. The nature of modern art cannot be understood without some analysis of the concept of Modernism itself.Modern Art and Modernism presents a selection of texts by the major contributors to debate on this subject from Baudelaire and Zola in the nineteenth century to Greenberg and T. J. Clark in our own times. It offers a balanced section of essays by contributors to the mainstream of Modernist criticism representative examples of writing on the themes of abstraction and expression in modern art and a number of important contributions to the discussion of aesthetics and the social role of the artist. Several of these are made available in English translation for the first time and others are brought together from a wide range of periodicals and specialized collections.This book will provide an invaluable resource for teachers and students of modern art art history and aesthetics as well as for general readers interested in the place of modern art in culture and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367094805

Modern Art And The ObjectA Century Of Changing Attitudes Revised And Enlarged Edition This book is devoted to a reexamination of modern art from the point of view of the artist's approach to the object. It chronicles the complex changing relationship between art and the object over the past hundred years; a fundamental organicism relationship as one thing grows out of another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154905

Modern Art for a Modern ChinaThe Chinese Intellectual Debate 1900–1930 How did art reform fit into the many initiatives for social and cultural change that contributed to the New Cultural Movement that transformed the Chinese cultural landscape during the Republican period?"Modern art for a modern China" was the rallying cry of Chinese intellectuals many of whom were artists critics writers poets and educators. Wang describes how these groups discussed and implanted changes in China’s conception and practice of art. She demonstrates how art reforms fit into the many initiatives for social and cultural change that contributed to the New Cultural Movement that transformed the Chinese cultural landscape during the Republican period. In doing so she analyses two key areas in the intellectual history of Republican China: China’s art reform in the early decades of the twentieth century; and the connection and intersection between colonialism nationalism and cosmopolitanism including their direct impact on the development of art and art practice in China.Modern Art for a Modern China is an invaluable resource for scholars and students of China’s twentieth-century intellectual history and art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312718

Modern Art in PakistanHistory Tradition Place Modern Art in Pakistan examines interaction of space tradition and history to analyse artistic production in Pakistan from the 1950s to recent times. It traces the evolution of modernism in Pakistan and frames it in a global context in the aftermath of Partition.A masterful insight into South Asian art this book will interest researchers schola Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176938

Modern ArtA Critical Introduction Revised and restructured this second edition of Modern Art traces the historical and contemporary contexts for understanding modern art movements and the theories that influenced and attempted to explain them. Its radical approach foregoes the chronological approach to art movements in favour of looking at the ways in which art has been understood. The editors investigate the main developments in art interpretation and draw examples from a wide range of genres including painting sculpture photography installation and performance art. This second edition has been fully updated to include many more examples of recent art practice as well as an expanded glossary and comprehensive marginal notes providing definitions of key terms. Extensively illustrated with a wide range of visual examples Modern Art is the essential textbook for students of art history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870366

Modern Arthurian LiteratureAn Anthology of English & American Arthuriana from the Renaissance to the Present First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203765111

Modern Aspects Of The Laws Of Naval Warfare And Maritime Neutrality First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029993

Modern Atomic Physics Much of our understanding of physics in the last 30-plus years has come from research on atoms photons and their interactions. Collecting information previously scattered throughout the literature Modern Atomic Physics provides students with one unified guide to contemporary developments in the field.
Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367077136

Modern Banking in the Balkans and West-European Capital in the 19th and 20th Centuries First published in 1999 Kostis in this book traces the influences Western modern banking systems in Balkan states and the economic development of these countries. The contributors of this book consider a wide arrange of approaches in relation to issues of western-European influence in Balkan countries with the aim to create a further discourse in this subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323711

Modern Bioelectricity This book presents an overview of the field of bioelectricity by demonstrating the biological significance of electromagnetic fields electrical properties of tissue biological effects of electromagnetic energy and therapeutic applications and health hazards of electromagnetic energy. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065821

Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook The second edition of Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Brazilian Portuguese. The book is divided into two sections: • Part A provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures • Part B practises everyday functions (e.g. making social contact asking questions and expressing needs). A comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables you to check on your progress. The Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook is ideal for all learners who have a basic knowledge of Brazilian Portuguese including undergraduates taking Brazilian Portuguese as a major or minor part of their studies as well as intermediate and advanced school adult education and self-study students. While primarily intended for use in conjunction with Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar: A Practical Guide it can also serve as an independent resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646933

Modern Brazilian Portuguese GrammarA Practical Guide Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar: A Practical Guide is an innovative reference guide to Brazilian Portuguese combining traditional and function-based grammar in a single volume. The Grammar is divided into two parts. Part A covers traditional grammatical categories such as agreement nouns verbs and adjectives. Part B is carefully organized around language functions covering all major communication situations such as establishing identity making contact and expressing likes dislikes and preferences. With a strong emphasis on contemporary usage all grammar points and functions are richly illustrated with examples. Building on the success of the first edition this second edition also includes: • An introduction to the history and current status of Brazilian Portuguese • Notes for Spanish speakers pointing out the main grammatical differences between the two languages • Additional explanation and exemplification of areas of particular difficulty for learners. A combination of reference grammar and practical usage manual Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar is the ideal source for learners of Brazilian Portuguese at all levels from beginner to advanced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646896

Modern BritainAn Economic and Social History Modern Britain focuses on two major periods of British history; the interwar period and postwar Britain. The authors compare and contrast developments in the two periods dealing with the themes of:* growth and welfare* industry* labour* social policy* the economyCombining a narrative with a conceptual and analytic approach Modern Britain provides an end-of-century review of progress and decline and an essential background to current polemics and major issues of concern. Clearly structured and written this is an invaluable textbook for students of twentieth century British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176751

Modern BritainAn Introduction Since first publication in 1976 Modern Britain has been widely used as a comprehensive and straightforward introduction to some of the most important features of British life today. The author provides a clear account of a wide range of topics that are keys to understanding the British culture including the system of government the structure of education the social services family life and the mass media.This third edition has been fully revised to take account of important developments and current debates such as whether the monarchy has become too expensive the role of the poll tax in Margaret Thatcher's downfall and the Church of England's decision to ordain women priests.While writing this book John Irwin has been particularly conscious of the needs of foreign students but Modern Britain will be equally useful to school students in Britain and indeed to anyone with an interest in knowing how modern British institutions developed and how they work today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180765

Modern Capitalist Culture This lost classic by famous anthropological theorist Leslie A. White published now for the first time represents twenty-five years of his scholarship on the anthropology of modern capitalism. Drawing out his now classic formulations of social organization cultural evolution and the relationship between technology ecology and culture this major theoretical work traces a vast expanse of history from the earliest forms of capitalism to the detailed inner workings of contemporary democratic institutions. A substantial foreword by Burton J. Brown Benjamin Urish and Robert Carneiro both situates this posthumous work within the history of anthropological theory and shows its importance to contemporary debates within the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346739

Modern Capitalist Culture Abridged Edition This lost classic by Leslie A. White represents twenty-five years of his scholarship on the anthropology of modern capitalism. Drawing out his now classic formulations of social organization cultural evolution and the relationship between technology ecology and culture this major theoretical work traces a vast expanse of history from the earliest forms of capitalism to the detailed inner workings of contemporary democratic institutions. The abridged version of Modern Capitalist Culture delivers all of White‘s major arguments in a clear and concise manner. A substantial foreword by Burton J. Brown Benjamin Urish and Robert Carneiro both situates this posthumous work within the history of anthropological theory and shows its importance to contemporary debates within the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403659

Modern Ceramic EngineeringProperties Processing and Use in Design Fourth Edition Since the publication of its Third Edition there have been many notable advances in ceramic engineering. Modern Ceramic Engineering Fourth Edition serves as an authoritative text and reference for both professionals and students seeking to understand key concepts of ceramics engineering by introducing the interrelationships among the structure properties processing design concepts and applications of advanced ceramics. Written in the same clear manner that made the previous editions so accessible this latest edition has been expanded to include new information in almost every chapter as well as two new chapters that present a variety of relevant case studies. The new edition now includes updated content on nanotechnology the use of ceramics in integrated circuits flash drives and digital cameras and the role of miniaturization that has made our modern digital devices possible as well as information on electrochemical ceramics updated discussions on LEDs lasers and optical applications and the role of ceramics in energy and pollution control technologies. It also highlights the increasing importance of modeling and simulation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498716918

Modern China The past hundred years in China have seen almost continuous transformation and upheaval.  From Confucianist monarchy to warlordism from fanatically doctrinaire socialist tyranny to almost doctrineless social-capitalism China has experienced political cultural and economic  disintegration reunion and revolution on an unprecedented scale. Beginning with the overthrow of the Emperor in 1911 Moise guides us through a century of ever-unfolding drama with characteristic clarity and balance. Examining the effects of the communist revolution he argues that in the early days Mao Zedong established the most effective government China had ever known and that even during the bizarre excesses and blood-letting of the Cultural Revolution there were still issues that were dealt with in a rational and effective manner. Moving on to the developments since the death of Mao in 1976 in a section fully revised and updated for this new edition Moise gives a nuanced account of the two sides of China: its spectacularly successful programme of capitalist economic development and its continuing dictatorship. He contends that dictatorship is now much less total than it was until the mid-70s; although dissenters are still persecuted their very existence is evidence of a significant loosening of repression. However there is a heavy price being paid for the Chinese economic miracle. The environmental effects of this boom already stretch well beyond the borders of China. Modern Chinasends us a clear message: the rapid and fundamental change that has framed the last century has not slowed or stalled but acts as a pointer to the near certainty of significant further change. To understand China’s future we must understand its past. Edwin E. Moise is Professor of History at Clemson University South Carolina and a specialist in the history of China and Vietnam. His previous works include Land Reform in China and North Vietnam(1983) and Tonkin Gulf and the Escalation of the Vietnam War (1996). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836785

Modern China's Ethnic FrontiersA Journey to the West The purpose of this book is to examine the strategies and practices of the Han Chinese Nationalists vis-à-vis post-Qing China’s ethnic minorities as well as to explore the role they played in the formation of contemporary China’s Central Asian frontier territoriality and border security. The Chinese Revolution of 1911 initiated by Sun Yat-sen liberated the Han Chinese from the rule of the Manchus and ended the Qing dynastic order that had existed for centuries. With the collapse of the Qing dynasty the Mongols and the Tibetans who had been dominated by the Manchus took advantage of the revolution and declared their independence. Under the leadership of Yuan Shikai the new Chinese Republican government in Peking in turn proclaimed the similar "five-nationality Republic" proposed by the Revolutionaries as a model with which to sustain the deteriorating Qing territorial order. The shifting politics of the multi-ethnic state during the regime transition and the role those politics played in defining the identity of the modern Chinese state were issues that would haunt the new Chinese Republic from its inception to its downfall. Modern China's Ethnic Frontiers will be of interest to students and scholars of Chinese history Asian history and modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855402

Modern ChinaSociety Culture and Literature This book looks at the transition of modern Chinese society in terms of its culture and literature. Since the economic reforms and open door policy in 1978 the Chinese society has undergone a drastic transformation. It is headed towards becoming an ultra-modern advanced society and a world superpower. Among the pillars of great change are the advances in technology and communication that have reshaped Chinese society. This volume explores China’s march towards modernity in the 21st century as defined by its own terms. It discusses China’s social structure ageing population gender stratification marriages cultural identity cosmopolitanism its history of communism law economic reforms financial institutions and challenges of the global markets. The book sheds light on Chinese literature and media and brings out various facets of social changes across time.With its topical debates and issues this volume will be useful to scholars and researchers of Chinese studies East Asian studies geopolitics area studies international relations politics and foreign policy along with think tanks and those in media and journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367731694

Modern Chinese Grammar - a Clause-Pivot Approach Modern Chinese Grammar provides a comprehensive coverage of Chinese grammar through the clause-pivot theory and the double triangle approach first proposed by Fuyi Xing in 1996. Translated into English for the first time the book is widely regarded by linguists as a seminal text and ground-breaking in linguistics research. The book contains discussion of the topics which are essential to Chinese grammar from words and phrases to complex sentences and sentence groups. It addresses such controversial issues as word class identification the distinction between words and phrases and between clauses and complex sentences. The book also shows through a wealth of examples how the clause-pivot theory and the double triangle approach can be applied productively in grammatical studies. Modern Chinese Grammar: A Clause-Pivot Theoretical Approach is an essential purchase for researchers and graduate students of Chinese grammar and syntax. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516727

Modern Chinese Lexicology Centring on "words" which connect vocabulary and semantic morphemes this book makes a systemic and in-depth analysis on the study of modern Chinese lexicology. Firstly it clarifies the definitions and properties of vocabulary words and semantic morphemes in Chinese. Then the structure forms of Chinese words are examined. It is worth noting that this research is one of the first to distinguish word formation and lexical morphology. It observes that word formation studies how neologisms are coined while lexical morphology refers to the ways in which semantic morphemes are combined with each other. On word meaning and its clustering it discusses the relationship between word meaning and concept as well as the criteria and principles of the clustering. Specifically it studies monosemes polysemes synonyms near-synonyms antonyms etc. including their characteristics and types. Lastly it explores the evolution of word meaning and its laws as well as the dynamic form of vocabulary. This book will be a valuable reference for scholars and students in linguistics especially in Chinese lexical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591922

Modern Chinese Parts of SpeechClassification Theory What is the essence of a part of speech? Why is it difficult to classify parts of speech? What are the bases and criteria for classifying them? How should they be classified? In doing so how should a conversional word be dealt with? How should nomonalization be treated? These are just some of the questions answered in this book. The classification of parts of speech in Chinese is a tough job due to the language's lack of morphological differences. Based on the analysis of nearly 40 000 Chinese characters this book proposes that essentially a part of speech is not of distributional type and that its intrinsic basis is an expressional function and the semantic type. Essentially large categories such as substantive words predicate words and modification words are classes of words classified according to their expressional functions. Basic categories such as nouns verbs and adjectives are classes that combine semantic types with syntactical functions. In classifying parts of speech the book pays attention not to identifying a single distributive characteristic that is internally universal and externally exclusive but to clustering the grammatical functions that have the same classification value through the “reflection-representation” relationship among distribution expressional function and semantic type (distribution reflects expressional function and semantic type which are in turn  represented as distribution) thereby identifying the classification criteria. It uses distributional compatibility and the correlation principle to analyze which distributional differences represent differences in parts of speech and which do not. In this way grammatical functions that have equal classification values are collected into one equivalent function cluster each of which represents one part of speech. The book uses four strategies to classify parts of speech namely the homogeneity strategy the homomorphical strategy the priority homomorphical strategy and the consolidation strategy. It will be a valuable reference for Chinese linguistic researchers and students as well as Chinese learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661076

Modern Chinese Parts of SpeechSystems Research Classification of parts of speech in Chinese is tough due to the lack of morphological differences and thus is short of in-depth investigation and exploration. Based on the analysis and research of nearly 40 000 Chinese characters this book elaborates on the system of Chinese parts of speech and proposes a set of criteria on their classification contributing to relevant theoretical and methodological studies.To begin with it examines the common characteristics and internal hierarchies of parts of speech as well as the relationship between grammatical functions and parts of speech in modern Chinese. Then it puts forward the criteria on the classification of Chinese parts of speech with a descriptive explanation of around 20 parts of speech. Besides it illustrates the statistical studies on Chinese parts of speech offering data support and corpus verification to the criteria. Also it analyses the system of Chinese parts of speech from the perspective of typology. Specifically it elucidates the correspondence between syntactic positions and parts of speech functional differentiation of Chinese word items etc. This book will be a valuable reference to researchers and students in Chinese linguistics. Learners of Chinese will also be attracted by it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589325

Modern Chinese Real Estate LawProperty Development in an Evolving Legal System With massive growth taking place in the real estate industry how can China develop a free market and private ownership of land while still officially subscribing to Communist ideology? This study uses fieldwork interviews to establish how the Chinese real estate market operates in practice from both legal and business perspectives. It describes how the market functions which laws are applicable and how they are applied and how a nation can achieve dramatic economic growth so rapidly while its legal system is so unsettled. The book demonstrates how China is drawing on the world for ideas while retaining a domestic system that remains essentially Chinese and how the recent revitalization of China's real estate market has confounded the predictions of many developments economists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267954

Modern Chinese WritersSelf-portrayals This volume gathers personal reflections on life and literature by 44 of China's leading authors. It aims to illustrate how Chinese society and its creative writing have supported competed and fought with each other for the past 40 years and more. Much of what is revealed here is mundane but the pressure of bringing art to social and political causes indeed the universal pressure to survive forges this collection into a very human document. The strengths and weaknesses of these essays offer a window on those of modern Chinese literature itself. Realism was the favoured literary doctrine of the day and reflecting this most of these essays speak for themselves - about war revolution betrayal and commitment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488691

Modern City Revisited This beautifully illustrated guide celebrates some of the most significant award winning public spaces in major cities in the UK and Ireland over the last ten years.Dealing with a range of contemporary and innovating designed landscapes from urban spaces to public parks this book focuses on those that have been awarded the highest design accolade from the Royal Institute of British Architects The Royal Town andPlanning Institute The Landscape Institute and The Civic Trust. Focusing on designs in ten major cities and providing a snappy synopsis of each of the spaces in terms of its design statement function location design team and award commentary It illustrates tothe reader what makes 'good design' in the public realm providing both information and inspiration. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138474130

Modern Color/Modern ArchitectureAmédée Ozenfant and the Genealogy of Color in Modern Architecture This title was first published in 2002. This really is a text that will fill a long-felt want. A key figure in that history is Amédée Ozenfant painter critic and friend of Le Corbusier who in the first half of this century founded a school in London where he conducted experiments and wrote about color in architecture. Those experiments have been reconstructed for the book which also includes reprints of his most important articles on the subject. This book provides a fascinating survey of this most contemporary topic that will inspire and inform designers and architects. Color has often been regarded as the final dressing of a building subject to the vagaries of fashion and left to the client to select. There have been a number of studies of polychromy in the architecture of the more distant past particularly in relation to modern conservation practices but there is little or nothing on the architectural color of recent times and especially within Modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138742017

Modern Computational Methods This book is an introduction to computational mechanics proceeding from basic computational tools to advanced computational procedures and applications. Emphasis is placed on the numerical techniques and how they form the bases for algorithms. Numerous worked examples in structural mechanics heat transfer fluid flow and biomechanics are given with the numerical codes to illustrate how the methods are applied. A concluding section addresses advanced applications in such areas as finite volume methods and biomechanics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746738

Modern Conditions Postmodern Controversies In this accomplished comprehensive and accessible book Barry Smart explores these questions. The book examines the social and economic processes which have shaped and continue to shape life today. It also provides exemplary critical assessments of the various `modern' and `postmodern' thinkers who have sought to explain these processes. Judicious in its judgements and superbly informed the text is a major contribution to the debate on Modernity and Postmodernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154247

Modern Conflict and the Senses Modern Conflict and the Senses investigates the sensual worlds created by modern war focusing on the sensorial responses embodied in and provoked by the materiality of conflict and its aftermath. The volume positions the industrialized nature of twentieth-century war as a unique cultural phenomenon in possession of a material and psychological intensity that embodies the extremes of human behaviour from total economic mobilization to the unbearable sadness of individual loss. Adopting a coherent and integrated hybrid approach to the complexities of modern conflict the book considers issues of memory identity and emotion through wartime experiences of tangible sensations and bodily requirements. This comprehensive and interdisciplinary collection draws upon archaeology anthropology military and cultural history art history cultural geography and museum and heritage studies in order to revitalize our understandings of the role of the senses in conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873233

Modern Constituency ElectioneeringLocal Campaigning in the 1992 General Election In this study of grass-roots election campaigning the authors survey the evolution of campaigning over the past century and describe how the parties organized their constituency campaigns in the 1992 election. They examine and evaluate the campaign techniques used. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036786

Modern Construction EconomicsTheory and Application Traditional building economics has primarily been concerned with issues around project appraisal and cost management techniques. On the other hand modern construction economics has a wider focus with stronger links to mainstream economics  reflecting an increased interest in a range of theoretical issues in construction economics both at the macro and micro level. In Modern Construction Economics: Theory and Application  a variety of approaches are used to present a coherent vision of synthesis between industry economics and project economics.   Topics covered include: developing construction economics as idustry economics competition and barriers to entry in construction innovation in construction theory testing in construction management research collusion and corruption in the construction sector. Including contributions from academics in the UK Sweden Hong Kong and Australia this is a truly global review of a core issue for the construction industry worldwide. The result is a unique book that will push toward the development of a comprehensive theoretical framework of construction economics. This is a must-read for all serious students of construction economics and all practitioners looking for a deeper understanding of their industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861336

Modern Control Engineering "Illustrates the analysis behavior and design of linear control systems using classical modern and advanced control techniques. Covers recent methods in system identification and optimal digital adaptive robust and fuzzy control as well as stability controllability observability pole placement state observers input-output decoupling and model matching." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214573

Modern Cook First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976276

Modern Cosmological Observations and Problems In recent years an enormous amount of cosmological data has come from well known projects such as the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) and the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE). This book explains and makes sense of this vast array of new observational data in terms of its impact on current cosmological models. With new theories and a plethora of data feeding cosmology in the 1990s Gregory Bothun sets about the task of re- assessing our cosmological models. He outlines exactly what the latest observations are and how they should be seen as either consistent or in conflict with current cosmogenic scenarios. In this search for a reconciliation of current data with competing theory he explains how Einstein's idea of a cosmological constant has now become a viable hypothesis. This authoritative text should be valuable to all those studying cosmological observations at advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate level. Bothun draws a path through cosmology by defining a trajectory that is based on the data. This should also provide a framework for professional cosmologists and related readers in physics as it presents a solid observational foundation which either supports or conflicts with present theory. The book is illustrated including many CCD images of galaxies. Given the rapidly changing nature of the field this book is supported by a World Wide Web site of supplementary material that is designed to readily update the material in the book. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062653

Modern Counter-Insurgency Insurgency has been the most prevalent form of conflict in the modern world since the end of the Second World War. Accordingly it has posed a major challenge to conventional armed forces all of whom have had to evolve counter-insurgency methods in response. The volume brings together classic articles on the counter-insurgency experience since 1945. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248769

Modern Couples?Continuity and Change in Heterosexual Relationships Have heterosexual relationships become more intimate and equal over the past forty years? Simply put this is the central question underpinning this book. Within the context of late modern social processes including most notably individualization and detraditionalization authors such as Giddens Beck and Beck-Gernsheim and Bauman have come to focus on a posited transformation of personal relationships. This has culminated in a sociological debate over the nature of contemporary relationships with proponents of change celebrating the emergence of an intimacy based on personal satisfaction rather than traditional obligations. Detractors reject this interpretation and instead lament what they consider to be the destruction of commitment and the demoralisation of personal relationships by the rise of individualism and consumerism. While these two entrenched positions have dominated the debate a third marginalised perspective has emerged which questions the extent to which contemporary relationships have become detraditionalized and emphasises evidence of continuing gender inequalities. This book is essentially a qualitative empirical investigation of the changes and continuities posited within the debate which evaluates existing work and details the findings of van Hooff's research into the relationships of two generations of heterosexual couples. It provides the reader with a grounded interpretation of the evidence questioning to what extent lived reality has matched the rhetoric within contemporary relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610934

Modern Criminal LawFifth Edition This book provides a clear concise and highly accessible overview of the key aspects of criminal law doctrine as it applies in England and Wales. The content has been revised and updated reflecting the constantly evolving nature of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138381513

Modern Criticism and TheoryA Reader This third edition of Modern Criticism and Theory represents a major expansion on its previous incarnations with some twenty five new pieces or essays included. This expansion has two principal purposes. Firstly in keeping with the collection’s aim to reflect contemporary preoccupations the reader has expanded forward to include such newly emergent considerations as ecocriticism and post-theory. Secondly with the aim of presenting as broad an account of modern theory as possible the reader expands backwards to to take in exemplary pieces by formative writers and thinkers of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries such as Marx Freud and Virginia Woolf.. This radical expansion of content is prefaced by a wide-ranging introduction which provides a rationale for the collection and demonstrates how connections can be made between competing theories and critical schools. The purpose of the collection remains that of introducing the reader to the guiding concepts of contemporary literary and cultural debate. It does so by presenting substantial extracts from seminal thinkers and surrounding them with the contextual materials necessary to a full understanding. Each selection has a headnote which gives biographical details of the author and provides suggestions for further reading and footnotes that help explain difficult references. The collection is ordered both historically and thematically and readers are encouraged to draw for themselves connections between essays and theories.  Modern Criticism and Theory has long been regarded as a necessary collection. Now revised for the twenty first century it goes further and provides students and the general reader with a wide-ranging survey of the complex landscape of modern theory and a critical assessment of the way we think – and live – in the world today.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780582784543

Modern Dance in France (1920-1970)An Adventure First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078731

Modern Dance in Germany and the United StatesCrosscurrents and Influences First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077352

Modern Data Science with R Modern Data Science with R is a comprehensive data science textbook for undergraduates that incorporates statistical and computational thinking to solve real-world problems with data. Rather than focus exclusively on case studies or programming syntax this book illustrates how statistical programming in the state-of-the-art R/RStudio computing environment can be leveraged to extract meaningful information from a variety of data in the service of addressing compelling statistical questions. Contemporary data science requires a tight integration of knowledge from statistics computer science mathematics and a domain of application. This book will help readers with some background in statistics and modest prior experience with coding develop and practice the appropriate skills to tackle complex data science projects. The book features a number of exercises and has a flexible organization conducive to teaching a variety of semester courses. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498724487

Modern Diagnostic X-Ray SourcesTechnology Manufacturing Reliability Modern Diagnostic X-ray Sources: Technology Manufacturing Reliability gives an up-to-date summary of X-ray source design for applications in modern diagnostic medical imaging. It lays a sound groundwork for education and advanced training in the physics of X-ray production and X-ray interactions with matter. The book begins with a historical overview of X-ray tube and generator development including key achievements leading up to the current technological and economic state of the field.The book covers the physics of X-ray generation including the process of constructing X-ray source devices. The stand-alone chapters can be read continuously or in selections. They take you inside diagnostic X-ray tubes illustrating their design functions metrics for validation and interfaces. The detailed descriptions enable objective comparison and benchmarking.This detailed presentation of X-ray tube creation and functions enables you to understand how to optimize tube efficiency particularly with consideration for economics and the environment. It also simplifies fault finding. Along with covering the past and current state of the field the book assesses the future regarding developing new X-ray sources that can enhance performance and yield greater benefits to the scientific community and to the public. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870065

Modern Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces with Mathematica Presenting theory while using Mathematica in a complementary way Modern Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces with Mathematica the third edition of Alfred Gray’s famous textbook covers how to define and compute standard geometric functions using Mathematica for constructing new curves and surfaces from existing ones. Since Gray’s death authors Abbena and Salamon have stepped in to bring the book up to date. While maintaining Gray's intuitive approach they reorganized the material to provide a clearer division between the text and the Mathematica code and added a Mathematica notebook as an appendix to each chapter. They also address important new topics such as quaternions. The approach of this book is at times more computational than is usual for a book on the subject. For example Brioshi’s formula for the Gaussian curvature in terms of the first fundamental form can be too complicated for use in hand calculations but Mathematica handles it easily either through computations or through graphing curvature. Another part of Mathematica that can be used effectively in differential geometry is its special function library where nonstandard spaces of constant curvature can be defined in terms of elliptic functions and then plotted. Using the techniques described in this book readers will understand concepts geometrically plotting curves and surfaces on a monitor and then printing them. Containing more than 300 illustrations the book demonstrates how to use Mathematica to plot many interesting curves and surfaces. Including as many topics of the classical differential geometry and surfaces as possible it highlights important theorems with many examples. It includes 300 miniprograms for computing and plotting various geometric objects alleviating the drudgery of computing things such as the curvature and torsion of a curve in space. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781315276038

Modern Digital Control Systems This work presents traditional methods and current techniques of incorporating the computer into closed-loop dynamic systems control combining conventional transfer function design and state variable concepts. Digital Control Designer - an award-winning software program which permits the solution of highly complex problems - is available on the CR Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746721

Modern Digital Design and Switching Theory Modern Digital Design and Switching Theory is an important text that focuses on promoting an understanding of digital logic and the computer programs used in the minimization of logic expressions. Several computer approaches are explained at an elementary level including the Quine-McCluskey method as applied to single and multiple output functions the Shannon expansion approach to multilevel logic the Directed Search Algorithm and the method of Consensus. Chapters 9 and 10 offer an introduction to current research in field programmable devices and multilevel logic synthesis. Chapter 9 covers more advanced topics in programmed logic devices including techniques for input decoding and Field-Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). Chapter 10 includes a discussion of boolean division kernels and factoring boolean tree structures rectangle covering binary decision diagrams and if-then-else operators. Computer algorithms covered in these two chapters include weak division iterative weak division and kernel extraction by tabular methods and by rectangle covering theory. Modern Digital Design and Switching Theory is an excellent textbook for electrical and computer engineering students in addition to a worthwhile reference for professionals working with integrated circuits. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203746714

Modern Digital Halftoning The late 1980s revolutionary advances in digital halftoning enabled inkjet printers to achieve much higher image fidelity. The rapid rate of progress has resulted in numerous breakthroughs scattered throughout the literature rendering old technologies obsolete and renewing the need for a centralized source on the current state of the art. Entirely revised and updated Modern Digital Halftoning Second Edition provides an integrated and up-to-date treatment of stochastic halftoning and digital printing. Using full-color illustrations to enhance the text this edition incorporates new topics as well as updated models algorithms and methods used to construct and improve the quality of green-noise blue-noise and multitone images. Following a review of various halftoning techniques this edition now covers amplitude modulated dither arrays adapting to human visual models direct binary search and handling stochastic moiré problems. It also presents a new chapter on lenticular printing a means for printing color holographic images. An accompanying CD-ROM contains MATLAB® software files and illustrated examples employing algorithms statistics and other key concepts from the book. Documenting the development of digital printing since the first edition Modern Digital Halftoning Second Edition offers a well-rounded and accurate perspective on the technological capabilities of digital printing and provides all the necessary tools for continuing research in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219790

Modern Diplomacy Contemporary thoughtful and extensively illustrated Modern Diplomacy examines a broad range of current diplomatic practice. This leading and widely used book - now in its fifth edition - equips students with a detailed analysis of important international issues that reflect and impact upon diplomacy and its relations. The subject is brought to life through case studies and examples which highlight the working of contemporary diplomacy within the international political arena. Organised around five broad topic areas including the nature of diplomacy diplomatic methods negotiation the operation of diplomacy in specific areas and international conflict the book covers all major topic areas of contemporary diplomacy. New features for this edition: Developments in diplomatic practice Strategies in diplomacy International trade geopolitics and agreements Diplomacy of new regional organisations and groupings Developing country diplomacy Non-traditional diplomacy New concepts – parallel and counter diplomacy New case studies include: the Paris Climate Agreement Brexit international finance and trade agreements and the UN security forces. Modern Diplomacy is essential reading for students and practitioners of international relations foreign policy international law international political economy international economics the Foreign Services Institutes and the National Diplomatic Academies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576346

Modern Directional Statistics Modern Directional Statistics collects important advances in methodology and theory for directional statistics over the last two decades. It provides a detailed overview and analysis of recent results that can help both researchers and practitioners. Knowledge of multivariate statistics eases the reading but is not mandatory.The field of directional statistics has received a lot of attention over the past two decades due to new demands from domains such as life sciences or machine learning to the availability of massive data sets requiring adapted statistical techniques and to technological advances. This book covers important progresses in distribution theory high-dimensional statistics kernel density estimation efficient inference on directional supports and computational and graphical methods. Christophe Ley is professor of mathematical statistics at Ghent University. His research interests include semi-parametrically efficient inference flexible modeling directional statistics and the study of asymptotic approximations via Stein’s Method. His achievements include the Marie-Jeanne Laurent-Duhamel prize of the Société Française de Statistique and an elected membership at the International Statistical Institute. He is associate editor for the journals Computational Statistics & Data Analysis and Econometrics and Statistics.Thomas Verdebout is professor of mathematical statistics at Université libre de Bruxelles (ULB). His main research interests are semi-parametric statistics high- dimensional statistics directional statistics and rank-based procedures. He has won an annual prize of the Belgian Academy of Sciences and is an elected member of the International Statistical Institute. He is associate editor for the journals Statistics and Probability Letters and Journal of Multivariate Analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573010

Modern Distribution Systems with PSCAD Analysis With the new advancements in distribution systems such as the integration of renewable energy and bidirectional energy flow it is necessary to equip power system engineers and students with better tools and understanding of how to study and analyze various phenomenon in distribution system. This book includes sections that address new advancements in distribution systems by discussing possible impacts associated with active distribution systems. It provides a foundational knowledge of the parts and equipment that make up a distribution grid how they work and how they are designed maintained and protected. The book highlights experimental modeling and analysis examples which can be carried out by utilizing the software PSCAD. It aims to introduce and familiarize the reader with how to use analytical tools and understand the engineering problems related to distribution system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033559

Modern DramatistsA Casebook of Major British Irish and American Playwrights This comprehensive collection gathers critical essays on the major works of the foremost American and British playwrights of the 20th century written by leading figures in drama/performance studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203054819

Modern Dutch GrammarA Practical Guide Modern Dutch Grammar: A Practical Guide is an innovative reference guide to Dutch combining traditional and function-based grammar in a single volume. With a strong emphasis on contemporary usage all grammar points and functions are richly illustrated with examples. The Grammar is divided into two parts. Part I covers traditional grammatical categories such as nouns and verbs. Part II is carefully organized around language functions and contexts such as: Giving and seeking information Describing processes and results Expressing attitudes mental states and emotions Registers and style Formal and informal communication e.g. youth talk Main features of the Grammar include: Clear succinct and jargon-free explanations Extensive cross-referencing between the different sections Emphasis on areas of particular difficulty for learners of Dutch This is the ideal reference grammar for learners of Dutch at all levels from elementary to advanced; no prior knowledge of grammatical terminology is assumed and it provides indices of grammatical terms and functions. This Grammar is complemented by a companion website featuring related exercises and activities to reinforce learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828413

Modern Dystopian Fiction and Political ThoughtNarratives of World Politics Over the past few years ‘dystopia’ has become a word with increasing cultural currency. This volume argues that we live in dystopian times and more specifically that a genre of fiction called "dystopia" has above others achieved symbolic cultural value in representing fears and anxieties about the future. As such dystopian fictions do not merely mirror what is happening in the world: in becoming such a ready referent for discussions about such varied topics as governance popular culture security structural discrimination environmental disasters and beyond the narrative conventions and generic tropes of dystopian fiction affect the ways in which we grapple with contemporary political problems economic anxieties and social fears. The volume addresses the development of the narrative methods and generic conventions of dystopian fiction as a mode of socio-political critique across the first half of the twentieth century. It examines how a series of texts from an age of political extremes contributed to political discourse and rhetoric both in its contemporary setting and in the terms in which we increasingly cast our cultural anxieties. Focusing on interactions between temporality spatiality and narrative the analysis unpicks how the dystopian interacts with social and political events debates and ideas Stock evaluates modern dystopian fiction as a historically responsive mode of political literature. He argues that amid the terrors and upheavals of the first half of the twentieth century dystopian fiction provided a unique space for writers to engage with historical and contemporary political thought in a mode that had popular cultural appeal. Combining literary analysis informed by critical theory and the history of political thought with archival-based historical research this volume works to shed new light on the intersection of popular culture and world politics. It will be of interest to students and scholars in literary studies cultural and intellectual history politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584443

Modern Earth Structures for Transport EngineeringEngineering and Sustainability Aspects Nowadays demands on modern civil engineering structures require not only safe technical solutions but also additional approaches involving ecological sociological and economical aspects. This book reacts on these new requirements with a focus on earth structures for transport engineering mainly for motorways and railways. Technical demands have to be adequately related to the risk with which the design and execution are connected. Soil used for the construction together with subsoil are natural materials with a high degree of inhomogeneity. Therefore the risk when constructing with such materials is much higher than for structures utilizing man-made materials. The engineering approach is firstly focused on the geotechnical risk identification and subsequently on the reduction of this risk. Geotechnical risk is linked to the uncertainties for individual phases of the design and construction processes. Ground model geotechnical design model calculation model and structure execution are the main phases of the above-mentioned processes. Risk reduction involves the lowering of the range of uncertainties for individual phases guaranteeing safe and optimal technical solutions. Eurocode 7 "Geotechnical design" creates a general frame of this risk identification and reduction approach. Earth structures are offering great opportunities for sustainability approach. Therefore the possibilities how to decrease consumption of land (greenfields) energy and natural aggregates are at the centre of interest. In parallel to sustainability the principles of availability and affordability for transport infrastructures are discussed. The main aim there is to eliminate the impact of interaction of the transport infrastructure with natural and man-made hazards thus guaranteeing long-term functionality. This book will be of interest to specialists responsible for transport infrastructure planning investors (project owners) of motorways and railways and environmental engineers. The main focus is on those responsible for geotechnical investigations earth structures design and on contractors of such structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367208349

Modern East Asia: An Introductory HistoryAn Introductory History Written with rare mastery and a sure sense of the essential this concise general history of modern East Asia offers students and general readers an understanding of this dynamic region from a global perspective. It is the ideal introductory text for college survey courses in Asian and international studies.Following an introductory discussion of the regional concept the first two chapters lay the foundations. Chapter 1 describes East Asia's geographical human cultural economic social and political setting as it has evolved over the past several millennia and the three major belief systems - Confucianism Buddhism and Islam. Chapter 2 presents a panoramic view of the region ca. 1800. The chapter introduces the "dramatis personae" - the Chinese Japanese Koreans Vietnamese Thai Burmese Indonesians Filipinos and others - and describes their interactions with each other and with Imperial China.The following three chapters deal with European expansionism and East Asians' responses to the civilizational challenge; the stirrings of nationalism in reaction to European colonial rule; and the remarkable rise of Imperial Japan. Chapters 6 and 7 trace Japan's bid to lead a pan-Asianist revolt against the twin threats of Western liberalism and Soviet communism and the ensuing Pacific War. Chapters 8 and 9 span the cold war era from postwar U.S. hopes for a "Pax Americana" to the division of East Asia into communist and anti-communist blocs. The Sino-Soviet split and the Sino-American rapprochement of the early 1970s open the way to the "East Asian miracle" and a resurgence of East Asian regionalism surveyed in Chapter 10. A concluding chapter considers the prospects for continued economic dynamism and the balance of nationalism and pan-Asian trends in shaping the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702360

Modern Economic Classics-Evaluations Through Time In this book first published in 1988 the editors have included the reviews of thirteen classic works on economic theory empirical economic studies political economy and management. Each major work was chosen due to its contribution in shaping our current knowledge and perspectives and each essay is commented on by important critics in different eras. This title will be of interest to students of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282742

Modern Education Textbooks and the Image of the NationPolitics and Modernization and Nationalism in Korean Education: 1880-1910 First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976290

Modern Education of Young Children (1933) First published in 1933 experienced teachers describe the transition in a large infant school from formal teaching to project work and illustrate the methods by which children free to play singly or in groups gain general education and rapidly acquire skill in the three R's. That similar methods can be used successfully in the teaching of separate subjects is illustrated in the chapters on the teaching of geography music and nature study written by teachers of kindergarten and lower forms. Throughout the underlying principles are made clear so that teachers and students will easily be able to apply them to their own branch of work in their own type of school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300569

Modern Educational Myths Focusing on some of the fallacies in the education system in the UK the contributors to this text dissect controversial topics including: are higher pass rates the key to success?; is school really a community?; does good management create a good school?; and can A-levels survive? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421004

Modern Educational PsychologyAn Historical Introduction Many contemporary issues in educational psychology become clearer when set against the perspective of their historical antecedents. Originally published in 1969 this book provides a survey of the most important ideas and experiments in educational psychology at the time showing how they have helped to shape our understanding of the factors that influence child life and growth. Dr Evans discusses the subject under four broad headings: Child Development; Theories of Personality Formation; The Psychology of Learning; and Mental Testing and Measurement. The book provided a valuable introduction to educational psychology for education students at the time and will now be of historical interest to those involved in educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060722

Modern EgyptStudies in Politics and Society First published in 1980 'Modern Egypt Studies in Politics and Society' is an important contribution to the field of History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452138

Modern EgyptThe Formation Of A Nation-state This second edition of scholar Arthur Goldschmidt presents a concise survey of Egyptian history since the mid-eighteenth century. It focuses on Egypt's evolution as a nation-state dispelling common misconceptions about Egypt's modern history. Professor Goldschmidt calls upon recent Egyptian and Western scholarship to document pivotal points such as the 1952 revolution and to illuminate controversies such as those surrounding Sadat's role in the 1973 war with Israel. Modern Egypt is anecdotal as well as authoritative covering social history religion politics economics military history geography and even the psychology of selected leaders. Faruq's impotence Nasir's paranoia and Sadat's glamour are all presented as they relate to policy motivations and outcomes. Modern Egypt paves the way to a clear understanding of events leading up to the Camp David accords of 1978 and then points beyond them to the emergent Muslim opposition Sadat's assassination and Mubarak's regime.This book is directed to students journalists diplomats foreign visitors and long-term residents and businesspeople who need to be familiar with Egypt its role in Middle East affairs and its involvement with the nations of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096670

Modern Electric Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles  "This book is an introduction to automotive technology with specic reference to battery electric hybrid electric and fuel cell electric vehicles. It could serve electrical engineers who need to know more about automobiles or automotive engineers who need to know about electrical propulsion systems. For example this reviewer who is a specialist in electric machinery could use this book to better understand the automobiles for which the reviewer is designing electric drive motors. An automotive engineer on the other hand might use it to better understand the nature of motors and electric storage systems for application in automobiles trucks or motorcycles. The early chapters of the book are accessible to technically literate people who need to know something about cars. While the rst chapter is historical in nature the second chapter is a good introduction to automobiles including dynamics of propulsion and braking. The third chapter discusses in some detail spark ignition and compression ignition (Diesel) engines. The fourth chapter discusses the nature of transmission systems.” —James Kirtley Massachusetts Institute of Technology USA “The third edition covers extensive topics in modern electric hybrid electric and fuel cell vehicles in which the profound knowledge mathematical modeling simulations and control are clearly presented. Featured with design of various vehicle drivetrains as well as a multi-objective optimization software it is an estimable work to meet the needs of automotive industry.” —Haiyan Henry Zhang Purdue University USA “The extensive combined experience of the authors have produced an extensive volume covering a broad range but detailed topics on the principles design and architectures of Modern Electric Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles in a well-structured clear and concise manner. The volume offers a complete overview of technologies their selection integration & control as well as an interesting Technical Overview of the Toyota Prius. The technical chapters are complemented with example problems and user guides to assist the reader in practical calculations through the use of common scientic computing packages. It will be of interest mainly to research postgraduates working in this eld as well as established academic researchers industrial R&D engineers and allied professionals.” —Christopher Donaghy-Sparg Durham University United Kingdom The book deals with the fundamentals theoretical bases and design methodologies of conventional internal combustion engine (ICE) vehicles electric vehicles (EVs) hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and fuel cell vehicles (FCVs). The design methodology is described in mathematical terms step-by-step and the topics are approached from the overall drive train system not just individual components. Furthermore in explaining the design methodology of each drive train design examples are presented with simulation results. All the chapters have been updated and two new chapters on Mild Hybrids and Optimal Sizing and Dimensioning and Control are also included • Chapters updated throughout the text. • New homework problems solutions and examples. • Includes two new chapters. • Features accompanying MATLABTM software. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498761772

Modern Electrosynthetic Methods in Organic Chemistry Modern Electrosynthetic Methods in Organic Chemistry introduces readers to new ways of making materials and compounds using low waste processes employing energy from electricity rather than chemical reagents. It explores electro-organic synthesis which offers clean synthesis tools as well as unusual reaction intermediates and reaction types. Despite applications previously remaining niche due to the advent of microfluidic reactors this book is a must-read for industry professionals and academics alike. It targets specific areas of recent progress and development in the field that show high novelty and potential at the same time inviting a wider range of applications in green and clean technology.Key Features:Offers clean synthesis toolsTargets areas of recent progress and developmentAddresses the most recent advances in the field Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367732875

Modern Employment Law Modern Employment Law covers all aspects relating to the employment relationship between employer and employee at both individual and collective levels. All chapters are absorbing and exact with nuanced topics such as unfair dismissal discrimination and trade union law being explored from several different angles. Pedagogical features such as Thinking points and Further reading sections enable students to consolidate and extend their knowledge. Though primarily aimed at LLB students this book offers a wide-ranging accurate authoritative contemporary and readable guide to modern employment law for all students of the subject at both undergraduate and postgraduate level. Although a collaborative effort each author focused on specific areas of employment law. Ann Lyon examined the statutory rights of employees including topics such as redundancy unfair dismissal and discrimination and equal pay issues. Charles Barrow had primary responsibility for the introduction the majority of the contract of employment chapters and the collective aspects of employment law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887879

Modern Engineered Bamboo StructuresProceedings of the Third International Conference on Modern Bamboo Structures (ICBS 2018) June 25-27 20 Fast-growing and local to some of the poorest communities in the tropics and subtropics bamboo holds huge potential for climate change mitigation innovative construction and job creation but the material is rarely used for more than simple construction and household use. Modern Engineered Bamboo Structures collects the papers presented at the third International Conference on Modern Bamboo Structures (ICBS2018 Beijing China 25-27 June 2018). The overarching theme of the book is ‘Enhancing Cooperation for Green Development through Bamboo’s Contribution to the Sustainable Development Goals’. The contributions focus on how to realize bamboo’s huge potential in a number of areas: sustainable commodity production disaster-resilient construction poverty alleviation climate change mitigation and adaptation land restoration and biodiversity protection. Modern Engineered Bamboo Structures recognizes bamboo’s various benefits and aims at ministers policymakers and representatives from research institutes development organizations NGOs or UN bodies and the private sector. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138351851

Modern Engineering Mathematics This book is a compendium of fundamental mathematical concepts methods models and their wide range of applications in diverse fields of engineering. It comprises essentially a comprehensive and contemporary coverage of those areas of mathematics which provide foundation to electronic electrical communication petroleum chemical civil mechanical biomedical software and financial engineering. It gives a fairly extensive treatment of some of the recent developments in mathematics which have found very significant applications to engineering problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498712057

Modern English Syntax This standard introductory textbook presents in systematic form an account of current English practice. The introduction provides a full scheme of sentence analysis. Part I contains a treatment of syntactical phenomena based on the analysis of sentences; Part II classifies the uses of forms. Cross-references indicate how the two parts supplement one another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141292

Modern ESCAThe Principles and Practice of X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy Modern ESCA: The Principles and Practice of X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy is a unique text/reference that focuses on the branch of electron spectroscopy generally labeled as either Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis (ESCA) or X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS). The book emphasizes the use of core level and valence band binding energies their shifts and line widths. It describes the background present status and possible future uses of a number of recently developed branches of ESCA including: Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069041

Modern Europe 1789-Present Now covering the whole of Europe from the French Revolution to the present day this major new edition has been completely revised and brought up-to-date. The approach embraces the whole continent from both national and regional perspectives and combines political survey with grass roots 'people' history. Bringing this history vividly to life the authors use a very broad range of sources including memoirs archives letters songs and newspapers. In particular there is new treatment of the following themes:Religion and the modern Papacy Immigration in Europe and relationships between minority and majority groups UNESCO The European Bill of Rights The seeds of conflict in Bosnia and Croatia Europe's relations with the wider world with particular attention to the Middle East and Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171299

Modern European History 1871-2000A Documentary Reader Modern European History brings together a unique selection of documents covering the period from 1871 to 2000. The collection is organised by topic and a clear historical context and chronological chart provide background for each section. This second edition brings the book up to date and includes such key themes in European history as: * Bismarck and Imperial Germany* the Russian Revolution* the origins and aftermath of the First and Second World Wars* Fascist Italy and Nazi Germany* The Spanish Civil War* The Cold War* European Integration 1945-1999Containing documents such as extracts from diaries speeches treaties poetry radio broadcasts photographs cartoons political posters and propaganda this is an essential resource for students of modern British and European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171497

Modern Exchange-rate Regimes Stabilisation Programmes and Co-ordination of Macroeconomic PoliciesRecent Experiences of Selected Developing Published in 1999 this work analyzes the phenomenon of macroeconomic adjustment with special emphasis on selected Latin American countries facing stabilization programmes. It provides a historical description of the origins functioning and collapse of exchange-rate regimes from the international classical gold standard period to modern arrangements. The author supports the argument that systemic asymmetries in the worldwide adjustment mechanism are inherent in the international monetary system. The recent theoretical literature dealing with the rules vs discretion debate and its interaction with the credibility issue is reviewed. This topic is intrinsically related to the dispute over the appropriate role of exchange-rate anchors in disinflation programmes. Against a background of academic dispute between advocates of exchange-rate prescriptions and monetary conceptions the contrasting views of different theorists regarding the choice of exchange rate regimes are presented and assessed. Finally a comparative analysis of recent experiments in Argentina Brazil Chile and Mexico with exchange-rate based disinflation stabilization programmes is undertaken. The problems that have arisen while establishing new institutional arrangements such as new currency or a policy rule for monetary base creation are examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323001

Modern Fisheries EngineeringRealizing a Healthy and Sustainable Marine Ecosystem Modern Fisheries Engineering: Realizing a Healthy and Sustainable Marine Ecosystem is a compendium of the latest and most cutting-edge information on the diversity of technical aspects associated with Fisheries Engineering. Expanding on presentations given at the International Conference on Fisheries Engineering (ICFE) held in Nagasaki in 2019 it aims to encourage and inspire future generations of young researchers in the field. Topics include artificial reefs ocean ranching fishing gear developments modern monitoring technologies and other subjects related to the latest practices for conducting efficient sustainable fishing. This volume brings together world authorities to address a critically important topic with a fresh and modern approach that includes the latest development in environmental and fisheries science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367347925

Modern Fluid Dynamics Modern Fluid Dynamics Second Edition provides up-to-date coverage of intermediate and advanced fluids topics. The text emphasizes fundamentals and applications supported by worked examples and case studies. Scale analysis non-Newtonian fluid flow surface coating convection heat transfer lubrication fluid-particle dynamics microfluidics entropy generation and fluid-structure interactions are among the topics covered. Part A presents fluids principles and prepares readers for the applications of fluid dynamics covered in Part B which includes computer simulations and project writing. A review of the engineering math needed for fluid dynamics is included in an appendix. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198104

Modern Foreign Exchange Originally published in 1923. This book describes the working of the exchanges and explains post-war fluctuations. It describes bills documentary and blank credits the mechanism of exchange trading and money market; and explains inflation floating debts purchasing power parity international indebtedness and stabilisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793483

Modern Foreign Languages 5-11A guide for teachers The need to introduce pupils to learning languages at an early stage has been widely acknowledged with MFL now a core part of the primary curriculum. Fully updated to support busy schools and teachers in planning teaching and delivering the new primary MFL entitlement for all primary pupils this user-friendly guide covers significant pedagogical issues and is a key point of reference for all MFL work in the primary classroom. Now fully updated to include substantive writing about planning and introducing the new assessment scale this book contains: comprehensive coverage of resources and planning; valuable new cross-curricular links; ready-to-use activities that are anchored in research; advice on assessment SEN and the use of technology; a development of the broader issues of leadership learning strategies and continuing professional development. Modern Foreign Languages 5–11 will help practitioners to teach MFL as a dynamic stand-alone subject while retaining a cross-curricular focus. It builds upon core principles of cultural learning differentiation language awareness and transferable skills by providing practical strategies that can be easily implemented in your setting. Offering comprehensive guidance on the pedagogy that underpins language teaching and covering everything you’ll need to teach effectively this book delivers a range of practical ideas and examples of best practice to help integrate effective language learning teaching and assessment into the curriculum. Written to support the needs of trainees practising teachers and school leaders as they develop their foreign language provision this guide is key reading for those seeking to enhance their professional practice in primary MFL pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645677

Modern Foreign Languages in the Primary SchoolThe What Why and How of Early MFL Teaching An overview of the place of modern languages in the primary school in the 21st century. It is written for anyone with an active role in teaching languages in schools today either at primary or secondary levels. It discusses the practical issues involved in teaching MFL to primary students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172685

Modern Frames and Premodern Themes in Indian PhilosophyBorder Self and the Other This book presents a fascinating examination of modern Indian philosophical thought from the margins. It considers the subject from two perspectives – how it has been understood beyond India and how Indian thinkers have treated Western ideas in the context of Indian society. The book discusses the concepts of the self the other and the border that underline various debates on modernity. In this framework it proposes the notion of the other as an enabler in taking cue from the lives of Swami Vivekananda Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore. It focusses on the nature and compulsions of the colonised self and its response to the body of unfamiliar and sometimes oppressive ideas. The study traces these themes with allusion to the works of Edward Said Frantz Fanon and Krishna Chandra Bhattacharyya and the Bhagavad Gita. The author exposes the limitations in existing theories of self the incompatibility between the slavery of self and svaraj in ideas how the premodern village intersects modern city and democracy the radical challenges that confront society with its accumulated social evils inequality hierarchy and the need for reform and non-violence. This engaging work will be of interest to scholars and researchers of Indian philosophy social and political philosophy Indian political theory postcolonialism and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367279912

Modern French Grammar Workbook Modern French Grammar Workbook second edition is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of French. The book is divided into two sections:* section 1 provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures* section 2 practises everyday functions (e.g. making introductions apologizing expressing needs).A comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables you to check your progress. Taking into account feedback from the first edition this second edition now features:* exercises graded on a 3-point scale according to their level of difficulty* cross-referencing to the Modern French Grammar Second Edition for each and every exercise* topical exercises that develop vocabulary.Modern French Grammar Workbook is ideal for all learners of French: beginners intermediate and advanced students. It can be used both independently and alongside the Modern French Grammar (ISBN 0-415-33162-5). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129870

Modern Genre Theory Since Aristotle genre has been one of the fundamental concepts of literary theory and much of the world's literature and criticism has been shaped by ideas about the nature function and value of literary genres. Modern developments in critical theory however prompted in part by the iconoclastic practices of modern writers and the emergence of new media such as film and television have put in question traditional categories and challenged the assumptions on which earlier genre theory was based. This has led not just to a reinterpretation of individual genres and the development of new classifications but also to a radically new understanding of such key topics as the mixing and evolution of genres generic hierarchies and genre-systems the politics and sociology of genres and the relations between genre and gender. This anthology the first of its kind in English charts these fascinating developments. Through judicious selections from major twentieth-century genre theorists including Yury Tynyanov Vladimir Propp Mikhail Bakhtin Hans Robert Jauss Rosalie Colie Fredric Jameson Tzvetan Todorov Gérard Genette and Jacques Derrida it demonstrates the central role that notions of genre have played in Russian Formalism structuralism and post-structuralism reception theory and various modes of historical criticism. Each essay is accompanied by a detailed headnote and the volume opens with a lucid introduction emphasising the international and interdisciplinary character of modern debates about genre. Also included are an annotated bibliography and a glossary of key terms making this an indispensable resource for students and anyone interested in genre studies or literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143685

Modern GeographyAn Encylopaedic Survey This book charts the developments in the discipline of geography from the 1950s to the 1980s examining how geography now connects with urban regional and national planning and impacts on areas such as medicine transport agricultural development and electoral reform. The book also discusses how technical and theoretical advancements have generated a renewed sense of philosophic reflection – a concern closely linked with the critical examination and development of social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652538

Modern Geopolitics and SecurityStrategies for Unwinnable Conflicts The transformation from traditional war between nation-states to conflict between nation-states and nonstate actors requires decision makers policy analysts military commanders intelligence officials and legislators to answer the question: is there a strategy for an unwinnable conflict? This question takes on particular urgency given the extraordinary number of conflict points that define the current state of international relations.Modern Geopolitics and Security: Strategies for Unwinnable Conflicts draws on the author's extensive experience in counterterrorism negotiation and the implementation of the Oslo Peace Process with his more recent work in academia. The book uses an interdisciplinary case study model to illustrate valuable lessons learned and best practices in strategic analysis and decision making that are based on international relations international law and negotiation/intervention.The book defines sovereignty intervention geopolitics security and what they mean in a global landscape. It examines historical examples of global crises and security concerns as well as contemporary geopolitical issues including the Israeli-Palestinian conflict intervention in Libya non-intervention in Syria the Good Friday Agreement the conflict in the former Yugoslavia and the Arab Spring.We are entering a new era where disaffected individuals who are willing and able to act have more power and potential influence than ever before. Conflicts like those occurring in Egypt Syria Afghanistan Iraq Israel and elsewhere are all complex organisms—nuanced as never before. Add in increasing regional asymmetrical conflicts increasing global economic strain social media and the accelerating speed of communication ideological and regional state versus nonstate conflicts—such as in the case of al-Qaeda and other such movements—and traditional "business as usual" geopolitics is being somewhat turned on its head. Modern Geopolitics and Security addresses topics that aren’t currently covered anywhere–establishing a new paradigm to rethink modern geopolitics given new and emerging challenges to traditional schools of thought. View an article by Amos N. Guiora that recently appeared in the The New York Times.. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466569232

Modern German Grammar Workbook Modern German Grammar Workbook Third Edition is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for intermediate and advanced learners of German. The book is divided into three sections: Section 1 provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures. Section 2 practises everyday functions (e.g. making introductions apologising expressing needs). Section 3 contains realistic role-plays in short scenes set in a range of different contexts. A comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables you to check on your progress. Implementing feedback from users of the second edition this third edition now features: even more extensive cross-referencing to the related Modern German Grammar Third Edition spelling following the latest reform representation of the German of Switzerland and Austria. Modern German Grammar Workbook Third Edition is ideal for all learners who want to deepen their knowledge of German including intermediate and advanced students at schools in adult education and within higher education. It can be used independently or alongside Modern German Grammar Third Edition (ISBN 978-0-415-56726-8) also published by Routledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430433

Modern German GrammarA Practical Guide Modern German Grammar: A Practical Guide Third Edition is an innovative reference guide to German combining traditional and function-based grammar in a single volume. The Grammar is divided into two parts. Part A covers grammatical categories such as word order nouns verbs and adjectives. Part B is organised according to language functions and notions such as: making introductions asking for something to be done delivering a speech possibility satisfaction. The book addresses learners’ practical needs and presents grammar in both a traditional and a communicative setting. New to this edition and building on feedback from the previous edition: The rules of the latest (and so far final) spelling reform have been implemented throughout. Examples of usage have been updated and consideration given to Swiss and Austrian variants. The chapter on register has been expanded and now includes youth language and frequently used Anglicisms in German. The Index now has even more key words; it has also been redesigned to differentiate between German words grammar terms and functions thus making it more user-friendly. The Grammar assumes no previous grammatical training and is intended for all those who have a basic knowledge of German from intermediate learners in schools and adult education to undergraduates taking German as a major or minor part of their studies. The Grammar is accompanied by a third edition of Modern German Grammar Workbook (ISBN 978-0-415-56725-1) which features exercises and activities directly linked to the Grammar. Ruth Whittle is Lecturer John Klapper is Professor of Foreign Language Pedagogy Katharina Glöckel is the Austrian Lektorin and Bill Dodd is Professor of Modern German Studies – all at the University of Birmingham. Christine Eckhard-Black is Tutor and Advisor in German at the Oxford University Language Centre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203832325

Modern German Literature1880-1950 Originally published in 1939 and revised in 1959 this book traces back to their origins the literary movements and phases of German literature of 1880 to 1950 as they occur and shows how and why they pass over into succeeding phases. It closely analyses Naturalism Impressionism Neo-romanticism and Expressionism as well as dealing exhaustively with Surrealism Magic Realism and Existentialism. The book includes discussion of post-war Anglo-American and French literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367808105

Modern German Midwifery 1885–1960 Between the late 18th and the early 20th century the industrialized world experienced a transition in birth practices. While in many countries this led to a separation of midwifery from modern medicine in Germany new standards of health care were embraced. Fallwell’s study explores this transition and sets it in its wider historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664807

Modern German Sociology Originally published in 1987 Modern German Sociology is a collection of essays containing sociological work published in German since World War II. Included are sections from such out-standing figures as Theodor Adorno Alexander Mitscherlich Jürgen Habermas Niklas Luhmann and Ralf Darendorf. The editors have arranged the essays into five sections that express their view of the chief aspects of modern German sociology and have written a helpful introduction to each section. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429355301

Modern Germany Reconsidered1870-1945 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150799

Modern GermanyPolitics Society and Culture This book examines aspects of contemporary political economic social and cultural life in the new Germany. It underlines the significance of the federal system in Germany. The book describes the media landscape of the nation and the recent reforms to the German language and cultural scene. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415150347

Modern Gnosis and ZionismThe Crisis of Culture Life Philosophy and Jewish National Thought In the late nineteenth and early twentieth century the German intellectual world was challenged by a growing distrust in the rational ideals of the enlightenment and consequently by a belief in the existence of a radical ‘cultural crisis’. One response to this crisis was the emergence of ‘Life Philosophy’ which celebrated the irrational expressive instinctive and spontaneous while rejecting the rational conscious and logical. Around the same time and place Zionist thought crystallized. It discussed issues like the ‘Jewish essence’ the creation of a new Jewish person and a new Jewish community return to the Jewish homeland and the negation of the diasporic way of life. This book explores the connections between Zionism and Life Philosophy and argues that Life Philosophy represents a modern secularized version of gnostic dualism between God and world and that this was a particular secular impulse that lay at the core of the Zionist political mission. Consisting of two main sections the book first shows the manner in which Life Philosophy should be understood as a modern secularized gnostic theology before concluding by discussing its political Zionist interpretation. Drawing on published works of a wide range of thinkers and intellectuals alongside a variety of unpublished materials this book will be welcomed by students and scholars of Jewish studies the philosophy of Judaism and religion and philosophy more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108776

Modern Green Chemistry and Heterocyclic CompoundsMolecular Design Synthesis and Biological Evaluation This book covers the general properties of heterocyclic compounds and methods for their preparation to use in applications of green chemistry. Heterocyclic compounds are an important class of molecules in organic chemistry due to their presence in natural products and their use in pharmaceuticals and new materials. They also play a vital role in the metabolism of living cells. Heterocyclic compounds have a wide range of applications in agrochemicals pharmaceuticals veterinary products etc. This research-oriented volume is ideal for readers who want to fully realize the almost limitless potential of heterocyclic compounds and to discover new and effective pharmaceuticals among heterocyclic compounds the largest and most varied family of organic compounds. The book features several case studies and step-by-step descriptions of synthetic methods and practical techniques. It also serves as a guide for chemists offering them new insights and new paths to explore for effective drug discovery. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888325

Modern Guide to GP Consulting Dr. Alex Watson and actor Dave Gillespie have combined their different areas of expertise to produce a new approach to GP consulting. Modern Guide to GP Consulting is a simple and straightforward guide that any doctor can use to improve the way they communicate with their patients. For many years General Practitioners have placed great emphasis an Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429091940

Modern Hebrew: An Essential Grammar This new edition of Modern Hebrew: An Essential Grammar is an up-to-date and practical reference guide to the most important aspects of modern Hebrew as used by contemporary native speakers of the language. It presents an accessible description of the language focusing on the real patterns of use today. The Grammar aims to serve as a reference source for the learner and user of Hebrew irrespective of level by setting out the complexities of the language in short readable sections that are clear and free from jargon. It is ideal either for independent study or for students in schools colleges universities and adult classes of all types. Features of this new edition include: • Much expanded coverage of a large part of the syntax and morphology • Reformulation and clarification of many details • Enrichment of the vocabulary to mirror the digital and Internet age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809215

Modern Hindu Traditionalism in Contemporary IndiaThe Sri Ma?h and the Jagadguru Ramanandacarya in the Evolution of the Ramanandi Sampradaya Modern Hindu Traditionalism addresses Hindu traditions that resisted contact with both Neo-Hindu thought and views of “classical” Hinduism perceived to be outmoded.This book provides an in-depth understanding of Modern Hindu Traditionalism through the case study of the Rāmānandī order (sampradāya) and the portrait of the Jagadguru Rāmānandācārya Rāmnareśācārya. This guru belongs to the ancient tradition of the Rāmānandī order which is active at the present time and the biggest Vaiṣṇava religious order in Northern India. Analyzing the historical evolution of the Rāmānandī order the author shows how different centers have undergone different changes over the centuries and focuses on the independence struggle of a group of Rāmānandīs from the Rāmānūjīs which led to the creation of the role of Jagadguru Rāmānandācārya and the construction of the Śrī Maṭh. Drawing on extensive fieldwork this book casts light on figures and processes central to the development of Hinduism in the twentieth and twenty-first century and consequently describes the role of religion in contemporary Indian society. The author examines the role religious institutions and their leaders have in the everyday life of individuals how they interact with and in the society and how they approach and interpret social and political issues. The Rāmānandīs’ use of new methods of communication in particular social media is an innovative part of the study.A welcome innovation in the studies of South Asian religion this book will be of interest to historians anthropologists and scholars of Hinduism and religion and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886721

Modern HistoriographyAn Introduction Modern Historiography is the essential introduction to the history of historical writing. It explains the broad philosophical background to the different historians and historical schools of the modern era from James Boswell and Thomas Carlyle through to Lucien Febure and Eric Hobsbawm and surveys: the Enlightenment and Counter Enlightenment Romanticism the voice of Science and the process of secularization within Western intellectual thought the influence of and broadening contact with the New World the Annales school in France Postmodernism. Modern Historiography provides a clear and concise account of this modern period of historical writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127593

Modern History Mongolia Hb First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976306

Modern HonorA Philosophical Defense This book examines the notion of honor with an eye to dissecting its intellectual demise and with the aim of making a case for honor’s rehabilitation. Western intellectuals acknowledge honor’s influence but they lament its authority. For Western democratic societies to embrace honor it must be compatible with social ideals like liberty equality and fraternity. Cunningham details a conception of honor that can do justice to these ideals. This vision revolves around three elements—character (being) relationships (relating) and activities and accomplishment (doing). Taken together these elements articulate a shared aspiration for excellence. We can turn the tables on traditional ills of honor—serious problems of gender race and class—by forging a vision of honor that rejects lives predicated on power and oppression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923485

Modern Hotel Operations Management A comprehensive and wide-ranging introduction to operational hotel management this textbook brings together business administration management and entrepreneurship into a complete overview of the discipline. Essential reading for students of hospitality management the book also benefits from online support materials including student tests a glossary and PowerPoint slides. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001878900

Modern India and the Indians First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862166

Modern Indian Family Law This text presents an overview of the major issues and topics in current developments in Indian family law. Indian law has produced a number of very important innovations in the past two decades which are also highly instructive for law reform debates in western and other jurisdictions. Topics discussed are: marriage divorce polygamy maintenance property and the Uniform Civil Code. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976313

Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology The field of industrial microbiology involves a thorough knowledge of the microbial physiology behind the processes in the large-scale profit-oriented production of microbe-related goods which are the subject of the field. In recent times a paradigm shift has occurred and a molecular understanding of the various processes by which plants animals and microorganisms are manipulated is now central to industrial microbiology. Thus the various applications of industrial microbiology are covered broadly with emphasis on the physiological and genomic principles behind these applications. Relevance of the new elements such as bioinformatics genomics proteomics site-directed mutation and metabolic engineering which have necessitated the paradigm shift in industrial microbiology are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138550186

Modern Industry and the AfricanAn Enquiry into the Effect of the Copper Mines of Central Africa upon Native Society and the Work of the Chri Originally published in 1933 at the time of its publication Modern Industry and the African represented a progressive essentially liberal approach to the development of the Copperbelt of Northern Rhodesia and the response thereto of the Christian Church. It expressed the authors' very real fears that urbanization would irreparably damage the foundations of indigenous life and demonstrated their implicit faith in the virtues of a past 'golden age' of rural stability. In many respects the study was a landmark beginning a new trend of investigation into 'sociological' aspects of African administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112523

Modern Infectious Disease Epidemiology Highly practical yet authoritative the new edition of Modern Infectious Disease Epidemiology has been thoroughly updated and revised in line with changing health concerns. This successful book continues to outline the tools available to the infectious disease student or clinician seeking a thorough background in the epidemiology of infectious and communicable diseases. Building on many case studies and practical scenarios included the book then uses the tools learnt to illustrate the fundamental concepts of the study of infectious diseases such as infection spread surveillance and control infectivity incubation periods seroepidemiology and immunity in populations. New edition of this popular book completely revised and updated Retains the clarity and down-to-earth approach praised in previous editions Successfully combines epidemiological theory with the principles of infectious disease treatment and control A highly experienced author brings a personal and unique approach to this important subject All students of epidemiology infectious disease medicine and microbiology will find this text invaluable ensuring its continued popularity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444180022

Modern Iran (RLE Iran A) This volume shows the progress and achievements of Iran up to the 1940s within the setting  of her ancient history and her strategic position in the world today. The author discusses Iran’s vital position as the dividing line between the East and the West and how Iran drew from and contributed to both these cultures without losing her own individuality. It is this cultural influence the author argues rather than any political strength that has enabled her to survive. Much of the information is taken from sources not available in English or any other language other than Persian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203833209

Modern Iran since 1797Reform and Revolution Modern Iran since 1797 offers a comprehensive analysis of political social and economic developments in Iran since the end of the eighteenth century. Spanning two centuries the book provides historical context for Iran’s international relationships and its internal struggle to reconcile itself and its traditions with the modern world. The book presents an overview of this crucial period in Iran’s history its emergence from the political turmoil of the eighteenth century through to its initial encounter with the industrial powers of Europe and its attempts to navigate the turbulent waters of European imperialism. It assesses the impact of European ideas on the triumph and tragedy of the Constitutional Revolution which established the political template for the country going forward and against which all other political developments have been measured. This new edition has been updated to incorporate new scholarship and research to make a rounded assessment of recent developments and bring the text fully up to date. A substantive new prequel has also been added covering the long nineteenth century from 1797 through to 1921 including a fuller and more detailed treatment both of the Constitutional Revolution and the events and ideology that underpinned it. Written in a clear engaging style and highlighting Iran as a state and society grappling with the realities of the modern age Modern Iran since 1797 remains the perfect guide for all those studying the history of modern Iran. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281851

Modern IrishA Comprehensive Grammar Modern Irish: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to modern Irish grammar providing a thorough overview of the language. Key features include: highly systematic coverage of all levels of structure: sound system word formation sentence construction and connection of sentences authentic examples and English translations which provide an accessible insight into the mechanics of the language an extensive index numbered sections cross-references and summary charts which provide readers with easy access to the information. Modern Irish: A Comprehensive Grammar is an essential reference source for the learner and user of Irish. It is ideal for use in schools colleges universities and adult classes of all types. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236523

Modern Italian Grammar Workbook This is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Italian which can be used independently or alongside Modern Italian Grammar. Divided into three sections this highly useful text includes: exercises based on essential grammatical structures everyday functions practice such as making introductions and expressing needs realistic role plays in short scenes set in a range of different contexts. Implementing feedback from its predecessor this updated second edition features exercises graded on a three-point scale according to their level of difficulty and cross-referencing to the Modern Italian Grammar for each. Also containing a comprehensive answer key for checking progress this is a complete reference work suitable for both class-use and self-study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131934

Modern Italian GrammarA Practical Guide This new edition of the Modern Italian Grammar is an innovative reference guide to Italian combining traditional and function-based grammar in a single volume. With a strong emphasis on contemporary usage all grammar points and functions are richly illustrated with examples. Implementing feedback from users of the first edition this text includes clearer explanations as well as a greater emphasis on areas of particular difficulty for learners of Italian. Divided into two sections the book covers: traditional grammatical categories such as word order nouns verbs and adjectives language functions and notions such as giving and seeking information describing processes and results and expressing likes dislikes and preferences. This is the ideal reference grammar for learners of Italian at all levels from beginner to advanced. No prior knowledge of grammatical terminology is needed and a glossary of grammatical terms is provided. This Grammar is complemented by the Modern Italian Grammar Workbook Second Edition which features related exercises and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671866

Modern Italy 1871 to the Present This classic textbook covers the social economic and political history of Italy from unification in 1870 to the present time. This new edition brings students right up to date with increased coverage of the the 1980's and 90's and a new section on the turbulent reign of Silvio Berlusconi. Other changes include updating the coverage of Liberal Italy and Fascism in the light of recent scholarship and changes in historiographical approach additional material on Italian popular culture and a new chronology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131804

Modern Japan Student Economy EditionA Historical Survey This book presents the essential facts of modern Japanese history. It covers a variety of important developments through the 1990s giving special consideration to how traditional Japanese modes of thought and behavior have affected the recent developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319991

Modern Japan and its Problems The author who was for several years a lecturer in a Japanese Government College has tried to interpret the civilization and national character of Japan in the light of his experience and of his studies in that country. He describes the novel problems and phenomena which have been created by the attempt of the Japanese to graft the political economic and educational institutions of the West on to their Oriental social organization. He deals with the influence of the West on the different phases of the national life and with the attitude of the Japanese to Europe and America. Particular attention is given to industrial and financial development and to contemporary economic problems. There are chapters on the political system on the social organization and on the educational system; and there is a special study of the population problem.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848985

Modern JapanA Historical Survey Integrating political events with cultural economic and intellectual movements Modern Japan provides a balanced and authoritative survey of modern Japanese history. A summary of Japan's early history emphasizing institutions and systems that influenced Japanese society provides a well-rounded introduction to this essential volume which focuses on the Tokugawa period to the present. The fifth edition of Modern Japan is updated throughout to include the latest information on Japan's international relations including secret diplomatic correspondence recently disclosed on WikiLeaks. This edition brings Japanese history up to date in the post 9/11 era detailing current issues such as: the impact of the Gulf Wars on Japanese international relations the March 2011 earthquake tsunami and subsequent nuclear accident the recent tumultuous change of political leadership and Japan's current economic and global status. An updated chronological chart list of prime ministers and bibliography are also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813346946

Modern JapanA Social and Political History This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of Modern Japan provides a concise and fascinating introduction to the social cultural and political history of modern Japan. Ranging from the Tokugawa period to the present day Tipton links everyday lives with major historical developments charting the country’s evolution into a modernized economic and political world power. Drawing on the latest research the book features new material on the global financial crisis the Fukushima nuclear disaster and continuing political instability. While retaining analysis of women's issues minorities and popular culture this third edition's expanded coverage of Japan's role in the Second World War life in the empire and the history of science medicine and technology contributes to a sense of the complexity and diversity of modern Japan. Including an updated chronology glossary and guide to further reading as well as new maps and illustrations to help students to engage directly with the subject matter this highly accessible and comprehensive textbook is an essential resource for students scholars and teachers of Japanese history politics culture and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780859

Modern JapanA Social History Since 1868 J E Thomas examines the historical roots of Japanese social structures and preoccupations and he sets these within the broad chronological framework of Japan's political and military development. The book can thus serve as an introduction to modern Japan in a more general sense - but its focus throughout is on the people themselves. Professor Thomas gives due attention to the Japanese mainstream; but he also discusses those other sections of the community which have traditionally been underprivileged or marginalised - most obviously women but also minority groups and outcasts - and the Japanese attitude to foreigners beyond her shores. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163416

Modern JapanAn Encyclopedia of History Culture and Nationalism First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051543

Modern Japanese Grammar Workbook The Modern Japanese Grammar Workbook is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Japanese. The book is divided into two parts: Section A provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures Section B practises everyday functions (e.g. making introductions apologizing expressing needs). All sentences are written both in Romanization and in the Japanese script and a comprehensive answer key at the back enables the learner to check on their progress. Key features of the book include: Exercises graded on a 3-point scale according to their level of difficulty Cross-referencing to the related Modern Japanese Grammar Topical exercises drawn from realistic scenarios to help learners develop their vocabulary and practical communication skills Opportunities to practise both written and spoken Japanese. Modern Japanese Grammar Workbook is an ideal practice tool for learners of Japanese at all levels. No prior knowledge of grammatical terminology is assumed and it can be used both independently and alongside the Modern Japanese Grammar (ISBN 978-0-415-57201-9) which is also published by Routledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415270939

Modern Japanese GrammarA Practical Guide Modern Japanese Grammar: A Practical Guide is an innovative reference guide to Japanese combining traditional and function-based grammar in a single volume. The Grammar is divided into two parts. Part A covers traditional grammatical categories such as nouns verbs adjectives particles topic honorifics etc. Part B is carefully organised around language functions covering all major communication situations such as: Initiating and ending a conversation Seeking and giving factual information Expressing gratitude likes and dislikes Making requests and asking for permission and advice With a strong emphasis on contemporary usage all grammar points and functions are richly illustrated throughout with examples written both in Romanization and Japanese script (a mixture of hiragana katakana and kanji.) Main features of the Grammar include: Clear succinct and jargon-free explanations Extensive cross-referencing between the different sections Emphasis on areas of particular difficulty for learners of Japanese Both as a reference grammar and as a practical usage manual Modern Japanese Grammar: A Practical Guide is the ideal resource for learners of Japanese at all levels from beginner to intermediate and advanced students. No prior knowledge of grammatical terminology or Japanese script is required and a glossary of grammatical terms is provided. This Grammar is accompanied by the Modern Japanese Grammar Workbook (ISBN 978-0-415-27093-9) which features related exercises and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415572019

Modern Jordan This book first published in 1961 covers the whole range of the Hashemite kingdom its king its government the people the land industry the armed forces and the rich history of the country. The aim of this book is to present a living picture of a live and virile people linked by language blood and faith to the other Muslim lands and in doing so present a snap-shot of the country in the middle of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634633

Modern Korea and Its OthersPerceptions of the Neighbouring Countries and Korean Modernity The period spanning the 1880s to 1945 was a crucially important formative time for Korea during which understandings of modernity were largely shaped by the images of Korea’s neighbours to the east west and north. China Japan and Russia represented at some moments modern threats but also denoted a range of alternative modernity possibilities and ultimately provided a model for Korea’s pre-colonial and colonial modernity. This book explores the way in which modern Korea perceived its geographic neighbours from the 1890s until 1945. It shows that Korea's modern nationalism was at the same time internationalist in its orientation as the vision of Korea’s ideal place in the world and brighter national future was often linked to the examples (positive and negative) threats (perceived and real) and allies abroad. Exploring the importance of the international knowledge and experience for the formation of the Korean nationalist paradigms it offers nuance to the existing picture of the international connections and environment of the Korean national movements. It shows that the picture of Japan inside the anti-Japanese independence movement of the colonial period was more complicated than simple hatred of the invaders: modern achievements of Japan were admired even by anti-colonial nationalists as a possible model for Korea. The book also demonstrates the extent to which Chinese and Soviet revolutions influenced the thinking of modern Korean intellectuals across the whole ideological spectrum. Introducing new sources presented in English for the first time and including themes such as race and ethnicity global revolution and gender this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Korean East Asian and Russian history as well as historians of the colonial/modern era more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590625

Modern Korean Grammar Workbook Routledge’s Modern Grammar series is an innovative reference guide combining traditional and function-focused grammar in a single volume with an accompanying workbook.The aim of the Modern Korean Grammar Workbook is to strengthen the reader’s understanding of the main volume Modern Korean Grammar.. Designed for those who have already acquired the basics of the language this workbook provides abundant innovative exercises for both essential grammatical features and everyday usage and functions (e.g. giving advices greetings requesting etc.). The Modern Korean Grammar Workbook is an ideal practice tool for Korean-as a foreign/second (KFL) learners. No prior knowledge of grammatical terminology is assumed and it can be used both independently and alongside Modern Korean Grammar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931336

Modern Korean GrammarA Practical Guide Routledge’s Modern Grammar series is an innovative reference guide combining traditional and function-focused grammar in a single volume with an accompanying workbook. The aim of the Modern Korean Grammar is to provide an overview of the structures and functions of the Korean language. Designed for those who have already acquired the basics of the language the book combines a comprehensive description of the grammatical structures of Korean with a functional/usage approach to the language. All target grammatical and functional points will be illustrated with examples in Hangul with English translations for better understanding. In addition the use of linguistic terminology is limited to facilitate quick and easy comprehension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931312

Modern Korean Literature First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863545

Modern Labor EconomicsTheory and Public Policy Modern Labor Economics: Theory and Public Policy now in its thirteenth edition continues to be the leading text for one-semester courses in labor economics at the undergraduate and graduate levels. It offers a thorough overview of the modern theory of labor market behavior and reveals how this theory is used to analyze public policy. Designed for students who may not have extensive backgrounds in economics the text balances theoretical coverage with examples of practical applications that allow students to see concepts in action. Experienced educators for nearly four decades co-authors Ehrenberg and Smith believe that showing students the social implications of the concepts discussed in the course will enhance their motivation to learn. As such this text presents numerous examples of policy decisions that have been affected by the ever-shifting labor market.   This new edition continues to offer: a balance of relevant contemporary examples; coverage of the current economic climate; introduction to basic methodological techniques and problems; tools for review and further study. In addition to providing updated data and examples throughout the thirteenth edition offers greater coverage of inequality healthcare policy and labor-replacing technologies. The text is also supported by a full range of companion online materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218154

Modern Labor EconomicsTheory and Public Policy (International Student Edition) Modern Labor Economics: Theory and Public Policy now in its thirteenth edition continues to be the leading text for one-semester courses in labor economics at the undergraduate and graduate levels. It offers a thorough overview of the modern theory of labor market behavior and reveals how this theory is used to analyze public policy. Designed for students who may not have extensive backgrounds in economics the text balances theoretical coverage with examples of practical applications that allow students to see concepts in action. Experienced educators for nearly four decades co-authors Ehrenberg and Smith believe that showing students the social implications of the concepts discussed in the course will enhance their motivation to learn. As such this text presents numerous examples of policy decisions that have been affected by the ever-shifting labor market.   This new edition continues to offer: a balance of relevant contemporary examples; coverage of the current economic climate; introduction to basic methodological techniques and problems; tools for review and further study. In addition to providing updated data and examples throughout the thirteenth edition offers greater coverage of inequality healthcare policy and labor-replacing technologies. The text is also supported by a full range of companion online materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218178

Modern Labour Economics Labour economics as a discipline has changed dramatically in recent years. Gone are the days of a "job for life". These days firms and employees are part of a less regulated more fluid and more international labour market. Knowledge training human resource development and human capital are all major factors on the contemporary scene. This new textbook is the first properly international textbook to reflect these swingeing changes. Its key areas of concentration include: the increasing importance of human capital including education and occupational choice the major subdivision of personnel economics including economic inactivity and absenteeism comparative cross country studies and the impact of globalization and migration on national labour markets equal opportunities and issues of discrimination on the basis of race gender and disability conflict at work including both strikes and uniquely individual disputes. Other issues explored include the supply and demand of labour wages the current role of trade unions bargaining and conflict and working time. The book is written in a clear accessible way with some mathematical exposition reflecting the text’s grounding in current microeconomic theory. The book also contains case studies designed to illuminate theoretical concepts and exercises and discussion questions to test the students understanding of the various concepts outlined in the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415469814

Modern Land DrainagePlanning Design and Management of Agricultural Drainage Systems Modern Land Drainage 2nd edition is a fully revised and updated edition of the 2004 edition. Modern Land Drainage describes traditional drainage formulas (Hooghoudt Kirkham Donnan Ernst Glover-Dumm) for rainfed agriculture in the humid temperature zone. Significant parts are devoted to drainage for salinity control of irrigated land in (semi-) arid zones and to drainage of rice land in the humid tropics. Institutional management and maintenance aspects are extensively covered as well as the mitigation of adverse impacts of drainage interventions on the environment. The latest computer applications for drainage design in the context of integrated water management are described (DRAINMOD HEC SWAP etc.). Field surveys are executed by governments with the aid of consultants but rarely are the end stakeholders (i.e. farmers and general public) involved from inception to planning to execution of a drainage system. Yet during the Operation Management and Maintenance (OMM) phase of a water management system they are expected to takeover run bear and be responsible for the costs of OMM. The book describes successful methodologies and processes to be followed for engagement of stakeholders at all levels from government to farm from minister to farmer and from beginning to end. The book covers all aspects needed for sustainable drainage. The latest survey methodologies with satellites and drones are suggested to assess cause and effect. Waterlogging and salinity are the effect of something caused most likely upstream of the drainage problem location. Hence treating the cause may be more cost-effective. Triple Bottom Line (social environmental and financial considerations) and the water-food-energy nexus are an integral part of the drainage design process. Controlled drainage i.e. the balance of removal and conservation of drainage water and minimising solute transport as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA principle) is extensively described. This work is intended for use both as a university level textbook and as a professional handbook; it is of particular value to professionals engaged in drainage development in the context of integrated water resources and river basin management civil and agricultural engineers government officials university students and libraries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367458775

Modern Land Law Modern Land Law is one of the most current and reliable textbooks available on land law today offering a lively and thought-provoking account of a subject that remains at the heart of our legal system. Dispelling any apprehension about the subject’s formidability from the outset this compact textbook provides an absorbing and exact analysis of all the key legal principles relating to land. Written with students firmly in mind a clear introduction to every chapter frames each topic in its wider context and corresponding chapter summaries help to consolidate learning and encourage reflection. The 12th edition has been thoroughly revised and updated to address key developments in the law featuring new cases such as Regency Villas v Diamond Resorts analysis of changes to significant case law in land registration and co-ownership recent Law Commission reports on land registration and leases and HM Land Registry’s digital services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484484

Modern Languages for All This text demonstrates the substantial benefits that foreign language work has to offer students with special educational needs whether in a mainstream or special school setting. The author offers practical advice on lesson planning course design and methodology. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315068619

Modern Latin American Revolutions In contrast to previous studies that have centered on the institutionalization of revolution in Latin America and the Caribbean Modern Latin American Revolutions Second Edition introduces the concept of consolidation of the revolutionary process?the efforts of revolutionary leaders to transform society and the acceptance by a significant majority of the population of the core of the social revolutionary project. As a result the spotlight is on people not structures and transformation not simply revolutionary transition.The second edition of this acclaimed book has been revised to include new information on the cases of Bolivia Cuba Nicaragua and Grenada assessing the extent to which each revolution was both institutionalized and consolidated. This edition also boasts expanded coverage on Ch�uevara's visionary leadership and an all-new section that addresses the future of revolution in Latin America and the Caribbean. Dr. Selbin argues that there is a strong link between organizational leadership and the institutionalization process on the one hand and visionary leadership and the consolidation process on the other. Particular attention is given to the ongoing revolutionary process in Nicaragua with an emphasis on the implications and ramifications of the 1990 electoral process. A final chapter includes brief analyses of the still unfolding revolutionary processes in El Salvador and Peru. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096298

Modern Leaders: Between Charisma and Trickery This book considers the current striking rise of ‘outsider’ political leaders catapulted apparently from nowhere to take charge of a nation. Arguing that such leaders can be better understood with the help of the anthropologically based concept of ‘the trickster’ it offers studies of contemporary political figures from the world stage â€“ including Presidents Macron Tsipras Orbán and Bolsonaro among others â€“ to examine the ways in which charismatic and trickster modalities can become intertwined especially under the impact of theatrical public media. Looking beyond the commonly invoked notion of ‘charisma’ to revisit the question of political leadership in light of the recent rise of new type of ‘outsider’ leaders Modern Leaders: Between Charisma and Trickery offers an account of leadership informed by social and anthropological theory. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in political thought and the problem of political leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333669

Modern Legal Theory & Judicial Impartiality This book argues that at the core of legal philosophys principal debates there is essentially one issue judicial impartiality. Keeping this issue to the forefront Raban's approach sheds much light on many difficult and seemingly perplexing jurisprudential debates. Modern Legal Theory and Judicial Impartiality offers a fresh and penetrating examination of two of the most celebrated modern legal theorists: HLA Hart and Ronald Dworkin. The book explains the relations between these two scholars and other theorists and schools of thought (including Max Weber Lon Fuller and the law and economics movement) offering both novices and experts an innovative and lucid look at modern legal theory. The book is written in an engaging and conversational style tackling highly sophisticated issues in a concise and accessible manner. Undergraduates in jurisprudence and legal theory as well as more advanced readers will find it clear and challenging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138165557

Modern Literature in the Near and Middle East 1850-1970 Enormous political and social changes brought about by modernization have naturally found expression in the literatures of the Near and Middle East. The contributors to this book first published in 1991 trace the development of modern literary sensibility in Turkish Arabic Persian and modern Hebrew. It is argued that the period can be divided into three broad phases – the age of translation after 1850 when formerly self-sufficient elites throughout the region began to reach out to the West for new ideas and stylistic models; the surge of romantic nationalism after the First World War and the decline of imperialism; and the modern period after 1950 a time of growing self-awareness and self-definition among writers against an often violent background of inter- and intra-state conflict. The product of different nations races and traditions there are nevertheless constant themes in the literatures of this period – the colonial heritage nationalism justice poverty and wealth migration from country to city confrontation between self and other and between East and West collapse and rebirth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699090

Modern MacroeconomicsA Post-Keynesian Perspective Originally published in 1988 this book combines a systematic exposition of post-Keynesianism analysis with an account of its historical development. The role of major figures like Keynes and Sraffa in the development of the theory is closely detailed but the book also gives equal emphasis to Kaldor and the neglected Italian school. The theoretical implications of post-Keynesianism are outlined and challenging arguments for its importance are presented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936355

Modern Magnetooptics and Magnetooptical Materials Modern Magnetooptics and Magnetooptical Materials provides a comprehensive account of the principles and applications of magnetooptics bridging the gap between textbooks and specialist accounts in the research and review literature. The book is aimed at the graduate physicist and electrical engineer but assumes no specialist knowledge of magnetooptics. Chapters have been designed to be reasonably independent so that readers in search of information on a particular topic can go straight to the appropriate place in the book with only occasional reference to material elsewhere.Divided into three main parts the book begins with the principles of magnetooptics to provide the necessary theoretical background. This section's emphasis is on introducing practical considerations through examples taken from real-life situations. The next part surveys a wide range of magnetooptic materials including metals alloys and granular structures. The final part explores applications of magnetooptics in practical devices such as modulators switches memory devices and waveguides. This book provides a thorough introduction for graduate students of physics and electrical engineering and a useful reference for researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579494

Modern Man in Search of a Soul Modern Man in Search of a Soul is the perfect introduction to the theories and concepts of one of the most original and influential religious thinkers of the twentieth century. Lively and insightful it covers all of his most significant themes including man's need for a God and the mechanics of dream analysis. One of his most famous books it perfectly captures the feelings of confusion that many sense today. Generation X might be a recent concept but Jung spotted its forerunner over half a century ago. For anyone seeking meaning in today's world Modern Man in Search of a Soul is a must. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203991701

Modern Man in Search of a Soul Modern Man in Search of a Soul is the perfect introduction to the theories and concepts of one of the most original and influential religious thinkers of the twentieth century. Lively and insightful it covers all of his most significant themes including man's need for a God and the mechanics of dream analysis. One of his most famous books it perfectly captures the feelings of confusion that many sense today. Generation X might be a recent concept but Jung spotted its forerunner over half a century ago. For anyone seeking meaning in today's world Modern Man in Search of a Soul is a must. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059479

Modern Management of Endometriosis Endometriosis - a condition in which the lining of the uterus grows in other abdominal locations - is one of the most common causes of severe period pain pelvic pain and abnormal bleeding in women. Untreated it may result in long-term complications such as pelvic adhesions ovarian cysts and infertility. At times bowel bladder and ureters may also be damaged.Although medical options are available for some women laparoscopy is always needed to confirm the diagnosis and often surgical intervention -- by removing the endometriotic implants ovarian cysts and repairing tubal damage -- usually produces immediate results in terms of pain relief and improved fertility.This major new book written by an internationally recognized team of experts covers the full range of surgical interventions for diagnosing and treating endometriosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391669

Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook is a book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Mandarin Chinese. Divided into two sections the Workbook initially provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures and moves on to practice everyday functions such as making introductions apologizing and expressing needs. With an extensive answer key at the back to enable students to check on their progress main features include:  exercises at various levels of challenge for a broad range of learners cross-referencing to the related Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar a comprehensive index to exercises alphabetically arranged in terms of structures functions and key Chinese structure vocabulary. This second edition also offers a revised and expanded selection of exercises including new task-based exercises. Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook is ideal for all learners of Mandarin Chinese from beginner to intermediate and advanced students. It can be used both independently and alongside the Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar (978-0-415-82714-0) which is also published by Routledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834889

Modern Mandarin Chinese GrammarA Practical Guide Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar provides an innovative reference guide to Mandarin Chinese combining traditional and function-based grammar in a single volume. The Grammar is divided into two parts. Part A covers traditional grammatical categories such as phrase order nouns verbs and specifiers. Part B is carefully organized around language functions and notions such as: Communication strategies Making comparisons Giving and seeking information Expressing apologies regrets and sympathies The two parts of the Grammar are closely linked by extensive cross-references providing a grammatical and functional perspective on many patterns. All grammar points and functions are richly illustrated with examples with a strong focus on contemporary usage. Main features of the grammar include: Examples given in simplified characters traditional characters and romanization (pinyin) Clear explanations and accessible descriptions Particular attention to areas of particular difficulty for learners of Mandarin Chinese Implementing feedback from users of the first edition of the Grammar this second edition has been revised throughout to offer expanded explanations examples cross-referencing and indexing and brand new chapters on aspect resultative verbs directional verbs and "ba" sentences. This is the ideal reference grammar for learners of Mandarin Chinese at all levels from elementary to advanced. No prior knowledge of grammatical terminology is assumed and a glossary of grammatical terms is provided. This Grammar is accompanied by the Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook (978-0-415-83488-9; available for separate purchase) which features related exercises and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827140

Modern Mandarin ChineseThe Routledge Course Textbook Level 1 Modern Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing a strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. Each level of the course consists of a textbook and workbook in simplified Chinese. A free companion website provides all the audio for the course with a broad range of interactive exercises and additional resources for students’ self-study along with a comprehensive instructor’s guide with teaching tips assessment and homework material and a full answer key. Key changes to this new edition: An increased number of vocabulary and characters introduced. 255 characters are introduced in this second edition for active production. Dialogues and example sentences are also presented in full-character format for passive recognition and to provide additional challenge for more advanced students.  Additional exercises in the workbooks and online to support the expanded number of words and characters incorporated into the textbooks. New cross-references between the textbooks workbooks and companion website facilitate using all the resources in an integrated manner. Greatly enhanced and re-designed website. Retaining its focus on communicative skills and the long-term retention of characters the text is now presented in simplified characters and pinyin from the outset with a gradual and phased removal of pinyin as specific characters are introduced and learnt. This unique approach allows students to benefit from the support of pinyin in the initial stages as they begin speaking while ensuring they are guided and supported towards reading only in characters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101104

Modern Mandarin ChineseThe Routledge Course Workbook Level 1 Modern Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing a strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. Each level of the course consists of a textbook and workbook in simplified Chinese. A free companion website provides all the audio for the course with a broad range of interactive exercises and additional resources for students’ self-study along with a comprehensive instructor’s guide with teaching tips assessment and homework material and a full answer key. Key changes to this new edition: An increased number of vocabulary and characters introduced. 255 characters are introduced in this second edition for active production. Dialogues and example sentences are also presented in full-character format for passive recognition and to provide additional challenge for more advanced students. Additional exercises in the workbooks and online to support the expanded number of words and characters incorporated into the textbooks. New cross-references between the textbooks workbooks and companion website facilitate using all the resources in an integrated manner. Greatly enhanced and re-designed website. Retaining its focus on communicative skills and the long-term retention of characters the text is now presented in simplified characters and pinyin from the outset with a gradual and phased removal of pinyin as specific characters are introduced and learnt. This unique approach allows students to benefit from the support of pinyin in the initial stages as they begin speaking while ensuring they are guided and supported towards reading only in characters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101111

Modern Mandarin Grammar and Workbook Bundle Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar provides an innovative reference guide to Mandarin Chinese combining traditional and function-based grammar in a single volume. The Grammar is divided into two parts. Part A covers traditional grammatical categories such as phrase order nouns verbs and specifiers. Part B is carefully organized around language functions and notions such as: Communication strategiesMaking comparisonsGiving and seeking informationExpressing apologies regrets and sympathiesThe two parts of the Grammar are closely linked by extensive cross-references providing a grammatical and functional perspective on many patterns. All grammar points and functions are richly illustrated with examples with a strong focus on contemporary usage. Main features of the grammar include: Examples given in simplified characters traditional characters and romanization (pinyin)Clear explanations and accessible descriptionsParticular attention to areas of particular difficulty for learners of Mandarin ChineseImplementing feedback from users of the first edition of the Grammar this second edition has been revised throughout to offer expanded explanations examples cross-referencing and indexing and brand new chapters on aspect resultative verbs directional verbs and "ba" sentences. This is the ideal reference grammar for learners of Mandarin Chinese at all levels from elementary to advanced. No prior knowledge of grammatical terminology is assumed and a glossary of grammatical terms is provided. This Grammar bundle includes the Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook which features related exercises and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807488

Modern Maritime Law (Volume 1)Jurisdiction and Risks This unique title examines in depth issues of jurisdiction maritime law and practice from a modern perspective and highlights the importance of risk management with a view to avoiding pitfalls in litigation or arbitration and minimising exposure to liabilities. The third edition has been fully revised and restructured into two self-contained volumes the first covering jurisdictional issues and risks and the second exploring the diverse aspects of maritime law risks and liabilities. The book continues to provide succinct analysis of the key principles and precedents of maritime law a detailed account of important decisions and incorporates developments in regulation Codes of good practice and international Conventions. The first volume tackles a wealth of complex jurisdictional aspects ranging from the enforcement of maritime claims to a detailed analysis of the conditions of arrest of ships including reconsideration of wrongful arrest beneficial ownership forum non-convenience and limitations upon the jurisdiction of the English courts. Key features of Volume One: Expert analysis of the very latest case law including noteworthy cases in international jurisdictions Highlights important recent changes and developments in: piercing the corporate veil – State immunity conflict of laws and jurisdictions stay of proceedings for breach of jurisdiction or arbitration agreements issues arising from tiered dispute resolution clauses anti-suit injunctions Timely examination of the EU jurisdiction scheme and the Review of the Brussels I Regulation New Chapter on Freezing Injunctions as compared with the US Rule B Attachment This book serves as an invaluable reference for lawyers academics and a host of shipping and risk management professionals worldwide. Purchase Volumes 1 and 2 of the Modern Maritime Law together for a reduced price at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415843201/ Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415835169

Modern Maritime Law (Volume 2)Managing Risks and Liabilities This unique title examines in depth issues of jurisdiction maritime law and practice from a modern perspective and highlights the importance of risk management with a view to avoiding pitfalls in litigation or arbitration and minimising exposure to liabilities. The third edition has been fully revised and restructured into two self-contained volumes the first covering jurisdictional issues and risks and the second exploring the diverse aspects of maritime law risks and liabilities. The second volume tackles the substantive maritime law with a particular emphasis on risk and liabilities and analyses issues of contract tort and criminal law causation and remoteness of damages. Key features of Volume Two include: An analysis of the regulatory regime new EU and IMO safety at sea legislation reforming practices for flag states and recognised organisations vetting codes of good practice and International Conventions. An explanation of the Rules of attribution of liability the impact of the ISM Code upon liabilities including criminal corporate manslaughter and the new Directive for ship-source pollution. Important developments in areas including: Ship-managing risks best endeavours and fiduciary duties Mortgagees risks and economic torts New BIMCO standard terms of contracts Ship-sale risks – including sale ‘as is’ and ‘as she was’ Shipbuilding risks – guarantees and performance bonds New trends on wrongful acts of employees collisions and measure of damages salvage issues environmental salvage and towage contracts Piracy risks cases and general average New perspectives on risks and liabilities of port authorities Pollution liabilities including trends of prosecution of class societies and charterers and new limits of liability under International Conventions Purchase Volumes 1 and 2 of the Modern Maritime Law together for a reduced price at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415843201/ Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415839068

Modern Maritime Law (Volumes 1 and 2) This unique title examines in depth issues of jurisdiction maritime law and practice from a modern perspective and highlights the importance of risk management with a view to avoiding pitfalls in litigation or arbitration and minimising exposure to liabilities. The third edition has been fully revised and restructured into two self-contained volumes the first covering jurisdictional issues and risks and the second exploring the diverse aspects of maritime law risks and liabilities. The first volume tackles a wealth of complex jurisdictional aspects ranging from the enforcement of maritime claims to a detailed analysis of the conditions of arrest of ships including reconsideration of wrongful arrest beneficial ownership forum non-convenience and limitations upon the jurisdiction of the English courts. The second volume tackles the substantive maritime law with a particular emphasis on risk and liabilities and analyses issues of contract tort and criminal law causation and remoteness of damages. Key features of Volume One include: Expert analysis of the very latest case law including noteworthy cases in international jurisdictions Highlights important recent changes and developments in: piercing the corporate veil – State immunity conflict of laws and jurisdictions stay of proceedings for breach of jurisdiction or arbitration agreements issues arising from tiered dispute resolution clauses anti-suit injunctions Timely examination of the EU jurisdiction scheme and the Review of the Brussels I Regulation New Chapter on Freezing Injunctions as compared with the US Rule B Attachment Key features of Volume Two include: An analysis of the regulatory regime new EU and IMO safety at sea legislation reforming practices for flag states and recognised organisations vetting codes of good practice and International Conventions. An explanation of the Rules of attribution of liability the impact of the ISM Code upon liabilities including criminal corporate manslaughter and the new Directive for ship-source pollution. Important developments in areas including: Ship-managing risks best endeavours and fiduciary duties Mortgagees risks and economic torts New BIMCO standard terms of contracts Ship-sale risks - including sale "as is" and "as she was" Shipbuilding risks - guarantees and performance bonds New trends on wrongful acts of employees collisions and measure of damages salvage issues environmental salvage and towage contracts Piracy risks cases and general average New perspectives on risks and liabilities of port authorities Pollution liabilities including trends of prosecution of class societies and charterers and new limits of liability under International Conventions This book serves as an invaluable reference for lawyers academics and a host of shipping and risk management professionals worldwide   Both volumes are also available to purchase individually: Volume 1 at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415835169/ and Volume 2 at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415839068/ Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415843201

Modern Maritime PiracyGenesis Evolution and Responses This book examines the complex phenomena of modern maritime piracy.The work offers a cutting-edge analysis of modern maritime piracy in the two most pirate-prone regions – southeast Asia and northeast Africa – from the late twentieth century to the modern day. These case studies present a detailed exploration of how regional and international governments responded to upsurges of piracy and how responses have evolved over the course of the past 40 years. This analysis reveals the results of these efforts and what effect if any suppressing piracy at sea had on tensions and instability ashore. The book transcends a simple narrative providing detailed and extensively researched case studies of contemporary manifestations and responses at the strategic operational and tactical levels. New insights are offered such as the role of external navies in the repression of piracy in northeast Africa before the well-documented escalation in 2005. In addition this book constructs a comparative analytic framework to gauge the effectiveness and shortcomings of modern attempts to counteract piracy which reveals lessons learned future policy projections and wider implications. This analysis adds new classifications innovative concepts and scholarly depth to the field of maritime security studies naval history and theory and international relations. This book will be of much interest to students of naval history maritime security strategic studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889005

Modern Materialism and Emergent Evolution Originally published in 1929 McDougall examines the pertinent conflict between religion and science. His work exhibits the failure of scientists to explain human action mechanistically (the essence of modern materialism) establishes purposive action as a type of event radically different from all mechanistic events and justifies the belief in teleological causation without which there can be neither religion nor morals. This title will be of interest to students of both the Humanities and Sciences particularly those studying psychology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192645

Modern MechanobiologyConvergence of Biomechanics Development and Genomics Modern mechanobiology converges both engineering and medicine to address personalized medicine. This book is built on the previously well-received edition Hemodynamics and Mechanobiology of Endothelium. The central theme is "omic" approaches to mechanosignal transduction underlying tissue development injury and repair. A cadre of investigators has contributed to the chapters enriching the interface between mechanobiology and precision medicine for personalized diagnosis and intervention. The book begins with the fundamental basis of vascular disease in response to hemodynamic shear stress and then details cardiovascular development and regeneration valvular and cardiac morphogenesis mechanosensitive microRNA and histone unfolding computational fluid dynamics and light-sheet imaging. This edition represents a paradigm shift from traditional biomechanics and signal transduction to transgenic models including novel zebrafish and chick embryos and targets a wider readership from academia to industry and government agencies in the field of mechanobiology. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800587

Modern MedicineLay Perspectives And Experiences Do lay people view modern medicine as a fountain of hope or a font of despair? What are their experiences of modern medical care and technology and how do their views and experiences differ across different social groups? Combining theoretical insights with a range of qualitative and ethnographic research this volume examines lay experiences and evaluation of medicines and drugs chronic illness and life-saving technology and reproductive technologies. It also considers the growing popularity of complementary therapies as a potential challenge to orthodox medicine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072395

Modern Methods for MusicologyProspects Proposals and Realities Written by leading experts this volume provides a picture of the realities of current ICT use in musicology as well as prospects and proposals for how it could be fruitfully used in the future. Through its coverage of topics spanning content-based sound searching/retrieval sound and content analysis markup and text encoding audio resource sharing and music recognition this book highlights the breadth and inter-disciplinary nature of the subject matter and provides a valuable resource to technologists musicologists musicians and music educators. It facilitates the identification of worthwhile goals to be achieved using technology and effective interdisciplinary collaboration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257733

Modern Methods in Carbohydrate Synthesis Modern Methods in Carbohydrate Synthesis presents in one volume a sequence of chapters leading from classical methods through to today's newest state-of -the-art technology for oligosaccharide synthesis. It places particular emphasis on the most recent breakthroughs in the field including emerging technologies for both oligosaccharide and glycoconjugate synthesis. Chapters describing the synthesis of increasingly important glycosidic linkage analogs as well as the oligosaccharides containing derivatives and analogs of natural sugars are included. While chemical-synthetic methods constitute the major part of the book completing the volume is a section on the rapidly expanding and important field of enzymatic synthesis also covering combined chemical and enzymatic synthesis.Chapters are written by leading experts in the field. Wherever possible methods of synthesis are provided in sufficient detail to allow the reader to implement the techniques described. More than 1700 references are provided in the 21 chapters comprising the book. This volume should provide a wealth of information to a large number of synthetic organic chemists medicinal chemists protein chemists biochemists glycobiologists and cell biologists including students in these fields. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077329

Modern Methods of Valuation The twelfth edition of this essential valuation textbook reflects the changes in the regulatory and statutory framework for property valuations that have occurred since 2013 as well as presenting the tried and tested principles and practices of real estate valuation. The twelfth edition is up to date as of June 2018 with the latest regulations statutes and case law including the RICS Valuation – Global Standards 2017. Its comprehensive coverage of the legal economic and technical aspects of valuation make this book a core text for most university and college real estate programmes and it provides students and practitioners with current and relevant guidance on the preparation of valuations for statutory purposes. Throughout the text the author team of experienced valuers presents examples of the application of these principles to the everyday problems met in practice. This new edition continues to be of excellent value to both students and practitioners alike as it provides the reader with a clear understanding of the methods and techniques of valuation. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138503519

Modern Middle East AuthoritarianismRoots Ramifications and Crisis While the Arab uprisings have overturned the idea of Arab "exceptionalism " or the acceptance of authoritarianism better analysis of authoritarianism’s resilience in pre- and post-uprising scenarios is still needed. Modern Middle East Authoritarianism: Roots Ramifications and Crisis undertakes this task by addressing not only the mechanisms that allowed Middle Eastern regimes to survive and adapt for decades but also the obstacles that certain countries face in their current transition to democracy. This volume analyzes the role of ruling elites Islamists and others as well as variables such as bureaucracy patronage the strength of security apparatuses and ideological legitimacy to ascertain regimes’ life expectancies and these factors’ post-uprisings repercussions. Discussing not only the paradigms through which the region has been analyzed but also providing in-depth case studies of Tunisia Egypt Libya Algeria Saudi Arabia Iraq and Iran the authors arrive at critical conclusions about dictatorship and possibilities for its transformation. Employing diverse research methods including interviews participant observation and theoretical discussions of authoritarianism and political transition this book is essential reading for scholars of Middle East Studies Islamic Studies and those with an interest in the governance and politics of the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929654

Modern MIDISequencing and Performing Using Traditional and Mobile Tools Modern MIDI equips you with everything you need to use MIDI in your music productions. With a particular focus on practical application and step-by-step explanations this book does far more than tell you about how MIDI works. Simple explanations and real-world scenarios encourage you to test out the techniques for yourself. The second edition of Modern MIDI builds on the first making sequencing approachable for absolute beginners reinforcing the fundamentals of MIDI and expanding the coverage into new mobile technology and vintage gear. Modern MIDI is essential reading for beginners from all backgrounds including students and professionals as well as experienced users looking to develop their existing setups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578777

Modern Migrations in Western Africa Originally published in 1974 this volume deals with studies of migration from census and other data variations in scale distance and duration of various types of migration social relations of migrant populations with their home areas and their host communities and expectations and valuation of migrants concerning rural and urban life. It also examines interrelations between levels of migration labour supply wage rates and unemployment in urban centres the impact of different types of migration on the national economy and economic planning and governemnt measures and conflicting interests of the labour supplying and receiving countries. The introduction analyses the main economic and political factors and the socio-economic consequences and problems brought about by migrations in and between territories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487031

Modern Military Geography This book of contributed chapters by subject matter expertly provides an overview and analysis of salient contemporary and historical military subjects from the military geographer’s perspective. Factors of geography have had a compelling influence on battles and campaigns throughout history; however geography and military affairs have gained heightened attention during the past two decades and military geography is the discipline best situated to explain them.  Hence the premise of this book and its contents are founded on the principle that geographical knowledge of space place people and scale provide essential insights into contemporary security issues and promotes the idea that such insight is critical to understanding and managing significant military problems at local regional and global scales.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203844397

Modern Military StrategyAn Introduction This textbook provides a comprehensive introduction to post-Cold War military theory for students of strategic studies. This second edition has been fully revised and updated including a new chapter on peacekeeping and examines contemporary strategic thought on the conduct of war in the sea land air nuclear space and cyber domains as well as irregular warfare. Each chapter identifies contemporary strategic thinkers in a particular area examines strategic thought through the lens of identifiable themes and discusses the ideas of classical strategists to provide historical context. Examples of the link between the use of military force and the pursuit of political objectives are presented such as airpower against ISIS and in Libya counterinsurgency in Afghanistan and Iraq counter-piracy operations off the coast of Africa and the Stuxnet virus in Iran. The chapters identify trends statements and principles that indicate how military power can best be employed to effect political ends while the conclusion paints an overall picture of the relationship between classic and contemporary strategic thinking within each warfare domain. This book will be essential reading for students of strategic studies war studies and military history and is highly recommended for students of security studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825383

Modern Missile Guidance Missile Guidance Second Edition provides a timely survey of missile control and guidance theory based on extensive work the author has done using the Lyapunov approach. This new edition also presents the Lyapunov-Bellman approach for choosing optimal parameters of the guidance laws and direct and inverse optimal problems are considered. This material is important for readers working in the areas of optimization and optimal theory. This edition also contains updated coverage of guidance and control system components since the efficiency of guidance laws depends on their realization. The text concludes with information on the new generation of intercept systems now in development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815384861

Modern MizoramHistory Culture Poetics Mizoram is situated at a unique cusp in North East India in terms of both physical and social contexts. It shares its borders with Myanmar and Bangladesh while cultural influences range from the indigenous to the Western. This book offers an alternative understanding of the modern history of Mizoram through an analysis of its cultural practices through language music poetry and festivals. It explores the roots of modern cultural works not just in Christianity but also in precolonial Mizo traditional practices. The authors closely examine text performance and sculptural images including the first handwritten newspaper Mizo Chanchin Laisuih (1898) and the Puma Zai festival (1907–11) from the early colonial period along with a contemporary sculptural image. They argue that cultural works open up to new forms of interpretations and responses over time. The book indicates that the Mizo creative sensibility enmeshed in theological capitalistic-material and political/ideological regimes informs its modern enclosures be it region religion or nation. This book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of cultural studies literature media history politics sociology and social anthropology area studies North East India studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367479398

Modern Monetary Theory and European Macroeconomics This book provides a new methodological approach to money and macroeconomics. Realizing that the abstract equilibrium models lacked descriptions of fundamental issues of a modern monetary economy the focus of this book lies on the (stylized) balance sheets of the main actors. Money after all is born on the balance sheets of the central bank or commercial bank. While households and firms hold accounts at banks with deposits banks hold an account at the central bank where deposits are called reserves. The book aims to explain how the two monetary circuits – central bank deposits and bank deposits – are intertwined. It is also shown how government spending injects money into the economy. Modern Monetary Theory and European Macroeconomics covers both the general case and then the Eurozone specifically. A very simple macroeconomic model follows which explains the major accounting identities of macroeconomics. Using this new methodology the Eurozone crisis is examined from a fresh perspective. It turns out that not government debt but the stagnation of private sector debt was the major economic problem and that cuts in government spending worsened the economic situation. The concluding chapters discuss what a solution to the current problems of the Eurozone must look like with scenarios that examine a future with and without a euro. This book provides a detailed balance sheet view of monetary and fiscal operations with a focus on the Eurozone economy. Students policy-makers and financial market actors will learn to assess the institutional processes that underpin a modern monetary economy in times of boom and in times of bust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299924

Modern Motherhood and Women’s Dual IdentitiesRewriting the Sexual Contract Why do women in contemporary western societies experience contradiction between their autonomous and maternal selves? What are the origins of this contradiction and the associated ‘double shift’ that result in widespread calls to either ‘lean in’ or ‘opt out’? How are some mothers subverting these contradictions and finding meaningful ways of reconciling their autonomous and maternal selves?   In Modern Motherhood and Women’s Dual Identities Petra Bueskens argues that western modernisation consigned women to the home and released them from it in historically unprecedented yet interconnected ways. Her ground-breaking formulation is that western women are free as ‘individuals’ and constrained as mothers with the twist that it is the former that produces the latter.   Bueskens’ theoretical contribution consists of the identification and analysis of modern women’s duality drawing on political philosophy feminist theory and sociology tracking the changing nature of discourses of women freedom and motherhood across three centuries. While the current literature points to the pervasiveness of contradiction and double-shifts for mothers very little attention has been paid to how (some) women are subverting contradiction and ‘rewriting the sexual contract’. Bridging this gap Bueskens’ interviews ten ‘revolving mothers’ to reveal how periodic absence exceeding the standard work-day disrupts the default position assigned to mothers in the home and in turn disrupts the gendered dynamics of household work.   A provocative and original work Modern Motherhood and Women’s Dual Identities will appeal to graduate students and researchers interested in fields such as Women and Gender Studies Sociology of Motherhood and Social and Political Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367460129

Modern Movement Heritage This collection of essays serves as an introduction to modern architectural heritage and the specific problems related to the conservation of modern structures. It covers policy planning and construction. A selection of case studies elaborates on these issues and illustrates how problems have been addressed. This volume celebrates the first 5 years of DoCoMoMo's role and influence in this important area of building conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138157095

Modern Myths and Medical ConsumerismThe Asclepius Complex Modern Myths and Medical Consumerism is concerned with the loss of a sense of limit in technological medicine today and the way in which the denial of death leads to an uncontrollable consumeristic multiplication of needs. Taking its starting point from C. G. Jung’s analytical psychology the book gives a symbolic interpretation based on archetypal philosophical and socio-psychoanalytic ideas developed through the author’s personal experience moving from the medical to the psychoanalytical paradigm. Lanfranchi depicts ideal sources of medicine based on archetypal material drawn from Greek myth and discusses the progressive steps of the doctor’s consciousness’ evolution up to contemporary times. Critiquing current medicine and its ‘modern myths’ the book suggests the prevailing model of economic development is unsustainable and provides prospects of a more contained ecological medicine and an ethical approach that will allow readers to reflect and move towards a more qualified attitude to mortality. The book meets the need to transform medicine into a critical domain of human experience capable of providing essential services consistent with the naturalness of death and environmental sustainability. As such it will be vital reading to academics in the fields of psychotherapy analytical psychology psychiatry and medicine and those with a philosophical or sociological background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408275

Modern Newspaper PracticeA primer on the press An introduction to all aspects of newspaper journalism and the journalist's world. The book examines in detail not only day-to-day practice but also the role of the editor and the reading public and the running and printing of newspapers. Close attention in this new edition is paid to the effect of technological advance on news gathering news and feature writing page planning and design and the production advertising and commercial side of newspapers. This book is widely used on journalism and media-related courses including degrees and those run by newspaper companies and the NCTJ and the many training schemes abroad that look at British practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159914

Modern NMR Techniques for Synthetic Chemistry A blend of theory and practical advice Modern NMR Techniques for Synthetic Chemistry illustrates how NMR spectroscopy can be used to determine the abundance size shape and function of organic molecules. It provides you with a description the NMR technique used (more pictorial than mathematical) indicating the most common pulse sequences some practical information as appropriate followed by illustrative examples. This format is followed for each chapter so you can skip the more theoretical details if the practical aspects are what interest you. Following a discussion of basic parameters the book describes the utility of NMR in detecting and quantifying dynamic processes with particular emphasis on the usefulness of saturation-transfer (STD) techniques. It details pulsed–field gradient approaches to diffusion measurement diffusion models and approaches to ‘inorganic’ nuclei detection important as many synthetic pathways to new organics involve heavier elements. The text concludes with coverage of applications of NMR to the analysis of complex mixtures natural products carbohydrates and nucleic acids—all areas of activity for researchers working at the chemistry-life sciences interface. The book’s unique format provides some theoretical insight into the NMR technique used indicating the most common pulse sequences. The book draws upon several NMR methods that are resurging or currently hot in the field and indicates the specific pulse sequence used by various spectrometer manufacturers for each technique. It examines the analysis of complex mixtures a feature not found in most books on this topic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466592247

Modern Optics and Photonics of Nano- and Microsystems This book cover advances in the study of processes of nonlinear propagation of continuous and pulsed laser radiation in a continuous and micro structured optical media. It details distributed fiber-optical measuring systems the physical basis of ultra-low laser cooling of atoms and studies of optical and nonlinear optical properties of nanostructured heterogeneous systems.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571603

Modern OrthodoxiesJudaic Imaginative Journeys of the Twentieth Century This study introduces a genuine provocative religious vocabulary into the discourse on Modernist art and literature. Mulman looks at key texts and figures of the Modern period including Henry Roth Amedeo Modigliani James Joyce and Art Spiegelman revealing a significant engagement with the rituals of Jewish observance and the structure of Talmudic interpretation. While critics often view the formal experimentation of High Modernism as a radical departure from conventional beliefs this book shows that these aspects of Modernist art are deeply entwined with and indebted to the very traditions that they claim to be writing against. As such the book offers a unique and truly multidisciplinary approach to Modernist studies and a cogent analysis of the ways in which spirituality informs artistic production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107328

Modern Pagan and Native Faith Movements in Central and Eastern Europe The resurgence of religiosity in post-communist Europe has been widely noted but the full spectrum of religious practice in the diverse countries of Central and Eastern Europe has been effectively hidden behind the region's range of languages and cultures. This volume presents an overview of one of the most notable developments in the region the rise of Pagan and "Native Faith" movements. Modern Pagan and Native Faith Movements in Central and Eastern Europe brings together scholars from across the region to present both systematic country overviews - of Armenia Bulgaria the Czech Republic Hungary Latvia Lithuania Poland Romania Russia Slovenia and Ukraine - as well as essays exploring specific themes such as racism and the internet. The volume will be of interest to scholars of new religious movements especially those looking for a more comprehensive picture of contemporary paganism beyond the English-speaking world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656622

Modern Palestinian Literature and Culture Studies of Palestinian society economy and politics are appearing with increasing frequency but works in English about Palestinian literature particularly that written in Israel are still scarce. This book looks at this literature within the political and social context of Palestinian society with a special focus on literature written during the Intifada "uprising" period (1987-93). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039480

Modern Papal Diplomacy and Social Teaching in World Affairs This comprehensive collection offers a concise introduction to the institutional framework of the Holy See conceptualizing papal agency and positions from a range of international theory perspectives. The authors – international scholars from political science history and religious studies – explore multiple fields of papal and Vatican influence ranging from spy networks and inter-religious dialogue to social doctrine and religious freedom.This book demonstrates that contrary to secularization theory the papacy is not in decline in world politics. Since World War II the Holy See has played a steadily increasing role in international relations. Globalization supports the role of the Catholic Church as a transnational actor not only in the advanced industrial societies of the West but also increasingly across the Global South. In this volume the authors document the legacies of John Paul II and Benedict XVI as well as the current pontificate of Pope Francis from a range of contemporary perspectives.This book comprises research articles and commentary essays on the papacy in world politics originally published in The Review of Faith & International Affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728922

Modern Persian Literature in AfghanistanAnomalous Visions of History and Form With the unleashing of the "War on Terror" in the aftermath of 9/11 Afghanistan has become prominent in the news. However we need to appreciate that no substantive understanding of contemporary history politics and society of this country can be achieved without a thorough analysis of the Afghan encounter with cultural and literary modernity and modernization. Modern Persian Literature in Afghanistan does just that. The book offers a balanced and interdisciplinary analysis of the rich and admirable contemporary poetry and fiction of a land long tormented by wars and invasions. It sets out to demonstrate that within the trajectory of the union between modern aesthetic imagination and politics creativity and production and representation and history the modernist intervention enabled many contemporary poets and writers of fiction to resist the overt politicization of the literary field without evading politics or disavowing the modern state. The interpretative moves and nuanced readings of a series of literary texts make this book a major contribution to a rather neglected area of research and study. Winner of the Iranian World Prize for Book of the Year in Islamics Studies 2009 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780040

Modern Pharmaceutics Two Volume Set This new edition brings you up-to-date on the role of pharmaceutics and its future paradigms in the design of medicines. Contributions from over 30 international thought leaders cover the core disciplines of pharmaceutics and the impact of biotechnology gene therapy and cell therapy on current findings. Modern Pharmaceutics helps you stay current Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429148309

Modern Pharmaceutics Volume 2Applications and Advances Fifth Edition Volume 2 addresses the applications and approaches in advanced drug delivery systems including transdermal pulmonary and ocular routes. In addition this text discusses the impact of the shift to personalized medicines in the fields of pharmaceutical biotechnology pharmacogenomics and nanotechnology.Volume 2 investigates: sustained- and contr Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429148293

Modern Philosophy Originally published in 1921 this volume represents De Ruggiero's first appearance in English being the first time his philosophical works were translated. Modern Philosophy presents a positive philosophical position of great interest avowedly in continuation of Croce and in close agreement with Gentile which sums up the progress of Italian idealism down to the writing of this book. It is a remarkable piece of historical work focusing on the development of European philosophy in the second half of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth and was the first volume to comprehensively handle this time period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110758

Modern Physical Chemistry: Engineering Models Materials and Methods with Applications This volume brings together innovative research new concepts and novel developments in the application of new tools for chemical engineers. It presents significant research reporting on new methodologies and important applications in the field of chemical engineering. Highlighting theoretical foundations real-world cases and future directions this book covers selected topics in a variety of areas including: chemoinformatics and computational chemistry advanced dielectric materials nanotechniques polymer composites It also presents several advanced case studies. The topics discussed in this volume will be valuable for researchers practitioners professionals and students of chemistry material and chemical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886437

Modern Polarographic Methods in Analytical Chemistry This book provides up-to-date discussion of modern polarographic methods with examples and experimental details. It is designed for the practicing analyst and a factor in bringing the reincarnated area of analytical chemistry into a new and healthy maturity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452049

Modern Political Aesthetics from Romantic to Modernist LiteratureChoreographies of Social Performance In this new research monograph Tudor Balinsteanu draws on concepts of dance to demonstrate how the nonhuman is dealt with in terms of practical politics that is choreographies of social performance which emerge at the intersection of literature art and embodied life. Drawing on a number of influential texts by William Wordsworth Joseph Conrad W. B. Yeats and James Joyce this truly interdisciplinary monograph explores the relations between the human and the nonhuman across centuries of literature and as demonstrated in philosophical concepts and social experiments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666682

Modern Political EconomicsMaking Sense of the Post-2008 World Once in a while the world astonishes itself. Anxious incredulity replaces intellectual torpor and a puzzled public strains its antennae in every possible direction desperately seeking explanations for the causes and nature of what just hit it. 2008 was such a moment. Not only did the financial system collapse and send the real economy into a tailspin but it also revealed the great gulf separating economics from a very real capitalism. Modern Political Economics has a single aim: To help readers make sense of how 2008 came about and what the post-2008 world has in store. The book is divided into two parts. The first part delves into every major economic theory from Aristotle to the present with a determination to discover clues of what went wrong in 2008. The main finding is that all economic theory is inherently flawed. Any system of ideas whose purpose is to describe capitalism in mathematical or engineering terms leads to inevitable logical inconsistency; an inherent error that stands between us and a decent grasp of capitalist reality. The only scientific truth about capitalism is its radical indeterminacy a condition which makes it impossible to use science's tools (e.g. calculus and statistics) to second-guess it. The second part casts an attentive eye on the post-war era; on the breeding ground of the Crash of 2008. It distinguishes between two major post-war phases: The Global Plan (1947-1971) and the Global Minotaur (1971-2008). This dynamic new book delves into every major economic theory and maps out meticulously the trajectory that global capitalism followed from post-war almost centrally planned stability to designed disintegration in the 1970s to an intentional magnification of unsustainable imbalances in the 1980s and finally to the most spectacular privatisation of money in the 1990s and beyond. Modern Political Economics is essential reading for Economics students and anyone seeking a better understanding of the 2008 economic crash. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415428880

Modern Political Economy And Latin AmericaTheory And Policy Modern Political Economy and Latin America consists of 35 carefully selected readings about the relationship between politics and economics in Latin American. Jeffry Frieden Manuel Pastor Jr. and Michael Tomz have edited the readings organized them thematically and included a series of introductions to guide readers through the material. The e Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316884

Modern Political Philosophy An introduction to the topics and issues in political philosophy from the Enlightenment to Postmodernism. The author presents both the historical background of and a systematic discussion of contemporary issues relating to the major traditions within political philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702353

Modern Political Theory from Hobbes to MarxKey Debates This anthology offers students a carefully edited selection of the most influential and enduring interpretations of key political theorists. There are sections on Hobbes Locke Rousseau Burke Bentham Mill and Marx. Each section includes classic articles by leading critics a substantial introduction by the editors and a guide to further reading. A general introduction to the volume as a whole is also provided. This is an up-to-date and extensive guide to the key issues at stake in the interpretative debate and it provides an invaluable text for students and teachers of modern political thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147225

Modern Political Thinkers and IdeasAn Historical Introduction Modern Political Thinkers and Ideas is an exciting new text that provides students with a clearly presented introduction to some of the key areas of modern political thought. Uniquely combining historical and philosophical approaches to the subject it describes the writings and ideas of the most influential thinkers of the modern era.Modern Political Thinkers and Ideas features:* the main concepts in modern political theory such as: the State and Sovereignty; Political Obligation and Civil Disobedience; Liberty; Rights; Equality and Justice; Democracy* the ideas of key thinkers such as: Machiavelli; Hobbes; Locke; Paine; Rousseau; Burke; Mill; Bentham; Marx; Rawls; Hayek* a clear and instructive framework for each chapter which provides students with: (a) the significance of each concept in modern political thought; (b) what major political thinkers had to say about each concept; and (c) the relevance of key concepts to contemporary argument and debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203086360

Modern PostWorkflows and Techniques for Digital Filmmakers With the shift from film to digital today’s filmmakers are empowered by an arsenal of powerful creative options with which to tell their story. Modern Post examines and demystifies these tools and workflows and demonstrates how these decisions can empower your storytelling. Using non-technical language authors Scott Arundale and Tashi Trieu guide you through everything you should consider before you start shooting. They begin with a look to past methodologies starting with traditional film techniques and how they impact current trends. Next they offer a look at the latest generation of digital camera and capture systems. The authors move on to cover: * Preproduction- what camera is best for telling your story and why budgeting for post* Production- on-set data management dailies green screen digital cinematography* Postproduction- RAW vs. compressed footage editing visual effects color correction sound and deliverables including DCP creation The book features cutting-edge discussion about the role of the digital imaging technician (DIT) how you can best use the Cloud motion graphics sound design and much more. Case studies show you these solutions being applied in real-world situations and the companion website features videos of techniques discussed in the book as well as timely updates about technological changes in the landscape. www.focalpress.com/cw/arundale Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747028

Modern Power System Analysis Most textbooks that deal with the power analysis of electrical engineering power systems focus on generation or distribution systems. Filling a gap in the literature Modern Power System Analysis Second Edition introduces readers to electric power systems with an emphasis on key topics in modern power transmission engineering. Throughout the book familiarizes readers with concepts and issues relevant to the power utility industry. A Classroom-Tested Power Engineering Text That Focuses on Power Transmission Drawing on the author’s industry experience and more than 42 years teaching courses in electrical machines and electric power engineering this book explains the material clearly and in sufficient detail supported by extensive numerical examples and illustrations. New terms are defined when they are first introduced and a wealth of end-of-chapter problems reinforce the information presented in each chapter. Topics covered include: Power system planning Transmission line parameters and the steady-state performance of transmission lines Disturbance of system components Symmetrical components and sequence impedances Analysis of balanced and unbalanced faults—including shunt series and simultaneous faults Transmission line protection Load-flow analysis Designed for senior undergraduate and graduate students as a two-semester or condensed one-semester text this classroom-tested book can also be used for self-study. In addition the detailed explanations and useful appendices make this updated second edition a handy reference for practicing power engineers in the electrical power utility industry. What’s New in This Edition 35 percent new material Updated and expanded material throughout Topics on transmission line structure and equipment Coverage of overhead and underground power transmission Expanded discussion and examples on power flow and substation design Extended impedance tables and expanded coverage of per unit systems in the appendices New appendix containing additional solved problems using MATLAB® New glossary of modern power system analysis terminology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466570818

Modern Practices in North East IndiaHistory Culture Representation This book brings together essays on North East India from across disciplines to explore new understandings of the colonial and contemporary realities of the region. Departing from the usual focus on identity and politics it offers fresh representations from history social anthropology culture literature politics performance and gender. Through the lens of modern practices the essays in this volume engage with diverse issues including state-making practices knowledge production and its politics history writing colonialism role of capital institutions changing locations of orality and modernity production and reception of texts performances and literatures social change and memory violence and gender relations along with their wider historical geographical and ideational mappings. In the process they illustrate how the specificities of the region can become useful sites to interrogate global phenomena and processes — for instance in what ways ideas and practices of modernity played an important role in framing the region and its people. Further the volume underlines the complex ways in which the past came to be imagined produced and contested in the region.With its blend of inter-disciplinary approach analytical models and perspectives this book will be useful to scholars researchers and general readers interested in North East India and those working on history frontiers and borderlands gender cultural studies and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367886615

Modern Predictive Control Modern Predictive Control explains how MPC differs from other control methods in its implementation of a control action. Most importantly MPC provides the flexibility to act while optimizing—which is essential to the solution of many engineering problems in complex plants where exact modeling is impossible. The superiority of MPC is in its numerical solution. Usually MPC is employed to solve a finite-horizon optimal control problem at each sampling instant and obtain control actions for both the present time and a future period. However only the current control move is applied to the plant. This complete step-by-step exploration of various approaches to MPC: Introduces basic concepts of systems modeling and predictive control detailing development from classical MPC to synthesis approaches Explores use of Model Algorithmic Control (MAC) Dynamic Matrix Control (DMC) Generalized Predictive Control (GPC) and Two-Step Model Predictive Control Identifies important general approaches to synthesis Discusses open-loop and closed-loop optimization in synthesis approaches Covers output feedback synthesis approaches with and without a finite switching horizon This book gives researchers a variety of models for use with one- and two-step control. The author clearly explains the variations between predictive control methods—and the root of these differences—to illustrate that there is no one ideal MPC and that one should remain open to selecting the best possible model in each unique circumstance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117693

Modern PrimitivesRace and Language in Gertrude Stein Ernest Hemingway and Zora Neale Hurston First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976269

Modern Print Activism in the United States The explosion of print culture that occurred in the United States at the turn of the twentieth century activated the widespread use of print media to promote social and political activism. Exploring this phenomenon the essays in Modern Print Activism in the United States focus on specific groups individuals and causes that relied on print as a vehicle for activism. They also take up the variety of print forms in which calls for activism have appeared including fiction editorials letters to the editor graphic satire and non-periodical media such as pamphlets and calendars. As the contributors show activists have used print media in a range of ways not only in expected applications such as calls for boycotts and protests but also for less expected aims such as the creation of networks among readers and to the legitimization of their causes. At a time when the golden age of print appears to be ending Modern Print Activism in the United States argues that print activism should be studied as a specifically modernist phenomenon and poses questions related to the efficacy of print as a vehicle for social and political change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248281

Modern Project Management Techniques for the Environmental Remediation Industry Environmental remediation has brought significant improvements to industrial sites and surrounding communities throughout the nation. It's also become notorious for high budget overruns and frequent schedule delays as environmental remediation's technological aspects become subject to political managerial and economic concerns.Modern Project Management (MPM) Processes offer a new framework for remediation programs geared to increased efficiency and precise troubleshooting. Environmental consultant and certified project management professional (PMP) Timothy J. Havranek has helped various companies put MPM into practice: now he brings his techniques to the environmental remediation industry at large.Melding traditional project management structure and advanced strategic planning techniques to the needs of environmental remediation Modern Project Management Techniques for the Environmental Remediation Industry presents this major innovation: a standardized planning process applicable to all types of remediation projects.Every participant in an environmental remediation effort can mutually benefit from Modern Project Management Techniques for the Environmental Remediation Industry. Environmental consultants will discover precise budget and schedule-planning skills-quite an advantage in their increasingly competitive industry. Customers will also know what to consider when selecting an environmental services company and discover advanced methods for reducing project costs and durations. MPM: it's bringing new vitality and purpose to environmental protection. Put it into practice with the benefit of Havranek's real-life experience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400217

Modern Protein ChemistryPractical Aspects In recent years interest in proteins has surged. This resurgence has been driven by the expansion of the post-genomic era when structural genomics and proteomics require new techniques in protein chemistry and new applications of older techniques. Protein chemistry methods are used by nearly every discipline of biomedical research. Many techniques have been used in less traditional ways with exciting results. Modern Protein Chemistry: Practical Aspects describes the practical side of advanced techniques in protein chemistry. The book gives researchers an excellent "cost-benefit" analysis of these techniques. The contributors have been selected for their prominence in their specific fields and because they run laboratories that actively collaborate with other scientists. Researchers and practitioners both beginners and experienced who are looking for new ideas and who are interested in applying these more advanced methods will be assisted in their work by these commentaries.This guide provides hands-on information to complement theoretical understanding. The theory behind these methods can be found in existing books and in the original literature. However no other guide will help you make a practical evaluation of these methods and their value to your work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407046

Modern Prussian History: 1830-1947 The rise of Prussia and subsequent unification of Germany under Prussia was one of the most important events in modern European history.However the fact that this unification was brought about as a result of the Prussian military has led to many misconceptions about the nature of Prussia and consequently of Germany which persist to this day. This collection sets out to correct them. Beginning in 1830 and finishing with the official dissolution of Prussia by the Allies in 1947 the book takes a broad approach: chapters cover the conservatives and the monarchy industrialisation the transformation of the rural and urban environment the labour movement the tensions between Catholics and Protestants within the state and the debate about the links between Prussian militarism and the final tragedy of Nazi Germany. By focusing on the social religious and political tensions that helped define the course of Prussian history the book also throws light on the development of modern German history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425316

Modern PsychoanalysisNew Directions and Perspectives Modern Psychoanalys is is a definitive exploration of the expanding horizons of this still controversial approach to and treatment of human behavior. In the first paperback release of a work sponsored by the American Academy of Psychoanalysis thirty-five authorities explore new approaches to psychoanalytic theory and therapy and examine the growing interaction between this field and the other social and behavioral sciences.Modern Psychoanalysis demonstrates how some of the leading figures are bringing their discipline into the mainstream of biological and social through! making use of systems theory information processing the constructs of adaptation and learning and other new tools and findings. The book is unusually free of the jargon that has separated psychoanalysis in the past from the rest of behavioral and social science.Some of the authors and their subjects are: Roy Grinker "Conceptual Progress in Analysis"; Jin-gen Ruesch "Psychoanalysis between Two Cultures"; Edward Tauber "Dreaming and Modern Dream Theory"; Jules Masserman "The Biody-namic Roots of Psychoanalysis"; Lewis H. Wolberg "Short-term Psychotherapy"; Stuart M. Finch and Albert Cain "Psychoanalysis of Children"; Morris Parloff "Analytic Group Psychotherapy"; Salvador Minuchin "The Low Socioeconomic Population"; Leonard Duhl and Robert Leopold "Psychoanalysis and Social Agencies"; Leo'n Edel "Psychoanalysis and the Creative Arts"; Arnold A. Rogow "Psychiatry History and Political Science"; and John R. Seeley "Psychiatry: Revolution Reform and Reaction."The volume is prepared with the rigor and comprehensiveness that should make the book a standard handbook for psychiatrists psychologists and behavioral scientists. And it is written with a sense of curious readers who may simply be interested in the basic stances of this controversial field of theory and practice. It has earned sufficient plaudits to be called a classic in the field. Judd Manner's new introduction gives added weight to such claims. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528215

Modern Psychology and Ancient WisdomPsychological Healing Practices from the World's Religious Traditions Modern Psychology and Ancient Wisdom 2nd edition brings together experts who explore the use of ancient healing techniques from Buddhism Christianity Goddess Shamanism Taoism and Yogic traditions as well as the mystical practices of Judaism and Islam and their application to modern counseling and therapy professions. Each chapter lays out time-tested techniques used by teachers guides and practitioners to facilitate psychological healing embraces a wide variety of cultural perspectives and offers a large varied and meaningful view of the world. This new edition includes added material on Islam indigenous and shamanic healing perspectives and practices as well as new findings in the fields of neuropsychology and epigenetics. With its vast offerings of new treatment methods from a variety of perspectives—from therapeutic metaphors and breathing exercises to meditation and yoga techniques—this book will be of use to mental health professionals social workers and pastoral caregivers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884526

Modern Psychology And EducationA TEXT-BOOK OF PSYCHOLOGY FOR STUDENTS IN TRAINING COLLEGES and Routledge is now re-issuing this prestigious series of 204 volumes originally published between 1910 and 1965. The titles include works by key figures such asC.G. Jung Sigmund Freud Jean Piaget Otto Rank James Hillman Erich Fromm Karen Horney and Susan Isaacs. Each volume is available on its own as part of a themed mini-set or as part of a specially-priced 204-volume set. A brochure listing each title in the "International Library of Psychology" series is available upon request. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875173

Modern Psychometrics The edition of this classic text has been completely revised and updated taking into account recent developments in the field of psychometrics. Part 1 of Modern Psychometrics outlines the background history and controversies surrounding psychological testing. Part 2 provides a practical guide for developing a psychometric test. Modern Psychometrics forms the ideal companion for those studying for the British Psychological Society's Certificates of Competence in Testing Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787848

Modern PsychometricsThe Science of Psychological Assessment Today psychometrics plays an increasingly important role in all our lives as testing and assessment occurs from preschool until retirement. This book introduces the reader to the subject in all its aspects ranging from its early history school examinations how to construct your own test controversies about IQ and recent developments in testing on the internet. In Part one of Modern Psychometrics Rust and Golombok outline the history of the field and discuss central theoretical issues such as IQ personality and integrity testing and the impact of computer technology and the internet. In Part two a practical step-by-step guide to the development of a psychometric test is provided. This will enable anyone wishing to develop their own test to plan design construct and validate it to a professional standard. This third edition has been extensively updated and expanded to take into account recent developments in the field making it the ideal companion for those studying for the British Psychological Society’s Certificates of Competence in Testing. Modern Psychometrics combines an up to date scientific approach to the subject with a full consideration of the political and ethical issues involved in the large scale implementation of psychometrics testing in today’s highly networked society particularly in terms of issues of diversity and internationalism. It will be useful to students and practictioners at all levels who are interested in psychometrics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787527

Modern PsychometricsThe Science of Psychological Assessment This popular text introduces the reader to all aspects of psychometric assessment including its history the construction and administration of traditional tests and the latest techniques for psychometric assessment online. Rust Kosinski and Stillwell begin with a comprehensive introduction to the increased sophistication in psychometric methods and regulation that took place during the 20th century including the many benefits to governments businesses and customers. In this new edition the authors explore the increasing influence of the internet wherein everything we do on the internet is available for psychometric analysis often by AI systems operating at scale and in real time. The intended and unintended consequences of this paradigm shift are examined in detail and key controversies such as privacy and the psychographic microtargeting of online messages are addressed. Furthermore this new edition includes brand-new chapters on item response theory computer adaptive testing and the psychometric analysis of the digital traces we all leave online. Modern Psychometrics combines an up-to-date scientific approach with full consideration of the political and ethical issues involved in the implementation of psychometric testing in today’s society. It will be invaluable to both undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as practitioners who are seeking an introduction to modern psychometric methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638655

Modern Reconstruction of Classical Thought: Talcott Parsons In this volume the author maintains that sociology must learn to combine the insights of both Durkheim and Marx and that it can only do so on the presuppositional ground that Weber set forth. Alexander maintains that the idealist and materialist traditions must be transformed into analytic dimensions of multidimensional and synthetic theory. This volume focusses on the writing of Talcott Parsons the only modern thinker who can be considered a true peer of the classical founders and examines his own profoundly ambivalent attempt to carry out this analytic transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989573

Modern Recording Techniques Modern Recording Techniques is the bestselling authoritative guide to sound and music recording. Whether you’re just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry Modern Recording Techniques provides an in-depth read on the art and technologies of music production. It’s a must-have reference for all audio bookshelves. Using its familiar and accessible writing style this ninth edition has been fully updated presenting the latest production technologies and includes an in-depth coverage of the DAW networked audio MIDI signal processing and much more. A robust companion website features video tutorials web-links an online glossary flashcards and a link to the author’s blog. Instructor resources include a test bank and an instructor’s manual. The ninth edition includes: Updated tips tricks and insights for getting the best out of your studio An introduction to the Apple iOS in music production Introductions to new technologies and important retro studio techniques The latest advancements in DAW systems signal processing mixing and mastering Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954373

Modern Religious Cults and Movements (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1923 this title explores the schools of religious thought and practice that sprung up towards the end of the nineteenth century and at the start of the twentieth: sects mystics and spiritualists theological sciences and scientific theologies personal philosophies and a huge range of new trajectories of thought within the established forms of Western European Christianity. In particular the author explores the numerous ways in which ‘Eastern’ religious traditions or at least spiritual patterns deriving inspiration from the Orient gained a foothold among seekers in the West at a time of optimism and belief in progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779686

Modern Representations of Sub-Saharan Africa This book examines how representations of African in the Anglophone West have changed in the post-imperial age. The period since the Second World War has seen profound changes in sub-Saharan Africa notably because of decolonization the creation of independent nation-states and the transformation of the relationships with the West. Using a range of case studies from news media maps popular culture film and TV the contributions assess how narrative and counter-narratives have developed and been received by their audiences in light of these changes. Examining the overlapping areas between media representations and historical events this book will be of interest to students and scholars of African Studies and Media and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343125

Modern Research Methods for the Study of Behavior in Organizations The goal of the chapters in this SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series volume is to challenge researchers to break away from the rote application of traditional methodologies and to capitalize upon the wealth of data collection and analytic strategies available to them. In that spirit many of the chapters in this book deal with methodologies that encourage organizational scientists to re-conceptualize phenomena of interest (e.g. experience sampling catastrophe modeling) employ novel data collection strategies (e.g. data mining Petri nets) and/or apply sophisticated analytic techniques (e.g. latent class analysis). The editors believe that these chapters provide compelling solutions for the complex problems faced by organizational researchers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801707

Modern Residential Construction Practices Modern Residential Construction Practices provides easy-to-read comprehensive and highly illustrated coverage of residential building construction practices that conform to industry standards in the United States and Canada. Each chapter provides complete descriptions real-world practices realistic examples three-dimensional (3D) illustrations and related tests and problems. Chapters cover practices related to every construction phase including: planning funding permitting codes inspections site planning excavation foundations and flatwork floors walls roofs finish work and cabinetry; heating ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC); electrical and plumbing. The book is organized in a format that is consistent with the process used to take residential construction projects from preliminary concept through all phases of residential building construction. An ideal textbook for secondary and college level construction programs the book is packed with useful features such as problems that challenge students to identify materials and practices along with research and document information about construction materials and practices useful summaries key notes a detailed glossary and online materials for both students and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284890

Modern Retellings of Chivalric Texts Published in 1999 the ten essays in this collection identify and examine reworkings of identifiable source texts from the medieval or Renaissance periods. The reasons for the modern adaptations depend variously on an individual author’s personal perspectives the worldview of his or her society and the individual’s place in it. The various chapters therefore address issues such as why a particular model was chosen and how its retelling depends on the modern author/auteur’s misreading or rereading of medieval chivalric conventions. This book compliments numerous existing studies of medievalism in the Enlightenment and Victorian eras by examining more recent adaptations of the much studied Arthurian romances but primarily extends the discussion on the nature of revivals to other medieval or Renaissance chivalric texts especially the Carolingian cycle epic. The collection includes not only literary retellings of medieval texts but also some in different media such as theatre and cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327146

Modern Rhetorical Criticism A comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to the analysis of public rhetoric Modern Rhetorical Criticism teaches readers how to examine and interpret rhetorical situations ideas arguments structure and style. The text covers a wide range of critical techniques from cultural and dramatistic analysis to feminist and Marxist approaches. A wealth of original criticism demonstrates how to analyze such diverse forms as junk mail congressional debates and traffic regulations as well as literature. This long-awaited revision contains new coverage of mass media feminist criticism and European criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465466

Modern Rhetorical Criticism A comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to the analysis of public rhetoric Modern Rhetorical Criticism teaches readers how to examine and interpret rhetorical situations ideas arguments structure and style. The text covers a wide range of critical techniques from cultural and dramatistic analysis to feminist and Marxist approaches. A wealth of original criticism demonstrates how to analyze such diverse forms as junk mail campaign speeches and popular entertainment as well as literature. This long-awaited revision offers specific guidance on crafting analytic essays and contains new coverage of legacy as well as new media identity criticism and post-colonial and decolonial criticism. The fourth edition also offers additional resources online for instructors and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702493

Modern RootsStudies of National Identity Interest in the study of national identity as a collective phenomenon is a growing concern among the social and political sciences. This book addresses the scholarly interest in examining the origins of ideologies and social practices that give historical meaning cohesion and uniqueness to modern national communities. It focuses on the various routes taken towards the construction of cultural authenticity as an inspirational purpose of nation-building and reveals the diversity of the themes practices and symbols used to encourage self-identification and communality. Among the techniques explored are the dramatization of suffering and tragedy the exaltation of heroes and deeds the evocation of landscape nature and the arts and the delimitation of collective values to be pursued during reconstruction in post-war periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604882

Modern Russian Grammar Workbook Modern Russian Grammar Workbook is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Russian. The book is divided into two parts. Section 1 provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures. Section 2 practises everyday functions such as making introductions apologizing and expressing needs. A comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables students to check on their progress. Main features include: exercises graded according to level of difficulty cross referencing to the related Modern Russian Grammar topical exercises which develop students’ vocabulary base. The Modern Russian Grammar Workbook is ideal for all learners of Russian from beginner to intermediate and advanced students. It can be used both independently and alongside the Modern Russian Grammar: A Practical Guide also published by Routledge. John Dunn is Honorary Research Fellow and Shamil Khairov is Lecturer in Russian both at the School of Modern Languages and Cultures University of Glasgow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142992

Modern SelvesEssays on Modern British and American Autobiography This book discusses gender and autobiography and the politics of autobiography. It offers examples of ways of making sense of individual works or groups of works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166134

Modern Slavery and Bonded Labour in South AsiaA Human Rights-Based Approach This book investigates one of the most pervasive forms of modern slavery: bonded labour whereby labour is linked with a credit agreement leaving a debtor bound to repay their debt through long-term servitude. Drawing on cases from Nepal and India the author adopts a human rights-based approach interpreting slavery as a violation of human rights and focusing on the empowerment of slaves as rights holders. Ultimately the book aims to explore the links between rights power inequality and oppression and to uncover ways to achieve the full liberation of bonded labourers. Identifying the factors and forces that contribute to and reinforce the situation of bonded labour in South Asia the book demonstrates how systems of bonded labour are connected to long-term processes of colonisation dispossession migration nationalisation of natural resources and the introduction of private land ownership. Despite the fact that the United Nations has reported debt bondage as the most prevalent form of forced labour worldwide there it is still little known about the real practical impacts of this approach to the lives of marginalised people. Based on extensive ethnographic research this book will be a useful guide to students and scholars of modern slavery international development and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671051

Modern Slavery LegislationDrafting History and Comparisons between Australia UK and the USA This book will aid understanding and interpretation of the Californian UK and Australian Modern Slavery Acts and will provide an in-depth three-way comparative analysis between the three Acts. Modern slavery is a new legal compliance issue with new legislation enacted in California (Transparency in Supply Chains Act 2010) the UK (Modern Slavery Act 2015) and most recently Australia (Modern Slavery Act 2018). Such legislation mandates that business of a certain size annually disclose the steps that they are taking to ensure that modern slavery is not occurring in their own operations and supply chains. The legislation applies to businesses wherever incorporated or formed. Key aspects of primary focus will include lessons learned from the California UK and Australian experience and central arguments on contentious issues for example: monetary threshold for determining reporting entities penalties for non-compliance compliance lists and appointment of an Anti-Slavery Commissioner. The book will also discuss how contentious issues were ultimately resolved and will undertake a comparative analysis of the Californian UK and Australian Acts. Modern Slavery Legislation will be of interest to academics and students of business and human rights law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347789

Modern Social Policy First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467200

Modern Social Theory The revised edition of this widely acclaimed textbook provides a clear accessible and comprehensive introduction to modern social theory.As with the first edition the book is based around the themes of structure and action. After the introductory chapters which examine the nature of theory and its role in the social world the book then turns to theories of action and the inability of those theories to comprehend social structures in a coherent way.Part 1 covers: Parson's structural-functionalism and the development of conlict theory and neofunctionalism; rational choice theory; symbolic interactionism; ethnomethodology and structuration theory.Part 2 looks at structuralism structuralist Marxism and the development of post-structuralist and postmodernist theory.Part 3 examines Critical Theory and the work of Jurgen Habermas.In conclusion Ian Craib discusses current trends in theory and what might be expected in the future.This second edition has been revised throughout. There are new chapters on rational choice theory and structuration theory and existing chapters have been extended to deal with the development of neofunctionalism postmodernism and the recent works of Habermas as well as recent developments in other approaches.Throughout the aim of the book is to demystify a diffcult subject area emphasising the practical and everyday nature of theoretical thinking in the context of making sense of a rapidly changing world. The late Ian Craib was Lecturer in Sociology at the University of Essex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136571

Modern Social Work PracticeTeaching and Learning in Practice Settings Modern Social Work Practice is an interactive book designed to provide readers with an opportunity to engage with key aspects of current social work practice. It also provides an excellent digest of the significant literature. Each chapter is introduced with an activity or exercise designed to aid student learning in discrete aspects of practice building up to a complete curriculum for practice learning. The book builds upon the success and style of Social Work Practice (1993) and The New Social Work Practice (1998). Mark Doel and Steven M. Shardlow have shaped the book to take account of the National Occupational Standards for Social Work aiming to provide a creative practical and up-to-date resource for teaching and learning in line with current practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467606

Modern SocietiesA Comparative Perspective Sanderson explores the nature of the contemporary world’s 200 societies by comparing and contrasting their basic institutions and patterns of social organization. Major topics include the rich democracies and how they became rich and democratic; the expansion of government and the welfare state; the collapse of Communism and the transition to postsocialist societies; the conditions of less-developed countries with attention to those that are developing rapidly as well as those that continue to lag far behind; racial and ethnic divisions and conflicts worldwide; the gender revolution of the past fifty years and changing contemporary patterns of gender inequality throughout the world; major shifts in family patterns and the transition to below-replacement fertility; the global spread and expansion of mass education and educational credentialism; worldwide patterns of religious belief and practice; a detailed evaluation of the secularization thesis; economic political and cultural globalization; the nature of social and economic progress over the past two centuries; and nine predictions concerning the short-term and long-term future of the world. The book provides detailed and fully up-to-date statistical data on societies in forty-three tables. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056685

Modern Soil Microbiology Third Edition The living soil is crucial to photosynthesis biogeochemical cycles global food production climate change biodiversity and plant and animal health. In the past decade scientists have made significant advances in soil microbiology research. While the basic principles are now better understood knowledge has been forthcoming on the best available technologies and methods applied to researching soil microorganisms their diversity interactions biochemistry survival gene expression and their roles in global climate change plant disease suppression and growth stimulation and biogeochemical cycles. This knowledge can be applied to better predict the transformation of pollutants in soil and the activities of microbes in the rhizosphere. It will also assist us in fostering crop production in an era with an increasing human population and intensification of agriculture. Following the tradition of its predecessors Modern Soil Microbiology Third Edition is an indispensable source that supports graduate/undergraduate teaching for soil and environmental microbiologists in academia as well as in government and industrial laboratories. It is a comprehensive collection of chapters on various aspects of soil microbiology useful for all professionals working with soils. Compiled by internationally renowned educators and research scholars this textbook contains key tables figures and photographs supported by thousands of references to illustrate the depth of knowledge in soil microbiology. FEATURES Fully updated and expanded to include new key chapters on historical developments future applications and soil viruses and proteins Discusses molecular methods applied to soil microbiology diverse soil microorganisms and global climate change Emphasizes the role of terrestrial microorganisms and cycles involved in climate change Details the latest molecular methods applied to soil microbiology research User-friendly for students and containing numerous tables figures and illustrations to better understand the current knowledge in soil microbiology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498763530

Modern South AsiaHistory Culture Political Economy Drawing on the newest historical research and scholarship in the field Modern South Asia provides challenging insights into the history of this fascinating region over the past three centuries. Jointly authored by two leading Indian and Pakistani historians it offers a rare depth of historical understanding of the politics cultures and economies that have shaped the lives of more than a fifth of humanity. In this comprehensive study the authors interpret and debate key developments in modern South Asian history and historical writing covering the diverse spectrum of the region’s social economic and political past. This fourth edition brings the debate up to the present day discussing recent events and exploring new themes such as the capture of state power in India by the forces of religious majoritarianism economic development in the context of the 'rise' of Asia and strategic shifts occasioned by the US withdrawal from Afghanistan. Providing new insights into the structure and ideology of the British raj the meaning of subaltern resistance the refashioning of social relations along the lines of caste class community and gender the different strands of anti-colonial nationalism and the dynamics of decolonization this is an essential resource for all students of the modern history of South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243682

Modern Spanish Grammar Workbook Modern Spanish Grammar Workbook is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of European or Latin American Spanish.The book is divided into two sections:* Section 1 provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures* Section 2 practises everyday functions such as making introductions and expressing needsA comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables you to check on your progress.Modern Spanish Grammar Workbook is ideal for all learners of European or Latin American Spanish including undergraduates taking Spanish as a major or minor part of their studies as well as intermediate and advanced students in schools and adult education. It can be used independently or alongside Modern Spanish Grammar also published by Routledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140936

Modern Sport - The Global Obsession Sport has become more than a simple physical expression or game- it now pervades all societies at all levels and has become bound up in nationalism entertainment patriotism and culture. Now a global obsession sport has infiltrated into all areas of modern life and despite noble ideals that sport stands above politics religion class gender and ideology the reality is often very different. These essays by leading academics and rising new talent consider the phenomenon of modern sport and its massive influence over global society. Together this collection is also a tribute to the pioneering and inspirational work of Professor J.A. Mangan on the political religious class and gender-based aspects of modern sport from academics greatly influenced by him and his writing. This book was previously published as a special issue of The International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878850

Modern Sports in AsiaCultural Perspectives "Modern sports" were introduced to Asia in the late nineteenth century as an innovation from the West concurrently with the development of modern society in Asia. This book traces the historical developments of sporting cultures in Asia in specific local contexts – including Singapore China Myanmar Taiwan the Philippines and India – and their intersections with larger social developments of colonialism postcolonialism nationalism and the building of modern Asia and its place in a globalized world. The case studies herein present the social history of modern team sports with standardized rules such as basketball and cricket and less familiar sports such as fives and chinlone as they vacillate between global and local perspectives. This book also shows that modern sports have had an important influence on the makeup of everyday life in Asia and the essays here also consider sports’ impact on gender body culture and celebrity culture among other concerns.This book painstakingly bridges the gaps between Asian Studies and Sports Studies in a way that reflects the historicity and multiplicity of sports in Asian societies. By adopting multi-disciplinary approaches this book innovatively offers significant intersection between sociology cultural studies and Asian studies of sport in Asia.This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739065

Modern Statistical Systems and GPSS Simulation Second Edition Modern Statistical Systems and GPSS Simulation Second Edition introduces the theory and implementation of discrete-event simulation. This text:establishes a theoretical basis for simulation methodologyprovides details of an important simulation language (GPSS - General Purpose Simulation System)integrates these two elements in a systems simulation case studyValuable additions to the second edition include coverage of random number generators with astronomic period new entropy-based tests of uniformity gamma variate generation results on the GLD and variance reduction techniques.GPSS/PC is an interactive implementation of GPSS for the IBM-PC compatible family of microcomputers. The disk accompanying Modern Statistical Systems and GPSS Simulation contains the limited educational version of GPSS/PC with many illustrative examples discussed in the text. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067993

Modern Statistics for the Social and Behavioral SciencesA Practical Introduction Second Edition Requiring no prior training Modern Statistics for the Social and Behavioral Sciences provides a two-semester graduate-level introduction to basic statistical techniques that takes into account recent advances and insights that are typically ignored in an introductory course. Hundreds of journal articles make it clear that basic techniques routinely taught and used can perform poorly when dealing with skewed distributions outliers heteroscedasticity (unequal variances) and curvature. Methods for dealing with these concerns have been derived and can provide a deeper more accurate and more nuanced understanding of data. A conceptual basis is provided for understanding when and why standard methods can have poor power and yield misleading measures of effect size. Modern techniques for dealing with known concerns are described and illustrated. Features:Presents an in-depth description of both classic and modern methodsExplains and illustrates why recent advances can provide more power and a deeper understanding of dataProvides numerous illustrations using the software RIncludes an R package with over 1300 functionsIncludes a solution manual giving detailed answers to all of the exercisesThis second edition describes many recent advances relevant to basic techniques. For example a vast array of new and improved methods is now available for dealing with regression including substantially improved ANCOVA techniques. The coverage of multiple comparison procedures has been expanded and new ANOVA techniques are described.Rand Wilcox is a professor of psychology at the University of Southern California. He is the author of 13 other statistics books and the creator of the R package WRS. He currently serves as an associate editor for five statistics journals. He is a fellow of the Association for Psychological Science and an elected member of the International Statistical Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367735968

Modern Survey Sampling Starting from the preliminaries and ending with live examples Modern Survey Sampling details what a sample can communicate about an unknowable aggregate in a real situation. The author lucidly develops and presents numerous approaches. He details recent developments and explores fresh and unseen problems hitting upon possible solutions. The text covers current research output in a student-friendly manner with attractive illustrations. It introduces sampling and discusses how to select a sample for which a selection-probability is specified to prescribe its performance characteristics. The author then explains how to examine samples with varying probabilities to derive profits. He then examines how to use partial segments to make reasonable guesses about a sample’s behavior and assess the elements of discrepancies. Including case studies exercises and solutions the book highlights special survey techniques needed to capture trustworthy data and put it to intelligent use. It then discusses the model-assisted approach and network sampling before moving on to speculating about random processes. The author draws on his extensive teaching experience to create a textbook that gives your students a thorough grounding in the technologies of survey sampling and modeling and also provides you with the tools to teach them. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367378615

Modern Techniques in Bridge EngineeringProceedings of 6th New York City Bridge Conference 25-26 July 2011 Due to significant economic growth in the last few decades increasing traffic loads impose tremendous demand on bridge structures. This coupled with ongoing deterioration of bridges  introduces a unique challenge to bridge engineers in maintaining service of these infrastructure assets without disruption to vital economic and social activities. This requires innovative solutions and optimized methodologies to achieve safe and efficient operation of bridge structures. Bridge engineering practitioners researchers owners and contractors from all over the world presented on modern techniques in design inspection monitoring and rehabilitation of bridge structures at the Sixth New York City Bridge Conference held New York City on July 25-26 2011. This book contains a select number of papers presented at the conference. This group of papers provides a state-of-the-art in bridge engineering and is of interest to any reader in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415684156

Modern TelecommunicationsBasic Principles and Practices Telecommunications is fundamental to modern society with nearly everyone on the planet having access to a mobile phone Wi-Fi or satellite and terrestrial broadcast systems. This book is a concise analysis of both the basics of telecommunications as well as numerous advanced systems. It begins with a discussion of why we perform modulation of a carrier signal continuing with a study of noise affecting all telecommunications links be they digital or analogue in form. Digital communications techniques are examined in Modern Telecommunications: Basic Principles and Practices. Such an examination is crucial since radio television and satellite broadcasts are transmitted using a digital format. Analogue modulations are also considered. The logic behind such an investigation is because whereas most broadcast systems are moving towards digital transmission analogue techniques are still very much prevalent (most notably with AM and FM broadcasts). A topic that is often neglected in text books on telecommunications but is at the forefront of Modern Telecommunications concerns transmission lines. This is an important area of work since every length of coaxial cable used to convey signals from an antenna to a receiver is a transmission line. It is vitally important that a transmission line linking a transmitter to the antenna is matched and this topic is explored in great detail in several chapters dealing with Smith charts. Explains the background behind digital TV and radio as well as the legacy of analogue transmissions. Presents materials in a way that minimizes mathematics making the topic more approachable and interesting to users. Provides a look at familiar systems that readers encounter in their everyday life (including mobile phones Wi-Fi hotspots satellites digital TV etc.). Demonstrates techniques and topics through end-of-chapter problems. Presents materials in an introductory form making the information easily understandable and suitable for an undergraduate option course. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138578821

Modern Textile Characterization Methods This work details current advances in assessing the characteristics of polymers single fibres and fibrous systems and associated processes based on evolving theories in the physical chemical and mechanical sciences. It focuses on recent develpments in selected characterization methods - such as Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Fourier transform nuclear magnetic resonance electron diffraction x-ray diffraction and electron microscopy - applicatble to polymers fibres and textiles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401436

Modern TheologyA Critical Introduction This book offers a fresh and up-to-date introduction to modern Christian theology. The ‘long nineteenth century’ saw enormous transformations of theology and of thought about religion that shaped the way both Christianity and ‘religion’ are understood today. Muers and Higton provide a lucid guide to the development of theology since 1789 giving students a critical understanding of their own ‘modern’ assumptions of the origins of the debates and the fields of study in which they are involved and of major modern thinkers. Modern Theology: introduces the context and work of a selection of major nineteenth-century thinkers who decisively affected the shape of modern theology presents key debates and issues that have their roots in the nineteenth century but are also central to the study of twentieth- and twenty-first-century theology includes exercises and study materials that explicitly focus on the development of core academic skills. This valuable resource also contains a glossary timeline annotated bibliographies and illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415495851

Modern Theories Of The Unconscious First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758000

Modern Theory Of Critical Phenomena An important contributor to our current understanding of critical phenomena Ma introduces the beginner--especially the graduate student with no previous knowledge of the subject-to fundamental theoretical concepts such as mean field theory the scaling hypothesis and the renormalization group. He then goes on to apply the renormalization group to selected problems with emphasis on the underlying physics and the basic assumptions involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367095376

Modern TimesReflections on a Century of English Modernity Confronting the contemporary poststructuralist debate from the perspective of cultural of cultural historiography this book presents an historical study of race and ethnicity. Specifically it provides an account both theoretical and applied of the combination of sexual racial and ethnic underpinning and shaping the experiences of English men and women in various colonies in the nineteenth century. Although accessible for the student the book will be received seriously by both theorists and historians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388662

Modern Trends in Chemistry and Chemical Engineering This book covers a collection of topics that reflect the diversity of modern trends in chemistry and chemical engineering. It presents leading-edge research from some of the brightest and most well known scientists from around the world. Contributions range from new methods to novel applications of existing methods to give readers an understanding of the material and/or structural behavior of new and advanced systems. The book offers a broad scope of new research for academics researchers and engineering professionals which has potential for applications in several disciplines of engineering and science. Topics include: Time evolution of the electronegativity and its various scales and the interrelationship between electronegativity and other periodic parameters The starch nanocomposite and nanoparticles and its biomedical applications The lamination of nanofiber at different temperatures Electrospinning of chitosan (CHT) and how it can be improved by the addition of synthetic materials including carbon nanotubes (CNTs) Smart nanofibers based on nylon 6 6/polyethylene glycol blend Nano-biocomposites with chitosan matrix and carbon nanotubes (CNTs) Polypyrrole-coated polyacrylonitrile electrospun nanofibers Semi-empirical AM-1 studies on porphyrin which include global reactivity parameters local reactivity parameters and atomic charge Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895000

Modern Tunneling Science And T This book introduces the latest frontier of the tunneling science and technology in Japan. It contains a collection of 175 papers presented at the International Symposium on Modern Tunneling Science and Technology held in Kyoto 2001. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077534

Modern Tunneling Science And TechnologyVolume 1 First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746653

Modern TurkeyPeople State and Foreign Policy in a Globalised World This exciting new textbook provides a broad and comprehensive overview of contemporary Turkey. Placing the country and its people within the context of a rapidly globalizing world the book covers a diverse range of themes such as politics economics international relations the Turkic world religion and recent historical background. Tracing the evolution of Turkey’s domestic political and economic systems and its foreign policy from the inception of the republic to the present day the themes covered include: the impact of globalization on Turkey’s society politics economy and foreign policy the role of the EU and the Turkish diaspora in the evolution of Turkish policies the main features and prominent role of Kemalism turkish foreign policy and the new challenges and opportunities brought by the end of the cold war the position of Turkey as a ‘bridge’ between East and West and the particular and unique dilemmas confronting a Muslim but economically developed democratized state allied to the West Kurdish identity the Fethullah Gulen movement and the Armenian ‘genocide’. Situating the country as a ‘model’ for the wider Muslim world this sophisticated analysis of one of the largest and most important states in the Middle East will be an invaluable resource for scholars and officials interested in Turkish politics and US foreign and security policies and for students of the Balkan Middle Eastern Caucasus and Central Asian regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415443715

Modern Understandings of Liberty and PropertyLiberty Property and the Law First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053844

Modern Verse Drama First published in 1977 this book provides a clear and well-illustrated analysis of modern verse drama. It studies the work of its chief exponents T. S. Eliot and Christopher Fry as well as the genre’s place in the development of modern theatre. It particular focuses on the effect that verse drama has had on an audience’s awareness of language in the theatre paving the way for dramatists like Pinter Beckett and Wesker. This book will be of particular interest to those studying modern poetry and drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283985

Modern War and the Utility of ForceChallenges Methods and Strategy This book investigates the use and utility of military force in modern war. After the Cold War Western armed forces have increasingly been called upon to intervene in internal conflicts in the former Third World. These forces have been called upon to carry out missions that they traditionally have not been trained and equipped for in environments that they often have not been prepared for. A number of these ‘new’ types of operations in allegedly ‘new’ wars stand out such as peace enforcement state-building counter-insurgency humanitarian aid and not the least counter-terrorism. The success rate of these missions has however been mixed providing fuel for an increasingly loud debate on the utility of force in modern war. This edited volume poses as its central question: what is in fact the utility of force? Is force useful for anything other than a complete conventional defeat of a regular opponent who is confronted in the open field? This book will be of much interest to students of strategic studies war and conflict studies counter-insurgency security studies and IR. Isabelle Duyvesteyn is an Associate Professor at the Department of History of International Relations Utrecht University in the Netherlands. Jan Angstrom is a researcher at the Swedish National Defence College. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622349

Modern Weapons And Third World Powers This book explores the international and security issues raised by the acquisition of modern weapons among emerging Third World powers and its implications for the U.S. policy. It examines U.S. foreign policy challenges that may emerge from Third World conflicts and recommends innovative approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167158

Modern Well DesignSecond Edition Modern Well Design - Second Edition presents a unified approach to the well design process and drilling operations. Following an introduction to the field the second chapter addresses drilling fluids as well as optimal mud weight hole cleaning hydraulic optimization and methods to handle circulation losses. A relatively large chapter on geomechanics follows presenting methods for wellbore fracture and collapse modeling including methods to interpret caliper logs. Contains a new generalized fracture model suitable for deep-water drillingThe start of any well design is to collect data and establish the design premises. To this end Chapter Four presents well integrity issues methods to select depths of casing seats and also some important completion and production requirements. This encourages the design of a plan to last for the entire life of the well defining loads that it may be subjected to at later stages.Chapters Five and Six describe actual well design in the North Sea and a sub-sea high pressure high temperature (HPHT) well. Chapter Seven also addresses issues related to well integrity and presents statistics regarding failures with production and injection wells.Written for those performing work related to petroleum wells including drilling and production engineers drilling supervisors and exploration geologists this book can also serve as the basis for curriculums in well design courses for engineers at the undergraduate and graduate level.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577131

Modern Welsh: A Comprehensive Grammar Modern Welsh: A Comprehensive Grammar is the ideal reference source for all speakers and learners of Welsh. Focusing on contemporary spoken Welsh it presents the complexities of the language in a concise and readable form. Common grammatical patterns and parts of speech are discussed in detail and without jargon and extensive cross references make the book comprehensive and easy to use. Now in its third edition the Grammar has been thoroughly revised and updated throughout. Changes include an increased number of illustrative examples additional appendices for easy reference inclusion of IPA phonetic symbols and expanded sections on further reading. Features include: Full use of authentic examples Particular attention to areas of confusion and difficulty Extensive index and cross referencing Initial consonant mutations marked throughout Separate sections on communicative functions Notes on variation between dialects and on formal written language Modern Welsh: A Comprehensive Grammar is the most thorough detailed and user-friendly Welsh grammar available in English today. It is suitable for use in schools colleges universities and adult classes at all levels and will as its predecessors prove an invaluable aid for Welsh language learning and teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826304

Modern Wiring Practice Continuously in print since 1952 Modern Wiring Practice has now been fully revised to provide an up-to-date source of reference to building services design and installation in the 21st century. This compact and practical guide addresses wiring systems design and electrical installation together in one volume creating a comprehensive overview of the whole process for contractors and architects as well as electricians and other installation engineers. Best practice is incorporated throughout combining theory and practice with clear and accessible explanation all within the framework of the Wiring Regulations. Introducing the fundamentals of design and installation with a minimum of mathematics this book is also relevant reading for all students of electrical installation courses such as the 2330 Certificate in Electrotechnical Technology and NVQs from City & Guilds (including 2356 2391 and 2382 awards) as well as trainees in industry undertaking Apprenticeships and Advanced Apprenticeships. This new edition incorporates the latest thinking on sustainability and the environment and is fully up-to-date with the 17th Edition of the IEE Wiring Regulations. Illustrations have been completely updated to show current best practice and are now in full colour. Reviews of a previous edition: ‘This book has long been a favourite of mine. Its regular updating by the issue of new editions ensures it is always completely up to date with the requirements of electrical installation. It is a book that I would thoroughly recommend to any person with an involvement in our industry for it is without doubt one of the very best available written in a clear and readily understandable manner.’ Electrical Contractor ‘Refreshingly practical. This book will prove useful to anyone involved in the design and installation of electrical systems: from the apprentice to the architect.’ Electrical Review Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135154

Modern Wonders Modern Wonders a title in the five-title series Frameworks: Science Technology and the Built Environment illuminates the science technology art and architecture and history of the world's greatest architectural and engineering achievements including the Eiffel Tower St. Louis Gateway Arch World Trade Center Mt. Rushmore and the Millennium Wheel. Modern Wonders provides an interdisciplinary visual approach that combines informative text fascinating background information and basic scientific principles with dozens of full-color photographs illustrations and other visuals (e.g. diagrams and equations). Appropriate for a broad audience of students teachers librarians and general interest readers Modern Wonders is an excellent supplemental resource for subjects covered throughout the curricula: science technology and society; art and architecture; economics; and world history and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765682000

Modern World DevelopmentA Geographical Perspective Modern World Development first published in 1982  examines the major theories of economic growth the role of natural resources the core-periphery model of world development environmental change and the concept of ‘human capital’. Professor Chisholm has written a stimulating and important book which will appeal to students of economics history and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922525

Modern World-System in the Longue Duree In this book prominent scholars from around the world debate two major themes: the past and future of the capitalist world-economy and the ways in which a capitalist economy shapes Western research the academy and broader knowledge structures. Putting the two themes together they also analyze the relationship between scholarship and the rest of the world. The book is published to commemorate the 25th anniversary of the Fernand Braudel Center. Contributors Samir Amin Christopher Chase-Dunn Bart Tromp . Claudia von Werlhof Giovanni Arrighi Pablo Gonzalez-Casanova Marcel van der Linden Randall Collins Mahm ood Mamdani Boaventura de Sousa Santos Michel-Rolph Trouillot Janet Abu-Lughod Maurice Aymard and Immanuel Wallerstein. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633428

Modern Written ArabicA Comprehensive Grammar Modern Written Arabic: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to Arabic grammar. The Grammar presents a fresh and accessible description of the language concentrating on the real patterns of use in contemporary written Arabic. Data is taken from actual written Arabic both literary and non-literary observed or published since 1990. Sources range from street signs to high literature. This comprehensive work is an invaluable resource for anyone at the intermediate to advanced level from students through to teachers and linguists. It is ideal for use in colleges universities and adult classes of all types. The volume is organized to promote a thorough understanding of Arabic grammar. It offers a stimulating analysis of the complexities of the language and provides full and clear explanations. Features include: detailed treatment of the common grammatical structures and parts of speech extensive exemplification particular attention to areas of confusion and difficulty Arabic-English parallels highlighted throughout the book an extensive index and numbered paragraphs for ease-of-reference Elsaid Badawi was Professor of Arabic Language and Linguistics at the American University in Cairo. Michael G. Carter is Honorary Professor at Sydney University. Adrian Gully is an Independent Professional Interpreter and Translator. Maher Awad is Senior Lecturer of Arabic at Rice University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667494

Modernisation in EU-Russian Relations: Past Present and Future Written as EU-Russia relations began their swift decline as a result of the Ukrainian crisis this book examines the nature of these two actors’ relationship in respect of their Partnership for Modernisation. The contributing authors look at modernisation through different lenses applying varying methodologies delivering: historical analysis economic analysis levels-of-analysis debate which brings along transnational transgovernmental and intergovernmental relations and interrelations between the EU and its member states discourse analysis new institutionalism as well as policy analysis. The authors each identify the importance of modernisation for Russia demonstrating why despite the current state of relations between Moscow and Brussels modernisation remains relevant for EU-Russian relations. At the same time the plurality of the chapters shows the complexity of the relationship that will have to be taken into account in order to overcome the current crisis and construct sustainable and mutually beneficial relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391666

Modernisation Strategy for National Irrigation Systems in the PhilippinesBalanac and Sta. Maria River Irrigation Systems The book presents documentary evidence of the insufficiency of rehabilitation works to close the gap between the irrigation service and actual area irrigated of publicly funded national irrigation systems in the Philippines. It outlines a methodology for formulating a modernisation plan for national irrigation systems with focus on the mostly ungauged medium to small canal irrigation systems. The proposed methodology adaptively modified some known modernisation concepts and techniques and integrated them in a more holistic framework in the context of changing weather patterns and river flow regimes. It includes in-depth review of rehabilitation works; system diagnosis; revalidation of design assumptions on percolation and water supply; characterisation of system management irrigation service and demand; and drawing up of options and a vision for the modernised irrigation systems. Central to the proposed modernisation strategy is the logical coherence among the design of physical structures system operation and water supply so that improvements of irrigation service are possible. The book discusses the development of the proposed methodology and demonstrates its utility in two case study irrigation systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138067745

Modernising Education in Britain and ChinaComparative Perspectives on Excellence and Social Inclusion In spite of the perceived differences between Eastern and Western culture and society the education systems of Britain and China can be seen to share certain goals priorities and challenges. Modernisation is very much a core objective for educators in both countries. Moreover both education systems must confront the tension between promoting social inclusion and achieving competitive academic excellence.Based upon the author's extensive teaching experience and over a decade's research into inclusion and exclusion in Britain China and Hong Kong this book provides an original stimulating and insightful perspective on inclusive educational reform in two different cultures. It examines a broad range of educational environments from kindergartens to teacher training colleges and draws upon a fascinating diversity of official and personal documentary sources. Primarily concerned with the question of inclusion the book also addresses issues of language and communication gender imbalances and inequalities curricula for teacher education critical questioning and frameworks for learning support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866379

Modernising School GovernanceCorporate planning and expert handling in state education Modernising School Governance examines the impact of recent market-based reforms on the role of governors in the English state education system. A focus of the book concerns how government and non-government demands for ‘strong governance’ have been translated to mean improved performance management of senior school leaders and greater monitoring and disciplining of governors. This book addresses fundamental questions about the neoliberal logic underpinning these reforms and how governors are being trained and responsibilised in new ways to enhance the integrity of these developments. Drawing on large-scale research conducted over three years the book examines the impact of these reforms on the day to day practices of governors and the diminished role of democracy in these contexts. Wilkins also captures the economic and political rationalities shaping the conduct of governors at this time and traces these expressions to wider structural developments linked to depoliticisation decentralisation and disintermediation. This book addresses timely and original issues concerning the role of corporate planning and expert handling to state education at a time of increased school autonomy shrinking local government support/oversight and tight centralised accountability. It will appeal to researchers and postgraduate students in disciplines of education sociology political science public policy and management. It will also be of interest to researchers and policy makers from countries with similar or emerging quasi-market education systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360674

Modernising Social PolicyUnravelling New Labour's Welfare Reforms This title was first published in 2000:  The 1997 election marked the prospect of a new era in social welfare - the possibility of establishing a third phase in the post-war history of the welfare state (the first being the creation of the Keynesian welfare state the second the Thatcher/Major neo-liberal reforms). The key aim of this book is to critically explore the options for the future of welfare under New Labour. The welfare state that the government inherited from the Conservatives is widely believed to be in a critical condition. At the same time there is evidence of widening social inequality in Britain which existing social policy measures fail to address. Whilst acknowledging that future welfare strategies are likely to operate within a market paradigm the key argument of this book is that welfare providers should operate within a more accountable and democratic environment where service-users have the right to participate in decision-making processes affecting their welfare - regardless of the ability to pay. The book concludes that the dominant discourse shaping social policy in Britain must be recognized and should not be accepted uncritically and that there are very real economic (as well as social) benefits from taking measures to address social disadvantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737327

Modernism Robin Walz’s updated Modernism now part of the Seminar Studies series has been updated to include significant primary source material and features to make it more accessible for students returning to or studying the topic for the first time.The twentieth century was a period of seismic change on a global scale witnessing two world wars the rise and fall of communism the establishment of a global economy the beginnings of global warming and a complete reversal in the status of women in large parts of the world.The modernist movements of the early twentieth century launched a cultural revolution without which the multi-media-driven world in which we live today would not have been possible.  Today modernism is enshrined in art galleries and university courses.  Its techniques of abstraction and montage and its creative impulse to innovate and shock are the stock-in-trade of commercial advertising feature films television and computer-generated graphics.In this concise cultural history Robin Walz vividly recaptures what was revolutionary about modernism.  He shows how an aesthetic concept arising from a diversity of cultural movements from Cubism and Bauhaus to Abstract Expressionism and Pop Art and operating in different ways across the fields of art literature music design and architecture came to turn intellectual and cultural life and assumptions upside down first in Europe and then around the world. From the nineteenth century origins of modernism to its postmodern legacies this book will give the reader access to the big picture of modernism as a dynamic historical process and an unfinished project which still speaks to our times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408264492

Modernism Modernist movements radically transformed the late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century literary establishment and their effects are still felt today. Modernism introduces and analyzes what amounted to nothing less than a literary and cultural revolution. In this fully updated expanded and revised third edition charting modernism in its global and local contexts Peter Childs: details the origins of modernism and the influence of thinkers such as Darwin Marx Freud Nietzsche Saussure and Einstein explores the radical changes which occurred in the arts literature drama and film of the period traces 'modernism at work' in literature especially in writings by a range of British Irish American and other Anglophone authors including James Joyce Virginia Woolf Samuel Beckett Nella Larsen Gertrude Stein Katherine Mansfield T. S. Eliot and many others explains recent critical interest in the culture and worldwide impact of modernism reflects upon the shift from modernism to postmodernism. At once accessible and critically informed Modernism guides readers from first steps in the field to an advanced understanding of one of the most important cultural phenomena of the last centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931626

Modernism Gender and CultureA Cultural Studies Approach First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864245

Modernism Middlebrow and the Literary CanonThe Modern Library Series 1917–1955 In the 1920s and 1930s the Modern Library series brought out cheap editions of modernist works. Books by writers including H G Wells Virginia Woolf and James Joyce were published and marketed alongside detective fiction and other books that we would now class as ‘middlebrow’. Jaillant provides a thorough analysis of the mix of highbrow and popular literature in the Modern Library and argues that the availability and low cost of modernist works helped to expand modernism's influence as a literary movement. She uses previously unknown material from publishers' archives to bring fresh insight into the role of the market on both modernist writers and their readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048409

Modernism Self-Creation and the MaternalThe Mother’s Son Focusing on their conception and use of the notion of the mother  Modernism Self-Creation and the Maternal proposes a new interpretation of literature by modernist authors like Rousseau Baudelaire Poe Rimbaud Rilke Joyce and Beckett. Seen through this maternal relation their writing appears as the product of an "anxiety" rising not from paternal influence but from the violence done to their mother in their attempts at self-creation through writing. In order to bring to light this modernist violence this study analyzes these authors in tandem with Derrida’s work on the gender-specific violence of the Western philosophical and literary tradition. The book demonstrates how these writer-sons wrote their works in a constant crisis vis-à-vis the mother’s body as site of both origin and dissolution. It proves how if modernism was first established as a patrilineal heritage it was ultimately written on the bodies of women and mothers confusing them in order to appropriate their generative traits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191696

Modernism (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1977 this book focuses on Modernism one of the most frequently used terms in the discussion of twentieth-century literature and culture. It provides an historical account of the concept showing the relation of Modernism to Victorian culture and uses the work of Henry James and W. B. Yeats in its analysis. The text focuses on the time period between 1910 and 1930 and considers the criticism of T. S. Eliot and Virginia Woolf Joyce’s Ulysses Pound’s Hugh Selwyn Mauberley and the complex relationship of D. H. Lawrence to Modernism. The author also includes a section on developments since 1930 to show both the value of Modernism as a critical term and the problems of achieving an exact usage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839952

Modernism After the Death of GodChristianity Fragmentation and Unification Modernism After the Death of God explores the work of seven influential modernists. Friedrich Nietzsche James Joyce D. H. Lawrence André Gide and Martin Heidegger criticized the destructive impact that they believed Christian sexual morality had had or threatened to have on their love life. Although not a Christian Freud criticized the negative effect that Christian sexual morality had on his clinical subjects and on Western civilization while Virginia Woolf condemned how her society was sanctioned by a patriarchal Christian authority. All seven worked to replace the loss or absence of Christian unity with non-Christian unifying projects in their respective fields of philosophy psychiatry or literature. The basic structure of their main contributions to modernist culture was a dynamic interaction of radical fragmentation necessitating radical unification that was always in process and never complete. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094369

Modernism and American Mid-20th Century Sacred Architecture Mid-20th century sacred architecture in America sought to bridge modernism with religion by abstracting cultural and faith traditions and pushing the envelope in the design of houses of worship. Modern architects embraced the challenges of creating sacred spaces that incorporated liturgical changes evolving congregations modern architecture and innovations in building technology.The book describes the unique context and design aspects of the departure from historicism and the renewal of heritage and traditions with ground-breaking structural features deliberate optical effects and modern aesthetics. The contributions from a pre-eminent group of scholars and practitioners from the US Australia and Europe are based on original archival research historical documents and field visits to the buildings discussed. Investigating how the authority of the divine was communicated through new forms of architectural design these examinations map the materiality of liturgical change and communal worship during the mid-20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062818

Modernism and Its MarginsReinscribing Cultural Modernity from Spain and Latin America First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879522

Modernism and Latin AmericaTransnational Networks of Literary Exchange This book is the first in-depth exploration of the relationship between Latin American and European modernisms during the long twentieth century. Drawing on comparative historical and postcolonial reading strategies (including archival research) it seeks to reenergize the study of modernism by putting the spotlight on the cultural networks and aesthetic dialogues that developed between European and non-European writers including Pablo Neruda James Joyce Leonard Woolf Virginia Woolf Jorge Luis Borges Victoria Ocampo Roberto Bolaño Julio Cortázar Samuel Beckett Octavio Paz Carlos Fuentes and Malcolm Lowry. The book explores a wide range of texts that reflect these writers’ complex concerns with questions of exile space empire colonization reception translation human subjectivity and modernist experimentation. By rethinking modernism comparatively and by placing this intricate web of cultural interconnections within an expansive transnational (and transcontinental) framework this unique study opens up new perspectives that delineate the construction of a polycentric geography of modernism. It will be of interest to those studying global modernisms as well as Latin American literature transatlantic studies comparative literature world literature translation studies and the global south. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884864

Modernism and LiteratureAn Introduction and Reader This volume offers a comprehensive representation of the exciting pivotal and urgent nature of literary Modernism as well as more recent approaches including the "global turn." Modernism can be difficult to understand without an awareness of contemporary concerns  so Mia Carter and Alan Friedman incorporate texts from a wide variety of disciplines such as art politics science medicine and philosophy. This volume's thoroughly explained informative and interesting discussions provide: An extensive introduction outlining the history and debates surrounding the movement Numerous foundational texts of Modernism such as Darwin  Duncan Nietzsche Einstein Freud Hughes Luxemburg Nietzsche Stein Zola Full texts and extracts representing Modernist writers - including Anand Conrad Eliot James Hurston Lawrence Wilde Woolf and Yeats as critics of themselves and their contemporaries A chronology of key historical events and publications A glossary of key terms people theories and themes A detailed further reading section offering advice on further study and research A companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/carter) featuring an interactive timeline with dates and images that contextualise the literature of the period as well as author biographies and links to additional resources and videos. Addressing current as well as historical debates about Modernism this book includes discussion of the Harlem Renaissance feminism and women’s writing international and global movements and anti-imperialism while acknowledging the variety of competing modernisms. This is the ideal guide for anyone seeking an overview and an in-depth treatment of this complex cultural turn and its foundational texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581646

Modernism and Modernity in British Women’s Magazines This book explores responses to the strangeness and pleasures of modernism and modernity in four commercial British women’s magazines of the interwar period. Through extensive study of interwar Vogue (UK)  Eve  Good Housekeeping (UK) and Harper’s Bazaar (UK) Wood uncovers how modernism was received and disseminated by these fashion and domestic periodicals and recovers experimental journalism and fiction within them by an array of canonical and marginalized writers including Storm Jameson Rose Macaulay Gertrude Stein and Virginia Woolf. The book’s analysis is attentive to text and image and to interactions between editorial feature and advertising material. Its detailed survey of these largely neglected magazines reveals how they situated radical aesthetics in relation to modernity’s broader new challenges diversions and opportunities for women and how they approached high modernist art and literature through discourses of fashion and celebrity. Modernism and Modernity in British Women’s Magazines extends recent research into modernism’s circulation through diverse markets and publication outlets and adds to the substantial body of scholarship concerned with the relationship between modernism and popular culture. It demonstrates that commercial women’s magazines subversively disrupted and sustained contemporary hierarchies of high and low culture as well as actively participating in the construction of modernism’s public profile. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285620

Modernism and the Avant-garde Body in Spain and Italy This interdisciplinary volume interrogates bodily thinking in avant-garde texts from Spain and Italy during the early twentieth century and their relevance to larger modernist preoccupations with corporeality. It examines the innovative ways Spanish and Italian avant-gardists explored the body as a locus for various aesthetic and sociopolitical considerations and practices. In reimagining the nexus points where the embodied self and world intersect the texts surveyed in this book not only shed light on issues such as authority desire fetishism gender patriarchy politics religion sexuality subjectivity violence and war during a period of unprecedented change but also explore the complexities of aesthetic and epistemic rupture (and continuity) within Spanish and Italian modernisms. Building on contemporary scholarship in Modernist Studies and avant-garde criticism this volume brings to light numerous cross-cultural touch points between Spain and Italy and challenges the center/periphery frameworks of European cultural modernism. In linking disciplines genres —isms and geographical spheres the book provides new lenses through which to explore the narratives of modernist corporeality. Each contribution centers around the question of the body as it was actively being debated through the medium of poetic literary and artistic exchange exploring the body in its materiality and form in its sociopolitical representation relation to Self cultural formation spatiality desires objectification commercialization and aesthetic functions. This comparative approach to Spanish and Italian avant-gardism offers readers an expanded view of the intersections of body and text broadening the conversation in the larger fields of cultural modernism European Avant-garde Studies and Comparative Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873363

Modernism and the Christian Faith (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1921 this title is addresses the difficulties faced by the modern Christian Church in terms of polity administration and the development of liberal theology in light of the changes taking place within society at the start of the twentieth century. John Alfred Faulkner deals with such subjects as the nature of authority within Christian theology and its relationship to liberalism Christianity and the supernatural and the shift in emphasis from the metaphysical Christ to the moral or practical Christ and his historical reality. An interesting reissue this title will be of particular value to theology students researching the role of Christianity in modern society and the impact of liberal theology on its core doctrines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812857

Modernism and the Crisis of Sovereignty This book describes how three of the most significant Anglophone writers of the first half of the twentieth century – Yeats Eliot and Woolf – wrestled with a geopolitical situation in which national boundaries had come to seem increasingly permeable at the same time as war among (and within) individual nation-states had come to seem virtually inescapable. Drawing on Jean-François Lyotard's analysis of the elements of performativity in J.L. Austin's speech act theory and making critical use of Carl Schmitt’s writings on sovereignty and world order Miller situates the writings of Yeats Eliot and Woolf in the context of what Lyotard describes as a "civil war of language." By virtue of its dissolution of any clear boundary between "interiority" and "exteriority " as well as by virtue of its resistance to any decisive form of resolution or regulation this "civil war of language" takes on dimensions that are ultimately global in scope. Miller examines the emergence of modernism as bound up with a crisis of personal political and aesthetic sovereignty that undermined traditional distinctions between the public and private. In the process he directly engages with the theoretical discourse surrounding the geopolitical impact of globalization and biopolitics: a discourse that is central to the influential and widely-debated work of such varied figures as Carl Schmitt Hardt and Negri Giorgio Agamben and Jean-Luc Nancy. This book will be of interest to anyone concerned not only with twentieth-century literature but also with questions of nationalism and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541725

Modernism and the Critical Spirit Complaints about the decline of critical standards in literature and culture in general have been voiced for much of the twentieth century. These have extended from F.R. Leavis's laments for a "lost center of intelligence and urbane spirit " to current opposition to the predominance of radical critical theory in contemporary literature departments. Humanist criticism which has as its object the quality of life as well as works of art may well lack authority in the contemporary world. Even amid the disruptions of the industrial revolution nineteenth-century humanists such as Matthew Arnold John Ruskin and Thomas Carlyle could assume a positive order of value and shared habits of imaginative perception and understanding between writers and readers. Eugene Goodheart argues that by contrast contemporary criticism is infused with the skepticism of modernist aesthetics. It has willfully rejected the very idea of moral authority.Goodheart starts from the premise that questions about the moral authority of literature and criticism often turn upon a prior question of what happens when the sacred disappears or is subjected to the profane. He focuses on contending spiritual views in particular the dialectic between the Protestant-inspired largely English humanist tradition of Carlyle Ruskin Arnold and D.H. Lawrence and the decay of Catholicism represented by James Joyce and T.S. Eliot. Goodheart argues that literary modernism in distancing itself from natural and social vitality tends to render suspect all privileged positions. It thereby undermines the critical act which assumes the priority of a particular set of values. Goodheart makes his case by analyzing the work of a variety of novelists poets and critics nineteenth century and contemporary. He blends literary theory and practical criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528222

Modernism and the Cult of Mountains: Music Opera Cinema Adopting and transforming the Romantic fascination with mountains modernism in the German-speaking lands claimed the Alps as a space both of resistance and of escape. This new 'cult of mountains' reacted to the symptoms and alienating forces associated with modern culture defining and reinforcing models of subjectivity based on renewed wholeness and an aggressive attitude to physical and mental health. The arts were critical to this project none more so than music which occupied a similar space in Austro-German culture: autonomous pure sublime. In Modernism and the Cult of Mountains opera serves as a nexus shedding light on the circulation of contesting ideas about politics nature technology and aesthetics. Morris investigates operatic representations of the high mountains in German modernism showing how the liminal quality of the landscape forms the backdrop for opera's reflexive engagement with the identity and limits of its constituent media not least music. This operatic reflexivity in which the very question of music's identity is repeatedly restaged invites consideration of musical encounters with mountains in other genres and Morris shows how these issues resonate in Strauss's Alpine Symphony and in the Bergfilm (mountain film). By using music and the ideology of mountains to illuminate aspects of each other Morris makes an original and valuable contribution to the critical study of modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279261

Modernism and the Language of Philosophy Modernism can be characterised by the acute attention it gives to language to its potential and its limitations. Philosophers artists and literary critics working in the first third of the twentieth century emphasized language’s creative potential but also stressed its inability to express meaning completely and accurately. In particular modernists shared the belief that the kind of truth sub specie aeterni that was sought by philosophers was either meaningless or was more appropriately expressed by the arts – especially by literature and poetry. Modernism and the Language of Philosophy addresses the challenge this belief presented to philosophy and argues that the modernist assumption rests upon a host of unacknowledged repressed or denied dogmas or tacit images. Drawing in particular upon the work of Michale Dummett and Jacques Derrida this book explores a new solution to this crisis in philosophical language and it is these two philosophers who drive the narrative of the book and offer perspectives through which both past and present day philosophers are examined.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759021

Modernism and the MarketplaceLiterary Culture and Consumer Capitalism in Rhys Woolf Stein and Nella Larsen Though the relationship of modernist writers and artists to mass-marketplaces and popular cultural forms is often understood as one of ambivalence if not antagonism Modernism and the Marketplace redirects this established line of inquiry considering the practical and conceptual interfaces between literary practice and dominant economic institutions and ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542906

Modernism and the MediterraneanThe Maeght Foundation Situated in a Mediterranean landscape the Maeght Foundation is a unique Modernist museum product of an extraordinary collaboration between the architect José Luis Sert and the artists whose work was to be displayed there. The architecture garden design and art offer a rare opportunity to see work in settings conceived in active collaboration with the artists themselves. By focusing on the relationship between this art foundation and its Arcadian setting including Joan Miró's labyrinth George Braque's pool Tal-Coat's mosaic wall and Giacometti's terrace Jan K. Birksted demonstrates how the building articulates many of the ideas that preoccupied this group of artists during the culminating years of their lives. The study pays special attention to the ways in which architecture can shape the experience of time and addresses the Modernist desire for wilderness and its problematic roots in the classical Mediterranean ideal. In showing how the design of the Maeght Foundation is a Modernist representation of Mediterranean culture the author has developed an interpretation of architecture that accommodates not only the architect's handling of material or function but shows as well how it can be the embodiment of a particular vision of space and time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279360

Modernism and the Professional Architecture JournalReporting Editing and Reconstructing in Post-War Europe The production of this book stems from two of the editors’ longstanding research interests: the representation of architecture in print media and the complex identity of the second phase of modernism in architecture given the role it played in postwar reconstruction in Europe. While the history of postwar reconstruction has been increasingly well covered for most European countries research investigating postwar architectural magazines and journals across Europe – their role in the discourse and production of the built environment and particularly their inter-relationship and differing conceptions of postwar architecture – is relatively undeveloped. Modernism and the Professional Architecture Journal sounds out this territory in a new collection of essays concerning the second phase of the reception and assimilation of modernism in architecture as it was represented in professional architecture journals during the period of postwar reconstruction (1945–1968). Professional architecture journals are often seen as conduits of established facts and knowledge. The role mainstream publications play however in establishing ‘movements’ ‘trends’ or ‘debates’ tends to be undervalued. In the context of the complex undertaking of postwar reconstruction the shortage of resources political uncertainty and the biographical complexities of individual architects the chapters on key European architecture journals collected here reveal how modernist architecture and its discourse was perceived and disseminated in different European countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945227

Modernism and the Spirit of the City Modernism and the Spirit of the City offers a new reading of the architectural modernism that emerged and flourished in Europe in the first half of the twentieth century. Rejecting the fashionable postmodernist arguments of the 1980s and '90s which damned modernist architecture as banal and monotonous this collection of essays by eminent scholars investigates the complex cultural social and religious imperatives that lay below the smooth white surfaces of new architecture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857656

Modernism in the GreenPublic Greens in Modern Literature and Culture Modernism in the Green traces a trans-Atlantic modernist fascination with the creation use and representation of the modern green. From the verdant public commons in the heart of cities to the lookout points on mountains in national parks planned green spaces serve as felicitous stages for the performance of modernism. In its focus on designed and public green zones Modernism in the Green offers a new perspective on modernism’s overlapping investments in the arts politics urbanism race class gender and the nature-culture divide. This collection of essays is the first to explore the prominent and diverse ways greens materialize in modern literature and culture along with the manner in which modernists represented them. This volume presents the idea of "the green" as a point of exploration as our contributors analyze social-organic spaces ranging from public parks to roadways and refuse piles. Like the term "green " one that evokes both more-than-human natural zones and crafted public meeting places these chapters uncover the social and spatial intersection of nature and culture in the very architecture of parks gardens buildings highways and dumps. This book argues that such greens facilitate modernists’ exploration of how nature can manifest in an era of increasing urbanization and mechanization and what identities and communities the green now enables or prevents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349479

Modernism on Fleet Street British modernism came of age at a time of great cultural anxiety about the state of journalism. The new newspapers with their brief flashy articles striking visuals hyperbolic headlines and sensational news stood at the center of debates about reading in the period seeming to threaten the viability of representative democracy the health and vitality of the language and the very future of literature itself. Patrick Collier's study brings an impressive array of archival research to his exploration of modernism's relationship to the newspaper press. People who sought to make their way as writers could neither remain neutral on this issue nor abandon journalism which offered an irreplaceable source of income and self-advertisement. Collier discusses five modern writers-T. S. Eliot James Joyce Virginia Woolf Rebecca West and Rose Macaulay-showing how their work takes part in contemporary debates about journalism and examining the role journalism played in establishing their careers. In doing so he uncovers tensions and contradictions inherent in the identity of the 'serious artist' who relied on the ephemeral forms of journalism for money and reputation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248738

Modernism on StageThe Ballets Russes and the Parisian Avant-Garde Modernism on Stage restores Serge Diaghilev’s Ballets Russes to its central role in the Parisian art world of the 1910s and 1920s. During those years the Ballets Russes’ stage served as a dynamic forum for the interaction of artistic genres - dance music and painting - in a mixed-media form inspired by Richard Wagner’s Gesamtkunstwerk (total work of art). This interdisciplinary study combines a broad history of Diaghilev’s troupe with close readings of four ballets designed by canonical modernist artists: Pablo Picasso Sonia Delaunay Henri Matisse and Giorgio de Chirico. Experimental both in concept and form these productions redefine our understanding of the interconnected worlds of the visual and performing arts elite culture and mass entertainment in Paris between the two world wars. This volume traces the ways in which artists working with the Ballets Russes adapted painterly styles to the temporal three-dimensional and corporeal medium of ballet. Analyzing interactions among sets costumes choreography and musical accompaniment the book establishes what the Ballets Russes' productions looked like and how audiences reacted to them. Juliet Bellow brings dance to bear upon modernist art history as more than a source of imagery or ornament: she spotlights a complex dialogue among art forms that did not preclude but rather enhanced artists’ interrogation of the limits of medium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247369

Modernism/Postmodernism The concepts of 'Modernism' and 'Postmodernism' constitute the single most dominant issue of twentieth-century literature and culture and are the cause of much debate. In this influential volume Peter Brooker presents some of the key viewpoints from a variety of major critics and sets these additionally alongside challenging arguments from Third World Black and Feminist perspectives. His excellent Introduction and detailed headnotes for each section and essay provide an indispensable guide to interpreting the many different opinions and prove to be valuable contributions in their own right. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144651

Modernism: The Basics Modernism: The Basics provides an accessible overview of the study of modernism in its global dimensions. Examining the key concepts history and varied forms of the field it guides the reader through the major approaches outlining key debates to answer such questions as: What is modernism? How did modernism begin? Has modernism developed differently in different media? How is it related to postmodernism and postcolonialism? How have politics urbanization and new technologies affected modernism? With engaging examples from art literature and historical documents each chapter provides suggestions for further reading histories of relevant movements and clear definitions of key terminology making this an essential guide for anyone approaching the study of modernism for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713702

Modernist Aesthetics and Consumer Culture in the Writings of Oscar Wilde Oscar Wilde was a consumer modernist. His modernist aesthetics drove him into the heart of the mass culture industries of 1890s London particularly the journalism and popular theatre industries. Wilde was extremely active in these industries: as a journalist at the Pall Mall Gazette; as magazine editor of the Women’s World; as commentator on dress and design through both of these; and finally as a fabulously popular playwright. Because of his desire to impact a mass audience the primary elements of Wilde’s consumer aesthetic were superficial ornament and ephemeral public image – both of which he linked to the theatrical. This concern with the surface and with the ephemeral was ironically a foundational element of what became twentieth-century modernism – thus we can call Wilde’s aesthetic a consumer modernism a root and branch of modernism that was largely erased. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942055

Modernist Experiments in Genre Media and Transatlantic Print Culture The years from 1890 through 1935 witnessed an explosion of print both in terms of the variety of venues for publication and in the vast circulation figures and the quantity of print forums. Arguing that the formal strategies of modernist texts can only be fully understood in the context of the material forms and circuits of print culture through which they were produced and distributed Jennifer Sorensen shows how authors and publishers conceptualized the material text as an object as a body and as an ontological problem. She examines works by Henry James Jean Toomer Djuna Barnes Katherine Mansfield and Virginia Woolf showing that they understood acts of reading as materially mediated encounters. Sorensen draws on recent textual theory media theory archival materials and paratexts such as advertisements illustrations book designs drafts diaries dust jackets notes and frontispieces to demonstrate how these writers radically redefined literary genres and refashioned the material forms through which their literary experiments reached the public. Placing the literary text at the center of inquiry while simultaneously expanding the boundaries of what counts as that  Sorensen shows that modernist generic and formal experimentation was deeply engaged with specific print histories that generated competitive media ecologies of competition and hybridization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346782

Modernist FictionAn Introduction In the revised edition of this popular text Randall Stevenson has expanded re-emphasised and amended his work to make it even more relevant to today's student studying the Modernist period in literature. The book covers a wide range of modernist novelists and novels and also provides an invaluable guide to key developments in the genre. Stevenson has developed his text by adding a discussion of Conrad's Heart of Darkness which is now taught more regularly than Lord Jim. In addition he takes a fresh look at the politics of the Modernists in conjunction with the politics of their texts pointing out the drawbacks of politically-progressive readings of many modernist novels. Finally in the section on gender Stevenson includes discussions of such significant figures as Djuna Barnes HD Katherine Mansfield and Rebecca West as well as expanding the reference to Gertrude Stein throughout. The revisions in this updated text serve to make the authors' arguments sharper and allow the text to remain central to the discussion of modernism modernity and the novel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152304

Modernist Literature and European Identity Modernist Literature and European Identity examines how European and non-European authors debated the idea of Europe in the first half of the twentieth century. It shifts the focus from European modernism to modernist Europe and shows how the notion of Europe was constructed in a variety of modernist texts. Authors such as Ford Madox Ford T. S. Eliot Gertrude Stein Aimé Césaire and Nancy Cunard each developed their own notion of Europe. They engaged in transnational networks and experimented with new forms of writing supporting or challenging a European ideal. Building on insights gained from global modernism and network theory this book suggests that rather than defining Europe through a set of core principles we may also regard it as an open or weak construct a crossroads where different authors and views converged and collided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516352

Modernist Radicalism and its AftermathFoundationalism and Anti-Foundationalism in Radical Social Theory Modernist Radicalism and its Aftermath investigates the ways in which Marx Durkheim Althusser and Habermas are all drawn towards foundationalism and offers a framework for the analysis of foundationalism in social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755153

Modernist Reformers in Islam Hinduism and Confucianism 1865-1935Peripheral Geoculture in the Modern World-System This volume presents a comparison of seven major religious reformers of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries: For Islam Jamal ad-Din al-Afghani Muhammad ‘Abduh and Muhammad Rashid Rida; for Hinduism Dayananda Sarasvati and Swami Shraddhananda; for Confucianism K’ang Yu-wei and Liang Ch’i-ch’ao. Each of these reformers attempted to bring a major world religion in line with global modernity by creatively reinterpreting the traditions on which this religion was based. The book outlines the lives and major ideas of these reformers highlights the similarities between them interprets their agenda as expressions of peripheral geoculture (centrist liberalism antisystemic movements positivism) in line with the Modern World-System (MWS) approach and links them with their ‘fundamentalist’ successors from the mid-twentieth to the early twenty-first centuries. This way the author seeks to redress the Eurocentric bias that sometimes sneaks into the MWS perspective.While there are numerous studies dealing with each of these reformers the original contribution of this book is to provide a systematic comparison between them and to interpret them within a larger theoretical framework. It will be of interest for scholars and students working on issues related to religion modernity and historical sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730505

Modernist Semis and Terraces in England Between the two World Wars there was an unprecedented need for new houses in Britain which resulted in a building boom. While only a small percentage of this building took the form of Modernism there was still a significant number of semis and terraces built for the workers and middle-class families in the 1920s and 1930s built in this style. This book examines these modest Modernist houses within the broader context of the Modern Movement in Europe as well as the inter-war building boom in suburban Britain. Illustrated with line drawings and photographs of more than 30 examples from around the country and based on little-known contemporary material such as catalogues advertisements radio broadcasts and letters it shows how these houses speak of a time of political social and artistic unrest and a world where the avant-garde architects sought to capture the spirit of modern technology in their designs for the average home owner. While the Modernist houses never became popular with the general public the fact that so many are still standing and now sought after by twenty-first century families speak for their endurance and special appeal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253704

Modernist Short Fiction by WomenThe Liminal in Katherine Mansfield Dorothy Richardson May Sinclair and Virginia Woolf Taking on the neglected issue of the short story's relationship to literary Modernism Claire Drewery examines works by Katherine Mansfield Dorothy Richardson May Sinclair and Virginia Woolf. Drewery argues that the short story as a genre is preoccupied with transgressing boundaries and thus offers an ideal platform from which to examine the Modernist fascination with the liminal. Embodying both liberation and restriction liminal spaces on the one hand enable challenges to traditional cultural and personal identities while on the other hand they entail the inevitable negative consequences of occupying the position of the outsider: marginality psychosis and death. Mansfield Richardson Sinclair and Woolf all exploit this paradox in their short fiction which typically explores literal and psychological borderline states that are resistant to rational analysis. Thus their short stories offered these authors an opportunity to represent the borders of unconsciousness and to articulate meaning while also conveying a sense of that which is unsayable. Through their concern with liminality Drewery shows these writers contribute significantly to the Modernist aesthetic that interrogates identity the construction of the self and the relationship between the individual and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254213

Modernist SongThe Poetry of Tristan Tzara This book presents a series of detailed textual analyses of a range of Tzaras poetry. It explores use theories of French versification developed by Jean Cohen to argue that Tzara's Dada poetry displays a surprising affinity with conventions of poetry as an established representational practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605070

Modernist Star MapsCelebrity Modernity Culture Bringing together Canadian American and British scholars this volume explores the relationship between modernism and modern celebrity culture. In support of the collection's overriding thesis that modern celebrity and modernism are mutually determining phenomena the contributors take on a range of transatlantic canonical and noncanonical figures from the expected (Virginia Woolf and F. Scott Fitzgerald) to the surprising (Elvis and Hitler). Illuminating case studies are balanced by the volume's attentiveness to broader issues related to modernist aesthetics as the contributors consider celebrity in relationship to identity commodification print culture personality visual cultures and theatricality. As the first book to read modernism and celebrity in the context of the crises of individual agency occasioned by the emergence of mass-mediated culture Modernist Star Maps argues that the relationship between modernism and the popular is unthinkable without celebrity. Moreover celebrity's strange evolution during the twentieth century is unimaginable without the intercession of modernism's system of cultural value. This innovative collection opens new avenues for understanding celebrity not only for modernist scholars but for critical theorists and cultural studies scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257368

Modernities Memory and MutationsGrace Davie and the Study of Religion Grace Davie one of the world’s most influential scholars in contemporary sociology of religion has furthered a tradition developed by David Martin and others in comparative sociology of religion and modernity in European and international perspective. Davie’s writings on belief and belonging particularly in a context outside active Church participation have contributed important understandings of the cultural role of religion as memory and practice in contemporary European societies. Through her most recent work on new roles of religion in relation to the political legal and welfare sectors of society she has addressed debates on the resurgence of religion and the ’post-secular condition’. Modernities Memory and Mutations presents an overview and critical engagement with contemporary themes in the sociology of religion which will inform current and forthcoming generations of scholars. Reflecting on how Grace Davie’s contributions have influenced their own work and wider debates in the field leading international scholars engage with themes Davie has critically explored across religious studies and mainstream sociology evolving a new research agenda for sociology of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879624

Modernity - An Ethnographic ApproachDualism and Mass Consumption in Trinidad From cultural studies sociology media studies gender studies and elsewhere there have been a spate of books recently which have attempted to characterize the state of modernity. Many of these have also argued that what is required is an ethnographic work to determine how far these supposed trends actually apply to a given population. This book explicitly accepts this challenge and in so doing demonstrates the potential of modern anthropology studies. It starts by summarizing some debates on modernity and then argues that the Caribbean island of Trinidad is particularly apt for such a study given the origins of its population in slavery and indentured labour both forms of extreme social rupture. The particular focus of this book is on mass consumption and the way goods and imported images such as soap opera have been used to express and develop a number of key contradictions of modernity. It will be of interest to anthropologists looking for a new potential for the discipline as well as students in other fields who will be interested in the new contribution of anthropology to their debates. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135210

Modernity Frontiers and RevolutionsProceedings of the 4th International Multidisciplinary Congress (PHI 2018) October 3-6 2018 S. Miguel The texts presented in Proportion Harmonies and Identities (PHI) - MODERNITY FRONTIERS AND REVOLUTIONS were compiled with the intent to establish a multidisciplinary platform for the presentation interaction and dissemination of research. It also aims to foster awareness of and discussion on the topics of Harmony and Proportion with a focus on different visions relevant to Architecture Arts and Humanities Design Engineering Social and Natural Sciences and their importance and benefits for the sense of both individual and community identity. The idea of modernity has been a significant driver of development since the Western Early Modern Age. Its theoretical and practical foundations have become the working tools of scientists philosophers and artists who seek strategies and policies to accelerate the development process in different contexts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367023973

Modernity History and Politics in Czech Art This book traces the influence of the changing political environment on Czech art criticism history and theory between 1895 and 1939 looking beyond the avant-garde to the peripheries of modern art. The period is marked by radical political changes the formation of national and regional identities and the rise of modernism in Central Europe – specifically the collapse of Austria-Hungary and the creation of the new democratic state of Czechoslovakia. Marta Filipová studies the way in which narratives of modern art were formed in a constant negotiation and dialogue between an effort to be international and a desire to remain authentically local. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585669

Modernity Metatheory and the Temporal-Spatial DivideFrom Mythos to Techne This book is about how modernity affects our perceptions of time and space. Its main argument is that geographical space is used to control temporal progress by channeling it to benefit particular political economic and social interests or by halting it altogether. By incorporating the ancient Greek myth of the Titanomachy as a conceptual metaphor to explore the elemental ideas of time and space the author argues that hegemonic interests have developed spatial hierarchy into a comprehensive system of technocratic monoculture which interrupts temporal development in order to maintain exclusive power and authority. This spatial stasis is reinforced through the control of historical narratives and geographical settings. While increasingly comprehensive the author argues that this state of affairs can best be challenged by focusing on the development of "unmappable places" which presently exist within the socio-spatial matrix of the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263812

Modernity Religion and the War on Terror The war on terror cannot be truly understood without investigating the legitimacy of modernity the challenge that religion presents to modernization the inescapable conflicts attending the emergence and expansion of modernity and the post-colonial predicament from which Islamist reaction arises. Richard Dien Winfield illuminates the war on terror in light of these issues presenting an anti-foundationalist justification of the rationality and freedom of modernity while assessing how religion can stand in opposition to modernity and why Islam has been a privileged vehicle of anti-modern religious revolt. Winfield shows that the privatization that religion must undergo to be compatible with modern freedom involves no capitulation to relativism but rather is a theological imperative on which the truth of religion depends. Exposing the limits of any purely secular modernization of Islam Winfield shows how Islam can draw upon its core tradition to repudiate the oppression of Islamist reaction and become at home in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472484130

Modernity the Media and the MilitaryThe Creation of National Mythologies on the Western Front 1914-1918 This new volume explores the history of an important but neglected sector of the Western Front between 1914 and 1918 in the context of its portrayal in the media. The analysis sheds new light on of the role of the mass media in generating national mythologies. The book focuses on the largely forgotten Armentières and La Bassée sector a section of the Western Front which saw fighting from many different nationalities on almost every day of the war. Through analysis of this section of the Western Front this book examines the way the First World War was interpreted both in official and semi-official sources as well as in the mass media comparing what was apparently happening on the Western Front battlefield to what was reported in the newspapers. It follows the different sides as they responded to the changing nature of warfare and to each other showing how reporting was adapted to changing perceptions of national needs.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881860

Modernity & Tradition First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976344

Modernity and Crisis in the Thought of Michel FoucaultThe Totality of Reason Few studies of Foucault have examined his thought from a sustained interdisciplinary perspective. Through the interpretative prism of the concept of the ‘Totality of Reason’ this book suggests an original analytical reading of Foucault's thought.This book addresses Foucault’s characterizations of the Enlightenment asking whether the developmental history of the modern conception of knowledge – from the Renaissance to the Enlightenment – warrants the conclusion he draws. From the perspective of a critical evaluation of Foucault's thesis on ‘the crisis of modernity’ the book examines whether Foucault the philosophical and social critic truly belongs to those intellectual trends known as a ‘deconstruction’ and ‘post-modernism’ that advocate a wholesale rejection of the project of modernity demonstrating how a classification of this kind contributes to an impoverishment of our understanding of Foucault's thought.This book will attract the attention of readers interested in Foucault and what is broadly perceived to be the ‘crisis of modernity’. It will appeal to scholars and advanced students of sociology political philosophy and political science psychology philosophy interdisciplinary studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873967

Modernity and Politics in the Work of Max Weber This rich and assured book is a major contribution to the growing Weber industry. It reveals Weber's theory of modernity in a new and unexpected light. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865388

Modernity and Spirit Worship in IndiaAn Anthropology of the Umwelt This book investigates the entangled relations between people’s daily worship practices and their umwelt in South India. Focusing on the practices of spirit (būta) worship in the coastal area of Karnataka it examines the relationship between people and deities. Based on extensive fieldwork this book links important anthropological theories on personhood perspectives transactions and gift-exchanges together with the Gestaltkreis theory of Viktor von Weizsäcker. First it examines the relations between būta worship and land tenure matriliny and hierarchy in the society. It then explores the reflexive relationship between modern law and current practices based on conventional law before examining new developments in būta worship with the rise of mega-industries and environmental movements. Furthermore this book sheds light on the struggles and endeavours of the people who create and recreate their relations with the realm of sacred wildness as well as the formations and transformations of the umwelt in perpetual social-political transition. Modernity and Spirit Worship in India will be of interest to academics in the field of anthropology religious studies and the dynamics of religion and South Asian Culture and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410285

Modernity and the Museum in the Arabian Peninsula  Modernity and the Museum in the Arabian Peninsula is dedicated to the recent and rapid high-profile development of museums in the Arabian Peninsula focusing on the a number of the Arabian Peninsula states: Bahrain Kuwait Oman Qatar and theUAE. These Gulf states are dynamically involved in the establishment of museums to preserve and represent their distinct national culture and heritage as well as engaging in the regional and global art worlds through the construction of state-of-the-art art museums. Alongside such developments is a rich world of collection and displaying material culture in homes and private museums that is little known to the outside world. Museum Studies literature has struggled to keep pace with such developments and Modernity and the Museum in the Arabian Peninsula is the first book to coherently present: a contemporary overview of the ever-evolving landscape of museums and related heritage projects in the Arabian Peninsula a critical evaluation of the nature of these museum projects within the political and cultural conditions in the Arabian Peninsula suggestions for productive ways forward for museum developments in the Arabian Peninsula Museums Studies students and museum professionals now have a book that fills an important gap in the picture of the museum worldwide. Contextualising this study in the history and politics of the region from a scholar working within the region this in-depth overview and critical analysis of museums in the Arabian Peninsula stands alone as an entry into this important topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744911

Modernity Reimagined: An Analytic Guide Winner of the American Sociological Association’s Distinguished Book Award in 2012 Chandra Mukerji offers with this remarkable new book an explanation of the birth and subsequent proliferation of the many strands in the braid of modernity. The journey she takes us on is dedicated to teasing those strands apart using forms of cultural analysis from the social sciences to approach history with fresh eyes. Faced with the problem of trying to understand what is hardest to see: the familiar she gains analytic distance and clarity by juxtaposing cultural analysis with history asking how modernity began and how people conjured into existence the world we now recognize as modern. Part I describes the genesis of key modern social forms: the modern self communities of strangers the modern state and the industrial world economy. Part II focuses on modern social types: races genders and childhood. Part III focuses on some of the cultural artifacts and activities of the contemporary world that people have invented and used to cope with the burdens of self-making and to react against the broken promises of modern discourse and the silent injuries of material modernism. Beautifully illustrated with over 100 color photographs in its 10 chapters MODERNITY REIMAGINED is not just an explanation an analysis of how modern life came to be it is also a model for how to do cultural thinking about today’s world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825345

ModernityEnlightenment and Revolution – ideal and unforeseen consequence The seventh book in the Architecture in Context series this is a comprehensive survey of the European tradition of architecture from the pre-dawn of the Enlightenment in early Georgian England to the triumph of Brutalism in the seventh decade of the twentieth century. The three main sections are preceded by a concise introduction isolating the key philosophical and political theories which dominated the period: in particular Enlightenment and industrialization. The first section of the book covers Anglo-Palladianism French academic rationalism their Neoclassical developments and the aspiration to the Sublime. This first part develops the major strand of eclecticism before progressing to Historicism and the impact of industrial building techniques in the second. The third and final part begins with Design Reform in reaction to industrialism and then proceeds to Design Reform in response to the reactionaries – though they too continue to make their mark as the chronicle progresses. The epilogue covers developments from the advent of the Postmodernists and their High-Tech adversaries to the diversity of formal and technological games played out towards the end of the century. The numerous great architects and designers whose work both defines and illustrates the book’s themes include visionaries like Soane Boullée and Schinkel entrepreneurial innovators such as the Adams brothers and Repton engineers of the age of iron including Eiffel Paxton and Bélanger and 20th-century giants – Frank Lloyd Wright Ludwig Mies van der Rohe and Le Corbusier among many others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138038820

Modernization Nation-Building and Television History This innovative collection investigates the ways in which television programs around the world have highlighted modernization and encouraged nation-building. It is an attempt to catalogue and better understand the contours of this phenomenon which took place as television developed and expanded in different parts of the world between the 1950s and the 1990s. From popular science and adult education shows to news magazines and television plays few themes so thoroughly penetrated the small screen for so many years as modernization with television producers and state authorities using television programs to bolster modernization efforts. Contributors analyze the hallmarks of these media efforts: nation-building consumerism and consumer culture the education and integration of citizens and the glorification of the nation’s technological achievements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548916

Modernization the State and Regional Disparity in Developing CountriesTunisia in Historical Perspective 1881-1982 This book provides a historical context for understanding why regional disparities emerged in Tunisia and why reducing those disparities has been so difficult. It implies that the failure of regional development in Tunisia does not lie in regional planning which had never been seriously tried. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367012953

Modernization Urbanization and Development in Latin America 1900s - 2000s In this book Arturo Almandoz places the major episodes of Latin America’s twentieth and early twenty-first century urban history within the changing relationship between industrialization and urbanization modernization and development. This relationship began in the early twentieth century when industrialization and urbanization became significant in the region and ends at the beginning of the twenty-first century when new tensions between liberal globalization and populist nationalism challenge development in the subcontinent much of which is still poverty stricken. Latin America’s twentieth-century modernization and development are closely related to nineteenth-century ideals of progress and civilization and for this reason Almandoz opens with a brief review of that legacy for the different countries that are the focus of his book – Mexico Chile Brazil Argentina and Venezuela – but with references to others. He then explores the regional distortions which resulted from the interaction between industrialization and urbanization and how the imbalance between urbanization and the productive system helps to explain why ‘take-off’ was not followed by the ‘drive to maturity’ in Latin American countries. He suggests that the close yet troublesome relationship with the United States the recurrence of dictatorships and autocratic regimes and Marxist influences in many domains are all factors that explain Latin America’s stagnation and underdevelopment up to the so-called ‘lost decade’ of 1980s. He shows how Latin America’s fate changed in the late twentieth and early twenty-first century when neoliberal programmes political compromise and constitutional reform dismantled the traditional model of the corporate state and centralized planning. He reveals how economic growth and social improvements have been attained by politically left-wing yet economically open-market countries while others have resumed populism and state intervention. All these trends make up the complex scenario for the new century – especially when considered against the background of vibrant metropolises that are the main actors in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490505

Modernization and Kin Network This book first published in 1974 seeks to answer the questions whether the nuclear family tends to be an isolated unit relatively cut off from its extended kin network; whether the patterns and effects of urbanization in the developing nations follow exactly the same lines as in the industrialised nations; and whether the transition from pre-urban to urban living necessarily involves stresses and strains conflict and sociocultural maladjustments. It illuminates the specific case of a middle-sized city in India on the basis of empirical research carried out with the cross-cultural comparative approach and at the same time contributes to the understanding of the global problems of modernisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705104

Modernization and Revolution in China Extensively revised and fully updated in this fifth edition this popular textbook conveys the drama of China's struggle to modernize against the backdrop of a proud and difficult history. It features new analysis of the issues facing China’s fifth generation of leaders including the current economic climate China's relations with its neighbors and the United States the latest Tibetan crisis and the election of Xi Jinping. Incorporating new analytical summaries in each chapter and updated suggested readings this new edition covers: The breakdown of imperial China in the face of Japanese and Western encroachments The early struggles between the ideologies and armies of Chiang Kai-shek and Mao Zedong China's bitter and costly war with Japan The Chinese Communist Party’s successes during the 1950s Mao Zedong’s turbulent and tragic Great Leap Forward and Cultural Revolution Deng Xiaoping’s far-reaching reforms that resulted in the dismantling of socialism and China’s dramatic economic growth The triumphant hosting of the 2008 summer Olympics and China’s emergence as a world power. Spanning the years from China's defeat in the Opium Wars to its current status as a potential superpower the fifth edition of Modernization and Revolution in China is essential reading for courses on Modern Chinese History Chinese Politics and Modern East Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647053

Modernization and the Crisis of Development in AfricaThe Nigerian Experience In this book Jeremiah I. Dibua challenges prevailing notions of Africa's development crisis by drawing attention to the role of modernization as a way of understanding the nature and dynamics of the crisis and how to overcome the problem of underdevelopment. He specifically focuses on Nigeria and its development trajectory since it exemplifies the crisis of underdevelopment in the continent. He explores various theoretical and empirical issues involved in understanding the crisis including state class gender and culture often neglected in analysis from an interdisciplinary radical political economy perspective. This is the first book to adopt such an approach and to develop a new framework for analyzing Nigeria's and Africa's development crisis. It will influence the debate on the development dilemma of African and Third World societies and will be of interest to scholars and students of race and ethnicity modern African history class analysis gender studies and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390558

Modernization and the Structure of SocietiesThe Organisational Contexts of Societies In Modernization and the Structure of Societies Marion Levy shows the interdependencies of societies as a systematic whole in matters that are relevant for international affairs. He distinguishes different types of societies while simultaneously showing elements common to all societies. In a new epilogue being added to this edition titled "Modernization Exhumed " the author alleges that criticism of modernization theory has generally been ideological or otherwise nonscientific. He provides a strong defense of his hypothesis. In his new introduction he concentrates on the concept of interdependency. Modernization and the Structure of Societies is crucial to the understanding of contemporary international problems. It is a necessary addition to the personal libraries of sociologists political scientists and scholars of international affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528253

Modernization as Lived ExperiencesThree Generations of Young Men and Women in China This book examines in a culturally and contextually sensitive way the particularity of what it means to be young in post-Mao China undergoing rapid and dramatic transformation by comparing childhood and youth experiences over three generations. The analysis draws on life-history interviews with Beijing young men and women in their last upper secondary year their parents and their grandparents. The book offers a comprehensive coverage of the various aspects of life pertinent to youth experiences and compares each of these across three generations treating them as interrelated and mutually affecting processes – childhood intergenerational relationships education and future plans gender and sexuality. By offering both men’s and women’s accounts of their childhood and youth experiences which for the three generations combined extend over nearly a century the book sheds useful light on how gender and sexuality have evolved in China. Fengshu Liu concludes that the young generation’s lives feature a ‘maximization desire’ in sharp contrast to the two older generations’ childhood and youth experiences. The book meticulously weaves rich ethnographic details and individual life stories into a larger and unfolding picture of historical social and cultural trends while providing critical insight into Chinese modernization and modernity against the backdrop of globalization. It can thus be an enjoyable read also for people beyond the academia interested in China’s social and cultural transformation and its children and youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217201

Modernization in the Late Ottoman Era"Periphery" in the Heartlands This volume is a local history focusing on the experiences of people and communities as they navigated and enacted institutions and transformations associated with modernization in the late Ottoman era. Focusing on the local political arena of a relatively small predominantly rural and ordinary setting this book examines two neighboring Western Anatolian towns: Yenişehir and İznik. Utilizing rigorous historiographical inquiry and in-depth use of archival materials this book sketches a dynamic picture of late Ottoman imperial political belonging with the agendas and priorities of the countryside where the majority of Ottomans lived. The monograph contributes to understanding of modernization from different local perspectives by excavating the provincial hinterland of the imperial capital. It uses a narrative technique of analyzing certain local events to address larger structures and transformations pertaining to the long 19th century in general and Ottoman history in particular. As a “micro” study it argues for the significance of individuals’ and social groups’ agencies strategies and conceptions of their world in the unfolding of Ottoman modernization. Offering a vivid picture of local communities and their engagements with modern political social and judicial structures in the late Ottoman era this book will appeal to scholars and advanced graduate students interested in comparative imperial history Ottoman history and Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367470913

Modernizing ChinaPost-mao Reform And Development This book analyses and interprets the most significant changes that have occurred in China since the death of Mao in different sectors of society. It presents the views of the authors in a form that is aimed at scholars students of China and "informed public" with interests in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156268

Modernizing Costume Design 1820–1920 Annie Holt identifies the roots of contemporary Euro-American practices of costume design in which costumes are an integrated part of the dramaturgy rather than a reflection of an individual performer’s taste or status. She argues that in the period 1820–1920 as part of the larger project of modernism across the artistic and cultural field the functions of "clothing" and "costume" diverged. Onstage apparel took on a more specific semiotic task acting as a fresh channel for the flow of information between the performer the literary text and the spectator. Modernizing Costume Design traces how five kinds of artists – directors performers writers couturiers and painters – made key contributions to this new model of costume design. Holt shows that by 1920 costume design shifted in status from craft to art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150631

Modernizing DemocracyInnovations in Citizen Participation How do you put the "public" in public management? How can the traditional ethos of professionalism and technical expertise be reconciled with norms of representation and citizen participation at a time when technology is transforming communication between citizens and government - in some ways enhancing the exchange and in other ways complicating it? "Modernizing Democracy: Innovations in Citizen Participation" points the way. Written for public administration professionals scholars and students interested in citizen participation it brings together new analyses of innovative practices from hands-on community learning and focus groups to high-tech information systems and decision support technologies. The expert contributors illuminate the various roles that public administrators and leaders can play in fostering constructive meaningful citizen involvement at all stages of the public policy process - from initiation and planning to feedback on public agency performance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702322

Modernizing MuscovyReform and Social Change in Seventeenth-Century Russia First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976320

Modernizing Nursery (ES 4-vol. set) The very first facsimile reprint collection of the works of Ada Ballin (1863–1906) the leader of childcare and parenting in Victorian Britain and a pioneer of the scientific management of infant health. Ballin founded an influential magazine Baby for middle-class mothers organized a series of trade fairs ‘Baby’s Exhibition’ and gave many lectures. In this collection in addition to all of her published books her lecture at the famous International Health Exhibition and a series of pamphlets ‘Mother’s Guide’ are reprinted with many illustrations. Extracts from the Introduction by Junko Mitsui-Yamamoto:--- Mrs. Ballin (Ada Sara Ballin 1862–1906) was recognized as a foremost expert in childcare. She was also known as a dress reformer a magazine editor and proprietor a lecturer and an author of advice books. She started her career as a dress reformer but her advice on childcare covered clothing food shelter education and hygiene including expectant mothers. As The Times noted the phrase "Ballin Baby" which indicated a healthy beautiful and strong baby had obtained the status of a "household word" by the turn of the century. Mrs. Ballin tried to enlighten Victorian women especially mothers on the importance of hygiene and health. She also advised them in making use of novel commodities to reduce their domestic burdens and to have a more comfortable life responding to the growth and transformation of industry retailing and consumer activities. Her attitude seemed essentially modern questing for rationality. Maintaining the viewpoint of a mother an amateur expert Mrs. Ballin had a challenged educational profile when compared with male professionals. Her works were mainly targeted at middle-class women at the time when the middle classes grew both in number and economic power. This reprint collection of advice books by Mrs. Ballin shows us a good paradigm of the shifting image of ideal mothers and children as well as the commodification of Victorian and Edwardian childrearing. More broadly we get plenty of information on the practice of the contemporary "home-making" viewed from materialistic physical and psychological viewpoints. "Science" or "the scientific approach" was one of the most fashionable and reliable standpoints for understanding and reforming various matters at that time. We can see how "science" came to be widely adopted into the daily lives of the ordinary person through the works of Mrs. Ballin. This reprinted collection will give new perspectives to those who are interested in the history of women children gender relations family education consumption hygiene and health … Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454635

Modernizing the Korean Welfare StateTowards the Productive Welfare Model Modernizing the Korean Welfare State analyzes recent developments in social and public policy in South Korea. Its focus is the new approach to Korea's system of social protection known as the productive welfare paradigm. This volume brings together an international group of scholars to examine the new paradigm and associated policy developments. In the first part contributors examine the significance of the productive welfare paradigm and recent policy developments within a broader comparative and international perspective. They question the commitment to welfare in the paradigm viewing it largely as an example of a global trend towards the "enabling state" in which social welfare serves largely economic goals. Other contributors situate the new paradigm in relation to globalization and its implications for national strategies of social protection developed in earlier times. The new departure in Korea is compared to European welfare state development and contributors find it a bold attempt to fashion a comprehensive welfare state based on social rights. In the second part contributors focus on specific issues and policy areas. These include the degree to which Korea has been following a "pro-poor" growth policy. They evaluate developments in the area of unemployment and work injury insurance. They review the progress of policies in the area of social insurance and assistance and the American system of income support for low income earners and its lessons for Korean policymakers. Other contributors review the public pensions system in Korea and environmental protection policies are discussed and the impact of those policies on the poor and people of color who are disproportionately exposed to environmental hazards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512290

Modernizing the Public SectorScandinavian Perspectives As policymakers and scholars evaluate possible ways forward in the reform and renewal of public services by governments caught up in a recessionary environment this book aims to offer something different – a comprehensive analysis of the development of the ‘Scandinavian’ way of modernizing public-sector management. No book has yet provided an inside view of the development and character of New Public Management (NPM) in Scandinavia. Although there is a general perception that there is a clear-cut ‘Scandinavian’ model of public policy and management this book offers a more nuanced interpretation illuminating subtle distinctions in political social and economic context which are significant in identifying receptive contexts for the adoption of modernization policies.Organized into three main themes in the modernization of the welfare state – management governance and marketization – the contents revolve around unique empirical accounts revealing distinctive Scandinavian characteristics of reform initiatives. The received wisdom may be a hesitant follower of the UK and the USA. But this book offers an alternative interpretation revealing an edginess in certain Scandinavian settings particularly in Sweden which is a largely unrecognized.Without compromising the welfare state it may be a bold frontrunner in the development of New Public Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878535

Moderns Worth Keeping In this new volume Russell Fraser assembles fourteen twentieth-century writers he judges "worth keeping." All were famous in their time but many outlived it enduring an eclipse that Fraser intends this book to dispel. Each of the authors differs in background and in the kinds of writing practiced and while together they do not constitute a modern canon Fraser persuasively presents them as a group distinguished by a more than ordinary affiliation for language. Leading off are Oscar Wilde and J. M. Synge both of whom were Irish and principally known as playwrights. The Scottish poets Edwin Muir and G.M. Brown are complemented by three great Europeans: Paul Valery Eugenio Montale and Osip Mandelstam "mandarins" who wrote for an elite of their time not a social elite but readers who could read. The New Critics who gave language first place in their writing loom large in this account. R.P. Blackmur and Allen Tate are followed by Delmore Schwartz Austin Warren and Francis Fergusson lesser stars orbiting those greater than themselves. Kingsley Amis the novelist and James Dickey the poet with whom the book concludes had a great run at fame and fortune but ended bleakly. The world was livelier for these writers' presence and what they left us still gives satisfaction. This heterogeneous group may be said to be our saving remnant. In a time of coarsened feeling its members possess in high degree the ability to discriminate seeing acutely and inspiring feeling where it was dead. Their function is therapeutic even restorative for the life of letters. To give them a hearing is the principal purpose of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512306

Modes and Meaning: Displays of Evidence in Education In the past few decades there has been a growing interest and debate amongst historians of education surrounding issues of visuality materiality spatiality transfer and circulation. This collection of essays – with its focus on the interaction between ideas images objects and/or spaces that contain an educational dimension – is a contribution to this ongoing debate. The contributors address how meaning is created conveyed and transformed through multiple modes of communication representation and interaction; through movement across spaces; through media and technologies; and through collective memory- and identity-making. The collection demonstrates that meaning is mobilized through ‘multimodality’ ‘translocation’ ‘technology’ and ‘heritage’ and that it assumes different qualities which need to be reflected upon in the history of education in particular and in education research in general. This book was originally published as a special issue of Paedagogica Historica. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022921

Modes of CensorshipNational Contexts and Diverse Media Modes of Censorship and Translation articulates a variety of scholarly and disciplinary perspectives and offers the reader access to the widening cultural debate on translation and censorship including cross-national forms of cultural fertilization. It is a study of censorship and its patterns of operation across a range of disciplinary settings from media to cultural and literary studies engaging with often neglected genres and media such as radio cinema and theatre. Adopting an interdisciplinary and transnational approach and bringing together contributions based on primary research which often draws on unpublished archival material the volume analyzes the multi-faceted relationship between censorship and translation in different national contexts including Italy Spain Great Britain Greece Nazi Germany and the GDR focusing on the political ideological and aesthetic implications of censorship as well as the hermeneutic play fostered by any translational act. By offering innovative methodological interpretations and stimulating case studies it proposes new readings of the operational modes of both censorship and translation. The essays gathered here challenge current notions of the accessibility of culture whether in overtly ideological and politically repressive contexts or in seemingly 'neutral' cultural scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149236

Modes of Composition and the Durability of Style in Literature Modes of Composition and the Durability of Style employs the tools and methods of computational stylistics to show that style is extremely resistant to changes in how texts are produced. Addressing an array of canonical writers including William Faulkner Joseph Conrad Thomas Hardy and Henry James along with popular contemporary writers like Stephen King and Ian McEwan this volume presents a systematic study of changes in mode of composition and writing technologies. Computational analysis of texts produced in multiple circumstances of composition such as dictation handwriting typewriting word processing and translation reveals the extraordinary durability of authorial style. Modes of Composition and the Durability of Style in Literature will be essential for readers interested in exploring the rapidly expanding field of digital approaches to literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366704

Modes of Perceiving and Processing Information First published in 1978. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802565

Modes of Thinking for Qualitative Data Analysis Modes of Thinking for Qualitative Data Analysis argues for engagement with the conceptual underpinnings of five prominent analytical strategies used by qualitative researchers: Categorical Thinking Narrative Thinking Dialectical Thinking Poetical Thinking and Diagrammatical Thinking. By presenting such disparate modes of research in the space of a single text Freeman not only draws attention to the distinct methodological and theoretical contributions of each she also establishes a platform for choosing among particular research strategies by virtue of their strengths and limitations. Experienced qualitative researchers novices and graduate students from many disciplines will gain new insight from the theory-practice relationship of analysis advanced in this text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629581798

Modest_Witness@Second_Millennium. FemaleMan_Meets_OncoMouseFeminism and Technoscience One of the founders of the posthumanities Donna J. Haraway is professor in the History of Consciousness program at the University of California Santa Cruz. Author of many books and widely read essays including the now-classic essay "The Cyborg Manifesto " she received the J.D. Bernal Prize in 2000 a lifetime achievement award from the Society for Social Studies in Science. Thyrza Nicholas Goodeve is a professor of Art History at the School of Visual Arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303416

Modified and Controlled Atmospheres for the Storage Transportation and Packaging of Horticultural Commodities Modified atmosphere (MA) and controlled atmosphere (CA) technologies have great potential in a wide range of applications. The increasingly global nature of food production and the increased emphasis on reducing chemical preservatives and pesticides have put the spotlight on these centuries-old technologies. Yet until now there have been very few current resources available and none have covered all aspects.Provides extensive background on the theory and application of modified and controlled atmospheresWritten by top international experts in research and industry Modified and Controlled Atmospheres for the Storage Transportation and Packaging of Horticultural Commodities explores the science and application of the modified atmosphere (MA) and the controlled atmosphere (CA). It covers all technological applications including storage transport and packaging for all fruits vegetables and ornamentals of temperate subtropical and tropical origin. Tracing the historical developments of these technologies it provides information on the ideal conditions to be used for many horticultural commodities. It also outlines the effects of MA and CA on the physiology and biochemistry of these commodities as well as on their flavor and quality.  Providing the most comprehensive resource on all basic and applied aspects of these technologies the text also reviews the vast amount of literature already written on this topic. This extensive work captures for the first time the entire subject of MA and CA presenting a complete review of the technological aspects of this important development in food safety and preservation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385897

Modified Atmosphere and Active Packaging Technologies Many factors are relevant in making the proper choice of food packaging material including those related to shelf life and biodegradability. To meet these demands new processing and preservation techniques have arisen most notably modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) and active packaging (AP). Modified Atmosphere and Active Packaging Technologies presents an overview of the current status of MAP and AP exploring techniques methodologies applications and relevant legislation. For clarity and easy reference the book is divided into seven convenient sections: Principles Materials Gases and Machinery for MAP provides a basic overview of the topic and defines modified atmosphere controlled atmosphere and active packaging. Safety and Quality Control of MAP Products examines the effect of MAP on various foods and discusses governmental control mechanisms to ensure food safety. Applications of MAP in Foods of Animal Origin explores how MAP can be used in fish meat poultry and dairy products. Applications of MAP in Foods of Plant Origin discusses MAP for cereals minimally processed vegetables fruits and bakery products. Other Applications of MAP reviews MAP’s use in ready-to-eat (RTE) foods and coffee tea beer and snack foods. Active Packaging and its New Trends examines issues related to nanotechnology and bioactive packaging. Consumer Behavior/Sensory Analysis and Legislation covers legislation in the European Union the United States and Canada and presents conclusions and new issues on the horizon. From the very basics (films gases techniques and applications) up to the latest advances (nanotechnology and bioactive compounds) this book covers nearly all issues related to MAP and AP providing an essential reference for food scientists and engineers agriculturalists chemists and all those on the cutting edge of food packaging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199026

Modified: Living as a Cyborg Building off the highly successful The Cyborg Handbook this new collection of essays interviews and creative pieces brings together a set of compelling personal accounts about what it means to live as a cyborg in the twenty-first century. Human integration with complex technologies goes back to clothes cooking and language but has accelerated incredibly in the last few centuries with interest spreading among scientists coders people with sophisticated implants theorists and artists. This collection includes some of the most articulate of these voices from over 25 countries including Donna Haraway Stelarc Natasha Vita-More Steve Mann Amber Case Michael Chorost Moon Ribas Kevin Warwick Sandy Stone Dion Farquhar Angeliki Malakasioti Elif Ayiter Heesang Lee Angel Gordo and others. Addressing topics including race gender sexuality class conflict capitalism climate change disability and beyond this collection also explores the differences between robots androids cyborgs hybrids post- trans- and techno-humans offering readers a critical vocabulary for understanding and discussing the cyborgification of culture and everyday life. Compelling interdisciplinary and international the book is a perfect primer for students researchers and teachers of cyberculture media and cultural theory and science fiction studies as well as anyone interested in the intersections between human and machine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364016

Modifying BitternessMechanism Ingredients and Applications Only recently has bitterness control become of commercial importance to a food or pharmaceutical formulation chemist. Over the years an increasing interest in more palatable food and beverage products with low fat and low sugar content has arisen thus creating a market need for the control of bitterness perception. This is the first comprehensive treatment of this subject in book form. Organized primarily by ingredients or processing approaches affecting the bitter taste reduction or inhibition this thorough review includes an in-depth and thoroughly referenced review of mechanisms ingredients and applications of bitter taste reduction or inhibition. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075868

Modular Lie Algebras and their Representations This book presents an introduction to the structure and representation theory of modular Lie algebras over fields of positive characteristic. It introduces the beginner to the theory of modular Lie algebras and is meant to be a reference text for researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065630

Modular Systems for Energy and Fuel Recovery and Conversion Modular Systems for Energy and Fuel Recovery and Conversion surveys the benefits of the modular approach in the front end of the energy industry. The book also outlines strategies for managing modular approaches for fossil renewable and nuclear energy resource recovery and conversion with the help of successful industrial examples. The book points out that while the modular approach is most applicable for distributed and small-scale energy systems it is also often used for parts of large-scale centralized systems.    With the help of successful industrial examples of modular approaches for energy and fuel recovery and conversion the book points out the need for more balance between large-scale centralized systems and small-scale distributed systems to serve the energy needs of rural and isolated communities. Coal oil natural gas hydrogen biomass waste nuclear geothermal solar wind and hydro energy are examined showing that modular operations are very successfully used in all these components of the energy industry. Aimed at academic researchers and industry professionals this book provides successful examples and analysis of the modular operation for energy and fuel recovery and conversion. It is also a reference for those who are engaged in the development of modular systems for energy and fuel recovery and conversion. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367235123

Modular Systems for Energy Usage Management "…[a] very unique book that integrates benefits of modular systems for enhanced sustainability to meet the global challenges of rapid and sometimes uncontrolled industrialization in the 21st century."—Pinakin Patel T2M Global This book examines the role of the modular approach for the back end of the energy industry—energy usage management. It outlines the use of modular approaches for the processes used to improve energy conservation and efficiency which are preludes to the prudent use of energy. Since energy consumption is conventionally broken down into four sectors—residential transportation industrial and commercial—the discussions on energy usage management are also broken down into these four sectors in the book. The book examines the use of modular systems for five application areas that cover the sectors described above: buildings vehicles computers and electrical/electronic products district heating and wastewater treatment and desalination. This book also discusses the use of a modular approach for energy storage and transportation. Finally it describes how the modular approach facilitates bottom-up top-down and hybrid simulation and modeling of the energy systems from various scientific and socioeconomic perspectives. Aimed at industry professionals and researchers involved in the energy industry this book illustrates in detail with the help of concrete industrial examples how a modular approach can facilitate management of energy usage. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367407964

Modularity and Constraints in Language and CognitionThe Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology Volume 25 One of the central problems in the study of modern cognition is the degree to which higher cognition is modularized: that is how much are higher functions carried out by domain-specific specialized cognitive subsystems rather than a highly general cognitive learning and inferring device? To date ideas and proposals about modularity have been best developed in the study of vision and grammar. In the present volume the usefulness of approaches employing modularity and domain specificity are further explored in papers on the development of biological thought word meaning symbols and emotional development as well as in the core area of grammar itself by leading researchers in these fields. The volume also contains an introduction to some basic ideas and concepts in the study of modularity and domain-specificity and some critical discussion of the overall problems of the modularity constraints approach to analyzing development. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806990

Modularity and the Motor theory of Speech PerceptionProceedings of A Conference To Honor Alvin M. Liberman A compilation of the proceedings of a conference held to honor Alvin M. Liberman for his outstanding contributions to research in speech perception this volume deals with two closely related and controversial proposals for which Liberman and his colleagues at Haskins Laboratories have argued forcefully over the past 35 years. The first is that articulatory gestures are the units not only of speech production but also of speech perception; the second is that speech production and perception are not cognitive processes but rather functions of a special mechanism. This book explores the implications of these proposals not only for speech production and speech perception but for the neurophysiology of language language acquisition higher-level linguistic processing the visual perception of phonetic gestures the production and perception of sign language the reading process and learning to read. The contributors to this volume include linguists psycholinguists speech scientists neurophysiologists and ethologists. Liberman himself responds in the final chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138875999

Modulated Coding for Intersymbol Interference Channels A study of modulated coding (MC) a technique for intersymbol interference (ISI) mitigation. It discusses MC when the ISI is known at both transmitter and receiver and when only the receiver knows the ISI. It showcases polynomial antiquity resistant modulated coding and provides an examination of transmitter-assisted ISI equalization. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214924

Modules Systems and Applications in Thermoelectrics Comprising two volumes Thermoelectrics and Its Energy Harvesting reviews the dramatic improvements in technology and application of thermoelectric energy with a specific intention to reduce and reuse waste heat and improve novel techniques for the efficient acquisition and use of energy. This volume Modules Systems and Applications in Thermoelectrics discusses the practical novel and truly groundbreaking applications of thermoelectrics in a range of markets. The book details the U.S. interest in alternative energy and energy harvesting specifically the current efforts to use thermoelectric generators (TGs) to reduce emissions. Internationally it expounds on the strong interest in Japan Korea and Europe to incorporate TGs in cars to reduce fuel consumption and meet EU carbon dioxide emission targets; the European plans to build an isotopic powered thermoelectric generator; and India’s use of TG s in converting hot water from steel mills into electricity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874721

Modules and the Structure of RingsA Primer This textbook is designed for students with at least one solid semester of abstract algebra some linear algebra background and no previous knowledge of module theory. Modulesand the Structure of Rings details the use of modules over a ring as a means of consideringthe structure of the ring itself--explaining the mathematics and "inductivereasoning" used in working on ring theory challenges and emphasizing modules insteadof rings.Stressing the inductive aspect of mathematical research underlying the formal deductivestyle of the literature this volume offers vital background on current methods for solvinghard classification problems of algebraic structures. Written in an informal butcompletely rigorous style Modules and the Structure of Rings clarifies sophisticatedproofs ... avoids the formalism of category theory ... aids independent study or seminarwork ... and supplies end-of-chapter problems.This book serves as an excellent primary.text for upper-level undergraduate and graduatestudents in one-semester courses on ring or module theory-laying a foundation formore advanced study of homological algebra or module theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450625

Moduli of Vector Bundles "Contains papers presented at the 35th Taniguchi International Symposium held recently in Sanda and Kyoto Japan. Details the latest developments concerning moduli spaces of vector bundles or instantons and their application. Covers a broad array of topics in both differential and algebraic geometry." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138430327

Mogul Mom & MaidThe Balancing Act of the Modern Woman The state of working women has been declared and debated since the days of Rosie the Riveter. The headlines and the statistics behind them however don't tell the whole story. The truth is many women today are breadwinners; and these breadwinners are struggling. They are caught in a perfect storm of male-dominated culture at work traditional social norms at home and outdated schedules in the school. Mogul Mom & Maid takes an honest look at how women are balancing home life and career. The pressures of child rearing coupled with an unfulfilling corporate culture are too great to be ignored. Author Liz O'Donnell goes beyond statistics and tells the stories of women all across America who are juggling careers motherhood marriage and households. Mogul Mom & Maid looks at the choices women are making the options they have and the impact these decisions have on themselves their families and the businesses that employ them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134730

Moguls and MandarinsOil Imperialism and the Middle East in British Foreign Policy 1900-1940 A study of Britain's imperial policy in the Middle East over oil finance and defence. This book brings together different accounts of British policy in the early 20th century particularly in the Ottoman Empire to reflect a consistent pattern of preoccupation policy-making and diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863675

Mohajir Militancy in PakistanViolence and Transformation in the Karachi Conflict Synthesizing political anthropological and psychological perspectives this book addresses the everyday causes and appeal of long-term involvement in extreme political violence in urban Pakistan. Taking Pakistan’s ethno nationalist Mohajir party the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) as a case study it explores how certain men from the ethnic community of Mohajirs are recruited to the roles and statuses of political killers and sustain violence as a primary social identity and lifestyle over a period of some years. By drawing on detailed fieldwork in areas involved in the Karachi conflict the author contributes to understandings of violence tracing the development of violent aspects of Mohajir nationalism via an exploration of political and cultural contexts of Pakistan’s history and highlighting the repetitive homology of the conflict with the earlier violence of Partition. Through a local comparison of ethnic and religious militancy she also updates the current situation of social and cultural change in Karachi which is dominantly framed in terms of Islamist radicalization and modernization. In her examination governance and civil society issues are integrated with the political and psychological dimensions of mobilization processes and violence at micro- meso- and macro- levels. This book injects a critical and innovative voice into the ongoing debates about the nature and meaning of radicalization and violence as well as the specific implications it has for similar contemporary conflicts in Pakistan and the developing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626675

Mohammadan Dyn:Orientalism V 2 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757829

Mohammed and Charlemagne This posthumous work of the renowned scholar Henri Pirenne (originally published in 1939) offered a new and decisive explanation of the evolution of Europe from the time of Constantine to that of Charlemagne. His revolutionary ideas overthrew many of the most cherished conceptions concerning the Middle Ages: namely that "the Germanic invasions destroyed neither the Mediterranean unity of the ancient world nor the essential features of Roman culture" and that "the cause of the break with the tradition of antiquity was the advance of Islam…" Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706886

Mohammed VI's Strategies for Moroccan Economic Development This book analyzes the economic development choices initiated by Morocco’s King Mohammed VI since he ascended the throne in 1999 and situates those choices in the political economy development literature. Examining the policies enacted by the King the authors argue that over the past twenty years Mohammed VI has achieved some outstanding successes in modernizing the foundational economic sectors of Morocco but the benefits of this development have not reached all Moroccans. With its focus on economic development this book explores the way in which Mohammed VI’s development strategies have in part resembled the neoliberal model advocated by Western powers and institutions as well as how the King also adopted some of the European practices of state intervention found in the "varieties of capitalism" models across Europe. Additionally Mohammed VI’s Strategies for Moroccan Economic Development looks at the way in which the King has sought to utilize "leap frog" technologies so that Morocco has become a leader in certain productive sectors and is not just catching up to rival producers. The book also examines the extent to which Moroccan citizens have benefited from the economic transformations arguing that not all Moroccans have benefited; many Moroccan citizens in 2019 echo the same economic concerns that were voiced in 1999 when King Mohammed VI first assumed the throne. With its focus on economic development this book will be of interest not only to scholars and students of Middle East and North African Studies but also Economics International Development and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479333

MohammedThe Man and his Faith Originally published in 1936. This volume discusses the Islamic faith in the perspective of the ancient Arabian monotheism and its similarities with Christianity and Judaism. The similarities not only in dogma but also in the ritual of Nestorian Christianity are discussed as well as an interpretation of Mohammed’s religious personality.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706947

Mohr Circles Stress Paths and Geotechnics The second edition of this well established book has been comprehensively updated in line with recent developments. After presenting the fundamentals of stress and strain and their graphical representation the book includes chapters on failure states in soils and rocks observed and elastic paths and the use of discontinuities. New sections include shear bands and small strain behaviour as well as the use of elastic shear modular stress calculations and discontinuities in plasticity calculations. Expanded coverage is also given to dilitancy of soils and roughness of rock joints. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367871253

Mohs and Cutaneous SurgeryMaximizing Aesthetic Outcomes Achieving the best aesthetic results in Mohs and other cutaneous surgery requires proper patient selection careful surgical technique and meticulous postoperative care. Yet despite the best efforts of both surgeon and patient complications may develop sometimes resulting in suboptimal or objectionable scarring.Mohs and Cutaneous Surgery: Maximizing Aesthetic Outcomes describes in detail the techniques and procedures that help achieve the most aesthetic results in cutaneous surgery. The book covers wound healing surgical planning intraoperative techniques and complications. Also covered are surgical scar revision dermabrasion laser scar revision neuromodulators and fillers as well as topical and intralesional therapies for the improvement of scars. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378172

Mojave Syntax In this study the author not only comments on some of the important processes in the syntax of the Mojave language but also provides the reader with an introduction to a language whose grammar had previous to the titles publication in 1976 never been described. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138213784

MOJO: The Mobile Journalism HandbookHow to Make Broadcast Videos with an iPhone or iPad MOJO: The Mobile Journalism Handbook is the first book devoted specifically to training citizens journalism students and media professionals to produce professional-quality videos with only a mobile device. As journalism becomes increasingly competitive students and emerging professionals need a broader skillset to make themselves more employable whether as mainstream or entrepreneurial journalists. This book by Dr. Ivo Burum and Dr. Stephen Quinn world experts in mobile journalism provides comprehensive coverage of all the skills and practices needed to be a mobile journalist. Key features: Burum and Quinn underline the importance of story and storytelling the crucial context journalists always need to keep in mind. Other books and tutorials merely offer step-by-step guidance to mobile technology and apps. The book synthesizes the knowledge and more than 70 years of combined expertise of two of the world’s leading mobile journalism practitioners offering sage advice and tips from people who have trained mojos in more than 20 countries. Companion Website: How-to videos on the companion website offer powerful ways for learners to absorb the content easily walking them through the key mojo components of research shooting scripting voice-over editing and post-production. www.routledge.com/cw/burum Ivo Burum is an award-winning writer director and television executive producer. He has more than 30 years’ experience working across genres including frontline international current affairs. A pioneer in UGS creation Dr. Burum lectures in multimedia journalism. This is his second book about mojo. He runs Burum Media a mojo and web TV consultancy that provides training for journalists educators and remote communities internationally. Stephen Quinn was a journalist for 20 years before he became a university professor in 1996. Dr. Quinn taught journalism in five countries until he returned to journalism in 2011 in Hong Kong. His UK-based company MOJO Media Insights trains mobile journalists around the world. This is his twenty-first print book. He has also produced 5 iBooks. He co-writes a weekly column syndicated to seven countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824904

Molded OpticsDesign and Manufacture While several available texts discuss molded plastic optics none provide information on all classes of molded optics. Filling this gap Molded Optics: Design and Manufacture presents detailed descriptions of molded plastic glass and infrared optics. Since an understanding of the manufacturing process is necessary to develop cost-effective producible designs the book extensively covers various manufacturing methods design guidelines trade-offs best practices and testing of critical parameters. It also discusses topics that often arise when designing systems with molded optics such as mitigating stray light and mating systems by eye.The first three chapters of the book focus on subjects important to the design of systems using molded optics: optical design visual optics and stray light. Following these background chapters the text provides in-depth information on the design and manufacture of molded plastic optics molded glass optics and molded infrared optics. The final chapter on testing emphasizes the special characteristics of molded optics.Experts in their particular areas the authors draw on their considerable knowledge and real-world experiences to give a thorough account of the design and manufacture of molded plastic glass and infrared optics. The book will help readers improve their ability to develop systems that employ molded optics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576974

Molecular Cellular and Tissue Engineering Known as the bible of biomedical engineering The Biomedical Engineering Handbook Fourth Edition sets the standard against which all other references of this nature are measured. As such it has served as a major resource for both skilled professionals and novices to biomedical engineering. Molecular Cellular and Tissue Engineering the fourth volume of the handbook presents material from respected scientists with diverse backgrounds in molecular biology transport phenomena physiological modeling tissue engineering stem cells drug delivery systems artificial organs and personalized medicine. More than three dozen specific topics are examined including DNA vaccines biomimetic systems cardiovascular dynamics biomaterial scaffolds cell mechanobiology synthetic biomaterials pluripotent stem cells hematopoietic stem cells mesenchymal stem cells nanobiomaterials for tissue engineering biomedical imaging of engineered tissues gene therapy noninvasive targeted protein and peptide drug delivery cardiac valve prostheses blood substitutes artificial skin molecular diagnostics in personalized medicine and bioethics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439825303

Molecular and Cellular Biology of Viruses Viruses interact with host cells in ways that uniquely reveal a great deal about general aspects of molecular and cellular structure and function. Molecular and Cellular Biology of Viruses leads students on an exploration of viruses by supporting engaging and interactive learning. All the major classes of viruses are covered with separate chapters for their replication and expression strategies and chapters for mechanisms such as attachment that are independent of the virus genome type. Specific cases drawn from primary literature foster student engagement. End-of-chapter questions focus on analysis and interpretation with answers being given at the back of the book. Examples come from the most-studied and medically important viruses such as HIV influenza and poliovirus. Plant viruses and bacteriophages are also included. There are chapters on the overall effect of viral infection on the host cell. Coverage of the immune system is focused on the interplay between host defenses and viruses with a separate chapter on medical applications such as anti-viral drugs and vaccine development. The final chapter is on virus diversity and evolution incorporating contemporary insights from metagenomic research. Key selling feature: Readable but rigorous coverage of the molecular and cellular biology of viruses Molecular mechanisms of all major groups including plant viruses and bacteriophages illustrated by example Host-pathogen interactions at the cellular and molecular level emphasized throughout Medical implications and consequences included Quality illustrations available to instructors Extensive questions and answers for each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345237

Molecular and Cellular Biomechanics This book bridges the gap between life sciences and physical sciences by providing several perspectives on cellular and molecular mechanics on a fundamental level. It begins with a general introduction to the scales and terms that are used in the field of cellular and molecular biomechanics and then moves from the molecular scale to the tissue scale. It discusses various tissues or cellular systems through the chapters written by prominent engineers and physicists working in various fields of biomechanics. "Big picture" items such as the number of atoms in cells and the number of cells in an organism are discussed followed by several of the physical laws that play a central role in nanoscale biomechanics including the mechanics of the nucleus and its associated molecules. The book provides several case studies in atomic force microscopy and examines the physical relationship between living cells and laboratory substrata. It delves deeply into the molecular mechanisms of axonal growth transport and repair and provides a mechanistic framework for understanding the underlying molecular conditions that contribute to heart disease. While the quantitative and straightforward language of the book will help the engineering community grasp the concepts better and utilize them effectively the questions given in each chapter will encourage upper-level undergraduate students graduate students or those generally interested in understanding cellular and molecular mechanics to dig deeper into the material. The complimentary solutions manual is available for qualified instructors upon request. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316835

Molecular and Cellular Biophysics From quantum theory to statistical mechanics the methodologies of physics are often used to explain some of life's most complex biological problems. Exploring this challenging yet fascinating area of study Molecular and Cellular Biophysics covers both molecular and cellular structures as well as the biophysical processes that occur in these structures. Designed for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students in biophysics courses this textbook features a quantitative approach that avoids being too abstract in its presentation.Logically organized from small-scale (molecular) to large-scale (cellular) systems the text first defines life discussing the scientific controversies between mechanists and vitalists the characteristics of living things and the evolution of life. It then delves into molecular structures including nucleic acids DNA RNA interatomic interactions and hydrogen bonds. After looking at these smaller systems the author probes the larger cellular structures. He examines the cytoplasm the cytoskeleton chromosomes mitochondria motor proteins and more. The book concludes with discussions on biophysical processes including oxidative phosphorylation diffusion bioenergetics conformational transitions in proteins vesicle transport subcellular structure formation and cell division. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367388485

Molecular and Cellular Mechanisms of Toxicity First Published in 1995: Written by specialists in their fields this book contains short reviews intended to highlight points of growing interest in mechanistic toxicology. The first section considers selected aspects of molecular mechanisms including selectivity of toxic agents and repair processes in the nervous system toxicity of oxygen fibers and aflatoxins. The second section discusses the interactions of carcinogens with DNA and other targets and their relevance to both molecular dosimetry of exposure and development of cancer. The final part is concerned with cellular and genetic aspects and includes coverage of some of the most recent and rapidly developing problems in toxicology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367229146

Molecular and Cellular Methods in Developmental Toxicology This new manual provides a convenient source of experimental procedures including the most modern and frequently used molecular and cellular techniques. Experimental protocols have been carefully selected by developmental toxicologists for developmental toxicologists. The most important new trends such as evaluation of the safety of therapeutic antisense oligonucleotides studies of the role of cell death in abnormal development and the identification of sparingly expressed developmental control genes are featured. This is the perfect manual for scientists trained in classical developmental toxicology who want to add molecular and cellular methods to their research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138417236

Molecular and Cellular MR Imaging The ability of molecular and cellular imaging to track the survival migration and differentiation of cells in vivo as well as monitor particular gene expression in living subjects is rapidly moving from the research laboratory into daily clinical settings. The interdisciplinary nature of the field mandates a constant dialogue among molecular and cellular biology chemistry physics image analysis and drug discovery to develop and translate promising approaches into reliable scientific applications and viable clinical diagnostic tools.Bringing together a select panel of internationally recognized authors Molecular and Cellular MR Imaging provides a state-of-the-science overview of the multidisciplinary nature of the field and illustrates the application of these various sciences to investigate specific biological processes in animals and humans. Using a systematic organization to present diverse information the text begins with an introductory chapter that defines cellular and molecular imaging and explains why magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the most versatile approach for noninvasive in vivo studies. The first section examines the physicochemical principles of various contrast agents including paramagnetic superparamagnetic CEST and PARACEST agents as well as smart and sensing agents. The second section summarizes the wide variety of applications for molecular imaging of genes and of disease states. Contributions cover cancer apoptosis cardiovascular and neurodegenerative disease and the use of pharmacological MRI. The third section is devoted to cellular imaging under a variety of applications and the final section discusses the translational aspects and future directions of cellular and molecular MR imaging. Molecular and Cellular MR Imaging highlights the diversity of skills required to translate advancements in various fields of research into practical applications that promise to revolutionize in vivo imaging as a diagnostic Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403560

Molecular and Colloidal Electro-optics Molecular and Colloidal Electro-Optics presents cohesive coverage from internationally recognized experts on new approaches and developments in both theoretical and experimental areas of electro-optic science. It comprises a well-integrated yet multi-disciplinary treatment of fundamental principles strategies and applications of electro-optic techniques for the characterization of macromolecular small-particle and nanomolecular systems. Following a historical review of post-war advances in electro-optics of disperse systems the first part of the book focuses on the latest achievements in electro-optic theory particularly low-frequency relaxation. It offers comparative discussions and experimental data to accompany different viewpoints on the origin of the low-frequency effects and multiple theoretical constructions. The second part highlights the unique advantage of using electro-optics as an alternative to conventional characterization and analysis of colloidal systems. Demonstrating the sensitivity of electro-optic methods to interparticle interactions the book explains how these methods are used to analyze particle surface electric states evaluate phase transitions and determine physical properties. As the first treatment of this subject to surface in more than fifteen years Molecular and Colloidal Electro-Optics is a definitive up-to-date portrait of modern colloidal electro-optic science. This one-stop reference to the latest theory methods and applications is ideal for advanced graduate students and researchers in biophysical chemistry microbiology polymer colloid and nanoscience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453480

Molecular and Physiological Mechanisms of Muscle Contraction Thoroughly researched using experimentation and re-examination of all previously published evidence Molecular and Physiological Mechanisms of Muscle Contraction is a carefully crafted treatise and revision of previous conceptions of muscle contraction. It presents detailed descriptions of new previously unpublished data and hybrids recent findings with the standard Huxley model.This book demonstrates that traditional concepts cannot fully explain contraction and builds upon previous work. It identifies flaws in the reasoning initially used to explain some results as well as alternative interpretations accounting for inconsistencies. In response to previous bodies of inconsistent or conflicting theories and data the book synthesizes research based on the Huxley model with more recent experimental and laboratory findings to define a new model.The new model this book proposes is not a replacement for the standard Huxley model of muscle contraction but a modification based on recent research and synthesized with pre-existing data and conceptions. It reconciles new data with prior information that is contradictory or not entirely explicable in proposing a new integrated and more complete model of muscle contraction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367658694

Molecular Applications of Quantum Defect Theory As a consequence of new experimental techniques in optical and collision physics such as multiphoton excitation and VUV radiation generation quantum defect theory (QDT) has become more widely used as a theoretical tool for experimentalists. Drawing together a historical body of work that contains key research and review papers Molecular Applica Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746608

Molecular Approaches in Plant Abiotic Stress Plants under abiotic stress are those suffering from drought extreme temperatures flood and other natural—but non-living—factors. Abiotic stress is responsible for reduced yields in several major crops and climate change is focusing research in this area. To minimize cellular damage cause by such stresses plants have evolved complex well coordinated adaptive responses that operate at the transcriptional level. Understanding these processes is key to manipulating plant performance to withstand stress. This book deals with the role of gene silencing in the adaptation of plants to these stresses and documents the molecular regulatory systems for the abiotic response. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466588936

Molecular Biochemistry of Human Diseases First published in 1986: This book is to help medical pharmacy and advanced students in science to understand the growing importance of continuously advancing biochemical concepts in human disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367263485

Molecular Biochemistry of Human DiseaseVolume 2 First published in 1986: This book is to help medical pharmacy and advanced students in science to understand the growing importance of continuously advancing biochemical concepts in human disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367252168

Molecular Biology and Cultural Heritage This book contains forty reviewed papers delivered at the International Congress on Molecular Biology and Cultural Heritage held in Seville March 2003. It is divided in four parts the first one presents the state-of-the-art and reviews molecular techniques applied to the study of microbial communities colonizing monuments and cultural heritage assets. Part two covers specific molecular techniques used in biodetereoration studies part three includes an updated overview on on-going biodetereoration European Commission projects and part four presents selected biodetereoration case studies from all over the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746578

Molecular Biology and Genetic Engineering of Yeasts Molecular Biology and Genetic Engineering of Yeasts presents a comprehensive examination of how yeasts are used in genetic engineering. The book discusses baker's yeast in addition to a number of unconventional yeasts being used in an increasing number of studies. 175 figures help illustrate the information presented. Topics discussed include yeast transformation yeast plasmids protein localization and processing in yeast protein secretion various aspects of Saccharomyces cerevisiae and heterologous expression and secretion. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895635

Molecular Biology and Genetics of the Lepidoptera Numerous and charismatic the Lepidoptera is one of the most widely studied groups of invertebrates. Advances in molecular tools and genomic techniques have reduced the need for large sizes and mass-rearing and lepidopteran model systems are increasingly used to illuminate broad-based experimental questions as well as those peculiar to butterflies and moths. Molecular Biology and Genetics of the Lepidoptera presents a wide-ranging collection of studies on the Lepidoptera treating them as specialized insects with distinctive features and as model systems for carrying out cutting-edge research. Leading researchers provide an evolutionary framework for placing moths and butterflies on the Tree of Life. The book covers progress in deciphering the silkworm genome and unraveling lepidopteran sex chromosomes. It features new information on sex determination evolution and the development of butterfly wing patterns eyes vision circadian clocks chemoreceptors and sexual communication. The contributors discuss the genetics and molecular biology of plant host range and prospects for controlling the major crop pest genus Helicoverpa. They also explore the rise of insecticide resistance the innate immune response lepidopteran minihosts for testing human pathogens and antibiotics and the use of intrahemocoelic toxins for control. The book concludes with coverage of polyDNA virus-carrying parasitoid wasps and the cloning of the first virus resistance gene in the silkworm. Understanding the biology and genetics of butterflies and moths may lead to new species-selective methods of control saving billions of dollars in pesticide use and protecting environmental and human health—making the sections on strategies for pest management extremely important. This book will open up new paths to the research literature for a broad audience including entomologists evolutionary and systematic biologists geneticists physiologists biochemists and molecular biologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138111721

Molecular Biology of Assemblies and Machines Molecular Biology of Assemblies and Machines presents a comprehensive narrative describing the structures of macromolecular complexes and how they assemble and interact. Richly illustrated it is written for advanced undergraduates graduate students and researchers in biochemistry structural biology molecular biology biophysics cell biology and microbiology and will also appeal to those in chemistry immunology and medicine. Essentially all major biological activities are performed by assemblies of macromolecules (proteins RNA and DNA) acting in concert. These assemblies are dynamic and many are endowed with machine-like properties. This unique book explores the molecular mechanisms employed at the critical level between individual macromolecules and cells and organelles. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815341666

Molecular Biology of Food and Water Borne Mycotoxigenic and Mycotic Fungi A part of the Food Microbiology Series Molecular Biology of Food and Water Borne Mycotoxigenic and Mycotic Fungi reveals similarities between fungi present in/on food and water and those that cause human fungal diseases. The book covers food borne mycotoxigenic fungi in depth and examines food borne fungi from the standpoint of mycoses (i.e. fungal growth on humans) as well as mycotoxin diseases and includes contributions from a wide range of international experts in food borne fungal pathogens research. Designed to be a single source on food borne human fungal pathogens including mycotoxigenic fungi the book presents: Basic concepts of developments in nomenclature and bar coding Authoritative description of key molecular techniques applicable to food borne fungal pathogens research State-of-art review of molecular biology genome structure epidemiology pathogenesis diagnosis control and prevention of major food borne fungal pathogens Thorough discussion of alternative methods to those involving nucleic acids The book provides higher-level knowledge of which foods and water can contain potentially dangerous fungi. It includes background information on basic mycology covers identification methods and discusses molecular biological and other biochemical methods and supplies information on vaccines against fungi. It is a reliable roadmap to future developments in improved innovative molecular methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466559868

Molecular Biology Of Symbiotic Nitrogen Fixation The core of the text is aimed at the research worker in the field of nitrogen fixation but despite its specialisation does not lose the emphasis on teaching both as a direct reference book and as a backbone for a graduate course on the subject.The closing part of the book includes a subject index and a glossary of terms. The latter was included not for the expert for whom many of the definitions will be too general but for the newcomer; the author hopes that the quick survey of key terms will help in the reading of this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895642

Molecular Biology of the Biological Control of Pests and Diseases of Plants While many books are available on biological control this is the only book to detail the application of molecular biology to control of pests and diseases. Each chapter deals with a different pathogen and the application of new molecular biological techniques to the biocontrol of the pathogen.This new reference presents the most comprehensive list of organisms available. Internationally respected experts discuss viruses bacteria fungi nematodes protozoa weeds and insects. Types of control methods are described and techniques commonly used in molecular biology to identify the etiological agents diagnose diseases and develop control methods are reviewed. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811006

Molecular Biology of the Cell 6E - The Problems Book The Problems Book helps students appreciate the ways in which experiments and simple calculations can lead to an understanding of how cells work by introducing the experimental foundation of cell and molecular biology. Each chapter reviews key terms tests for understanding basic concepts and poses research-based problems. The Problems Book has be Media > Books > E-books W.W. Norton & Company 9780429258657

Molecular Biology of the Hepatitis B Virus Molecular Biology of the Hepatitis B Virus presents a comprehensive account of the various molecular aspects of the life cycle of the hepatitis B virus (HBV). Topics covered include the animal model systems sequence data on the hepadnavirus genomes the transcripts coded for the biral genome and sequence elements involved in regulating their expression hepadnavirus replication and analysis of the various HBV gene products and their role in virion synthesis and assembly. Other important features of the book include its discussions of the consequences of long term exposure to hepadnavirus infection and its association with hepatocellular carcinoma the use of recombinant technologies in the generation of second generation vaccines and the utilization of recombinant technologies to analyze an immune mediated disease. Researchers studying hepadnaviruses will find a wealth of information in this essential reference volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895659

Molecular BiologyDifferent Facets This volume provides a comprehensive description of the basic tenets of molecular biology from mechanisms to its elaborate role in gene regulation. The initial sections cover the history of genetics and molecular biology. The book then goes on to highlight the significance of molecular approaches for all biological processes in both simple and complex cells. The volume incorporates the most recent research from this ever-evolving field. The authors have described experimental approaches wherever necessary to present evidence that has led to the development of important concepts and significant advances in molecular biology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886413

Molecular BiologyStructure and Dynamics of Genomes and Proteomes Recipient of the CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title (OAT) Award. Molecular Biology: Structure and Dynamics of Genomes and Proteomes illustrates the essential principles behind the transmission and expression of genetic information at the level of DNA RNA and proteins. This textbook emphasizes the experimental basis of discovery and the most recent advances in the field while presenting a structural mechanistic understanding of molecular biology that is rigorous yet concise. The text is written for advanced undergraduate or graduate-level courses in molecular biology. Molecular Biology: Structure and Dynamics of Genomes and Proteomes is additionally supported by the Garland Science Learning System. This homework platform is designed to evaluate and improve student performance and allows instructors to select assignments on specific topics and review the performance of the entire class as well as individual students via the instructor dashboard. Students receive immediate feedback on their mastery of the topics and will be better prepared for lectures and classroom discussions. The user-friendly system provides a convenient way to engage students while assessing progress. Performance data can be used to tailor classroom discussion activities and lectures to address students’ needs precisely and efficiently. A free trial for the Garland Science Learning System will be available to use during the Spring and Fall 2017 semesters. For more information and to sign up for access visit http://garlandscience.rocketmix.com/. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345046

Molecular Cell Biology of the Growth and Differentiation of Plant Cells Molecular Cell Biology of the Growth and Differentiation of Plant Cells encompasses cell division cell enlargement and differentiation; which is the cellular basis of plant growth and development. Understanding these developmental processes is fundamental for improving plant growth and the production of special plant products as well as contributing to biological understanding. The dynamics of cells and cellular organelles are considered in the context of growth and differentiation made possible particularly by advances in molecular genetics and the visualization of organelles using molecular probes. There is now a much clearer understanding of these basic plant processes of cell division cell enlargement and differentiation. Each chapter provides a current and conceptual view in the context of the cell cycle (6 chapters) cell enlargement (5 chapters) or cell differentiation (9 chapters). The book provides state of the art knowledge (and open questions) set out in a framework that provides a long term reference point. The book is targeted at plant cell biologists molecular biologists plant physiologists and biochemists developmental biologists and those interested in plant growth and development. The book is suitable for those already in the field plant scientists entering the field and graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726023

Molecular Chemistry and Biomolecular EngineeringIntegrating Theory and Research with Practice This new volume is devoted to molecular chemistry and its applications to the fields of biology. It looks at the integration of molecular chemistry with biomolecular engineering with the goal of creating new biological or physical properties to address scientific or societal challenges. It takes a both multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary perspective on the interface between molecular biology biophysical chemistry and chemical engineering. Molecular Chemistry and Biomolecular Engineering: Integrating Theory and Research with Practice provides effective support for the development of the laboratory and data analysis skills that researchers will draw on time and again for the practical aspects and also gives a solid grounding in the broader transferable skills. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887922

Molecular CuisineTwenty Techniques Forty Recipes Get more recipes more techniques more deliciousness! Using methods that may seem more suited to science labs than kitchens Molecular Cuisine: Twenty Techniques Forty Recipes unlocks the secrets to the dishes textures techniques and sensations of molecular cuisine. It explores revolutionary techniques that have the remarkable ability to toy with the chemical and physical reactions of cooking to create revolutionized versions of common cuisine. With the recipes and techniques in this book you will quickly be creating dishes such as: Fizzy Chocolate Puffed Peanut Chicken Fries with Pastis Mayonnaise Apple and Beet Tea Egg Yolk Marshmallow with Ratatouille Hard-Boiled Egg Lollipop Goat Cheese Flan with Dijon Mustard Caramel Minty Tapioca Pearls in Green Tea Balancing just enough science to explain why the techniques work with easy-to-follow recipes the book covers emulsion culinary foam spherification caramelization the maillard reaction soft and hard gels and effervescence. It describes 20 techniques and 40 molecular cuisine recipes all illustrated with luscious color photographs. Once you master these techniques you can use them to develop your own flavor profiles and texture combinations. You can literally play with your food and it will be delicious. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439871638

Molecular Detection of Animal Viral Pathogens Molecular Detection of Animal Viral Pathogens presents expert summaries on state-of-the-art diagnostic approaches for major animal viral pathogens with a particular emphasis on identification and differentiation at the molecular level. Written by specialists in related research areas each chapter provides a concise overview of an individual virus or group concerning its Classification Morphology Genome organization Epidemiology Clinical features Diagnosis Sample collection and preparation procedures Molecular detection protocols Each chapter also discusses future prospects or further research requirements for streamlining the identification and epidemiological tracking of the virus concerned. With broad coverage presented in a concise format Molecular Detection of Animal Viral Pathogens is an essential reference for both beginning and experienced laboratory scientists as well as students of virology. It also offers an indispensable guide applicable to medical veterinary and industrial settings that are dependent on speedy turnarounds extreme sensitivity and exquisite specificity of virological testing for decision making and disease prevention. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498700368

Molecular Detection of Human Bacterial Pathogens As more original molecular protocols and subsequent modifications are described in the literature it has become difficult for those not directly involved in the development of these protocols to know which are most appropriate to adopt for accurate identification of bacterial pathogens. Molecular Detection of Human Bacterial Pathogens addresses this issue with international scientists in respective bacterial pathogen research and diagnosis providing expert summaries on current diagnostic approaches for major human bacterial pathogens. Each chapter consists of a brief review on the classification epidemiology clinical features and diagnosis of an important pathogenic bacterial genus an outline of clinical sample collection and preparation procedures a selection of representative stepwise molecular protocols and a discussion on further research requirements relating to improved diagnosis. This book represents a reliable and convenient reference on molecular detection and identification of major human bacterial pathogens; an indispensable tool for upcoming and experienced medical veterinary and industrial laboratory scientists engaged in bacterial characterization; and an essential textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in microbiology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439812389

Molecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogens The large number of molecular protocols available creates a dilemma for those attempting to adopt the most appropriate for streamlined identification and detection of fungal pathogens of interest. Molecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogens provides a reliable and comprehensive resource relating the molecular detection and identification of major human fungal pathogens. This volume contains expert contributions from international mycologists involved in fungal pathogen research and diagnosis. Following a similar format throughout each chapter comprises: A brief review of the classification epidemiology clinical features and diagnosis of one or a group of related fungal species An outline of clinical sample collection and preparation procedures A selection of representative stepwise molecular detection protocols A discussion on further research requirements for improving the diagnosis The book offers an indispensable tool for medical veterinary and industrial laboratory scientists working in the area of fungal determination. It also constitutes a convenient textbook for undergraduate and graduate students majoring in microbiology and is an essential guide for upcoming and experienced laboratory scientists wishing to acquire and polish their skills in molecular diagnosis of fungal diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439812402

Molecular Detection of Human Parasitic Pathogens Traditionally laboratory identification of parasites has relied upon various phenotypic procedures that detect their morphological biological and immunological features. Because these procedures tend to be time-consuming and technically demanding molecular methods based on nucleic acid amplification technologies have been increasingly utilized for rapid sensitive and specific characterization of parasites. The large number of original and modified molecular protocols that have been developed over the years creates a dilemma for those attempting to adopt the most appropriate protocol for streamlined identification and detection of human pathogenic organisms of interest. Part of a four-volume collection Molecular Detection of Human Parasitic Pathogens provides a reliable and comprehensive resource on the molecular detection and identification of major human parasitic pathogens. This volume contains expert contributions from international scientists involved in human parasitic pathogen research and diagnosis. Following a similar format throughout each chapter includes: A brief review on the classification biology epidemiology clinical features and diagnosis of an important pathogenic parasitic genus/group An outline of clinical sample collection and preparation procedures and a selection of representative stepwise molecular protocols A discussion on further research needs relating to improved diagnoses of major human parasitic pathogens This versatile reference on molecular detection and identification of major human parasitic pathogens is an indispensable tool for upcoming and experienced medical veterinary and industrial laboratory scientists engaged in parasite characterization. It is also suitable as a textbook for undergraduate and graduate students majoring in parasitology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439812426

Molecular Detection of Human Viral Pathogens Despite being recognized and fought against over countless centuries human viral pathogens continue to cause major public health problems worldwide—killing millions of people and costing billions of dollars in medical care and lost productivity each year. With contributions from specialists in their respective areas of viral pathogen research Molecular Detection of Human Viral Pathogens provides a reliable reference on molecular detection and identification of major human viral pathogens. Each chapter briefly reviews the classification epidemiology clinical features and diagnosis of one related viral pathogen or a group of them. The clinical sample collection and preparation procedures are outlined and a selection of representative stepwise molecular detection protocols is covered. The chapters conclude with a discussion on further research requirements relating to improved diagnosis. With its judicious selection of streamlined ready-to-use protocols for major human viral pathogens—including commercial kits—Molecular Detection of Human Viral Pathogens is an indispensable tool for medical veterinary and industrial laboratory scientists involved in virus determination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115170

Molecular DiagnosticsThe Key in Personalized Cancer Medicine This unique book provides a thorough overview of developing molecular cancer diagnostic assays which are the prerequisites for optimal solutions within personalized cancer medicine. The book takes the reader through definitions of the pharmacodiagnostic concept historical perspectives of the early steps into molecular cancer diagnostics linked to therapy the basis of different diagnostic molecular techniques ongoing research drug-diagnostic co-development assay validation clinical trial methodology regulatory issues around pharmacodiagnostics and future aspects within personalized cancer medicine. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429066504

Molecular Dissection of Complex Traits In the past 10 years contemporary geneticists using new molecular tools have been able to resolve complex traits into individual genetic components and describe each such component in detail. Molecular Dissection of Complex Traits summarizes the state of the art in molecular analysis of complex traits (QTL mapping) placing new developments in thi Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429117770

Molecular Diversity of Environmental Prokaryotes This book correlates the vast genetic diversity associated with environmental samples and still underexploited potential for the development of biotechnology products. The book points out the potential of different types of environmental samples. It presents the main characteristics of microbial diversity the main approaches used for molecular characterization of the diversity and practical examples of application of the exploration of the microbial diversity. It presents a not-yet-explored structure for discussing the main topics related to molecular biology of environmental prokaryotes and their biotechnological applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482233223

Molecular Dynamics of Nanostructures and NanoionicsSimulations in Complex Systems Nanostructured materials with multiple components and complex structures are the current focus of research and are expected to develop further for material designs in many applications in electrochemical colloidal medical pharmaceutical and several other fields. This book discusses complex nanostructured systems exemplified by nanoporous silicates spontaneously formed gels from silica-nanocolloidal solutions and related systems and examines them using molecular dynamics simulations. Nanoporous materials nanocolloidal systems and gels are useful in many applications and can be used in electric devices and storage and for gas ion and drug delivery. The book gives an overview of the history current status and frontiers of the field. It also discusses the fundamental aspects related to the common behaviors of some of these systems and common analytical methods to treat them. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800778

Molecular Dynamics Simulation of Nanostructured MaterialsAn Understanding of Mechanical Behavior Molecular dynamics simulation is a significant technique to gain insight into the mechanical behavior of nanostructured (NS) materials and associated underlying deformation mechanisms at the atomic scale. The purpose of this book is to detect and correlate critically current achievements and properly assess the state of the art in the mechanical behavior study of NS material in the perspective of the atomic scale simulation of the deformation process. More precisely the book aims to provide representative examples of mechanical behavior studies carried out using molecular dynamics simulations which provide contributory research findings toward progress in the field of NS material technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367029821

Molecular Electronics Circuits and Processing Platforms When microelectronic devices replaced vacuum tubes it marked a revolution in electronics that opened the way to the computer age. We are on the verge of witnessing another equally profound shift. As molecular devices replace semiconductors we will achieve new levels of performance functionality and capability that will hugely impact electronics as well as signal processing and computing.  Molecular Electronics Circuits and Processing Platforms guides you confidently into this emerging field. Helping you to forge into the molecular frontier this book examines the various concepts methods and technologies used to approach and solve a wide variety of problems. The author works from new devices to systems and platforms. He also covers device-level physics system-level design analysis and advanced fabrication technologies. Explore the latest and emerging molecular biomolecular and nanoscale processing platforms for building the next generation of circuits memories and computations. By examining both solved and open issues this book thoroughly develops the basic theory and shows you how to apply this knowledge toward new developments and practical hardware implementation. Don’t fall behind. Let Molecular Electronics Circuits and Processing Platforms take you to the next level of electronics design and applications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219318

Molecular ElectronicsAn Experimental and Theoretical Approach Molecular electronics an emerging research field at the border of physics chemistry and material sciences has attracted great interest in the last decade. To achieve the ultimate goal of designing molecular electronic devices with the desired functionality and experimental manipulation at the single-molecule level theoretical understanding of electron transport at the nanoscale is an important prerequisite. This book a multi-authored volume comprising reviews written by leading scientists discusses recent advances in the field. It emphasizes the need for studies beyond the low-bias regime a fact on which the scientific community became aware in the last years. To make the book useful for scientists of various disciplines interested in "learning by doing " each chapter is written in a science/tutorial hybrid style with its own introduction presenting fundamental concepts and frameworks. The content reflects the strong transdisciplinary efforts needed for substantial progress. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613903

Molecular ElectronicsProperties: Dynamics and Applications Integrating molecular physics and information theory this work presents molecular electronics as a method for information storage and retrieval that incorporates nanometer-scaled systems uses microscopic particles and exploits the laws of quantum mechanics. It furnishes application examples employing properties of distinct molecules joined together to a macroscopic ensemble of virtually identical units. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067412

Molecular EmbryologyHow Molecules Give Birth to Animals Molecular Embryology explains in simple terms the molecular interactions that transform an egg to a complex embryo that in the end gives rise to a fully-formed animal. In doing so the book covers one hundred and fifty years of experiments that have led to our present understanding of these molecular interactions. As the text progresses the reader will gain a sense of the developmental similarities and differences between organisms. Students studying developmental biology and embryology will find this book an extremely useful introduction to the subject and will also appeal to anyone with an interest in the most recent advances in this largely undiscovered territory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138452855

Molecular EndocrinologyGenetic Analysis of Hormones and their Receptors This volume in the Human Molecular Genetics series is an invaluable text for endocrinologists wishing to update their knowledge. It also provides an excellent grounding in the basic genetics of molecular endocrinology and relevant analytical techniques. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003076926

Molecular EpidemiologyApplications in Cancer and Other Human Diseases This volume comprises the investigation of factors that may predict the response to treatment outcome and survival by exploring: design considerations in molecular epidemiology including:case-onlyfamily-basedapproaches for evaluation of genetic susceptibility to exposure and addiction pharmacogeneticsincorporation of biomarkers in clinical tria Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429137716

Molecular Evolution and Population Genetics for Marine Biologists Research in modern experimental and theoretical population genetics has been strengthened by advances in molecular techniques for the analysis of genetic variability. The evolutionary relationships of organisms may be investigated by comparing DNA sequences. This book covers chapters on population genetics DNA polymorphism genetic homeostasis and biochemical genetics plus a chapter on phylogenetic tree construction. In addition each chapter contains training materials with numerical examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737887

Molecular Evolution on Rugged LandscapesProtein RNA and the Immune System (Volume IX) This book lays out a number of the general issues concerning the structure of rugged fitness landscapes and examines both the history and the current status of experimental work on somatic mutation and the maturation of the immune response. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367316891

Molecular Exercise PhysiologyAn Introduction Molecular Exercise Physiology: An Introduction is the first student-friendly textbook to be published on this key topic in contemporary sport and exercise science. It introduces sport and exercise genetics and the molecular mechanisms by which exercise causes adaptation. The text is linked to real life sport and exercise science situations such as ‘what makes people good at distance running?’ ‘what DNA sequence variations code for a high muscle mass?’ or ‘by what mechanisms does exercise improve type2 diabetes?’ The book includes a full range of useful features such as summaries definitions of key terms guides to further reading review questions personal comments by molecular exercise pioneers (Booth Bouchard) and leading research in the field as well as descriptions of research methods. A companion website offers interactive and downloadable resources for both student and lecturers. Structured around central themes in sport and exercise science such as nutrition endurance training resistance training exercise & chronic disease and ageing this book is the perfect foundation around which to build a complete upper-level undergraduate or postgraduate course on molecular exercise physiology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415607889

Molecular Flow Complex Vaccum Systems This book provides comprehensive coverage of the basic theory calculation methods and optimization of high and ultra-high vacuum systems and equipment. After an explication of molecular kinetic theory as applied to the problems of vacuum technology the book examines methods (including the Monte Carlo method) of analyzing molecular flow in nonequilibrium systems. It goes on to describe the parameters for separate vacuum system components and ends with a section on molecular flow in structures with absorbing walls. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9782881246586

Molecular Host Plant Resistance to Pests Molecular Host Plant Resistance to Pests examines environmentally safe and integrated techniques for effective pest management. Offering more than 1500 references for further exploration of the topic this reference details the bioactivity biosynthetic pathways mechanisms of action and genetic regulation for improved methods of crop protection and analyzes host plant resistance mechanisms for development of enhanced insect management programs and agricultural ecosystems. This reference discusses the morphological and phenological bases of plant resistance and the current molecular studies on the chemistry classification and occurrence of a variety of chemical constituents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446710

Molecular Imaging in Oncology With molecular imaging becoming one the fastest growing topics in medical schools Informa Healthcare presents Molecular Imaging in Oncology the first comprehensive reference on molecular imaging in oncology.Giving clinicians and researchers a greater understanding of the current field this text covers:instrumentation and techniquescancer imagingprobe designmolecular genetic imagingcellular processesclinical translationFilled with over 500 images of which more than 50 are in color illustrating diagnostic and therapeutic capabilities of molecular imaging in cancer this text outlines all procedures for radiologists radiology physicists and radiation oncologists in a concise single-source guide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403485

Molecular Imaging of the Lungs This authoritative reference reviews current and emerging molecular imaging modalities that are expected to impact the detection and treatment of lung diseases in the near future-including applications in gene expression and inflammation imaging; the imaging of pulmonary cytokine regulation; the molecular imaging of angiogenesis the airways and lung cancer; and the imaging of cellular death and cell trafficking. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392819

Molecular Imprinting of Polymers One of Nature’s most important talents is evolutionary development of systems capable of molecular recognition: distinguishing one molecule from another. Molecular recognition is the basis for most biological processes such as ligandreceptor binding substrate-enzyme reactions and translation and transcription of the genetic code and is therefore of universal interest. Over the past four decades researchers have been inspired by Nature to produce biomimetic materials with molecular recognition properties by design rather than by evolution. A particularly exciting area of biomimetics is Molecular Imprinting which can be defined as process of template-induced formation of specific recognition sites (binding or catalytic) in a material where the template directs the positioning and orientation of the material’s structural components by a self-assembling mechanism. The material itself could be oligomeric (the typical example is DNA replication process) polymeric (organic MIPs and inorganic imprinted silica gels) or 2-dimensional surface assembly (grafted monolayers). Essentially the current progress in the field of molecular imprinting is a result of fundamental achievements made by more than a hundred groups working in the areas of non-covalent and reversible covalent imprinting. The goal of this title is to capture this momentum and publish a new book that will reflect the current situation in this rapidly evolving technology. Very few of the tens of reviews already published on this subject present a critical analysis of the technological aspects of molecular imprinting. Leaders in this field have been approached with requests to provide their views and analyses of specific areas of design characterization and application of these polymers. The main body of Molecular Imprinting of Polymers starts with chapters covering polymer design synthesis and characterization that are prepared by well-recognized experts such as Andrew Mayes and Natalia Perez-Moral Claud Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446345

Molecular ImprintingPrinciples and Applications of Micro- and Nanostructure Polymers Molecular imprinting is one of the most efficient methods to fabricate functional polymer structures with pre-defined molecular recognition selectivity. Molecularly imprinted polymers (MIPs) have been used as antibody and enzyme mimics in a large number of applications. The outstanding stability and straightforward preparation make MIPs ideal substitutes for biologically derived molecular recognition materials especially for development of affinity separation systems chemical sensors and high selectivity catalysts. New MIP materials are being increasingly applied to solve challenging problems in environmental sciences food safety control biotechnology and medical diagnostics. Development in molecular imprinting research over the past decade has enabled tailor-designed molecular recognition sites to be created in synthetic materials with physical dimensions in the micro- and nano-regime. The new breakthroughs in MIP synthesis/fabrication have brought in many unprecedented functions of the micro- and nano-structured polymers. The aim of this review volume is to introduce to the readers the new developments in molecularly imprinted micro- and nano-structures and the new applications that have been made possible with the new generation of imprinted materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310994

Molecular Industrial MycologySystems and Applications for Filamentous Fungi Ten articles provide an overview of the recently flowering research into the genetics and molecular biology of fungus species that are economically significant in industry. The contributors from a variety of disciplines report on work in such areas as industrial enzymes antibiotics toxins heter Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746554

Molecular Interventions in Lifestyle-Related Diseases The Japanese Ministry of Health Labor and Welfare officially recognizing that various risk factors for disease are present in our environment has proposed the concept of lifestyle-related diseases. These include those diseases that are tied to such lifestyle choices as excessive alcohol consumption cigarette smoking exposure to stress and poor diet.Ongoing attention to this issue led to an International Symposium on Free Radicals and Health: Molecular Interventions and Protection of Lifestyle-Related Diseases bringing together the top experts in that area. With the belief that the recognition of the occurrence of risk factors and their identification are important to overcoming lifestyle-related diseases three of those experts invited prominent participants at the symposium to contribute to a book. Molecular Interventions in Lifestyle-Related Diseases is the result of that effort.This book is divided into three main sections:Free Radicals Lifestyle-Related Diseases and Their ProtectionFree Radicals Brain Diseases and Their ProtectionNutraceuticals Functional Foods Micronutrients and Pharmacological InterventionsWhen bad lifestyle choices cause oxidants and free radicals to have a negative influence on cell signaling and gene expression lifestyle-related diseases are set into motion which in turn lead to further oxidative stress.Molecular Interventions in Lifestyle-Related Diseases addresses the molecular basis of free radicals and lifestyle-related diseases and preventive/therapeutic approaches including the use of nutraceuticals functional foods and pharmacological interventions. Each section contains several chapters addressing critical molecular mechanisms therapeutic interventions and other issues of relevance to human health that will be of interest to students and researchers in the health professions including nutritional and environmental scientists molecular and cell biologi Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391683

Molecular Magnetochemistry Investigating the relationship between the magnetic properties and structure of molecules molecular magnetochemistry is an area of growing interest to scientists in a variety of fields including physical organic and inorganic chemistry molecular physics and biophysics. For the first time systematic results on magnetic properties of molecules such as mean magnetic susceptibility their anisotropies and principal magnetic axes are presented. Molecular Magnetochemistry is a comprehensive and up-to-date view on experimental methods not covered in previous volumes including the Zeeman effect in vapor phase and magnetic birefringence of diamagnetic systems (Cotton-Mouton Effect). The relationship between magnetic and related electrical phenomena is also described summing up experimental data on magnetic and electrical anisotropies and components of molecular quadrupole moments. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810481

Molecular Manipulation with Atomic Force Microscopy With the invention of scanning probe techniques in the early 1980s scientists can now play with single atoms single molecules and even single bonds. Force dynamics and function can now be probed at the single-molecule level. Molecular Manipulation with Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) presents a series of topics that discuss concepts and methodologies used to manipulate and study single (bio)molecules with AFM. The first part is dedicated to the pulling of single molecules with force spectroscopy to investigate molecular interactions mechanics and mechanochemical processes and the second part to the manipulation repositioning and targeted delivery of single molecules on substrates. Single molecule manipulation is an exciting area of research which made important breakthroughs in nanoscience and which could find potential applications in a diverse range of disciplines including chemistry biology physics material and polymer science and engineering. New and experienced AFM researchers looking for applications beyond imaging will find a wealth of information in this informative volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439809662

Molecular MaterialsPreparation Characterization and Applications The field of molecular materials research looks at the preparation and characterization of potentially useful materials with enhanced physical chemical and biomedical properties. Molecular Materials: Preparation Characterization and Applications discusses the cutting-edge interdisciplinary research in the area of advanced molecular-based materials. This book explores multiple aspects of molecular materials including their synthesis and characterization and gives information on their application in various fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482245950

Molecular Mechanisms of Cardiac Hypertrophy and Failure This title reviews current knowledge of the mechanisms contributing to heart failure. Editor Richard Walsh and an internationally renowned team of contributors discuss key advances in molecular and cell biology biochemistry and pharmacology focusing on advances that have a direct bearing on current clinical studies. It highlights developments across a broad range of disciplines with in-depth coverage of each topic providing background and perspective on current literature. By setting new advances in a broader context this text allows readers to compare different ideas and evaluate their importance in their own areas of research or clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391621

Molecular Mechanisms of Muscular Dystrophies There is no doubt that the study of the muscular dystrophies in recent years has been exciting and rewarding. It has attracted the attention of many investigators of international repute and this is reflected in the various contributions to this volume. Molecular Mechanisms of Muscular Dystrophies represents a personal collection of chapters covering a spectrum of muscular dystrophies and one myopathy that represent most of the major muscular dystrophies and in particular those where a molecular understanding of the underlying mechanisms is most advanced rather than a comprehensive treatise on every muscular dystrophy so far characterized. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446376

Molecular Mechanisms of Skin Aging and Age-Related Diseases Our skin changes as we age. It becomes thinner and loses fat making it less plump and smooth. Clinically aged skin is characterized by wrinkles sagging age spots and dryness. Emphasizing laboratory and clinical research this book comprehensively describes the molecular mechanisms of human skin-aging and age-related skin diseases. This includes molecular understanding of the development of aging skin and its prevention as well as mechanisms-based clinical rejuvenation. The book also focuses on research to develop mechanisms-based anti-skin-aging products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498704649

Molecular Medicines for CancerConcepts and Applications of Nanotechnology The field of molecular medicine covers the medical interventions targeting molecular structures and mechanisms that are involved in disease progression. In cancer several molecular mechanisms have been shown to impact its progression aggressiveness and chemoresistance. Increasing evidence demonstrates the role of nanotechnology and outcome of molecular therapy. Several books have discussed molecular biology and mechanisms involved in cancer but this text gives an account of molecular therapeutics in cancer relating to advancements of nanotechnology. It provides a description of the multidisciplinary field of molecular medicines and its targeted delivery to cancer using nanotechnology. Key Features: Provides current information in the multidisciplinary field of molecular medicines and its targeted delivery to cancer using nanotechnology Presents important aspects of nanotechnology in the site-specific delivery of anticancer agents Includes up to date information on oligonucleotide and gene based therapies in cancer Describes small targeted molecules antibodies and oligonucleotides which have shown to selectively target the molecular structures thereby influencing signal transduction Facilitates discussion between researchers involved in cancer therapy and nanoscientists Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035157

Molecular Methods in Plant Pathology Molecular Methods in Plant Pathology covers methods in phytopathology at the molecular level including PCR techniques electron microscopy tissue culturing and the cloning of disease-resistant genes. Phytopathologists botanists horticulturists and anyone working in agriculture will find this a useful reference on biophysical biochemical biomolecular and biotechnological methods. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203746523

Molecular Modeling at the Atomic ScaleMethods and Applications in Quantitative Biology Although molecular modeling has been around for a while the groundbreaking advancement of massively parallel supercomputers and novel algorithms for parallelization is shaping this field into an exciting new area. Developments in molecular modeling from experimental and computational techniques have enabled a wide range of biological applications. Responding to this renaissance Molecular Modeling at the Atomic Scale: Methods and Applications in Quantitative Biology includes discussions of advanced techniques of molecular modeling and the latest research advancements in biomolecular applications from leading experts.The book begins with a brief introduction of major methods and applications then covers the development of cutting-edge methods/algorithms new polarizable force fields and massively parallel computing techniques followed by descriptions of how these novel techniques can be applied in various research areas in molecular biology. It also examines the self-assembly of biomacromolecules including protein folding RNA folding amyloid peptide aggregation and membrane lipid bilayer formation. Additional topics highlight biomolecular interactions including protein interactions with DNA/RNA membrane ligands and nanoparticles. Discussion of emerging topics in biomolecular modeling such as DNA sequencing with solid-state nanopores and biological water under nanoconfinement round out the coverage.This timely summary contains the perspectives of leading experts on this transformation in molecular biology and includes state-of-the-art examples of how molecular modeling approaches are being applied to critical questions in modern quantitative biology. It pulls together the latest research and applications of molecular modeling and real-world expertise that can boost your research and development of applications in this rapidly changing field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576073

Molecular Modeling Basics Molecular modeling is becoming an increasingly important part of chemical research and education as computers become faster and programs become easier to use. The results however have not become easier to understand. Addressing the need for a "workshop-oriented" book Molecular Modeling Basics provides the fundamental theory needed to understand not only what molecular modeling programs do but also the gist of research papers that describe molecular modeling results. Written in a succinct manner using informal language the book presents concise coverage of key concepts suitable for novices to the field. It begins by examining the potential energy surface (PES) which provides the connection between experimental data and molecular modeling. It explores ways to calculate energy by molecular and quantum mechanics. It describes molecular properties and the condensed phase and shows how to extract and interpret information from a program output. The author uses hands-on exercises to illustrate concepts and he supplements the text with a blog containing animated tutorials and interactive figures. Drawn from the author‘s own lecture notes from a class he taught for many years at the University of Iowa this volume introduces topics in such a way that beginners can clearly comprehend molecular modeling results. A perfect supplement to a molecular modeling textbook the book offers students the "hands-on" practice they need to grasp sophisticated concepts. In addition to his blog the author maintains a website describing his research and one detailing his seminars. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458086

Molecular Modeling for the Design of Novel Performance Chemicals and Materials Molecular modeling (MM) tools offer significant benefits in the design of industrial chemical plants and material processing operations. While the role of MM in biological fields is well established in most cases MM works as an accessory in novel products/materials development rather than a tool for direct innovation. As a result MM engineers and practitioners are often seized with the question: "How do I leverage these tools to develop novel materials or chemicals in my industry?"Molecular Modeling for the Design of Novel Performance Chemicals and Materials answers this important question via a simple and practical approach to the MM paradigm. Using case studies it highlights the importance and usability of MM tools and techniques in various industrial applications. The book presents detailed case studies demonstrating diverse applications such as mineral processing pharmaceuticals ceramics energy storage electronic materials paints coatings agrochemicals and personal care. The book is divided into themed chapters covering a diverse range of industrial case studies from pharmaceuticals to cement. While not going too in-depth into fundamental aspects the book covers almost all paradigms of MM and references are provided for further learning. The text includes more than 100 color illustrations of molecular models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381578

Molecular Modeling in Heavy Hydrocarbon Conversions In the past two decades new modeling efforts have gradually incorporated more molecular and structural detail in response to environmental and technical interests. Molecular Modeling in Heavy Hydrocarbon Conversions introduces a systematic molecule-based modeling approach with a system of chemical engineering software tools that can automate the entire model building solution and optimization process.Part I shows how chemical engineering principles provide a rigorous framework for the building solution and optimization of detailed kinetic models for delivery to process chemists and engineers. Part II presents illustrative examples that apply this approach to the development of kinetic models for complex process chemistries such as heavy naphtha reforming and gas oil hydroprocessing.Molecular Modeling in Heavy Hydrocarbon Conversions develops the key tools and best possible approaches that process chemists and engineers can use to focus on the process chemistry and reaction kinetics for performing work that is repetitive or prone to human-error accurately and quickly. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578022

Molecular Motors in Bionanotechnology Biological molecular motors provide most cells with the dynamic systems required for their day-to-day existence. Examples occur in even the simplest organism (e.g. a bacteria virus) and the range of tasks that they carry out is vast. Over the last few years there has been a large increase in the study of these motors and it is becoming apparent that many motors will find uses in either bionanotechnology or synthetic biology. Molecular Motors in Bionanotechnology describes a wide range of molecular motors ranging from chemical motors to biological motors in a manner that updates or reviews both classification of the type of motor and the grouping into families. Many techniques have evolved to study and characterise molecular motors at the single-molecule level (e.g. use of molecular tweezer devices for single-molecule studies). The text introduces the reader to the concepts and benefits of these techniques. In addition it looks at the structural information and how this helps understand function and finally how some of these motors are being used or may be used in the future as part of a synthetic biology approach to building devices and sensors. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267021

Molecular Pathology This book provides modern views of developments in medical sciences based on advances in molecular pathology. Topics discussed include the molecule; the genome of eukaryotes and its function; gene regulation; the proteins; molecular aspects of inflammation immunology and carcinogenesis; molecular biology of the nervous system; molecular defects in the endocrine system; molecular diseases of the blood and blood-forming tissues; and diagnosis of molecular diseases. Four tables and 75 figures illustrate the concepts and provide a quick means to reference important data. Immunologists pathologists geneticists and all other researchers in the biological and medical sciences will find a wealth of information in this ground-breaking new book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895673

Molecular Plant Pathology For the past century it has been known that plants possess genetically inherited resistance mechanisms to combat phytopathogenic fungi bacteria and viruses and that the relationship between pathogens and host plants is highly specialized and complex. As techniques of molecular biology have developed over the past 25 years our understanding of the molecular basis of these relationships has advanced significantly.Molecular Plant Pathology the fourth volume in the Annual Plant Reviews series discusses the ways by which molecular plant pathology can be exploited to control disease and thereby maximize crop yield. It covers the three main areas of plant pathology: how pathogens cause disease; (the molecular signaling that takes place between plant and pathogen); how plants resist disease (what is known about resistance genes apoptosis and systemic-acquired resistance); and how molecular plant pathology can be exploited to control disease.Since disease control is directly related to increased crop production the topics covered in this book are of major economic significance. This economic importance coupled with the clear concise coverage of the materials render Molecular Plant Pathology an extremely useful reference for academic and industrial researchers in plant pathology and other related areas of study.Features Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810955

Molecular Plant VirologyVolume I: Virus Structure and Assembly and Nucleic Acid-Protein Interactions In calling this series Molecular Plant Virology I had in mind aspects of plant virology of interest to biochemists molecular geneticists biophysicists genetic engineers or collectively molecular biologists. At the same time the intention was to provide up-to-date reviews by expert contributors on current research topics in plant virology of interest and referential use to virologists and plant biologists. The selected topics are pitched mainly at a research level but with sufficient introduction and cross-referencing to enable graduate students to enter this fascinating field and hopefully not get lost. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895697

Molecular Plant VirologyVolume II: Replication and Gene Expression In calling this series Molecular Plant Virology I had in mind aspects of plant virology of interest to biochemists molecular geneticists biophysicists genetic engineers or collectively molecular biologists. At the same time the intention was to provide up-to-date reviews by expert contributors on current research topics in plant virology of interest and referential use to virologists and plant biologists. The selected topics are pitched mainly at a research level but with sufficient introduction and cross-referencing to enable graduate students to enter this fascinating field and hopefully not get lost. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895680

Molecular PlasmonicsTheory and Applications This book summarizes the results of studies of molecules and molecular complexes using techniques based on surface plasmon resonance (SPR) in a novel scientific direction called molecular plasmonics. It presents the current state of investigations in the field of molecular plasmonics and discusses its two main physical phenomena: surface plasmon–polariton resonance (SPPR) and localized SPR (LSPR). Among the mathematical methods for the calculation of plasmonic systems response the book emphasizes models based on the transfer-matrix method Green function formalism Mie scattering theory and numerical methods. It considers the possibilities of the SPPR technique for registering conformational changes surface plasmon–mediated photopolymerization electrochemical processes as well as reversible optoelectronic and physicochemical properties during investigation of molecular systems. It describes applications of the LSPR method including creation of metamaterials surface-enhanced fluorescence and bio- and chemosensing using noble metal nanoparticles in colloidal array and composite polymeric film formats. It also highlights the development and applications of plasmonic nanochips. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800655

Molecular Regulation of Arousal States Arousal states are processes that include waking deep sleep and the dreaming phase of sleep (REM). Molecular Regulation of Arousal States explores the cellular and molecular mechanisms by which sleep and wakefulness are regulated and seeks explanations for the generation of arousal states. It presents step-by-step research protocols that allow investigators to apply the techniques described to a wide range of physiological and behavioral research problems such as sleep neurobiology and state-dependent disruption of cardiopulmonary control. For the first time a single source integrates cellular and molecular research techniques with studies of arousal opening the door to exciting new research methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138453906

Molecular Self-AssemblyAdvances and Applications In the past several decades molecular self-assembly has emerged as one of the main themes in chemistry biology and materials science. This book compiles and details cutting-edge research in molecular assemblies ranging from self-organized peptide nanostructures and DNA-chromophore foldamers to supramolecular systems and metal-directed assemblies even to nanocrystal superparticles and self-assembled microdevices Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316774

Molecular Signaling in Spermatogenesis and Male Infertility Spermatogenesis involves the coordination of a number of signaling pathways which culminate into production of sperm. Its failure results in male factor infertility which can be due to hormonal environmental genetic or other unknown factors. This book includes chapters on most of the signaling pathways known to contribute to spermatogenesis. Latest research in germ cell signaling like the role of small RNAs in spermatogenesis is also discussed. This book aims to serve as a reference for both clinicians and researchers explaining possible causes of infertility and exploring various treatment methods for management through the basic understanding of the role of molecular signaling. Key Features Discusses the signaling pathways that contribute to successfulspermatogenesis Covers comprehensive information about Spermatogenesis atone place Explores the vital aspects of male fertility and infertility Explains the epigenetic regulation of germ cell developmentand fertility Highlights the translational opportunities in molecular signalingin testis Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367199302

Molecular Spectroscopy This textbook offers an introduction to the foundations of spectroscopic methods and provides a bridge between basic concepts and experimental applications in fields as diverse as materials science biology solar energy conversion and environmental science. The author emphasizes the use of time-dependent theory to link the spectral response in the frequency domain to the behavior of molecules in the time domain strengthened by two brand new chapters on nonlinear optical spectroscopy and time-resolved spectroscopy. Theoretical underpinnings are presented to the extent necessary for readers to understand how to apply spectroscopic tools to their own interests.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466586581

Molecular Structure and Biological Activity of Steroids Molecular Structure and Biological Activity of Steroids focuses on the indentification of steroid structural features that control particular biological effects. Steroid geometry plays a critical role in steroid activity; therefore the results of X-ray crystallographic NMR spectroscopic and theoretical studies on structure-activity relationships form an integral part of the book. Well-established observations and proposed models are presented summarizing knowledge of molecular features (e.g. steroid backbone structures side-chain constitutions substitution sites configurations hydrogen-bonding patterns) that can affect steroid action. The book also provides overviews about recent progress in various frontier fields of steroid research including such areas as sex steroids glucocorticoids aromatase inhibitors vitamin D metabolites brassinosteroids neuromuscular blocking agents and cardiotonic steroids. Molecular Structure and Biological Activity of Steroids is a "must-have" resource for biochemists pharmacologists endocrinologists biophysicists and others actively involved in steroid research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895703

Molecular Toxicology Molecular Toxicology is a concise introduction to the subject taking the reader through the theoretical principles of toxicology followed by specific examples. In the first section the concepts behind possible mechanisms of toxicity are described (e.g. the specific enzyme or receptor system) using examples where appropriate. Following this a series of examples are used to show the extension of concept into the real world in an organ specific manner. The book concludes with a section outlining toxicity assessment methods where the impact of molecular biology is having a considerable impact including DNA microarrays proteomics and bioinformatics. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781003059349

Molecularly Imprinted MaterialsScience and Technology Providing an up-to-date overview of the field this reference presents extensive discussions on a wide range of approaches for molecular imprinting written by pioneering experts on the subject. Molecularly Imprinted Materials: Science and Technology offers experimental protocols that exemplify specific techniques as well as detailed surveys on molecular imprinting research and applications. Provides a comprehensive tutorial for those who wish to learn basic techniques and make new contributions to the field as well as in-depth discussions guidelines and experimental protocols to help beginners gain a jump-start in the field of molecular imprintingThe book examines the recent evolution of the technology offering step-by-step instruction on methods to design and optimize molecularly imprinted polymers and suggestions recommendations and troubleshooting strategies for alternative approaches and improvements discussed in the text.about the editors...MINGDI YAN is Associate Professor Department of Chemistry Portland State University Oregon. After serving as a senior research scientist at Ikonos Corporation Portland Oregon she joined the Portland State University faculty and now leads a research group in organic and polymeric materials science. She received the B.S. degree in polymer physics from the University of Science and Technology China and the Ph.D. degree in organic chemistry from the University of Oregon. OLOF RAMSTRÖM is Associate Professor Royal Institute of Technology Stockholm Sweden. After serving with Professor Jean-Marie Lehn at Université Louis Pasteur Strasbourg France he joined the Royal Institute of Technology and is now leading a group specializing in supramolecular chemistry and molecular recognition. He received the M.Sc. degree in chemical engineering and the Ph.D. degree in bioorganic chemistry/applied biochemistry from Lund Institute of Technology/Lund University Sweden. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578190

Molecules That Amaze Us "This new book is by two knowledgeable and expert popularizers of chemistry and deals exclusively with molecules and compounds rather than with the simpler atoms and elements. It is based on the very successful ‘Molecule of the Month’ website that was begun by Paul May fifteen years ago and to which his co-author Simon Cotton has been a frequent contributor. … The authors … strike an excellent balance between introducing the novice to the world of molecules while also keeping the expert chemist interested. … I highly recommend this book to all readers. It will vastly expand your knowledge and horizons of chemistry and the human ingenuity that surrounds it."—From the Foreword by Dr. Eric Scerri UCLA Los Angeles website: www.ericscerri.com Author of ‘The Periodic Table Its Story and Its Significance’ and several other books on the elements and the periodic table. The world is composed of molecules. Some are synthetic while many others are products of nature. Molecules That Amaze Us presents the stories behind many of the most famous and infamous molecules that make up our modern world. Examples include the molecule responsible for the spicy heat in chilies (capsaicin) the world’s first synthetic painkiller (aspirin) the pigment responsible for the color of autumn leaves (carotene) the explosive in dynamite (nitroglycerine) the antimalarial drug (quinine) the drug known as "speed" (methamphetamine) and many others. Other molecules discussed include caffeine adrenaline cholesterol cocaine digitalis dopamine glucose insulin methane nicotine oxytocin penicillin carbon dioxide limonene and testosterone. In all the book includes 67 sections each describing a different molecule what it does how it is made and why it is so interesting. Written by experts in the field the book is accessible and easy to read. It includes amusing anecdotes historical curiosities and entertaining facts about each molecule thereby balancing educational content with entertainment. The book is heavily illustrated with relevant photographs images and cartoons—the aim being both to educate and entertain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466589605

Moliere Today 1 This collection focuses on Moliere's theatre as works to be performed as well as read. The essays deal in their various ways with limits which are imposed and respected or violated and broken. The question of transgression both as a subject within Moliere's plays and as a dilemma confronting Moliere's critics and interpreters is addressed. The book aims to enlarge the scope of academic scholarship and include the thinking and insights of actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456969

Moliere Today 2 The refusal on the part of academic critics to recognize the primacy of farce in Moliere's theatre is contradicted by wide spread theatrical pracitce. These essays develop the argument that Moliere needs to be rescued from the pantheon of classical literature and put back on the Pont-Neuf with the strolling players low-life rogues cut-purses and clowns with whom he filled his theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456952

Molluscan Communities of the Florida Keys and Adjacent AreasTheir Ecology and Biodiversity Molluscan Communities of the Florida Keys and Adjacent Areas: Their Ecology and Biodiversity is the first comprehensive overview of the ecology and biodiversity of the phylum Mollusca in the area of Florida extending from the Dry Tortugas and Ten Thousand Islands in the west to Palm Beach in the east. The book provides detailed analyses of molluscan faunas found in 20 different ecosystems emphasizing the marine environments of the Florida Keys archipelago and its extensive coral reef tracts. Full-page color illustrations portray living animals unique Keys environments underwater ecosystems and satellite images. More than 1 200 species of macromollusks—in 86 gastropod families and 54 bivalve families—are recorded from the study area with color plates illustrating over 550 of the region’s most ecologically important species. For the first time in any book on the malacology of the Florida Keys area the 20 marine ecosystems and their associated molluscan assemblages are arranged by the CMECS (Coastal Marine Ecological Classification Standard) system. This system emphasizes the hierarchical relationships determined by substrate type bathymetry and water chemistry. Along with complete species lists for every molluscan assemblage this handy guide introduces ten newly-discovered gastropods including new species in the families Muricidae Buccinidae Nassariidae Naticidae Turritellidae and Olividae. Two new bivalves in the families Pectinidae and Arcidae are also described in a special systematic appendix. This richly illustrated book is written for the professional scientific audience interested in mollusks marine ecology evolution and taxonomy as well as malacologists naturalists and shell collectors. It is also an ideal synoptic field guide showing where individual species of mollusks can be found and within which ecosystems they occur. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367658915

Molluscan Shellfish Depuration This volume is the first complete publication on molluscan shellfish depuration. It represents a comprehensive and timely overview of issues ranging from pertinent regulations through technology and commercial practice in all current international settings. Industry and historical perspectives are followed by information detailing design criteria operations monitoring and alternatives. Regulatory requirements and expectations are complimented with economic projections for clams and oysters. Microbial concerns are addressed in specific chapters for bacteria viruses Vibrios and associated public health problems. Related issues include specific plant operations natural toxins and irradiation and relaying alternatives. Molluscan Shellfish Depuration will serve as a benchmark for shellfish depuration technology at the beginning of the 21st century and provides a useful well illustrated reference resource for commercial regulatory academic and other user interests. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895710

Molt in Neotropical BirdsLife History and Aging Criteria Molt is an important avian life history event in which feathers are shed and replaced. The timing duration seasonality extent and pattern of molt follows certain strategies and this book reviews and describes these strategies for nearly 190 species based on information gathered from a 30-year study of Central Amazonian birds. Most species accounts are illustrated with several color photos focusing on wing and tail feather molt molt limits and how to use these patterns to accurately age birds. Published in collaboration with and on behalf of the American Ornithological Society this volume in the highly-regarded Studies in Avian Biology series is a rich source of life history information for ornithologists working on tropical birds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498716116

Molyneux’s Question and the History of Philosophy In 1688 the Irish scientist and politician William Molyneux sent a letter to the philosopher John Locke. In it he asked him a question: could someone who was born blind and able to distinguish a globe and a cube by touch be able to immediately distinguish and name these shapes by sight if given the ability to see? The philosophical puzzle offered in Molyneux’s letter fascinated not only Locke but major thinkers such as Leibniz Berkeley Diderot Reid and numerous others including psychologists and cognitive scientists today. Does such a question represent a philosophical puzzle or a problem that can be solved by experimental tests? Can vision be fully restored after blindness? What is the relation between vision and touch? Are the senses linked through learning or bound at birth? Molyneux’s Question and the History of Philosophy is a major collection of essays that explore the long-standing issues Molyneux’s problem presents to philosophy of mind perception and the senses. In addition the volume considers the question from an interdisciplinary angle examines the pre-history of the question and aspects of it that have been ignored such as perspectives from religion and disability. As such Molyneux’s Question and the History of Philosophy presents a set of philosophically rich empirically informed and scientifically rigorous original investigations into this famous puzzle. It will be of great interest to students and researchers in philosophy psychology and the cognitive sciences including neuroscience neurobiology and ophthalmology as well as those studying the mind perception and the senses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030926

Moment Resistant Connections of Steel Frames in Seismic AreasDesign and Reliability An unexpected brittle failure of connections and of members occurred during the last earthquakes of Northridge and Kobe. For this reason a heightened awareness developed in the international scientific community particularly in the earthquake prone countries of the Mediterranean and Eastern Europe of the urgent need to investigate this topic. The contents of this volume result from a European project dealing with the 'Reliability of moment resistant connections of steel frames in seismic areas' (RECOS) developed between 1997 and 1999 within the INCO-Copernicus joint research projects of the 4th Framework Program. The 30 month project focused on five key areas: *Analysis and syntheses of research results including code provisos in relation with the evidence of the Northridge and Kobe earthquakes; *Identification and evaluation through experimental means of the structural performance of beam-to-column connections under cyclic loading; *Setting up of sophisticated models for interpreting the connection response; *Numerical study on the connection influence on the seismic response of steel buildings; *Assessment of new criteria for selecting the behaviour factor for different structural schemes and definition of the corresponding range of validity in relation of the connection typologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447366

Moments Metaphors MemoriesDefining Events in the History of Soccer As the most popular mass spectator sport across the world soccer generates key moments of significance on and off the field encapsulated in events that create metaphors and memories with wider social cultural psychological political commercial and aesthetic implications. Since its inception as a modern game the history of soccer has been replete with events that have changed the organization meanings and impact of the sport. The passage from the club to the nation or from the local to the global often opens up transnational spaces that provide a context for studying the events that have ‘defined’ the sport and its followers. Such defining events can include sporting performances decisions taken by various stakeholders of the game accidents and violence among players and fans and invention of supporter cultures among other things. The present volume attempts to document identify and analyse some of the defining events in the history of soccer from interdisciplinary and comparative perspectives. It revisits the discourses of signification and memorialization of such events that have influenced society culture politics religion and commerce. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Soccer & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367696160

Moments of Meeting in PsychoanalysisInteraction and Change in the Therapeutic Encounter There are moments of connection between analysts and patients during any therapeutic encounter upon which the therapy can turn. Moments of Meeting in Psychoanalysis explores how analysts and therapists can experience these moments of meeting shows how this interaction can become an enlivening and creative process and seeks to recognise how it can change both the analyst and patient in profound and fundamental ways. The theory and practice of contemporary psychoanalysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy has reached an exciting new moment of generous and generative interaction. As psychoanalysts become more intersubjective and relational in their work it becomes increasingly critical that they develop approaches that have the capacity to harness and understand powerful moments of meeting capable of propelling change through the therapeutic relationship. Often these are surprising human moments in which both client and clinician are moved and transformed. Moments of Meeting in Psychoanalysis offers a window into the ways in which some of today’s practitioners think about encourage and work with these moments of meeting in their practices. Each chapter of the book offers theoretical material case examples and a discussion of various therapists’ reflections on and experiences with these moments of meeting.  With contributions from relational psychoanalysts psychotherapists and Jungian analysts and covering essential topics such as shame impasse mindfulness and group work this book offers new theoretical thinking and practical clinical guidance on how best to work with moments of meeting in any relationally oriented therapeutic practice. Moments of Meeting in Psychoanalysis will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists  psychologists social workers workers in other mental health fields graduate students and anyone interested in change processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229228

Moments of Rupture: The Importance of Affect in Medical Education and Surgical TrainingPerspectives from Professional Learning and Philosophy Surgery is a craft specialty: ‘doing’ in response to what is seen felt and anticipated.  The potent odours and the raw images of flesh elicit strong sensations and responses in the here-and-now or ‘thisness’ (haecceities) of practice. These experiences trigger a world of affects and senses that can disturb or rupture familiar or established ways of thinking and knowing. This book attempts to articulate these emotional complexities of learning and practice by exploring affective encounters with the uncertainty of medical events. Employing a practice based inquiry grounded in philosophical notions of affect and related concepts real stories of actual practice are analysed and theorised to examine how events of clinical practice come to matter or become meaningful to surgeons potentially disclosing new or modified capacities to see think understand and act. The philosophical writings of Alfred North Whitehead Gilles Deleuze Gilbert Simondon and Brian Massumi inform the exploration.   The critical discussions of this book are relevant for healthcare professionals medical educators practitioners and researchers interested in its main exploration: the affective conditions that emerge from disturbances in practice and their power to shape construct and transform how professionals understand their practice and function within it.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317574

Moments of TruthThe Politics of Financial Crises in Comparative Perspective The current financial and sovereign debt crisis of the European Union and the United States can be regarded as the most recent of a wave of financial and sovereign debt crises that have affected different regions of the world over the past quarter century. While there is a large and growing body of literature on the economic aspects of financial crises its political elements remain surprisingly under-studied. Moments of Truth: The Politics of Financial Crises in Comparative Perspective fills this gap in the literature by looking at the political repercussions and policy implications of financial crises in comparative perspective using case studies in Latin America Korea and Russia as well as the contemporary crises in the US and in key European countries. Contributors to this volume look at the crises as critical junctures that generate high levels of uncertainty while calling for decisive action. The chapters emphasize structural or agency based explanations and give relevance to the role of ideas interests and institutions in explaining different outcomes. The questions addressed by the case studies include: how the crises were defined by key actors the range of political and policy options available to deal with their impact the role of ideas in policy shifts how political and economic actors redefine their interests in contexts of uncertainty   how political institutions mediate reactions to the crises what explains the choice of a certain option over other alternatives and whether the crisis has (so far) resulted in significant political and policy changes or in incremental adjustments to the status quo. The first book to comparatively analyze the political dimensions of financial crises across different global regions  Moments of Truth will be highly significant for any scholars interested in the contemporary debate on financial crises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912137

Momentum Heat and Mass Transfer Fundamentals "Presents the fundamentals of momentum heat and mass transfer from both a microscopic and a macroscopic perspective. Features a large number of idealized and real-world examples that we worked out in detail." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315273259

Mon Nationalism and Civil War in BurmaThe Golden Sheldrake A major contribution to the literature of Burmese history and politics this book traces the rich and tragic history of the Mon people of Burma and Thailand from the pre-colonial era to the present day. This vivid account of ethnic politics and civil war situates the story of Mon nationalism within the 'big picture' of developments in Burma Thailand and the region. Primarily an empirical study it also addresses issues of identity and anticipates Burmese politics in the new millennium. A particular feature of the book is its first-hand descriptions of insurgency and displacement drawn from the author's experiences as an aid worker in the war zone. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037478

Monadologies According to the received view Kant’s critical revolution put an end to the kind of metaphysics of which Leibniz’s ‘Monadology’ is the example par excellence. This volume challenges Kant’s claim by providing a far more nuanced version of philosophy’s ‘post-Kantian’ tradition that spans from the late eighteenth to the early twentieth century and brings to light a rich tradition of new ‘monadologists’ many of whom have been unjustifiably forgotten by contemporary historians of philosophy. Through this complex dialogue monadology is shown to be a remarkably fecund hypothesis with many possible variations and developments. The volume’s focus on monadology exposes the depth and breadth of the post-Kantian period in an original and previously unexplored way and opens up numerous avenues for future research. Crucially however this volume not only shows that monadological metaphysics did continue after Kant but also asks the critical question of whether it should have done so. Consequently the question of whether monadological metaphysics could also have a future is shown to be relevant in a way that was previously almost inconceivable.This book was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal for the History of Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589141

Monarchism and Absolutism in Early Modern Europe The 14 essays in this volume look at both the theory and practice of monarchical governments from the Thirty Years War up until the time of the French Revolution. Contributors aim to unravel the constructs of ‘absolutism’ and ‘monarchism’ examining how the power and authority of monarchs was defined through contemporary politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664531

Monarchs and HydrarchsThe Conceptual Development of Viking Activity across the Frankish Realm (c. 750–940) As the politico-economic exploits of vikings in and around the Frankish realm remain to a considerable extent obscured by the constraints of a fragmentary and biased corpus of (near-)contemporary evidence this volume approaches the available interdisciplinary data on a cumulative and conceptual level allowing overall spatiotemporal patterns of viking activity to be detected and defined – and thereby challenging the notion that these movements were capricious haphazard and gratuitous in character. Set against a backdrop of continuous commerce and knowledge exchange this overarching survey demonstrates the existence of a relatively uniform sequential framework of wealth extraction encampment and political engagement within which Scandinavian fleets operated as adaptable ambulant polities – or ‘hydrarchies’. By delineating and visualising this framework a four-phased conceptual development model of hydrarchic conduct and consequence is established whose validity is substantiated by its application to a number of distinct regional case studies. The parameters of this abstract model affirm that Scandinavian movements across Francia were the result of prudent and expedient decision-making processes contingent on exchanged intelligence cumulative experience and the ongoing individual and collective need for socioeconomic subsistence and enrichment. Monarchs and Hydrarchs will appeal to both students and specialists of the Viking Age whilst serving as an equally valuable resource to those investigating early medieval Francia Scandinavia and the North Sea world as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202149

Monarchy Political Culture and Drama in Seventeenth-Century MadridTheater of Negotiation In early modern Spain theater reached the height of its popularity during the same decades in which Spanish monarchs were striving to consolidate their power. Jodi Campbell uses the dramatic production of seventeenth-century Madrid to understand how ordinary Spaniards perceived the political developments of this period. Through a study of thirty-three plays by four of the most popular playwrights of Madrid (Pedro Caldern de la Barca Francisco de Rojas Zorrilla Juan de Matos Fragoso and Juan Bautista Diamante) Campbell analyzes portrayals of kingship during what is traditionally considered to be the age of absolutism and highlights the differences between the image of kingship cultivated by the monarchy and that presented on Spanish stages. A surprising number of plays performed and published in Madrid in the seventeenth century Campbell shows featured themes about kingship: debates over the qualities that make a good king tests of a king's abilities and stories about the conflicts that could arise between the personal interests of a king and the best interest of his subjects. Rather than supporting the absolutist and centralizing policies of the monarchy popular theater is shown here to favor the idea of reciprocal obligations between subjects and monarch. This study contributes new evidence to the trend of recent scholarship that revises our views of early modern Spanish absolutism arguing for the significance of the perspectives of ordinary people to the realm of politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315595979

Monarchy Print Culture and Reverence in Early Modern EnglandPicturing Royal Subjects This richly illustrated and interdisciplinary study examines the commercial mediation of royalism through print and visual culture from the second half of the seventeenth century. The rapidly growing marketplace of books periodicals pictures and material objects brought the spectacle of monarchy to a wide audience saturating spaces of daily life in later Stuart and early Hanoverian England. Images of the royal family including portrait engravings graphic satires illustrations medals and miniatures urban signs playing cards and coronation ceramics were fundamental components of the political landscape and the emergent public sphere. Koscak considers the affective subjectivities made possible by loyalist commodities; how texts and images responded to anxieties about representation at moments of political uncertainty; and how individuals decorated displayed and interacted with pictures of rulers. Despite the fractious nature of party politics and the appropriation of royal representations for partisan and commercial ends print media images and objects materialized emotional bonds between sovereigns and subjects as the basis of allegiance and obedience. They were read and re-read collected and exchanged kept in pockets and pasted to walls and looked upon as repositories of personal memory national history and political reverence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374594

Monarchy and Liberalism in SpainThe Building of the Nation-State 1780–1931 Bringing together the work of top specialists and emerging scholars in the field this volume is the first book-length study of the rapport between liberalism and the Spanish monarchy over the long nineteenth century in any language. It is at once a general overview and a set of original contributions to knowledge. The essays discuss monarchy’s rapport with the pre-liberal liberal and post-liberal nation-state from the eve of the French Revolution when the monarchy regulated a ‘natural’ order to the unstable reign of Isabel II fraught by revolutions that ended in her exile to the brief republican monarchy of Amadeo I the much-maligned foreign king to Alfonso XIII’s expulsion from Spain following the failure of the dictatorship of Primo de Rivera. The essays approach the subject through two main thematic-analytical axes. The first political axis examines the monarchy’s confrontation with and adaptation to liberalism as a political force that aimed to nationalize the Spanish people. The second axis is cultural and studies the Crown’s support of liberalism’s nationalizing aims through various staging strategies that comprised visits rituals ceremonies iconography religiosity and familial and military display. The dual approach invites the reader to question the boundaries between the political and the cultural especially in regard to the ceremonial and during critical times that witness the transformation of political power and the building of the nation-state. Designed for Hispanists and students of politics ritual liberalism and monarchy this collection should appeal to academics and researchers as well as anyone interested in modern European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409906

Monarchy and MatrimonyThe Courtships of Elizabeth I Monarchy and Matrimony is the first comprehensive study of Elizabeth I's courtships. Susan Doran argues that the cult of the `Virgin Queen' was invented by her ministers and that Elizabeth was forced into celibacy by political necessity. Doran's detailed examination of the different suits is based on extensive archival research across Europe. Rather than focusing on Elizabeth's personality and image she views the question within a wider political and religious context. She shows how the question of Elizabeth's marriage was divisive for England affecting both political life and international relations and provoking popular propaganda in the form of plays poetry and paintings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756501

Monastic WanderersNāth Yogī Ascetics in Modern South Asia How have the premodern Shaiva ascetic sect of the Nāth Yogīs (known also as the Yogīs with splitted ears) succeeded in maintaining its presence and importance until today? This book intends to give a general survey of this sampradāya which is said to have been founded by the Siddha Gorakhnāth known for his strong link to Haṭha Yoga. However rather than to Yoga the history and expansion of the Nāth sect are linked to its rich legendary corpus. Dealing first with the marks of belonging (such as the huge earrings worn by the fully initiated Yogīs) which give the sect its unity the book then focuses on its organization and explores the dialectics between the wandering Yogīs and the monastic settlements. The Nāth monasteries belong to two categories: the pañcāyati maṭhs collectively owned and managed by the sectarian authorities which ensure the permanency of the sect and the nījī maṭhs owned on a personal basis and transmitted from guru to disciple which permits innovative initiatives The book gives a detailed account of two pañcāyati monasteries the Kadri Maṭh of Mangalore where its head’s enthronement is spectacularly performed every twelve years and the Caughera Maṭh of Dang Valley in Nepal the royal foundation of which gives a glimpse of the complex relationships that can exist between monasteries and kingdoms. It then focuses on three nījī maṭhs: Amritashram in Fatehpur (Rajasthan) Ashtal Bohar in Rohtak (Haryana) and the Gorakhpur mandir (UP). Each of them shows a different mode of adaptation to a modern context and attests of the present importance and continuity of this pluri-secular tradition of asceticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095397

Monasticism in Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Republics This book looks at Eastern and Western monasticism’s continuous and intensive interactions with society in Eastern Europe Russia and the Former Soviet Republics. It discusses the role monastics played in fostering national identities as well as the potentiality of monasteries and religious orders to be vehicles of ecumenism and inter-religious dialogue within and beyond national boundaries. Using a country-specific analysis the book highlights the monastic tradition and monastic establishments. It addresses gaps in the academic study of religion in Eastern European and Russian historiography and looks at the role of monasticism as a cultural and national identity forming determinant in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364665

Monasticism in Modern Times This book presents a broad sociological perspective on the contemporary issues facing Christian monasticism. Since the founding work of Max Weber the sociology of monasticism has received little attention. However the field is now being revitalized by some new research. Focusing on Christian monks and nuns the contributors explore continuity and discontinuity with the past in what superficially might appear a monolithic tradition. Contributors speak not only about monasticism in Europe and the United States but also in Africa and Latin America a different landscape where the question of recruitment does not figure among issues considered as problematic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881252

Monasticism in North-Western Europe 800–1200 This title was first published in 2000:  This is a full-scale integrated synthesis of the origins spread and effects of monasticism in Scandinavia and along the shores of the Baltic and the North Sea. Beginning with a review of the geography and communications by land and especially by sea of the region Nyberg goes on to describe early monasticism among the Frisians Saxons and the Danes then in Norway and Sweden Saxony Slesvig and Ribe and finally Pomerania and the southern and eastern Baltic littoral. Throughout the book he stresses the place of abbeys and convents within their local surroundings as centres of conversion recruitment and redistribution of wealth. He traces the intellectual literary and liturgical connections between monastic centres and neighbouring cathedral towns and royal strongholds and the means by which orders or congregations maintained discipline from the centre. He also describes the leaders who emerged from convent abbey or congregation to command local and regional political and cultural life and the ways in which monastic centres influenced popular devotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721425

Monasticism in North-Western Europe 800–1200 This work is a full-scale integrated synthesis of the origins spread and effects of monasticism in Scandinavia and along the shores of the Baltic and the North Sea. Beginning with a review of the geography and communications by land and especially by sea of the region Nyberg goes on to describe early monasticism among the Frisians Saxons and the Danes then in Norway and Sweden Saxony Slesvig and Ribe and finally Pomerania and the southern and eastern Baltic littoral. Throughout the book he stresses the place of abbeys and convents within their local surroundings as centres of conversion recruitment and redistribution of wealth. He traces the intellectual literary and liturgical connections between monastic centres and neighbouring cathedral towns and royal strongholds and the means by which orders or congregations maintained discipline from the centre. He also describes the leaders who emerged from convent abbey or congregation to command local and regional political and cultural life and the ways in which monastic centres influenced popular devotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721418

MondragonAn Economic Analysis This book first published in 1982 summarises the history and organisation of the group of co-operatives centred in Mondragon. The study makes an in-depth analysis of its economic aspects including employment creation and manpower planning the raising of financial resources and planning of investments problems of earnings differentials and the incentives that can be derived from worker-ownership. In particular the authors examine the operation of the self-management system and Mondragon’s production efficiently. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561373

MonemvasiaA Byzantine City State This lavishly illustrated book stands out in its field as the only book currently available on the best-preserved Byzantine city in the Peloponnese – Monemvasia. Haris A. Kalligas a world authority on Monemvasia’s history and architecture here explores the city’s foundation its status as a powerful maritime centre of Byzantium and its gradual decline after the fall of the Empire.  Founded on a rock off the eastern shore of the Morea in the late sixth century A.D Monemvasia was populated by the inhabitants of Sparta and was to become an important port. The citizens retained their ancient institutions while they developed maritime activities both military and commercial. The eleventh and twelfth centuries were particularly prosperous for the city and it remained a centre of commercial activity during the last Byzantine period. When the Turks seized Byzantium Monemvasia came first under papal and then Venetian rule and changing conditions led to its gradual decline. The Venetians handed the city over to the Turks in 1540 and returned in 1690 for a period of twenty-five years. After a second Ottoman occupation Monemvasia was the first city to be liberated by the Greeks during the War of Independence in 1821. Using sources from all periods along with original material based on research on the architectural and urban history of the city Monemvasia is a comprehensive study of a unique city – a city within the Byzantine Empire which preserved institutions of municipal autonomy and self government originating from the Roman period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849609

Monetarism Economic Crisis and the Third World First Published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035949

Monetary and Banking HistoryEssays in Honour of Forrest Capie Forrest Capie is an eminent economic historian who has published extensively on a wide range of topics with an emphasis on banking and monetary history particularly in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries but also in other areas such as tariffs and the interwar economy. He is also a former editor of the Economic History Review one of the leading academic journals in this discipline. This book comprises a collection of papers by eminent scholars in the fields of historiography banking monetary economics both domestic and international and tariff theory and policy all areas to which Forrest Capie in whose honour this book was produced has made major contributions. Under the editorship of Geoffrey Wood Terence Mills and Nicholas Crafts this book brings together a stellar line of contributors – including Charles Goodhart Harold James Michael Bordo Barry Eichengreen and Charles Calomiris. The book analyses many of the mainstream themes in economic and financial history – monetary policy international financial regulation economic performance exchange rate systems international trade banking and financial markets – where historical perspectives are considered important. The current wave of globalisation has stimulated interest in many of these areas as ‘lessons of history’ are sought. These themes also reflect the breadth of Capie’s work in terms of time periods and topics. This expertly written book contain original scholarly work often with new empirical results and will be of interest to Economics postgraduates and researchers particularly those focussing on monetary economics banking and economic history as well as to Central Bankers and trade negotiators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749947

Monetary and Financial Integration in West Africa Monetary and Financial Integration in West Africa details the progress challenges faced and potential of the project intended to create a West African Monetary Zone (WAMZ) between Gambia Ghana Guinea Nigeria and Sierra Leone. Given the trend towards regionalization of economic ties across the world especially after the successful launch of the euro a detailed analysis of the WAMZ is needed. As this is the first book on monetary and financial integration in Gambia Ghana Guinea Nigeria and Sierra Leone it is an essential read for anyone interested in economic development in West Africa and indeed in Africa as a whole. This book is extremely well-researched with detail on virtually all aspects of economic integration in the region; with issues ranging from the institutional details of integration trade and financial market integration to progress on convergence of macroeconomic fundamentals to the required payments system infrastructure. The book deploys solid empirical facts and sophisticated analyses to thoroughly defend its assertions. This collection is a valuable contribution and an excellent companion book for monetary economics or international economics classes as well as African development literature. It will provide students and researchers with an exciting chance to apply concepts of for example optimum currency areas central bank structure or monetary policy approaches to a real-world case of potential monetary union. Dr. Temitope W. Oshikoya and his collaborators have written the authoritative book on the subject of monetary union in the West African Monetary Zone. As is evident in the level of detail of the book Dr. Oshikoya brings rich field experience from his role as Director General and CEO of the West African Monetary Institute. This book will be of interest to postgraduates and researchers in development economics; as well as policymakers monetary authorities and development practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743495

Monetary Chaos in Europe (Routledge Revivals)The End of an Era First published in 1988 this reissue reconstructs the reaction of financial markets to war defeat and revolution in Europe from the assassination of Archduke Franz Ferdinand in June 1914 to the bankruptcy of Germany in July 1931. Dr. Brown demonstrates how the contemporary investor can improve the wisdom of his decisions by gaining an understanding of the financial history of these years. He also demonstrates how the skilled investor might project different political and economic realities and estimate their probability of recurrence.In his reconstruction work Brendan Brown has undertaken extensive research into the financial press in the various European countries seeing this as a prime clue to the mood in markets at the time. The findings will interest not just economists and financial specialists but also readers keen to improve their understanding of the political and social events of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615266

Monetary Equilibrium and Nominal Income Targeting This book examines the case of nominal income targeting as a monetary policy rule. In recent years the most well-known nominal income targeting rule has been NGDP (level) Targeting associated with a group of economists referred to as market monetarists (Scott Sumner David Beckworth and Lars Christensen among others). Nominal income targeting though not new in monetary theory was relegated in economic theory following the Keynesian revolution up until the financial crisis of 2008 when it began to receive renewed attention. This book fills a gap in the literature available to researchers academics and policy makers on the benefits of nominal income targeting against alternative monetary rules. It starts with the theoretical foundations of monetary equilibrium. With this foundation laid it then deals with nominal income targeting as a monetary policy rule. What are the differences between NGDP Targeting and Hayek’s rule? How do these rules stand up against other monetary rules like inflation targeting the Taylor rule or Friedman’s k-percent?Nominal income targeting is a rule which is better equipped to avoid monetary disequilibrium when there is no inflation. Therefore a book that explores the theoretical foundation of nominal income targeting comparing it with other monetary rules using the 2008 crisis to assess it and laying out monetary policy reforms towards a nominal income targeting rule will be timely and of interest to both academics and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589448

Monetary Evolution Free Banking And Economic Order This book emphasizes the role of money and banking in the promotion of economic order. It argues that an appreciation of the spontaneous evolutionary processes that produce and maintain monetary institutions should make skeptical of attempts to plan or regulate the production of money. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157746

Monetary Foundations of the Raj In the administration of colonial finances the monetary policy of the Imperial power relating to their dependencies has tremendous impact on the colonial economy. The British East India Company therefore adopted a policy of gradually subsuming the local currencies of India and replacing them with a uniform imperial currency. After passing a series of regulations in 1835 the Company was able to introduce a universal currency in all its Indian possessions. This proved to be a landmark in the economic consolidation of the British rule in India. In this unique anthology published studies and unpublished archival records have been integrated into an overall theme. Together with a comprehensive bibliography-cum-list for further readings this volume is aimed to serve as a veritable reference tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280625

Monetary Macrodynamics This book investigates the interaction of effective goods demand with the wage-price spiral and the impact of monetary policy on financial and the real markets from a Keynesian perspective. Endogenous business fluctuations are studied in the context of long-run distributive cycles in an advanced rigorously formulated and quantitative setup. The material is developed by way of self-contained chapters on three levels of generality an advanced textbook level a research-oriented applied level and on a third level that shows how the interaction of real with financial markets has to be modelled from a truly integrative Keynesian perspective. Monetary Macrodynamics shows that the balanced growth path of a capitalist economy is unlikely to be attracting and that the cumulative forces that surround it are controlled in the large by changes in the behavioural factors that drive the wage-price spiral and the financial markets. Such behavioural changes can in fact be observed in actual economies in the interaction of demand-driven business fluctuations with supply-driven wage and price dynamics as they originate from the conflict over income distribution between capital and labour. The book is a detailed critique of US mainstream macroeconomics and uses rigorous dynamic macro-models of a descriptive and applicable nature. It will be of particular relevance to postgraduate students and researchers interested in disequilibrium processes real wage feedback channels financial markets and portfolio choice financial accelerator mechanisms and monetary policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745468

Monetary MacroeconomicsA New Approach This book provides the grounding for a new approach to monetary economics based on the book-keeping nature of money. The main themes of macroeconomics are examined to show how we may improve our understanding through a thorough analysis of their monetary aspects. Money is the key element and its role is investigated in relation to value prices profits capital and interest. Alvaro Cencini's analysis rejects the traditional net asset definition of money arguing that despite appearances to the contrary money is issued by banks as a mere numerical form. It is through its association with production that it is given its positive value purchasing power. The resulting theory elicits a new understanding of the conditions behind today's monetary disorders and prescribes new remedies to cure them once and for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757669

Monetary ManagementPrinciples and Practice The aim of this book first published in 1971 is to give the student of monetary economics a clear understanding of the theoretical potentialities of monetary policy as well as the practical limitations that prevent these potentialities from being realised. This volume discusses the central bank’s operations in both long- and short-term financial markets the effects of foreign inflows and outflows of funds the implications of government budgetary policy and the repercussions of the activity of non-bank financial institutions. Monetary Management should be of interest to students of finance and to all those concerned by controversies about the operation of monetary policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731912

Monetary Plurality in Local Regional and Global Economies The idea that each country should have one currency is so deeply rooted in people’s minds that the possibility of multiple and concurrent currencies seems unthinkable. Monetary systems contribute to problems of high unemployment and social distress during financial and economic crisis so reforms to increase the responsiveness and flexibility of the monetary system can be part of the solution.This book discusses ‘monetary plurality’ which is the circulation of several currencies at the same time and space. It addresses how multiple currency circuits work together and transform socio-economic systems particularly by supporting economies at the local level of regions and cities. The book shows that monetary plurality has been ubiquitous throughout history and persists at present because the existence of several currency circuits facilitates small-scale production and trade in a way that no single currency can accomplish on its own.Monetary plurality can improve resilience access to livelihoods and economic sustainability. At the same time it introduces new risks in terms of economic governance so it needs to be properly understood. The book analyses experiences of monetary plurality in Europe Japan and North and South America written by researchers from East and West and from the global North and South. Replete with case studies this book will prove a valuable addition to any student or practitioner’s bookshelf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587598

Monetary Policy after the Great RecessionThe Role of Interest Rates Walter Bagehot noticed once that “John Bull can stand many things but he cannot stand two per cent.” Well for several years he has had to stand interest rates well below that in some countries even below zero. However despite this sacrifice the economic recovery from the Great Recession has been disappointingly weak. This book’s aim is to answer this question. The central thesis of the book is that the standard understanding of the monetary transmission mechanism is flawed. That understanding adopts erroneous assumptions—such as that low interest rates always stimulate economic growth by boosting the credit supply investment and consumption—and does not fully take into account several unintended channels of monetary policy such as risk-taking high level of debt or zombification of the economy. In other words the effectiveness of monetary policy is limited during economic downturns accompanied by the debt overhang and the balance sheet recession and generates negative effects which can make the policy counterproductive. The author provides a thorough analysis of the issues related to the interest rates in the conduct of monetary policy such as the risk-taking channel of monetary policy the portfolio-balance channel and the wealth effect zombie firms in the economy the misallocation of resources as well as the neutral interest rate targeting and the difference between the neutral and natural interest rate and the negative interest rate policy. The book is written in an accessible and engaging manner and will be a valuable resource for scholars of monetary economics as well as readers interested in (unconventional) monetary policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471897

Monetary Policy and Central Banking in the Middle East and North Africa This book examines monetary policy central banking and exchange rate regimes in the Middle East and North Africa. Part I covers central banking and monetary policy while Part II covers monetary policy and exchange rate regimes. Some chapters focus on the monetary frameworks of particular countries including Lebanon Algeria Syria Tunisia Morocco and Turkey outlining the different systems operated in each case considering their successes and failures and discussing important issues such as government policy macroeconomic performance inflation and inflation targeting central bank independence and the impact of broader political economic developments on the conduct of monetary policy. Other chapters cover thematic issues across the whole region including: central bank independence operations of debtor central banks the effect of exchange rates on inflation and the effect on countries’ trade of alternative exchange rate regimes. Drawing on the insights of scholars and policy-makers this book is a vital resource for anyone wanting to understand the economies of the Middle East and North Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541732

Monetary Policy and Credit Control (Routledge Revivals)The UK Experience This book first published in 1978 provides an analysis of British monetary policy and considers what techniques of monetary control were most appropriate to the context of the U.K. during the 1970s and 1980s. David Gowland answers crucial questions surrounding economic management in the period between 1971 and 1976 in particular whether rapid monetary expansion was the cause of the acceleration of U.K. inflation. With an analysis of the government’s experimentation with policy at its core this is a unique study which will be of interest to students of monetary policy and recent British economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854887

Monetary Policy and CrisesA Study of Swedish Experience This book first published in 1936 is both an instructive chapter in economic history and a stimulating period in the history of economic thought. The author examines the years of economic recovery in Sweden and the measures that the country adopted to cope with the crisis due to the War. This title will be of interest to students of monetary e Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634398

Monetary Policy and Macroeconomic StabilizationThe Roles of Optimum Currency Areas Sacrifice Ratios and Labor Market Adjustment As a fundamental review and critique of activist economic policies this book is a unique contribution to classical political economy. "Monetary Policy and Macroeconomic Stabilization" is about macroeconomic stabilization policy with emphasis on the value of a distinct national monetary policy to growth. Ole Bjorn Roste's argument is for public officials to restrain themselves in the pursuit of policy. As the author notes: when you know less you should do less.The history of modern macroeconomics started in 1936 with the publication of Keynes' "General Theory of Employment Interest and Money". The problems of the Great depression of the 1930s paved the way for a change of focus from the long run to economic fluctuations in the short run and from nominal to real variables such as unemployment and aggregate output.Keynes offered clear policy implications in tune with the times. Because economic adjustment was slow waiting for the economy to recover by itself was irresponsible. Particularly fiscal policy was essential to return to high employment. Monetary policy could affect aggregate demand through Interest rates but was less important. Roste discusses the role of monetary policy starting out with the implications of the theory of optimum currency areas (OCAs). This is followed by estimates of the output loss associated with disinflation policy (the sacrifice ratio) for six OECD economies. Further Roste models the dynamic adjustment to negative local labor-market shocks with particular relevance to Scandinavia in a final section.The idea that governments should pursue stabilizing fiscal or monetary policies with regard to real variables is often taken for granted by the public if not by economists. Among the reasons for skepticism is the presence of differing views on how economies really work that the state of a given economy becomes known only after a time lag and that economic agents react to policy and expectations of policy. For these reasons the effects of policy are generally uncertain. This book explains why the role of history is critical to the study of macroeconomics.p> Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512313

Monetary Policy and Public Finance This title first published in 1970 provides a comprehensive account of the public finance system in Britain. As well as providing a concise outline of the monetary system as a basis for the realistic understanding of public finance the author also describes the pattern of government expenditure and revenue in the twentieth-century and goes on to give a detailed account of the taxation system up until April 1969. This title will be of interest to students of monetary economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704909

Monetary Policy and the Development of Money Markets This book traces the developments of the post-war monetary story with an emphasis both on theory and practice. A survey of monetary policy and a discussion of the effects of a credit squeeze are set against a survey of the very different American scene. Comparative analysis of the 'new money markets' is also included as is discussion of the significant developments in the world's major capital markets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016931

Monetary Policy and UnemploymentThe US Euro-area and Japan This book pulls together papers presented at a conference in honour of the 1981 Nobel Prize Winner for Economic Science the late James Tobin. Among the contributors are Olivier Blanchard Edmund Phelps Charles Goodhart and Marco Buti.One of the main aims of the conference was to discuss what potential role monetary policy has on economic activity and unemployment reduction in three key currency zones - the United States European Union and Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650250

Monetary Policy Frameworks in a Global Context This broad-ranging collection assesses the links between targets and central bank independence accountability and the transparency of monetary policy. Renowned experts contribute to this original and comprehensive text which will be of great value to professional economists and students of economics and banking alike.Monetary Policy Frameworks in a Global Context was named Book of the Year 2000 by Central Banking journal Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203351147

Monetary Policy in Central Europe In this book Miroslav Beblavý who has been involved in policy-making at the highest level in his country offers a detailed study of monetary policy and monetary institutions in the Czech Republic Hungary Poland and Slovakia during the 1990s and the early 2000s and a more general look at monetary policy in less developed but highly open and financially integrated market economies. Taking an innovative approach this text focuses on a range of areas where few articles or books have been published and where very little empirical research has been undertaken covers the topics of monetary policy frameworks institutions inflation in transition and developing economies. As well as these border themes it analyzes specific factors that have significant influence on the conduct or outcomes of monetary policy including: the transmission mechanism of monetary policy in Central Europe use of principal types of constraints on policy discretion such as central bank independence exchange rate commitments and domestic targets for monetary policy. This book is a valuable resource for postgraduate students and research working or studying in the areas of development economics public finance and banking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806863

Monetary Policy in Developing Countries Developing countries now use monetary policy as part of their adjustment programmes but its targets the tools and the theory were developed for advanced countries. Low income countries do not have the sophisticated financial sectors that rich ones can assume and the shocks and size of adjustment which they face may be much greater. Using six country studies with special analysis of the roles of the external sector and the informal financial sector this book analyses the interaction among monetary policy the financial sector and development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003412

Monetary Policy Over Fifty YearsExperiences and Lessons This book is based on a conference celebrating the 50th anniversary of the Deutsche Bundesbank. Since the 1950s there have been fundamental changes in the monetary order and financial systems in our understanding of the effects of monetary policy the best goals for central banks and the appropriate institutional setting of central banks. Prominent monetary economists and central bankers give their views on the most significant developments during this period and the lessons we should draw from them. The book contains four sections on central issues. The first part discusses the main successes and failures of monetary policy since the 1950s. The second part asks what economists have learned about monetary policy over the past 50 years. It gives an overview on experiences with various monetary strategies focusing in particular on monetary targeting and its problems on inflation targeting and why it was successful and the institutional framework for monetary policy. The next section outlines the progress that monetary economists have made since the Bundesbank was founded and discusses the extent to which central banks can rely on "scientific" principles. The final part describes the interaction between monetary policy fiscal policy and labour markets. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the main challenges faced by central bankers in the past and how and to what extent monetary economics have been helpful in tackling them. It outlines our current knowledge about the effects of monetary policy and the appropriate institutional framework for central banks and raises some open questions for the future. It will be of great interest to monetary economists central bankers and economic historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743464

Monetary Policy Rule in Theory and PracticeFacing the Internal vs External Stability Dilemma This new volume sheds new light on current monetary issues in particular the debate on monetary policy making by blending theoretical economic analysis history of economics and historical case studies. A discretionary monetary policy refers to cases in which the central bank is free to change its policy actions or key instruments when the need arises whilst a monetary policy rule can be defined as a commitment from (independent) central banks to reach one or several objective(s) by way of systematic policy actions. This book uses case studies from France and Sweden and places them in the context of Keynes’ argument from his 1923 ‘Tract on Monetary Reforms’ to support the argument that the use of discretionary practices within a monetary policy rule (such as in the Gold Standard era) is the best approach. This book takes an innovative approach in combining a theoretical analysis (mainly the work of New Neoclassical Synthesis throughout Woodford's model) a history of economic thought analysis (based on the monetary works from Wicksell Cassel and Keynes) and an historical study of central bank practices both in France (based on Bank of France archives materials) and in Sweden. The final section of the book explores the debate on monetary policy rule in light of the 2008 financial crisis. As such the book provides a unique synthesis that will be of interest not only to scholars of history of economic thought and economic theory but also to anyone with an interest in monetary economics and contemporary monetary policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901858

Monetary Reform and the Bellagio Group Vol 1Selected Letters and Papers of Fritz Machlup Robert Triffin and William Fellner The Bellagio Group was founded at a time of global economic crisis. This collection brings together the private correspondence and published papers of the Group’s founders creating a picture of the personalities issues debates and compromises leading to the adoption of flexible exchange rates and a modified Triffin plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755413

Monetary Reform and the Bellagio Group Vol 2Selected Letters and Papers of Fritz Machlup Robert Triffin and William Fellner The Bellagio Group was founded at a time of global economic crisis. This collection brings together the private correspondence and published papers of the Group’s founders creating a picture of the personalities issues debates and compromises leading to the adoption of flexible exchange rates and a modified Triffin plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755420

Monetary Reform and the Bellagio Group Vol 3Selected Letters and Papers of Fritz Machlup Robert Triffin and William Fellner The Bellagio Group was founded at a time of global economic crisis. This collection brings together the private correspondence and published papers of the Group’s founders creating a picture of the personalities issues debates and compromises leading to the adoption of flexible exchange rates and a modified Triffin plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755437

Monetary Reform and the Bellagio Group Vol 4Selected Letters and Papers of Fritz Machlup Robert Triffin and William Fellner The Bellagio Group was founded at a time of global economic crisis. This collection brings together the private correspondence and published papers of the Group’s founders creating a picture of the personalities issues debates and compromises leading to the adoption of flexible exchange rates and a modified Triffin plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755444

Monetary Reform and the Bellagio Group Vol 5Selected Letters and Papers of Fritz Machlup Robert Triffin and William Fellner The Bellagio Group was founded at a time of global economic crisis. This collection brings together the private correspondence and published papers of the Group’s founders creating a picture of the personalities issues debates and compromises leading to the adoption of flexible exchange rates and a modified Triffin plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755451

Monetary Reform and the Bellagio GroupSelected Letters and Papers of Fritz Machlup Robert Triffin and William Fellner The Bellagio Group was founded at a time of global economic crisis. This collection brings together the private correspondence and published papers of the Group’s founders creating a picture of the personalities issues debates and compromises leading to the adoption of flexible exchange rates and a modified Triffin plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848933934

Monetary Reform in Theory and Practice (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1936 this book gives the reader an insight into the tendencies and spirit of the monetary reform movement as a whole as accomplished or proposed since the First World War. The author marks the consideration of the overall reform as being more important than specifically looking at the actual proposals and measures involved and the views he attributes to the various monetary reform schools are therefore composite views of the various factions of those schools. As a comparatively recent convert to the idea of monetary reform at the time of writing the author offers a balanced view of the subject as he also has extensive experience of the ideas of the orthodox monetary system. However  he does not believe that monetary reform alone can achieve the desired end without considerable economic planning. Indeed he suggests that the monetary reform movement he discusses desperately needs to adopt a broader perspective and thus he suggests a compromise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819404

Monetary Standards and Exchange Rates In this volume an international team of distinguished monetary historians examine the historical experience of exchange rate behaviour under different monetary regimes. The main focus is on metallic standards and fixed exchange rates such as the gold standard. With its combination of thematic overviews and case studies of the key countries and periods the book greatly enhances our understanding of past monetary systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865846

Monetary Statecraft in Brazil1808–2014 Brazil has one of the world’s fastest growing economies and a fascinating history underpinning its evolution. This book presents an analysis of the state’s role in monetary policy from the latter days of Portuguese rule to the present day. Based on a variety of unknown archival sources this study offers an alternative explanation for the rise and fall of Brazilian currencies. Monetary statecraft is a theory that accounts for the open ended autonomous character of politics the complex recursive phases of public policy and political development in the traditional sense of social inclusion. Unfortunately there are few precedents for this type of analysis. This book fills this gap by tracing how Brazilian policy makers and observers have sought experimented with and reflected on a variety of forms and solutions for monetary policy since 1808.This book will be of interest to economists financial historians and those interested in the history and economy of Brazil. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597672

Monetary Theory and Public Policy Providing an extensive examination of monetary theory and its implications for public policy Monetary Theory and Public Policy is as relevant for an understanding of current economic problems as when it was first published. Looking at the concepts of modern economic theory particularly as these concepts apply to problems of money and banking both Keynesian and Post-Keynesian developments are discussed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016825

Monetary Theory in RetrospectThe Selected Essays of Filippo Cesarano An objective and perceptive account of the literature of monetary theory this volume by a central banker who has studied monetary theory over the last quarter of a century clearly shows how its inherent complexity is much enriched by the study of its history. In three parts Filippo Cesarano: focuses on the innovative ideas of distinguished economists who anticipated modern theories elaborating on them along lines that suggest original research programmes examines the impact of expectations on the effectiveness of monetary policy illustrating how different assumptions within the classical paradigm lead to diverse hypotheses and policy design investigates the role of monetary theory in shaping monetary institutions. Deserving of a wide readership among both academic economists and monetary policy practitioners this collection of essays is key reading for students and researchers engaged with monetary theory and the history of economics and policy makers seeking to weigh up the assumptions underlying different theories in order to select the models best suited to the problems they face.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759670

Monetary Union in the GulfProspects for a Single Currency in the Arabian Peninsula At a time of momentous shifts in the balance of world economic forces epitomized by the current oil price boom the weakening US dollar and the global credit crunch; the meteoric rise of the Arabian peninsula cannot be understated. Neither therefore can their planned monetary union. As key suppliers of the world’s oil and gas the Gulf states have accumulated vast wealth: taken together their sovereign wealth funds are by far the world’s largest and the influence of these funds is becoming increasingly apparent. This book provides a thorough analysis of the scheduled 2010 monetary union. Its findings are based on both primary research and a detailed empirical analysis of the region’s economies spanning 1980-2006. It assesses the region against Optimal Currency Area criteria the European Criteria highlights outstanding preparations and considers the underlying economic and political factors that may aid or indeed delay the launch date. Critically this book argues that the present dollar-peg exchange rate regimes are no longer optimal. The future Gulf dinar is likely to seek a more independent path. The ramifications of this - a potential Islamic anchor currency and an alternative oil-invoicing currency - are also considered in some detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542913

Monetary UnionsTheory History Public Choice The Economic and Monetary Union (EMU) in which some members of the European Union have joined has prompted much discussion of monetary union. Most of this discussion has focused on the immediate issues such as prospects for the Euro and the possibility of expanding the Euro-zone. This book stands back and considers the relevant theory or what lessons might be drawn from other unions that have been formed in the past as well as looking at EMU directly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008687

Monetary Valuation of Environmental ImpactsModels and Data The book is meant to improve our understanding of sustainable development of production and consumption. Monetary values of the impact of emission and resources are determined and used in environmental management with a focus on sustainability. Values related to cultural context are not possible to predict therefore ignored. The book only focuses on environmental goods and services that are used to satisfy basic human needs. One of the benefits of monetary valuation is its holistic approach. The impact of any contributing factor on the total value can be determined and the sensitivity to uncertainty in inputs can be estimated. This is useful in developing knowledge where it is most needed. In a society there are many economic units which need to function in tandem to support human welfare. Each unit has its own system boundary in what it includes and covers in time and space. The system boundary of a sustainable unit is likely to be very long and wide. This book provides data on long term monetary values of environmental impacts from human activities. It discusses the choice of system boundaries and how to use monetary values in sustainable development. A large part of the book describes impact models in terms of the relation between emissions and natural goods and services. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138366565

Monetizing EntertainmentAn Insider's Handbook for Careers in the Entertainment & Music Industry Monetizing Entertainment: An Insider's Handbook for Careers in the Entertainment & Music Industry offers a thorough guided exploration of the current state of the industry with an emphasis on trends in copyright digital streaming and practical advice for developing a career as an artist technician or industry executive. This book investigates a variety of topics within the entertainment and music industry ranging from traditional and emerging business models to intellectual property rights to the creative destruction happening currently. The book strategically outlines the existing gaps that make being successful as an artist a dynamic interaction between creativity and business. This book includes the following: An overview of the creative destruction process that has destroyed some of the old business models and created a number of career options. A look at innovative entrepreneurial career options. A step-by-step examination for both creative and business professionals of the administrative and financial structures of the industry. Detailed analysis of trends and topics shaping the current entertainment and music industry drawn from insiders' perspectives and other contemporary resources. An accompanying website (www.routledge.com/cw/wacholtz) hosting case studies videos data infographics and blog posts on business models is the perfect companion to this authoritative resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886018

Money Eric Lonergan explores our complex relationship with money. In a provocative and insightful analysis he argues that few things seem to matter more to us but few things are as poorly understood. Economists have long worked with the theory that our relationship to money is rational but not all our reactions to it make sense. Lonergan shows that many of our views about money credit and saving are little better than prejudices. The same social and emotional forces that affect quant traders in the worlds financial markets can be seen in the mania of Pok n card trading in the school playground.This fascinating book reveals the tension between money‘s capacity to assist us in our lives and its propensity to cause instability and to distort our values. We are limited in our ability to control money‘s power says Lonergan but only by understanding money better and thinking about it less may we get on with enjoying what we have. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844658237

Money Accumulation and Crisis First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866132

Money Banking And Financial Markets In China This book reviews how the current banking system in China has emerged from the all-inclusive monobank system in the past. It discusses the money supply mechanism evaluates monetary policies analyzes the monetization process and provides a summary of the development of financial markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161378

Money Credit and Price Stability Beginning with the development of credit-money theory in the twentieth century Paul Dalziel derives a model that explains how interest rates are used by authorities to maintain price stability. His conclusions suggest ways in which the current policy framework can be improved to promote growth without sacrificing that stability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010116

Money Credit and the Economy (Routledge Revivals) The Theory of Money and Finance by the same author provided an introduction to the basic theory and concluded by introducing the idea of monetary disequilibrium with the money supply process operating through bank credit creation. First published in 1981 this book develops that theme and provides empirical evidence in support of such an approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681186

Money Culture ClassElite Women as Modern Subjects Based on ethnographic research this book explores the ways in which elite women use and view money in order to construct identities – of class status and gender. Drawing on their everyday worlds it tracks the intricate and contested meanings they attach to money. Focusing on weddings travel and spirituality Parul Bhandari delineates the entitlements and privileges as well as the obsessions and vulnerabilities that underlie the construction of class the shaping of elite cultures and the curating of femininity. As such this book offers an innovative account of the interplay between money modernity class and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358886

Money Currency and CrisisIn Search of Trust 2000 BC to AD 2000 Money is a core feature in all discussions of economic crisis as is clear from the debates about the responses of the European Central Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States to the 2008 economic crisis.This volume explores the role of money in economic performance and focuses on how monetary systems have affected economic crises for the last 4 000 years. Recent events have confirmed that money is only a useful tool in economic exchange if it is trusted and this is a concept that this text explores in depth. The international panel of experts assembled here offers a long-range perspective from ancient Assyria to modern societies in Europe China and the US.This book will be of interest to students and researchers of economic history and to anyone who seeks to understand the economic crises of recent decades and place them in a wider historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666637

Money Elections and DemocracyReforming Congressional Campaign Finance This book is concerned with how the system of congressional campaign financing and proposals for its reform affect key values. It focuses on specific problems with the sources of campaign funds undesirable consequences of the campaign finance system and difficulties with reforming the system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367014360

Money Finance and Empire 1790-1960 Scholars have recently begun to pay renewed attention to the economics of empire focusing in particular on the requirements of metropolitan Britain's economy and on the activities of imperial businesses. Within this broad field financial questions not least the subject of investment overseas or the 'export of capital' have long had a prominent place and have been equally affected by the development of new appraoches. The consensus as to the volume and direction of Britain's overseas investments is being vigorously challenged. Technological advances have encouraged on a greatly enlarged scale the compilation and analysis of information about British investments and shareholdings abroad. The gradual easing of restrictions on business records has increased facilities for the study especially of imperial and colonial banking. Work on the financial policies of central governments is revealing much of interest to students of twentieth-century colonial rule and decolonization. This collection of essays brings together a selection of the latest research on these and other themes and for comparative purposes includes examples of recent continental work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043479

Money Finance and Crises in Economic HistoryThe Long-Term Impact of Economic Ideas Recently students and scholars have expressed dissatisfaction with the current state of economics and have called for the reintroduction of historical perspectives into economic thinking.Supporting the idea that fruitful lessons can be drawn from the work of past economists this volume brings together an international cross section of leading economists and historians of economic thought to reflect on the crucial role that money crises and finance play in the economy. The book draws on the work of economists throughout history to consider afresh themes such as financial and real explanations of economic crises the role of central banks and the design of macroeconomic policies. These themes are all central to the work of Maria Cristina Marcuzzo and the contributions both reflect on and further her research agenda.This book will be of interest to researchers in the history of economic thought and those who wish to gain a deeper understanding of the variety and diversity in approaches to economic ideas throughout history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665432

Money Finance and Empire1790-1960 This book was first published in 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848992

Money Incentives and Efficiency in the Hungarian Economic Reform The essays in this volume document the serious shortcomings of the Hungarian economic reform which in two decades has brought deteriorating economic performance declining real wages a fiscal deficit and severe inflationary pressures. It has proved unexpectedly difficult to substitute a regulated market economy for a centrally planned one. The authors of these essays argue that the problems stem from the incompleteness of the reforms and their compromise character. Today as the Hungarians prepare to implement more radical measures constraining the Communist party and rolling back state ownership they do so under economically difficult conditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315491691

Money Inflation and Business CyclesThe Cantillon Effect and the Economy Who would disagree that money matters? Economists have yet to sufficiently explore issues related to monetary inflation in relation to the Cantillon effect i.e. distribution and price effects resulting from uneven changes in the money supply and their impact on the economy. This book fills this important gap in the existing literature. The author classifies the various channels through which new money can be injected into the economy and demonstrates that it is not only the increase in money supply that is important but also the way in which it occurs. Since the increase in money supply does not affect the cash balance of all economic entities in the same proportion and at the same time – new money is introduced into the economy through specific channels – a distribution of income and changes in the structure of relative prices and production occur. The study of money supply growth carried out in the spirit of Richard Cantillon offers an important analytical framework that facilitates the development of a number of sub-disciplines within economics and provides a better understanding of many economic processes. It significantly explores the theory of money and inflation the business cycle and price bubbles but also the theory of banking and central banking income distribution income and wealth inequalities and the theory of public choice.This book is therefore an important voice in the fundamental debate on the role of monetary factors in the economy as well as on the effects and legitimacy of a loose monetary policy. In 2017 the doctoral dissertation on which the book is based was awarded the Polish Prime Minister’s prize. In these times of non-standard monetary policy and rising income inequalities in OECD countries the focus on the distribution effect of monetary inflation makes this a must read for researchers and policy-makers and for anyone working in monetary economics. This title was translated from Polish by Martin Turnau.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661908

Money Labour and LandApproaches to the economics of ancient Greece The cultural wealth of the classical Greek world was matched by its material wealth and there is abundant textual and archaeological evidence for both. However radically different theoretical and methodological approaches have been used to interpret this evidence and conflicts continue to rage as these different starting points produce clashing views on the significance and distribution of money labour and land.Money Labour and Land reflects the current explosion in ideas and research by assembling case-studies from an international selection of renowned US British and European scholars. Drawing on comparative historical and anthropological approaches sociological economic and cultural theory and developments in epigraphy legal history numismatics and spatial archaeology this volume will be of interest to all students and scholars of ancient economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510554

Money Macroeconomics and KeynesEssays in Honour of Victoria Chick Volume 1 This volume along with its companion volume Methodology Microeconomics and Keynes is published in honour of Victoria Chick inspired by her own contributions to knowledge in all of these areas and their interconnections. It represents both consolidation and the breaking of new ground in Keynesian monetary theory and macroeconomics by leading figures in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868150

Money Markets and CapitalThe Case for a Monetary Analysis Money and payments are familiar to everybody. Economists however are often at a loss in assessing the extent to which money matters. As a matter of fact money is at the origin of the main cleavage in economic theory. Beyond sophisticated models what is at stake is whether money is just an appearance which hides the essence of economic life (value and happiness of people) or on the contrary the very substance of economic relations not limited to exchanges in which power and sovereignty are ever present. In a first part the author shows how fragile and shaky are the attempts made by value theoreticians to integrate money into their analysis. In a second part he develops a rigorous alternative theory by giving strong logical foundations to a monetary analysis in the spirit of Keynes. Many important economic phenomena left unexplained by academic theory are accounted for (involuntary equilibrium unemployment) a new method in dynamics is resorted to (viability theory) and various economic relations are elucidated which are not reducible to exchange the only one dealt with by academic theoreticians. This is the case of the wage relationship.Although written in view of an audience acquainted with economic theory this book can be read nevertheless by a larger circle since the technicalities have been reduced to what is strictly necessary to understand what is at stake. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591175

Money Morality and Culture in Late Medieval and Early Modern Europe One of the first volumes to explore the intersection of economics morality and culture this collection analyzes the role of the developing monetary economy in Western Europe from the twelfth to the seventeenth century. The contributors”scholars from the fields of history literature art history and musicology”investigate how money infiltrated every aspect of everyday life modified notions of social identity and encouraged debates about ethical uses of wealth. These essays investigate how the new symbolic system of money restructured religious practices familial routines sexual activities gender roles urban space and the production of literature and art. They explore the complex ethical and theological discussions which developed because the role of money in everyday life and the accumulation of wealth seemed to contradict Christian ideals of poverty and charity revealing a rich web of reactions to the tensions inherent in a predominately Christian (neo)capitalist culture. Money Morality and Culture in Late Medieval and Early Modern Europe presents a comprehensive multi-disciplinary assessment of the ways in which the rise of the monetary economy fundamentally affected morality and culture in Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253636

Money Obedience and AffectionEssays on Berkeley's Moral and Political Thought This book first published in 1985 presents a key collection of essays on Berkeley’s moral and political philosophy. They form an introduction to and analysis of Berkeley’s immaterialist arguments part of his consciously adopted strategy to subvert Enlightenment thought which he saw as a danger to civil society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183820

Money Politics and Law This yearbook offers research and insights to stimulate thought inform debates and explore future research directions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315855462

Money Politics and PowerBanking and Public Finance in Wartime England 1694�96 The Nine Years’ War with France was a period of great institutional innovation in public finance and of severe monetary turmoil for England. It saw the creation of the Bank of England; a sudden sharp fall in the external value of the pound; a massive undertaking to melt down and recoin most of the nation’s silver currency; a failed attempt to create a National Land Bank as a competitor to the Bank of England; and the ensuing outbreak of a sharp monetary and financial crisis.Histories of this period usually divide these events into two main topics treated in isolation from one another: the recoinage debate and ensuing monetary crisis and a ‘battle of the banks’. The first is often interpreted as the pyrrhic victory of a creditor-dominated parliament over the nation’s debtors one that led very predictably to the ensuing monetary crisis. The second has been construed as a contest between whig-merchant and tory-gentry visions of the proper place of banking in England’s future. This book binds the two strands into a single narrative resulting in a very different interpretation of both. Parliamentary debate over the recoinage was superficial and misleading; beneath the surface it was just another front for the battle of the banks. And the latter had little to do with competing philosophies of economic development; it was rather a pragmatic struggle for profit and power involving interlocking contests between two groups of financiers and two sets of politicians within the royal administration. The monetary crisis of summer 1696 was not the result of poor planning by the Treasury; rather it was a continuation of the battle of the banks fought on new ground but with the same ultimate intent – to establish dominance in the lucrative business of private lending to the crown. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888824

Money Power and Politics in Early Islamic SyriaA Review of Current Debates The transformation of the eastern provinces of the Roman empire from the middle of the seventh century CE under the impact of Islam has attracted a good deal of scholarly attention in recent years and as more archaeological material becomes available has been subject to revision and rethinking in ways that radically affect what we know or understand about the area about state-building and the economy and society of the early Islamic world and about issues such as urbanisation town-country relations the ways in which a different religious culture impacted on the built environment and about politics. This volume represents the fruits of a workshop held at Princeton University in May 2007 to discuss the ways in which recent work has affected our understanding of the nature of economic and exchange activity in particular and the broader implications of these advances for the history of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246386

Money Social Ontology and Law Presenting legal and philosophical essays on money this book exploresthe conditions according to which an object like a piece of paper or anelectronic signal has come to be seen as having a value.Money plays a crucial role in the regulation of social relationships andtheir normative determination. It is thus integral to the very nature of the“social” and the question of how society is kept together by a networkof agreements conventions exchanges and codes. All of which mustbe traced down. The technologies of money discussed here by Searle Ferraris and Condello show how we conceive the category of the social atthe intersection of individual and collective intentionality documentality and materiality. All of these dimensions as the introduction to this volumedemonstrates are of vital importance for legal theory and for a whole set oflegal concepts that are crucial in reflections on the relationship between law philosophy and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671792

Money Time and Rationality in Max WeberAustrian Connections This unique study into the roots of Max Weber's Political Economy is an intriguing read and a valuable contribution to the Weberian literature. Parsons argues that Weber's analysis is highly influenced by the Austrian School of Economics and the relationship between his critique of centrally planned economies and that of Mises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758475

Money Trade and Economic GrowthSurvey Lectures in Economic Theory This book deals with the effects of international trade on economic growth and money. It also re-examines Keynesian theory and analyzes economic growth in an affluent society in terms of planning economic and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831734

Money Valuation and GrowthConceptualizations and contradictions of the money economy We have experienced an era of extreme anti-inflationary policy combined with debts and deficits the result of which has been a decrease in social stability. This book examines how using mainstream theory as the basis for economic decisions leads to misunderstandings of central concepts of our economic reality. It aims to establish a better understanding of the discrepancies between the current mainstream economic theory and the economy experienced in business and politics. This ambitious and wide-ranging volume begins the project of rethinking the approach of economics to money. In this new light concepts such as valuation price uncertainty growth and aggregation are interpreted differently even as analytical inconsistencies and even intrinsic contradictions between these concepts arise. A central theme of the book is the use of money as a measure and whether the disconnect between money as a form of measurement and money as it is used in the real world can be maintained. This book calls for a radical rethinking of the basis of much of the modern study of economics. It will be of interest to researchers concerned with monetary economics finance political economy and economic philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299962

Money and Banking in Jean-Baptiste Say’s Economic Thought The aim of this work is to make available to English-language readers a translation of Jean-Baptiste Say’s main texts on money and banking which were not at present accessible in English. The work includes chapters from his books taking into account the variants between the different editions articles and hitherto unpublished manuscripts. Comprehension of these different texts is facilitated by an introduction designed to place them in their context and by a chronological table giving the main events of Say’s life and editorial activity in parallel with the main political economic and monetary events of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903630

Money and Banking in the UK (RLE: Banking & Finance)A History This book is concerned with developments in three main areas of monetary history: domestic commercial banking; monetary policy; and the UK’s international financial position. For ease of analysis the 160 years under study are arranged into three clear chronological divisons. Part 1 covers the years 1826-1913 a period in which the UK emerged as the world’s leading economic power. It was in these years that an extensive and fully-operative domestic banking system was established. Part 2 covers 1914 to 1939 – the years which marked a break in the traditional monetary arrangements of the Victorian and Edwardian eras. Part 3 covers 1939-1986 when the dominance of state influence within the domestic money markets was re-established by the Second World War and the acceptance by the authorities of the obligation to ‘manage’ the economy which meant that successive postwar governments took direct responsibility for the conduct of monetary and credit policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751827

Money and ExchangeFolktales and Reality Whether a theoretical system is realistic or not has been a concern in economics particularly in monetary theory over the past century. Following John R. Hicks’ proposal that a realistic monetary theory could be constructed along an evolutionary path starting with the workings of a real market this volume considers whether we can look to the medieval economy as the point of departure. Drawing upon the work of Aristotle scholastic economists Adam Smith Karl Marx William Stanley Jevons Léon Walras and many modern monetary theorists this intriguing book provides a critical analysis of some basic theories of monetary analysis. Concentrating primarily on certain fundamental building blocks it covers: the theory and mathematical properties of barter and monetary relations  the distinction between barter and monetary relations and money and non-money commodities  the concept of exchange as an equation and the notion of the exchange relation as a relation of equality. This groundbreaking study dispels some of the old myths and conjectures concerning money and exchange and opens up the way for the development of new approaches both realistic and evolutionary of interest to researchers and students of the history of monetary theory and economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655637

Money and Finance in AfricaThe Experience of Ghana Morocco Nigeria the Rhodesias and Nyasaland the Sudan and Tunisia from the establishm This reissue first published in 1964 describes the contemporary problems faced and solutions found by the monetary and financial authorities of six African countries: Ghana Morocco Nigeria the Rhodesias the Sudan and Tunisia from the establishment of their central banks until 1962.This study explores the special economic and social factors of these African countries and places emphasis upon the atmosphere of rapid change growth and development. The author indicates common denominators whilst making due allowance for the character of each individual country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849616

Money and GrowthSelected Papers of Allyn Abbott Young Allyn Young is one of the central figures in the development of American economic thought and is one of the originators of modern endogenous growth theory. This book allows full appreciation of the full extent of Young's work because many of his most significant contributions are buried in obscure journals and unsigned articles. This volume addresses this by reprinting much of Young's lost work as well as other selected pieces that reveal the scope of his vision which encompasses two of the grand themes of economics growth and money. The volume includes sections on: * the socialist movement * the first world war and its aftermath * money * theories of growth Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757621

Money and its Origins The concept of the origin of money has been a topic of interest and discussion to almost all schools of economic thought. However in spite of minor differences of interpretation most views share an underlying core principal about the rise and origin of money implicit in which is the central belief that barter exchange preceded the money economy. This new book offers a challenge to this belief and argues that it is only by making this challenge that we will be in the position to accurately trace the roots of money. In an ambitious undertaking the book has gathered and classified the major theories of the origin of money and assessed each at length before presenting an innovative alternative theoretical framework for the formation and the rise of money. It blends the objections made against the principal explanations of the origins of money and presents a terminological clarification between what can or cannot be classified as money. This study has wide-ranging implications in terms of both the operation of the economy and the implementation of monetary policy and will be of interest to all those working in the areas of finance monetary economics economic theory and the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927087

Money and JusticeA critique of modern money and banking systems from the perspective of Aristotelian and Scholastic thoughts Money has always represented power. For Aristotle this power was inseparable from the exercise of justice within a community. This is why issuance of money was the prerogative of the lawful authority (government). Such a view of monetary power was widespread and includes societies as distant as China. Over the past several centuries however private interests increasingly tapped into the exercise of the money power. Through gradual shifts commercial banks have gained a legally protected right to create money through issuance of debts. The aim of this book is to unravel various layers hiding the real workings of modern money and banking systems and injustices ingrained in them. By asking what money really is who controls it and for what purpose (why) the book provides insight into understanding of modern money and banking systems as well as the causes of growing financialization of economies throughout the world money manias and economic instability. The book also increases the awareness of injustices hidden in the workings of modern money and banking systems and the need for moral underpinnings of such systems. Finally it suggests a money system which could immensely improve human economic and ecological conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066878

Money and MacrodynamicsAlfred Eichner and Post-Keynesian Economics Alfred Eichner's pioneering contributions to post-Keynesian econmics offered significant insights on the way modern economies and institutions actually work. Published in 1987 his "Macrodynamics of Advanced Market Economies" contains rich chapters on dynamics and growth investment finance and income distribution a timely chapter on the State and fiscal policy and two analytical chapters on endogenous money that are years ahead of their time. Featuring chapters by many of Eichner's disciples this book celebrates his rich contributions to post-Keynesian economics and demonstrates that his work is in many ways as valid today as it was over two decades ago. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702315

Money and MarketsA Doctrinal Approach This book brings together fourteen essays by leading authors in the field of economics to explore the relationship between money and markets throughout economic theory and history providing readers with the key to understanding fundamental issues in monetary theory and other important debates in contemporary economics. Addressing this popular and topical area in economic discussion and debate an impressive array of contributors including Meghnad Desai Charles Goodhart and John Davis examine the theory policy and history of economics in the USA Europe and Japan. The subjects covered include: the history of economic thought money and banking monetary economics poverty modern economic history. This volume is essential reading for postdoctoral researchers and historians of economic thought across the globe.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512411

Money and MarketsEssays in Honor of Leland B. Yeager Important and celebrated economist Leland Yeager is one of the architects of the 'Virginia School' of political economy that has produced two Nobel laureates (James Buchanan and Ronald Coase) and the Public Choice movement. A number of top class contributors have here been brought together to produce a festschrift in Yeager’s honor – edited by Roger Koppl and including the aforementioned Buchanan Gordon Tullock David Colander Deirdre McCloskey and Roger Garrison. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650267

Money and Monetary Policy in Early Times (Pb Direct) Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867986

Money and Payments in Theory and Practice International in scope and written by a leading young Post-Keynesian economist this book focuses on the working of money and payments in a multi-bank settlement system within which banks and non-bank financial institutions have been expanding their operations outside their countries of incorporation. Departing from conventionally held beliefs Sergio Rossi sets off from a positive analysis of the logical origin of money which is the essential principle of double-entry book-keeping through which banks record all debts and credits for further reference and settlement and provides theoretical and empirical advances in explaining money endogeneity for the investigation of contemporary domestic and international monetary issues. Showing that both money and banking have profound implications for real economic activities this innovative work is essential reading not only for scholars in monetary economics but also for professionals concerned with monetary policy and payments system issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806207

Money and Schools Money and Schools explains and demonstrates the relationship between money and equality of educational opportunity in a way that is clear precise and engaging. Grounded in research and best practices this book provides a broad overview of school finance budgeting and resource allocation an understanding of the underlying economic social legal and political principles that drive how schools are funded as well as a detailed examination of day-to-day funding operations. Rich pedagogical features include chapter opening challenges chapter drivers point/counterpoint discussions case studies and recommended resources. This accessible and engaging book offers strong connections to real-world experiences and detailed information on pre-K–12 funding history concepts and current operations for both aspiring and experienced education leaders in school budgeting finance and resource management courses. New to this edition: Coverage of environmental sustainability and other emerging trends in this unprecedented uncertainty of schools' economic and social environment. Updates to references and overall funding changes since the previous edition. Revised end-of-chapter activities and additional resources that are aligned with the key concepts and content of each chapter. Updated supplemental downloads including editable PowerPoints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327665

Money and the Balance of Payments This general introduction to the theory of money and of balance of payments adjustment was originally published in 1969. It was the first book to pay full attention to the theory of assets: the relation of the supply of assets to the demand for holding them and the significance of asset movements for balance of payments adjustment. Written in simple language and with brevity the book is intended for the student with a general knowledge of economics and economic institutions but with no specialised knowledge of these topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217973

Money and the Church in Medieval Europe 1000-1200Practice Morality and Thought Bringing together essays from experts in a variety of disciplines this collection explores two of the most important facets of life within the medieval Europe: money and the church. By focusing on the interactions between these subjects the volume addresses four key themes. Firstly it offers new perspectives on the role of churchmen in providing conceptual frameworks from outright condemnation to sophisticated economic theory for the use and purpose of money within medieval society. Secondly it discusses the dichotomy of money for the church and its officers: on one hand voices emphasise the moral difficulties in engaging with money on the other the reality of the ubiquitous use of money in the church at all levels and in places within Christendom. Thirdly it places in dialogue interdisciplinary perspectives and approaches and evidence from philosophy history literature and material culture to the issues of money and church. Lastly the volume provides new perspectives on the role of the church in the process of monetization in the High Middle Ages. Concentrating on northern Europe from the early eleventh century to the beginning of the thirteenth century the collection is able to explore the profound changes in the use of money and the rise of a money-economy that this period and region witnessed. By adopting a multi-disciplinary approach the collection challenges current understanding of how money was perceived understood and used by medieval clergy in a range of different contexts. It furthermore provides wide-ranging contributions to the broader economic and ethical issues of the period demonstrating how the church became a major force in the process of monetization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882297

Money and the Governance of PunishmentA Genealogy of the Penal Fine Money is the most frequently means used in the legal system to punish and regulate. Monetary penalties outnumber all other sanctions delivered by criminal justice in many jurisdictions imprisonment included. More people pay fines than go to prison and in some jurisdictions many of those in prison are there because of failure to pay their fines. Therefore it is surprising how little has been written in the Anglophone academic world about the nature of money sanctions and their specific characteristics as legal sanctions. In many ways legal innovations related to money sanctions have been poorly understood. This book argues that they are a direct consequence of the changing meaning of money. Considering the ‘meaninglessness’ of modern money the book aims to examine the history of changing conceptions in how fines have been conceived and used. Using a set of interpretative techniques sensitive to how money and freedom are perceived the genealogy of the penal fine is presented as a story of constant reformulation in response to shifting political pressures and changes in intellectual developments that influenced ideological commitments of legislators and practitioners. This book is multi-disciplinary and will appeal to those engaged with criminology sociology and philosophy of punishment socio-legal studies and criminal law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227081

Money and the MarketEssays on Free Banking Kevin Dowd asserts that state intervention into financial and monetary systems has failed and that we would be better off if financial markets were left to regulate themselves. This collection will appeal to students researchers and policy makers in the monetary and financial area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758420

Money and Votes (Routledge Library Editions: Political Geography)Constituency Campaign spending and Election Results Is the election result in a constituency affected by the amount of campaign spending there? This book originally published in 1987 was the first major study of this important question. Based on extensive original research it addresses two main issues: the impact of constituency campaign spending on election results in Britain: and the question of how that impact changes with the level of spending. The author develops a framework for analysing spending and its impact based upon American analyses of campaign expenditures and focusses on general election results from 1950-83. Consideration is also given to minor parties and to both local and European elections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799936

Money as a Social InstitutionThe Institutional Development of Capitalism Money is usually understood as a valuable object the value of which is attributed to it by its users and which other users recognize. It serves to link disparate institutions providing a disguised whole and prime tool for the “invisible hand” of the market. This book offers an interpretation of money as a social institution. Money provides the link between the household and the firm the worker and his product making that very division seem natural and money as imminently practical. Money as a Social Institution begins in the medieval period and traces the evolution of money alongside consequent implications for the changing models of the corporation and the state. This is then followed with double-entry accounting as a tool of long-distance merchants and bankers then the monitoring of the process of production by professional corporate managers. Davis provides a framework of analysis for examining money historically beyond the operation of those particular institutions which includes the possibility of conceptualizing and organizing the world differently. This volume is of great importance to academics and students who are interested in economic history and history of economic thought as well as international political economics and critique of political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194147

Money as Emotional Currency This book explores the trace of the emotional undercurrent stirred by money from its beginnings in childhood to its consolidation into adult life through love and work for individuals and society alike and with an emphasis on ordinary development rather than on pathology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202004

Money as Organization Gustavo Del Vecchio's Theory Between 1909-17 Gustavo Del Vecchio developed a ‘theory of circulation’. In a series of articles he set out his thoughts on the utility and value of money credit discount rates banking and international payments. Tusset re-evaluates Del Vecchio’s theory concluding that money represents a technology which organizes both economy and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934252

Money Bank&Cred Med Bruges V2 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865518

Money for Good Grades and Other Myths About Motivating KidsStrategies for Parents and Teachers In this helpful resource  the author guides parents through the top eight myths about motivation and reveals what really works for kids. Each chapter is filled with practical information and stories that help you understand how to handle a variety of situations related to your child’s success at school. Chapters also include specific classroom connections for each strategy so you can begin proactively working with your child's teacher. With the accessible advice in this book you’ll be able to reach your child more effectively so that he or she is more motivated from within and more successful in school and beyond!   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368200

Money from the Government in Latin AmericaConditional Cash Transfer Programs and Rural Lives It has been almost two decades since conditional cash transfer programs first appeared on the agendas of multilateral agencies and politicians. Latin America has often been used as a testing ground for these programs which consist of transfers of money to subsections of the population upon meeting certain conditions such as sending their children to school or having them vaccinated. Money from the Government in Latin America takes a comparative view of the effects of this regular transfer of money which comes with obligations on rural communities. Drawing on a variety of data taken from different disciplinary perspectives these chapters help to build an understanding of the place of conditional cash transfer programsin rural families and households in individuals’ aspirations and visions in communities’ relationships to urban areas and in the overall character of these rural societies. With case studies from Chile Mexico Peru Brazil and Colombia this book will interest scholars and researchers of Latin American anthropology sociology development economics and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815387374

Money in Economic Theory The financial crash of 2008 showed the fragility of the financial system. A key question which surfaced in the aftermath of the global crisis was why economists were unable to predict this crash. This new volume argues that this failure can be attributed at least in part to the poor and inconsistent treatment of money and monetary matters in economic theory. The book takes this problem as its starting point and from there aims to develop a more consistent treatment of the topic. Here Hasse Ekstedt affirms that the treatment of money in economic theory has been inconsistent and that the topic of money can in fact be seen as anomalous. He argues that this anomaly depends on deficiencies in the economic theory which through an equilibrium approach mainly perceives money as an index of measurement. In contrast this volume puts forward the case for money as a non-equilibrium concept and that the stability of money and financial markets are to be sought in social and institutional structures. In particular the volume discusses the relationship between the market and public bodies as well as addressing economic and financial stability in general and in relation to the globalized economy particularly focussing on the problem of structural stability. In doing so the book offers a new approach both to money and to its role in economic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901254

Money in IslamA Study in Islamic Political Economy This volume takes a unique and challenging look at how money has operated in Islamic society and at how Islamic theoretical frameworks have influenced perceptions of money. The author draws upon historical data and policy analysis to present a comparative study of monetary theories including recent treatment of money by Islamic economists. Discussion also covers the nature of joint venture stock markets banks and financial intermediaries price stability and international trade. This work sheds pioneering light in this area and will be of interest to academics graduates and researchers internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867399

Money In the HouseCampaign Funds and Congressional Party Politics Money in the House provides a compelling look at how the drive to raise campaign money has come to dominate congressional party politics. Author Marian Currinder examines the rise of member-to-member and member-to-party giving as part of a broader process that encourages ambitious House members to compete for power by raising money for the party and its candidates. As the margin between parties in the House has narrowed the political environment has become fiercely competitive. Because electoral success is largely equated with fundraising success the party that raises the most money is at a distinct advantage. In addition to relying on outside interests and individuals for campaign contributions the congressional parties increasingly call on their own members to give for the good of the whole. As a result lawmakers must devote ever-increasing amounts of time to fundraising. The fundraising expectations for members who wish to advance in the chamber are even higher. By requiring their members to raise and redistribute tremendous amounts of money in order to gain power in the chamber the parties benefit from their members' ambitious pursuits. Currinder argues that the new 'rule of money' is fundamentally altering the way House members pursue power and the way congressional parties define and reward loyalty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097004

Money in the Middle East and North AfricaMonetary Policy Frameworks and Strategies Monetary policy in the Middle East and North African (MENA) countries remains an understudied area; this book fills an important gap by examining monetary policy frameworks and monetary policy strategies in the region. Building on the editors’ earlier book Monetary Policy and Central Banking in the Middle East and North Africa which focused on central bank independence issues and on exchange rate regimes this book emphasises monetary policy strategies.  Part I contains an overview of the financial markets and institutions which condition the choice of monetary policy strategy in the countries of the region followed by single-country studies on aspects of the monetary policy frameworks of Lebanon Egypt Jordan the Palestinian Territory and Turkey. Part II includes analyses of the prospects for inflation targeting in Egypt Morocco and Tunisia of the monetary transmission mechanism in the Gulf Cooperation Council countries of the relative advantages of inflation targeting and exchange rate fixity with reference to Egypt of the problem of fiscal dominance in Egypt and of the inflationary implications of exchange rate fixity for Saudi Arabia and Kuwait. The contributors are experts from universities inside and outside the MENA region from central banks in the region and from outside institutions such as the European Central Bank and the International Monetary Fund. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731461

Money in the Pre-Industrial WorldBullion Debasements and Coin Substitutes The papers in this edited volume discuss key elements of monetarism including coin denominations the role of bullion and case studies of substitute moneys. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661714

Money Income and Employment Part One of this book deals with the theory of how money is created and destroyed. Essential principles are illustrated by considering various models of banking systems. Part Two provides an account of the modern theory of income and employment.* Theory backed up with examples of the simplest to the most complicated models for example:* The model of "a closed economy without a government" to one in which government expenditure and revenue affect the level of national income* The model in which the rate of interest and quantity of money have no effect and the model in which they are variables relevant to the determination of income Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016436

Money Laundering – An Endless Cycle?A Comparative Analysis of the Anti-Money Laundering Policies in the United States of America the United This book provides a detailed examination of anti-money laundering policies and legislative frameworks in a number of jurisdictions and considers how successful these jurisdictions have been in implementing international measures to combat money laundering. Looking at the instruments and proposals put in place by a number of institutions including the United Nations (UN) the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and the European Union the book begins by reclassifying and expanding the traditional global anti-laundering policy to include aspects such as having a national money laundering strategy in place the implementation of international instruments and the role of government and regulatory agencies. Ryder then offers a comparative analytical review of the anti-money laundering policies adopted in the United States of America Canada the United Kingdom and Australia and considers to what extent they have followed and implemented the identified global anti-money laundering policy. Money Laundering – An Endless Cycle? will be of particular interest to academics and students in the fields of Law Finance Banking and Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730525

Money LaunderingA Concise Guide for All Business Worldwide anti-money laundering regulations and legislation have become one of the weapons of choice of governments that are fighting global terrorism and criminality. In this updated edition of Money Laundering Doug Hopton explains how The Money Laundering Regulations 2007 have extended even further the range of UK businesses covered by the Proceeds of Crime Act to include solicitors lawyers accountants estate agents high value dealers trust or company service providers and in effect many other companies involved in consultancy or business services. The complexity of the new laws and the limited amount of any case law asks more questions about the responsibilities of these companies and their liabilities. Doug Hopton's highly practical guide explains the basis of international law regulations and standards in this area and how they affect businesses; and provides down-to-earth advice on the basic rules of good business management: customer due diligence know your business (and your client's business) which will help companies understand what procedures to establish and how and when to report suspicious activity. The author explains the basis of money laundering and how it works along with the development of the law and regulations around the world and how other countries' laws can affect UK companies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062226

Money LaunderingA Concise Guide for All Business Worldwide anti-money laundering regulations and legislation have become one of the weapons of choice of governments that are fighting global terrorism and criminality. In this updated edition of Money Laundering Doug Hopton explains how The Money Laundering Regulations 2007 have extended even further the range of UK businesses covered by the Proceeds of Crime Act to include solicitors lawyers accountants estate agents high value dealers trust or company service providers and in effect many other companies involved in consultancy or business services. The complexity of the new laws and the limited amount of any case law asks more questions about the responsibilities of these companies and their liabilities. Doug Hopton's highly practical guide explains the basis of international law regulations and standards in this area and how they affect businesses; and provides down-to-earth advice on the basic rules of good business management: customer due diligence know your business (and your client's business) which will help companies understand what procedures to establish and how and when to report suspicious activity. The author explains the basis of money laundering and how it works along with the development of the law and regulations around the world and how other countries' laws can affect UK companies. Media > Books > E-books Gower 9781315596006

Money LaunderingA Guide for Criminal Investigators Third Edition Many changes have occurred in the twenty-five years that have passed since the enactment of the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986. The law has been amended new underlying crimes have been added and court decisions have modified its scope. The Act remains an important tool in combating criminal activity. Now in its third edition Money Laundering: A Guide for Criminal Investigators covers the basics of finding ill-gotten gains linking them to the criminal and seizing them. Providing a clear understanding of money laundering practices it explains the investigative and legislative processes that are essential in detecting and circumventing this illegal and dangerous activity. Highlights of the Third Edition include Important court decisions and changes in federal law since the Second Edition New trends in crime and terrorism financing The rise of money laundering in connecting with major frauds including the Bernie Madoff case Law and policy shifts related to terrorism and financing since the Obama administration New methods for financial intelligence and the filing of Suspicious Activity Reports How changes in technology have enabled launderers to move funds more easily and anonymously Knowledge of the techniques used to investigate these cases and a full understanding of the laws and regulations that serve as the government’s weapons in this fight are essential for the criminal investigator. This volume arms those tasked with finding and tracing illegal proceeds with this critical knowledge enabling them to thwart illegal profiteering by finding the paper trail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439869123

Money MachinesElectronic Financial Technologies Distancing and Responsibility in Global Finance While we have become increasingly vulnerable to the ebb and flow of global finance most of us know very little about it. This book focuses on the role of technology in global finance and reflects on the ethical and societal meaning and impact of financial information and communication technologies (ICTs). Exploring the history metaphysics and geography of money algorithms and electronic currencies the author argues that financial ICTs contribute to impersonal disengaged placeless and objectifying relations and that in the context of globalization these 'distancing' effects render it increasingly difficult to exercise and ascribe responsibility. Caught in the currents of capital it seems that both experts and lay people have lost control and lack sufficient knowledge of what they are doing. There is too much epistemic social and moral distance. At the same time the book also shows that these electronically mediated developments do not render global finance merely 'virtual' for its technological practices remain material and place-bound and the ethical and social vulnerabilities they create are no less real. Moreover understood in terms of technological practices global finance remains human through and through and there is no technological determinism. Therefore Money Machines also examines the ways in which contemporary techno-financial developments can be resisted or re-oriented in a morally and socially responsible direction - not without but with technology. As such it will appeal to philosophers and scholars across the humanities and the social sciences with interests in science and technology finance ethics and questions of responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599263

Money Matters for Hospitality Managers Unique in its approach 'Money Matters for Hospitality Managers' is unlike other heavy theoretical accounting texts using real life scenarios to show managers how it's done. Backed up by a range of exercises and activities it thus allows managers to put their learning straight into practice - and so to achieve immediate results! 'Money Matters' will actively help managers and employees in the industry to: learn more about the control aspects in order to become more effective in their work learn about the business and companies in the wider context understand where their section of the organization fits in the 'bigger picture' increase their knowledge and enhance career opportunitiesCovering an unprecedented range of sectors (including hotels restaurants contract catering leisure tourism cruise ships and theme parks) the book supplies useful advice for the whole hospitality industry. It is ideal for operational and first line management for whom it provides a welcome accessible and hands-on introduction to finance and accounting in their sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432796

Money Pits: British Mining Companies in the Californian and Australian Gold Rushes of the 1850s Between 1849 and 1853 shares in nearly 120 public companies to exploit the booming goldfields of California and Australia were offered to the British public. The companies were collectively capitalised at over £15 million but in the end only some £1.75 million was actually raised between 42 of them with only one company surviving what the newspapers of the day described as a ’gold bubble’. This book provides an overview of the entire bubble event its antecedents and its outcomes. A number of researchers have investigated an earlier boom in the mid-1820s to reopen gold and silver mines in Latin America and several have studied individual company operations of that period. This is the first detailed investigation of the British gold bubble companies of the 1850s and their involvement in the almost simultaneous gold rushes on both sides of the Pacific Ocean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472442796

Money Power and Financial Capital in Emerging MarketsFacing the Liquidity Tsunami This book provides a comprehensive investigation of the messy and crisis-ridden relationship between the operations of capitalist finance global capital flows and state power in emerging markets. The politics drivers of emergence and diversity of these myriad forms of state power are explored in light of the positionality of emerging markets within the network of space and power relations that characterises contemporary global finance. The book develops a multi-disciplinary perspective and combines insights from Marxist political economy post-Keynesian economics economic geography and postcolonial and feminist International Political Economy. Alami comprehensively reviews the theories histories and geographies of cross-border finance management and develops a conceptual framework which allows unpacking the complex entanglement of constraint and opportunities of growing integration and tight discipline that cross-border finance represents for emerging markets. Extensive fieldwork research provides an in-depth comparative critical interrogation of the policies and regulations deployed in Brazil and South Africa. This volume will be especially useful to those researching and working in the areas of international political economy contemporary geographies of money and finance and critical development studies. It should also prove of interest to policy makers practitioners and activists concerned with the relation between finance and development in emerging markets and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276478

Money RulesFinancing Elections In America The role of money in the U.S. electoral process has become more and more controversial in recent years. Following the Buckley ruling and other legislation in 1996 candidates and political parties are free to raise virtually unlimited ?soft? money making money perhaps the most significant factor in a campaign's success. In Moey Rules Anthony Gier Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316907

Money Talksin Therapy Society and Life Sometimes referred to as "the last taboo " money has remained something of a secret within psychoanalysis. Ironically while it is an ingredient in almost every encounter between analyst and patient  the analyst's personal feelings about money are rarely discussed openly or in any great depth. So what is it about money that relegates it to the background both on the couch and off? In Money Talks Brenda Berger Stephanie Newman and their excellent cast of contributors address this and other questions surrounding the tender topic of money how we talk about it and how it talks to us. Its multiple meanings are explored in the contexts of patients and analysts and the ways in which they relate in the training and practice of the analysts themselves as well as the psychological and cultural consequences of having too much or too little in both flush and tight economic times. Throughout a clinical sensibility is brought to bear on money's softly spoken place in therapy and life. Money Talks paves the way for an open discourse into the psychology of money and its pervasive influence on the psyche of both patient and analyst. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415891714

MoneyA Theory of Modern Society Since the publication of Georg Simmel’s Philosophy of Money more than a century ago social science has primarily considered money a medium of exchange. This new book treats money as a more inclusive social concept that has profoundly influenced the emergence of modern society. Money is also a moral and political category. It communicates prices and thus embodies innumerable evaluations and judgments of objects and services of social relationships and associations. At the same time modern societies are undergoing fundamental transformations in which money assumes an ever-important role while banking and financial services constitute the new primary sector of modern service economies. In this book the authors trace the transformational scope of monetarization and financialization along the four classical productive forces—land capital labor and knowledge—and evaluate the consequences of an irrepressible urge to quantify and monetarize almost everything social. What happens to a society in which the tangible products of the real economy lose their preeminent status and everything is judged purely according to its economic value? The authors identify an increasing disconnect between market prices and social values with serious social political economic and environmental consequences.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354657

MoneyBall MedicineThriving in the New Data-Driven Healthcare Market How can a smartwatch help patients with diabetes manage their disease? Why can’t patients find out prices for surgeries and other procedures before they happen? How can researchers speed up the decade-long process of drug development? How will "Precision Medicine" impact patient care outside of cancer? What can doctors hospitals and health systems do to ensure they are maximizing high-value care? How can healthcare entrepreneurs find success in this data-driven market? A revolution is transforming the $10 trillion healthcare landscape promising greater transparency improved efficiency and new ways of delivering care. This new landscape presents tremendous opportunity for those who are ready to embrace the data-driven reality. Having the right data and knowing how to use it will be the key to success in the healthcare market in the future. We are already starting to see the impacts in drug development precision medicine and how patients with rare diseases are diagnosed and treated. Startups are launched every week to fill an unmet need and address the current problems in the healthcare system. Digital devices and artificial intelligence are helping doctors do their jobs faster and with more accuracy. MoneyBall Medicine: Thriving in the New Data-Driven Healthcare Market which includes interviews with dozens of healthcare leaders describes the business challenges and opportunities arising for those working in one of the most vibrant sectors of the world’s economy. Doctors hospital administrators health information technology directors and entrepreneurs need to adapt to the changes effecting healthcare today in order to succeed in the new cost-conscious and value-based environment of the future. The authors map out many of the changes taking place describe how they are impacting everyone from patients to researchers to insurers and outline some predictions for the healthcare industry in the years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138198043

MoneyEthnographic Encounters In Money: Ethnographic Encounters anthropologists tell stories of their experiences with money in the field. Through vivid fieldwork accounts they explore the ways money has influenced their perceptions and understandings of culture. These accounts raise critical questions. How do anthropologists come to know another culture through ordinary yet unexpected experiences with money? How is anthropological knowledge produced through these interactions?Money: Ethnographic Encounters offers students teachers and researchers the opportunity to consider the work of anthropology through vigorous narrative. It also includes a Guide to Further Reading for students. With stories of fieldwork in such varied sites as Vietnam Ghana China and Malawi Money: Ethnographic Encounters is ideal for all students of anthropology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086123

Money's Fiscal Dictionary Money’s Fiscal Dictionary details information about fiscal terms in encyclopaedic format in relation to British industry in 1910 when originally published. This text originally began as a column in The Morning Leader but was expanded upon to present this information in a more accessible and convenient way. This title will be of interest to students of Business and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182271

MoneyWhat It Is How It’s Created Who Gets It and Why It Matters By enabling the storage and transfer of purchasing power money facilitates economic transactions and coordinates economic activity. But what is money? How is it generated? Distributed? How does money acquire value and that value change? How does money impact the economy society? This book explores money as a system of "tokens" that represent the purchasing power of individual agents. It looks at how money developed from debt/credit relationships barter and coins into a system of gold-backed currencies and bank credit and on to the present system of fiat money bank credit near-money and more recently digital currencies. The author successively examines how the money circuit has changed over the last 50 years a period of stagnant wages increased household borrowing and growing economic complexity and argues for a new theory of economies as complex systems coordinated by a banking and financial system. Money: What It Is How It’s Created Who Gets It and Why It Matters will be of interest to students of economics and finance theory and anyone wanting a more complete understanding of monetary theory economics money and banking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228955

Mongol Court Dress Identity Formation and Global Exchange The Mongol period (1206-1368) marked a major turning point of exchange – culturally politically and artistically – across Eurasia. The wide-ranging international exchange that occurred during the Mongol period is most apparent visually through the inclusion of Mongol motifs in textile paintings ceramics and metalwork among other media. Eiren Shea investigates how a group of newly-confederated tribes from the steppe conquered the most sophisticated societies in existence in less than a century creating a courtly idiom that permanently changed the aesthetics of China and whose echoes were felt across Central Asia the Middle East and even Europe. This book will be of interest to scholars in art history fashion design and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356187

Mongolia in the Twentieth Century The remote vastness of Mongolia has remained somewhat of a mystery to most Westerners - no less so in the 20th century. Homeland of the legendary conqueror Chingiz Khan in modern times Mongolia itself has been the object of imperial rivalry. For most of the 20th century it was under Soviet domination. Mikhail Gorbachev began the withdrawal of Soviet troops from Mongolia in 1989 a process completed in 1992. By 1996 a coalition of opposition parties triumphed in national elections and Mongolia launched itself on a new course. It is perhaps the most intriguing of the post-community "transition" societies. This volume examines Mongol history over the past century embracing not only Mongolia proper but also Mongol communities in Russia and China. Contributions based on new archival research and the latest fieldwork are from the world's top experts in the field - including four authors from Mongolia and others from Japan Russia Taiwan Great Britain and the United States. Stephen Kotkin's introductory chapter is an overview of Mongol studies. The essays in part 1 examine Sino-Russian competition over Outer Mongolia. Part 2 looks at international diplomacy in Mongolia including the role of Japan. Part 3 focuses on contemporary issues ranging from economic and cultural change to emergent elites. A concluding essay surveys Mongolian foreign policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315700854

Mongolia in TransitionOld Patterns New Challenges Squeezed between powerful neighbours for decades Mongolia played the role of buffer state. Its full independence in 1990 offered new opportunities for both economic growth and the restoration of Mongolian identity. But with a huge land area poor infrastructure and a small population the new republic is highly vulnerable and also dependent on international support.This book provides easily accessible information for developers planners consultants scholars students and others with an interest in contemporary Mongolia. Prefaced by a general overview of the land and society its chapters all written by international experts cover a wide range of topics including foreign policy domestic politics local government structure living standards and poverty women in society grassland management the common herding household and science and technology policy. A comprehensive bibliography is provided. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036648

Mongolia TodayScience Culture Environment and Development This is a wide-ranging collection of essays written by experts in the field. The variety of topics provide an interdisciplinary approach to the study of contemporary Mongolia. Topics include the impact of industrialization in Mongolia environmental policies of the nation the status of modern biotechnology in Mongolia Mongolian dairy products traditional husbandry techniques practised by nomadic people a description of medicinal plants and their uses in Mongolian traditional medicine descriptions of unique Mongolian birds fishes and microbiota discussion of the fascinating flora and fauna of the Gobi region and a conservation case-study of the endangered Gobi bear. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976351

MongoliaA Guide to Economic and Political Developments With Mongolia fast becoming a significant exporter of minerals and raw materials this book provides a full account of political and economic events in this important country. It focuses on the period since the establishment of the Soviet-backed Mongolian People’s Republic in 1924 and the transition towards a democratic free market system since the collapse of the Soviet Union. Covering key topics in Mongolia’s recent development the book looks at: economic and political reform process the role of the private sector foreign aid trade and investment the attempts to tackle pressing issues such as growth inflation unemployment poverty problems of climate and weather and pollution. This book is an important resource for anyone seeking to understand this fascinating country’s affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541749

Mongolian English Dictionary First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976368

Mongolian Film MusicTradition Revolution and Propaganda In 1936 the Mongolian socialist government decreed the establishment of a film industry with the principal aim of disseminating propaganda to the largely nomadic population. The government sent promising young rural Mongolian musicians to Soviet conservatoires to be trained formally as composers. On their return they utilised their traditional Mongolian musical backgrounds and the musical skills learned during their studies to compose scores to the 167 propaganda films produced by the state film studio between 1938 and 1990. Lucy M. Rees provides an overview of the rich mosaic of music genres that appeared in these film soundtracks including symphonic music influenced by Western art music modified forms of Mongolian traditional music and a new genre known as ’professional music’ that combined both symphonic and Mongolian traditional characteristics. Case studies of key composers and film scores are presented demonstrating the influence of cultural policy on film music and showing how film scores complemented the ideological message of the films. There are discussions of films that celebrate the 1921 Revolution that led to Mongolia becoming a socialist nation those that foreshadowed the 1990 Democratic Revolution that drew the socialist era to a close and the diverse range of films and scores produced after 1990 in the aftermath of the socialist regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597894

Mongolian Journey Originally published in 1946 Mongolian Journey follows Henning Haslund's trip across Mongolia inspired by the 'desire to see what was hidden on the other side of the farthest of all known passes.' It includes chapters on the younger generation of Mongolia robber life in Mongolia and Jasaktu Land among many others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151775

Mongolian Nomadic SocietyA Reconstruction of the 'Medieval' History of Mongolia Until the collapse of the socialist system in Mongolia in 1990 Mongolian social sciences was fundamentally schematised in accordance with the prevailing political ideology of socialism considering the country's history in the theoretical framework of historical materialism the theory of socio-economic formation and the feudalism model. Here however the author adopts a fresh approach and criticises the theoretical adaptation of the feudalism concept to nomadic culture while treating the history of Mongolia in view of the structural and developmental particularities of nomadic society. The book shows the economic conditions and everyday life of mobile livestock keeping tribal and political-administrative organisation and the social strata of nomadic society during the 13th-19th centuries demonstrating that development of nomadic societies in Central Asia cannot and should not be evaluated in accordance with European norms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976399

Mongolian Traditional LiteratureAn Anthology First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976382

Mongolian-English Dictionary Lessing's monumental dictionary is now back in print in its original 1960 format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976375

Mongolia's Culture And Society This book describes nomadic life and culture in Mongolia depicting the patterns of the Ch'ing period (1644-1912) in which all the Mongols lived under the administration and control of the Chinese empire. It explains the patterns of the subsequent revolutionary period which altered the life of them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170868

Monica Plum's Horrid Problem This is a story for children with troubled parents. Monica has a horrid problem. It gets everywhere: into her schoolwork her dreams and her ability to make friends. People keep telling her to cheer up. She can't. She feels as if she is carrying around some very heavy luggage. Then one day a helpful teacher sees how miserable Monica is and tells her about the knights in the world who are posing as people. In a whispering wood Monica finds some of these knights. They teach her how to make her problem far less horrid. In particular they show her how to cope when other people's problems weigh you down and make you feel miserable. Most importantly they show her how to do life well. Monica leaves whispering wood feeling empowered and ready to face what she could not face before. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174006

Monitoring Assessment Recording Reporting and AccountabilityMeeting the Standards First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138165373

Monitoring and Assessment of Structures This book details the latest methods available for the in-service assessment of buildings and other structures. Written by a team of international experts it provides detailed information and practical advice on key issues such as safety assessment and performance monitoring and evaluation. All the leading methodologies are covered including photogrammetry laser-based survey methods and dynamic monitoring. Visual inspection the most common assessment technique is also covered. New techniques and methodologies to minimise repair and maintenance costs and extend a structure's service life are described in detail. With numerous case studies practical examples and reference to the key international standards Monitoring and Assessment of Structures is a vital handbook for surveyors civil and structural engineers and all those involved in property management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866389

Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Social DevelopmentInterpretive and Ethnographic Perspectives New approaches are needed to monitor and evaluate health and social development. Existing strategies tend to require expensive time-consuming analytical procedures. The growing emphasis on results-based programming has resulted in evaluation being conducted in order to demonstrate accountability and success rather than how change takes place what works and why. The tendency to monitor and evaluate using log frames and their variants closes policy makers’ and practitioners’ eyes to the sometimes unanticipated means by which change takes place.Two recent developments hold the potential to transcend these difficulties and to lead to important changes in the way in which the effects of health and social development programming are understood. First there is growing interest in ways of monitoring programmes and assessing impact that are more grounded in the realities of practice than many of the ‘results-based’ methods currently utilised. Second there are calls for the greater use of interpretive and ethnographic methods in programme design monitoring and evaluation.Responding to these concerns this book illustrates the potential of interpretative methods to aid understanding and make a difference in real people’s lives. Through a focus on individual and community perspectives and locally-grounded explanations the methods explored in this book offer a potentially richer way of assessing the relationships between intent action and change in health and social development in Africa Asia Europe and the Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844186

Monitoring and Evaluation of Soil Conservation and Watershed Development Projects This book provides diverse information and critical know-how to implement appropriate methodology and cost-efficient monitoring and evaluation systems better suited to assess the impacts of soil conservation and wastershed multi-sectoral development activities. It draws on a worldwide experience of specialists and a large array of ground-truthing projects and programmes. This book will meet its objective if it contributes to convince financing institutions and project managers that integrated watershed management activities have the potential to generate highly desirable impacts for the society at large which have to be accurately measured by adequate M&E systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468634

Monitoring and Remediation WellsProblem Prevention Maintenance and Rehabilitation There is a growing problem of performance degradation of wells and associated systems on sites where groundwater quality is monitored or remediation performed. This book acts as a valuable guide in keeping monitoring and pumping well systems operating to their best capacity. It addresses the need for and methods of environmental well maintenance and restoration. This guidebook to the causes of well deterioration methods of well maintenance and well restoration or well rehabilitation methods offers methods for prevention and control of deterioration.If you are a consumer of professional services in well rehabilitation this book will help you get the most from your professional help. It you are a provider it is an important source of information intended to help you do your job better and more safely. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746509

Monitoring Asthma Providing a solid foundation for specialists in asthma treatment and control this guide illustrates the importance of asthma monitoring practices for up-to-date assessments of disease levels in specific population groups; the identification of social geographical and environmental factors that may influence the development of asthma; and the design of improved and cost-effective prevention and management strategies for optimal patient care. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392314

Monitoring Building Structures There is an increasing number of buildings that require informed decisions to be made about their continued safety and serviceability. Although social and economic issues are often all-important influences the technical issues nevertheless need to be addressed objectively efficiently and reliably. The aim of this book is to bring together those techniques which can be used effectively to monitor building structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367447861

Monitoring Business PerformanceModels Methods and Tools The idea of using models to inform business practice seems appealing as it suggests the abstraction and control of a large complex subject by means of a smaller easily manipulated mechanism. In reality however many models prove inadequate when translated into business methods. Monitoring Business Performance – Models Methods and Tools elucidates how the assumptions and perceptions that guide performance assessment are often based on models that are poor interpretations and descriptions of reality. In this book the author scrutinizes the models underlying a number of well-known business methods and tools and sheds light on the assumptions and subjective perceptions that undermine their effectiveness. In doing so he offers a unique criticism of accepting business models without questioning their relevance and applicability and highlights the need to treat models as hypotheses rather than as certainties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617971

Monitoring Detention Custody Torture and Ill-treatmentA Practical Approach to Prevention and Documentation This landmark practical guide assists all those involved in monitoring detention conditions and investigating and preventing torture. The prestigious global author team identify the medical legal and professional frameworks and international instruments applicable to those detained and highlight how torture or other cruel and inhuman degrading treatments or punishments are identified investigated and should be prevented. · A comprehensive and wide range of detention settings and circumstances are covered including police stations prisons mental health and social care civil conditions to prisoner of war detention camps military and armed conflict. · Advice monitoring and assessment is given for special groups including the custody of women children vulnerable adults and individuals on hunger strike · Practical guidelines are given for the assessment of ill-treatment of individuals in custody including sexual abuse · Online links to the latest legal ethical and medical guidelines for key countries help to make this book appropriate for all. Challenging thought-provoking yet thoroughly practical this book is essential reading for anyone involved in the monitoring of detention conditions and the treatment and investigation of individuals in any form of custody. The content is aimed primarily at healthcare professionals but it also highly relevant for anyone who may form part of a visiting team including lay individuals lawyers and law enforcement professionals as well as for academics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444167320

Monitoring Forest BiodiversityImproving Conservation through Ecologically-Responsible Management The fate of much of the world's terrestrial biodiversity depends upon our ability to improve the management of forest ecosystems that have already been substantially modified by humans. Monitoring is an essential ingredient in meeting this challenge allowing us to measure the impact of different human activities on biodiversity and identify more responsible ways of managing the environment. Nevertheless many biodiversity monitoring programs are criticised as being little more than 'tick the box' compliance exercises that waste precious resources and erode the credibility of science in the eyes of decision makers and conservation investors. The purpose of this book is to examine the factors that make biodiversity monitoring programs fail or succeed. The first two sections lay out the context and importance of biodiversity monitoring and shed light on some of the key challenges that have confounded many efforts to date. The third and main section presents an operational framework for developing monitoring programs that have the potential to make a meaningful contribution to forest management. Discussion covers the scoping design and implementation stages of a forest biodiversity monitoring program including defining the purpose goals and objectives of monitoring indicator selection and the process of data collection analysis and interpretation. Underpinning the book is the belief that biodiversity monitoring should be viewed not as a stand-alone exercise in surveillance but rather as an explicit mechanism for learning about how to improve opportunities for conservation. To be successful in this task monitoring needs to be grounded in clear goals and objectives effective in generating reliable assessments of changes in biodiversity and realistic in light of real-world financial logistical and social constraints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507158

Monitoring Penal Policy in Europe The process of judicial control over institutions is often described as growing socio-legal trend which impacts the development of modern societies. This is particularly the case for prisons and other penal institutions as international bodies and the courts have tried to influence prison policies since the 1960s. This book addresses this dynamic situation by focusing on European monitoring as a major influence on penal and prison policies within between and across nation states. Bringing together experts from around Europe this book actively contributes to debates and analysis within penal and prison policy studies by shedding lights on the impacts of monitoring and demonstrates how the study of penal and prison reform in different European countries can contribute to building a clearer and more precise picture of European legal systems. This book will be of interest to researchers in the fields of prisons penology and punishment as well as policymakers and professionals working for national Ministries of Justice and for prison department and national human rights institutions as well as those working for INGOs and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688063

Monitoring Performance in the Public SectorFuture Directions from International Experience A host of promising public sector reform efforts are underway throughout the world. In governments challenged by budget deficits and declining public trust these reform efforts seek to improve policy decisions and public management. Along the way program efficiency and effectiveness help rebuild public confidence in government. Whether through regular measurement of program inputs activities and outcomes or through episodic one-shot studies performance monitoring plays a central role in the most important current reform efforts. Monitoring Performance in the Public Sector now available in paperback is based on experiences derived from comparative analysis in different countries. It explains why there is interest in perfor!mance monitoring in a given setting why it has failed or created uncertainties and identifies criteria for improving its design and use.One of the challenges this book offers is the need to consider dimensions of performance beyond the traditional ones of economy efficiency and effectiveness. With an increasingly diverse interdependent and uncertain public sector environment for some stakeholders meeting objectives fixed some time ago may not be as important as the capacity to adapt to current and future change. In this vein the contributors address a number of themes: the criti!cal importance of organizational support for performance monitoring and making it consistent with the organizational culture the need for active and effective leadership in defining criteria and implementing practical performance monitoring the value of linking ongoing measurement with more than the traditional strictly quantitative aspects of public sector performance.As we gain experience with performance monitoring and its uses such systems should become more cost effective over time. This book will be of deep interest to public managers government officials economists and organization theorists and useful in courses on public administration.. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528284

Monitoring the Health of Populations by Tracking Disease OutbreaksSaving Humanity from the Next Plague With COVID-19 sweeping across the globe with near impunity it is thwarting governments and health organizations efforts to contain it.  Not since the 1918 Spanish Flu have citizens of developed countries experienced such a large-scale disease outbreak that is having devastating health and economic impacts. One reason such outbreaks are not more common has been the success of the public health community including epidemiologists and biostatisticians in identifying and then mitigating or eliminating the outbreaks.  Monitoring the Health of Populations by Tracking Disease Outbreaks: Saving Humanity from the Next Plague is the story of the application of statistics for disease detection and tracking. The work of public health officials often crucially depends on statistical methods to help discern whether an outbreak may be occurring and if there is sufficient evidence of an outbreak then to locate and track it. Statisticians also help collect critical information and they analyze the resulting data to help investigators zero in on a cause for a disease.  With the recent outbreaks of diseases such as swine and bird flu Ebola and now COVID-19 the role that epidemiologists and biostatisticians play is more important than ever. Features: ·        Discusses the crucial roles of statistics in early disease detection. ·        Outlines the concepts and methods of disease surveillance. ·        Covers surveillance techniques for communicable diseases like Zika and chronic diseases such as cancer. ·        Gives real world examples of disease investigations including smallpox syphilis anthrax yellow fever and microcephaly (and its relationship to the Zika virus). Via the process of identifying an outbreak finding its cause and developing a plan to prevent its reoccurrence this book tells the story of how medical and public health professionals use statistics to help mitigate the effects of disease.  This book will help readers understand how statisticians and epidemiologists help combat the spread of such diseases in order to improve public health across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138742345

Monitoring the News: The Brilliant Launch and Sudden Collapse of the Monitor ChannelThe Brilliant Launch and Sudden Collapse of the Monitor Channel In her colorful insider's account Susan Bridge analyzes the bitter struggle that ensued when a sophisticated entrepreneurial leadership tried to diversify and reposition "The Christian Science Monitor" beyond the failing newspaper into radio the Internet multimedia publishing and -- the highest-ticket item of all -- The Monitor Channel a CNN-style 24-hour news and public affairs channel. Using the Monitor's story as a focus Susan Bridge raises fundamental questions about how and whether the public's interest can be served in an age of spiraling costs competition between print and electronic media changing public tastes and undeclared media wars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702308

Monks Miracles and MagicReformation Representations of the Medieval Church Helen L. Parish presents an innovative new study of Reformation attitudes to medieval Christianity revealing the process by which the medieval past was rewritten by Reformation propagandists. This fascinating account sheds light on how the myths and legends of the middle ages were reconstructed reinterpreted and formed into a historical base for the Protestant church in the sixteenth century. Crossing the often artificial boundary between medieval and modern history Parish draws upon a valuable selection of writings on the lives of the saints from both periods and addresses ongoing debates over the relationship between religion and the supernatural in early modern Europe. Setting key case studies in a broad conceptual framework Monks Miracles and Magic is essential reading for all those with an interest in the construction of the Protestant church and its medieval past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016993

Monochromatic HDR Photography: Shooting and Processing Black & White High Dynamic Range Photos Update: The Kindle version of Monochromatic HDR Photography: Shooting and Processing Black & White High Dynamic Range Photos currently available for sale has been corrected and updated to address formatting issues. Monochromatic HDR Photography is the first book intended to show photographers how to work at the intersection of two up-and-coming trends that are at the forefront of the digital revolution: Black & White and High Dynamic Range imaging. The book explains techniques for extending dynamic range monochromatic conversion methods and best practices where the two technologies intersect. Since successful digital monochromatic image creation generally requires using the color information inherent in RAW exposures most case studies will be presented in full color. In addition Monochromatic HDR Photography provides extensive coverage of the creative vision required to successfully create monochromatic HDR images and the workflow necessary to make art prints from this specialized image making technique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831451

Monoclonal Antibodies & T Cell Products First Published in 1982 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the applications of Monoclonal Antibodies. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367228392

Monoclonal AntibodiesA Manual of Techniques This book describes in detail tested techniques for the produc-tion and use of monoclonal antibodies. It covers those aspects of interest to all scientists working with monoclonal antibodies and presents methods in a step-by-step format for easy refer-ence. The text serves as a laboratory manual; and discusses rationale behind each method and the choices between methods. It also provides a rational basis where several alternative methods are available. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451424

Monoclonal AntibodiesCytokines and Arthritis Mediators of Inflammation and Therapy Presents a sampling of new and novel approaches to the amelioration of musculoskeletal disease pathology emphasizing prevention and therapy. Where applicable these new technologies are focused on their application to human autoimmune diseases but the volume mainly discusses and details the use of Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402983

Monoclonal AntibodiesThe Second Generation A review of what needs to be done to realise the potential of monoclonal antibodies. The book assesses the competing technologies with advice on the best approach for a particular situation. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003077053

Monoclonal Hybridoma AntibodiesTechniques and Applications The first section of this volume is aimed to provide a comprehensive review of the many varied and often empirically derived techniques and procedures currently in use to produce monoclonal hybridoma cell lines and to characterize the antibodies secreted. The goal has been achieved with the chapter contributed by Zola and Brookes who as each step in the process of hybridoma production and antibody characterisation is reviewed have provided an experimental procedure found to be satisfactory in their laboratory.The second section of this volume is designed to provide a review of areas in which monoclonal hybridoma antibodies have been of particular advantage. This is a rapidly advancing field which could not be thoroughly reviewed in a single volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895727

Monograph on Brachystelma and Ceropegia in India The book provides data on all the species of the two genera Genera Brachystelma Sims and Ceropegia L. in India for their bioprospection and conservation. The other objectives are to promote the beauty and uniqueness of the species of these two genera and also to provide medicinal and edible uses for bioprospection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367183813

Monographic Exhibitions and the History of Art This edited collection traces the impact of monographic exhibitions on the discipline of art history from the first examples in the late eighteenth century through the present. Roughly falling into three genres (retrospectives of living artists retrospectives of recently deceased artists and monographic exhibitions of Old Masters) specialists examine examples of each genre within their social cultural political and economic contexts. Exhbitions covered include Nathaniel Hone’s 1775 exhibition the Holbein Exhibition of 1871 the Courbet retrospective of 1882 Titian's exhibition in Venice Poussin's Louvre retrospective of 1960 and El Greco's anniversaty exhibitions of 2014. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667030

Monographs in Contact Allergy Volume 1Non-Fragrance Allergens in Cosmetics (Part 1 and Part 2) Monographs in Contact Allergy Volume 1: Non-Fragrance Allergens in Cosmetics (Part 1 and Part 2) is the first 2-part volume in an exciting series on contact allergy. It presents over 500 natural or synthetic chemicals and compounds which have caused allergic contact dermatitis in cosmetic products. Included here are INCI names synonyms description/definition CAS and EU numbers chemical class function in cosmetics molecular formula structural formula and advice on patch tests. A full literature review is given of patch testing in patients case reports of cosmetic allergic contact dermatitis irritant contact dermatitis photosensitivity immediate contact reactions and systemic side effects. This text is suitable for anyone with an interest in contact allergy from university students to professionals and all readers will find this informative and detailed series an invaluable resource. Key Features: Monographs of all known non-fragrance chemicals and substances which have caused allergic contact dermatitis from their presence in cosmetic products Provides lists of all functional groups (such as antioxidants preservatives artificial nail building emollients hair dyeing hair colorants) in both the EU and US formats and all chemicals in these groups which have caused cosmetic allergy Presents an alphabetical list of all synonyms indicating their INCI names Reported cross-reactions pseudo-cross-reactions and co-reactions patch test sensitization and presence in cosmetic products (including data from FDA’s Voluntary Cosmetic Registration Program) and chemical analyses are discussed Covers an extensive amount of information to benefit dermatologists allergists and non-medical professionals involved with the research development and marketing of cosmetic products Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138561137

Monographs in Contact Allergy Volume 3Topical Drugs This third volume in an exciting and detailed series on contact allergens provides monographs of all 384 topical drugs which have caused contact allergy/allergic contact dermatitis. The monographs present: Identification section; Contact allergy (general population patients with dermatitis case reports and case series); Cross-reactions; Patch test sensitization; Photocontact allergy; and Immediate contact reactions (contact urticaria). Separate chapters present an overview of all aspects of allergic contact dermatitis to topical drugs contact allergy to non-drug ingredients in topical pharmaceuticals and a preview of delayed-type allergy to systemic drugs (to be discussed in Volume 4). Key Features: Presents monographs of all known topical drugs which have caused contact allergy/allergic contact dermatitis Provides a full literature review of relevant topics of allergenic topical drugs Identifies IUPAC names synonyms CAS and EC numbers structural and chemical formulas Merck Index monographs and advises on patch testing Presents non-drug allergens in topical pharmaceuticals Covers an extensive amount of information to benefit dermatologists allergists and all others interested in drug allergy Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367236939

Monographs in Contact Allergy: Volume 2Fragrances and Essential Oils This second volume in an exciting and detailed series on contact allergens provides monographs of all 181 fragrances and 79 essential oils which have caused contact allergy / allergic contact dermatitis including the indicators for fragrance allergy (fragrance mixes I and II and Myroxylon pereirae resin [Balsam of Peru]) and non-fragrance allergens in botanical products used in the perfume industry. The monographs present: Identification section; Contact allergy (general population patients with dermatitis case reports and case series); Cross-reactions; Patch test sensitization; Presence in products and chemical analyses; Other side effects (irritant contact dermatitis photosensitivity immediate-type reactions systemic side effects) and more. Key Features: Presents monographs of all known fragrance chemicals and essential oils which have caused contact allergy / allergic contact dermatitis Provides a full literature review of relevant topics of allergenic fragrances and essential oils Identifies INCI and IUPAC names synonyms CAS and EC numbers structural formulas RIFM and Merck Index monographs SCCS opinions IFRA and EU restrictions and advises on patch testing Presents an alphabetical list of all synonyms indicating their INCI names Covers an extensive amount of information to benefit dermatologists allergists and non-medical professionals involved with the research development and marketing of fragrances and essential oils Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367149802

Monographs in Sci-Tech Libraries This book first published in 1983 is devoted to a consideration of the contributions monographs make to all types of sci-tech libraries as well as their probable role in the future. Several related topics are also included such as sources for obtaining monographs tools used for selecting them and the attitude of publishers towards their creation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363758

Monologues for Actors of ColorMen First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175419

Monologues for Actors of ColorMen Actors of colour need the best speeches to demonstrate their skills and hone their craft. Roberta Uno has carefully selected monologues that represent African-American Native American Latino and Asian-American identities. Each monologue comes with an introduction and notes on the characters and stage directions to set the scene for the actor. This new edition now includes more of the most exciting and accomplished playwrights to have emerged over the 15 years since the Monologues for Actors of Color books were first published from new cutting edge talent to Pulitzer winners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857254

Monologues for Actors of ColorWomen Actors of colour need the best speeches to demonstrate their skills and hone their craft. Roberta Uno has carefully selected monologues that represent African-American Native American Latino and Asian-American identities. Each monologue comes with an introduction and notes on the characters and stage directions to set the scene for the actor. This new edition now includes more of the most exciting and accomplished playwrights to have emerged over the 15 years since the Monologues for Actors of Color books were first published from new cutting edge talent to Pulitzer winners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857285

Monomial Algebras Monomial Algebras Second Edition presents algebraic combinatorial and computational methods for studying monomial algebras and their ideals including Stanley–Reisner rings monomial subrings Ehrhart rings and blowup algebras. It emphasizes square-free monomials and the corresponding graphs clutters or hypergraphs. New to the Second Edition Four new chapters that focus on the algebraic properties of blowup algebras in combinatorial optimization problems of clutters and hypergraphs Two new chapters that explore the algebraic and combinatorial properties of the edge ideal of clutters and hypergraphs Full revisions of existing chapters to provide an up-to-date account of the subject Bringing together several areas of pure and applied mathematics this book shows how monomial algebras are related to polyhedral geometry combinatorial optimization and combinatorics of hypergraphs. It directly links the algebraic properties of monomial algebras to combinatorial structures (such as simplicial complexes posets digraphs graphs and clutters) and linear optimization problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138894181

Monopolies Cartels and Trusts in British Industry This study of monopolies and trusts in England from Tudor days to the twentieth century was first published in 1909. It is a key text in the study of early capitalism and industrial organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380238

Monopolies Trusts and Kartells This book first published in 1905 examines the encroachment of monopoly upon the principle of competition in the industrialised world. It considers that competition is the life-blood of trade and commerce and analyses the likelihood of the emergence of further monopolies and kartells. It also pays close attention to the actual law on monopolies and competition as it stood in the UK the USA and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372707

Monopoly and Restrictive Practices The control of monopoly and restrictive practices is an important part of economic policy. The book discusses the general problem of monopoly in modern industry and examines the evolution of British policy towards monopoly and restrictive practices during the 20th century. Comparable studies with European countries and the USA are also included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016597

Monopoly MailPrivatizing the United States Postal Service First class postage rates have risen from six cents in 1971 to 25 cents in 1988. This rapid increase might be justifiable if service had improved commen-surately but in fact postal service has steadily deteriorated. The Postal Service concedes that it takes ten percent longer to deliver a first class letter than it did in the 1960s and one recent postmaster general admits that delivery may have been more reliable in the 1920s. In this volume Adie reviews the failures of the U.S. Postal Service - an inability to innovate soaring labor costs huge deficits chronic inefficiency and declining service standards. He blames most of these problems on the postal service's monopoly status. Competition produces efficiency and innovation; monopoly breeds inefficiency high costs and stagnation. He also examines the experiences of other countries and other industries that may be valuable in prescribing reform for the postal service. The breakup of AT&T provides lessons that may be applied to postal reform. The long-run effects of deregulation on the airline industry are also examined. Since the postal service has serious union problems Adie looks at the air traffic controllers' strike and other evidence on pay and labor relations in government unions. Finally Adie examines the experiences of Canada and Great Britain with privatization of government companies. He then offers a comprehensive - and controversial - reform plan for the U.S. Postal Service with no further monopoly privileges or taxpayer subsidies. He argues that private companies should be free to compete with the Postal Service and it in turn should be free to compete in all phases of the communications business. Without privatization and deregulation the Postal Service is doomed to continuing inefficiency rising costs worsening labor relations and an increasing loss of customers to more innovative and efficient service providers. Competition would give the Postal Service a chance to enter the 21st ce Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124698

Monopoly TelevisionMtv's Quest To Control The Music In August 1981 Music Television?now popularly known as MTV?was launched. Within a matter of years it revitalized a struggling record industry; made the careers of leading pop stars like Madonna Boy George Cyndi Lauper and Duran Duran; infiltrated traditional network television and the movie industry; revolutionized the advertising industry; and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316914

Monotone Flows and Rapid Convergence for Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations A monotone iterative technique is used to obtain monotone approximate solutions that converge to the solution of nonlinear problems of partial differential equations of elliptic parabolic and hyperbolic type. This volume describes that technique which has played a valuable role in unifying a variety of nonlinear problems particularly when combined with the quasilinearization method. The first part of this monograph describes the general methodology using the classic approach while the second part develops the same basic ideas via the variational technique. The text provides a useful and timely reference for applied scientists engineers and numerical analysts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395407

Monotone Iterative Techniques for Discontinuous Nonlinear Differential Equations ""Providing the theoretical framework to model phenomena with discontinuous changes this unique reference presents a generalized monotone iterative method in terms of upper and lower solutions appropriate for the study of discontinuous nonlinear differential equations and applies this method to derive suitable fixed point theorems in ordered abstract spaces. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746493

Monster AnthropologyEthnographic Explorations of Transforming Social Worlds Through Monsters Monsters are culturally meaningful across the world. Starting from this key premise this book tackles monsters in the context of social change. Writing in a time of violent upheaval when technological innovation brings forth new monsters while others perish as part of the widespread extinctions that signify the Anthropocene contributors argue that putting monsters at the center of social analysis opens up new perspectives on change and social transformation. Through a series of ethnographically grounded analyses they capture monsters that herald drive experience enjoy and suffer the transformations of the worlds they beleaguer. Topics examined include the evil skulking new roads in Ancient Greece terror in post-socialist Laos’s territorial cults a horrific flying head that augurs catastrophe in the rain forest of Borneo benign spirits that accompany people through the mist in Iceland flesh-eating giants marching through neo-colonial central Australia and ghosts lingering in Pacific villages in the aftermath of environmental disasters. By taking the proposition that monsters and the humans they haunt are intricately and intimately entangled seriously this book offers unique cross-cultural perspectives on how people perceive the world and their place within it. It also shows how these experiences of belonging are mediated by our relationships with the other-than-human. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350096257

Monster Moods CardsHelping Children to Talk About and Express Emotions and Feelings Monster Moods is a set of beautifully illustrated playing cards designed to support emotional literacy in children and young people. Seven colourful monsters embody seven common difficult emotions: anger fear jealousy loneliness restlessness and sadness. With accompanying game ideas online activities and downloadable posters Monster Moods can be used to facilitate work with a young person in recognising understanding labelling expressing and regulating their moods and emotions. The Resource includes: 42 ‘Monster Mood’ cards and guidance on suggested ways to use them "Coping with my Monster Moods" worksheets Printable feelings vocabulary chart and Monster Moods fan to encourage children to ‘name it to tame it’ (Dan Siegel) Eight printable posters to promote emotional literacy in small group work Designed for use in groups or on a 1:1 basis by teachers professionals and parents the cards can be used independently or alongside the storybook How Monsters Wish to Feel. Monster Moods is a playful and non-directive approach to talking about accepting and validating a young person’s ‘big feelings’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138349193

Monsters Catastrophes and the AnthropoceneA Postcolonial Critique Monsters Catastrophes and the Anthropocene: A Postcolonial Critique explores European and Western imaginaries of natural disaster mass migration and terrorism through a postcolonial inquiry into modern conceptions of monstrosity and catastrophe. This book uses established icons of popular visual culture in sci-fi doomsday and horror films and TV series as well as in images reproduced by the news media to help trace the genealogy of modern fears to ontologies and logics of the Anthropocene. By logics of the Anthropocene the book refers to a set of principles based on ontologies of exploitation extermination and natural resource exhaustion processes determining who is worthy of benefiting from value extraction and being saved from the catastrophe and who is expendable. Fears for the loss of isolation from the unworthy and the expendable are investigated here as originating anxieties against migrants’ invasions terrorist attacks and planetary catastrophes in a thread that weaves together re-emerging ‘past nightmares’ and future visions. This book will be of great interest to students and academics of the Environmental Humanities Human and Cultural Geography Political Philosophy Psychosocial Studies Postcolonial Studies and Critical Race and Whiteness Studies Gender Studies and Postcolonial Feminist Studies Cultural Studies Sociology Cultural Anthropology Cinema Studies and Visual Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479777

Monsters Demons and PsychopathsPsychiatry and Horror Film Descriptions of monsters vampires demonic possessions and psychopaths in horror films have been inspired by psychiatric knowledge about mental illness leading to several stereotyped models of horror that have prevailed through decades. Some scholars have proposed that horror films can be a teaching tool for psychopathology but for the most part the genre has been underutilized as a learning tool. This book explores the idea of relating horror films to psychiatric ideas as a way of engaging people in learning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498717854

Monsters and Borders in the Early Modern Imagination This edited collection explores the axis where monstrosity and borderlands meet to reflect the tensions apprehensions and excitement over the radical changes of the early modern era. The book investigates the monstrous as it acts in liminal spaces in the Renaissance and the era of Enlightenment. Zones of interaction include chronological change – from the early New World encounters through the seventeenth century – and cultural and scientific changes in the margins between national boundaries and also cultural and intellectual boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666330

Monsters to DestroyThe Neoconservative War on Terror and Sin "This book takes an incisive look at the stories we are told -- and tell ourselves -- about evil forces and American responses. Chernus pushes beyond political rhetoric and media cliches to examine psychological mechanisms that freeze our concepts of the world." Norman Solomon author War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death In his new book Monsters to Destroy: The Neoconservative War on Terror and Sin Ira Chernus tackles the question of why U.S. foreign policy aimed at building national security has the paradoxical effect of making the country less safe and secure. His answer: The "war on terror" is based not on realistic appraisals of the causes of conflict but rather on "stories" that neoconservative policymakers tell about human nature and a world divided between absolute good and absolute evil. The root of the stories is these policymakers' terror of the social and cultural changes that swept through U.S. society in the 1960s. George W. Bush and the neoconservatives cast the agents of change not simply as political opponents but as enemies or sinners acting with evil intent to destroy U.S. values and morals-that is as "monsters" rather than human beings. The war on terror transfers that plot from a domestic to a foreign stage making it more appealing even to those who reject the neoconservative agenda at home. Because it does not deal with the real causes of global conflict it harms rather than helps the goal of greater national security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633411

Monsters Under the BedCritically investigating early years writing Monsters Under the Bed is an essential text focussing on critical and contemporary issues surrounding writing for ‘early years’ children. Containing a critically creative and a creatively critical investigation of the cult and culture of the child and childhood in fiction and non-fictional writing it also contains a wealth of ideas and critical advice. This text dynamically explores the issue of picture books literacy and writing for early years children with a wider view on child-centred culture communication and media. Internationally recognised as an expert in the field Andrew Melrose encourages academics researchers and students to examine the fundamental questions in writing for and addressing ‘early years’ children through an exploration of text and images. Accessibly written and lively in its approach this book includes: an accessible and critically important challenge to the latest international academic research and debates in the field of children’s literature and creative writing an extensive investigation of early years writing and reading a pathway to developing critical awareness of children’s literature allowing students to develop their own critical ability and writing skills constant ‘checkpoints’ throughout in which the reader is encouraged to reflect on critically creative and creatively critical development. Providing a coherent and pedagogical approach this compelling text will be an indispensable resource for critics writers and students interested in children's writing as well as those on Creative Writing Children's Literature and English BA and MA programmes. It will also be of great interest to those in teacher training PGCE students and for those studying at Doctoral and Post-Doctoral level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617505

Monstrous Births and Visual Culture in Sixteenth-Century Germany Presents an exmination of printed representations of monstrous births in German-speaking Europe from the end of the fifteenth century and through the sixteenth century beginning with a seminal series of broadsheets from the late 1490s by humanist Sebastian Brant and including prints by Albrecht Durer and Hans Burgkmair. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663275

Montagu Norman (RLE Banking & Finance)A Study in Financial Statemanship This volume is not a biography of Montagu Norman (Governor of the Bank of England from 1920-1944). Rather it provides a comprehensive and balanced picture of his policy and work and in particular the role Montagu Norman played behind the scenes in political developments. The book takes as one of its sources hitherto scarce material from Norman’s evidence before the Macmillan Committee which is reprinted in full in the appendices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751834

Monte Carlo Calculations in Nuclear MedicineApplications in Diagnostic Imaging From first principles to current computer applications Monte Carlo Calculations in Nuclear Medicine Second Edition: Applications in Diagnostic Imaging covers the applications of Monte Carlo calculations in nuclear medicine and critically reviews them from a diagnostic perspective. Like the first edition this book explains the Monte Carlo method and the principles behind SPECT and PET imaging introduces the reader to some Monte Carlo software currently in use and gives the reader a detailed idea of some possible applications of Monte Carlo in current research in SPECT and PET. New chapters in this edition cover codes and applications in pre-clinical PET and SPECT. The book explains how Monte Carlo methods and software packages can be applied to evaluate scatter in SPECT and PET imaging collimation and image deterioration. A guide for researchers and students developing methods to improve image resolution it also demonstrates how Monte Carlo techniques can be used to simulate complex imaging systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865429

Monte Carlo Methods for Electromagnetics Until now novices had to painstakingly dig through the literature to discover how to use Monte Carlo techniques for solving electromagnetic problems. Written by one of the foremost researchers in the field Monte Carlo Methods for Electromagnetics provides a solid understanding of these methods and their applications in electromagnetic computation. Including much of his own work the author brings together essential information from several different publications.Using a simple clear writing style the author begins with a historical background and review of electromagnetic theory. After addressing probability and statistics he introduces the finite difference method as well as the fixed and floating random walk Monte Carlo methods. The text then applies the Exodus method to Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations and presents Monte Carlo techniques for handing Neumann problems. It also deals with whole field computation using the Markov chain applies Monte Carlo methods to time-varying diffusion problems and explores wave scattering due to random rough surfaces. The final chapter covers multidimensional integration.Although numerical techniques have become the standard tools for solving practical complex electromagnetic problems there is no book currently available that focuses exclusively on Monte Carlo techniques for electromagnetics. Alleviating this problem this book describes Monte Carlo methods as they are used in the field of electromagnetics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385804

Monte Carlo Methods for Particle Transport Fully updated with the latest developments in the eigenvalue Monte Carlo calculations and automatic variance reduction techniques and containing an entirely new chapter on fission matrix and alternative hybrid techniques. This second edition explores the uses of the Monte Carlo method for real-world applications explaining its concepts and limitations. Featuring illustrative examples mathematical derivations computer algorithms and homework problems it is an ideal textbook and practical guide for nuclear engineers and scientists looking into the applications of the Monte Carlo method in addition to students in physics and engineering and those engaged in the advancement of the Monte Carlo methods. Describes general and particle-transport-specific automated variance reduction techniques Presents Monte Carlo particle transport eigenvalue issues and methodologies to address these issues Presents detailed derivation of existing and advanced formulations and algorithms with real-world examples from the author’s research activities Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367188054

Monte Carlo Particle Transport Methods With this book we try to reach several more-or-less unattainable goals namely: To compromise in a single book all the most important achievements of Monte Carlo calculations for solving neutron and photon transport problems. To present a book which discusses the same topics in the three levels known from the literature and gives us useful information for both beginners and experienced readers. It lists both well-established old techniques and also newest findings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895734

Monte Carlo Simulation for the Pharmaceutical IndustryConcepts Algorithms and Case Studies Helping you become a creative logical thinker and skillful "simulator " Monte Carlo Simulation for the Pharmaceutical Industry: Concepts Algorithms and Case Studies provides broad coverage of the entire drug development process from drug discovery to preclinical and clinical trial aspects to commercialization. It presents the theories and methods needed to carry out computer simulations efficiently covers both descriptive and pseudocode algorithms that provide the basis for implementation of the simulation methods and illustrates real-world problems through case studies. The text first emphasizes the importance of analogy and simulation using examples from a variety of areas before introducing general sampling methods and the different stages of drug development. It then focuses on simulation approaches based on game theory and the Markov decision process simulations in classical and adaptive trials and various challenges in clinical trial management and execution. The author goes on to cover prescription drug marketing strategies and brand planning molecular design and simulation computational systems biology and biological pathway simulation with Petri nets and physiologically based pharmacokinetic modeling and pharmacodynamic models. The final chapter explores Monte Carlo computing techniques for statistical inference. This book offers a systematic treatment of computer simulation in drug development. It not only deals with the principles and methods of Monte Carlo simulation but also the applications in drug development such as statistical trial monitoring prescription drug marketing and molecular docking. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374386

Monte Carlo Simulation in the Radiological Sciences First Published in 1988 this book offers a full exploration into the applications of the Monte Carlo Simulation. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Radiology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367228323

Monte Carlo Simulation with Applications to Finance Developed from the author’s course on Monte Carlo simulation at Brown University Monte Carlo Simulation with Applications to Finance provides a self-contained introduction to Monte Carlo methods in financial engineering. It is suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate students taking a one-semester course or for practitioners in the financial industry.The author first presents the necessary mathematical tools for simulation arbitrary free option pricing and the basic implementation of Monte Carlo schemes. He then describes variance reduction techniques including control variates stratification conditioning importance sampling and cross-entropy. The text concludes with stochastic calculus and the simulation of diffusion processes. Only requiring some familiarity with probability and statistics the book keeps much of the mathematics at an informal level and avoids technical measure-theoretic jargon to provide a practical understanding of the basics. It includes a large number of examples as well as MATLAB® coding exercises that are designed in a progressive manner so that no prior experience with MATLAB is needed. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367381356

Monte Carlo Techniques in Radiation Therapy Modern cancer treatment relies on Monte Carlo simulations to help radiotherapists and clinical physicists better understand and compute radiation dose from imaging devices as well as exploit four-dimensional imaging data. With Monte Carlo-based treatment planning tools now available from commercial vendors a complete transition to Monte Carlo-based dose calculation methods in radiotherapy could likely take place in the next decade. Monte Carlo Techniques in Radiation Therapy explores the use of Monte Carlo methods for modeling various features of internal and external radiation sources including light ion beams. The book—the first of its kind—world examples it illustrates the use of Monte Carlo modeling and simulations in dose calculation beam delivery kilovoltage and megavoltage imaging proton radiography device design and much more.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199903

Monte-Carlo Methods and Stochastic ProcessesFrom Linear to Non-Linear Developed from the author’s course at the Ecole Polytechnique Monte-Carlo Methods and Stochastic Processes: From Linear to Non-Linear focuses on the simulation of stochastic processes in continuous time and their link with partial differential equations (PDEs). It covers linear and nonlinear problems in biology finance geophysics mechanics chemistry and other application areas. The text also thoroughly develops the problem of numerical integration and computation of expectation by the Monte-Carlo method.The book begins with a history of Monte-Carlo methods and an overview of three typical Monte-Carlo problems: numerical integration and computation of expectation simulation of complex distributions and stochastic optimization. The remainder of the text is organized in three parts of progressive difficulty. The first part presents basic tools for stochastic simulation and analysis of algorithm convergence. The second part describes Monte-Carlo methods for the simulation of stochastic differential equations. The final part discusses the simulation of non-linear dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367658465

Montesquieu and EnglandEnlightened Exchanges 1689–1755 Gonthier sets Montesquieu's work in the context of early eighteenth-century Anglo-French relations taking a comparative approach to show how Montesquieu's engagement with English thought and writing persisted throughout his writing career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663831

MontesquieuPioneer of the Sociology of Knowledge First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006406

Montessori for the New MillenniumPractical Guidance on the Teaching and Education of Children of All Ages Based on A Rediscovery of the Tru Although Montessori's name is almost universally known in education circles today and there are countless nursery schools throughout the world using the "Montessori Method " the real core of her thinking has remained largely misunderstood. Most people regard the method as a system for the education of very young children. And most who have some direct experience of it either as parent or teacher would regard it as involving a certain set of procedures and specialized educational materials with clear and elaborate instructions for their use. However the essence of Montessori's philosophy of education is in reality far broader than this and contains a powerful message for educators everywhere. What is less well-known about Montessori's work is that she began by establishing the effectiveness of her approach at the pre-elementary level but also strongly encouraged the extension of her method to the higher levels of education. Wentworth's purpose in writing this book is to elucidate this vital aspect of Maria Montessori's life's work and to show how it applies to real-life teaching situations. She believed that by transforming the process of children's education she could help to transform the attitudes of the adults they will later become and so those of society and the world at large--a message she promoted as vitally relevant to the future of humankind as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866751

Monteverdi Claudio Monteverdi is now recognized as the towering figure of a critical transitional moment of Western music history: relentless innovator in every genre within chamber church and theatre music; self-proclaimed leader of a 'new dispensation' between words and their musical expression; perhaps even 'Creator of Modern Music'. During recent years as his arrestingly attractive music has been brought back to life in performance so too have some of the most outstanding musicologists focussed intensely on Monteverdi as they worked through the 'big' questions in the historiography and hermeneutics of early Baroque music including musical representation of language; compositional theory; social institutional cultural and gender history; performance practices and more. The 17 articles in this volume have been selected by Richard Wistreich to exemplify the best scholarship in English and because each in retrospect turns out to have been a ground-breaking contribution to one or more significant strands in Monteverdi studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091068

Monumental ConflictsTwentieth-Century Wars and the Evolution of Public Memory Monumental Conflicts examines 20th century wars from the First World War to the First Gulf War each chapter analyzing how public memory has evolved over time. The chapters raise fascinating questions about war and memory: Why are wars remembered as they are? What factors drive changes in public perception? What implications arise from remembering and commemorating a war or particular aspects of a war? What does public memory of a war say about us as a society?   The volume is divided into three sections focusing on political evolution negotiated memories of war and national pride and covers international wars from Afghanistan to Vietnam and German deserter monuments to Vietnamese war tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282285

Monuments and Memory in Early Modern England Funeral monuments are fascinating and diverse cultural relics that continue to captivate visitors to English churches yet we still know relatively little about the messages they attempt to convey across the centuries. This book is a study of the material culture of memory in sixteenth and seventeenth-century England. By interpreting the images and inscriptions on monuments to the dead it explores how early modern people wanted to be remembered - their social vision cultural ideals religious beliefs and political values. Arguing that early modern English monuments were not simply formulaic statements about death and memory Dr Sherlock instead reveals them to be deliberately crafted messages to future generations. Through careful reading of monuments he shows that much can be learned about how men and women conceived of the world around them and shifting concepts of gender social order and the place of humans within the universe. In post-Reformation England the dead became superior to the living as monuments trumpeted their fame and their confidence in the resurrection. This study aims to stimulate historians to attempt to reconstruct and engage with the world view of past generations through the unique and under-utilised medium of funeral monuments. In so doing it is hoped that more light may be shed on how memory was created controlled and contested in pre-modern society and encourage the on-going debate about the ways in which understandings of the past shape the present and future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248691

Monuments Of Senemut First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976405

MOOC Learning Platform Development The work presented in this book is based on empirical study undertaken as a case study to understand the challenges faced in massively open online course (MOOC) based learning and experimentation to understand the challenges for presenting theoretical and practical courses. The book proposes a flexible online platform. This solution provides flexibility in distance learning processes including course enrollment learning evaluation and outcome of degrees. The proposed system not only gives students freedom to choose their courses in accordance with their needs but also use earned credit towards online degrees of any university of their choice. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367429966

MOOCs and Open Education Around the World As new digital forms of formal and informal learning proliferate there is an increasing need to better understand how people in different regions of the world are implementing massive open online courses (MOOCs) and other forms of open educational resources (OERs). Educators researchers politicians and numerous other stakeholders want to grasp what the outcomes of these initiatives are and how they can be improved. Ongoing e-learning developments related to both technology and pedagogy have pushed institutions and organizations to grapple with issues of accreditation credentialing quality standards innovative assessment and learner motivation and attrition among other areas of concern. In response MOOCs and Open Education Around the World explores and illuminates unique implementations of MOOCs and open education across regions and nations. The book also focuses on the various opportunities as well as the dilemmas presented in this rapidly evolving age of technology-enabled learning. What are the different delivery formats interaction possibilities assessment schemes and business models? What are the key controversies or issues that must be discussed and addressed? This edited collection explains MOOCs and open education trends and issues in a variety of contexts shares key research findings and provides practical suggestions and recommendations for the near future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807419

MOOCs and Open Education in the Global SouthChallenges Successes and Opportunities With e-learning technologies evolving and expanding at high rates organizations and institutions around the world are integrating massive open online courses (MOOCs) and other open educational resources (OERs). MOOCs and Open Education in the Global South explores the initiatives that are leveraging these flexible systems to educate train and empower populations previously denied access to such opportunities. Featuring contributors leading efforts in rapidly changing nations and regions this wide-ranging collection grapples with accreditation credentialing quality standards innovative assessment learner motivation and attrition and numerous other issues. The provocative narratives curated in this volume demonstrate how MOOCs and OER can be effectively designed and implemented in vastly different ways in particular settings as detailed by experts from Asia Latin America the Middle East Africa the Pacific/Oceania and the Caribbean.  This comprehensive text is an essential resource for policy makers instructional designers practitioners administrators and other MOOC and OER community stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025779

Mood DisordersPractical Issues in Diagnosis and Management Mood Disorders: Practical Issues in Diagnosis and Management provides cutting edge knowledge about the diagnosis and treatment of principal mood disorders namely major depressive disorder and bipolar disorder. Covering diagnosis differentiating features and illness course and trajectories of principal mood disorders Dr. Ather Muneer provides essential information in a succinct and practical manner while highlighting significant new findings in the area. This book will help a broad range of mental health professionals better treat the millions of people with mood disorders across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554504

MoodInterdisciplinary Perspectives New Theories Mood is a phenomenon whose study is inherently interdisciplinary. While it has remained resistant to theorisation it nonetheless has a substantial influence on art politics and society. Since its practical omnipresence in every-day life renders it one of the most significant aspects of affect studies it has garnered an increasing amount of critical attention in a number of disciplines across the humanities sciences and social sciences in the past two decades. Mood: Interdisciplinary Perspectives New Theories provides a comprehensive theoretical and empirical exploration of the phenomenon of mood from an interdisciplinary angle. Building on cutting-edge research in this emerging field and bringing together established and new voices it bridges the existing disciplinary gap in the study of mood and further consolidates this phenomenon as a crucial concept in disciplinary and interdisciplinary study. By combining perspectives and concepts from the literary studies philosophy musicology the social sciences artistic practice and psychology the volume does the complexity and richness of mood-related phenomena justice and benefits from the latent connections and synergies in different disciplinary approaches to the study of mood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200664

Moon Year First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976412

Moorish PoetryA Translation of The Pennants and Anthology Compiled in 1243 by the Andalusian Ibn Sa'id Seven hundred and fifty years ago this anthology of small masterpieces of renowned Moorish poets from Muslim Spain North Africa and Sicily was compiled by Ibn Sa'id al-Andalusi a native of Southern Spain. The text has been translated into rhymed English verses with an Introduction explaining the conventions of Arabic literature within which these Moorish poets worked. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037317

MootingThe Definitive Guide Mooting offers an excellent opportunity to develop your skills in an enjoyable interactive and challenging way. Participation in mooting can lead to improved academic performance enhancing your knowledge and your ability to handle complex legal materials as well as improving the power of your persuasive argument and vital skills which will enhance your profile for prospective employers. In this book Eric Baskind provides a seamless and comprehensive examination of the various areas involved in mooting and advocacy combining both theoretical and practical aspects as well as the organisation of and participation in mooting competitions. Online video footage of an actual moot brings the practical nature of mooting alive and will give you expert advice and analysis of successful mooting technique as well as tips for improvement. Each moot video is highlighted at various points of interest to provide expert commentary and analysis of the mooters’ presentation identifying the mooters’ strengths and weaknesses and how successfully they use cases and other materials to support their argument. These sections will then be re-enacted incorporating the suggestions for improvements to help you to see how the overall performance could have been improved. This definitive guide will equip you with a complete grasp of mooting from the initial preparatory stages through to advocacy in the moot itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851177

Moral Accountability and International Criminal LawHolding Agents of Atrocity Accountable to the World This book examines international criminal law from a normative perspective and lays out how responsible agents individuals and the collectives they comprise ought to be held accountable to the world for the commission of atrocity. The author provides criteria for determining the kinds of actions that should be addressed through international criminal law. Additionally it asks and answers how individual responsibility can be determined in the context of collectively perpetrated political crimes and whether an international criminal justice system can claim universality in a culturally plural world. The book also examines the function of international criminal law and finally considers how the goals and purposes of international law can best be institutionally supported. This book is of particular interest to a multidisciplinary academic audience in political science philosophy and law however the book is written in clear jargon-free prose that is intended to render the arguments accessible to the non-specialist reader interested in global justice human rights and international criminal law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859707

Moral Agency and the Politics of Responsibility At a time when globalization has side-lined many of the traditional state-based addressees of legal accountability it is not clear yet how blame is allocated and contested in the new highly differentiated multi-actor governance arrangements of the global economy and world society. Moral Agency and the Politics of Responsibility investigates how actors in complex governance arrangements assign responsibilities to order the world and negotiate who is responsible for what and how. The book asks how moral duties can be defined beyond the territorial and legal confines of the nation-state; and how obligations and accountability mechanisms for a post-national world in which responsibility remains vague ambiguous and contested can be established. Using an empirical as well as a theoretical perspective the book explores ontological framings of complexity emphasizing emergence and non-linearity which challenge classic liberal notions of responsibility and moral agency based on the autonomous subject. Moral Agency and the Politics of Responsibility is perfect for scholars from International Relations Politics Philosophy and Political Economy with an interest in the topical and increasingly popular topics of moral agency and complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332921

Moral and Intellectual Virtues in Western and Chinese PhilosophyThe Turn toward Virtue This is the first book to bring together Western and Chinese perspectives on both moral and intellectual virtues. Editors Chienkuo Mi Michael Slote and Ernest Sosa have assembled some of the world’s leading epistemologists and ethicists—located in the U.S. Europe and Asia—to explore in a global context what they are calling "the virtue turn." The 15 chapters have never been published previously and by covering topics that bridge epistemology and moral philosophy suggest a widespread philosophical turn away from Kantian and Utilitarian issues and towards character- and agent-based concerns. A goal of this volume is to show students and researchers alike that the (re-)turn toward virtue underway in the Western tradition is being followed by a similar (re-)turn toward virtue in Chinese philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925168

Moral and Spiritual Leadership in an Age of Plural Moralities In crisis situations such as terror attacks or societal tensions caused by migration people tend to look for explicit moral and spiritual leadership and are often inclined to vote for so-called 'strong leaders'. Is there a way to resist the temptation of the simplistic solutions that these ‘strong leader’ offer and instead encourage constructive engagement with the complex demands of our times? This volume utilises relational and dialogical perspectives to examine and address many of the issues surrounding the moral and spiritual guidance articulated in globalizing Western societies.The essays in this collection focus on the concept of plural moralities understood as divergent visions on what is a 'good life' both in an ethical aesthetical existential and spiritual sense. They explore the political-cultural context and consequences of plural moralities as well as discussing challenges possibilities risks and dangers from the perspective of two promising relational theories: social constructionism and dialogical self theory. The overarching argument is that it is possible to constructively put in nuanced moral and spiritual guidance into complex plural societies.By choosing a clear theoretical focus on relational approaches to societal challenges this interdisciplinary book provides both a broad scope and a coherent argument. It will be of great interest to scholars of social and political psychology leadership and organization religious studies and pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732073

Moral AnthropologyA Critical Reader This Reader is the first anthology to cover the growing field of moral anthropology and will be an essential resource for students and scholars interested in exploring the important issues involved. Morality and ethics are increasingly invoked in the most diverse domains from politics to economics from war to sexuality from international justice to biological research. To interpret this phenomenon from a critical standpoint anthropology offers unique perspectives. This volume includes classical as well as recent material and sheds light on continuing debates about relativism and universalism values and emotions moral duty and ethical freedom human rights and humanitarianism the responsibility of the researcher and the regulation of research. The carefully chosen texts are contextualised with lucid editorial material including a substantial introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627276

Moral Authority Ideology And The Future Of American Social Welfare American welfare policies and programs frustrate both conservative and liberal advocates who fail to realize that American welfare policy cannot be any more than or any less than the distinctly American framework in which it operates. Moral Authority Ideology and the Future of American Social Welfare departs from standard presentations of socia Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316921

Moral BoundariesA Political Argument for an Ethic of Care In Moral Boundaries Joan C. Tronto provides one of the most original responses to the controversial questions surrounding women and caring. Tronto demonstrates that feminist thinkers have failed to realise the political context which has shaped their debates about care. It is her belief that care cannot be a useful moral and political concept until its traditional and ideological associations as a "women's morality" are challenged.Moral Boundaries contests the association of care with women as empirically and historically inaccurate as well as politically unwise. In our society members of unprivileged groups such as the working classes and people of color also do disproportionate amounts of caring. Tronto presents care as one of the central activites of human life and illustrates the ways in which society degrades the importance of caring in order to maintain the power of those who are privileged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128446

Moral Controversies in American Politics No area of public policymaking is more hotly debated than the use of government authority to enforce certain standards of behavior in areas of moral controversy. Now thoroughly revised and updated this collection examines a variety of such policy areas - ranging from abortion and affirmative action to gay rights - including two new chapters on animal rights and hate crimes. In discussing each policy area the book examines relevant issues and arguments as well as policy shifts over time. It considers the roles of key political and institutional actors in policymaking - including lobbies and interest groups the bureaucracy the president Congress the judiciary and state and local authorities. Written in an accessible style that is sure to spark classroom discussion each chapter of this new edition includes a list of relevant books web sites and videos for further research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702292

Moral Courage in OrganizationsDoing the Right Thing at Work The topic of moral courage is typically missing from business ethics instruction and management training. But moral courage is what we need when workplace pressures threaten to compromise our values and principles. Moral Courage in Organizations: Doing the Right Thing at Work edited by Debra Comer and Gina Vega underscores for readers the ethical pitfalls they can expect to encounter at work and enhances their ability do what they know is right despite these organizational pressures. The book highlights the effects of organizational factors on ethical behavior; illustrates exemplary moral courage and lapses of moral courage; explores the skills and information that support those who act with moral courage; and considers how to change organizations to promote moral courage as well as how to exercise moral courage to change organizations. By giving readers who want to do the right thing guidelines for going about it Moral Courage in Organizations: Doing the Right Thing at Work is a potent tool to foster more ethical organizational behavior. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702285

Moral Cupidity and Lettres de cachet in Diderot’s Writing This volume explores the influence of the lettre de cachet on both Diderot’s personal life and his works beginning with an examination of Diderot’s experience as recipient of two such arrest warrants followed by an analysis of his references to these warrants in three of his fictional works Le Père de famille Jacques le fataliste and Est-il bon? Est-il méchant?. A scrutiny of Diderot’s mémoire/lettre novel La Religieuse proposes that on the basis of moral cupidity or self-gain Madame Simonin sends her daughter Suzanne two veiled lettres de cachet that demand her confinement to a convent. The exploration of a fascinating real-life case of Henriette-Émilie de Bautru a young comtesse whose mother confined her to a convent as a result of a lettre de cachet also based on motives of greed leads to an examination of the similarities between Suzanne and the Comtesse in terms of their illegitimacy questioning of authority and subsequent rebellion. A consideration of writing and communication in La Religieuse as they relate to this rebellion leads to an investigation of Diderot’s admiration of the mystery of female genius and artistic creativity as discussed in his essay Sur les femmes. The works of Julia Kristeva especially her Post-Scriptum addressed to Diderot at the end of her work Thérèse mon amour: Thérèse d’Avila serve as a theoretical basis for an interpretation of Suzanne’s experience as victim of a lettre de cachet and her search for a psychological rebirth of her être caché. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173739

Moral Development Self and Identity This volume examines the psychological social-relational and cultural foundations of the most basic moral commitments. It begins by looking at the seminal writings of Augusto Blasi whose writings on moral cognition the development of self-identity and moral personality have transformed the research agenda in moral psychology. This work is now the starting point of all discussion about the relationship between self and morality; the developmental grounding of the moral personality; and the moral integration of cognition emotion and behavior. Indeed it is now widely believed that organizing self-understanding around basic moral commitments is crucial to the formation of a moral identity which in turn underwrites moral conduct. Using Blasi's work as a point of departure a distinguished interdisciplinary and international group of scholars have contributed essays summarizing their own theoretical and empirical research on these topics. This book features new theories of moral functioning that range across several psychological literatures including social cognition cognitive science and personality development. Examining the social-relational communitarian and cultural aspects of moral self-identity it provides a comprehensive account of moral personality. Uniformly integrative field-expanding and on the cutting edge of research on moral development and personality the book appeals to scholars developmental theorists and graduate students interested in issues of moral development education and behavior as well as cognitive development theory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650274

Moral Development and Moral Education (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1981 this collection of essays was taken from Peters’ larger work Psychology and Ethical Development (1974) in order to provide a more focused volume on moral education for students. Peters’ background in both psychology and philosophy makes the work distinctive which is evident from the first two essays alone: ‘Freud’s theory of Moral Development in Relation to that of Piaget’ and ‘Moral Education and the Psychology of Character’. He also displays balance in his acceptance that reason and feeling are both of great importance where the subject of moral education is concerned. Although written some time ago the book discusses issues which are still of considerable interest and importance today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890565

Moral Development and the Social Environment The chapters in this volume are about moral dilemmas in two senses. First the authors focus on dilemmas both real and hypothetical which require moral judgements. The 'Heinz-Dilemma' part of Kohlberg's scoring systems is used as a point for level of moral development. There is also a Second sense as those who study moral reasoning being in a dilemma as they attempt to integrate information from the domains of philosophy and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512337

Moral DevelopmentA Psychological Study of Moral Growth from Childhood to Adolescence Although the work of Piaget dealt with the intellectual development of children and that of Goldman with a child’s religious thought there had hitherto been no comparable book on child morality to complete the developmental picture of the time. Originally published in 1968 William Kay’s book was designed to fill this gap for he offers a complete description of the moral growth of children from infancy to adolescence. Dr Kay was writing specifically for students and practising teachers and carefully avoids specialist jargon where ordinary terms suffice. He concludes that the findings of research into attitude formation and change could provide teachers with those techniques to help their pupils become morally mature members of society. His book contains a valuable analysis of the development of ideas concerning moral growth and is a bold contribution to the problems of moral education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725447

Moral DevelopmentTheory and Applications A CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title 2014! This class-tested text provides a comprehensive overview of the classical and current theories of moral development and applications of these theories in various counseling and educational settings. Lively and accessible this text engages students through numerous examples and boxes that highlight applications of moral development concepts in today’s media and/or interviews from some of today’s leading theorists or practitioners. Dilemma of the Day boxes help readers apply theory to real world situations. Each chapter concludes with discussion questions and further resources. Summary tables of theory strengths and weaknesses (Part 1) and tables that connect applications to their theoretical roots are provided in Part 2. Other highlights include: Provides an excellent resource for courses addressing the CACREP program objectives for Human Growth and Development. Emphasis on application helps readers make the connection between theory and moral issues of our time. Examines changes across time and experience in how people understand right and wrong and individual differences in moral judgments emotions and actions. Demonstrates how theory is used by today‘s helping professionals (Part 1). Integrates issues of gender and ethnicity throughout to prepare readers for practicing in a global culture. Chapter on global perspectives (ch. 6) reviews theories on the cultural aspects of morality including examples from China Islam Latin America and Africa. Reviews the latest research methods techniques used in the field. Integrates classic work with contemporary guidelines for assessment and treatment. Highlights research on the moral and empathic development of antisocial youth psychopaths and individuals diagnosed on the Autism Spectrum. Each chapter in Part 1 provides a comprehensive overview of the theory under review its strengths and challenges and examples of how the theory applies to helping professionals. The theories covered include those by Freud Piaget Kohlberg Rest Gilligan Nodding Bandura Turiel Nucci Haidt and Shweder. Part 1 concludes with a summary of the key points and the strengths and weaknesses of each of the theories reviewed. Part 2 highlights promising applications of moral development theory in education and counseling. These include coverage of character education programs based on sound developmental theory and examples of how drawing on a deep grounding in moral development theory can help future counselors better evaluate their clients’ cognitive emotional and behavioral challenges. The text explores specific approaches to helping clients with a variety of dysfunctional or developmental behavior problems like conduct disorder and psychopathy. Ideal as a text for advanced undergraduate and/or graduate courses on moral development or moral psychology or as a supplement in courses on human and/or child and/or social and personality development taught in psychology counseling education human development family studies social work and religion this book’s applied approach also appeals to mental health and school counselors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821902

Moral Dilemmas and Ethical Reasoning This book deals with moral dilemmas and the development of ethical reasoning in two senses. First the editor focuses on dilemmas both real and hypothetical which require moral judgments. The ""Heinz dilemma "" part of Kohlberg's scoring system for level of moral development is in some cases used as a point of departure for discussion. Problems with this particular dilemma as a scoring item are examined in detail along with problems generated by similar dilemmas for moral reasoning in everyday life.Those who study moral reasoning and its development are in somewhat of a dilemma as they attempt to integrate information from the domains of philosophy and psychology. These essays investigate domain issues in varied cultural settings and across genders and age ranges for what have been proposed as universals in moral judgment as well as formulate theories that reflect both empirical evidence and logical process.The essays share a conception of human nature as inherently social as well as a healthy respect for the problems or dilemmas which human sociality carries in its wake. Some of these problems are theoretical such as those having to do with the moral reasoning or the classic issues of values justification. Other problems are practical such as those having to do with distributive justice or methods of moral education. This volume will shed light on the process of resolving dilemmas both within philosophy and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528291

Moral Dilemmas of FeminismProstitution Adultery and Abortion First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167063

Moral Disagreement Widespread moral disagreement raises ethical epistemological political and metaethical questions. Is the best explanation of our widespread moral disagreements that there are no objective moral facts and that moral relativism is correct? Or should we think that just as there is widespread disagreement about whether we have free will but there is still an objective fact about whether we have it similarly moral disagreement has no bearing on whether morality is objective? More practically is it arrogant to stick to our guns in the face of moral disagreement? Must we suspend belief about the morality of controversial actions such as eating meat and having an abortion? And does moral disagreement affect the laws that we should have? For instance does disagreement about the justice of heavily redistributive taxation affect whether such taxation is legitimate? In this thorough and clearly written introduction to moral disagreement and its philosophical and practical implications Richard Rowland examines and assesses the following topics and questions: How does moral disagreement affect what we should do and believe in our day-to-day lives? Epistemic peerhood and moral disagreements with our epistemic peers. Metaethics and moral disagreement. Relativism moral objectivity moral realism and non-cognitivism. Moral disagreement and normative ethics. Liberalism democracy and disagreement. Moral compromise. Moral uncertainty. Combining clear philosophical analysis with summaries of the latest research and suggestions for further reading Moral Disagreement is ideal for students of ethics metaethics political philosophy and philosophical topics that are closely related such as relativism and scepticism. It will also be of interest to those in related disciplines such as public policy and philosophy of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589858

Moral DisagreementsClassic and Contemporary Readings Can moral disagreements be rationally resolved? Can universal human rights be defended in face of moral disagreements? The problem of moral disagreement is one of the central problems in moral thinking. It also provides a stimulating stepping-stone to some of the perennial problems of philosophy such as relativism scepticism and objectivity. Moral Disagreements is the first anthology to bring together classic and contemporary readings on this key topic. Clearly divided into five parts; The Historical Debate; Voices from Anthropology; Challenges to Moral Objectivity; Defenses of Moral Objectivity; and New Directions the anthology presents readings from the following key thinkers:* Sextus Empiricus Chagnon Wong MacIntyre* Aquinas Shweder Brink Rawls* Montaigne Turner Nussbaum Narayan* Hume Mackie Gewirth* Nietzsche Williams Berlin.A distinctive feature of the anthology is that it brings philosophers into dialogue with well-known anthropologists. Also included is a comprehensive introduction by Christopher Gowans introducing the problem of moral disagreement to those coming to the topic for the first time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203134436

Moral Education (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 4) A companion volume to Moral Judgement from Childhood to Adolescence specially written for teachers and students of education. This volume includes analysis of the broad stages in the developmental pattern; of the key variables that must shape it and of their function in moral judgement; and of the principles that must lie behind a moral education that has autonomy as its goal. The book concludes with practical proposals for a sequential pattern of moral learning and the methods of approach appropriate to it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655644

Moral Education and Environmental Concern This volume explores both some important ways in which moral values are embedded in much current discussion of environmental issues as well as ways in which some conventional understandings of morality and moral education can be transformed by ideas that have emerged in the discourse of environmental concern. Contributions range from a variety of disciplines including philosophy psychoanalysis social psychology and anthropology and reflect a variety of cultural settings including Occidental Oriental African and South American. The book discusses the moral character of our relationship with the natural world; the quality of the relationship between our ‘internal’ and ‘external’ worlds; the issues that arise when responsibilities towards future generations are considered; and the need for cultural change and the practical obstacles to achieving this in a school context. In the process insights are drawn from Western philosophy Buddhism Daoism Ubuntu and Confucianism. The result is a collection that provides a rich backcloth for understanding and in some cases reconceptualising morality in an age of growing environmental concern and its extensive implications for the theory and conduct of moral education. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Moral Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953789

Moral Education in JapanValues in a global context Japan’s Fundamental Law on Education was revised in 2006 and new curriculum guidelines along with new proposals for strengthening the position of moral education reflect the increased political focus particularly by the two Abe-administrations. Changes include increased emphasis on patriotism on respect for life and the environment on individual responsibility on respecting differences and other countries and on a general strengthening of moral values. This volume describes the history of moral education in Japan analyses recent changes in curriculum and practices and takes a closer look at examples of official semi-official and local discourses on moral education and values. The analysis covers policy statements teaching material and research Japanese as well as Western. Using theories of globalization cosmopolitanism and universal human values it is the intention by using an Asian example to illustrate and elaborate upon existing discourses within theories of globalization and cosmopolitanism as well as in education and values and citizenship studies. Chapters include: Revision of the fundamental law on Education in 2006 and beyond Official and semi-official bids for contents of moral education Moral education in practice Risk globalization and meaning in Japanese Moral Education This book will be of interest to scholars specializing in education in Japan and scholars in the academic field of moral character and citizenship education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604568

Moral Education in sub-Saharan AfricaCulture Economics Conflict and AIDS The term ‘moral’ has had a chequered history in sub-Saharan Africa mainly due to the legacy of colonialism and Apartheid (in South Africa). In contrast to moral education as a vehicle of cultural imperialism and social control this volume shows moral education to be concerned with both private and public morality with communal and national relationships between human beings as well as between people and their environment. Drawing on distinctive perspectives from philosophy economics sociology and education it offers the African ethic of Ubuntu/Botho as a plausible alternative to Western approaches to morality and shows how African ethics speaks to political and economic life including ethnic conflict and HIV/AIDS and may be an antidote to the current practice of timocracy that values money over people. The volume provides sociological tools for understanding the lived morality of those marginalised by poverty and analyses the effects of culture religion and modern secularisation on moral education. With contributions from fourteen African scholars this book challenges dominant frameworks and begins conversations for mutual benefit across the North-South divide. It has global implications not just but especially where moral education is undertaken in pluralist contexts and in the presence of economic disparity. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Moral Education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315873688

Moral EducationTheory and Application First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056707

Moral Encounters in Tourism This first full length treatment of the role of morality in tourism examines how the tourism encounter is also fundamentally a moral encounter. Drawing upon interdisciplinary perspectives leading and new authors in the field address topics that range from volunteer tourism to fertility tourism to reveal new insights into the ways tourism encounters are implicated in and contribute to broader moral reconfigurations in Western and non-Western contexts. Illustrating the role of power and power relations in tourism encounters within different political economic environmental and cultural contexts the authors in this anthology analyse theoretically and empirically the implications of the privileging of some moralities at the expense of others. Key themes include the moral consumption of tourism experiences embodiment in tourism encounters environmental moralities as well as methodological aspects of morality in tourism research. Crossing disciplinary and chronological boundaries Moral Encounters in Tourism provides a much-anticipated overview of this new interdisciplinary terrain and offers possible routes for new research on the intersection of morality and tourism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270374

Moral Evil in Practical Ethics The concept of evil is one of the most powerful in our moral vocabulary and is commonly used today in both religious and secular spheres to condemn ideas people their actions and much else besides. Yet appeals to evil in public debate have often deepened existing conflicts through corruption of rational discourse and demonization of the other. With its religious overtones and implied absolutism the concept of evil seems ill-suited to advancing public discourse and pro-social relations in a liberal democracy as evidenced by its use in the abortion debate. International relations have also suffered from references to an ‘axis of evil.’ Recently however philosophers have begun reconceptualising evil within a secular moral framework using the idea of evil as the worst kind of immorality to inform and shape our responses to issues like torture genocide and rape as a weapon of war. This book continues this trend exploring a constructive role for the concept of evil in practical ethics. Part I of the book begins with two examinations of the concept itself one focusing primarily on its secular manifestations and the other on evil in its religious context. Individuals are perhaps the primary focus of attributions of evil and Part II looks at two particular manifestations of evil in bullying and in mass killing before considering the nature of evil as an immoral character trait. Part III moves beyond the individual to issues of collective evildoing evil environments and political evil. The final part considers responses to evil: can some evil be unforgiveable and to what extent should we ‘enhance’ ourselves morally so as to prevent future evildoing? These essays written by leading philosophers from around the world including the late Claudia Card will take the philosophical debate on moral evil in practical ethics to a new level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666026

Moral Exemplars in the AnalectsThe Good Person is That In this study Olberding proposes a new theoretical model for reading the Analects. Her thesis is that the moral sensibility of the text derives from an effort to conceptually capture and articulate the features seen in exemplars exemplars that are identified and admired pre-theoretically and thus prior to any conceptual criteria for virtue. Put simply Olberding proposes an "origins myth" in which Confucius already and prior to his philosophizing knows whom he judges to be virtuous. The work we see him and the Analects' authors pursuing is their effort to explain in an organized generalized and abstract way why pre-theoretically identified exemplars are virtuous. Moral reasoning here begins with people and with inchoate experiences of admiration for them. The conceptual work of the text reflects the attempt to analyze such people and parse such experiences in order to distill abstract qualities that account for virtue and can guide emulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062771

Moral Freedom Ethics is Nicolai Hartmann's magnum opus on moral philosophy. Volume 1 Moral Phenomena is concerned with the nature and structure of ethical phenomena. Volume 2 Moral Values describes all values as forming a complex and imperfectly known system. The final volume Moral Freedom deals with one of the oldest puzzles in both philosophy and theology: the individual's freedom of the will.Freedom of the will is a necessary precondition of morality. Without it there is no morality in the full sense of the word. In Moral Freedom Hartmann sets out to refute the determinist view that freedom of the will is impossible. Following Kant while rejecting his transcendentalism Hartmann first discusses the tension between causality and the freedom of the will.The tension between the determination by moral values and the freedom of the will is next examined a crucial issue completely overlooked by Kant and virtually all other modern philosophers but recognized by the scholastics. Why should we believe in the freedom of the will with regard to the moral values? Are there good reasons for thinking that it exists? If freedom of the will vis-a-vis the moral values does exist how is it to be conceived? Moral Freedom concludes with the famous postscript on the antinomies between ethics and religion.Hartmann's Ethics may well be the most outstanding treatise on moral philosophy in the twentieth century. Andreas Kinneging's introduction sheds light on the volume's continuing relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528314

Moral Inferences Moral Inferences is the first volume to thoroughly explore the relationship between morality and reasoning. Drawing on the expertise of world-leading researchers this text provides ground-breaking insight into the importance of studying these distinct fields together. The volume integrates the latest research into morality with current theories in reasoning to consider the prominent role reasoning plays in everyday moral judgements. Featuring contributions on topics such as moral arguments causal models and dual process theory this text provides a new perspectives on previous studies encouraging researchers to adopt a more integrated approach in the future. Moral Inferences will be essential reading for students and researchers of moral psychology specifically those interested in reasoning rationality and decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138937987

Moral Injury and BeyondUnderstanding Human Anguish and Healing Traumatic Wounds Moral Injury and Beyond: Understanding Human Anguish and Healing Traumatic Wounds uniquely brings together a prominent collection of international contributors from the fields of psychiatry psychology philosophy theology military chaplaincy and acute crisis care to address the phenomenon of moral injury. Introduced in the 1990s to refer to a type of psychological trauma experienced especially by soldiers who felt that their actions transgressed the expected moral norms this innovative volume provides a timely update that progresses and redefines the field of moral injury. The ten ground-breaking essays expand our understanding of moral injury beyond its original military context arguing that it can fruitfully be applied to and address predicaments most persons face in their daily lives. Approaching moral injury from different perspectives the contributors focus on the experiences of combat veterans and other survivors of violent forms of adversity. The chapters address thought-provoking questions and topics such as how survivors can regain their hope and faith and how they can in time explore ways that will lead them to grow through their suffering. Exploring moral injury with a particular emphasis on spirituality the early Church Fathers form the framework within which several chapters examine moral injury articulating a new perspective on this important subject. The insights advanced are not limited to theoretical innovations but also include practical methods of dealing with the effects of moral injury. This pioneering collection will be essential resource for mental health practitioners and trainees working with people suffering from severe trauma. Due to its interdisciplinary nature it will be useful not only to those academics and professionals engaged with moral injury but will be a source of inspiration for any perceptive student of the complexities and dilemmas of modern life especially as it interfaces with issues of mental health and spirituality. It will also be invaluable to academics and students of Jungian psychology theology philosophy and history interested in war migration and the impact of extreme forms of adversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714564

Moral Issues in Intelligence-led Policing The core baseline of Intelligence-led Policing is the aim of increasing efficiency and quality of police work with a focus on crime analysis and intelligence methods as tools for informed and objective decisions both when conducting targeted specialized operations and when setting strategic priorities. This book critically addresses the proliferation of intelligence logics within policing from a wide array of scholarly perspectives. It considers questions such as: How are precautionary logics becoming increasingly central in the dominant policing strategies? What kind of challenges will this move entail? What does the criminalization of preparatory acts mean for previous distinctions between crime prevention and crime detection? What are the predominant rationales behind the proactive use of covert cohesive measures in order to prevent attacks on national security? How are new technological measures increased private partnerships and international cooperation challenging the core nature of police services as the main providers of public safety and security? This book offers new insights by exploring dilemmas legal issues and questions raised by the use of new policing methods and the blurred and confrontational lines that can be observed between prevention intelligence and investigation in police work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227456

Moral Issues in Mental Retardation First published in 1985. Despite the vast number of books available on mental handicap there had been little published about moral philosophical or ethical issues. Yet such issues must be faced and indeed answered either explicitly or implicitly before any system of education or care for mentally handicapped people can be put into practice. This book reviews a number of issues in this field. Key topics addressed include: respect for retarded people; the notion of equal rights; terminating the lives of severely handicapped infants; and genetic engineering. With the current emphasis on recognising the rights and needs of the handicapped as individuals this book should represent an important review and be of interest to all concerned with mentally handicapped people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602663

Moral Judgement Originally published in 1955 this book covers most of the problems of moral philosophy but concentrates on two of them: the criterion of right action and the nature of moral judgment. Rejecting Utilitarianism it shows how principles of moral obligation may be unified under Kant’s formula of treating people as ends-in-themselves. This formula is interpreted in terms of a new naturalistic theory of moral obligation. Throughout the book the social reference of ethics is emphasized and moral obligation is discussed in relation to rights justice liberty and equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367508869

Moral Judgement from Childhood to Adolescence (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 5) Originally published in 1969 this book analyzes the development of moral judgement in children and adolescents. Interviews were held with 360 children aged 7 to 17 with equal numbers of either sex. Original visual devices were planned to elicit judgements in moral areas known to be of universal significance such as the value of life cheating stealing and lying. In addition analyses of concepts of reciprocity of the development of conscience and of specificity in moral judgement were derived from the tests. The book inlcudes a critical survey of previous work in this field and places the research in its wider philosophical psychological and sociological context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650281

Moral Judgments and Social Education The study of morality is an empirical as well as conceptual task one that involves data collection statistical analysis and the formulation and testing of hypotheses. This volume is about moral judgment especially its exercise in selected social settings. The contributors are psychologists sociologists and philosophers of morality most of whom have collaborated on long-ranged research projects in Europe involving socialization.These essays make it clear that moral judgment is a complex phenomena. The book fuses developmental psychology sociology and social psychology. It relates this directly to the work of Jean Piaget and Lawrence Kohlberg who wrote the introduction to the book. Whether moral reasoning has a content-specific domain or whether its structures transcend specific issues of justice obedience and rights these and similar questions suggest that moral philosophers and ethical theorists have much to say about the human condition.The contributors represent diverse disciplines; but they have as their common concern the topic of the interaction of individual or group-specific moral development and social milieu. Although deeply involved in empirical research they maintain that research on moral development can be pursued properly only in conjunction with a well-formulated theory of the relationship between society cognition and behavior. Moral development is an institutional as well as individual concern for schools universities and the military. It is rooted in the ability to formulate genuine and coherent moral judgments that reflect social conditions at two levels: individual socialization and historical development of the social system. This classic volume now available in paperback not only exemplifies that framework but also makes an important contribution to it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528338

Moral Knowledge Originally published in 1988 this book discusses if moral knowledge exists and if so if it is similar to other forms of knowledge. This book approaches the issues from both historical and contemporary perspectives and in order to determine whether there is a real property of rightness looks to the ethical theories of Hobbes Hume and Kant. This historical analysis leads to a systematic comparison of three theories of the nature of ethics: realism emotivism and coherentism. The nature of coherence is explained using legal reasoning as a model. Moral reasoning is compared and contrasted with reasoning both in science and law showing how ethics differs from science and empirical disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462741

Moral Law: Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203981948

Moral LearningIntegrating the Personal Professional and Political As moral educators we are more used to teaching others and researching their learning and moral development than reflecting on and writing formally about our own moral learning. We are not just professionals with an interest and supposedly some expertise in morality and education we also have gendered and culturally differentiated personal and professional lives in which there are moral issues puzzles and conflicts. We are situated in diverse political and institutional contexts whilst participating in an interdisciplinary professional field and interacting in an increasingly globalised world. How do we integrate the personal professional and political in our moral learning? In this book celebrating the Journal of Moral Education’s 40th anniversary 15 invited contributors at different stages in their careers from a range of disciplinary and cultural backgrounds and from around the world offer their academic analytical and autobiographical reflections. Through their stories narratives analyses questions and concerns and across many diverse topics central to moral education we see how they each confront their own moral learning—personally professionally and politically. This book offers insights from formative experiences and ongoing issues and challenges to suggest how all educators might take more account of the interrelation of the personal professional and political in moral teaching and learning. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Moral Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707039

Moral MarketsHow Knowledge and Affluence Change Consumers and Products Nothing affects modern society more than the decisions made in the marketplace especially (but not only) the judgments of consumers. Stehr's designation of a new stage in modern societies with the term "moral markets" signals a further development in the social evolution of markets. Market theories still widely in use today emerged in a society that no longer exists. Consumers were hardly in evidence at all in early theories of the market. Today growing affluence greater knowledge and high-speed communication among consumers builds into the marketplace notions of fairness solidarity environment health and political considerations imbued with a long-term perspective that can disrupt short-term pursuits of the best buy. Importantly such social goals individual apprehensions and modes of consumer conduct become inscribed today in products and services offered in the marketplace as well as in the rules and regulations that govern market relations. Stehr uses examples to illustrate these trends and build new theory fitting today's changing consumerism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633404

Moral MaturityMeasuring the Development of Sociomoral Reflection The traditional production measure of moral judgment has been the Moral Judgment Interview (MJI) which uses hypothetical moral dilemmas to elicit moral judgment. However the MJI dilemmas have been criticized as artificial and may not be entirely appropriate for children certain cultures and practical moral situations. This unique volume utilizes and evaluates a new production measure of moral judgment the Sociomoral Reflection Measure -- Short Form (SRM-SF) which substitutes brief stimulus materials and evaluative questions for the moral dilemma technique. The authors report that the SRM-SF exhibits an impressive degree of reliability and validity and is quicker to administer and score than other available measures. To illustrate these findings this book offers the resources needed for the assessment of the Kohlbergian stage of moral judgment using the SRM-SF. These resources include: an up-to-date review of research and theory a group-administrable questionnaire an efficient scoring manual and self-training exercises in assessment. Psychometrically sound and practical the SRM-SF has the potential to become the leading moral judgment measure of the 90s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976436

Moral Obligations and Sovereignty in International RelationsA Genealogy of Humanitarianism How has contemporary humanitarianism become the dominant framework for how states construct their moral obligations to non-citizens? To answer this question this book examines the history of humanitarianism in international relations by tracing the relationship between transnational moral obligation and sovereignty from the 16th century to the present. Whereas existing studies of humanitarianism examine the diffusion of such norms or their transmission by non-state actors this volume explicitly links humanitarianism to the broader concept of sovereignty. Rather than only focusing on the expansion of humanitarian norms it examines how sovereignty both challenges and sets limits on them. Humanitarian norms are shown to act just as much to reinforce the logic of sovereignty as they do to challenge it. Contemporary humanitarianism is often described in universalist terms which suggests that humanitarian activity transcends borders in order to provide assistance to those who suffer. In contrast this book suggests a more counterintuitive and complex understanding of moral obligation namely that humanitarian discourse not only provides a framework for legitimate humanitarian action but it also establishes the limits of moral obligation. It will be of great interest to a wide audience of scholars and students in international relations theory constructivism and norms and humanitarianism and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560178

Moral ObligationsAction Intention and Valuation There are many ways of writing about the moral life; Moral Obligations follows the way of what philosophers call ""meta-ethics"": the analysis not of particular moral problems but of how the concepts used in formulating and solving them concepts like ""right"" and ""obligatory "" have significance and power over us. The meta-ethical part of this book is preceded by a discussion of action in which Wren lays the foundations for the argument that moral obligation is a part of the formal structure of human agency.Wren's argument is practical and social-psychological: it is to help all starting with those who are already committed to some version of the ethic of individual dignity to promote interagency fellowship and peace as a result of seeing a certain truth namely the truth that the urgency of their feelings of moral obligation derives from a unspoken intention to belong to a community of agents.Moral Obligations begins with the philosophy of action and then it reviews the historical debate about the nature of obligation and its social context. This is followed by a section about action in general: it establishes the standpoint of the agent and makes an inventory of several species of action. Later chapters summarize the foregoing themes with emphasis on the unspoken side of intention and develop them in conjunction with an analysis of the hypothetical imperative. The work closes with a discussion of the dilemma of membership in competing moral communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528345

Moral Order and Social DisorderAmerican Search for Civil Society Drawing upon both classical insights and more recent writings Hearn provides a compelling account of social breakdown in the United States. The book examines the conditions most responsible for the deterioration of social institutions notably the family and of communitarian interdependencies such as those that support neighborhoods. More specifically Hearn analyzes the defining forces of liberal modernity--among them especially the market economy (favored by the political right) and the democratic welfare state (endorsed by the political left)--whose steady expansion has diminished the social contexts that nurture trust mutuality and a robust sense of both personal responsibility and social obligation. The originality of Hearn's book lies in the solutions he proposes which differ from those rooted in what Hearn calls ""the languages of modernity."" Hearn advocates modes that would serve instead to renew solidarity and reclaim social virtue a repertory of strategies that would answer Emile Durkheim's call for the creation of moral individualism. He assesses various approaches to revitalizing the social settings the social institutions and communitarian structures within which people become moral individuals capable of care about and taking responsibility for the fates of others. Readers of this book are invited to draw their own conclusions by relying in larger part on themselves as parents neighbors community members and citizen-participants in a civil society in restoration. As the American Journal of Sociology notes ""the book succeeds in its goals and it deserves to be widely read.""Frank Hearn was professor of sociology at the State University of New York College of Cortland and the author of Reason and Freedom in Sociological Thought and The Transformation of Industrial Organization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124742

Moral Panic and the Politics of Anxiety Moral Panic and the Politics of Anxiety is a collection of original essays written by some of the world’s leading social scientists. It seeks to provide unique insight into the importance of moral panic as a routine feature of everyday life whilst also developing an integrated framework for moral panic research by widening the scope of scholarship in the area. Many of the key twenty-first century contributions to moral panic theory have moved beyond the parameters of the sociology of deviance to consider the importance of moral panic for identity formation national security industrial risk and character formation. Reflecting this growth the book brings together recognized moral panic researchers with prominent scholars in moral regulation social problems cultural fear and health risks allowing for a more careful and critical discussion around the cultural and political significance of moral panic to emerge. This book will prove valuable reading for both undergraduate and postgraduate students on courses such as politics and the media regulatory policy the body and identity theory and political sociology and sociology of culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415555562

Moral Panic in Physical Education and Coaching This book focuses on sports coaching and sports teaching and how touching young sports participants has been redefined as dubious and dangerous. Coaches are constrained by a framework of regulations and guidelines which create anxiety and many coaches now question the risks and benefits of their continuing involvement. The book includes some data from a recently completed ESRC project: (‘Hands-off’ sports coaching: the politics of touch) and builds on previous ESRC research (Touchlines – the problematic of touching between children and professionals) which illuminated tensions in touching behaviours between professionals and children in education and care settings. It considers the negative effects of particular understandings of risk and moral panic around touching and related behaviours where adults children and young people interact and makes a significant contribution to critical discussions around related practice pedagogy politics and policy. While focussed on sports coaching and teaching it is germane to the situation of all those acting in loco parentis. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport Education and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060456

Moral Panics Social Fears and the MediaHistorical Perspectives The media have always played a central role in organising the way ideas flow through societies. But what happens when those ideas are disruptive to normal social relations? Bringing together work by scholars in history media and cultural studies and sociology this collection explores this role in more depth and with more attention paid to the complexities behind conventional analyses. Attention is paid to morality and regulation; empire and film; the role of women; authoritarianism; wartime and fears of treachery; and fears of cultural contamination. The book begins with essays that contextualise the theoretical and historiographical issues of the relationship between social fears moral panics and the media. The second section provides case studies which illustrate the ways in which the media has participated in or been seen as the source of the creation of threats to society. Finally the third section then shows how historical research calls into question simple assumptions about the relationship between the media and social disruption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548589

Moral Panics and School Educational Policy How do the moral panics that have plagued school education since it’s nineteenth-century beginnings impact current school education policy? Research has shown young people to be particularly vulnerable to moral panics and with the rise of social media the impact of moral panics on school education is growing exponentially. Increasingly they are reaching into the highest levels of national governments and so powerful are their effects some politicians choose to orchestrate them for their own political ends. For many educational administrators the management of the ‘fallout’ of moral panics has become a time-consuming part of their day as well as being a problematic time for parents teachers and students.First developed by British and Canadian sociologists such as Stanley Cohen (1972) moral panic theory has evolved substantially since its early focus on adolescent deviant behaviour and is now a part of common media talk. This book addresses the need for a single monograph on the topic with reference to historical moral panics such as those associated with sexuality education but also wider societal moral panics such as those associated with obesity. Teachers students indeed all members of school communities along with educational administrators and politicians can learn from this study of the impact of moral panics on school educational policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594886

Moral Panics over Contemporary Children and Youth The concept of moral panic has received considerable scholarly attention but as yet little attention has been accorded to panics over children and youth. This is the first book to examine this important and controversial social issue by employing a rigorous intellectual framework to explore the cultural construction of youth through the dissemination of moral panics. It is accessible in manner and makes use of the latest contemporary research by addressing some of the pressing recent concerns relating to children and youth including cyber-related panics child abuse and pornography education and crime. A truly international collection this volume features new global research focusing on the United Kingdom Australia Canada South Africa and France as well as the United States. Genuinely multidisciplinary in approach it will appeal to researchers and students across the social sciences and humanities - from sociology and social theory to media education anthropology criminology geography and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603250

Moral PassagesToward a Collectivist Moral Theory Originally published in 1994 asks how moral theories whether traditional or feminist are made a reality. Using detailed examples to bring moral norms to light the book addresses historical cases and contemporary social problems such as teen pregnancy contraception abortion and gay rights. Her in-depth study of Margaret Sanger's early work on birth control shows how the knowledge of birth control as well as the action of abortion was (and still is) declared deviant and reveals the collective nature of both morality and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367457716

Moral Phenomena Since the nineteenth century moral philosophy in the Western world has been dominated by utilitarianism Kantianism and relativism. Only a few philosophers have been able to escape from this Procrustean bed. Foremost among these few is Nicolai Hartmann (1882-1950). Together with Henri Bergson and Martin Heidegger Hartmann was instrumental in restoring metaphysics. Hartmann's metaphysics differs markedly from that of both Bergson and Heidegger in his indebtedness to Plato.In 1926 Hartmann published a massive treatise Ethik which was translated into English by Stanton Coit and published as Ethics in 1932. Ethics is probably the most outstanding treatise on moral philosophy in the twentieth century. The central concept of the book is "value." Drawing upon the pre-modern view of ethics Hartmann maintains that values are objectively given part and parcel of the order of being. We cannot invent values we can merely discover them.The first part of Ethics is concerned with the structure of ethical phenomena and criticizes utilitarianism Kantianism and relativism as misleading approaches. After some introductory thoughts concerning the competence of practical philosophy Hartmann discusses the essence of moral values including their absoluteness and ideal being and the essence of the "ought." Hartmann is both controversial and compelling. He provides a moral philosophy that rejects the subjectivism of the ruling approaches without taking recourse to older theological notions on the foundation of the ethical. In sum: Hartmann's Ethics constitutes an impressive and preeminent contribution to moral philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528352

Moral Philosophy and the Holocaust How far can we ever hope to understand the Holocaust? What can we reasonably say about right and wrong moral responsibility praise and blame in a world where ordinary reasons seem to be excluded? In the century of Nazism ethical writing in English had much more to say about the meaning of the word `good` than about the material reality of evil. This book seeks to redress the balance at the start of a new century. Despite intense interest in the Holocaust there has been relatively little exploration of it by philosophers in the analytic tradition. Although ethical writers often refer to Nazism as a touchstone example of evil and use it as a case by which moral theorising can be tested they rarely analyse what evil amounts to or address the substantive moral questions raised by the Holocaust itself. This book draws together new work by leading moral philosophers to present a wide range of perspectives on the Holocaust. Contributors focus on particular themes of central importance including: moral responsibility for genocide; the moral uniqueness of the Holocaust; responding to extreme evil; the role of ideology; the moral psychology of perpetrators and victims of genocide; forgiveness and the Holocaust; and the impact of the `Final Solution` on subsequent culture. Topics are treated with the precision and rigour characteristic of analytic philosophy. Scholars teachers and students with an interest in moral theory applied ethics genocide and Holocaust studies will find this book of particular value as will all those seeking greater insight into ethical issues surrounding Nazism race-hatred and intolerance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248677

Moral Philosophy for Education (RLE Edu K) Teachers and students are frequently confused as to the relevance of abstract philosophical theorising to the reality of the classroom and this book is distinctive for the attention it devotes to philosophy and its potential contribution to practical matters and education in particular. The author is critical of many current views of the philosophy of education and argues the validity of philosophy as an integral part of education in its own right against the creation of a ‘new’ branch of philosophy the ‘philosophy of education’. The book stresses that relativist ethical theories are no more ‘known’ to be valid than the absolutist theories they have replaced and in the second section the author argues for a modified utilitarian position. The final section enables the reader to relate the general argument of the second part to several specific issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006485

Moral Play and Counterpublic In this study Murakami overturns the misconception that popular English morality plays were simple medieval vehicles for disseminating conservative religious doctrine. On the contrary Murakami finds that moral drama came into its own in the sixteenth century as a method for challenging normative views on ethics economics social rank and political obligation. From its inception in itinerate troupe productions of the late fifteenth century "moral play" served not as a cloistered form but as a volatile public forum. This book demonstrates how the genre’s apparently inert conventions—from allegorical characters to the battle between good and evil for Mankind’s soul—veiled critical explorations of topical issues. Through close analysis of plays representing key moments of formal and ideological innovation from 1465 to 1599 Murakami makes a new argument for what is at stake in the much-discussed anxiety around the entwined social practices of professional theater and the emergent capitalist market. Moral play fostered a phenomenon that was ultimately more threatening to ‘the peace’ of the realm than either theater or the notorious market--a political self-consciousness that gave rise to ephemeral non-elite counterpublics who defined themselves against institutional forms of authority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865801

Moral PowersNormative Necessity in Language and History Originally published in 1986 this book subverts an attitude towards the moral dimension of life which the author terms ‘ethical cynicism’. It discusses a theory of moral powers – a theory which shows that moral values are immensely potent sources of power. The author argues that there is a conceptual affinity between the Wittgensteinian account of language and the Marxist theory of history such that the two complement and even require one another in various aspects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476472

Moral Practices Vol 6 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823461

Moral Principles and Social Values Originally published in 1987 this book discusses how matters of fact influence moral judgments and also how the judgments themselves influence facts. It demonstrates that ethics is a practical subject affecting our moral assessment of inter-personal behaviour and the conduct of public affairs. It is designed as in introduction to moral philosophy for first-year undergraduates and provides an excellent basis for further study as well as serving as a valuable background text for those whose primary interests are in law politics sociology social history and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504502

Moral Psychology Moral functioning is a defining feature of human personhood and human social life. Moral Psychology provides an integrative and evaluative overview of the theoretical and empirical traditions that have attempted to make sense of moral cognition prosocial behavior and the development of virtuous character.This is the first book to integrate a comp Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316938

Moral PsychologyA Contemporary Introduction This is the first philosophy textbook in moral psychology introducing students to a range of philosophical topics and debates such as: What is moral motivation? Do reasons for action always depend on desires? Is emotion or reason at the heart of moral judgment? Under what conditions are people morally responsible? Are there self-interested reasons for people to be moral? Moral Psychology: A Contemporary Introduction presents research by philosophers and psychologists on these topics and addresses the overarching question of how empirical research is (or is not) relevant to philosophical inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529693

Moral Rationalism and Shari'aIndependent rationality in modern Shi'i usul al-Fiqh Moral Rationalism and SharÄ«'a is the first attempt at outlining the scope for a theological reading of SharÄ«'a based on a critical examination of why 'Adliyya theological ethics have not significantly impacted ShÄ«'Ä« readings of SharÄ«'a. Within ShÄ«'Ä« works of SharÄ« 'a legal theory (usÅ«l al-fiqh) there is a theoretical space for reason as an independent source of normativity alongside the Qur’ān and the Prophetic tradition. The position holds that humans are capable of understanding moral values independently of revelation. Describing themselves as 'Adliyya (literally the people of Justice) this allows the ShÄ« 'a who describe themselves as 'Adiliyya (literally the People of Justice)  to attribute a substantive rational conception of justice to God both in terms of His actions and His regulative instructions. Despite the ShÄ«'Ä« adoption of this moral rationalism independent judgments of rational morality play little or no role in the actual inference of SharÄ« 'a norms within mainstream contemporary ShÄ«'Ä« thought. Through a close examination of the notion of independent rationality as a source in modern ShÄ«'Ä« usÅ«l al-fiqh the obstacles preventing this moral rationalism from impacting the understanding of SharÄ« 'a are shown to be purely epistemic. In line with the ‘emic’ (insider) approach adopted these epistemic obstacles are revisited identifying the scope for allowing a reading of SharÄ«'a that is consistent with the fundamental moral rationalism of ShÄ«'Ä« thought. It is argued that judgments of rational morality even when not definitively certain cannot be ignored in the face of the apparent meaning of texts that are themselves also not certain. An 'Adliyya reading of SharÄ«'a demands that the strength of independent rational evidence be reconciled against the strength of any other apparently conflicting evidence such that independent Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870249

Moral RealitiesAn Essay in Philosophical Psychology First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755634

Moral Reality and the Empirical Sciences Are there objective moral truths (things that are morally right or wrong independently of what anybody thinks about them)? To answer this question more and more scholars have recently begun to appeal to evidence from scientific disciplines such as psychology neuroscience biology and anthropology. This book investigates this novel scientific approach in a comprehensive empirically focused partly clarificatory and partly metatheoretical way. It argues for two main theses. First it is possible for the empirical sciences to contribute to the moral realism/anti-realism debate. And second most appeals to science that have so far been proposed are insufficiently empirically substantiated.The book’s main chapters address four prominent science-based arguments for or against the existence of objective moral truths: the presumptive argument the argument from moral disagreement the sentimentalist argument and the evolutionary debunking argument. For each of these arguments Thomas Pölzler first identifies the sense in which its underlying empirical hypothesis would have to be true in order for the argument to work. Then he shows that the available scientific evidence fails to support this hypothesis. Finally he also makes suggestions as to how to test the hypothesis more validly in future scientific research.Moral Reality and the Empirical Sciences is an important contribution to the moral realism/anti-realism debate that will appeal both to philosophers and scientists interested in moral psychology and metaethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734657

Moral Reasoning Vol 2 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871267

Moral Reform in Comedy and Culture 1696-1747 In the first half of the eighteenth century a new comic plot formula dramatizing the moral reform of a flawed protagonist emerged on the English stage. The comic reform plot was not merely a generic turn towards morality or sentimentality Aparna Gollapudi argues but an important social mechanism for controlling and challenging political and economic changes. Gollapudi looks at reform comedies by dramatists such as Colley Cibber Susanna Centlivre Richard Steele Charles Johnson and Benjamin Hoadly in relation to emergent trends in finance capitalism imperial nationalism political factionalism domestic ideology and middling class-consciousness. Within the context of the cultural anxieties engendered by these developments Gollapudi suggests the reform comedies must be seen not as clichéd and moralistic productions but as responses to vital ideological shifts and cultural transvaluations that impose a reassuring moral schema on everyday conduct. Thoroughly researched and elegantly written Gollapudi's study shows that reform comedies covered a range of contemporary concerns from party politics to domestic harmony and are crucial for understanding eighteenth-century literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409417965

Moral Relativism and Reasons for Action Originally published in 2003 this book examines moral relativism and the author discusses the main arguments for Appraiser Relativism and Agent Relativism. The final chapter of the book discusses the implication of some recent developments in metaethics and develops a theory of reasons for action based on the way in which an action can be good as an alternative to the desire-based agent-centred account critiqued in the earlier chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367512576

Moral Responsibility How and to what degree are we responsible for our characters our lives our misfortunes our relationships and our children? This question is at the heart of "Moral Responsibility". The book explores accusations and denials of moral responsibility for particular acts responsibility for character and the role of luck and fate in ethics. Moral responsibility as the grounds for a retributivist theory of punishment is examined alongside discussions of forgiveness parental responsibility and responsibility before God. The book also discusses collective responsibility bringing in notions of complicity and membership and drawing on the seminal contemporary discussion of collective agency and responsibility: the Nuremberg trials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655656

Moral Responsibility Authenticity and Education The primary purpose of this book is to explain the distinction on the one hand between indoctrination and education and on the other between responsibility-subverting manipulation and mere causation. Both are elucidated by an appeal to common ground an account of when our motivations and other springs of action are "truly our own" or "authentic." The book progresses from analyses of the sort of agency that responsibility requires and the authenticity of our motivations together with a discussion of the relevance of these analyses to manipulation and related problems in the philosophy of education to a defense of the thesis that responsibility from love's standpoint is of vital significance and the implications of this thesis for what the authors deem to be legitimate goals of education and other issues in free will. Philosophers and advanced students working in free will moral psychology and the philosophy of education will find this text to be extremely useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541756

Moral Responsibility Statecraft and Humanitarian InterventionThe US Response to Rwanda Darfur and Libya This book explores the moral complexity of statecraft in the context of decision-making on armed intervention in the post-Cold War era. This book adds to the debate on humanitarian intervention by analyzing the moral complexity of statecraft when confronted with situations of severe human rights violations. Through a comparative case study of President Bill Clinton administration’s failure to intervene in the Rwanda genocide (1994) the George W. Bush administration’s tepid response to the Darfur atrocities (2003-07) and the Barack Obama administration’s leadership behind the limited U.N. intervention in Libya (2011) it explores the factors – domestic and international – that influence decision-making about humanitarian intervention. These cases show not only how international moral concerns often compete with interest-based and domestic concerns but how decision-makers are often confronted by competing moral imperatives. In such situations it is often not clear which imperatives should be followed. In an increasingly interconnected world this book examines how we expect state leaders to balance different moral responsibilities.This book will be of much interest to students of humanitarian intervention the Responsibility to Protect human rights US foreign policy African politics and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599126

Moral Responsibility and Alternative PossibilitiesEssays on the Importance of Alternative Possibilities This book explores an important issue within the free will debate: the relation between free will and moral responsibility. In his seminal article 'Alternate Possibilities and Moral Responsibility' Harry Frankfurt launched a vigorous attack on the standard conception of that relation questioning the claim that a person is morally responsible for what she has done only if she could have done otherwise. Since then Frankfurt's thesis has been at the center of philosophical discussions on free will and moral responsibility. Moral Responsibility and Alternative Possibilities edited by David Widerker and Michael McKenna draws together the most recent work on Frankfurt's thesis by leading theorists in the area of free will and responsibility. As the majority of the essays appear here for the first time Moral Responsibility and Alternative Possibilities offers the newest developments in this important debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425026

Moral Responsibility and Alternative PossibilitiesEssays on the Importance of Alternative Possibilities This book was published in 2003. This book explores an important issue within the free will debate: the relation between free will and moral responsibility. In his seminal article "Alternate Possibilities and Moral Responsibility" Harry Frankfurt launched a vigorous attack on the standard conception of that relation questioning the claim that a person is morally responsible for what she has done only if she could have done otherwise. Since then Frankfurt's thesis has been at the center of philosophical discussions on free will and moral responsibility. "Moral Responsibility and Alternative Possibilities" edited by David Widerker and Michael McKenna draws together the most recent work on Frankfurt's thesis by leading theorists in the area of free will and responsibility. As the majority of the essays appear here for the first time "Moral Responsibility and Alternative Possibilities" offers the newest developments in this important debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315199924

Moral Responsibility and Alternative PossibilitiesEssays on the Importance of Alternative Possibilities This book explores an important issue within the free will debate: the relation between free will and moral responsibility. In his seminal article 'Alternate Possibilities and Moral Responsibility' Harry Frankfurt launched a vigorous attack on the standard conception of that relation questioning the claim that a person is morally responsible for what she has done only if she could have done otherwise. Since then Frankfurt's thesis has been at the center of philosophical discussions on free will and moral responsibility. Moral Responsibility and Alternative Possibilities edited by David Widerker and Michael McKenna draws together the most recent work on Frankfurt's thesis by leading theorists in the area of free will and responsibility. As the majority of the essays appear here for the first time Moral Responsibility and Alternative Possibilities offers the newest developments in this important debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707689

Moral Responsibility and Risk in SocietyExamples from Emerging Technologies Public Health and Environment Risks including health and technological attract a lot of attention in modern societies from individuals as well as policy-makers. Human beings have always had to deal with dangers but contemporary societies conceptualise these dangers as risks indicating that they are to some extent controllable and calculable. Conceiving of dangers in this way implies a need to analyse how we hold people responsible for risks and how we can and should take responsibility for risks. Moral Responsibility and Risk in Society combines philosophical discussion of different concepts and notions of responsibility with context-specific applications in the areas of health technology and environment. The book consists of two parts addressing two crucial aspects of risks and responsibility: holding agents responsible i.e. ascribing and distributing responsibility for risks and taking responsibility for risk. More specifically the book discusses the values of fairness and efficacy in responsibility distributions and makes distinctions between backward-looking and forward-looking responsibility as well as individual and collective responsibility. Additionally it analyses what it means to take responsibility for technological risks conceptualising this kind of responsibility as a virtue and furthermore explores the notion of responsible risk communication and the implications for adult-child relationships. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of environmental ethics bioethics public health ethics engineering ethics philosophy of risk and moral philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586065

Moral Responsibility and the Problem of Many Hands When many people are involved in an activity it is often difficult if not impossible to pinpoint who is morally responsible for what a phenomenon known as the ‘problem of many hands.’ This term is increasingly used to describe problems with attributing individual responsibility in collective settings in such diverse areas as public administration corporate management law and regulation technological development and innovation healthcare and finance. This volume provides an in-depth philosophical analysis of this problem examining the notion of moral responsibility and distinguishing between different normative meanings of responsibility both backward-looking (accountability blameworthiness and liability) and forward-looking (obligation virtue). Drawing on the relevant philosophical literature the authors develop a coherent conceptualization of the problem of many hands taking into account the relationship and possible tension between individual and collective responsibility. This systematic inquiry into the problem of many hands pertains to discussions about moral responsibility in a variety of applied settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346710

Moral Rhetoric and the Criminalisation of SquattingVulnerable Demons? This collection of critical essays considers the criminalisation of squatting from a range of different theoretical policy and practice perspectives. While the practice of squatting has long been criminalised in some jurisdictions the last few years have witnessed the emergence of a newly constituted political concern with unlawful occupation of land. With initiatives to address the ‘threat’ of squatting sweeping across Europe the offence of squatting in a residential building was created in England in 2012. This development which has attracted a large measure of media attention has been widely regarded as a controversial policy departure with many commentators Parliamentarians and professional organisations arguing that its support is premised on misunderstandings of the current law and a precarious evidence-base concerning the nature and prevalence of ‘squatting’. Moral Rhetoric and the Criminalisation of Squatting explores the significance of measures to criminalise squatting for squatters owners and communities. The book also interrogates wider themes that draw on political philosophy social policy criminal justice and the nature of ownership to consider how the assimilation of squatting to a contemporary punitive turn is shaping the political social legal and moral landscapes of property housing and crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686076

Moral Rights and Their Grounds Moral Rights and Their Grounds offers a novel theory of rights based on two distinct views. The first—the value view of rights—argues that for a person to have a right is to be valuable in a certain way or to have a value property. This special type of value is in turn identified by the reasons that others have for treating the right holder in certain ways and that correlate with the value in question. David Alm then argues that the familiar agency view of rights should be replaced with a different version according to which persons’ rights and thus at least in part their value are based on their actions rather than their mere agency. This view which Alm calls exercise-based rights retains some of the most valuable features of the agency view while also defending it against common objections concerning right loss. This book presents a unique conception of exercise-based rights that will be of keen interest to ethicists legal philosophers and political philosophers interested in rights theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102590

Moral Scepticism and Moral Knowledge Originally published in 1979 this book shows that a recognition of the rationality of moral judgment and moral action in no way involves us in diminishing our respect for liberty authenticity sincerity or integrity. It maintains that the resolution of these issues lies in recognising that the necessary involvement of the emotions in moral judgments and moral choices need not give rise to any hesitation or reluctance to treat moral questions as needing and permitting the use of the resources of human understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459536

Moral Self-RegardDuties to Oneself in Kant's Moral Theory Moral Self-Regard draws on the work of Marcia Baron Joseph Butler and Allen Wood among others in this first extensive study of the nature foundation and significance of duties to oneself in Kant's moral theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884342

Moral Sense First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870826

Moral SkepticismNew Essays Moral skepticism is at present a vibrant topic of philosophical inquiry. Particularly since the turn of the millennium the debates between moral skeptics of various stripes and their opponents have gained renewed force not only by taking account of innovative ideas in moral philosophy but also by drawing on novel positions in epistemology metaphysics and philosophy of language as well as on recent findings in empirical sciences. As a result new arguments for and against moral skepticism have been devised while the traditional ones have been reexamined. This collection of original essays will advance the ongoing debates about various forms of moral skepticism by discussing such topics as error theory disagreement constructivism non-naturalism expressivism fictionalism and evolutionary debunking arguments. It will be a valuable resource for academics and advanced students working in metaethics and moral philosophy more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594237

Moral TalkStance and Evaluation in Political Discourse This book is about moral talk in contemporary British political discourse drawing on speeches debates and radio phone-ins. Using a critical sociolinguistic approach Spencer-Bennett explores the language people use to communicate moral judgement and highlights the relations between the things that people say the contexts in which they are said and the circulating ideologies about meaning and morality. This is key reading for students and scholars studying language politics and critical discourse analysis within linguistics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734732

Moral Theory and Climate ChangeEthical Perspectives on a Warming Planet Climate change has become the most pressing moral and political problem of our time. Ethical theories help us think clearly and more fully about important moral and political issues. And yet to date there have been no books that have brought together a broad range of ethical theories to apply them systematically to the problems of climate change. This volume fills that deep need. Two preliminary chapters—an up-to-date synopsis of climate science and an overview of the ethical issues raised by climate change—set the stage. After this ten leading ethicists in ten separate chapters each present a major ethical theory (or more broadly perspective) and discuss the implications of that view for how we decide to respond to a rapidly warming planet. Each chapter first provides a brief exposition of the view before working out what that theory “has to say” about climate change and our response to the problems it poses. Key features: • Up-to-date synopsis of climate science • Clear overviews of a wide range of ethical theories and perspectives by leading experts • Insightful discussions of the implications of these theories and perspectives for our response to climate change • A unique opportunity to assess the relative strengths and weaknesses of various ethical viewpoints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678279

Moral TheoryAn Introduction to Ethics Originally published in 1921 updated in 1932 and re-issued in 1966 with an introduction by Stephan Körner this book remains a classic introduction to the study of ethics. It clearly explains both the Aristotelian and the Kantian approach to ethical problems by combining the advantages of a historical and systematic introduction. Much of the book is devoted to Aristotle and Kant whose moral theories are important and who are influential forces in contemporary moral philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367468507

Moral Thinking Fast and Slow In recent research dual-process theories of cognition have been the primary model for explaining moral judgment and reasoning. These theories understand moral thinking in terms of two separate domains: one deliberate and analytic the other quick and instinctive. This book presents a new theory of the philosophy and cognitive science of moral judgment. Hanno Sauer develops and defends an account of "triple-process" moral psychology arguing that moral thinking and reasoning are only insufficiently understood when described in terms of a quick but intuitive and a slow but rational type of cognition. This approach severely underestimates the importance and impact of dispositions to initiate and engage in critical thinking – the cognitive resource in charge of counteracting my-side bias closed-mindedness dogmatism and breakdowns of self-control. Moral cognition is based not on emotion and reason but on an integrated network of intuitive algorithmic and reflective thinking.Moral Thinking Fast and Slow will be of great interest to philosophers and students of ethics philosophy of psychology and cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733469

Moral Thought in Educational Practice This book demonstrates how pervasive moral thought can be in educational thought and practice. By analyzing research on the moral and intellectual qualities in curriculum as well as the integration of personhood and citizenship development in classroom work this book demonstrates the primacy of the moral in various educational settings. With an additional emphasis on morality as it pertains to teaching as a vocation Moral Thought in Educational Practice examines the objectives of teacher education and offers an account of moral purposes within the knowledge base for teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585327

Moral Threats and Dangerous DesiresAIDS in the News Media Since 1981 AIDS has had an enormous impact upon the popular imagination. Few other diseases this century have been greeted with quite the same fear loathing and prejudice against those who develop it. The mass media and in particular the news media have played a vital part in "making sense" of AIDS. This volume takes an interdisciplinary perspective combining cultural studies history of medicine and contemporary social theory to examine AIDS reporting. There have been three major themes dominating coverage: the "gay-plague" dominant in the early 1980s panic-stricken visions of the end of the world as AIDS was said to pose a threat to everyone in the late 1980s; and a growing routinising of coverage in the 1990s. This book lays bare the sub-textual ideologies giving meaning to AIDS news reports including anxieties about pollution and contagion deviance bodily control the moral meanings of risk the valorisation of drugs and medical science. Drawing together the work of cultural and politicaltheorists sociologists and historians who have written about medicine disease and the body as well as that of theorists in Europe and the USA who have focused their attention specificaiiy on AIDS this book explores the wide theoretical debate about the importance of language in the social construction of illness and disease. This text offers insights into the sociocultural context in which attitudes towards people with HIV or AIDS and people's perceptions of risk from HIV infection are developed and the responses of governments to the AIDS epidemic are formulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468122

Moral Values Nicolai Hartmann (1882-1950) along with Henri Bergson and Martin Heidegger was instrumental in restoring metaphysics to the study of philosophy. Unlike his contemporaries however Hartmann was clearly influenced by Plato. His tour-de-force Ethik published in English in 1932 as Ethics may be the most outstanding work on moral philosophy produced in the twentieth century.In the first part of Ethics (Moral Phenomena) Hartmann was concerned with the structure of ethical phenomena and criticized utilitarianism Kantianism and relativism as misleading approaches. In the second part Moral Values the author describes all values as forming a complex and as yet imperfectly known system. The actualization of the non-moral and elementary moral values is a necessary condition for the actualization of the higher values. It is on this account that rudimentary values have a prior claim.Hartmann outlines the main features of the chief virtues and shows that the moral disposition required in any exigency is always a specific synthesis of various and often conflicting values. Specifically describing fundamental moral values-such as goodness nobility and vitality-and special moral values-such as justice wisdom courage self-control trustworthiness and modesty-Hartmann takes theoretical philosophy and brings it very much into the realm of the practical.A compelling and insightful volume Moral Values remains an essential contribution to the moral and ethical literature of the twentieth century. Hartmann offers a self-contained system of ethics that yet offers a conservative outlook on social life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528369

Moral Values in the Ancient World This book studies the pilgrimage of the Ancient World in its search for moral truth. After a brief examination of the values which dominated Homeric society and the subsequent aristocracies the central portion of the book is an account and analysis of the moral ideas which illuminated the Greek Roman and Hebrew worlds during the classical period. The volume discusses the cardinal virtues the place of friendship Plato’s love philanthropia and the moral insights of the Jewish prophets and subsequently examines Christian love. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202702

Moralising PovertyThe ‘Undeserving’ Poor in the Public Gaze Do we judge the poor? Do we fear them? Do we have a moral obligation to help those in need? The moral and social grounds of solidarity and deservedness in relation to aid for poor people are rarely steady. This is particularly true under contemporary austerity reforms where current debates question exactly who is most ‘deserving’ of protection in times of crisis. These arguments have accompanied a rise in the production of negative and punitive sentiments towards the poor. This book breaks new ground in the discussion of the moral dimension of poverty and its implications for the treatment of the poor in mature welfare states drawing upon the diverse political social and symbolic constructions of deservedness and otherness. It takes a new look at the issue of poverty from the perspective of public policy media and public opinion. It also examines in a topical manner the various ways in which certain factions contribute to the production of stereotyped representations of poverty and to the construction of boundaries between ‘insiders’ and ‘outsiders’ in our society. Case studies from the UK and Italy are used to examine these issues and to understand the impact that a moralising of poverty has on the everyday experiences of the poor. This is valuable reading for students and researchers interested in contemporary social work social policy and welfare systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349257

Moralising SpaceThe Utopian Urbanism of the British Positivists 1855-1920 Amidst the soot stink and splendour of Victorian London a coterie of citizen-sociologists set out to break up the British Empire. They were the followers of the French philosopher Auguste Comte a controversial figure who introduced the modern science of sociology and the republican Religion of Humanity. Moralising Space examines how from the 1850s Comte’s British followers practised this science and religion with the aim to create a global network of 500 utopian city-states. Curiously the British Positivists’ work has never been the focus of a full-length study on modern sociology and town planning. In this intellectual history Matthew Wilson shows that through to the interwar period affiliates to the British Positivist Society – Richard Congreve Frederic Harrison Charles Booth Patrick Geddes and Victor Branford – attempted to realise Comte’s vision. With scarcely used source material Wilson presents the Positivists as an organised resistance to imperialism industrial exploitation poverty and despondency. Much to the consternation of the church state and landed aristocracy they organised urban interventions led ad hoc sociological surveys and published programmes for realising idyllic city-communities. Effectively this book contributes to our understanding of how Positivism as a utopian spatial design praxis heavily influenced twentieth-century architecture and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884314

MoralismA Study of a Vice Moralism involves the distortion of moral thought the distortion of reflection and judgement. It is a vice and one to which many - from the philosopher to the media pundit to the politician - are highly susceptible. This book examines the nature of moralism in specific moral judgements and the ways in which moral philosophy and theories about morality can themselves become skewed by this vice. This book ranges across a wide range of topics: the problem of the demandingness of morality; the conflict between moral and other values; the contrast between the practice of moral philosophy and other modes of moral thought or reflection; moralism in the media; and moralism in the public discussion of literature and art. This highly original and provocative book will be of interest to students of philosophy psychology theology and media and to anyone who takes a serious interest in contemporary morality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844654949

Morality Ethics and Responsibility in Organization and Management In the aftermath of the financial crisis and regular corporate scandals there has been a growing concern with the moral and ethical foundations of business. Often these concerns are limited to narrow accounts of governance codes regulatory procedures or behaviour incentives which are often characterized by neoliberal bias underpinned by western masculine logics. This book challenges these limited accounts of ethics and responsibility. It looks at the writing of Gayatri C. Spivak who takes globally networked markets people and ideas and provides tools to rethink subjectivity ethics and corporate governance. Eschewing strict hierarchical notions of authority and identity Spivak’s work invites us to consider who speaks for whom and for what in organizational contexts. Relationality is also to be found in the radical politics and feminist ethics of Judith Butler who continues to draw on and develop her account of performativity to interpret contemporary organizations management and work. While popular accounts of corporate ethics often concern themselves with the aims and actions of those at the top of organizations Lauren Berlant focuses on the struggles of those at the bottom of the new social structures created by contemporary forms of capital. Finally the book also considers ecological challenges through the work of Val Plumwood who spent a lifetime considering the threats and responsibilities we face in environmental terms and developed a feminist ecological philosophy for understanding social and species differences. This book will be relevant to students and researchers across business and management organizational studies critical management studies gender studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234140

Morality Rationality and EfficiencyNew Perspectives on Socio-economics The papers in this collection were selected from nearly 200 that were presented at the 50 sessions of the second annual International Conference on Socio-Economics held at The George Washington University in Washington D.C. March 1990. They reflect the great interest that socio-economics has inspired in the few years since the Society for the Advancement of Socio-Economics was founded in 1989. The papers represent the stimulating dialogue among psychologists sociologists political scientists philosophers economists and students of finance and business administration. The authors are communicating across the frontiers of established disciplines to address enduring questions on economic theory and policy and they aim to liberate the study of economics from the straitjacket of the neoclassical approach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488615

Morality Self Knowledge and Human SufferingAn Essay on The Loss of Confidence in the World In this wholly original study Josep Corbi asks how one should relate to a certain kind of human suffering namely the harm that people cause one another. Relying upon real life examples of human suffering--including torture genocide and warfare--as opposed to thought experiments Corbi proposes a novel approach to self-knowledge that runs counter to standard Kantian approaches to morality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922204

Morality & Purpose Vol 9 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823218

Morality and Emotion Despite the many attempts to disentangle the relationship between morality and emotion as is clear from the myriad of approaches that try to understand the nature and importance of their connection the extent of this synergy remains rather controversial. The multidisciplinary framework of the present volume was specifically designed to challenge self-containing disciplinary views encouraging a more integrative analysis that covers various methodological angles and theoretical perspectives. Contributions include discussions on the interrelation between moral philosophy emotion and identity namely the clash between grand ethical theories and the practicality of human life; philosophical considerations on akrasia or the so called weakness of will and the factors behind it; anthropological reflections on empathy and prosocial behavior; accounts from artificial intelligence and evolutionary game theory; and literary and artistic dissections of emotional responses to the representational power of fiction and the image. The inclusion of chapters from varied scientific backgrounds substantially enriches this debate and shows that several core questions such as the ones related to identity and to the way we perceive the other and ourselves are transversal. It is therefore valuable and pressing to further explore these common threads and to encourage disciplinary dialogues across both traditional and emerging fields to help shed new light on the puzzling and fascinating ways in which morality and emotion are mutually imbricated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121300

Morality and ExpediencyThe Folklore of Academic Politics This book is about micro-politics: that kind of manoevre to control or avoid being controlled to claim friendship or proclaim enmity which takes place between people who know one another and who must temper and adjust their actions towards one another because they share other activities. They are members of the one community and of the same organization and this not only moderates their actions but also provides them with themes for use in the political arena.These justificatory themes and the irresolvable contradictions between them and what is to be done when decisions cannot be made through rational procedures is one subject of the book. The setting is the university world of committees and dons and administrators but the inquiry is into general questions about organizational life. How are value contradictions resolved? Why are some matters discussed openly and others only before restricted audiences? Could we dispense with confidentiality and secrecy? What masks are used to make a person or a point of view persuasive?It is impossible and therefore wholly unwise to try to attempt to run such organizations in a wholly open and wholly rational fashion: without an appropriate measure of pretence and secrecy even of hypocrisy they cannot be made to work. At a basic level organizations require secrecy and confidentiality to run effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528383

Morality and Global JusticeJustifications and Applications In this concise single-authored text renowned scholar and professor Michael Boylan examines the moral justifications underlying key global justice issues and provides students with the analytical tools to approach those issues critically. Introductory chapters establish a thorough but accessible foundation in theory and moral justification and subsequent chapters apply those concepts to key areas of global concern: poverty; public health; race gender and sexual orientation; democracy and social/political dialog; globalization; the environment; war and terrorism; and immigrants and refugees. For easy reference and review each chapter includes key terms critical applied reasoning exercises (CARE) and problems and thought experiments perfect for class discussions or writing exercises. The appendix (Getting Involved) guides students in putting ethical principles to work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097158

Morality and Health From the castigation and stigmatization of victims of AIDS to our celebration of diet exercise and fitness the moral categorization of health and disease reflects contemporary notions that disease results from moral failure and that health is the representation of moral triumph. Ranging across academic disciplines and historical time periods the essays in Morality and Health offer a compelling assessment of the powerful role of moral systems for judging the complex questions of risk and responsibility for disease the experience of illness and social and cultural responses to those who are sick. Contributors include Keith Thomas Charles Rosenberg Richard Shweder Arthur Kleinman David Mechanic Nancy Tomes and Linda Gordon. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707463

Morality and Modernity Ross Poole displays the social content of the various conceptions of morality at work in contemporary society and casts a strikingly fresh light on such fundamental problems as the place of reason in ethics moral objectivity and the distinction between duty and virtue. The book provides a critical account of the moral theories of a number of major philosophers including Kant Marx Nietzsche Habermas Rawls Gewirth and MacIntyre. It also presents a systematic critique of three of the most significant responses to modernity: liberalism nationalism and nihilism. It takes seriously the suggestion that men and women are subject to different conceptions of morality and places the issue of gender at the centre of moral philosophy. Poole has written a valuable addition to the Ideas series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178304

Morality and Moral ControversiesReadings in Moral Social and Political Philosophy Morality and Moral Controversies 10th Edition challenges students to critically assess today’s leading moral social and political issues. As a comprehensive anthology it provides students with the tools they need to understand the philosophical ideas that are currently shaping our world. The 10th edition includes classic and contemporary readings in moral theory the most current topics in applied ethics and updated debates in social and political philosophy. As in the previous nine editions the materials were selected for balance timeliness and accessibility after reviewing a vast range of possible articles from leading scholarly journals mainstream periodicals online posts and book chapters. Hallmarks include carefully edited and philosophically relevant U.S. Supreme Court decisions compelling readings and contrasting points of view that reflect a broad ethical and political spectrum.  Upon completing this book readers will be able to: Understand philosophical ideas that are shaping the world today. Apply various philosophical ideas to politics religion ethics economics personal relationships medicine the environment and climate change warfare and other areas. Appreciate how to construct apply and evaluate basic philosophical arguments. Key updates to the 10th edition include: All material published in the actual book (in contrast to placing sections online behind a paywall as was the case in earlier editions with a different publisher). New readings on: autonomous warfare self-driving cars the right to health care technology and privacy the value of democracy racial equality immigration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789318

Morality and Moral Reasoning (Routledge Revivals)Five Essays in Ethics First published in 1971 the five essays in this book were written by young philosophers at Cambridge at that time. They focus on two major questions of ethical theory: ‘What is it to judge morally?’ and ‘What makes a reason a moral reason?’. The book explores the relation of moral judgements to attitudes emotions and beliefs as well as the notions of expression agency and moral responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840897

Morality and Objectivity (Routledge Revivals)A Tribute to J. L. Mackie The late J. L. Mackie and his work were a focus for much of the best philosophical thinking in the Oxford tradition. His moral thought centres on that most fundamental issue in moral philosophy – the issue of whether our moral judgements are in some way objective. The contributors to this volume first published in 1985  are among the most distinguished figures in moral philosophy and their essays in tribute to John Mackie present views at the forefront of the subject. Five of the essays give a new understanding of the objectivity of moral judgements. These are by Simon Blackburn R.M. Hare John McDowell Susan Hurley and Bernard Williams. The remaining contributors – Philippa Foot Steven Lukes Amartya Sen David Wiggins – give their attention to problems which are equally compelling such as the defence of a moral outlook based on a conception of a need and of what follows from it. The volume also includes the addresses given by Simon Blackburn and George Cawkwell at the memorial service for John Mackie and a list of his publications compiled by Joan Mackie. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677424

Morality and the BombAn Ethical Assessment of Nuclear Deterrence Originally published in 1985 this book surveys how NATO policy sought to come to terms with the revolution in thinking about war which was brought about by the advent of nuclear weapons. It also examines the logic of deterrence. The book assesses the ethical issues involved using as a framework the tradition of the idea of the Just War. A detailed modern version of the theory is elaborated and defended from an ethical viewpoint that gives due weight both to the mental states of the agent and to the consequences of his agency. The principle of non-combatant immunity is also examined for its clear relevance to the debate. Further considerations involve the effectiveness of deterrence and its morality and the question whether deterrence can be effective even if its use is prohibited. The book also discusses the implications of various possible changes in NATO policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466145

Morality and the Emotions Originally published in 1992 this book attacks many recent philosophical and psychological theories of the emotions and argues that our emotions themselves have intrinsic moral significance. He demonstrates that a proper understanding of the emotions reveals the fundamental role they play in our moral lives and the practical consequences that arise from being morally responsible for our emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367494674

Morality and the Literary ImaginationVolume 36 Religion and Public Life In a letter to Boccaccio Petrarch extolled the virtue of poetry and letters for promoting an understanding of both human nature and morals. The letter was designed to console him after hearing a prediction that he was soon to die and that he ought to renounce poetry. The prophecy came from an elder renowned for his piety but Petrarch admonished that too often dishonesty and fraud are couched in religious sentiments. Nothing not even death according to Petrarch ought to divert us from literature. For Petrarch Virgil was the source for understanding how literary studies not only promote eloquence but enhance morals. If anything literature dispels the fear of death. The claims of this volume is that it may be the case that the virtuous life can be achieved by those ignorant of letters but a more direct and certain route is guaranteed by a devotion to literature.The collected works in this new volume of the Transaction series Religion and Public Life heeds Petrarch's advice that literature not only orients us to life's developmental stages it can provide us with a more complete understanding of the human character while artfully advancing morals. To this end Michelle Darnell's opening chapter entitled "A New Age of Reason" explains how existentialism is an argument for how literature can take on philosophical form not as formal argument but as persuasive narrative. Over the objections of even those who study Sartre Darnell uses Sartre's The Age of Reason as a model and shows how his literary output was a legitimate philosophical inquiry.In addition to the Darnell piece the volume boasts a series of outstanding and innovative works by scholars in the field. Taken together as a whole these authors not only illustrate the moral consequences of an original choice but oblige the reader to explore the ramifications of such a choice in one's own life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528390

Morality and the Market (Routledge Revivals)Consumer Pressure for Corporate Accountability Can businesses abandon the axiom that the customer is always right when consumers start questioning the ethics of business practices? Professor Craig Smith examines the theory and practice of ethical purchase behaviour a crucial mechanism for ensuring social responsibility in business. He explains how and why consumers have used their purchasing power to influence corporate policies and practices. He argues the case for the social control of business drawing on perspectives from marketing economics politics sociology and business policy. He concludes that the market may act as an arbiter of ‘good’ and ‘bad’ business practice. Dr Smith considers the practical aspects of ethical purchase behaviour focusing on consumer boycotts as a specific form of this consumer behaviour and explains how boycotted businesses should respond. This title first published in 1990 is ideal for both business students and those who have a business of their own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820678

Morality and the Regulation of Social BehaviorGroups as Moral Anchors Morality indicates what is the ‘right’ and what is the ‘wrong’ way to behave. It is one of the most popular areas of research in contemporary social psychology driven in part by recent political-economic crises and the behavioral patterns they exposed. In the past work on morality tended to highlight individual concerns and moral principles but more recently researchers have started to address the group context of moral behavior. In Morality and the Regulation of Social Behavior: Groups as Moral Anchors Naomi Ellemers builds on her extensive research experience to draw together a wide range of insights and findings on morality. She offers an essential integrative summary of the social functions of moral phenomena examines how social groups contribute to moral values and explains how groups act as ‘moral anchors’. Her analysis suggests that intragroup dynamics and the desire to establish a distinct group identity are highly relevant to understanding the implications of morality for the regulation of individual behavior. Yet this group-level context has not been systematically taken into account in research on morality nor is it used as a matter of course to inform attempts to influence moral behavior. Building on social identity and self-categorization principles this unique book explicitly considers social groups as an important source of moral values and examines how this impacts on individual decision making as well as collective behaviors and relations between groups in society. Throughout the book Ellemers presents results from her own research to elucidate how social behavior is affected by moral concerns. In doing this she highlights how such insights advance our understanding of moral behavior and moral judgments for of people who live together in communities and work together in organizations. Morality and the Regulation of Social Behavior is essential reading for academics and students in social psychology and related disciplines and is an invaluable resource for practitioners interested in understanding moral behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958180

Morality and Viennese Opera in the Age of Mozart and Beethoven This book explores how the Enlightenment aesthetics of theater as a moral institution influenced cultural politics and operatic developments in Vienna between the mid-eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Moralistic viewpoints were particularly important in eighteenth-century debates about German national theater. In Vienna the idea that vernacular theater should cultivate the moral sensibilities of its German-speaking audiences became prominent during the reign of Empress Maria Theresa when advocates of German plays and operas attempted to deflect the imperial government from supporting exclusively French and Italian theatrical performances. Morality continued to be a dominant aspect of Viennese operatic culture in the following decades as critics state officials librettists and composers (including Gluck Mozart and Beethoven) attempted to establish and define German national opera. Viennese concepts of operatic didacticism and national identity in theater further transformed in response to the crisis of Emperor Joseph II’s reform movement the revolutionary ideas spreading from France and the war efforts in facing Napoleonic aggression. The imperial government promoted good morals in theatrical performances through the institution of theater censorship and German-opera authors cultivated intensely didactic works (such as Die Zauberflöte and Fidelio) that eventually became the cornerstones for later developments of German culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229559

Morality as RationalityA Study of Kant's Ethics First published in 1990. The aim of this thesis is to show that the way to understand the central claims of Kant’s ethics is to accept the idea that morality is a distinctive form of rationality; that the moral "ought" belongs to a system of imperatives based in practical reason; and that moral judgment therefore is a species of rational assessment of agents’ actions. It argues in effect that you cannot understand Kant’s views about morality if you read him with Humean assumptions about rationality. This title will be of interest to students of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650916

Morality in a Realistic SpiritEssays for Cora Diamond This unique collection of essays has two main purposes. The first is to honour the pioneering work of Cora Diamond one of the most important living moral philosophers and certainly the most important working in the tradition inspired by Ludwig Wittgenstein. The second is to develop and deepen a picture of moral philosophy by carrying out new work in what Diamond has called the realistic spirit. The contributors in this book advance a first-order moral attitude that pays close attention to actual moral life and experience. Their essays inspired by Diamond’s work take up pressing challenges in Anglo-American moral philosophy including Diamond’s defence of the concept ‘human being’ in ethics her defence of literature as a source of moral thought that does not require external sanction from philosophy her challenge to the standard ‘fact/value’ dichotomy and her exploration of non-argumentative forms of legitimate moral persuasion. There are also essays that apply this framework to new issues such as the nature of love the connections of ethics to theology and the implications of Wittgenstein’s thought for political philosophy. Finally the book features a new paper by Diamond in which she contests deep-rooted philosophical assumptions about language that severely limit what philosophers see as the possibilities in ethics. Morality in a Realistic Spirit offers a tribute to a great moral philosopher in the best way possible—by taking up the living ideas in her work and taking them in original and interesting directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479968

Morality Made VisibleEdward Westermarck’s Moral and Social Theory While highly respected among evolutionary scholars the sociologist anthropologist and philosopher Edward Westermarck is now largely forgotten in the social sciences. This book is the first full study of his moral and social theory focusing on the key elements of his theory of moral emotions as presented in The Origin and Development of the Moral Ideas and summarised in Ethical Relativity. Examining Westermarck’s evolutionary approach to the human mind the author introduces important new themes to scholarship on Westermarck including the pivotal role of emotions in human reciprocity the evolutionary origins of human society social solidarity the emergence and maintenance of moral norms and moral responsibility. With attention to Westermarck’s debt to David Hume and Adam Smith whose views on human nature moral sentiments and sympathy Westermarck combined with Darwinian evolutionary thinking Morality Made Visible highlights the importance of the theory of sympathy that lies at the heart of Westermarck’s work which proves to be crucial to his understanding of morality and human social life. A rigorous examination of Westermarck’s moral and social theory in its intellectual context this volume connects Westermarck’s work on morality to classical sociology to the history of evolutionism in the social and behavioural sciences and to the sociological study of morality and emotions showing him to be the forerunner of modern evolutionary psychology and anthropology. In revealing the lasting value of his work in understanding and explaining a wide range of moral phenomena it will appeal to scholars of sociology anthropology and psychology with interests in social theory morality and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660444

Morality Policies in EuropeConcepts Theories and Empirical Evidence The regulation of issues like abortion euthanasia gun control same-sex unions pornography prostitution drugs or gambling is commonly referred to a special class of so called morality policies. The distinctive feature of these policies is that politics are shaped by conflicts over first principle: When does life end? When does it begin? Is gambling drug consumption or prostitution inherently malignant? The regulation of these value conflicts entails decisions about "right" or "wrong" and hence the "validation of a particular set of basic values". Yet there is still a remarkable lack of scholarly attention on morality policies in particular with regard to general implications for the study of public policy. To stimulate further research in this area this book focuses on different concepts and theories of morality policy change in European countries. It is based on a broad and comparative empirical perspective on different morality issues including for instance the regulation of prostitution abortion euthanasia gambling drugs as well as gun controls. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954656

Morality WarsHow Empires the Born Again and the Politically Correct Do Evil in the Name of Good Is patriotism a good thing in an empire? Did General Petraeus betray us or did Moveon? Does morality often serve immoral purposes? Morality Wars shows us how to understand the subtext of these questions and of all the debates about moral values and liberal versus conservative ideology. Derber and Magrass show that the moral problem today is not just lying but "immoral morality " doing evil in the name of good (e.g. Bush preemptively invading Iraq to spread liberty). The authors explore three ancient codes of immoral morality frighteningly resurrected in America today -those of empire the politically correct and the born again. Although the right today has recrafted historic arguments that empires bring peace and fundamentalists battle moral decay the authors show the Democratic Party and the left have their own IM with Democrats supporting empire and the left its own political correctness. America's political divide today is a backlash to the progressive revolution of the 1960s and 1970s-secular antiwar and feminist-that created a radical break from traditional values and set the stage for current morality wars. In the spirit of de Tocqueville this powerful book offers a rich and vivid portrait of America's political landscape exploring ideas that can help move the nation to a new morality and politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633398

Morality: What's In It For Me?A Historical Introduction To Ethics In the company of major figures from the history of ethics this book explores the key issues surrounding topics like egoism altruism the good life and the requirements of morality. It is an excellent text for students of ethics and the history of ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164591

MoralityAn Anthropological Perspective Morality: An Anthropological Perspective provides the first account of anthropological approaches to the question of morality. By considering how morality is viewed and enacted in different cultures and how it is related to key social institutions such as religion law gender sexuality and medical practice Morality takes a closer look at some of the most central questions of the morality debates of our time. The book combines theory with practical case studies for student use. Drawing on anthropological philosophical and general social scientific literature the book will be useful for both undergraduate students and researchers. Accessibly written Morality provides a unique and wide-ranging perspective on morality and will be essential reading for those interested in this important contemporary debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086147

MoralityThe Why and the What of It This book invites philosophers and their students to consider two of the most fundamental questions in moral and political philosophy: Why be moral? And what does morality require? Distinguished philosopher James P. Sterba presents his unique views on these topics. Sterba first argues from rationality to morality and then from morality to substantial equality. Prominent scholars Charles W. Mills Candace A. Vogler Anita Superson Russ Shafer-Landau Allan F. Gibbard Gerald Gaus and Tibor Machan provide thought-provoking critical responses. In the final part Sterba addresses these critiques inviting readers to explore the various arguments and reach their own conclusions on these fundamental questions of moral and political philosophy. Morality: The Why and What of It is an essential text for all students and scholars of ethics and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813346816

Moralizing CinemaFilm Catholicism and Power This volume is part of the recent interest in the study of religion and popular media culture (cinema in particular) but it strongly differs from most of this work in this maturing discipline. Contrary to most other edited volumes and monographs on film and religion Moralizing Cinema will not focus upon films (cf. the representation of biblical figures religious themes in films the fidelity question in movies) but rather look beyond the film text content or aesthetics by concentrating on the cinema-related actions strategies and policies developed by the Catholic Church and Catholic organizations in order to influence cinema. Whereas the key role of Catholics in cinema has been well studied in the USA (cf. literature on the Legion of Decency and on the Catholic influenced Production Code Administration) the issue remains unexplored for other parts of the world. The book includes case studies on Argentina Belgium France Ireland Italy Luxemburg the Netherlands and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548466

Morals and Mysticism in Persian SufismA History of Sufi-Futuwwat in Iran Sufism is often understood to be the mystical dimension of Islam and many works have focused on the nature of "mystical experiences" and the relationship between man and God. Yet Sufism was a human response to a wide range of contexts and circumstances; the fact that Sufis lived in society and interacted with the community necessitating guidance on how to behave. This book examines the development of Persian Sufism showing it to be a practical philosophy of the everyday rather than just a metaphysical phenomena. The author explores the ethic of futuwwat (or jawanmardi) an Iranian code of honour that emphasised loyalty humility generosity and bravery. Although inevitably some Sufis spiritualised this code of honour and applied it to their own relationship with God the ethic continued to permeate Sufi behaviour on a more mundane level typified by the strong links between Sufis and certain trades. Drawing on field research in Iran as well as detailed analysis of both Arabic and Persian texts and new materials that have been published in Iran in recent years this is the first book in English to provide a history of Persian Sufi-futuwwat As such this book is an important contribution to the study of Persian Sufism and to the fields of Islam history and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780262

Morals and PoliticsThe Ethics of Revolution First published in 1977. Ethics is the most practical branch of philosophy: its immediate concern is with people's actions. Yet most philosophers do little to relate ethics intelligibly to the human situation. In this inquiry into the nature of ethics William Ash draws on the relevant works of Marx Engels Lenin and Stalin to present the theory and practice of Marxist ethics. He offers an explanation of the moral aspect of Marx's dictum: 'The philosophers have only interpreted the world in various ways; the point however is to change it.‘ The book includes perhaps for the first time in so considered a form an assessment of Mao Tsetung's contribution to Marxist moral philosophy together with the ethical implications of such developments in social practice as the Proletarian Cultural Revolution. The author deals with the question of value by analysing the concept of 'good'; with the question of claims on people and things by analysing the concept of 'right'; with the question of the limits and scope of freedom of choice and action by analysing the concept of 'ought'.’ Clearly written in order to 'de-mystify' the subject the book challenges readers to test the author's enlightened Marxist approach in terms of the ethical ordering of their own society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225513

Morals and Revelation Originally published in 1951 this book discusses morality and religion with special attention being paid to the theologian Emil Brunner. It critically examines the state of ethical thinking in the first half of the twentieth century and examines the question of freedom and guilt particularly in relation to psychological theories. The issue of collective guilt is also subjected to close analysis. The problem of our knowledge of God is also discussed with the focus on mysticism and revelation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367499105

Morals and Society in Asian Philosophy This collection arises from the First Conference of the recently formed European Society for Asian Philosophy. It explores issues in Indian Chinese Japanese and Islamic philosophical traditions both ancient and modern.Across all philosophical traditions Western or Asian a central preoccupation has always been with the fundamental questions of moral and social philosophy questions which link abstract philosophical enquiry with practical issues of how we should conduct ourselves in our personal and social life and how we can best organize our political institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994201

Morbid Fears And CompulsionsTHEIR PSYCHOLOGY AND PSYCHOANALYTIC TREATMENT First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882621

Morbidity Performance and Quality in Primary CareA Practical Guide v. 2 This book is based on the findings of a nationwide study the aim of which was to analyse general practitioners' performance as gatekeepers of the Dutch healthcare system. The study was undertaken along six themes: the health of the population; inequalities in health; utilisation of care; quality of care; communication; organisation and workload. Morbidity Performance and Quality in Primary Care involves 400 000 patients 1.5 million recorded GP-patient contacts and 2.1 million drug prescriptions. This survey appears at a timely moment. It coincides with the recent interest in primary care arising not only from the growing importance of cost containment in healthcare but also from the now firmly established association between the life expectancy of a population and the existence of a strong primary care sector. The international interest in the Dutch situation is reflected in several chapters where experts from all over the world put Dutch general practice into an international perspective. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383248

More Alternative Shakespeare Auditions for Women Following on his successful Alternative Shakespeare Auditions for Women Simon Dunmore presents even more underappreciated speeches that will make a classical audition sound fresh. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059747

More Basic Verbs: Colorcards More Basic Verbs 36 photographic A5 cards featuring striking images to inspire storytelling. A set of 36 cards featuring basic verbs not included in the first Basic Verbs Colorcard set but also in frequent use. The cards illustrate frequently used verbs in simple settings. Each card can be selected to be used independently of grouped with others for use to encourage discussion and consideration about the topic depicted. Examples include: the sisters are arguing; the boy is singing; the brothers are crossing the road; the man is building a house; and the boy is drinking from a straw. The cards are valuable for individual and group work and will be a welcome addition to the original set much used by Speech and Language Therapists and others. The accompanying booklet details the contents of the set and includes suggested ways to use the cards. Age: All ages Contents: 36 A5 cards; accompanying booklet detailing ways to use the cards boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301269

More Bear Cookin'Bigger and Better Make your kitchen more bearable to burly men with big appetites!Loosen your belts and make room for seconds! PJ Gray author of Bear Cookin’: The Original Guide to Bear Comfort Foods is back with More Bear Cookin’: Bigger and Better serving up another helping of mouth-watering recipes handy kitchen tips and tributes to comfort foods. Seasoned with humor and served with a side order of fun this flavorful collection combines favorites like “Use Your Tool” and “More Bearable Meal Suggestions” from the original book with new food and information features like “Did Ya Know?” and “Kitchen Tips.” The book also includes a glossary of cooking technology recipe measures and equivalencies and emergency ingredient substitutions.Home-style cooking holds a special place in the hearts (and bellies) of bears who can take comfort in the hearty fare found in the personal and family recipes presented in More Bear Cookin’: Bigger and Better. Find everything you need for three squares a day - and all snacks in between - in sections like “Lip Smackin’ Snackin’ ” “Woofy Breakfast ” “More Hearty Sides ” “Come-and-Get-It Entrees ” “More Bear Meat ” and “Way Beyond the Honey Pot.” The book offers practical tips about food preparation cooking and storage how to cook a holiday turkey how to work with sugar syrup and honey and refrigerator care and maintenance. More Bear Cookin’ also pays loving tribute to the magical powers of peanut butter eggs potatoes cheese mayonnaise meat broth and chocolate dishes on “Diner Talk” (waiter/waitress lingo) and “Leftover Life” (general rules for food safety) and gives up “The Skinny on Fat” (cooking with fats and oils). More Bear Cookin’: Bigger and Better includes such rich satisfying reci Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426504

More Cooking InnovationsNovel Hydrocolloids for Special Dishes Hydrocolloids are among the most commonly used ingredients in the food industry. They function as thickeners gelling agents texturizers stabilizers and emulsifiers and have applications in the areas of edible coatings and flavor release. This book More Cooking Innovations: Novel Hydrocolloids for Special Dishes completes the very demanding task begun with our previous book: "Cooking Innovations Using Hydrocolloids for Thickening Gelling and Emulsification" of covering all hydrocolloids that are or will be very useful and important in the kitchen.  Together these books provide a complete picture of hydrocolloid use in foods both in the kitchen and for food technologists and academics. The book includes several very important hydrocolloids among them: chitin and chitosan gum karaya gum tragacanth and milk proteins. Additional chapters comprise unique hydrocolloids which in our opinion will not only be used in future cooking (by both amateur cooks and professional chefs) but can pave the way to new and fascinating recipes and cooking techniques. The book also discusses novel hydrocolloids—the "where why and when" as well as future ideas for hydrocolloid processing and cooking. This book therefore describes more cooking innovations and completes the list of hydrocolloids that are now or will be used in kitchens and cooking for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138084094

More Critical Approaches to ComicsTheories and Methods In this comprehensive textbook editors Matthew J. Brown Randy Duncan and Matthew J. Smith offer students a deeper understanding of the artistic and cultural significance of comic books and graphic novels by introducing key theories and critical methods for analyzing comics. Each chapter explains and then demonstrates a critical method or approach which students can then apply to interrogate and critique the meanings and forms of comic books graphic novels and other sequential art. Contributors introduce a wide range of critical perspectives on comics including disability studies parasocial relationships scientific humanities queer theory linguistics critical geography philosophical aesthetics historiography and much more. As a companion to the acclaimed Critical Approaches to Comics: Theories and Methods this second volume features 19 fresh perspectives and serves as a stand-alone textbook in its own right. More Critical Approaches to Comics is a compelling classroom or research text for students and scholars interested in Comics Studies Critical Theory the Humanities and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359536

More Everyday Objects: Colorcards More Everyday Objects Featuring well known items recognisable to all ages and abilities. The everyday objects featured in this set of cards includes not only home based items but those that are equally familiar but found outside the home. The cards are arranged in categories for example: Food; Household objects; Personal items; Clothes; and Outside objects. Examples include: Baked potato; Orange; Kettle; Boots; and Bucket and spade. The items are well known to all ages and abilities and are a valuable resource in individual and group for developing comprehension encouraging expressive language improving communication skills as well as vocabulary building. The accompanying booklet provides ideas and activities for use. Age: All ages Contents: 36 A5 cards; accompanying booklet detailing ways to use the cards boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301252

More Famous Faces This second set of Famous Faces cards provides another excellent opportunity for therapeutic reminiscence work and facilitating discussion. The cards include more recent people who have contributed in some way to everyday life through their actions and focuses on the following categories: Politicians/Royalty/World Leaders; Sports; Music/the Arts/Books; Actors/Entertainers; and Business people/Inventors/Influencers. Each card portrays a person who has had a significant and memorable influence in their particular field from the 60s right up to the present day. The reverse of each card includes a detailed biography which the session facilitator can use as a start point for discussion and activities - for example group members may have their own material to bring along to add to discussions. The cards provide an opportunity to encourage communication skills and memory recall and involvement in group or one-to-one discussion and can be used for reminiscence work; for head injury patients and for stroke patients. Age: Adult Contents: 36 A5 cards; accompanying instructions cards boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301030

More Favourite Idioms Do you 'see red' when people use phrases you don't understand. Or maybe get 'cold feet' because you are feeling 'under the weather'? For those on the autism spectrum or when English isn't their first language these every day phrases are completely baffling. These sets of cards humorously depict well known idioms and the accompanying detailed booklet provides a dictionary meaning for each card and a range of ideas and activities for use.  36 cards per pack and accompanying booklet Suitable for all ages Dr Victoria Joffe is a specialist speech and language therapist and senior lecturer in developmental speech language and communication impairments in the Department of Language and Communication Science at City University London. She is also programme director of an innovative MSc degree in Joint Professional Practice: Language and Communication run in conjunction with the Institute of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889837

More Food Styling for Photographers & StylistsA guide to creating your own appetizing art Thanks to the exploding popularity of food-based television shows (entire networks even) websites books and magazines food stylists and food photographers are in more demand today than ever before. While there are many amazing opportunities for creative professionals to showcase their work in ads cookbooks blogs and food packaging there is also more competition for these jobs. Whether you are a food stylist who works alongside photographers or a food photographer yourself you'll find everything you need to know to give your portfolio that little extra push in this expert guide by three professionals with decades of experience in each field. More Food Styling for Photographers covers topics that Linda Jean Ann and Brad's fans have been asking for such as shooting food on location working with packaged foods building the perfect breakfast shot and more. Clients and foodies eat with their eyes first so don't be afraid to play with your food - make sure it's YOUR image that whets their appetite! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240817132

More for LessThe Complex Adaptive Leader Most leadership assumptions are based on a deterministic view of the world. If you do X you should get Y process can be employed for most things and more complicated problems can be analysed to enable better decisions. Whilst these approaches suit the Simple and the Complicated they do not work so well for the Complex. The Complex needs a different approach the core of which is to enable the organisation being led to be agile and self-organising. More for Less introduces a new paradigm for leadership Leadership 4.0. Based on his previous book Complex Adaptive Leadership Nick Obolensky has created a simple and step by step approach to Leadership 4.0 whilst challenging and questioning the reader to be more effective and less busy. This book is an essential tool for the busy leader and manager and will appeal to practitioners wishing to improve their leadership effectiveness. It will also appeal to students and researchers in the field of leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063723

More Grammar to Get Things DoneDaily Lessons for Teaching Grammar in Context CO-PUBLISHED BY ROUTLEDGE AND THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF TEACHERS OF ENGLISH Complementing Crovitz and Devereaux’s successful Grammar to Get Things Done this book demystifies grammar in context and offers day-by-day guides for teaching ten grammar concepts giving teachers a model and vocabulary for discussing grammar in real ways with their students. Through applied practice in real-world contexts the authors explain how to develop students’ mastery of grammar and answer difficult questions about usage demonstrating how grammar acts as a tool for specific purposes in students’ lives. Accessibly written and organized the book provides ten adaptable activity guides for each concept illustrating instruction from a use-based perspective. Middle and high school preservice and inservice English teachers will gain confidence in their own grammar knowledge and learn how to teach grammar in ways that are uniquely accessible and purposeful for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194819

More Instructions from the CentreTop Secret Files on KGB Global Operations 1975-1985 During the decade that preceded Mr Gorbachev's era of glasnost and perestroika the KGB headquarters in Moscow was putting out a constant stream of instructions to its Residencies abroad. Unknown to the KGB however many of these highly classified documents were being secretly copied by Oleg Gordievsky at that time not only a high-ranking KGB officer based in London but also a long-serving undercover agent for the British. The selected documents in this volume translated and analysed by the editors with a commentary by Christopher Andrew to set them in context offer a revealing insight into the attitudes prejudices and fears of the KGB during what were to prove its declining years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976443

More Is MoreHow the Best Companies Go Farther and Work Harder to Create Knock-Your-Socks-Off Customer Experiences “Less is more” may be good advice for many efforts but it is terrible advice when it comes to customer experience. Brands that want to stay relevant must apply more energy focus and resources to creating knock-your-socks-off customer experiences than they ever did before. Companies that embrace a “more is more” philosophy work harder and go further to ensure that their customers have a positive experience: they do this through customer-focused strategies and leadership via operations policies and procedures that consider how the customer will fare in every scenario.   Customer experience guru Blake Morgan walks you through the D.O.M.O.R.E. concepts that set businesses up for success by emphasizing the importance of relationships. Companies that do more: Design something specialOffer a strong employee experience Modernize with technologyObsess over the customerReward responsibility and accountability Embrace disruption and innovation More Is More offers practical advice for building or improving customer experience that you can apply immediately at your own organization. Time is of the essence: your customers are not willing to wait for you to get the customer experience right. Outlining the key areas you need to address immediately More Is More will help you weather external changes remain relevant and thrive in today’s ever-changing business landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138046788

More Lacanian CoordinatesOn Love Psychoanalytic Clinic and the Ends of Analysis Psychoanalysis is an experience of truths and lies in language. It is also a discourse and it is a praxis. Lacanian Coordinates takes the reader from the beginning of Lacan's teaching from the logic of the signifier and the Lacanian subject to the drive and object a qua object a the paradoxes of guilt and finally to the desire of the Other love and femininity. Volume One explores the points of Lacanian orientation that lead us to the particularity of the subject and considers whether we find them not solely in the discourse of the universal to which religion science and philosophy testify but also in the analytic experience itself. Volume Two - More Lacanian Coordinates - opens with the question of love that for Lacan forms a discourse of fragments and letters addressed to the one which circumscribe the nonexistence of the sexual relation. Further Lacan situates love in relation to knowledge making ignorance alongside love and hatred the third passion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202813

More Library MashupsExploring new ways to deliver library data More Library Mashups shows you how to take data from multiple channels and mix it to provide better services for your library users.The book contains case studies tutorials and examples from 24 creative library professionals from around the world who describe how they are mashing up free and inexpensive digital tools and techniques to improve library services and meet everyday (and unexpected) challenges. The book provides step-by-step guidance to allow you to work smarter obtain maximum impact enhance your library’s website and provide value-added services for your library users whether you have no programming skills or are a seasoned expert.The book is divided in to 5 parts Part 1 covers the basics of mashups including using the online service IFTTT ('If This Then That') to automate the collection manipulation and sharing of data and information across a variety of networking bookmarking blogging media and file sharing sites; using OPenRefine to clean and reshape and visualize your library's data; and using Umlaut to aggregate delivery/access options from multiple sources - both existing library 'enterprise' software and public access services on the web - and 'mash them up' into a unified interface.Part 2 shows you how to enhance the library website with outside data from sources including LibGuides Twitter WordPress and Google Calendar. Part 3 focuses on mashing up library catalogue data to make it available in new interesting and useful ways which offer eye-opening and inspiring routes to library collections. This part includes chapters on how to search your library collection from within Twitter to answer reference questions and how to create a current awareness service for Wikipedia relevant to your library collection.Part 4 covers data visualization and includes chapters that show you how to transform your digital archive collection by creating a visual interactive timeline; create maps that provide real-time data on the availability of computers in your library; and tell stories with Google Maps mashups such as using markers on maps to enhance the understanding of books and their contexts.Part 5 is about using mashups to create value added services such as using Yahoo Pipes to merge new sources and create automated current awareness feeds; creating a unified discovery portal for library and archival collections; implementing a single sign-on process using open source software; and facilitating serendipitous discovery of photographs documents maps and other primary sources using Serendip-o-matic.Readership: The book will be inspiring for small libraries looking to work more efficiently and provide enhanced services to their users without breaking the bank. It is also full of ideas for how large libraries can improve their websites and use their library catalogue data more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300358

More Musical Bingo Presented in a new and easily portable style this collection of songs and boards of the ever popular game allows for great flexibility - simply print off the number of game sheets you require switch on the CD and you're ready to play. When players match the song excerpt they hear with a title on their game sheet they simply mark with a cross as with conventional bingo games. Each excerpt is between 10 and 30 seconds long allowing plenty of time to remember identify and mark the song sheet. There are 40 songs in the game including: Yellow Submarine; The Last Waltz; You Made Me Love You; We Plough the Fields and Scatter; Yesterday; and Red Red Robin. Game pack includes 2 CDs containing 40 songs; 20 individual game sheets; printable song list and a guidance booklet. The perfect activity for day centres residential care homes clubs family gatherings parties and other groups of two or more people. For 2-20 players. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301481

More Philosophy and Opinions of Marcus Garvey First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203042267

More Random Walks in Science More Random Walks in Science is an anthology of fascinating and frequently amusing anecdotes quotations illustrations articles and reviews that reflect the more lighthearted aspects of the scientific world and the less serious excursions of the scientific mind. The book is guaranteed to delight anyone who has a professional or amateur interest in science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403423

More Statistical and Methodological Myths and Urban LegendsDoctrine Verity and Fable in Organizational and Social Sciences This book provides an up-to-date review of commonly undertaken methodological and statistical practices that are based partially in sound scientific rationale and partially in unfounded lore. Some examples of these “methodological urban legends” are characterized by manuscript critiques such as: (a) “your self-report measures suffer from common method bias”; (b) “your item-to-subject ratios are too low”; (c) “you can’t generalize these findings to the real world”; or (d) “your effect sizes are too low.” What do these critiques mean and what is their historical basis? More Statistical and Methodological Myths and Urban Legends catalogs several of these quirky practices and outlines proper research techniques. Topics covered include sample size requirements missing data bias in correlation matrices negative wording in survey research and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838993

More Stories by Japanese Women Writers: An AnthologyAn Anthology This anthology introduces sixteen modern Japanese women writers spanning a century in time and a wide range of life circumstances and literary styles. No other collection offers usch a diversity of women's voices Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702278

More Story Starters: Colorcards More Story Starters - 36 photographic A5 cards featuring striking images to inspire storytelling. A new set of Story Starters designed to trigger and encourage creative writing and storytelling inspired by a range of interesting and unusual images. Each card can be used independently or grouped with others to create stories. The cards have been placed into specific genre groups but can easily be used in any number of categories: Feelings and Emotions; Situations; Fantasy myths and Legends; Places; and Adventure. Card content includes: Mysterious sky; Helping hand; Enormous waves; Ghostly presence; and Fortune teller. These versatile cards can be used in group or class situations to encourage storytelling drama poetry or prose. Storylines; characterisation; dialogue development; newspaper articles etc. - there is a huge range of possibilities arising from creative thought and inspiring ideas triggered by the cards. The only limit is imagination! Age: All ages Contents: 36 A5 cards; accompanying booklet detailing ways to use the cards boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301290

More than a HistorianThe Political and Economic Thought of Charles A.Beard Charles A. Beard (1874-1948) was one of America's most influential historians and political scientists. He played a major role in founding the disciplines of history and political science helped shape the teaching of social studies in the nation's public schools and was one the nation's most popular public intellectuals. Yet in the second half of the twentieth century Beard's reputation has been eroded by relentless criticism. Clyde W. Barrow argues that Beard's work has renewed relevance in light of recent theoretical debates about the new institutionalism the crisis of the welfare state and American foreign policy messianism. Barrow's takes Beard seriously as a political theorist while challenging many misconceptions. For example Beard's method of economic interpretation has been dismissed as Marxist but Barrow carefully reconstructs the sources of Beard's thinking to demonstrate that his method owes more to historical and institutional economics and that his concept of state-society relations was in fact derived from Madison's Tenth Federalist. Barrow reconstructs Beard's theory of American political development using his concept of realistic dialectics which viewed the clash between democracy (Jeffersonianism) and capitalism (Hamiltonianism) as the engine of American political development. During the 1930s Beard suggested that the United States was making the transition to a higher form of social and industrial democracy that would supersede the contradiction of American political development. Notably Beard was a critic of the New Deal and the liberal welfare state because they failed to reconstruct the economic relations that reproduce inequalities of income status and power.Beard went on to voice his concern that at crucial junctures in American history class struggle is diverted into international conflicts as popular leaders back down from a direct confrontation with the dominant capitalist elite. He analyzes American foreign policy as an extension of domestic economic policy and in particular a result of the failures of domestic economic policy. Beard's conception of American history plays itself out in a tragic cycle of imperialism and diversion that left him a disenchanted realist. This incisive study will be of interest to those intrested in the evolution of historical thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512351

More than a MirrorHow Clients Influence Therapists' Lives Whether you're a therapist yourself studying to become a therapist or simply interested in the mystery that often surrounds therapy More than a Mirror will show you the rarely discussed “invisible” side of the therapeutic experience--how clients influence the person of the therapist. In this collection of vignettes and thoughtful explorations over 20 therapists describe for you how particular clients issues and the practice of therapy in general impact them as people. Writing about therapy is almost universally about how therapists influence clients. In More than a Mirror therapists describe a range of responses to their work: some talk about what they have learned from particular clients; some discuss aspects of the work of therapy such as bearing witness to stories of trauma or having to report suspected child abuse and examine how these experiences affect them personally; and some describe the gifts and costs of doing therapy as a life's work. As you share these therapists’experiences you'll notice some themes running throughout including: how doing therapy heals the therapist empathy as a way to access transcendence the therapist's responses to encountering racism the particular struggles of a new therapist the personal toll of working with the dying the therapist's sexual feelings how doing therapy changes the therapist over time the struggles of working with angry or manipulative clientsEditor Marcia Hill EdD a psychotherapist in private practice elaborates “It is not easy to examine how deeply and personally both the practice of therapy and individual clients influence therapists as people. This book shows you that therapy is not a one-way process although the therapist is clearly there in service of the client. . . . Yet therapy affects the therapist profoundly and irrevocably. Every client moves us emotionally; we learn something from each person. The business of bearing witness to so many lives transforms us as no other work could. We may write and talk about therapy as if it were all about how to impact the client but all the time we too are being impacted.” Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877211

More Than A MovieEthics In Entertainment In More Than a Movie producer and entertainment attorney F. Miguel Valenti presents a compelling argument for the creative community to consider the consequences of its products from movies to TV to the Internet. Valenti refrains from attacking the industries in which he himself works but argues for reflection on the part of those who create media. More Than a Movie takes a pioneering first step toward outlining the issues in an insider fashion and provides the tools to make ethical decisions about creating for the big and small screens. Edited by veteran media writer Les Brown and media consultant Laurie Trotta More Than a Movie is written to stimulate debate in professional and academic arenas and for the enjoyment of everyone who loves entertainment. The book contains a foreword by noted author and director Peter Bogdanovich and commentary from producers Christine Vachon and David Brown. Mediascope a Studio City California-based media policy organization commissioned the book upon discovering that ethical discussions seldom occur in film and television schools although they are staples for studying law medicine business and journalism. Issues range from ethnic and gender stereotyping to excessive and gratuitous violence."It's not about censorship -- it's about having a responsibility for what we do " says author Valenti (no relation to MPAA's Jack Valenti). "The book outlines how we are helping to shape societal values and individual behavior with the artistic choices we make." A team of writers from across the nation offer essays: Neil Hickey editor Columbia Journalism Review ; Annette Insdorf Columbia University; Ted Pease professor and columnist; Jack Pitman Variety; Martin Koughan Emmy Award-winning documentarian. The essays in More Than a Movie are interspersed with stories of actual ethical dilemmas told by noted screenwriters directors and other practitioners in interviews by Manhattan writer Laura Blum. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429503535

'More than an Ally'?Contemporary Australia-US Relations With the ascendancy of the Coalition government in 1996 there was a marked shift of emphasis directed to deepening Australia's relations with America. The Coalition government strategically linked security and economic well-being and this linking was contextualized by threats both internal and external. By deepening the relationship of the US alliance in foreign trade and defence policies the Australian government sought to resonate on inherited and conservative perceptions of threat in the domestic environment. Maryanne Kelton introduces specific cases to demonstrate both the intensity and complexity of dealing with the US. Through these empirical studies the government's approach is examined across trade security and industry sectors. The book adds to the current debate as it provides an explanatory framework for understanding the Australian government's choices in its relations with the USA across the broader spectrum of security issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267657

More Than Just WarNarratives of the Just War and Military Life This book raises questions about the just war tradition through a critical examination of its revival and by juxtaposing it with a literary phenomenology of war.                                        Recent public debate about war has leaned heavily on a just-war tradition dating back many centuries. This book examines the recent revival of that tradition in the United States and Britain arguing that it is less coherent and comprehensive as an approach to the ethical issues arising from war than is generally supposed and that it is inconsistent in important ways with the theology on which it was originally based. A second line of criticism is mounted through close readings of modern texts in English - from Britain Australia and the USA – that together constitute a more subjective bottom-up understanding of the moral dilemmas of military life. In this second tradition the task of representing war is seen as more problematic and its rationality more questionable than in just war discourse. Works by William Shakespeare Sir Walter Scott James Fennimore Cooper Stephen Crane John Buchan Robert Louis Stevenson Joseph Conrad Tim O’Brien and Kurt Vonnegut are featured. The book will be of great interest to students and scholars of security studies military studies theology and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125872

More Than Management DevelopmentAction Learning at General Electric Company Published in 1977 this is a detailed account of the results of controversial methods as they were applied in a major company when twenty-one managers came together for eight months to grapple with important problems for the purpose of learning some of the skills required for senior management. From their very different points of view the course organisers GEC’s own personnel specialists and the managers involved describe their experiences and discuss with unusual candour the effects on themselves as individuals and on their organisations. There is no attempt to gloss over the difficulties and the disappointments. This is a book that will be read with attention and profit not just by personnel and management development specialists but by all managers seeking ways to improve business performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321380

More Than MiraclesThe State of the Art of Solution-Focused Brief Therapy Written by pioneering experts in the field More Than Miracles remains the authoritative text on solution-focused brief therapy (SFBT). The final work of the world-renowned family therapists and original developers of SFBT the late Steve de Shazer and Insoo Kim Berg this comprehensive resource informs practitioners and students in how to apply this practical internationally acclaimed approach. With a new preface this classic edition outlines the latest developments in the fields of family therapy brief therapy and psychotherapy training and practice. A succinct overview orients the reader to the current landscape of SFBT and provides three real-life case transcripts that illustrate the practical applications of SFBT techniques. The seminar format of the text allows readers to: sit in on surprising psychotherapy sessions eavesdrop on the authors’ commentary about the sessions gain a comprehensive overview on the current state of SFBT review and understand the major tenets of SFBT learn specific interventions including the miracle question and the reasons for asking it understand treatment applicability read actual session transcripts understand the "miracle scale" get insight into the unique relationship between Wittgenstein’s philosophy and SFBT better understand SFBT and emotions examine misconceptions about SFBT and more Suitable for both advanced practitioners and ambitious beginners this book is the ideal resource for anyone seeking an in-depth understanding of the SFBT approach the concepts that inform it and the specific techniques that characterize its implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367646417

More Than MiraclesThe State of the Art of Solution-Focused Brief Therapy The latest developments in this groundbreaking therapy approach! More Than Miracles: The State of the Art of Solution-Focused Brief Therapy is a ground breaking intellectually provocative book revealing new advances in the widely used evidence based Solution-focused Brief Therapy (SFBT) approach. The final work of world renowned family therapists and original developers of SFBT the late Steve de Shazer and Insoo Kim Berg (who passed away shortly before the book’s release) this definitive resource provides the most up-to-date information available on this eminently practical internationally acclaimed approach. New revelations about the impact of language in therapeutic change are presented precisely and clearly illustrated with real life case examples that give readers a “hands-on” view of the newest technical refinements in the SF approach. Challenging questions about the applications of SFBT to complex problems in “difficult” settings are given thoughtful detailed answers. The book’s unique design allows the reader to “listen in” on the lively discussions that took place as the authors watched therapy sessions. The solution-focused brief therapy approach is based upon researchers observing thousands of hours of psychotherapy sessions and studying which questions and responses were most effective in helping people develop solutions to their problems. More Than Miracles: The State of the Art of Solution-Focused Brief Therapy is the most up-to-date comprehensive review of this approach. This book discusses the latest developments in the fields of family therapy brief therapy and psychotherapy training and practice. A succinct overview orients the reader to the current state of SFBT and provides three real life case transcripts that vividly illustrate the practical applications of SFBT techniques. The seminar format of More Than Miracles: The State of the Art of Solution-Focused Brief Therapy allows readers to: sit in on surprising psychotherapy sessions eavesdrop on the authors’ commentary about the sessions get a comprehensive overview on the current state of SFBT review and understand the major tenets of SFBT learn specific interventions including the miracle question and the reasons for asking it understand treatment applicability read actual session transcripts understand the “miracle scale” get insight into the unique relationship between Wittgenstein’s philosophy and SFBT better understand SFBT and emotions examine misconceptions about SFBT and more More Than Miracles: The State of the Art of Solution-Focused Brief Therapy is illuminating reading for psychotherapists counselors human services personnel health care workers and teachers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836484

More than MunitionsWomen Work and the Engineering Industries 1900-1950 Clare Wightman explores the key issue of gender in explaining the experience of men and women at work. She uses women's employment in the engineering industries between 1900 and 1950 to confront many of the contentious debates in women's history. She shows that the two World Wars did not produce radical changes for women at work. Throughout the book the author questions the leading role given to gender ideology in constructing the attitudes of employers and suggests that it was only one factor among many which shaped women's experiences in the workplace. This is a major study with wide and challenging implications for the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164710

More than the SoilRural Change in SE Asia More than the Soil focuses on the social cultural economic and technological processes that have transformed rural areas of Southeast Asia. The underlying premise is that rural lives and livelihoods in this region have undergone fundamental change. No longer can we assume that rural livelihoods are founded on agriculture; nor can we assume that people envisage their futures in terms of farming. The inter-penetration of the rural and urban and the degree to which rural people migrate between rural and urban areas and shift from agriculture to non-agriculture raises fundamental questions about how we conceptualise the rural Southeast Asia and the households to be found there. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161320

More Than WordsAn Introduction to Communication This new edition of the best-selling text has been fully revised and updated to take into account new developments in communication and media studies. More Than Words provides an introduction to both communication theory and practice. The authors cover essential elements of communication including communication between individuals and groups in organizations and through mass media and new technologies.The fourth edition features:new case studies and assignmentsan updated series of key questions helping students to understand central concepts in communication studiesexpanded sections on mass media and on practical communication and media skillsguidance on listening skills interpersonal and social skills writing skills leaflet design and planning scripting and producing audio and video material.More Than Words is illustrated with new models and photographs and has checklist summaries for easy revision purposes. Clear and practical it is an essential text for students of communication studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060284

More Trouble with MathsA Complete Manual to Identifying and Diagnosing Mathematical Difficulties Now in an updated third edition this invaluable resource takes a practical and accessible approach to identifying and diagnosing many of the factors that contribute to mathematical learning difficulties and dyscalculia. Using a combination of formative and summative approaches it provides a range of norm-referenced standardised tests and diagnostic activities each designed to reveal common error patterns and misconceptions in order to form a basis for intervention. Revised to reflect developments in the understanding of learning difficulties in mathematics the book gives a diagnostic overview of a range of challenges to mathematical learning including difficulties in grasping and retaining facts problems with mathematics vocabulary and maths anxiety.     Key features of this book include: Photocopiable tests and activities designed to be presented in a low-stress way Guidance on the interpretation of data allowing diagnosis and assessment to become integrated into everyday teaching Sample reports showing the diagnostic tests in practice Drawing on tried and tested methods as well as the author’s extensive experience and expertise this book is written in an engaging and user-friendly style. It is a vital resource for anyone who wants to accurately identify the depth and nature of mathematical learning difficulties and dyscalculia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862169

More Urban Less PoorAn Introduction to Urban Development and Management A world more urban... The world is undergoing massive urbanization and is projected to increase from three to over four billion city dwellers mostly in the developing world within 15 years. This historic shift is producing dramatic effects on human well-being and the environment. ...but less poor Unplanned shanty-towns without basic services are not an inevitable consequence of urbanization and slums are not explained by poverty alone. Urban misery also stems from misguided policies inappropriate legal frameworks dysfunctional markets poor governance and not least lack of political will. Urbanization and economic development go hand-in-hand and the productivity of the urban economy can and should benefit everyone. Living conditions for the urban poor can be dramatically improved with proper solutions backed by decisive concerted action. More Urban - Less Poor brings order to the complex and important field of urban development in developing and transitional countries. Written in an accessible style the book examines how cities grow their economic development urban poverty housing and environmental problems. It also examines how to face these challenges through governance and management of urban growth the finance and delivery of services and finding a role for development cooperation. This is essential reading for development professionals researchers students and others working on any facet of urban development and management in our rapidly urbanizing world. Published with SIDA Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772006

More Urban Myths About Learning and EducationChallenging Eduquacks Extraordinary Claims and Alternative Facts More Urban Myths About Learning and Education: Challenging Eduquacks Extraordinary Claims and Alternative Facts examines common beliefs about education and learning that are not supported by scientific evidence before using research to reveal the truth about each topic. The book comprises sections on educational approaches curriculum educational psychology and educational policy concluding with a critical look at evidence-based education itself. Does playing chess improve intelligence? Should tablets and keyboards replace handwriting? Is there any truth to the 10 000-hour rule for expertise? In an engaging conversational style authors Pedro De Bruyckere Paul A. Kirschner and Casper Hulshof tackle a set of pervasive myths effectively separating fact from fiction in learning and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354581

More Urban WaterDesign and Management of Dutch water cities The perceptibly changing climate has resulted in more precipitation in a small number of short periods. As most urban water management systems were developed at a time when precipitation was distributed more evenly throughout the year they cannot deal properly with the new circumstances and high groundwater levels and excess water are the result. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429182877

More What are They Thinking: Colorcards Like the original set of 'What Are They Thinking?' Colorcards this collection of cards is designed to encourage users to focus on the thoughts and feelings they and other people experience when confronted with a situation. Each card includes a 'thought bubble' to facilitate consideration of both what that individual is thinking and also the user's personal response. There are discussions about the appropriateness of the situation and of the best way to deal with it will all help to develop: Thinking skills; Understanding relationships; Problem solving and Social and emotional skills. The cards cover a diverse range of circumstances including: difficult or dangerous situations; team work; tests and achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301450

More What's Wrong: Colorcards This set of 36 cards depicting a range of activities and situations incorrect unusual or unexpected elements to identify and discuss. The open-ended nature of the problems posed enables differing levels of application from single identification of the out of place or incorrect feature to understanding and explaining the remedies and potential consequences of the activities as they are shown. The types of situations depicted include: Mistakes with clothes; Wrong object; Wrong method; and Impossible and unlikely events. With scenes such as cutting grass with scissors or washing up whilst sat in the sink there are opportunities to have fun whilst developing the following lifeskills: Observation; Deduction; Insight; Problem solving; Anticipation; Story telling; Discussion; and Developing ideas. These versatile cards can be used with individuals groups or in the classroom and the accompanying manual includes possible discussion start points and suggested ways to structure a session. Age: All ages Contents: 36 A5 cards; accompanying booklet boxed ISBN: 978 1 90930 128 3 Product code: 001-5968. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301283

More Words about PicturesCurrent Research on Picturebooks and Visual/Verbal Texts for Young People This volume represents the current state of research on picture books and other adjacent hybrid forms of visual/verbal texts such as comics graphic novels and book apps with a particular focus on texts produced for and about young people. When Perry Nodelman’s Words about Pictures: the Narrative Art of Children’s Picture Books was published almost three decades ago it was greeted as an important contribution to studies in children’s picture books and illustration internationally; and based substantially on it Nodelman has recently been named the 2015 recipient of the International Grimm Award for children’s literature criticism. In the years since Words About Pictures appeared scholars have built on Nodelman’s groundbreaking text and have developed a range of other approaches both to picture books and to newer forms of visual/verbal texts that have entered the marketplace and become popular with young people. The essays in this book offer 'more words' about established and emerging forms of picture books providing an overview of the current state of studies in visual/verbal texts and gathering in one place the work being produced at various locations and across disciplines. Essays exploring areas such as semiological and structural aspects of conventional picture books graphic narratives and new media forms and the material and performative cultures of picture books represent current work not only from literary studies but also media studies art history ecology Middle Eastern Studies library and information studies and educational research. In addition to work by international scholars including William Moebius Erica Hateley Nathalie op de Beeck and Nina Christensen that carries on and challenges the conclusions of Words about Pictures the collection also includes a wide-ranging reflection by Perry Nodelman on continuities and changes in the current interdisciplinary field of study of visual/verbal texts for young readers. Providing a look back over the history of picture books and the development of picture book scholarship More Words About Pictures also offers an overview of our current understanding of these intriguing texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346331

MORE! Teaching Fractions and Ratios for UnderstandingIn-Depth Discussion and Reasoning Activities More is not an answer key but a resource that provides the scaffolding for the groundbreaking approach to fraction and ratio instruction presented in its companion text Teaching Fractions and Ratios. Keeping the focus on the reasoning needed to properly understand and teach rational numbers More shows teachers how to engage in powerful ways of thinking so that they can in turn enhance the mathematical education of their students. Like its companion text More has been heavily expanded and reorganized including even more student work templates for key manipulatives and an emphasis on applications to everyday life. Based on the content chapters in Teaching Fractions and Ratios each chapter includes: In-depth Discussions of selected problems and their solutions. Supplementary Activities and a collection of challenging problems involving fractions. Praxis Preparation Questions geared to the content of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415886130

Moreno's Personality Theory and its Relationship to PsychodramaA Philosophical Developmental and Therapeutic Perspective Moreno's Personality Theory and its Relationship to Psychodrama discusses Dr J. L. Moreno's theory of personality and its relationship to psychodrama from the philosophical developmental and therapeutic aspects. It provides a theoretical model based on Moreno’s personal experiences combining existential-theological worldviews with a developed personality theory. Giving an integrative and critical discussion and analysis of Moreno personality theory and psychodrama Telias invites the scholarly community to revive the interest in Moreno’s important work with this book that fills a gap in the theory of psychodrama and sociometry. The book analyses Moreno’s work from six interrelated perspectives: theory and Moreno’s biography the philosophical-theological aspect the developmental approach and role theory and psychodrama and sociometry. It begins by exploring parallels between Moreno's biography and his theory of self examining the development of the concept of Godliness in different stages of life. It then considers Moreno's philosophical-theological perception of the self Moreno's theory of the development of the self the significance of the concept of "role" in Moreno's theory and how the personality theory can be viewed through psychodrama. Giving up to date reflections on Moreno’s contribution and writings this book brings a new perspective and will be of great interest to academics and postgraduate students in the fields of psychodrama sociodrama creative arts therapies existential philosophy and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488208

Morgellon's Syndrome This book demonstrates evidence of a new microorganism infecting a person complaining of a dermopathy and fibers spontaneously exiting the dermis who was diagnosed with delusional parasitosis. The organism is likely a fungus that lives beneath the epidermis with the ability to infect common fibers including cotton feathers and hair follicles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138416765

Moriello’s Small Animal Dermatology Fundamental Cases and ConceptsSelf-Assessment Color Review Karen Moriello's seminal book has been completely updated to create a true two-volume set highlighting fundamental and advanced concepts. This revised edition by Dr. Darren Berger Assistant Professor of Dermatology at Iowa State University includes all new cases on the essential concepts of small animal dermatology accompanied by nearly 300 new images. The guide uses a case-based format to deliver a general overview of dermatology of the dog and cat providing a reference that mirrors the way veterinarians will encounter different scenarios at random in real-life practice. It uses self-assessment problems to review the most common skin diseases encountered every day plus some more obscure diseases that a veterinarian will face. The cases vary in complexity with coverage ranging from those confronted daily to the most difficult and serious cases. Answers fully explore the disease/disorder in question. The book will appeal to candidates preparing for examinations and to practitioners in their continuing education.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815371540

Mormonism: The Basics Although often regarded as marginal or obscure Mormonism is a significant American religious minority numerically and politically. The successes and struggles of this U.S. born religion reveal much about how religion operates in U.S. society. Mormonism: The Basics introduces the teachings practices evolution and internal diversity of this movement whose cultural icons range from Mitt Romney to the Twilight saga from young male missionaries in white shirts and ties to polygamous women in pastel prairie dresses. This is the first introductory text on Mormonism that tracks not only the mainstream LDS but also two other streams within the movement—the liberalized RLDS and the polygamous Fundamentalists—thus showing how Mormons have pursued different approaches to defining their identity and their place in society. The book addresses these questions. Are Mormons Christian and why does it matter? How have Mormons worked out their relationship to the state? How have Mormons diverged in their thinking about gender and sexuality? How do rituals and regulations shape Mormon lives? What types of sacred spaces have Mormons created? What strategies have Mormons pursued to establish a global presence? Mormonism: The Basics is an ideal introduction for anyone wanting to understand this religion within its primarily American but increasingly globalized contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020481

Morning SunInterviews with Chinese Writers of the Lost Generation This is a collection of interviews with 26 writers of China's "zhiqing" generation relatively young artists who participated in the Cultural Revolution as teen-age Red Guards suffered through the subsequent rustication of intellectual youth and eventually returned to relatively normal lives but always with a tragic hiatus haunting their formative years. While one goal of Professor Leung is to introduce to the West an important group of writers little-known outside China she also aims to succeed through the interviews in providing a special perspective on the devastating political history of China since the 1970s years through the eyes of its keenest observers and in offering a perspective on the social political and cultural milieu of the period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288291

Moroccan Foreign Policy under Mohammed VI 1999-2014 This book presents a comprehensive survey of Moroccan foreign policy since 1999. It considers the objectives actors and decision-making processes involved and outlines Morocco's foreign policy activity in key areas such as the international management of the Western Sahara conflict and relations with the other states of North Africa relations with the European Union especially France and Spain and relations with the United States and the Middle East. The book links the behaviour and discourses analysed to differing conceptions of Morocco's national role on the international scene - champion of national territorial integrity model student of the EU and good ally of the United States - and shows how these competing approaches to the country's foreign policy enjoy different degrees of domestic consensus and result in different degrees of legitimation for the regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573680

Morocco First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869653

Morocco Under Colonial RuleFrench Administration of Tribal Areas 1912-1956 This evaluation of the work of a colonial administration uses an analysis of the policies employed in the fields of education administration justice and agriculture. It shows how a largely archaic and isolated country transformed itself and its relationship with the western world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432390

MoroccoChallenges to tradition and modernity The first edition of Morocco was published one year before the mass protests of the Arab Spring rocked the Moroccan state. Post-Arab Spring the country has a new constitution and government but the state remains uncompromising on any true reform of the monarchy’s claims to power. This new edition provides an introductory overview of the history contemporary politics economy and international relations in Morocco and offers an examination of the challenges to tradition and modernity in the post-colonial state. It has been revised and updated to include analysis of the country’s evolving politics in the years following the Arab Spring and the consequences this has had for the country’s traditional monarchy. It pays particular attention to the new constitution the policies of the new Islamist-led government and it includes an analysis of Morocco’s foreign policy in the post-Arab Spring regional context. Drawing on key academic texts the author provides a detailed analysis of Morocco focusing on issues such as: • Morocco’s role within the region • Trade policies with Europe • Migration • Morocco’s Western Sahara policy • Ways of dealing with Political Islam • The extent to which European influence has affected Moroccan society Easily accessible to non-specialists practitioners and upper level undergraduate students the book will be essential reading for those working in the fields of North African studies International Relations and Middle East studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828278

MoroccoGlobalization and Its Consequences Cohen and Jaidi trace the development of contemporary Morocco in the Islamic world of North Africa which is currently at the forefront of the clash between Western-style development and the politicized Islam that now pervades the Arab world. By applying globalization theory to detailed accounts of everyday life in an Arab society the book is uniquely suited to students. Morocco in particular is a good place to look at this extremely important confrontation. It is among the most liberalized Islamic states yet it is also in the midst of a revival of politicized Islam which has its own globalizing agenda. The authors detail how this clash pervades Moroccan culture and society and what it can tell us about the effects of globalization on the Arab world. Morocco is extremely close to the West in terms of physical proximity and it is a favoured spot for Western tourists. Yet its closest neighbours in social terms are Algeria Libya and Tunisia all of which have directly experienced the effects of politicized Islam in the last quarter century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810904

Morphisms and CategoriesComparing and Transforming Despite dissent in many quarters Piaget's epistemology and the developmental psychology derived from it remain the most powerful theories in either field. From the beginning Piaget's fundamental epistemological notion was that all knowledge is rooted in action and for a long time he identified action with transformation. What is known is that which remains constant under transformatory action. This book represents a fundamental reformulation of that point of view. Alongside transformatory schemes Piaget now presents evidence that nontransformatory actions -- comparisons that create morphisms and categories among diverse situations constitute a necessary and complementary instrument of knowledge. This work aims to elucidate that insight experimentally and theoretically and to understand the developmental interaction of comparing and transforming as knowledge is constructed. This first English translation of Piaget's work includes studies of children's understanding of geometric forms machines and abstract concepts. It contains a clear statement of his mature position on continuity with biology as well as with the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138976450

Morphoanatomical Atlas of Grass Leaves Culms and Caryopses This new volume features the studied anatomical details of different parts of 100 wild grass species and provides a comprehensive overview of existing knowledge. Each of the three sections of the volume (leaf grass culm and caryopses) discusses and illustrates the diagnostic histological features along with statistical analyses on the quantitative and qualitative data. The descriptions of these grasses particularly those growing in the grasslands of the Panchmahal and Dahod districts of India are supplemented with microphotographs and keys for the taxa concentrate upon diagnostic characters above the rank of genus which will be helpful for the easy identification of the grasses even in their vegetative stages before flowering. The cluster analysis uses the statistical analysis program Minitab for each part on the basis of the diagnostic features. In this volume readers will be able to easily identify the grass species based on the anatomical features described here. The volume will be of great interest both to grass specialists and to generalists seeking state-of-the-art information on the diversity of grasses the most ecologically and economically important of the families of flowering plants. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888486

Morphodynamics Morphodynamics is defined as the unique interaction among environment functional morphology developmental constraints phylogeny and time—all of which shape the evolution of life. These fabricational patterns and similarities owe their regularity not to a detailed genetic program but to extrinsic factors which may be mechanical chemical or biological in nature. These self-organizing mechanisms are the focus of Morphodynamics. Illustrated by numerous examples from across the biological spectrum this book embodies the foundation of noted paleontologist Adolf Seilacher’s thinking on the study of morphodynamics. It represents his unique approach of presenting paleontology from an ecological and constructional perspective rather than a purely taxonomic one. The hallmark of Seilacher’s storied career has been a constructional and functional focus. He begins by discussing the basic principles—form pattern formation ecology and evolution as well as the factors that override those processes. Next he examines how morphodynamic principles are implemented in various invertebrates including single-celled protists Ediacarans sponges coelenterates shelled organisms worms arthropods and echinoderms. The final chapter explores how morphogenetic principles may apply to clonal colonial organisms. Summarizing seventy years of research into the interactions of form function and evolution the book is copiously illustrated with the author’s own distinctive drawings and an abundance of photos. It provides a framework for readers to pose their own questions and sharpen their interpretive skills on this fascinating topic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482221183

Morphological Aspects of Language Processing It is now well established that phonological -- and orthographic -- codes play a crucial role in the recognition of isolated words and in understanding the sequences of words that comprise a sentence. However words and sentences are organized with respect to morphological as well as phonological components. It is thus unfortunate that the morpheme has received relatively little attention in the experimental literature either from psychologists or linguists. Due to recent methodological developments however now is an opportune time to address morphological issues. In the experimental literature there is a tendency to examine various psycholinguistic processes in English and then to assume that the account given applies with equal significance to English and to other languages. Written languages differ however in the extent to which they capture phonological as contrasted with morphological units. Moreover with respect to the morpheme languages differ in the principle by which morphemes are connected to form new words. This volume focuses on morphological processes in word recognition and reading with an eye toward comparing morphological processes with orthographic and phonological processes. Cross-language comparisons are examined as a tool with which to probe universal linguistic processes and a variety of research methodologies are described. Because it makes the experimental literature in languages other than English more accessible this book is expected to be of interest to many readers. It also directs attention to the subject of language processing in general -- an issue which is of central interest to cognitive psychologists and linguists as well as educators and clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876392

Morphological Processing and Literacy DevelopmentCurrent Issues and Research Synthesizing a range of studies on morphological processing from the past 30 years this edited collection presents the current state of knowledge on morphological processing and defines classroom practices to help students conceptualise the role of morphology in reading spelling and vocabulary development. Research has increasingly indicated the importance of morphological tasks in relation to reading spelling and vocabulary acquisition in the classroom. Chapter authors present the theoretical considerations guiding morphological processing research to date address the use of morphology with reference to different populations of learners and propose effective and innovative instructional strategies for integrating morphology in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432980

Morphological Structure Lexical Representation and Lexical AccessA Special Issue of Language and Cognitive Processes The main concern of this work is whether morphemes play a role in the lexical representation and processing of several types of polymorphemic words and more particularly at what precise representational and processing level. The book comprises two theoretical contributions and a number of empirical ones. One theoretical paper discusses several possible motivations for a morphologically organised mental lexicon (like the economy of representation view and the efficiency of processing view) and lays out the weaknesses that are associated with some of these motivations. The other theoretical paper offers an interactive-activation reinterpretation of the findings that were originally reported within the lexical search framework. The empirical papers together cover a relatively broad array of language types and mainly deal with visual word recognition in normals in the context of lexical morphology (derived and compound words). Evidence is reported on the function of stems and affixes as processing units in prefixed and suffixed derivations. The role of semantic transparency in the lexical representation of compounds is studied as is the effect of orthographic ambiguity on the parsing of novel compounds. The inflection-derivational distinction is approached in the context of Finnish a highly agglutinative language with much richer morphology than the languages usually studied in psycholinguistic experiments on polymorphemic words. Two other contributions also approach the study object in the context of relatively uncharted domains: one presents data on Chinese a language which uses a different script-type (logographic) from the languages that are usually studied (alphabetic script) and another one presents data on language production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994218

Morphologically Governed Accent in Optimality Theory Alderete examines the influences of morphological factors on stress and pitch accent within Optimality Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865570

Morphology and MindA Unified Approach to Explanation in Linguistics The central concern of this book is the explanation of linguistic form. It examines in detail certain cross-linguistic patterns in morphological systems providing unified explanations of the observation that suffixes predominate over prefixes and the correlation between affix position and syntactic head position. The explanation of the suffixing preference is one which appeals to principles of language processing tempered by cognitive constraints underlying language change. These factors coupled with generative morphological analysis also provide an explanation for the head/affix correlation. The extended case-study illustrates a unified integrative approach to explanation in linguistics which stresses two major features: the search for cognitive or other functional principles that could potentially underlie formally specified regularities; and the need for a micro-analysis of the mechanisms of ‘linkage’ between regularity and explanation. The natural methodological consequence of such an approach is a move towards greater cooperation between the various subdisciplines of linguistics as well as a greatly needed expansion of cross-disciplinary research. The author’s broad training in theoretical morphology formal and typological universals and language processing allows him to cross traditional boundaries and view the complex interactions between theoretical linguistic principles and cognitive mechanisms with considerable clarity of vision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976467

Morphology and Universals in Syntactic ChangeEvidence from Medieval and Modern Greek This book first published in 1990 is a study of both the specific syntactic changes in the more recent stages of Greek and of the nature of syntactic change in general. Guided by the constraints and principles of Universal Grammar this hypothesis of this study allows for an understanding of how these changes in Greek syntax occurred and so provides insight into the mechanism of syntactic change. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699953

Morphology Design Paradigms for Supercapacitors Nanostructured electrode materials have exhibited unrivaled electrochemical properties in creating elite supercapacitors. Morphology Design Paradigm for Supercapacitors presents the latest advances in the improvement of supercapacitors a result of the incorporation of nanomaterials into the design – from zero-dimensional to three-dimensional and microporous to mesoporous. The book includes a comprehensive description of capacitive practices at the levels of sub-atomic and nanoscales. These have the ability to enhance device performance for an extensive assortment of potential applications including consumer electronics wearable gadgets hybrid electric vehicles stationary and industrial frameworks. Key Features: Provides readers with a clear understanding of the implementation of these materials as electrodes in electrochemical supercapacitors. Covers recent material designs and an extensive scope of electrode materials such as 0D to 3D. Explores recent nanostructured-system material designs that have been created and tested in supercapacitor configurations. Considers microporous to mesoporous supercapacitor electrode materials. Features the impact of nanostructures on the properties of supercapacitors including specific capacitance cycle stability and rate capability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367207540

Morphology in Language Comprehension Production and AcquisitionA Special Issue of Language and Cognitive Processes Does darkness lead to happiness? Is there corn in the corner? These are questions that make - to some extent - semantically sense but for researchers interested in the role of morphology in word processing they make morphologically sense as well. This Special Issue on Morphological Processing is based on the 6th MOrphological PROcessing Conference MOPROC which was organized in Turku Finland and hosted researchers with a firm interest in questions like these. The special issue contains 13 articles that provide answers from different viewpoints since it contains research on comprehension production and acquisition of morphology. Moreover the articles present research in a number of languages with fundamentally different morphological systems. Apart from studies in West-Germanic languages (English and Dutch) the special issue contains studies in Romance languages (Spanish and Italian) in languages with very rich inflectional paradigms (Greek Polish and Finnish) and in languages with non-concatenative morphology (Hebrew and Arabic). Moreover it contains studies on all three major morphological classes: Inflections derivations and compounds. Specific questions addressed in the volume deal with the time course with which morphemes come available what factors facilitate their use the role of orthographic and semantic transparency in complex word processing and how morphology should be incorporated in models of word processing. The chapters provide a wealth of empirical results obtained with state-of-the-art experimental paradigms. We hope that they will be an inspiration for further studies in morphological processing as much as we - living in Finland - hope that there is happiness in darkness. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727441

Morphophonemics of Modern Hebrew (Routledge Revivals) Routledge Revivals presents a reissue of Noam Chomksy’s MA thesis written in 1951 and first published in 1979. Morphophonemics of Modern Hebrew is a landmark study in linguistics and generative phonology which provides not only an analysis of morphophonemics but of the entire grammar of Modern Hebrew from syntax to phonology. Professor Chomsky’s goal in this thesis is nothing less than a complete generative grammar of the Hebrew language. This work is of singular importance as it contains the genesis of the author’s work in the field of generative grammar which has had such a profound impact upon the study of linguistics. This reissue of a truly pioneering work will be of great interest to all those concerned with generative grammar and its origins and with the progression of thought of one of the greatest minds of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688093

Morrey SpacesIntroduction and Applications to Integral Operators and PDE’s Volume I Morrey spaces were introduced by Charles Morrey to investigate the local behaviour of solutions to second order elliptic partial differential equations. The technique is very useful in many areas in mathematics in particular in harmonic analysis potential theory partial differential equations and mathematical physics. Across two volumes the authors of Morrey Spaces: Introduction and Applications to Integral Operators and PDE’s discuss the current state of art and perspectives of developments of this theory of Morrey spaces with the emphasis in Volume I focused mainly on harmonic analysis. Features Provides a ‘from-scratch’ overview of the topic readable by anyone with an understanding of integration theory Suitable for graduate students masters course students and researchers in PDE's or Geometry Replete with exercises and examples to aid the reader’s understanding Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498765510

Morrey SpacesIntroduction and Applications to Integral Operators and PDE’s Volume II Morrey spaces were introduced by Charles Morrey to investigate the local behaviour of solutions to second order elliptic partial differential equations. The technique is very useful in many areas in mathematics in particular in harmonic analysis potential theory partial differential equations and mathematical physics. Across two volumes the authors of Morrey Spaces: Introduction and Applications to Integral Operators and PDE’s discuss the current state of art and perspectives of developments of this theory of Morrey spaces with the emphasis in Volume II focused mainly generalizations and interpolation of Morrey spaces. Features Provides a ‘from-scratch’ overview of the topic readable by anyone with an understanding of integration theory Suitable for graduate students masters course students and researchers in PDE's or Geometry Replete with exercises and examples to aid the reader’s understanding Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367459154

Morrey SpacesIntroduction and Applications to Integral Operators and PDE’s Volumes I & II Morrey spaces were introduced by Charles Morrey to investigate the local behaviour of solutions to second order elliptic partial differential equations. The technique is very useful in many areas in mathematics in particular in harmonic analysis potential theory partial differential equations and mathematical physics. Across two volumes the authors of Morrey Spaces: Introduction and Applications to Integral Operators and PDE’s discuss the current state of art and perspectives of developments of this theory of Morrey spaces with focus on harmonic analysis in volume I and generalizations and interpolation of Morrey spaces in volume II. Features Provides a ‘from-scratch’ overview of the topic readable by anyone with an understanding of integration theory Suitable for graduate students masters course students and researchers in PDE's or Geometry Replete with exercises and examples to aid the reader’s understanding Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367459178

Morris Informal Reading InventoryPreprimer through Grade 8 In one concise volume Darrell Morris provides a complete tool for assessing students' reading ability. Unlike most informal reading inventories (IRIs) Morris's approach incorporates measures of automaticity (word recognition and fluency) together with oral reading accuracy and comprehension. This results in more efficient accurate and thorough assessments. Included are an examiner's manual and all test materials for the basic IRI (grades 2-8) plus a separate beginning reading inventory (grades K-1). In a large-size spiral-bound format for ease of use the book features more than 90 pages of word/letter lists illustrated reading passages and other test materials all with permission to photocopy.See also Morris's Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Problems Second Edition which guides teachers through a comprehensive diagnostic battery for planning instruction and intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462517572

Morse Theory for Hamiltonian Systems This Research Note explores existence and multiplicity questions for periodic solutions of first order non-convex Hamiltonian systems. It introduces a new Morse (index) theory that is easier to use less technical and more flexible than existing theories and features techniques and results that until now have appeared only in scattered journals. Morse Theory for Hamiltonian Systems provides a detailed description of the Maslov index introduces the notion of relative Morse index and describes the functional setup for the variational theory of Hamiltonian systems including a new proof of the equivalence between the Hamiltonian and the Lagrangian index. It also examines the superquadratic Hamiltonian proving the existence of periodic orbits that do not necessarily satisfy the Rabinowitz condition studies asymptotically linear systems in detail and discusses the Arnold conjectures about the number of fixed points of Hamiltonian diffeomorphisms of compact symplectic manifolds.In six succinct chapters the author provides a self-contained treatment with full proofs. The purely abstract functional aspects have been clearly separated from the applications to Hamiltonian systems so many of the results can be applied in and other areas of current research such as wave equations Chern-Simon functionals and Lorentzian geometry. Morse Theory for Hamiltonian Systems not only offers clear well-written prose and a unified account of results and techniques but it also stimulates curiosity by leading readers into the fascinating world of symplectic topology. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138417588

Mortal DilemmasThe Troubled Landscape of Death in America Anthropologist Donald Joralemon asks whether America is really as many scholars claim a death-denying culture that prefers to quarantine the sick in hospitals and the elderly in nursing homes. His answer is a reasoned “no.” In his view Americans are merely struggling to find cultural scripts for the exceptional conditions of dying that our social world and medical technologies have thrust upon us. The book: is written in the first-person for a broad audience by a senior anthropologist making it an authoritative yet accessible textbook for courses on death and dying and American culture; includes contemporary debates about highly visible cases the definition of death the status of human remains aging and the medicalization of grief; demonstrates persuasively that arguments over death and dying are in fact arguments about what it means to be human in modern America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629583938

Mortality Mourning and Mortuary Practices in Indigenous Australia Drawing on ethnography of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities across Australia Mortality Mourning and Mortuary Practices in Indigenous Australia focuses on the current ways in which indigenous people confront and manage various aspects of death. The contributors employ their contemporary and long-term anthropological fieldwork with indigenous Australians to construct rich accounts of indigenous practices and beliefs and to engage with questions relating to the frequent experience of death within the context of unprecedented change and premature mortality. The volume makes use of extensive empirical material to address questions of inequality with specific reference to mortality thus contributing to the anthropology of indigenous Australia whilst attending to its theoretical methodological and political concerns. As such it will appeal not only to anthropologists but also to those interested in social inequality the social and psychosocial consequences of death and the conceptualization and manipulation of the relationships between the living and the dead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346753

Mortality Trade Money and Credit in Late Medieval England (1285-1531) The eleven articles in this volume examine controversial subjects of central importance to medieval economic historians. Topics include the relative roles played by money and credit in financing the economy whether credit could compensate for shortages of coin and whether it could counteract the devastating mortality of the Black Death. Drawing on a detailed analysis of the Statute Merchant and Staple records the articles chart the chronological and geographical changes in the economy from the late-thirteenth to the early-sixteenth centuries. This period started with the triumph of English merchants over alien exporters in the early 1300s and concluded in the early 1500s with cloth exports overtaking wool in value. The articles assess how these changes came about as well as the degree to which both political and economic forces altered the pattern of regional wealth and enterprise in ways which saw the northern towns decline and London rise to be the undisputed financial as well as the political capital of England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367260194

Mortals and Others Between 1931 and 1935 Bertrand Russell contributed some 156 essays to the literary pages of the American newspaper New York American. These were often fun humorous observations on the very real issues of the day such as the Depression the rise of Nazism and Prohibition to more perennial themes such as love parenthood education and friendship. Available for the first time in the Routledge Classics series in a single volume this pithy provocative and often-personal collection of essays brings together the very best of Russell’s many contributions to the New York American and proves just as engaging for today’s readers as they were in the 1930s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131484

Mortals and Others Volume IAmerican Essays 1931-1935 This collection of essays and journalism cover a wide range of topics from balancing prosperity and public expenditure or the mental differences between boys and girls to 'who may use lipstick'. Mortal and Others shows the serious and non-serious side of Russell's personality and work. It provides a lively and revealing introduction to Russell's thought for all readers. First published in 1975 Mortals and Others is at last available in paperback with a new introduction by John Slater. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714232

Mortals and Others Volume IIAmerican Essays 1931-1935 'Every man would like to be God if it were possible; some few find it difficult to admit the impossibility.' - Bertrand Russell From 1931-1935 Bertrand Russell was one of the regular contributors to the literary pages of the New York American together with other distinguished authors such as Aldous Huxley and Vita Sackville-West. Mortals and Others Volume II presents a further selection of his essays ranging from the politically correct to the perfectly obscure: from The Prospects of Democracy to Men Versus Insects. Even though written in the politically heated climate of the 1930s these essays are surprisingly topical and engaging for the present day reader. Volume II of Mortals and Others serves as a splendid fresh introduction to the compassionate eclecticism of Bertrand Russell's mind. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824628

Mortgage Lending Racial Discrimination and Federal Policy First published in 1997 this volume features a wealth of contributions discussing mortgage lending discrimination and the role of the FHA fair lending enforcement and the Decatur case along with the future of mortgage discrimination research. This key civil rights debate in the wake of the Fair Housing Act 25 years prior is evaluated and clarified through rigorous review of fair lending research applied projects and enforcement activities to date. It argues forcefully that the right to take out a mortgage to buy a home should be conditioned only upon one’s credit worthiness and not on one’s race or ethnic group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328624

Mortgage Market (RLE Banking & Finance)Theory and Practice of Housing Finance Beginning with a theoretical analysis of housing finance in the context of housing markets and financial intermediation generally the authors then analyse drawing on international experience each of the main types of housing finance system: informal deposit taking contract and mortgage bank. Various aspects of the market are covered using examples drawn from the UK and elsewhere including the regulatory framework contemporary developments and securitization and secondary markets. Critical public policy issues such as housing and the real economy and housing subsidies are analysed in detail. Finally the authors examine the future for housing and the housing finance market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007758

Mortgaging the EarthWorld Bank Environmental Impoverishment and the Crisis of Development This critique of World Bank operations examines the effects of this organization on the societies in which it operates. Highly critical of the Bank's practices in its 50 years of operation the author demonstrates how the Bank has become virtually unaccountable and a law unto itself. He describes how the Bank has supported oppressive regimes and loaned money to support large projects which have displaced local populations. He argues further that the Bank's current policies of structural adjustment are arresting the development of Third World countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471641

Moscow And The Polish CrisisAn Interpretation Of Soviet Policies And Intentions This book uses propaganda analysis to trace the Kremlin's policy decisions and its internal leadership debates during the Polish crisis of 1980–1981. It extensively traces Soviet dynastic anomalies and propaganda fluctuations over the course of the Polish crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156466

Moscow and the Third World Under Gorbachev Soviet policy toward the developing world has changed dramatically since Mikhail Gorbachev assumed power in 1985. This book explores the shape and scope of Moscow's "new thinking" in its Third World context— highlighted by the USSR's surprising withdrawal from Afghanistan in 1988. Other policies examined include putting pressure on allies such as Cuba and Vietnam to end their military involvement in Angola and Cambodia respectively; expanding relations with old adversaries such as China South Korea South Africa and Israel; and pursuing closer ties to developed Third World countries while reducing support for weak states. After reviewing the foreign policy record Gorbachev inherited the authors assess his economic and strategic priorities in the diplomatic arena and their impact on specific regions. Each regional chapter reviews past Soviet policy examines the rationale for Gorbachev's present initiatives and weighs future trends—including implications for U.S.-Soviet relations. Thoroughly updated through the winter of 1990 this book provides the most current analysis available of a vital and continuously evolving part of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367006914

Moscow DMZ: The Story of the International Effort to Convert Russian Weapons Science to Peaceful PurposesThe Story of the International Effo As the Soviet Union was collapsing in late 1991 reports began to reach the West about agents "shopping" for weapons systems - and weapons scientists - in the beleaguered Soviet military-industrial complex. In response the United States the European Community and Japan in cooperation with the Russian government created a program to reemploy Soviet scientific personnel in civilian projects dealing with the legacy of the Soviet system - a polluted environment unsafe nuclear power facilities and economic underdevelopment. In this fascinating first-person account the American environmental scientist who led the effort to establish the International Science and Technology Center in Moscow tells the diplomatic scientific and human story behind a remarkable post-Cold War conversion initiative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315286099

Moscow's Lost Empire This volume gives an overview of the regional ethnic and political structure of the Soviet empire from its establishment through its ultimate disintegration. It provides a corrective to the Russocentrism and Great Power bias that has marked most studies of the Soviet Union. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315287737

Moscow's Muslim ChallengeSoviet Central Asia A study of the history of Soviet Central Asia and the demographic political economic and cultural weight of the Muslims that reside there. This book examines current trends in this area which is one of Russia's most turbulent and misunderstood minority regions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315490892

Moses in the Qur'an and Islamic Exegesis Relating the Muslim understanding of Moses in the Qur'an to the Epic of Gilgamesh Alexander Romances Aramaic Targums Rabbinic Bible exegesis and folklore from the ancient and medieval Mediterranean this book shows how Muslim scholars authorize and identify themselves through allusions to the Bible and Jewish tradition. Exegesis of Qur'an 18:60-82 shows how Muslim exegetes engage Biblical theology through interpretation of the ancient Israelites their prophets and their Torah. This Muslim use of a scripture shared with Jews and Christians suggests fresh perspectives for the history of religions Biblical studies cultural studies and Jewish-Arabic studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037454

Moses Maimonides Moses Maimonides (1135--1204) is recognized both as a leading Jewish thinker and as one of the most radical philosophers of the Islamic world. The study reveals the significance of Maimonides to contemporary philosophical and theological problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162495

Moslem Sects & Divisions First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861663

Most Deserving of Death?An Analysis of the Supreme Court's Death Penalty Jurisprudence The role of capital punishment in America has been criticised by those for and against the death penalty by the judiciary academics the media and by prison personnel. This book demonstrates that it is the inconsistent and often incoherent jurisprudence of the United States Supreme Court which accounts for a system so lacking in public confidence. Using case studies Kenneth Williams examines issues such as jury selection ineffective assistance of counsel the role of race and claims of innocence which affect the Court's decisions and how these decisions are played out in the lower courts often an inmate's last recourse before execution. Discussing international treaties and their lack of impact on capital punishment in America this book has international appeal and makes an important contribution to legal scholarship. It also provides a unique understanding of the dynamics of an alarmingly problematic system and will be valuable to those interested in human rights and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260405

MOST® Work Measurement Systems This book is an essential supplement for MOST (Maynard Operation Sequence Technique) certification training. An excellent resource for practicing professionals and newcomers in the fields of industrial engineering and management it provides a detailed explanation of each of the three MOST Systems. This edition is updated with relevant examples using today’s technology to develop engineered standards. Content includes refreshed charts and guidelines to selecting a MOST System and completing a MOST analysis based on the application rules for BasicMOST MiniMOST and MaxiMOST. A new informative chapter highlights the use of standards to improve workforce performance and increase productivity. A must for MOST certification for engineers productivity improvement specialists staffing and costing professionals. Certification training can be completed online and worldwide through authorized partners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367345310

Mostly Grave ThoughtsOn Mortality and Other Matters In this new collection Eugene Goodheart scholar of English literature essayist and public intellectual reveals himself in a way that will interest readers already familiar with his expansive body of work as well as those new to his writing.Rising above the particular the essays focus on themes of universal importance. The opening essay "Whistling in the Dark " is a meditation on the gravest of subjects: aging and mortality. The chapters that follow are a series of reflections on teaching retirement illness marriage fatherhood friendship regret indignation sports and writing activities that make up a life. The book wrestles with the question of what constitutes the reality of the self in the present when many writers view the self as an illusion.Each essay alludes to writers of the past and present who have addressed the question of what constitutes the self. Looming largest is Montaigne the inventor of the modern personal essay. This book focuses on universally important subjects including an individual's place in a community family fatherhood growing older being Jewish and friendship. Written in a vividly accessible manner this book reaches out to a general audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512375

Mother Madonna WhoreThe Idealization and Denigration of Motherhood To Freud female sexuality remained something of a mystery: a riddle and a dark continent. He urged his female colleagues to enlighten him. Many have since done so - and this book is a most vivid and illuminating contribution to the field. The author explores why the quality of their bodies is fundamental to women's psychology; how this may lead Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325602

Mother’s Advice BooksPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series I Part Two Volume 8 Early modern works of advice can be typified by a number of texts by Erasmus falling into a variety of categories: advice on family conduct; manners; study plans and piety. A close relation to these works of advice was the parental advice book usually written by a father to his son. It was not until the early 17th century that the mother's advice book evolved and even then these were often legitimated by the female authors claiming that sickness or even impending death made relaying their motherly advice by a means other than print impossible. The contents of the present volume ordered chronologically by the date of the first edition of each advice book are limited to works attributed to named mothers even though information about these historical women is not always abundant. Miscellanea was the attempt of Elizabeth Grymeston to distill advice to her only surviving. It was first published in 1604. The text reproduced here is the 1608 edition which was the first to include the additional substantive Prayers. Even though listings indicate there were 19 editions of The Mother’s Blessing before 1640 very little is known of Dorothy Leigh. The first edition (1616) reproduced here describes her as a gentle-woman not long deceased and her dedicatory epistle to her three sons identifies her as a widow. Elizabeth Clinton wrote her advice book when she had become countess-dowager. It was dedicated to her daughter-in-law and addresses an area where she had apparently been deficient - the imperative directed at early modern women by domestic conduct books that mothers should nurse their own children. The edition reproduced here is the British Library copy. Elizabeth Brook Joceline composed her Legacy whilst awaiting the birth of her first child having become convinced that she would die in childbirth. She died in 1622 nine days after the birth of a daughter. Possibly the most poignant of the mother's advice books this was intended to stand in for her instructi Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264554

Mother’s Advice BooksPrinted Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part One Volume 3 A form of courtesy literature Mother's Advice Books were texts written by mothers to instruct their children in religious educational and occasionally wordly matters. The three texts included in this volume Elizabeth Richardson's A Ladies Legacie to her Davghters Susanna Bell's The Legacy of a Dying Mother To Her Mourning Children and the unattributed The Mothers Blessing offer interesting alternatives to the many published male views of the family from the period. Indeed this volume features an appendix with two much shorter portions of predominantly male-authored texts: Mary Pennyman's letter to her children published as part of John Pennyman's Instruction to his Children and Elizabeth Walker's 'For my Dear Children Mrs.Margaret Walker and Elizabeth Walker' included in Anthony Walker's The Holy Life of Mrs. Elizabeth Walker. The fact that these women were mothers gave them an authority to write that other women were not easily granted and it is clear that many of these works were written with publication in mind. In addition to giving women public status as authors these books also enabled them to enter political and religious debates under the guise of offering advice to their children. The Mother's Advice Book is then an intriguing genre that simultaneously violates and yet replicates early modern patriarchy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264561

Mother-headed Families and Why They Have Increased The last two decades have seen a dramatic growth in the proportion of families headed by women. Most of these families are poor and include dependent children--causing the development of a large underprivileged class across the western world. This book explores the causes and implications of this development. Because the increase in mother-headed families is an international trend an international perspective has been adopted. The discussion centers on selected countries where certain trends are most visible. Among the western nations particular attention is given to the United States Sweden and the former U.S.S.R. because of their high prevalence of mother-headed families; and trends in some countries with a middling prevalence are also discussed. Japan is included because of its combination of advanced industrialization with a non-western tradition and a low incidence of mother-headed families. Accordingly the book considers broad supranational influences and proposes some explanations that draw on material from history anthropology sociology psychology women's studies economics literature and religious studies. The authors present definitive information on the incidence of mother-headed families across historical epochs and culture groups. This includes an exploration of the conditions under which such families have been many or few and have been treated well or poorly by their communities. They also offer some theoretical explanations for the increasing frequency of this family form and consider whether these interpretations fit the facts that have been gathered. Finally there is a detailed discussion revealing what these explanations may imply for the future--that is whether the number of mother-headed families is likely to increase stabilize or decrease. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976474

Motherhood Absence and TransitionWhen Adult Children Leave Home The vast majority of academic texts on motherhood have focused on women’s experiences of the early years of mothering while texts covering the topic of home-leaving have tended to privilege the young person's experience. Combining lively empirical material with an illuminating social-theoretical framework Trish Green's book addresses the much neglected area of the mother's experience of separation from her child at the time of their home-leaving. The book makes clear how the mother's experience of separation is silenced first by the socio-cultural constructions of motherhood per se second by the privileging of the child's transition to adulthood and third by a neglect of the relational dimension of this particular life-course transition. In doing so the book makes an important contribution to debates on ageing identity and the life-course and will be of great interest to sociologists with various academic interests. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260313

Motherhood Childlessness and the Care of Children in Atlantic Slave Societies This book provides critical perspectives on the multiple forms of ‘mothering’ that took place in Atlantic slave societies. Facing repeated child death mothering was a site of trauma and grief for many even as slaveholders romanticized enslaved women’s work in caring for slaveholders' children. Examining a wide range of societies including medieval Spain Brazil and New England and including the work of historians based in Brazil Cuba the United States and Britain this collection breaks new ground in demonstrating the importance of mothering for the perpetuation of slavery and the complexity of the experience of motherhood in such circumstances. This pathbreaking collection on all aspects of the experience politics and representations of motherhood under Atlantic slavery analyses societies across the Atlantic world and will be of interest to those studying the history of slavery as well as those studying mothering throughout history. This book comprises two special issues originally published in Slavery & Abolition and Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202026

Motherhood Religion and Society in Medieval Europe 400-1400Essays Presented to Henrietta Leyser Who can concentrate on thoughts of Scripture or philosophy and be able to endure babies crying ... ? Will he put up with the constant muddle and squalor which small children bring into the home? The wealthy can do so ... but philosophers lead a very different life ... So according to Peter Abelard did his wife Heloise state in characteristically stark terms the antithetical demands of family and scholarship. Heloise was not alone in making this assumption. Sources from Jerome onward never cease to remind us that the life of the mind stands at odds with life in the family. For all that we have moved in the past two generations beyond kings and battles fiefs and barons motherhood has remained a blind spot for medieval historians. Whatever the reasons the result is that the historiography of the medieval period is largely motherless. The aim of this book is to insist that this picture is intolerably one-dimensional and to begin to change it. The volume is focussed on the paradox of motherhood in the European Middle Ages: to be a mother is at once to hold great power and by the same token to be acutely vulnerable. The essays look to analyse the powers and the dangers of motherhood within the warp and weft of social history beginning with the premise that religious discourse or practice served as a medium in which mothers (and others) could assess their situation defend claims and make accusations. Within this frame three main themes emerge: survival agency and institutionalization. The volume spans the length and breadth of the Middle Ages from late Roman North Africa through ninth-century Byzantium to late medieval Somerset drawing in a range of types of historian including textual scholars literary critics students of religion and economic historians. The unity of the volume arises from the very diversity of approaches within it all addressed to the central topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602086

Motherhood Spirituality and Culture Motherhood Spirituality and Culture explores spiritual skills that may assist women in changes challenges and transformations undergone through the transition to motherhood. This study comprises rich qualitative data gathered from interviews with 11 mothers. Results are analysed by constructing seven unique maternal narratives that elucidate and give voice to the mothers in their transition by in depth exploration of six themes emerging from the analysis. Overall discussion ranges across such realities as: • desires expectations and illusions for mothering; • birth and spiritual embodied experiences of mothering; • instinctual knowing; identity and crisis and connections of motherhood; • changes and transformations undergone through motherhood. This study presents a unique framework for qualitative studies of spirituality within motherhood research; by weaving together transpersonal psychology humanistic psychology spiritual intelligence and the spiritual maternal literature.This book will appeal to all women who have transitioned to motherhood. It willalso be of assistance to professionals who wish to approach any aspect of maternity care and support from a transpersonal perspective. It will also provideunique insights for academics and postgraduate students in the fields of anthropology psychology psychotherapy and feminism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601376

Motherhood and Patriarchal Masculinities in Sixteenth-Century Italian Comedy Exploring individual and collective formation of gender identities this book contributes to current scholarly discourses by examining plays in the genre of 'erudite comedy' (commedia erudita) which was extremely popular among sixteenth-century Italians from the elite classes. Author Yael Manes investigates five erudite comedies-Ludovico Ariosto's I suppositi (1509) Niccolò Machiavelli's La Mandragola (1518) and Clizia (1525) Antonio Landi's Il commodo (1539) and Giovan Maria Cecchi's La stiava (1546)-to consider how erudite comedies functioned as ideological battlefields where the gender system of patriarchy was examined negotiated and critiqued. These plays reflect the patriarchal order of their elite social milieu but they also offer a unique critical vantage point on the paradoxical formation of patriarchal masculinity. On the one hand patriarchal ideology rejects the mother and forbids her as an object of desire; on the other hand patriarchal male identity revolves around representations of motherhood. Ultimately the comedies reflect the desire of the Italian Renaissance male elite for women who will provide children to their husbands but not actively assume the role of a mother. In sum Manes reveals a wide cultural understanding that motherhood-as an activity that women undertake not simply a relational position they occupy-challenges patriarchy because it bestows women with agency power and authority. Manes here recovers the complexity of Renaissance Italian discourse on gender and identity formation by approaching erudite comedies not only as mirrors of their audiences but also as vehicles for contemporary audiences' ideological psychological and emotional expressions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261587

Motherhood and PersonalityPsychosomatic aspects of childbirth Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1969 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882645

Motherhood and RepresentationThe Mother in Popular Culture and Melodrama From novels of the nineteenth century to films of the 1990s American culture abounds with images of white middle-class mothers. In Motherhood and Representation E. Ann Kaplan considers how the mother appears in three related spheres: the historical in which she charts changing representations of the mother from 1830 to the postmodernist present; the psychoanalytic which discusses theories of the mother from Freud to Lacan and the French Feminists; and the mother as she is figured in cultural representations: in literary and film texts such as East Lynne Marnie and the The Handmaid's Tale as well as in journalism and popular manuals on motherhood. Kaplan's analysis identifies two dominant paradigms of the mother as `Angel' and `Witch' and charts the contesting and often contradictory discourses of the mother in present-day America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169760

Motherhood and Work in Contemporary Japan This book explores the employment of Japanese women born in the 1960s and 1970s who experienced childbirth and raised children in the 1990s and the early 2000s. During this period the Japanese economy experienced a severe recession. It has affected the firm-specific internal labour market and on employment practices which in turn are thought to have greatly influenced Japanese women’s employment. On the other hand the fertility rate declined and social policies to support women’s employment began to be implemented after the 1990s. This book explores how these labour market structure and social policies interact to affect Japanese women’s employment. The book first analyses the employment patterns of women born between the 1920s and 1970s and examines how they have varied among different birth cohorts. Then the employment behaviour of women before and after childbirth through the post-child-rearing period as well as the working career of single mothers are explored for women born in the 1960s and 1970s. Based on the data analyses the concluding part of this book discusses how the labour market structure and social policies during the 1990s and early 2000s interactively influenced employment behaviour of Japanese women and some suggestions are put forward for changing women’s employment during the child-rearing years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368762

Motherhood in Contemporary International PerspectiveContinuity and Change Divided into 15 chapters this book provides the reader with an insight into certain representations of mothers and motherhood in history and today’s societies in some areas of the world notably in Britain and Asia. Key facts about the history of motherhood are presented together with the use of very recent notions and phrases portraying ‘good’ and ‘bad’ mothers. An analysis of the concepts of naming and blaming along with regret with respect to mothers in 21st century societies provides food for thought. Other issues addressed are varied and numerous: the politics of early intervention feminist critique mothers with disabilities and mothers of disabled children incarcerated mothers surrogate mothers teenage mothers lesbian mothers and mothering in Eastern Asia namely in China Japan and Korea. Interestingly both visual arts and literature play a crucial role in this analysis. The publication will appeal to students academics researchers and the general public interested in and seeking to comprehend the shifts that have occurred over time in connection with the vast and inexhaustible subject of motherhood and mothers – a private and public matter. Readers are also provided with a rich reference section dealing with the latest publications on the issues tackled by prominent academics and researchers in human geography women’s studies sociology gender studies contemporary history and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188436

Motherhood in IndiaGlorification without Empowerment? This book presents an overview of the varied experiences and representations of motherhood in India from ancient to modern times. The thrust of the arguments made by the various contributors is that the centrality of motherhood as an ideology in a woman‘s life is manufactured. This is demonstrated by analysing various institutional structures of so Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176440

Motherhood in Literature and CultureInterdisciplinary Perspectives from Europe Motherhood remains a complex and contested issue in feminist research as well as public discussion. This interdisciplinary volume explores cultural representations of motherhood in various contemporary European contexts including France Italy Germany Portugal Spain and the UK and it considers how such representations affect the ways in which different individuals and groups negotiate motherhood as both institution and lived experience. It has a particular focus on literature but it also includes essays that examine representations of motherhood in philosophy art social policy and film. The book’s driving contention is that through intersecting with other fields and disciplines literature and the study of literature have an important role to play in nuancing dialogues around motherhood by offering challenging insights and imaginative responses to complex problems and experiences. This is demonstrated throughout the volume which covers a range of topics including: discursive and visual depictions of pregnancy and birth; the impact of new reproductive technologies on changing family configurations; the relationship between mothering and citizenship; the shaping of policy imperatives regarding mothering and disability; and the difficult realities of miscarriage child death violence and infanticide. The collection expands and complicates hegemonic notions of motherhood as the authors map and analyse shifting conceptions of maternal subjectivity and embodiment explore some of the constraining and/or enabling contexts in which mothering takes place and ask searching questions about what it means to be a ‘mother’ in Europe today. It will be of interest not only to those working in gender women’s and feminist studies but also to scholars in literary and cultural studies and those researching in sociology criminology politics psychology medical ethics midwifery and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667757

Motherhood in the MediaInfanticide Journalism and the Digital Age This book examines contemporary media stories about women who kill their children. By analyzing media texts motherhood blogs and journalistic interviews the book seeks to understand better maternal violence and the factors that lead women to harm their children. The central thesis of this book is that media practices have changed dramatically during the past 50 years as has society’s views on "appropriate" feminine behavior yet definitions of characteristics of good mothers remain largely defined by 1950s sit coms Victorian ideals and Christian theology. The book contends that in spite of media saturation in American society and the media’s increased opportunities to tell complex and nuanced stories news media narratives continue to situate maternal violence as rare unfathomable and unpredictable. The news media’s shift in focus—from public service to profit-making industry—has encouraged superficial coverage of maternal violence as reporters look for stories that sell not stories that explain. Motherhood blogs in contrast offer an opportunity for women to tell their own stories about motherhood based on experience. Interviews with journalists offer insights into how the structure of their jobs dictates media coverage of this intimate form of violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599604

Motherhood in the Twenty-First Century Mothers in the twenty-first century confront us both in clinical practice and in theory with fascinating challenges that to some extent subvert the traditional maternal ideal: the motherhood of single women motherhood in which the mother-child relationship seems minimal (in the case of very busy working mothers) teenage motherhood i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325619

Motherhood LostA Feminist Account of Pregnancy Loss in America First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948040

Motherhoods Markets and ConsumptionThe Making of Mothers in Contemporary Western Cultures It takes more than a baby to make a mother and mothers make more than babies. Bringing together a range of international studies Motherhoods Markets and Consumption examines how marketing and consumer culture constructs particular images of what mothers are what they should care about and how they should behave; exploring how women's use of consumer goods and services shapes how they mother as well as how they are seen and judged by others. Combining personal accounts from many mothers with different theoretical perspectives this book explores: How advertising media and consumer culture contribute to myths and stereotypes concerning good and bad mothers How particular consumer choices are bound up with women’s identities as mothers The role of consumption for women entering different phases of their mothering lives: such as pregnancy early motherhood and the "empty nest" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206106

Mother-Infant Attachment and PsychoanalysisThe Eyes of Shame Winner of the 2004 Gradiva Award from the National Association for the Advancement of Psychoanalysis. The issue of shame has become a central topic for many writers and therapists in recent years but it is debatable how much real understanding of this powerful and pervasive emotion we have achieved. Mother-Infant Attachment and Psychoanalysis argues that shame can develop during the first six months of life through an unreflected look in the mother's eyes and that this shame is then internalised by the infant and reverberates through its later life. The author further expands on this concept of the look through a powerful and extensive study of the concept of the Evil Eye an enduring universal belief that eyes have the power to inflict injury. Finally she presents ways of healing shame within a clinical setting and provides a fascinating analysis of the role of eye-contact in the therapeutic encounter.This book brings together a unique blend of theoretical interpretations of shame with clinical studies and integrates major concepts from psychoanalysis Jungian analysis developmental psychology and anthropology. The result is a broad understanding of shame and a real understanding of why it may underlie a wide range of clinical disorders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800585

Mothering Education and EthnicityThe Transformation of Japanese American Culture First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976481

Mothering Mixed Families and Racialised Boundaries This pioneering volume draws together theoretical and empirical contributions analyzing the experiences of white mothers in interracial families in Britain Canada and the USA. The growth of the mixed race population reflects an increasingly racially and culturally heterogeneous society shaped by powerful forces of globalisation and migration. Mixed family formations are becoming increasingly common through marriage relationships and adoption and there is also increasing social recognition of interracial families through the inclusion of mixed categories in Census data and other official statistics. The changing demographic make-up of Britain and other Western countries raises important questions about identity belonging and the changing nature of family life. It also connects with theoretical and empirical discussions about the significance of ‘race’ in contemporary society. In exploring mothering across racialised boundaries this volume offers new insights and perspectives. The notion of racialisation is invoked to argue that while the notion of race does not exist in any meaningful sense it continues to operate as a social process. This crucial resource will appeal to academics researchers policy makers practitioners and undergraduate and postgraduate students. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953697

Mothering and Desistance in Re-Entry Although there is plentiful research on the impact of marriage employment and the military on desistance from criminal behaviour in the lives of men far less is known about the factors most important to women’s desistance. Imprisoned women are far more likely than their male counterparts to be the primary caretakers of children before their incarceration and are far more likely to intend to reunify with their children upon their release from incarceration. This book focuses on the role of mothering in women’s desistance from criminal behaviour.Drawing on original research this book explores the nature of mothering during incarceration how mothers maintain a relationship with their children from behind bars and the ways in which mothering makes desistance more or less likely after incarceration. It outlines the ways in which race gender class nationality sexuality gender identity and other characteristics affect mothering and desistance and explores the tensions between individual and system-level factors in the consideration of desistance.This book suggests that any discussion of desistance particularly for women must move beyond the traditional focus on individual characteristics and decision-making. Such a focus overlooks the role played by context and systems which undermine both women's attempts to be mothers and their attempts to desist. By contrast in the tradition of Beth Richie’s Compelled to Crime this book explores both the trees and the forests and the quantum in-between in a way that aims for lasting societal and individual changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583828

Mothering as a Metaphor for Ministry Drawing together original research which weaves together ideas from theology philosophy feminism and writing on mothering and child development Emma Percy affirms and encourages aspects of good practice in ministry that are in danger of being overlooked because they are neither well-articulated nor valued. Offering a fresh look at parish ministry this book uses a maternal metaphor to provide an integrated image of being and doing. The metaphor of mothering is used to explore the relational aspect of parish ministry which needs to value particularity and concrete contingent responsiveness. Percy suggests virtues that need to be cultivated to guard against the temptations to intrusive or domineering styles of care on the one hand or passive abnegation of responsibility on the other. Parish ministry cannot be understood in terms of tangible productivity; different ways of understanding success and evaluating priorities need to be developed. The book suggests ways of being ’good enough’ clergy who can find the right balance between caring for people and communities whilst encouraging and acknowledging the maturity of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546998

Mothering Babies in Domestic ViolenceBeyond Attachment Theory This unique book offers an innovative feminist critique of attachment theory that offers an alternative understanding of relationships between women and their babies in domestic violence. Fiona Buchanan identifies a way forward for working with women babies and people who have grown up with domestic violence focusing on strengths not deficits. In doing so she raises new possibilities for work with women and babies in other situations where trauma impacts on their relationships. In line with feminist traditions of listening to the voices of women this book theorizes from research which asks women who birthed and mothered babies in domestic violence about their experiences. The research identifies that women respond with protectiveness when faced with sustained hostility from their partners and protected their babies in many ways not recognised by attachment theorists. However sustained hostility often targets the growing relationship between women and their babies and limits space for the woman and baby to peacefully relate. This book offers deep insights and a new model for working with women babies and those who have grown up with violence based on understanding the context of sustained hostility appreciating women’s protectiveness and expanding space where women and babies can relate. The author calls for practitioners across health and welfare settings to explore the situations in which women mother; women’s protective thoughts feelings and actions and how they find space to relate. This is the ideal resource for researchers policy makers and practitioners as well as women and people who grew up with domestic violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187672

Mothering ModernityFeminism Modernism and the Maternal Muse First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976498

Mothering Rhetorics Once only a topic among women in the private sphere motherhood and mothering have become important intellectual topics across academic disciplines. Even so no book has yet devoted a sustained look at how exploring mothering rhetorics – the rhetorics of reproduction (rhetorics about the reproductive function of women/mothers) and reproducing rhetorics (the rhetorical reproduction of ideological systems and logics of contemporary culture) expand our understanding of mothering motherhood communication and gender. Mothering Rhetorics begins to fill this gap for scholars and teachers interested in the study of mothering rhetorics in their historical and contemporary permutations. The contributions explore the racialized rhetorical contexts of maternity; how fixing food is thought to fix families while also regulating maternal activities and identity; how Black female breastfeeding activists resisted the exploitation of African-American mothers in Detroit; how women in pink-collar occupations both adhere to and challenge maternity leave discourses by rhetorically positioning their leaves as time off and (dis)ability; identifying verbal and nonverbal shaming practices related to unwed motherhood during the mid-twentieth century; and redefining alternative postpartum placenta practices. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s Studies in Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587116

MotheringIdeology Experience and Agency First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538891

MotherlandRussia in the Twentieth Century Motherland tells the dramatic story of the rise and fall of the Soviet Union. From Lenin's virtual coup in November 1917 to Boris Yeltsin's ruthless takeover of power in 1991 the book culminates with a new view of the Yeltsin years.David Marples focuses on the evolution of Russia during the Soviet period and the attempt to harness Russian nationalism to the avowed Soviet mission of promoting World Communism. Along the way heanalyses some of the more intensive historical debates and uncovers some of the myths perpetuated by state propaganda especially those associated with the Great Patriotic War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164055

Mothers Babies and their Body Language This book emphasizes the importance of communication and early attachment for babies acknowledging the value of both mother and father "being there" for their baby during pregnancy and after birth with "quality time" to acknowledge respect and enjoy the presence of their baby. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325626

Mothers Infants and Young Children of September 11 2001A Primary Prevention Project The group of papers presented in this volume represents ten years of involvement of a group of eight core therapists working originally with approximately forty families who suffered the loss of husbands and fathers on September 11 2001. The project focuses on the families of women who were pregnant and widowed in the disaster or of women who were widowed with an infant born in the previous year. This book maps the support and services provided without cost to the families by the primary prevention project – the 'September 11 2001 Mothers Infants and Young Children Project' – organised by a highly trained group of therapists specialising in adult child mother-infant and family treatment as well as in nonverbal communication. The demands of the crisis led these therapists to expand on their psychoanalytic training fostering new approaches to meeting the needs of these families. They sought out these families offering support groups for mothers and their infants and young children in the mothers’ own neighbourhoods. They also brought the families to mother-child videotaped play sessions at the New York State Psychiatric Institute at Columbia University followed by video feedback and consultation sessions. In 2011 marking the 10th anniversary of the World Trade Center tragedy the Project continues to provide services without cost for these mothers who lost their husbands for their infants who are now approximately ten years old and for the siblings of these children. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Infant Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507790

Mothers Young People and Chronic Illness This title was first published in 2003: Although young people are generally very healthy it has become clear that many of the health behaviours of young people can have serious consequences later in life. This is particularly so with the management of chronic illness where poor management can result in serious long-term complications. This book explores how gender differentially affects both the ways in which young people manage chronic illness and the ways in which mothers care for their teenage sons and daughters. Until recently where gender and health have been linked the focus has typically been on women rather than men. However there is growing interest in the health of men with the recognition that masculinities and health interact in specific sometimes detrimental ways. Most books examine either women’s or less commonly men’s health but the comparative approach proposed reflects a growing academic and empirical trend which aims to develop new theoretical perspectives both on gender and on the relationship between gender and health. The book also challenges assumptions that gender is static by exploring the effects of gender at a specific time of transition in the life course. The focus on adolescence is important as it is seen by many to be the time when heterosexual values are most powerfully pursued and enforced thus enabling interactions between gender and health to be thrown into relief. The approach adopted takes issue with many current ideas about young people which tend to portray them as autonomous individuals acting independently. For example in terms of health care for young people with a chronic illness health professionals generally adopt an individualistic approach stressing the importance of independence for young people. Rather than seeing young people as purely autonomous this book relocates them within families in transition between childhood and adulthood and acting interdependently with other family members. Little is known about the complex deci Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737938

Mothers Young People and Chronic Illness This title was first published in 2003: Although young people are generally very healthy it has become clear that many of the health behaviours of young people can have serious consequences later in life. This is particularly so with the management of chronic illness where poor management can result in serious long-term complications. This book explores how gender differentially affects both the ways in which young people manage chronic illness and the ways in which mothers care for their teenage sons and daughters. Until recently where gender and health have been linked the focus has typically been on women rather than men. However there is growing interest in the health of men with the recognition that masculinities and health interact in specific sometimes detrimental ways. Most books examine either women’s or less commonly men’s health but the comparative approach proposed reflects a growing academic and empirical trend which aims to develop new theoretical perspectives both on gender and on the relationship between gender and health. The book also challenges assumptions that gender is static by exploring the effects of gender at a specific time of transition in the life course. The focus on adolescence is important as it is seen by many to be the time when heterosexual values are most powerfully pursued and enforced thus enabling interactions between gender and health to be thrown into relief. The approach adopted takes issue with many current ideas about young people which tend to portray them as autonomous individuals acting independently. For example in terms of health care for young people with a chronic illness health professionals generally adopt an individualistic approach stressing the importance of independence for young people. Rather than seeing young people as purely autonomous this book relocates them within families in transition between childhood and adulthood and acting interdependently with other family members. Little is known about the complex deci Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737976

Mothers Accused and AbusedAddressing Complex Psychological Needs Mothers Accused and Abused: Addressing Complex Psychological Needs brings together stories about mothers who are accused of harming and in some cases killing their children children who subsequently harm or kill others and the challenges to professionals who work with them. Contributors consider the deeply rooted cycles of neglect and abuse manifested in the childhoods of mothers who only come to our attention when their extreme distress is expressed through their actions. By recognising the long-standing unmet dependency needs of abused and neglected women the book argues that longer term engagement can prevent a seemingly endless repetition of court hearings and imprisonment and thereby address cycles of neglect.   With sections on mothers in prison and interventions following child care proceedings  Mothers Accused and Abused will be a valuable resource to those working in the criminal and civil justice systems social work and mental health as well as others who in a professional or personal capacity encounter troubled mothers and their children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095847

Mothers and Daughters and the Origins of Female Subjectivity Mothers and Daughters and the Origins of Female Subjectivity challenges the theory of the Oedipus complex which permeates psychoanalytic theory psychology semiotics and cultural studies.  The book focuses on the re-examination of women’s development through the theories of primitive mental states. Women’s subjectivity has been profoundly limited by continuing anxieties about the mother’s body. Jane Van Buren describes how women are gradually escaping the curse of inferiority and finding a voice enabling the mother to provide their daughters with a legacy of rightful agency over their bodies and minds.  Drawing on the theories of Klein Bion and Winnicott and incorporating recent developments in psychobiology this book provides a novel approach to subjects including the dreams myths and phantasies of individuals the nature of mother and daughter relationships sexuality pregnancy menstruation and the idea of the mother’s body as problematic and dangerous. This interdisciplinary investigation into curtailed female subjectivity and its many ramifications in society culture and individual mental growth will be of great interest to all practising psychoanalysts and those studying psychoanalytic theory and gender studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787695

Mothers and Daughters IIPsychoanalytic Inquiry 26.1 This is the second issue of Psychoanalytic Inquiry devoted to mothers and daughters. This project began as the mother-daughter bond was calling out for attention in light of the many advances in our understanding of female psychology. The goal of female development is no longer considered to be a severing of the mother-daugher bond to attain autonomy and sexual maturity. What then are its vicissitudes as it is revisited reworked and transformed as the girl and her mother grow and develop and ultimately attain a state of interdependence? The relational context of development is now considered: gender-related differences in behavior and in parental interaction; and the girl's special relationship with her mother and her mother's body and the importance to her of her own body with its special attributes contours and sensations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428799

Mothers and Other Clowns (Routledge Revivals)The Stories of Alice Munro First published in 1992 this is the first study of the work of Alice Munro to focus on her obsession with mothering and to relate it to the hallucinatory quality of her magic realism. A bizarre collection of clowning mothers parade across the pages of Munro’s fiction playing practical jokes performing stunts and dressing in disguises that recycle vintage literary images. Magdalene Redekop studies this with the aim of gaining increased understanding of Munro’s evolving comic vision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020665

Mothers and SoldiersGender Citizenship and Civil Society in Contemporary Russia As the Soviet communist regime gave way to democracy the emergence of an entirely new political and social landscape had the potential to turn Russian society upside down. In Mothers and Soldiers: Organizing Men and Women in 1990s Russia Amy Caiazza looks at the effects of this seismic change on gender roles and specifically the role of women in a newly democratic Russia. By observing through a gendered lens institutions like the military and the process of making public policy Caiazza finds that despite the institutional disruption the pattern of gender role ideologies maintained continuity from the former times while at the same time embracing aspects of Western feminism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866774

Mothers Bereaved by Stillbirth Neonatal Death or Sudden Infant Death SyndromePatterns of Distress and Recovery First published in 1997 this volume studied families bereaved by perinatal or infant death including factors both preceding and following the experience and its effect on areas such as marriage mental health and future conception based on interviews with 194 women living in south-eastern Queensland Australia. Tracing the natural history of the first thirty months of their loss all mothers completed semi-structured interviews and standardized questionnaires at two eight fifteen and thirty months following the baby’s death. The study aims to explain and explore these effects and to suggest some potential recommendations for the care and support of women who experience stillbirth neonatal death or SIDS. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327726

Mothers in PovertyA Study of Fatherless Families Professor Kriesberg explores in this book the many myths about the poor the welfare dependents and the husbandless mothers. The evidence marshalled does not support the idea that people continue on welfare generation after generation that the children of broken families have disrupted marriages themselves that the poor seek out public housing and public assistance because they prefer such dependency or that husbandless mothers all have lower educational goals for their children than do married mothers. Beginning with major theoretical issues Professor Kriesberg developed specific hypotheses about the life of the poor and the culture of poverty; the hypotheses were tested with data from a study of families in and around four public housing projects in Syracuse.Issues discussed in the book include the social worlds of the housing projects and the relations between the tenants and the residents of surrounding neighborhoods; the recruitment and selection of families into public housing; and the alternatives the female heads of families face in obtaining money for their families. Two chapters are devoted to an analysis of childrearing patterns that affect the child's later independence and educational achievements focusing upon intergenerational processes and contemporary conditions such as housing income and family structure. Here the complex interplay of parental values beliefs and actual conduct is studied. Finally the sociological and policy implications of the findings are set forth with specific proposals concerning the reduction of poverty.This in-depth analysis of poverty with its emphasis on fatherless families will be of interest to sociologists and social workers and those concerned with poverty employment women's rights civil rights education and urban development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528406

Mothers in Prison Several years ago Terry Moore a young first offender at the Florida Correctional Institution for Women gave birth to a baby whose father was a prison guard. Mrs. Moore won the right to have her baby stay with her in prison until she was released a few months later. Although this incarcerated mother was reunited with her child shortly after giving birth many inmate mothers are not able to be with or see their children on a regular basis during incarceration. Little is known about this significant and emotionally traumatic problem that confronts nearly two-thirds of incarcerated women.Building upon previous work this extraordinarily insightful volume offers fresh perspective on issues which surround the separation of inmate mothers and their children using questionnaire standardized scales and individual taped interviews. The author examines issues such as the impact of separation by race; the child's whereabouts at the time of the crime; the child's placement and legal custody during the mother's incarceration; inmate mothers' interest in resuming the parental role after release; child-rearing attitudes of inmate mothers; and the effects of the involvement of drugs on the mothers' relationship with their children.Through interviews with administrators staff and inmates Dr. Baunach provides a detailed descriptive analysis of the development and operations of programs to retain mother-child bonds in women's prisons in a variety of states. Dr. Baunach discusses day-long/overnight/weekend visitations foster care placements and similar problems of the sort that mothers in prison uniquely must face. The work also has a strong policy content providing unique and practical recommendations for policies and programs benefiting inmate mothers and children that at the same time can be implemented within the framework of current penological practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528413

Mothers in the FatherlandWomen the Family and Nazi Politics From extensive research including a remarkable interview with the unrepentant chief of Hitler’s Women’s Bureau this book traces the roles played by women – as followers victims and resisters – in the rise of Nazism. Originally publishing in 1987 it is an important contribution to the understanding of women’s status culpability resistance and victimisation at all levels of German society and a record of astonishing ironies and paradoxical morality of compromise and courage of submission and survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008083

Mother's Intuition? (1994)Choosing Secondary Schools Published in 1994 Mother’s Intuition? examines the process of choosing secondary schools in two inner London boroughs. The research is based upon detailed interviews with parents as well as questionnaires filled in by pupils themselves. The authors address several important dimensions in the choosing process which had not been investigated by previous research. The book particularly focusses on the main question arising from the interviews; who does the choosing – mother father or the child? Other areas discussed are the changing nature of families and the role different members in lone parent families play as well as the different decisions made between families with girls and boys and those from different racial and ethnic groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577961

Mother's MilkBreastfeeding Controversies in American Culture Mother's Milk examines why nursing a baby is an ideologically charged experience in contemporary culture. Drawing upon medical studies feminist scholarship anthropological literature and an intimate knowledge of breastfeeding itself Bernice Hausman demonstrates what is at stake in mothers' infant feeding choices--economically socially and in terms of women's rights. Breastfeeding controversies she argues reveal social tensions around the meaning of women's bodies the authority of science and the value of maternity in American culture. A provocative and multi-faceted work Mother's Milk will be of interest to anyone concerned with the politics of women's embodiment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699782

Mothers of a New WorldMaternalist Politics and the Origins of Welfare States First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141551

Mothers Surviving Child Sexual Abuse Despite increased recognition of the high incidence of child sexual abuse little attention has so far been paid to the women on whom children primarily depend for care adn protection - their mothers. Informed by theory and research on other situations involving loss secrecy and moral dilemmas as well as the rapidly accumulating knowledge of child sexual abuse Mothers Surviving Child Sexual Abuse offers a new analysis of mother's reactions and resposes presenting a fresh perspective on a shocking porblem for practitioners and policy-makers involved in child protection as well as students and lecturers of social work and social studies and women's studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994232

Mother-TeachersInsights on Inclusion Challenging readers' preconceptions this book provides new insights into the private and public experiences of six mother-teachers whose children have SEN. Thought-provoking and provocative the book gives both sides of the story exploring educational values and teaching practices as well as the personal and family stories of children with SEN. It covers: * All sectors of education from mainstream primary and secondary schools to special day and residential schools * Issues that have been raised by the mother-teachers' experiences * A look at what counts as exclusion and inclusion to parents and their children * Both a top-down and bottom-up look at SEN and inclusion Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138165861

Motion Control of Functionally Related Systems This book is concerned with the development of design techniques for controlling motion of mechanical systems which are employed to execute certain tasks acting collaboratively. The book introduces unified control design procedure for functionally related systems. The controllers for many different tasks in motion control can be successfully designed by applying the proposed simple procedure. The book gives an overview of the control methods appearing in the motion control area and the detailed design procedures for the class of systems that are required to execute certain task together. Tasks can generally be divided in their components denoted as functions in the book. It is shown how dynamics of those tasks can be described. Based on the presented description several control methods were discussed. Applicability of the introduced control design approach was demonstrated in subsequent chapters for various tasks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367208806

Motion Diagram The effectiveness of the Motion Diagram is in how it illustrates the amount of motion that takes place during a setup of a machine or in the changeover of a model type. Use this form to visually demonstrate the amount of travel a person makes during a setup. This form is often called a Spaghetti Diagram as the form usually looks like a bowl of spaghetti when all the lines of motion are drawn. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078826

Motion Graphic DesignApplied History and Aesthetics Enhance your knowledge of motion graphic design aesthetics and history with this authoritative look at the evolution of the art form. Motion Graphic Design Third Edition provides a historical and critical overview of how the language of traditional graphic design is combined with the dynamic visual language of cinema in film television and interactive media. It features works from highly acclaimed animators and motion graphics studios from across the globe. This new edition has been updated to include: Thorough analysis of motion graphics designed for websites informational kiosks desktop and mobile touchscreen applications DVD menus and games Inspiring examples of how motion graphics continue to shape our visual landscape by transforming interior and exterior spaces into more engaging immersive environments  Coverage of conventional frame-by-frame animation techniques including stop-motion cutout and freehand by contemporary animators and motion design studios Instruction in how to create continuity or discontinuity and maintain the interest of viewers with frame mobility and rhythmic editing Discussion of pictorial and sequential aspects of motion graphics compositions and how they are choreographed to enhance messages and enrich stories  A companion DVD featuring new professional and student work from around the globe as well as figures from the textbook This is a must-have whether you are a student who is learning the principles of motion graphics or a professional in need of inspiration and new ways to impress your clients. Anyone working in or aspiring to work in the motion media industry will benefit greatly from this valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240821139

Motion Picture and Video Lighting Lighting is at the heart of filmmaking. The image the mood and the visual impact of a film are to a great extent determined by the skill and sensitivity of the director of photography in using lighting. Motion Picture and Video Lighting explores technical aesthetic and practical aspects of lighting for film and video. It covers not only how to light but also why. This revised edition of Motion Picture and Video Lighting is the indispensable guide to film and video lighting. Written by an experienced professional this comprehensive book explores light and color theory equipment and techniques to make every scene look its best and is heavily illustrated throughout. Three new chapters discuss best practices of using light to benefit your film and an extensive appendix includes discussion on additional tips and tricks. In addition a robust companion website includes up-to-date video tutorials and other resources for students and professionals alike. Three new chapters: Scene Lighting Lighting as Storytelling Controlling Light Topics include: Lighting sources The lighting process Lighting basics LED tungsten Kino-Flo HMI and plasma lights Methods of controlling light Planning your lighting The basic methods: a lighting playbook Visual storytelling with light Understanding and controlling color Terminology Electricity and distribution Gripology Set operations The team: DP gaffer grips lighting technicians Technical issues Lighting for greenscreen/bluescreen Typical equipment orders for large and small jobs Lighting for high speed and macro photography Lighting plans for small medium and large films Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854139

Motion Picture Series and SequelsA Reference Guide In 1989 alone for example there were some forty-five major motion pictures which were sequels or part of a series. The film series phenomenon crosses all genres and has been around since the silent film era. This reference guide in alphabetical order lists some 906 English Language motion pictures from 1899 to 1990 when the book was initially published. A brief plot description is given for each series entry followed by the individual film titles with corresponding years directors and performers. Animated pictures documentaries and concert films are not included but movies released direct to video are. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976504

Motion Simulation & Mechanism Design with SOLIDWORKS Motion 2019 Motion Simulation and Mechanism Design with SOLIDWORKS Motion 2019 is written to help you become familiar with SOLIDWORKS Motion an add-on module of the SOLIDWORKS software family. This book covers the basic concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to intermediate level in using SOLIDWORKS Motion. SOLIDWORKS Motion allows you to use solid models created in SOLIDWORKS to simulate and visualize mechanism motion and performance. Using SOLIDWORKS Motion early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase. Therefore using SOLIDWORKS Motion contributes to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product design process. Basic concepts discussed in this book include model generation such as creating assembly mates for proper motion; carrying out simulation and animation; and visualizing simulation results such as graphs and spreadsheet data. These concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572419

Motion Simulation and Mechanism Design with SOLIDWORKS Motion 2016 Motion Simulation and Mechanism Design with SOLIDWORKS Motion 2016 is written to help you become familiar with SOLIDWORKS Motion an add-on module of the SOLIDWORKS software family. This book covers the basic concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to intermediate level in using SOLIDWORKS Motion. SOLIDWORKS Motion allows you to use solid models created in SOLIDWORKS to simulate and visualize mechanism motion and performance. Using SOLIDWORKS Motion early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase. Therefore using SOLIDWORKS Motion contributes to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product design process. Basic concepts discussed in this book include model generation such as creating assembly mates for proper motion; carrying out simulation and animation; and visualizing simulation results such as graphs and spreadsheet data. These concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples. Verifying the results obtained from the computer simulation is extremely important. One of the unique features of this book is the incorporation of theoretical discussions for kinematic and dynamic analyses in conjunction with the simulation results obtained using SOLIDWORKS Motion. Verifying the simulation results will increase your confidence in using the software and prevent you from being fooled by erroneous simulations. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570538

Motion Simulation and Mechanism Design with SOLIDWORKS Motion 2017 This book provides a wealth of information about the three segments of the CSWP CORE exam and is intended audience for those who have passed the CSWA exam and have eight or more months of SOLIDWORKS training and usage. This guide is not intended to teach SOLIDWORKS but to provide CSWP exam tips hints and information on sample questions and categories that are aligned with the exam. This guide is written to help take and pass the CSWP exam. The book is organized into three chapters each focused on a segment of the CSWP CORE exam and is not intended to be a step-by-step book. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570828

Motion Simulation and Mechanism Design with SOLIDWORKS Motion 2020 This book is written to help you become familiar with SOLIDWORKS Motion an add-on module of the SOLIDWORKS software family. It covers the basic concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to intermediate level in using SOLIDWORKS Motion.  SOLIDWORKS Motion allows you to use solid models created in SOLIDWORKS to simulate and visualize mechanism motion and performance. Using SOLIDWORKS Motion early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase. Therefore using SOLIDWORKS Motion contributes to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product design process.  Basic concepts discussed in this book include model generation such as creating assembly mates for proper motion; carrying out simulation and animation; and visualizing simulation results such as graphs and spreadsheet data. These concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples.  Verifying the results obtained from the computer simulation is extremely important. One of the unique features of this book is the incorporation of theoretical discussions for kinematic and dynamic analyses in conjunction with the simulation results obtained using SOLIDWORKS Motion. Verifying the simulation results will increase your confidence in using the software and prevent you from being fooled by erroneous simulations. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573263

Motion StructuresDeployable Structural Assemblies of Mechanisms Motion structures are simply assemblies of resistant bodies connected by movable joints. Unlike conventional structures they allow large shape transformations to satisfy practical requirements and they can be used in:shelters emergency structures and exhibition standsaircraft morphing wingssatellite solar panels and space antennasmorphing core materials for compositesmedical implants for minimum invasive surgery.Though traditionally the subject falls within structural engineering motion structures are more closely related to other mechanisms and they draw on the principles of kinematic and geometrical analysis in their design. Indeed their design and analysis can be viewed as an extension of the theory of mechanisms such as rigid origami and can make effective use of a wealth of mathematical principles.This book outlines the relevant underlying theory and motion structural concepts and uses a number of innovative but simple structures as examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865573

Motivated Cognition in RelationshipsThe Pursuit of Belonging How can newlyweds believe they will be together forever while knowing that the majority of marriages end in divorce? Why do people who desperately want to be loved end up alienating those who love them? How can partners that seem like complete opposites end up blissfully happy? This volume explores such fascinating questions. Murray and Holmes outline how basic motivations to be safe from being hurt and find value and meaning control how people feel think and behave in close relationships. Additionally the authors highlight how these motivations infuse romantic life through succinct and accessible descriptions of cutting-edge empirical research and vivid evolving stories of four couples confronting different challenges in their relationship. Integrating ideas from the interdependence goals and embodiment literatures this book puts a provocative new spin on seminal findings from two decades of collaborative research. The book: provides a new interdependence-based perspective on motivated cognition in close relationships; advances a dyadic perspective that explores how motivation shapes perception and cognition in ways that result in motivation-consistent behavior; examines how "goal-driven" cognition translates a person’s wishes desires and preferences into judgement and behavior and ultimately his or her romantic partner’s relationship reality; offers a refreshing argument that the ultimate effects of motivated cognition on satisfaction and stability depend on whether the motivations which most frequently guide perception and cognition match the reality constraints imposed by the perceiver the partner and the characteristics of the relationship. This book is essential for social and personality psychologists and will also be valuable to clinical psychologists and clinicians who work directly with couples to effect more happy and stable relationships. Advanced undergraduate and graduate students will find it a highly engaging compendium for understanding how motivation shapes affect cognition and behavior in close relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725201

Motivated Social PerceptionThe Ontario Symposium Volume 9 This volume highlights state-of-the-art research on motivated social perception by the leaders in the field. Recently a number of researchers developed influential accounts of how motivation affects social perception. Unfortunately this work was developed without extensive contact between the researchers and therefore evolved into two distinct traditions. The first tradition shows that the motivation to maintain a positive self-concept and to define oneself in the social world can dramatically affect people's social perception. The second one shows that people's goals have a dramatic effect on how they see themselves and others. Motivated Social Perception shows how these two approaches often overlap and provides insights into how these two perspectives are integrated. Motivated Social Perception contains chapters on: *the effect of motivation on the activation and application of stereotypes; *self-affirmation in the evaluations of the self and others; *implicit and explicit aspects of self-esteem; *self-esteem contingencies and relational aspects of the self; *an investigation of the roots and functions of basic goals; and *extensions of self-regulatory theory. This book is intended for scholars researchers and advanced students interested in social perception and social cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650298

Motivating & Inspiring TeachersThe Educational Leader's Guide for Building Staff Morale Like the best-selling first edition this book is filled with strategies to motivate your staff and maintain a high level of energy at your school. This guide will help all educators approach work every day in an enthusiastic focused and positive state of mind. This book will help you:-Motivate your faculty with the Friday Focus--a staff memo that works!-Understand the power of praise and how to best utilize it every day-Make sure staff meetings teacher evaluation and daily activities raise the energy level in your school-Maximize the holidays open house nights and other special events the make your staff feel special Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127333

Motivating Change: Sustainable Design and Behaviour in the Built Environment Today’s most pressing challenges require behaviour change at many levels from the city to the individual. This book focuses on the collective influences that can be seen to shape change. Exploring the underlying dimensions of behaviour change in terms of consumption media social innovation and urban systems the essays in this book are from many disciplines including architecture urban design industrial design and engineering sociology psychology cultural studies waste management and public policy. Aimed especially at designers and architects Motivating Change explores the diversity of current approaches to change and the multiple ways in which behaviour can be understood as an enactment of values and beliefs standards and habitual practices in daily life and more broadly in the urban environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829786

Motivating Children with Specific Learning DifficultiesA Teacher’s Practical Guide Motivating Children with Specific Learning Difficulties provides a comprehensive and definitive guide to what teachers need to know about motivation in pupils with Specific Learning Difficulties including dyslexia dyspraxia and ADHD. Written by three of the world leaders in research on motivation and classroom learning this book seeks to provide teachers with an increased understanding of why particular strategies should be used with their pupils. It recognises the challenge of motivating children with learning difficulties and looks to help teachers enhance their skills and self-sufficiency. The authors address what motivation is how to encourage it and the links between motivation and learning. They consider a range of Specific Learning Difficulties in relation to literacy numeracy motor development and co-ordination and attention factors in learning. Key issues on learning differences are presented in order to identify and address pupils’ specific needs and the role parents and educators can play in motivation is also examined. The information and reflections offered in this book will be of interest to teachers across the globe as well as postgraduate students working towards a qualification in Specific Learning Difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678248

Motivating Every Student in Literacy(Including the Highly Unmotivated!) Grades 3-6 Motivation and literacy go hand in hand in this practical book of strategies for classroom teachers. It provides effective tips and tools to motivate and grasp the attention of even the most reluctant readers. With numerous classroom examples case studies and blackline masters this book will help you to boost motivation and literacy in your classroom right away. Motivating Every Student in Literacy (Including the Highly Unmotivated!) Grades 3-6 provides an effective model for improving reading levels and increasing motivation. Under the guidance of Athans and Devine classroom leaders develop their own Motivation Improvement Action Plans where small-group instruction end-of-unit assessments and other practical approaches work to increase individual student effort. Woven throughout are process-driven and novelty strategies to address possible reasons for a child's lack of motivation. In this guide you'll find: Illuminating case studies Quick-reference chapter summaries Reproducible Student Plans and Contracts Action Plan Tips Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439702

Motivating Learning Motivation is a vital element in learning and the most commonly cited explanation for success or failure in language learning. Jill Hadfield and Zoltán Dörnyei present a new theory of motivation centred around the notion of the "˜Ideal Future Language Self" arguing that if students have a rich and inspiring vision of themselves as successful future language learners and users they will be motivated to work hard to actualise the vision and become that learner. This book: integrates the latest research in language teaching with innovative classroom practice offers suggestions on how the various components of the theory could be structured into a teaching sequence includes a variety of imaginative classroom activities designed to aid both student and teacher in creating and actualising the Ideal Self through visualisation goal setting task identification and planning and a selection of appropriate learning strategies shows how teachers can undertake motivation-related research in their own classrooms This is an ideal guide to and activity book for the theory and practice of motivation in language learning for students and teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408249703

Motivating Ministers to Morality This title was first published in 2002: Political ethics is a rapidly growing field in disciplines such as political science philosophy applied ethics and public policy and it has become a major topic in current affairs’ reporting of politics. This book discusses the most prominent subjects - and occasional victims - of the ethics debate: government ministers. It is the first major work to discuss institutional reforms around the world that target ministerial morality and asks: how are these reforms influencing the motivation and conduct of the most powerful of our politicians? The book provides unique insights into ministerial behaviour and the changing role of institutions in influencing the ethics of the executive with analyses from around the world. Contributors to the volume include international high-profile players in political ethics. They include Lord Nolan the first Chairman of Britain's Joint Parliamentary Committee on Standards in Public Life; Professor Robert J. Jackson a leading Canadian political scientist instrumental in establishing the Canadian Office of the Ethics Counsellor; and Associate Professor Noel Preston the leading commentator on ethics in Australian politics who has been involved in developing a number of its ethical regimes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705050

Motivating Others This book shows how principals can foster collegiality provide mentorship offer rewards and otherwise create conditions so that teachers will be internally motivated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470651

Motivating People in Lean Organizations Shortlisted for the prestigious Management Consultancies Association (MCA) best management book of the year 1997. Motivating People in Lean Organizations is the essential guide for managers who need to motivate employees and promote new forms of career development. In organizations that have been delayered career progression is often stunted. The best talent may jump ship at a time when they're most needed leaving less capable employees to fill the space.This book focuses on: implementation of motivational strategies appropriate internal communications new career development structures reward and recognition of achievement.Motivating People in Lean Organizations is idea for HR/training managers and directors. Line managers team leaders and internal communications managers will also find this of great benefit.Linda Holbeche is Director of Research at Roffey Park Management Institute. She has been studying career development in organizations with flatter structures for several years and is the author of Career Development: The impact of flatter structures on careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433342

Motivating PeoplePractical Strategies and Techniques for Support Workers In all types of support services and care situations one of the biggest challenges is motivating people to change their behaviour. It particularly applies to individuals who are difficult to motivate because they might lack insight wilfully ignore or refuse to face their situation are affected by depression or health problems or are victims of unfortunate circumstances or fear of failure. The task may be to motivate someone to improve their quality of life by participating in a group in a residential home change a lifestyle because of health reasons address offending behaviour learn a new skill to obtain a job or complete an anxiety management programme. The strategies and techniques will help: arouse their interest in making changes; encourage the consideration of change; support their planning for change; mentor the person through planned actions; ensure momentum is maintained; guide the person in making positive use of any relapses; and make sure the change is successfully achieved. This is an invaluable resource for support workers social workers health workers youth workers probation officers employment services tutors and carers. The techniques can be applied when working with individuals or groups in all types of settings including residential homes day centres probation education or youth work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889585

Motivating Reluctant LearnersPractical Strategies for Raising Attainment The materials in this book are the product of work undertaken by Hampshire Psychology Service in collaboration with 22 primary and secondary schools to address the needs of children whose academic motivation was proving particularly problematic. The five year project involved feedback and review sessions which helped refine the programme. There are four sections: Information on attribution theory and its application in the classroom; Practical issues on implementing the programme; Support for staff including a PowerPoint training session; The 12 session pupil programme including facilitator notes. The programme is designed to give pupils experience of success at the same time as encouraging them to attribute the success to their own effort skills and strategies. It helps them to understand: ability is not fixed; learning is difficult for everyone and requires effort; the significance of using strategies including help-seeking and self-talk; the important of taking responsibility and setting SMART goals. Participating staff reported changes in pupils: the course effected a significant change and they moved into Year 10 options far more positive and motivated. And also in themselves: I thought the theory was one of the best things ...it was as if a light bulb had been turned on. I have really gained in confidence as a consequence. This pack contains a CD ROM with copiable activities DVD clips of pupil intervies and using the programme an example of a pupil booklet and the PowerPoint presentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906517564

Motivating SMEs to Cooperate and InternationalizeA Dynamic Perspective Interest in generally expanding the understanding of small and medium-sized enterprises especially understanding their strategies and operations to enter international markets is growing rapidly among researchers and academics globally. Government officials regional and economic specialists and international trade advisers are directly involved in assisting small and medium-sized enterprises in developing their international marketing expertise. Motivating SMEs to Cooperate and Internationalize consists of research studies cases and experiences obtained by researchers and academics from managers of small and medium-sized enterprises in Northern Europe as they worked closely with managers on issues and problems leading to internationalization of enterprises. This book will map not only the attempts of small and medium-sized enterprises in Northern Europe to enter foreign markets but also to understand how researchers and academics can help small and medium-sized Northern European enterprisers achieve their objectives. This compilation of approaches perspectives and experiences will serve as a resource tool for researchers and academics active in international management training programs worldwide and help illustrate how to close the gap between publishing results of their findings and efforts to disseminate their findings among managers of small and medium-sized enterprises in their domains. This book is the first attempt to integrate results of research studies and practices as an illustration of how knowledge of small and medium-sized enterprises has evolved since the 1980s with the contributions of individual researchers and academics in Northern Europe. It will be of relevance to academics and researchers interested in working closely with small and medium-sized enterprises to meet their goals in entering international markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884888

Motivating Struggling Learners10 Ways to Build Student Success Every day teachers face the challenge of motivating struggling learners. In this must-have book Barbara R. Blackburn author of the bestseller Rigor Is Not a Four-Letter Word  shares how you can finally solve this problem and make your classroom a rigorous place where all students want to succeed. You’ll learn practical strategies for... understanding extrinsic and intrinsic motivation; building a trusting relationship with students; using praise and positive feedback effectively; empowering students and helping them own their learning; moving students toward a growth mindset; communicating high expectations for students; engaging all students in your lessons; scaffolding so all students will want to improve; helping students be resilient and not fear failure; and celebrating diverse groups of students. Each chapter is filled with a variety of examples and tools that you can use immediately. Bonus: Many of the tools are also available as free eResources on our website www.routledge.com/9781138792432 so you can easily download and print them for classroom use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792432

Motivating Struggling Learners10 Ways to Build Student Success Arabic Edition Every day teachers face the challenge of motivating struggling learners. In this must-have book Barbara R. Blackburn author of the bestseller Rigor Is Not a Four-Letter Word  shares how you can finally solve this problem and make your classroom a rigorous place where all students want to succeed. You’ll learn practical strategies for... understanding extrinsic and intrinsic motivation; building a trusting relationship with students; using praise and positive feedback effectively; empowering students and helping them own their learning; moving students toward a growth mindset; communicating high expectations for students; engaging all students in your lessons; scaffolding so all students will want to improve; helping students be resilient and not fear failure; and celebrating diverse groups of students. Each chapter is filled with a variety of examples and tools that you can use immediately. Bonus: Many of the tools are also available as free eResources on our website www.routledge.com/9781138792432 so you can easily download and print them for classroom use. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003024446

Motivating Students This work brings together the experience of educators trainers and students searching for ways of increasing student motivation. Links between motivation and training learning and assessment processes are examined through case studies set in a broad range of subject discipline contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175846

Motivating Students to Learn Written specifically for teachers in training Motivating Students to Learn offers a wealth of research-based principles on student motivation for use in the classroom. Positioning the teacher as the decisive motivator the book is grounded in the realities of contemporary schools curriculum goals and peer dynamics. Twelve rich chapters offer extrinsic and intrinsic approaches to guide daily practice guidelines for adapting to group and individual differences and ways to reach discouraged or disaffected students. This revised fifth edition features new instructional strategies summaries of effective interventions chapters on family/cultural diversity and teacher motivation and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136758

Motivating Students with Dyslexia100 Ideas for Empowering Teachers in the Classroom Bursting with concise and clear advice in this book Gad Elbeheri explores why motivation for pupils with dyslexia can drop and how this can be addressed before it impacts on learning. Motivating Students with Dyslexia provides a variety of ideas for improving motivation all one hundred tried and tested and can be applied in the classroom immediately. With a focus on enhancing the skills and the self-sufficiency of teachers this essential resource provides: An accessible summary of the theoretical groundings to motivation. A clear rationale of why particular strategies should be used. Advice on how to successfully plan execute and evaluate learning at school and at home. Ideal for teachers and SENCos around the world who are looking to improve or diversify motivation techniques for students with dyslexia this book is a brilliant toolkit of inspiring ideas for increasing motivation among students with dyslexia at all levels of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367622367

Motivating the Teenage Mind Awakening intrinsic motivation in young people is the most important key to securing them a meaningful and successful life. No matter how much we know about how to learn no lasting learning is likely to take place unless we want to learn; unless we are convinced of the reasons and have the confidence and resilience to achieve our goals. Motivating the Teenage Mind is a unique comprehensive practical activity-based motivational programme for secondary students.  It will give every student an opportunity to recognise their strengths awaken their aspirations and become aware of the reasons for learning and show them how to confidently create a vision for their future lives. The programme provides educators with seven key aspects of motivation: making and giving choices; awakening curiosity and interest; nurturing dreams and setting goals; making learning relevant; raising confidence; strengthening resilience; and rewarding achievement. Aimed primarily at 11-16 year old secondary pupils this resource is also suitable for 16-18 year old college students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889189

Motivating to Perform in the Workplace Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management.The series consists of 34 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (34 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454217

Motivating Writers in ClassTheory and Interventions Writing is a very complex process that is difficult to teach learn and research. Although many students struggle with writing composing often presents major challenges for students with disabilities. One area of written expression that presents particular difficulties for students with disabilities is motivation. Motivation is a key aspect of written expression that helps all writers complete difficult composing tasks. However students with disabilities may have more negative motivational patterns and may also be less positive about writing and their ability as writers than their normally achieving peers. Logically this means that effective writing intervention efforts must not only address how to write but must also articulate methods to increase students’ motivation to write. This book written for teachers scholars and researchers focuses on the essential issue of helping students learn how to want to write. Each contributing author presents an important theoretical or pedagogical element of writing motivation for example: The historical beginnings of research in this area Conceptual and methodological advances in the field of motivation to write Developmental trajectories of writing motivation in typical and atypical populations The effect of playful writing tasks on the development of writing ability as well as on motivation to write The impact of writing prompts on motivation How reading motivation relates and supports writing motivation This book was originally published as a special issue of Reading and Writing Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953819

Motivation If teachers can motivate pupils their job is more than half done! Knowing how to interest and motivate pupils is a skill which separates the "great" teacheres from the mediocre This book will inform and inspire staff and give them confidence in dealing with pupils who are not naurally "teacher pleasers". This book examines: how personality affects learning styles assessment tools and interventions how to reach the hard to teach. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203064412

Motivation The question of motivation in psychology is the fundamental problem of why organisms behave. In this book originally published in 1975 various theoretical approaches – based on biological needs or on the way we perceive ourselves and our environment – are described and discussed together with their supporting evidence and the underlying relations between them are made clear. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138952393

Motivation Ability and Confidence Building in People In order to get the best out of people in organisations managers need to address the fundamental principals of people management: those of motivation ability and confidence building. This proposed book aims to bring together clarity and understanding of these three main areas in one text with anecdotes and practical examples to enable managers to gain demonstrable improvements in organisational performance through their people. The material will be underpinned with just enough theory to establish a rationale for practice.While a highly practical text the aim is to meet many of the learning outcome requirements of the Certificate in Management and Diploma in Management people management / empowerment modules Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153929

Motivation Educational Policy and AchievementA critical perspective Motivation Educational Policy and Achievement seeks to theorise and critique current trends in education through the lens of key ideas from motivational theory. Its purpose is to argue that current educational trends on a macro level are a significant threat to the provision of classroom practices seeking to create an educational environment that motivational theorists would argue is best placed to develop motivational equality optimal motivation and wellbeing. Linking major contemporary theories of motivation to wider educational and political debate this unique resource will bring about two major benefits: it will vocalise and mobilise the substantial research evidence from motivational theory in order to ensure that it contributes more explicitly to a critique of current neoliberal trends and motivation researchers will be better positioned to move the theory forward in relation to what is happening in the real world of education. Areas covered include: developing a more critical space in relation to the field of motivational psychology and contemporary educational policy; linking motivational theory to education policy and broader social and political structures; the neoliberal educational landscape; an overview of achievement goal theory and self-determination theory. Motivation Educational Policy and Achievement is a ‘wake-up call’ for educational practitioners and policy makers and essential reading for all advanced students and researchers in the fields of educational psychology and educational research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022102

Motivation Emotion and Goal Direction in Neural Networks The articles gathered in this volume represent examples of a unique approach to the study of mental phenomena: a blend of theory and experiment informed not just by easily measurable laboratory data but also by human introspection. Subjects such as approach and avoidance desire and fear and novelty and habit are studied as natural events that may not exactly correspond to but at least correlate with some (known or unknown) electrical and chemical events in the brain. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138976511

Motivation Learning and TechnologyEmbodied Educational Motivation Motivation Learning and Technology is a fresh thorough and practical introduction to motivational research theories and applications for learning and instruction. Written for both instructional designers and teachers this foundational textbook combines learning design and learning technologies synthesis of current research and models and practical advice for those looking to improve how they motivate learners. Building from existing models in an interactional holistic approach J. Michael Spector and Seung Won Park guide readers through all steps of educational motivation from designing a motivation plan through implementation and assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689459

Motivation and Cognitive Control Individuals do not always perform to their full capability on cognitive tasks. When this occurs the usual explanation is that the individual was not properly motivated. But this begs the important question: How and why does motivation interact with and influence cognitive processing and the control processes that regulate it? What are the underlying mechanisms that govern such interactions? Motivation has been an important component of psychology and neuroscience throughout the history of the field but has recently been rejuvenated by rapidly accelerating research interest in the nature of motivation-cognition interactions particularly as they impact control processes and goal-directed behavior. This volume provides an up-to-date snapshot of the state of research in this exciting expanding area. The contributors to the volume are internationally-renowned researchers that lead the field in conducting groundbreaking studies. Moreover they represent a variety of research perspectives and traditions: cognitive psychology and neuroscience animal learning social affective and personality psychology and development lifespan and aging studies. This book summarizes our current state of understanding of the relationship between motivation and cognitive control and serves as an essential reference for both students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848726468

Motivation and Culture Although a growing number of researchers emphasize the social and psychocultural aspects of motivation and motivation theory few books have provided much coverage beyond well-tread studies of physiological and biological factors and theories. Motivation and Culture brings together eighteen writers with a variety of academic backgrounds and cultural experiences to explore the way that culture impinges on motivation. Exploring topics such as personal values and motives intercultural exchange in the workplace the intrapsychic process and the nexus between biology and culture they formulate theories of motivation that can be applied in the modern multicultural world. Contributors include: Dona Lee Davis Russell Geen Joan Miller John Paul Scott William Wedenoja Elisa J. Sobo and Stephen Wilson. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865836

Motivation and Emotion Originally published in 1989 this title provided a wide-ranging and up-to-date review of a traditional area of psychology. It will be of great interest to all those who wish to discover what governs human behaviour and feeling – in other words what makes people tick. Phil Evans explores the influences that determine a range of behaviour from those with clear biological links such as eating sleeping and sexual activity to those specifically human concerns such as the need to achieve success or approval. He also analyses the feelings and emotions that often guide behaviour. He gives a detailed outline of various theoretical perspectives on what it is to be a human being: whether a biological organism with biological needs a responder to environmental signals of pleasure or a cognitively aware agent continuously processing information regarding current circumstances. His review of both cognitive and biosocial approaches conveys the liveliness of debate and argument within psychology at the time and demonstrates that an understanding of all views is necessary to illuminate fully the complex nature of human behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138806115

Motivation And Emotion In Spor First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315041308

Motivation and Emotion in SportReversal Theory Why did Michael Jordan quit basketball and take up baseball? Why was Martina Navratilova so successful as a professional tennis player? These and many other questions about aspects of motivation and emotion in sport are addressed in this book which is newly available in paperback. Reversal theory's systematic conceptual framework allows a unique perspective for interpreting behaviour in sport contexts. Within each chapter real-life examples are combined with research findings to provide an understanding of the emotional background and changes which accompany the individual's unique experience in sport. In addition suggestions as to alications of reversal theory in new areas of sport psychology and the future direction of reversal theory-based sport research are outlined. For those interested in a truly insightful understanding of human behaviour in sport this book will be required reading. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315784908

Motivation and Its RegulationThe Control Within It is motivation that drives all our daily endeavors and it is motivation or the lack of it that accounts for most of our successes and failures. Motivation however needs to be carefully controlled and regulated to be effective. This book surveys the most recent psychological research on how motivational processes are regulated in daily life to achieve desired outcomes. Contributors are all leading international investigators and they explore such exciting questions as: What is the relationship between motivation and self-control? What is the role of affect and cognition in regulating motivation? How do conscious and unconscious motivational processes interact? What role do physiological processes play in controlling motivation? How can we regulate aggressive impulses? How do affective states control motivation? Can motivation distort perception and attention? What are the social cultural and interpersonal effects of motivational control? Understanding human motivation is not only of theoretical interest but is also fundamental to applied fields such as clinical counseling educational organizational marketing and industrial psychology. The book is also suitable as an advanced textbook in courses in motivational sciences and is recommended to students teachers researchers and applied professionals as well as laypersons interested in the psychology of human motivation and self-control. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848725621

Motivation and Learning Strategies for College SuccessA Focus on Self-Regulated Learning Motivation and Learning Strategies for College Success provides a framework organized around motivation methods of learning time management control of the physical and social environment and monitoring performance that makes it easy for students to recognize what they need to do to become academically successful. Full of rich pedagogical features and exercises students will find Follow-Up Activities opportunities for Reflection Chapter-End Reviews Key Points and a Glossary. Seli and Dembo focus on the most relevant information and features to help students identify the components of academic learning that contribute to high achievement to master and practice effective learning and study strategies and to complete self-regulation studies that teach a process for improving their academic behavior. Combining theory research and application this popular text guides college students on how to improve their study skills and become self-regulated learners. New in the Sixth Edition: General updates throughout to citations and research since the previous edition Additional coverage of digital media and mobile technology and the impact of technology on productivity Added coverage of metacognition and test anxiety and consideration of non-traditional students Updated companion website resources for students and instructors including sample exercises assessments and instructors’ notes Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002145

Motivation and PsychoanalysisPsychoanalytic Inquiry 21.5 First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411982

Motivation and Self-Regulated LearningTheory Research and Applications This volume focuses on the role of motivational processes – such as goals attributions self-efficacy outcome expectations self-concept self-esteem social comparisons emotions values and self-evaluations– in self-regulated learning. It provides theoretical and empirical evidence demonstrating the role of motivation in self-regulated learning and discusses detailed applications of the principles of motivation and self-regulation in educational contexts. Each chapter includes a description of the motivational variables the theoretical rationale for their importance research evidence to support their role in self-regulation suggestions for ways to incorporate motivational variables into learning contexts to foster self-regulatory skill development and achievement outcomes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203831076

Motivation at Work The last century has seen a wide variety of approaches to motivation from scientific management through financial incentives productivity bargaining to job enrichment. Psychologists and other social scientists have attempted to help industry through the development of theories on motivation and management style. This book first published in 1976 reviews these efforts and attempts to evaluable their effectiveness. This title will be of interest to students of business studies and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792332

Motivation for AchievementPossibilities for Teaching and Learning Understanding student and teacher motivation and developing strategies to foster motivation for students at all levels of performance are essential to effective teaching. This text is designed to help prospective and practicing teachers achieve these goals. Its premise is that current research and theory about motivation offer hope and possibilities for educators —teachers parents coaches and administrators—to enhance motivation for achievement. The orientation draws primarily on social-cognitive perspectives that have generated much research relevant to classroom practice. Ideal for any course that is dedicated to or includes coverage of motivation and achievement the text focuses on two key roles teachers play in supporting and cultivating motivation in the classroom: establishing the classroom structure and instruction that provides the environment for optimal motivation engagement and learning; and helping students develop the tools that will enable them to be self-regulated learners and develop their potential. Pedagogical features aid the understanding of concepts and the application to practice: Strategy boxes present guidelines and strategies for using the various concepts. Exhibit boxes include forms for different purposes (for example goal setting) examples of teacher beliefs and practices and samples of student work. Reflection boxes stimulate readers’ thinking about motivational issues inherent in the topics their experiences and their beliefs. A motivational toolbox at the end of each chapter helps readers identify important points to think about lingering questions strategies to use now and strategies to develop in the future.   NEW IN THE THIRD EDITION Updated research and new topics are added throughout as warranted by current inquiry in the field. Chapters are reorganized to provide more coherence and to account for new findings. New and updated material is included on issues of educational reform standards for achievement and high-stakes testing and on achievement goal theory especially regarding performance goals and the distinction between performance-approach and performance-avoidance goals as relevant to classroom practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133068

Motivation for Reading: Individual Home Textual and Classroom PerspectivesA Special Issue of educational Psychologist Based on research from the National Reading Research Center (NRRC) at the Universities of Georgia and Maryland this issue presents the contributors' sythesized work on reading motivation and engagement. Articles are devoted to the following topics: * the general motivation constructs related to reading; * home influences on reading motivation; * readers' responses to different types of text; * influences of classroom contexts; and * types of assessment on children's motivation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161184

Motivation for Sustaining Health Behavior ChangeThe Self-as-Doer Identity With a balance of theory research and applications Motivation for Sustaining Health Behavior Change: The Self-as-Doer Identity introduces the self-as-doer identity as an accessible motivational identity and discusses how it can be incorporated into health behavior change efforts. The book introduces the self-as-doer theory and presents research and recommendations for how the self-as-doer can be used in both clinical and non-clinical populations to promote health behavior change and maintenance. The book will be of interest to researchers students and professionals interested in health promotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266332

Motivation in Humor This is not a funny book--but it is the first to bring together contemporary experimental studies on humor. The fourteen scholarly papers included here mark an important breakthrough in this vital complex and largely unexplored subject. Motivation in Humor shows that humor is researchable by scientific methods and indicates the difficulties involved in such work. Here are samples of the important parameters of behavior and attempts at defining the factors that influence the humor response as well as the effects of this response upon subsequent emotional states. In his expert introductory chapter Jacob Levine traces the progress of humor research and analyzes the papers that follow. To summarize a few of his findings: Three basic research models--three conflicting models of the motivation of man--have been used to explain the motivational sources of humor: one is positive one negative and one mixed. These are: (1) cognitive-perceptual theory which stresses the successful and surprising resolution of an incongruity paradox or double entendre; (2) behavior theory with its emphasis on stimulus-response learning and the reduction of base drives; and (3) psychoanalytic theory which emphasizes the gratification of the primary unconscious drives of sex and aggression in conjunction with the pleasures of mental activity that sometimes involve regression to infantile modes of thinking. The development of humor reflects an interaction between innate psycho physiological processes and learned response patterns. Evidence indicates that humor is influenced by such diverse situations and individual dispositions as interpersonal anxiety prior emotional set and social setting. Studies also point to the cathartic effects of humor appreciation particularly with aggressive or tendentious humor. The considerable research prompted by these ideas has begun to throw some light on the positive motives a reflection of the new approaches to motivation theory. Teachers will find this volume not only fascinating reading for themselves but also an extremely valuable adjunct for courses on human behavior as well as motivation and personality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528420

Motivation in OrganisationsSearching for a Meaningful Work-Life Balance Motivation in Organisations: Searching for a Meaningful Work-Life Balance extends the current motivation models in business education to include motives of human behaviour that have been neglected for decades. It debunks some of the myths about human motivation (self-interest as the dominant factor amorality and non-spirituality) and explains why this approach to teaching business is erroneous and leads to wrong and harmful practices in many organisations. In a very personal and engaging style the author presents a "map of motivations" based on a humanistic approach to management. This includes the latest findings of Abraham H. Maslow supported by sound philosophical reflections and modern research. He also presents specific ways of putting the framework into practice sharing stories from students and professionals of how this framework has helped them better understand their own motivations and look at their daily work in a much more meaningful way. The book is highly relevant to students and researchers in humanistic management people management organisational behaviour business ethics corporate social responsibility and sustainability. In short this text will be truly inspiring to anyone who wants to reflect on motivations in organisations and how to achieve a better work-life balance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322106

Motivation Poster The Motivation poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070424

Motivation to Work Quality work that fosters job satisfaction and health enjoys top priority in industry all over the world. This was not always so. Until recently analysis of job attitudes focused primarily on human relations problems within organizations. While American industry was trying to solve the unsolvable problem of avoiding interpersonal dissatisfaction problems with the potential for solution such as training and quality production were ignored. When first published 'The Motivation to Work' challenged the received wisdom by showing that worker fulfillment came from achievement and growth within the job itself. In his new introduction Herzberg examines thirty years of motivational research in job-related areas. Based on workers' accounts of real events that have made them feel good or bad on the job the findings of Herzberg and his colleagues have stimulated research and controversy that continue to the present day. The authors surprisingly found that while a poor work environment generated discontent improved conditions seldom brought about improved attitudes. Instead satisfaction came most often from factors intrinsic to work: achievements job recognition and work that was challenging interesting and responsible. The evidence marshaled by this volume called into question many previous assumptions about job satisfaction and worker motivation. Feelings about intrinsic and extrinsic factors could not be validly averaged on a single scale of measurement. Motivation and performance are not merely dependent upon environmental needs and external rewards. Frederick Herzberg and his staff based their motivation—hygiene theory on a variety of human needs and applied it to a strategy of job enrichment that has widely influenced motivation and job design strategies. 'Motivation to Work' is a landmark volume that is of enduring interest to sociologists psychologists labor studies specialists and organization analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138536913

Motivation: Theory and Research Designed for professionals and graduate students in the personality/social military and educational psychology and assessment/evaluation communities this volume explores the state of the art in motivational research for individuals and teams from multiple theoretical viewpoints as well as their effects in both schools and training environments. The great majority of education and training R&D is focused on the cognitive dimensions of learning for instance the acquisition and retention of knowledge and skills. Less attention has been given in the literature and in the design of education and training itself to motivational variables and their influence on performance. As such this book is unique in the following montage of factors: * a focus on motivation of teams or groups as well as individuals; * an examination of the impact of motivation on performance (and thus also on cognition) rather than only on motivation itself; * research in training as well as educational settings. The data reported were collected in various venues including schools laboratories and field settings. The chapter authors are the researchers that in many cases have defined the state of the art in motivation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994249

Motivational Analyses of Social BehaviorBuilding on Jack Brehm's Contributions to Psychology This book honors Jack W. Brehm's contributions to psychology all of which revolve around a central theme of motivation and social behavior. It begins with two personal chapters and then presents a collection of cutting-edge substantive chapters authored by researchers whose work Brehm has strongly influenced. It concludes with a chapter by Jack Brehm that reflects on the field of psychology discusses a new theory of social influence and offers ideas about the direction in which our understanding of human behavior could move. Motivational Analyses of Social Behavior will be of value to research scientists educators and practitioners interested in social motivational processes and those who developed major theories in this area. Interested readers include individuals specializing in social clinical organizational personality health and motivational psychology and psychophysiology. The book would also be ideal for advanced courses on social motivation and the history of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650304

Motivational Cognitive Behavioural TherapyDistinctive Features This informative and straightforward book explores the emergence of motivational interviewing (MI) and cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) with specific attention given to the increasing focus on the central importance of the therapeutic alliance in improving client outcomes. Comprising 30 short chapters divided into two parts –  theory and practice –  this entry in the popular "CBT Distinctive Features Series" covers the key features of MI-informed CBT offering essential guidance for students and practitioners experienced in both MI and CBT as well as practitioners from other theoretical orientations who require an accessible guide to this developing approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074586

Motivational Currents in Language LearningFrameworks for Focused Interventions Building on Zoltán Dörnyei’s authoritative work in the field of learner motivation this book introduces a new conceptualization—Directed Motivational Currents (DMCs)—and sets out the defining aspects of what they are what they are not and how they are related to language learning motivation. Going beyond focused behavior in a single activity DMCs concern intensive long-term motivation. The distinctive feature of the theory is that it views motivation not simply as a springboard for action but also as a uniquely self-renewing and sustainable process. It is this energizing capacity which distinguishes DMCs from almost every other motivational construct described in the research literature. Motivational Currents in Language Learning offers new insights valuable both to motivation researchers and classroom practitioners. The accessible style along with plentiful illustrations and practical suggestions for promoting sustained learning invite readers to think about motivation in a different way. Highly relevant for language teachers teachers-in-training teacher educators and researchers in TESOL and applied linguistics the book explains how the DMC construct can be integrated into course structures and teaching methodologies and encourages teachers to try out novel methods for harnessing motivational power in classroom settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777323

Motivational DialoguePreparing Addiction Professionals for Motivational Interviewing Practice Motivational Dialogue explores the application of motivational interviewing in various contexts with a view to enhancing understanding and improving practice. The book describes the research and practice of motivational interviewing as a stand alone intervention as an adjunct to further treatment and as a style of delivery of social and behavioural interventions. The contributors draw on their expertise and experience as researchers teachers and practitioners to encourage the reader to appreciate the broad applicability of motivational dialogue. The book is divided into five sections which cover: reflections and a model the evidence base learning and practice four studies of motivational therapy in practice motivational dialogue and stepped care. Motivational Dialogue will be of great interest to psychiatrists clinical psychologists and anyone in the social and health care professions who is involved in assisting people to challenge addictive behaviours. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820224

Motivational Games and Activities for GroupsExercises to Energise Enthuse and Inspire How can you encourage people to be motivated? How can you create that sense of yearning to achieve or reach a goal? How can you energise and inspire group members? The exercises and activities in this resource will help you to motivate your team or the group with which you are working. The activities are organised in sections from which you can choose to meet particular group needs.  These include: Ice breakers and warm ups; Trust building; Building self-esteem; Inspiring creativity; Aligning values; Creating an inspiring environment; Becoming solution focused; Perception; Resilience; Team building; Visualising and setting goals; Energy boosters; Overcoming anxiety and fear; Managing stress; Stopping procrastination; and; Using competition.  Whether your group is small or large you will find something for any setting. Many of the activities can also be used on a one-to-one basis in supervision with clients or students. The activities are interactive and fun. Trainers youth leaders counsellors group leaders team managers teachers care workers and probation officers will find the resource one in which they constantly dip for inspiration. Robin Dynes is the Social Inclusion Officer for Skills & Learning in his local authority. His main role has been to develop an innovative outreach curriculum that is accessible and meets the needs of people with disabilities older people and others who are vulnerable. The aim is to ensure that people with disabilities have equal opportunity and an active and fulfilling role within the community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889592

Motivational Interviewing and CBTCombining Strategies for Maximum Effectiveness Providing tools to enhance treatment of any clinical problem this book shows how integrating motivational interviewing (MI) and cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) can lead to better client outcomes than using either approach on its own. The authors demonstrate that MI strategies are ideally suited to boost client motivation and strengthen the therapeutic relationship whether used as a pretreatment intervention or throughout the course of CBT. User-friendly features include extensive sample dialogues learning exercises for practitioners and 35 reproducible client handouts. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462531547

Motivational Interviewing for Effective Classroom ManagementThe Classroom Check-Up Highly accessible and user-friendly this book focuses on helping K-12 teachers increase their use of classroom management strategies that work. It addresses motivational aspects of teacher consultation that are essential yet often overlooked. The Classroom Check-Up is a step-by-step model for assessing teachers' organizational instructional and behavior management practices; helping them develop a menu of intervention options; and overcoming obstacles to change. Easy-to-learn motivational interviewing techniques are embedded throughout. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding to facilitate photocopying the book includes 20 reproducible forms checklists and templates.This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series edited by T. Chris Riley-Tillman. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609182588

Motivational Interviewing for Leaders in the Helping Professions Written expressly for leaders in health care and the social services this accessible book shows how motivational interviewing (MI) can transform conversations about change within an organization. The authors demonstrate powerful ways to use MI to generate solutions and get employees and organizations unstuck whether mentoring a staff member in a new role addressing performance problems or redesigning procedures or programs. Readers are guided to skillfully and ethically apply the core MI processes--engaging focusing evoking and planning--in the management context. User-friendly features include reproducible worksheets end-of-chapter self-reflection exercises and extended case vignettes. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print these materials in a convenient 8 ½" x 11" size. This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543816

Motivational Interviewing in Diabetes CareFacilitating Self-Care People with diabetes often struggle to make healthy choices and stay on top of managing their illness. Filling a vital need this is the first book to focus on the use of motivational interviewing (MI) in diabetes care. The uniquely qualified authors--physician Marc P. Steinberg has devoted much of his career to diabetes care and renowned clinical psychologist William R. Miller is the codeveloper of MI--present proven counseling techniques that can make any conversation with a patient more efficacious and motivating. Numerous sample dialogues illustrate specific ways to elicit patients' strengths and help them overcome barriers to change in such areas as eating habits physical activity medication use insulin treatment substance abuse psychological issues and more.This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers.Winner (First Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Adult Primary Care Category Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462521630

Motivational Interviewing in Groups A unique clinical resource this book shows how to infuse the methods and spirit of motivational interviewing (MI) into group-based interventions. The authors demonstrate how the four processes of MI with individuals translate into group contexts. They explain both the challenges and the unique benefits of MI groups guiding practitioners to build the skills they need to lead psychoeducational psychotherapeutic and support groups successfully. A wealth of clinical examples are featured. Chapters by contributing authors present innovative group applications targeting specific problems: substance use disorders dual diagnosis chronic health conditions weight management adolescent risk behaviors intimate partner violence and sexual offending.This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462507924

Motivational Interviewing in Nutrition and Fitness Making and maintaining lasting changes in nutrition and fitness is not easy for anyone. Yet the communication style of a health professional can make a huge difference. This book presents the proven counseling approach known as motivational interviewing (MI) and shows exactly how to use it in day-to-day interactions with clients. MI offers simple yet powerful tools for helping clients work through ambivalence break free of diets and quick-fix solutions and overcome barriers to change. Extensive sample dialogues illustrate specific ways to enhance conversations about meal planning and preparation exercise body image disordered eating and more. Reproducible forms and handouts can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Instructors requesting a desk copy from Guilford will be emailed a link to supplemental PowerPoint slides and exam questions. This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524181

Motivational Interviewing in SchoolsConversations to Improve Behavior and Learning The first teacher's guide to the proven counseling approach known as motivational interviewing (MI) this pragmatic book shows how to use everyday interactions with students as powerful opportunities for change. MI comprises skills and strategies that can make brief conversations about any kind of behavioral academic or peer-related challenge more effective. Extensive sample dialogues bring to life the "dos and don'ts" of talking to K–12 students (and their parents) in ways that promote self-directed problem solving and personal growth. The authors include the distinguished codeveloper of MI plus two former classroom teachers. User-friendly features include learning exercises and reflection questions; additional helpful resources are available at the companion website. Written for teachers the book will be recommended and/or used in teacher workshops by school psychologists counselors and social workers. This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527274

Motivational Interviewing in Social Work Practice Motivational interviewing (MI) offers powerful tools for helping social work clients draw on their strengths to make desired changes in their lives. This reader-friendly book introduces practitioners and students to MI and demonstrates how to integrate this evidence-based method into direct practice. Melinda Hohman and her associates describe innovative applications for diverse clients and practice areas including substance abuse treatment mental health child welfare community organizing and others. Extensive sample dialogues illustrate MI skills in action with individuals and groups. The book also presents best practices for MI training teaching and agency-wide integration.This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523696

Motivational Interviewing in the Treatment of Anxiety This practical book provides effective strategies for helping therapy clients with anxiety resolve ambivalence and increase their intrinsic motivation for change. The author shows how to infuse the spirit and methods of motivational interviewing (MI) into cognitive-behavioral therapy or any other anxiety-focused treatment. She describes specific ways to use MI as a pretreatment intervention or integrate it throughout the course of therapy whenever motivational impasses occur. Vivid clinical material--including a chapter-length case example of a client presenting with anxiety and depression--enhances the utility of this accessible guide. This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525997

Motivational Interviewing in the Treatment of Psychological Problems This authoritative guide now significantly revised and expanded has given tens of thousands of clinicians proven tools for helping clients resolve ambivalence and mobilize their energy commitment and personal resources for change. Leading experts describe ways to combine motivational interviewing (MI) with other treatments for a wide range of psychological problems including depression anxiety disorders eating disorders posttraumatic stress disorder and others. Chapters illustrate the nuts and bolts of intervention using vivid clinical examples and review the empirical evidence base. Contributors show how to tailor MI to each population's needs whether used as a pretreatment or throughout the course of therapy. This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. New to This Edition *Many new authors. *Extensively revised with the latest theory practices and research. *Chapters on domestic violence addictions and smoking cessation with adolescents. *Chapter on transdiagnostic treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462530120

Motivational Interviewing with OffendersEngagement Rehabilitation and Reentry From experts on working with court-mandated populations this book shows how motivational interviewing (MI) can help offenders move beyond resistance or superficial compliance and achieve meaningful behavior change. Using this evidence-based approach promotes successful rehabilitation and reentry by drawing on clients' values goals and strengths--not simply telling them what to do. The authors clearly describe the core techniques of MI and bring them to life with examples and sample dialogues from a range of criminal justice and forensic settings. Of crucial importance the book addresses MI implementation in real-world offender service systems including practical strategies for overcoming obstacles.This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529872

Motivational InterviewingHelping People Change This bestselling work for professionals and students is the authoritative presentation of motivational interviewing (MI) the powerful approach to facilitating change. The book elucidates the four processes of MI--engaging focusing evoking and planning--and vividly demonstrates what they look like in action. A wealth of vignettes and interview examples illustrate the "dos and don'ts" of successful implementation in diverse contexts. Highly accessible the book is infused with respect and compassion for clients. The companion Web page provides additional helpful resources including reflection questions an extended bibliography and annotated case material.This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. New to This Edition: *Reflects major advances in understanding and teaching MI. *Fully restructured around the new four-process model. *Additional case examples and counseling situations. *Reviews the growing evidence base and covers ways to assess MI fidelity. Pedagogical Features Include: *Online reflection questions and annotated cases ideal for classroom discussion. *Key points at the end of each chapter. *Engaging boxes with special topics and personal reflections. *Extended bibliography and quick-reference glossary. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609182274

MotivationBiological Psychological and Environmental This textbook provides a complete overview of motivation and emotion using an overarching organizational scheme of how biological psychological and environmental sources become motivation—the inducement of behavior feelings and cognition. It combines classic studies with current research and uses numerous real-world examples to engage the student and make often-difficult theoretical concepts come to life. By understanding and applying the principles of motivation described in the text students will not only discover insights into what motivates their own behavior but also how to instigate self-change. Thoroughly revised and updated throughout this fifth edition provides a major review of recent research with over 225 new references including expansion in the areas of goal motivation and emotion psychology. Other updated topics include new findings and interpretations on how evolution affects our preferences how personality traits determine motivation and how self-control depends on a cost/benefit analysis. The addition of individual chapter glossaries and an increased number of links to additional resources supplement student learning. This textbook is suitable as a primary text for courses on motivation. For additional resources please consult the companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/deckers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036338

Motives and Goals in Groups The qualities and effectiveness of working groups are determined by the goals of the group and the motives of its members. In Motives and Goals In Groups Alvin Zander studies the effects of group goals and the reasons why particular group goals are chosen. He examines the origins of such goals determines their value in terms of the work of the group and analyzes how goals are affected by members' aspirations to achieve success. Zander assumes the idea that the motives of members are not merely dispositions to obtain personal satisfaction but are also inclinations to achieve group success.Earlier studies defined and clarified concepts about group achievement. They report on work in the laboratory using high school students as subjects. In later investigations these concepts were tested in groups outside the laboratory classrooms executive boards industrial crews and business departments.In the new introduction Zander brings his book up to date by analyzing members' motives and groups' goals from 1971 to the present day. He examines how current findings amplify results reported in the original book. Among the topics covered are: measurability of a group's objective; the degree of members' confidence in attaining the group's goal; the importance of a group's purpose; external pressures on a group's aspirations; and the reaction of members to their group's performance.Motives and Goals in Groups brings together earlier research for the first careful scientific study of goals In groups. It is of continuing importance to psychologists educators social workers executives therapists and all others who work either in or with groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528437

Motives and MechanismsAn Introduction to the Psychology of Action As the first introductory statement of the ‘new psychology’ Motives and Mechanisms originally published in 1985 aims to bring the study of human action to the forefront of the subject. Like any science the practice of psychology is very much influenced by the hidden assumptions of its practitioners. The argument put forward in this important text shows how these assumptions can be brought out by comparing psychology with the natural sciences and with common-sense understanding. In pursuing the integration of traditional research methods with a new style of investigation the basic principle is that social structures and mental structures are in reciprocal relation with one another because each is involved in the creation of the other. By adopting this principle social structures become the basis for research into the cognitive and emotional organization of mind. The authors devote two key chapters to the central question that underlies this stance: are human actions and human actors’ products of internal processes such as those described by Freud or of external social forces of the kind described by Mead? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948808

Motor and Sensory Processes of Language First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138451711

Motor Carrier SafetyA Guide to Regulatory Compliance The need to understand and follow applicable government regulations is critical to providing safety for everyone affected by the transportation industry. Motor Carrier Safety simplifies the many complexities of legal compliance for the transportation of goods by highway. It provides you with the tools and focus required to achieve full regulatory compliance.The author examines current regulations to determine what issues and requirements pertain to such issues as hazardous materials drugs and alcohol employee safety and health. Bulleted lists present the regulations in a clear easy-to-use format. You will understand the issues and be able to determine the specific regulations that affect your place of business. In addition to regulations and standards this book covers points of training record keeping and suggestions for annual audits. Case studies relating to various regulations help you realize how either violating or complying will impact your business. These features combine to make Motor Carrier Safety the perfect vehicle for launching your in-house training program. The laws governing the transportation of goods by truck vary from agency to agency. Motor Carrier Safety makes clear the regulations and provides the you with a practical source for complying with them. This book helps you to understand your regulatory exposure for non-compliance and guides you through the steps to becoming compliant. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075714

Motor Control Learning and DevelopmentInstant Notes 2nd Edition An understanding of the scientific principles underpinning the learning and execution of fundamental and skilled movements is of central importance in disciplines across the sport and exercise sciences. The second edition of Motor Control Learning and Development: Instant Notes offers students an accessible clear and concise introduction to the core concepts of motor behavior from learning through to developing expertise. Including two brand new chapters on implicit versus explicit learning and motor control and aging this new edition is fully revised and updated and covers: definitions theories and measurements of motor control; information processing neurological issues and sensory factors in control; theories and stages of motor learning; memory and feedback; the development of fundamental movement skills; and the application of theory to coaching and rehabilitation practice. Highly illustrated and well-formatted the book allows readers to grasp complex ideas quickly through learning objectives research highlights review questions and activities and encourages students to deepen their understanding through further reading suggestions. This is important foundational reading for any student taking classes in motor control learning or behavior or skill acquisition or a clear and concise reference for any practicing sports coach physical education teacher or rehabilitation specialist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103870

Motor Cortex in Voluntary MovementsA Distributed System for Distributed Functions As one of the first cortical areas to be explored experimentally the motor cortex continues to be the focus of intense research. Motor Cortex in Voluntary Movements: A Distributed System for Distributed Functions presents developments in motor cortex research making it possible to understand and interpret neural activity and use it to reconstruct movements. Featuring viewpoints based on monkey and human studies the book focuses on how neuronal activity changes during learning discusses what the motor cortex encodes for and covers the neuronal representations of voluntary movements and the mechanism of their generation during learning. Section 1 uses functional neuroanatomy and imaging studies to describe motor cortical function and Section 2 provides an overview of studies about neural representations in the motor cortex. The third section concentrates on motor learning and the final section highlights the reconstruction of movements using brain activity.Revealing many exciting applications of this rapidly expanding science this book enhances our understanding of the generation of motor commands. It is an essential resource for neuroscientists interested in motor function rehabilitation medicine practitioners and biomedical engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393397

Motor Fleet Safety and Security Management In the almost ten years since the publication of the first edition of Motor Fleet Safety and Security Management the availability of new methods of transportation has made travel faster and consequently safety and security have become more important and more complex. Businesses must now become proactive in their own security and planning for emergencies. This second edition of a bestselling resource provides a complete understanding of how to develop and manage a comprehensive motor fleet safety and instructional program. It presents the underlying concepts basic techniques and principles of motor fleet safety and security management.New Revised and Expanded Topics in the Second Edition: Elements of a fleet safety program Accident prevention Consideration for small-fleet driver selection training instruction and supervision Vehicle inspection How to organize accident data Job safety analysis (JSA) meetings for commercial drivers Fleet transportation publicity School bus safety Shipping and storage of hazardous materials Security in transportation Model of a motor fleet transportation program designed to assist in the implementation of a program To achieve optimum safety everyone involved in the transportation system should be adequately trained supervised and monitored. Proper data and incident reports must be maintained to identify trends and problem areas. Keeping the trademark style that made the previous edition so popular the author addresses the critical steps for successful driver selection training instruction and supervision. He provides you with the foundation you need to combat common problems and manage your motor fleet transportation system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072497

Motor Learning and Control for Practitioners With an array of critical and engaging pedagogical features the fourth edition of Motor Learning and Control for Practitioners offers the best practical introduction to motor learning available. This reader-friendly text approaches motor learning in accessible and simple terms and lays a theoretical foundation for assessing performance; providing effective instruction; and designing practice rehabilitation and training experiences that promote skill acquisition. Features such as Exploration Activities and Cerebral Challenges involve students at every stage while a broad range of examples helps readers put theory into practice. The book also provides access to a fully updated companion website which includes laboratory exercises an instructors’ manual a test bank and lecture slides. As a complete resource for teaching an evidence-based approach to practical motor learning this is an essential text for practitioners and students who plan to work in physical education kinesiology exercise science coaching physical therapy or dance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737013

Motor Learning in PracticeA Constraints-Led Approach Motor Learning in Practice explores the fundamental processes of motor learning and skill acquisition in sport and explains how a constraints-led approach can be used to design more effective learning environments for sports practice and performance. Drawing on ecological psychology the book examines the interaction of personal environmental and task-specific constraints in the development of motor skills and then demonstrates how an understanding of those constraints can be applied in a wide range of specific sports and physical activities. The first section of the book contains two chapters that offer an overview of the key theoretical concepts that underpin the constraints-led approach. These chapters also examine the development of fundamental movement skills in children and survey the most important instructional strategies that can be used to develop motor skills in sport. The second section of the book contains eighteen chapters that apply these principles to specific sports including basketball football boxing athletics field events and swimming. This is the first book to apply the theory of a constraints-led approach to training and learning techniques in sport. Including contributions from many of the world’s leading scholars in the field of motor learning and development this book is essential reading for any advanced student researcher or teacher with an interest in motor skills sport psychology sport pedagogy coaching or physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522403

Motor Neurone Disease Motor Neurone Disease is one of the most difficult conditions to manage medically and socially. A disease which leads to the loss of control of most muscle systems of the body it has no known cause and no cure. For this reason clinicians have traditionally been reluctant to reveal the diagnosis to sufferers or their families and the condition has become known as one of the best kept secrets of medical practice. However in recent years a number of organizations have set up to support sufferers and their families and consequently the public profile of the condition has changed dramatically.Motor Neurone Disease provides an extremely helpful guide to the medical facts relating to the condition and considers the psycho-social effects on sufferers and those who care for them. It will be essential reading for doctors nurses social workers physio- speech and occupational therapists as well as all those suffering from Motor Neurone Disease their families and carers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166554

Motor Proteins and Molecular Motors A Unified Microscopic Approach to Analyzing Complex Processes in Molecular MotorsMotor Proteins and Molecular Motors explores the mechanisms of cellular functioning associated with several specific enzymatic molecules called motor proteins. Motor proteins also known as molecular motors play important roles in living systems by supporting cellular transport and force generation via the transformation of chemical energy into mechanical work.The book presents established results theoretical methods and experimental observations related to biological molecular motors. It uses fundamental physical-chemical concepts and methods to develop a systematic theoretical framework for understanding motor protein dynamics. The author introduces the main ideas using simple arguments that avoid heavy mathematical derivations in favor of more intuitive physical understanding. Although the book assumes some rudimentary knowledge of cell biology calculus and basic ideas from chemistry and physics it gives explanations and derivations for most results.Accessible to students and researchers in a wide range of scientific fields this book provides a unified molecular picture for analyzing motor proteins. It connects major experimental facts on molecular motors to principal theoretical concepts consistent with the fundamental laws of chemistry and physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575762

Motor Transport Published in 1997 each volume in this new series is a collection of seminal articles on a theme of central importance in the study of transport history selected from the leading journal in the field. Each contains between ten and a dozen articles selected by a distinguished scholar as well as an authoritative new introduction by the volume editor. Individually they will form an essential foundation to the study of the history of a mode of transport; together they will make an incomparable librarty of the best modern research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322899

Motorcycling and LeisureUnderstanding the Recreational PTW Rider Despite the fact that there are around 1.2 million powered two wheelers (PTWs) within the United Kingdom riders are often misconceived as living at the edge of society; however this is often far from the truth. Riding a PTW is a high-risk activity and those who ride are often perceived as being 'risk junkies' but through an in-depth exploration of this leisure activity Motorcycling and Leisure explains that riders ride because they enjoy it and do not necessarily enjoy the risk involved. The book presents a range of contemporary research on riders and how they find enjoyment. The book further explores the rider goal of enjoyment and utilises Fuller's task homeostasis theory along with Csikszentmihalyi's theory of flow to develop an understanding of the interaction between risk and goals. In conclusion it develops principles of interventions with the aim of guiding intervention design and reducing the number of motorcycle crashes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385606

Moulding the Female Body in Victorian Fairy Tales and Sensation Novels Laurence Talairach-Vielmas explores Victorian representations of femininity in narratives that depart from mainstream realism from fairy tales by George MacDonald Lewis Carroll Christina Rossetti Juliana Horatia Ewing and Jean Ingelow to sensation novels by Wilkie Collins Mary Elizabeth Braddon Rhoda Broughton and Charles Dickens. Feminine representation Talairach-Vielmas argues is actually presented in a hyper-realistic way in such anti-realistic genres as children's literature and sensation fiction. In fact it is precisely the clash between fantasy and reality that enables the narratives to interrogate the real and re-create a new type of realism that exposes the normative constraints imposed to contain the female body. In her exploration of the female body and its representations Talairach-Vielmas examines how Victorian fantasies and sensation novels deconstruct and reconstruct femininity; she focuses in particular on the links between the female characters and consumerism and shows how these serve to illuminate the tensions underlying the representation of the Victorian ideal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251830

Moulding the Medium: Chinese Communist Party and the Liberation DailyChinese Communist Party and the "Liberation Daily" Introduces to researchers the content of the Chinese Communist Party's first official newspaper the Liberation daily and examines its role in the acceptance and implementation of the party's goals during its span from May 1941 to March 1947. Includes chronological and topical outlines of the paper Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315490335

Mould's Medical AnecdotesOmnibus Edition Mould's Medical Anecdotes: Omnibus Edition is a fabulous collection of anecdotes on the humorous intriguing unusual mysterious and historical aspects of medicine. It combines the hugely successful Mould's Medical Anecdotes and More Mould's Medical Anecdotes and includes a selection of more recently collected material. Dr. Mould searched newspapers advertisements case histories monologues and medical journals on both sides of the Atlantic for this treasure trove. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429819

Mount Athos and Byzantine MonasticismPapers from the Twenty-Eighth Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies University of Birmingham March 1994 The papers in this volume derive from the 28th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies held for the Society for the promotion of Byzantine Studies at the Univesity of Birmingham in March 1994. Virtually from the time of their first foundation the monastic communities of Mt Athos assumed a central position in the world of Orthodox Christianity. The spiritual and political and economic influence of the Holy Mountain soon transcended the boundaries of the Byzantine empire within which it lay to take on a supra-national importance and become one of the pillars of Orthodoxy after the fall of the empire. For the historian the significance of Mt Athos is enhanced by the fact that its archives contain the most substanial body of Byzantine documentation to have survived the Middle Ages and its libraries treasuries and buildings have preserved much that has elsewhere been lost. These archives are now largely edited and investigation of the art and archaeology is yielding substantial evidence. The papers in this volume by an international set of scholars embody the fruits of this research. Starting from Athos itself they embrace the whole phenomenon of Byzantine monasticism dealing with questions of asceticism authority community economy enlightenment fortification hesychasm liturgy manuscripts music patronage scandal spirituality and women (to take an alphabetical sample). Together these papers provide a coherent and immediate view of scholarship in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248622

Mountain Aesthetics in Early Modern Latin Literature In the late Renaissance and Early Modern period man’s relationship to nature changed dramatically. An important part of this change occurred in the way that beauty was perceived in the natural world and in the particular features which became privileged objects of aesthetic gratification. This study explores the shift in aesthetic attitude towards the mountain that took place between 1450 and 1750. Over the course of these 300 years the mountain transformed from a fearful and ugly place to one of beauty and splendor. Accepted scholarly opinion claims that this change took place in the vernacular literature of the early and mid-18th century. Based on previously unknown and unstudied material this volume now contends that it took place earlier in the Latin literature of the late Renaissance and Early Modern period. The aesthetic attitude shift towards the mountain had its catalysts in two broad spheres: the development of an idea of ‘landscape’ in the geographical and artistic traditions of the 16th century on the one hand and the increasing amount of scientific and theological investigation dedicated to the mountain on the other reaching a pinnacle in the late 17th and early 18th centuries. The new Latin evidence for the change in aesthetic attitude towards the mountain unearthed in the course of this study brings material to light which is relevant for the current philosophical debate in environmental aesthetics. The book’s concluding chapter shows how understanding the processes that produced the late Renaissance and Early Modern shift in aesthetic attitude towards the mountain can reveal important information about the modern aesthetic appreciation of nature. Alongside a standard bibliography of primary literature this volume also offers an extended annotated bibliography of further Latin texts on the mountains from the Renaissance and Early Modern period. This critical bibliography is the first of its kind and constitutes an essential tool for further study in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346805

Mountain Arapesh For approximately eight months during 1931-1932 anthropologist Margaret Mead lived with and studied the Mountain Arapesh-a segment of the population of the East Sepik Province Papua New Guinea. She found a culture based on simplicity sensitivity and cooperation. In contrast to the aggressive Arapesh who lived on the plains both the men and the women of the mountain settlements were found to be in Mead's word maternal. The Mountain Arapesh exhibited qualities that many might consider feminine: they were in general passive affectionate and peaceloving. Though Mead partially explains the male's "femininity" as being due to the type of nourishment available to the Arapesh she maintains social conditioning to be a factor in the type of lifestyle led by both sexes. Mead's study encapsulates all aspects of the Arapesh culture. She discusses betrothal and marriage customs sexuality gender roles diet religion arts agriculture and rites of passage. In possibly a portent for the breakdown of traditional roles and beliefs in the latter part of the twentieth century Mead discusses the purpose of rites of passage in maintaining societal values and social control. Mead also discovered that both male and female parents took an active role in raising their children. Furthermore it was found that there were few conflicts over property: the Arapesh having no concept of land ownership maintained a peaceful existence with each other. In his new introduction to The Mountain Arapesh Paul B. Roscoe assesses the importance of Mead's work in light of modern anthropological and ethnographic research as well as how it fits into her own canon of writings. Roscoe discusses findings he culled from a trip to Papua New Guinea in 1991 to clarify some ambiguities in Mead's work. His travels also served to help reconstruct what had happened to the Arapesh since Mead's historic visit in the early 1930s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138536920

Mountain Area Research and ManagementIntegrated Approaches This book brings together scientists and practitioners from five continents to present their experience in undertaking activities that contribute to our understanding and informed management of mountain areas. In particular they address the challenges of working in interdisciplinary teams and of effectively involving stakeholders. The result is a powerful book that integrates research from different disciplines in the natural and social sciences and in some cases indigenous knowledge to address the question of how knowledge is gained about mountain areas and how can it be integrated and used in effective management. A comprehensive introduction covers the challenges in mountain area research and management and the need for integrated approaches. This is followed by chapters that look at key areas of mountain research and management over the past 25 years covering inter-and trans-disciplinary research subsistence cultures and sustainable development innovations in watershed management and biodiversity conservation. Subsequent chapters cover key areas of research and management on five continents with a focus on comparison of common challenges and solutions across regions. The concluding chapter brings these experiences together. Published with Parks Canada Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002029

Mountain BiodiversityA Global Assessment Originally published in 2002 Mountain Biodiversity deals with the biological richness function and change of mountain environments. The book was birthed from the first global conference on mountain biodiversity and was a contribution to the International Year of Mountains in 2002. The book examines biological diversity as essential for the integrity of mountain ecosystems and argues that this dependency is likely to increase as environmental climates and social conditions change. This book seeks to examine the biological riches of all major mountain ranges from around the world and using existing knowledge on mountain biodiversity examines a broad range of research in diversity including that of plants animals human and bacterial diversity. The book also examines climate change and mountain biodiversity as well as land use and conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359072

Mountain Environments This book breaks the ground in Geographical texts by transcending a strictly regional or topical focus.  It presents the opportunities and constraints that mountains and their resources offer to local and global populations; the impacts of environmental and economic change development and globalisation on mountain environments. Part of the Ecogeography series edited by Richard Hugget Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167056

MOUNTAIN GEOMORPHOLOGY Mountains represent one of the most inspiring and attractive natural features on the surface of the earth. Visually they dominate the landscape. However the increasing realization of the fragility of mountain areas because of changes in land use management and climate combined with an understanding of their importance for water and other natural resources has resulted in a growing interest in mountain environments in recent years. Hence Mountain Geomorphology represents a timely and unique contribution to the literature. Written by a team of international experts this book is divided into three sections which consider historical functional and applied mountain geomorphology from both global and local perspectives. Historical mountain geomorphology focuses on the evolution of landforms. Functional mountain geomorphology emphasises the interaction between processes and landforms while applied mountain geomorphology concerns the interrelationships between geomorphological processes and society. Mountain Geomorphology is a valuable source of information for students studying mountain geomorphology and also for academics and research scientists interested in mountain environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145740

Mountain MoversMining Sustainability and the Agents of Change The products of mining are everywhere – if it wasn’t grown it was mined or drilled. But the mining industry has a chequered past. Pollution human rights abuses and corruption have tarnished the reputation of the industry across the globe. Over a decade ago the major mining companies embraced the concept of sustainable and equitable development and embarked on an explicit process of reform – but has the industry actually changed?  This book explores the dynamics of change-making for sustainable development in the resources sector specifically the mining of mineral and energy resources. The author recounts the stories and insights of over forty change-makers both inside and outside the industry from anti-mining activists to the professionals charged with the task of reform introducing the people who are moving an industry that moves mountains. The book takes stock of what has worked and what has not analyzing the relative influence and dynamics of the key corporate civil society and government actors with a view to developing new approaches for improving environmental and social outcomes from mineral and energy development.  Illustrated with case studies from Angola Australia Brazil Canada Chile Colombia El Salvador Guinea Peru The Philippines Romania Sierra Leone South Africa and The United States of America and brimming with the backstories to the major sustainability initiatives Mountain Movers reveals where progress has been made and where reform is still needed towards a more sustainable and equitable mining industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711715

Mountain ResortsEcology and the Law Mountains are the home of significant ecological resources - wildlife habitat higher elevation plant systems steep slopes delicate soils and water systems. These resources are subject to very visible and growing pressures most of which are caused by the unique features of mountains. Using as case studies four mountain resorts in the US and Canada this book analyzes the extent to which the law protects the ecological systems of mountains from the adverse impacts associated with the development operation and expansion of resorts. In order to examine these issues Mountain Resorts takes an interdisciplinary approach with contributions from ecologists and lawyers who focus on ski-related activities increasing four-season use of the mountains and expanding residential commercial and recreational development at the mountains' base. Its analysis of an array of US and Canadian federal state and local laws provides a multifaceted exploration of the intersection of ecology and the law at mountain resorts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277465

Mountain World in DangerClimate change in the forests and mountains of Europe The changing climate the warming of the world and acid rain are among the greatest problems facing us at the end of the twentieth century. This book describes for the first time the effects of these phenomena on the high mountains and the forests of Europe. Mountains and the frozen regions (the cryosphere) not only play a major part in our climatic system but are also central to our water supplies. Yet our glaciers are shrinking our lakes and soils are becoming acidified our forests are damaged and the whole fragile ecosystem of ranges like the Alps and the Caucasus is threatened. Nilsson and Pitt present the evidence and assess the probable effects of these changes on mountain society tourism water flora and fauna. They also examine the uncertainties. Above all they look too at the best possible strategies in response to What is happening and at what the next steps should be. Originally published in 1991 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849630

Mountaineering Tourism In May 1993 the British Mountaineering Council met to discuss the future of high altitude tourism. Of concern to attendees were reports of queues on Everest and reference was made to mountaineer Peter Boardman calling Everest an ‘amphitheater of the ego’. Issues raised included environmental and social responsibility and regulations to minimize impacts. In the years that have followed there has been a surge of interest in climbing Everest with one day in 2012 seeing 234 climbers reach the summit. Participation in mountaineering tourism has surely escalated beyond the imagination of those who attended the meeting 20 years ago. This book provides a critical and comprehensive analysis of all pertinent aspects and issues related to the development and the management of the growth area of mountaineering tourism. By doing so it explores the meaning of adventure and special reference to mountain-based adventure the delivering of adventure experience and adventure learning and education. It further introduces examples of settings (alpine environments) where a general management framework could be applied as a baseline approach in mountaineering tourism development. Along with this  general management framework the book draws evidence from case studies derived from various mountaineering tourism development contexts worldwide to highlight the diversity and uniqueness of management approaches policies and practices. Written by leading academics from a range of disciplinary backgrounds this insightful book will provide students researchers and academics with a better understanding of the unique aspects of tourism management and development of this growing form of adventure tourism across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083936

Mountains: Physical Human-Environmental and Sociocultural Dynamics Mountains have captured the interests and passions of people for thousands of years. Today millions of people live within mountain regions and mountain regions are often areas of accelerated environmental change. This edited volume highlights new understanding of mountain environments and mountain peoples around the world. The understanding of mountain environments and peoples has been a focus of individual researchers for centuries; more recently the interest in mountain regions among researchers has been growing rapidly. The articles contained within are from a wide spectrum of researchers from different parts of the world who address physical political theoretical social empirical environmental methodological and economic issues focused on the geography of mountains and their inhabitants. The articles in this special issue are organized into three themed sections with very loose boundaries between themes: (1) physical dynamics of mountain environments (2) coupled human–physical dynamics and (3) sociocultural dynamics in mountain regions. This book was first published as a special issue of the Annals of the American Association of Geographers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890506

MountainsEnvironmental Issues Global Perspectives Always awe-inspiring mountainous areas contain hundreds of millions of years of history stretching back to the earliest continental landforms. This book shows how mountains are characterized by their distinctive geological ecological and biological conditions. Often they are so large that they create their own weather patterns. They also store nearly one-third of the world’s freshwater—in the form of ice and snow—on their slopes. Despite their daunting size and often formidable climates mountains are affected by growing local populations as well as distant influences such as air pollution and global climate change. Three detailed case studies are presented. The first shows how global warming in East Africa is harming Mount Kenya’s regional population which relies on mountain runoff to irrigate farms for subsistence crops. The second examines the fragile ecology of the South Island Mountain in New Zealand’s Southern Alps and how development threatens the region’s endemic plant and animal species. The third discusses the impact of mountain use over time in New Hampshire’s White Mountains where management efforts have been used to limit the growing footprint of millions of annual visitors and alpine trekkers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765682338

Mourning Child Grief Support Group CurriculumEarly Childhood Edition: Kindergarten - Grade 2 Contains lesson plans for 10 sessions that include age-appropriate activities. These fun and engaging activities enable young children to approach highly sensitive and painful topics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315798509

Mourning Child Grief Support Group CurriculumMiddle Childhood Edition: Grades 3-6 Contains lesson plans for 10 sessions that include age-appropriate activities. These fun and engaging activities enable young children to approach highly sensitive and painful topics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203768655

Mourning Child Grief Support Group CurriculumPre-School Edition: Denny the Duck Stories This volume encourages and enables children who might have limited language to work through their feelings through play. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203768648

Mourning SexPerforming Public Memories This is a book about the exhilaration and the catastrophe of embodiment. Analyzing different instances of injured bodies Peggy Phelan considers what sustained attention to the affective force of trauma might yield for critical theory. Advocating what she calls "performative writing" she creates an extraordinary fusion of critical and creative thinking which erodes the distinction between art and theory fact and fiction. The bodies she examines here include Christ's as represented in Caravaggio's painting The Incredulity of St Thomas Anita Hill's and Clarence Thomas's bodies as they were performed during the Senate hearings the disinterred body of the Rose Theatre exemplary bodies reconstructed through psychoanalytic talking cures and the filmic bodies created by Tom Joslin Mark Massi and Peter Friedman in Silverlake Life: The View From Here. This new work by the highly-acclaimed author of Unmarked makes a stunning advance in performance theory in dialogue with psychoanalysis queer theory and cultural studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004969

Mourning the DreamsHow Parents Create Meaning from Miscarriage Stillbirth and Early Infant Death Mourning the Dreams is an accessible and moving account of parents experiences of grief and recovery after losing an infant during pregnancy childbirth or within the first month of life. Drawing from the sociology of emotions health research and psychology her own experience and a range of qualitative methods Claudia Malacrida finds that bereaved parents not only grieve their child and its unrealized potential but often find their personal experiences are at odds with social forces and prevailing assumptions about the nature of their loss and how they should react to is. She explores the meanings parents create as they face denial silence and other reactions from friends family communities coworkers the medical community and even within spousal relationships. She also describes the courage and creativity of parents who create and negotiate meanings that help them grieve recover and manage relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403611

Mousepads Shoe Leather and HopeLessons from the Howard Dean Campaign for the Future of Internet Politics Howard Dean's campaign for president changed the way in which campaigns are run today. With an unlikely collection of highly talented and motivated staffers drawn from a variety of backgrounds the Dean campaign transformed the way in which money was raised and supporters galvanized by using the Internet. Surprisingly many of the campaign staff members were neither computer whizzes nor practiced political operatives even though that is how some of them are identified today. This book allows key individuals in the campaign the chance to tell their stories with an eye to documenting the Internet campaign revolution and providing lessons to future campaigns. Howard Dean's inspirational statement of what it took for his campaign to get as far as it did-"mousepads shoe leather and hope"-holds great wisdom for anyone campaigning today especially the 2008 presidential candidates. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633381

Move On Maths Ages 9-1150+ Flexible Maths Activities Move on Maths! offers versatile tried and tested maths resources for nine to eleven years for you to use in the way that is most suitable for your pupils. The units give you flexible ideas rather then prescriptive lessons and support the Renewed Primary Framework for mathematics. The PNS Framework objectives are clearly shown for every sheet followed by unit learning outcomes so it’s easy to choose the right worksheet to suit you and your children’s needs. contains more than fifty stand-alone photocopiable units in four strands to be used in class or as homework tasks complete with teachers' notes and answers to help your planning broadens understanding of four key numeracy strands from the Renewed Primary Framework: Using and applying mathematics; Understanding Shape; Measuring; Handling Data contains a bank of short sharp exercises problems and fun starter activities and games to kick start your maths lesson with the whole class includes challenges to extend your gifted and talented learners or early finishers covers PNS Framework objectives and learning outcomes for a two year span Year 5 and 6 ideal for mixed-age classes. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138166394

Move On Maths! Ages 7-950+ Flexible Maths Activities Move on Maths! offers versatile tried and tested maths resources for 7-9 years for you to use in the way that is most suitable for your pupils. The units give you flexible ideas rather then prescriptive lessons and support the Renewed Primary Framework for mathematics. The PNS Framework objectives are clearly shown for every sheet followed by unit learning outcomes so it’s easy to choose the right worksheet to suit you and your children’s needs. Contains more than fifty stand-alone photocopiable units in four strands to be used in class or as homework tasks complete with teachers' notes and answers to help your planning Broadens understanding of four key numeracy strands from the Renewed Primary Framework: Using and applying mathematics; Understanding Shape;  Measuring; Handling Data Contains a bank of short sharp exercises problems and fun starter activities and games to kick start your maths lesson with the whole class Includes challenges to extend your gifted and talented learners or early finishers Covers PNS Framework objectives and learning outcomes for a two year span Year 3 and 4 Ideal for mixed-age classes Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203060681

Move to Learn Masses of activities based on the premise that movement particularly if it is specific and intentional enhances learning. "Move to Learn" is a movement programme for children aged five to eight years delivered in sessions working one-to-one with an adult or as a small group. Use the programme to liven up a day provide a 'brain break' in the curriculum or as a complete change for a pupil who is having an emotionally challenging day. Moving promotes learning and other outcomes will follow: Emotional - encouraging happy secure confident motivated and positive emotional states in the limbic system of the brain to support a sense of well-being; Cognitive - using movement to create and strengthen neural pathways to integrate brain activity and develop 'whole brain' learning; Motor - enabling children to develop their gross and fine motor skills and to understand being active or calm and to know the difference; Social - using activities to have fun and play together and to interact and build good relationships; and Language - to encourage good listening skills and attending to instructions and to learn to use self-talk to mediate learning. The activities are arranged in ten sections to address different types of movement: Stamina; Large motor actions; Mobility; Balance; Body awareness; Spatial awareness; Dexterity; Fine motor skills; Rhythm and sequence; and Relaxation. This title includes six sample lesson plans and forms for children's evaluation parents' evaluation teachers' questionnaire and parents' questionnaire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315173924

Moved by MachinesPerformance Metaphors and Philosophy of Technology Given the rapid development of new technologies such as smart devices robots and artificial intelligence and their impact on the lives of people and on society it is important and urgent to construct conceptual frameworks that help us to understand and evaluate them. Benefiting from tendencies towards a performative turn in the humanities and social sciences drawing on thinking about the performing arts and responding to gaps in contemporary artefact-oriented philosophy of technology this book moves thinking about technology forward by using performance as a metaphor to understand and evaluate what we do with technology and what technology does with us. Focusing on the themes of knowledge/experience agency and power and discussing some pertinent ethical issues such as deception the narrative of the book moves through a number of performance practices: dance theatre music stage magic and (perhaps surprisingly) philosophy. These are used as sources for metaphors to think about technology—in particular contemporary devices and machines—and as interfaces to bring in various theories that are not usually employed in philosophy of technology. The result is a sequence of gestures and movements towards a performance-oriented conceptual framework for a thinking about technology which liberated from the static vision-centred and dualistic metaphors offered by traditional philosophy can do more justice to the phenomenology of our daily embodied social kinetic temporal and narrative performances with technology our technoperformances. This book will appeal to scholars of philosophy of technology and performance studies who are interested in reconceptualizing the roles and impact of modern technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245573

Movement Power and Place in Central Asia and BeyondContested Trajectories Central Asia is a region singularly marked by attempts to transform social life by transforming place. Drawing together established scholars and a new generation of historians geographers and anthropologists this volume brings empirical specificity and theoretical depth to debates about the politics of place-making in this diverse region making an important contribution to Central Asian studies and a distinctive regional comparison to the ‘spatial turn’ in social analysis. Case studies draw on archival research and oral history to explore the workings—and unintended consequences—of policies aimed at sedentarizing collectivizing and resettling populations as a means to fix and territorialize space. The book also examines ethnographic studies attuned to the role of movement in sustaining social life from Soviet-era trade networks that linked rural Central Asia and the Russian metropolis to pilgrimage routes through which ‘kazakhness’ is articulated to the contemporary moralization of migration abroad in search of work. Rather than analysing ‘flows’ as abstract processes the book enquires about effortful activity material infrastructures political relations and social habits through which people ideas knowledge skills and material objects move or are prevented from moving. As such  it offers new insights into the complex intersections of movement power and place in this important region over the last two centuries. This book was originally published as a special issue of Central Asian Survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209350

Movement and Visual ImpairmentResearch across Disciplines This is the first book to offer an in-depth review of research pertaining to individuals with visual impairments across the full span of movement-related disciplines from biomechanics and motor learning to physical education and Paralympic sport.   Each chapter highlights current research trends future research directions and practical implications in a key discipline or area of professional practice drawing on empirical research evidence and opening up new avenues for cross-disciplinary working. Covering physical activity across the life course from children and young people through to older adults and addressing the important topic of deafblindness in some depth the book goes further than any other book published to date on visual impairment and movement.   This is essential reading for all advanced students and researchers working in sport exercise and disability and an invaluable reference for practitioners and service providers from in-service teachers and camp directors to physical therapists and physical activity promotion specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434397

Movement GenesisSocial Movement Theory And The West German Peace Movement This book focuses on the 1980s West German peace movement and examines a cross-national phenomenon that transcended the classical cleavages of class race gender region party affiliation and religion. It should be of interest to comparativists in political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166540

Movement in CitiesSpatial Perspectives On Urban Transport And Travel Movement in Cities  describes and analyses urban travel in terms of  purpose distance and frequency of journeys and modes and routes used concentrating mainly on British towns with many references to the United States and Australia. The authors elucidate the all-important interrelations between location of activities and the patterns of transport supply and use within towns. The issues they raise are of pressing practical and intellectual importance. This book was first published in 1980.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860390

Movement SciencesTransfer of Knowledge into Pediatric Therapy Practice Discover new perspectives and recent research findings to apply to the children and families on your caseload With Movement Sciences: Transfer of Knowledge into Pediatric Therapy Practice you will explore the motor control learning and development of children with movement disorders allowing you to increase the effectiveness of intervention. This book provides cutting-edge information on motor disabilities in children—such as cerebral palsy Down syndrome or Erb's palsy—and how prehension balance and mobility are affected. Expert researchers and practitioners offer their findings and techniques for improving motor processes using figures tables and extensive resources to help you create more effective pediatric rehabilitation programs. With this book you will gain a better understanding of: motor control for posture and prehension the motor learning challenges of children with movement dysfunction predictors of standing balance in children with cerebral palsy the effect of environment setting on mobility methods of children with cerebral palsy the reliability of a clinical measure of muscle extensibility in preterm and full-term newborn infants Movement Sciences: Transfer of Knowledge into Pediatric Therapy Practice will help physical therapists occupational therapists and other health care professionals implement motor learning concepts safely and effectively. This book also delivers practical advice for achieving the best results with a younger population by utilizing interventions that address the needs of their clients. With this guide you will be able to determine which approaches are acceptable to the children and families in your practice and ensure the therapy is meaningful to their daily lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050835

MovementOnstage and Off Movement: Onstage and Off is the complete guide for actors to the most effective techniques for developing a fully expressive body. It is a comprehensive compilation of established fundamentals a handbook for movement centered personal growth and a guide to helping actors and teachers make informed decisions for advanced study. This book includes: fundamental healing/conditioning processes essential techniques required for versatile performance specialized skills various training approaches and ways to frame the actor’s movement training. Using imitation exercises to sharpen awareness accessible language and adaptable material for solo and group work the authors aim to empower actors of all levels to unleash their extraordinary potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907829

Movements for Human RightsLocally and Globally How do people work together to advance human rights? Do people form groups to prevent human rights from being enforced? Why? In what ways do circumstances matter to the work of individuals collectively working to shape human rights practices? Human society is made of individuals within contexts—tectonic plates not of the earth’s crust but of groups and individuals who scrape and shift as we bump along competing for scarce resources and getting along. These movements large and small are the products of actions individuals take in communities within families and legal structures. These individuals are able to live longer yet continue to remain vulnerable to dangers arising from the environment substances struggles for power and a failure to understand that in most ways we are the same as our neighbors. Yet it is because we live together in layers of diverse communities that we want our ability to speak to be unhindered by others use spirituality to help us understand ourselves and others possess a space and objects that are ours alone and join with groups that share our values and interests including circumstances where we do not know who our fellow neighbor is. For this reason sociologists have identified the importance of movements and change in human societies. When we collaborate in groups individuals can change the contours of their daily lives. Within this book you will find the building blocks for human rights in our communities. To understand why sometimes we enjoy human rights and other times we experience vulnerability and risk sociologists seek to understand the individual within her context. Bringing together prominent sociologists to grapple with these questions Movements for Human Rights: Locally and Globally offers insights into the ways that people move for (and against) human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698222

Movements in Organizational Communication ResearchCurrent Issues and Future Directions Movements in Organizational Communication Research is an essential resource for anyone wishing to become familiar with the current state of organizational communication research and key trends in the field. Seasoned organizational communication scholars will find that the book provides unique insights by way of the intergenerational dialogue that is found in the book as well as the contributors’ stories about their scholarly trajectories. Those who are new to the field will find that the book enables them to familiarize themselves with the field and become a part of the organizational communication scholarly community in an inviting and accessible way. Key features of the book include: A review of current issues and future directions in 13 topical areas of organizational communication research. Intergenerational dialogue and collaboration between both established and emerging scholars in their specialty areas. Reflections by the authors on their scholarly trajectories and how they became a part of the field. Discussion questions at the end of each chapter that prompt reflections and debate. The book also features online resources for instructors: Sample course syllabus Suggested case studies from the book Cases in Organization and Managerial Communication to align with this book’s chapters The book is recommended as the anchor text for introductory graduate-level courses and upper-level undergraduate courses in organizational communication. It is also an excellent supplementary text for advanced doctoral-level courses in organizational communication and courses in related fields such as organization studies organizational behavior and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304468

Movements in the CityConflict in the European Metropolis For 2nd and 3rd year courses in urban sociology sociology of exclusion social stratification planning and cultural studies in departments of sociology and urban geography. This book provides an in depth examination of social movements and urban life in European cities today. Unique in its interdisciplinary approach it covers traditional areas of urban studies sociological concerns about the concept of change and the characteristics of social movements. It presents current theory as well as discursive sections based around empirical work conducted in major European cities including London Paris and Berlin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180963

Movements of InterweavingDance and Corporeality in Times of Travel and Migration Movements of Interweaving is a rich collection of essays exploring the concept of interweaving performance cultures in the realms of movement dance and corporeality. Focusing on dance performances as well as on scenarios of cultural movements on a global scale it not only challenges the concept of intercultural dance performances but through its innovative approach also calls attention to the specific qualities of "interweaving" as a form of movement itself. Divided into four sections this volume features an international team of scholars together developing a new critical perspective on the cultural practices of movement travel and migration in and beyond dance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733858

Moves in MindThe Psychology of Board Games Board games have long fascinated as mirrors of intelligence skill cunning and wisdom. While board games have been the topic of many scientific studies and have been studied for more than a century by psychologists there was until now no single volume summarizing psychological research into board games. This book which is the first systematic study of psychology and board games covers topics such as perception memory problem solving and decision making development intelligence emotions motivation education and neuroscience. It also briefly summarizes current research in artificial intelligence aiming at developing computers playing board games and critically discusses how current theories of expertise fare with board games. Finally it shows that the information provided by board game research both data and theories have a wider relevance for the understanding of human psychology in general. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655651

MovesA Sourcebook of Ideas for Body Awareness and Creative Movement First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078991

Movie Blockbusters Big-budget spectacular films designed to appeal to a mass audience: is this what - or all - blockbusters are? Movie Blockbusters brings together writings from key film scholars including Douglas Gomery Peter Kramer Jon Lewis and Steve Neale to address the work of notable blockbuster auteurs such as Steven Spielberg and James Cameron discuss key movies such as Star Wars and Titanic and consider the context in which blockbusters are produced and consumed including what the rise of the blockbuster says about the Hollywood film industry how blockbusters are marketed and exhibited and who goes to see them. The book also considers the movie scene outside Hollywood discussing blockbusters made in Bollywood China South Korea New Zealand and Argentina Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012919

Movie History: A SurveySecond Edition Covering everything from Edison to Avatar Gomery and Pafort-Overduin have written the clearest best organized and most user-friendly film history textbook on the market. It masterfully distills the major trends and movements of film history so that the subject can be taught in one semester. And each chapter includes a compelling case study that highlights an important moment in movie history and at the same time subtly introduces a methodological approach. This book is a pleasure to read and to teach. Peter Decherney University of Pennsylvania USA In addition to providing a comprehensive overview of the development of film around the world the book gives us examples of how to do film history including organizing the details and discussing their implications.Hugh McCarney Western Connecticut State University USA Douglas Gomery and Clara Pafort-Overduin have created an outstanding textbook with an impressive breadth of content covering over 100 years in the evolution of cinema. Movie History: A Survey is an engaging book that will reward readers with a contemporary perspective of the history of motion pictures and provide a solid foundation for the study of film. Matthew Hanson Eastern Michigan University USA How can we understand the history of film? Historical facts don’t answer the basic questions of film history. History as this fascinating book shows is more than the simple accumulation of film titles facts and figures. This is a survey of over 100 years of cinema history from its beginnings in 1895 to its current state in the twenty-first century. An accessible introductory text Movie History: A Survey looks at not only the major films filmmakers and cinema institutions throughout the years but also extends to the production distribution exhibition technology and reception of films. The textbook is divided chronologically into four sections using the timeline of technological changes: Section One looks at the era of silent movies from 1895 to 1927; Section Two starts with the coming of sound and covers 1928 until 1950; Section Three runs from 1951 to 1975 and deals with the coming and development of television; and Section Four focuses on the coming of home video and the transition to digital from 1975 to 2010. Key pedagogical features include: timelines in each section help students to situate the films within a broader historical context case study boxes with close-up analysis of specific film histories and a particular emphasis on film reception lavishly illustrated with over 450 color images to put faces to names and to connect pictures to film titles margin notes add background information and clarity glossary for clear understanding of the key terms described references and further reading at the end of each chapter to enhance further study. A supporting website is available at www.routledge.com/textbooks/moviehistory  with lots of extra materials useful for the classroom or independent study including: additional case studies – new in-depth  and unique to the website international case studies –  for the Netherlands in Dutch and English timeline - A movie history timeline charting key dates in the history of cinema from 1890 to the present day revision flash cards – ideal for getting to grips with key terms in film studies related resources – on the website you will find every link from the book for ease of use plus access to additional online material students are also invited to submit their own movie history case studies - see website for details Written by two highly respected film scholars and experienced teachers Movie History is the ideal textbook for students studying film history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415775458

Movies and PoliticsThe Dynamic Relationship Collecting together some of the best thinking about the relationship between movies and politics this book originally published in 1993 encourages an awareness of the political dimension of film both for film scholars and those entering the film industry. Eight essays are grouped into four parts addressing political ideology and movie narrative political myth in the movies political history and movie culture and political communication and the movies. An introductory essay as well as prefatory remarks to each of the four parts brings additional insight and perspective and puts the essays into context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976528

Moving Beyond AssistanceFinal Report Of The Iews Task Force On Western Assistance To Transition In The Czech And Slovak Republic Hungary And Poland This report provides a thoughtful and broad-ranging analysis of Western assistance to transition in the Czech and Slovak Federal Republic Hungary and Poland. It examines the assistance process and makes policy recommendations for improving the effectiveness of assistance to transition. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160968

Moving Beyond Boundaries in Disability StudiesRights Spaces and Innovations What challenges are posed by changing transnational trends agendas and movements that affect disabled people’s lives and what can disabled people their representative organisations and their governments do to advance the agenda for self-determination and inclusion? This book draws together the writing of academics and activists to depict the experience and perspective of disabled people in relation to a range of contemporary social changes with a focus firmly on ways in which disabled people and their allies can act to counter disabling policies and practices. Throughout the book there is an emphasis on disabled people’s own voices and activism as the critical driver of theoretical critique and practical change. Chapters address a wide range of cultural institutional and personal arenas to explore and contest the boundaries that disabled people seek to move beyond from cross-border labour movements in Korea to experience of day services in England from continuing and long-lasting realities of wars in Lebanon Cambodia and Somalia to the beauty of harmony in Navajo traditions for understanding disability from collective activism to individual participation in the Olympics. This book is recommended reading for students researchers and activists interested in Disability Studies and is directly relevant to policy makers and practitioners in a position to reshape rights spaces and innovations in response to the priorities disabled people feel and articulate are important for their lives. It was originally published as a special issue of Disability & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841895

Moving Beyond Capitalism The book speaks to the widespread quest for concrete alternative ways forward 'beyond capitalism' in the face of the prevailing corporatocracy and a capitalist system in crisis. It examines a number of institutions and practices now being built in the nooks and crannies of present societies and that point beyond capitalism toward a more equal participatory and democratic society â€“ institutions such as cooperatives public banks the commons economic democracy. This seminal collection of critical studies draws on academic and activist voices from the U.S. and Canada Mexico Cuba and Argentina and from a variety of theoretical-political perspectives â€“ Marxism anarchism feminism and Zapatismo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202948

Moving Beyond Environmental ComplianceA Handbook for Integrating Pollution Prevention with ISO 14000 Since the U.S. Department of Energy (as well as other Federal and International agencies) will stop granting contracts to companies that fail to comply with 14000 standards the search is on for any book that will make 14000 compliance easier. Tom Welch with more than 20 years experience in environmental engineering and project management provides such a book! Moving Beyond Environmental Compliance: A Handbook for Integrating Pollution Prevention with ISO 14000 is the first text to combine the best aspects of Pollution Prevention (P2) Total Quality Management (TQM) and ISO 14000 into a comprehensive "how-to" guidebook for achieving environmental compliance.The ever-increasing cost of environmental compliance as it is passed onto consumers cuts into the profit margin and reduces an organization's competitive edge. At the very least compliance cuts into operating budgets and directs attention away from the primary business of an organization. This handbook demystifies the implementation of effective environmental management systems as described in the ISO 14000 and clarifies the application of effective pollution prevention methodologies that can drastically reduce this compliance burden. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448028

Moving Beyond FearUpending the Security Tales in Capitalism Fascism and Democracy While security stories often point to real threats the narratives of leaders are as much about legitimating the power of rulers and the political and economic system that brought them to power. Derber and Magrass offer a penetrating examination of this phenomenon across history and types of societies. Their analysis reveals the great irony about security stories: they historically increase insecurity imperiling citizens and nation. In the US today the contradiction is especially acute as security stories told by Trump divide US citizens against one another. The book builds from an analysis of the extreme dangers of the prevailing security stories to a new paradigm of true security. The authors develop new approaches as our best hope for avoiding catastrophe and creating a socially just society based on real security for a nation and for humans across the planet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656680

Moving Beyond the Presentation LayerContent and Context in the Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC) System Can the Dewey Decimal System meet the needs of the rapidly changing information environment?Moving Beyond the Presentation Layer explores the Dewey Decimal System from a variety of perspectives each of which peels away a bit of the “presentation layer”—the familiar linear notational sequence-to reveal the content and context offered by the DDS. Library professionals from around the word examine how the content and context offered by the DDS can evolve to meet the needs of the changing information environment with a special focus on the impact of the Internet on current and future developments.Moving Beyond the Presentation Layer examines whether the Dewey Decimal System is a rigid structure best suited to a physical information environment or a polymorphic one that can be adapted to meet a variety of physical and virtual needs. This unique book reviews the 40-year history of the online use of classification systems the development of the Relative Index over 22 editions of the DDC recommendations to ensure the viability of the DDC in a time of mass digitization using DDS in an environment where it hasn’t been used before teaching the DDS special issues related to the use of the DDS in Europe North America and Africa and the future of online classification.Topics examined in Moving Beyond the Presentation Layer include: using the DDC as the browsing mechanism for resource discovery classification as an online cataloging tool classification as an online end-user tool browser behavior in a DDC-based Web service the role of the DDS in the ongoing HILT (High-Level Thesaurus) project using the DDS to organize Web resources localization and interoperability in knowledge organization mapping terminologies to classification systems the DeweyBrowser and much moreMoving Beyond the Presentation Layer is an essential professional resource for librarians information scientists computer scientists and metadata and Web services specialists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051887

Moving Boundaries in Translation Studies Translation is in motion. Technological developments digitalisation and globalisation are among the many factors affecting and changing translation and with it translation studies. Moving Boundaries in Translation Studies offers a bird’s-eye view of recent developments and discusses their implications for the boundaries of the discipline. With 15 chapters written by leading translation scholars from around the world the book analyses new translation phenomena new practices and tools new forms of organisation new concepts and names as well as new scholarly approaches and methods. This is key reading for scholars researchers and advanced students of translation and interpreting studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563667

Moving Boundary PDE AnalysisBiomedical Applications in R Mathematical models stated as systems of partial differential equations (PDEs) are broadly used in biology chemistry physics and medicine (physiology). These models describe the spatial and temporial variations of the problem system dependent variables such as temperature chemical and biochemical concentrations and cell densities as a function of space and time (spatiotemporal distributions). For a complete PDE model initial conditions (ICs) specifying how the problem system starts and boundary conditions (BCs) specifying how the system is defined at its spatial boundaries must also be included for a well-posed PDE model. In this book PDE models are considered for which the physical boundaries move with time. For example as a tumor grows its boundary moves outward. In atherosclerosis the plaque formation on the arterial wall moves inward thereby restricting blood flow with serious consequences such as stroke and myocardial infarction (heart attack). These two examples are considered as applications of the reported moving boundary PDE (MBPDE) numerical method (algorithm). The method is programmed in a set of documented routines coded in R a quality open-source scientific programming system. The routines are provided as a download so that the reader/analyst/researcher can use MFPDE models without having to first study numerical methods and computer programming. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367224837

Moving Boxes by AirThe Economics of International Air Cargo Air cargo is a key element of the global supply chain. It allows outsourcing of manufacturing to other countries and links production in both multinational and smaller enterprises. It has also been the most important driver of certain export industries in countries such as South Africa Kenya and Chile. As a component of the air transport industry air cargo makes the crucial difference between profit and loss on many long-haul routes.This second edition of Moving Boxes by Air offers a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to the business and practices of air cargo with chapters dedicated to key issues such as current trends market characteristics regulation airport terminal operations pricing and revenues and environmental impacts. The book illustrates the recent emphasis on mergers at the expense of alliances which have not had the impact that they had on passenger operations. The section on security has been expanded to assess in more depth the threats to aircraft from terrorists particularly in the lower cargo and passenger baggage compartments. Surcharges are examined and the book considers whether all airlines will follow the lead of some to do away with both fuel and security surcharges. The book concludes with a summary of the latest industry forecasts.Fully updated throughout this edition is the definitive guide to air cargo for professionals within both the aviation and freight industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669805

Moving Critical Literacies ForwardA New Look at Praxis Across Contexts Taking the pulse of current efforts to do—and in some cases undo—critical literacy this volume explores and critiques its implementation in learning contexts around the globe. An impressive set of international authors offer examples of productive critical literacy practices in and out of schools address the tensions and gaps between these practices and educational policies and attempt to forecast the future for critical literacy as a movement in the changing global educational policy landscape. This collection is unique in presenting the recent work of luminaries such as Allan Luke and Hilary Janks alongside relative newcomers who use innovative approaches and arguments to reinvigorate and redefine critical practice. It is time for this cutting-edge inquiry into the state of critical literacy—not only because is it a complex and ever-evolving field but perhaps more important because it offers a reaction to and powerful reworking of standardization and high-stakes accountability measures in educational contexts around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818148

Moving DifferenceBrazilians in London Moving Difference demonstrates how differences between migrants who share the same nationality travel with them and can impact on every aspect of their ‘mobile lives’. Analysing the lived experiences and narratives of Brazilians in London it adds an in-depth ethnographic understanding of the specific contours of difference to studies of migration by demonstrating how social differences rooted in colonial legacies are constantly being re-created and negotiated in the everyday making of the global world. By using ethnographic observations and in-depth interviews in addition to historical and contextual analyses the book allows us to understand how people speak of engage with and negotiate difference in their everyday lives and how this is shaped by the macro-political and -social contexts of immigration and emigration. Giving attention to the complex interrelations between ‘here’ and ‘there’ past and present this book allows us to go beyond the proliferated homogenised stereotypes of ‘the migrant’ and ‘the migrant community’ often reproduced by academics as well as by the media and politicians whether with a view to pathologising or romanticising the ‘migrant other’. This title will appeal to students scholars community workers and general readers interested in migration social class gender ‘race’ and ethnicity colonialism and slavery social exclusion globalisation and urban sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376529

Moving Finite Element MethodFundamentals and Applications in Chemical Engineering This book focuses on process simulation in chemical engineering with a numerical algorithm based on the moving finite element method (MFEM). It offers new tools and approaches for modeling and simulating time-dependent problems with moving fronts and with moving boundaries described by time-dependent convection-reaction-diffusion partial differential equations in one or two-dimensional space domains. It provides a comprehensive account of the development of the moving finite element method describing and analyzing the theoretical and practical aspects of the MFEM for models in 1D 1D+1d and 2D space domains. Mathematical models are universal and the book reviews successful applications of MFEM to solve engineering problems. It covers a broad range of application algorithm to engineering problems namely on separation and reaction processes presenting and discussing relevant numerical applications of the moving finite element method derived from real-world process simulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138496729

Moving Forward in the Study of Temperament and Early Education OutcomesMediating and Moderating Factors This book furthers understanding of how child temperament is linked to educational outcomes through mediating and moderating factors. As the importance of socio-emotional development for educational outcomes is increasingly recognized understanding the influence that children’s temperament—which includes their emotional reactivity and regulation of emotions cognitions and behaviors—can have on educational factors such as school readiness and academic achievement is crucial. First the chapters in this book examine pathways connecting temperament with educational outcomes; for example one study reports that toddler negative affect predicted executive functioning which then predicted achievement at age six. The second way that chapters in this book examine links between temperament and education is by identifying factors that make associations between temperament and educational outcomes more salient; for example findings from one study show that shyness and negative emotion were more strongly associated with lower academic achievement only when children received fewer than nine hours of sleep each night highlighting the importance of sleep. By examining pathways through which temperament exerts effects on educational outcomes (i.e. mediators) or factors that modify associations between temperament and educational outcomes (i.e. moderators) the potential for interventions aimed at improving early educational outcomes can be fully realized. This book was originally published as a special issue of Early Education and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361891

Moving From What to What If?Teaching Critical Thinking with Authentic Inquiry and Assessments This practical book outlines how you can challenge students to grapple with complex problems and engage more meaningfully with information across the content areas rather than rely solely on rote memorization and standardized testing to measure academic success. Author John Barell shares vignettes from effective middle and high school teachers around the country analyzes what works and what doesn’t when encouraging students to dig deeper and offers practical strategies that you can try in your own classroom. Topics include: Guiding students to hone their skills in abstract reasoning inquiry creative problem solving and critical thinking; Designing your lessons and units for authentic achievement to prepare students for success in their future careers and academic pursuits; Using rigorous benchmark assessments to analyze students’ progress in meaningful ways; and Encouraging students to set learning goals and drive their own achievement. Aligned with the Common Core and other standards this book will help you teach students to become inquisitive engaged citizens who wonder about the universe stretch their imaginations and solve problems by asking What If? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998612

Moving Health Sovereignty in AfricaDisease Governance Climate Change Today’s era of intense globalization has unleashed dynamic movements of people pathogens and pests that overwhelm the static territorial jurisdictions on which the governance provided by sovereign states and their formal intergovernmental institutions is based. This world of movement calls for new ideas and institutions to govern people’s health above all in Africa where the movements and health challenges are the most acute. This book insightfully explores these challenges in ways that put the perspectives of Africans themselves at centre stage. It begins with the long central and still compelling African health challenge of combating the pandemic of HIV/AIDS. It then examines the global governance responses by the major multilateral organizations of the World Bank and the World Trade Organization and the newer informal flexible democratically oriented ones of the Group of Eight. It also addresses the compounding health challenge created by climate change to assess both its intensifying impact on Africa and how all international institutions have largely failed to link climate and health in their governance response. It concludes with several recommendations about the innovative ideas and institutions that offer a way to closing the great global governance gaps and thus improving Africans’ health and that of citizens beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409450481

Moving ImagesPsychoanalytic reflections on film The experience of watching films – entertaining moving instructive frightening or exciting as they may be – can be enriched by the opportunity to reflect upon them from unconventional perspectives.Psychoanalytic Reflections on Film: Moving Images offers its readers in an accessible language one such viewpoint informed by Andrea Sabbadini's psychoanalytic insights and therapeutic experience. Using a psychoanalytic interpretative approach some twenty-five important feature films are discussed as the artistic vehicles of new unsuspected meanings. The first chapter looks at films which represent psychoanalytic work itself having therapists and their patients as their main characters. The remaining five chapters cover movies on themes of central concern to analytic theorists and clinicians such as childhood and adolescent development and varieties of intimate relationships among adults. The latter include romantic love and its disturbing association to death fantasies; eroticism and prostitution; and voyeuristic desire – a significant phenomenon in this context given its parallels with the activity of watching films. Andrea Sabbadini's psychoanalytic approach which explores the part played by unconscious factors in shaping the personality and behaviour of film characters is used to interpret their internal world and the emotional conflicts engendered by the vicissitudes they live through. The book is completed by a filmography and biographical notes on film directors. Psychoanalytic Reflections on Film presents the relationship between cinema and psychoanalysis as a complex one. These two most different of cultural phenomena are shown to share a wish on the part of their practitioners to uncover profound truths about the human condition and to provide a language with which to describe them. Going beyond futile ‘psycho-historical’ attempts to analyse filmmakers through their products or a superficial application of psychoanalytic concepts to film Sabbadini shows how both cinema and psychoanalysis can benefit from a meaningful interdisciplinary dialogue between them. The book will be of special interest to practicing psychoanalysts and students scholars and historians of film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736121

Moving in the ShadowsViolence in the Lives of Minority Women and Children In the UK the number of people who came from a minority ethnic group grew by 53 per cent between 1991 and 2001 from 3.0 million in 1991 to 4.6 million in 2001. Whilst much has been written about the impact of these demographic changes in relation to policy issues black and minority women and children remain under-researched. Recent publications have tended to focus on South Asian women forced marriage and 'honour' related violence. Moving in the Shadows brings together for the first time in a single volume an examination of violence against women and children within the diverse communities of the UK. Its strength lies in its gendered focus as well as its understanding of the need for an integrated approach to all forms of violence against women whilst foregrounding the experiences of minority women the communities they are part of and the organizations which have advocated for their rights and given them voice. The chapters contained within this volume explore a set of core themes: the forms and contexts of violence minority women experience; the continuum of violence; the role of culture and faith in the control of women and girls; the types of intervention within multi-cultural and social cohesion policies; the impacts of violence on British-born and migrant women and girls; and the intersection of race class gender and sexuality highlighting issues of similarity and difference. Taken together they provide a valuable resource for scholars students activists social workers and policy-makers working in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255982

Moving into AdolescenceThe Impact of Pubertal Change and School Context From the sociological point of view adolescence traditionally has been described as a period of physical maturity and social immaturity. Adolescents reach physical adulthood before they are capable of functioning well in adult social roles. The disjunction between physical capabilities and socially allowed independence and power and the concurrent status ambiguities are viewed as stressful for the adolescent in modern Western society. It has been assumed that the need to disengage from parents during these years will result in high levels of rebellion and parent-child conflict. Moving into Adolescence follows students as they make a major life course transition from childhood into early adolescence.Substantial controversy has been generated within the behavioral sciences concerning the difficulty of adolescence as a transitional period. On the one hand there are those who characterize the period as an exceptionally and necessarily stressful time in the life course. On the other hand many investigators treat this view of adolescence as their straw man. To them the supposed tumult of adolescence is just that--supposed and mythical. The purpose of this book is to study the transition from childhood into early and middle adolescence in order to investigate change along a wide variety of psychosocial dimensions with a particular focus on the self-image.The authors investigate the impact of timing of pubertal change and also the movement from an intimate elementary school context into a large-scale secondary school environment. The first major movement into a large-scale organizational context may cause difficulty for the child as may the dramatic changes of puberty. In addition gender differences and changes in gender differences are studied. Both short- and long-term consequences of transition are examined focusing on is the role of pubertal change and school transition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124841

Moving LivesNarratives of Nation and Migration among Europeans in Post-War Britain Immigrants in Britain are often viewed as just that - 'immigrants'. Their experiences as migrants are sidelined in favour of discussions about assimilation and integration - how 'they' adapt to 'us'. This book refocuses debates about migration by following the experiences memories and perceptions of three migrant groups in Britain: the Polish Italian and Greek-Cypriot populations. In tracing some of the key themes of migration narratives Kathy Burrell illustrates that the act of migration creates enduring legacies which continue to influence the everyday lives of migrants long after they have moved. The book is structured around four key themes. The first is the migration process itself. Burrell highlights the important contrast between voluntary and involuntary migration examining the different memories and legacies of migration. The second theme is the national (as opposed to ethnic) identities of the groups studied. The author demonstrates how national consciousness survives the upheaval of migration and is perpetuated through the recognition of national histories myths and traditional rituals. The third theme is a memory of the homeland. The author traces her respondents' memories and experiences of their national territory focusing particularly on the transnational connections that are established with the homeland after migration. Finally Burrell considers community analyzing her respondents' experiences of community life and the shared social and cultural norms and values that underpin it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604080

Moving Loads – Dynamic Analysis and Identification TechniquesStructures and Infrastructures Book Series Vol. 8 The interaction phenomenon is very common between different components of a mechanical system. It is a natural phenomenon and is found with the impact force in aircraft landing; the estimation of degree of ripeness of an apple from impact on a beam; the interaction of the magnetic head of a computer disk leading to miniature development of modern computer; etc. Uncertainty in some of them would lead to inaccurate analysis results on the behavior of the structure. The interaction force is difficult to measure unless instruments have been installed during construction for this purpose. Some of the interaction problems are difficult to quantify due to the lack of thorough knowledge on the interaction behavior. Analytical skills are required to estimate the interaction forces of the mechanical system in order to enable advanced developments in different areas of modern technology. This volume provides a comprehensive treatment on this topic with the vehicle-bridge system for an illustration of the moving load problem. It covers a whole range of topics including mathematical concepts of the moving load problems with continuous beams and plates vehicle-bridge interaction dynamics weigh-in-motion techniques moving load identification algorithms in the frequency-time domain in the time domain and in the state space domain techniques based on the generalized orthogonal function expansion and on the finite element formulation. The methods and algorithms can be implemented for on-line identification of the interaction forces. This book is intended for structural engineers and advanced students who wish to explore the benefit of interaction phenomenon and techniques for identification of such interaction forces. It is also recommended for researchers and decision makers working on the operation and maintenance of major infrastructures and engineering facilities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114913

Moving Media Storage TechnologiesApplications & Workflows for Video and Media Server Platforms A practical guide to the implementation of state-of-the-art media storage systems. Keep your media assets organized searchable protected and immediately accessible with a clear understanding of the technical concepts and best practice workflows for deploying storage systems for media servers. Information is organized to focus on the principles of storage collaborative workflow compressed video and media formats and associated topics that use file based workflows. A thorough understanding of the technologies is provided accompanied by numerous illustrations tables examples glossaries and additional reading suggestions. The text and appendices are designed to provide easy to access valuable reference and historical information. A focus on the media serving concepts and principles employed at the enterprise level Practical and technological summaries of the applications and linkages between media asset management and storage technologies for studio television and media production workflows Illustrations standards tables and practical summaries serve as handy reference tools Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240814483

Moving Notation First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079134

Moving OceansCelebrating Dance in the South Pacific Celebrating the diversity of dance across the South Pacific this volume studies the various experiences motivations and aims for dance emerging from the voices of dance professionals in the islands. In particular it focuses on the interplay of cultures and pathways of migration as people move across the region discovering new routes and connect Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176693

Moving On After TraumaA Guide for Survivors Family and Friends The effects of extreme trauma can continue to be emotionally devastating. Moving On After Trauma offers hope providing survivors family members and friends with a roadmap for managing emotional relationship physical and legal obstacles to recovery. Dr Scott details examples of the strategies used by twenty characters who have recovered and the survivor (with or without the help of a family member friend or counsellor) is encouraged to identify with one or more of them and follow in their footsteps.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824369

Moving OnA Guide to Good Health and Recovery for People with a Diagnosis of Schizophrenia About one person in a hundred will be diagnosed with schizophrenia at some time in their life. The condition can be severe and debilitating with symptoms such as delusions hallucinations and the loss of concentration motivation and social skills. But schizophrenia is not a degenerative or life-threatening condition and in recent years improved kn Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323165

Moving OnBlack Loyalists in the Afro-Atlantic World First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976535

Moving OnSupporting Parents of Children with Special Educational Needs First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315065120

Moving Out of PovertyAn inquiry into the inclusive growth in Asia The words of US President John F. Kennedy "the rising tide lifts all boats " can be applied to inclusive growth in contemporary Asia where the poor are able to participate in and benefit from economic growth. Moving Out of Poverty explores three channels through which economic growth confers gains to the poor and improves the status of women. The first is creation of productive employment as labor is typically the most abundant asset of the poor and economic growth has created jobs in labor-intensive sectors. The second is investment in schooling which coupled with increased opportunities to earn income has elevated womens' status in society. The third is increased availability of improved infrastructure which directly impacts increasing household income from wage work and self-employment activities. This book will be of great value to development economists students and researchers interested in rural economies in Asia and policymakers engaged in poverty reduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316928

Moving RelationTouch in Contemporary Dance Moving Relation explores the notion of touch in the realm of contemporary dance. By closely analyzing performances by well-known European and American choreographers such as Meg Stuart William Forsythe Xavier Le Roy Jared Gradinger and Angela Schubot this book investigates their usage of touch on the level of movement experience and affect. Building on the proposition that touch is more than the moment of bodily contact the author demonstrates the concept of touch as an interplay of movements and multiple relations of proximity. Egert employs both depth using close descriptions and analyses of dance performances with theoretical investigations of touch with breadth working across the fields of performance and dance studies philosophy and cultural theory. Suitable for scholars and practitioners in the fields of dance and performance studies Moving Relation uses a process-oriented notion of touch to reevaluate key concepts such as the body rhythm emotional expression subjectivity and audience perception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142520

Moving ScenesThe Aesthetics of German Travel Writing on England 1783-1820 "Accounts of travel to England reached unprecedented levels of popularity in the German states in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Competition therefore increased for travel writers to produce travelogues which offered the most authentic original and vibrant picture of England. The wider range of narrative strategies which travellers consequently deployed increasingly drew on the emotional responses of their audience - whether to serve a political purpose show concern for the darker side to the Industrial Revolution or simply demonstrate the humanitarian interests of the travellers themselves. In this broad-ranging study Alison E. Martin draws on a variety of travellers men and women canonical and forgotten to chart the fascinating variety of styles and approaches which mark this highly interdisciplinary genre." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351194358

Moving Shape Analysis and ControlApplications to Fluid Structure Interactions Problems involving the evolution of two- and three-dimensional domains arise in many areas of science and engineering. Emphasizing an Eulerian approach Moving Shape Analysis and Control: Applications to Fluid Structure Interactions presents valuable tools for the mathematical analysis of evolving domains. The book illustrates the efficiency of the tools presented through different examples connected to the analysis of noncylindrical partial differential equations (PDEs) such as Navier–Stokes equations for incompressible fluids in moving domains. The authors first provide all of the details of existence and uniqueness of the flow in both strong and weak cases. After establishing several important principles and methods they devote several chapters to demonstrating Eulerian evolution and derivation tools for the control of systems involving fluids and solids. The book concludes with the boundary control of fluid–structure interaction systems followed by helpful appendices that review some of the advanced mathematics used throughout the text. This authoritative resource supplies the computational tools needed to optimize PDEs and investigate the control of complex systems involving a moving boundary. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367391287

Moving SitesInvestigating Site-Specific Dance Performance Moving Sites explores site-specific dance practice through a combination of analytical essays and practitioner accounts of their working processes. In offering this joint effort of theory and practice it aims to provide dance academics students and practitioners with a series of discussions that shed light both on approaches to making this type of dance practice and evaluating and reflecting on it.   The edited volume combines critical thinking from a range of perspectives including commentary and observation from the fields of dance studies human geography and spatial theory in order to present interdisciplinary discourse and a range of critical and practice-led lenses through which this type of work can be considered and explored. In so doing this book addresses the following questions: ·         How do choreographers make site-specific dance performance? ·         What occurs when a moving body engages with site place and environment? ·         How might we interpret analyse and evaluate this type of dance practice through a range of theoretical lenses? ·         How can this type of practice inform wider discussions of embodiment site space place and environment?   This innovative and exciting book seeks to move beyond description and discussion of site-specific dance as a spectacle or novelty and considers site-dance as a valid and vital form of contemporary dance practice that explores reflects disrupts contests and develops understandings and practices of inhabiting and engaging with a range of sites and environments. Dr Victoria Hunter is Senior Lecturer in Dance at the University of Chichester. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713252

Moving TargetTheatre Translation and Cultural Relocation Moving Target offers a rigorous exploration of the practice of translating for the theatre. The twelve essays in the volume span a range of work from Eastern and Western Europe Canada and the United States. For the first time this book draws together existing translation theory with contemporary practice to shed light on a hitherto neglected aspect of the production process. How does the theatre translator mediate between source text performance text and target audience? What happens when theatre is transposed from one culture to another? What are the obstacles to theatre translation and what are the opportunities? Central to the debate throughout is the role of the translator in creating not only a linguistic text but also a performance text as the contributors repeatedly demonstrate an illuminating sensibility to the demands and potential of theatre production. Impacting upon areas of (inter)cultural theory as well as theatre studies and translation studies the result is a startling revelation of the joys as well as the frustrations of the dramatic art of the translator for performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172951

Moving Teacher Education into Urban Schools and CommunitiesPrioritizing Community Strengths Winner of the 2013 American Educational Studies Association's Critics Choice Award! When teacher education is located on a university campus set apart from urban schools and communities it is easy to overlook the realities and challenges communities face as they struggle toward social economic cultural and racial justice. This book describes how teacher education can become a meaningful part of this work by re-positioning programs directly into urban schools and communities. Situating their work within the theoretical framework of prioritizing community strengths each set of authors provides a detailed and nuanced description of a teacher education program re-positioned within an urban school or community. Authors describe the process of developing such a relationship how the university school and community became integrated partners in the program and the impact on participants. As university-based teacher education has come under increased scrutiny for lack of "real world" relevance this book showcases programs that have successfully navigated the travails of shifting their base directly into urban schools and communities with evidence of positive outcomes for all involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528085

Moving Through and Passing OnFulani Mobility Survival and Identity in Ghana The Fulani are one of West Africa's most populous and geographically dispersed ethnic groups. Commonly thought of as a pastoral people primarily engaged in cattle herding Fulani peoples are in reality highly differentiated in livelihood and patterns of mobility. Despite having a long history of residence in Ghana Fulani are considered "aliens" in the eyes of the state and "strangers" by the various ethnic groups among whom they reside. Among Fulani themselves differences of place circumstance and experience have generated parallel ambigoities on matters of identity and survival. In Moving Through and Passing On Yaa P.A. Oppong focuses on the Fulani of the Greater Accra region to offer the first detailed account of the lives of this transnational community in Ghana.Based on eighteen months of ethnographic fieldwork Oppong develops detailed case studies and draws upon over two hundred in-depth life histories to explore issues of mobility survival and identity among this spacially dispersed and diverse group. Using perspectives and insights gained from oral life histories private and public ceremonies and ethnic associations she examines the sites and circumstances in which people profess to be the "same" or "different" from one another. The markers of Fulani identity-as recognized by Fulani and non-Fulani alike-are examined. Oppong also explores the factors that allow them as a distinct ethnic category to maintain and perpetuate this identity and viability in Greater Accra. The metaphoric analogy of "construction sites" is employed to define the explicit and implicit events and recurring processes through which people conceive of themselves as Fulani. These locations and contexts of action include ethnic associations public gatherings and common rites of passage. The recurring processes include genealogical reckoning of kinship and endogamous marriage transactions and the ways in which ties of descent and filiation are used to enhance individual survival and family development goals.In tracing Fulani mobility survival and identity across space and through time Oppong connects her investigation to universal experiences of migration social change education and family life. Moving Through and Passing On will be of interest to anthropologists sociologists and Africa area specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512382

Moving through ConflictDance and Politcs in Israel Moving through Conflict: Dance and Politics in Israel is a pioneering project in examining the Israeli–Palestinian conflict through dance. It proposes a research framework for study of the social cultural aesthetic and political dynamics between Jews and Arabs as reflected in dance from late 19th-century Palestine to present-day Israel. Drawing on multiple disciplines this book examines a variety of social and theatrical venues (communities dance groups evening classes and staged performances) dance genres (folk dancing social dancing and theatrical dancing) and different cultural identities (Israeli Palestinian and American). Underlying this work is a fundamental question: can the body and dance operate as nonverbal autonomous agents to mediate change in conflicting settings transforming the "foreign" into the "familiar"? Or are they bound to their culturally dependent significance – and thus nothing more than additional sites of an embodied politics? This anthology expounds on various studies on dance historical periods points of view and points of contact that help promote thinking about this fundamental issue. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of dance studies sociology anthropology art history education and cultural studies as well as conflict and resolution studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406875

Moving to ManagementSchool Governors in the 1990s Originally published in 1992. The emphasis of this book is on the role of governors rather than their powers. It considers the tasks of management which must be carried out in schools and discusses the parts which governors can play in these management activities. Its objective is to help governors and school staff develop mutually acceptable roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545472

Moving Toward Spiritual MaturityPsychological Contemplative and Moral Challenges in Christian Living Three ’windows’ to spiritual maturity How can a faithful Christian avoid stagnating in their spiritual development? Moving Toward Spiritual Maturity: Psychological Contemplative and Moral Challenges in Christian Living explores effective ways in which Christian discipleship can grow in spiritual maturity. This thoughtful integrative roadmap explains the journey through three interrelated perspectives or ’windows ’ psychotherapeutic psychology prayer and contemplation and moral theology. The author uses numerous examples from everyday life to make the reflections interesting and practical. Unlike other books on Christian spirituality this book is more challenging and sophisticated in its depth of thought. Spiritual maturity is a process that begins when a person accepts Jesus Christ as Savior and progresses ongoing through a Christian’s life. Moving Toward Spiritual Maturity discusses in detail the challenges one must face including the sustained in-depth and faithful attention to psychological wholeness conversion to the true self and interpersonal and social responsibility. Effective strategies are given through example and personal story making understanding of the principles easier. This reflection on Christian maturity helps readers to focus directly on the personal issues all must face when attuning to the Spirit of Christ. Topics in Moving Toward Spiritual Maturity include: reforming the wayward self moral or guilt-based perfectionism achievement or shame-based perfectionism the two types of conversion responsibility and accountability agape and the loving of oneself three virtues at the heart of the responsible life—integrity courage and compassion virtues as habits the relationship between personal fulfillment and the Christian vocation Moving Toward Spiritual Maturity is a unique look at the path toward spiritual maturity and is challenging thoughtful reading for laypersons ministers priests and theological students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051757

Moving with the TimesGender Status and Migration of Nurses in India This book is an attempt to penetrate the silence that surrounds the lives of nurses as migrant women. It offers a perceptive understanding of the trials faced specifically by women from the state of Kerala in their personal and professional spheres in the challenges posed to single women migrants as such and the lower status ascribed to the job. In highlighting aspects of their lived experiences it reveals how the identities of gender class and ethnicity unmask the realities behind claims of egalitarianism and equal citizenship. Nurses from Kerala form one of the largest groups of migrant women workers in the international service sector along with Filipinos and Sri Lankans. Comparatively better salaries work opportunities and financial independence along with a desire to travel across the world are often the reasons behind these migrations. For many of these women the professional choice of nursing is usually the first step towards migration while finding employment in Delhi the urban capital of India is intended as a transition point before they migrate abroad a trajectory which may remain unrealised. In focusing on nurses who choose to work in Delhi the author recounts how the patriarchy of the original place is recreated and relived in destination cities. In as much as traditional stigmatisation of nursing (as a ‘dirty’ profession) deeply entrenched gender prejudices and status and role anxieties act as deterrents these women remain undaunted in the face of adversities and treat their exposure to and experience of technology and nursing care in the bigger hospitals in Delhi as part of the training that is required to apply abroad. Through extensive empirical research case studies and personal interviews Moving with the Times illustrates nurses’ lives in Delhi providing an account of the dynamics — between traditional patriarchy norms and associated identities low professional status and marginality coupled at once with the sense of personal freedom a new career and space — that migration compels these women to negotiate. This book will appeal to scholars of sociology gender and women’s studies nursing and healthcare and those interested in migration and identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662582

Moving Your Library Examines the essential elements of planning a move and offers practical guidance to ensure minimum disruption to service.Topics covered include: planning; resources equipment and furniture staff security safety and insurance. Examines the opportunities for service review and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439467

MoxieThe Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership Leaders today need to be mindful of their circumstances as well as mindful of their own strengths and shortcomings. They need to have the disposition to succeed as well as the inner resourcefulness to persevere. Leaders must be willing to do things differently but also draw on tried and true traits such as courage and gumption. Moxie is a concept that the modern leader is wise to adopt--one part courage one part can-do spirit and one part recognition. In Moxie: The Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership author John Baldoni uses concrete tried-and-true steps to bring out the inner leader in everyone. For management and employees alike Moxie provides a roadmap to inspire innovation and effective leadership. Whether you're already at the helm of your organization or still looking for a way up the ladder Moxie is the leadership tool you can't do without. Built on the MOXIE framework leaders learn how Motivation Opportunity an "X" factor Innovation and Engagement work together for success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560212

MozambiqueFrom Colonialism To Revolution 1900-1982 Drawing on oral interviews as well as written primary sources the authors of this book focus on the changing and complex Mozambican reality. They focus their study on the changing and complex Mozambican reality to avoid depicting the colonized people as passive victims. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168605

Mozarabs in Medieval and Early Modern SpainIdentities and Influences The setting of this volume is the Iberian Peninsula during the Middle Ages where Christianity and Islam co-existed side by side as the official religions of Muslim al-Andalus on the one hand and the Christian kingdoms in the north of the peninsula on the other. Its purpose is to examine the meaning of the word 'Mozarab' and the history and nature of the people called by that name; it represents a synthesis of the author's many years of research and publication in this field. Richard Hitchcock first sets out to explain what being a non-Muslim meant in al-Andalus both in the higher echelons of society and at a humbler level. The terms used by Arab chroniclers when examined carefully suggest a lesser preoccupation with purely religious values than hitherto appreciated. Mozarabism in León and Toledo two notably distinct phenomena are then considered at length and there are two chapters exploring the issues that arose firstly when Mozarabs were relocated in twelfth-century Aragón and secondly in sixteenth-century Toledo when they were striving to retain their identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315596204

Mozart This volume of essays on Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart reflects scholarly advances made over the last thirty years. The studies are broad and focused demonstrating a large number of viewpoints methodologies and orientations and the material spans a wide range of subject areas including biography vocal music instrumental music and performance. Written by leading researchers from Europe and North America these previously published articles and book chapters are representative of both the most frequently discussed and debated issues in Mozart studies and the challenging exciting nature of Mozart scholarship in general. The volume is essential reading for researchers students and scholars of Mozart’s music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472444059

Mozart's Piano Concertos Mozart's piano concertos stand alongside his operas and symphonies as his most frequently performed and best loved music. They have attracted the attention of generations of musicologists who have explored their manifold meanings from a variety of viewpoints. In this study John Irving brings together the various strands of scholarship surrounding Mozart's concertos including analytical approaches aspects of performance practice and issues of compositional genesis based on investigation of manuscript and early printed editions. Treating the concertos collectively as a repertoire rather than as individual works the first section of the book tackles broad thematic issues such as the role of the piano concerto in Mozart's quasi-freelance life in late eighteenth-century Vienna the origin of his concertos in earlier traditions of concerto writing; eighteenth-century theoretical frameworks for the understanding of movement forms subsequent historical shifts in the perception of the concerto's form listening strategies and performance practices. This is followed by a 'documentary register' which proceeds through all 23 original works drawing together information on the source materials. Accounts of the concertos' compositional genesis early performance history and reception are also included here drawing extensively on the Mozart family correspondence and other contemporary reports. Drawing together and synthesizing this wealth of material Irving provides an invaluable reference source for those already familiar with this repertoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277359

Mr Price or Tropical Madness and Metaphysics of a Two- Headed Calf The Polish playwright and artist Stanislaw Ignacy Witkiewicz known as Witkacy is now recognized as Poland's leading theatrical innovator of the interwar years and one of the outstanding creative personalities of the European avant-garde. This volume contains two of Witkacy's "tropical" plays inspired by the playwright's trip to Ceylon and Australia in 1914 with his close friend the anthropologist Bronislaw Malinowski. Mr. Price or Tropical Madness is a drama of heightened passion and greed among British colonists in Rangoon who seem to have stepped out of Joseph Conrad's tales of the South Seas. Metaphysics of a Two headed Calf set in New Guinea and Australia pits savage European imperialists against a native tribal Australia and pits savage European imperialists against a native tribal chieftain whose fetish of a great golden frog offers greater insight into the mystery of existence than the Westerners' shallow rationalism. Both plays puncture the white rulers' poses of superiority and parody their images of the tropical Other. Also included in the volume are Witkacy's Foreword to Metaphysics of a Two-Headed Calf in which the playwright defends his concept of theatre as an autonomous art with a scenic language of its own and an appendix containing a documentary itinerary of Witkacy's journey to Ceylon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870499

Mr Sraffa on Joint Production and Other Essays An attempt to provide a formal analysis of joint production the text of which was originally the author's PhD thesis. The work is designed to lead from the most abstract and general concepts of the theory of value to applications in the areas of the measurement of capital and growth of international trade and of natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865747

Mr. China's SonA Villager's Life He Liyi belongs to one of China's minorities the Bai and he lives in a remote area of northwestern Yunnan Province. In 1979 his wife sold her fattest pig to buy him a shortwave radio. He spent every spare moment listening to the BBC and VOA in order to improve the English he had learned at college between 1950 and 1953. For "further practice " h Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319397

Mr. William Shakespeares Comedies Histories and TragediesA Facsimile of the First Folio 1623 For the first time a photographic facsimile of the First Folio of Shakespeare's plays is available in one affordable volume. Mr. William Shakespeares Comedies Histories and Tragedies gives actors directors and anyone interested in Shakespeare access to the plays as Shakespeare envisioned them. In returning to the original text actors and directors can find answers to the many problems they find preparing a play of Shakespeare. Included is the introduction to acting from the First Folio and its accompanying acting guide and glossary making this the most valuable tool for all who love the Bard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473096

MRC Psych Part 1 In a Box Exam-specific question and answer cards using standard question formats from the Royal College exams these cards make exam preparation time as efficient and straightforward as possible. They also lend. themselves studying with a partner or colleague. They are aimed specifically at candidates taking the first part of the examination for the Membership of the Royal College of Psychiatrists (MRCPsych Part 1) and provide a condensed review of highly relevant information for the exam. Key areas covered are Psychopathology; neuroscience; neurotic stress related and somatoform disorders; schizophrenia and other psychoses; affective disorders; psycho-pharmacology; psychology; psychotherapy; and dementia syndromes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112469

MRCOG Part 1 2nd Ed400 SBAs NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836464

MRCOG Part 2500 SBAs and EMQs 2nd Ed NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836631

MRCOG Part 3: 50 Clinical Tasks MRCOG Part 3: 50 Clinical Tasks is the ideal revision guide for candidates preparing for the MRCOG Part 3 examination. Tasks are arranged according to the MRCOG Part 3 syllabus and include detailed answers while a separate full mock circuit allows candidates to practice under exam conditions. Presenting guidance on how skill domains are tested using task examples and featuring all different task formats likely to be encountered in the exam this book provides essential revision to maximise chances of exam success. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836792

MRCOGPt. 2 2008 This title includes Foreword by David Taylor Professor and Vice Dean of Leicester Medical School. Preparing for the Part 2 MRCOG examination remains a daunting and complex task particularly as learning and revision often need to fit around clinical commitments. Much has been written about how to prepare for and pass exams yet it remains surprising how often well-read candidates provide unsatisfactory answers in areas which they know well. Clearly a sound understanding of the topic area is essential but deeper knowledge also increases uncertainty and the vast developments in the field mean that proficiency in all areas is next to impossible. Thus a critical point for postgraduate candidates who more often than not will prepare for the examination in isolation is to develop a real understanding of what the examination is meant to assess...This revision aid in obstetrics and gynaecology is based on the Extended Matching Question format (EMQ). It contains forty-two questions of varying degrees of difficulty along with detailed answers. "MRCOG Part 2 Essential EMQs" is an indispensable study and revision aid for postgraduate medical students preparing for Part 2 of the Membership of the Royal College of Gynaecologists (MRCOG) examination or equivalent. "The number of published revision aids including this question format in postgraduate Obstetrics and Gynaecology remains limited. With this book we wanted to produce a comprehensive selection of EMQ covering broad areas relevant to the speciality which would be useful those preparing for postgraduate examinations at Part 2 MRCOG level or equivalent." - Marwan Habiba Andrea Akkad Justin Konje. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385181

MRCP Cardiology MCQs Cardiology is a large and critical branch of internal medicine and as such covers a vast amount of the knowledge tested in Membership of the Royal Colleges of Physicians (MRCP) exams. This study guide contains 150 multiple choice questions (MCQs) each with various numbers of stem answers. The questions cover a wide range of both cardiology and cardiovascular pharmacology and encompass both basic anatomy and physiology of the heart through to advanced topics such as evidence-based medicine. The questions are supplemented at the back of the book with explanatory answers to aid further revision and study. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377902

MRCP Part 1 2nd Ed400 BOFs NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836426

MRCP Part 1 Self-AssessmentMedical Masterclass Questions and Explanatory Answers "MRCP Part 1 Self-Assessment" is the perfect revision aid. Drawn from the highly successful Medical Masterclass material from the Royal College of Physicians of London this concise volume is specifically designed to cover the topics and format found in the Membership to the Royal College of Physicians (MRCP) Part 1 examination. The large scale lavishly illustrated full-colour format makes it easy to comprehend complex topics. With contributions from an extensive list of prestigious and authoritative professionals the questions cover all areas of assessment including the scientific background the medicine general clinical skills acute medicine and a range of specialties. It is ideal for examination MRCP candidates doctors preparing for the European Diploma in internal medicine and junior doctors wanting to revise their knowledge and skills.'This collection of self-assessment questions and explanatory answers has been drawn from Medical Masterclass which is produced and published by the Royal College of Physicians of London. The questions have been specifically written to help doctors in their first few years of training to test and revise their medical knowledge and skills; and in particular to pass postgraduate examinations such as the MRCP(UK)' - John D Firth in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383507

MRCP Part 2 ExaminationA Candidate's Revision Notes Finding the time to revise effectively is one of the greatest challenges that modern MRCP candidates face. This unique book by a recent successful candidate provides precisely what many have needed but been unable to find until now: the distilled essential knowledge required to pass the MRCP Part 2 exam. This book provides candidates with a concise and well-directed approach to fast and efficient revision supplying comprehensive coverage of the MRCP syllabus and the key points of each topic. It stands apart from other MRCP revision resources in supplying both concise text and the essential lists needed to pass the Part 2 exam. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195181

MRCP Part 2 Self-AssessmentMedical Masterclass Questions and Explanatory Answers "MRCP Part 2 Self-Assessment" is the perfect revision aid. Drawn from the highly successful Medical Masterclass material from the Royal College of Physicians of London this concise volume is specifically designed to cover the topics and format found in the Membership to the Royal College of Physicians (MRCP) Part 1 examination. The large scale lavishly illustrated full-colour format makes it easy to comprehend complex topics.With contributions from an extensive list of prestigious and authoritative professionals the questions cover all areas of assessment including the scientific background the medicine general clinical skills acute medicine and a range of specialties. It is ideal for examination MRCP candidates doctors preparing for the European Diploma in internal medicine and junior doctors wanting to revise their knowledge and skills.'This collection of self-assessment questions and explanatory answers has been drawn from Medical Masterclass which is produced and published by the Royal College of Physicians of London. The questions have been specifically written to help doctors in their first few years of training to test and revise their medical knowledge and skills; and in particular to pass postgraduate examinations such as the MRCP(UK)' - John D Firth in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382944

MRCP Part 2450 BOFs MRCP Part 2: 450 BOFs Second Edition offers a comprehensive selection of practice questions for trainees preparing for the MRCP Part 2 exam. Chapters are arranged by specialty and the weighting of questions is proportional to the exam. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836846

MRCP SCE in Respiratory Medicine300 SBAs MRCP SCE in Respiratory Medicine: 300 SBAs is the ideal revision guide for candidates preparing for the MRCP SCE in respiratory medicine. The book offers a wealth of practice questions that test candidates’ knowledge and understanding of the clinical sciences relevant to specialist medical practice. Chapters follow the JRCPTB specialty training curriculum for respiratory medicine while detailed answers and explanations reinforce understanding. This book provides essential revision to maximise chances of exam success. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836754

MRCPsych Paper I One-Best-Item MCQsWith Answers Explained The past decade has seen several revisions to the MRCPsych examinations but the latest changes have been the most radical. It is now a three part written examination along with a clinical assessment of skills and competencies. This has changed the focus of the 'new' MRCPsych Paper I which now includes two thirds 'one-best-item-from-five' multiple choice questions (MCQs). This collection of 'one-best-item-from-five' style multiple choice questions mirrors the new format for the exam. Its companion volume Extended Matching Items for the MRCPsych Examinations Part 1 by Michael Reilly and Bangaru Raju remains relevant for the new format where EMIs make up one third of the questions. Together these two guides thoroughly prepare you for the revised format incorporating the new areas of study such as basic ethics philosophy and history of psychiatry and stigma and culture. With varying degrees of question difficulty a wide-range of styles and topics and full explanations of answers overleaf MRCPsych Paper I One-Best-Item MCQs is ideal for examination preparation and self-study. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384962

MRCPsych: Passing the CASC Exam This book is a vital resource for candidates preparing for the Clinical Assessment of Skills and Competencies (CASC) part of the MRCPsych examination. It contains case vignettes possible questions and additional information with references on large range of psychiatric subspecialties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138461635

MRCPsychPassing the CASC Exam Second Edition This is a fully-updated comprehensive guide for trainees preparing for the MRCPsych CASC exam (Clinical Assessment of Skills and Competencies). Success in the CASC is the final step in being awarded the MRCPsych qualification which signifies the physician has fulfilled the necessary training requirements and has passed the membership exams conducted by the Royal College of Psychiatrists. The book is presented in a clear layout and covers the full range of psychiatry subspecialties likely to be encountered on exam day. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498722186

MRCPWith Explanatory Answers This book provides a bank of multiple-choice questions for candidates preparing for Part 2 of the Membership examination of the Royal Colleges of Physicians the MRCP. The questions are arranged by subject area to enable structured revision and allow candidates to focus on particular areas where they feel less confident. The book has been written with a close focus on recent examinations with the coverage of topics weighted to reflect the frequency with which they have appeared. The book is structured more as a manual than as a mock exam and includes explanations for both correct and incorrect answers focusing comprehensively on the fundamental principles of medical practice. As well as candiates for the MRCP this book will also be of interest to medical students and students of related health sciences. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383569

MRCS Part A500 SBAs and EMQs NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836679

MRCS Part B OSCEAnatomy MRCS PART B OSCE: ANATOMY is unique in focussing solely on providing the knowledge necessary to pass one of the toughest exam components facing surgical trainees. Offering the most up-to-date coverage of anatomy practice questions and presented in a clear layout chapters are mapped to the syllabus to deliver structured revision in all the key topics. Featuring a wealth of questions and fully descriptive answers this book provides the essential revision text to maximise chances of exam success. 150 scenario-based anatomy questions model answers and enhanced with concise revision notes Highly illustrated with diagrams and tables to improve understanding of complicated anatomy Includes practical advice on how to approach the exam and useful tips to achieve the highest marks Familiarizes candidates with the full range of presentations: surface anatomy prosections and radiological imaging Edited by highly experienced anatomist Professor Vishy Mahadevan Highly Commended at the BMA Medical Book Awards 2013 Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781907816345

MRCS Picture QuestionsBk. 1 This book is an in-depth and practical guide to the problems alcohol can cause and the professional interventions that can help. It covers the impact of alcohol on various types of individuals and in various circumstances. It explores a variety of perspectives as well as physical spiritual social and legal issues. The book outlines the range of problems shows how they can be identified and examines appropriate approaches from different professional groups. A group of renowned international contributors has written Alcohol Use in a clear style to ensure the book is accessible and easy to use. It makes full use of case studies charts and self-assessment tools and a to learn more section points the reader to advanced forms of study. It is an essential resource for professionals working in this area and those considering entering it. 'The need to disseminate findings and the challenge to provide clear and relevant resources has been successfully met by this book. It allows the impact of alcohol use at various points along the life span as well as a variety of treatment and therapeutic options. In addition multiple learning devices such as interactive exercises self-assessment tools and case studies enhance the engagement of the reader. The author's provide the reader with a variety of national perspetives address such diverse and important areas as transcultural workplace and community issues. Healthcare professionals everywhere should feel encouraged by this book and the promise it offers for informed and effective care.' Olga Maranjian Church in the Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377261

MRCS Picture QuestionsBk. 3 This superb full-colour visual revision aid has been designed specifically to candidates of the Member of the Royal College of Surgeons (MRCS) examination. It is also an invaluable diagnostic aid for all medical students and trainees especially those on surgical rotations. Questions are based on a single clinical picture with comprehensive answers overleaf. Topics covered by this volume include laparoscopic surgery upper and lower GI endoscopy colorectal surgery and urology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380162

MRI Manual of Pelvic Cancer Second Edition Written by internationally renowned authors this title is an invaluable reference for all those required to report on MR examinations with accurate cancer staging aided by the extensive use of high quality MR images of pelvic cancer. Each chapter gives a short account of every disease and a set of images demonstrating the tumour node and metastasis stages based on the 2010 UICC/AJCC staging system. A highly useful resource this guide also: Introduces pelvic cancer staging MRI technique and pelvic anatomy Presents a comprehensive set of state-of-the-art images of the various pelvic cancers Contains illustrations of recurrent disease and appearances following chemo-radiotherapy Discusses imaging before exenterative surgery and the imaging of metastatic disease within the pelvis What's new to this edition: New techniques in a number of pelvic cancers including cervical endometrial ovarian and vaginal cancer such as MR diffusion MR spectroscopy and Dynamic Contrast Imaging Image findings post chemoradiation for cervical rectal and bladder cancer New section on image findings in brachytherapy for prostate cancer Brand new chapter on penile cancer Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781841846767

MRI of the LiverA Practical Guide With 2300 radiological images dispersed throughout the text this source provides an expansive armamentarium of case studies and examples showcasing both common and uncommon liver pathologies. Serving as an unparalleled how-to source for the investigation of liver disease by MRI this guide demonstrates key MRI techniques currently utilized in clinical practice as well as explains the choice of acquisition sequences specific parameters and the use of contrast media for each application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390754

MRI of the Whole BodyAn Illustrated Guide for Common Pathologies The optimal use of magnetic resonance imaging poses a constant challenge as the technology is continually and rapidly advancing. This leaves the MR practitioner beginner or experienced in constant need of up-to-date easily read and well illustrated material presenting the clinical constellation of pathologies as seen by an MRI scanner in such an effective way.MRI of the Whole Body sets out to educate trainee and experienced radiologists radiographers and clinicians regarding key sequences for optimal imaging of common pathologies with simple explanations on the choice of a particular MR sequence. The authors present typical and representative examples with relevant clinical and imaging features to assist a better understanding of these commonly encountered conditions. Every unit begins with a quick anatomy review and each case is described in a standardised format with a clinical background key sequences imaging features and practical hints as to close differentials and ways to distinguish between them. A text of this nature is essential for all MR practitioners whatever their background: medical technical or scientific.Key features: First of its kind as no other book covers all body systems in one volume with demonstration of all key imaging sequences in the commonly diagnosed pathologies Up-to-date sequences described with reasons for choosing a particular sequence for a particular case Simplified relevant MR anatomy preceding each unit Clear high resolution images with appropriate legends Practical hints and tips section included for each pathology - close differentials and what to do next Written in a simple lucid format and accompanied by typical illustrations to each case MRI of the Whole Body is an essential guide to understanding the 'what's 'why's and 'how's of applied MR. It will be of particular value to trainee and practicing radiologists as well as MR radiographers and radiography students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781853157769

MRIEssentials for Innovative Technologies MRI: Essentials for Innovative Technologies describes novel methods to improve magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) beyond its current limitations. It proposes smart encoding methods and acquisition sequences to deal with frequency displacement due to residual static magnetic field inhomogeneity motion and undersampling. Requiring few or no hardware modifications these speculative methods offer building blocks that can be combined and refined to overcome barriers to more advanced MRI applications such as real-time imaging and open systems. After a concise review of basic mathematical tools and the physics of MRI the book describes the severe artifacts produced by conventional MRI techniques. It first tackles magnetic field inhomogeneities outlining conventional solutions as well as a completely different approach based on time-varying gradients and temporal frequency variation coding (acceleration). The book then proposes two innovative acquisition methods for reducing acquisition time motion and undersampling artifacts: adaptive acquisition and compressed sensing. The concluding chapter lays out the author’s predictions for the future of MRI. For some of the proposed solutions this is the first time the reported results have been published. Where experimental data is preliminary or unavailable the book presents only numerical solutions. Offering insight into emerging MRI techniques this book provides readers with specialized knowledge to help them design better acquisition sequences and select appropriate correction methods. The author’s proceeds from the sale of this book will be entirely donated to Bambin Gesù Children’s Hospital in Rome. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381431

MRI-Guided Focused Ultrasound Surgery MRI-Guided Focused Ultrasound Surgery will be the first publication on this new technology and will present a variety of current and future clinical applications in tumor ablation treatment. This source helps surgeons and specialists evaluate analyze and utilize MRI-guided focused ultrasound surgery - bridging the gap between phase 3 clinical trials and the expansion to the clinical practice - by exploring fundamental principles and future clinical applications using this new therapeutic method. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388560

MRIPhysics Image Reconstruction and Analysis The field of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has developed rapidly over the past decade benefiting greatly from the newly developed framework of compressed sensing and its ability to drastically reduce MRI scan times. MRI: Physics Image Reconstruction and Analysis presents the latest research in MRI technology emphasizing compressed sensing-based image reconstruction techniques. The book begins with a succinct introduction to the principles of MRI and then: Discusses the technology and applications of T1rho MRI Details the recovery of highly sampled functional MRIs Explains sparsity-based techniques for quantitative MRIs Describes multi-coil parallel MRI reconstruction techniques Examines off-line techniques in dynamic MRI reconstruction Explores advances in brain connectivity analysis using diffusion and functional MRIs Featuring chapters authored by field experts MRI: Physics Image Reconstruction and Analysis delivers an authoritative and cutting-edge treatment of MRI reconstruction techniques. The book provides engineers physicists and graduate students with a comprehensive look at the state of the art of MRI. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482298871

Mrs Annie BesantA Modern Prophet Having already published a bibliography on Annie Besant Theodore Besterman in this book continued with the story of her life. She was a prominent British Theosophist women's rights activist writer and orator who lived between 1847 and 1933.Originally published in 1934 this work is fascinating for anyone with an interest in Annie Besant's life specifically or in any of the areas in which she became a household name. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752428

MRSA Responding to the growing concern about the increased frequency and resistance of MRSA infections this invaluable source analyzes the latest developments in the identification assessment and management of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) by leading authorities on the topic. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429103858

MS Florence Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Magl. XIX 164-167 Manuscript Florence Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Magliabechiana XIX 164-167 (FlorBN Magl. 164-7) has been the subject of considerable scholarly attention. The prevailing assumption had been that it was a Florentine source of the early sixteenth century. More recently it has been argued that its provenance is not as easily determined as it first appears and that there are Roman connections suggested by one of its codicological features. This monograph provides as full a bibliographical and codicological report on FlorBN Magl. 164-7 as is currently possible. Such evidence suggests that the earlier thesis is more likely to be correct: the manuscript was copied in Florence c.1520. After a review of the evidence for provenance and date the repertory of the manuscript is placed in its historical and cultural context. Florence of the early sixteenth century is shown to have an organized cultural life that was characterized by the activities of such institutions as the Sacred Academy of the Medici the famous group that met in the garden of the Rucellai and others. FlorBN Magl. 164-7 is an exceedingly interesting and important source; an eclectic repository not only of compositionally advanced settings of Petrarchan verse by Rucellai-group intimate Bernardo Pisano but also of sharply contrasting works popular in character. It is almost a manifesto of the sensibilities of preeminent Florentine cultural figures of the sort who frequented the garden of the Rucellai and as such is a revealing document of Florentine musical taste during those crucial years that witnessed the emergence of the new secular genre we know as the Italian madrigal. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091020

MSKs MSK1 and the related isoform MSK2 have become established as important regulators of immediate early gene transcription in response to signals that activate ERK1/2 and p38 signaling in mammalian cells. Though their ability to regulate the transcription of specific genes they have further been shown to play important roles in both immunity and neuronal function. The chapters in this book summarize what in known about the molecular mechanism of MSK activation as well as MSK substrates and physiological functions. MSKs are unusual kinases in that they contain two distinct kinases domains in the same protein. The main function of the C-terminal kinase domain is to activate the N-terminal kinase domain which then phosphorylates MSK’s substrates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781587066610

Mubarak's EgyptFragmentation Of The Political Order The starting point for the investigation outlined in this text is the relationship between political authority and economic change in Egypt and will be the presidency and the highest level of the political elite. The bulk of the field research on which this book is based was conducted in Egypt in 1986. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429042614

Much Ado Over CoffeeIndian Coffee House Then And Now Based on oral history fiction fascinating intellectual gossip and records of the Coffee Board of India this study is a multi-sited ethnography of the Indian Coffee House possibly the world’s first coffee house chain. It offers a critical analysis of adda (informal meetings) of the educated middle class in Allahabad Calcutta  and Delhi. The coffee house became the new socio-intellectual  nerve centre replacing the neigbourhood tea shops and creating an entirely different social space. This book will have line drawings and cartoons as well as archival photographs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099470

Much Governed Nation Pt 1 Vol 3 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415488648

Much Governed Nation Pt2 Vol 3 First published by Methuen in the 1980sVolume I: The Rise of Collectivism:This volume establishes the central theme that the most important feature of British political life since the nineteenth century has been the extension of the role of government at all levels. Volume II: The Ideological Heritage:The second volume reviews the development of the three main political ideologies in British politics: Conservatism Liberalism and Socialism with special reference to the ways in which they have affected or responded to the rise of collectivism. Volumes III and IV: A Much-Governed Nation Parts 1 and 2:Examining the way in which our political arrangements have been adapted and extended to deal with the wider range of responsibilities thrust upon them these two volumes also describe the changes in the main traditional institutions (Local government the Civil Service the Cabinet Parliament etc) as they deal with the growth of the state as well as looking at the increased use of delegated legislation and administrative tribunals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709559

Mucho MachoSeduction Desire and the Homoerotic Lives of Latin Men Quality research—uniquely enhanced by the author’s personal experience! In one of the first books to examine machismo from the perspective of Latin American and Latino men Chris Girman relies on a compelling combination of ethnographic research and personal experience to explain how macho men—men like the author himself—regulate and sustain same-sex erotic encounters. Girman incorporates his own sexual experiences with a variety of Latin men into the book infusing his writing with the unique perspective and vivid description that can only be related by someone who has lived the research he writes about. While most of the literature on Latin American male same-sex desire ignores the significance of the male body in its investigation this book shows why it is essential to focus on the macho male body and re-evaluates so-called “machismo” to forge a more nuanced description of Latin American masculinity. Girman incorporates his own sexual experiences with a variety of Latin American men into the book infusing his writing with the unique perspective and vivid descriptions that can only be related by someone who has lived the research he writes about. With this book you’ll become familiar with various kinds of Latin-American homosexual behavior. Here’s a glimpse at what you’ll find inside: “Machismo Practice Theorists and Macho Performance” summarizes previous research on Latin American male [homo]sexuality and defines the author’s concept of machismo and Latin American masculinity. “Head Hands Balls and Ass” shows why focusing on the body as living matter rather than metaphor (as is done in so many other books on sexuality) is the ideal point of entry into the study of Latin American male [homo]sexuality and masculinity. This chapter focuses on specific regions of the macho body—head hands balls and ass—to explain how machismo actually promotes rather than denies sexual encounters between men. It also shows the importance of the Latin American family as a variable that structures the manner and frequency in which [homo]sexual encounters occur. “The Dominican Tíguere and Hegemonic Masculinities” takes a specific look at a very peculiar form of hegemonic masculinity—relying on cunning more than strength to “come out on top”—that is indigenous to the Dominican Republic. This chapter also tells the stories of five of the author’s sexual encounters in that nation and discusses the tiguere style of masculine performance. “Desire in a Costa Rican Prison” analyzes the ways in which desire power and pleasure are constituted in the Latin American prison environment. “Historical Representations of Same-Sex Desire” examines two short stories—El Matadero (Esteban Echeverria) and Comienza el Desfile (Reinaldo Arenas) which highlight male eroticism as important concepts within discourses on national identity. Both stories conceptualize same-sex desire within specific historical moments and demonstrate how male [homo]sexuality emerges and represents itself not in contrast to the dominant discourse but within that discourse itself. “Familiar Familial Voices: Latino Men Speak Out” documents the voices of “gay-identified” Latino men living in Central Texas—men who have come to love other Latin Black and Anglo men in the context of very full lives. These men reveal their conceptions of identity race performance resistance family pleasure desire masculinity silence and place. “Performing Matter[s]-Masculinity the Male Body and the Evocation of the [non]real” defies the notion that written representations can capture the lived realities of Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801605

Muckraking and Progressivism in the American Tradition Muckraking and progressivism have always marched arm-in-arm cutting a wide path through modern American history. Originally published as Appointment at Armageddon Filler's book is a vital contribution in understanding the intrinsic dynamic of reform in American life. It extracts from the issues that fostered progressivism and muckraking an essence that illuminates contemporary debate. Filler points out that early twentieth-century progressivism was essentially middle class seeking common denominators for social interests. It was also a modernizing force in such areas as child labor poverty farm problems and race relations. In his new introduction Filler reviews various instances of progressivism throughout history. Filler maintains that progressivism died out when pride in its achievements turned to bitterness. Rather than celebrating the progress made by outstanding Americans such as W.E.B. DuBois and Susan B. Anthony various groups began focusing only on the oppressed and the oppressors. By concentrating on the negative instead of the positive Americans abandoned the forward-looking tenets of turn of the century progressivism.Muckraking and Progressivism in the American Tradition is a timely book. It is needed to inspire Americans to find a new way to solve current dilemmas. This significant work will be of interest to sociologists historians and political theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528468

Mucocutaneous Manifestations of Viral DiseasesAn Illustrated Guide to Diagnosis and Management Expertly distinguish viral diseases from other infectious or noninfectious diseases and choose the most effective treatment with this definitive Second Edition.The only existing text to address issues of skin manifestations of viral disease Mucocutaneous Manifestations of Viral Diseases explores the diagnosis treatment and pathogenesis of viral Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429150678

Mudflow Rheology and Dynamics Presenting current knowledge in the field of mudflows this book includes both rheological mudflow aspects and information on mudflow characteristics in open channels. It includes sections on:· physical properties of suspensions· shear rheometry with suspensions· rheology of clay-water mixtures· rheology of mud suspensions· gradually and rapidly varied free surface flowsPart of the IAHR Monograph Series this informative book also includes fundamental equations for viscoplastic flows and provides the reader with helpful introductions to all the aspects it covers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746349

Mudpacks and ProzacExperiencing Ayurvedic Biomedical and Religious Healing People seeking psychiatric healing choose from an almost dizzying array of therapies—from the medicated mud packs of Ayurveda to the pharmacopeia of Western biomedicine to the spiritual pathways of the world's religions. How do we choose what do the treatments offer and how do they cure? In Mudpacks and Prozac Murphy Halliburton investigates the very different ways in which Ayurvedic Western and religious (Christian Muslim and Hindu) healing systems define psychiatric problems and cures. He describes people's embodied experiences of therapies that range from soothing to frightening and explores how enduring pleasure or pain affects healing. And through evocative portraits of patients in Kerala India—a place of incredible cultural diversity that has become a Mecca for alternative medicine—Halliburton shows how sociopolitical changes around the globe may be limiting the ways in which people seek and experience health care with negative effects on our quality of health and quality of life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315424293

Muffin the FishTargeting the f Sound Muffin is a quirky little fish full of fun ideas. What will he get up to next? This picture book targets the /f/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 1 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Please see other titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185343

Mughal Administration and the Zamindars of Bihar The volume provides a complex portrait of the chieftains of Bihar and their relationship with the Mughal Empire as well as their role in the consolidation and expansion of the Mughal Empire in India. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354688

Muhajirs and the NationBihar in the 1940s This book examines community-oriented formations and communal polities in pre-Partition north India highlighting the centrality of the experience of Muslim minority provinces such as Bihar during the Partition. It shows how community religion and nation in Bihar in the 1940s were intertwined. It will interest those in history politics minority & diaspora studies sociology and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138380349

Muhammad Muhammad the prophet of Islam is undoubtebly one of the most influential persons in history. He is not only the founder of one of the world religions but has served as a role model for Muslims throughout history. The records of his deeds and sayings are among the most important sources in various fields of Islamic learning such as Islamic law ritual piety Sufism or political theory. Muhammad has been a main object of research in Western scholarship on Islam and there is a huge amount of articles and books devoted to various aspects of his life the sources of his life and his role in Islamic tradition. These articles however are widely dispersed; some can be found in more popular journals and books others in smaller less readily available publications. It is therefore reasonable to bring together the most important articles and book chapters on Muhammad in a four volume set. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791275

Muhammad AliA Man of Many Voices Muhammad Ali was not only a champion athlete but a cultural icon. While his skill as a boxer made him famous his strong personality and his identity as a black man in a country in the midst of the struggle for civil rights made him an enduring symbol. From his youth in segregated Louisville Kentucky to his victory in the 1960 Olympics to the controversy that surrounded his conversion to Islam and refusal of the draft during the Vietnam War Ali's life was closely linked to the major social and political struggles of the 1960s and 70s. The story of his struggles failures and triumphs sheds light on issues of race class religion dissent and the role of sports in American society that affected all Americans. In this lively concise biography Barbara L. Tischler introduces students to Ali's life in social and political context and explores his enduring significance as a symbol of resistance. Muhammad Ali: A Many of Many Voices offers the perfect introduction to this extraordinary American and his times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138023062

Muhammad and the SupernaturalMedieval Arab Views Muhammad and the Supernatural:  Medieval Arab Views examines the element of the supernatural (or miracle stories) in the life of the Prophet Muhammad as depicted in two genres:  prophetic biography (sÄ«ra) and Qur'ān exegesis (tafsÄ«r).  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919433

Muhammad IqbalIslam Aesthetics and Postcolonialism Bringing together Islamic studies a postcolonial literary perspective and a focus on the interaction between aesthetics and politics this book analyses Iqbal’s Islamism through his poetry. It argues that his notion of an Islamist selfhood was expressed in his verse through the interplay between poetic tradition and creative innovation. It also considers how Iqbal expressed an Islamist geopolitical imagination in his work and examines his exploration of the relationship between the modern West and a reconstructed Islam. For the first time Iqbal’s personal letters have been drawn upon to provide an insight into his inner conflicts as articulated in his poetry. Concentrating on the complexity of his work in its own right the book eschews the standard appropriation of Iqbal into any one political agenda — be it Indian nationalism Muslim separatism or Iranian Islamic republicanism. With its analytical and in-depth reading of Iqbal’s verse and prose this book opens a fresh perspective on Islam and postcolonialism. It will be a fascinating study for general readers and readers with interests in the intellectual and political history of modern South Asia colonialism and postcolonialism Islamic studies and modern South Asian literature (especially Urdu and Persian poetry). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138176577

Muhammad the Prophet and Arabia This volume comprises articles dealing with qur'anic and post-qur'anic aspects of the Prophet Muhammad's image and religious environment. The pieces in the first section analyse Muhammad's prophecy as reflected in the Qur'an and the post-qur'anic sources of sira (Muhammad's biography) tafsir (Qur'an exegesis) ta'rikh (historiography) and hadith (Muslim tradition). They reveal aspects of the manner in which the post-qur'anic sources have elaborated on the relatively modest qur'anic image of Muhammad for polemical needs as well as due to natural admiration for the prophet of Islam. Articles in the second section study Muhammad's prophetic experience. By concentrating on specific events in Muhammad's life further light can be shed on the post-qur'anic image of Muhammad as developed by the Muslims of the first Islamic era. The articles that comprise the third section look at Muhammad's Arabia specifically the traditions about Mecca and the Ka`ba as well as at the pre-Islamic Arabian roots of some qur'anic and post-qur'anic ideas and rituals including the pre-Islamic sacred status of the Ka'ba in relation to that of Jerusalem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409408468

Muir's Textbook of Pathology This classic text sets a standard in this subject by outlining the scientific aspects that underlie pathological processes relating these to specific organ systems and placing all in a context that the student of medicine or pathology can appreciate understand and enjoy. The clearly defined and easy-to-follow structure enhanced by numerous photographs and explanatory line diagrams focuses on core material without neglecting novel concepts and up-to-the minute detail. A one-stop-shop in pathology it reflects fully the integration of pathology into clinical teaching whether system or problem-based and will take the student right through medical school and beyond to postgraduate training. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367146726

Mulholland Drive Beloved by film and art aficionados and fans of neo-noir cinema Mulholland Drive is one of the most important and enigmatic films of recent years. It occupies a central and controversial position in the work of its director David Lynch who won the best director award at the 2001 Cannes Film Festival for the movie. Mulholland Drive in the Routledge Philosophers on Film series is the first full philosophical appraisal of Lynch's film. Beginning with an introduction by the editor the volume explores the following topics: the identity of the self and its persistence through time the central dual roles played by fantasy and reality throughout the film whether Mulholland Drive is best understood epistemologically via reason and language or whether as Lynch himself argues by one's 'inner feelings' and emotions parallels between Mulholland Drive and Kafka's The Castle both of which pit their protagonists at the mercy of unseen forces Mulholland Drive and romanticism. Additional key themes are also discussed such as the interpenetration of ethics classical tragedy and the contrasting philosophical arguments of Plato and Nietzsche on tragic drama. These themes make Mulholland Drive essential and engaging reading for students of philosophy especially aesthetics and ethics as well as film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824668

Mulla Sadra and EschatologyEvolution of Being The book explains Sadrā’s theory of the nature of afterlife. It presents Sadrā’s philosophical premises concerning the nature of human beings and their physical and psychological developments through which Sadrā shows how the afterlife is intimately connected to the nature of the human being and how it is a natural stage of the evolution of each individual in which a corporeal body has no role.Presenting Mullā Sadrā in a new light the aim of this book is to investigate Sadrā’s metaphysical principles of the Return (al-ma‘ād) that have been either partially presented or misunderstood in most of the existing secondary literature. Focusing on Sadrā’s philosophical works specifically the Asfār and his commentary on the Quran this study demonstrates how Sadrā is a philosopher able to carry the premises of the previous philosophical theories to radically different conclusions. Mullā Sadrā and Eschatology demonstrates the manner in which Sadrā explains the Return as presented in the Quran and Hadith but also shows how he presents the Return as a natural stage of the evolution of human beings in which a corporeal body has no role. Thus Sadrā offers a plausible philosophical explanation to the problem of bodily resurrection that had occupied Muslim philosophers for centuries. Explaining Mullā Sadrā ‘s distinctive method of "doing" philosophy this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Islamic Philosophy Religion and Islamic Studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870232

Mulla Sadra and MetaphysicsModulation of Being Mulla Sadra is one of the most important Islamic philosophers after Avicenna. In this exploration of his philosophy Sajjad H. Rizvi examines the central doctrine of the modulation of being and contextualises his work within the intellectual history of philosophical traditions in the Islamic East. Reading and critiquing the works of Mulla Sadra from an analytical perspective this book pays particular attention to his text the Asfar a work which due to its complexity is often overlooked. Looking at the concept of philosophy as a way of life and a therapeutic practice this book explores the paradigm of the modulation of being in the philosophical method and metaphysics of Mulla Sadra and considers its different manifestations. Rizvi relates his philosophy to larger trends and provides a review of the field charting and critiquing the discussion on the topic to date and exploring recent thought in this direction to show how Sadrian thought was addressed well into the 19th and 20th centuries. This major contribution to the study of Mulla Sadra and the intellectual life of the Safavid period fills an important gap in the field of Sadra studies and Islamic philosophy and is indispensable to students of philosophy religion and Islamic studies and Islamic philosophy in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849005

Mulla Sadra's Transcendent Philosophy Sadradin Shirazi (1571-1640) known also as Mulla Sadra spoke of the primacy of Being and promoted a new ontology founding a new epistemology. Mulla Sadra's ontology is an important philosophical turn and contribution to the understanding of the development of Muslim philosophy and thought. This comprehensive study of Mulla Sadra's philosophical thought explores his departure from tradition; his turn to the doctrine of the primacy of Being; the dynamic characteristics of Being and the concept of substantial change; comparisons with Heidegger's fundamental ontology; and the influence of Mulla Sadra's ontology on subsequent Muslim philosophy. Of particular value to students of philosophy Islamic and Middle Eastern studies philosophy of religion and general readers who seek to understand Muslim philosophy this book explores the significance of the doctrine of Mulla Sadra and its impact on subsequent debates in the Muslim world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262911

Multi Frequency EPR Spectroscopy of Conjugated Polymers and Their Nanocomposites Conjugated polymeric materials and their nanocomposites are widely used for the creation of alternative sources of renewable energy cell phone screens mobile gadgets video players and OLED-TV as well as organic diodes transistors sensors etc. with field-dependent and spin-assisted electronic properties. Multifrequency EPR Spectroscopy methods can help researchers optimize their structural magnetic and electronic properties for the creation of more efficient molecular devices. This book will acquaint the reader with the basic properties of conjugated polymers the fundamentals of EPR Spectroscopy and the information that can be obtained at different wavebands of EPR spectroscopy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367889883

Multi-Access Edge Computing in Action This book provides a complete and strategic overview of Multi-Access Edge Computing (MEC). It covers network and technology aspects describes the market scenarios from the different stakeholders’ point of view and analyzes deployment aspects and actions to engage the ecosystem. MEC exists in and supports a highly complex "5G world" in which technologists and non-technology decision makers must act in concert and do so within a large interconnected ecosystem of which MEC is just one albeit an important part. Divided into three sections with several chapters in each the book addresses these three key aspects: technology markets and ecosystems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367173944

Multiagent Robotic Systems Providing a guided tour of the pioneering work and major technical issues Multiagent Robotic Systems addresses learning and adaptation in decentralized autonomous robots. Its systematic examination demonstrates the interrelationships between the autonomy of individual robots and the emerged global behavior properties of a group performing a cooperative task. The author also includes descriptions of the essential building blocks of the architecture of autonomous mobile robots with respect to their requirement on local behavioral conditioning and group behavioral evolution.After reading this book you will be able to fully appreciate the strengths and usefulness of various approaches in the development and application of multiagent robotic systems. It covers:Why and how to develop and experimentally test the computational mechanisms for learning and evolving sensory-motor control behaviors in autonomous robotsHow to design and develop evolutionary algorithm-based group behavioral learning mechanisms for the optimal emergence of group behaviorsHow to enable group robots to converge to a finite number of desirable task states through group learningWhat are the effects of the local learning mechanisms on the emergent global behaviorsHow to use decentralized self-organizing autonomous robots to perform cooperative tasks in an unknown environmentEarlier works have focused primarily on how to navigate in a spatially unknown environment given certain predefined motion behaviors. What is missing however is an in-depth look at the important issues on how to effectively obtain such behaviors in group robots and how to enable behavioral learning and adaptation at the group level. Multiagent Robotic Systems examines the key methodological issues and gives you an understanding of the underlying computational models and techniques for multiagent systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220406

Multi-Agent Systems for Concurrent Intelligent Design and Manufacturing Agent Technology or Agent-Based Approaches is a new paradigm for developing software applications. It has been hailed as 'the next significant breakthrough in software development' and 'the new revolution in software' after object technology or object-oriented programming.In this context an agent is a computer system which is capable of act Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429182112

Multiagent SystemsIntroduction and Coordination Control Multiagent systems (MAS) are one of the most exciting and the fastest growing domains in the intelligent resource management and agent-oriented technology which deals with modeling of autonomous decisions making entities. Recent developments have produced very encouraging results in the novel approach of handling multiplayer interactive systems. In particular the multiagent system approach is adapted to model control manage or test the operations and management of several system applications including multi-vehicles microgrids multi-robots where agents represent individual entities in the network. Each participant is modeled as an autonomous participant with independent strategies and responses to outcomes. They are able to operate autonomously and interact pro-actively with their environment. In recent works the problem of information consensus is addressed where a team of vehicles communicate with each other to agree on key pieces of information that enable them to work together in a coordinated fashion. The problem is challenging because communication channels have limited range and there are possibilities of fading and dropout. The book comprises chapters on synchronization and consensus in multiagent systems. It shows that the joint presentation of synchronization and consensus enables readers to learn about similarities and differences of both concepts. It reviews the cooperative control of multi-agent dynamical systems interconnected by a communication network topology. Using the terminology of cooperative control each system is endowed with its own state variable and dynamics. A fundamental problem in multi-agent dynamical systems on networks is the design of distributed protocols that guarantee consensus or synchronization in the sense that the states of all the systems reach the same value. It is evident from the results that research in multiagent systems offer opportunities for further developments in theoretical simulation and implementations. This book attempts to fill this gap and aims at presenting a comprehensive volume that documents theoretical aspects and practical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367255367

Multi-Agent SystemsPlatoon Control and Non-Fragile Quantized Consensus Multi-Agent Systems: Platoon Control and Non-Fragile Quantized Consensus aims to present recent research results in designing platoon control and non-fragile quantized consensus for multi-agent systems. The main feature of this book is that distributed adaptive sliding mode control (SMC) algorithms are proposed to guarantee strong string stability based on modified constant time headway (MCTH) policy. The MCTH policy is used to remove the unrealistic assumption in the most existing literature that initial spacing velocity and acceleration errors are zero. This monograph investigates the platoon control issue by combining SMC technique with neural network and fuzzy logic system approximation methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367254322

Multi-Agent SystemsSimulation and Applications Methodological Guidelines for Modeling and Developing MAS-Based Simulations The intersection of agents modeling simulation and application domains has been the subject of active research for over two decades. Although agents and simulation have been used effectively in a variety of application domains much of the supporting research remains scattered in the literature too often leaving scientists to develop multi-agent system (MAS) models and simulations from scratch. Multi-Agent Systems: Simulation and Applications provides an overdue review of the wide ranging facets of MAS simulation including methodological and application-oriented guidelines. This comprehensive resource reviews two decades of research in the intersection of MAS simulation and different application domains. It provides scientists and developers with disciplined engineering approaches to modeling and developing MAS-based simulations. After providing an overview of the field’s history and its basic principles as well as cataloging the various simulation engines for MAS the book devotes three sections to current and emerging approaches and applications. Simulation for MAS — explains simulation support for agent decision making the use of simulation for the design of self-organizing systems the role of software architecture in simulating MAS and the use of simulation for studying learning and stigmergic interaction. MAS for Simulation — discusses an agent-based framework for symbiotic simulation the use of country databases and expert systems for agent-based modeling of social systems crowd-behavior modeling agent-based modeling and simulation of adult stem cells and agents for traffic simulation. Tools — presents a number of representative platforms and tools for MAS and simulation including Jason James II SeSAm and RoboCup Rescue. Complete with over 200 figures and formulas this reference book provides the necessary overview of experiences with MAS simulation and the tools needed to exploit simulation in MAS for future research in a vast array of applications including home security computational systems biology and traffic management. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218786

Multi-Antenna Synthetic Aperture Radar Synthetic aperture radar (SAR) is a well-known remote sensing technique but conventional single-antenna SAR is inherently limited by the minimum antenna area constraint. Although there are still technical issues to overcome multi-antenna SAR offers many benefits from improved system gain to increased degrees-of-freedom and system flexibility. Multi-Antenna Synthetic Aperture Radar explores the potential and challenges of using multi-antenna SAR in microwave remote sensing applications. These applications include high-resolution imaging wide-swath remote sensing ground moving target indication and 3-D imaging. The book pays particular attention to the signal processing aspects of various multi-antenna SAR from a top-level system perspective. Explore Recent Extensions of Synthetic Aperture Radar Systems The backbone of the book is a series of innovative microwave remote sensing approaches developed by the author. Centered around multi-antenna SAR imaging these approaches address specific challenges and potential problems in future microwave remote sensing. Chapters examine single-input multiple-output (SIMO) multi-antenna SAR including azimuth and elevation multi-antenna SAR and multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) SAR. The book details the corresponding system scheme signal models time/phase/spatial synchronization methods and high-precision imaging algorithms. It also investigates their potential applications. Introductory Tutorials and Novel Approaches in Multi-Antenna SAR Imaging Rigorous and self-contained this is a unique reference for researchers and industry professionals working with microwave remote sensing SAR imaging and radar signal processing. In addition to novel approaches the book also presents tutorials that serve as an introduction to multi-antenna SAR imaging for those who are new to the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076471

Multiband Non-Invasive Microwave SensorDesign and Analysis This monograph focuses on the design implementation and characterization of a concurrent dual band RF sensor for non-invasive detection of human vital signs. Exclusive title on multiband short range sensors and their biomedical applications offers detailed analysis of subsystems based on fabricated and measured prototypes and verifies and discusses the system in the real-time environment.Discusses the practical difficulties of the design process and offers case studies based on the design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571719

Multicampus University SystemsAfrica and the Kenyan Experience In the face of increasing social demand and cutbacks in state budgetary support universities in African countries are now turning towards a multicampus system strategy. As African governments have adopted neoliberal education policies that place premium on entrepreneurialism profit making privatization and markets as drivers of university development a reshaping of the academic work and organizational framework have taken place. However little is known about the impact of this paradigm shift on access quality and governance in higher education. This book fills the void in research and academic knowledge about the impact of the emerging university configurations in Africa. It analyzes the paradox surrounding the performance of multicampus university systems as avenues of broadening university access but whose structural success may be qualitatively contested. This book offers a refreshing examination of the African multicampus university system from both an African and global perspective. It makes use of empirical data from Kenya collected during extensive fieldwork along with substantive library and documentary resources on the rest of the continents to fortify arguments and demonstrate important conclusions. This allows for a comparative analysis of policies and strategies used in the establishment of campuses both within and beyond national boundaries in the continent and will be a welcome contribution to the existing repertoire on African universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286849

Multi-Carrier Communication Systems with Examples in MATLAB®A New Perspective Detailing the advantages and limitations of multi-carrier communication this book proposes possible solutions for these limitations. Multi-Carrier Communication Systems with Examples in MATLAB®: A New Perspective addresses the two primary drawbacks of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication systems: the high sensitivity to carrier frequency offsets and phase noise and the high peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) of the transmitted signals.Presenting a new interleaving scheme for multicarrier communication the book starts with a detailed overview of multi-carrier systems such as OFDM multi-carrier code division multiple access (MC-CDMA) and single-carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) systems. From there it proposes a new way to deal with the frequency-selective fading channel: the single-carrier with frequency domain equalization (SC-FDE) scheme.The second part of the book examines the performance of the continuous phase modulation (CPM)-based OFDM (CPM-OFDM) system. It proposes a CPM-based single-carrier frequency domain equalization (CPM-SC-FDE) structure for broadband wireless communication systems.In the third part of the book the author proposes a chaotic interleaving scheme for both CPM-OFDM and the CPM-SC-FDE systems. A comparison between the proposed chaotic interleaving and the conventional block interleaving is also performed in this part.The final part of the book presents efficient image transmission techniques over multi-carrier systems such as OFDM MC-CDMA and SC-FDMA. It details a new approach for efficient image transmission over OFDM and MC-CDMA systems using chaotic interleaving that transmits images over wireless channels efficiently.The book studies the performance of discrete cosine transform-based single-carrier frequency division multiple access (DCT-SC-FDMA) with image transmission. It also proposes a CPM-based DCT-SC-FDMA structure for efficient image transmission.The book includes MATLAB® simulations along with MATLAB code so you can practice carrying out your own extensive simulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894167

Multichannel Integrations of Nonverbal Behavior First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802305

Multi-Component Force Sensing Systems Multi-Component Force Sensing Systems focuses on the design development decoupling and applications of multi-component force sensing systems. Force and moment information can be used as feedback to form an automatic control system to accomplish efficient manipulation. The origins of force measurement and control can be traced back to the late 1970s. Since then multi-component F/M (force/moment) sensing systems have been widely known and intensively studied. In the past few years force measurement practices have been significantly affected by new tools (such as digital force gauges virtual instrumentation high speed data acquisition systems etc.) as well as sophisticated measurement methods such as mechano-magnetic mechano-optical etc. However this is the first book to provide an overview of the topic. It will be a useful reference for students in physics and engineering working with robotic sensing systems and robotic systems in addition to researchers and those working within industry. This work was supported in part by the National Nature Science Foundation of China (NSFC 62073129 and 61673163). Features: • Explores the development of force/torque sensing systems • Provides real applications of the multi-component force/torque sensing systems • Contains executable code for decoupling algorithms About the Author: Qiaokang Liang is an Associate Professor with the College of Electrical and Information Engineering Hunan University. He is currently the vice director of the Hunan Key Laboratory of Intelligent Robot Technology in Electronic Manufacturing and serving as the assistant director of the National Engineering Laboratory for Robot Vision Perception and Control. He received his Ph.D. degree in control science and engineering from the University of Science and Technology of China Hefei China in 2011. His research interests include robotics and mechatronics biomimetic sensing advanced robot technology and human–computer interaction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367502409

Multicomponent Polymeric MaterialsFrom Introduction to Application Through a balanced combination of theory and experiments this book provides a detailed overview of the main and most up-to-date advances in the area of polymeric materials. Because the subject is essentially interdisciplinary and brings together scientists and engineers with different educational backgrounds the book offers a research-oriented exposition of the fundamentals as well. The book is based on the editors’ and authors’ extensive experience in research development and education in the field of materials science and especially polymer testing polymer diagnostics and failure analysis. A comprehensive coverage of the methods of polymer testing is provided along with the results of the authors’ work on deformation and fracture behavior of polymers. This book will be useful to faculty as well as advanced-level students in materials science materials technology plastic technology mechanical engineering process engineering and chemical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895352

Multicomponent ReactionsSynthesis of Bioactive Heterocycles This timely book provides a succinct summary of methods for the synthesis of bioactive heterocycles using a multicomponent reaction (MCR) approach. The majority of pharmaceuticals and biologically active agrochemicals are heterocycles while countless additives and modifiers used in industrial applications are heterocyclic in nature. With the recent introduction of high-throughput biological evaluation the importance of MCRs for drug discovery has been recognized and considerable efforts have been focused especially on the design and development of multi-component procedures for the generation of various bioactive heterocycles due to their significant therapeutic potential. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573126

Multicore ComputingAlgorithms Architectures and Applications Every area of science and engineering today has to process voluminous data sets. Using exact or even approximate algorithms to solve intractable problems in critical areas such as computational biology takes time that is exponential in some of the underlying parameters. Parallel computing addresses this issue and has become affordable with the advent of multicore architectures. However programming multicore machines is much more difficult due to oddities existing in the architectures. Offering insights into different facets of this area Multicore Computing: Algorithms Architectures and Applications focuses on the architectures algorithms and applications of multicore computing. It will help readers understand the intricacies of these architectures and prepare them to design efficient multicore algorithms. Contributors at the forefront of the field cover the memory hierarchy for multicore and manycore processors the caching strategy Flexible Set Balancing the main features of the latest SPARC architecture specification the Cilk and Cilk++ programming languages the numerical software library Parallel Linear Algebra Software for Multicore Architectures (PLASMA) and the exact multipattern string matching algorithm of Aho-Corasick. They also describe the architecture and programming model of the NVIDIA Tesla GPU discuss scheduling directed acyclic graphs onto multi/manycore processors and evaluate design trade-offs among Intel and AMD multicore processors IBM Cell Broadband Engine and NVIDIA GPUs. In addition the book explains how to design algorithms for the Cell Broadband Engine and how to use the backprojection algorithm for generating images from synthetic aperture radar data. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439854341

Multi-Core Embedded Systems Details a real-world product that applies a cutting-edge multi-core architectureIncreasingly demanding modern applications—such as those used in telecommunications networking and real-time processing of audio video and multimedia streams—require multiple processors to achieve computational performance at the rate of a few giga-operations per second. This necessity for speed and manageable power consumption makes it likely that the next generation of embedded processing systems will include hundreds of cores while being increasingly programmable blending processors and configurable hardware in a power-efficient manner.Multi-Core Embedded Systems presents a variety of perspectives that elucidate the technical challenges associated with such increased integration of homogeneous (processors) and heterogeneous multiple cores. It offers an analysis that industry engineers and professionals will need to understand the physical details of both software and hardware in embedded architectures as well as their limitations and potential for future growth.Discusses the available programming models spread across different abstraction levelsThe book begins with an overview of the evolution of multiprocessor architectures for embedded applications and discusses techniques for autonomous power management of system-level parameters. It addresses the use of existing open-source (and free) tools originating from several application domains—such as traffic modeling graph theory parallel computing and network simulation. In addition the authors cover other important topics associated with multi-core embedded systems such as:Architectures and interconnectsEmbedded design methodologiesMapping of applications Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384302

Multicore TechnologyArchitecture Reconfiguration and Modeling The saturation of design complexity and clock frequencies for single-core processors has resulted in the emergence of multicore architectures as an alternative design paradigm. Nowadays multicore/multithreaded computing systems are not only a de-facto standard for high-end applications they are also gaining popularity in the field of embedded computing. The start of the multicore era has altered the concepts relating to almost all of the areas of computer architecture design including core design memory management thread scheduling application support inter-processor communication debugging and power management. This book gives readers a holistic overview of the field and guides them to further avenues of research by covering the state of the art in this area. It includes contributions from industry as well as academia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072503

Multi-Criteria Decision AnalysisCase Studies in Engineering and the Environment Decision analysis has become widely recognized as an important process for translating science into management actions. With climate change and other systemic threats as driving forces in creating environmental and engineering problems there is a great need for understanding decision making frameworks through a case-study based approach. Management of environmental and engineering projects is often complicated and multidisciplinary in scope and nature thus issues that arise can be difficult to solve analytically. Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis: Case Studies in Engineering and the Environment provides detailed description of MCDA methods and tools and illustrates their applications through case studies focused on sustainability and system engineering applications. New in the Second Edition: Addresses current and emerging environmental and engineering problems Includes seven new case studies to illustrate different management situations applicable at the international level Builds on real case studies from recent and relevant environmental and engineering management experience Describes advanced MCDA techniques and extensions used by practitioners Provides corresponding decision models implemented using the DECERNS software package Gives a more holistic approach to teaching MCDA methodology with a focus on sustainable solutions and adoption of new technologies including nanotechnology and synthetic biology Given the novelty and inherent applicability of this decision-making framework to the environmental and engineering fields a greater number of teaching tools for this topic need to be made available. This book provides those teaching tools covering the breadth of the applications of MCDA methodologies with clear explanations of the MCDA process. The case studies are implemented in the DECERNS software package allowing readers to experiment and explore and to understand the full process by which environmental managers assess these problems. This book is a great resource for professionals and students seeking to learn decision analysis techniques and apply similar frameworks to environmental and engineering projects Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367345334

Multicultural Behavior and Global Business Environments Resolve cross-cultural communication issues with your business suppliers customers and staff! Because of the rapid growth of multinational corporations and the World Wide Web global interdependence is no longer a matter of ideology or choice but an inescapable reality. Multicultural Behavior and Global Business Environments teaches managers both practical techniques and theoretical insights for working with people from diverse cultures in home and host countries. Managers who ignore or dismiss cultural differences may find themselves alienating customers and employees fumbling negotiations and ultimately losing sales. In contrast those who are willing to see the world from different perspectives may spot fresh opportunities. Bringing multiple cultures together results in synergy in which two combined energies multiply and reinforce one another. Multicultural Behavior and Global Business Environments tells you not only how to create synergy but also how to profit from it.Multicultural Behavior and Global Business Environments offers practical features to help students and managers understand diverse cultures including: charts maps and tables showing specific cultural divergences detailed discussions of relevant theories in psychology management and ethics exercises and self-tests clear skill-based objectives for each chapter definitions of the terms and processes of multiculturalizationIn the modern world the key to prosperity--or failure--in the global marketplace is awareness of cultural differences. Multicultural Behavior and Global Business Environments offers a sweeping multidisciplinary inventory of facts theories and practical ideas for making multiculturalism work. This comprehensive volume is a crucial resource for every manager who belongs to a multinational organization as well as students of both domestic and international business political science international relations public administration and educational administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862704

Multicultural Challenges and Redefining Identity in East Asia Globalization and increased migration have brought both new opportunities and new tensions to traditional East Asian societies. Multicultural Challenges and Redefining Identity in East Asia draws together a wide range of distinguished local scholars to discuss multiculturalism and the changing nature of social identity in East Asia. Regional specialists review specific events and situations in China Korea Japan Thailand Vietnam Singapore Taiwan Malaysia Indonesia and the Philippines to provide a focus on life as it is lived at the local level whilst also tracing macro discourses on the national issues affected by multiculturalism and identity. The contributors look at the uneven multicultural development across these different countries and how to bridge the gap between locality and universality. They examine how ethnic majorities and minorities can achieve individual rights exert civic responsibility and explain how to construct a deliberative framework to make sustainable democracy possible. This book considers the emergence of a new cross-national network designed to address multicultural challenges and imagines an East Asian community with shared values of individual dignity and multicultural diversity. With strong empirical support it puts forward a regulative ideal by which a new paradigm for multicultural coexistence and regional cooperation can be realized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409455288

Multicultural Children in the Early YearsCreative Teaching Meaningful Learning How do multicultural children and their parents experience the very beginning of their school careers? How do teachers mediate the demands of the educational system and how do the children adapt? What kind of access to the National Curriculum is offered to multicultural children? Originally published in 1999 the authors answer these questions by drawing on two years’ intensive research in three multi-ethnic institutions. They explore teachers’ values and beliefs and how they attempt to put them into practice. They describe how at times teachers were constrained to get things done because of pressures operating on them but at other times taught creatively in a way particularly relevant to the children’s concerns and cultures. The authors studied the children’s experiences on their transition into school and argue that they were inducted into not only a general pupil role but also one based on an anglicised model of pupil. Opportunities for learning which children found most meaningful came notably from free play but these became gradually more limited as they engaged with the National Curriculum. These young children were forming complex identities as they sought to respond to the varying influences operating them. Their parents saw a cultural divide opening up between home and school. Many suggestions for practice and policy are made in the course of the book and are still relevant today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441708

Multicultural Citizenship of the European Union This title was first published in 2000:  This text deals with two intertwined dimensions of multicultural citizenship of the European Union. It studies the theoretical debate over how best to reconcile multiculturalism citizenship and the need for collective identity at the European Union (EU) level by comparing EU citizenship with cultural citizenship and multicultural studies in the United States. In addition to this through the study of EU documents the author contends that there exists such a thing as policies of multicultural citizenship at the European Union level. He then goes on to analyze their key aspects such as the pursuit of symbolic forms of multiculturalism and the arguments to support affirmative action policies for women. The text also examines the steps taken by certain EU institutions towards creating European identity and improving awareness of citizenship and cultural heritage while meeting the test of subsidiarity. The author concludes that there are competing discourses in EU institutions concerning the best model for EU citizenship. Among other concepts they construe multiculturalism and transnationalism as contested and sometimes opposing interpretations of citizenship. The text goes on to reveal a lack of substantive connection between EU citizenship and identity in the European Union as well as the artificiality of EU attempts to build it anew. It concludes that a plurality of cultural constructions of EU citizenship within the wider framework of liberal culturalism may be a viable model of EU citizenship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723948

Multicultural Counseling and PsychotherapyA Lifespan Approach Multicultural Counseling and Psychotherapy 6th ed offers counseling students and professionals a distinctive lifespan approach that emphasizes the importance of social justice and diversity in mental health practice. Chapters include case studies reflection questions and examinations of current issues in the field. Each chapter also discusses the ways in which a broad range of factors—including sexuality race gender identity and socioeconomic conditions—affect clients’ mental health and gives students the information they need to best serve clients from diverse backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953543

Multicultural CounselingPerspectives from Counselors as Clients of Color This is the first book to explore the experiences of people of color in counseling from the perspective of individuals who are practicing counselors and were previously clients in counseling themselves. Marbley conducted a research study in which she interviewed eight individuals representing each of the major groups of color in the United States - African American Asian and Asian American Hispanic/Latino and American Indian � to obtain the stories of their experiences in their own words. These stories provide insight into the problems in and failures of counseling services provided to people of color. She quotes extensively from these interviews throughout the book using the voices of the participants to highlight these shortcomings and personalize her discussion of the issues they have faced. A chapter is devoted to each of the groups of color as well as one to counseling issues related to gender. These chapters provide an overview of the literature on the historical experiences of these groups in mental health and a discussion of the counselors� experiences and conclude with implications and recommendations for counseling and psychotherapy with these groups. Information from follow-up interviews conducted 12 years after the original ones are also provided to compare and contrast the participants� responses to their earlier ones. Marbley concludes with a look at the need for a social justice movement within the mental health field in order to improve the experiences of and outcomes for people of color. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415348

Multicultural CurriculumNew Directions for Social Theory Practice and Policy First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203611166

Multicultural Educ - Arora First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315831817

Multicultural Educ - Arora First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029702

Multicultural Education Multicultural education is a thriving – though sometimes controversial and increasingly contested – field of study and research. Its major aim and purpose has been described as to create equal educational opportunities for students from diverse racial ethnic social and cultural backgrounds to help them acquire the knowledge aptitudes and skills needed to function effectively in a pluralistic democratic society. Multicultural education draws its content concepts paradigms and theories from specialized interdisciplinary domains such as ethnic and women’s studies (and from history and the social and behavioural sciences) as well as by interrogating challenging and reinterpreting the work of other established disciplines and applying it to pedagogy and curriculum development in educational settings. As academic thinking about and around multicultural education continues to develop this new title in the Routledge series Major Themes in Education meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the field’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Compiled by David Gillborn editor of the leading international journal Race Ethnicity and Education this new collection of major works brings together in four volumes the canonical and the best cutting-edge scholarship. The editor has drawn on the most important and influential research to create a one-stop ‘mini library’ which describes and analyses the nature scope and principal issues of global multicultural education today. Multicultural Education is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students – as well as by educational policy-makers – as a vital research and pedagogic tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500173

Multicultural Education in Colleges and UniversitiesA Transdisciplinary Approach This book provides both an overview of the core dilemma in America--racism and the deadly impact it has had on American society--and an account of the ways in which the book's contributors have attempted to deal with this dilemma in their own teaching practice. Two core essays explore the theoretical and historical issues involved in defining "races" and "ethnic groups" in the West and issues of racial and ethnic inequality in American society. The volume then examines a variety of strategies for "teaching the conflicts" in comparative literature and politics; African American literature; law history and political science; sociology; religion; economics; anthropology; and art and music. A premise of this book is that multicultural education in colleges and universities must be transdisciplinary--based on the perspectives offered by a multiplicity of interrelated disciplines. Clearly scholars across the disciplines have a great deal to learn from one another about issues of race and ethnicity in American society. This book shares such knowledge in order to provide relevant accurate information about these issues and their consequences for individuals living in America. It also encourages university educators to understand the challenges we face as a society and to be idealistic enough to want to draw upon the various strengths of our culture to assist in the remaking of American democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044910

Multicultural Education in South KoreaLanguage ideology and culture in Korean language arts education This book examines the political ideological and socio-cultural politics underlying the 2009 National Multicultural Curriculum Reform and recent multicultural education policies in South Korea. Unlike the conservative groups in Western countries who argue that supporting cultural diversity and the cultural rights of minority groups balkanizes ethnic differences and divides the community the New Rights and the conservative groups in South Korea have been very supportive of multicultural discourses and practices and have created many multicultural policy agendas geared toward ushering in what have they called "the multicultural era." Through the Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) of government multicultural policy documents a range of media sources the 2009 national curriculum reform policy documents and the 200 Korean language arts textbooks from 23 textbook publishers Multicultural Education in South Korea: Language ideology and culture in Korean language arts education examines how the conservative Korean government’s interpretation and practices of multiculturalism have been infiltrated and challenged by progressive and migrant-led agents/agencies. The analysis of academic official and popular discourses on migrant Others is focused on but not limited to: "The multicultural era" and struggles for hegemonic power; Politics of multicultural knowledge control in education and society; Formation of discourses on multicultural society and multicultural education; Examining the national curriculum: The politics of representing migrant Others; and The hidden curriculum of multicultural education: Limitations and possibilities. The author’s insightful discussion on the politics of knowledge education and teaching in multicultural societies will prove particularly useful to policy makers think-tank officials and academic scholars in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576636

Multicultural Education of Children and Adolescents Multicultural Education of Children and Adolescents explores the foundations of diversity through cultural portraits of young people from a variety of backgrounds and provides practical strategies for shaping and implementing a multicultural curriculum. In Part I the authors introduce multicultural education as a concept and document the increasing cultural diversity of the United States. The text describes in Part II various cultural groups—including African American Indian and Hispanic cultures—to help pre-service teachers better understand the backgrounds of diverse learners. Part III focuses on topics that educators should consider when planning and implementing programs that teach acceptance and respect for cultural diversity. Through this series of applied chapters teacher candidates will learn to use the most effective instructional practices with diverse learners and to work successfully with families school personnel and administrators to implement a multicultural program. Content and features new to the sixth edition include the following: Every chapter opens with a real-life story that introduces the subject matter by showing the ideas in action. Points to Ponder boxes urge readers to reflect more deeply on information they have just read. Additional Case Studies with accompanying Questions for Discussion in all chapters enable nuanced consideration of the crucial differences between culturally specific learning styles. Increased emphasis on Social Justice and White Privilege including its effects on all people. Chapter 13 has been significantly revised to include increased and updated information on sexual orientation including transgender students. Chapters in Part II now feature further expanded sections on socioeconomic status and conditions of each ethnic group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735361

Multicultural Family Art Therapy How does the family art therapist understand the complexities of another’s cultural diversity? What are international family therapist’s perspectives on treatment? These questions and more are explored in Multicultural Family Art Therapy a text that demonstrates how to practice psychotherapy within an ethnocultural and empathetic context. Each international author presents their clinical perspective and cultural family therapy narrative thereby giving readers the structural framework they need to work successfully with clients with diverse ethnic backgrounds different from their own. A wide range of international contributors provide their perspectives on visual symbols and content from America Canada Britain Ireland Australia Israel Russia Singapore Taiwan Japan Korea Trinidad Central America and Brazil. They also address a diversity of theoretical orientations including attachment solution-focused narrative parent-child and brief art therapy and write about issues such as indigenous populations immigration acculturation identity formation and cultural isolation. At the core of this new text is the realization that family art therapy should address not only the diversity of theory but also the diversity of international practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827324

Multicultural Health Translation Interpreting and Communication Multicultural Health Translation Interpreting and Communication presents the latest research in health translation resource development and evaluation community and professional health interpreting and the communication of health risks to multicultural populations. Covering a variety of research topics in empirical health translation and interpreting this advanced resource will be helpful for research students and academics of translation and interpreting studies who have an interest in health issues particularly in multicultural and multilingual societies. This edited volume brings in interdisciplinary expertise from areas such as translation studies community interpreting health communication and education nursing medical anthropology and psychology and will be of interest to healthcare professionals language services in multilingual societies and researchers interested in communication between healthcare providers and users. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543089

Multicultural Human Services for AIDS Treatment and PreventionPolicy Perspectives and Planning This much-needed book presents an introduction and overview of multicultural AIDS issues in social work practice. In a culturally diverse nation it is essential that professionals look at AIDS within a cultural context in order to find the most effective treatment and prevention strategies for everyone. Emphasizing this need for a culturally sensitive approach Multicultural Human Services for AIDS Treatment and Prevention increases social workers’often limited knowledge and experience with various social and ethnic groups. It provides specific suggestions and recommendations for program development and acts as a foundation upon which to build new strategies for policy research and practice. Multicultural Human Services for AIDS Treatment and Prevention emphasizes the importance of encouraging and sharing research that addresses AIDS and minority populations and assessing prevention education and behavioral change strategies from culturally specific and relevant perspectives. It includes chapters focusing on African Americans Native American Indians Hawaiians Puerto Ricans and Mexican prostitutes--groups that often suffer disproportionately from poverty and its myriad effects. Some topics discussed in the book are: helping clients reduce cultural dissonance how to enhance behavior change child welfare and permanency planning empowerment of clients and health care models knowledge attitudes and behaviors regarding HIV/AIDS cultural contradictions and ambivalence in response to AIDSMulticultural Human Services for AIDS Treatment and Prevention is an extremely useful and informative book for all professionals in social work and human services who want to be better prepared to help all groups of people. The book is also an ideal text for upper-level social work students studying topics such as multicultural issues in social work practice AIDS in a cultural context and health policy and health care systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863825

Multicultural Issues and Literacy Achievement This book is a sequel to the author's earlier volume entitled Literacy Instruction in Multicultural Settings. In addition to extensive updating of earlier material this book extends the content coverage to include issues of power attitudes and systemic change through the application of discourse theory and critical theory. In doing so however the author has tried to maintain the brevity stylistic clarity and classroom focus of the earlier volume.Key features of this important new book include:*Teaching Flexibility. Although written with the classroom needs of pre-service teachers in mind theory and research are treated in sufficient depth to make the book suitable for graduate courses and for teacher study groups.*Issues Organization. Each chapter is organized around familiar issues that characterize schools and classrooms with diverse student populations and explores these issues through new lenses that most teachers have not previously encountered.*Social Constructivist Perspective. Critical theory discourse theory and historical perspective are introduced in order to sensitize readers to the need to recognize negative socially sustained patterns that hamper literacy achievement and replace them with positive patterns. To this end each chapter asks students to maintain a running list of negative patterns along with alternative positive patterns. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045450

Multicultural Issues in Literacy Research and Practice This volume brings together researchers and participants from diverse groups reflecting the different ways in which the field of multicultural literacies has been interpreted. A common theme across the chapters is attention to the ways in which elements of difference--race ethnicity gender class and language--create dynamic tensions that influence students' literacy experiences and achievement. The hope of the editors is that readers will build on the experiences and findings presented so that the field of multicultural literacies will have a greater impact of literacy research policy and practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410606945

Multicultural Issues in School Psychology Make a professional commitment to developing knowledge and awareness of your students' cultural differences. Multicultural Issues in School Psychology presents theoretical and empirical models that provide a framework for addressing cross-cultural concerns and introducing culturally specific services in school psychology practice. This unique book connects scientific knowledge with practical applications to address issues related to assessment intervention consultation systems/community intervention home-school partnerships and the adoption of evidence-based interventions. The book also looks at the school psychologist’s role in multicultural practice and the implications for developing culturally competent practitioners. Thsi book provides much-needed practical guidance in theory development research training policy and practice. The books contributors all active participants in the effort to develop multicultural perspectives and practices in schools address the importance of an ecological perspective the broad and varied definitions of culture the involvement of stakeholders in decision making innovative approaches to data collection and intervention design and the reconsideration of the school psychologist’s role. Multicultural Issues in School Psychology examines: a mixed-methods technique for developing culturally sound assessment tools a culture-specific peer victimization intervention for addressing the effects of bullying on middle school students the instructional needs of English language learners in non-bilingual settings an illustrative case study of Hmong parents in home-school partnerships various issues concerning multicultural interventions at a system level coding criteria for reviewing evaluating and identifying effective interventions and much more Multicultural Issues in School Psychology is an essential professional resource for counselors and researchers working in the field of adolescent health particularly drug abuse and for practicing psychologists child clinical psychologists and mental health professionals working in educational settings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808390

Multicultural Organizations in Asia A new study of how Asian Pacific organizations and private enterprises are expanding into markets beyond their national bases by transforming themselves in multinational and transnational directions. It shows how multicultural relations are fundamental to such shifts. It explains the organizational processes that characterize economic restructuring and the transgression of state borders by organizations seeking economic opportunities. It shows how these ambitions require boundaries to be overcome both inside and outside of organizations. This study also details the trend towards fluidity and complexity of boundaries – both physical and symbolic – within and without of organizations due to the speeding up of key processes. This however does not imply that boundaries are disappearing. Organizational change always challenges identities and sets new targets for this very identification. Mergers acquisitions and strategic alliances all generate new organizational forms and necessitate the redefinition and renegotiation of organizational boundaries. The manifold ways in which organizational boundaries are affected by economic restructuring and at the same time affect social processes within and between organizations in particular in the context of the booming economies of the Asia Pacific area is the focus of this volume. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Asian Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976542

Multicultural PartnershipsInvolve All Families This is a must-have research-based guide for all schools serving culturally diverse elementary and middle grade students and their communities. It's filled with fun practical highly effective strategies for raising awareness and engaging all families in their children's education — a sure path toward increased student success! Get detailed examples and step-by-step guidelines for implementing successful... Multicultural Family Nights Workshops for Parents Curriculum Connections Much of the reproducible material is also provided in Spanish - giving educators an even broader reach! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672109

Multicultural Perspectives in Customer Behaviour With globalisation taking centre stage in the business world and multiculturalism affecting markets and societies there is a need to understand the ways that customers respond to the changing marketplace from international and multicultural perspectives. This book is timely in addressing important themes raised in the most recent marketing literature such as: global consumer culture and the impact of Western culture on consumer behaviour in other countries; consumer acculturation processes and the impact on identity conflicts and the strategies people use to manage them; globalisation vs. localised strategies and the interaction of local and global influences on customer behaviour; climate change and global warming the impact on consumer behaviour and the implications for social responsibility; and cross-cultural customer research including important methodological questions around the application of sociological group-level measures to psychological individual-level phenomenon in marketing contexts. The papers in this edition address those themes reporting on studies from a range of countries including Germany Greece China and Austria and a number of cultural groups in the UK. These papers draw on quantitative and qualitative methodologies reflecting the full range of methods employed in contemporary consumer research. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008922

Multicultural Pharmaceutical Education Multicultural Pharmaceutical Education spotlights methods and theory on how to increase representation of minorities in pharmacy schools and practice settings. Many of the ideas presented in this book are unique and all provide an opportunity for institutions with few minority students to greatly improve their recruitment and retention efforts geared toward these students. The contributing authors representing all levels of academia--deans undergraduate students vice provosts executive directors a National Professor of the Year and faculty members--have all had experience in some aspect of minority pharmaceutical education. It is through their practical experiences that they offer suggestions and commentary on pharmacy programs of study. Historical accounts or examples of success that could be emulated at other institutions are included. With the help of Multicultural Pharmaceutical Education colleges and universities and their faculty can forge ahead in attracting and retaining minority students to their pharmacy programs and into the world of pharmacy practice. Structured around four major areas (foundation commitment actuation and conclusion) the authors remove the option of traditional excuses of failure in this important area of education. All those involved in pharmacy education should read this book whether deans admissions counselors professors or students. Multicultural Pharmaceutical Education provides an easy-to-read practical and theoretical approach to improving the opportunity and quality of education that minority students can achieve in pharmaceutical programs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863863

Multicultural Politics of Recognition and Postcolonial CitizenshipRethinking the Nation This book examines claims for recognition of cultural difference from immigrant and Indigenous minorities highlighting the ways in which they intersect with ideas of national community. Busbridge argues that there is an important albeit under-explored relationship between nation and multicultural politics of recognition.Drawing on the Australian context the book explores how nation features as a productive if somewhat ambivalent discursive resource in contemporary Muslim and Aboriginal struggles to be recognised. In demanding recognition minorities enter into the business of ‘making the nation’ by positing alternative conceptions of national identity culture and belonging that are more attentive to their differences and claims. This dynamic is engaged as an expression of ‘postcolonial citizenship’. Postcolonial citizenship is imagined in terms of the ways in which minority groups actualise multicultural realities through rewriting ideas of national community. It underlines the critical importance of revising the power relations that deem some groups ‘more national’ and others less so – and which in Western multicultural societies are typically tied to notions of the ‘West’ and its ‘others’.This book is an important conceptual theoretical and political intervention that brings postcolonialism and multiculturalism into dialogue on the increasingly potent issues of nation and national identity. It will be of great interest to scholars and students of sociology politics postcolonial studies culture identity and nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877491

Multicultural PsychologyThird Edition Multicultural Psychology introduces students to the myriad ways in which multicultural issues affect our understanding of and research in a wide range of domains including biological developmental social and clinical psychological science. It provides in-depth coverage of the largest groups of color in the United States: African Americans Latinx Americans Asian Pacific Americans and Native Americans. Students will gain an understanding of how race ethnicity and culture shape their own behavior beliefs interactions and expectations and those of the people around them. New to this edition: -New chapters on Clinical Psychology and Racial/Ethnic Identity and Acculturation -Greater focus on study of intersectional identities -Incorporates up-to-date research from a rapidly growing literature -Expanded coverage of qualitative research methods -Information about supplemental blog and video resources -Companion Website where students will find review questions and resource links and instructors will find PowerPoint slides and discussion questions Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659797

Multicultural QueerAustralian Narratives Examining the intersections of race culture gender and sexuality Multicultural Queer: Australian Narratives explores the lives of non-Anglo homosexuals in Australia and the difficulties they encounter establishing themselves in gay and lesbian communities. Through academic analyses creative genres and personal narratives this book describes how lesbians and gay men of ethnic minorities negotiate their sexuality amidst dual cultural forces. Multicultural Queer will help you learn about and understand the challenges that gay and lesbian ethnic minorities face within a Western culture.Discussing the experiences of individuals who have double or triple minority statuses--as gay people as members of ethnic minorities and/or as women--this book investigates racial stereotypes and the Australian gay “ideal.” From Multicultural Queer you will learn why many gay men of Asian ancestry feel sexually unattractive develop certain habits to make themselves more acceptable to peers and how they struggle to make sense of negative social experiences. Multicultural Queer contains research and first-hand accounts that give you insight into current efforts to explain and combat the exclusion of minorities such as: the relationship between race and sexuality issues related to self-esteem of gay Asian men as determined by their identification with Asian and/or gay communities common cinematic tropes and theoretical discourses used to depict and define Asians as mostly heterosexual or sexually deviant because of their ethnicity how anti-Semitism and racism are reflected in lesbian communities and how they relate to issues of privilege invisibility and exclusion dilemmas concerns and strategies for integrating multiculturalism and multisexuality in educational institutions to combat homophobiaProviding a background on immigration to Australia multiculturism policies and general facts about the country Multicultural Queer offers you a complete look at the diversity of Australian society. This insight will help you understand the feelings stereotypes and attitudes toward ethnic and sexual minorities and how they deal with their sexual and ethnic multiplicity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865348

Multicultural Relations On CampusA Personal Growth Approach First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415072

Multicultural StatesRethinking Difference and Identity The idea of the nation is globally in crisis but multiculturalism has often seemed to name a specifically national debate. Multicultural States challenges the national focus of these debates by investigating theories policies and practices of cultural pluralism across eight countries with historical links in British colonialism: the USA Canada Australia New Zealand India South Africa Ireland and Britain. This important book combines discussions of the principles of multiculturalism with studies of specific local histories and political conflicts. The contributors discuss: * communalism and colonialism in India* Irish sectarianism and postmodern identity politics* ethnic nationalism in post-apartheid South Africa* British multiculturalism as part of the heritage industry* feminism and Australian republicanism. Contributors: Ien Ang David Attwell Homi K. Bhabha Gargi Bhattacharyya Abena P. A. Busia Dipesh Chakrabarty Terry Eagleton John Frow Henry A. Giroux Ihab Hassan Smaro Kamboureli Maria Koundoura Beryl Langer Anne Maxwell Meaghan Morris Susan Mathieson and Jon Stratton Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203007549

Multiculturalism Identity and Rights This innovative volume brings a selection of leading political theorists to the wide-ranging debate on multiculturalism and political legitimacy. By focusing on the challenge to mainstream liberal theory posed by the surge of interest in the rights of minority groups and subcultures within states the authors confront issues such as rights liberalism cultural pluralism and power relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860000

Multiculturalism Social Cohesion and ImmigrationShifting Conceptions in the UK Multiculturalism Social Cohesion and Immigration brings together original research that addresses key facets of the changing dynamics of race multiculturalism and immigration in contemporary British society. The various chapters in this volume tackle important social and political issues such as ethnic diversity and segregation post-race politics contact and threat hypotheses national identity anti-racist mobilisation and whiteness. It provides an important insight into the dynamics of contemporary British society. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060227

Multiculturalism and Democracy in North AfricaAftermath of the Arab Spring Investigating the connections between multiculturalism minorities citizenship and democracy in North Africa this book argues that multiculturalism in this region– and in the Arab world at large – has reached a significant level in terms of scale and importance. In the rest of the world there has been a trend – albeit a contested one – toward a greater recognition of minority rights. The Arab world however particularly North Africa seems to be an exception to this trend as Arab states continue to promote highly unitary and homogenizing ideas of nationhood and state unity whilst discouraging or even forbidding minority political mobilization. The central theoretical premise of this book is that North Africa is a multicultural region where culture is inherently linked to politics religion gender and society and a place where democracy is gradually taking root despite many political and economic hurdles. Addressing the lacuna in literature on this issue this book opens new avenues of thought and research on diversity linking policy based on cultural difference to democratic culture and to social justice. Multiculturalism and Democracy in North Africa will be of use to students and researchers with an interest in Sociology Cultural Studies and Political Science more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790796

Multiculturalism and Diversity in Applied Behavior AnalysisBridging Theory and Application This textbook provides a theoretical and clinical framework for addressing multiculturalism and diversity in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Featuring contributions from national experts practicing clinicians researchers and academics that balance both a scholarly yet practical perspective this book guides the reader through theoretical foundations to clinical applications to help behavior analysts understand the impact of diversity in the ABA service delivery model. Chapters contain learning objectives literature reviews practice considerations case studies and discussion questions and are all aligned with the current BACB® Professional and Ethical Compliance Code and BACB® Task List. Accompanying the book are online test materials for students and instructors to assess the knowledge they have learned about various diversity topics. This book is a must have for graduate students in ABA programs faculty to incorporate diversity topics into graduate preparation supervisors looking to enhance a supervisee’s understanding of working with diverse clients and practicing behavior analysts in the field wanting to increase their awareness of working with diverse populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208783

Multiculturalism and Minority Religions in BritainKrishna Consciousness Religious Freedom and the Politics of Location A detailed case study of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON) in Britain. The book studies the particular development of a new religious movement within the context of Britain and issues relating to minority religions' place within a multicultural but still hegemonically Christian society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862531

Multiculturalism and Moral Conflict Multiculturalism is higher on the daily political agenda than it has ever been. Leading politicians and public commentators speak with an unparalleled bluntness about the perceived limitations of multiculturalism while representatives of cultural minorities express concern about marginalisation. This debate is taking place against a background of fear about terrorism the integrity of national identities and a loosely construed ‘clash of civilizations’. Secularism is pitted against religious fundamentalism respect for difference against the right of freedom of speech integration against self-determination and duties of citizenship against minority rights. This book confronts the reality of moral conflict in the debate on multiculturalism while resisting the simplification which too frequently accompanies daily commentary on both sides of an increasingly polarised debate. The volume as a whole marks an important step in the attempt to examine the underlying concepts of the nature and legitimate extent of disagreement of secularism the nature of power the state and citizenship which inevitably constitute key assumptions in the debate. Bringing together leading scholars on multiculturalism: Gerald Gaus Peter Jones John Horton Tariq Modood Chandran Kukathas Bhikhu Parekh Matthew Festenstein and Cecile Laborde this book discusses the latest developments in the field. It will be of strong interest students and scholars of multiculturalism political science political theory international relations sociology philosophy and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415503525

Multiculturalism and the Arts in European Cities This book discusses the tension or even the contradiction between ethno-cultural segregation and ethno-cultural mixing in the field of the arts. It focuses on the local artistic sphere in the multicultural EU cities of Amsterdam Antwerp Brussels Cologne Malmö and Vienna. The chapters show a variety of local experiences by exploring in each city discourses policies and practices in the local artistic field and by addressing one or more of the following questions: How do cities construct diversity discourses and policies? How do migrants and subsequent generations mobilise in the local artistic scene? What type of collective identities and ethnicities are publicly expressed and constructed in the arts? Are immigrant and ethnic artists and productions supported by official cultural institutions? Are local cultural policies becoming multicultural? How do migrant and ethnic artist mobilise in order to change cultural policies? The contributors combine top-down and bottom-up perspectives from a variety of large mid-size and small European cities to make sense of the links between migrants and ethnic groups and artistic change at the local level. They examine how the city as an artistic space is changed by minority artistic expression and also how local cultural institutions change minority artistic expressions. The chapter authors are drawn from broad variety of disciplines including anthropology cultural studies political science sociology urban studies and planning offering the reader a broad variety of perspectives and insights into this area. This book was originally published as a special issue of Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689923

Multiculturalism and the Jews In this powerful and wide-ranging study Sander Gilman explores the idea of 'the multicultural' in the contemporary world a question he frames as the question of the relationship between Jews and Muslims. How do Jews define themselves and how are they in turn defined within the global struggles of the moment struggles that turn in large part around a secularized Christian perspective? Gilman uses his subject to unpack a sequence of important issues: what does it mean to be multicultural? Can the experience of diaspora Judaism serve as a useful model for Islam in today's multicultural Europe? What is a multicultural ethnic? Other chapters look at specific figures in Jewish cultural history â€“ Albert Einstein Franz Kafka Israel Zangwill Philip Roth the hermaphrodite N.O. Body (aka Karl Baer raised as Martha Baer) â€“ to explore issues within Jewish identity. Throughout Gilman pays keen attention to the ways in which contemporary literature â€“ Chabon Ozick Zadie Smith Jonathan Safran Foer Gary Shteyngart â€“ taking the idea of Jewishness and multiculturalism into new arenas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699799

Multiculturalism as a fourth force First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727614

Multiculturalism in AcademeA Source Book First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866539

Multiculturalism in Contemporary BritainPolicy Law and Theory Since 1945 the United Kingdom has changed from a polity that was overwhelmingly white ethnically British and Christian to one constituted by creeds cultures and communities drawn from all over the globe. The term ‘multiculturalism’ evokes these demographic changes the policies and laws that arose as a result and connected public debates. Political and public support for multiculturalism has been called into question in the new millennium with British multiculturalism—and Britain itself—currently in a state of flux.This volume examines the policy law and political theory of multiculturalism in the British context exploring how they inform each other. It covers topics such as national identity immigration integration the welfare state gender freedom of religion and human rights. It provides a deeper understanding of contemporary British multiculturalism in its various aspects inexorably leading back to fundamental questions regarding the structure and purpose of the British polity. It also explores the connections between multiculturalism and current events including Brexit renewed calls for Scottish independence and the broader rise of populism in the West.This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy to which the editors have added a new concluding chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582913

Multiculturalism in Education and TeachingThe selected works of Carl A. Grant In the World Library of Educationalists series international experts compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key article salient research findings major theoretical and practical contributions – so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers will be able to follow the themes and strands and see how their work contributes to the development of the field. Carl A. Grant has spent the last 35 years researching teaching thinking and writing about some of the key enduring issues in multicultural education. He has contributed to a multitude of books and articles and is former President of the National Association for Multicultural Education. In his selected works Carl Grant brings together 14 of his key writings in one place. Starting with a specially written Introduction which gives an overview of his career and contextualises his selection within the development of the field the book is divided into three parts: - Race and Educational Equity - Theorizing Multicultural Education - Multicultural Teacher Education. This book not only shows how Carl Grant’s thinking developed during his long and distinguished career it also gives an insight into the development of the fields to which he contributed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724470

Multiculturalism in PracticeIrish Jewish Italian and Pakistani Migration to Scotland This title was first published in 2000. Patterns of racism and disadvantage vary throughout Britain yet most British research continues to focus on data from England and Wales. This Scottish study allows distinctions to emerge which contribute to our understanding of the complex processes of discrimination and integration. Looking first at the history of Irish Jewish and Italian migration to Scotland attention is then focused on the Pakistani population. Whilst acknowledging the persistence of racism the author uses original quantitative and qualitative data to examine the ways in which immigrants and their descendants assert their priorities. The book questions whether focusing on minority ethnic groups as victims of racism is the most effective strategy in undermining exclusionary practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737839

MulticulturalismA Critical Introduction What is multiculturalism and what are the different theories used to justify it? Are multicultural policies a threat to liberty and equality? Can liberal democracies accommodate minority groups without sacrificing peace and stability? In this clear introduction to the subject Michael Murphy explores these questions and critically assesses multiculturalism from the standpoint of political philosophy and political practice. The book explores the origins and contemporary usage of the concept of multiculturalism in the context of debates about citizenship egalitarian justice and conflicts between individual and collective rights. The ideas of some of the most influential champions and critics of multiculturalism including Will Kymlicka Chandran Kukathas Susan Okin and Brian Barry are also clearly explained and evaluated. Key themes include the tension between multiculturalism and gender equality cultural relativism and the limits of liberal toleration and the impact of multicultural policies on social cohesion ethnic conflict. Murphy also surveys the legal practices and policies enacted to accommodate multiculturalism drawing on examples from the Americas Australasia Europe Asia and the Middle East. Multiculturalism: A Critical Introduction is an ideal starting point for anyone coming to the topic for the first time as well as those already familiar with some of the key issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415260435

Multiculturalism's Double-BindCreating Inclusivity Cosmopolitanism and Difference Using a rich array of ethnographic and archival data closely considering the Irish and the manner in which ’Irishness’ was rendered inclusive Multiculturalism's Double Bind demonstrates that multiculturalism can encourage cross-community political engagement in the global city. This book challenges the perceived wisdom that multiculturalism counteracts the opportunity for groups to move beyond their particularized constituency to build links and networks with other 'minority' groups. Theoretically informed and empirically grounded this volume will appeal to scholars across a range of disciplines including migration and ethnicity social and cultural anthropology Irish studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260245

Multi-Detector CT Imaging Handbook Two Volume Set This book covers the engineering and clinical benefits in diagnosis of human pathologies including the protocols and potential of advanced tomography scanning with very high quality CT images. With contributions from world-class experts the book examines all aspects of CT technologies related to neck-brain cardiovascular systems thorax abdomen and GI system pelvis and urinary system and musculoskeletal system. It also provides coverage of CAD applications to CT along with a discussion of the potential dangers of CT in terms of over-radiation particularly related to children. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439893999

Multi-Detector CT ImagingAbdomen Pelvis and CAD Applications Developments in CT technology during the last 20 years have impressively improved its diagnostic potentialities. Part of a two-volume set that covers all aspects of CT imaging Multi-Detector CT Imaging: Abdomen Pelvis and CAD Applications contains easily searchable clinical specialty chapters that provide specific information without need of an index. The coverage goes far beyond just a "how-to" or an encyclopedia of findings however. The authors have uniformly put techniques clinical findings pathologic disease presentations and clinical implications in practical perspective. It is no wonder that with the critical role CT plays and the rapid innovations in computer technology that advances in the capabilities and complexity of CT imaging continue to evolve. While information about these developments may be scattered about in journals and other resources this two-volume set provides an authoritative up-to-date and educational reference that covets the entire spectrum of CT. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072527

Multi-Detector CT ImagingPrinciples Head Neck and Vascular Systems Developments in CT technology during the last 20 years have impressively improved its diagnostic potentialities. Part of a two-volume set that covers all aspects of CT imaging Multi-Detector CT Imaging: Principles Head Neck and Vascular Systems contains easily searchable clinical specialty chapters that provide specific information without need of an index. The coverage goes far beyond just a "how-to" or an encyclopedia of findings however. The authors have uniformly put techniques clinical findings pathologic disease presentations and clinical implications of imaging findings in practical perspective. This Volume Features: Discusses technical principles CT perfusion contrast media postprocessing and clinical applications and radiation dose Covers imaging of the neck and brain including paranasal sinuses and the ear brain tumors neurodegenerative diseases CNS infection and head trauma Examines how to use CT data for planning cardiovascular procedures Includes coverage of pathologies of the pericardium and CT venography Presents information on clinical applications in lung disease With the critical role CT plays and the rapid innovations in computer technology it is no wonder that advances in the capabilities and complexity of CT imaging continue to evolve. While information about these developments may be scattered about in journals and other resources this two-volume set provides an authoritative up-to-date and educational reference that covets the entire spectrum of CT. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076488

Multidimensional Analysis and Discrete Models Multidimensional Analysis and Discrete Models a thorough and detailed reference covers the main structures of multidimensional analysis and the intrinsically defined discrete models in applied mathematics mathematical physics and related fields. The material is presented in a clear and straightforward manner with background information provided to define finite models and to clarify the concepts of multidimensional analysis. The book covers special difference models of the mathematical physics equations models of boundary value problems and objects of quantum mechanics. Considerable attention is also given to differential operators on Riemannian manifolds and the interpretation of classical vector analysis.The primary focus of Multidimensional Analysis and Discrete Models is on the description of regular methods of constructing intrinsically defined discrete models for special classes of continual objects but emphasis is also given to the interaction of ideas and methods that exist throughout the field of mathematics. For example the connections between theories derived from classical and functional analysis Riemannian geometry and algebraic topology are illustrated and are discussed in terms of their relevance to computing solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895765

Multidimensional ChromatographyTechniques and Applications This book summarizes all the important aspects of multidimensional separations providing information on gas liquid and thin-layer chromatography as well as the techniques and applications of supercritical fluid chromatography in the multidimensional mode. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066286

Multidimensional Functional Assessment of Older AdultsThe Duke Older Americans Resources and Services Procedures Reliable easily administered and objective ways of assessing the well-being of the elderly and their use of and need for services are rare. The author of this study provides current information on the Multidimensional Functional Assessment of Older Adults (MFAQ) -- the most widely used questionnaire of its type. This volume discusses ways in which the procedure has been used and can be used by clinicians program evaluators and planners. The book also examines OARS (Older Americans Resources and Services Program) MFAQ and how it permits assessment of the level of functioning in five areas: social economic mental health physical health and self-care. Readers will find detailed and updated information on administration hand and computer-based scoring as well as use of the questionnaire. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138976559

Multidimensional Models of Perception and Cognition The mental representations of perceptual and cognitive stimuli vary on many dimensions. In addition because of quantal fluctuations in the stimulus spontaneous neural activity and fluctuations in arousal and attentiveness mental events are characterized by an inherent variability. During the last several years a number of models and theories have been developed that explicitly assume the appropriate mental representation is both multidimensional and probabilistic. This new approach has the potential to revolutionize the study of perception and cognition in the same way that signal detection theory revolutionized the study of psychophysics. This unique volume is the first to critically survey this important new area of research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138994263

Multidimensional Nonlinear Descriptive Analysis Quantification of categorical or non-numerical data is a problem that scientists face across a wide range of disciplines. Exploring data analysis in various areas of research such as the social sciences and biology Multidimensional Nonlinear Descriptive Analysis presents methods for analyzing categorical data that are not necessarily sampled randomly from a normal population and often involve nonlinear relations. This reference not only provides an overview of multidimensional nonlinear descriptive analysis (MUNDA) of discrete data it also offers new results in a variety of fields. The first part of the book covers conceptual and technical preliminaries needed to understand the data analysis in subsequent chapters. The next two parts contain applications of MUNDA to diverse data types with each chapter devoted to one type of categorical data a brief historical comment and basic skills peculiar to the data types. The final part examines several problems and then concludes with suggestions for future progress. Covering both the early and later years of MUNDA research in the social sciences psychology ecology biology and statistics this book provides a framework for potential developments in even more areas of study. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367390648

Multidimensional ScalingHistory Theory and Applications This outstanding presentation of the fundamentals of multidimensional scaling illustrates the applicability of MDS to a wide variety of disciplines. The first two sections provide ground work in the history and theory of MDS. The final section applies MDS techniques to such diverse fields as physics marketing and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138462540

Multi-Dimensional Therapy with Families Children and AdultsThe Diamond Model Multi-Dimensional Therapy with Families Children and Adults: The Diamond Model is a comprehensive introduction to a model of multi-systemic integrative culturally competent child and family-oriented psychotherapy: The Diamond Model. This model integrates a great number of concepts methods and techniques found in diverse fields such as the various branches of psychology and psychotherapy cultural anthropology biology linguistics and more into a single linguistically unified theoretical and methodological framework. Through this model the author presents clinical cases to help explore various internal and external factors that lead individuals and families to seek out therapy. The book also reserves a special place for examining play therapeutic and culturally competent techniques. With vivid clinical examples throughout Multi-Dimensional Therapy with Families Children and Adults serves both as a theory-to-practice guide and as a reference book for therapists working with children and families in training and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282513

Multi-dimensional Transitions of International Students to Higher Education International students experience multiple and multi-dimensional educational and life transitions: moving to a new country moving to a new educational system and moving to higher educational degree programmes. Within these transitions they experience differences in the social and organisational cultures languages and interpersonal expectations realities and relationships. Their transitions also lead to and interact with transitions of professionals home students and their families. Multi-dimensional Transitions of International Students to Higher Education provides up-to-date literature research and theoretical constructs that underpin international students’ transitions to Higher Education. This book will help you to understand the opportunities issues social-emotional-psychological dimensions and evidence-based interventions that are vital to support an individual through these educational and life transitions. Split into four sections topics include: Theoretical Underpinning Research in Different Contexts Impact of Educational Practice and Social Systems Interventions and Strategies Used to Enhance International Students’ Affective Behavioural and Cognitive Transition Experiences This book is essential reading for professionals students and policy makers and provides significant research insights to academics and researchers in the area of education psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890909

MultidisciplinarityProjects for Social Change in Art and Culture In Manifesto for an Independent Revolutionary Art André Breton and Diego Rivera under the effects of German fascism and Russian Stalinism in society argued that art can only impact society and be revolutionary if it becomes independent of any social constructs. Almost six decades later in the rise of what became known as "relational aesthetics" the field of multidisciplinarity is expanding and many artistic projects for social change claim to be multidisciplinarity. However such projects show that we are still far from a broad discourse of multidisciplinarity. Multidisciplinarity takes a step towards a down-to-earth discussion of the relation between disciplinary discourses and grand narratives in three different projects focusing mainly on its artistic cultural and management aspects. Indeed drawing from the eclectic construction of these three multidisciplinary projects this volume serves to bridge the gap between the theoretical debates of disciplinary discourses and the harshness of everyday life in communities where projects for social change are being implemented. Presenting a panoptical view that places academic research side by side with daily life Multidisciplinarity unveils the bigger picture of both projects and interdisciplinary discourses. This insightful volume will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as Project Management Multidisciplinarity Culture Studies and Organisational Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589615

Multidisciplinary Approaches to Art Learning and CreativityFostering Artistic Exploration in Formal and Informal Settings This book explores learning in the arts and highlights ways in which art and creativity can ignite learning in schools informal learning spaces and higher education. The focus is on learning in with and through the arts. Written from a range of international perspectives Multidisciplinary Approaches to Art Learning and Creativity draws upon the fields of cognitive science art education technology and digital arts; the learning sciences; and museum studies to explore the theoretical underpinnings of artistic creativity and inspiration and provide empirical explorations of mechanisms that support learning in the arts. Critical factors that help to facilitate the creative process are considered and chapters highlight connections between research and practice in art learning. This volume offers a rich variety of positions and projects which underpin creativity in schools museums and other venues. An illustrative text for researchers and educators in the arts Multidisciplinary Approaches to Art Learning and Creativity demonstrates how artistic ways of thinking and working with artists empower art learners and support their needs and opportunities across the lifespan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361886

Multidisciplinary Approaches to Educational ResearchCase Studies from Europe and the Developing World This book provides an original perspective on a range of controversial issues in educational and social research through case studies of multi-disciplinary and mixed-method research involving children teachers schools and communities in Europe and the developing world. These case studies from researchers "across continents" and "across disciplines" explore a range of interesting issues including the relevance of research approaches to very different national settings and to the kinds of questions being asked; the barriers of language and culture between researcher and researched; articulating the thinking and feelings of very young children; the challenges of dealing with "partiality" of data; issues of identity subjectivity and reflexivity; and transferring research approaches from one national setting to the problems posed in another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744607

Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Teacher EvaluationUnderstanding the Research and Theory In the wake of national interest in teacher evaluation this book examines what we have learned about how and whether teacher evaluation holds teachers accountable and improves their practice. Drawing on literature in psychology economics and sociology this multi-disciplinary and multi-perspectival book explores teacher evaluation’s intended goals of development and accountability as well as its unintended consequences especially as they relate to equity. Blending theory from diverse disciplines with decades of research this book provides new insights into how teacher evaluation has played out in schools across the United States and offers recommendations for research policy and practice in the years to come. Insights include how to embed teacher evaluation in a larger culture of continuous learning; rethinking assumptions on accountability and development aims; and highlighting the importance of equity in the design implementation and outcomes of teacher evaluation. Every chapter concludes with practical recommendations informed by theory and research to guide policymakers researchers and district and school leaders as they seek to understand design and implement better teacher evaluation systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149468

Multidisciplinary Perspectives on the Psychology of ExclusionFrom Rejection to Personal and Social Harmony This new volume considers one of the most pressing topics of the generation: the sense of social exclusion rejection and loneliness experienced by many adolescents and young adults. It offers insights from psychological and biochemical research explaining the role of the brain mind and body in the development of a sense of belonging over the lifespan. Illustrated with examples of the consequences of exclusion drawn from the author’s clinical work this important work surveys the latest research in the field and introduces an innovative framework for understanding the development of a sense of belonging. Wilczyńska considers the effects of social exclusion exploring its consequences for mental health particularly amongst young people and reveals how transgenerational trauma imprinted at the early stages of human development impacts lifelong development. Including a foreword by Philip Zimbardo Multidisciplinary Perspectives on the Psychology of Exclusion is essential reading for students and researchers of developmental psychology social psychology and sociology. It will also be of interest to practitioners and policymakers working with children and young people to understand and mitigate the effects of social exclusion and loneliness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367627898

Multidisciplinary Studies of the Environment and CivilizationJapanese Perspectives Multidisciplinary Studies on the Environment and Civilization draws on research from a diverse range of fields across the humanities social and natural sciences to discover what is needed to develop an affluent sustainable and resilient world for the twenty-first century and beyond. The contributions throughout this volume build and promote frameworks for an interdisciplinary approach to sustainability both in and beyond Japan. Utilizing research efforts from a broad range of fields such as zoology biological anthropology and archaeology these multidisciplinary studies are brought together to assess the impacts humans have had on the environment as well as the role of civilization culture and heritage in environmental history. This book provides a truly multidisciplinary approach to environmental issues and will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in fields such as climate geology plant taxonomy and marine science as well as those with an interest in Japanese history archaeology art and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247997

Multi-disciplinary Sustainable Engineering: Current and Future TrendsProceedings of the 5th Nirma University International Conference on Eng The Nirma University International Conference on Engineering NUiCONE is a flagship event of the Institute of Technology Nirma University Ahmedabad. NUiCONE-2015 is focussed on events/themes in the current trends in Engineering and its research issues. Practicing engineers technologists and technopreneurs from the industry  will engage in special knowledge sharing sessions using applied technical papers by industry participants on case-study applications white-papers panel discussions industrial exhibitions of innovations and technology products etc.This proceedings book includes peer reviewed and presented research papers by research scholars and professionals from academia industry and government R&D organizations. The papers included in this proceedings volume present unpublished research of participating researchers related to some specific multi-disciplinary themes addressing sustainable engineering fields like Sustainable Manufacturing Processes; Design and Analysis of Machine & Mechanisms; Energy Conservation and Management; Concrete and Structural Engineering; Infrastructure Project Planning and Management; Chemical Process Development and Design; and Technologies for Green Environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737108

Multifaceted Identity of Interethnic Young PeopleChameleon Identities The number of interethnic individuals is one of the most striking demographic changes in Britain over the last decade. Demonstrating both that identity is fluid and multifaceted rather than fixed and that people of Asian Black Chinese and White interethnic backgrounds do not necessarily experience identity conflict as proposed by some social scientists Multifaceted Identity of Interethnic Young People explores the manner in which interethnic young people define their identities. In doing so it also looks at their parents and their experiences as interethnic couples in society. Presenting rich new empirical information relating to young people of Black White Asian and Chinese interethnic backgrounds this book also examines the impact that inter-religious relationships have upon young people's sense of identity whilst also discussing the implications of the election of America's first interethnic president. As such it will be of interest to social scientists working in the fields of race ethnicity and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250956

Multi-Faith Activity Assemblies90+ Ideas for Primary Schools Packed with ideas for the primary school teacher this book includes stories songs and drama activities from six major world religions: Christianity Buddhism Hinduism Islam Judaism and Sikhism. The book is helpfully split into topic areas which include: New Beginnings Places of Worship Friends Festivals Rites of Passage Water Themes Animals and Birds Inspirational Leaders. There is also a useful section on background information with pronunciation guides for teachers for the different world religions featured. Multi-faith Activity Assemblies combines Elizabeth Peirce's previous books Activity Assemblies for Christian Collective Worship 5-11 and Activity Assemblies for Multi-racial Schools 5-11. Taking the best ideas from both and adding new material it will be invaluable to headteachers deputy headteachers primary school teachers or any trainee teacher who is looking for a collection of assembly ideas that promotes tolerance and understanding of the multi-faith society in which we live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145726

Multifamily Therapy Group for Young Adults with Anorexia NervosaReconnecting for Recovery Multifamily Therapy Group for Young Adults with Anorexia Nervosa describes a new and innovative family-centered outpatient Multifamily Therapy Group (MFTG) approach called Reconnecting for Recovery (R4R) for young adults with anorexia nervosa that is based on a relational reframing of eating disorders. Developed in concert with young adults and their families and informed by clinical observations theory and research R4R is designed to help young adults and family members learn the emotional and relational skills required to avoid or repair relationship ruptures for continued collaboration in recovery. The book begins with an overview of anorexia nervosa MFTG treatment approaches and the development of R4R and moves into a session by session review of R4R including session goals exercises and handouts. Protocols case vignettes and other materials help translate the theory and research underlying this multifamily therapy group model into practice. This treatment manual provides readers with explicit guidance in how to develop and conduct an outpatient R4R MFTG and a deeper understanding of the nature purposes and processes that characterize one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624900

Multiferroic MaterialsProperties Techniques and Applications "a very detailed book on multiferroics that will be useful for PhD students and researchers interested in this emerging field of materials science" —Dr. Wilfrid Prellier Research Director CNRS Caen France Multiferroics has emerged as one of the hottest topics in solid state physics in this millennium. The coexistence of multiple ferroic/antiferroic properties makes them useful both for fundamental studies and practical applications such as revolutionary new memory technologies and next-generation spintronics devices. This book provides an historical introduction to the field followed by a summary of recent progress in single-phase multiferroics (type-I and type-II) multiferroic composites (bulk and nano composites) and emerging areas such as domain walls and vortices. Each chapter addresses potential technological implications. There is also a section dedicated to theoretical approaches both phenomenological and first-principles calculations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482251531

MultifractalsTheory and Applications Although multifractals are rooted in probability much of the related literature comes from the physics and mathematics arena. Multifractals: Theory and Applications pulls together ideas from both these areas using a language that makes them accessible and useful to statistical scientists. It provides a framework in particular for the evaluation of statistical properties of estimates of the Renyi fractal dimensions.The first section provides introductory material and different definitions of a multifractal measure. The author then examines some of the various constructions for describing multifractal measures. Building from the theory of large deviations he focuses on constructions based on lattice coverings covering by point-centered spheres and cascades processes. The final section presents estimators of Renyi dimensions of integer order two and greater and discusses their properties. It also explores various applications of dimension estimation and provides a detailed case study of spatial point patterns of earthquake locations. Estimating fractal dimensions holds particular value in studies of nonlinear dynamical systems time series and spatial point patterns. With its careful yet practical blend of multifractals estimation methods and case studies Multifractals: Theory and Applications provides a unique opportunity to explore the estimation methods from a statistical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367455200

Multifunctional Cement-Based Materials Unique in its focus on functional properties this book examines the resistive piezoresistive thermoelectric and electromagnetic behavior of multifunctional cement-based materials for reduced cost improved durability and maintenance and optimization of various structural designs. The author analyzes cement-based compounds for enhancing a wide-range of structures including buildings bridges highways automobiles and aircrafts exploring characteristics such as vibration damping strain sensing electromagnetic and magnetic shielding electrical conductivity and thermal insulation for improved structure stability and performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395124

Multifunctional Cosmetics Considers groundbreaking developments in cosmeceuticals and the two-in-one shampoo! Multifunctional Cosmetics examines the execution details one should consider when creating multifunctional products shows how to design tests to support claims considers the role of packaging in multifunctional products explores products designed to deliver enhance or prolong color as they clean and condition hair analyzes the growing importance of shower gels and bath products that perform multiple functions such as cleansing conditioning and coloring demonstrates how antiperspirants/deodorants use dually functional formulas to control body odor indicates how to introduce moisturizing or conditioning properties into products that have a different primary function Complemented by more than 300 references figures and tables Multifunctional Cosmetics is an excellent resource for pharmaceutical formulation cosmetic and fragrance chemists scientists and technologists; cosmetics pharmaceutical chemical and biochemical engineers; skin physiologists and biologists; pharmacists and pharmacologists; dermatologists; quality control and assurance managers; and regulatory personnel; and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446970

Multifunctional Land Uses in AfricaSustainable Food Security Solutions This book presents contemporary case studies of land use management practices and innovation in Africa with a view to exploring how multifunctional land uses can alleviate food insecurity and poverty. Food security and livelihoods in Africa face multiple challenges in the form of feeding a growing population on declining land areas under the impacts of climate change. The overall question is what kind of farming systems can provide resilient livelihoods? This volume presents a selection of existing farming systems that demonstrate how more efficient use of land and natural resources labour and other inputs can have positive effects on household food security and livelihoods. It examines how aquaculture integrated water management peri-urban farming systems climate-smart agriculture practices and parkland agroforestry contribute multiple benefits. Drawing on case studies from Kenya Ethiopia Nigeria and Burkina Faso contributed by young African scientists this book provides a unique perspective on multifunctional land use in Africa and illustrates how non-conventional uses can be profitable while promoting social and environmental sustainability. Tapping into the global discussion on land scarcity and linking food security to existing land use change processes this volume will stimulate readers looking for diversified land uses that are compatible with both household and national food security ambitions. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of African development agriculture food security land use and environmental management as well as sustainable development more generally in addition to policymakers and practitioners working in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246440

Multifunctional Materials and Modeling This important book presents a valuable collection of new research and new trends in nanomaterials mesoscopy quantum chemistry and chemical physics processes. It highlights the development of nanomaterials as well as investigation of combustion and explosion processes. It highlights new trends in processes and methods of the treatment of polymeric materials and also covers material modification including super small quantities of metal/carbon nanocomposites as well as new information on the modeling of processes and quantum calculations. Nonlinear kinetic appearances and their applications are highlighted as well. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880879

Multifunctional Materials for Tribological Applications An important aspect of engineering surfaces is that they need to be multifunctional as designs of machine components require cheaper lighter smarter longer-wearing and more environmentally friendly surfaces that see applications that are hotter faster highly pressurized and exposed to other increasingly hostile environments. This can be achieved by use of modern advanced materials and coatings which now usually are coated systems. This is a challenging area as usually there is antagonism between obtaining low friction and low wear as well as between high corrosion resistance and low wear. This book covers the increasingly important aspect for engineering surfaces to be multifunctional with a focus on tribological applications. It captures the state of the art regarding the emerging needs for multifunctional surface design for controlling wear friction and corrosion as well as having decorative self-healing and/or self-sensing capabilities. It focuses on coatings and materials that include CVD diamond diamond-like carbon and multilayered and functionally graded systems for a range of engineering applications including machine tools orthopedic joints aero-engines/gas turbines automotive engines glass windows and walls and offshore and marine sectors. It is a unique book as it discusses a range of wet- and dry-deposited coatings and multifunctional materials not often seen in one publication. It allows the reader to understand a wide range of design concepts and what is possible to achieve by current surface engineering techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463904

Multifunctional Molecular Materials This book provides a comprehensive overview on multifunctional molecular materials that involve coexistence or interplay or synergy between multiple physical properties focusing on electrical conductivity magnetism single-molecule magnets behavior chirality spin crossover and luminescence. The book’s coverage ranges from transition metals and lanthanide coordination complexes to genuine organic materials. The book also discusses some potentialities of applications of these materials in molecule-based devices. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364294

Multifunctional Nanostructured Metal Oxides for Energy Harvesting and Storage Devices Metal oxide nanoparticles exhibit potential applications in energy and environmental fields such as solar cells fuel cells hydrogen energy and energy storage devices. This book covers all points from synthesis properties and applications of transition metal oxide nanoparticle materials in energy storage and conversion devices. Aimed at graduate-level students and researchers associated with the energy and environment sector this book addresses the application of nontoxic and environmentally friendly metal oxide materials for a clean environment and deals with synthesis properties and application metal oxides materials for energy conversion energy storage and hydrogen generation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367275471

Multifunctional Polymer Nanocomposites The novel properties of multifunctional polymer nanocomposites make them useful for a broad range of applications in fields as diverse as space exploration bioengineering car manufacturing and organic solar cell development just to name a few. Presenting an overview of polymer nanocomposites how they compare with traditional composites and their increasing commercial importance Multifunctional Polymer Nanocomposites conveys the significance and various uses of this new technology for a wide audience with different needs and levels of understanding. Exploring definitions architectures applications and fundamental principles of various functions of multifunctional polymeric smart materials—from bulk to nano—this book covers the use of multifunctional polymer nanocomposites in: Carbon nanotubes Electroactive and shape memory polymers Magnetic polymers Biomedical and bioinformation applications Fire-resistance treatments Coating technologies for aeronautical applications Ocean engineering A practical analysis of functional polymers nanoscience and technology this book integrates coverage of fundamentals research and development and the resulting diversity of uses for multifunctional polymers and their nanocomposites. Quite possibly the first reference of its kind to explore the progress of polymer nanocomposites in terms of their multifunctionality it covers both theory and experimental results regarding the relationships between the effective properties of polymer composites and those of polymer matrices and reinforcements. This book is a powerful informational resource that illustrates the importance of polymer nanomaterials examining their applications in various sectors to promote new novel research and development in those areas. It will be a welcome addition to the libraries of not only engineering researchers but senior and graduate students in relevant fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138111806

Multifunctional Proteins First Published in 1983 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into proteins and their functions. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Alternative Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367228170

Multifunctional Rural Land ManagementEconomics and Policies The increasing demand for rural land and its natural resources is creating competition and conflicts. Many interested parties including farmers nature conservationists rural residents and tourists compete for the same space. Especially in densely populated areas agriculture recreation urban and suburban growth and infrastructure development exert a constant pressure on rural areas. Because land is a finite resource spatial policies which are formulated and implemented to increase the area allocated to one use imply a decrease in land available for other uses. As a result at many locations multi-purpose land use is becoming increasingly important. This notion of multi-purpose land use is reflected in the term 'multifunctionality'. This volume provides insights into viable strategies of sustainable management practices allowing multiple functions sustained by agriculture and natural resources in rural areas. It shows how the rural economy and policies can balance and cope with these competing demands and includes numerous case studies from Europe North America and developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849647

Multifunctional Ultrawideband AntennasTrends Techniques and Applications Multifunctional Antennas (MFA) are comparatively a new area for antenna research and finds applications in various modern wireless radios like Cognitive Radio (CR) in Software Defined Radio (SDR) technology and MIMO technology. This book is first attempt and an invaluable resource which deals with the design and realization of various kinds of multifunctional antennas. After clearly explaining the exclusive features of MFAs the book presents various designs of such antennas considering versatile modern and upcoming applications. Written by three internationally known researchers Multi-Functional Ultra Wideband Antennas: Trends Techniques and Applications: Provides a lucid introduction on UWB systems historical perspective and discusses various applications of such systems Discusses fundamentals of antennas and its characterization in time and frequency domains primarily aimed for the beginners in the area Revisits the design and realization of various classical UWB antennas Discusses various techniques of designing frequency-notched UWB antennas and provide detailed comparison of the techniques Deals with the techniques of deriving multiple antenna functionalities from a single antenna Incorporates exclusive discussions on modern reconfigurable antennas and printed and dielectric resonator based MIMO antennas with clear focus on recent and upcoming technological requirements With Multi-Functional Ultra Wideband Antennas: Trends Techniques and Applications antenna engineers communication system engineers graduate students academic/industry researchers will gain a thorough knowledge on design of such antennas with clear physical insight and understanding. Chinmoy Saha PHD is an associate Professor in the Department of Avionics at Indian Institute of Space Science and Technology Thiruvananthapuram Kerala India. His current research interest includes Microwave Circuits Engineered Materials Metamaterial Inspired Antennas and Circuits reconfigurable and multi-functional antennas for modern wireless applications Dielectric Resonator antennas THz antennas and wireless power transfer. He is the author or coauthor of several books scientific journals and recipient of several prestigious awards. Jawad Yaseen Siddiqui PHD is an associate Professor in the Department of Radio Physics and Electronics at University of Calcutta Kolkata India. His current research interest includes ultra-wideband antennas frequency reconfigurable antennas tapered slot antennas and multi-functional antennas for cognitive radio application. He is the author or coauthor of several books scientific journals and recipient of prestigious awards. He is a Co-Principal Investigator on Stratosphere Troposphere (ST) Radar Project at the University of Calcutta Kolkata India. Yahia M.M. Antar PHD is a Professor in the Department of Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering at the Royal Military College of Canada Kingston ON Canada. He is the author or coauthor of several books scientific journals and recipient of prestigious awards which includes IEEE-Antennas and Propagation Society prestigious Chen-To-Tai Distinguished Educator Award for 2017 2015 IEEE Canada J. M. Ham outstanding Engineering Education Award 2014 IEEE Canada RA Fessenden Silver Medal 2012 Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Medal from the Governor General of Canada and many more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138553545

Multigenerational Family LivingEvidence and Policy Implications from Australia Multigenerational living â€“ where more than one generation of related adults cohabit in the same dwelling â€“ is recognized as a common arrangement amongst many Asian Middle Eastern and Southern European cultures but this arrangement is becoming increasingly familiar in many Western societies. Much Western research on multigenerational households has highlighted young adults' delayed first home leaving the result of difficult economic prospects and the prolonged adolescence of generation Y. This book shows that the causes and results of this phenomenon are more complex. The book sheds fresh light on a range of structural and social drivers that have led multigenerational families to cohabit and the ways in which families negotiate the dynamic interactions amongst these drivers in their everyday lives. It critically examines factors such as demographics the environment culture and family considerations of identity health care and well-being revealing how such factors reflect (and are reflected by) a retracting welfare state and changing understandings of families in an increasingly mobile world. Based on a series of qualitative and quantitative research projects conducted in Australia  the book provides an interdisciplinary examination of intergenerational cohabitation that explores a variety of concerns and experiences. It will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in housing demographics and the sociology of the family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595777

Multigenerational Family Therapy Multigenerational Family Therapy is a book about honoring and helping families. Rich with personal reflections and anecdotes from the author’s many years as a family therapist this volume’s major strength lies in its precise definition of the process and content of the therapy itself. As the family is the major resource system available to an individual this important book provides therapists with the keys for helping family members help each other and provides a framework for understanding how the family as a multigenerational system moves through various stages of the therapeutic process. By emphasizing the importance of family members utilizing the past as a positive force for change and featuring complete transcripts of family therapy sessions this sensitive book clearly illustrates how therapists can use the positive forces of family for dealing with today’s uncertainties and dilemmas. The step-by-step approach details how family therapists can work with families in a positive healing manner. Several chapters illustrate the transition from the beginning to middle phases of family therapy to the terminating phase and provide a framework for how therapy evolves over time. Other chapters discuss the special skills required to work with various family constellations such as couples parents with children siblings adult children with aged parents and individuals as well as extended family members. Helpful advice on how to deal with special issues and dilemmas of family therapy such as secret-keeping affairs co-therapy crises and emergencies is also included in this comprehensive book. Beginning and advanced family therapy practitioners students of family theory and therapy faculty of social work practice clinical psychology nursing family life education and counseling psychology will find many positive ideas for working with families in this detailed book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801407

Multi-generational Family TherapyTools and resources for the therapist Multi-generational Family Therapy reveals the limits of the medical model in treating mental and relational problems. It instead provides a toolkit for therapists observing family functioning over at least three generations to explore the developmental history of the family in order to discover links between past trauma and broken emotional bonds and current problems experienced by family members. Maurizio Andolfi honours the voices of children in therapy and enlists them as the key to unlocking unresolved family issues. The book provides an experiential model of intervention that centres on creativity and humanity as the best way to build an alliance and work with a family in crisis. Demonstrating with case examples Andolfi outlines the relational skills and inner self of the therapist focusing on the ability to be direct authentic and emphatic. The use of relational questioning silence body language physical contact and movement in therapy are explored in depth. Multi-generational Family Therapy will be of interest to anyone working with individuals couples and families including child adolescent and adult psychotherapists psychiatrists psychologists and counsellors. It will also prove useful to private practitioners social workers doctors paediatricians and educators Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670976

Multigrid Methods Multigrid methods are among the most efficient iterative methods for the solution of linear systems which arise in many large scale scientific calculations. Every researcher working with the numerical solution of partial differential equations should at least be familiar with this powerful technique. This invaluable book presents results concerning the rates of convergence of multigrid iterations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367449711

multigrid methodstheory applications and supercomputing This book is a collection of research papers on a wide variety of multigrid topics including applications computation and theory. It represents proceedings of the Third Copper Mountain Conference on Multigrid Methods which was held at Copper Mountain Colorado. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066057

Multihazard Considerations in Civil Infrastructure This book explains and presents the need for Multihazard Consideration (MH) in the management of civil infrastructure what constitutes MH and how to address MH in design and analysis. A generalized theory of MH will serve as the basis of the objective treatment of this volume. Use of MH in bridge management (inspection maintenance rehabilitation and replacement) will serve as the basis for several examples and numerous case studies will be presented throughout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482208320

Multihomed Communication with SCTP (Stream Control Transmission Protocol) Although multihomed communication is a rapidly emerging trend for next generation networks no known book explores multihomed communication with the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP). Filling this void Multihomed Communication with SCTP (Stream Control Transmission Protocol) explains this innovative feature that allows an endpoint to simultaneously maintain and use multiple points of connectivity to the network—making it possible for fixed and mobile users to connect to the Internet via multiple service providers or last hop technologies. Among the topics addressed the book covers: Support of node mobility between networks Concurrent multipath transfer using SCTP multihoming Low delay communication and multimedia applications High performance computing using commodity hardware and software SCTP support in the INET framework and its analysis in the Wireshark packet analyzer SCTP application interface Ideal for researchers and programmers this forward-looking reference describes SCTP multihoming concepts and implementation applications of multihoming across different domains and proposed extensions such as multipath transfer and mobility. Although the book is aimed at those with an advanced background it also covers the fundamental concepts and mechanisms of SCTP multihoming to help anyone get up to speed on SCTP. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033726

MultijuralismManifestations Causes and Consequences At one level of generality multijuralism is the coexistence of two or more legal systems or sub-systems within a broader normative legal order to which they adhere such as the existence of civil and common law systems within the EU. However at a finer level of analysis multijuralism is a more widespread or common phenomenon and a more fluid reality than the civil law/common law distinction suggests. The papers in this study are therefore rooted in the latter frame of reference. They explore various types of multijural manifestations from the harmonizing potential of international treaties to indigenous law and the use of hard and soft pluralism. In addition the authors consider the external events which are not part of the processes of multijural adjustment but which serve to influence these processes. Included among these important external events are European integration the growing importance accorded to human rights the international practice of law the growth of the Internet the globalization of markets and the flow of immigrants. This volume represents some of the most current thinking in the area of multijuralism and is essential reading for anyone interested in the coexistence of legal systems or sub-systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390572

Multi-Label Dimensionality Reduction Similar to other data mining and machine learning tasks multi-label learning suffers from dimensionality. An effective way to mitigate this problem is through dimensionality reduction which extracts a small number of features by removing irrelevant redundant and noisy information. The data mining and machine learning literature currently lacks a unified treatment of multi-label dimensionality reduction that incorporates both algorithmic developments and applications. Addressing this shortfall Multi-Label Dimensionality Reduction covers the methodological developments theoretical properties computational aspects and applications of many multi-label dimensionality reduction algorithms. It explores numerous research questions including: How to fully exploit label correlations for effective dimensionality reduction How to scale dimensionality reduction algorithms to large-scale problems How to effectively combine dimensionality reduction with classification How to derive sparse dimensionality reduction algorithms to enhance model interpretability How to perform multi-label dimensionality reduction effectively in practical applications The authors emphasize their extensive work on dimensionality reduction for multi-label learning. Using a case study of Drosophila gene expression pattern image annotation they demonstrate how to apply multi-label dimensionality reduction algorithms to solve real-world problems. A supplementary website provides a MATLAB® package for implementing popular dimensionality reduction algorithms. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439806159

Multilateral Asian Security ArchitectureNon-ASEAN Stakeholders This book provides a comparative assessment of the material and ideational contributions of five countries to the regional architecture of post-Cold War Asia. In contrast to the usual emphasis placed on the role and centrality of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) in Asia’s multilateral architecture and its component institutions this book argues that the four non-ASEAN countries of interest here ¾ Australia Japan China and the United States ¾ and Indonesia have played and continue to play an influential part in determining the shape and substance of Asian multilateralism from its pre-inception to the present. The work does not contend that existing scholarship overstates ASEAN’s significance to the successes and failures of Asia’s multilateral enterprise. Rather it claims that the impact of non-ASEAN stakeholders in innovating multilateral architecture in Asia has been understated. Whether ASEAN has fared well or poorly as a custodian of Asia’s regional architecture the fact remains that the countries considered here notwithstanding their present discontent over the state of that architecture are key to understanding the evolution of Asian multilateralism. This book will be of much interest to students of Asian politics international organisations security studies and IR more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138893337

Multilateral Banks and the Development ProcessVital Links in the Results Chain A chain is only as strong as its weakest link. When the links in the chain represent development projects if individual projects fail to achieve their purpose the development program's effectiveness is compromised. When the chain's links are strong and well-connected the results are improved for the sector country and region. The role of multilateral banks is crucial; they inform the impact of development operations and support policymakers in decision making. This volume emphasizes that some crucial links in development tend to be systematically overlooked. In these matters preoccupation with the immediate exigencies seems to come at the expense of attention to enduring problems-at a great cost to society. Development practitioners should apply policies that have produced results over time ensuring that the links in the chain are strong but too often they overlook those links-because of myopia complexity tradition or special interests. This book will help policy makers and practitioners focus on the links that measure progress apply lessons and matter for lasting results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512399

Multilateral Diplomacy and the United Nations Today As the world confronts new and ongoing challenges of globalization international terrorism and an array of other global issues the United Nations and its key attribute-multilateral diplomacy-are more important now than ever before. With new and updated essays that detail the experiences of a diverse group of practitioners and scholars who work in the field of diplomacy this new edition covers in even greater breadth and depth the quintessential characteristics of multilateral diplomacy as it is conducted within the United Nations framework. Multilateral Diplomacy and the United Nations Today provides valuable insights from a variety of perspectives on how diplomacy is practiced making it essential reading for aspiring diplomats international business leaders and students of all levels. The contributors to this volume bring a depth and breadth of knowledge and experience to the examination of five areas of multilateral diplomacy: UN diplomacy crisis diplomacy international economic diplomacy UN summits and "citizen diplomats " and non-governmental diplomacy. A thorough revision: of the 24 chapters eight are new to this edition and all the others are updated. Includes a diverse range of contributors: veteran diplomats respected scholars non-governmental activists. Relevant timely discussion topics related to the UN. An important supplemental text to any course on the UN contemporary international relations diplomacy and international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096854

Multilateral Environmental Agreements and ComplianceThe Benefits of Administrative Procedures The adoption of administrative procedures in global governance has the potential to foster proper consideration of marginalized actors’ interests yet risks entrenching the dominance of the well-resourced and powerful. Accordingly this book proposes a new framework for evaluating the extent to which administrative procedures in the compliance systems of multilateral environmental agreements constrain power and promote regard for the interests of affected states which are frequently developing and transition countries. This framework is applied to the compliance systems under the Montreal Protocol the Kyoto Protocol and CITES which address critical global environmental issues of ozone-layer depletion climate change and trade in endangered species respectively. The analysis shows that under certain conditions administrative procedures limit the influence of states’ asymmetric power on compliance deliberations. Furthermore systematic adoption of these procedures increases the opportunities for affected states’ interests to be voiced and considered in compliance decision-making processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886431

Multilateral Investment Insurance and Private Investment in the Third World The flow of capital to Third World countries in recent years has been less than expected for realizing their growth objectives. As a consequence efforts have been redoubled to attract capital in the form of direct investment. The World Bank has proposed the establishment of a multilateral guarantee scheme encompassing as many investing and host countries as possible to reduce the risks associated with overseas investment.The authors analyze and comment on the necessity and suitability of the World Bank proposal. They examine earlier proposals for setting up multi­ lateral guarantee schemes and the reasons for their failure develop an eco­ nomic frame of reference for analyzing the new proposal describe and examine the World Bank plan and present alternatives to it. They pay particular attention to two major assumptions of the plan: that additional foreign investment capital for developing countries could be mobilized on a large scale if the investment risks were reduced and that existing national insurance schemes display shortcomings that could be avoided in a multilateral system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528475

Multilateral Security and ESDP Operations This volume presents complementary analyses of the current features issues and trends of multilateral security and the European Security and Defence Policy (ESDP) peace operations. The work presents an astute interpretation of the attributes of ESDP operations in the context of the diffusion of peace operations practice at the present time. Founded on the detailed examination of different peace operations and the analysis of relevant data the book allows for the assessment of the near future of peace operations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315596273

Multilateralism German Foreign Policy and Central Europe How does the foreign policy of reunified Germany differ from the West German strong commitment to multilateralism?Multilateralism German Foreign Policy and Central Europe focuses on German relations with the Czech Republic and Poland in order to investigate the changes and continuities in German foreign policy following the Cold War. After a theoretical introduction and an overview of multilateralism in German foreign policy. This book analyzes the 'high politics' of German foreign policy towards Czechoslovakia/the Czech Republic and Poland focusing on the main diplomatic agreements negotiated after 1945. The next two chapters address the legacy of the past in contemporary Czech-German and Polish-German relations including the compensation for victims of the Nazi regimes and the rights of ethnic German minorities. Then the book shifts its emphasis to the future of German relations with its eastern neighbours and EU enlargement in particular.This scholarly volume will interest all students and researchers of German foreign policy and Central European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994256

Multilateralism and Regionalism in Global Economic GovernanceTrade Investment and Finance Reconciling regionalism and multilateralism is a challenge common to all branches of global economic governance. While the Bretton Woods/GATT (WTO) institutions decades-old multilateral framework for global economic governance are facing serious challenges to their effectiveness regional framework are emerging as complementary or alternative means of global economic governance. The real challenge is how to reconcile multilateralism and regionalism in global economic governance. This book tackles this problem by analysing issues of multilateral/regional conciliation and coordination in global economic governance focusing on Asia. Chapters of the book deal with challenges of multilateralism and regionalism in three fields of global economic governance namely global monetary/financial governance global trade governance and global investment governance. The major regional focus is on Asia though some chapters deal with regionalism in Europe and North America. Topics include Asian Monetary Fund and Asian financial architecture open accession provisions of regional trade agreements and APEC’s role in multilateral investment rules. As a whole the book elucidates the contemporary reach of Asian regionalism in global economic governance and shows the neat balance between regionalism and multilateralism in global economic governance. It is of particular use to the students and practitioners of international economic law international political economy international finance and international economics both with and without Asian focus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702942

Multilateralism in the 21st CenturyEurope’s quest for effectiveness This volume focuses on multilateralism in the 21st century and examines how and how effectively the EU delivers on its commitment to effective multilateralism. Presenting results generated by MERCURY an EU research programme into multilateralism this book addresses a central research question: does the EU deliver on its commitment to effective multilateralism? Globalisation has created powerful new incentives for states to cooperate and has generated renewed interest in multilateralism. While a large body of work exists on multilateralism as a concept it continues to be ill-defined and poorly understood. This book sheds new light on 21st century multilateralism by exploring conceptual approaches as well as generating innovative empirical knowledge on its practice. Research on EU external relations has increasingly focused on the concept of ‘effective multilateralism’. Yet the application of this concept as a guiding principle of EU foreign policy in non-security policy areas has rarely been examined. This book explores whether the EU is pursuing effective multilateralism in specific policy areas including trade climate change and conflict resolution and distinct geographical and institutional settings both internal to the EU and in specified regions international organisations (IOs) and bilateral partnerships. This book offers evidence-based actionable policy lessons from Europe’s experience in promoting multilateralism. The European Union and Multilateralism in the 21st Century will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations international organizations and European Union politics and foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520041

Multilateralism Versus RegionalismTrade Issues after the Uruguay Round The completion of the Uruguay Round in April 1994 has not solved all the problems. The issue of regionalism versus multilateral agreements such as the Uruguay Round remains a crucial one as is argued in the first five chapters of this volume. Successive chapters deal with specific issues such as green protectionism technical standards intellectual property rights protection the effects of disarmament on international trade the effects of abolishing the Multi-fibre Agreement and the external impact of the European Union's Common Agricultural Policy. The volume on the whole takes up where the newly created World Trade Organization will have to start. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419254

Multilayer Corpus Studies This volume explores the opportunities afforded by the construction and evaluation of multilayer corpora an emerging methodology within corpus linguistics that brings about multiple independent parallel analyses of the same linguistic phenomena and how the interplay of these concurrent analyses can help to push the field into new frontiers. The first part of the book surveys the theoretical and methodological underpinnings of multilayer corpus work including an exploration of various technical and data collection issues. The second part builds on the groundwork of the first half to show multilayer corpora applied to different subfields of linguistic study including information structure research referentiality discourse models and functional theories of discourse analysis synthesizing these different discussions in a detailed case study of non-standard language in its concluding chapter. Advancing the multilayer corpus linguistic research paradigm into new and different directions this volume is an indispensable resource for graduate students and researchers in corpus linguistics syntax semantics construction studies and cognitive grammar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588625

Multilayered Aquifier SystemsFundamentals and Applications Offers a systematic and unified approach to the classical theories and recent techniques of multilayered aquifer systems. Clarifies governing principles and facilitates industrial problem solving. Uses the automated numerical Laplace inversion procedure to simplify mathematical materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398354

Multilayered Migration GovernanceThe Promise of Partnership Multilayered Migration Governance explores the emerging concept of ‘migration partnerships’ in political management and governance of international migration flows. The partnership approach to migration seeks to balance responsibility and benefits of migration more evenly between source transit and destination countries. Case studies from the US Europe and Africa analyse the various initiatives and programmes applied in national regional and transcontinental migration policy today. It shows that a multilayered system of migration governance has emerged which embeds primarily bilateral and mainly control-focused migration partnerships in a broader framework of (trans-)regional and international cooperation providing key links to policy areas in development trade finance and security. Utilising a comparative approach to assess the impact of partnerships on global migration policies the book will be of interests to scholars and students in migration and development studies and international relations more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662420

Multilevel Analysis of Individuals and Cultures In this book top specialists address theoretical methodological and empirical multilevel models as they relate to the analysis of individual and cultural data. Divided into four parts the book opens with the basic conceptual and theoretical issues in multilevel research including the fallacies of such research. Part II describes the methodological aspects of multilevel research including data-analytic and structural equation modeling techniques. Applications and models from various research areas including control values organizational behavior social beliefs well-being personality response styles school performance family and acculturation are explored in Part III. This section also deals with validity issues in aggregation models. The book concludes with an overview of the kinds of questions addressed in multilevel models and highlights the theoretical and methodological issues yet to be explored. This book is intended for researchers and advanced students in psychology sociology social work marriage and family therapy public health anthropology education economics political science and cultural and ethnic studies who study the relationship between behavior and culture. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203888032

Multilevel AnalysisTechniques and Applications Third Edition Applauded for its clarity this accessible introduction helps readers apply multilevel techniques to their research. The book also includes advanced extensions making it useful as both an introduction for students and as a reference for researchers. Basic models and examples are discussed in nontechnical terms with an emphasis on understanding the methodological and statistical issues involved in using these models. The estimation and interpretation of multilevel models is demonstrated using realistic examples from various disciplines including psychology education public health and sociology. Readers are introduced to a general framework on multilevel modeling which covers both observed and latent variables in the same model while most other books focus on observed variables. In addition Bayesian estimation is introduced and applied using accessible software. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121362

Multilevel and Longitudinal Modeling Using Stata Volume IContinuous Responses Third Edition Volume I is devoted to continuous Gaussian linear mixed models and has nine chapters. The chapters are organized in four parts. The first part provides a review of the methods of linear regression. The second part provides an in-depth coverage of the two-level models the simplest extensions of a linear regression model. The mixed-model foundation and the in-depth coverage of the mixed-model principles provided in volume I for continuous outcomes make it straightforward to transition to generalized linear mixed models for noncontinuous outcomes described in volume II. Media > Books > Print Books Stata Press 9781597181037

Multilevel and Longitudinal Modeling Using Stata Volume IICategorical Responses Counts and Survival Third Edition Volume II is devoted to generalized linear mixed models for binary categorical count and survival outcomes. The second volume has seven chapters also organized in four parts. The first three parts in volume II cover models for categorical responses including binary ordinal and nominal (a new chapter); models for count data; and models for survival data including discrete-time and continuous-time (a new chapter) survival responses. The final part in volume II describes models with nested and crossed-random effects with an emphasis on binary outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Stata Press 9781597181044

Multilevel and Longitudinal Modeling Using Stata Volumes I and II Third Edition This book examines Stata's treatment of generalized linear mixed models also known as multilevel or hierarchical models. These models are "mixed" because they allow fixed and random effects and they are "generalized" because they are appropriate for continuous Gaussian responses as well as binary count and other types of limited dependent variables. Volume I covers continuous Gaussian linear mixed models and has nine chapters. The chapters are organized in four parts. Volume II discusses generalized linear mixed models for binary categorical count and survival outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Stata Press 9781597181082

Multilevel and Longitudinal Modeling with IBM SPSS This book demonstrates how to use multilevel and longitudinal modeling techniques available in the IBM SPSS mixed-effects program (MIXED). Annotated screen shots provide readers with a step-by-step understanding of each technique and navigating the program. Readers learn how to set up run and interpret a variety of models. Diagnostic tools data management issues and related graphics are introduced throughout. Annotated syntax is also available for those who prefer this approach. Extended examples illustrate the logic of model development to show readers the rationale of the research questions and the steps around which the analyses are structured. The data used in the text and syntax examples are available at www.routledge.com/9780415817110.     Highlights of the new edition include: Updated throughout to reflect IBM SPSS Version 21. Further coverage of growth trajectories coding time-related variables covariance structures individual change and longitudinal experimental designs (Ch.5). Extended discussion of other types of research designs for examining change (e.g. regression discontinuity quasi-experimental) over time (Ch.6). New examples specifying multiple latent constructs and parallel growth processes (Ch. 7). Discussion of alternatives for dealing with missing data and the use of sample weights within multilevel data structures (Ch.1). The book opens with the conceptual and methodological issues associated with multilevel and longitudinal modeling followed by a discussion of SPSS data management techniques which facilitate working with multilevel longitudinal and cross-classified data sets. Chapters 3 and 4 introduce the basics of multilevel modeling: developing a multilevel model interpreting output and trouble-shooting common programming and modeling problems. Models for investigating individual and organizational change are presented in chapters 5 and 6 followed by models with multivariate outcomes in chapter 7. Chapter 8 provides an illustration of multilevel models with cross-classified data structures. The book concludes with ways to expand on the various multilevel and longitudinal modeling techniques and issues when conducting multilevel analyses. It's ideal for courses on multilevel and longitudinal modeling multivariate statistics and research design taught in education psychology business and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817110

Multilevel Converters for Industrial Applications Modern semiconductor devices have reached high current and voltage levels and their power-handling limits can be extended if they are used in multilevel converter configurations. To create high-performance and reliable control designs however engineers need in-depth understanding of the characteristics and operation of these topologies. Multilevel Converters for Industrial Applications presents a thorough and comprehensive analysis of multilevel converters with a common DC voltage source. The book offers a novel perspective to help readers understand the principles of the operation of voltage-source multilevel converters as power processors and their capabilities and limitations. The book begins with an overview of medium-voltage power converters and their applications. It then analyzes the topological characteristics of the diode-clamped multilevel converter the flying capacitor multilevel converter and the asymmetric cascaded multilevel converter. For each topology the authors highlight particular control issues and design trade-offs. They also develop relevant modulation and control strategies. Numerous graphical representations aid in the analysis of the topologies and are useful for beginning the analysis of new multilevel converter topologies. The last two chapters of the book explore two case studies that analyze the behavior of the cascade asymmetric multilevel converter as a distribution static compensator and shunt active power filter and the behavior of the diode-clamped topology configured as a back-to-back converter. These case studies demonstrate how to address the associated control problems with advanced control and modulation schemes. Examining recent advances this book provides deep insight on the design of high-power multilevel converters and their applications. It is a valuable reference for anyone interested in medium-voltage power conversion which is increasingly being used in industry and in renewable energy and distributed generation systems to improve efficiency and operation flexibility. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076495

Multilevel Dynamics in Developmental PsychopathologyPathways to the Future: The Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology Volume 34 This latest volume in The Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology Series highlights recent research across multiple levels of analysis to understand processes that shape development toward and away from behavioral problems and disorders over the life course including the pathways to mental health. The book examines how dramatic advances in technologies for research on gene-environment interaction brain function and the interactions of individuals in larger systems have changed the study of human behavior and development and in so doing transformed both theory and practice in developmental psychopathology. In particular the book reviews how research on the human genome geneenvironment interactions brain imaging stress and social networks have changed our understanding of problems and resilience in development. Featuring contributions from leading researchers in developmental psychopathology this volume presents integrative thinking and research across several levels of analysis and disciplines. The first three chapters highlight the interactions of biology and context in development reviewing the latest work on genes-environment interplay in development and how disorders arise from interactions of biological susceptibilities and exposure to pathogenic contexts. The next three chapters focus on social dynamics of children in families and peer groups and how these social interactions shape and regulate behavior. Resilience processes are discussed as well as the implications of research on peer dynamics for prevention school policies and treatment. Longitudinal research on depression is examined in relation to the interplay of vulnerability context stress and cognition in development. The book concludes with an illustration of the challenges and benefits of encompassing multiple levels of analysis in a single research program. Ideal for researchers and advanced students in developmental clinical and educational psychology Multilevel Dynamics in Developmental Psychopathology provides a tantalizing preview of the future of this multidisciplinary science and its applications. This book illuminates the roads leading to more cohesive research on positive as well as pathological development across levels of analysis and disciplines and its potential for prevention and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655668

Multilevel Modeling of Categorical Outcomes Using IBM SPSS This is the first workbook that introduces the multilevel approach to modeling with categorical outcomes using IBM SPSS Version 20. Readers learn how to develop estimate and interpret multilevel models with categorical outcomes. The authors walk readers through data management diagnostic tools model conceptualization and model specification issues related to single-level and multilevel models with categorical outcomes. Screen shots clearly demonstrate techniques and navigation of the program. Modeling syntax is provided in the appendix.  Examples of various types of categorical outcomes demonstrate how to set up each model and interpret the output. Extended examples illustrate the logic of model development interpretation of output the context of the research questions and the steps around which the analyses are structured. Readers can replicate examples in each chapter by using the corresponding data and syntax files available at www.psypress.com/9781848729568. The book opens with a review of multilevel with categorical outcomes followed by a chapter on IBM SPSS data management techniques to facilitate working with multilevel and longitudinal data sets. Chapters 3 and 4 detail the basics of the single-level and multilevel generalized linear model for various types of categorical outcomes. These chapters review underlying concepts to assist with trouble-shooting common programming and modeling problems. Next population-average and unit-specific longitudinal models for investigating individual or organizational developmental processes are developed. Chapter 6 focuses on single- and multilevel models using multinomial and ordinal data followed by a chapter on models for count data. The book concludes with additional trouble shooting techniques and tips for expanding on the modeling techniques introduced. Ideal as a supplement for graduate level courses and/or professional workshops on multilevel longitudinal latent variable modeling multivariate statistics and/or advanced quantitative techniques taught in psychology business education health and sociology this practical workbook also appeals to researchers in these fields. An excellent follow up to the authors’ highly successful Multilevel and Longitudinal Modeling with IBM SPSS and Introduction to Multilevel Modeling Techniques 2nd Edition this book can also be used with any multilevel and/or longitudinal book or as a stand-alone text introducing multilevel modeling with categorical outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848729568

Multilevel Modeling of Secure Systems in QoP-ML In order to perform effective analysis of today’s information security systems numerous components must be taken into consideration. This book presents a well-organized consistent solution created by the author which allows for precise multilevel analysis of information security systems and accounts for all of the significant details. Enabling the multilevel modeling of secure systems the quality of protection modeling language (QoP-ML) approach provides for the abstraction of security systems while maintaining an emphasis on quality protection. This book introduces the basis of the QoP modeling language along with all the advanced analysis modules syntax and semantics. It delineates the steps used in cryptographic protocols and introduces a multilevel protocol analysis that expands current understanding. Introduces quality of protection evaluation of IT Systems Covers the financial economic and CO2 emission analysis phase Supplies a multilevel analysis of Cloud-based data centers Details the structures for advanced communication modeling and energy analysis Considers security and energy efficiency trade-offs for the protocols of wireless sensor network architectures Includes case studies that illustrate the QoP analysis process using the QoP-ML Examines the robust security metrics of cryptographic primitives Compares and contrasts QoP-ML with the PL/SQL SecureUML and UMLsec approaches by means of the SEQUAL framework The book explains the formal logic for representing the relationships between security mechanisms in a manner that offers the possibility to evaluate security attributes. It presents the architecture and API of tools that ensure automatic analysis including the automatic quality of protection analysis tool (AQoPA) crypto metrics tool (CMTool) and security mechanisms evaluation tool (SMETool). The book includes a number of examples and case studies that illustrate the QoP analysis process by the QoP-ML. Every operation defined by QoP-ML is described within parameters of security metrics to help you better evaluate the impact of each operation on your system's security. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482202557

Multilevel Modeling Using Mplus This book is designed primarily for upper level undergraduate and graduate level students taking a course in multilevel modelling and/or statistical modelling with a large multilevel modelling component. The focus is on presenting the theory and practice of major multilevel modelling techniques in a variety of contexts using Mplus as the software tool and demonstrating the various functions available for these analyses in Mplus which is widely used by researchers in various fields including most of the social sciences. In particular Mplus offers users a wide array of tools for latent variable modelling including for multilevel data. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498748247

Multilevel Modeling Using R A powerful tool for analyzing nested designs in a variety of fields multilevel/hierarchical modeling allows researchers to account for data collected at multiple levels. Multilevel Modeling Using R provides you with a helpful guide to conducting multilevel data modeling using the R software environment. After reviewing standard linear models the authors present the basics of multilevel models and explain how to fit these models using R. They then show how to employ multilevel modeling with longitudinal data and demonstrate the valuable graphical options in R. The book also describes models for categorical dependent variables in both single level and multilevel data. The book concludes with Bayesian fitting of multilevel models. For those new to R the appendix provides an introduction to this system that covers basic R knowledge necessary to run the models in the book. Through the R code and detailed explanations provided this book gives you the tools to launch your own investigations in multilevel modeling and gain insight into your research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138469334

Multilevel Modeling Using R Like its bestselling predecessor Multilevel Modeling Using R Second Edition provides the reader with a helpful guide to conducting multilevel data modeling using the R software environment. After reviewing standard linear models the authors present the basics of multilevel models and explain how to fit these models using R. They then show how to employ multilevel modeling with longitudinal data and demonstrate the valuable graphical options in R. The book also describes models for categorical dependent variables in both single level and multilevel data. New in the Second Edition: Features the use of lmer (instead of lme) and including the most up to date approaches for obtaining confidence intervals for the model parameters. Discusses measures of R2 (the squared multiple correlation coefficient) and overall model fit. Adds a chapter on nonparametric and robust approaches to estimating multilevel models including rank based heavy tailed distributions and the multilevel lasso. Includes a new chapter on multivariate multilevel models. Presents new sections on micro-macro models and multilevel generalized additive models. This thoroughly updated revision gives the reader state-of-the-art tools to launch their own investigations in multilevel modeling and gain insight into their research. About the Authors: W. Holmes Finch is the George and Frances Ball Distinguished Professor of Educational Psychology at Ball State University. Jocelyn E. Bolin is a Professor in the Department of Educational Psychology at Ball State University. Ken Kelley is the Edward F. Sorin Society Professor of IT Analytics and Operations and the Associate Dean for Faculty and Research for the Mendoza College of Business at the University of Notre Dame. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138480674

Multilevel Networks in European Foreign Policy This title was first published in 2003. Combining a critique of existing multilevel approaches with the development of a new theory and a broad range of case studies the author of this text aims to provide new insights into contemporary foreign policy decision-making which should be of particular interest to students and scholars of European foreign and security policy and international relations theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716087

Multi-Level Reconciliation and PeacebuildingStakeholder Perspectives This edited volume examines the group dynamics of social reconciliation in conflict-affected societies by adopting ideas developed in social psychology and the everyday peace discourse in peace and conflict studies. The book revisits the intra- and inter-group dynamics of social reconciliation in conflict-affected societies which have been largely marginalised in mainstream peacebuilding debates. By applying social psychological perspectives and the discourse of everyday peace the chapters explore the everyday experience of community actors engaged in social and political reconciliation. The first part of the volume introduces conceptual and theoretical studies that focus on the pros and cons of state-level reconciliation and their outcomes while presenting theoretical insights into dialogical processes upon which reconciliation studies can develop further. The second part presents a series of empirical case studies from around the world which examine the process of social reconciliation at community levels through the lens of social psychology and discourse analysis. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding conflict resolution social psychology discourse analysis and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862312

Multilevel Security for Relational Databases Since databases are the primary repositories of information for today’s organizations and governments database security has become critically important. Introducing the concept of multilevel security in relational databases this book provides a comparative study of the various models that support multilevel security policies in the relational database—illustrating the strengths and weaknesses of each model.Multilevel Security for Relational Databases covers multilevel database security concepts along with many other multilevel database security models and techniques. It presents a prototype that readers can implement as a tool for conducting performance evaluations to compare multilevel secure database models.The book supplies a complete view of an encryption-based multilevel security database model that integrates multilevel security for the relational database with a system that encrypts each record with an encryption key according to its security class level. This model will help you utilize an encryption system as a second security layer over the multilevel security layer for the database reduce the multilevel database size and improve the response time of data retrieval from the multilevel database. Considering instance-based multilevel database security the book covers relational database access controls and examines concurrency control in multilevel database security systems. It includes database encryption algorithms simulation programs and Visual studio and Microsoft SQL Server code. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374904

Multilevel Trust in OrganizationsTheoretical Analytical and Empirical Advances Trust—whether it is between individuals within teams or between organizations—is embedded in a multilevel system where the environment and member interactions jointly affect trust at any level. Yet research on trust at different levels of analysis has largely developed independently with little cross-fertilization. This book brings together six chapters that take levels effects explicitly into account to extend our current knowledge about the dynamics of trust. The chapters examine diverse issues including theoretical and practical implications of multilevel trust temporal dynamics of trust and how to model it the mutually influencing relationship between interpersonal trust and organizational structures and trust in specific contexts such as merger public market and economic downturn. By adopting the multilevel approach these chapters provide more nuanced and realistic insights on trust and yield knowledge that otherwise may be erroneous or unattainable. Together they illustrate unique challenges and opportunities for understanding trust in the changing landscape of work relationships.  The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Trust Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465490

Multilinear Subspace LearningDimensionality Reduction of Multidimensional Data Due to advances in sensor storage and networking technologies data is being generated on a daily basis at an ever-increasing pace in a wide range of applications including cloud computing mobile Internet and medical imaging. This large multidimensional data requires more efficient dimensionality reduction schemes than the traditional techniques. Addressing this need multilinear subspace learning (MSL) reduces the dimensionality of big data directly from its natural multidimensional representation a tensor. Multilinear Subspace Learning: Dimensionality Reduction of Multidimensional Data gives a comprehensive introduction to both theoretical and practical aspects of MSL for the dimensionality reduction of multidimensional data based on tensors. It covers the fundamentals algorithms and applications of MSL. Emphasizing essential concepts and system-level perspectives the authors provide a foundation for solving many of today’s most interesting and challenging problems in big multidimensional data processing. They trace the history of MSL detail recent advances and explore future developments and emerging applications. The book follows a unifying MSL framework formulation to systematically derive representative MSL algorithms. It describes various applications of the algorithms along with their pseudocode. Implementation tips help practitioners in further development evaluation and application. The book also provides researchers with useful theoretical information on big multidimensional data in machine learning and pattern recognition. MATLAB® source code data and other materials are available at www.comp.hkbu.edu.hk/~haiping/MSL.html Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439857243

Multilingual Approaches for Teaching and LearningFrom Acknowledging to Capitalising on Multilingualism in European Mainstream Education Multilingual Approaches for Teaching and Learning outlines the opportunities and challenges of multilingual approaches in mainstream education in Europe. The book which draws on research findings from several officially monolingual bilingual and multilingual countries in Europe discusses approaches to multilingual education which capitalise on students’ multilingual resources from early childhood to higher education. This book synthesises research on multilingual education relates theory to practice and discusses different pedagogical approaches from diverse perspectives. The first section of the book outlines multilingual approaches in early childhood education and primary school the second looks at multilingual approaches in secondary school and higher education  and the third examines the influence of parents policy-makers and professional development on the implementation and sustainability of multilingual approaches. The book demonstrates that educators can leverage students’ multilingualism to promote learning and help students achieve their full potential. This book will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of language education psychology sociolinguistics and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181352

Multilingual BrazilLanguage Resources Identities and Ideologies in a Globalized World This book brings together cutting edge work by Brazilian researchers on multilingualism in Brazil for an English-speaking readership in one comprehensive volume. Divided into five sections each with its own introduction tying together the themes of the book the volume charts a course for a new sociolinguistics of multilingualism challenging long-held perceptions about a monolingual Brazil by exploring the different policies language resources ideologies and social identities that have emerged in the country’s contemporary multilingual landscape. The book elucidates the country’s linguistic history to demonstrate its evolution to its present state a country shaped by political economic and cultural forces both locally and globally and explores different facets of today’s multilingual Brazil including youth on the margins and their cultural and linguistic practices; the educational challenges of socially marginalized groups; and minority groups’ efforts to strengthen languages of identity and belonging. In addition to assembling linguistic research done in Brazil previously little known to an English-speaking readership the book incorporates theoretical frameworks from other disciplines to provide a comprehensive picture of the social political and cultural dynamics at play in multilingual Brazil. This volume is key reading for researchers in linguistic anthropology sociolinguistics applied linguistics cultural studies and Latin American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652972

Multilingual Currents in Literature Translation and Culture At a time increasingly dominated by globalization migration and the clash between supranational and ultranational ideologies the relationship between language and borders has become more complicated and in many ways more consequential than ever. This book shows how concepts of ‘language’ and ‘multilingualism’ look different when viewed from Belize Lagos or London and asks how ideas about literature and literary form must be remade in a contemporary cultural marketplace that is both linguistically diverse and interconnected even as it remains profoundly unequal. Bringing together scholars from the fields of literary studies applied linguistics publishing and translation studies the volume investigates how multilingual realities shape not only the practice of writing but also modes of literary and cultural production. Chapters explore examples of literary multilingualism and their relationship to the institutions of publishing translation and canon-formation. They consider how literature can be read in relation to other multilingual and translational forms of contemporary cultural circulation and what new interpretative strategies such developments demand. In tracing the multilingual currents running across a globalized world this book will appeal to the growing international readership at the intersections of comparative literature world literature postcolonial studies literary theory and criticism and translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667603

Multilingual Dictionary of Nuclear Reactor Physics and Engineering This multilingual dictionary explains in simple and clear language the most frequently used terms and expressions in the field of nuclear reactor physics and engineering and provides translations of these terms from English into French German Swedish and Polish. This unique resource offers many advantages over the use of online translation tools which are often incorrect when dealing with scientific and technical words. Instead this dictionary has used a wide variety of peer-reviewed books and journal papers to ensure the highest accuracy and establish itself as a reliable and credible reference for the reader. It covers a broad range of exciting topics and the latest developments in the field including reactor technology reactor components and systems reactor operation and control reactor types reactor physics thermal engineering reactor safety radiation protection nuclear fuel nuclear chemistry the safeguarding of nuclear materials and much more. This dictionary is kept on a technical level corresponding to masters-level and PhD studies of nuclear physics and engineering. It will provide the reader with a broad understanding of the necessary information that a researcher or nuclear physicist or engineer would need to possess; therefore it will be an invaluable resource for students within these and related disciplines.  Features: Contains over 1500 key terms from the field The first book to provide translations in five languages: English French German Swedish and Polish Accessible to masters-level and PhD students in addition to early career researchers in nuclear reactor physics and engineering Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367470814

Multilingual Digital StorytellingEngaging creatively and critically with literacy Classrooms are increasingly multicultural in their social composition and students are increasingly connected through digital media to local and global networks. However pedagogy has failed to take full advantage of the opportunities these resources represent. Multilingual Digital Storytelling draws attention to the interfaces between learner engagement creativity and critical digital literacy as well as addressing the multilingual within the multiliteracies framework. Addressing a significant gap in the field of multiliteracies by focusing on multilingualism this book explores new digital spaces for language learning and methods of extending understandings of youth literacy in an increasingly interconnected world. Drawing on innovative and multi-site research projects based in mainstream and community schools in London and overseas this book discusses how young people become engaged creatively and critically with literacy by demonstrating how digital storytelling can be used as a tool for language development. The book begins by considering linguistic cultural cognitive and social dimensions of language learning from a theoretical perspective whilst the second part focuses on practical case studies that reflect and illustrate these theoretical principles. Offering a powerful new perspective on multiliteracies pedagogy Multilingual Digital Storytelling will appeal to researchers and academics in the fields of education applied linguistics sociology and youth and community studies. It will also be an invaluable resource for teachers teacher educators curriculum planners and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375227

Multilingual Education and Sustainable Diversity WorkFrom Periphery to Center This very original inspirational book globalises our understanding of languages in education and changes our understanding of bilingual and multilingual education from something mostly western to being truly transnational: it spotlights the small celebrates African and Asian cases of multilingual classrooms and demonstrates that such education is universally successful. Colin R. Baker Pro Vice-Chancellor Bangor University Bangor Wales UK A norm-setting work on multilingual education which combines theoretical perspectives with practical experience from different parts of the globe this book demonstrates convincingly not only that multilingual education works but also that for most developing countries there is no viable alternative. Ayo Bamgbose Professor Emeritus University of Ibadan Nigeria This excellent volume brings to light the fascinating lived experiences of multilingual education in linguistically rich but resource impoverished countries and offers important lessons from which we can all learn. Amy B. M. Tsui Professor Pro Vice-Chancellor & Vice President The University of Hong Kong Hong Kong This is a book of hope and inspiration. Documenting the significant shift that is taking place in countries around the world in the status and legitimacy of mother tongue-based multilingual education it represents a giant step towards a "tipping point" where mother tongue-based multilingual education will be normalized as the preferred and in fact common sense option for educating the children of the world. Jim Cummins The University of Toronto Canada This important book challenges us to think about multilingual education from a different angle––this time putting the periphery at the center. The effect is one of destabilizing old visions and imagining new worlds where multilingual education provides the backdrop for generous understandings of all peoples. Ofelia García Program in Urban Education Graduate Center/The City University of New York USA There are regrettably few detailed accounts of successful elementary school instruction in the pupils' home language which makes this book with its surprising examples (especially Ethiopia and Nepal but other third world cases) so relevant. Students of language education policy will learn a great deal about the possibility of multilingual education from the chapters of this important book. Bernard Spolsky Professor Emeritus Bar-Ilan University Israel At least half of today’s languages are marginalised and endangered and the attention of the world needs to be focused on these minor and minority languages together with the value of multilingualism. If the book succeeds in enhancing the consciousness of the world towards predicaments of the third world then its efforts will have been amply rewarded. Debi Prasanna Pattanayak Former Director Central Institute of Indian Languages India Drawing on the most powerful and compelling research data to date and connecting this research to linguistic human rights this book explores the conditions and practices of robust bilingual and multilingual educational innovations in both system-wide and minority-settings and what it is that makes these viable. It demonstrates how in  countries where educational practices are inclusive of linguistic diversity and responsive to local conditions and community participation implementation of bilingual education even within limited budgetary investment can be successful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893671

Multilingual Global CitiesSingapore Hong Kong Dubai This volume sets out to investigate the linguistic ecologies of Singapore Hong Kong and Dubai with chapters that combine empirical and theoretical approaches to the sociolinguistics of multilingualism. One important feature of this publication is that the five parts of the collection deal with such key issues as the historical dimension language policies and language planning contemporary societal multilingualism multilingual language acquisition and the localized Englishes of global cities. The first four sections of the volume provide a multi-levelled and finely-detailed description of multilingual diversity of three global cities while the final section discusses postcolonial Englishes in the context of multilingual language acquisition and language contact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614857

Multilingual LawA Framework for Analysis and Understanding This book introduces and explores the concept of multilingual law. Providing an overview as to what is 'multilingual law' the study establishes a new discourse based on this concept which has hitherto lacked recognition for reasons of complexity and multidisciplinarity. The need for such a discourse now exists and is becoming urgent in view of the progress being made towards European integration and the legal and factual foundation for it in multilingualism and multilingual legislation. Covering different types of multilingual legal orders and their distinguishing features as well as the basic structure of legal systems the author studies policy formation drafting translation revision terminology and computer tools in connection with the legislative and judicial processes. Bringing together a range of diverse legal and linguistic ideas under one roof this book is of importance to legal-linguists drafters and translators as well as students and scholars of legal linguistics legal translation and revision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606432

Multilingual Learners and Academic LiteraciesSociocultural Contexts of Literacy Development in Adolescents Shifting the discourse from a focus on academic language to the more dynamic but less researched construct of academic literacies this volume addresses three key questions: • What constitutes academic literacy? • What does academic literacy development in adolescent multilingual students look like and how can this development be assessed? • What classroom contexts foster the development of academic literacies in multilingual adolescents? The contributing authors provide divergent definitions of academic literacies and use dissimilar theoretical and methodological approaches to study literacy development. Nevertheless all chapters reflect a shared conceptual framework for examining academic literacies as situated overlapping meaning-making practices. This framework foregrounds students’ participation in valued disciplinary literacy practices. Emphasized in the new college and career readiness standards the notion of disciplinary practices allows the contributing authors to bridge the language/content dichotomy and take a more holistic as well as nuanced view of the demands that multilingual students face in general education classrooms. The volume also explores the implications of the emphasis on academic literacy practices for classroom instruction research and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138846487

Multilingual Life Writing by French and Francophone WomenTranslingual Selves This volume examines the ways in which multilingual women authors incorporate several languages into their life writing. It compares the work of six contemporary authors who write predominantly in French. It analyses the narrative strategies they develop to incorporate more than one language into their life writing: French and English French and Creole or French and German for example. The book demonstrates how women writers transform languages to invent new linguistic formations and how they create new formulations of subjectivity within their self-narrative. It intervenes in current debates over global literature national literatures and translingual and transnational writing which constitute major areas of research in literary and cultural studies. It also contributes to debates in linguistics through its theoretical framework of translanguaging. It argues that multilingual authors create new paradigms for life writing and that they question our understanding of categories such as "French literature." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150327

Multilingual Mediated Communication and Cognition This collection provides a snapshot of cutting-edge research in the rapidly developing area of cognitive approaches to multilingual mediated communication. The chapters cover important trends in current work including: the increasing interaction between translation and interpreting research the emergence of neuroscientific theories and methods the role of emotion in translation processes and the impact of cognitive aptitudes on translation performance. Exploring the interface with neighbouring research areas such as bilingualism reading and cognitive psychology the book presents a variety of theoretical frameworks and constructs to support empirical research and theoretical development. The authors address new research areas such as emotions and multisensory integration; apply new research constructs such as eye-voice span; and expand the scope of cognitive translation studies to include agents other than the mediator. Documenting the growth in breadth and depth within cognitive translation and interpreting studies (CTIS) over the past decade this is essential reading for all advanced students and researchers needing an up-to-date overview of cognitive translation and interpreting studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340902

Multilingual Sydney The rise of global mobility has had a deep impact on the study of urban multilingualism. Once associated with research on minority speech communities and inner-city ethnolinguistic enclaves (Chinatowns Little Italies etc) it is now concerned much more with the use of multiple languages in diverse neighbourhoods across the city. In this book the authors take an innovative approach that builds on previously published work in two ways. First it focuses on a single city and second it adopts a multidisciplinary approach to multilingualism. By examining the phenomenon of multilingualism in a single city from a range of perspectives this book paints a more comprehensive picture of the current dimensions of urban multilingualism. A unique feature of this book is the inclusion of contributions from scholars with expertise in education geography media health communication and international studies in addition to community practitioners. Sydney is the largest city in Australia and on most counts it is also among the most linguistically diverse cities in the world. As such it is an ideal site for a multidisciplinary study of urban multilingualism. The selection of 18 multidisciplinary case studies on multilingualism in Sydney Australia represents some of the strongest and most innovative research on urban multilingualism in the world today. This book examines how multilingualism permeates institutional and everyday practice in the city raising important questions about what a ‘multilingual city’ can and should be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592667

Multilingualism Discourse and Ethnography Over the last twenty years sociolinguistic research on multilingualism has been transformed. Two processes have been at work: first an epistemological shift to a critical ethnographic approach which has contributed to a larger turn toward post-structuralist perspectives on social life. Second the effects of globalization—transnational population flows new communication technologies transformations in the political and economic landscape—have sparked increasing concern about the implications of these changes for our understanding of the relationship between language and society. A new sociolinguistics of multilingualism is being forged: one that takes account of the new communicative order while retaining a central concern with the processes in the construction of social difference. The contributors to this volume have been at the forefront of these epistemological shifts. They write here about the conceptual and methodological challenges posed by these shifts and the profound changes that we are witnessing in the late modern era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792982

Multilingualism Literacy and DyslexiaBreaking down barriers for educators This fully revised new edition provides advice on the identification  assessment and support of bilingual learners and assists practitioners in identifying the difference between literacy difficulties due to bilingualism or multilingualism and dyslexia. An essential text for staff development it includes innovative approaches in technology and teaching programmes beneficial to multilingual learners and advice on learning additional languages. With contributions from experts from across the globe this book will provide guidance on key themes including: the assessment of multilingual learners the impact of dyslexia on bilingualism the literacy challenges facing learners from Indigenous cultures the role of the SENCO in identifying children with English as an additional language and Dyslexia the emotional needs of learners with bi/multilingualism and Dyslexia This book will provide guidance to anyone involved in literacy development and language learning. With the increase in international schools around the globe and the ever growing desire for parents to ensure that their children become proficient in English this book will appeal to teachers teaching assistants specialists and all other practitioners who work with bi/multilingual children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898646

Multilingualism and L2 AcquisitionNew Perspectives on Current Research In recent years we have witnessed a growing interest in multilingualism and its relationship with the learning and teaching of second/foreign languages. However multilingualism is a highly complex phenomenon which has a direct influence on how we learn languages. For instance do we learn a second/foreign language in a similar way in a multilingual context as in a monolingual one? What is the role of the other languages spoken in the community? Do contrasting learning contexts like CLIL or studying abroad produce different results? Can positive emotions such as foreign language enjoyment have an active role in the foreign language learning process? These and other topics will be discussed in this book with the aim of understanding multilingualism how languages are learned and how to teach them better. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Multilingualism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030032

Multilingualism in the Chinese Diaspora WorldwideTransnational Connections and Local Social Realities In this volume Li Wei brings together contributions from well-known and emerging scholars in socio- and anthropological linguistics working on different linguistic and communicative aspects of the Chinese diaspora. The project examines the Chinese diasporic experience from a global comparative perspective with a particular focus on transnational links and local social and multilingual realities. Contributors address the emergence of new forms of Chinese in multilingual contexts family language policy and practice language socialization and identity development multilingual creativity linguistic attitudes and ideologies and heritage language maintenance loss learning and re-learning. The studies are based on empirical observations and investigations in Chinese communities across the globe including well-researched (from a sociolinguistic perspective) areas such as North America Western Europe and Australia as well as under-explored and under-represented areas such as Africa Latin America Central Asia and the Middle East; the volume also includes detailed ethnographic accounts representing regions with a high concentration of Chinese migration such as Southeast Asia. This volume not only will allow sociolinguists to investigate the link between linguistic phenomena in specific communities and wider socio-cultural processes but also invites an open dialogue with researchers from other disciplines who are working on migration diaspora and identity and those studying other language-based diasporic communities such as the Russian diaspora the Spanish diaspora the Portuguese diaspora and the Arabic diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499065

Multilingualism in the Early YearsExtending the limits of our world Multilingualism in the Early Years is a highly accessible text that examines the political theoretical ideological and practical issues involved in the education of children speaking two or more languages. Drawing on current research and thinking about the advantages and disadvantages of being multilingual Smidt uses powerful case studies to reveal how language or languages are acquired. She explores language in terms of who shares it its relationship to class culture power identity and thinking and its fascinating role as it moves from the personal to the public and political. More specifically the book studies: what it means to be bilingual through an analysis of the language histories submitted by a range of people; how language/s define people; a brief history of minority education in the UK; how practitioners and teachers can best support all young children as learners whilst they continue to use their first languages and remain part of and partners in their communities and cultures; being bilingual: an advantage or a disadvantage? the impact of multilingualism on children’s educational and life chances.  Multilingualism in the Early Years is a really useful text for practitioners working with multilingual children as well as any student undertaking courses in early childhood education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942455

Multilingualism Online By the co-author of Language Online this book builds on the earlier work while focusing on multilingualism in the digital world. Drawing on a range of digital media – from email to chatrooms and social media such as Facebook Instagram and YouTube – Lee demonstrates how online multilingualism is closely linked to people's offline literacy practices and identities and examines the ways in which people draw on multilingual resources in their internet participation. Bringing together central concepts in sociolinguistics and internet linguistics the eight chapters cover key issues such as:   language choice code-switching identities language ideologies minority languages online translation.    Examples in the book are drawn from both all the major languages and many lesser-written ones such as Chinese dialects Egyptian Arabic Irish and Welsh. A chapter on methodology provides practical information for students and researchers interested in researching online multilingualism from a mixed methods and practice-based approach.   Multilingualism Online is key reading for all students and researchers in the area of multilingualism and new media as well as those who want to know more about languages in the digital world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900493

Multiliteracies Emerging Media and College Writing Instruction This book proposes a broad-based multiliteracies theory and praxis for college writing curriculum. Khadka expands on the work of the New London Group’s theory of multiliteracies by integrating work from related disciplinary fields such as media studies intercultural communication World Englishes writing studies and literacy studies to show how they might be brought together to aid in designing curriculum for teaching multiple literacies including visual digital intercultural and multimodal in writing and literacy classes. Building on insights developed from qualitative analysis of data from the author’s own course the book examines the ways in which diverse groups of students draw on existing literacy practices while also learning to cultivate the multiple literacies including academic rhetorical visual intercultural and multimodal needed in mediating the communication challenges of a globalized world. This approach allows for both an exploration of students’ negotiation of their cultural linguistic and modal differences and an examination of teaching practices in these classrooms collectively demonstrating the challenges and opportunities afforded by a broad-based multiliteracies theory and praxis. This book will be of particular interest to scholars and researchers in writing studies rhetoric and communication studies multimodality media studies literacy studies and language education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731588

Multiliteracies and Early Years InnovationPerspectives from Finland and Beyond Multiliteracies and Early Years Innovation: Perspectives from Finland and Beyond brings together internationally renowned scholars to investigate and reflect upon the significance of introducing multiliteracies in the education of children (0–8 years old) and the challenge of enhancing professional development opportunities of early years practitioners. The book brings together curriculum innovation and reform and the changing media ecology of young children's learning lives in a single volume. It provides insights into Finnish early years education in terms of policy practice and research with a specific focus on the enhancement of children’s multiliteracies. Case studies from around the world explore co-developing practices between researchers and teachers the development of communities and the ways in which different classroom interventions draw on new kinds of teacher knowledge. This book will appeal to academics researchers and postgraduate students with an interest in early years education literacy education the sociology of digital culture school reform teacher education and comparative education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361607

Multiliteracies in World Language Education Putting a multiliteracies framework at the center of the world language curriculum this volume brings together college-level curricular innovations and classroom projects that address differences in meaning and worldviews expressed in learners’ primary and target languages. Offering a rich understanding of languages genres and modalities as socioculturally situated semiotic systems it advocates an effective pedagogy for developing learners’ abilities to operate between languages. Chapters showcase curricula that draw on a multiliteracies framework and present various classroom projects that develop aspects of multiliteracies for language learners. A discussion of the theoretical background and historical development of the pedagogy of multiliteracies and its relevance to the field of world language education positions this book within the broader literature on foreign language education. As developments in globalization accountability and austerity challenge contemporary academia and the current structure of world language programs this book shows how the implementation of a multiliteracies-based approach brings coherence to language programs and how the framework can help to accomplish the goals of higher education in general and of language education in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832190

Multimedia Communication and Computing ApplicationProceedings of the 2014 International Conference on Multimedia Communication and Computi 2014 International Conference on Multimedia Communication and Computing Application (MCCA2014)  Xiamen China Oct 16-17 2014 provided a forum for experts and scholars of excellence from all over the world to present their latest work in the area of multimedia communication and computing applications. In recent years the multimedia technology has experienced rapid developments and applications are widely used in both our daily life and industrial manufacturing such as games education entertainment stocks and bonds financial transactions architectural design communication etc. MCCA2014 received a large number of papers of which ninety-three papers were accepted for publicationg. These articles were divided into different sections: multimedia processing communication systems artificial intelligence and application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027756

Multimedia and Communications Technology Multimedia and Communications Technology is a practical explanation of the technologies that bring together existing products such as the PC telephone and television. It is precisely this revolution that the book addresses - offering an up to date technical overview of developments in PC technology video and audio compression telecommunications and many other disciplines.Written as a series of tutorials the book starts with the fundamental techniques of digital audio and video moving on to compression techniques such as JPEG and MPEG. The delivery systems for multimedia are then covered starting with the CD and on to telephones local and wide area networks and ATM and ASDL. The final chapters describe how these technologies are brought together in some key applications:� video conferencing� digital video broadcasting� video on demand � interactive televisionSteve Heath is responsible for European Strategy and Technology Development at Motorola. He has had many years experience in computer design and has presented papers on multimedia technology at international conferences. He is a well known technical writer and has written fourteen other books for Focal Press Newnes and Butterworth-Heinemann. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138412637

Multimedia and Literacy DevelopmentImproving Achievement for Young Learners Representing the state of the art in multimedia applications and their promise for enhancing early literacy development this volume broadens the field of reading research by looking beyond print-only experiences to young readers’ encounters with multimedia stories on the Internet and DVD. Multimedia storybooks include in addition to static pictures and written text features such as oral text animations sounds zooms and scaffolds designed to help convey meaning. These features are changing how young children read text and also provide technology-based scaffolds for helping struggling readers. Multimedia and Literacy Development reports experimental research and practices with multimedia stories indicating that new dimensions of media contribute to young children’s ability to understand stories and to read texts independently. This is the first synthesis of evidence-based research in this field. Four key themes are highlighted: Understanding the multimedia environment for learning Designing multimedia applications for learning New approaches to storybook reading Multimedia applications in classroom instruction. Written in jargon-free language for an international audience of students in university courses on literacy and information technology researchers policymakers program developers and media specialists this volume is essential reading for all professionals interested in early literacy and early interventions.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203892152

Multimedia and MegachangeNew Roles for Educational Computing The use of multimedia strikes at the very heart of traditional teaching and learning methods and is changing the way educators think about the whole process of teaching and learning. Multimedia and Megachange spurs ideas for the use of interactive technology to revolutionize teaching and learning. It describes and analyzes issues and trends that are currently setting a research and development agenda for educators.Contributors to this volume explore all fronts on which computer technology are changing the educational process:concept and theoryresearchapplicationdesignMultimedia and Megachange opens up the exciting world of how technology is dramatically changing how teachers teach and students learn. It also highlights spin-off changes for classroom management greater sources of information and improved evaluation and grading techniques. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075301

Multimedia and Virtual RealityDesigning Multisensory User Interfaces This book is primarily a summary of research done over 10 years in multimedia and virtual reality which fits within a wider interest of exploiting psychological theory to improve the process of designing interactive systems. The subject matter lies firmly within the field of HCI with some cross-referencing to software engineering. Extending Sutcliffe's views on the design process to more complex interfaces that have evolved in recent years this book: *introduces the background to multisensory user interfaces and surveys the design issues and previous HCI research in these areas; *explains the basic psychology for design of multisensory user interfaces including the Interactive Cognitive Subsystems cognitive model; *describes elaborations of Norman's models of action for multimedia and VR relates these models to the ICS cognitive model and explains how the models can be applied to predict the design features necessary for successful interaction; *provides a design process from requirements user and domain analysis to design of representation in media or virtual worlds and facilities for user interaction therein; *covers usability evaluation for multisensory interfaces by extending existing well-known HCI approaches of heuristic evaluation and observational usability testing; and *presents two special application areas for multisensory interfaces: educational applications and virtual prototyping for design refinement. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650311

Multimedia Communications and Networking The result of decades of research and international project experience Multimedia Communications and Networking provides authoritative insight into recent developments in multimedia digital communications and networking services and technologies. Supplying you with the required foundation in these areas it illustrates the means that will allow for improved digital communications and networks. The book starts with a review of the fundamental concepts requirements and constraints in networks and telecommunications. It describes channel disturbances that can hinder system performance—including noise attenuation distortion and interferences—and provides transmission techniques for mitigating these limitations. Analyzing both cable and wireless transmission mediums the book describes the network protocol architecture concept and includes coverage of twisted pairs coaxial and optical fiber cables wireless propagation satellite communications and terrestrial microwave systems. Facilitating the understanding required to participate in the development of current and next generation networks and services this comprehensive reference: Examines the range of network interconnections and WAN/MAN technologies including synchronous optical networks (SONET) synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) and third and next generation cellular systems (3G and 4G) Describes local area network (LAN) theory and technology including data link layers and virtual LANs Explores network and transport layers such as addressing routing protocols and IPv4 and IPv6 algorithms Covers TCP/IP services and applications Investigates different authentication and cryptographic systems including digital signature SSL TLS IPSEC and public key infrastructure Walking you through the planning design and development of multimedia telecommunications and networking systems the book provides a quick and easy way to develop and refine the skills required in the field. It clearly explains the principles and corresponding techniques you need to know to implement network security. The many examples and end-of-chapter questions also make it suitable for undergraduate and graduate-level computer science and electrical engineering courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874844

Multimedia Data MiningA Systematic Introduction to Concepts and Theory Collecting the latest developments in the field Multimedia Data Mining: A Systematic Introduction to Concepts and Theory defines multimedia data mining its theory and its applications. Two of the most active researchers in multimedia data mining explore how this young area has rapidly developed in recent years.The book first discusses the theoretical foundations of multimedia data mining presenting commonly used feature representation knowledge representation statistical learning and soft computing techniques. It then provides application examples that showcase the great potential of multimedia data mining technologies. In this part the authors show how to develop a semantic repository training method and a concept discovery method in an imagery database. They demonstrate how knowledge discovery helps achieve the goal of imagery annotation. The authors also describe an effective solution to large-scale video search along with an application of audio data classification and categorization. This novel self-contained book examines how the merging of multimedia and data mining research can promote the understanding and advance the development of knowledge discovery in multimedia data. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367386276

Multimedia Encryption and Authentication Techniques and Applications Intellectual property owners must continually exploit new ways of reproducing distributing and marketing their products. However the threat of piracy looms as a major problem with digital distribution and storage technologies. Multimedia Encryption and Authentication Techniques and Applications covers current and future trends in the design of modern systems that use encryption and authentication to protect multimedia content. Containing the works of contributing authors who are worldwide experts in their fields this volume is intended for researchers and practitioners as well as for those who want a broad understanding of multimedia security. In the wake of the explosive growth of digital entertainment and Internet applications this book is a definitive resource for scientists researchers programmers engineers business managers entrepreneurs and investors.FeaturesDescribes and evaluates the state of the art in multimedia encryption and authentication techniques and related technologies architectures standards and applicationsIncludes advanced topics such as chaotic encryption techniques for digital images and video as well as streaming media encryptionFocuses on digital rights management issues for video and for consumer devices Covers key management and protection for IP multimedia digital media fingerprinting and signature-based media authentication Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367453633

Multimedia Environmental ModelsThe Fugacity Approach Multimedia Environmental Models: The Fugacity Approach Third Edition takes a broad approach of viewing chemical behavior in the total biosphere of connected biotic and abiotic compartments. Chemicals are subject to the laws of "mass balance " a constraint that provides the opportunity to establish quantitative expressions for chemical fate that are central to chemical management and regulatory legislation. This book employs both the conventional concentration-based procedures and those based on application of the more elegant and powerful concept of fugacity to characterize equilibrium steady-state distribution and time-dependent transport between environmental phases such as air water and soil. Organic chemicals are emphasized because they are more easily generalized when assessing environmental behavior. Features Illustrates professional approaches to calculating the fate of chemicals in the environment Explicitly details all worked examples in an annotated step-by-step fashion Presents real-life freely downloadable models of use to government industry and private consulting professionals and students alike Clarifies symbols and notation   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367407827

Multimedia FoundationsCore Concepts for Digital Design Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text graphics photographs sound motion and video. Then put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning collaboration design and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations Multimedia Foundations Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production enabling you to create successful engaging content no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design digital cinema standards (2K 4K and 8K video) and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website which features a wealth of web resources  glossary terms and video tutorials has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740036

Multimedia Image and Video Processing As multimedia applications have become part of contemporary daily life numerous paradigm-shifting technologies in multimedia processing have emerged over the last decade. Substantially updated with 21 new chapters Multimedia Image and Video Processing Second Edition explores the most recent advances in multimedia research and applications. This edition presents a comprehensive treatment of multimedia information mining security systems coding search hardware and communications as well as multimodal information fusion and interaction. Clearly divided into seven parts the book begins with a section on standards fundamental methods design issues and typical architectures. It then focuses on the coding of video and multimedia content before covering multimedia search retrieval and management. After examining multimedia security the book describes multimedia communications and networking and explains the architecture design and implementation for multimedia image and video processing. It concludes with a section on multimedia systems and applications. Written by some of the most prominent experts in the field this updated edition provides readers with the latest research in multimedia processing and equips them with advanced techniques for the design of multimedia systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072534

Multimedia JournalismA Practical Guide Multimedia Journalism: A Practical Guide Second edition builds on the first edition’s expert guidance on working across multiple media platforms and continues to explore getting started building proficiency and developing professional standards in multimedia journalism. The second edition features new chapters including: getting started with social media live reporting building proficiency with Wordpress building apps for smartphones and tablets building a personal brand and developing a specialism long-form video journalism audio and video news bulletins and magazine programmes. The new edition also includes an extensive range of new and updated materials essential for all aspects multimedia journalism today. New areas explored include editing video and slideshows for mobile and tablet devices the advanced use of mobile devices for reporting location-specific content creation and delivery the use of video and audio slideshows and live blogging. Other updates include more material on photojournalism as a storytelling technique using and transferring digital images and sound the use of Google Analytics and practical guides to storytelling through infographics timelines interactive graphics and maps. The book fully engages with multimedia journalism in relation to range of social media and web publishing platforms including Wordpress Blogger Tumblr Twitter Facebook Google+ YouTube Instagram Pinterest SoundCloud AudioBoom and iTunes. The book is also be supported by fully updated online masterclasses at www.multimedia-journalism.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792845

Multimedia OntologyRepresentation and Applications The result of more than 15 years of collective research Multimedia Ontology: Representation and Applications provides a theoretical foundation for understanding the nature of media data and the principles involved in its interpretation. The book presents a unified approach to recent advances in multimedia and explains how a multimedia ontology can fill the semantic gap between concepts and the media world. It relays real-life examples of implementations in different domains to illustrate how this gap can be filled. The book contains information that helps with building semantic content-based search and retrieval engines and also with developing vertical application-specific search applications. It guides you in designing multimedia tools that aid in logical and conceptual organization of large amounts of multimedia data. As a practical demonstration it showcases multimedia applications in cultural heritage preservation efforts and the creation of virtual museums. The book describes the limitations of existing ontology techniques in semantic multimedia data processing as well as some open problems in the representations and applications of multimedia ontology. As an antidote it introduces new ontology representation and reasoning schemes that overcome these limitations. The long compiled efforts reflected in Multimedia Ontology: Representation and Applications are a signpost for new achievements and developments in efficiency and accessibility in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367445829

Multimedia over Cognitive Radio NetworksAlgorithms Protocols and Experiments With nearly 7 billion mobile phone subscriptions worldwide mobility and computing have become pervasive in our society and business. Moreover new mobile multimedia communication services are challenging telecommunication operators. To support the significant increase in multimedia traffic—especially video—over wireless networks new technological infrastructure must be created. Cognitive Radio Networks (CRNs) are widely regarded as one of the most promising technologies for future wireless communications. This book explains how to efficiently deliver video audio and other data over CRNs. Covering advanced algorithms protocols and hardware-/software-based experiments this book describes how to encode video in a prioritized way to send to dynamic radio links. It discusses different FEC codes for video reliability and explains how different machine learning algorithms can be used for video quality control. It also explains how to use readily available software tools to build a CRN simulation model. This book explains both theoretical and experimental designs. It describes how universal software radio peripheral (USRP) boards can be used for real-time high-resolution video transmission. It also discusses how a USRP board can sense the spectrum dynamics and how it can be controlled by GNU Radio software. A separate chapter discusses how the network simulator ns-2 can be used to build a simulated CRN platform. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034013

Multimedia Security Handbook Intellectual property owners who exploit new ways of reproducing distributing and marketing their creations digitally must also protect them from piracy. Multimedia Security Handbook addresses multiple issues related to the protection of digital media including audio image and video content. This volume examines leading-edge multimedia security concepts including protection architectures encryption watermarking fingerprinting authentication and various applications.Comprinsing 26 chapters the Handbook begins by introducing security fundamentals and discussing the vulnerabilities of individual protection schemes. Part II focuses on multimedia encryption detailing audio image and video encryption techniques. Part III examines watermarking techniques reviewing current and future trends and discussing multidimensional fragile and robust watermarks. Part IV covers multimedia data hiding fingerprinting and authentication. The text concludes with chapters describing applications of multimedia protection schemes presenting topics such as application taxonomy digital rights management and techniques for adult image filtering.The Handbook offers comprehensive reference material on advanced topics in the field. It delivers invaluable insight for researchers practitioners and engineers involved in designing and developing systems that protect digital multimedia content. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454234

Multimedia SecurityWatermarking Steganography and Forensics Multimedia Security: Watermarking Steganography and Forensics outlines essential principles technical information and expert insights on multimedia security technology used to prove that content is authentic and has not been altered. Illustrating the need for improved content security as the Internet and digital multimedia applications rapidly evolve this book presents a wealth of everyday protection application examples in fields including multimedia mining and classification digital watermarking steganography and digital forensics. Giving readers an in-depth overview of different aspects of information security mechanisms and methods this resource also serves as an instructional tool on how to use the fundamental theoretical framework required for the development of extensive advanced techniques. The presentation of several robust algorithms illustrates this framework helping readers to quickly master and apply fundamental principles. Presented case studies cover: The execution (and feasibility) of techniques used to discover hidden knowledge by applying multimedia duplicate mining methods to large multimedia content Different types of image steganographic schemes based on vector quantization Techniques used to detect changes in human motion behavior and to classify different types of small-group motion behavior Useful for students researchers and professionals this book consists of a variety of technical tutorials that offer an abundance of graphs and examples to powerfully convey the principles of multimedia security and steganography. Imparting the extensive experience of the contributors this approach simplifies problems helping readers more easily understand even the most complicated theories. It also enables them to uncover novel concepts involved in the implementation of algorithms which can lead to the discovery of new problems and new means of solving them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072541

Multimedia Stardom in Hong KongImage Performance and Identity This book details original research into the practices and discourse of multimedia stardom alongside changing social and cultural landscapes in Hong Kong since 1980. It examines the cultural and sociological significance of stardom in the region and the conditions which gave rise to such famous stars as Jackie Chan. This book elaborates the distinction between multimedia stardom and celebrity asserting that in Hong Kong stardom has been central in the production and consumption of local media while demonstrating the importance of multimedia stardom as part of the ‘cultural Chinese’ mediascape and transnational popular culture from both historical and contemporary contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367048

Multimedia Storytelling for Digital Communicators in a Multiplatform World Multimedia Storytelling for Digital Communicators in a Multiplatform World is a unique guide for all students who need to master visual communication through multiple media and platforms. Every communication field now requires students to be fluent in visual storytelling skill sets and as the present-day media adapt to a multiplatform world (with ever-increasing delivery systems from desktops to cell phones) students specializing in different forms of communication are discovering the power of merging new multimedia technology with very old and deep-rooted storytelling concepts. Award-winning journalist and multimedia professor Seth Gitner provides students with the tools for successfully realizing this merger from understanding conflict characters and plot development to conducting successful interviews editing video in post-production and even sourcing royalty-free music and sound effects. Incorporating how-to’s on everything from website and social media optimization to screenwriting Multimedia Storytelling aims to be a resource for any student who needs to think and create visually in fields across broadcast and digital journalism film photography advertising and public relations. The book also includes a range of supplemental material including wide-ranging skills exercises for each chapter interviews with seasoned professionals key terms and review questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765641328

Multimedia Technology IVProceedings of the 4th International Conference on Multimedia Technology Sydney Australia 28-30 March 2015 Multimedia Technology IV is a collection of papers from the 4th International Conference on Multimedia Technology (ICMT 2015 Sydney Australia 28-29 March 2015). The book discusses a wide range of topics including: – Image and signal processing – Video and audio processing – Multimedia data communication and transmission and – Multimedia tools. Presenting recent advances and new techniques and applications the contributions will be of interest to academics and professionals involved in the field of multimedia technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027947

Multimedia Watermarking Techniques and Applications Intellectual property owners must continually exploit new ways of reproducing distributing and marketing their products. However the threat of piracy looms as a major problem with digital distribution and storage technologies. Multimedia Watermarking Techniques and Applications covers all current and future trends in the design of modern systems that use watermarking to protect multimedia content. Containing the works of contributing authors who are worldwide experts in the field this volume is intended for researchers and practitioners as well as for those who want a broad understanding of multimedia security. In the wake of the explosive growth of digital entertainment and Internet applications this book is the definitive resource on the subject for scientists researchers programmers engineers business managers entrepreneurs and investors. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367453671

Multimedia-enabled Sensors in IoTData Delivery and Traffic Modelling This book gives an overview of best effort data and real-time multipath routing protocols in WMSN. It provides results of recent research in design issues affecting the development of strategic multipath routing protocols that support multimedia data traffic in WMSN from an IoT perspective plus detailed analysis on the appropriate traffic models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571740

Multimethod Clinical Assessment From leading authorities this book presents evidence-based strategies for using multimethod assessment to enhance clinical practice. The volume is organized around key assessment targets in the areas of personality psychopathology and clinical management (for example treatment planning and progress monitoring). Each chapter presents multiple methods that are particularly useful for assessing the issue at hand provides a framework for using these methods together and reviews the empirical data supporting their integration. Illustrative case examples clarify the approaches described and show how incorporating assessment into treatment can strengthen the therapeutic relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462516018

Multimodal Analysis in Academic SettingsFrom Research to Teaching This volume presents innovative research on the multimodal dimension of discourse specific to academic settings with a particular focus on the interaction between the verbal and non-verbal in constructing meaning. Contributions by experienced and emerging researchers provide in-depth analyses in both research and teaching contexts and consider the ways in which multimodal strategies can be leveraged to enhance the effectiveness of academic communication. Contributors employ both quantitative and qualitative analytical methods and make use of state-of-the-art software for analyzing multimodal features of discourse. The chapters in the first part of the volume focus on the multimodal features of two key research genres: conference presentations and plenary addresses. In the second part contributors explore the role of multimodality in the classroom through analyses of both instructors’ and students’ speech as well as the use of multimodal materials for more effective learning. The research presented in this volume is particularly relevant within the context of globalized higher education where participants represent a wide range of linguistic and cultural backgrounds. Multimodal Analysis in Academic Settings contributes to an emerging field of research with importance to an increasing number of academics and practitioners worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549074

Multimodal Approaches to Chinese-English Translation and Interpreting Nowadays discourse analysis deals with not only texts but also paratexts and images; so do translation and interpreting studies. Therefore the concept of multimodality has become an increasingly important topic in the subject areas of linguistics discourse analysis and translation studies. However up to now not much research has been done systematically on multimodal factors in translation and interpreting and even less in exploring research models or methodologies for multimodal analysis in translation and interpreting. This book aims to introduce and apply different theories of the multimodal discourse analysis to the study of translations with case studies on Chinese classics such as the Monkey King Mulan and The Art of War as well as on interpretations of up-to-date issues including the Chinese Belt and Road Initiatives and Macao tourism. The chapters reflect the first attempts to apply multimodal approaches to translation and interpreting with a special focus on Chinese-English translations and interpreting. They provide new understandings of transformations in the multimodal translation process and useful reference models for researchers who are interested in doing research of a similar kind especially for those who are interested in looking into translations related to Chinese language literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331962

Multimodal Approaches to Media DiscoursesReconstructing the Age of Austerity in the United Kingdom Multimodal Approaches to Media Discourses brings together contributions from an interdisciplinary group of scholars on corpus-assisted analyses of multimodal data on austerity discourses in the United Kingdom which extend and expand on the understanding of austerity but also of the methodologies used to analyse multimodal corpora. The volume demonstrates how the austerity measures introduced in response to global economic and financial crises in recent years can be viewed as being more complexly layered than they appear not simply reduced to their connections to spending cuts and fiscal debt. The book employs an innovative methodological approach in which established and emerging scholars from linguistics and computational and social sciences critically reflect on the exact same set of data – multimodal texts and articles from The Guardian and The Daily Telegraph from 2010 to 2016. This framework allows for the exploration of the role of the media in mediating the public’s assessment of austerity and the ideas actors emotions geographies and broader material context which contribute to such perceptions. In so doing the volume also offers unique insights into systematic analyses to multimodal data which may be applied to other topics and connected with other disciplines. Enhancing our awareness and assessment of austerity in public discourse and of the methodologies to study it this book is key reading for students and researchers in discourse analysis corpus linguistics multimodality and those working at the intersection of these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332891

Multimodal Approaches to Research and PedagogyRecognition Resources and Access This book brings together social semiotics cultural studies multiliteracies and other approaches in order to theorize very different learning environments giving visibility to the modal effect in a range of disciplines. It highlights the ideological nature of discursive practices examines questions of access and argues for transformation of these practices with a constant eye on issues of social justice and equity. Contributors argue that we can harness learners’ representational resources through making these resources visible and creating less regulated spaces in the curriculum in which they can be used. Examples from primary education through to adult continuing education are used throughout the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600860

Multimodal Composing in ClassroomsLearning and Teaching for the Digital World Taking a close look at multimodal composing as an essential new literacy in schools this volume draws from contextualized case studies across educational contexts to provide detailed portraits of teachers and students at work in classrooms. Authors elaborate key issues in transforming classrooms with student multimodal composing including changes in teachers teaching and learning. Six action principles for teaching for embodied learning through multimodal composing are presented and explained. The rich illustrations of practice encourage both discussion of practical challenges and dilemmas and conceptualization beyond the specific cases. Historically issues in New Literacy Studies multimodality new literacies and multiliteracies have primarily been addressed theoretically promoting a shift in educators’ thinking about what constitutes literacy teaching and learning in a world no longer bounded by print text only. Such theory is necessary (and beneficial for re-thinking practices). What Multimodal Composing in Classrooms contributes to this scholarship are the voices of teachers and students talking about changing practices in real classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897471

Multimodal EpistemologiesTowards an Integrated Framework This volume develops a new multimodal semiotic approach to the study of communication examining how multimodal discourse is construed transmedially and interculturally and how new technologies and cultural stances inform communicative contexts across the world. It contributes to current theoretical debates in the disciplines of semiotics linguistics multimodality and pragmatics as well as those aspects of pedagogy and film studies that engage with the notions of text and narrative by addressing questions such as: How do we study multimedia communication? How do we incorporate the impact of new media technologies into the study of Linguistics and Semiotics? How do we construe culture in modern communication? How useful are the current multidisciplinary approaches to multimodal communication?Through the analysis of specific case studies that are developed within diverse academic disciplines and which draw on a range of theoretical frameworks the goal of this book is to provide a basis for an overarching framework that can be applied by scholars and students with different academic and cultural backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600723

Multimodal Film AnalysisHow Films Mean This book presents a new basis for the empirical analysis of film. Starting from an established body of work in film theory the authors show how a close incorporation of the current state of the art in multimodal theory—including accounts of the syntagmatic and paradigmatic axes of organisation discourse semantics and advanced ‘layout structure’—builds a methodology by which concrete details of film sequences drive mechanisms for constructing filmic discourse structures. The book introduces the necessary background the open questions raised and the method by which analysis can proceed step-by-step. Extensive examples are given from a broad range of films. With this new analytic tool set the reader will approach the study of film organisation with new levels of detail and probe more deeply into the fundamental question of the discipline: just how is it that films reliably communicate meaning? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754439

Multimodal Interactive Systems Management This book provides a synthesis of the multifaceted field of interactive multimodal information management. The subjects treated include spoken language processing image and video processing document and handwriting analysis identity information and interfaces. The book concludes with an overview of the highlights of the progress of the field dur Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9780429161346

Multimodal Management of Canine Osteoarthritis Multimodal Management of Canine Osteoarthritis Second Edition takes an evidence-based approach to the canine patient with osteoarthritis pursuing the objective of the best available medicine by a variety of means: multiple drugs agents adjuncts and delivery methods. Appreciating that surgical intervention may initially be required particularly for stabilizing a joint the major focus in this work is the conservative management of osteoarthritis. A clear and visual approach is taken with the overlapping of two three-pointed triangles of management: medical and non-medical. The completely updated new edition offers a major new chapter on Regenerative Medicine in collaboration with Drs Sherman Canapp and Brittany Jean Carr. It is recommended for any small animal veterinary practitioner as well as researchers and students of the RCVS CertAVP. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367112493

Multimodal Pedagogies in Diverse ClassroomsRepresentation Rights and Resources Multimodal Pedagogies in Diverse Classrooms examines how the classroom can become a democratic space founded on the integration of different histories modes of representation feelings languages and discourses and is essential reading for anyone interested in the connection between multimodality pedagogy democracy and social justice in diverse classrooms. Pippa Stein combines theory with material taken from post-apartheid classrooms in South Africa where students from different language and cultural backgrounds negotiate the ongoing tensions between tradition and modernity Western and African intellectual thought as well as the apartheid-past of their parents and their own aspirations for the future. This insightful book argues that classrooms can become ‘transformative’ sites in which students can develop curricula and pedagogies which speak to the diversity of global societies and looks at: How multimodality can be used to promote social justice and democracy in diverse classrooms; The forms of representation through which students make meaning in classrooms; How those forms contribute to the building of democratic cultures; The cultural resources available to students and how they are used for learning; Difference as a productive energy for learning. Dealing with issues such as democracy politics of difference diversity multicultural and multilingual classrooms this book is as pertinent to readers across the globe as it is to those in South Africa and will be invaluable and fascinating reading for anyone working or interested in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541763

Multimodal Safety Management and Human FactorsCrossing the Borders of Medical Aviation Road and Rail Industries Safety management and human factors disciplines are often regarded as subjective and nebulous. This perhaps stems from a variety of sometimes disparate activities in the realms of education industry and research. Aviation is one of the safety-critical industries that has led the development of safety systems and human factors. However in recent years safety management and human factors are seen to be progressing well in the road rail and the medical arena. Multimodal Safety Management and Human Factors is a wide-ranging compendium of contemporary approaches in the aviation road rail and medical domains. It brings together 28 chapters from both the academic and professional worlds that focus on applications tools and strategies in safety management and human factors. It is a wellspring of the practical rather than the theoretical. Safety scientists human factors industry practitioners change management advocates educators and students will find this book extremely relevant and challenging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076501

Multimodal Semiotics and Rhetoric in Videogames This book merges recent trends in game studies and multimodal studies to explore the relationship between the interaction between videogames’ different modes and the ways in which they inform meaning for both players and designers. The volume begins by laying the foundation for integrating the two disciplines drawing upon social semiotic and discourse analytic traditions to examine their relationship with meaning in videogames. The book uses a wide range of games as examples to demonstrate the medium’s various forms of expression at work including audio visual textual haptic and procedural modes with a particular focus on the procedural form which emphasizes processes and causal relationships to better showcase its link with meaning-making. The second half of the book engages in a discussion of different multimodal configurations and user generated content to show how they contribute to the negotiation of meaning in the player experience including their role in constructing and perpetuating persuasive messages and in driving interesting and unique player decisions in gameplay. Making the case for the benefits of multimodal approaches to game studies this volume is key reading for students and researchers in multimodal studies game studies rhetoric semiotics and discourse analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584788

Multimodal StudiesExploring Issues and Domains The phenomenon of multimodality has as Jewitt observes generated interest "across many disciplines...against the backdrop of considerable social change." Contemporary societies are grappling with the social implications of the rapid increase in sophistication and range of multimodal practices particularly within interactive digital media so that the study of multimodality also becomes essential within an increasing range of practical domains. As a result of this increasing interest in multimodality scholars teachers and practitioners are on the one hand uncovering many different issues arising from its study such as those of theory and methodology while also exploring multimodality within an increasing range of domains. Such an increase and range of interest in multimodality heralds the emergence of a distinct multimodal studies field: as both the mapping of a domain of enquiry and as the site of the development of theories descriptions and methodologies specific to and adapted for the study of multimodality. The present volume presents a range of works by an impressive international roster of contributors who both explore issues arising from the study of multimodality and explore the scope of this emerging field within specific domains of multimodal phenomena. Contributors aim to show that each individual work and works in general within multimodal studies represent a dialectic or complementarity between the exploration of issues of general significance to multimodal studies and the exploration of specific domains of multimodality; while characterizing specific works as tending to some degree towards one or other of these main areas of focus. Such a characterization is seen as part of a move towards the identification and thus development of a distinct field of multimodal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754415

Multimodal Stylistics of the NovelMore than Words This book advocates for a new analytical framework that extends our understanding of multimodal meaning-making in the novel. Integrating theoretical traditions from stylistics and the influential social semiotic approach to multimodal communication developed by Kress and van Leeuwen Nørgaard applies this method of analysis in order to build on existing stylistic practices that look at linguistic features in the novel to encompass other semiotic resources found in the form such as typography layout images paper and book-cover design. The volume grounds the discussion with supporting examples from novels that feature experimentation with multiple semiotic resources as well as more traditional novels furthering the argument that all novels are inherently multimodal. Offering new insights and tools for unpacking multimodal meaning-making in this critical literary genre this volume is an indispensable resource for graduate students and researchers in multimodality stylistics and literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584542

Multimodal Theory and MethodologyFor the Analysis of (Inter)action and Identity This concise guide outlines core theoretical and methodological developments of the growing field of Multimodal (Inter)action Analysis. The volume unpacks the foundational relationship between multimodality and language and the key concepts which underpin the analysis of multimodal action and interaction and the study of multimodal identity. A focused overview of each concept charts its historical development reviews the essential literature and outlines its underlying theoretical frameworks and how it links to analytical tools. Norris illustrates the concept in practice via the inclusion of examples and an image-based transcript table or graph. The book provides a succinct overview of the latest research developments in the field of Multimodal (Inter)action Analysis for early career scholars in the field as well as established researchers looking to stay up-to-date on core developments and learn more about a complementary approach to systemic functional and social semiotic frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368326

Multimodal Transport Law An accessible introduction to multimodal contracts of carriage Multimodal Transport Law works from general principles toward specific technical problems. Adopting an international approach it addresses such key topics as: Contracts of carriage Transport documents The parties to a contract of carriage International conventions on the carriage of goods Multimodal situations covered by unimodal conventions Conflict of laws The rules applicable to the individual legs of multimodal contracts of carriage The Rotterdam Rules Providing a close examination of the relevant rules regulations and case law this is essential reading for law students useful for claims handlers and practitioners and of interest for academics and legislators seeking a better appreciation of multimodal contracts of carriage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789813

Multimodality Multimodality is a fast growing area of inquiry as the interest in modes beyond but always also including language such as layout gesture gaze or body posture is increasing. A conglomeration of research from various fields interested in examining language as it is embedded in a vast array of other modes rather than a coherant field of inquiry  this collection will showcase the major achievements in this multidisciplinary field through the inclusion of theoretically methodologically and practically important works Topics will range from language studies to education and classroom discourse from sociolinguistic inquiries into work place practice to communication from psycholinguistics and gesture studies to systemic functional grammatical inquiries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845503

Multimodality Cognition and Experimental Literature Since the turn of the millennium there has seen an increase in the inclusion of typography graphics and illustration in fiction. This book engages with visual and multimodal devices in twenty-first century literature exploring canonical authors like Mark Z. Danielewski and Jonathan Safran Foer alongside experimental fringe writers such as Steve Tomasula to uncover an embodied textual aesthetics in the information age. Bringing together multimodality and cognition in an innovative study of how readers engage with challenging literature this book makes a significant contribution to the debates surrounding multimodal design and multimodal reading. Drawing on cognitive linguistics cognitive psychology neuroscience semiotics visual perception visual communication and multimodal analysis  Gibbons provides a sophisticated set of critical tools for analysing the cognitive impact of multimodal literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809765

Multimodality Learning and CommunicationA social semiotic frame This state-of-the-art account of research and theorizing brings together multimodality learning and communication through detailed analyses of signmakers and their meaning-making in museums hospitals schools and the home environment. By analyzing video recordings photographs screenshots and print materials Jeff Bezemer and Gunther Kress go well beyond the comfortable domains of traditional sites of (social) semiotic and multimodal research. They steer away from spurious invention and naming of ever more new and exciting domains focusing instead on fundamentals in assembling a set of tools for current tasks: namely describing and analyzing learning and communication in the contemporary world as one integrated field. The theory outlined in the book is grounded in the findings of the authors’ wide-ranging empirical investigations. Each chapter evaluates the work that is being done and has been done challenging accepted wisdom and standing much of it on its head. With extensive illustrations and many examples presented to show the reach and applicability of the theory this book is essential reading for all those working in multimodality semiotics applied linguistics and related areas. Images from the book are also available to view online at www.routledge.com/9780415709620/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709620

Multimodality Poetry and Poetics This groundbreaking work takes multimodality studies in a new direction by applying multimodal approaches to the study of poetry and poetics. The book examines poetry’s visual and formal dimensions applying framing theory to such case studies as Aristotle’s Poetics and Robert Lowell’s "The Heavenly Rain" to demonstrate both the implied due to the form’s unique relationship with structure imagery and rhythm and explicit forms of multimodality at work an otherwise little-explored research strand of multimodality studies. The volume explores the theoretical implications of a multimodal approach to poetry and poetics to other art forms and fields of study making this essential reading for students and scholars working at the intersection of language and communication including multimodality discourse analysis and interdisciplinary literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591618

Multimodality Across ClassroomsLearning About and Through Different Modalities This volume takes a broad view of multimodality as it applies to a wide range of subject areas curriculum design and classroom processes to examine the ways in which multiple modes combine in contemporary classrooms and its subsequent impact on student learning. Grounded in a systemic functional linguistic framework and featuring contributions from scholars across educational and multimodal research the book begins with a historical overview of multimodality’s place in Western education and then moves to a discussion of the challenges and rewards of integrating multimodal texts and ever-evolving technologies in a variety of settings include primary language music early childhood Montessori and online classrooms. As a state of the art of teaching and learning through different modalities in different educational contexts this book is an indispensable resource for students and scholars in applied linguistics multimodality and language education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586683

Multimodality and Aesthetics This volume explores the relationship between aesthetics and traditional multimodal communication to show how all semiotic resources not just those situated within fine arts have an aesthetic function. Bringing together contributions from an interdisciplinary group of researchers the book meditates on the role of aesthetics in a broader range of semiotic resources including urban spaces blogs digital scrapbooks children’s literature music and online learning environments. The result is a comprehensive collection of new perspectives on how communication and aesthetics enrich and complement one another when meaning is made with semiotic resources making this key reading for students and scholars in multimodality fine arts education studies and visual culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585518

Multimodality and Social SemiosisCommunication Meaning-Making and Learning in the Work of Gunther Kress Gunther Kress one of the founders of social semiotics and multimodality has made lasting contributions to these fields through his work in semiotics and meaning-making; power and identity; agency design production; and pedagogy and learning; in varied sites of transformation. This book brings together leading scholars in a variety of disciplines including social semiotics pedagogy linguistics media and communication studies new literacy studies ethnography academic literacy literary criticism and more recently medical/clinical education to examine and build upon his work. This disciplinary diversity is evidence of the ways in which Kress' work has influenced and been influenced by a wide range of academic work and intellectual endeavors and how it has been used to lay foundations for theory-building and concept development in a varied yet connected range of areas. The individual contributions to the book pick up the threads of the often collaborative work of the authors with Kress; they show how these approaches were subsequently developed and discuss what future trajectories the authors see for them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098817

Multimodality in PracticeInvestigating Theory-in-Practice-through-Methodology In this wide-ranging collection leading scholars researchers and emergent researchers from around the world come together and present examples of multimodal discourse analysis in practice. The book illustrates new theoretical methodological and empirical research into new technologies such as the internet software CD-ROM video and older technologies such as film newspapers brands or billboards. Each chapter demonstrates how aspects of multimodal theory and method can be used to conduct research into these and other multimodal texts. Taken together the book advances the field of multimodal discourse analysis and offers a range of current studies that address some of the most important questions facing researchers and students when investigating new or old technologies multimodally in linguistics education communication studies sociology anthropology and other fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602130

Multimodality in the Built EnvironmentSpatial Discourse Analysis This book provides an extended exploration of the multimodal analysis of spatial (three-dimensional) texts of the built environment  culminating in a holistic approach termed Spatial Discourse Analysis (SpDA). Based on existing frameworks of multimodal analysis  this book applies adapts and extends these frameworks to spatial texts. The authors argue that choices in spatial design create meanings about what we perceive and how we can or should behave within spatial texts influence how we feel in and about those spaces and enable these texts to function as coherent wholes. Importantly a spatial text once built is also a resource which is then used and an essential aspect of understanding these texts is to consider what users themselves contribute to the meaning potential of these texts. The book takes the metafunctional approach familiar from Systemic-Functional Linguistics (SFL) and foregrounds each metafunction in turn (textual interpersonal experiential and logical) in relation to the detailed analysis of a particular spatial text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499119

Multinary Alloys Based on III-V Semiconductors III-V semiconductors have attracted considerable attention due to their applications in the fabrication of electronic and optoelectronic devices as light emitting diodes and solar cells. The electrical properties of these semiconductors can also be tuned by adding impurity atoms. Because of their wide application in various devices the search for new semiconductor materials and the improvement of existing materials is an important field of study. This book covers all known information about phase relations in multinary systems based on III-V semiconductors providing the first systematic account of phase equilibria in multinary systems based on III-V semiconductors and making research originally published in Russian accessible to the wider scientific community. This book will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students studying materials science solid state chemistry and engineering. It will also be relevant for researchers at industrial and national laboratories in addition to phase diagram researchers inorganic chemists and solid state physicists. Features: Provides up-to-date experimental and theoretical information Allows readers to synthesize semiconducting materials with predetermined properties Delivers a critical evaluation of many industrially important systems presented in the form of two-dimensional sections for the condensed phases Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498778336

Multinary Alloys Based on II-VI Semiconductors A companion volume to Ternary Alloys Based on II-VI Semiconductor Compounds (CRC Press 2013) and Quaternary Alloys Based on II-VI Semiconductor Compounds (CRC Press 2014) Multinary Alloys Based on II-VI Semiconductors provides up-to-date experimental and theoretical information on phase relations based on II-VI semiconductor systems with five or more components. Featuring detailed figures and extensive references this book:Delivers a critical evaluation of many industrially important systems presented in the form of two-dimensional sections for the condensed phasesSummarizes the data from the last 15–20 years of literature on the study of organometallic compounds which include zinc cadmium or mercury and sulfur selenium or telluriumClassifies all materials according to the periodic table groups of their constituent atoms that is possible combinations of Zn Cd and Hg with chalcogens S Se and Te and additional components in the order of their group numberSpecifies the diagram type possible phase transformations and physical–chemical interaction of the components methods of equilibrium investigation thermodynamic characteristics and methods for sample preparation in each multinary database descriptionMultinary Alloys Based on II-VI Semiconductors contains valuable material useful for obtaining nanoscale II-VI semiconductors and for preparing thin films of these semiconductor materials as well as for exploring the biological and medicinal applications of organometallic compounds and for identifying new compounds with necessary properties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377427

Multinational Accounting (RLE Accounting)Segment Disclosure and Risk Up until the mid 1980s multinational enterprises usually published only consolidated worldwide accounts. This changed in subsequent years with increasing legal requirements to publish separate national accounts for each subsidiary. Obviously this exposes the subsidiary to the risk of takeover by a competitor and/or to intervention on the part of the host government. This book presents an authoritative and in-depth analysis of the disclosure issue from both theoretical and practical standpoints. The author describes the methods used to research and evaluate disclosure risks and benefits and presents much new thinking and many new research findings on this important topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976566

Multinational Business and Labour (RLE International Business) Aimed at senior undergraduate and post-graduate students following courses in International Business and Industrial Relations this book examines the labour market effects of multinational business. In reflecting the complexity and dynamism of developments in this area the book makes clear the need to underpin analysis of the labour market effects of multinational business with conceptual understanding of the theory of multinational enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007857

Multinational Business and Transnational RegionsA Transnational Business History of Energy Transition in the Rhine Region 1945-1973 Multinational Enterprise and Transnational Regions offers an innovative approach to the study of the history of transnational economic regions. The Rhine valley is such a region comprising the cities and areas along the Rhine river and its tributaries. The transition from coal to oil that unfolded between 1945 and 1973 rapidly transformed the region shattering some of the old river-based connections and creating new ones with the introduction of large-scale cross-border oil pipelines. Multinational enterprises shaped these new regional connections but divergent national government responses gave rise to differentiated development in different parts of the Rhine valley.  Multinational Enterprise and Transnational Regions argues that processes of regional change should be understood from transnational interconnections rather than from local or national perspectives. This book uses a transnational business history methodology to tease out the region’s transformation and to circumvent the national bias in public sources. It will be of relevance to academics and researchers with an interest in regional and transnational European history international business environmental history and business history as well as practitioners interested in the oil industry energy and energy history business history and international business and associated disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735036

Multinational Business Service FirmsDevelopment of Multinational Organization Structures in the UK Business Service Sector First published in 1998 this influential volume entered the debate on Foreign Direct Investment in the UK and focuses on the role of Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) in the service rather than manufacturing and primary sectors. While the significance of the service industry had been recognised (exceeding 60% of total GDP in some countries at the time of original publication) the role of FDIs has not. Joanne Roberts thus contributed to a woefully under researched field covering areas including international trade the organisational theory of the firm and the UK business sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324749

Multinational Companies from JapanCapabilities Competitiveness and Challenges Since the bursting of Japan’s bubble economy from 1990 onwards its multinational companies (MNCs) have faced new competitive challenges and questions about the management practices on which they had built their initial success in global markets. Japanese engagement in the international economy has undergone a number of phases. Historically Japanese MNCs learnt from foreign companies frequently through strategic alliances. After the post-war ‘economic miracle’ Japanese manufacturers in particular converted themselves into MNCs transferred their home-grown capabilities to overseas subsidiaries and made an impact on the world economy. But the period after 1990 marked declining Japanese competitiveness and asked questions about the ability of Japanese MNCs to be more responsive and global in their strategies organization and capabilities. It has been argued that the established management practices of Japanese MNCs inhibited adaptation to recent demands of global competition. This volume presents new case evidence on how Japanese MNCs have responded to the new challenges of the global market place and it provides examples of how they have transformed strategies and competitive capabilities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294981

Multinational Corporations and European Regional Systems of Innovation In globalising economies particularly those going through a process of economic integration such as those economies within the EU regions forge an increasing number of linkages with other locations within and across national borders. This is largely carried out by the technological efforts of Multinational Corporations (MNCs). This book explores the regional dimension of Europe in terms of localised technological comparative advantages and the location of innovative activities by MNCs. Using an empirical analysis John Cantwell and Simona Iammarino cover such important themes as: MNC technological activities and economic wealth MNCs and the regional systems of innovation in Italy UK Germany and France the geographical hierarchy across European national borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501279

Multinational Corporations and the Emerging Network Economy in Asia and the Pacific Multinational Corporations and the Emerging Network Economy in Asia and the Pacific delves into the ongoing rise of a global economy anchored in a web of inter-firm production networks and the role played by multinational corporations in the process. It considers the strategies and business models corporations have adopted lately to face today’s highly competitive global markets especially outsourcing and offshoring focusing on the modalities observed in Asia Pacific and the Pacific Rim at large. Since their inception corporations have undergone a series of fundamental changes; each has corresponded to a given era of industrial development and has given rise to a particular type of government policy response. The book addresses these timely issues and other such as the transformation of global production networks into global innovation networks the link between corporate and national innovation strategies and movement up the global production value chain and the fragmentation of production and the resulting increase in component and sub-assembly trade in the region. It also takes up the emergence of multinational corporations from developing countries and the efforts aimed at forging basic rules of corporate social responsibility and developing sound institutions for building a working framework of corporate governance in the Pacific. Written by some of the region’s most eminent and influential economists and political scientists this volume will appeal to students and scholars working in the field of Asia Pacific studies as well as to businesspersons and policymakers taking decisions in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690102

Multinational Corporations And The Third World This book an outcome of the conference in 1983 held at the University of Birmingham examines the varied roles played by multinational corporations in the economies of the Third World countries and concentrates more closely on regional national sectoral or corporate levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156527

Multinational Corporations and the Third World (RLE International Business) This book is a comprehensive study of the role of multinational corporations in the economies of the Third World. It begins by providing a comprehensive overview of the activities of multinational corporations and the main areas of research and debate. It goes on to discuss specific sociological developmental and material effects on Third World countries resulting from involvement with multinational corporations. It includes case studies detailing the mid-twentieth century history and probable effects of specific multinational corporations’ involvement in Third World countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751988

Multinational Enterprise Political Risk and Organisational ChangeFrom Total War to Cold War Hitherto the organization of international business has been studied mostly from a managerial point of view or by examining the relationship between firms and the economy. Yet the development of the modern multinational firm - the most important type of business organisation - has been strongly influenced by the conflicts that bedeviled the twentieth century. The volatile macroeconomic and political environments experienced by international business point to how important it is to study political risk. Consequently Multinational Enterprise Political Risk and Organisational Change: From Total War to Cold War breaks new ground: it argues that non-market elements and historical context are key to understanding the way international business has been organised. This edited volume offers an historical approach to analysing how multinational enterprise has developed over time and around the world through a series of well-crafted chapters on important topics in international economic and business history written by authorities in their respective fields of study and research. The study is based on the underlying premise that the coming of the two World Wars the devastating and long-term consequences of such total wars and the ideological challenge of the Cold War acted as a pivot points in shaping the nature and character of multinational firms. By examining such phenomena this study offers insights to anyone who has an interest in business economic or political history management and business studies or international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732202

Multinational Enterprises and Government Intervention (RLE International Business) Government intervention can reduce the profits of multinational enterprises. These interventions also increase uncertainty and risk and distort trading and intra-firm sourcing patterns. The focus of this book is a corporate survival plan that describes how a multinational can monitor its exposure to intervention and then seek to reduce it. It reports on the successes and failures of firms as they implement various global management systems and recommends a general strategy. Such a strategy will allow multinationals to continue foreign investment with the longer term horizons that will benefit both the firms and their host countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752114

Multinational Enterprises and InnovationRegional Learning in Networks The crucial actors of a global knowledge-based economy are multinational enterprises (MNEs). MNEs depend on the embeddedness in an institutional framework; their competitive advantage depends on the cross-border utilisation of regional and national capabilities. The innovativeness of a company is therefore based also on regional innovation systems. Multinational Enterprises and Innovation contributes to a better understanding of the interconnectedness between organisational and regional learning. On the basis of case studies in Germany and France this volume investigates how MNEs cope with technical economic and institutional uncertainties by drawing upon the complementary strengths of organisational and regional networks in national and European contexts. The book links two theoretical debates which are currently still largely disconnected -- the debate on learning processes in MNEs and the debate on the regional bases of innovativeness and competitiveness -- answering the question of how the internationalisation of R&D is reconciled with regional competences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959989

Multinational Enterprises and Technological Spillovers An analysis of the impact of inward investment on the competitiveness of indigenous firms Multinational Enterprises and Technological Spillovers draws on evidence from the UK and Italian manufacturing sectors to show how foreign presence may generate both virtuous and vicious circles of development according to a number of interrelated factors. These include the level of the foreign presence its rate of increase the technological disparities between foreign and indigenous firms and the political response. An examination of the productive and innovatory activities of US and Japanese firms in Europe is also provided to enlighten the differential role of European countries in the global operations of overseas multinationals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002265

Multinational Enterprises and Transparent Tax Reporting This book examines tax transparency as part of multinational enterprises’ corporate social responsibility (CSR). It considers revelations like the Panama and Paradise Papers that shed light on corporations’ tax practices and the growing public dissatisfaction resulting in legislative projects such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) base erosion and profit shifting. Tax transparency is defined as companies’ voluntary disclosure of numerical tax data (e.g. taxes paid by country) and other tax-related information (e.g. tax policies). It is set apart from tax avoidance and tax evasion to clarify the often-blurred concepts. In this book tax transparency is placed in a historical context and possible drivers and hindering factors to tax transparency are investigated. Tax transparency is discussed in the light of socio-economic theories (stakeholder legitimacy institutional theory and reputation risk management) as well as economic theories (agency theory signalling proprietary costs) and information overload theory. The book provides examples of tax transparency development of the largest multinational enterprises in five countries (France Germany UK Finland and USA) in six years 2012–2017 a period featuring increased media coverage of tax matters and legislative movement in the OECD and the European Union. The future of tax transparency is discussed in light of quality characteristics assurance of information and potential use of artificial intelligence. Companies’ managers and tax and CSR specialists benefit from the book by gaining insight into how to design transparent high-quality tax reporting. Assurance professionals can use information about the quality criteria of tax transparency. Regulators can track historical development and see examples of voluntary tax transparency in companies’ reporting. Scholars and students obtain theoretical framework for analysing the tax transparency phenomenon and the ability to distinguish between the concepts of tax transparency planning avoidance and evasion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372561

Multinational Federalism and Value PluralismThe Spanish Case This book addresses the democratic accommodation of national pluralism through federal rules. The key question is: can federalism be a fair and workable way of articulating multinational societies according to revised liberal-democratic patterns? In recent years scholarly discussion on this issue has undergone a change. Nowadays the answer to this question is much more complex than the one that traditional political liberalism and federalism used to give us. In the past these two political approaches usually addressed the question of political pluralism without seriously including national pluralism in the discussion a theoretical attitude that has often misrepresented and impoverished the moral discussions and the institutional practices of multinational democratic federations. Multinational Federalism and Value Pluralism has been awarded the prize for the best book in 2005 by the Spanish Political Science Association (AECPA). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994270

Multinational Federalism in Bosnia and Herzegovina In 1995 none of the political parties representing the peoples of Bosnia preferred a federal option. Yet Bosnia became a federal state highly decentralised and with a complex institutional architecture. This solution was imposed on them by international actors as a result of peace negotiations following the Yugoslav wars. Political parties in post-war Bosnia were not willing to identify with or accept the federation. The international community intervened taking over key decisions and so Bosnia and Herzegovina became the first state to experience a new model of federalism namely ’imposed federalism’ and a new model of a federal state that of the ’internationally administered federation’. By combining comparative politics conflict analysis and international relations theory Soeren Keil offers a unique analysis of federalism in post-Dayton Bosnia and Herzegovina. By exploring this model of ’imposed federalism’ not only does this study greatly contribute to the literature on developments in Bosnia and Herzegovina it also re-evaluates comparative federalism in theory and practice. This study also offers important conclusions for similar cases both in the Western Balkans region and the wider world where international involvement and federalism as a method of conflict resolution in diverse societies becomes ever more prevalent and important. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246881

Multinational Joint Ventures in Developing Countries (RLE International Business) This book examines how joint ventures work in practice. Drawing on extensive personal experience and using case study examples where appropriate the author analyses the various stages discusses the problems of partner selection implementation and control and points out the various benefits and pitfalls. He draws out the implications for improving practice and discusses how the experience of joint ventures affects the theory of the multinational enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007819

Multinational Military ForcesProblems and Prospects First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000381

Multinational Military InterventionNATO Policy Strategy and Burden Sharing War as Clausewitz reminds is the most uncertain of human political and social activities. It also imposes burdens. In an alliance among states for the promotion of collective defense or security such as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) burdens have to be shared. This study looks at the experience of the United States and other member states of NATO in four situations of multinational military intervention - Lebanon the Persian Gulf the Balkans and South Asia - and considers the implications of nuclear arms reductions and nonproliferation for the US and NATO. Each case study represents an important period in the distribution of power interest and values amounting to more than a sequential consideration of incidents of military intervention and/or conflict prevention. These politico-military challenges include a major coalition war a traditional peacekeeping operation an exercise in peace enforcement and a conflict that combines counter-insurgency and counter-terrorism with stability and security operations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315596310

Multinational Rapid Response MechanismsFrom Institutional Proliferation to Institutional Exploitation The track record of military rapid response mechanisms troops on standby ready to be deployed to a crisis within a short time frame by intergovernmental organizations remains disappointing. Yet many of the obstacles to multinational actors launching a rapid and effective military response in times of crisis are largely similar. This book is the first comprehensive and comparative contribution to explore and identify the key factors that hamper and enable the development and deployment of multinational rapid response mechanisms. Examining lessons from deployments by the AU the EU NATO and the UN in the Central African Republic Mali Somalia and counter-piracy in the Horn of Africa the contributors focus upon the following questions: Was there a rapid response to the crises? By whom? If not what were the major obstacles to rapid response? Did inter-organizational competition hinder responsiveness? Or did cooperation facilitate responsiveness? Bringing together leading scholars working in this area offers a unique opportunity to analyze and develop lessons for policy-makers and for theorists of inter-organizational relations. This work will be of interest to scholars and students of peacebuilding peacekeeping legitimacy and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543980

Multinational Service Firms (RLE International Business) This book presents a world survey of multinational firms in the key parts of the service sector. The service sector has grown greatly in importance in recent years in many countries of the world. Many of the key parts of the service sector that are growing most rapidly are dominated by large multinational firms and this has important implications for the future shape of the world economy and for closer economic integration between countries. In addition the particular style and operations of multinational firms in one sector can provide useful lessons for multinational enterprise in other sectors. The book examines the operations and the style of the firms considered and explores how they dominate their sectors. It charts how the firms have developed discusses the critical issues facing them; and suggests how present trends may continue in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752015

Multinational Strategic ManagementAn Integrative Entrepreneurial Context-Specific Process Build the skills needed to compete in the highly competitive global business environment!This incisive book is a comprehensive introduction to contemporary multinational strategic leadership and management. A vital guide to business policy Multinational Strategic Management: An Integrative Entrepreneurial Context-Specific Process combines basic strategic management with a distinctive international business perspective. The result is invaluable as a preparatory overview for novices and as a guidebook for business practitioners.Mixing basic management and leadership perspectives with a study of international business Multinational Strategic Management takes a comprehensive approach to subjects that traditionally require multiple texts. Designed for use as a textbook for undergraduate and graduate course work the book fills an educational void in a rapidly growing field. The in-depth text provides you with a thorough understanding of how to lead and manage enterprises that operate within and across national borders.Multinational Strategic Management helps professionals students and educators: acquire and enhance skills in entrepreneurial contingency thinking and action integrate those skills to creatively handle specific situations learn more about management processes (and possibly develop new ones)Ideal for use in support of executive training workshops and as a text in advanced university business programs Multinational Strategic Management introduces you to all levels of integrative decision-making from the entrepreneurial perspective of the leading multinational firms like General Electric and Intel. Perfect for educational use the book provides more than the standard textbook descriptions and case studies. It will inspire the kind of creative entrepreneurial thought and action needed to compete in today’s highly competitive global environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786087

Multinationals Global Value Chains and GovernanceThe Mechanics of Power in Inter-firm Relations This book uses the examples of local supply firms in China and Brazil and their connections to the global automotive industry to explore the nature of current global value chains. It argues that lead firms make use of product architecture to globalize their procurement and supply chain management and that they effectively restructure the global supply base by internationalizing the most capable supply firms thereby creating oligopolies controlled by the lead firm. The book goes on to contend that some firms have gained such powerful positions that they have gained a degree of control over other firms without the necessity of ownership – altering the mechanics of governance. Also it shows how although some supply firms from emerging markets have utilized their business ties with western assembly firms to upgrade themselves within the global value chain most are squeezed out through increased global competition. Overall the book makes a major new contribution to the economic theory of governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391994

Multinationals Globalisation and Indigenous Firms in China This book considers the impact of multinational companies in China on the Chinese economy and on indigenous firms in China. It shows how the global business environment has undergone profound changes since the early 1990s leading to an explosion of merger and acquisitions activity and consequent unprecedented degrees of concentration in many industries at a global level. It discusses the effects of these developments on the Chinese economy – both on multinationals and indigenous firms – analysing company strategies activities and value chain structures. It shows that as China’s integration into the global economy increases new globalised value chain structures are becoming the established norm across the Chinese economy. In particular it explores the effects of these developments for local Chinese firms where the strategy of "catch-up" has recently been a primary goal demonstrating how difficult it is for Chinese firms to achieve "catch-up" when the competitors they are chasing are themselves moving forward and evolving so fast. The book includes detailed case studies of Boeing Wal-Mart and Coco-Cola considering their activities both at the global level and within China and case studies of the sectors in which these forms operate in China. The book’s profoundly important conclusions concerning the impact of multinationals on the local economy and on indigenous firms are applicable to other developing economies as well as to China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541770

Multinationals Governments and International Technology Transfer (RLE International Business) This book examines the international technology transfer process and the role of both multinationals and host-country governments in that process with emphasis on the experience of the more developed countries. It explores a range of issues and presents much original thinking and research findings. It discusses in particular the strategies of the multinationals assessing how far they are willing to accept technology transfer to external partners (as opposed to subsidiaries which they can control). It also examines how far technical transfers are successful from the viewpoint of the firm and countries involved arguing that governments are most likely to succeed in attracting multinational transfers if they are aware of and accommodate to some degree multinationals’ preferences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007925

Multinationals Subsidiaries and National Business SystemsThe Nickel Industry and Falconbridge Nikkelverk Scholarly attention has tended to focus on the owners and management of the multinationals but when the focus is changed to that of subsidiaries different aspects of business development and international capitalism come to light. Sandvik’s study looks at the Falconbridge nickel refinery in Kristiansand Norway. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661813

Multinationals Technology & Competitiveness (RLE International Business) This book explores some aspects of the interface between technology competitiveness and the role of multinational enterprises in the world economy. This group of essays stresses the role of asset creation and usage rather than reliance on natural factor endowments as a basis for national competitiveness and examines the role of multinational enterprises as vehicles for technological transfer and the efficient co-ordination of economic activity across national boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751995

Multinationals Technology and Localization in Automotive Firms in Asia East Asia has led rapid economic growth in the last few decades with India joining them over the last five years. Automotive parts manufacturers have been an important component of domestic production in all these economies. Experts with several years of multi-disciplinary research experience on the field examine the actual and potential technological and localization implications of MNC operations in East Asia and India. The rich collection of country experiences are both original and incisive. This volume includes: Case studies from China Japan India Thailand and Malaysia A study of the role of multinationals in Asian technology building An examination of the growing Chinese automobile sector Featuring leading academics from across Asia this title is essential reading for those studying industrial growth in the continent's major economies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315869360

Multinationals and AsiaOrganizational and Institutional Relationships Adopting an international business perspective this book surveys recent business developments in Asia and the activities of multinational firms in the region focusing in particular on the changing nature of organizational and institutional relationships including intra- and inter- organizational relationships business relationships with institutions and relationships with stakeholders. The international team of contributors discuss the current and future trends in a wide range of business sectors across the region as well as assessing how the nature of multinationals' activities in the region is changing as the business environment evolves and becomes more globalized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514057

Multinationals and Cross-Cultural ManagementThe Transfer of Knowledge within Multinational Corporations Globalisation makes our world appear smaller: it is easier to connect communicate and do business with people all over the world. But cultural differences remain and challenge globalized knowledge communication and transfer. This book examines cross-cultural management within multinational enterprises (MNEs) focusing in particular on how cultural differences influence the transfer of knowledge between different units within individual corporations. Based on detailed empirical analysis of 267 companies in Germany and Japan it considers the relative effectiveness of inter-cultural and intra-cultural knowledge transfer; identifies the factors that inhibit or facilitate successful knowledge transfer; and suggests how management processes of MNEs can be improved. It demonstrates that although cultural differences do not necessarily influence the selection and transmission of knowledge overseas they do have a strong impact on how that knowledge is received integrated and put into practice locally. The book shows how knowledge is accepted differently in Europe and Asia and which factors have the strongest impact on efficient knowledge transfer. It suggests that to improve cross-cultural management MNEs should focus less on upgrading the technology that allows knowledge transfer and more on the capabilities and beliefs of individual employees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731492

Multinationals and Economic Development (RLE International Business)An Integration of Competing Theories What are the options open to policy-makers in developing countries when dealing with multinationals? How can they maximize the contribution of multinational enterprises towards their economic growth? Multinationals dominate world trade and direct investment. However less developed countries have often regarded this power as detrimental to their fragile growing economies and have pursued a policy of regulation. Modern economic theories of multinationals need to evaluate the effects of such policies. By integrating theories of multinational enterprise and of development economics the author presents a critical analysis of the various competing policy options and their consequences. Using empirical evidence from Asia Africa and Latin America and covering such areas as imports exports resource utilization and new technology the author maintains that a classical neutralist policy towards MNCs would be the most effective way of stimulating growing economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751926

Multinationals and Economic Growth in East AsiaForeign Direct Investment Corporate Strategies and National Economic Development Developing countries in East Asia recorded remarkable economic growth until the Asian financial crisis erupted in mid-1997. Although several countries experienced devastating setbacks most of them recovered to achieve reasonable rates of economic growth over the next few years. Sound macroeconomic management export-oriented policies and the availability of skilled and low-wage labour are among the factors that contributed to the rapid economic growth before the crisis and the recovery thereafter. Especially noteworthy in this regard is the role played by foreign direct investment (FDI). This comprehensive book identifies the factors that contributed to the expansion of FDI inflows in East Asia and the factors that enabled recipient countries to utilize FDI effectively. It includes detailed case studies on China South Korea Taiwan Indonesia Malaysia the Philippines Singapore Thailand and Vietnam. Also included is a comparative study of investing firms headquartered in the United States Japan and Hong Kong. The authors conclude that social stability clear and effective policy implementation and corporate governance are all key factors in reaping economic success from FDI. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512381

Multinationals and Europe 1992 (RLE International Business)Strategies for the Future When it was originally published this book presented the first independent review of the critical role played by multinationals in Europe. Extending its focus beyond 1992 the book examines both the economic and business strategy frameworks the firms need to develop to maintain a competitive advantage. Using case-studies from specific industries it looks not only at the activity of multinationals within the single market but explores the competitive strategies of non-European firms with special emphasis on Japanese companies which were poised to exploit 1992. The importance of interaction between multinationals and national government policies is also analysed taking into account the integration already achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751957

Multinationals and European IntegrationTrade Investment and Regional Development This book examines the role of the multinational firms in processes of European integration. It is primarily concerned with the implications of market integration and industrial restructuring for peripheral European regions. Nicholas Phelps argues that because of the complex relationship between competition and economies of scale the persistence of market segmentation and because of the embeddedness of multinational investment in established production locations there is considerable inertia in the existing trade and investment patterns of multinationals in the EU. This argument is explored empirically in relation to multinationals operating in Wales. This study suggests that processes of restructuring accompanying market integration are slow to take effect and based on a diversity of motives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410879

Multinationals and the Constitutionalization of the World Power System This collection offers a powerful and coherent study of the transformation of the multinational enterprise as both an object and subject of law within and beyond States. The study develops an analysis of the large firm as being a system of organization exercising vast powers through various instruments of private law such as property rights contracts and corporations. The volume focuses on the firm as the operational unit of governance within emerging systems of globalization whilst exploring in-depth the forms within which the firm might be regulated as against the inhibiting parameters of national law. It connects through the ordering concept of the firm in globalization the distinct regimes of constitutionalization national and international law. The study will be of interest to students and academics in globalization and the regulation of multinational corporations as well as law economics and politics on a global scale. It will also interest government leaders and NGOs working in the areas of MNE regulations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606555

Multinationals and the growth of the Singapore economy (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1986 this book examines the nature of the Singapore economy and the role of multinationals within it. It describes the growth and development of the economy and its increasingimportance as a key financial service and industrial centre in the world economy. It loks at the government policies which have attracted multinationals and it assesses why Singapore is so attractive comparing Singapore to other East Asian economies. It concludes by evaluating Singapore's prospects for continuing as a vast off-shore deregulated money-making machine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612234

Multinationals and the Restructuring of the World Economy (RLE International Business)The Geography of the Multinationals Volume 2 This volume charts the ways in which multinational corporations contributed to the restructuring of the world economy paying particular attention to the spatial consequences of and responses to their operations at a number of scales. The book takes as its theme the differential spatial outcomes of the restructuring of different types of multinational corporation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752152

Multinationals and Transfer Pricing One of the reasons for the success of multinational enterprises in their ability to create in their supranational organisations "internal markets" which eliminate the imperfections of external world markets caused by tariffs on trade restrictions on the flow of capital information costs and so on. The method multinationals use to create and sustain internal markets is transfer pricing. Multinationals use to their advantage the difference between nominal accounting and real transfers from their head offices to a subsidiary in different countries to overcome transaction costs and restrictions on trade and capital flows. This book first published in 1985 examines these and other aspects of multinationals’ use of transfer pricing. It puts forward original thinking and research findings by leading experts in this area. Empirical results are related to the activities of multinationals in less developed countries. This volume covers the economic theories of transfer pricing accounting and fiscal practices and implications for government policies and regulations and will be of interest to students of economics and business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242821

Multinationals and World TradeVertical Integration and the Division of Labour in World Industries First published in 1986 this work reports the results of the Leverhulme project on mulitnationals and intermediate product trade based at the University of Reading during the academic year 1982/3. Chapter 1 summarises the main results of this project. Part I focusses upon the theoretical component of world trade dealing with both the theories of division of labour and vertical integration. Part II presents a number of specially-commissioned case studies relating to the project concerning the motor industry the bearing industry the synthetic fibre industry the tin industry the copper industry the banana industry and the shipping industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665032

Multinationals as Mutual InvadersIntra-industry Direct Foreign Investment One surprising development in the growth of multinational businesses and international trade is the large and growing amount of intra-industry direct foreign investment. Intra-industry direct foreign investment is the phenomenon whereby multinationals from two countries have overseas manufacturing operations in each other’s countries. The phenom Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242869

Multinationals in Latin America Multinational enterprises are particularly strong in Latin America and sensitive to political and economic changes there - the currently emerging debt crisis is likely to have far-ranging effects. This book considers multinationals in Latin America both those from inside and those from outside the region and discusses the major issues relating to them e.g. trans-national regulation and the government/business relationships. It sets the discussions against the background of other work and theories of multinational enterprise. Novel features include the development of the author's bargaining theory of multinational enterprise and the attempt to create a systematic method for evaluating MNE acceptability for host governments (an important consideration since the relationship between multinationals and governments particularly the way a government perceives a multinational is crucial). The book concludes by assessing current trends and likely future developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315001791

Multinationals on TrialForeign Investment Matters The role and economic power of corporations that dominate the world economy has generated considerable controversy. The most heated debate and the most critical questions surrounding the role of multinational corporations relate to foreign direct investment (FDI). This key volume offers an entirely fresh perspective of the role of multinationals and the development impact of FDI. Contrary to prevailing opinion it examines whether imperialism is a much more useful concept for describing and explaining the dynamics of world development than globalization. FDI is a mechanism for empire-centred capital accumulation a powerful lever for political control and for re-ordering the world economy. This is a much needed analysis of global capitalism and its impact around the world resulting in an excellent resource for students academics and activists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315596341

Multinationals: The Swedish Case (RLE International Business) This book considers the question of the impact of multinationals on Sweden. Based on extensive original research the book examines the benefits and drawbacks of multinationals for Sweden. It relates the Swedish case of multinationals to theories of multinational enterprise and to theories of industrial change. It reviews the extensive debate within Sweden on the question and discusses the policy options available to Sweden. It argues that the mix within a multinational and the spatial distribution (either at home or abroad) of production research and development marketing and central functions is important in determining whether a multinational has a beneficial or adverse effect on a country like Sweden. As a small open economy which is considerably affected by movements in international trade Sweden provides the rest of the world with a unique example of the impact of multinational enterprises in terms of both outward and inward foreign direct investment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007871

Multi-Objective Optimization for Urban Drainage RehabilitationUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Flooding in urbanized areas has become a very important issue around the world. The level of service (or performance) of urban drainage systems (UDS) degrades in time for a number of reasons. In order to maintain an acceptable performance of UDS early rehabilitation plans must be developed and implemented. In developing countries the situation is serious little investment is done and there are smaller funds each year for rehabilitation. The allocation of such funds must be "optimal" in providing value for money. However this task is not easy to achieve due to the multicriteria nature of the rehabilitation process taking into account technical environmental and social interests. Most of the time these are conflicting which make it a highly demanding task. This book introduces a framework to deal with multicriteria decision making for the rehabilitation of urban drainage systems and focuses on several aspects such as the improvement of the performance of the multicriteria optimization through the inclusion of new features in the algorithms and the proper selection of performance criteria. The use of Genetic Algorithms parallelization and application in countries like Brazil Colombia and Venezuela are treated in this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415624787

Multi-Objective Optimization in Computer Networks Using Metaheuristics Metaheuristics are widely used to solve important practical combinatorial optimization problems. Many new multicast applications emerging from the Internet-such as TV over the Internet radio over the Internet and multipoint video streaming-require reduced bandwidth consumption end-to-end delay and packet loss ratio. It is necessary to design an Media > Books > E-books Auerbach Publications 9780429121357

Multiobjective Optimization MethodologyA Jumping Gene Approach The first book to focus on jumping genes outside bioscience and medicine Multiobjective Optimization Methodology: A Jumping Gene Approach introduces jumping gene algorithms designed to supply adequate viable solutions to multiobjective problems quickly and with low computational cost. Better Convergence and a Wider Spread of Nondominated Solutions The book begins with a thorough review of state-of-the-art multiobjective optimization techniques. For readers who may not be familiar with the bioscience behind the jumping gene it then outlines the basic biological gene transposition process and explains the translation of the copy-and-paste and cut-and-paste operations into a computable language. To justify the scientific standing of the jumping genes algorithms the book provides rigorous mathematical derivations of the jumping genes operations based on schema theory. It also discusses a number of convergence and diversity performance metrics for measuring the usefulness of the algorithms. Practical Applications of Jumping Gene Algorithms Three practical engineering applications showcase the effectiveness of the jumping gene algorithms in terms of the crucial trade-off between convergence and diversity. The examples deal with the placement of radio-to-fiber repeaters in wireless local-loop systems the management of resources in WCDMA systems and the placement of base stations in wireless local-area networks. Offering insight into multiobjective optimization the authors show how jumping gene algorithms are a useful addition to existing evolutionary algorithms particularly to obtain quick convergence solutions and solutions to outliers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072558

Multiorganizational Arrangements for Watershed ProtectionWorking Better Together With cross-pollination of the public administration and policy implementation literatures Madeleine Wright McNamara and John Charles Morris present the Multiorganizational Interaction Model as a framework to explore the use of cooperation coordination and collaboration between 15 federal/state agencies local governments and nongovernmental organizations working together to restore coastal habitats and replenish aquatic resources on Virginia’s Eastern Shore. Content analysis of data collected through interviews and organizational documents allows comparisons to be made regarding the distribution of data across the continuum of interaction. The presence of policy mandates intending to prescribe relationships coupled with strong perceptions of collaboration create opportunity to explore mandated and voluntary collaboration. Themes regarding mapping relationships within the multiorganizational arrangement movement on the continuum and implementation through mid-level personnel are discussed. The combination of theory development and testing provides readers with a theoretical framework through which to think about interorganizational interactions and a case study to illustrate the ways in which these complex relationships manifest themselves in practice. Multiorganizational Arrangements for Watershed Protection will be essential for scholars students and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486419

Multi-owned HousingLaw Power and Practice This internationally edited collection addresses the issues raised by multi-owned residential developments now established as a major type of housing throughout the world in the form of apartment blocks row housing gated developments and master planned communities. The chapters draw on the empirical research of leading academics in the fields of planning sociology law and urban property tourism and environmental studies and consider the practical problems of owning and managing this type of housing. The roles and relationships of power between developers managing agents and residents are examined as well as challenges such as environmental sustainability and state regulation of multi-owned residential developments. The book provides the first comparative study of such issues offering lessons from experiences in the UK the US Australia New Zealand Israel Hong Kong Singapore and China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260221

Multiparameter Eigenvalue ProblemsSturm-Liouville Theory One of the masters in the differential equations community the late F.V. Atkinson contributed seminal research to multiparameter spectral theory and Sturm-Liouville theory. His ideas and techniques have long inspired researchers and continue to stimulate discussion. With the help of co-author Angelo B. Mingarelli Multiparameter Eigenvalue Problems: Sturm-Liouville Theory reflects much of Dr. Atkinson’s final work.After covering standard multiparameter problems the book investigates the conditions for eigenvalues to be real and form a discrete set. It gives results on the determinants of functions presents oscillation methods for Sturm-Liouville systems and other multiparameter systems and offers an alternative approach to multiparameter Sturm-Liouville problems in the case of two equations and two parameters. In addition to discussing the distribution of eigenvalues and infinite limit-points of the set of eigenvalues the text focuses on proofs of the completeness of the eigenfunctions of a multiparameter Sturm-Liouville problem involving finite intervals. It also explores the limit-point limit-circle classification as well as eigenfunction expansions.A lasting tribute to Dr. Atkinson’s contributions that spanned more than 40 years this book covers the full multiparameter theory as applied to second-order linear equations. It considers the spectral theory of multiparameter problems in detail for both regular and singular cases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383220

Multiparticulate Oral Drug Delivery This definitive reference explores the various aspects of multiparticulate dosage form development-assessing the in vivo behavior and performance of multiparticulates as well as comparing their market position to other dosage forms.Discussing-for the first time in a comprehensive manner-alternative pelletization techniques such as balling (spherical agglomeration) spray congealing and cryopelletization Multiparticulate Oral Drug Delivery describes formulation and processing variables that affect the formation integrity and performance of coatings derived from molten materials and polymeric solutions and dispersions analyzes the biopharmaceutical aspects and in vivo performance of multiparticulate drug delivery systems details the idiosyncrasies of the manufacturing process of hard-shell gelatin capsules explains the different kinds of packaging materials and machinery and the importance of packaging during the development phase and beyond previews the marketing considerations of multiparticulate systems in the years to come presents practical solutions to problems encountered in the area of film-coating processes and more! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402044

Multiparty Democracy and Political ChangeConstraints to Democratization in Africa First published in 1998 This book is written by seasoned scholars of African Studies and it intended to make a significant contribution to the debate on democracy and democratization in the continent. It contains a rich mixture of analytical ideas and views on the transition to accountable participatory and democratic governance structures in Africa. It provides both students of African political economy and policymakers in the continent and in-depth analysis of the post-independence experience of African countries with institutional reforms. Specifically it looks at the struggles of Africans since independence to provide themselves with more appropriate and viable governance structures and economic systems that enhance the ability to entrepreneurs to create wealth. The Book breaks new ground in that it places significant emphasis on the reconstruction of the neo-colonial state as an important first step to a successful transition to democratic and more accountable governance structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323940

Multi-Party Dispute Resolution Democracy and Decision-MakingVolume II The articles selected for this volume draw on game theory political science psychology sociology and anthropology to consider how the process of dispute resolution is altered challenged and made more complex by the presence of multiple parties and/or multiple issues. The volume explores issues of coalition formation defection collaboration commitments voting practices and joint decision making in settings of increasing human complexity. Also included are examples of concrete uses of deliberative democracy processes taken from new applications of complex dispute resolution theory and practice. The selected essays represent the latest theoretical advances and challenges in the field and demonstrate attempts to use dispute resolution theory in a wide variety of settings such as political decision making and policy formation; regulatory matters; environmental disputes; healthcare; community disputes; constitutional formation; and in many other controversial issues in the polity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754627999

Multiparty Mediation in Violent ConflictPeacemaking Diplomacy in the Tajikistan Civil War This book presents a conceptual and empirical analysis of the UN-led multiparty mediation in the Tajikistan conflict. Multiparty mediation has been a significant research topic of international conflict management since the 1990s but in-depth case studies on the peacemaking dynamics of violent conflicts are rare particularly in regard to third-party roles. This volume addresses that gap in the literature by examining the multiparty mediation of the Tajikistan conflict a largely forgotten but notably successful case of UN-orchestrated peacemaking in the post-Cold War era. It argues that several interrelated factors contributed to the "success" of the Tajik multiparty mediation: Russia Iran and other major interveners shared a common interest and reached a broad consensus on the terms of settlement; the UN was widely accepted as a lead coordinator by other mediators and succeeded in constructively engaging with them; as a consequence there arose positive interconnections between different third-party roles. The book presents an analytical framework for understanding the complex interplay of these factors not only to evaluate the Tajik case but also to help clarify policy implications for multiparty mediation in other cases of violent conflict particularly civil wars. This book will be of much interest to students of conflict resolution civil wars international mediation the UN Central Asian politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333607

Multiphase Flow Handbook The Multiphase Flow Handbook Second Edition is a thoroughly updated and reorganized revision of the late Clayton Crowe’s work and provides a detailed look at the basic concepts and the wide range of applications in this important area of thermal/fluids engineering. Revised by the new editors Efstathios E. (Stathis) Michaelides and John D. Schwarzkopf the new Second Edition begins with two chapters covering fundamental concepts and methods that pertain to all the types and applications of multiphase flow. The remaining chapters cover the applications and engineering systems that are relevant to all the types of multiphase flow and heat transfer. The twenty-one chapters and several sections of the book include the basic science as well as the contemporary engineering and technological applications of multiphase flow in a comprehensive way that is easy to follow and be understood. The editors created a common set of nomenclature that is used throughout the book allowing readers to easily compare fundamental theory with currently developing concepts and applications. With contributed chapters from sixty-two leading experts around the world the Multiphase Flow Handbook Second Edition is an essential reference for all researchers academics and engineers working with complex thermal and fluid systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498701006

Multiphase Flows with Droplets and Particles Since the publication of the first edition of Multiphase Flow with Droplets and Particles there have been significant advances in science and engineering applications of multiphase fluid flow. Maintaining the pedagogical approach that made the first edition so popular this second edition provides a background in this important area of fluid mechanics to those new to the field and a resource to those actively involved in the design and development of multiphase systems. See what’s new in the Second Edition: Chapter on the latest developments in carrier-phase turbulence Extended chapter on numerical modeling that includes new formulations for turbulence and Reynolds stress models Review of the fundamental equations and the validity of the traditional "two-fluid" approach Expanded exercises and a solutions manual A quick look at the table of contents supplies a snapshot of the breadth and depth of coverage found in this completely revised and updated text. Suitable for a first-year graduate (5th year) course as well as a reference for engineers and scientists the book is clearly written and provides an essential presentation of key topics in the study of gas-particle and gas-droplet flows. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439840504

Multiphase Particulate Systems in Turbulent FlowsFluid-Liquid and Solid-Liquid Dispersions Multiphase Particulate Systems in Turbulent Flows: Fluid-Liquid and Solid-Liquid Dispersions provides methods necessary to analyze complex particulate systems and related phenomena including physical chemical and mathematical description of fundamental processes influencing crystal size and shape suspension rheology interfacial area of drops and bubbles in extractors and bubble columns. Examples of mathematical model formulation for different processes taking place in such systems is shown. Discussing connections between turbulent mixing mechanisms and precipitation it discusses influence of fine-scale structure of turbulence including its intermittent character on breakage of drops bubbles cells plant cell aggregates. An important aspect of the mathematical modeling presented in the book is multi-fractal taking into account the influence of internal intermittency on different phenomena. Key Features Provides detailed descriptions of dispersion processes in turbulent flow interactions between dispersed entities and continuous phase in a single volume Includes simulation models and validation experiments for liquid-liquid gas-liquid and solid-liquid dispersions in turbulent flows Helps reader learn formulation of mathematical models of breakage or aggregation processes using multifractal theory Explains how to solve different forms of population balance equations Presents a combination of theoretical and engineering approaches to particulate systems along with discussion of related diversity with exercises and case studies Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482235685

Multiphase Polymer- Based MaterialsAn Atlas of Phase Morphology at the Nano and Micro Scale During the past 10 years a large variety of new multiphase polymer-based materials have been studied from a morphological point of view. Simultaneously huge progress has been achieved in microscopy. These circumstances underline the need for a reference that delineates the differences of various types of nanostructures in multiphase polymer-based materials. Multiphase Polymer-Based Materials: An Atlas of Phase Morphology at the Nano and Micro Scale presents up-to-date coverage of developments in this field in a practical and easy to use format. Illustrates Microscopic Tools for Phase Morphology Investigation The author sifted through an encyclopedic amount of information to provide a selection of more than 550 microscopy pictures resulting from the observation of multiphase polymer-based materials. These illustrations include micro and nanopolymer blends micro and nanocomposites micro and nano phases in copolymers thermosets and thermoplastic blends that were intensively developed over the past decade. Each picture includes a detailed explanation of how to attain these materials how the samples were prepared and how the observations were conducted. A Practical Straightforward Approach to Microscopic ObservationThe book examines the various microscopic tools employed for the investigation of the phase morphology highlighting the advantages and disadvantages of each. It provides a practical straightforward approach for dealing with the microscopic observation of phase morphology in multicomponent polymer blends and nanocomposites. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385873

Multiphase Polymer SystemsMicro- to Nanostructural Evolution in Advanced Technologies Phase morphology in multicomponent polymer-based systems represents the main physical characteristic that allows for control of the material design and implicitly the development of new plastics. Emphasizing properties of these promising new materials in both solution and solid phase this book describes the preparation processing properties and practical implications of advanced multiphase systems from macro to nanoscales. It covers a wide range of systems including copolymers polymer blends polymer composites gels interpenetrating polymers and layered polymer/metal structures describing aspects of polymer science engineering and technology. The book analyzes experimental and theoretical aspects regarding the thermal and electrical transport phenomena and magnetic properties of crucial importance in advanced technologies. It reviews the most recent advances concerning morphological rheological interfacial physical fire-resistant thermophysical and biomedical properties of multiphase polymer systems. Concomitantly the book deals with basic investigation techniques that are sensitive in elucidating the features of each phase. It also discusses the latest research trends that offer new solutions for advanced bio- and nanotechnologies.Introduces an overview of recent studies in the area of multiphase polymer systems their micro- and nanostructural evolutions in advanced technologies and provides future outlooks new challenges and opportunities.Discusses multicomponent structures that offer enhanced physical mechanical thermal electrical magnetic and optical properties adapted to current requirements of modern technologies. Covers a wide range of materials such as composites blends alloys gels and interpenetrating polymer networks.Presents new strategies for controlling the micro- and nanomorphology and the mechanical properties of multiphase p Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367876531

Multiphysics and Multiscale ModelingTechniques and Applications Written to appeal to a wide field of engineers and scientists who work on multiscale and multiphysics analysis Multiphysics and Multiscale Modeling: Techniques and Applications is dedicated to the many computational techniques and methods used to develop man-made systems as well as understand living systems that exist in nature. Presenting a body of research on multiscale and multiphysics analysis collected by the author over the years this book provides an assessment of multiple computational techniques that include the finite element method lattice Boltzmann method cellular automata and the molecular dynamics technique. The author also presents a number of example problems relevant to multiphysics and multiscale analyses and introduces the proper coupling techniques that can be used in conjunction with computational methods to solve a multitude of multiscale and multiphysics problems. In addition this detailed book: Provides a simplified analysis for crystalline structures using the finite element method and molecular dynamics Discusses multiscale analysis of biomaterials using human bones as an example Presents multiphysics problems for composite structures Includes fluidstructure interaction for composite structures surrounded by water Contains an example of the multiphysics analysis of electromechanical problems Introduces a multiphysics analysis of biomechanics using the example of blood vessels (for which there is fluid-structure interaction) Multiphysics and Multiscale Modeling: Techniques and Applications emphasizes the use of multiphysics and multiscale techniques to aid in the understanding and development of complex physical behaviors and systems. This book serves as a resource in mechanical engineering bioengineering and materials engineering study practice and research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482244588

Multiphysics Modeling with Application to Biomedical Engineering The aim of this book is to introduce the simulation of various physical fields and their applications for biomedical engineering which will provide a base for researchers in the biomedical field to conduct further investigation. The entire book is classified into three levels. It starts with the first level which presents the single physical fields including structural analysis fluid simulation thermal analysis and acoustic modeling. Then the second level consists of various couplings between two physical fields covering structural thermal coupling porous media fluid structural interaction (FSI) and acoustic FSI. The third level focuses on multi-coupling that coupling with more than two physical fields in the model. Each part in all levels is organized as the physical feature finite element implementation modeling procedure in ANSYS and the specific applications for biomedical engineering like the FSI study of Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm (AAA) acoustic wave transmission in the ear and heat generation of the breast tumor. The book should help for the researchers and graduate students conduct numerical simulation of various biomedical coupling problems. It should also provide all readers with a better understanding of various couplings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367509767

Multiplayer Online GamesOrigins Players and Social Dynamics Multiplayer Online Games (MOGs) have become a new genre of "play culture " integrating communication and entertainment in a playful computer-mediated environment that evolves through user interaction. This book comprehensively reviews the origins players and social dynamics of MOGs as well as six major empirical research methods used in previous works to study MOGs (i.e. observation/ethnography survey/interviews content and discourse analysis experiments network analysis and case studies). It concludes that MOGs represent a highly sophisticated networked multimedia and multimodal Internet technology which can construct entertaining simultaneous persistent social virtual worlds for gamers. Overall the book shows that what we can learn from MOGs is how games and gaming as ubiquitous activities fit into ordinary life in today’s information society in the moments where the increased use of media as entertainment the widespread application of networked information technologies and participation in new social experiences intersect. Key Features: Contains pertinent knowledge about online gaming: its history technical features player characteristics social dynamics and research methods Sheds light on the potential future of online gaming and how this would impact every aspect of our everyday lives – socially culturally technologically and economically Asks promising questions based on cutting-edge research in the field of online game design and development Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498767651

MultiplayerThe Social Aspects of Digital Gaming In the past decade digital games have become a widely accepted form of media entertainment moving from the traditional 'core gamer' community into the mainstream media market. With millions of people now enjoying gaming as interactive entertainment there has been a huge increase in interest in social multiplayer gaming activities. However despite the explosive growth in the field over the past decade many aspects of social gaming still remain unexplored especially from a media and communication studies perspective. Multiplayer: Social Aspects of Digital Gaming is the first edited volume of its kind that takes a closer look at the various forms of human interaction in and around digital games providing an overview of debates past and present. The book is divided into five sections that explore the following areas: Social Aspects of Digital Gaming Social Interactions in Virtual Worlds Online Gaming Co-located and Console Gaming Risks and Challenges of Social Gaming This engaging interdisciplinary book will appeal to upper level students postgrads and researchers in games research specifically those focusing on new media and digital games as well as researchers in media studies and mass communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828864

Multiple Attribute Decision MakingMethods and Applications Decision makers are often faced with several conflicting alternatives. How do they evaluate trade-offs when there are more than three criteria? To help people make optimal decisions scholars in the discipline of multiple criteria decision making (MCDM) continue to develop new methods for structuring preferences and determining the correct relative weights for criteria. A compilation of modern decision-making techniques Multiple Attribute Decision Making: Methods and Applications focuses on the fuzzy set approach to multiple attribute decision making (MADM). Drawing on their experience the authors bring together current methods and real-life applications of MADM techniques for decision analysis. They also propose a novel hybrid MADM model that combines DEMATEL and analytic network process (ANP) with VIKOR procedures. The first part of the book focuses on the theory of each method and includes examples that can be calculated without a computer providing a complete understanding of the procedures. Methods include the analytic hierarchy process (AHP) ANP simple additive weighting method ELECTRE PROMETHEE the gray relational model fuzzy integral technique rough sets and the structural model. Integrating theory and practice the second part of the book illustrates how methods can be used to solve real-world MADM problems. Applications covered in the book include: AHP to select planning and design services for a construction project TOPSIS and VIKOR to evaluate the best alternative-fuel vehicles for urban areas ELECTRE to solve network design problems in urban transportation planning PROMETEE to set priorities for the development of new energy systems from solar thermal to hydrogen energy Fuzzy integrals to evaluate enterprise intranet web sites Rough sets to make decisions in insurance marketing Helping readers understand how to apply MADM techniques to their decision making this book is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students as well as practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439861578

Multiple Comparisons Selection and Applications in Biometry Aims to provide in-depth descriptions of the latest developments in multiple comparison methods and selection procedures while emphasizing biometry. This text is published in honour of the 70th birthday of Charles W. Dunnett - a pioneer in statistical methodology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402600

Multiple Comparisons Using R Adopting a unifying theme based on maximum statistics Multiple Comparisons Using R describes the common underlying theory of multiple comparison procedures through numerous examples. It also presents a detailed description of available software implementations in R. The R packages and source code for the analyses are available at http://CRAN.R-pro Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780429139543

Multiple Connections in European CooperationInternational Organizations Policy Ideas Practices and Transfers 1967-1992 International organizations are ubiquitous in contemporary Europe and the wider world. This book is the first systematic assessment of the interactions of the European Communities (EC) with other Western organizations like NATO the OECD and the Council of Europe for the period from the late 1960s to the early 1990s. Based on fresh archival research its various contributions explore forms of co-operation and competition between these forums and thus seek to ‘provincialize’ and ‘de-centre’ the role of the predecessors of today’s European Union. Drawing on examples from a diverse set of policy fields including human rights the environment security culture and regional policy the book argues that inter-organizational dynamics are crucial to understand why the EC became increasingly hegemonic among the organizations active in governing Europe. In other words the EU would not be what it is were it not for the dynamics analyzed in this book. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Review of History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367531836

Multiple Correspondence Analysis for the Social Sciences Multiple correspondence analysis (MCA) is a statistical technique that first and foremost has become known through the work of the late Pierre Bourdieu (1930–2002). This book will introduce readers to the fundamental properties procedures and rules of interpretation of the most commonly used forms of correspondence analysis. The book is written as a non-technical introduction intended for the advanced undergraduate level and onwards. MCA represents and models data sets as clouds of points in a multidimensional Euclidean space. The interpretation of the data is based on these clouds of points. In seven chapters this non-technical book will provide the reader with a comprehensive introduction and the needed knowledge to do analyses on his/her own: CA MCA specific MCA the integration of MCA and variance analysis of MCA and ascending hierarchical cluster analysis and class-specific MCA on subgroups. Special attention will be given to the construction of social spaces to the construction of typologies and to group internal oppositions. This is a book on data analysis for the social sciences rather than a book on statistics. The main emphasis is on how to apply MCA to the analysis of practical research questions. It does not require a solid understanding of statistics and/or mathematics and provides the reader with the needed knowledge to do analyses on his/her own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699717

Multiple Criteria Decision Analysis for Industrial EngineeringMethodology and Applications This textbook presents methodologies and applications associated with multiple criteria decision analysis (MCDA) especially for those students with an interest in industrial engineering. With respect to methodology the book covers (1) problem structuring methods; (2) methods for ranking multi-dimensional deterministic outcomes including multiattribute value theory the analytic hierarchy process the Technique for Order Preference by Similarity to Ideal Solution (TOPSIS) and outranking techniques; (3) goal programming ; (4) methods for describing preference structures over single and multi-dimensional probabilistic outcomes (e.g. utility functions); (5) decision trees and influence diagrams; (6) methods for determining input probability distributions for decision trees influence diagrams and general simulation models; and (7) the use of simulation modeling for decision analysis. This textbook also offers: · Easy to follow descriptions of how to apply a wide variety of MCDA techniques · Specific examples involving multiple objectives and/or uncertainty/risk of interest to industrial engineers · A section on outranking techniques ; this group of techniques which is popular in Europe is very rarely mentioned as a methodology for MCDA in the United States · A chapter on simulation as a useful tool for MCDA including ranking & selection procedures. Such material is rarely covered in courses in decision analysis · Both material review questions and problems at the end of each chapter . Solutions to the exercises are found in the Solutions Manual which will be provided along with PowerPoint slides for each chapter. The methodologies are demonstrated through the use of applications of interest to industrial engineers including those involving product mix optimization supplier selection distribution center location and transportation planning resource allocation and scheduling of a medical clinic staffing of a call center quality control project management production and inventory control and so on. Specifically industrial engineering problems are structured as classical problems in multiple criteria decision analysis and the relevant methodologies are demonstrated. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498739825

Multiple Criteria Decision Making Applications in Environmentally Conscious Manufacturing and Product Recovery In order to ensure environmentally responsible production and disposal of products local governments are imposing stricter environmental regulations some of which even require manufacturers to take back their products at the end of the product's useful life. These government regulations together with increasing environmental awareness have forced manufacturers to invest in environment-conscious manufacturing. The multiple Criteria Decision Making Techniques presented in this book can be employed to solve the problems of environment-conscious manufacturers in product design logistics disassembly and remanufacturing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498700658

Multiple Criteria Decision Making in Supply Chain Management Supply chain management decisions are made under the conflicting criteria of maximizing profit and customer responsiveness while minimizing supply chain risk. Multiple Criteria Decision Making in Supply Chain Management provides a comprehensive overview of multi-criteria optimization models and methods that can be used in supply chain decision making.Presenting the contributions of internationally known authors researchers educators and practitioners this new book in the Operations Research Series provides readers with a single source guide to recent developments in this area. The focus of the book is on the design and operation of the supply chain system which involves connecting many production and distribution systems often across wide geographic distances in such a way that the businesses involved can ultimately satisfy the consumer demand as efficiently as possible resulting in maximum financial returns to those businesses connected to that supply chain system. The book includes several case studies on the design and operation of supply chain networks in manufacturing and healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498708586

Multiple Cropping And Tropical Farming Systems This book covers the uses of tropical farming systems in tropics of mixed strip relay sequential and multistorey cropping. It discusses the aspects of the tropical farming systems including their history and agronomy and the plant inter-relationship within them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367156503

Multiple Democracies in EuropePolitical Culture in New Member States This book provides an in-depth discussion and analysis of democracy in Europe with a focus on the new EU member states and makes an important and original contribution to the debate on the future of European democracy. Author Paul Blokker seeks to provide a critical reconceptualization of the notion of democratic political culture by developing a ‘multiple democracies’ theoretical approach. He draws on debates in democratization theory and normative political theory and presents a cultural-sociological approach for the analysis of democratization and democratic regimes. This approach emphasizes the historical and cultural embedment of democracy identifies a potential variety of ‘ethics of democracy’ that underpin democratic political cultures and points to the significance of democratic imagination in the interpretation and recombination of such ethics. The book explores the relevance of this approach by analysing multiple political cultures and their role in the emergence of democratic regimes in three new member states - Hungary Poland and Romania - providing a detailed description and analysis of political cultures by means of the analysis of constitutional politics constitutional texts and political elite discourses and the identification of distinct politico-cultural elements that distinguish these societies from each other. It will be of interest to students and scholars of democracy European studies post-communist studies political theory and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662444

Multiple Dimensions of Teaching and Learning for Occupational Practice Multiple Dimensions of Teaching and Learning for Occupational Practice offers a collection of international perspectives on work-related education and training at further/Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) higher and professional levels. The book provides a new area of study of occupational education with tripartite dimensions concerning learning teaching and working.Providing space for further research and implementation possibilities the book offers comprehensive multidisciplinary and multi-level perspectives giving extensive coverage of the structure and focus of these types of programmes concerning geographical locations and academic levels and also drawing on perspectives from national institutional and individual interactions. Topics of investigations include apprenticeships education of occupational teachers training of workers and entrepreneurs and working of physicians.Multiple Dimensions of Teaching and Learning for Occupational Practice will be vital reading for academics in education educationalists in the related areas of clinical practices sports and culture-related industries researchers policymakers government officials and those from socio-development change agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582111

Multiple Early Childhood Identities Recognising multiple cultural ethical and geographical influences which impact on the development of a child’s identity this insightful text explores the role of early childhood practitioners and settings in nurturing and navigating the child’s sense of being and belonging.   Multiple Early Childhood Identies confronts the diverse factors which influence early identity-formation to emphasise the child’s understanding of self outsiders’ projections and the messages communicated by educators family members and the wider community as critical to a child’s identity and wellbeing. Written to provoke group discussion and extend thinking this text also provides opportunities for international comparison points for reflection and editorial provocations and will help students engage critically with the concept of identity-formation and influencing factors. Chapters are divided into four key sections which reflect major influences on practice and pedagogy:   Being alongside children Those who educate Embedding families and communities Working with systems   Offering in-depth discussion of the diverse perspectives experiences and practices which impact on the formation of the child’s identity this text will enhance understanding support self-directed learning and provoke and transform thinking at both graduate and postgraduate levels particularly in the field of early childhood education and care for students educators integrated service providers and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001339

Multiple Factor Analysis by Example Using R Multiple factor analysis (MFA) enables users to analyze tables of individuals and variables in which the variables are structured into quantitative qualitative or mixed groups. Written by the co-developer of this methodology Multiple Factor Analysis by Example Using R brings together the theoretical and methodological aspects of MFA. It also includes examples of applications and details of how to implement MFA using an R package (FactoMineR). The first two chapters cover the basic factorial analysis methods of principal component analysis (PCA) and multiple correspondence analysis (MCA). The next chapter discusses factor analysis for mixed data (FAMD) a little-known method for simultaneously analyzing quantitative and qualitative variables without group distinction. Focusing on MFA subsequent chapters examine the key points of MFA in the context of quantitative variables as well as qualitative and mixed data. The author also compares MFA and Procrustes analysis and presents a natural extension of MFA: hierarchical MFA (HMFA). The final chapter explores several elements of matrix calculation and metric spaces used in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482205473

Multiple Family TherapyThe Marlborough Model and Its Wider Applications If a troubled family contains the resources to solve its own problems then why not bring such families together to share their experiences and support each other?This is the approach of the Marlborough Family Service the institution at the forefront of development for child-protection cases school-based interventions and family therapy for ethnic-minority communities for over twenty years. In this book three long-standing staff members describe for the first time their innovative work with a range of family problems from marital violence and child abuse to educational problems and eating disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105204

Multiple Fixed-Point Theorems and Applications in the Theory of ODEs FDEs and PDEs Multiple Fixed-Point Theorems and Applications in the Theory of ODEs FDEs and PDEs covers all the basics of the subject of fixed-point theory and its applications with a strong focus on examples proofs and practical problems thus making it ideal as course material but also as a reference for self-study. Many problems in science lead to nonlinear equations T x + F x = x posed in some closed convex subset of a Banach space. In particular ordinary fractional partial differential equations and integral equations can be formulated like these abstract equations. It is desirable to develop fixed-point theorems for such equations. In this book the authors investigate the existence of multiple fixed points for some operators that are of the form T + F where T is an expansive operator and F is a k-set contraction. This book offers the reader an overview of recent developments of multiple fixed-point theorems and their applications. About the Authors Svetlin G. Georgiev is a mathematician who has worked in various areas of mathematics. He currently focuses on harmonic analysis functional analysis partial differential equations ordinary differential equations Clifford and quaternion analysis integral equations and dynamic calculus on time scales. Khaled Zennir is assistant professor at Qassim University KSA. He received his PhD in mathematics in 2013 from Sidi Bel Abbès University Algeria. He obtained his Habilitation in mathematics from Constantine University Algeria in 2015. His research interests lie in nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations: global existence blow up and long-time behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367464325

Multiple Gender Cultures Sociology and Plural ModernitiesRe-reading Social Constructions of Gender across the Globe in a Decolonial Perspective Until today Western European sociology contributes to the social reality of colonial modernity and gender knowledge is a paradigmatic example of it. Multiple Gender Cultures Sociology and Plural Modernities critically engages with these ‘Western eyes’ and shifts the focus towards the global variety of gendered socialities and hierarchically entangled social histories. This is conceptualised as multiple gender cultures within plural modernities. The authors examine the multifaceted realities of gendered life in varying contexts across the globe. Bringing together different perspectives the volume provides a rereading of the social fabric of gender in contrast to androcentrist-modernist as well as orientalist representations of ‘the’ gendered Other. The key questions explored by this volume are: which social mechanisms lead to conflicting or shifting gender dynamics against the backdrop of global entanglements and interdependencies and to what extent are neocolonial gender regimes at work in this regard? How are varying gender cultures sociohistorically and culturally structured and how are they connected within (global) power relations? How can established hierarchies and asymmetries become an object of criticism? How can historical cultural social and political specificities be analysed without gendered and other reifications? That way the volume aims to promote border thinking in sociological understanding of social reality towards multiple gender cultures and plural modernities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319028

Multiple Gravity Assist Interplanetary Trajectories Reflecting the results of twenty years; experience in the field of multipurpose flights this monograph includes the complex routes of the trajectories of a number of bodies (e.g. space vehicles comets) in the solar system. A general methodological approach to the research of flight schemes and the choice of optimal performances is developed. Additionally a number of interconnected methods and algorithms used at sequential stages of such development are introduced which allow the selection of a rational multipurpose route for a space vehicle the design of multipurpose orbits the determination of optimal space vehicle design and ballistic performances for carrying out the routes chosen. Other topics include the practical results obtained from using these methods navigation problems near-to-planet orbits and an overview of proven and new flight schemes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579234

Multiple HomemakingThe Ethnic Condition in Indian Diaspora Societies This book develops a theoretical perspective on homemaking as the ethnic condition of Indian diaspora communities. It draws on empirical case studies to elucidate the multiple homemaking practices of two overseas Indian groups and their relations to their homeland namely the Surinami Hindustanis and the Dutch Hindustanis. In doing so it provides a new perspective on homemaking that captures ethnogenesis integration and diasporic bonding at once. As opposed to the extant discourse on homemaking which overlooks institutional and cultural requirements the author makes a point to scrutinise such concepts as douglarisation groupism citizenship institutions ethnification social networks and technology and transnational flows. Unique and compelling the book will be highly useful in studies of diaspora globalisation and transnational migration multiculturalism cultural studies ethnic minority studies sociology politics and international relations and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367432546

Multiple Imputation in PracticeWith Examples Using IVEware Multiple Imputation in Practice: With Examples Using IVEware provides practical guidance on multiple imputation analysis from simple to complex problems using real and simulated data sets. Data sets from cross-sectional retrospective prospective and longitudinal studies randomized clinical trials complex sample surveys are used to illustrate both simple and complex analyses. Version 0.3 of IVEware the software developed by the University of Michigan is used to illustrate analyses. IVEware can multiply impute missing values analyze multiply imputed data sets incorporate complex sample design features and be used for other statistical analyses framed as missing data problems. IVEware can be used under Windows Linux and Mac and with software packages like SAS SPSS Stata and R or as a stand-alone tool. This book will be helpful to researchers looking for guidance on the use of multiple imputation to address missing data problems along with examples of correct analysis techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367734039

Multiple Intelligences and Leadership This edited book presents cutting-edge research looking at the role of multiple intelligence--cognitive (IQ) emotional intelligence social intelligence--in effective leadership written by the most distinguished scholars in the two distinct fields of intelligence and leadership. The synergy of bringing together both traditional intelligence researchers and renowned leadership scholars to discuss how multiple forms of intelligence impact leadership has important implications for the study and the practice of organizational and political leadership. This volume emanates from the recent explosion of interest in non-IQ domains of intelligence particularly in Emotional Intelligence and Social Intelligence. Indeed the leading EI and SI scholars have contributed to this book. Research described in this book suggests that: (1) possession of multiple forms of intelligence is important for effective leadership; (2) researchers are just beginning to understand the breadth depth and potential applications of non-IQ domains of intelligence; (3) incorporating multiple intelligence constructs into existing leadership theories will improve our understanding of effective leadership; and (4) research on multiple intelligence has important implications for both the selection and training of future leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650328

Multiple Model Approaches To Nonlinear Modelling And Control This work presents approaches to modelling and control problems arising from conditions of ever increasing nonlinearity and complexity. It prescribes an approach that covers a wide range of methods being combined to provide multiple model solutions. Many component methods are described as well as discussion of the strategies available for building a successful multiple model approach. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062707

Multiple Modernities How may we characterize contemporary society in a world so complex? Can looking at the diverse paths followed by various cultures in the modern world generate useful new social scientific typologies or must a different set of questions be posed in this era of globalization? What in short is the nature of modernity? These are some of the questions addressed by the contributors to Multiple Modernities.Following the theme in an earlier work edited by Shmuel Eisenstadt Public Spheres and Collective Identities this book challenges conventional notions of how the world has changed politically socially and economically. The authors consider the meaning of modernity in contexts as different as communist Russia modern India the Muslim world Latin America China and East Asia and the United States. Miscegenation transnational migration technological developments and changing communications have shifted the ground on which theories of society were once built; political system diaspora groups religion and "classical" theories of modernity have to be reconsidered in a new context.Authors and chapters include: S.N. Eisenstadt "Multiple Modernities"; Bjrn Wittrock "Modernity: One None or Many? European Origins and Modernity as a Global Condition"; Johann P. Arnason "Communism and Modernity"; Nilfer Gle "Snapshots of Islamic Modernities"; Dale F. Eickelman "Island and the Languages of Modernity"; Sudipta Kaviraj "Modernity and Politics in India"; Stanley J. Tambiah "Transnational Movements Diaspora and Multiple Modernities"; Tu Weiming "Implications of the Jrise of 'Confucian' East Asia"; Jrgen Heideking "The Pattern of American Modernity from the Revolution to the Civil War"; and Renato Ortiz "From Incomplete Modernity to World Modernity."Written in clear and non-technical language for both a scholarly and general audience this volume confronts the problem of just what constitutes the common core of modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528482

Multiple Modernities and Good Governance This book represents the first discussion from a political science perspective of the concept of Multiple Modernities in three dimensions. First taking stock of the discussions of the concept itself the book then connects the concept to more recently developed analytical and normative concepts that concretize it before finally opening up a discussion about its implications and consequences for the political dimension. Written by outstanding scholars in the field the book addresses four principal concepts â€“ Good Society Good Governance Human Security and Varieties of Capitalism. It determines whether and to what degree these concepts enable us to discover the commonalities and differences that distinguish the emerging multiple modernities in our time with respect to their political implications and consequences. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of political theory political economy international relations comparative politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574533

Multiple Modernities and Postsecular Societies Engaging with the idea that the world reveals not one but many routes to modernity this volume explores the role of religion in the emergence of multiple forms of modernity which evolve according to specific cultural conditions and interpretations of the 'modern project'. It draws upon case study material from Africa The Middle East Russia and South America to examine the question of whether modernity democracy and secularism are universalistic concepts or are on the contrary unique to Western civilization whilst considering the relationship of postsecularism to the varied paths of modern development. Drawing together work from leading social theorists this critical theoretical contribution to current debates will appeal to sociologists social theorists and political scientists with interests in religion secularization and postsecularization theory and transitions to modernity in the contemporary globalized world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261815

Multiple ModernitiesCarmen de Burgos Author and Activist This collection of essays confirms Carmen de Burgos’s pivotal place in Spanish feminist history by bringing together eminent international scholars who offer new readings of Burgos’s work. It includes the analyses of a number of lesser-known texts both fictional and non-fictional which give us a more comprehensive examination of Burgos’s multipronge feminist approach. Burgos’s works especially her essays are essential feminist reading and complement other European and North American traditions. Gaining familiarity with the breadth and depth of her work serves not only to provide an understanding of Spanish firstwave feminism but also enriches our appreciation of cultural studies gender studies subaltern studies and travel literature. Looking at the entirety of her life and work and the wide-ranging contributions in this volume it is evident that Burgos embodied the tensions between tradition and modernity depicting multiple representations of womanhood. Encouraging women to take ownership of their personal fashion the design of their homes and the decorum of their families were steps towards recognizing a female population that was cognizant of its own desires. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667771

Multiple Multisensory Rooms: Myth Busting the Magic Multisensory rooms are widely used across the country in schools care settings hospitals and homes. Even settings such as football stadiums and airports are installing multisensory environments. Nevertheless a significant lack of effective research has led to a sense of unease around sensory rooms. This crucial book explores the use of multisensory rooms in order to ease that anxiety; taking the mystery out of multisensory rooms and supporting the reader to reflect and make the most out of their space. Key features include: Guidance on creating sensory spaces on any budget to suit any level of need. An overview of the history of multisensory rooms and a detailed exploration of the actual way in which the rooms are used today. A framework for evaluating existing practices and equipment in order to maximise the potential of the room. A focus on the practitioner as the most important piece of ‘equipment’ in any sensory room. Written by a leading sensory specialist in a fully accessible way this book is an invaluable tool for anybody who uses or is considering using a multisensory room. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341855

Multiple Objective Analytics for Criminal Justice Systems Criminal justice systems are complex and difficult to design and operate. This is due to their many interacting parts and their dynamic and probabilistic nature as well as their interfaces with other systems. This book reviews the use of analytics to address issues in criminal justice system and discusses the various sources of data associated with the systems. This book is meant to be used by those who would like 1) an introduction to criminal justice systems and 2) an illustration of how some of the various methodologies of analytics can be used to address specific issues in criminal justice systems. This book will be of interest to faculty students and researchers in schools/departments of criminal justice law public affairs political science industrial engineering and management. In addition the book should be of use to government analysts who study the effects of criminal programs and laws. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367517342

Multiple Objective Treatment Aspects of Bank FiltrationUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Bank filtration (BF) is a natural water treatment process which induces surface water to flow in response to a hydraulic gradient through soil/sediment and into a vertical or horizontal well. It is a relatively cost-effective robust and sustainable technology. From a historical perspective BF is first mentioned in the bible and the process has been recognized as a proven method for drinking water treatment in Europe for more than 100 years. However the mechanisms of removal of different contaminants during BF are not fully understood. This study showed that BF is an effective multiple objective barrier for removal of different contaminants present in surface water sources including bulk organic matter and organic micropollutants (OMPs) like pharmaceutically active compounds and endocrine disrupting compounds. It was found that biodegradation and adsorption play primary and secondary roles respectively in the removal of OMPs during soil passage. Furthermore using field data from BF sites and chemical properties of OMPs models were developed to estimate the removal of OMPs during soil passage. It can be concluded that the removal efficiencies of BF for these contaminants can be maximised by proper design and operation of recovery wells taking into consideration source water quality characteristics and local hydrogeological conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406940

Multiple Personality DisorderPsychoanalytic Inquiry 12.1 First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803234

Multiple Perspectives in Persistent BullyingCapturing and listening to young people’s voices Multiple Perspectives in Persistent Bullying: Capturing and listening to young people's voices recognizes that bullying plays a significant role in influencing the social emotional physical and cognitive wellbeing of many children and young people. The authors of this insightful text question what reinforces and perpetuates persistent bullying despite intensive interventions and suggests proactive strategies to address this phenomenon. Multiple perspectives on persistent bullying are provided by giving voice to those who bully are victimized are both bully and victim and those who desist their bullying behaviour. This book foregrounds these voices to gain new insights into the characteristics of those who persistently bully and the mechanisms that reinforce their behaviour. Examples drawn on include discussions of turning points teacher expectancy theory and self-verification. Multiple Perspectives in Persistent Bullying includes international research that explores bullying in relation to education psychology and social media with implications for policy and practice. It is a crucial and fascinating read for anyone wishing to gain insight into the lives of those who are victimized or bully and find proactive support measures involving all stakeholders. These multiple perspectives will inform future school-based interventions and serve to improve the life trajectories and wellbeing of students their peers and the school community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961081

Multiple PopulismsItaly as Democracy's Mirror This book provides a comprehensive interpretation of the multiple manifestations of populism using Italy the only country amongst consolidated constitutional democracies in which populist political forces have been in government on various occasions since the early 1990s as the starting point and benchmark. Populism is a complex multi-faceted political phenomenon which redefines many of the essential characteristics of democracy; participation representation and political conflict. This book considers contemporary versions of populism that pose a real challenge to representative and constitutional democracy. Contributors provide an integrative interpretation of populism and analyse its principal historical social and politico-legal variables to provide a multi-dimensional reflection on the concept of populism comprehensive analysis of the populist phenomenon and a theoretical and comparative perspective on the diverse political experiences of populism. Based on conceptual and interdisciplinary reflections from expert authors this book will be of great interest to scholars and post-graduate students of cultural studies European studies political sociology political science comparative politics political philosophy and political theory with an interest in a comparative and interdisciplinary theory of populism and its manifestations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361718

Multiple Purpose River DevelopmentStudies in Applied Economic Analysis This book sketches out a framework for analyzing the economic efficiency of particular river basin programs. It provides a useful cross-disciplinary perspective for economists and water resource developers-especially designed to provide working material for students in applied economics for conservation curricula. Originally published in 1958. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064673

Multiple Regression and BeyondAn Introduction to Multiple Regression and Structural Equation Modeling Companion Website materials: https://tzkeith.com/ Multiple Regression and Beyond offers a conceptually-oriented introduction to multiple regression (MR) analysis and structural equation modeling (SEM) along with analyses that flow naturally from those methods. By focusing on the concepts and purposes of MR and related methods rather than the derivation and calculation of formulae this book introduces material to students more clearly and in a less threatening way. In addition to illuminating content necessary for coursework the accessibility of this approach means students are more likely to be able to conduct research using MR or SEM--and more likely to use the methods wisely. This book:• Covers both MR and SEM while explaining their relevance to one another• Includes path analysis confirmatory factor analysis and latent growth modeling• Makes extensive use of real-world research examples in the chapters and in the end-of-chapter exercises• Extensive use of figures and tables providing examples and illustrating key concepts and techniques New to this edition:• New chapter on mediation moderation and common cause• New chapter on the analysis of interactions with latent variables and multilevel SEM• Expanded coverage of advanced SEM techniques in chapters 18 through 22• International case studies and examples• Updated instructor and student online resources Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061446

Multiple Relationships in Psychotherapy and CounselingUnavoidable Common and Mandatory Dual Relations in Therapy This first-of-a-kind analysis will focus exclusively on unavoidable and mandated multiple relationships between clients and psychotherapists. The book will cover the ethics of a range of venues and situations where dual relationships are mandated such as in the military prisons/jails and police departments and settings where multiple relationships are unavoidable such as rural communities; graduate schools and training institutions; faith spiritual recovery or 12-step minority and disabled communities total institutions and sport psychology. The complexities of social network ethics and digital dual relationships such as clients becoming "friends" or "fans" on their therapists’ social media pages are discussed.  Finally the book will discuss the complexities multiple roles that inevitably emerge in supervisory relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937772

Multiple Scales of Suspended Sediment Dynamics in a Complex Geometry Estuary Many estuaries are located in urbanized highly engineered environments. Cohesive sediment plays an important role due to its link with estuarine health and ecology. An important ecological parameter is the suspended sediment concentration (SSC) translated into turbidity levels and sediment budget. This study contributes to investigate and forecast turbidity levels and sediment budget variability at San Francisco Bay-Delta system at a variety of spatial and temporal scales applying a flexible mesh process-based model (Delft3D FM). It is possible to have a robust sediment model which reproduces 90% of the yearly data derived sediment budget with simple model settings like applying one mud fraction and a simple bottom sediment distribution. This finding opens the horizon for modeling less monitored estuaries.Comparing two case studies i.e. the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta and Alviso Slough a classification for estuaries regarding the main sediment dynamic forcing is proposed: event-driven estuary (Delta) and tide-driven estuary (Alviso Slough). In the event-driven estuaries the rivers are the main sediment source and the tides have minor impact in the net sediment transport. In the tide-driven estuaries the main sediment source is the bottom sediment and the tide asymmetry defines the net sediment transport.This research also makes advances in connecting different scientific fields and developing a managerial tool to support decision making. It provides the basis to a chain of models which goes from the hydrodynamics to suspended sediment to phytoplankton to fish clams and marshes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029767

Multiple Sclerosis Multiple Sclerosis affects hopes and expectations restructures relationships modifies careers and changes lives. It is a disease of variable onset problematic diagnosis unpredicatable prognosis and no effective treatment. Using unique autobiographical accounts of people with the disease Ian Robinson sensitively portrays the difficulties and frustrations of the struggle to make sense of the clinical diagnosis and management of an illness which is effectively a way of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407268

Multiple Sclerosis RehabilitationFrom Impairment to Participation "MS is always in the back of your mind. If there is something you want to do you always wonder if the MS will allow you do to it."—Darlene living with MS for 22 years Living with multiple sclerosis (MS) is challenging and multidimensional. MS pervades all aspects of life: one’s body becomes unpredictable and unreliable one’s identity and sense of self are tested and relationships with others often change. MS symptoms emerge and remit; limitations evolve and progress. MS rehabilitation is an active person-centered and goal-oriented process embedded within a respectful and collaborative partnership between the person with MS and the members of his or her rehabilitation treatment team. Using the International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF) as a guiding framework Multiple Sclerosis Rehabilitation: From Impairment to Participation provides a comprehensive and evidence-based resource to inform and guide clinical reasoning and decision making during each phase of the MS rehabilitation process from initial referral to post-discharge follow-up. With an emphasis on the application of evidence throughout the entire MS rehabilitation process the specific objectives of the book are to increase the understanding of: The nature and impact of specific impairments activity limitations and participation restrictions experienced by people with MS How to select and use valid reliable and relevant assessment tools to inform the development of rehabilitation goals and intervention plans and to evaluate outcomes This book provides information about the nature and impact of MS on the daily lives of people living with the disease describes evidence-based assessment processes and instruments and summarizes current knowledge that can inform goal setting and intervention planning. Thoughtful application of the knowledge contained in this book will inform and guide rehabilitation providers to work collaboratively with people with MS and enable them to achieve their goals for participation in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072565

Multiple Social CategorizationProcesses Models and Applications 'Ethnic cleansing' 'institutional racism' and 'social exclusion' are just some of the terms used to describe one of the most pressing social issues facing today’s societies: prejudice and intergroup discrimination. Invariably these pervasive social problems can be traced back to differences in religion ethnicity or countless other bases of group membership: the social categories to which people belong. Social categorization how we classify ourselves and others exerts a profound influence on our thoughts beliefs feelings and behaviors. In this volume Richard Crisp and Miles Hewstone bring together a selection of leading figures in the social sciences to focus on a rapidly emerging but critically important new question: how when and why do people classify others along multiple dimensions of social categorization? The volume also explores what this means for social behavior and what implications multiple and complex perceptions of category membership might have for reducing prejudice discrimination and social exclusion. Topics covered include: the cognitive motivational and affective implications of multiple categorization the crossed categorization and common ingroup methods of reducing prejudice and intergroup discrimination the nature of social categorization among multicultural multiethnic and multilingual individuals.  Multiple Social Categorization: Process Models and Applications addresses issues that are central to social psychology and will be of particular interest to those studying or researching in the fields of Group Processes and Intergroup Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655675

Multiple Stresses in Ecosystems Ecotoxicology is the evaluation of toxic effects within the environment typically within one specific ecosystem like a forest stream or lake. For years now ecotoxicological studies have tended to focus on one toxicant at a time. But that isn't how an ecosystem encounters toxicants (or stresses): there may be several elements at work in the air several more in the water and still more already within the soil of any given ecosystem and all have some level of toxic influence on that ecosystem. Multiple Stresses in Ecosystems presents the state-of-the-art in determining the effects of these multiple impacts upon ecosystems.Resulting from a vanguard conference originally held in 1993 at UC Davis this new work is divided into three sections that present methodolgies for assessing the health of an ecosystem; the effects of multiple toxicological impacts upon an ecosystem and which tools are worth using to assess these dangers. Environmental scientists chemists toxicologists risk analysts and probably the entire membership of SETAC will find need for this book as will wetlands scientists ecologists and research biologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447915

Multiple Task Performance This book deals with theories of multiple-task performance and focuses on learning and performance. It is primarily for professionals in human factors psychology or engineering who are interested in multiple-task performance but have no formal training in the area. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069447

Multiple Translation Communities in Contemporary Japan Multiple Translation Communities in Contemporary Japan offers a collection of essays that (1) deepens the understanding of the cultural and linguistic diversity of communities in contemporary Japan and how translation operates in this shifting context and circulates globally by looking at some of the ways it is theorized and approached as a significant social cultural or political practice and harnessed by its multiple agents; (2) draws attention to the multi-platform translations of cultural productions such as manga which are both particular to and popular in Japan but also culturally influential and widely circulated transnationally; (3) poses questions about the range of roles translation has in the construction performance and control of gender roles in Japan and (4) enriches Translation Studies by offering essays that problematize critical notions related to translation. In short the essays in this book highlight the diversity and ubiquity of translation in Japan as well as the range of methods being used to understand how it is being theorized positioned and practiced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306110

Multiple VoicesNarrative in Systemic Family Psychotherapy Part of the Tavistock Clinic Series this book focuses on narrative and stories in Family Systems Therapy - particularly on how stories develop within the domain of a therapist's own theoretical clinical and professional contexts. The aim is to allow the reader to understand the uses of stories in family therapy.This book offers a comprehensive ov Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323172

Multiple-Base Number SystemTheory and Applications Computer arithmetic has become so fundamentally embedded into digital design that many engineers are unaware of the many research advances in the area. As a result they are losing out on emerging opportunities to optimize its use in targeted applications and technologies. In many cases easily available standard arithmetic hardware might not necessarily be the most efficient implementation strategy. Multiple-Base Number System: Theory and Applications stands apart from the usual books on computer arithmetic with its concentration on the uses and the mathematical operations associated with the recently introduced multiple-base number system (MBNS). The book identifies and explores several diverse and never-before-considered MBNS applications (and their implementation issues) to enhance computation efficiency specifically in digital signal processing (DSP) and public key cryptography. Despite the recent development and increasing popularity of MBNS as a specialized tool for high-performance calculations in electronic hardware and other fields no single text has compiled all the crucial cutting-edge information engineers need to optimize its use. The authors’ main goal was to disseminate the results of extensive design research—including much of their own—to help the widest possible audience of engineers computer scientists and mathematicians. Dedicated to helping readers apply discoveries in advanced integrated circuit technologies this single reference is packed with a wealth of vital content previously scattered throughout limited-circulation technical and mathematical journals and papers—resources generally accessible only to researchers and designers working in highly specialized fields. Leveling the informational playing field this resource guides readers through an in-depth analysis of theory architectural techniques and the latest research on the subject subsequently laying the groundwork users require to begin applying MBNS. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076518

Multiple-Monitored Electroconvulsive Therapy First published in 1981: This book will explain the development and rationale for MMECT document its safety and efficacy and just as importantly describe the equipment and technique in sufficient detail to allow the reader to duplicate it if he desires. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367234669

Multiple-Use ManagementThe Economics of Public Forestlands In this book Bowes and Krutilla bring together what is known and relevant about valuing the nonmarket services of the public forests and propose a new theoretical framework that allows multiple uses the biological dynamics of the forest and the institutional and economic realities of public forest management to be taken into account in forest planning and budgeting. The authors begin by tracing the development of multiple use in forest management and by exploring the multiple uses of the public forests and the economics of multiple-use forestry. They offer a masterful analysis of the nineteenth-century model of the single timber stand on which much forestry practice has been premised. Bowes and Krutilla then take a giant step forward by developing a larger theoretical framework and showing how forest structure and dynamics can be included in the economic model. The authors' rigorous exposition theory provides the foundation for analyzing case studies of management for timber and water yields in the Rockies of recreation valuation in the Black Hills and White Mountain national forests and of joint production in the White Clouds Peaks --- analyses that demonstrate the authors' great skill in developing practical methodologies to meet actual forest management problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060576

Multiple-Valued Logic Designan Introduction Multiple-Valued Logic Design: An Introduction explains the theory and applications of this increasingly important subject. Written in a clear and understandable style the author develops the material in a skillful way. Without using a huge mathematical apparatus he introduces the subject in a general form that includes the well-known binary logic as a special case. The book is further enhanced by more 200 explanatory diagrams and circuits hardware and software applications with supporting PASCAL programming and comprehensive exercises with even-numbered answers for every chapter. Requiring introductory knowledge in Boolean algebra 2-valued logic or 2-valued switching theory Multiple-Valued Logic Design: An Introduction is an ideal book for courses not only in logic design but also in switching theory nonclassical logic and computer arithmetic. Computer scientists mathematicians and electronic engineers can also use the book as a basis for research into multiple-valued logic design. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746240

Multipolar GlobalizationEmerging Economies and Development Like a giant oil tanker the world is slowly turning. The rapid growth of economies in Asia and the global South has led to a momentous shift in the world order leaving much of the traditional literature on globalization behind. Multipolar Globalization: Emerging Economies and Development is the perfect guide to these ongoing 21st-century transformations combining engaging and wide-ranging coverage with cutting-edge analysis. The rise of China and other emerging economies has led to the emergence of a new geography of trade new economic and political combinations new financial actors investors and donors and weaker American hegemony. This interdisciplinary volume combines development studies global political economy sociology and cultural studies to ask what this growth means for domestic and global inequality and examines the role of multipolarity in the reshaping of globalization. Renowned globalization scholar Jan Nederveen Pieterse deftly guides the reader through the development of globalization in the West and the East explaining key topics such as the 2008 crash trends in inequality the changing fortunes of the BRICs and the role of governance and democracy. Accessible and insightful this book will be an essential guide for both students in the social sciences and for professionals and scholars seeking a fresh perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232280

Multipolarity in the 21st CenturyA New World Order This book seeks to help shape the debate surrounding power and polarity in the twenty-first century both by assessing the likelihood of US decline and by analysing what each of the so-called 'rising powers' can do. As the twenty-first century moves out of its first decade American supremacy continues to generate intense debate about the nature quality and sustainability of US power. At the same time significant developments in four rising powers - China Russia India and the European Union – have provoked analysts to ask whether multipolarity is a realistic prospect. Multipolarity in the 21st Century assesses the likelihood of a multipolar world developing either by a marked US decline and or by the ability of these putative ‘rivals’ to continue to rise to the level necessary to be credibly considered a superpower. Written by a combination of emerging scholars and recognised experts this volume will provide a timely and authoritative analysis of one of the most controversial and compelling security debates of the twenty-first century. This book will be of much interest to students of Security Studies Foreign Policy and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724265

Multipolarization South-South Cooperation and the Rise of Post-Hegemonic Governance The crisis of Northern capitalism and failure of hegemonic global governance have created a facilitative environment for post-hegemonic initiatives promoting South–South cooperation. Major Southern countries – especially the BRICS – have taken the lead in pushing for alternative governance mechanisms that are strongly articulated in the areas of economic financial cultural and defense cooperation. This book focuses on the historical political-economic and geopolitical context in which major Southern countries implement a post-hegemonic agenda. Providing a global and comprehensive perspective through a series of focused case studies from Europe Latin America Eurasia and Africa the author develops a new approach to the multipolarization of world politics based on "global hegemony". Highly recommended for scholars students and activists involved in global political economy regionalism studies and international development this book will be of interest to anyone seeking to develop their understanding of world politics and South–South cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600232

Multiporphyrin ArraysFundamentals and Applications This book provides a comprehensive review of the fundamentals and applications of multiporphyrin arrays ranging from basic spectroscopic features to a wide range of promising applications such as molecular wires switches sensors artificial photosynthetic devices and dye-sensitized solar cells based on a variety of multiporphyrin architectures using covalent and/or noncovalent molecular assemblies. Particularly it focuses on energy and electron transfer processes occurring in multiporphyrin arrays in various environments such as single-molecule level composite materials LB films and solid surface to provide better understanding of photofunctional molecular architectures. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316606

MultipreneurshipDiversification in Times of Crisis In Multipreneurship: Diversification in Times of Crisis Nick Harkiolakis argues against the more commonly held view that diversification at the level of the individual entrepreneur rather than that of the established corporation is the wrong business strategy to pursue in times of economic crisis. He contends that entrepreneurship always proves in almost every circumstance and every part of the world to be a way out of economic straits and it is widely accepted as the primary force that helps produce self-sufficiency social inclusion job creation capital formation and skills acquisition. Threats to job stability in today’s economic climate are expected to trigger latent entrepreneurship that could lead to re-investment of social capital to generate financial capital. Cash nowadays might not be the main value-added commodity. In an information society some of the basic ingredients of successful entrepreneurship such as confidence and social capital might be equally important. Contrary to received wisdom in relation to SME diversification the ability to run a group of businesses as a profit ecosystem rather than business units might prove to be beneficial in volatile economic times. If conditions improve one can always focus on growth of the most profitable and promising units. Yet in unstable economic times resorting to back-up alternatives away from the mainstream business of organizations might be a solution to sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670061

Multi-purpose High-rise Towers and Tall Buildings Interest continues to develop in the design and construction of high-rise towers and tall buildings structures with heights ranging from 75m to 500m and even more. This volume presents the papers from the third in a series of international conferences on the subject organised by the International Federation of High-rise Structures. The papers have been drawn together under the grand theme of the Conquest of Vertical Space in the 21st Century.The conference has been organised by the UK's Concrete Society and sponsored by the IFHS and the Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat and the Fdration Internationale de la Prcontrainte (FIP). This prestigious collaboration has brought forth a body of high quality practical and research papers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865924

Multiracial Identity in Children's Literature Racially mixed children make up the fastest growing youth demographic in the U.S. and teachers of diverse populations need to be mindful in selecting literature that their students can identify with. This volume explores how books for elementary school students depict and reflect multiracial experiences through text and images. Chaudhri examines contemporary children’s literature to demonstrate the role these books play in perpetuating and resisting stereotypes and the ways in which they might influence their readers. Through critical analysis of contemporary children’s fiction Chaudhri highlights the connections between context literature and personal experience to deepen our understanding of how children’s books treat multiracial identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196073

Multiregional Clinical Trials for Simultaneous Global New Drug Development In a global clinical development strategy multiregional clinical trials (MRCTs) are vital in the development of innovative medicines. Multiregional Clinical Trials for Simultaneous Global New Drug Development presents a comprehensive overview on the current status of conducting MRCTs in clinical development. International experts from academia industry and health organizations address various aspects of the important problems in global clinical development and MRCTs. The book first provides a high-level introduction to the context motivation opportunities and challenges in simultaneous global clinical development using MRCTs. It then focuses on the design monitoring and analysis/interpretation of MRCTs. The book concludes with an examination of the latest research topics from MRCT perspectives such as special considerations by local health authorities health economic evaluations benefit-risk assessment and medical devices.Explaining how to design conduct and interpret MRCTs this book will help biostatisticians working in the late-stage clinical development of medical products. It will also be useful for statisticians and clinicians in the biopharmaceutical industry regulatory agencies and medical research institutes. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367737221

Multi-Religious Perspectives on a Global EthicIn Search of a Common Morality Ratified by the Parliament of the World’s Religions in 1993 and expanded in 2018 "Towards a Global Ethic (An Initial Declaration) " or the Global Ethic expresses the minimal set of principles shared by people—religious or not. Though it is a secular document the Global Ethic emerged after months of collaborative interreligious dialogue dedicated to identifying a common ethical framework. This volume tests and contests the claim that the Global Ethic’s ethical directives can be found in the world’s religious spiritual and cultural traditions. The book features essays by scholars of religion who grapple with the practical implications of the Global Ethic’s directives when applied to issues like women’s rights displaced peoples income and wealth inequality India’s caste system and more. The scholars explore their respective religious traditions’ ethical response to one or more of these issues and compares them to the ethical response elaborated by the Global Ethic. The traditions included are Hinduism Engaged Buddhism Shi‘i Islam Sunni Islam Confucianism Protestantism Catholicism Judaism Indigenous African Religions and Human Rights. To highlight the complexities within traditions most essays are followed by a brief response by an expert in the same tradition. Multi-Religious Perspectives on a Global Ethic is of special interest to advanced students and scholars whose work focuses on the religious traditions listed above on comparative religion religious ethics comparative ethics and common morality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819958

Multireligious SocietyDealing with Religious Diversity in Theory and Practice With the theory of secularization increasingly contested as a plausible development at a global scale this book focuses on the changing significance of the religious element within a context of complex diversity. This concept reflects the rationale behind the deep transformations that have taken place in the dynamics of social change giving way to a recombination of social political and cultural cleavages that overlap and compete for legitimacy at a national and supranational level. Far from disappearing with modernization new forms of religious diversity have emerged that continue to demand specific policies from the state putting pressure on the established practices of religious governance while creating a series of normative dilemmas. European societies have been a testing ground for many of these changes but for decades Canada has been viewed as a pioneering country in the management of diversity thus offering some interesting similarities and contrasts with the former. Accordingly the book deals with the diverging routes that political secularization has followed in Europe and Canada the patterns of religious governance that can be recognized in each region and the practices for accommodating the demands of religious minorities concerning their legal regulation the management of public institutions and the provision of social services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885250

Multiresidue Methods for the Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Food In the last decades the public concern on the pesticide residues content in foods have been steadily rising. The global development of food trade implies that aliments from everywhere in the world can reach the consumer`s table. Therefore the identification of agricultural practices that employ different pesticides combinations and application rates to protect produce must be characterized as they left residues that could be noxious to human health. However the possible number of pesticides (and its metabolites of toxicological relevance) to be found in a specific commodity is almost 1500 and the time needed to analyze them one by one makes this analytical strategy a unrealistic task. To overcome this problem the concept of Multi Residue Methods (MRM) for the analysis of pesticide traces have been developed. The advent of new and highly sensitive instrumentation based in hyphenatedchromatographic systems to coupled mass analyzers (XC (MS/MS) or MSn) permitted simultaneously the identification and the determination of up to hundreds of pesticide residues in a single chromatographic run. Multiresidue Methods for the Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Food presents the analytical procedures developed in the literature as well as those currently employed in the most advanced laboratories that perform routinely Pesticide Residue Analysis in foods. In addition to these points the regulations guidelines and recommendations from the most important regulatory agencies of the world on the topic will be commented and contrasted. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482235098

Multiscale Hydrologic Remote SensingPerspectives and Applications Multiscale Hydrologic Remote Sensing: Perspectives and Applications integrates advances in hydrologic science and innovative remote sensing technologies. Raising the visibility of interdisciplinary research on water resources it offers a suite of tools and platforms for investigating spatially and temporally continuous hydrological variables and processes. Illustrated in color this book examines components in the hydrologic cycle with a range of space and time scales. Organized into five parts it explores hydrologic remote sensing at the local urban watershed and regional scales as well as the continental and global scale. Contributors address questions such as What are the local watershed and regional differences in soil moisture and evapotranspiration when using different measurement methods and models? How can we fit the scenarios of global warming potential and the remote sensing products of snow water equivalent into hydrologic modeling to address the changing flood and drought conditions in a watershed? How can we fuse the images collected by different satellites to improve the accuracy of predictions at the global scale? Tackling these and many other topics the book presents new techniques and methods for spaceborne airborne and ground-based measurements and mathematical modeling. It also discusses remote sensing image processing tools and features a wealth of real-world applications and case studies. This book is a useful reference for students professionals scientists and policy makers involved in the study of global change hydrologic science meteorology climatology biology ecology and the agricultural and forest sciences. It shows how hydrologic remote sensing technologies can be used more effectively to explore global change impacts and improve the design of hydrologic observatories. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072572

Multi-Scale Integrated Analysis of Agroecosystems Ecologists agronomists and others who may question the validity of current models for determining sustainable growth of agroecosystems need a new set of analytical tools that more effectively address the complex nature of related processes. Those who challenge traditional assumptions of optimization and static factors in agricultural modeling demand new methods beyond differential equations and traditional statistical tests.Multi-Scale Integrated Analysis of Agroecosystems explores alternative ways to study agricultural sustainability presenting new approaches to organizing data and applying complex systems theory to actual cases. This innovative text recognizes the changing dynamics of the multiple processes and cross-relations within an environment proposing a clearer analysis of agroecosystems than that which can be provided by rigid reductionist methods.Main concepts new vocabulary and narratives and practical examples open the book followed by technical chapters that provide a more detailed explanation of concepts. The final section of the book presents a tool kit based on these concepts resulting in strong support of empirical observations that challenge traditional notions regarding the sustainability of farming systems food systems and agroecosystems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394813

Multiscale Modeling in NanophotonicsMaterials and Simulations The idea of theoretically predicting the useful properties of various materials using multiscale simulations has become popular in recent years. Of special interest are nanostructured organic functional materials which have a hierarchical structure and are considered materials of the future because of their flexibility and versatility. Their functional properties are inherited from the molecule that lies at the heart of the hierarchical structure. On the other hand the properties of this functional molecule in particular its absorption and emission spectra strongly depend on its interactions with its molecular environment. Therefore the multiscale simulations used to predict the properties of organic functional materials should be atomistic that is they should be based on classical and/or quantum methods that explicitly take into account the molecular structure and intermolecular interactions at the atomic level. This book written by well-known specialists in theoretical chemistry focuses on the basics of classical mechanics quantum chemistry methods used for molecular disordered materials classical methods of molecular simulations of disordered materials vibronic interactions and applications (presented as multiscale strategies for atomistic simulations of photonic materials). It has been edited by Professor Mikhail Alfimov a renowned Russian scientist a full member of the Russian Academy of Sciences Russia and the founder first director and now research supervisor of the Photochemistry Center of the Russian Academy of Science Russia. Professor Alfimov’s main research interests are in the field of photochemistry and photophysics of molecular and supramolecular systems. The book is a great reference for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students of nanotechnology and molecular science and researchers in nano- and molecular science nanotechnology chemistry and physical chemistry especially those with an interest in functional materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774406

Multi-Scale Modeling of Structural Concrete Increases in computer power have now enabled engineers to combine materials science with structural mechanics in the design and the assessment of concrete structures. The techniques developed have become especially useful for the performance assessment of such structures under coupled mechanistic and environmental actions. This allows effective management of infrastructure over a much longer life cycle thus satisfying the requirements for durability and sustainability.This ground-breaking new book draws on the fields of materials and structural mechanics in an integrated way to address the questions of management and maintenance. It proposes a realistic way of simulating both constituent materials and structural responses under external loading and under ambient conditions. Where the research literature discusses component or element technology related to performance assessment this book uniquely covers the subject at the level of the whole system including soil foundation showing engineers how to model changes in concrete structures over time and how to use this for decision making in infrastructure maintenance and asset management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866228

Multiscale ModelingFrom Atoms to Devices While the relevant features and properties of nanosystems necessarily depend on nanoscopic details their performance resides in the macroscopic world. To rationally develop and accurately predict performance of these systems we must tackle problems where multiple length and time scales are coupled. Rather than forcing a single modeling approach to predict an event it was not designed for a new paradigm must be employed: multiscale modeling. A brilliant solution to a pervasive problem Multiscale Modeling: From Atoms to Devices offers a number of approaches for which more than one scale is explicitly considered. It provides several alternatives from coarse-graining sampling of the atomic and mesoscale to Monte Carlo- and thermodynamic-based models that allow sampling of increasingly large scales up to multiscale models able to describe entire devices. Beginning with common techniques for coarse-graining the book discusses their theoretical background advantages and limitations. It examines the application-dependent parameterization characteristics of coarse-graining along with the "finer-trains-coarser" multiscale approach and describes three carefully selected examples in which the parameterization although based on the same principles depends on the actual application. The book considers the use of ab initio and density functional theory to obtain parameters needed for larger scale models the alternative use of density functional theory parameters in a Monte Carlo method and the use of ab initio and density functional theory as the atomistic technique underlying the calculation of thermodynamics properties of alloy phase stability. Highlighting one of the most challenging tasks for multiscale modelers Multiscale Modeling: From Atoms to Devices also presents modeling for nanocomposite materials using the embedded fiber finite element method (EFFEM). It emphasizes an ensemble Monte Carlo method to high field-charge transport problems and demonstrates the practical application of modern many-body quantum theories. The author maintains a website with additional information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138118249

Multiscale Physical Processes of Fine Sediment in an Estuary Estuaries are natural highly dynamic and rapidly changing systems comprising a complex combination of physical processes on many different time- and space- scales. The research conducted a systematic study on the topic of fine sediment physical processes in a meso-tidal convergent alluvial estuary. By means of multi-approaches (field survey laboratory experiment and numerical modeling) and from multi-angles (data-driven analysis and process-based modeling) we highlight that multiscale (including micro- and macro- scale) physical processes jointly characterize the current and sediment regime in a fine sediment estuarine system. The study presented in this book investigates micro- and macro- scale physical processes of a large-scale fine sediment estuarine system with a moderate tidal range as well as a highly seasonal-varying freshwater inflow. Based on a series of measured experimented and modelled data the research highlights that (i) along-channel fresh-salt gradient near an estuarine turbidity maximum zone is a key parameter controlling local density stratification and sedimentation in the channel; (ii) the salinity-induced baroclinic pressure gradient forces are a major factor impacting internal velocity and suspended sediment concentration (SSC) structures; (iii) vertical profiles of current salinity and SSC within a river plume are dependent on a correct prediction of the development of turbulence; (iv) both suspended particulate matter availability and local residual flow regime are of critical importance for trapping probability of sediment and the occurrence of fluid mud; (v) river discharge impacts the horizontal and vertical distribution of residual current; (vi) seasonally varying wind effect alters the residual currents near the riverine limit; (vii) seasonally varied mean sea level and wind climate jointly shape the saltwater intrusion length near the estuarine front. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028449

Multiscale Simulations for Electrochemical Devices Environmental protection and sustainability are major concerns in today’s world and a reduction in CO2 emission and the implementation of clean energy are inevitable challenges for scientists and engineers today. The development of electrochemical devices such as fuel cells Li-ion batteries and artificial photosynthesis is vital for solving environmental problems. A practical device requires designing of materials and operational systems; however a multidisciplinary subject covering microscopic physics and chemistry as well as macroscopic device properties is absent. In this situation multiscale simulations play an important role. This book compiles and details cutting-edge research and development of atomistic nanoscale microscale and macroscale computational modeling for various electrochemical devices including hydrogen storage Li-ion batteries fuel cells and artificial photocatalysis. The authors have been involved in the development of energy materials and devices for many years. In each chapter after reviewing the calculation methods commonly used in the field the authors focus on a specific computational approach that is applied to a realistic problem crucial for device improvement. They introduce the simulation technique not only as an analysis tool to explain experimental results but also as a design tool in the scale of interest. At the end of each chapter a future perspective is added as a guide for the extension of research. Therefore this book is suitable as a textbook or a reference on multiscale simulations and will appeal to anyone interested in learning practical simulations and applying them to problems in the development of frontier and futuristic electrochemical devices. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800716

Multi-scale Spectral Analysis in HydrologyFrom Theory to Practice Accurate prediction of hydrological variables is essential for efficient water resources planning and management. Proper understanding of the characteristics of the time series may help in improving the simulation and forecasting accuracy of hydrological variables. This book presents a detailed description and application of multiscale time-frequency characterization tool for the spectral analysis of hydrological time series. It presents spectral analysis methods for hydrological applications through a wide variety of illustrative case studies including Wavelet transforms Hilbert Huang Transform and their extensions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367622015

Multiscale Theory of Composites and Random Media This is the first book to introduce Green-function-based multiscale theory and the corresponding finite element method which are readily applicable to composites and random media. The methodology is considered to be the one that most effectively tackles the uncertainty of stress propagation in complex heterogeneities of random media and which presents multiscale theory from distinctive scale separation and scale-coupling viewpoints. Deliberately taking a multiscale perspective it covers scale separation and then scale coupling. Both micromechanics and novel scale-coupling mechanics are described in relation to variational principles and bounds as well as in the emerging topics on percolation and scale-coupling computation. It gives detail on the different bounds encountered covering classical second and third order new fourth order and innovative ellipsoidal variations. Green-function-based multiscale theory is addressed to applications in solid mechanics and transport of complex media ranging from micro- and nano-composites polycrystals soils rocks cementitious materials to biological materials. It is useful as a graduate textbook in civil and mechanical engineering and as a reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657024

Multi-SecularismA New Agenda The contemporary world is witness to an intense controversy about secularism. This controversy has intensified due to the presence of fundamentalism which challenges secular society and the secularization of philosophical ideas and ethical values.Secularists maintain that the state should not impose a religious creed upon citizens and should respect freedom of conscience the right to believe or disbelieve in the prevailing orthodoxy. This right is guaranteed by the First Amendment to the US Constitution and the Rights of Man enunciated in the French Revolution. Yet many powerful religious institutions do not accept this principle.Paul Kurtz argues that secularism needs to be allied to the emergence of democratic institutions that respect individual freedom and the pluralistic society. He argues that a defense of secularism entails a defense of the civic virtues of democracy which include the toleration of dissent and alternative lifestyles and the willingness to negotiate differences. Consequently secularism will take different forms in different societies; the term multi-secularism best describes that. Many people believe that it is impossible to maintain a moral order without the support of religion. Kurtz vigorously denies that and this volume attempts to explicate the values and principles of secular morality which he sees as the cornerstone of the open democratic society.Kurtz was involved in the campaign for secularism throughout his career as a philosopher. This book reflects his participation in this battle and extends his thinking to new areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852777

Multisensor Attitude EstimationFundamental Concepts and Applications There has been an increasing interest in multi-disciplinary research on multisensor attitude estimation technology driven by its versatility and diverse areas of application such as sensor networks robotics navigation video biomedicine etc. Attitude estimation consists of the determination of rigid bodies’ orientation in 3D space. This research area is a multilevel multifaceted process handling the automatic association correlation estimation and combination of data and information from several sources. Data fusion for attitude estimation is motivated by several issues and problems such as data imperfection data multi-modality data dimensionality processing framework etc. While many of these problems have been identified and heavily investigated no single data fusion algorithm is capable of addressing all the aforementioned challenges. The variety of methods in the literature focus on a subset of these issues to solve which would be determined based on the application in hand. Historically the problem of attitude estimation has been introduced by Grace Wahba in 1965 within the estimate of satellite attitude and aerospace applications.This book intends to provide the reader with both a generic and comprehensive view of contemporary data fusion methodologies for attitude estimation as well as the most recent researches and novel advances on multisensor attitude estimation task. It explores the design of algorithms and architectures benefits and challenging aspects as well as a broad array of disciplines including: navigation robotics biomedicine motion analysis etc. A number of issues that make data fusion for attitude estimation a challenging task and which will be discussed through the different chapters of the book are related to: 1) The nature of sensors and information sources (accelerometer gyroscope magnetometer GPS inclinometer etc.); 2) The computational ability at the sensors; 3) The theoretical developments and convergence proofs; 4) The system architecture computational resources fusion level. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655815

Multisensor Data Fusion and Machine Learning for Environmental Remote Sensing In the last few years the scientific community has realized that obtaining a better understanding of interactions between natural systems and the man-made environment across different scales demands more research efforts in remote sensing. An integrated Earth system observatory that merges surface-based air-borne space-borne and even underground sensors with comprehensive and predictive capabilities indicates promise for revolutionizing the study of global water energy and carbon cycles as well as land use and land cover changes. The aim of this book is to present a suite of relevant concepts tools and methods of integrated multisensor data fusion and machine learning technologies to promote environmental sustainability. The process of machine learning for intelligent feature extraction consists of regular deep and fast learning algorithms. The niche for integrating data fusion and machine learning for remote sensing rests upon the creation of a new scientific architecture in remote sensing science that is designed to support numerical as well as symbolic feature extraction managed by several cognitively oriented machine learning tasks at finer scales. By grouping a suite of satellites with similar nature in platform design data merging may come to help for cloudy pixel reconstruction over the space domain or concatenation of time series images over the time domain or even both simultaneously. Organized in 5 parts from Fundamental Principles of Remote Sensing; Feature Extraction for Remote Sensing; Image and Data Fusion for Remote Sensing; Integrated Data Merging Data Reconstruction Data Fusion and Machine Learning; to Remote Sensing for Environmental Decision Analysis the book will be a useful reference for graduate students academic scholars and working professionals who are involved in the study of Earth systems and the environment for a sustainable future. The new knowledge in this book can be applied successfully in many areas of environmental science and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571979

Multisensor Data FusionFrom Algorithms and Architectural Design to Applications Multisensor Data Fusion: From Algorithms and Architectural Design to Applications covers the contemporary theory and practice of multisensor data fusion from fundamental concepts to cutting-edge techniques drawn from a broad array of disciplines. Featuring contributions from the world’s leading data fusion researchers and academicians this authoritative book:Presents state-of-the-art advances in the design of multisensor data fusion algorithms addressing issues related to the nature location and computational ability of the sensorsDescribes new materials and achievements in optimal fusion and multisensor filtersDiscusses the advantages and challenges associated with multisensor data fusion from extended spatial and temporal coverage to imperfection and diversity in sensor technologiesExplores the topology communication structure computational resources fusion level goals and optimization of multisensor data fusion system architecturesShowcases applications of multisensor data fusion in fields such as medicine transportation's traffic defense and navigationMultisensor Data Fusion: From Algorithms and Architectural Design to Applications is a robust collection of modern multisensor data fusion methodologies. The book instills a deeper understanding of the basics of multisensor data fusion as well as a practical knowledge of the problems that can be faced during its execution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656287

Multi-Sensor Image Fusion and Its Applications Taking another lesson from nature the latest advances in image processing technology seek to combine image data from several diverse types of sensors in order to obtain a more accurate view of the scene: very much the same as we rely on our five senses. Multi-Sensor Image Fusion and Its Applications is the first text dedicated to the theory and practice of the registration and fusion of image data covering such approaches as statistical methods color-related techniques model-based methods and visual information display strategies.After a review of state-of-the-art image fusion techniques the book provides an overview of fusion algorithms and fusion performance evaluation. The following chapters explore recent progress and practical applications of the proposed techniques to solving problems in such areas as medical diagnosis surveillance and biometric systems remote sensing nondestructive evaluation blurred image restoration and image quality assessment. Recognized leaders from industry and academia contribute the chapters reflecting the latest research trends and providing useful algorithms to aid implementation.Supplying a 28-page full-color insert Multi-Sensor Image Fusion and Its Applications clearly demonstrates the benefits and possibilities of this revolutionary development. It provides a solid knowledge base for applying these cutting-edge techniques to new challenges and creating future advances. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221069

Multi-sensor System Applications in the Everglades Ecosystem This book explores the applicability of multiple remote sensors to acquire information relevant to restoration and conservation efforts in wetlands using data collected from airborne and space multispectral/hyperspectral sensors light detection and ranging (LiDAR) Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) and a hand-held spectroradiometer. This book also examines digital data processing techniques such as object-based image analysis machine learning texture analysis and data fusion. After an introduction to the Everglades and to remote sensing the book is divided into four parts based on the sensor systems used. There are chapters on vegetation mapping biomass and water quality modeling applications of hyperspectral data for plant stress analysis and coral reef mapping studies of airborne LiDAR data for coastal vulnerability analysis and DEM improvement as well as chapters that explore a fusion of multiple sensors for different datasets. Features Introduces concepts theories and advanced processing techniques A complete introduction of machine learning object-based image analysis data fusion and ensemble analysis techniques in processing data from multiple remote sensors Explains how multiple remote sensing systems are applied in the wetland ecosystems of Florida The author had been teaching and using both systems and her research is widely recognized Multi-sensor System Applications in the Everglades Ecosystems provides a comprehensive application of remote sensing techniques in the Florida Everglades and its coastal ecosystems. It will prove an invaluable resource for the restoration and conservation of the Florida Everglades and beyond for global wetlands in general. Any professional scientist engineer or student working with remote sensing and wetland ecosystems will reap enormous benefits from this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498711777

Multisensor Systems for Chemical AnalysisMaterials and Sensors This book is devoted to the recent advances in the development of artificial sensory systems widely known as electronic tongues (ET). It contains contributions by prominent authors from all over the world. Each chapter focuses on a particular research direction in modern ET. It introduces and discusses in detail various designs sensor materials transduction principles and applications. The book shows a screenshot of diverse research efforts in the field of ET and will hopefully inspire new fruitful ideas and significant practical advances. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411158

Multisensory Environments First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138181090

Multisensory Perception and CommunicationBrain Behaviour Environment Interaction and Development in the Early Years Infants learn to communicate through everyday social interaction with their caregivers in a multisensory world involving sight hearing touch and smell. The neural and behavioural underpinnings of caregiver-infant multisensory interaction and communication however have remained largely unexplored in research across disciplines. This book highlights this largely uncharted territory to better understand the developmental origins of human multisensory perception and communication. It emphasizes the range and complexity of multisensory infant-caregiver interaction in the real world and its developmental and neurophysiological characteristics. Furthermore recent theories of brain development suggest that brain body and the environment interact with one another on an ongoing basis influencing each other and are constantly being influenced by each other. This volume aims to elucidate the neurophysiological behavioural and environmental factors to better understand the nature of multisensory communication as a whole. This book was originally published as a special issue of Developmental Neuropsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588076

Multi-sided Music Platforms and the LawCopyright Law and Policy in Africa Multi-Sided Music Platforms and the Law explores the legal and regulatory frameworks surrounding copyright protection competition and privacy concerns arising from the way multi-sided platforms use copyright-protected content in digital advertising. This book suggests how stakeholders in Africa and their advisors may ingenuously reform and apply various legal and regulatory frameworks to address these issues which arise from the manner in which multi-sided platforms use copyright-protected content in digital advertising. The book critically engages with the regulatory efforts in other jurisdictions particularly the EU with a view to bringing an African perspective to the debate and practice. It undertakes a consideration of this issue by asking how multi-sided platforms may be deployed in a manner that continues innovative uses of copyright content while protecting the economic freedom of African copyright owners as small businesses. Providing the first pro-Africa approach to the regulation of multi-sided platforms particularly with reference to music this book focuses on key aspects of digital commercial activity and highlights the main challenges and opportunities for its regulation. It will be of interest to lawyers policymakers and students across Nigeria South Africa and internationally among the African Union European Union and beyond. . Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367137366

Multi-Sited EthnographyProblems and Possibilities in the Translocation of Research Methods This collection of essays emerged out of intense conversations on multi-sited ethnography prompted by a workshop held at the University of Sussex that brought together researchers from different institutional backgrounds and affiliations in Europe the United States and Africa – including George Marcus himself the person most associated with the term and the method. These researchers were brought together not only to discuss the shifting meaning of the concept in anthropology but also to see how it has influenced actual research projects that have spanned the world. The volume that has resulted is not meant to be read as a program but as an extended provocation an argument that multi-sitedness can be good not only to think but also to act both with and through. Arguably this creation of a dynamic shifting perspective is not so different from anthropology itself – a discipline dependent on the cultivation of aesthetic embodied and intellectual sensibilities in relation to the world at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849012

Multi-Sited EthnographyTheory Praxis and Locality in Contemporary Research Multi-Sited Ethnography has established itself as a fully-fledged research method among anthropologists and sociologists in recent years. It responds to the challenge of combining multi-sited work with the need for in-depth analysis allowing for a more considered study of social worlds. This volume utilizes cutting-edge research from a number of renowned scholars and empirical experiences to present theoretical and practical facets charting the development and direction of new research into social phenomena. Owing to its clear contribution to a rapidly emerging field Multi-Sited Ethnography will appeal to anyone studying social actors including scholars within human geography anthropology sociology and development and migration studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603168

Multiskilling for Television Production Written by television trainers who run their own courses on Multiskilling this book offers a comprehensive introduction to the broad range of skills and technical knowledge required in this industry. It details all the essential information you need to know acting as an on-the-job reference source for everyday use. For many broadcasting technicians one of the biggest challenges in recent years has been the transition from a career working in a solo core skill such as camerawork or audio to acquiring the experience and expertise of a range of production jobs. Many people are expected to work in a number of crafts and to equip themselves with a much wider range of television techniques than had been customary in the past.Multiskilling has become an integral part of television culture requiring that new entrants are competent in several specialist production skills. Multiskilling for Television Production concentrates on the techniques associated with news and magazine programme production where most tecnhical operators are usually employed but most techniques are shared across the whole spectrum of television and film making.Anyone baffled by the range and scope of skills to be mastered will find this book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139602

Multi-Span Large BridgesInternational Conference on Multi-Span Large Bridges 1-3 July 2015 Porto Portugal Throughout the last decades the increasing development of the urban metropolis and the need to establish fundamental infrastructure networks promoted the development of important projects worldwide and several Multi-Span Large Bridges have been erected. Certainly many more will be erected in the next decades. This international context undoubtedly justifies the first International Conference on Multi-Span Large Bridges. The Multi-Span Large Bridges book contains the keynote lectures and the extended abstracts of selected papers presented at the Multi-Span Large Bridges International Conference (MSLB2015) organized by the Faculty of Engineering of the University of Porto in cooperation with IST (Lisbon) University of Minho and LNEC held in Porto Portugal from 1st to 3rd July 2015. The most relevant themes covered in the book are: Landmark Projects Conceptual Design Innovative Construction Methods Special Foundations and Geotechnical Site Investigations Life Cycle Monitoring Maintenance & Management Incidents and Accidents New Materials and Special Devices Extreme Loads Rehabilitation Safety and Serviceability and Structural Analysis. The Multi-Span Large Bridges book shares the knowledge of several world experts contains the description of relevant experiences and reports state-of-art achievements which definitely will be invaluable to bridge engineers structural engineers and scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027572

Multispecies Archaeology Multispecies Archaeology explores the issue of ecological and cultural novelty in the archaeological record from a multispecies perspective. Human exceptionalism and our place in nature have long been topics of academic consideration and archaeology has been synonymous with an axclusively human past to the detriment of gaining a more nuanced understanding of one that is shared.Encompassing more than just our relationships with animals the book considers what we can learn about the human past without humans as the focus of the question. The volume digs deep into our understanding of interaction with plants fungi microbes and even the fundamental building blocks of life DNA. Multispecies Archaeology examines what it means to be human—and non-human—from a variety of perspectives providing a new lens through which to view the past.Challenging not only the subject or object of archaeology but also broader disciplinary identities the volume is a landmark in this new and evolving area of scholarly interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580858

Multispecies Leisure: Human-Animal Interactions in Leisure Landscapes Multispecies Leisure: Human-Animal Interactions in Leisure Landscapes seeks to ‘bring the animal in’ to the leisure studies domain and contribute to greater understanding of leisure as a complex interwoven multispecies phenomenon. The emerging multidisciplinary field of human-animal studies encourages researchers to move beyond narrow focus on human-centric practices and ways of being in the world and to recognise that human and non-human beings are positioned within shared ecological social cultural and political spaces. With some exceptions leisure studies has been slow to embrace the ‘animal turn’ and consider how leisure actions experiences and landscapes are shaped through multispecies encounters between humans other animals birds and insects plants and environment. This book begins to address this gap by presenting research that considers leisure as more-than-human experiences. The authors consider leisure with nonhuman others (e.g. dogs horses) affecting those others (e.g. environmental concerns) and affected by the non-human (e.g. landscape weather) by exploring the ‘contact zones’ between humans and other species. Thus this work contributes to greater understanding of leisure as a complex multispecies phenomenon. The chapters in this book were originally published as a Special Issue of the Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367703226

Multispectral Image Analysis Using the Object-Oriented Paradigm Bringing a fresh new perspective to remote sensing object-based image analysis is a paradigm shift from the traditional pixel-based approach. Featuring various practical examples to provide understanding of this new modus operandi Multispectral Image Analysis Using the Object-Oriented Paradigm reviews the current image analysis methods and demonstrates advantages to improve information extraction from imagery.This reference describes traditional image analysis techniques introduces object-oriented technology and discusses the benefits of object-based versus pixel-based classification. It examines the creation of object primitives using image segmentation approaches and the use of various techniques for object classification. The author covers image enhancement methods how to use ancillary data to constrain image segmentation and concepts of semantic grouping of objects. He concludes by addressing accuracy assessment approaches. The accompanying two CD-ROMs present sample data that enable the use of different approaches to problem solving.Integrating remote sensing techniques and GIS analysis Multispectral Image Analysis Using the Object-Oriented Paradigm distills new tools to extract information from remotely sensed data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446246

Multi-Stage Actuation Systems and Control The book aims at empowering readers with a clear understanding of multi-stage mechanism different microactuators’ performances their limitations to control system performance and problems encountered in control system design and techniques for solving these problems and dealing with these limitations. This book is designed for academic researchers and engineering practitioners in systems and control especially those engaged in the area of control in mechanical systems with microactuators and multi-stage actuations. Provides specific applications of multi-stage mechanical actuation systems Discusses issues and solutions in control system design for multi-stage mechanical actuation systems Discusses various types of microactuators and their control methods in multi-stage mechanism Includes real-world examples for demonstrating underlying concepts and design techniques Explores what a multi-stage mechanical systems is for what purpose the multi-stage system is applied how it works and how to control it for high performance Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138480759

Multi-Stage Flash DesalinationModeling Simulation and Adaptive Control Explore a Viable Resource for DesalinationThe world’s freshwater supplies are rapidly depleting and seawater is being positioned as a major feasible replacement in the search for a sustainable water source. Focused on large-scale multi-stage flash (MSF) seawater desalination plants and based on research conducted on a real 18-stage plant Multi-Stage Flash Desalination: Modeling Simulation and Adaptive Control outlines the principles and processes of MSF desalination and highlights the state of the art in MSF desalination modeling simulation and control. This book offers a brief overview of MSF plants explains the importance of the various control systems for large MSF plants and describes methods of mathematical modeling centered on physical phenomena in the MSF process. It introduces a developed dynamic model and illustrates the simulation of the model using an equation-based flowsheet simulation package (SPEEDUP) from AspenTech. It also presents a method for finding and using a non-parametric model in designing optimal PID control systems and recommends an adaptive scheme that maintains optimal plant operation over a range of operating conditions. The improvements suggested by the author for PID controllers are pervasive in desalination plants of high dimension and also relate to other process industries with comparable conditions. He also discusses the use of renewable energy sources for desalination and stresses the potential of solar energy in the Arab region an area known for its aridity and scarcity of water.The text: Details the dynamic model of the various elements in an MSF plantConsiders the obtained model as well as available measurement dataPresents a developed model for use in PID controlProvides descriptions listings and additional reference material for further researchMulti-Stage Flash Desalination: Modeling Simulation and Adaptive Control covers the processes of desalination and the operation and control of MSF plants for large-scale desalination and provides you with a greater understanding of dynamics operation and control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575656

Multistage Separation Processes The latest edition of a perennial bestseller Multistage Separation Processes Fourth Edition provides a clear and thorough presentation of the theoretical foundation and understanding of the development evaluation design and optimization steps of these processes from both an academic and industrial perspective. The book’s emphasis on starting with theoretical models and their role in computer simulation followed by practical applications sets it apart from other texts on this topic. The author also highlights the importance of relating fundamental concepts to intuitive understanding of the processes. See What’s New in the Fourth Edition: Chapter on fluid-solid operations Expanded development of theories and methods for many applications Adds numerous industry-related examples and end-of-chapter problems Case studies combined with examples Updated and enhanced figures The book includes a generous number of examples from a wide variety of applications to relate theory to actual results and to demonstrate the performance of process under varying conditions. The chapter topics follow a logical path that starts with basics and theoretical concepts and progresses systematically into the various separation processes. Each chapter provides the information relevant to a specific topic and refers to appropriate chapters in the book as needed. These features combine to give you the understanding required to make the best selections of property prediction and simulation techniques and avoid the cost incurred by the use of improper simulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482230543

Multistakeholder Governance and DemocracyA Global Challenge Multistakeholder governance is proposed as the way forward in global governance. For some leaders in civil society and government who are frustrated with the lack of power of the UN system and multilateralism it is seen as an attractive alternative; others particularly in the corporate world see multistakeholder governance as offering a more direct hand and potentially a legitimate role in national and global governance. This book examines how the development of multistakeholderism poses a challenge to multilateralism and democracy. Using a theoretical historical perspective it describes how the debate on global governance evolved and what working principles of multilateralism are under threat. From a sociological perspective the book identifies the organizational beliefs of multistakeholder groups and the likely change in the roles that leaders in government civil society and the private sector will face as they evolve into potential global governors. From a practical perspective the book addresses the governance issues which organizations and individuals should assess before deciding to participate in or support a particular multistakeholder group.  Given the current emphasis on the participation of multiple actors in the Sustainable Development Goals this book will have wide appeal across policy-making and professional sectors involved in negotiations and governance at all levels. It will also be essential reading for students studying applied governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502130

Multi-Stakeholder Platforms for Integrated Water Management As they provide a negotiating space for a diversity of interests Multi-Stakeholder Platforms (MSPs) are an increasingly popular mode of involving civil society in resource management decisions. This book focuses on water management to take a positive if critical look at this phenomenon. Illustrated by a wide geographical range of case studies from both developed and developing worlds it recognizes that MSPs will neither automatically break down divides nor bring actors to the table on an equal footing and argues that MSPs may in some cases do more harm than good. The volume then examines how MSPs can make a difference and how they might successfully co-opt the public private and civil-society sectors. The book highlights the particular difficulties of MSPs when dealing with integrated water management programmes explaining how MSPs are most successful at a less complex and more local level. It finally questions whether MSPs are - or can be - sustainable and puts forward suggestions for improving their durability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266148

Multi-stakeholder Processes for Governance and SustainabilityBeyond Deadlock and Conflict Governments business international bodies and local groups are turning to multi-stakeholder processes to find practical ways forward. This book explains how MSPs can be organized to deliver their potential for successful resolution of complex issues and for sustainable development. It includes detailed examples and provides practical checklists explaining how to get beyond adversarial politics and achieve positive results. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772037

Multistate Models for the Analysis of Life History Data Multistate Models for the Analysis of Life History Data provides the first comprehensive treatment of multistate modeling and analysis including parametric nonparametric and semiparametric methods applicable to many types of life history data. Special models such as illness-death competing risks and progressive processes are considered as well as more complex models. The book provides both theoretical development and illustrations of analysis based on data from randomized trials and observational cohort studies in health research.  It features:  Discusses a wide range of applications of multistate models Presents methods for both continuously and intermittently observed life history processes Gives a thorough discussion of conditionally independent censoring and observation processes Discusses models with random effects and joint models for two or more multistate processes Discusses and illustrates software for multistate analysis that is available in R Target audience includes those engaged in research and applications involving multistate models. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367571726

Multi-State Survival Models for Interval-Censored Data Multi-State Survival Models for Interval-Censored Data introduces methods to describe stochastic processes that consist of transitions between states over time. It is targeted at researchers in medical statistics epidemiology demography and social statistics. One of the applications in the book is a three-state process for dementia and survival in the older population. This process is described by an illness-death model with a dementia-free state a dementia state and a dead state. Statistical modelling of a multi-state process can investigate potential associations between the risk of moving to the next state and variables such as age gender or education. A model can also be used to predict the multi-state process.The methods are for longitudinal data subject to interval censoring. Depending on the definition of a state it is possible that the time of the transition into a state is not observed exactly. However when longitudinal data are available the transition time may be known to lie in the time interval defined by two successive observations. Such an interval-censored observation scheme can be taken into account in the statistical inference.Multi-state modelling is an elegant combination of statistical inference and the theory of stochastic processes. Multi-State Survival Models for Interval-Censored Data shows that the statistical modelling is versatile and allows for a wide range of applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367570569

Multi-storiesCross-cultural Encounters This unique work explores through personal narratives the overlapping and intermingling of cultures as well as the immense cultural diversity across the world. This exploration inevitably questions notions of higher or lower cultures and civilized or uncivilized peoples. Indeed it questions the very concept of superiority amongst peoples. Apart from cross-cultural encounters this work also discusses how various democratic and non-democratic governments and organizations have attempted to conceal cross-cultural influences by inventing superiority purity and authenticity of cultures and civilizations to the detriment of others. Yet cross-culture pollination an ongoing process always reveals itself through the ignored cracks of history. The book shows that India is no exception and has been and continues to be porous. The numerous examples of cross-pollination — with Algeria Indonesia Cambodia to mention a few — force us to re-look cultural constructs and indeed the very meaning of culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662650

Multi-Systemic Structural-Strategic Interventions for Child and Adolescent Behavior Problems Learn to tackle he very challenging behavior problems of children and adolescents that you commonly see in your family therapy practice. This practical book provides the practicing clinician with an overview of structural-strategic approaches for treating child and adolescent behavior problems. It is unique in specifying successful approaches for a range of behavior problems with all approaches based on the same concept--the Structural-Strategic model of family therapy.Behavior problems are the most common reason for referral of children and adolescents for therapy. In addition behavior problems are major impediments to educational progress and full benefit from medical care. Multi-Systemic Structural-Strategic Interventions for Child and Adolescent Behavior Problems focuses on the major types of behavior problems: antisocial and delinquent behavior drug abuse eating disorders sex-related problems school behavioral problems and problems with compliance with pediatric medical care. Chapters by Editor Patrick H. Tolan and an impressive group of contributing authors will expand your knowledge and the utility of structural-strategic family therapy by emphasizing the role of responsibility and accountability of family members. This volume is the first to use this view to specifically address the treatment of a variety of behavior problems. Techniques for applying structural-strategic approaches in working with other systems including schools are also presented. Aimed at the practicing clinician especially those who consider themselves primarily family therapists Multi-Systemic Structural-Strategic Interventions for Child and Adolescent Behavior Problems is of interest to any professional treating children and adolescents. A useful text for trainers of interns and residents and faculty of independent family therapy training programs this major book is also an important addition to specialized courses in family therapy child therapy and SS therapy and graduate courses in social work psychology and nursing programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873131

Multiteam SystemsAn Organization Form for Dynamic and Complex Environments This book examines an emerging organizational form called the multi-team system (MTS). This type of aggregation is being increasingly adopted by organizations and agencies that need to respond to complex strategic problems. There has been increasing interest in MTSs over the last decade to the point where there is now a need to (a) describe these organizational forms more fully (b) build conceptual frames that can guide research and (c) begin developing tools to improve the study of MTSs. The purpose of this book is to respond to these needs. The book contains a series of chapters that expand prior conceptual frames of MTSs defining in more detail the compositional and linkage attributes that characterize such units. The book also explores how such systems emerge and develop as well as the methods for studying MTSs. The intent of the book is to establish and nurture a strong conceptual and methodological foundation that can guide research and practice with MTSs. Because the notion of MTSs cuts across multiple domains this book will interest scholars in industrial/organizational psychology organizational science management and organizational theory human factors sociology organization communications and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865795

Multithreading for Visual Effects Tackle the Challenges of Parallel Programming in the Visual Effects Industry In Multithreading for Visual Effects developers from DreamWorks Animation Pixar Side Effects Intel and AMD share their successes and failures in the messy real-world application area of production software. They provide practical advice on multithreading techniques and visual effects used in popular visual effects libraries (such as Bullet OpenVDB and OpenSubdiv) one of the industry’s leading visual effects packages (Houdini) and proprietary animation systems. This information is valuable not just to those in the visual effects arena but also to developers of high performance software looking to increase performance of their code. Diverse Solutions to Solve Performance Problems After an introductory chapter each subsequent chapter presents a case study that illustrates how the authors used multithreading techniques to achieve better performance. The authors discuss the problems that occurred and explain how they solved them. The case studies encompass solutions for shaving milliseconds solutions for optimizing longer running tasks multithreading techniques for modern CPU architectures and massive parallelism using GPUs. Some of the case studies include open source projects so you can try out these techniques for yourself and see how well they work. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482243567

Multi-Tiered Systems of Support in Elementary SchoolsThe Definitive Guide to Effective Implementation and Quality Control Multi-Tiered Systems of Support in Elementary Schools is the leadership handbook and practitioner’s field guide to implementation of Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS) in elementary schools leading to improved student outcomes and school safety. Schools can creatively customize replicable best practices using this in-depth operations manual to guide MTSS teams in planning and delivering tiers of academic and integrated social-emotional and behavioral supports to meet the needs of all students. This text introduces Healthy Minds Safe Schools an evidence-based program that significantly improves student well-being school safety and teacher feelings of self-efficacy for delivering social-emotional and behavioral curriculum in the classroom. Featuring team exercises and real perspectives from educators this text shows how to make incremental yet manageable changes at elementary schools in accordance with public policy mandates and evidence-based practices by developing smart teams and programs identifying roles and responsibilities implementing layers of academic support and services improving social-emotional and behavioral health of students and creating an inclusive school culture. It details organizational psychology and socially just educational practices and is a handbook aligned with the U.S. Secret Service National Threat Assessment Center guidebook for preventing school violence and with the National Center for School Mental Health Curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225919

Multi-Tiered Systems of Support in Secondary SchoolsThe Definitive Guide to Effective Implementation and Quality Control Multi-Tiered Systems of Support in Secondary Schools is a humanistic guide used to produce reliable human capital outputs while ensuring the promotion of socially just practices on campus. Featuring real perspectives from practitioners this text shows how to make manageable changes at secondary schools in accordance with public policy mandates and evidence-based practices by developing smart teams and programs identifying roles and responsibilities implementing layers of academic support and services improving behavioral and mental health of students and creating an inclusive school culture. This unique guide assists practitioners in implementing systemic change in a bureaucratic system while simultaneously strengthening the health and cohesion of the organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086794

Multi-UAV Planning and Task Allocation Multi-robot systems are a major research topic in robotics. Designing testing and deploying aerial robots in the real world is a possibility due to recent technological advances. This book explores different aspects of cooperation in multiagent systems. It covers the team approach as well as deterministic decision-making. It also presents distributed receding horizon control as well as conflict resolution artificial potentials and symbolic planning. The book also covers association with limited communications as well as genetic algorithms and game theory reasoning. Multiagent decision-making and algorithms for optimal planning are also covered along with case studies. Key features: Provides a comprehensive introduction to multi-robot systems planning and task allocation Explores multi-robot aerial planning; flight planning; orienteering and coverage; and deployment patrolling and foraging Includes real-world case studies Treats different aspects of cooperation in multiagent systems Both scientists and practitioners in the field of robotics will find this text valuable. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367457822

Multi-Unit Housing in Urban CitiesFrom 1800 to Present Day This book investigates the development of multi-unit housing typologies that were predominant in a particular city from the 1800s to present day. It emphasises the importance of understanding the direct connection between housing and dwelling in the context of a city and the manner in which the city is an instructional indication of how a housing typology is embodied. The case studies presented offer an insight into why a certain housing type flourished in a specific city and the variety span across cities in the world where distinct housing types have prevailed. It also pursues how housing types developed evolved and helped define the city looks into how dwellers inhabited their dwellings and analyses how the housing typologies correlates in a contemporary context. The typologies studied are back-to-backs in Birmingham; tenements in London; Haussmann Apartment in Paris; tenements in New York; tong lau in Hong Kong; perimeter block linear block and block-edge in Berlin; perimeter block and solitaire in Amsterdam; space-enclosing structure in Beijing; micro house in Tokyo and high-rise in Toronto. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189959

Multivariable Calculus Classroom-tested and lucidly written Multivariable Calculus gives a thorough and rigoroustreatment of differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables. Designed as ajunior-level textbook for an advanced calculus course this book covers a variety of notions including continuity differentiation multiple integrals line and surface integrals differentialforms and infinite series. Numerous exercises and examples throughout the book facilitatethe student's understanding of important concepts.The level of rigor in this textbook is high; virtually every result is accompanied by a proof. Toaccommodate teachers' individual needs the material is organized so that proofs can be deemphasizedor even omitted. Linear algebra for n-dimensional Euclidean space is developedwhen required for the calculus; for example linear transformations are discussed for the treatmentof derivatives.Featuring a detailed discussion of differential forms and Stokes' theorem Multivariable Calculusis an excellent textbook for junior-level advanced calculus courses and it is also usefulfor sophomores who have a strong background in single-variable calculus. A two-year calculussequence or a one-year honor calculus course is required for the most successful use of thistextbook. Students will benefit enormously from this book's systematic approach to mathematicalanalysis which will ultimately prepare them for more advanced topics in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451974

Multivariable Calculus with Mathematica Multivariable Calculus with Mathematica is a textbook addressing the calculus of several variables. Instead of just using Mathematica to directly solve problems the students are encouraged to learn the syntax and to write their own code to solve problems. This not only encourages scientific computing skills but at the same time stresses the complete understanding of the mathematics. Questions are provided at the end of the chapters to test the student’s theoretical understanding of the mathematics and there are also computer algebra questions which test the student’s ability to apply their knowledge in non-trivial ways. Features Ensures that students are not just using the package to directly solve problems but learning the syntax to write their own code to solve problems Suitable as a main textbook for a Calculus III course and as a supplementary text for topics scientific computing engineering and mathematical physics Written in a style that engages the students’ interest and encourages the understanding of the mathematical ideas Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138062689

Multivariate Analysis Design of Experiments and Survey Sampling "Describes recent developments and surveys important topics in the areas of multivariate analysis design of experiments and survey sampling. Features the work of nearly 50 international leaders." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579180

Multivariate Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Second Edition Multivariate Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Second Edition is designed to show how a variety of statistical methods can be used to analyse data collected by psychologists and other behavioral scientists. Assuming some familiarity with introductory statistics the book begins by briefly describing a variety of study designs used in the behavioral sciences and the concept of models for data analysis. The contentious issues of p-values and confidence intervals are also discussed in the introductory chapter.After describing graphical methods the book covers regression methods including simple linear regression multiple regression locally weighted regression generalized linear models logistic regression and survival analysis. There are further chapters covering longitudinal data and missing values before the last seven chapters deal with multivariate analysis including principal components analysis factor analysis multidimensional scaling correspondence analysis and cluster analysis. Features:Presents an accessible introduction to multivariate analysis for behavioral scientists Contains a large number of real data sets including cognitive behavioral therapy crime rates and drug usage Includes nearly 100 exercises for course use or self-studySupplemented by a GitHub repository with all datasets and R code for the examples and exercisesTheoretical details are separated from the main body of the text Suitable for anyone working in the behavioral sciences with a basic grasp of statistics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656751

Multivariate Applications in Substance Use ResearchNew Methods for New Questions This edited volume introduces the latest advances in quantitative methods and illustrates ways to apply these methods to important questions in substance use research. The goal is to provide a forum for dialogue between methodologists developing innovative multivariate statistical methods and substance use researchers who have produced rich data sets. Reflecting current research trends the book examines the use of longitudinal techniques to measure processes of change over time. Researchers faced with the task of studying the causes course treatment and prevention of substance use and abuse will find this volume helpful for applying these techniques to make optimal use of their data. This innovative volume: introduces the use of latent curve methods for describing individual trajectories of adolescent substance use over time; explores methods for analyzing longitudinal data for individuals nested within groups such as families classrooms and treatment groups; demonstrates how different patterns of missing data influence the interpretation of results; reports on some recent advances in longitudinal growth modeling; illustrates methods to assess mediation when there are multiple mediating pathways underlying an intervention effect; describes methods to identify moderating relations in structural equation models; demonstrates the use of structural equation models to evaluate a preventive intervention; applies epidemic modeling techniques to understand the spread of substance use in society; illustrates the use of latent transition analysis to model substance use as a series of stages; and applies logistic regression to prospectively predict smoking cessation. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012509

Multivariate Applications in the Social Sciences First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802831

Multivariate Bayesian StatisticsModels for Source Separation and Signal Unmixing Of the two primary approaches to the classic source separation problem only one does not impose potentially unreasonable model and likelihood constraints: the Bayesian statistical approach. Bayesian methods incorporate the available information regarding the model parameters and not only allow estimation of the sources and mixing coefficients but also allow inferences to be drawn from them.Multivariate Bayesian Statistics: Models for Source Separation and Signal Unmixing offers a thorough self-contained treatment of the source separation problem. After an introduction to the problem using the "cocktail-party" analogy Part I provides the statistical background needed for the Bayesian source separation model. Part II considers the instantaneous constant mixing models where the observed vectors and unobserved sources are independent over time but allowed to be dependent within each vector. Part III details more general models in which sources can be delayed mixing coefficients can change over time and observation and source vectors can be correlated over time. For each model discussed the author gives two distinct ways to estimate the parameters.Real-world source separation problems encountered in disciplines from engineering and computer science to economics and image processing are more difficult than they appear. This book furnishes the fundamental statistical material and up-to-date research results that enable readers to understand and apply Bayesian methods to help solve the many "cocktail party" problems they may confront in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367454661

Multivariate Bonferroni-Type InequalitiesTheory and Applications Multivariate Bonferroni-Type Inequalities: Theory and Applications presents a systematic account of research discoveries on multivariate Bonferroni-type inequalities published in the past decade. The emergence of new bounding approaches pushes the conventional definitions of optimal inequalities and demands new insights into linear and Fréchet optimality. The book explores these advances in bounding techniques with corresponding innovative applications. It presents the method of linear programming for multivariate bounds multivariate hybrid bounds sub-Markovian bounds and bounds using Hamilton circuits. The first half of the book describes basic concepts and methods in probability inequalities. The author introduces the classification of univariate and multivariate bounds with optimality discusses multivariate bounds using indicator functions and explores linear programming for bivariate upper and lower bounds. The second half addresses bounding results and applications of multivariate Bonferroni-type inequalities. The book shows how to construct new multiple testing procedures with probability upper bounds and goes beyond bivariate upper bounds by considering vectorized upper and hybrid bounds. It presents an optimization algorithm for bivariate and multivariate lower bounds and covers vectorized high-dimensional lower bounds with refinements such as Hamilton-type circuits and sub-Markovian events. The book concludes with applications of probability inequalities in molecular cancer therapy big data analysis and more. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367378523

Multivariate DependenciesModels Analysis and Interpretation Large observational studies involving research questions that require the measurement of several features on each individual arise in many fields including the social and medical sciences. This book sets out both the general concepts and the more technical statistical issues involved in analysis and interpretation. Numerous illustrative examples are described in outline and four studies are discussed in some detail.The use of graphical representations of dependencies and independencies among the features under study is stressed both to incorporate available knowledge at the planning stage of an analysis and to summarize aspects important for interpretation after detailed statistical analysis is complete. This book is aimed at research workers using statistical methods as well as statisticians involved in empirical research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367401375

Multivariate Generalized Linear Mixed Models Using R Multivariate Generalized Linear Mixed Models Using R presents robust and methodologically sound models for analyzing large and complex data sets enabling readers to answer increasingly complex research questions. The book applies the principles of modeling to longitudinal data from panel and related studies via the Sabre software package in R. A Unified Framework for a Broad Class of Models The authors first discuss members of the family of generalized linear models gradually adding complexity to the modeling framework by incorporating random effects. After reviewing the generalized linear model notation they illustrate a range of random effects models including three-level multivariate endpoint event history and state dependence models. They estimate the multivariate generalized linear mixed models (MGLMMs) using either standard or adaptive Gaussian quadrature. The authors also compare two-level fixed and random effects linear models. The appendices contain additional information on quadrature model estimation and endogenous variables along with SabreR commands and examples. Improve Your Longitudinal StudyIn medical and social science research MGLMMs help disentangle state dependence from incidental parameters. Focusing on these sophisticated data analysis techniques this book explains the statistical theory and modeling involved in longitudinal studies. Many examples throughout the text illustrate the analysis of real-world data sets. Exercises solutions and other material are available on a supporting website. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439813263

Multivariate Kernel Smoothing and Its Applications Kernel smoothing has greatly evolved since its inception to become an essential methodology in the data science tool kit for the 21st century. Its widespread adoption is due to its fundamental role for multivariate exploratory data analysis as well as the crucial role it plays in composite solutions to complex data challenges. Multivariate Kernel Smoothing and Its Applications offers a comprehensive overview of both aspects. It begins with a thorough exposition of the approaches to achieve the two basic goals of estimating probability density functions and their derivatives. The focus then turns to the applications of these approaches to more complex data analysis goals many with a geometric/topological flavour such as level set estimation clustering (unsupervised learning) principal curves and feature significance. Other topics while not direct applications of density (derivative) estimation but sharing many commonalities with the previous settings include classification (supervised learning) nearest neighbour estimation and deconvolution for data observed with error.For a data scientist each chapter contains illustrative Open data examples that are analysed by the most appropriate kernel smoothing method. The emphasis is always placed on an intuitive understanding of the data provided by the accompanying statistical visualisations. For a reader wishing to investigate further the details of their underlying statistical reasoning a graduated exposition to a unified theoretical framework is provided. The algorithms for efficient software implementation are also discussed.José E. Chacón is an associate professor at the Department of Mathematics of the Universidad de Extremadura in Spain.Tarn Duong is a Senior Data Scientist for a start-up which provides short distance carpooling services in France. Both authors have made important contributions to kernel smoothing research over the last couple of decades. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367571733

Multivariate Quality ControlTheory and Applications Provides a theoretical foundation as well as practical tools for the analysis of multivariate data using case studies and MINITAB computer macros to illustrate basic and advanced quality control methods. This work offers an approach to quality control that relies on statistical tolerance regions and discusses computer graphic analysis highlighting multivariate profile charts. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367579326

Multivariate Statistical MethodsA First Course Multivariate statistics refer to an assortment of statistical methods that have been developed to handle situations in which multiple variables or measures are involved. Any analysis of more than two variables or measures can loosely be considered a multivariate statistical analysis. An introductory text for students learning multivariate statistical methods for the first time this book keeps mathematical details to a minimum while conveying the basic principles. One of the principal strategies used throughout the book--in addition to the presentation of actual data analyses--is pointing out the analogy between a common univariate statistical technique and the corresponding multivariate method. Many computer examples--drawing on SAS software --are used as demonstrations. Throughout the book the computer is used as an adjunct to the presentation of a multivariate statistical method in an empirically oriented approach. Basically the model adopted in this book is to first present the theory of a multivariate statistical method along with the basic mathematical computations necessary for the analysis of data. Subsequently a real world problem is discussed and an example data set is provided for analysis. Throughout the presentation and discussion of a method many references are made to the computer output are explained and exercises and examples with real data are included. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805771

Multivariate Statistical MethodsA Primer Fourth Edition Multivariate Statistical Methods: A Primer provides an introductory overview of multivariate methods without getting too deep into the mathematical details. This fourth edition is a revised and updated version of this bestselling introductory textbook. It retains the clear and concise style of the previous editions of the book and focuses on examples from biological and environmental sciences. The major update with this edition is that R code has been included for each of the analyses described although in practice any standard statistical package can be used. The original idea with this book still applies. This was to make it as short as possible and enable readers to begin using multivariate methods in an intelligent manner. With updated information on multivariate analyses new references and R code included this book continues to provide a timely introduction to useful tools for multivariate statistical analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498728966

Multivariate Statistics Made SimpleA Practical Approach This book explains the advanced but essential concepts of Multivariate Statistics in a practical way while touching the mathematical logic in a befitting manner. The illustrations are based on real case studies from a super specialty hospital where active research is going on. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138610958

Multivariate Survival Analysis and Competing Risks Multivariate Survival Analysis and Competing Risks introduces univariate survival analysis and extends it to the multivariate case. It covers competing risks and counting processes and provides many real-world examples exercises and R code. The text discusses survival data survival distributions frailty models parametric methods multivariate data and distributions copulas continuous failure parametric likelihood inference and non- and semi-parametric methods. There are many books covering survival analysis but very few that cover the multivariate case in any depth. Written for a graduate-level audience in statistics/biostatistics this book includes practical exercises and R code for the examples. The author is renowned for his clear writing style and this book continues that trend. It is an excellent reference for graduate students and researchers looking for grounding in this burgeoning field of research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138199606

Multi-View Geometry Based Visual Perception and Control of Robotic Systems This book describes visual perception and control methods for robotic systems that need to interact with the environment. Multiple view geometry is utilized to extract low-dimensional geometric information from abundant and high-dimensional image information making it convenient to develop general solutions for robot perception and control tasks. In this book multiple view geometry is used for geometric modeling and scaled pose estimation. Then Lyapunov methods are applied to design stabilizing control laws in the presence of model uncertainties and multiple constraints. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571467

Multiway Contingency Tables Analysis for the Social Sciences This book describes the principles and techniques needed to analyze data that form a multiway contingency table. Wickens discusses the description of association in such data using log-linear and log-multiplicative models and defines how the presence of association is tested using hypotheses of independence and quasi-independence. The application of the procedures to real data is then detailed. This volume does not presuppose prior experience or knowledge of statistics beyond basic courses in fundamentals of probability and statistical inference. It serves as an ideal reference for professionals or as a textbook for graduate or advanced undergraduate students involved in statistics in the social sciences. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807850

Mummers' Plays Revisited Peter Harrop offers a reappraisal of mummers’ plays which have long been regarded as a form of ‘folk’ or ‘traditional’ drama somehow separate from the mainstream of British theatre. This fresh view of folk and tradition explores how mummers’ plays emerged in an 18th century theatrical environment of popular spouting clubs and private theatricals yet quickly transformed into ‘traditionary’ drama with echoes of an ancient past. Harrop suggests that by the late 19th century the plays had been appropriated by antiquarians and folklorists leaving mummer’s plays as a strangely separate and categorised form. This book considers how that happened and the ways in which these late 19th century ideas were absorbed into the mummers’ plays providing a new lease of life for them in the 20th and 21st centuries. Ideal for anyone with a specialised interest in this unique form Mummers’ Plays Revisited spans recent work in theatre history performance studies and folklore to offer a comprehensive and engaging study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348375

Mummies Cannibals and VampiresThe History of Corpse Medicine from the Renaissance to the Victorians Mummies Cannibals and Vampires charts in vivid detail the largely forgotten history of European corpse medicine which saw kings ladies gentlemen priests and scientists prescribe swallow or wear human blood flesh bone fat brains and skin in an attempt to heal themselves of epilepsy bruising wounds sores plague cancer gout and depression. In this comprehensive and accessible text Richard Sugg shows that far from being a medieval therapy corpse medicine was at its height during the social and scientific revolutions of early-modern Britain surviving well into the eighteenth century and amongst the poor lingering stubbornly on into the time of Queen Victoria. Ranging from the execution scaffolds of Germany and Scandinavia through the courts and laboratories of Italy France and Britain to the battlefields of Holland and Ireland and on to the tribal man-eating of the Americas Mummies Cannibals and Vampires argues that the real cannibals were in fact the Europeans. Picking our way through the bloodstained shadows of this remarkable secret history we encounter medicine cut from bodies living and dead sacks of human fat harvested after a gun battle gloves made of human skin and the first mummy to appear on the London stage. Lit by the uncanny glow of a lamp filled with human blood this second edition includes new material on exo-cannibalism skull medicine the blood-drinking of Scandinavian executions Victorian corpse-stroking and the magical powers of candles made from human fat. In our quest to understand the strange paradox of routine Christian cannibalism we move from the Catholic vampirism of the Eucharist through the routine filth and discomfort of early modern bodies and in to the potent numinous source of corpse medicine’s ultimate power: the human soul itself. Now accompanied by a companion website with supplementary articles interviews with the author related images summaries of key topics and a glossary the second edition of Mummies Cannibals and Vampires is an essential read for anyone interested in the history of medicine early modern history and the darker hidden past of European Christendom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934009

Munchausen by Proxy and Other Factitious AbusePractical and Forensic Investigative Techniques This book covers Munchausen and Munchausen by Proxy (MBP) though the terms have recently changed. The 2013 DSM-V—the update to the American Psychiatric Association's (APA) diagnostic and classification tool—has classified both Munchausen and MBP as "Factitious Systematic Abuse." While thought to have occurred primarily with children and their caregivers recent research shows a more widespread problem: such medical abuse to spouses the disabled the elderly—even pets. Many involve repeat and long-term instances of hospital and medical fraud. This book covers the syndrome itself interviewing and investigative aspects victimology as well indicators in the event of homicide and death. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498732215

Munchausen by ProxyIdentification Intervention and Case Management This step-by-step guide will help you identify and manage cases of this unique form of child maltreatment! Munchausen by proxy (MBP) is a dangerous kind of maltreatment in which a caretaker deliberately and repeatedly exaggerates fabricates and/or induces a health problem or problems in someone under his or her care. Munchausen by Proxy: Identification Intervention and Case Management is the first book to walk you step-by-step through a suspected MBP maltreatment case from suspicion onward. This skills-based practical book contains a thorough up-to-date overview of MBP and includes suggestions for identifying and reporting to child protection agencies investigating and gathering evidence and legal and court procedures. Its easy readability and immediate applicability make this text a valuable tool in identifying and preventing this form of child abuse. Munchausen by Proxy is divided into three parts. The first covers the definition of MBP the role of the perpetrator and victim and the ethical issues affecting professionals patients and family. Part two addresses case work from initial suspicions through the investigative and confirmation/disconfirmation process. The third section is dedicated to case planning and case management once MBP has been confirmed including intervention immediate child protection and legal activities. Those involved in a suspected or confirmed MBP case will learn about: the limits of the DSM-IV as applied to MBP perpetrator-consistent characteristics the MBP situational suspicion indicators the inappropriateness of risk assessment tools developed for other forms of maltreatment the danger when MBP perpetrators realize they are under suspicion and more! This volume is generously enhanced with case examples sample forms figures and representative management plans. In Munchausen by Proxy authors Lasher and Sheridan—experts in MBP and child protection—have come together to fill the gap in the libraries of anyone who may become involved with a MBP case. This includes child welfare professionals and staff law enforcement school personnel health care practitioners judges and lawyers and social workers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043715

Mundane ObjectsMateriality and Non-verbal Communication This concise book shows the importance of objects that are considered ordinary by cultural outsiders and scholars yet lie at the heart of the systems of thought and practices of their makers and users. This volume demonstrates the role of these objects in nonverbal communication both in non-ritual and in ritual situations. Lemonnier shows that some objects their physical properties and their material implementation are wordless expressions of fundamental aspects of a way of living and thinking as well as sometimes the only means of expressing the inexpressible. Through the study of the most mundane technical activities such as fence building creating models cars or trapping fish we often gain a better understanding of what these objects mean and how they work within their cultures of origin. In addition to anthropologists and archaeologists this book will also be of interest to sociologists historians philosophers cognitive anthropologists and primatologists for whom the intertwining of “function” and “style” is the very mark of all cultural behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320572

Mundos en palabrasLearning Advanced Spanish through Translation Mundos en palabras offers advanced students of Spanish a challenging yet practical course in translation from English into Spanish. The course provides students with a well-structured step-by-step guide to Spanish translation which will enhance and refine their language skills while introducing them to some of the key concepts and debates in translation theory and practice. Each chapter presents a rich variety of practical tasks supported by concise focused discussion of key points relating to a particular translation issue or text type. Shorter targeted activities are combined with lengthier translation practice. Throughout the book learners will find a wealth of material from a range of genres and text types including literary expository persuasive and audiovisual texts. An answer key to activities as well as supplementary material and Teachers’ Notes are provided in the companion website. The book covers common areas of difficulty including: frequent grammatical errors calques and loan words denotation and connotation idioms linguistic varieties cultural references style and register Suitable both for classroom use and self-study Mundos en palabras is ideal for advanced undergraduate students of Spanish and for any advanced learners wishing to acquire translation competence while enhancing their linguistic skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415695374

Municipal BenchmarksAssessing Local Perfomance and Establishing Community Standards Completely updated with new listings and statistics throughout this comprehensive resource goes beyond the current literature on local government performance measurement and provides benchmarks on more than 40 key topics against which performance can be assessed in all areas of operation. "Ammons has assembled a remarkable volume of benchmark data for a comprehensive range of municipal government services. Municipal Benchmarks will be of considerable help for municipalities in laying the groundwork for an accountable government." - Harry Hatry The Urban Institute "I am delighted to see that ideas for advancing our industry are alive and thriving. Ammons's collection does an incredible service to every municipal manager in the country and perhaps the world. These benchmarks clearly set standardized ways of looking at measuring the performance of municipal service delivery." - Ted Gaebler City Manager Rancho Cordoba CA (co-author of Reinventing Government) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765626608

Municipal Corporate Security in International Context Corporate security is a form of regulation that involves centralized management of access control physical security personnel security and information security inside an organization. For all the research on public policing national security and private contract security in sociology criminology and related disciplines little scholarly attention has been paid to corporate security. Increasingly corporate security is playing an important role in municipal and other government organizations as well as its traditional private corporate domain. This book is the first social scientific contribution on corporate security to draw together the sociologies of security and policing legal and social theory and debates about municipal government. In this book Walby and Lippert conceptualize various types of corporate security including its public and private forms and analyze a range of practices such as asset protection and physical security provision. The authors explore a number of heretofore neglected themes including use of legal knowledge professionalization legitimation work and corporate security links with other security agencies and public police. The book provides empirical analyses of developments in several countries but especially Canada and the US where corporate security - including its entry into municipal government - is particularly advanced. Because corporate security cuts across security policing law and government as well as issues of professionalization public space and democracy the readership for Municipal Corporate Security in International Context spans disciplinary and national boundaries. It is essential reading for academics and students engaged in studying security urban governance politics and legal regulation. It will be of great interest to corporate security professionals and government policymakers too. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288676

Municipal Entrepreneurship and Energy PolicyA Five Nation Study of Politics Innovation and Social Change Originally published in 1994. The energy crisis of the 1970s provided an opportune climate for public sector entrepreneurship to develop. The authors present case studies from six innovative and diverse municipalities in Denmark France Germany Sweden and the United States. The studies document problems these communities encountered while implementing new ideas in energy conservation and changes in energy supply and municipal planning. Each community was selected on the basis of its early vigorous response to the energy crisis and then followed up to examine roadblocks along the way to innovation in the public sector. The case studies highlight the challenges policy entrepreneurs face and the tactics they employ revealing crucial differences between public and private sector entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211394

Municipal Life and Government in Germany First published in 1914 in various writings on German life and institutions Dawson has touched upon isolated aspects of the subject of municipal government. The book as its title explains is concerned solely with questions of urban administration yet without the limitation which the use of the word "municipal" might seem to suggest. The larger German cities and towns correspond for all practical purposes to the municipalities of the United Kingdom as the smaller German towns correspond to the urban districts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179243

Municipal Politics in TurkeyLocal Government and Party Organisation There is a large and growing literature on Turkish politics in general and the AKP in particular. However local government and party organization although very important topics are strikingly understudied. This book compares local politics in two Central Anatolian cities Konya and EskiÅŸehir ruled by different governmental parties the AKP in Konya and the CHP in EskiÅŸehir. It analyzes how national political parties adapt to local contexts (‘culture of everyday politics’) and how they seek to influence local culture (‘politics of everyday culture’). By examining how municipal politics is practiced on a daily basis it illuminates more fundamental aspects of Turkish politics such as political mobilization establishing links between voters and politicians various practices of decision-making and the role of civil society. All of this has been critical for the AKP’s continuous electoral success since 2002. The findings are based on over 1.5 years of fieldwork in the two cities as well as over 50 interviews with national and local political actors. The main fields of research are mayoral biographies municipal practices particularly with regard to welfare and service provision the cooperation with other municipal actors as political parties or civil society organizations; urban planning activities and cultural policy. The study helps to comprehend more fundamental aspects of Turkish politics such as political mobilization the establishing of links between voters municipalities and parties as well as decision-making processes.Municipal Politics in Turkey fills a gap in existing literature by illuminating the fundamental aspects of Turkish politics such as political mobilization the establishing of links between voters municipalities and parties as well as decision-making processes. It will be a valuable resource for students and scholars interested in Turkish Politics and political parties municipal/local Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887650

Municipal Services and Employees in the Modern CityNew Historic Approaches Municipal Services and Employees in the Modern City considers the roles played by local institutions and particular processes that shaped the urban fabric. It rediscovers from models and maps the constituent dynamics of cities since the beginning of the nineteenth century and demonstrates how patterns evolved in the way services and locations were organized; how urban transformation was underpinned by structural development and how the municipal workforce became an integral part of the agencies of change. Municipal Services and Employees in the Modern City suggests that municipal experiences are central to the development of urban studies. Its focus of analysis ranges across Europe and the Americas from high-ranking bureaucrats to firefighters engineers to accountants and town clerks to public servants. Each essay provides detailed information on how change was formulated or resisted within the administrative apparatus offering insight into a sector of the 'white-collar' class and the degree of commitment to public values often at times of social and political upheaval. They explore the course of relationships between local and central government and the shifting bounds of municipal interventionism over a broad period; whilst incorporating a social history approach to interpret the day-to-day responsibilities and routine of administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275843

Municipal Shared Services and ConsolidationA Public Solutions Handbook Municipal Shared Services and Consolidation provides a comprehensive and clear review of the theories and practices of structuring and managing complex local government services. Intended for both students and practitioners this volume in the Public Solutions Handbook Series addresses concepts and processes of shaping collaborative arrangements in public service with goals of effectiveness and efficiency in mind. The Handbook begins with a review of theories of shared services and consolidation highlighting conceptual foundations practical barriers and cultural considerations related to these efforts. Specific practical advice follows highlighting the processes of creating implementing and managing shared services and consolidation agreements. Municipal Shared Services and Consolidation is exceptionally well written and is amplified by examples cases illustrations and a comprehensive bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765637239

Municipal Solid Waste Management in Developing Countries This book contains detailed and structured approaches to tackling practical decision-making troubles using economic consideration and analytical methods in Municipal solid waste (MSW) management. Among all other types of environmental burdens MSW management is still a mammoth task and the worst part is that a suitable technique to curb the situation in developing countries has still not emerged. Municipal Solid Waste Management in Developing Countries will help fill this information gap based on information provided by field professionals. This information will be helpful to improve and manage solid waste systems through the application of modern management techniques. It covers all the fundamental concepts of MSWM; the various component systems such as collection transportation processing and disposal; and their integration. This book also discusses various component technologies available for the treatment processing and disposal of MSW. Written in view of actual scenarios in developing countries it provides knowledge to develop solutions for prolonged problems in these nations. It is mainly for undergraduate and postgraduate students research scholars professionals and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574284

Municipal Solid Waste ManagementProcessing - Energy Recovery - Global Examples One of the big challenges that today's growing cities are coping with is the delivery of effective and sustainable waste management together with a good sanitation. This volume provides a comprehensive presentation and overall picture of municipal solid waste management including waste generation and characterization waste reduction and recycling waste collection and transfer and waste disposal. It analyses how these aspects are practiced in developing and developed countries. The traditional method of disposal – composting at different scales – is discussed including the benefits of compost. 'Energy-from-waste-technologies' are amply discussed with comparisons between developed and developing countries and with parameters and conditions for successful operation of these technologies. Moreover the construction and operational aspects of landfills – to maintain environmental safety and the health of the residents nearby – are described in depth. In addition to a chapter with case studies of several countries and cities in every continent a special chapter is dedicated to municipal solid waste management in India including legal provisions financial resources private participation and citizens' rights and obligations and the status in three major cities. By presenting different elements that constitute a sustainable procedure including the recovery of clean energy this volume will serve as a guide to students in science and engineering and to key players in waste management services and policies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415690362

Municipal Solid WastesProblems and Solutions Environmental scientists and engineers are faced with the challenge of how to manage increasing amounts of solid waste. Furthermore waste management officials are constantly faced with the question "Which option is the most appropriate one in this situation and how does it compare to other options?" For these individuals and for the general public Municipal Solid Wastes: Problems and Solutions helps to answer this and other questions by presenting the issues of waste handling and disposal-from general management concepts to specific techniques. Each topic is carefully reviewed: problems are presented and possible solutions are discussed. Legislation that affects recycling and disposal is covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448400

Municipalities and Community ParticipationA Sourcebook for Capacity Building 'Among all the literature on participation this is the first book I know that focuses on municipal authorities. It... also has particular importance both for higher levels of government (at national or provincial/state level) and for international agencies. Firstly it is a reminder of the importance of well-functioning municipal governments for reducing poverty. Secondly it is a rich source of case studies and analysis about how municipal authorities can incorporate one central component of 'good governance' - a permanent participatory engagement with their citizens' From the Foreword by David Satterthwaite Director Human Settlements Programme International Institute for Environment and Development Increasingly governments and donors are advocating the participation of poor communities in the delivery of urban services and infrastructure. Yet local authorities responsible for implementing participatory policies often do not have the skills organisations or resources needed or an adequate idea of the capacity required. This sourcebook provides invaluable practical guidance for municipal officials and others working in urban development and poverty reduction on the range of issues to be addressed in planning and managing cities with community participation. It explains the key elements of participation identifies common constraints and opportunities describes the vehicles for moving participation forward and outlines the capacity building needed for a municipality to achieve participatory goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373891

Municipalities and FinanceA Sourcebook for Capacity Building Finance is a critical issue for municipal governments around the world and a major constraint on the delivery of pro-poor services at the local level. In many countries decentralisation has brought the issue of municipal finance to the fore. This sourcebook provides a framework for analysing municipal finance capacity and ways of addressing financial constraints. The ideas come from real-life innovative practice in four countries - India Brazil Kenya and Uganda - with additional examples from elsewhere. Emphasis is given to how those innovations and improvements were developed and sustained. The book identifies a strategic framework for diagnosing municipal finance capacity and focusing financial goals. It applies the analysis to a number of critical areas of municipal finance including local taxes charges for services budgeting cost control accounting reforms and investment finance. This is the third in a series of capacity-building sourcebooks that includes Focusing Partnerships: A Sourcebook for Municipal Capacity Building in Public-Private Partnerships and Municipalities and Community Participation: A Sourcebook for Capacity Building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373860

Muon ScienceMuons in Physics Chemistry and Materials Muon science is rapidly assuming a central role in scientific and technological studies of the solid state within the disciplines of physics chemistry and materials science. Muon Science: Muons in Physics Chemistry and Materials presents key developments in both theoretical and experimental aspects of muon spin relaxation rotation and resonance. Assuming no prior expertise in muon science the book guides readers from introductory material to the latest developments in the field. The internationally renowned expert contributors cover topics in muon instrumentation and muon science applications that include muon production beamlines and instrumentation muonium chemistry muon catalyzed fusion fundamental muon physics ultra-cold muons magnetism superconductivity diffusion semiconductors simulations and data analysis. The book maintains consistent notation and nomenclature throughout as well as cross-referencing and continuity between the contributions. It provides an excellent introduction to both new and experienced muon beam scientists and graduate students wishing to develop their knowledge and understanding of the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203746196

Mura Solwata KoskerWe Saltwater Women Throughout her lifetime Ellie Gaffney has been a strong advocate both within Australia and internationally of the interests and welfare of Torres Strait Islanders. She has been particularly committed to advancing the rights of Indigenous women. Her interests have spanned a wide spectrum of concerns. As an administrator Ellie Gaffney played a significant part in the development of hostel accommodation and primary health care for all Torres Strait Islanders. Ellie's work in establishing the Mura Kosker Sorority as a platform for change is widely recognised. At all times she has been an eloquent and determined presenter of the real situation of Torres Strait Islanders. In recognition of her contribution to the Torres Strait and its people Ellie was appointed a Member of the General Division of the Order of Australia (AM) in the Queen's Birthday Honours List. This memoir covers the period since the publication of her first book Somebody Now some twenty fours years ago. In doing so she shares with us and future generations her personal journey a task she has undertaken at a time of failing health. It is a fitting reminder of the work and stature of a dedicated woman. Readers of this manuscript will be inspired by Ellie Gaffney's efforts on behalf of Torres Strait Islanders and all Indigenous people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656397

Mural Painting in Britain 1630-1730Experiencing Histories This book illuminates the original meanings of seventeenth- and early-eighteenth-century mural paintings in Britain. At the time these were called ‘histories’. Throughout the eighteenth century though the term became directly associated with easel painting and as ‘history painting’ achieved the status of a sublime genre any link with painted architectural interiors was lost. Whilst both genres contained historical figures and narratives it was the ways of viewing them that differed. Lydia Hamlett emphasises the way that mural paintings were experienced by spectators within their architectural settings. New iconographical interpretations and theories of effect and affect are considered an important part of their wider historical cultural and social contexts. This book is intended to be read primarily by specialists graduate and undergraduate students with an interest in new approaches to British art of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205833

Murals and TourismHeritage Politics and Identity Around the world tourists are drawn to visit murals painted on walls. Whether heritage asset legacy leftover or contested art space the mural is more than a simple tourist attraction or accidental aspect of tourism material culture. They express something about the politics heritage and identity of the locations being visited whether a medieval fresco in an Italian church or modern political art found in Belfast or Tehran. This interdisciplinary and highly international book explores tourism around murals that are either evolving or have transitioned as instruments of politics heritage and identity. It explores the diverse messaging of these murals: their production interpretation marketing and – in some cases – destruction. It argues that the mural is more than a simple tourist attraction or accidental aspect of tourism material culture. Murals and Tourism will be valuable reading for those interested in cultural geography tourism heritage studies and the visual arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218942

Murder This book seeks to unravel the issues associated with the crime of murder providing a highly accessible account of the subject for people coming to it for the first time. It uses detailed case studies as a way of exemplifying and exploring more general questions of socio-cultural responses to murder and their explanation. It incorporates a historical perspective which both provides some fascinating examples from the past and enables readers to gain a vision of what has changed and what has remained the same within those socio-cultural responses to murder. The book also embraces questions of race and gender in particular cultural constructions of masculinity and femininity on the one hand and the social processes of 'forgetting and remembering' in the context of particular crimes on the other. Particular murders analysed included those of Myra Hindley Harold Shipman and the Bulger murder. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926399

Murder Justice and Harmony in an Eighteenth-Century French Village In 1718 a young woman named Moricette Nayl fought with her brother’s mother-in-law and accidentally killed her. Ruled a homicide the incident set in motion an investigation a trial Moricette's flight from justice an execution in effigy and ultimately the pardon of the killer and her reintegration into the community. Based on the detailed records of the court dossier this microhistory reveals the social networks of a small town the history of interpersonal violence the complex criminal justice system at work and the power of restoring harmony after a tragedy of this magnitude. An enduring mystery is the reluctance of those closest to the crime to participate in the legal process. An explanation for their silence sheds light on the turmoil of the criminal justice system in France in the decades leading up to the French Revolution. Neither independent feudal lords nor an elite tamed by an Absolutist king the gentlemen overseeing justice in this place maintained a delicate balance between their personal power and the rule of law. The incident and its aftermath also reveal the bonds that make community possible even in the face of senseless violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331184

Murder Magic MadnessThe Victorian Trials of Dove and the Wizard In 1856 William Dove a young tenant farmer was tried and executed for the poisoning of his wife Harriet. The trial might have been a straightforward case of homicide but because Dove became involved with Henry Harrison a Leeds wizard and demonstrated through his actions and words a strong belief in magic and the powers of the devil considerable effort was made to establish whether these beliefs were symptomatic of insanity. It seems that Dove murdered his wife to hasten a prediction made by Harrison that he would remarry a more attractive and wealthy woman. Dove employed Harrison to perform various acts of magic and also made his own written pact with the devil to improve his personal circumstances. The book will study Dove‘s beliefs and Harrison‘s activities within the rural and urban communities in which they lived and examine how modern cultures attempted to explain this largely hidden mental world which was so sensationally exposed. The Victorian period is often portrayed as an age of great social and educational progress. This book shows how beliefs dismissed by some Victorians asmedieval superstitions continued to influence the thoughts and actions of many people viz most famously Conan `table tapper' Doyle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407978

Murder in the Multinational StateCrime Fiction from Spain As Spaniards set out to transform the political social and cultural landscape of the nation following the death of dictator Francisco Franco in 1975 its crime fiction traces challenges and celebrates these radical changes. Crime Fiction from Spain: Murder in the Multinational State provides a comprehensive exploration of the relationship between detective fiction and national and cultural identities in post-Franco democratic Spain. What sort of stories are told about the nation within the state in the crime genre? How do the conventions of the crime story shape not only the production of national and cultural identities but also their disruption? Combining criminological theories of crime and community with an analysis of the genre’s conventions  this study challenges the simple classification of Spanish crime fiction as texts written by Spaniards set in Spain and with Spanish characters. Instead it develops a dramatic new reading practice which allows for a greater understanding of the role of crime fiction in the construction and articulation of different and at times competing national and cultural identities including in the Basque Country Catalonia and Galicia. The book provides a stimulating introduction to the key debates on the study of crime fiction and national and cultural identities in the context of a multinational state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272562

Murder in the Towerand Other Tales from the State Trials Murder in the Tower consists of fifteen chapters each giving an account of a different 17th-century criminal trial. Each case is based on information taken from a collected volume of state trials originally published in the early 18th century. The cases are chosen for their national political importance or for the light they can shed on wider social issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248578

MurderA Psychotherapeutic Investigation This book a sequel to the edited book Dangerous Patients: A Psychodynamic Approach to Risk Assessment and Management places the emphasis on working in psychodynamic psychotherapy with patients who have killed to gain a greater understanding of their internal world and object relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325633

Murdered Father Dead FatherRevisiting the Oedipus Complex Murdered Father Dead Father: Revisiting the Oedipus Complex examines the progressive construction of the notion of paternal function and its central relevance in psychoanalysis. The distinction between the murdered (narcissistic) father and the dead father is seen as providing a paradigm for the understanding of different types of psychopathologies as well as works of literature anthropology and historical events. New concepts are introduced such as "a father is being beaten" and a distinction between the descriptive après coup and the dynamic après coup that provides a model for a psychoanalytic understanding of temporality. The book includes a reflection on how the concepts of the death instinct and the negative in their connection with that which is at the limits of representability are an aid to an understanding of Auschwitz a moment of rupture in European culture that the author characterizes as " the murder of the dead father". Perelberg’s book is an important clinical and intellectual marker and will be required reading for psychoanalysts psychotherapists anthropologists and historians as well as students in all these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841840

Musaeus' Hero and LeanderIntroduction Greek Text Translation and Commentary This book offers a new English translation of Musaeus' poem Hero and Leander with the original Greek on the facing page a substantial introduction and a detailed commentary. The tragic romance of Hero and Leander has had and still has a great appeal inspiring countless writers painters sculptors and musicians. The Introduction aims at situating the poem within its literary tradition and cultural context as well as at drawing its major themes and describing the salient features of its style. Because Hero and Leander enjoyed an immense and uninterrupted popularity the Introduction also devotes a large section to the poem’s reception in literature which crosses paths with the reception of the other main ancient poetic treatment of the legend Ovid’s Heroides 18 and 19. The commentary which follows the Greek text and its translation is addressed to a variety of readers: the student and the scholar of Greek literature as well as those of other literatures in which the poem has been inspirational. This work has no precedent in the English language. This new translation will be of interest to students and scholars of Greek and late antique literature as well as those working on mythology and classical reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353249

Muscarinic Receptor Subtypes in Smooth Muscle This book explores several subtypes of muscarinic receptors that modulate smooth muscle activity. Main topics include a classification of muscarinic receptors biochemical responses that occur in smooth muscle the role of muscarinic receptors in the function of gastrointestinal and genitourinary smooth muscle and prejunctional muscarinic receptors in smooth muscle. Discussions cover the current state of research and are intended to generate further research into the design of novel therapeutics for disorders of smooth muscle function. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069027

Muscle BoysGay Gym Culture What was once a lifestyle for a small number of gay men in big cities has become a way of life for many  and the gay gym is now a culture on its own. Muscle Boys: Gay Gym Culture explores the evolution and current structure of this gay subculture that surfaced in San Francisco West Hollywood and New York during the 1970s. Covering ancient Greek gymnasium culture modern bodybuilding practices and homoerotic muscle-bound media Muscles Boys examines the origins of the male athletic ideal. A sociological investigation on masculinity fitness HIV steroids and sex in the locker room Muscle Boys dissects the gay gym experience  and celebrates gay body culture and its role in modern gay life. Author Erick Alvarez offers a candid study of the gay gym from his perspective as a physical trainer in the San Francisco Bay area and from his interviews and online surveys of nearly 6 000 gay men. Muscle Boys: Gay Gym Culture is an enlightening read for anyone interested in gay body culture and a valuable resource for academics working in GLBT studies human sexuality psychology or athletics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143616

Muscle Contraction and Cell MotilityFundamentals and Developments This book provides a comprehensive overview of the current progress in muscle contraction and cell motility research. It discusses structural mechanical and biochemical characteristics of skeletal cardiac and smooth muscles and cell motility. The experimental objects of the studies described in this volume extend from humans to molecules. A distinct feature of this volume is that in some chapters evidence against the textbook view is presented showing how well-established dogma can be denied by an unexpected discovery. This book is as interesting as it is informative for general readers and young scientists alike and it is sure to inspire both to challenge the enticing mysteries that still remain in this exciting research field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745161

Muscle Strength Muscle strength is an important topic for ergonomics practitioners and physiologists to understand especially as it relates to workplace injuries. Muscle strength and function is at the heart of many injuries that lead to reduced productivity and economic strain on the worker the company and society as a whole.This comprehensive source of information and data relating to muscle strength is the first to present such information in a single source. Muscle Strength explains the general determinants of muscle strength such as gender age and muscle type. It illustrates physical data in the context of theoretical background and examines the protocols techniques devices and data used to record muscle strength in various parts of the body. This is followed by a discussion of overexertion strength prediction strength and endurance torque and EMG relationship and muscle fatigue. Finally the material is applied to the use of muscle in jobs to product design and to studies of job accommodation and the effect of disability on strength. Professionals in ergonomics biomechanics sports science and physiology will find that this unique text provides insight and data on an important subject in their field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394356

Muscles as Molecular and Metabolic Machines First published in 1994 this book explores the paradigm of muscles as molecular and metabolic machines in which all structures and functions are exquisitely integrated and matched to each other. The analysis begins with a standard reductionist approach-reviewing the integrated machine parts. The key working components of the complete muscle machine are proteins (soluble organelle or membrane localized) and a conservative count indicates that today more than 100 such machine parts are known essentially all occurring as cell specific isoforms. Random assortment of these machine parts or protein isoforms could generate an astronomical number of "muscle machines" and an equally enormous number of muscle fiber types. The question is why aren't such large numbers ever seen?To attack this problem the reductionist approach is complemented with an integrationist/adaptational one. Evidence is presented that the more highly specialized the muscle type the further one moves from the above extreme; in the most highly specialized muscles typically only one fiber type is found. It is argued that instead of random assortment of isoforms or machine parts only specific and often unique combinations can work in appropriate fashion. A few established examples of this fundamental principle are reviewed but emphasis is placed on the fact that we know dreadfully little about why this is so and what kinds of further studies are needed. The issue of why the very large numbers of fiber types theoretically possible are never even approximately realized has never before been addressed. Indeed it is rarely recognized. Muscles as Molecular and Metabolic Machines is the first work of its kind on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367227807

Muscles of ChordatesDevelopment Homologies and Evolution Chordates comprise lampreys hagfishes jawed fishes and tetrapods plus a variety of more unfamiliar and crucially important non-vertebrate animal lineages such as lancelets and sea squirts. This will be the first book to synthesize summarize and provide high-quality illustrations to show what is known of the configuration development homology and evolution of the muscles of all major extant chordate groups. Muscles as different as those used to open the siphons of sea squirts and for human facial communication will be compared and their evolutionary links will be explained. Another unique feature of the book is that it covers illustrates and provides detailed evolutionary tables for each and every muscle of the head neck and of all paired and median appendages of extant vertebrates.   Key Selling Features: Has more than 200 high-quality anatomical illustrations including evolutionary trees that summarize the origin and evolution of all major muscle groups of chordates Includes data on the muscles of the head and neck and on the pectoral pelvic anal dorsal and caudal appendages of all extant vertebrate taxa Examines experimental observations from evolutionary developmental biology studies of chordate muscle development allowing to evolutionarily link the muscles of vertebrates with those of other chordates Discusses broader developmental and evolutionary issues and their implications for macroevolution such as the links between phylogeny and ontogeny homology and serial homology normal and abnormal development the evolution variations and birth defects of humans and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138571167

Muscular and Skeletal Anomalies in Human Trisomy in an Evo-Devo ContextDescription of a T18 Cyclopic Fetus and Comparison Between Edwards (T This book focuses on human anatomy and medicine and specifically on both muscular and skeletal birth defects in humans with trisomy. Moreover this book also deals with Down syndrome which is one of the most studied human syndromes and due to its high incidence and the fact that individuals with this syndrome often live until adulthood is of special interest to the scientific and medical community.This new line of inquiry is addressed to a wide audience including medical researchers physicians surgeons medical and dental students pathologists and pediatricians among others while also being of interest to developmental and evolutionary biologists anatomists functional morphologists and zoologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377793

Muscular Christianity and the Colonial and Post-Colonial World This Volume explores the enormous impact the ethos of Muscular Christianity has had an on modern civil society in English-speaking nations and among the peoples they colonized. First codified by British Christian Socialists in the mid-nineteenth century explicitly religious forms of the ideology have persistently re-emerged over ensuing decades: secularized essentialized and normalized versions of the ethos - the public school spirit the games ethic moral masculinity the strenuous life - came to dominate and to spread rapidly across class status and gender lines. These developments have been appropriated by the state to support imperial military and colonial projects. Late nineteenth and early twentieth century apologists and critics alike widely understood Muscular Christianity to be a key engine of British colonialism. This text demonstrates the need to re-evaluate the entire history of Muscular Christianity comes chiefly from contemporary post-colonial studies. The papers explore fascinating case materials from Canada the U.S. India Japan Papua New Guinea the Spanish Caribbean and in Britain in a joint effort to outline a truly international post-colonial sport history. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878843

Muscular Dystrophy and Other Neuromuscular DiseasesPsychosocial Issues Here is a thoughtful new book for professionals who assist persons afflicted with neuromuscular disorders to help them and their families adapt to lifestyle changes accompanying the onset of these disorders. Health care professionals provide strategies to maintain the psychosocial well-being of children and adults with neuromuscular disorders which in addition to physical damage also assault the sense of self and challenge the individual’s ability to move and communicate. Chapters describe the psychosocial aspects of a variety of neuromuscular diseases such as Duchenne and myotonic muscular dystrophy multiple sclerosis amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Friedeich’s ataxia and Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease. The distinctive characteristics of each disease are examined with special attention given to the natural history treatment management and psychosocial issues of the specific disorder. Beyond the clinical and research importance of Muscular Dystrophy and Other Neuromuscular Diseases it also addresses the anxiety doubts and questions felt by patients with chronic progressive disabilities and their families. This helpful guide is unique in the way it features the interaction of professionals in the social services psychology religion and various medical specialties in the care and treatment of these patients. Professionals in all of these disciplines as well as the patients and families afflicted by these disorders will benefit from this valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976573

Musculoskeletal and Sports Medicine For The Primary Care Practitioner Primary care practitioners are often the first medical professionals to see patients after an injury making it critical for them to stay up to date on the latest developments in sports medicine. Musculoskeletal and Sports Medicine for the Primary Care Practitioner contains the most current information on major topics in sports science and clinical medicine. It is a valuable resource for primary care physicians and allied health professionals who practice teach and hold specialty certifications in sports medicine and related fields. The book discusses key concepts related to the diagnosis treatment and prevention of sports injuries. This edition adds new sections on pro-inflammatory treatments field-side acupuncture and brief musculoskeletal ultrasound as well as a new chapter on wellness and video illustrations of important musculoskeletal maneuvers at www.crcpress.com/9781482220117. The book follows the Strength of Recommendation Taxonomy (SORT) which addresses the quality quantity and consistency of evidence. It recommends levels of patient-oriented evidence to assist physicians in their diagnoses. Also included is a link to videos that demonstrate important musculoskeletal maneuvers used in sports medicine. As exercise and sports move beyond the realm of leisurely activity to a necessary component of good health this book has become an important resource for all those involved in sports medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482220117

Musculoskeletal Injections and Alternative OptionsA practical guide to 'what when and how?' Musculoskeletal injections for joint or tendon problems are performed commonly and their use which can result in a marked improvement in acute symptoms as well as delay or postpone surgery is on the rise. Key features: Provides concise current and portable information Covers the latest treatment options supported by scientific evidence and guidelines Discusses alternative injections non-injection measures and novel treatment modalities Text supported by illustrations and video of injection procedures and physiotherapy Ideal for both the non-specialist seeking an introduction to the subject and the more experienced practitioner This accessible guide helps doctors from various disciplines including orthopaedics sports medicine rheumatology radiology and primary care as well as allied health care professionals understand the indications and local anatomy to safely perform injections with complication avoidance. In addition the book provides useful information regarding other alternatives including physiotherapy and novel modalities. The content is supported by current evidence guidelines and companion videos. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815355571

Musculoskeletal Matters in Primary Care Widespread recognition of the benefits of minimally invasive procedures in surgery and medicine is resulting in the rapid development of new advances and new techniques in every speciality. This series of books sets out to meet the needs of those responsible for applying the techniques. This volume deals with the field of minimal access gynaecology. Areas covered and techniques described include: advances in instrumentation and equipment for minimal access surgery; operative endoscopy in the treatment of infertility; laparoscopic assisted vaginal hysterectomy and total laparoscopic hysterectomy; advancements in laser fibre optic delivery systems compared to existing electrosurgery techniques; and operative hysteroscopy with electricity. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385433

Musculoskeletal MRI Musculoskeletal MRI covers the entire musculoskeletal system and related conditions both common and rare. The text is neatly divided into sections based on the major anatomic divisions. Each section discusses anatomic subdivisions or joints keeping sections on normal anatomy and pathologic findings close to each other allowing radiologists to easily compare images of normal and pathologic findings. With more than 4000 high-quality MR images information is presented in an easy-to-read bulleted format providing the radiologist with all the information required to make an informed diagnosis in the clinical setting. The new edition also includes a complimentary eBook as well as access to image downloads. Comprehensive and user-friendly in its approach the book provides every radiologist both consultant and trainee with increased confidence in their reporting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482247800

Musculoskeletal Pain Emanating From the Head and NeckCurrent Concepts in Diagnosis Management and Cost Containment It has been around since the first rear-impact automobile accident and it will continue to be a problem as long as humans have large heavy heads perched on slender highly mobile cervical spines. The subject is whiplash and some of the brightest minds on the topic gathered in Banff Alberta Canada for the Eighth International Symposium by the Physical Medicine Research Foundation. Editor Dr. Murray E. Allen Chairman of the Symposium has collected the findings in Musculoskeletal Pain Emanating From the Head and Neck: Current Concepts in Diagnosis Management and Cost Containment to help physicians physical therapists chiropractors and researchers better understand “the new whiplash ” make reliable clinical assessments and provide more effective treatment.This thorough collection includes bump studies with human volunteers research into safer automobile seat backs and head restraints postmortem cervical spine examinations reviews of the literature and other investigations from around the world. Readers of Musculoskeletal Pain Emanating From the Head and Neck will learn specifically about: injury mechanisms threshold for injury and impact severity long-term outcomes of whiplash injury psychological aspects of chronic pain and disability dizziness imbalance and chronic incapacity intervertebral joint injuries and cervical synovial joint injuries the Neck Disability Index manipulation and mobilization therapies temporomandibular disorders/temporomandibular pain and dysfunction syndrome (TMPDS)Musculoskeletal Pain Emanating From the Head and Neck is not simply a collection of studies presenting data and findings--rather it is a compilation of knowledge that illuminates the challenges of treating whiplash and makes some strong and straightforward recommendations for improvement. The contributors and the editor stress to the reader that in order to provide the best possible care providers must be alert to the many secondary manifestations of whiplash test for the perception of dysfunction and be reassuring whenever possible. They must foster an atmosphere of confidence encourage very early activation and help persons maintain the momentum of their lives. Furthermore Dr. Allen calls for caregivers to stop most (if not all) drug treatments avoid passive failure-mode treatments and avoid prolonged medicalization of any form of treatment. By studying the findings and following the recommendations of the international experts contributing to Musculoskeletal Pain Emanating From the Head and Neck physicians chiropractors and physical therapists will foster self-reliance in their patients and improve diagnosis treatment and cost containment of whiplash. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862521

Musculoskeletal Radiology Musculoskeletal Radiology is a single-source guide encompassing all of musculoskeletal imaging examining classical diseases as well as modern interpretations of disease. In-depth coverage of MRI and uses a basic "hands on"’ approach to MRI for exploring the knee shoulder wrist elbow ankle and foot.Other topics include:additional chapters on MRI’scongenital and pediatric diseasetraumaarthritismetabolic bone diseaseinfectiontumorslumbosacral spinemusculoskeletal processes involving the spinecommon musculoskeletal diseases and uncommon conditionsIllustrated with over 1000 high-definition images this volume is a complete stand-alone reference for anyone interested in musculoskeletal disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452612

Musculoskeletal Trauma in the Elderly Trauma in older people aged over 65 is a rapidly growing field within orthopaedics. Up to two thirds of fractures occur as a result of a fall and about one third of all fractures occur in the over-65 population. The aim of this comprehensive new text is to present the epidemiology and management of all musculoskeletal trauma that occurs in the elderly. The book deals with the assessment and treatment of medical comorbidities complications and the role of orthogeriatric care.The focus of the book is on the practical management of fractures although soft tissue injuries and dislocations are also discussed. Reflecting the multidisciplinary nature of the field contributors are drawn from orthopaedics and orthogeriatrics on both sides of the Atlantic. The book is intended for all surgeons and physicians involved in the treatment of trauma in the elderly and it will be relevant to trainees and as well as experienced practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574659

Museum Media Message Collecting together a group of talented writers Museum Media Message considers in depth the most up-to-date approaches to museum communication including: museums as media; museums and audience; and the evaluation of museums. Addressing the need for museums to develop better knowledge of visitor experience this volume introduces a broad range of issues and presents the ultimate how why and who of museum communication. Museum Media Message combines philosophical discussion practical examples and case studies and examines museum communication in three sections: analyzing how museums and galleries construct and transmit complex systems of value through processes of collection and exhibition raising philosophical and management issues and exploration of work with specific audiences introducing methods for studying the audiences’ experiences of communication events in museums. Perfect for people who want to develop a more critical and informed professional museum practice and for students looking to enhance their skills of analysis and reflection this book is of value to anyone interested in the current debates and issues of this new and growing field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203456514

Museum Activism Only a decade ago the notion that museums galleries and heritage organisations might engage in activist practice with explicit intent to act upon inequalities injustices and environmental crises was met with scepticism and often derision. Seeking to purposefully bring about social change was viewed by many within and beyond the museum community as inappropriately political and antithetical to fundamental professional values. Today although the idea remains controversial the way we think about the roles and responsibilities of museums as knowledge based social institutions is changing. Museum Activism examines the increasing significance of this activist trend in thinking and practice. At this crucial time in the evolution of museum thinking and practice this ground-breaking volume brings together more than fifty contributors working across six continents to explore analyse and critically reflect upon the museum’s relationship to activism. Including contributions from practitioners artists activists and researchers this wide-ranging examination of new and divergent expressions of the inherent power of museums as forces for good and as activists in civil society aims to encourage further experimentation and enrich the debate in this nascent and uncertain field of museum practice. Museum Activism elucidates the largely untapped potential for museums as key intellectual and civic resources to address inequalities injustice and environmental challenges. This makes the book essential reading for scholars and students of museum and heritage studies gallery studies arts and heritage management and politics. It will be a source of inspiration to museum practitioners and museum leaders around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369974

Museum and Gallery PublishingFrom Theory to Case Study Museum and Gallery Publishing examines the theory and practice of general and scholarly publishing associated with museum and art gallery collections. Focusing on the production and reception of these texts the book explains the relevance of publishing to the cultural commercial and social contexts of collections and their institutions. Combining theory with case studies from around the world Sarah Anne Hughes explores how why and to what effect museums and galleries publish books. Covering a broad range of publishing formats and organisations including heritage sites libraries and temporary exhibitions the book argues that the production and consumption of printed media within the context of collecting institutions occupies a unique and privileged role in the creation and communication of knowledge. Acknowledging that books offer functions beyond communication Hughes argues that this places books published by museums in a unique relationship to institutions with staff acting as producers and visitors as consumers.The logistical and ethical dimensions of museum and gallery publishing are also examined in depth including consideration of issues such as production the impact of digital technologies funding and sponsorship marketing co-publishing rights and curators’ and artists’ agency. Focusing on an important but hitherto neglected topic Museum and Gallery Publishing is key reading for researchers in the fields of museum heritage art and publishing studies. It will also be of interest to curators and other practitioners working in museums heritage and science centres and art galleries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472437143

Museum and Gallery StudiesThe Basics Museum and Gallery Studies: The Basics is an accessible guide for the student approaching Museum and Gallery Studies for the first time. Taking a global view it covers the key ideas approaches and contentious issues in the field. Balancing theory and practice the book address important questions such as: What are museums and galleries? Who decides which kinds of objects are worthy of collection? How are museums and galleries funded? What ethical concerns do practitioners need to consider? How is the field of Museum and Gallery Studies developing? This user-friendly text is an essential read for anyone wishing to work within museums and galleries or seeking to understand academic debates in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834551

Museum ArchitectureA New Biography Recent decades have witnessed an explosion of museum building around the world and the subsequent publication of multiple texts dedicated to the subject. Museum Architecture: A new biography focuses on the stories we tell of museum buildings in order to explore the nature of museum architecture and the problems of architectural history when applied to the museum and gallery. Starting from a discussion of the key issues in contemporary museum design the book explores the role of architectural history in the prioritisation of specific stories of museum building and museum architects and the exclusion of other actors from the history of museum making. These omissions have contemporary relevance and impact directly on the ways in which the physical structures of museums are shaped. Theoretically the book places a particular emphasis on the work of Pierre Bourdieu and Henri Lefebvre in order to establish an understanding of buildings as social relations; the outcome of complex human interactions and relationships. The book utilises a micro history an in-depth case study of the ‘National Gallery of the North’ the Walker Art Gallery in Liverpool to expose the myriad ways in which museum architecture is made. Coupled with this detailed exploration is an emphasis on contemporary museum design which utilises the understanding of the social realities of museum making to explore ideas for a socially sustainable museum architecture fit for the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529051

Museum as ProcessTranslating Local and Global Knowledges The museum has become a vital strategic space for negotiating ownership of and access to knowledges produced in local settings. Museum as Process presents community-engaged "culture work" of a group of scholars whose collaborative projects consider the social spaces between the museum and community and offer new ways of addressing the challenges of bridging the local and the global. Museum as Process explores a variety of strategies for engaging source communities in the process of translation and the collaborative mediation of cultural knowledges. Scholars from around the world reflect upon their work with specific communities in different parts of the world – Australia Canada Ghana Great Britain New Zealand Papua New Guinea Philippines South Africa Taiwan and the United States. Each global case study provides significant insights into what happens to knowledge as it moves back and forth between source communities and global sites especially the museum. Museum as Process is an important contribution to understanding the relationships between museums and source communities and the flow of cultural knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661577

Museum BasicsThe International Handbook This fourth edition of Museum Basics has been produced for use in the many museums worldwide that operate with few professional staff and limited resources. The fourth edition has been fully updated to reflect the many changes that have taken place in museums around the world over the last six years. Drawing from a wide range of practical experience the authors provide a basic guide to all aspects of museum work from audience development and learning through collections management and conservation to museum management and forward planning. Museum Basics is organised on a modular basis with over 100 units in eight sections. It can be used both as a reference work to assist day-to-day museum management and as the key textbook for pre-service and in-service museum training programmes where it can be supplemented by case studies project work and group discussion. This edition includes over 100 diagrams to support the text as well as a glossary sources of information and support and a select bibliography. Museum Basics is also supported by its own companion website which provides a wide range of additional resources for readers. Museum Basics aims to help the museum practitioner keep up to date with new thinking about the function of museums and their relationships with the communities they serve. The training materials provided within the book are also suitable for pre-service and in-service students who wish to gain a full understanding of work in a museum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292475

Museum BodiesThe Politics and Practices of Visiting and Viewing Museum Bodies provides an account of how museums have staged prescribed and accommodated a repertoire of bodily practices from their emergence in the eighteenth century to the present day. As long as museums have existed their visitors have been scrutinised both formally and informally and their behaviour calibrated as a register of cognitive receptivity and cultural competence. Yet there has been little sustained theoretical or practical attention given to the visitors' embodied encounter with the museum. In Museum Bodies Helen Rees Leahy discusses the politics and practice of visitor studies and the differentiation and exclusion of certain bodies on the basis of for example age gender educational attainment ethnicity and disability. At a time when museums are more than ever concerned with size demographic mix and the diversity of their audiences as well as with the ways in which visitors engage with and respond to institutional space and content this wide-ranging study of visitors' embodied experience of the museum is long overdue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248113

Museum CareersA Practical Guide for Students and Novices This concise volume is the place to start for anyone considering a career in museums. Museum professional and author N. Elizabeth Schlatter outlines the nature of the profession as a whole the rewards and challenges of museum work types of museums and jobs within museums including salary ranges. She discusses options for education and training and offers suggestions on how to secure a job and move up the career ladder. Interviews with museum professionals from a variety of disciplines and backgrounds demonstrate different career paths and offer unique and helpful advice. For novices in the field students in museum studies programs or anyone considering museums as a career choice Schlatter’s book is an essential starting point. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315424217

Museum Collections ManagementA Handbook This landmark publication is the first to draw together all aspects of museum collections management in one handbook. It is designed for anyone with responsibility for a cultural collection and covers everything a collections manager needs to know. It describes professional practice in managing cultural objects and works of art whatever the size and nature of the collection. The book includes essential information on: Legal aspects of collections Ethical issues such as due diligence and immunity from seizure Up to date concerns such as sustainability crossing borders and financial constraints Loans acquisitions inventory and movement. The book describes all collections management procedures in a simple step-by-step process and is clear and easy to use with all procedures based on international museum practice. Examples of real forms policies and documents drawn from major museums are included throughout the text and act as guides for any transaction. Readership: Packed full of practical information advice and good practice this will be essential reading for all museum professionals curators of private collections and museum studies students. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047012

Museum Communication and Social MediaThe Connected Museum Visitor engagement and learning outreach and inclusion are concepts that have long dominated professional museum discourses.  The recent rapid uptake of various forms of social media in many parts of the world however calls for a reformulation of familiar opportunities and obstacles in museum debates and practices. Young people as both early adopters of digital forms of communication and latecomers to museums increasingly figure as a key target group for many museums.  This volume presents and discusses the most advanced research on the multiple ways in which social media operates to transform museum communications in countries as diverse as Australia Denmark  Germany Norway the UK and the United States.  It examines the socio-cultural contexts organizational and education consequences and methodological implications of these transformations.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346821

Museum CultureHistories Discourses Spectacles Museums display much more than artifacts; Museum Culture makes us on a tour through the complex of ideas values and symbols that pervade and shape the practice of exhibiting today. Bringing together a broad range of perspectives from history art history critical theory and sociology the contributors to this new collection argue that museums have become a central institution and metaphor in contemporary society.Discussing exhibition histories and practice in Western Europe the former Soviet Union Israel and the United States the authors explore the ways in which museums assign meaning to art through various kinds of exhibitions and display strategies examining the political implications of these strategies and the forms of knowledge they invoke and construct. The collection also discusses alternative exhibition forms the involvement of some museums with the more spectacular practices of mass media culture and looks at how museums construct their public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453104

Museum Development and Cultural RepresentationDeveloping the Kelabit Highlands Community Museum Museum Development and Cultural Representation critically examines the development of a museum and cultural heritage centre in the indigenous Kelabit Highlands in Sarawak Malaysia. Building on their direct involvement in the development of the project the authors appraise the process in retrospect through a thematic analysis. Themes covered include the project’s local and international contexts community involvement and agency the balance of tourism and authenticity and the role of non-local partners. Through their analysis the authors unpack the complexities of cultural representation and identity in heritage design practice and investigates the relationship between capacity building and agency in cultural heritage management.Situating the project within international trends in museology Museum Development and Cultural Representation offers a valuable case example of a heritage-making process in an indigenous community. It will be of interest to scholars and students studying cultural representation as well as communities and museum professionals looking to develop similar projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606749

Museum Diplomacy in the Digital Age Museum Diplomacy in the Digital Age explores online museums as sites of contemporary cultural diplomacy. Building on scholarship that highlights how museums can constitute and regulate citizens construct national communities and project messages across borders the book explores the political powers of museums in their online spaces. Demonstrating that digital media allow museums to reach far beyond their physical locations Grincheva investigates whether online audiences are given the tools to co-curate museums and their collections to establish new pathways for international cultural relations exchange and potentially diplomacy. Evaluating the online capacities of museums to exert cultural impacts the book illuminates how online museum narratives shape audience perceptions and redefine their cultural attitudes and identities. Museum Diplomacy in the Digital Age will be of interest to academics and students teaching or taking courses on museums and heritage communication and media cultural studies cultural diplomacy international relations and digital humanities. It will also be useful to practitioners around the world who want to learn more about the effect digital museum experiences have on international audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369998

Museum Education Anthology 1973-1983Perspectives on Informal Learning Classic set of 45 articles from the first decade of the Journal of Museum Education and its predecessor Roundtable Reports. Articles and essays focus on teaching strategies introspective glances at the museum education field reports of program successes and near successes evaluative studies and reviews of exhibitions and literature related to object-based learning. This title is sponsored by The Museum Education Roundtable. The Museum Education Roundtable (MER) is a non-profit organization based in Washington DC dedicated to enriching and promoting the field of Museum Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404946

Museum Education in Times of Radical Social ChangeJournal of Museum Education 37:3 Thematic Issue Sponsored by the Museum Education Roundtable Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328219

Museum Educators and Technology Expanding Our Reach and PracticeJournal of Museum Education 36:3 Thematic Issue Sponsored by the Museum Education Roundtable Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598748741

Museum Educator's Handbook Described by GEM* as 'a very informative and practical book ... worth having on any museum shelf' the Museum Educator's Handbook is a thorough and practical guide to setting up and running education services in all types of museum even the smallest in any geographical setting. This third edition has been comprehensively updated to reflect the increased emphasis on the role of museums at all levels of education from schools to further and higher education. There are new sections which deal with the importance of risk management and quality assurance as well as guidance on the prevalent use of policy documents and new marketing methods. *Group for Education in Museums Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346852

Museum Educator's Handbook This title was first published in 2000. A comprehensive and holistic guide to resourcing and running a museum education service. The author suggests how to set up a service and takes the reader through bureaucratic and logistical problems that may be encountered. The second section sets out the likely needs of various groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702059

Museum Environment The Museum Environment is in two parts; Part I: intended for conservators and museum curators and describes the principles and techniques of controlling the environment so that the potentially damaging effects of light humidity and air pollution on museum exhibits may be minimised. Part II: the author brings together and summarises information and data hitherto widely scattered in the literature of diverse fields which is essential to workers in conservation research.Since the timely publication of the first two editions of this book in hardback interest in preventive conservation has continued to grow strongly making publication of this paperback edition all the more welcome. Those whose responsibility it is to care for the valuable and beautiful objects in the world's collections have become increasingly aware that it is better to prevent their deterioration by ensuring that they are housed and displayed in the best possible environmental conditions than to wait until restoration and repair are necessary. The changes for the second edition have been mainly concentrated in the sections on electronic hygrometry new fluorescent lamps buffered cases air conditioning systems data logging and control within historic buildings. A new appendix giving a summary of museum specificiations for conservation provides a useful quick reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132030

Museum Ethics in Practice This volume is a guide to the difficult ethical questions museums work entails. While promoting the value of ethical theory and practice in museums Edson tackles several key controversies and also corrects a number of prevailing misconceptions about museum ethics such as the difference between social morals and professional ethics as they relate to the museum context. Drawing on the author’s extensive teaching experience Museum Ethics in Practice offers clear and practical guidance on the application of ethics to the museum profession. Using example-driven arguments that incorporate varied case studies from around the world this book is an excellent resource for museum studies students and professionals currently working in museums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676343

Museum ExhibitionTheory and Practice Museum Exhibition is the only textbook of its kind to consider exhibition development using both theory and practice in an integrated approach. This comprehensive study covers care of exhibits writing accompanying text using new technology exhibition evaluation administration and content for a wide range of collections. It provides a complete outline for all those concerned with providing displays in museums and other cultural heritage contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127968

Museum Gallery Interpretation and Material Culture Museum Gallery Interpretation and Material Culture publishes the proceedings of the first annual Sackler Centre for Arts Education conference at the Victoria and Albert Museum (V&A) in London. The conference launched the annual series by addressing the question of how gallery interpretation design and management can help museum visitors learn about art and material culture. The book features a range of papers by leading academics museum learning professionals graduate researchers and curators from Europe the USA and Canada. The papers present diverse new research and practice in the field and open up debate about the role design and process of exhibition interpretation in museums art galleries and historic sites. The authors represent both academics and practitioners and are affiliated with high quality institutions of broad geographical scope. The result is a strong consistent representation of current thinking across the theory methodology and practice of interpretation design for learning in museums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802247

Museum InformaticsPeople Information and Technology in Museums Museum Informatics explores the sociotechnical issues that arise when people information and technology interact in museums. It is designed specifically to address the many challenges faced by museums museum professionals and museum visitors in the information society. It examines not only applications of new technologies in museums but how advances in information science and technology have changed the very nature of museums both what it is to work in one and what it is to visit one. To explore these issues Museum Informatics offers a selection of contributed chapters written by leading museum researchers and practitioners each covering significant themes or concepts fundamental to the study of museum informatics and providing practical examples and detailed case studies useful for museum researchers and professionals. In this way Museum Informatics offers a fresh perspective on the sociotechnical interactions that occur between people information and technology in museums presented in a format accessible to multiple audiences including researchers students museum professionals and museum visitors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203939147

Museum Innovation and Social EntrepreneurshipA New Model for a Challenging Era Museum Innovation and Social Entrepreneurship makes a contribution towards building a museum perspective of innovation that takes into consideration the unique role of museums in society. Beginning and ending with the idea of museum innovation in a wider sense the book takes digital innovation as a particular focus.  Drawing on innovation theories from business studies and case studies from national museums in the US and the UK as well as numerous examples of innovative museum projects around the globe the author unpacks in practical terms what it means for museums to be innovative and socially enterprising. As a result Eid presents a research-based model of innovation in museums which is flexible enough to be fully or partially adopted by any museum regardless of size location mission or nature of the collections it houses. As such this model makes innovation in museums scalable replicable and feasible to start and operate.  Supplying the museum studies field with essential terminologies and conceptual frameworks related to innovation Museum Innovation and Social Entrepreneurship helps to forge new ideas and create common ground with other disciplines. Therefore the book should be essential reading for academics researchers and graduate students working in the fields of museum and heritage studies digital humanities and business studies. It should also be of great interest to practitioners working in museums around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671549

Museum LearningTheory and Research as Tools for Enhancing Practice As museums are increasingly asked to demonstrate not only their cultural but also their educational and social significance the means to understand how museum visitors learn becomes ever more important. And yet learning can be conceptualised and investigated in many ways. Coming to terms with how theories about learning interact with one another and how they relate to ‘evidence-based learning’ can be confusing at best. Museum Learning attempts to make sense of multiple learning theories whilst focusing on a set of core learning topics in museums. Importantly learning is considered not just as a cognitive characteristic as some perspectives propose but also as affective taking into consideration interests attitudes and emotions; and as a social practice situated in cultural contexts. This book draws attention to the development of theory and its practical applications in museum situations such as aquariums zoos botanical gardens and historical re-enactment sites among others. This volume will be of interest to museum studies students practitioners and researchers working in informal learning contexts and will help them to reflect on what it means to learn in museums and create more effective environments for learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901131

Museum MakingNarratives Architectures Exhibitions Over recent decades many museums galleries and historic sites around the world have enjoyed an unprecedented level of large-scale investment in their capital infrastructure in building refurbishments and new gallery displays. This period has also seen the creation of countless new purpose-built museums and galleries suggesting a fundamental re-evaluation of the processes of designing and shaping of museums. Museum Making: Narratives Architectures Exhibitions examines this re-making by exploring the inherently spatial character of narrative in the museum and its potential to connect on the deepest levels with human perception and imagination. Through this uniting theme the chapters explore the power of narratives as structured experiences unfolding in space and time as well as the use of theatre film and other technologies of storytelling by contemporary museum makers to generate meaningful and it is argued here highly effective and affective museum spaces. Contributions by an internationally diverse group of museum and heritage professionals exhibition designers architects and artists with academics from a range of disciplines including museum studies theatre studies architecture design and history cut across traditional boundaries including the historical and the contemporary and together explore the various roles and functions of narrative as a mechanism for the creation of engaging and meaningful interpretive environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415676038

Museum Marketing Museums have moved from a product to a marketing focus within the last ten years. This has entailed a painful reorientation of approaches to understanding visitors as ‘customers’; new ways of fundraising and sponsorship as government funding decreases; and grappling with using the internet for marketing. This book brings the latest in marketing thinking to bear on the museum sector taking into account both the commercial issues and social mission it involves. Carefully structured to be highly accessible the book offers: * A contemporary and relevant and global approach to museum marketing written by authors in Britain Australia the United States and Asia * An approach that reflects the particular challenges museums of varying sizes face when seeking to market an experience to a diverse set of stakeholders: audience; funders; sponsors and government. * A particular focus on museum marketing in the 'Information Age'* Major case studies at the beginning and end of each section of the book and smaller case studies within chapters The hugely experienced author team includes both leading academics and practitioners to ensure the book has broad appeal and is both relevant innovative and progressive in approach. It will be essential reading for students in museum studies non-profit marketing and arts management and marketing. It will also be equally relevant for professionals working in and managing museums and galleries heritage attractions and ministries of arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138995

Museum MarketizationCultural Institutions in the Neoliberal Era This wide-ranging book explores the impact of marketization on the creative industries. With critical perspectives from a variety of disciplines and global experts numerous examples from international cultural institutions are employed to illuminate the topic. Culture and business have become increasingly intertwined and cultural institutions need to be aware of their place in the market. Commercial awareness which was previously disparaged is now seen as a legitimate and necessary response to increased competition enhancing experience increasing accessibility broadening inclusivity and sustainable futures with diminishing funding. The contributions to this book highlight that marketing public relations sponsorship and fundraising have become integral to the survival of many museums galleries and events. Of interest to students and scholars across topics such as arts marketing arts administration heritage marketing and museum studies the book is also insightful for reflective practitioners in the creative sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393868

Museum MaterialitiesObjects Engagements Interpretations This is an innovative interdisciplinary book about objects and people within museums and galleries. It addresses fundamental issues of human sensory emotional and aesthetic experience of objects. The chapters explore ways and contexts in which things and people mutually interact and raise questions about how objects carry meaning and feeling the distinctions between objects and persons particular qualities of the museum as context for person-object engagements and the active and embodied role of the museum visitor. Museum Materialities is divided into three sections â€“ Objects Engagements and Interpretations â€“ and includes a foreword by Susan Pearce and an afterword by Howard Morphy. It examines materiality and other perceptual and ontological qualities of objects themselves; embodied sensory and cognitive engagements – both personal and across a wider audience spread – with particular objects or object types in a museum or gallery setting; notions of aesthetics affect and wellbeing in museum contexts; and creative and innovative artistic and museum practices that seek to illuminate or critique museum objects and interpretations. Phenomenological and other approaches to embodied experience in an emphatically material world are current in a number of academic areas most particularly strands of material culture studies within anthropology and cognate disciplines. Thus far however there has been no concerted application of this kind of approach to museum collections and interactions with them by museum visitors curators artists and researchers. Bringing together essays by scholars and practitioners from a wide disciplinary and international base Museum Materialities seeks to make just such a contribution. In so doing it makes a valuable and original addition to the literature of both material culture studies and museum studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203523018

Museum MediationsReframing Ekphrasis in Contemporary American Poetry First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011724

Museum Objects Health and HealingThe Relationship between Exhibitions and Wellness Museum Objects Health and Healing provides an innovative and interdisciplinary study of the relationship between objects health and healing. Shedding light on the primacy of the human need for relationships with objects the book explores what kind of implications these relationships might have on the exhibition experience. Merging museum and object studies as well as psychotherapy and the psychology of well-being the authors present a new theory entitled Psychotherapeutic Object Dynamics which provides a cross- disciplinary study of the relationship between objects health and well-being. Drawing on primary research in museums psychotherapeutic settings and professional practice throughout the US Canada Bosnia-Herzegovina and the UK the book provides an overview of the theory’s origins the breadth of its practical applications on a global level and a framework for further understanding the potency of objects in exhibitions and daily life. Museum Objects Health and Healing will be essential reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students interested in museum studies material culture mental health psychotherapy art therapies and anthropology. It should also be valuable reading for a wide range of practitioners including curators exhibition designers psychologists and psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606203

Museum ObjectsExperiencing the Properties of Things Museum Objects provides a set of readings that together create a distinctive emphasis and perspective on the objects which lie at the heart of interpretive practice in museums material culture studies and everyday life. This reader brings together classic and up to date texts on the nature and definition of the object itself the senses and embodied experience of objects. No other volume brings together such perspectives in this way and no other volume includes such a focus on the museum context. Museum Objects incorporates both theorised and more practical readings from a range of international academic and contextual perspectives. The overall result is a definitive set of readings that offers a comprehensive understanding of objects and their place within the museum context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581783

Museum OriginsReadings in Early Museum History and Philosophy With the development of institutions displaying natural science history and art in the late 19th century came the debates over the role of these museum in society. This anthology collects 50 of the most important writings on museum philosophy dating from this formative period written by the many of the American and European founders of the field. Genoways and Andrei contextualize these pieces with a series of introductions showing how the museum field developed within the social environment of the era. For those interested in museum history and philosophy or cultural history this is an essential resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315424019

Museum Representations of Chinese DiasporasMigration Histories and the Cultural Heritage of the Homeland Museum Representations of Chinese Diasporas is the first book to analyse the recent upsurge in museums on Chinese diasporas in China. Examining heritage-making beyond the nation state the book provides a much-needed critical examination of China’s engagement with its diasporic communities. Drawing on fieldwork in more than ten museums as well as interviews with museum practitioners and archival study Wang offers a timely analysis of the complex ways in which Chinese diasporas are represented in the museum space of China the ancestral homeland. Arguing that diasporic heritage is highly ambivalent and introducing a diasporic perspective to the study of cultural heritage this book opens up a new avenue of inquiry into the study and management of cultural heritage in China and beyond. Most importantly perhaps Wang sheds new light on the dynamic between China and Chinese diasporas through the lens of the museum. Museum Representations of Chinese Diasporas takes a transnational perspective that will draw attention to the under-researched connections between heritage mobility and meaning in a global context. As such this cross-disciplinary work will be of interest to scholars and students working in the museum and heritage studies fields as well as those studying Asia China migration and diaspora anthropology history and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466299

Museum Representations of Maoist ChinaFrom Cultural Revolution to Commie Kitsch The collection interpretation and display of art from the People’s Republic of China and particularly the art of the Cultural Revolution have been problematic for museums. These objects challenge our perception of ’Chineseness’ and their style content and the means of their production question accepted notions of how we perceive art. This book links art history museology and visual culture studies to examine how museums have attempted to reveal discuss and resolve some of these issues. Amy Jane Barnes addresses a series of related issues associated with collection and display: how museums deal with difficult and controversial subjects; the role they play in mediating between the object and the audience; the role of the Other in the creation of Self and national identities; the nature role and function of art in society; the museum as image-maker; the impact of communism (and Maoism) on the cultural history of the twentieth-century; and the appropriation of communist visual iconography. This book will be of interest to researchers and students of museology visual and cultural studies as well as scholars of Chinese and revolutionary art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399315

Museum Security and ProtectionA Handbook for Cultural Heritage Institutions The ICMS Handbook is acknowledged as the international standard text for basic security procedures. It was first published as A Basic Guide to Museum Security and is now fully revised enlarged and updated. The manual covers: general principles security theft and burglary: security personnel; training; collection management and transport; disaster planning; fire and environmental hazards; checklist of security procedures. It is designed to operate in all conditions and sizes of museum not merely those with elaborate electronic security. It stresses that good basic principles are the key to effective protection from hazard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137547

Museum SpaceWhere Architecture Meets Museology Museums are among the iconic buildings of the twenty-first century as remarkable for their architectural diversity as for the variety of collections they display. But how does the architecture of museums affect our experience as visitors? This book proposes that by seeing space as common ground between architecture and museology and so between the museum building and its display we can illuminate the individuality of each museum and the distinctive experience it offers - for example how some museums create a sense of personal exploration while others are more intensely didactic and how the visit in some cases is transformed into a spatial experience and in other cases into a more social event. The book starts with an overview of the history of museum buildings and display strategies and a discussion of theoretical and critical approaches. It then focuses on specific museums as in-depth case studies and uses methods of spatial analysis to look at the key design choices available to architects and curators and their effects on visitors’ behaviour. Theoretically grounded methodologically original and richly illustrated this book will equip students researchers and professionals in the fields of architecture museum studies curating exhibition design and cultural studies with a guide for studying museums and a theoretical framework for their interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399360

Museum Storage and MeaningTales from the Crypt Beyond their often beautiful exhibition halls many museums contain vast hidden spaces in which objects may be stored conserved or processed. Museums can also include unseen archives study rooms and libraries which are inaccessible to the public. This collection of essays focuses on this domain an area that has hitherto received little attention. Divided into four sections the book critically examines the physical space of museum storage areas the fluctuating historical fortunes of exhibits the growing phenomenon of publicly visible storage and the politics of objects deemed worthy of collection but unsuitable for display. In doing so it explores issues including the relationship between storage and canonization the politics of collecting the use of museum storage as a form of censorship the architectural character of storage space and the economic and epistemic value of museum objects. Essay contributions come from a broad combination of museum directors curators archaeologists historians and other academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884086

Museum Store Association Retail Industry Report 2014 EditionFinancial Operations Salary and Best Practices Information for the Nonprofit The 2014 MSA Retail Industry Report provides benchmarks gives insight and enables you to make smart business decisions to maximize sales in your museum store. The report includes over 200 tables including comparisons by geography size gross sales and museum type with which to compare your own store. Tips concerning best practices in stocking merchandising and staffing based on hard survey data are provided. Information on web sales catalogues wholesaling and special events are also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580357

Museum Store: The Manager's Guide Third EditionBasic Guidelines for the New Museum Store Manager Museum Store: The Managers Guide is a functional guide for any store manager who needs guidance about ethical merchandising tracking sales and spending managing volunteers and much more. This eight-chapter volume includes a myriad of supportive worksheets: balance sheets cash flow projection cost of goods open to buy operating budget profit and loss statement sales and cash receipts employee evaluations and volunteer job descriptions. It provides guidance from experienced store managers and allows the novice to evaluate a store’s performance. A great resource for every back office! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328714

Museum Store: The Manager's GuideBasic Guidelines for the New Museum Store Manager Museum Store: The Manager's Guide is a practical guide for any store manager who needs guidance about visual merchandising measuring performance managing volunteers and much more. This eight-chapter volume includes a wealth of advice on best practices compiled by the national professional organization of museum stores. It includes a myriad of supportive worksheets to help the novice manager. It provides guidance from experienced store managers to assist the novice in evaluating a store’s performance. The 4th edition includes updated information on social media and mobile shopping. A new chapter to this valuable resource highlights the legal implications of the business of nonprofit retail including copyright unrelated business income tax and staff relations. A great resource for every back office! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580319

Museum Studies Especially in the last several decades Museum Studies has expanded enormously to become an internationally recognized and highly interdisciplinary academic field. It draws on subjects from across the humanities and social sciences including Art History Cultural Studies Ethnography Cultural Geography History Sociology Economics Business Marketing and Tourism Studies. (And beyond the academy it has also benefited from significant contributions made by cultural policy-makers.) While intellectual diversity is a great strength of Museum Studies its complex heritage makes it extremely challenging for the uninitiated to navigate and comprehend the subject’s major works. Indeed even those who are very familiar with particular disciplinary domains may be unaware of other important parallel debates taking place elsewhere. This new five-volume collection from Routledge edited by Rhiannon Mason of the International Centre for Cultural and Heritage Studies Newcastle University responds to that challenge by making readily available in one panoptical ‘mini library’ the foundational and the very best cutting-edge research from the entire range of disciplines and subjects that contribute towards Museum Studies. In five volumes the collection addresses the philosophical theoretical and ethical concerns of museums—alongside the equally important practical organizational and operational issues—to understand how they operate today. The collection also reflects the fact that many of the issues faced by contemporary institutions can only be understood in the context of the philosophy and history of museums as they have developed since the earliest collections of the European Renaissance. The major works brought together in Volume I (‘Museums: Histories and Theories’) provide a historical and philosophical context for the development of museums. They furnish a comprehensive introduction to the ideas of ‘the new museology’ which are so crucial to current trends in anglophone Museum Studies and provide a conceptual framework for a fuller understanding of the following volumes. The scholarship gathered in Volume II (‘Museums: Economics and Management’) situates museums in the everyday context within which they operate and investigates the different purposes that museums are said to possess by their various stakeholders for example as engines of economic regeneration tourism or ‘place branding’. Volume II also focuses on the financial costs and practicalities of making museums work enabling readers to grasp the day-to-day realities of museum work alongside the more philosophical and ethical issues raised in Volume I. Volume III (‘Museums: Materiality and Practice’) meanwhile explores the specifics of museum practice to address questions such as: how are exhibitions and displays produced? How is interpretation understood? How are collections managed? And how are objects deployed and architectural spaces navigated? The pieces collected here also tackle other areas of museum practice including institutional context and staffing. Issues around how institutions behave and develop an ethos and how museum staff nurture their professional skills and careers are vital to understanding the broader museum world. As are new trends in curation such as community co-production and the increasing range of ways in which museums are being reconceptualized beyond their physical walls for example as performance spaces or platforms for user-generated digital content. Volume IV (‘Museums: Visitors Audiences Communities and Publics’) assembles vital research on our interactions with museums. The materials collected here introduce users to the many different ways in which a museum’s public can be understood imagined and addressed across the whole gamut of a museum’s activities from its programming and interpretation to marketing. The volume also takes full cognizance of recent attempts to expand and diversify museum audiences. The final volume in the collection (‘Museums: Identities Controversies and Difficult Histories’) brings together landmark and contemporary studies to interrogate many of the concerns which have repeatedly drawn museums into controversy over recent years. Ways in which museums find themselves caught up in public outrage and censorship include dealing with thorny issues around identity politics and sensitive historical events such as the Holocaust colonialism and slavery. With a detailed and comprehensive introduction and commentary to each volume Museum Studies is destined to be welcomed as an essential work of reference and a crucial research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138014350

Museum ThresholdsThe Design and Media of Arrival Museum Thresholds is a progressive interdisciplinary volume and the first to explore the importance and potential of entrance spaces for visitor experience. Bringing together an international collection of writers from different disciplines the chapters in this volume offer different theoretical perspectives on the nature of engagement interaction and immersion in threshold spaces and the factors which enable and inhibit those immersive possibilities. Organised into themed sections the book explores museum thresholds from three different perspectives. Considering them first as a problem space the contributors then go on to explore thresholds through different media and finally draw upon other subjects and professions including performance gaming retail and discourse studies in order to examine them from an entirely new perspective. Drawing upon examples that span Asia North America and Europe the authors set the entrance space in its historical social and architectural contexts. Together the essays show how the challenges posed by the threshold can be rethought and reimagined from a variety of perspectives each of which have much to bring to future thinking and design. Combining both theory and practice Museum Thresholds should be essential reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students working in museum studies digital heritage architecture design studies retail studies and media studies. It will also be of great interest to museum practitioners working in a wide variety of institutions around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367498986

Museum VolunteersGood Practice in the Management of Volunteers Museum Volunteers is a practical handbook on the use of volunteers as interpreters within museums. Drawing on key examples of outstanding practice from the UK and North America this book forms a unique resource on volunteerism.This book:* reviews research on the changing priorities of museums* examines a form of volunteering that has provided benefits to all participants in an activity similar to museum interpretation - student tutoring* describes and analyses the strengths of five exceptional volunteer programmes in Canada and the USA* reports the finding of five volunteer programmes set up and managed by the authors in the Science Museum London* examines the development process of the pilot studies and the consequent establishment of a permanent volunteer programme in the Science Museum London* discusses the mutual benefits that volunteer programmes can bring to museums and volunteers* offers suggestions on the practical day-to-day management and administration of volunteers.This book is essential reading for anyone involved with the management and administration of a museum or is thinking of offering their services to a museum as a volunteer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510479

Museums Emotion and Memory CultureThe Politics of the Past in Turkey Museums Emotion and Memory Culture examines the politics of emotion in history museums combining approaches and concerns from museum heritage and memory studies anthropology and studies of emotion. Exploring the meanings and politics of memory contests in Turkey a site for complex negotiations of identity the book asks what it means for museums to charge the past with political agendas through spectacular emotive representations. Providing an in-depth examination of emotional practice in two Turkish museums that present contrasting representations of the national past the book analyses relationships between memory governmentality identity and emotion. The museums discussed celebrate Ottoman and Early Republican pasts linking to geo- and party politics people’s senses of who they are popular memory culture and competing national stories and identities vis-à-vis Europe and the wider world. Both museums use dramatic emotive panoramas as key displays and the research at the heart of this book explores this seemingly anachronistic choice and how it links with memory cultures to prompt visitors to engage imaginatively socially politically and morally with a particular version of the past. Although the book focuses on museums in Turkey it uses this as a platform to address broader questions about memory culture emotion and identity. As such Museums and Memory Culture should be of great interest to academics and students around the world who are engaged in the study of museums heritage culture history politics anthropology sociology and the psychology of emotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141530

Museums Equality and Social Justice The last two decades have seen concerns for equality diversity social justice and human rights move from the margins of museum thinking and practice to the core. The arguments – both moral and pragmatic – for engaging diverse audiences creating the conditions for more equitable access to museum resources and opening up opportunities for participation now enjoy considerable consensus in many parts of the world. A growing number of institutions are concerned to construct new narratives that represent a plurality of lived experiences histories and identities which aim to nurture support for more progressive ethically-informed ways of seeing and to actively inform contemporary public debates on often contested rights-related issues. At the same time it would be misleading to suggest an even and uncontested transition from the museum as an organisation that has been widely understood to marginalise exclude and oppress to one which is wholly inclusive. Moreover there are signs that momentum towards making museums more inclusive and equitable is slowing down or in some contexts reversing. Museums Equality and Social Justice aims to reflect on and crucially to inform debates in museum research policy and practice at this critical time. It brings together new research from academics and practitioners and insights from artists activists and commentators to explore the ways in which museums galleries and heritage organisations are engaging with the fast-changing equalities terrain and the shifting politics of identity at global national and local levels and to investigate their potential to contribute to more equitable fair and just societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504690

Museums Ethics and Cultural Heritage This volume provides an unparalleled exploration of ethics and museum practice considering the controversies and debates which surround key issues such as provenance ownership cultural identity environmental sustainability and social engagement. Using a variety of case studies which reflect the internal realities and daily activities of museums as they address these issues from exhibition content and museum research to education accountability and new technologies Museums Ethics and Cultural Heritage enables a greater understanding of the role of museums as complex and multifaceted institutions of cultural production identity-formation and heritage preservation. Benefitting from ICOM’s unique position in the museum world this collection brings a global range of academics and professionals together to examine museums ethics from multiple perspectives. Providing a more complete picture of the diverse activities now carried out by museums Museums Ethics and Cultural Heritage will appeal to practitioners academics and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676329

Museums Health and Well-Being The role of museums in enhancing well-being and improving health through social intervention is one of the foremost topics of importance in the museums sector today. With an aging population and emerging policies on the social responsibilities of museums the sector is facing an unprecedented challenge in how to develop services to meet the needs of its communities in a more holistic and inclusive way. This book sets the scene for the future of museums where the health and well-being of communities is top of the agenda. The authors draw together existing research and best practice in the area of museum interventions in health and social care and offer a detailed overview of the multifarious outcomes of such interactions including benefits and challenges. This timely book will be essential reading for museum professionals particularly those involved in access and education students of museums and heritage studies as well as practitioners of arts in health art therapists care and community workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399537

Museums Heritage and Indigenous VoiceDecolonizing Engagement Current discourse on Indigenous engagement in museum studies is often dominated by curatorial and academic perspectives in which community voice viewpoints and reflections on their collaborations can be under-represented. This book provides a unique look at Indigenous perspectives on museum community engagement and the process of self-representation specifically how the First Nations Elders of the Blackfoot Confederacy have worked with museums and heritage sites in Alberta Canada to represent their own culture and history. Situated in a post-colonial context the case-study sites are places of contention a politicized environment that highlights commonly hidden issues and naturalized inequalities built into current approaches to community engagement. Data from participant observation archives and in-depth interviewing with participants brings Blackfoot community voice into the text and provides an alternative understanding of self and cross-cultural representation. Focusing on the experiences of museum professionals and Blackfoot Elders who have worked with a number of museums and heritage sites Indigenous Voices in Cultural Institutions unpicks the power and politics of engagement on a micro level and how it can be applied more broadly by exposing the limits and challenges of cross-cultural engagement and community self-representation. The result is a volume that provides readers with an in-depth understanding of the nuances of self-representation and decolonization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346777

Museums Heritage and International Development While many claims are made regarding the power of cultural heritage as a driver and enabler of sustainable development the relationship between museums heritage and development has received little academic scrutiny. This book stages a critical conversation between the interdisciplinary fields of museum studies heritage studies and development studies to explore this under-researched sphere of development intervention. In an agenda-setting introduction the editors explore the seemingly oppositional temporalities and values represented by these "past-making" and "future-making" projects arguing that these provide a framework for mutual critique. Contributors to the volume bring insights from a wide range of academic and practitioner perspectives on a series of international case studies which each raise challenging questions that reach beyond merely cultural concerns and fully engage with both the legacies of colonial power inequalities and the shifting geopolitical dynamics of contemporary international relations. Cultural heritage embodies different values and can be instrumentalized to serve different economic social and political objectives within development contexts but the past is also intrinsic to the present and is foundational to people’s aspirations for the future. Museums Heritage and International Development explores the problematics as well as potentials the politics as well as possibilities in this fascinating nexus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244924

Museums History and the Intimate Experience of the Great WarLove and Sorrow The Great War of 1914-1918 was fought on the battlefield on the sea and in the air and in the heart. Museums Victoria’s exhibition World War I: Love and Sorrow exposed not just the nature of that war but its depth and duration in personal and familial lives. Hailed by eminent scholar Jay Winter as "one of the best which the centenary of the Great War has occasioned" the exhibition delved into the war’s continuing emotional claims on descendants and on those who encounter the war through museums today. Contributors to this volume drawn largely from the exhibition’s curators and advisory panel grapple with the complexities of recovering and presenting difficult histories of the war. In eleven essays the book presents a new more sensitive and nuanced narrative of the Great War in which families and individuals take centre stage. Together they uncover private reckonings with the costs of that experience not only in the years immediately after the war but in the century since. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487546

Museums Immigrants and Social Justice This interdisciplinary book argues that museums can offer a powerful and often overlooked arena for both exploring and acting upon the interrelated issues of immigration and social justice. Based on three in-depth European case studies spanning France Denmark and the UK the research examines programs developed by leading museums to address cultural economic social and political inequalities. Where previous studies on museums and immigration have focused primarily on issues of cultural inequalities in collection and interpretation Museums Immigrants and Social Justice adopts a more comprehensive focus that extends beyond the exhibition hall to examine the full range of programs developed by museums to address the of cultural economic social and political inequalities facing immigrants.Museums Immigrants and Social Justice offers compelling insights on the ability of museums to offer positive contributions to the issues surrounding immigration and social justice at a time when both are pressing issues in Europe. It will be of interest to scholars and students of museum studies migration studies sociology human geography and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889302

Museums Infinity and the Culture of ProtocolsEthnographic Collections and Source Communities Museums Infinity and the Culture of Protocols enters a dialogue about museums’ responsibility for the curation of their collections into an infinite future while also tackling contentious issues of repatriation and digital access to collections. Bringing into focus a number of key debates centred on ethnographic collections and their relationship with source communities Morphy considers the value material objects have to different ‘local’ communities – the museum and the source community – and the value-creation processes with which they are entangled. The focus on values and value brings the issue of repatriation and access into a dialogue between the two locals questioning who has access to collections and whose values are taken into consideration. Placing the museum itself firmly at the centre of the debate Morphy posits that museums constitute a kind of ‘local’ embedded in a trajectory of value. Museums Infinity and the Culture of Protocols challenges aspects of postcolonial theory that position museums in the past by presenting an argument that places relationships with communities as central to the future of museums. This makes the book essential reading for academics and students working in the fields of museum and heritage studies anthropology archaeology Indigenous studies cultural studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565593

Museums Migration and Cultural DiversitySwedish Museums in Tune with the Times? Historically an important role of museums has been to contribute to national homogenization. The book specifically engages with how the Swedish museum sector addresses new demands from a society that is profoundly characterized by migration and cultural diversity. Besides the museums' representations of migration and cultural diversity the book also examines how changes in the museum sector relate to general policy developments in the fields of culture integration and minorities. The book also discusses whether and how museums are open for dialogue and collaboration with migrants and ethnic minorities and the kinds of problems museums encounter in their efforts to be more inclusive. Media > Books > Print Books Studien Verlag, Austria 9783706553452

Museums Migration and Identity in EuropePeoples Places and Identities The imperatives surrounding museum representations of place have shifted from the late eighteenth century to today. The political significance of place itself has changed and continues to change at all scales from local civic regional to national and supranational. At the same time changes in population flows migration patterns and demographic movement now underscore both cultural and political practice be it in the accommodation of ’diversity’ in cultural and social policy scholarly explorations of hybridity or in state immigration controls. This book investigates the historical and contemporary relationships between museums places and identities. It brings together contributions from international scholars academics practitioners from museums and public institutions policymakers and representatives of associations and migrant communities to explore all these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399667

Museums Modernity and ConflictMuseums and Collections in and of War since the Nineteenth Century Museums Modernity and Conflict examines the history of the relationship between museums collections and war revealing how museums have responded to and been shaped by war and conflicts of various sorts. Written by a mixture of museum professionals and academics and ranging across Europe North America and the Middle East this book examines the many ways in which museums were affected by major conflicts such as the World Wars considers how and why they attempted to contribute to the war effort analyses how wartime collecting shaped the nature of the objects held by a variety of museums and demonstrates how museums of war and of the military came into existence during this period. Closely focused around conflicts which had the most wide-ranging impact on museums this collection includes reflections on museums such as the Louvre the Stedelijk in the Netherlands the Canadian War Museum and the State Art Collections Dresden. Museums Modernity and Conflict will be of interest to academics and students worldwide particularly those engaged in the study of museums war and history. Showing how the past continues to shape contemporary museum work in a variety of different and sometimes unexpected ways the book will also be of interest to museum practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272500

Museums Moralities and Human Rights This book explores how museums galleries and heritage sites of all kinds through the narratives they construct and publicly present can shape the moral and political climate within which human rights are experienced. Through a series of richly-drawn cases which focus on gender diversity and same-sex love and desire Richard Sandell examines the ways in which museums are implicated in the ongoing struggle for lesbian gay bisexual transgender and intersex human rights.  Museums Moralities and Human Rights brings together for the first time the perspectives not only of those who work in govern fund and visit museums but also those of rights activists and campaigners who at key moments in their struggle have turned their attention to museums to advance their cause. Offering new insights into how human rights are continually fought for realised and refused this volume makes the case for museums of all kinds to take up an active mindful and purposive engagement with contemporary human rights concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232013

Museums Power KnowledgeSelected Essays Few perspectives have invigorated the development of critical museum studies over the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries as much as Foucault’s account of the relations between knowledge and power and their role in processes of governing. Within this literature Tony Bennett’s work stands out as having marked a series of strategic engagements with Foucault’s work to offer a critical genealogy of the public museum offering an account of its nineteenth-century and early twentieth-century development that has been constantly alert to the politics of museums in the present. Museums Power Knowledge brings together new research with a set of essays initially published in diverse contexts making available for the first time the full range of Bennett’s critical museology. Ranging across natural history anthropological art geological and history museums and their precursors in earlier collecting institutions and spanning the eighteenth to the twenty-first centuries in discussing museum practices in Britain Australia the USA France and Japan it offers a compelling account of the shifting political logics of museums over the modern period. As a collection that aims to bring together the ‘signature’ work of a museum theorist and historian whose work has long occupied a distinctive place in museum/society debates Museums Power Knowledge will be of interest to researchers teachers and students working in the fields of museum and heritage studies cultural history cultural studies and sociology as well as museum professionals and museum visitors.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675889

Museums Sexuality and Gender Activism Museums Sexuality and Gender Activism examines the role of exhibitionary institutions in representing LGBTQ+ people cisgender women and nonbinary individuals. Considering recent gender and sexuality-related developments through a critical lens the volume contributes significantly to the growing body of activist writing on this topic. Building on Gender Sexuality and Museums and featuring work from established voices as well as newcomers this volume offers risky and exciting articles from around the world. Chapters cover diverse topics including transgender representation erasure and activism; two-spirit people indigeneity and museums; third genders; gender and sexuality in heritage sites and historic homes; temporary exhibitions on gender and sexuality; museum representations of HIV/AIDS; interventions to increase queer visibility and inclusion in galleries; LGBTQ+ staff alliances; and museums gender ambiguity and the disruption of binaries. Several chapters focus on areas outside the US and Europe while others explore central topics through the perspectives of racial and ethnic minorities. Containing contributions that engage in sustained critique of current policies theory and practice Museums Sexuality and Gender Activism is essential reading for those studying museums women and gender sexuality culture history heritage art media and anthropology. The book will also spark interest among museum practitioners public archivists and scholars researching related topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195106

Museums 2000Politics People Professionals and Profit Museum and art galleries have never been so much in the news as they have been over the past decade. Yet public focus at both professional and non-specialist levels has been remarkable for what has been accidentally or deliberatley left out of recent debates. Moving beyond the narrow issues of professional practice Museums 2000 probes the political economic and cultural realities which affect museums today. Because the contributos are drawn from the museum profession and the wider political academic and business community worldwide the book is truly international reflecting the issues which affect all museums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453128

Museums and Anthropology in the Age of Engagement Museums and Anthropology in the Age of Engagement considers changes that have been taking place in museum anthropology as it has been responding to pressures to be more socially relevant useful and accountable to diverse communities. Based on the author’s own research and applied work over the past 30 years the book gives examples of the wide-ranging work being carried out today in museum anthropology as both an academic scholarly field and variety of applied public anthropology. While it examines major trends that characterize our current "age of engagement " the book also critically examines the public role of museums and anthropology in colonial and postcolonial contexts namely in the US the Netherlands and Indonesia. Throughout the book Kreps questions what purposes and interests museums and anthropology serve in these different times and places. Museums and Anthropology in the Age of Engagement is a valuable resource for readers interested in an historical and comparative study of museums and anthropology and the forms engagement has taken. It should be especially useful to students and instructors looking for a text that provides in one volume a history of museum anthropology and methods for doing critical reflexive museum ethnography and collaborative work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329162

Museums and Archaeology Museums and Archaeology brings together a wide but carefully chosen selection of literature from around the world that connects museums and archaeology. Part of the successful Leicester Readers in Museum Studies series it provides a combination of issue- and practice-based perspectives. As such it is a volume not only for students and researchers from a range of disciplines interested in museum gallery and heritage studies including public archaeology and cultural resource management (CRM) but also the wide range of professionals and volunteers in the museum and heritage sector who work with archaeological collections. The volume’s balance of theory and practice and its thematic and geographical breadth is explored and explained in an extended introduction which situates the readings in the context of the extensive literature on museum archaeology highlighting the many tensions that exist between idealistic ‘principles’ and real-life ‘practice’ and the debates that surround these. In addition to this section introductions and the seminal pieces themselves provide a comprehensive and contextualised resource on the interplay of museums and archaeology. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138026230

Museums and Centers of Contemporary Art in Central Europe after 1989 Museums and Centers of Contemporary Art in Central Europe is a comprehensive study of the ecosystem of art museums and centers in the Czech Republic Hungary Poland and Slovakia. Focusing on institutions founded after 1989 the book analyses a thirty-year boom in art exhibition space in these regions as well as a range of socio-political influences and curatorial debates that had a significant impact upon their development. Tracing the inspiration for the increase in art institutions and the models upon which these new spaces were based Jagodzińska offers a unique insight into the history of museums in Central Europe. Providing analysis of a range of issues including private and public patronage architecture and changing visions of national museums of art the book situates these newly-founded institutions within their historical political and museological contexts. Considering whether - and in what ways - they can be said to have a shared regional identity that is distinct from institutions elsewhere this valuable contribution paints a picture of the region in its entirety from the perspective of new institutions of art. Offering the first comprehensive study on the topic Museums and Centers of Contemporary Art in Central Europe should be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students engaged in the study of museums art history and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554313

Museums and Design EducationLooking to Learn Learning to See How can museum educators and higher education tutors enhance the way HE students use museums? There are many examples in the UK of museums and universities working together in productive and innovative ways but these relationships tend to be based on individual enthusiasm and opportunistic arrangements. Despite the growing importance of museum education departments higher education tends to be overlooked by museums. This book looks at the interaction between design students and museums and explores issues projects and emerging ideas about how museums can better support HE students. It illustrates the general lessons that can be learnt both strategic and practical which can help to bring about long-term and constructive relationships between museums and universities in order to enable effective student learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255043

Museums and Design for Creative Lives Museums and Design for Creative Lives questions what we sacrifice when we allow economic imperatives to shape public museums whilst also considering the implications of these new museum realities. It also asks: how might we instead design for creative lives? Drawing together 28 case studies of museum design spanning 70 years the book explores the spatial and social forms that comprise these successful examples as well as the design methodologies through which they were produced. Re-activating a well-trodden history of progressive museum design and raising awareness of the involvement of the built forms in how we feel think and act MacLeod provides strategies and methods to actively counter the economisation of museums and a call to museum makers to work beyond the economic and advance this deeply human history of museum making. Museums and Design for Creative Lives will be of great interest to academics and students in museum studies gallery studies heritage studies arts management communication and architecture and design departments as well as those interested in understanding more about design as a resource in museums. The book provides a valuable resource for museum leaders and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026189

Museums and Higher Education Working TogetherChallenges and Opportunities Over the last twenty years the educational role of the museum has come to be central to its mission. There are now far more educational opportunities new spaces new interfaces - both digital and physical and a growing number of education and interpretation departments educational curators and public engagement programmes. Despite these developments however higher education has remained a marginal collaborator compared to primary and secondary schools and to other forms of adult learning. This has meant that the possibilities for partnerships between universities colleges museums and galleries has remained relatively unexplored especially in relation to their potential for generating innovative patterns of research and learning. This book addresses the key issues which are preventing such partnerships and examines how to enable more effective and creative connections between museums and higher education. The authors identify conceptual and practical barriers and explore whether current academic models are fit for purpose. They argue that as pressures mount on public educational resources around the world there needs to be an urgent increase in the exchange of knowledge across these sectors and the forging of world-class scholarly partnerships. Examples of research undertaken internationally offer best practice models for collaboration and integration. This book will be compulsory reading for museum and educational specialists and those interested in engaging in museum/higher education partnerships. It will also be of interest to those involved in policy and decision-making in education the museum sector and national and local government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399391

Museums and MaoriHeritage Professionals Indigenous Collections Current Practice This groundbreaking book explores the revolution in New Zealand museums that is influencing the care and exhibition of indigenous objects worldwide. Drawing on practical examples and research in all kinds of institutions Conal McCarthy explores the history of relations between museums and indigenous peoples innovative exhibition practices community engagement and curation. He lifts the lid on current practice showing how museum professionals deal with the indigenous objects in their care engage with tribal communities and meet the needs of visitors. The first critical study of its kind Museums and Maori is an indispensible resource for professionals working with indigenous objects indigenous communities and cultural centers and for researchers and students in museology and indigenous studies programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320770

Museums and MigrationHistory Memory and Politics Recent decades have seen migration history and issues increasingly featured in museums. Museums and Migration explores the ways in which museum spaces - local regional national - have engaged with the history of migration including internal migration emigration and immigration. It presents the latest innovative research from academics and museum practitioners and offers a comparative perspective on a global scale bringing to light geo- and socio-political specificities. It includes an extensive range of international contributions from Europe Asia South America as well as settler societies such as Canada and Australia. Museums and Migration charts and enlarges the developing body of research which concentrates on the analysis of the representation of migration in relation to the changing character of museums within society examining their civic role and their function as key public arenas within civil society. It also aims to inform debates focusing on the way museums interact with processes of political and societal changes and examining their agency and relationship to identity construction community involvement policy positions and discourses but also ethics and moralities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838764

Museums and PhotographyDisplaying Death Museums and Photography combines a strong theoretical approach with international case studies to investigate the display of death in various types of museums—history anthropology art ethnographic and science museums – and to understand the changing role of photography in museums.  Contributors explore the politics and poetics of displaying death and more specifically the role of photography in representing and interpreting this difficult topic. Working with nearly 20 researchers from different cultural backgrounds and disciplines the editors critically engage the recent debate on the changing role of museums exhibition meaning-making and the nature of photography. They offer new ways for understanding representational practices in relation to contemporary visual culture. This book will appeal to researchers and museum professionals inspiring new thinking about death and the role of photography in making sense of it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193096

Museums and Public ValueCreating Sustainable Futures Public Value speaks to our time - to the role that museums can play in creating civil societies to the challenges involved in using limited assets strategically to the demand for results that make a difference and to the imperative that we build the kind of engagement that sustains our futures. This book assists museum leaders to implement a Public Value approach in their management planning programming and relationship building. The benefits are long term public engagement and support which can be used to demonstrate that valuable returns result from public investment in museums. A range of authors from around the world unpack the concept of Public Value and examine its implications for museums. They situate Public Value within current management theory and practice offer tools for implementation highlight examples of successful practice and examine the evidence of Public Value that governments seek to inform policy and funding decisions. The book will be required reading for senior professionals in museums as well as museum and heritage studies students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399421

Museums and Racism Racism is a hot topic in museums today as well as an urgent social issue. Focused on the broad field of multicultural policy Museums and Racism examines how the Immigration Museum in Melbourne Australia has responded to political culture and public debate around racism. Analysis focuses on the conceptualization of the Immigration Museum in the mid-1990s and on the most recent permanent exhibition to be opened there in 2011 which coincided with the publication of a new multicultural policy for Australia. The opening of the National Museum of Australia in Canberra in the intervening period is also examined in some detail as a comparative case study to provide a sense of the broader national social and political context. Message argues that each of the three episodes demonstrates the close relationship between museum and exhibition development on the one hand and policy politics and public opinion on the other hand. Including a discussion of examples from the United States and other relevant contexts Museums and Racism is key reading for students and scholars of museum studies and cultural studies around the world. The book should also be of great interest to museum practitioners and policymakers in the area of multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240179

Museums and RestitutionNew Practices New Approaches This book examines contemporary approaches to restitution from the perspective of museums. It focuses on the ways in which these institutions have been addressing the subject at a regional national and international level. In particular it explores contemporary practices and recent claims and investigates to what extent the question of restitution as an issue of ownership is still at large or whether museums have found additional ways to conceptualise and practice restitution by thinking beyond the issue of ownership. The challenges benefits and drawbacks of recent and current museum practice are explored. At the same time the book discusses how these museum practices are received and informed by source communities institutional and governmental agendas and visitors' expectations in order to explore issues of authority collaboration and shared or conflicting values between the different communities involved in the process. This important book will contribute to the developing body of literature that academics professionals policy makers and students can refer to in order to understand how restitution has been negotiated 'materialised' practiced and evaluated within museums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399476

Museums and Silent Objects: Designing Effective Exhibitions In a society where split-second decisions about the value of things are grounded on how they look museum visitors are often drawn to visually striking or iconic objects. This book investigates the question of the treatment of items on display in museums which are less conspicuous but potentially just as important as the striking objects arguing that it is important to show that all objects illustrate potentially interesting cultural contexts and content. The authors explore the disciplines of architecture design cognitive science and museology and offer a methodology by which the quality of museum exhibitions can be judged from a visitor-centred perspective. They provide new insights into the visitor-object encounter and the relationship between visitors objects and museums. In addition the book offers a set of useful practical tools for museum professionals - for audience research evaluating museum displays and for designing new galleries and striking exhibitions. Richly illustrated with photos and diagrams and based on studies of famous galleries in world-renowned museums the book will be essential reading for all those concerned with creating effective exhibitions in museum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399513

Museums and Sites of PersuasionPolitics Memory and Human Rights Museums and Sites of Persuasion examines the concept of museums and memory sites as locations that attempt to promote human rights democracy and peace. Demonstrating that such sites have the potential to act as powerful spaces of persuasion or contestation the book also shows that there are perils in the selective memory and history that they present. Examining a range of museums memorials and exhibits in places as varied as Burundi Denmark Georgia Kosovo Mexico Peru Vietnam and the US this volume demonstrates how they represent and try to come to terms with difficult histories. As sites of persuasion the contributors to this book argue their public goal is to use memory and education about the past to provide moral lessons to visitors that will encourage a more democratic and peaceful future. However the case studies also demonstrate how political economic and social realities often undermine this lofty goal raising questions about how these sites of persuasion actually function on a daily basis. Straddling several interdisciplinary fields of research and study Museums and Sites of Persuasion will be essential reading for those working in the fields of museum studies memory studies and genocide studies. It will also be essential reading for museum practitioners and anyone engaged in the study of history sociology political science anthropology and art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138567818

Museums and Social ActivismEngaged Protest Museums and Social Activism is the first study to bring together historical accounts of the African American and later American Indian civil rights-related social and reform movements that took place on the Smithsonian Mall through the 1960s and 1970s in Washington DC with the significant but unknown story about museological transformation and curatorial activism that occurred in the Division of Political and Reform History at the National Museum of American History at this time. Based on interdisciplinary field-based research that has brought together cross-cultural and international perspectives from the fields of Museum Studies Public History Political Science and Social Movement Studies with empirical investigation the book explores and analyses museums’ – specifically curators’ – relationships with political stakeholders past and present. By understanding the transformations of an earlier period Museums and Social Activism offers provocative perspectives on the cultural and political significance of contemporary museums. It highlights the relevance of past practice and events for museums today and improved ways of understanding the challenges and opportunities that result from the ongoing process of renewal that museums continue to exemplify. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658539

Museums and Social ChangeChallenging the Unhelpful Museum Museums and Social Change explores the ways museums can work in collaboration with marginalised groups to work for social change and in so doing rethink the museum. Drawing on the first-hand experiences of museum practitioners and their partners around the world the volume demonstrates the impact of a shared commitment to collaborative reflective practice. Including analytical discussion from practitioners in their collegial work with women the homeless survivors of institutionalised child abuse and people with disabilities the book draws attention to the significant contributions of small specialist museums in bringing about social change. It is here the book argues that the new museum emerges: when museum practitioners see themselves as partners working with others to lead social change this is where museums can play a distinct and important role. Emerging in response to ongoing calls for museums to be more inclusive and participate in meaningful engagement Museums and Social Change will be essential reading for academics and students working in museum and gallery studies librarianship archives heritage studies and arts management. It will also be of great interest to those working in history and cultural studies as well as museum practitioners and social activists around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228019

Museums and the Ancient Middle EastCuratorial Practice and Audiences Museums and the Ancient Middle East is the first book to focus on contemporary exhibit practice in museums that present the ancient Middle East. Bringing together the latest thinking from a diverse and international group of leading curators the book presents the views of those working in one particular community of practice: the art archaeology and history of the ancient Middle East.Drawing upon a remarkable group of case studies from many of the world’s leading museums including the British Museum the Louvre the Metropolitan Museum of Art the Ashmolean Museum and the Vorderasiatisches Museum in Berlin this volume describes the tangible actions curators have taken to present a previously unseen side of the Middle East region and its history. Highlighting overlaps and distinctions between the practices of national art and university museums around the globe the contributors to the volume are also able to offer a unique insight into the types of challenges and opportunities facing the twenty-first century curator.Museums and the Ancient Middle East should be of interest to academics and students engaged in the study of museums and heritage archaeology the ancient Near East Middle Eastern studies and ancient history. The unique insights provided by curators active in the field ensure that the book should also be of great interest to museum practitioners around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585556

Museums and the Challenge of ChangeOld Institutions in a New World Museums and the Challenge of Change explores the profound challenges facing museums and charts ways forward that are grounded in partnership with audiences and communities on-site online and in wider society. Facing new generations with growing needs and desires growing population diversity and a digital revolution the museum sector knows it must change â€“ but it has been slow to respond. Drawing on the expertise and voices of practitioners from within and beyond the sector Black calls for a change of mind-set and radical evolution (transformation over time learning from the process rather than a ‘big bang’ approach). Internally a participative environment supports social interaction through active engagement with collections and content – and Black includes an initial typology of participative exhibits both traditional and digital. Externally the museum works in partnership with local communities and other agencies to make a real difference in response to societal challenges. Black considers what this means for the management and structure of the museum emphasising that it is not possible to separate the development of a participative experience from the ways in which the museum is organised. Museums and the Challenge of Change is highly practical and focused on initiatives that museums can implement swiftly and cheaply making a real impact on user engagement. The book will thus be essential reading for museum practitioners and students of museum studies around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488307

Museums and the Future of Collecting Collecting is a key function of museums. Its apparent simplicity belies a complexity of questions and issues which make all collecting imprecise and unrepresentative. This book exposes the many meanings of collections the different perspectives taken by different cultures and the institutional response to the collecting problem. One major concern is omission whether this be determined by politics professional ethics the law or social agenda. How did curators collect during the war in Croatia? What were the problems of trying to collect the "old" South Africa when the new one was born? Can museums collect from groups which seem to "deviate" from society's norms? How has the function of museums affected the practices of international trade? Can museums collect successfully if collecting agenda are being set externally? Museums and the Future of Collecting encourages museums to move away from the collecting of isolated tokens; to move beyond the collecting policy and to understand more clearly the intellectual function of what they do. Here examples are given from Australia Sweden Canada Spain Britain and Croatia which provide this intellectual understanding and many practical tools for evaluating a future collecting strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452787

Museums and the Interpretation of Visual Culture This is a multi-disciplinary study that adopts an innovative and original approach to a highly topical question that of meaning-making in museums focusing its attention on pedagogy and visual culture.This work explores such questions as: How and why is it that museums select and arrange artefacts shape knowledge construct a view? How do museums produce values? How do active audiences make meaning from what they experience in museums? This stimulating book provokes debate and discussion on these topics and puts forward the idea of a new museum - the post-museum which will challenge the familiar modernist museum.  A must for students and professionals in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003124450

Museums and the Paradox of Change Museums throughout the world are under increasing pressure in the wake of the 2008/2009 economic recession and the many pressing social and environmental issues that are assuming priority. The major focus of concern in the global museum community is the sustainability of museums in light of these pressures not to mention falling attendance and the challenges of the digital world. Museums and the Paradox of Change provides a detailed account of how a major Canadian museum suffered a 40 percent loss in its operating budget and went on to become the most financially self-sufficient of the ten largest museums in Canada. This book is the most detailed case study of its kind and is indispensable for students and practitioners alike. It is also the most incisive published account of organizational change within a museum in part because it is honest open and reflexive. Janes is the first to bring perspectives drawn from complexity science into the discussion of organizational change in museums and he introduces the key concepts of complexity uncertainty nonlinearity emergence chaos and paradox. This revised and expanded third edition also includes new writing on strengthening museum management as well as reflections on new opportunities and hazards for museums. It concludes with six ethical responsibilities for museum leaders and managers to consider. Janes provides pragmatic solutions grounded in a theoretical context and highlights important issues in the management of museums that cannot be ignored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516433

Museums and the Representation of Native CanadiansNegotiating the Borders of Culture First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864566

Museums and the Shaping of Knowledge Museums have been active in shaping knowledge over the last six hundred years. Yet what is their function within today's society? At the present time when funding is becoming increasingly scarce difficult questions are being asked about the justification of museums. Museums and the Shaping of Knowledge presents a critical survey of major changes in current assumptions about the nature of museums. Through the examination of case studies Eilean Hooper-Greenhill reveals a variety of different roles for museums in the production and shaping of knowledge. Today museums are once again organising their spaces and collections to present themselves as environments for experimental and self-directed learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168558

Museums and Their Visitors Museums are at a critical moment in their history. In order to ensure survival into the next century museums and galleries must demonstrate their social relevance and use. This means developing their public service functions through becoming more knowledgeable about the needs of their visitors and more adept at providing enjoyable and worthwhile experiences.Museums and Their Visitors aims to help museums and galleries in this crucial task. It examines the ways in which museums need to develop their communicative functions and with examples of case-studies explains how to achieve best practice. The special needs of a number of target audiences including schools families and people with disabilities are outlined and illustrated by examples of exhibition education and marketing policies. The book looks in detail at the power of objects to inspire and stimulate and analyses the use of language in museums and galleries.This is the first book to be written to guide museum and gallery staff in the development of provision for their visitors. It will be of interest to students of museum heritage and leisure and tourism studies as well as to international museum professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513326

Museums as Cultures of CopiesThe Crafting of Artefacts and Authenticity Few institutions are warier of copies than museums. Few fields of knowledge are more prone to denounce copies as fake than the heritage field. Few discourses are as concerned with authenticity aura originals and provenance as those concerning exhibiting and collecting. So why is it that these are institutions fields and discourses where copies proliferate and copying techniques have thrived for hundreds of years? Museums as Cultures of Copies aims to make the copying practices of museums visible and to discuss from a range of interrelated perspectives precisely what function copies fulfil in the heritage field and in museums today.With contributions from Europe and Canada the book interrogates the meaning of copies and presents copying as a fully integrated part of museum work. Including chapters on ethnographic mannequins digitalized photos death masks museum documentation and mechanical models contributors consider how copying as a cultural form changes according to time and place and how new forms of copying and copy technologies challenge and expand museum work today. Arguing that copying is at the basis of museum practice and that new technologies and practices have been taken up and developed in museums since their inception the book presents both heritage work and copies in a new light.Museums as Cultures of Copies should be of great interest to academics scholars and postgraduate students working in the fields of museum and heritage studies as well as visual studies cultural history and archaeology. It should also be essential reading for museum practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663292

Museums in a Culture of Human RightsNew Museums around the Globe For several decades museums have invested in the work of human rights. Museums dedicated to documenting abuses of human rights such as acts of genocide or significant advances in the field such as in the achievement of civil rights have proliferated since the 1980s when a veritable museum boom occurred around the world. A newer phenomenon is that of institutions that choose to self-identify as human rights museums in their name. Very little research exists on these and this book aims to address that with an international and comparative analysis of the emergence and practices of several key human rights museums in North and South America Europe and Asia. The author analyzes case studies in Canada Chile Paraguay Belgium Japan Taiwan Korea and Pakistan with careful attention to locating these museums in their specific geo-political and cultural contexts. The book develops successful methods for knowledge sharing and mobilization amongst scholars museum professionals students and wider communities of human rights activists by examining lessons learned in the creation of these museums and questioning which human rights discourses have informed the creation mission collecting exhibition and programming initiatives of these institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472441171

Museums in a Digital Age The influence of digital media on the cultural heritage sector has been pervasive and profound. Today museums are reliant on new technology to manage their collections. They collect digital as well as material things. New media is embedded within their exhibition spaces. And their activity online is as important as their physical presence on site. However ‘digital heritage’ (as an area of practice and as a subject of study) does not exist in one single place. Its evidence base is complex diverse and distributed and its content is available through multiple channels on varied media in myriad locations and different genres of writing. It is this diaspora of material and practice that this Reader is intended to address. With over forty chapters (by some fifty authors and co-authors) from around the world spanning over twenty years of museum practice and research this volume acts as an aggregator drawing selectively from a notoriously distributed network of content. Divided into seven parts (on information space access interpretation objects production and futures) the book presents a series of cross-sections through the body of digital heritage literature each revealing how a different aspect of curatorship and museum provision has been informed shaped or challenged by computing. Museums in a Digital Age is a provocative and inspiring guide for any student or practitioner of digital heritage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203716083

Museums in ArabiaTransnational Practices and Regional Processes Museum activity has in recent years undergone major and rapid development in the Arabian Peninsula with the regeneration of existing museums as well as the establishment of new ones. Alongside such rapid expansion questions are inevitably raised as to the new challenges museums face in this region and whether the museum as a central focus of heritage preservation also runs the risk of overshadowing local forms of heritage performance and preservation. With contributions from leading academics from a range of disciplines and heritage practitioners with first-hand experience of working in the region this volume addresses the issues and challenges facing museums in Kuwait Saudi Arabia Qatar Yemen and the UAE. It focuses on the themes of politics public engagement and the possibility of a new museum paradigm which might appropriately reflect the interests and culture of the region. The interdisciplinary approaches analyse museum development from both an inside and outside perspective suggesting that museums do not follow a uniform trajectory across the region but are embedded within each states’ socio-cultural context individual government agendas and political realities. Including case study analysis which brings the more marginal nations into the debates as well as new empirical data and critical evaluation of the role of the museum in the Arabian Peninsula societies this book adds fresh perspectives to the study of Gulf heritage and museology. It will appeal to regional and international practitioners and academics across the disciplines of museum studies cultural studies and anthropology as well as to anyone with an interest in the Gulf and Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472464620

Museums in ChinaPower Politics and Identities From the earliest museums established by Western missionaries in order to implement religious and political power to the role they have played in the formation of the modern Chinese state the origin and development of museums in mainland China differ significantly from those in the West. The occurrence of museums in mainland China in the late nineteenth century was primarily a result of internal and external conflicts Westernization and colonialism and as such they were never established solely for enjoyment and leisure. Using a historical and anthropological framework this book provides a holistic and critical review on the establishment and development of museums in mainland China from 1840 to the present day and shows how museums in China have been used by a wide range of social political and state actors for a number of economic religious political and ideological purposes. Indeed Tracey L-D Lu examines the key role played by museums in reinforcing social segmentation influencing the economy protecting cultural heritage and the construction and enhancement of ethnic identities and nationalism and how they have throughout their history helped the powerful to govern the less powerful or the powerless. More broadly this book provides important comparative insights on museology and heritage management and questions who the key stakeholders are how museums reflect broader social and cultural changes and the relationship between museum and heritage management. Drawing on extensive archival research and anthropological fieldwork as well as the author’s experience working as a museum curator in mainland China in the late 1980s Museums in China such will be of great interest to students and scholars working across museology heritage studies tourism studies Chinese culture and Chinese history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120709

Museums in Postcolonial Europe The history of European nation-building and identity formation is inextricably connected with museums and the role they play in displaying the acquired spoils and glorious symbols of geopolitical power in order to mobilize public support for expansionist ventures. This book examines the contemporary debate surrounding the museum in postcolonial Europe. Although there is no consensus on the European colonial experience the process of decolonization in Europe has involved an examination of the museum’s place and ethnic minorities and immigrants have insisted upon improved representation in the genealogies of European nation-states. Museological practices have been subjected to greater scrutiny in light of these political and social transformations. In addition to the refurbishment and restructuring of colonial-era museums new spaces have also been inaugurated to highlight the contemporary importance of museums in postcolonial Europe as well as the significance of incorporating the perspective of postcolonial European populations into these spaces. This book includes contributions from leading experts in their fields and represents a comparative trans-historical and transcolonial examination which contextualises and reinterpretates to the legacies and experiences of European museums. This book was published as a special issue of Africa and Black Diaspora: An International Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637480

Museums in the New MediascapeTransmedia Participation Ethics The museum today faces complex questions of definition representation ethics aspiration and economic survival. Alongside this we see burgeoning use of an array of new media including increasingly dynamic web portals and content digital archives social networks blogs and online games. At the heart of this are changes to the idea of ’visitor’ and ’audience’ and their participation and representation in the new cultural sphere. This insightful book unpacks a number of contradictions that help to frame and articulate digital media work in the museum and questions what constitutes authentic participation. Based on original empirical research and a range of case studies the author explores questions about the museum as media from a number of different disciplines and shows that across museums and the study of them the cultural logic is changing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708884

Museums in the Second World WarCurators Culture and Change Exploring the role of museums galleries and curators during the upheaval of the Second World War this book challenges the accepted view of a hiatus in museum services during the conflict and its immediate aftermath. Instead it argues that new thinking in the 1930s was realised in a number of promising initiatives during the war only to fail during the fragmented post-war recovery. Based on new research including interviews with retired museum staff letters diaries museum archives and government records this study reveals a complex picture of both innovation and inertia. At the outbreak of war precious objects were stored away and staff numbers reduced but although many museums were closed others successfully campaigned to remain open. By providing innovative modern exhibitions and education initiatives they became popular and valued venues for the public. After the war however museums returned to their more traditional collections-centred approach and failed to negotiate the public funding needed for reconstruction based on this narrower view of their role. Hence in the longer term the destruction and economic and social consequences of the conflict served to delay aspirations for reconstruction until the 1960s. Through this lens the history of the museum in the mid-twentieth century appears as one shaped by the effects of war but equally determined by the input of curators audiences and the state. The museum thus emerges not as an isolated institution concerned only with presenting the past but as a product of the changing conflicts and cultures within society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595043

Museums Involving CommunitiesAuthentic Connections Museums Involving Communities: Authentic Connections explores how museums can become more active and also considers how they might involve members of their local communities in their everyday work. Examining the key components of the museum–community relationship  this book looks at both the impact of museums on the cultural and civic lives of local communities and the impact of local communities on the programs collections and organizational culture of museums. Advocating an accessible and inclusive approach to museum management  Kadoyama focuses on the role of museum leadership in fostering and deepening community relationships. The result offers insights into how relationships between communities and museums can be forged in practice how museums can be involved in building healthier communities and how community engagement strategies can be developed implemented and evaluated successfully. Written by an experienced museum professional with extensive experience in community involvement and audience development Museums Involving Communities is key reading for museum workers looking to make an impact while building long-term relations with local communities to the benefit of both museum and community. It should also be of great interest to students taking courses in museum and heritage studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629584942

Museums of Language and the Display of Intangible Cultural Heritage Museums of Language and the Display of Intangible Cultural Heritage presents essays by practitioners based in language museums around the world. Describing their history mission and modes of display contributors demonstrate the important role intangible heritage can and should play in the museum. Arguing that languages are among our most precious forms of cultural heritage the book also demonstrates that they are at risk of neglect and of endangerment from globalisation and linguistic imperialism. Including case studies from across Europe North America Africa and Asia this book documents the vital work being done by museums to help preserve languages and make them objects of broad public interest. Divided into three sections contributions to the book focus on one of three types of museums: museums of individual languages museums of language groups – both geographic and structural – and museums of writing. The volume presents practical information alongside theoretical discussions and state-of-the-art commentaries concerning the representation of languages and their cultural nature. Museums of Language and the Display of Intangible Cultural Heritage is the first volume to address the subject of language museums and as such should be of interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of museum and cultural heritage studies applied linguistics anthropology tourism and public education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589483

Museums of the Arabian PeninsulaHistorical Developments and Contemporary Discourses Museums of the Arabian Peninsula offers new insights into the history and development of museums within the region. Recognising and engaging with varied approaches to museum development and practice the book offers in-depth critical analyses from a range of viewpoints and disciplines. Drawing on regional and international scholarship the book provides a critical and detailed analysis of museum and heritage institutions in Bahrain Jordan Kuwait  Oman Qatar Saudi Arabia  the UAE and Yemen. Questioning and engaging with issues related to the institutionalisation of cultural heritage contributors provide original analyses of current practice and challenges within the region. Considering how these challenges connect to broader issues within the international context the book offers the opportunity to examine how museums are actively produced and consumed from both the inside and the outside. This critical analysis also enables debates to emerge that question the appropriateness of existing models and methods and provide suggestions for future research and practice. Museums of the Arabian Peninsula offers fresh perspectives that reveal how Gulf museums operate from local regional and transnational perspectives. The volume will be a key reference point for academics and students working in the fields of museum and heritage studies anthropology cultural studies history politics and Gulf and Middle East Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148447

Museums of the CommonsL’Internationale and the Crisis of Europe Museums of the Commons examines L’Internationale an ongoing confederation between six museums and contemporary art institutions in Europe. Drawing on extensive interviews with the directors curators public programs officers in all the museums as well as artists critics and members associated with them the book provides a transversal account that connects the ideas across the various institutions and situates this in the wider visual and social context. Chronicling the challenges faced by the museums Papastergiadis goes on to situate their responses within the wider political and cultural context that is shaping the future of all contemporary art museums. Five key domains of research are explored within the book: the genealogy of the museum; the need for alternative models of trans-institutional governance; examples of innovation in the spaces of aesthetic production; experimentation in the forms of partnership and engagement with constituents; and finally examination of the impact of a collaborative and collective regime of artistic practices. Museums of the Commons provides a multi-perspectival account of a trans-institutional and transnational collaboration which will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students working in the fields of Museum Studies Cultural Studies Art History Media and Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367901356

Museums Without BarriersA New Deal For the Disabled Essential reading for all professionals concerned with museums and the cultural heritage with the architecture and design of museums and for those providing service for the disabled. The volume provides access to some of the best practice in the provision for the disabled and sets out an agenda for future action in museums worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171718

Museums without BordersSelected Writings of Robert R. Janes Drawing together nearly 40 years of experience Museums without Borders presents the key works of one of the most respected practitioners and scholars in the field. Through these selected writings Robert R. Janes demonstrates that museums have a broader role to play in society than is conventionally assumed. He approaches the fundamental questions of why museums exist and what they mean in terms of identity community and the future of civil life. This book consists of four Parts: Indigenous Peoples; Managing Change; Social Responsibility and Activism and Ethics. The Parts are ordered chronologically and each begins with an introduction and an overview of the ensuing articles which situates the papers in their historical and cultural contexts. Using an interdisciplinary approach that combines anthropology ethnography museum studies and management theory Janes both questions and supports mainstream museum practice in a constructive and self-reflective manner offering readers alternative viewpoints on important issues. Considering concepts not generally recognized in museum practice such as the Roman leadership model of primus inter pares and the Buddhist concept of mindfulness Janes argues that the global museum community must examine how they can meet the needs of the planet and its inhabitants. Museums without Borders charts the evolving role of the contemporary museum in the face of environmental societal and ethical challenges and explores issues that have and will continue to shape the museum sector for decades to come. This book demonstrates that it is both reasonable and essential to expand the purpose of museums at this point in history – not only because of their unique characteristics and value to society but also because of Janes’ respect and admiration for their rich legacy. It is time that museums assist in the creation of a new caring and more conscious future for themselves and their communities. This can only be done through authentic engagement with contemporary issues and aspirations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906372

Museums: A Place to WorkPlanning Museum Careers Surveying over thirty different positions in the museum profession this is the essential guide for anyone considering entering the field or a career change within it. From exhibition designer to shop manager this comprehensive survey views the latest trends in museum work and the broad-ranging technological advances that have been made. For any professional in the field this is a crucially useful book for how to prepare look for and find jobs in the museum profession. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714171

Mushrooms in Forests and WoodlandsResource Management Values and Local Livelihoods Many mushrooms - or the 'fruits of fungi' - are extremely valuable wild-gathered products which are utilised for both their medicinal properties and as food. In many of the world's tropical and temperate forests they are the primary source of income for the people who live there. These forests range from temperate woodlands and small forests to high altitude forests in the Himalaya and tropical miombo woodlands in south-central Africa. In south-west China over 200 species of wild fungi in 64 genera are commercially traded while in Europe and North America woodlands and small forests are the source of many highly-prized mushrooms and an essential resource for many small enterprises and collectors. Yet the increased demand for timber has resulted in the rapid expansion of forestry which in turn has destroyed the natural habitat of many fungi unbalancing both forest economics and ecology. Despite the economic social and cultural values of fungi there is a general lack of understanding of their importance to local livelihoods and forest ecology. This book aims to fill this gap and extends the People and Plants Conservation Series beyond the plant kingdom into the related world of fungi and mushrooms. It demonstrates the crucial roles that fungi play in maintaining forest ecosystems and the livelihoods of rural people throughout the world while providing good practice guidelines for the sustainable management of this resource and an assessment of economic value. It brings together the perspectives of biologists anthropologists and forest and woodland managers to provide a unique inter-disciplinary and international overview of the key issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976580

Music Art and Diplomacy: East-West Cultural Interactions and the Cold War Music Art and Diplomacy shows how a vibrant field of cultural exchange between East and West was taking place during the Cold War which contrasts with the orthodox understanding of two divided and antithetical blocs. The series of case studies on cultural exchanges focusing on the decades following the Second World War cover episodes involving art classical music theatre dance and film. Despite the fluctuating fortunes of diplomatic relations between East and West there was a continuous circulation of cultural producers and products. Contributors explore the interaction of arts and politics the role of the arts in diplomacy and the part the arts played in the development of the Cold War. Art has always shunned political borders wavering between the guidance of individual and governmental patrons and borderless expression. While this volume provides insight into how political players tried to harness the arts to serve their own political purposes at the same time it is clear that the arts and artists exploited the Cold War framework to reach their own individual and professional objectives. Utilizing archives available only since the collapse of the Soviet Union the volume provides a valuable socio-cultural approach to understanding the Cold War and cultural diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597283

Music Branding and Consumer Culture in ChurchHillsong in Focus Starting as a single congregation in Australia Hillsong Church now has campuses worldwide releases worship music that sells millions of albums and its ministers regularly appear in mainstream media. So how has a single church gained such international prominence? This book offers an ethnographic exploration of the ways in which music and marketing have been utilised in the pursuit and production of spiritual experience for members of Hillsong Church. An experience that has proven to be incredibly popular. The main theme of this book is that marketing specifically branding is not just a way to "sell" religion but rather an integral part of spiritual experience in consumer society. Focussing on the London Hillsong church as a case study the use of its own music in tandem with strong branding is shown to be a co- and re-productive method of organizing patterning and communicating information. The church provides the branded material and cultural context in which participants’ sacred experience of self unfolds. However this requires participants to "do the work" to properly understand and ultimately embody the values associated with the brand. This book raises important questions about the role of branding and music in forming modern scared identities. As such it will be of great interest to scholars of Religious Studies Ethnomusicology and Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579552

Music Collective Memory Trauma and Nostalgia in European Cinema after the Second World War In the wake of World War II the arts and culture of Europe became a site where the devastating events of the 20th century were remembered and understood. Exploring one of the most integral elements of the cinematic experience—music—the essays in this volume consider the numerous ways in which post-war European cinema dealt with memory trauma and nostalgia showing how the music of these films shaped the representation of the past. The contributors consider films from the United Kingdom Poland the Soviet Union France Italy Germany Sweden Austria and the Netherlands providing a diverse and well-rounded understanding of film music in the context of historical memory. Memory is often underrepresented within scholarly musical studies with most of these applications found in the disciplines of ethnomusicology popular music studies music cognition and psychology and music therapy. Likewise trauma has mainly been studied in relation to music in only a few historical contexts while nostalgia has attracted even less academic attention. In three parts this volume addresses each area of study as it relates to the music of European cinema from 1945 to 1989 applying an interdisciplinary approach to investigate how films use music to negotiate the precarious relationships we maintain with the past. Music Collective Memory Trauma and Nostalgia in European Cinema after the Second World War offers compelling arguments as to what makes music such a powerful medium for memory trauma and nostalgia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238015

Music Culture and Identity in the Muslim WorldPerformance Politics and Piety In contrast to many books on Islam that focus on political rhetoric and activism this book explores Islam's extraordinarily rich cultural and artistic diversity showing how sound music and bodily performance offer a window onto the subtleties and humanity of Islamic religious experience.  Through a wide range of case studies from West Asia South Asia and North Africa and their diasporas - including studies of Sufi chanting in Egypt and Morocco dance in Afghanistan and "Muslim punk" on-line - the book demonstrates how Islam should not be conceived of as being monolithic or monocultural how there is a large disagreement within Islam as to how music and performance should be approached such disagreements being closely related to debates about orthodoxy secularism and moderate and fundamental Islam and how important cultural activities have been and continue to be for the formation of Muslim identity.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203969

Music Difference and the Residue of Race Race and music seem fatally entwined in a way that involves both creative ethnic hybridity and ongoing problems of racism. This book presents a sociological analysis of this enduring relationship and asks: how are ideas of race critical to the understanding of music genres and preferences? What does the 'love of difference' via music contribute to contemporary perspectives of racism? Previous studies of world music have situated it within the dynamics of local/global musical production the representation of nations and ethnic groups theories of globalization hybridization and cultural appropriation. Haynes adds a conceptual and textual shift to these debates by utilizing world music as a lens for examining cultural imaginaries of race and analytical nuances of racialization. The text offers a view of world music from 'within ' building on original qualitative interview-based research with people from the British world music scene. These interviews provide unique insights into the discursive repertoires that underpin contemporary culture and will make a significant contribution to the mainly theoretical debates about world music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809574

Music Electronic Media and Culture Technology revolutionised the ways that music was produced in the twentieth century. As that century drew to a close and a new century begins a new revolution in roles is underway. The separate categories of composer performer distributor and listener are being challenged while the sounds of the world itself become available for musical use. All kinds of sounds are now brought into the remit of composition enabling the music of others to be sampled (or plundered) including that of unwitting musicians from non-western cultures. This sound world may appear contradictory - stimulating and invigorating as well as exploitative and destructive. This book addresses some of the issues now posed by the brave new world of music produced with technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256330

Music Experiment and Mathematics in England 1653-1705 How in 1705 was Thomas Salmon a parson from Bedfordshire able to persuade the Royal Society that a musical performance could constitute a scientific experiment? Or that the judgement of a musical audience could provide evidence for a mathematically precise theory of musical tuning? This book presents answers to these questions. It constitutes a general history of quantitative music theory in the late seventeenth century as well as a detailed study of one part of that history: namely the applications of mathematical and mechanical methods of understanding to music that were produced in England between 1653 and 1705 beginning with the responses to Descartes's 1650 Compendium music and ending with the Philosophical Transactions' account of the appearance of Thomas Salmon at the Royal Society in 1705. The book is organized around four key questions. Do musical pitches form a small set or a continuous spectrum? Is there a single faculty of hearing which can account for musical sensation or is more than one faculty at work? What is the role of harmony in the mechanical world and where can its effects be found? And what is the relationship between musical theory and musical practice? These are questions which are raised and discussed in the sources themselves and they have wide significance for early modern theories of knowledge and sensation more generally as well as providing a fascinating side light onto the world of the scientific revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090764

Music Health and PowerSinging the Unsayable in The Gambia Music Health and Power offers an original on-the-ground analysis of the role that music plays in promoting healthy communities. The book brings the reader inside the world of kanyeleng fertility societies and HIV/AIDS support groups where women use music to leverage stigma and marginality into new forms of power. Drawing on ethnographic research conducted over a period of 13 years (2006–2019) the author articulates a strengths-based framework for research on music and health that pushes beyond deficit narratives to emphasize the creativity and resilience of Gambian performers in responding to health disparities. Examples from Ebola prevention programs the former President’s AIDS “cure ” and a legendary underwear theft demonstrate the high stakes of women’s performances as they are caught up in broader contestations over political and medical authority. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of ethnomusicology medical anthropology and African studies. The accompanying audio examples provide access to the women’s performances discussed in the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312725

Music Immigration and the CityA Transatlantic Dialogue This volume brings together the work of social scientists and music scholars examining the role of migrant and migrant descended communities in the production and consumption of popular music in Europe and North America. The contributions to the collection include studies of language and local identity in hip hop in Liege and Montreal; the politics of Mexican folk music in Los Angeles; the remaking of ethnic boundaries in Naples; the changing meanings of Tango in the Argentine diaspora and of Alevi music among Turks in Germany; the history of Soca in Brooklyn; and the recreation of ‘American’ culture by the children of immigrants on the Broadway stage. Taken together these works demonstrate how music affords us a window onto local culture social relations and community politics in the diverse cities of immigrant receiving societies. Music is often one of the first arenas in which populations encounter newcomers a place where ideas about identity can be reformulated and reimagined and a field in which innovation and hybridity are often highly valued. This book highlights why it is a subject worthy of more attention from students of racial and ethnic relations in diverse societies. It was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335700

Music Informal Learning and the School: A New Classroom Pedagogy This pioneering book reveals how the music classroom can draw upon the world of popular musicians' informal learning practices so as to recognize and foster a range of musical skills and knowledge that have long been overlooked within music education. It investigates how far informal learning practices are possible and desirable in a classroom context; how they can affect young teenagers' musical skill and knowledge acquisition; and how they can change the ways students listen to understand and appreciate music as critical listeners not only in relation to what they already know but beyond. It examines students' motivations towards music education their autonomy as learners and their capacity to work co-operatively in groups without instructional guidance from teachers. It suggests how we can awaken students' awareness of their own musicality particularly those who might not otherwise be reached by music education putting the potential for musical development and participation into their own hands. Bringing informal learning practices into a school environment is challenging for teachers. It can appear to conflict with their views of professionalism and may at times seem to run against official educational discourses pedagogic methods and curricular requirements. But any conflict is more apparent than real for this book shows how informal learning practices can introduce fresh constructive ways for music teachers to understand and approach their work. It offers a critical pedagogy for music not as mere theory but as an analytical account of practices which have fundamentally influenced the perspectives of the teachers involved. Through its grounded examples and discussions of alternative approaches to classroom work and classroom relations the book reaches out beyond music to other curriculum subjects and wider debates about pedagogy and curriculum. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248523

Music Language and Identity in GreeceDefining a National Art Music in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries The national element in music has been the subject of important studies yet the scholarly framework has remained restricted almost exclusively to the field of music studies. This volume brings together experts from different fields (musicology literary theory and modern Greek studies) who investi- gate the links that connect music language and national identity focusing on the Greek paradigm. Through the study of the Greek case the book paves the way for innovative interdisciplinary approaches to the formation of the ‘national’ in different cultures shedding new light on ideologies and mechanisms of cultural policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280021

Music Life and Changing Times: Selected Correspondence Between British Composers Elizabeth Maconchy and Grace Williams 1927–77 At this book's core is a critical edition of letters exchanged over 50 years between Anglo-Irish composer Elizabeth Maconchy (1907-1994) and the Welsh composer Grace Williams (1906-1977). These two innovative and talented women are highly regarded for their music their professional activities and their roles in British musical life. The edition comprises around 200 letters from 1927 to 1977 none of which have been published before along with scholarly introductions and contextualizations. Interwoven commentaries in tandem with carefully constructed appendices frame the letter texts. Moreover the commentaries and introductory essays highlight and track the development of important themes and issues that characterize the study of twentieth-century British music today. This edition presents a dialogue through both sides of a unique correspondence offering an alternative commentary on musical and cultural developments of this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244712

Music Life and Changing Times: Selected Correspondence Between British Composers Elizabeth Maconchy and Grace Williams 1927–77Volume 1 At this book's core is a critical edition of letters exchanged over 50 years between Anglo-Irish composer Elizabeth Maconchy (1907-1994) and the Welsh composer Grace Williams (1906-1977). These two innovative and talented women are highly regarded for their music their professional activities and their roles in British musical life. The edition comprises around 353 letters from 1927 to 1977 none of which have been published before along with scholarly introductions and contextualisation. Interwoven commentaries in tandem with carefully constructed appendices frame the letter texts. Moreover the commentaries and introductory essays highlight and track the development of important themes and issues that characterise the study of twentieth-century British music today. This edition presents a dialogue through both sides of a unique correspondence offering an alternative commentary on musical and cultural developments of this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429282607

Music Life and Changing Times: Selected Correspondence Between British Composers Elizabeth Maconchy and Grace Williams 1927–77Volume 2 At this book's core is a critical edition of letters exchanged over 50 years between Anglo-Irish composer Elizabeth Maconchy (1907-1994) and the Welsh composer Grace Williams (1906-1977). These two innovative and talented women are highly regarded for their music their professional activities and their roles in British musical life. The edition comprises around 200 letters from 1927 to 1977 none of which have been published before along with scholarly introductions and contextualizations. Interwoven commentaries in tandem with carefully constructed appendices frame the letter texts. Moreover the commentaries and introductory essays highlight and track the development of important themes and issues that characterize the study of twentieth-century British music today. This edition presents a dialogue through both sides of a unique correspondence offering an alternative commentary on musical and cultural developments of this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429282621

Music Masculinity and the Claims of HistoryThe Austro-German Tradition from Hegel to Freud What does it mean to think of Western Art music - and the Austro-German contribution to that repertory - as a tradition? How are men and masculinities implicated in the shaping of that tradition? And how is the writing of the history (or histories) of that tradition shaped by men and masculinities? This book seeks to answer these and other questions by drawing both on a wide range of German-language writings on music sound and listening from the so-called long nineteenth century (circa 1800-1918) and a range of critical-theoretical texts from the post-war continental philosophical and psychoanalytic traditions including Lacan Zizek Serres Derrida and Kittler. The book is focussed in particular on bringing the object of historical writing itself into scrutiny by engaging in what Zizek has called a 'historicity' or a way of writing about the past that not merely acknowledges the ahistorical kernel of historical writing but brings that kernel into the light of day takes account of it and puts it into play. The book is thus committed to a kind of historical writing that is open-ended - though not ideologically naïve - and that does not fix or stabilize the nature of the relationship between so-called 'primary' and 'secondary' texts. The book consists of an introduction which places the study of classical music and the Austro-German tradition within broader debates about the value of that tradition and four extensive case studies: an analysis of the cultural-historical category of listening around 1800; a close reading of A. B. Marx's Beethoven monograph of 1859; a consideration of Heinrich Schenker's attitudes to the mob and the vernacular more broadly and an examination through Franz Kafka of the figure of Mahler's body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261136

Music Mind and Education Keith Swanwick explores the psychological and sociological dimensions of musical experience and the implications of these for children's development and music education in schools and colleges. Music is seen with the other arts as contributing to the growth of mind with deep psychological roots in play. Swanwick examines the ways in which children make their own music and confirms that there is an observable sequence of development. His insights into musical experience help to draw together and interpret fragmented psychological work that has been done in the field and make it possible to plan music education in schools colleges and studios in a more purposeful way. His analysis of the nature of musical experience and music education has consequences both for curriculum development and the assessment of students' work with special reference given to the National Curriculum and GCSE. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136854

Music Modern Culture and the Critical Ear In his 1985 book The Idea of Music: Schoenberg and Others Peter Franklin set out a challenge for musicology: namely how best to talk and write about the music of modern European culture that fell outside of the modernist mainstream typified by Schoenberg Berg and Webern? Thirty years on this collected volume of essays by Franklin’s students and colleagues returns to that challenge and the vibrant intellectual field that has since developed. Moving freely between insights into opera Volksoper film festival and choral movement and from the very earliest years of the twentieth century up to the 1980s its authors listen with a ‘critical ear’: they site these musical phenomena within a wider web of modern cultural practices - a perspective in turn that enables them to exercise a disciplinary self-awareness after Franklin’s manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881702

Music Modernity and Locality in Prewar Japan: Osaka and Beyond This anthology addresses the modern musical culture of interwar Osaka and its surrounding Hanshin region. Modernity as experienced in this locale with its particular historical geographic and demographic character and its established traditions of music and performance gave rise to configurations of the new the traditional and the hybrid that were distinct from their Tokyo counterparts. The Taisho and early Showa periods from 1912 to the early 1940s saw profound changes in Japanese musical life. Consumption of both traditional Japanese and Western music was transformed as public concert performances music journalism and music marketing permeated daily life. The new bourgeoisie saw Western music particularly the piano and its repertoire as the symbol of a desirable and increasingly affordable modernity. Orchestras and opera troupes were established which in turn created a need for professional conductors and both jazz and a range of hybrid popular music styles became viable bases for musical livelihood. Recording technology proliferated; by the early 1930s record players and SP discs were no longer luxury commodities radio broadcasts reached all levels of society and ’talkies’ with music soundtracks were avidly consumed. With the perceived need for music that suited 'modern life' the seeds for the pre-eminent position of Euro-American music in post-Second-World war Japan were sown. At the same time many indigenous musical genres continued to thrive but were hardly immune to the effects of modernization; in exploring new musical media and techniques drawn from Western music performer-composers initiated profound changes in composition and performance practice within traditional genres. This volume is the first to draw together research on the interwar musical culture of the Osaka region and addresses comprehensively both Western and non-Western musical practices and genres questions the common perception of their being wholly separate domains Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249875

Music Movies Meanings and MarketsCinemajazzamatazz Music Movies Meanings and Markets focuses on macromarketing-related aspects of film music in general and on the cinemusical role of ambi-diegetic jazz in particular.  The book examines other work on music in motion pictures which has dealt primarily with the traditional distinction between nondiegetic film music (background music that comes from off-screen and is not audible to the film’s characters to further the dramatic development of plot character or other themes) and diegetic music (source music produced on-screen and/or that is audible to the film’s characters adding to the realism of the mise-en-scène without contributing much to other dramatic meanings). This book defines describes and illustrates another hitherto-neglected type of film music –ambi-diegetic film music which appears on-screen but which contributes to the dramatic development of plot character and other themes. Consistent with an interest in macromarketing such ambi-diegetic film music serves as a kind of product placement (suitable for commercialization via the cross-promotion of soundtrack albums for example) and plays a role in product design. It also provides one type of symbolic consumer behavior that indicates choices made by film characters when playing-singing-listening-or-dancing in ways that reveal their personalities or convey other cinemusical meanings. Morris Holbrook argues that ambi-diegetic film music sheds light on various social issues –such as the age-old tension between art and entertainment as it applies to the contrast between creative integrity and commercialization. Music Movies Meanings and Markets explores the ways in which ambi-diegetic jazz contributes to the development of dramatic meanings in various films many of which address the art-versus-commerce theme as a central concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203006

Music National Identity and the Politics of LocationBetween the Global and the Local How are national identities constructed and articulated through music? Popular music has long been associated with political dissent and the nation state has consistently demonstrated a determination to seek out and procure for itself a stake in the management of 'its' popular musics. Similarly popular musics have been used 'from the ground up' as sites for both populist and popular critiques of nationalist sentiment from the position of both a globalizing and a 'local' vernacular culture. The contributions in this book arrive at a critical moment in the development of the study of national cultures and musicology. The book ranges from considerations of the ideological focus of cultural nationalism through to analyses of musical hybridity and musical articulations of other kinds of identities at odds with national identity. The processes of global homogenization are thereby shown to have brought about a transitional crisis for national cultural identities: the evolution of these identities particularly with reference to the concept of 'authenticity' in music is situated within broader debates on power political economy and constructions of the self. Theorizations of practice are employed after the manner of Bourdieu Gramsci Goffman Gadamer Habermas Bhabha Lacan and Zizek. Each contribution acts as a case study to characterize the strategies through which differing modes of musical discourse engage critique or obscure discourses on national identity. The studies include discussions of: musical representations of Irishness; the relationship between Afropop and World Music; Norwegian club music; the revival of traditional music in Serbia; resistance to cultural homogeneity in Brazil; contemporary Uyghur song in Northwest China; rap and race in French society; technobanda from the barrios of Los Angeles and Spanish/Moroccan raï. In this way the book seeks to characterize the ideological configurations that help to activate and sustain hegemonic amb Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253483

Music Performance and the Realities of FilmShared Concert Experiences in Screen Fiction This book examines the relationship between narrative film and reality as seen through the lens of on-screen classical concert performance. By investigating these scenes wherein the performance of music is foregrounded in the narrative Winters uncovers how concert performance reflexively articulates music's importance to the ontology of film. The book asserts that narrative film of a variety of aesthetic approaches and traditions is no mere copy of everyday reality but constitutes its own filmic reality and that the music heard in a film's underscore plays an important role in distinguishing film reality from the everyday. As a result concert scenes are examined as sites for provocative interactions between these two realities in which real-world musicians appear in fictional narratives and an audience’s suspension of disbelief is problematised. In blurring the musical experiences of onscreen observers and participants these concert scenes also allegorize music’s role in creating a shared subjectivity between film audience and character and prompt Winters to propose a radically new vision of music’s role in narrative cinema wherein musical underscore becomes part of a shared audio-visual space that may be just as accessible to the characters as the music they encounter in scenes of concert performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630499

Music Performance MeaningSelected Essays This selection of sixteen of Nicholas Cook's essays covers the period from 1987 to 2004 and brings out the development of the author's ideas over these years. In particular the two keywords of the title -Meaning and Performance- represent critical directions that expand to the point that by the end of the book they become coextensive: music is seen as social action and meaning as created by that action. Within this overall direction a wide variety of topics is explored ranging from Beethoven to Schenker from Chinese qin music to jazz and rock from perceptual psychology to sketch studies and analysis of record sleeves. A substantial introduction draws out the links (and differences) between the essays sometimes critiquing them and always setting them into the developing context of the author's work as a whole. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090757

Music Performance and African Identities Cutting across countries genres and time periods this volume explores topics ranging from hip hop’s influence on Maasai identity in current day Tanzania to jazz in Bulawayo during the interwar years using music to tell a larger story about the cultures and societies of Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719612

Music Power and Politics Music Power and Politics presents sixteen different cultural perspectives on the concept of music as a site of socio-political struggle. Essays by scholars from around the world explore the means by which music's long-acknowledged potential to persuade seduce indoctrinate rouse incite or even silence listeners has been used to advance agendas of power and protest. The essays included examine: music used to convey political ideology in Nazi Germany apartheid-era South Africa and modern-day North Korea postcolonial musical efforts to reclaim ethnic heritage in Serbia and the Caribbean music as a means of establishing new cultural identities for recently empowered social groups in the UK and Brazil the subversion of racial stereotypes through popular music in the USA music as a tool of popular resistance to oppressive government policies in modern day Iran and the Bolivian Andes Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870246

Music Science and the Rhythmic BrainCultural and Clinical Implications This book studies the effects of repetitive musical rhythm on the brain and nervous system and in doing so integrates diverse fields including ethnomusicology psychology neuroscience anthropology religious studies music therapy and human health. It presents aspects of musical rhythm and biological rhythms and in particular rhythmic entrainment in a way that considers cultural context alongside theoretical research and discussions of potential clinical and therapeutic implications. Considering the effects of drumming and other rhythmic music on mental and bodily functioning the volume hypothesizes that rhythmic music can have a dramatic impact on mental states sometimes catalyzing profound changes in arousal mood and emotional states via the stimulation of changes in physiological functions like the electrical activity in the brain. The experiments presented here make use of electroencephalography (EEG) galvanic skin response (GSR) and subjective measures to gain insight into how these mental states are evoked what their relationship is to the music and context of the experience and demonstrate that they are happening in a consistent and reproducible fashion suggesting clinical applications. This comprehensive volume will appeal to scholars in cognition ethnomusicology and music perception who are interested in the therapeutic potential of music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709484

Music Science PhilosophyModels in the Universe of Thought This book stresses the interrelatedness of knowledge by extricating models that cut across traditional disciplinary boundaries. For example science can find models from the technology and semantic field of music music can find its models from the technology and semantic field of science and each domain may be guided by a philosophical or metaphysical principle - thus the title of the book. But the book itself is structured as a mirror image of its title. Chapters 1-6 provide instances of the role of music in such domains as epistemology and logic as well as in the early modern sciences of developmental biology continuum mechanics anatomy and physiological psychology whereas Chapters 7-10 provide instances of what some other domains of knowledge have given back to the philosophy and theory of music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189563

Music Sensation and Sensuality Divided into three sections Linda Phyllis Austern collects eighteen cross-disciplinary essays written by some of the most important names in the field to look at this stimulating topic. The first section focuses on the cultural and scientific ways in which music and the sense of hearing work directly on the mind and body. Part Two investigates how music works on the socially constructed representational or sexualized body as a means of healing beautifying and maintaining a balance between the mental and physical. Finally the book explores the action of music as it is heard and sensed by wider social units such as the body politic mass communication from print to sound recording and broadcast technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976610

Music Sexuality and the Enlightenment in Mozart's Figaro Don Giovanni and Così fan tutte Music Sexuality and the Enlightenment explains how Mozart's music for Le nozze di Figaro Don Giovanni and Così fan tutte 'sounds' the intentions of Da Ponte's characters and their relationships with one another. Mozart by way of the infinitely generative and beautiful logic of the sonata principle did not merely interpret Da Ponte's characterizations but lent them temporal musical forms. Charles Ford's analytic interpretation of these musical forms concerns processes and structures in detail and at medium- to long-term levels. He addresses the music of a wide range of arias and ensembles and develops original ways to interpret the two largely overlooked operatic genres of secco recitative and finales. Moreover Ford presents a new method by which to relate musical details directly to philosophical concepts and thereby the music of the operas to the inwardly contradictory thinking of the European Enlightenment. This involves close readings of late eighteenth-century understandings of 'man' and nature self and other morality and transgression and gendered identities and sexuality with particular reference to contemporary writers especially Goethe Kant Laclos Rousseau Sade Schiller Sterne and Wollstonecraft. The concluding discussion of the implied futures of the operas argues that their divided sexualities which are those of the Enlightenment as a whole have come to form our own unquestioned assumptions about gender differences and sexuality. This along with the elegant and eloquent precision of Mozart's music is why Figaro Giovanni and Così still maintain their vital immediacy for audiences today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248403

Music Social Media and Global MobilityMySpace Facebook YouTube This book is about the relationship between media communication and globalization explored through the unique empirical study of electronic music practitioners’ use of the global social media: MySpace Facebook YouTube and Twitter. To understand the significance of the emerging nexus between social media and music in a global context the book explores various aspects of production distribution and consumption among electronic music practitioners as they engage with global social media as well as a historical political and economic exposition of the rise of this global social media environment. Drawing on interview-based research with electronic music artists DJs producers and managers together with the historical portrayal of the emergence of global social media this pioneering study aims to capture a development taking place in music culture within the wider transformations of the media and communications landscape; from analogue to digital from national to global and from a largely passive to more active media use. In doing so it explores the emergence of a media and communications ecology with increased mobility velocity and uncertainty. The numerous competing and rapidly growing and fading social media exemplify the vitality and volatility of the transforming global media communication and cultural landscape. This study suggests that the music practitioner’s relationship with MySpace Facebook YouTube and Twitter and the key characteristics of these global social media alter aspects of our practical and theoretical understandings of the process of media globalization. The book deploys an interdisciplinary approach to media globalization that takes into account and articulates this relationship and reflects the enduring power equations and wider continuities and changes within the global media and communications sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716208

Music Sound and Silence in Buffy the Vampire Slayer The intense and continuing popularity of the long-running television show Buffy the Vampire Slayer (1997-2003) has long been matched by the range and depth of the academic critical response. This volume the first devoted to the show's imaginative and widely varied use of music sound and silence helps to develop an increasingly important and inadequately covered area of research - the many roles of music in contemporary television. In addressing this significant gap this book provides an exemplary overview of the functions of music and sound in the interpretation of a television show. This is done through analyses that focus on scoring and source music the title theme the music production process the critically acclaimed musical episode (voted number 13 in Channel Four's One Hundred Greatest Musicals) the symbolic and dramatic use of silence and the popular reception of the show by its international fan base. In keeping with contemporary trends in the study of popular musics a variety of critical approaches are taken from musicology cultural studies and media and communication studies specifically employing critique musical analysis industry studies and hermeneutics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090740

Music Sound and FilmmakersSonic Style in Cinema Music Sound and Filmmakers: Sonic Style in Cinema is a collection of essays that examine the work of filmmakers whose concern is not just for the eye but also for the ear. The bulk of the text focuses on the work of directors Wes Anderson Ingmar Bergman the Coen brothers Peter Greenaway Krzysztof Kieślowski Stanley Kubrick David Lynch Quentin Tarantino Andrey Tarkovsky and Gus Van Sant. Significantly the anthology includes a discussion of films administratively controlled by such famously sound-conscious producers as David O. Selznick and Val Lewton. Written by the leading film music scholars from Europe North America and Australia Music Sound and Filmmakers: Sonic Style in Cinema will complement other volumes in Film Music coursework or stand on its own among a body of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898942

Music Space and PlacePopular Music and Cultural Identity Music Space and Place examines the urban and rural spaces in which music is experienced produced and consumed. The editors of this collection have brought together new and exciting perspectives by international researchers and scholars working in the field of popular music studies. Underpinning all of the contributions is the recognition that musical processes take place within a particular space and place where these processes are shaped both by specific musical practices and by the pressures and dynamics of political and economic circumstances. Important discourses are explored concerning national culture and identity as well as how identity is constructed through the exchanges that occur between displaced peoples of the world's many diasporas. Music helps to articulate a shared sense of community among these dispersed people carving out spaces of freedom which are integral to personal and group consciousness. A specific focal point is the rap and hip hop music that has contributed towards a particular sense of identity as indigenous resistance vernaculars for otherwise socially marginalized minorities in Cuba France Italy New Zealand and South Africa. New research is also presented on the authorial presence in production within the domain of the commercially driven Anglo-American music industry. The issue of authorship and creativity is tackled alongside matters relating to the production of musical texts themselves and demonstrates the gender politics in pop. Underlying Music Space and Place is the question of how the disciplines informing popular music studies - sociology musicology cultural studies media studies and feminism - have developed within a changing intellectual climate. The book therefore covers a wide range of subject matter in relation to space and place including community and identity gender race 'vernaculars' power performance and production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459649

Music Structure Thought: Selected Essays Among the most original and provocative musicological writers of his generation James Hepokoski has elaborated new paradigms of inquiry for both music history and music theory. Advocating fundamental shifts of methodological reorientation within the quest for potential musical meanings his work spans both disciplines and offers substantial challenges for each. At its core is the conviction that a close study of musical genres procedures and structures those qualities of a composition that are specifically musical is essential to any responsible hermeneutic enterprise. Selected from writings from 1984 to 2008 this collection of essays provides a generous introduction to the author‘s most innovative and influential work on a wide variety of topics: musicological methodology issues of staging and performance Italian opera program music and exemplary studies of individual pieces. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090733

Music Technology and EducationCritical Perspectives The use of technology in music and education can no longer be described as a recent development. Music learners actively engage with technology in their music making regardless of the opportunities afforded to them in formal settings. This volume draws together critical perspectives in three overarching areas in which technology is used to support music education: music production; game technology; musical creation experience and understanding. The fourteen chapters reflect the emerging field of the study of technology in music from a pedagogical perspective. Contributions come not only from music pedagogues but also from musicologists composers and performers working at the forefront of the domain. The authors examine pedagogical practice in the recording studio how game technology relates to musical creation and expression the use of technology to create and assess musical compositions and how technology can foster learning within the field of Special Educational Needs (SEN). In addition the use of technology in musical performance is examined with a particular focus on the current trends and the ways it might be reshaped for use within performance practice. This book will be of value to educators practitioners musicologists composers and performers as well as to scholars with an interest in the critical study of how technology is used effectively in music and music education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505025

Music Theatre and Politics in Germany1848 to the Third Reich Music theatre and politics have maintained a long-standing if varying and problematic relationship. In the Ancient World the relationship used to be a harmonious one scholars have us believe glorifying the moment at the beginning of Western history when a political community or polis affirmed itself in a practice that purportedly achieved the perfect integration of music and theatre. To revive this original harmony was of course one of the main impulses that engendered the genre of opera. However while it is widely recognized that the political represented a prius in the Ancient triangle of music theatre and politics there has been little attention to the status of the political in the triangle's modern variety. Nonetheless the relationship between the three continues to be strong. In many contexts the political still takes priority encouraging or curbing artistic creativity. The contributions in this volume bridge the conventional chronological division between 'late Romantic' and 'modern' music to thematize a wide array of issues in the context of Germany. The contributors focus on a national tradition and period in which the friction between music theatre and politics grew particularly intense. Major themes include: reception history; the entwining of aesthetic and political intentions on the part of composers critics and historians; and the construction and/or critique of collective political identities in and through music theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265011

Music Time and Its OtherAesthetic Reflections on Finitude Temporality and Alterity Music Time and Its Other explores the relation between the enigmatic character of our temporal experiences and music’s affective power. By taking account of competing concepts of time Savage explains how music refigures dimensions of our experiences through staking out the borderlines between time and eternity. He examines a range of musical expressions that reply to the deficiency born from the difference between time and an order that exceeds or surpasses it and reveals how affective tonalities of works by Bach Carolan Debussy Schoenberg Messiaen and Glass augment our understanding of our temporal condition. Reflections on the moods and feelings to which music gives voice counterpoint philosophical investigations into the relation between music’s power to affect us and the force that the present has with respect to the initiatives we take. Music Time and Its Other thus sets out a new approach to music aesthetics politics and the critical roles of judgment and imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231934

Music Travel and Imperial Encounter in 19th-Century FranceMusical Apprehensions This book considers the activities and writings of early song collectors and proto-ethnomusicologists memoirists and other "musical travelers" in 19th-century France. Each of the book’s discrete but interrelated chapters is devoted to a different geographic and discursive site of empire examining French representations of musical encounters in North America the Middle East as well as in contested areas within the borders of metropolitan France. Rosenberg highlights intersections between an emergent ethnographie musicale in France and narratives of musical encounter found in French travel literature connecting both phenomena to France’s imperial aspirations and nationalist anxieties in the period from the Revolution to the late-nineteenth century. It is therefore an excellent research tool for scholars in the fields of ethnomusicology musicology cultural studies literary history and postcolonial studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777996

Music \= Cultures in ContactConvergences and Collisions First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315075778

Music 3-5 This book gives information ideas and principles for music with three to five year olds that are both down-to-earth and up-to-date.  Written in a style which is engaging and readable it integrates recent theory and practice illustrating the discussion with examples and ideas taken from real life.   Chapters in this inspiring and engaging book show practitioners how to: connect with the educational concepts and principles of using music in early years settings recognise and understand children’s musical starting points  foster creativity through music support listening and communication through music learn the key areas of listening singing using instruments and dancing develop children’s musical understanding widen opportunities for music through resources new technologies and visiting artist projects. Early years practitioners and students will find this a valuable introduction to music with young children. More experienced practitioners will find the contemporary ideas a source of inspiration. Books in this series address key issues for early years practitioners working in today’s Foundation Stage environments. Each title is packed full of practical activities support advice and guidance all of which is in line with current government early years policy. The authors use their experience and expertise to write accessibly and informatively emphasising through the use of case studies the practical aspects of the subject whilst retaining strong theoretical underpinnings throughout.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203608722

Music 7-11Developing Primary Teaching Skills Teachers have often felt unnecessarily apprehensive about teaching without music without being gifted musicians themselves.Music 7-11 dispels the myth that to teach music effectively a teacher has to "be musical" and provides teachers with the opportunity of developing both the basic subject knowledge and the confidence needed to deliver enjoyable and valuable music lessons. It does this by encouraging practical engagement with the subject through making and listening to music reflecting on experiences and sharing views. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157316

Music after Hitler 1945–1955 The political control of music in the Third Reich has been analysed from several perspectives and with ever increasing sophistication. However music in Germany after 1945 has not received anything like the same treatment. Rather there is an assumption that two separate musical cultures emerged in East and West alongside the division of Germany into two states with differing economic and political systems. There is a widely accepted view of music in West Germany as 'free' and in the East subject to party control. Toby Thacker challenges these assumptions asking how and why music was controlled in Germany under Allied Occupation from 1945-1949 and in the early years of 'semi-sovereignty' between 1949 and 1955. The 're-education' of Germany after the Hitler years was a unique historical experiment and the place of music within this is explored here for the first time. While emphasizing political economic and broader social structures that influenced the production and reception of different musical forms the book is informed by a sense of human agency and explores the role of salient individuals in the reconstruction of music in post-war Germany. The focus is not restricted to any one kind of music but concentrates on those aspects of music professional and amateur live and recorded which appeared to be the mostly highly charged politically to contemporaries. Particular attention is given to 'denazification' and to the introduction of international music. Thacker traces the development of a divide between Communist and liberal-democratic understandings of the place of music in society. The contested celebrations of the Bach Year in 1950 are used to highlight the role of music in the broader cultural confrontation between East and West. Thacker examines the ways in which central governments in East and West Germany sought to control and influence music through mechanisms of censorship and positive support. The book will therefore be of interest not only to musicologists but also to specialists in German post-war history and cultural historians in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274631

Music and Academia in Victorian Britain Until the nineteenth century music occupied a marginal place in British universities. Degrees were awarded by Oxford and Cambridge but students (and often professors) were not resident and there were few formal lectures. It was not until a benefaction initiated the creation of a professorship of music at the University of Edinburgh in the early nineteenth century that the idea of music as a university discipline commanded serious consideration. The debates that ensued considered not only music’s identity as art and science but also the broader function of the university within education and society. Rosemary Golding traces the responses of some of the key players in musical and academic culture to the problems surrounding the establishment of music as an academic discipline. The focus is on four universities: Edinburgh Oxford Cambridge and London. The different institutional contexts and the approaches taken to music in each university showcase the various issues surrounding music’s academic identity as well as wider problems of status and professionalism. In examining the way music challenged conceptions of education and professional identity in the nineteenth century the book also sheds light on the way the academic study of music continues to challenge modern approaches to music and university education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276659

Music and Aesthetic RealityFormalism and the Limits of Description In this volume Zangwill develops a view of the nature of music and our experience of music that foregrounds the aesthetic properties of music. He focuses on metaphysical issues about aesthetic properties of music psychological issues about the nature of musical experience and philosophy of language issues about the metaphorical nature of aesthetic descriptions of music. Among the innovations of this book Zangwill addresses the limits of literal description generally and in the aesthetic case. He also explores the social and political issues about musical listening which tend to be addressed more in continental traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302198

Music and Copyright "First Published in 2004 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036105

Music and Copyright: The Case of Delius and His Publishers Delius was born in 1862 twenty-four years before the signing in 1886 of the Berne Convention the international convention for the protection of literary and artistic works of which Great Britain was a founder member. During Delius's lifetime came the birth of the record industry the development of exercising the performing right the introduction of the mechanical right and the advent of films and broadcasting. Robert Montgomery and Robert Threlfall chronicle Delius's dealings with his publishers and the Performing Right Society (PRS) through his copious correspondence. Virtually all of the very early letters have been lost but his correspondence in German with Harmonie Verlag of Berlin Tischer & Jagenberg of Cologne and Universal Edition of Vienna is almost complete. This book provides a selection of translations of these letters most of which have never been seen before and offers a unique insight into how a leading twentieth-century composer earned his living from composition in the changing environment of the world of music. Some of the problems that Delius encountered were because the administrative procedures brought in by Berne were in their infancy. Equally important in building a picture of Delius's publishing affairs is the Delius file in the PRS archive to which Jelka Delius wrote in English and which contains both sides of the correspondence. The book also covers the period after Delius's death when the Delius Trust as the legal representative of his estate took over responsibility for administering copyrights and promoting his music. The book provides a valuable model for the methodology involved in presenting a history of music publishing. It will provide a useful springboard for scholars to look at other composers in terms of their published material and how this relates to the general dissemination of their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276031

Music and Creativity in Healthcare SettingsDoes Music Matter? Through a series of vivid case studies Music and Creativity in Healthcare Settings: Does Music Matter? documents the ways in which music brings humanity to sterile healthcare spaces and its significance for people dealing with major illness. It also considers the notion of the arts as a vessel to explore humanitarian questions surrounding serious illness namely what it is to be human. Overarching themes include: taking control; security and safety; listening; the normalization of the environment; being an individual; expressing emotion; transcendence and hope and expressing the inexpressible. With an emphasis on service user narratives chapters are enriched with examples of good practice using music in healthcare. Furthermore a focus on aesthetic deprivation contributes to debates on the intrinsic and instrumental value of music and the arts in modern society. This concise study will be a valuable source of inspiration for care givers and service users in the health sector; it will also appeal to scholars and researchers in the areas of Music medicine and music Therapy and the Medical Humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346140

Music and Culture in America 1861-1918 First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994287

Music and Empathy In recent years empathy has received considerable research attention as a means of understanding a range of psychological phenomena and it is fast drawing attention within the fields of music psychology and music education. This volume seeks to promote and stimulate further research in music and empathy with contributions from many of the leading scholars in the fields of music psychology neuroscience music philosophy and education. It exposes current developmental cognitive social and philosophical perspectives on research in music and empathy and considers the notion in relation to our engagement with different types of music and media. Following a Prologue the volume presents twelve chapters organised into two main areas of enquiry. The first section entitled 'Empathy and Musical Engagement' explores empathy in music education and therapy settings and provides social cognitive and philosophical perspectives about empathy in relation to our interaction with music. The second section entitled 'Empathy in Performing Together' provides insights into the role of empathy across non-Western classical jazz and popular performance domains. This book will be of interest to music educators musicologists performers and practitioners as well as scholars from other disciplines with an interest in empathy research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586826

Music and Ethics It seems self-evident that music plays more than just an aesthetic role in contemporary society. In addition music's social political emancipatory and economical functions have been the subject of much recent research. Given this it is surprising that the subject of ethics has often been neglected in discussions about music. The various forms of engagement between music and ethics are more relevant than ever and require sustained attention. Music and Ethics examines different ways in which music can 'in itself' - in a uniquely musical way - contribute to theoretical discussions about ethics as well as concrete moral behaviour. We consider music as process and music-making as interaction. Fundamental to our understanding is music's association with engagement including contact with music through the act of listening music as an immanent critical process that possesses profound cultural and historical significance and as an art form that can be world-disclosive formative of subjectivity and contributive to intersubjective relations. Music and Ethics does not offer a general musico-ethical theory but explores ethics as a practical concept and demonstrates through concrete examples that the relation between music and ethics has never been absent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279018

Music and Exile in Francoist Spain The Spanish Republican exile of 1939 impacted music as much as it did literature and academia with well-known figures such as Adolfo Salazar and Roberto Gerhard forced to leave Spain. Exile is typically regarded as a discontinuity - an irreparable dissociation between the home country and the host country. Spanish exiled composers however were never totally cut off from the musical life of Francoist Spain (1939-1975) be it through private correspondence public performances of their work honorary appointments and invitations from Francoist institutions or a physical return to Spanish soil. Music and Exile in Francoist Spain analyses the connections of Spanish exiled composers with their homeland throughout 1939-1975. Taking the diversity and heterogeneity of the Spanish Republican exile as its starting point the volume presents extended comparative case studies in order to broaden and advance current conceptions of and debates surrounding exile in musicology and Spanish studies. In doing so it significantly furthers academic research on individual composers including Salvador Bacarisse Julian Bautista Roberto Gerhard Rodolfo Halffter Julian Orbon and Adolfo Salazar. As the first English-language monograph to explore the exiled composers from the perspectives of historiography music criticism performance and correspondence Eva Moreda Rodriguez's vivid reconception of the role of place and nation in twentieth-century music history will be of particular interest for scholars of Spanish music Spanish Republican history and exile and displacement more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597214

Music and FamiliarityListening Musicology and Performance Familiarity underpins our engagement with music. This book highlights theoretical and empirical considerations about familiarity from three perspectives: listening musicology and performance. Part I ’Listening’ addresses familiarity as it relates to listeners’ behaviour and responses to music specifically in regulating our choice and exposure to music on a daily basis; how we get to know music through regular listening; how comfortable we feel in a Western concert environment; and music’s efficacy as a pain-reliever. Part II ’Musicology’ exposes the notion of familiarity from varied stances including appreciation of music in our own and other cultures through ethnomusicology; exploration of the perception of sounds via music analysis; philosophical reflection on the efficiency of communication in musicology; evaluation of the impact of researchers’ musical experiences on their work; and the influence of familiarity in music education. Part III ’Performance’ focuses on the effects of familiarity in relation to different aspects of Western art and popular performance including learning and memorizing music; examination of ’groove’ in popular performance; exploration of the role of familiarity in shaping socio-emotional behaviour between members of an ensemble; and consideration about the effects of the unique type of familiarity gained by musicians through the act of performance itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274297

Music and Gender in English Renaissance Drama This book offers a survey of how female and male characters in English Renaissance theatre participated and interacted in musical activities both inside and outside the contemporary societal decorum. Wong’s analysis broadens our understanding of the general theatrical representation of music or musical dramaturgy and complicates the current discussion of musical portrayal and construction of gender during this period. Wong discusses dramaturgical meanings of music and its association with gender love and erotomania in Renaissance plays. The negotiation between the dichotomous qualities of the heavenly and the demonic finds extensive application in recent studies of music in early modern English plays. However while ideological dualities identified in music in traditional Renaissance thinking may seem unequivocal various musical representations of characters and situations in early modern drama would prove otherwise. Wong building upon the conventional model of binarism explores how playwrights created their musical characters and scenarios according to the received cultural use and perception of music and at the same time experimented with the multivalent meanings and significance embodied in theatrical music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108400

Music and Gesture This volume showcases key theoretical ideas and practical considerations in the growing area of scholarship on musical gesture. The book constructs and explores the relations between music and gesture from a range of differing perspectives identifying theoretical approaches and examining the nature of certain types of gesture in musical performance. The twelve chapters in this volume are organized into a heuristic progression from theory to practice from essay to case study. Theoretical considerations about the interpretation of musical gestures are identified and phrased in terms of semiotics the mimetic hypothesis concepts of musical force immanence quotation and topic and the work of musical gestures. The lives of musical gestures in performance are revealed through engaging with their rhythmic properties as well as inquiring into the breathing of pianists the nature of clarinettists' bodily movements and the physical acts and personae of individual artists specifically Keith Jarrett and Robbie Williams. The reader is encouraged to listen to the various resonances and tensions between the chapters including the importance given to bodies processes motions expressions and interpretations of musical gesture. The book will be of significance to musicologists theorists semioticians analysts composers and performers as well as scholars working in different research communities with an interest in the study of gesture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262935

Music and Historical CritiqueSelected Essays Music and Historical Critique provides a definitive collection of Gary Tomlinson's influential studies on critical musicology with the watchword throughout being history. This collection gathers his most innovative essays and lectures some of them published here for the first time along with an introduction outlining the context of the contributions and commenting on their aims and significance. Music and Historical Critique provides a retrospective view of the author's achievements in bringing to the heart of musicological discourse both deep-seated experiences of the past and meditations on the historian's ways of understanding them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090993

Music and Identity in Ireland and Beyond Music and Identity in Ireland and Beyond represents the first interdisciplinary volume of chapters on an intricate cultural field that can be experienced and interpreted in manifold ways whether in Ireland (The Republic of Ireland and/or Northern Ireland) among its diaspora(s) or further afield. While each contributor addresses particular themes viewed from discrete perspectives collectively the book contemplates whether ’music in Ireland’ can be regarded as one interrelated plane of cultural and/or national identity given the various conceptions and contexts of both Ireland (geographical political diasporic mythical) and Music (including a proliferation of practices and genres) that give rise to multiple sites of identification. Arranged in the relatively distinct yet interweaving parts of ’Historical Perspectives’ ’Recent and Contemporary Production’ and ’Cultural Explorations’ its various chapters act to juxtapose the socio-historical distinctions between the major style categories most typically associated with music in Ireland - traditional classical and popular - and to explore a range of dialectical relationships between these musical styles in matters pertaining to national and cultural identity. The book includes a number of chapters that examine various movements (and ’moments’) of traditional music revival from the late eighteenth century to the present day as well as chapters that tease out various issues of national identity pertaining to individual composers/performers (art music popular music) and their audiences. Many chapters in the volume consider mediating influences (infrastructural technological political) and/or social categories (class gender religion ethnicity race age) in the interpretation of music production and consumption. Performers and composers discussed include U2 Raymond Deane Afro-Celt Sound System E.J. Moeran Séamus Ennis Kevin O’Connell Stiff Little Fingers Frederick May Arnold Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247970

Music and Identity in Postcolonial British South-Asian Literature This book examines the role of music in British-South Asian postcolonial literature asking how music relates to the construction of postcolonial identity. It focuses on novels that explore the postcolonial condition in India Pakistan and the United Kingdom: Vikram Seth's A Suitable Boy Amit Chaudhuri's Afternoon Raag Suhayl Saadi's Psychoraag Hanif Kureishi's The Buddha of Suburbia and The Black Album and Salman Rushdie's The Ground Beneath Her Feet with reference to other texts such as E.M. Forster's A Passage to India and Vikram Seth's An Equal Music. The analyzed novels feature different kinds of music from Indian classical to non-classical traditions and from Western classical music to pop music and rock 'n' roll. Music is depicted as a cultural artifact and as a purely aestheticized art form at the same time. As a cultural artifact music derives meaning from its socio-cultural context of production and serves as a frame of reference to explore postcolonial identities on their own terms. As purely aesthetic art music escapes its contextual meaning. The transgressive qualities of music render it capable of expressing identities irrespective of origin and politics of location. Thereby music in the novels marks a very productive space to imagine the postcolonial nation and to rewrite imperial history to express the cultural hybridity of characters in-between nations to analyze the state of the nation and life in the multicultural diaspora of contemporary Great Britain and to explore the ramifications of cultural globalization versus cultural imperialism. It will be a useful research and teaching tool for those interested in postcolonial literature music studies cultural studies contemporary literature and South-Asian literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547872

Music and Identity Politics This volume brings together for the first time book chapters articles and position pieces from the debates on music and identity which seek to answer classic questions such as: how has music shaped the ways in which we understand our identities and those of others? In what ways has scholarly writing about music dealt with identity politics since the Second World War? Both classic and more recent contributions are included as well as material on related issues such as music's role as a resource in making and performing identities and music scholarship's ambivalent relationship with scholarly activism and identity politics. The essays approach the music-identity relationship from a wide range of methodological perspectives ranging from critical historiography and archival studies psychoanalysis gender and sexuality studies to ethnography and anthropology and social and cultural theories drawn from sociology; and from continental philosophy and Marxist theories of class to a range of globalization theories. The collection draws on the work of Anglophone scholars from all over the globe and deals with a wide range of musics and cultures from the Americas Australasia Europe the Middle East and Africa. This unique collection of key texts which deal not just with questions of gender sexuality and race but also with other socially-mediated identities such as social class disability national identity and accounts and analyses of inter-group encounters is an invaluable resource for music scholars and researchers and those working in any discipline that deals with identity or identity politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409430384

Music and Ideology This volume gathers together a cross-section of essays and book chapters dealing with the ways in which musicians and their music have been pressed into the service of political nationalist and racial ideologies. Arranged chronologically according to their subject matter the selections cover Western and non-Western musics as well as art and popular musics from the eighteenth century to the present day. The introduction features detailed commentaries on sources beyond those included in the volume and as such provides an invaluable and comprehensive reading list for researchers and educators alike. The volume brings together for the first time seminal articles written by leading scholars and presents them in such a way as to contribute significantly to our understanding of the use and abuse of music for ideological ends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409429685

Music and Institutions in Nineteenth-Century Britain In nineteenth-century British society music and musicians were organized as they had never been before. This organization was manifested in part by the introduction of music into powerful institutions both out of belief in music's inherently beneficial properties and also to promote music occupations and professions in society at large. This book provides a representative and varied sample of the interactions between music and organizations in various locations in the nineteenth-century British Empire exploring not only how and why music was institutionalized but also how and why institutions became 'musicalized'. Individual essays explore amateur societies that promoted music-making; institutions that played host to music-making groups both amateur and professional; music in diverse educational institutions; and the relationships between music and what might be referred to as the 'institutions of state'. Through all of the essays runs the theme of the various ways in which institutions of varying formality and rigidity interacted with music and musicians and the mutual benefit and exploitation that resulted from that interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268234

Music and Irish IdentityCeltic Tiger Blues Music and Irish Identity represents the latest stage in a life-long project for Gerry Smyth focusing here on the ways in which music engages with particular aspects of Irish identity. The nature of popular music and the Irish identity it supposedly articulates have both undergone profound change in recent years: the first as a result of technological and wider industrial changes in the organisation and dissemination of music as seen for example with digital platforms such as YouTube Spotify and iTunes. A second factor has been Ireland’s spectacular fall from economic grace after the demise of the "Celtic Tiger" and the ensuing crisis of national identity. Smyth argues that if as the stereotypical association would have it the Irish have always been a musical race then that association needs re-examination in the light of developments in relation to both cultural practice and political identity. This book contributes to that process through a series of related case studies that are both scholarly and accessible. Some of the principal ideas broached in the text include the (re-)establishment of music as a key object of Irish cultural studies; the theoretical limitations of traditional musicology; the development of new methodologies specifically designed to address the demands of Irish music in all its aspects; and the impact of economic austerity on musical negotiations of Irish identity. The book will be of seminal importance to all those interested in popular music cultural studies and the wider fate of Ireland in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229573

Music and Its Social Meanings First Published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176058

Music and its Virtues in Islamic and Judaic Writings A fascinating aspect of the study of music in medieval Islamic and Judaic writings is the broad and interdisciplinary nature of the works and treatises in which it is covered. In addition such works verbalize an art that was transmitted orally and took shape spontaneously typically with improvisation during performance. As a result of this outlook the musical concept (or science) is often intertwined with practice (or history). This second collection by Amnon Shiloah brings together twenty-two studies exemplifying such multi-faceted viewpoints on the world of sounds and its virtue. The first studies concern the origin and originators of music and to how its essential constituents came into being; included here is the art of dance along with the controversial attitudes towards it. Next comes the symbolic philosophical and metaphorical interpretation of music; one of the major ideas epitomizing this approach claimed that the pursuit of knowledge is the path to human perfection and happiness. There follow studies on the transmission of knowledge along with some annotated key works dealing with therapeutic effects. The last articles focus on cultural traditions elaborated on European soil developing a particular style and musical practice centred on the Iberian Peninsula which was the scene of one of the most fascinating examples of cultural interchange. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375123

Music and MarxIdeas Practice Politics First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870390

Music and MeaningOpening Minds in the Caring and Healing Professions This fascinating and illuminating study brings together a wealth of information gained from individuals who reveal how music has had an effect on their lives. It unveils how music plays an important part in counselling and therapy and links the disciplines of the philosophy of music to neuroscience developmental psychology and psychoanalysis. Psychotherapists counsellors and therapists will find this book thought-provoking and invaluable reading; as well as doctors nurses and those working with the elderly and people with developmental difficulties. All those with an interest in music and how it can affect their lives will also find this book interesting reading. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375557

Music and Medieval ManuscriptsPaleography and Performance The interdisciplinary approach of Music and Medieval Manuscripts is modeled on the work of the scholar to whom the book is dedicated. Professor Andrew Hughes is recognized internationally for his work on medieval manuscripts combining the areas of paleography performance liturgy and music. All these areas of research are represented in this collection with an emphasis on the continuity between the physical characteristics of medieval manuscripts and their different uses. Albert Derolez provides a landmark and controversial essay on the origins of pre-humanistic script while Margaret Bent proposes a new interpretation of a famous passage from a fifteenth-century poem by Martin Le Franc. Timothy McGee contributes an innovative essay on late-medieval music text and rhetoric. David Hiley discusses musical changes and variation in the offices of a major saint’s feast and Craig Wright presents an original study of Guillaume Dufay. Jan Ziolkowski treats the topic of neumed classics an under-explored aspect of the history of medieval pedagogy and the transmission of texts. The essays that comprise this volume offer a unique focus on medieval manuscripts from a wide range of perspectives and will appeal to musicologists and medievalists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256651

Music and Metaphor in Nineteenth-Century British Musicology ’In a word I shall endeavour to show how our music having been originally a shell-fish with its restrictive skeleton on the outside and no soul within has been developed by the inevitable laws of evolution through natural selection and the survival of the fittest into something human even divine with the strong logical skeleton of its science inside the fair flesh of God-given beauty outside and the whole like man himself animated by a celestial eternal spirit....’ W.J. Henderson The Story of Music (1889) Critical writing about music and music history in nineteenth-century Britain was permeated with metaphor and analogy. Music and Metaphor examines how over-arching theories of music history were affected by reference to various figurative linguistic templates adopted from other disciplines such as art religion politics and science. Each section of the book discusses a wide range of musicological writings and their correspondence with the language used to convey contemporary ideas such as the sublime the ancient and modern debate and in particular the theory of evolution. Bennett Zon reveals that through their application of metaphorical frameworks taken from art religion and science these writers and their work shed light on nineteenth-century perceptions of music history and illuminate the ways in which these disciplines affected notions of musical development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263338

Music and Modern Art Music and Modern Art adopts an interdisciplinary approach to the relationship between these two fields of creative endeavor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994294

Music and Mourning While grief is suffered in all cultures it is expressed differently all over the world in accordance with local customs and beliefs. Music has been associated with the healing of grief for many centuries with Homer prescribing music as an antidote to sorrow as early as the 7th Century BC. The changing role of music in expressions of grief and mourning throughout history and in different cultures reflects the changing attitudes of society towards life and death itself. This volume investigates the role of music in mourning rituals across time and culture discussing the subject from the multiple perspectives of music history music psychology ethnomusicology and music therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229269

Music and Musicians in Renaissance Rome and Other Courts First published in 1999 the essays that follow have been selected from the author’s writings to explore musical institutions in 15th and 16th century Italy with a detailed focus on the papal choir but with additional comments on Mantua (Mantova) Florence and France. Much of the material which formed the basis of those essays was largely drawn from archives. Richard Sherr explores diverse areas including the Medici coat of arms in a motet for Leo X performance practice in the papal chapel during the 16th century the publications of Guglielmo Gonzaga Lorenzo de’ Medici as a patron of music and homosexuality in late sixteenth-century Italy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429432590

Music and Musicians on the London Stage 1695–1705 From 1695 to 1705 rival London theater companies based at Drury Lane and Lincoln's Inn Fields each mounted more than a hundred new productions while reviving stock plays by authors such as Shakespeare and Dryden. All included music. Kathryn Lowerre charts the interactions of the two companies from a musical perspective emphasizing each company's new productions and their respective musical assets including performers composers and musical materials. Lowerre also provides rich analysis of the relationship of music to genres including comedy dramatick opera and musical tragedy and explores the migration of music from theater to theater performer to performer and from stage to street and back again. As Lowerre persuasively demonstrates during this period all theater was musical theater. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254107

Music and Myth in Modern Literature This book is the first major study that explores the intrinsic connection between music and myth as Nietzsche conceived of it in The Birth of Tragedy (1872) in three great works of modern literature: Romain Rolland’s Nobel Prize winning novel Jean-Christophe (1904-12) James Joyce’s modernist epic Ulysses (1922) and Thomas Mann’s late masterpiece Doctor Faustus (1947). Juxtaposing Nietzsche’s conception of the Apollonian and Dionysian with narrative depictions of music and myth Josh Torabi challenges the common view that the latter half of The Birth of Tragedy is of secondary importance to the first. Informed by a deep knowledge of Nietzsche’s early aesthetics the book goes on to offer a fresh and original perspective on Ulysses and Doctor Faustus two world-famous novels that are rarely discussed together and makes the case for the significance of Jean-Christophe which has been unfairly neglected in the Anglophone world despite Rolland’s status as a major figure in twentieth-century intellectual and literary history. This unique study reveals new depths to the work of our most enduring writers and thinkers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367550790

Music and Orientalism in the British Empire 1780s–1940sPortrayal of the East Filling a significant gap in current scholarship the fourteen original essays that make up this volume individually and collectively reflect on the relationship between music and Orientalism in the British Empire over the course of the long nineteenth century. The book is in four themed sections. 'Portrayal of the East' traces the routes from encounter to representation and restores the Orient to its rightful place in histories of Orientalism. 'Interpreting Concert Music' looks at one of the principal forms in which Orientalism could be brought to an eager and largely receptive - yet sometimes resistant - mass market. 'Words and Music' investigates the confluence of musical and Orientalist themes in different genres of writing including criticism fiction and travel writing. Finally 'The Orientalist Stage' discusses crucial sites of Orientalist representation - music theatre and opera - as well as tracing similar phenomena in twentieth-century Hindi cinema. These final chapters examine the rendering of the East as 'unachievable and unrecognizable' for the consuming gaze of the western spectator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265165

Music and Patronage Patronage has long figured in our historical understanding of music and on an academic level has been the subject of intense research over the past thirty years. The articles gathered together in this volume look at patronage in its broadest sense: individual and traditional court patronage as well as patronage within states and organizations. The subject is further explored by articles which discuss the means of distribution of music such as printing and the internet and the inclusion of music in collaborative arts such as film. The articles consider both sacred and secular music and employ a range of different approaches from archival and social and cultural-historical to ethnomusicological and quantitative-economical. Thematic connections figure strongly and attention is given to the prominent role of women and questions of feminine voice and feminine way. The scope of the articles ranges in time from the courts of ancient Mesopotamia India and China to the new millennium and the geographical spread includes most regions of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409431060

Music and Performance Culture in Nineteenth-Century BritainEssays in Honour of Nicholas Temperley Music and Performance Culture in Nineteenth-Century Britain: Essays in Honour of Nicholas Temperley is the first book to focus upon aspects of performance in the broader context of nineteenth-century British musical culture. In four Parts 'Musical Cultures' 'Societies' 'National Music' and 'Methods' this volume assesses the role music performance plays in articulating significant trends and currents of the cultural life of the period and includes articles on performance and individual instruments; orchestral and choral ensembles; church and synagogue music; music societies; cantatas; vocal albums; the middle-class salon conducting; church music; and piano pedagogy. An introduction explores Temperley's vast contribution to musicology highlighting his seminal importance in creating the field of nineteenth-century British music studies and a bibliography provides an up-to-date list of his publications including books and monographs book chapters journal articles editions reviews critical editions arrangements and compositions. Fittingly devoted to a significant element in Temperley's research this book provides scholars of all nineteenth-century musical topics the opportunity to explore the richness of Britain's musical history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253780

Music and Protest This volume of essays brings together some of the best writing on music and protest from the last thirty years. Encompassing a variety of genres from classical to many different kinds of popular music the collection selects articles on a broad range of topics - including revolutions and uprisings environmentalism class identity struggles for self-determination as well as rights and the historical legacy of protest music - and from at least fifteen different countries confirming the contention that music is one of the primary languages of protest. Written by leading researchers and educators from different countries and cultures this volume which documents the importance of music and protest is an indispensable collection for those working in the fields of music cultural studies politics history anthropology and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409428312

Music and Religious Identity in Counter-Reformation Augsburg 1580-1630 By the late-sixteenth century Augsburg was one of the largest cities of the Holy Roman Empire boasting an active musical life involving the contributions of musicians like Jacobus de Kerle Hans Leo Hassler and Gregor Aichinger. This musical culture however unfolded against a backdrop of looming religious schism. From the mid-sixteenth century onward Augsburg was the largest 'biconfessional' city in the Empire housing a Protestant majority and a Catholic minority ruled by a city government divided between the two faiths. The period 1580-1630 saw a gradual widening of the divide between these groups. The arrival of the Jesuits in the 1580s polarized the religious atmosphere and fueled the assertion of a Catholic identity expressed in public devotional services spectacular processions and pilgrimages to local shrines. The Catholic music produced for these occasions both reflected and contributed to the religious divide. This book explores the relationship between music and religious identity in Augsburg during this period. How did 'Catholic' and 'Protestant' repertories diverge from one another? What was the impetus for this differentiation and what effect did the circulation and performance of this music have on Augsburg's religious culture? These questions call for a new cross-disciplinary approach to the music history of this era one which moves beyond traditional accounts of the lives and works of composers or histories of polyphonic genres. Using a wide variety of archival and musical documents Alexander Fisher offers a holistic view of this musical landscape examining aspects of composition circulation performance and cultural meaning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248554

Music and Singing Packed full of exciting activities that display how song and music can enhance a young child's learning Music and Singing conveys how you can: have confidence in sharing music with young children explore a range of musical instruments have fun with sound. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203769201

Music and Singing in the Early YearsA Guide to Singing with Young Children Music and singing are an inherent part of children’s lives and offer a wonderful opportunity to promote young children’s learning and development. This how-to guide is full of useful information to support musical understanding and assist practitioners in developing their knowledge skills and confidence in planning and leading successful and enjoyable musical activities in a range of early years settings. Focusing on the role of singing and children’s musical learning at various stages of development Music and Singing in the Early Years aims to demystify music by providing practical tips ideas and information on the integration of musical activities in the early years curriculum and environment and provides clear explanations of musical concepts. Chapters consider topics such as: vocal strategies and development using song rhyme and movement integrating instrumental accompaniments observation and assessment planning and delivery resources for music making. This book is essential reading for all early years practitioners looking to improve their musical understanding and plan successful musical activities with young children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233232

Music and SolidarityQuestions of Universality Consciousness and Connection The philosopher Christopher Small suggests that musical meanings are concerned with relationships both with other human beings and with the world and that music functions as a means of exploration affirmation and celebration of those relationships. If members of different social groups have different values or different concepts of ideal relationships then the kinds of performances that enact those relationships will differ from one another.Using music to express benevolent intentions is not in general one of its most obvious functions. In fact military music has been used throughout history to destroy cross-cultural communion. Music is also a powerful and ubiquitous tool in propaganda and in facilitating various political projects in all kinds of inventive ways that have nothing much to do with the pursuit of peaceful and cooperative intercultural understanding or with helping people address issues of injustice.This text moves far beyond the knowledge of music's power upon humans however this may be conceived and explained. It addresses a field of inquiry that is still a tiny endeavor at least in comparison with all other academic efforts in the world. The sparseness of serious theoretical engagement with the topic of music's potential role in the area of peace and policy is echoed by how little music is directly used in the "real world" for building a more humane consciousness. Finding ways to that goal is the purpose of this work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842303

Music and Song in Persia (RLE Iran B)The Art of Avaz This book is the first full-length analysis of the theory and practice of Persian singing demonstrating the centrality of Persian elements in the music of the Islamic Middle Ages their relevance to both contemporary and traditional Iranian music and their interaction with classical Persian poetry and metrics.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203829370

Music and Sound in Documentary Film This collection of fourteen essays provides a rich and detailed history of the relationship between and music and image in documentary films exploring the often overlooked role of music in the genre and its subsequent impact on an audience’s perception of reality and fiction. Exploring examples of documentary films which make use of soundtrack music from an interdisciplinary perspective Music and Sound in Documentary Film is the first in-depth treatment on the use of music in the nonfiction film and will appeal to scholars and students working in the intersection of music and film and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728669

Music and Sound in Silent FilmFrom the Nickelodeon to The Artist Despite their name the silent films of the early cinematic era were frequently accompanied by music and other sound elements of many kinds including mechanical instruments live performers and audience sing-alongs. The 12 chapters in this concise book explore the multitude of functions filled by music in the rapidly changing context of the silent film era as the concept of cinema itself developed. Examples are drawn from around the globe and across the history of silent film both during the classic era of silent film and later uses of the silent format. With contributors drawn from film studies and music disciplines and including both senior and emerging scholars Music and Sound in Silent Film offers an essential introduction to the origins of film music and the cinematic art form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245358

Music and Sound in the Worlds of Michel Gondry Michel Gondry’s directorial work buzzes with playfulness and invention: in a body of work that includes feature films such as Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind and The Science of Sleep to music videos commercials television episodes and documentaries he has experimented with blending animation and live action complex narrative structures and philosophical subject matter. Central to that experimentation is Gondry’s use of music and sound which this book addresses in a new detailed study. Kate McQuiston examines the hybrid nature of Gondry’s work his process of collaboration how he uses sound and music to create a highly stylized reinforcement of often-elusive subjects such as psychology dreams the loss of memory and the fraught relationship between humans and the environment. This concise volume provides new insight into Gondry’s richly creative multimedia productions and their distinctive use of the soundtrack. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226961

Music and the Cognitive Sciences 1990 This issue comprises the twenty-five papers presented at the Second Music and the Cognitive Sciences conference held at Cambridge University in 1990. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453203

Music and the Cultures of Print This collection of essays explores the cultures that coalesced around printed music in previous centuries. It focuses on the unique modes through which print organized the presentation of musical texts the conception of written compositions and the ways in which music was disseminated and performed. In highlighting the tensions that exist between musical print and performance this volume raises not only the question of how older scores can be read today but also how music expressed its meanings to listeners in the past. First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051659

Music and the EmotionsThe Philosophical Theories It has often been claimed and frequently denied that music derives some or all of its artistic value from the relation in which it stands to the emotions. This book presents and subjects to critical examination the chief theories about the relationship between the art of music and the emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134690

Music and the Middle ClassThe Social Structure of Concert Life in London Paris and Vienna between 1830 and 1848 First published in 1975 Music and the Middle Class made a trail-blazing contribution to the social history of music bringing together sociological and historical methods that have subsequently become accepted as central to the discipline of musicology. Moreover the major themes of the book are ones which scholars today continue to grapple with: the nature of the middle class(es) and their role in cultural definition; the concept of taste publics distinct from social status; and the establishment of the musical canon. This classic text is reissued here in Ashgate's Music in Nineteenth-Century Britain series though of course the book ranges beyond its study of London to discuss in detail the contrasting concert life of Paris and Vienna. This edition features a substantial new preface which takes into account the significant work that has been done in this field since the book first appeared and provides a unique opportunity to assess the impact the book has had on our thinking about the European middle class and its role in musical life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275324

Music and the Modern Condition: Investigating the Boundaries Two crucial moments in the formation and disintegration of musical modernity and the musical canon occurred at the turn of the seventeenth and the first half of the twentieth century. Dr Ljubica Ilic provides a fresh and close look at these moments exploring the ways musical compositions shift to and away from ideological structures identified with modernity. The focus is on European art music whose grand narrative defined by tonality and teleological development begins in the seventeenth century and ends with twentieth-century modernisms. This particular musical "language game" coincides with historical changes in the phenomenological understanding of space and selfhood. A key concept of the book concerns musical compositions that remain without proper conclusions: if the wholesome (musical) work is a manifestation of wholesome subjectivity the pieces Ilic explores deny it reflecting conflict of the individual with previous beliefs with contexts and even within the self as the basic modern condition. The musical work is in this case still bounded and well-defined but fractured by the incapability or refusal to satisfactorily conclude: the implicit cut forced upon it changes the expected musical flow or - speaking in spatial terms - it influences the musical form. By using the metaphor of space Ilic explores: how the existence of a separate self as a primary feature of Western modernity becomes negotiated through awareness of the subject's own independence and individuality; innerness as something entirely separate from its surroundings; and the collective space of social interaction. Seeing musical storytelling as a metaphoric representation of selfhood and modernity as a historical continuum Ilic examines the boundaries and relationships between the musical work the subject and modern European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273399

Music and the Performance of Identity on Marie-Galante French Antilles Marie-Galante is a small island situated in the Caribbean to the south of Guadeloupe. The majority of Marie-Galantais are descendants of the slave era though a few French settlers also occupy the island. Along with its neighbours Guadeloupe and Martinique Marie-Galante forms an official département of France. Marie-Galante historically has never been an independent polity. Marie-Galantais express sentiments of being 'deux fois colonisé' or twice colonized concomitant with their sense of insularity from a global organization of place. Dr Ron Emoff translates this pervasive sense of displacement into the concept of the 'non-nation'. Musical practices on the island provide Marie-Galantais with a means of re-connecting with other significant distant places. Many Marie-Galantais display a 'split-subjectivity' embracing an African heritage a French association and a Caribbean regionalism. This book is unique in part with regard to its treatment of a particular mode of self-consciousness expressed musically on a virtually forgotten Caribbean island. The book also combines literary narrative historical and musical sources to theorize a postcolonial subsurreal in the French Antilles. The focus of the book is upon kadril dance and gwo ka drumming two prevalent musical practices on the island with which Marie-Galantais construct unique perceptions of self in relation specifically to Africa and France. Based on several extended periods of ethnographic research the book evokes unique Marie-Galantais views on tradition historicity esclavage nationalism (and its absence) and the local significance of occupying a globally out-of-the-way place. The book will be of interest not only to ethnomusicologists but also to those interested in cultural and linguistic anthropology postcolonial studies performance studies folklore and Caribbean studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265868

Music and the Play of Power in the Middle East North Africa and Central Asia What is it about the history geographical position and cultures of the Middle East North Africa and Central Asia that has made music such a potent and powerful agent? This volume presents the first direct look at the complex relationship between music and power across a range of musical genres and countries. Discourses of power in the region centre on some of the most contested social issues most notably in relation to nationhood gender and religion. Individual chapters examine the ways in which music serves as a forum for playing out issues of power ideology resistance and subversion. How does music become a space for promoting - or conversely resisting or subverting - particular ideologies or positions of authority? How does it accrue symbolic power in ways that are very particular perhaps unique? And how does music become a site of social control or alternatively a vehicle for agency and empowerment at times overt and at others highly subtle? What is it about music that facilitates and sometimes disrupts the exercise and flows of power? Who controls such flows how and for what purposes? In asking such questions in the context of countries such as Afghanistan Egypt Iran Tunisia and Tajikistan the book draws on a wide range of relevant theoretical and critical ideas and many disciplines including ethnomusicology anthropology sociology politics Middle Eastern studies globalization studies gender studies and cultural and media studies. The countries and areas explored share a great deal in historical and cultural terms including a legacy of colonial and neo-colonial encounters and predominantly Judeo-Muslim religious traditions. It is hoped that the volume will contribute ultimately to a richer understanding of the role that music plays in these societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249998

Music and the RenaissanceRenaissance Reformation and Counter-Reformation This volume unites a collection of articles which illustrate brilliantly the complexity of European cultural history in the Renaissance. On the one hand scholars of this period were inspired by classical narratives on the sublime effects of music and on the other hand were affected by the profound religious upheavals which destroyed the unity of Western Christianity and in so doing opened up new avenues in the world of music. These articles offer as broad a vision as possible of the ways of thinking about music which developed in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629283

Music and Theology in Nineteenth-Century Britain The interrelationship of music and theology is a burgeoning area of scholarship in which conceptual issues have been explored by musicologists and theologians including Jeremy Begbie Quentin Faulkner and Jon Michael Spencer. Their important work has opened up opportunities for focussed critical studies of the ways in which music and theology can be seen to interact in specific repertoires genres and institutions as well as the work of particular composers religious leaders and scholars. This collection of essays explores such areas in relation to the religious musical and social history of nineteenth-century Britain. The book does not simply present a history of sacred music of the period but examines the role of music in the diverse religious life of a century that encompassed the Oxford Movement Catholic Emancipation religious revivals involving many different denominations the production of several landmark hymnals and greater legal recognition for religions other than Christianity. The book therefore provides a valuable guide to the music of this complex historical period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249677

Music and Traditions of the Arabian PeninsulaSaudi Arabia Kuwait Bahrain and Qatar Music and Traditions of the Arabian Peninsula provides a pioneering overview of folk and traditional urban music along with dance and rituals of Saudi Arabia and the Upper Gulf States of Kuwait Bahrain and Qatar. The nineteen chapters introduce variegated regions and subcultures and their rich and dynamic musical arts many of which heretofore have been unknown beyond local communities. The book contains insightful descriptions of genres instruments poetry and performance practices of the desert heartland (Najd) the Arabian/Persian Gulf shores the great western cities including Makkah and Medinah the southwestern mountains and the hot Red Sea coast. Musical customs of distinctive groups such as Bedouin seafarers and regional women are explored. The book is packaged with an audio CD and almost 200 images including a full color photo essay numerous music transcriptions a glossary with over 400 specialized terms and original Arabic script alongside key words to assist with further research. This book provides a much-needed introduction and organizational structure for the diverse and complex musical arts of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888721

Music and Transcendence Music and Transcendence explores the ways in which music relates to transcendence by bringing together the disciplines of musicology philosophy and theology thereby uncovering congruencies between them that have often been obscured. Music has the capacity to take one outside of oneself and place one in relation to that which is ’other’. This ’other’ can be conceived in an ’absolute’ sense insofar as music can be thought to place the self in relation to a divine ’other’ beyond the human frame of existence. However the ’other’ can equally well be conceived in an ’immanent’ (or secular) sense as music is a human activity that relates to other cultural practices. Music here places the self in relation to other people and to the world more generally shaping how the world is understood without any reference to a God or gods. The book examines how music has not only played a significant role in many philosophical and theological accounts of the nature of existence and the self but also provides a valuable resource for the creation of meaning on a day-to-day basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598617

Music and Twentieth-Century TonalityHarmonic Progression Based on Modality and the Interval Cycles This book explores the web of pitch relations that generates the musical language of non-serialized twelve-tone music and supplies both the analytical materials and methods necessary for analyses of a vast proportion of the 20th century musical repertoire. It does so in a simple clear and systematic manner to promote an easily accessible and global understanding of this music. Since the chromatic scale is the primary source for the pitch materials of 20th-century music common sub-collections of the various modes and interval cycles serve as the basis for their mutual transformation. It is precisely this peculiarity of the non-serialized twelve-tone system that allows for an array of pitch relations and modal techniques hitherto perceived difficult if not impossible to analyze. Susanni and Antokoletz present the principles concepts and materials employed for analysis using a unique theoretic-analytical approach to the new musical language. The book contains a large number of original analyses that explore a host of composers including Ives Stravinsky Bartók Messiaen Cage Debussy Copland and many more providing insight into the music of the tonal revolution of the twentieth century and contributing an important perspective to how music works in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793507

Music and Urban Geography Music and Urban Geography is the first book to theorize musical aspects of the tremendous changes that have overtaken major cities in the developed world over the past few decades. Drawing on musicology music theory urban geography and historical materialism Krims maps changes not only in how music represents cities but also in how music sounds and is deployed socially in new urban contexts. Taking on venerable musicological debates from entirely new perspectives Krims argues that the cultural-studies approach now predominant in cultural musicology fails to address contemporary realities of production and consumption; instead the social effects of space and new patterns of urban production play a shaping role in which music takes on new forms and functions with representation playing a significant but not always decisive role. While music scholars increasingly concern themselves with place Krims theorizes it together with the shaping role of space. Pushing urban geography into new cultural contexts Music and Urban Geography will offer those concerned with the social effects of space newtheoretical models. Ranging from Anonymous 4 to Alanis Morissette from Curaçao to Seattle Music and Urban Geography presents a truly wide-ranging interdisciplinary and theoretically ambitious view of both musical and urban change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942376

Music and War in the United States Music and War in the United States introduces students to the long and varied history of music's role in war. Spanning the history of wars involving the United States from the American Revolution to the Iraq war with contributions from both senior and emerging scholars this edited volume brings together key themes in this vital area of study. The intersection of music and war has been of growing interest to scholars in recent decades but to date no book has brought together this scholarship in a way that is accessible to students. Filling this gap the chapters here address topics such as military music commemoration music as propaganda and protest and the role of music in treating post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) enabling readers to come to grips with the rich and complex relationship between one of the most essential arts and the conflicts that have shaped American society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720572

Music and World-Building in the Colonial CityNewcastle NSW and its Townships 1860–1880 Music and World-Building in the Colonial City investigates how nineteenth-century migrants to Australia used music as a resource for world-building focusing on coalmining regions of New South Wales. It explores how music-making helped British migrants to create communities in unfamiliar country often with little to no infrastructure. Its key themes are as follows: people’s relationships to music within specific contexts; how music-making intersects with class gender and ethnic background; identity through music. Situated within a wider discourse on music and identity music and well-being and music and emotions this is an authoritative study of historical communities and their relationship with music. It will be of particular interest to scholars and researchers working in the fields of sociomusicology colonial studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077648

Music as a ChariotThe Evolutionary Origins of Theatre in Time Sound and Music Music as a Chariot offers a multidisciplinary perspective whose primary proposition is that theatre is a type of music. Understanding how music enables the theatre experience helps to shape our entire approach to the performing arts. Beginning with a discussion on the origin and nature of time the author takes us on an evolutionary journey to discover how music language and mimesis co-evolved eventually coming together to produce the complex way we experience theatre. The book integrates the evolutionary neuroscience of the human brain into this journey offering practical implications and applications for the auditory expression of this concept—namely the fundamental techniques artists use to create sound scores for theatre. With contributions from directors playwrights actors and designers Music as a Chariot explores the use of music to carry ideas into the human soul—a concept that extends beyond the theatrical to include film video gaming dance or anywhere art is manipulated in time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295773

Music as a Science of Mankind in Eighteenth-Century Britain Music as a Science of Mankind offers a philosophical and historical perspective on the intellectual representation of music in British eighteenth-century culture. From the field of natural philosophy involving the science of sounds and acoustics to the realm of imagination involving resounding music and art the branches of modern culture that were involved in the intellectual tradition of the science of music proved to be variously appealing to men of letters. Among these a particularly rich field of investigation was the British philosophy of the mind and of human understanding developed between the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries which looked at music and found in its realm a way of understanding human experience. Focussing on the world of sensation - trying to describe how the human mind could develop ideas and emotions by its means - philosophers and physicians often took their cases from art's products be it music (sounds) painting (colours) or poetry (words as signs of sound conveying a meaning) thus looking at art from a particular point of view: that of the perceiving mind. The relationship between music and the philosophies of mind is presented here as a significant part of the construction of a Science of Man: a huge and impressive 'project' involving both the study of man's nature to which - in David Hume's words - 'all sciences have a relation' and the creation of an ideal of what Man should be. Maria Semi sheds light on how these reflections moved towards a Science of Music: a complex and articulated vision of the discipline that was later to be known as 'musicology'; or Musikwissenschaft. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278912

Music as AtmosphereCollective Feelings and Affective Sounds This book explores the atmospheric dimensions of music and sound. With multidisciplinary insights from music studies sound studies philosophy and media studies chapters investigate music and sound as shared environmental feelings. This book probes into cutting edge conceptual issues at the forefront of contemporary discussions on atmosphere atmospherology and affect. It also extends the spatial and relational focus towards fundamentally temporal questions of performance process timbre resonance and personhood. The capacity of atmospheric relations to imbue a situation with an ambient feeling and to modulate social collectives is highlighted as well as auditory experience as a means of connecting with feelings. In addition to original research the volume features a first translation of an important text by German phenomenologist Hermann Schmitz and a debate on affect and atmosphere between the philosophers Jan Slaby and Brian Massumi. This novel contribution to the field of music research provides a strong theoretical framework as well as vibrant case studies which will be invaluable reading for scholars and students of music sound aesthetics media anthropology and contemporary philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358688

Music as HeritageHistorical and Ethnographic Perspectives As economic technological and cultural change gathers pace across the world issues of music heritage and sustainability have become ever more pressing. Discourse on intangible cultural heritage has developed in complex ways in recent years and musical practices have been transformed by safeguarding agendas. Music as Heritage takes stock of these transformations bringing new ethnographic and historical perspectives to bear on our encounters with music heritage. The volume evaluates the cultural politics ethics and audiovisual representation of music heritage; the methods and consequences of music transmission across national borders; and the perennial issues of revival change and innovation. UNESCO’s 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage provides an essential reference point for studies of music heritage. However this volume also pays attention to important spheres of musical activity that lie outside of UNESCO’s reach and the reasons why some repertories of music are chosen for safeguarding while others are not. Some practices of art music in Europe explored in this book for example have received little attention despite being susceptible to endangerment. Developing a comparative framework that cuts across genre distinctions and disciplinary boundaries Music as Heritage explores how music cultures are being affected by heritage discourse and the impact of international and national policies on grass-roots music practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588137

Music as ImageAnalytical psychology and music in film Through a theoretical and practical exploration of Jungian and post-Jungian concepts surrounding image this book moves beyond the visual scope of imagery to consider the presence and expression of music and sound as well as how the psyche encounters expanded images – archetypal personal or cultural – on both conscious and unconscious levels. By closely examining music in film Nagari considers music’s complementary enhancing meaningful and sometimes disruptive contribution to expressive images. Chapters present a Jungian approach to music in film highlighting how ‘music-image’ functions both independently and in conjunction with the visual image and suggesting further directions in areas of research including music therapy and autism. Divided into three cumulative parts Part I explores the Jungian psychological account of the music-image; Part II combines theory with practice in analysing how the auditory image works with the visual to create the ‘film as a whole’ experience; and Part III implements a specific understanding of three individual film cases of different genres eras and styles as psychologically scrutinised ‘case histories’. Music as Image will be of interest to academics and students in the fields of applied psychoanalysis and Jungian psychology music film and cultural studies. With implications for music therapy and other art-based therapies it will also be relevant for practising psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357476

Music as Intangible Cultural HeritagePolicy Ideology and Practice in the Preservation of East Asian Traditions Focussing on music traditions these essays explore the policy ideology and practice of preservation and promotion of East Asian intangible cultural heritage. For the first time Japan Korea China and Taiwan - states that were amongst the first to establish legislation and systems for indigenous traditions - are considered together. Calls to preserve the intangible heritage have recently become louder not least with increasing UNESCO attention. The imperative to preserve is throughout the region cast as a way to counter the perceived loss of cultural diversity caused by globalization modernization urbanization and the spread of the mass media. Four chapters - one each on China Korea Taiwan and Japan - incorporate a foundational overview of preservation policy and practice of musical intangible cultural heritage at the state level. These chapters are complemented by a set of chapters that explore how the practice of policy has impacted on specific musics from Confucian ritual through Kam big song to the Okinawan sanshin. Each chapter is based on rich ethnographic data collected through extended fieldwork. The team of international contributors give both insider and outsider perspectives as they both account for and critique policy ideology and practice in East Asian music as intangible cultural heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245464

Music as MedicineThe History of Music Therapy Since Antiquity Music whether performed or heard has been seen as therapeutic in the history of many cultures. How have its therapeutic properties been conceptualized and explained? Which cultures have used music therapy? What were their aims and techniques and how much continuity is there between ancient medieval and modern practice? These are the questions addressed by the essays in this volume. They focus on the place of music therapy in European intellectual medical and musical traditions from their classical roots to the development of the music therapy profession since the Second World War. Chapters covering the Judaic Islamic Indian and South-East Asian traditions add global comparative perspectives. Music as Medicine is the first book to establish the whole shape of the history of music therapy in a systematic and scholarly way. It addresses the problem of defining what music therapy has meant in different cultures and periods and sets the agenda for future research in the subject. It will appeal to a diverse readership of historians musicologists anthropologists and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269422

Music as Propaganda in the German Reformation Over the first four decades of the Reformation hundreds of songs written in popular styles and set to well-known tunes appeared across the German territories. These polemical songs included satires on the pope or on Martin Luther ballads retelling historical events translations of psalms and musical sermons. They ranged from ditties of one strophe to didactic Lieder of fifty or more. Luther wrote many such songs and this book contends that these songs and the propagandist ballads they inspired had a greater effect on the German people than Luther’s writings or his sermons. Music was a major force of propaganda in the German Reformation. Rebecca Wagner Oettinger examines a wide selection of songs and the role they played in disseminating Luther’s teachings to a largely non-literate population while simultaneously spreading subversive criticism of Catholicism. These songs formed an intersection for several forces: the comfortable familiarity of popular music historical theories on the power of music the educational beliefs of sixteenth-century theologians and the need for sense of community and identity during troubled times. As Oettinger demonstrates this music while in itself simple provides us with a new understanding of what most people in sixteenth-century Germany knew of the Reformation how they acquired their knowledge and the ways in which they expressed their views about it. With full details of nearly 200 Lieder from this period provided in the second half of the book Music as Propaganda in the German Reformation is both a valuable investigation of music as a political and religious agent and a useful resource for future research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248547

Music Asylums: Wellbeing Through Music in Everyday Life Taking a cue from Erving Goffman’s classic work Asylums Tia DeNora develops a novel interdisciplinary framework for music health and wellbeing. Considering health and illness both in medical contexts and in the often-overlooked realm of everyday life DeNora argues that these identities are by no means mutually exclusive. Moreover she suggests that the promotion of health and more specifically mental health involves a great deal more than a concern with medication genetic predispositions clinical and neuro-scientific procedures. Adopting a holistic interactionist focus Music Asylums reconnects states of wellness and wellbeing to encounters with others and - critically - to opportunities for aesthetic experience. Building on DeNora's earlier work on music as a technology of self in everyday life the book presents music as an active ingredient of action identity capacity and consciousness. From there it suggests that access to and evaluation of music is an important ethical matter. Intended for scholars and practitioners in psychiatry and psychology palliative care socio-music studies music psychology and the allied health professions Music Asylums showcases music's role in the existential project of being and staying well mentally and physically from moment-to-moment and across all realms of social life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472455987

Music at the EdgeThe Music Therapy Experiences of a Musician with AIDS Music at the Edge invites the reader to experience a complete music therapy journey through the words and music of the client and the therapist’s reflections. Francis a musician living with AIDS challenged Colin Andrew Lee the music therapist to help clarify his feelings about living and dying. The relationship that developed between them enabled Francis the opportunity to reconsider the meaning of his life and subsequent physical decline within a musical context. First published in 1996 Music at the Edge is a unique and compelling music therapy case study. In this new edition of the highly successful book Colin retains the force of the original text through the lens of contemporary music therapy theory. This edition also includes more detailed narrative responses from the author and his role as a therapist and gay man. Central to the book are the audio examples from the sessions themselves. The improvisations Francis played and his insightful verbal explorations provide an extraordinary glimpse into the therapeutic process when working in palliative and end-of-life care. This illuminating book offers therapists musicians related professionals and those working with or facing illness and death a unique glimpse into the transcendent powers of music. It is also relevant to anyone interested in the creative account of a pianist’s discovery of life and death through music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856592

Music at the Maison royale de Saint-Louis at Saint-Cyr The history of music at the Maison royale de Saint-Louis at Saint-Cyr — the famous convent school founded by Madame de Maintenon and established by Louis XIV in 1686 as a royal foundation — is both rich and intriguing; its large repertory of music was composed expressly for young female voices by important composers working within significant contemporary musical genres: liturgical chant sacred motets theatrical music and cantiques spirituels. While these genres reflect contemporary styles and trends at the same time the works themselves were made to conform to the sensibilities and abilities of their intended performers. Even as Jean-Baptiste Moreau's music for Jean Racine’s biblical tragedies Esther and Athalie shows a number of similarities to contemporary tragédies lyriques it departs from that more public genre in its brevity generally simpler solo writing and the integral use of the chorus. The musical style of the choral numbers closely parallels that of other choral music in the repertory at Saint-Cyr. The liturgical chant sung in the church was composed by Guillaume-Gabriel Nivers and is an example of plain-chant musical a type of new ecclesiastical composition written during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries primarily for female religious communities in France. The large repertory of petits motets (short sacred Latin pieces for solo voice) mostly composed by Nivers and Louis-Nicolas Clérambault are simpler and more restrained than works by their contemporaries. A close study of the motets reveals much about changes to musical style and performance practices at Saint-Cyr during the eighteenth century. The cantique spirituel a song with a spiritual text in the vernacular French language played a significant role in both the education and recreation of the girls at Saint-Cyr. Cantiques composed for the girls vary widely in terms of their style and difficulty ranging from simple strophic melodies to more sophisticated works in the style of contemporary airs. In all cases the stylistic features of the music for Saint-Cyr reflect a careful consideration of the needs and capabilities of the young singers of the school as well as an awareness of the rigorous requirements of Madame de Maintenon who kept a close watch over the propriety of all things relating to the piety behavior and image of her charges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588045

Music Business CareersCareer Duality in the Creative Industries The music industry offers the opportunity to pursue a career as either a creative (artist producer songwriter etc.) or as a music business "logician" (artist manager agent entertainment attorney venue manager etc.). Though both vocational paths are integral to the industry’s success the work of calling songs into existence or entertaining an audience differs from the administrative aspects of the business such as operating an entertainment company. And while the daily activities of creatives may differ from those of the music business logician the music industry careerist may sense a call to Career Duality to work on both sides of the industry as a Career Dualist a concept this book introduces defines and explores in the context of the music industry. This new volume speaks to the dilemma experienced by those struggling with career decisions involving whether to work in the industry using their analytical abilities or to work as a creative or to do both. The potential financial challenges encountered in working in the industry as an emerging artist may necessitate maintaining a second and simultaneous occupation (possibly outside the industry) that offers economic survival. However this is not Career Duality. Likewise attending to the business affairs that impact all creatives is not Career Duality. Rather Career Duality involves the deliberate pursuit of a dual career as both a music industry creative and music business logician which is stimulated by the drive to express dual proclivities that are simultaneously artistic and analytical. By offering a Career Duality model and other constructs examining research on careers calling authenticity and related concepts and providing profiles of music industry dualists this book takes readers on a journey of self-exploration and offers insights and recommendations for charting an authentic career path. This is a practical examination for not only music industry professionals and the entertainment industry but for individuals interested in expressing both the analytical and artistic self in the context of career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482272

Music by Pedro de Cristo (c. 1550-1618) First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079547

Music Commodities Markets and ValuesMusic as Merchandise This book examines music stores as sites of cultural production in contemporary India. Analyzing social practices of selling music in a variety of retail contexts it focuses upon the economic and social values that are produced and circulated by music retailers in the marketplace. Based upon research conducted over a volatile ten-year period of the Indian music industry Beaster-Jones discusses the cultural histories of the recording industry the social changes that have accompanied India’s economic liberalization reforms and the economic realities of selling music in India as digital circulation of music recordings gradually displaced physical distribution. The volume considers the mobilization of musical economic and social values as a component of branding discourses in neoliberal India as a justification for new regimes of legitimate use and intellectual property as a scene for the performance of cosmopolitanism by shopping and as a site of anxiety about transformations in the marketplace. It relies upon ethnographic observation and interviews from a variety of sources within the Indian music industry including perspectives of executives at music labels family-run and corporate music stores and hawkers in street markets selling counterfeit recordings. This ethnography of the practices spaces and anxieties of selling music in urban India will be an important resource for scholars in a wide range of fields including ethnomusicology anthropology popular music studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596552

Music Data AnalysisFoundations and Applications This book provides a comprehensive overview of music data analysis from introductory material to advanced concepts. It covers various applications including transcription and segmentation as well as chord and harmony instrument and tempo recognition. It also discusses the implementation aspects of music data analysis such as architecture user interface and hardware. It is ideal for use in university classes with an interest in music data analysis. It also could be used in computer science and statistics as well as musicology. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367872816

Music Data Mining The research area of music information retrieval has gradually evolved to address the challenges of effectively accessing and interacting large collections of music and associated data such as styles artists lyrics and reviews. Bringing together an interdisciplinary array of top researchers Music Data Mining presents a variety of approaches to successfully employ data mining techniques for the purpose of music processing. The book first covers music data mining tasks and algorithms and audio feature extraction providing a framework for subsequent chapters. With a focus on data classification it then describes a computational approach inspired by human auditory perception and examines instrument recognition the effects of music on moods and emotions and the connections between power laws and music aesthetics. Given the importance of social aspects in understanding music the text addresses the use of the Web and peer-to-peer networks for both music data mining and evaluating music mining tasks and algorithms. It also discusses indexing with tags and explains how data can be collected using online human computation games. The final chapters offer a balanced exploration of hit song science as well as a look at symbolic musicology and data mining. The multifaceted nature of music information often requires algorithms and systems using sophisticated signal processing and machine learning techniques to better extract useful information. An excellent introduction to the field this volume presents state-of-the-art techniques in music data mining and information retrieval to create novel ways of interacting with large music collections. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439835524

Music Distribution and the InternetA Legal Guide for the Music Business There is hardly an aspect of internet music promotion sale and distribution which does not have a legal dimension. Since the stakeholders in the process includes artists their managers music publishers record companies distribution companies and the consumer the law relating to internet music distribution is extremely complex. Andrew Sparrow's Music Distribution and the Internet provides those connected to the music and media industries with a guide to the legal requirements they must meet answering questions such as: ¢ How should you conclude contracts with consumers over the internet? ¢ What are the various legal terms and conditions that should govern the sale of physical product to online music buyers? ¢ How should a website user's personal information be handled? ¢ What limitations are there on the way this data may be used for ongoing marketing of an artist's work or the merchandise associated with it? ¢ What are the latest copyright laws in this area and how do they apply to the internet? The book provides practical advice on how to approach key relationships with the internet buying consumer and other online media providers. The law is explained in straightforward terms and applied throughout in a music business context. Music Distribution and the Internet is an essential reference for anyone seeking to exploit and protect their rights and those of their artists in the rapidly expanding constantly evolving and fascinating arena that is new media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269378

Music Editing for Film and TelevisionThe Art and the Process Making music for the movies is a complicated involved and challenging process. Music Editing for Film and Television covers the practical skills needed to successfully hone your craft. Through an overview of the music editing process this book will equip you with detailed techniques to solve musical problems encountered during editing. An abundance of interviews with well-known professionals provide a wide range of perspectives on music editing for film while special features address an array of projects from a low-budget documentary to a Hollywood blockbuster to indie projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817578

Music Education Music education is a well-established and flourishing area of research and study. It is also a complex and contested area in which there is a considerable variety of published work ranging from the justificatory to the critical and from advice on pedagogical practice to provocative alternative paradigms. The proliferation and range of these publications stems from the complexity of music and music education itself. Along with multiple perspectives on the nature and value of music music education is much more socially interwoven than most school subjects. It is also very complex organizationally with multiple sources of funding. This new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Major Themes in Education series meets the need for an authoritative up-to-date and comprehensive reference work to make sense of the area’s voluminous literature. Indeed the dizzying scale of the research output—and the breadth of the field—makes this new Routledge title especially welcome. It provides a one-stop collection of classic and contemporary contributions to facilitate ready access to the most influential and important scholarship. Fully indexed and with an introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Music Education is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by specialists in music education and scholars working in related areas—as well as by educational policy-makers and professionals—as a vital research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693356

Music Education as Critical Theory and PracticeSelected Essays This collection of previously published articles chapters and keynotes traces both the theoretical contribution of Lucy Green to the emergent field of the sociology of music education and her radical ’hands-on’ practical work in classrooms and instrumental studios. The selection contains a mixture of material from essays that have appeared in major journals and books to some harder-to-find publications. It spans issues from musical meaning ideology identity and gender in relation to music education to changes and challenges in music curricula and pedagogy and includes Green’s highly influential work on bringing informal learning into formal music education settings. A newly-written introduction considers the relationship between theory and practice and situates each essay in relation to some of the major influences within and beyond the field of music education which affected Green’s own intellectual journey from the 1970s to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409461005

Music Education for Social ChangeConstructing an Activist Music Education Music Education for Social Change: Constructing an Activist Music Education develops an activist music education rooted in principles of social justice and anti-oppression. Based on the interviews of 20 activist-musicians across the United States and Canada the book explores the common themes perceptions and philosophies among them positioning these activist-musicians as catalysts for change in music education while raising the question: amidst racism and violence targeted at people who embody difference how can music education contribute to changing the social climate? Music has long played a role in activism and resistance. By drawing upon this rich tradition educators can position activist music education as part of a long-term response to events as a crucial initiative to respond to ongoing oppression and as an opportunity for youth to develop collective expressive and critical thinking skills. This emergent activist music education—like activism pushing toward social change—focuses on bringing people together expressing experiences and identifying (and challenging) oppressions. Grounded in practice with examples integrated throughout the text Music Education for Social Change is an imperative and urgent consideration of what may be possible through music and music education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322530

Music Education in AfricaConcept Process and Practice This book explores the music of Africa and its experience in modern education offering music education analyses from African perspectives. The collection assembles insights from around Africa to bring African and non-African scholars into the world of music education policy and assessment as played out across the continent. The music of Africa presents multiple avenues for the understanding of the reality of life from a cultural perspective. The teaching and learning of this music closely follows its practice the latter involving a combination of artistic expressions. With international interest in world music there is need to engage with concepts and processes of this music. The volume offers new research from culture bearers scholars and educators rooted in practices that provide deeper perceptions of the cultural expression of music. With sections focussing on Concepts in Musical Arts Musical Arts Processes and Music Education Practice it captures and documents the concept of musical arts from an African experiential perspective. Articulating the processes of musical arts and their implications for teaching and learning in both African and international learning contexts it presents a balanced view of music as a phenomenon and generates material for discussion. A valuable resource for those seeking insight into aspects of music practice in Africa this book will appeal to scholars of Music Education Ethnomusicology Community Music African Studies and African Music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670962

Music Education in an Age of Virtuality and Post-Truth This is a deliberately provocative book crossing many disciplinary boundaries and locating music and art education within a context of contemporary social and political problems in a time of growing disruption and authoritarianism. Intended firstly for music teacher educators practicing music teachers and graduate and undergraduate music education majors the book also speaks to arts and media studies teachers parents or others interested in exploring how composing performing improvising conducting listening dancing teaching learning or engaging in music or education criticism are all political acts because fundamentally concerned with social values and thus inseparable from power and politics. Among the book’s central themes are the danger of democratic deconsolidation in the West and how music education can help counter that threat through the fostering of democratic citizens who are aware of music’s ubiquity in their lives and its many roles in shaping public opinion and notions of truth and for better or for worse! The arts can obviously be used for ill but as George Orwell demonstrated in his own work they can also be employed in defense of democracy as modes of political thought and action affording opportunities for the revitalization of society through its re-imagining. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322844

Music Education in England 1950-2010The Child-Centred Progressive Tradition John Finney examines the child-centred progressive tradition to create a fresh way of evaluating ideas and practices that have evolved since 1950 that have shaped the lives of music teachers and their pupils and that have now become disfigured residual and altogether lost in the light of social cultural and political change. The book is a critique of the present situation with an intention to expose the dangers in our current pursuit of future gains that are thought to serve the making and sustaining of the social order. The project draws in major debates of the period along with their protagonists counter-pointed by the voices of teachers and pupils. At the same time the structuring voices of policy and governance become ever louder as we reach the present time. Finney presents a compelling analytical account through a series of six episodes each seeking to capture the spirit and fervour characteristic of a particular phase within the period studied. In the concluding chapter the narrative developed is reviewed. From this the idea of music education as an ethical pursuit is proposed. Finney argues that classroom relationships can be thought of as playfully dialogic where teacher and pupil remain curious and where there is serious attention to what is to be taught and why. This will always need to be negotiated with the expressed and inferred needs of children working together to find a critical approach to what is being learnt. Finney's book provides fresh inspiration for practitioners and new challenges for researchers and as such is a landmark in the field of arts and music education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272569

Music EducationNavigating the Future Education involving music is a multifaceted and ever-altering challenge. As new media technologies and pedagogies are developed academics and practitioners must make sure that they are aware of current trends and where they might lead. This book features studies on the future of music education from emerging scholars in the field. These studies are then supplemented by commentaries from established leaders of the music education community. Music Education covers topics such as music and leisure new forms of media in music teaching and learning the role of technology in music learning popular music tuition in the expansion of curricular offering and assessment of music education research. As such it is an excellent reference for scholars and teachers as well as guide to the future of the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868857

Music EducationSource Readings from Ancient Greece to Today Music Education: Source Readings from Ancient Greece to Today is a collection of thematically organized essays that illuminate the importance of music education to individuals communities and nations. The fourth edition has been expanded to address the significant societal changes that have occurred since the publication of the last edition with a greater focus on current readings in government philosophy psychology curriculum sociology and advocacy. This comprehensive text remains an essential reference for music educators today demonstrating the value and support of their profession in the societies in which they live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506892

Music Entries at Stationers' Hall 1710–1818from lists prepared for William Hawes D.W. Krummel and Alan Tyson and from other sources The British Copyright Act of 1709 protected proprietors of books and music printed after 10 April 1710 who gave copies to the Company of Stationers in London. Upon receipt of a copy usually within days of its first publication the Stationers' Hall warehouse keeper entered details into a register. They included the date of registration the name of the work's proprietor (its author or if copyright had been transferred its publisher) and the work's full title which normally named the composer and the writer of any text and often named the work's performers and dedicatee. Although some publishers put the words 'Entered at Stationers' Hall' on title-pages without actually depositing copies the information in the registers about the many works that were registered has significant bibliographic value. Because the music entries have not previously been printed and access to them has been difficult they generally have been ignored by cataloguers and scholars with the consequence that numerous musical works of this period have been misdated in libraries and reference books. This book makes available for the first time the full text of the music entries at Stationers' Hall from 1710 to 1810 and abbreviated details of works entered from 1811 to 1818. Its value is enhanced by the inclusion of locations of copies of most works together with indexes of composers authors performers and dedicatees and an explanatory introduction by the compiler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315596761

Music Festivals and Regional Development in Australia Throughout the world the number of festivals has grown exponentially in the last two decades as people celebrate local and regional cultures but perhaps more importantly as local councils and other groups seek to use festivals both to promote tourism and to stimulate rural development. However most studies of festivals have tended to focus almost exclusively on the cultural and symbolic aspects or on narrow modelling of economic multiplier impacts rather than examining their long-term implications for rural change. This book therefore has an original focus. It is structured in two parts: the first discusses broad issues affecting music festivals globally especially in the context of rural revitalisation. The second part looks in more detail at a range of types of festivals commonly found throughout North America Europe and Australasia such as country music jazz opera and alternative music festivals. The authors draw on in-depth research undertaken over the past five years in a range of Australian places which traces the overall growth of festivals of various kinds examines four of the more important and distinctive music festivals and makes clear conclusions on their significance for rural and regional change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267800

Music Festivals and the Politics of Participation The spread of UK music festivals has exploded since 2000. In this major contribution to cultural studies the lid is lifted on the contemporary festival scene. Gone are the days of a handful of formulaic large events dominating the market place. Across the country hundreds of ’boutique’ gatherings have popped up drawing hundreds of thousands of festival-goers into the fields. Why has this happened? What has led to this change? In her richly detailed study industry insider Dr Roxy Robinson uncovers the dynamics that have led to the formation and evolution of the modern festival scene. Tracing the history of the culture as far back as the fifties this book examines the tensions between authenticity and commerce as festivals grew into a widespread professionalized industry. Setting the scene as a fragmented yet highly competitive market Music Festivals and the Politics of Participation examines the emergence of key trends with a focus on surrealist production and popular theatricality. For the first time the transatlantic relationship between British promoters and the social experiment-come-festival Burning Man is documented uncovering its role in promoting a politics of participation that has dramatically altered the festival experience. Taking an in-depth approach to examining key events including the fastest growing independent music festival in recent years (Hampshire’s BoomTown Fair) the UK market is shown to have produced a scene that champions co-production and the democratization of festival space. This is a vital text for anyone interested in British culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597481

Music Festivals in the UKBeyond the Carnivalesque The outdoor music festival market has developed and commercialised significantly since the mid-1990s and is now a mainstream part of the British summertime leisure experience. The overall number of outdoor music festivals staged in the UK doubled between 2005 and 2011 to reach a peak of over 500 events. UK Music (2016) estimates that the sector attracts over 3.7 million attendances each year and that music tourism as a whole sustains nearly 40 000 full-time jobs. Music Festivals in the UK is the first extended investigation into this commercialised rock and pop festival sector and examines events of all sizes: from mega-events such as Glastonbury Festival V Festival and the Reading and Leeds Festivals to ‘boutique’ events with maximum attendances as small as 250. In the past research into festivals has typically focused either on their carnivalesque heritage or on developing managerial tools for the field of Events Management. Anderton moves beyond such perspectives to propose new ways of understanding and theorising the cultural social and geographic importance of outdoor music festivals. He argues that changes in the sector since the mid-1990s such as professionalisation corporatisation mediatisation regulatory control and sponsorship/branding should not necessarily be regarded as a process of transgressive 'alternative culture’ being co-opted by commercial concerns; instead such changes represent a reconfiguration of the sector in line with changes in society and a broadening of the forms and meanings that may be associated with outdoor music events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588571

Music for Early LearningSongs and musical activities to support children's development Is my singing good enough? What should I do with instruments? How can I create a rich and exciting musical environment which will allow for both child and adult led musical activity? Singing dancing and music-making comes naturally to young children but we as adults often lack confidence in our musical ability. This easily accessible book will help you to realise that everyone can be a creative music-maker with young children. It aims to inspire you to take young children’s enthusiasm for music and create a musically rich environment that supports all areas of learning and development and at the same time celebrate music for music’s sake. Packed with activities songs and musical games this book includes: Recognising musical development in young children and the benefits of music-making in the early years Advice on inclusive practice Guidance on using musical instruments Ways to develop your own musicality Help with planning and assessment Chapters linking musical activities to each area of learning and development How to create a balance between adult-led and child-initiated activities Music for Early Learning also includes a CD containing 23 songs and listening activities linked to each area of development which can be used as a standalone resource or alongside the music manuscript and Guitar and Ukulele tabs provided as well as lyrics to each of the songs. This practical text will help you to realise the wonderful opportunities that music can offer young children and is an ideal resource for Early Years Practitioners Early Years consultants and trainnee teachers as well as those on Nursery Nursing and Childcare courses at Further and Higher education levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679213

Music FundamentalsA Balanced Approach Music Fundamentals: A Balanced Approach Third Edition combines a textbook and integrated workbook with an interactive website for those who want to learn the basics of reading music. Intended for students with little or no prior knowledge of music theory it offers a patient approach to understanding and mastering the building blocks of musical practice and structure. Musical examples range from Elvis Presley songs to Filipino ballads to Beethoven symphonies offering a balanced mixture of global classical and popular music. The new edition includes: Additional vocabulary features and review exercises Additional musical selections and 1- 2- or 3-hand rhythmic exercises The addition of guitar tablature A revised text design that more clearly designates the different types of exercises and makes the Workbook pages easier to write on An improved companion website with added mobile functionality The author’s balanced approach to beginning music theory engages student interest while demonstrating how music theory concepts apply not only to the Western classical canon but also to popular and world music. With the beginner student in mind Music Fundamentals: A Balanced Approach Third Edition is a comprehensive text for understanding the foundations of music theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654419

Music Genres and Corporate Cultures Music Genres and Corporate Cultures explores the seemingly haphazard workings of the music industry tracing the uneasy relationship between economics and culture; `entertainment corporations' and the artists they sign. Keith Negus examines the contrasting strategies of major labels like Sony and Polygram in managing different genres artists and staff. How do takeovers affect the treatment of artists? Why has Polygram been perceived as too European to attract US artists? And how did Warner's wooden floors help them sign Green Day? Through in-depth case studies of three major genres; rap country and salsa Negus explores the way in which the music industry recognises and rewards certain sounds and how this influences both the creativity of musicians and their audiences. He examines the tension between raps public image as the spontaneous `music of the streets' and the practicalities of the market and asks why country labels and radio stations promote top-selling acts like Garth Brooks over hard-to-classify artists like Mary Chapin-Carpenter and how the lack of soundscan systems in Puerto Rican record shops affects salsa music's position on the US Billboard chart. Drawing on over seventy interviews with music industry personnel in Britain and the United States Music Genres and Corporate Cultures shows how the creation circulation and consumption of popular music is shaped by record companies and corporate business styles while stressing that music production takes within a broader culture not totally within the control of large corporations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203169469

Music History and Cosmopolitanism This collection of essays is the first book-length study of music history and cosmopolitanism and is informed by arguments that culture and identity do not have to be viewed as primarily located in the context of nationalist narratives. Rather than trying to distinguish between a true cosmopolitanism and a false cosmopolitanism the book presents studies that deepen understanding of the heritage of this concept – the various ways in which the term has been used to describe a wide range of activity and social outlooks. It ranges over a two hundred-year period and more than a dozen countries revealing how musicians and audiences have responded to a common humanity by embracing culture beyond regional or national boundaries. Among the various topics investigated are: musical cosmopolitanism among composers in Latin America the Ottoman Empire and Austro-Hungarian Empire; cosmopolitan popular music historiography; cosmopolitan musical entrepreneurs; and musical cosmopolitanism in the metropolises of New York and Shanghai. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481138

Music in a New Found LandThemes and Developments in the History of American Music The subject of this book is accurately defined by its subtitle. Music in a New Found Land does not pretend to be a comprehensive history of American music. Nor does Mellers strive to catalog what he considers to be authentic American music. Instead he deals in some detail with comparatively few composers most of whom have wellestablished reputations.It has always been difficult to separate American music from its immediate relevance to the twentieth century. Mellers' theme involves the relationship between "art" music jazz and pop music; he sees the segregation of these genres as both illogical and artifi cial. If the pop music of Tin Pan Alley may be anti-art it has also produced Gershwin Ellington and composing improvisers such as Louis Armstrong Charlie Parker and Miles Davis.The study of American music is as relevant into any inquiry into a national culture as the study of American literature and painting. This book contains a large number of quotations from American writers because Mellers thought American sensibility should parallel reinforce and comment on American music. In sum this is the closest available one-volume history of American music and a window into American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528505

Music in Action FilmSounds Like Action! Music in Action Film is the first volume to address the central role of music and sound in action film—arguably the most dominant form of commercial cinema today. Bringing together 15 essays by established and emerging scholars the book encompasses both Hollywood blockbusters and international films from classic works such as The Seven Samurai to contemporary superhero franchises. The contributors consider action both as genre and as a mode of cinematic expression in chapters on evolving musical conventions; politics representation and identity; musical affect and agency; the functional role of music and sound design in action film; and production technologies. Breaking new critical ground yet highly accessible this book will be of interest to students and scholars of music and film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384502

Music in American Society This book is the literary legacy of a national music festival in St. Louis organized to identify as clearly as possible the specifically native character of music originating in the United States of America. The festival—the Bicentennial Horizons of American Music and the Performing Arts (B.H.A.M.)—sponsored more than 250 performances and workshops between Flag Day and Independence Day 1976. It was the only event of the Bicentennial celebration to address itself to a survey and evaluation of the musical development of this country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528512

Music in Ancient Judaism and Early Christianity In Music in Ancient Judaism and Early Christianity John Arthur Smith presents the first full-length study of music among the ancient Israelites the ancient Jews and the early Christians in the Mediterranean lands during the period from 1000 BCE to 400 CE. He considers the physical religious and social setting of the music and how the music was performed. The extent to which early Christian music may have retained elements of the musical tradition of Judaism is also considered. After reviewing the subject's historical setting and describing the main sources the author discusses music at the Jerusalem Temple and in a variety of spheres of Jewish life away from it. His subsequent discussion of early Christian music covers music in private devotion monasticism the Eucharist and gnostic literature. He concludes with an examination of the question of the relationship between Jewish and early Christian music and a consideration of the musical environments that are likely to have influenced the formation of the earliest Christian chant. The scant remains of notated music from the period are discussed and placed in their respective contexts. The numerous sources that are the foundation of the book are evaluated objectively and critically in the light of modern scholarship. Due attention is given to where their limitations lie and to what they cannot tell us as well as to what they can. The book serves as a reliable introduction as well as being an invaluable guide through one of the most complex periods of music history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273931

Music in CanadaA Research and Information Guide First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976603

Music in Comedy TelevisionNotes on Laughs The study of television and music has expanded greatly in recent years yet to date no book has focused on the genre of comedy television as it relates to music. Music in Comedy Television: Notes on Laughs fills that gap breaking new critical ground. With contributions from an array of established and emerging scholars representing a range of disciplines the twelve essays included cover a wide variety of topics and television shows spanning nearly fifty years across network cable and online structures and capturing the latest research in this growing area of study. From Sesame Street to Saturday Night Live from Monty Python to Flight of the Conchords this book offers the perfect introduction for students and scholars in music and media studies seeking to understand the role of music in comedy onscreen and how it relates to the wider culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193581

Music in ConflictPalestine Israel and the Politics of Aesthetic Production Music in Conflict studies the complex relationship of musical culture to political life in Palestine-Israel where conflict has both shaped and claimed the lives of Palestinians and Jews. In the context of the geography of violence that characterizes the conflict borders and boundaries are material and social manifestations of the ways in which the production of knowledge is conditioned by political and structural violence. Ethical and aesthetic positions that shape artistic production in this context are informed by profound imbalances of power and contingent exposure to violence. Viewing expressive culture as a potent site for understanding these dynamics the book examines the politics of sound to show how music-making reflects and forms identities and in the process shapes communities. The ethnography is based on fieldwork conducted in Israel and the West Bank in 2011–2012 and other excursions since then. Author has "followed the conflict" by "following the music " from concert halls to demonstrations mixed-city community centers to Palestinian refugee camp children’s clubs alternative urban scenes and even a checkpoint. In all the different contexts presented the monograph is thematically and theoretically underpinned by the ways in which music is used to culturally assert or reterritorialize both spatial and social boundaries in a situation of conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367563172

Music in Contemporary Indian FilmMemory Voice Identity Music in Contemporary Indian Film: Memory Voice Identity provides a rich and detailed look into the unique dimensions of music in Indian film. Music is at the center of Indian cinema and India’s film music industry has a far-reaching impact on popular folk and classical music across the subcontinent and the South Asian diaspora. In twelve essays written by an international array of scholars this book explores the social cultural and musical aspects of the industry including both the traditional center of "Bollywood" and regional film-making. Concentrating on films and songs created in contemporary post-liberalization India this book will appeal to classes in film studies media studies and world music as well as all fans of Indian films. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929364

Music in Contemporary Philosophy This book examines the functional place of music in contemporary European philosophy of the 20th and 21st centuries. The chapters explore the musical dimensions of lesser known figures as well as well-known philosophical figures in relation to their lesser-known musical dimensions. Edmund Husserl Martin Heidegger Jean-François Lyotard Jacques Rancière and Alain Badiou for example are central figures in debates concerning phenomenology postmodernism and political philosophy. Their musical writings however have been largely overlooked. Of those discussed here whose musical writings have gained some currency – Ernst Bloch Theodor W. Adorno Jean-Luc Nancy Edward Said and Slavoj Žižek – music mostly constitutes but a partial aspect of their overall philosophical output. These chapters attempt to supplement the gap raising more prominently than hitherto the question concerning music in this philosophical milieu. The collection represents some of the distinctive recent work of an emerging generation of American-based music scholars tackling the relationship between philosophy and music in a qualitatively new way. While this intellectual output cannot be easily summarized one detects certain features. If what was once called "New Musicology" in the 1990s can be characterized by a turn to literary theory and philosophy – treated as sources of (mostly nonjudgmental) inspiration – we find here instead a new body of work that turns the tables on the relation between music and philosophy. Instead of bringing philosophy to musicology this work critically analyzes how music inhabits philosophy itself and then assesses the ethical and political dimensions of these philosophical positions and their relation to lived history. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Music Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793590

Music in Cyprus Music in Cyprus draws its authors from both sides of the divided island to give a rounded picture of musical culture from the beginning of the British colonial period (1878-1960) until today. The book crosses conventional scholarly divides between musicology and ethnomusicology in order to achieve a panorama of music culture and politics. Shared practices of traditional music and dance are outlined and the appropriation of those practices by both communities in the aftermath of the de facto division of the island is examined. Art music (European and Ottoman) is also discussed both in terms of the structures of musical life and the creative praxes of composers and there is an account of the early stages of a popular music industry. The authors consider such questions as: What is the role of different musics in defining national regional social and cultural identities in Cyprus? How do Cypriot alterities illuminate European projects of modernity? And what has been the impact of westernization and modernization (and conversely of orientalization) on music in Cyprus? The book will be of interest to students and academics working not only in both historical musicology and ethnomusicology but also in the history and anthropology of Cyprus and of the entire Greek-Anatolian region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598082

Music in EducationA Guide for Parents and Teachers First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822013

Music in Eighteenth-Century Britain This collection of essays by some of the leading scholars in the field looks at various aspects of musical life in eighteenth-century Britain. The significant roles played by institutions such as the Freemasons and foreign embassy chapels in promoting music making and introducing foreign styles to English music are examined as well as the influence exerted by individuals both foreign and British. The book covers the spectrum of British music both sacred and secular and both cosmopolitan and provincial. In doing so it helps to redress the picture of eighteenth-century British music which has previously portrayed Handel and London as its primary constituents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267350

Music in Elementary Education Based on the National Standards this text is divided into three parts. Part one Foundations covers the rationale for a Music Education program in the elementary years; meaning and musical experience; and elements and kinds of music. Part two Music Elements Curriculum and Avenues to Music Learning covers curriculum development; music for special needs students; avenues to music learning and historic and contemporary approaches. Part three Musical Experiences is grouped by avenues of music learning and grades. Thanks to years of thorough research Music in Elementary Education promises is a standard text in the field. Web resources are available to through authors website: http://www.marvinmusic.org/artsed.html. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453258

Music in Epic FilmListening to Spectacle As both a distinct genre and a particular mode of filmmaking the idea of the epic has been central to the history of cinema. Including contributions from both established and emerging film music scholars the ten essays in Music in Epic Film: Listening to Spectacle provide a cross-section of contemporary scholarship on the subject. They explore diverse topics including the function of music in epic narratives the socio-political implications of cinematic music and the use of pre-existing music in epic films. Intended for students and scholars in film music film appreciation and media studies the wide range of topics and the diversity of the films that the authors discuss make Music in Epic Film: Listening to Spectacle an ideal introduction to the field of music in epic film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915831

Music in Films on the Middle AgesAuthenticity vs. Fantasy This book explores the role of music in the some five hundred feature-length films on the Middle Ages produced between the late 1890s and the present day. Haines focuses on the tension in these films between the surviving evidence for medieval music and the idiomatic tradition of cinematic music. The latter is taken broadly as any musical sound occurring in a film from the clang of a bell off-screen to a minstrel singing his song. Medieval film music must be considered in the broader historical context of pre-cinematic medievalisms and of medievalist cinema’s main development in the course of the twentieth century as an American appropriation of European culture. The book treats six pervasive moments that define the genre of medieval film: the church-tower bell the trumpet fanfare or horn call the music of banquets and courts the singing minstrel performances of Gregorian chant and the music that accompanies horse-riding knights with each chapter visiting representative films as case studies. These six signal musical moments that create a fundamental visual-aural core central to making a film feel medieval to modern audiences originate in medievalist works predating cinema by some three centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824125

Music in Medieval EuropeStudies in Honour of Bryan Gillingham This book presents the most recent findings of twenty of the foremost European and North American researchers into the music of the Middle Ages. The chronological scope of their topics is wide from the ninth to the fifteenth century. Wide too is the range of the subject matter: included are essays on ecclesiastical chant early and late (and on the earliest and latest of its supernumerary tropes monophonic and polyphonic); on the innovative and seminal polyphony of Notre-Dame de Paris and the Latin poetry associated with the great cathedral; on the liturgy of Paris Rome and Milan; on musical theory; on the emotional reception of music near the end of the medieval period and the emergence of modern sensibilities; even on methods of encoding the melodies that survive from the Middle Ages encoding that makes it practical to apply computer-assisted analysis to their vast number. The findings presented in this book will be of interest to those engaged by music and the liturgy active researchers and students. All the papers are carefully and extensively documented by references to medieval sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262898

Music in Religious Cults of the Ancient Near East Music in Religious Cults of the Ancient Near East presents the first extended discussion of the relationship between music and cultic worship in ancient western Asia. The book covers ancient Israel and Judah the Levant Anatolia Mesopotamia Elam and ancient Egypt focusing on the period from approximately 3000 BCE to around 586 BCE. This wide-ranging book brings together insights from ancient archaeological iconographic written and musical sources as well as from modern scholarship. Through careful analysis comparison and evaluation of those sources the author builds a picture of a world where religious culture was predominant and where music was intrinsic to common cultic activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486334

Music in Science Fiction TelevisionTuned to the Future The music for science fiction television programs like music for science fiction films is often highly distinctive introducing cutting-edge electronic music and soundscapes. There is a highly particular role for sound and music in science fiction because it regularly has to expand the vistas and imagination of the shows and plays a crucial role in setting up the time and place. Notable for its adoption of electronic instruments and integration of music and effects science fiction programs explore sonic capabilities offered through the evolution of sound technology and design which has allowed for the precise control and creation of unique and otherworldly sounds. This collection of essays analyzes the style and context of music and sound design in Science Fiction television. It provides a wide range of in-depth analyses of seminal live-action series such as Doctor Who The Twilight Zone and Lost   as well as animated series such as The Jetsons. With thirteen essays from prominent contributors in the field of music and screen media this anthology will appeal to students of Music and Media as well as fans of science fiction television. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641081

Music in Seventeenth-Century NaplesFrancesco Provenzale (1624–1704) The most important figure of seventeenth-century Neapolitan music Francesco Provenzale (1624-1704) spent his long life in the service of a number of Neapolitan conservatories and churches culminating in his appointment as maestro of the Tesoro di S. Gennaro and the Real Cappella. Provenzale was successful in generating significant profit from a range of musical activities promoted by him with the participation of his pupils and trusted collaborators. Dinko Fabris draws on newly discovered archival documents to reconstruct the career of a musician who became the leader of his musical world despite his relatively small musical output. The book examines Provenzale's surviving works alongside those of his most important Neapolitan contemporaries (Raimo Di Bartolo Sabino Salvatore and Caresana) and pupils (Fago Greco Veneziano and many others) revealing both stylistic similarities and differences particularly in terms of new harmonic practices and the use of Neapolitan language in opera. Fabris provides both a life and works study of Provenzale and a conspectus of Neapolitan musical life of the seventeenth century which so clearly laid the groundwork for Naples' later status as one of the great musical capitals of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258754

Music in Shakespearean Tragedy First published in 1963. When originally published this book was the first to treat at full length the contribution which music makes to Shakespeare's great tragedies among them Hamlet Othello and King Lear. Here the playwright's practices are studied in conjunction with those of his contemporaries: Marlowe and Jonson Marston and Chapman. From these comparative assessments there emerges the method that is peculiar to Shakespeare: the employment of song and instrumental music to a degree hitherto unknown and their use as an integral part of the dramatic structure. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315018676

Music in the 20th Century (3 Vol Set) This is an examination of the crucial formative period of Chinese attitudes toward nuclear weapons the immediate post-Hiroshima/Nagasaki period and the Korean War. It also provides an account of US actions and attitudes during this period and China's response. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702254

Music in the Baroque WorldHistory Culture and Performance Music in the Baroque World: History Culture Performance offers an interdisciplinary study of the music of Europe and the Americas in the seventeenth and first half of the eighteenth centuries. It answers calls for an approach that balances culture history and musical analysis with an emphasis on performance considerations such as notation instruments and performance techniques. It situates musical events in their intellectual social religious and political contexts and enables in-depth discussion and critical analysis. The companion web site provide links to scores and audio/visual performances making this a complete course for the study of Baroque music. Features An interdisciplinary approach that balances detailed analysis of specific pieces of music and broader historical overview and relevance A selection of historical documents at the end of each chapter that position musical works and events in their cultural context Extensive musical examples that show the melodic textural harmonic or structural features of baroque music and enhance the utility of the textbook for undergraduate and graduate music majors A global perspective with a chapter on Music in the Americas A companion score anthology and website with links to audio/video content of key performances and research and writing guides Music in the Baroque World: History Culture Performance tells stories of local traditions cultural exchange performance trends and artistic mixing. It illuminates representative works through the lens of politics visual arts theology print culture gender domesticity commerce and cultural influence and exchange. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842761

Music in the British Provinces 1690–1914 The period covered by this volume roughly from Purcell to Elgar has traditionally been seen as a dark age in British musical history. Much has been done recently to revise this view though research still tends to focus on London as the commercial and cultural hub of the British Isles. It is becoming increasingly clear however that by the mid-eighteenth century musical activity outside London was highly distinctive in terms of its reach the way it was organized and its size richness and quality. There was an extraordinary amount of musical activity of all sorts in provincial theatres and halls in the amateur orchestras and choirs that developed in most towns of any size in taverns and convivial clubs in parish churches and dissenting chapels and of course in the home. This is the first book to concentrate specifically on musical life in the provinces bringing together new archival research and offering a fresh perspective on British music of the period. The essays brought together here testify to the vital role played by music in provincial culture not only in socializing and networking but in regional economies and rivalries demographics and class dynamics religion and identity education and recreation and community and the formation of tradition. Most important perhaps as our focus shifts from London to the regions new light is shed on neglected figures and forgotten repertoires all of them worthy of reconsideration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251052

Music in the Classical WorldGenre Culture and History Music in the Classical World: Genre Culture and History provides a broad sociocultural and historical perspective of the music of the Classical Period as it relates to the world in which it was created. It establishes a background on the time span—1725 to 1815—offering a context for the music made during one of the more vibrant periods of achievement in history. Outlining how music interacted with society politics and the arts of that time this kaleidescopic approach presents an overview of how the various genres expanded during the period not just in the major musical centers but around the globe. Contemporaneous treatises and commentary documenting these changes are integrated into the narrative. Features include the following: A complete course with musical scores on the companion website plus links to recordings—and no need to purchase a separate anthology The development of style and genres within a broader historical framework Extensive musical examples from a wide range of composers considered in context of the genre A thorough collection of illustrations iconography and art relevant to the music of the age Source documents translated by the author Valuable student learning aids throughout including a timeline a register of people and dates sidebars of political importance and a selected reading list arranged by chapter and topic A companion website featuring scores of all music discussed in the text recordings of most musical examples and tips for listening Music in the Classical World: Genre Culture and History tells the story of classical music through eighteenth-century eyes exposing readers to the wealth of music and musical styles of the time and providing a glimpse into that vibrant and active world of the Classical Period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503847

Music in the Collective Experience in Sixteenth-Century Milan Renaissance music like its sister arts was most often experienced collectively. While it was possible to read Renaissance polyphony silently from a music manuscript or print improvise alone or perform as a soloist the very practical nature of Renaissance music defied individualism. The reading and improvisation of polyphony was most frequently achieved through close co-operation and this mutual endeavour extended beyond the musicians to include the society to which it is addressed. In sixteenth-century Milan music an art traditionally associated with the court and cathedral came to be appropriated by the old nobility and the new aristocracy alike as a means of demonstrating social primacy and newly acquired wealth. As class mobility assumed greater significance in Milan and the size of the city expanded beyond its Medieval borders music-making became ever more closely associated with public life. With its novel structures and diverse urban spaces sixteenth-century Milan offered an unlimited variety of public performance arenas. The city's political and ecclesiastical authorities staged grand processions church services entertainments and entries aimed at the propagation of both church and state. Yet the private citizen utilized such displays as well creating his own miniature spectacle in a visual and an aural imitation of the ecclesiastical and political panoply of the age. Using archival documents music prints manuscripts and contemporary writing Getz examines the musical culture of sixteenth-century Milan via its life within the city's most influential social institutions to show how fifteenth-century courtly traditions were adapted to the public arena. The book considers the relationship of the primary cappella musicale including those of the Duomo the court of Milan Santa Maria della Scala and Santa Maria presso San Celso to the sixteenth-century institutions that housed them. In addition the book investigates the musician's role as an actor and a functionary in the political religious and social spectacles produced by the Milanese church state and aristocracy within the city's diverse urban spaces. Furthermore it establishes a context for the numerous motets madrigals and lute intabulations composed and printed in sixteenth-century Milan by examining their function within the urban milieu in which they were first performed. Finally it musically documents Milan's transformation from a ducal state dominated by provincial traditions into a mercantile centre of international acclaim. Such an important study in Italian Renaissance music will therefore appeal to anyone interested in the culture of Renaissance Italy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262829

Music in the Early Years Research findings repeatedly show that music is one of the subjects which teachers feel least confident to tackle. There are many reasons for this not least being the lack of appropriate guidance and training. This book is designed to help overcome these problems by providing class teachers with clear advice on how to plan resource and deliver a comprehensive programme which will challenge their pupils and enable them to progress and meet national requirements. The book includes examples and activities which can be used as a basis for in-service training within schools particularly for teachers who regard themselves as non-specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165755

Music in the Early Years Music in the Early Years is for teachers working across the 3 to 8 age phase who want to make music integral to the life of the nursery and early years classroom.Music has often been taught as if it were different something outside the mainstream curriculum with teaching approaches quite at odds with early years work. This book takes children's development as its basis and works towards building a music pedagogy within early years practice. A readiness to listen observe and reflect is central to the practice which threads through the book.Based on the authors' extensive experience and drawing on that of other teachers and researchers lots of well-tried practical ideas show how teachers parents and carers can help children fulfil their music potential. Sample activities model ways of working with children and have been written in such a way that they can be substituted with other material and adapted for further use. Earlier and later stages of learning and progression are described as a basis for matching activities with children's learning needs as well as a companion book Primary Music: Later Years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171565

Music in The Girl's Own Paper: An Annotated Catalogue 1880–1910 Nineteenth-century British periodicals for girls and women offer a wealth of material to understand how girls and women fit into their social and cultural worlds of which music making was an important part. The Girl's Own Paper first published in 1880 stands out because of its rich musical content. Keeping practical usefulness as a research tool and as a guide to further reading in mind Judith Barger has catalogued the musical content found in the weekly and later monthly issues during the magazine's first thirty years in music scores instalments of serialized fiction about musicians music-related nonfiction poetry with a musical title or theme illustrations depicting music making and replies to musical correspondents. The book's introductory chapter reveals how content in The Girl's Own Paper changed over time to reflect a shift in women's music making from a female accomplishment to an increasingly professional role within the discipline using 'the piano girl' as a case study. A comparison with musical content found in The Boy's Own Paper over the same time span offers additional insight into musical content chosen for the girls' magazine. A user's guide precedes the chronological annotated catalogue; the indexes that follow reveal the magazine's diversity of approach to the subject of music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380028

Music in the HeadLiving at the Brain-Mind Border This book turns out to have a scientific relevance and value that will similarly interest many not only those in the specialized field of neuroscience but very individual who has a brain and a mind and wonders about them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322755

Music in the Human ExperienceAn Introduction to Music Psychology Music in the Human Experience: An Introduction to Music Psychology Second Edition is geared toward music students yet incorporates other disciplines to provide an explanation for why and how we make sense of music and respond to it—cognitively physically and emotionally. All human societies in every corner of the globe engage in music. Taken collectively these musical experiences are widely varied and hugely complex affairs. How did human beings come to be musical creatures?  How and why do our bodies respond to music? Why do people have emotional responses to music? Music in the Human Experience seeks to understand and explain these phenomena at the core of what it means to be a human being. New to this edition: Expanded references and examples of non-Western musical styles Updated literature on philosophical and spiritual issues Brief sections on tuning systems and the acoustics of musical instruments A section on creativity and improvisation in the discussion of musical performance New studies in musical genetics Greatly increased usage of explanatory figures Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579828

Music in the Lives of Young ChildrenAn Annotated Anthology of Research Papers from Early Child Development and Care This annotated anthology documents historical trends and basic findings regarding music in early childhood education development and care. The papers in this volume discuss the main research trends of musical engagement with early children such as music in the family employing music in child care and musical skill and development. This collection hopes to stimulate further reflections on the implementation of music in daily practice. The volume represents many facets of research from different cultural contexts and reflects trends and projects of music in early childhood. The findings incorporate a historical perspective with regards to different topics and approaches. The book provides practitioners and researchers of music education music development and music psychology an opportunity to read a selection of articles that were previously published in the journal Early Child Development and Care. Each paper concludes with an annotation note supplied by the principle author addressing how they see their article from the perspective of today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367547189

Music in the MarketplaceA social economics approach Much recent economic work on the music industry has been focused on the impact of technology on demand with predictions being made of digital copyright infringement leading to the demise of the industry. In fact there have always been profound cyclical swings in music media sales owing to the fact that music always has been and continues to be a discretionary purchase. This entertaining and accessible book offers an analysis of the production and consumption of music from a social economics approach. Locating music within the economic analysis of social behaviour this books guides the reader through issues relating to production supply consumption and trends wider considerations such as the international trade in music and in particular through divisions of age race and gender. Providing an engaging overview of this fascinating topic this book will be of interest and relevance to students and scholars of cultural economics management musicology cultural studies and those with an interest in the music industry more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723282

Music in the Post-9/11 World Music in the Post-9/11 World addresses the varied and complex roles music has played in the wake of September 11 2001. Interdisciplinary in approach international in scope and critical in orientation the twelve essays in this groundbreaking volume examine a diverse array of musical responses to the terrorist attacks of that day and reflect upon the altered social economic and political environment of "post-9/11" music production and consumption. Individual essays are devoted to the mass-mediated works of popular musicians such as Bruce Springsteen and Darryl Worley as well as to lesser-known musical responses by artists in countries including Afghanistan Egypt Mexico Morocco Peru and Senegal. Contributors also discuss a range of themes including the role played by Western classical music in rites of mourning and commemoration "invisible" musical practices such as the creation of television news music and implicit censorship in the mainstream media. Taken as a whole this collection presents powerful evidence of the central role music has played in expressing shaping and contesting worldwide public attitudes toward the defining event of the early twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942048

Music in the Role-Playing GameHeroes & Harmonies Music in the Role-Playing Game: Heroes & Harmonies offers the first scholarly approach focusing on music in the broad class of video games known as role-playing games or RPGs. Known for their narrative sophistication and long playtimes RPGs have long been celebrated by players for the quality of their cinematic musical scores which have taken on a life of their own drawing large audiences to live orchestral performances. The chapters in this volume address the role of music in popular RPGs such as Final Fantasy and World of Warcraft delving into how music interacts with the gaming environment to shape players’ perceptions and engagement. The contributors apply a range of methodologies to the study of music in this genre exploring topics such as genre conventions around music differences between music in Japanese and Western role-playing games cultural representation nostalgia and how music can shape deeply personal game experiences. Music in the Role-Playing Game expands the growing field of studies of music in video games detailing the considerable role that music plays in this modern storytelling medium and breaking new ground in considering the role of genre. Combining deep analysis with accessible personal accounts of authors’ experiences as players it will be of interest to students and scholars of music gaming and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369042

Music in the WesternNotes From the Frontier Music in the Western: Notes from the Frontier presents essays from both film studies scholars and musicologists on core issues in western film scores: their history their generic conventions their operation as part of a narrative system their functioning within individual filmic texts and their ideological import especially in terms of the western’s construction of gender sexuality race and ethnicity. The Hollywood western is marked as uniquely American by its geographic setting prototypical male protagonist and core American values. Music in the Western examines these conventions and the scores that have shaped them. But the western also had a resounding international impact from Europe to Asia and this volume distinguishes itself by its careful consideration of music in non-Hollywood westerns such as Ravenous and The Good the Bad and the Ugly and in the “easterns” which influenced them such as Yojimbo.  Other films discussed include Wagon Master High Noon Calamity Jane The Big Country The Unforgiven Dead Man Wild Bill There Will Be Blood and No Country for Old Men. Contributors Ross CareCorey K. CreekmurYuna de LannoyK. J. DonnellyCaryl FlinnClaudia GorbmanKathryn KalinakCharles LeinbergerMatthew McDonaldPeter StanfieldMariana WhitmerBen Winters The Routledge Music and Screen Media Series offers edited collections of original essays on music in particular genres of cinema television video games and new media.  These edited essay collections are written for an interdisciplinary audience of students and scholars of music and film and media studies.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415882279

Music in the Words: Musical Form and Counterpoint in the Twentieth-Century Novel There is a strong tradition of literary analyses of the musical artwork. Simply put all musicology - any writing about music - is an attempt at making analogies between what happens within the world of sound and language itself. This study considers this analogy from the opposite perspective: authors attempting to structure words using musical forms and techniques. It's a viewpoint much more rarely explored and none of the extant studies of novelists' musical techniques have been done by musicians. Can a novel follow the form of a symphony and still succeed as a novel? Can musical counterpoint be mimicked by words on a page? Alan Shockley begins looking for answers by examining music's appeal for novelists and then explores two brief works a prose fugue by Douglas Hofstadter and a short story by Anthony Burgess modeled after a Mozart symphony. Analyses of three large emblematic attempts at musical writing follow. The much debated 'Sirens' episode of James Joyce's Ulysses which the author famously likened to a fugue Burgess' largely ignored Napoleon Symphony: A Novel in Four Movements patterned on Beethoven's Eroica and Joyce's Finnegans Wake which Shockley examines as an attempt at composing a fully musicalized language. After these three larger analyses Shockley discusses two quite recent brief novels William Gaddis' novella Agapé Agape and David Markson's This is not a novel proposing that each of these confounding texts coheres elegantly when viewed as a musically-structured work. From the perspective of a composer Shockley offers the reader fresh tools for approaching these dense and often daunting texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259805

Music In Video GamesStudying Play From its earliest days as little more than a series of monophonic outbursts to its current-day scores that can rival major symphonic film scores video game music has gone through its own particular set of stylistic and functional metamorphoses while both borrowing and recontextualizing the earlier models from which it borrows. With topics ranging from early classics like Donkey Kong and Super Mario Bros. to more recent hits like Plants vs. Zombies the eleven essays in Music in Video Games draw on the scholarly fields of musicology and music theory film theory and game studies to investigate the history function style and conventions of video game music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634441

Music in Welsh Culture Before 1650A Study of the Principal Sources Music in Wales has long been a neglected area. Scholars have been deterred both by the need for a knowledge of the Welsh language and by the fact that an oral tradition in Wales persisted far later than in other parts of Britain resulting in a limited number of sources with conventional notation. Sally Harper provides the first serious study of Welsh music before 1650 and draws on a wide range of sources in Welsh Latin and English to illuminate early musical practice. This book challenges and refutes two widely held assumptions - that music in Wales before 1650 is impoverished and elusive and that the extant sources are too obscure and fragmentary to warrant serious study. Harper demonstrates that there is a far wider body of source material than is generally realized comprising liturgical manuscripts archival materials chronicles and retrospective histories inventories of pieces and players vernacular poetry and treatises. This book examines three principal areas: the unique tradition of cerdd dant (literally 'the music of the string') for harp and crwth; the Latin liturgy in Wales and its embellishment and 'Anglicised' sacred and secular materials from c.1580 which show Welsh music mirroring English practice. Taken together the primary material presented in this book bears witness to a flourishing and distinctive musical tradition of considerable cultural significance aspects of which have an important impact on wider musical practice beyond Wales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252356

Music Inside OutGoing Too Far in Musical Essays First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078717

Music Learning as Youth Development Music Learning as Youth Development explores how music education programs can contribute to young people’s social emotional cognitive and artistic capacities in the context of life-long musical development. International scholars argue that MLYD programs should focus in particular on the curiosity energy and views of young people affecting the teachers musicians pedagogy programs and music with which young people interact. From fields of progressive music education authors share their perspectives on approaches that can lead to new ways of enabling youth learners as they transition to adulthood. A vast range of possible outcomes arising from in-school afterschool and community-based music programs are examined in order to highlight the aspects of youth development that music learning is particularly well-suited to support. Following an introductory essay that provides new perspectives on pursuing lifelong musical development the volume is features two primary sections. The first focuses on case studies exploring several programs through the lens of the transitional stages of music learning as youth development helping the reader understand key concepts and explore challenges for creating music learning as youth development programs. The second section addresses the broad implications and policy issues of programs described including discussing why music learning should be conceived of as critical to formative stages of youth development that can lead to a productive and fulfilling life. The conclusion synthesizes the range of perspectives provided by eight contributors and offers implications for life-long human development through music in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138347700

Music Librarianship in the UK:Fifty Years of the British Branch of the International Association of Music Librarians This title was first published in 2003. The UK branch of the International Association of Music Libraries was founded in 1953. This volume of specially commissioned essays celebrates the golden jubilee of branch's foundation and surveys the achievements of the last 50 years. With an emphasis on practical music librarianship the essays examine the challenges that have faced the profession in recent years as well as current developments in the field and the impact of modern advances in information technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726437

Music Librarianship in the UKFifty Years of the British Branch of the International Association of Music Librarians This title was first published in 2003. The UK branch of the International Association of Music Libraries was founded in 1953. This volume of specially commissioned essays celebrates the golden jubilee of branch's foundation and surveys the achievements of the last 50 years. With an emphasis on practical music librarianship the essays examine the challenges that have faced the profession in recent years as well as current developments in the field and the impact of modern advances in information technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726413

Music of Anthony Braxton First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152021

Music of Latin America and the Caribbean Music of Latin America and the Caribbean Second Edition is a comprehensive textbook for undergraduate students  which covers all major facets of Latin American music finding a balance between important themes and illustrative examples. This book is about enjoying the music itself and provides a lively challenging discussion complemented by stimulating musical examples couched in an appropriate cultural and historical context—the music is a specific response to the era from which it emerges evolving from common roots to a wide variety of musical traditions. Music of Latin America and the Caribbean aims to develop an understanding of Latin American civilization and its relation to other cultures. NEW to this edition A new chapter overviewing all seven Central American countries An expansion of the chapter on the English- and French-speaking Caribbean An added chapter on transnational genres An end-of-book glossary featuring bolded terms within the text A companion website with over 50 streamed or linked audio tracks keyed to Listening Examples found in the text in addition to other student and instructors’ resources Bibliographic suggestions at the end of each chapter highlighting resources for further reading listening and viewing Organized along thematic historical and geographical lines Music of Latin America and the Caribbean implores students to appreciate the unique and varied contributions of other cultures while realizing the ways non-Western cultures have influenced Western musical heritage. With focused discussions on genres and styles musical instruments important rituals and the composers and performers responsible for its evolution the author employs a broad view of Latin American music: every country in Latin America and the Caribbean shares a common history and thus a similar musical tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053564

Music of Louis Andriessen This book presents the musician in dialog with a Polish-Canadian musicologist and three of his Dutch friends and collaborators Reinbert de Leeuw Elmer Schönberger and Frits van der Waa. Topics include his artistic evolution his relationship to minimalism his prevalent interest in mysticism and meaning the use of quotation and writing for the stage and an introduction to his musical language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980075

Music of the SoulComposing Life Out of Loss Music of the Soul guides the reader through principles techniques and exercises for incorporating music into grief counseling with the end goal of further empowering the grieving person. Music has a unique ability to elicit a whole range of powerful emotional responses in people - even so far as altering or enhancing one's mood - as well as physical reactions. This interdisciplinary text draws in equal parts from contemporary grief/loss theory music therapy research historical examples of powerful music case studies and both self-reflecting and teaching exercises. Music is as much about beginnings as endings and thus the book moves through life‘s losses into its new beginnings using musical expression to help the bereaved find meaning in loss and hurt and move forward with their lives. With numerous exercises and examples for implementing the use of music in grief counseling the book offers a practical and flexible approach to a broad spectrum of mental health practitioners from thanatologists to hospice staff at all levels of professional training and settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453326

Music of the Soviet Era: 1917–1991 This volume is a comprehensive and detailed survey of music and musical life of the entire Soviet era from 1917 to 1991 which takes into account the extensive body of scholarly literature in Russian and other major European languages. In this considerably updated and revised edition of his 1998 publication Hakobian traces the strikingly dramatic development of the music created by outstanding and less well-known ‘modernist’ and ‘conservative’ ‘nationalist’ and ‘cosmopolitan’ composers of the Soviet era. The book’s three parts explore respectively the musical trends of the 1920s music and musical life under Stalin and the so-called ’Bronze Age’ of Soviet music after Stalin’s death. Music of the Soviet Era: 1917–1991 considers the privileged position of music in the USSR in comparison to the written and visual arts. Through his examination of the history of the arts in the Soviet state Hakobian’s work celebrates the human spirit’s wonderful capacity to derive advantage even from the most inauspicious conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362659

Music on DemandComposers and Careers in the Hollywood Film Industry In this remarkable study Robert R. Faulkner shows that the Hollywood film industry like most work communities is dominated by a highly productive and visible elite who exercise major influence on the control of available resources career chances and access to opportunity. Faulkner traces a network of connections that bind together filmmakers (employers) and composers (employees) and reveals how work is allocated among composers and the division of labor within the Hollywood film community using statistical analysis and highly revealing personal interviews. One of the very first empirical studies in the "new economic sociology " Music on Demand shows the dynamics of markets constituted by the interaction between buyers and artistic talent (the producers and directors of feature films) and the sellers of artistic talent (the composers of film scores).Faulkner's interviews with those composers considered to be elite and those on the industry's periphery reveal how they perceive their careers how they define commercial artistic success and how they establish or try to establish those vital connections with filmmakers. Now available in paperback this pioneering study will be of compelling interest to researchers in culture studies as well as readers interested in learning more about this little-known world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528529

Music on the FrontlineNicolas Nabokov’s Struggle Against Communism and Middlebrow Culture The story of Nicolas Nabokov's involvement with the CIA-funded Congress for Cultural Freedom (CCF) is a story of the politics and sociology of culture; how music was used for political ends and how intellectual groups formed and functioned during the Cold War. The seemingly independent CCF established to counteract  apparent Soviet successes in the fields of the arts and intellectual life appointed Nabokov (a Russian emigre and minor composer) as its Secretary General in 1951. Over the next ten years he gave music a high profile in the work of the organisation producing four international musical festivals the first and most ambitious of which was 1952's L'Oeuvre du XXe Siècle in Paris an event which showcased the work of no less than 62 composers. As Ian Wellens reveals Nabokov's musical involvement with the CCF was in fact a struggle on two fronts. Apparently a defence of Western modernism against 'backward' 'provincial' Soviet music Nabokov's writings show this to have meshed closely with the domestic concern - shared by many intellectuals - that high culture was being undermined by an increasingly culturally aware middle class. His attacks on Soviet cultural policy and his unflattering assessments of Shostakovich are seen to be not merely salvos in the cold war but part of a broader campaign aimed at securing the authority and prestige of intellectuals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277342

Music Production: RecordingA Guide for Producers Engineers and Musicians The sound recorder is the ‘mirror with a memory’ for those who listen. With it we can capture glimpses of our reality producing ‘pictures’ as we express ourselves. These may ultimately serve as reminders of who we were and of our dreams… Your recordings are the vehicle for your compositions. Improve the artistry of your productions with this techniques guide which focuses throughout on musicality and how your decisions affect it. Author Carlos Lellis Ferreira walks you through the recording process bringing aesthetic considerations into each discussion. Learn visually with detailed diagrams and clear explanations of best practices. Unlike many other recording books Music Production: Recording is organized around real-world scenarios with details about roles and responsibilities that help you navigate through key stages of production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240522739

Music ProductionLearn How to Record Mix and Master Music We’re all able to record music; a smartphone will get you quick results. But for a good sound a lot more is involved. Acoustics microphone placement and effects have a huge influence on the resulting sound. Music Production: Learn How to Record Mix and Master Music will teach you how to record mix and master music. With accessible language for both beginner and advanced readers the book contains countless illustrations includes tips and tricks for all the popular digital audio workstations and provides coverage of common plugins and processors. Also included is a section dedicated to mastering in a home studio. With hundreds of tips and techniques for both the starting and advanced music producer this is your must-have guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138626102

Music Rights UnveiledA Filmmaker's Guide to Music Rights and Licensing Music Rights Unveiled provides an inside look at the complex world of music rights for film and video and includes step-by-step guidance to navigate these tricky waters. Authors Brooke Wentz and Maryam Battaglia share their decades of expertise in this user-friendly guide designed specifically with filmmakers and producers in mind. The book provides a brief history of the pricing of music in film television and digital media markets and explains the process by which music is licensed or acquired for films highlighting pitfalls to avoid and strategies for success. Further features include: A discussion of new media platforms and the intricacies of the rights needed to use music on those platforms; Tips for working with key music staff on a production – the Composer the Music Supervisor and the Music Editor; An in-depth explanation of building a budget for the music component of your media project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673311

Music Saved Them They SaySocial Impacts of Music-Making and Learning in Kinshasa (DR Congo) Music Saved Them They Say: Social Impacts of Music-Making and Learning in Kinshasa (DR Congo) explores the role music-making has played in community projects run for young people in the poverty-stricken and often violent surroundings of Kinshasa the capital city of the Democratic Republic of the Congo. The musicians described here – former gang members and so-called "witch children" living on the streets – believe music was vital in (re)constructing their lives. Based on fieldwork carried out over the course of three-and-a-half years of research the study synthesizes interviews focus group sessions and participant observation to contextualize this complicated cultural and social environment. Inspired by those who have been "saved by music" Music Saved Them They Say seeks to understand how structured musical practice and education can influence the lives of young people in such difficult living conditions in Kinshasa and beyond. "... a tribute to the persistence engagement and courage of the people in these projects who can be proud that their work is now exposed to a global audience not just of researchers but also to practitioners around the world who could learn from and be inspired by these hitherto unknown projects." —John Sloboda Research Professor  Guildhall School of Music & Drama "This book is very moving but never sentimental one of the best accounts of music's real transformative capacities that I have come across." —Lucy Green Emerita Professor of Music Education University College London Institute of Education Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367456757

Music Semiotics: A Network of SignificationsIn Honour and Memory of Raymond Monelle United in their indebtedness to the scholarship of Raymond Monelle an international group of contributors including leading authorities on music and culture come together in this state of the art volume to investigate different ways in which music signifies. Music semiotics asks what music signifies as well as how the signification process takes place. Looking at the nature of musical texts and music's narrativity a number of the essays in this collection delve into the relationship between music and philosophy literature poetry folk traditions and the theatre with opera a genre that particularly lends itself to this mode of investigation. Other contributions look at theories of musical markedness metaphor and irony using examples and specific musical texts to serve as case studies to validate their theoretical approaches. Musical works discussed include those by Haydn Mozart Beethoven Schumann Wagner Stravinsky Bartók Xenakis Kutavicius and John Adams offering stimulating discussions of music that attest to its beauty as much as to its intellectual challenge. Taking Monelle's writing as a model the contributions adhere to a method of logical argumentation presented in a civilized and respectful way even - and particularly - when controversial issues are at stake keeping in mind that contemplating the significance of music is a way to contemplate life itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270749

Music SociologyExamining the Role of Music in Social Life Music Sociology explores 16 different genres to demonstrate that music everywhere reflects social values organisational processes meanings and individual identity. Presenting original ethnographic research the contributors use descriptions of subcultures to explain the concepts of music sociology including the rituals that link people to music the past and each other. Music Sociology introduces the sociology of music to those who may not be familiar with it and provides a basic historical perspective on popular music in America and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612053134

Music Teachers' Values and Beliefs In Music Teachers' Values and Beliefs Dwyer investigates the relationships between teachers learners and music in music classrooms. Using Bourdieu's concepts of habitus and doxa as an interpretive lens the book explores the values and beliefs of four music teachers depicted in richly detailed narratives. The narratives are contextualised through the examination of traditions of music and contemporary approaches. In the past music education has been shaped by elitist tendencies regarding the types of music worthy of study the ways in which music should be learnt and the purpose of such learning. Contemporary approaches to music education have enacted significant change in some regions and systems while others have been slower to leave behind deeply entrenched values beliefs and practices. These approaches have been blamed for low rates of participation and engagement in school music education despite the fact that the majority of young people listen to and enjoy music outside of school. This innovative book provides music education researchers and practitioners with a new understanding of the impact of teachers' personal values beliefs and experiences of music and music education on classroom practice and the impact this has on students' experiences of music education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229320

Music Technology and EducationAmplifying Musicality Music Technology in Education lays out the principles of music technology and how they can be used to enhance musical teaching and learning in primary and secondary education. Previously published as Computers in Music Education this second edition has been streamlined to focus on the needs of today’s music education student. It has been completely updated to reflect mobile technologies social networks rich media environments and other technological advances. Topics include: Basic audio concepts and recording techniques Enhanced music instruction with interactive systems web-based media platforms social networking and musicianship software Administration and management of technology resources Distance education and flexible learning Music Technology in Education provides a strong theoretical and philosophical framework for examining the use of technology in music education while outlining the tools and techniques for implementation in the classroom. Reflective Questions Teaching Tips and Suggested Tasks link technology with effective teaching practice. The companion website provides resources for deeper investigation into the topics covered in each chapter and includes an annotated bibliography website links tutorials and model projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723145

Music Technology and the Project StudioSynthesis and Sampling Music Technology and the Project Studio: Synthesis and Sampling provides clear explanations of synthesis and sampling techniques and how to use them effectively and creatively. Starting with analog-style synthesis as a basic model this textbook explores in detail how messages from a MIDI controller or sequencer are used to control elements of a synthesizer to create rich dynamic sound. Since samplers and sample players are also common in today’s software the book explores the details of sampling and the control of sampled instruments with MIDI messages. This book is not limited to any specific software and is general enough to apply to many different software instruments. Overviews of sound and digital audio provide students with a set of common concepts used throughout the text and "Technically Speaking" sidebars offer detailed explanations of advanced technical concepts preparing students for future studies in sound synthesis. Music Technology and the Project Studio: Synthesis and Sampling is an ideal follow-up to the author’s An Introduction to Music Technology although each book can be used independently. The Companion Website includes: Audio examples demonstrating synthesis and sampling techniques Interactive software that allows the reader to experiment with various synthesis techniques Guides relating the material in the book to various software synthesizers and samplers Links to relevant resources examples and software Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415997232

Music Theory Analysis and SocietySelected Essays Robert P. Morgan is one of a small number of music theorists writing in English who treat music theory and in particular Schenkerian theory as part of general intellectual life. Morgan’s writings are renowned within the field of music scholarship: he is the author of the well-known Norton volume Twentieth-Century Music and of additional books relating to Schenkerian and other theory analysis and society. This volume of Morgan’s previously published essays encompasses a broad range of issues including historical and social issues and is of importance to anyone concerned with modern Western music. His specially written introduction treats his writings as a whole but also provides additional material relating to the articles included in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581787

Music Theory and Analysis in the Writings of Arnold Schoenberg (1874–1951) Arnold Schoenberg's theory of music has been much discussed but his approach to music theory needs a new historical and theoretical assessment in order to provide a clearer understanding of his contributions to music theory and analysis. Norton Dudeque's achievement in this book involves the synthesis of Schoenberg's theoretical ideas from the whole of the composer's working life including material only published well after his death. The book discusses Schoenberg's rejection of his German music theory heritage and past approaches to music-theory pedagogy the need for looking at musical structures differently and to avoid aesthetic and stylistic issues. Dudeque provides a unique understanding of the systematization of Schoenberg's tonal-harmonic theory thematic/motivic-development theory and the links with contemporary and past music theories. The book is complemented by a special section that explores the practical application of the theoretical material already discussed. The focus of this section is on Schoenberg's analytical practice and the author's response to it. Norton Dudeque therefore provides a comprehensive understanding of Schoenberg's thinking on tonal harmony motive and form that has hitherto not been attempted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258983

Music Theory EssentialsA Streamlined Approach to Fundamentals Tonal Harmony and Post-Tonal Materials Music Theory Essentials offers an antidote to music theory textbooks that are overly long and dense. Focusing on the essentials this text provides a clear-cut guide to the key concepts of music theory. Beginning with no assumptions about music theory knowledge the book covers the core elements of music fundamentals diatonic and chromatic harmony post-tonal theory and popular music in a single concise volume. Emphasizing critical thinking skills this book guides students through conceptualizing musical concepts and mastering analytic techniques. Each chapter concludes with a selection of applications designed to enhance engagement: Exercises allow students to apply and practice the skills and techniques addressed in the chapter. Brain Teasers challenge students to expand their musical understanding by thinking outside the box. Exploring Music offers strategies for students to apply learned concepts to the music they are currently learning or listening to. Thinking Critically encourages students to think more deeply about music by solving problems and identifying and challenging assumptions. A companion website provides answers to book exercises additional downloadable exercises and audio examples. Straightforward and streamlined Music Theory Essentials is a truly concise yet comprehensive introduction to music theory that is accessible to students of all backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052536

Music Theory in Mamluk CairoThe ġāyat al-maṭlūb fī ‘ilm al-adwār wa-’l-ḍurūb by Ibn Kurr The ġāyat al-maṭlūb fī ‘ilm al-adwār wa-'l-ḍurūb by Ibn Kurr is the only theoretical text of any substance that can be considered representative of musicological discourse in Cairo during the first half of the fourteenth century CE. Indeed nothing comparable survives from the whole Mamluk period which extends from 1260 until the Ottoman invasion and conquest of Egypt in 1516. But its value does not derive merely from its fortuitous isolation: it is important rather because of the richness of the information it provides with regard to modal and rhythmic structures and also because of the extent to which the definitions it offers differ from those set forth in an interrelated series of major theoretical works in both Arabic and Persian that span the period from the middle of the thirteenth century to the late fifteenth. Alongside the presumption of transregional uniformity these texts suggest it consequently asserts the significance of local particularism. Owen Wright provides a critical edition of the text itself together with a glossary prefaced by an introduction and a detailed commentary and analysis. The introduction provides immediate context situating the work in relation to the dominant theoretical tradition of the period and providing biographical information about the author active in Cairo during the first half of the fourteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409468813

Music Theory in the Safavid EraThe taqsīm al-naġamāt The Safavid era (1501–1722) is one of the most important in the history of Persian culture celebrated especially for its architecture and art including miniature paintings that frequently represent singers and instrumentalists. Their presence reflects a sophisticated tradition of music making that was an integral part of court life yet it is one that remains little known for the musicological literature of the period is rather thin. There is however a significant exception: the text presented and analysed here a hitherto unpublished and anonymous theoretical work probably of the middle of the sixteenth century. With a Sufi background inspiring the use of the nay as a tool of theoretical demonstration it is exceptional in presenting descriptive accounts of the modes then in use and suggesting how these might be arranged in complex sequences. As it also gives an account of the corpus of rhythmic cycles it provides a unique insight into the basic structures of art-music during the first century of Safavid rule. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584948

Music Theory Through ImprovisationA New Approach to Musicianship Training Designed for Music Theory courses Music Theory Through Improvisation presents a unique approach to basic theory and musicianship training that examines the study of traditional theory through the art of improvisation. The book follows the same general progression of diatonic to non-diatonic harmony in conventional approaches but integrates improvisation composition keyboard harmony analysis and rhythm. Conventional approaches to basic musicianship have largely been oriented toward study of common practice harmony from the Euroclassical tradition with a heavy emphasis in four-part chorale writing. The author’s entirely new pathway places the study of harmony within improvisation and composition in stylistically diverse format with jazz and popular music serving as important stylistic sources. Supplemental materials include a play-along Audio CD  for improvisation and a companion website with resources for students and instructors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203873472

Music Therapy Handbook Rich with case material this groundbreaking volume provides a comprehensive overview of music therapy from basic concepts to emerging clinical approaches. Experts review psychodynamic humanistic cognitive-behavioral and developmental foundations and describe major techniques including the Nordoff-Robbins model and the Bonny Method of Guided Imagery and Music. An expansive section on clinical applications examines music therapy with children and adults as well as its recognized role in medical settings. Topics include autism spectrum disorder school interventions brain injury and trauma. An authoritative resource for music therapists the book also shows how music can be used by other mental health and medical professionals. The companion website features audio downloads illustrative of the Nordoff-Robbins model. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529728

Music TherapyAn art beyond words Music therapy is recognised as being applicable to a wide range of healthcare and social contexts.  Since the first edition of Music Therapy: An art beyond words it has extended into areas of general medicine mainstream education and community practice. This new edition revises the historical and theoretical perspectives and recognises the growing evidence and research base in contemporary music therapy. Leslie Bunt and Brynjulf Stige document the historical evolution of music therapy and place the practice within seven current perspectives: medical behavioural psychoanalytical humanistic transpersonal culture-centred and music-centred. No single perspective individual or group approach is privileged although the focus on the use of sounds and music within therapeutic relationships remains central. Four chapters relate to areas of contemporary practice across different stages of the lifespan: child health adolescent health adult health and older adult health. All include case narratives and detailed examples underpinned by selected theoretical and research perspectives. The final two chapters of the book reflect on the evolution of the profession as a community resource and the emergence of music therapy as an academic discipline in its own right. A concise introduction to the current practice of music therapy around the world Music Therapy: An art beyond words is an invaluable resource for professionals in music therapy and music education those working in the psychological therapies social work and other caring professions and students at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415450690

Music UnlimitedThe Performer's Guide to New Audiences This book is designed to be a music performer's companion informing the performer's decisions as they prepare performances. It describes some of the situations in which performers will find themselves and also the techniques which work for performers while performing in community venues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003077305

Music Video After MTVAudiovisual Studies New Media and Popular Music Since the 1980s music videos have been everywhere and today almost all of the most-viewed clips on YouTube are music videos. However in academia music videos do not currently share this popularity. Music Video After MTV gives music video its due academic credit by exploring the changing landscapes surrounding post-millennial music video. Across seven chapters the book addresses core issues relating to the study of music videos including the history analysis and audiovisual aesthetics of music videos. Moreover the book is the first of its kind to truly address the recent changes following the digitization of music video including its changing cycles of production distribution and reception the influence of music videos on other media and the rise of new types of online music video. Approaching music videos from a composite theoretical framework Music Video After MTV brings music video research up to speed in several areas: it offers the first account of the research history of music videos the first truly audiovisual approach to music video studies and it presents numerous inspiring case studies ranging from classics by Michel Gondry and Chris Cunningham to recent experimental and interactive videos that interrogate the very limits of music video. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231521

Music with the Under-Fours The importance and value of music in the care and education of very young children is increasingly recognised. This book looks closely at early musical development and how this translates into ways of supporting the musical activity of babies toddlers and young children keeping in mind the diversity of preschool work. Key topics include: pre- and post-natal musical experience musical parenting lullabies and play songs baby music sessions toddlers' music play songs musical games and other activities young children's singing  music play with instruments listening working with adults to develop musical opportunities. This text provides a valuable synthesis of recent thinking in this area as well as practical suggestions for fostering creativity through musical activities. An original and inspiring book which will be welcomed by anyone responsible for the care and education of preschool children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137929

Music Writing Literature from Sand via Debussy to Derrida Why does poetry appeal to music? Can music be said to communicate as language does? What between music and poetry is it possible to translate? These fundamental questions have remained obstinately difficult despite the recent burgeoning of word and music studies. Peter Dayan contends that the reasons for this difficulty were worked out with extraordinary rigour and consistency in a French literary tradition echoed by composers such as Berlioz and Debussy which stretches from Sand to Derrida. Their writing shows how it is both necessary and futile to look for music in poetry or for poetry in music: necessary because each art defines itself by reference to what it is not and cannot be in order to point to an idealized totality outside itself; futile because the musicality of poetry like the poetic meaning of music must remain as elusive as that idealized totality; its distance is the very condition of the art. Thus is generated a subtle but unmistakable general definition of the nature of art which has proved uniquely able to survive all the probings of poststructuralism. That definition of art is inseparable from a disturbingly effective scepticism towards all forms of explication and explanation in critical discourse so it is doubtless not surprising that critics in general have done their best to ignore it. But by bringing out what Sand Baudelaire Mallarmé Proust Debussy Berlioz Barthes and Derrida all do in the same way as they work on the limits of the analogy between music and literature this book shows how it is possible productive illuminating and fascinating to work on those limits; though to do so as we find repeatedly in Chopin's dreams as in Derrida's 'tombeaux' requires us to have the courage to face in music our literal death and the limits of our intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262874

Music: A Social Experience By taking a thematic approach to the study of music appreciation Music: A Social Experience Second Edition demonstrates how music reflects and deepens both individual and cultural understandings. Musical examples are presented within universally experienced social frameworks (ethnicity gender spirituality love and more) to help students understand how music reflects and advances human experience. Students engage with multiple genres (Western art music popular music and world music) through lively narratives and innovative activities. A companion website features streaming audio and instructors' resources. New to this edition: Two additional chapters: "Music and the Life Cycle" and "Music and Technology" Essay questions and "key terms" lists at the ends of chapters Additional repertoire and listening guides covering all historical periods of Western art music Expanded instructors’ resources Many additional images Updated student web materials Visit the companion website: www.routledge.com/cw/cornelius Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789332

Musical Bingo Musical Bingo is the perfect activity for day centres residential care homes clubs family gatherings parties and other groups of two or more people. This revised and easily portable version of the ever popular game allows for great flexibility - simply print off the number of game sheets you require switch on the CD and you're ready to play. When players match the song excerpt they hear with a title on their game sheet they simply mark with a cross as with conventional bingo games. Musical Bingo can be used in many ways: to initiate sing-along sessions as a musical quiz or as a gentle one-to-one activity. It is sure to spark interesting conversation and reminiscence raising questions such as "Where did you first hear that song?" and "What memories does the song evoke?" Each excerpt is between 10 and 30 seconds long allowing plenty of time to remember identify and mark the song sheet. There are 40 songs in the game including: London Bridge is Falling Down; Greensleeves; Silent Night; Auld Lang Syne; I'm Forever Blowing Bubbles; and Jingle Bells. This Game pack includes 2 CDs containing 40 songs; 20 individual printable game sheets; printable song list and a guidance booklet. It is suitable for 2-20 players. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301504

Musical BiographyTowards New Paradigms Musical biography has rarely been an object of theoretical and methodological reflection. Our present-day perception of the lives of prominent composers and performers of the past has been largely formed by cultural and political assumptions of nineteenth-century biographers and their twentieth-century followers. While older biographies are being scrutinized for veracity and 'updated' with new evidence their historiographical premisses and narrative techniques remain largely unchallenged. The epistemological upheavals in the humanities since the 1960s have generated a body of theoretical thought that has undermined many of the assumptions of traditional biography. Consequently many of these assumptions have lost their hold as viable underpinnings for present-day scholarly biography. For example the accumulation of facts is no longer believed to bring us closer to an understanding of the subject; nor are the traditional views of the unified self and the self as a foundational idea taken for granted. This volume brings together musicologists and historians who explore through individual case studies the rich potential of these new theories for writing musical lives. The authors of this volume examine how the insights provided by these theories illuminate our critical reassessment of older biographies - and the interpretations of musical works these biographies were used to construe - and help forge new approaches to musical biography. The authors also explore the functions musical biographies served in different historical contexts the relevance of biography for musical criticism the reliability of archival evidence the ethics of biography the demands placed on biography by feminist and gender history and the new possibilities offered by cinema. The contributors to this volume challenge the view that biography has little importance for music history analysis and criticism. Collectively they reassert biography's centrality and relevance and dem Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271050

Musical ChildhoodsExplorations in the pre-school years  Musical Childhoods is a culmination of more than a decade of research driven by the fact that music has been neglected in early childhood programs in favour of literacy and numeracy.   Recent research has identified a connection between academic performance and musical programs and this has given music a renewed status in many schools. This book promotes the idea of children’s competence in the use of the language of music and argues that all children have a right to participate in musical discovery and celebrates children’s engagement with meaningful and disparate experiences in music. Written by leading practitioners and researchers in the field this book seeks to reaffirm children’s communicative competence when exposed to high quality musical experience provide new perspectives on children’s ability to engage with music in many diverse forms and explore and promote the role of the musician as an artist and teacher. The book is structured into three parts: The theoretical overview The children the musicians and the music The research through the eyes of the protagonist and looking into the future Early childhood students researchers and academics with a specific interest in music and musicality will find this an insightful read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740067

Musical ChildrenEngaging Children in Musical Experiences Musical Children: Engaging Children in Musical Experiences  Second Edition is designed for students majoring in early childhood or elementary education or music education. It highlights the important role music plays in a child’s education and life offering a practical resource for bringing together music and young children during these important early years. Thirty-seven engaging musical experiences help pre-service and in-service teachers—some who may only have a limited background in music—learn how to make music a part of their students’ daily lives with strategies that are ideal both in and out of the classroom. Musical Children is an invaluable guide to assist teachers in engaging children in meaningful joyful and playful musical experiences. NEW to the second edition: The 2014 National Core Music Standards Updated and expanded prekindergarten chapter Greater focus on music fundamentals Expansion of Dalcroze Orff Kodály and Music Learning Theory approaches Discussion questions and projects for each chapter Addition of an Autoharp® Chromaharp® and QChord® instructional unit All 49 audio tracks from the musical experiences now available for online listening hosted or linked to popular music streaming services A new companion website is home to numerous resources including all audio files supplementary notated songs charts for instrument study and information on IDEA and children with disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374930

Musical Classroom Compact Disc for This CD contains the musical selections to accompany the 44 model experiences in The Musical Classroom. The musical examples are from all styles: standard orchestral literature from Bach to Stravinsky world music American jazz and folk and school songs that have proved their appeal to generations of students and teachers.Songs used in the model experiences are within the singing ranges appropriate to Kindergarten through Grade 5 students. NOTE: This is the standalone CD to accompany the book The Musical Classroom. If you want the book itself order the ISBN 9780205687459 which is available for separate sale. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656703

Musical CognitionA Science of Listening Why do people attach importance to the wordless language we call music? Musical Cognition suggests that music is a game. In music our cognitive functions such as perception memory attention and expectation are challenged; yet as listeners we often do not realize that the listener plays an active role in reaching the awareness that makes music so exhilarating soothing and inspiring. In reality the author contends listening does not happen in the outer world of audible sound but in the inner world of our minds and brains.Recent research in the areas of psychology and neuro-cognition allows Henkjan Honing to be explicit in a way that many of his predecessors could not. His lucid evocative writing style guides the reader through what is known about listening to music while avoiding jargon and technical diagrams. With clear examples the book concentrates on underappreciated musical skills—"sense of rhythm" and "relative pitch"—skills that make people musical creatures. Research on how living creatures respond to music supports the conviction that all humans have a unique instinctive attraction to music. Everyone is musical.Musical Cognition includes a selection of intriguing examples from recent literature exploring the role that an implicit or explicit knowledge of music plays when one listens to it. The scope of the topics discussed ranges from the ability of newborns to perceive a beat to the unexpected musical expertise of ordinary listeners. The evidence shows that music is second nature to most human beings—biologically and socially. This paperback edition contains a new afterword that details cutting-edge research on musicality and language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852920

Musical Comedy in AmericaFrom The Black Crook to South Pacific From The King & I to Sweeney Todd First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151789

Musical Composition in Max/MSPStrategies for Digital Creativity NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174693

Musical Creativity RevisitedEducational Foundations Practices and Research How is creativity understood and facilitated across music education settings? What is the power of creativity in enhancing individual and group learning? How is musical creativity used as a tool for cross-community integration? How can we research the interactions of those engaged in musical activities aimed at creative development? These are just some of the questions addressed in this fascinating new monograph. Musical Creativity Revisited is an authoritative volume of insights from theory practice-based research and methodological analyses. Its chapters celebrate the diversity of the many different ways in which young and adult learners develop musical creativity. Following on from Musical Creativity: Insights from Music Education Research (Ashgate 2012) Odena offers novel examples from practice and precise suggestions on how to research it. This book will be an essential point of reference for students researchers practitioners and practitioner-researchers interested in music education and creativity across the arts and social sciences. The chapters have been organized into three sections – Foundations Practices and Research – including examples from in-depth studies focussed on a secondary school in England higher music education in Spain and out-of-school settings in Northern Ireland. This is a book that will fascinate readers inspiring them to think deeply about the many different ways in which musical creativity can be developed its purposes and how to research it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232078

Musical Creativity: Insights from Music Education Research How do we develop musical creativity? How is musical creativity nurtured in collaborative improvisation? How is it used as a communicative tool in music therapy? This comprehensive volume offers new research on these questions by an international team of experts from the fields of music education music psychology and music therapy. The book celebrates the rich diversity of ways in which learners of all ages develop and use musical creativity. Contributions focus broadly on the composition/improvisation process considering its conceptualization and practices in a number of contexts. The authors examine how musical creativity can be fostered in formal settings drawing examples from primary and secondary schools studio conservatoire and university settings as well as specialist music schools and music therapy sessions. These essays will inspire readers to think deeply about musical creativity and its development. The book will be of crucial interest to music educators policy makers researchers and students as it draws on applied research from across the globe promoting coherent and symbiotic links between education music and psychology research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249219

Musical CreativityMultidisciplinary Research in Theory and Practice This collection initiates a resolutely interdisciplinary research dynamic specifically concerning musical creativity. Creativity is one of the most challenging issues currently facing scientific psychology and its study has been relatively rare in the cognitive sciences especially in artificial intelligence. This book will address the need for a coherent and thorough exploration. Musical Creativity: Multidisciplinary Research in Theory and Practice comprises seven sections each viewing musical creativity from a different scientific vantage point from the philosophy of computer modelling through music education interpretation neuroscience and music therapy to experimental psychology. Each section contains discussions by eminent international specialists of the issues raised and the book concludes with a postlude discussing how we can understand creativity in the work of eminent composer Jonathan Harvey. This unique volume presents an up-to-date snapshot of the scientific study of musical creativity  in conjunction with ESCOM (the European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music). Describing many of the different aspects of musical creativity and their study it will  form a useful springboard for further such study in future years and will be of interest to academics and practitioners in music psychology cognitive science artificial intelligence neuroscience and other fields concerning the study of human cognition in this most human of behaviours. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650335

Musical Culture and the Spirit of Irish Nationalism 1848–1972 Musical Culture and the Spirit of Irish Nationalism is the first comprehensive history of music’s relationship with Irish nationalist politics. Addressing rebel songs traditional music and dance national anthems and protest song the book draws upon an unprecedented volume of material to explore music’s role in cultural and political nationalism in modern Ireland. From the nineteenth-century Young Irelanders the Fenians the Home Rule movement Sinn Féin and the Anglo-Irish War to establishment politics in independent Ireland and civil rights protests in Northern Ireland this wide-ranging survey considers music’s importance and its limitations across a variety of political movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344009

Musical GentrificationPopular Music Distinction and Social Mobility Musical Gentrification is an exploration of the role of popular music in processes of socio-cultural inclusion and exclusion in a variety of contexts. Twelve chapters by international scholars reveal how cultural objects of relatively lower status in this case popular musics are made objects of acquisition by subjects or institutions of higher social status thereby playing an important role in social elevation mobility and distinction. The phenomenon of musical gentrification is approached from a variety of angles: theoretically methodologically and with reference to a number of key issues in popular music from class gender and ethnicity to cultural consumption activism hegemony and musical agency. Drawing on a wide range of case studies empirical examples and ethnographic data this is a valuable study for scholars and researchers of Music Education Ethnomusicology Cultural Studies and Cultural Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343354

Musical Healing in Cultural Contexts How do people use music to heal themselves and others? Are the healing powers of music universal or culturally specific? The essays in this volume address these two central questions as to music’s potential as a therapeutic source. The contributors approach the study of music healing from social cultural and historical backgrounds and in so doing provide perspectives on the subject which complement the wealth of existing literature by practitioners. The forms of music therapy explored in the book exemplify the well-being that can be experienced as a result of participating in any type of musical or artistic performance. Case studies include examples from the Bolivian Andes Africa and Western Europe as well as an assessment of the role of Islamic traditions in Western practices. These case studies introduce some new and possibly unfamiliar models of musical healing to music therapists ethnomusicologists and anthropologists. The book contributes to our understanding of the transformative and healing roles that music plays in different societies and so enables us better to understand the important part music contributes to our own cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276727

Musical Imagery First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976627

Musical Improvisation and Open Forms in the Age of Beethoven Improvisation was a crucial aspect of musical life in Europe from the late eighteenth century through to the middle of the nineteenth representing a central moment in both public occasions and the private lives of many artists. Composers dedicated themselves to this practice at length while formulating the musical ideas later found at the core of their published works; improvisation was thus closely linked to composition itself. The full extent of this relation can be inferred from both private documents and reviews of concerts featuring improvisations while these texts also inform us that composers quite often performed in public as both improvisers and interpreters of pieces written by themselves or others. Improvisations presented in concert were distinguished by a remarkable degree of structural organisation and complexity demonstrating performers’ consolidated abilities in composition as well as their familiarity with the rules for improvising outlined by theoreticians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884628

Musical KnowledgeIntuition analysis and music education The understanding of music involves the mastery of its various layers of meaning. Sometimes this meaning can be acquired through human insight; at other times it can be learned. The central concern of Musical Knowledge is the tension between intuitive and analytical ways of making sense of the world. Keith Swanwick examines this relationship on three levels: in considering music as a way of knowing; as the apparent predicament between qualitative and quantitative research paradigms; and as a tension in education. Keith Swanwick guides his reader from a theoretical exploration of musical knowledge through an examination of ways of researching the musical experience to a concluding section which will be of direct practical help to teachers. He suggests ways in which music education can be a vital transaction giving examples across a range of music teaching including school classroom and instrumental studios. The book will be of interest to anyone who makes or responds to music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149717

Musical Listening in the Age of Technological Reproduction It is undeniable that technology has made a tangible impact on the nature of musical listening. The new media have changed our relationship with music in a myriad of ways not least because the experience of listening can now be prolonged at will and repeated at any time and in any space. Moreover among the more striking social phenomena ushered in by the technological revolution one cannot fail to mention music’s current status as a commodity and popular music’s unprecedented global reach. In response to these new social and perceptual conditions the act of listening has diversified into a wide range of patterns of behaviour which seem to resist any attempt at unification. Concentrated listening the form of musical reception fostered by Western art music now appears to be but one of the many ways in which audiences respond to organized sound. Cinema for example has developed specific ways of combining images and sounds; and more recently digital technology has redefined the standard forms of mass communication. Information is aestheticized and music in turn is incorporated into pre-existing symbolic fields. This volume - the first in the series Musical Cultures of the Twentieth Century - offers a wide-ranging exploration of the relations between sound technology and listening practices considered from the complementary perspectives of art music and popular music music theatre and multimedia composition and performance ethnographic and anthropological research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879716

Musical Listening in the German EnlightenmentAttention Wonder and Astonishment The silent attentiveness expected of concert audiences is one of the most distinctive characteristics of modern Western musical culture. This is the first book to examine the concept of attention in the history of musical thought and its foundations in the writings of German musical commentators of the late eighteenth century. Those critics explained numerous technical features of the music of their time as devices for arousing sustaining or otherwise influencing the attention of a listener citing in illustration works by Gluck C. P. E. Bach Georg Benda and others. Two types of attention were identified: the uninterrupted experience of a single emotional state conveyed by a piece of music as a whole and the fleeting sense of 'wonder' or 'astonishment' induced by a local event in a piece. The relative validity of these two modes was a topic of heated debate in the German Enlightenment encompassing issues of musical communication compositional integrity and listener competence. Matthew Riley examines the significant writers on the topic (Descartes Leibniz Wolff Baumgarten Rousseau Meier Sulzer and Forkel) and provides analytical case studies to illustrate how these perceived modes of attention shaped interpretations of music of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274617

Musical MobilitiesSon Jarocho and the Circulation of Tradition Across Mexico and the United States How do musical practices move? Though technology increasingly plays a great part in establishing different degrees of spatial proximity music making still seems to be tied to specific geographical locations cultures or communities. The identity of musical traditions in particular is often demarcated by a presumed degree of uniformity amongst its practitioners. Musical Mobilities analyses how a musical tradition moves literally and metaphorically: the ways in which people objects and information travel across geographical locations just as practices as recognisable entities circulate along with meanings competencies and embodied dispositions. This unique ethnography focuses on son jarocho a musical practice originating in southeast Mexico that is currently reproduced through transnational connections particularly in the United States. Paradoxically the transformation of son jarocho has been a noticeable outcome of its recuperation and preservation. Thus in describing the moves of this musical tradition this book provides a theoretical and empirical perspective on the dissonances between cultural continuity and change. The first ethnographic work to explicitly address the continuity and transformation of a musical practice through the analysis of multiple forms of mobility and fixity Musical Mobilities will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Latin American & Hispanic Studies South American Music Ethnomusicology Cultural Studies and Sociology of Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371180

Musical MosaicA Journey through Music: A Memoir Follow a multi-faceted journey by an improviser and a musicosopher Eric Antoni from the cobbled streets of Paris to the Far East. Musical Mosaic lays coherent excursus of the author’s thought-provoking collection of anecdotes. With the absence of lengthy verbiage of a political-social-economic nature the book is full of compassionate truthful descriptions of persons and experiences and written with total objectivity brevity originality and musical creativity as inspired by the sense of tonality throughout the history of music in Europe since Monteverdi and all over the world nowadays. As a text that is "musico-sophical" instead of being "musico-logical " it is inspired by the founder of phenomenology Edmund Husserl (1859–1938) and his philosophical seizure of consciousness. It discusses the author’s journey in the world of music and describes "musical consciousness" and the ways in which it moves and works within us. The book presents to the readers the author’s account of the composers he met along the way (Slamet Sjukur Giacinto Scelsi) and the composers who are currently active (Jean-François Laporte Pierre Michaud Myriam Boucher George Benjamin) along with historical narratives that center around Monteverdi Bach Ravel Debussy and Bartók. It underlines the interrogations held by today’s musicians in light of yesterday’s mutations. With this book the author would like to reach out to composers performers and music lovers and contribute towards opening them to the scope of experimentation in music and in the world of sound all of which keep on becoming more expansive and more intensely conscious. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877039

Musical Pathways in RecoveryCommunity Music Therapy and Mental Wellbeing "Music triggered a healing process from within me. I started singing for the joy of singing myself and it helped me carry my recovery beyond the state I was in before I fell ill nine years ago to a level of well-being that I haven't had perhaps for thirty years." This book explores the experiences of people who took part in a vibrant musical community for people experiencing mental health difficulties SMART (St Mary Abbotts Rehabilitation and Training). Ansdell (a music therapist/researcher) and DeNora (a music sociologist) describe their long-term ethnographic work with this group charting the creation and development of a unique music project that won the 2008 Royal Society for Public Health Arts and Health Award. Ansdell and DeNora track the 'musical pathways' of a series of key people within SMART focusing on changes in health and social status over time in relation to their musical activity. The book includes the voices and perspectives of project members and develops with them a new understanding of how music promotes their health and wellbeing. A contemporary ecological understanding of 'music and change' is outlined drawing on and further developing theory from music sociology and Community Music Therapy. This innovative book will be of interest to anyone working in the mental health field but also music therapists sociologists musicologists music educators and ethnomusicologists. This volume completes a three part 'triptych' alongside the other volumes Music Asylums: Wellbeing Through Music in Everyday Life and How Music Helps: In Music Therapy and Everyday Life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504882

Musical Performance and the Changing CityPost-industrial Contexts in Europe and the United States A contribution to the field of urban music studies this book presents new interdisciplinary approaches to the study of music in urban social life. It takes musical performance as its key focus exploring how and why different kinds of performance are evolving in contemporary cities in the interaction among social groups commercial entrepreneurs and institutions. From conventional concerts in rock clubs to new genres such as the flash mob the forms and meanings of musical performance are deeply affected by urban social change and at the same time respond to the changing conditions. Music has taken on complex roles in the post-industrial city where culture and cultural consumption have an unprecedented power in defining publics policies and marketing strategies. Further changes in real estate markets and the penetration of new media have challenged even fairly modern music cultures. At the same time new music cultures have emerged and music has become a driver for cultural events and festivals channeling the dynamics of a society characterized by the social change media intensity and the neoliberal forces of post-industrial urban contexts. The volume brings together scholars from a broad range of disciplines to build a shared understanding of post-industrial contexts in Europe and the United States. Most directly grounded in contemporary developments in music studies and urban studies its broad interdisciplinary range serves to strengthen the relevance of urban music studies to fields such as anthropology sociology urban geography and beyond. Offering in-depth studies of changing music culture in concert venues cultural events and neighborhoods contributors visit diverse locations such as Barcelona Berlin London New York and Austin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644860

Musical Performance in the Diaspora This book illustrates how ethnographic investigation of musical performances might contribute to the analysis of diaspora. It embraces diverse examples such as 'mourning and cultures of survival' amongst Aboriginal and Jewish communities in Australia remembering a Kazakh 'homeland' in Western Mongolia celebrating Diwali in New Zealand and the circulation of musical performances in Mozambique Portugal and the UK. Some of the topics discussed in Musical Performance in the Diaspora include: the expression and shaping of diasporic and postcolonial identities through performance musical memory in diasporic contexts the geographies of performance the politics of 'new' forms of diasporic music-making. This book presents a rich array of theoretical approaches and wide ranging ethnographic case studies to reconsider and challenge discourses that have favoured uncritical notions of diasporic 'hybridity' and to broaden current analyses of performance in the diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994300

Musical Rhythm in the Age of Digital Reproduction Musical Rhythm in the Age of Digital Reproduction presents new insights into the study of musical rhythm through investigations of the micro-rhythmic design of groove-based music. The main purpose of the book is to investigate how technological mediation - in the age of digital music production tools - has influenced the design of rhythm at the micro level. Through close readings of technology-driven popular music genres such as contemporary R&B hip-hop trip-hop electro-pop electronica house and techno as well as played folk music styles the book sheds light on how investigations of the musical-temporal relationships of groove-based musics might be fruitfully pursued in particular with regard to their micro-rhythmic features. This book is based on contributions to the project Rhythm in the Age of Digital Reproduction (RADR) a five-year research project running from 2004 to 2009 that was funded by the Norwegian Research Council. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246843

Musical SavantsExceptional Skill in the Mentally Retarded Using the case study of "Eddie" as his framework Professor Miller challenges the prevailing notion that musical savants are essentially phenomenal tape recorders and deals with the issue of "idiot savants" in a detailed empirical investigation. Through "Eddie" the author discusses in specific and in general topics including the background and historical context of musical savants; other cases; data regarding the nature of the skills exhibited and the associated developmental deficits; and descriptions of a series of experiments used to define Eddie's talent. Finally the author considers more general issues raised by savant behavior particularly functions served by savant behavior theories regarding its etiology and its role in general development. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138976634

Musical Sense-MakingEnaction Experience and Computation Musical Sense-Making: Enaction Experience and Computation broadens the scope of musical sense-making from a disembodied cognitivist approach to an experiential approach. Revolving around the definition of music as a temporal and sounding art it argues for an interactional and experiential approach that brings together the richness of sensory experience and principles of cognitive economy. Starting from the major distinction between in-time and outside-of-time processing of the sounds this volume provides a conceptual and operational framework for dealing with sounds in a real-time listening situation relying heavily on the theoretical groundings of ecology cybernetics and systems theory and stressing the role of epistemic interactions with the sounds. These interactions are considered from different perspectives bringing together insights from previous theoretical groundings and more recent empirical research. The author’s findings are framed within the context of the broader field of enactive and embodied cognition recent action and perception studies and the emerging field of neurophenomenology and dynamical systems theory. This volume will particularly appeal to scholars and researchers interested in the intersection between music philosophy and/or psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367222406

Musical Signal Processing First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078120

Musical StimulacraLiterary Narrative and the Urge to Listen The title coinage of this book stimulacra refers to the fundamental capacity of literary narrative to stimulate our minds and senses by simulating things through words. Musical stimulacra are passages of fiction that readers are empowered to transpose into mental simulations of music. The book theorizes how fiction can generate musical experience explains what constitutes that experience and explores the musical dimensions of three American novels: William T. Vollmann’s Europe Central (2005) William H. Gass’s Middle C (2013) and Richard Powers’s Orfeo (2014). Musical Stimulacra approaches fiction’s music from a readerly perspective. Instead of looking at how novels forever fail to compensate for music’s physical structural and affective properties the book concentrates on what literary narrative can do musically. Negotiating common grounds for cognitive audionarratology and intermediality studies Musical Stimulacra builds its case on the assumption that among other things fiction urges us to listen—to musical words and worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858629

Musical Style and GenreHistory and Modernity First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059722

Musical Style and Social MeaningSelected Essays Why do we feel justified in using adjectives such as romantic erotic heroic melancholic and a hundred others when speaking about music? How do we locate these meanings within particular musical styles? These are questions that have occupied Derek Scott's thoughts and driven his critical musicological research for many years. In this selection of essays dating from 1995-2010 he returns time and again to examining how conventions of representation arise and how they become established. Among the themes of the collection are social class ideology national identity imperialism Orientalism race the sacred and profane modernity and postmodernity and the vexed relationship of art and entertainment. A wide variety of musical styles is discussed ranging from jazz and popular song to the symphonic repertoire and opera. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090696

Musical TheaterAn Appreciation Musical Theater: An Appreciation Second Edition offers a history of musical theater from its operating origins to the Broadway shows of today combined with an in-depth study of the musical styles that paralleled changes on stage. Alyson McLamore teaches readers how to listen to both the words and the music of the stage musical enabling them to understand how all the components of a show interact to create a compelling experience for audiences. This second edition has been updated with new chapters covering recent developments in the twenty-first century while insights from recent scholarship on musical theater have been incorporated throughout the text. The musical examples discussed in the text now include detailed listening guides while a new companion website includes plot summaries and links to audio of the musical examples. From Don Giovanni to Hamilton Musical Theater: An Appreciation both explores the history of musical theater and develops a deep appreciation of the musical elements at the heart of this unique art form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678682

Musical Theatre Realism and Entertainment What is it about musical theatre that audiences find entertaining? What are the features that lead to its ability to stimulate emotional attachment to move and to give pleasure? Beginning from the passion musical theatre performances arouse and their ubiquity in London's West End and on Broadway this book explores the ways in which musical theatre reaches out to and involves its audiences. It investigates how pleasure is stimulated by vocal musical and spectacular performances. Early discussions centre on the construction of the composed text but then attention is given to performance and audience response. Musical theatre contains disruptions and dissonances in its multiple texts it allows gaps for audiences to read playfully. This combines with the voluptuous sensations of embodied emotion contagiously and viscerally shared between audience and stage and augmented through the presence of voice and music. A number of features are discovered in the construction of musical theatre performance texts that allow them to engage the intense emotional attachment of their audiences and so achieve enormous popularity. In doing this the book challenges the conception of musical theatre as 'only entertainment'. Entertainment instead becomes a desirable ephemeral and playful concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279537

Musical Theory in the Renaissance This volume of essays draws together recent work on historical music theory of the Renaissance. The collection spans the major themes addressed by Renaissance writers on music and highlights the differing approaches to this body of work by modern scholars including: historical and theoretical perspectives; consideration of the broader cultural context for writing about music in the Renaissance; and the dissemination of such work. Selected from a variety of sources ranging from journals monographs and specialist edited volumes to critical editions translations and facsimiles these previously published articles reflect a broad chronological and geographical span and consider Renaissance sources that range from the overtly pedagogical to the highly speculative. Taken together this collection enables consideration of key essays side by side aided by the editor’s introductory essay which highlights ongoing debates and offers a general framework for interpreting past and future directions in the study of historical music theory from the Renaissance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409422976

Musical Voices of Early Modern WomenMany-Headed Melodies Recent scholarship has offered a veritable landslide of studies about early modern women illuminating them as writers thinkers midwives mothers in convents at home and as rulers. Musical Voices of Early Modern Women adds to the mix of early modern studies a volume that correlates women's musical endeavors to their lives addressing early modern women's musical activities across a broad spectrum of cultural events and settings. The volume takes as its premise the notion that while women may have been squeezed to participate in music through narrower doors than their male peers they nevertheless did so with enthusiasm diligence and success. They were there in many ways but as women's lives were fundamentally different and more private than men's were their strategies tools and appearances were sometimes also different and thus often unstudied in an historical discipline that primarily evaluated men's productivity. Given that many of these stories will not necessarily embrace a standard musical repertoire even as they seek to expand canonical borders. The contributors to this collection explore the possibility of a larger musical culture which included women as well as men by examining early modern women in "many-headed ways" through the lens of musical production. They look at how women composed assuming that compositional gender strategies may have been used differently when applied through her vision; how women were composed or represented and interpreted through music in a larger cultural context and how her presence in that dialog situated her in social space. Contributors also trace how women found music as a means for communicating for establishing intellectual power for generating musical tastes and for enhancing the quality of their lives. Some women performed publicly and thus some articles examine how this impacted on their lives and families. Other contributors inquire about the economics of music and women and how in different situations some women may have been financially empowered or even in control of their own money-making. This collection offers a glimpse at women from home stage work and convent from many classes and from culturally diverse countries - including France Spain Italy England Austria Russia and Mexico - and imagines a musical history centered in the realities of those lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258778

Musicality in TheatreMusic as Model Method and Metaphor in Theatre-Making As the complicated relationship between music and theatre has evolved and changed in the modern and postmodern periods music has continued to be immensely influential in key developments of theatrical practices. In this study of musicality in the theatre David Roesner offers a revised view of the nature of the relationship. The new perspective results from two shifts in focus: on the one hand Roesner concentrates in particular on theatre-making - that is the creation processes of theatre - and on the other he traces a notion of ‘musicality’ in the historical and contemporary discourses as driver of theatrical innovation and aesthetic dispositif focusing on musical qualities metaphors and principles derived from a wide range of genres. Roesner looks in particular at the ways in which those who attempted to experiment with advance or even revolutionize theatre often sought to use and integrate a sense of musicality in training and directing processes and in performances. His study reveals both the continuous changes in the understanding of music as model method and metaphor for the theatre and how different notions of music had a vital impact on theatrical innovation in the past 150 years. Musicality thus becomes a complementary concept to theatricality helping to highlight what is germane to an art form as well as to explain its traction in other art forms and areas of life. The theoretical scope of the book is developed from a wide range of case studies some of which are re-readings of the classics of theatre history (Appia Meyerhold Artaud Beckett) while others introduce or rediscover less-discussed practitioners such as Joe Chaikin Thomas Bernhard Elfriede Jelinek Michael Thalheimer and Karin Beier. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248380

Music-DanceSound and Motion in Contemporary Discourse Music-Dance explores the identity of choreomusical work its complex authorship and its modes of reception as well as the cognitive processes involved in the reception of dance performance. Scholars of dance and music analyse the ways in which a musical score changes its prescriptive status when it becomes part of a choreographic project the encounter between sound and motion on stage and the intersection of listening and seeing. As well as being of interest to musicologists and choreologists considering issues such as notation multimedia and the analysis of performance this volume will appeal to scholars interested in applied research in the fields of cognition and neuroscience. The line-up of authors comprises representative figures of today’s choreomusicology dance historians scholars of twentieth-century composition and specialists in cognitive science and performance studies. Among the topics covered are multimedia and the analysis of performance; the notational practice of choreographers and the parallel attempts of composers to find a graphic representation for musical gestures; and the experience of dance as a paradigm for a multimodal perception which is investigated in terms of how the association of sound and movement triggers emotions and specific forms of cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884598

Music�Psychoanalysis�Musicology There is a growing interest in what psychoanalytic theory brings to studying and researching music. Bringing together established scholars within the field as well as emerging voices this collection outlines and advances psychoanalytic approaches to our understanding of a range of musics—from the romantic and the modernist to the contemporary popular. Drawing on the work of Freud Lacan Jung Žižek Barthes and others it demonstrates the efficacy of psychoanalytic theories in fields such as music analysis music and culture and musical improvisation. It engages debates about both the methods through which music is understood and the situations in which it is experienced including those of performance and listening. This collection is an invaluable resource for students lecturers researchers and anyone else interested in the intersections between music psychoanalysis and musicology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882082

Musicians and their AudiencesPerformance Speech and Mediation How do musicians play and talk to audiences? Why do audiences listen and what happens when they talk back? How do new (and old) technologies affect this interplay? This book presents a long overdue examination of the turbulent relationship between musicians and audiences. Focusing on a range of areas as diverse as Ireland Greece India Malta the US and China the contributors bring musicological sociological psychological and anthropological approaches to the interaction between performers fans and the industry that mediates them. The four parts of the book each address a different stage of the relationship between musicians and audiences showing its processual nature: from conceptualisation to performance and through mediation to off-stage discourses. The musician/audience conceptual division is shown throughout the book to be as problematic as it is persistent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230579

Musicians in CrisisWorking and Playing in the Greek Popular Music Industry Musicians in Crisis is a music ethnography of contemporary Athens before and during the infamous economic and political crisis. It spans two contrasting periods in Greece: the last few years of relative economic prosperity and social cohesion (2005–2009) and the following period of austerity and socio-political turmoil (2010–2017). Based on the author’s participation and professional involvement in the local music scenes since 2005 the monograph untangles a web of creative practices economic strategies and social ideologies through the previously unheard voices of Athenian music professionals. The book follows the life stories of freelance musicians of different genders ages educational backgrounds and musical genres while they ‘work’ and ‘play’ in Athenian venues recording studios and classrooms. Adding to the growing literature on precarity and resistance in the creative industries it traces the effects of unprecedented socioeconomic circumstances on musicians’ everyday experience as well as the actions and solidarities that help them to navigate personal and collective devastation. Through rich and evocative testimonies from the labourers of an industrious popular music scene Musicians in Crisis contests popular narratives of the Greek predicament as they are reported by political and financial elites through international media. In this process the book tells a story about how popular music is made in the liminal spaces between East and West affuence and poverty harmony and turmoil. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615441

Musicians' Migratory Patterns: American-Mexican Border Lands Musicians’ Migratory Patterns: American-Mexican Border Lands considers the works and ideologies of an array of American-based immigrant Mexican musicians. It asserts their immigrant status as a central force in nourishing informing and propelling musical and artistic concerns uncovering pure and fresh forms of expression that broaden the multicultural map of Mexico. The text guides readers in appreciation of the aesthetic and technical achievements of original works and innovative performances with artistic and pedagogical implications that frame a vivid picture of the contemporary Mexican as immigrant creator in the United States. The ongoing displacement of Mexicans into the United States impacts not only American economic conditions but the country’s social cultural and intellectual configurations as well. Artistic and academic voices shape and enrich the multicultural diversity of both countries as immigrant Mexican artists and their musics prove instrumental to the forming of a self-critical society compelled to value and embrace its diversity. Despite conflicting political reactions on this complex subject of legal and illegal immigration undeniable is the influence of Mexican musical expressions in the United States and Mexico at the border and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325340

Musicians' Migratory Patterns: The Adriatic Coasts Musicians’ Migratory Patterns: The Adriatic Coasts contains essays dedicated to the movement of musicians along and across the coasts of the Adriatic Sea. In the course of this book the musicians become narrators of their own stories seen through the lenses of wanderlust opportunity exile and refuge. Essayists in this collection are scholars hailing from Croatia Italy and Greece. They are internationally known for their passionate advocacy of musicians’ migratory rights and faithfulness to the lesson imparted by the history of immigration in the broadest of terms. Spanning the Venetian Republic’s domination the demise of the Ottoman Empire the European nationalistic movements of mid-nineteenth century the shocking outcomes of World War One and the dramatic shifts of frontiers that continue to occur in our time the chapters of this book guide the reader on a voyage through the Adriatic Sea—from the Gulf of Venice and the peninsula of Istria to Albania the Island of Corfu and other Ionian outposts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607227

Musicians' Migratory Patterns: The African Drum as Symbol in Early America Musicians’ Migratory Patterns: The African Drum as Symbol in Early America questions the ban that was placed on the African drum in early America. It shows the functional use of the drum for celebrations weddings funerals religious ceremonies and nonviolent communication. The assumption that "drums and horns" were used to communicate in slave revolts is undone in this study. Rather this volume seeks to consider the "social place" of the drum for both blacks and whites of the time using the writings of Europeans and colonial-era Americans the accounts of African American free persons and slaves the period instruments and numerous illustrations of paintings and sculpture. The image of the drum was effectively appropriated by Europeans and Americans who wrote about African American culture particularly in the nineteenth century and re-appropriated by African American poets and painters in the early twentieth century who recreated a positive nationalist view of their African past. Throughout human history cultural objects have been banned by one group to be used another objects that include books religious artifacts and ways of dress. This study unlocks a metaphor that is at the root of racial bias—the idea of what is primitive—while offering a fresh approach by promoting the construct of multiple-points-of-view for this social-historical presentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136260

Musician-Teacher CollaborationsAltering the Chord Musician-Teacher Collaborations: Altering the Chord explores the dynamics between musicians and teachers within educational settings illustrating how new musical worlds are discovered and accessed through music-in-education initiatives. An international array of scholars from ten countries present leading debates and issues—both theoretical and empirical—in order to identify and expand upon key questions: How are visiting musicians perceived by various stakeholders? What opportunities and challenges do musicians bring to educational spaces? Why are such initiatives often seen as "saving" children music and education? The text is organized into three parts: Critical Insights presents new theoretical frameworks and concepts providing alternative perspectives on musician-teacher collaboration. Crossing Boundaries addresses the challenges faced by visiting musicians and teaching artists in educational contexts while discussing the contributions of such music-in-education initiatives. Working Towards Partnership tackles some dominant narratives and perspectives in the field through a series of empirically-based chapters discussing musician-teacher collaboration as a field of tension. In twenty chapters Musician-Teacher Collaborations offers critical insights into the pedagogical role music plays within educational frameworks. The geographical diversity of its contributors ensures varied and context-specific arguments while also speaking to the larger issues at play. When musicians and teachers collaborate one is in the space of the other and vice versa. Musician-Teacher Collaborations analyzes the complex ways in which these spaces are inevitably altered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631601

Music-in-ActionSelected Essays in Sonic Ecology This volume brings together DeNora‘s work published between 1986 and 2007. It includes thirteen essays some of which have had a major impact on the field. The chapters trace the development of her work from its early concern with musical meaning historical ethnography and theeveryday perspective to its current focus on music in action. Topics covered include Adorno on Schoenberg and Stravinsky a theory of music as a space and place for interpretive work research methods for historical musicology and the first key statement of her theory of music as an active ingredient in social life. These building blocks are then employed to investigate music and embodied experience sexuality and gender differentiation and music‘s role as a technology of health. The essays are set in a multi-disciplinary context with an autobiographical introduction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090672

Music-Making in North-East England during the Eighteenth Century The north-east of England in the eighteenth century was a region where many different kinds of musical activity thrived and where a wide range of documentation survives. Such activities included concert-giving teaching tuning and composition as well as music in the theatre and in church. Dr Roz Southey examines the impulses behind such activities and the meanings that local people found inherent in them. It is evident that music could be perceived or utilized for extremely diverse purposes; as entertainment as a learned art as an aid to piety as a profession a social facilitator and a support to patriotism and nationalism. Musical societies were established throughout the century and Southey illustrates the social make-up of the members as well as the role of Gentlemen Amateurs in the organizing of concerts and the connections with London and other centres. The book draws upon a rich selection of source material including local newspapers council and ecclesiastical records private papers and diaries and accounts of local tradesman as well as surviving examples of music composed in the area by Charles Avison Thomas Ebdon and John Garth of Durham amongst many others. Charles Avison's importance is focused upon particularly and his Essay on Musical Expression is considered alongside other contemporary writings of lesser fame. Southey provides a fascinating insight into the type and social class of audiences and their influence on the repertoire performed. The book moves from a consideration of music being used as a 'fashion item' evidenced by the patronage of 'big name' soloists from London and abroad to fiddlers ballad singers music at weddings funerals public celebrations and music for marking the events of the American War of Independence and the French Revolutionary Wars. It can be seen therefore that the north east was an area of important musical activity and that the music was always interwoven into the political economic religious and commercial fabric of eighteenth-century life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249356

Musicological IdentitiesEssays in Honor of Susan McClary No music scholar has made as profound an impact on contemporary thought as Susan McClary a central figure in what has been termed the 'new musicology'. In this volume seventeen distinguished scholars pay tribute to her work with essays addressing three approaches to music that have characterized her own writings: reassessing music's role in identity formation particularly regarding gender sexuality and race; exploring music's capacity to define and regulate perceptions and experiences of time; and advancing new modes of analysis more appropriate to those aspects and modes of musicking ignored by traditional methods. Contributors include in overlapping categories many fellow pioneers current colleagues and former students and their essays like McClary's own work address a wide range of repertories ranging from the established canon to a variety of popular genres. The collection represents the generational arrival of the 'new' musicology into full maturity dividing fairly evenly between pre-eminent scholars of music and a group of younger scholars who have already made their mark in significant ways. But the collection is also and fundamentally interdisciplinary in nature in active conversation with such fields as history anthropology philosophy aesthetics media studies film music studies dramatic criticism women's studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265622

Musicology: The Key Concepts Now in an updated 2nd edition Musicology: The Key Concepts is a handy A-Z reference guide to the terms and concepts associated with contemporary musicology. Drawing on critical theory with a focus on new musicology this updated edition contains over 35 new entries including: Autobiography Music and Conflict Deconstruction Postcolonialism Disability Music after 9/11 Masculinity Gay Musicology Aesthetics Ethnicity Interpretation Subjectivity With all entries updated and suggestions for further reading throughout this text is an essential resource for all students of music musicology and wider performance related humanities disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679688

Music's Immanent FutureThe Deleuzian Turn in Music Studies The conversations generated by the chapters in Music's Immanent Future grapple with some of music's paradoxes: that music of the Western art canon is viewed as timeless and universal while other kinds of music are seen as transitory and ephemeral; that in order to make sense of music we need descriptive language; that to open up the new in music we need to revisit the old; that to arrive at a figuration of music itself we need to posit its starting point in noise; that in order to justify our creative compositional works as research we need to find critical languages and theoretical frameworks with which to discuss them; or that despite being an auditory system we are compelled to resort to the visual metaphor as a way of thinking about musical sounds. Drawn to musical sound as a powerful form of non-verbal communication the authors include musicologists philosophers music theorists ethnomusicologists and composers. The chapters in this volume investigate and ask fundamental questions about how we think converse write about compose listen to and analyse music. The work is informed by the philosophy primarily of Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari and secondarily of Michel Foucault Julia Kristeva and Jean-Luc Nancy. The chapters cover a wide range of topics focused on twentieth and twenty-first century musics covering popular musics art music acousmatic music and electro-acoustic musics and including music analysis music's ontology the noise/music dichotomy intertextuality and music listening ethnography and the current state of music studies. The authors discuss their philosophical perspectives and methodologies of practice-led research including their own creative work as a form of research. Music's Immanent Future brings together empirical cultural philosophical and creative approaches that will be of interest to musicologists composers music analysts and music philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229276

Muslim Active Citizenship in the West Muslim Active Citizenship in the West investigates the emergence and nature of Muslims’ struggle for recognition as full members of society in Australia Great Britain and Germany. What actions have been taken by Muslims to achieve equal civic standing? How do socio-political and socio-economic factors impact on these processes? And how do Muslims negotiate their place in a society that is often regarded as sceptical – if not hostile – towards Muslims’ desire to belong? This book sheds new light on Muslims’ path towards citizenship in Australia Great Britain and Germany. Existing research and statistics on Muslims’ socio-economic status community formation claim-making and political responses and the public portrayal of Islam are systematically examined. These insights are tested ‘through the eyes of Muslims’ based on in-depth interviews with Muslim community leaders and other experts in all three countries. The findings offer unique perspectives on Muslim resilience to be recognised as equal citizens of Islamic faith in very different socio-political national settings. Pursuing an interdisciplinary and comparative approach this book examines the country-specific interplay of historical institutional political and identity dimensions of Muslims’ active citizenship and will be invaluable for students and researchers with an interest in Sociology Religious Studies and Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790765

Muslim AmericansDebating the notions of American and un-American With Islamophobia on the rise in the US since 9/11 Muslims remain the most misunderstood people in American society. Taking as its point of departure the question of the compatibility of Islam and democracy this book examines Muslims’ sense of belonging in American society. Based on extensive interview data across seven states in the US the author explores the question of what it means to be American or un-American amongst Muslims offering insights into common views of community culture and wider society. Through a combination of interviewees’ responses and discourse analysis of print media Muslim Americans also raises the question of whether media coverage of the issue might itself be considered ‘un-American’. An empirically grounded study of race and faith-based relations this book undertakes a rigorous questioning of what it means to be American in the contemporary US. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology and political science with interests in race ethnicity religion and national identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316423

Muslim and Catholic Pilgrimage PracticesExplorations Through Java Exploring the distinctive nature and role of local pilgrimage traditions among Muslims and Catholics Muslim and Catholic Pilgrimage Practices draws particularly on south central Java Indonesia. In this area the hybrid local Muslim pilgrimage culture is shaped by traditional Islam the Javano-Islamic sultanates and the Javanese culture with its strong Hindu-Buddhist heritage. This region is also home to a vibrant Catholic community whose identity formation has occurred in a way that involves complex engagements with Islam as well as Javanese culture. In this respect local pilgrimage tradition presents itself as a rich milieu in which these complex engagements have been taking place between Islam Catholicism and Javanese culture. Employing a comparative theological and phenomenological analysis this book reveals the deeper religio-cultural and theological import of pilgrimage practice in the identity formation and interaction among Muslims and Catholics in south central Java. In a wider context it also sheds light on the larger dynamics of the complex encounter between Islam Christianity and local cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252202

Muslim and JewOrigins Growth Resentment Muslim and Jew: Origins Growth Resentment seeks to show how and why Islam and Judaism have been involved in political and theological self-definitions using the other since the seventh century. This short volume provides a historical and comparative survey of how each religion has thought about the other and in so doing about itself. It confines itself to those points at which Judaism and Islam intersect and cross-pollinate and explores how this delicate process continues into the present with the Israeli–Palestinian conflict. Muslim and Jew thus seeks to move beyond the intersection of a monolithic Judaism and a monolithic Islam and instead examines and organizes the messiness of the encounter as both religions sought to define themselves within from and against the other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606626

Muslim Anti-Semitism in Christian EuropeElemental and Residual Anti-Semitism Modern Arab and Muslim hostility towards Jews and Israel is rooted not only in the Arab-Israeli conflict and traditional Islamic teaching but also in Christian anti-Semitic attitudes brought into the Islamic world by Western colonial powers. In this volume Raphael Israeli examines how the worsening situation in the Middle East together with large waves of Muslim immigration to Europe North America and Australia has brought about a comingling of two anti-Semitic traditions.As the author explains the unique interaction of Muslim immigrants in the West with the host societies brought them into contact with local traditional anti- Semites of the xenophobic fascist and racist Right along with the avowedly anti-Zionist Left to build a formidable wall of hatred against the Jewish state and its people. To complicate this picture further the same Muslim immigrants share with them minority status in a Christian majority society. Often finding themselves at odds with the majority host society they find themselves subject to criticism and censure on all sides. They are engaged simultaneously in battle with both their host society into which they cannot integrate and their Jewish compatriots who are a model of good integration. Consequently they feel exposed and lose ground in the struggle for social acceptance.Israeli lays out the nature and ideologies of the Muslim immigrant world and shows how in each European country they create their own ethnic sub-groups and religious communities often in competition with each other. This remarkable and courageous book will be of interest to sociologists Middle East specialists and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512429

Muslim Architecture of South IndiaThe Sultanate of Ma'bar and the Traditions of Maritime Settlers on the Malabar and Coromandel Coasts (Tami This book reinterprets the Muslim architecture and urban planning of South India looking beyond the Deccan to the regions of Tamil Nadu and Kerala - the historic coasts of Coromandel and Malabar. For the first time a detailed survey of the Muslim monuments of the historic ports and towns demonstrates a rich and diverse architectural tradition entirely independent from the better known architecture of North India and the Deccan sultanates. The book extensively illustrated with photographs and architectural drawings widens the horizons of our understanding of Muslim India and will no doubt pave new paths for future studies in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866453

Muslim Attitudes Towards the European Union How do Muslim citizens across the globe perceive the European Union? And what factors influence their EU attitudes? This book offers the first systematic theoretical and empirical analysis of Muslim citizens’ EU attitudes in and outside the European Union. Using the best empirical data available the book demonstrates that Muslim citizens’ attitudes are not shaped by their denomination and religious beliefs but by material and political considerations. It finds that Muslims are most favourable toward the EU due to their positive experiences in European contexts whereas in contrast Muslim citizens outside the EU are more skeptical toward the European Union due to sovereignty concerns and the lack of support from the EU and its member states. Such findings not only contribute to the research on social legitimacy of international organizations and international public opinion more generally but also provide important suggestions for (European) policy makers regarding external and domestic policies. This book will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners of European Union politics Middle East studies public opinion and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670436

Muslim Citizens in the WestSpaces and Agents of Inclusion and Exclusion Drawing upon original case studies spanning North America Europe and Australia Muslim Citizens in the West explores how Muslims have been both the excluded and the excluders within the wider societies in which they live. The book extends debates on the inclusion and exclusion of Muslim minorities beyond ideas of marginalisation to show that while there have undoubtedly been increased incidences of Islamophobia since September 2001 some Muslim groups have played their own part in separating themselves from the wider society. The cases examined show how these tendencies span geographical ethnic and gender divides and can be encouraged by a combination of international and national developments prompting some groups to identify wider society as the 'other'. Muslim and non-Muslim scholars and practitioners in political science social work history and law also highlight positive outcomes in terms of Muslim activism with relationship to their respective countries and suggest ways in which increasing tensions felt perceived or assumed can be eased and greater emphasis given to the role Muslims can play in shaping their place in the wider communities where they live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754677833

Muslim Communities and Cultures of the HimalayasConceptualizing the Global Ummah This book chronicles individual perspectives and specific iterations of Muslim community practice and experience in the Himalayan region to bring into scholarly conversation the presence of varying Muslim cultures in the Himalaya. The Himalaya provide a site of both geographic and cultural crossroads where Muslim community is simultaneously constituted at multiple social levels and to that end the essays in this book document a wide range of local national and global interests while maintaining a focus on individual perspectives moments in time and localized experiences. It presents research that contributes to a broadly conceived notion of the Himalaya that enriches readers’ understandings of both the region and concepts of Muslim community and highlights the interconnections between multiple experiences of Muslim community at local levels. Drawing attention to the cultural social artistic and political diversity of the Himalaya beyond the better understood and frequently documented religio-cultural expressions of the region this book will be of interest to academics in the fields of Anthropology Geography History Religious Atudies Asian Studies and Islamic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210380

Muslim DemocracyPolitics Religion and Society in Indonesia Turkey and the Islamic World Muslim Democracy explores the relationship between politics and religion in forty-seven Muslim-majority countries focusing especially on those with democratic experience such as Indonesia and Turkey and drawing comparisons with their regional non-Islamic counterparts.  Unlike most studies of political Islam this is a politically-focused book more concerned with governing realties than ideology.  By changing the terms of the debate from theology to politics and including the full complement of Islamic countries Schneier shows that the boundaries between church and state in the Islamic world are more variable and diverse than is commonly assumed.   Through case studies and statistical comparisons between Muslim majority countries and their regional counterparts Muslim Democracy shows that countries with different religions but similar histories are not markedly different in their levels of democratization.  What many Islamists and western observers call "Islamic law " moreover is more a political than a religious construct with religion more the tool than the engine of politics.   "Women who drive in Saudi Arabia " as the author says "are not warned they will go to hell but that they will go to jail."  With the political salience of religion rising in many countries this book is essential reading for students of comparative politics religion and democratization interested in exploring the shifting boundaries between faith and politics.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928121

Muslim Devotional Art in India This book highlights the history of Islamic popular devotional art and visual culture in 20th-century India weaving the personal narrative of the author’s journey through his understanding of the faith. It begins with an introductory exploration of how the basic and universal image of Mecca and Medina may have been imported into Indian popular print culture and what variants it resulted in here. Besides providing a historical context of the pre-print culture of popular Muslim visuality the book also explores the impact the 1947 Partition of India may have made on the calendar art in South Asia. A significant portion of the book focuses on the contemporary prints of different localised images found in India and what role these play in the users’ lives especially in the augmentation of their popular faith and cultural practices. The volume also compares the images published in India with some of those available in Pakistan to reflect different socio-political trajectories. Finally it discusses why such a vibrant visual culture continues to thrive among South Asian Muslims despite the questions raised by the orthodoxy on its legitimacy in Islam and why images and popular visual cultures are inevitable for popular piety despite the orthodox Muslims’ increasing dissociation from them.This work is one of the first books on Indian Muslim poster art with rare images and simple narratives anecdotes about rituals ceremonies and cultural traditions running parallel to research findings. This second edition contains a new Afterword that discusses challenges to religious plurality arising on account of changing political landscapes economic liberalisation technology and new media and socio-religious developments. It will appeal to the lay reader as well as the specialist and will be especially useful to researchers and scholars in popular culture media and cultural studies visual art and performance studies and sociology and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367732905

Muslim Diaspora in the WestNegotiating Gender Home and Belonging In view of the growing influence of religion in public life on the national and international scenes Muslim Diaspora in the West constitutes a timely contribution to scholarly debates and a response to concerns raised in the West about Islam and Muslims within diaspora. It begins with the premise that diasporic communities of Islamic cultures while originating in countries dominated by Islamic laws and religious practices far from being uniform are in fact shaped in their existence and experiences by a complex web of class ethnic gender religious and regional factors as well as the cultural and social influences of their adopted homes. Within this context this volume brings together work from experts within Europe and North America to explore the processes that shape the experiences and challenges faced by migrants and refugees who originate in countries of Islamic cultures. Presenting the latest research from a variety of locations on both sides of The Atlantic Muslim Diaspora in the West addresses the realities of diasporic life for self-identified Muslims addressing questions of integration rights and equality before the law and challenging stereotypical views of Muslims. As such it will appeal to scholars with interests in race and ethnicity cultural media and gender studies and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260665

Muslim Diasporas in the West This major works collection surveys the nature of Muslim Diasporas in the west from a sociological perspective exploring the issues of migration integration identity politics Islamophobia and radicalisation. This four-volume collected works is the state of the art on the research and scholarship on Muslim Diasporas in the West. From canonical works to the latest trends in research these volumes added to the understanding of ethnicity  equality and diversity in relation to Muslims in the west. The articles explore the philosophies of multiculturalism integration and interculturalism. They also analyse issues of identity politics Islamophobia and radicalisation. This major works collection suitably captures the significance of past research and its importance for further scholarship in relation to Muslims and Islam across Europe North America and Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187955

Muslim DiversityLocal Islam in Global Contexts The term 'local Islam' has been coined to describe local responses to the effects of globalisation in the Islamic world. All contributions to this volume present cases of 'local Islam' as well as discussing the term itself. But what all of this group of anthropologists and historians convey is a feeling of dissatisfaction with the very term. Their uneasiness relates to the conceptual problems arising from seeing Islam as either local or global. Rather the authors argue in favour of a focus not on Islam but on the lives of Muslims putting their lives into the context of complex historical developments. Ranging across much of the vast extent of the Islamic world - from West Africa and the Near East to China and Southeast Asia - the contributions deal with the effects of migration on local Islamic traditions in Bangladesh; conflicts between Muslim sects in Pakistan; the development of jihad in West Africa; the problem of maintaining a Muslim identity in China; how Javanese Muslims combine their Islamic faith with belief in a local Javanese spirit world; the comparison between urban- and rural-based Islam in Syria; and (in two studies from western Sudan) issues of belief and broader aspects of identity management in a multi-ethnic situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759953

Muslim Education in the 21st CenturyAsian perspectives Muslim Education in the 21st Century reinvestigates the current state of affairs in Muslim education in Asia whilst at the same time paying special attention to Muslim schools’ perception of educational changes and the reasons for such changes. It highlights and explores the important question of whether the Muslim school has been reinventing itself in the field of pedagogy and curriculum to meet the challenges of the 21st century education. It interrogates the schools whose curriculum content carry mostly the subject of religion and Islam as its school culture. Typologically these include state-owned or privately-run madrasah or dayah in Aceh Indonesia; pondok traditional Muslim schools largely prevalent in the East Malaysian states and Indonesia; pesantren Muslim boarding schools commonly found in Indonesia; imam-khatip schools in Turkey and other variations in Asia. Contributed by a host of international experts Muslim Education in the 21st Century focuses on how Muslim educators strive to deal with the educational contingencies of their times and on Muslim schools’ perception of educational changes and reasons for such changes. It will be of great interest to anyone interested in Asian and Muslim education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787413

Muslim Endowments Waqf Law and Judicial Response in India This book deals with Law of Waqf (Muslim Endowment Law) and its judicial response in India. The volume covers several jurisprudential and historical aspects of Waqf which include Doctrines of Waqf; Essential Requisites of Waqf; Valid Objects of Waqf; Historical Account of Waqf; Emergence of Waqf Law in India; and Constitutional Validity of Waqf in India. The chapters then go on to discuss the Waqf Act 1995 and Waqf Amendment Act 2013. The legal perspectives of each Section of Waqf Act and its amendments are elucidated with references under Reflections. The case-law has been analysed and cited under each Section of Waqf Act wherever applicable. This book will be of interest to scholars and researchers of law and legal studies. It will be of interest to practitioners of Waqf Jurisprudence in India the managers of Waqf Institutions and officials involved in Waqf Administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138563469

Muslim European YouthReproducing Ethnicity Religion Culture First Published in 1998 this volume consists of contributors providing position of Muslim youth in a European context. Providing case studies from 5 European nations: Denmark France Germany the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. The chapters in this book draw from various of anthropological and sociological theory to discuss this topic. Many contributors relating back to ethnological research on young Muslims in relation to local government political and religious associations schools as well as community and family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322912

Muslim Families Politics and the LawA Legal Industry in Multicultural Britain Contemporary European societies are multi-ethnic and multi-cultural certainly in terms of the diversity which has stemmed from the immigration of workers and refugees and their settlement. Currently however there is widespread often acrimonious debate about ’other’ cultural and religious beliefs and practices and limits to their accommodation. This book focuses principally on Muslim families and on the way in which gender relations and associated questions of (women’s) agency consent and autonomy have become the focus of political and social commentary with followers of the religion under constant public scrutiny and criticism. Practices concerning marriage and divorce are especially controversial and the book includes a detailed overview of the public debate about the application of Islamic legal and ethical norms (shari’a) in family law matters and the associated role of Shari’a councils in a British context. In short Islam generally and the Muslim family in particular have become highly politicized sites of contestation and the book considers how and why and with what implications for British multiculturalism past present and future. The study will be of great interest to international scholars and academics researching the governance of diversity and the accommodation of other faiths including Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719897

Muslim Family Law in Western Courts This book focuses on Islamic family law as interpreted and applied by judges in Europe Australia and North America. It uses court transcriptions and observations to discuss how the most contentious marriage-related issues - consent and age of spouses dower polygamy and divorce - are adjudicated. The solutions proposed by different legal systems are reviewed and some broader questions are addressed: how Islamic principles are harmonized with norms based on gender equality how parties bargain strategically in and out of court and how Muslim diasporas align their Islamic worldview with a Western normative narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788007

Muslim Fortresses in the LevantBetween Crusaders and Mongols During much of the twelfth century the Crusaders dominated the military scene in the Levant. The unification of Egypt and Syria by Saladin gradually changed the balance of power which slowly begun to tilt in favour of the Muslims. This book examines the development and role of Muslim fortresses in the Levant at the time of the Crusaders and the Mongol invasion situating the study within a broad historical political and military context. Exploring the unification of Egypt with a large part of Syria and its effect on the balance of power in the region Raphael gives a historical overview of the resulting military strategies and construction of fortresses. A detailed architectural analysis is based on a survey of four Ayyubid and eight Mamluk fortresses situated in what are today the modern states of Jordan Israel Southern Turkey and Egypt (the Sinai Peninsula). The author then explores the connection between strongholds or military architecture and the development of siege warfare and technology and examines the influence of architecture and methods of rule on the concept of defence and the development of fortifications. Drawing upon excavation reports field surveys and contemporary Arabic sources the book provides the Arabic architectural terminology and touches on the difficulties of reading the sources. Detailed maps of the fortresses in the region the Mongol invasion routs plans of sites and photographs assist the reader throughout the book providing an important addition to existing literature in the areas of Medieval Archaeology Medieval military history and Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788886

Muslim Institutions Originally published in 1967 this Companion is designed to help readers of the Qur’an by giving them necessary background information. An account is given of ideas peculiar to the Qur’an and the main variant interpretations are noted. A full index of Qur’anic proper names and an index of words commented on has been provided. Based on A J Arberry’s translation this Companion can be used with other translations or indeed with the original text since the verses are numbered. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706893

Muslim LawAn Historical Introduction to the Law of Inheritance This volume orginally published in 1925 outlines the historical development of the Muslim law of inheritance in pre-Islamic Law. It discusses the ranking of heirs and guardians reforms introduced by Muhammad subsequent development of the law and rise of the orthodox schools.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707951

Muslim Laws Politics and Society in Modern Nation StatesDynamic Legal Pluralisms in England Turkey and Pakistan Drawing on theories of legal pluralism this book tests whether and to what extent claims of the modern nation-state laws to exclusive dominance over other spheres are tenable and reassesses the operation of law in society. Incorporating a combination of legal theory post-modern critique and socio-legal analysis of three current jurisdictions in which Muslims play an important role the volume identifies Muslims' current socio-legal situation and attitudes from different perspectives and reconciles them with modern legal systems in three key countries. It analyzes the conflict between the assumptions of modern legal systems and plural legal realities and also examines attempts by modern legal systems to impose official laws in the face of resistance from unofficial Muslim laws and discusses possible responses to the challenge of dynamic Muslim legal pluralism. A valuable resource for students researchers and academics with an interest in the areas of Islamic law and politics and the interplay between secular law and religious/cultural traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259102

Muslim Marriage in Western CourtsLost in Transplantation This book describes and analyses the notion of Mahr the Muslim custom whereby the groom has to give a gift to the bride in consideration of the marriage. It explores how Western courts specifically in Canada the United States France and Germany have approached and interpreted Mahr. Although the outcomes of the cases provide an illustrative framework for the book the focus is broader than simply the adjudicative endeavours. The work explores the concept of liberalism which purportedly champions individuals and individual choice concurrently with freedom and equality. Tensions between and among these concepts however inevitably arise. The acknowledgment and exploration of these intertwined tensions forms an important underpinning for the book. Through the analysis of case law from these four countries this study suggests that transplanting Mahr from Islamic law into a Western courtroom cannot be undone: it immediately becomes rooted in the countries' legal historical political and social backgrounds and flourishes (or fails) in diverse and unexpected ways. Rather than being the concept described by classical Islamic jurists Mahr is interpreted according to wildly varied legal constructs and concepts such as multiculturalism fairness public policy and gender equality. Moreover Islamic law travels with a multiplicity of voices and it is this complex hybridity (a fragmented and disjointed Mahr) which will be mediated through Western law. Returning to the overarching concept of liberalism the book proposes that distributive consequences rather than recognition occupy central place in the evaluation of the legal options available to Muslim women upon divorce. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268180

Muslim Minorities Workplace Diversity and Reflexive HRM Workplace diversity has become increasingly relevant to academics and practitioners alike. Often this issue is tackled merely from a business-oriented/managerial point of view. Yet such a single-level perspective fails to acknowledge both the macro-societal context wherein companies and organizations act and the micro-individual dynamics by which individuals construct and affirm their identities in relation to others.Muslim minorities are part of current workplace diversity in many parts of the world. This book focuses on Muslim identities and their interrelations with societal frameworks and organizational strategy and practice. Contributors from various disciplines and societal contexts ensure a multiplicity of perspectives. The authors shed light on this diversity and draw implications for human resource management (HRM) theory and practice. Chapters uncover the wider discourses on Muslim minorities that impact organizational HRM. The book explores how HRM academics and practitioners might become aware of and counteract these discourses in order to acheive a truly inclusive HRM regarding Muslim minorities.Throughout Muslim Minorities Workplace Diversity and Reflexive HRM readers are guided from large theoretical concepts to specific contexts whilst being encouraged to question their assumptions. This book lays the foundations for managing Muslim employees beyond stereotypes enabling the reader to develop the reflexive mindset needed for truly inclusive HRM with regard to Muslim employees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881863

Muslim Minorities and Social CohesionCultural Fragmentation in the West This book examines various attempts in the ‘West’ to manage cultural linguistic and religious diversity – focusing on Muslim minorities in predominantly non-Muslim societies. An international panel of contributors chart evolving national identities and social values assessing the way that both contemporary ‘Western’ societies and contemporary Muslim minorities view themselves and respond to the challenges of diversity. Drawing on themes and priority subjects from Islamic Culture within Euro-Asian Australian and American international research they address multiple critical issues and discuss their implications for existing and future policy and practice in this area. These include subjects such as gender the media citizenship and multiculturalism. The insight provided by this wide-ranging book will be of great use to scholars of Religious Studies Interreligious Dialogue and Islamic Studies as well as Politics Culture and Migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484668

Muslim Minorities in Modern StatesThe Challenge of Assimilation Political leaders of the 1930s may be accused of blindness to danger in their failed attempts to appease totalitarian aggression but no one doubts they believed they were doing so to preserve their way of life. In contrast Raphael Israeli suggests that twenty-first century appeasement of Islamists wherever it occurs is different. Appeasement in the advanced modern states of this century--in Europe Australia Canada and even in parts of Asia--is characterized by what amounts to a self-inflicted humiliation in misguided efforts to slow the advance of a rising Islamist tide. Such appeasement surrenders core aspects of sovereignty turning non-Muslim populations into second- and third-class citizens in their own countries.Disturbing warning signs first emerged in Europe but were either not noticed or denied. They extended to the periphery of the Muslim world but their development in Western countries were unnoticed or denied until they hit also the peripheral areas of the Muslim world. Canada and Australia and to some extent the countries of Asia fell into a syndrome of denial which persisted until they were forced to listen often at a price in human lives and carnage. In Europe the core of the Muslim presence developed in countries like Britain France and Germany which lacked law-enforcement against terrorists because the executive and judiciary emphasized human rights and apparent safety over defensive measures to protect their citizens and way of life.Both the United States and Great Britain needed a traumatic jolt before they moved to act. In the United States it would be the watershed event of September 11 2001; in London the July 7 2005 bombings. And there were events in other countries: in Spain the March 2004 Madrid train bombings; in France the violent riots of 2005; in Amsterdam the van Gogh murder; in Asia the Bali horror; and finally in Scandinavia the Cartoon Affair. These jolts shattered the tranquility of populations who had believed in peaceful coexistence with Muslim immigrants and in the feasibility of their integration into national societies. This study fills a large void in the examination of the consequences of new migrations of Muslim populations into advanced and modern societies throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512436

Muslim NeoplatonistsAn Introduction to the Thought of the Brethren of Purity The tenth or eleventh century group of the Brethren of Purity (Ikhwan al Safa) are as well known in the Arab world as Darwin Marx and Freud in the west. Designed as an introduction to their ideas this book concentrates on the Brethren's writings analyzing the impact on them of thinkers such as Pythagoras Plato Aristotle and the Neoplatonists. Ian Netton traces the influences of Judaism and Christianity and controversially this book argues that the Brethren of Purity did not belong to the Ismaili branch of Islam as is generally believed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147171

Muslim PalestineThe Ideology of Hamas The ideology of Islamic fundamentalists is of central importance in the modern world but it is often distorted or misunderstood by the international media. This insightful study provides a detailed analysis of the Palestinian Hamas movement's world-view and shows how the theoretical framework developed by thinkers such as Hassan al-Banna Sayyis Qutb and al-Mawdudi is applied to a specific political social and economic context. Nusse explains the fundamentalist position on recent events such as the Gulf War the Madrid peace negotiations and the Hebron massacre and helps to dissipate myths surrounding modern fundamentalist movements and their overwhelming success as opposition movements in the modern world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203013359

Muslim Piety as EconomyMarkets Meaning and Morality in Southeast Asia The first volume to explore Muslim piety as a form of economy this book examines specific forms of production trade regulation consumption entrepreneurship and science that condition – and are themselves conditioned by – Islamic values logics and politics. With a focus on Southeast Asia as a site of significant and diverse integration of Islam and the economy – as well as the incompatibilities that can occur between the two – it reveals the production of a Muslim piety as an economy in its own right. Interdisciplinary in nature and based on in-depth empirical studies the book considers issues such as the Qur’anic prohibition of corruption and anti-corruption reforms; the emergence of the Islamic economy under colonialism; ‘halal’ or ‘lawful’ production trade regulation and consumption; modesty in Islamic fashion marketing communications; and financialisation consumerism and housing. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology anthropology and religious studies with interests in Islam and Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336684

Muslim Pilgrimage in Europe In spite of Islam’s long history in Europe and the growing number of Muslims resident in Europe little research exists on Muslim pilgrimage in Europe. This collection of eleven chapters is the first systematic attempt to fill this lacuna in an emerging research field. Placing the pilgrims’ practices and experiences centre stage scholars from history anthropology religious studies sociology and art history examine historical and contemporary hajj and non-hajj pilgrimage to sites outside and within Europe. Sources include online travelogues ethnographic data biographic information and material and performative culture. The interlocutors are European-born Muslims converts to Islam and Muslim migrants to Europe in addition to people who identify themselves with other faiths. Most interlocutors reside in Albania Bosnia-Hercegovina Italy France the Netherlands Great Britain and Norway. This book identifies four courses of developments: Muslims resident in Europe continue to travel to Mecca and Medina and to visit shrine sites located elsewhere in the Middle East and North Africa. Secondly there is a revival of pilgrimage to old pilgrimage sites in South-eastern Europe. Thirdly new Muslim pilgrimage sites and practices are being established in Western Europe. Fourthly Muslims visit long-established Christian pilgrimage sites in Europe. These practices point to processes of continuity revitalization and innovation in the practice of Muslim pilgrimage in Europe. Linked to changing sectarian political and economic circumstances pilgrimage sites are dynamic places of intra-religious as well as inter-religious conflict and collaboration while pilgrimage experiences in multiple ways also transform the individual and affect the home-community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880408

Muslim Political Discourse in Postcolonial IndiaMonuments Memory Contestation The book examines the postcolonial Muslim political discourse through monuments. It establishes a link between the process by which historic buildings become monuments and the gradual transformation of these historic/legal entities into political objects. The author studies the multiple interpretations of Indo-Islamic historical buildings aspolit Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176884

Muslim Politics in BiharChanging Contours This book studies the engagement of various Muslim communities with Bihar politics from colonial times to present-day India. It debunks several myths in highlighting Muslim resistance to the Two-Nation theory and counters theIsolation Syndrome faced by Muslim communities after Independence. Using rare archival sources and hitherto unexamined Ur Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176747

Muslim Reformist Political ThoughtRevivalists Modernists and Free Will There are two main trends distinguishable amongst Muslim reformists - revivalists and modernists. This book charts and analyses the main trends of Muslim reformist political thought in Bukhara. It is the first to utilize original sources preserved in Soviet archives that were previously inaccessible to western scholars. The author has translated numerous original documents from Tajiki and Russian into English. This book thus serves as a useful resource for students of Islam Central Asia the former Soviet Union and of law politics and philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823101

Muslim Resistance to the TsarShamil and the Conquest of Chechnia and Daghestan First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039909

Muslim Saints and MysticsEpisodes from the Tadhkirat al-Auliya' (Memorial of the Saints) This is a major work of Islamic mysticism by the great thirteenth-century Persian poet Farid al-Din Attar. Translated by A J Arberry Attar’s work and thought is set in perspective in a substantial introduction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706855

Muslim Saints of South AsiaThe Eleventh to Fifteenth Centuries This book studies the veneration practices and rituals of the Muslim saints. It outlines principal trends of the main Sufi orders in India the profiles and teachings of the famous and less known saints and the development of pilgrimage to their tombs in India Pakistan and Bangladesh. A detailed discussion of the interaction of the Hindu mystic tradition and Sufism shows the polarity between the rigidity of the orthodox and the flexibility of the popular Islam in South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664714

Muslim SocietiesHistorical and Comparative Aspects This volume examines Muslim societies across Europe North Africa Central Asia and South Asia from the eighteenth century to the present providing fresh insight through comparison. Movements and populations covered include the nineteenth century North African Sansusi movement and its relationships to Sufis and Arabs of the region Soviet and Chinese Central Asia Muslim-Hindu relationships in South Asia Muslims in Syria and Muslim immigrants in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665889

Muslim Spain and PortugalA Political History of al-Andalus This is the first study in English of the political history of Muslim Spain and Portugal based on Arab sources. It provides comprehensive coverage of events across the whole of the region from 711 to the fall of Granada in 1492. Up till now the history of this region has been badly neglected in comparison with studies of other states in medieval Europe. When considered at all it has been largely written from Christian sources and seen in terms of the Christian Reconquest. Hugh Kennedy raises the profile of this important area bringing the subject alive with vivid translations from Arab sources. This will be fascinating reading for historians of medieval Europe and for historians of the middle east drawing out the similarities and contrasts with other areas of the Muslim world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135314

Muslim StudiesVolume 1 This is the first volume of Goldziher's Muslim Studies which ranks highly among the classics of the scholarly literature on Islam. Indeed the two volumes originally published in German in 1889-1890 can justly be counted among those that laid the foundations of the modern study of Islam as a religion and a civilization.The first study deals with the reaction of Islam to the ideals of Arab tribal society to the attitudes of early Islam to the various nationalities and more especially the Persians and culminates in the chapter on the Shu'ubiya movement which represents the reaction of the newly converted peoples and again more especially the Persians to the idea of Arab superiority. The second essay is the famous study on the development of the Hadith the "Traditions" ascribed to Muhammed in which the Hadith is shown to reflect the various trends of early Islam: Goldziher's name is mainly associated with the critical study of the Hadith of which this essay is the chief monument. The third essay is about the cult of saints which though contrary to the spirit and letter of the earliest Islam played such an important part in its subsequent development.These essays with the author's marvelous richness of information profound historical sense and sympathetic insight into the motive forces of religion and civilization are today as fresh as at the time of their original publication and their reissue is indispensable for the growing number of students of Islam. Hamid Dabashi contributes a major eighty-five-page study of Goldziher's life and scholarship situating both in the intellectual and political currents of his own time while evaluating his work in the context of the current debate over Orientalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528536

Muslim TravellersPilgrimage Migration and the Religious Imagination Pilgrimage travel for learning visits to shrines exile and labour migration shape the religious imagination and in turn are shaped by it. Some travel such as pilgrimage explicitly intended for religious purposes has equally important economic and political consequences. Other travel not primarily motivated by religious concerns and thus neglected by many scholars nonetheless profoundly influences religious symbols metaphors practices and senses of community. These studies encompassing Muslim societies from Malaysia to West Africa also suggest how encounters with Muslim `others' have been as important in shaping community self-definition as encounters with European 'others'. This volume brings together historians social scientists and jurists concerned with pilgrimage scholarly travel and migration in both medieval and contemporary Muslim societies and explores basic issues. Can 'Muslim travel' be regarded as a distinct form of social action? What role does religious doctrine play in motivating travel and how do doctrinal interpretations differ across time and place? What are the strengths and limitations of various approaches to understanding the transnational and local significance of pilgrimage migration and other forms of travel? An image of Muslim tradition and change in local communities in relation to travel emerges which competes with the myth of the universality of the Islamic community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867597

Muslim TurkistanKazak Religion and Collective Memory This ethnography of Muslim life among the Kazaks of Central Asia describes the sacralisation of land and ethnic identity local understanding of Islamic purity the Kazak ancestor cult and domestic spirituality and pilgrimage to the tombs of Sufi saints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862425

Muslim Women The history of Islam and the changing role-performance of Muslim women given the various interpretations of the belief system of Islam are described. It is the contention of the authors that it is these various interpretations which have given rise to the conflict between the ideal and contextual realities. This book also includes papers which investigate the problems of feminism and employment for Muslim women as well as the educational and legal aspects of their lives in contemporary Islamic society. First published in 1984. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821118

Muslim Women Domestic Violence and PsychotherapyTheological and Clinical Issues Muslim Women Domestic Violence and Psychotherapy reconciles newly emerging Islamic practical theology with the findings and theories of contemporary social sciences. It is an inquiry about the lived experience of the Islamic tradition and its application in Islamic counseling with Muslim women subject to domestic violence. By incorporating a holistic examination of the worldview personhood and understanding of social and religious obligations of Muslim women in counseling this book shows how practitioners can empower clients facing trauma and abuse to explore feasible solutions and decrease worry anxiety and other negative emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257415

Muslim Women Transnational Feminism and the Ethics of PedagogyContested Imaginaries in Post-9/11 Cultural Practice Following a long historical legacy Muslim women’s lives continue to be represented and circulate widely as a vehicle of intercultural understanding within a context of the "war on terror." Following Edward Said’s thesis that these cultural forms reflect and participate in the power plays of empire this volume examines the popular and widespread production and reception of Muslim women’s lives and narratives in literature poetry cinema television and popular culture within the politics of a post-9/11 world. This edited collection provides a timely exploration into the pedagogical and ethical possibilities opened up by transnational feminist and anti-colonial readings that can work against sensationalized and stereotypical representations of Muslim women. It addresses the gap in contemporary theoretical discourse amongst educators teaching literary and cultural texts by and about Muslim Women and brings scholars from the fields of education literary and cultural studies and Muslim women’s studies to examine the politics and ethics of transnational anti-colonial reading practices and pedagogy. The book features interviews with Muslim women artists and cultural producers who provide engaging reflections on the transformative role of the arts as a form of critical public pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793377

Muslim Women and Gender JusticeConcepts Sources and Histories This volume brings together the work of a group of Islamic studies scholars from across the globe. They discuss how past and present Muslim women have participated in the struggle for gender justice in Muslim communities and around the world. The essays demonstrate a diversity of methodological approaches religious and secular sources and theoretical frameworks for understanding Muslim negotiations of gender norms and practices. Part I (Concepts) puts into conversation women scholars who define Muslima theology and Islamic feminism vis-à-vis secular notions of gender diversity and discuss the deployment of the oppression of Muslim women as a hegemonic imperialist strategy. The chapters in Part II (Sources) engage with the Qur’an hadith and sunna as religious sources to be examined and reinterpreted in the quest for gender justice as God’s will and the example of the Prophet Muhammad. In Part III (Histories) contributors search for Muslim women’s agency as scholars thinkers and activists from the early period of Islam to the present â€“ from Southeast Asia to North America.  Representing a transnational and cross-generational conversation this work will be a key resource to students and scholars interested in the history of Islamic feminism Muslim women gender justice and Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494862

Muslim Women and Sport Examining the global experiences challenges and achievements of Muslim women participating in physical activities and sport this important new study makes a profound contribution to our understanding of both contemporary Islam and the complexity and diversity of women’s lives in the modern world. The book presents an overview of current research into constructs of gender the role of religion and the importance of situation and looks closely at what Islam has to say about women’s participation in sport and what Muslim women have to say about their participation in sport. It highlights the challenges and opportunities for women in sport in both Muslim and non-Muslim countries utilising a series of extensive case-studies in various countries which invite the readers to conduct cross-cultural comparisons. Material on Iraq Palestine and Bosnia and Herzegovina provides rare insights into the impact of war on sporting activities for women. The book also seeks to make important recommendations for improving access to sport for girls and women from Muslim communities. Muslim Women and Sport confronts many deeply held stereotypes and crosses those commonly quoted boundaries between ‘Islam and the West’ and between ‘East and West’. It makes fascinating reading for anyone with an interest in the interrelationships between sport religion gender culture and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522373

Muslim Women in BritainDe-Mystifying the Muslimah Perceptions of Muslim women in Western society have been shaped by historical and sociological conditions such as colonialism patriarchy and Orientalism. In Muslim Women in Britain Sariya Contractor seeks to reinstate the Muslimah as a storyteller who tells her own story. An exploration of the lives of British Muslim women this book examines issues of femininity Britishness inter-communal relations and social cohesion. Presenting the reader with incisive narratives of Muslim women on familiar topics such as the hijab Muslim women in the media and feminist debate particularly in a Western context Sariya Contractor makes a valuable contribution to the existing literature on Islamic studies social anthropology feminist philosophy and social cohesion. Presenting a complex and nuanced retelling of Muslim women’s realities as explored through their own voices stories and experiences; this book will be of interest to scholars and students of Islamic studies Women’s studies Social Anthropology and Sociology seeking a fresh perspective on Muslim women in Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802513

Muslim Women in the EconomyDevelopment Faith and Globalisation This book explores the changing role of Muslim women in the economy in the twenty-first century. Sociological developments such as secular education female-focused policies national and global commitments to gender equality as well as contemporary technological advances have all served to shift and redefine the domestic and public roles of Muslim women leading in many places to increases in workplace participation ​and entrepreneurship. The volume investigates the contexts of these shifts and the experiences of women balancing faith and other commitments to actively engage in the economy in vastly different countries. The book looks at how family codes and the understandings of Muslim male and female roles sit alongside social and economic advances and the increases in women partaking in the economy. ​Within a globalised world  it also highlights the importance of the implementation of the current sustainable development priorities in the context of Muslim societies including Sustainable Development Goal 5 that focuses on the vital role of women and their full participation in all areas of sustainable development. With cases ranging from Saudi Arabia Iran Bangladesh ​Pakistan  Indonesia Nigeria Kenya through to Spain Bulgaria​ and Australia Muslim Women in the Economy will be of considerable interest to those studying researching and interested in gender development and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207397

Muslim Women OnlineFaith and Identity in Virtual Space While issues surrounding Muslim women are common in the international media the voices of Muslim women themselves are largely absent from media coverage and despite the rapidly increasing presence of Muslim women in online groups and discussions it is still a relatively unexplored topic.This book examines Muslim women in transnational online groups and their views on education culture marriage sexuality work dress-code race class and sisterhood. Looking at both egalitarian and traditionalist Muslim women's views the author considers their interpretations of Islam and identifies a new category of holists who focus on developing the Islamic sisterhood. Drawing on detailed analysis of online transcripts she highlights women's rhetorical techniques and the thorough knowledge of Islamic sources which they use to justify their points in online discussions. She details how in the online context as opposed to offline interactions Muslim women are much more willing to cross boundaries between traditionalist and egalitarian interpretations of Islam and women's Islamic rights and responsibilities and to develop collaborative interpretations with supporters of different views. Shedding light on a candid and forthright global community this book is an important contribution to the debate on women in Islam and as such will be of interest to scholars and students of Islamic studies gender studies media studies and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789074

Muslim Women’s Pilgrimage to Mecca and BeyondReconfiguring Gender Religion and Mobility This book investigates female Muslims pilgrimage practices and how these relate to women’s mobility social relations identities and the power structures that shape women’s lives. Bringing together scholars from different disciplines and regional expertise it offers in-depth investigation of the gendered dimensions of Muslim pilgrimage and the life-worlds of female pilgrims. With a variety of case studies the contributors explore the experiences of female pilgrims to Mecca and other pilgrimage sites and how these are embedded in historical and current contexts of globalisation and transnational mobility. This volume will be relevant to a broad audience of researchers across pilgrimage gender religious and Islamic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367615048

Muslim Women's ChoicesReligious Belief and Social Reality This volume counters the prevailing Western views and stereotypes of Muslim women - usually projected through male interpretations - by presenting a cross-cultural perspective of their experiences and choices in contemporary Muslim communities. The main theme running through these papers is the manner in which Muslim women consciously as well as unconsciously manipulate religious belief to negotiate their gender roles within the context of their lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135166

Muslim Women's RightsContesting Liberal-Secular Sensibilities in Canada In the post-9/11 environment the figure of the Muslim woman is at the forefront of global politics. Her representation is often articulated within a rights discourse owing much to liberal-secular sensibilities—notions of freedom equality rational thinking individualism and modernization. Muslim Women’s Rights explores how these liberal-secular sensibilities inform shape and foreclose public discussion on questions of Islam and gender.The book draws on postcolonial antiracist and transnational feminist studies in order to analyze public and legal debates surrounding proposed shari‘ah tribunals in Canada. It examines the cultural and epistemological suppositions underlying common assumptions about Islamic laws; explores how these assumptions are informed by the Western progress narrative and women’s rights debates; and asks what forms of politics these enable and foreclose. The book assesses the influence of secularism on the ontology epistemology and ethics afforded to Islam in the West and begins to trace possibilities by which Islamic family law might be productively addressed on its own terms.Muslim Women’s Rights is a significant contribution to the fields of both Islam and gender and the critical study of secularism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731380

Muslim Youth in the DiasporaChallenging Extremism through Popular Culture In a world where the term Islam is ever-increasingly an inaccurate and insensitive synonym for terrorism it is unsurprising that many Muslim youth in the West struggle for a viable sense of identity. This book takes up the hotly-debated issue of Muslim youth identity in western countries from the standpoint of popular culture. It proposes that in the context of Islamophobia and pervasive moral panic young Muslims frame up their identity in relation to external conditions that only see ‘good’ and ‘bad’ Muslims on both sides of the ideological fence between Islam and the West. Indeed by attempting to break down the ‘good’ versus ‘bad’ Muslim dichotomy that largely derives from western media reports as well as political commentary Muslim Youth in the Diaspora: Challenging Extremism through Popular Culture will enlighten the reader. It illuminates the way in which diasporic Muslim youth engage with and are affected by the radical Islamist meta-narrative. It examines their popular culture and online activity their gendered sense of self and much more. This original book will be of interest to students and scholars interested in the fields of sociology cultural studies and social anthropology. It offers a particular focus on Islam for research in youth studies youth culture political radicalisation and religious identity. It will also be relevant to the sector of youth and social work where practitioners seek to build cultural bridges with a new generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367351304

Muslim YouthTensions And Transitions In Tajikistan Since the breakup of the Soviet Union the peoples of Central Asia (Tajikistan Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan) have been exposed to new Western influences that stress individualism at the expense Central Asian traditions of family and communalism. Young men in particular are exposed to new ideas and lifestyles as they tra Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316952

Muslim/Arab Mediation and Conflict ResolutionUnderstanding Sulha Inter- and intra-clan conflicts in Northern Israel pit hundreds against each other in revenge cycles that take years to resolve and impact the entire community. The Sulha is a Shari’a-based traditional conflict resolution process that works independently of formal legal systems and is widely practiced to manage such conflicts in the north of Israel as well as throughout the Muslim and Arab worlds. The Sulha process works by effecting a gradual attitudinal transformation from a desire for revenge to a willingness to forgive through restoration of the victim’s clan sense of honour. Muslim/Arab Mediation and Conflict Resolution examines the process of Sulha as practiced by the Arab population of northern Israel where it plays a central role in the maintenance of peace among Muslims Christians and Druze alike. It presents detailed analysis of every stage of this at times protracted process. It uses interviews with victims perpetrators Sulha practitioners community leaders and lawyers along with statistical analysis to examine how Sulha affects people’s lives how various sectors of society impact the practice and how it coexists with Israel’s formal legal system. Furthermore it examines how Sulha compares to Western dispute resolution processes. This book offers the first comprehensive exploration of the entire Sulha process and is a valuable resource for students and scholars of Middle East studies Islamic studies and conflict resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614635

Muslim-christian ConflictsEconomic Political And Social Origins This book focuses on tensions between Christians and Muslims in one part of the large area where the two religions meet: the Eastern Mediterranean and the Nile Valley. It addresses the questions: What does religion mean in people's daily lives? In what ways is it a component of ethnic identity? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167615

Muslim-Christian Encounters While the subject of Christian-Muslim or Muslim-Christian interaction is still not a traditional or systematic discipline interest in the encounter of these two religions has grown considerably over the last decade. Historians including historians of Islam and Christianity have always been interested in the civilizational meeting of the two religions in conflict or in times of peace. This includes aspects of post-colonial studies which incorporate cultural literary and political writings which consider the intellectual and social ruptures in so much of the Islamic world in the 19th and 20th centuries. Theologians however have only recently begin to appreciate the amount of material which illustrates the extent to which Christians and Muslims wrote about one another’s faith and spoke of each other in a variety of contexts in both polemical and eirenic terms. These resources serve to enrich the understanding of one’s own faith and the changing historical relationship with the other. Today Muslim-Christian is often understood as Islam/West where the Christianity and secularism are either conflated or Christianity subsumed within the larger cultural framework of the west. Either way Islam is a foreign presence and its points of reference not easily assimilated in the narrative of a Judaeo-Christian West. Nevertheless this has created an interesting intellectual and scholarly dynamic in a wide range of disciplines. This includes ethics politics gender studies and the emergence of an `interfaith’ literature which is increasingly used in scholarly as well as grass roots settings.  The collection will comprise around sixty pre-published journal articles and some book chapters. Each volume will contain around 15 articles/chapters. The articles will be secondary sources analysing the works of individual Christian and Muslim scholars so will not be extracts of primary material thought it is hoped that the majority will contain some primary material. Volume One will contain an Introduction to the whole collection. The volumes will provide a unique and rich reflection of Muslim-Christian encounter. This work will introduce the scholar and the student to the variety of approaches people of faith/no faith have taken to thinking about the two religions. The volumes will cover doctrine interfaith practice as theory and lived realities and philosophical and literary themes and approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937918

Muslim-Christian Encounters (Routledge Revivals)Perceptions and Misperceptions First published in 1991 this title explores the myths and misperceptions that have underpinned Muslim-Christian relations throughout history and which endure to the current day. William Montgomery Watt describes how the myths originated and developed and argues that both Muslims and Christians need to have a more accurate knowledge and positive appreciation of the other religion. Chapters discuss the Qur’anic perception of Christianity attitudes to Greek philosophy and the relationship between Islam and Christianity in medieval Europe. Written by one of the leading authorities on Islam in the West Muslim-Christian Encounters remains a relevant and vivid study and will be of particular value to students of Islam religious history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734905

Muslim-Christian Relations in Central Asia This book explores issues of cultural tension that affect Muslim and Christian interaction within the Central Asian context. It looks at the ways that Christians have interacted with Central Asian Muslims in the past and discusses what might need to be done to improve Muslim-Christian relations in the region in the present and future. Since the time that Nestorian Christian missionaries traveled eastward from Asia Minor along the Silk Road and Islamic cultures came to the region in the 7th century Christians and Muslims have shared a unique relationship in a fascinating cultural milieu. Under the reigns of various conquerors Czars Soviets and modern nationalist strong-men the ever changing political and economic situation of these former Soviet Republics has dramatically affected the ways that Muslims and Christians have practiced their faith. Today as Muslims and Christians work to stabilize their interactions they face new challenges because of the activities of Protestant Christian and Islamist missionaries who are flooding into Central Asia as never before. The book corrects common misunderstandings of Central Asia as a cultural backwater and is a valuable introduction to Muslim and Christian interactions in one of the most quickly changing regions of the globe. It will appeal to readers interested in Muslim-Christian interaction and for researchers in the field of World Religions Central Asian Studies and Intercultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533225

Muslim-Jewish Encounters First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079158

Muslims Identity and American Politics Calfano provides an examination of the pressures faced by Muslims often considered political and social outsiders in western nations especially in the United States. Identity is a complex concept especially when considering the role that group attachments play in affecting how one sees her/his role in the political environment of their country of residence. Perhaps the greatest tension in this regard is felt by those who are often considered outsiders in their home country despite significant ties to their nation. Though citizens and second generation residents in many cases American Muslims face a combination of suspicion government scrutiny and social segregation in the United States despite significant education and economic assimilation in America. The crux of the investigation advanced here centres on how group influence emotions and religious interpretation contribute to the political orientation and behaviour of a national sample of Muslims living in the American context. A compelling explanation as to how members of an ostracized political group marshal the motivation to push through suspicion to become fully engaged political actors this book has wide relevance and will be of interest to scholars researching Muslims and political participation across the fields of political science history sociology and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409428022

Muslims Migration and CitizenshipProcesses of Inclusion and Exclusion Bringing together ten research based contributions Muslims Migration and Citizenship addresses questions about the changing experiences of Muslim communities or specific groups within them in various national and localised environments. Although not an exhaustive survey of the broad range of scholarly research in this evolving field this book covers issues that are likely to be of some importance in the coming period. In particular the contributors highlight the complexity of the experiences of Muslim communities in different national and cultural environments and the evolution of both policy discourses and debates in civil society. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022969

Muslims Mongols and Crusaders The period from about 1100 to 1350 in the Middle East was marked by continued interaction between the local Muslim rulers and two groups of non-Muslim invaders: the Frankish crusaders from Western Europe and the Mongols from northeastern Asia. In deflecting the threat those invaders presented a major role was played by the Mamluk state which arose in Egypt and Syria in 1250. The Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies has from 1917 onwards published several articles pertaining to the history of this period by leading historians of the region and this volume reprints some of the most important and interesting of them for the convenience of students and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175372

Muslims and Christians in Norman SicilyArabic-Speakers and the End of Islam The social and linguistic history of medieval Sicily is both intriguing and complex. Before the Muslim invasion of 827 the islanders spoke dialects of either Greek or Latin or both. On the arrival of the Normans around 1060 Arabic was the dominant language but by 1250 Sicily was an almost exclusively Christian island with Romance dialects in evidence everywhere. Of particular importance to the development of Sicily was the formative period of Norman rule (1061 1194) when most of the key transitions from an Arabic-speaking Muslim island to a 'Latin'-speaking Christian one were made. This work sets out the evidence for those changes and provides an authoritative approach that re-defines the conventional thinking on the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822563

Muslims and Communists in Post-Transition States Popular uprisings have taken many different forms in the last hundred or so years since Muslims first began to grapple with modernity and to confront various systems of domination both European and indigenous.The relevance of studies of popular uprising and revolt in the Muslim world has recently been underlined by shattering recent events particularly in Egypt Yemen Tunisia and Libya. The book consists of a close analysis of the problématique of the Qur’an showing the openness of the text to Islamic reform and renewal; the role of Islam in creating a specific form of communism in Albania and Kosova; the Chechen revolts against Russian rule after the collapse of the Soviet Union  and the short-lived period of alliance between communism and Islam in the early 1920s; the history of alliances between British Muslims and socialists since the 1950s. The book also traces the evolution of the Muslim-Communist alliance during the twentieth century analyses the driving forces behind it looks at the new situation created by the democratic revolts of 2010-11 in the Middle East and attempts a prognosis for future relations between these and existing communist groups. This volume contributes to the debate over the aims and methods of these popular uprisings. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688789

Muslims and CrimeA Comparative Study In the aftermath of 9/11 a critical analysis of offending and victimisation of Asian Muslims is desperately required. Muslims and Crime addresses this need by means of a comparative criminological evaluation of British and Pakistani South Asian Muslims. In addition to providing a succinct review of contemporary studies in the field Muzammil Quraishi evaluates issues of offending and victimization amongst South Asian Muslims; develops an understanding of Islamic criminal law and its influence on crime and social control by means of a comparative evaluation between Britain and Pakistan; explores the nature of Islamophobia and its impact on South Asian Muslims in Britain and Pakistan; explores the American 'Critical Race Theory' perspective within British and Pakistani contexts; and examines the construction of racial stereotypes during colonial encounters and how far these may be traced into the post-colonial social terrain. The book will interest academics in sociology criminology race and ethnicity and law. The themes explored will also be of significant interest to practitioners within criminal justice institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278097

Muslims and CrusadersChristianity’s Wars in the Middle East 1095–1382 from the Islamic Sources Muslims and Crusaders combines chronological narrative discussion of important areas of scholarly enquiry and evidence from Islamic primary sources to give a well-rounded survey of Christianity’s wars in the Middle East 1095–1382. Revised expanded and updated to take account of the most recent scholarship this second edition enables readers to achieve a broader and more complete perspective on the crusading period by presenting the crusades from the viewpoints of those against whom they were waged the Muslim peoples of the Levant. The book introduces the reader to the most significant issues that affected Muslim responses to the European crusaders and their descendants who would go on to live in the Latin Christian states that were created in the region. It considers not only the military encounters between Muslims and crusaders but also the personal political diplomatic and trade interactions that took place between the Muslims and Franks away from the battlefield. Engaging with a wide range of translated primary source documents including chronicles dynastic histories religious and legal texts and poetry Muslims and Crusaders is ideal for students and historians of the crusades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543119

Muslims and Islam in U.S. EducationReconsidering multiculturalism Winner of Philosophy of Education Society of Australasia (PESA)'s inaugural PESA Book Awards in 2015 and The University of Hong Kong Research Output Prize for Education 2014-15. Muslims and Islam in U.S. Education explores the complex interface that exists between U.S. school curriculum teaching practice about religion in public schools societal and teacher attitudes toward Islam and Muslims and multiculturalism as a framework for meeting the needs of minority group students. It presents multiculturalism as a concept that needs to be rethought and reformulated in the interest of creating a more democratic inclusive and informed society. Islam is an under-considered religion in American education due in part to the fact that Muslims represent a very small minority of the population today (less than 1%). However this group faces a crucial challenge of representation in United States society as a whole as well as in its schools. Muslims in the United States are impacted by ignorance that news and opinion polls have demonstrated is widespread among the public in the last few decades. U.S. citizens who do not have a balanced fair and accurate view of Islam can make a variety of decisions in the voting booth in job hiring and within their small-scale but important personal networks and spheres of influence that make a very negative impact on Muslims in the United States. This book presents new information that has implications for curricula religious education and multicultural education today examining the unique case of Islam in U.S. education over the last 20 years. Chapters include: Perspectives on Multicultural Education 9/11 the Media and the New Need to Know Islam and Muslims in Public Schools Blazing a Path for Intercultural Education This book is an essential resource for professors researchers and teachers of social studies particularly those involved with multicultural issues critical and sociocultural analysis of education and schools; as well as interdisciplinary scholars and students in anthropology and education.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787338

Muslims and Missionaries in Pre-Mutiny India Focuses on the period leading up to the Indian Mutiny of 1857. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878853

Muslims and Political Participation in Britain This new volume showcases the latest research into Muslim political participation both in terms of electoral politics and civil society initiatives.Muslims play a prominent role in British political life yet what do we actually know about the involvement of British Muslims beyond the existence of a handful of Muslim MPs? What is unique about political participation in Muslim communities? All the major parties actively seek to court a ‘Muslim electorate’ but does such a phenomenon exist? Despite the impact that Muslims have had on election campaigns and their roles in various political institutions research on this topic remains scant. Indeed much of the existing work was couched within the broader areas of the participation of ethnic minorities or the impact of race on electoral politics. The chapters in this volume address this lacuna by highlighting different aspects of Muslim participation in British politics. They investigate voting patterns and election campaigns civil society and grassroots political movements the engagement of young people and the participation of Muslims in formal political institutions.Written in an accessible style this book will be of interest to students and scholars of political participation and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599164

Muslims and the New MediaHistorical and Contemporary Debates Scholars from an extensive range of academic disciplines have focused on Islam in cyberspace and the media but there are few historical studies that have outlined how Muslim 'ulama' have discussed and debated the introduction and impact of these new media. Muslims and the New Media explores how the introduction of the latest information and communication technologies are mirroring changes and developments within society as well as the Middle East's relationship to the West. Examining how reformist and conservative Muslim 'ulama' have discussed the printing press photography the broadcasting media (radio and television) the cinema the telephone and the Internet case studies provide a contextual background to the historical social and cultural situations that have influenced theological discussions; focusing on how the 'ulama' have debated the 'usefulness' or 'dangers' of the information and communication media. By including both historical and contemporary examples this book exposes historical trajectories as well as different (and often contested) positions in the Islamic debate about the new media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278899

Muslims and the State in the Post-9/11 West From the terrorist attacks of 9/11 to the assassination of Dutch filmmaker Theo van Gogh to the London transportation bombings dramatic events of recent years have generated security concerns about Muslim communities in the West. These have added an additional layer to the tensions surrounding Muslim immigrant integration and have generated heated discussions about how governments should address such challenges. This collection assembles leading scholars to address four central themes related to the interactions between Muslims and states in contemporary Europe and North America. Its authors investigate the timing of Muslims’ emergence as a perceived security risk; they review the variety of actions undertaken in response to the new concerns; they assess the effectiveness of different kinds of policies in managing the security and social challenges that governmental actors observe; and they identify relevant Muslim sub-groups and their highly divergent views on recent developments. This book thus serves as a foundation for understanding an issue of critical importance and as a touchstone for advancing public policy and scholarly debate about Muslim-state interactions. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849654

Muslims in 21st Century EuropeStructural and Cultural Perspectives Muslims in 21st Century Europe explores the interaction between native majorities and Muslim minorities in various European countries with a view to highlighting different paths of integration of immigrant and native Muslims. Starting with a critical overview of the institutionalisation of Islam in Europe and a discussion on the nature of Muslimophobia as a social phenomenon this book shows how socio-economic institutional and political parameters set the frame for Muslim integration in Europe. Britain France Germany the Netherlands and Sweden are selected as case studies among the 'old' migration hosts. Italy Spain and Greece are included to highlight the issues arising and the policies adopted in southern Europe to accommodate Muslim claims and needs. The book highlights the internal diversity of both minority and majority populations and analyses critically the political and institutional responses to the presence of Muslims. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534222

Muslims In Australia Muslims in Australia investigates the basis of Australian society's fear of Muslims by tracing their history since the Afghan settlement in 1860. The author investigates how events such as September 11 and Bali terrorist attacks reinforce suspicion and fear giving an insight into what it means to be a Muslim in contemporary Australia and how the actions of militant Islamic groups have impacted upon Muslims in general in Western society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976641

Muslims in BritainMaking Social and Political Space The management of social religious and ethnic diversity is a key social policy concern in Britain and Muslims in particular have become a focus of attention in recent years. This timely and topical volume examines the position of Muslims in Britain and how they are changing and making social political and religious space. With contributions from world renowned scholars on British Muslims and from policy makers writing on issues of concern to Muslims and others alike the book explores how British Muslims are changing social and religious spaces such as mosques and the role of women engaging in politics creating media and other resources and thus developing new perspectives on Islam and transforming Muslim society from within. Chapters cover issues of religion and politics Britishness governance parallel lives gender issues religion in civic space ethnicity and inter ethnic and religious relations as well as the role of intellectuals chaplains and activists in reforming Islam and renovating the British political landscape. Providing a broad and comprehensive examination of the key issues surrounding Muslims in the UK this book will be a valuable resource for students lecturers and researchers in sociology social policy geography politics Islamic studies and other related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415594721

Muslims in EuropeComparative perspectives on socio-cultural integration Atrocities by terrorists acting in the name of the ‘Islamic State’ are occurring with increasing regularity across Western Europe. Often the perpetrators are ‘home grown’ which places the relationship between Muslims and the countries in which they live under intense political and media scrutiny and raises questions about the success of the integration of Muslims of migrant origin. At the same time populist politicians try to shift the blame from the few perpetrators to the supposed characteristics of all Muslims as a ‘group’ by depicting Islam as a threat that seeks to undermine liberal democratic values and institutions. The research in this volume attempts to redress the balance by focusing on the views and life experiences of the many ‘ordinary’ Muslims in their European societies of settlement and the role that cultural and religious factors play in shaping their social relationships with majority populations and public institutions. The book is specifically interested in the relationship between cultural/religious distance and social factors that shape the life chances of Muslims relative to the majority. The study is cross-national comparative across the six main receiving countries with distinct approaches to the accommodation of Muslims: France Germany Britain the Netherlands Belgium and Switzerland. The research is based on the findings of a survey of four groups of Muslims from distinct countries of origin: Turkey Morocco the former Yugoslavia and Pakistan as well as majority populations in each of the receiving countries. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264840

Muslims in SingaporePiety politics and policies This book examines Muslims in Singapore analysing their habits practices and dispositions towards everyday life and also their role within the broader framework of the secularist Singapore state and the cultural dominance of its Chinese elite who are predominantly Buddhist and Christian. Singapore has a highly unusual approach to issues of religious diversity and multiculturalism adopting a policy of deliberately ‘managing religions’ - including Islam - in an attempt to achieve orderly and harmonious relations between different racial and religious groups. This has encompassed implicit and explicit policies of containment and ‘enclavement’ of Muslims and also the more positive policy of ‘upgrading’ Muslims through paternalist strategies of education training and improvement including the modernisation of madrassah education in both content and orientation. This book examines how this system has operated in practice and evaluates its successes and failures. In particular it explores the attitudes and reactions of Muslims themselves across all spheres of everyday life including dining and maintaining halal-vigilance; education and dress code; and practices of courtship sex and marriage. It also considers the impact of wider international developments including 9/11 fear of terrorism and the associated stigmatization of Muslims; and developments within Southeast Asia such as the Jemaah Islamiah terrorist attacks and the Islamization of Malaysia and Indonesia. This study has more general implications for political strategies and public policies in multicultural societies that are deeply divided along ethno-religious lines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415560085

MuslimsTheir Religious Beliefs and Practices Muslims: Their Religious Beliefs and Practices offers a survey of Islamic history and thought from the formative period of the religion to the contemporary period. It examines the unique elements which have combined to form Islam in particular the Qurʾān and perceptions of the Prophet Muḥammad and traces the ways in which these ideas have interacted to influence Islam’s path to the present. Combining core source materials with coverage of current scholarship and of recent events in the Islamic world Bernheimer and Rippin introduce this hugely significant religion including alternative visions of Islam found in Shi’ism and Sufism in a succinct challenging and refreshing way. The improved and expanded fifth edition is updated throughout and includes new textboxes. With detailed illustrations and a new companion website Muslims is the ideal introduction for students who wish to explore the key issues of Muslims from the Qurʾān to Islamic feminism to issues of identity Islamophobia and modern visions of Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219687

Mussolini This new edition of Peter Neville’s Mussolini traces and analyses the life of one of the most fascinating twentieth century European dictators Benito Mussolini while placing his life in its historic Italian context. Engaging and accessible the Duce’s career is traced from his roots as a journalist and socialist to his capture and execution in 1945 addressing crucial issues throughout: was Mussolini really a far right ideologist or simply a political opportunist? How successful was he at communicating his core beliefs to the Italian people? This thoroughly updated new edition synthesises the scholarship of the last ten years to consider Italian atrocities in Africa and the reaction to them by ordinary Italians in addition to a consideration of the relationship between Mussolini and Hitler while other periods of Mussolini’s life are expanded upon and reconsidered. Finally the author considers Mussolini’s legacy and his continuing influence in modern Italy. This biography gives students a useful analytical introduction to the period and the man and provides an explanation of what fascism was and why it resonated with so many people in Italy. It will be essential reading for all students of modern Italy and the history of fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734103

Mussolini Benito Mussolini was a brilliant Socialist journalist who in 1914 declared war put himself at the head if the anti-Socialist movement in Italy manoeuvred himself into power by 1933 and ruled the country until overthrown in 1943. He was a dynamic but insecure personality who appeared dictatorial but always had to share power with the military and bureaucratic establishment.  Mussolini founded an Empire in Africa and tried to 'make Italians' in his own heroic war like image but in fact failed to even control his own family!  In June 1940 when France fell he could not resist joining in the Second World War on the German side although Italy was not equipped for serious fighting. His rule ended in Military disaster and personal humiliation.This new biography focuses both on Mussolini's personality and on the way he exercised power and regards these two issues as closely linked.  It sees him as a man with all the talents needed to attain power but few of those needed to exercise it well. This book primarily focuses on how Mussolini had absolutely the wrong personality for a successful political leader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175204

Mussolini and Fascism The early twentieth century in Italy was a crucial period in its history. Mussolini and Fascism surveys all the important issues and topics of the period including the origins and rise of Fascism Mussolini as Prime Minister and Dictator the Totalitarian state foreign policy and the Second World War. It also examines how Italian Fascism compared to other inter-war dictatorships. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015392

Mussolini and Italian Fascism Fascism was one of the defining experiences of the European 20th Century. Within it many of the economic political social and cultural contradictions that had been brewing in the unprecedented transformation that European society underwent in the 19th and early 20th century came to a head. Mussolini the man who most fashioned Italian Fascism dramatically expressed the unease and the hopes of his age. To what extent can we compare Mussolini's Italy to Hitler's Germany or Stalin's Russia? What legacy has the experience of Fascism left behind in Italy and in Europe? These and many more important questions are explored in Finaldi's introduction to one of the most important movements of the European 20th Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835122

Mussolini’s Army against GreeceOctober 1940–April 1941 This book analyses why the Italian army failed to defeat its Greek opponent between October 1940 and April 1941. It thoroughly examines the multiple forms of ineffectiveness that plagued the political leadership as well as the military organisation. Mussolini’s aggression of Greece ranks among the most neglected campaigns of the Second World War. Initiated on 28 October 1940 the offensive came to a halt less than ten days later; by mid-November the Greek counter-offensive put the Italian armies on the defensive and back in Albania. From then on the fatal interaction between failing command structures inadequate weapons and equipment unprepared and unmotivated combatants and terrible logistics lowered to a dangerous level the fighting power of Italian combatants. This essay proposes that compared to the North African and Russian campaigns where the Regio Esercito achieved a decent level of military effectiveness the operation against Greece was a military fiasco. Only the courage of its soldiers and the German intervention saved the dictator’s army from complete disaster. This book would appeal to anyone interested in the history of the world war and to those involved in the study of military effectiveness and intrigued by why armies fail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138581289

Mussolini's CampsCivilian Internment in Fascist Italy (1940-1943) This book—which is based on vast archival research and on a variety of primary sources—has filled a gap in Italy’s historiography on Fascism and in European and world history about concentration camps in our contemporary world. It provides for the first time a survey of the different types of internment practiced by Fascist Italy during the war and a historical map of its concentration camps. Published in Italian (I campi del duce Turin: Einaudi 2004) in Croatian (Mussolinijevi Logori Zagreb: Golden Marketing – Tehnička knjiga 2007) in Slovenian (FaÅ¡istična taborišča Ljublana: Publicistično druÅ¡tvo ZAK  2011) and now in English Mussolini’s Camps is both an excellent product of academic research and a narrative easily accessible to readers who are not professional historians. It undermines the myth that concentration camps were established in Italy only after the creation of the Republic of Salò and the Nazi occupation of Italy’s northern regions in 1943 and questions the persistent and traditional image of Italians as brava gente (good people) showing how Fascism made extensive use of the camps (even in the occupied territories) as an instrument of coercion and political control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333086

Mussolini's ItalyTwenty Years of the Fascist Era Originally published in 1964 this book holds the story of Italian Fascism and its leader up to the light. Gallo explains how Fascism triumphed in Italy what it did to and for that country and what its heritage is for present-day Italy. The character of Mussolini is explored as it is interwoven with the history of the dictatorship he founded and Gallo demonstrates beyond doubt the enthusiasm with which Italian industry finance and business supported Mussolini's self-styled anti-capitalist movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112462

Mussolini's Propaganda AbroadSubversion in the Mediterranean and the Middle East 1935-1940 This is the first major study in English of Fascist Italy’s overseas propaganda. Using rare Italian and French captured documents this is also the first investigation into the relationship between Mussolini’s regime and Arab nationalist movements This new account covers propaganda and subversive activities engineered by the Italian government in the Mediterranean and the Middle East from 1935 until 1940 when Italy entered the war. It assesses the nature of the challenge brought by the Fascist regime to British security and colonial interests in the region. Fascist propaganda in particular in the Arab Middle East must be regarded as an expression of Mussolini’s foreign policy and his attempts to build an Italian empire that would stretch beyond the Mediterranean gaining control over the exits Gibraltar and Suez which were in the hands of the British and the French. The activities of individual agents and organizations are carefully reconstructed and analyzed to highlight the seemingly contradictory objectives of the Italian government: on the one hand Rome was courting the Arab nationalist movements in Egypt and Palestine which were seeking the support of external forces capable of providing political financial and military backing needed to overthrow foreign rulers; on the other the regime was promoting further territorial expansion in Africa. These aspects build into an excellent picture of this fascinating period of modern history. This book will be of great interest to all students and scholars of politics media Italian history and propaganda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650342

Must Inclusion be Special?Rethinking educational support within a community of provision Must Inclusion be Special? examines the discord between special and inclusive education and why this discord can only be resolved when wider inequalities within mainstream education are confronted. It calls for a shift in our approach to provision from seeing it as a conglomeration of individualised needs to identifying it as a conglomeration of collective needs. The author examines the political medical and cultural tendency of current times to focus upon the individual and contrasts this with the necessity to focus on context. This book distinguishes the theoretical perspectives that are often associated with special or inclusive education and the broad range of interests which depend upon their ongoing development. This examination leads to a problematisation of mainstream education provision our understanding of why social inequities emerge and how additional support can overcome these inequities. Further chapters explore the underlying challenges which emerge from our use and understanding of the notions of special and inclusive outlining an alternative approach based upon a community of provision. This approach recognises the interconnectedness of services and the significance of context and it encapsulates the aspiration of much international legislation for participation and inclusion for all. But it also assumes that we tend towards diffuse practices services policies settings and roles spread across provision which is variously inclusive and exclusionary. In seeking to create equitable participation for all support needs to shift its focus from the individual to this diffuse network of contexts. Must Inclusion be Special? emerges from the research base which problematises inclusion and special education drawing upon examples from many countries. It also refers to the author’s research into pedagogy language and policy and his experiences as a teacher and the parent of a child identified with special educational needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710992

Mutagens in Food This book describes many different kinds of mutagens that are detected in food and also discusses various ways to suppress their formation and activities. The mutagens discussed include those of natural origin those caused by human manipulation of food (e.g. cooking and adding preservatives) and those formed after food has been consumed (e.g. nitrosamines). Other topics include mutagenesis and mutagen-formation inhibitors contemporary mutagen detection methods the fate of ingested mutagens and risk assessments for mutagens as human carcinogens. The book emphasizes cooked-food mutagens especially the heterocyclic amines because of their potential as human carcinogens. Researchers and students concerned with mutagens in food will consider this book to be valuable additions to their reference libraries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895772

Mutation in Welsh First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994317

Mutations of Hellenism in Late Antiquity The 21 studies in this volume which deal with issues of social and intellectual history religion and historical methodology explore the ways whereby over the course of a few hundred years -roughly between the second and the fifth centuries A.D.- an anthropocentric culture mutated into a theocentric one. Rather than underlining the differences between a revamped paganism and the emergent Christian traditions the essays in the volume focus on the processes of osmosis interaction and acculturation which shaped the change in priorities among the newly created textual communities that were spreading across the entire breadth of the late antique oecumene. The main issues considered in this connection include the phenomena of textuality and holy scripture canonicity and exclusion truth and error prophecy and tradition authority and challenge faith and salvation holy places and holy men in the context of the construction of new orthodox readings of the Greek philosophical heritage. Moreover the volume suggests that intolerant attitudes which form a characteristic trait of monotheisms were not an exclusive preserve of Christianity (as the Enlightenment tradition would insist) but were progressively espoused by pagan philosophers and divine men as part of the theory and practice of Hellenism’s theological koine. Efforts to establish the monopoly of a revealed truth against any rival claims were transversal to the textual communities which emerged in late antiquity and remodelled the intellectual and spiritual landscape of the Greater Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879723

Mutual Cooperative and Employee-Owned Businesses in the Asia PacificDiversity Resilience and Sustainable Growth The 25 years leading up to the international financial crisis have been depicted as ‘capitalism unleashed’ containing deregulation privatisation demutualisation and financialisation. Yet remarkably given this economic and political context co-operatives and mutuals appear to have been gaining ground in many countries albeit modestly even before the international financial crisis and the resulting global recession from which the global economy is still only slowly recovering. The 2007-2008 international financial crisis called into question how appropriate the shareholder-owned model is certainly if it is allowed to dominate the financial services sector. However the International Co-operative Alliance is determined to make the mutual and co-operative sector of the economy a dynamic sustainable and increasingly important sector of the global economy. This book looks at the contribution of co-operative mutual and employee-owned firms to the Asia Pacific economy - both currently and prospectively – and the challenges the standard ‘Western’ model faces regarding employment and output. It also looks at the role of Governments the nature of co-operatives in China and the role of the state and the future prospects for cross-border growth of co-operative and mutual business within Asia Pacific and more widely. This book was originally published as a Special Issue of Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059795

Mutual Aid Universities (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1984 this collection of essays was the first account of the development of the University of the Third Age in Britain (U3A). Changing employment patterns and increasing pressure on traditional areas of secondary and higher education has led to the idea that learning can be a life-long process. The theories of U3As in Britain their development under the influence of European models and the major influences on them are analysed. The authors argue that the consequences of social change and the problems economic social political sexual and racial inequalities that exist are often reinforced by the inequalities in our educational system and consequently respond to the challenges posed. CA comprehensive title this book will be useful to any students with an interest in adult and continuing education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823662

Mutual Enrichment between Psychology and Theology The relationship between psychology and Christian theology has been one of the most important topics in the science and religion fields. Discussions however are too frequently one-sided. This book takes an alternative approach: following the lead of Fraser Watts the contributions develop various aspects of the mutual enrichment of each discipline by the other. Moving beyond outdated models of conflict and independence this book highlights areas of fruitful enhancement at the interface of Christian belief and practice with psychology. Set out in four sections the book’s chapters first engage methodological and substantive issues in the interdisciplinarity raised by the dialogue between psychology and theology. Second chapters explore a variety of areas in which psychology enriches theology looking at both historical and contemporary themes such as psychoanalysis embodiment and mindfulness. Chapters in the third section explore some of the theological enrichments of psychology with topics including character strengths wisdom and forgiveness. The final section engages aspects of mutual enrichment in religious life and pastoral care with an applied focus on mental health meditation prayer spiritual direction and spirituality. A refreshing alternative study of the mutual enrichment of psychology and theology with theoretical and practical applications this book reinforces the need for both disciplines to pursue creative and constructive engagement with each other. Of interest to scholars in psychology theology and religious studies this book will also be of interest more widely as a case study of successful interdisciplinary work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472415899

Mutual Flame - Wilson Knight V First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606639

Mutual Growth in the Psychotherapeutic RelationshipReciprocal Resilience Mutual Growth in the Psychotherapeutic Relationship: Reciprocal Resilience is an essential innovative guide for mental health professionals who listen repeatedly to stories of devastation and trauma. Moving beyond traditions that consider the clinician as existing only for the patient and not as an individual this breakthrough model explores the possibility of mutual resilience-building and personal benefit developing between therapists and their patients. The first section of the book situates Reciprocal Resilience in the context of evolving resilience studies. The second section provides lively demonstrative clinical anecdotes from therapists themselves organized into chapters focused on enhancing their positive strategies for coping and growth while functioning under duress. This book presents a framework for teaching and supervising psychotherapists that can enrich clinician well-being while recognizing the therapeutic relationship as the key for enabling patients’ emotional growth. It challenges mental health practitioners to share their own experiences presenting a research model syntonic with how clinicians think and work daily in their professional practice. It offers a pioneering approach finding inspiration in even the darkest moments for therapists and patients alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360433

Mutual Perceptions Of Long-range GoalsCan The United States And The Soviet Union Cooperate Permanently? This book investigates perceptions—including strategic normative and imagined perceptions—of long-range political goals both in the East and in the West discussing the arguments which are used to support each of these perceptions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154011

Mutual Recognition as a New Mode of Governance Mutual recognition is generally forgotten in debates about new modes of governance even though it is a particular powerful example. Its invention was crucial for the completion of the European Union’s single market and in the late 1990s it was transferred to the field of Justice and Home Affairs. Outside of the EU mutual recognition is also gaining in importance. This book discusses mutual recognition in the context of the debate on new modes of governance and analyzes its potential to solve governance problems focusing on the preconditions it needs for its functioning (e.g. trust of the Member states) the positive implications of achieving coordination through it as well as its negative side effects (e.g. the danger of a regulatory race to the bottom). Particular focus is on the contentious services directive as a prominent example of using mutual recognition. In addition contributions look at the application of mutual recognition in the market for goods in the area of Justice and Home Affairs in tax policy and in the World Trade Organization so that the book achieves a comprehensive assessment of mutual recognition as a new mode of governance. This book was previously published as special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976658

Mutuality Recognition and the SelfPsychoanalytic Reflections This book examines emerging trends in contemporary psychoanalytic theory and practice highlighting inter-subjective and relational models of the mind. The author presents vivid and extended clinical vignettes that demonstrate the analyst's use of the self in building clinical momentum and continued development. The author highlights the importance of mutuality and recognition in the development of the self illustrating the impact of family the larger group context and the contribution of the analytic encounter. This book is divided into three sections: First the contribution of family to development including some relatively neglected topics such as the importance of fathers in female development the role of siblings the experience of 'only' children or singletons in the family and the impact of the extended family (including grandparents) upon the individual. A second section examines the influence of unconscious group processes upon individual development and functioning and includes papers that highlight the contribution of group psychotherapy as a form of treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491592

Muzio Clementi and British Musical CultureSources Performance Practice and Style Recent scholarship has vanquished the traditional perception of nineteenth-century Britain as a musical wasteland. In addition to attempting more balanced assessments of the achievements of British composers of this period scholars have begun to explore the web of reciprocal relationships between the societal economic and cultural dynamics arising from the industrial revolution the Napoleonic wars and the ever-changing contours of British music publishing music consumption concert life instrument design performance practice pedagogy and composition. Muzio Clementi (1752–1832) provides an ideal case-study for continued exploration of this web of relationships. Based in London for much of his life whilst still maintaining contact with continental developments Clementi achieved notable success in a diversity of activities that centred mainly on the piano. The present book explores Clementi’s multivalent contribution to piano performance pedagogy composition and manufacture in relation to British musical life and its international dimensions. An overriding purpose is to interrogate when how and to what extent a distinctive British musical culture emerged in the early nineteenth century. Much recent work on Clementi has centred on the Italian National Edition of his complete works (MiBACT); several chapters report on this project whilst continuing to pursue the book’s broader themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589783

My American HistoryLesbian and Gay Life During the Reagan and Bush Years Sarah Schulman’s writing is bold provocative and refreshingly unrepentant. First published in 1994 My American History: Lesbian and Gay Life During the Reagan and Bush Years combines critical commentary with a rich and varied collection of news articles letters interviews and reports in which the author traces the development of lesbian and gay politics in the U.S. In her coverage of many tireless campaigns of activism and resistance Sarah Schulman documents a powerful political history that most people – gay or straight – never knew happened. In her Preface to this second edition Urvashi Vaid argues for the continued relevance of Schulman’s writing to activism in the 21st century particularly in light of the resurgence of the right in American politics. Also included is a selection of articles by Sarah Schulman for Womanews in their original print format with illustrations by Alison Bechdel. The book closes with an interview with the author conducted by Steven Thrasher especially for this new edition. It explores AIDS and homophobia during the Reagan/Bush administrations and at the dawn of the Trump era. My American History is a collection that gives voice to both the personal and political struggles of feminist and lesbian and gay communities in the 1980s. It is an important historical record that will enlighten and inform activists as well as academics of women’s gender and sexuality studies in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563513

My Brother's Keeper This is a deeply personal memoir by the doyen of applied economics in the United States. His name is indelibly linked to the creation expansion and refinement of employment policy and human resource needs from 1935 to the present. Eli Ginzberg has been a longtime consultant to the federal government including nine presidents. In this volume the focus is on American Jewry in the present century from the perspective of an active participant observer and a critical social science based analyst.My Brother's Keeper deals with the changing position of American Jewry in the twentieth century. Ginzberg makes extensive use of his own experiences to review the changes that have taken place in urban life university involvement and government agencies. The work covers Jewish life from pre-Hitler Germany to the present and discusses with intimate candor synagogue life. Drawing upon his unique vantage point Ginzberg presents new material about many leaders and events that helped transform the role of American Jews in their relationship with other Americans and Israel. At a more conceptual level the author explores major new influences that have reshaped American Jewry such as the rise of neo-orthodoxy the substantial increase in Jewish day schools the blossoming of Judaica studies in American universities and the rise of women in leadership roles.This memoir makes use of the best social science evidence and draws on the special experiences of the author in the world of a deeply religious family and tradition. It ranks as a major contribution to the small shelf of self-reflections by social scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528543

My Brother's Keeper Ten years ago there were no faith-based units in prisons outside South America. Today they are spreading all over the world including the United States Europe and the Commonwealth. My Brother's Keeper is the first major study of a global phenomenon. Exploring the roots of faith-based units in South America it explains why the Prison Service of England and Wales set up the first Christian-based unit in the western world in 1997 - and its rapid expansion. It also explains how at exactly the same time the United States introduced Christian-based units - and why they were complimented by interfaith and multifaith initiatives. At the heart of My Brother's Keeper is an interior account of life inside four Christian-based prison units in England. It draws on the findings of a detailed evaluation conducted by the authors for the Home Office Prison Service and Kainos Community between 2000 and 2001 including an updated reconviction study. It is an authoritative account of an innovative programme. Its analysis of what works and what doesn't in faith-based units around the world makes My Brother's Keeper a valuable roadmap for all who care about improving prison conditions. It presents a vision of justice that is not just concerned with building more prisons but with rebuilding more prisoners. It argues that by making prisons more human and punishment more humane faith-based units can be of value - and keep faith in prisons. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138861435

My Brother's KeeperRecent Polish Debates on the Holocaust In recent years a lively debate has developed in Poland on the question of what responsibility the Poles share for the mass murder of the Jews which took place largely on Polish soil. This debate was sparked off by the showing in Poland of Claude Lanzmann's film Shoah which revealed how deeply-rooted anti-Jewish prejudice could still be found in the Polish countryside. Anti-semitism is something which Poland has preferred to forget. But before the Second World War hostility to the Jews was widespread and this climate of pervasive anti-semitism may have facilitated the Nazis' murderous plans. But Poles now with great courage are facing this dark side of their past. This book translated and edited by a leading British historian of Poland Antony Polonsky is a major contribution to the history of the Holocaust. It gathers together the most important contribution to the current debate revealing the agony many Poles feel about their lack of action during the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755399

My Chinese Notebook Originally published in 1904. The following 'Notes' were not penned in the presumptuous hope of adding materially to the existing knowledge of the subjects with which they deal. The first part of this book was the result of much reading while the account of the author's various experiences at the Chinese Court were undertaken with a view to faithfully putting on record the manner of those receptions in which after so long and rigorous a seclusion the reigning Son of Heaven and his Imperial Mother at last condescended (driven no doubt by foreign pressure) to put aside the veil which for centuries had shrouded the faces of majesty in China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429283604

My Dad Makes Awesome Boats 'My dad makes awesome boats' is a story book for primary aged children. The story is about two friends Oscar and Samuel. Oscar's dad has a diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. It creates an opportunity to talk with children about the symptoms of MS as well as other aspects of friendship like competition strengths and weaknesses and talking to each other. It includes a question on each page eg 'what do you like doing with your dad' and 'what makes you feel sad' to help discussion about all aspects of living with a relative with multiple sclerosis. It includes activity pages a relevant word search spot the difference and drawing pages that allow children to have fun as they talk about what is happening in their lives. The book will be useful for families therapists health professionals and teachers to use with children who have a relative with MS or with all children to raise awareness of a common health diagnosis as another example of diversity. "This book is excellent it will help families as it is talking about very routine things that children understand. This will be a fantastic resource for children teachers and health professionals". (Katrina Orchard MS specialist nurse). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889998

My Dad Makes the Best Boats 'How can we talk to our children about Brain Injury?' This is a regularly asked question by parents who have suffered a brain injury and their respective partners. This book has been designed so that children between five and eight can read it independently. However ideal if should be used with an adult to facilitieate discussion about all aspects of family life and to enhance general emotional wellbeing. This book deliberately makes brain injury one of many things going on for this small group of children because for most children it is only one of many issues in their family life. This story is intended to emphasize that all families are different with their own strengths and weaknesses and different experiences. Brain injury is another experience that some people encounter and others do not. 'My Dad Makes the Best Boats' should prove to be a great reassurance and comfort for children coping with a parent's brain injury. The book presents situations in which brain injured people can be angry forgetful or unreasonable and shows that it is not the fault of either parent or child and children should not blame themselves. It also demonstrates the positive aspects of life with a brain injured parent and the enjoyable times that can be spent together'. Headway: The Brain Injury Association 'This book has proved to be a very useful support mechanism for service users and families in the Brain Injury Rehabilitation Trust. We are sure that this will continue to be the case especially with the inclusion of new activity pages; Professor Michael Oddy Director of Clinical Services Brain Injury Rehabilitiation Trust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889882

My Dearest Enemy My Dangerous FriendMaking and Breaking Sibling Bonds Stories about siblings abound in literature drama comedy biography and history. We rarely talk about our own siblings without emotion whether with love and gratitude or exasperation bitterness anger and hate. Nevertheless the subject of what it is to be and to have a sibling is one that has been ignored by psychiatrists psychologists and therapists. In My Dearest Enemy My Dangerous Friend Dorothy Rowe presents a radically new way of thinking about siblings that unites the many apparently contradictory aspects of these complex relationships. This helps us to recognise the various experiences involved in sibling relationships as a result of the fundamental drive for survival and validation enabling us to reach a deeper understanding of our siblings and ourselves. If you have a sibling or you are bringing up siblings or as an only child you want to know what you’re missing this is the book for you. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138391

My Father's WarsMigration Memory and the Violence of a Century * Winner: International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry  Outstanding Book Award 2016 * My Father’s Wars is an anthropologist's vivid account of her father's journey across continents countries cultures generations and wars. It is a daughter's moving portrait of a charming funny wounded and difficult man. And it is a scholar's reflection on the dramatic forces of history the experience of exile and immigration the legacies of culture and the enduring power of memory. This book is for Anthropology and Sociology courses in qualitative methods ethnography violence migration and ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859189

My Friend Daniel Doesn't Talk When outgoing Ryan meets Daniel a boy who is too afraid to talk in school or other places outside of his home he befriends the silent boy defending him in school to the other children. Their friendship grows and Daniel feels comfortable enough to talk to his new friend. Ryan's tendency to 'talk too much' enables him to help Daniel in the classroom and he hopes for the day when his friend will be able to talk in school so that the other children may get to know the 'real' Daniel. In the meantime he is willing to continue to be a friend to Daniel until that day. This beautifully illustrated story book is for children with severe shyness social anxiety or selective mutism to see that they can make a friend like Ryan. It is also a helpful tool for friends of children like Daniel to understand why these children are unable to talk in certain settings.The theme - of accepting others who are different while trying to emphasise with them - is a universal one and therefore this book may be enjoyed by all children aged from 4 to 8. While the story should not be read to the class while the child is present or without his or her permission this book is an invaluable tool for teachers trying to understand selective mutism and wanting to explain it to their students.  For comprehensive advice and information on selective mutism please see "The Selective Mutism Resource Manual" (Speechmark 2001). BMA Medical Book Competition Winner Highly Commended in the BMA Patient Information Awards (Printed Materials) "My Friend Daniel Doesn't Talk" really impressed the judges: 'This leaflet has been written by a parent of a child with selective mutism who has written numerous articles on the subject'.'It is written for children to help explain some of the issues around children who 'don't talk' and has been beautifully produced and introduces a sensitive topic via a lovely story about friendship which is a great way to engage with children and inform them about a subject without making it 'an issue' and risk stigmatising a child even more...I loved the illustrations and the characters were portrayed with a gentleness and sensitivity which made the story very likeable. The humour in the story is subtle and effective and unlike many 'stories with a message' written for children this book is a pleasurable read in its own right and stands up as a lovely story book but with the added bonus of including the universal theme of 'being different' and in particular providing a basic explanation for selective mutism. I really loved this book'.'What really came through is that it was written with real thought care and from someone who really understands and empathises with the subject matter. Well done!'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315169279

My God My LandInterwoven Paths of Christianity and Tradition in Fiji Examining the multifaceted nature of Christianity in Fiji My God My Land reveals the deeply complex and often paradoxical dynamics and tensions between processes of change and continuity as they unfold in representations and practices of Christianity and tradition in people's everyday lives. The book draws on extensive multi-sited fieldwork in different denominations to explore how shared values and cultural belonging are employed to strengthen relations. As such My God My Land will be of interest to anthropologists of Oceania as well as scholars and students researching into social and cultural change ritual religion Christianity enculturation and contextual theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346791

My Job My SelfWork and the Creation of the Modern Individual In My Job My Self Gini plumbs a wide range of statistics interviews with workers surveys from employers and employees and his own experiences and memories to explore why we work how our work affects us and what we will become as a nation of workers. My Job My Self speaks to every employed person who has yet to understand the costs and challenges of a lifetime of labor. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203950555

My Kid is BackEmpowering Parents to Beat Anorexia Nervosa My Kid is Back explains how family-based treatment can greatly reduce the severity of anorexia nervosa in children and adolescents allowing the sufferer to return to normal eating patterns and their families to return to normal family life. In this book ten families share their experiences of living with anorexia. Parents describe their frustrations in seeking help for their child and dealing with their behaviour and sufferers discuss how the illness gets into their mind and takes over their personality. By focusing on the Maudsley family approach and expert advice from Professor Daniel Le Grange and including clear lists of illness symptoms strategies for parents and carers to follow and information on getting further treatment and support this book proves an essential resource for families who want to win the battle with anorexia nervosa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138544

My Kleinian HomeInto a New Millennium Fully revised and including a new chapter this is a welcome new edition of a psychoanalytic classic. The extraordinary autobiography of a woman who has had Jungian Freudian and Kleinian analyses My Kleinian Home depicts the author's life as an odyssey full of familial historical and personal distress. She bravely and honestly discusses her experiences as a German Jew in the 1930s the death of a child and her constant search for the resolution of her childhood traumas and brings an unusual clarity to the assumptions and experience of Kleinian psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105242

My Korean: Step 1나의 한국어 “스텝 1” The My Korean series of textbooks offers a learner-centered communicative task-based interactive approach to learning contemporary Korean. My Korean: Step 1 and My Korean: Step 2 are arranged thematically around topics that any novice learner of Korean is likely to encounter in their first year of study. Each lesson contains two dialogues showing contemporary Korean in use followed by succinct grammar and vocabulary explanations. The focus throughout the books is on communicative in-class activities and tasks that encourage students’ active participation. Video clips of the lesson dialogues are available as an online resource and each unit contains communicative activities based on the dialogue themes. The engaging structure and communicative approach make My Korean: Step 1 an ideal text for first-semester Korean courses. It is also a great resource for individual study or one-on-one tutorials on Korean language and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659230

My Language Our LanguageMeeting Special Needs in English 11-16 Originally published in 1989. Drawing on extensive teaching and research experience Bernadette Walsh provides a practical approach to teaching pupils with language learning difficulties in the secondary school. Many of these pupils enter secondary school believing themselves to be failures in all areas because of their inability to express themselves in words. Walsh emphasises that learning difficulties of this sort often stem from emotional problems and can only be overcome by establishing warm teacher-pupil relationships based on trust and mutual acceptance and fostered by the spoken language. The book is based around the teacher’s diary which Bernadette Walsh kept as a daily record of her work in the classroom. This vivid and immediate account lends weight to her argument that only an arts-based curriculum involving poetry story drama dance art and – above all – talk can help the development of children with special educational needs. Student teachers will find this text a compelling and realistic introduction to a challenging area of their future profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586116

My Life as a Male Anorexic My Life as a Male Anorexic is a uniquely male point of view of anorexia nervosa. It is the autobiographical account of a young man’s ongoing struggle with anorexia. Michael shared his story as part of the featured health segment “Men Dying to be Thin” on WSVN Channel 7 News in Miami Florida in May 1997.Michael Krasnow has had anorexia since 1984 and he chronicles his daily struggles feelings and experiences in this book. He writes in a relaxed easygoing manner that makes the book appealing to all readers. While ignoring statistics and not pretending to be an expert on the disorder Michael simply tells readers what his life is like and how anorexia has affected--even controlled--it. As of today Michael has maintained his weight at 75 pounds on a 5-foot 9-inch frame.Anyone who suffers or anyone who knows someone who suffers from anorexia will learn that male anorexia is a serious problem and that there needs to be psychological and medical help for the boys and men who struggle with anorexia. As Michael begins his book “For years anorexia existed but very few people knew of it. Women who suffered from it did not realize that they were not alone. Eventually as more became known and anorexia became more publicized a greater number of women came forward to seek help no longer feeling that they would be considered strange or outcasts from society. Maybe with the publication of this book more men with the problem will realize that they are not alone either and that they do not suffer from a ‘woman’s disease.’They can come forward without worrying about embarrassment.”Michael’s story will baffle frustrate sadden and irritate readers whether they are interested in the human side of Michael’s story whether they are workers in the medical field--psychologists psychiatrists doctors nurses aides social workers mental health counselors--or whether they are teachers coworkers friends or relatives of a male with anorexia. My Life as a Male Anorexic begins to shed light on the little-known or discussed problem of male anorexia nervosa. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820552

My Life in Art First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823095

My Life in Art Konstantin Stanislavski was a Russian director who transformed theatre in the West with his contributions to the birth of Realist theatre and his unprecedented approach to teaching acting. He lived through extraordinary times and his unique contribution to the arts still endures in the twenty-first century. He established the Moscow Art Theatre in 1898 with among other plays the premiere of Chekhov's The Seagull. He also survived revolutions lost his fortune found wide fame in America and lived in internal exile under Stalin's Soviet Union. Before writing his classic manual on acting Stanislavski began writing an autobiography that he hoped would both chronicle his rich and tumultuous life and serve as a justification of his aesthetic philosophy. But when the project grew to 'impossible' lengths his publisher (Little Brown) insisted on many cuts and changes to keep it to its deadline and to a manageable length. The result was a version published in English in 1924 which Stanislavski hated and completely revised for a Soviet edition that came out in 1926. Now for the first time translator Jean Benedetti brings us Stanislavski's complete unabridged autobiography as the author himself wanted it â€“ from the re-edited 1926 version. The text in clear and lively English is supplemented by a wealth of photos and illustrations many previously unpublished. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823720

My Life with MS Bipolar and Brain InjuryLiving in the Moment This is the remarkable story of Charlie Bacchus who was diagnosed with a severe case of viral encephalitis and later with multiple sclerosis and bipolar. This moving funny sometimes explicit book charts his life including recollections of his childhood the acceptance of his diagnoses and his determination to carry on living to the full. This book highlights many themes such as the loss of independence and the challenges of hidden disabilities and visible differences. Although the line between fantasy and reality is not always clear Charlie’s loving personality and hypomania allow him to maintain supportive connections and adapt to his situation. Charlie’s account provides support for patients who have brain injury and their families. This will be of great interest to professionals working in neurology including occupational therapists social workers and rehabilitation practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331280

My Life: Recollections of a Nobel Laureate In this collection of informal reminiscences first published in 1975 Max Born has written an extraordinarily vivid account of his life and work originally intended for his family. Ranging from his time at the University of Göttingen where Born had his first real motivation for a professional career in science to the period in Berlin as professor extraordinary when he and his wife became close friends of Einstein these anecdotes and memories chart the "heroic age of physics" from the perspective of one of its leading characters. In 1954 Born was awarded the Nobel Prize in physics for his fundamental contributions to the great discovery of that cadre of superlative scientific minds – quantum theory. But his scientific research provides only one strand of this story. Born’s varied interests outside science led to many interesting experiences – some of historical importance insofar as they offer a glimpse into German society before and between the wars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976665

My Madness Saved MeThe Madness and Marriage of Virginia Woolf "The vast literature on Virginia Woolf's life work and marriage falls into two groups. A large majority is certain that she was mentally ill and a small minority is equally certain that she was not mentally ill but was misdiagnosed by psychiatrists. In this daring exploration of Woolf's life and work Thomas Szasz--famed for his radical critique of psychiatric concepts coercions and excuses--examines the evidence and rejects both views. Instead he looks at how Virginia Woolf as well as her husband Leonard used the concept of madness and the profession of psychiatry to manage and manipulate their own and each other's lives.Do we explain achievement when we attribute it to the fictitious entity we call ""genius""? Do we explain failure when we attribute it to the fictitious entity we call ""madness""? Or do we deceive ourselves the same way that the person deceives himself when he attributes the easy ignition of hydrogen to its being ""flammable""? Szasz interprets Virginia Woolf's life and work as expressions of her character and her character as the ""product"" of her free will. He offers this view as a corrective against the prevailing ostensibly scientific view that attributes both her ""madness"" and her ""genius"" to biological-genetic causes. We tend to attribute exceptional achievement to genius and exceptional failure to madness. Both says Szasz are fictitious entities." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315124971

My Mum Bakes Awesome CakesNeurorology Series: Talking About MS 'My mum bakes awesome cakes' is a story book for primary school aged children. The story is about a small group of children. Leah's mum has a diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. It creates an opportunity to talk with children about the symptoms of MS as well as other aspects of friendship like anxiety competition strengths and weaknesses and talking to each other. It includes a question on each page eg 'what do you like doing with your dad' and 'what makes you feel sad' to help discussion about all aspects of living with a relative with multiple sclerosis. It includes activity pages a relevant word search spot the difference and drawing pages that allow children to have fun as they talk about what is happening in their lives. This book will be useful for families therapists health professionals and teachers to use with children who have a relative with MS or with all children to raise awareness of a common health diagnosis as another example of diversity. "This book is fantastic it is the perfect tool to start conversations with children. It gives straightforward explanations of symptoms without being too medical. This will be a great resource for families teachers and health professionals". (Lisa black MS specialist nurse). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889981

My Mum Makes the Best Cakes 'How can we talk to our children about Brain Injury?' This is a regularly asked question by parents who have suffered a brain injury and their respective partners. This book has been designed so that children between five and eight can read it independently. However ideally it should be used with an adult to facilitate discussion about all aspects of family life and to enhance general emotional wellbeing. This book deliberately makes brain injury one of many things going on for this small group of children because for most children it is only one of many issues in their family life. This story is intended to emphasise that all families are different with their own strengths and weaknesses and different experiences. Brain injury is another experience that some people encounter and others do not. 'My Mum makes the Best Cakes' should prove to be a great reassurance and comfort for children coping with a parent's brain injury. The book presents situations in which brain injured people can be angry forgetful or unreasonable and shows that it is not the fault of either parent or child and children should not blame themselves. It also demonstrates the positive aspects of life with a brain injured parent and the enjoyable times that can be spent together'. Headway: The Brain Injury Association. "This book has proved to be a very useful support mechanism for service users and families in the Brain Injury Rehabilitation Trust. We are sure that this will continue to be the case especially with the inclusion of new activity pages." (Professor Michael Oddy Director of Clinical Services Brain Injury Rehabilitation Trust). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889868

My Mummy is AutisticA Picture Book and Guide about Recognising and Understanding Difference This original and imaginative book has been created by five-year-old Heath. In it Heath illustrates his understanding of his autistic mother Joanna giving insight into the different ways in which autistic and neurotypical people understand language. In his simple and uncomplicated style accompanied by bright and colourful illustrations Heath explains why his mother’s brain understands words at a different rate than his own and how they communicate in spite of their differences. Heath’s work is accompanied by explanatory notes exploring Joanna’s own experience of autism and language. Key features include: A Foreword by broadcaster environmentalist and author Chris Packham on acceptance understanding and expressing an autistic reality A unique exploration of language processing differences told through the eyes and mind of a child. Bright colourful pictures and simple language perfect for inspiring conversations about neurodiversity between people of all ages. Explanatory text that can be read alongside the story. Autism portrayed as a positive and permanent neurological difference not deficit. The combination of story and commentary makes this book a unique tool for all people seeking to explain and understand difference regardless of age and experience. Although focusing on autism as an example of neural difference it can be used to explain and celebrate neurodiversity in all its forms and will help to build relationships across the divide of neurological difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367460235

My New Gender WorkbookA Step-by-Step Guide to Achieving World Peace Through Gender Anarchy and Sex Positivity "This updated edition of Bornstein's formative My Gender Workbook (1997) provides an invigorating introduction to contemporary theory around gender sexuality and power. The original is a classic of modern transgender theory and literature and alongside Bornstein's other work has influenced an entire generation of trans writers and artists. This revised and expanded edition extends that legacy offering an accessible foundation for examining gender in the reader's life and in the broader culture while arguing for the dismantling of all forms of oppression. For fans of the original Bornstein's new material merits a fresh read..."--Publishers Weekly starred review Cultural theorists have written loads of smart but difficult-to-fathom texts on gender theory but most fail to provide a hands-on accessible guide for those trying to sort out their own sexual identities. In My Gender Workbook transgender activist Kate Bornstein brings theory down to Earth and provides a practical approach to living with or without a gender. Bornstein starts from the premise that there are not just two genders performed in today's world but countless genders lumped under the two-gender framework. Using a unique deceptively simple and always entertaining workbook format complete with quizzes exercises and puzzles Bornstein gently but firmly guides readers toward discovering their own unique gender identity. Since its first publication in 1997 My Gender Workbook has been challenging encouraging questioning and helping those trying to figure out how to become a "real man " a "real woman " or "something else entirely." In this exciting new edition of her classic text Bornstein re-examines gender in light of issues like race class sexuality and language. With new quizzes new puzzles new exercises and plenty of Kate's playful and provocative style My New Gender Workbook promises to help a new generation create their own unique place on the gender spectrum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538657

My Own Boss?Class Rationality And The Family Farm This book looks at the technical developments that have facilitated the decline in farm population. It attempts to look behind these more apparent changes and the assumption that these transformations are merely 'adjustments' to the various markets that intersect in the agricultural sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367162658

My Own StoryFrom Private and Public Papers This volume is in many ways Roosevelt's political autobiography. It permits Roosevelt in his own words to tell what he intended to do and what he tried to do as a political leader. It differs sharply from a memoir in that it explains why Roosevelt acted without offering justification or explanation. Donald Day chooses passages that reveal all Roosevelt's dimensions - his humor personal magnetism and his insights into the outlook of the American people.Each document reveals a stage in Roosevelt's thinking and at the same time provides the flavor of his personality. The chapters trace his development as a social and political thinker and also as a unique personality. This unique autobiography begins on "a very hot Saturday morning in 1910 at the policeman's picnic in Fairview when ‘I started to make the acquaintance of that part of Dutchess County that lays outside of the town of Hyde Park. …On that joyous occasion of clams and sauerkraut and real beer I made my first speech and I have been apologizing for it ever since."The book carries the reader through the highlights of Roosevelt's American domestic policies foreign dangers and his personal reflections on the best course of action in each moment of his presidency. The book ends with the last words Roosevelt ever wrote when he was working on an address to have been delivered on Jefferson Day: "The only limit to our realization of tomorrow will be our doubts of today. Let us move forward with strong and active faith." The day was April 12 1945 the day of his death. The book remains timely and moving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842419

My PhilosophyEssays on the Moral and Political Problems of our Time Originally published in 1949 Croce’s essays on political philosophic and aesthetic subjects selected from both his earlier and later writings possess a remarkable underlying unity. The political essays which form a major part of this volume display a criticism either direct or implied of the mass creeds and movements that subordinate the individual to history. They combine a passionate belief in liberty with critical and historical judgment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140953

My Russia: The Political Autobiography of Gennady ZyuganovThe Political Autobiography of Gennady Zyuganov Gennady Andreevich Zyuganov is the leader of Russia's resurgent Communist Party and was Boris Yeltsin's strongest challenger in the summer 1996 presidential elections. Although his face became familiar to the world at that time his ideas and his programme were mainly a subject of speculation. A former village teacher from Orel Province Zyuganov came to Moscow in the 1980s to work in the ideology department of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union and to complete doctoral work in philosophy at Moscow State University. He is a prolific writer who has rebuilt the Communist Party on his vision of a Russian socialist great power. Today he leads the Communist faction in the Duma and is chairman of the united opposition movement - the National Patriotic Union. This volume is a compilation of Zyuganov's writings on Russia's past and present and her place in the world; Russia's fate under the new leadership of Gorbachev and Yeltsin; his own vision of Russia's future under a new Communist leadership; and his reflections on the 1996 presidential election of the Communist Party of the Russian Federation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702247

My SchoolListening to parents teachers and students from a disadvantaged educational setting Education issues feature almost daily in print media online on the radio and on television much of which focuses on the perceived deficits of students and teachers. Singled out for special attention are low socio-economic status (SES) schools which are frequently characterised by teachers and students with little investment in learning and teaching. Yet within this plethora of educational discussion there is no contemporary longitudinal study of what it means to learn and teach in a disadvantaged school within the policy context of the ‘education revolution’ in Australia.Drawing on 500 interviews conducted over a four period with the Principal parents teachers and students at a regional low SES school this book challenges the profile of one school as represented on the ‘My School’ website which publishes the results of National Assessment Program in Literacy and Numeracy (NAPLAN). Chapters situate the original research within an international and national educational context before exploring topics including leadership and management student behaviour constructs of the ‘good teacher’ the involvement of parents in school and the ‘digital revolution’. The book closes with an appraisal of the major themes that emerged from the multiple perspectives of the study.This is the first book to provide a longitudinal ethnographic study of a school in Australia which examines the impact of the ‘education revolution’ on the Principal parents teachers and students. It comprehensively challenges the official ‘My School’ representation of a low SES school and will appeal to researchers in education as well as those involved in postgraduate teacher education and sociology courses both from Australia and internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356097

My Self My Many Selves The concept of the "self" has remained puzzling and controversial. Indeed far from gaining clarity it seems to become ever more complex; for many different people starting from different premises and having different goals have come to "appropriate" this term. The author has made what seems to me to be a most valuable contribution by sticking firmly to an experiential approach. The author has thought hard and deeply about the different ways in which we experience the "I" and drawn on his own "I" experience as well as on those of his patients and Jung himself. 'The author tells us in his introduction that the main aim of his book is to illustrate the migratory nature of the feeling of "I" and that the goal of analysis is to "facilitate and open up interaction and intercommunication between our various selves". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104719

My SociologyAn Introduction for Today's Students My Sociology reconceptualizes intro sociology for the changing demographics in today’s higher education environment. Concise and student-focused My Sociology captures students' attention with engaging stories and a focus on non-dominant populations. Rather than introducing students to theory and history at the beginning of the text the book integrates the necessary information throughout to keep students engaged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224322

My Very Last Possession and Other Stories An anthology of ten short stories by one of Korea's foremost living writers. Pak Wanso is the author of five novels including The Naked Tree and of several best-selling volumes of short prose. Her works have sold millions of copies in Korea where the public and critics alike have applauded Pak as a masterful realist.The literary world of Pak depicts the trials of the Korean War and the subsequent three decades of upheaval during which Korea was transformed from a military dictatorship and an agriculturally based society to an urban industrialized albeit troubled democracy. Pak offers a searching woman's perspective on radical changes in Korean family structures and social values exposing the cruelty and hypocrisy of Korea's Confucian traditions which have subjugated women for centuries. Her realistic prose also portrays the dehumanizing impacts of the capitalist market order that characterizes Korea today.With rich insight Pak presents moral ambiguities inherent in Korea's society today and encourages her readers to question the injustices that prevail in the more impersonal and often alienated world emerging in a "globalized" Korea. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702230

My Vision of NigeriaMy Vision of Nigeria First published in 1981. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432307

Myanmar (Burma) since 1962: the Failure of Development Why has Myanmar (Burma) a country rich in resources - rice timber minerals - descended to 'least developed country' status? Is the explanation to be found inside Burma or beyond? Is the failure of development due to political authoritarianism and conflict? Or perhaps the drugs trade is partly to blame? This book contends that all these factors have contributed. But it also maintains that the mismanagement of the country's resources is of equal or even greater importance. A clear answer to the question of Burma's developmental failure is sought by focussing upon the misuse of resources in concert with those factors that are more usually emphasized. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248462

MyanmarPolitics Economy and Society This book provides a sophisticated yet accessible overview of the key political economic and social challenges facing contemporary Myanmar and explains the complex historical and ethnic dynamics that have shaped the country. With clear and incisive contributions from the world’s leading Myanmar scholars this book assesses the policies and political reforms that have provoked contestation in Myanmar’s recent history and driven both economic and social change. In this context questions of economic ownership and control and the distribution of natural resources are shown to be deeply informed by long-standing fractures among ethnic and civil-military relations. The chapters analyse the key issues that constrain or expedite societal development in Myanmar and place recent events of national and international significance in the context of its complex history and social relations. In doing so the book demonstrates that ethnic and cultural diversity is at the core of Myanmar’s society and heavily influences all aspects of life in the country. Filling a gap in the market this research textbook and primer will be of interest to upper undergraduates postgraduates and scholars of Southeast Asian politics economics and society and to journalists and professionals working within governments companies and other organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110444

Myanmar's Foreign PolicyDomestic Influences and International Implications Against the background of its problematic human-rights record and the military regime's continued extra-constitutional rule Myanmar has faced mounting diplomatic pressure from the international community since the renewed detention of Daw Aung San Suu Kyi in May 2003. This Adelphi Paper examines Myanmar's foreign policy which is predicated on state-building and development as well as defending the regime's decision to give priority to establishing an enduring constitution over immediate national reconciliation and democratisation. It discusses how the regime has been able to take advantage of the economic security and geostrategic interests of both China and India in the country to achieve developmental and security goals and how its relations with Beijing in particular have assumed ever greater significance as Western capitals have sought to place Myanmar under the scrutiny of the UN Security Council on the grounds that its domestic circumstances have regional security implications. It discusses the regime's objectives concerns and challenges in its relations with the US Japan and Europe; details the difficult decisions of the leadership as ASEAN has started to relax its application of the non-interference norm when dealing with Myanmar; and examines its interaction with the UN particularly the secretary-general and his special envoys. The paper concludes by analysing the likely regional and international implications of intensified political pressure on the military regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405868

Myasthenia Gravis Myasthenia Gravis is a neuromuscular disease caused by an auto-immune process interfering with the acetylcholine receptors at the postsynaptic membrane of the muscle. This book provides guidance on diagnosing the disease as early diagnosis is important for the application of therapy. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9780203746158

Mycenaean Greece (Routledge Revivals) Mycenaean Greece first published in 1976 investigates from an historical point of view some of the crucial periods in the Greek Bronze Age. The principal subject is the so-called ‘Mycenaean’ culture which arose during the sixteenth century BC as assimilation of the previous ‘Helladic’ culture of mainland Greece with some of the developments of Minoan Crete. Many of the material aspects of the Mycenaean civilisation are examined as are the extent of Mycenaean expansion overseas and the eventual destruction of Mycenaean sites which marked the end of their civilisation. The author also considers the evidence relating to the religious beliefs of the Mycenaeans and their social political and economic organisations and he relates the Mycenaean culture to the later civilisation of Archaic and Classical Greece. There is an Appendix containing a list of Mycenaean sites with reference to excavation reports and a full bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748162

Mycorrhizal Biotechnology Several studies have demonstrated that mycorrhizal associations play vital role in plant nutrition. They greatly increase the efficiency of nutrient and water uptake enhance resistance to pathogens and buffer plant species against several environmental stresses and drought resistance. Mycorrhizae also improve plant growth and survival in soils contaminated by heavy metals. This book emphasizes the biotechnological application of mycorrhizae to promote the production of food while maintaining ecologically and economically sustainable production systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112810

Mycotic Keratitis Mycotic keratitis also known asfungal keratitis is commonly defined as an inflammation of the cornea. Globally mycotic keratitis is more common as compared to others eye disorders. Though it occurs in all parts of the world it is more prevalent in tropical and subtropical areas. Mycotic Keratitis emphasizes novel perspectives on mycotic keratitis treatments and addresses different therapies used in treatment. The book is designed to be immensely useful for the students and teachers of microbiology medicine mycology ophthalmology biotechnology and nanotechnology. Medical microbiology researchers in general and medical mycology in particular will find it a valuable user-friendly book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367075934

Myeloproliferative DisordersBiology and Management With the recent discovery of JAK2 mutations in myeloproliferative disorders medical science has taken a revolutionary stride forward toward understanding the pathogenesis of these diseases. This new advancement translates not only to a more rapid and reliable diagnosis but also allows groundbreaking research into the development of new therapeutics. Written in an easy-to-follow text myeloproliferative disorders gives the practicing clinician a single source answer to classification diagnosis management and recent advances in this disorder. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452919

Myers-Briggs Typology vs. Jungian IndividuationOvercoming One-Sidedness in Self and Society In Myers-Briggs Typology vs Jungian Individuation: Overcoming One-Sidedness in Self and Society Steve Myers unravels the century-long misinterpretation of Jung’s seminal text Psychological Types to show how Jung’s thinking offers solutions to the conflicts that have torn apart our societies. By challenging the popular interpretation of the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator® and similar instruments Myers argues that we have not only missed Jung’s main proposition but our contemporary interpretation runs counter to it.  Myers aims to rediscover the overlooked argument of Jung’s Psychological Types and make it of practical relevance to contemporary issues. He intends to refocus rather than discard Myers-Briggs typology showing that there are further stages of development after becoming a type and that typological principles have a much broader application. Raising queries about the way typology is used in contemporary society Myers uses literary examples such as Romeo and Juliet and Carl Spitteler’s Prometheus and Epimetheus to show how one-sidedness leads to conflict and to illustrate Jung’s solution to the problem of opposites. He also applies this to real-life political crises by examining the decision-making of key political figures such as Nelson Mandela Robert Mugabe and those involved in Brexit or the Northern Ireland peace process. The latter part of the book relates Jung’s process of typological development to his later writings on alchemy notably the axiom of Maria to show how they all have a common goal the transformation of attitude. The book concludes by analysing the implications of the divergence of Myers-Briggs typology and Jungian individuation for the communities who use those ideas. This book puts Jungian individuation back at the forefront of debate and will be essential reading for intermediate and advanced users of Myers-Briggs typology. Due to its political relevance it will also be of interest to Jungian analysts and their clients and to academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian ideas and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230859

Myocardial Perfusion ScintigraphyFrom Request to Report There is general recognition that nuclear cardiology and particularly myocardial perfusion scintigraphy (MPS) is under-utilized in the UK when compared with practice in mainland Europe and the USA. The National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) is about to issue a report that will recognize the shortfall in provision and this should lead to moves to improve the situation. Many imaging departments are likely to institute nuclear cardiology services or to expand their current level of activity. As a result of this there is undoubted need for a text that gives practical advice to those coming to the specialty for the first time. Filling this gap Myocardial Perfusion Scintigraphy is a concise ‘hands on’ guide taking readers through all aspects of MPS including:vetting requestsdeciding on the appropriate stress protocol and carrying it outthe acquisition and processing of images through to their final interpretation and reportingassessment of the impact of imaging on patient management.Keeping references to radiation protection legislation and government initiatives as general as possible in order to retain the attention of those working outside of the United Kingdom full use is also made of key points tables and flow charts with practical tips to aid newcomers to the specialty. Although the emphasis is on areas that the authors know give rise to difficulty the approach is not limited to problem-solving and there is comprehensive coverage of all areas of practice including for example stress testing and image interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387853

Myocardial Tissue Engineering Regenerative therapy has rapidly developed as one of the most promising treatments for patients suffering from severe heart failure. Autologous bone marrow-derived cells and cardiac stem cells have been clinically applied for cell injection therapy for heart failure. As a next-generation therapy tissue-engineered myocardial-patch transplantation has also been started clinically. As further advanced therapy several researchers have started to fabricate three-dimensional beating myocardial tissues. One of the main problems in myocardial tissue engineering is neovascularization within the tissues during scale-up. Several innovative technologies have been developed to overcome the vascularization problem. This book broadly summarizes myocardial tissue engineering and regenerative medicine which consists of myocardial cell sources cell therapy for damaged hearts and tissue engineering technologies for fabricating beating hearts. With respect to myocardial cell source it focuses on cardiac cells differentiated from embryonic stem and induced pluripotent stem cells. It describes the remarkable results obtained in the past and the present to control neovascularization and presents the future challenges in myocardial tissue engineering research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411318

Mysteries in Muscle ContractionEvidence against Current Dogmas This book explores the author’s wide-ranging work on muscle research which spans more than 50 years. It delves into the dogmas of muscle contraction: how the models were constructed and what was overlooked during the process including their resulting shortcomings. The text stimulates general readers’ and researchers’ interest highlights the author’s pioneering work on the electron microscopic recording of myosin head power and recovery strokes and presents a frank discussion on how the original work sometimes tends to be overlooked by competing scientists who hinder the progress of science. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774482

Mysteries of the Cold War First published in 1999 this edited volume draws together contributors to discuss the end management technology and strategy of the Cold War with a focus on the USA and the Soviet Union. Mysteries of the Cold War enhances our view of decision-making by the two nations during the years 1945-1990 by revisiting some of the more important ‘policy puzzles’ or decision-making anomalies of that period. Among the case studies considered by academics and other expert analysts are: the 1961 Berlin crisis at ‘Checkpoint Charlie’; Soviet research and development into post-nuclear advanced technology weapons; US and Soviet maritime strategy; Soviet ‘internationalism’ and its role in Cold War policy; the ‘endgame’ of the Cold War and why it turned out that way. Included among the contributing authors are persons who spent major portions of their careers in the US intelligence community or elsewhere in the government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325944

Mysterious Lands Mysterious Lands covers two kinds of encounters. First encounters which actually occurred between Egypt and specific foreign lands and second those the Egyptians created by inventing imaginary lands. Some of the actual foreign lands are mysterious in that we know of them only through Egyptian sources both written and pictorial and the actual locations of such lands remain unknown. These encounters led to reciprocal influences of varying intensity. The Egyptians also created imaginary lands (pseudo-geographic entities with distinctive inhabitants and cultures) in order to meet religious intellectual and emotional needs. Scholars disagree sometimes vehemently about the locations and cultures of some important but geographically disputed actual lands. As for imaginary lands they continually need to be re-explored as our understanding of Egyptian religion and literature deepens. Mysterious Lands provides a clear account of this subject and will be a stimulating read for scholars students or the interested public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404427

Mystical AnthropologyAuthors from the Low Countries The question of the ‘structure’ of the human person is central to many mystical authors in the Christian tradition. This book focuses on the specific anthropology of a series of key authors in the mystical tradition in the medieval and early modern Low Countries. Their view is fundamentally different from the anthropology that has commonly been accepted since the rise of Modernity. This book explores the most important mystical authors and texts from the Low Countries including: William of Saint-Thierry Hadewijch Pseudo-Hadewijch John of Ruusbroec Jan van Leeuwen Hendrik Herp and the Arnhem Mystical Sermons. The most important aspects of mystical anthropology are discussed: the spiritual nature of the soul the inner-most being of the soul the faculties the senses and crucial metaphors which were used to explain the relationship of God and the human person. Two contributions explicitly connect the anthropology of the mystics to contemporary thought. This book offers a solid and yet accessible overview for those interested in theology philosophy history and medieval literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879679

Mystical Doctrines of DeificationCase Studies in the Christian Tradition The notion of the deification of the human person (theosis theopoièsis deificatio) was one of the most fundamental themes of Christian theology in its first centuries especially in the Greek world. It is often assumed that this theme was exclusively developed in Eastern theology after the patristic period and thus its presence in the theology of the Latin West is generally overlooked. The aim of this collection is to explore some Patristic articulations of the doctrine in both the East and West but also to highlight its enduring presence in the Western tradition and its relevance for contemporary thought.The collection thus brings together a number of capita selecta that focus on the development of theosis through the ages until the Early Modern Period. It is unique not only in emphasising the role of theosis in the West but also in bringing to the fore a number of little-known authors and texts and analysing their theology from a variety of fresh perspectives. Thus mystical theology in the West is shown to have profound connections with similar concerns in the East and with the common patristic sources.By tying these traditions together this volume brings new insight to one of mysticism’s key concerns. As such it will be of significant interest to scholars of religious studies mysticism theology and the history of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586997

Mystical Experience of GodA Philosophical Inquiry This title was first published in 2001: Engaging contemporary discussion concerning the validity of mystical experiences of God Jerome Gellman presents the best evidential case in favor of validity and its implications for belief in God. Gellman vigorously defends the coherence of the concept of a mystical experience of God against philosophical objections and evaluates attempts to provide alternative explanations from sociology and neuropsychology. He then carefully examines feminist objections to male philosophers' treatments of mystical experience of God and to the traditional hierarchal concept of God. Gellman finds none of the objections decisive and concludes that while the initial evidential case is not rationally compelling for some it can be rationally compelling for others. Offering important new perspectives on the evidential value of experiences of God and the concept of God more broadly this book will appeal to a wide range of readers including those with an interest in philosophy of religion religious studies mysticism and epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703865

Mystical SocietyAn Emerging Social Vision In Mystical Society Philip Wexler a well-known critical theorist with a background in social psychology and a special interest in spirituality examines the revitalization of spirituality manifesting itself in society and in education. Describing what he calls "cultural changes toward the sacred " he documents a cultural shift brought about by technological and societal changes toward a new mysticism. Wexler explores the meaning for this new spirituality for our daily lives for social theory and for education. From the pervasiveness of a spiritual vernacular to the integration of spiritual practices into our highly individualized and technologized lives Wexler lays out the evidence for a growing movement and then draws parallels to periods of mystical revitalization from the past. In the course of this discussion he draws on the work of Marx Weber and Durkheim as well as from contemporary social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098698

Mystical Theology and Contemporary Spiritual PracticeRenewing the Contemplative Tradition In Mystical Theology and Contemporary Spiritual Practice several leading scholars explore key themes within the Christian mystical tradition contemporary and historical. The overall aim of the book is to demonstrate the relevance of mystical theology to contemporary spiritual practice. Attention is given to the works of Baron von Hugel Vladimir Lossky Margery Kempe Ludwig Wittgenstein Thomas Merton and Francisco de Osuna as well as to a wide range of spiritual practices including pilgrimage spiritual direction contemplative prayer and the quotidian spirituality of the New Monasticism. Christian mystical theology is shown to be a living tradition which has vibrant and creative new expressions in contemporary spiritual practice. It is argued that mystical theology affirms something both ordinary and extraordinary which is fundamental to the Christian experience of prayer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881689

Mystical Theology and Continental PhilosophyInterchange in the Wake of God Exploration of the interface between mystical theology and continental philosophy is a defining feature of the current intellectual and even devotional climate. But to what extent and in what depth are these disciplines actually speaking to one another; or even speaking about the same phenomena? This book draws together original contributions by leading and emerging international scholars delineating emerging debates in this growing and dynamic field of research and spanning mystical and philosophical traditions from the ancient to the medieval modern and contemporary. At the heart of which lies Meister Eckhart perhaps the single most influential Christian mystic for modern times. The book is organised around significant historical and contemporary figures who speak across the intersections of philosophy and theology offering new insights into key interlocutors such as Pseudo-Dionysius Augustine Isaac Luria Eckhart Hegel Heidegger Marion Kierkegaard Deleuze Laruelle and Žižek. Designed both to contribute to current trends in mystical theology and philosophy and elicit dialogue and debate from further afield this book speaks within an emerging space exploring the retrieval of the mystical within a post-secular context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881788

Mysticism Myth and Celtic Identity Mysticism Myth and Celtic Identity explores how the mythical and mystical past informs national imaginations. Building on notions of invented tradition and myths of the nation it looks at the power of narrative and fiction to shape identity with particular reference to the British and Celtic contexts. The authors consider how aspects of the past are reinterpreted or reimagined in a variety of ways to give coherence to desired national groupings or groups aspiring to nationhood and its ‘defence’. The coverage is unusually broad in its historical sweep dealing with work from prehistory to the contemporary with a particular emphasis on the period from the eighteenth century to the present. The subject matter includes notions of ancient deities Druids Celticity the archaeological remains of pagan religions traditional folk tales racial and religious myths and ethnic politics and the different types of returns and hauntings that can recycle these ideas in culture. Innovative and interdisciplinary the scholarship in Mysticism Myth and Celtic Identity is mainly literary but also geographical and historical and draws on religious studies politics and the social sciences. Thus the collection offers a stimulatingly broad number of new viewpoints on a matter of great topical relevance: national identity and the politicization of its myths. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628693

Mysticism in the French TraditionEruptions from France In the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries secular French scholars started re-engaging with religious ideas particularly mystical ones. Mysticism in the French Tradition introduces key philosophical undercurrents and trajectories in French thought that underpin and arise from this engagement as well as considering earlier French contributions to the development of mysticism. Filling a gap in the literature the book offers critical reflections on French scholarship in terms of its engagement with its mystical and apophatic dimensions. A multiplicity of factors converge to shape these encounters with mystical theology: feminist devotional and philosophical treatments as well as literary historical and artistic approaches. The essays draw these into conversation. Bringing together an international and interdisciplinary range of contributions from both new and established scholars this book provides access to the melting pot out of which the mystical tradition in France erupted in the twenty-first century and from which it continues to challenge theology today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879488

Mysticism: Christian and Buddhist If the Western world knows anything about Zen Buddhism it is down to the efforts of one remarkable man D.T. Suzuki. The twenty-seven year-old Japanese scholar first visited the West in 1897 and over the course of the next seventy years became the world's leading authority on Zen. His radical and penetrating insights earned him many disciples from Carl Jung to Allen Ginsberg from Thomas Merton to John Cage. In Mysticism: Christian and Buddhist Suzuki compares the teachings of the great Christian mystic Meister Eckhart with the spiritual wisdom of Shin and Zen Buddhism. By juxtaposing cultures that seem to be radically opposed Suzuki raises one of the fundamental questions of human experience: at the limits of our understanding is there an experience that is universal to all humanity? Mysticism: Christian and Buddhist is a book that challenges and inspires; it will benefit readers of all religions who seek to understand something of the nature of spiritual life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203217856

Mystics and Heretics in Italy at the End of the Middle Ages Originally published in 1922 this translation of French historian Émile Gebhart’s work by Hulme gives a detailed religious history of Italy in the middle ages clearly demonstrating Gebhart’s expertise in this area. Poetry art and politics all centred around religion in the period studied and Gebhart identifies three key areas to be discussed; the Church in Rome Christian concern and rationalism or secular independence whilst also focussing on famous heretics of the period including Arnold of Brescia and Francis of Assisi. This title will be of interest to students of History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181694

Mystics Islam:Orientalism V 8 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510653

Myth First published in 1976 this book provides a helpful introduction to the study of myth as a concept and its relationship to literature. It examines historically some of the leading theories concerning the nature and origins of myth and with reference to a wide variety of texts illustrates the relevance of these theories to literature. It also considers the different ways in which myths have been perceived over time both positive and negative and the effect this has had on the production of new mythologies. It concludes with an assessment if the problems created by the presence of myth in literature and its use as a tool of literary criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283923

Myth Chaos and CertaintyNotes on Cosmos Life and Knowledge This book offers a study of the three evolutions in a circle (cosmos life and knowledge) with the aim of discussing human social behavior a metaphor of the general behavior of nature (from which man derives) within the fluctuating equilibrium between the opposite tendencies to cohesion and shredding; a circularity revealing an indefinite and probably never conclusive run-up of human beings to the knowledge of nature; an analysis that demonstrates any theoretical/practical impossibility to formulate absolute certainties since it depicts a situation in which man finds himself hovering between a rational way of living and the contradictory modus operandi of mythos. All that within a society where the powerful communication and transportation technologies give rise to conflicts and fragmentations where anyone’s will to self-distinguishing is enhanced by highlighting any small difference and obscuring any large similarity. The main difference between this book and existing ones stems from its interdisciplinary nature particularly because it establishes a close connection between three apparently so different disciplines—cosmology life sciences and sociology—compared with respect to their increasing complexity laws giving rise to always more chaotic configurations. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877336

Myth Literature and the Unconscious At a time when the place and significance of myth in society has come under renewed scrutiny Myth Literature and the Unconscious contributes to shaping the new interdisciplinary field of myth studies. The editors find in psychoanalysis a natural and necessary ally for investigations in myth and myth-informed literature and the arts. At the same time the collection re-values myths and myth-based cultural products as vital aids to the discipline and practice of psychoanalysis. The volume spans a vast geo-cultural range (including ancient Egypt India Japan nineteenth-century France and twentieth-century Germany) and investigates cultural products from the Mahabharata to J. W. Goethe's opus and eighteenth-century Japanese fiction and from William Blake's visionary poetry to contemporary blockbuster television series. It encompasses mythic topics and figures such as Oedipus Orpheus the Scapegoat and the Hero while mobilising Freudian Jungian object relations and Lacanian psychoanalytic approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200024

Myth Meaning and PerformanceToward a New Cultural Sociology of the Arts The cultural and performative turns in social theory have enlivened sociology. For the first time these new developments are fully integrated into new approaches to the sociology of the arts in this important new book. Building on the established research into art worlds what is interesting for the new sociology of the arts understood in the broad sense to include popular culture as well the classical focus on music painting and literature is the relationship between art works and meaning myth and performance. Also reflected in these rich essays which range from Beethoven to John Lennon to Chinese avant garde artists is the lived experience of the artist and its impact on the process of creation and innovation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633343

Myth Metaphysics and Dialectic in Plato's Statesman Plato's dialogue The Statesman has often been found structurally puzzling by commentators because of its apparent diffuseness and disjointed transitions. In this book David White interprets the dialogue in ways which account for this problematic structure and which also connect the primary themes of the dialogue with two subsequent dialogues The Philebus and The Laws. The central interpretive focus of the book is the extended myth sometimes called the 'myth of the reversed cosmos'. As a result of this interpretative approach White argues that The Statesman can be recognized (a) as both internally coherent and also profound in implication-the myth is crucial in both regards - and (b) as integrally related to the concerns of Plato's later dialogues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276017

Myth Rulership Church and ChartersEssays in Honour of Nicholas Brooks For more than forty years Nicholas Brooks has been at the forefront of research into early medieval Britain. In order to honour the achievements of one of the leading figures in Anglo-Saxon studies this volume brings together essays by an internationally renowned group of scholars on four themes that the honorand has made his own: myths rulership church and charters. Myth and rulership are addressed in articles on the early history of Wessex Æthelflæd of Mercia and the battle of Brunanburh; contributions concerned with charters explore the means for locating those hitherto lost the use of charters in the study of place-names their role as instruments of agricultural improvement and the reasons for the decline in their output immediately after the Norman Conquest. Nicholas Brooks's long-standing interest in the church of Canterbury is reflected in articles on the Kentish minster of Reculver which became a dependency of the church of Canterbury on the role of early tenth-century archbishops in developing coronation ritual and on the presentation of Archbishop Dunstan as a prophet. Other contributions provide case studies of saints' cults with regional and international dimensions examining a mass for St Birinus and dedications to St Clement while several contributions take a wider perspective looking at later interpretations of the Anglo-Saxon past both in the Anglo-Norman and more modern periods. This stimulating and wide-ranging collection will be welcomed by the many readers who have benefited from Nicholas Brooks's own work or who have an interest in the Anglo-Saxon past more generally. It is an outstanding contribution to early medieval studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264755

Myth Symbol and Meaning in Mary Poppins The Mary Poppins that many people know of today--a stern but sweet loveable and reassuring British nanny--is a far cry from the character created by Pamela Lyndon Travers in the 1930's. Instead this is the Mary Poppins reinvented by Disney in the eponymous movie. This book sheds light on the original Mary Poppins Myth Symbol and Meaning in Mary Poppins is the only full-length study that covers all the Mary Poppins books  exposing just how subversive the pre-Disney Mary Poppins character truly was.  Drawing important parallels between the character and the life of her creator who worked as a governess herself Grilli reveals the ways in which Mary Poppins came to unsettle the rigid and rigorous rules of Victorian and Edwardian society that most governesses embodied taught and passed on to their charges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856103

Myth Analyzed Comparing and evaluating modern theories of myth this book offers an overview of explanations of myth from the social sciences and the humanities. This ambitious collection of essays uses the viewpoints of a variety of disciplines - psychology anthropology sociology politics philosophy religious studies and literature. Each discipline advocates a generalization about the origin the function and the subject matter of myth. The subject is always not what makes any myth distinct but what makes all myths "myth". The book is divided into five sections covering topics such as myth and psychoanalysis hero myths myth and science myth and politics and myth and the physical world. Chapters engage with an array of theorists--among them  Freud Jung Campbell Rank Winnicott Tylor Frazer Malinowski Levy-Bruhl Levi-Strauss Harrison and Burkert. The book considers whether myth still plays a role in our lives is one of the issues considered showing that myths arise anything but spontaneously.   They are the result of a specific need which varies from theory to theory. This is a fascinating survey by a leading voice in the study of myth. As such it will be of much interest to scholars of myth and how it interacts with Sociology Anthropology Politics and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221577

Myth and Creative WritingThe Self-Renewing Song Myth and Creative Writing is a unique and practical guide to the arts of creative writing. It:Gives a historical perspective on the storyteller's art Takes a wide view of myth to include: legends folklore biblical myth classical myth belief myths balladry and song. Considers all aspects of the creative process from conception to completion Provides tips on seeking inspiration from classical and mythic sources Shows how myths can be linked to contemporary concerns Enables beginning writers to tap into the deeper resonances of myth Guides students to further critical and creative resourcesA secret that all writers know is that they are part of a long tradition of storytelling - whether they call it mythic intertextual interactive or original. And in the pantheon of storytelling myths (those stories that tell us in often magical terms how the world and the creatures in it came to be) are the bedrock a source of unending inspiration. One can dress the study of literature in the finest critical clothing - or intellectualise it until the cows come home - but at its heart it is nothing more - and nothing less - than the study of the human instinct to tell stories to order the world into patterns we can more readily understand. Exploring the mythic nature of writing (by considering where the connections between instinct and art are made and where the writer is also seen as a mythic adventurer) is a way of finding close links to what it is we demand from literature which is - again - something to do with the essences of human nature. Further in the course of examining the nature of myth Adrian May provides a very practical guide to the aspiring writer - whether in a formal course or working alone - on how to write stories (myths) of their own from how to begin how to develop and how to close. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837249

Myth and MadnessThe Psychodynamics of Anti-Semitism The persistence of anti-Semitism and its current resurgence after a brief post-Holocaust suppression challenge those who study human behavior to locate the causal bases of anti-Semitism and find approaches to combat it. This is an astonishing report of a nine-year study of the psychodynamics of anti-Semitism. Undertaken by Dr. Mortimer Ostow on behalf of the Psychoanalytic Research and Development Fund it puts flesh and bones on the discussion of antisemitism in Sigmund Freud's 1939 classic theoretical study Moses and Monotheism. Its close adherence to case material and application of psychoanalytic theory to historical data and cultural products yields new insights into bigotry and equity alike.By examining prejudiced patients and their myths Dr. Ostow shows the common threads of anti-Semitism in a variety of national and cultural settings even under supposed optimal conditions when antisemitism is stringently controlled. The work uses the psychiatric approach and can be read as a study of how this area of behavioral science reveals the interplay of the individual and the group cultural background and material opportunities.The book is divided into five major segments: Psychoanalytic interpretation of anti-Semitism in the past; clinical data on anti-Semitic sentiments in a variety of personal and national settings; mythological dimensions of anti-Semitism and apocalyptic doctrines; specific anti-Semitic myths including pre-Christian early and medieval Christian "racial" and post-modern Muslim anti-Semitism. The final segment focuses on the pogrom mentality including the Nazi phenomenon antisemitic fundamentalism and black anti-Semitism.Myth and Madness is informed by an amazing breadth of learning: from biblical exegesis to modern sociology from close attention to mundane patients to evaluating mythic claims of the loftiest and at times most dangerous sort. This is a landmark effort one that will be the touchstone for theoretical and clinical works to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512443

Myth and Masculinity in the Japanese CinemaTowards a Political Reading of the Tragic Hero This study argues that in Japanese popular cinema the 'tragic hero' narrative is an archetypal plot-structure upon which male genres such as the war-retro and yakuza films are based. Two central questions in relation to these post-war Japanese film genres and historical consciousness are addressed: What is the relationship between history myth and memory? And how are individual subjectivities defined in relation to the past? The book examines the role of the 'tragic hero' narrative as a figurative structure through which the Japanese people could interpret the events of World War II and defeat offering spectators an avenue of exculpation from a foreign-imposed sense of guilt. Also considered is the fantasy world of the nagare-mono (drifter) or yakuza film. It is suggested that one of the reasons for the great popularity of these films in the 1960s and 1970s lay in their ability to offer men meanings that could help them understand the contradictions between the reality of their everyday experiences and the ideological construction of masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863231

Myth and Meaning The anthropologist Claude Levi-Strauss was one of the greatest intellectuals of the twentieth century. His work has had a profound impact not only within anthropology but also linguistics sociology and philosophy. In this short book he examines the nature and role of myth in human history distilling a lifetime of writing into a few sharp insights. It is a crystalline overview of many of the basic ideas underlying his work including the theory of structuralism and the difference between 'primitive' and 'scientific' thought and shows why Levi-Strauss remains a hugely important intellectual figure. With a new foreword by Patrick Wilcken. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854696

Myth and MeaningSan-Bushman Folklore in Global Context J.D. Lewis-Williams one of the leading South African archaeologists and ethnographers excavates meaning from the complex mythological stories of the San-Bushmen to create a larger theory of how myth is used in culture. He extracts their “nuggets ” the far-reaching but often unspoken words and concepts of language and understanding that are opaque to outsiders to establish a more nuanced theory of the role of these myths in the thought-world and social circumstances of the San. The book -draws from the unique 19th century Bleek/Lloyd archives more recent ethnographic work and San rock art;-includes well-known San stories such as The Broken String Mantis Dreams and Creation of the Eland;-extrapolates from our understanding of San mythology into a larger model of how people create meaning from myth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629581545

Myth and MythmakingContinuous Evolution in Indian Tradition Essays focusing on some of the ways in which myths have been made and made to function in the rich cultural history of India from the dawn of history through to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994324

Myth and Reality in International PoliticsMeeting Global Challenges through Collective Action Recent generations have experienced dramatic improvements in the quality of human life across the globe. Wars between states are fought less frequently and are less lethal. Food is more plentiful and more easily accessed. In most parts of the world birthrates are down and life expectancy up. Significantly fewer people live in extreme poverty relative to the overall population. Statistics would argue that the human race has never before flourished as it has in this moment.And yet even with this progress we face a number of seemingly intractable challenges to the welfare of both states and individuals including: Governmental instability undermining the lives of citizens both within and beyond their borders; Persistent and recurring intrastate conflict due to ineffective conflict management strategies; Marginally successful development efforts and growing income inequality both within and between nations as a result of uncoordinated and ineffective global development strategies; Internecine conflict in multiethnic societies manifested by exclusion discrimination and ultimately violence the inevitable consequence of an insufficient focus on managing the inherent tensions in diverse societies; Global climate change with the possibility of catastrophic long-term consequences following an inability to effectively come to terms with and respond to the impact of human activity on our environment. These challenges require a newly collaborative intentional and systematic approach. This book offers a blueprint for how to get there calling for increased leadership responsibility clarity of mission and empowerment of states and individuals. It is designed to transform lofty but often vague agendas into concrete measurable progress. It believes in the capacity of humanity to rise to the occasion to come together to address these increasingly critical global problems and offers one way forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055688

Myth and Reality in the U.S. Immigration Debate "What part of illegal don’t you understand?" This oft-repeated slogan from immigration restrictionists illustrates the contentious quality of the immigration reform debate in the United States: a debate that has raged on unresolved since at least 1986 when our immigration system was last reformed. This impasse is due in large part to widespread misinformation about immigration. This short and accessible textbook takes a critical perspective on immigration law and policy arguing that immigrant "illegality" is itself produced by law with tremendous consequences for individuals and families. Across six chapters that examine the conceptual historical economic global legal and racial dimensions of immigration to the United States Prieto argues that illegal immigration is a problem of policy not people. History and cutting-edge social science data guide an analysis of the actual empirical impact of immigration on U.S. society. By debunking myths about immigration the reader is invited to form their own opinion on the basis of fact and in light of the unequal treatment different immigrant groups have received since the nation’s founding. Myth and Reality in the U.S. Immigration Debate synthesizes key lessons from the fields of sociology law and society history economics and critical race studies in a digestible and engaging format. This text will serve as an introduction to the study of immigration and a primer for those who wish to engage in a sober and compassionate conversation about immigrants and immigration in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656321

Myth and Solidarity in the Modern WorldBeyond Religious and Political Division In the context of the rise of reactionary politics across the globe this book seeks new ways of developing solidarity across religious political and economic differences. Drawing on an increasingly influential Christian theological movement  postliberalism it claims that the dominance of liberal secular rationality has blinded people to the fundamental role of transcendence and myth in developing solidarity. The result is either atrophy or a retrenching in divisive myths of faith race nation or economic status. Liberalism is now a dominant force across the globe. But its resonance in the Anglo-Saxon West from which it originates and has been most fully realized is relatively underexplored. The book thus follows two simultaneous lines of enquiry. Firstly a genealogical study of social scientific and policy iterations of the relationship between belief and solidarity in the Anglo-Saxon West placing postliberal theory into dialogue with the sociology and anthropology of religion politics and economics. Secondly it draws from original ethnographic research with groups in London UK that seek to develop solidarity in the face of deep-seated difference.By bringing a new way of framing these contentious debates about contemporary society this research offers tools for more productive conversations around religious and political topics in particular concluding with a clear policy proposal. It is therefore a useful resource for both academics of theology and religious studies  political philosophy sociology and anthropology; and for politicians policy makers and practitioners hoping to develop solidarity in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892876

Myth and the Christian NationA Social Theory of Religion America is widely regarded as the ultimate "Christian Nation." Religious language has always been at the forefront of American politics but this has increased since the events of 9/11. 'Myth and the Christian Nation' presents a startling analysis of how and why Christianity and national identity have been woven together in recent American political discourse. Drawing on examples of religious myth-making across the ancient world 'Myth and the Christian Nation' brings the weight of history to bear on America today a place where myth monotheism sovereignty and power can be harnessed together in the service of specific interests. The book invites readers to rethink the role of religion in the construction of social democracy and to see America afresh. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710983

Myth and the Greatest GenerationA Social History of Americans in World War II Myth and the Greatest Generation calls into question the glowing paradigm of the World War II generation set up by such books as The Greatest Generation by Tom Brokaw. Including analysis of news reports memoirs novels films and other cultural artefacts Ken Rose shows the war was much more disruptive to the lives of Americans in the military and on the home front during World War II than is generally acknowledged. Issues of racial labor unrest juvenile delinquency and marital infidelity were rampant and the black market flourished. This book delves into both personal and national issues calling into questions the dominant view of World War II as ‘The Good War’. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941461

Myth and the Human SciencesHans Blumenberg's Theory of Myth This is the first book-length critical analysis in any language of Hans Blumenberg’s theory of myth. Blumenberg can be regarded as the most important German theorist of myth of the second half of the twentieth century and his Work on Myth (1979) has resonated across disciplines ranging from literary theory via philosophy religious studies and anthropology to the history and philosophy of science. Nicholls introduces Anglophone readers to Blumenberg’s biography and to his philosophical contexts. He elucidates Blumenberg’s theory of myth by relating it to three important developments in late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century German philosophy (hermeneutics phenomenology and philosophical anthropology) while also comparing Blumenberg’s ideas with those of other prominent theorists of myth such as Vico Hume Schelling Max Müller Frazer Sorel Freud Cassirer Heidegger Horkheimer and Adorno. According to Nicholls Blumenberg’s theory of myth can only be understood in relation to the ‘human sciences ’ since it emerges from a speculative hypothesis concerning the emergence of the earliest human beings. For Blumenberg myth was originally a cultural adaptation that constituted the human attempt to deal with anxieties concerning the threatening forces of nature by anthropomorphizing those forces into mythic images. In the final two chapters Blumenberg’s theory of myth is placed within the post-war political context of West Germany. Through a consideration of Blumenberg’s exchanges with Carl Schmitt as well as by analysing unpublished correspondence and parts of the original Work of Myth manuscript that Blumenberg held back from publication Nicholls shows that Blumenberg’s theory of myth also amounted to a reckoning with the legacy of National Socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236707

Myth and Violence in the Contemporary Female TextNew Cassandras How various mythologies challenge enable and inspire women artists and activists across the globe to communicate personal and historical experiences of violence is the central concern of this collection. Beginning with the observation that twentieth- and twenty-first century female writers and artists often use myth to represent their social and artistic struggles the distinguished international scholars and writers consider mythic fabulations as spaces for contested meanings and resistant readings. The identified resistance of the mythic material to repression-working as it were in opposition to another celebrated drive/role of myth that of containment-makes the use of myth particularly stimulating for twentieth-century and contemporary female artists; and it is an interest in the aesthetic and political consequences of such resistances that animates this book. Exemplifying the diverse types of engagement with myth and femininity literary criticism discussions of film and art artwork as well as original creative writing could all be found within the boundaries of this innovative volume. Femininity myth and violence are here explored in contexts such as female mythopoiesis in the early twentieth century; the politics of representation in contemporary writing; revision of old myths; and creation of new myths in multicultural female experiences. Keeping the focus on the actual works of art the editors and contributors offer scholars and teachers an inclusive way to approach literature and the arts that avoids the limits imposed by genre or national and regional boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260542

Myth Into ArtPoet and Painter in Classical Greece Myth into Art is a comparative study of mythological narrative in Greek poetry and the visual arts. Thirty of the major myths are surveyed focusing on Homer lyric poetry and Attic tragedy. On the artistic side the emphasis is on Athenian and South Italian vases. The book offers undergraduate students an introduction both to mythology and to the use of visual sources in the study of Greek myth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138322

Myth of AddictionSecond Edition First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820002

Myth of Japanese Uniqueness (Routledge Revivals) The ‘nihonjinron’ is a body of writing and thought which constitutes a major and highly thought of academic industry in Japan. It analyses the Japanese identity and presupposes that the Japanese differ radically from other people in their make-up. It believes that their uniqueness is due to linguistic sociological and philosophical differences. First published in 1988 this book is a critical analysis of the thought on which the ‘nihonjinron’ is based. Placing particular emphasis upon psychoanalysis which constitutes the centrepiece of the book Peter Dale reasons that the ‘nihonjinron’ should be treated as a mythological system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681230

Myth of Liberal AscendancyCorporate Dominance from the Great Depression to the Great Recession Based on new archival research G. Williams Domhoff challenges popular conceptions of the 1930's New Deal. Arguing instead that this period was one of increasing corporate dominance in government affairs affecting the fate of American workers up to the present day. While FDR's New Deal brought sweeping legislation the tide turned quickly after 1938. From that year onward nearly every major new economic law passed by Congress showed the mark of corporate dominance. Domhoff accessibly portrays documents of the Committee's vital influence in the halls of government supported by his interviews with several of its key employees and trustees. Domhoff concludes that in terms of economic influence liberalism was on a long steady decline despite two decades of post-war growing equality and that ironically it was the successes of the civil rights feminist environmental and gay-lesbian movements-not a new corporate mobilisation-that led to the final defeat of the liberal-labour alliance after 1968. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052564

Myth of the Model MinorityAsian Americans Facing Racism With their apparent success in schools and careers Asian Americans have long been viewed by white Americans as the "model minority." Yet few Americans realize the lives of many Asian Americans are constantly stressed by racism. This reality becomes clear from the voices of Asian Americans heard in this first in-depth book on the experiences of racism among Asian Americans from many different nations and social classes. Chou and Feagin assess racial stereotyping and discrimination from dozens of interviews across the country with Asian Americans in a variety of settings from elementary schools to colleges workplaces and other public arenas. They explore the widely varied ways of daily coping that Asian Americans employ-some choosing to conform and others actively resisting. This book dispels notions that Asian Americans are universally "favored" by whites and have an easy time adapting to life in American society. The authors conclude with policy measures that can improve the lives not only of Asian Americans but also of other Americans of color. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090634

Myth of the Model MinorityAsian Americans Facing Racism Second Edition The second edition of this popular book adds important new research on how racial stereotyping is gendered and sexualized. New interviews show that Asian American men feel emasculated in America’s male hierarchy. Women recount their experiences of being exoticized subtly and otherwise as sexual objects. The new data reveal how race gender and sexuality intersect in the lives of Asian Americans. The text retains all the features of the renowned first edition which offered the first in-depth exploration of how Asian Americans experience and cope with everyday racism. The book depicts the “double consciousness” of many Asian Americans—experiencing racism but feeling the pressures to conform to popular images of their group as America’s highly achieving “model minority.”  <br><br><b>FEATURES OF THE SECOND EDITION</b> Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612054780

Myth of Universal Human RightsIts Origin History and Explanation Along with a More Humane Way In this groundbreaking and provocative new book philosopher of science David N. Stamos challenges the current conceptions of human rights and argues that the existence of universal human rights is a modern myth. Using an evolutionary analysis to support his claims Stamos traces the origin of the myth from the English Levellers of 1640s London to our modern day. Theoretical defenses of the belief in human rights are critically examined including defenses of nonconsensus concepts. In the final chapter Stamos develops a method of naturalized normative ethics which he then applies to topics routinely dealt with in terms of human rights. In all of this Stamos hopes to show that there is a better way of dealing with matters of ethics and justice a way that involves applying the whole of our evolved moral being rather than only parts of it and that is fiction-free. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052427

Myth Or Reality?Adaptive Strategies Of Asian Americans In California First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976672

Mythologies of Internal Exile in Elizabethan VerseSix Studies Writers of the English Renaissance like their European contemporaries frequently reflect on the phenomenon of exile—an experience that forces the individual to establish a new personal identity in an alien environment. Although there has been much commentary on this phenomenon as represented in English Renaissance literature there has been nothing written at length about its counterpart namely internal exile: marginalization or estrangement within the homeland. This volume considers internal exile as a simultaneously twofold experience. It studies estrangement from one’s society and correlatively from one’s normative sense of self. In doing so it focuses initially on the sonnet sequences by Sidney Spenser and Shakespeare (which is to say the problematics of romance); then it examines the verse satires of Donne Hall and Marston (likewise the problematics of anti-romance). This book argues that the authors of these major texts create mythologies—via the myths of (and accumulated mythographies about) Cupid satyrs and Proteus—through which to reflect on the doubleness of exile within one’s own community. These mythologies at times accompanied by theologies of alienation suggest that internal exile is a fluid and complex experience demanding multifarious reinterpretation of the incongruously expatriate self. The monograph thus establishes a new framework for understanding texts at once diverse yet central to the Elizabethan literary achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665029

Mythologizing Black WomenUnveiling White Men's Racist Deep Frame on Race and Gender In this book Brittany C. Slatton uses innovative internet research methods to reveal contemporary prejudices about relationship partners. In doing so she thoroughly refutes the popular ideology of a post-racial America. Slatton examines the 'deep frame' of white men found in opinions and emotional reactions to black women and their body types personalities behaviours and styles of speech. Their internet responses to questionnaires shows how they treat as common sense radicalised gendered and classed versions of black women. Mythologizing Black Women argues that the internet acts as a backstage setting allowing white men to anonymously express raw feelings about race and sexuality without the fear of reprimand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050508

Mythology and LamentStudies in the Oracles about the Nations The oracles about the nations in Isaiah Jeremiah and Ezekiel originate in the ancient Laments. Ultimately they were preserved because of their relevance to the Year of Jubilee with its origins in the New Year Festival; this study illuminates their intention. In Mythology and Lament John Geyer shows the oracles belong to the sphere of worship making a theological (mythological) statement not a political one. Relating to current debates about the historicity of the Hebrew Bible Geyer also provides a theological context to questions of conflict of nations and environmental debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266452

Mythology for StorytellersThemes and Tales from Around the World Illustrated in full color throughout this delightful collection puts the riches of world mythology at the fingertips of students and storytellers alike. It is a treaury of favorite and little-known tales from Africa Asia Europe the Americas Australia and Oceania gracefully retold and accompanied by fascinating detailed information on their historic and cultural backgrounds. The introduction provides an informative overview of mythology its purpose in world cultures and myth in contemporary society and popular culture. Mythic themes are defined and the often-misunderstood difference between myth and legend explained. Following this the main sections of the book are arranged thematically covering The Creation Death and Rebirth Myths of Origins Myths of the Gods and Myths of Heroes. Each section begins by comparing its theme cross-culturally explaining similarities and differences in the mthic narratives. Myths from diverse cultures are then presented introduced and retold in a highly readable fashion. A bibliography follows each retelling so readers can find more information on the culture myth and deities. Character geographical and general indexes round out this volume and a master bibliography facilitates research. For students storytellers or anyone interested in the wealth of world mythology Mythology: Stories and Themes from Around the World provides answers to common research questions sources for myths and stories that will delight inform and captivate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702216

Mythology of the SoulA Research into the Unconscious from Schizophrenic Dreams and Drawings Originally published in 1940 this classic study of two schizophrenic case-histories further opened up the seemingly intractable problem of this condition; a task preceded by Jung’s own Psychology of Dementia Praecox. It was Baynes’s grasp of the meaning of the symbol coupled with his wide scholarship that enable him to explore the case-histories in such remarkable and fruitful depth thus linking pathological psychology through graphic expression and the dream of the myths of mankind and the universal man. This was truly a scientific task. In case 1 the series of dreams fantasies and active imagination fully illustrated by the patients’ spontaneous paintings suggested to him a kind of mythological imagery. Baynes then demonstrates the emergence and development of a hero myth together with its therapeutic effect upon the patient as an inner personal experience of death and rebirth. Baynes also applied the methods of synthesis to the understanding of modern art and its reflection of the spirit of the times – a realization of the basic split in the socio-religious structure of European Culture. In case 2 the subject was an artist and out of his own split he seemed to have created a symbolic bridge that would be a therapeutic bridge for himself and a possible model for curing the evil of the times in which we then were living. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852334

Mythopoeic Narrative in The Legend of Zelda The Legend of Zelda series is one of the most popular and recognizable examples in videogames of what Tolkien referred to as mythopoeia or myth-making. In his essay On Fairy Stories and a short poem entitled Mythopoeia Tolkien makes the case that the fairy tale aesthetic is simply a more intimate version of the same principle underlying the great myths: the human desire to make meaning out of the world. By using mythopoeia as a touchstone concept the essays in this volume explore how The Legend of Zelda series turns the avatar through which the player interacts with the in-game world into a player-character symbiote wherein the individual both enacts and observes the process of integrating worldbuilding with storytelling. Twelve essays explore Zelda’s mythmaking from the standpoints of literary criticism videogame theory musicology ecocriticism pedagogy and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437985

Myths & Legends Of The Middle First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976689

Myths and Legends from KoreaAn Annotated Compendium of Ancient and Modern Materials This book contains 175 tales drawn equally from the ancient and modern periods of Korea plus 16 further tales provided for comparative purposes. Nothing else on this scale or depth is available in any western language. Three broad classes of material are included: foundation myths of ancient states and clans ancient folktales and legends modern folktales. Each narrative contains information on its source and provenance and on its folklore type similarities to folklore types from China Japan and elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515245

Myths and MythologiesA Reader In all cultures and at all times humans have told stories about where they came from who they are and how they should live their lives. 'Myths and Mythologies' brings together the key classic and contemporary writings - philosophical psychological sociological semiological and cognitivist - on myth. To the insider myths contain truth revelation and a 'history of ourselves'; to the outsider a culture s myths can be seen as the product of foolish infantile and wishful thinking. Myths tell us about specific cultures about human creativity and how narrative shapes and reflects understanding. The 'Reader' is an invaluable resource for students and scholars interested in the impact of narrative on human culture and the meaning of truth in religious language. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315475776

Myths and Nationhood First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022543

Myths and Politics in Western SocietiesEvaluating the Crisis of Modernity in the United States Germany and Great Britain "In an intriguing and provocative bookan important thesis. An important addition to libraries serving both academic and general readers."--Choice Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512450

Myths of Childhood Childhood has long been considered the major factor in determining adult life. It sets us on the path toward or away from happiness shapes our personality and is a major cause of mental disorders. Or is it?Myths of Childhood strongly challenges these assumptions usually taken for granted in contemporary society and the mental health community. With a healthy dose of scepticism toward clinical impressions and using empirically-based research from areas including behavioral genetics and attachment Dr. Paris builds a convincing case against the primacy of childhood in the development of adult personality and psychopathology. In its place he offers an alternative model for development and shows how mental health professionals can apply this model to clinical pracitce.Myths of Childhood represents an important addition to the ongoing debate between mental health professionals regarding nature vs. nurture. For supporters of either side this book is a valuable resource for further exploration of this controversy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005150

Myths of ExileHistory and Metaphor in the Hebrew Bible The Babylonian exile in 587-539 BCE is frequently presented as the main explanatory factor for the religious and literary developments found in the Hebrew Bible. The sheer number of both ‘historical’ and narrative exiles confirms that the theme of exile is of great importance in the Hebrew Bible. However one does not do justice to the topic by restricting it to the exile in Babylon after 587 BCE. In recent years it has become clear that there are several discrepancies between biblical and extra-biblical sources on invasion and deportation in Palestine in the 1st millennium BCE. Such discrepancy confirms that the theme of exile in the Hebrew Bible should not be viewed as an echo of a single traumatic historical event but rather as a literary motif that is repeatedly reworked by biblical authors. Myths of Exile challenges the traditional understanding of 'the Exile' as a monolithic historical reality and instead provides a critical and comparative assessment of motifs of estrangement and belonging in the Hebrew Bible and related literature. Using selected texts as case studies this book demonstrates how tales of exile and return can be described as a common formative narrative in the literature of the ancient Near East a narrative that has been interpreted and used in various ways depending on the needs and cultural contexts of the interpreting community. Myths of Exile is a critical study which forms the basis for a fresh understanding of these exile myths as identity-building literary phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873011

Myths of Mighty WomenTheir Application in Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Women whose mothers were not called upon to achieve in a man's world have a difficult time seeing themselves as powerful enough to do that. Identifying with mighty women of the past and of the present culture can help them to permit themselves to achieve more than their mothers did. This book provides several such myths from ancient and modern cultures from both Western and Eastern traditions each of which is a standard for a particular aspect of female power and all of which can provide that power for women now. Among the aspects of women's power are Super Girl Warrior Woman Evil Temptress Protective Mother and Provider. This book is useful for therapists to read themselves and/or to give to their patients when they suffer from fantasies of the bad mother who does not want to be surpassed or the weak mother who cannot protect or the therapist who wants to keep the woman patient in a weak and needy position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203049

Myths of OzReading Australian Popular Culture This book first published in 1987 sets out to examine and extend our understanding of Australian popular culture and to counter the long-established traditional criticism bewailing its lack. The authors argue that the 'knocker's' view started from an elitist viewpoint yearning for Australia to aspire to a European culture in art music literature and other traditional cultural fields. They argue however that there are other definitions of culture that are more populist more comprehensive and which represent a vitality and dynamism which is a true reflection of the lives and aspirations of Australians. Myths of Oz offers no comprehensive definition of Australian culture but rather a way of interpreting its various aspects. The barbeque or the pub an expedition to the shops or a day at the beach the home the workplace or the job queue; all these intrinsic parts of Australian life are examined and conclusions drawn as to how they shape or are shaped by what we call popular culture. The authors look too at monuments and symbols from Ayers Rock to the Sydney Opera House which both shape and reflect Australian culture while a chapter on the Australian accent shows how language and terminology play a powerful role in establishing cultural standpoints. A particular strength of this book is that while delivering a provocative and stimulating series of viewpoints on popular culture it also makes use of current academic tools and methodology to ensure that we gain new insights into the meanings and pleasures we derive from our everyday experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201620

Myths of TerminationWhat patients can teach psychoanalysts about endings Psychoanalysis can make a huge difference in the lives of patients their families and others they encounter. Myths have developed however about how psychoanalysis should end – what patients experience and what analysts do. These expectations come primarily from accounts by analysts in the analytic literature which are often perpetuated in an oversimplified form in teaching. Patients' perspectives are rarely presented. I her book Judy Leopold Kantrowitz seeks to address this omission. Exploring the accounts of 82 former analysands she illustrates the rich diversity of psychoanalytic endings and ways of maintaining analytic benefits after ending; in presenting patients' experiences Kantrowitz provides correctives for some myths about termination. Myths of termination: What patients can teach psychoanalysts about endings is not a book that seeks to refute or support any specific idea about a best way of ending analysis but rather to show that there are countless ways of having a satisfactory conclusion to the process. Nor is the author espousing any particular analytic theory. Kantrowitz sets out to show that an oversimplified view of psychoanalytic endings not only diminishes an appreciation of the diversity of psychoanalytic outcomes but may also interfere with the creativity of individual psychoanalysts. In this book former analysands describe and illustrate how their analyses ended. They reflect on the effect of non-mutual endings due to external factors (moving retirement illness or death) or psychological factors (wishing to avoid facing some issue); the impact of post-analytic contact; and the ways in which they have held on to their analytic benefits after ending their analyses. Myths of termination confronts and refutes the myths about the termination phase of psychoanalysis that are passed from generation to generation. It is a refreshing and insightful study that will be welcomed by psychoanalysts psychodynamic therapists such as clinical psychologists social workers and others trained or in training to do clinical work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823890

Myths of the Origin of Fire Sir James G. Frazer (1854-1941) is famous as the author of The Golden Bough but his work ranged widely across classics cultural history folklore and literary criticism as well as anthropology. A Fellow of Trinity College Cambridge for 62 years Sir James G. Frazer devoted his life to research. This volume was first published in 1930. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879195

N.H. The Ladies Dictionary (1694) The ladies dictionary being a general entertainment for the fair-sex was published on 19 March 1694 by John Dunton. No compiler was named on the title page but the dedication by 'the author' addressed 'to the Ladies Gentlewomen and Others of the Fair-Sex' was signed 'N. H.' The book offers around 1950 lexical and encyclopaedic entries the great majority excerpted either verbatim or with some degree of abridgement or adaptation from other published books. It was the first substantial reference book to be published in England with women as its principal target audience and was arguably the first alphabetically-arranged encyclopaedia to be published in English. The editor's introduction in this edition starts with an overview of the publisher John Dunton and goes on to discuss the compilers of LD; its sources; its editing printing and proof-reading; and its advertising publication and afterlife. It concludes with lists of primary and secondary sources (including all the identified sources of LD). The reproduction of the dictionary that follows is from the Robert H. Taylor collection at Princeton. Because LD is irregularly alphabetized the reproduction is followed by a new index of entries in strict alphabetical order with their sources identified. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248424

Na+H+ Exchange Prepared by leading scientists in the field these volumes compile for the first time concise up-to-date reviews of several aspects of the basic properties distribution function and regulation of the Na+/H+ antiport. In addition current methods and the use of inhibitors and ligands for the study of the exchanger are described. These volumes are indispendable to researchers and students in the areas of ion transport membrane biology and cellular physiology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895789

NAB Legal Guide to Broadcast Law and Regulation To guide the industry in the 21st century counsel for the National Association of Broadcasters (NAB) and leading attorneys have prepared the only up-to-date comprehensive broadcast regulatory publication: NAB’s Legal Guide to Broadcast Law and Regulation. Known for years as the "voice" for broadcast law this publication addresses the full range of FCC regulatory issues facing radio and television broadcasters as well as intellectual property First Amendment cable and satellite and increasingly important online issues. It gives practicing attorneys in-house counsel broadcasters and other communications industry professionals practical "how to" advice on topics ranging literally from "a" (advertising) to "z" (zoning). Now in its 6th edition NAB’s Legal Guide to Broadcast Law and Regulation is available to keep you current on changes in the law significant court decisions FCC rules agency policies and applied solutions. The National Association of Broadcasters is a nonprofit trade association that advocates on behalf of local radio and television stations and broadcast networks before Congress the Federal Communications Commission and other federal agencies and the courts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240811178

Nabokov History and the Texture of Time This book argues that the apparent evasion of history in Vladimir Nabokov’s fiction conceals a profound engagement with social and therefore political temporalities. While Nabokov scholarship has long assumed the same position as Nabokov himself — that his works exist in a state of historical exceptionalism — this study restores the content context and commentary to Nabokovian time by reading his American work alongside the violent upheavals of twentieth-century ideological conflicts in Europe and the United States. This approach explores how the author’s characteristic temporal manipulations and distortions function as a defensive dialectic against history an attempt to salvage fiction for autonomous aesthetics. Tracing Nabokov’s understanding of the relationship between history and aesthetics from nineteenth-century Russia through European modernism to the postwar American academy the book offers detailed contextualized readings of Nabokov’s major writings exploring the tensions fissures and failures in Nabokov’s attempts to assert aesthetic control over historical time. In reading his response to the rise of totalitarianism the Holocaust and Cold War Norman redresses the commonly-expressed admiration for Nabokov’s heroic resistance to history by suggesting the ethical aesthetic and political costs of reading and writing in its denial. This book offers a rethinking of Nabokov’s location in literary history the ideological impulses which inform his fiction and the importance of temporal aesthetics in negotiating the matrices of modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109674

Nabokov at the LimitsRedrawing Critical Boundaries The eleven contributors to this volume investigate the connections between Nabokov's output and the fields of painting music and ballet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012042

Nadia Captive of HopeMemoir of an Arab Woman A rare feminist perspective on a people and a culture in one of the most tumultuous regions in the world Nadia Captive of Hope is the autobiography of Fay Afaf Kanafani an Arab Muslim woman born in Beirut in 1918. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315502250

Nadia and Lili Boulanger Pioneers in their fields and two of the best-known women in music in the twentieth century Nadia and Lili Boulanger have previously been considered in isolation from one another. Yet as Caroline Potter's new book demonstrates their careers were closely linked during Lili Boulanger's short life (1893-1918) and there are several intriguing connections between their musical works. This biography also provides the first full analysis of the Boulanger sisters' musical styles placing them within the context of French musical history. Their lives are also a case study in the issues of gender which surround music making even to the present day. Despite an unusually privileged upbringing Nadia and Lili Boulanger exemplify the struggle women experienced when attempting to enter the professional music world. Lili became the first woman to win the Prix de Rome in 1913 and Nadia gained second place in 1908. Yet in spite of this initial success Nadia Boulanger was to give up composing in her thirties and devoted the remainder of her long life to teaching. Her pupils included several of the great composers of the century including Aaron Copland and Elliott Carter. This book focusing on their musical careers is essential reading for anyone interested in French music of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263512

Nadia RevisitedA Longitudinal Study of an Autistic Savant This book re-examines the case of Nadia discovered as a child aged six who had been drawing with phenomenal skill and visual realism from the age of three despite having autism and severe learning difficulties. The original research was published in 1977 and caused great international interest. Nadia Revisited updates her story and reconsiders the theories that endeavour to explain her extraordinary talent. As well as summarising the central issues from the original case study and presenting her remarkable drawings the book explains Nadia’s subsequent development and present situation in light of the recent research on autistic spectrum disorders and representational drawing in children. The book also considers the phenomenon of savant syndrome: the condition in which those with autism or other learning disabilities have areas of unusual talent that contrast dramatically with their general functioning. Lorna Selfe uses this single case study to discuss theories of developmental psychology and considers the possible links between prodigious talent and underlying neurological dysfunction. The book is especially valuable for students and teachers of developmental psychology and neuropsychology education and special education as well as art and art education. Parents of autistic children or those with related disorders learning difficulties or special needs will also be interested in the discussions presented in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138381179

Nadine Gordimer (Routledge Revivals) International in her appeal Nadine Gordimer is an original and accomplished novelist whose works have found literary and popular recognition. In this critical study first published in 1988 and the first by a woman Judie Newman discusses all Gordimer’s novels including A Sport of Nature. Gordimer’s writing is both political committed and formally innovative confronting subject matter of great contemporary interest and at the same time seeking out narrative forms that combine European and indigenous culture. Her novels are sensitive to their context while also offering an important contribution to postmodernist reassessments of narrative poetics and a challenge to European conceptions of the novel. Judie Newman places particular emphasis on Gordimer’s searching investigation of the relation of gender to genre and explores other major concerns such as the crisis of liberal values the nature of historical consciousness racism sexual politics and the psychopathology of power. Her study combines close literary analysis with a wide-ranging exploration of ideas showing clearly how the artist can contribute to contemporary debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799370

Nadine Gordimer's July's PeopleA Routledge Study Guide Nadine Gordimer is one of the most important writers to emerge in the twentieth century. Her anti-Apartheid novel July's People (1981) is a powerful example of resistance writing and continues even now to unsettle easy assumptions about issues of power race gender and identity. This guide to Gordimer's compelling novel offers: an accessible introduction to the text and contexts of July's People a critical history surveying the many interpretations of the text from publication to the present a selection of new and reprinted critical essays on July's People providing a range of perspectives on the novel and extending the coverage of key approaches identified in the critical survey cross-references between sections of the guide in order to suggest links between texts contexts and criticism suggestions for further reading. Part of the Routledge Guides to Literature series this volume is essential reading for all those beginning detailed study of July's People and seeking not only a guide to the novel but a way through the wealth of contextual and critical material that surrounds Gordimer's text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881423

NAFTA and Democracy in MexicoA Successful Failure? After describing NAFTA as ‘the worst trade deal maybe ever signed anywhere’ Donald Trump’s election seemed to represent the final nail in the coffin for North American economic integration. Following a decade of stagnation however Trump’s victory presents a timely opportunity to reconsider North American integration and evaluate NAFTA’s democratic track record in Mexico.In this book Pablo Calderón Martínez presents a detailed analysis of NAFTA’s influence as a political tool for democracy in Mexico. Extending beyond a mere economic or social exploration of the consequences of NAFTA Calderón Martínez uses a three-tiered analysis based on causality mechanisms to explain how the interactions between internationalisation and democratisation unfolded in Mexico. Calderón Martínez’s analysis demonstrates that Mexico’s internationalisation project under the framework of NAFTA gave shape to if not made Mexico’s democratisation process.An original and timely resource for scholars and students interested in understanding how – in cases like Mexico where transitions to democracy are characterised by a finely poised balance of power – small influences from abroad can make significant long-lasting differences domestically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665531

Nage BirdsClassification and symbolism among an eastern Indonesian people This unusual and richly-illustrated book is the story of the relationship between the Nage people of eastern Indonesia and the birds alongside which they co-exist. Based on fieldwork carried out over a period of some fifteen years it aims for a total view of how a human community interacts with another zoological class giving birds a chosen place in human ideas and social practice. As well as a fascinating ornithological study of Indonesian bird life Nage Birds offers a much-needed critique of current theoretical argument on how non-Western societies categorize and evaluate different species and modes of being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864503

Naguib MahfouzThe Pursuit of Meaning First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140837

Nail DisordersA Comprehensive Approach Nail disorders are a specialized group of disorders which are often neglected during post graduate teaching. This book aims to provide a comprehensive review covering the diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of nail disorders. It discusses the basics of nail unit common conditions like infections tumors and genetic diseases diagnostic armamentarium involved in nail diseases like KOH mount onychoscopy imaging and surgical management of nail diseases which includes anesthesia of nail unit nail biopsy and advanced nail procedures including video demonstration of such procedures. This book elaborates on nails in systemic diseases and briefly covers nail cosmetics and nail photography.Key FeaturesComprehensively reviews nail disordersIncludes diagnosis therapeutic and surgical aspectDiscusses OnychoscopyReviews the importance of nail photography  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367731717

Nail in Differential Diagnosis Nail disorders often present difficult problems in diagnosis for dermatologists in practice. Recognizing this reality this new text atlas with color illustrations throughout has been written by foremost nail specialists to provide invaluable advice in aiding expert and authoritative judgment on the range of problems that arise.Short Contents Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389741

Nail Therapies Nails are an important component of dermatology and of general practice since they are a prominent part of a patient’s image projected to the world. As such dermatologists and those in family practice not fully up to date with the various options available will welcome this succinct resource to give guidance on all types of treatment. This reference guide from international experts covers both the diseased and the injured nail and both medical and surgical options using a highly visual style to convey the relevant information at a glance.With well over 150 colour photographs diagrams tables and boxes! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381165

Naked Liberty and the World of DesireElements of Anarchism in the Work of D.H. Lawrence In this new and original study Simon Casey explores the long-neglected link between D. H. Lawrence and philosophical anarchism. Focusing on the writings of some of the major anarchists-with particular emphasis on Stirner Godwin Bakunin and Thoreau-this book argues that the conceptual parallels between Lawrence and anarchism are strong and extensive and that reading Lawrence within the context of this tradition significantly enhances any understanding of his work. Lawrence's faith in the essential decency of human nature his forceful defense of individual liberty and his intolerance of all forms of domination and control all reflect the essential features of anarchism. Naked Liberty and the World of Desire looks at where these attitudes find explicit articulation in Lawrence's essays poems and letters and shows how they are illustrated in his major works of fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762595

Naked ManagementBare Essentials For Motivating The X-Generation At Work With highly negative stereotypes circulating about "X'ers " all managers have a clear and justifiable prerogative for reading Naked Management if they want to successfully navigate through what has been dubbed the "X-Crisis." Learn how to overcome worker apathy and management resentment.Naked Management is the first book to provide honest practical guidelines for managers who need to deal with motivating the "X-Generation" and creating a positive impact on morale and productivity while putting a halt to turnover. Learn the critical tools both managers and younger employees need to put to use in order to create and maintain a successful workplace environment. Through a wide variety of exercises management and employees alike have opportunities to explore feelings evaluate performance and management techniques define personal identity and complete checklists on such topics as responsibility and management values.Let actual case examples demonstrate how the NAKED model impacts the work life of managers and X'ers in such organizations as PepsiCo Ritz-Carlton hotels NationsBank Kinko's Tulane University Jiffy Lube and United Airlines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332715

Naked Project ManagementThe Bare Facts Books about project management are plentiful. The best of those books are too comprehensive for the person faced for the first time with managing a small and relatively straightforward project or for the student studying for a degree or business qualification in which project management is only one of several modules. But at the other extreme too many of the simpler books treat project management lightly gloss over or ignore some essential processes and even get the facts wrong and give incorrect examples. Naked Project Management is an introductory guide to the world of project management from one of the world's most accomplished project management authors. Lock has stripped project management down to its bare facts - simplifying everything but trivializing nothing - leaving sound practical advice on how to organize and manage a small or medium sized project. The book is written in the direct jargon-free style that has become Dennis Lock’s hallmark. Everything is carefully explained and supported with clear diagrams. It covers all the essential aspect of project management in astonishingly few words and provides further instruction with an entertaining case study project that flows logically through the chapters from beginning to end. Degree and other students for whom project management is an elective or small part of their course will love this compact time-saving and reasonably priced study resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409461050

Naked SafetyExploring The Dynamics of Safety in a Fast-Changing World Workplace safety has never been seen as sexy clever or cool. Fraught with legislative hurdles ambiguous policy and complex procedures despite its alleged importance safety has lost its way. For many organisations safety is seen as burdensome and bureaucratic and has become little more than paperwork and performance charts: things done in fear of persecution â€“ from the authorities the media or the civil arena â€“ rather than doing the right thing. To change the game and build real risk literacy it’s vital to make things easier to strip things back to basics and think again about how we work. This is Naked Safety. Encouraging the reader to step outside their comfort zone this book demystifies workplace safety challenging traditional views and catalysing critical thought and high-impact action. With narratives on the central pillars of workplace safety including risk management; legal frameworks; performance; governance; leadership and culture as well as perspectives on key issues that affect safety – and business â€“ more broadly such as worker wellbeing; employee engagement; the impact of globalisation; corporate social responsibility; sustainability and the role of the safety practitioner Naked Safety features over 100 actions to bring about positive sustainable organisational change.This book is a useful multi-purpose guide for professionals; an indispensable toolkit for practitioners business leaders and anyone with an interest in workplace risk and Occupational Safety and Health. Let’s get Naked! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669829

Naked ScienceAnthropological Inquiry into Boundaries Power and Knowledge Naked Science is about contested domains and includes different science cultures: physics molecular biology primatology immunology ecology medical environmental mathematical and navigational domains. While the volume rests on the assumption that science is not autonomous the book is distinguished by its global perspective. Examining knowledge systems within a planetary frame forces thinking about boundaries that silence or affect knowledge-building. Consideration of ethnoscience and technoscience research within a common framework is overdue for raising questions about deeply held beliefs and assumptions we all carry about scientific knowledge. We need a perspective on how to regard different science traditions because public controversies should not be about a glorified science or a despicable science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022192

Naked TropicsEssays on Empire and Other Rogues First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024370

Names and Nature in Plato's Cratylus This study offers a ckomprehensive new interpretation of one of Plato's dialogues the Cratylus. Throughout the book combines analysis of Plato's arguments with attentiveness to his philosophical method. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994331

Names We Call HomeAutobiography on Racial Identity Names We Call Home is a ground-breaking collection of essays which articulate the dynamics of racial identity in contemporary society. The first volume of its kind Names We Call Home offers autobiographical essays poetry and interviews to highlight the historical social and cultural influences that inform racial identity and make possible resistance to myriad forms of injustice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724187

Namibia & Southern Africa First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976696

Naming a Transnational Black Feminist FrameworkWriting in Darkness By writing Black feminist texts into the international relations (IR) canon and naming a common Black feminist praxis this text charts a path toward a Transnational Black Feminist (TBF) Framework in IR and outlines why a TBF Framework is a much needed intervention in the field. Situated at the intersection of IR and Black feminist theory and praxis the book argues that a Black feminist tradition of engaging the international exists has been neglected by mainstream IR and can be written into the IR canon using the TBF Framework. Using research within the Black indigenous Garifuna community of Honduras as well as the scholarship of feminists especially Black feminist anthropologists working in Brazil the author illustrates how five TBF guiding principles—intersectionality solidarity scholaractivism attention to borders/boundaries and radically transparent author positionality—offer a critical alternative for engaging IR studies. The text calls on IR scholars to engage Black feminist scholarship and praxis beyond the written page through its living legacy. This interdisciplinary volume will be of interest to feminist scholars international relations students and grassroots activists. It will also appeal to students of related disciplines including anthropology sociology global studies development studies and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367259808

Naming and FramingUnderstanding the Power of Words across Disciplines Domains and Modalities This book offers an innovative unified theoretical model for better understanding the processes underpinning naming and framing and the power that words exert over human minds. The volume integrates theoretical paradigms and empirical insights from across a broad array of research disciplines several of which have not been combined before and uses this foundation as a point of departure for introducing its four-layered model of distinct but connected levels of analysis. Bringing together insights from cognitive linguistics and psycholinguistics together with multimodal perspectives Smith establishes new cross-disciplinary links further integrating work from neighbouring fields such as marketing health communication and political communication that indicate paths for future research and implications for communicative ethics. This book will be of particular interest to students and scholars in multimodality communication semiotics cognitive psychology and linguistics as well as those in related disciplines such as marketing political communication and health communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367509217

Naming and ReferenceThe Link of Word to Object First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871380

Naming Food After PlacesFood Relocalisation and Knowledge Dynamics in Rural Development Bringing together a range of case studies from Ireland Scotland Sweden Germany Norway Poland Italy Portugal Spain and Greece this book compares and contrasts different models of food re-localization. The richness and complexity of the international case studies provide a broad understanding of the characteristics of the re-localization movement while the analysis of knowledge forms and dynamics provides an innovative new theoretical approach. Each of the national teams work on the basis of an agreed common framework resulting in a strongly coherent and comprehensive continental overview. This shows how the actors involved are pursuing their objectives in different regional and national contexts re-embedding socially and ecologically the relation between food production consumption and places. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257740

Naming Race Naming Racisms Eschewing social scientific approaches which tend to examine race and racism in terms of quasi-static ideal types this book surveys differing historical contexts from the era of scientific racism in the nineteenth-century to the post-racial racism of the post 9/11 period and from Europe to the United States in order to understand how racism has been articulated in differing situations. It is distinguished by the attention it pays to the on-going power of racial discourse in the contemporary period as a legitimating factor in oppression. It exemplifies methodological openness combining the work of historians philosophers religious scholars and literary critics and includes differing theoretical models in pursuing a critical approach to race: cultural studies; trauma theory and psychoanalysis; critical theory and consideration of the "new racism"; and postcolonialism and the literature on globalization. It brings together the work of leading academics with younger practitioners and is capped off by an interview with world-renowned intellectual Cornel West on black intellectuals in America. This book was previously published as a special issue of Patterns of Prejudice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849029

Namoluk Beyond The ReefThe Transformation Of A Micronesian Community This case study examines emigrants from Namoluk Atoll in the Eastern Caroline Islands of Micronesia in the Western Pacific. Most members of the Namoluk community (chon Namoluk) do not currently live there - some 60% of them have moved to Chuuk Guam or the mainland US (such as Honolulu Hawai'i or Eureka California). The question is how (and why Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316969

Nancy Fraser Social Justice and Education The American scholar and activist Nancy Fraser has written about a wide range of issues in social and political theory and is well-known for her philosophical perspectives on democratic theory and on feminist theory. Her work on justice and identity politics has been particularly widely cited and she has also been active in developing a ‘feminism for the 99%’. Although education has not been a direct focus for much of her work her thinking has been widely disseminated within the critical study of education. This volume illustrates the way in which education researchers have taken up and developed Fraser’s theories in the areas of alternative education higher education inclusion and disability and the effects of neoliberalism upon public (state) education as they ask how social justice within the education system can be enhanced. These insightful essays cover a range of countries and topics as the authors work with Fraser’s concepts to argue for the development of a more equitable education system. The chapters in this book were originally published as articles in Taylor and Francis journals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728908

Nancy Fraser and Participatory ParityReframing Social Justice in South African Higher Education Nancy Fraser and Participatory Parity provides a philosophical framework based on the work of Nancy Fraser examining how her ideas can be used to analyse contemporary issues in higher education and reimagine higher education practices. Providing a forum for considering Fraser’s work in relation to participatory parity in higher education the book shows how her political philosophy is relevant to higher education pedagogies scholarship and practice. The recent student protests in South Africa in 2015 and 2016 has created an impetus to think about how to do things differently in higher education in response to economic cultural and political inequities. This South African experience is aptly used as a prime example of rethinking issues of coloniality and social injustice in higher education. The contributors’ use of Nancy Fraser’s theories provides their analyses and reflections with a particularly sharp lens and clear focus. The book also puts her work into conversation with other contemporary writers on social justice and explores the resonances and differentiations of the various approaches. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of social justice in education and educational policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151539

Nancy Spero Encounters An original and valuable intervention in the fast-growing field of feminist and new art histories Nancy Spero Encounters offers a sophisticated interpretation of the work of a highly original and under-represented woman artist. The study proposes a new model of comparatism within the field of visual studies mirroring and complementing Spero's dialogic manner of working. Basing her analyses on extensive research and multiple face-to-face interviews with the artist Joanna Walker examines how a selection of the artists and art forms Spero cited offer significant points of comparison with her work. Walker presents Spero's encounters with the art of Ana Mendieta; with the poetry of the American poet H.D.; with the dance of Isadora Duncan; and turning the lens back on Spero as subject with the portraits of the artist by Abe Frajndlich. Also included are transcripts of Walker's interviews with the artist and a listing of the books contained in Spero's personal library which informed her practice. Not only does this book cast well-deserved light on an artist who spent most of her career on the margins of the mainstream - it reverses genealogies and revises the traditional remit of the art historical monograph through both its structure and content. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268487

Nanking 1937Memory and Healing In recent years the international community has begun to scrutinize and in many cases condemn the atrocities that took place at Nanking in late 1937. This is all part of a larger worldwide movement in which both nations and multinational groups are attempting to reach closure regarding past atrocities and inhumanities. As represented by the contributors to this book these activities have an importance reaching far beyond aggressors or victims beyond admission or vindication but rather are a search for the common causes of all human atrocities and for solutions that would set humanity on a path toward a more peaceful and harmonious international community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702209

Nano- and Biocomposites Advanced polymer-based nanocomposite materials continue to become increasingly popular and important for a wide range of engineering applications as evidenced by continued government initiatives involving R&D and commercialization of these substances. In the race to exploit the unique mechanical thermal and electrical properties of nanocomposite materials researchers must also address new challenges to predict understand and manage the potentially adverse effects they could have on human lives and the environment. Nano- and Biocomposites focuses on the structural makeup of nanomaterials and their range of applications. It details the latest research in which biological applications of nanostructural resins have been conducted within in vitro and in vivo environments. Some of the applications explored in this book include: Tissue engineering and growth Mechanical and thermal stability enhancement of biocompatible polymers for artificial joints and scaffolding Thermal management for directed energy weapons deicing and electronics Structural performance for primary and secondary airframe structures jet engines Electrical conductivity for lightning-strike protection EMI ESD and energy storage Durability for chemical wear flame retardance permeability Health monitoring for NDE certification damage detection and long-term degradation This compilation of author contributions is divided into two sections—Nanostructured Polymer Composites and Nano-Bio Composites. It provides a basic understanding of nanomaterial and nanocomposite research to explain the fundamentals of how nanostructured fillers strengthen polymer-based materials. With an emphasis on how nano- and biocomposites are used to create new biomedical applications the text also focuses on the crucial yet often-ignored potential toxicity impact of using nanostructured materials. It presents important guidelines and new insights to stimulate investigation of anticipated research in this fascinating new field. Researchers scientists and academics will appreciate this cutting-edge exploration of nanomaterials biomaterials and the ever-evolving world of nano-biomaterials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112124

Nano- and Micro-Electromechanical SystemsFundamentals of Nano- and Microengineering Second Edition Society is approaching and advancing nano- and microtechnology from various angles of science and engineering. The need for further fundamental applied and experimental research is matched by the demand for quality references that capture the multidisciplinary and multifaceted nature of the science. Presenting cutting-edge information that is applicable to many fields Nano- and Micro-Electromechanical Systems: Fundamentals of Nano and Microengineering Second Edition builds the theoretical foundation for understanding modeling controlling simulating and designing nano- and microsystems. The book focuses on the fundamentals of nano- and microengineering and nano- and microtechnology. It emphasizes the multidisciplinary principles of NEMS and MEMS and practical applications of the basic theory in engineering practice and technology development. Significantly revised to reflect both fundamental and technological aspects this second edition introduces the concepts methods techniques and technologies needed to solve a wide variety of problems related to high-performance nano- and microsystems. The book is written in a textbook style and now includes homework problems examples and reference lists in every chapter as well as a separate solutions manual. It is designed to satisfy the growing demands of undergraduate and graduate students researchers and professionals in the fields of nano- and microengineering and to enable them to contribute to the nanotechnology revolution. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219288

Nano and Molecular Electronics Handbook There are fundamental and technological limits of conventional microfabrication and microelectronics. Scaling down conventional devices and attempts to develop novel topologies and architectures will soon be ineffective or unachievable at the device and system levels to ensure desired performance. Forward-looking experts continue to search for new paradigms to carry the field beyond the age of microelectronics and molecular electronics is one of the most promising candidates. The Nano and Molecular Electronics Handbook surveys the current state of this exciting emerging field and looks toward future developments and opportunities.Molecular and Nano Electronics ExplainedExplore the fundamentals of device physics synthesis and design of molecular processing platforms and molecular integrated circuits within three-dimensional topologies organizations and architectures as well as bottom-up fabrication utilizing quantum effects and unique phenomena.Technology in ProgressStay current with the latest results and practical solutions realized for nanoscale and molecular electronics as well as biomolecular electronics and memories. Learn design concepts device-level modeling simulation methods and fabrication technologies used for today's applications and beyond.Reports from the Front Lines of ResearchExpert innovators discuss the results of cutting-edge research and provide informed and insightful commentary on where this new paradigm will lead. The Nano and Molecular Electronics Handbook ranks among the most complete and authoritative guides to the past present and future of this revolutionary area of theory and technology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221670

Nano Dielectric Resonator Antennas for 5G Applications We are always surrounded by electromagnetic waves and fields of various spectra. This book explains basic electromagnetic theory with the help of design formulations i.e. mathematical background on antennas along with experimentations which has made this book unique. The main purpose of this book is to embed mathematical EM theory of dielectric resonator antennas with experimental validation so that understanding of concepts takes place. Initially basic understanding of philosophy of dielectric resonators has been discussed then it is supported with mathematical modeling and later same is implemented with its prototype model along with experimentations. The modes theory gives important analysis on currents distribution impedance analysis and radiation pattern in DRA. Circular polarization can built signal robustness case studies on circular polarization has been included. Equivalent RLC circuit concept has been introduced. Challenges of switching from microwave to terahertz has been briefly discussed. Nano DRA will revolutionize the wireless technology. Nano DRA Terahertz DRA and Quantum DRA have analyzed and studied. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367465339

Nano Meets MacroSocial Perspectives on Nanoscale Sciences and Technologies This book explores the enormous diversity in social perspectives on the emergence of nanoscale sciences and technologies. It points to four nodes of interest where nano meets macro: in the making in the public eye in the big questions and in the tough decisions. Each node draws attention to important lines of research and pertinent issues. The book is designed for interdisciplinary teaching but the richness of issues and perspectives makes it of interest to all researchers practitioners and non-academics wanting an introduction to social perspectives on nanoscale sciences and technologies. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429067150

Nanoaerosols Air Filtering and Respiratory ProtectionScience and Practice Recent toxicological studies show that nanoparticles released in technological processes and combustion processes outside industry can be dangerous for humans especially when entering the body through the mouth and nose. In connection with the above the use of adequately effective respiratory protection equipment is of great importance in prophylactic and preventive activities. The first part of Nanoaerosols Air Filtering and Respiratory Protection: Science and Practice refers to the general phenomena of filtration described on the basis of the authors’ own experience and international reports. The book also includes a description of the respiratory system and principles of its functioning and the accumulation of aerosol particles. It goes on to discuss technological innovations regarding the production of filtering materials for protection against nanoparticles and the latest test methods. Finally the book contains information about the proper selection and use of respiratory protective devices against airborne nanoparticles in the workplace and everyday life. Special attention is paid to proper fit procedures as well as use and maintenance activities of such devices. The content of the book with rich illustrative material has been presented so that it can be used by health and safety experts students as well as employers employees and private users of respiratory protective devices. "Through a comprehensive approach to the subject of the work the authors present theoretical foundations as well as practical solutions that are used in the research and development of personal respiratory protection. The complementarity of the information contained in the book will allow the reader to become familiar with a wide range of knowledge related to the design and manufacture as well as assessment of properties and procedures for the use of respiratory protection against the adverse effects of aerosols including air contaminated with nanoparticles and microparticles. In my opinion the book is a valuable part of the series Occupational Safety Health and Ergonomics: Theory and Practice published by Taylor & Francis." —Maciej Boguń ŁUKASIEWICZ – The Textile Research Institute Łódź Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367501044

NanoAgroceuticals & NanoPhytoChemicals This book volume encompasses the recent trends made in the applications of nanoscale tools for diverse constituents of plants and agriculture particularly in addressing the critical issues related to their safety efficacy and efficient and cost-efficient development and production. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815389774

NanoantennaPlasmon-Enhanced Spectroscopies for Biotechnological Applications This book concentrates on the various fields related to the development of a nanobiosensor and presents the latest information from renowned experts. It focuses on the enhanced spectroscopy including SERS SEIRA/SEIRS and near-field optics and the related physical processes (optical properties of metallic nanoparticles plasmon resonance field enhancement etc.). Some applications in the biological and medical field are presented to show the potential of such techniques as sensors if combined with functionalization. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303613

NanoBioEngineering The objective of this book is to provide the fundamental comprehension of a broad range of topics in an integrated volume such that readership hailing from diverse disciplines can rapidly acquire the necessary background for applying it in pertinent research and development field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815348351

NanoBioMaterials The present book volume presents a holistic view of the aspects of nanobiomaterials incl. their stellar merits and limitations applications in diverse fields their futuristic promise in the fields of biomedical science and drug delivery. The federal & regulatory issues on the usage of nanobiomaterials have been assigned due consideration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815399780

Nanobiomaterials Handbook Nanobiomaterials exhibit distinctive characteristics including mechanical electrical and optical properties which make them suitable for a variety of biological applications. Because of their versatility they are poised to play a central role in nanobiotechnology and make significant contributions to biomedical research and healthcare. Nanobiomaterials Handbook offers a broad introduction for those new to the subject and serves as a useful reference for advanced professionals. Analyzing major topics and disciplines in this arena this volume: Defines scope current status and future prospects of nanobiomaterials Surveys nanobiomaterials and examines various synthesis and processing techniques important for developing nanobiomaterials Explores the unique nanoscopic physicochemical properties of nanobiomaterials Discusses potential applications emphasizing unique challenges in the design fabrication and evaluation of biomaterials for a particular application or field Provides a detailed overview of the interactions between bionanomaterials/biological systems and the biocompatibility issues associated with bionanomaterials Advances in nanobiomaterials requires a multidisciplinary approach spanning major fields in physical and biological sciences engineering and medicine with considerable  collaboration between ethicists regulatory bodies and industry. This volume brings together the work of a team of world-renowned experts from various fields who discuss the vast potential for nanobiomaterials in a myriad of applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076525

NanobiomaterialsApplications in Drug Delivery This new volume focuses on the ever-growing and ever-sophisticated use of nanobiomaterials in drug delivery. There have been significant developments in the delivery of the active pharmaceutical ingredients to target sites thereby sparing the normal functioning biological systems from damage and this volume highlights some of the most important developments in the field. The book first provides an overview of nanobiomaterials and then goes on to report on new developments in drug delivery and nanotechnology nanobiomaterials as carriers in cancer therapy and the diverse uses of nanobiomaterials. Broken into sections the chapters cover: an overview of nanobiomaterials drug delivery and nanotechnology nanobiomaterials as carriers in cancer therapeutics diverse uses of nanobiomaterials This volume will be a valuable resource on drug delivery for pharmaceutical manufacturers healthcare personnel and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885911

NanobiomaterialsDevelopment and Applications There is a continuous exchange of ideas taking place at the border of the biological and physical sciences in many areas of nanoscience. Nanotechnology uses biomimetic or bio-inspired processes to produce nanosized materials for applications in biology and other fields. In return the fruits of nanotechnology are applied to expanding areas of biomedical and therapeutic processes such as new nanostructures and scaffolds for tissue engineering or targeted drug delivery. In this way nanobiotechnology serves as a bridge between nano and bio with nanoscale materials providing the building blocks for the construction of the "bridge." Nanobiomaterials: Development and Applications gives you a broad interdisciplinary view of current developments as well as new findings and applications in bionanomaterials. The book brings together the work of international contributors who are actively engaged at the forefront of research in their respective disciplines. Organized into four parts this book explores the preparation and characterization of nanomaterials new preparation routes of soft nanomaterials using biomolecules nano- and microscale hybridization of materials and nanotoxicity. The contributors cover a diverse set of topics including: Biomimetic synthesis Bioimaging and cancer diagnosis Photodynamic therapy Bioconjugated carbon nanotube DNA transfection and tumor targeting Magnetically induced hyperthermia Cytotoxity mechanisms and their potential use in therapy Virus-enabled manufacturing of functional nanomaterials Biocatalitic nanosystems and enzyme immobilization Tissue engineering The fabrication of hybrid microswimmers Bionanomaterial applications in environmental remediation Each chapter is richly illustrated and includes an extensive list of references to guide you toward further research. Combining bionanomaterial development and applications the book clearly demonstrates the importance of these materials to biotechnology biomedicine and environmental remediation. It offers an accessible overview for students industrial researchers pharmaceutical innovators medical and public health personnel environmental scientists and engineers and anyone interested in this interdisciplinary field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072589

NanobiophysicsFundamentals and Applications Nanobiophysics is a new branch of science that operates at the interface of physics biology chemistry material science nanotechnology and medicine. This book is the first one devoted to nanobiophysics and introduces this field with a focus on some selected topics related to the physics of biomolecular nanosystems including nucleosomal DNA and model lipid membranes nanobiohybrids involving DNA/RNA and single-walled carbon nanotubes biomolecules deposited on nanoparticles and nanostructured surfaces. It describes unique experimental physical methods that are used to study nanosized biostructures. It outlines the applied aspects of nanobiophysics considering the state of art in the fabrication of two types of sensors: gas sensors with a focus on breath gas detection and nanophotonic sensors with a focus on polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon detection in water samples. It also covers the development of nanoscale scaffolds for delivery of therapeutic nucleic acids to cells which is an important example of the possible application of nanobiophysics researches in nanomedicine. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613965

Nanobiotechnology and Nanobiosciences This volume introduces in a coherent and comprehensive fashion the Pan Stanford Series on Nanobiotechnology by defining and reviewing the major sectors of nanobiotechnology and nanobiosciences with respect to the most recent developments. It covers the basic principles and main applications of nanobiotechnology as an emerging field at the frontiers of biotechnology and nanotechnology with contributions from leading scientists active in their respective specialties. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429184543

Nanobiotechnology for Green Environment The book examines environmental issues and their solutions with advancements in biotechnology and nanotechnology. This book will focus on environmental friendly waste management wastewater treatment and utilization of wastes for energy. As humanity is struggling for clean air water and even contaminant free food our society must ponder the condition of environment. This book covers a variety of environmental issues and how they could be solved through innovations in science engineering and technology. The authors examine the use of biotechnological methods to remediate wastewater toxic organic compounds and sludge management problems. The topics include different research disciplines such as water and wastewater treatment solid waste management and utilization of wastes for energy. This book will be useful for researchers students scientists and academicians who are working in multidisciplinary areas like microbiology biotechnology nanotechnology to address environmental issues such as water and wastewater treatment solid waste management and energy resources. Nanobiotechnology for Green Environment covers a variety of environmental issues and how they could be solved through innovations in science engineering and technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367460686

Nanobiotechnology for Sensing ApplicationsFrom Lab to Field This book explores the potential of nanosystems as a multidisciplinary science with the aim of the design and development of smart sensing technologies using micro/nano electrodes and novel nanosensing material. It discusses their integration with MEMS miniaturized transduction systems novel sensing strategies and wearable sensors performing at POC for diagnostics and personalized health care monitoring. It presents basic concepts pertaining to nanobiosensor fabrication developments in the field of smart nanomaterials nano-enabling technologies micro-nano hybrind platforms and their applications in healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883283

Nanobiotechnology for Sustainable Bioenergy and Biofuel Production Nanobiotechnology for Sustainable Bioenergy and Biofuel Production provides insights into the most recent innovations trends concerns and challenges in the production of biofuels. This book highlights a number of key research topics and practical applications of modern nanomaterials and nanocomposite-driven enzyme biotechnology for biofuels production including the advances in the nanoscaffolds design (nanomaterials support) for immobilizing bioenergy producing enzymes (nanobiocatalyst system) the recent trends in biomass processing (untreated/treated agriculture and food waste grasses algal etc.) using advanced nanobiocatalysts for biofuels production and the scale-up study of bioenergy production using nanomaterials immobilized enzymes and biofuel harvesting using nanomaterials. At the outset of new nanobiotechnology applications in biofuel production there is a need for a new resource in the bioenergy field. This book delivers an overview of the contributions of biofuel production and the most up-to-date advances in nanobiotechnology to a diverse audience ranging from post-graduate students to researchers in biochemical engineering biotechnology bioremediation and environmental studies and pharmaceutical professionals. Key Features • Outlines the most recent nanobiotechnological advances in biofuels and bioenergy for biofuels productions • Covers biodiesel bioethanol biomethane biohydrogen biorefineries and biofuel harvesting using nanomaterials • Explains the scale-up nanobiotechnological study of biofuel production at the bioreactor level Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367085872

Nanobiotechnology in Energy Environment and ElectronicsMethods and Applications This book presents an overview of the current state of research in the field of nanotechnologies and biotechnologies for energy environment electronics and health as emerging from leading laboratories worldwide. It presents and describes in detail the recent research results in the most advanced nanobiotechnology-based methods and their possible applications to energy environment electronics and public health. The methods discussed in the book include anodic porous alumina nanotubes conductive polymers molecular dynamics innovative software nanomembranes lipases octopus rhodopsin chromosome translocation pulsed power nanotechnology megatechnologies mass spectrometry and protein array. The applications discussed include nanobioelectronics nanosensors nanodevices gas environment energy industrial biofermentation health vaccinology biodiesel production Earth’s interior and metals. The book focuses on an array of applications to highlight important aspects of this interdisciplinary approach underpinning the present challenges and showing the future potential solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463966

NanobiotechnologyConcepts and Applications in Health Agriculture and Environment This new book Nanobiotechnology: Concepts and Applications in Health Agriculture and Environment presents a broad conceptual overview regarding the synthesis applications and toxicological aspects of nanobiotechnology. It focuses on the entrance into and interaction of nanomaterials in the human body which has generated intense scientific curiosity attracting much attention as well as increasing concern from the nanomaterial-based industries and academia across the world. This book looks at the scientific aspects of nanomaterials used in many applications of biosciences taking an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses medicine biology pharmacy physics chemistry engineering nanotechnology and materials science. The volume covers the basics of nanosciences and nanotechnology; different schemes and routes of synthesis; and various biological applications including sensing medicine drug delivery systems and remediation. Further special chapters will be devoted to nanotoxicology and the developing risk factors associated with nanosized particles during use along with the ethical issues related to nanobiotechnology.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888240

NanobiotechnologyHuman Health and the Environment This book combines the contributions from the experts of material science molecular biology toxicology bio-organic and bio-inorganic chemistry toxicologists and environmental and food technology etc. to fathom the full scope of current and future of developments in the area of Nanobiotechnology. Provides brief overview of nanobiotechnology for general readers who are not familiar with the research fields and presents a strong overview of most of the critical areas in field This book can also be used as text book for graduate students as an essential reference material and as an reading material for general readers having a curiosity in Nanobiotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498721424

NanobrainThe Making of an Artificial Brain from a Time Crystal Making an artificial brain is not a part of artificial intelligence. It will be a revolutionary journey of mankind exploring a science where one cannot write an equation a material will vibrate like geometric shape and then those shapes will change to make decisions. Geometry of silence plays like a musical instrument to mimic a human brain; our thoughts imagination everything would be a 3D shape playing as music; composing music would be the brain’s singular job. For a century the Turing machine ruled human civilization; it was believed that irrespective of complexity all events add up linearly. This book is a thesis to explore the science of decision-making where events are 3D-geometric shapes events grow within and above never side by side. ​ The book documents inventions and discoveries in neuroscience computer science materials science mathematics and chemistry that explore the possibility of brain or universe as a time crystal. The philosophy of Turing the philosophy of membrane-based neuroscience and the philosophy of linear sequential thought process are challenged here by considering that a nested time crystal encompasses the entire conscious universe. Instead of an algorithm the pattern of maximum free will is generated mathematically and that very pattern is encoded in materials such that its natural vibration integrates random events exactly similar to the way nature does it in every remote corner of our universe. Find how an artificial brain avoids any necessity for algorithm or programming using the pattern of free will. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439875490

Nanocantilever BeamsModeling Fabrication and Applications This book focuses on the fabrication and applications of cantilever beams with nanoscale dimensions. Nanometer-size mechanical structures show exceptional properties generated by their reduced dimensions. These properties enable new sensing concepts and transduction mechanisms that will allow the enhancement of the performance of devices to their fundamental limits. A number of scientists are conducting research in the area of nanocantilever beams. The book will particularly benefit researchers and help them consolidate their background in the field. The book aims to be an excellent scientific reference for an audience with diverse backgrounds and interests including students academic researchers industry specialists policymakers and enthusiasts. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613231

Nanocarbon Electronics This book presents a comprehensive review of research on applications of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and graphene to electronic devices. As nanocarbons in general and CNTs and graphene in particular are becoming increasingly recognized as the most promising materials for future generations of electronic devices including transistors sensors and interconnects a knowledge gap still exists between the basic science of nanocarbons and their feasibility for cost-effective product manufacturing. The book highlights some of the issues surrounding this missing link by providing a detailed review of the nanostructure and electronic properties materials and device fabrication and of the structure–property–application relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877114

Nanocarriers for Brain TargetingPrinciples and Applications This new volume Nanocarriers for Brain Targeting: Principles and Applications covers recent research on brain physiology and the development of drug delivery systems. It explores a diverse variety of strategies that can be employed to achieve drug targeting to the brain. The nanocarriers that are discussed include nanoparticles vesicular carriers carriers having carbon as a core constituent dispersed systems and more. The inherent anatomy and physiology of the brain renders it different from other organs. The past few decades have witnessed significant research on brain ailments in response to a majority of hospitalizations that occur due to age-related central nervous system disorders. The prevalence of diverse diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease Parkinson’s disease amyotrophic lateral sclerosis multiple sclerosis HIV-dementia etc. affect about 1.5 billion people globally which is further anticipated to reach 1.9 billion by the year 2020. Nanocarriers for drug delivery to the brain are seen as one of the answers to this growing problem.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887304

NanocatalysisApplications and Technologies Synthesis and design of new nanocatalysts is an important area of research that aims to introduce multiple types of useful applications in a greener market. The necessity of nanostructuring the active sites has emerged as the key point in a successful design of the catalysts. The book covers the progress in this research area done in the last ten years. It includes the classification of catalysts and structure of active sites at the nanoscale. The book covers examples to present the concept evolution of nanocatalysts from the perspective of chemistry of materials and their applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138703797

NanoCellBiologyMultimodal Imaging in Biology and Medicine This book provides a comprehensive understanding of the discovery of a new cellular structure the "porosome " which is the universal secretory machinery in cells; the protein assembly biomineralization and biomolecular interactions; the molecular evolution of protein structure; the use of magnetic nanoparticles for transformative application in medicine and therapy and the new and novel imaging approach of electrical impedance spectroscopy in biology. It be used for college courses in nanomedicine nano cell biology advanced nanotechnology and biotechnology at the undergraduate and graduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411790

Nanocellulose and SustainabilityProduction Properties Applications and Case Studies Nanometre scale cellulose fibres or nanocellulose are emerging materials for various advanced applications. Nanocellulose and Sustainability: Production Properties Applications and Case Studies provides a comprehensive overview of nanocellulose production nanocellulose properties and nanocellulose in selected applications. This book serves as an entry level reference text for undergraduates graduate students researchers and professional engineers working in the area of nanocellulose and sustainability. Features: Summarises the surface and bulk properties of various types of nanocellulose Reviews the application of nanocellulose in water purification and optically transparent materials Provides an overview of nanocellulose as Pickering emulsifier binder for loose natural fibres to produce non-woven preforms as well as nanocellulose-based aerogels Presents a techno-economic analysis of industrial bacterial cellulose production Discusses the pilot scale production of cellulose nanocrystals Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367506728

Nano-CMOS Gate Dielectric Engineering According to Moore’s Law not only does the number of transistors in an integrated circuit double every two years but transistor size also decreases at a predictable rate. At the rate we are going the downsizing of CMOS transistors will reach the deca-nanometer scale by 2020. Accordingly the gate dielectric thickness will be shrunk to less than half-nanometer oxide equivalent thickness (EOT) to maintain proper operation of the transistors leaving high-k materials as the only viable solution for such small-scale EOT. This comprehensive up-to-date text covering the physics materials devices and fabrication processes for high-k gate dielectric materials Nano-CMOS Gate Dielectric Engineering systematically describes how the fundamental electronic structures and other material properties of the transition metals and rare earth metals affect the electrical properties of the dielectric films the dielectric/silicon and the dielectric/metal gate interfaces and the resulting device properties. Specific topics include the problems and solutions encountered with high-k material thermal stability defect density and poor initial interface with silicon substrate. The text also addresses the essence of thin film deposition etching and process integration of high-k materials in an actual CMOS process. Fascinating in both content and approach Nano-CMOS Gate Dielectric Engineering explains all of the necessary physics in a highly readable manner and supplements this with numerous intuitive illustrations and tables. Covering almost every aspect of high-k gate dielectric engineering for nano-CMOS technology this is a perfect reference book for graduate students needing a better understanding of developing technology as well as researchers and engineers needing to get ahead in microelectronic engineering and materials science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439849590

Nanocomposite Ceramic and Thin Film Scintillators The literature so far has reviewed only single-crystal and up to some extent optical ceramic scintillators. This book introduces and describes in detail the research and development in thin film scintillators glass ceramics as well as nanocomposite and optical ceramics prepared by spark plasma sintering. It also features example of an in-depth study of a ZnO-based powder phosphor material. Both technology description and various characterization aspects are provided together with application hints. No other book has been published so far that includes and reviews the scintillator materials covered in this book with their specific technologies. Moreover technological description is merged with detailed characterization and the application potential is discussed as well. This book is intended for a wide audience including postgraduate and PhD students and scientists working in the field of scintillators and phosphors. The extended introductory text which has a textbook character will be of immense benefit to students and non-specialists too. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745222

Nanocomposite MaterialsSynthesis Properties and Applications This book provides a comprehensive collection of the latest information on nanomaterials and nanocomposites. It covers material synthesis processing structure characterization properties and applications. It presents a coherent treatment of how composite properties depend on nanostructure and covers cutting-edge topics like bionanocomposites for sustainable development. This book summarizes many developments in the field making it an ideal resource for researchers from industry academia government and private research institutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870805

Nanocomposite Membrane TechnologyFundamentals and Applications Nanocomposite Membrane Technology: Fundamentals and Applications is the first book to deliver an extensive exploration of nanocomposite membrane technology. This groundbreaking text offers an eloquent introduction to the field as well as a comprehensive overview of fundamental aspects and application areas. Approaching the subject from the materials point of view this book: Discusses the history synthesis and characterization of nanocomposite membranes Examines water treatment gas separation and biomedical applications Addresses health environmental safety and societal implications Considers processing challenges including scalability issues Provides case studies of real-world implementations Nanocomposite Membrane Technology: Fundamentals and Applications covers each topic with enough clarity and detail to be a valuable source of information for beginners and experts alike. Thus this book is the guide of choice for scientists and engineers in both industry and academia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749122

Nanocomposite Particles for Bio-ApplicationsMaterials and Bio-Interfaces This book provides a concise state of the art of the synthesis and properties of nanocomposite particles with interest for diverse bio-applications. Contributions are mainly related to the chemical design of nanocomposite particles their properties as well as their constituent materials and the tailoring of bio-interfaces that may be relevant to the fields of clinical diagnosis and drug delivery procedures among other bio-applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267786

Nanocomposite Sorbents for Multiple Applications This book presents the first ever comprehensive survey of a new family of nanocomposite sorbents “salt in porous matrix” (CSPMs). These composites have recently been developed for selective sorption of water alcohols ammonia and carbon dioxide. They owe their origin to the catchy idea of target-oriented tailoring of materials with predetermined adsorption properties harmonized with a particular adsorption process.The book develops the concept of target-oriented synthesis and suggests tools for tailoring new adsorbent materials adapted to multiple practical applications. It describes properties of approximately 50 new CSPMs of water alcohols ammonia and carbon dioxide including the data obtained in the author’s laboratory and literature available by the end of 2018. These data can be used for engineering calculations and analysis of practical applications. The book also discusses potential applications of these sorbents for storage and transformation of low-temperature heat gas drying maintenance of relative humidity in museums and regeneration of heat and moisture in ventilation systems. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267502

Nanocomposites for Pollution Control Nanocomposites present outstanding mechanical properties and compatibility owing to their composite matrix and unique physical and chemical composition provided by large surface-area-to-volume ratios and high interfacial reactivity. Freedom to functionalize nanocomposites with various chemical groups increases their affinity toward target pollutants which is highly desirable for the selective extraction of target analytes in complex environmental matrixes. This book presents the recent progress in the field of nanocomposites and their properties fabrication methods and applications for pollution control and sensing. It discusses the advances in pollution control techniques made possible because of nanocomposites and focuses on environment-friendly and efficient approaches. The text also covers economic toxicological and regulatory issues and research trends. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774451

Nanocomposites in Electrochemical Sensors Nanotechnology has become one of the most important fields in science. Nanoparticles exhibit unique chemical physical and electronic properties that are different from those of bulk materials due to their small size and better architecture. Nanoparticles can be used to construct novel sensing devices; in particular electrochemical sensors. Electrochemical detection is highly attractive for the monitoring of glucose cancer cells cholesterol and infectious diseases. Unique nanocomposite-based films proposed in this book open new doors to the design and fabrication of high-performance electrochemical sensors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367887445

Nanocomposites in Wastewater Treatment Nanocomposites have better adsorption capacity selectivity and stability than nanoparticles. Therefore they find diversified applications in many areas. Recently various methods for heavy metal detection from water have been extensively studied. The adsorption of various pollutants such as heavy metal ions and dyes from the contaminated water with the help of nanocomposites has attracted significant attention. This book presents a comprehensive discussion on wastewater research. It covers a vast background of the recent literature. It describes the applications of nanocomposites in various areas including environmental science. Particularly it is highly useful to researchers involved in the environmental and water research on nanocomposites and their applications. The book covers a broad research area of chemistry physics materials science polymer science and engineering and nanotechnology to present an interdisciplinary approach and also throws light on the recent advances in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463546

NanocomputingComputational Physics for Nanoscience and Nanotechnology This book provides a comprehensive overview of the computational physics for nanoscience and nanotechnology. Based on MATLAB and the C++ distributed computing paradigm the book gives instructive explanations of the underlying physics for mesoscopic systems with many listed programs that readily compute physical properties into nanoscales. Many generated graphical pictures demonstrate not only the principles of physics but also the methodology of computing. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9781315272887

Nanoconjugate Nanocarriers for Drug Delivery This new volume presents a plethora of new research on the use of nanoconjugate nanocarriers in drug delivery. Nanotechnology as drug carriers has been observed to increase the level of sophistication through a variety of ways. It helps to alleviate some of the pitfalls of conventional dosage forms such as few pitfalls such as non-specific drug delivery dose dumping poor patient compliance toxicities linked with higher doses etc. With chapters from highly skilled experienced and renowned scientists and researchers Nanoconjugate Nanocarriers for Drug Delivery is divided into four sections providing an introduction to nanocarriers for drug delivery physicochemical features of nanocarriers and specific applications dealing with drug delivery in particular. The materials used as well as formulation and characterization have been discussed in detail. The nanocarriers covered in the book include nanoparticles vesicular carriers carriers having carbon as the core constituent dispersed systems etc. The book also delves into the interaction and associations between drug delivery research and its therapeutic applications in practice. The book integrates a wide variety of case studies research and theories in an attempt to reveal the diversity and capture the novel approaches of nanoconjugate nanocarriers for drug delivery employed by developers and content experts in the field. This timely publication will be an essential reference and current awareness source building on the available literature in the field of pharmacy and biomedical science while also providing ideas for further research opportunities in this dynamic field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886772

Nanocrystal Quantum Dots A review of recent advancements in colloidal nanocrystals and quantum-confined nanostructures Nanocrystal Quantum Dots is the second edition of Semiconductor and Metal Nanocrystals: Synthesis and Electronic and Optical Properties originally published in 2003. This new title reflects the book’s altered focus on semiconductor nanocrystals. Gathering contributions from leading researchers this book contains new chapters on carrier multiplication (generation of multiexcitons by single photons) doping of semiconductor nanocrystals and applications of nanocrystals in biology. Other updates include: New insights regarding the underlying mechanisms supporting colloidal nanocrystal growth A revised general overview of multiexciton phenomena including spectral and dynamical signatures of multiexcitons in transient absorption and photoluminescence Analysis of nanocrystal-specific features of multiexciton recombination A review of the status of new field of carrier multiplication Expanded coverage of theory covering the regime of high-charge densities New results on quantum dots of lead chalcogenides with a focus studies of carrier multiplication and the latest results regarding Schottky junction solar cells Presents useful examples to illustrate applications of nanocrystals in biological labeling imaging and diagnostics The book also includes a review of recent progress made in biological applications of colloidal nanocrystals as well as a comparative analysis of the advantages and limitations of techniques for preparing biocompatible quantum dots. The authors summarize the latest developments in the synthesis and understanding of magnetically doped semiconductor nanocrystals and they present a detailed discussion of issues related to the synthesis magneto-optics and photoluminescence of doped colloidal nanocrystals as well. A valuable addition to the pantheon of literature in the field of nanoscience this book presents pioneering research from experts whose work has led to the numerous advances of the past several years. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218632

Nanocrystals in Nonvolatile Memory In recent years utilization of the abundant advantages of quantum physics quantum dots quantum wires quantum wells and nanocrystals has attracted considerable scientific attention in the field of nonvolatile memory. Nanocrystals are the driving element that have brought the nonvolatile flash memory technology to a distinguished height. However new approaches are still required to strengthen this technology for future applications. This book details the methods of fabrication of nanocrystals and their application in baseline nonvolatile memory and emerging nonvolatile memory technologies. The chapters have been written by renowned experts of the field and will provide an in-depth understanding of these technologies. The book is a valuable tool for research and development sectors associated with electronics semiconductors nanotechnology material sciences solid state memories and electronic devices. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774734

Nanodevices for Photonics and ElectronicsAdvances and Applications Photonics and electronics are endlessly converging into a single technology by exploiting the possibilities created by nanostructuring of materials and devices. It is expected that next-generation optoelectronic devices will show great improvements in terms of performance flexibility and energy consumption: the main limits of nanoelectronics will be overcome by using a photonics approach while nanophotonics will become a mature technology thanks to miniaturization strategies developed in microelectronics. Mastering such a complex subject requires a multidisciplinary approach and a solid knowledge of several topics. This book gives a broad overview of recent advances in several topical aspects of nanophotonics and nanoelectronics keeping an eye on real applications of such technologies and focuses on the possibilities created by advanced photon management strategies in optoelectronic devices. Starting from pure photonic systems the book provides several examples in which the interaction between photonics and electronics is exploited to achieve faster compact and more efficient devices. A large number of figures and tables also support each chapter. This book constitutes a valuable resource for researchers engineers and professionals working on the development of optoelectronics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613743

Nanodispersions for Drug Delivery This volume addresses efforts to overcome the shortcomings of conventional dosage forms by exploiting the principles of nanoscience to deliver drugs for medical treatment. Nanodispersions are an important aspect because they possess globules/particles in sizes usually below 1000 nm in which the drug is dispersed in a continuous medium employing surface-active agents as stabilizers. With chapters written by experienced scientists and researchers in the field this volume provides an abundance of information on various aspects of nanodispersions for drug delivery. The book is divided into several sections: nanoemulsions nanosuspensions and diverse dispersed systems. The chapters detail what nanodispersions have demonstrated in the past and what they are expoected to continue to do in the future as the technology further evolves. Key features: • Provides an overview of nanoemulsions for drug delivery • Introduces the general principles classification and methods of preparation of nanoemulsion-based drug delivery systems • Presents information relevant to specific routes of applications of nanoemulsions • Looks at the various aspects of nanosuspensions including their formulation components preparation methods unique features methods of characterization and applications in various routes of administration • Explores nanomicellar approaches for drug delivery • Discusses the preparation applications and clinical considerations of nanogels for drug delivery Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887014

Nanoelectrochemistry Nanoscale electrochemistry has revolutionized electrochemical research and technologies and has made broad impacts in other fields including nanotechnology and nanoscience biology and materials chemistry. Nanoelectrochemistry examines well-established concepts and principles and provides an updated overview of the field and its applications. This book covers three integral aspects of nanoelectrochemistry. The first two chapters contain theoretical background which is essential for everyone working in the field—specifically theories of electron transfer transport and double-layer processes at nanoscale electrochemical interfaces. The next chapters are dedicated to the electrochemical studies of nanomaterials and nanosystems as well as the development and applications of nanoelectrochemical techniques. Each chapter is self-contained and can be read independently to provide readers with a compact up-to-date critical review of the subfield of interest. At the same time the presented collection of chapters serves as a serious introduction to nanoelectrochemistry for graduate students or scientists who wish to enter this emerging field. The applications discussed range from studies of biological systems to nanoparticles and from electrocatalysis to molecular electronics nanopores and membranes. The book demonstrates how electrochemistry has contributed to the advancement of nanotechnology and nanoscience. It also explores how electrochemistry has transformed itself by leading to the discovery of new phenomena enabling unprecedented electrochemical measurements and creating novel electrochemical systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466561199

Nanoelectromechanics in Engineering and Biology The success growth and virtually limitless applications of nanotechnology depend upon our ability to manipulate nanoscale objects which in turn depends upon developing new insights into the interactions of electric fields nanoparticles and the molecules that surround them. In the first book to unite and directly address particle electrokinetics and nanotechnology Nanoelectromechanics in Engineering and Biology provides a thorough grounding in the phenomena associated with nanoscale particle manipulation. The author delivers a wealth of application and background knowledge from using electric fields for particle sorting in lab-on-a-chip devices to electrode fabrication electric field simulation and computer analysis. It also explores how electromechanics can be applied to sorting DNA molecules examining viruses constructing electronic devices with carbon nanotubes and actuating nanoscale electric motors. The field of nanotechnology is inherently multidisciplinary-in its principles in its techniques and in its applications-and meeting its current and future challenges will require the kind of approach reflected in this book. Unmatched in its scope Nanoelectromechanics in Engineering and Biology offers an outstanding opportunity for people in all areas of research and technology to explore the use and precise manipulation of nanoscale structures. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219202

Nanoelectronic Device Applications Handbook Nanoelectronic Device Applications Handbook gives a comprehensive snapshot of the state of the art in nanodevices for nanoelectronics applications. Combining breadth and depth the book includes 68 chapters on topics that range from nano-scaled complementary metal–oxide–semiconductor (CMOS) devices through recent developments in nano capacitors and AlGaAs/GaAs devices. The contributors are world-renowned experts from academia and industry from around the globe. The handbook explores current research into potentially disruptive technologies for a post-CMOS world. These include: Nanoscale advances in current MOSFET/CMOS technology Nano capacitors for applications such as electronics packaging and humidity sensors Single electron transistors and other electron tunneling devices Quantum cellular automata and nanomagnetic logic Memristors as switching devices and for memory Graphene preparation properties and devices Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) both single CNT and random network Other CNT applications such as terahertz sensors interconnects and capacitors Nano system architectures for reliability Nanowire device fabrication and applications Nanowire transistors Nanodevices for spintronics The book closes with a call for a new generation of simulation tools to handle nanoscale mechanisms in realistic nanodevice geometries. This timely handbook offers a wealth of insights into the application of nanoelectronics. It is an invaluable reference and source of ideas for anyone working in the rapidly expanding field of nanoelectronics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072596

Nanoelectronic Devices This book provides readers with the knowledge in fundamentals of nanoelectronic devicesThe authors build the principles of nanoelectronic devices based on those of microelectronic devices wherever possible and introduce the inherently nanoelectronic principles gradually. They start a brief review of quantum mechanics and solid-state physics that can form the basis of semiconductor device physics. The book also covers the basics of electron transport and p–n junctions develops the operations of MOS capacitors and MOSFETs and introduces some basic CMOS circuits. The last chapter is devoted to the nano-biotechnology application of field-effect transistors. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364003

NanoelectronicsQuantum Engineering of Low-Dimensional Nanoensembles Brings the Band Structure of Carbon-Based Devices into the LimelightA shift to carbon is positioning biology as a process of synthesis in mainstream engineering. Silicon is quickly being replaced with carbon-based electronics devices are being reduced down to nanometer scale and further potential applications are being considered. While traditionally engineers are trained by way of physics chemistry and mathematics Nanoelectronics: Quantum Engineering of Low-Dimensional Nanoensembles establishes biology as an essential basic science for engineers to explore. Unifies Science and Engineering: from Quantum Physics to NanoengineeringDrawing heavily on published papers by the author this research-driven text offers a complete review of nanoelectronic transport starting from quantum waves to ohmic and ballistic conduction and saturation-limited extreme nonequilibrium conditions. In addition it highlights a new paradigm using non-equilibrium Arora’s Distribution Function (NEADF) and establishes this function as the starting point (from band theory to equilibrium to extreme nonequilibrium carrier statistics). The author focuses on nano-electronic device design and development including carbon-based devices and provides you with a vantage point for the global outlook on the future of nanoelectronics devices and ULSI.Encompassing ten chapters this illuminating text:Converts the electric-field response of drift velocity into current–voltage relationships that are driven by the presence of critical voltage and saturation current arising from the unidirectional drift of carriers Applies the effect of these scaled-down dimensions to nano-MOSFET (metal–oxide–semiconductor field-effect transistor)Considers specialized applications that can be tried through a number of suggested projects that are all feasible with MATLAB® codesNanoelectronics: Quantum Engineering of Low-Dimensional Nanoensembles contains the latest research in nanoelectronics identifies problems and other factors to consider when it comes to nanolayer design and application and ponders future trends.Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575922

Nano-Enabled Medical Applications This book is the second in a series presenting articles that received the most citations in recent years in nanomedicine. The series is edited by a prominent nanotechnology researcher and editor-in-chief of Precision Nanomedicine. The theme of the second volume is about nano-enabled medical applications. The 19 articles collected here have already acquired more than 12 500 citations highlighting the importance and professional recognition of the work of these scientists in nanomedicine. The content includes the general overview of the field and a wide variety of applications that have been impossible without nanoscience and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800327

Nanoengineering Quantum Science and Nanotechnology Handbook Nanoengineering Quantum Sciences and Nanotechnology Handbook provides a consistent coverage to a broad spectrum of issues in nanoscale electronics energy sources and materials. Basic fundamentals recent innovations novel solutions emerging technologies far-reaching developments and new paradigms are covered in the book. The Handbook’s chapters document practical solutions with applications. The contributed chapters focus on balanced coverage on technology frontiers envisioned innovations and discoveries with substantiation and justifications towards technology developments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367197513

Nanoengineering of Structural Functional and Smart Materials In chapters contributed by 24 university & government laboratories Nanoengineering of Structural Functional and Smart Materials combines wide-ranging research aimed at the development of multifunctional materials that are strong lightweight and versatile. This book explores promising and diverse approaches to the design of nanoscale materials and presents concepts that integrate mechanical electrical electrochemical polarization optical thermal and biomimetic functions with nanoscale materials to support the development of polymer composites thin films fibers pultruded materials and smart materials having a superior combination of properties. Interrelating the many different aspects of nanoscience vital to developing new material systems this book is organized into three parts that cover the major areas of focus: synthesis manufacturing techniques and modeling. The book defines functional materials and discusses techniques designed to improve material properties durability multifunctionality and adaptability. It also examines sensors and actuators fabricated from nanostructured microdevices for structural health and performance monitoring. Shifting its focus to nanomechanics and the modeling of nanoscale particles the book discusses vibration properties thin films and pulse laser deposition low cost manufacturing of ceramic composites hybrid nanocomposites and various types of nanotubes. The book combines atomistic modeling with molecular dynamics simulations to clarify design considerations and discusses coupling between atomistic models and classical continuum mechanics models. The authors also advocate the current and potential development of commercial applications such as nanocoatings to create “artificial skin” and functionalized nanotubes used to enhance the properties of composite materials. Nanoengineering of Structural Functional and Smart Materials provides an overview of current trends and cutti Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392185

Nanofabrication by Ion-Beam SputteringFundamentals and Applications Considerable attention has been paid to ion beam sputtering as an effective way to fabricate self-organized nano-patterns on various substrates. The significance of this method for patterning surfaces is that the technique is fast simple and less expensive. The possibility to create patterns on very large areas at once makes it even more attractive. This book reviews various fascinating results understand the underlying physics of ion induced pattern formation to highlight the potential applications of the patterned surfaces and to explore the patterning behavior by different irradiation parameters in order to create desired surface morphologies on specific materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303750

Nanofabrication Handbook While many books are dedicated to individual aspects of nanofabrication there is no single source that defines and explains the total vision of the field. Filling this gap Nanofabrication Handbook presents a unique collection of new and the most important established approaches to nanofabrication. Contributors from leading research facilities and academic institutions around the world define subfields offer practical instructions and examples and pave the way for future research.Helping readers to select the proper fabricating technique for their experiments the book provides a broad vision of the most critical problems and explains how to solve them. It includes basic definitions and introduces the main underlying concepts of nanofabrication. The book also discusses the major advantages and disadvantages of each approach and offers a wide variety of examples of cutting-edge applications.Each chapter focuses on a particular method or aspect of study. For every method the contributors describe the underlying theoretical basis resolution patterns and substrates used and applications. They show how applications at the nanoscale require a different process and understanding than those at the microscale. For each experiment they elucidate key solutions to problems relating to materials methods and surface considerations.A complete resource for this rapidly emerging interdisciplinary field this handbook provides practical information for planning the experiments of any project that employs nanofabrication techniques. It gives readers a foundation to enter the complex world of nanofabrication and inspires the scientific community at large to push the limits of nanometer resolution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381653

NanofabricationPrinciples to Laboratory Practice This book is designed to introduce typical cleanroom processes techniques and their fundamental principles. It is written for the practicing scientist or engineer with a focus on being able to transition the information from the book to the laboratory. Basic theory such as electromagnetics and electrochemistry is described in as much depth as necessary to understand and explain the current practice and their limitations. Examples from various areas of interest will be covered such as the fabrication of photonic devices including photo detectors waveguides and optical coatings which are not commonly found in other fabrication texts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367873196

Nanofiber Membranes for Medical Environmental and Energy Applications This book focuses on the nanofiber membrane’s fabrication characterization and performance for medical environment and energy applications. Topics include polymer inorganic and composite-form nanofiber membrane materials. Top Research teams from varied disciplines and continents outline applied  nanofiber membrane fabrication techniques and characterizations. Promising nanofiber membranes for improving and enhancing technologies used in drug delivery wound healing tissue engineering water and wastewater treatment and purification gas separation and purification air purification and fuel cells are discussed along with the likely path forward for commercial usage. Key Features: Shares the most recent discovery solutions from experts all over the globe for the numerous problems in medical environmental and energy applications. Provides a holistic cycle of nanofiber membrane development which comprehensively discusses the membrane preparation characterizations performance and the way forward for a specific process and application. Explains the mechanism of separation and purification. Focuses on the nanofiber membrane’s fabrication characterizations and performance in various scenarios and commercial applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815387039

Nanofibers of Conjugated Polymers Conjugated polymer composites with high dielectric constants are being developed by the electronics industry in response to the need for power-grounded decoupling to secure the integrity of high-speed signals and to reduce electromagnetic interference. Electrically conducting polymers are materials that simultaneously possess the physical and chemical properties of organic polymers and the electronic characteristics of metals. Multifunctional micro- and nanostructures of conjugated polymers such as of pyrrole have received great attention in recent years because they can polymerize easily and have high conductivity and good thermal stability. They however have some disadvantages such as brittleness and hard processability which can be overcome by developing their nanocomposites. Nanofiber materials with different dielectric properties can be made from conjugated polymer composites and used in the electronics industry in sensors and batteries for electrical stimulation to enhance nerve-regeneration process and for constructing scaffolds for nerve tissue engineering. Electrospinning is a versatile technique that is used to produce ultrathin continuous fibers with high surface-to-volume and aspect ratios from a variety of materials including polymers composites and ceramics. Conductive materials in fibrillar shape may be advantageous compared with films because of their inherent properties such as anisotropy high surface area and mechanical strength. They are of particular interest in electroactive composites as they can be efficiently distributed in an insulating polymer matrix to improve both electrical and mechanical properties. Combination of electrical properties with good mechanical performance is of particular interest in electroactive polymer technology. This book covers the general aspects of electrospinning and discusses the fundamental concepts that can be used to produce nanofibers with the help of mathematical models and equations. It also details the methods through which different polymeric structures can be included in conjugated polymers during electrospinning to form composites or blends of conjugated polymer nanofibers. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613514

Nanofiltration MembranesSynthesis Characterization and Applications Covering fabrication characterization and applications nanofiltration (NF) membranes this book provides a comprehensive overview of the development of NF membrane technology over the past decade. It uniquely covers a variety of fabrication techniques comparing the procedures of each technique to produce polymeric membranes of different morphologies. The book also discusses advances in the materials used in thin film composite (TFC) polyamide membrane fabrication and their influences on properties with respect to structural and separation characteristics. A comprehensive review on NF characterization methods and techniques is provided assessing physical and chemical properties and separation characteristics and stability. Technical challenges in fabricating a new generation of NF membranes are also reviewed and the possible approaches to overcome the challenges are provided. The book concludes with relevant case studies on the use of NF membranes in industrial implementation of both aqueous and nonaqueous media.Details the latest progress on the fabrication techniques of asymmetric and composite NF membranes.Discusses characterization methods used in assessing membrane physical/chemical properties separation characteristics and performance stability. Describes the potential of advanced materials in improving properties of polyamide selective layer as well as microporous substrate.Reviews the technical challenges in fabricating a new generation of composite membrane—thin film nanocomposite (TFN) membrane—possible approaches to overcome challenges.Offers case studies on the applications of NF membranes for both aqueous and nonaqueous media. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875770

Nanofinishing Science and TechnologyBasic and Advanced Finishing and Polishing Processes Finishing is the final operation after a part is sized and shaped. Currently in high tech industries there is a demand for nano level surface finishing of components. This process is done to improve the surface finish to remove the recast layer or to remove surface and sub-surface defects. The result is low friction longer product life and low power requirements. Equally important is the aesthetic aspect of the product. This subject is growing very fast from the technology as well as a science point of view. Books on this subject are very limited particularly those ones that deal with both the science as well as the technology aspects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875213

NanofluidicsAn Introduction This book provides an introduction to nanofluidics in a simple manner and can be easily followed by senior undergraduate students graduate students and other researchers who have some background in fluid mechanics. The book covers the main topics about the fundamentals of nanofluidics and how it differs from classic fluid mechanics. It also describes the methodologies of nanofluidics including numerical approaches e.g. molecular dynamics simulation and experimental techniques. Fundamental physics and new phenomena in nanofluidics are the major concerns of this book. The author goes on to discuss nanocofinements and the parameters that affect the fluid dynamics at the nanoscale and make flow analysis complex. These parameters accommodate rich new flow phenomena that may not be observed at the macro- and microscale. Although not all of the new phenomena will find widespread applications the physics underlying these new phenomena may offer insights for other fields. This is one of the reasons why this book emphasizes the mechanisms of various flow fashions.  Explores the unique characteristics of nanoscale flows and related properties Reviews the latest research of nanoscale ion transport and its applications Discusses the fluid flows in nanoconfinements in a unique manner based on the author's original research Incorporates important applications of nanofluidics throughout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035515

Nanofluids and Their Engineering Applications Nanofluids are solid-liquid composite material consisting of solid nanoparticles suspended in liquid with enhanced thermal properties. This book introduces basic fluid mechanics conduction and convection in fluids along with nanomaterials for nanofluids property characterization and outline applications of nanofluids in solar technology machining and other special applications. Recent experiments on nanofluids have indicated significant increase in thermal conductivity compared with liquids without nanoparticles or larger particles strong temperature dependence of thermal conductivity and significant increase in critical heat flux in boiling heat transfer all of which are covered in the book. Key Features Exclusive title focusing on niche engineering applications of nanofluids Contains high technical content especially in the areas of magnetic nanofluids and dilute oxide based nanofluids Feature examples from research applications such as solar technology and heat pipes Addresses heat transfer and thermodynamic features such as efficiency and work with mathematical rigor Focused in content with precise technical definitions and treatment Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138605268

Nanohybrids in Environmental & Biomedical Applications Heterostructured nanoparticles have the capability for a broad range of novel and enhanced properties which leads to appealing biomedical and environmental applications. This timely new book addresses the design and preparation of multiphase nanomaterials with desired size shape phase composition and crystallinity as well as their current applications. It emphasizes key examples to motivate deeper studies including nanomaterial-based hyperthermia treatment of cancer nanohybrids for water purification nanostructures used in the removal or detection of bioagents from waste water and so on. Features  Presents state of the art research on heterostructured nanomaterials from their synthesis and physiochemical properties to current environmental and biological applications. Includes details on toxicity and risk assessment of multifunctional nanomaterials. Discusses recent developments and utilization in healthcare by leading experts. Introduces the main features of functionalization of nanomaterials in terms of desired size shape phase composition surface functionalization/coating toxicity and geometry. Emphasizes practical applications in the environmental and biomedical sectors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815367628

Nanoimaging This book covers cutting-edge research on the use of nanoparticles for in vivo diagnostic medical imaging and therapy. It discusses a variety of nanoparticles including quantum dots carbon nanotubes dendrimers gold nanoshells metal nanorods micelles liposomes polymers MRI iron oxide particles and microbubbles. Examples in the book include multifunctional nanoparticles that are designed for multimodality imaging and simultaneous diagnostic and therapy (theranostic) applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267090

Nanoimprint BiosensorsThe Fusion of Nanofabrication Nanophotonics and Nanobiology This book starts with an overview and introduction on the trends in nanofabrication and nanoimprint technology followed by a detailed discussion on the design fabrication and evaluation of nanoimprint biosensors. The proto-model systems and some application examples of this sensor are also included in the chapters. The book will appeal to anyone in the field of nanotechnology especially nanofabrication nanophotonics and nanobiology or biosensor research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316675

Nanoimprinting and its Applications Nanoimprinting has grown rapidly since it was proposed in 1995 by Prof. Chou. Now machines resins and molds for nanoimprinting are commercially available worldwide. The application fields of nanoimprinting are expanding to not only electronics but also optics biology and energy because nanoimprinting is a simple and convenient method for nanofabrication and some devices are now being mass-produced. In the near future the application of nanoimprinting in display and semiconductor fields is expected. This book explains the fundamentals of nanoimprinting in terms of materials processes and machines. It also describes the applications of nanoimprinting in optics biology energy and electronics. In addition it includes as many practical examples of nanoimprinting as possible. The fundamentals will help advanced undergraduate and graduate students understand nanoimprinting. The examples will be useful for both researchers working in nanoimprinting for the first time and engineers involved in research and development of various devices using nanostructures. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800372

Nanoindentation of Brittle Solids Understanding the Basics of Nanoindentation and Why It Is Important Contact damage induced brittle fracture is a common problem in the field of brittle solids. In the case of both glass and ceramics—and as it relates to both natural and artificial bio-materials—it has triggered the need for improved fabrication technology and new product development in the industry. The Nanoindentation Technique Is Especially Dedicated to Brittle Materials Nanoindentation of Brittle Solids highlights the science and technology of nanoindentation related to brittle materials and considers the applicability of the nanoindentation technique. This book provides a thorough understanding of basic contact induced deformation mechanisms damage initiation and growth mechanisms. Starting from the basics of contact mechanics and nanoindentation it considers contact mechanics addresses contact issues in brittle solids and explores the concepts of hardness and elastic modulus of a material. It examines a variety of brittle solids and deciphers the physics of deformation and fracture at scale lengths compatible with the microstructural unit block. Discusses nanoindentation data analysis methods and various nanoindentation techniques Includes nanoindentation results from the authors’ recent research on natural biomaterials like tooth bone and fish scale materials Considers the nanoindentation response if contact is made too quickly in glass Explores energy issues related to the nanoindentation of glass Describes the nanoindentation response of a coarse grain alumina Examines nanoindentation on microplasma sprayed hydroxyapatite coatings Nanoindentation of Brittle Solids provides a brief history of indentation and explores the science and technology of nanoindentation related to brittle materials. It also offers an in-depth discussion of indentation size effect; the evolution of shear induced deformation during indentation and scratches and includes a collection of related research works. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076532

Nanoindentation of Natural MaterialsHierarchical and Functionally Graded Microstructures Nanoindentation of Natural Materials: Hierarchical and Functionally Graded Microstructures provides a systematic introduction and review of state-of-the-art statistical hierarchical and functionally graded structures found in bone teeth hair and scales from a nanoindentation perspective including detailed microstructure and composition. It covers the basics of hierarchical and functionally graded structures and nanoindentation techniques and detailed discussion with correlation micro/nano mechanical-structures The book includes practical issues backed with experimental data Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498784054

Nanomagnetic Actuation in BiomedicineBasic Principles and Applications The manipulation and control of cells and sub-cellular structures through magnetic nanoparticle-based actuation is a relatively new technique that has led to novel and exciting biomedical applications. Nanomagnetic actuation is being used in laboratory studies of stem cells to determine how these mechanical cues can be used to control stem cell differentiation for regenerative medicine applications. This book explores this rapidly expanding field. It will interest industry bioscientists and biomedical engineers as well as academics in cellular biomechanics cell and tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Key FeaturesFocuses on the fundamentals and applications of magnetic actuationIncludes contributions by world-class researchers from several countries and is edited by a well-known researcher in this fieldOffers multidisciplinary coverage and applicationsSupplies extensive references at the end of each chapter Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868321

Nanomanufacturing Handbook Breakthroughs in nanotechnology have been coming at a rapid pace over the past few years. This was fueled by significant worldwide investments by governments and industry. But if these promising young technologies cannot begin to show commercial viability soon that funding is in danger of disappearing as investors lose their appetites and the economic and scientific promise of nanotechnology may not be realized. Scrutinizing the barriers to commercial scale-up of nanotechnologies the Nanomanufacturing Handbook presents a broad survey of the research being done to bring nanotechnology out of the laboratory and into the factory. Current research into nanotechnology focuses on the underlying science but as this forward-looking handbook points out the immediate need is for research into scale-up process robustness and system integration issues. Taking that message to heart this book collects cutting-edge research from top experts who examine such topics as surface-programmed assembly fabrication and applications of single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs) including nanoelectronics manufacturing nanoelectrical contacts room-temperature nanoimprint and nanocontact technologies nanocontacts and switch reliability defects and surface preparation and other innovative application-driven initiatives. In addition to these technical issues the author provides a survey of the current state of nanomanufacturing in the United States—the first of its kind—and coverage also reaches into patenting nanotechnologies as well as regulatory and societal issues. With timely authoritative coverage accompanied by numerous illustrations the Nanomanufacturing Handbook clarifies the current challenges facing industrial-scale nanotechnologies and outlines advanced tools and strategies that will help overcome them. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315213941

Nanomaterials and NanocompositesSynthesis Properties Characterization Techniques and Applications The main aims of this book are to summarize the fundamentals synthesis methods properties and applications of nanomaterials so as to provide readers with a systematic knowledge on nanomaterials. In addition the book covers most commonly used characterization tools pertaining to nanomaterials. Further it deals with relevant aspects of nanocomposites which contains dispersion of nano-sized particulates and carbon nanotubes (CNTs) in the matrices (polymer metal and ceramic). It also discusses development of smart nano textiles (intelligent textiles) self-cleaning glass sensors actuators ferro-fluids and wear resistant nano coatings. Aimed at senior undergraduate and graduate students the key features on this book include:Top-down and bottom-up approaches for the synthesis of nanomaterials includedIllustrates sample preparation and basic principle of characterization tools for nanomaterialsExplains calculation of ratios of surface area to volume and surface atoms to bulk atomsReviews synthesis properties and applications of carbon nanotubes and magnetic nanomaterialsDiscusses size effect on thermal mechanical optical magnetic and electrical properties Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572785

Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology for CompositesDesign Simulation and Applications Engineered nanopolymer and nanoparticles with their extraordinary mechanical and unique electronic properties have garnered much attention in recent years. With a broad range of potential applications including nanoelectronics composites chemical sensors biosensors microscopy nanoelectromechanical systems and many more the scientific community is more motivated than ever to move beyond basic properties and explore the real issues associated with carbon nanotube-based applications. Engineered nanopolymer and nanoparticles are exceptionally interesting from a fundamental research point of view. They open up new perspectives for various applications such as nano-transistors in circuits field-emission displays artificial muscles or added reinforcements in alloys. This informative book is an introduction to the physical concepts needed for investigating carbon nanotubes and other one-dimensional solid-state systems. Written for a wide scientific readership each chapter consists of an instructive approach to the topic and sustainable ideas for solutions. This new book presents leading-edge research in this dynamic field. It reviews the recent progress in application of engineered nanopolymer and nanoparticles and their composites. The advantages and disadvantages of different methods are discussed. The ability of continuum methods to bridge different scales is emphasized. Recommendations for future research are given by focusing on what each method has to learn from the nano-scale. The scope of the book is to provide current knowledge to support researchers entering the scientific area of carbon nanotubes and help them choose the appropriate modeling tool for accomplishing their study and where to place their efforts to further improve continuum methods. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880657

Nanomaterials and NeoplasmsTowards Clinical Applications Nanomaterials have the potential to shift the paradigm for the diagnosis and treatment of many diseases especially neoplasms because of the intriguing behaviors associated with their unique size-/shape-influenced chemical physical and physiological features. Currently there is a huge imbalance between the several nanoplatforms reported in the literature and the few ones approved for clinical applications. This disequilibrium affects in particular plasmonic nanomaterials which present no approved platforms and few candidates in clinical trials. This trend can be reversed by promoting collaborations among scientists from different fields as well as by improving the multidisciplinary background of researchers interested in this area. This book is a collection of must-read peer-reviewed papers focusing on (i) the main behaviors of nanomaterials for nanomedicine (ii) key features nanomaterials need for successful translation to the clinical setting and (iii) market analysis of nanomaterials at the bedside or on the way. The main aim of this book is to offer a comprehensive point of view to students and researchers in order to promote the translation of new technologies to patients. It is a unique reference for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students of nanotechnology and researchers in materials science nanotechnology chemistry biology and medicine especially those with an interest in cancer theranostics.   Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429027819

Nanomaterials for Direct Alcohol Fuel Cell Direct alcohol fuel cells (DAFCs) such as methanol and ethanol ones are very promising advanced power systems that may considerably reduce dependence on fossil fuels and are therefore attracting increased attention worldwide. Nanostructured materials can improve the performance of the cathodes anodes and electrolytes of DAFCs. This book focuses on the most recent advances in the science and technology of nanostructured materials for direct alcohol fuel cells including novel non-noble or low noble metal catalysts deposited on the graphene layer and metal-free doped carbon black for oxygen electroreduction reaction Sn-based bimetallic and trimetallic nanoparticles for alcohol electro-oxidation reaction and novel nanomaterials for promoting proton transfer in electrolytes. In addition the book includes chapters from not only experimentalists but also computational chemists who have worked in the development of advanced power systems for decades. Illustrated throughout with excellent figures this multidisciplinary work is not just a reference for researchers in chemistry and materials science but a handy textbook for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students in nanoscience- and nanotechnology-related courses especially those with an interest in developing novel materials for advanced power systems. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669009

Nanomaterials for Electrochemical Sensing and Biosensing Nanotechnology brings new possibilities for the development of sensors biosensors and novel electrochemical bioassays. Nanoscale materials have been extensively used in a wide variety of configurations — as electrode surfaces to promote electrochemical reaction as "wires" to enzymes connecting their redox centers to electrode surface as nanobarcodes for biomolecules or as tags to amplify the signal of a biorecognition event. Nanomaterial-based electrochemical sensors have been used in many areas including cancer diagnostics and the detection of infectious organisms. This book reviews important achievements in the field of nanomaterial-based electrochemical sensors and biosensors. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364904

Nanomaterials for Lithium-Ion BatteriesFundamentals and Applications This book covers the most recent advances in the science and technology of nanostructured materials for lithium-ion application. With contributions from renowned scientists and technologists the chapters discuss state-of-the-art research on nanostructured anode and cathode materials some already used in commercial batteries and others still in development. They include nanostructured anode materials based on Si Ge Sn and other metals and metal oxides together with cathode materials of olivine the hexagonal and spinel crystal structures. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316408

Nanomaterials for Supercapacitors New materials hold the key to fundamental advances in energy conversion and storage both of which are vital in order to meet the challenge of global warming and the finite nature of fossil fuels. Nanomaterials in particular offer unique properties or combinations of properties as electrodes and electrolytes in a range of energy devices. Supercapacitors have been widely acknowledged to be promising devices for energy storage. This book describes the latest progress in the discovery and development of nanoelectrolytes and nanoelectrodes for supercapacitor applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498758420

Nanomaterials for Thermoelectric Devices With the increaseing global demand for energy we are facing a huge challenge of energy sustainability. Renewable energy has attracted an immense amount of interest with regard to solving the sustainbility issue. Among the various renewable energy sources solar heat and waste heat energy has significant advantages due to its availability. Thermoelectric nanomaterials play an indispensable role in heat-to-electricity energy conversion. A high energy conversion efficiency is critical for practical applications of thermoelectric energy conversion systems and understanding the fundamentals of energy conversion mechanisms is essential. This book details thermoelectric energy conversion nanomaterials and the related manufacturing processes. It also introduces the latest research progress in thermoelectric energy conversion nanomaterials. It is a great reference for readers from both academia and industry.   Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774987

Nanomaterials for Water ManagementSignal Amplification for Biosensing from Nanostructures The interest in finding reliable and highly sensitive sensors for water quality control has grown recently empowered by the explosion of cutting-edge technologies such as nanotechnologies optoelectronics and computing on one hand and by the increasing need for more secure control of water quality on the other hand. This book highlights a number of modern topics in the field of biosensing particularly for water sensing in which the signal is enhanced starting from surface enhanced spectroscopies using plasmonic structures such as Raman scattering (SERS) infrared enhanced absorption (SEIRA) and surface enhanced fluorescence (SEF). The SPR enhanced detection is highlighted in two chapters and addressed using signal processing and the use of color of solutions as a result of modification of the LSPR properties of nanoparticles. Porous materials are another field of research where the enhancement is achieved due to the increasing the area- to-volume ratio. Good examples are the two emerging fields of porous Si and sculptured thin films prepared by the oblique deposition technique. One of the long standing problems is bacteria detection in water which is addressed thoroughly with emphasis on the problems usually encountered in detecting large bioentities. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463478

Nanomaterials Handbook This title features 11 new chapters unique to this edition including chapters on grain boundaries in graphene 2D metal carbides and carbonitrides mechanics of carbon nanotubes and nanomaterials biomedical applications oxidation and purification of carbon nanostructures sintering of nanoceramics hydrothermal processing nanofibers and nanomaterials safety. It offers a comprehensive approach with a focus on inorganic and carbon-based nanomaterials including fundamentals applications synthesis and characterization. This book also provides a unique angle from the nanomaterial point of view on application synthesis and characterization not found in any other nanomaterials book on the market. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498703062

Nanomaterials in Architecture and Art Conservation The conservation and protection of buildings that constitute our cultural heritage are complex tasks calling for a comprehensive knowledge of the historical background of the buildings as well as the construction technologies and materials used. Nanomaterials in Architecture and Art Conservation gives a comprehensive overview of the state of the art of using nanomaterials in conservation sciences mainly for stone mortar and plaster strengthening but also for the consolidation of wall paintings. The book compiles and details deterioration mechanisms of stone and historical mortars as well as methods of characterising and testing consolidation effects. The non- or semi-destructive characterisation methods that will be presented allow additional measurements to characterise objects before and after any interventions. Besides general aspects of inorganic consolidants are targeted. The focus in particular is the application of nanolime as a new consolidation agent. Basic characteristics and application advices as well as beneficial combinations with other consolidation agents such as silicic acid esters are emphasised. What makes this book so special is the large number of practical applications described from the viewpoint of different restorers offering a direct inside view of the procedure for the conservation of historical monuments. Restorers dealing with stone mortar and plaster conservation; artists; advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students of conservation science art and nanotechnology; offices for the protection of monuments and heritage agencies; and researchers in materials science conservation nanotechnology and chemistry especially those with an interest in applied sciences will find this book a great reference. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800266

Nanomaterials in Energy and Environmental Applications Nanoscience and nanotechnology are interdisciplinary fields that bring together physicists chemists materials scientists and engineers to meet the potential future challenges that humankind will face including the search for renewable energies for sustainable development and new technologies for carbon capture and environmental protection. Among the current subjects in nanoscience and nanotechnology nanomaterials are developing fast and explosively and attracting a huge amount of attention. They continue to show promising potential and have found application in solar cells fuel cells secondary batteries supercapacitors air and water purification and removal of domestic and outdoor air pollutants. To summarize the past developments and encourage future efforts this book presents contributions from world-renowned specialists in the fields of nanomaterials energy and environmental science. It discusses the design and fabrication of nanostructured materials and their energy and environmental applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463782

Nanomaterials in Energy Devices This book provides up-to-date information on the application of nano-sized materials in energy devices. A brief overview on the properties of nano-sized materials introduces the readers to the basics of the application of such materials in energy devices. Among the energy devices covered include third generation solar cells fuel cells batteries and supercapacitors. The book places emphasis on the optical electrical morphological surface and spectroscopic properties of the materials. It contains both experimental as well as theoretical aspects for different types of nano-sized materials such as nanoparticles nanowires thin film etc. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498763516

NanomaterialsA Guide to Fabrication and Applications Nanomaterials are being incorporated into products all around us having an incredible impact on durability strength functionality and other material properties. There are a vast number of nanomaterials presently available and new formulations and chemistries are being announced daily. Nanomaterials: A Guide to Fabrication and Applications provides product developers researchers and materials scientists with a handy resource for understanding the range of options and materials currently available. Covering a variety of nanomaterials and their applications this practical reference:Discusses the scale of nanomaterials and nanomachines focusing on integrated circuits (ICs) and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS)Offers insight into different nanomaterials’ interactions with chemical reactions biological processes and the environmentExamines the mechanical properties of nanomaterials and potential treatments to enhance the nanomaterials’ performanceDetails recent accomplishments in the use of nanomaterials to create new forms of electronic devicesExplores the optical properties of certain nanomaterials and the nanomaterials’ use in optimizing lasers and optical absorbersDescribes an energy storage application as well as how nanomaterials from waste products may be used to improve capacitorsFeaturing contributions from experts around the globe Nanomaterials: A Guide to Fabrication and Applications serves as a springboard for the discovery of new applications of nanomaterials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737511

Nanomaterials-Based Composites for Energy ApplicationsEmerging Technology and Trends This volume Nanomaterials-Based Composites for Energy Applications: Emerging Technology and Trends covers the importance of nanomaterials-based composites for renewable and alternative energy applications. Taking a multidisciplinary approach it looks at using composites without losing the extraordinary strength of the nanomaterials preparing new composites with high dielectric permittivity improving load-carrying capacity and more. Simulation and experimental work is included providing a current view of the research that is going on in laboratories all over the world. The book will be a rich reference for professors and instructors professionals researchers and engineering students interested in applying the emerging field of nanoscience and nanotechnology to energy applications. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888066

NanomaterialsPhysical Chemical and Biological Applications This new book focuses on recent developments in this field focusing on nanostructured materials and nanocomposites. The book deals with some recent developments in the synthesis and characterization of nanomaterial as well as its incorporation into polymer matrixes. The biological applications of nanomaterials are also discussed in detail along with new approaches in nanostructured materials and nanocomposites. Highlights include a detailed discussion on synthesis of nanostructured materials and nanocomposites; reviews of biodiesel production; green nanostructured materials; and nanosensors nanomedicines and biomedical applications of nanostructured materials. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884617

NanomaterialsScience and Applications Nanomaterials: Science and Applications reports up-to-the-minute research on nanoparticles for drug delivery and applications in nanomedicine nanoelectronics and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) for biosensors; melanin as a nano-based future material; nanostructured materials for solar cell applications; the world of quantum dots illustrated by CdSe; and gas transport and transport-based applications of electrospun nanofibers. The research is primarily undertaken within Australia and gives an excellent overview of topics in advanced nanomaterials and structures and their applications. The reader also gets a tutorial introduction to the computer software used to generate 3D illustrations that are used throughout the book. The first authors are early-career researchers from the Australian Nanotechnology Network. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669726

NanomaterialsSynthesis Characterization and Applications Intended as a reference for basic and practical knowledge about the synthesis characterization and applications of nanotechnology for students engineers and researchers this book focuses on the production of different types of nanomaterials and their applications particularly synthesis of different types of nanomaterials characterization of different types of nanomaterials applications of different types of nanomaterials including the nanocomposites. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895192

Nanomechanics and MicromechanicsGeneralized Models and Nonclassical Engineering Approaches This volume enables readers to interpret and predict the effective mechanical properties of existing and emerging composites through modeling and design. The book addresses that materials and structures with small-scale dimensions do not behave in the same manner as their bulk counterparts. Once the dimensions of the materials are reduced to the micron and sub-micron range their properties are subject to significant change. Thus mechanical properties will be varied and will depend on the sample size. In the meantime due to the large surface-to-volume ration of small structures deformation mechanisms are subject to change. This volume integrates various approaches in micromechanics and nanomechanics into a unified mathematical framework complete with coverage of both linear and nonlinear behaviors. It weaves together the basic concepts mathematical fundamentals and formulations of micromechanics and nanomechanics into a systemic approach for understanding and modeling the effective material behavior of composite materials. While providing information on recent developments in the mathematical framework of micro- and nanomechanics the volume addresses highly localized phenomena and a number of interesting applications. It also illustrates application of micromechanical and nanomechanical theory to design novel engineering materials. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888332

Nanomedical Device and Systems DesignChallenges Possibilities Visions Nanomedical Device and Systems Design: Challenges Possibilities Visions serves as a preliminary guide toward the inspiration of specific investigative pathways that may lead to meaningful discourse and significant advances in nanomedicine/nanotechnology. This volume considers the potential of future innovations that will involve nanomedical devices and systems. It endeavors to explore remarkable possibilities spanning medical diagnostics therapeutics and other advancements that may be enabled within this discipline. In particular this book investigates just how nanomedical diagnostic and therapeutic devices and systems might ultimately be designed and engineered to accurately diagnose and eradicate pathogens toxins and myriad disease states. This text utilizes an author conceptualized exemplar nanodevice and system the Vascular Cartographic Scanning Nanodevice (VCSN) to explore various prospective design considerations that might facilitate and enable selected functionalities of advanced autonomous nanomedical devices. It showcases a diverse group of expert contributing authors who describe actual laboratory-based research aimed at the advancement of nanomedical capabilities. It also articulates more highly conceptual nanomedical possibilities and visions relating to the implementation of nanomedical technologies in remote regions and the developing world as well as nanomedicine in space applications human augmentation and longevity. Investigates nanomedical diagnostic and therapeutic strategies that might be applied in remote regions and the developing world Discusses how nanomedicine might be utilized in space applications inclusive of spacesuits spacecraft future human habitats on the Moon and Mars and deep space Covers how nanomedicine may be implemented in selected forms of human augmentation and toward the potentially radical extension of the human life span This book benefits undergraduate and graduate students who are studying nanotechnology/nanomedicine as well as medical administrative scientific research and manufacturing professionals in this industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072602

Nanomedicine and Cancer The nanosciences are a rapidly expanding field of research with a wide applicability to all areas of health. They encompass a variety of technologies ranging from particles to networks and nanostructures. This book focuses on the application of nanomedicine and nanotechnology to cancer. It covers an introduction to nanocarriers nanorods nanoprobes nanoplatforms nanorings nanotubes nanowires nano-sensor arrays and a variety of methodological techniques. This is done within the framework of numerous cancer types. Contributors are all leading experts and are carrying out ground breaking work. The book is essential reading for oncologists research scientists doctors health care professionals pathologists biologists biochemists chemists and physicists as well as those interested in disease and nanosciences or cancer in general. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114326

Nanomedicine and Cancer Therapies This book presents a wealth of information and research about the most potent cancer healing therapies focusing particularly how nanomedicine holistic medicine and other cancer therapies play important roles in treating cancer. Nanotechnology has the power to radically change the way cancer is diagnosed imaged and treated. The holistic approach to cancer involves noninvasive procedures focused upon restoring the health of human energy fields. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895185

Nanomedicine and Drug Delivery This forward-looking book focuses on the recent advances in nanomedicine and drug delivery. It outlines the extraordinary new tools that have become available in nanomedicine and presents an integrated set of perspectives that describe where we are now and where we should be headed to put nanomedicine devices into applications as quickly as possible while also considering the possible dangers of nanomedicine. The book considers the full range of nanomedicinal applications that employ molecular nanotechnology inside the human body from the perspective of a future practitioner in an era of widely available nanomedicine. Written by some of the most innnovative minds in medicine and engineering this unique volume will help professionals understand cutting-edge and futuristic areas of research that can have tremendous payoff in terms of improving human health. Readers will find insightful discussions of nanostructured intelligent materials and devices that are considered technically feasible and which have a high potential to produce advances in medicine in the near future. Topics include: Health benefits of phytochemicals and the application of colloidal delivery systems Study of non-covalent attachment of recombinant targeting proteins to polymer-modified Adenoviral gene delivery vectors The role of nanoparticles as adjuvants for mucosal vaccine delivery Poly(amido-amine)s as delivery styems for biologically active substances Antimicrobial activity of silver nanoparticles Nanomedicine in the use of cancer treatment Dendrimers capsules based on lipid vesicles for drug delivery Many other recent achievements Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895178

Nanomedicine and the Cardiovascular System The nanosciences are a rapidly expanding field of research with applicability to all areas of health and disease prevention including cardiology in its broadest sense. This book covers a variety of nano subjects and areas as applied to the heart and circulatory system. There are state-of-the-art chapters on nanoparticles nanowires nanoscale topography nanosensors nanospheres nanospin probes nanomatrices and nanobubbles to name but a few topics. Their applications to cardiovascular disorders and their treatments are also described. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087266

Nanomedicine and the Nervous System Understanding the importance of nanosciences is somewhat problematic as a great deal of text can be rather technical in nature with little consideration to the novice. In this book information is readable as it has sections for the novice and expert alike. Each chapter has an abstract "key facts" and a "mini-dictionary" of key terms and phrases within each chapter. Each chapter has a summary in point form The book covers for example introductions to the field lipid matrix nanoparticles atomic force microscopy characterization of tissues at the nanometer scale antisense oligonucleotides carbon nanotubes nanocomposites nanorods carbon nanomaterials nanolabeled diabetogenic nanofiber wound dressings and nanotechnology footsocks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087280

Nanomedicine and Tissue EngineeringState of the Art and Recent Trends This book focuses on the recent advances in nanomedicine and tissue engineering. It outlines the basic tools and novel approaches that are becoming available in nanomedicine and tissue engineering and considers the full range of nanomedical applications which employ molecular nanotechnology inside the human body from the perspective of a future practitioner in an era of widely available nanomedicine. Topics include: Health benefits of phytochemicals and application of superparamagnetic nanoparticles for hyperthermia Silver nanoparticles in nanomedicine Optical diagnostic of molecules and cells using nanotechnology Nanoparticulate drug delivery system for antiviral drugs Liposomal drug delivery systems nanoemulsifying drug delivery system (SNEDS) Functionalization of tissue engineering scaffolds Induction of angiogenesis in scaffolds Many other recent achievements Written by some of the most innovative minds in medicine and tissue engineering this book considers the full range of nanomedical applications which employ molecular nanotechnology inside the human body and will help professionals understand cutting-edge and futuristic areas of nanomedicine and tissue engineering research. Readers will find insightful discussions on nanostructured intelligent materials and devices that are considered technically feasible and that have a high potential to produce advances in medicine in the near future. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881180

Nanomedicine for Inflammatory Diseases Nanomedicine for Inflammatory Diseases is a cutting-edge resource for clinicians and scientists alike working at the intersection of development and clinical therapeutics. This text is ideal for graduate level courses in nanomedicine translational medicine or inflammatory disease. This book is a progressive hallmark in translational medicine as it unites clinicians treating inflammatory disease with scientists developing experimental nanomedicine therapeutics. The commonality is made through a translational nanomedicine expert – bridging the gap between the laboratory benchtop and the clinical bedside. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498749787

Nanomedicine for the Treatment of DiseaseFrom Concept to Application This new volume Nanomedicine for the Treatment of Disease: From Concept to Application looks at the application of nanomedicines with a particular focus on their use in the treatment of diseases. The chapters in this volume contributed by eminent scientists researchers and nanotechnologists from across the globe highlight key advancements challenges and opportunities in the area of application of nanomedicines for disease treatment. They explore the design and development of therapeutic nanocarriers for targeting drugs for satiating the demands of disease treatment process. The volume explores the use nanomedicines for the diagnosis and treatment of a multitude various diseases and health conditions including respiratory diseases neurological disorders genetic diseases pulmonary fungal infections neuroAIDS cardiovascular disorders gastric and colonic diseases skin disorders cancer brain tumors leishmaniasis and other visceral diseases hypertension and ocular diseases.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887670

Nanomedicine in Cancer This book is the first in a series compiling highly cited articles in nanomedicine recently. The series is edited by Lajos P. Balogh a prominent nanotechnology researcher and journal editor. The first book content is about nanotechnology in cancer research. It also includes a wide variety of must-know topics that will appeal to any researcher involved in nanomedicine macromolecular science cancer therapy and drug delivery research. These 31 articles collected here have already acquired more than 3500 citations (i.e. over a hundred on average) highlighting the importance and recognized professional interest of the scientists working in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745802

Nanomedicine in Diagnostics Research on new sensing concepts has opened the door to a wide variety of microsystems for clinical applications. Such devices are extremely useful for delivering diagnostic information in a fast simple and low cost fashion. This book is one of the first to focus on the use of nanotechnology in diagnostics. Designed as a broad survey of the field this book combines contributions by international experts from divergent fields of study ranging from single molecule diagnostics to cell based systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087389

Nanomedicine in Drug Delivery There is a clear need for innovative technologies to improve the delivery of therapeutic and diagnostic agents in the body. Recent breakthroughs in nanomedicine are now making it possible to deliver drugs and therapeutic proteins to local areas of disease or tumors to maximize clinical benefit while limiting unwanted side effects. Nanomedicine in Drug Delivery gives an overview of aspects of nanomedicine to help readers design and develop novel drug delivery systems and devices that build on nanoscale technologies. Featuring contributions by leading researchers from around the world the book examines: The integration of nanoparticles with therapeutic agents The synthesis and characterization of nanoencapsulated drug particles Targeted pulmonary nanomedicine delivery using inhalation aerosols The use of biological systems—bacteria cells viruses and virus-like particles—as carriers to deliver nanoparticles Nanodermatology and the role of nanotechnology in the diagnosis and treatment of skin disease Nanoparticles for the delivery of small molecules such as for gene and vaccine delivery The use of nanotechnologies to modulate and modify wound healing Nanoparticles in bioimaging including magnetic resonance computed tomography and molecular imaging Nanoparticles to enhance the efficiency of existing anticancer drugs The development of nanoparticle formulations Nanoparticles for ocular drug delivery Nanoparticle toxicity including routes of exposure and mechanisms of toxicity The use of animal and cellular models in nanoparticles safety studies With its practical focus on the design synthesis and application of nanomedicine in drug delivery this book is a valuable resource for clinical researchers and anyone working to tackle the challenges of delivering drugs in a more targeted and efficient manner. It explores a wide range of promising approaches for the diagnosis and treatment of diseases using cutting-edge nanotechnologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072619

Nanomedicine in Health and Disease The nanosciences are a rapidly expanding field of research with a wide applicability to all areas of health and disease prevention. This book covers the regulation of nanomedicine nanotubes topical applications of nanoparticles nanocrystals antioxidant nanoparticles lipid nanocapsules nanotheragnostic colloids nanotechnology in the control of infectious disease virus-based nanoparticles and the safety of nanoparticles. It also covers nanomedicine in relation to pulmonary drug delivery the control of infectious disease radiation protection arthritis cancer nanomedicine blood diseases neurodegenerative disorders and tissue and implant engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112865

NanomedicineA Soft Matter Perspective The unprecedented potential of nanotechnology for early detection diagnosis and personalized treatment of diseases has found application in every biomedical imaging modality. However with the increasing concern about the ethical and toxicity issues associated with some "nanoplatforms " biomedical researchers are in pursuit of safer more precise and effective ways to practice nanomedicine. Designed and written to be accessible to anyone with or without previous knowledge of nanotechnology Nanomedicine: A Soft Matter Perspective takes a balanced look at potential pitfalls and challenges faced by the field and how they can be translated into nonomedicine technologies.A multidisciplinary and fast-evolving research area nanomedicine presents new clinically relevant promises grounded in the disciplines of molecular biology genomics chemistry and nanotechnology. Nanoparticle-based theranostic approaches have emerged as an interdisciplinary area which shows promise to understand the components processes dynamics and therapies of a disease at a molecular level. This book discusses some of the unique opportunities presented by biomaterials at the nanoscale. The book provides a broad introduction to the areas of nanomedicinal application with an emphasis on imaging and therapeutics. It covers "soft" nanoscopic objects with prerequisite features for different imaging modalities with a potential for image-guided drug delivery. The book also offers a general introduction to the various drug delivery systems and their opportunities from chemistry materials biology and nanomedical standpoints. The chapters provide a comprehensive introduction to the field and the subfield with a deeper discussion on the individual modalities for molecular imaging and their present status of clinical translation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378509

NanomedicineA Systems Engineering Approach This book offers a fundamental and comprehensive overview of nanomedicine from a systems engineering perspective making it the first book in the field of quantitative nanomedicine based on systems theory. The book starts by introducing the concept of nanomedicine and provides basic mathematical modeling techniques that can be used to model nanoscale biomedical and biological systems. It then demonstrates how this idea can be used to model and analyze the central dogma of molecular biology tumor growth and the immune system. Broad applications of the idea are further illustrated by Bayesian networks multiscale and multiparadigm modeling and AFM engineering. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429065767

Nanomedicines and NanoproductsApplications Disposition and Toxicology in the Human Body Nanomedicines and Nanoproducts: Applications Disposition and Toxicology in the Human Body provides a detailed overview of the disposition of nanoproducts within the body with a special focus on the respiratory and olfactory routes of nanoproduct administration buccal exposure and the ingestion of nanoproducts the integumentary system (formed by the skin hair nails and associated glands) the ocular route the systemic route and toxicology as it relates to the nanoscale world. Offering an interdisciplinary big-picture view of the current and future state of nanotechnology this book: Identifies key points for the entry of nanoproducts nanomedicines and other nanoscale structures into the body Reviews the bodily administration and subsequent disposition of nanoproducts via various exposure routes Describes the intravenous route of administration for the therapeutic management of ocular disease Discusses practical nanoproduct and nanomedicine applications disposition and toxicology Summarizes various toxicological principles and the testing of nanoproducts Nanomedicines and Nanoproducts: Applications Disposition and Toxicology in the Human Body addresses the scope of practical nanoparticle applications in academic research as well as industrial investigation where "practical" is defined as advantageous in all aspects of nanoproduct disposition efficacy and toxicology. The book’s goal is to introduce potentially beneficial applications and exciting topics regarding nanoproducts to a variety of professional and general readers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749160

NanomedicineScience Business and Impact By covering the science business and societal impact of nanomedicine this book makes a strong case for funding of basic research for effective translation of scientific breakthroughs into clinical care of patients and for close collaboration among all stakeholders in the healthcare ecosystem. It covers the underlying science and technology of nanomedicine in detail to help understand the great promise of nanomedicine across all disease areas. Although rich and deep in content the book attempts to introduce the topic of nanomedicine to a wide audience. Scientific jargon is avoided and advanced terms and concepts are explained from the ground up whenever first introduced. The book defines nanomedicine in a broad sense including diagnostic devices such as DNA sequencing and molecular imaging and new therapeutic options based on targeted drug delivery regenerative medicine immunotherapeutics the creation of implanted devices such as continuous glucose monitors and deep brain stimulators and even the 3D printing of new human organs. It also covers the returns of investment in global scientific projects such as the Human Genome Project and the historic and emerging importance of philanthropic foundations. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613767

NanoNutraceuticals This book will be a comprehensive account of the various facets of nutraceuticals domain. The peruser of this book will find details on various nanotech approaches to nutraceuticals prebiotics and probiotics along with their specific applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815399926

Nanoparticle- and Microparticle-based Delivery SystemsEncapsulation Protection and Release of Active Compounds Recent developments in nanoparticle and microparticle delivery systems are revolutionizing delivery systems in the food industry. These developments have the potential to solve many of the technical challenges involved in creating encapsulation protection and delivery of active ingredients such as colors flavors preservatives vitamins minerals and nutraceuticals. Nanoparticle- and Microparticle-based Delivery Systems: Encapsulation Protection and Release of Active Compounds explores various types of colloidal delivery systems available for encapsulating active ingredients highlighting their relative advantages and limitations and their use. Written by an international authority known for his clear and rigorous technical writing style this book discusses the numerous kinds of active ingredients available and the issues associated with their encapsulation protection and delivery. The author takes a traditional colloid science approach and emphasizes the practical aspects of formulation of particulate- and emulsion-based delivery systems with food applications. He then covers the physicochemical and mechanical methods available for manufacturing colloidal particles highlighting the importance of designing particles for specific applications. The book includes chapters devoted specifically to the three major types of colloidal delivery systems available for encapsulating active ingredients in the food industry: surfactant-based emulsion-based and biopolymer-based. It then reviews the analytical tools available for characterizing the properties of colloidal delivery systems presents the mathematical models for describing their properties and highlights the factors to consider when selecting an appropriate delivery system for a particular application backed up by specific case studies. Based on insight from the author’s own experience the book describes why delivery systems are needed the important factors to consider when designing them methods of characterizing them and specific examples of the range of food-grade delivery systems available. It gives you the necessary knowledge understanding and appreciation of developments within the current research literature in this rapidly growing field and the confidence to perform reliable experimental investigations according to modern international standards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034037

Nanoparticle Assemblies and Superstructures Cubes triangular prisms nano-acorn nano-centipedes nanoshells nano-whiskers. . . .  Now that we can create nanoparticles in a wide variety of shapes and morphologies comes the next challenge: finding ways to organize this collection of particles into larger and more complex systems.  Nanoparticle Assemblies and Superstructures edited by pioneer of nanoparticle self-organization Nicholas A. Kotov employs three critical questions to provide a framework of open-ended inquiry: What are the methods of organization of nanocolloids in more complex structures? What kind of structures do we need? What are the new properties appearing in nanocolloid superstructures? Pulling together a collection of contributors unmatched in both their expertise and enthusiasm Kotov presents what he refers to as a snapshot of nanoassembly work in progress. The first section of this comprehensive volume provides background through an assessment of the current status of nanoparticle assembly development and the requirements for different applications of organized nanomaterials. The middle chapters explore the changes that occur in various properties of individual particles when they are brought together to form agglomerates and simple assemblies. In the final section a number of top scientists describe various methods for organizing particles in complex nanostructured superstructures. These include techniques involving biological ligands and force fields as well as methods based on self-organization. This remarkably prescient text upholds Kotov’s belief that the research on organization of nanoparticles and other nanostructures will most certainly uncover a wealth of “interesting discoveries and surprising phenomena.”Nicholas A. Kotov has received several state national and international awards for his research on nanomaterials including the Mendeleev Stipend the Humboldt Fellowsh Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392284

Nanoparticle Drug Delivery Systems for Cancer Treatment In recent years nanoparticles—bionanomaterials with specific physicochemical properties—have gained a great deal of scientific interest owing to their unique structure. Nanoparticle-based drugs are now widely regarded as a safer more precise and more effective mode of cancer therapy considering their ability to enhance drug bioavailability improve site-specific drug delivery and protect nontarget tissues from toxic therapeutic drugs. This book compiles and details cutting-edge research in nanomedicine from an interdisciplinary team of international cancer researchers who are currently revolutionizing drug delivery techniques through the development of nanomedicines and nanotheranostics. Edited by Hala Gali-Muhtasib and Racha Chouaib two prominent cancer researchers this book will appeal to anyone involved in nanotechnology cancer therapy or drug delivery research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800549

Nanoparticle Engineering for Chemical-Mechanical PlanarizationFabrication of Next-Generation Nanodevices In the development of next-generation nanoscale devices higher speed and lower power operation is the name of the game. Increasing reliance on mobile computers mobile phone and other electronic devices demands a greater degree of speed and power. As chemical mechanical planarization (CMP) progressively becomes perceived less as black art and more as a cutting-edge technology it is emerging as the technology for achieving higher performance devices.Nanoparticle Engineering for Chemical-Mechanical Planarization explains the physicochemical properties of nanoparticles according to each step in the CMP process including dielectric CMP shallow trend isolation CMP metal CMP poly isolation CMP and noble metal CMP. The authors provide a detailed guide to nanoparticle engineering of novel CMP slurry for next-generation nanoscale devices below the 60nm design rule. They present design techniques using polymeric additives to improve CMP performance. The final chapter focuses on novel CMP slurry for the application to memory devices beyond 50nm technology.Most books published on CMP focus on the polishing process equipment and cleaning. Even though some of these books may touch on CMP slurries the methods they cover are confined to conventional slurries and none cover them with the detail required for the development of next-generation devices. With its coverage of fundamental concepts and novel technologies this book delivers expert insight into CMP for all current and next-generation systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446062

Nanoparticle Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Featuring contributions by leading researchers in the field Nanoparticle Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow explores heat transfer and fluid flow processes in nanomaterials and nanofluids which are becoming increasingly important across the engineering disciplines. The book covers a wide range from biomedical and energy conversion applications to materials properties and addresses aspects that are essential for further progress in the field including numerical quantification modeling simulation and presentation. Topics include: A broad review of nanofluid applications including industrial heat transfer biomedical engineering electronics energy conversion membrane filtration and automotive An overview of thermofluids and their importance in biomedical applications and heat-transfer enhancement A deeper look at biomedical applications such as nanoparticle hyperthermia treatments for cancers Issues in energy conversion from dispersed forms to more concentrated and utilizable forms Issues in nanofluid properties which are less predictable and less repeatable than those of other media that participate in fluid flow and heat transfer Advances in computational fluid dynamic (CFD) modeling of membrane filtration at the microscale The role of nanofluids as a coolant in microchannel heat transfer for the thermal management of electronic equipment The potential enhancement of natural convection due to nanoparticles Examining key topics and applications in nanoscale heat transfer and fluid flow this comprehensive book presents the current state of the art and a view of the future. It offers a valuable resource for experts as well as newcomers interested in developing innovative modeling and numerical simulation in this growing field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076549

Nanoparticle-aided Radiation TherapyPrinciples Methods and Applications This book is a summary of the interdisciplinary field of cancer nanomedicine specifically nanoparticle-aided radiation therapy. It gives an overview of optimal nanoparticle design and fabrication effective nanoparticle delivery methods clinical applications modalities treatment planning and quality assurance issues. The book begins with an introduction to the basics of radiotherapy its potential and limitations. Chapters provide detail on nanoparticle design and fabrication for different nanoparticles dosimetry for treatment planning radiobiology and theranostics and future directions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197473

Nanoparticles in HumansExperiments Methods and Strategies A peek into the literature on the environmental health implications of the rapidly developing nanotechnology industry shows that the potential problem of exposure to airborne nanoparticles has not been adequately addressed. The health and safety of nanotechnology workers are of concern because these groups run the greatest risk of exposure to elevated concentrations of nanomaterials. However a gap exists between the currently available particle measurement methods and those appropriate for the assessment of nanoaerosol exposure. This book presents new ideas and methods to measure the surface area and local deposition of nanoparticles in the lungs and the true value of respirators. It proposes a nanoparticle dosimetric road map that can be used as a general strategy for the assessment of the dose which is the most important physical cause of adverse effects on health in the case of nanoparticle exposure. The book suggests the use of 1 nm radioactive particles called unattached activity of radon progeny as a safe experimental tool for nanoparticle studies including human studies. It discusses the problems related to the general strategy of risk assessment in nanoparticle exposure and concrete parameters related to dosage. The ideas presented in this book help close the gaps in our knowledge of aerosols in the nanometer range and improve our understanding of nanoparticle behavior in the air and in the human body. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463164

Nanoparticles in Life Sciences and Biomedicine The creation of new and more efficient therapies for improving human health greatly depends on drug delivery systems. Nanotechnology has emerged as a powerful strategy for the development of nanoparticles such as nanoemulsions liposomes nanocrystals and nanocomplexes applied in the diagnosis treatment or theranostics of several pathologies and diseases. This book reviews the most recent research and development in nanotechnology and following a multidisciplinary approach presents new strategies for drug delivery including aspects from chemistry physics biology and imaging methodologies and exploiting several administration routes internalization pathways site-specific delivery strategies and the potential cytotoxicity of nanoparticles. Beginning with a description of the importance and application of nanotechnology for enhancing existing therapy the book moves on to detailing oral topical pulmonary brain cancer and anti-inflammatory drug delivery approaches; gene delivery approaches; theranostic approaches; and nanoparticle cytotoxicity. Practical and user friendly it is suitable for advanced undergraduate graduate and postgraduate students of nanoscience and nanotechnology; researchers in nanoscience nanotechnology chemistry biology biochemistry pharmaceutical sciences medicine and bioengineering especially those with an interest in drug delivery or theranostics; and academia and university readership. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745987

Nanoparticles in Polymer Systems for Biomedical Applications The volume includes presentations of technological and research accomplishments along with novel approaches in nanomedicine and nanotechnology. It explores the different types of nanomedicinal drugs with their production and commercial significance. Other topics discussed are the use of natural and synthetic nanoparticles for the production of drugs different types of nanoparticles systems drug carriers wound-healing antimicrobial activity effects of natural materials in nanomedicine and toxicity of nanoparticles. The valuable information presented in this volume will help to keep those in this field up to date on the key findings observations and fabrication of drugs related to nanomedicine and nanotechnology. With chapters written by prominent researchers from academia industry and government and private research laboratories across the world the book will prove to be a rich resource. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887038

Nanoparticles in the LungEnvironmental Exposure and Drug Delivery Nanoparticles have a physical dimension comparable to the size of molecular structures on the cell surface. Therefore nanoparticles compared to larger (e.g. micrometer) particles are considered to behave differently when they interact with cells. Nanoparticles in the Lung: Environmental Exposure and Drug Delivery provides a better understanding of how inhaled nanoparticles behave in the human lungs and body. Featuring contributions from renowned subject-matter experts this authoritative text describes the sequence of events that nanoparticles encounter in the lungs when moving from the air into the bloodstream. This includes deposition interactions with the alveolar surface and epithelium translocation across the air–blood tissue barrier and accumulation in the body. In addition the book addresses practical considerations for drug delivery to the respiratory tract drug and gene delivery in the lungs and bio-nanocapsules. It considers the physicochemical colloidal and transport properties of nanoparticles and presents cutting-edge research on special issues such as dosimetry for in vitro nanotoxicology nanoparticle deposition in the developing lungs and the potential for nose-to-brain delivery of drugs. Nanoparticles in the Lung: Environmental Exposure and Drug Delivery offers the most updated and comprehensive knowledge of the risks and benefits associated with nanoparticle inhalation—to protect humans from any harmful effects and to explore the utility of nanoparticles as drug delivery carriers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439892794

Nanoparticulate Drug Delivery Systems With the advent of analytical techniques and capabilities to measure particle sizes in nanometer ranges there has been tremendous interest in the use of nanoparticles for more efficient methods of drug delivery. Nanoparticulate Drug Delivery Systems addresses the scientific methodologies formulation processing applications recent trends and emerging technologies in the research of nanoparticulate drug delivery systems (NPDDS). It extensively covers applications of NPDDS— including lipid nanoparticles for dermal applications; nanocarriers for the treatment of restenosis; and for ocular central nervous system and gastrointestinal applications. It also explores its use as an adjuvant for vaccine development.Supplying insight from international experts this guideDiscusses formulation for poorly soluble drugsPresents biological requirements for nanotherapeutic applications Demonstrates the role of nanobiotechnology in the development of nanomedicineDocuments recent advances in nanoparticulate technology—including electrospining formation of microcrystals and production of liquid crystalline phasesExamines the technology of metallic nanoparticles Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453114

Nanoparticulate Drug Delivery Systems Focusing on nanoparticulate nanocarriers and recent advances in the field of drug delivery the volume begins with chapters that provide an informative introduction to polymeric nanoparticles—their general physicochemical features and characteristics their applications in drug delivery systems and the challenges involved. Specific applications are discussed with attention paid to treatment of particular diseases and disorders and the targeting of specific organs. Part 2 looks at more specific applications and techniques of nanoparticulate nanocarriers for drug delivery such as the use of magnetic nanoparticles gold nanoparticles in therapeutics and superparamagnetic iron oxide nanoparticles (SPIONs) for the treatment of cancer. Part 3 discusses lipid-based nanoparticulates for various applications including skin care. The last section of the book explores some of the newer nanoarchitectures including dendrimers in gene delivery and carbon nanotubes for drug delivery. Together the insightful research presented here provides valuable information for those involved in this area including scientists and researchers and faculty and upper-level students as well as for industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886956

Nanoparticulate Vaccine Delivery Systems Recent years have seen the development of novel technologies that use nanoparticles and microparticles to deliver vaccines by the oral and microneedle-based transdermal route of administration. These new technologies enable the formulation of vaccine particles containing vaccine antigens without loss of their biological activity during the formulation process. Also multiple antigens targeting ligands and adjuvants can all be encapsulated within the same particle. When administered orally these particles are designed to withstand the acidic environment of the stomach and are targeted to Peyer’s patches and the gut-associated mucosal immune system. Since these vaccines are particulate in nature they are readily taken up by phagocytic antigen-presenting cells such as M cells dendritic cells and macrophages in Peyer’s patches of the intestines resulting in a strong immune response and antibody production. Since no needles are required for oral vaccines this method of vaccine delivery is inexpensive and suitable for mass vaccination in the developing world as well as the developed world. This book discusses studies conducted on a wide array of vaccines including vaccines for infectious diseases such as tuberculosis typhoid influenza pneumonia meningitis human papillomavirus and hepatitis B. It also discusses recent studies on vaccines for cancers such as melanoma and ovarian breast and prostate cancer. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613309

NanopathologyThe Health Impact of Nanoparticles Enormous funds are currently being invested in nanotechnology yet very little is known about how its products and by-products can interfere with both end users and people involved in their manufacture. Similar scenarios are already widely known in the history of science such as the exploitation of radioactivity or the controversial issue of genet Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429065484

Nanopatterning and Nanoscale Devices for Biological Applications Nanoscale techniques and devices have had an explosive influence on research in life sciences and bioengineering. Reflecting this influence Nanopatterning and Nanoscale Devices for Biological Applications provides valuable insight into the latest developments in nanoscale technologies for the study of biological systems. Written and edited by experts in the field this first-of-its-kind collection of topics: Covers device fabrication methods targeting the substrate on the nanoscale through surface modification Explores the generation of nanostructured biointerfaces and bioelectronics elements Examines microfluidically generated droplets as reactors enabling nanoscale sample preparation and analysis Gives an overview of key biosensors and integrated devices with nanoscale functionalities Discusses the biological applications of nanoscale devices including a review of nanotechnology in tissue engineering Readers gain a deep understanding of the cutting-edge applications of nanotechnologies in biological engineering and learn how to apply the relevant scientific concepts to their own research. Nanopatterning and Nanoscale Devices for Biological Applications is the definitive reference for researchers in engineering biology and biomedicine and for anyone exploring the newest trends in this innovative field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072626

NanophononicsThermal Generation Transport and Conversion at the Nanoscale Heat in most semiconductor materials including the traditional group IV elements (Si Ge diamond) III–V compounds (GaAs wide-bandgap GaN) and carbon allotropes (graphene CNTs) as well as emerging new materials like transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDCs) is stored and transported by lattice vibrations (phonons). Phonon generation through interactions with electrons (in nanoelectronics power and nonequilibrium devices) and light (optoelectronics) is the central mechanism of heat dissipation in nanoelectronics. This book focuses on the area of thermal effects in nanostructures including the generation transport and conversion of heat at the nanoscale level. Phonon transport including thermal conductivity in nanostructured materials as well as numerical simulation methods such as phonon Monte Carlo Green’s functions and first principles methods feature prominently in the book which comprises four main themes: (i) phonon generation/heat dissipation (i) nanoscale phonon transport (iii) applications/devices (including thermoelectrics) and (iv) emerging materials (graphene/2D). The book also covers recent advances in nanophononics—the study of phonons at the nanoscale. Applications of nanophononics focus on thermoelectric (TE) and tandem TE/photovoltaic energy conversion. The applications are augmented by a chapter on heat dissipation and self-heating in nanoelectronic devices. The book concludes with a chapter on thermal transport in nanoscale graphene ribbons covering recent advances in phonon transport in 2D materials. The book will be an excellent reference for researchers and graduate students of nanoelectronics device engineering nanoscale heat transfer and thermoelectric energy conversion. The book could also be a basis for a graduate special topics course in the field of nanoscale heat and energy. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774413

Nanophotonics and PlasmonicsAn Integrated View This book provides a first integrated view of nanophotonics and plasmonics covering the use of dielectric semiconductor and metal nanostructures to manipulate light at the nanometer scale. The presentation highlights similarities and advantages and shows the common underlying physics targets and methodologies used for different materials (optically transparent materials for nanophotonics vs opaque materials for plasmonics). Ultimately the goal is to provide a basis for developing a unified platform for both fields. In addition to the fundamentals and detailed theoretical background the book showcases the main device applications. Ching Eng (Jason) Png is Director of the Electronics and Photonics Department at the Institute of High Performance Computing Agency for Science Technology and Research Singapore. Yuriy A. Akimov is a scientist in the Electronics and Photonics Department at the Institute of High Performance Computing Agency for Science Technology and Research Singapore. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498758673

NanophotonicsDevices Circuits and Systems This book investigates the behavior of light (light pulse) within the micro- and nano-scale device (ring resonator) which can be integrated to form the device circuits and systems that can be used for atom/molecule trapping and transportation optical transistor fast calculation devices (optical gate) nanoscale communication and networks and energy storage etc. The large demand of small-scale device especially with light signal processing is needed. This book discusses device (nano device) design and simulation which can be useful for practice in the near future. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364362

NanophotonicsManipulating Light with Plasmons The manipulation of light at the nanometer scale is highly pursued for both fundamental sciences and wide applications. The diffraction limit of light sets the limit for the smallest size of photonic devices to the scale of light wavelength. Fortunately the peculiar properties of surface plasmons in metal nanostructures make it possible to squeeze light into nanoscale volumes and enable the manipulation of light and light–matter interactions beyond the diffraction limit. Studies on surface plasmons have led to the creation of a booming research field called plasmonics. Because of its various scientific and practical applications plasmonics attracts researchers from different fields making it a truly interdisciplinary subject. Nanophotonics: Manipulating Light with Plasmons starts with the general physics of surface plasmons and a brief introduction to the most prominent research topics followed by a discussion of computational techniques for light scattering by small particles. Then a few special topics are highlighted including surfaceenhanced Raman scattering optical nanoantennas optical forces plasmonic waveguides and circuits and gain-assisted plasmon resonances and propagation. The book discusses the fundamental and representative properties of both localized surface plasmons and propagating surface plasmons. It explains various phenomena and mechanisms using elegant model systems with well-defined structures is illustrated throughout with excellent figures and contains an extensive list of references at the end of each chapter. It will help graduate-level students and researchers in nanophotonics physics chemistry materials science nanoscience and nanotechnology and electrical and electronic engineering get a quick introduction to this field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774147

Nanoplasmonics Nanoplasmonics is one of the most important growth areas of this century. It is part of nano-optics and nanophotonics and deals with oscillations of electrons in metallic nanoparticles and nanostructures. Also it is a multidisciplinary subject covering atomic molecular and solid-state physics as well as much of chemistry. Nanoplasmonics makes it possible to combine the nanoscale properties of smart devices with their optical frequencies of operation. Nanoplasmonics presents for the first time both the physical principles and mathematical descriptions of main nanoplasmonic effects that now are scattered over thousands of research articles. Importantly it contains many methods accompanied by diagrams for fast estimations and calculations of main properties of nanoparticles of very different shapes and their clusters. It also presents the most important applications of nanoplasmonics including in medicine nanolasers electronics perfect lenses and invisibility cloaks. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267168

NanoplasmonicsAdvanced Device Applications Focusing on control and manipulation of plasmons at nanometer dimensions nanoplasmonics combines the strength of electronics and photonics and is predicted to replace existing integrated circuits and photonic devices. It is one of the fastest growing fields of science with applications in telecommunication consumer electronics data storage medical diagnostics and energy. Nanoplasmonics: Advanced Device Applications provides a scientific and technological background of a particular nanoplasmonic application and outlines the progress and challenges of the application. It reviews the latest developments in nanoplasmonic applications such as optical storage photovoltaics photocatalysts integrated chips optical elements and sensing. The areas of application were chosen for their practicality and each chapter provides a balanced scientific review and technological progress of how these areas of application are shaping the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072633

Nanopolymers and Modern MaterialsPreparation Properties and Applications This book reports on new methodologies and important applications in the field of nanopolymers as well as includes the latest coverage of chemical databases and the development of new computational methods and efficient algorithms for chemical software and chemical engineering. The book provides an overview of the field explains the basic underlying theory and gives numerous comparisons of different methods. The new topics covered in this book will be an excellent resource for industries and academic researchers as well. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895475

Nanoporous Materials for Energy and the Environment This book disseminates and discusses relevant best case examples and research practices that show how nanomaterial research and related engineering concepts may provide answers and viable solutions to a variety of socioeconomic issues and concerns. The first section is dedicated to the development of new materials and their characterization. The second section addresses modeling and scale transition (from and to nanoscale) processes and the third section presents applications in the environmental and energy sectors. Nanoporous Materials for Energy and the Environment covers a wide selection of subjects ranging from modeling and material design to the preparation and use of nanoporous catalysts adsorbents and membranes. The topics discussed include proton exchange membranes; carbon nanotube (CNT)-based electrodes for fuel cells; advanced design of lithium batteries and supercapacitors using CNTs; multifunctional catalyst for biomass conversion; advanced characterization and modeling of nanomaterials and membranes (including gas transport and multiscale modeling); use of membranes in energy applications gas treatment and separations; and development of multifunctional photoactive membranes and of nanoordered 2D photoactive titania films and membranes. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267175

Nanoporous MaterialsAdvanced Techniques for Characterization Modeling and Processing Having successfully replaced elements used in traditional pollution-prone energy-consuming separation processes nanoporous materials play an important role in chemical processing. Although their unique structural or surface physicochemical properties can to an extent be tailored to meet specific process-related requirements the task of characterizing them completely is still a difficult and frequently controversial problem. Nanoporous Materials: Advanced Techniques for Characterization Modeling and Processing outlines existing and expected innovations in the combination of characterization and modeling techniques used to distinguish monitor and control the evolution of properties in nanoporous sorbents catalysts and membranes during their synthesis and utilization in several important energy processes. Providing broad coverage of the subject to make it useful for academic and industrial researchers from different disciplines and backgrounds this book: Presents the basic principles and major applications of key characterization techniques—from diffraction and spectroscopy to calorimetry and permeability Explores computer simulation techniques an indispensable complement to the combination of the aforementioned analytical techniques Covers the fundamentals and the recent advances in sorption membrane and catalyst processes Describes two characteristic case studies on emerging areas of application of porous solids in the fields of gas-to-liquid conversion and hydrogen storage This reference takes a detailed approach to the subject starting with basics so that beginners or non-expert readers can learn and apply presented fundamentals and examples to their work. Organized into well-focused sections written by internationally known experts this book includes case studies end-of-chapter problems and illustrative video presentations of basic principles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076556

Nanoporous MaterialsSynthesis and Applications In the past two decades the field of nanoporous materials has undergone significant developments. As these materials possess high specific surface areas well-defined pore sizes and functional sites they show a great diversity of applications such as molecular adsorption/storage and separation sensing catalysis energy storage and conversion drug delivery and more. Nanoporous Materials: Synthesis and Applications surveys the key developments in the synthesis of nanoporous materials in a broad range from soft porous materials—such as porous organic and metal-organic frameworks—to hard porous materials such as porous metals and metal oxides and the significant advances in their applications to date. Topics Include: Synthetic approaches characterization techniques and applications of a variety of meso- and microporous polymers and organic frameworks Advances in the synthetic control of structures along with the function exploration of this new class of organic porous materials Synthesis and applications of nanoporous metal-organic frameworks mesoporous silica and nanoporous glass Synthesis of mesoporous carbons by a soft- and hard-templating method and their applications for supercapacitors and membrane separations Fabrication of nanoporous semiconductor materials Structural modification and functional improvement of layered zeolites Germanates and related materials with open-frameworks   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439892053

Nano-scale CMOS Analog CircuitsModels and CAD Techniques for High-Level Design Reliability concerns and the limitations of process technology can sometimes restrict the innovation process involved in designing nano-scale analog circuits. The success of nano-scale analog circuit design requires repeat experimentation correct analysis of the device physics process technology and adequate use of the knowledge database. Starting with the basics Nano-Scale CMOS Analog Circuits: Models and CAD Techniques for High-Level Design introduces the essential fundamental concepts for designing analog circuits with optimal performances. This book explains the links between the physics and technology of scaled MOS transistors and the design and simulation of nano-scale analog circuits. It also explores the development of structured computer-aided design (CAD) techniques for architecture-level and circuit-level design of analog circuits. The book outlines the general trends of technology scaling with respect to device geometry process parameters and supply voltage. It describes models and optimization techniques as well as the compact modeling of scaled MOS transistors for VLSI circuit simulation. • Includes two learning-based methods: the artificial neural network (ANN) and the least-squares support vector machine (LS-SVM) method • Provides case studies demonstrating the practical use of these two methods • Explores circuit sizing and specification translation tasks • Introduces the particle swarm optimization technique and provides examples of sizing analog circuits • Discusses the advanced effects of scaled MOS transistors like narrow width effects and vertical and lateral channel engineering Nano-Scale CMOS Analog Circuits: Models and CAD Techniques for High-Level Design describes the models and CAD techniques explores the physics of MOS transistors and considers the design challenges involving statistical variations of process technology parameters and reliability constraints related to circuit design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466564268

Nanoscale DevicesPhysics Modeling and Their Application The primary aim of this book is to discuss various aspects of nanoscale device design and their applications including transport mechanism modeling and circuit applications. .Provides a platform for modeling and analysis of state-of-the-art devices in nanoscale regime reviews issues related to optimizing the sub-nanometer device performance and addresses simulation aspect and/or fabrication process of devicesAlso includes design problems at the end of each chapter Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570729

Nanoscale Electronic Devices and Their Applications Nanoscale Electronic Devices and Their Applications helps readers acquire a thorough understanding of the fundamentals of solids at the nanoscale level in addition to their applications including operation and properties of recent nanoscale devices. This book includes seven chapters that give an overview of electrons in solids carbon nanotube devices and their applications doping techniques construction and operational details of channel-engineered MOSFETs and spintronic devices and their applications. Structural and operational features of phase-change memory (PCM) memristor and resistive random-access memory (ReRAM) are also discussed. In addition some applications of these phase-change devices to logic designs have been presented. Aimed at senior undergraduate students in electrical engineering micro-electronics engineering physics and device physics this book:  Covers a wide area of nanoscale devices while explaining the fundamental physics in these devices  Reviews information on CNT two- and three-probe devices spintronic devices CNT interconnects CNT memories and NDR in CNT FETs  Discusses spin-controlled devices and their applications multi-material devices and gates in addition to phase-change devices  Includes rigorous mathematical derivations of the semiconductor physics  Illustrates major concepts thorough discussions and various diagrams  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367407070

Nanoscale Energy Transport and HarvestingA Computational Study Energy transport and conversion in nanoscale structures is a rapidly expanding area of science. It looks set to make a significant impact on human life and with numerous commercial developments emerging will become a major academic topic over the coming years. Owing to the difficulty in experimental measurement computational simulation has become a powerful tool in the study of nanoscale energy transport and harvesting. This book provides an introduction to the current computational technology and discusses the applications of nanostructures in renewable energy and the associated research topics. It will be useful for theorists experimentalists and graduate-level students who want to explore this new field of research. The book addresses the currently used computational technologies and their applications in study of nanoscale energy transport and conversion. With content relevant to both academic and commercial viewpoints it will interest researchers and postgraduates as well as consultants in the renewable energy industry. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463027

Nanoscale Engineering in Agricultural Management Agriculture plays a vital role in our lives providing food and economic benefits. Today it faces severe challenges due to decreasing arable land depleting natural resources changing climate pattern and yet increasing demand for food. The recent introduction of nanotechnology in agriculture offers sustainable and precise solutions for developing smart agriculture practices and addressing the challenges faced by the ag-sector. Therefore it is essential to understand this new science from a multidimensional perspective. Experts in the field have contributed in putting together this volume covering topics like plant growth protection and management using engineering nanoscale materials. The chapters in the book have been peer-reviewed and selected for publication based on independent reviewers’ reports. The book covers very specific in-depth and fundamental and applied aspects of the latest ag-nanotechnology research. It is hoped that each chapter of the book will be very useful for researchers policy makers and other audiences from interdisciplinary scientific subjects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138567016

Nanoscale FlowAdvances Modeling and Applications Understanding the physical properties and dynamical behavior of nanochannel flows has been of great interest in recent years and is important for the theoretical study of fluid dynamics and engineering applications in physics chemistry medicine and electronics. The flows inside nanoscale pores are also important due to their highly beneficial drag and heat transfer properties. Nanoscale Flow: Advances Modeling and Applications presents the latest research in the multidisciplinary area of nanoscale flow. Featuring contributions from top inventors in industry academia and government this comprehensive book: Highlights the current status of research on nucleate pool boiling heat transfer flow boiling heat transfer and critical heat flux (CHF) phenomena of nanofluids Describes two novel fractal models for pool boiling heat transfer of nanofluids including subcooled pool boiling and nucleate pool boiling Explores thermal conductivity enhancement in nanofluids measured with a hot-wire calorimeter Discusses two-phase laminar mixed convection AL2O3–water nanofluid in an elliptic duct Explains the principles of molecular and omics imaging and spectroscopy techniques for cancer detection Analyzes fluid dynamics modeling of the tumor vasculature and drug transport Studies the properties of nanoscale particles and their impact on diagnosis therapeutics and theranostics Provides a brief background and review of medical nanoscale flow applications Contains useful appendices of physical constants equations common symbols mathematical formulas the periodic table and more A valuable reference for engineers scientists and biologists Nanoscale Flow: Advances Modeling and Applications is also designed for researchers universities industrial institutions and government giving it broad appeal. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749214

Nanoscale Liquid InterfacesWetting Patterning and Force Microscopy at the Molecular Scale This book addresses the recent developments in the investigation and manipulation of liquids at the nanoscale. This new field has shown important breakthroughs on the basic understanding of physical mechanisms involving liquid interfaces which led to applications in nanopatterning. It has also consequences in force microscopy imaging in liquid environment. The book proposes is a timely review of these various aspects. It is co-authored by 25 among the most prominent scientists in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316453

Nanoscale Networking and Communications Handbook This comprehensive handbook serves as a professional reference as well as a practitioner’s guide to today’s most complete and concise view of nanoscale networking and communications. It offers in-depth coverage of theory technology and practice as they relate to established technologies and recent advancements. It explores practical solutions to a wide range of nanoscale networking and communications issues. Individual chapters authored by leading experts in the field address the immediate and long-term challenges in the authors’ respective areas of expertise.   Key Features   Identifies the main differences between nanonetworks and classical wireless networks and explains how to leverage those to develop new communication techniques for nanonetworks Presents the different alternatives for network communication among nanomachines whether these are nanomaterial-based devices or genetically modified cells Provides a framework that will stimulate vision for a family of technologies in nanonetworking communications and multi-scale integration Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498727310

Nanoscale Nonlinear PANDA Ring Resonator Microring/nanoring resonator is an interesting device that has been widely studied and investigated by researchers from a variety of specializations. This book begins with the basic background of linear and nonlinear ring resonators. A novel design of nano device known as a PANDA ring resonator is proposed. The use of the device in the form of a PANDA in applications such as nanoelectronics measurement communication sensors optical and quantum computing drug delivery hybrid transistor and a new concept of electron-hole pair is discussed in detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087464

Nanoscale Semiconductor MemoriesTechnology and Applications Nanoscale memories are used everywhere. From your iPhone to a supercomputer every electronic device contains at least one such type. With coverage of current and prototypical technologies Nanoscale Semiconductor Memories: Technology and Applications presents the latest research in the field of nanoscale memories technology in one place. It also covers a myriad of applications that nanoscale memories technology has enabled. The book begins with coverage of SRAM addressing the design challenges as the technology scales then provides design strategies to mitigate radiation induced upsets in SRAM. It discusses the current state-of-the-art DRAM technology and the need to develop high performance sense amplifier circuitry. The text then covers the novel concept of capacitorless 1T DRAM termed as Advanced-RAM or A-RAM and presents a discussion on quantum dot (QD) based flash memory. Building on this foundation the coverage turns to STT-RAM emphasizing scalable embedded STT-RAM and the physics and engineering of magnetic domain wall "racetrack" memory. The book also discusses state-of-the-art modeling applied to phase change memory devices and includes an extensive review of RRAM highlighting the physics of operation and analyzing different materials systems currently under investigation. The hunt is still on for universal memory that fits all the requirements of an "ideal memory" capable of high-density storage low-power operation unparalleled speed high endurance and low cost. Taking an interdisciplinary approach this book bridges technological and application issues to provide the groundwork for developing custom designed memory systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072640

Nanoscale Silicon Devices Is Bigger Always Better? Explore the Behavior of Very Small Devices as Described by Quantum Mechanics Smaller is better when it comes to the semiconductor transistor. Nanoscale Silicon Devices examines the growth of semiconductor device miniaturization and related advances in material device circuit and system design and highlights the use of device scaling within the semiconductor industry. Device scaling the practice of continuously scaling down the size of metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistors (MOSFETs) has significantly improved the performance of small computers mobile phones and similar devices. The practice has resulted in smaller delay time and higher device density in a chip without an increase in power consumption. This book covers recent advancements and considers the future prospects of nanoscale silicon (Si) devices. It provides an introduction to new concepts (including variability in scaled MOSFETs thermal effects spintronics-based nonvolatile computing systems spin-based qubits magnetoelectric devices NEMS devices tunnel FETs dopant engineering and single-electron transfer) new materials (such as high-k dielectrics and germanium) and new device structures in three dimensions. It covers the fundamentals of such devices describes the physics and modeling of these devices and advocates further device scaling and minimization of energy consumption in future large-scale integrated circuits (VLSI). Additional coverage includes: Physics of nm scaled devices in terms of quantum mechanics Advanced 3D transistors: tri-gate structure and thermal effects Variability in scaled MOSFET Spintronics on Si platform NEMS devices for switching memory and sensor applications The concept of ballistic transport The present status of the transistor variability and more An indispensable resource Nanoscale Silicon Devices serves device engineers and academic researchers (including graduate students) in the fields of electron devices solid-state physics and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749320

Nanoscale Spectroscopy with Applications This book introduces the key concepts of nanoscale spectroscopy methods used in nanotechnologies in a manner that is easily digestible for a beginner in the field. It discusses future applications of nanotechnologies in technical industries. It also covers new developments and interdisciplinary research in engineering science and medicine. An overview of nanoscale spectroscopy for nanotechnologies the book describes the technologies with an emphasis on how they work and on their key benefits. It also serves as a reference for veterans in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072657

Nanoscience and Computational ChemistryResearch Progress This book provides innovative chapters covering new methodologies and important applications in the fields of nanoscience and computational chemistry. The book offers scope for academics researchers and engineering professionals to present their research and development works that have potential for applications in several disciplines of nano and computational chemistry. Contributions range from new methods to novel applications of existing methods to help readers gain an understanding of the material and/or structural behavior of new and advanced systems. This book is a high quality tool for researchers providing an overview of the field explaining the basic underlying theory at a meaningful level and giving numerous comparisons of different methods. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895598

Nanoscience and NanoengineeringAdvances and Applications Reflecting the breadth of the field from research to manufacturing Nanoscience and Nanoengineering: Advances and Applications delivers an in-depth survey of emerging high-impact nanotechnologies. Written by a multidisciplinary team of scientists and engineers and edited by prestigious faculty of the Joint School of Nanoscience and Nanoengineering this book focuses on important breakthroughs in nanoelectronics nanobiology nanomedicine nanomodeling nanolithography nanofabrication and nanosafety. This authoritative text: Addresses concerns regarding the use of nanomaterials Discusses the advantages of nanocomposites versus conventional materials Explores self-assembly and its potential for nanomanufacturing applications Covers compound semiconductors and their applications in communications Considers display technology and infrared optics in relation to nanoelectronics Explains how computational nanotechnology is critical to the design of process materials and nanobiotechnologies Describes the design and fabrication of nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS) and their applications in nanomedicine By seamlessly integrating interdisciplinary foundational science with state-of-the-art engineering tools Nanoscience and Nanoengineering: Advances and Applications offers a holistic approach to understanding the mechanisms underpinning the nanotechnology-based products we enjoy today as well as those that will change our society in the near future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076563

Nanoscience and NanoengineeringNovel Applications This volume presents a selection of important information and discussion on the new scientific trend of chemical mesoscopics and also sheds new knowledge on the science of nanomaterials processes of nanochemistry and nanoengineering. The volume explores nanomaterial development as well as investigations of processes and modeling. It provides new perspectives on processes while also discussing new methods of treatment polymeric materials and different material modification including by super small quantities of metal/carbon nanocomposites. This volume will be a valuable resource on new trends on chemical mesoscopics nanotechnology and nanoengineering for researchers scientists professors postgraduate students and others. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886963

Nanoscience and Nanotechnology in Foods and Beverages Potential applications of nanotechnology in food industry include: encapsulation and delivery of substances in targeted sites  increasing flavor introducing antibacterial nanoparticles into food enhancing shelf life sensing contamination improved food storage tracking tracing and brand protection. This book provides a basic understanding of the nanoscience and nanotechnology and their applications to different food industry sectors covering both benefits and drawbacks using nanotechnology in food processing and discussing the development of an international regulatory framework. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498760638

Nanoscience Education Workforce Training and K-12 Resources The nanotech revolution waits for no man woman or child. To revitalize science technology engineering and mathematics (STEM) performance the U.S. educational system requires a practical strategy to better educate students about nanoscale science and engineering research. This is particularly important in grades K 12 the effective gestation point for future ideas and information. Optimize your use of free resources from the National Science Foundation The first book of its kind Nanoscience Education Workforce Training and K 12 Resources promotes nano-awareness in both the public and private sectors presenting an overview of the current obstacles that must be overcome within the complex U.S. educational system before any reform is possible. It‘s a race against time and other countries and the fear is that U.S. students could lag behind for decades with ineffective teaching and learning methods handicapping their ability to compete globally. Focusing on the application of new knowledge this concise and highly readable book explores the transdisciplinary nature of nanoscience and its societal impact also addressing workforce training and risk management. Illustrating the historical perspective of the complexity of K 12 education communities it defines nanotechnology and evaluates pertinent global and national landscapes presenting examples of successful change within them. This book is composed of four sections: Foundations addresses the national educational matrix exploring the scientific and social implications associated with the delay in adopting nanoscience education in public schools Teaching Nanotechnology discusses the critical process of teaching K 12 students the skills to understand and evaluate emerging technologies they will encounter

Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138453494

NanoscienceColloidal and Interfacial Aspects The common perception is that nanoscience is something entirely new that it sprung forth whole and fully formed like some mythological deity. But the truth is that like all things scientific nanoscience is the natural result of the long evolution of scientific inquiry. Following a historical trail back to the middle of the 19th century nanoscience is the inborn property of colloid and interface science. What’s important today is for us to recognize that nanoparticles are small colloidal objects. It should also be appreciated that over the past decades a number of novel nanostructures have been developed but whatever we call them we cannot forget that their properties and behavior are still in the realm of colloid and interface science. However one views it the interest and funding in nano-science is a tremendous opportunity to advance critical research in colloid chemistry. Nanoscience: Colloidal and Interfacial Aspects brings together a prominent roster of 42 leading investigators and their teams who detail the wide range of theoretical and experimental knowledge that can be successfully applied for investigating nanosystems many of which are actually well-known colloidal systems. This international grouping of pioneering investigators from academia and industry use these pages to provide researchers of today and tomorrow with a full examination of nano-disperse colloids homogeneous and heterogeneous nano-structured materials (and their properties) and shelf-organization at the nano-scale. This cutting-edge reference provides information on investigations into non-linear electrokinetic phenomena in nano-sized dispersions and nano-sized biological systems. It discusses application aspects of technological processes in great detail providing scientists and engineers across all fields with authoritative commentary on colloid and interface science operating at the nanoscale. Nano-Science: Colloidal and Interfacial Aspects provides an authoritative resource for those wanting to familiarize themselves with current progress as well as for those looking to make their own impact on the development of new technologies and practical applications in fields as diverse as medicine materials and environmental science to name but a few. Whether you call the technology nano or colloids the field continues to be ripe with opportunity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198944

Nanoscopy and Multidimensional Optical Fluorescence Microscopy "Alberto Diaspro has been choreographing light’s dance for over 20 years and in Nanoscopy and Multidimensional Optical Fluorescence Microscopy he has assembled a diverse group of experts to explain the methods they use to coax light to reveal biology’s secrets."— From the Foreword by Daniel Evanko editor Nature Methods Nanoscopy and Multidimensional Optical Fluorescence Microscopy demonstrates that the boundaries between sciences do blur at the bottom especially those that might separate the optical work of physicists and the cellular work of microbiologists. In 18 chapters written by pioneering researchers this work offers the first comprehensive and current documentation of the cutting-edge research being accomplished in a wide range of photonic devices with revolutionary application. The highlight of the book is its coverage of optical nanoscopy and super-resolution microscopy. The rapid advances in this area over the past few years offer researchers in both photonics and molecular biologya wealth of accomplishment upon which they can build.Offering a complete treatment of this emerging field this volume: Describes how scientists have exploited the properties of light and its fluorophore partners to overcome the resolution limit of conventional light microscopy Delves into recent ways to minimize the photobleaching that has long hampered many methods including those that have the potential to capture previously unobtainable information on the movements of single molecules Discusses the principles benefits and implementation of fluorescence correlation spectroscopy and related methods which simplifies analysis by limiting light to stationary focal points in a sample Considers the most basic as well as emerging methods for improving three-dimensional optical sectioning microscopy Reviews the basics of FRET ( Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367384210

Nano-SemiconductorsDevices and Technology With contributions from top international experts from both industry and academia Nano-Semiconductors: Devices and Technology is a must-read for anyone with a serious interest in future nanofabrication technologies. Taking into account the semiconductor industry’s transition from standard CMOS silicon to novel device structures—including carbon nanotubes (CNT) graphene quantum dots and III-V materials—this book addresses the state of the art in nano devices for electronics. It provides an all-encompassing one-stop resource on the materials and device structures involved in the evolution from micro- to nanoelectronics. The book is divided into three parts that address: Semiconductor materials (i.e. carbon nanotubes memristors and spin organic devices) Silicon devices and technology (i.e. BiCMOS SOI various 3D integration and RAM technologies and solar cells) Compound semiconductor devices and technology This reference explores the groundbreaking opportunities in emerging materials that will take system performance beyond the capabilities of traditional CMOS-based microelectronics. Contributors cover topics ranging from electrical propagation on CNT to GaN HEMTs technology and applications. Approaching the trillion-dollar nanotech industry from the perspective of real market needs and the repercussions of technological barriers this resource provides vital information about elemental device architecture alternatives that will lead to massive strides in future development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072664

NanosensorsPhysical Chemical and Biological Nanosensors are innovative devices that exploit the unique properties exhibited by matter at the nanoscale. A growing and exciting field nanosensors have recently spurred considerable research endeavors across the globe driving a need for the development of new device concepts and engineering nanostructured materials with controlled properties. Nanosensors: Physical Chemical and Biological Second Edition offers a panoramic view of the field and related nanotechnologies with extraordinary clarity and depth. Presenting an interdisciplinary approach blending physics chemistry and biology this new edition is broad in scope and organised into six parts; beginning with the fundamentals before moving onto nanomaterials and nanofabrication technologies in the second part. The third and fourth parts provide a critical appraisal of physical nanosensors and explore the chemical and biological categories of nanosensors. The fifth part sheds light on the emerging applications of nanosensors in the sectors of society industry and defense and details the cutting-edge applications of state-of-the-art nanosensors in environmental science food technology medical diagnostics and biotechnology. The final part addresses self-powering and networking issues of nanosensors and provides glimpses of future trends. This is an ideal reference for researchers and industry professionals engaged in the frontier areas of material science and semiconductor fabrication as well as graduate students in physics and engineering pursuing electrical engineering and electronics courses with a focus on nanoscience and nanotechnology. Key features: Provides an updated all-encompassing exploration of contemporary nanosensors and highlights the exclusive nanoscale properties on which nanosensors are designed. Presents an accessible approach with a question-and-answer format to allow an easy grasp of the intricacies involved in the complex working mechanisms of devices. Contains clear illustrative diagrams enabling the visualization of nanosensor operations along with worked examples end of chapter questions and exhaustive up-to-date bibliographies appended to each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367457051

NanosensorsPhysical Chemical and Biological Bringing together widely scattered information Nanosensors: Physical Chemical and Biological explores sensor development in the nanotechnology age. This easy-to-read book presents a critical appraisal of the new opportunities in the area of sensors provided by nanotechnologies and nanotechnology-enabled advancements. After introducing nanosensor classification and fundamental terms the book outlines the properties of important nanomaterials and nanotechnologies used in nanosensor fabrication. Subsequent chapters are organized according to nanosensor type: physical (mechanical and acoustical thermal and radiation optical and magnetic); chemical (atomic and molecular energies); and biological. The final chapter summarizes the current state of the field and discusses future trends. A complete and authoritative guide to nanosensors this book offers up-to-date information on the fabrication properties and operating mechanisms of these fast and reliable sensors. It addresses progress in the field fundamental issues and challenges facing researchers and prospects for future development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439827123

NanosensorsTheory and Applications in Industry Healthcare and Defense Nanosensors are rapidly becoming a technology of choice across diverse fields. They offer effective and affordable options for detecting and measuring chemical and physical properties in difficult-to-reach biological and industrial systems operating at the nanoscale. However with nanosensor development occurring in so many fields it has become di Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429130793

NanosiliconProperties Synthesis Applications Methods of Analysis and Control Nanosilicon: Properties Synthesis Applications Methods of Analysis and Control examines the latest developments on the physics and chemistry of nanosilicon. The book focuses on methods for producing nanosilicon its electronic and optical properties research methods to characterize its spectral and structural properties and its possible applications.The first part of the book covers the basic properties of semiconductors including causes of the size dependence of the properties structural and electronic properties and physical characteristics of the various forms of silicon. It presents theoretical and experimental research results as well as examples of porous silicon and quantum dots.The second part discusses the synthesis of nanosilicon modification of the surface of nanoparticles and properties of the resulting particles. The authors give special attention to the photoluminescence of silicon nanoparticles.The third part describes methods used for studying and controlling the structure and properties of nanocrystalline silicon. These methods include standard ones such as electron microscopy spectroscopy and diffraction as well as novel techniques such as femtosecond spectroscopy ultrafast electron nanocrystallography and dynamic transmission electron microscopy.The fourth part details some of the practical applications of nanocrystalline silicon including the use of nanoparticles as additives–absorbers of UV radiation in sunscreens.Incorporating much of the authors’ own extensive research results this book provides a systematic account of the scientific problems of nanosilicon and its potential practical applications. It will help readers understand current and emerging applications and research methods of this unique material. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378516

Nanostructural BioceramicsAdvances in Chemically Bonded Ceramics Biomaterials are produced in situ and in vivo in the body using mainly hydration reactions that is reactions between phosphates silicates or aluminates and water. The nanostructural integration of these biomaterials in the body is controlled by six mechanisms. This book describes the new biomaterials based on nanostructural chemically bonded bioceramics and discusses their general and specific properties. It presents an overview of the nanostructural chemically bonded bioceramics including their processing aspects properties integration with tissues relation to other bioceramics and biomaterials and nanostructural integration in different dental and orthopaedic applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463430

Nanostructure Nanosystems and Nanostructured MaterialsTheory Production and Development This book provides valuable information on the new class of nanostructures—metal/carbon nanocomposites—and discusses new methods of their synthesis properties and applications. It covers computer prognosis including quantum chemical modeling for metal/carbon nanocomposites synthesis processing as well as fine dispersed suspensions obtaining processes and material modification processes. Intended for researchers academics and post-graduate students the book will give readers an up-to-date look at this important and valuable new class of nanostructures: metal/carbon nanocomposites. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895499

Nanostructured and Advanced Materials for Fuel Cells Boasting chapters written by leading international experts Nanostructured and Advanced Materials for Fuel Cells provides an overview of the progress that has been made so far in the material and catalyst development for fuel cells. The book covers the most recent developments detailing all aspects of synthesis characterization and performance. It offers an overview on the principles classifications and types of fuels used in fuel cells and discusses the critical properties design and advances made in various sealing materials. It provides an extensive review on the design configuration fabrication modeling materials and stack performance of μ-SOFC technology and addresses the advancement and challenges in the synthesis characterization and fundamental understanding of the catalytic activity of nitrogen-carbon carbon and noncarbon-based electro catalysts for PEM fuel cells. The authors explore the atomic layer deposition (ALD) technique summarize the advancements in the fundamental understanding of the most successful Nafion membranes and focus on the development of alternative and composite membranes for direct alcohol fuel cells (DAFCs). They also review current challenges and consider future development in the industry. Includes 17 chapters 262 figures and close to 2000 references Provides an extensive review of the carbon nitrogen-carbon and noncarbon-based electro catalysts for fuel cells Presents an update on the latest materials development in conventional fuel cells and emerging fuel cells This text is a single-source reference on the latest advances in the nano-structured materials and electro catalysts for fuel cells the most efficient and emerging energy conversion technologies for the twenty-first century. It serves as a valuable resource for students materials engineers and researchers interested in fuel cell technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076570

Nanostructured Ceramic Oxides for Supercapacitor Applications A fresh and innovative technology is currently being recognized as a viable replacement for batteries. Research in the field of supercapacitors as well as in the area of ceramic materials and their application to supercapacitor development has spawned Nanostructured Ceramic Oxides for Supercapacitor Applications. Featuring key contributions from well-established experts this book highlights the field of high-energy and power storage devices and considers the potential of nanostructured ceramic oxides for supercapacitors. It explores the role of different ceramic oxide systems and their surface nano-architecture in governing the efficacy of a supercapacitor and presents a detailed understanding of the basic design and science associated with nanostructured ceramic oxide-based supercapacitors. It examines the history and development of this promising energy system covering the fundamentals science and problems associated with this swiftly emerging field. The book also looks extensively into different measurement techniques that can evaluate the performance of this device. Presents an overview of a given field with examples chosen primarily for their educational purpose Provides exhaustive references at the end of each chapter Fits the background of various science and engineering disciplines Contains detailed mathematical analyses Each chapter includes several simple well-illustrated equations and schematic diagrams to augment the research topics and help the reader grasp the subject. Background theories and techniques are introduced early on leading to the evolution of the field of nanostructured ceramic oxide-–based supercapacitors. Nanostructured Ceramic Oxides for Supercapacitor Applications chronicles significant strides in device development and benefits seniors and graduate students studying physics electrical and computer engineering chemistry mechanical engineering materials science and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072671

Nanostructured CeramicsCharacterization and Analysis This book discusses fundamentals of nanostructured ceramics involving functional structural and high temperature materials. It provides both solved numerical problems and unsolved problems to enable the reader to envisage the correlation between synthesis process and properties in the perspective of new material development. It serves as a concise text to answer the basics and achieve research goals for academia and industry.Key FeaturesDeals with basic strategy on data interpretation for nanostructured ceramicsProposes to bridge the gap between the nano and bulk properties of nanostructured ceramicsDiscusses brief schematics and equations to understand the different properties of nano to bulk ceramicsPresents mode of data acquisition and interpretation through statistical module and solved numericalIncludes unsolved numericals based on properties data acquisition and interpretation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570941

Nanostructured Electrochromic Materials for Smart Switchable Windows This book focuses on next-generation smart windows which can change their optical-physical properties by reflecting and/or transmitting incoming light radiation to attain comfortable indoor temperatures throughout the year. Offers in-depth discussion of a range of materials and devices related to different technologies used in manufacturing smart windowsDiscusses basic principles materials synthesis and thin film fabrication and optical and electrochemical characterization techniques Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367606640

Nanostructured Polymer Blends and Composites in Textiles This new volume reviews recent academic and technological developments behind new engineered modified nanotextile materials. The developments in textiles using nanotechnology give ordinary materials improved properties such as better water resistance enhanced moisture and odor reduction increased strength and elasticity and resistance to bacteria among other improvements. The research reported in this book presents state-of-the-art technology in modern materials with an emphasis on the rapidly growing technologies in textile engineering. Several innovative applications for different materials are described in considerable detail with emphasis on the experimental data that supports these new applications. From nano-fibers to chemical materials creative modifications concerning new nanocomposites are described that could one day become commonplace. The book covers a host of topics in this area including the design of new textile products moisture and heat transfer in clothing developments in electrospinning new applications nanotextile and tissue engineering from a biological perspective and more. The book is intended for researchers and those interested in future developments in mechanical and physicochemical characteristics of modified nanotextile materials and polymer blends. The book will also be a useful tool for students and researchers providing helpful insights into new evolving research areas in nanostructured polymer blends and composites in textiles. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881432

Nanostructured Semiconductors in Porous Alumina MatricesModeling Synthesis and Properties This book Nanostructured Semiconductors in Porous Alumina Matrices: Modeling Synthesis and Properties explores new developments in the modeling synthesis and properties of functional semiconductor nanostructures in porous anodic alumina matrices. The book focuses on luminescent nanoparticles in organic and inorganic dielectric matrixes specifically in porous alumina films as these are most relevant due to their capacity for particle division and ability to provide environmental protection. With a particular emphasis on experimental and theoretical studies of the synthesis processes the book informs readers about these nanostructures through rigorous investigation of their properties. The book which is divided into ten chapters begins with a discussion of the existing literature on nanostructural electroluminescent light sources (ELS). This overview establishes a foundation for the remaining nine chapters which explore in depth many facets of nanostructured materials: their composition processes they undergo how they may be implemented etc. Within these chapters experimental studies and results are incorporated in addition to detailed descriptions of simulations that highlight different uses of these materials. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887700

Nanostructured SemiconductorsAmorphization and Thermal Properties The book is devoted to nanostructures and nanostructured materials containing both amorphous and crystalline phases with a particular focus on their thermal properties. It is the first time that theoreticians and experimentalists from different domains gathered to treat this subject. It contains two distinct parts; the first combines theory and simulations methods with specific examples while the second part discusses methods to fabricate nanomaterials with crystalline and amorphous phases and experimental techniques to measure the thermal conductivity of such materials. Physical insights are given in the first part of the book related with the existing theoretical models and the state of art simulations methods (molecular dynamics ab-initio simulations kinetic theory of gases). In the second part engineering advances in the nanofabrication of crystalline/amorphous heterostructures (heavy ion irradiation electrochemical etching aging/recrystallization ball milling PVD laser crystallization and magnetron sputtering) and adequate experimental measurement methods are analyzed (Scanning Thermal Microscopy Raman thermal wave methods and x-rays neutrons spectroscopy). Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745642

Nanostructured SemiconductorsFrom Basic Research to Applications This book focuses on nanostructured semiconductors their fabrication and their application in fields such as optics acoustics and biomedicine. It presents recent developments in nanostructured and hybrid materials and also contains a collection of principles and approaches related to nano-size semiconductors. The text summarizes the recent work by renowned scientists emphasizing the synthesis by self-assembly or prestructuring and characterization methods of such nanosize materials and also discusses the potential applications of nanostructured semiconductors and hybrid systems. It also gives adequate coverage to the novel properties of nanostructured and low-dimensional materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316903

Nanostructured Thin Films and CoatingsFunctional Properties Authored by leading experts from around the world the three-volume Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings gives scientific researchers and product engineers a resource as dynamic and flexible as the field itself. The first two volumes cover the latest research and application of the mechanical and functional properties of thin films and coatings while the third volume explores the cutting-edge organic nanostructured devices used to produce clean energy. This second volume Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings: Functional Properties focuses on functional properties (i.e. optical electronic and electrical) and related devices and applications. It also addresses topics such as: Large-scale fabrication of functional thin films using nanoarchitecture via chemical routes Fabrication and characterization of SiC nanostructured/nanocomposite films Low-dimensional nanocomposite fabrication and its applications Optical and optoelectronic properties of silicon nanocrystals embedded in SiO2 matrix Electrical properties of silicon nanocrystals embedded in amorphous SiO2 matrix Optical aspects of properties and applications of sol-gel-derived nanostructured thin films Controllably micro/nanostructured films and devices Thin-film shape memory alloy for microsystem applications   A complete resource this handbook provides the detailed explanations that newcomers need as well as the latest cutting-edge research and data for experts. Covering a wide range of mechanical and functional technologies including those used in clean energy these books also feature figures tables and images that will aid research and help professionals acquire and maintain a solid grasp of this burgeoning field.   The Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings is composed of this volume and two others: Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings: Mechanical Properties Organic Nanostructured Thin Film Devices and Coatings for Clean Energy Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114753

Nanostructured Thin Films and CoatingsMechanical Properties Authored by leading experts from around the world the three-volume Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings gives scientific researchers and product engineers a resource as dynamic and flexible as the field itself. The first two volumes cover the latest research and application of the mechanical and functional properties of thin films and coatings while the third volume explores the cutting-edge organic nanostructured devices used to produce clean energy. This first volume Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings: Mechanical Properties concentrates on essential properties such as hardness toughness and adhesion. It looks at process and performance and offers a detailed analysis of theories and size effect. It also covers:Fundamentals of hard and superhard nanocomposites and heterostructuresDetermination of hardness and modulus of thin filmsFracture toughness and interfacial adhesion strength of thin films: Indentation and scratch experiments and analysisToughness and toughening of hard nanocomposite coatingsProcessing and mechanical properties of hybrid sol-gel-derived nanocomposite coatingsUse of nanomechanics to optimize coatings for cutting toolsElectrolytic deposition of nanocomposite coatings: Processing properties and applicationsThis book presents an industrial perspective on diamond and metal-containing amorphous carbon nanostructured coatings and transition metal nitride-based nanolayered and nanocomposite coatings. It also covers polymer films from nanoscale synthesis to macroscale functionality. A complete resource this handbook provides the detailed explanations that newcomers need as well as the latest cutting-edge research and data for experts. Covering a wide Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383916

Nanostructures Nanomaterials and Nanotechnologies to Nanoindustry Nanosturctures Nanomaterials and Nanotechnologies to Nanoindustry presents the most important information about new trends in nanochemistry and nanotechnology as well as in nanobiology and nanomedicine. It covers the obtaining and manufacturing of nanostructures nanomaterial science investigation of nanostructures and nanomaterials development of prognostication apparatus when obtaining and investigating nanoproducts as well as the application of nanoproducts and nanotechnologies in different areas. The book discusses mastering nanotechnologies and semi-industrial and industrial production of nanocomposites and nanomaterials and provides a practical introduction of nanomaterials and nanotechnologies into different areas including medicine and agriculture. The contributors include representatives of industrial enterprises and research institutions. The book will be useful for researchers professors/instructors (for teaching specific courses) students and postgraduates and also for personal re-qualification and for university/college libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895888

Nanostructures and Nanoconstructions based on DNA Evolutionally optimized biomolecules and their complexes present attractive objects in the production of functionalized nanoobjects. Indeed nucleic acid-based molecules are primary candidates as building blocks for development of nanoscale systems and devices.Written for chemists physicists molecular biologists and students in related fields Nanostructures and Nanoconstructions Based on DNA covers specific properties of metallic nanoparticles and compares their properties with those related to nanoobjects formed by biological molecules. It also discloses details of formation and physicochemical peculiarities of the DNA nanostructures and DNA-based nanoconstructions. Furthermore the book considers:The peculiarities of two approaches to structural DNA nanotechnology i.e. to creation of spatial nanoobjects formed by DNA molecules and their complexes: (i) the hybridization approach and (ii) the liquid-crystalline approachThe physicochemical properties of DNA nanostructures as well as "liquid" and "rigid" DNA-based nanoconstructionsThe connection of liquid crystalline phase formation in DNA with possible nanotechnological applicationsThis timely reference covers more DNA physics and molecular biology than any other published title. The authors discuss how nucleic acid molecules and their complexes with chemical and biologically active compounds are an area of increasing significance in the development of various nanoscale systems and devices of practical importance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381295

Nanostructures in Biological SystemsTheory and Applications This book is a survey on the theoretical as well as experimental results on nanostructures in biological systems. It shows how a unifying approach starting from single-particle energy deriving free energy of the system and determining the equilibrium by minimizing the free energy can be applied to describe electrical and elastic phenomena. It helps the readers to use this basic transparent and simple approach to develop additional new systems and interactions and describes the theoretical and experimental aspects together so that they support each other in broadening the knowledge on biological systems. It suggests potential use of this knowledge in clinically relevant phenomena such as hemostasis inflammation and spreading of cancer and describes some applications in nanotoxicology such as the interactions between biological membranes and inorganic nanostructures. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267205

Nanostructures in Electronics and Photonics This book provides a broad overview of nanotechnology as applied to contemporary electronics and photonics. The areas of application described are typical of what originally set off the nanotechnology revolution. An account of original research contributions from researchers all over the world the book is extremely valuable for gaining an understa Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429066030

Nano-Surface Chemistry Containing more than 2600 references and over 550 equations drawings tables photographs and micrographs This book describes hierarchical assemblies in biology and biological processes that occur at the nanoscale across membranes and at interfaces. It covers recurrent themes in nanocolloid science including self-assembly construction of supramolecular architecture nanoconfinement and compartmentalization measurement and control of interfacial forces novel synthetic materials and computer simulation. The authors reviews surface forces apparatus measurements of two-dimensional organized ensembles at solid-liquid interfaces. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396916

Nanotech 2012Technical Proceedings of the 2012 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo Volumes 1-3 Providing the most complete record of current accomplishments in this burgeoning area TechConnect World brings together more than 5 000 business and technical professionals including leading researchers buyers entrepreneurs corporate business developers investors service providers commercialization/tech transfer officers industry analysts and members of the media. Top contributors offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in Clean Technologies Nanotechnologies and Biotechnologies with a mission to match innovative solutions to real-world technology challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466562875

Nanotech 2013Technical Proceedings of the 2013 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo Volumes 1-3 The NanoScience and Technology Institute (NSTI) nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2013 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in nanotech. This set includes three volumes: Nanotech 2013 Volume 1: Advanced Materials CNTs Particles Films and Composites Nanotech 2013 Volume 2: Electronic Devices Fabrication MEMS Fluidics and Computation Nanotech 2013 Volume 3: Bio Sensors Instruments Medical Environment and Energy Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482205794

Nanotechnological Approaches in Food Microbiology Nanotechnology has gained attention in all aspects of modern science having vital applications in the food chain storage quality monitoring processing preservation and packaging. The global population is increasing rapidly therefore there is a requirement to produce food products in a more proficient non-toxic and sustainable way. Food scientists and microbiologists are interested in food safety and quality assurance to produce excellent-quality food free of food pathogens Nanotechnological Approaches in Food Microbiology provides a systematic introduction and comprehensive information about practical approaches and characteristic features related to the significant applications of nanotechnology in food microbiology including nano-starch films nanoemulsions biogenic nanoparticles and nanocapsules. The book will explore details about metal nanoparticle synthesis characterization mathematical modeling kinetic studies and their antimicrobial approaches. Key Features: Includes comprehensive knowledge on metal nanoparticle synthesis characterization mathematical modeling kinetic studies and their antimicrobial approaches Lays out concepts of essential oil nanoemulsion and their potential antimicrobial applications Deals with the latest development in nano-starch composite biofilms containing bioactive constituents to inhibit pathogenic microbes Explores the nanocapsules as potential antimicrobial agents in food. Provides information regarding new biogenic nano-antimicrobials developed for the food safety and quality assurance This book will educate readers on the aspects of nanotechnology in food safety and quality assurance. Nanoemulsions nanohydrogels metal nanoparticles nano-starch films nanocapsules and nano-antimicrobials are the emerging essentials of nanotechnology that are used to preserve the food at greater extent. This book should be of interest to a large and varied audience of researchers in academia industry food processing preservation packaging microbiology and policy regulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367359447

Nanotechnologies: The Physics of Nanomaterials (2-volume set) Nanotechnology: The Physics of Nanomaterials (2-volume set) is a comprehensive guide to the various aspects of nanophysics. The author’s microscopic approach illustrates how physical principles can be used to understand the basic properties and functioning of low-dimensional systems. It provides an in-depth introduction to the techniques of production and analysis of materials at the nanoscopic level. Much of physics is based on our understanding of solid-state physics. These volumes show how limitations of size can give rise to new physical properties and quantum effects which can be exploited in new applications and devices. Published in two volumes—Volume 1: The Physics of Surfaces and Nanofabrication Techniques and Volume 2: Physical Properties of Nanostructured Materials and Their Applications this important text gives a broad introduction to nanophysics and nanotechnologies and goes on to discuss the basics of surface science thin films and surface analysis. Chapters in Volume 1 cover the basics of surface science thin films and surface analysis as well as the nanofabrication techniques. There is a large range of physical preparation techniques available for the production of nanomaterials and nanostructuring. The aim of Part II provides a good overview of the main techniques of their working principles and the type of structures that can be produced in each case. Specifically Volume 2 discusses the mechanical electrical and optical properties of nanostructures as well as nanomagnetism spintronics spin dynamics as well as a broad range of applications to illustrate how the physical properties of materials can be manipulated to perform very specific functions. Key features: Provides a comprehensive treatment of nanoscience covering all major areas of the physics involved in nanostructures including sample preparation techniques characterization methods physical principles and applications Presents an introduction and summary to each chapter highlighting the principal ideas of each chapter in a concise manner Includes revision problems that will allow students to assess their progress at the end of each chapter Incorporates the author’s 25 years research experience Based on a lecture course the author has given over a period of several years Nanotechnology: The Physics of Nanomaterials includes the benefit of feedback from students helping to make the subject matter approachable and appealing to newcomers and students. The volumes will be valuable for courses in nanotechnologies nanomedicine nanobiotechnologies etc. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771889476

Nanotechnologies: The Physics of NanomaterialsVolume 1: The Physics of Surfaces and Nanofabrication Techniques Provides a broad introduction to nanophysics and nanotechnologies and the importance of low-dimensional and surface physics is discussed indepth. Chapters in Volume 1 covers the large range of physical preparation techniques available for the production of nanomaterials and nanostructuring. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771889483

Nanotechnologies: The Physics of NanomaterialsVolume 2: Physical Properties of Nanostructured Materials and Their Applications Volume 2: Physical Properties of Nanostructured Materials and Their Applications of Nanotechnology: The Physics of Nanomaterials (2-volume set) provides a good overview of the main techniques of the working principles and the type of structures that can be produced with nanomaterials. Specifically Volume 2 discusses the mechanical electrical and optical properties of nanostructures as well as nanomagnetism spintronics spin dynamics as well as a broad range of applications to illustrate how the physical properties of materials can be manipulated to perform very specific functions. Nanotechnology: The Physics of Nanomaterials (2-volume set) is a comprehensive guide to the various aspects of nanophysics. The author’s microscopic approach illustrates how physical principles can be used to understand the basic properties and functioning of low-dimensional systems. It provides an in-depth introduction to the techniques of production and analysis of materials at the nanoscopic level. Much of physics is based on our understanding of solid-state physics. These volumes show how limitations of size can give rise to new physical properties and quantum effects which can be exploited in new applications and devices. Volume 1: The Physics of Surfaces and Nanofabrication Techniques provides a broad introduction to nanophysics and nanotechnologies and the importance of low-dimensional and surface physics is discussed indepth. Chapters in Volume 1 covers the large range of physical preparation techniques available for the production of nanomaterials and nanostructuring. Key features: Provides a comprehensive treatment of nanoscience covering all major areas of the physics involved in nanostructures including sample preparation techniques characterization methods physical principles and applications Presents an introduction and summary to each chapter highlighting the principal ideas of each chapter in a concise manner Includes revision problems that will allow students to assess their progress at the end of each chapter Incorporates the author’s 25 years research experience Based on a lecture course the author has given over a period of several years Nanotechnology: The Physics of Nanomaterials includes the benefit of feedback from students helping to make the subject matter approachable and appealing to newcomers and students. The volumes will be valuable for courses in nanotechnologies nanomedicine nanobiotechnologies and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771889490

Nanotechnology 2011Advanced Materials CNTs Particles Films and Composites NSTI's nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2011 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Information from past conferences has been compiled into authoritative and comprehensive compendiums and made available (along with pricing information) here on our site. Contents of the proceedings for this year's conference and expo are provided here as well. Nanotech proceedings are available in print and on the TechConnect World 2011 Proceedings CD-ROM which also includes Cleantech Microtech Bionanotech proceedings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439871423

Nanotechnology 2012Advanced Materials CNTs Films and Composites Technical Proceedings of the 2012 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo (Volume 1) NSTI's nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2012 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Nanotech proceedings also include Cleantech Microtech Bionanotech. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466562745

Nanotechnology 2012Bio Sensors Instruments Medical Environment and Energy: Technical Proceedings of the 2012 NSTI Nanotechnology Conferen NSTI's nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2012 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466562769

Nanotechnology 2012Electronics Devices Fabrication MEMS Fluidics and Computation: Technical Proceedings of the 2012 NSTI Nanotechnology NSTI's nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2012 is no exception. Top scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466562752

Nanotechnology 2013Advanced Materials CNTs Particles Films and Composites Technical Proceedings of the 2013 NSTI Nanotechnology Conferenc The NanoScience and Technology Institute (NSTI) nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2013 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in nanotech. Volume 1 covers advanced materials carbon nanotubes particles films and composites. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482205817

Nanotechnology 2013Bio Sensors Instruments Medical Environment and Energy Technical Proceedings of the 2013 NSTI Nanotechnology Conferenc The NanoScience and Technology Institute (NSTI) nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2013 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in nanotech. Volume 3 covers bio sensors instruments medical environment and energy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482205862

Nanotechnology 2014Electronics Manufacturing Environment Energy & Water Technical Proceedings of the 2014 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference NSTI’s nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2014 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482258301

Nanotechnology 2014Graphene CNTs Particles Films & Composites Technical Proceedings of the 2014 NSTI Nanotechnolgy Conference and Expo (Volume 1) NSTI’s nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2014 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482258264

Nanotechnology 2014MEMS Fluidics Bio Systems Medical Computational & Photonics Technical Proceedings of the 2014 NSTI Nanotechnology Con NSTI’s nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2014 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482258271

Nanotechnology 2014Technical Proceedings of the 2014 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo (Volumes 1-3) NSTI’s nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists and Nanotech 2014 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Includes all three volumes – two volumes on Nanotechnology and one volume on Clean technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482258233

Nanotechnology and Drug Delivery Volume OneNanoplatforms in Drug Delivery Forage crops include several species of grasses and legumes that are widely used as animal fodder in the form of hay pasturage and silage as well as for turf and erosion control. Some forage grasses are also being considered for bio-energy generation. In this book leading researchers review the latest advances in molecular genetics and genomics; they also examine the success of breeding programs for forage grasses and legume species. The book will be useful for students and young researchers with an interest in forage turf and bio-energy crops improvements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466599475

Nanotechnology and Drug Delivery Volume TwoNano-Engineering Strategies and Nanomedicines against Severe Diseases The recent introduction of nanomedicines in the drug therapy arena is revolutionizing the management of severe diseases. The key advance in the field is the optimization of the biological fate of drug molecules thus improving the therapeutic effect while keeping to a very minimum the associated toxicity. Volume one of this book series Nanoplatforms in Drug Delivery established the basic aspects in the development of drug-loaded nanoplatforms the so-called nanomedicines or nanodrugs focusing on representative materials and strategies used in their formulation. Taking advantage of the advanced conceptualizations on nanomedicine engineering that were described in volume one volume two Nano-Engineering Strategies and Nanomedicines against Severe Diseases analyzes in depth special features related to the formulation of nanoplatforms for oral dental topical and transdermal pulmonary and nasal ocular and otic vaginal and brain drug delivery and targeting. Particular aspects of nanomedicine engineering and in vivo fate associated with the routing of drug administration are given special attention. In addition an up-to-date view is presented on the use of nanomedicines against severe diseases such as cancer cardiovascular diseases neurodegenerative disorders infectious diseases chronic inflammatory diseases and metabolic diseases. The chapters analyze the key factors that need to be controlled to achieve the optimum therapeutic effect. Attention is further given to gene delivery and the recent concept of nanotheranosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482262711

Nanotechnology and Energy Nanotechnology is a vibrant research area and a growing industry. The properties of nanoparticles and nanofluids are different from those of macroparticles and macrofluids because the physical and chemical properties are very dissimilar when dimensions are at the nanometer range. The first successes in using nanofluids for cooling were achieved and commercialized for automobiles; hence this subarea is rather profitable. Other nanotechnology research and developmental areas are cutting edge. The core scientific principles of all nanotechnology applications are based in physics chemistry and engineering. Nanotechnology is not taught in most programs of engineering yet and this book on nanotechnology and energy includes a discussion of introducing nanotechnology to the curricula of engineering students. The book also introduces significant current research topics in nanoscience and nanotechnology. It is a textbook for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students of nanotechnology as well as a useful reference book for researchers and professional engineers working in the fields of macromolecular science nanotechnology and chemistry especially those with an interest in energy and the environment and the automotive industry. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774246

Nanotechnology and EnergyScience Promises and Limits Novel breakthroughs in the cutting-edge field of nanotechnology as a cross-sectional technology show potential for being applied across the whole value chain of the energy sector (energy sources energy conversion energy distribution energy storage and energy use). This book gives an overview of nanotechnological applications within the value chain of the energy sector and evaluates selected applications and their direct and indirect impacts on the energy sector. It presents selected nanotechnological applications that influence the energy economy significantly. Furthermore the authors give a comprehensive description of the impacts and outcomes of selected nanotechnological applications on energy consumption energy sources energy supply and the energy industry in Germany and show the potential of these applications for energy savings improvement in energy efficiency and the reduction of emissions until 2030. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310819

Nanotechnology and Global Equality The book places nanotechnology’s emergence within a broad historical and contemporary global context while developing and testing an interpretive framework through which to assess nanotechnology’s claims. It clarifies the nature of global engagement with nanotechnology research and development revealing surprising scenarios unacknowledged by most mainstream commentators. The book concludes by exploring a range of perspectives from Thailand and Australia about nanotechnology’s foreseen implications for global inequity. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303392

Nanotechnology and Global Sustainability The rise of collaborative consumption peer-to-peer systems and not-for-profit social enterprise heralds the emergence of a new era of human collectivity. Increasingly this consolidation stems from an understanding that big-banner issues—such as climate change—are not the root causes of our present global predicament. There is a growing and collective view that issues such as this are actually symptoms of a much more vicious seemingly insurmountable condition: our addiction to economic consumption and population growth in a world of finite resources. Nanotechnology and Global Sustainability uses nanotechnology—the product of applied scientific knowledge to control and utilize matter at atomic and molecular scales—as a lens through which to explore the interrelationship between innovation politics economy and sustainability. This groundbreaking book addresses how stakeholders can actively reshape agendas to create positive and sustainable futures through this latest controversial cross-sectoral technology. It moves beyond issues of efficiency productivity and utility exploring the insights of 22 contributors from around the world whose work spans the disciplines of science and the humanities. Their combined knowledge reinforced with various case studies introduces an exciting prospect—how we can innovate without economic growth. This new volume in the Perspectives in Nanotechnology series is edited by Dr. Donald Maclurcan and Dr. Natalia Radywyl. Dr. Maclurcan is a social innovator and Honorary Research Fellow with the Institute for Nanoscale Technology at the University of Technology Sydney Australia. Dr. Radywyl is a social researcher and Honorary Research Fellow in the School of Culture and Communication at the University of Melbourne Australia. She is also an Adjunct Research Fellow in the Faculty of Life and Social Sciences at Swinburne University of Technology Melbourne. This book is written for a wide audience and will be of particular interest to activists scholars policy makers scientists business professionals and others who seek an understanding of how we might justly transition to sustainable societies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439855768

Nanotechnology and Human Health Addressing medium- and long-term expectations for human health this book reviews current scientific and technical developments in nanotechnology for biomedical agrofood and environmental applications. This collection of perspectives on the ethical legal and societal implications of bionanotechnology provides unique insight into contemporary technological developments. Readers with a technical background will benefit from the overview of the state-of-the-art research in their field while readers with a social science background will benefit from the discussion of realistic prospects of nanotechnology. The text also includes a glossary as well as extensive end-of-chapter references.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072695

Nanotechnology and Its Governance This book charts the development of nanotechnology in relation to society from the early years of the twenty-first century. It offers a sustained analysis of the life of nanotechnology from the laboratory to society from scientific promises to societal governance and attempts to modulate developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610538

Nanotechnology and Nanomaterial Applications in Food Health and Biomedical Sciences This new volume discusses the multitude of possibilities for new development in nanotechnology that focuses on overcoming the problems and challenges faced by the biomedical and food industries. The volume hopes to facilitate the development of devices and materials that benefit patients and their healthcare. The book is broken into three parts that cover: nanotechnology techniques for biomedical applications nanoparticles and materials for food health and pharmaceutical application potential applications of nanotechnology in food safety Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887649

Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine in Diabetes Healthcare has been transformed from a “this is what you do” concept to a profession that has a significant educational and scientific basis with an ethos of evidence-based material. The demand for comprehensive and focused evidenced-based text and scientific literature covering single areas of nursing and healthcare science or treatment has also increased. This then is the rational for the present series. The volume on Arthritis covers rheumatoid arthritis cytokines leukocyte immunoglobulin-like receptors alleles cardiovascular risk disease outcomes treatment protocols and drugs for arthritis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087297

Nanotechnology and Photovoltaic DevicesLight Energy Harvesting with Group IV Nanostructures Silicon is an abundant element and is produced in large quantities for the electronic industry. The falling price of this commodity also feeds the growth of solar photovoltaics (PV). However solar cells (SCs) based on bulk semiconductors have quite limited maximum attainable performance. Therefore new principles and materials are being investigated to build the third generation of SCs with improved conversion efficiency achieved by the optimized harvesting of the solar spectrum improved carrier generation better light management etc. The unique properties of semiconductor nanostructures (tuning of optoelectronic properties by the quantum confinement effect stronger interaction with light etc.) can be exploited to fabricate novel types of high-efficiency solar cells. Here again silicon along with carbon and germanium (group IV elements) is about to play a major role. In view of the increasing research effort devoted to nanostructures’ applications in PV this book aims to provide a background to students and newcomer researchers as well as to point out some open questions and promising directions for future development. It presents a useful overview of group IV nanostructures for PV which includes the theoretical background presentation of main solar cell principles technological aspects and nanostructure characterization techniques and finishes with the design and testing of prototype devices. It is not intended to be just a review of the most up-to-date literature but the authors aim to provide an educative background of the field. All authors are renowned researchers and experienced teachers in the field of semiconductor nanostructures and photovoltaics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463638

Nanotechnology and Regenerative EngineeringThe Scaffold Second Edition Nanotechnology and regenerative engineering have emerged to the forefront as the most versatile and innovative technologies to foster novel therapeutic techniques and strategies of the twenty-first century. The first edition of Nanotechnology and Tissue Engineering: The Scaffold was the first comprehensive source to explain the developments in nanostructured biomaterials for tissue engineering the relevance of nanostructured materials in tissue regeneration and the current applications of nanostructured scaffolds for engineering various tissues. This fully revised second edition renamed Nanotechnology and Regenerative Engineering: The Scaffold provides a thorough update to the existing material bringing together these two unique areas to give a perspective of the emerging therapeutic strategies for a wide audience. New coverage includes: Updated discussion of the importance of scaffolds in tissue engineering Exploration of cellular interactions at the nanoscale Complete range of fabrication processes capable of developing nanostructured scaffolds for regenerative engineering Applications of nanostructured scaffolds for neural skin cardiovascular and musculoskeletal regenerative engineering FDA approval process of nanostructure scaffolds Products based on nanostructured scaffolds Due to the unique and tissue-mimic properties of the nanostructured scaffolds the past five years have seen a tremendous growth in nanostructured materials for biological applications. The revised work presents the current state-of-the-art developments in nanostructured scaffolds for regenerative engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076587

Nanotechnology and Sustainable Development Public institutions academic researchers and financial analysts among others hail nanotechnologies as one of the most promising sectors of social and economic development. Calculations predict that it will become a trillion euro industry by 2015 and that it will bring about economic change of at least the same magnitude as the industrial revolution. Nanotechnology is recent younger by some thirty years than biotechnology but it appears at a point in time in human history where there is a convergence between the globalization of access to information and increasing awareness of the importance of sustainable development. Nanotechnology and Sustainable Development explores the ways in which this convergence leads to a change in the management of innovation – and ultimately a reshaping of technological democracy. The scope of the study is global with a particular focus on Europe and the United States utilizing several case studies of stakeholders including entrepreneurs commentators end users scientists and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960640

Nanotechnology and the Environment Nanomaterials' unique properties offer revolutionary means to optimize a variety of products including electronics textiles paintings and coatings pharmaceuticals and personal care products. However these same properties mean that nanoscale materials can behave differently in the human body and the environment than conventional materials. Nanotechnology and the Environment provides the fundamental basis needed to assess and understand the life cycle of nanomaterials. It begins with a general explanation of nanomaterials their properties and their uses and describes the processes used to manufacture nanoscale materials. Subsequent chapters furnish information on the analysis of nanomaterials in the environment and their fate and transport including the effects of wastewater treatment on nanomaterials.  The book discusses possible risks to human health and the environment and the environment and describes developing regulations to manage those risks. Given the potential risks the book explores the apparent paradox of using nanomaterials in environmental remediation. The final chapter discusses frameworks for evaluating the balance between risk and reward as nanomaterials are manufactured used and released to the environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387068

Nanotechnology and the PublicRisk Perception and Risk Communication From nuclear power to gene therapy to the automobile history shows that it is useful to encourage and facilitate public discussion about new technologies and their potential dangers. Part of the series Perspectives in Nanotechnology Nanotechnology and the Public: Risk Perception and Risk Communication assesses results from focus groups interviews and other resources to provide a more nuanced understanding of how non-experts perceive nanotechnology and what they expect from it. Includes a series of special essays by social scientists and humanities scholars who have studied nanotechnology and society from different perspectives Assessing how "ordinary" people form opinions about new technologies and their adoption this book addresses the role of media messages and pre-existing values in this process as well as how risks can become either amplified or weakened along the way as a result of social mechanisms. Using solid theory and research to back presented concepts on risk perception and communication the author discusses the potential for using informed consent labels and other types of consumer warnings that have proved to be effective in areas other than nano. An in-depth investigation into the concept of mass communication practices this book explores the paradox of why despite its appeal and promise public engagement has had only limited success in the dialogue on nanotechnology. Aimed at finding solutions the book’s resulting conclusions are considered in the context of broader issues. These include how society makes up its collective mind about technology adoption and all the profound questions this raises in terms of democratic theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439826836

Nanotechnology and the Resource Fallacy Dwindling global supplies of conventional energy and materials resources are widely thought to severely constrain or even render impossible a "first-world" lifestyle for the bulk of Earth’s inhabitants. This bleak prospect however is wrong. Current energy resources are used grotesquely inefficiently as heat ("fuels " after all are "burned") so that well over half of the energy is simply dissipated into the environment. In turn conventional materials resources particularly of metals are geologically anomalous deposits that also are typically processed by the prodigious application of raw heat. Simultaneously rising levels of pollution worldwide are a challenge to remediate as they require the extraction of pollutants at low concentration. Nanotechnology the structuring of matter at near-molecular scales offers the prospect of solving all these problems at a stroke. Non-thermal use of energy in broad emulation of what organisms do already will not only lead to more efficient use but make practical diffuse sources such as sunlight. Pollution control and resource extraction become two aspects of the same fundamental problem the low-energy extraction of particular substances from an arbitrary background of other substances and this also is in emulation of what biosystems carry out already. This book sketches out approaches both for the efficient non-thermal use of energy and the molecular extraction of solutes primarily from aqueous solution for purification pollution control and resource extraction. Some long-term implications for resource demand are also noted. In particular defect-free fabrication at the molecular level is ultimately likely to make structural metals obsolete. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303873

Nanotechnology Applications in Dairy SciencePackaging Processing and Preservation This new volume Nanotechnology Applications in Dairy Science is designed to provide new insight into the utilization of nanotechnology in dairy science and food science. It focuses on applications of nanotechnology in packaging and drying of dairy and meat products nanofiltration use in the dairy industry and whey processing and dairy encapsulation. In addition this book will facilitate the necessary understanding of the different aspects and concerns with regard to the new technological advances that nanotechnologies are contributing to the dairy industry. It also addresses several of the challenges that are overcome by the continuing development of nanotechnology applications in the food and dairy industries. Nanotechnology has the potential to provide healthier safer and better tasting foods as well as improved food packaging. It will also play a major role in food safety and agricultural sustainability. Nanotechnology application in the food industry has also contributed to the exponential progress in research and new material formulations due to its unique physicochemical properties useful to a number of other fields. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887656

Nanotechnology Applications in the Food Industry Nanotechnology is increasingly used in the food industry in the production processing packaging and preservation of foods. It is also used to enhance flavor and color nutrient delivery and bioavailability and to improve food safety and in quality management. Nanotechnology Applications in the Food Industry is a comprehensive reference book containing exhaustive information on nanotechnology and the scope of its applications in the food industry. The book has five sections delving on all aspects of nanotechnology and its key role in food industry in the present scenario. Part I on Introduction to Nanotechnology in Food Sector covers the technological basis for its application in food industry and in agriculture. The use of nanosized foods and nanomaterials in food the safety issues pertaining to its applications in foods and on market analysis and consumer perception of food nanotechnology has been discussed in the section. Part II on Nanotechnology in Food Packaging reviews the use of nanopolymers nanocomposites and nanostructured coatings in food packaging. Part III on Nanosensors for Safe and Quality Foods provides an overview on nanotechnology in the development of biosensors for pathogen and food contaminant detections and in sampling and food quality management. Part IV on Nanotechnology for Nutrient Delivery in Foods deals with the use of nanotechnology in foods for controlled and effective release of nutrients. Part V on Safety Assessment for Use of Nanomaterials in Food and Food Production deliberates on the benefits and risks associated with the extensive and long term applications of nanotechnology in food sector. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498784832

Nanotechnology Commercialization In terms of commercialization nanomaterials occupy a unique place in nanotechnology. Engineered nanomaterials especially nanoparticulate materials are the leading sector in nanotechnology commercialization. In addition the nanomaterial sector has attracted much more heated debate than any other nanotechnology sector with regard to safety regulation standardization and ethics. This is the first book on nanotechnology commercialization that deals exclusively with nanomaterials. It provides overviews of the current trends in and the issues associated with the commercialization of nanomaterials by some of the foremost nanotechnology experts in their fields. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303286

Nanotechnology Commercialization for Managers and Scientists The nanotechnology industry is a fast growing industry with many unique characteristics. When bringing the results of nanotechnology research to the market companies and universities run into unforeseen problems related to intellectual property rights and other legal and regulatory issues. An effective commercialization of the results of research requires basic knowledge of the relevant issues and a well-defined strategy while the absence of such knowledge and strategy can be detrimental to the commercial potential of any invention. Even the most impressive scientific achievements can become a commercial failure due to a lack of understanding and strategy relating to the legal and regulatory issues surrounding the commercialization of a technology.With contributions from twenty experts in the field Nanotechnology Commercialization for Managers and Scientists discusses the most relevant issues that a company or university will face when bringing a nanotechnology invention to the market. A large part of the book will be dedicated to the obtainment strategic use valuation and licensing of patents. Further chapters will deal with e.g. investment university-industry collaboration environment health and safety etc. In this way managers and scientists at universities and companies are provided with a handbook that provides them with industry specific basic knowledge of issues that they are unfamiliar with but is essential to the commercial success of their inventions. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316224

Nanotechnology for Cancer Therapy While simultaneous breakthroughs occurring in molecular biology and nanoscience/technology will ultimately revolutionize all of medicine it is with our efforts to prevent diagnose and treat cancer that many of the most dramatic advances will occur. In support of this potential the U.S. National Cancer Institute (NCI) established the Alliance for Nanotechnology in Cancer in 2004 and pledged $144.3 million in funding over the next five years. Edited by one of the most dynamic pioneers in the field Nanotechnology for Cancer Therapy focuses on those nanoscientific and nanotechnological strategies that are evolving as the most promising for the imaging and treatment of cancer. Among the various approaches considered nanotechnology offers great possibilities for the targeted delivery of drugs and genes to tumor sites and the ultimate replacement of those chemotherapeutic agents so compromised by side effects.Within this volume the expertise of world-renowned academic and industrial researchers is brought together to provide a comprehensive treatise. Composed of 38 chapters the book is divided into 7 sections that cover -Fundamentals of targeting strategies nanotechnology characterization for cancer therapy and USFDA guidelines on approval of nanotechnology productsPolymeric conjugates used for tumor-targeted imaging and delivery including imaging to evaluate therapeutic efficacy Polymeric nanoparticle systems that emphasize biodegradable long-circulating nanoparticles for passive and active targetingPolymeric micellar assemblies where sophisticated chemistry is leading to novel nanosystems that can provide efficient delivery to tumors Dendritic nanostructures used for cancer imaging and therapy Liposome-based delivery systems -- the oldest nanotechnology method employed in cancer therapy Other lipid nanosystems used for targeted delivery including those tha Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453275

Nanotechnology for Photovoltaics Current concerns regarding greenhouse gas-related environmental effects energy security and the rising costs of fossil fuel-based energy has renewed interest in solar energy in general and photovotaics in particular. Exploring state-of-the-art developments from a practical point of view Nanotechnology for Photovoltaics examines issues in increasing efficiency decreasing costs and how these two goals can be achieved in a single photovoltaic device. It provides fundamental background and places research approaches within the proper physical context as related to photovoltaics performance enhancement. The book reviews the applications of devices and their performance requirements followed by coverage of thin films and advanced band structure concepts for obtaining efficiencies above the Shockley–Queisser single bandgap efficiency limit of ~31%. The editor and contributors also discuss the basic optical properties of nanostructured materials as related to photovoltaics applications and describes nanoscale optoelectronic device physics related to performance. They then explore recent literature in the application of various classes of nanostructures to photovoltaics. The book covers solar cells based on hybrid organic-inorganic nanocomposites structures quantum wells nanowires/tubes and quantum dots. It also discusses the use of nanoparticles/quantum dots to enhance the performance of conventional solar cells and luminescent solar concentrators. Each chapter summarizes the historical development for the nanostructure class under consideration applications beyond photovoltaics and the major synthetic methods followed by a critique of leading works that have employed the particular nanostructure type. The book examines the advantages of each nanostructure approach and the remaining technical challenges with an emphasis on possible future areas of research interest. It concludes with a summary of the major Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384357

Nanotechnology for Sustainable Manufacturing Nanotechnology has the potential to play an important role in increasing the sustainability of a wide range of industrial sectors. Nanomaterials could contribute to more sustainable manufacturing through cleaner less wasteful production processes and can substitute conventional materials leading to savings in raw materials and energy. Nanotechnology for Sustainable Manufacturing discusses recent progress in the areas of energy and materials efficiency related to resource savings and conservation of raw materials which are drivers for the application of nanotechnology in the industrial setting.Written by leading experts from Europe North America Asia and Australia the book provides an innovative perspective by establishing connections between the subject areas associated with nanotechnology and by bridging the academic and industrial research gap. The topics covered include electronics agrifood aerospace pulp and paper manufacturing batteries catalysts solar energy fuel cells drinking water and construction materials.The chapters offer insights into the diverse industries that are currently or likely to be impacted by developments in nanotechnology and nanomaterials. They cover applications such as nanotechnology for alternative energy generation improving water quality and novel uses in agriculture and forest products. The book also addresses the use of life-cycle analysis for assessing the sustainability of nanotechnology-based products and processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482214826

Nanotechnology for Telecommunications With its unique promise to revolutionize science engineering technology and other fields nanotechnology continues to profoundly impact associated materials components and systems particularly those used in telecommunications. These developments are leading to easier convergence of related technologies massive storage data compact storage devices and higher-performance computing. Nanotechnology for Telecommunications presents vital technical scientific information to help readers grasp issues and challenges associated with nanoscale telecommunication system development and commercialization—and then avail themselves of the many opportunities to be gleaned. This book provides technical information and research ideas regarding the use of nanotechnology in telecommunications and information processing reflecting the continuing trend toward the use of optoelectronics. Nanotech will eventually lead to a technology cluster that offers a complete range of functionalities for systems used in domains including information energy construction environmental and biomedical. Describing current and future developments that hold promise for significant innovations in telecommunications this book is organized to provide a progressive understanding of topics including: Background information on nanoscience and nanotechnology Specific applications of nanotechnology in telecommunications Nanostructured optoelectronic materials MEMS NEMS and their applications in communication systems Quantum dot Cellular Automata (QCA) and its applications in telecommunication systems How nonohmic nonlinear behavior affects both digital and analog signal processing Concepts regarding quantum switching and its applications in quantum networks The scale of the physical systems that use nanoscale electronic devices is still large and that presents serious challenges to the establishment of interconnections between nanoscale devices and the outside world. Also addressing consequent social implications of nanotech this book reviews a broad range of the nano concepts and their influence on every aspect of telecommunications. It describes the different levels of interconnections in systems and details the standardized assembly process for a broad specrum of micro- nano- bio- fiber-optic and optoelectronic components and functions. This book is a powerful tool for understanding how to harness the power of nanotech through integration of materials processes devices and applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113817

Nanotechnology for the Delivery of Therapeutic Nucleic Acids Nucleic acid (NA) therapeutics has been extensively studied both in the academia and in the pharmaceutical industry and is still considered the promise for new therapeutic modalities especially in personalized medicine. The only hurdle that limits the translation of NA therapeutics from an academic idea to the new therapeutic modality is the lack of efficient and safe delivery strategies. Nanotechnology for the Delivery of Therapeutic Nucleic Acids written by world experts in the field of nanotechnology for NA delivery the contributing authors bring together the state of the art in delivery strategies with strong emphasis on aspects that are of essence to the pharmaceutical industry such as stability general toxicity immune-toxicity pharmacokinetics efficacy and validation of new drug targets using unique approaches based on exquisite nanotechnology strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411042

Nanotechnology in Advanced Electrochemical Power Sources The challenge of providing adequate power on an indefinite basis without causing long-term damage to the environment requires a versatile means of energy conversion and storage. As such electrical energy storage is becoming more vital today than at any time in human history. Electrochemical systems such as batteries supercapacitors fuel cells and photoelectrochemical cells can help meet this objective. Future generations of rechargeable lithium batteries will be required to power portable electronic devices store electricity from renewable sources and serve as a vital component to pursuing electric mobility in the future to reduce fossil fuel demand and mitigate environmental issues. In this context engineering of new materials especially at the nanoscale has become imperative to achieve enhanced energy and power density to meet the future challenges of energy storage. This book outlines the state of the art of nanoscale aspects of advanced energy storage devices such as lithium-ion batteries including microbatteries and electrochemical supercapacitors. It focuses on various fundamental issues related to device performance of various positive and negative electrode materials with special reference to their nanoscale advantages. It also includes fundamentals and processing techniques with regard to synthesis characterization physical and electrochemical properties and applications of nanoscale materials pertaining to advanced electrochemical power sources. A variety of advanced nanomaterials such as transition metal oxides phosphates silicates and conversion electrodes together with some special nanomaterials such as carbon nanotubes nanorods and mesoporous carbons are discussed by many notable authorities in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814241434

Nanotechnology in AustraliaShowcase of Early Career Research This book reports current nanotechnology research from Australia in addition to being the first trial of a new workshop program for the professional development of early career researchers (ECRs including research students). It showcases the professional talents and high-quality writing of ECRs and also describes the workshop program organized under the auspices of the Australian Research Council Nanotechnology Network designed to facilitate this. The nanotechnology research topics include plasmonics the building blocks of plasmonic circuits; the use of metal nanoparticles to improve infrared light trapping in solar cell applications; methods for the bulk synthesis of graphene; synthesis of nanorods of vanadium compounds for energy storage; nanodiamonds superparamagnetic nanoparticles and synthesis of hollow nanostructured silica along with a discussion of their applications; molecular dynamics modelling of self-cleaning coatings; metal nanostructure-enhanced fluorescence and its biological applications; luminescent nano-bioprobes for bioassays and bioimaging; biomimicry leading to olfactory nano-biosensors; and superparamagnetic nanoparticles as MRI contrast agents. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310024

Nanotechnology in Biology and MedicineMethods Devices and Applications Second Edition The second edition of Nanotechnology in Biology and Medicine is intended to serve as an authoritative reference source for a broad audience involved in the research teaching learning and practice of nanotechnology in life sciences. This technology which is on the scale of molecules has enabled the development of devices smaller and more efficient than anything currently available. To understand complex biological nanosystems at the cellular level we urgently need to develop a next-generation nanotechnology tool kit. It is believed that the new advances in genetic engineering genomics proteomics medicine and biotechnology will depend on our mastering of nanotechnology in the coming decades. The integration of nanotechnology material sciences molecular biology and medicine opens the possibility of detecting and manipulating atoms and molecules using nanodevices which have the potential for a wide variety of biological research topics and medical uses at the cellular level. This book presents the most recent scientific and technological advances of nanotechnology for use in biology and medicine. Each chapter provides introductory material with an overview of the topic of interest; a description of methods protocols instrumentation and applications; and a collection of published data with an extensive list of references for further details. The goal of this book is to provide a comprehensive overview of the most recent advances in instrumentation methods and applications in areas of nanobiotechnology integrating interdisciplinary research and development of interest to scientists engineers manufacturers teachers and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866907

Nanotechnology in Biology and MedicineResearch Advancements & Future Perspectives Nanotechnology in biology and medicine: Research advancements & future perspectives is focused to provide an interdisciplinary integrative overview on the developments made in nanotechnology till date along with the ongoing trends and the future prospects. It presents the basics fundamental results/current applications and latest achievements on nanobiotechnological researches worldwide scientific era. One of the major goals of this book is to highlight the multifaceted issues on or surrounding of nanotechnology on the basis of case studies academic and theoretical articles technology transfer (patents and copyrights) innovation economics and policy management. Moreover a large variety of nanobio-analytical methods are presented as a core asset to the early career researchers. This book has been designed for scientists academician students and entrepreneurs engaged in nanotechnology research and development. Nonetheless it should be of interest to a variety of scientific disciplines including agriculture medicine drug and food material sciences and consumer products. Features It provides a thoroughly comprehensive overview of all major aspects of nanobiotechnology considering the technology applications and socio-economic context It integrates physics biology and chemistry of nanosystems It reflects the state-of-the-art in nanotechnological research (biomedical food agriculture) It presents the application of nanotechnology in biomedical field including diagnostics and therapeutics (drug discovery screening and delivery) It also discusses research involving gene therapy cancer nanotheranostics nano sensors lab-on-a-chip techniques etc. It provides the information about health risks of nanotechnology and potential remedies. It offers a timely forum for peer-reviewed research with extensive references within each chapter Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367200503

Nanotechnology in Cement-Based Construction Many books on new smart materials are available but specialized analysis of particular topics is still in high demand. This multiauthor book focuses on applying nanotechnology to cement-based materials to make numerous engineering applications possible. The addition of novel smart nanofillers allows the development of multifunctional composite materials not just limited to improving mechanical strength but also including several enhanced features. Special attention is devoted to types of nano-inclusions novel techniques to mix components and analysis of properties that can be achieved by paste mortar or concrete if added with nanofillers. Among these properties the capability of self-sensing is very promising. Moreover the use of phase-changing materials improves the energy efficiency of nanocomposites resulting in important applications in engineering. Particular attention is also focused on energy harvesting and electromagnetic shielding properties. Comprehensive and up to date this is an important reference book that not only provides in-depth information about recent developments and perspectives in this field but also discusses topics that promise major developments in the near future. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800761

Nanotechnology in Drug DeliveryFundamentals Design and Applications This important new book provides the fundamental understanding of the peptide and protein drug delivery systems with a special focus on their nanotechnology applications. Addressing an increasing interest in peptide and protein drug delivery systems in both academic and industrial circles worldwide this book fills the need for a comprehensive review and assessment of conventional and nonconventional routes of administration. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883603

Nanotechnology in Health Care Nanotechnologies are among the fastest growing areas of scientific research and this is expected to have a substantial impact on human health care especially in biomedical applications and nanomedicine now and in the near future. In the present scenario nanotechnology is spreading its wings to address the key problems in the field of nanomedicine and human health care by improving diagnosis prevention treatment and tissue engineering. This book provides an in-depth investigation of nanotechnology-based therapy and recent advancements in this field for revolutionizing the treatments for various fatal diseases including cardiovascular and infectious diseases. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267212

Nanotechnology in NutraceuticalsProduction to Consumption While nutraceuticals were verified to be expedient they often lack stability bioavailability and permeability and nano-nutraceuticals are being developed to afford a solution to the problem. Nanotechnology in Nutraceuticals: Production to Consumption delves into the promises and prospects of the application of nanotechnology to nutraceuticals addressing concepts techniques and production methods. Nutraceuticals retain less stability efficacy and bioavailability when entering the human body. To overcome such problems nanotechnology shows promise when applied as a tool to improve the quality and stability of nutraceuticals. This book discusses metallic nanoparticles and their applications in the food industry with specific application to nutraceuticals. It includes detailed discussion on potential functional properties of nutraceuticals with regard to antimicrobial activity anti-inflammatory activity and anti-cancer activity. Since nanoparticles can be toxic past a certain limit implementing nanotechnology under thoughtful regulations is considered critical. The book addresses these issues with chapters covering the principles for the oversight of nanotechnologies and nanomaterials in nutraceuticals the implications of regulatory requirements the ethics and economics of nano-nutraceuticals and consumer acceptance of nanotechnology based foods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498721882

Nanotechnology in TextilesAdvances and Developments in Polymer Nanocomposites In recent times polymer nanocomposites have attracted a great deal of scientific interest due to their unique advantages over conventional plastic materials such as superior strength modulus thermal stability thermal and electrical conductivity and gas barrier. They are finding real and fast-growing applications in wide-ranging fields such as automotive aerospace electronics packaging and sports. This book focuses on the development of polymer nanocomposites as an advanced material for textile applications such as fibers coatings and nanofibers. It compiles and details cutting-edge research in the science and nanotechnology of textiles with special reference to polymer nanocomposites in the form of invited chapters from scientists and subject experts from various institutes from all over the world. They include authors who are actively involved in the research and development of polymer nanocomposites with a wide range of functions—including antimicrobial flame-retardant gas barrier shape memory sensor and energy-scavenging—as well as medical applications such as tissue engineering and wound dressings to create a new range of smart and intelligent textiles. Edited by Mangala Joshi a prominent nanotechnology researcher at the premier Indian Institute of Technology Delhi India this book will appeal to anyone involved in nanotechnology nanocomposites advanced materials polymers fibers and textiles and technical textiles. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800815

Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine Although nanotechnology applied to medicine has a potentially huge impact on drug delivery and tissue engineering significant challenges need to be resolved before clinically viable nanomedicine or nanobiomedicine therapies will be available. Skillfully edited with contributions from an expert panel of researchers Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine discusses the use of nanotechnology for medical applications with a focus on its use for drug delivery and tissue engineering. It sheds light on the challenges facing the field and examines cutting-edge research that may provide solutions.Topics covered include:Patterning of biomimetic substrates with AFM lithography primarily focusing on DPN Nanotemplating polymer meltsNanotechnology-based approaches in the treatment of injuries to tendons and ligaments Progress in the use of electrospinning processing techniques for fabricating nanofiber scaffolds for neural applicationsNanotopography techniques for tissue-engineered scaffolds and the effects of nanotopography on cells and tissuesVertically aligned TiO2 nanotube surface structuring for optimization of Ti implants utilizing nanotechnologyApplications originating from the harmony of nanotechnology to biological systems especially for the regeneration in the nervous systemCurrent understanding of the mechanisms by which cells sense nano-scale structure at the molecular level and how this understanding can be useful in developing novel antifouling materialsWhile there are books available on tissue engineering and nanotechnology and others about regenerative medicine most do not comprehensively cover applications of nanotechnology to both these areas. Focusing chiefly on drug delivery tissue engineering and regenerative medicine the book uses an application-based approach to relate laborato Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383329

Nanotechnology Intellectual Property RightsResearch Design and Commercialization "We need to seamlessly integrate IPR in the standard graduate/post graduate courses in science technology commerce creative arts etc. without over burdening the students with law"—Dr Prabuddha Ganguli CEO VISION-IPRNanotechnology Intellectual Property Rights: Research Design and Commercialization offers an overview of the dynamics of development and commercialization in nanotech where strategic integration of IP R&D and commercialization has become imperative. It demystifies issues of intellectual property rights (IPR) associated with research design technology transfer and commercialization of innovations in technology-led areas such as nanotech. Gives all stakeholders vital information to instill confidence by helping them better understand their individual roles in the IPR process Designed for a diverse readership that may not have background knowledge of the legal nuances of IPR this book clearly articulates techno-legal aspects of nano-related innovations to aid their effective integration into businesses. This resource stands apart by using numerous case studies and pictorial illustrations addressing aspects ranging from ideation to commercialization of IP-enabled nanotechnology. It illustrates the evolving patent landscape in nanotechnology explores the international patent classification system and details patenting procedures in a range of jurisdictions including search for nanotechnology prior art and creation of search strategies. The authors discuss patent-led nanotechnology businesses presenting a wide range of case studies that address construction of valuable patent portfolios growth of start-ups and consolidation of IP-led nanobusinesses through mergers acquisitions joint ventures strategic investments etc. They also cover patent litigations in nanotechnologies and the significance of strategically crafting agreements related to IP transactions. In addition they address compliance with contractual obligations the importance of well-drafted patent specifications and sensitive aspects of conducting techno-legal due diligence prior to the development and marketing of products. Also covered are vulnerabilities in challenging/defending the validity of patents and negotiating settlements. Integrating use of the IPRinternalise® model for capacity building in human and infrastructural resources the authors assess the future of IP landscaping in nanotechnology. Here they focus on patentability public perception of risks to health and ecosystems institutionalized management of intellectual property rights and the steps that will be necessary to meet these and other such challenges on the way to realizing profits in nanotech. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439855287

Nanotechnology Toward the Sustainocene While the sustainability of our world is being endangered or destroyed by the misguided activities of artificial human entities real people have begun to expand their moral sympathies sufficiently to prioritize protecting our world’s interests. They have developed a new technology—nanotechnology—that has the potential to advance human society toward a period of long-term sustainability termed "the Sustainocene." This book comprises chapters by experts in various fields of nanotechnology and in related areas of governance under the theme of how nanotechnology can assist in the creation of the Sustainocene. The book will appeal to anyone involved in nanotechnology macromolecular science public policy related to sustainability renewable energy and climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463768

NanotechnologyAdvances and Real-Life Applications Nanotechnology: Advances and Real-Life Applications offers a comprehensive reference text about advanced concepts and applications in the field of nanotechnology. The text – written by researchers practicing in the field – presents a detailed discussion of key concepts including nanomaterials and their synthesis fabrication and characterization of nanomaterials carbon-based nanomaterials nano-bio interface and nanoelectronics. The applications of nanotechnology in the fields of renewable energy medicine and agriculture are each covered in a dedicated chapter. The text will be invaluable for senior undergraduate and graduate students in the fields of electrical engineering electronics engineering nanotechnology and nanoscience. Dr. Cherry Bhargava is an Associate Professor and Head VLSI domain at the School of Electrical and Electronics Engineering of Lovely Professional University Jalandhar India. Dr. Amit Sachdeva is an Associate Professor at Lovely Professional University Jalandhar India. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367536732

NanotechnologyBusiness Applications and Commercialization No longer the hidden genius of scientists nanotechnology is now appearing in products manufactured for everyday life—products that can heal save lives be more durable and last longer. It is also attracting the attention of investors interested in participating in this nano revolution. Nanotechnology: Business Applications and Commercialization is a guide for businesses investors and research universities who want to bring nanotechnology products to the commercial market. Showing how academia and business can partner to commercialize nanomaterial research it delineates business aspects for scientists and highlights opportunities for business professionals. Some of the key topics covered include: Questions to ask before writing a business plan Products consumers are currently using Grant and funding options Standardization that will affect domestic and international production Dangers that must be managed to ensure the safety of nanotechnology Commercialization centers and organizations that provide support Barriers to nanotechnology commercialization Competitive factors that can help bring the international economy more stability Areas where nanotechnology is expanding This timely book outlines how to harness nanotechnology innovations through the application of strong business principles drive the standards and development and take the knowledge to the commercial level with business applications. Filled with case studies and useful resources it helps readers bridge the "valley of death"—the gap period in capital financing that exists between research and the market adoption of new technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439845219

Nanotechnology-Driven Engineered MaterialsNew Insights Nanostructured materials are emerging as a new class of materials that exhibit unique microstructures and enhanced mechanical performance. As an outcome of this these materials have attracted considerable attention in scientific communities all over the world. There is continuous research to facilitate product development thereby improving product quality and reliability in industry. This volume is devoted to novel architectures at the nano-level with an emphasis on new synthesis and characterization methods. Special emphasis is given to new applications of nanostructures and nanocomposites in various fields such as nano-electronics energy conversion catalysis drug delivery and nano-medicine. The chapters are divided into sections focusing on: Nanoparticles Assembly and Nanostructured Materials Nanocomposites Properties Nanostructured Materials for Biomedical Applications Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886345

NanotechnologyEthical and Social Implications Advances in nanotechnology are transforming the ways of creating materials and products leading society to the threshold of a second industrial revolution. However future opportunities will depend significantly on how nanotechnology stakeholders deal with the short-term and long-term benefits limitations uncertainties and risks of nanotechnology. They will be tasked with navigating a variety of new social and ethical challenges associated with areas such as privacy the environment energy population genetics agriculture food and security. Unique in its depth breadth and variety of viewpoints Nanotechnology: Ethical and Social Implications stimulates inspires and builds awareness of nanotechnology’s impact on society. Spanning the immense range of disciplines at work in nanotechnology the book’s selection of chapters focuses on how advances in science and the convergence of multiple technologies will impact society at individual community national and international levels. The book focuses on raising the awareness of nanotechnology stakeholders which includes undergraduate and graduate students; educators in sciences engineering business and public policy; engineers; business and finance professionals; and policymakers. It also addresses the demands on the future workforce to learn new skill sets. The book uses an interactive format—which includes case studies scenarios and Web exercises—to promote critical thinking and problem solving skills. Content includes numerous tables statistics and figures to supplement and enhance the topics covered in each chapter. The result is a must-read for anyone seeking either a technical or nontechnical understanding of the societal impact of nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439859537

NanotechnologyEthics and Society From manufacturing to medicine nanotechnology implies revolutionary change. However the sweeping changes wrought by a technological advance of this magnitude are likely to come at a price that includes unforeseen environmental impact disruptions in industry displacement of workers and deeply controversial applications of the technology and its offspring. Nanotechnology: Ethics and Society provides a conceptually clear and straightforward ethical framework in which pragmatic questions can be raised regarding the impact of nano-related technologies. The book focuses on general issues related to nanotechnology in nanomaterials and manufacturing as well as impacts on the marketplace and workforce. After an overview of the nanotechnology revolution the text illustrates key concepts in the assessment model and then applies this model to a case study related to human enhancement technologies. It also offers an ethical agenda for addressing the challenges of nanotechnology. Nanotechnology promises to be the next great technological revolution. This important volume provides a framework for deciding how best to take advantage of nanotechnology opportunities while also minimizing the harm of negative effects. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219448

NanotechnologyHealth and Environmental Risks Second Edition Should you adopt nanotechnology? If you have already adopted it what do you need to know? What are the risks? Nanomaterials and nanotechnologies are revolutionizing the ways we treat disease produce energy manufacture products and attend to our daily wants and needs. To continue to capture the promise of these transformative products however we need to ask critical questions about the broader impacts of nanotechnology on society and the environment. Exploring these questions the second edition of Nanotechnology: Health and Environmental Risks gives you the latest tools to understand the risks of nanotechnology and make better decisions about using it. Examining the state of the science the book discusses what is known and what still needs to be understood about nanotechnology risk. It looks at the uses of nanotechnology for energy industry medicine technology and consumer applications and explains how to determine whether there is risk—even when there is little reliable evidence—and how to manage it. Contributors cover a wide range of topics including: Current concerns among them perceived risks and the challenges of evaluating emerging technology A historical perspective on product safety and chemicals policy The importance of being proactive about identifying and managing health and environmental risks during product development How the concepts of sustainability and life cycle assessment can guide nanotechnology product development Methods for evaluating nanotechnology risks including screening approaches and research How to manage risk when working with nanoscale materials at the research stage and in occupational environments What international organizations are doing to address risk issues How risk assessment can inform environmental decision making Written in easy-to-understand language without sacrificing complexity or scientific accuracy this book offers a wide-angle view of nanotechnology and risk. Supplying cutting-edge approaches and insight it explains what types of risks could exist and what you can do to address them. What’s New in This Edition Updates throughout reflecting advances in the field new literature and policy developments A new chapter on nanotechnology risk communication including insights into risk perceptions and the mental models people use to evaluate technological risks An emphasis on developing nanotechnology products that are sustainable in the long term Advances in the understanding of nanomaterials toxicity Cutting-edge research on occupational exposure to nanoparticles Changes in the international landscape of organizations working on the environmental health and safety aspects of nanotechnologies Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439881750

NanotechnologyLegal Aspects Existing laws have a generality that permits them to be applied to nanotechnology but eventually it will be necessary to generate legislation targeted to issues specific to nanotechnology. As nanotechnology continues to develop into commercially viable products legal doctrines are increasingly likely to play an important role in protecting intellectual property facilitating financial transactions and handling health safety and environmental issues. Nanotechnology:  Legal Aspects provides thorough yet comprehensible overview of different legal doctrines that are relevant to nanotechnology and explains how they may apply in the development commercialization and use of nano-products. The book is divided into three parts that correspond to the different phases in the lifecycle of nano-products: Protection Regulation and Liability. The in-depth coverage of these topics in a single source sets this work apart from others at the interface of law and nanoscience. Accessible to those without specific training in either nanotechnology or law... Nanotechnology:  Legal Aspects offers a reader-friendly and affordable alternative that appeals to nano-aware audiences as well as legal professionals students and scientists who wish to build a greater understanding of the legal aspects of nanotechnology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219455

NanotechnologyRisk Ethics and Law Nanotechnology - technology at the molecular level - is held out by many as the Holy Grail for creating a trillion dollar economy and solving problems from curing cancer to reprocessing waste into products and building superfast computers. Yet as with GMOs many view nanotech as a high risk genie in a bottle that once uncorked has the potential to cause unpredictable perhaps irreversible environmental and public health disasters. With the race to bring products to market there is pressing need to take stock of the situation and to have a full public debate about this new technological frontier. Including contributions by renowned figures such as Roland Clift K. Eric Drexler and Arpad Pusztai this is the first global overview of the state of nanotech and society in Europe the USA Japan and Canada examining the ethics the environmental and public health risks and the governance and regulation of this most promising and potentially most dangerous of all technologies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772051

NanotechnologySynthesis to Applications Nano particles have created a high interest in recent years by virtue of their unusual mechanical electrical optical and magnetic properties and find wide applications in all fields of engineering. This edited volume aims to present the latest trends and updates in nanogenerators thin film solar cells and green synthesis of metallic nanoparticles with a focus on nanostructured semiconductor devices. Exclusive chapter on electrical transport of nanostructure explains device physics for material properties for reduced dimensions. Additionally the text describes the functionality of metallic nanoparticles and their application in molecular imaging and optical metamaterials. Piezoelectric nanogenerators has been touched upon from the energy perspective as well.Key Features:• Organized contents on Nanogenerators VOC sensing nanoelectronics and NEMS.• Discusses eco-friendly green synthesis methods for metallic nanoparticles.• Touches upon low power nano devices (e.g. nanogenerators) for energy harvesting with quantum mechanical study.• Thin film/heterojunction based high efficiency solar cell addressed aimed at reducing global energy consumption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573027

NanotechnologyThe Business For the new nanotechnology entrepreneur starting up a venture requires concise navigation through a sea of developmental red tape. This predicament is true of any startup nano or not but is particularly exacerbated by the fact that nanotechnology is a new and potentially disruptive technology. A unique exposition on starting and running a nano-business this indispensible reference: Includes samples of important corporate and operational documents Explores the intricate relationship between new technology development and the creation of new businesses Provides tips on managing people of diverse educational backgrounds Incorporates information on patents business ethics record keeping and marketing Nanotechnology: The Business presents an in-depth discussion of available corporate structures delineating the advantages and disadvantages of each. It also describes an array of other issues the nano entrepreneur will encounter from business plans and financing to budgeting facilities procurement and staffing. With a scope like no other book of its size this handy guide equips nano entrepreneurs with the expertise needed to sail smoothly through startup and ensure successful operations after initial incorporation. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219394

NanotechnologyThe Whole Story Winner of an Outstanding Academic Title Award from CHOICE MagazineTransistors using one electron at a time. Seemingly transparent sunscreens made with titanium dioxide particles that block harmful UV rays. Nanometer-sized specks of gold that change color to red and melt at 750°C instead of 1 064°C. Nanotechnology finds the unique properties of things at the nanometer scale and then puts them to use! Although nanotechnology is a hot topic with a wide range of fascinating applications the search for a true introductory popular resource usually comes up cold. Closer to a popular science book than a high-level treatise Nanotechnology: The Whole Story works from the ground up to provide a detailed yet accessible introduction to one of the world’s fastest growing fields. Dive headlong into nanotechnology! Tackling the eight main disciplines—nanomaterials nanomechanics nanoelectronics nanoscale heat transfer nanophotonics nanoscale fluid mechanics nanobiotechnology and nanomedicine—this book explains what’s different at the nanoscale and how we exploit those differences to make useful things. You’re holding the key to an exciting and rapidly evolving field. So get The Whole Story… Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439897805

NanotechnologyTherapeutic Nutraceutical and Cosmetic Advances Today we find the applications of nanotechnology in all spheres of life. Nanotechnology: Therapeutic Nutraceutical and Cosmetic Advances discusses recent advances in the field particularly with therapeutics nutraceuticals and cosmetic sciences. Therapeutics is an area which has perhaps benefitted the most although nanoscience and technology have quietly entered the realms of food science and are playing pivotal roles in the efficient utilization of nutraceuticals. Finally even before therapeutics came cosmetics and companies started marketing unique products embedding the beneficial and advanced properties enabled by the use of nanostructures. This book highlights trends and applications of this wonderful new technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815362548

NanotechnologyUnderstanding Small Systems Third Edition An Accessible Scientifically Rigorous Presentation That Helps Your Students Learn the Real StuffWinner of a CHOICE Outstanding Academic Book Award 2011"… takes the revolutionary concepts and techniques that have traditionally been fodder for graduate study and makes them accessible for all. … outstanding introduction to the broad field of nanotechnology provides a solid foundation for further study. … Highly recommended."—N.M. Fahrenkopf University at Albany CHOICE Magazine 2011Give your students the thorough grounding they need in nanotechnology. A rigorous yet accessible treatment of one of the world’s fastest growing fields Nanotechnology: Understanding Small Systems Third Edition provides an accessible introduction without sacrificing rigorous scientific details. This approach makes the subject matter accessible to students from a variety of disciplines. Building on the foundation set by the first two bestselling editions this third edition maintains the features that made previous editions popular with students and professors alike. See What’s New in the Third Edition: Updated coverage of the eight main facets of nanotechnology Expanded treatment of health/environmental ramifications of nanomaterials Comparison of macroscale systems to those at the nanoscale showing how scale phenomena affects behavior New chapter on nanomedicine New problems examples and an exhaustive nanotech glossary Filled with real-world examples and original illustrations the presentation makes the material fun and engaging. The systems-based approach gives students the tools to create systems with unique functions and characteristics. Fitting neatly between popular science books and high-level treatises the book works from the ground up to provide a gateway into an exciting and rapidly evolving area of science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072688

NanotherapeuticsDrug Delivery Concepts in Nanoscience This timely book provides an overview of possible therapeutic applications. The first part of the book highlights general properties of and phenomena observed with nanoparticles and the subsequent consequences for applications in drug delivery. The second part focuses on the therapeutic approaches that are possible through the use of nanoparticles Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429066832

NanotherapeuticsFrom Laboratory to Clinic The emergence of nanotherapeutics is attributable to the integration of nanotechnology recombinant DNA technology and synthetic organic chemistry with medicine for treating critical human diseases in a more efficient and specific molecular approach than therapy with conventionally-designed and formulated drugs. Nanotherapeutics: From Laboratory to Clinic comprehensively discusses the current shortcomings for delivery of classical (small) drugs macromolecular therapeutics and recombinant vaccine via the common intravascular and extravascular routes. The book describes the synthetic/chemical engineering methods as well as recombinant hybridoma and phage display technologies to fabricate different types of nanoparticulate carriers and drugs. It also reveals the diversified approaches undertaken by harnessing nanotechnology to overcome the multistep extracellular and intracellular barriers and to facilitate the development of novel strategies for therapeutic delivery and imaging. The author elaborates on the preclinical and clinical trials of potential nanoparticle-based products in animal models and patients and the approval/commercialization of nanotherapeutics addressing all relevant human diseases. A focus on the above issues in a concise but illustrative manner fills the gap between the laboratory findings originating from the research on identification of cellular and systemic barriers of classical and macromolecular drugs along with development of strategies for fabrication and testing of nanotherapeutics and the clinical outcomes emanating from the testing of the selected potential nanotherapeutics on patients of particular diseases. The book also fills a gap in the existing literature between the design and development of diversified nanotherapeutics for various purposes and the investigation and evaluation of potential barriers and resultant therapeutic efficacy of those nano-medicine formulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498707510

NanotoxicologyProgress toward Nanomedicine Second Edition Since the first publication of this book in 2007 the field of nanoscience and nanomedicine continues to grow substantially. This second edition Nanotoxicology: Progress toward Nanomedicine enlists internationally recognized experts to document the continuing development and rationale for the safe design of engineered nanomaterials (ENM). This includes new improved characterization endpoints screening and detection methods for in vitro and in vivo toxicity testing. These tools also contribute greatly to nanosafety research applied to nanomedicines. Topics include The impacts of nanotechnology on biomedicine including functionalization for tissue-specific targeting the biointeractions of multifunctional nanoparticle-based therapy and the ability to control specific physicochemical properties of nanoparticles The requirements for proper detection measurement and assessment both for workplace exposure and in consumer products—with a focus on potential health and safety implications Predictive modeling using quantitative nanostructure activity relationships to predict the pharmacokinetics and biodistribution of nanomaterials in the body Specific methodologies imaging and techniques to assess nanomaterials from the manufacturing process to nanomedicine applications Tools for assessing nanoparticle toxicity and the limitations of detection methods for assessing toxicity in both in vivo and in vitro systems and at the single cell and tissue levels Toxicity of nanomaterials to specific organ systems cell–based targeting to tumors and other biomedical applications The difficulty of conducting risk assessments and the need for addressing knowledge gaps especially with long-term studies A roadmap for future research The development of nanotechnology-based products must be complemented with appropriate validated methods to assess monitor manage and reduce the potential risks of ENM to human health and the environment. This volume provides a cogent survey of advances in this area by a well-respected and diverse group of international scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033993

NanotoxicologyToxicity Evaluation Risk Assessment and Management As the application of nanotechnology in the myriad disciplines of science and engineering--from agriculture pharmaceuticals material science and biotechnology to sensors electronics and mechanical and electrical engineering--brings benefits it also can produce serious threats to human health and the environment that must be evaluated. The unique properties of nanomaterials make them different from their bulk counterparts. In addition to such unique properties the nanometric size of nanomaterials can invite some detrimental effects on the health and well-being of living organisms and the environment. Thus it is important to distinguish nanomaterials with such ill effects from nanomaterials with no or minimum toxicity. Nanotoxicology: Toxicity Evaluation Risk Assessment and Management covers issues such as the basic principles of nanotoxicity methods used for nanotoxicity evaluation risk assessment and its management for nanomaterial toxicity with a focus on current trends limitations challenges and future directions of nanotoxicity evaluation. Various experts from different countries discuss these issues in detail in this book. This will be helpful to researchers educators and students who are interested in research opportunities for avoiding the environmental and health hazards of nanomaterials. This book will also be useful for industrial practitioners policy makers and other professionals in the fields of toxicology medicine pharmacology food drugs and other regulatory sciences.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498799416

Nanotubes and Nanofibers Size Shape and Synthesis Key to “Tuning” Properties The discovery and rapid evolution of carbon nanotubes have led to a vastly improved understanding of nanotechnology as well as dozens of possible applications for nanomaterials of different shapes and sizes ranging from composites to biology medicine energy transportation and electronic devices. Nanotubes and Nanofibers offers an overview of structure–property relationships synthesis and purification and potential applications of carbon nanotubes and fibers including whiskers cones nanobelts and nanowires. Using research on carbon nanotubes as a foundation to further developments this book discusses methods for growing and synthesizing amorphous and nanocrystalline graphitic carbon structures and inorganic nanomaterials including wet chemical synthesis chemical vapor deposition (CVD) arc discharge and others. It also describes boron nitride and metal chalcogenide nanotubes in detail and reviews the unique properties and methods for characterizing and producing single-crystalline semiconducting and functional-oxide nanowires. The chapters also identify challenges involving the controlled growth processing and assembly of organic and inorganic nanostructures that must be addressed before large-scale applications can be implemented. Edited by award-winning professor and researcher Dr. Yury Gogotsi Nanotubes and Nanofibers offers a well-rounded perspective on the advances leading to improved nanomaterial properties for a range of new devices and applications including electronic devices structural composites hydrogen and gas storage electrodes in electrochemical energy-storage systems sorbents and filters. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390686

Nanotubes and NanosheetsFunctionalization and Applications of Boron Nitride and Other Nanomaterials Reveals Innovative Research on BN Nanotubes and Nanosheets Nanotubes and Nanosheets: Functionalization and Applications of Boron Nitride and Other Nanomaterials is the first book devoted to nanotubes and nanosheets made of boron nitride (BN). It shows how the properties of BN nanotubes and nanosheets have led to many exciting applications where carbon (C) materials cannot be used including high-temperature metal-ceramic-based composites substrates for graphene and other semiconducting layers in electronic devices reusable absorbents for oil and other contaminants dry solid lubricants and biomedical applications. Researchers working on various aspects of BN nanomaterials share their knowledge and current work on the applications of BN nanotubes and nanosheets. They describe numerous applications including BN nanotube-reinforced metal-ceramic-based composites field emission desalination cleanup of oil spillages biosensing and bioimaging drug delivery biomedical applications and energy storage using BCN and TiO2 nanorods and nanosheets as electrode materials. The book also covers C and other nanotubes and nanosheets to give readers a broad view of the latest nanomaterials research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466598096

Nantong Chinese Nantong Chinese is an in-depth account of an interesting and endangered Sinitic language spoken in Nantong China in an area in the Northern Yangtze River Delta about 800 square kilometers in size and 105 kilometers northwest of the city of Shanghai. The Chinese language consists of several hundred local varieties known as Sinitic languages or Chinese dialects each representing a unique linguistic system. This book offers a comprehensive and systematic insight into one such system that is even more complex and more interesting than standard Mandarin. The unique vocalization and other linguistic features of Nantong Chinese make it unintelligible to most Chinese people. All the important linguistic aspects of Nantong Chinese are covered including its phonetic lexical morphological and syntactic subsystems. Nantong Chinese will be of interest to professionals and students in linguistics worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190996

NAPL Removal Surfactants Foams and Microemulsions Complete and quantitative NAPL Removal: Surfactants Foams and Microemulsions belongs to a ten-monograph series that records the results of the Department of Defense/Advanced Applied Technology Demonstration Facility environmental technology demonstrations. It presents the outcome of field demonstrations of innovative in situ remediation technol Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429133343

Napoleon With a new introduction by Andrew Roberts. 'A penetrating interpretation...No one with a serious interest in the Napoleonic period can afford to ignore it. ' - Times Literary Supplement Whether viewed as an inspired leader or obsessed tyrant Napoleon has divided opinion for over 200 years. Few individuals have left such a mark on history. Georges Lefebvre's classic work published in Routledge Classics in one paperback volume in English for the first time is a definitive portrait of the Napoleonic era. Lefebvre’s history sweeps us from the lightning coup d’état of 18 Brumaire in 1799 to his final downfall amidst the wheatfields of Waterloo. More than a biography it is a brilliant survey of the turbulent age Napoleon inaugurated in his attempt to redraw the map of Europe from the Peninsular War to the invasion of Russia. The cast includes his antagonists – Pitt the Younger Wellington Metternich and Tsar Alexander – and his allies – the wily Minister of Police Fouché and Talleyrand the ‘Prince of Diplomats’. Lefebvre’s account is equally clear-eyed about Napoleon’s genius and his flaws. Napoleon’s determination to emulate Caesar and Augustus condemned Europe to more than a decade of war and economic crisis but he also built an empire introducing educational administrative and financial initiatives that are still in place today. Georges Lefebvre (1877-1959) One of the foremost historians of the Twentieth Century and known as the ‘historian’s historian’ he held the chair of the French Revolution at the Sorbonne . His The French Revolution is also available in Routledge Classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610094

Napoleon This invaluable account provides an excellent introduction to the nature and mechanics of Napoleon's power and how he used it. It explores Napoleon's rise to fame as a soldier of the French Revolution and his aims and achievements as first consul and emperor during the years 1799-1815.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152007

Napoleon and Europe Two hundred years ago Napoleon was at the apogee of his power in Europe. This broad ranging reassessment explores the key themes presented by his extraordinary career: from his rise to power and the foundation of the imperial state to the final defeat of his grand vision following the doomed invasion of Russia. It was a period of almost uninterrupted war in Europe the consquences of victory or failure repeatedly transforming the political map. But Napoleon’s impact reached much deeper than this achieving the ultimate destruction of the ancien regime and feudalism in Europe and leaving a political and juridical legacy that persists today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174047

Napoleon and the World War of 1813Lessons in Coalition Warfighting This analysis of the world war between Napoleon and the 6th coalition in 1813 covers operations in Europe Spain and North America. It examines the differences between alliances and coalitions comparing the long-term international relationships in alliances and the short-term union of coalitions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044810

Napoleon III In this assessment James McMillan moves away from ideologically-based representations of the man to focus on his use of power. He recognises the Emporer as a highly skilled operator who in the face of innumerable obstacles attempted to conduct an original policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163287

Napoleon III and the Second Empire In Napoleon III and the Second Empire Roger D. Price considers the mid-century crisis which provided Louis-Napoleon Bonaparte with the opportunity to gain elective office as President. The author outlines the objectives of Napoleon III and provides: * A historiographical review of the ruler and his regime * Details of changing historical attitudes to the period * A survey of Napoleon III's economic social and political impact * An outline of the man's reign and his achievements Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156203

NapoleonConquest Reform and Reorganisation Napoleon had a profound impact on the development of both France and Europe and his career had repercussions across the wider world. His career had all the elements of a classical tragedy: having begun with spectacular military and civil achievements it ended in exile on the tiny Atlantic island of St Helena. Almost two centuries after Napoleon’s death historians continue to argue about his aims his achievements and his legacy. In this thoroughly revised and updated new edition Clive Emsley brings these historiographical debates up-to-date and broadens his study to include discussion of the cultural and social impact of the Napoleonic era. Divided into five parts this new edition: offers a succinct summary of Napoleon’s career examines his impact on France and Europe as well as including a new chapter on the impact of the Napoleonic adventure on the wider world considers the relationship between Napoleon and the French Revolution outlines the difficulties in assessing his career explores the current debates surrounding Napoleon contains an expanded selection of primary source documents ranging from state papers to police reports. A Chronology Glossary and Who’s Who of key characters are also provided making this an indispensable textbook for students of nineteenth-century French and European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777026

Napoleonic Europe The impact of Napoleon on France and on Europe was immediate and enduring. He dominated his age as his armies dominated the continent; and no European country was untouched or unchanged by the events of these turbulent years. Keeping one's bearings geographically militarily politically and chronologically in the prevailing turmoil is no easy matter even for the specialist and Clive Emsley's concise but authoritative guide to the Napoleonic age will be a boon to students scholars and general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167599

Napoleon's Integration of Europe Histories of the Napoleonic period are almost exclusively biographies of the man or political-military accounts of his wars. But such wars were only the first stage in a far more ambitious programme; the establishment of a rational state which would force the pace of modernising society. Through an examination of the experiences of French domination Napoleon's Integration of Europe explores the implications of such a project for France and its relationship with the rest of Europe. It examines the problems of ruling a progressively expanding empire as seen through the eyes of a trained corps of bureaucrates who were convinced that their scientific methods would enable them to understand and govern the mechanisms of society. However it also looks at the populations subjected to French rule at the nature of their resistance and adaptation to the principles of the Napoleonic project. This book is the first overall comparative study of Europe in the Napoleonic years. It is a study not only of an early exercise in imperialism but of the conflict that is aroused between the rationalising tendencies of the modern state and the spatial and cultural heterogeneity of individual societies. As well as a history of France it is also a history of Italy Germany Belgium Holland Switzerland Poland and Spain at a crucial moment in the history of each nation state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755535

Naptime at the O.K. CorralShane's Beginner's Guide to Childhood Ethnography Shane is back! The beloved heroine of students and faculty alike returns in this third volume of the acclaimed series focusing on the basic how-to’s and foundations of ethnographic studies of children and childhoods. The book opens with Shane trying to land a post-doc working in a department of cultural anthropologists studying children and childhood. Rather predictably Shane initially sees children as nothing more than small adults. But in this book she’ll be forced to reorient herself yet again. As usual she is aided by the spirits of the ancestors of senior colleagues of talking guinea pigs and gigantic head lice and through it all by her esteemed guide Billy the Literal Kid. This illustrated guide will orient the reader to the fundamental challenges in doing ethnographic research with children. The book begins by briefly exploring the history of research on children with children for children and "by" children. Throughout it is about doing research with children rather than on them highlighting their participant rather than object nature. Topics covered include: Foundations of child development Defining childhood The history essential theories and major works in the anthropology of childhood Children’s culture and popular Kinderculture Ethical concerns and IRBs Foundations of naturalistic inquiry with children Introduction to ethnographic methods with child participants including detailed guidance in observation and interview methods Practical guidelines for analyzing children’s artwork and other visual products Addressing the complexities of adult researcher subjectivities and roles This book is intended for the novice ethnographic researcher and student alike with learning at its core and is designed to encourage wider and deeper reading. It is a useful tool for teaching advanced undergraduate and graduate students in Education Anthropology Childhood Studies Nursing Communications Media Studies Art Education and more as well as an essential volume for any faculty bookshelf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328455

Narben/ScarsAn Art Project on Sexual Abuse NARBEN/SCARS an art project on sexual abuse was initiated to fight the forbidden act of sexual-violence against children and teenagers. This two-language volume (English/German) puts together scientific essays by top experts as well as the documentation of an art project for the first time. The book shows opportunities for and barries to art in common space and a complete section on the anonymized hand-over of personal items of the victims as well as the reactions on the initiative. Media > Books > Print Books Studien Verlag, Austria 9783706549455

Narbonne and its Territory in Late AntiquityFrom the Visigoths to the Arabs This work centres on the post-Roman period of Narbonne and its territory up to its capture by the Arabs in 720 encompassing not only recent archaeological findings but also perspectives of French Spanish and Catalan historiography that have fashioned distinct national narratives. Seeking to remove Narbonne from any subsequent birth of France Catalonia and Spain the book presents a geopolitical region that took shape from the late fifth century evolving towards the end of the eighth century into an autonomous province of the nascent Carolingian Empire. Capturing this change throughout a 300-year period somewhat lacking in written sources the book takes us beyond an exclusive depiction of the classical city to an examination of settlement in various forms. Discourses of literary criticism also lie behind aspects of this study mapped around textual commentaries which highlight a more imaginative biography of a city. Narbonne's role as a point of departure and travel across the Mediterranean is examined through a reading of the correspondence of Paulinus of Nola and the writings of Sulpicius Severus enabling the reader to gain a fuller picture of the city and its port. The topography of Narbonne in the fifth century is surveyed together with Bishop Rusticus’s church-building programme. Later chapters emphasise the difficulties in presenting a detached image of Narbonne as sources become mainly Visigothic defining the city and its region as part of a centralised kingdom. Particular attention is given to the election of Liuva I as king in Narbonne in 568 and to the later division into upper and lower sub-kingdoms shared by Liuva and his brother Leovigild a duality that persisted throughout the sixth and seventh centuries. The study therefore casts new light on Narbonne and its place within the Visigothic Kingdom of Toledo suggesting that it was the capital of a territory with roots in the post-Roman settlement of barbarian successor states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882303

NarcissismA Critical Reader This book provides a comprehensive review of the existing perspectives and applications of narcissism as a psychoanalytic concept that has been extremely influential in the fields of psychotherapy social science arts and humanities. Ten authors from different disciplines have been invited to write on the topic of narcissism as it is approached in Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325657

NarcissismA New Theory In this book Neville Symington approaches the well-trodden subject of narcissism offers us fresh insights from his long clinical experience with patients suffering from this disorder and sketches some highlights in the history of the concept of narcissism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325640

Narcissistic Fantasies in Film and FictionMasters of the Universe This book has grown from a belief that the psychoanalytic exploration of literature and performances leads to a richer and fuller understanding of each individual’s internal reality. It includes an exploration of narcissistic fantasies from various protagonists of film and novels and focuses on the fantasy of the omnipotence of the self which is a predominantly narcissistic desire to be a "Master of the Universe" a deity an omnipotent immortal figure. Psychoanalysis and art interact in exploring the individual's refusal to give up grandiose fantasies about the self or his inability to modulate and integrate them within his personality which are at the origin of his wish to transcend the human condition. These narcissistic fantasies are often expressed through aggressive and self-destructive behaviour including flirtation with death and destruction. The emotional truth that great artists convey through symbols which often resonates in the audience is examined in this book through studies and comparisons of narcissistic characters in opera film and contemporary fiction. Identifying with these figures who place themselves above the law may give us the illusion of omnipotence and immortality which corresponds to a primary narcissistic fantasy the traces of which exist in various degrees in all of us. Part of the popular International Psychoanalytical Association Psychoanalytic Ideas and Applications Series this book is unique in its focus on the narcissistic fantasy of the omnipotence of the self by means of an analysis of a variety of protagonists from the worlds of the performing arts and literature and on the exploration of their impact on the audience. It will be of interest to psychoanalysts therapists and those with an interest in the intersection of psychoanalytic theory with film and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429164

Narcissus and the Invention of Personal History Originally published in 1985. This investigation of Ovid’s fable takes a different tack to previous studies of the love lyric or the themes but looks at the creation of narrative strategies to explain Narcissus’ experience. The story has always been understood as literally impossible but invites readers to ask what is meant by the puzzling tale of deception and death. The limits placed on the fable by the commentaries of the medieval period allow us to appreciate the narrative expansion of the fable in twelfth and thirteenth-century poetry. Themes in this book are the way the fable is used as a means for knowledge of physical nature and the development of science; the importance of language in the fable and in its settings when rewritten in other texts and psychoanalytic aspects of Echo and Narcissus. The fable has the capacity to represent mental life and psychological crisis within other narratives and this is also an important discussion point based around the medieval text Roman de la Rose. The book also considers the wider Metamorphoses and Ovid’s importance for literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942028

Narcissus in TreatmentThe Journey from Fate to Psychological Freedom This book explores the nature of psychic suffering due to the narcissistic drama and how one can emerge over time to live an autonomous life. The narcissistic drama involves the saga of narcissistic wounding in childhood resulting from narcissistic parenting eventually giving way to emotional pain in adulthood marked by feelings of unworthiness and lack of genuine purpose. The dynamics of the narcissistic drama are herein demonstrated through an analysis of experience in D. H. Lawrence's autobiographical novel Sons and Lovers. The emotional suffering depicted in this novel provides a pristine picture of the drama itself. The focus of this book subsequently takes up the question of what narcissistically injured adults can do to become free from the constraints of this drama. This is accomplished through a discussion about the nature of therapeutic action. This discussion centres on describing a therapeutic approach to resolve psychic defenses that have led to blocks in emotional growth and the progressive formation of the mind. The aim of therapeutic action is to put old ghosts to rest and pave the way towards psychological birth and freedom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200161

Narco-CultsUnderstanding the Use of Afro-Caribbean and Mexican Religious Cultures in the Drug Wars Those who know about how spirituality plays into the world of drug smuggling have likely heard of Santa Muerte Jesus Malverde and Santería but the details of the more obscure African religions and Latin American folk saints and cults often remain a mystery. While the vast majority of these religions are practiced by law-abiding citizens with no connections to the drug trade their religious beliefs and practices are often appropriated by drug cartels and used to psychologically empower members of these organizations. Therefore knowledge about narco-cults and spirituality related to the drug trade can be incredibly useful to narcotics officers military and intelligence agents and even the average street cop. Narco-Cults: Understanding the Use of Afro-Caribbean and Mexican Religious Cultures in the Drug Wars looks at the growing phenomenon of narco-cults and the use of indigenous spiritual traditions among drug trafficking organizations. Based on two decades of experience from one of the top consultants in the field it provides investigative agencies with a means of identifying symbols rituals artifacts and customs endemic to various drug trafficking organizations. The book features illustrations of altars shrines and tools along with detailed descriptions of their cultural significance and practical application in rituals and customs. Derived from empirical research this sourcebook provides reliable information taken from ethnographic fieldwork police reports and interviews with practitioners. The knowledge contained herein will help build cultural competency among the many agencies investigating drug crimes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466595453

Narcos Over the BorderGangs Cartels and Mercenaries The book takes a hard hitting look at the drug wars taking place in Mexico between competing gangs cartels and mercenary factions; their insurgency against the Mexican state; the narco-violence and terrorism that is increasingly coming over the border into the United States and its interrelationship with domestic prison and street gangs. Analysis and response strategies are provided by leading writers on 3GEN gang theory counterterrorism transnational organized crime and homeland security. Narcos Over the Border is divided into three sections: narco-opposing force (NARCO OPFOR) organization and technology use; patterns of violence and corruption and the illicit economy; and United States response strategies. The work also includes short introductory essays a strategic threat overview an afterword and selected references. Specific topics covered include: advanced weaponry internet use kidnappings and assassinations torture beheadings and occultism cartel and gang evolutionary patterns drug trafficking street taxation corruption and border firefights. This book was published as a special issue of Small Wars and Insurgencies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315875477

Narrating AfricaGeorge Henty and the Fiction of Empire First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868755

Narrating African FutureSIn(ter)ventions and Agencies in African and African diasporic fiction This volume is dedicated to fictional negotiations of future or rather futureS. After all ‘future’ cannot but exist in a multitude of complementary and/or competing futures all causally related to each other just as much as to their pasts and their respective memories. Within this cyclical and causal triad of past present and future futureS have been made and unmade remembered and forgotten affirmed and subverted in the multiversity of competing agencies interests and accesses to power and privileges. Thus framed African and African diasporic futureS have been done undone and redone over the centuries affecting and affected by planetary actions as ruled by global power constellations whilst being contemplated and moulded by fictional in(ter)ventions in the process. Literature and other cultural means of expression such as film fine arts performing arts and the internet are at the centre of this volume. Employing FutureS as a critical category of analysis the book comprises perspectives from Europe Africa and the Middle East from academics activists and artists. They all share their perspectives on African and African-diasporic visions of futureS with an emphasis on dreaming and memory environmentalism and ethics freedom and resistance. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of the African Literature Association. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663759

Narrating ChinaJia Pingwa and his Fictional World Jia Pingwa whose novels have caused both fame and controversy has an enormous readership throughout the Chinese speaking world. However despite Pingwa's cultural significance and the use of his poetry novels and prose in schools and universities there has never been any substantial academic study of the writer and his writings. Filling that gap this book examines the corpus of Pingwa’s writing and emphasizes his importance prominence and relevance to contemporary Chinese society. This pioneering study discusses Pingwa's works in the light of ‘cultural nationalism’ showing how he links the cultural identity of China with the cultural authenticity of his local Shaanxi Province. In addition the book highlights issues of nationalism in contemporary Chinese literature and underpins the significance of regional writing in negotiating China’s national identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655682

Narrating DeathThe Limit of Literature Drawing on literary and visual texts spanning from the twelfth century to the present this volume of essays explores what happens when narratives try to push the boundaries of what can be said about death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665012

Narrating Friendship and the British Novel 1760-1830 Friendship has always been a universal category of human relationships and an influential motif in literature but it is rarely discussed as a theme in its own right. In her study of how friendship gives direction and shape to new ideas and novel strategies of plot character formation and style in the British novel from the 1760s to the 1830s Katrin Berndt argues that friendship functions as a literary expression of philosophical values in a genre that explores the psychology and the interactions of the individual in modern society. In the literary historical period in which the novel became established as a modern genre friend characters were omnipresent reflecting enlightenment philosophy’s definition of friendship as a bond that civilized public and private interactions and was considered essential for the attainment of happiness. Berndt’s analyses of genre-defining novels by Frances Brooke Mary Shelley Sarah Scott Helen Maria Williams Charlotte Lennox Walter Scott Jane Austen and Maria Edgeworth show that the significance of friendship and the increasing variety of novelistic forms and topics represent an overlooked dynamic in the novel’s literary history. Contributing to our understanding of the complex interplay of philosophical socio-cultural and literary discourses that shaped British fiction in the later Hanoverian decades Berndt’s book demonstrates that novels have conceived the modern individual not in opposition to but in interaction with society continuing Enlightenment debates about how to share the lives and the experiences of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346812

Narrating Human Rights in Africa Narrating Human Rights in Africa claims human rights from the perspective of artists from the African continent and situates the key theoretical concepts in African perspectives undercutting the stereotypes of victimhood and voicelessness. Instead of positioning literary texts as illustrative of points already theorized elsewhere the author foregrounds the literature itself to show the concepts it offers the ideas and responses stemming from complex historical circumstances in Africa and expressed by African writers. The book focuses on how narrative creates new categories of thought challenging human rights dogma whereas the sum of the literary voices evoked also stands by the values of social justice and protection of human rights. The chapters take up key challenges to the narration of human rights in which the contribution of African writers is particularly important. This includes human dignity in the resistance to apartheid the figure of the child soldier how humanitarianism’s images affect representational strategies of contemporary African writers the challenge of testifying about rape in war how to evoke the disappeared body of the torture victim the centrality of flight in the refugee and migrant experiences and finally the long shadow of the "heart of darkness" motif. Offering a sustained examination of the narrative treatment of key human rights concerns as expressed by African writers this book will be of interest to scholars of African literature postcolonial studies  African studies and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194666

Narrating Marriage in Eighteenth-Century England and France In the eighteenth century when the definition of marriage was shifting from one based on an hierarchical model to one based on notions of love and mutuality marital life came under a more intense cultural scrutiny. This led to paradoxical forms of representation of marriage as simultaneously ideal and unlivable. Chris Roulston analyzes how as representations of married life increased they challenged the traditional courtship model offering narratives based on repetition rather than progression. Beginning with English and French marital advice literature which appropriated novelistic conventions at the same time that it cautioned readers about the dangers of novel reading she looks at representations of ideal marriages in Pamela II and The New Heloise. Moving on from these ideal domestic spaces bourgeois marriage is then problematized by the discourse of empire in Sir George Ellison and Letters of Mistress Henley by troublesome wives in works by Richardson and Samuel de Constant and by abusive husbands in works by Haywood Edgeworth Genlis and Restif de la Bretonne. Finally the alternative marriage narrative in which the adultery motif is incorporated into the marriage itself redefines the function of heteronormativity. In exploring the theoretical issues that arise during this transitional period for married life and the marriage plot Roulston expands the debates around the evolution of the modern couple. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262188

Narrating Media History Based on the work of media historian James Curran Narrating Media History explores British media history as a series of competing narratives. This unique and timely collection brings together leading international media history scholars not only to identify and contrast the various interrelationships between media histories but also to encourage dialogue between different historical political and theoretical perspectives including: liberalism feminism populism nationalism libertarianism radicalism and technological determinism. Essays by distinguished academics cover television radio newspaper press and advertising (among others) and illustrate the particularities affinities strengths and weaknesses within media history. Each section includes a brief introduction by the editor with discussion topics and suggestions for further reading making this an invaluable guide for students of media history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203892954

Narrating MigrationIntimacies of Exclusion in Northern Italy This book reflects on the myriad ways in which forms of exclusion and inclusion play out in narratives of migration focusing on the case of Northern Italian narratives in today’s superdiverse Italy. Drawing on over a decade of the author’s fieldwork in the region the volume examines the emergence of racialized language in conversations about migrants or migration issues in light of increasing recent migratory flows in the European Union couched in the broader context of changing socio-political forces such as anti-immigration policies and nativist discourse in political communication in Italy. The book highlights case studies from everyday discourse in both villages and cities and at different levels of society to explore these "intimacies of exclusion " the varying degrees to which inclusion and exclusion manifest themselves in conversation on migration. The book also employs a narrative practice-based approach which considers storytelling as a more dynamic form of discourse thus allowing for equally new ways of analyzing their content and impact. Offering a valuable contribution to the growing literature on narratives of migration this volume is key reading for graduate students and scholars in linguistic anthropology sociolinguistics sociocultural anthropology language and politics and migration studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584679

Narrating Modernity: The British Problem Picture 1895-1914The British Problem Picture 1895-1914 This title was first published in 2003. Problem pictures were very popular during the Edwardian period. These pictures invited multiple interpretations of modern life and were often slightly risque. Pamela Fletcher explores how these works of art engaged with questions of gender sexuality and identity during their heyday. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714045

Narrating ModernityThe British Problem Picture 1895-1914 This title was first published in 2003. Problem pictures were very popular during the Edwardian period. These pictures invited multiple interpretations of modern life and were often slightly risque. Pamela Fletcher explores how these works of art engaged with questions of gender sexuality and identity during their heyday. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714014

Narrating NomadismTales of Recovery and Resistance Narrating Nomadism provides an unflinching account of ethnic groups and nomadic communities across the world that were branded as ‘criminal’ during colonial times. It explores the tragic effect of the new identity imposed on them the traumatic survival of these communities and cultures and the creative expression of this experience in their arts and literature in the form of resistance. Presenting specific contexts and locations of cultural devastation in history the volume traces colonial social imagination as such showing how the grossly misperceived non-sedentary communities in the colonies were subjected to the mission of ‘settling’ them. The essays presented here document these alternative histories from perspectives ranging from literary criticism and art history to ethnography and socio-linguistics highlighting in what ways different nomadic communities negotiate discrimination and challenge in contemporary times while finding remarkable convergence in their local histories and collective testimonies.This anthology opens up a new area in postcolonial studies as well as cultural anthropology by bringing the viewpoint of marginalized communities and their cultural rights to bear upon history society and culture. It places an activist’s ‘view from below’ at the centre of literary interpretation engages with oral history more substantially than folklore studies usually do and brings together several historical narratives hitherto unexplored. This will be essential for students of anthropology sociology cultural studies history linguistics post-colonial studies literature and tribal studies as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138663985

Narrating Objects Collecting Stories Narrating Objects Collecting Stories is a wide-ranging collection of essays exploring the stories that can be told by and about objects and those who choose to collect them. Examining objects and collecting in different historical social and institutional contexts an international interdisciplinary group of authors consider the meanings and values with which objects are imputed and the processes and implications of collecting. This includes considering the entanglement of objects and collectors in webs of social relations value and change object biographies and the sometimes conflicting stories that things come to represent and the strategies used to reconstruct and retell the narratives of objects. The book includes considerations of individual and groups of objects such as domestic interiors novelty tea-pots Scottish stone monuments African ironworking a postcolonial painting and memorials to those killed on the roads in Australia. It also contains chapters dealing with particular collectors – including Charles Bell and Beatrix Potter – and representational techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117112

Narrating Postcolonial Arab NationsEgypt Algeria Lebanon Palestine Narrating Postcolonial Arab Nations significantly enhances the interface between postcolonial literary studies and the hitherto under-studied Arab world. Lindsey Moore brings together canonical and less familiar Arab novels and memoirs from the last half century to consider colonial continuities and consequences. Literary narratives are shown to oppose repressive versions of nationalism and to track desire lines toward more hospitable nations. The literatures discussed in this book enable a deeper historical understanding of twenty-first century Arab uprisings and their aftermaths.The book analyzes four rich sites of literary production: Egypt Algeria Lebanon and Palestine. Moore explores ways in which authors critique particular nation-state formations and decolonizing histories engage the general problematic of ‘the nation’ and redefine repurpose and transcend national literary canons. Chapter One contrasts Egyptian literary representations of popular revolt with official revolutionary discourse. Chapter Two addresses the enduring legacy of anti-colonial violence in Algeria and the place of Albert Camus in its literature. Chapter Three uses narratives of gender violence on the Beirut front line to reveal the divisibility and intersectional identity politics of postcolonial nation-states. Chapter Four emphasizes ways in which Palestinian memoirs insist upon remembering towards a postcolonial future. The book provides detailed analysis of literary narratives by Etel Adnan Rabih Alameddine Alaa al-Aswany Rachid Boudjedra Albert Camus Rashid al-Daïf Assia Djebar Ghada Karmi Naguib Mahfouz Jean Said Makdisi Edward Said Boualem Sansal Raja Shehadeh Miral al-Tahawy and Latifa al-Zayyat. It is an indispensable volume for students and scholars of Postcolonial Arab and World literatures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667405

Narrating the ClosetAn Autoethnography of Same-Sex Attraction Motivated by the death of his partner Adams seeks to redefine the closet as a relational construct between all people and all sexualities. The closet is explored at each stage—entering it inhabiting it and coming out of it—and strategies are offered for reframing difficult closet experiences. Adams makes use of interviews personal narratives and autoethnography to analyze lived relational experiences of sexuality. This is a must have for scholars and students of gender studies qualitative research and for any reader who has felt the closet’s reach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315423739

Narrating the Management GuruIn Search of Tom Peters David Collins a well respected scholar of management gurus proves a critical reappraisal of the very influential work of Tom Peters. This volume examines his key works and reviews his detractors offering an analysis of his contributions to the field of management that goes beyond the simple chronological model that has previously been used. Collins focuses on the changing narratives of Tom Peters and proposes a four-fold narrative typlogy to explore this guru's evolving account of the business of management. The book argues that Peters' success as a guru derives from his abilities as a storyteller. The author notes a decline in Peters' storytelling and an increasing reliance on certain story types. Furthermore he observes that this guru now tends to place himself at the centre of his narratives of business and change. On the strength of this analysis Collins concludes that Peters has 'lost the plot' and argues that new and more appropriate narratives must be sought and developed. Critical and compelling this excellent book is a must read for all students and instructors working across the management spectrum especially in the areas of management organizational behaviour change management and corporate strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541787

Narrating the Visual in Shakespeare This book examines Shakespeare's fascination with the art of narrative and the visuality of language. Richard Meek complicates our conception of Shakespeare as either a 'man of the theatre' or a 'literary dramatist' suggesting ways in which his works themselves debate the question of text versus performance. Beginning with an exploration of the pictorialism of Shakespeare's narrative poems the book goes on to examine several moments in Shakespeare's dramatic works when characters break off the action to describe an absent 'offstage' event place or work of art. Meek argues that Shakespeare does not simply prioritise drama over other forms of representation but rather that he repeatedly exploits the interplay between different types of mimesis - narrative dramatic and pictorial - in order to beguile his audiences and readers. Setting Shakespeare's works in their literary and rhetorical contexts and engaging with contemporary literary theory the book offers new readings of Venus and Adonis The Rape of Lucrece Hamlet King Lear and The Winter's Tale. The book will be of particular relevance to readers interested in the relationship between verbal and visual art theories of representation and mimesis Renaissance literary and rhetorical culture and debates regarding Shakespeare's status as a literary dramatist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259553

Narrating TraumaOn the Impact of Collective Suffering Through case studies that examine historical and contemporary crises across the world the contributing writers to this volume explore the cultural and social construction of trauma. How do some events get coded as traumatic and others which seem equally painful and dramatic not? Why do culpable groups often escape being categorised as perpetrators? These are just some of the important questions answered in this collection. Some of the cases analysed include Mao's China the Holocaust the Katyn Massacre and the Kosovo trauma. Expanding the pioneering cultural approach to trauma this book will be of interest to scholars and postgraduate students of sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594518874

Narrating Unemployment Drawing on the emerging field of narrative theory in sociology and psychology this book argues that an individual’s response to job loss is a product of the shape of the story a person tells about their experience. This in turn is a product of both individual creativity and the structuring effects of their social location. Based on a qualitative study of the experience of unemployment in Australia three main types of job loss narratives are identified. First romantic narratives describe job loss as a positive experience of liberation from an oppressive job leading to a gradually improving future. Second tragic narratives describe job loss as undermining a person’s life plan leading to a phase of depression anxiety and self-deprecation. Finally job loss narratives may be complicated by marital breakdown or serious illness. The book breaks new ground in its use of narrative theory to account for the variations in responses to unemployment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255210

Narration and Therapeutic ActionThe Construction of Meaning in Psychoanalytic Social Work Narration and Therapeutic Action raises challenging questions about the limitations of science and of scientific inquiry for the practice of social work. In doing so this innovative book calls upon clinical social workers psychologists and psychoanalysts to examine some of the most fundamental assumptions about the clinical process and what is “therapeutic” about it. Written by social work clinicians and theorists the book explores the construction of meaning within the dual framework of psychoanalysis and clinical social work.Readers of Narration and Therapeutic Action will find the way in which clinical illustrations are used to articulate theoretical ideas especially useful. You will find chapters ranging from the highly abstract and theoretical to those that consider very specific dimensions of clinical process. As contributors examine various aspects of narrative theory and its relationship to psychoanalysis and clinical social work they highlight such themes as: important theoretical contributions of psychoanalytic authors (including Roy Schafer Donald Spence and the French psychoanalyst Jacque Lacan) to the study of narratives how to use various frameworks such as self psychology and multigenerational family systems theory as a structure for analysis of clients’narratives narratives and their “fit” in psychoanalytic developmental theories the evolution of specific narratives in the context of ongoing psychoanalytically-oriented treatment the narration of traumatic experiences in dynamic psychotherapyClinical social workers psychoanalysts and psychologists will find Narration and Therapeutic Action filled with answers to important questions about the very nature of what is therapeutic in the psychoanalytic process and why; whether existing theory can be used with modification as a guide to the “unpacking” of the text; and if there are specific psychoanalytic theories of development better-suited to the meaning-making that occurs in the crucible of the psychoanalytic dialogue. Narration and Therapeutic Action is ideal as a guide and reference for practitioners and students of clinical social work psychoanalysis and clinical psychology as well as for instructors of clinical theory and practice. Readers will find abundant evidence of consensus and conflict disparity and complementarity and resonance and dissonance in the contributors’ diverse viewpoints. While this provides readers with support for their preexisting theoretical and clinical assumptions it also offers a broadened perspective on other theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994348

Narration in the Fiction Film First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126848

Narrative Human beings have constantly told stories presented events and placed the world into narrative form. This activity suggests a very basic way of looking at the world yet this book argues even the most seemingly simple of stories is embedded in a complex network of relations. Paul Cobley traces these relations considering the ways in which humans have employed narrative over the centuries to ‘re-present’ time space and identity. This second revised and fully updated edition of the successful guidebook to narrative covers a range of narrative forms and their historical development from early oral and literate forms through to contemporary digital media encompassing Hellenic and Hebraic foundations the rise of the novel realist representations narratives of imperialism modernism cinema postmodernism and new technologies. A final chapter reviews the way that narrative theory in the last decade has re-orientated definitions of narrative. Written in a clear engaging style and featuring an extensive glossary of terms this is the essential introduction to the history and theory of narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834445

Narrative Identity and Academic Community in Higher Education Grounded in narrative theory this book offers a case study of a liberal arts college’s use of narrative to help build identity community and collaboration within the college faculty across a range of disciplines including history psychology sociology theatre and dance literature anthropology and communication. Exploring issues of methodology and their practical application this narrative project speaks to the construction of identity for the liberal arts in today’s higher education climate. Narrative Identity and Academic Community focuses on the ways a cross-disciplinary emphasis on narrative can impact institutions in North America and contribute to the discussion of strategies to foster bottom-up faculty-driven collaboration and innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195182

Narrative Identity and the Map of Cultural PolicyOnce Upon a Time in a Globalized World The story of arts and cultural policy in the twenty-first century is inherently of global concern no matter how local it seems. At the same time questions of identity have in many ways become more challenging than before. Narrative Identity and the Map of Cultural Policy: Once Upon a Time in a Globalized World explores how and why stories and identities sometimes merge and often clash in an arena in which culture and policy may not be able to resolve every difficulty. DeVereaux and Griffin argue that the role of narrative is key to understanding these issues. They offer a wide-ranging history and justification for narrative frameworks as an approach to cultural policy and open up a wider field of discussion about the ways in which cultural politics and cultural identity are being deployed and interpreted in the present with deep roots in the past. This timely book will be of great interest not just to students of narrative and students of arts and cultural policy but also to administrators policy theorists and cultural management practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399681

Narrative Political Unconscious and Racial Violence in Wilmington North Carolina First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650366

Narrative Analysis An important recent development in the study of teaching is the use of narrative analysis to study teachers' lives their work and anecdotes exchanged in the staffroom.; This book critically examines current approaches to the study of teachers' narratives and argues that for narrative research to be effective we need to see narrative in a multi- disciplinary perspective. The book examines models of narrative analysis currently proposed in linguistics sociology psycology anthropology and literature and applies insights from these disciplines to the study of teachers' narratives. The author proposes an alternative approach to studying narratives which is then applied to original data demonstrating how narrative analysis can be used to study primary teachers' perceptions of their work. lt is suggested that narrative analysis could be used to study the perceptions or culture of any professional group. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315067421

Narrative and BeliefThe Religious Affordance of Supernatural Fiction The Lord of the Rings Star Wars and certain other works of fantasy and science fiction have inspired some of their readers and viewers to believe that the superhuman powers of the story-worlds such as Gandalf and the Force exist also in the real world. We can say that such fictional narratives possess ‘religious affordance’ for they contain certain textual features that afford or make possible a religious rather than just a fictional use of the text.This book aims to identify those features of the text that make it possible for a fictional narrative to inspire belief in the supernatural beings of the story or even to facilitate ritual interaction with these beings. The contributions analyse the religious affordance and actual use of a wide range of texts spanning from Harry Potter and Star Wars over The Lord of the Rings and late 19th-century Scandinavian fantasy to the Christian Gospels. Although we focus on the religious affordance of fictional texts we also spell out implications for the study of religious narratives in general and for the narrativist study of religion. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892128

Narrative and Dramatic Approaches to Children’s Life Story with Foster Adoptive and Kinship FamiliesUsing the Theatre of Attachment Model Narrative and Dramatic Approaches to Children’s Life Story with Foster Adoptive and Kinship Families outlines narrative and dramatic approaches to improve vulnerable family relationships. It provides a model which offers new ways for parents to practise communicating with their children and develop positive relationships. The book focuses on the Theatre of Attachment model - a highly innovative approach which draws from a strong theoretical base to demonstrate the importance of narrative and dramatic play for sharing the children’s life history in the family home with their adoptive foster or kinship parents. An emphasis is on having fun ways to work through complex feelings and divided loyalties so as to secure attachment. This practice model aims to raise children’s self-esteem and communication skills and to combat the profound effects of abuse neglect on trauma on children’s development. This book will be of great interest for academics post-graduate students universities and Training bodies service providers and practitioners involved in social work and creative therapies child psychologists child psychotherapists and public and private adoption and foster care agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256814

Narrative and Genre Any life story whether a written autobiography or an oral testimony is shaped not only by the reworkings of experience through memory and re-evaluation but also art. Any communication has to use shared conventions not only of language itself but also the more complex expectations of 'genre': of the forms expected within a given context and type of communication. This collection of essays by internationl academics draws on a wide range of disciplines in the social sciences and the humanities to examine how far the expectations and forms of genre shape different kinds of autobiography and influence what messages they can convey. After investigating the problem of genre definition and tracing the evolution of genre as a concept contributors explore such issues as: * How far can we argue that what people narrate in their autobiographical stories is selected and shaped by the reportoire of genre available to them?* To what extent is oral autobiography shaped by its social and cultural context?* What is the relationship between autobiographical sources and the ethnographer?Narrative and Genre presents exciting new debates in an emerging field and will encourage international and interdisciplinary debate. Its authors and contributors are scholars from the fields of anthropology cultural studies literary analysis psychoanalysis social history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757034

Narrative and GenreContexts and Types of Communication Any life story whether a written autobiography or an oral testimony is shaped not only by the reworkings of experience through memory and re-evaluation but also by art. Any communication has to use shared conventions not only of language itself but also the more complex expectations of "genre " the forms expected within a given context and type of communication. This collection of essays by international academics draws on a wide range of disciplines in the social sciences and the humanities to examine how far the expectations and forms of genre shape different kinds of autobiography and influence what messages they can convey. After investigating the problem of genre definition and tracing the evolution of genre as a concept contributors explore such issues as: How far can we argue that what people narrate in their autobiographical stories is selected and shaped by the repertoire of genre available to them? To what extent is oral autobiography shaped by its social and cultural context? What is the relationship between autobiographical sources and the ethnographer? Narrative and Genre presents exciting new debates in an emerging field and will encourage international and interdisciplinary discussion. Its authors and contributors are scholars from the fields of anthropology cultural studies literary analysis psychology psychoanalysis social history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528574

Narrative and MeaningThe Foundation of Mind Creativity and the Psychoanalytic Dialogue Narrative and Meaning examines the role of both in contemporary psychoanalytic practice bringing together a distinguished group of contributors from across the intersubjective relational and interpersonal schools of psychoanalytic thought. The contributions propose that narratives or stories in a variety of non-verbal and verbal forms are the foundation of mind creativity and the clinical dialogue. From the beginning of life human experience gains expression through the integration of perception cognition memory and affect into mini or complex narratives. This core proposal is illustrated in chapters referencing creativity psychoanalytic process gesture and sensory-motor activity dreams music conflicting narratives in couples imaginative stories of adopted children identity and individuality. Including a major revision in theory based upon an expanded definition of narrative this book is an essential read for any contemporary psychoanalyst wishing to use narrative in their practice. Featuring essential theory and a wealth of practical clinical material Narrative and Meaning will appeal greatly to both psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638037

Narrative and Metaphor in EducationLook Both Ways Human beings rely equally on narrative (or storytelling) and metaphor (or analogy) for making sense of the world. Narrative and Metaphor in Education integrates the two perspectives of narrative and metaphor in educational theory and practice at every level from pre-school to lifelong civic education. Bringing together outstanding educational researchers the book interweaves for the first time the rich strand of current research about how narrative may be used productively in education with more fragmentary research on the role of metaphor in education and invites readers to ‘look both ways.’The book consists of research by 40 academics from many countries and disciplines describing and analysing the intricate connections between narrative and metaphor as they manifest themselves in many fields of education including: concepts of education teacher identity and reflective practice teaching across cultures teaching science and history using digital and visual media in teaching fostering reconciliation in a postcolonial context special needs education civic and social education and educational policy-making. It is unique in combining study of the narrative perspective and the metaphor perspective and in exploring such a comprehensive range of topics in education.Narrative and Metaphor in Education will be of great interest to academics and researchers in the fields of education and educational policy as well as teacher educators practising and future teachers. It will also appeal to psychologists sociologists applied linguists and communications specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582531

Narrative and ViolenceWays of Suffering amongst Iranian Men in Diaspora Narrative and Violence explores philosophical and anthropological ideas surrounding the nature of social suffering its relationship to social historical and political contexts and the manner in which diasporic communities narrate their suffering. Against the setting of the adverse relationship between Iran and the West it examines the ways in which suffering shapes identity and belonging in the Diaspora for Iranians living in the West. Based on rich empirical information drawn from the UK and Australia this book investigates ways in which the lives of Iranians living in the Diaspora are affected by the understanding of Iran in terms of abjection as that which is beyond or outside of The West. Exploring the emotions and feelings of pain and suffering as they are rooted in and shape various categories of experience propounds a view of suffering which is thoroughly grounded in culture history and politics. Presenting a new theoretical and cultural understanding of experiences of suffering violence war and displacement this book contributes to critical debates within sociology geography anthropology history and cultural and critical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478780

Narrative and Voice in Postwar Poetry Poetry in English since the Second World War has produced a number of highly original narrative works as diverse as Derek Walcott's Omeros Ted Hughes' Gaudete and Anne Stevenson's Correspondences. At the same time poetry in general has been permeated by narrative features particularly those linguistic characteristics that Mikhail Bakhtin considered peculiar to the novel and which he termed "dialogic". This book examines the narrative and dialogic elements in the work of a range of poets from Britain America Ireland Australia and the Caribbean including poetry from the immediate postwar years to the contemporary and novel-like narratives to personal lyrics. Its unifying theme is the way in which these poets with such contrasting styles and from such varied backgrounds respond to and creatively adapt the language-worlds and hence the social worlds in which they live. The volume includes a detailed bibliography to assist students in further study and will be a valuable resource to undergraduate and postgraduate students of contemporary poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836501

Narrative Approaches to Brain Injury This book brings together narrative approaches and brain injury rehabilitation in a manner that fosters an understanding of the natural fit between the two. We live our lives by narratives and stories and brain injury can affect those narratives at many levels with far-reaching effects. Understanding held narratives is as important as understanding the functional profile of the injury. This book explores ways to create a space for personal stories to emerge and change whilst balancing theory with practical application. Despite the emphasis of this book on the compatibility of narrative approaches to supporting people following brain injury it also illustrates the potential for contributing to significant change in the current narratives of brain injury. This book takes a philosophically different approach to many current neuro-rehabilitation topics and has the potential to make a big impact. It also challenges the reader to question their own position but does so in an engaging manner which makes it difficult to put down. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490441

Narrative Approaches to Youth WorkConversational Skills for a Critical Practice This is the book that youth workers who want to put into practice their desire to "meet youth where they’re at" have been waiting for. Narrative Approaches to Youth Work provides hope-filled and fresh conversational practices anchored in a critical intersectional analysis of power and a relational ethic of care. These practices help youth workers answer the all-too-common question what do I do when I do youth work? The concepts and skills presented in this book position youth workers to do youth work in ways that honor youth agency and resistance to oppression invite a multiplicity of possibilities and situate youth and youth workers alike within broader social contexts that influence their lives and their relationship together. Drawing on the author’s 30-plus years of working alongside young people and training youth workers in contexts ranging from recreation centers to homeless shelters this book provides a rich and deliberate mix of theoretical grounding practical application real-life vignettes and questions for in-depth self-reflection. Throughout Narrative Approaches to Youth Work readers hear from a wise and thoughtful squad of youth workers talking about how they strive to do socially just accountable critical youth work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091436

Narrative ArchitectureA Designer's Story Narrative Architecture explores the postmodern concept of narrative architecture from four perspectives: thinking imagining educating and designing to give you an original view on our postmodern era and architectural culture. Authors Sylvain De Bleeckere and Sebastiaan Gerards outline the ideas of thinkers such as Edmund Husserl Paul Ricoeur Emmanuel Levinas and Peter Sloterdijk and explore important work of famous architects such as Daniel Libeskind and Frank Gehry as well as rather underestimated architects like Günter Behnisch and Sep Ruf. With more than 100 black and white images this book will help you to adopt the design method in your own work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899421

Narrative Authority and Homeostasis in the Novels of Doris Lessing and Carmen Martín Gaite This study originally published in 1990 assesses a shift in the presentation of self-consciousness in two pairs of novels by Doris Lessing and Carmen Martín Gaite: 1) Lessing’s The Summer Before the Dark (1973) and Martín Gaite’s Retahílas (1974) and 2) Lessing’s The Memoirs of a Survivor (1974) and Martín Gaite’s The Back Room (1978). Three major structural divisions facilitate examining implications of the novels for 1) feminism 2) literary narrative and 3) the lives of people-at-large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334352

Narrative by NumbersHow to Tell Powerful and Purposeful Stories with Data Shortlisted for the Business Book of the Year Awards in the Sales and Marketing category. As jobs become increasingly similar there are two skills that everyone needs if they’re going to thrive. These are the ability to interrogate and make sense of data and the ability to use insights extracted from data to persuade others to act. Analytics + storytelling = influence. Humans are hardwired to respond to stories and story structure. Stories are how we make sense of and navigate the world. We respond best to stories that are based on evidence. But storytellers need to use data as the foundation of stories not as the actual stories themselves. To be truly impactful rational facts need to be presented with a veneer of emotion. The Big Data revolution means more data is available than ever. The trouble is most people aren’t very numerate or good at statistics. Many find it hard to look at data and extract insights. Meanwhile those for whom numbers hold no fear don’t always make the best storytellers. They mistakenly believe they need to prove their point by showing their workings. There are some simple and effective rules of data-driven storytelling that help everyone tell more compelling evidence-based stories whoever they need to convince. Narrative by Numbers shows you how. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353140

Narrative CBTDistinctive Features The popularity of using narrative metaphor and building solutions in CBT has increased in recent years. Narrative CBT part of the third wave of cognitive therapies recognises the importance of helping to build new ideas and practices in order to create change examining a person’s multiple and evolving narratives and their behaviour as intrinsically meaningful. In Narrative CBT John Rhodes presents the features of NCBT in thirty key points. The first fifteen summarise how the theory of narrative can clarify difficulties with emotions motives and interactions and address how rebuilding confidence and trust is crucial for change to be achieved. In the second half of the book case conceptualisation and the techniques of NCBT are explained and illustrated. Narrative solution-orientated and CBT techniques are integrated and specific NCBT approaches for trauma depression and OCD are highlighted. Ideal for clinical and counselling psychologists both established and in training psychotherapists and all professionals carrying out therapy in the field of mental health this book clearly and accessibly presents the techniques and key concepts of Narrative CBT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533973

Narrative Comprehension and Film Narrative is one of the ways we organise and understnad the world. It is found everywhere: not only in films and books but also in everday conversations and in the nonfictional discourses of journalists historians educators psychologists attorneys and many others.Edward Branigan presents a telling exploration of the basic concepts of narrative theory and its relation to film - and literary - analysis bringing together theories from linguistics and cognitive science and applying them to the screen. Individual analyses of classical narratives form the basis of a complex study of every aspect of filmic fiction exploring for example subjectivity in Lady in the Lake multiplicity in Letter from and Unknown Woman post-modernism and documentary in Sans Soleil. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003108

Narrative Conventions and Race in the Novels of Toni Morrison This study analyzes the relationship between race and genre in four of Toni Morrison’s novels: The Bluest Eye Tar Baby Jazz and Beloved. Heinert argues how Morrison’s novels revise conventional generic forms such as bildungsroman folktales slave narratives and the formal realism of the novel itself. This study goes beyond formalist analyses to show how these revisions expose the relationship between race conventional generic forms and the dominant culture. Morrison’s revisions critique the conventional roles of African Americans as subjects of and in the genre of the novel and (re)write roles which instead privilege their subjectivity.  This study provides readers with new ways of understanding Morrison’s novels. Whereas critics often fault Morrison for breaking with traditional forms and resisting resolution in her novels this analysis show how Morrison’s revisions shift the narrative truth of the novel from its representation in conventional forms to its interpretation by the readers who are responsible for constructing their own resolution or version of narrative truth. These revisions expose how the dominant culture has privileged specific forms of narration; in turn these forms privilege the values of the dominant culture. Morrison’s novels attempt to undermine this privilege and rewrite the canon of American literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203625729

Narrative DesignThe Craft of Writing for Games Narrative designers and game designers are critical to the development of digital and analog games. This book provides a detailed look at the work writers and designers perform every day on game development projects. It includes practical advice on how to break into the game industry as a writer or game designer. Readers can use the templates and detailed instructions provided here to create lively portfolios that will help open the door to jobs in the game industry.   Key features of this book: • An intimate look at the workings of AAA game development from someone who has spent decades embedded on teams at well-known companies. • An insider’s look at the game industry including advice on breaking into the industry. • Detailed instructions for creating a portfolio to demonstrate narrative design and game design skills to prospective employers. • Lessons and exercises to help students develop narrative design and game design skills. • A how-to guide for college instructors teaching classes in narrative design and game design. Detailed assignments and syllabi are included.   Author Bio: Michael Breault is a 35-year industry veteran who has contributed his writing and game design skills to over 130 published games. He currently teaches narrative design and game design courses at Webster University in St. Louis. The courses he creates and teaches are based on the tasks narrative designers and game designers undertake every day while developing games. These classes provide his students with a real-world view of the work they will be doing as writers and designers in the game industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367191528

Narrative Desire and Historical ReparationsA.S. Byatt Ian McEwan and Salman Rushdie First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959305

Narrative Developments from Chaucer to Defoe This collection analyzes how narrative technique developed from the late Middle Ages to the beginning of the 18th century. Taking Chaucer’s influential Middle English works as the starting point the original essays in this volume explore diverse aspects of the formation of early modern prose narratives. Essays focus on how a sense of selfness or subjectivity begins to establish itself in various narratives thus providing a necessary requirement for the individuality that dominates later novels. Other contributors investigate how forms of intertextuality inscribe early modern prose within previous traditions of literary writing. A group of chapters presents the process of genre-making as taking place both within the confines of the texts proper but also within paratextual features and through the rationale behind cataloguing systems. A final group of essays takes the implicit notion of the growing realism of early modern prose narrative to task by investigating the various social discourses that feature ever more strongly within the social commercial or religious dimensions of those texts. The book addresses a wide range of literary figures such as Chaucer Wroth Greene Sidney Deloney Pepys Behn and Defoe. Written by an international group of scholars it investigates the transformations of narrative form from medieval times through the Renaissance and the early modern period and into the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849945

Narrative DevelopmentSix Approaches Growing out of an International Society of the Study of Behavioral Development-sponsored symposium this book discusses the basic assumptions that led the contributors to conduct research in the field of narrative development. This collection gathers their research reflections and varying approaches to narrative and its development. It illustrates each type of approach and highlights their respective motives. The book presents some of the basic motivating assumptions of each approach and provides insight into what holds each set of assumptions together potentially transforming them into actions. This book will serve as an excellent text for courses emphasizing multiple approaches to the study of narrative. The editor has organized this volume in accordance with the six main points of the symposium: * Specification of the Domain--how narratives are defined in terms of textual structures knowledge thereof interactive moves sociocultural conventions and the like. * The Individual's Involvement in the Developmental Process--the relationship between some internal or external forces and the organism's own active participation in the developmental process. * The Course of Development--if it is continuous or discontinuous; whether it proceeds in an additive fashion or whether regressive phases occur; and what changes at different points in the developmental process signify. * The Goal of Development--the implicit notion of a telos a target or end-point that needs to occur in the developmental process. * Mechanisms of Development--the forces and/or conditions that both instigate the developmental process and keep it moving toward its telos. * Methodology--where and how to look in the establishment of a developmental framework. This book is an indispensable text in the fields of narrative and/or discourse linguistics language studies psychology and education in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053508

Narrative Ecologies: Teachers as Pedagogical Toolmakers In recent years there has been significant investment by policy makers in the potential of technological tools to transform learning and teaching across a range of professional practitioner groups; education nursing and social care. There remain however outstanding issues concerning the ways educators and professional practitioners harness the potential of technologies to innovate and develop pedagogical practice. With so much attention focusing on technologies themselves the complexity of what it takes for practitioners to innovate and develop their own pedagogical practice can easily be overlooked. This book promotes a teacher-centred model of professional development and practice; a model that promotes teachers as active agents as they draw upon a range of factors within a narrative ecology framework to inform their development of pedagogical tools. The combination of narrative methodologies with ecological theories offers a much more nuanced view of teachers’ professional learning and Turvey provides an innovative methodological approach to narrative research supported by an empirical evidence base which crosses educational and socio-cultural contexts. Chapters cover: -Teachers as pedagogical toolmakers -A teacher-centred narrative ecology -Storying teachers’ experiences: what can we learn? The narrative ecologies that emerge in this book suggest an incremental process of pedagogical change and development driven by teachers at the heart of the process. This book will be key reading for postgraduate students and academics focusing on narrative methodologies and aspects of professional learning within contemporary contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931459

Narrative Environments and Experience DesignSpace as a Medium of Communication This book argues narrative people and place are inseparable and pursues the consequences of this insight through the design of narrative environments. This is a new and distinct area of practice that weaves together and extends narrative theory spatial theory and design theory. Examples of narrative spaces such as exhibitions brand experiences urban design and socially engaged participatory interventions in the public realm are explored to show how space acts as a medium of communication through a synthesis of materials structures and technologies and how particular social behaviours are reproduced or critiqued through spatial narratives. This book will be of interest to scholars in design studies urban studies architecture new materialism and design practitioners in the creative industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138042

Narrative Exchanges (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1992 Narrative Exchanges shows how a general model of communicative exchanges can be refined to deal with the complexities of narrative fiction. Going beyond the two-way structure of reciprocity it gives particular attention to the processes of framing substitution and dispossession by which written texts generate meaning. The title provides an innovative way of combining narrative and exchange theory bringing the two areas of thought into a mutually critical relationship. Using a wide variety of narrative texts literary and non-literary canonical and non-canonical authors discussed include Flaubert Achebe Mansfield Boccaccio Duras Daudet Moorhouse DeLillo and Wordsworth. Drawing on perspectives from anthropology linguistics and education and combining accessible readings with theoretical debate Ian Reid makes a significant contribution to the debate about narrative theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801028

Narrative Global PoliticsTheory History and the Personal in International Relations This volume harnesses the virtual explosion of narrative writing in contemporary academic international politics. It comprises a prologue an epilogue and sixteen chapters that both build upon and diversify the success of the 2011 volume Autobiographical International Relations. Here as in that volume academics place their narratives in the context of world politics culture and history. Contributors explore moments in their academic lives that are often inexpressible in the standard academic voice and which in turn require a different way of writing and knowing. They write in the belief that academic IR has already begun to benefit from a different kind of writing—a stylae that retrieves the "I" and explicitly demonstrates its presence both within the world and within academic writing. By working within the overlap between theory history and autobiography these chapters aim to increase the clarity urgency and meaningfulness of academic work. Highlighting the autoethnographic and autobiographic turn in critical international relations this work will be of great interest to students and scholars in international relations IR theory and global politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088504

Narrative GravityConversation Cognition Culture In this elegantly written and theoretically sophisticated work Rukmini Bhaya Nair asks why human beings across the world are such compulsive and inventive storytellers. Extending current research in cognitive science and narratology she argues that we seem to have a genetic drive to fabricate as a way of gaining the competitive advantages such fictions give us. She suggests that stories are a means of fusing causal and logical explanations of 'real' events with emotional recognition so that the lessons taught to us as children and then throughout our lives via stories lay the cornerstones of our most crucial beliefs. Nair's conclusion is that our stories really do make us up just as much as we make up our stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754088

Narrative Hospitality in Late Victorian FictionNovel Ethics Bringing together poststructuralist ethical theory with late Victorian debates about the morality of literature this book reconsiders the ways in which novels engender an ethical orientation or response in their readers explaining how the intersections of nation family and form in the late realist English novel produce a new ethics of hospitality. Hollander reads texts that both portray and enact a unique ethical orientation of welcoming the other a narrative hospitality that combines the Victorians’ commitment to engaging with the real world with a more modern awareness of difference and the limits of knowledge. While classic nineteenth-century realism rests on a sympathy-based model of moral relations novels by authors such as George Eliot Thomas Hardy and Olive Schreiner present instead an ethical recognition of the distance between self and other. Opening themselves to the other in their very structure and narrative form the visited texts both represent and theorize the ethics of hospitality anticipating twentieth-century philosophy’s recognition of the limits of sympathy. As colonial conflicts nationalist anxiety and the intensification of the "woman question" became dominant cultural concerns in the 1870s and 80s the problem of self and other known and unknown began to saturate and define the representation of home in the English novel. This book argues that in the wake of an erosion of confidence in the ability to understand that which is unlike the self a moral code founded on sympathy gave way to an ethics of hospitality in which the concept of home shifts to acknowledge the permeability and vulnerability of not only domestic but also national spaces. Concluding with Virginia Woolf’s reexamination of the novel’s potential to educate the reader in negotiating relations of alterity in a more fully modernist moment Hollanders suggest that the late Victorian novel embodies a unique and previously unrecognized ethical mode between Victorian realism and a post-World- War-I ethics of modernist form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107922

Narrative Identity Autonomy and MortalityFrom Frankfurt and MacIntyre to Kierkegaard In the last two decades interest in narrative conceptions of identity has grown exponentially though there is little agreement about what a "life-narrative" might be. In connecting Kierkegaard with virtue ethics several scholars have recently argued that narrative models of selves and MacIntyre's concept of the unity of a life help make sense of Kierkegaard's existential stages and in particular explain the transition from "aesthetic" to "ethical" modes of life. But others have recently raised difficult questions both for these readings of Kierkegaard and for narrative accounts of identity that draw on the work of MacIntyre in general. While some of these objections concern a strong kind of unity or "wholeheartedness" among an agent's long-term goals or cares the fundamental objection raised by critics is that personal identity cannot be a narrative since stories are artifacts made by persons. In this book Davenport defends the narrative approach to practical identity and autonomy in general and to Kierkegaard's stages in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910867

Narrative Identity and DementiaA Study of Autobiographical Memories and Emotions First published in 1998 this book is a study on the influence of emotions on autobiographical memory in dementia. Based on eight in-depth case-studies of older people with dementia collected over a two year period the general findings of this innovative study reveal the strength and durability of the personal narrative even as cognitive processes decline. Using a psychotherapeutic approach the author is able to demonstrate that the retention of a personal past give a sense of narrative identity and well-being to sufferers of dementia and has an important part to play in dementia care training. Researchers teachers and students will find this book a useful resource together with those who work in the field of ageing and dementia care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327870

Narrative ImpactSocial and Cognitive Foundations The impact of public narratives has been so broad (including effects on beliefs and behavior but extending beyond to emotion and personality) that the stakeholders in the process have been located across disciplines institutions governments and indeed across epochs. Narrative Impact draws upon scholars in diverse branches of psychology and media research to explore the subjective experience of public narratives the affordances of the narrative environment and the roles played by narratives in both personal and collective spheres. The book brings together current theory and research presented primarily from an empirical psychological and communications perspective as well as contributions from literary theory sociology and censorship studies. To be commensurate with the broad scope of influence of public narratives the book includes the narrative mobilization of major social movements the formation of self-concepts in young people banning of texts in schools the constraining impact of narratives on jurors in the court room and the wide use of education entertainment to affect social changes. Taken together the interdisciplinary nature of the book and its stellar list of contributors set it apart from many edited volumes. Narrative Impact will draw readership from various fields including sociology literary studies and curriculum policy. Providing new explanatory concepts this book: *is the first account on the psychology of narrative persuasion and brings together the relevant conceptualizations from within various sectors of psychology together with the major issues that concern cognate disciplines outside of psychology; *focuses on understanding the mechanisms that underlie the power of public narratives to achieve broad historical and social changes; *offers breakthroughs to the future: the role of "presence" in virtual reality narratives; the role of "zines" in females' fashioning of their selves; and the central role of imagery in transportation into narrative worlds; *explains varying roles of emotion in narrative immersion; and *addresses the growing blurring of fact and fiction: mechanisms and implications for beliefs and behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650359

Narrative in the Professional AgeTransatlantic Readings of Harriet Beecher Stowe Elizabeth Stuart Phelps and George Eliot Challenging previous studies that claim anxiety and antagonism between transatlantic Victorian authors Jennifer Cognard-Black uncovers a model of reciprocal influence among three of the most popular women writers of the era. Combining analyses of personal correspondence and print culture with close readings of key narratives this study presents an original history of transatlantic authorship that examines how these writers invented a collaborative aesthetics both within and against the dominant discourse of professionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811546

Narrative Inquiries from Fulbright Lecturers in ChinaCross-Cultural Connections in Higher Education This collection of nine Fulbright educators’ narrative accounts examines how these scholars navigated their teaching responsibilities with students time with fellow colleagues and cultural expectations in China ranging from experience in teaching arts and government to questions of religion emotional literacy and urban infrastructure. With these contributions authors analyze their own expectations against their actual experiences in order to offer insights for scholars and students of study abroad programming. As a roadmap for negotiating China’s higher education network and for taking advantage of any cross-cultural educational environment this book highlights the type of fruitful educational programming that can come from cultural historical economic and political difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320833

Narrative Inquiry in Early Childhood and Elementary SchoolLearning to Teach Teaching Well As top-down educational reform policies at local and national levels increasingly isolate teachers from their own professional and instructional agency and stultify children’s passion for learning new techniques are needed for understanding and transforming educational practices. Narrative Inquiry in Early Childhood and Elementary School: Learning to Teach Teaching Well facilitates meaningful change in early years education by providing early childhood and elementary school teachers with methods to incorporate narrative into their instruction and inquiry. This book offers practical strategies for incorporating narrative tools and structures into the classroom and encouraging effective conceptual pedagogical and personal avenues for engaged teaching and learning across languages and cultures. The book’s chapters promote a lively discussion of central tenets of narrative inquiry and illustrative examples of teachers at work with narrative and inquiry for improving their practice and children’s learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924413

Narrative Inquiry in Language Teaching and Learning Research Narrative Inquiry in Language Teaching and Learning Research provides an entry-level introduction to research methods using stories as data or as a means of presenting findings that is grounded in published empirical research within the field of language teaching and learning. It discusses basic definitions and concepts in narrative inquiry explains how and why narrative methods have been used in language teaching and learning research and outlines the different approaches and topics covered by this research. It also examines the different ways of eliciting analyzing and presenting narrative inquiry data.Narrative inquiry offers exciting prospects for language teaching and learning research and this book is the first focused and practical guide for readers who are interested in understanding or carrying out narrative studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509343

Narrative Intervention Programme This book improves the understanding and telling of stories in secondary school students and young adults. Specifically designed for older children and young adults this practical language programme was created by a specialist speech & language therapist with input from secondary school teachers and students. The Narrative Intervention Programme: focuses on enhancing the understanding and expression of stories in students aged from 8 to 18 with language and communication difficulties aims to create an awareness of how storytelling can be used to enhance learning in school and social interactions in school and home environments facilitates storytelling enhances the joy and enjoyment in telling stories identifies different types of narratives and provide examples for each type encourages effective listening and attention skills examines different means of making story production more interesting through vocal variety body language and print encourages the use of the story planner in planning and structuring essays in the classroom and for homework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863887970

Narrative MachineThe Naturalist Modernist and Postmodernist Novel Narrative Machine: The Naturalist Modernist and Postmodernist Novel advances a new history of the novel identifying a crucial link between narrative innovation and the historical process of mechanization. In the late nineteenth century the novel grapples with a new and increasingly acute problem: In its attempt to represent the colossal power of modern machinery—the steam-driven machines of the Industrial Revolution the electrical machines of the modern city and the atomic and digital machines developed after the Second World War—it encounters the limitations of traditional representative strategies. Beginning in the naturalist novel the machine is typically portrayed as a mythic monster and though that monster represents a potentially horrific reality—the superhuman power of mechanization—it also disrupts the documentary objectives of narrative realism (the dominant mode of nineteenth-century fiction). The mechanical monster realistic and yet at odds with traditional realist strategies tears the form of the novel apart. In doing so it unleashes a series of innovations that disclose critique and contest the force of mechanization: the innovations associated with literary naturalism modernism and postmodernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664022

Narrative Management in Corporate JapanInvestor Relations as Pseudo-Reform Scandals and failures in some of the best known international Japanese-owned companies have shown that there is sometimes a considerable difference between the public and internal narratives of Japanese firms. This book explores the extent to which Japanese firms’ public claims reflect wider reality.Exploring how and why corporate narrative-management is ‘accepted’ or ‘rejected’ by external and internal audiences in Japan the book clarifies what narrative-management means for Japanese organizations. It argues that the role of narrative-management has become much more prevalent in Japan in recent years but that it does not serve quite the same role as it does in the Western environments where the theory and practice first emerged. The author presents interview-based case studies within four very different large Japanese organisations all of which have deployed and loudly announced new restructuring plans based largely on Western models of corporate ‘best practice’. The book aims to describe and account for these Japanese corporate narratives and asks what they are why they are deployed and who believes in them.As the first narrative-related work in the Japanese context this volume provides an insight into the development of Japanese narrative-management. It will appeal to students and scholars of Japanese Business International Business and Organizational Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597610

Narrative MattersTeaching History through Story In recent years there has been a massive revival of interest internationally in what story can offer to education. This book covers a range of issues at the heart of teaching history such as the use of talk the pitfalls of narrative as a pedagogical tool translating curriculum content into lessons story telling and story making. It also questions what it means to teach the difficulties for teachers of remaining constructively critical of policy and their own practice during periods of national legislation and change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203019979

Narrative MutationsDiscourses of Heredity and Caribbean Literature Given the welcomed shift throughout the academy away from essentialist and biologically fixed understandings of "race" and the body it is a curiosity worth exploring that so many sophisticated-and even radical-narratives retain physical and behavioral heredity as a guiding trope. The persistence of this concept in Caribbean literature informs not only discourses on race ethnicity and sexuality but also conceptions of personal and regional identity in a postcolonial societies once dominated by slavery and the plantation. In this book Rudyard Alcocer offers a theory of Caribbean narrative accounting for the complex interactions between scientific and literary discourses while expanding the horizons of narrative studies in general. Covering works from Jean Rhys's Wide Sargasso Sea through contemporary fiction from the Hispanic Caribbean Narrative Mutations analyzes the processes and concepts associated with heredity in exploring what it means to be "Caribbean." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861502

Narrative of a Mission to Central Africa 1850-1851 Undertaken for the purpose of promoting legitimate trade in Central Africa the Richardson mission was a compound of philanthropic and diplomatic interests advocated by Richardson. His main targets were the Sahara Bornu and the Sudan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011021

Narrative of a Voyage to the West Indies and Mexico in the years 1599-1602 by Samuel ChamplainWith Maps and Illustrations 'Translated from the Original and Unpublished Manuscript with a Biographical Notice and Notes' by Alice Wilmere. Edited by Norton Shaw. Text written c. 1602 (now considered an invention). The supplementary material consists of the 1858 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1859. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315597249

Narrative of an Expedition into the Interior of AfricaBy the River Niger in the Steam Vessels Quorra and Alburkah in 1832/33/34 First Published in 1971.  This book detail an attempt to open a direct commercial intercourse with the inhabitants of Central Africa.Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011007

Narrative of the Embassy of Ruy Gonzalez de Clavijo to the Court of Timour at Samarcand A.D. 1403-6 Translated for the First Time with Notes a Preface and an Introductory Life of Timour Beg. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1859. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315597256

Narrative of the Life of Mrs Charlotte Charke In this picaresque novel Charlotte Clarke recalls her life as an actress and in particular the difficulties facing a woman trying to make her way in a man's world. The issues of women's writing education motherhood sexuality and cross-dressing all come under scrutiny. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117433

Narrative of the Portuguese Embassy to Abyssinia during the Years 1520-1527 by Father Francisco Alvarez Translated from the Portuguese and edited with notes and an introduction. For a revised edition see Second Series 114 115. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1881. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315597263

Narrative of the Proceedings of Pedrarias Davila in the Provinces of Tierra Firme or Castilla del OroAnd of the Discovery of the South Sea a Translated and Edited with Notes and an Introduction from the Text written c. 1514. The supplementary material includes the 1865 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1865. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597270

Narrative of Two Voyages to the River Sierra Leone During the Years 1791-1793 First published in 1794 with a reprint in 1967 this book includes a succinct account of life along the River Sierra Leone. There is a description of the manners diversions arts commerce cultivation punishments and other interesting particulars relating to the Sierra Leone Company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760355

Narrative Projections of a Black British History Since the mid-1990s the black experience in Britain has begun to be (re)negotiated intensely with a strong focus on history. Narrative Projections of a Black British History considers narratives that construct or engage with aspects of a black British history. Part I poses the question of what sort of narratives have emerged from and in turn determine key events (such as the iconic 'Windrush' moment) and developments and provides basic insights into theoretical frameworks. It also offers a large number of comparative readings considering both 'factual' and 'fictional' forms of representation such as history books documentary films life writing novels and drama and identifies main strands 'official' narratives and countercurrents. Part II embarks on close readings and analyses of a selection of narratives that can be classed as reactions to the 'established' historical culture. Overall the book draws attention to collective currents and individual positions affirmative and critical approaches: Together they form a representative image of a specific moment in the ongoing debate about a black British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893756

Narrative Psychology and Vygotsky in DialogueChanging Subjects This book draws together two domains of psychological theory Vygotsky’s cultural-historical theory of cognition and narrative theories of identity to offer a way of rethinking the human subject as embodied relational and temporal. A dialogue between these two ostensibly disparate and contested theoretical trajectories provides a new vantage point from which to explore questions of personal and political change. In a world of deepening inequalities and increasing economic precarity the demand for free decolonised quality education as articulated by the South African Student Movement and in many other contexts around the world is disrupting established institutional practices and reinvigorating possibilities for change. This context provokes new lines of hopeful thought and critical reflection on (dis)continuities across historical time theories of (social and psychological) developmental processes and the practices of intergenerational life particularly in the domain of education for the making of emancipatory futures. This is essential reading for academics and students interested in Vygotskian and narrative theory and critical psychology as well as those interested in the politics and praxis of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551879

Narrative Reliability Racial Conflicts and Ideology in the Modern Novel How does racial ideology contribute to the exploration of narrative voice? How does narrative (un)reliability help in the production and critique of racial ideologies? Through a refreshing comparative analysis of well-established novels by Joseph Conrad William Faulkner James Weldon Johnson Albert Camus and Alejo Carpentier this book explores the racial politics of literary form. Narrative Reliability Racial Conflicts and Ideology in the Modern Novel contributes to the emergent attention in literary studies to the interrelation of form and politics which has been underexplored in narrative theory and comparative racial studies. Bridging cultural postcolonial racial studies and narratology this book brings context specificity and awareness to the production of ideological ambivalent narrative texts that through technical innovation in narrative reliability deeply engage with extremely violent episodes of colonial origin in the United Kingdom the United States Algeria and the French and Spanish Caribbean. In this manner the book reformulates and expands the problem of narrative reliability and highlights the key uses and production of racial discourses so as to reveal the participation of experimental novels in early and mid-20th century racial conflicts which function as  test case to display a broad new area of study in cultural and political narrative theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140878

Narrative Responses to the Trauma of the French Revolution This book examines both the notion that the non-political fiction of the Revolution is responding to the events in France and the idea that trauma theory might shed light on the ways in which novelists responded to the Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602840

Narrative Space and TimeRepresenting Impossible Topologies in Literature Space is a central topic in cultural and narrative theory today although in most cases theory assumes Newtonian absolute space. However the idea of a universal homogeneous space is now obsolete. Black holes multiple dimensions quantum entanglement and spatio-temporal distortions of relativity have passed into culture at large. This book examines whether narrative can be used to represent these "impossible" spaces. Impossible topologies abound in ancient mythologies from the Australian Aborigines’ "dream-time" to the multiple-layer universe of the Sumerians. More recently from Alice’s adventures in Wonderland to contemporary science fiction’s obsession with black holes and quantum paradoxes counter-intuitive spaces are a prominent feature of modern and postmodern narrative. With the rise and popularization of science fiction the inventiveness and variety of impossible narrative spaces explodes. The author analyses the narrative techniques used to represent such spaces alongside their cultural significance. Each chapter connects narrative deformation of space with historical problematic of time and demonstrates the cognitive and perceptual primacy of narrative in representing imagining and apprehending new forms of space and time. This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the connection between narratology cultural theory science fiction and studies of place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547926

Narrative Structure and Reader Formation in Lady Mary Wroth's Urania Narrative Structure and Reader Formation in Lady Mary Wroth’s Urania offers the first systematic formal and thematic analysis of Wroth’s Urania in its historical context and explores the structural means by which Wroth fashions her readership. The book thus has a dual focus at once on narrative art and reader formation. It makes two original claims the first being that the Urania is not the unorganized accumulation of stories critics have tended to present it as but a work of sophisticated narrative structures i.e. a complex text in a positive sense. These structures are revealed by means of a circumspect narratological analysis of the formal and thematic patterns that organise the Urania. Such an analysis furthers our understanding of the reading strategies that Wroth encourages. The second claim is then that through the careful structuring of her text Wroth seeks to create her own ideal readership. More precisely the formal and thematic structures of the Urania engage with readers’ expectations inviting them to reflect on prominent thematic issues and respond to the text as what early modern prefaces term "good" readers. Combining narratological methods with a generic perspective and taking into account the work of book historians on early modern reading practices this monograph provides a new approach to the Urania supplementing the typically gender- or (auto)biographically-oriented interpretations of the romance. Moreover it contributes to the study of early modern (prose) narrative and romance and exemplifies how historically contextualised narratological analysis may yield new insights and profit research on reading strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881955

Narrative Tactics for Mobile and Social GamesPocket-Sized Storytelling Despite its significant growth over the past five years the mobile and social videogame industry is still maturing at a rapid rate. Due to various storage and visual and sound asset restrictions mobile and social gaming must have innovative storytelling techniques. Narrative Tactics grants readers practical advice for improving narrative design and game writing for mobile and social games and helps them rise to the challenge of mobile game storytelling. The first half of the book covers general storytelling techniques including worldbuilding character design dialogue and quests. In the second half leading experts in the field explore various genres and types of mobile and social games including educational games licensed IP games for specific demographics branding games and free to play (F2P).   Key Features The only book dedicated to narrative design and game writing in social and mobile games an explosive market overtaking the console gaming market. Provides tips for narrative design and writing tailored specifically for mobile and social game markets. Guides readers along with conclusions that include questions to help the reader in narrative design and/or writing. Explores real games to illustrate theory and best practices with analyses of game case studies per chapter covering indie social/mobile and AAA games. Includes checklists to help readers critique their own narrative design/writing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498780780

Narrative Theology and Moral TheologyThe Infinite Horizon Moral thinking today finds itself stranded between the particular and the universal. Alasdair MacIntyre's work on narrative discussed here along with that of Stanley Hauerwas and H. T. Engelhardt aims to undo the perceived damage done by the Enlightenment by returning to narrative and abandoning the illusion of a disembodied reason that claims to be able to give a coherent explanation for everything. It is precisely this - a theory that holds good for all cases - that John Rawls proposed drawing on the heritage of Emmanuel Kant. Who is right? Must universality be abandoned? Must we only think about morality in terms that are relative bound by space and time? Alexander Lucie-Smith attempts to answer these questions by examining the nature of narrative itself as well as the particular narratives of Rawls and St Augustine. Bound and rooted as they are in history and personal experience narratives nevertheless strain at the limits imposed on them. It is Lucie-Smith's contention that each narrative that points to a lived morality exists against the background of an infinite horizon and thus it is that the particular and the rooted can also make us aware of the universal and unchanging. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597294

Narrative Theory Literature and New MediaNarrative Minds and Virtual Worlds Offering an interdisciplinary approach to narrative this book investigates storyworlds and minds in narratives across media from literature to digital games and reality TV from online sadomasochism to oral history databases and from horror to hallucinations. It addresses two core questions of contemporary narrative theory inspired by recent cognitive-scientific developments: what kind of a construction is a storyworld and what kind of mental functioning can be embedded in it? Minds and worlds become essential facets of making sense and interpreting narratives as the book asks how story-internal minds relate to the mind external to the storyworld that is the mind processing the story. With essays from social scientists literary scholars linguists and scholars from interactive media studies answering these topical questions the collection brings diverse disciplines into dialogue providing new openings for genuinely transdisciplinary narrative theory. The wide-ranging selection of materials analyzed in the book promotes knowledge on the latest forms of cultural and social meaning-making through narrative necessary for navigating the contemporary mediatized cultural landscape. The combination of theoretical reflection and empirical analysis makes this book an invaluable resource for scholars and advanced students in fields including literary studies social sciences art media and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547735

Narrative Theory in ConservationChange and Living Buildings Narrative Theory in Conservation engages with conservation heritage studies and architectural approaches to historic buildings offering a synthesis of the best of each and demonstrating that conservation is capable of developing a complementary but distinct theoretical position of its own. Tracing the ideas behind the development of modern conservation in the West and considering the challenges presented by non-Western practice the book engages with the premodern understanding of innovation within tradition and frames historic buildings as intergenerational communal ongoing narratives. Redefining the appropriate object of conservation it suggests a practice of conserving the questions that animate and energize local cultures rather than only those instantiated answers that expert opinion has declared canonical. Proposing a narrative approach to historic buildings the book provides a distinctive new theoretical foundation for conservation and a basis for a more equal dialogue with other disciplines concerned with the historic environment. Narrative Theory in Conservation articulates a coherent theoretical position for conservation that addresses the urgent question of how historic buildings that remain in use should respond to change. As such the book should be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students from the fields of conservation heritage studies and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385276

Narrative Therapies with Children and Their FamiliesA Practitioner's Guide to Concepts and Approaches Narrative Therapies with Children and their Families introduces and develops the principles of narrative approaches to systemic therapeutic work and shows how they can provide a powerful framework for engaging troubled children and their families. Written by eminent and leading clinicians known nationally and internationally for their research and theory development in the field of child and family mental health the book covers a broad range of difficult and sensitive topics including trauma abuse and youth offending. It illustrates the wide application of these principles in the context of the particular issues and challenges presented when working with children and families. Since publication of the first edition the importance of narrative therapy has continued to grow and this new edition provides an updated and revised overview of the field along with three new chapters to keep apace with developments in child mental health trauma work. This book remains a key text in the field of systemic narrative training and practice. With clinical examples throughout this practical book will be welcomed by family and systemic therapists and other professionals in the field of child adolescent and family mental health.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138891005

Narrative Therapy Approaches for Physical Health ProblemsFacilitating Preferred Change Narrative therapy is an exciting and evolving psychotherapeutic approach. Narrative Therapy Approaches for Physical Health Problems takes the reader on a journey across the territory of narrative therapy theories principles and practices and its application to the field of physical health. It explicitly considers a person’s context and explores ways of intervening that go beyond the individual. This includes working with medical teams engaging in conversations about broader narratives of health and wellness alongside ideas for adapting practice to take account of particular settings and client groups. Although a lot of theoretical ground is covered the overarching remit of this book is as a practical guide. The book is peppered with examples which help explain concepts and illustrate how ideas look in practice. Narrative Therapy Approaches for Physical Health Problems is a book for all professionals who are therapeutically supporting people with physical health problems across the lifespan. It is intended for those that have an interest in understanding more about how to address the emotional needs of the people with whom they work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202769

Narrative Thought and Narrative Language Since before the dawn of history people have been telling stories to each other and to themselves. Thus stories are at the root of human experience. This volume describes empirical investigations by Jerome Bruner Wallace Chafe David Olson and others on the relationship between stories and cognition. Using philosophical linguistic anthropological and psychological perspectives on narrative the contributors provide a definitive highly diversified portrait of human cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138976719

Narrative: The Basics Providing an up-to-date and accessible overview of the essentials of narrative theory Narrative: The Basics guides the reader through the major approaches to the study of narrative using contemporary examples from a wide range of narrative forms to answer key questions including: What is narrative? What are the "universals" of narrative? What is the relationship between narrative and ideology? Does the reader have a role in narrative? Has the digital age brought radically new forms of narrative? Each chapter introduces key theoretical terms providing thinking points and suggestions for further study. With an emphasis on applying theory to example studies it is an ideal introduction to the current study of narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832656

NarrativeA Critical Linguistic Introduction This classic text has been substantially rewritten. Narrative explores a range of written spoken literary and non-literary narratives. It shows what systematic attention to language can reveal about the narratives themselves their tellers and those to whom they are addressed.New material includes sections on gendered narrative film narrative and a discussion of ways in which the internet and global television are changing conceptions of narrative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714706

Narrative-based Practice The telling of stories lies at the heart of human communication. In this important new book Peter Brophy introduces and explains the concept of story-telling or narrative-based practice in teaching research professional practice and organizations. He illustrates the deficiencies in evidence-based practice models which focus on quantitative rather than qualitative evidence and highlights the importance of narrative by drawing on insights from fields as disparate as pedagogy anthropology knowledge management and management practice. This book is essential reading for professionals scholars and students in the many disciplines currently using evidence-based practice such as information management health social policy librarianship and general management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399704

Narrative-Based Practice in Health and Social CareConversations Inviting Change Narrative-Based Practice in Health and Social Care outlines a vision of how witnessing narratives paying attention to them and developing an ability to question them creatively can make the person’s emerging story the central focus of health and social care and of healing. This text gives an account of the practical application of ideas and skills from contemporary narrative studies to health and social care. Promoting narrative-based practice in everyday encounters with patients and clients and in supervision teaching teamwork and management it presents "Conversations Inviting Change " an established narrative-based model of interactional skills. Underpinned by an account of theory from narrative studies and related fields including communication theory and systems thinking it is written for students and practitioners across a broad range of professions in primary and secondary health care and social care. More information about "Conversations Inviting Change" is available at www.conversationsinvitingchange.com. This website includes podcasts presentations and  further teaching material as well as details of forthcoming courses and is continually updated with information about the approach described in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714359

Narrative-Based Primary CareA Practical Guide This book provides an important contribution to the new and growing field of ‘narrative-based medicine’. It specifically addresses the largest area of medical activity primary care. It provides both a theoretical framework and practical skills for dealing with individual consultations family work clinical supervision and teamwork and offers a comprehensive approach to the whole range of work in primary care. Using a wide range of clinical examples it shows how professionals in primary care can help clarify patients’ existing stories and elucidate new stories. It can be used as a training resource and includes exercises and summaries of key points to consider. It is based on and describes an established evaluated training method and is of immediate and significant practical use to readers. It is essential reading for general practitioners practice nurses and others in the primary care team psychologists family therapists counsellors and other professionals attached to primary care. GP trainers tutors and course organisers will find it a valuable educational tool. Professionals elsewhere in primary care such as pharmacists dentists and optometrists and academics in medical sociology and medical anthropology will also find it very useful. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385549

Narratives Politics and the Public SphereStruggles Over Political Reform in the Final Transitional Years in Hong Kong (1992–1994) Published in 1999 the book invites readers to rethink about the contemporary form of politics in terms of the cultural and narrative logics of public discourse. The author proposes that the notions of 'public' and 'narrative' are central to understanding the discursive formation of public opinion. Incorporating a reformulated conception of the public into a theory of narrative progression Dr. Ku explains (1) the interaction between narrative construction and political conflicts in politics of public credibility and (2) the progressive or narrative formation of the force of the ’public’ out of the struggle as well as its power over the positioning and re-positioning of the actors. Using the method of textual interpretation of newspaper discourses she analyzes the interplay between politics and the 'public' by delving into the continuously changing narrative contexts wherein the controversy over governor Patten’s reform proposals unfolded in Hong Kong between 1992 and 1994. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323162

Narratives Routes and Intersections in Pre-Modern Asia This book traces connections in pre-modern Asia by looking at different worlds across geography history and society. It examines how regions were connected by people families trade and politics as well as how they were maintained and remembered. The volume analyses these intersections of memory and narrative of people and places and the routes that took people to these places using a variety of sources. It also studies whether these intersections remain in later and present times and their larger impact on our understanding of history. The narratives cover several journeys drawn from archaeology texts and cultural imagination: trade routes marts fairs forts religious pilgrimages inscriptions calligraphy and coinages spanning diverse regions including India–Tibet–British forays India–Malay intersections corporate enterprise in the Indian Ocean impacts of slave trade in Southeast Asia shaped by the Dutch East India company movements and migrations around Indo-Iranian borderlands and those in western and southern India. The book will greatly interest scholars and researchers of history and archaeology cultural studies and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367279585

Narratives and Imaginings of Citizenship in Latin America This book looks at how citizenship has been imagined and transformed in Latin America through the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries from different disciplinary perspectives including anthropology history urban planning geography and political studies. It looks beyond citizenship as a formal legal status to explore how ideas about citizenship have shaped political and historical landscapes in different ways through the region. It shows how conceptions of citizenship are intertwined with understandings of natural spaces and environments how indigenous politics are ‘de-colonizing’ western liberal conceptions of citizenship and how citizenship is being transformed through local level politics and projects for development. In addition to showcasing some of the novel emerging forms of citizenship in the region the book also traces the ways in which historical narratives of citizenship and national belonging persist within present day politics. Collectively the chapters show that citizenship remains an important entry point for understanding politics projects of reform and struggles for transformation in Latin America. This book was published as a special issue of Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785298

Narratives and Strategies for Promoting Indigenous EducationEmpowering Teachers and Community in the Zuni Pueblo This book describes the experiences of students educators and community members living in the Zuni Pueblo and working to integrate Indigenous language culture and history in in the Zuni Pueblo schools. Aimed at teacher education faculty seeking to work in collaborative relationships with Indigenous populations this volume offers a first-hand account of the challenges and opportunities surrounding the preservation of Indigenous culture in pre-K-12 curriculum and instruction. Featuring a range of perspectives from within a tribal educational institution this book demonstrates the possibilities for successful partnerships between Indigenous schools and Western systems of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606893

Narratives from the NurseryNegotiating professional identities in early childhood This accessible and timely book builds upon and contributes to ongoing debates surrounding professionalism in the early years workforce. In a sector where policy is rapidly changing Jayne Osgood challenges existing assumptions concerning professional identities and questions what broader lessons might be learnt about race ethnicity social class and gender in early years research and practice. This engaging text: offers a thematic overview to the concept of professionalism in an increasingly critical area of study includes unique autobiographical contributions alongside new and compelling empirical evidence stimulates wider debates within a clear theoretical framework provides an in-depth examination of the individual views of early years practitioners. Addressing new debates and policies from a focussed academic perspective Narratives from the Nursery provides inspirational and enlightening reading for practitioners researchers policy makers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415556224

Narratives in Early Childhood EducationCommunication Sense Making and Lived Experience Over the past few decades a growing body of literature has developed which examines children’s perspectives of their own lives viewing them as social actors and experts in their understanding of the world. Focusing specifically on narratives this unique and timely book provides an analysis of these new directions in contemporary research approaches to explore the lived experiences of children and teachers in early childhood education in addition to presenting original research on children’s narratives. The book brings together a variety of well-regarded international researchers in the field to highlight the importance of narrative in young children’s development from local and global perspectives. While narrative is clearly understood within different countries this is one of the first texts to build an international understanding acknowledging the importance of culture and context. It presents up-to-date research on the latest research methods and analysis techniques using a variety of different approaches in order to critically reflect on the future for narrative research and its insights into early childhood education Narratives in Early Childhood Education will be of interest to postgraduate students academics and researchers in early childhood education as well as early childhood professionals government policy makers and early childhood organisations and associations.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133252

Narratives of Architectural EducationFrom Student to Architect Narratives of Architectural Education provides an overview of life as an architecture student detailing how a layperson may develop an architectural identity. This book proposes becoming an architect as a personal narrative of professional development structured around various stages and challenges associated with identity transformation. Using a case study of aspiring architects along multiple time points of their professional education Thompson investigates the occupational identity of architects; how individuals construct a sense of themselves as future architects and position themselves within the architectural community. This book provides previously unexamined insights into not just the academic development of an architect but also the holistic and experiential aspects of architectural education. It would be ideal for those in the educational field of architecture to include students educators interns and mentors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662417

Narratives of Art Practice and Mental WellbeingReparation and connection Narratives of Art Practice and Mental Wellbeing draws on extensive research carried out with mental health service users who are also practicing artists. Using narrative data gained through hours of reflective conversation it explores not whether art can contribute to positive wellbeing and improved mental health - as this is now established ground - but rather how art works and the role art making can play in people’s lives as they encounter crises relapse recovery or ‘beyonding’. The book maps the delicate ways in which finding a means to tell our story sometimes is the creative project we seek and offers a reminder of how intrinsically linked our life trajectories are with creative opportunities. It describes the wide range of artistic activity occurring in health and community settings and the meanings of these practices to people with histories of mental turbulence. Drawing on psychoanalytic theory the book explore the stories and various forms of visual arts practices spoken of and considers the art making processes the creative moments and the objects which in some cases have changed people’s lives. The seven chapters of the book offer a blend of personal testimony theory debate critique and celebration and examine key topics of deliberation within the fields of art therapy arts in health community arts practice participatory arts and widening participation within arts education. It will be valuable reading for researchers students artists and practitioners in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703414

Narratives of Conflict Belonging and the StateDiscourse and Social Life in Post-War Ireland Using key perspectives from Linguistic anthropology the book illuminates how social actors take up the ideals of law equality and democratic representation in locally-meaningful ways to make their own national history in ways that may perpetuate violence and inequality. Focusing specifically on post-war conditions in Ireland the author contextualizes commonplace practices by which citizens are made to learn the gap between official membership in and political belonging to a democratic state. Each chapter takes up a different aspect of state authority and power to constitute citizenship to enact laws to mediate conflict and to create histories in the context of social inequalities and political hostilities. This book is an excellent ethnographic addition to courses in linguistic anthropology giving readers the opportunity to explore applications and ramifications of key theoretical text within research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744325

Narratives of Doctoral Studies in Science EducationMaking the transition from educational practitioner to researcher This book explores the ways in which small scale research studies arise from issues of practice and how they are conceptualised theorised and implemented using a variety of methodological approaches and frameworks. The narratives written by thirteen doctoral students tell real stories of projects and challenges that researchers face when making the transition from educational practitioner to researcher. Considering case studies from the UK Sweden and Germany chapters seek to investigate and inform others about how doctoral students solved individual and typical problems linking practice and research. Each methodological journey highlights and illustrates the iterative and cyclic nature of research and the normality of the process of going back and forth between data and theory making changes of direction as research proceeds. The book includes frameworks for combining research theory and practice drawing from the methodological decisions and conclusions each contributor made to develop their own practice oriented research. Narratives of Doctoral Studies in Science Education will be key reading for researchers and academics in the fields of educational research science education research methods and higher education as well as masters and doctoral students undertaking their own research projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357674

Narratives of DrunkennessBelgium 1830–1914 Focusing on Belgium from the mid-nineteenth century until the First World War Vleugels presents a study of the drunkard in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138662018

Narratives of Exile and Return In this original and compelling book Mary Chamberlain explores the nature and meaning of migration for Barbadians who migrated to Britain and elsewhere. It is a unique oral and social history based on life-story interviews across three or more generations of Barbadian families. Locating migration within the contemporary debate on modernity Narratives of Exile and Return highlights the continuing role of migration in shaping the culture and history of Barbados. But it does more by providing post-modern theorizing with concrete national and ethnic settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528581

Narratives of Faith from the Haiti EarthquakeReligion Natural Hazards and Disaster Response This book presents an in-depth ethnographic case study carried out in the years following the 2010 Haiti earthquake to present the role of faith beliefs in disaster response. The earthquake is one of the most destructive on record and the aftermath including a cholera epidemic and ongoing humanitarian aid has continued for years following the catastrophe. Based on dozens of interviews this book gives primacy to survivors’ narratives. It begins by laying out the Haitian context before presenting an account of the earthquake from survivors’ perspectives. It then explores in detail how the earthquake affected the religious mainly Christian faith of survivors and how religious faith influenced how they responded to and are recovering from the experience. The account is also informed by geoscience and the accompanying "complicating factors." Finally the Haitian experience highlights the significant role that religious faith can play alongside other learned coping strategies in disaster response and recovery globally. This book contributes an important case study to an emerging literature in which the influence of both religion and narrative is being recognised. It will be of interest to scholars of any discipline concerned with disaster response including practical theology anthropology psychology geography Caribbean studies and earth science. It will also provide a resource for non-governmental organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134068

Narratives of Gendered Dissent in South Asian Cinemas This book conducts a post-colonial gendered investigation of women-centred South Asian films. In these films the narrative becomes an act of political engagement and a site of feminist struggle: a map that weaves together multiple strands of subjectivity—gender caste race class religion and colonialism. The book explores the cinematic construction of an oppositional narrative of feminist dissent with a view to elaborate a historical understanding and theorisation of the ‘materiality and politics’ of the everyday struggle of Indian women. The book analyzes the ways that ‘cultural workers’ have tended to use subversive narratives as a tool of resistance. Narratives that are political ideological classed raced and gendered offer the focus of this exploration. Through strategies of disclosure and documentation of memory personal experiences and imaginary events shaped by the larger historical political and cultural contexts these discursive texts engage in the processes of struggle against a plethora of oppression: caste class religion patriarchal sexual and (neo)colonial. The study looks at the manner in which through their creative and aesthetic interventions South Asian film makers enable the articulation of an alternative gendered subjectivity as well as constitute the ground for personal and collective empowerment. Films discussed include Shyam Benegal’s Nishaant Nandita Das’ Firaaq Beate Arnestad’s My Daughter the Terrorist and Sarah Gavron’s Brick Lane. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788138

Narratives of Guilt and Compliance in Unified GermanyStasi Informers and their Impact on Society Analysing Stasi files and interviews with one time informers the author examines the confrontation with this legacy in united Germany. She discusses the daily machinations of the state and the motivation and justification of being an informer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757690

Narratives of Identity and Place Changes of residence are common in contemporary Western societies. Traditional connections to birthplaces home towns and countries are broken as people relocate and migrate yet where they live remains significant to people’s identity and stories of who they are. This book investigates the continuing importance of place for women’s identities employing a theoretical and empirical approach based on previous work in narrative and discursive psychology. Through an analysis of women’s talk the book examines how commonsense meanings shape and limit people’s identity-work to establish a connection to place. It argues that talk about place and especially place of residence enables a complex positioning of self and others in which identities of gender class and national identity intersect. It shows how a speaker’s multiple interpretations of where she lives remain central to her life narrative and to her fragile and idealized definition of ‘home’ as the place in which she may position herself positively. Narratives of Identity and Place presents a unique and valuable integration of the popular methods of narrative and discourse analysis compellingly demonstrating the value of these approaches for research on identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655699

Narratives of Individuation In Narratives of Individuation Raya A. Jones and Leslie Gardner present 12 cutting-edge essays that bridge Jungian and narrative approaches to self-understanding and offer critical appraisal of both approaches. Exploring the Jungian concept of individuation and the related interest in dreams as well as the premise of the narrative self and the related interest in life-stories this innovative volume interprets the topic in unique and unprecedented ways. An outstanding selection of contributors cover several overarching themes to provide a comprehensive understanding of these two powerful narratives. The contributors explore historical and conceptual issues concerning the narrative self as well as applying it including to Jung’s autobiography. Chapters also examine how Jung developed his theory of individuation and engage with contemporary thinking in anthropology psychology (including the dialogical self) and Jungian psychotherapy towards refiguring how people arrive at self-understanding. Written by leaders in the field Narratives of Individuation is a valuable interdisciplinary resource that illuminates a multitude of perspectives on individuation and self-realisation. Owing to its original ideas and breadth of scope Narratives of Individuation will appeal to academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies anthropology psychology literary studies and anyone examining concepts of selfhood and the significance of narrativity. It will also be of great interest to Jungian analysts and psychotherapists and analytical psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367543

Narratives of LonelinessMultidisciplinary Perspectives from the 21st Century Rising life expectancies and declining social capital in the developed world mean that an increasing number of people are likely to experience some form of loneliness in their lifetimes than ever before. Narratives of Loneliness tackles some of the most pressing issues related to loneliness showing that whilst recent policies on social integration community building and volunteering may go some way to giving an illusion of not being alone ultimately they offer a rhetoric of togetherness that may be more seductive than ameliorative as the condition and experience of loneliness is far more complex than commonly perceived. Containing thought-provoking contributions from researchers and commentators in several countries this important work challenges us to rethink some of the burning issues of our day with specific reference to the causes and consequences of loneliness. Topics include the loneliness and mental health of military personnel loneliness and social media loneliness and sexuality urban loneliness and the experiences of transnational movement and adopted children. This book therefore makes an overdue multidisciplinary contribution to the emerging debate about how best to deal with loneliness in a world that combines greater and faster connectedness on the one hand with more intensely experienced isolation on the other. Since Émile Durkheim first claimed that the structure of society could have a strong bearing on psychological health in the 1890s researchers in a range of disciplines have explored the probable impact of social context on mental health and wellbeing. Interdisciplinary in approach Narratives of Loneliness will therefore be of great interest to academics postgraduate students and researchers in social sciences the arts psychology and psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233389

Narratives of Love and LossStudies in Modern Children's Fiction On its first publication Narratives of Love and Loss was widely recognised as an important and perceptive contribution to the study of children's literature and for its capacity to stimulate deep emotional responses in both child and adult readers. This welcome reissue includes a new postscript exploring in detail the phenomenal success of J.K Rowling's series of Harry Potter stories. The authors succeed in bringing a deep sociological and psychoanalytic close reading to some of the finest writing for children in post-war Britain and America including works by C.S. Lewis Rumer Godden E.B. White and Russel Hoban. Focussed primarily on the 'fantasy genre of stories' the authors identify and sensitively explore the themes of imaginative and emotional growth language and play love and loss; always situating these within the broader social and cultural context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105181

Narratives of Low-Carbon TransitionsUnderstanding Risks and Uncertainties "The Open Access version of this book available at https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429458781 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license." This book examines the uncertainties underlying various strategies for a low-carbon future. Most prominently such strategies relate to transitions in the energy sector on both the supply and the demand side. At the same time they interact with other sectors such as industrial production transport and building and ultimately require new behaviour patterns at household and individual levels. Currently much research is available on the effectiveness of these strategies but in order to successfully implement comprehensive transition pathways it is crucial not only to understand the benefits but also the risks.Filling this gap this volume provides an interdisciplinary conceptual framework to assess risks and uncertainties associated with low-carbon policies and applies this consistently across 11 country cases from around the world illustrating alternative transition pathways in various contexts. The cases are presented as narratives drawing on stakeholder-driven research efforts. They showcase diverse empirical evidence reflecting the complex challenges to and potential negative consequences of such pathways. Together they enable the reader to draw valuable lessons on the risks and uncertainties associated with choosing the envisaged transition pathways as well as ways to manage the implementation of these pathways and ultimately enable sustainable and lasting social and environmental effects.This book will be of great interest to students scholars and practitioners of environmental and energy policy low-carbon transitions renewable energy technologies climate change action and sustainability in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660710

Narratives of Marginalized Identities in Higher EducationInside and Outside the Academy This book features theorized narratives from academics who inhabit marginalized identity positions including among others academics with non-normative genders sexualities and relationships; nontenured faculty; racial and ethnic minorities; scholars with HIV depression and anxiety and other disabilities; immigrants and international students; and poor and working-class faculty and students. The chapters in this volume explore the ways in which marginalized identities fundamentally shape and impact the academic experience; thus the contributors in this collection demonstrate how academic outsiderism works both within the confines of their college or university systems and a broader matrix of community state and international relations. With an emphasis on the inherent intersectionality of identity positions this book addresses the broad matrix of ways academics navigate their particular locations as marginalized subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587246

Narratives of Migration and Displacement in Dominican Literature Establishing an interdisciplinary connection between Migration Studies Post-Colonial Studies and Affect Theory Méndez analyzes the symbolic interplay between emotions cognitions and displacement in the narratives written by and about Dominican and Dominican-Americans in the United States and Puerto Rico. He argues that given the historic place of creolization as a marker of national cultural and social development in the Caribbean and particularly the Dominican Republic this cultural process is not magically annulled in Caribbean immigrations to the U.S. Instead this book illustrates the numerous ways in which Dominicans’ subjective interpretation of their experiences of migration and incorporation into U.S. society seen through the filter of multiple creolizations of the past are woven into their written works as a series of variations on Americanness and Dominicanness. Through close readings of selected writings by Pedro Henríquez Ureña José Luis González Junot Díaz Josefina Báez Loida Maritza Pérez among others Méndez argues that emotional creolizations operate as a psychological parameter on immigrant populations as they negotiate their transcultural status against the ideological norms of assimilation in their new host country. Consequently he proposes that this emotional creolization is dialectical — that is it not only affects diasporic populations but also changes the norms and terms of assimilation as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110892

Narratives of Muslim Womanhood and Women's Agency Portrayals of Islamic teachings in mass media often present Muslim women as victims of patriarchal norms. Often covered in a full veil and without individuality they tend to be depicted using a monochrome image across Muslim countries and regions. It does not portray the social reality and expectations of Muslim women which are in fact diverse and contextual. This book consists of articles that attempt to answer the question are Muslim women merely passive objects in constructing their role despite the spread of social media and the Internet the increased demands of earning disposable income for their families and their migration to non-Muslim countries around the world? It closely examines women’s agency in negotiating their role in Muslim-majority societies and in new places of settlement (Australia). These articles analyse Muslim women’s narratives in a wide range of economic political social and cultural milieu and their relationship to identity construction and portrayal in the new millennium. This volume was originally published as a special issue of Islam and Christian-Muslim Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892203

Narratives of Nation-Building in KoreaA Genealogy of Patriotism This book offers new insight on how key historical texts and events in Korea's history have contributed to the formation of the nation's collective consciousness. The work is woven around the unifying premise that particular narrative texts/events that extend back to the premodern period have remained important albeit transformed over the modern period and into the contemporary period. The author explores the relationship between gender and nationalism by showing how key narrative topics such as tales of virtuous womanhood have been employed transformed and re-deployed to make sense of particular national events. Connecting these narratives and historic events to contemporary Korean society Jager reveals how these "sites" - or reference points - were also successfully re-deployed in the context of the division of Korea and the construction of Korea's modern consciousness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702193

Narratives of Neglect This book tells the story of the process leading up to the demolition of a small council estate in the north of England and its subsequent regeneration. Based on extensive ethnographic research it addresses the local governance of security and the ways in which the community engaged with attempts to improve the 'quality of life' of its residents and to attract wealthier new residents in the future. It explores in particular the meaning of notions of 'social capital' and 'partnerships' which often take little account of local power dynamics seeking rather to find ways of mobilizing popular support for enforcement and exclusion rather than drawing on local knowledge of problems. In following the process of consultation with residents this book explores the levels of miscommunication across social divides and the differing narratives of change produced by residents and professionals. Residents' narratives display an important interplay between constitution of identity community sense of security attribution of blame and ascription of responsibility for dealing with local problems explored in this book through detailed analysis of case studies. In the final section of the book the author puts forward an alternative vision for participatory urban governance bringing together notions of justice rights inclusion and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138861503

Narratives of Obeah in West Indian LiteratureMoving through the Margins This book explores representations of Obeah – a name used in the English/Creole-speaking Caribbean to describe various African-derived syncretic Caribbean religious practices – across a range of prose fictions published in the twentieth century by West Indian authors. In the Caribbean and its diasporas Obeah often manifests in the casting of spells the administration of baths and potions of various oils herbs roots and powders and sometimes spirit possession for the purposes of protection revenge health and well-being. In most Caribbean territories the practice – and practices that may resemble it – remains illegal. Narratives of Obeah in West Indian Literature analyses fiction that employs Obeah as a marker of the Black ‘folk’ aesthetics that are now constitutive of West Indian literary and cultural production either in resistance to colonial ideology or in service of the same. These texts foreground Obeah as a social and cultural logic both integral to and troublesome within the creation of such a thing as ‘West Indian’ literature and culture at once a product of and a foil to Caribbean plantation societies. This book explores the presentation of Obeah as an ‘unruly’ narrative subject one that not only subverts but signifies a lasting ‘Afro-folk’ sensibility within colonial and ‘postcolonial’ writing of the West Indies. Narratives of Obeah in West Indian Literature will be of interest to scholars and students of Caribbean Literature Diaspora Studies and African and Caribbean religious studies; it will also contribute to dialogues of spirituality in the wider Black Atlantic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585812

Narratives of Place in Literature and Film Narratives of place link people and geographic location with a cultural imaginary through literature and visual narration. Contemporary literature and film often frame narratives with specific geographic locations which saturate the narrative with cultural meanings in relation to natural and man-made landscapes. This interdisciplinary collection seeks to interrogate such connections to probe how place is narrativized in literature and film. Utilizing close readings of specific filmic and literary texts all chapters serve to tease out cultural and historical meanings in respect of human engagement with landscapes. Always mindful of national cultural and topographical specificity the book is structured around five core themes: Contested Histories of Place; Environmental Landscapes; Cityscapes; The Social Construction of Place; and Landscapes of Belonging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663377

Narratives of Political ViolenceLife Stories of Former Militants An exploration of how political violence is constructed this book presents the life stories of individuals once committed to political transformation through violent means in Portugal. Challenging simplistic conceptualisations about the actors of violence this book examines issues of temporality gender and interpersonal dynamics in the study of political violence. It is the first comprehensive case study of political violence in Portugal based on the perspectives of former militants. These are individuals from different political spheres who became convinced that they could not be mere spectators of the circumstances of their times. For them the only viable way of making a difference was through violent acts. Applying the Dialogical Self Theory to trace the identity positions underpinning their narratives this book not only sheds light on radicalisation and deradicalisation processes at the individual level but also on the meso- and macro-level contexts that instigate engagement with and encourage disengagement from armed organisations. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of critical terrorism studies political violence European history and security studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542525

Narratives of Recovery from Mental IllnessThe role of peer support Narratives of Recovery from Mental Illness presents research that challenges the prevailing view that recovery from ‘mental illness’ must take place within the boundaries of traditional mental health services. While Watts and Higgins accept that medical treatment may be a vital start to some people’s recovery they argue that mental health problems can also be resolved through everyday social interactions and through peer and community support. Using a narrative approach this book presents detailed recovery stories of 26 people who received various diagnoses of ‘mental illness’ and were involved in a mutual help group known as ‘GROW’. Drawing on an in-depth analysis of each story chapters offer new understandings of the journey into mental distress and a progressive entrapment through a combination of events feelings thoughts and relationships. The book also discusses the process of ongoing personal liberation and healing which assists recovery and suggests that friendship social involvement compassion and nurturing processes of change all play key factors in improved mental well-being. This book provides an alternative way of looking at ‘mental illness’ and demonstrates many unexplored avenues and paths to recovery that need to be considered. As such it will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of psychiatry psychology nursing social work and occupational therapy as well as to service providers policymakers and peer support organisations. The narratives of recovery within the book should also be a source of hope to people struggling with ‘mental illness’ and emotional distress Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847996

Narratives of Secularization It is increasingly clear that histories of secularization are not simply dispassionate descriptions of the decline of religious belief and practice in the West. Rather such narratives often seek to celebrate secularization promote some version of it lament it or otherwise oppose it in favour of a programme of desecularization or resacralization. The aim of this book is to identify some of the major genres of the history of secularization and to explore their historical contexts normative commitments and tendential purposes. The contributors to the volume offer different perspectives on these questions not least because a number of them are themselves participants in the cultural-political programs described above. The primary purpose of this book however is the identification of such programs rather than their promotion. Overall the collection seeks to bring analytical clarity to ongoing debates about secularization and help explain the co-existence of apparently conflicting stories about the origins of Western modernity. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Intellectual History Review journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892302

Narratives of the Religious Self in Early-Modern Scotland Drawing on a rich yet untapped source of Scottish autobiographical writing this book provides a fascinating insight into the nature and extent of early-modern religious narratives. Over 80 such personal documents including diaries and autobiographies manuscript and published clerical and lay feminine and masculine are examined and placed both within the context of seventeenth-century Scotland and also early-modern narratives produced elsewhere. In addition to the focus on narrative the study also revolves around the notion of conversion which while a concept known in many times and places is not universal in its meaning but must be understood within the peculiarities of a specific context and the needs of writers located in a specific tradition here Puritanism and evangelical Presbyterianism. These conversions and the narratives which provide a means of articulation draw deeply from the Bible including the Psalms and the Song of Solomon. The context must also include an appreciation of the political history especially during the religious persecutions under Charles II and James VII and later the changing and unstable conditions experienced after the arrival of William and Mary on her father's throne. Another crucial context in shaping these narratives was the form of religious discourse manifested in sermons and other works of divinity and the work seeks to investigate relations between ministers and their listeners. Through careful analysis of these narratives viewing them both as individual documents and as part of a wider genre a fuller picture of seventeenth-century life can be drawn especially in the context of the family and personal development. Thus the book may be of interest to students in a variety of areas of study including literary historical and theological contexts. It provides for a greater understanding of the motivations behind such personal expressions of early-modern religious faith whose echoes can still be heard today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597324

Narratives of the Rites and Laws of the Yncas Translated from the Original Spanish Manuscripts and Edited with Notes and an Introduction. Texts include: An account of the fables and rites of the Yncas by Cristóbal de Molina c. 1570-84 ; An account of the antiquities of Peru by Juan de Santa Cruz Pachacuti-Yamqui Salcamayhua [an Indian] c. 1620; A narrative of the errors false gods and other superstitions and diabolical rites in which the Indians of the province of Huarochiri lived in ancient times by Dr. Francis de Avila 1608; Report by Polo de Ondegardo c. 1560. Indexes include one of Quichua vocabulary. The supplementary material includes the 1872 and 1873 annual reports. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1873. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597331

Narratives of the Voyages of Pedro Sarmiento de Gambóa to the Straits of Magellan The volume covers the voyages of 1579-1589 translated and edited with notes and an introduction. The supplementary material includes the 1894 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1895. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597348

Narratives of the War on TerrorGlobal Perspectives Challenging the predominantly Euro-American approaches to the field this volume brings together essays on a wide array of literary filmic and journalistic responses to the decade-long wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Shifting the focus from so-called 9/11 literature to narratives of the war on terror and from the transatlantic world to Iraq Syria Afghanistan the Afghan-Pak border region South Waziristan Al-Andalus and Kenya the book captures the multiple transnational reverberations of the discourses on terrorism counter-terrorism and insurgency. These include but are not restricted to the realignment of geopolitical power relations; the formation of new terrorist networks (ISIS) and regional alliances (Iraq/Syria); the growing number of terrorist incidents in the West; the changing discourses on security and technologies of warfare; and the leveraging of fundamental constitutional principles. The essays featured in this volume draw upon and critically engage with the conceptual trajectories within American literary debates postcolonial discourse and transatlantic literary criticism. Collectively they move away from the trauma-centrism and residual US-centrism of early literary responses to 9/11 and the criticism thereon while responding to postcolonial theory’s call for a historical foregrounding of terrorism insurgency and armed violence in the colonial-imperial power nexus. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of English Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367499884

Narratives of Time and Gender in Antiquity This volume offers new insights into ancient figurations of temporality by focusing on the relationship between gender and time across a range of genres. Each chapter in this collection places gender at the center of its exploration of time and the volume includes time in treatises genealogical lists calendars prophetic literature ritual practice and historical and poetic narratives from the Greco-Roman world. Many of the chapters begin with female characters but all of them emphasize how and why time is an integral component of ancient categories of female and male. Relying on theorists who offer ways to explore the connections between time and gender encoded in narrative tropes plots pronouns images or metaphors the contributors tease out how time and gender were intertwined in the symbolic register of Greek and Roman thought. Narratives of Time and Gender in Antiquity provides a rich and provocative theoretical analysis of time—and its relationship to gender—in ancient texts. It will be of interest to anyone working on time in the ancient world or students of gender in antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503540

Narratives of Travel and Tourism Travel and tourism 'stories' have been told and recorded within every culture in every period of oral and written history and across the breadth of the fact/fiction continuum. Taking two broad themes as its starting point - travellers and their narratives and place narratives in travel and tourism - the book has a deliberately wide scope with different chapters addressing the subject through various relevant 'lenses' and in relation to a number of different contexts. The narratives discussed include both historical and contemporary as well as 'real-life' and fictional narratives contained within travel writing travel and tourism stories and different types of media. In relation to the principal themes of the book some chapters also explore the importance of collecting memorabilia and image making in the recording remembering writing telling or disseminating of stories about travel and tourism experiences and some examine the ways in which travel and tourism narratives may construct and reinforce personal collective and place identities. The whole book is marked by an over-arching concern for narrative interpretation as a means of understanding and providing a new perspective on travel and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250208

Narratives of Violence This title was first published in 2001. The modern state’s claim to a monopoly of legitimate force bestows the concomitant duty of preventing the resort to violence by non-state actors. Consequently failure to do so often leads to debates concerning the legitimation of the perpetrators themselves and the legitimation of the authorities who were unable or unwilling to prevent their violent actions. Narratives of Violence constitutes the first work which relates these stigma contests to each other by analyzing the public discourse about right-wing violence in Israel. The result is an absorbing book which provides a fundamental re-evaluation of the causes and consequences of political violence and its societal boundaries. Its conclusions will have a resounding impact on the Israeli body politic and for democratic governments around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702165

Narratives of Voyages towards the North-West in Search of a Passage to Cathay and India 1496 to 1631With Selections from the early Records This work contains accounts of the voyages of Cabot Davis Frobisher and others drawn chiefly from the works of Hakluyt Purchas Harris and Foxe. The supplementary material includes the 1848 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1849. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315597362

Narratives of Vulnerability in MuseumsAmerican Interpretations of the Great Depression Narratives of Vulnerability in Museums is a study of the challenges museums face when they present narratives of instability uncertainty and fear in their exhibitions. As a period of sustained societal and personal vulnerability the Great Depression remains a watershed era in American history. It is an era when iconic visual culture of deprivation mixes in the popular imagination with groundbreaking government policy and has immense potential for museums but this is accompanied by significant challenges. Analysing a range of case studies the book explores both the successes and obstacles involved in translating historical narratives of vulnerability to the exhibition floor. Incorporating an innovative trans-genre museological model the book draws connections between exhibitions of history art and technology as well as heritage sites focused on a single era. Employing interpretations of housing preserved and reconstructed to discuss ideas of belonging and community the book also examines the power of the iconic national story and the struggle for local relevance through discussions on strikes and industrial action. Finally it examines the use of fine art in history exhibitions to access the emotional aspects of historical experience. The result is a volume that considers both how societies talk about less celebratory aspects of history but also the expectations placed on museums as interpreters of the public narrative and agents of change. Narratives of Vulnerability in Museums makes a significant contribution to discourses of museum and heritage studies of interwar history of the social role of cultural institutions and to vulnerability and resilience studies. As such it should be essential reading for scholars and students working in these disciplines as well as architecture cultural studies and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604117

Narratives of WarRemembering and Chronicling Battle in Twentieth-Century Europe Narratives of War considers the way war and battle are remembered and narrated across space and time in Europe in the twentieth century. The book reflects on how narratives are generated and deployed and on their function as coping mechanisms means of survival commemorative gestures historical records and evidence. The contributions address such issues as the tension and discrepancy between memory and the official chronicling of war the relationship between various individuals’ versions of war narratives and the ways in which events are brought together to serve varied functions for the narrators and their audiences. Drawing upon the two World Wars the Spanish Civil War and the ex-Yugoslav wars and considering narrative genres that include film schoolbooks novels oral history archives official documents personal testimony and memoirs readers are introduced to a range of narrative forms and examples that highlight the complexity of narrative in relation to war. Approached from a multidisciplinary perspective and taken together analysis of these narratives contributes to our understanding of the causes experience dynamics and consequences of war making it the ideal book for those interested in twentieth-century war history and the history of memory and narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138581210

Narratives of Women and Murder in England 1680–1760Deadly Plots Arguing that the female criminal subject was central to the rise of the British novel Kirsten T. Saxton provides fresh and convincing insights into the deeply complex ways in which categories of criminality gender and fiction intersected in the long eighteenth century. She offers the figure of the murderess as evidence of the constitutive relationship between eighteenth-century legal and fictional texts comparing non-fiction representations of homicidal women in biographies of Newgate Ordinaries and in trial reports with those in the early novels of Aphra Behn Delariviere Manley Daniel Defoe and Henry Fielding. As Saxton demonstrates that legal narratives informed the budding genre of the novel and fictional texts shaped the development of legal narratives her study of deadly plots becomes a feminist intervention in scholarship on the literature of crime that simultaneously insists on the centrality of crime literature in feminist histories of the novel. Her epilogue shows that more than two centuries later we still contend with displays of female violence that defy and define our notions of textual and sexual license and continue to shape legal and literary mandates even as the lines between the real and the fictive remain blurred. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259911

NarratologyAn Introduction This text provides an excellent introduction and overview of Narratology a rapidly growing field in the humanities. Literary narratologists have provided many key concepts and analytical tools which are widely used in the interdisciplinary analysis of such narrative features as plot point of view speech presentation ideological perspective and interpretation.The introduction explains the central concepts of narratology their historical development and draws together contemporary trends from many different disciplines into common focus. It offers a compendium of the development of narratology from classical poetics to the present.The essays are all prefaced by individual forewords helping the reader to place each individual selection in context. Recent developments are assessed across disciplines highlighting the mutual influences of narratology and deconstruction psychoanalysis feminism film and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157903

Narrow Gap Semiconductors 1995Proceedings of the Seventh International Conference on Narrow Gap Semiconductors Santa Fe New Mexico 8-12 J Narrow Gap Semiconductors 1995 contains the invited and contributed papers presented at the Seventh International Conference on Narrow Gap Semiconductors held in January 1995. The invited review papers provide an overview and the contributed papers provide in-depth coverage of research results across the whole field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003063018

Narrowing the Achievement Gap for Native American StudentsPaying the Educational Debt There has been much talk and effort focused on the educational achievement gap between white versus black Hispanic and American Indian students. While there has been some movement the gap has not appreciably narrowed and it has narrowed the least for Native American students. This volume addresses this disparity by melding evidence-based instruction with culturally sensitive materials and approaches outlining how we as educators and scientists can pay the educational debt we owe our children. In the tradition of the Native American authors who also contribute to it this volume will be a series of "stories" that will reveal how the authors have built upon research evidence and linked it with their knowledge of history and culture to develop curricula materials and methods for instruction of not only Native American students but of all students. It provides a framework for educators to promote cultural awareness and honor the cultures and traditions that too few people know about. After each major section of the volume the editors will provide commentary that will give an overview of these chapters and how they model approaches and activities that can be applied to other minority populations including Blacks Hispanics and minority and indigenous groups in nations around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286696

Narrowing the Achievement GapParental Engagement with Children’s Learning Narrowing the Achievement Gap proposes a radical change to our conception of learning education and schooling arguing that parental engagement is the best lever we have for school improvement and closing the achievement gap. Unique in its focus on original research linking underachievement and parental engagement this book uses a range of international case studies to demonstrate that achievement isn’t only reliant on what happens in school and that what happens out of school is equally important. Each chapter explores how schools can actively engage with parents and communities to reinstate education in the home and to generate support to combat issues out of their control including poverty deprivation and a lack of social capital. Although schools have an integral part to play in this process it argues that parents and society must reconsider their own educational responsibility regardless of background and offers a solid research base and practical suggestions to help do so. Consisting of an in-depth and contemporary study of this significant issue in educational achievement and written by an expert in the field this text will appeal to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of education schooling sociology of education school effectiveness and improvement school policy and school leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023317

Narrowing the Development Gap in ASEANDrivers and Policy Options An important part of the vision of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is to ensure that the benefits of development and economic integration are equitably shared by all member states and their citizens. ASEAN’s work therefore aims to narrow the development gap between ASEAN member states (Indonesia Malaysia the Philippines Singapore Thailand Brunei Darussalam Myanmar Cambodia Laos and Vietnam) and between sub-regions within ASEAN. Written by a team of internationally recognised experts in development economics this book communicates the latest findings on narrowing the development gap in a practical policy-relevant way in a format that can influence decision makers within ASEAN member states and international donors. There have been significant development achievements in many ASEAN countries over the last 20 years but the ASEAN region continues to be characterised by significant development gaps particularly in income. Gaps in development achievement are also seen at the regional and sub-national levels. This book offers a better understanding of development gaps as they exist in 2012 and provides important context that can inform the strategic needs of decision makers in the ASEAN region. Due to improvements in conceptualising and measuring well-being including through the use of multidimensional indicators this book gives policy makers and scholars in development economics development policy and Asian studies well-grounded insights into the nature of the development gaps within and between ASEAN countries as well as high-level policy advice on those interventions that can contribute to a narrowing of the development gap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672727

Nasalization Neutral Segments and Opacity Effects This book explores cross linguistic variation in nasalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976726

NasdaqA Guide to Information Sources NASDAQ brings together in one volume a comprehensive annotated bibliography of books theses and dissertations US Government reports journal articles journals and serials indexes and abstracts databases and websites from 1939 to May 2000. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763776

Nassau Senior and Classical Economics "one of the best contributions to the history of economic thought during recent years" P. M. Rosenstein-Rodan Nassau Senior is one of the most significant economists in the classical tradition. This study is based both on his unpublished and published lectures and writings. Part 1 illustrates Senior's outstanding contribution in synthesizing the various developments of Adam Smith's theories that took place during the first part of the nineteenth century. Part 2 examines Senior's opinions and influence on social and economic policy in particular his connection with the passing of the Poor Law Amendment Act of 1834. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016474

Nasser's PeaceEgypt’s Response to the 1967 War with Israel Gamal Abdel Nasser was arguably one of the most influential Arab leaders in history. As President of Egypt from 1956 to 1970 he could have achieved a peace agreement with Israel yet he preferred to maintain his unique leadership role by affirming pan-Arab nationalism and championing the liberation of Palestine a common euphemism for the destruction of Israel. In that era of Cold War politics Nasser brilliantly played Moscow Washington and the United Nations to maximize his bargaining position and sustain his rule without compromising his core beliefs of Arab unity and solidarity. Surprisingly little analysis is found regarding Nasser’s public and private perspectives on peace in the weeks and months immediately after the 1967 War. Nasser’s Peace is a close examination of how a developing country can rival world powers and how fluid the definition of “peace” can be. Drawing on recently declassified primary sources Michael Sharnoff thoroughly inspects Nasser’s post-war strategy which he claims was a four-tiered diplomatic and media effort consisting of his public declarations his private diplomatic consultations the Egyptian media’s propaganda machine and Egyptian diplomatic efforts. Sharnoff reveals that Nasser manipulated each tier masterfully providing the answers they desired to hear rather than stating the truth: that he wished to maintain control of his dictatorship and of his foothold in the Arab world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182540

NATØ: Narrative Architecture in Postmodern London Chronicling the last radical architectural group of the twentieth century – NATØ (Narrative Architecture Today) – who emerged from the Architectural Association at the start of the 1980s this book explores the group’s work which echoed a wider artistic and literary culture that drew on the specific political social and physical condition of 1980s London. It traces NATØ’s identification with a particular stream of post-punk postmodern expression: a celebration of the abject an aesthetic of entropy and a do-it-yourself provisionality. NATØ has most often been documented in reference to Nigel Coates (the instigator of NATØ) which has led to a one-sided one-dimensional record of NATØ’s place in architectural history. This book sets out a more detailed contextual history of NATØ told through photographs drawings and ephemera restoring a truer polyvocal narrative of the group’s ethos and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674844

Nathaniel Hawthorne This set comprises 40 volumes covering 19th and 20th century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848121

Nathaniel Hawthorne as Political PhilosopherRevolutionary Principles Domesticated and Personalized Using the works of Nathaniel Hawthorne as a case study John E. Alvis shows that a novelist can be a political philosopher. He demonstrates that much of Hawthorne's works are rooted in the American political tradition. Once we view his writings in connection with the principles expressed in the Declaration of Independence we grasp that what Thomas Jefferson and John Adams had stated explicitly Hawthorne's fiction conveys dramatically. With examples drawn from Hawthorne's shorter works as well as acknowledged classics such as The Scarlet Letter John E. Alvis shows that Hawthorne's characters bear something sacred in their generic humanity yet are subject to moral judgment. He conveys reciprocity between obligations regulating individual relations and the responsibilities of individuals to their community.From America's founding proclamations in the Declaration of Independence we take a sense of national aspirations for a political order that conforms to "laws of nature and nature's God." From this higher law emerge the principles enumerated in that revolutionary document. Are these principles confined to the political or do they reach into the experience of citizens to inform conduct? Do they include family local community and individual face-to-face relations with neighbors and strangers? Can one make a distinct way of life by fidelity to such standards as higher law equality liberty natural rights and consent?This study is distinguished from other writings on Hawthorne in its largely positive focus on America. Alvis characterizes Hawthorne as a rational patriot who endorses America's new terms for human association. This fascinating study provides new insights into the mind of one of the greatest American writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852623

Nation Constitutionalism and Buddhism in Sri Lanka Nation Constitutionalism and Buddhism in Sri Lanka offers a new perspective on contemporary debates about Sinhalese Buddhist nationalism in Sri Lanka. In this book de Silva Wijeyeratne argues forcefully that ‘Sinhalese Buddhism’ in the period prior to its engagement with the British colonial State signified a relatively unbounded (although at times boundary forming) set of practices that facilitated both the inclusion and exclusion of non-‘Buddhist’ concepts and people within a particular cosmological frame. Juxtaposing the premodern against the backdrop of colonial modernity de Silva Wijeyeratne tells us that in contrast modern 'Sinhalese Buddhism/nationalism' is a much more reified and bounded concept one imagined through a 19th century epistemology whose purpose was not so much inclusion but a much more radical exclusion of non-‘Buddhist’ ideas and people. In this insightful analysis modern Sinhalese Buddhist nationalism then emerges through the conjunction of discourse power and knowledge at a distinct moment in the trajectory of the colonial State. An intrinsic feature of this modernist moment is that premodern categories (such as the cosmic order) were subject to a bureaucratic re-valuation that generated profound consequences for State-society relations and the wider constitutional/legal imaginary. This book goes onto explore how key constitutional and nation-building moments were framed within the cultural milieu of modern Sinhalese Buddhist nationalism – a nationalism that reveals the power of a re-valued Buddhist cosmic order to still inform the present. Given the intensification of the Sinhalese Buddhist nationalist project following the defeat of the Tamil Tigers in 2009 this book is of interest to scholars of nationalism South Asian studies the anthropology of ritual and comparative legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575547

Nation Diaspora Trans-nationReflections from India A premier debate in the present conjuncture of globalization has been the prospect of ‘post nation’ and the obsolescence of patriotism at the horizon of transnationalism. In an ethnographically rich and discursively sharp intervention R. K. Jain articulates the contribution that diaspora studies can make to this debate. In this anthropological narrative both nation and trans-nation are ‘moving targets’; their positionality shifts and changes according to the geo-political location of the analyst and the frame of comparison brought to bear on the objects/subjects of study. In Jain’s case the locus happens to be India but the discussion in this book does not foreclose perspectives from ‘other’ nations. Indeed as his own examples from countries of the Indian Ocean zone the Asia Pacific region and the Caribbean amply demonstrate the methodology of ethno-cultural relativism built in these diasporic comparisons is the surest guarantee for tracing the juxtaposed dialectic of nation and trans-nation from whichever existential location one begins. The rootedness of this particular discourse in India provides coherence in the nature of a case-study of globalization from a prominent diaspora node of our times. At the same time it unravels dimensions of Indian social institutions viewed from the vantage point of diaspora. The book therefore is an invitation to further multi-disciplinary and multi-sited collaboration in the exploration of globalization diaspora nationalism and patriotism as well as transnationalism from diverse perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662827

Nation Ethnicity and Race on Russian TelevisionMediating Post-Soviet Difference Russia one of the most ethno-culturally diverse countries in the world provides a rich case study on how globalisation and associated international trends are disrupting and causing the radical rethinking of approaches to inter-ethnic cohesion. The book highlights the importance of television broadcasting in shaping national discourse and the place of ethno-cultural diversity within it. It argues that television’s role here has been reinforced rather than diminished by the rise of new media technologies. Through an analysis of a wide range of news and other television programmes the book shows how the covert meanings of discourse on a particular issue can diverge from the overt significance attributed to it just as the impact of that discourse may not conform with the original aims of the broadcasters. The book discusses the tension between the imperative to maintain security through centralised government and overall national cohesion that Russia shares with other European states and the need to remain sensitive to and to accommodate the needs and perspectives of ethnic minorities and labour migrants. It compares the increasingly isolationist popular ethnonationalism in Russia which harks back to "old-fashioned" values with the similar rise of the Tea Party in the United States and the UK Independence Party in Britain. Throughout this extremely rich well-argued book complicates and challenges received wisdom on Russia’s recent descent into authoritarianism. It points to a regime struggling to negotiate the dilemmas it faces given its Soviet legacy of ethnic particularism weak civil society large native Muslim population and overbearing yet far from entirely effective state control of the media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362326

Nation Ethnicity and the Conflict in AfghanistanPolitical Islam and the rise of ethno-politics 1992–1996 Ethnic and tribal loyalties in Afghanistan provided the lethal cocktail for the violent conflict that engulfed the country following the collapse of the Soviet backed government in 1992. The ensuing fighting between mujahideen groups paved the way for the tectonic social and political shifts which continue to shape events today. What accounts for the emergence of ethnicity as the main cause of conflict in Afghanistan? What moved people to respond with such fervour and intensity to calls for ethnic solidarity? This book attempts to make sense of ethnicity’s decisive role in Afghanistan through a comprehensive exploration of its nature and perception. Based on new data generated through interviews field notes and participant observations Sharma maps the increased role of ethnicity in Afghan national politics. Key social political and historical processes that facilitated its emergence as the pre-dominant fault-line of conflict are explored moving away from grand political and military narrative to instead engage with zones of conflict as social spaces. This book will be of interest to students and scholars working in politics ethnic studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596378

Nation State and TerritoryA Political Geography This detailed analysis originally published in 1989 studies the relationship between nation state and territory. It explores the evolution of nations and the development of the state idea. Consideration is given to the frontier s the interface between states the influence of defence requirements and the dilemmas involved in organizing the internal territorial-administrative arrangements of state territory. Finally the book reviews the geographical problems of empires in growth and decline and the impact of international organizations among states. Throughout the book the themese are given an historical dimension and are supported by numerous maps and examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999572

Nation State and the Industrial RevolutionThe Visible Hand The industrial revolution and the creation of the modern (national) state are two of the most important historical processes to have occurred in Europe during the 19th century. The state and other bodies of governance play an important role in the development of capitalist market societies since the 18th century. But modern market economies are to a large degree a product of the interplay between market and governance. Yet we are often told a strikingly different tale about the modern economy at least how it ought to work and operate - as far as possible without public interference. Even more frequently we have been taught that the modern capitalist market economy is a product of an industrial revolution originating with the UK in the middle of the 18th century propelled by laissez faire and the triumph of free markets which gradually liberated themselves from the grip of an old dirigiste state. This book argues that in order to get a better understanding of this period and the rise of modern industrial capitalism it is necessary to link the industrial revolution in its various forms to a political and institutional context of state-making and the creation of modern national states. Professor Magnusson demonstrates that a historical narrative which does not acknowledge the role of the state and public governance for the establishment of the modern capitalist market economy is fundamentally flawed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745970

Nation Territory and Globalization in PakistanTraversing the Margins The Karakoram Highway was constructed by the Pakistani state in the 1970s as a major development project that furthered the national interest and solidified state control over the disputed region of northern Pakistan. Focusing on this highway this book provides a unique analysis of the links between space travel and history in the formation of the Pakistani nation-state. The book discusses how the highway was a symbol for an imagined national identity and goes on to look at how it offered Pakistan a pre-Partition history and a fixed territory by providing a historical link to the Silk Route and a contemporary geographical linkage to Central Asia. Examining the influence of the diverse travellers along the Karakoram Highway the book shows how global flows of development trade labour and tourism have remapped the Pakistani nation-state and reshaped the local. Providing a fresh perspective on the nation-state of Pakistan this book is an important contribution to studies on South Asian History Anthropology Politics and Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086647

Nation & Narration Bhabha in his preface writes 'Nations like narratives lose their origins in the myths of time and only fully encounter their horizons in the mind's eye'. From this seemingly impossibly metaphorical beginning this volume confronts the realities of the concept of nationhood as it is lived and the profound ambivalence of language as it is written. From Gillian Beer's reading of Virginia Woolf Rachel Bowlby's cultural history of Uncle Tom's Cabin and Francis Mulhern's study of Leaviste's 'English ethics'; to Doris Sommer's study of the 'magical realism' of Latin American fiction and Sneja Gunew's analysis of Australian writing Nation and Narration is a celebration of the fact that English is no longer an English national consciousness which is not nationalist but is the only thing that will give us an international dimension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861885

Nation and Identity Nation and Identity provides a concise and comprehensive account of the place of national identity in modern life. Ross Poole argues that the nation became a fundamental organising principle of social political and moral life during the period of early modernity and that is has provided the organising principle of much liberal republican and democratic thought. Ross Poole offers us a new and urgently needed analysis of the concept of identity arguing that we are now in a position to envisage the end of nationalism. We see that the impact of issues like multiculturalism republicanism and indigenous rights have made it very difficult to see how the possibility of a postnational cosmopolitanism could not degenerate into a nihilistic moral universe. Nation and Identity will be a fascinating read for all those interested in issues of national identity both politically and philosophically. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203209158

Nation and Narration Bhabha in his preface writes 'Nations like narratives lose their origins in the myths of time and only fully encounter their horizons in the mind's eye'.From this seemingly impossibly metaphorical beginning this volume confronts the realities of the concept of nationhood as it is lived and the profound ambivalence of language as it is written. From Gillian Beer's reading of Virginia Woolf Rachel Bowlby's cultural history of Uncle Tom's Cabin and Francis Mulhern's study of Leaviste's 'English ethics'; to Doris Sommer's study of the 'magical realism' of Latin American fiction and Sneja Gunew's analysis of Australian writing Nation and Narration is a celebration of the fact that English is no longer an English national consciousness which is not nationalist but is the only thing that will give us an international dimension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170636

Nation and Nationalism in Japan Nationalism was one of the most important forces in 20th century Japan. It pervaded almost all aspects of Japanese life but was a complex phenomenon frequently changing and often meaning different things to different people. This book brings together interesting original new work by a range of international leading scholars who consider Japanese nationalism in a wide variety of its aspects. Overall the book provides many new insights and much new thinking on what continues to be a crucially important factor shaping current developments in Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515337

Nation and Region in Grierson’s Linguistic Survey of India George Abraham Grierson’s Linguistic Survey of India is one of the most complete sources on South Asian languages. This book is the first detailed examination of the Survey. It shows how the Survey collaborated with Indian activists to consolidate the regional languages in India. By focusing on India as a linguistic region it was at odds with the colonial state’s conceptualisation of the subcontinent in which religious and caste differences were key to its understanding of Indian society. A number of the Survey’s narratives are detachable from its rigorous linguistic imperatives and together with aspects of Grierson’s other texts these contributed to the way in which Indian nationalists appropriated and reshaped languages making them religiously charged ideological symbols of particular versions of the subcontinent. Thus the Survey played an important role in the emergence of religious nationalism and language conflict in the subcontinent in the 20th century.This volume like its companion volume Colonialism and Knowledge in Grierson’s Linguistic Survey of India will be a great resource for scholars and researchers of linguistics language and literature history political studies cultural studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367733407

Nation and State in Latin AmericaPolitical Language During Independence No one in Latin American historiography has paid more attention to questions related to the emergence of nations than Jose Carlos Chiaramonte. Reflecting on eighteenth- and nineteenth-century uses of the concept of nation in Europe and the Americas Chiaramonte argues that historical questions related to the term "nation" derive from its changing meaning in different contexts. The historian would be better advised to focus on the development of forms of state organization and the emergence of national states rather than the "nation" as a cultural community prior to independence.Nation and State in Latin America begins by examining the effects on historians of the ideological and methodological prejudice spread by contemporary nationalism on the historical studies of Latin America. Chiaramonte analyzes uses of concepts such as "nation" and "state" in both Europe and the Americas. Chiaramonte considers the prominence of sovereign "pueblos" (cities and townships) and their role during independence. He argues the non-existence of nationalities in the period and proves that feelings of collective identity at that time amounted mainly to local affections.He concludes with an analysis of major trends in federalism and the law of nature and nations crucial to understanding the political concepts of the age of birth of modern Latin American nations. This book covers the whole of Latin America making use of comparative viewpoints. The different national intonations of the concept of sovereignty and the nuances of the federal and confederate forms of the state are examined in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412846226

Nation and Translation in the Middle East In the Middle East translation movements and the debates they have unleashed on language culture and the politics and practices of identity have historically been tied to processes of state formation and administration in the form of patronage policy and publishing. Whether one considers the age of regional empires centered in Baghdad or Istanbul or that of the modern nation-state from Egypt to Iran this relationship points to the historical role of translation as a powerful and flexible tool of cultural politics. "Nation and Translation in the Middle East" focuses on this important aspect of translation in the region with special emphasis on translation movements and the production of modernity in a historical context defined by European imperialism enlightenment universalism and globalization. While the papers assembled in this special issue of "The Translator" each address specific translation histories and practices in the Middle East the broader questions they raise regarding the location and the historicity of translation offer a fruitful intervention into contemporary debates in translation studies on difference fidelity and the ethics of translation. The volume opens with two essays that situate translation at the intersection of national canons post colonial cultural hegemonies and 'private' market or activist-based initiatives in Egypt and Turkey. Other contributions discuss the utility of translation paradigms as a counterweight to the dominant orientalist historiography of modern print culture in the Arab World; the role of the translator as political agent and social reformer in twentieth-century Egypt; and the relationship between language translation and the politics of identity in the multi-ethnic and multilingual Islamicate contexts of the Abbasid and Mughal Empires. The volume also includes a general bibliography on translation and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473829

Nation and Word 1770–1850Religious and Metaphysical Language in European National Consciousness The emergence of the modern nation state in Europe and the accompanying rise in national consciousness led to a heightened awareness of the close relationship between language and national identity. In this book the author shows that this relationship was expressed through the themes and figures of a ’language’ of nationhood drawn from a common European cultural heritage particularly the Classical and Christian traditions. Despite its common roots this language became the medium through which the diversity of national characters was expressed. The idea of the divine Word for example enabled the sacredness and power of national language to be celebrated. The identification of poet and prophet gave Romantic nationalists an authority to speak for and to the nation and the theme of the Chosen People was often adopted to express the elect status of a writer’s own nation. In conclusion it is shown that this language of nationhood remains a powerful force at the end of the twentieth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248387

Nation Branding Public Relations and Soft PowerCorporatising Poland Nation Branding Public Relations and Soft Power: Corporatizing Poland provides an empirically grounded analysis of changes in the way in which various actors seek to manage Poland’s national image in world opinion. It explores how and why changes in political economy have shaped these actors and their use of soft power in a way that is influenced by public relations corporate communication and marketing practices. By examining the discourse and practices of professional nation branders who have re-shaped the relationship between collective identities and national image management it plots changes in the way in which Poland’s national image is communicated and culturally reshaped creating tensions between national identity and democracy. The book demonstrates that nation branding is a consequence of the corporatization of political governance soft power and national identity while revealing how the Poland "brand" is shaping public and foreign affairs. Challenging and original this book will be of interest to scholars in public relations corporate communications political marketing and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405915

Nation BrandingConcepts Issues Practice Nation Branding: Concepts Issues Practice was the ground-breaking first textbook to provide an overview of this recently established but fast-growing practice in which the principles of brand management are applied to countries rather than companies. Many governments have invested in nation branding in order to strengthen their country's influence improve its reputation or boost tourism trade and investment. This new edition has been comprehensively revised and its influential original framework modified to reflect the very latest changes to this still-developing field. It remains an accessible blend of theory and practice rich with international examples and contributions. Updates to this edition: New international cases of countries as diverse as China United Arab Emirates Ghana Cuba India Great Britain and many more; New contributions from distinguished scholars diplomats and businesspeople providing a range of case studies practitioner insights and academic perspectives; New Companion Website to support the book featuring instructor aids such as PowerPoint presentations for each chapter and an instructor manual; This much-anticipated update to an influential book is an essential introduction to nation branding for students and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775848

Nation Building State Building and Economic DevelopmentCase Studies and Comparisons Why do some countries remain poor and dysfunctional while others thrive and become affluent? The expert contributors to this volume seek to identify reasons why prosperity has increased rapidly in some countries but not others by constructing and comparing cases. The case studies focus on the processes of nation building state building and economic development in comparably situated countries over the past hundred years. Part I considers the colonial legacy of India Algeria the Philippines and Manchuria. In Part II the analysis shifts to the anticolonial development strategies of Soviet Russia Ataturk's Turkey Mao's China and Nasser's Egypt. Part III is devoted to paired cases in which ostensibly similar environments yielded very different outcomes: Haiti and the Dominican Republic; Jordan and Israel; the Republic of the Congo and neighboring Gabon; North Korea and South Korea; and Papua New Guinea and Indonesia. All the studies examine the combined constraints and opportunities facing policy makers their policy objectives and the effectiveness of their strategies. The concluding chapter distills what these cases can tell us about successful development - with findings that do not validate the conventional wisdom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702186

Nation Building And Ethnic Integration In Post-soviet SocietiesAn Investigation Of Latvia And Kazakstan This book is based on the research project "Integration and nation-building in bi-cultural post-Soviet societies the cases of Latvia and Kazakstan." It focuses on a wide variety of theoretical and methodological sources concerned with either nation-building and/or ethnic integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157005

Nation Building in Comparative Contexts What is and what makes a nation? What forces work for and against the emergence of new nations? What does the emergence of a nation mean to its people and what does it mean to international stability? Nation Building in Comparative Contexts answers these questions. Nine leading area specialists compare and analyze the long history of nationalism in Europe with its shorter histories in the Americas Asia and Africa. The result is an outstanding contribution to understanding the problems confronting today's emerging nations one that remains of importance to the field.The essays in this book provide the tools for comparison and analysis across continents and centuries. The chapters dealing with Europe where the political and historical evidence is richest stress the broadest outlines of the nation-making process. The chapter on Asia concentrates on revolutionary war; the two chapters on Africa where the creation or failure of nation-states is a matter of the political situation of the moment raise the largest number of concrete problems.Investigators have discovered that the making and breaking of nations is a process that must be studied in its general and uniform aspects especially if the unique features of each country and epoch are to be understood better. The essays in this book are first steps in the comparison and analysis across the continents and centuries. To some degree each combines concerns of the historian social scientist and of policy-maker and statesman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528604

Nation Building in KurdistanMemory Genocide and Human Rights The Kurdish people and the Kurdish Regional Government faced huge challenges rebuilding their nation and identity after the atrocities and human rights abuses committed by Saddam Hussein and his regime. In 2005 a new Iraqi constitution recognized as genocide the persecution of Faylee Kurds the disappearance of 8 000 males belonging to the Barzanis and the chemical attacks of Anfal and Halabja paving the way to the investigations and claim by Kurdish people. This book provides in-depth analysis of the tensions caused by the Kurdish experience the claim for the independence of a united Kurdistan and the wider tendency towards political and social fragmentation in Iraqi society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472466792

Nation&Family:Swedish Ils 136 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863483

National European and Human SecurityFrom Co-Existence to Convergence This book examines how national security strategies relate to an emerging common European or global vision of security and to human security ideas. Human security and national security are often regarded as competing and mutually antagonistic; the former was proposed and has been operationalised in ways which represent a paradigm shift away from state-centric approaches and the dominance of national-security perspectives. This has led to human security being associated with a broadening of the security agenda to encompass not only physical security the use of force and military capabilities but also the provision of material well-being and dignity to vulnerable communities. This edited volume seeks to identify key concepts and themes in the national discourse of several European countries addressing security at a meta-narrative and conceptual level illustrating the changes taking place in approaches to security and in particular mapping moves away from a paradigm of ‘national security’ to one which might be called ‘human security’. It also enables an assessment of whether national security is currently converging at either European or global levels. This book will be of much interest to students of human security European politics discourse analysis war and conflict studies and IR/security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109827

National Allocation Plans in the EU Emissions Trading SchemeLessons and Implications for Phase II The EU emissions trading scheme is the largest emissions control scheme in the world capping almost half of European CO2 emissions. As the scheme emerges from its pilot phase this special issue of Climate Policy journal analyses the lessons learned from the last two years and their implications for phase II. The volume presents some of the key analyses that helped inform the European Commission's decisions on national allocation plans with research ranging from detailed country-by-country comparisons to more generic analysis that puts forward the case for harmonization. Challenging calls to seperate electricity from other sectors a macroeconomic study suggests that the biggest efficiency gains come from inter-sectoral trading even more than international trading. Empirical papers which look at the expected scarcity of allowances in the market and merge models for the power and non-power sectors to project emissions and contrast these to the aggregate allocation volume are complemented by two numerical simulations of trade and distributional effects estimating the efficiency gains of the EU ETS in phase I and assessing allocation and distribution effects in the RGGI context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012202

National and European Foreign PoliciesTowards Europeanization National and European Foreign Policy explores the processes of interaction between the national and the European levels in foreign policy making in European Union states. The volume also assesses the mutual influence which the Member States exert on each other independent of the EU institutions thus tracing the extent to which Member State foreign policies are being Europeanized into more convergent coordinated policies. With chapters examining France Germany Italy UK Denmark Greece Spain Finland Poland and Slovenia the overarching questions the volume addresses centre on the nature of the relationship between the foreign policies of the Member States and ‘European’ foreign policy. Engaging with ‘Europeanization’ with theoretical rigour the contributors to this volume examine the EU’s impact on the foreign policies of Member States old and new the impact of the Member States on the EU’s external relations and the influence of the Member States on each other’s foreign policies. Providing interesting detail on changes in foreign policy thinking and national policies using the concept of Europeanization National and European Foreign Policy will be of interest to students and scholars of European politics and policy formation foreign policy and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662376

National and International Conflicts 1945-1995New Empirical and Theoretical Approaches The information flow about crises and conflicts is highly selective the media only focus on a few major conflicts at a time. Many conflicts are neglected others soon forgotten after the fighting ends. This book fills the gaps and offers a systematic overview of all crises and conflicts in and among states since 1945 and traces the global trends of conflict development.Based on the broad empirical basis of the Conflict Simulation Model KOSIMO Pfetsch and Rohloff use an integrated approach to cover many forms and types of political conflicts both peaceful and violent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882225

National and International Politics in the Middle EastEssays in Honour of Elie Kedourie First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035130

National and International Security This title was first published in 2000. This series brings together significant journal articles appearing in the field of comparative politics over the past 30 years. The aim is to render accessible to teachers researchers and students an extensive range of essays to provide a basis for understanding the established terrain and new ground. This volume introduces the undergraduate to a significant body of the periodical literature on the subject of national and international security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738898

National Association of Broadcasters Engineering Handbook The NAB Engineering Handbook is the definitive resource for broadcast engineers. It provides in-depth information about each aspect of the broadcast chain from audio and video contribution through an entire broadcast facility all the way to the antenna. New topics include Ultra High Definition Television Internet Radio Interfacing and Streaming ATSC 3.0 Digital Audio Compression Techniques Digital Television Audio Loudness Management and Video Format and Standards Conversion. Important updates have been made to incumbent topics such as AM Shortwave FM and Television Transmitting Systems Studio Lighting  Cameras and Principles of Acoustics. The big-picture comprehensive nature of the NAB Engineering Handbook will appeal to all broadcast engineers—everyone from broadcast chief engineers who need expanded knowledge of all the specialized areas they encounter in the field to technologists in specialized fields like IT and RF who are interested in learning about unfamiliar topics. Chapters are written to be accessible and easy to understand by all levels of engineers and technicians. A wide range of related topics that engineers and technical managers need to understand are covered including broadcast documentation FCC practices technical standards security safety disaster planning facility planning project management and engineering management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930513

National Character in South African English Children's Literature This is the first full-length study of South African English youth literature to cover the entire period of its publication from the late nineteenth century to the early twenty-first century. Jenkins' book focuses on what made the subsequent literature essentially South African and what aspects of the country and its society authors concentrated on. What gives this book particular strength is its coverage of literature up to the 1960s which has until now received almost no scholarly attention. Not only is this earlier literature a rewarding subject for study in itself but it also throws light on subsequent literary developments. Another exceptional feature is that the book follows the author’s previous work in placing children’s literature in the context of adult South African literature and South African cultural history (e.g. cinema). He also makes enlightening comparisons with American Canadian and Australian children’s literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833326

National CharacterA Psycho-Social Perspective Seen in modern perspective the concept of national character poses fundamental problems for social science theory and research: To what extent do conditions of life in a particular society give rise to certain patterns in the personalities of its members? What are the consequences?Alex Inkeles surveys various definitions of national character tracing developments through the twentieth century. His approach is to examine the regularity of specific personality patterns among individuals in a society. He argues that modal personality may be extremely important in determining which new cultural elements are accepted and which institutional forms persist in a society. Reviewing previous studies Inkeles canvasses the attitudes and psychological states of different nations in an effort to discover a set of values in the United States. He concludes that despite recent advances in the field there is much to be done before we can have a clear picture of the degree of differentiation in the personality structure of modern nations.Until now there were few formal definitions and discussions on national character and the limits of this field of study. This book will be of great interest to psychologists sociologists philosophers and political theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854962

National Climate PolicyA Multi-field Approach Failed attempts at producing ambitious global climate commitments and instruments have made it increasingly important for nation states to deliver climate policies. This in turn requires a better understanding of national climate policymaking.  In this book Elin Lerum Boasson develops an innovative and well-grounded analytical framework for assessing national climate-policy development. Why do national climate policies emerge and change? This question is underpinned by the role played by different actors and the kind social mechanism at work. Boasson asks to what extent and how is the emergence and change of climate policy influenced by: politicians and the national political fields; business and organizational fields; EU policy and the European environment; social and entrepreneurial mechanisms? Combining policy studies with sociological new institutionalism and drawing on three climate policy sub-areas in Norway: renewable energy low-energy buildings and carbon capture and storage Boasson presents a multi-field framework that allows the reader to capture the entire policy cycle explaining policy initiation policy adoption and the long-term social feedback effects resulting from implementation (or lack of implementation). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059078

National Coal Policy Vol 1 The report of the National Coal Policy Project is entitled Where We Agree to focus attention on the broad areas of agreement reached by the project participants. This one-year project brought together leading individuals from environmental and industry groups to seek consensus on important national policy issues related to the use of coal in Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429047558

National Communism This book bridges the gap between Marxist theory and communist practice with respect to the central role that nationalism will continue to play in the contemporary world. It considers many aspects of contemporary communism including its ideological content and its political structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169305

National Curriculum In The Early YearsChallenges And Opportunities The child-centred principles of early years education - which emphasize play and holistic learning - are being challenged by the implementation of a subject-based National Curriculum. The contributors to this book explore this challenge and offer some ways of meeting it practically and productively. Issues covered include: pedagogical issues such as the cross-curricular topic-based teaching; teacher's attitudes to subject knowledge; assessment issues including baseline assessment at the age of five; and parental attitudes to the National Curriculum and its content at Key Stage 1. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043241

National Curriculum: National Disaster?Education and Citizenship National Curriculum: National Disaster? looks beyond the classroom and discusses the way in which the infrastructure of school codes of conduct the physical environment of school sites and the hierarchy of human resources within schools impact on the aims and reality of the National Curriculum. An alternative skills-based educational programme is also outlined which may be more likely to fulfil the expectations that many parents now hold for the education of their children. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046715

National Cyber EmergenciesThe Return to Civil Defence This book documents and explains civil defence preparations for national cyber emergencies in conditions of both peace and war. The volume analyses the escalating sense of crisis around state-sponsored cyber attacks that has emerged since 2015 when the United States first declared a national emergency in cyberspace. It documents a shift in thinking in the USA from cooperative resilience-oriented approaches at national level to more highly regulated state-led civil defence initiatives. Although the American response has been mirrored in other countries the shift is far from universal. Civil defence strategies have come into play but the global experience of that has not been consistent or even that successful. Containing contributions from well-placed scholars and practitioners this volume reviews a selection of national experiences (from the USA Australia  India China Estonia and Finland) and a number of key thematic issues (information weapons alliance coordination and attack simulations). These demonstrate a disconnect between the deepening sense of vulnerability and the availability of viable solutions at the national level. Awareness of this gap may ultimately lead to more internationally oriented cooperation but the trend for now appears to be more conflictual and rooted in a growing sense of insecurity. This book will be of much interest to students of cyber security homeland security disaster management and international relations as well as practitioners and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360344

National DevelopmentBeing More Effective and More Efficient This title was first published in 2000. Super-optimizing analysis deals with public policy problems by finding an alternative that enables conservatives liberals and other viewpoints to come out ahead of their expectations simultaneously. This text explores the ideas and seeks to make super-optimum solutions a matter of routine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138739505

National Environmental AccountingBridging the Gap between Ecology and Economy This book presents national environmental or 'green' accounting as it has developed in Europe and other parts of the world. It introduces the most recent methods developed through the United Nations Statistical Department and other international organizations but bridges the gap between the superficial treatment of environmental accounting in economics textbooks and environmental literature on the one hand and the highly technical manuals of international organizations on the other. Joy Hecht begins with a history and introduction to national income accounting. The first part of her book explains how the environmental accounts build on the structure of the 1993 System of National Accounts. She then shows the UN approach to accounting applied to pollution recycling and the management of natural resources such as forests minerals and fisheries. The third section discusses how the accounts approach green GDP and other macroeconomic indicators. The book concludes by going beyond the UN structures to discuss other adjusted macroeconomic measures and how accounting data can be used to build them. National Environmental Accounting is a non-technical introduction to an increasingly important field. It is a must-read for anyone interested in how environmental accounts can help society move towards greater sustainability. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331369

National Environmental Policy (NEPA) Process This book is mainly about the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 and the process for its implementation. This is most often called theNEPA process. The need for this book arises because although the awareness for faithful implementation of NEPA has now matured the method of NEPA implementation is not always known and hence needs to be clearly laid out for the benefit of project engineers and the decision makers in government and industry. This book aims to do that. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895796

National Faith Of Japan First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760133

National FictionsLiterature film and the construction of Australian narrative National Fictions is a study of Australian literature and film. It is also a study of Australian culture viewing the novels and films as products of a specific culture - as narratives with similar structures functions forms and meanings. It covers a wide range of texts offering both close analysis and an account of their place within the system of meanings the book proposes as dominant in Australian culture.The second edition of this influential work includes a new Afterword which traces recent changes in Australian literature and film examining the growth of women's writing and popular fiction as well as current trends in Australian cinema. Turner asks whether these developments really mark a shift in the Australian narrative and whether it is still possible to speak in terms of a national culture.'.a ground-clearing book. a seminal work setting an agenda for cultural studies beyond the stockyards and croquet lawns of literary criticism.' - David Carter Australian Literary Studies'As a global syncretist Turner is without peer.' - Stuart Cunningham Media Information Australia Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116547

National Galleries Are national galleries different from other kinds of art gallery or museum? What value is there for the nation in a collection of international masterpieces? How are national galleries involved in the construction national art? National Galleries is the first book to undertake a panoramic view of a type of national institution – which are sometimes called national museums of fine art – that is now found in almost every nation on earth. Adopting a richly illustrated globally inclusive comparative view Simon Knell argues that national galleries should not be understood as ‘great galleries’ but as peculiar sites where art is made to perform in acts of nation building. A book that fundamentally rewrites the history of these institutions and encourages the reader to dispense with elitist views of their worth Knell reveals an unseen geography and a rich complexity of performance. He considers the ways the national galleries entangle art and nation and the differing trajectories and purposes of international and national art. Exploring galleries artists and artworks from around the world National Galleries is an argument about how we think about and study these institutions. Privileging the situatedness of each national gallery performance and valuing localism over universalism Knell looks particularly at how national art is constructed and represented. He ends with examples that show the mutability of national art and by questioning the necessity of art nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182233

National Healing Integration and Reconciliation in Zimbabwe This book brings together scholars from diverse backgrounds to provide interdisciplinary perspectives on national healing integration and reconciliation in Zimbabwe. Taking into account the complex nature of healing across moral political economic cultural psychological and spiritual dimensions of communities and the nation the chapters discuss approaches disparities tensions and solutions to healing and reconciliation within a multidisciplinary framework. Arguing that Zimbabwe’s development agenda is severely compromised by the dominance of violence and militancy the contributors analyse the challenges possibilities and opportunities for national healing. This book will be of interest to scholars of African studies conflict and reconciliation and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342463

National HealthsGender Sexuality and Health in a Cross-Cultural Context In today's globalised world it is increasingly important to understand the otherness of different societies and their beliefs histories and practices. This book focuses on a burning cultural issue: how concepts and constructions of gender and sexuality impact upon health medicine and healthcare. Starting from the premise that health is neither a universal nor a unitary concept it offers a series of interdisciplinary analyses of what sickness and well-being have been are and can be. The originality of this book is its cross-cultural and trans-historical approach. Bringing together specially commissioned work by both major critical voices and young scholars in fields ranging from anthropology and art history to philosophy political science and sociology this volume challenges many traditional assumptions about gender medicine and health-care. Issues addressed include: the politics and realities of female genital mutilation; sex-work and migration; the portrayal of mothering in contemporary African writing; the representation of AIDS in literature photography and the media; the place of gender in ancient Egyptian health papyri; the dramatisation of morality and sexual over-indulgence in Thai literature; the relationship between myths of menstruation and power in early modern England; the role of anger in traditional Chinese medicine; and the ways in which both disease and sexual identities were redefined by cholera in the nineteenth century. The wide-ranging Introduction provides a historical and theoretical framework for what is defined here as Cultural Medicine whilst fifteen original essays demonstrate from different perspectives that health is not merely a physiological and medical issue but also a cultural and ethical one. An invaluable research and study resource this book is written in a clear and accessible style and will be of interest to the general reader as well as to students of all levels to teachers of a wide range of disciplines and to specialist researchers of cultural studies and of medicine.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166929

National Identities and Socio-Political Changes in Latin America This study frames the social dynamics of Latin American in terms of two types of cultural momentum: foundational momentum and the momentum of global order in contemporary Latin America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315052717

National Identities in France National Identities in France explores nationalism national identities and the various ways in which these concepts are accepted adapted discarded or internally disputed across ideological divides. The popular assumption that automatically regards nationalism as a largely right-wing concern occludes the many ways in which nationalism and national identities have contributed to social imagination and political or literary discourses across the right-left spectrum.The critical grounds on which such reflections are undertaken are rich and varied. The idea of invented traditions has long suggested how such a thing as the modernnation-state could vest itself in the creatively assembled robes of a dim and distant past. In plotting the ground on which nationalisms are located previous studies have shown among other things the uses and limitations of the distinction of ethnic and civic nationalism. Studies on national development reveal the imitative process that brought about nation building in former colonies of the Western powers.Each chapter asks important questions concerning nationalism and national identities in relation to France. With nationalism apparently stable distinctions collapse under the pressure of French national identity. The signs are that French national identities and nationalisms are in a constant state of reinvention and negotiation of periodic crisis and constant rebirth. If political classes attempt to manipulate national identity for some larger project they have no monopoly on the social imaginary. National mobilization is a multiple and polysemic process not a univocal and rigid ideology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512481

National Identities in PakistanThe 1971 war in contemporary Pakistani fiction In 1971 a war which took place in Pakistan that resulted in the establishment of two separate countries; East Pakistan became Bangladesh leaving the remaining four western provinces to comprise a truncated Pakistan. This book examines how literature by those who remained Pakistanis acts as a cultural response to the threat the war posed to a nationalist identity. It provides an analysis of the writing by Pakistani authors in their attempt to deal with the radical shock of the war and shows how fiction about the war helps readers imagine what the paring down of the country means for any abiding articulation of a Pakistani group identification. The author discusses English-and Urdu-language fictions in the context of the historical debate about Pakistani nationalism including how such nationalism informs literary culture and in the contemporary interest in official apologies for the past. The author organises the literary analysis around four key issues: the domestic sphere and the family; the territorial limits of citizenship; multiculturalism class and nationalist history; and diasporic imaginings of the nation. These issues resonate across the fictions in both languages and the author's analysis of them traces how these works grapple with changing notions of what it means to be Pakistani after the civil war and offers an interesting discussion to studies in South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862968

National Identities in Soviet HistoriographyThe Rise of Nations under Stalin Under Stalin’s totalitarian leadership of the USSR Soviet national identities with historical narratives were constructed. These constructions envisaged how nationalities should see their imaginary common past and millions of people defined themselves according to them. This book explains how and by whom these national histories were constructed and focuses on the crucial episode in the construction of national identities of Ukraine Azerbaijan and Kazakhstan from 1936 and 1945. A unique comparative study of three different case studies this book reveals different aims and methods of nation construction despite the existence of one-party rule and a single overarching official ideology. The study is based on work in the often overlooked archives in the Ukraine Azerbaijan and Kazakhstan. By looking at different examples within the Soviet context the author contributes to and often challenges current scholarship on Soviet nationality policies and Stalinist nation-building projects. He also brings a new viewpoint to the debate on whether the Soviet period was a project of developmentalist modernization or merely a renewed ‘Russian empire’. The book concludes that the local agents in the countries concerned had a sincere belief in socialism—especially as a project of modernism and development—and at the same time were strongly attached to their national identities. Claiming that local communist party officials and historians played a leading role in the construction of national narratives this book will be of interest to historians and political scientists interested in the history of the Soviet Union and contemporary Eastern Europe the Caucasus and Central Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098428

National Identity Language and Education in MalaysiaSearch for a Middle Ground between Malay Hegemony and Equality This book explores the ways in which language and education policies have contributed to the development of national integration in Malaysia by examining whether and how policies have succeeded in forming a middle ground.Considered through the lenses of policy-making structure and achievement this volume examines the relationships between the formation of a middle ground in language and education policies and the political structure economic growth strategies and social system. It then goes on to explore the extent to which these policies have contributed to national integration whilst providing a valuable discussion on the complexities involved in developing a consistent policy framework. Drawing on research surveys of Malay proficiency amongst ethnic Chinese people it ultimately demonstrates how the unification of education streams has contributed to the spread of the Malay language as a major medium of inter-ethnic communication within the Chinese community.As the most up-to-date study of contemporary Malaysian politics focusing on the issue of national integration this book will appeal to students and scholars of Southeast Asian politics ethnicity and education policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671747

National Identity Popular Culture and Everyday Life The Millennium Dome Braveheart and Rolls Royce cars. How do cultural icons reproduce and transform a sense of national identity? How does national identity vary across time and space how is it contested and what has been the impact of globalization upon national identity and culture?This book examines how national identity is represented performed spatialized and materialized through popular culture and in everyday life. National identity is revealed to be inherent in the things we often take for granted - from landscapes and eating habits to tourism cinema and music. Our specific experience of car ownership and motoring can enhance a sense of belonging whilst Hollywood blockbusters and national exhibitions provide contexts for the ongoing and often contested process of national identity formation. These and a wealth of other cultural forms and practices are explored with examples drawn from Scotland the UK as a whole India and Mauritius. This book addresses the considerable neglect of popular cultures in recent studies of nationalism and contributes to debates on the relationship between ‘high' and ‘low' culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086178

National Identity and Democratic Prospects in Socialist China This analysis of every facet of a national identity makes it less likely that the next great explosion in the Commmunist world - and its consequences - will come as a surprise. It investigates tendencies in China that might lead it down the same path as Russia and Yugoslavia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315286853

National Identity and Educational ReformContested Classrooms National identity in Moldova remains contested despite repeated attempts by governments historians and educators to cultivate a shared sense of national belonging through the development of history textbooks. Concern over professional status and distrust of the government’s motivations halted these reforms demonstrating that the success of such efforts greatly depends on teachers’ and citizens’ social memory and everyday lives. This volume looks at educational reform and the struggle over national identity in the history classroom from the perspectives of five different groups: elected politicians Ministry of Education officials textbook authors and historians teachers and students. Each chapter explores the actors’ motivations and agendas regarding reform their role in promoting or obstructing the reform process and their opinions about the ensuing controversy. Drawing on months of fieldwork and original research author Elizabeth Worden examines the importance of teachers and students in the success or failure of a reform initiative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286658

National Identity and Great-Power Status in Russia and JapanNon-Western Challengers to the Liberal International Order Having suffered military defeat at the hands of advanced Western powers in the 1850s Russia and Japan embarked upon a program of catch-up and modernization in the late-19th Century. While the two states sought in the main to replicate the successes of the advanced great powers of the West the discourse on national identity among Russian and Japanese elite in this period evinced a considerable degree of ambivalence about Western dominance. With the onset of the crisis of power and legitimacy in the international order ushered in by the First World War this ambivalence shifted towards more open revolt against Western dominance. The rise of communism in Russia and militarism in Japan were significantly shaped by their search for national distinctiveness and international status. This book is a comparative historical study of how the two "non-Western" great powers emerged as challengers to the prevailing international order in the interwar period each seeking to establish an alternative order. Specifically Anno examines the parallels and contrasts in the ways in which the Russian and Japanese elites sought to define the two countries’ national identities and how those definitions influenced the two countries’ attitudes toward the prevailing order. At the intersection of international relations theory comparative politics and of historical sociology this book offers an integrated perspective on the rise of challengers to the liberal international order in the early-twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484408

National Identity and Ingroup-Outgroup Attitudes in Children: The Role of Socio-Historical SettingsA Special Issue of the European Journal o This special issue reports the findings from eight studies which examined children’s national identifications and national attitudes. Data were collected from 725 7- and 11-year-old children living in countries that have or have not experienced violence or war in the recent past. Twelve national groups participated in the studies including Jewish and Arab children (Israel) Bosniak and Serbian children (Bosnia) Catholic and Protestant children (Northern Ireland) Greek-Cypriot and Turkish-Cypriot children (Cyprus) Basque and Spanish children (the Basque Country) and Dutch and English children (The Netherlands and England). The studies examined whether differences in the structure and content of national identity and attitudes result not only from processes of knowledge acquisition but also from cohort and context effects. Developmental and gender differences within each national group and differences between national groups are explored in terms of the cultural heritage of the particular group to which the children belong and the patterns of historical and contemporary relationships that exist between their own group and the various outgroups towards which their attitudes were assessed. Findings show that the development of national identifications and national attitudes exhibit considerable cross-national variation as a function of the specific socio-historical contexts within which children develop. These studies considered together indicate the need for developmental theorising in this area to avoid simplistic conclusions based upon data collected within just one specific location. The adoption of a broader cross-national comparative perspective is required when attempting to address questions concerning how children’s national identifications and attitudes develop within real-world settings. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138381261

National Identity and Japanese RevisionismAbe Shinzo’s vision of a beautiful Japan and its limits Over the course of the twentieth century Japan has experienced a radical shift in its self-perception. After World War II Japan embraced a peaceful and anti-militarist identity which was based on its war-prohibiting Constitution and the foreign policy of the Yoshida doctrine. For most of the twentieth century this identity was unusually stable. In the last couple of decades however Japan’s self-perception and foreign policy seem to have changed. Tokyo has conducted a number of foreign policy actions as well as symbolic internal gestures that would have been unthinkable a few decades ago and that symbolize a new and more confident Japan. Japanese politicians – including Prime Minister Abe Shinzō – have adopted a new discourse depicting pacifism as a hindrance rather than asset to Japan’s foreign policy. Does that mean that “Japan is back”?In order to better understand the dynamics of contemporary Japan Kolmaš joins up the dots between national identity theory and Japanese revisionism. The book shows that while political elites and a portion of the Japanese public call for re-articulation of Japan’s peaceful identity there are still societal and institutional forces that prevent this change from entirely materializing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585693

National Identity and Nineteenth-Century Franco-Belgian Sculpture This book elaborates on the social and cultural phenomenon of national schools during the nineteenth century via the less studied field of sculpture and using Belgium as a case study. The role importance of and emphasis on certain aspects of national identity evolved throughout the century while a diverse array of criteria were indicated by commissioners art critics or artists that supposedly constituted a "national sculpture." By confronting the role and impact of the four most crucial actors within the artistic field (politics education exhibitions public commissions) with a linear timeframe this book offers a chronological as well as a thematic approach. Artists covered include Guillaume Geefs Eugène Simonis Charles Van der Stappen Julien Dillens Paul Devigne Constantin Meunier and George Minne. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712515

National Identity and the Agrarian RepublicThe Transatlantic Commerce of Ideas between America and France (1750–1830) With a few exceptions historiography has paid little attention to the impact of French economic thought during the American Revolution focusing instead on the Revolution’s links with Britain. This book outlines how from the mid-eighteenth to the early-nineteenth century the political and social dimension of French economic thought and particularly of Physiocracy spurred American Republicans to a radical shaping of American agrarian ideology. Such a perspective allows for a reconsideration of several questions that lie at the heart of contemporary historiographic debate: the connection between politics and economics; the meaning of republicanism; the foundations of representation; the role of Europe in the Atlantic world; and the interaction between national histories and global context. In particular the research methodology adopted here makes it possible to reconstruct how American national identity conceived as an expression of society in economic terms emerged through a cosmopolitan way of thinking focused on the uniqueness of the new state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270282

National Identity and the Conflict at OkaNative Belonging and Myths of Postcolonial Nationhood in Canada Through readings of literature canonical history texts studies of museum displays and media analysis this work explores the historical formation of myths of Canadian national identity and then how these myths were challenged (and affirmed during the 1990 standoff at Oka. It draws upon history literary criticism anthropology studies in nationalism and ethnicity and post-colonial theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994362

National Identity in an Age of MigrationThe US experience This collection explores from a variety of angles the beliefs of citizens and noncitizens about the impact that contemporary migration to the USA is having on American culture and on national solidarity. As in other liberal democracies that have experienced mass migration during the past several decades there is considerable fear and anxiety in the USA about what newcomers are doing to the nation—economically politically and (especially) culturally. At the symbolic level Americans largely embrace the idea that theirs is a nation composed of people from many different origins but recent arrivals put to the test the extent to which the nation is actually prepared to embrace diversity. The six empirical studies in this volume are divided between those examining how citizens respond to immigrants—including right-wing populists pragmatic multiculturalists and immigrant advocates—and how immigrants in turn attempt to integrate into the receiving society. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Intercultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025342

National Identity in Contemporary Australian OperaMyths Reconsidered Opera has been performed in Australia for more than two hundred years yet none of the operas written before the Second World War have become part of the repertoire. It is only in the late 1970s and early 1980s that there is evidence of the successful systematic production of indigenous opera. The premiere of Voss by Richard Meale and David Malouf in 1986 was a watershed in the staging and reception of new opera and there has been a diverse series of new works staged in the last thirty years not only by the national company but also by thriving regional institutions. The emergence of a thriving operatic tradition in contemporary Australia is inextricably enmeshed in Australian cultural consciousness and issues of national identity. In this study of eighteen representative contemporary operas Michael Halliwell elucidates the ways in which the operas reflect and engage with the issues facing contemporary Australians. Stylistically these eighteen operas vary greatly. The musical idiom is diverse ranging from works in a modernist idiom such as The Ghost Wife Whitsunday Fly Away Peter Black River and Bride of Fortune to Voss Batavia Bliss Lindy Midnight Son The Riders The Summer of the Seventeenth Doll and The Children’s Bach being works which straddle several musical styles. A number of operas draw strongly on musical theatre including The Eighth Wonder Pecan Summer The Rabbits and Cloudstreet and Love in the Age of Therapy is couched in a predominantly jazz idiom. While some of them are overtly political all at least tangentially deal with recent cultural politics in Australia and offer sharply differing perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231927

National Identity in Great Britain and British North America 1815-1851The Role of Nineteenth-Century Periodicals Examining the complex and rapidly expanding world of print culture and reading in the nineteenth century Linda E. Connors and Mary Lu MacDonald show how periodicals in the United Kingdom and British North America shaped and promoted ideals about national identity. In the wake of the Napoleonic wars periodicals instilled in readers an awareness of cultures places and ways of living outside their own experience while also proffering messages about what it meant to be British. The authors cast a wide net showing the importance of periodicals for understanding political and economic life faith and religion the world of women and children the idea of progress as a transcendent ideology and the relationships between the parts (for example Scotland or Nova Scotia) and the whole (Great Britain). Analyzing the British identity of expatriate nineteenth-century Britons in North America alongside their counterparts in Great Britain enables insights into whether residents were encouraged to identify themselves by country of residence by country of birth or by their newly acquired understanding of a broader whole. Enhanced by a succinct and informative catalogue of data including editorship and price about the periodicals analyzed this study provides a striking history of the era and brings clarity to the perception of British transcendence and progress that emerged with such force and appeal after 1815. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409427704

National Income 1924-1931 First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976757

National Income and Economic Growth (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1961. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685436

National Income and Outlay First published in 1937. An update of ‘The National Income’ 1924-1931. This volume collates four years of continuous work on the question of amount of expenditure on certain commodities including new data on income from since 1932 including the Occupation and Industry volumes of the 1931 Census. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315031217

National Income and Social Accounting 'A very useful introduction to the techniques of social accounting' Bankers' Magazine.'Remarkable feat of compression and expositionit will surely remain for a long time the best summary of macro-accounting techniques' Accounting Research. This volume covers developments both in the scope and content of official economic statistics of national income and expenditure and in their use for short-term and long-term economic planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708590

National indifference and the History of Nationalism in Modern Europe National indifference is one of the most innovative notions historians have brought to the study of nationalism in recent years. The concept questions the mass character of nationalism in East Central Europe at the turn of the nineteenth and twentieth century. Ordinary people were not in thrall to the nation; they were often indifferent ambivalent or opportunistic when dealing with issues of nationhood. As with all ground-breaking research the literature on national indifference has not only revolutionized how we understand nationalism over time it has also revealed a new set of challenges. This volume brings together experienced scholars with the next generation in a collaborative effort to push the geographic historical and conceptual boundaries of national indifference 2.0. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661922

National Industrial Strategies and the World Economy With the economic crisis continuing into the 1980s the necessity to adapt industrial structures to contemporary requirements became clear. This book first published in 1982 is a volume unique in its coverage of the major countries industries and international relationships that together generate the dynamic of structural change. Case studies by industrial sector and country are provided as well as thoughtful analysis of a broad range of issues including protectionism foreign investment primary production vs processing and manufacture energy requirements market imperfections employment and the growth of interdependence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299429

National Integration and Local Power in Japan First published in 1999 this book offers a new study of local government in Japan. There is an enormous amount of information about Japanese local government that has not yet appeared in English. With the author’s local familiarity elected local officials and local residents have been extraordinarily open and forthcoming. This allows a rethinking of the topic by mobilising a multitude of solid factual material. Japan has dealt with the dramatically increased public sector but has done so in a setting of institutional centralisation. How has central authority sought to find ways of managing the continuous expansion of state activities? How have local authorities responded to central government’s initiative in integrating state administration? The answers the book gives to these questions present an alternative understanding of Japanese local government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333581

National Interest Organizations in the EU Multilevel System Political scientists have always accorded interest organizations a prominent place in European Union (EU) policy-making because they connect the EU institutions to citizens provide important information to EU policy-makers and control resources that impact on the problem-solving capacity of EU policies. In other words they are vital to both the input legitimacy and the output legitimacy of the EU. So far research on interest organizations in EU policy-making has concentrated on EU-level interest organizations and EU-level politics. This edited book draws attention to the role national interest organizations play in the EU multilevel system. All contributions present state-of-the-art research on that subject in the form of theory-driven empirical analyses. Chapter 8 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138614741_oachapter8.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583453

National Interests And Presidential LeadershipThe Setting Of Priorities This book presents a conceptual framework for assessing the national interests of states. It contains case studies of how four U.S. presidents—Wilson Roosevelt Truman and Johnson—viewed U.S. national interests and case studies of probable future crises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167462

National Law and International Human Rights LawCases of Botswana Namibia and Zimbabwe This title was first published in 2001. This text critically examines the role and relevance of international human rights law in the process of protection especially in the cases of Botswana Namibia and Zimbabwe. It argues that international human rights law does have a role to play in the protection and indeed the enforcement of human rights in these countries and that there is an emerging trend to that effect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722231

National Laws and International CommerceThe Problem of Extraterritoriality This Chatham House Paper first published in 1982 examines the problem of extraterritoriality. A wide range of economic activity is subject to the laws of more than one state yet there is little provision for resolving situations where states impose contradictory requirements. This paper is particularly concerned with four areas of difficulty: extraterritorial anti-trust enforcement; overlapping regulatory claims; economic regulation for political aims; and different approaches to adjudication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309524

National Liberation Movements as Government in Africa Africa is well known for the production of national liberation movements (NLMs) stemming from a history of exploitation colonisation and slavery. NLMs are generally characterised by a struggle carried out by or in the name of suppressed people for political social cultural economic territorial liberation and decolonisation. Dozens of NLMs have ascended to state power in Africa following a successful violent popular struggle either as an outright military victory or a negotiated settlement.  National Liberation Movements as Government in Africa analyses the performance of NLMs after they gain state power. The book tracks the initial promises and guiding principles of NLMs against their actual record in achieving socio-economic development goals such as peace stability state building and democratisation. The book explores the various different struggles for liberation whether against European colonialism white minority rule neighbouring countries or for internal reform or regime change. Bringing together case studies from Somalia Somaliland Uganda Ethiopia Eritrea South Sudan Namibia Angola Mozambique South Africa Zimbabwe and Algeria the book builds a comprehensive analysis of the challenges NLMs face when ascending to state power and why so many ultimately end in failure. This is an ideal resource for scholars policy makers and students with an interest in African development politics and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248109

National Literacy Campaigns and MovementsHistorical and Comparative Perspectives Major campaigns to raise levels of literacy have taken place for centuries and share many common elements. But despite literary campaigns spanning over five decades 860 million adults still lack minimal ability to read write and calculate. Why is literacy of such great importance and why have so many years of campaigning for it not been successful in fully overcoming this obstacle? National Literacy Campaigns and Movements explores these questions by examining campaigns in vastly different societies from a historical and comparative perspective.The volume focuses on literacy movements from the past including those of Reformation Germany early modern Sweden and Scotland nineteenth-century United States nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Russia and the Soviet Union pre-Revolutionary and Revolutionary China and Tanzania Cuba Nicaragua and India. Contributors analyze literacy goals and outcomes in specific contexts. The editors distinguish quantitative and qualitative dimensions of literacy activities such as the difference between the spread of literacy and patterns of its use. The common enterprise of this book is to expand upon the contributors' previous research to include a comparative dimension.This book offers the first systematic attempt to examine critically and comparatively the concepts and facts of large-scale literacy campaigns in more than a dozen societies over nearly five-hundred years. It offers a valuable historical lesson not only for historians but also for educators: that instead of concentrating only on the recent period we should use the vast and complex history of literacy movements to shed understanding on the present and future of literacy. A major new introduction to this edition asserts recent literary campaigns and the lessons provided by their success and failures. It also describes how the focus of some movements has evolved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528628

National Minorities in Putin's RussiaDiversity and Assimilation Using a human rights approach the book analyses the dynamics in the application of minority policies for the preservation of cultural and linguistic diversity in Russia. Despite Russia’s legacy of ethno-cultural and linguistic pluralism the book argues that the Putin leadership’s overwhelming statism and promotion of Russian patriotism are inexorably leading to a reduction of Russia’s diversity. Using scores of interviews with representatives of national minorities civil society public officials and academics the book highlights the reasons why Russian law and policies as well as international standards on minority rights are ill-equipped to withstand the centralising drive toward ever greater uniformity. While minority policies are fragmented and feeble in contemporary Russia they are also centrally conceived which is exacerbated by a growing democratic deficit under Putin. Crucially in today’s Russia informal practices and networks are frequently utilised rather than formal channels in the sphere of diversity management. Informal practices the book argues can at times favour minorities yet they more frequently disadvantage them and create the conditions for the co-optation of leaders of minority groups. A dilution of diversity the book suggests is not only resulting in the loss of Russia’s rich cultural heritage but is also impairing the peaceful coexistence of the individuals and groups that make up Russian society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476059

National Museums and Nation-building in Europe 1750-2010Mobilization and legitimacy continuity and change Europe’s national museums have since their creation been at the centre of on-going nation making processes. National museums negotiate conflicts and contradictions and entrain the community sufficiently to obtain the support of scientists and art connoisseurs citizens and taxpayers policy makers domestic and foreign visitors alike. National Museums and Nation-building in Europe 1750-2010 assess the national museum as a manifestation of cultural and political desires rather than that a straightforward representation of the historical facts of a nation. National Museums and Nation-building in Europe 1750-2010 examines the degree to which national museums have created models and representations of nations their past present and future and proceeds to assess the consequences of such attempts. Revealing how different types of nations and states – former empires monarchies republics pre-modern modern or post-imperial entities – deploy and prioritise different types of museums (based on art archaeology culture and ethnography) in their making this book constitutes the first comprehensive and comparative perspective on national museums in Europe and their intricate relationship to the making of nations and states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346746

National Museums and the Origins of NationsEmotional Myths and Narratives National Museums and the Origins of Nations provides the first international survey of origins stories in national museums and examines the ways in which such museums use the distant past as a vehicle to reflect the concerns of the political present. Offering an international comparison of institutions in China North and South America the Middle East Europe and Australia the book argues that national museums tell us more about what sort of community a nation wishes to be today than how and why that nation came into being. Watson also reveals the ways in which narrative and exhibition design attempt to engage the visitor in an emotional experience designed to promote loyalty to and pride in the nation or to remind visitors who are not citizens that they do not belong. These narratives of origin are it is claimed based on so-called factual accuracies but this book reveals that they are often selective emotional and rarely critiqued within institutions. At a time when nationalism is very much back on the political agenda this book highlights how museums reflect current political and social concerns. National Museums and the Origins of Nations will appeal to academics and students engaged in the study of museums heritage politics nationalism and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334383

National MuseumsNew Studies from Around the World National Museums is the first book to explore the national museum as a cultural institution in a range of contrasting national contexts. Composed of new studies of countries that rarely make a showing in the English-language studies of museums this book reveals how these national museums have been used to create a sense of national self place the nation in the arts deal with the consequences of political change remake difficult pasts and confront those issues of nationalism ethnicity and multiculturalism which have come to the fore in national politics in recent decades. National Museums combines research from both leading and new researchers in the fields of history museum studies cultural studies sociology history of art media studies science and technology studies and anthropology. It is an interrogation of the origins purpose organisation politics narratives and philosophies of national museums. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787312

National MythsConstructed Pasts Contested Presents National myths are now seriously questioned in a number of societies. In the West for instance a number of factors have combined to destabilise the symbolic foundation of nations and collective identities. As a result the diagnosis of a deep cultural crisis has become commonplace. Indeed who today has not heard about the erosion of common values or the undermining of social cohesion? But to efficiently address this issue do we know enough about the nature and role of myths in modern and postmodern societies? Against this background National Myths: Constructed Pasts Contested Presents relies on a sample of nations from around the world and seeks to highlight the functioning of national myths both as representations that make sense of a collectivity and as socially grounded tools used in a web of power relations. The collection draws together contributions from international experts to examine the present state of national myths and their fate in today’s rapidly-changing society. Can – or must – nations do without the sort of overarching symbolic configurations that national myths provide? If so how to rethink the fabrics and the future of our societies? This book will appeal to students and scholars interested in sociology national identity and memory studies myths shared beliefs or collective imaginaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631129

National Parliaments and the European Union This guide is intended for busy legal practitioners and all other professionals who are involved in the criminal justice system and who require quick reference to the provisions of the 1994 Act. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044209

National Pasts in Europe and East Asia With the rise of industrial capitalism in Europe and the related imposition of colonial rule in much of East Asia both Europe and East Asia have intertwined histories that continue to shape their political thinking and political decision making. The contemporary interactions of the two regions – now once again major trading partners – will both depend upon and facilitate deeper understandings of their respective sets of national pasts. This book compares national pasts as well as the current processes of change taking place in Europe and East Asia including the dynamics of the European Union in Europe and the re-emergence of the historical centre of China in East Asia. It argues that as the change unfolds in the economic social and political fields the various national pasts embedded with the polities of the two regions will also need to be revisited and reworked. This book makes an invaluable contribution to research on comparative politics as well as studies on South East Asia and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625500

National Pathways to Low Carbon Emission EconomiesInnovation Policies for Decarbonizing and Unlocking The science is clear: climate change is a fact and the probability is extremely high that it has been caused by humans. At the same time policy responses are hesitant rather lukewarm and differ substantially between nation-states. The question is what drives and what blocks radical action? This book makes the case that institutional settings path dependence and emerging change coalitions are critical in explaining climate policies across the global political economy. Technological and social-political innovations are key drivers for dealing with climate change. This class of innovation is very much guided or suppressed by a national economy's established institutional settings. By anchoring national case studies in a version of the well established ‘varieties of capitalism’ approach the chapters of this book show why some economies are policy leaders and others become policy followers or even policy interlockers. Moreover the case studies demonstrate the extent to which external events and institutional constraints from the international polity influence national innovation strategies. Taking a unique analytical approach which combines insights from innovation policies and a variety of capitalism literature the authors provide genuine comprehension of the interplay between institutional settings political actors and climate policies.National Pathways to Low Carbon Emission Economies offers a valuable examination of these issues on climate change that will be of interest to academics and postgraduates researching climate policy economic policy and social movements. Furthermore it is relevant for policy analysts and policy makers who are interested in learning from climate policies in the context of innovation strategies for a range of countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587345

National Perspectives on RussiaEuropean Foreign Policy in the Making? This book presents a ground-breaking comparative study of the bilateral relations of all 27 EU member states with Russia and an assessment of their impact on the EU’s efforts to conduct a coherent and effective policy towards its most important neighbour. While there has been a lot of research on European foreign policy there has been much less on the role that national foreign policies play in it. Based on a common analytical framework this book offers a detailed analysis of ‘national perspectives on Russia’ and how they interact with and affect policymaking at the EU-level. The authors provide deep insights into the relationship between individual states and Russia looking at a range of policy areas: economics trade energy security culture and education. They are not only interested in examining policy failure but also probing the possibilities of seeing national foreign policies and the bilateralism with third parties that they often entail as a potentially positive resource for the European Union. As Russia is an example of a particularly hard case for EU foreign policy this book yields important insights concerning the possibilities as well as limits of developing a common EU policy in the future. It will be of interest to students and scholars of European politics EU Studies Russian politics foreign policy studies and international politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898080

National Planning In The United StatesAn Annotated Bibliography This annotated bibliography of more than 2 000 entries sheds light on the national planning idea as a substantive issue in past present and future U.S. public policy and presents a bibliographic structure that suggests new emphases relationships and interdisciplinary approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171667

National Poetry Empires and War Nationalism has given the world a genre of poetry bright with ideals of justice freedom and the brotherhood of man but also at times burning with humiliation and grievance hatred and lust for revenge driving human kind as the Austrian poet Grillparzer put it ‘From humanity via nationality to bestiality’. National Poetry Empires and War considers national poetry and its glorification of war from ancient to modern times in a series of historical social and political perspectives.Starting with the Hebrew Bible and Homer and moving through the Crusades and examples of subsequent empires this book has much on pre-modern national poetry but focuses chiefly on post-1789 poetry which emerged from the weakening and collapse of empires as the idealistic liberalism of nationalism in the age of Byron Whitman D’Annunzio Yeats Bialik and Kipling was replaced by darker purposes culminating in World War I and the rise of fascism. Many national poets are the subject of countless critical and biographical studies but this book aims to give a panoramic view of national poetry as a whole. It will be of great interest to any scholars of nationalism Jewish Studies history comparative literature and general cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870195

National Policies for Developing High Technology IndustriesInternational Comparisons Over the past three decades there has been a growing Interest In policies designed to stimulate growth and development through the development of high technology industries. Often these industrial policies encourage development of the high technology informatics industry. Technological advances and the expansion of productive capabilities are viewed as a driving force in national economic strategies for increasingly larger stakes in a highly competitive and interconnected global market. The authors of this volume look at the Informatics industry in eight countries Brazil France India Japan Korea Mexico Taiwan and the D.S. as models for examining the role of governments in promoting advanced technology. The extent to which national policies succeed or fail in the implementation of general agendas for new industrial programs is seen in the widely varying approaches found in these countries. The authors consider the appropriate supporting infrastructure and long-range policy analysis and evaluation necessary for fostering competitive industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367011406

National Policy Responses to Urban Challenges in Europe This book presents a unique overview of urban policy conducted by national authorities in the fifteen 'old' member states of the EU. Focussing on recent changes in the development of the larger cities and changes in policymaking by national authorities with respect to urban development the book is structured around 15 'country chapters' written by national experts in the field of urban development. The book provides an up-to-date source of information and will be of importance to anyone involved in the role and development of European cities as well as the formulation and delivery of associated national policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264618

National Policy-MakingDomestication of Global Trends Notions of social change are often divided into local versus international. But what actually happens at the national level—where policies are ultimately made and implemented—when policy-making is interdependent worldwide? How do policy-makers take into account the prior choices of other countries? Far more research is needed on the process of interdependent decision-making in the world polity. National Policy-Making: domestication of global trends offers a unique set of hybrid cases that straddle these disciplinary and conceptual divides. The volume brings together well-researched case studies of policy-making from across the world that speak to practical issues but also challenge current theories of global influence in local policies. Distancing itself from approaches that conceive narrowly of policy transfer as a "one-way street" from powerful nations to weaker ones this book argues instead for an understanding of national decision-making processes that emphasize cross-national comparisons and domestic field battles around the introduction of worldwide models. The case studies in this collection show how national policies appear to be synchronized globally yet are developed with distinct "national" flavors. Presenting new theoretical ideas and empirical cases this book is aimed globally at scholars of political science international relations comparative public policy and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377110

National Political Elites European Integration and the Eurozone Crisis The global financial economic and sovereign debt crisis since 2008 has led to increases in political disaffection among citizens a loss of legitimacy of political institutions the discredit of mainstream parties and the rise of extremist or anti-system political alternatives. This comparative volume sheds greater light on this critical juncture in the recent history of the European Union (EU) by focusing on the evolution of attitudes of national political elites. It examines whether the crisis has affected the legitimacy of the EU integration project as perceived by national political elites and consequently if the elite consensus that constituted one of the most solid fundamentals supporting that project has been eroded. Analysing these changes across the different dimensions in which support for the EU is organized and its relationship with the evolution of support towards European integration among citizens in member states the book addresses a basic question: How have these events affected the perceptions of the EU of national political elites? Ultimately it sheds light on the evolution of the relationship between the perception of the EU and the national contexts as well as the likely evolution of the project of European integration in the near future. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of political elites EU politics European integration political parties and more broadly to comparative politics European studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589493

National Politics and Sexuality in Transregional PerspectiveThe Homophobic Argument National Politics and Sexuality in Transregional Perspective explores how modern identity politics around the world are gendered and sexualized in multiple ways. Constructions of the imagined collective "self" often contain references to a heteronormative order whereas relevant internal or external "others" are often felt to deviate from this order through their gendered or sexual practices. By contrast some Western countries have witnessed the evolution of LGBTQI-friendly discourses by certain political actors in recent years often in the context of the post-9/11 culture wars. This pathbreaking book focuses on perceptions of "self" and "other" in Europe the Middle East and North Africa from a gendered perspective. It deals with anti-LGBTQI as well as LGBTQI-friendly aspects of modern culture and politics in countries within these regions focusing on the functions such discursive markers play in nationalist and racist imageries in discourses legitimizing class differences from the nineteenth century to the present day including globalized discourses in the context of 9/11 and its aftermath. It shows that discourses on sexuality and gendered performances in everyday life often undermine the stability of such binary constructions as they point to the multiplicity ambivalence and the indeterminate character of individual and collective identities under conditions of modernity. Addressing contemporary identity politics both in a wider historical context and within a transregional comparative framework thus helps to discern differences and similarities between different world regions and serves to dislocate essentialized notions of cultural differences based on gender and sex. This book will appeal to those with an interest in Political Sociology Gender Studies and Globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332815

National Regeneration in Vichy FranceIdeas and Policies 1930–1944 The creators of the Vichy regime did not intend merely to shield France from the worst effects of military defeat and occupation; rather the leaders of Vichy were inspired by a will to regenerate France to establish an authoritarian new order that would repair the degenerative effects of parliamentary democracy and liberal society. Their plan to effect this change took the form of a far-reaching programme they called the National Revolution. This is the first study of the National Revolution as the expression of Vichy's ideology and aims. It reveals the variety and complexity of both right wing and other strands of French thought in the context of the turbulent years of the 1930s - when Vichy's history really begins - and under the Occupation when internal rivalries and divisions as well as the pressures of war doomed Vichy's programme of national regeneration. The book is structured around a consideration of the rhetoric of right-wing ideology and such key catchwords as 'decadence' 'action' 'order' 'realism' and 'new man' and shows how these phrases only served to mask the political and ideological incoherence of the Vichy government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118508

National Rights International Obligations Nationalism is once again rising and spreading. Nationlist movements are active throughout the world demanding political recognition of their nations' identity. Yet the current revival of nationalism has taken place alongside claims that nation-states are becoming obsolete in an increasingly globalized world. In addition now perhaps more than eve Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316976

National School Policy (1996)Major Issues in Education Policy for Schools in England and Wales 1979 onwards Published in 1996 this book presents a broad overview of the development of educational policy for schools in England and Wales since Margaret Thatcher’s Conservative administration took office in 1979. It reviews the separate strands of education policy as it relates to curriculum equal educational opportunities diversity and choice and management policies and combines these with an overall appraisal of the direction of the schools system in the two decades before it was written. The book thereby provides a comprehensive text for undergraduate and postgraduate students which raises issues for debate and includes support material for discussion. It will also be of interest to school governors educationalists and all those who care about the direction of educational change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578142

National Security The seventh edition of this highly successful textbook analyzes the history evolution and processes of national security policies. It examines national security from two fundamental fault lines - the end of the Cold War and the evolution of contemporary terrorism dating from the 9/11 terrorist attacks - and traces their path up to ISIS and beyond. The book considers how the resulting era of globalization and geopolitics guides policy. Placing these trends in conceptual and historical context and following them through military semimilitary and nonmilitary concerns National Security treats its subject as a nuanced and subtle phenomenon that encompasses everything from the global to the individual with the nation at its core. New to the Seventh Edition An assessment of the impact of the Trump presidency on national security and relevant domestic policies including border security and energy security matters. The continuing impact and evolution of terrorism as a security problem with notable emphasis on the decline of the Islamic State (IS) and what terrorist threats are likely to succeed it. A description of the cyber security problem with an emphasis on Russian efforts to interfere with the 2016 US presidential election and beyond. A revised delineation of the geographic and substantive challenges facing the United States in the form of a chapter on "lethal landscapes " emphasizing the rise of China as a global rival and opponent in Asia and an attempt to deal with state aspirants like the Kurds. This book will continue to be highly beneficial to students and scholars working and studying in security studies military and strategic studies defense studies foreign policy US politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370586

National Security Personal Privacy and the LawSurveying Electronic Surveillance and Data Acquisition There have been significant changes in public attitudes towards surveillance in the last few years as a consequence of the Snowden disclosures and the Cambridge Analytica scandal. This book re-evaluates competing arguments between national security and personal privacy. The increased assimilation between the investigatory powers of the intelligence services and the police and revelations of unauthorised surveillance have resulted in increased demands for transparency in information gathering and for greater control of personal data. Recent legal reforms have attempted to limit the risks to freedom of association and expression associated with electronic surveillance. This book looks at the background to recent reforms and explains how courts and the legislature are attempting to effect a balance between security and personal liberty within a social contract. It asks what drives public concern when other aspects seem to be less contentious. In view of our apparent willingness to post on social media and engage in online commerce it considers if we are truly consenting to a loss of privacy and how this reconciles with concerns about state surveillance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030407

National Security Public Health: Exceptions to Human Rights? The book deals with the complicated relationships between national security and human rights and between public health and human rights. Its premise is the fact that national security and public health are both included in human rights instruments as ‘exceptions’ to the human rights therein sanctioned yet they can arguably be considered as human rights themselves and be equally valuable. The book therefore asks to what extent the protection of the individual could – or should – be overridden to enable the protection of the national security or public health of the general public. Both practice and case law have shown that human rights risk being set aside when they clash with the protection of national security or public health. Through theoretical analysis and practical examples the book addresses the conflicts that arise when the concepts of national security and public health are used – and abused – and other rights including freedom of speech procedural freedoms individual health are violated as a consequence. It provides many interesting findings on the values that states are ready to protect – and forego – to ensure their safety which can contribute to the ongoing debate on the protection of human rights. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309067

National Security and International Relations (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1990 National Security and International Relations provides a concise analysis of the problem of national security in the twentieth century. It examines the criteria by which states decide what level of security they want to seek in an uncertain and essentially Hobbesian world and why some states tend to underinsure while obsessively insecure states overinsure frequently making others more insecure in the process. In the wake of two world wars and the threat of nuclear destruction the book argues that war was becoming as much a source of insecurity as the intentions of other states. It then explores the different approaches attempted during the twentieth century to ameliorate or ideally escape from the security dilemma. These range from international regimes to the restructuring of the international politics of Western Europe so as to substitute cooperation for conflict and U.S. and Soviet attempts to render nuclear competition safer through arms control and confidence building measures. Of special value to students of International Relations and Strategic Studies this book will also interest those keen to understand the challenges embodied in Gorbachev’s ‘new thinking’ in foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835732

National Security and Policy in AmericaImmigrants Crime and the Securitization of the Border This book investigates the strategic use of America’s historical crime control counterterrorism national security and immigration policies as a mechanism in the modern-day Trump administration to restrict migration and refugee settlement with a view of promoting national security and preservation. National Security and Policy in America critically explores how American culture neocolonial aspirations and indifference towards others negatively impact long-term global security. This book examines immigration and security policies and their origins purpose impact and evolution vis-à-vis the recently imposed ‘travel ban’ and proposed border wall across the Southern border as well as how foreign policy influenced many of the migration flows that are often labeled as security risks. The book also seeks to understand why immigration has been falsely associated with crime terrorism and national insecurity giving rise to counterproductive policies despite evidence that immigrants face intolerance and turmoil due to the powerful distinctions between them and the native-born. This book uses an interdisciplinary framework in examining the U.S.’ current response to immigration and security and will thus appeal to undergraduate and graduate students of law social justice criminology critical theory neo-colonialism security studies policing migration  and political science as well as those interested in the practical questions of public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487758

National Security and Public Opinion in Israel National Security and Public Opinion in Israel undertakes to depict the patterns of public opinion in Israel regarding national security policy. It analyzes some of the issues involved in the relationship between public opinion and the decisionmakers on national security issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367003555

National Security And Strategic MineralsAn Analysis Of U.s. Dependence On Foreign Sources Of Cobalt This book analyses the case of cobalt as an illustration of the problems faced by the United States because of its dependencies on foreign sources of strategic minerals. It discusses the implications of supply interruptions for security concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157906

National Security And Technology TransferThe Strategic Dimensions Of East-west Trade This book aims to foster a better understanding of the key policy issues surrounding strategic trade technology transfer and national security in the context of East-West relations. It presents the issues in a variety of disciplinary perspectives and analytical foci. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164744

National Security and the D-Notice System This title was first published in 2001. The D-Notice system is a voluntary arrangement between the government and the media whereby the media agree not to publish certain information in the interests of national security. This original and thought-provoking book identifies a major deficiency in both the D-Notice system and the legal alternatives to the system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726185

National Security Crisis Forecasting And Management This book identifies the central problems of crisis research assesses the progress of work in the area and discusses prospects for the future. It addresses Soviet Chinese and U.S. crisis management patterns computer-based early warning systems terrorism and the Rapid Deployment Force. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168667

National Security DecisionmakingThe Israeli Case This book presents a study of the actual practice and development of national security decisionmaking in Israel based on the case history method and a general analytic approach. It provides recommendations for improving national security decisionmaking and foreign policy planning in Israel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156640

National Security In The Third World This book addresses the security problems of Third World states arguing for new ways to define and measure national security so that the concept may be appropriately applied to the needs of developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167097

National Security Review of Foreign InvestmentA Comparative Legal Analysis of China the United States and the European Union In recent years China the US and the EU and its Member States have either promulgated new national laws and regulations or drastically revised existing ones to exert more rigorous government control over inward foreign direct investment (FDI). Such government control pertains to the establishment of an ex-ante review regime of FDI in the host state in sectors that are considered as ‘sensitive’ or ‘strategic’ with an aim to mitigate the security-related implications. This book conducts a systematic and up-to-date comparative study of the national security review regimes of China the US and the EU using Germany as an exampling Member State. It answers a central research question of how domestic law should be formulated to adequately protect national security of the host state whilst posing minimum negative impacts to the free flow of cross-border investment. In addition to analyzing the latest development of the national security review regimes in aforementioned jurisdictions and identifying their commonalities and disparities this book establishes a normative framework regarding the design of a national security review regime in general and proposes specific legislative recommendations to further clarify the law. This book will be of interest to scholars in the field of international and comparative investment law investors who seek better compliance programs in the host state and policymakers who aim for high-quality regulation on foreign investment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425159

National Self-images and Regional Identities in Russia This title was first published in 2001. This text looks at what being Russian means to a Russian politician the country they live in and what they think it ought to be. It is a study of self-images in Russia pertaining to the Russian state policy and the cognitive and affective strands regarding Russia's past its friends and foes externally and internally and Russia's role in the international arena as well as key issues related to internal developments. This book attempts to assess to what extent a new sense of identity emerged in Russia during the decade after the dissolution of the Soviet Union. In this book Petersson argues that the development of a civic national identity centered around belonging to the state and not an ethnic community is the only viable option to prevent further disintegration and bring about stability and cohesion for the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733237

National Solutions to Trans-Border Problems?The Governance of Security and Risk in a Post-NAFTA North America 'Triggered by the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) Canada the United States and Mexico redefined their public policies to facilitate the regionalization of transactions. However this volume addresses the institutional gaps that still remain focusing mainly on the cross-border governance of security aspects. It gathers interdisciplinary contributions of specialists working on continental issues within Canada the United States and Mexico and highlights the transnational dimension of certain issues still managed under national-framed policies. Furthermore it explores the possibilities and constraints for moving public policy into new cross-border governance strategies. Divided in three parts the first part assesses what is at stake in cross-border governance issues and whether the integrative trend in the region will be maintained or stalled in the years to come. The second part explores the growing scope of security problems interconnected with borders migration energy and drug trafficking across the region. It highlights how Mexico and Canada are responding or adapting their policy choices to a continental security approach framed by the US after the terrorist attacks of September 11 and to the major concerns of the Obama administration. The third part focuses on the governance of territorial borders and bilateral affairs i.e. Mexico-US and Canada-Mexico relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278721

National Strategic Planning and PracticeThe Case of Thailand's Telecommunications Industry This title was first published in 2001. This text explores the relationship between telecommunications strategic planning process (TSPP) the organization and the environment for developing an understanding of the idea of a national TSPP (NTSPP) in Thailand. The overall aim is to explore an understanding of an NTSPP by providing a detailed study of the strategic planning and practices of the Thai telecom regulators during the period from 1954 to 1996. It applies the strategic planning process principles to further the understanding of NTSPP in Thailand. By using the SPP framework the study develops a theoretical TSPP framework for analyzing the underlying TSPP strategies within the national telecom regulators in Thailand. It also seeks to illustrate the limitations of the traditional strategic planning theory when applied to NTSPP. From a theoretical perspective this book illustrates that a lack of formalization and consensus in Thailand's NTSPP is the fundamental backlog for the successful operation of its industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635678

National Taxation for Property Management and Valuation A clear and up-to-date guide to the UK tax system for surveyors and valuers which demonstrates land valuation for taxation purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138162884

National Testing in SchoolsAn Australian assessment Over the last two decades large-scale national or provincial standardised testing has become prominent in the schools of many countries around the globe. National Testing in Schools: An Australian Assessment draws on research to consider the nature of national testing and its multiple effects including: media responses and constructions such as league tables of performance pressures within school systems and on schools effects on the work and identities of principals and teachers and impacts on the experience of schooling for many young people including those least advantaged. Using Australia as the case site for global concerns regarding national testing this book will be an invaluable companion for education researchers teacher educators teacher education students and teachers globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961654

National Toxicology Program's Chemical Solubility Compendium This book is a compilation of experimentally determined solubility ranges of over 1 700 compounds in the National Toxicology Program's Chemical Repository. Each compound's solubility was determined in a consistent manner in one to six solvents. Solvents chosen were those most commonly used for toxicology studies spill cleanups and chemical synthesis or chemical reaction experiments. These solvents include acetone 95% ethanol water dimethyl sulfoxide methanol and toluene. Data for many of the research and industrial chemicals featured in this volume do not exist anywhere else. If you are a toxicologist safety professional industrial hygienist or chemist this book is a valuable reference tool you'll find yourself using every day. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810900

National Traditions in Nineteenth-Century Opera Volume IICentral and Eastern Europe This volume offers a cross-section of English-language scholarship on German and Slavonic operatic repertories of the "long nineteenth century " giving particular emphasis to four areas: German opera in the first half of the nineteenth century; the works of Richard Wagner after 1848; Russian opera between Glinka and Rimsky-Korsakov; and the operas of Richard Strauss and Janácek. The essays reflect diverse methods ranging from stylistic philological and historical approaches to those rooted in hermeneutics critical theory and post-modernist inquiry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248363

National Traditions in Nineteenth-Century Opera Volume IItaly France England and the Americas This volume covers opera in Italy France England and the Americas during the long nineteenth century (1789-1914). The book is divided into four sections that are thematically rather than geographically conceived: Places-essays centering on contexts for operatic culture; Genres and Styles-studies dealing with the question of how operas in this period were put together; Critical Studies of individual works exemplifying particular critical trends; and Performance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248370

National Trauma and Collective MemoryExtraordinary Events in the American Experience A fascinating exploration of our evolving national psyche this book chronicles major traumas in recent American history - from the Depression and Pearl Harbor to the assassinations of the Kennedys and Martin Luther King Jr. to Ruby Ridge Waco and Columbine - how we responded to them as a nation and what our responses mean. Reflecting on American popular culture as well as the media this edition includes a new chapter on 9/11 and other acts of terror within the United States as well as coverage of the Columbia space shuttle disaster. New student-friendly features including discussion questions and "Symbolic Events" boxes in each chapter give the book added value as a classroom supplement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702179

National Treasure This teaching novel by archaeologist Peter Bleed demonstrates the complexities of contemporary collecting of archaeological antiques and delves into the world of 14th century Japan. Dr. Eric Mallow a serious gun collector complicates his life by acquiring a pair of Japanese swords at a gun show. He has no idea one of the swords was the personal weapon of a 14th century patriot or that the other carries a blood-thirsty reputation as the "Son Killer." Various attempts to get them back complicate his life from a Japanese politician wants the swords to cement his control over a religious cult to the leader of a Tokyo crime syndicate. National Treasure treats 600 years of history and societies that are worlds apart with accuracy and cultural detail. The book was a Finalist 2001 Independent Book Publishers Awards Multicultural Fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404908

National Urban Policies in the European Union First published in 1998 this collection of essays compares the implementation of urban policies in 15 different countries across the European Union with most articles’ contributors hailing from their subject nation. The contributors include experts in geography and spatial town transport and urban planning and their contributions reflect fundamental changes in the economy technology demography and politics of European towns and cities. They ask four main questions: what the urban development pattern is what administrative and financial relations between national authorities and cities exist which issues the national authorities consider to be prominent and how this impacts on the national urban planning policies. Through the provision of national perspectives they ask what can be learned through the comparison of how each region has tailored its perspective and strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333451

Nationalism Democracy and National Integration in China This book examines the changing role of nationalism in China in the light of the immense political and economic changes there during the 1990s. It analyses recent debates between the nationalists (New Left) and liberals in China and examines the roles played by state-sponsored and populist nationalism in China's foreign relations with the West in general and the USA in particular. The issues of Taiwanese nationalism and Tibet and Xinjiang separatism are discussed with a focus on the questions of the impact of globalisation on national integration or fragmentation and the relationship between democracy and national integration - should democracy precede national integration or could democracy be realised only after national integration or are democracy and national integration mutually exclusive objectives? The book also examines the roles played by the People's Liberation Army and fiscal system in China in promoting Chinese nationalism and national integration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203404294

Nationalism Education and Migrant IdentitiesThe England-returned This book examines the role western-education and social standing played in the development of Indian nationalism in the early twentieth century. It highlights the influences that education abroad had on a significant proportion of the Indian population. A large number of Indian students - including key figures such as Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi Mohammad Ali Jinnah and Jawaharlal Nehru - took up prominent positions in government service industry or political movements after having spent their student years in Britain before the Second World War. Having reaped the benefits of the British educational system they spearheaded movements in India that sought to gain independence from British rule. The author analyses the long-term impact of this short-term migration on Britain South Asia and Empire and deals with issues of migrant identities and the ways in which travel shaped ideas about the 'Self' and 'Home'. Through this study of the England-Returned attention is drawn to contemporary concerns about the politicisation of foreign students and the antecedents of the growing South Asian student population in the USA and Europe today as well as of Britain's growing South Asian diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502047

Nationalism Ethnicity and IdentityCross National and Comparative Perspectives Nationalism national identity and ethnicity are cultural issues in contemporary Western societies. Problems in the United States the Netherlands Germany Austria Turkey Poland Croatia Ukraine Hungary and Bulgaria illustrate both large-scale internal variations in these phenomena and their cross-national relevance for teaching research and educational development on such subjects as multiculturalism ethnic diversity and socialization.Nationalism Ethnicity and Identity now in paperback reflects the consequences of rapid change as well as the impact of longstanding social values. Contributors from a number of different countries use a variety of methodological approaches (empirical quantitative qualitative historical and case study among others) to analyze important issues. These include anti-Semitism stereotyping militarism authoritarianism postmodernism moral development gender patriarchy theory of the state critical educational theory Europeanization and democratic public policy options as related to competing choices among monocultural and multicultural policy options.In addition contributors examine the situation of minorities in their respective national settings. Chapters cover the impact of mass media culture patriotism and other universal values. This cross-national study is a unique addition to the literature on multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528659

Nationalism Ethnicity and BoundariesConceptualising and understanding identity through boundary approaches Nationalism and ethnicity have become across time and space a force in the construction of boundaries. This book analyses geographical and physical borders and symbolic political and socio-economic boundaries and how they impact upon nationalism and ethnic identity. Geographic and other tangible borders are critical components in the making and unmaking of boundaries. However symbolic or intangible boundaries along national ethnic political or socio-economic criteria are equally significant. Organised into three sections on theory national and transnational case studies this book both introduces existing approaches to the study of boundaries and illustrates how it is possible to apply renewed boundary approaches to better understand nationalism and ethnicity in contemporary contexts. Expert contributors in the field present detailed case studies on the UK Israel Estonia Latvia Ukraine and Kazakhstan and draw upon further examples from more than a dozen countries to provide a critical evaluation of the use of borders boundaries and boundary-making in the study of nationalism and ethnicity. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of International Politics Nationalism Racial and Ethnic Politics Ethnic Identity and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359383

Nationalism Inequality and England’s Political Predicament Based on fine-grained ethnographic research in an English city this book offers a highly original perspective on England’s contemporary political predicament. It argues that some of the most influential academic accounts of the country's current political situation particularly those focusing on culture or racism have neglected the key role of nationalism as an often unspoken banal political principle and framing ideology. Suggesting that economic inequalities remain the key causal ingredient of English political life and crucially that these are being interpreted by individuals in relation to a nationalist/cosmopolitan ideological axis the author argues that any effective progressive political future will require a reinvigorated sense of political community. Proposing a politics that will promote both nationhood and cosmopolitanism Nationalism Inequality and England’s Political Predicament advocates a seemingly contradictory but necessary approach by which explicitly anti-nationalist and anti-racist principles coexist expediently alongside short-term protectionist and immigration control policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086579

Nationalism Language and Identity in IndiaMeasures of Community This book examines linguistic nationalism in India. It focuses on the emergence of language as a marker of identity by analysing themes such as Linguistic Reorganization of States nationalism philology and linguistic identity. Formulating a novel conception of doxastic nature of community experience the author presents a theory about nationalism as a cultural phenomenon by studying the constraints of western theological apparatuses that limit our understanding of it. The book looks at how an ecclesiastical notion of community is at the heart of the debate around linguistic and national identity â€“ something that is redefining politics the world over. This volume will be useful for scholars and researchers of political studies political sociology sociology historical linguistics and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138615748

Nationalism Law and StatelessnessGrand Illusions in the Horn of Africa In 1998 a bloody war erupted in The Horn of Africa between Ethiopia and Eritrea. During the war Ethiopia arrested and expelled 70 000 of its citizens and stripped another 50 000-plus of their citzenship on the basis of their presumed ethnicity. Nationalism Law and Statelessness: Grand Illusions in the Horn of Africa examines the events which led up to the war documents the expulsions and denationalisations that took place and follows the flight of these stateless Ethiopians out of the Horn into Europe. The core issue examined is the link between sovereignty and statelessness as this plays out in The Horn of Africa and in the West. The book provides a valuable insight into how nations create and perpetuate statelessness the failure of law both national and international to protect and address the plight of stateless persons and the illusory nature of nationalism citizenship and human rights in the modern age. The study is one of a very few which examines the problem of statelessness through the accounts of stateless persons themselves. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers in anthropology law politics African studies and refugee studies as well as professionals and all those interested in stateless persons in the West including Eritreans who continue to be denied basic rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928107

Nationalism National Identity and Democratization in China This title was first published in 2000:  This text aims to provide a clear understanding of the complex relationship that exists between nationalism national identity the state the direction and trend of China's transition and the subsequent prospects for democratization. While describing the rise of Chinese nationalism and the accompanying discourse on Chinese national identity it focuses on the national identity question and its impact on democratization. The text argues that Chinese nationalism is not monolithic and that popular Chinese nationalism attempts to exclude the role of the party-state in defining national identity. Most importantly it has the potential to demand democratic reform and push for democratization in China. Nevertheless the alliance between nationalism and democracy will expedient. Chinese nationalism whether official or popular comes into conflict with democracy when it confronts the national identity/boundary problem. They clash with each other where territoriality is involved. The Chinese nationalist solution to the problem is logically and inherently opposed to the contemporary trend towards democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634312

Nationalism Political Realism and Democracy in JapanThe thought of Masao Maruyama Masao Maruyama was the most influential and respected political thinker in post-WWII Japan. He believed that the collective mentality inherent in the traditional Japanese way of thinking was a key reason for the defeat in WWII and was convinced that such thought needed to be modernized. In this book Fumiko Sasaki argues that the cause of the prolonged political economic and social decline in Japan since the early 1990s can be explained by the same characteristics Maruyama identified after 1945. Using Maruyama’s thought Sasaki explores how the Japanese people see their role in their nation the democracy imposed by the US and the relationship between power and international relations. Further Sasaki also considers what the essence of national security is and how much it has been forgotten in current Japanese political thought. The book solves the puzzle of how Maruyama a teacher of political realism who emphasized the importance of power could insist on the policy of unarmed neutrality for Japan's national security and in doing so illuminates how traditional Japanese thought has impacted development in Japan. Despite his status within Japan there are few English language books available on Maruyama and his thought on national security. This book therefore will be an essential resource for students and scholars of Japanese Politics and Political Thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857360

Nationalism Referendums and DemocracyVoting on Ethnic Issues and Independence This revised and expanded edition analyses the factors conducive to holding independence and secession referendums to winning these votes and to their status in domestic and international law. Taking into account the votes in Catalonia and Scotland the book shows that votes on secession and independence are not a passing phenomenon but an important part of international politics. The book includes an overview of the history of referendums on independence and a summary of the legal issues involved in doing so as well as a chapter on referendums in unrecognised states and case study chapters exploring referendums in Kosovo Cyprus Kurdistan and Somaliland amongst others. By considering the ethical arguments for secession and recognition the legal norms governing the process and the positive and political science theory of when would-be states succeed in becoming recognized by the international community it shows the role of referendums in the process of establishing new states and as a corollary their role (if any) winning international recognition for these states. This book will be of interest to all scholars and students of political science law and even philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228835

Nationalism Self-Determination and Political Geography (Routledge Library Editions: Political Geography) This book explores the place of nationalism in the modern world. It looks at the relationships between nationalism politics and states explores the rise of minority national movements and the problems they cause and discusses the problems of national integration in particular countries. It analyses the problems in a general and thematic way and includes a number of important case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809871

Nationalism War and Jewish EducationFrom the Roman Empire to Modern Times Nationalism War and Jewish Education explores historical circumstances leading to the emergence of a Jewish religious school system lasting to modern times and the process by which this system was broken down and adapted in secular form as Jewish nationalism grew in the 19th and early 20th centuries. In the Roman period education became an essential part of rabbinic pacifist accommodation following Jewish defeats while in the modern period secular education was associated with nationalism and increasing militancy of emerging states. In both periods there was a revival of Hebrew and the creation of an educational system based on Hebrew texts. Both revivals were responses to anti-Semitism which pushed large numbers of Jews away from assimilation into the dominant culture to a renewed Jewish national identity. The book highlights the centrifugal and centripetal shifts in Jewish identity from messianic militarism to pacifism and back. It shows how changes in Jewish education accompanied these shifts. While drawing on historical scholarship for background this book is essentially a literary study showing how literary changes at different times and places reflect historical socio-psychological economic and political change.Nationalism War and Jewish Education is original in showing how ancient Jewish education affected modern Jewish society therefore it is a valuable resource for students and researchers interested in Jewish history and literature education development studies and nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584856

Nationalism and Archaeology in Europe Archaeologists from many different European countries here explore the very varied relationship between nationalistic ideas and archaeological activity through the course of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The resurgence of nationalism was one of the most prominent features of the European political scene in the 1990s when this book was originally published. The past provides a large supply of ideas and images to support the claims of national identity deeply rooted in remote generations. The remote past revealed by archaeology also plays a part – heroes heroines golden ages long disappeared objects to admire and sites to provoke the memory all called on to further the cause of nationalism. Drawing on the authoritative insights of the indigenous contributors this book examines the issues throughout modern Europe. All of the chapters share a concern to see archaeology and the study of the past as intimately related to contemporary social and political questions. The present shapes the way we think about the past but the past also provides us with evidence for thinking about the present. These issues are timeless and this comprehensive examination of a host of issues remains important for historians and those pursuing nationalistic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817562

Nationalism and Architecture Unlike regionalism in architecture which has been widely discussed in recent years nationalism in architecture has not been so well explored and understood. However the most powerful collective representation of a nation is through its architecture and how that architecture engages the global arena by expressing defining and sometimes negating a sense of nation in order to participate in the international world. Bringing together case studies from Europe North and South America the Middle East Africa Asia and Australia this book provides a truly global exploration of the relationship between architecture and nationalism via the themes of regionalism and representation various national building projects ethnic and trans-national expression national identities and histories of nationalist architecture and the philosophies and sociological studies of nationalism. It argues that nationalism needs to be trans-national as a notion to be critically understood and the geographical scope of the proposed volume reflects the continuing relevance of the topic within current architectural scholarship as an overarching notion. The interdisciplinary essays are coherently grouped together in three thematic sections: Revisiting Nationalism Interpreting Nationalism and Questioning Nationalism. These chapters offer vignettes of the protean appearances of nationalism across nations and offer a basis of developing wider knowledge and critically situated understanding of the question beyond a singular nation's limited bounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108370

Nationalism And Communism In RomaniaThe Rise And Fall Of Ceausescu's Personal Dictatorship This book analyzes Ceausescu's tools and goals that is party structure and how it was transformed in order to implement Ceausescu's concept of modernization which became interchangeable with the concept of building communism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164195

Nationalism and Conflict Management Ethno-national conflict is one of the central issues of modern politics. Despite the emergence of approaches to managing it from nation-building to territorial autonomy in recent years the application of these approaches has been uneven. Old conflicts persist and new ones continually emerge. The authors of this book contend that what is needed to drive forward the theory and practice of ethno-national conflict management is a more nuanced understanding of ethnicity and nationalism. The book addresses this issue by linking theories of ethnicity and nationalism to theories of conflict management. Its contributors share a common goal of demonstrating that a nuanced understanding of ethnicity and nationalism can beneficially inform conflict management in theory and practice. To do so they analyse both hot and cold conflict zones as well as cases that have been important in the development of the most widely-used conflict management models. The book is aimed at those interested in the theory and practice of ethno-national conflict management as well as the study of ethnicity and nationalism. It is well-suited for undergraduate and advanced research students experts and policy-makers. This book was originally published as a special issue of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109513

Nationalism and DemocracyDichotomies Complementarities Oppositions This book sheds light on the complicated multi-faceted relationship between nationalism and democracy by examining how nationalism in various periods and contexts shapes or is shaped by democratic practices or the lack thereof. This book examines nationalism’s relationship with democracy using three approaches: The challenge of democracy for sub-state nationalism: analyzing the circumstances under which sub-state nationalism is compatible with democracy and assessing the democratic implications of various nationalist projects. The impact of state nationalism on democratic practices: examining the implications of state nationalism for democracy both in countries where liberal democratic principles and practices are well-established and where they are not. Understanding how state nationalism affects democratization processes and what impact sub-state nationalism has in these contexts. Featuring a range of case studies on Western Eastern and Central Europe Russia African and the Middle East this book will be of interest to students and scholars of political science sociology nationalism and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811751

Nationalism and DemocratisationPolitics of Slovakia and Slovenia This title was first published in 2002: The year 1989 marks a turning point in world history. The rigid division of Europe into East and West and the bipolarity of the Cold War system disintegrated with communism as a political system dismantled by 1991. In the wake of the communist multinational federations came successor states with each accompanied by many ethnic and national conflicts. This book is concerned with the relationship between nationalism and democracy in a particular setting - the larger framework is postcommunist Eastern and Central Europe the focus is on newly dependent democracies explored through the case studies of Slovakia and Slovenia. The purpose is to seek an answer to two related questions: what is the role of nationalism in the democratic process?; and under what conditions is nationalism less or more compatible with the democratisation process? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729674

Nationalism and Economic Development in Modern Eurasia This book advances a new theory of why nationalism emerged in the modern world. In particular it explains why nationalism and economic development are closely linked and why warfare plays a crucial role in the spread of the nation-state system. It is based on qualitative and quantitative evidence over the period 1600 to 2000 for seven countries – Great Britain France Germany Yugoslavia the United States Japan and China Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904873

Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict in NepalIdentities and Mobilization after 1990 Identity movements based on ethnicity caste language religion and regional identity have become increasingly significant in Nepal reshaping debates on the definition of the nation nationalism and the structure of the state. This book analyzes the rapid rise in ethnic and nationalist mobilization and conflict since 1990 the dynamics and trajectories of these movements and their consequences for Nepal. From an interdisciplinary perspective the book looks at the roots of mobilization and conflicts the reasons for the increase in mobilization and violent activities and the political and social effects of the movements. It provides a historical context for these movements and investigates how identities intersect with forms of political and economic inequality. Nepal’s various identity groups - Dalits indigenous nationalities Madhesis and Muslims - have mobilized to different extents. By examining these diverse movements within the same time period and within a unitary state the book illuminates which factors are more salient for the mobilization of identity groups. Bringing together empirical contributions on key issues in identity production in a comparative perspective the book presents an interesting contribution to South Asian studies as well as studies of nationalism and identity more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086944

Nationalism and Ethnicity in a Hindu KingdomThe Politics and Culture of Contemporary Nepal With its systematic coverage of different groups this book demonstrates how similar trends of ethnic formation are affecting all parts of Nepal. Yet within the boundaries of a single culturally diverse state very different forms of ethnicity have emerged. " This is a truly thematic collection with a well-defined focus on the important contemporary topics of ethnic identity and nationalism. The importance of the theme is self-evident in a world attempting to come to grips with such problems in virtually all modern states. Anyone with an interest in contemporary Nepal should study this volume." Nepal is the only officially Hindu kingdom in the world and remains so in spite of a revolution or people's movement in 1990 which overthrew the partyless Panchayat regime and instituted a multiparty constitutional monarchy. Since November 1994 it has also had an elected Communist government the first of its kind in South Asia. This volume takes a long-term view of the various processes of ethnic and national development that have been displayed both before and after 1990. It brings together twelve carefully chosen ethnographic and historical chapters covering all of the major ethnic groups and regions of Nepal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994355

Nationalism and Ethnoregional Identities in China Western political scientists have tended to neglect the ethnic dimension in China and have overemphasized the development from large empire to unified nation. This book brings together a number of case studies on the ethnic and regional dimensions of Chinese politics and society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044926

Nationalism and Everyday Life This innovative book presents an overview of the origins of nationalism to enable students coming to the subject for the first time to get a handle on the current key issues controversies theorists and ideas in the area - and in a manageable way. Rather than just presuming a connection to everyday life this book makes these connections by demonstrating how national identity has been caught up with processes such as citizenship language schooling migration sport warfare tourism landscapes heritage and tradition. Heavily illustrated with contemporary international case studies this book provides a timely introduction to nationalism since the end of the Cold War and will appeal across the disciplines of: sociology anthropology political geography politics as well as area cultural and post-colonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415348805

Nationalism and Exclusion of MigrantsCross-National Comparisons The association of exclusionist and nationalist relations termed ethnocentrism has been previously explored within single-country contexts. Studies have shown that dispositional factors such as social identity and personality traits affect ethnocentric reactions and that attitudes differ between social categories. However broader national and international explanations have been neglected in the literature. This book fills this major gap by providing a unique account of the relationship between nationalist attitudes and the exclusion of migrants across a range of European countries the US Canada and Australia. Drawing on a variety of comparative surveys the authors assess whether ethnic exclusionist reactions and nationalist attitudes are indeed systematically related across countries and whether variations in such attitudes reflect country-level as well as individual-level differences. The authors consider the multidimensionality of the concepts of nationalism and exclusionism as well as the empirical associations and analyze the attitudes of both majority and minority groups within the countries studied. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278028

Nationalism and Global JusticeDavid Miller and His Critics Previously published as a special issue of the Critical Review of Social and Political Philosophy this collection brings together some of the most influential political contemporary philosophers to present a critical review of David Miller’s co-national priority thesis and give a state-of-the-art overview of the prevailing positions on nationalism and global justice within political philosophy today. The redistribution schemes of our democratic societies drastically prioritize the needs of co-nationals above those of other human beings. Is this common practice legitimate or is it a form of collective egoism? Answering this question brings us to the heart of two of the most significant debates in contemporary political philosophy: those on nationalism and global justice. Within contemporary political philosophy Miller is one of the few political theorists who occupies a prominent place in both debates. His central argument is that national boundaries cannot be upheld at the cost of the basic rights of others but that they do have ethical significance and therefore entitle us to prioritize the preferences of our co-nationals. This volume will be of interest to students and scholars studying philosophy politics international relations and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849678

Nationalism and GlobalisationConflicting or Complementary? Nationalism and globalisation are two central phenomena of the modern world that have both shaped and been shaped by each other yet few connections have been made systematically between the two. This book brings together leading international scholars to examine the effect of globalisation on nationalism and how the persistence of the nation affects globalisation. With a range of case studies from Europe the US and Asia the authors focus on the interaction between globalisation national identity national sovereignty state-formation and the economy. Part one provides theoretical reflections on the flexibility and plasticity of the terms nationalism and globalisation focusing on the ways in which nationalism has shaped and has been shaped by globalising forces. Part two examines the relationship between nationalism and globalisation in different historical eras and different regions questioning established approaches. Part three focuses on contemporary issues including the economic crisis labour migration and citizenship and the theme of global culture. The result is a highly topical account that considers the conceptual landscape of Nationalism and Globalisation. With an interdisciplinary approach Nationalism and Globalisation will be of interest to students and scholars of political science sociology history economics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581974

Nationalism and History EducationCurricula and Textbooks in the United States and France History education by nature transmits an ‘official’ version of national identity. National identity is not a fixed entity and controversy over history teaching is an essential part of the process of redefining and regenerating the nation. France and the United States have in particular experienced demographic and cultural shifts since the 1960s that have resulted in intense debates over national identity. This volume examines how each country’s national history is represented in primary schools’ social studies textbooks and curricula and how they handle contemporary issues of ethnicity diversity gender socio-economic inequality and patriotism. By analyzing each country separately and comparatively it demonstrates how various groups (including academics politicians and citizen activists) have influenced education and how the process of writing and rewriting history perpetuates a nation. Drawing on empirical studies of the United States and France this volume provides insight into broader nationalist processes and instructive principles for similar countries in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381921

Nationalism and Imperialism in South and Southeast AsiaEssays Presented to Damodar R.SarDesai This volume is a festschrift for Damodar Ramaji SarDesai (b. 1931) Professor Emeritus of History at the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) where all of the contributors received their Ph.D as did SarDesai himself. His work for over fifty years at UCLA has been an inspiration to generations of students and he has made major contributions to the world of learning and in his chosen areas of specialization of India especially its foreign policy with regard to Southeast Asia imperialism and the history of the modern European empires; and Southeast Asia. He has served as Chair of the History Department at UCLA as well as Bombay University and President of the Asiatic Society of Bombay. The volume includes a biographical introduction and a bibliographic essay on SarDesai’s major writings and contains new and cutting-edge essays on the design of imperial Vijayanagara; famine policy in colonial India and how European imperialist policies created or exacerbated the impact of famines; the relatively unknown chapter of ‘Chinese Gordon’s’ brief Indian career; reflections on the Tamil humanist A. Madhaviah a man ahead of his time; nationalism and the career of industrialist G.D. Birla Gandhi’s friend; the ‘Chindia Problematic’—India and China relations; the state of Philippine historiography and its nationalist impulses; the role of Vietnamese highlanders in the Vietnamese nationalist struggle and their recent plight; early Malayan nationalism; and the efforts of American administrators to protect Philippine highland natives from being forced to participate in international exhibitions as curiosities from the American colony. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234833

Nationalism and Internationalism in the Post-Cold War Era The tension between nationalism and internationalism has been a major feature of world politics since the end of the Cold War. Based on a Nobel symposium this collection brings together an international selection of acclaimed authors from a wide variety of academic disciplines. The book combines focused case-studies and more theoretically based material to examine critically the post-Cold War political landscape. Subjects covered include:* changing interpretation of the nation state and nationalism* the growing prominence of transnational organisations* technological changes in information communication and transport* multiculturalism and citizenship*ethnicity and religious identity in African Indian Bosnian and Polish nationalism* the growing global significance of Islam. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203125380

Nationalism and Islamism in the Kurdistan Region of IraqThe Emergence of the Kurdistan Islamic Union Exploring a new political phenomenon in the Middle East this book studies the reconciliation of nationalism and Islamism by Islamic political parties in the context of nation states. Islamism in Kurdistan has become significantly framed by the politics of nationalism. Although the concept of religious nationalism has been discussed substantially before this work highlights a new brand of religious nationalism that has emerged as a result of intertwining nationalism and Islamism. The focus of this study is on the development of religious nationalism in the continuously tumultuous region of the Middle East. The volume investigates whether Islamism in Kurdistan is limited by the politics of nationalism – which is an accentuated example for the whole Middle East region. By looking at the Kurdistan Islamic Union (KIU) the research studies Islamism in the Kurdistan Region to elaborate on this new type of politics. This is essentially due to the absence of a politically recognised nation state which renders Kurds to be particularly susceptible to various manifestations of nationalism. Offering an account on the spread of the Muslim Brotherhood in the Kurdistan Region this original research on Kurdish nationalism will be a key text for students and researchers interested in nationalism Islamism and Middle East politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228514

Nationalism and Liberal Thought in the Arab EastIdeology and Practice This book explores the complex relationship between nationalism and liberal thought in the Arab East during the first half of the twentieth century. Examining this formative period through reformist Islam Arab secularism and Arab literature the book situates major shifts in the political ideologies and practices of Arab liberals within a historical context. Contributions from renowned scholars in the field show how rather than fundamentally contradicting each other these two schools of thought are closely linked. Many key demands of liberalism - most notably constitutionalism the rule of law individual rights and popular participation - have been central to the nationalist agenda while other issues have proven more controversial: inter-confessional tolerance secularism and the goals of state-sponsored education. Although a strong nation-state was pivotal to the nationalist imagination during most of the twentieth century a powerful critique of unchecked state power took shape as Arab countries experienced a half-century of authoritarian government. In analyzing these issues the chapters demonstrate how the rise and fall of liberalism across the region was not determined solely by religion or culture but by the ideas of influential intellectuals and politicians. Advancing our understanding of political ideology and practice in the Arab East this volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of political science history and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788756

Nationalism and Modernism The first major study in over three decades to explore the essential arguments of all the major theoretical interpretations of nationalism from the modernist approaches of Gellner Nairn Breuilly Giddens and Hobsbawm to the alternative paradigms of van den Bergh and Geertz Armstrong and Smith himself. In a style accessible to the student and the general reader Smith traces the changing view of this hotly discussed topic within the current political cultural and socioeconomic arena. He also analyses the contributions of such historians sociologists and political scientists as Seton-Watson Reynolds Hastings Horowitz and Brass. The survey concludes with an analysis of post-modern approaches to national identity gender and nation making it indispensable reading to all those interested in gaining full and authoritative knowledge of nationalism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203167960

Nationalism and National Identities Nationalism and nationalist ideas are a major force in the contemporary world. This volume brings together original papers from a number of countries dealing both with theories and case studies of particular national contexts. Taken together these papers shed light on the processes through which nationalist sentiments and ideas are articulated and given social and political meaning in specific situations. They cover a broad range of different kinds of nationalist movements and ideologies using a variety of theoretical perspectives and based on varying empirical methodologies. The cases covered include a comparison of Bosnia-Herzegovina and the North Caucasus the role of religion in nationalist sentiment in Spain ethnicity and nationalism in Turkey Basque nationalism the Basque diaspora across the Atlantic the patrimonial state and inter-ethnic conflict in Nigeria and nationalist movements in Uzbekistan and Tajikistan. Though this is the empirical focus all chapters raise relevant theoretical questions and challenge differing approaches to the phenomenon of nationalism in the social sciences. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817401

Nationalism and National Integration Nationalist theories are still controversial while the process and frequent failures of national integration are issues of central importance in the contemporary world. Birch's argument is illustrated by detailed and topical case studies of national integration in the United Kingdom Canada and Australia: the United Kingdom with the Welsh the Scots the Irish and the coloured minorities; Canada with its Anglo-French tensions its cultural pluralism and its indigenous peoples claiming the right of self-government; Australia with its increasing ethnic diversity and its failure to integrate the Aborigines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453531

Nationalism And Policy Toward The Nationalities In The Soviet UnionFrom Totalitarian Dictatorship To Post-stalinist Society This book is a study of the causes of the fall of the Soviet empire. It relates the story of Soviet nationalities policy from the 1920s to the mid-1980s and focuses on the strategies and instruments the Soviet leadership employed to integrate the "Soviet" nations and to keep the empire together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164171

Nationalism and Popular Culture How do nations come to shape our collective imagination so profoundly? This book argues that the power of national identity and national belonging stems in part from the ways in which nationalism is embedded in popular culture. Comprised of chapters covering a wide range of cases from both the Global North and Global South (including Argentina Australia Canada Europe Israel Pakistan and the United States) the text unpacks the connections between nationalism and film television music and other facets of everyday culture. In doing so it demonstrates that popular culture can help us understand why and how nationhood has become so deeply entrenched in modern society. This book will be of interest to scholars of political science nationalism sociology history media studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367337636

Nationalism and Power Politics in Japan's Relations with ChinaA Neoclassical Realist Interpretation Despite flourishing economic interactions and deepening interdependence the current political and diplomatic relationship between Japan and China remains lukewarm at best. Indeed bilateral relations reached an unprecedented nadir during the spring of 2005 and again more recently in autumn 2012 as massive anti-Japanese demonstrations across Chinese cities elicited corresponding incidents of popular anti-Chinese reprisal in Japan. This book systematically explores the complex dynamics that shape contemporary Japanese-Chinese relations. In particular it analyses the so-called ‘revival’ of nationalism in post-Cold War Japan its causality in redefining Japan’s external policy orientations and its impact on the atmosphere of the bilateral relationship. Further by adopting a neoclassical realist model of state behaviour and preferences Lai Yew Meng examines two highly visible bilateral case studies: the Japanese-Chinese debacle over prime ministerial visits to Yasukuni Shrine and the multi-dimensional dispute in the East China Sea which comprises the Senkaku/Diaoyudao territorial row alleged Chinese maritime incursions and bilateral competition for energy resources. Through these examples this book explores whether nationalism really matters; when and under what circumstances nationalism becomes most salient; and the extent to which the emotional dimensions of nationalism manifest most profoundly in Japanese state-elites’ policy decision-making. This timely book will be of great interest to students and scholars of both Japanese and Chinese politics as well as those interested in international relations nationalism foreign policy and security studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120372

Nationalism and Racism in the Liberal Order First published in 1998 this volume emerged in the light of the resurgence of militant nationalism and racism since liberalism’s alleged triumph in 1989. We have to ask whether liberalism represents a bulwark against these deformations or whether it is in fact their harbinger. Central themes explored in this interdisciplinary collection are: ¢ the position of the Romani especially in central and eastern Europe ¢ the nature and scope of multiculturalism and its relation to conceptions of recognition ¢ the relations of liberalism to nationalism and racism ¢ the philosophical relation of ’the individual’ to national and other identities ¢ the debate between liberal and communitarian conceptions of personhood The book will thus be of particular interest to social and political scientists philosophers and educationalists as well as to anyone more generally concerned with contemporary issues of nationalism and racism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326576

Nationalism and the Body Politic This volume aims to question the recent revival of neo-nationalist policies in the light of what unconscious fantasies are involved in these developments. It examines both recent movements of right-wing extremism and the way in which rearticulated neo-ethnic ideas have been adopted by mainstream politicians and in mainstream public discourse. Politicians from other than the right-wing populist parties have tended to resist specific ways of talking that are considered too extremist rather than their underlying frame of interpretation. Governments across Europe have adopted anti-immigrant and anti-Roma policies. Xenophobia and hostility towards 'others' is on the rise along with appeals to "Tradition and Security". 'Cultures of fear' are linked with fantasies of fusion or 'imagined sameness'. Alongside the image of the nation as a mother and/or father Reich (1933) called attention to the fantasy of the nation as a body echoed in Money-Kyrle's (1939) characterization of 'group hypochondria' in connection with the burning of witches and heretics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491028

Nationalism and the Israeli StateBureaucratic Logic In Public Events National festivals. Military parades. Patriotic memorials. Such public events and tributes naturally bring to mind the idea of nationalism. But what is the cultural logic behind them? How does a country such as Israel facilitate state-related public events as enactments of nationalism? To answer these questions renowned anthropologist Don Handelman unpacks the meaning of national ritual and symbol in Israel today. He argues that public events mirror social order a mirror that reflects to its participants and audiences the message that the designers of such events wish to communicate. Handelman considers the meaning of Holocaust and military memorialism and he investigates the role of holiday celebrations especially how they affect young children first learning about their country. Analyzing state ceremonies such as Holocaust Remembrance Day for the war dead and Independence Day he notes the absence of minorities and examines their significance in the promotion of a national identity. He also looks at how Israel exports powerful symbols of statehood. Throughout Handelman develops his theory of bureaucratic logic as the driving force behind expressions of nationalism in the modern state. He argues that bureaucratic logic has a much wider cachet than simply functioning as a way of thinking only about bureaucratic institutions. The logic is crucial to how these institutions function but more so it is a dominant force in forming modern state social order. Bureaucratic logic is used incessantly to invent and to modify all kinds of systems of classification that often have profound consequences for individuals and for groups and that are ritualized powerfully through a host of state-related public events. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086185

Nationalism and the Nation in the Iberian PeninsulaCompeting and Conflicting Identities Nationalism has recently been the focus of considerable interest but relatively little is known about nation-building and competing identities in Spain and Portugal. In examining the roots of Iberian nationalism and the conflicts and tensions which have come to the fore in the twentieth century this timely collection offers a broad interdisciplinary base and socio-historical context through which to understand the region's nationalist challenges. Topics include:- how nationalism is constructed and used as a tool by political groups;- how language is used as a nationalist emblem; and- how cultural representations of nationalism manifest themselves at both a popular level and at the level of elites.This book will provide a welcome addition to Iberian studies and invaluable insights for students and specialists alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135791

Nationalism and Youth in Theatre and Performance Nationalism and Youth in Theatre and Performance explores how children and young people fit into national political theatre and moreover how youth enact interrogative patriotic and/or antagonistic performances as they develop their own relationship with nationhood. Children are often seen as excluded from public discourse or political action. However this idea of exclusion is false both because adults place children at the center of political debates (with the rhetoric of future generations) and because children actively insert themselves into public discourse. Whether performing a national anthem for visiting heads of state creating a school play about a country’s birth or marching in protest of a change in public policy young people use theatre and performance as a means of publicly staking a claim in national politics directly engaging with ideas of nationalism around the world. This collection explores the issues of how children fit into national discourse on international stages. The authors focus on national performances by/for/with youth and examine a wide range of performances from across the globe from parades and protests to devised and traditional theatre. Nationalism and Youth in Theatre and Performance rethinks how national performance is defined and offers previously unexplored historical and theoretical discussions of political youth performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739108

Nationalism in a Global EraThe Persistence of Nations This volume makes a unique contribution to the literature on nations and nationalism by examining why nations remain a vibrant and strong social cohesive despite the threat of globalization. Regardless of predictions forecasting the demise of the nation-state in the global era the nation persists as an important source of identity community and collective memory for most of the world's population. More than simply a corrective to the many scholarly but premature epitaphs for the nation-state this book explains the continued health of nations in the face of looming threats. The contributors include leading experts in the field such as Anthony D. Smith William Safran Edward Tiryakian as well as younger scholars whom adopt a variety of approaches ranging from theoretical to empirical and historical to sociological in order to uncover both the reasons that nations continue to remain vital and the mechanisms that help perpetuate them. The book includes case studies on Ireland Thailand Poland the Baltic States Croatia and Jordan. Nationalism in a Global Era will be of great interest to students and researchers of international politics sociology nationalism and ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514569

Nationalism in Asia and Africa Published in the year 1974 Nationalism in Asia and Africa is a valuable contribution to the field of Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043264

Nationalism in Ireland Based on extensive historical literary and political research this text examines the relationship between ideas and political and social reality. It explains why the aspirations of Irish nationalism have failed to modify the facts of Irish political conflict and sectarian division. For this revised edition Professor Boyce has added a new final chapter which considers the development of nationalism in both parts of Ireland in the light of the most recent political events and places the phenomenon of nationalism in its contemporary and European setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432321

Nationalism in Italian PoliticsThe Stories of the Northern League 1980-2000 This book is the first full-length study available in English to trace the extraordinary history of the Italian Northern Leagues during the 1980s and 1990s. At a time when the postwar First Republic entered a crisis amid corruption scandals the Leagues acted as one of the main protest actors and grew at an unprecedented rate. Drawing on electoral and survey data existing research eyewitness accounts of protest events and interviews with activists and leaders this book provides the definitive account of the movement. Damian Tambini analyses why the movement was so successful in mobilising support and focuses on its most novel aspect: its use of nationalism. The new regionalist movements in Northern Italy which were unified into the Northern League in 1990 had a huge influence on Italian politics during the period. Written for scholars interested in nationalism ethnicity and citizenship; and for specialists in European Studies Italian and ethnic studies Nationalism in Italian Politics draws on the best Italian and international research to thoroughly analyse the movement and update classic studies of nationalism in the age of media spectacle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010154

Nationalism In UzbekistanA Soviet Republic's Road To Sovereignty Drawing from a wide range of Uzbek and Russian sources James Critchlow analyzes significant developments leading up to Uzbekistan's declaration of sovereignty and examines the outlook for the republic's emergence as an independent international player. The author's primary focus is on the Uzbek elites' attitudes and their efforts to throw off Moscow's hegemony by using popular grievances to mobilize mass support against the central Soviet government. Critchlow traces local grievances to two roots. The first is Uzbekistan's decades-long economic exploitation by Moscow through the imposition of an intensive cotton monoculture the accumulated effects of which have been massive environmental degradation illness and death. The second is the central government's failure to adequately compensate Uzbekistan for these hardships and for the republic's overall contribution to the Soviet economy while having further impoverished Uzbeks by limiting the range of their cultural and political expression. Among the manifestations of Uzbek resistance explored here are protests against russification and compulsory military conscription; persistent and open adherence to religious traditions; and loyalty above all to local political ethnic and family ties-- which frequently has led Moscow to charge the republic's leadership with "nepotism" and "corruption". Now that their campaign for sovereignty has triumphed will Uzbek leaders be able to solve the knotty political and economic problems their republic still faces? The analysis offered here illuminates this question and suggests possible answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098629

Nationalism on the InternetCritical Theory and Ideology in the Age of Social Media and Fake News In this timely book critical theorist Christian Fuchs asks: What is nationalism and what is the role of social media in the communication of nationalist ideology? Advancing an applied Marxist theory of nationalism Fuchs explores nationalist discourse in the world of contemporary digital capitalism that is shaped by social media big data fake news targeted advertising bots algorithmic politics and a high-speed online attention economy. Through two case studies of the German and Austrian 2017 federal elections the book goes on to develop a critical theory of nationalism that is grounded in the works of Karl Marx Rosa Luxemburg and Eric J. Hobsbawm. Advanced students and scholars of Marxism nationalism media and politics won't want to miss Fuchs' latest in-depth study of social media and politics that uncovers the causes structures and consequences of nationalism in the age of social media and fake news. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367357665

NationalismA Religion This classic volume tells the story of nationalism the fusion of patriotism with ethnic consciousness. It documents the emergence of nationalism in the modern world and the way that nationalism has become a substitute for religion over the past two centuries. Nationalism for Hayes draws its power from cultural and social factors primarily language. Second to language are historical forces that stem from an accumulation of a people's remembered or imagined experiences.Hayes bases his observations on historic European examples. He sees nationalism as a religion reacting against historic Christianity and the values of the Western tradition. This combination of powerful forces stresses neither charity nor the brotherhood of man. Historically it has rationalized selfishness intolerance and violence. The growth of nationalism Hayes observed brings not peace but war.As a testament to its timeless insight Nationalism remains an informative guide despite the failure of globalization the Internet and international communications and connectivity to move us beyond the bonds of nationalism. Hayes's linking of the potent forces of nationalism and religion still rings true: the insurgency in Ukraine the unrest in the Middle East and tribal conflicts in Africa are all undergirded by nationalist sentiments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862851

NationalismHistory and Theory Massive changes have taken place in the way nations and nationalism are thought about. From being viewed enthusiastically by historians as a force for beneficial change before the First World War today appeals to 'national' sentiment are viewed as far more complex and problematic. This book looks at how historians (and others such as sociologists and political theorists) have explained the development and enduring importance of national identities from c.1850 to the present day. It compares and contrasts a wide range of different theories and will be useful for anyone wanting to equip themselves with a theoretical understanding of why we live in nations and why we invest them with such significance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315837499

Nationalisms & Sexualities Originally published in 1992 Nationalisms and Sexualities addresses questions of how notions of identity are shaped by discussions of nationalism and sexuality. The book looks at a variety of disciplinary and theoretical perspectives on a wide range of geographical regions and historical moments. The volume departs from social scientific paradigms that treat nation and sexuality as discrete and autonomous entities. Its contributors respond instead to emerging issues that redefine the horizons of what is globally considered today as "the political": how the formation of sexual gendered racial and/or class identities have contributed to the formation of sexual gendered racial and/or class identities and vice versa; how technologies of representation play a role in the constitution of national and sexual identities; how colonialism and postcolonialism have altered consolidations of national and sexual identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340794

Nationalisms and Politics in TurkeyPolitical Islam Kemalism and the Kurdish Issue This book examines some of the most pressing issues facing the Turkish political establishment in particular the issues of political Islam and Kurdish and Turkish nationalisms. The authors explore the rationales of the main political actors in Turkey in order to increase our understanding of the ongoing debates over the secularist character of the Turkish Republic and over Turkey’s longstanding Kurdish issue. Original contributions from respected scholars in the field of Turkish and Kurdish studies provide us with many insights into the social and political fabric of Turkey exploring Turkey’s secularist establishment the ruling AKP government the Kurdistan Workers' Party and the Institutions of the European Union. While the focus of concern in this book is with the social agents of contemporary politics in Turkey the convictions they have and the strategies they employ historical dimensions are also integrated in their analyses. In its approach the book makes an important contribution to a widening investigation into the making of politics in the contemporary world. Incorporating the importance of the growing transnational connections between Turkey and Europe this book is particularly relevant in the light of the ongoing negotiations over Turkey’s membership to the European Union and will be of interest to scholars interested in Turkish studies Kurdish studies and Middle Eastern Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788961

Nationalist Movements ExplainedComparisons from Canada Belgium Spain and Switzerland This book examines nationalist movements in four ethnically plural countries one of which has no previous experience of such movements at the national level. Presenting comparisons of the cases of Canada Belgium Switzerland and Spain including descriptions of the social economic and political contexts in each country the author investigates the various determinants of each movement shedding new light on what accounts for ethnic conflict and harmony. With attention to the degrees of equality and inequality among the various ethnic groups in each society the extent to which these segments are fragmented and the degree to which there is internal communal integration this volume also examines the particular roles played by political parties and resources in nationalist movements. A unique contribution to social movement theory based on important comparative analyses this work will appeal to scholars of sociology and politics with interests in ethnic mobilization and contemporary social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271459

Nationalist Responses to the Crises in EuropeOld and New Hatreds The last few years have witnessed a remarkable resurgence of populist nationalism as indicated by Brexit the Trump presidency and the rise of radical parties of the far right. Nationalist Responses to the Crises in Europe examines the drivers methods and local appeal of populist nationalism. Based on multi-sited fieldwork in England Hungary and Norway Cathrine Thorleifsson explores the various material conditions historical events and social contexts that shape distinct forms of xenophobia and intolerance toward migrants and minorities. Combining analysis of the discourses propagated by populist radical right parties like the UK Independence Party Fidesz Jobbik and the Norwegian Progress Party with an analysis of the fears and concerns of supporters Thorleifsson develops wider conclusions about the drivers and character of populist nationalism and the way in which these differ across national contexts. An empirically grounded study of how the demand and supply sides of populist nationalism are reconfigured in response to the globalized crises of economy culture and displacement this book will appeal to scholars of anthropology sociology and politics with interests in nationalism populism the radical right and contemporary xenophobia Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585068

Nationality and Ethnicity in an Israeli SchoolA Case Study of Jewish-Arab Students Nationality and Ethnicity in an Israeli School: A Case Study of Jewish-Arab Students explores the intersection of ethnicity nationality and social structure which is experienced through schooling and its effects on the performance of disadvantaged students. The book sheds light on the ramifications of the multilayered ethnic-class identities and explores the role of nationality in the reproduction of a depoliticized ethnic hierarchy in school and society. It offers an ethnographic case study of one Israeli high school that adopted critical pedagogy in order to empower underprivileged students that belonged to second and third generation of immigrant Jews from Arab countries. It also analyses the ways in which educational gaps are reproduced through the dominant national culture and identity and discusses the educational consequences of multiethnic school settings. The book will appeal to students researchers and academics in the fields of sociology of education education policy peace education Israeli studies and critical pedagogy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613027

Nationalization Natural Resources and International Investment LawContractual Relationship as a Dynamic Bargaining Process Nationalization disputes in natural resources development are among the most disputed issues of international investment law. This book offers a fresh insight into the nature of nationalization disputes in natural resources development and the rules of international investment law governing them by systematically analyzing (1) the content of investment contracts in natural resources development and (2) the results of nationalization disputes in natural resources development from the perspective of dynamic bargaining theory. Based on the comprehensive and systematic empirical analyses the book sheds new light on contractual renegotiation and renewal as a hardly known but practically normal solution of nationalization disputes and presents a set of soft law rules governing contractual renegotiation and renewal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352615

Nation-branding in PracticeThe Politics of Promoting Sports Cities and Universities in Kazakhstan and Qatar This book investigates the political implications of country promotion through practices of ‘nation-branding’ by drawing on contemporary examples from the sports urban development and higher education sector in Kazakhstan and Qatar. Nation-branding has emerged as a central practice of international politics where it is commonly understood as a vain superficial selling technique with little political salience. Drawing on shared insights from practice theory and constructivist notions of nationalism identity and power this book challenges this reading and instead argues that nation-branding is neither neutral nor primarily economically motivated but inherently politicised and tied to the legitimation of current political regimes. The starting point for the analysis is a range of everyday practices and sites long ignored by international relations scholars. In particular the book traces how the political leadership in Kazakhstan and Qatar have used participation in the international sports circuit spectacular urban development and the construction of ‘world-class’ universities to first produce and then stabilize new ideas about their state. Providing a new analytical perspective on nation-branding this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Middle Eastern and Central Asian studies International Relations and Cultural and Political Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420734

Nationbuilding Gender and War Crimes in South Asia This book gives a detailed political analysis of nationbuilding processes and how these are closely linked to statebuilding and to issues of war crime gender and sexuality and marginalization of minority groups. With a focus on the Indian subcontinent the author demonstrates how the state itself is involved in the construction of a gendered identity and how control of women and their sexuality is central to the nationbuilding project. She applies a critical feminist approach to two major conflicts in the Indian subcontinent – the Partition of India in 1947 and the Liberation War of Bangladesh in 1971 – and offers suggestions for addressing historical injustices and war crimes in the context of modern Bangladesh. Addressing how the social and political elites were able to construct and legitimize a history of the state that ignored these issues the author suggests a critical re-examination of the national narrative of the creation of Bangladesh which takes into account the rise of Islamic rights and their alleged involvement in war crimes. Looking at the impact that notions of nation-state and nationalism have on women from a critical feminist perspective the book will be an important addition to the literature on gender studies international relations and South Asian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704847

Nation-Building and CitizenshipStudies of Our Changing Social Order Nation-Building and Citizenship examines how states and civil societies interact in their formation of a new political community. Reinhard Bendix directs our attention to relations established between individual and state during nation-building. While the development of citizenship and the interplay between tradition and modernity are important in this process of social and political change his key theme is the examination of authority patterns.Bendix explores in depth the possibilities of an alternative approach to the neo-evolutionary orientation many social scientists take in their analyses of the underdeveloped areas of the world. The subjects he discusses include transformations of Western European societies since medieval times extension of citizenship to the lower classes bureaucratization in the nation-state private and public authority in Western Europe and Russia aristocracies and development in Germany and Japan and the development of public authority in India's political community. The book concludes with a reconsideration of ideas widely held about tradition modernity and modernization.In a new introduction John Bendix writes that what continues to make this book relevant is not only what it can tell us about past and present nation-building including the transformations of the 1980s and 1990s but its more general messages about the nature of social and political transformations. Nation-Building and Citizenship is a necessary addition to the libraries of political scientists sociologists historians and scholars of comparative studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528666

Nation-Building and Identity in the Post-Soviet SpaceNew Tools and Approaches Nation-building as a process is never complete and issues related to identity nation state and regime-building are recurrent in the post-Soviet region. This comparative inter-disciplinary volume explores how nation-building tools emerged and evolved over the last twenty years. Featuring in-depth case studies from countries throughout the post-Soviet space it compares various aspects of nation-building and identity formation projects. Approaching the issue from a variety of disciplines and geographical areas contributors illustrate chapter by chapter how different state and non-state actors utilise traditional instruments of nation-construction in new ways while also developing non-traditional tools and strategies to provide a contemporary account of how nation-formation efforts evolve and diverge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281359

Nation-Building and National Identity in Timor-Leste Timor-Leste’s long journey to nationhood spans 450 years of colonial rule by Portugal a short-lived independence in 1975 and a 24-year occupation by Indonesia. This book examines the history of nation-building and national identity in Timor-Leste and the evolution of a collective identity through two consecutive colonial occupations and into the post-independence era. It charts the evolution of the idea of an East Timorese nation: its origins its sources and its competitors in traditional understandings of political community and the distinct colonial visions imposed by Portugal or Indonesia. The author analyses the evolution of ideas of collective identity under the long era of Portuguese colonial rule and through the 24-year struggle for independence from Indonesia from 1975 to 1999. Reflecting the contested history of the territory these include successive attempts to define its members as colonial subjects in a wider ‘pluri-racial’ Portuguese empire as citizens in an ‘integrated’ province of the Republic of Indonesia – and of course as a nation that demanded its right to self-determination. Finally the host of nation-building tensions and fault lines that emerged after the restoration of independence in 2002 are discussed. Examining the history of debates and conflict over national identity national history cultural heritage language policy and relationships between distinct regions generations and language groups this book will be of interest to academics in the fields of Asian studies nationalism studies and international and community development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025243

Nation-Building and Personality Cult in TurkmenistanThe T�rkmenbasy Phenomenon Turkmenistan is a country which is almost sealed off from the rest of the world but it has attracted foreign attention due to the eccentricities of its late president Saparmurat Niyazov Türkmenbaşy whose ideological construction and dynamics of power have remained in place after his death. This book offers a thorough analysis of why this personality cult developed in Turkmenistan in a way that has not been seen in other newly developed Central Asian countries. In assessing the Türkmenbaşy phenomenon this book explains the causes and origins of the personality cult by drawing a comparison with Qadhdhafi’s Libya. The author understands the Niyazov cult not as a discrete phenomenon but as a system deriving from specific historical functions and functioning in a determined social and historical context. Using accounts of the Türkmenbaşy and Qadhdhafi cults and the speeches and books written by these personalities this book focuses on the institutional side of the personality cult. A fascinating analysis of the political situation in Turkmenistan under Saparmurat Niyazov this book will be of interest to scholars of Political Science Comparative Politics and in particular Central Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891855

Nation-Building in the Baltic StatesTransforming Governance Social Welfare and Security in Northern Europe The product of more than twenty years of research first-person observations discussions and policy analyses Nation-Building in the Baltic States: Transforming Governance Social Welfare and Security in Northern Europe explores the characteristics of the Baltic states as positioned in the northeast corridor in terms of military strife and polity development such as democratization. It details governments' efforts to abet transparency and trust by way of developing new public and private institutions for advancements like innovation and private wealth creation. The book examines the effects of various factors of economic and social adjustments in Estonia Latvia and Lithuania. The authors explore the opportunities and problems that have shaped the region’s progress in the process of rebuilding democratic institutions and nation states after regaining their independence. They then describe the region’s progress in laying the critical internal foundation necessary for maintaining their political independence. The book also reviews the progress made in strengthening what the authors believe are key social functions of government in what the EU describes as its social market system: the provision of social welfare services that meets the needs of all. The book concludes with a realistic picture of future hurdles for this region looking at lingering challenges and regional instabilities policy mistakes not to be made again and recommendations for national planning and resource management. Going beyond a massive single explanation of recent Baltic developments the book provides a broad picture of development of social and political trends and insights with separate evaluations of issues in the process of national transformation. It provides a foundation examining the forces that will shape the future of the Baltic states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482250718

Nations National Narratives and Communities in the Asia-Pacific Many states in the Asia Pacific region are not built around a single homogenous people but rather include many large varied different national groups. This book explores how states in the region attempt to develop commonality and a nation and the difficulties that arise. It discusses the consequences which ensue when competing narratives clash and examines the nature of resistance to dominant narratives which arise. It considers the problems in a wide range of countries in the region including Indonesia Malaysia Singapore Hong Kong Korea Australia and New Zealand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653559

Nations AbroadDiaspora Politics And International Relations In The Former Soviet Union Based on new field research by an international team of post-Soviet specialists this is the first comparative study to examine the complexities of trans-border ethnic groups and state-building in the former Soviet Union.The collapse of the Soviet state transformed internal administrative boundaries into international frontiers. Russians Ukrainian Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316983

Nations and DemocracyNew Theoretical Perspectives A figure of enduring ingenuity the nation has for centuries played a part on the socio-political stage. Whether centre stage or background scenery it has featured in violent tragedies revolutionary drama and nostalgic fable. Today the nation is cast simultaneously in the roles of villain and hero. While it is renounced by those advocating trans-national post-national and cosmopolitan forms of belonging it has lately also been asserted as the solution to various social failures in liberal democracies. This appears to leave us with two alternatives: to jettison the nation in order to move towards a less parochial world a world in which new forms of belonging underpin more inclusive politics. Or to celebrate the nation as way of ensuring the social cement that can unite a diverse society. Using the ideas of Wittgenstein and Lacan Amanda Machin expertly explains that the overlapping and conflicting language games of the nation produce it as an object of desire in an uncertain world. The nation is not a pre-political thing but a matter of persistent political contestation and coalition. She reveals that the nation still has a vital part to play in democratic politics but that this role is one of improvisation. While they endure as tools of emancipatory promise nations nonetheless remain potential categories of violent exclusion. They cannot be pinned down as easily as anti-national and pro-national alternatives suggest. It is precisely the indeterminacy of the nation that gives it ongoing importance for democracy today. Providing an urgent riposte to dominant accounts this thought provoking and highly original account demands a re-politicisation of the nation. This book will appeal to those engaged in theory and empirical research on nations and nationalism and the question of their link to democracy in a changing world as well as those interested in psychoanalysis and Wittgenstein. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066540

Nations And StatesAn Enquiry Into The Origins Of Nations And The Politics Of Nationalism This book is concerned with nations and states and only to a lesser extent with nationalism. It focuses on the activities political aims and social composition of the nationalist elites and examines the types of political movements which have sought to achieve the national purpose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167684

Nations in Transit - 2000-2001Civil Society Democracy and Markets in East Central Europe and Newly Independent States How are democracy and market reforms faring in East Central Europe and the former Soviet Union? Is civil society expanding or shrinking? Are the media free or fettered by official constraints? To what degree are nations governed by the rule of law? Are human rights respected? Do taxation and trade policies property rights reforms banking laws privatization and macroeconomic policies encourage or encumber private sector development and economic growth? In Nations in Transit 2001 Freedom House asked leading regional specialists and in-house experts to answer a checklist of more than 70 indicators for 27 post-Communist countries in ten key areas: political process; civil society; independent media; governance and public administration; constitutional legislative and judicial framework; corruption; privatization; macroeconomic policy; microeconomic policy; and social sector indicators. The survey organized in a new essay format was reviewed by an oversight board of leading U.S. scholars and by experts from Central and Eastern and the former Soviet Union. The results are incisive authoritative and comprehensive country-by-country reports that assess the progress of East Central European and former Soviet countries in ridding themselves of repressive political systems and inefficient statist economies. As an added dimension Freedom House-which for nearly 25 years has rated global political rights and civil liberties in its benchmark Freedom in the World surveys-has developed a rating system that allows for a comparative analysis of democratic and market reforms in the countries covered by the survey. Nations in Transit 2001 is an invaluable resource and reference tool for governmental and nongovernmental institutions schools and universities and anyone else interested in better understanding the political economic and legal structures and institutions that constitute the infrastructure on which the transition to open societies and markets depends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528673

Nations in Transit - 2001-2002Civil Society Democracy and Markets in East Central Europe and Newly Independent States How are democracy and market reforms faring in East Central Europe and the former Soviet Union? Is civil society expanding or shrinking? Are the media free or fettered by official constraints? To what degree are nations governed by the rule of law? Are human rights respected? Do taxation and trade policies property rights reforms banking laws privatization and macroeconomic policies encourage or encumber private sector development and economic growth?In Nations in Transit 2000-2001 Freedom House asked leading regional specialists and in-house experts to answer a checklist of more than 70 indicators for 27 post-Communist countries in ten key areas: political process civil society independent media governance and public administration constitutional legislative and judicial framework corruption privatization macroeconomic policy microeconomic policy and social sector indicators.The results are incisive authoritative and comprehensive country-by-country reports which assess the progress of East Central European and former Soviet countries in ridding themselves of repressive political systems and inefficient statist economies. As an added dimension Freedom House also developed a rating system which allows for a comparative analysis of countries in terms of democratic and market reforms. Nations in Transit is an invaluable resource for government and non-governmental institutions schools and universities and anyone else interested in better understanding the political economic and legal structures and institutions that compromise the infrastructure on which the transition to open societies and markets depends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528680

Nations in TurmoilConflict and Cooperation in Eastern Europe This in an investigation of the sources manifestations and implications of international conflict and co-operation throughout Eastern Europe within the broader framework of regional instabilities accompanying the post-communist transition. Tracing key historical antagonisms the author assesses contemporary clashes within Eastern Europe and evaluates the progress and prospects for integration into the wider European community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002657

Nations UnboundTransnational Projects Postcolonial Predicaments and Deterritorialized Nation-States Nations Unbound is a pioneering study of an increasing trend in migration-transnationalism. Immigrants are no longer rooted in one location. By building transnational social networks economic alliances and political ideologies they are able to cross the geographic and cultural boundaries of both their countries of origin and of settlement. Through ethnographic studies of immigrant populations the authors demonstrate that transnationalism is something other than expanded nationalism. By placing immigrants in a limbo between settler and visitor transnationalism challenges the concepts of citizenship and of nationhood itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169876

Nation-Space in Enlightenment BritainAn Archaeology of Empire Nation-Space in Enlightenment Britain: An Archaeology of Empire is a provocative intervention that extends considerably the parameters of on-going dialogues about British identity during the Enlightenment. Thoughtfully interdisciplinary and with an allegiance to the culture which literary production engenders this book describes how British identity emerges not despite of but due to its fluid volatile and subversive impulses and expressions. The imperial establishment—codified in the logics of the corporation the academy the cathedral the theater as well the private parlor or garden—derives its power and sustainability from scripting and then championing a solid resistance to precisely those subversive elements which threaten or undermine the foundations of order and liberalism in civil society. Choudhury argues that imperial Britain can best be understood in terms of this culture’s investment in spatial alignments which celebrated a radial interface with remote points of commercial interest. The volume contends Daniel Defoe Arthur Onslow David Garrick Joseph Banks Daniel Solander Hans Sloane Francis Barber Samuel Johnson Charles Burney George Frideric Handel were not merely part of a dazzling line-up of the architects of empire. In retrospect their contributions and various engagements reflect remarkably modern patterns of the corporatization of culture and this culture’s dependence on and thus its collusion with commerce. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363651

Nation-state and Minority Rights in IndiaComparative Perspectives on Muslim and Sikh Identities The blood-laden birth-pangs of the Indian "nation-state" undoubtedly had a bearing on the contentious issue of group rights for cultural minorities. Indeed the trajectory of the concept ‘minority rights’ evolved amidst multiple conceptualizations political posturing and violent mobilizations and outbursts. Accommodating minority groups posed a predicament for the fledgling "nation-state" of post-colonial India. This book compares and contrasts Muslim and Sikh communities in pre- and post-Partition India. Mapping the evolving discourse on minority rights the author looks at the overlaps between the Constitutional and the majoritarian discourse being articulated in the public sphere and poses questions about the guaranteeing of minority rights. The book suggests that through historical ruptures and breaks communities oscillate between being minorities and nations. Combining archival material with ethnographic fieldwork it studies the identity groups and their vexed relationship to the ideas of nation and nationalism. It captures meanings attributed to otherwise politically loaded concepts such as nation nation-state and minority rights in the everyday world of Muslims and Sikhs and thus tries to make sense of the patterns of accommodation adaptation and contestation in the life-world. Successfully confronting and illuminating the challenge of reconciling representation and equality both for groups and within groups this exploration of South Asian nationalisms and communal relations will be of interest to academics in the field of South Asian Studies in particular Sociology and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476110

Nation-States and MoneyThe Past Present and Future of National Currencies National currencies appear to be threatened from all sides. European Union member countries are due to abandon their national currencies in favour of a supranational currency by the year 2000. Elsewhere the use of foreign currencies within national economic spaces is on the increase as shown by the growth of eurocurrency activity and currency substitution in many parts of the world. In the last decade privately-issued sub-national local currencies have also proliferated in a number of countries and predict the emergence of private electronic monies of the future. In the light of these transformations this book asks what the future holds for national currencies. The first half of the volume addresses issues relating to money leading up to and during the formation of national currencies. Ranging widely in their historical and geographical context the papers problematise the relationship between money and nation-states by examining alternative forms and uses of currencies during this period. The second half look at contemporary challenges faced by national currencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510493

Native AdvertisingAdvertorial Disruption in the 21st-Century News Feed Native Advertising examines the emerging practices and norms around native advertising in US and European news organizations. Over the past five years native advertising has rapidly become a significant revenue stream for both digital news “upstarts” and legacy newspapers and magazines. This book helps scholars and students of journalism and advertising to understand the news industry’s investment in native advertising and consider the effects this investment might have on how news is produced consumed and understood. It is argued that although they have deep roots in earlier forms of advertising native ads with a political or advocacy bent have the potential to shift the relationship between news outlets and audiences in new ways particularly in an era when trust in the media has reached a historic low point. Beyond this such advertisements have the potential to shift how media systems function in relation to state power by changing the relationship between commercial and non-commercial speech. Drawing on real-world examples of native ads and including an in-depth case study contributed by Ava Sirrah Native Advertising provides an important assessment of the potential consequences of native advertising becoming an even more prominent fixture in the 21st-century news feed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040410

Native America in the Twentieth CenturyAn Encyclopedia First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051673

Native American and Chicano/a Literature of the American SouthwestIntersections of Indigenous Literatures This book studies Native American and Chicano/a writers of the American Southwest as a coherent cultural group with common features and distinct efforts to deal with and to resist the dominant Euro-American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804982

Native American Art in the Twentieth CenturyMakers Meanings Histories This illuminating and provocative book is the first anthology devoted to Twentieth Century Native American and First Nation art. Native American Art brings together anthropologists art historians curators critics and distinguished Native artists to discuss pottery painitng sculpture printmaking photography and performance art by some of the most celebrated Native American and Canadian First Nation artists of our timeThe contributors use new theoretical and critical approaches to address key issues for Native American art including symbolism and spirituality the role of patronage and musuem practices the politics of art criticism and the aesthetic power of indigenous knowledge. The artist contributors who represent several Native nations - including Cherokee Lakota Plains Cree and those of the PLateau country - emphasise the importance of traditional stories myhtologies and ceremonies in the production of comtemporary art. Within great poignancy thye write about recent art in terms of home homeland and aboriginal sovereigntyTracing the continued resistance of Native artists to dominant orthodoxies of the art market and art history Native American Art in the Twentieth Century argues forcefully for Native art's place in modern art history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004792

Native American Cultural and Religious Freedoms First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051413

Native American Higher Education in the United States Many aspects of Native American education have been given extensive attention. There are plentiful works on the boarding school program the mission school efforts and other aspects of Indian education. Higher education however has received little examination. Select articles passages and occasional chapters touch on it but usually only in respect to specific subjects as an adjunct to education in general. There is no thorough and comprehensive history of Native American higher education in the United States. Native American Higher Education in the United States fills this need and is now available in paperback. Carney reviews the historical development of higher education for the Native American community from the age of discovery to the present. The author has constructed his book chronologically in three eras: the colonial period featuring several efforts at Indian missions in the colonial colleges; the federal period when Native American higher education was largely ignored except for sporadic tribal and private efforts; and the self-determination period highlighted by the recent founding of the tribally-controlled colleges. Carney also includes a chapter comparing Native American higher education with African-American higher education. The concluding chapter discusses the current status of Native American higher education. Carney's book fills an informational gap while at the same time opening the field of Native American higher education to continuing exploration. It will be valuable reading for educators and historians and general readers interested in Native American culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125121

Native American Pedagogy and Cognitive-Based Mathematics Instruction Native American Pedagogydetails a study that investigated the teaching of mathematics to Oneida Indian kindergartners. This study proves that Native American children who are taught with culturally sensitive methods will perform more successfully on mathematical problem solving tasks and that Cognitively Guided Instruction an approach that provides teachers with research-based knowledge of how children learn mathematics enables such culturally sensitive teaching methods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315790527

Native American Religious Traditions Focusing on three diverse indigenous traditions Native American Religious Traditions highlights the distinct oral traditions and ceremonial practices; the impact of colonialism on religious life; and the ways in which indigenous communities of North America have responded and continue to respond to colonialism and Euroamerican cultural hegemony. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462229

Native American RootsRelationality and Indigenous Regeneration Under Empire 1770–1859 Native American Roots: Relationality and Indigenous Regeneration Under Empire 1770–1859 explores the development of modern Indigenous identities within the settler colonial context of the early United States. With an aggressively expanding United States that sought to displace Native peoples the very foundations of Indigeneity were endangered by the disruption of Native connections to the land. This volume describes how Natives embedded conceptualizations integral to Indigenous ontologies into social and cultural institutions like racial ideologies black slaveholding and Christianity that they incorporated from the settler society. This process became one vital avenue through which various Native peoples were able to regenerate Indigeneity within environments dominated by a settler society. The author offers case studies of four different tribes to illustrate how Native thought processes not just cultural and political processes helped Natives redefine the parameters of Indigeneity. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of early American history indigenous and ethnic studies American historiography and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367479855

Native American Survivance Memory and FuturityThe Gerald Vizenor Continuum According to Kimberly Blaeser Gerald Vizenor is "the most prolific Native American writer of the twentieth century " and Christopher Teuton rightfully calls him "one of the most innovative and brilliant American Indian writers" today." With more than 40 books of fiction poetry life writing essays and criticism his impact on literary and cultural theory and specifically on Indigenous Studies has been unparalleled. This volume brings together some of the most distinguished experts on Vizenor’s work from Europe and the United States. Original contributions by Gerald Vizenor himself as well as by Kimberly M. Blaeser A. Robert Lee Kathryn Shanley David L. Moore Chris LaLonde Alexandra Ganser Cathy Covell Waegner Sabine N. Meyer Kristina Baudemann and Billy J. Stratton provide fresh perspectives on theoretical concepts such as trickster discourse postindian survivance totemic associations Native presence artistic irony and transmotion and explore his lasting literary impact from Darkness in St. Louis Bearheart to his most recent novels and collections of poetry Shrouds of White Earth Chair of Tears Blue Ravens and Favor of Crows. The thematic sections focus on "Truth Games’: Transnationalism Transmotion and Trickster Poetics;" "‘Chance Connections’: Memory Land and Language;" and "‘The Many Traces of Ironic Traditions’: History and Futurity " documenting that Vizenor’s achievements are sociocultural and political as much they are literary in effect. With their emphasis on transdisciplinary transnational research the critical analyses close readings and theoretical outlooks collected here contextualize Gerald Vizenor’s work within different literary traditions and firmly place him within the American canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359119

Native American Voices This unique reader presents a broad approach to the study of American Indians through the voices and viewpoints of the Native Peoples themselves. Multi-disciplinary and hemispheric in approach it draws on ethnography biography journalism art and poetry to familiarize students with the historical and present day experiences of native peoples and nations throughout North and South America–all with a focus on themes and issues that are crucial within Indian Country today. For courses in Introduction to American Indians in departments of Native American Studies/American Indian Studies Anthropology American Studies Sociology History Women's Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687684

Native American WomenA Biographical Dictionary This A-Z reference contains 275 biographical entries on Native American women past and present from many different walks of life. Written by more than 70 contributors most of whom are leading American Indian historians the entries examine the complex and diverse roles of Native American women in contemporary and traditional cultures. This new edition contains 32 new entries and updated end-of-article bibliographies. Appendices list entries by area of woman's specialization state of birth and tribe; also includes photos and a comprehensive index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994379

Native American Writing Co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse If white settlers landing in the New World brought with them smallpox oppression and Christianity they also conveyed the cultural practice of writing. Adopters of this technology from within Native America and First Nations Canada began to adapt their own vast resources of spoken tribal literatures to this new mode—novels stories poetry and drama as well as autobiography. How did this sumptuous oral tradition creation stories coyote and other trickster mythologies a whole fund of story-telling humour become scriptural generating a proliferation of texts whose luminous modern authors include N. Scott Momaday Leslie Marmon Silko Gerald Vizenor Louise Erdrich James Welch Luci Tapahonso Tom King and Beth Brant? More particularly how have Native American writers understood and addressed fundamental issues such as: tribal identity; the politics of sovereignty and land claims; mixed-blood heritage; memory; and the issue of what Gerald Vizenor has notably called ‘survivance’? How crucially have they dealt with modernity? And how to account for their recent literary efflorescence? As research on and around the literary output of Native Americans flourishes as never before this new four-volume collection meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help users answer these and other questions and generally to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and a continuing explosion in research output. Native American Writing is edited by a leading expert in Native and multicultural writing A. Robert Lee Professor of American Literature at Nihon University Tokyo. His eagerly awaited collection is a wide-ranging compendium which brings together hard-to-find original works by Native writers themselves as well as critical and learned analyses of their creative productions. Volume I opens with a sequence of Native American overviews (‘Momaday to Louis Owen’) followed by the most important critical theory dealing with ideology and custodianship. The volume also considers key notions such as the idea of the spoken inside the written word. Volume II looks first to accounts of Native autobiography from the Pequot William Apess onwards and also explores early modern writing from the Paiute-raised Sarah Winnemucca and Creek poet and satirist Alex Posey to the Sioux Luther Standing Bear. Volume III focuses on modern Native fiction. The final volume in the collection addresses Native poetry and drama and First Nations authorship. Native American Writing includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context as well as detailed bibliographies timelines and lists of tribal groupings. It is an essential work of reference destined to be especially valued by those with an interest in how indigenous writers have given literary imagination to their history in North America Canada and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415588959

Native Americans Crime And Justice This book outlines indigenous institutions and thinking to show Native American responses to contemporary justice problems. It provides resource materials for practitioners in the criminal justice fields and in private agencies providing services to Native peoples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160265

Native Americans and the Criminal Justice SystemTheoretical and Policy Directions 'This collection presents significant summaries of past criminal behavior and significant new cultural and political contextualizations that provide greater understanding of the complex effects of crime sovereignty culture and colonization on crime and criminalization on Indian reservations.' Duane Champagne UCLA (From the Foreword) Native Americans and the Criminal Justice System offers a comprehensive approach to explaining the causes effects and solutions for the presence and plight of Native Americans in the criminal justice system. Articles from scholars and experts in Native American issues examine the ways in which society's response to Native Americans is often socially constructed. The contributors work to dispel the myths surrounding the crimes committed by Native Americans and assertions about the role of criminal justice agencies that interact with Native Americans. In doing so the contributors emphasize the historical social and cultural roots of Anglo European conflicts with Native peoples and how they are manifested in the criminal justice system. Selected chapters also consider the global and cross-national ramifications of Native Americans and crime. This book systematically analyzes the broad nature of the subject area including unique and emerging problems theoretical issues and policy implications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633312

Native Americans Before 1492Moundbuilding Realms of the Mississippian Woodlands The pre-Columbian culture of the Mississippi woodlands has received surprisingly little attention from historians. Studying this culture which was in many respects highly advanced opens an entirely new perspective on what we are used to thinking of as "American" history. This essay by a distinguished historian and teacher is aimed at world history classes and other classes that cover the Americas before the arrival of the Europeans. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288499

Native Americans in Sports Offers full coverage of Native American athletes and athletics from historical cultual and indigenous perspectives from before European intervention to the 21st century. There are entries devoted to broader cultural themes and how these affect and are affected by the sport. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702162

Native Americans of the SouthwestThe Serious Traveler's Introduction To Peoples and Places This guide to the Native Americans of the Southwest is a concise but comprehensive introduction that gives readers a sound anthropological and historical background to the area and fosters an appreciation of the Native American peoples who continue to make the Southwest their home. The authors offer individual sections on the main prehistoric and contemporary peoples of the region describing their ways of life their art and their cultural monuments.For those eager to see at least some of these cultural monuments and to learn about Native American cultures from the many museums that dot the region this book offers a guide to the most memorable sites in Arizona New Mexico Colorado and Utah. In addition the authors provide a comprehensive list of museums and a calendar of tribal events that are open to interested visitors: rodeos fairs dances and festivals. Maps are also included to assist the visitor in locating the sites discussed in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367095970

Native and ChristianIndigenous Voices on Religious Identity in the United States and Canada Native and Christian is an anthology of essays by indigenous writers in the United States and Canada on the problem of native Christian identity. This anthology documents the emergence of a significant new collective voice on the North American religious landscape. It brings together in one volume articles originally published in a variety of sources (many of them obscure or out-of-print) including religious magazines scholarly journals and native periodicals along with one previously unpublished manuscript. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203447437

Native and Non-Native Teacher Talk in the EFL ClassroomA Corpus-informed Study Native and Non-Native Teacher Talk in the EFL Classroom explores and compares the linguistic features of native and non-native English teacher talk with the aid of corpus linguistics. Setting aside the wide range of audio and video materials available the EFL teacher is in many instances the main model of English to which students are exposed in secondary-level education. The basis of this book is to work towards a framework for the language that teachers of English need to be proficient in based on an empirical study of language used in the ELT classroom by both native and expert non-native users. Presenting a corpus-informed treatment of the precise linguistic features used by EFL teachers within the framework of their most common teaching functions this book: • Relates directly to the teacher talk of secondary-level EFL teachers; • Combines quantitative and qualitative approaches to data analysis; • Looks into pedagogical implications for ELT and proposes a flexible language development model based on evidence from the teacher training classroom; • Provides a corpus-based repertoire of language for the classroom which is of relevance to native and non-native student-teachers and practising teachers. Highlighting the need for much greater awareness of the impact of language use in both learning and teaching this book is a major resource for advanced students and researchers of TESOL classroom discourse corpus linguistics ELT English for professional purposes and teaching placement preparation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207120

Native Arts Of North America Africa And The South PacificAn Introduction This introduction to the art of tribal peoples of North America Africa and the South Pacific does not briefly cover the hundreds of artistic traditions in these three vast areas but rather studies in depth thirty-six art styles within all three areas using the methods of art history including stylistic analysis and iconographic interpretation. Emphasis is on the art in cultural context and as a system of visual communication within each tribal area. Where appropriate for a more complete understanding of the art data from archaeology ethnology linguistics religion and other humanistic disciplines are included.Among the peoples and cultures whose art is studied are the Haida Kwakiutl and Tlingit; the Hohokam and Mongollon the Anasazi and Hopi; the Dogon and Bamana of Mali; the Asante of Ghana; the Benin Yoruba and Ibo of Nigeria; the Fan the Bamum and the Kuba of Central Africa; Australian aboriginal and Island New Guinea art; Island Melanesia art; central and eastern Polynesia; Hawaii and the Maori in Marginal Polynesia.The format of the text and selected illustrations is based on seventeen years of teaching African North American Indian and South Pacific art to undergraduate and graduate students at Herbert H. Lehman College (CUNY) New York University and Columbia University. The book is intended for art history and anthropology students and the interested lay reader or collector. The detailed notes at the end of the book are for further study research and understanding of the tribal art style under discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367094843

Native ChristiansModes and Effects of Christianity among Indigenous Peoples of the Americas Native Christians reflects on the modes and effects of Christianity among indigenous peoples of the Americas drawing on comparative analysis of ethnographic and historical cases. Christianity in this region has been part of the process of conquest and domination through the association usually made between civilizing and converting. While Catholic missions have emphasized the 'civilizing' process teaching the Indians the skills which they were expected to exercise within the context of a new societal model the Protestants have centered their work on promoting a deep internal change or 'conversion' based on the recognition of God's existence. Various ethnologists and scholars of indigenous societies have focused their interest on understanding the nature of the transformations produced by the adoption of Christianity. The contributors in this volume take native thought as the starting point looking at the need to relativize these transformations. Each author examines different ethnographic cases throughout the Americas both historical and contemporary enabling the reader to understand the indigenous points of view in the processes of adoption and transformation of new practices objects ideas and values. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597492

Native Peoples of the WorldAn Encyclopedia of Groups Cultures and Contemporary Issues This work examines the world's indigenous peoples their cultures the countries in which they reside and the issues that impact these groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765682949

Native Races and Their RulersSketches and Studies of Official Life and Administrative Problems in Niger An adequate account of Charles Temple’s personal background and the details of his career have been given by Dame Margery Perham in Lugard: the years of authority1; by D. J . M. Muffett in Concerning brave captains2 and by Kirk-Greene in his recently published The principles of native administration in Nigeria—selected documents 1900-1947.3 Since these works are likely to be familiar to readers of this Introduction there seems no point in repeating them here. In this book the author explores more with his ideas.  First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760744

Native ShakespearesIndigenous Appropriations on a Global Stage Explored in this essay collection is how Shakespeare is rewritten reinscribed and translated to fit within the local tradition values and languages of the world's various communities and cultures. Contributors show that Shakespeare regardless of the medium - theater pedagogy or literary studies - is commonly 'rooted' in the local customs of a people in ways that challenge the notion that his drama promotes a Western idealism. Native Shakespeares examines how the persistent indigenization of Shakespeare complicates the traditional vision of his work as a voice of Western culture and colonial hegemony. The international range of the collection and the focus on indigenous practices distinguishes Native Shakespeares from other available texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278417

Native VoicesSources in the Native American Past Volumes 1-2 Integrates Native American perspectives into American history    Native Voices is a source reader that covers the entire span of Native American history. It offers documents for readers to evaluate the Native Voice across the American continent and in parts of Latin America. Each document sheds light on Native North America and provides readers with the Native American perspective of their history. The organization of Native Voices and its readings are designed to correlate with First Americans: A History of Native Peoples     MySearchLab is a part of the Nicholas program. Research and writing tools including access to academic journals help students understand Native American history in even greater depth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205742516

NATO Gender and the MilitaryWomen Organising from Within This book examines NATO's engagement with gender issues through its military structures.Drawing on newly declassified NATO documents this volume provides the first comprehensive account of NATO’s long-established engagement with gender issues. These documents bring to the fore the stories of the NATO women and ‘gendermen’ who have organised within NATO across the decades to advocate on gender issues and highlights the continued challenges to pursuing transformative agendas within resistant institutions. The book argues that NATO is an institution of international hegemonic masculinity with gender norms and values learned by member and partner states through socialisation and the engagement of a masculinist protection logic. It therefore provides an important context for NATO’s recent implementation of the Women Peace and Security agenda encapsulated in UN Security Council Resolution 1325 and the seven follow-up resolutions. The volume interrogates how Women Peace and Security has mapped on to NATO’s pre-existing concerns as a global security actor providing impetus for further critical knowledge building of NATO which centres on gender.This book will be of interest to students and scholars of NATO Critical Military Studies Gender Studies Critical Security Studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730031

NATO and Collective Defence in the 21st CenturyAn Assessment of the Warsaw Summit This book presents a cutting-edge assessment of NATO's collective defence strategies in the immediate aftermath of the July 2016 NATO Warsaw Summit. Collective defence and deterrence came back on the agenda at the 2014 Wales Summit following the Russian annexation of Crimea and was in many respects a game changer for NATO. The Warsaw Summit was a follow-up and operationalization of the Wales Summit as well as adding further initiatives to the agenda. But is NATO delivering? This book provides a thorough assessment of the on-going debates and discussions taking place within and outside of NATO in Europe and North America. In its return to deterrence NATO is confronted with challenges relating to strategic thinking capability development and the role of nuclear weapons. It has also raised questions about the future prospects for NATO membership for countries such as Sweden and Finland with broader implications for the security situation in the Baltic region. Central to all this is of course NATO’s relationship with Russia and questions of a new security dilemma in turning bringing to the fore the challenge of maintaining an appropriate balance between deterrence and dialogue. The chapters in this volume address these questions and provide a much-needed analysis of the results of the NATO Warsaw Summit. This book will be of interest to policymakers and students of NATO international security European Politics security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786294

NATO and the Crisis in the International OrderThe Atlantic Alliance and Its Enemies The main objectives of this book are to analyse the risks and dangers NATO faces in the current strategic environment and to discuss how the alliance can readjust to those challenges. How can NATO adapt to the dangerous combination of a revisionist Russia a reluctant United States and a Europe in crisis? NATO’s relevance and ability to survive have been challenged many times before and it has not only survived but also has proven highly adaptable to change. This has been good for Western cohesion and for the consolidation of the liberal-democratic rules-based world order. The main argument of this book is that NATO can overcome this latest set of challenges as well and retain its central role as a cornerstone of the European and transatlantic security order. NATO is different from other alliances because its members share not only interests but values as well codified in the preamble of the North Atlantic Treaty as allied support for democracy individual liberty and the rule of law. The greatest enemy of the alliance is the forces that challenge the common norms and values of NATO’s member states and – in a larger perspective – the liberal-democratic rules-based world order and Western civilisation itself. The book makes an original contribution to the existing literature on NATO and transatlantic relations and discusses the latest developments within NATO since the Trump administration took office. The book will be of much interest to students of NATO geopolitics security studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360384

NATO and the European UnionNew World New Europe New Threats The perspectives of academics and practitioners are brought together in this insightful work which examines the war on terrorism the Iraq war and the roles of NATO and the EU. The book analyzes the new threats posed by terrorist strikes and the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction despite the total failure of Cold War conceptions of deterrence. It also delineates the key issues and problems that have arisen from the NATO and EU double enlargement and from the new NATO-Russian relationship. Casting light on the global and regional ramifications of the crisis as well as the tensions in the transatlantic relationship caused by the war with Iraq NATO and the European Union addresses the key policy questions that concern the maintenance of global peace and security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258815

NATO and the Middle EastThe Geopolitical Context Post-9/11 Despite having been active in the region since the mid-1990s the role of NATO in the Middle East has attracted particular attention since the events of 11th September 2001. This book analyses the limits of NATO’s role in the Middle East region and examines whether or not the Alliance is able to help in improving the fragile regional security environment through cooperative links with select Middle Eastern partners. The author reviews the strategic importance of the region from a Western perspective and why it has become a source of instability in world politics looks at US and international initiatives to counteract this instability and charts the development of NATO in this context. He also examines NATO’s role with regard to two pressing Middle Eastern crises Iraq and Darfur assessing whether or not this role has been consistent with if not an expression of US strategic interests. A comprehensive examination of the impacts of 9-11 events on world security and the development of NATO’s role in the Middle East this book will be an important addition to the existing literature on security and strategic affairs US foreign policy Middle Eastern politics European politics and terrorism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789067

NATO and the North AtlanticRevitalising Collective Defence The book analyses the renewed importance of the North Atlantic for NATO in the face of new security challenges This Whitehall Paper explores the renewed importance of the North Atlantic Ocean to NATO’s security through the lenses of the United States United Kingdom and Norway in particular. These three NATO members form the territorial rim around the North Atlantic and its peripheral seas. All are maritime nations that have historically taken prime responsibility for security in the region and together with Iceland they form the front line to a resurgent Russian maritime capability. These three counties with support from the rest of the northern region must take the lead to ensure that NATO and its partners devote sufficient resources to this aspect of NATO’s area of responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079618

NATO and Transatlantic Relations in the 21st CenturyForeign and Security Policy Perspectives This book explores the evolution and future relevance of NATO from the perspective of the member-states. Addressing the overarching question of the relevance of transatlantic relations in the 21st century the volume has three core objectives. The first is to reinforce the view that international alliances serve not only an external-oriented goal but also a domestic-oriented aim which is to control others’ behaviour. The second is to show that tensions amongst NATO allies have become more acute and therefore more dangerous. The third is to discuss current transatlantic relations through the adoption of a "second image" perspective; that is one that emphasizes the multiple vertical linkages that connect NATO to the politics and the policies of each ally. The chapters presented here are built on a dual approach: on the one hand they look at the place the Alliance occupies in the domestic public debate and the strategic culture of specific member states; on the other they analyze how each of these countries contributes to NATO’s operations and what interests and visions they share for the Alliance’s future. This book will be of much interest to students of NATO international organizations foreign policy and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367492779

NATO and Western Perceptions of the Soviet BlocAlliance Analysis and Reporting 1951-69 This book examines the NATO reports on the Soviet bloc's political and economic system from 1951 to the aftermath of the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia and the beginning of detente. As part of the wider history of Cold War Alliances the detailed assessments of the NATO experts regarding the non-military aspects of Soviet power are a crucial indicator of Western/allied perceptions of the adversary. Their study allows us to widen the discussion on the Western alliance the accuracy of its information or perceptions and the nature of the Cold War. Hatzivassiliou argues that the Cold War was not only a strategic dilemma (although it certainly was that as well) but also the latest stage of the crisis of legitimization which had been raging since the dawn of modernity. NATO/Western analysis is examined in this context. At the same time the book discusses the relative influence of the major NATO members – US and British influence was strong while French West German and Italian influence was also significant – in the drafting of the reports and thus in shaping the alliance’s perceptions during the Cold War. This book will be of much interest to students of NATO Cold War Studies international history foreign policy and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743754

NATO Arms Co-operationA Study in Economics and Politics This book first published in 1983 examines weapons standardisation as one aspect of NATO’s efficiency. It analyses the economic arguments for weapons standardisation the limitations of the analysis and the available evidence. A political economy or public choice approach is used with its emphasis on policy developments in the political market place of voters political parties bureaucracies and interest groups. These agents are central to understanding the function of weapons procurement policy within the Alliance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367610159

NATO at 70A Historiographical Approach Reflecting on North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) at 70 and the organisation’s eventful history this book challenges the traditional crisis-led approach that sees crises as key driving forces that pushed the alliance in radically new directions. It assesses the long-term development of NATO since its foundation.Based on a wide range of case studies and on multinational archival research the chapters in this book demonstrate the continuous effort of the NATO member states to build a shared political space and a common security thinking to enhance the Alliance resilience and deterrent function. The authors also correct the common tendency to focus on either the political or the military dimension of the Alliance. They show the deeply ingrained interdependence between the two and how their complexity has shaped the work strategy and development of NATO over time.Thanks to its innovative approach and long-term scope this volume offers new exciting insights into the history of the Alliance.This book comprises articles originally published in Cold War History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661052

Nato At FortyChange Continuity And Prospects This book addresses the evolving role of North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). It seeks to answer whether NATO is capable of adjusting to changes in the forces that have held it together and have made it the centerpiece of the national security strategies of its members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153434

NATO Enters the 21st Century NATO's military intervention in Yugoslavia highlights the choices and problems confronting the alliance as it approaches the new century. An alliance created to keep Western Europe out of the Soviet orbit during the Cold War has sought to reinvent itself as a "crisis-management" organization to suppress conflicts on Europe's periphery - and perhaps beyond.Is NATO suited to playing such a role or is the alliance a Cold War anachronism? How will Russia react to an enlarged NATO focused on out-of-area peacekeeping and conflict-prevention missions? Are there alternative security institutions that might better address Europe's security needs in the post-Cold War era? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045251

NATO’s Democratic RetrenchmentHegemony After the Return of History Exploring NATO’s post-Cold War determination to support democracy abroad this book addresses the alliance’s adaptation to the new illiberal backlashes in Eastern Europe the Western Balkans and Afghanistan after the alleged ‘return of history’. The book engages the question of what has driven NATO to pursue democratisation in face of the significant region-specific challenges and what can explain policy expansion or retrenchment over time. Explaining NATO’s adaptation from the perspective of power dynamics that push for international change and historical experience that informs grand strategy allows wider inferences not only about democratisation as a foreign policy strategy but also about the nature of the transatlantic alliance and its relations with a mostly illiberal environment. Larsen offers a theoretical conception of NATO as a patchwork of one hegemonic and several great power interests that converge or diverge in the formulation of common policy as opposed to NATO as a community of universal values. This volume will appeal to researchers of transatlantic relations NATO’s functional and geographical expansion hegemony and great power politics democracy promotion lessons of the past (Neoclassical) Realism alliance theory and the crisis of the liberal world order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585287

NATO’s First EnlargementA Reassessment This volume discusses the entry of Greece and Turkey to NATO in 1952 from the perspective of history and international relations. The chapters were originally collected in 2012 to mark the occasion of the sixtieth anniversary of the accession of the two states to NATO. The focus is not on the diplomatic/political events that led to the accession (a subject which has already been extensively discussed in the available bibliography) but expands on a reassessment of this event for the two states as well as for the Balkans covering aspects of the wider post-war period and providing perspectives for the policies of Turkey Greece and NATO until the present day. This book was originally published as a special issue of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002411

NATO’s Security Discourse after the Cold WarRepresenting the West This book analyses the way in which the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) defines the West after the end of the Cold War and the demise of its constitutive ‘Other’ the Soviet Union. The book offers a theoretical critique of liberal approaches to security and focuses on NATO’s construction of four geo-cultural spaces that are the sites of particular dangers or threats which cause these spaces to be defined as the ‘enemy’ of the West. While this forges a collective Western identity effectively achieved in the 1990s the book also includes an analysis of NATO’s involvement in the War on Terror – an involvement in which the Alliance fails to define a coherent West thereby undermining the very source of its long-standing political cohesion. Contributing to theoretical development within Critical Security Studies Behnke draws on a variety of approaches to provide an analytical framework that examines the political as well as philosophical problems associated with NATO’s performance of security and identity concluding that in the modern era of globalized non-territorialized threats and dangers NATO’s traditional spatial understanding of security is no longer effective given the new dynamics of Western security. NATO’s Security Discourse after the Cold War will be of great interest to students and researchers of International Relations Critical Security Studies and International Organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811768

NATO's Balkan Interventions Examines NATO's Balkan interventions over the entire decade starting with the break-up of Yugoslavia in 1992. Focusing on the wars in Bosnia and Kosovo it traces the record of early transatlantic failures and later successes as once bitterly divided allies were able finally to unite around some basic principles. By the time of the Kosovo intervention in spring 1999 the allies agreed on the necessity of taking sides and using military force in conflicts that were complicated but far from morally opaque. The book concludes with some lessons around which the transatlantic allies might reasonably hope - despite other pressing concerns - to stay engaged and stay united. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466722

NATO's Changing Strategic AgendaThe Conventional Defence of Central Europe This book first published in 1990 is an incisive examination of NATO’s strategy for the defence of the central front – the concern that has lain at the heart of NATO since its formation. Politically the central front marked the post-war division of Europe into two competing blocs; militarily it has represented the area of greatest force concentration and greatest threat. As NATO’s strategic agenda changed with the end of the Cold War the central front remained a critical concern. This book analyses the structure strategy and doctrines of both East and West and examines the relationship of NATO strategy to conventional force doctrines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367612405

Nato's Eastern Dilemmas The contributors to this book set out to show that NATO's post-Cold War troubles are largely self-generated and almost exclusively "eastern". They focus in particular on the issue of what to do with the former Yugoslavia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159078

NATO's Northern AlliesThe National Security Policies of Belgium Denmark the Netherlands and Norway This book first published in 1985 analyses the choices made by NATO’s northern allies during the 1970s and 80s as well as the factors that produced these choices. Each country study investigates the historical background of the decision to align the existence of specific enduring security preferences and the way in which these have – to the extent they have – been reconciled in policy. The studies then examine defence policy priorities during tranquil periods detail the factors responsible for promoting change in the way each country has formulated security priorities and look at the way in which disputes have been played out in domestic political life. Finally the studies analyse the broad outline of future priorities at the end of the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367608583

NATO's Peace Enforcement Tasks and Policy Communities This book was published in 2003.How has NATO managed to survive and transform itself into a peace-enforcement organization? Challenging the dominant assumption that NATO intervened in the Balkans because of the threat that conflicts in the region posed to European security this book develops a new set of research questions based on the hypothesis of the existence of "policy communities". The author demonstrates that there were shifting policy communities in operations that shaped the Alliance's transformation process arguing that NATO would not have succeeded in assuming peace-enforcement tasks without other factors - ranging from organisational dynamics domestic politics and the impact of ad hoc reactions to external events - coming into play. Highlighting the role of NATO as an actor in international security this volume is aimed at academics and practitioners in the field of international relations Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315199580

Nato--the Next Generation This book is an outcome of the conference on 'The Future of NATO and Global Security ' in Brussels. It focused on classical issues of East-West relations the two-way street in defense procurement conventional military security and nuclear issues-arms doctrine and arms control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155759

Nato--the Next Thirty YearsThe Changing Political Economic And Military Setting In this book the authors draw on their vast political and diplomatic experience to identify and analyze the problems confronting NATO for the remainder of the twentieth century. They make clear the need for a trans-Atlantic communication network among policymakers scholars and others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169107

Natural and Engineered Solutions for Drinking Water SuppliesLessons from the Northeastern United States and Directions for Global Watershed Management Illuminating opportunities to develop a more integrated approach to municipal water system design Natural and Engineered Solutions for Drinking Water Supplies: Lessons from the Northeastern United States and Directions for Global Watershed Management explores critical factors in the decision-making processes for municipal water system delivery. The book offers vital insights to help inform management decisions on drinking water supply issues in other global regions in our increasingly energy- and carbon-constrained world. The study evaluates how six cities in the northeastern United States have made environmental economic and social decisions and adopted programs to protect and manage upland forests to produce clean drinking water throughout their long histories. New York New York; Boston and Worcester Massachusetts; New Haven and Bridgeport Connecticut; and Portland Maine have each managed city watersheds under different state regulations planning and development incentives biophysical constraints social histories and ownerships. Some of the overarching questions the book addresses relate to how managers should optimize the investments in their drinking water systems. What is the balance between the use of concrete/steel treatment plants (gray infrastructure) and forested/grassland/wetland areas (green infrastructure) to protect surface water quality? The case studies compare how engineered and/or natural systems are employed to protect water quality. The conclusions drawn establish that it makes environmental economic and social sense to protect and manage upland forests to produce water as a downstream service. Such stewardship is far more preferable than developing land and using engineering technology and artificial filtration as a solution to maintaining clean drinking water. Lessons learned from this insightful study provide effective recommendations for managers and policymakers that reflect the scientific realities of how forests and engineering can be best integrated into effective watershed management programs and under what circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374720

Natural and Enhanced Attenuation of Contaminants in Soils Second Edition Natural attenuation has become an effective and low-cost alternative to more expensive engineered remediation. This new edition updates the principles and fundamentals of natural attenuation of contaminants with a broader view of the field. It includes new methods for evaluating natural attenuation mechanisms and microbial activity at the lab and field scales. Case studies actual treatments and protocols theoretical processes case studies numerical models and legal aspects in the natural attenuation of organic and inorganic contaminants are examined. Challenges and future directions for the implementation of natural attenuation and enhanced remediation techniques are also considered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138066373

Natural and Living Biomaterials Reasons for the study of tissue materials are discussed. Specific aspects of the musculo-skeletal system are considered the main emphasis being on bone. Structure and different mechanical properties of parying types of bone are discussed by the authors with the concluding chapter dealing with mechanically mediated electrical properties and their relevance to bone structure and to growth or repair. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895802

Natural AntioxidantsApplications in Foods of Animal Origin In the recent years considerable research has been carried out evaluating natural substances as antioxidative additives in food products leading to novel combinations of antioxidants and the development of novel food products. In addition to their antioxidative capacity these natural additives have positive effects on the human body with documented health benefits. This valuable new book provides an overview of natural antioxidants their sources methods of extraction regulatory aspects and application techniques specifically focusing on different foods of animal origin to improve their oxidative stability. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884594

Natural AttenuationCERCLA RBCAs and the Future of Environmental Remediation Natural Attenuation: CERCLA RBCAs and the Future of Environmental Remediation presents the concept of "natural attenuation"-the tendency of soils to severly limit the toxicity of many types of hazardous waste. It reviews and updates the most recent findings from the field and lab and shows how natural attenuation is rapidly changing the direction and focus of environmental remediation. Outlining the legal and regulatory framework that has made waste remediation so costly this book shows how applying an understanding of natural attenuation can decrease cleanup outlays while lowering risks to human health. Natural Attenuation: CERCLA RBCAs and the Future of Environmental Remediation makes it clear why natural attenuation will be relied upon more and more in the future. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203746097

Natural Biomarkers for Cellular MetabolismBiology Techniques and Applications From the Lab to Clinical Settings—Advances in Quantitative Noninvasive Optical Diagnostics Noninvasive fluorescence imaging techniques novel fluorescent labels and natural biomarkers are revolutionizing our knowledge of cellular processes signaling and metabolic pathways the underlying mechanisms for health problems and the identification of new therapeutic targets for drug discoveries. Natural Biomarkers for Cellular Metabolism: Biology Techniques and Applications delves into the current state of knowledge on intrinsic fluorescent biomarkers and highlights recent developments in using these biomarkers for the metabolic mapping and clinical diagnosis of healthy and diseased cells and tissues. Autofluorescent Biomarkers for Biomedical Diagnostics The book’s first section introduces the fundamentals of cellular energy metabolism as well as natural biomarkers within the context of their biological functions. The second section outlines the theoretical and technical background of quantitative noninvasive autofluorescence microscopy and spectroscopy methods including experimental design calibration pitfalls and remedies of data acquisition and analysis. The last two sections highlight advances in biomedical and biochemical applications such as monitoring stem cell differentiation in engineered tissues and diagnosing cancer and ophthalmic diseases quantitatively and noninvasively. Tailored to Interdisciplinary Researchers Covering cell biology imaging techniques and clinical diagnostics this book provides readers with a complete guide to studying cellular/tissue metabolism under healthy diseased and environment-induced stress conditions using natural biomarkers. The book is designed for graduate and advanced undergraduate students biophysics instructors medical researchers and those in pharmaceutical R&D. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198784

Natural Bridges in Interpersonal Communication Randy Fujishin’s Natural Bridges in Interpersonal Communication Second Edition is a concise practical and reader-friendly book that introduces students to the basic concepts and skills of interpersonal communication. The book presents the fundamental tools necessary to effectively communicate in face-to-face and online interactions in personal and professional life settings. Fujishin’s approachable writing style engages students inviting them to consider how best to approach their own opportunities to communicate with others. New to this edition each chapter includes a discussion of foundational research with suggestions for further reading and online resources. This textbook is designed for Communication Studies Business and Career and Trade courses at the community college and four-year university level. Online instructor materials that accompany the book include an instructor manual sample exams and a sample class schedule. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185770

Natural BurialLandscape Practice and Experience This book unravels the many different experiences meanings and realities of natural burial. Twenty years after the first natural burial ground opened there is an opportunity to reflect on how a concept for a very different approach to caring for our dead has become a reality: new providers new landscapes and a hybrid of new and traditional rituals. In this short time the natural burial movement has flourished. In the UK there are more than 200 sites and the concept has travelled to North America Holland Australia New Zealand and Japan. This survey of natural burials draws on interviews with those involved in the natural burial process – including burial ground managers celebrants priests bereaved family funeral directors – providing a variety of viewpoints on the concept as a philosophy and landscape practice. Site surveys design plans and case studies illustrate the challenges involved in creating a natural burial site and a key longitudinal case study of a single site investigates the evolving nature of the practice. Natural Burial is the first book on this subject to bring together all the groups and individuals involved in the practice explaining the facts behind this type of burial and exploring a topic which is attracting significant media interest and an upsurge of sites internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631693

Natural Capital and Human Economic Survival Most people love nature and consider themselves environmentalists but nature isn't just pretty and lovable it is indispensable to our survival and economic activity. That is the most compelling reason for environmental protection.The conventional economic wisdom views land (natural capital) as a small part of the economy along with capital labor technology and so on. The authors argue that this is backwards: that the economy nests within the environment (land) and not the other way around. The authors give a brief history of the origins of conventional economic wisdom and critique it from a the standpoint of ecological economics. They explain what natural capital -our life support system - is and does and describe the severe strains that have been put on it. They conclude with some policy options such as green taxes and suggestions for personal action that would conserve natural capital and thus make conserve resources for present and future generations.Natural Capital and Human Economic Survival is written for environmentalists environmental studies majors and anyone concerned about the flaws of mainstream economics - how it has led us into unsustainable ways of living - and who would like to learn about alternatives that are more sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399726

Natural CapitalismThe Next Industrial Revolution On its first publication 10 years ago Natural Capitalism rocked the world of business with its innovative new approach - an approach that fused ecological integrity with business acumen using the radical concept of natural capitalism. This 10th-anniversary edition features a new Introduction by Amory B. Lovins and Paul Hawken which updates the story to include the successes of the last decade. It clearly sets out the path that we must now take to ensure the future prosperity of our civilisation and our planet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424227

Natural CommunionsReligion and Public Life Volume 40 The academic treatment of the environment and nature since the 1980s has been formalized in sub-disciplines like environmental history environmental philosophy ecocriticism and eco-spirituality. Within these disciplines the concept of nature has been variously employed to reorient humanity to a holistic moral standard. In each case there is general consensus that inquiry ought to turn on moral considerations of the interaction of humans and the environment; with implied admonitions to live sustainably. Lending credence to the Earth as a superorganism in its own right these modern ecological expressions can be traced to Rachel Carson’s revelations in Silent Spring. However they have a long pre-history which appears in monistic philosophy the spirit of Deism in both Romanticism and the Enlightenment and in political expressions of the idea of Nature’s God designed to promote a secular vision of the state and to overturn predatory religious rivalries. With this literary momentum Natural Communions volume 40 of Religion and Public Life gathers interdisciplinary essays which reconfigure humanity within an ecotheological anthropology and which treat the idea of the sacred from the perspective of an Earth-centered spirituality thus redefining humanity’s response to ecological challenges and initiating a new status within a more expansive cosmology complete with a naturalized conception of Divine Reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231811

Natural Corporate ManagementFrom the Big Bang to Wall Street This groundbreaking new book by business scholar William C. Frederick presents an innovative exciting – even revolutionary – view of corporate management and the challenges it confronts in today's world. The author proposes a management paradigm shift transforming the way corporations do business. Management scholarship and research may well be rechanneled from current orientations to new models concepts and theories of what it takes to manage corporations in a planetary world confronting climate change energy crises and securing the well-being of all global citizens. Natural Corporate Management (NCM) is an awareness and an acceptance by the managers of today's business corporations of the close functional linkage between natural forces and human economic choices. NCM is not a set of techniques or methods but is a growing consciousness by managers of the presence and influence of nature in all managerial decisions.  The book's central theme is that business and nature are locked into an evolutionary partnership that defines all aspects of corporate management including decisions policy goal-seeking organizational design workplace behavior and productive operations. This partnership of Nature and Nurture yields economic social and ecological dividends for corporations their stakeholders and the global community.  An "Evolutionary Cascade" depicts the various phases of evolutionary change – physical organic genetic human neurological symbolic – beginning with the Big Bang origin of the Universe and continuing to modern times. These evolutionary events collectively influence the operational activities of all business firms.  A "Natural Theory of the Firm" summarizes the NCM approach as well as the mind-set of corporate managers and the bio-socio-economic consequences of their decisions.  This theoretically-innovative book proposes an agenda of corporate actions to promote long-term sustainability and economic well-being of business its stakeholders and planetary citizens everywhere. It will be essential reading for managers and researchers at all levels who wish to engage seriously with the challenges of organic life and its long-term sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093808

Natural Decadal Climate VariabilityPhenomena Mechanisms and Predictability Natural decadal climate variability (DCV) and its interactions with anthropogenic climate change (ACC) are vitally important to understand to predict the future of the Earth’s climate. This book after familiarizing readers with the importance of understanding and predicting DCV phenomena and its distinction from ACC phenomena comprehensively explains the physics of DCV integrating paleoclimate proxy and modern instrument-based data and simulations with climate models. Features of this book: Uniquely focuses on natural DCV its physics and its predictability Presents an integrated view of DCV phenomena based on approximately 700 peer-reviewed publications cited in the book Includes research on influences of decadal variability in solar emissions on the Earth’s climate with a historical perspective going back several centuries Describes progress in decadal climate predictability and prediction research with a historical perspective on weather and climate predictability research This book is an excellent resource for graduate students faculty members and other teachers and researchers and anyone who is interested in learning about a very important component of the puzzle of the changing climate. "This book provides a comprehensive review…. Highlighted throughout the book are potential links between DCV and solar variability a fascinating topic that has engaged our minds for centuries. Written by an expert with more than 30 years’ experience this book should be an invaluable resource for students and researchers interested in how our climate will evolve over the coming decades." Doug Smith Decadal Climate Prediction Leader Meteorological Office Hadley Centre UK "This book is a tour de force by the author who has spent his career studying decadal climate variability.  He brings new insights to the vast scope of this topic providing clearly understandable descriptions of the various aspects." Gerald Meehl Senior Scientist National Center for Atmospheric Research Colorado USA Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138484146

Natural Disaster and Nuclear Crisis in JapanResponse and Recovery after Japan's 3/11 The March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan plunged the country into a state of crisis. As the nation struggled to recover from a record breaking magnitude 9 earthquake and a tsunami that was as high as thirty-eight meters in some places news trickled out that Fukushima had experienced meltdowns in three reactors. These tragic catastrophes claimed some 20 000 lives initially displacing some 500 000 people and overwhelming Japan's formidable disaster preparedness. This book brings together the analysis and insights of a group of distinguished experts on Japan to examine what happened how various institutions and actors responded and what lessons can be drawn from Japan’s disaster. The contributors many of whom experienced the disaster first hand assess the wide-ranging repercussions of this catastrophe and how it is already reshaping Japanese culture politics energy policy and urban planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698566

Natural Disasters As a well balanced and fully illustrated introductory text this book provides a comprehensive overview of the physical technological and social components of natural disaster. The main disaster-producing agents are reviewed systematically in terms of geophysical processes and effects monitoring mitigation and warning. The relationship between disasters and society is examined with respect to a wide variety of themes including damage assessment and prevention hazard mapping emergency preparedness the provision of shelter and the nature of reconstruction. Medical emergencies and the epidemiology of disasters are described and refugee management and aid to the Third World are discussed. A chapter is devoted to the sociology psychology economics and history of disasters.; In many parts of the world the toll of death injury damage and deprivation caused by natural disasters is becoming increasingly serious. Major earthquakes volcanic eruptions droughts floods and other similar catastrophes are often followed by large relief operations characterized by substantial involvement of the international community. The years 1990-2000 have therefore been designated by the United Nations as the International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction.; The book goes beyond mere description and elevates the field of natural catastrophes to a serious academic level. The author's insights and perspectives are also informed by his practical experience of being a disaster victim and survivor and hence the unique perspective of a participant observer. Only by surmounting the boundaries between disciplines can natural catastrophe be understood and mitigation efforts made effective. Thus this book is perhaps the first completely interdisciplinary fully comprehensive survey of natural hazards and disasters. It has a clear theoretical basis and it recognizes the importance of six fundamental approaches to the field which it blends carefully in the text in order to avoid the p Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424371

Natural Disasters As a well balanced and fully illustrated introductory text this book provides a comprehensive overview of the physical technological and social components of natural disaster. The main disaster-producing agents are reviewed systematically in terms of geophysical processes and effects monitoring mitigation and warning. The relationship between disasters and society is examined with respect to a wide variety of themes including damage assessment and prevention hazard mapping emergency preparedness the provision of shelter and the nature of reconstruction. Medical emergencies and the epidemiology of disasters are described and refugee management and aid to the Third World are discussed. A chapter is devoted to the sociology psychology economics and history of disasters.; In many parts of the world the toll of death injury damage and deprivation caused by natural disasters is becoming increasingly serious. Major earthquakes volcanic eruptions droughts floods and other similar catastrophes are often followed by large relief operations characterized by substantial involvement of the international community. The years 1990-2000 have therefore been designated by the United Nations as the International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction.; The book goes beyond mere description and elevates the field of natural catastrophes to a serious academic level. The author's insights and perspectives are also informed by his practical experience of being a disaster victim and survivor and hence the unique perspective of a participant observer. Only by surmounting the boundaries between disciplines can natural catastrophe be understood and mitigation efforts made effective. Thus this book is perhaps the first completely interdisciplinary fully comprehensive survey of natural hazards and disasters. It has a clear theoretical basis and it recognizes the importance of six fundamental approaches to the field which it blends carefully in the text in order to avoid the partiality of previous works. It covers the earth and social sciences as well as engineering architecture and development studies. This breadth is made possible by virtue of a strong emphasis on simple principles of the interaction of geophysical agents with human vulnerability and response.; All students of environmental sciences/studies and geography should find this book useful. It is an introductory text which treats this dramatic subject area as something demanding serious academic treatment and not just as an assemblage of horror stories.; This book is intended for undergraduate students in geography and environmental studies/sciences. The book should also appeal to any professional or researcher concerned with man- environment relations whether in social science or natural science or engineering. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859149

Natural Disasters in Latin America and the CaribbeanCoping with Calamity Natural Disasters in Latin America and the Caribbean: Coping with Calamity explores the relationship between natural disasters and civil society immigration and diaspora communities and the long-term impact on emotional health. Natural disasters shape history and society and in turn their long-range impact is determined by history and society. This is especially true in Latin America and the Caribbean where climate change is increasing the frequency and intensity of these extreme events. Ranging from pre-Columbian flooding in the Andes to the devastation of Hurricane Maria in Puerto Rico this book focuses on long-range recovery and recuperation rather than short-term disaster relief. Written in the time of the coronavirus pandemic the author shows how lessons learned about civil society governance climate change inequality and trauma from natural disasters have their echoes in the challenges of today’s uncertain world. This book is well-suited to the classroom and will be an asset to students of Latin American history environmental history and historical memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265915

Natural DisastersActs of God or Acts of Man? Originally published in 1984 Natural Disasters shows how misleading the term “natural disaster” can be. Forces of nature such as earthquakes cyclones and extreme variations in weather can trigger disasters but in many Third World countries it is environmental degradation poverty and rapid population growth which turn a natural hazard into major disaster. This book questions whether the rich nations’ usual response to disaster – fast short-lived emergency assistance – is any longer adequate. Today most major disasters are “development” gone wrong development which puts millions of poor people on the margins of existence. Disaster relief alone is like bandaging a rapidly growing wound. The appropriate response must include an element of true development – development which reduces rather than increases vulnerability to disasters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429351969

Natural EnemiesPeople-Wildlife Conflicts in Anthropological Perspective Wild animals raid crops attack livestock and sometimes threaten people. Conflicts with wildlife are widespread assume a variety of forms and elicit a range of human responses. Wildlife pests are frequently demonized and resisted by local communities while routinely 'controlled' by state authorities. However to the great concern of conservationists the history of many people-wildlife conflicts lies in human encroachment into wildlife territory.In Natural Enemies the authors place the analytical focus on the human dimension of these conflicts - an area often neglected by specialists in applied ecology and wildlife management - and on their social and political contexts. Case studies of specific conflicts are drawn from Africa Asia Europe and America and feature an assortment of wild animals including chimpanzees elephants wild pigs foxes bears wolves pigeons and ducks.These anthropologists challenge the narrow utilitarian view of wildlife pestilence by revealing the cultural character of many of our 'natural enemies'. Their reports from the 'front-line' expose one fact - human conflict with wildlife is often an expression of conflict between people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203684221

Natural EnvironmentsStudies in Theoretical & Applied Analysis This study represents the first scholarly attempt to consider the difficult allocation problems associated with management of natural resources and proposed changes in the natural environment. Originally published in 1973 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064161

Natural Fiber Composites Safely Design Test and Construct Products Made of Natural Fiber Composites Natural fibers and their composites carry distinct advantages over industrial fibers. Some advantages—including renewability and availability of raw materials and lower energy consumption—could help safeguard environmental resources and eventually replace synthetic composites and conventional materials. Natural Fiber Composites explores the growing use of natural fibers in composites and covers material properties treatment and processing modeling applications design and other vital information on this subject. Improve the Strength of Manufactured Composites and Determine the Best Processing Technique Incorporating independent pieces written by a team of international contributors this book enables readers to analyze and design structural components using state-of-the-art information and methods. It provides an overview of natural fiber composites details the superior specific mechanical properties of these materials and presents development techniques and design case studies that can improve performance and enhance the process. Natural Fiber Composites evaluates the value of natural fibers in composite materials and offers introductory knowledge on natural fiber composites backed by internationally recognized experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482239003

Natural Fiber CompositesManufacturing Characterization and Testing This book covers the use of accessible natural fibers towards the requirement and compatibility of industrial sustainability. Using natural characteristics of composites through technology and techniques the inherent qualities of natural fibers are discussed in relation to the design of experiments. This book also elaborates on the durability of composites subjected to environmental conditions biodegradability environmental issues product life cycle assessment and testing methods.   Offers detailed coverage of functional aspects of natural fiber composites along with applications Discusses natural fiber inherent character based composite formation techniques Reviews micro-mechanical and macro-mechanical properties and functional use of natural fiber reinforced composites Content based on functional requirements selection and process consideration Discusses product life cycle assessment and recycling techniques   This book is aimed at researchers students industrialists and fabricators of composites. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367345891

Natural Fiber Textile Composite Engineering Natural Fiber Textile Composite Engineering sheds light on the area of the natural fiber textile composites with new research on their applications the material used the methods of preparation the different types of polymers the selection of raw materials the elements of design the natural fiber textile polymer composites for a particular end use their manufacturing techniques and finally their life cycle assessments (LCA). The volume also addresses the important issue in the materials science of how to utilize natural fibers as an enhancement to composite materials. Natural fiber-reinforced polymer composites have been proven to provide a combination of superior mechanical property dielectric property and environmental advantages such as renewability and biodegradability. Natural fibers some from agricultural waste products can replace existing metallic and plastic parts and help to alleviate the environmental problem of increasing amounts of agriculture residual. The book is divided into four sections covering: applications of natural fiber polymer composites design of natural fiber polymer composites composite manufacturing techniques and agriculture waste manufacturing composite material testing methods The first section of the book deals with the application of textile composites in the industry and the properties of the natural fibers providing an understanding of the history of natural fiber composites as well as an analysis of the different properties of different natural fibers. The second section goes on to explain the textile composites their classification different composite manufacturing techniques and the different pretreatment methods for the natural fibers to be used in composite formation. It also analyzes the composite material design under different types of loading and the mechanism of failure of the natural fiber composite. The effect of the fiber volume fraction of different textile structures is explained. The third section of the book on composite manufacturing techniques and agriculture waste manufacturing concerns the natural fiber composite manufacturing techniques agricultural waste and the methods of their preparation to be used successfully in the composite either in the form of fibers particles or nanoparticles. The book then considers the testing methods of the different composite components as well as the final composite materials giving the principle of the testing standards either distractive or nondestructive. This book attempts to fill the gap between the role of the textile engineer and the role of the designer of composites from natural fibers. It provides important information on the application of textile composites for textile engineers materials engineers and researchers in the area of composite materials. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885546

Natural Food Antimicrobial Systems Consumer concerns play a critical role in dictating the direction of research and development in food protection. The rising demand for minimally processed foods growing concerns about the use of synthetic preservatives and suspected links between the overuse of antibiotics and multi-drug resistance in microbes has made food safety a global priority.Natural Food Antimicrobial Systems focuses on advances in the technology of food safety. Numerous antimicrobial agents exist in animals and plants where they evolved as defense mechanisms. For example the antimicrobial components of milk have been unraveled in recent years. The book covers how these components - such as lactoferrin - can be used as multifunctional food additives such as antioxidants and immuno-modulating agents.The six sections cover lacto-antimicrobials ovo-antimicrobials phyto-antimicrobials bacto-antimicrobials acid-antimicrobials and milieu-antimicrobials. Each chapter provides background and historical information molecular properties antimicrobial activity biological advantage applications safety tolerance and efficacy and biotechnology. To satisfy the rapidly changing consumption patterns of the global market the food processing industry continuously searches for new technologies in food science. Designed as a reference for academia and corporate R & D Natural Food Antimicrobial Systems fills this need offering in-depth information on emerging biotechnology efficacy and applications of natural food antimicrobial systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398453

Natural Food ColorantsScience and Technology This work focuses on the preparation structure chemistry functional properties stability handling and applications of naturally-derived colorants approved for use in food products in the USA Europe and Asia. It presents studies that investigate whether natural colorants reduce risk of heart disease specific types of cancer and other conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398231

Natural Gas Energy Measurement Papers presented at the First and Second IGT Symposium Chicago IL USA 26-28 August 1985 and 30 April-2 May 1986. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580285

Natural Gas Installations and Networks in Buildings This book covers theoretical foundations of the Natural Gas (NG) installations and networks as a part of building logistic system illustrated with digital examples. It describes the NG oxidation phenomena and appropriate energy converting devices used in the building’s energy centres and basic sizing principals of the related pipe networks. Further it covers usage of NG devices including system for thermal comfort control building ventilation indoor air quality visual comfort food preparation and conservation and hygiene maintenance system. A special attention is given to applications of the NG technological equipment using gas-driven heat pumps micro heat and power systems. Aimed at professionals and graduate students in the areas of HVAC Plumbing Architecture Electricians this book: Presents complex innovative and systematical approach to NG installations in buildings. Reviews efficient and environmentally sustainable dementalization approach to building energy supply using NGmHps v/s central energy supply systems. Explains pre-designating calculations of the gas piping networks. Illustrates structures principals of operation and building project implementations of the modern GN energy converters and transformers as fuel cells (SOFC MOFC PEFC) and NG driven heat pumps. Discusses calculation methods derived from professional case studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367536725

Natural Gas Markets After DeregulationMethods of Analysis and Research Needs Originally published in 1983 Broadman and Montgomery present an agenda for further research into deregulated natural gas markets by relating natural gas production transmission and distribution with the economic function of contracts and local distribution companies. This work raises fundamental issues that could arise with the deregulation of the natural gas industry and outlines analytical methods that could be used to predict any problems that might arise and possible changes to policy. This title is of interest to students of Environmental Studies and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953420

Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Business The natural gas business consists of two major aspects sourcing and transportation and distribution has been a growing area of interest to industry government and academia. With the emphasis on promoting natural gas sector there is an increasing need to have a well documented book that deals with the business issues particularly the transportation and distribution of this sector specifically aimed at petroleum engineers and professionals. This book fills this gap to provide structured material that deals with managerial and regulatory aspects with an applied technical perspective wherever needed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656584

Natural GasIts Role And Potential In Economic Development This book is concerned with the multifaceted character of natural gas and the potential for its utilization as a powerful tool for future development. It deals with the specifics of gas uses in a number of sectors chosen for their relevance in the development of industrial economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163181

Natural Hazard Mitigation One of the four core phases of emergency management hazard mitigation is essential for reducing disaster effects on human populations and making communities more resilient to the impacts of hazards. Presenting an up-to-date look at the changing nature of disasters Natural Hazard Mitigation offers practical guidance on the implementation and selection of hazard mitigation programs and projects. Based on real-world applications the book includes case studies that present a thorough explanation of the various issues involved. The contributors describe the value and potential of mitigation efforts and explain how to convince public officials and communities of that value. They also discuss how to better involve the community and uniquely tailor solutions to regional and local situations. The book begins with an overview of the history of hazard mitigation with a focus on the Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000. It examines where hazard mitigation fits into emergency management and addresses some of the challenges that can arise in navigating the various intergovernmental relationships involved in hazard mitigation. The remaining chapters explore: Public-private partnerships for hazard mitigation at the local level The role currently played by the private sector and how communities can best make use of contractors How to maximize the use of the National Flood Insurance Program and the Community Ratings System Risk communications as a key component of encouraging hazard mitigation Legal issues relevant to hazard mitigation Ways to actively engage the community and how to advocate for hazard mitigation policy How state and local governments can promote and fund mitigation without utilizing federal dollars The challenges associated with volunteers and how to best make use of this resource The area analysis as an innovative means of addressing flood risk at the block or neighborhood level The book includes learning objectives key terms and end-of-chapter questions to enhance comprehension. It concludes with a discussion of tools that local practitioners can use and provides an appendix with additional links and resources. This volume is an essential reference for both students and professionals in the ongoing effort to better prepare communities against the effects of natural hazards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439834930

Natural Hazards Risk and VulnerabilityFloods and slum life in Indonesia Different people handle risk in different ways. The current lack of understanding about this heterogeneity in risk behaviour makes it difficult to intervene effectively in risk-prone communities. Natural Hazards Risk and Vulnerability offers a unique insight in the everyday life of a group of riverbank settlers in Jakarta - one of the most vulnerable areas worldwide in terms of exposure to natural hazards. Based on long-term fieldwork the book portrays the often creative and innovative ways in which slum dwellers cope with recurrent floods. The book shows that behaviour that is often described as irrational or ineffective by outside experts can be highly pragmatic and often effective. This book argues that human risk behaviour cannot be explained by the risk itself but instead by seemingly unrelated factors such as trust in authorities and aid-institutions and unequal power structures. By considering a risk as a lens that exposes these factors a completely new type of analysis is proposed that offers useful insights for everyone concerned about how people cope with the currently increasing amount of natural hazard. This is a valuable resource for academics researchers and policy makers in the areas of risk studies disaster and natural hazard urban studies anthropology development Southeast Asian studies and Indonesia studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355014

Natural Hazards and Disaster Risk ReductionPutting Research into Practice Building upon presentations given during the conference on ‘Disaster Risk Reduction for Natural Hazards: Putting Research into Practice’ held at University College London in November 2009 the articles collected in this book examine how natural hazards research is accessed and used by practitioners and decision-makers and conversely how policy and practice inform research. As with the conference this book successfully brings together views from humanitarian and development agencies academia business government and funding bodies. It is rare to engage such a wide range of sectors in a discussion relating to the issues of disaster risk reduction from a natural hazards perspective and the book captures this interaction and the resultant exchange of ideas thus providing an insight into how stakeholders respectively undertake or engage with natural hazards research. Collectively the articles highlight the need for greater dialogue understanding and collaboration between all these sectors if research is to be made relevant and generate significant impact on risk reduction policy and practice. There is an urgent requirement to better understand the respective needs ways of working project timescales and funding mechanisms for disaster risk reduction as well as the challenges posed by institutional and organizational structures and functions. These issues must be overcome to ensure that ultimately and most significantly discussions turn into positive practical actions so that research on natural hazards is relevant and applicable. The book represents a step in that journey. This book was published as a special issue of Environmental Hazards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834605

Natural HazardsEarthquakes Volcanoes and Landslides Over the years the interactions between land ocean biosphere and atmosphere have increased mainly due to population growth and anthropogenic activities which have impacted the climate and weather conditions at local regional and global scales. Thus natural hazards related to climate changes have significantly impacted human life and health on different spatio-temporal scales and with socioeconomic bearings. To monitor and analyze natural hazards satellite data have been widely used in recent years by many developed and developing countries. In an effort to better understand and characterize the various underlying processes influencing natural hazards and to carry out related impact assessments Natural Hazards: Earthquakes Volcanoes and Landslides presents a synthesis of what leading scientists and other professionals know about the impacts and the challenges when coping with climate change. Combining reviews of theories and methods with analysis of case studies the book gives readers research information and analyses on satellite geophysical data radar imaging and integrated approaches. It focuses also on dust storms coastal subsidence and remote sensing mapping. Some case studies explore the roles of remote sensing related to landslides and volcanoes. Overall improved understanding of the processes leading to these hazardous events will help scientists predict their occurrence.FeaturesProvides information on the physics and physical processes of natural hazards their monitoring and the mapping of damages associated with these hazardsExplains how natural hazards are strongly associated with coupling between land–ocean–atmosphereIncludes a comprehensive overview of the role of remote sensing in natural hazards worldwideExamines risk assessment in urban areas through numerical modelling and geoinformation technologiesDemonstrates how data analysis can be used to aid in prediction and management of natural hazards Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571917

Natural HazardsEarth's Processes as Hazards Disasters and Catastrophes Natural Hazards focuses on hazards as the interface between humanity and its needs for space and resources as well as on the ongoing geologic processes of Earth and features many new Canadian examples and discussions while retaining the best U.S. and international illustrations. The third Canadian edition strikes an ideal balance between the scientific and the human aspects of natural hazards combining basic scientific principles within a solid social framework. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315269160

Natural HazardsEarth's Processes as Hazards Disasters and Catastrophes The new revised fifth edition of Natural Hazards remains the go-to introductory-level survey intended for university and college courses that are concerned with earth processes that have direct and often sudden and violent impacts on human society. The text integrates principles of geology hydrology meteorology climatology oceanography soil science ecology and solar system astronomy. The textbook explains the earth processes that drive hazardous events in an understandable way illustrates how these processes interact with our civilization and describes how we can better adjust to their effects. Written by leading scholars in the area the new edition of this book takes advantage of the greatly expanding amount of information regarding natural hazards disasters and catastrophes. The text is designed for learning with chapters broken into small consumable chunks of content for students. Each chapter opens with a list of learning objectives and ends with revision as well as high-level critical thinking questions. A Concepts in Review feature provides an innovative end-of-chapter section that breaks down the chapter content by parts: reviewing the learning objectives summary points important visuals and key terms. New case studies of hazardous events have been integrated into the text and students are invited to actively apply their understanding of the five fundamental concepts that serve as a conceptual framework for the text. Figures illustrations and photos have been updated throughout. The book is designed for a course in natural hazards for nonscience majors and a primary goal of the text is to assist instructors in guiding students who may have little background in science to understand physical earth processes as natural hazards and their consequences to society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057227

Natural HazardsExplanation and Integration What can we learn from the spatial patterns of disasters? What human and structural factors need to be addressed to explain hazard vulnerability? As populations grow and the climate warms how can natural hazards be mitigated? Thoroughly revised and updated and now with a more global perspective the second edition of this accessible text provides an integrated framework for understanding and managing natural hazards. Numerous case studies from around the world illustrate the complexities of extreme geophysical events and highlight their physical social political and economic dimensions. The text identifies essential principles for tackling the fundamental causes of differential vulnerabilities that perpetuate human distress and for promoting recovery and resilience.New to This Edition*New frameworks for understanding human resilience and adaptive capacity in recovery dynamics of risk and uncertainty and more.*Chapter on spatial and temporal aspects of hazards. *Discussions of cutting-edge topics such as chronic disasters controversies in international aid and how hazards affect regions differentially.*Many new case studies including Hurricanes Katrina and Charley Superstorm Sandy the 2011 Japan tsunami Ecuador's chronic volcanic hazard and others.*Reflects 20 years of research advances across the physical and social sciences development trends new technologies and ongoing global climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529179

Natural Headland Sand BypassingTowards Identifying and Modelling the Mechanisms and Processes This study contributes to the understanding of the mechanisms and processes of sand bypassing in artificial and non-artificial coastal environments through a numerical modelling study. Sand bypassing processes in general is a relevant but poorly understood topic. This study attempts to link the theory and physics of sand bypassing processes which is significantly important in definition of coastal sedimentary budget. The main question is how can we model sand bypassing processes and whether the modelled sand bypassing processes represent the actual sand bypassing processes. In this study it is shown that a process-based model can be used to simulate the processes of sand bypassing around groyne and headland structures. Both hypothetical and real case studies were successfully developed. Results comparisons were made among analytical models empirical models and field data measurements. In general the process-based model can produce reasonable results. In summary through numerical modelling this study reveals the importance of understanding coastal processes and the role of geological controls in governing headland sand bypassing processes and embayed beach morphodynamics. The morphological model developed in this study is useful to increase understanding of the natural sand distribution patterns due to combination of engineering efforts and natural coastal processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028647

Natural HeritageAt the Interface of Nature and Culture It has become more and more accepted that nature conservation is not possible without taking into account human activities. Thus an integrated approach to both the natural and cultural heritage is being encouraged and developed. Gathering a number of distinguished authors with diverse backgrounds (from a religious leader to academics to conservation scientists) the book aims to investigate the relationship between human beings and nature between nature and culture. Looking at nature as ‘heritage’ of the human race is a recognition both of the tremendous impacts (both positive and negative) that human activities have had on the natural environment as well as the acceptance of human responsibility for managing our planet in a sustainable and sensitive manner. The texts included examine this interface between human beings and nature in specific places (from the Everglades in Florida and Mont Saint Micelle in Atlantic France to the UK Europe and the Mediterranean) as well as on a theoretical basis and in the context of the international biodiversity conventions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880658

Natural History Of Hidden Animals First published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976788

Natural History of Vampire Bats A major problem with vampire bats is that whatever information exists is scattered throughout the literature or is not recorded. There are some excellent books on the ecology and biology of bats with very little on vampire bats. This volume fills that gap to provide an in-depth presentation of these unique animals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895819

Natural History of Varicella-Zoster Virus This book was first published in 1987. It comprises a natural history of the Varicella-Zoster virus its clinical manifestations in humans the molecular genetics therapy and vaccinations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895826

Natural HistoryHeritage Place and Politics The concept of ’natural heritage’ has become increasingly significant with the threat of dwindling resources environmental degradation and climatic change. As humanity’s impact on the condition of life on earth has become more prominent a discernible shift in the relationship between western society and the environment has taken place. This is reflective of wider historical processes which reveal a constantly changing association between humanity’s definition and perception of what ’nature’ constitutes or what can be defined as ’natural’. From the ornate collections of specimens which formed the basis of a distinct concept of ’nature’ emerging during the Enlightenment this definition and the wider relationship between humanity and natural history have reflected issues of identity place and politics in the modern era. This book examines this process and focuses on the ideas values and agendas that have defined the representation and reception of the history of the natural world including geology and palaeontology within contemporary society  addressing how the heritage of natural history whether through museums parks tourist sites or popular culture is used to shape social political cultural and moral identities. It will be of interest to scholars and practitioners within heritage studies public history ecology environmental studies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472470461

Natural Kinds and Classification in Scientific Practice This edited volume of 13 new essays aims to turn past discussions of natural kinds on their head. Instead of presenting a metaphysical view of kinds based largely on an unempirical vantage point it pursues questions of kindedness which take the use of kinds and activities of kinding in practice as significant in the articulation of them as kinds. The book brings philosophical study of current and historical episodes and case studies from various scientific disciplines to bear on natural kinds as traditionally conceived of within metaphysics. Focusing on these practices reveals the different knowledge-producing activities of kinding and processes involved in natural kind use generation and discovery. Specialists in their field the esteemed group of contributors use diverse empirically responsive approaches to explore the nature of kindhood. This groundbreaking volume presents detailed case studies that exemplify kinding in use. Newly written for this volume each chapter engages with the activities of kinding across a variety of disciplines. Chapter topics include the nature of kinds kindhood kinding and kind-making in linguistics chemical classification neuroscience gene and protein classification colour theory in applied mathematics homology in comparative biology sex and gender identity theory memory research race extended cognition symbolic algebra cartography and geographic information science. The volume seeks to open up an as-yet unexplored area within the emerging field of philosophy of science in practice and constitutes a valuable addition to the disciplines of philosophy and history of science technology engineering and mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344839

Natural Language ComputingAn English Generative Grammar in Prolog This book's main goal is to show readers how to use the linguistic theory of Noam Chomsky called Universal Grammar to represent English French and German on a computer using the Prolog computer language. In so doing it presents a follow-the-dots approach to natural language processing linguistic theory artificial intelligence and expert systems. The basic idea is to introduce meaningful answers to significant problems involved in representing human language data on a computer. The book offers a hands-on approach to anyone who wishes to gain a perspective on natural language processing -- the computational analysis of human language data. All of the examples are illustrated using computer programs. The optimal way for a person to get started is to run these existing programs to gain an understanding of how they work. After gaining familiarity readers can begin to modify the programs and eventually write their own.The first six chapters take a reader who has never heard of non-procedural backtracking declarative languages like Prolog and using 29 full page diagrams and 75 programs detail how to represent a lexicon of English on a computer. A bibliography is programmed into a Prolog database to show how linguists can manipulate the symbols used in formal representations including braces and brackets. The next three chapters use 74 full page diagrams and 38 programs to show how data structures (subcategorization selection phrase marker) and processes (top-down bottom-up parsing recursion) crucial in Chomsky's theory can be explicitly formulated into a constraint-based grammar and implemented in Prolog. The Prolog interpreters provided with the book are basically identical to the high priced Prologs but they lack the speed and memory capacities. They are ideal since anything learned about these Prologs carries over unmodified to C-Prolog and Quintas on the mainframes. Anyone who studies the prolog implementations of the lexicons and syntactic principles of combination should be able to use Prolog to represent their own linguistic data on the most complex Prolog computer available whether their data derive from syntactic theory semantics sociolinguistics bilingualism language acquisition language learning or some related area in which the grammatical patterns of words and phrases are more crucial than concepts of quantity. The printed examples illustrate C-Prolog on an Ultrix Vax a standard university configuration. The disk included with the book contains shareware version of Prolog-2 (IBM PC) and MacProlog (Macintosh) plus versions of the programs that run on C-Prolog Quintas Prolog-2 and MacProlog. Appendix II contains information about how to use the Internet Gopher CompuServe and the free More BBS to download the latest copies of Prolog programs lexicons and parsers. All figures (100+) in the book are available scaled to make full size transparencies for class lectures. Valuable special features of this volume include: * more than 100 full page diagrams illustrating the basic concepts of natural language processing Prolog and Chomsky's linguistic theories; * more than 100 programs -- illustrated in at least one script file -- showing how to encode the representations and derivations of generative grammar into Prolog; * more than 100 session files guiding readers through their own hands-on sessions with the programs illustrating Chomsky's theory; * a 3.5" disk (IBM Format) containing: 1. all programs in versions to run in C-Prolog or Quintas Prolog on an Ultrix Vax and on an IBM PC and a Macintosh 2. a shareware version of Prolog-2 for IBM PC clones which runs all programs in the book 3. a shareware version of MacProlog for Macintosh which runs all programs in the book; * instructions on using Internet CompuServe and the free More BBS to download the latest copies of Prolog programs lexicons and parsers; and * numerous references enabling interested students to pursue questions at greater depth by consulting the items in the extensive bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763438

Natural Language Processing in Artificial Intelligence This volume focuses on natural language processing artificial intelligence and allied areas. Natural language processing enables communication between people and computers and automatic translation to facilitate easy interaction with others around the world. This book discusses theoretical work and advanced applications approaches and techniques for computational models of information and how it is presented by language (artificial human or natural) in other ways. It looks at intelligent natural language processing and related models of thought mental states reasoning and other cognitive processes. It explores the difficult problems and challenges related to partiality underspecification and context-dependency which are signature features of information in nature and natural languages. Key features: Addresses the functional frameworks and workflow that are trending in NLP and AI Looks at the latest technologies and the major challenges issues and advances in NLP and AI Explores an intelligent field monitoring and automated system through AI with NLP and its implications for the real world Discusses data acquisition and presents a real-time case study with illustrations related to data-intensive technologies in AI and NLP. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888646

Natural Language ProcessingSemantic Aspects This book introduces the semantic aspects of natural language processing and its applications. Topics covered include: measuring word meaning similarity multi-lingual querying and parametric theory named entity recognition semantics query language the and the nature of language. The book also emphasizes the portions of mathematics needed to understand the discussed algorithms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466584969

Natural Language Understanding and Cognitive Robotics In the not so distant future we can expect a world where humans and robots coexist and interact with each other. For this to occur we need to understand human traits such as seeing hearing thinking speaking etc. and institute these traits in robots. The most essential feature necessary for robots to achieve is that of integrative multimedia understanding (IMU) which occurs naturally in humans. It allows us to assimilate pieces of information expressed through different modes such as speech pictures gestures etc. The book describes how robots acquire traits like natural language understanding (NLU) as the central part of IMU. Mental image directed semantic theory (MIDST) is its core and is based on the hypothesis that NLU is essentially the processing of mental image associated with natural language expressions namely mental-image based understanding (MBU). MIDST is intended to model omnisensory mental image in human and to afford a knowledge representation system in order for integrative management of knowledge subjective to cognitive mechanisms of intelligent entities such as humans and robots based on a mental image model visualized as ‘Loci in Attribute Spaces’ and its description language Lmd (mental image description language) to be employed for predicate logic with a systematic scheme for symbol-grounding. This language works as an interlingua among various kinds of information media and has been applied to several versions of the intelligent system interlingual understanding model aiming at general system (IMAGES). Its latest version i.e. conversation management system (CMS) simulates MBU and comprehends the user’s intention through dialogue to find and solve problems and finally provides a response in text or animation. The book is aimed at researchers and students interested in artificial intelligence robotics and cognitive science. Based on philosophical considerations the methodology will also have an appeal in linguistics psychology ontology geography and cartography. Key Features: Describes the methodology to provide robots with human-like capability of natural language understanding (NLU) as the central part of IMU Uses methodology that also relates to linguistics psychology ontology geography and cartography Examines current trends in machine translation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367360313

Natural Law and Laws of Nature in Early Modern EuropeJurisprudence Theology Moral and Natural Philosophy This impressive volume is the first attempt to look at the intertwined histories of natural law and the laws of nature in early modern Europe. These notions became central to jurisprudence and natural philosophy in the seventeenth century; the debates that informed developments in those fields drew heavily on theology and moral philosophy and vice versa. Historians of science law philosophy and theology from Europe and North America here come together to address these central themes and to consider the question; was the emergence of natural law both in European jurisprudence and natural philosophy merely a coincidence or did these disciplinary traditions develop within a common conceptual matrix in which theological philosophical and political arguments converged to make the analogy between legal and natural orders compelling. This book will stimulate new debate in the areas of intellectual history and the history of philosophy as well as the natural and human sciences in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597522

Natural Law and Religious FreedomThe Role of Moral First Things in Grounding and Protecting the First Freedom Every successive generation finds fresh reasons for the study of natural law. Current interest in the natural law may well be due to a pervasive moral pessimism in the Western cultural context and wider contemporary geopolitical challenges. Those geopolitical challenges result from two significant and worrisome global developments – unprecedented violent persecution of religious minorities on several continents and a growing climate of secular hostility toward religious faith in Western societies. Natural Law and Religious Freedom aims to address what is relatively absent from the literature by demonstrating the importance of natural law ethics in both establishing and preserving basic human rights of which religious freedom has pride of place.Probing contemporary challenges to natural law thinking that are both internal and external to religious faith and examining the character and constitution of natural law ethics Natural Law and Religious Freedom will be of interest to theologians ethicists and philosophers as well as policy analysts politicians and activists who are concerned to anchor religious freedom and human rights policy considerations in an enduring way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881269

Natural Law and the Origin of Political EconomySamuel Pufendorf and the History of Economics Samuel Pufendorf’s work on natural law and political economy was extensive and has been cited by several important figures in the history of economic thought. Yet his name is rarely mentioned in textbooks on the history of economic thought the history of political science or the history of philosophy. In this unprecedented study Arild Sæther sheds new light both on Pufendorf’s own life and work as well as his influence on his contemporaries and on later scholars.This book explores Pufendorf ’s doctrines of political economy and his work on natural law which was translated into several major European languages. Natural Law and the Origin of Political Economy considers the influence he had on the writings on political economy of John Locke Charles Montesquieu Jean-Jacques Rousseau Francis Hutcheson and Adam Smith amongst others. If Smith can be called the father of modern economics this book claims that Pufendorf can be called the grandfather.This volume is of great importance to those who study Pufendorf ’s extensive works as well as those interested in history of economic thought political economy and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877934

Natural LawAn Introduction to Legal Philosophy This is the classic study of the history and continuing philosophical values of the law of nature. D'Entreves discerned three distinct sources that have contributed to the development of natural law: Roman law teachings Christian beliefs regarding law and egalitarian and revolutionary theories of the Enlightenment. Now regarded as a classic work Natural Law has exercised considerable influence over the course of Anglo-American legal theory in the past forty years. The statements of Clarence Thomas during his 1991 Senate confirmation hearings show that the law of nature still holds powerful appeal in defining judicial rules.In the new introduction Cary J. Nederman points out both the contemporary value and the historical significance of Natural Law. He also provides the biographical as well as intellectual context for d'Entreves immense accomplishments. This volume is essential reading for students of legal history political theory and philosophy. It will also be of interest to historians."Few texts provide as concise or as cogent an introduction to natural theory as Alexander Passerin d'Entreves' Natural Law: An Introduction to Legal Philosophy.... Transaction Publishers has performed a genuine service by bringing out a new edition of Natural Law. D'Entreves' analysis is clear and penetrating and will guide the student of natural law to further fruitful study." Mitchell Muncy The University Bookman Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528710

Natural Materials Most museums collections contain a wide variety of natural materials and a diverse range of knowledge is necessary to keep so many types of objects at their best. This book studies the composition structure and properties of natural materials such as wood paper amber coral and feathers and discusses the potential hazards they face as well as the appropriate conservation techniques to use for each. Providing plenty of detail in an easily accessible format Natural Materials is a useful resource for students professionals and collectors alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606336

Natural Materials of the Holy Land and the Visual Translation of Place 500-1500 Natural Materials of the Holy Land and the Visual Translation of Place 500-1500 focuses on the unique ways that natural materials carry the spirit of place. Since early Christianity wood earth water and stone were taken from loca sancta to signify them elsewhere. Academic discourse has indiscriminately grouped material tokens from holy places and their containers with architectural and topographical emulations two-dimensional images and bodily relics. However unlike textual or visual representations natural materials do not describe or interpret the Holy Land; they are part of it. Tangible and timeless they realize the meaning of their place of origin in new locations.What makes earth stones or bottled water transported from holy sites sacred? How do they become pars pro toto signifying the whole from which they were taken? This book will examine natural media used for translating loca sancta the processes of their sanctification and how although inherently abstract they become charged with meaning. It will address their metamorphosis natural or induced; how they change the environment to which they are transported; their capacity to translate a static and distant site elsewhere; the effect of their relocation on users/viewers; and how their containers and staging are used to communicate their substance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736279

Natural MedicinesClinical Efficacy Safety and Quality Globally natural medicine has been considered as an important alternative to modern allopathic medicine. Although natural medicines are popular in society only limited medicinal herbs have been scientifically evaluated for their potential in medical treatment. This book connects various aspects of the complex journey from traditional medicine to modern medicine. It provides information on topics including global regulations and regulatory hurdles diverse nutritional challenges and potential health benefits novel food innovations especially seed-to-clinic approaches and future trends. FEATURES • Provides information on sustainable use of natural products in the development of new drugs and clinically validated herbal remedies • Discusses issues on evaluation and clinical aspects of herbal medicine promotion and development safety evaluation metabolite profiling biomarker analysis formulation and stability testing • Describes traditional uses of natural medicine through identification isolation and structural characterization of their active components • Elucidates mechanisms of biological action adverse effects and identification of their molecular targets of natural medicine • Multidisciplinary appeal including chemistry pharmacology pharmacognosy and cell and molecular biology as well as integration with clinical medicine This book serves as an essential guide for individuals researching natural medicines and industry employees in areas including drug development pharmacology natural products chemistry clinical efficacy ethnopharmacology pharmacognosy phytotherapy phyto-technology and herbal science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138733060

Natural Mineral NanotubesProperties and Applications The book provides a wide introduction on history minerology geology and the characteristics and application of different natural nanotubes. It is the first comprehensive book to discuss natural nanotubes particularly halloysite nanotubes. The book will be useful mainly for postgraduate students and researchers working on the application of natural nanotubes. It will also be useful for those companies or researchers that focus on the design of materials and composites for sustainability. This book: • Provides updates on the diverse and expanding applications of natural mineral nanotubes (including halloysite sepiolite and palygorskite) in various industries and polymer nanocomposites for medical health and environmental applications • Provides a comprehensive review of the modification and intercalation of different natural mineral nanotubes • Reviews recent studies of the mechanical properties of halloysite nanotubes • Provides an up-to-date background on the structure identification and nomenclature of various natural mineral nanotubes including halloysite palygorskite sepiolite chrysotile and erionite • Gives comprehensive global information on the mineralogy geology and occurrence of natural mineral nanotubes • Discusses the current understanding of the health risks of natural mineral nanotubes Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880565

Natural Pharmaceuticals and Green Microbial TechnologyHealth Promotion and Disease Prevention This volume presents some of the latest research and applications in using natural substances and processes for pharmaceutical products. It presents an in-depth examination of the chemical and biological properties of selected natural products that are either currently used or have the potential for useful applications in the chemical and pharmaceutical industries. It covers emerging technologies and case studies and is a source of up-to-date information on the topical subject of natural products and microbial technology. It provides an applied overview of the field from traditional medicinal targets to cutting-edge molecular techniques. Natural products have always been of key importance to drug discovery but as modern techniques and technologies have allowed researchers to identify isolate extract and synthesize their active compounds in new ways they are once again coming to the forefront of drug discovery. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888813

Natural Philosophy Epitomised: Books 8-11 of Gregor Reisch's Philosophical pearl (1503) Gregor Reisch's The Philosophical pearl (Margarita Philosophica) first published in 1503 and republished 11 times in the sixteenth century was the first extensive printed text which discussed the disciplines taught at university to achieve widespread dissemination. This distinguishes it from printed editions of individual texts of Aristotle and other authorities. It is presented as a dialogue between master and pupil covering the seven liberal arts natural philosophy and moral philosophy and with illustrations throughout. It has received remarkably little attention in its own right as a work of education which helped shape the world view of sixteenth-century educated men. Its author was a Carthusian monk. This volume presents an edited translation and an extensive introduction of the four books which deal with natural philosophy - the predecessor of modern science. These books clearly show the extent to which for Reisch the study of nature was still primarily undertaken for Christian ends. Not only was nature studied as God's creation but the study of the soul (a central part of natural philosophy pursued on Aristotelian lines) and its fate was here completely integrated with the salvation or damnation of the individual Christian as taught in the Bible and by the church fathers especially Augustine. Natural philosophy for Reisch was a discipline which was as concerned with God and the Bible as it was with Nature and Aristotle. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248325

Natural Polymers Biopolymers Biomaterials and Their Composites Blends and IPNs Natural Polymers Biopolymers Biomaterials and Their Composites Blends and IPNs focuses on the recent advances in natural polymers biopolymers biomaterials and their composites blends and IPNs. Biobased polymer blends and composites occupy a unique position in the dynamic world of new biomaterials. The growing need for lubricious coatings and surfaces in medical devices—an outcome of the move from invasive to noninvasive medicines/procedures—is playing a major role in the advancement of biomaterials technology. Natural polymers have attained their cutting-edge technology through various platforms yet there is a lot of novel information about them that is discussed in the book. This important work covers topics such as chitosan composites for biomedical applications and wastewater treatment coal biotechnology biomedical and related applications of second generation polyamidoamines silk fibers PEG hydrogels bamboo fiber reinforced PE composites jute/polyester composites magnetic biofoams and many other interesting aspects of importance to polymer research today. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895161

Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical Applications 3-volume setVolume 1: Plant-Derived Polymers Volume 2: Marine- and Microbiologically Deri Polymers of natural origins have been explored for their variety of uses and applications in pharmaceuticals medical diagnostic aids and materials science. In nature a huge quantity of natural polymers is obtained from different sources such as plants animals and also from marine environments. These are abundantly present in nature and are considered excellent excipients because of their nontoxic stable and biodegradable properties. Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical Applications (3-volume set) discusses the research innovations that have been made on applications of natural polymers in drug delivery and biomedicines. Volume 1 focuses on plant-derived polymers while volume 2 covers marine- and microbiologically derived polymers. Volume 3 looks at polymers derived from animal sources. These three volumes provide a thorough exploration into natural polymers chemistry including collection chemical modifications characterizations and applications of natural polymers for drug delivery and other pharmaceutical applications. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888448

Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical ApplicationsVolume 1: Plant-Derived Polymers This new volume Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical Applications Volume 1: Plant-Derived Polymers presents some of the latest research on the applications of natural polymers in drug delivery and therapeutics for healthcare benefits. Polymers and their applications from several plants are discussed in depth including tamarind gum gum Arabic natural carbohydrate polymer gum tragacanth pectin guar gum and its derivatives locust bean gum sterculia gum okra gum and others. The use of the polymers derived from plants as potential pharmaceutical excipients is expanding day by day because of their stability in the biological system drug-releasing capability drug-targeting abilities as well as their bioavailability. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888455

Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical ApplicationsVolume 2: Marine- and Microbiologically Derived Polymers Many polymers derived from various marine sources and microorganisms possess some important biological properties such as biocompatibility biodegradability and bioadhesivity that make them attractive as pharmaceutical excipients in various pharmaceutical dosage forms. Moreover these polymers can be modified physically and/or chemically to improve their biomaterial properties. In this volume Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical Applications Volume 2: Marine- and Microbiologically Derived Polymers looks at how these polymers have been explored and exploited for pharmaceutical uses such as in tablets microparticles nanoparticles ophthalmic preparations gels emulsions suspensions etc. Some commonly used marine- and microbiologically derived polymers used as pharmaceutical excipients include alginates agar-agar gellan gum carrageenan; chitosan xanthan gum and others. The book focuses on important recent advances from experts around the world on marine-derived polysaccharides and pharmaceutical applications of alginates agar-agar gellan gum carrageenan chitosan derivatives xanthan gum.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888462

Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical ApplicationsVolume 3: Animal-Derived Polymers In recent years many animal-derived polymers have emerged as an attractive category of naturally derived polymers because of their advantageous physicochemical chemical and biological properties. The important biological properties of these natural polymers derived from animals are biocompatibility and biodegradation. These polymers are generally composed of repeated units of amino acids. Moreover these polymers can be modified physically and/or chemically to improve their biomaterial properties. Natural Polymers for Pharmaceutical Applications Volume 3: Animal-Derived Polymers looks at how these polymers can be exploited as pharmaceutical excipients in various pharmaceutical dosage forms like microparticles nanoparticles ophthalmic preparations gels implants etc. The commonly used animal-derived polymers used as pharmaceutical excipients are hyaluronic acid (hyaluronan) albumin collagen gelatin chondroitin etc.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888479

Natural Products and Botanical Medicines of Iran With a high diversity of vegetation in Iran over 8000 plant species are in existence. More than 2300 species of these plants have medicinal edible and industrial properties and more than 1700 species of them are endemic. Natural Products and Botanical Medicines of Iran provides an overview on important endemic plants and their usages. All results have been tabulated and key detailed information of each species is presented with background data. Features: Provides an understanding of indigenous plant-derived natural medicines of the most important medicinal plants in the region Includes discussions and critical views on the potentials and challenges for further development of the selected plants in a modern setting Details the important plants and sets out the chapters based on either taxonomy or medical use Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367441739

Natural Products and Cardiovascular Health This unique volume provides the latest information on secondary metabolites obtained from selected organisms (plants or microorganisms) that have beneficial effects in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases and an ability to offer protection against their progress. A detailed description of their source chemistry and mechanism of action is provided together with results of clinical studies. Here a clear connection is made between chemical structures in vitro studies and their clinical significance.The topic is extensive and the audience gains an understanding of the medicinal applications of these groups of secondary metabolites that have the potential to improve cardiovascular health. Features: The latest information on secondary metabolites with beneficial effects in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases. Written by an outstanding team of authors their work provides new insights into the beneficial effects of different components present in well known plant products evidencing their impressive cardiovascular effects. This volume discusses novel targets to screen for new drugs and the need for data obtained from clinical studies using natural products in order to better analyze the significance of in vitro experimental data. Here the reader will find a unique and timely volume with an international flavor. This book describes the source chemistry and mechanism of action of natural products with the potential to improve cardiovascular health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498789004

Natural Products ChemistryBiomedical and Pharmaceutical Phytochemistry Natural Products Chemistry: Biomedical and Pharmaceutical Phytochemistry focuses on the development of biochemical biomedical and their applications. It highlights the importance of accomplishing an integration of engineering with biology and medicine to understand and manage the scientific industrial and clinical aspects. It also explains both the basic science and the applications of biotechnology-derived pharmaceuticals with special emphasis on their clinical use. The biological background provided enables readers to comprehend the major problems in biochemical engineering and formulate effective solutions. This title also expands upon current concepts with the latest research and applications providing both the breadth and depth researchers need. The book also introduces the topic of natural products chemistry with an overview of key concepts. This book is aimed at professionals from industry academicians engaged in chemical science or natural product chemistry research and graduate-level students. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888769

Natural Products ChemistrySources Separations and Structures Notoriously cumbersome to isolate and challenging to synthesize the path of natural products to viable drugs is an arduous journey. Yet compounds isolated from nature may possess fascinating structures biological profiles and pharmaceutical potential far greater than anything made by man. Natural Products Chemistry: Sources Separations and Structures presents a practical guide to sourcing isolating and discovering new compounds from nature many of which become pharmaceutical drugs. This book emphasizes the challenges and advantages of products acquired from nature compared to those obtained from combinatorial chemistry. A basic introduction the book describes the whole cycle from farm to final compound backed up by case studies drawn from industry and research applications. It broadens the scope of applications and draws upon examples from various sources. Natural products chemistry as taught today draws its examples mainly from marine chemistry or plant chemistry; however there is also a fascinating and rich world of fermented (microbial and algal) products leading to complex structures. Thus the book draws upon examples from the microbial world and from insects too. Therefore this is a source of bioactive metabolites not traditionally available in academic settings more the mainstay of the pharmaceutical industry. Providing a roadmap of the process of collecting a compound from nature isolating the active ingredient and determining the chemical structure this book provides a unique approach to the world of natural products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466567610

Natural Products Desk Reference Written by the team that brought you the prestigious Dictionary of Natural Products (DNP) the Natural Products Desk Reference provides a concise overview of the key structural types of natural products and their interrelationship. A structurally diverse group ranging from simple aliphatic carbon chains to high molecular weight proteins natural products can usually be classified into one or more groups. The text describes these major types including flavonoids carbohydrates terpenoids polyketides and lipids and it illustrates them with accurate chemical structures demonstrating the biosynthetic relationships between groups. Provides details of specialist natural products journals and journals in biochemistry biology medicinal chemistry organic chemistry pharmacy pharmacology and toxicology that may contain important information on natural products Includes types of names that can be used for natural products comprising functional parent names trivial names systematic names semisystematic names and semitrivial names Covers stereochemistry topics specific to natural products Presents an overview of the natural world and its classification focusing on organisms that are the richest sources of natural products Details known types of natural product skeletons with their numbering or where there are skeletal variations within the group an illustration is given of a representative example compound Discusses carbohydrate nomenclature impacts on stereochemistry and on the nomenclature of compounds other than mainstream carbohydrates Reviews general precautions for handling chemicals in a laboratory environment highlighting hazards resulting from the acute toxicological and pharmacological properties of some classes of natural products and hazards associated with the use of organic solvents In addition to being a companion resource to the DNP the Natural Products Desk Reference provides you with a mass of other useful information which can sometimes be hard to track down. In compiling it the authors have drawn on over 20 years of day-to-day experience in the description and classification of all types of natural product. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439873618

Natural Products from Plants 2008 NOMINEE The Council on Botanical and Horticultural Libraries Annual Award for a Significant Work in Botanical or Horticultural Literature From medicinal industrial and culinary uses to cutting-edge laboratory techniques in modern research and plant conservation strategies Natural Products from Plants Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429125638

Natural Products Interactions on Genomes Foods from natural products are a major contributor to contemporary dietary needs. The knowledge of interactions of specific natural products on genes is accumulating due to recent scientific advancements. Natural Products Interactions on Genomes focuses on recent developments in understanding human genome interactions with various natural products. The book first examines selected major natural products and their interactions with selected genes for each chromosome in mammals then moves on to focused discussions on interactions of natural products with genes that are involved in specific diseases. It includes studies on breast cancer and prostate cancer. The focus then shifts to the effects of natural products on microbial growth and a final chapter that discusses future challenges and prospects in the field. This book also presents a unique real-time approach by providing hyperlinks to websites with updated literature on natural products and interactions with genes involved in metabolic pathways. With a broad range of relevance among disciplines including biology biomedical science pharmacy medicinal chemistry and naturopathic and herbal medicine Natural Products Interactions on Genomes provides a valuable reference. It gives you an understanding of the methods of study of natural products and their effects on genomes while pointing toward the future of natural products and the areas they impact in health and science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439872314

Natural Products of Silk Road Plants The Silk Road a complex network of trade routes linking China with the rest of the Eurasian continent by land and sea fostered transformation of the ethnic cultural and religious identities of diverse peoples. In Natural Products of Silk Road Plants there is a treasury of plants many indigenous to countries along the trading routes of the Silk Road that yielded medicines cereals spices beverages dyes and euphoric and exotic compounds previously unknown to the rest of the world. This entry in the Natural Products Chemistry of Global Plants series has been prepared for university students of chemistry and ethnobotany and for those wishing to broaden their knowledge. It opens a window on a vast region of Asia not well described for its flora and provides new and fresh insights on: Significant plants some endangered Traditional and modern applications of extracts The biochemical and pharmacological properties of extracts Contains over 150 full colour figures The significance of the Silk Road is being revived today through immense investment by China and other eastern countries in major schemes of transport infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367184339

Natural Products Pharmacology and Phytochemicals for Health CareMethods and Principles in Medicinal Chemistry Medicinal chemistry and pharmacology are closely associated fields and the use of natural products for their medicinal properties is ever-growing. The study of drugs from natural products and their effects on the living body are explored in this volume. The book looks into the research discovery and characterization of chemicals that exhibit biological effects. Providing an informative compilation of research valuable case studies and reviews of existing literature in the area the book focuses on the ethnobotanical uses of natural products and phytochemicals for health care including applications for diabetes ulcers wound healing chronic alcoholism hemorrhoidal treatment cancer mitigation pain management immunotherapy and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771889018

Natural Regulation of Animal Populations Surveying an area dense with conflicting observations and ideas this volume vividly depicts the current state of knowledge as well as the great diversity of opinion in the field of population ecology. Ten papers by outstanding authorities focus on three main issues-the effects of environment and population density on population dynamics the influence of animal behavior on population growth and the possibilities of genetic feedback or short-term evolutionary change on control of animal populations. An incisive introduction by the editor establishes a frame of reference and supplies succinct resolutions of some of the important controversies dealt with in these pages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528727

Natural Religion There is widespread belief that the world's religions con- tradict each other. It follows that if one religion is true the others must be false--an assumption that implies and may actually create religious strife. In Natural Religion acclaimed poet critic and essayist Frederick Turner sets out to show that the natural world offers grounds for stating that all religions are in some respect true.Through the ages various ways have been proposed to resolve religious differences. Some argue for the destruction of all religions but one's own. Others substitute an abstract principle for the real ritual and moral practice of religion. Still others doubt all religious truth and consequently all truth. Others accept a kind of pluralistic relativism. This book explores syncretism whereby all religions are seen as grasping the same strange and complex reality but by very different means and handles. The idea that all religions are true raises a supervening question: if so what must the real physical universe be like? Turner approaches these questions in terms of scientific inquiry. There is not enough room in space itself to fit in all theologies; but there may be enough room in time if new scientific descriptions of time's nature are to be believed. Turner argues that in the time-models of contemporary cosmological and evolutionary science all times may be connected and time may be infinitely branched and causally looped so that both forward-in-time and backward-in-time factors may be in operation in the same event. Thus the fundamental substance of the universe may be information rather than matter or energy. The universe is more like a vast living organism than a vast machine.Turner argues that all existing religions can be shown to fit into this model which in turn points to deeper implications of religious doctrines languages and practices. There would be plenty of "room" in such a view of time for a tree of different yet linked religious worlds and poetic language may be the most effective tool for describing the divine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512504

Natural Religion and the Nature of ReligionThe Legacy of Deism This study offers students of religion and philosophy introductory chapters concerning the concept of natural religion. It holds that we can’t engage in useful discussion about the present concept of religion without a knowledge of the philosophical history that has shaped that concept. This is discussed with reference to the notion of natural religion to illustrate certain aspects of deism and its legacy. Originally published in 1989. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994386

Natural ReligionThe Ultimate Religion of Mankind Driven by the dissatisfaction and turmoil in religion at the time this book was originally published in 1923 the author sets out a belief that all people have an inborn religion and investigates what the future of this religion might be as it changes from age to age. In the short chapters here the author reflects on the current trends in theology at the time and the history of Christianity. This is an early critique of formalised religion and a simple advocacy of natural religion which is a glimpse into the basic philosophy of the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976795

Natural Resource AdministrationIntroducing A New Methodology For Management Development This book is concerned with the management of natural resources in particular with the management of the resource called fish and wild life. It recognizes that successful management of a natural resource requires the design of research and development programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165352

Natural Resource Conflicts and Sustainable Development Providing both a theoretical background and practical examples of natural resource conflict this volume explores the pressures on natural resources leading to scarcity and conflict.  It is shown that the causes and driving forces behind natural resource conflicts are diverse complex and often interlinked including global economic growth exploding consumption  poor governance poverty unequal access to resources and power. The different interpretations of nature-culture and the role of humans in the ecosystem are often at the centre of the conflict. Natural resource conflicts range from armed conflicts to conflicts of interest between stakeholders in the North as well as in the South. The varying driving forces behind such disputes at different levels and scales are critically analysed and approaches to facilitate and enforce mediation transformation and collaboration at these levels and scales are presented and discussed. In order to transform existing resource conflicts as well as to decrease the risk of future conflicts approaches that enhance and enforce collaboration for sustainable development at global regional national and local levels are reviewed and sustainable pathways suggested. A range of global examples is presented including water resources fisheries forests human–wildlife conflicts urban environments and the consequences of climate change.  It will be a valuable text for advanced students of natural resource management environment and development studies and peace and conflict management. The book will also be of interest to practitioners in the field of natural resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576896

Natural Resource Economics: The Essentials Natural Resource Economics: The Essentials offers a policy-oriented approach to the increasingly influential field of natural resource economics that is based upon a solid foundation of economic theory and empirical research. Students will not only leave the course with a firm understanding of natural resource economics but they will also be exposed to a number of case studies showing how underlying economic principles provide the basis for specific natural resource policies. Including current data and research studies this key text also highlights what insights can be derived from the actual experience. Key features include: Extensive coverage of the major issues including energy recyclable resources water policy land conservation and management forests fisheries other ecosystems and sustainable development; Introductions to the theory and method of natural resource economics including externalities experimental and behavioral economics benefit-cost analysis and methods for valuing the services provided by the environment; Boxed ‘Examples’ and ‘Debates’ throughout the text which highlight global examples and major points for deeper discussions. The text is fully supported with end-of-chapter summaries discussion questions and self-test exercises in the book as well as with multiple-choice questions simulations references slides and an instructor’s manual on the Companion Website. This text is adapted from the best-selling Environmental and Natural Resource Economics 11th edition by the same authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280345

Natural Resource EconomicsSelected Papers This book deals with various aspects of the 'commons' problems; focuses on water-related issues; looks at writings in the conservation area with particular emphasis on irreversibility and uncertainty; and examines the role of natural resources in economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155223

Natural Resource Extraction and Indigenous LivelihoodsDevelopment Challenges in an Era of Globalization This book provides an extended analysis of how resource extraction projects stimulate social cultural and economic change in indigenous communities. Through a range of case studies including open cast mining artisanal mining logging deforestation oil extraction and industrial fishing the contributors explore the challenges highlighted in global debates on sustainability Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and climate change. The case studies are used to assess whether and how development processes might compete and conflict with the market objectives of multinational corporations and the organizational and moral principles of indigenous communities. Emphasizing the perspectives of directly-affected parties the authors identify common patterns in the way in which extraction projects are conceptualized implemented and perceived. The book provides a deeper understanding of the dynamics of the human environments where resource extraction takes place and its consequent impacts on local livelihoods. Its in-depth case studies underscore the need for increased social accountability in the planning and development of natural resource extraction projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245501

Natural Resource Information for Economic Development This book discusses the problems of developing quality information on the availability of natural resources. Originally published in 1969 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064321

Natural Resource Management and Institutional Change Using new evidence from a three year programme of research in developing countries in Asia Latin America and Africa the authors describe how government organizations have been privatised decentralised or restructured while private sector organizations - both non-profit and commercial - have taken on increasingly important roles in resource management and service supply. This book provides an important and easily accessible point of reference for decision-makers and students alike offering unique view in its breadth of coverage across the natural resources sector and a range of different institutional types and approaches to resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976801

Natural Resources Conflict and Sustainable DevelopmentLessons from the Niger Delta The Niger Delta Region has in the past two decades experienced protracted violent conflicts. At the roots of these violent conflicts are the genuine quests of the people for sustainable development that is based on social justice equity fairness and environmental protection. Although richly endowed the region is hopelessly poor. This paradox of poverty in the midst of plenty has been attributed to a myriad of factors ranging from Nigeria’s centralized federalism to ethno-regional domination corruption poor governance and oil-related environmental degradation. Development in the Niger Delta is vital not only to the stability and prosperity of Nigeria but also to global energy security. This book provides unique insights into the challenges of development and peace building in the Niger Delta and insights into other resource-rich but poverty-stricken conflict-prone regions of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754507

Natural Resources Extraction and Indigenous Rights in Latin AmericaExploring the Boundaries of Environmental and State-Corporate Crime in B In 1989 the International Labor Organization stated that all indigenous peoples living in the postcolonial world were entitled to the right to prior consultation over activities that could potentially impact their territories and traditional livelihoods. However in many cases the economic importance of industries such as mining and oil condition the way that governments implement the right to prior consultation. This book explores extractive conflicts between indigenous populations the government and oil and mining companies in Latin America namely Mexico Peru and Bolivia. Building on two years of research and drawing on the state-corporate and environmental crime literatures this book examines the legal extralegal illegal as well as political strategies used by the state and extractive companies to avoid undesired results produced by the legalization of the right to prior consultation. It examines the ways in which prior consultation is utilized by powerful indigenous actors to negotiate economic resources with the state and extractive companies while also showing the ways in which weaker indigenous groups are incapable of engaging in prior consultations in a meaningful way and are therefore left at the mercy of negative ecological impacts. It demonstrates how social mobilization—not prior consultation—is the most effective strategy in preventing extraction from moving forward within ecologically fragile indigenous territories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381525

Natural Resources Socio-Ecological Sensitivity and Climate Change in the Volta-Oti Basin West Africa This book presents the outcome of an interdisciplinary and international workshop supported by the Volkswagen Stiftung (funding line ‘Knowledge for Tomorrow’) on the topic of ‘Natural Resources Socio-Ecological Sensitivity and Climate Change in the Volta-Oti Basin West Africa’. The conference was jointly organised by Goethe-University Frankfurt (Germany) and the University of Kara (Togo) held from March 6 to 8 2019 in northern Togo. It aimed to strengthen capacities of junior scientists from the sub-region exchange and mobilise theoretical and methodological background from various scientific fields (Botany Construction Geology Geography Infrastructure Politics Remote Sensing Sociology and Urban Planning). One goal was to deliver reliable elements for ongoing and profound environmental analyses that lie outside the common questions of the academic and civil society stakeholders. Ecosystem fragmentation and deforestation in West Africa are mainly triggered by humans such as agriculture and small-scale forest disturbances for charcoal and firewood production. Increasing population pressure declining of carrying capacity and demand for agricultural land caused the reduction of land conservation capacities even in protected areas. The complexity of interactions between environmental and socio-ecological systems and subsequent effects (sensitivity) has raised ongoing international awareness in light of ongoing climate change. By the example of natural resources land use and stakeholders’ perceptions within the Volta-Oti Basin the book’s proceedings present discuss and distribute new findings that will sustainably stimulate the international debate. The workshop also intended to overcome national borders and language barriers between the Anglophone (Ghana) and the Francophone (Benin Burkina Faso Ivory Coast Togo) research communities and supported better West African cooperation and networking. The young as well as the established partners formed new collaborations and the event at the University of Kara (Togo) was a truly unique opportunity for all involved not only to discuss science but also to assess applied and best future management practices for the Oti-Volta Basin in West Africa. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367618216

Natural Resources - Technology Economics & Policy Natural resources management has two principal dimensions : Science-illuminated (earth space hydrological pedological information etc. sciences) management of local resources (waters soils bioresources minerals rocks sediments etc.) in an ecologically-sustainable manner and Value-addition through processing of natural products through the application of technology is most marked in the case of some mineral products. The wellness of a community is dependent upon the security of food water environment and energy. Such a security is best realised through science-illuminated (earth space hydrological pedological information) management of local resources (waters soils bioresources minerals rocks sediments etc.) in an ecologically-sustainable and people-participatory manner plus value-addition through processing of natural products. Moreover the addition of value may increase a community’s wealth by advanced technologies trading exchange of knowledge etc. Moreover activities employment and many other things come along with the availability of natural resources which will require and affect policy. This volume provides guidelines for the implementation of technological economical and policy advances in dealing with various aspects of natural resources. It is intended for researchers professionals and students in environmental and earth sciences mining geography sociology economics and for policy makers and investors searching for potential in the natural resources industry. Ideal for consultation in combination with the editor's related publications Green Energy: Technology Economics and Policy Energy Portfolios and Food and Water Security. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381585

Natural Resources Tourism and Community Livelihoods in Southern AfricaChallenges of Sustainable Development This book examines the connections between natural resources tourism and community livelihood practices in Southern Africa highlighting the successes and constraints experienced over the last 50 years. Questioning how natural resources tourism and community livelihoods relations can positively contribute towards development efforts this book adopts an interdisciplinary approach to understand socio-ecological systems that characterize the dynamics for sustainable development. It explores the history of conservation and natural resource management in Southern Africa and traces the development and growth of nature-based tourism. Boasting a wide range of tourism landscapes including national parks wetlands forests and oceans the book draws on case studies from a variety of Southern African countries including Botswana Namibia and South Africa and considers the political challenges for implementing policies and practices. Furthermore it analyses broader issues such as the impact of climate change human–wildlife co-existence and resulting conflicts poor access to funding and poverty in local communities. The book argues that the links between conservation and livelihoods can be best understood by considering the different approaches to reconciling the demands of conservation and livelihoods that have evolved over the past decades. Containing contributions from natural and social sciences the book provides guidance for practitioners and policymakers to continue to shape policies and practices that are in line with the key tenets of sustainable development. It will also be of great interest to students and scholars researching Southern Africa sustainable tourism and conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367254124

Natural Resources And Development In Arid Regions In this book the authors integrate various perspectives on the evaluation of natural resources in arid and semiarid zones analyze development options and discuss systems analysis tools that could be important for the management of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169381

Natural Resources and Economic GrowthLearning from History The relationship between natural capital and economic growth is an open debate in the   field of economic development. Is an abundance of natural resources a blessing or a curse for economic performance? The field of Economic History offers an excellent vantage to explore the relevance of institutions technical progress and supply-demand drivers. Natural Resources and Economic Growth contains theoretical and empirical articles by leading scholars who have studied this subject in different historical periods from the 19th century to the present day and in different parts of the world. Part I presents the theoretical issues and discusses the meaning of the "curse" and the relevance of the historical perspective. Part II captures the diversity of experiences presenting thirteen independent case studies based on historical results from North and South America Africa Asia Oceania and Europe. This book emphasizes that an abundance of natural resources is not a fixed situation. It is a process that reacts to changes in the structure of commodity prices and factor endowments and progress requires capital labour technical change and appropriate institutional arrangements. This abundance is not a given but is part of the evolution of the economic system. History shows that institutional quality is the key factor to deal with abundant natural resources and especially with the rents derived from their use and exploitation. This wide ranging volume will be of great relevance to all those with an interest in economic history development economic growth natural resources world history and institutional economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339620

Natural Resources And PeopleConceptual Issues In Interdisciplinary Research In this book the authors provides an up-to-date assessment of research on human interactions with natural resource systems. They pay attention to the interaction between theory and practice by including case studies and detailed examples involving specific natural resource systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158248

Natural Resources in European HistoryA Conference Report This book explores the history of natural resources in Continental Europe presenting research on how resources were traded collected and depleted between the fifteenth and nineteenth century. It is helpful for students of Environmental Studies and those with an interest in Environmental History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952775

Natural Resources In U.s.-canadian Relations Volume 1The Evolution Of Policies And Issues This volume is the first of three volumes of a comprehensive study of U.S.-Canadian resource linkages. It analyzes the evolution of resource policies in the two countries and introduces the domestic and bilateral policy issues that have emerged regarding natural resource development and trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171346

Natural Resources In U.s.-canadian Relations Volume 2Patterns And Trends In Resource Supplies And Policies This book is the second of a three-volume analysis of the U.S.-Canadian relationship with respect to natural resources. It provides detailed information about the reserves production and uses of eight key minerals and a case study of one major replenishable commodity — forest products. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171353

Natural ResourcesAllocation Economics and Policy In this book first published in 1990 Judith Rees considers the spatial distribution of resource availability development and consumption and the distribution of resource-generated wealth and welfare. Showing that there are no simple answers she analyses the complex interactions between economic forces administrative structures and political institutions. This well-structured text is essential reading for upper-level students in geography environmental planning economics and resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081635

Natural RightsA Criticism of Some Political and Ethical Conceptions First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870895

Natural Science and the Origins of the British Empire Represents a history of the British Empire that takes account of the sense of empire as intellectual as well as geographic dominion: the historiography of the British Empire with its preoccupation of empire as geographically unchallenged sovereignty overlooks the idea of empire as intellectual dominion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665224

Natural Science Imaging and Photography This book provides an in-depth exploration of scientific photography. Highlighting the best practices needed to make distribute and preserve scientific visual information using digital photographic methods and technologies it offers solutions to some of the biggest challenges facing photographers. Written by a team of international award-winning image makers with over 300 years of cumulative experience this comprehensive resource explains the foundations used the tools required and the steps to needed for creating the optimal photograph in a range of environments and circumstances. Topics covered include: • ethical practices • aerial photography • close-up and macro photography • computational photography • field photography • geological photography • imaging with invisible spectrums • photographing small animals in captivity • time-based imaging • image processing in science Showcasing modern methods this book equips readers with the skills needed to capture and process the best image possible. Designed for basic and intermediate photographers Natural Science Imaging and Photography exists as an essential contemporary handbook. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9780367347406

Natural SelectionMethods and Applications This book summarizes the knowledge in the field of methods to identify signatures of natural selection. A number of mathematical models and methods have been designed to identify the fingerprints of natural selection on genes and genomes. Such methods are provided in a simple and direct way so that students of different disciplines can navigate through molecular fitness landscapes using complex methods with a basic knowledge on bioinformatics. A collection of the main methods to detect selection in protein-coding genes and amino acid sequences is given at different levels of complexity from nucleotides to proteins and molecular networks. The importance of identifying natural selection in genes and genomes through the methods described in this book transcends the bioinformatics and computational biology fields presenting applications for experimental biologists in a straightforward and understandable way. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378134

Natural Stone and World Heritage: Delhi-Agra India This book discusses heritage stones which were used in the making of the architectonic heritage of Delhi and Agra encompassing UNESCO world heritage sites and heritage sites designated as prominent by the Indian government. The most famous monument of the two cities is the ‘Taj Mahal’ of Agra. The book focuses on the geological characteristics of the famous Makrana marble red sandstone and other sandstone variants of the Vindhyan basin and Delhi quartzite the most widely used stones in almost all the monuments as well as on their quarries. The work also aims to sensitise the public to protecting and preserving the architectonic heritage of these two densely populated cities in India as repositories of our past cultures and traditions. Identifying the nature and provenance of stones/rocks used in construction will lead to better restoration for future generations in light of the deterioration of architectonic heritage through various natural weathering agencies and anthropogenic activities. The book will serve as a useful source book to economic geologists geologists archaeologists architects historians and stone industry operators specifically and to academic and non-academic communities travellers and tourism industry operators in general. The book will benefit students researchers and rock enthusiasts spanning all age groups and academic levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367251802

Natural Stone and World HeritageSalamanca (Spain) Heritage stones are those stones that have been used for many years even centuries to build the historic buildings and monuments of places around the world. Some of these stones are still being used for construction but others are no longer used either because quarries were exhausted or closed or because architects and constructors do not know about their particularities and importance. Several scientific papers discuss many of these stones and a number of papers are currently being prepared but this book is the first to emphasize the importance and significance of natural stone in the construction of a city Salamanca recognized as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO since 1988. In light of this recognition Salamanca has a duty to preserve all historic buildings that make up the city by restoring those that are starting to deteriorate centuries after their construction. This book describes the buildings the stones (all quarried centuries ago in the surrounding area) and the stone quarries some of them inactive for many years but that should still allow extraction of blocks on demand to restore and replace damaged specimens in the buildings preserving the very character that saw the city receive recognition by UNESCO in the first place. There are many other places around the world that should follow this initiative and disseminate the importance of their heritage stones. This book will be of interest to professionals and academics in Geology Engineering architectural and artistic work in stone both construction and conservation but also to the general public. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138499546

Natural Substances for Cancer Prevention Natural Substances for Cancer Prevention explores in detail how numerous investigations in chemical biology and molecular biology have established strong scientific evidence demonstrating how the properties of naturally occurring bioactive chemicals hamper all stages of cancers (from initiation to metastasis). Accordingly important goals for cancer prevention are the modification of our dietary habits and an increase in the intake of more anticancer-related natural substances. More significantly the bioactive chemicals presented in the functional foods should be readily available inexpensive non-toxic and nutritional. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815365389

Natural SymbolsExplorations in Cosmology One of the most important works of modern anthropology. Written against the backdrop of the student uprisings of the late 1960s the book took seriously the revolutionary fervour of the times but instead of seeking to destroy the rituals and symbols that can govern and oppress Mary Douglas saw instead that if transformation were needed it could only be made possible through better understanding. Expressed with clarity and dynamism the passionate analysis which follows remains one of the most insightful and rewarding studies of human behaviour ever written. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128422

Natural Theology in the Scientific RevolutionGod's Scientists In the seventeenth century scientific discoveries called into question established Christian theology. It has been claimed that contemporary thinkers contributed to this conflict model by using the discoveries of the natural world to prove the existence of God. Calloway challenges this view by close examination of five key texts of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934641

Natural Theology ReconfiguredConfucian Axiology and American Pragmatism Classic natural theology in its logical rational Aristotelian presentation has encountered an impasse. Since the Enlightenment nature has ceased to be a vital topic in theological discussions until a recent revival of interest stemming from ecological and feminist concerns. Provocatively transcending boundaries between Philosophy and Theology ancient and contemporary East and West Natural Theology Reconfigured revitalises the validity and relevancy of Natural Theology a shipwrecked concept in the West with the aid of Eastern Confucian Axiology and American Pragmatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596873

Natural Toxic Compounds of Foods This book summarizes the knowledge of naturally occurring toxic and antinutritive food compounds. It includes those plants and animals of value or potential value for human nutrition either by direct consumption or indirect. as feed for domestic animals. Also included are toxic and antinutritive compounds formed from food components during processing and storage as well as the toxic and antinutritive compounds present as natural constituents in raw materials and foodstuffs. FEATURES: Discusses food intolerance-inducing compounds toxins and toxic compounds; Focuses on the most frequently occurring intolerances; Describes the reaction conditions for the formation of these compounds as well as for their degradation; Considers nitroso compounds and ethyl carbamate formation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895833

Natural Ventilation in the Urban EnvironmentAssessment and Design Throughout the world there is an increasing interest in ecological design of buildings and natural ventilation has proved to be the most efficient low-energy cooling technique. Its practical application however is hindered by the lack of information on the complex relationship between the building and its urban environment. In this book a team of experts provide first-hand information and tools on the efficient use of natural ventilation in urban buildings. Key design principles are explained enabling readers to decide on the best solution for natural ventilation of buildings taking into account climate and urban context. In the initial sketches architects need answers to open problems such as 'what kind of solution to adopt' and 'how to modify existing strategies to exploit the potential of the site'. This book formalizes the multi-criteria analysis of candidate solutions based on quantitative and qualitative estimation of the driving forces (wind and buoyancy) as well as of the barriers induced by the urban environment (wind speed reduction noise and pollution) and gives a methodology for optimal design of openings. The book is accompanied by a FREE CD containing software for assessing the potential of a given site estimating wind speed and dimensioning the openings for natural ventilation. The methodologies and tools are tested self-contained and user friendly. About the editors The editors Cristian Ghiaus and Francis Allard are affiliated with the University of La Rochelle France. The authors and reviewers combine expertise from universities research institutions and industry in Belgium France Great Britain Greece Portugal and Switzerland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994393

Natural Wastewater Treatment Systems Calling for ecologically and economically sound wastewater treatment systems the authors of Natural Wastewater Treatment Systems explore the use of wetlands sprinkler or deep irrigation groundwater recharge and other natural systems as sustainable methods for the treatment and management of wastewater. Based on work by prominent experts in natural waste treatment this text provides a thorough explanation on how soil and plants can successfully sustain microbial populations in the treatment of wastewater. Determining that natural systems cost less to construct and operate and require less energy than mechanical treatment alternatives this book also explains how these processes produce lower amounts of residual solids and use little or no chemicals. What’s New in the Second Edition: This revised edition includes current design and regulatory and operational developments in the natural wastewater treatment field. It provides detailed examples and analyses along with significant operational data in each chapter. It also considers how processes provide passive treatment with a minimum of mechanical elements and describes new approaches to partially mixed ponds including dual-powered aeration ponds. Introduces the planning procedures and treatment mechanisms responsible for treatment in ponds wetlands land application and soil absorption systems Provides new case studies of constructed wetlands and water reuse systems Presents design criteria and methods of pond treatment and pond effluent upgrading Describes constructed wetlands design procedures process applications treatment performance data and land treatment concepts and design equations Includes information on constituents of emerging concern (CEC) and their fate in natural systems The text discusses wastewater pond systems free water surface constructed wetlands subsurface and vertical flow constructed wetlands land treatment sludge management and onsite wastewater systems. It describes residuals and biosolids management including nitrogen removal pretreatment methods and uses U.S. customary and metric units in all chapters. It presents case studies of new applications of natural systems and includes worked examples of design equations for ponds and land treatment. It also provides a biosolids regulatory update from a top EPA scientist and algae reduction technologies for ponds and wetlands. Designed for practicing wastewater engineers and scientists involved in the planning design and operation of ponds wetlands land treatment biosolids and onsite soil-based treatment systems the book integrates many natural treatment systems into one single source. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466583269

Natural-Based Polymers for Biomedical Applications This new book presents the authors’ biomedical studies of natural degradable biopolymers (polyhydroxyalkanoates [PHAs]) and discusses the demand for medical-grade materials and modern trends focusing on the present status and future potential of PHAs. The authors present and summarize their most important results and findings obtained during the last few years in experimental studies and clinical trials of PHAs at the Institute of Biophysics Siberian Branch of Russian Academy of Science. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884358

Naturalism First published in 1971 this book examines the literary style of Naturalism. After introducing the reader to the term itself including its history and its relationship to Realism it goes on to trace the origins of the Naturalist movement as well as particular groups which adhered to Naturalism and the theories they espoused. It also provides a summary of the key Naturalist literary works and concludes which a brief reflection on the movement as a whole. This book will be of interest to those studying nineteenth and early twentieth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242784

Naturalism Human Flourishing and Asian PhilosophyOwen Flanagan and Beyond Naturalism Human Flourishing and Asian Philosophy: Owen Flanagan and Beyond is an edited volume of philosophical essays focusing on Owen Flanagan’s naturalized comparative philosophy and moral psychology of human flourishing. Flanagan is a philosopher well-known for his naturalized approach to philosophical issues such as meaning physicalism causation and consciousness in the analytic school of Western philosophy. Recently he develops his philosophical interest in Asian philosophy and discusses diverse philosophical issues of human flourishing Buddhism and Confucianism from comparative viewpoints. The current volume discusses his philosophy of human flourishing and his naturalized approaches to Buddhism and Confucianism. The volume consists of five sections with eleven chapters written by leading experts in the fields of philosophy religion and psychology. The first section is an introduction to Flanagan’s philosophy. The introductory chapter provides a general overview of Flanagan’s philosophy i.e. his philosophy of naturalization comparative approach to human flourishing and detailed summaries of the following chapters. In the second section the three chapters discuss Flanagan’s naturalized eudaimonics of human flourishing. The third section discusses Flanagan’s naturalized Buddhism. The fourth section analyzes Flanagan’s interpretation of Confucian philosophy (specifically Mencius’s moral sprouts) from the viewpoint of moral modularity and human flourishing. The fifth section is Flanagan’s responses to the comments and criticisms developed in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350246

Naturalism Theism and the Cognitive Study of ReligionReligion Explained? This book provides a critical philosophical analysis of the claim that contemporary cognitive approaches to religion undermine theistic beliefs. Recent scientific work into the evolution and cognition of religion has been driven by and interpreted in terms of a certain kind of philosophical and methodological naturalism. The book argues that such naturalism is not necessary for the cognitive study of religion and develops an alternative philosophical and methodological framework. This alternative framework opens the cognitive study of religion to theological and philosophical considerations and clarifies its relationship to other approaches to religious phenomena. This unique contribution to discussions regarding the philosophical and theological implications of the cognitive study of religion summarizes the so far fragmentary discussion exposes its underlying assumptions and develops a novel framework for further discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268586

Naturalism and Our Knowledge of RealityTesting Religious Truth-claims Philosophical naturalism is taken to be the preferred and reigning epistemology and metaphysics that underwrites many ideas and knowledge claims. But what if we cannot know reality on that basis? What if the institution of science is threatened by its reliance on naturalism? R. Scott Smith argues in a fresh way that we cannot know reality on the basis of naturalism. Moreover the "fact-value" split has failed to serve our interests of wanting to know reality. The author provocatively argues that since we can know reality it must be due to a non-naturalistic ontology best explained by the fact that human knowers are made and designed by God. The book offers fresh implications for the testing of religious truth-claims science ethics education and public policy. Consequently naturalism and the fact-value split are shown to be false and Christian theism is shown to be true. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409434863

Naturalism and ReligionA Contemporary Philosophical Investigation This book guides readers through an investigation of religion from a naturalistic perspective and explores the very meaning of the term ‘religious naturalism’. Oppy considers several widely disputed claims: that there cannot be naturalistic religion; that there is nothing in science that poses any problems for naturalism; that there is nothing in religion that poses any serious challenges to naturalism; and that there is a very strong case for thinking that naturalism defeats religion. Naturalism and Religion: A Contemporary Philosophical Investigation is an ideal introduction for undergraduate and postgraduate students of religious studies and philosophy who want to gain an understanding of the key themes and claims of naturalism from a religious and philosophical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354666

Naturalism RedressedIdentity and Clothing in the Novels of Emile Zola "References to clothing in the nineteenth-century naturalist novel have traditionally been read merely as examples of descriptive detail. Thompson in her groundbreaking study on Zola rescues clothing from the margins of representation and draws on a wide range of twentieth-century feminist and queer theory to demonstrate that clothing troubles such binary pairs as 'masculine' and 'feminine' 'normal' and 'perverse' 'natural' and 'artificial' that lie at the foundations of Zolian naturalism. The author's investment in the signifying power of clothing in the Rougon-Macquart is such that the novels can no longer be read as unproblematic illustrations of literary naturalism; in fact its intensity demands that Zola's relationship to literature and his descriptions of Second Empire society be reassessed." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197359

NaturalismA Critical Analysis Naturalism provides a rigorous analysis and critique of the major varieties of contemporary philosophical naturalism. The authors advocate the thesis that contemporary naturalism should be abandoned in light of the serious objections raised against it. Contributors draw on a wide range of topics including: epistemology the philosophy of science the philosophy of mind and agency and natural theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758352

Naturalistic Decision Making If you aren't using the term naturalistic decision making or NDM you soon will be. Even as a very young field NDM has already had far-reaching applications in areas as diverse as management aviation health care nuclear power military command and control corporate teamwork and manufacturing. Put simply NDM is the way people use their experience to make decisions in the context of a job or task. Of particular interest to NDM researchers are the effects of high-stake consequences shifting goals incomplete information time pressure uncertainty and other conditions that are present in most of today's work places and that add to the complexity of decision making. Applications of NDM research findings target decision aids and training that help people in their decision-making processes. This book reports the findings of top NDM researchers as well as many of their current applications. In addition the book offers a historical perspective on the emergence of this new paradigm describes recent theoretical and methodological advancements and points to future developments. It was written for people interested in decision making research and applications relative to a diverse array of work settings and products such as human-computer interfaces decision support systems individual and team training product designs and organizational development and planning. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806129

Naturalistic Decision Making and Macrocognition This book presents the latest work in the area of naturalistic decision making (NDM) and its extension into the area of macrocognition. It contains 18 chapters relating research centered on the study of expertise in naturalistic settings written by international experts in NDM and cognitive systems engineering. The objective of the book is to present the reader with exciting new developments in this field of research which is characterized by its application-oriented focus. The work addresses only real-world problems and issues. For instance how do multi-national teams collaborate effectively? How can surgeons best be supported by technology? How do detectives make sense of complex criminal cases? In all instances the studies have been carried out on experts within their respective domains. The traditional field of NDM is extended in this work by focusing on macrocognitive functions other than decision making namely sense-making coordination and planning. This has broadened the scope of the field. The book also contains a theoretical discussion of the macro-micro distinction. Naturalistic Decision Making and Macrocognition will be relevant to graduate students researchers and professionals (including professionals and researchers in business industry and government) who are interested in decision making expertise training methods and system design. The material may be used in two ways: theoretically to advance understanding of the field of naturalistic decision making; and practically to gain insight into how experts in various domains solve particular problems understand and deal with issues and collaborate with others. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072701

Naturalistic Observation Observation is one of the foundational methods of qualitative inquiry—but only if it is conducted in a systematic fashion that allows for the careful recording of data and the consistent retrieval of those data for purposes of analysis. To that end this book features a brief how-to guide to conducting observations in naturalistic settings. The history of observational research ongoing questions of its epistemological status the impact of new technologies and its major ethical concerns are also treated. Replete with examples of observation-based research questions for class discussion a glossary and extensive references this volume offers a rapid fire start into doing naturalistic observational research for novices and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315423616

Naturalization of the SoulSelf and Personal Identity in the Eighteenth Century Naturalization of the Soul charts the development of the concepts of soul and self in Western thought from Plato to the present. It fills an important gap in intellectual history by being the first book to emphasize the enormous intellectual transformation in the eighteenth century when the religious 'soul' was replaced first by a philosophical 'self' and then by a scientific 'mind'. The authors show that many supposedly contemporary theories of the self were actually discussed in the eighteenth century and recognize the status of William Hazlitt as one of the most important Personal Identity theorists of the British Enlightenment for his direct relevance to contemporary thinking.Now available in paperback Naturaliazation of the Soul is essential reading for anyone interested in the issues at the core of the Western philosophical tradition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203026700

Naturalizing Critical Realist Social Ontology This important book provides detailed critiques of the method of transcendental argumentation and the transcendental realist account of the concept of causal power that are among the core tenets of the bhaskarian version of critical realism. Kaidesoja also assesses the notions of human agency social structure and emergence that have been advanced by prominent critical realists including Roy Bhaskar Margaret Archer and Tony Lawson. The main line of argument in this context indicates that the uses of these concepts in critical realism involve ambiguities and problematic anti-naturalist presuppositions. As a whole these arguments are intended to show that to avoid these ambiguities and problems critical realist social ontology should be naturalized. This not only means that transcendental arguments for ontological doctrines are firmly rejected and the notion of causal power interpreted in a non-transcendental realist way. Naturalization of the critical realist social ontology also entails that many of the core concepts of this ontology should be modified so that attention is paid to the ontological presuppositions of various non-positivist explanatory methods and research practices in the current social sciences as well as to new approaches in recent cognitive and neurosciences. In addition of providing a detailed critique of the original critical realism the book develops a naturalized version of the critical realist social ontology that is relevant to current explanatory practices in the social sciences. In building this ontology Kaidesoja selectively draws on Mario Bunge’s systemic and emergentist social ontology William Wimsatt’s gradual notion of ontological emergence and some recent approaches in cognitive science (i.e. embodied situated and distributed cognition). This naturalized social ontology rejects transcendental arguments in favor of naturalized arguments and restricts the uses of the notion of causal power to concrete systems including social systems of various kinds. It is also compatible with a naturalized version of scientific realism as well as many successful explanatory practices in the current social sciences. By employing the conceptual resources of this ontology Kaidesoja explicates many of the basic concepts of social ontology and social theory including social system social mechanism social structure social class and social status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919389

Naturalizing Logico-Mathematical KnowledgeApproaches from Philosophy Psychology and Cognitive Science This book is meant as a part of the larger contemporary philosophical project of naturalizing logico-mathematical knowledge and addresses the key question that motivates most of the work in this field: What is philosophically relevant about the nature of logico-mathematical knowledge in recent research in psychology and cognitive science? The question about this distinctive kind of knowledge is rooted in Plato’s dialogues and virtually all major philosophers have expressed interest in it. The essays in this collection tackle this important philosophical query from the perspective of the modern sciences of cognition namely cognitive psychology and neuroscience. Naturalizing Logico-Mathematical Knowledge contributes to consolidating a new emerging direction in the philosophy of mathematics which while keeping the traditional concerns of this sub-discipline in sight aims to engage with them in a scientifically-informed manner. A subsequent aim is to signal the philosophers’ willingness to enter into a fruitful dialogue with the community of cognitive scientists and psychologists by examining their methods and interpretive strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667115

Naturalizing PowerEssays in Feminist Cultural Analysis This collection of essays analyzes relations of social inequality that appear to be logical extensions of a "natural order" and in the process demonstrates that a revitalized feminist anthropology of the 1990s has much to offer the field of feminist theory. Contributors:Susan McKinnon Kath Weston Rayna Rapp Janet Dolgin Harriet Whitehead Carol Delaney Brackette Williams Sylvia Yanagisako Phyllis Chock Sherry Ortner and Anna Tsing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021676

Naturally Occuring Biological Immunosuppressive Factors and Their Relationship to Disease First Published in 1997 this book offers a full comprehensive investigation into the relationship between our Immune System and Disease. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367229702

Naturally Occurring Phorbol Esters This book discusses the topic of naturally occurring phorbol esters. Chapters include; environmental hazards of diterpene esters from plants multi-stage carcinogenesis and the biological effects of tumor promoters review of the family euphorbiaceae biosynthetic and chemosystematic aspects of the euphorbiacea and thymelaeaceae non-diterpenoid constituents of euphorbiacea macrocyclic diterpenes of the family euphorbiacea phorbol: its esters and derivatives the daphnane polyol esters the ingenane polyol esters and the biochemical mechanism of action of phorbol ester. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895840

Naturally Occurring Radioactive MaterialsPrinciples and Practices Management of Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials - known in the industry as NORM -has become an important part of the regular training required for workers in oil and gas production refinery and petrochemical manufacturing and in certain types of mining. Proper handling of NORM-contaminated wastes and use of appropriate radiation detection and protective equipment are now understood to be important components of good worker safety programs.Until now no practical easy-to-read book was available to supplement worker training courses on NORM management. Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials: Principles and Practices fills this void by providing in a single publication an ideal reference for industry managers supervisors and line personnel. The book stresses the proper handling and management of NORM contaminated wastes and provides a firm understanding of the chemical properties of radioactive agents their toxicological effects and the appropriate containerization and disposal methods for these materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579609

Naturally Ventilated BuildingsBuilding for the senses the economy and society While there are many historical examples of successful naturally ventilated buildings standards for indoor climate have tended to emphasise active mechanical airflow systems rather than passive natural systems. Despite its importance knowledge about the performance of naturally ventilated buildings has remained comparatively sparse. With ten key research papers this book seeks to address this lack of information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367400491

Natural-Theological Understanding from Childhood to Adulthood It is commonly assumed that young children only begin to think about God as a result of some educational or cultural influence perhaps provided by their parents. Natural-Theological Understanding from Childhood to Adulthood  asks if there is anything about God that children can know independently of any specific cultural input; does their knowledge of God simply come from their everyday encounters with the surrounding world? Whilst children’s theoretical reasoning in biology physics and psychology has received considerable attention in recent developmental research the same could not be said about their religious or theological understanding. Olivera Petrovich explores children’s religious concepts from a natural-theological perspective. Using supporting evidence from a series of studies with children and adults living in as diverse cultures as the UK and Japan Petrovich explains how young children begin to construct their everyday scientific and metaphysical theories by relying on their own already advanced causal understanding. The unique contribution that this volume makes to the developmental psychology of religion is its contention that religion or theology constitutes one of the core domains of human cognition rather than being a by-product of other core domains and specific cultural inputs. Natural-Theological Understanding from Childhood to Adulthood is essential reading for students and researchers in cognitive-developmental psychology religious studies education and cognitive anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939479

Nature Choice and Social Power We are at an environmental impasse. Many blame our personal choices about the things we consume and the way we live. This is only part of the problem. Different forms of social power - political economic and ideological - structure the choices we have available. This book analyses how we make social and environmental history and why we end up where we do. Using case studies from different environmental domains – earth and water air and fire – Nature Choice and Social Power examines the form that social power takes and how it can harm the environment and hinder our efforts to act in our own best interests. The case studies challenge conventional wisdoms about why gold is valuable why the internal combustion engine triumphed and when and why suburbs sprawled. The book shows how the power of individuals the power of classes the power of the market and the power of the state at different times and in different ways were critical to setting us on a path to environmental degradation. It also challenges conventional wisdoms about what we need to do now. Rather than reducing consumption and shrinking from outcomes we don’t want it proposes growing towards outcomes we do want. We invested massive resources in creating our problems; it will take equally large investments to fix them.   Written in a clear and engaging style the book is underpinned with a political economy framework and addresses how we should understand our responsibility to the environment and to each other as individuals within a large and impersonal system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833875

Nature Class and New Deal LiteratureThe Country Poor in the Great Depression Working through close rhetorical analysis of everything from fiction and journalism to documents and documentaries this book looks at how popular memory favors the country Depression over the economic crisis in the nation’s cities and factories. Over eighty years after it happened the Depression still lives on in iconic images of country poor whites – in the novels of John Steinbeck the photographs of Dorothea Lange and Arthur Rothstein the documentary films of Pare Lorenz and the thousands of share-croppers’ life histories as taken down by the workers of the Federal Writers’ Project. Like the politicians and bureaucrats who accomplished the New Deal’s radical reforms in banking social security and labor union law the artists novelists and other writers who supported or even worked for the New Deal were idealists well to the left of center in their politics. Yet when it came to hard times on the American farm something turned them into unwitting reactionaries. Though they brought these broken lives of the country poor to the notice and sympathy of the public they also worked unconsciously to undermine their condition. How and why? Fender shows how the answer lies in clues overlooked until now hidden in their writing -- their journalism and novels the "life histories" they ghost wrote for their poor white clients the bureaucratic communications through which they administered these cultural programs even in the documentary photographs and movies with their insistent captions and voice-overs. This book is a study of literary examples from in and around the country Depression and the myths on which they drew. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548022

Nature Culture and GenderRe-reading the folktale Folktales in India have been told heard read and celebrated for many centuries. In breaking new ground Indian folktales have been reread and examined in the light of the Mother Earth discourse as it manifests in the lifeworlds of women nature and language. The book introduces ecofeminist criticism and situates it within an innovative folktale t Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177164

Nature Culture and Religion at the Crossroads of Asia This book explores how ethnic groups living in the Himalayan regions understand nature and culture. The first part addresses the opposition between nature and culture in Asia’s major religious traditions such as Hinduism Buddhism Islam and Shamanism. The second part brings together specialists of different representative groups living in the heterogeneous Himalayan region. They examine how these indigenous groups perceive their world. This includes understanding their mythic past in particular the place of animals and spirits in the world of humans as they see it and the role of ritual in the everyday lives of these people. The book takes into account how these various perceptions of the Himalayan peoples are shaped by a globalized world. The volume thus provides new ways of viewing the relationship between humans and their environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102705

Nature Environment and Activism in Nigerian Literature Nature Environment and Activism in Nigerian Literature is a critical study of environmental writing covering a range of genres and generations of writers in Nigeria. With a sustained concentration on the Nigerian experience in postcolonial ecocriticism the book pays attention to textual strategies as well as distinctive historicity at the heart of the ecological force in contemporary writing. Focusing on nature the environment and activism the author decentres African ecocriticism affirming the eco-social vision that differentiates environmental writing in Nigeria from those of other nations on the continent. The book demonstrates how Nigerian writers beyond connecting themselves to the natures of their communities respond to ecological problems through indigenous literary instrumentalism. Anchored on the analytical concepts of nature environment and activism the study is definitive in foregrounding the contribution of Nigerian writing to studies in ecocriticism at continental and global levels. This book will be of interest to scholars of African and Postcolonial literature ecocriticism and the environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436056

Nature Environment and PoetryEcocriticism and the poetics of Seamus Heaney and Ted Hughes The environmental challenges facing humanity in the twenty-first century are not only acute and grave they are also unprecedented in kind complexity and scope. Nonetheless or therefore the political response to problems such as climate change biodiversity loss and widespread pollution continues to fall short. To address these challenges it seems clear that we need new ways of thinking about the relationship between humans and nature local and global and past present and future. One place to look for such new ideas is in poetry designed to contain multiple levels of meaning at once challenge the imagination and evoke responses that are based on something more than scientific consensus and rationale. This ecocritical book traces the environmental sensibilities of two Anglophone poets; Nobel Prize-winner Seamus Heaney (1939-2013) and British Poet Laureate Ted Hughes (1930-1998). Drawing on recent and multifarious developments in ecocritical theory it examines how Hughes's and Heaney's respective poetics interact with late twentieth century developments in environmental thought focusing in particular on ideas about ecology and environment in relation to religion time technology colonialism semiotics and globalisation. This book is aimed at students of literature and environment the relationship between poetry and environmental humanities and the poetry of Ted Hughes or Seamus Heaney Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743588

Nature Living and Growing Nature Living and Growing focuses on outdoor play and how nature can contribute to a child�s learning and development. Split into four sections which focus on each of the four seasons � spring summer autumn and winter this book: includes activities appropriate to each season offers ideas for 'wander walkabouts' to inspire and set the scene of what the season can offer in regard to play activities promotes knowledge of the environment and how to use natural resources effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418509

Nature Mind and Modern Science First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871151

Nature Risk and ResponsibilityDiscourses of Biotechnology This book explores ethical interpretations of biotechnology and examines whether sufficient consensus exists or is emerging to enable this technology to occupy a stable role in the techno-economic social and cultural order. It employs a wide range of social theories to evaluate risks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061588

Nature Space and the SacredTransdisciplinary Perspectives Nature Space and the Sacred offers the first investigative mapping of a new and highly significant agenda: the spatial interactions between religion nature and culture. In this ground-breaking work different concepts of religion theology space and place and their internal relations are discussed in an impressive range of approaches. Weaving together a diversity of perspectives this book presents an innovative and truly transdisciplinary environmental science. Its broad range offers a rich exchange of insights methods and theoretical engagements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248318

Nature Speculation and the Return to Schelling Two decades ago Schelling first resurfaced in Žižek’s Indivisible Remainder and the same argumentative move of redeploying Schellingian themes for contemporary ends has continued to play a significant role in critical theory since (Markus Gabriel Iain Hamilton Grant Jean-Luc Nancy). All the articles in this volume attempt to take seriously the idea of Schelling as a contemporary philosopher: Schelling is read in dialogue with key figures in the canon of European philosophy and critical theory (Alain Badiou Émilie du Châtelet Gilles Deleuze Paul de Man Quentin Meillassoux Maurice Merleau-Ponty Gilbert Simondon Slavoj Žižek) as well as in light of recent trends in analytic philosophy (Brandomian pragmatism powers-based metaphysics and semantic naturalism) – and such readings are not meant merely to highlight Schellingian influences or resonances in contemporary thinking but rather to challenge and interrogate current orthodoxies by insisting upon the contemporaneity of Schellingian speculation. That is the aim is both to evaluate and constructively build upon this repeated return to Schelling: to probe to diagnose and to experiment on the latent Schellingianisms of the present and the future. This book was originally published as a special issue of Angelaki: Journal of the Theoretical Humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891893

Nature Temporality and Environmental ManagementScandinavian and Australian perspectives on peoples and landscapes How are different concepts of nature and time embedded into human practices of landscape and environmental management? And how can temporalities that entwine past present and future help us deal with challenges on the ground? In a time of uncertainty and climate change how much can we hold onto ideals of nature rooted in a pristine and stable past? The Scandinavian and Australian perspectives in this book throw fresh light on these questions and explore new possibilities and challenges in uncertain and changing landscapes of the future.This book presents examples from farmers gardens and Indigenous communities among others and shows that many people and communities are already actively engaging with environmental change and uncertainty. The book is structured around four themes; environmental futures mobile natures indigenous and colonial legacies heritage and management. Part I includes important contributions towards contemporary environmental management debates yet the chapters in this section also show how the legacy of older landscapes forms part of the active production of future ones. Part II examines the challenges of living with mobile natures as it is acknowledged that environments natures and people do not stand still. An important dimension of the heritage and contemporary politics of Australia Sweden and Norway is the presence of indigenous peoples. As is clear in part III the legacies of the colonial past both haunt and energise contemporary land management decisions. Finally part IV demonstrates how the history and heritage of landscapes including human activities in those landscapes are entwined with contemporary environmental management. The rich empirical content of the chapters exposes the diversity of meanings practices and ways of being in nature that can be derived from cultural environmental research in different disciplines. The everyday engagements between people nature and temporalities provide important creative resources with which to meet future challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668150

Nature and Culture in Intimate Partner ViolenceSex Love and Equality This innovative book aims to further our understanding of violence in intimate relationships between men and women by combining research from psychology cultural studies and biology. The author examines why western culture often justifies and encourages primitive forms of relationships based on domination and submission and considers not only the cultural influences but also the biological aspects in their interaction. The book clarifies the biological roots of aggression and affection in intimate relationships in humans showing that considering the biological roots of male dominance on women does not imply any justification. Bonino makes the case that awareness about the biological roots of violence and about the cultural messages supporting them is necessary for developing different messages and educational practices promoting human capacity of personal affective relationship where partners empathically recognize themselves as equal human beings. Relationships are examined in relation to a domination/submission framework with the author emphasizing the role individuals can play in promoting non-aggressive relationships. By examining aggressive behaviour in relation to cultural social psychological and biological ideas the author seeks to clarify the cause of violence in relation to gendered roles. This is fascinating reading for anyone interested in violence in relationships and suitable for students and academics in psychology and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613997

Nature and CultureRebuilding Lost Connections There is a growing recognition that the diversity of life comprises both biological and cultural diversity. But this division is not universal and in many cases has been deepened by the common disciplinary divide between the natural and social sciences and our apparent need to manage and control nature.  This book goes beyond divisive definitions and investigates the bridges linking biological and cultural diversity. The international team of authors explore the common drivers of loss and argue that policy responses should target both forms of diversity in a novel integrative approach to conservation thus reducing the gap between science policy and practice. While conserving nature alongside human cultures presents unique challenges this book forcefully shows that any hope for saving biological diversity is predicated on a concomitant effort to appreciate and protect cultural diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813549

Nature and Ethics Across Geographical Rhetorical and Human Borders How we dispose of our rubbish choose the foods we buy enjoy art relate to our families and think about ourselves are just a few of the ways that ideas about nature shape our everyday ethical decisions. Nature and ‘natural facts’ have long been used to make sense of why we act a certain way. Nature is a concept with great power: when we describe something as ‘natural’ or ‘unnatural’ it has a moral force and political consequences. We see this in moral panics about genetically modified foods the spread of government-enforced waste recycling schemes concerns about assisted reproductive technologies. Our ideas about what is natural shape our ethical thinking in terms of how people live (or want to live) their lives but also in guiding our sense of morality justice and truth.The idea of naturalness is essential to grasping Anglo-American cultures. Throughout history and in different places nature has had different forms meanings and moral valences. It is a knowable fact but at the same time almost a divine principle that is ultimately unfathomable. Yet with the rise of new technologies there is increasing uncertainty about what we claim to be natural who we are how we are related to each other and how we should live. This book examines the how ideas about nature and ethics overlap and separate across cultural species geographic and moral boundaries. It compares the varied ways in which nature and ideas of naturalness pervade all aspects of people’s lives from family relationships to the production and consumption of food to ideas about scientific truth. In a world of increasing uncertainty nature remains a powerful concept: the ultimate reference point invested with profound moral authority to guide our ethical behaviour. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnos. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593124

Nature and HistoryThe Evolutionary Approach for Social Scientists Originally published in 1990 Nature and History examines how Darwin’s theory of evolution has been expanded by scholars and researchers to include virtually every scientific discipline. The book presents a morphological analysis of historical and social sciences – sciences which have traditionally have been viewed as too random in their progressions to conform to a model. Through the evaluation of empirical and factual evidence the book builds a case for an evolutionary paradigm which encompasses both natural and social sciences and presents the form’s adaptiveness in working historical models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367260361

Nature and LanguageA Semiotic Study of Cucurbits in Literature There exists an area of overlap where language and nature meet and this book first published in 1980 illuminates that fascinating territory. When real-world things such as plants are used in literature or language as symbols these special signs have a double allegiance. They function as language but derive their meaning from nature. The authors trace the consequences of this and show how it affects the character of the relevant areas of language and literature. Original and entertaining this study cuts across a number of traditional disciplines. It should appeal not only to those interested in literature language and semiotics but also to students of philosophy anthropology classics pictorial art religion and folklore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683419

Nature and Liberty Liberal democracy it has been claimed stands at the end of history. But there are hidden internal strains that could threaten its fabric.Nature and Liberty explores three of the most important practical problems of modern liberal politics - those connected with ethnicity and race sex and the family and bureaucratized government. The author traces liberals' difficulties in dealing with these problems to their own reluctance to have recourse to nature as a guide for political life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756129

Nature and NormativityBiology Teleology and Meaning Nature and Normativity argues that the problem of the place of norms in nature has been essentially misunderstood when it has been articulated in terms of the relation of human language and thought on the one hand and the world described by physics on the other. Rather if we concentrate on the facts that speaking and thinking are activities of organic agents then the problem of the place of the normative in nature becomes refocused on three related questions. First is there a sense in which biological processes and the behavior of organisms can be legitimately subject to normative evaluation? Second is there some sense in which in addition to having ordinary causal explanations organic phenomena can also legitimately be seen to happen because they should happen in that way in some naturalistically comprehensible sense of ‘should’ or that organic phenomena happen in order to achieve some result because that result should occur? And third is it possible to naturalistically understand how human thought and language can be legitimately seen as the normatively evaluable behavior of a particular species of organism behavior that occurs in order to satisfy some class of norms? This book develops articulates and defends positive answers to each of these questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886295

Nature and NurtureThe Complex Interplay of Genetic and Environmental Influences on Human Behavior and Development What does it mean to find a gene or set of genes that are associated with ADHD schizophrenia or autism? Could we eradicate such diseases from our species through gene therapy? Is it possible to eradicate from our genome the genetic material that predisposes us to be too aggressive too shy less intelligent or not active enough? Who has the political power and/or moral authority to make these decisions? The premise of Nature and Nurture is that the complexity of the transactions between nature and nurture--between genes and the environment from the cellular to the cultural level--make these questions incredibly complex and in need of careful attention by educators scientists the public and policymakers. A product of the conference held at Brown University in 2001 this book suggests that genes and environments work together interactively in a complex and closely intertwined fashion. The contributors to this book--biologists psychologists psychiatrists and economists--present knowledge that enables research and application to transcend the traditional question of whatever variance or significance is attributed to genetics versus environment in the development of a particular behavioral trait. This book presents a variety of views on the current status of knowledge about the ways in which dynamic developmental mutually interactive systems in the genetic and environmental domains operate. The chapters represent contributions from different perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650373

Nature and the Nation in Fin-de-Siècle FranceThe Art of Emile Gallé and the Ecole de Nancy By the time of his death in 1904 critics arts reformers and government officials were near universal in their praise of Art Nouveau designer Emile Gallé (1846–1904) whose works they described as the essence of French design. Many even went so far as to argue that the artist’s creations could reinvigorate France’s fading arts industries and help restore its economic prosperity by defining a modern style to represent the nation. For fin-de-siècle viewers Gallé’s works constituted powerful reflections on the idea of national belonging modernity and the role of the arts in political engagement. While existing scholarship has largely focused on the artist’s innovative technical processes  a close analysis of Gallé’s works brings to light the surprisingly complex ways in which his fragile creations were imbricated in the political turmoil that characterized fin-de-siècle France. Examining Gallé’s works inspired by Japanese art his patriotically inflected designs for the Universal Exposition of 1889 his artistic manifesto in support of Dreyfus created in 1900 and finally his late works that explore the concept of evolution this book reveals how Gallé returns again and again to the question of national identity as the central issue in his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472462619

Nature and TherapyUnderstanding counselling and psychotherapy in outdoor spaces Recent decades have seen an increasing interest in the healing and therapeutic potential of nature and interest in the potential of greencare interventions for the benefit of mental health. The field of nature based therapies is expanding in line with this interest. Nature and Therapy offers a unique contribution by outlining the specific processes involved in conducting counselling and psychotherapy sessions in outdoor natural environments. Central areas covered in the book include: A thorough exploration of the evidence for the psychological and healing potential of natural spaces; Developing a therapeutic rationale for nature based therapeutic work; Understanding the therapeutic relationship and the unique therapeutic processes that come into play in outdoor natural spaces; Translating indoor therapeutic work to outdoor contexts; The practicalities of setting up and running a therapy session outside of a room environment; Experiential exercises to explore the therapeutic potential of nature. Martin Jordan offers a clear outline of how to set up and hold a therapeutic session outdoors. Using case examples Nature and Therapy explores both the practicalities and the therapeutic processes that come into play in an outdoor natural setting. The book will be of use to counsellors psychotherapists arts therapists psychologists and health professionals who are interested in taking their therapeutic work into natural environments and outdoor spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854610

Nature and Young ChildrenEncouraging Creative Play and Learning in Natural Environments Now in its third edition Nature and Young Children promotes the holistic development of children by connecting them with nature. It offers practical advice on how to set up indoor and outdoor nature play spaces as well as encouraging environmentally responsible attitudes values and behaviour in your early childhood setting. With fully revised chapters in line with recent developments to policy and practice and brand new material covering Early Childhood Education for Sustainability the power of pro-nature poetry and philosophical discussions and children living in urban environments this book reveals just how important nature play can be in the development of young children. The user-friendly chapters offer guidance on: alternative settings for nature-focused programs culturally sensitive approaches to nature play in early childhood the role of the adult in nature-based learning using nature play for cross-curricular learning environmentally appropriate practices integrating nature education and peace education health safety and risky play. Highly accessible detailed and now extensively updated Nature and Young Children will provide all early years practitioners teachers and students with a wealth of ideas on how to foster creative play and learning in nature-focused environments while also encouraging positive connections with nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138553347

Nature Conservation in EuropePolicy and Practice The Rio Summit has pointed to the urgency for the development of an international conservation policy; and the post-Maastricht debates in Europe have highlighted the need for the EU to reassess structural funding in nature conservation as well as the influences on policy and practice.This book is a 'route map' through the legislative and policy frameworks and explains how conservation works in Europe. It goes through the policies for nature conservation in the European Community and its constituent member states and sets out the mechanisms for delivering this policy.An understanding of the European legislative framework is now vital as its influence on local practice increases. Practitioners in the fields of countryside conservation and general land management will find the book an essential guide to the working of the EU as well as helping an appreciation of their local role within the wider community objectives. This will for example allow a better understanding of the grant system which many managers are now using. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203857649

Nature DisplayedGender Science and Medicine 1760-1820 A collection of essays - including 3 that have never been published before - by one of the leading figures in cultural history. Professor Jordanova examines and reinterprets the writings of eighteenth-century thinkers and in the process sheds light on contemporary views on issues such as motherhood sexuality the body art and medicine. The volume includes some of the author's most controversial and pioneering work all the pieces have been revised in the light of the latest historiography and much of the material is published here for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181304

Nature Education with Young ChildrenIntegrating Inquiry and Practice Now in a fully updated second edition Nature Education and Young Children remains a thoughtful sophisticated teacher resource that blends theory and practice on nature education children's inquiry-based learning and reflective teaching.  Reorganized to enhance its intuitive flow this edition features a Foreword by David Sobel and three wholly new chapters examining nature and literacy in kindergarten outdoor play and children’s agency in a forest school and the power of nature inquiry for dual language learners. Revised to reflect the latest research and guidelines this book offers a seamless integration of science concepts into the daily intellectual and social investigations that occur in early childhood. With a fresh framing of nature exploration in the context of our current educational landscape this text is a comprehensive guide for educators and students looking to introduce and deepen connections between nature education and teacher inquiry and reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138547

Nature Guided TherapyBrief Integrative Strategies For Health And Well Being Beginning with an evolutionary history of the relationship between man and his environment Nature-Guided Therapy takes us on a cross-cultural journey into traditional healing disciplines such as ethno-medicine sociobiology and anthropology. By examining clinical data empirical scientific investigations and anecdotal accounts Dr. George Burns helps point the way to healing benefits of a balanced relationship with the environment. Case histories and step by step procedures for utilizing nature-guided strategies are also presented. Designed as an immensely practical guide for clinicians this volume contains over 80 therapeutic exercises and a variety of nature-based strategies to help augment clinical skills regardless of one's theoretical orientation. Also included is the author's Sensual Awareness Inventory to help access the client's experiences that may facilitate relaxation happiness and wellness. This book provides a fascinating read that can expand our views challenge our therapeutic paradigms broaden our clinical practice and provide simple yet pragmatic treatment interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138009639

Nature in MindSystemic Thinking and Imagination in Ecopsychology and Mental Health Nature in Mind explores a kind of madness at the core of the developed world that has separated the growth of human cultural systems from the destruction of the environment on which these systems depend. It is now becoming increasingly clear that the contemporary Western lifestyle not only has a negative impact on the ecosystems of the earth but also has a detrimental effect on human health and psychological wellbeing. The book compares the work of Gregory Bateson and Henry Corbin and shows how an understanding of the "imaginal world" within the practice of systemic psychotherapy and ecopsychology could provide a language shared by both nature and mind. This book argues the case for bringing nature-based work into mainstream education and therapy practice. It is an invitation to radically reimagine the relationship between humans and nature and provides a practical and epistemological guide to reconnecting human thinking with the ecosystems of the earth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203773

Nature in the History of Economic ThoughtHow Natural Resources Became an Economic Concept From antiquity to our own time those interested in political economy have with almost no exceptions regarded the natural physical environment as a resource meant for human use. Focusing on the period 1600-1850 and paying particular attention to major figures including Adam Smith T.R. Malthus David Ricardo and J.S. Mill this book provides a detailed overview of the intellectual history of the economic consideration of nature from antiquity to modern times. It shows how even someone like Mill who was clearly influenced by romantic notions regarding the spiritual need for contact with pristine nature ultimately regarded it as an economic resource. Building on existing scholarship this study demonstrates how the rise of modern sensitivity to nature from the late eighteenth century in particular was in fact a dialectical reaction to the growing distance of modern urban civilization from the natural environment. As such the book offers an unprecedentedly detailed overview of the intellectual history of economic considerations of nature whilst underlining how the history of this topic has been remarkably consistent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329881

Nature InsideA biophilic design guide Written by a leading proponent of biophilic design this is the only practical guide to biophilic design principles for interior designers. Describing the key benefits principles and processes of biophilic design  Nature Inside illustrates the implementation of biophilic design in interior design practice across a range of international case studies – at different scales and different typologies. Starting with the principles of biophilic design and the principles and processes in practice the book then showcases a variety of interior spaces – residential retail workplace hospitality education healthcare and manufacturing. The final chapter looks ‘outside the walls’ giving a case study at the campus and city scale. With practical guidance and real-world solutions that can be directly-applied in day-to-day practice this is a must-have for designers interested in applying biophilic principles. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469033

Nature of and Understanding Nonprofits 2-Volume SET This set features two texts edited by professors J. Steven Ott and Lisa A. Dicke: The Nature of the Nonprofit Sector Second Edition is a volume of classic and contemporary readings that presents the most influential theories concepts and issues associated with the nonprofit sector. Understanding Nonprofit Organizations Second E Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429300455

Nature of InvestingResilient Investment Strategies Through Biomimicry We are all investors. We invest our time our energy our money. We invest every single day as citizens as consumers as businesspeople. At its core investing involves connection exchange and mutual benefit. Lately however the primary beneficial function of investing has been overshadowed by ever-more mechanized iterations of finance. We have created funds of funds securitizations of securitizations and entire firms whose business is based on harvesting the advantage of microseconds of trading speed.  The Nature of Investing calls for a transformation of the investment process from the roots up. Drawing on the author's twenty-plus years of leadership experience in top investment firms the book connects real-world finance with the field of biomimicry. Citing real-life examples and discussing principles from the natural world The Nature of Investing shows how we can create an investment framework that is different from the mechanized one currently employed.  Readers will discover an approach that re-aligns investing with the world it was originally meant to serve. An approach that values resiliency over rigidity and elegant simplicity over synthetic complexity. This is the true nature of investing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134945

Nature Of Mathematics Ilphil28 First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822983

Nature of the CityGreen Infrastructure from the Ground Up This is a practical guide to delivering green infrastructure from the ground up and bringing nature in to the built environment. Exploring the process of delivery through an array of design approaches and case studies it demystifies the concept and provides the tools for practical implementation - highlighting the challenges and opportunities on both small and large projects. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468722

Nature Photography: Insider Secrets from the World's Top Digital Photography Professionals Have you ever wondered what it is that professional photographers do day in and day out that enables them to take consistently compelling images? Or thought that unravelling the insider secrets of the professionals could inspire you? This book takes a contemporary and innovative approach to revealing the day-to-day habits of the world's most successful wildlife landscape and macro photographers divulging the core skills and techniques through which they excel. This book is crammed full with expert advice taken from the world's leading pros directly from the field. It will empower the development of your skills to a professional level and fire your imagination. Starting with the basics of how to plan a rewarding field trip (whether locally or afar) for one day or a month and covering all aspects of camera handling and photographic technique including: how to make perfect exposures every time ensure pin-sharp images of moving subjects decipher the complexities of camera menus and controls and break through the mysteries of composition. And having learned the secrets to success the book maps out some simple yet powerful photo exercises and self-assignments to encourage you to explore all facets of digital photography and put into practice the essential skills that will make you too a highly successful photographer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472303

Nature Tourism In recent decades  the fast rise of emerging economies like the BRICS nations has propelled the growth of tourism worldwide. Meanwhile a plethora of nature destinations has been developed to meet the diverse needs of the new wave of demand from emerging economies and to entice existing tourists from advanced and rich economies. Nature Tourism augments the current literature on the benefits and pitfalls in recent developments of nature tourism tracing the history in development highlighting the ecological impacts and showcasing the current practices in nature tourism along with discussions on specific tourist markets from holistic viewpoints embracing lessons learned from various destination nations and continents across the globe. A host of topics with global significance will be explored such as the effect of climate change on nature tourism technological innovation in managing nature tourism visitor management in nature tourism and market positioning in a highly competitive environment. These are reviewed in a wide range of countries from USA/Canada South America Scandinavian countries the Swiss Alps Middle-East countries Africa China and Australia/New Zealand. This book will offer significant insight into nature-based tourism and its future development. It will be of interest to upper-level students researchers and academics in tourism environmental studies development and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368944

Nature UnboundConservation Capitalism and the Future of Protected Areas This groundbreaking volume is the first comprehensive critical examination of the rise of protected areas and their current social and economic position in our world. It examines the social impacts of protected areas the conflicts that surround them the alternatives to them and the conceptual categories they impose. The book explores key debates on devolution participation and democracy; the role and uniqueness of indigenous peoples and other local communities; institutions and resource management; hegemony myth and symbolic power in conservation success stories; tourism poverty and conservation; and the transformation of social and material relations which community conservation entails. For conservation practitioners and protected area professionals not accustomed to criticisms of their work or students new to this complex field the book will provide an understanding of the history and current state of affairs in the rise of protected areas. It introduces the concepts theories and writers on which critiques of conservation have been built and provides the means by which practitioners can understand problems with which they are wrestling. For advanced researchers the book will present a critique of the current debates on protected areas and provide a host of jumping off points for an array of research avenues Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772075

Nature Writing First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143494

Nature-Based Solutions to 21st Century Challenges This book provides a systematic review of nature-based solutions and their potential to address current environmental challenges. In the 21st century society is faced by rapid urbanisation and population growth degradation and loss of natural capital and associated ecosystem services an increase in natural disaster risks and climate change. With growing recognition of the need to work with ecosystems to resolve these issues there is now a move towards nature-based solutions which involve utilising nature’s ecosystem to solve societal challenges while providing multiple co-benefits. This book systematically reviews nature-based solutions from a public policy angle assessing policy developments which encourage the implementation of nature-based solutions to address societal challenges while simultaneously providing human well-being and biodiversity benefits. This includes enhancing sustainable urbanisation restoring degraded ecosystems mitigating and adapting to climate change and reducing risks from natural disasters. While nature-based solutions can be applied strategically and equitably to help societies address a variety of climatic and non-climatic challenges there is still a lack of understanding on how best to implement them. The book concludes by providing a best practice guide for those aiming to turn societal challenges into opportunities. This book will be of great interest to policymakers practitioners and researchers involved in nature-based solutions sustainable urban planning environmental management and sustainable development generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266899

NaturebotUnconventional Visions of Nature Naturebot: Unconventional Visions of Nature presents a humanities-oriented addition to the literature on biomimetics and bioinspiration an interdisciplinary field which investigates what it means to mimic nature with technology. This technology mirrors the biodiversity of nature and it is precisely this creation of technological metaphors for the intricate workings of the natural world that is the real subject of Naturebot. Over the course of the book Barilla applies the narrative conventions of the nature writing genre to this unconventional vision of nature contrasting the traditional tropes and questions of natural history with an expanding menagerie of creatures that defy conventional categories of natural and artificial. In keeping with its nature writing approach the book takes us to where we can encounter these creatures examining the technological models and the biotic specimens that inspired them. In doing so it contemplates the future of the human relationship to the environment and the future of nature writing in the 21st century. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of biomimetics environmental literary studies/ecocriticism and the environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607791

Nature-Inspired ComputingPhysics and Chemistry-Based Algorithms Nature-Inspired Computing: Physics and Chemistry-Based Algorithms provides a comprehensive introduction to the methodologies and algorithms in nature-inspired computing with an emphasis on applications to real-life engineering problems. The research interest for Nature-inspired Computing has grown considerably exploring different phenomena observed in nature and basic principles of physics chemistry and biology. The discipline has reached a mature stage and the field has been well-established. This endeavour is another attempt at investigation into various computational schemes inspired from nature which are presented in this book with the development of a suitable framework and industrial applications. Designed for senior undergraduates postgraduates research students and professionals the book is written at a comprehensible level for students who have some basic knowledge of calculus and differential equations and some exposure to optimization theory. Due to the focus on search and optimization the book is also appropriate for electrical control civil industrial and manufacturing engineering business and economics students as well as those in computer and information sciences. With the mathematical and programming references and applications in each chapter the book is self-contained and can also serve as a reference for researchers and scientists in the fields of system science natural computing and optimization. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573652

Nature-Inspired NetworkingTheory and Applications "Nature-inspired" includes roughly speaking "bio-inspired"+"physical-inspired"+"social-inspired"+ and so on. This book contains highly original contributions about how nature is going to shape networking systems of the future. Hence it focuses on rigorous approaches and cutting-edge solutions which encompass three classes of major methods: 1) Those that take inspiration from nature for the development of novel problem solving techniques; 2) Those that are based on the use of networks to synthesize natural phenomena; and 3) Those that employ natural materials to compute or communicate. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572136

Nature-Inspired Optimization Algorithms Nature-Inspired Optimization Algorithms  a comprehensive work on the most popular optimization algorithms based on nature  starts with an overview of optimization going from the classical to the latest swarm intelligence algorithm. Nature has a rich abundance of flora and fauna that inspired the development of optimization techniques providing us with simple solutions to complex problems in an effective and adaptive manner. The study of the intelligent survival strategies of animals birds and insects in a hostile and ever-changing environment has led to the development of techniques emulating their behavior. This book is a lucid description of fifteen important existing optimization algorithms based on swarm intelligence and superior in performance. It is a valuable resource for engineers researchers faculty and students who are devising optimum solutions to any type of problem ranging from computer science to economics and covering diverse areas that require maximizing output and minimizing resources. This is the crux of all optimization algorithms. Features: Detailed description of the algorithms along with pseudocode and flowchart Easy translation to program code that is also readily available in Mathworks website for some of the algorithms Simple examples demonstrating the optimization strategies are provided to enhance understanding Standard applications and benchmark datasets for testing and validating the algorithms are included This book is a reference for undergraduate and post-graduate students. It will be useful to faculty members teaching optimization. It is also a comprehensive guide for researchers who are looking for optimizing resources in attaining the best solution to a problem. The nature-inspired optimization algorithms are unconventional and this makes them more efficient than their traditional counterparts. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367255985

Nature-Inspired Optimization in Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Systems The manufacturing system is going through substantial changes and developments in light of Industry 4.0. Newer manufacturing technologies are being developed and applied. There is a need to optimize these techniques when applied in different circumstances with respect to materials tools product configurations and process parameters. This book covers computational intelligence applied to manufacturing. It discusses nature-inspired optimization of processes and their design and development in manufacturing systems. It explores all manufacturing processes at both macro and micro levels and offers manufacturing philosophies. Nonconventional manufacturing real industry problems and case studies research on generative processes and relevance of all this to Industry 4.0 is also included. Researchers students academicians and industry professionals will find this reference title very useful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367532604

Nature's BountyHistorical and Modern Environmental Perspectives This thorough clearly organized text focuses on four major environmental categories: forests and land wildlife and wildlife habitat water and drinking water quality and air. Each category is treated historically from the time of exploration and discovery in the seventeenth century to the present. There are also discussions on environmental public policy issues currently in our national debate. The text is integrated throughout with fascinating primary source documents -- eyewitness accounts government reports and documents speeches and congressional testimony -- which illuminate the material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315502892

Nature's Ideological LandscapeA Literary and Geographic Perspective on its Development and Preservation on Denmark's Jutland Heath Originally published in 1984 Nature’s Ideological Language examines the common ideological roots of environmental reclamation and nature preservation. In the general context of European British and American historical experience the Jutland heaths of Denmark are taken as a concrete example for a general critique of European and American policy concerning the use of landscape. Two sets of contradictions are highlighted: ideological and practical between development and preservation; and those between scientific historical aesthetic and recreational motivation for preservation. The book is based on a study of the Jutland heath from 1750 to the present focusing on the Danish perception of the area as expressed in literary art and in economic journals topographies and government reports. Against this background the development of the modern conception of nature is traced and its ideological implications and planning consequences discussed. As a study of humanistic geography this book will be of interest to geographers conservationists and planners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429352126

Nature's MatrixLinking Agriculture Biodiversity Conservation and Food Sovereignty When first published in 2009 Nature’s Matrix set out a radical new approach to the conservation of biodiversity. This new edition pushes the frontier of the biodiversity/agriculture debate further making an even stronger case for the need to transform agriculture and support small- and medium-scale agroecology and food sovereignty. In the first edition the authors set out a radical new approach to the conservation of biodiversity. This is based on the concept of a landscape as a matrix of diverse small-scale agricultural ecosystems providing opportunities to enhance conservation under the stewardship of local farmers. This contrasts with the alternative view of industrial-scale farms and large protected areas which exclude local people. However since then the debate around conservation and agriculture has developed significantly and this is reflected in this updated second edition. The text is thoroughly revised including: a reorganization of chapters with new and timely topics introduced updates to the discussion of agroecology and food sovereignty bringing it in line with the current debates greater coverage of the role of agroecology in particular agroforestry as an important component of climate change adaptation and mitigation highlighting recent studies on the role of intensive agriculture in climate change and loss of biodiversity and more attention given to the discussion of land sparing versus land sharing. By integrating the ecological aspects of agriculture and conservation biology with a political and social analysis as well as historical perspective the book continues to set a progressive agenda and appeals to a wide range of students and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137816

Nature's Nanostructures Natural nanomaterials and nanotechnologies are all around us which inevitably leads to these questions: What are these natural nanomaterials made of? Where can we find them? What can they do? Answering these questions will facilitate new and environmentally friendly ways of creating and manipulating nanoscale materials for the next generation of new technologies. A truly multidisciplinary resource this book brings together studies from astronomy physics chemistry materials science engineering geology and geophysics environmental science agricultural science entomology molecular biology and health and provides an invaluable resource for learning how various scientists approach similar problems. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316828

Nature's Place (Routledge Revivals)Conservation Sites and Countryside Change Nature conservation has become increasingly important in Britain over the last three decades. This title first published in 1986 deals with the critical issues surrounding nature conservation and wildlife protection. The book is broad in scope with a focus on the 1981 Wildlife and Countryside Act and its provisions for the protection of wildlife habitats in Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs). This follows an historical account of habitat loss over the past 200 years and the origins of conservation and site-protection policy. This reissue will be of particular value to professionals voluntary workers and students with an interest in the origins developments and practice of nature conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718639

Nature's SavioursCelebrity Conservationists in the Television Age Today's celebrity conservationists many of whom made their reputations through television and other visual media play a major role in drawing public attention to an increasingly threatened world. This book one of the first to address this contribution focuses on five key figures: the English naturalist David Attenborough the French marine adventurer Jacques-Yves Cousteau the American primatologist Dian Fossey the Canadian scientist-broadcaster-activist David Suzuki and the Australian 'crocodile hunter' Steve Irwin. Some of the issues the author addresses include: What is the changing relationship between western conservation and celebrity? How has the spread of television helped shape and mediate this relationship? To what extent can celebrity conservation be seen as part of a global system in which conservation like celebrity is big business? The book critically examines the heroic status accorded to the five figures mentioned above taking in the various discourses – around nature science nation gender – through which they and their work have been presented to us. In doing so it fills in the cultural historical and ideological background behind contemporary celebrity conservationism as a popular expression of a chronically endangered world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415519144

Nature's SpectacleThe World's First National Parks and Protected Places National parks have always been an emotive and iconic symbol ever since the first parks of the modern era were created in the mid-nineteenth century. This book based on original research delves deeply into their character and significance and the larger context in which they developed.  The book celebrates the deserved attractiveness of the parks as wilderness or 'spectacle' to millions of visitors but also emphasises how there was nothing inevitable self-sustaining or without cost in their magnificence and accessibility. Those early parks were a powerful unifying force as national 'playgrounds' especially as motor transport democratised their use. However they also provoked bitter conflict in their dispossession of local communities and perhaps deliberate segregation of people from scenery and wildlife.  That first century of national parks which concluded with the significant break of the Second World War and the subsequent development of more international approaches to conservation left an uncertain legacy. It was a fragile foundation from which to build what became an integral part of today's conservation movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849685

Nature's WebRethinking Our Place on Earth This powerful book provides the first comprehensive overview of the intellectual roots of the worldwide environmental movement - from ancient religions and philosophies to modern science and ethics - and synthesizes them into a new philosophy of nature in which to ground our moral values and social action. It traces the origins and evolution of the dominant worldview that has built our industrial technocratic man-centered civilization and brought us to the current ecological crisis. At the same time it uncovers an alternative cultural tradition in the world's different religions and philosophies and describes how these ideas are now surfacing and coalescing to form an ecological sensibility and a new vision of nature which recognizes the inter-relatedness of all living things. Finally this book integrates these varied traditions with modern physics and the science of ecology into a larger philosophical whole that provides the environmental movement with a comprehensive vision of an organic and sustainable society in harmony with nature. As ecological disasters continue to threaten our planet becoming worse with every passing moment of indifference it has become clear that we must take action. We must change our relationship with nature and return to the days when our lives were intimately connected to and dependent upon the natural world. Nature's Web lays the foundations for that change by explaining where our complex ideas about nature come from why they are wrong and what we can do to change them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166080

Navajo InfancyAn Ethological Study of Child Development Navajo Infancy describes the major sources of change and continuity in Navajo infant development. It does so by combining concepts and methods of classical ethology with those of social-cultural anthropology. The goal is to establish the relationships between human nature and culture. Buy considering the nature of adaptation and the evolution of human developmental patterns and through analyses of the determinants of change and continuity in Navajo infant development Navajo Infancy outlines how the process of development itself may bridge nature and culture.With its special focus on the effect of the cradleboard on Navajo mother-infant interaction Navajo Infancy raises important developmental issues in its analyses of why the eff ects of the cradleboard do not last. Incorporating the Brazelton Neonatal Behavioral Assessment Scale into its ethological-anthropological methods Navajo Infancy demonstrates signifi cant Navajo-Anglo-American differences in newborn temperament. It fi nds a strong correlation between newborn behavior and prenatal environmental factors arguing that racial and ethnic differences in behavior at birth go well beyond simple gene pool differences.Navajo Infancy also describes the individual and group differences in the development of Navajo and Anglo- American children's fear of strangers and patterns of mother-infant interaction. Aspects of attachment theory transactional theories of development and anthropological theories of socialization are related to this broad new evolutionary approach to the process of development and nature-culture interaction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125169

Naval Accounts and Inventories of the Reign of Henry VII1485-8 and 1495-7 More accurately the reigns of Richard III and Henry VII: this prints two books of accounts of successive Clerks of the Kings Ships; Thomas Roger’s for 1485-88 and Robert Brygandyne’s for 1495-97. They present a detailed picture of naval administration ships and their equipment at the end of the Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248149

Naval Administration1715-1750 This volume follows the organisation of the editor’s seminal study Naval Administration in the Age of Walpole (1965) but the documents presented here represents a longer period (of thirty-five years) than in his original book. Separate sections include documents describing the structure of the central administration including the Admiralty’s sometimes difficult relationship with the Navy Board; the evolution of the officer corps rewards and discipline: seamen and their pay the manning problem and health at sea; ships and shipbuilding; naval stores and timber; the Royal Dockyards their management labour relations and abuses of the system; the development of overseas bases; the victualling of the fleet and naval finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423492

Naval Courts Martial 1793-1815 This collection of naval court martial transcripts and related documents from the time of the French Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars contributes not only to our understanding of military jurisprudence in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries but also to our knowledge of Georgian and Regency criminal law in general. Each chapter presents transcripts relating to different groups of offences. Chapter one deals with procedural matters; Chapter Two covers trails arising from transgressions of the laws of Georgian and Regency society like drunkenness theft violence and homosexuality. Chapter Three is devoted to proceedings against types of naval offence such a mutiny insolence desertion or loss of ship. Chapter Four treats of cases involving adjudications for multiple infractions. These transcripts are presented in their entirety and offer a unique window to the social conditions and behaviour aboard the King's ships at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423843

Naval Diplomacy in 21st CenturyA Model for the Post-Cold War Global Order This book offers a detailed investigation of naval diplomacy past and present and challenges the widely accepted Anglo-American school of sea power thought. Despite the acknowledgement of the importance of the threat or use of force in the pursuit of policy since the dawn of strategic thought the utility of seapower in operations other than war is poorly understood and articulated. Theorists have invariably viewed seapower in peacetime through the lens of hard power effects such as coercion and deterrence. Commentaries on engagement interoperability and the forging of friendships are largely conspicuous by their absence. This book considers how all these strands of international politics can be better understood for use in the 21st century. The book explains and defines naval diplomacy with existing theoretical frameworks being critically analysed. It reviews over 500 incidents from the post-Cold War era drawing on this empirical evidence to determine that naval diplomacy remains a potent means of 21st century statecraft. It finds that existing understanding of naval diplomacy is insufficient and offers an alternative model drawing on basic communication and stakeholder theories. The implications of the book relate directly to national security: naval deployments could be more effectively targeted; foreign activity at sea could be better understood and if necessary countered; finally the ability of non-state actors to support national interests from the sea could potentially be better harnessed. This book will be of much interest to students of naval power maritime security strategic studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586362

Naval History 1500–1680 In recent decades historians have studied several new aspects of early modern naval history and placed it in a wider context than traditional studies of naval warfare. This volume brings together 23 studies on naval technology policy-making and administration tactics strategy operations and warfare on trade. They provide new insights and new ideas for further studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248301

Naval History 1680�1850 This collection of essays sets out to present a sample of the rich diversity of writings on naval history in this period. The collection covers subjects ranging from strategy operations and tactics to administration technology and the maritime economy. Within this volume the reader will be able to see essays that influenced the development of modern naval history through to samples of some of the latest research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390589

Naval Intelligence from GermanyThe Reports of the British Naval Attachés in Berlin 1906–1914 During the course of the Anglo-German naval race the British Admiralty found a regular flow of information on Germany's naval policy on her warship construction and on the technical progress of her fleet to be absolutely vital. It was only on the basis of accurate calculations of Germany's maritime development that the framers of British naval policy could formulate a coherent response to this alarming challenge to the Royal Navy's long-standing supremacy at sea. While numerous sources were available to the Admiralty on the development of the German navy the most important was the information provided by the British naval attaché in Berlin. From his meetings with German officials conversations at social occasions visits to naval facilities and shipyards and personal observations of German naval politics the British naval attaché was able to supply a regular stream of high-grade intelligence to his superiors in Whitehall. This volume examines and illustrates the work of the last four officers to hold the post of naval attaché in Berlin before the cataclysm of 1914 Captains Dumas Heath Watson and Henderson. By providing examples of their reporting on such crucial matters as the expansion of the German battle fleet the goals of Admiral von Tirpitz the development of German naval materiel including Dreadnoughts U-boats and airships this volume of attaché correspondence illustrates a fundamental but neglected dimension of the Anglo-German naval race before the First World War: namely the role of the navy's 'man on the spot' in Berlin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423812

Naval Modernisation in South-East AsiaNature Causes and Consequences This edited volume analyses the naval arms race in South-East Asia and reviews the content purposes and consequences of the naval policies and development of the main countries of the region. The rise of naval capability in the countries of the Asia-Pacific Region is increasingly recognised as a major indicator of the ‘rise of Asia’ and its increasing importance in the world’s political economic and strategic future. Most coverage focusses solely on the navies of the 'big four' – the US China India and Japan; however the region’s other navies though much smaller are significant too. Given the current focus on the South China Sea and the Obama administration’s pivot to Asia naval development in South-East Asia is of particular relevance. This book first identifies the issues involved in defence acquisition in this area. It then goes on to establish some templates of naval modernisation as a means of assessing the policies of individual countries in the region by looking at the naval policies of the big four. Finally the general issue of naval modernisation in South-East Asia is illustrated through a more detailed examination of some of the major issues common to all countries of the area. These include the defence-industrial perspective specific examinations of submarine and surface ship acquisition processes and a review of the balance to be struck between naval and coastguard forces in the area. This book will be of much interest to students of naval power maritime security South-East Asian politics strategic studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821445

Naval Operations of the Campaign in Norway April-June 1940 This is the official Naval Staff history of the Norway campaign originally published internally in 1951. It covers the period from early April 1940 to the completion of operations in June. The operation involved most of the Royal Navy's ships in the Home theatre at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761246

Naval Peacekeeping and Humanitarian OperationsStability from the Sea This edited volume explores stability security transition and reconstruction operations (SSTR) highlighting the challenges and opportunities they create for the US Navy. The book argues that SSTR operations are challenging because they create new missions and basing modes and signal a return to traditional naval methods of operation. Mission accomplishment requires collaboration with a wide range of actors representing governmental non-governmental and commercial organizations which often creates politically and bureaucratically charged issues for those involved. However although from a traditional warfighting perspective stability operations might be viewed as having little to do with preparing for high-intensity conventional combat these kinds of operations in fact correspond to traditional missions related to diplomacy engagement maritime domain awareness piracy and smuggling and intervention to quell civil disturbances. SSTR operations can be therefore depicted as a return to traditional naval operations albeit operations that might not be universally welcomed in all quarters.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994409

Naval Policy and Strategy in the MediterraneanPast Present and Future Maritime strategy and naval power in the Mediterranean touches on migration the environment technology economic power international politics and law as well as calculations of naval strength and diplomatic manoeuvre. These broad and fundamental themes are explored in this volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815168

Naval Power and British Culture 1760–1850Public Trust and Government Ideology Recent work on the growth of British naval power during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries has emphasised developments in the political constitutional and financial infrastructure of the British state. Naval Power and British Culture 1760-1850 takes these considerations one step further and examines the relationship of administrative culture within government bureaucracy to contemporary perceptions of efficiency in the period 1760-1850. By administrative culture is meant the ideas attitudes structures practices and mores of public employees. Inevitably these changed over time and this shift is examined as the naval departments passed through times of crisis and peace. Focusing on the transition in the culture of government employees in the naval establishments in London - in the Navy and Victualling Offices - as well as the victualling yard towns along the Thames and Medway Naval Power and British Culture 1760-1850 concerns itself with attitudes at all levels of the organisation. Yet it is concerned above all with those whose views and conduct are seldom reported the clerks artificers secretaries and commissioners; those employees of government who lived in local communities and took their work experience back home with them. As such this book illuminates not only the employees of government but also the society which surrounded and impinged upon naval establishments and the reciprocal nature of their attitudes and influences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248288

Naval Power and Expeditionary WarsPeripheral Campaigns and New Theatres of Naval Warfare This book examines the nature and character of naval expeditionary warfare in particular in peripheral campaigns and the contribution of such campaigns to the achievement of strategic victory. Naval powers which can lack the massive ground forces to win in the main theatre often choose a secondary theatre accessible to them by sea and difficult for their enemies to reach by land giving the sea power and its expeditionary forces the advantage. The technical term for these theatres is ‘peripheral operations.’ The subject of peripheral campaigns in naval expeditionary warfare is central to the British the US and the Australian way of war in the past and in the future. All three are reluctant to engage large land forces because of the high human and economic costs. Instead they rely as much as possible on sea and air power and the latter is most often in the form of carrier-based aviation. In order to exert pressure on their enemies they have often opened additional theaters in on-going regional and civil wars. This book contains thirteen case studies by some of the foremost naval historians from the United States Great Britain and Australia whose collected case studies examine the most important peripheral operations of the last two centuries. This book will be of much interest to students of naval warfare military history strategic studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724289

Naval Powers in the Indian Ocean and the Western Pacific A vital component of the interdependent global economy maritime transit routes are nowhere more critical than those traversing the Indian Ocean and the Western Pacific. Previously areas of the Indian Ocean and Western Pacific have been viewed as separate and discrete political economic and military regions. In recent years however a variety of economic political and military forces have created a new understanding of these maritime expanses as one zone of global interaction. This book complements the material presented in its companion volume Maritime Security in the Indian Ocean and the Western Pacific by analysing the perceptions interests objectives maritime capabilities and policies of the major maritime powers operating in the Indian Ocean and the Western Pacific. In addition the book also assesses the contemporary maritime challenges and opportunities that confront the global community within what is rapidly becoming recognised as an integrated zone of global interaction. A valuable study for researchers and policymakers working in the fields of maritime security; military security and peace studies; conflict resolution; and Asian affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524548

Naval Songs and Ballads These are not for the most part shanties but ballads about (and in many cases by) sailors and their exploits from the fourteenth century to the nineteenth with a learned introduction on their historical value. The tunes are named but the music is not printed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248545

Naval Strategy and Operations in Narrow Seas First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861748

Naval Strategy in Northeast AsiaGeo-strategic Goals Policies and Prospects Over the past decade Northeast Asia has been dominated by quite significant strategic change which is ongoing and brings with it many uncertainties. naval capabilities in Northwest Asia are instrumental in promoting maritime security interests - helping to build a stable security environment through active participation in regional naval co-operation. This landmark book explores the region's maritime peace and stability and examines in depth the strategic military and apolitical issues that underpin any effort to develop maritime co-operation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045008

Naval Warfare 1815-1914 This book looks at the transition of wooden sailing fleets to the modern steel navy. It details the technological breakthroughs that brought about this change - steampower armour artillery and torpedoes and looks at their affect on naval strategy and tactics.Part of the ever-growing and prestigious Warfare and History series this book is a must for enthusiasts of military history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203132234

Naval Warfare 1919–45An Operational History of the Volatile War at Sea Naval Warfare 1919–45 is a comprehensive history of the war at sea from the end of the Great War to the end of World War Two. Showing the bewildering nature and complexity of the war facing those charged with fighting it around the world this book ranges far and wide: sweeping across all naval theatres and those powers performing major as well as minor roles within them. Armed with the latest material from an extensive set of sources Malcolm H. Murfett has written an absorbing as well as a comprehensive reference work. He demonstrates that superior equipment and the best intelligence ominous power and systematic planning vast finance and suitable training are often simply not enough in themselves to guarantee the successful outcome of a particular encounter at sea. Sometimes the narrow difference between victory and defeat hinges on those infinite variables: the individual’s performance under acute pressure and sheer luck. Naval Warfare 1919–45 is an analytical and interpretive study which is an accessible and fascinating read both for students and for interested members of the general public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640084

Navies and Foreign Policy (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1977 this study offers a comprehensive systematic and integrated survey of the important relationship between navies and the making and execution of foreign policy. Ken Booth explains the functions navies can perform in both war and peace the influence they have on particular situations and how the relevant organisations can affect the character of naval actions. Ultimately navies are regarded as indispensable instruments of the state by a number of countries whilst all countries with a coast find some need to threaten a degree of force at sea. This book provides students and academics with the intellectual framework with which to assess the changing character of the navy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781764

Navies in Multipolar WorldsFrom the Age of Sail to the Present Recent challenges to US maritime predominance suggests a return to great power competition at sea and this new volume looks at how navies in previous eras of multipolarity grappled with similar challenges. The book follows the theme of multipolarity by analysing a wide range of historical and geographical case studies thereby maintaining the focus of both its historical analysis and its policy implications. It begins by looking at the evolution of French naval policy from Louis XIV through to the end of the nineteenth century. It then examines how the British responded to multipolar threat environments convoys the challenges of demobilization and the persistence of British naval power in the interwar period. There are also contributions regarding Japan’s turn away from the sea the Italian navy and multipolarity in the Arctic. This volume also addresses the regional and global distribution of forces; trade and communication protection; arms races; the emergence of naval challengers; fleet design; logistics; technology; civil-naval relations; and grand strategy past present and future. This book will be of much interest to students of naval history strategic studies and international relations history as well as senior naval officers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427221

Navies of Europe Europe ruled the waves for most of the modern era and even when its navies were eclipsed in size by the US force they continued to dominate world wars. In this unique history of Europe's naval forces Larry Sondhaus charts the development of naval warfare from the transition to steam to recent actions in the Persian Gulf. Combining detailed technical information with an in-depth comparison of warfare and tactics across some of the key conflicts of the modern world this is an absorbing account of European and British seapower past and present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181328

Navies of South-East AsiaA Comparative Study This book provides a comprehensive survey of the development and operations of the navies of South-East Asia since the end of World War II. The navies of South-East Asia have rarely been the subject of systematic attention but as the maritime strategic balance within Asia becomes more complex and open to challenge through the rise of China they will play increasingly significant roles. While most have had only limited strength in the past the majority are acquiring new capabilities notably submarines which will profoundly alter their ability to influence events. This volume outlines the difficulties that each navy has faced in developing capability in competition not only with local armies and air forces but with other national requirements. The authors analyse the way in which each has been shaped by history and by changing maritime strategic concepts particularly through developments such as the 1982 Law of the Sea Convention. Drawing upon this contextual information the book goes on to examine how the navies are likely to develop in the future what new challenges they will face and the nature of the roles they will play within a region of increasing global strategic significance. This book will be of much interest to students of naval policy SE Asian politics regional security strategic studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819696

Navigating Academic LifeHow the System Works This engaging collection of recent essays reveals how a professorial career involves not only pursuit of a scholarly discipline but also such unwelcome features as the tribulations of graduate school the trials of teaching and the tensions that develop from membership in a department. The author who enjoyed a distinguished career as a professor of philosophy and senior university administrator draws on his extensive experience to offer candid advice about handling the frustrations of academic life. Combining philosophical principles practical concerns and personal observations this book serves as a reliable guide for both new and veteran academics as well as for anyone seeking to understand the inner workings of colleges and universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367626617

Navigating Art TherapyA Therapist’s Companion From Art-making as a Defence to Works of Art this anthology will help you navigate your way through the ever growing world of art therapy. Art therapy is used in an increasing range of settings and is influenced by a range of disciplines including psychotherapy social psychiatry social work and education. Navigating Art Therapy is an essential companion for both seasoned art therapists and those new to the field as it offers a comprehensive guide to key terms and concepts. With contributions from art therapists around the world entries cover: forms of interpretation processes of adaptation history of art therapy the inspiration provided by artworks and popular culture This book is an ideal source of reference as the concise cross-referenced entries enable easy navigation through ideas and terms integral to the discipline. As such it is invaluable for anyone working in the art therapy field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824529

Navigating Challenges in Qualitative Educational ResearchResearch Interrupted How do education researchers navigate the qualitative research process? How do they manage and negotiate myriad decision points at which things can take an unexpected – and sometimes problematic – turn? Whilst these questions are relevant for any research process the specific issues qualitative researchers face can have impactful repercussions that if managed adeptly can lead to successful and even new research opportunities. Navigating Challenges in Qualitative Educational Research includes narratives that provide real world experiences and accounts of how researchers navigated problematic situations as well as their considerations in doing so. These contributions give students and researchers a chance to understand the possibilities of research challenges and better prepare for these eventualities and how to deal with them. Providing educative windows into the challenges and missteps even seasoned researchers face along the way this book is an invaluable resource for graduate students and early career qualitative researchers particularly those who are interested in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173623

Navigating Commerce in Latin AmericaOptions and Obstacles The forces of globalization technology and information diffusion as well as the processes of democratic consolidation have served to improve and expand opportunities for business in Latin American markets. These changes have not occurred uniformly and this insightful book will help future business leaders determine which economies are likely to prosper and therefore present better business opportunities for the foreseeable future. A chapter dedicated to the history of Latin America helps readers understand why things appear the way they do giving them the context they need to understand the underlying business conditions. The book also addresses key challenges and issues that are unique to Latin America and offers practical advice for tackling them. Each chapter features a focus country in order to provide a more in-depth understanding of what business opportunities exist in this region how businesses operate and thrive there as well as what internal and external factors affect the ability to do business in Latin America. The cases at the end of each chapter explore actual business ventures in a particular country. A highly practical book Navigating Commerce in Latin America will give international business people the tools they need to manage successful businesses in this region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304710

Navigating Comprehensive School Change This book an accessible resource for busy practitioners is a unique hybrid of two genres. As a "tourist guide" it shows you:- how to prepare for the journey- what to pay attention to upon arrival- how to deal with the unexpected. As a "consumer report" it helps you:- identify some of the best tools and sources about change- access useful information about the change process- find information about the strengths and challenges of various strategies. Thorough and comprehensive it offers essential information about how to:- form leadership teams- identify high stakes problems- build commitment- create a school-wide vision and establish school-wide goals - handle setbacks- maintain the vision and sustain change. - evaluate and assess comprehensive school change. Also included is a section called "Ports of Call" which provides sources of information to help you implement comprehensive school reform at your site. From Michael Fullan's Foreword . . ."Chenoweth and Everhart take the big concepts of change and work them through operationally at the level of day-to-day practice. We learn how to form leadership teams the importance of focusing on capacity-building and reculturing how to build commitment while dealing with dissatisfaction problem-solving during implementation how to keep going and how to go beyond standardized testing in developing a range of alternative assessment strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466050

Navigating Contemporary IranChallenging Economic Social and Political Perceptions This detailed examination of contemporary Iran addresses the most important current social political and economic issues facing the nation and the way it is perceived by the outside world. The volume brings together some of the most important scholars and researchers in the field working in such diverse disciplines as anthropology economics history international relations philosophy political science and sociology to offer a broad range of perspectives on the significance of three decades of changes for Iran’s current and near-term-future domestic and international politics. Drawing upon a wealth of original field research the authors challenge conventional wisdom and simplistic media stereotypes about the Islamic Republic. The chapters reach beyond traditional images of the country to show that as a consequence of thirty years of economic and social changes the reality or ‘essence’ of contemporary Iran is more complex and nuanced than is often portrayed in the international media. Offering valuable insights into Iran’s economic and social policies as well as its politics since the Islamic Revolution this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of political science sociology and Iranian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110854

Navigating Cross-Cultural Ethics Through the personal stories of managers running global business this book takes an inside look into the dilemmas of managers who are asked to make profits ethically according to the dictates of their company's ethics code. It examines what companies `think" they are doing to help managers in those situations and how those managers are actually affected. Thanks to the boost from the 1991 Sentencing Guidelines which minimizes penalties for companies with ethics codes caught in ethical wrongdoing more than 85% of US companies and two thirds of all Canadian companies and half of all European companies now have Codes of Ethics. Yet over and over we hear of stories of personal dilemmas and conflicts experienced by individual managers navigating those business waters in other cultures. "Eileen Morgan does an excellent job of mapping the course for navigating the previously uncharted global ethical waters. By identifying best practices she leads the reader on a journey from Surviving to Understanding to Knowing the ethical issues that frequently confront international business people. This is a must read for anyone who wants to successfully compete in world markets."-Michael J. Litwin Executive Vice President Chief Credit Officer Heller Financial Inc."Eileen Morgan has combined the pragmatic concerns of the individual manager with the moral concerns that come from personal-life history cultural roots and corporate ethical culture ...This book focuses on the constructive task of formulating and using an "ethical map " and is sure to be a tonic to conscientious managers who want to navigate cross-cultural commerce with integrity. It has done a superb job of creating order out of the complexity of cross-cultural moral experience by insisting that the complexity must be honored and appropriated rather than ignored or suppressed."-Dr. Richard Beauchamp Professor of Ethics Christopher Newport University"In this groundbreaking book Eileen Morgan has provided scores of real-life examples and developed a framework for approaching ethical leadership in international business. This is mandatory reading for anyone involved in global management today...This is an important book on an important subject."-Stephen H. Rhinesmith Ph.D. Author A Manager's Guide to Globalization"Eileen Morgan provides us with a much needed roadmap for how to walk the path of ethical leadership with practical feet. She reminds us that ethical decision-making is a critical aspect of every day leadership and that we can all choose to be 'ethical pioneers' in our companies and our communities. Every leader engaged in global business can benefit from the lessons and stories included in this book." -Christi A. Olson Ph.D. Chair Telecommunications Management Department Golden Gate University"Eileen Morgan's thoughtful analysis of 'ethical capital' should be read by anyone who does business in a global environment...Morgan's book presents the issue clearly comprehensively and compellingly demonstrating that ethics is an indispensable aspect of individual leadership and organizational credibility. ...It provides a clear roadmap for business leaders who need to communicate their commitment to integrity and accountability to their employees their partners and their customer making their 'ethical capital' one of their most valuable assets."-Nell Minnow Principal Lens The Corporate Governance Investors"Eileen Morgan gives excellent insight into ethical practices. She focuses on business but her insights have general application. This book also describes differences in ethical interpretation that can arise between diverse cultures. Ms. Morgan has made an excellent contribution to understanding the benefit of positive ethical practices."-David C. Lincoln Sponsor Lincoln Center for Applied Ethics College of Business Arizona State University; President Arizona Oxides LLC Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178847

Navigating DifferencesFriendships Between Gay and Straight Men Navigating Differences: Friendships Between Gay and Straight Men is a one-of-a-kind cross-sexual study that shows you how today’s gay and straight men build maintain and foster true friendships. In this activist participatory study you’ll get a day-in-the-life look at 44 pairs of cross-sexual men’s friendships and see what helps them negotiate the terrain of their emotional sexual psychological and social differences in today’s climate of often publicly defended homophobia and heterosexism.Navigating Differences succeeds in bringing the true picture of cross-sexual men’s relationships to you regardless of your personal orientation or political affiliation. You’ll find information--straight from the lives of the study’s participants--that shows you how different sexual orientations impact the way men spend time together maintain friendships cope with sexual struggles and open good communication channels. Most importantly you’ll get detailed facts and feedback concerning: hegemonic masculinity embracing struggling with and ignoring differences group demographic characteristics embeddedness and emotional communication outness in-groups out-groups and reference groupsHearsay and prejudice might claim to know what gay and straight men think of each other but Navigating Differences replaces rumors with research and shows you what really keeps gay and straight men in lasting friendships in all arenas of life. You’ll learn firsthand what it takes to overcome differences and what it means to turn difference into meaningful relationships. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047637

Navigating Gender and Sexuality in the ClassroomNarrative Insights from Students and Educators This book examines teacher candidates' experiences with gender and sexuality in the classroom offering insight and strategies to better prepare teachers and teacher educators to support lesbian gay bisexual transgender and queer/questioning (LGBTQ) youth and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381969

Navigating Initial Teacher TrainingBecoming a Teacher Are you considering or already training to become a teacher? Do you want to know more about the variety of types of training on offer? Do you need reassurance that you are on the right path? Or would you just like to see how others cope with their teacher training? If so this lively book built on the experience of thousands of people just like you is exactly what you need. Written by experts with backgrounds in teaching supporting teacher learning and researching teacher training and based on a major study of nearly 5 000 beginner teachers it provides an authentic insight into what lies ahead when becoming a teacher. The book which incorporates extensive conversations with large numbers of student and newly qualified teachers will also serve as the ideal course companion when undertaking your Initial Teacher Training programme. It includes practical ideas and strategies for coping with various aspects of life as a student teacher for example dealing with pupil behaviour building and managing relationships with mentors and other teachers in schools and finding and obtaining a first teaching post. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787572

Navigating Languages Literacies and IdentitiesReligion in Young Lives Navigating Languages Literacies and Identities showcases innovative research at the interface of religion and multilingualism offering an analytical focus on religion in children and adolescents’ everyday lives and experiences. The volume examines the connections between language and literacy practices and social identities associated with religion in a variety of sites of learning and socialization namely homes religious education classes places of worship and faith-related schools and secular schools. Contributors engage with a diverse set of complex multiethnic and religious communities and investigate the rich multilingual multiliterate and multi-scriptal practices associated with religion which children and adolescents engage in with a range of mediators including siblings peers parents grandparents religious leaders and other members of the religious community. The volume is organized into three sections according to context and participants: (1) religious practices at home and across generations (2) religious education classes and places of worship and (3) bridging home school and community. The edited book will be a valuable resource for researchers in applied linguistics linguistic anthropology socio-linguistics intercultural communication and early years primary and secondary education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596484

Navigating Model Minority StereotypesAsian Indian Youth in South Asian Diaspora Though Asian Indians are typically thought of as a "model minority" not much is known about the school experiences of their children. Positive stereotyping of these immigrants and their children often masks educational needs and issues creates class divides within the Indian-American community and triggers stress for many Asian Indian students. This volume examines second generation (America-born) and 1.5 generation (foreign-born) Asian Indians as they try to balance peer culture home life and academics. It explores how through the acculturation process these children either take advantage of this positive stereotype or refute their stereotyped ethnic image and move to downward mobility. Focusing on migrant experiences of the Indian diasporas in the United States this volume brings attention to highly motivated Asian Indian students who are overlooked because of their cultural dispositions and outlooks on schooling and those students who are more likely to underachieve. It highlights the assimilation of Asian Indian students in mainstream society and their understandings of Americanization social inequality diversity and multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085626

Navigating Social JournalismA Handbook for Media Literacy and Citizen Journalism Public trust in the once powerful institutions of the News Establishment is declining. Sharing curating and producing news via social media channels may offer an alternative if the difficult process of verification can be mastered by social journalists operating outside of the newsroom. Navigating Social Journalism examines the importance of digital media literacy and how we should all be students of the media. Author Martin Hirst emphasizes the responsibility that individuals should take when consuming the massive amounts of media we encounter on a daily basis. This includes information we gather from online media streaming podcasts social media and other formats. The tools found here will help students critically evaluate any incoming media and in turn produce their own media with their own message. This book aims both to help readers understand the current state of news media through theory and provide practical techniques and skills to partake in constructive social journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225008

Navigating Strategic DecisionsThe Power of Sound Analysis and Forecasting Based on four decades of experience and research Navigating Strategic Decisions: The Power of Sound Analysis and Forecasting explains how to improve the decision-making process in your organization through the use of better long-term forecasts and decision support. Filled with time-tested methodologies and models it provides you with the tools to establish the organization processes methods and techniques required for analyzing and forecasting strategic decisions.Describing how to foster the conditions required for forecasts to materialize this book will help you rank project valuations and select higher value creation projects. It also teaches you how to: Assess the commercial feasibility of large projects Apply sanity checks to forecasts and assess their resource implications Benchmark best-in-class strategic forecasting organizations processes and practices Identify project risks and manage project uncertainty Analyze forecasting models and scenarios to determine controllable levers Pinpoint factors needed to ensure that forecasted future states materialize as expected This book provides you with the benefit of the author’s decades of hands-on experience. In this book John Triantis shares valuable insights on strategic planning new product development portfolio management and business development groups. Describing how to provide world-class support to your corporate market and other planning functions the book provides you with the tools to consistently make improved decisions that are based on hard data balanced evaluations well considered scenarios and sound forecasts. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466585980

Navigating Teacher Licensure ExamsSuccess and Self-Discovery on the High-Stakes Path to the Classroom Navigating Teacher Licensure Exams offers practical empirically sourced insights into the high-stakes licensure exams required in most states for teacher certification. This unique resource foregrounds the experiences of diverse preservice teachers including teachers of color to understand how they organize their preparation efforts overcome self-doubt and anxiety and navigate the high-pressure space of this important testing event. By situating these exams within their social and psychological contexts presenting real-life cases of success and failure and confronting innate perceptions of standardized tests this book provides essential and highly practical support for preservice teachers teacher educators and departmental resource libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348078

Navigating Teenage DepressionA Guide for Parents and Professionals First symptoms of depression often occur during teenage years and it can be a disturbing and confusing time for families as well as the teenager themselves. How can you tell whether it is just typical teenage ups and downs that will pass or something more serious? How can we reliably identify and support teenagers with depression? In this book experienced clinician and researcher Gordon Parker explains how to systematically identify different mood disorders and contributing factors. He and co-author Kerrie Eyers explain when clinical treatment is required and outline treatment options. They also discuss the particular challenges faced by adolescents and approaches to effective management. Drawing on insightful personal accounts from teenagers and young adults about their experiences and based on extensive clinical research this is essential reading for every parent carer or professional looking after a young person with depression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140431

Navigating the Common Good in Teacher Education PolicyCritical and International Perspectives Navigating the Common Good in Teacher Education Policy examines the changing relationships between the state and the common (or public) good. Using teacher education policy as the frame of analysis the authors examine history cultural context and lived experiences in 12 countries and the European Union to explicate which notions of justice social inclusion and exclusion and citizenship emerge. By situating teacher education policy within a larger philosophical framework regarding the relationship between the state and conceptions of the "common good " this book analyzes the ideological and political desires of the state---how the state understands the common good the future of national identity and to what end schooling is imagined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441395

Navigating the Journey of Aging ParentsWhat Care Receivers Want Navigating the Journey of Aging Parents proposes an entirely unique approach to the field of gerontology giving dependent care receivers a voice. Caregivers will be made aware of what care receivers truly want during life's final chapters. Exploring issues of housing spirituality personal care and death Cheryl Kuba has created a testament to the dependent elderly. This book draws on numerous interviews with aging people and discusses common caregiver mistakes and interpretations what a caregiver should expect when an aging parent moves in and how to care for an aging parent from afar. Kuba also delves into such phenomena as guilt role reversal changing family dynamics financial stress and caring for oneself while caring for another. The 22.4 million elderly people being cared for in the United States comprises the fastest growing segment of the population making this reference on the opinions and concerns of care receivers invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430587

Navigating the JungleLaw Politics and the Animal Advocacy Movement For much of our history legal scholars focused predominantly on the law’s implications for human beings while ignoring how the law influences animal welfare. Since the 1970s however there has been a steep increase in animal advocates’ use of the courts. Animal law has blossomed into a vibrant academic discipline with a rich literature that examines how the law affects animal welfare and the ability of humans to advocate on behalf of nonhuman animals. But most animal law literature tends to be doctrinally-based or normative. There has been little empirical study of the outcomes of animal law cases and there has been very little attention paid to the political influences of these outcomes. This book fills the gap in animal law literature. This is the first empirically-based analysis of animal law that emphasizes the political forces that shape animal law outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051291

Navigating the NHSCore Issues for Clinicians * What is NHS purchasing and where is it going? * What are the resource implications of shared care policies? * Why are casemix and clinical coding important in pricing contracts? * What should be the role of marketing in the NHS? * Where should a medical director's loyality lie? These are the sort of questions which clinical staff at all levels in today's NHS are expected to grasp. Navigating the NHS provides the answers. The full range of current management issues is explored and each topic is presented clearly and concisely by authors with expert knowledge and experience. Navigating the NHS is written for the uninitiated who need to absorb the central arguments rapidly. It is ideal for those seeking promotion. But the calibre fo the contributions is such that clinicians who already have considerable managerial responsibilities and even health service managers themselves will find it fascinating challenging and enlightening. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380957

Navigating the Postqualitative New Materialist and Critical Posthumanist Terrain Across DisciplinesAn Introductory Guide Navigating the Postqualitative New Materialist and Critical Posthumanist Terrain Across Disciplines is an accessible introductory guide to theories paradigm shifts and key concepts in postqualitative new materialist and critical posthumanist research. Supported by its own website this first book in a larger series is an essential companion to the primary texts and original sources of the theorists discussed in this and other books in the series. Disrupting the theory/practice divide the book offers a postqualitative reimagining of traditional research processes. In doing so it guides readers through the contestation of binaries innovative concepts and the practical provocations that make up the postqualitative terrain. It orients the researcher in the ontological re-turn also by considering Indigenous knowledges African Eastern and young children’s philosophies. The style itself is postqualitative through diffractive engagements by the authors and the website includes some examples of the practical provocations described in the book that give an imaginary of how postqualitative research can be taught and enacted. This book is an essential resource for novice as well as experienced researchers working both within and across disciplines in higher education. More information and pocasts for this book can be found at https://postqualitativeresearch.com/series-overview/navigating-the-postqualitative-new-materialist-and-critical-posthumanist-terrain-across-disciplines-an-introductory-guide-2/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484729

Navigating the Return-to-Work Experience for New ParentsMaintaining Work-Family Well-Being Parenthood can be one of the most fulfilling altering and challenging life events. This book is set within the background of the reality of many parents’ return-to-work experience the task of re-engaging with work and maintaining a job or a career and the difficulties that parenthood poses for balancing the demands of a new family with the demands of work. It helps us understand this reality give voice to new parents and offer relief in the knowledge that we know a lot about these challenges and most importantly how we can start to address them. The book brings together a number of internationally recognized experts from research practice and policy to explore the issues and offer evidence-based solutions around return-to-work after having children. It takes a balanced approach to theory and practice to cover topics such as equality stereotypes work-family conflict training and development and workplace culture among others whilst integrating research and policy and illustrating learnings with case studies from parents and examples from countries that lead the way. It will appeal to parents researchers and employers in any sector or economy across the world. Ultimately it will help develop ways for new parents to re-engage with work successfully while maintaining their work-family well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223014

Navigating the Transition from High School to College for Students with Disabilities Navigating the Transition from High School to College for Students with Disabilities provides effective strategies for navigating the transition process from high school into college for students with a wide range of disabilities. As students with disabilities attend two and four-year colleges in increasing numbers and through expanding access opportunities challenges remain in helping these students and their families prepare for and successfully transition into higher education. Professionals and families supporting transition activities are often unaware of today’s new and rapidly developing options for postsecondary education. This practical guide offers user-friendly resources including vignettes research summaries and hands-on activities that can be easily implemented in the classroom and in the community and that facilitate strong collaboration between schools and families. Preparation issues such as financial aid applying for college and other long-term planning areas are addressed in detail. An accompanying student resource section offers materials for high school students with disabilities that secondary educators counselors and transition personnel can use to facilitate exploration and planning discussions. Framing higher education as a possible transition goal for all students with disabilities Navigating the Transition from High School to College for Students with Disabilities supports the postsecondary interests of more than four million public school students with disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934733

Navigating the Transnational in Modern American Literature and Culture This study develops the important work carried out on American literature through the frameworks of transnational transatlantic and trans-local studies to ask what happens when these same aspects become intrinsic to the critical narrative. Much cultural criticism since the 1990s has sought to displace perceptions of American exceptionalism with broader notions of Atlanticism transnationalism world-system and trans-localism as each has redefined the US and the world more generally. This collection shows how the remapping of America in terms of global networks and as a set of particular localities or even glocalities now plays out in Americanist scholarship reflecting on the critical consequences of the spatial turn in American literary and cultural studies. Spanning twentieth and twenty-first century American poetry fiction memoir visual art publishing and television and locating the US in Caribbean African Asian European and other contexts this volume argues for a re-modelling of American-ness with the transnational as part of its innate rhetoric. It includes discussions of travel migration disease media globalization and countless other examples of inflowing. Essays focus on subjects tracing the contemporary contours of the transnational such as the role of the US in the rise of the global novel the impact of Caribbean history on American thought (and vice versa) transatlantic cultural and philosophical genealogies and correspondences and the exchanges between the poetics of American space and those of other world spaces. Asking questions about the way the American eye has traversed and consumed the objects and cultures of the world but how that world is resistant this volume will make an important contribution to American and Transatlantic literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873059

Navigating Through AdolescenceEuropean Perspectives First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976832

Navigating Through Changing TimesKnowledge Work in Complex Environments Complexity theory including the concepts of chaos and emergence has been considered one of the most revolutionary products of the 20th century having influence on science technology and economics among others. Any complex systems such as organisms societies stock market or the Internet have emergent properties that cannot be reduced to the mere properties of their parts. The theory has been used in organizational studies and strategic management where it offers an alternative way to look at organizations. The theory rejects the idea of organizations seen as machines and a planned approach to organizational change. Instead the theory underlines understanding on how organizations adapt to their environments. Complexity theory suggests that organizations tend to self-organize themselves to a state where they regulate themselves. Complexity theory would advocate for approaches that focus on flatter more flexible organizations. It shifts focus from management control to self-organization and individual interrelations between different people. The aim of Navigating through Changing Times: Knowledge Work in Complex Environment is to give insights on how complexity has changed the environment of many business organizations. The book aims at identifying and discussing special features of business organizations performing knowledge work in a knowledge-oriented economy. Navigating through Changing Times: Knowledge Work in Complex Environment will be vital reading for those scholar and researchers in the fields of knowledge and wisdom management as well as organizational behavior and communication HRM strategy culture change and development and other related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889142

Navigation Control Manual Invaluable to participants of navigation control courses candidates for Class 2 and Class 1 (master mariner) and all practising navigating officers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173941

Navigational Systems and SimulatorsMarine Navigation and Safety of Sea Transportation The TransNav 2011 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2011 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions   allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of six volumes and provides an overview of Navigational Systems and Simulators and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415691130

Nazi Foreign Policy 1933-1941The Road to Global War How did the Second World War come about? Nazi Foreign Policy 1933-1941 provides lucid answers to this complex question. Focusing on the different regions of Nazi policy such as Italy France and Britain Christian Leitz explores the diplomatic and political developments that led to the outbreak of war in 1939 and its transformation into a global conflict in 1941.Nazi Foreign Policy 1933-1941 details the history of Nazi Germany's foreign policy from Hitler's inauguration as Reich Chancellor to the declaration of war by America in 1941. Christian Leitz gives equal weight to the attitude and actions of the Nazi regime and the perspectives and reactions of the world both before and during the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862554

Nazi Germany The volume reproduces a set of recently-published articles demonstrating the embeddedness of Nazi genocide and other crimes against humanity in a German society that was haunted by practices of denunciation. Far from being an inexplicable invasion of evil into otherwise sound German society the genocide and other crimes against humanity were committed not merely by members of SS organizations but by common people civilians and military men alike within Germany as well as in occupied territories during the late 1930s and World War II. Although analyzing the past the book also seeks contribute to current debates on the causes of genocide and other crimes against humanity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248271

Nazi Germany and Imperial JapanThe Hollow Diplomatic Alliance Alliances between sovereign states are among the least stable political associations. Despite professions of fidelity and common purpose most are effective for only short periods and only as long as it suits their interests. The German-Japanese alliance of World War II was not so much a marriage of convenience as a long and uneasy engagement. It was maintained because breaking the engagement would have reduced the prestige of each nation-state.Germany and Japan each found the existence and policies of the other convenient. From 1933-1945 both powers challenged the international order; other than this nothing else united Germany and Japan. Even while they shared some of the same opponents German and Japanese antagonism toward the Allies involved different objects of contention and questions of timing. Consequently coordination of German and Japanese policies did not follow.Johanna Menzel Meskill argues that the German-Japanese alliance failed not only because each power failed separately to attain its goals but because as allies the powers failed to take advantage of their association. The failure resulted to a large extent from the discordance between their political goals and the means necessary to attain them. This work in diplomatic history is a careful analysis of presuming identities in a world of diplomatic differences.In a new introduction to the book Thomas Nowotny looks back on the alliance from a historical perspective. He concludes that both parties overestimated the potency and effectiveness of their military power. Like many before and some after they more generally subscribed to the offensive use of military power and effectiveness that the history of the twentieth centery has proven unwarranted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412846196

Nazi Germany at War A powerful and absorbing study of the German home front from the outbreak of hostilities to the collapse of the Third Reich. It explores the impact of Nazi domestic policies on the German people and the effects of the extreme radicalization of the regime under the pressures of total war. It examines the economy social policy and the realities of daily life; the part played by the law and the Churches; the changing role of women; the fate of foreign workers prisoners of war and the Jews; and the extent of resistance to the regime. At its heart is the crucial relationship of the party the state and public opinion in the Hitler Years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425194

Nazi Laws and Jewish LivesLetters from Vienna Although the period leading up to the Nazi genocide of Europe's Jews has been well recorded few sources convey the incremental effect of specific decrees aimed to dehumanize Jews caught in Hitler's net. To illustrate how these decrees transformed their everyday lives Edith Kurzweil has translated and edited a collection of letters written by and exchanged between her grandmother Malvine Fischer and mother Mimi Weisz. These letters convey with vivid immediacy the fears premonitions ghettoization and escape attempts common among Viennese and German Jews in the years preceding the implementation of the "Final Solution."In the first section of the volume Kurzweil establishes the personal and political contexts of the letters (written between April 6 1940 and December 1941 when Malvine Fischer and her family were deported) and links them to the then emerging "Jewish laws." The second section contains the letters themselves and documents the throttling grip in which the authorities held every Viennese Jew who had not managed to escape. The third section consists of translations of official summaries of the relevant laws ordinances and edicts—many of them marked "secret"—which inexorably determined that Kurzweil's family become part of the "final solution." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412853781

Nazi Propaganda (RLE Nazi Germany & Holocaust)The Power and the Limitations This book attempts to understand the Germans voting for the NSDAP and acquisition of extensive European Empire. It examines specific aspects of Nazi propaganda which is to enhance the understanding of National Socialism by revealing both its power and limitations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803961

Nazis Women and Molecular Biology What prompts a well-renowned scientist in molecular biology to write memoirs about a part of his life? In the case of Gunther Stent it was not to reflect on his career as a scientist but to come to an understanding of his own soul. In his seventies he had come to see that he had been throughout his life an emotional sleepwalker especially as regards women and in addition that he had been troubled by Jewish self-hatred. His story may have more to do with St. Augustine's Confessions than with a scientist's memoirs.Stent provides insight into the power of political correctness and the ability of a government to establish a perverse vision of reality. For readers interested in bioethics Stent's memoirs help to explain how Germany could have been the first country to enact an all-encompassing protection for human research subjects while it was also the country that produced the medical experiments of the Nazis and the greatest perversion of medical morality in history.Stent is a person of intelligence and subtlety an accomplished writer a deep and wise man and a loyal friend. His narrative is centered emotionally on a youth spent in Berlin in the Nazi period. As a boy of fourteen he was an eyewitness of the horrors of the Kristallnacht pogrom.On New Year's Eve 1938 he escaped from Germany across the "green frontier." He came to America in his teens only to return to Berlin at the end of World War II as a scientific consultant for the U.S. Military. On his return to the States Stent participated in the exciting early scientific breakthroughs of molecular biology that transformed the twentieth-century life sciences.His Nazis Women and Molecular Biology is a piercing self-examination and as its review in Science Newsletter says "an act of self-exposure abnegation contrition and expiation." It will be of keen interest to those who have inhabited Stent's worlds or shared his experiences as well as those who wish to learn more about them.Gunther S. Stent is professor emeritus of neurobiology at the University of California Berkeley. He is the author of such classic texts as Molecular Biology of Bacterial Viruses and Molecular Genetics as well as philosophical books such as The Coming of the Golden Age Paradoxes of Progress and most recently (2002) Paradoxes of Free Will. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512511

Nazis in Newark ""Well researched readable and very interesting"" --Choice ""Nazis in Newark is a model local history that reaches well beyond the border of Essex County New Jersey to the national and international arenas. By recounting so many sides of the complicated encounter between Nazis and Jews in Newark Warren Grover has fashioned a world of street politics boycotts Nazi louts and Jewish bruisers that is as compelling and telling in its detail as any grand tome on the supposed failures and successes of American Jewish resistence to the Holocaust... I recommend Nazis in Newark. I intend to use it as a cornerstone of my teaching for some time to come."" --Professor Michael Alexander The Jewish Quarterly Review ""Very few people today realize that the U.S. mainland was the scene of battles against the Nazis. Warren Grover has produced an outstanding work on this subject. The writing is incisive the ideas are both original and insightful and the thesis masterfully developed and executed. Must reading for anyone interested in American history and ethnic studies."" --William B. Helmreich CUNY Graduate Center and author of The Enduring Community ""Thanks to tenacious research and deft story-telling Warren Grover has put the politics of extremism in one city in the shadow of Fascism Nazism and Communism and has thus illuminated the terrible dilemmas of the 1930s. His book also compels the reader to consider an historical anomaly: champions of the Third Reich come across as victims whose civil liberties were infringed and the gangs of Newark responsible for these violations tended to be Jewish. Such ironies make Nazis in Newark worth the interest of anyone intrigued by ethnic conflict and politcal violence in urban America."" --Stephen Whitfield Max Richter Professor of American Civilization Brandeis University ""In this fast-paced thorough study of anti-Nazism in Newark scholar Warren Grover tells th Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125190

Nazism and German Society 1933-1945 The image of the Third Reich as a monolithic state presiding over the brainwashed fanatical masses retains a tenacious grip on the general public's imagination. However a growing body of research on the social history of the Nazi years has revealed the variety and complexity of the relationships between the Nazi regime and the German people. This volume makes this new research accessible to undergraduate and graduate students alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203131596

Nazism as FascismViolence Ideology and the Ground of Consent in Germany 1930-1945 Offering a dynamic and wide-ranging examination of the key issues at the heart of the study of German Fascism Nazism as Fascism brings together a selection of Geoff Eley’s most important writings on Nazism and the Third Reich. Featuring a wealth of revised updated and new material Nazism as Fascism analyses the historiography of the Third Reich and its main interpretive approaches. Themes include: Detailed reflection on the tenets and character of Nazi ideology and institutional practices Examination of the complicated processes that made Germans willing to think of themselves as Nazis Discussion of Nazism’s presence in the everyday lives of the German People Consideration of the place of women under the Third Reich In addition this book also looks at the larger questions of the historical legacy of Fascist ideology and charts its influence and development from its origin in 1930’s Germany through to its intellectual and spatial influence on a modern society in crisis. In Nazism as Fascism Geoff Eley engages with Germany’s political past in order to evaluate the politics of the present day and to understand what happens when the basic principles of democracy and community are violated. This book is essential reading not only for students of German history but for anyone with an interest in history and politics more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415812634

Nazism in Syria and LebanonThe Ambivalence of the German Option 1933–1945 The increasingly vibrant political culture emerging in Lebanon and Syria in the 1930s and early 1940s is key to the understanding of local approaches towards the Nazi German regime. For many contemporary observers in Beirut and Damascus Nazism not only posed a risk to Europe but threatened to take root in Arab societies as well. In the first publication to reconstruct Lebanese and Syrian encounters with Nazism in the context of an evolving local political culture and to base its analysis on a comprehensive review of Arab French and German sources Götz Nordbruch examines the reactions to the rise of Nazism in the countries under French mandate spanning from fascination and endorsement to the creation of antifascist networks. Against a background of public discourses local politics and the shifting regional and international settings this book interprets public assessments of and contact with the Nazi regime as part of an intellectual quest for orientation in the years between the break-up of the Ottoman Empire and national independence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505239

NCME Applications of Educational Measurement and Assessment The NCME Applications of Educational Measurement and Assessment series includes edited volumes designed to inform research-based applications of educational measurement and assessment. Edited by leading experts these books are comprehensive and practical resources on the latest developments in the field. Routledge is pleased to make this forward-thinking collection of books available as a discounted bulk purchase. This package contains the following paperback titles: Technology and Testing: Improving Educational and Psychological Measurement edited by Fritz Drasgow Meeting the Challenges to Measurement in an Era of Accountability edited by Henry Braun Fairness in Educational Assessment and Measurement edited by Neil J. Dorans and Linda L. Cook Testing in the Professions: Credentialing Policies and Practice edited by Susan Davis-Becker and Chad W. Buckendahl Validation of Score Meaning for the Next Generation of Assessments: The Use of Response Processes edited by Kadriye Ercikan and James W. Pellegrino Preparing Students for College and Careers: Theory Measurement and Educational Practice edited by Katie Larsen McClarty Krista D. Mattern and Matthew N. Gaertner Score Reporting Research and Applications edited by Diego Zapata-Rivera Classroom Assessment and Educational Measurement edited by Susan M. Brookhart and James H. McMillan Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602403

Ndyuka First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844710

Neanderthals in the Classroom Neanderthals in the Classroom examines the ongoing battle surrounding evolution from a cultural and historical perspective and then puts Theodosius Dobzhansky’s claim that “nothing in biology makes sense except in the light of evolution” to the ultimate test by exploring the potential evolutionary roots of this societal and educational clash over human origins. In examining the biological roots of the conflict Watts demonstrates how understanding our inner Neanderthal allows us to consciously choose more highly evolved forms of communication as a means of alleviating societal division and creating space for more effective science education. Key Features: Introduces readers to the multifaceted world of evolution education. Describes the complex interplay between religious beliefs and science as well as the clash of false information and formal education. Offers an overview of the transformation of public opinion of evolution and science over time in the United States due to the perceived conflict between science and religion. Examines students’ misconceptions about the theory of evolution and the general nature of scientific discovery due to the contradictory messages that they receive in popular culture. Offers potential means to amend misconceptions so that students and other individuals can integrate evolutionary theory into their worldviews regardless of their religious background. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138476370

Near Eastern Cities from Alexander to the Successors of Muhammad Near Eastern Cities from Alexander to the Successors of Muhammad compares the evolution of several cities in the Near East from the time of Alexander the Great until the beginning of the Islamic 'Abbasid Dynasty. This volume examines both archaeological remains and literary sources to explain the diversity of imperial cultural and religious influences on urban life. It offers several case studies chosen from different regions of the Roman Near East demonstrating that Greco-Roman and Islamic culture spread unevenly through these various cities and that it is impossible to make broad generalizations. It argues instead that there were different patterns of urbanism that demonstrate a continued vitality of civic life up to the 'Abbasid revolution. Near Eastern Cities from Alexander to the Successors of Muhammad will be of particular interest to students of this period in the Ancient Near East as well as those studying ancient cities and everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185708

Near Eastern Tribal Societies During the Nineteenth CenturyEconomy Society and Politics Between Tent and Town This volume provides an in-depth study of tribal life in the Near East in the 19th century exploring how tribes shaped society economy and politics in the desert as well as in villages and towns. Until the First World War Near Eastern society was tribally organized. Particularly in the Levant and the Arabian peninsula where the Ottoman empire was weak large and powerful tribes such as Anaze Beni Sakhr and Shammar interacted and competed for control of the land the people and the economy. The main sources for this study are travel accounts of 19th century adventurers and explorers. Their travels on horseback on camel or on foot opened a fascinating window on a world with an ideology that was fundamentally different from their own often Victorian background. One chapter is dedicated to oral traditions in the region from heroic epics to short poems which lets the tribes and tribe members themselves speak giving a voice to the tribal frame of mind. Evidence of tribal organization as a driving force in society can be found in documents and sometimes in the archaeological record from the Bronze Age onwards. While a straight comparison between ancient and subrecent tribal communities is fraught with difficulties and must be treated with caution a better understanding of 19th century tribal ethics and customs provides useful insights into the history and the power relations of a more distant past. At the same time it may help us understand some of the underlying causes for the present conflicts afflicting the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872236

Near Field Communications Handbook From basic concepts to research grade material and future directions the Near Field Communications Handbook provides comprehensive technical coverage of this rapidly emerging field. Walking readers through emerging applications it offers a glimpse at a future in which near field communication (NFC) technology is fully integrated into daily life. Containing cutting-edge contributions from 50 experts from around the world the book covers the range of topics related to NFC. It begins with an overview of the basics in digital biometric and mobile identity and security. Next it reviews NFC applications with an all-in-one device and provides detailed guidelines for designing NFC applications with high levels of acceptance in consumer markets. Investigates the role of NFC in the development of pervasive universities and ubiquitous citiesExamines privacy-preserving receipt management with NFC phones—proposing a policy-based approach for managing user transaction history Considers the empirically grounded design of a nutrition tracking system for patients with eating disordersCompares the performance of four traditional mobile payment service concepts The handbook includes coverage of the StoLPAN Consortium and its contribution to industry progress as well as the use of RFID/NFC for pervasive serious games. Capturing the state-of-the-art in NFC technology this reference provides you with ready access to the information required to advance the field. Its well-illustrated and organized structure also makes it suitable as a text for graduate-level and research-oriented courses dealing with NFC. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367382360

Near Rings Fuzzy Ideals and Graph Theory Near Rings Fuzzy Ideals and Graph Theory explores the relationship between near rings and fuzzy sets and between near rings and graph theory. It covers topics from recent literature along with several characterizations.After introducing all of the necessary fundamentals of algebraic systems the book presents the essentials of near rings theory relevant examples notations and simple theorems. It then describes the prime ideal concept in near rings takes a rigorous approach to the dimension theory of N-groups gives some detailed proofs of matrix near rings and discusses the gamma near ring which is a generalization of both gamma rings and near rings. The authors also provide an introduction to fuzzy algebraic systems particularly the fuzzy ideals of near rings and gamma near rings. The final chapter explains important concepts in graph theory including directed hypercubes dimension prime graphs and graphs with respect to ideals in near rings.Near ring theory has many applications in areas as diverse as digital computing sequential mechanics automata theory graph theory and combinatorics. Suitable for researchers and graduate students this book provides readers with an understanding of near ring theory and its connection to fuzzy ideals and graph theory. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367380045

Near-Earth Laser Communications Invented more than a hundred years ago by Alexander Graham Bell the technology of free-space optical communications or lasercom has finally reached the level of maturity required to meet a growing demand for operational multi-giga-bit-per-second data rate systems communicating to and from aircrafts and satellites. Putting the emphasis on near-earth links including air LEO MEO and GEO orbits Near-Earth Laser Communications presents a summary of important free-space laser communication subsystem challenges and discusses potential ways to overcome them. This comprehensive reference provides up-to-date information on component and subsystem technologies fundamental limitations and approaches to reach those limits. It covers basic concepts and state-of-the-art technologies emphasizing device technology implementation techniques and system trades. The authors discuss hardware technologies and their applications and also explore ongoing research activities and those planned for the near future. The analytical aspects of laser communication have been covered to a great extent in several books. However a detailed approach to system design and development including trades on subsystem choices and implications of the hardware selection for satellite and aircraft telecommunications is missing. Highlighting key design variations and critical differences between them this book distills decades’ worth of experience into a practical resource on hardware technologies. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221427

Near-Earth Laser Communications Second Edition This reference provides an overview of near-Earth laser communication theory developments including component and subsystem technologies fundamental limitations and approaches to reach those limits. It covers basic concepts and state-of-the-art technologies emphasizing device technology implementation techniques and system trades. The authors discuss hardware technologies and their applications and also explore ongoing research activities and those planned for the near future. This new edition includes major to minor revisions with technology updates on nearly all chapters. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498777407

Near-Infrared Applications in Biotechnology This volume explores developments in techniques in diagnostics DNA sequencing bioanalysis of immunoassays and single-molecule detection. It promotes the measurement identification monitoring analysis and application of near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR) to medical and pharmaceutical advances. The text also considers noninvasive methods of NIR for successful cost-effective and prompt diagnoses of diseases. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429132650

Near-Infrared Organic Materials and Emerging Applications To physicists and chemists color means light—emission absorption spectrum and coloration. Near-Infrared Organic Materials and Emerging Applications presents knowledge and applications of invisible "colored" organic materials. Near-infrared (NIR) materials are defined as substances that interact with NIR light namely absorption and reflection and emit NIR light upon stimulation for example photoexcitation electric field and chemical reaction. This book offers up-to-date information on low band-gap organic materials with unique near-infrared absorbing fluorescent and photovoltaic properties for various emerging applications. The author emphasizes the chemistry of materials in particular the structure–property relationship of near-infrared organic compounds and polymers. The text discusses the molecular design aspect of NIR materials including effects of conjugation length and donor–acceptor charge transfer. Chapters also cover information on the structures and key properties of NIR organic compounds such as those containing rylene polymethine and metal-complex chromophores as well as polymers including nonconjugated NIR-absorbing conjugated dye-containing and donor–acceptor conjugated polymers.The final chapter describes emerging applications of NIR organic materials based on absorbing chromogenic photosensitizing photovoltaic and fluorescent properties as well as applications of low band-gap compounds and polymers in ambipolar organic transistors. Presenting useful data and thought-provoking ideas this book provides a practical reference on optical properties and structures of NIR organic materials and their design principles and applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380076

NebraskaA Geography Nebraska is the first comprehensive examination of the patterns of Nebraska's resources population economy climate and landscape to be published in many years focusing especially on the interaction between the environment and human use of the earth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168704

NEC3 Construction Contracts: 100 Questions and Answers Which member of the NEC3 family of contracts should I use? How do I choose and use my main and secondary options? What are the roles and responsibilities of the various parties? How should I effectively manage early warnings and compensation events? Important questions can arise when working with NEC3 contracts some of them have simple answers and others require more a detailed response. Whether you are an NEC3 beginner or an expert the 100 questions and answers in this book are a priceless reference to have at your fingertips. Covering issues that can arise from the full range of NEC3 forms Kelvin Hughes draws on questions he has been asked during his 20 years working with NEC and presenting training courses to advise warn of common mistakes and explain in plain English how these contracts are meant to be used. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826571

NEC4: 100 Questions and Answers This book details some of the most important and interesting questions raised about the NEC4 family of contracts and provides clear comprehensive answers to those questions. Written by an NEC expert with over 20 years’ experience using advising and training others the book has several distinctive features: It covers the whole NEC4 family It is written by a very experienced NEC author who explains sometimes complex issues in a simple and accessible style The questions and answers range from beginner level up to a masterclass level The questions are real life questions asked by actual NEC practitioners on real projects. The book includes questions and answers relating to tendering early warnings programme issues quality management payment provisions compensation events liabilities insurances adjudication termination and much more. It is essential reading for anyone working with the NEC4 family of contracts whether professionals or students in construction architecture project management and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365254

Necessary But Not SufficientA Theory of Constraints Business Novel After reading the newspapers and following the sharp oscillations of the stock market it becomes apparent that hi-tech companies are of a different breed. Never before have the chances of making a fortune been so realistic and never before have large companies been so fragile. What is really going on inside these hi-tech companies? What types of pressures and challenges are they facing? And how do they cope? Computer software providers especially the ones that specialise in handling the data needs of organizations are prime examples of these volatile companies. In the nineties we witnessed their growth from small businesses into multi-billion dollar giants. No wonder investors were attracted. In 1998 it was easy for such companies to raise as much money as they wanted. But now investment funds have dried up. Why? And more importantly is there a way to reverse the trend? This book gives the answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418776

Necessary Conditions for an Extremum This book presents a theory of necessary conditions for an extremum including formal conditions for an extremum and computational methods. It states the general results of the theory and shows how these results can be particularized to specific problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452124

Necessary Conditions of Learning Necessary Conditions of Learning presents a research approach (phenomenography) and a theory (the variation theory of learning) introduced and developed by Ference Marton and taken up by his wide and varied following around the world—together with their practical applications in educational contexts. Reflecting Marton’s whole lifetime's work the unique and significant contribution of this book is to offer an evidence-based answer to the questions "How do we make novel meanings our own?" and "How do we learn to see things in more powerful ways?" The presentation makes use of hundreds of empirical studies carried out in Europe and Asia which build on the theory. The line of reasoning and the way in which the examples are put together is consistent with the theory—it is both presented and applied. The main argument is that in order to learn we have to discern and to discern the intended ideas we must be presented with carefully structured variation against a background of invariance. We then go through processes of contrast generalization and fusion in order to make sense. These insights form a practical framework for those who design teaching and teaching materials. Necessary Conditions of Learning is a major original work for which scholars of pedagogical theory have been waiting a long time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739146

Necessary KnowledgePiagetian Perspectives on Constructivism Originally published in 1993 this monograph addresses a central problem in Piaget’s work which is the temporal construction of necessary knowledge. The main argument is that both normative and empirical issues are relevant to a minimally adequate account of the development of modal understanding. This central argument embodies three main claims. One claim is philosophical. Although the concepts of knowledge and necessity are problematic there is sufficient agreement about their core elements due to the fundamental difference between truth-value and modality. Any account of human rationality has to respect this distinction. The second claim is that this normative distinction is not always respected in psychological research on the origins of knowledge where emphasis is placed on the procedures and methods used to gain good empirical evidence. An account of the initial acquisition of knowledge is not thereby an account of its legitimation in the human mind. The third claim relates to epistemology. Intellectual development is a process in which available knowledge is used in the construction of better knowledge. The monograph identifies features of a modal model of intellectual construction whereby some form of necessary knowledge is always used. Intellectual development occurs as the reduction of modal errors through the differentiation and coordination of available forms of modal understanding. Piaget’s work continues to provide distinctive and intelligible answers to a substantive and outstanding problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138038004

Necessity and Language The problem of necessity remains one of the central issues in modern philosophy. The authors of this volume originally published in 1985 developed a new approach to the problem which focusses on the logical grammar of necessary propositions. This volume gathers their seminal essays on the problem of necessity together with new material at the original time publication.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697003

NecrogeopoliticsOn Death and Death-Making in International Relations Necrogeopolitics: On Death and Death-Making in International Relations brings together a diverse array of critical IR scholars political theorists critical security studies researchers and critical geographers to provide a series of interventions on the topic of death and death-making in global politics. Contrary to most existing scholarship this volume does not place the emphasis on traditional sources or large-scale configurations of power/force leading to death in IR. Instead it details theorizes and challenges more mundane perhaps banal and often ordinary modalities of violence perpetrated against human lives and bodies and often contributing to horrific instances of death and destruction. Concepts such as "slow death " "soft killing " "superfluous bodies " or "extra/ordinary" destruction/disappearance are brought to the fore by prominent voices in these fields alongside more junior creative thinkers to rethink the politics of life and death in the global polity away from dominant IR or political theory paradigms about power force and violence. The volume features chapters that offer thought-provoking reconsiderations of key concepts theories and practices about death and death-making along with other chapters that seek to challenge some of these concepts theories or practices in settings that include the Palestinian territories Brazilian cities displaced population flows from the Middle East sites of immigration policing in North America and spaces of welfare politics in Scandinavian states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313149

Necrotizing Enterocolitis The literature on NEC (necrotizing Enterocolitis) especially in the major textbooks merely recapitulated what had been written in the past; there has been no new guidance. NEC was viewed as a fait accompli; a sometimes-dire disease that was to be confronted only after it reared its perfidious head. This monograph asks the reader to rethink their approach the NEC. Although there are no compel others to pursue a way to intervene before the die has been cast. Thus this book is a promissory note and a challenge. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447335

Necrotizing Enterocolitispathogenesis diagnosis and treatment This is the first textbook devoted entirely to understanding and treating necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC) one of the leading causes of death and disability in premature infants. NEC continues to occur in neonatal units across the world and the overall mortality has remained stubbornly high since its first description decades ago. Despite significant research into NEC and a greater understanding of its underlying causes there is no single source of information to which the care team can turn for guidance. This book fills that important gap in clinical care. In selecting the topics for this inaugural textbook three guiding principles have been followed. First to include chapters that provide detailed information for the medical team – the doctors and nurses the therapists and pharmacists the chaplains and the child life workers – so that each team member can optimally recognize prevent and treat patients with this disease. Second to ensure that chapters cover the depth and breadth of the latest clinical and scientific research into NEC each selected to identify specific preventative strategies or therapies for this disease. Third and perhaps most importantly to focus not only on the child with NEC but also on the child’s family in order to provide comprehensive information about a disease that families have barely heard about until the jarring day when their precious infant is affected by it. This book therefore: serves as a "how-to guide" for the care of the infant with NEC summarises critical new research and offers guidelines for future key research areas addresses the complex and difficult issues surrounding care of the critically ill infant suffering from NEC Written for the entire health care team including paediatric surgeons neonatologists developmental paediatricians epidemiologists ethicists child life professionals therapists and specialist nurses each team member will find this book of value. This book was written to demystify this cruel disease and to unlock its closely held secrets of pathogenesis diagnosis treatment and prevention. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138343245

Needed Relationships and Psychoanalytic HealingA Holistic Relational Perspective on the Therapeutic Process Needed Relationships and Psychoanalytic Healing is both a personal analytic credo and a multidimensional approach to thinking about clinical interaction. The book’s central theme is that of analytic needed relationships—the science and art of co-creating unique evolving relational experiences fitted to each patient’s implicit therapeutic aims and needs. Steven Stern argues that while we need psychoanalytic theories to "grow the receptors and processors" necessary to sense understand and connect with our patients these often tend to frame the therapist’s participation in terms of theoretical and technical categories rather than offering a more holistic view of the relationship in all of its human complexity. Stern believes that a new set of higher order constructs is needed to counteract this tendency. In addition to his own concept of needed relationships he invokes principles from the work of renowned developmental researcher and theorist Louis Sander: especially his concept of relational fittedness. Stern draws on the work of Freud Bion Winnicott Kohut and a broad spectrum of contemporary psychoanalytic authors in fleshing out the therapeutic implications of Sander’s (and Stern’s own) vision. The result is a rich humane and accessible narrative. Needed Relationships and Psychoanalytic Healing offers diverse clinical examples in which you will find Stern engaging with each of his patients in idiomatic spontaneous ways as he attempts to contour interventions to the evolving analytic situation. This case material will inspire therapist-readers to feel freer to find their own creative voices and idioms of participation as they seek to meet each patient within the psychoanalytic space. The book is intended for psychoanalysts and psychodynamic therapists at all levels of experience including those in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707893

Needleless Electrospinning of NanofibersTechnology and Applications The book covers the basic electrospinning theory electrospinning technologies that have potential for large scale production of nanofibers and the functional applications of electrospun nanofibers in different fields. An important needleless electrospinning technique using a rotary fiber generator such as ball cylinder disc and wire coil and the effects of the fiber generator its shape and dimension as well as operating parameters on electrospinning performance fiber morphology and productivity are described. A method to calculate the electric field and analyze electric field profiles in an electrospinning zone is provided. The influence of the fiber collector on fiber quality is also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316354

Needs and Moral Necessity Needs and Moral Necessity analyses ethics as a practice explains why we have three moral theory-types consequentialism deontology and virtue ethics and argues for a fourth needs-based theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542944

Needs Assessment for Learning and PerformanceTheory Process and Practice Needs Assessment for Learning and Performance offers comprehensive coverage of the knowledge and skills needed to develop and conduct needs assessments and to analyze interpret and communicate results to clients and organizations. Though critical to planning any performance improvement system needs assessments can feel abstract and vague to students who have not yet managed the process in a professional setting. This first-of-its-kind textbook uses a variety of real-world examples to connect major theories and models to effective principles for practice. Each chapter offers guiding questions key terms and concepts recommended readings and case studies illustrating how needs assessment training can be applied. Graduate students and researchers of instructional design human resources performance improvement program evaluation and other programs will find this volume relevant to a range of academic and organizational contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253875

Needs AssessmentA Creative And Practical Guide For Social Scientists First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315800769

NeferThe Aesthetic Ideal in Classical Egypt This book provides an original treatment of the concept of good and beauty in ancient Egypt. It seeks to examine the dimensions of nefer the term used to describe the good and the beautiful within the context of ordinary life. Because the book is based upon original research on ancient Egypt it opens up space for a review of the aesthetics of other African societies in the Nile Valley. Thus it serves as a heuristic for further research and scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650380

Negation in Non-Standard British EnglishGaps Regularizations and Asymmetries Despite the advances of radio and television and increasing mobility and urbanization spoken English is by no means becoming more like the written standard. English dialect grammar however is still a new and relatively undeveloped area of research and most studies to date are either restricted regionally or based on impressionistic statements. This book provides the first thorough empirical study of the field of non-standard negation across Great Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976863

Negative and Positive SupportA Special Issue of applied Developmental Science. This special issue reflects current conceptual and methodological examination of the impact of both negative and positive social support on well being in later life. Empirical work conducted over the past few decades has documented the beneficial impact of social support on elders' life quality using increasingly precise operational definitions. However close relationships that provide comfort and physical assistance may also be a source of discord and tension. The studies presented in this issue provide current illustrations of how social support has been expanding and increasing in complexity to include both negative and positive aspects of both support and life quality. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410608550

Negative ContextsCollocation Polarity and Multiple Negation This research emphasizes semantic syntactic and pragmatic considerations illustrating a wide array of linguistic approaches. Written from within the theoretical framework of Generalized Quantifiers the three main areas considered are collocations polarity items and multiple negations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868281

Negative Dialectics This is the first British paperback edition of this modern classic written by one of the towering intellectual of the twentieth century.Theodor Adorno (1903-69) was a leading member of the Frankfurt School. His books include The Jargon of Authenticity Dialectic of Enlightenment (with Max Horkheimer) and Aesthetic Theory Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134928

Negative Images: A Simple Matter of Black and White?An Examination of 'Race' and the Juvenile Justice System That black young people have been subject to unequal treatment in the youth justice system has been the belief of some individuals and groups reinforced at best by anecdotal evidence. Negative Images: A Simple Matter of Black and White? provides not only evidential weight to uphold this view but also provides some insights into the processes by which it comes about. Findings of a case study detailed in the book demonstrate how in one youth court black youths were over-represented amongst those receiving high-tariff sentencing and that this over-representation could not be explained by seriousness or persistence of offending. Whilst responsibility for differential sentencing has often been laid at the door of Magistrates this study reveals how social work court report practice may be contributing to the situation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248264

Negative Neighbourhood Reputation and Place AttachmentThe Production and Contestation of Territorial Stigma The concept of territorial stigma as developed in large part by the urban sociologist Loïc Wacquant contends that certain groups of people are devalued discredited and tainted by the reputation of the place where they reside. This book argues that this theory is more relevant and comprehensive than others that have been used to frame and understand ostracised neighbourhoods and their populations (for example segregation and the racialisation of place) and allows for an inclusive interpretation of the many spatial facets of marginalisation processes. Advancing conceptual understanding of how territorial stigmatisation and its components unfold materially as well as symbolically this book presents a wide range of case studies from the Global South and Global North including an examination of recent policy measures that have been applied to deal with the consequences of territorial stigmatisation. It introduces readers to territorial stigmatisation’s strategic deployment but also illustrates in a number of regional contexts the attachments that residents at times develop for the stigmatised places in which they live and the potential counter-forces that are developed against territorial stigmatisation by a variety of different groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472475527

Negative Political AdvertisingComing of Age This volume provides a unique synthesis of the relevant literature from academic studies in the fields of political science marketing advertising speech communication telecommunication and public relations combined with the practical wisdom of professional consultants. Offering the reader both the theory and practical applications associated with negative political advertising this is the first book devoted exclusively to the various forms of negative campaigning in the United States. After developing a typology of negative political spots for greater clarity in explaining and evaluating them the book addresses effectiveness questions such as: What works? When? Why? and How? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976870

Negative Theology and Modern French Philosophy This book provides a significant and insightful exploration of the so-called 'theological turn' in contemporary French thought. The philosopher Jacques Derrida speaks of a deeply ambiguous desire to 'save the name' of God in his work on negative theology and this desire resonates in different ways in the work of his contemporaries. This turn to religion within the work of a group of thinkers who have been stereotypically identified as relativists or nihilists prompts a series of questions which form the background to this study.Negative Theology and Modern French Philosophy advance a reading of negative theology as an ancient name for something that is essential not simply to modern French thought but to all responsible thought and action whatsoever. It will be of essential interest to theologians and philosophers and will also interest those concerned with the work of Derrida and his contemporaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758772

Negative/PositiveA History of Photography As its title suggests Negative/Positive begins with the negative a foundational element of analog photography that is nonetheless usually ignored and uses this to tell a representative rather than comprehensive history of the medium. The fact that a photograph is split between negative and positive manifestations means that its identity is always simultaneously divided and multiplied. The interaction of these two components was often spread out over time and space and could involve more than one person giving photography the capacity to produce multiple copies of a given image and for that image to have many different looks sizes and makers. This book traces these complications for canonical images by such figures as William Henry Fox Talbot Kusakabe Kimbei Dorothea Lange Man Ray Seydou Keïta Richard Avedon and Andreas Gursky. But it also considers a number of related issues crucial to any understanding of photography from the business practices of professional photographers to the repetition of pose and setting that is so central to certain familiar photographic genres. Ranging from the daguerreotype to the digital image the end result is a kind of little history of photography partial and episodic but no less significant a rendition of the photographic experience for being so. This book represents a summation of Batchen’s work to date making it be essential reading for students and scholars of photography and for all those interested in the history of the medium Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405830

Negativity and DemocracyMarxism and the Critical Theory Tradition The current political climate of uncompromising neoliberalism means that the need to study the logic of our culture—that is the logic of the capitalist system—is compelling. Providing a rich philosophical analysis of democracy from a negative non-identity dialectical perspective Vasilis Grollios encourages the reader not to think of democracy as a call for a more effective domination of the people or as a demand for the replacement of the elite that currently holds power. In doing so he aspires to fill in a gap in the literature by offering an out-of-the-mainstream overview of the key concepts of totality negativity fetishization contradiction identity thinking dialectics and corporeal materialism as they have been employed by the major thinkers of the critical theory tradition: Marx Engels Horkheimer Lukacs Adorno Marcuse Bloch and Holloway. Their thinking had the following common keywords: contradiction fetishism as a process and the notion of spell and all its implications. The author makes an innovative attempt to bring these concepts to light in terms of their practical relevance for contemporary democratic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368170

Negev Bedouin and Livestock RearingSocial Economic and Political Aspects In the past sheep-rearing was the main means of existence for most Bedouin. Today it is developing in a new direction. For some it is as important as ever for others it has become only a subsidiary source of income and a safeguard against economic instability. This volume looks at the effects social political and economic change has had upon the traditional livelihood of the Negev Bedouin. The author considers how despite all the problems encountered - such as the expropriation of land by the authorities and the demolition of authorized dwellings - sheep-rearing is still considered to be essential and worthwhile for almost all households. Co-operation between the owners of flocks shepherds food suppliers and government officials is essential in the determination of grazing areas and pastoral arrangements. These varied interest groups ensure that sheep-rearing continues to occupy an important place in the Bedouin's cultural identity and the flock remains a unifying factor for the Bedouin family and Israeli society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003134947

Neglected American Women Writers of the Long Nineteenth Century Neglected American Women Writers of the Long Nineteenth Century edited by Verena Laschinger and Sirpa Salenius is a collection of essays that offer a fresh perspective and original analyses of texts by American women writers of the long nineteenth century. The essays which are written both by European and American scholars discuss fiction by marginalized authors including Yolanda DuBois (African American fairy tales) Laura E. Richards (children’s literature) Metta Fuller Victor (dime novels/ detective fiction) and other pioneering writers of science fiction gothic tales and life narratives. The works covered by this collection represent the rough and ragged realities that women and girls in the nineteenth century experienced; the writings focus on their education family life on girls as victims of class prejudice as well as sexual and racial violence but they also portray girls and women as empowering agents survivors and leaders. They do so with a high-voltage creative charge. As progressive pioneers who forayed into unknown literary terrain and experimented with a variety of genres the neglected American women writers introduced in this collection themselves emerge as role models whose innovative contribution to nineteenth-century literature the essays celebrate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193492

Neglected Perspectives on Science and ReligionHistorical and Contemporary Relations Neglected Perspectives on Science and Religion explores historical and contemporary relations between science and religion providing new perspectives on familiar topics such as evolution and the Galileo affair. The book also explores common differences in science and religion with respect to their various treatments of doubt curiosity and the methods by which truth claims are assessed. The book includes discussions of religious and scientific treatments of the origins of males and females evolving views of sex and gender and contemporary tensions about topics such as same-sex marriage. Viney and Woody also include a chapter exploring the effects of social science research on religious topics such as prayer prejudice and violence. The rise of social sciences such as psychology sociology and anthropology has resulted in discoveries that contribute to new ways of thinking about the relations of science and religion. This book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate students as well as anyone interested in science and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284760

Negotiated EmpiresCenters and Peripheries in the Americas 1500–1820 In this innovative volume leading historians of the early modern Americas examine the subjects of early modern continuing colonization and the relations between established colonies and frontiers of settlement. Their original essays about centers and peripheries in Spanish Portuguese French Dutch and British America invite comparison. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023038

Negotiated RevolutionsThe Czech Republic South Africa and Chile Straightforward histories of post-revolution States have all too often failed to provide sufficient context to rescue revolution both as concept and practice from the misplaced triumphalism of the contemporary world. In Negotiated Revolutions George Lawson marks a definitive departure in the study of radical political and socio-economic change presenting a unique comparative analysis of three transformations from authoritarian rule to market democracy. Through the lens of international sociology the book critically considers the large scale processes of social and political revolution bringing three apparently distinct transformations from seemingly disparate authoritarian regimes and geographies under a common rubric. With unique and novel conceptual analysis the book accurately locates both the potential and actuality of radical change in contemporary world affairs processes usually mistakenly subsumed under the general framework of 'transitology'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378919

Negotiating a Good DeathEuthanasia in the Netherlands Social Work Theory and Practice with the Terminally Ill second edition takes a compassionate look at ways that social workers can help dying people and their families. The social workers who work most effectively with terminally ill patients and their families are the ones who best understand the multifaceted nature of the dying process and its impact on the the patient the family and even on the health care professionals who work with patients at the end of life. Dr. Parry--who specializes in dying and bereavement--offers astute observations on the stages of dealing with the diagnosis of a terminal illness and the impending death that patients and their families confront. This updated second edition provides valuable new information on ways that social workers can help those with AIDS and their families on traumatic death from any cause and on the grieving processes of parents.Social Work Theory and Practice with the Terminally Ill second edition also includes stimulating discussions on: the interdisciplinary health team the grieving process professional burnout how social workers adapt to working with dying patients euthanasia and physician-assisted dying living wills and patients’rightsIn touching case studies this volume illustrates the particular needs and concerns of the terminally ill and their families--impending losses financial worries job concerns pain unfinished business and spiritual needs--and reviews successful interventions used by social workers to help patients and their families work through the dying process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809298

Negotiating a Good DeathEuthanasia in the Netherlands Should human beings be allowed to decide when to die? Should doctors be allowed to assist them?During the last ten years there has been much international interest in euthanasia in the Netherlands. In the discussion of euthanasia in the US and the UK both sides in the debate continually refer to the “Dutch Experience”. Negotiating a Good Death: Euthanasia in the Netherlands presents firsthand descriptions of euthanasia in practice in the Netherlands--something that has never been done before. This will provide a deeper understanding of the issues involved for all those interested in end-of-life decisions. It will also help clinicians and other medical professionals better understand end-of-life decision making.Negotiating a Good Death is the first inside account of how decisions about euthanasia are made in real-life situations. Documenting two years of observations at a Dutch hospital this valuable book describes why patients request euthanasia the social factors that influence doctors’decisions about granting patients’requests and how patients and doctors confer over peaceful deaths. Some aspects of this delicate often hidden and socially taboo subject that Negotiating a Good Death frankly discusses are: the emotions that lead to a wish for death the ideology of easy death the anthropology of death the role of the researcher the line between symptom alleviation and euthanasia where the responsibility lies conservative options for medical personnel how to speak to relatives of someone who has requested euthanasia euthanasia as a cultural constructThrough case studies and examples Negotiating a Good Death: Euthanasia in the Netherlands will help you understand the issues surrounding euthanasia and how life-ending decisions are made by both doctors and patients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043654

Negotiating Academic LiteraciesTeaching and Learning Across Languages and Cultures Negotiating Academic Literacies: Teaching and Learning Across Languages and Cultures is a cross-over volume in the literature between first and second language/literacy. This anthology of articles brings together different voices from a range of publications and fields and unites them in pursuit of an understanding of how academic ways of knowing are acquired. The editors preface the collection of readings with a conceptual framework that reconsiders the current debate about the nature of academic literacies. In this volume the term academic literacies denotes multiple approaches to knowledge including reading and writing critically. College classrooms have become sites where a number of languages and cultures intersect. This is the case not only for students who are in the process of acquiring English but for all learners who find themselves in an academic situation that exposes them to a new set of expectations. This book is a contribution to the effort to discover ways of supporting learning across languages and cultures--and to transform views about what it means to teach and learn to read and write and to think and know. Unique to this volume is the inclusion of the perspectives of writers as well as those of teachers and researchers. Furthermore the contributors reveal their own struggles and accomplishments as they themselves have attempted to negotiate academic literacies. The chronological ordering of articles provides a historical perspective demonstrating ways in which issues related to teaching and learning across cultures have been addressed over time. The readings have consistency in terms of quality depth and passion; they raise important philosophical questions even as they consider practical classroom applications. The editors provide a series of questions that enable the reader to engage in a generative and exciting process of reflection and inquiry. This book is both a reference for teachers who work or p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465527

Negotiating Adult-Child Relationships in Early Childhood Research Negotiating Adult–Child Relationships in Early Childhood Research presents a substantive critique of technicist and neoliberal approaches to ethics through an exploration of the complicated and often ‘messy’ situations faced in negotiating relationships in research with children. Despite growing acknowledgement of their centrality relationships between adult researchers and very young participants have been neglected and under-theorised and in response this book offers a comprehensive conceptualisation of adult–child research relationships through examination of questions including: How do power and inequity impact on adult–child research relationships? What does it mean for relationships when researchers ‘intervene’ in the field? How do bodies matter in research relationships? What does an emphasis on relationships with young children mean for the research process? Drawing on data from their own research the authors contend that relationships are part of a wider web of social relations and space–time configurations. They propose and develop a relational ethics of answerability and social justice inspired by the work of Bakhtin and in addition explore the way material bodies come to matter the ambiguity of consent in educator-research and the risks and possibilities of research relationships. Chapters include innovative formulations of reciprocity ‘sensing practices’ and political-ethical responsibility. This book contributes to current debates about research with young children offering an incisive and thorough exploration of the importance of relationships to the research process. Relevant for international audiences this book is essential reading for early childhood students and educators researchers and lecturers with an interest in research with children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633314

Negotiating AgeingCultural Adaptation to the Prospect of a Long Life The world is growing older and this is a historically unprecedented phenomenon. Negotiating such change personally socially and for governments and international organisations requires an act of cultural adaptation. Two key questions arise: What is the purpose of a long life? and How do we adapt to societies where generations are of approximately the same size? A number of pre-existing narratives can be identified; however it is argued that contemporary policies have produced a premature answer which may eclipse the potential arising from lifecourse change. In this book Simon Biggs discusses ways of interrogating these questions and the adaptations we make to them. Four major areas all of which have been suggested as solutions to population ageing are critically assessed including work as an answer the relationship between work ageing and health narratives of spirit belief and wisdom the body and the natural anti-ageing medicine critical approaches to dementia plus family and intergenerational relations. This book is particiularly useful for those trying to make sense of population ageing and negotiate solutions. It describes a number of concepts that can be used to assess what we are told about a long life and how generations can adapt together. With the cultural landscape moving away from traditional interpretations of old age the question of adult ageing is of growing interest to a number of groups. This book is essential reading for social and health-care workers other helping professionals policy makers social scientists and all who encounter the prospect of a long life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431013

Negotiating Armenian-Azerbaijani PeaceOpportunities Obstacles Prospects Conflict resolution conflict management and conflict transformations are major themes in this unique book which examines explores and analyses the mediation attempts of the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe in the Nagorno-Karabakh conflict. Ohannes Geukjian shows the most striking characteristic of a protracted internal conflict such as this is its asymmetry and explains that without meeting basic human needs like identity recognition security and participation resolving any protracted social conflict is very difficult. The Armenian Azerbaijani case demonstrates how official diplomacy may not be able to solve protracted internal conflicts as without addressing the real causes of the problematic relationship attempts at peace making will always be sporadic and the space for mutual understanding and compromise shrink. Geukjian shows that conflict transformation has a particular salience in asymmetric conflicts such as this where the goal is to transform unjust relationships and where a high degree of polarisation between the disputants has taken root. Using the Nagorno-Karabakh case this book focuses on the anatomy and causes of deadlock in negotiations and highlights the many difficulties in achieving a breakthrough. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472435149

Negotiating at the United NationsA Practitioner's Guide This book offers a comprehensive practitioner's guide to negotiating at the United Nations. Although much of the content can be applied broadly the guide focuses on navigating multilateral negotiations at the UN. The book is a tool to help new UN negotiators explaining basic negotiation concepts and offering insight into the complexities of the UN system. It also offers a playbook for cooperation for negotiators at any level exploring the dynamics of relationships and alliances the art of chairing a negotiation and the importance of balancing the power asymmetries present in any multilateral discussion. The book proposes improvements to the UN negotiation process and looks at the impact of information technologies on negotiation dynamics; it also shares stories from women UN delegates  illustrating what it means to be a female negotiator at the UN. This book is an exploration of the power of the individual in any negotiation and of the responsibility all negotiators have in wielding that power to speak for a better world. This book will be of much interest to students of diplomacy global governance foreign policy and International Relations as well as practitioners and policymakers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434779

Negotiating BioethicsThe Governance of UNESCO’s Bioethics Programme A PDF version of this book is available for free in Open Access at www.tandfebooks.com. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. The sequencing of the entire human genome has opened up unprecedented possibilities for healthcare but also ethical and social dilemmas about how these can be achieved particularly in developing countries. UNESCO’s Bioethics Programme was established to address such issues in 1993. Since then it has adopted three declarations on human genetics and bioethics (1997 2003 and 2005) set up numerous training programmes around the world and debated the need for an international convention on human reproductive cloning. Negotiating Bioethics presents Langlois' research on the negotiation and implementation of the three declarations and the human cloning debate based on fieldwork carried out in Kenya South Africa France and the UK among policy-makers geneticists ethicists civil society representatives and industry professionals. The book examines whether the UNESCO Bioethics Programme is an effective forum for (a) decision-making on bioethics issues and (b) ensuring ethical practice. Considering two different aspects of the UNESCO Bioethics Programme – deliberation and implementation – at international and national levels Langlois explores: how relations between developed and developing countries can be made more equal who should be involved in global level decision-making and how this should proceed how overlap between initiatives can be avoided what can be done to improve the implementation of international norms by sovereign states how far universal norms can be contextualized what impact the efficacy of national level governance has at international level   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533461

Negotiating Boundaries in the CityMigration Ethnicity and Gender in Britain Using in-depth life-story interviews and oral history archives this book explores the impact of South Asian migration from the 1950s onwards on both the local white British-born population and the migrants themselves. Taking Leicester as a main case study - identified as a European model of multicultural success - Negotiating Boundaries in the City offers a historically grounded analysis of the human experiences of migration. Joanna Herbert shows how migration created challenges for both existing residents and newcomers - for both male and female migrants - and explores how they perceived and negotiated boundaries within the local contexts of their everyday lives. She explores the personal and collective narratives of individuals who might not otherwise appear in the historical records highlighting the importance of subjective everyday experiences. The stories provide valuable insights into the nature of white ethnicity inter-ethnic relations and the gendered nature of experiences and offer rich data lacking in existing theoretical accounts. This book provides a radically different story about multicultural Britain and reveals the nuances of modern urban experiences which are lost in prevailing discourses of multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272811

Negotiating Censorship in Modern Japan Censorship in Japan has seen many changes over the last 150 years and each successive system of rule has possessed its own censorship laws regulations and methods of enforcement. Yet what has remained constant through these many upheavals has been the process of negotiation between censor and artist that can be seen across the cultural media of modern society. By exploring censorship in a number of different Japanese art forms – from popular music and kabuki performance through to fiction poetry and film – across a range of historical periods this book provides a striking picture of the pervasiveness and strength of Japanese censorship across a range of media; the similar tactics used by artists of different media to negotiate censorship boundaries; and how censors from different systems and time periods face many of the same problems and questions in their work. The essays in this collection highlight the complexities of the censorship process by investigating the responsibilities and choices of all four groups – artists censors audience and ideologues – in a wide range of case studies. The contributors shift the focus away from top-down suppression towards the more complex negotiations involved in the many stages of an artistic work all of which involve movement within boundaries as well as testing of those boundaries on the part of both artist and censor. Taken together the essays in this book demonstrate that censorship at every stage involves an act of human judgment in a context determined by political economic and ideological factors. This book and its case studies provide a fascinating insight into the dynamics of censorship and how these operate on both people and texts. As such it will be of great interest to students and scholars interested in Japanese studies Japanese culture society and history and media studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934719

Negotiating ChangeOvercoming Entrenched Harmful Behaviours and Beliefs Behaviour change programs fail more often than they succeed. Failure is avoidable but not if we keep attempting change the same way. Negotiating Change is the culmination of decades of work with global corporations in ethics communications behaviour change and regulatory and social compliance. The book provides a text for corporate leaders their advisors and academics and students from several disciplines to explain why the current approach to behaviour change and compliance fails and documents why the author’s approach has been successful in more than 60 countries. The book synthesises research insights from evolutionary psychology behavioural sciences neuroscience and neurochemistry into a practical guide. It explains why systems for behavioural guidance and control based on beliefs religions ethics cultures and the law are ineffective in our globalised hyper-connected multi-cultural world. The author proposes that harm first introduced by Hippocrates to guide the practice of medicine provides a more useful linguistic model to engage. Harm and the Harm Principles provide an objective independent and universal measure for assessing behaviour applying equally regardless of race religion gender age or status. Harm is culturally neutral and operates independently of laws philosophies or codes of conduct. Harm transcends geography and time. Corporations are particularly vulnerable as they operate not just across jurisdictions and cultures but their behaviour is influenced by the very nature of incorporation corporate structure and stock-market pressure. Negotiating Change contains tools for boards and senior executives who want to build a more trustworthy organisation. It will not stop bad people doing bad things but at least the self-righteous mask of legality will be removed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363606

Negotiating Civil-Military SpaceRedefining Roles in an Unpredictable World This book begins discussion at a point where many civil–military conversations end. Hartwell identifies underlying dynamics key issues and challenges that civilian and military organizations encounter when negotiating their roles in real and virtual volatile environments. These include managing expectations understanding organizational missions and cultures building trust and exploring different approaches to violence. The impact of applied technologies on decision making processes and interventions is discussed in terms of recent and future complex crises. Linking earlier history to current discussions this study makes an important contribution by reframing issues and outlining strategies to avoid unintended consequences and more effectively protect civilians in future operations. While geographic focus is on the Middle East Africa Central Asia and Asia-Pacific the core issues are applicable to negotiating civil–military relationships in a wide range of environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472440457

Negotiating ClaimsThe Emergence of Indigenous Land Claim Negotiation Policies in Australia Canada New Zealand and the United States Why do governments choose to negotiate indigenous land claims rather than resolve claims through some other means? In this book Scholtz explores why a government would choose to implement a negotiation policy where it commits itself to a long-run strategy of negotiation over a number of claims and over a significant course of time. Through an examination strongly grounded in archival research of post-World War Two government decision-making in four established democracies - Australia Canada New Zealand and the United States - Scholtz argues that negotiation policies emerge when indigenous people mobilize politically prior to significant judicial determinations on land rights and not after judicial change alone. Negotiating Claims links collective action and judicial change to explain the emergence of new policy institutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959886

Negotiating CopyrightAuthorship and the Discourse of Literary Property Rights in Nineteenth-Century America First Published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762823

Negotiating CorruptionNGOs Governance and Hybridity in West Africa Negotiating Corruption demands that we think again about corruption in Africa. It problematises the framing of African corruption as a phenomenon that emerges from a clash between two sets of norms. Moreover it highlights the colonial legacies of this frame which situates African corruption within continually recurring debates about the political inclusion or banishment of 'others'. NGOs are characterised as intermediaries between the local and the international and between the state and the population. In both of these roles they are understood to reform governance by bringing about changes in culture and instituting bureaucratic norms. They have therefore been seen as part of the apparatus of a global liberal governmentality. This book complicates this portrayal and highlights the ambiguous role of liberal governmentality through an exploration of the 'grey practices' of the NGOs studied. These practices are 'grey' as they do not fit the pattern of virtuous NGOs holding the state to account described in development policy yet at the same time they ensure that the state produces the outcomes that a fully-functioning state ought to. This enacting of oppositional and antagonistic elements is further unpacked in conversation with Homi Bhabha's concepts of negotiation and hybridity. Negotiating Corruption draws attention to both the limitations of current explanations of corruption in Africa and the problematic way in which they are framed. The book's detailed engagement with understandings of corruption within policy and academic debates will make it a useful resource for undergraduate teaching. It will also be of keen interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students who engage with the issues of corruption NGOs civil society African politics governmentality and hybridity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308435

Negotiating Critical Literacies with TeachersTheoretical Foundations and Pedagogical Resources for Pre-Service and In-Service Contexts How can teacher educators engage pre-service and in-service teachers in learning about and framing their teaching from a critical literacy perspective? What does this mean? Why is it important? To address these questions this book offers a theoretical framework and detailed examples pedagogical resources and insights into ways to build critical literacies with teachers in and out of school. Its unique contribution is to bridge critical literacy theory and teacher education. Participants in teacher education programs and professional development settings are often reminded of the need to build curriculum using children’s inquiry questions passions and interests but generally this message is delivered only through telling (lectures) or showing (examples from other people’s classrooms). This book advances critical literary by explaining and illustrating how teacher educators can do much more—by creating opportunities for pre-service and in-service teachers to "live critical literacies" through experiencing firsthand what it is like to be a learner where the curriculum is built around teachers’ own inquiry questions passions and interests. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641623

Negotiating Critical Literacies with Young Children10th Anniversary Edition In this innovative and engaging text Vivian Maria Vasquez draws on her own classroom experience to demonstrate how issues raised from everyday conversations with pre-kindergarten children can be used to create an integrated critical literacy curriculum over the course of one school year. The strategies presented are solidly grounded in relevant theory and research. The author describes how she and her students negotiated a critical literacy curriculum; shows how they dealt with particular social and cultural issues and themes; and shares the insights she gained as she attempted to understand what it means to frame ones teaching from a critical literacy perspective. New in the 10th Anniversary Edition New section: "Getting Beyond Prescriptive Curricula the Mandated Curriculum and Core Standards" New feature: "Critical Reflections and Pedagogical Suggestions" at the end of the demonstration chaptesr New Appendices: "Resources for Negotiating Critical Literacies" and "Alternate Possibilities for Conducting an Audit Trail" Companion Website: narratives of ways in which the audit trail has been used as a tool for teaching and learning; resources on critical literacy including links to other websites and blogs; podcast focused on critical literacy and young children Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415733175

Negotiating Cultural Diversity in Afghanistan This book analyses the problematique of governance and administration of cultural diversity within the modern state of Afghanistan and traces patterns of national integration. It explores state construction in twentieth-century Afghanistan and Afghan nationalism and explains the shifts in the state’s policies and societal responses to different forms of governance of cultural diversity. The book problematizes liberalism communitarianism and multiculturalism as approaches to governance of diversity within the nation-state. It suggests that while the western models of multiculturalism have recognized the need to accommodate different cultures they failed to engage with them through intercultural dialogue. It also elaborates the challenge of intra-group diversity and the problem of accommodating individual choice and freedom while recognising group rights and adoption of multiculturalism. The book develops an alternative approach through synthesising critical multiculturalism and interculturalism as a framework on a democratic and inclusive approach to governance of diversity. A major intervention in understanding a war-torn country through an insider account this book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of politics and international relations especially those concerned with multiculturalism state-building nationalism and liberalism as well as those in cultural studies history Afghanistan studies South Asian studies Middle East studies minority studies and to policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138371057

Negotiating Cultural IdentityLandscapes in Early Medieval South Asian History This volume breaks new ground by conceptualizing physical landscapes as living cultural bodies. It redefines dynamic cultural landscapes as catalysts in which the natural world and human practice are inextricably linked and are constantly interacting. Drawing on research by eminent archaeologists numismatists and historians the essays in this volume • Provide insights into the ways people in the past and in the present imbue places with meanings; • Examine the social and cultural construction of space in the early medieval period in South Asia; • Trace complex patterns of historical development of a temple or a town to understand ways in which such spaces often become a means of constructing the collective past and social traditions. With a new chapter on continuity and change in the sacred landscape of the Buddhist site at Udayagiri the second edition of Negotiating Cultural Identity will be of immense interest to scholars and researchers of archaeology social history cultural studies art history and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367222727

Negotiating Cultural IdentityLandscapes in Early Medieval South Asian History This book draws on research by archaeologists numismatists and historians on the social and cultural construction of landscapes in India. It deals with the perception use and representation of the landscape as an essential dimension of life in the early medieval period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815373124

Negotiating DebtThe Imf Lending Process This book aims to develop and test a model of International Monetary Fund (IMF) decision-making that will offer a better understanding of how the IMF applies its lending terms to individual countries such as Jamaica Zaire Sudan India United Kingdom Turkey and Argentina. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165987

Negotiating Decolonization in the United NationsPolitics of Space Identity and International Community Combining discourse and comparative historical methods of analysis this book explores how colonialists and anti-colonialists renegotiated transnational power relationships within the debates on decolonization in the United Nations from 1946-1960. Shrewdly bringing together Sociology Women’s Studies History and Postcolonial Studies it is interested in the following questions: how are modern constructions of gender and race forged in transnational – colonial as well as ‘postcolonial’ – processes? How did they emerge in and contribute to such processes during the colonial era? Specifically how did they shape colonialist constructions of space identity and international community? How has this relationship shifted with legal decolonization? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541794

Negotiating Elite TalkLanguage Race Class and Identity Among African American High Schoolers Len Gregory is a law school student. As part of his elite law school's community outreach programme he finds himself in a local high school several times a week passing on his own legal knowledge to the students in a course he teaches entitled Street Law. This book shows that passing on legal knowledge is not the only thing Len is doing in Street Law. He is also trying to get his students to talk and argue about the law in the same way that he does. Len talks about legal matters using hypothetical speculative scenarios played out by generic people - if people occur at all in his scenarios. The students meanwhile recount anecdotes inhabited by real people doing things in the real world. This book describes how Len and the Street Law students negotiate Len's language promotion project scheme that is how the students go along with or resist Len's promotion. The consequences of this negotiation are high: the abstract/speculative inquiry style promoted by Len carries social value - to be able to talk as Len does is to be able to talk as powerful members of society talk and Len is offering the Street Law students access to that social capital. However this book shows how the Street Law students identify abstract/speculative inquiry as being the talk of the (elite white) Other - not in other words a way of talk that by and large utters their social identity. The book examines this negotiation and tension between learning economically powerful ways of talking in the larger social marketplace and maintaining an authentic local social identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160750

Negotiating Englishes and English-speaking IdentitiesA study of youth learning English in Italy This book explores the effects of the global spread of English by reporting on a sequential explanatory mixed-methods study of the language attitudes motivation and self-perceived English proficiency of youth in two Italian cities. Participant narratives highlight the far-reaching role that English plays on the performance and attainment of present and desired future selves illustrate that English is understood not as singular but as plural and paradoxical and reveal that English learners who do not all accept the capital of ‘native’ speakers utilize tactics to negotiate their position(s) with respect to their target language.  On the one hand by narrowing in on a specific population and drawing extensively on interview exchanges this work provides readers with a nuanced depiction of the identities milieu and learning experiences of English language learners in Italy. On the other hand this level of detailed analysis gives insight into the understandings construction of meaning and negotiations of language learners who need and want to acquire English the global language worldwide. Indeed the issues and questions that are raised in this book such as those concerning research approaches and the definitions assigned to key concepts have profound implications on the research of English(es) today and can inform future directions in global English teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410759

Negotiating Environment and ScienceAn Insider's View of International Agreements from Driftnets to the Space Station In this thought-provoking new book career U.S. State Department negotiator Richard J. Smith offers readers unprecedented access to the details about some of the most complex and politically charged international agreements of the late and immediate post Cold War era. During his nine years as Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary in the Bureau of Oceans and International Environmental and Scientific Affairs Smith led U.S. negotiations on many significant international agreements. In Negotiating Environment and Science Smith presents first-hand in-depth accounts of eight of the most high-profile negotiations in which he was directly involved. The negotiations Smith covers are wide-ranging and include the London agreement to amend the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer the international space station agreement the U.S.-Soviet (eventually U.S.-Russian) agreement on scientific cooperation the U.S.-Canada acid rain agreement the negotiations in Sofia Bulgaria that established a first link between human rights and the environment and a contentious confrontation with Japan over driftnet fishing. Smith chronicles the development of these negotiations the challenges that emerged (as much within the U.S. delegations as with the foreign partners) and the strategies that led to substantive treaties. Smith infuses his narrative with unique historical insight as well as astute observations that can guide U.S. strategies toward productive international agreements in the future. His book also highlights the shift in diplomatic focus over the past 25 years from arms control and other security-related agreements to international and trans-boundary agreements that address global environmental threats and promote cooperative approaches in science and technology. Written for an audience with a general interest in environmental issues as well as international relations Negotiating Environment and Science will also be an important resource for historians political scientists and students in international law and diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books RFF Press 9780415505482

Negotiating Ethical Challenges in Youth Research Negotiating Ethical Challenges in Youth Research brings together contributors from across the world to explore real-life ethical dilemmas faced by researchers working with young people in a range of social science disciplines. Unlike literature that tends to discuss youth research at an abstracted and exalted level this volume aims to make the basic principles and guidelines of youth research more ‘real.’ By openly discussing actual challenges that researchers have experienced in the course of conducting their fieldwork or interpreting their findings this collection provides the most authentic overview of the ethics of youth research available. A careful selection of chapters addresses a range of ethical challenges particularly relevant to contemporary youth researchers. Each chapter identifies an ethical issue that the author has personally experienced in his or her youth research explains why this was a challenge or dilemma outlines how the researcher responded to the challenge and provides advice and draws out broader implications for youth researchers. The chapters are organized around three themes that capture core ethical challenges: power and agency protection and harm prevention and trust and respect. The result is a collection that is a rigorous and valuable resource to those embarking on research with young people for the first time as well as supporting the resolution of ethical challenges by more experienced researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808477

Negotiating Ethnicity in ChinaCitizenship as a Response to the State This challenging study brings together anthropology and political science to examine how ethnic minorities are constructed by the state and how they respond to such constructions.Disclosing endless mini negotiations between those acting in the name of the Chinese state and those carrying the images of ethnic minority this book provides an image of the framing of ethnicity by modern state building processes. It will be of vital interest to scholars of political science anthropology and sociology and is essential reading to those engaged in studying Chinese society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375970

Negotiating Exclusion in Early Modern England 1550–1800 This edited volume examines how individuals and communities defined and negotiated the boundaries between inclusion and exclusion in England between 1550 and 1800. It aims to uncover how men women and children from a wide range of social and religious backgrounds experienced and enacted exclusion in their everyday lives. Negotiating Exclusion takes a fresh and challenging look at early modern England’s distinctive cultures of exclusion under three broad themes: exclusion and social relations; the boundaries of community; and exclusions in ritual law and bureaucracy. The volume shows that exclusion was a central feature of everyday life and social relationships in this period. Its chapters also offer new insights into how the history of exclusion can be usefully investigated through different sources and innovative methodologies and in relation to the experiences of people not traditionally defined as "marginal." The book includes a comprehensive overview of the historiography of exclusion and chapters from leading scholars. This makes it an ideal introduction to exclusion for students and researchers of early modern English and European history. Due to its strong theoretical underpinnings it will also appeal to modern historians and sociologists interested in themes of identity inclusion exclusion and community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338862

Negotiating Family Responsibilities Negotiating Family Responsibilities provides a major new insight into contemporary family life particularly kin relationships outside the nuclear family. While many people believe that the real meaning of 'family' has shrunk to the nuclear family household there is considerable evidence to suggest that relationships with the wider kin group remain an important part of most people's lives. Based on the findings of a major study of kinship and including lively verbatim accounts of conversations with family members concepts of responsibility and obligation within family life are examined and the authors expand theories on the nature of assistance within families and argue that it is negotiated over time rather than given automatically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467323

Negotiating Financial Agreement in East AsiaSurviving the Turbulence Every international negotiation bears a risk of collapse as even among like-minded countries different players often have different priorities and interests. This can result in conflict as states clash over certain agreement details and their disputes can escalate and founder the entire negotiation missing an opportunity to realize potential initiatives. However other circumstances have witnessed the cases of successful deals. This begets a puzzle: What did these states do to salvage their talks and seal their deals? This book examines East Asian financial negotiation processes and seeks to explain why some negotiations are successful despite the risk of bargaining failure. Using the Chiang Mai Initiative Multilateralization (CMIM) talks as the case study the book analyses how states with little prior experience at dealing with certain aspects of an agreement manage to avert negotiation failure and successfully conclude their final deal. Using extensive archival research in-depth interviews with involved negotiators and experts and process-tracing method it reconstructs the making of the CMIM agreement. The multi-country analysis reveals the roles played by key actors namely China Japan South Korea Indonesia Malaysia and Thailand in shaping the agreement terms. The book goes on to argue that preventing a stalemate or succeeding in concluding arrangements like the CMIM is a product of various strategies and tactics employed by negotiators. These include employing bargaining strategies and tactics that help avoid a negotiation deadlock and assessing the conditions under which such strategies and tactics are likely - or unlikely - to achieve the objective of avoiding bargaining failure. As a study of East Asian economic negotiation processes this book will be of huge interest to students and scholars of East Asian cooperation and regionalism as well as finance international business international relations and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494657

Negotiating for Peace in the Middle East (Routledge Revivals) Ismail Fahmy was Minister of Foreign Affairs and Deputy Premier of Egypt but resigned in protest against President Sadat’s visit to Jerusalem in 1977. This book published in 1983 presents the first portrait of Sadat from within the Arab ruling elite and gives unique coverage of the crucial negotiations that took place between Arab leaders which determined the key events during this period. Fahmy vividly recounts the years when prospects for a permanent peace in the Middle East seemed a real possibility and presents a damning portrayal of the roles that Kissinger Nixon and Carter played in events. This is a fascinating account of the struggle for peace in the Middle East written from the unique perspective of a hugely influential contemporary at the heart of the dialogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858106

Negotiating for Water ResourcesBridging Transboundary River Basins Over 90 per cent of the world population lives in countries that share a river basin with others. Freshwater resources are scarce and different nations actors and users compete for limited resources in transboundary river basins; often conflicting with each other. Water is a resource with no substitute: it cannot be secured in sufficiently large quantities through long-distance trade deals; and due to the interconnectivity of the hydrological system the actions of one country in its water management have a direct bearing on the interests of neighbouring countries. For instance in the Mekong River Basin current hydropower and navigation developments in certain countries impact on traditional sources of income such as fisheries and rice production in others. These kinds of changes in water use have given rise to conflict between countries in that region and others but have also led in some cases to greater cooperation. The past few decades have seen a number of new agreements about the sharing of river resources and cooperation between riparian states. Negotiating for Water Resources explores the drivers of conflict and cooperation between states in transnational river basins. Drawing on extensive fieldwork and interviews on the Mekong Danube and La Plata River Basins the book provides a three level analysis across three case studies including the regional framework (EU ASEAN and Mercosur) the River Basin Organisations (ICPDR MRC and CIC) and the micro-level. The key question of the book is: To what extent do power asymmetries prevent or inhibit cooperation between riparian states over water resources? This is linked to the question of how institutions contribute to mitigate competition for natural resources and how states interact in a multilateral arena. Overall the book argues that cooperation in transboundary river basins is possible even where there are asymmetric power relations challenging realist assumptions about competition and conflict over resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000257

Negotiating Freedom in the Circum-CaribbeanThe Jamaican Maroons and Creek Nation Compared Bringing together Jamaican Maroons and indigenous communities into one framework – for the first time – McKee compares and contrasts how these non-white semi-autonomous communities were ultimately reduced by Anglophone colonists. In particular questions are asked about Maroon and Creek interaction with Anglophone communities slave-catching slave ownership land conflict and dispute resolution to conclude that while important divergences occurred commonalities can be drawn between Maroon history and Native American history and that therefore we should do more to draw Maroon communities into debates of indigenous issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661892

Negotiating Gender Equity in the Global SouthThe Politics of Domestic Violence Policy The Open Access version of this book available at https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351245623 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. The fact that women have achieved higher levels of political inclusion within low- and middle-income countries has generated much speculation about whether this is reaping broader benefits in tackling gender-based inequalities. This book uncovers the multiple political dynamics that influence governments to adopt and implement gender equity policies pushing the debate beyond simply the role of women’s inclusion in influencing policy. Bringing the politics of development into discussion with feminist literature on women's empowerment the book proposes the new concept of ‘power domains’ as a way to capture how inter-elite bargaining coalitional politics and social movement activism combine to shape policies that promote gender equity.In particular the book investigates the conditions under which countries in sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia have adopted legislation against domestic violence which remains widespread in many developing countries. The book demonstrates that women’s presence in formal politics and policy spaces does not fully explain the pace in adopting and implementing domestic violence law. Underlying drivers of change within broader domains of power also include the role of clientelistic politics and informal processes of bargaining coalition-building and persuasion; the discursive framing of gender-equitable ideas; and how transnational norms influence women’s political inclusion and gender-inclusive policy outcomes. The comparative approach across Uganda Rwanda South Africa Ghana India and Bangladesh demonstrates how advancing gender equality varies by political context and according to the interests surrounding a particular issue.Negotiating Gender Equity in the Global South will be of interest to students and scholars of gender and development as well as to activists within governments political parties nongovernmental organizations women’s movements and donor agencies at national and international levels who are looking to develop effective strategies for advancing gender equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660574

Negotiating Gender Expertise in Environment and DevelopmentVoices from Feminist Political Ecology This book casts a light on the daily struggles and achievements of ‘gender experts’ working in environment and development organisations where they are charged with advancing gender equality and social equity and aligning this with visions of sustainable development. Developed through a series of conversations convened by the book’s editors with leading practitioners from research advocacy and donor organisations this text explores the ways gender professionals – specialists and experts researchers organizational focal points – deal with personal power-laden realities associated with navigating gender in everyday practice. In turn wider questions of epistemology and hierarchies of situated knowledges are examined where gender analysis is brought into fields defined as largely techno-scientific positivist and managerialist. Drawing on insights from feminist political ecology and feminist science technology and society studies the authors and their collaborators reveal and reflect upon strategies that serve to mute epistemological boundaries and enable small changes to be carved out that on occasions open up promising and alternative pathways for an equitable future. This book will be of great relevance to scholars and practitioners with an interest in environment and development science and technology and gender and women’s studies more broadly. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781351175180 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386124

Negotiating HealthIntellectual Property and Access to Medicines In developing countries access to affordable medicines for the treatment of diseases such as AIDS and malaria remains a matter of life or death. In Africa for instance more than one million children die each year from malaria alone a figure which could soon be far higher with the extension of patent rules for pharmaceuticals. Previously access to essential medicines was made possible by the supply of much cheaper generics manufactured largely by India; from 2005 however the availability of these drugs is threatened as new WTO rules take effect. Halting the spread of malaria and HIV/AIDS is one of the eight Millennium Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit which makes this a timely and topical book. Informed analysis is provided by internationally renowned contributors who look at the post-2005 world and discuss how action may be taken to ensure that intellectual property regimes are interpreted and implemented in a manner supportive to the right to protect public health and in particular to promote access to medicines for all. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772082

Negotiating HospitalityEthics of Tourism Development in the Nicaraguan Highlands How do hosts and guests welcome each other in responsible encounters? This book addresses the question in a longitudinal ethnographic study on tourism development in the coffee- cultivating communities in Nicaragua. The research follows the trail of development practitioners and researchers who travel with a desire to help teach and study the local hosts. On a broader level it is a journey exploring how the conditions of hospitality become negotiated between these actors. The theoretical approach bases itself on the ethical subjectivity as responsibility and receptivity towards ‘the other’. The ideas put forward in the book suggest that hospitality responsibility and participation all require a readiness to interrupt one’s own ways of doing knowing and being. This book provides a conceptual tool to facilitate reflection on alternative ways of doing togetherness and will be of interest to students and researchers of hospitality tourism development studies cultural studies and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551497

Negotiating Identity and ReligionYoung Adults in Inter-religious Families This book examines the religious lives of young adults growing up in inter-religious families in India. It explores complex questions of identity social background and religion in twenty-first-century India. The volume studies the religious commitments of young adults analyses the identity formation process for a critical age group and  discusses the interpersonal dynamics within inter-religious families. Drawing on real life stories of mixed heritage – Hindu Sikh Muslim Christian Jain Buddhist and Parsi – this volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of psychology education sociology and social anthropology religious studies  politics and other interdisciplinary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367110918

Negotiating Identity In Contemporary Japan First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976887

Negotiating Intractable ConflictsReadiness Theory Revisited Through the lens of readiness theory this book focuses on elements that determine the success and failure in negotiating peace agreements in intractable ethno-national conflicts. Examining three cases of mediated negotiation in Aceh Sudan and Sri Lanka the book provides an analytical framework for studying the processes underlying the movement toward conflict resolution. By studying readiness theory's capacity to identify the factors that influence parties’ readiness to reach an agreement it constitutes another step in the development of readiness theory beyond the pre-negotiation stage. The work highlights the central role that third parties – mediators and the international community – play in the success or failure of peace processes illuminating the mechanisms through which third parties affect the dynamics and outcome of the process. The systematic examination of readiness theory in these cases is instructive for researchers as well as for practitioners who seek to successfully mediate intractable conflicts and help adversaries achieve peace accords. This book will be of much interest to students of conflict resolution peace studies Asian politics African politics and international relations in general.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187200

Negotiating Lesbian and Gay Subjects First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699805

Negotiating MarginalityConflicts over Tribal Development in India Providing a critical ethnography of five different tribal movements fighting against the mega-industrialization projects in Odisha India the book presents a thick description of the confrontation of the tribals to the authoritative forces of state domination. This confrontation a counter-hegemonic discourse is neither antagonistic to change nor anti to development but rather in fact the author argues that the tribals are the subaltern citizens who aspire for not only more material and economic prosperity but also freedom – freedom from domination and deprivation. The book therefore seeks to answer one important question: how do the tribals appropriate marginality in their everyday lives in challenging domination and celebrating their desires wishes anticipations and material prosperity as well as in coping with the ruins of frustration and suffering. Drawing on long-term ethnographic fieldwork carried over a decade (2006-16) this book provides empirical evidences and conceptual explorations on the resistance of subaltern citizens against domination. The author challenges current theories of social movements which claim that a cultural critique of the ‘development’ paradigm is writ large in the political actions of those marginalized by ‘development’ – tribals who lived in harmony with nature combining reverence for nature with the sustainable management of resources. On the other hand questioning the established notion of ‘marginality as a problem’ the author re-visits ‘marginality’ as a possible site that nourishes the capacity of the tribals to resist and to imagine and create a new world. The complexity of tribal politics then cannot be reduced to an opposition between ‘development’ and ‘resistance’. The book therefore persuades us to re-examine the politics of representation within the ideology of progressive movements. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137281

Negotiating Marriage Family and WorkExperiences of Middle Class Egyptian Women Caught between two worlds of social transition and modern progression young women in the Middle East have for some time been forging means to balance conventional gender roles and marriage expectations while also advancing their position in society through improved legal status health and educational attainment. Yet with half of Egypt’s university-educated women out of the labour market and not seeking work this study reveals why middle-class women continue to pursue a degree that they fail to use. This book sheds light onto the lives of highly educated middle-class Egyptian women where they share their stories of spouse selection and marriage and how education wealth and unyielding gender roles influence their employment status. Through qualitative ethnography Negotiating Marriage Family and Work gives voice to young Egyptian women both married and single presenting their self-perceptions their roles as mothers and wives and their agency. Carried out from the time of the Arab Spring this research uncovers the key strategies that middle-class women employ to secure their economic well-being in their marital and domestic contexts as well as the barriers that married women face in combining paid work and family care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740778

Negotiating Membership in the WTO and EU With the accession of Afghanistan in 2016 the World Trade Organization (WTO) numbered 164 members with nineteen other states in line to join. The WTO is certainly not alone in its growth though; the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and the European Union (EU) are all expanding with dozens of states continuing to negotiate their potential membership. What impact does membership in international organizations really have? Why do some states have a seemingly easy path to joining international organizations while others find the process nearly impossible? What implications do these difficult accession processes have on the domestic and international politics of the acceding states? The author presents the two-level theory of accession which highlights factors at the domestic level and international organization level to explain how accession processes in the WTO and EU vary from state to state and the impact of these variations. In so doing this book provides a unique perspective on the topic of membership in international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264543

Negotiating Memory from the Romans to the Twenty-First CenturyDamnatio Memoriae Manipulation of the past and forced erasure of memories have been global phenomena throughout history spanning a varied repertoire from the destruction or alteration of architecture sites and images to the banning or imposing of old and new practices. The present volume addresses these questions comparatively across time and geography and combines a material approach to the study of memory with cross-disciplinary empirical explorations of historical and contemporary cases. This approach positions the volume as a reference-point within several fields of humanities and social sciences. The collection brings together scholars from different fields within humanities and social science to engage with memorialization and damnatio memoriae across disciplines using examples from their own research. The broad chronological and comparative scope makes the volume relevant for researchers and students of several historical periods and geographic regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367549565

Negotiating MinefieldsThe Landmines Ban in American Politics Against all odds the International Campaign to Ban Landmines helped to enact a global treaty banning antipersonnel mines in 1997. For that achievement it was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In this volume Leon Sigal shows how a handful of NGOs with almost no mass base got more than 100 countries to outlaw a weapon that their armies had long used. It is a story of intrigue and misperception of clashing norms and interests of contentious bureaucratic and domestic politics. It is also a story of effective leadership of sustained commitment to a cause of alliances between campaigners and government officials of a US senator who championed the ban and of the skilful use of the news media. Despite this monumental effort the campaign failed to get the United States to sign the treaty. Drawing on extensive internal documents and interviews with US officials and ban campaigners Sigal tells the story of the in-fighting inside the Clinton administration in the Pentagon and within the ban campaign itself that led to this major setback for an otherwise unprecedented successful global effort. Negotiating Minefields will be of interest to students and scholars of military and strategic studies and politics and international relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203957288

Negotiating Motherhood in Nineteenth-Century American Literature Returning to a foundational moment in the history of the American family Negotiating Motherhood in Nineteenth-Century American Literature explores how various authors of the period represented the maternal role – an office that came to a new social prominence at the end of the eighteenth century. By examining maternal figures in the works of diverse authors such as Harriet Beecher Stowe Nathaniel Hawthorne Frederick Douglass Harriet Jacobs and Sarah Piatt this book exposes the contentious but fruitful negotiations that took place in the heart of the American sentimental era – negotiations about the cultural meanings of family womanhood and motherhood. This book then challenges critical constructions that figure American sentimentalism as a coherent monolithic project tied strictly to the forces of cultural conservatism. Furthermore by exploring nineteenth-century challenges to conventional maternal ideology and by exposing gaps in the mythology of "ideal" motherhood Negotiating Motherhood demonstrates that the icon of an American Madonna – a figure that still haunts America’s imagination – never had an uncontested reign. Transcending the boundaries of literary criticism this work will be useful to feminist scholars and to those who are interested in the history of women’s culture the American mythology of family life or the cultural construction of motherhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541800

Negotiating National IdentitiesBetween Globalization the Past and 'the Other' Negotiating National Identities presents an empirically detailed and theoretically wide-ranging analysis of the complex political and cultural struggles taking place in contemporary Europe. Taking contemporary Austria and her controversial identity politics as its central case study in a discussion of developments across a variety of national and pan-European contexts this book demonstrates that neo-nationalism has been one among several competing reactions to the processes and challenges of globalization whilst inclusive notions of identity and belonging are shown to have emerged from the realms of civil society and cultural production. Shifting the study of national identities from the party-political to the social cultural and economic realms this book raises important questions of human rights social exclusion and ideological struggle in a globalizing era drawing attention to the contested nature of European politics and civil societies in which existing configurations of power and exclusion are both reproduced and challenged. As such it will be of interest to anyone working in the fields of race and ethnicity national identity and media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260252

Negotiating NormalityEveryday Lives in Socialist Institutions This book is about state socialism not as a political system but as an "ecosystem" of interactions between the state and the citizens it sought to control. It includes case studies that demonstrate how the major ideological principles of socialism translated into motives guiding people's lives.This unique post-revisionist study focuses on people's lives and experiences rather than political systems. The studies are grouped around three common elements—socialist labor the new socialist man and the socialist way of life. Using first-hand accounts the authors find minute deviations from the norms that eventually lead to renegotiation of the norms themselves. Focusing on routines not extremes they present socialism in its "normal" state.The volume demonstrates different national strategies for dealing with the past in the post-socialist world. Studies of the socialist past may strive to be objective but their messages tend to be complex. Rather than arriving at one truth about the nature of socialism this volume explores the many ways people have survived the system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855839

Negotiating Partnerships with Older PeopleA Person Centred Approach This title was first published in 2001. Much discussion takes place concerning the nature of the relationship between nurses and older people in hospital and there have been many concerns expresses in United Kingdom policy documents about the quality of care for older people in hospitals. Autonomy is considered to be one of the central ethical principles of health care practice and as such is a significantly relevant concept for nurses. This book presents the results of a study undertaken with nurses who work with older people in hospitals. Issues arising from the study include the effects of institutional constraints on autonomy. A framework for person-centred practice has been developed from this work that emphasizes the values of the individual and their needs wants and desires. The role of the nurse in facilitating practice that respects an individual's values is outlined and the importance of nurses in negotiating relationships with older people is also emphasized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719583

Negotiating Personal AutonomyCommunication and Personhood in East Greenland Negotiating Personal Autonomy offers a detailed ethnographic examination of personal autonomy and social life in East Greenland.Examining verbal and non-verbal communication in interpersonal encounters Elixhauser argues that social life in the region is characterized by relationships based upon a particular care to respect other people’s personal autonomy. Exploring this high valuation of personal autonomy she asserts that a person in East Greenland is a highly permeable entity that is neither bounded by the body nor even necessarily human. In so doing she also puts forward a new approach to the anthropological study of communication.An important addition to the corpus of ethnographic literature about the people of East Greenland Elixhauser‘s work will be of interest to scholars of the Arctic and the North Greenland social and cultural anthropology and human geography. Her conclusion that in East Greenland the ‘inner’ self cannot be separated from the ‘public’ persona will also be of interest to scholars working on the self across the humanities and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592226

Negotiating Political IdentitiesMultiethnic Schools and Youth in Europe Globalization European integration and migration are challenging national identities and changing education across Europe. The nation-state no longer serves as the sole locus of civic participation and identity formation ceasing to have the influence it once had over the implementation of policies. Drawing on rich empirical data from four schools in Germany and Britain this groundbreaking book is the first study of its kind to examine how schools mediate government policies and create distinct educational contexts to shape youth identity negotiation and integration processes. Negotiating Political Identities will appeal to educationists sociologists and political scientists whose work concerns issues of migration identity citizenship and ethnicity. It will also be an invaluable source of evidence for policymakers and professionals concerned with balancing cultural diversity and social cohesion in such a way as to promote more inclusive citizenship and educational policies in multiethnic multifaith schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602826

Negotiating Political Power in TurkeyBreaking up the Party This edited collection looks at how political parties in Turkey actually work inside and out. Departing from traditional macro-level analyses the book offers a new sociological approach to the study of political parties treating them as non-unitary entities composed of many different groups and individuals who both cooperate and compete with one another. The central proposition of the book is that parties must be studied as clusters of relationships in specific locales rather than as unitary ‘black boxes.’ This ground-up approach provides new insights into the internal workings of political parties; why parties gain and lose elections and other political resources; and the ways in which power is negotiated and exercised in Turkey and beyond. Chapters include studies of Islamic and Islamist parties from the 1970s to the present ethnic Kurdish parties center- and extreme right parties and the far left as well as independent candidates. The authors pay particular attention to relations – and the blurry boundaries-- between parties and civil society groups religious associations non-governmental organizations ethnic and socio-economic groups and state institutions and to the variability of external and internal party politics in different geographies such as Adana Mersin and Diyarbakir. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867119

Negotiating Positive Identity in a Group Care CommunityReclaiming Uprooted Youth In this readable book Zvi Levy Hadassim’s Director provides a careful account of how over time he and others have shaped a community to foster health identity and competence in distressed young people. Canadian WIZO (Women’s International Zionist Organization) Hadassim is a thriving youth village in Israel that is home for 500 young people and a day educational program for an additional 1 000. Negotiating Positive Identity in a Residential Group Care Community illustrates the organizational expression of a developmental idea in this case Erik Erikson’s identity development theory to show how an environment can be created to cope with disrupted development processes among children and adolescents. The book describes an ongoing experiment that started fifteen years ago and has since been recognized as an outstanding success. The basic information and ideas expressed by Levy can be used to improve the effectiveness of any framework through which adolescents pass during the stages of development including schools community centers and normal families. Some of the main topics discussed in this volume are: principles for running a multicultural facility organization of the daily life of a large residential setting major parameters in a residential setting as derived from the theories of Erik Erikson on adolescence as a developmental stage comprehensive care for youth in transition and adolescents suffering from aggravated identity crisesAll child and youth care workers and program administrators can learn much from Levy’s account of Hadassim. Negotiating Positive Identity in a Residential Group Care Community will be disturbing to many who adhere to the current tenets of good management and child care practice; readers need to be prepared to have many assumptions and beliefs challenged. The book emphasizes the distress of immigrant and troubled urban youth as an aggravated identity crisis the cause of which needs to be treated before the symptom. This volume is of interest to theoreticians practitioners and policymakers in the fields of education child and youth care and developmental psychology as well as scholars in Erikson’s theories. It is also useful in courses which study education in Israel or that seek solutions to problems such as homeless youth in the Third World.Negotiating Positive Identity in a Residential Group Care Community stresses that: The answer to deprivation is not the provision of efficient services but an environment and an approach that encourages adolescents to see themselves as active participants and not as patients or passive inmates. Residential settings for children and adolescents can successfully handle large numbers and in fact larger numbers can offer some definite advantages. The best way to help children develop into autonomous adults is to give them responsibility for their own choices within the framework of a goal-oriented community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976894

Negotiating Privilege and Identity in Educational Contexts Recent efforts emphasize the roles that privilege and elite education play in shaping affluent youths’ identities. Despite various backgrounds the common qualities shared among the eight adolescents showcased in this book lead them to form particular understandings of self others and the world around them that serve as means for them to negotiate their privilege. These self-understandings are crucial for them to feel more at ease with being privileged foster a positive sense of self and reduce the negative feelings associated with their advantages – thus managing expectations for future success. Offering an intimate and comprehensive view of affluent adolescents’ inner lives and understandings Negotiating Privilege and Identity in Educational Contexts explores these qualities and provides an important alternative perspective on privilege and how privilege works. The case studies in this volume explore different settings and lived experiences of eight privileged adolescents who influenced by various sources actively construct and cultivate their own privilege. Their stories address a wide range of issues relevant to the study of adolescence and the various social class factors that mediate adolescents’ educational experiences and identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286931

Negotiating Race and Rights in the Museum Negotiating Race and Rights in the Museum traces the evolution of pervasive racial ideas and ‘post-race’ allusions over more than a century of museum thinking and practice. Drawing on the illuminating history of the Smithsonian Institution this book offers an account of how museums have addressed and renegotiated wider calls for inclusion ‘self-definition’ and racial justice in ways that continually re-centre and legitimise the White frame. Charting the emergence of ‘post-race’ ideas in museums Bunning demonstrates how and why ‘culturally specific’ approaches have been met with suspicion and derision by powerful museum stakeholders against the backdrop of a changing United States of America just as they have offered crucial vehicles for sectoral change. This study of the evolution of racial ideas in response to Black empowerment highlights deeply entrenched forms of White supremacy that remain operative within the international museum sector today and serves to reinforce the urgent calls for the active disruption of racist ideas and the redesign of institutions. Negotiating Race and Rights in the Museum will appeal to those working in the international fields of museum and heritage studies cultural studies and American studies and all who are interested in the production of racial ideas and White supremacy in the museum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435677

Negotiating Religion and DevelopmentIdentity Construction and Contention in Bolivia This book argues that relationships between religion and development in faith-based development work are constructed through repeated processes of negotiation. Rather than being a neat and tidy relationship faith-based development work is complex and multifaceted: an ongoing series of negotiations between theological interpretations and theories of human development; between identities as professional practitioners and as believers; between different religious traditions at local regional and international levels; and between institutional structures and individual agency. In particular the book draws on a deep ethnographic study of Christian faith-based development work in the Bolivian Andes. The case study highlights the importance of seeing theological interpretations as being firmly embedded in local religious and cultural systems involved in a constant process of identity construction. Overall the book argues that religion should not be seen as homogeneous or either 'good' or 'bad' for development; instead we must recognise that institutional faith-based identities are constructed in many ways formal theological and interpersonal and any tensions between ‘religious’ and ‘development’ goals must be worked through in an ongoing recognition of that complexity. This book will be of interest to researchers working in development studies and religious studies as well as to practitioners and policymakers with an interest in faith-based development work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392328

Negotiating ReligionCross-disciplinary perspectives Negotiating religious diversity as well as negotiating different forms and degrees of commitment to religious belief and identity constitutes a major challenge for all societies. Recent developments such as the ‘de-secularisation’ of the world the transformation and globalisation of religion and the attacks of September 11 have made religious claims and religious actors much more visible in the public sphere. This volume provides multiple perspectives on the processes through which religious communities create or defend their place in a given society both in history and in our world today.Offering a critical cross-disciplinary investigation into processes of negotiating religion and religious diversity the contributors present new insights on the meaning and substance of negotiation itself. This volume draws on diverse historical sociological geographic legal and political theoretical approaches to take a close look at the religious and political agents involved in such processes as well as the political social and cultural context in which they take place. Its focus on the European experiences that have shaped not only the history of ‘negotiating religion’ in this region but also around the world provides new perspectives for critical inquiries into the way in which contemporary societies engage with religion. This study will be of interest to academics lawyers and scholars in law and religion sociology politics and religious history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596163

Negotiating Religious GapsThe Enterprise of Translating Christian Tracts by Protestant Missionaries in Nineteenth-Century China This book constitutes a pioneering and comprehensive text-in-context study of the translation of Christian tracts (from English into Chinese) by Protestant missionaries in nineteenth-century China. It focuses on the large body of hitherto widely neglected Protestant Chinese books and tracts putting the translated texts into their socio-political cultural and ideological contexts. This integrated approach proves to be fruitful and insightful in describing and explaining actual practices of translation or translation norms. [...] The book addresses the central issue of how original texts were selected translated and presented by Protestant missionaries under the patronage of various missionary institutions in order to achieve their specific agendas.  Based on primary materials and rare archival documents this extensive survey of the corpus of Chinese Christian literature fills a significant gap in the evaluation of Protestant missions to China especially with regard to the role of the Religious Tract Society (RTS). Moreover the contributions of Chinese collaborators are examined in detail to achieve a more balanced view in accessing the role of missionary translators. The book also sheds light on the sophisticated procedures and strategies of cross-cultural translation particularly on the facet of religious translation in the Chinese translation tradition.  "... John T.P. Lai provides a wealth of information about the development of Protestant religious publishing in late imperial China. Full of interesting data and illustrations this work should find an audience with church historians and mission scholars." Joseph Tse-Hei Lee in Sino-Western Cultural Relations Journal  Fields of interest: Religious Studies Translation Studies History of Christianity in Modern China. Contents: Introduction. Chapter 1: Translation Protestant Missions and the Chinese Context. Chapter 2: Institutional Patronage: The Ideological Control of Tract Societies. Chapter 3: Teamwork Translation: The Invisibility of Chinese Collaborators. Chapter 4: Christian Tracts in Chinese Costume: A Critical Survey. Chapter 5: Rewriting the Children's Message: The Peep of Day. Chapter 6: Domesticating for Chinese Literati: The Anxious Inquirer. Conclusion Appendices: Appendix A: Protestant Missionary Publishers and Societies in China. Appendix B: Protestant Missionaries and Chinese Translators. Appendix C: Chinese Translations of Christian Literature 1812-1907. Appendix D: Most Well-Received Christian Literature in Chinese 1812-1907. Appendix E: Favell L. Mortimer's Works in Chinese. Appendix F: William Muirhead's Works in Chinese. Bibliography. Index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9783805005975

Negotiating SainthoodDistinction Cursileria and Saintliness in Spanish Novels Negotiating Sainthood Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604141

Negotiating Science and Religion In AmericaPast Present and Future Science and religion represent two powerful forces that continue to influence the American cultural landscape. Negotiating Science and Religion in America sketches an intellectual-cultural history from the Puritans to the twenty-first century focusing on the sometimes turbulent relationship between the two. Using the past as a guide for what is happening today this volume engages research from key scholars and the author’s work on emerging adults’ attitudes in order to map out the contours of the future for this exciting and sometimes controversial field. The book discusses the relationship between religion and science in the following important historical periods: from 1687 to the American Revolution the revolutionary period to 1859 after Darwin's 1859 On the Origin of Species 1870–1925: the rise of religious modernism and pluralism to the Scopes Trial from Scopes to 1966 the present: 1966 to 2000 the third millennium: the voices of Stephen Jay Gould Richard Dawkins and Francis Collins the future and its contours. This is the ideal volume for any student or scholar seeking to understand the relationship between religion and science in society today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068537

Negotiating Secular and Sacred in Medieval ArtChristian Islamic and Buddhist Offering original analysis of the convergence between 'sacred' and 'secular' in medieval works of art and architecture this collection explores both the usefulness and limitations of these terms for describing medieval attitudes. The modern concepts of 'sacred' and 'secular' are shown to be effective as scholarly tools but also to risk imposing false dichotomies. The authors consider medieval material culture from a broad perspective addressing works of art and architecture from England to Japan and from the seventh to the fifteenth century. Although the essays take a variety of methodological approaches they are unified in their emphasis on the continuing and necessary dialectic between sacred and secular. The contributors consciously frame their interpretations in terms and perspectives derived from the Middle Ages thereby demonstrating how the present art-historical terminology and conceptual frameworks can obscure the complexity of medieval life and material culture. The resonance among essays opens possibilities for productive cross-cultural study of an issue that is relevant to a diversity of cultures and sub-periods. Introducing an innovative approach to the literature of the field this volume complicates and enriches our understanding of social realities across a broad spectrum of medieval worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274983

Negotiating Shakespeare's Language in Romeo and JulietReading Strategies from Criticism Editing and the Theatre Through exciting and unconventional approaches including critical/historical printing/publishing and performance studies this study mines Shakespeare's Romeo and Juliet to produce new insights into the early modern family the individual and society in the context of early modern capitalism. Inspired by recent work in cultural materialism and the material book it also foregrounds the ways in which the contexts and the text itself become available to the reader today. The opening material on critical/historical approaches focuses on the way that readers have frequently read and played the text to explore issues that cluster around the family marriage gender and sexuality. Chapter two on the ways that actors today inhabit character and create behaviour provides intertextual comment on acting in the early modern period and the connections between acting and social behaviour that inform self-image and the performance of identity both then and now. The third chapter on printing/publishing approaches to the text offers a detective story about the differences between Quarto One and Quarto Two that focuses on the curious appearance in Quarto Two of material related to the law at word phrase line and scene level. The next three chapters integrate a close study of the language of the play to negotiate its potential significance for the present in the areas of: Family Marriage Gender and Sexuality; Identity Individualism and Humanism; and the Law Religion and Medicine. Among the startling aspects of this book are that it: - takes the part of Juliet far more seriously than other criticism has tended to do attributing to her agency and aspects of character that develop the part suddenly from girl to woman; - recognizes the way the play explores early modern identity becoming a handbook for individualism and humanism in the private domestic setting of early capitalism; and - brings to light the least recognized element in the play at the moment its demonstration of the emerging structures of state power governance by law the introduction of surveillance detection and witness and the formation of what we now call the 'subject'. The volume includes on DVD a scholarly edition with commentary of the text of Romeo & Juliet which re-instates many of the original early modern versions of the play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259591

Negotiating Social Relations in Bosnia and HerzegovinaSemiperipheral Entanglements Exploring recent configurations of social relations in post-socialist post-war post-Yugoslav Bosnia and Herzegovina this collection of ethnographic research turns an analytical lens on questions of sociality. Contributions based on long-term in-depth research projects explore how people in different parts of BiH make and remake social relations and outline how their practices of sociality relate to donor-set priorities and formal human rights provisions. The book explores the socio-political concerns which have emerged within BiH incites interdisciplinary conversations and sheds critical light on ways of engaging with these concerns and discusses forms of sociality politics and agency which remain largely absent from the official political discourse and practice of local and foreign actors. Explicitly focusing on social relations in BiH against the historical background of both war and Yugoslav socialism and directly placing these in relation to authoritative discourses and policies regarding BiH today brings the different strands together while the commentaries of specialists who have studied BiH in different ways explicitly situates the contribution of ethnographic work in the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472454386

Negotiating Sovereignty and Human RightsActors and Issues in Contemporary Human Rights Politics Providing an overview of institutional developments and innovations in human rights politics this volume discusses some of the most important current and emerging human rights issues. It takes stock of the initiatives policy responses and innovations of past years to identify some of the challenges that will likely require bold and innovative solutions. The contributors focus on actors and/or issues that are outside the mainstream of international human rights politics; the chapters address issues that have only emerged as an important part of the international human rights agenda and generated much advocacy diplomacy and negotiations since the end of the Cold War. These issues include: the International Criminal Court the norm of Responsibility to Protect (R2P) the proliferation of small arms and light weapons and its human rights impact truth commissions and the rights of persons with disabilities. The contributions offer a direct challenge to entrenched notions of state sovereignty and represent a departure from established ways of policy making. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597706

Negotiating Techniques in International Commercial Contracts Drafting and Negotiating Commercial Contracts Fourth Edition is the 'one-stop-shop' for practical contractual matters making it essential reading for anyone involved in negotiating and drafting commercial contracts.Many works published on the topic of negotiating have dealt with techniques of and preparation for negotiation from a psychological standpoint but this book contends that in the commercial world hard commercial considerations rather than psychological warfare matter most in successfully negotiating commercial contracts. The text highlights the most important special features of selected contracts namely payment contracts and petroleum contracts in addition to ordinary export contracts syndicated loan agreements international engineering and construction contracts and issues relating to project finance and risk. One of the basic themes of this work is to remind negotiators of the changing attitudes towards the negotiation of international commercial contracts including more awareness of bargaining powers of both parties.  The Fourth Edition has been fully updated to take account of important court decisions regarding the interpretation of contracts and changes in consumer legislation.  This includes commercial lawyers contract managers in-house lawyers lawyers in private practice LPC course tutors and law and business students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704886

Negotiating Techniques in International Commercial Contracts This title was first published in 2000:  Many works published on the topic of negotiating have dealt with techniques of and preparation for negotiation from a psychological standpoint but this book contends that in the commercial world hard commercial considerations rather than psychological warfare matter most in successfully negotiating commercial contracts. The text highlights the most important special features of selected contracts namely payment contracts and petroleum contracts in addition to ordinary export contracts syndicated loan agreements international engineering and construction contracts and issues relating to project finance and risk. One of the basic themes of this work is to remind negotiators of the changing attitudes towards the negotiation of international commercial contracts including more awareness of bargaining powers of both parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704923

Negotiating TerritorialitySpatial Dialogues Between State and Tradition This edited collection disrupts dominant narratives about space states and borders bringing comparative ethnographic and geographic scholarship in conversation with one another to illuminate the varied ways in which space becomes socialized via political economic and cognitive appropriation. Societies must first and foremost do more than wrangle over ownership and land rights — they must dwell in space. Yet historically the interactions between the state’s territorial imperative with previous forms of landscape management have unfolded in a variety of ways including top-down imposition resistance and negotiation between local and external actors. These interactions have resulted in hybrid forms of territoriality and are often fraught with fundamentally different perceptions of landscape. This book foregrounds these experiences and draws attention to situations in which different social constructions of space and territory coincide collide or overlap. Each ethnographic case in this volume presents forms of territoriality that are contingent upon contested histories politics landscape the presence or absence of local heterogeneity and the involvement of multiple external actors with differing motivations — ultimately all resulting in the potential for conflict or collaboration and divergent implications for conceptions of community autochthony and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346838

Negotiating the ArcticThe Construction of an International Region This work draws upon the history of Arctic development and the view of the Arctic in different states to explain how such a discourse has manifested itself in current broader cooperation across eight statistics analysis based on organization developments from the late 1970s to the present shows that international region discourse has largely been forwarded through the extensive role of North American particularly Canadian networks and deriving form their frontier-based conceptualization of the north. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512831

Negotiating the Complexities of Qualitative Research in Higher EducationFundamental Elements and Issues Negotiating the Complexities of Qualitative Research in Higher Education illuminates the complex nature of qualitative research while attending to issues of application. This text addresses the fundamentals of research through discussion of strategies ethical issues and challenges in higher education. In addition to walking through the methodological steps this text considers the conceptual reasons behind qualitative research and explores how to conduct qualitative research that is rigorous thoughtful and theoretically coherent. Seasoned researchers Jones Torres and Arminio combine high-level theory with practical applications and examples showing how research in higher education can produce improved learning outcomes for students especially those who have been historically marginalized. This book will help students in higher education and Student Affairs graduate programs to cultivate an appreciation for the complexity and ambiguity of the research and the ways to think thorough questions and tensions that emerge in the process. New in This Edition: Updated citations and content throughout to reflect the newest thinking and scholarship Expansion of current exemplars of qualitative research New exercises activities and examples throughout to bolster accessibility of theory A new chapter on Theoretical Perspectives with attention to new perspectives increasingly used in higher education and Student Affairs A new chapter on Challenges in Data Collection Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517362

Negotiating the CrisisDrgs and the Transformation of Hospitals In 1984 Congress revamped Medicare to save a financially distraught health care system thus transforming the hospital as an organization. Diagnosis Related Groups (DRGs) -- the cornerstone of this extensive reorganization -- have triggered repercussions that are still adversely affecting health care professionals. This volume cuts to the heart of this crisis examining the difficulties and foibles of going from DRG Legislation to DRG practices and giving voice to the professionals who must carve out a new reality under DRGs. It exposes the disputes between the various professional groups -- administrators physicians and nurses --over the implementation of DRGS and how these professionals maneuver to manage the health service problems created by the policy. The book's authors provide an insightful analysis of the way policy innovations can wreak havoc on an organization and how professionals working together eventually negotiate order out of the chaos of change. The volume's narrative style of research is one feature that makes the presentation of the authors' findings unique from other works on Medicare legislation. Additionally the book offers a case study approach to communication and sociological matters of a significant health care issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516235

Negotiating the Emotional Challenges of Conducting Deeply Personal Research in Health Public health researchers and clinicians regularly work with people who have suffered physical and mental trauma. Knowing how to conduct a study or treat a patient while navigating deep emotional issues requires special skills and overall awareness of how trauma can impact the process and outcomes of participating in research and/or receiving health care.   This book presents a diverse array of case examples from scholars of health-related topics focusing on biographical narrative as a window into understanding key needs in trauma informed scholarship and medicine. Exploring stories from people of varied backgrounds experiences and contexts can help professionals within and beyond the academic research and clinical care spheres create rewarding experiences for patients.   Negotiating the Emotional Challenges of Conducting Deeply Personal Research in Health will be of interest to public health practitioners educators and researchers as well as students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498747790

Negotiating the EnvironmentCivil Society Globalisation and the UN Civil society participants have voiced concerns that the environmental problems that were the subject of multilateral environmental agreements negotiated during the 1992 Rio processes are not serving to ameliorate global environmental problems. These concerns raise significant questions regarding the utility of negotiating agreements through the UN. This book elucidates the complexity of how participants engage in these negotiations through the various processes that take place under the auspices of the UN—primarily those related to climate and biological diversity.By taking an ethnographic approach and providing concrete examples of how it is that civil society participants engage in making policy this book develops a robust sense of the implications of the current terrain of policy-making—both for the environment and for the continued participation of non-state actors in multilateral environmental governance. Using data gathered at actual negotiations the book develops concepts such as participation and governance beyond theory. The research uses participant observation ethnographic methods to tie the theoretical frameworks to people’s actual activities as policy is generated and contested.Whereas topics associated with global environmental governance are traditionally addressed in fields such as international relations and political science this book contributes to developing a richer understanding of the theories using a sociological framework tying individual activities into larger social relations and shedding light on critical questions associated with transnational civil society and global politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606602

Negotiating the Euro-Mediterranean PartnershipStrategic Action in EU Foreign Policy? This title was first published in 2003. In this study Ricardo Gomez traces the origins of the external Mediterranean policy of the European Union (EU) and examines in detail the negotiations that shaped the policy and its impact. Combining historical analysis with case studies of the Euro-Med partnership initiative EU policy on Algeria and the EU's involvement in the Middle East peace process he covers a diverse array of issues that will appeal to scholars across a variety of sub-disciplines of political science and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711525

Negotiating the French Pox in Early Modern Germany This book explores the identity of the 'French disease' (alias the 'French pox' or 'Morbus Gallicus') in the German Imperial city of Augsburg between 1495 and 1630. Rejecting the imposition of modern conceptions of disease upon the past it reveals how early modern medical theory facilitated enormous flexibility in defining disease and how disease identification was a local matter and one of constant negotiation and renegotiation. Drawing on a wealth of primary source material this work combines concern with the conceptualisation of the disease with its practical application and argues for the inseparability of both. It focuses on how theoretical understanding of the pox shaped the various therapeutic reactions and vice versa. It exemplifies this in the specific socio-cultural context of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century Augsburg through an investigation of the city's municipal and private pox hospitals. Combining medical religious economic municipal and institutional history this book offers a fascinating insight into how early modern society came to terms with disease both in a practical and theoretical sense. This revised English translation of Dr Stein's original German book adds new layers of understanding to a fascinating but complex subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253230

Negotiating the FrontierTranslators and Intercultures in Hispanic History Why would a Latin Qur'an be addressed to readers who knew no Latin? What happens when translators work on paper rather than parchment? Why would a Jewish rabbi translate a bible for Christians? How can a theorist successfully criticize a version of Aristotle without knowing any Greek? Why were children used to bring down an Amerindian civilization? Why does the statue of Columbus in Barcelona point straight to Israel? Why should a Nicaraguan poet cite a French poem in order to explain a volcano in Nicaragua? This book does more than answer such questions. It uses them to discuss some of the most fundamental and complex issues in contemporary Translation Studies and Cultural Studies. Identifying cultural intermediaries as members of medieval frontier society it traces the stages by which that society has assisted in the creation of Hispanic cultures. Individual case studies go from the twelfth-century Christian Islamic and Jewish exchanges right through to the not unrelated complexity of today's translation schools in Spain mining a history rich in anecdote and paradox. Further aspects trace key concepts such as disputation the medieval hierarchy of languages the nationalist mistrust of intermediaries the effects of decolonization on development ideology and the difficulties of training students for globalizing markets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315760025

Negotiating the Good LifeAristotle and the Civil Society For centuries philosophers have wrestled with the dichotomy between individual freedom on the one hand and collective solidarity on the other. Yet today there is a growing realization that this template is fundamentally flawed. In this book Mark Young embraces and advocates a more holistic concept of freedom; one which is not merely defined negatively but which positively provides the preconditions for individuals to actively exercise their autonomy and to flourish as human beings in the process. Young posits the idea of 'freedom in community' and traces its origin back to Aristotle. Taking as his premise that humans are deeply social beings who live their lives intricately interwoven with each other he examines what type of political community is relevant for us in this post-Classical post-Enlightenment and indeed post-Existential world. Identifying the failure of traditional 'statist' models of politics Young instead argues for a civil society: a globally interlinked and free set of liberal communities as the best context for nourishing human flourishing. In this way we can achieve a proper setting for Eudaimonia in a modern sense. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262836

Negotiating the Jacobean Printed Book By examining the spaces where authors printers and readers interact Negotiating the Jacobean Printed Book highlights the manner in which contemporary culture and canon not only co-existed but mutually nourished and affected one another. An international group of book history scholars look beyond the traditional literary and canonical texts to explore amongst other things the physical nature of books and their place in Jacobean society. The contributors interrogate not just the texts themselves but the habits proclamations letters and problems encountered by authors printers and readers. Ranging from the funding of perhaps the most important book of the early Jacobean period the 1611 AV Bible and the ways in which it changed the balance of power in the King's Printers to how the importation of Continental drill manuals by professional soldiers influenced the Privy council the essays focus on the fissures which open up between practice and proclamation between manuscript and press and between print and parliament. Together these essays nuance our understanding of how print culture affected and was affected by wider cultural concerns; the volume constitutes a compelling contribution to both literary and historical studies of early modern England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382749

Negotiating the Mediated CityEveryday Encounters with Public Screens This book is an interdisciplinary empirical investigation of how people interact with public screens in their daily lives. In more and more surprising locations screens of various kinds appear within the sightlines of passers-by in contemporary cities. Outdoor advertisers target audiences which are increasingly mobile public art uses screens to interrogate urban change while postmodern architecture finds electronic imagery a suitable tool of expression. Traditionally urban sociology research has assumed that people seek to filter urban stimuli but recent accounts of public screens suggest producers design and position display interfaces site-specifically so as to engage with those moving past. This study offers insight both into the dynamics of actual encounters and into the long-term process of how people learn to live with repeated invitations to consume media in public spaces. The book includes four cases: street advertising underground transport advertising and installation art in London (UK) and media façade architecture in Zadar (Croatia). Krajina shows that maintaining familiarity with everyday surroundings in media cities that change beyond citizens' control is a temporary achievement--and a recursive struggle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400320

Negotiating the ModernOrientalism and Indianness in the Anglophone World This book explicates long-standing literary celebrations of 'India' and 'Indian-ness' by charting a cultural history of Indianness in the Anglophone world locating moments (in intellectual religious and cultural history) where India and Indianness are offered up as solutions to modern moral ethical and political questions in the 'West.' Beginning in the early 1800s South Asians actively seek to occupy and modify spaces created by the scholarly discourses of Orientalism: the study of the East (‘Orient’) via Western (‘European’) epistemological frameworks. Tracing the varying fortunes of Orientalist scholars from the inception of British rule this study charts the work of key Indologists in the colonial era. The rhetorical constructions of East and West deployed by both colonizer and colonized as well as attempts to synthesize or transcend such constructions became crucial to conceptions of the ‘modern.’ Eventually Indian desire for political sovereignty together with the deeply racialized formations of imperialism produced a shift in the dialogic relationship between South Asia and Europe that had been initiated and sustained by orientalists. This impetus pushed scholarly discourse about India in Europe North America and elsewhere out of what had been a direct role in politics and theology and into high ‘Literary’ culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542951

Negotiating the New EuropeThe European Union and Eastern Europe This title was first published in 2002: Offering a new and challenging perspective on how the European Union (EU) sought to structure its relations with Central and Southeast Europe after the Cold War this volume draws upon key debates in both politics and international relations. A historically and theoretically informed examination of the EU's engagement in Central and Eastern Europe since 1989 the book combines conceptual rigour with clear empirical analysis firmly grounding the study of the European Union's current enlargement process in established theoretical perspectives. The book is written in an engaging and accessible way which will appeal to academics students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738126

Negotiating the NorthMeeting-Places in the Middle Ages in the North Sea Zone This book brings together the cumulative results of a three-year project focused on the assemblies and administrative systems of Scandinavia Britain and the North Atlantic islands in the 1st and 2nd millennia AD. In this volume we integrate a wide range of historical cartographic archaeological field-based and onomastic data pertaining to early medieval and medieval administrative practices geographies and places of assembly in Norway Sweden Denmark Iceland the Faroe Islands Scotland and eastern England. This transnational perspective has enabled a new understanding of the development of power structures in early medieval northern Europe and the maturation of these systems in later centuries under royal control. In a series of richly illustrated chapters we explore the emergence and development of mechanisms for consensus. We begin with a historiographical exploration of assembly research that sets the intellectual agenda for the chapters that follow. We then examine the emergence and development of the thing in Scandinavia and its export to the lands colonised by the Norse. We consider more broadly how assembly practices may have developed at a local level yet played a significant role in the consolidation and at times regulation of elite power structures. Presenting a fresh perspective on the agency and power of the thing and cognate types of local and regional assembly this interdisciplinary volume provides an invaluable in-depth insight into the people places laws and consensual structures that shaped the early medieval and medieval kingdoms of northern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367493110

Negotiating the Nuclear Non-Proliferation TreatyOrigins of the Nuclear Order This volume offers a critical historical assessment of the negotiation of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT) and of the origins of the nonproliferation regime. The NPT has been signed by 190 states and was indefinitely extended in 1995 rendering it the most successful arms control treaty in history. Nevertheless little is known about the motivations and strategic calculi of the various middle and small powers in regard to their ultimate decision to join the treaty despite its discriminatory nature. While the NPT continues to be central to current nonproliferation efforts its underlying mechanisms remain under-researched. Based on newly declassified archival sources and using previously inaccessible evidence the contributions in this volume examine the underlying rationales of the specific positions taken by various states during the NPT negotiations. Starting from a critical appraisal of our current knowledge of the genesis of the nonproliferation regime contributors from diverse national and disciplinary backgrounds focus on both European and non-European states in order to enrich our understanding of how the global nuclear order came into being. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation Cold War history security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540927

Negotiating the SelfIdentity Sexuality and Emotion in Learning to Teach First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023489

Negotiating the Sustainable Development GoalsA transformational agenda for an insecure world The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a universal set of seventeen goals and 169 targets with accompanying indicators which were agreed by UN member states to frame their policy agendas for the fifteen-year period from 2015 to 2030. Written by three authors who have been engaged in the development of the SDGs from the beginning this book offers an insider view of the process and a unique entry into what will be seen as one of the most significant negotiations and global policy agendas of the twenty-first century.  The book reviews how the SDGs were developed what happened in key meetings and how this transformational agenda which took more than three years to negotiate came together in September 2015. It dissects and analyzes the meetings organizations and individuals that played key roles in their development. It provides fascinating insights into the subtleties and challenges of high-level negotiation processes of governments and stakeholders and into how the SDGs were debated formulated and agreed. It is essential reading for all interested in the UN sustainable development and the future of the planet and humankind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695085

Negotiating the Transport SystemUser Contexts Experiences and Needs By combining focus groups and interviews with innovative research techniques such as web-based discussions and Q methodology this book provides insights into the daily experiences of those using the British transport system. Despite an entitlement to a basic level of mobility travel decision-making can be more complex for members of marginalised groups - this book therefore examines the complexities of travel amongst different social groups. The complex nature of travel for different social groups is the starting point for this book's investigation of the experiences of the extremely socially marginalized compared to those who are fully included. By comparing the impacts of transport on individuals at different points on a scale of social inclusion/exclusion the book reveals the nuanced and textured ways in which transport is embedded in people's lives and lifestyles. By analysing people's lived experience of transport rather than focussing on economic or engineering factors the book provides useful new insights into future transport needs. It makes a compelling case that transport-related social exclusion has been neglected by local and regional policy makers and puts forward suggestions for best case practice for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264687

Negotiating the U.S.–Japan AllianceJapan Confidential In recent years the U.S.–Japan alliance has marked several anniversaries including 40 years since the 1969 decision on the reversion of Okinawa. These occasions have provided crucial opportunities to reassess the continuing significance of U.S.–Japan security and diplomatic relations prompting this investigation into major issues in negotiations between the two countries. This book is the first comprehensive and comparative analysis of the U.S. and Japanese foreign policy formulation and implementation processes from 1961 to 1978 which also explores the long-term strategic significance of the U.S. deterrence in East Asia. It is based on numerous declassified and previously unused U.S. and Japanese documents oral histories and the author’s interviews with former officials. The book traces the origins of contemporary security and diplomatic issues back to the 1961–1978 U.S.–Japan negotiations involving secret arrangements in the reversion of Okinawa Japan’s defense build-up including the question of Japan’s nuclear option and U.S.–Japan defense cooperation. Through a systematic assessment of the behind-the-scenes discussions Dr Yukinori Komine demonstrates that external security calculations were consistently primary factors in U.S.–Japan relations. The book concludes by making policy-relevant suggestions important for the "Pacific Century". This book offers crucial contributions to the ongoing debate regarding the increasing need for greater transparency and burden-sharing in the U.S.–Japan alliance. It will appeal to scholars and students of International Relations of the Asia-Pacific region East Asia–U.S. relations U.S. Politics and Japanese Politics as well as Foreign Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138349971

Negotiating the World of Friendships and RelationshipsA ‘Cool to be Kind’ Storybook and Practical Resource This unique set includes a storybook and practical guidebook. It is a powerful resource that can be used by teachers and support staff to highlight the importance of kindness. The storybook introduces Coco Otto Ollie and Ling as they negotiate the sometimes tricky world of friendships and relationships observing the unkindness of some and using their superpower â€“ kindness â€“ to change the lives of others. Explore with them what it means to be unkind why that choice is sometimes made and how usually there is another choice – to be kind. The guide that accompanies this book has detailed lesson plans with extensive guidance and photocopiable activity sheets to support individuals groups or classes of children aged 7 and upwards. This set includes: Cool to be Kind: How to Negotiate the World of Friendships and Relationships – an illustrated storybook that explores and emphasises the importance of kindness A Practical Resource for Negotiating the World of Friendships and Relationships â€“ a practical resource for use by teachers support staff and therapists that contains details of sessions to use with children to promote kindness friendship and self-compassion This set is a must-have resource for therapists teachers and support staff in primary schools particularly for use within primary PSHE lessons to teach and promote kindness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367537807

Negotiating Thinness OnlineThe Cultural Politics of Pro-anorexia This book interrogates the thin ideal in pro-anorexia online spaces and the way in which it operates on a continuum with everyday discourses around thinness. Since their inception in the late twentieth century pro-anorexia online spaces have courted controversy: they have been vilified by the media and deleted by Internet moderators. This book explores the phenomenon during its tipping point where it migrated from websites and discussion forums to image-centric social media platforms – all the while seeking to circumvent censorship by for instance repudiating ‘pro-ana’ or adopting hashtags to obfuscate content. The author argues that instead of being driven further underground ‘pro-ana’ is blurring the boundaries between normative and deviant conceptions of thinness. Situating the phenomenon in relation to accepted constructions of thinness promulgated by establishments as far ranging as medicine and women’s magazines this book asks if ‘pro-ana’ holds the potential to critique that which has long been considered normal: the culture of compulsory thinness. Engaging with debates including the current climate of postfeminism and neoliberalism digital censorship the pre-eminence of white middle-class heterofemininity and the articulation of pain in realising the thin ideal Negotiating Thinness Online examines what happens when the margins and the mainstream merge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589223

Negotiating Trade in Uncertain WorldsMisperception and Contestation in EU-West Africa Relations This book shows how a constructivist account of bargaining sheds new light on the emergence of impasse situations in international trade negotiations. It uncovers the subtle ways in which misperceptions – and the problems of overcoming them – complicate negotiations. It brings to the forefront misperceptions and sticky beliefs that complicate trade talks between the Global South and the Global North. Empirically the book examines the recent negotiations of Economic Partnership Agreements between the European Union (EU) and West Africa (2002–2014). In doing so it enriches the study of negotiations of development-oriented trade agreements in the context of a major North-South partnership. By exploring a constructivist perspective on game theory the author uncovers how the repeated impasse situations followed from the different "games" both sides expected to be playing. The author shows that such misperceptions endured because they reflected deep-seated normative disagreements not only over the effects of neo-liberal trade reforms but also over how to structure EU – Africa post-colonial trade relations in the 21st century. Comparing and contrasting both sides’ divergent perspectives helps us to see how trade negotiations are never just about economic interests but also about the (re)negotiation of the values and ideas that structure state interaction. The book draws on a large set of qualitative primary data on EU-West Africa trade negotiations. Negotiating trade in uncertain worlds will be of great interest to students and scholars of international relations international political economy international trade international negotiations EU external relations EU-Africa cooperation economic diplomacy international relations of the developing world and North-South cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301023

Negotiating Trade Liberalization in Argentina and ChileWhen Policy creates Politics How do international negotiations affect domestic politics? Starting in the 1990s countries throughout Latin America embarked on many and simultaneous negotiations. On the shifting ground of widening and deepening trade agendas and diverse arenas what factors determined trade politics? This book examines the domestic political dynamics triggered by South-South North-South and multilateral agendas in Argentina and Chile between 1990 and 2005. Using a much-needed cross-negotiation and cross-country comparative perspectives and through detailed empirical analyses of several key negotiations it proposes an explanation that emphasizes the interplay between international negotiations and domestic trade politics taken as the result of the complex and dynamic interdependencies and interrelations between state and society. Informed by interviews with public officials businesses and civil society the analysis reveals that variation in the depth of agendas the distributional effects and the uncertainty of political outcomes all have important consequences for domestic preference formation collective action strategies and types of relationships. Given this the variety of negotiations when considered separately and comparatively show that South-South North-South and multilateral processes promote different patterns of trade politics. In sum although national specificities and historical legacies are important the book argues that trade policy comes first in creating domestic politics in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368187

Negotiating Transcultural Relations in the Early Modern MediterraneanOttoman-Venetian Encounters Negotiating Transcultural Relations in the Early Modern Mediterranean is a study of transcultural relations between Ottoman Muslims Christian subjects of the Venetian Republic and other social groups in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Focusing principally on Ottoman Muslims who came to Venice and its outlying territories and using sources in Italian Turkish and Spanish this study examines the different types of power relations and the social geographies that framed the encounters of Muslim travelers. While Stephen Ortega does not dismiss the idea that Venetians and Ottoman Muslims represented two distinct communities he does argue that Christian and Muslim exchange in the pre-modern period involved integrated cultural economic political and social practices. Ortega's investigation brings to light how merchants trade brokers diplomats informants converts wayward souls and government officials from different communities engaged in similar practices and used comparable negotiation tactics in matters ranging from trade disputes to the rights of male family members to guarantees of protection. In relying on sources from archives in Venice Istanbul and Simancas the book demonstrates the importance of viewing Mediterranean history from a variety of perspectives and it emphasizes the importance of understanding cross-cultural history as a negotiation between different social cultural and institutional actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409428589

Negotiating Water GovernanceWhy the Politics of Scale Matter Those who control water hold power. Complicating matters water is a flow resource; constantly changing states between liquid solid and gas being incorporated into living and non-living things and crossing boundaries of all kinds. As a result water governance has much to do with the question of boundaries and scale: who is in and who is out of decision-making structures? Which of the many boundaries that water crosses should be used for decision-making related to its governance? Recently efforts to understand the relationship between water and political boundaries have come to the fore of water governance debates: how and why does water governance fragment across sectors and governmental departments? How can we govern shared waters more effectively? How do politics and power play out in water governance? This book brings together and connects the work of scholars to engage with such questions. The introduction of scalar debates into water governance discussions is a significant advancement of both governance studies and scalar theory: decision-making with respect to water is often implicitly a decision about scale and its related politics. When water managers or scholars explore municipal water service delivery systems argue that integrated approaches to salmon stewardship are critical to their survival query the damming of a river to provide power to another region and investigate access to potable water - they are deliberating the politics of scale. Accessible engaging and informative the volume offers an overview and advancement of both scalar and governance studies while examining practical solutions to the challenges of water governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546547

Negotiating Well-being in Central Asia Much scholarship of any region focuses on the perceived problems that hold back a population. Central Asia is no exception as it is a region with political economic and environmental problems that seem to keep Central Asians from a "better" future. Alongside all the struggles of life however are relationships of meaning and wellness that contribute to a "life worth living." Recognizing the struggles of everyday life contributors to this book explore how people navigate relationships to find meaning how elders attempt to re-establish morality and how development workers pursue new futures. Such futures centre around the role of family friends and meaningful employment in yielding contentment; and the influence of Islam ethnicity and hospitality on community.The first regional collection to take well-being as a frame of analysis the contributors show how visions spaces and cosmologies of well-being inform everyday life in Central Asia. This volume will appeal not only to those interested in Central Asia but more broadly to anyone concerned with how taking well-being into account better captures the complex realities of life in any region.This book was published as a special issue of Central Asian Survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739935

Negotiating with North KoreaThe Six Party Talks and the Nuclear Issue North Korea’s nuclear weapons program has provoked much apprehension in the international community in recent years. The Six Party Talks were convened in 2003 to prevent North Korea from developing nuclear weapons. They brought together the US China Russia Japan as well as North and South Korea in the effort to negotiate a multilateral resolution of North Korea’s nuclear program but the parties had widely different views and approaches. This book will examine the Six Party Talks as a study in multilateral negotiation highlighting the expectations vested in them and their inability to develop a common approach to the issue. It holds out some important lessons for multilateral negotiation diplomacy and dealing with North Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643369

Negotiating with TerroristsStrategy Tactics and Politics This edited volume addresses the important issue of negotiating with terrorists and offers recommendations for best practice and processes. Hostage negotiation is the process of trying to align two often completely polarised parties. Authorities view hostage taking as unacceptable demands made by unacceptable means. However terrorists view their actions as completely justified even on moral and religious grounds. If they are to try and reconcile these two sides it is essential for hostage negotiators to understand terrorist culture the hostage takers’ profiles their personality their view of the world and also the authorities their values and their framing of the problem raised by the taking of hostages. Although not advocating negotiating with terrorists the volume seeks to analyse when why and how it is done. Part I deals with the theory and quantifiable data produced from analysis of hostage situations while Part II explores several high profile case studies and the lessons that can be learnt from them. This volume will be of great interest to students of terrorism studies conflict management negotiation security studies and IR in general. I William Zartman is the Jacob Blaustein Distinguished Professor Emeritus of International Organization and Conflict Resolution and former Director of the Conflict Management and African Studies Programs at the Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies Johns Hopkins University Washington DC. He is a member of the Steering Committee of the Processes of International Negotiation (PIN) Program at the International Institute of Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA) in Laxenburg Austria. He is author/editor of over 20 books on negotiation conflict and mediation. Guy Olivier Faure is Professor of Sociology at the Sorbonne University Paris I and a member of the Steering Committee of the Processes of International Negotiation (PIN) Program at the International Institute of Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA) in Laxenburg Austria. He has served as an advisor to French government on hostage negotiations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681926

Negotiation Basics for Cultural Resource Managers Anyone in the cultural resource management world will tell you that much of the job is successfully negotiating consensus on a course of action between various stakeholders. In this volume Nicholas Dorochoff offers the heritage management community the benefit of decades of thinking on negotiation where it is practiced daily—the business world. Brief practical and geared specifically for cultural resource managers consultants and other interested parties the author slices the negotiation process into its various component parts and steps. In a workshop fashion Dorochoff takes the reader through the negotiation process showing where conflicts can arise how they can be solved and how a clear understanding of negotiation strategies can lead to successful resolutions. Real world examples checklists and resources are included. This handy guide can save cultural resource professionals from months of stalled negotiation on key projects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315423579

Negotiation in International ConflictUnderstanding Persuasion This work explores the application and structure of negotiation within existing international conflicts and assesses the effectiveness or otherwise of such forms of dispute resolution. It examines the role of negotiation and the skills required by any practitioner in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040028

Negotiation Preparation in a Global WorldSymptoms of Success and Failure Negotiation Preparation in a Global World guides the reader through a series of issues to consider in building international and intercultural business negotiation skills. It takes the approach of examining failed business negotiations to analyze how improved communication might have led to successful outcomes. Each chapter presents theoretical background related to a communication failure and explores alternative strategies to the situation. This volume is ideal for undergraduate- and graduate-level students studying business leadership and organizational development as well as those new to the global marketplace or interested in learning how to negotiate in the intercultural business arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042810

Negotiation Theory and Research Negotiation is the most important skill anyone in the business world can have today because people must continually negotiate their jobs responsibilities and opportunities. Yet very few people know strategies for maximizing their outcomes in everyday and in more formal business situations. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of this emerging topic through original contributions from leaders in social psychology and negotiation research. All topics covered are core to the understanding of the negotiation process and include: decision-making and judgment emotion and negotiation motivation and game theory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006089

Negotiation Theory and the EUThe State of the Art Negotiations are central to the ethos and functioning of the European Union yet the dynamics of EU negotiations have received far too little systematic scholarly attention. This volume offers a thematic and forward-looking survey of cutting-edge research on EU negotiation dynamics identifying findings to date and setting an empirical and methodological agenda for future research. The chapters by leading international experts address a wide range of critical questions in this area including: What factors influence negotiation behaviour and outcomes in the EU? How can we explain variation in the choice of negotiation styles? When do actors engage in arguing or bargaining? What are the determinants of bargaining power? What are the institutional foundations of EU negotiations? And what role does the presidency play in EU negotiations? The volume also discusses how the findings of the multi-disciplinary field of ‘negotiation studies’ can inform research on negotiation dynamics in the EU. The volume will be of great interest to established scholars and advanced students of international relations European integration and governance and negotiation analysis. This book was based on a special issue of  Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976900

Negotiations in the Case Law of the International Court of JusticeA Functional Analysis This book examines the multifunctional role negotiations play in the jurisprudence of the International Court of Justice. Prior negotiations may be necessary to bring to the surface and clarify the legal aspects of a dispute before its submission to the ICJ. Negotiations may play a potential and parallel role during the course of the proceedings; results of negotiations may find their way into the judicial reasoning and may even form part of the basis of the judicial settlement. The Court’s judgment may require further negotiations for its implementation. A failure of this process may bring the parties back before the Court. This volume presents a detailed and critical examination of the case law of the ICJ through the prism of the functional interaction between negotiation and judicial settlement of disputes. In cases where legal interests of third States are involved this functional interaction becomes even more complex. The focus is not on the merits of each individual case but on the Court’s contribution and clarification of this functional interplay. The systematic analysis of the Court’s jurisprudence makes this book essential reading for those involved with and studying international law and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700758

Negotiations in the Indigenous WorldAboriginal Peoples and the Extractive Industry in Australia and Canada Negotiated agreements play a critical role in setting the conditions under which resource development occurs on Indigenous land. Our understanding of what determines the outcomes of negotiations between Indigenous peoples and commercial interests is very limited. With over two decades experience with Indigenous organisations and communities Ciaran O’Faircheallaigh's book offers the first systematic analysis of agreement outcomes and the factors that shape them based on evaluative criteria developed especially for this study; on an analysis of 45 negotiations between Aboriginal peoples and mining companies across all of Australia’s major resource-producing regions; and on detailed case studies of four negotiations in Australia and Canada. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370444

Negotiations in the World Trade OrganizationDesign and Performance This book examines the World Trade Organization (WTO) in the context of the global economy in the twenty-first century arguing that many problems within the institution lie in the disparity between its design and the nature of its tasks. Studying the global trade regime and the unsuccessful Doha round of trade liberalization negotiations this volume suggests that important institutional adjustments may be necessary for the WTO and other major international institutions to (re-)gain their ability to manage global economy. It uses extensive new qualitative and quantitative evidence to identify systematic dysfunctions in how the Doha negotiations have been conducted and links these dysfunctions to the exclusively inter-governmental design of interest representation in the WTO. Based on this the book argues that global economic institutions should consider allowing broader parliamentary and non-state representation of their members. Presenting findings which can also be applied to other global economic institutions Negotiations in the World Trade Organization will be useful to students and scholars of international trade global governance and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392106

Negotiators of ChangeHistorical Perspectives on Native American Women Negotiators of Change covers the history of ten tribal groups including the Cherokee Iroquois and Navajo -- as well as tribes with less known histories such as the Yakima Ute and Pima-Maricopa. The book contests the idea that European colonialization led to a loss of Native American women's power and instead presents a more complex picture of the adaption to and subversion of the economic changes introduced by Europeans. The essays also discuss the changing meainings of motherhood women's roles and differing gender ideologies within this context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610220

Negritos of Malaya Published in 1968 "Negritos of Malaya" is an important contribution to the History Field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203042595

Negroes in BritainA Study of Racial Relations in English Society First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868389

Nehru Judith Brown explores Nehru as a figure of power and provides an assessment of his leadership at the head of a newly independent India with no tradition of democratic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163744

Neighborhood Associations and Local Governance in Japan Although local neighborhood associations are found in many countries Japan’s are distinguished by their ubiquity scope of activities and very high participation rates making them important for the study of society and politics. Most Japanese belong to one local neighborhood association or another making them Japan’s most numerous civil society organization and one that powerfully shapes governance outcomes in the country. And they also often blur the state-society boundary making them theoretically intriguing. Neighborhood Associations and Local Governance in Japan draws on a unique and novel body of empirical data derived from the first national survey of neighborhood associations carried out in 2007 and provides a multifaceted empirical portrait of Japan’s neighborhood associations. It examines how local associational structures affect the quality of local governance and thus the quality of life for Japan’s citizens and residents and illuminates the way in which these ambiguous associations can help us refine civil society theory and show how they contribute to governance. As well as outlining the key features of neighbourhood associations the book goes on to examine in detail the way in which neighbourhood associations contribute to governance in terms of social capital networks with other community organizations social service provision cooperation with local governments and political participation. This book will be welcomed by students and scholars of Japanese politics Japanese society anthropology urban studies as well as those interested in social capital and civil society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089488

Neighborhood Branding Identity and Tourism This book delves into neighborhood branding by looking at the City of Orlando and the identities that set each neighborhood apart from others.Orlando is an international tourism capital known for its abundant theme parks that allow for an escape from reality. The word "Orlando" is almost synonymous with Disney and Mickey Mouse – and for good reason. This place’s brand identity is so strong that outsiders have trouble realizing locals often have a drastically different view of the city. But what else is there? What other brand identities does the place have? The stories from this case study highlight how local stakeholders play a vital role in the success of an overall place brand while also taking steps to maintain their own unique neighborhood vibes.This book will be valuable to academics and students interested in neighborhood branding and shaping identity from the perspective of tourism geography and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671877

Neighborhood Context and the Development of African American Children First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976924

Neighborhood Decline The global financial and economic crisis that hit the world since 2008 has affected the lives of many people all over the world and resulted in declining incomes rising unemployment foreclosures forced residential moves and cut-backs in government expenditure. The extent to which the crisis has affected urban neighborhoods and has led to rising intra-urban inequalities has not yet received much attention. The implemented budget cuts and austerity programs of national and local governments are likely to have hit some neighborhoods more than others. The authors of this this book which come from a variety of countries and disciplines show that the economic crisis has affected poor neighborhoods more severely than more affluent ones. The tendency of the state to retreat from these neighborhoods has negative consequences for their residents and may even nullify the investments that have been made in many poor neighborhoods in the recent past. This book was originally published as a special issue of Urban Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229757

Neighborhood FuturesCitizen Rights and Local Control Two conflicting developments have recently characterized civic life in the United States. The first the centralization of formal agencies of government too often leads to diminishing political liberties and tyranny. The second which is characterized by a greater amount of civic participation and individual self-actualization is the formation of a whole new layer of sublocal institutions both public and private. These include residential community and condominium associations; property owner-based business improvement districts in nearly all major cities; neighborhood improvement districts in large cities; and even self-governing public schools. Neighborhood Futures is a realistic exploration of how for a society to move forward and improve its citizens must exercise the power to act creatively and feel they are both competent and responsible individuals. Supporting his ideas with the Dutch innovation of the woonerf or neighborhood street government Liebmann follows through by discussing other foreign models of civic life forms and illustrating how they have resulted in resident satisfaction. George W. Liebmann is a partner of Liebmann & Shively P.A. a Baltimore law firm that specializes in local government and education law. In addition to having served as a top aide to one of Maryland's governors he is a former faculty associate of the Lincoln Institute of Land Policy and is the author of Little Platoons and The Gallows in the Grove. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528765

Neighborhood Jobs Race and SkillsUrban Employment and Commuting Originally published in 1998 Neighbourhood Jobs Race and Skills argues that race is a powerful and persistent barrier to employment. Analysing existing literature this book outlines how racial discrimination in hiring against African Americans appears to remain a contributor to high unemployment rates in black neighbourhoods. The book also discusses how issues such as poor schools and physical and social isolation compound employment problems as well as changes in policy on skill requirements and the location of jobs. The book argues that combined this is a major contributor to concentrated urban employment and poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486270

Neighborhood PlanningA Guide for Citizens and Planners First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. This guide explains neighborhood planning for both citizens and professionals. It explains what information to collect where to get it and how to assess it; how to pinpoint key issues set clear goals and devise strategies to achieve them; and how to package implement and update the final plan. Although this book could be used by citizens working alone Jones advocates a team approach—citizens and professionals planning together. He highlights which tasks are best suited to the professional and how the planner should manage his role as intermediary between the city administration and residents. Jones also takes a detailed look at the neighborhood plan itself. Numerous maps illustrate how to inventory environmental features land uses circulation systems and design features. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367092153

Neighborhood PoliticsChicago and Sheffield First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050188

Neighborhoods Family and Political Behavior in Urban AmericaPolitical Behavior & Orientations First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976931

Neighbors and NeighborhoodsElements of Successful Community Design How does the design of a neighborhood affect the people who live there? In this thoughtful engaging book  the author explains how a neighborhood’s design lays the groundwork for the social relationships that make it a community. Blending social science with personal interviews  the author shares the lessons of planned communities from historic Riverside Illinois to archetypal Levittown New York and Disney’s Celebration Florida. Through these inspirational stories readers will discover the characteristics of neighborhoods that promote the attitudes and behaviors of a healthy community. This volume is an eye-opener for everyone who’s wondered what makes their local neighborhoods tick. It demystifies the way planners architects developers organizers and citizens come together in crafting a community’s physical elements policies programs and processes. Readers will come away with a new understanding of their roles in creating the communities they want. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611900019

Neighbourhood Perceptions of the Ukraine CrisisFrom the Soviet Union into Eurasia? Recent events in Ukraine and Russia and the subsequent incorporation of Crimea into the Russian state with the support of some circles of inhabitants of the peninsula have shown that the desire of people to belong to the Western part of Europe should not automatically be assumed. Discussing different perceptions of the Ukrainian-Russian war in neighbouring countries this book offers an analysis of the conflicts and issues connected with the shifting of the border regions of Russia and Ukraine to show how ’material’ and ’psychological’ borders are never completely stable ideas. The contributors – historians sociologists anthropologists and political scientists from across Europe – use an interdisciplinary and comparative approach to explore the different national and transnational perceptions of a possible future role for Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361300

Neighbourhood PlanningPlace Space and Politics This book carries out an in-depth investigation of a neighborhood planning process that engages critically with the issues surrounding articulation of local concerns in a strategic manner and the prospects of implementing ‘bottom up’ community initiatives successfully. It highlights the dynamics involved in shaping the content of a neighbourhood plan and the implications of the different ways in which a place is constructed. The book challenges the notions of a singular place that is described in a neighbourhood plan. It examines conceptual thematic strategic and performative constructions of place and the capacity for neighbourhood plans to be developed within this context. It explores the value of connecting the formulation of a neighbourhood plan with the emergence of a relevant local plan allowing for more meaningful local influence on strategic policymaking. With first-hand insights on neighbourhood planning this book offers a novel contribution to the fields of planning urban studies and urban geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199944

Neighbours and Nationals in an African City Ward This study analyses the way in which tribal ties are maintained in the development of a tribally mixed middle class community in Kampala Uganda. Political independence in the early nineteen sixties in much of Africa created expectations of increased development education and living standards. There was hope that ethnic tensions arising from false colonial boundaries might be transcended by newly emerging socio-economic status-groups. However the new national boundaries suddenly made aliens of peoples who had migrated and settled in towns distant from their home countries. The interplay of nationality ethnicity and socio-economic status or class was given a new theatre. Hope was dramatically tempered by nationalist and ethnic conflicts which cut across ethnically mixed small status groups of neighbours and friends. In Kampala Uganda this rapidly unfolding drama resulted in the expulsion of two Kenyan ethnic groups and polarised peoples from northern and southern Uganda. The essentialisation of ethnic and national identity imposed by colonialism was thus taken on in this new situation by the people themselves with the result that they became 'cultural' starting-points of social and political judgement. Originally published in 1969. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861916

Neighbours:New Est Ils 114 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863384

Neil Cockett on Bunkers Bunkers are the lifeblood of the shipping industry - their availability quality and above all else cost often determine whether a shipowner can operate efficiently and profitably. Cockett on Bunkers provides those involved in the shipping and oil industries with an understanding of the worldwide bunker fuel industry and a comprehensive manual that can be used as a reference in day-to-day bunker management and operation. Cockett on Bunkers contains up-to-date information on marine fuel standards and monitoring services bunker buying techniques bunker suppliers and the art of blending pricing and bunkering operational procedures and takes into account recent developments in these areas.;Written in an accessible style with the emphasis on practical interpretation. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122944

Neil LaButeA Casebook Neil LaBute: A Casebook is the first book to examine one of the most successful and controversial contemporary American playwrights and filmmakers. While he is most famous and in some cases infamous for his early films In the Company of Men and Your Friends and Neighbors Labute is equally accomplished as a playwright. His work extends from the critique of false religiosity in Bash to examinations of opportunism irresponsible art failed parenting and racism in later plays like Mercy Seat The Shape of Things The Distance From Here Fat Pig Autobahn and the very recent This Is How It Goes and Some Girls. Like David Mamet an acknowledged influence on him and Conor McPhereson with whom he shares some stylistic and thematic concerns LaBute tends to polarize audiences. The angry voices violent situations and irresponsible behavior in his works especially those focusing on male characters have alienated some viewers. But the writer's religious affiliation and refusal to condone the actions of his characters suggest he is neither exploitive nor pornographic. This casebook explores the primary issues of the writer's style themes and dramatic achievements. Contributors describe for example the influences (both classical and contemporary) on his work his distinctive vision in theater and film the role of religious belief in his work and his satire. In addition to the critical introduction by Wood and the original essays by leading dramatic and literary scholars the volume also includes a bibliography and a chronology of the playwright's life and works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655705

Neil SimonA Casebook First Published in 1997.The 16 essays and interviews in this volume explore the background and works of Neil Simon the most successful playwright in American history. Several of the entries trace Simon's Jewish heritage and its influence on his plays. Although Simon is best known as a writer of a remarkable series of hit Broadway comedies the contributors to this book have identified a number of "serious" recurring themes in his work suggesting that a reassessment of the playwright as a dramatist is appropriate. Three interviews with Simon and his longtime producer yield valuable facts about the playwright that will along with the critical essays aid the scholar seeking new insights into contemporary American drama in general and Neil Simon in particular. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050256

Neill of Summerhill (Routledge Revivals)The Permanent Rebel A. S. Neill was arguably the most famous child educator of the twentieth century. He was certainly the most controversial. All over the world countless parents and teachers have been shocked delighted or inspired by his subversive ideas about education or by a visit to ‘that dreadful school’ which continues to this day – Summerhill. First published in 1983 this sympathetic but critical exploration of his iconoclastic ideas and personality is the result of interviews with two hundred ex-pupils parents and teachers about life at Summerhill and of the practicality of Neill’s philosophy about child freedom. Jonathan Croall has also drawn on many unpublished letters and documents which help to illuminate Neill’s personal struggles and his analysis and friendship with Homer Lane Wilhelm Stekel and Wilhelm Reich. The result is a fascinating and revealing portrait of a remarkable man who in his absolute determination to be ‘on the side of the child’ remained in permanent opposition to the adult world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835282

Neither a BorrowerForging Traditions in French Chinese and Arabic Poetry "In his studies of borrowing from distant poetic traditions Serrano aims to uncover the heterogenity of influences and intentions in the most canonical of texts: ""Mallarme"" (1842-98) ""Segalen"" (1878-1919) ""Wang Wei"" (701-61) the ""Classic of Poetry"" (8th century BCE) ""Buhturi"" (821-97) and the ""Qur'an"" (7th century CE). Arguing among other things that Mallarme was really a Chinese poet that ancient Chinese poets discovered the workings of film imagery and that the Qur'an's apparently disjointed narrative is profoundly lyrical Serrano intends to overturn accepted notions of how to read individual works. He brings methodologies from the study of one literature to bear on the reading of another." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197953

Neither Angel nor BeastThe Life and Work of Blaise Pascal Blaise Pascal began as a mathematical prodigy developed into a physicist and inventor and had become by the end of his life in 1662 a profound religious thinker. As a philosopher he was most convinced by the long tradition of scepticism and so refused – like Kierkegaard – to build a philosophical or theological system. Instead he argued that the human heart required other forms of discourse to come to terms with the basic existential questions – our nature purpose and relationship with God. This introduction to the life and philosophical thought of Pascal is intended for the general reader. Strikingly illustrated it traces the antithetical tensions in Pascal’s life from his infancy when he was said to have been placed under the spell of a sorceress to his final years of extreme asceticism. Pascal stressed both the misery and greatness of humanity our finitude and our comprehension of the infinite. The book shows how his life philosophical thought and literary style can best be understood in the light of the paradoxical view of human nature. It covers the methods of argument and the central issues of the Provincial Letters and of the Pensées; the Introduction places Pascal’s thought in the religious and political climate of seventeenth-century France and a ‘Chronology of the Life of Pascal’ is also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976948

Neither Urban Jungle Nor Urban VillageWomen Families and Community Development First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976955

Nelle Carceri di G.B.Piranesi "This title focuses on an Italian architect and engraver of the 18th century - Piranesi. In this book it is argued that Piranesi grants a metaphorical meaning to the Carcesi - a set of etchings - in order to impriso those he saw as obstructing the arts and threatening his own freedom. In light of the growing academic interest in Italy and the re-organization of many university courses in Italian this series aims to bring together di fferent scholarly perspectives on Italy and its culture." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351196994

Nelson and the Neapolitan JacobinsJune 1799 This volume was published in 1903 by a young Cambridge graduate student as a result of a controversy which started in 1897 over Nelson’s actions in Naples when he brought the British fleet to Naples in late June 1799. This lengthy and bitter argument was between F P Badham and the Society’s founder Sir John Knox Laughton (1830-1915) who was cooperating with the American strategic writer Captain Alfred Thayer Mahan USN (1840-1914). Gutteridge was commissioned by Laughton to gather and edit documents from British and Italian archives to help settle the argument. Gutteridge edited 167 documents in this volume mostly written in June 1799 by the main participants in the crisis including Nelson the King and Queen of Naples Sir William Hamilton Cardinal Ruffo and Captain Edward Foote the grandfather of F J Badham. After considerable effort in Naples Gutteridge compared most of the existing published documents with the originals and also discovered forty new letters between Nelson and Neapolitan Prime Minister Sir John Acton and the correspondence between Maria Carolina and Lady Hamilton. Gutteridge also used key passages from the logs of Nelson’s flagship HMS Foudroyant and Foote’s Seahorse. The material is accompanied by a very detailed narrative introduction probably the longest in the Society’s history and the volume is indispensable for this complex period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248392

Nelson Goodman Nelson Goodman's acceptance and critique of certain methods and tenets of positivism his defence of nominalism and phenomenalism his formulation of a new riddle of induction his work on notational systems and his analysis of the arts place him at the forefront of the history and development of American philosophy in the twentieth-century. However outside of America Goodman has been a rather neglected figure. In this first book-length introduction to his work Cohnitz and Rossberg assess Goodman's lasting contribution to philosophy and show that although some of his views may be now considered unfashionable or unorthodox there is much in Goodman's work that is of significance today. The book begins with the "grue"-paradox which exemplifies Goodman's way of dealing with philosophical problems. After this the unifying features of Goodman's philosophy are presented - his constructivism conventionalism and relativism - followed by an discussion of his central work The Structure of Appearance and its significance in the analytic tradition. The following chapters present the technical apparatus that underlies his philosophy his mereology and semiotics which provides the background for discussion of Goodman's aesthetics. The final chapter examines in greater depth the presuppositions underlying his philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712178

Nelson's Letters to his Wife For over a century the massive seven-volume Dispatches and Letters of Vice-Admiral Lord Viscount Nelson published by Sir Nicholas Harris Nicolas in 1846 was taken to be almost complete and formed the essential background to most Nelson biographies. However although Nicolas had sourced his text from original documents this had not been possible in every case. For example he had not been able to access Nelson’s letters to his wife and had been compelled to rely on the versions given by Clarke and McArthur in their Life and Services of Admiral Lord Nelson despite suspecting rightly that these were often inaccurate. Fortunately the originals many of which Lady Nelson had withheld from Clarke and McArthur in the first place were discovered in the Twentieth Century and were published for the first time in this volume which has subsequently become essential reading for Nelson scholars. These letters from Nelson to his wife divide naturally into three periods afloat. Some thirty letters are written from the Boreas in the West Indies mostly during his courtship of the ‘widow Nisbet’. Over one hundred and fifty were written from the Mediterranean during the years 1793 to 1797 and cover such events as the siege of Bastia the victory off Cape St Vincent and the failure off Santa Cruz. And there are some forty letters dealing with the Nile campaign and his time at the Neapolitan court. Sixty-four letters from his wife to Lord Nelson give the other side of the picture Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423263

Nelson's Letters to Lady Hamilton and Related Documents This critical edition of Admiral Nelson’s letters to Lady Hamilton is to bring together the important letters of Nelson to Lady Hamilton that have only been published in parts over the last 200 years. Only by bringing the letters of Nelson to Lady Hamilton together is it possible to assess their relationship and to present certain insights into Nelson’s personality that are not revealed in his official correspondence. Thorough research into this side of Nelson’s personality and into the nature of his notorious and unconventional relationship with Lady Hamilton has been hampered in the past by a desire not to look too closely at Nelson’s personal morality. To a considerable extent their relationship was regarded as a challenge to traditional gender roles and it indeed did not conform to stereotypes that are usually attributed to men and women in a heterosexual relationship. Lady Hamilton was so obviously lacking in the subservience and passivity expected from women in that era that authors over the course of time started to exclude her in their accounts of the public sphere by reducing her to a private weakness of Nelson’s who could be successful at sea where he was far away from the enthralling influence of a manipulating woman. The letters in this edition testify how Admiral Nelson’s life at sea was not exclusively public nor was Lady Hamilton’s life ashore solely private. It also shows how the two supposedly separate spheres of male and female lives were connected. A fresh approach and a thorough discussion of this important and neglected aspect not only of Nelson’s life but of gender history demands this exact and scholarly edition of the primary material which consists of about 400 letters that Nelson wrote to Lady Hamilton over the course of the last seven years of his life and about a dozen letters of her to him that have survived. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367683825

Nematic and Cholesteric Liquid CrystalsConcepts and Physical Properties Illustrated by Experiments Liquid crystals allow us to perform experiments that provide insight into fundamental problems of modern physics such as phase transitions frustration elasticity hydrodynamics defects growth phenomena and optics (linear and non linear). This excellent volume meets the need for an up-to-date text on liquid crystals.Nematic and Cholesteric Liquid Crystals: Concepts and Physical Properties Illustrated by Experiments is a result of personal research and of the graduate lectures given by the authors at the École Normale Supérieure de Lyon and the University of Paris VII respectively. The first part of the book presents historical background the modern classification of liquid crystals and mesogenic anatomy; the second part examines liquid crystals with nematic and cholesteric orientational order. Topics include dielectric and magnetic properties Frederiks transitions and displays light scattering flow and electrohydrodynamic instabilities surface anchoring transitions interfaces equilibrium shapes and the Mullins-Sekerka instability. Smectic and columnar liquid crystals are covered in more detail by the authors in a separate volume entitled Smectic and Columnar Liquid Crystals: Concepts and Physical Properties Illustrated by Experiments.The presentation is illustrated throughout by simple experiments some of which were performed in class. Nematic and Cholesteric Liquid Crystals: Concepts and Physical Properties Illustrated by Experiments provides a useful reference intended for advanced undergraduate and graduate students and researchers in liquid crystals condensed matter physics and materials science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864316

Nematode Pests Of Rice  The triple alliance of pests pathogens and weeds takes a heavy toll on the yield of rice. Nematodes in particular can cause considerable damage and also present great difficulties in their eradication. Because of difficulties in identification many nematode pests of rice had gone unnoticed in the past. It is in this context that the present book Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367004880

Nematodes for Biological Control of Insects This book discusses nematodes for biological of insects. The book includes the following chapters; classification of nematode key to entomogenous nematodes nematode groups microorganisms associated with entomogenous nematodes immunity to entomogenous nematodes natural enemies of entomogenous nematodes environmental impact of entomogenous nematodes and future prospects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895857

Neo Delhi and the Politics of Postcolonial Urbanism This book is augmented by an interactive website (neodelhi.net). During research trips to Delhi and Gurgaon between 2008 and 2015 the author produced a multi-media urban archive that includes full color photos an essay film ethnographic videos field notes and more pertaining to the arguments and ideas presented in this book. The reader is encouraged to actively engage with the website alongside this text. This book challenges the prevailing metro-centric view of globalization. Rather than privileging the experiences of cities and urban regions in the industrialized world it argues that cities in the so-called "developing" world present opportunities for scholars to re-think entrenched ideas of globalization urban development and political community. Kalyan presents a trans-disciplinary exploration of the manifold possibilities and challenges that confront a "globalizing" megacity like New Delhi. Combining theoretical scholarship ethnographic exploration media archival research and textual and visual analysis the book foregrounds complex urban dynamics in and around the region and raises critical questions about changing urban life for postcolonial cities across the Global South. Kalyan employs methodological approaches from political economy urban studies and visual culture to render a vivid portrait of changing urban life in India’s largest conurbation. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of urban studies postcolonial studies and inter-disciplinary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788359

Neo-Aristotelian Perspectives in Metaphysics This volume re-examines some of the major themes at the intersection of traditional and contemporary metaphysics. The book uses as a point of departure Francisco Suárez’s Metaphysical Disputations published in 1597. Minimalist metaphysics in empiricist/pragmatist clothing have today become mainstream in analytic philosophy. Independently of this development the progress of scholarship in ancient and medieval philosophy makes clear that traditional forms of metaphysics have affinities with some of the streams in contemporary analytic metaphysics. The book brings together leading contemporary metaphysicians to investigate the viability of a neo-Aristotelian metaphysics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209619

Neo-Aristotelian Perspectives on Contemporary Science The last two decades have seen two significant trends emerging within the philosophy of science: the rapid development and focus on the philosophy of the specialised sciences and a resurgence of Aristotelian metaphysics much of which is concerned with the possibility of emergence as well as the ontological status and indispensability of dispositions and powers in science. Despite these recent trends few Aristotelian metaphysicians have engaged directly with the philosophy of the specialised sciences. Additionally the relationship between fundamental Aristotelian concepts—such as "hylomorphism" "substance" and "faculties"—and contemporary science has yet to receive a critical and systematic treatment. Neo-Aristotelian Perspectives on Contemporary Science aims to fill this gap in the literature by bringing together essays on the relationship between Aristotelianism and science that cut across interdisciplinary boundaries. The chapters in this volume are divided into two main sections covering the philosophy of physics and the philosophy of the life sciences. Featuring original contributions from distinguished and early-career scholars this book will be of interest to specialists in analytical metaphysics and the philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885151

Neoclassical Microeconomic TheoryThe Founding Austrian Vision Carl Menger Friedrich Wieser and Eugen Bohm-Bawerk are acknowledged as pioneers in the development of neoclassical economics as well as being recognized as the founders of the Austrian School of Economics. Neoclassical Microeconomic Theory examines their contribution and compares it with the other branches of neoclassical economics that emerged between the 1870's and 1930's. The author begins by exploring the initial stimulus provided by Carl Menger's work and then demonstrates how the views of Menger Weiser and Bohm-Bawerk complement one another and the tensions exhibited between them: the scope and method of economics; theories of choice; price theory; competition; entrepreneurship; and capital formation and distribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880931

Neocolonialism and Built HeritageEchoes of Empire in Africa Asia and Europe Architectural relics of nineteenth and twentieth-century colonialism dot cityscapes throughout our globalizing world just as built traces of colonialism remain embedded within the urban fabric of many European capitals. Neocolonialism and Built Heritage addresses the sustained presence and influence of historic built environments and processes inherited from colonialism within the contemporary lives of cities in Africa Asia and Europe. Novel in their focused consideration of ways in which these built environments reinforce neocolonialist connections among former colonies and colonizers states and international organizations the volume’s case studies engage highly relevant issues such as historic preservation heritage management tourism toponymy and cultural imperialism. Interrogating the life of the past in the present authors thus challenge readers to consider the roles played by a diversity of historic built environments in the ongoing asymmetrical balance of power and unequal distribution capital around the globe. They present buildings’ maintenance management reuse and (re)interpretation and in so doing they raise important questions the ramifications of which transcend the specifics of the individual sites and architectural histories they present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368385

Neo-Confucianism and Science in KoreaHumanity and Nature 1706-1814 Historians of late premodern Korea have tended to regard it as a hermit kingdom isolated from its neighbours and the wider world. In fact as Ro argues in this book Korean intellectuals were heavily influenced by both Chinese Neo-Confucianism and the European Enlightenment in the late 18th and 19th centuries. In the late Choson period the regime felt threatened by the new more empirical approaches to knowledge emerging from both the East and the West. For this reason many Korean intellectuals felt it necessary to work in the shadows and formed secret societies for the study of nature. Because of the secrecy of these societies much of their work has remained unknown even in Korea until recent years. Ho looks at the work of these intellectuals and analyses the impact their thinking and experimentation had on knowledge production in Korea. A fascinating insight into the largely overlooked story of how globalization affected intellectual life in Korea before the 20th century. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers of Korean history and of Asian intellectual history more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441005

Neoconservatism and American Foreign PolicyA Critical Analysis At the time of America’s 2003 invasion of Iraq the term "neoconservative" was enjoying wide currency. To this day it remains a term that engenders much debate and visceral reaction. The purpose of this book is to critically engage with a set of ideas and beliefs that define the neoconservative approach to American foreign policy and illuminate many of the core foreign policy debates that have taken place within the United States over the past several years during the administrations of both George W. Bush and Barack Obama. There is certainly no consensus on how neoconservatism should be defined or thought about. While authors attempt to define neoconservatism in a number of different ways none adopt a thematic approach that can enable readers to appreciate the contributions of an intellectual community whose ideas will be forever attached to America’s decision to go to war against Iraq. This book therefore defines neoconservatism through the ideas and beliefs of its leading intellectual activists casting light on the worldview of one of America’s most important and polarizing intellectual communities. Exploring the historical significance of this ongoing movement and its impact on American foreign policy traditions this work provides a significant contribution to the literature and will be of great interest to all scholars of foreign policy American politics and American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628488

NEOCONSERVATISMAn Obituary for an Idea An obituary so soon! Surely the reports of neoconservatism's death are greatly exaggerated. C. Bradley Thompson has written (with Yaron Brook) the most comprehensive and original analysis of neoconservatism yet published and in the process has dealt it a mortal blow. Neoconservatism: An Obituary for an Idea reveals publicly for the first time what the neocons call their philosophy of governance--their plan for governing America. This book explicates the deepest philosophic principles of neoconservatism traces the intellectual relationship between the political philosopher Leo Strauss and contemporary neoconservative political actors and provides a trenchant critique of neoconservatism from the perspective of America's founding principles. The theme of this timely book--neoconservatism as a species of anti-Americanism--will shake up the intellectual salons of both the Left and Right. What makes this book so compelling is that Thompson actually lived for many years in the Straussian/neoconservative intellectual world. Neoconservatism therefore fits into the "breaking ranks" tradition of scholarly criticism and breaks the mold when it comes to informed incisive nonpartisan critique of neoconservative thought and action. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633305

Neo-Davidsonian MetaphysicsFrom the True to the Good Much contemporary metaphysics moved by an apparent necessity to take reality to consist of given beings and properties presents us with what appear to be deep problems requiring radical changes in the common sense conception of persons and the world. Contemporary meta-ethics ignores questions about logical form and formulates questions in ways that make the possibility of correct value judgments mysterious. In this book Wheeler argues that given a Davidsonian understanding of truth predication and interpretation and given a relativised version of Aristotelian essentialism compatible with Davidson’s basic thinking many metaphysical problems are not very deep. Likewise many philosophers' claims that common sense needs to be modified are unfounded. He argues further that a proper consideration of questions of logical form clarifies and illuminates meta-ethical questions. Although the analyses and arguments he gives are often at odds with those at which Davidson arrived they apply the central Davidsonian insights about semantics understanding and interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657373

Neoextractivism and Capitalist Development The large-scale extraction of natural resources for sale in capitalist markets is not a new phenomenon  but in recent years global demand for resources has increased leading to greater attention to the role of resource extraction in the development of the exporting countries. The term neoextractivism was coined to refer to the complex of state-private sector policies intended to utilize the income from natural resources sales for development objectives and for improving the lives of a country's citizens. However this book argues that neoextractivism is merely another conduit for capitalist development reinforcing the position of elites with few benefits for working people.With particular reference to the role of neoextractivism within Latin America and the Caribbean using Guyana as a case study the book aims to provide readers with the tools they need to critically analyze neoextractivism as a development model identifying alternative paths for improving the human condition. This book will be of interest to academics and students in the fields of international development political economy sociology and globalization as well as to policymakers and political activists engaged in social movements in the natural resources sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666644

Neo-HindutvaEvolving Forms Spaces and Expressions of Hindu Nationalism Neo-Hindutva explores the recent proliferation and evolution of Hindu nationalism – the assertive majoritarian right-wing ideology that is transforming contemporary India. This volume develops and expands on the idea of ‘neo-Hindutva’ –– Hindu nationalist ideology which is evolving and shifting in new surprising and significant ways requiring a reassessment and reframing of prevailing understandings. The contributors identify and explain the ways in which Hindu nationalism increasingly permeates into new spaces: organisational territorial conceptual rhetorical. The scope of the chapters reflect the diversity of contemporary Hindutva – both in India and beyond – which appears simultaneously brazen but concealed nebulous and mainstreamed militant yet normalised. They cover a wide range of topics and places in which one can locate new forms of Hindu nationalism: courts of law the Northeast the diaspora Adivasi (tribal) communities a powerful yoga guru and the Internet. The volume also includes an in-depth interview with Christophe Jaffrelot and a postscript by Deepa Reddy. Helping readers to make sense of contemporary Hindutva Neo-Hindutva is ideal for scholars of India Hinduism Nationalism and Asian Studies more generally. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369750

Neo-historical East BerlinArchitecture and Urban Design in the German Democratic Republic 1970-1990 In the years prior to the fall of the Berlin Wall the leaders of the German Democratic Republic planned to construct a city center that was simultaneously modern and historical consisting of both redesign of old buildings and new architectural developments. Drawing from recently released archival sources and interviews with former key government officials decision-makers and architects this book sheds light not only on this unique programme in postmodern design but also on the debates which were taking place with the Socialist government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252936

Neo-Imperialism in Children's Literature About AfricaA Study of Contemporary Fiction In the spirit of their last collaboration Apartheid and Racism in South African Children's Literature 1985-1995 Yulisa Amadu Maddy and Donnarae MacCann once again come together to expose the neo-imperialist overtones of contemporary children's fiction about Africa. Examining the portrayal of African social customs religious philosophies and political structures in fiction for young people Maddy and MacCann reveal the Western biases that often infuse stories by well-known Western authors. In the book's introductory section Maddy and MacCann offer historical information concerning Western notions of Africa as "primitive " and then present background information about the complexity of feminism in Africa and about the ongoing institutionalization of racism. The main body of the study contains critiques of the novels or short stories of eleven well-known writers including Isabel Allende and Nancy Farmer--all demonstrating that children's literature continues to mis-represent conditions and social relations in Africa. The study concludes with a look at those short stories of Beverley Naidoo which bring insight and historical accuracy to South African conflicts and emerging solutions. Educators literature professors publishers professors of Diaspora and African studies and students of the mass media will find Maddy and MacCann’s critique of racism in the representation of Africa to be indispensible to students of multicultural literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809092

Neo-Impressionism and Anarchism in Fin-de-Siècle FrancePainting Politics and Landscape In Neo-Impressionism and Anarchism in Fin-de-Siècle France Robyn Roslak examines for the first time the close relationship between neo-impressionist landscapes and cityscapes and the anarchist sympathies of the movement's artists. She focuses in particular on paintings produced between 1886 and 1905 by Paul Signac and Maximilien Luce the neo-impressionists whose fidelity to anarchism to the art of landscape and to a belief in the social potential of art was strongest. Although the neo-impressionists are best known for their rational and scientific technique they also heeded the era's call for art surpassing the mundane realities of everyday life. By tempering their modern subjects with a decorative style they hoped to lead their viewers toward moral and social improvement. Roslak's ground-breaking analysis shows how the anarchist theories of Elisée Reclus Pierre Kropotkin and Jean Grave both inspired and coincided with these ideals. Anarchism attracted the neo-impressionists because its standards for social justice were grounded like neo-impressionism itself in scientific exactitude and aesthetic idealism. Anarchists claimed humanity would reach its highest level of social and moral development only in the presence of a decorative variety of nature and called upon progressive thinkers to help create and maintain such environments. The neo-impressionists who primarily painted decorative landscapes therefore discovered in anarchism a political theory consistent with their belief that decorative harmony should be the basis for socially responsible art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248397

Neo-Latin Women Writers: Elizabeth Jane Weston and Bathsua Reginald (Makin)Printed Writings 1500–1640: Series I Part Two Volume 7 This volume contains the work of the only two Renaissance Englishwomen known to have published collections (as opposed to compilations) of their Latin poetry. Elizabeth Jane Weston lived in Prague as a child her stepfather being alchemist to Rudolph II. Her stepfather's disgrace imprisonment and death in 1597 left her to try and support her destitute family household with her writing. Her facility at Latin verses and the support of Georg Martinius von Baldhoven quickly led her to international fame. For Poemata we reprint here the copy of the 1602 edition owned by the Folger Shakespeare Library and for Parthenica we reprint the copy of the 1608(?) edition owned by the Houghton Library. Bathsua Reginald (Makin) was the daughter of Henry Reginald a London school-master. She is said to have been fluent in Greek Latin and French and to have knowledge also of Hebrew and Syriac. Her Musa virginea Græco-Latino-Gallica of 1616 certainly confirm these claims to have been accurate. She later became tutor to Princess Elizabeth daughter of Charles I. The work for which she is best known today is An Essay to Revive the Antient Education of Gentlewomen published in 1673. The work reproduced here is the 1616 edition of Musa virginea and as an appendix we also reprint an engraved card showing specimens of script. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248196

Neoliberal Bodies and the Gendered Fat Body In recent decades the rise of the so-called "global obesity epidemic" has led to fatness and fat bodies being debated incessantly in popular professional and academic arenas. Fatness and fat bodies are shamed and demonised and the public monitoring surveillance and outright policing by the media health professionals and the general public are pervasive and socially accepted.In Neoliberal Bodies and the Gendered Fat Body Hannele Harjunen claims that neoliberal economic policy and rationale are enmeshed with conceptions of body gender and health in a profound way in contemporary western culture. She explores the relationships between fatness health and neoliberal discourse and the role of economic policy in the construction of the (gendered) fat body and examines how neoliberal discourses join patriarchal and biomedical constructions of the fat female body. In neoliberal culture the fat body is not just the unhealthy body one finds in medical discourse but also the body that is costly unproductive and inefficient failing in the crucial task of self-management.With an emphasis on how neoliberal governmentality in its many forms affects the fat body and contributes to its vilification this book is essential reading for scholars of feminist thought sociology cultural studies and social theory with interests in the body gender and the effects of neoliberal discourse on social attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596217

Neoliberal CultureLiving with American Neoliberalism Departing from the conventional understanding of neoliberalism as a set of economic and political policies favoring free markets Neoliberal Culture presents a framework for analyzing neoliberalism in the United States as a culture-or structure of feeling- which shapes American everyday life. The book proposes five 'components' as the keys to any study of American neoliberal culture: biopower corporatocracy globalization the erosion of welfare-state society and hyperlegality these five components enabling rich analyses of key artifacts of the neoliberal era including the Iraq War Las Vegas welfare reform Walmart and Oprah's Book Club. Carefully organized according to its central themes and adopting a case study approach in order to allow for thorough illustrated analyses this book is an important tool for scholars and students of contemporary cultural studies popular culture American Studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115613

Neoliberal Democratization and New Authoritarianism Originally published in 2005. Domestic and foreign economic and political policies in the rich capitalist nations in the North and in the poor countries in the South are geared towards globalization and democratization. Indeed the dominant view held by countries in the North is that globalization leads to democracy and vice versa and that in turn economic development will result from that process. Thus many scarce resources are allocated to bring about globalization and democracy. Exploring the dynamics of change that allow for the persistence of authoritarian states in the Third World this illuminating book highlights certain aspects of democratization that have not been investigated fully. Anyone interested in development politics and political sociology will draw a plethora of important theoretical insights into globalization authoritarianism and transition/democratization from this original study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390602

Neoliberal Education ReformGendered Notions in Global and Local Contexts The restructuring of teaching is a global issue the result of a transnational movement of policy. Gender shapes the occupational reform and binds the global-to-the-local movement of reform ideas. Gender is also implicated in how policy is done and how it leads to particular outcomes. This volume examines the behind-the-scenes work done to make sense of reform and implement it during the workday and questions the new forms and controls over teaching reforms—the labor process—revealed to understand the implications of neoliberal education reform on teachers’ work. Based on ethnographic research undertaken at public high schools in Argentina this volume introduces the everyday work lives of teachers. It includes interviews and observations revealing what it means to be a teacher in the reform context and explores the ways masculinities and femininities shape teachers’ decision-making about reforms. At a time when teachers are at the center of political controversy around the world this volume is an important reminder that school change is about changing the work of teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085800

Neo-liberal Educational ReformsA Critical Analysis This volume gathers a cast of eminent scholars for a critical and comparitive analysis of how neoliberal education policies have functioned in a range of countries in different stages of economic development. Treating case studies from Europe Asia the Americas and the Middle East the volume shows how globalization operates differently in different societal contexts.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286795

Neoliberal Globalisation and Resistance from BelowWhy the Subalterns Resist in Bolivia and not in Ghana As bearers of their own emancipation the political agency of the subaltern classes is a vexed question a time-honoured one at that. Why do the subalterns endure injustices without revolting most of the time but revolt sometimes against some injustices? The euphoria of ’globalisation-from-below’ this book argues skirts responsibility of addressing this question by presuming a groundswell of resistance across the world against neoliberal globalisation. In contrast to this oeuvre Neoliberal Globalisation and Resistance from Below engages this question squarely by using the socio-historical approach to explain why the subalterns resist neoliberal globalisation in Bolivia and not in Ghana. The author urges scholars of critical political economy to pay greater attention to why the subalterns resist rather than how they resist or what the ideal end of their resistance should be. Such refocusing of the research and political lens will yield a more realistic picture of what is politically possible in the social context of peripheral capitalism regarding an anti-capitalist revolution. The author further argues that this refocusing will cure many of the romantic anti-capitalist claims and banal wishful thinking of a socialist revolution in peripheral capitalist regions such as Latin American The Middle East and North Africa (MENA) and Sub-Saharan Africa.Neoliberal Globalisation and Resistance from Below will be of interest to students and scholars of African politics neoliberalism globalisation political economy and subaltern politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665692

Neoliberal Governance and International Medical Travel in Malaysia International medical travel (IMT) people crossing national borders in the pursuit of healthcare has become a growing phenomenon. With many of the countries currently being promoted as IMT destinations located in the ‘developing’ world IMT poses a significant challenge to popular assumptions about who provides and receives care since it inverses and diversifies presumed directionalities of care. This book analyses the development of international medical travel in Malaysia by looking at the benefits and challenges of providing health care to non-Malaysians. It challenges embedded assumptions about the sources directions and political value of care. The author situates the Malaysian case study material at the fruitful cross-section of a range of literatures on transnational mobility hospitality therapeutic landscapes and medical diplomacy to examine their roles in the construction of national identity. The book thus contributes to wider debates that have emerged around the changing character of global health governance and is of use to students and scholars of Southeast Asian Studies as well as Politics and Health and Social Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910560

Neoliberal Health OrganizingCommunication Meaning and Politics Mohan J Dutta closely interrogates the communicative forms and practices that have been central to the establishment of neoliberal governance. In particular he examines cultural discourses of health in relationship to the market and the health implications of these cultural discourses. Using examples from around the world he explores the roles of public-private partnerships NGOs militaries and new technologies in reinforcing the link between market and health. Identifying the taken-for-granted assumptions that constitute the foundations of global neoliberal organizing he offers an alternative strategy for a grassroots-driven participatory form of global organizing of health. This inventive theoretical volume speaks to those in critical communication in health research in social policy and in contemporary political economy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580494

Neoliberal Housing PolicyAn International Perspective Neoliberal Housing Policy considers some of the most significant housing issues facing the West today including the increasing commodification of housing; the political economy surrounding homeownership; the role of public housing; the problem of homelessness; the ways that housing accentuates social and economic inequality; and how suburban housing has transformed city life. The empirical focus of the book draws mainly from the US UK and Australia with examples to illustrate some of the most important features and trajectories of late capitalism including the commodification of welfare provision and financialisation while the examples from other nations serve to highlight the influence of housing policy on more regional- and place-specific processes. The book shows that developments in housing provision are being shaped by global financial markets and the circuits of capital that transcend the borders of nation states. Whilst considerable differences within nation states exist many government interventions to improve housing often fall short. Adopting a structuralist approach the book provides a critical account of the way housing policy accentuates social and economic inequalities and identifies some of the significant convergences in policy across nations states ultimately offering an explanation as to why so many ‘inequalities’ endure. It will be useful for anyone in professional housing management/social housing programmes as well as planning sociology (social policy) human geography urban studies and housing studies programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388468

Neoliberal LegalityUnderstanding the Role of Law in the Neoliberal Project Neoliberalism has been studied as a political ideology an historical moment an economic programme an institutional model and a totalising political project. Yet the role of law in the neoliberal story has been relatively neglected and the idea of neoliberalism as a juridical project has yet to be considered. That is: neoliberal law and its interrelations with neoliberal politics and economics has remained almost entirely neglected as a subject of research and debate. This book provides a systematic attempt to develop a holistic and coherent understanding of the relationship between law and neoliberalism. It does not however examine law and neoliberalism as fixed entities or as philosophical categories. And neither is its objective to uncover or devise a ‘law of neoliberalism’. Instead it uses empirical evidence to explore and theorise the relationship between law and neoliberalism as dynamic and complex social phenomena. Developing a nuanced concept of ‘neoliberal legality’ neoliberalism it is argued here is as much a juridical project as a political and economic one. And it is only in understanding the juridical thrust of neoliberalism that we can hope to fully comprehend the specificities and continuities of the neoliberal period as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606135

Neoliberal Morality in SingaporeHow family policies make state and society Using the case study of Singapore this book examines the production of a set of institutionalized relationships and ethical meanings that link citizens to each other and the state. It looks at how questions of culture and morality are resolved and how state-society relations are established that render paradoxes and inequalities acceptable and form the basis of a national political culture. The Singapore government has put in place a number of policies to encourage marriage and boost fertility that has attracted much attention and are often taken as evidence that the Singapore state is a social engineer. The book argues that these policies have largely failed to reverse demographic trends and reveals that the effects of the policies are far more interesting and significant. As Singaporeans negotiate various rules and regulations they form a set of ties to each other and to the state. These institutionalized relationships and shared meanings referred to as neoliberal morality render particular ideals about family natural. Based on extensive field work the book is a useful contribution to studies on Asian Culture and Society Globalisation as well as Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748797

Neoliberal Spatial Governance Neoliberal Spatial Governance explores the changing nature of English town and city planning as it has slowly but clearly transformed. Once a system for regulating and balancing change in the built and natural environments in the public interest planning now finds itself facilitating development and economic growth for narrow sectional interests. Whilst there is a lip service towards traditional values the progressive aims and inclusivity that provided planning’s legitimacy and broad support have now largely disappeared. The result is a growing backlash of distrust and discontent as planning has evolved into neoliberal spatial governance. The tragedy of this change is that at a time when planning has a critical role in tackling major issues such as housing affordability and climate change it finds itself poorly resourced with low professional morale lacking legitimacy and support from local communities accused of bureaucracy and ‘red tape’ from businesses and ministers and subject to regular disruptive reforms. Yet all is not lost. There is still demand and support for more comprehensive and progressive planning one that is not purely driven by the needs of developers and investors. Resistance against the idea that planning exists to help roll out development is growing. Neoliberal Spatial Governance explores the background and implications of the changes in planning under the governments of the past four decades and the ways we might think about halting and reversing this shift. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490345

Neo-Liberal Strategies of Governing India Neo-liberal Strategies of Governing India and its companion volume Ideas and Frameworks of Governing India tell the story of governance in independent India and address the critical question: how is a post-colonial democracy governed? Further they attempt to understand why the process of governing a post-colonial democracy particularly in the neo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177218

Neoliberal Thought and Thatcherism‘A Transition From Here to There?’ The premiership of Margaret Thatcher has been portrayed as uniquely ideological in its pursuit of a more market-based economy. A body of literature has been built on how a sharp turn to the right by the Conservative Party during the 1980s - inspired by the likes of Milton Friedman and Friedrich Hayek - acted as one of the key stepping stones to the turbo-charged capitalism and globalization of our modern world. But how ‘neoliberal’ was Thatcherism? The link between ideas and the Thatcher government has frequently been over-generalized and under-specified. Existing accounts tend to characterize neoliberalism as a homogeneous and often ill-defined group of thinkers that exerted a broad influence over the Thatcher government. In particular this study explores how Margaret Thatcher approached special interest groups a core neoliberal concern. The results demonstrate a willingness to utilize the state often in contradictory ways to pursue apparently more market orientated policies. This book - through a combination of archival research interviews and examination of neoliberal thought itself - defines the dominant strains of neoliberalism more clearly and explores their relationship with Thatcherism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280267

Neoliberalism Thanks to the rise of neoliberalism over the past several decades we live in an era of rampant anxiety insecurity and inequality. While neoliberalism has become somewhat of an academic buzzword in recent years this book offers a rich and multilayered introduction to what is arguably the most pressing issue of our times. Engaging with prominent scholarship in media and cultural studies as well as geography sociology economic history and political theory author Julie Wilson pushes against easy understandings of neoliberalism as market fundamentalism rampant consumerism and/or hyper-individualism. Instead Wilson invites readers to interrogate neoliberalism in true cultural studies fashion at once as history theory practice policy culture identity politics and lived experience. Indeed the book’s primary aim is to introduce neoliberalism in all of its social complexity so that readers can see how neoliberalism shapes their own lives as well as our political horizons and thereby start to imagine and build alternative worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654631

Neoliberalism Cities and Education in the Global South and North Across the world cities are being reshaped in myriad ways by neoliberal forms of globalization a process of urban restructuring with significant implications for educational policy and practices. The chapters in this collection speak to two complementary but analytically distinguishable aspects of the interplay between education globalization cities and neoliberalism. The first aspect relates to the macro relationships between these powerful global forces on the one hand and cities and their schools on the other. In particular the book considers the stratifying dynamics that exacerbate already existing inequalities related to race ethnicity language class and gender—inequalities entailing differential access to the city’s various resources. The second aspect deals with the cultural politics and logics of these changes in the city. This recognises that globalization is not simply imposed on the city but rather becomes insinuated into its fabric through the actions and the agency of local actors and social movements. Against this backdrop the chapters document how the educational politics of urban contexts in the United States India Canada South Africa and Brazil should be understood as sites in which neoliberal forms of globalization are localised reproduced and potentially contested. This book was originally published as a special issue of Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377493

Neoliberalism Critical Pedagogy and Education This volume examines the role of neoliberalism and its impact on education in South Asia. It contends that education is in a state of crisis across the world. This is reflected not only in the way the state has withdrawn to pave way for private capital but also in the manner in which knowledge and ways of understanding the world are being challenged by manipulation and adverse influences. A process of ‘factoryisation’ is underway as disciplining of human minds and redefinition of the purpose of human existence are being geared to fall in line with the needs of private capital. The book brings together incisive contributions from India Sri Lanka Pakistan and Nepal to explore newer possibilities to deal with the educational crisis and looks at a range of critical themes in education: pedagogy teacher–learner relationship teacher education the state of the university and policy. Rich in content critical and insightful this book will be a valuable addition for scholars and researchers of education and education policy sociology public policy and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815396079

Neoliberalism Development and Aid Volunteering This work comes at an important time of global crisis and change where the world is ravaged by natural disasters wars and poverty. This has increased the pressure on governments and other organisations such as volunteer sending agencies which provide aid and we have seen an upward trend in the number of people volunteering abroad.  Within this volatile environment neoliberal ideology on how aid should be provided and implemented has become embedded in how policy is formulated. A market-driven model of aid provision has become the norm and governments are increasingly focused on international development volunteering as a form of ‘soft diplomacy’. This is the first qualitative empirical study of international development volunteering. The book contributes theoretical knowledge on International Volunteering Sending Agencies (IVSAs) and examines practitioner experience in development volunteering in the context of emerging policy developments. Critical analysis highlights the impact of global and social changes and provides a nuanced understanding of development volunteer motivation and the relationship between volunteers and sending agencies. The book also puts forward an agenda and model for volunteer sending that addresses the complexities and diversity of the volunteer experience.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629706

Neoliberalism Education and TerrorismContemporary Dialogues Neoliberalism Education Terrorism: Contemporary Dialogues is a collaborative effort among four established public intellectuals who deeply care about the future of education in America and who are concerned about the dangerous effects of neoliberalism on American society and culture. It aims to provide a clear concise and thought-provoking account of the problems facing education in America under the dual shadows of neoliberalism and terrorism. Through collaborative and individual essays the authors provide a provocative account that will be of interest to anyone who concerning with the opportunities and dangers facing the future of education at this critical moment in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050409

Neoliberalism Gender and Education Work How does neoliberalism in the education field shape who teachers are and what they can be? What are the effects of neoliberal logic on students? How is gender at the core of what it means to teach and learn in neoliberal educational institutions? Neoliberalism Gender and Education Work examines the everyday labour of educating in a variety of contexts in order to answer these questions in new and productive ways. Neoliberal ideals of standardisation accountability and entrepreneurialism are having undeniable effects on how we define teaching and learning. Gender is central to these definitions with care work and other forms of affective labour simultaneously implicated in standards of teacher quality and undervalued in metrics of assessment. Gathering research from across four continents and education settings ranging from elementary school to higher education to popular social movements the methodologically diverse case studies in this book offer insight into how teachers and students negotiate the intertwined logics of neoliberalism and gender. Beyond an indictment of contemporary institutions Neoliberalism Gender and Education Work provides inspiration with its documentation of the creative practices and selfhoods emerging in the "cracks" of the neoliberal ideological apparatus.It was originally published as a special issue of Gender and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590086

Neoliberalism Globalization and "Elite" Education in ChinaBecoming International This book examines the practices and effects of emerging international curriculum programs established by Chinese elite public high schools and supported by China’s New Curriculum Reform and the Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Running Schools (CFCRS) policy. Drawing on critical theory the book applies sociological and anthropological approaches to the study of the educational practices of such curriculum programs and the rising Chinese elite class as well as educational policy globally. Through analyzing a wide variety of data sources this book focuses on examining how changing local and global contexts have influenced and shaped the educational opportunities experiences and aspirations of privileged urban Chinese students who are able to attend these programs and who hope to study at U.S. universities. In doing so the book is intended to define the problematics of the internationalization of Chinese education and an emergent form of elite education in China which are complex and embedded in the process of modernization in China. Neoliberalism Globalization and "Elite" Education in China: Becoming International will appeal to undergraduates postgraduates and academics in the fields of curriculum studies educational policy studies sociology of education and anthropology of education as well as policymakers with an interest in globalization and education education policy and education and international development.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326248

Neoliberalism Globalization and InequalitiesConsequences for Health and Quality of Life Since U.S. President Reagan and U.K. Prime Minister Thatcher a major ideology (under the name of economic science) has been expanded worldwide that claims that the best policies to stimulate human development are those that reduce the role of the state in economic and social lives: privatizing public services and public enterprises deregulating the mobility of capital and labor eliminating protectionism and reducing public social protection. This ideology called 'neoliberalism ' has guided the globalization of economic activity and become the conventional wisdom in international agencies and institutions (such as the IMF World Bank World Trade Organization and the technical agencies of the United Nations including the WHO). Reproduced in the 'Washington consensus' in the United States and the 'Brussels consensus' in the European Union this ideology has guided policies widely accepted as the only ones possible and advisable.This book assembles a series of articles that challenge that ideology. Written by well-known scholars these articles question each of the tenets of neoliberal doctrine showing how the policies guided by this ideology have adversely affected human development in the countries where they have been implemented. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231082

Neoliberalism Management and ReligionRe-examining the Spirits of Capitalism The use of non-secular religious concepts in contemporary managerial discourse to legitimise leadership organisation and work has been undertheorised. Concepts such as organisational soul Spiritual Leadership a wider deification (and demonisation) of leaders and the mantra of individual freedom each evoke long religio-historical roots. The deployment of such terms in the present to (re)enrol people into the service of capitalism speaks both to high levels of religious belief worldwide and more specifically to a history of religion intersecting with public life in the US—a context pivotal in the development and dissemination of managerialism and wider neoliberal discourse. Organised around the concepts of Gods Devils Soul and the Individual this book will show how these concepts are being employed in current managerial leadership and organisation discourses critically examine the religio-historical and philosophical roots of such and demonstrate how the religio-historical and religio-philosophical can be brought into the lexicon of critical organisational scholarship to provide a language to engage with the non-secular legitimation of capitalism and its institutions. In so doing this book is a timely addition to organisation and management theory. It comes at a time that is witnessing a wider ‘theological turn’ in continental philosophy mounting calls within organisation studies to ‘take religion seriously’ and an ongoing legitimation crisis of neoliberalism one that is raising pivotal questions concerning how neoliberalism endures despite the deprivations and harms it occasions. This book is intended to be engaging and erudite drawing upon a trans-disciplinary combination of popular and academic management texts contemporary and classical philosophy literature and religio-historical sources foundational in the construction of the Western subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048379

Neoliberalism Nordic Welfare States and Social WorkCurrent and Future Challenges How have three decades of neoliberalism affected the Nordic welfare states as well as the organisation education and practices of social work in those countries? During recent decades the welfare states of Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden have gone through dramatic changes infl uenced by the political triumph of neoliberalism. This has led to both the electoral success of extreme right and mainstream neoliberal parties and to the neoliberal ideological transformations of social democratic parties. The neoliberal doctrine of making governance cheaper has thus been made the focus of governance and has led to increased marginalisation and social problems. This is the first book to comparatively explore the role of neoliberal reforms on social work and social policy across the Nordic welfare states. The richly theoretical and empirical chapters explore and illustrate the consequences of the dominance of neoliberal policies and provide an analysis of the effects of globalisation glocalisation welfare nationalism symbolic violence and forced migration. The book provides valuable insights into the shortcomings of retreating welfare states in a time of increasing glocal social problems. Neoliberalism Nordic Welfare States and Social Work should be considered essential reading for critical social work education. Students scholars educators and researchers of Nordic countries and beyond have much to learn from this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152154

Neoliberalism Pedagogy and Human DevelopmentExploring Time Mediation and Collectivity in Contemporary Schools In most Western developed countries adult life is increasingly organized on the basis of short-term work contracts and reduced social security funds. In this context it seems that producing efficient job-seekers and employees becomes the main aim of educational programs for the next generation. Through case studies of young people from urban and countryside marginalized populations in Germany USA and Brazil this book investigates emerging educational practices and takes a critical stance towards what can be seen as neoliberal educational politics. It investigates how mediating devices such as CVs school reports school files photos and narratives shape the ways in which those marginalized students reflect about their past as well as imagine their future. By building on process philosophy and time theory post-structuralism as well as on Vygotsky's psychological theory the analysis differentiates between two discrete modes of human development: development of concrete skills (potential development) and development of new societal relations (virtual development which is at the same time individual and collective). The book outlines an innovative relational account of learning and human development which can prove of particular importance for the education of marginalized students in today's globalized world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775374

Neoliberalism Personhood and PostsocialismEnterprising Selves in Changing Economies Despite a growing literature debating the consequences of neo-liberal political and economic policy in the former Eastern bloc the idea of neo-liberal personhood has so far received limited attention from scholars of the region. Presenting a range of ethnographic studies this book lays the groundwork for a new disciplinary agenda by critically examining novel technologies of self-government which have appeared in the wake of political and economic liberalization. Neoliberalism Personhood and Postsocialism explores the formation of subjectivities in newly marketized or marketizing societies across the former Eastern Bloc documenting the rise of the neo-liberal discourse of the ’enterprising’ self in government policy corporate management and education as well as examining the shifts in forms of capital amongst marginal capitalists and entrepreneurs working in the grey zone between the formal and informal economies. A rich investigation of the tools of neo-liberal governance and the responses of entrepreneurs and families in changing societies this book reveals the full complexity of the relationship between historically and socially embedded economic practices and the increasing influence of libertarian political and economic thought on public policy institutional reform and civil society initiatives. As such it will appeal to anthropologists sociologists and geographers with interests in political discourse identity entrepreneurship and organizations in post-socialist societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247000

Neoliberalism Transnationalization And Rural PovertyA Case Study Of Michoacan Mexico This book offers a more critical understanding of the economic social and political dimensions of Salinismo. It also offers a synthetic assessment of the specific implications of neoliberalism and transnationalization for rural society in Mexico. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159221

Neoliberalism and Applied Linguistics This book explores neoliberalism – a view of the world that puts the market at its centre- from the perspective of applied linguistics. Neoliberalism and Applied Linguistics argues that while applied linguistics has become more interdisciplinary in orientation it has ignored or downplayed the role of political economy namely the way in which social political and economic factors relate to one another within the context of a capitalist economy. The authors take the view that engagement with political economy is central to any fully rounded analysis of language and language-related issues in the world today and their collaboration in this volume represents an initial attempt to redress what they perceive to be an imbalance in the field. The book begins with a discussion of neoliberalism and an analysis of the ways in which neoliberal ideology impacts on language. This is followed by a discussion of how globalization and identity have been conceptualised in applied linguistics in ways which have ignored the political centrality of class – a concept which the authors see as integral to their perspective. The book concludes with an analysis of the ways in which neoliberal ideology plays out in two key areas of applied linguistics - language teaching and language teacher education. Neoliberalism and Applied Linguistics is essential reading for advanced undergraduates postgraduates and researchers in applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415592055

Neoliberalism and Climate Policy in the United StatesFrom market fetishism to the developmental state This book explores how Washington’s efforts to act on climate change have been translated under conditions of American neoliberalism where the state struggles to find a stable and legitimate role in the economy and where environmental and industrial policy are enormously contentious topics. This original work conceptualizes US climate policy first and foremost as a question of innovation policy with capital accumulation and market domination as its main drivers. It argues that US climate policy must be understood in the context of Washington’s broader efforts over the past four decades to dominate and monopolize novel high-tech markets and its use of immense amounts of state power to achieve this end. From this perspective many elements of US climate politics that seem confusing or contradictory actually appear to have an obvious and consistent logic. This book will be of particular interest to students and scholars of IPE as well as individuals generally interested in gaining a stronger understanding of US climate politics and policy and the role and influence of neoliberalism on contemporary economic governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878764

Neoliberalism and Conflict In Asia After 9/11 Key events in Asia’s recent history have included the end of the Cold War the Asian Economic Crisis and the ‘war on terror’. This is a critical assessment of these events and of the interplay of security and economics in shaping political regimes and modifying market systems. Based on the notion that market systems are inherently political and conflict-ridden this collection clarifies and explains the conflicts shaping the path of neoliberal globalization. Collectively it represents a disciplined and systematic address of four overarching questions: * What are the significant conflicts emanating from neoliberal globalization and what are their implications? * What are the implications of new security concerns for these conflicts and what are their impacts? * How are conflicts associated with globalization and security affecting social and economic policy directions? * Can these directions be reconciled with the reproduction of existing political regimes or do they threaten their basis? In addressing these questions the essays depict neoliberal globalization – in the new security context – as being able to accommodate a range of political regimes. This fascinating collection is a must-read for those with a professional interest in the region post-9/11. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal Critical Asian Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878959

Neoliberalism and Culture in China and Hong KongThe Countdown of Time This book examines the period leading up to the Hong Kong handover in 1997 - the 'countdown of time' and by using iconic cultural symbols such as the countdown clock the Hong Kong Museum exhibitions and cultural heritage sites argues that China has undergone a transition to neoliberal state in part through its reunification with Hong Kong. The problem of synchronization with the world a Chinese phrase that epitomizes China's engagement with modern capitalism since the first Opium War was characterized throughout the 20th century as a 'humiliation' 'weakness' 'tragedy' and 'disaster' with China in the role of the victim of capitalist globalization. During the reunification with Hong Kong these conventional expressions were replaced by new ones such as 'de-humiliation' 'return' 'self-esteem' and 'revival'. Hai Ren gives an ethnographic and historical analysis of this cultural and political transformation of China's globalization experience by looking closely at public history practices in mainland China and Hong Kong and how the reconfiguration of everyday life and cultural norms led to the development of this neoliberal China. As a book which straddles Chinese and Hong Kong history politics cultural heritage and museum studies more generally it can be regarded as a work of cultural political economy which will appeal to students and scholars of all of the above. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862913

Neoliberalism and Cyberpunk Science FictionLiving on the Edge of Burnout Caroline Alphin presents an original exploration of biopolitics by examining it through the lens of cyberpunk science fiction. Comprised of five chapters Neoliberalism and Cyberpunk Science Fiction is guided by four central themes: biopolitics intensification resilience and accelerationism. The first chapters examine the political possibilities of cyberpunk as a genre of science fiction and introduce one kind of neoliberal subject the self-monitoring cyborg. These are individuals who join fitness/health tracking devices and applications to their body to "self-cultivate". Here Alphin presents concrete examples of how fitness trackers are a strategy of neoliberal governmentality under the guise of self-cultivation. Moving away from Foucault’s biopolitics to themes of intensity and resilience Alphin draws largely from William Gibson’s Neuromancer Neal Stephenson’s Snow Crash Richard K. Morgan’s Altered Carbon along with the film Blade Runner to problematize notions of neoliberal resilience. Alphin returns to biopolitics intensity and resilience connecting these themes to accelerationism as she engages with biohacker discourses. Here she argues that a biohacker is in part an intensification of the self-monitoring cyborg and accelerationism is in the end another form of resilience. Neoliberalism and Cyberpunk Science Fiction is an invaluable resource for those interested in security studies political sociology biopolitics critical IR theory political theory cultural studies and literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367490997

Neoliberalism And Education In The Americas This book a trenchant analysis of schooling within the capitalist world system where educational reforms are directed to the satisfaction of the business community military industrial complex and corporate sector is a work combating injustice and authoritarianism prevalent in the Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160036

Neoliberalism and Education Systems in ConflictExploring Challenges Across the Globe Neoliberalism and Education Systems in Conflict: Exploring Challenges Across the Globe explores how neoliberal values are imprinted onto educational spaces and practices and by consequence fundamentally reshape how we come to understand the educational experience at the school or system level. Countries across the globe struggle with the residual effects of increased accountability choice/voucher systems and privatization. The first section of the book discusses the direct imprint of neoliberal policies on educational spaces. The next section examines the more indirect outcomes of neoliberalism including the challenges of inequity access violence racism and social justice issues as a result of neoliberal ideologies. Each section of the book includes case studies about education systems across the globe including Britain Middle East Turkey United States China and Chile written by international contributors. Neoliberalism and Education Systems in Conflict is essential reading for educators scholars and faculty of educational leadership and policy globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362935

Neoliberalism and EducationRearticulating Social Justice and Inclusion Neoliberalism and Education: Rearticulating Social Justice and Inclusion offers a critical reflection on the establishment of neoliberalism as the new global orthodoxy in the field of education and considers what this means for social justice and inclusion. It brings together writers from a number of countries who explore notions of inclusion and social justice in educational settings ranging from elementary schools to higher education. Contributors examine policy practice and pedagogical considerations covering different dimensions of (in)equality including disability race gender and class. They raise questions about what social justice and inclusion mean in educational systems that are dominated by competition benchmarking and target-driven accountability and about the new forms of imperialism and colonisation that both drive and are a product of market-driven reforms. While exposing the entrenchment under current neoliberal systems of educational provision of longstanding patterns of (racialised classed and gendered) privilege and disadvantage the contributions presented in this book also consider the possibilities for hope and resistance drawing attention to established and successful attempts at democratic education or community organisation across a number of countries. This book was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal of Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306288

Neoliberalism and English Language Education Policies in the Arabian Gulf Over the past two decades the Arabian oil-rich Gulf countries have faced enormous social political economic cultural religious ideological and epistemological upheaval. Through detailed critical comparative investigation  Neoliberalism and English Language Education Policies in the Arabian Gulf examines the impact of such disruption on education policies in a political and economic union consisting of six countries: Saudi Arabia the United Arab Emirates Oman Qatar Bahrain and Kuwait.  Using data collected from a wide range of sources this thought-provoking book documents the inner workings of neoliberalism across a strategic geographical area of the Islamic world. The book teases apart the complex issues surrounding the ways in which access to English has been envisioned contested and protected from being challenged among different players within and between the Gulf countries. Osman Z. Barnawi explores the intensifying ideological debates between Islamic culture and Western neoliberal values and questions whether Islamic values and traditions have been successfully harmonised with neoliberal capitalist development strategies for nation building in the Arabian Gulf region.  Neoliberalism and English Language Education Policies in the Arabian Gulf will be of interest to academics researchers and postgraduates working in the fields of language education and more specifically TESOL applied linguistics education policy and teacher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245153

Neoliberalism and Environmental Education This timely book situates environmental education within and against neoliberalism the dominant economic political and cultural ideology impacting both education and the environment. Proponents of neoliberalism imagine and enact a world where the primary role of the state is to promote capital markets and where citizens are defined as autonomous entrepreneurs who are to fulfill their needs via competition with and surveillance of others. These ideas interact with environmental issues in a number of ways and Neoliberalism and Environmental Education engages this interplay with chapters on how neoliberal ideas and actions shape environmental education in formal informal and community contexts. International contributors consider these interactions in agriculture and gardening state policy enactments environmental science classrooms ecoprisons and in professional management and educational accountability programs. The collection invites readers to reexamine how economic policy and politics shape the cultural enactment of environmental education. This book was originally published as a special issue of Environmental Education Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075811

Neoliberalism and Global CinemaCapital Culture and Marxist Critique In cinema studies today rarely do we find a direct investigation into the culture of capitalism and how it has been refracted and fabricated in global cinema production under neoliberalism. However the current economic crisis and the subsequent Wall Street bailout in 2008 have brought about a worldwide skepticism regarding the last four decades of economic restructuring and the culture that has accompanied it. In this edited volume an international ensemble of scholars looks at neoliberalism both as culture and political economy in the various cinemas of the world. In essays encompassing the cinemas of Asia Africa Latin America Europe and the United States the authors outline how the culture and subjectivities engendered by neoliberalism have been variously performed contested and reinforced in these cinemas. The premise of this book is that the cultural and economic logic of neoliberalism i.e. the radical financialization and market-driven calculations of all facets of society are symptoms best understood by Marxist theory and its analysis of the central antagonisms and contradictions of capital. Taking a variety of approaches ranging from political economy ideological critique the intersection of aesthetics and politics social history and critical-cultural theory this volume offers a fresh broad-based Marxist analysis of contemporary film/media. Topics include: the global albeit antagonistic nature of neoliberal culture; the search for a new aesthetic and documentary language; the contestation between labor and capital in cultural producion; the political economy of hollywood and questions of gender sexuality and the nation state in relation to neoliberalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854146

Neoliberalism and Market Forces in EducationLessons from Sweden Neoliberalism and Market Forces in Education provides a wide perspective on the dramatic transformation of education policy in Sweden that has taken place during the last 30 years with a specific focus on marketization. The marketization of education in Sweden is set in the wider international context of changes in education systems.With contributions from researchers across a wide range of scientific disciplines the book provides examples of the consequences of market orientation in education in terms of increase in inequality as well as in terms of what the market orientation means for principals teachers and students. It considers how Sweden has developed one of the most marketized education systems in the world and the possible consequences of such processes as identified by research.Neoliberalism and Market Forces in Education will be of great interest to educational practitioners politicians scholars in the field and postgraduate and research students in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660826

Neoliberalism and TechnoscienceCritical Assessments This book provides a comprehensive assessment of the connection between processes of neoliberalization and the advancement and transformation of technoscience. Drawing on a range of theoretical insights it explores a variety of issues including the digital revolution and the rise of immaterial culture the rationale of psychiatric reforms and biotechnology regulation discourses of social threats and human enhancement and carbon markets and green energy policies. A rich exploration of the overall logic of technoscientific innovation within late capitalism and the emergence of a novel view of human agency with regard to the social and natural world this volume reveals the interdependence of technoscience and the neoliberalization of society. Presenting the latest research from a leading team of scholars Neoliberalism and Technoscience will be of interest to scholars of sociology politics geography and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253766

Neoliberalism and TerrorCritical Engagements Terrorism and neoliberalism are connected in multiple complex and often camouflaged ways. This book offers a critical exploration of some of the intersections between the two drawing on a wide range of case studies from the United States United Kingdom Brazil and the European Union. Contributors to the book investigate the impact of neoliberal technologies and intellectual paradigms upon contemporary counterterrorism – where the neoliberal era frames counter-terrorism within an endless war against political uncertainty. Others resist the notion that a separation ever existed between neoliberalism and counter-terrorism. These contributions explore how counterterrorism is already itself an exercise of neoliberalism which practices a form of ‘Class War on Terror’. Finally other contributors investigate the representation of terrorism within contemporary cultural products such as video games in order to explore the perpetuation of neoliberal and statist agendas. In doing all of this the book situates post-9/11 counter-terrorism discourse and practice within much-needed historical contexts including the evolution of capitalism and the state. Neoliberalism and Terror will be of great interest to readers within the fields of International Relations Security Studies Terrorism Studies and beyond. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Studies on Terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299719

Neoliberalism and the Biblical VoiceOwning and Consuming This book compares our contemporary preoccupation with ownership and consumption with the role of property and possessions in the biblical world contending that Christian theology provides a valuable entry point to discussing the issue of private property—a neoliberal tool with the capacity to shape the world in which we live by exercising control over the planet’s resources. Babie and Trainor draw on the teaching on property and possessions of Jesus of Nazareth. They demonstrate how subsequent members of the Jesus movement—the writers of early collection of Jesus sayings (called ‘Q’) and the gospels of Mark and Luke—reformulated Jesus’ teaching for different contexts that was radical and challenging for their own day. Their view of wealth and possessions continues today to be as relevant as ever. By placing the insights of the Galilean Jesus and the early Jesus movement into conversation with contemporary views on private property and consumer culture the authors develop legal philosophical and theological insights what they describe as ‘seven theses’ into how our desire for ethical living fares in the neoliberal marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873035

Neoliberalism and the Global Restructuring of Knowledge and Education This book examines the influence of neoliberal ideas and practices on the way knowledge has been conceptualized produced and disseminated over the last few decades at different levels of public education and in various national contexts around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719735

Neoliberalism and the Law in Post Communist TransitionThe Evolving Role of Law in Russia’s Transition to Capitalism This work examines ideas about the role of law and legal reform in the creation of market economies focusing on the process of post communist transition in Russia. Processes of transition in Russia were guided by a set of very specific neoliberal ideas about the nature of markets and capitalism about the role of law and the primacy of the economic over the legal and political. These ideas however have come under fire as a result of the Russian experience of transition and the serious problems encountered by reforms. This led to a revision of the original neoliberal ideas not least concerning the role of law and its relationship to the economic and the political. The result has been the emergence of a much more complex body of ideas about the role law plays in economic transformation. This book aims to close a gap in the literature on post communist transition by offering a theoretical interpretation of Russia’s experience which makes transition reform models comparable to development reform models. Focusing on the role of law and the relationship of economic priorities to law reform this work offers a critical evaluation of currently dominant theories of economic and legal reform put to use in varied transition and development scenarios. In looking at the ideas which directed and animated reform in Russia an enquiry is thus made into the wider relationship between democracy regulation and the market in contemporary capitalism. Neoliberalism and the Law in Post Communist Transition will equip scholars and students of development studies law political economy and international economics with a critical guide to transition focused on the often neglected legal aspect of the reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631518

Neoliberalism and the Media This book examines the multiple ways that popular media mainstream and reinforce neoliberal ideology exposing how they promote neoliberalism’s underlying ideas values and beliefs so as to naturalize inequality undercut democracy and contribute to the collapse of social notions of community and the common good. Covering a wide range of media and genres and adopting a variety of qualitative textual methodologies and theoretical frameworks the chapters examine diverse topics from news coverage of the 2016 U.S. presidential election to the NBC show Superstore (an atypical instance in which a TV show for one brief season challenged the central tenets of neoliberalism) to "kitchen porn." The book also takes an intersectional approach as contributors explore how gender race class and other aspects of social identity are inextricably tied to each other within media representation. At once innovative and distinctive in its illustration of how the media is complicit in perpetuating neoliberal ideology Neoliberalism and the Media offers students and scholars alike an incisive portrait of the intersection between media and ideology today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094437

Neoliberalism and the Moral Economy of Fraud There is evidence that economic fraud has in recent years become routine activity in the economies of both high- and low-income countries. Many business sectors in today's global economy are rife with economic crime. Neoliberalism and the Moral Economy of Fraud shows how neoliberal policies reforms ideas social relations and practices have engendered a type of sociocultural change across the globe which is facilitating widespread fraud. This book investigates the moral worlds of fraud in different social and geographical settings and shows how contemporary fraud is not the outcome of just a few ‘bad apples’. Authors from a range of disciplines including sociology anthropology and political science social policy and economics employ case studies from the Global North and Global South to explore how particular values morals and standards of behaviour rendered dominant by neoliberalism are encouraging the proliferation of fraud. This book will be indispensable for those who are interested in political economy development studies economics anthropology sociology and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058057

Neoliberalism and the Novel The novel form has long been connected to modern capitalism and is arguably the literary genre most prominently enmeshed in contemporary global markets. Yet as many critics have suggested about capital something has changed in the last forty years. With the rise of neoliberalism as the dominant global economic rationality and mode of governance the experience of capital has produced new ways of seeing and relating to the world leading as David Harvey observes to "the financialization of everything". The novel indexed to capital in myriad ways then must similarly have been transformed. Neoliberalism and the Novel investigates both those changes wrought to the novel form by changing arrangements of capital and the novel’s broader engagement with neoliberalism itself. The chapters in this book consider these questions from a variety of angles attending to the way in which the neoliberal novel deploys familiar generic patterns as a site from which to offer critique; examining the changing operation of labour and time under neoliberalism and its effect on novel form; and offering a broader call for new reading and interpretative practices to respond to changing socio-economic realities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028336

Neoliberalism and the Political Economy of Tourism Tourism has become increasingly shaped by neoliberal policies yet the consequences of this neoliberalisation are relatively under-explored. This book provides a wide-ranging inquiry into the particular manifestations of different variants of neoliberalism highlighting its uneven geographical development and the changing dynamics of neoliberal policies in order to explain and evaluate the effects of neoliberal processes on tourism. Covering a variety of different aspects of neoliberalism and tourism the chapters investigate how different types of tourism are used as part of more general neoliberalisation agendas how neoliberalism differs according to the geographic context the importance of discourse in shaping neoliberal practices and the different approaches of putting the neoliberal ideology into practice. Aiming to initiate debates about the connections between neoliberalism and tourism and advance further research avenues this book makes a timely contribution which discusses the relationships between markets nation-states and societies from a social science perspective. Neoliberalism is considered as a political-economic ideology as variants of the global neoliberal project as discourse and practices through which neoliberalism is enacted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472465016

Neoliberalism and the Transforming Left in IndiaA contradictory manifesto West Bengal has often been perceived as somewhat of an aberration in the wider context of a rather chaotic Indian democracy as the Left Front (spearheaded by the Communist Party of India-Marxist CPIM) demonstrated a rare instance of political stability decisively winning seven consecutive democratic elections from 1977 to 2006. Its development record has also been substantial with a focus on land reforms the panchayati-raj institution and an agriculture centric development agenda. This book presents a reappraisal of the political economic history of the CPIM/Left Front regime against the backdrop of the Indian reform experience. It examines two distinct areas: the conditions that necessitated the regime to engineer a transition from an erstwhile agricultural-based growth model to a more pro-market economic agenda post-1991 and the political strategy employed to manage such a transition attract private capital and at the same time sustain the regime’s traditional rhetoric and partisan character. In order to develop a more textured understanding of the recent political developments in West Bengal the author applies a historically nuanced and inductive political-economic analysis which draws on published materials and primary material such as government documents and interviews (with bureaucrats political activists members of the intelligentsia and ministers).A valuable contribution to the ongoing debate in the literature on the drifts underway with the Indian Left and India’s economic transformation post-1990s this book will be of interest to academics in the field of Political Science Government Political Economy and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887674

Neoliberalism and Urban Development in Latin AmericaThe Case of Santiago In the 1970s and following on from the deposition of Salvador Allende the Chilean dictatorship of Augusto Pinochet installed a radical political and economic system by force which lent heavy privilege to free market capitalism reduced the power of the state to its minimum and actively suppressed civil society. Chicago economist Milton Friedman was heavily involved in developing this model and it would be hard to think of a clearer case where ideology has shaped a country over such a long period. That ideology is still very much with us today and has come to be defined as neoliberalism. This book charts the process as it developed in the Chilean capital Santiago and involves a series of case studies and reflections on the city as a neoliberal construct. The variegated technocratic and post-authoritarian aspects of the neoliberal turn in Chile serve as a cultural and political milieu. Through the work of urban scholars architects activists and artists a cacophony of voices assemble to illustrate the existing neoliberal urbanism of Santiago and its irreducible tension between polis and civitas in the specific context of omnipresent neoliberalism. Chapters explore multiple aspects of the neoliberal delirium of Santiago: observing the antagonists of this scheme; reviewing the insurgent emergence of alternative and contested practices; and suggesting ways forward in a potential post-neoliberal city.Refusing an essentialist call Neoliberalism and Urban Development in Latin America offers an alternative understanding of the urban conditions of Santiago. It will be essential reading to students of urban development neoliberalism and urban theory and well as architects urban planners geographers anthropologists economists philosophers and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875817

Neoliberalism RevisitedEconomic Restructuring And Mexico's Political Future Having unilaterally opened its borders to international competition and foreign investment in the mid-1980s Mexico has become one of the world's leading proponents of economic liberalization. Nevertheless as the recent uprising of native peoples in Chiapas has made clear economic reforms are not universally welcomed.This book addresses the chall Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320003

Neoliberalisms in British Politics Taking a chronological approach this book challenges established economistic and ideologistic narratives of neoliberalism in Britain by charting the gradual diffusion of an increasingly interventionist neoliberal governmental rationality in British politics since the late 1970s and the various means by which the project has furnished itself with a hegemonic basis for its popular support.Spanning five decades of British political history and drawing on rich empirical evidence to bring conceptual clarity to and chart the effects of a style of government bound up with a host of epochal changes it concludes by considering Brexit and the rise of Corbynism as the final act in the neoliberal saga. It then poses the question Is British politics on the verge of a major reconstruction representing a decisive rejection of neoliberalism?This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of British politics and neoliberalism liberalism and more broadly to political theory political economy and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733445

NeoliberalismThe Key Concepts Neoliberalism: The Key Concepts provides a critical guide to a vocabulary that has become globally dominant over the past forty years. The language of neoliberalism both constructs and expresses a particular vision of economics politics and everyday life. Some find this vision to be appealing but many others find the contents and implications of neoliberalism to be alarming. Despite the popularity of these concepts they often remain confusing the product of contested histories meanings and practices. In an accessible way this interdisciplinary resource explores and dissects key terms such as: Capitalism Choice Competition Entrepreneurship Finance Flexibility Freedom Governance Market Reform Stakeholder State Complete with an introductory essay cross-referencing and an extensive bibliography this book provides a unique and insightful introduction to the study of neoliberalism in all its forms and disguises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415837545

Neoliberalizing the University: Implications for American Democracy This collection brings together essays to address the crisis of Higher Education today focusing on its neoliberalization. Higher Education has been under assault for several decades as neoliberalism’s preference for market-based reforms sweeps across the US political economy. The recent push for neoliberalizing the academy comes at a time when it is ripe for change especially as it continues to confront growing financial pressure particularly in the public sector. The resulting cutbacks in public funding especially to state universities led to a variety of debilitating changes: increases in tuition growing student debt more students combining working and schooling declining graduation rates for minorities and low-income students increased reliance on adjuncts and temporary faculty and most recently growing interest in mass processing of students via online instruction. While many serious questions arise once we begin to examine what is happening in higher education today one particularly critical question concerns the implications of these changes on the relationship of education to as yet still unrealized democratic ideals. The 12 essays collected in this volume create important resources for students faculty citizens and policymakers who want to find ways to address contemporary threats to the higher education-democracy connection. This book was originally published as a special issue of New Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309418

Neolithic This excellent introductory textbook describes and explains the origins of modern culture– the dawn of agriculture in the Neolithic area. Written in an easy-to-read style this lively and engaging book familiarises the reader with essential archaeological and genetic terms and concepts explores the latest evidence from scientific analyses as varied as deep sea coring pollen identification radiometric dating and DNA research condensing them into an up-to-date academic account specifically written to be clear even the novice reader. Focusing primarily on sites in southwest Asia Neolithic addresses questions such as: Which plants and animals were the first to be domesticated and how? How did life change when people began farming? What were the first villages like? What do we know about the social political and religious life of these newly founded societies? What happened to human health as a result of the Neolithic Revolution? Lavishly illustrated with almost a hundred images this enjoyable book is an ideal introduction both for students of archaeology and for general readers interested in our past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203015322

Neolithic BritainNew Stone Age sites of England Scotland and Wales The climax of the Stone Age in Britain the Neolithic period (4700-2000BC) was a period of startling achievement. The British Isles are rich in Neolithic sites which give us evidence of a complex and surprisingly developed archaic society. The author surveys 1100 secular and ceremonial sites in Britain selecting some for detailed explanation; from these a sense of the diversity and dynamism of the living Neolithic communities emerges. He presents a comprehensive profusely illustrated and up-to-date view of the Neolithic organised by county. Archaeologists and prehistorians will find this book of interest and it should prove indispensable to students of archaeology as a source of information about the British Neolithic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817128

Neon MetropolisHow Las Vegas Started the Twenty-First Century First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865713

Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing Thoroughly revised and updated this new edition of Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing is a comprehensive evidence-based text for nurses and allied health professionals caring for sick newborn infants. This user-friendly text focuses on the common problems and related care occurring within the neonatal specialty. All previous chapters have been thoroughly updated and new content includes chapters on for example organisation of neonatal care assessment of the neonate the premature and low birth weight neonate as well as palliative care. In addition the book now includes a broad and in-depth web-based companion comprising online resources case studies with answer guides and learning activities. This accessible and interactive approach enables nurses to recognise rationalise and understand clinical problems using an evidence-based approach. Divided into four parts the book provides an overview of neonatal care and a detailed look at the physical and emotional wellbeing of neonate and family a range of clinical aspects of neonatal care and key practices and procedures. Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing will be essential reading for both new and experienced nurses allied health professionals and students learning about neonatal care including those undertaking qualifications in the neonatal specialism and pre-registration students taking relevant modules or placements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556843

Neopatrimonialism in Africa and Beyond Neopatrimonialism a system whereby rulers use state resources for personal benefit and to secure the loyalty of clients in the general population is central to any teaching or conceptualisation of contemporary African politics. This book is a theoretical and comparative study of neopatrimonialism in Africa and across world regions. Although such practices are widespread in other parts of the world the African neopatrimonial state has also become a global prototype of the anti-developmental state. This volume calls for a reappraisal of the genesis and interpretations of the concepts of patrimonialism and neopatrimonialism. Expert contributors consider recent debates in Africa through the study of democracy clientelism the ‘big man’ syndrome (Kenya) the rise of ‘godfatherism’ (Nigeria) ‘warlordism’ (Liberia) and the neopatrimonial state on a day to day basis (Niger). They discuss patrimonialism and neopatrimonialism from Latin America to Europe Central Asia and Asia-Pacific to weave a comparative analysis of the interplay between public policies and private interest. Neopatrimonialism in Africa and Beyond is an important and timely volume that will be of interest to students and scholars of international politics African studies sociology and international development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640107

Neo-Piagetian Theories of Cognitive DevelopmentImplications and Applications for Education Piagetian theory was once considered able to describe the structure and development of human thought. As a result it generated an enthusiasm that it could direct education to develop new teaching methods particularly in science and mathematics. However disillusionment with Piagetian theory came rather quickly because many of its structural and developmental assumptions appeared incongruent with empirical evidence. In recent years several neo-Piagetian theories have been proposed which try to preserve the strengths of Piaget’s theory while eliminating its weaknesses. At the same time several other models have been advanced originating from different epistemological traditions such as cognitive/differential psychology or socio-historical approaches. Originally published in 1992 this title was unique in representing most of these theories and traditions. Specifically the authors focus their work on the educational implications of their research. The chapters are organised in three parts: the first part presents some widely known models of cognitive development and discusses their implications for different aspects of education; the second part is devoted to learning and cognitive acceleration; while part three highlights teaching methods that would improve the acquisition of particular skills in specific areas. Written by an eminent group of truly international contributors this title will still be useful to students and researchers in cognitive development and education as well as educational policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191624

Neoplasms of the Colon Rectum and Anus Colorectal cancer is the second-leading cause of cancer-related death in the Western World. This Second Edition analyzes the genetics mechanisms and development of colorectal carcinoma and supplies the latest research and recommendations on the detection treatment and prevention of malignancies of the colon rectum and anus. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453152

Neoplatonism Although Neoplatonism has long been studied by classicists until recently most philosophers saw the ideas of Plotinus et al as a lot of religious/magical mumbo-jumbo. Recent work however has provided a new perspective on the philosophical issues in Neoplatonism and Pauliina Remes new introduction to the subject is the first to take account of this fresh research and provides a reassessment of Neoplatonism's philosophical credentials. Covering the Neoplatonic movement from its founder Plotinus (AD 204-70) to the closure of Plato's Academy in AD 529 Remes explores the ideas of leading Neoplatonists such as Porphyry lamblichus Proclus Simplicius and Damascius as well as less well-known thinkers. Situating their ideas alongside classical Platonism Stoicism and the neo-Pythagoreans as well as other intellectual movements of the time such as Gnosticism Judaism and Christianity Remes provides a valuable survey for the beginning student and non-specialist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711751

Neopragmatism and Theological Reason Neopragmatism and Theological Reason examines the recent explosion of interest in pragmatism. Part I traces the source of classical pragmatism's distinctive thought to Peirce James and Dewey - specifically to their shared theological understanding inherited from Emerson's Transcendentalism and British Romanticism. Part II reconstructs this rationality for postmodernity showing how neopragmatism properly understood is theological reason. Kimura discusses the return of religious themes in philosophers like Putnam Cavell and Rorty and critiques the neopragmatic theologies of West McFague and Kaufman. Neopragmatism and Theological Reason explores pragmatic themes across philosophy theology and literary theory arguing that neopragmatism must acknowledge its theological sources and then reconstruct its rationality to the religious context of modernity/postmodernity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248189

Neorealism Versus Strategic Culture The debate between Neorealists and Strategic Culturalists centres on whether it is possible to explain/predict state behaviour without taking into account the particular characteristics of the state such as its historical experiences geographical context and cultural constitution. This informative debate is encapsulated in the first section of the book which considers the theoretical issues raised by both Neorealism and Strategic Culture. These issues are then explored in the second section by assessing their relevance to six country case studies: Australia Germany India Japan Nigeria and Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623682

Neo-sectarianism and Rainbow CoalitionsYouth and the Drama of Immigration in Contemporary Sweden First published in 1997 this book examines the issue of racist and antiracist movements which are increasingly taking the stage in contemporary European societies in the face of a rapidly changing cultural landscape. The drama of immigration has been enacted by these movements with heightened intensity since the 1908s and in particular the struggle is engaging the youth of Europe. In this book the author discusses the two sides of the antiracist movement in Sweden on the one hand the explosive sociality of the confrontation a phenomenon she designates as neo-sectarianism and on the other hand the ephemeral sociality of ‘rainbow coalitions’ of non-confrontation In focus is the participation of young people in the antiracist movement. It is an attempt by young people to not merely respond to perceived social changes and problems within society but to actively participate in and shape society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333659

Neosporosis in Animals Key features:Written by the scientist who named this parasite and was the first to set up proper diagnostic techniquesServes as the first ever book to provide information on the parasite structure biology pathogenesis clinical signs epidemiology prevention and control of neosporosisCovers both approaches toward preventing & controlling this disease: Developing an efficacious vaccine and sound cattle management practicesContains a wealth of illustrations including many of the author's original photographs of the parasiteProvides basic information on immunologic and molecular aspects of the disease Abortion is a worldwide problem in the livestock industry accounting for annual economic losses of billions of dollars and N. caninum is a major cause of it. Neosporosis is a newly recognized disease of animals. Until 1988 it was misdiagnosed as toxoplasmosis. Considerable progress in understanding the biology of neosporosis has been made in the last 30 years resulting in more than 2 000 scientific publications. The economic importance of abortion in cattle and the availability of knowledge reagents and technology used to study toxoplasmosis have contributed to the rapid progress in understanding the biology of neosporosis. Written by pioneers in this field Neosporosis in Animals presents a comprehensive summary of the biology of neosporosis starting with chapter 1 on the historical background of the discovery of the disease. Subsequent chapters deal with general aspects of the biology of N. caninum (chapter 2) techniques (chapter 3) and the disease caused by this parasite in cattle (chapter 4) dogs (chapter 5) and all other animals including sheep pigs primates and humans (chapters 6-18). This book provides for the first time in a single authoritative source a complete account of the structure biology clinical disease diagnosis epidemiology treatment attempts at immunoprophylaxis and control in all hosts. There are 175 illustrations and tables devoted to the life cycle structure of parasitic stages and lesions. More than 2100 references are cited allowing the reader to locate additional information on specific topics in an efficient way. This book will be useful to a broad range of researchers in biology and veterinarians. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573706

Neotropical BiogeographyRegionalization and Evolution Neotropical Biogeography: Regionalization and Evolution presents the most comprehensive single-source treatment of the Neotropical region derived from evolutionary biogeographic studies. The book provides a biogeographic regionalization based on distributional patterns of plant and animal taxa discusses biotic relationships drawn from track and cladistic biogeographic analyses and identifies cenocrons (subsets of taxa within biotas identified by their common origin and evolutionary history). It includes maps area cladograms and vegetation profiles. The aim of this reference is to provide a biogeographic regionalization that can be used by graduate students researchers and other professionals concerned with understanding and describing distributional patterns of plants and animals in the Neotropical region. It covers the 53 biogeographic provinces of the Neotropical region that are classified into the Antillean Brazilian and Chacoan subregions and the Mexican and South American transition zones. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032484

Neotropical Savannas and Seasonally Dry ForestsPlant Diversity Biogeography and Conservation More often than not when people think of a neotropical forest what comes to mind is a rain forest rather than a dry forest. Just as typically when they imagine a savanna they visualize the African plains rather than those dry woodlands and grasslands found in the Neotropics. These same preconceptions can be found among scientists as these neotropical biomes receive nowhere near the attention they should - in terms of both research and conservation -considering the amount of land they encompass and the diversity of vegetation they contain. Neotropical Savannas and Dry Forests: Plant Diversity Biogeography and Conservation provides an engaging synthesis of information on the plant diversity and geography as well as the conservation status of these species-rich areas. This impressive compilation is the result of a plant diversity symposium that took place during an international conference on tropical savannas and seasonally dry forests held in 2003. Fifty leading scientists representing a variety of disciplines have contributed to the chapters of this book in an effort to address three questions: What are the patterns of diversity species-richness and endemism of the floras of neotropical seasonally dry forest and savannas?How and why did this endemism and diversity arise?Are these ecosystems adequately protected and if not which areas should be elevated into priorities for conservation and how can this be best achieved?This work is the first extensive compilation of the patterns of plant biodiversity in these neotropical ecosystems. The overview also provides a summary of what is known of their evolutionary history including an examination of the links to the development of analogous vegetation in Africa. In contrast to previously published titles that emphasize ecology and physiology this work focuses on plant biodiversity and reviews molecular phylogenetic and molecular population genetic approache Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453589

Neo-Victorian Literature and CultureImmersions and Revisitations This book provides a comprehensive reflection of the processes of canonization (un)pleasurable consumption and the emerging predominance of topics and theoretical concerns in neo-Victorianism. The repetitions and reiterations of the Victorian in contemporary culture document an unbroken fascination with the histories technologies and achievements as well as the injustices and atrocities of the nineteenth century. They also reveal that in many ways contemporary identities are constructed through a Victorian mirror image fabricated by the desires imaginings and critical interests of the present. Providing analyses of current negotiations of nineteenth-century texts discourses and traumas this volume explores the contemporary commodification and nostalgic recreation of the past. It brings together critical perspectives of experts in the fields of Victorian literature and culture contemporary literature and neo-Victorianism with contributions by leading scholars in the field including Rosario Arias Cora Kaplan Elizabeth Ho Marie-Luise Kohlke and Sally Shuttleworth. Neo-Victorian Literature and Culture interrogates current fashions in neo-Victorianism and their ideological leanings  the resurrection of cultural icons and the reasons behind our relationship with and immersion in Victorian culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708302

NEPA and Environmental PlanningTools Techniques and Approaches for Practitioners “… the most comprehensive book on NEPA and impact assessment to date….provides practical guidance for navigating the complexities of NEPA environmental planning; readers are provided with a single guide describing modern tools techniques and approaches for streamlining project implementation.” Dr. Lynton K. Caldwell “The Father of NEPA” (Endorsement prepared for draft text before he passed away) The U.S. National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 established the world’s first modern national environmental policy. All federal agencies must comply with NEPA’s sweeping mandate to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) evaluating impacts and alternatives of significant federal actions. More than 100 countries have now enacted similar policies emulating NEPA. Written by a leading NEPA expert this all-inclusive handbook: ·         Incorporates a step-by-by step approach advancing the reader from NEPA’s basic principles through advanced topics of interest to seasoned professionals ·         Describes environmental planning and EIA from both American and international perspectives ·         Integrates best professional practices from hundreds of sources papers and guidance directives ·         Demonstrates state-of-the-art tools techniques and approaches for solving problems that have hindered NEPA and environmental planning practices. NEPA and Environmental Planning: Tools Techniques and Approaches for Practitioners is an indispensable resource for professionals in government consulting planning science and engineering as well as students in undergraduate and graduate programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577520

NEPA in the CourtsA Legal Analysis of the National Environmental Policy Act This book examines the courts' interpretation of NEPA in its first three years defeats and successes of citizens' actions in key cases and implication of court rulings for the act's future effectiveness. Originally published in 1973 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064499

Nepal and the Geo-Strategic Rivalry between China and India The importance of the Himalayan state of Nepal has been obscured by the international campaign to free Tibet and the vicissitudes of the Sino-Indian rivalry. This book presents the history of Nepal’s domestic politics and foreign relations from ancient to modern times. Analysing newly declassified reports from the United States and Britain published memoirs oral recollections and interviews the book presents the historical interactions between Nepal China Tibet and India. It discusses how the ageing and inevitable death of the 14th Dalai Lama the radicalization of Tibetan diaspora and the ascendancy of the international campaign to free Tibet are of increasing importance to Nepal. With its position between China and India the book notes how the focus could shift to Nepal with it being home to some 20 000 Tibetan refugees and its chronic political turmoil deepened by the Asian giants’ rivalry. Using a chronological approach the past and present of the rivalry between China and India are studied and attempts to chart the future are made. The book contributes to a new understanding of the intricate relationship of Nepal with these neighbouring countries and is of interest to students and scholars of South Asian studies politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119345

Nepali Diaspora in a Globalised Era This is one of the first books to explore Nepali diaspora in a global context across India and other parts of South Asia Southeast Asia Europe and Australia. It discusses the social political and economic status and aspirations of the Nepali community worldwide. The essays in the volume cover a range of themes including belonging and identity politics among Nepalese migrants representation of Indian Nepalis in literature diasporic consciousness forceful eviction and displacement social movements and ritual practices among migrant communities. Drawing attention to the lives of Nepali emigrants the volume presents a sensitive and balanced understanding of their options and constraints and their ambivalences about who they are. This work will be invaluable to scholars and students of Nepal studies area studies diaspora and migration studies social anthropology cultural studies and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815392958

Nephron-Sparing Surgery Despite the rising popularity of the minimally invasive laparoscopic option open nephron-sparing surgery is still seen by many experts as the 'gold standard' for open surgery for kidney tumors and should remain the first choice for many patients. This challenges the idea that less-invasive therapies are always more desirable than open surgery. While laparoscopic nephron-sparing surgery may be a more attractive option for treating small easily accessible kidney tumors for large tumors this is not always the case. Nephron-sparing surgery is a outstanding text that analyses all forms of surgery open or laparoscopic as well as providing a backdrop on renal cell carcinoma in general and the complications and outcomes following surgery that both surgeon and patient will face. Featuring 100 colour photos the text includes chapters on:Imaging renal masses: current statusOpen nephron-sparing surgery for renal cell carcinomaMinimally invasive approaches for renal cell carcinoma: an overviewLaparoscopic partial nephrectomyControversies in nephron-sparing surgeryRenal cell carcinoma: long-term outcome following nephron-sparing surgeryDr Sasidharan and Professor Soloway have created a superb text covering all aspects of nephron-sparing surgery that should provide excellent guidance for all those who are just beginning to perform nephron-sparing surgery or act as an aide-memoire for those familiar with nephron-sparing surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446185

Nepotism in Organizations There is a huge elephant in the room: organizational decisions are often based on family relationships rather than on the ‘rational’ approach advocated by many professionals. Textbooks on Human Resources Management Organizational Behavior Economics Public Administration and a host of related areas seem to have entirely missed this important aspect of organizational decision making. This book seeks to change all of this. By clearly identifying and defining nepotism in organizations this book pulls back the curtain on the primary basis for many of the important things that really happen in organizations large and small. The authors skillfully weave examples of nepotism in real organizations with the usual scholarly textbook topics (hiring leadership employment law career search culture etc.) in a way that defines an entire new field of quantitative organizational research. This new book in SIOP's Organizational Frontiers series represents the first time IO psychologists have looked at the important subject of nepotism in organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390831

Nero The reign of Nero is often judged to be the embodiment of the extravagance and the corruption that have for many come to symbolise ancient Rome. David Shotter provides a reassessment of this view in this accessible introduction to Nero emperor of Rome from 54 to 68 AD. All the major issues are discussed including: • Nero’s early life and accession to power• Nero’s perception of himself• Nero’s domestic and international policies• the reasons for Nero’s fall from power and its aftermath. This new edition has been revised throughout to take account of recent research in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203022986

Nero Caesar AugustusEmperor of Rome Propelled to power by the age of 17 by an ambitious mother self-indulgent to the point of criminality inadequate paranoid and the perpetrator of heinous crimes including matricide and fratricide and deposed and killed by 31 Nero is one of Rome’s most infamous Emperors. But has history treated him fairly? Or is the popular view of Nero as a capricious and depraved individual a travesty of the truth and a gross injustice to Rome's fifth emperor? This new biography will look at Nero’s life with fresh eyes. While showing the man 'warts and all' it also caste a critical eye on the 'libels' which were perpetrated on him such as claiming he was a madman many of which were most probably made up to suit the needs of the Flavians who had overthrown his dynasty.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140158

NeroThe End of a Dynasty Nero's personality and crimes have always intrigued historians and writers of fiction. However his reign also illuminates the nature of the Julio-Claudian Principate. Nero's suicide brought to an end the dynasty Augustus had founded and placed in jeopardy the political system he had devised.Miriam T. Griffin's authoratitive survey of Nero's reign incorporates both a chronological account as well as an analysis of the reasons for Nero's collapse under the pressure of his role as emperor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139152

Nerve-Muscle Cell Trophic Communication First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide to the relationship between nerve endings and muscles and the ways in which they communicate. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244422

Nervous BreakdownIts Cause and Cure Originally published in 1934 excerpts from the original preface read: "A Nervous breakdown is a terrifying experience. When it occurs the patient his family and often his friends are panic-stricken. No one knows just what to do with the patient and the patient is incapable of helping himself. … What should be done? If you think you have a nervous breakdown it is your first duty to consult a competent and reputable physician preferably your family doctor and get a thorough and complete physical examination. If you cannot find any evidence of physical or organic disease ask your doctor to recommend a reputable psychiatrist or medical psychologist. …This is a compact manual of help and self-help." Today this book can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930780

Nervous Disease in Late Eighteenth-Century BritainThe Reality of a Fashionable Disorder This study based on extensive use of eighteenth-century newspapers hospital registers and case notes examines the experience of suffering from nervous disease – a supposedly upper-class malady. Beatty concludes that ‘nervousness’ was a legitimate medical diagnosis with a firm basis in eighteenth-century medical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664609

Nervous Disorders And CharacterA Study in Pastoral Psychology and Psychotherapy First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875333

Nervous Disorders and ReligionA Study of Souls in the Making Originally published in 1951 this title is a study in developmental psychology with special reference to the effect of various types of religion on mental health and religious experience. With instinct as a ‘disappearing category’ in the psychology of human nature a new approach to the realization of a harmonious interior life has been made using a doctrine of biological and personality needs as a starting point. Human nature is acquired and is not a static datum. The interior conflicts the development of conscience and the origin of guilt feeling the morbid complexes and the character-trends resulting from these conflicts with their sense of guilt are all studied. A long chapter on the various methods of mental healing through the doctrines of psycho-somatic medicine with a new approach to Spiritual Healing in particular prepares the way for the final chapter on the types of religion which originate or accentuate psychological conflicts and the kind of religion which leads to a basic sense of security and harmonious personality. The illustrations are nearly all taken from Dr McKenzie’s own thirty years’ experience of dealing with neurotic disorders. This volume contains the substance (greatly expanded) of the Tate lectures delivered in Manchester College Oxford in 1947 and repeated at the St Andrews Summer School of Theology in1948 and at Iona Community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675582

Nervous Disorders of MenThe Modern Psychological Conception of their Causes Effects and Rational Treatment Born in Vienna in 1864 Bernard Hollander was a London-based psychiatrist in the early twentieth century. He is best known for being one of the main proponents of the interest in phrenology at that time. This title originally published in 1916 looks at ‘the numerous nervous illnesses of men in which the mental factor plays a large part and which are known as functional disorders to distinguish them from organic diseases’. He looks at the role of psychotherapy as an emerging treatment for these disorders. There is also a companion volume which looks at the Nervous Disorders of Women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807150

Nervous Disorders of WomenThe Modern Psychological Conception of their Causes Effects and Rational Treatment Born in Vienna in 1864 Bernard Hollander was a London-based psychiatrist in the early twentieth century. He is best known for being one of the main proponents of the interest in phrenology at that time. This title originally published in 1916 looks at ‘the numerous nervous illnesses of women in which the mental factor plays a large part and which are known as functional disorders as distinguished from organic diseases’. He looks at the role of psychotherapy as an emerging treatment for these disorders. There is also a companion volume which looks at the Nervous Disorders of Men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812314

Nervous Laughter Organisational Development in Healthcare introduces the practical ways in which change in health services can be promoted. It includes descriptions of all of the most important approaches to change currently being used in the NHS discussion of when they work best and details of the evidence of their impact. 'The interest in organisational development reflects a growing realisation that many of our previous managerial methods are inappropriate and that a new set of techniques and approaches are required. As this book points out creating a new set of jargon techniques and alchemy will surely mean that organisational development is as divorced from what clinicians do patients experience and the public expects as previous reform programmes. Change ideas such as case management for long term conditions that should directly appeal to what clinicians want to achieve could become yet another project done by management that will pass when the enthusiasm wanes and which totally alienates those it should most appeal to. This book provides a key guide to leaders trying to engage their staff in changing their organisations by bringing together theory and experience. This is important as too often theory is neglected and there is inadequate reflection on experience' Nigel Edwards in his Foreword 'An invaluable addition to every practising health manager's bookshelf. I hope you gain a great deal from reading this book and I hope it helps in the efforts that are underway to transform our National Health Service.' David Fillingham in his Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379319

Nested algorithms for optimal reservoir operation and their embedding in a decision support platform Reservoir operation is a multi-objective optimization problem and is traditionally solved with dynamic programming (DP) and stochastic dynamic programming (SDP) algorithms. The thesis presents novel algorithms for optimal reservoir operation named nested DP (nDP) nested SDP (nSDP) nested reinforcement learning (nRL) and their multi-objective (MO) variants correspondingly MOnDP MOnSDP and MOnRL. The idea is to include a nested optimization algorithm into each state transition which reduces the initial problem dimension and alleviates the curse of dimensionality. These algorithms can solve multi-objective optimization problems without significantly increasing the algorithm complexity or the computational expenses. It can additionally handle dense and irregular variable discretization. All algorithms are coded in Java and were tested on the case study of the Knezevo reservoir in the Republic of Macedonia. Nested optimization algorithms are embedded in a cloud application platform for water resources modeling and optimization. The platform is available 24/7 accessible from everywhere scalable distributed interoperable and it creates a real-time multiuser collaboration platform.This thesis contributes with new and more powerful algorithms for an optimal reservoir operation and cloud application platform. All source codes are available for public use and can be used by researchers and practitioners to further advance the mentioned areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029828

NestorPoetic Memory in Greek Epic First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976962

Net Present Value and Risk Modelling for Projects The Net Present Value (NPV) forecast lies at the heart of the business case on many projects. Martin Hopkinson's guide explains when why and how NPV models should be built for projects and how this approach can be integrated with the risk management process. NPV models tend to be used during the earliest phases of a project as the business case is being developed. Typically these are the stages when uncertainty is at its highest and when the opportunities to influence the project's plan are at their greatest. This book shows how project financial forecasting and risk management principles can be used to both improve NPV forecasts and to shape the project solution into one that is risk-robust. The text is sufficiently broad to be practicable for first-time users to employ the methods described. But it also contains insights into the process that are likely to be new to the majority of experienced practitioners. All users should find that the models used in this book will help to provide useful templates for exploiting the techniques that are used. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472457967

Net Work Patti Anklam provides a guide for leaders and participants to work within and lead purposeful social networks �in the world.� Awareness of �networks� and �networked organizations� has reached the mainstream of the business publishing world as evidenced in the increasing number of articles in such publications as the Harvard Business Review and the Sloan Management Review. Many graduate business school programs now teach social network analysis and network theory. Networks exist outside of corporations as well � everyone participates in multiple networks including the informal family community work and their purely social networks of friends. Formal networks include civic organizations like Rotary International alumni groups and business and professional groups. The latter have all evolved distinct governance models norms for joining and participating legacy databases membership rolls and very public identities. There is yet another class of network that is not yet well defined and for which the norms and governance models are emerging--networks such as inter-company and intra-company learning and collaboration networks; independent consultants who share common interests and passions who want to remain independent but work collaboratively and consistently with like-minded others. They can be geographically local business networks; web-based virtual learning groups and communities; or global action networks destined to make the world a better place. The purpose of this book is to provide a taxonomy and guidebook to these �emergent� networks with a specific focus on helping leaders and participants to create and sustain successful networks. It will address the need for articulating a governance model and norms selecting and using appropriate tools and expectations for how the network will grow and change over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435322

Net WorksCase Studies in Web Art and Design Net Works offers an inside look into the process of successfully developing thoughtful innovative digital media. In many practice-based art texts and classrooms technology is divorced from the socio-political concerns of those using it. Although there are many resources for media theorists practice-based students sometimes find it difficult to engage with a text that fails to relate theoretical concerns to the act of creating. Net Works strives to fill that gap. Using websites as case studies each chapter introduces a different style of web project--from formalist play to social activism to data visualization--and then includes the artists' or entrepreneurs' reflections on the particular challenges and outcomes of developing that web project. Scholarly introductions to each section apply a theoretical frame for the projects. A companion website offers further resources for hands-on learning. Combining practical skills for web authoring with critical perspectives on the web Net Works is ideal for courses in new media design art communication critical studies media and technology or popular digital/internet culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415882224

Net Zero Energy BuildingPredicted and Unintended Consequences What do we mean by net zero energy? Zero operating energy? Zero energy costs? Zero emissions? There is no one answer: approaches to net zero building vary widely across the globe and are influenced by different environmental and cultural contexts. Net Zero Energy Building: Predicted and Unintended Consequences presents a comprehensive overview of variations in 'net zero' building practices. Drawing on examples from countries such as the United States United Kingdom Germany Japan Hong Kong and China Ming Hu examines diverse approaches to net zero and reveals their intended and unintended consequences.  Existing approaches often focus on operating energy: how to make buildings more efficient by reducing the energy consumed by climate control lighting and appliances. Hu goes beyond this by analyzing overall energy consumption and environmental impact across the entire life cycle of a building—ranging from the manufacture of building materials to transportation renovation and demolition. Is net zero building still achievable once we look at these factors? With clear implications for future practice this is key reading for professionals in building design architecture and construction as well as students on sustainable and green architecture courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367802

Net Zero Energy BuildingsCase Studies and Lessons Learned This book presents 18 in-depth case studies of net zero energy buildings—low-energy building that generate as much energy as they consume over the course of a year—for a range of project types sizes and U.S. climate zones. Each case study describes the owner’s goals the design and construction process design strategies measurement and verification activities and results and project costs. With a year or more of post-occupancy performance data and other project information as well as lessons learned by project owners and developers architects engineers energy modelers constructors and operators each case study answers the questions: What were the challenges to achieving net zero energy performance and how were these challenges overcome? How would stakeholders address these issues on future projects? Are the occupants satisfied with the building? Do they find it comfortable? Is it easy to operate? How can other projects benefit from the lessons learned on each project? What would the owners designers and constructors do differently knowing what they know now? A final chapter aggregates processes to engage in and pitfalls to avoid when approaching the challenges peculiar to designing constructing and owning a net zero energy building. By providing a wealth of comparable information this book which will flatten the learning curve for designing constructing and owning this emerging building type and improve the effectiveness of architectural design and construction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781238

Netanyahu and Likud’s LeadersThe Israeli Princes This research discusses the second-generation Likud leaders known as the Princes who have dominated Israeli politics for most of the last three decades: their relations with their parents and the extent to which they have followed in (or diverged from) their footsteps. The main theme seeks to explore the unique perhaps unprecedented socio-political phenomenon of generational duplication in a western-type democracy. This volume examines the ways and means through which the disciples of Zionist leader Ze'ev Jabotinsky managed not only to maintain lasting control of their mentor's creation â€“ to transform after Israel's establishment from a small opposition party into the country's dominant and ruling party – but also hand down this political pre-eminence to their descendants. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is the son of Ben-Zion Netanyahu "foreign minister" of Jabotinsky's movement. President Reuven Rivlin is the son of resistance warrior Rachel Rivlin. MP Benny Begin is the son of Menachem Begin. Former Prime Minister Ehud Olmert Tzipi Livni and many others were also part of those "Princes". A breakthrough in the world’s inter-generational research the book is for readers interested in political science sociology and the politics of Israel and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133689

Netcentric System of Systems Engineering with DEVS Unified Process In areas such as military security aerospace and disaster management the need for performance optimization and interoperability among heterogeneous systems is increasingly important. Model-driven engineering a paradigm in which the model becomes the actual software offers a promising approach toward systems of systems (SoS) engineering. However model-driven engineering has largely been unachieved in complex dynamical systems and netcentric SoS partly because modeling and simulation (M&S) frameworks are stove-piped and not designed for SoS composability. Addressing this gap Netcentric System of Systems Engineering with DEVS Unified Process presents a methodology for realizing the model-driven engineering vision and netcentric SoS using DEVS Unified Process (DUNIP). The authors draw on their experience with Discrete Event Systems Specification (DEVS) formalism System Entity Structure (SES) theory and applying model-driven engineering in the context of a netcentric SoS. They describe formal model-driven engineering methods for netcentric M&S using standards-based approaches to develop and test complex dynamic models with DUNIP. The book is organized into five sections: Section I introduces undergraduate students and novices to the world of DEVS. It covers systems and SoS M&S as well as DEVS formalism software modeling language and DUNIP. It also assesses DUNIP with the requirements of the Department of Defense’s (DoD) Open Unified Technical Framework (OpenUTF) for netcentric Test and Evaluation (T&E). Section II delves into M&S-based systems engineering for graduate students advanced practitioners and industry professionals. It provides methodologies to apply M&S principles to SoS design and reviews the development of executable architectures based on a framework such as the Department of Defense Architecture Framework (DoDAF). It also describes an approach for building netcentric knowledge-based contingency-driven systems. Section III guides graduate students advanced DEVS users and industry professionals who are interested in building DEVS virtual machines and netcentric SoS. It discusses modeling standardization the deployment of models and simulators in a netcentric environment event-driven architectures and more. Section IV explores real-world case studies that realize many of the concepts defined in the previous chapters. Section V outlines the next steps and looks at how the modeling of netcentric complex adaptive systems can be attempted using DEVS concepts. It touches on the boundaries of DEVS formalism and the future work needed to utilize advanced concepts like weak and strong emergence self-organization scale-free systems run-time modularity and event interoperability. This groundbreaking work details how DUNIP offers a well-structured platform-independent methodology for the modeling and simulation of netcentric system of systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076594

Netnography UnlimitedUnderstanding Technoculture using Qualitative Social Media Research Netnography has become an essential tool for qualitative research in the dynamic complex and conflicted worlds of contemporary technoculture.  Shaped by academic fields industries national contexts technologies and platforms and languages and cultures for over two decades netnography has impacted the research practices of scholars around the world.  In this volume  34 researchers present 19 chapters that examine how they have adapted netnography and what those changes can teach us. Positioned for students and researchers in academic and professional fields this book examines how we can better use netnographic research to understand the many ways networked technologies affect every element of contemporary business life and consumer existence.  Netnography Unlimited provides an unprecedented new look at netnography. From COVID-19 to influencer empathy gambling and the Dark Web to public relations and the military AI and more-than-human netnography to video-streaming and auto-netnography there has never been a wider or deeper treatment of technocultural netnographic research in one volume. Readers will learn what kind of work they can do with netnography and gain an up-to-date understanding of the most pressing issues and opportunities. This book is a must-read for those interested in technology research methods and contemporary culture.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425654

Net-Positive Design and Sustainable Urban Development ‘Sustainable’ urban planning policy and design professes to solve sustainability problems but often depletes and degrades ever more resources and ecosystems and concentrates wealth and concretize social disparities. Positive Development theory holds that development could create more net ecological and social gains than no construction at all. It explains how existing conceptual physical and institutional structures are inherently biased against the preservation and expansion of social and natural life-support systems and proposes explicit reforms to planning design and decision making that would enable development to increase future options and social and natural life-support systems â€“ in absolute terms. Net-Positive Design and Sustainable Urban Development is aimed at students academics professionals and sustainability advocates who wonder why existing approaches have been ineffective. It explains how to reform the anti-ecological biases in our current frameworks of environmental governance planning decision making and design â€“ and suggests how to make these changes. Cities can increase both the ‘public estate’ (reduce social stratification inequity and other causes of conflict increase environmental quality wellbeing and access to basic needs etc.); and the ‘ecological base’ (sequester more carbon and produce more energy than used during construction and operation increase ecological space to support ecological carrying capacity ecosystem functions and services restore the bioregions and wilderness etc.). No small task this new book provides academic theory and professional tools for saving the planet including a free computer app for net-positive design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258566

NetrootsOnline Progressives and the Transformation of American Politics The progressive "netroots " fueled by bloggers writing on websites like the Daily Kos and working through online organizations like MoveOn are on the verge of spearheading a revolution that may well define the coming political era. Still their purpose goals and track record remain largely misunderstood. This book provides an understanding of the loosely affiliated groups that collectively call themselves the progressive netroots: who they are what they hope to accomplish what they've done so far and how likely it is they will succeed in a plan so audacious it would result if realized in the transformation of America from a television-focused center-right nation to an Internet-focused center-left nation. Netroots weaves together a range of evidence and arguments to shatter conventional myths about this online movement. It explains why the left is better positioned than the right to take advantage of the decentralized nature of the Internet. As progressive candidates make uneven progress toward winning elections the progressive netroots are working to drive media narratives and building real and virtual communities of activists that will contribute strongly to electoral success. Netroots documents the achievements of this emerging political force through an engaging analysis told with an eye toward history and in the bloggers' own words. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633282

NetspacesSpace and Place in a Networked World The focus of this book is on understanding and explaining the way that our increasingly networked world impacts on the legibility of cities; that is how we experience and inhabit urban space. It reflects on the nature of the spatial effects of the networked and mediated world; from mobile phones and satnavs to data centres and wifi nodes and discusses how these change the very nature of urban space. It proposes that netspaces are the spaces that emerge at the interchange between the built world and the space of the network. It aims to be a timely volume for both architectural urban design and media practitioners in understanding and working with the fundamental changes in built space due to the ubiquity of networks and media. This book argues that there needs to be a much better understanding of how networks affect the way we inhabit urban space. The volume defines five characteristics of netspaces and defines in detail the way that the spatial form of the city is affected by changing practices of networked world. It draws on theoretical approaches and contextualises the discussion with empirical case studies to illustrate the changes taking place in urban space. This readable and engaging text will be a valuable resource for architects urban designers planners and sociologists for understanding how of networks and media are creating significant changes to urban space and the resulting implications for the design of cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573390

Netsukes First published in 1924 no book had ever before emerged dealing with Netsukes one of the most fascinating and interesting forms of expression of the Japanese in art. Netsukes are the exquisitely carved and infinitely varied little knobs used by the Japanese to keep from slipping all kinds of articles which are hung from girdles. For collectors who cannot afford originals in most of the arts Netsukes offer an alluring field. Here is a branch in which originals are accessible. The Netsuke is a work of art that can only exist once in this world. It is found in Japan only and like the leaves of the trees there are never two pieces of it alike. This book describes in a fascinating way whether you are a collector or the subject is new to you the use and various kinds of Netsukes the method of their carving their subjects the many extant collections their history and their mythology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606340

Network Access Regulation and Antitrust The rapid growth of network industries has generated much comment amongst academics and policy makers. This timely volume takes an interdisciplinary case study-based approach to examining network issues and experiences in order to develop recommendations that can inform antitrust regulatory and legislative policy. Legal economic political and institutional aspects of network access are analyzed. The first part of the volume focuses on five topics that are central to reasoned analysis of the access problem. The second part presents ten case studies of network access in the energy transportation telecommunications internet and banking industries. The volume concludes with comparisons and contrasts across the cases and policy recommendations. Network Access Regulation and Antitrust will prove invaluable to students of business economics law and economics and industrial economics policy makers and academics working in the field.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650397

Network and Adaptive Sampling Combining the two statistical techniques of network sampling and adaptive sampling this book illustrates the advantages of using them in tandem to effectively capture sparsely located elements in unknown pockets. It shows how network sampling is a reliable guide in capturing inaccessible entities through linked auxiliaries. The text also explores how adaptive sampling is strengthened in information content through subsidiary sampling with devices to mitigate unmanageable expanding sample sizes. Empirical data illustrates the applicability of both methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466577565

Network and Application SecurityFundamentals and Practices To deal with security issues effectively it is usually not sufficient to have knowledge of theories. Practical experience in dealing with these issues is essential. This book discusses the basic theories and also helps develop a practical outlook on the matter in a short and intriguing manner. It provides readers with basic concepts and an awareness of industry standards and best practices. It answers questions such as "How do I know which cryptographic approach to be followed?" "How do I set a firewall?" "How do I secure specific network layers or application?" "How do I fight against application level attacks?" "How should I code securely?" Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087556

Network and Data Security for Non-Engineers Learn network and data security by analyzing the Anthem breach and step-by-step how hackers gain entry place hidden software download information and hide the evidence of their entry. Understand the tools establishing persistent presence use of sites as testbeds to determine successful variations of software that elude detection and reaching out across trusted connections to the entire healthcare system of the nation. Examine the components of technology being diverted starting with application code and how to protect it with isolation approaches. Dissect forms of infections including viruses worms bots and Trojans; and encryption with RSA algorithm as the working example. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498767866

Network Anomaly DetectionA Machine Learning Perspective With the rapid rise in the ubiquity and sophistication of Internet technology and the accompanying growth in the number of network attacks network intrusion detection has become increasingly important. Anomaly-based network intrusion detection refers to finding exceptional or nonconforming patterns in network traffic data compared to normal behavior. Finding these anomalies has extensive applications in areas such as cyber security credit card and insurance fraud detection and military surveillance for enemy activities. Network Anomaly Detection: A Machine Learning Perspective presents machine learning techniques in depth to help you more effectively detect and counter network intrusion. In this book you’ll learn about: Network anomalies and vulnerabilities at various layers The pros and cons of various machine learning techniques and algorithms A taxonomy of attacks based on their characteristics and behavior Feature selection algorithms How to assess the accuracy performance completeness timeliness stability interoperability reliability and other dynamic aspects of a network anomaly detection system Practical tools for launching attacks capturing packet or flow traffic extracting features detecting attacks and evaluating detection performance Important unresolved issues and research challenges that need to be overcome to provide better protection for networks Examining numerous attacks in detail the authors look at the tools that intruders use and show how to use this knowledge to protect networks. The book also provides material for hands-on development so that you can code on a testbed to implement detection methods toward the development of your own intrusion detection system. It offers a thorough introduction to the state of the art in network anomaly detection using machine learning approaches and systems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466582088

Network ArtPractices and Positions Network Art brings an international group of leading theorists and artists together to investigate how the internet in the form of websites mailing lists installations and performance has been used by artists to develop artwork. Covering a period from the mid 1990s to the present day this fascinating text includes key texts by historians and theorists such as Charlie Gere Josephine Bosma Tilman Buarmgartel and Sarah Cook alongside descriptions of important projects by Thomson and Craighead Lisa Jevbratt and 0100101110101101.org amongst many others. Fully illustrated throughout and including many pictures of artworks never before seen in print Network Art represents one of the first substantial attempts to place major artist's writings on network art alongside those of critics curators and historians. In doing so it takes a unique approach offering the first comprehensive attempt to understand network art practice rooted in concrete descriptions of the systems and the process required to create it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315018997

Network Attacks and DefensesA Hands-on Approach The attacks on computers and business networks are growing daily and the need for security professionals who understand how malfeasants perform attacks and compromise networks is a growing requirement to counter the threat. Network security education generally lacks appropriate textbooks with detailed hands-on exercises that include both offensive and defensive techniques. Using step-by-step processes to build and generate attacks using offensive techniques Network Attacks and Defenses: A Hands-on Approach enables students to implement appropriate network security solutions within a laboratory environment.Topics covered in the labs include: Content Addressable Memory (CAM) table poisoning attacks on network switches Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache poisoning attacks The detection and prevention of abnormal ARP traffic Network traffic sniffing and the detection of Network Interface Cards (NICs) running in promiscuous mode Internet Protocol-Based Denial-of-Service (IP-based DoS) attacks Reconnaissance traffic Network traffic filtering and inspection Common mechanisms used for router security and device hardening Internet Protocol Security Virtual Private Network (IPsec VPN) security solution protocols standards types and deployments Remote Access IPsec VPN security solution architecture and its design components architecture and implementations These practical exercises go beyond theory to allow students to better anatomize and elaborate offensive and defensive techniques. Educators can use the model scenarios described in this book to design and implement innovative hands-on security exercises. Students who master the techniques in this book will be well armed to counter a broad range of network security threats. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374713

Network Centric Warfare and Coalition OperationsThe New Military Operating System This book argues that Network Centric Warfare (NCW) influences how developed militaries operate in the same fashion that an operating system influences the development of computer software. It examines three inter-related issues: the overwhelming military power of the United States; the growing influence of NCW on military thinking; and the centrality of coalition operations in modern military endeavours. Irrespective of terrorist threats and local insurgencies the present international structure is remarkably stable - none of the major powers seeks to alter the system from its present liberal character as demonstrated by the lack of a military response to US military primacy. This primacy privileges the American military doctrine and thus the importance of NCW which promises a future of rapid precise and highly efficient operations but also a future predicated on the ‘digitization’ of the battle space. Participation in future American-led military endeavours will require coalition partners to be networked: ‘interoperability’ will therefore be a key consideration of a partner’s strategic worth. Network Centric Warfare and Coalition Operations will be of great interest to students of strategic studies international security US foreign policy and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849043

Network Centric WarfareCoalition Operations in the Age of US Military Primacy Since its emergence in 1998 the concept of Network Centric Warfare (NCW) has become a central driver behind America‘s militarytransformation and seems to offer the possibility of true integration between multinational military formations. Even though NCW or variations on its themes has been adopted by most armed services it is a concept in operational and doctrinal development. It is shaping not only how militaries operate but just as importantly what they are operating with and potentially altering the strategic landscape. This paper examines how the current military dominance of the US over every other state means that only it has the capacity to sustain military activity on a global scale and that other states participating in US-led coalitions must be prepared to work in aninteroperable fashion. It explores the application of computer networks to military operations in conjunction with the need to secure a network‘s information and to assure that it accurately represents situational reality. Drawing on an examination of how networks affected naval operations in the Persian Gulf during 2002 and 2003 as conducted by America‘s Australian and Canadian coalition partners the paper warns that in seeking allies with the requisite technological capabilities but also those that it can trust with its information resources the US may be heading towards a very secure digital trap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466661

Network Design for IP Convergence The emergence of quality-of-service (QoS) mechanisms continues to propel the development of real-time multimedia services such as VoIP and videoconferencing. However  many challenges remain in achieving optimized standardization convergence. Network Design for IP Convergence is a comprehensive global guide to recent advances in IP network implementation. Providing an introduction to basic LAN/WAN/MAN network design the author covers the latest equipment and architecture addressing QoS policies and integration of services among other topics. The book explains how to integrate the different layers of reference models and various technological platforms to mirror the harmonization that occurs in the real world of carrier networks. It furnishes appropriate designs for traditional and critical services in the LAN and carrier networks (both MAN and WAN) and it clarifies how a specific layer or technology can cause those services to malfunction. This book lays a foundation for understanding with concepts and applicability of QoS parameters under the multilayer scheme and a solid explanation of service infrastructure. It goes on to describe integration in both real time and "not real time " elaborating on how both processes can co-exist within the same IP network and concluding with the designs and configurations of service connections.Learn How to Overcome Obstacles to Improve TechnologyThis sweeping analysis of the implementation of IP convergence and QoS mechanisms helps designers and operators get past key obstacles such as integrating platform layers and technologies and implementing various associated QoS concepts to improve technology and standards. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367385972

Network Developments in Economic Spatial SystemsNew Perspectives First published in 1999 the main feature of this book is its multidisciplinary nature since the book focuses on the complexity of spatial/ economic networks from several methodological points of view. For this purpose both theoretical and empirical works have been included. The aim of the book is to provide an updated and fresh look at the mentioned issue with innovative and creative papers coming from leading experts belonging to different disciplines. Therefore the book could be considered as an expert and critical guide - through different methodological approaches - to the topic of (complex) networks in the space-economy. All the contributions provide innovative and in some cases provocative elements to the understanding of networks and development over space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333543

Network Economics of Marine Ecosystems and their Exploitation This book addresses the question of the double exposure of marine ecosystems i.e. to both global climate changes and economic globalization. This book contains a short but self sufficient mathematical introduction the formalization in the context of Network economics of global commodity chains with both trophic and economic processes and a series of cases studies going from the re‐addressing of fundamental ecological questions such as Gause’s exclusion principles to practical studies such as the representation of the global supply chain for tuna. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466590052

Network Governance and Energy Transitions in European Cities This book investigates and evaluates the opportunities and limitations of network governance in building local capacity for energy infrastructure governance. Presenting a comparative analysis of three city cases from across Europe- Birmingham Frankfurt and Budapest- this book demonstrates how local factors shape the prospect of network governance to support low-carbon energy transitions. It maps out existing governance networks highlighting the actors involved and their interactions with one another and also discusses the role and embeddedness of networks in the urban governance of low-carbon energy. Drawing on case study evidence Nochta develops a comparative analysis which discusses the intricate connections between network characteristics context and impact. It highlights that organisational fragmentation; the complexity of the low-carbon energy problem and historical developments all influence network characteristics in terms of degree of integration and vertical (hierarchical) power relationships among network actors. Overall the book concludes that understanding such links between context and networks is crucial when designing and implementing new governance models aimed at facilitating and governing low-carbon urban development. Low-Carbon Energy Transitions in European Cities will be of great interest to scholars of energy policy urban governance and sustainability transitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465063

Network Governance in Response to Acts of TerrorismComparative Analyses High performance during catastrophic terrorist events require the ability to assess and adapt capacity rapidly restore or enhance disrupted or inadequate communications utilize flexible decision making swiftly and expand coordination and trust between multiple emergency and crisis response agencies. These requirements are superimposed on conventional administrative systems that rely on relatively rigid plans decision protocols and formal relationships that assume smooth sailing and uninterrupted communications and coordination. Network Governance in Response to Acts of Terrorism focuses on the inter-organizational performance and coordinated response to recent terrorist incidents across different national legal and cultural contexts in New York Bali Istanbul Madrid London and Mumbai. Effortlessly combining each case study with content analyses of news reports from local and national newspapers situation reports from government emergency/crisis management agencies and interviews with public managers community leaders and nonprofit executives involved in response operations Naim Kapucu presents an overview of how different countries tackle emergencies by employing various collaborative decision-making processes thus offering a global perspective with different approaches. These features make this book an important read for both scholars and practitioners eager to reconcile existing decision-making theories with practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849037

Network Governance of Global ReligionsJerusalem Rome and Mecca This study seeks to explain three models of network governance embedded in digital practices that the mainstream monotheistic religions—Judaism Catholic Christianity and Islam—have used to lead and manage the worldwide distribution of their local nodes exploring the connection between network governance and its digital embeddedness and showing how the latter enhances the performance of the former. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849036

Network GovernanceConcepts Theories and Applications Network governance has received much attention within the fields of public administration and policy in recent years but surprisingly few books are designed specifically to help students researchers and practitioners examine key concepts synthesize the growing body of literature into reliable frameworks and to bridge the theory-practice gap by exploring network applications. Network Governance: Concepts  Theories and Applications is the first textbook to focus on interorganizational networks and network governance from the perspective of public policy and administration asking important questions such as: How are networks designed and developed? How are they governed and what type of leadership do they require? To whom are networks accountable and when are they effective? How can network governance contribute to effective delivery of public services and policy implementation? In this timely new book authors Naim Kapucu and Qian Hu define and examine key concepts propose exciting new theoretical frameworks to synthetize the fast-growing body of network research in public policy and administration and provide detailed discussion of applications. Network Governance offers not only a much-needed systematic examination of existing knowledge but it also goes much further than existing books by discussing the applications of networks in a wide range of management practice and policy domains—including natural resource management environmental protection public health emergency and crisis management law enforcement transportation and community and economic development. Chapters include understudied network research topics such as power and decision-making in interorganizational networks virtual networks global networks and network analysis applications. What sets this book apart is the introduction of social network analysis and coverage of applications of social network analysis in the policy and management domains. PowerPoint slides and a sample syllabus are available for adopters on an accompanying website. Drawing on literature from sociology policy sciences organizational studies and economics this textbook will be required reading for courses on network governance collaborative public management cross-sector governance and collaboration and partnerships in programs of public administration public affairs and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482869

Network IndustriesA Research Overview The unique challenges associated with understanding network industries requires insights from a range of disciplinary perspectives namely economics engineering law and political science. This book analyzes the de- and re-regulation of the network industries and the regulatory challenges these industries will face in the future. Network industries are characterised by economics that entail limiting effects on competition and market creation and the book highlights the drivers behind their liberalization as well as the inherent need for regulation as liberalization unfolds. By way of an historical approach the author offers insights into the distinctive approaches between Europe and North America in the past whilst also presenting the pervasive role digitalization increasingly comes to play. A concise overview of the state of thinking about the network industries this book will be vital reading for researchers advanced students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326934

Network Innovation through OpenFlow and SDNPrinciples and Design Software-defined networking (SDN) technologies powered by the OpenFlow protocol provide viable options to address the bandwidth needs of next-generation computer networks. And since many large corporations already produce network devices that support the OpenFlow standard there are opportunities for those who can manage complex and large-scale networks using these technologies.Network Innovation through OpenFlow and SDN: Principles and Design explains how you can use SDN and OpenFlow to build networks that are easy to design less expensive to build and operate and more agile and customizable. Among the first books to systematically address the design aspects in SDN/OpenFlow it presents the insights of expert contributors from around the world. The book’s four sections break down basic concepts engineering design QoS (quality-of-service) and advanced topics. Introduces the basic principles of SDN/OpenFlow and its applications in network systems Illustrates the entire design process of a practical OpenFlow/SDN Addresses the design issues that can arise when applying OpenFlow to cloud computing platforms Compares various solutions in QoS support Provides an overview of efficient solutions to the integration of SDN with optical networks Identifies the types of network attacks that could occur with OpenFlow and outlines possible solutions for overcoming them Supplying a cutting-edge look at SDN and OpenFlow this book gives you the wide-ranging understanding required to build deploy and manage OpenFlow/SDN products and networks. The book’s comprehensive coverage includes system architectures language and programming issues switches controllers multimedia support security and network operating systems. After reading this book you will understand what it takes to make a smooth transition from conventional networks to SDN/OpenFlow networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466572096

Network JournalismJournalistic Practice in Interactive Spheres Drawing on current theoretical debates in journalism studies and grounded in empirical research Heinrich here analyzes the interplay between journalistic practice and processes of globalization and digitalization. She argues that a new kind of journalism is emerging characterized by an increasingly global flow of news as well as a growing number of news deliverers. Within this transformed news sphere the roles of journalistic outlets change. They become nodes arranged in a dense net of information gatherers producers and disseminators. The interactive connections among these news providers constitute what Heinrich calls the sphere of "network journalism." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806474

Network Mobilization Dynamics in Uncertain Times in the Middle East and North Africa This comprehensive volume investigates the dynamics of mobilization and demobilization of social networks before during and after episodes of political turbulence in the Middle East region focusing particularly on the 2011 Arab uprisings. The authors consider important questions regarding agency strategic action and institutional outcomes that have significance for social mobilization social movements and authoritarian governance. This collection proposes an interactive perspective linking up contentious politics with routine governance through a dynamic articulation of repertoires of contention. The authors use a micro-mobilization perspective to frame the different trajectories of protest networks in times of uncertainty. They place the interactions between grassroots activists structured organizations and state actors at the centre of the explanation of change and stability in the recent mobilizations of the region. By starting with descriptions of interactions at the grassroots level the authors then explain macro level dynamics between networks and other players including the state.This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Social Movement Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730437

Network NationsA Transnational History of British and American Broadcasting In Network Nations Michele Hilmes reveals and re-conceptualizes the roots of media globalization through a historical look at the productive transnational cultural relationship between British and American broadcasting. Though frequently painted as opposites--the British public service tradition contrasting with the American commercial system--in fact they represent two sides of the same coin. Neither could have developed without the constant presence of the other in terms not only of industry and policy but of aesthetics culture and creativity despite a long history of oppositional rhetoric. Based on primary research in British and American archives Network Nations argues for a new transnational approach to media history looking across the traditional national boundaries within which media is studied to encourage an awareness that media globalization has a long and fruitful history. Placing media history in the framework of theories of nationalism and national identity Hilmes examines critical episodes of transnational interaction between the US and Britain from radio’s amateurs to the relationship between early network heads; from the development of radio features and drama to television spy shows and miniseries; as each other’s largest suppliers of programming and as competitors on the world stage; and as a network of creative business and personal relationships that has rarely been examined but that shapes television around the world. As the global circuits of television grow and as global regions particularly Europe attempt to define a common culture the historical role played by the British/US media dialogue takes on new significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883856

Network Neutrality and Digital Dialogic CommunicationHow Public Private and Government Forces Shape Internet Policy In the months after the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) 2017 decision to repeal network neutrality as US policy it is easy to forget the decades of public organizational media and governmental struggle to control digital policy and open access to the internet. Using dialogic communication tactics the public governmental actors and organizations impacted the ruling through YouTube comments the FCC online system and social network communities. Network neutrality which requires that all digital sites can be accessed with equal speed and ability is an important example of how dialogic communication facilitates public engagement in policy debates. However the practice and ability of the public organizations and media to engage in dialogic communication are also greatly impacted by the FCC’s decision. This book reflects on decades of global engagement in the network neutrality debate and the evolution of dialogic communication techniques used to shape one of the most relevant and critical digital policies in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606787

Network Optimization Problems in network optimization arise in all areas of technology and industrial management. The topic of network flows has applications in diverse fields such as chemistry engineering management science scheduling and transportation to name a few. Network Optimization introduces the subject to undergraduate and graduate students in computer science mathematics and operations research. The focus is mainly on developing the mathematical underpinnings of the techniques that make it possible to solve the several optimization problems covered in the text. The text discusses such topics as optimal branching problems transshipment problems shortest path problems minimum cost flow problems maximum flow problems matching in bipartite and nonbipartite graphs and many applications to combinatorics. Also included is a large number of exercises. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780367812553

Network Performance Modeling and Simulation This book makes the argument that performance modeling and simulation have become central issues in computer science and engineering in part due to applications to the structures comprising the Internet. Dealing primarily with theory tools and techniques as related to communications systems the volume provides tutorials and surveys and relates new important research results. Each chapter presents background information describes and analyzes important work done in the field and provides direction to the reader on future work and further readings. The topics covered include traffic models for A TM networks simulation environments analytical methods interprocessor communications and an evaluation of process architectures. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810498

Network Perimeter SecurityBuilding Defense In-Depth Today's network administrators are fully aware of the importance of security; unfortunately they have neither the time nor the resources to be full-time InfoSec experts. Oftentimes quick temporary security fixes are the most that can be expected. The majority of security books on the market are also of little help. They are either targeted toward individuals pursuing security certifications or toward those interested in hacker methods. These overly detailed volumes fail to deliver the easily referenced tactical information needed to provide maximum security within the constraints of time and budget.Network Perimeter Security: Building Defense In-Depth reveals how you can evaluate the security needs of your network develop a security policy for your company and create a budget based upon that policy. It assists you in designing the security model and outlines the testing process. Through the concepts and case studies presented in this book you will learn to build a comprehensive perimeter defense architecture based upon multiple layers of protection with expert recommendations for configuring firewalls routers intrusion detection system and other security tools and network components. This detailed volume enables you to secure your network on time within budget and without having to pursue attain a security certification. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367394899

Network Reshapes the LibraryLorcan Dempsey on Libraries Services and Networks This collection of insights from library technology guru Lorcan Dempsey offers readers valuable reflections on emerging trends and key areas of concern as well as a visionary approach to libraries' future. Over the last decade Dempsey's writing has covered diverse and wide ranging topics including the evolution of libraries from how library organization services and technologies are co-evolving with the behaviours of their users to support their changing research and learning needs to how the curatorial traditions of archives libraries and museums have come together in the digital environment. This selection of posts originally from Dempsey's blog has been expertly curated by Kenneth J Varnum to showcase Dempsey's dual ability to firstly explore an issue and then to reveal the higher-order trends. Using this method Dempsey provides his incisive perspective on where libraries have been in the last decade as well as his prescient insights into future trends and directions. The book is organised into 9 topical chapters: Networked resources Network organization The research process and libraries' evolving role Resource discovery Library systems and tools such as search indices and OpenURL link resolvers Data and metadata Publishing and communication including blogs social media and scholarly communication Libraries archives museums and galleries as 'memory institutions'. Readership: The book concludes with a selection of favourites hand-picked by Dempsey himself and will be essential reading for students library strategists administrators technology staff and anyone with an interest in the future of libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300419

Network Science in Cognitive Psychology This volume provides an integrative review of the emerging and increasing use of network science techniques in cognitive psychology first developed in mathematics computer science sociology and physics. The first resource on network science for cognitive psychologists in a growing international market Vitevitch and a team of expert contributors provide a comprehensive and accessible overview of this cutting-edge topic. This innovative guide draws on the three traditional pillars of cognitive psychological research–experimental computational and neuroscientific–and incorporates the latest findings from neuroimaging. The network perspective is applied to the fundamental domains of cognitive psychology including memory language problem-solving and learning as well as creativity and human intelligence highlighting the insights to be gained through applying network science to a wide range of approaches and topics in cognitive psychology Network Science in Cognitive Psychology will be essential reading for all upper-level cognitive psychology students psychological researchers interested in using network science in their work and network scientists interested in investigating questions related to cognition. It will also be useful for early career researchers and students in methodology and related courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640184

Network Security First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435261

Network Security and Communication EngineeringProceedings of the 2014 International Conference on Network Security and Communication Enginee The conference on network security and communication engineering is meant to serve as a forum for exchanging new developments and research progresss between scholars scientists and engineers all over the world and providing a unique opportunity to exchange information to present the latest results as well as to review the relevant issues on contemporary research in network security and communication engineering. Young scientists were especially encouraged to attend the conference and to establish an international network between each other and with senior scientists attending the meeting.In recent years  network security has become more important in all aspects of life and society; from business to politics the essential value of network security is shown everywhere. The appearance of Internet marked the beginning of the age of communication engineering. The growing influence of communication engineering has become more and more apparent in people’s work and life.More than 180 scientists and researchers from more than 15 countries attended the meeting. Articles were divided into sessions: network and system security; grid and cloud computing; networking algorithms and performance evaluation; multimedia signal and image processing; wireless communications and sensor networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028210

Network Strategies in EuropeDeveloping the Future for Transport and ICT The twenty-first century will be the age of global interaction and organized patterns of networks. This important book addresses the strategic dimensions of networks especially in transportation and information communication technology in Europe. The authors examine the challenges brought about by European unification and accession through which a coherent and efficient European network system will need to be implemented. The topics addressed include the emergence of new network structures and strategies the implications of European integration policies for network operations and developments and the assessment of network synergy effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267596

Network Technology for Digital Audio Network Technology for Digital Audio examines the transfer of audio and other related data over digital communication networks. Encompassing both the data communication and audio industries it unravels the intricacies of computer networking technique and theory viewed from an audio perspective.Looking at commercial and ratified standards both current and developing this book covers digital architectural solutions such as IEEE 1394 (Firewire) USB Fibre Channel and ATM alongside their counterparts within the audio industry:S/P DIF ADAT AES/EBU and MADI are discussed from the audio industry standpoint and solutions contrastedExplanations of packet switching and internetworking are also included.Studying new developments and trends it covers the pros and cons and looks at the work being done to deliver the requirements of the digital audio environment. Proprietary and open systems developed within the audio industry are examined with each case being supported with appropriate history and clear technical explanation.The book helps readers build a better understanding of the issues surrounding the transfer of real-time audio digital data. Touching on the history of the Internet and the technologies it spawned it explains the theory and possibilities for the same technologies to support inter-device communications within a studio environment. Network Technology For Digital Audio will provide on tap knowledge for students and lecturers on audio-related and music technology courses and will prepare the working professionals within the industry for progress and changes to come. Network Technology for Digital Audio is part of the Focal Press Music Technology Series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138412774

Network Theory in the Public SectorBuilding New Theoretical Frameworks Networks have been described in terms of metaphors governance arrangements and structural or institutional arrangements. These different perspectives of networks come out of a variety of disciplines including political science public administration urban affairs social welfare public management and organizational/sociological research. This wealth of research while contributing to a deeper understanding of networks presents a dilemma which is addressed by this book. That is the question of whether there is a theory of public networks that informs networks in their various forms and is there a need for a new theory of networks? More importantly is network research still relevant to practice? Does network theory improve the process of governance? Are different terms and/or approaches actually the same or different? What do these different approaches mean to theory? This book deeply explores and integrates existing network theory and related theories from a number of perspectives levels and jurisdictions to develop a framework to guide network design governance and management. The book focuses on the important issue of network performance looking at networks as bounded and consciously arranged; the actors who participate in them design the relationships among a bounded set of individual organizations to purse common objectives. Finally the chapters tease out the variety of governance modes or regimes that intersect with network governance. This book offers a comprehensive integrative interdisciplinary approach that enables specialists practitioners and administrators across a wide array of interests and fields to formulate and work on problems using a common language analytical framework and theoretical basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617995

Network TutorialA Complete Introduction to Networks Includes Glossary of Networking Terms Network Tutorial delivers insight and understanding about network technology to managers and executives trying to get up to speed or stay current with the complex challenges of designing constructing maintaining upgrading and managing the netwo Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412217

Networked AnthropologyA Primer for Ethnographers The advent of social media offers anthropologists exciting opportunities to extend their research to communities in fresh ways. At the same time these technological developments open up anthropological fieldwork to different hazards. Networked Anthropology explores the increasing appropriation of diverse media platforms and social media into anthropological research and teaching. The chapters consider the possibilities and challenges of multimedia how network ecologies work the ethical dilemmas involved and how to use multimedia methodologies. The book combines theoretical insights with case studies methodological sketches and pedagogical notes. Drawing on recent ethnographic work the authors provide practical guidance in creative ways of doing networked anthropology. They point to the future of ethnography both inside and outside the classroom and consider ways in which networked anthropology might develop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821759

Networked By DesignInterventions for Teachers to Develop Social Capital Networked by Design brings together work from leading international scholars in the learning sciences that applies social network theory to teachers’ social interactions and relationships. The volume examines the direct and indirect relationships and communities that teachers navigate as well as the models plans and other interventions that allow them to exercise control over these networks. Each chapter draws from case studies or latitudinal research to investigate a different intervention and its outcomes. By presenting research conducted in a variety of scales and contexts this book offers scholars future teachers and leaders diverse insights into how interventions in social capital and social networks can create impactful meaningful teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565340

Networked China: Global Dynamics of Digital Media and Civic EngagementNew Agendas in Communication The Internet and digital media have become conduits and locales where millions of Chinese share information and engage in creative expression and social participation. This book takes a cutting-edge look at the impacts and implications of an increasingly networked China. Eleven chapters cover the terrain of a complex social and political environment revealing how modern China deals with digital media and issues of censorship online activism civic life and global networks. The authors in this collection come from diverse geographical backgrounds and employ methods including ethnography interview survey and digital trace data to reveal the networks that provide the critical components for civic engagement in Chinese society. The Chinese state is a changing multi-faceted entity as is the Chinese public that interacts with the new landscape of digital media in adaptive and novel ways. Networked China: Global Dynamics of Digital Media and Civic Engagement situates Chinese internet in its complex generational context to provide a full and dynamic understanding of contemporary digital media use in China. This volume gives readers new agendas for this study and creates vital new signposts on the way for future research. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840034

Networked Control Systems with Intermittent Feedback Networked Control Systems (NCSs) are spatially distributed systems for which the communication between sensors actuators and controllers is realized by a shared (wired or wireless) communication network. NCSs offer several advantages such as reduced installation and maintenance costs as well as greater flexibility over conventional control systems in which parts of control loops exchange information via dedicated point-to-point connections. The principal goal of this book is to present a coherent and versatile framework applicable to various settings investigated by the authors over the last several years. This framework is applicable to nonlinear time-varying dynamic plants and controllers with delayed dynamics; a large class of static dynamic probabilistic and priority-oriented scheduling protocols; delayed noisy lossy and intermittent information exchange; decentralized control problems of heterogeneous agents with time-varying directed (not necessarily balanced) communication topologies; state- and output-feedback; off-line and on-line intermittent feedback; optimal intermittent feedback through Approximate Dynamic Programming (ADP) and Reinforcement Learning (RL); and control systems with exogenous disturbances and modeling uncertainties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656225

Networked Environments for Stakeholder Participation in Water Resources and Flood Management Stakeholders’ lack of awareness involvement and participation in the planning and management of water resources and flood risk often creates problems in the acceptance and implementation of proposed measures. Interactions among stakeholders and decision makers build awareness trust enhance cooperation and negotiation for best possible measures. The main challenge in stakeholder participation is maintaining the participatory process. Stakeholders’ spatial distribution limitation of financial resources and diverse stakeholders’ interest (even opposed) are some of the hindrances in maintaining the participatory process.Addressing these challenges and hindrances this research developed and implemented three frameworks for developing "Networked Environments for Stakeholder Participation" (NESPs). Networked environments are web-based computer-aided or mobile environments for remote virtual interaction between participating entities such as stakeholders. NESPs are envisioned to enable stakeholder participation by providing sharing of information planning negotiating and decision support. NESPs were implemented in five real case studies (1) Lakes of Noord-Brabant The Netherlands (2) Danube river (Braila-Isaccea section) Romania (3) Somes Mare catchment Romania (4) Cranbrook catchment London and (5) Alster catchment Hamburg Germany.The overall results of the research show that networked environments can address the challenges and hindrances in stakeholder participation and enhance participation in water resources and flood management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026377

Networked Filtering and Fusion in Wireless Sensor Networks By exploiting the synergies among available data information fusion can reduce data traffic filter noisy measurements and make predictions and inferences about a monitored entity. Networked Filtering and Fusion in Wireless Sensor Networks introduces the subject of multi-sensor fusion as the method of choice for implementing distributed systems.The book examines the state of the art in information fusion. It presents the known methods algorithms architectures and models of information fusion and discusses their applicability in the context of wireless sensor networks (WSNs). Paying particular attention to the wide range of topics that have been covered in recent literature the text presents the results of a number of typical case studies.Complete with research supported elements and comprehensive references this teaching-oriented volume uses standard scientific terminology conventions and notations throughout. It applies recently developed convex optimization theory and highly efficient algorithms in estimation fusion to open up discussion and provide researchers with an ideal starting point for further research on distributed estimation and fusion for WSNs.The book supplies a cohesive overview of the key results of theory and applications of information-fusion-related problems in networked systems in a unified framework. Providing advanced mathematical treatment of fundamental problems with information fusion it will help you broaden your understanding of prospective applications and how to address such problems in practice.After reading the book you will gain the understanding required to model parts of dynamic systems and use those models to develop distributed fusion control algorithms that are based on feedback control theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374935

Networked Governance and Transatlantic RelationsBuilding Bridges through Science Diplomacy In today’s complex and interconnected world scholars of international relations seek to better understand challenges spurred by intensified global communication and interaction. The complex connectedness of modern society and politics compels us to investigate the pattern of interconnections among actors who inhabit social and political spaces. Gabriella Paár-Jákli's study aims to advance theory and practice by examining the networks used by specialists in North America and Europe to achieve their policy goals in the area of science and technology. Her book suggests that to overcome policy problems transnationally three critical factors should be considered. First as science and technology policy becomes increasingly critical to resolving global issues it should be regarded as an integral element of the foreign policy process. Second as liberal international relations theory argues the increasing role of NGOs must be taken seriously alongside states as vital agents of policy reform. Third as transatlantic relations remain center to maintaining the global order they must be reconsidered. Paar-Jakli assesses the role of digital networks as facilitators of regional cooperation. Utilizing various techniques of social network analysis her research indicates an active and structurally discernible network in cyberspace among transatlantic organizations and demonstrates the role of virtual networks as facilitators of cooperative arrangements in transatlantic relations. Paár-Jákli's original research uses social network analysis to investigate transatlantic cooperation a new approach that will be noteworthy to network and transatlantic scholars as well as policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696419

Networked Insurgencies and Foreign Fighters in Eurasia Recent wars in Eurasia have foregrounded the flows of foreign fighters between distinct insurgent battlefronts. Since 2011 thousands of individuals have travelled from the Caucasus and Central Asia to fight in Syria and Iraq. Caucasians have also appeared in the fighting that followed Ukraine’s Euromaidan Revolution in 2014. Resolutions of these conflicts promise further movements as foreign fighters return home. This collection of articles presents for the first time in one volume a cross-regional comparative perspective on the trajectories of foreign fighters between the Caucasus Central Asia the Middle East and Ukraine. Drawing on extensive primary sources contributors theorize the life cycles of foreign fighter waves and the respective roles played by pre-existing insurgent networks transnational ideologies such as "global jihad" and "Eurasianism" and propaganda framing by insurgent groups such as the Islamic State. They examine regional state responses to the security threat posed by foreign fighters showing how current security governance regimes can reinforce insurgent ideologies attracting violent militants. Finally they investigate the motivations for foreign fighters to return to their home states in the Caucasus and Central Asia. Arguing for the networked character of insurgencies in Eurasia this book offers a unique overview of the foreign fighter phenomenon across the continent. It was originally published as various special issues of Caucasus Survey Terrorism and Political Violence and Studies in Conflict & Terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891305

Networked Multisensor Decision and Estimation FusionBased on Advanced Mathematical Methods Due to the increased capability reliability robustness and survivability of systems with multiple distributed sensors multi-source information fusion has become a crucial technique in a growing number of areas—including sensor networks space technology air traffic control military engineering agriculture and environmental engineering and industrial control. Networked Multisensor Decision and Estimation Fusion: Based on Advanced Mathematical Methods presents advanced mathematical descriptions and methods to help readers achieve more thorough results under more general conditions than what has been possible with previous results in the existing literature. Examining emerging real-world problems this book summarizes recent research developments in problems with unideal and uncertain frameworks. It presents essential mathematical descriptions and methods for multisensory decision and estimation fusion. Deriving thorough results under general conditions this reference book: Corrects several popular but incorrect results in this area with thorough mathematical ideas Provides advanced mathematical methods which lead to more general and significant results Presents updated systematic developments in both multisensor decision and estimation fusion which cannot be seen in other existing books Includes numerous computer experiments that support every theoretical result The book applies recently developed convex optimization theory and high efficient algorithms in estimation fusion which opens a very attractive research subject on minimizing Euclidean error estimation for uncertain dynamic systems. Supplying powerful and advanced mathematical treatment of the fundamental problems it will help to greatly broaden prospective applications of such developments in practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874523

Networked Urban Mobilities The Networked Urban Mobilites series resulted from the Cosmobilities Network of mobility research and the Taylor & Francis journal 'Applied Mobilties.' This three volume set ideal for mobilties researchers and practitioners explores a broad number of topics including planning architecture geography and urban design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367655754

Networked UrbanismSocial Capital in the City Despite considerable interest in social capital amongst urban policy makers and academics alike there is currently little direct focus on its urban dimensions. In this volume leading urban researchers from the Netherlands the UK the USA Australia Italy and France explore the nature of social networks and the significance of voluntary associations for contemporary urban life. Networked Urbanism recognizes that there is currently a sense of crisis in the cohesion of the city which has led to public attempts to encourage networking and the fostering of 'social capital'. However the contributors collectively demonstrate how new kinds of 'networked urbanism' associated with ghettoization suburbanization and segregation have broken from the kind of textured urban communities that existed in the past. This has generated new forms of exclusionary social capital which fail to significantly resolve the problems of poor residents whilst strengthening the position of the advantaged. Grounded in theoretical reflection and empirical research Networked Urbanism will be of interest to scholars and students of sociology geography and urban studies as well as to policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603427

Networking and Community PartnershipSecond Edition First published in 1999 this volume is a revised and fully updated version of the ground breaking book Caring in the Community which was the first book to attempt to develop a theory of networking for social workers and others. It is still the only book which has systematically applied key networking principles to both community care and child care. There is now no doubt that the time has come for a new edition which will take into account the developments which have taken place in social care since the work was first published. This edition will also incorporate comparative European material thereby placing networking principles in a broader context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333765

Networking and Integration of Facilities Automation Systems Facilities increasingly rely on computerized systems to optimize their buildings' systems operation and reduce the costs of maintenance and management. Therefore facility managers and engineers must rise to the challenge of a new discipline-systems networking and integration-as more and more computerized systems become implemented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455583

Networking Argument This edited volume presents selected works from the 20th Biennial Alta Argumentation Conference sponsored by the National Communication Association and the American Forensics Association and held in 2017. The conference brought together scholars from Europe Asia and North America to engage in intensive conversations about how argument functions in our increasingly networked society. The essays discuss four aspects of networked argument. Some examine arguments occurring in online networks seeking to both understand and respond more effectively to the acute changes underway in the information age. Others focus on offline networks to identify historical and contemporary resources available to advocates in the modern day. Still others discuss the value-added of including argumentation scholars on interdisciplinary research teams analyzing a diverse range of subjects including science education health law economics history security and media. Finally the remainder network argumentation theories explore how the interactions between and among existing theories offer fruitful ground for new insights for the field of argumentation studies. The wide range of disciplinary backgrounds and methodological approaches employed in Networking Argument make this volume a unique compilation of perspectives for understanding urgent and sustaining issues facing our society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347024

Networking for Big Data Networking for Big Data supplies an unprecedented look at cutting-edge research on the networking and communication aspects of Big Data. Starting with a comprehensive introduction to Big Data and its networking issues it offers deep technical coverage of both theory and applications.The book is divided into four sections: introduction to Big Data networking theory and design for Big Data networking security for Big Data and platforms and systems for Big Data applications. Focusing on key networking issues in Big Data the book explains network design and implementation for Big Data. It examines how network topology impacts data collection and explores Big Data storage and resource management.Addresses the virtual machine placement problemDescribes widespread network and information security technologies for Big DataExplores network configuration and flow scheduling for Big Data applicationsPresents a systematic set of techniques that optimize throughput and improve bandwidth for efficient Big Data transfer on the InternetTackles the trade-off problem between energy efficiency and service resiliencyThe book covers distributed Big Data storage and retrieval as well as security trust and privacy protection for Big Data collection storage and search. It discusses the use of cloud infrastructures and highlights its benefits to overcome the identified issues and to provide new approaches for managing huge volumes of heterogeneous data.The text concludes by proposing an innovative user data profile-aware policy-based network management framework that can help you exploit and differentiate user data profiles to achieve better power efficiency and optimized resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377533

Networking in Japanese Factory Automation In Japan information technology has been a vital part of manufacturing for decades. A central factory computer provides a production plan and shop minicomputers and microcomputers in the factory run machines that manufacture products. It has become necessary to connect computers installed at different locations to enable information exchange between different sections. This requires an intracompany network with large memory capacity and high-speed communication capability to process documents drawings and image data as well as conventional code data: a local area network (LAN). This volume discusses the ring-type LAN; the TOSLINE-8000 high-speed optical data highway for high-speed real-time control systems; the TOSLINE-2000E a compact low-cost independent local area network; the status of MAP a communications protocol for manufacturing automation established by General Motors and MAP activities in Japan Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849692

Networking Regionalised Innovative Labour Markets A map which shows where innovation is clustered worldwide is also a map of the location of the highly skilled and talented labour. New technologies their creative applications or synergy across different areas of scientific research or technology development always create opportunities for the employment of particularly creative labour. This book explores the kinds of institutions and structures which need to exist to make sure that such skills are both offered and employed in particular ‘islands of innovation’. Networking Regionalised Innovative Labour Markets illustrates the theme of how existing concentrations of skills in scientific technological and managerial elites are reinforced through inter-regional mobility using exemplars from a range of countries and regions. These include the US UK Italy Germany and Central and Eastern Europe.  The book’s originality lies in its in-depth assessments of the factors associated with the extent to which some regions hold their positions in networked islands of innovation.  It is shown that those islands of innovation that attract highly skilled workers from abroad particularly those from foreign islands of innovation perform better for example in the US Italy and the UK. In contrast even the most innovative Czech regions tend to lose the highly skilled workers vis-à-vis the most innovative regions of the world mainly to regions in the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792265

Networking the FarmThe Social Structure of Cooperation and Competition in Iowa Agriculture Published in 1999 this book presents the results of an ethnographic study of the emergence of co-operative production networks among hog farm workers in Iowa. In it the author assesses both the internal organizational requirements for the successful network formation and the potential for networks to give farmers a competitive edge in the swine industry. Departing from the traditional emphasis on individual decision making in agricultural economies and economic anthropology this book emphasizes instead the institutional setting in which such networks are formed. The author argues that networks succeed when they are closely tied to and reflective of local social structure. Those networks that attempt to employ a master plan designed by experts often fail. Although many succesful networks exist networking has yet to achieve the economic clout enjoyed by large scale corporate swine producers. The author describes the availability of credit for new swine production ventures in Iowa and shows the extent to which large scale producers have developed network-like connections with banks packers and contract producers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321410

Networking the GlobeNew Technologies and the Postcolonial Contemporary events which have catastrophic global ramifications such as the current economic crisis or on-going conflicts across the globe are not only mediated by super-fast digital communication and information networks but also conditioned by the presence of rapidly advancing technologies. From social network sites like YouTube and Facebook to global satellite news channels like Al Jazeera or the BBC World Service digital forms of culture have multiplied in recent years creating global conduits and connections which shape our lives in many ways. Bringing together an interdisciplinary group of scholars this book addresses how new technologies have impacted discussions of identity place and nation and how they are shifting the parameters of postcolonial thought. Each chapter reflects on current research in its respective field and presents new directions on the interconnection between new technologies and the postcolonial in a contemporary context. Offering a major intervention in debates around global networks this thought-provoking collection highlights innovative research on new technologies and its impact on a ‘postcolonial’ world. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Postcolonial Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305434

Networking the Rule of LawHow Change Agents Reshape Judicial Governance in the EU Judicial networks have proved effective in influencing recent judicial policies enacted by both old and new EU member states. However this influence has not been standard. This volume seeks to improve our understanding of how networks function as well as the extent they matter in the governance of a constitutional democracy. The authors examine the judicial function of networks the way they cross the legal and territorial borders that confine the jurisdiction of the domestic institutions and whether or not they are independent of the capacity and the leadership of their members. A highly salient issue in contemporary law and politics judicial networks are now qualified actors of governance. With the aim to understand how to what extent and with what consequences networks interact with hierarchical institutions that still exist within the States this book is essential reading for legal experts policy makers engaged in promoting the rule of law members of the judicial networks in the EU and extra EU countries as well as academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138564145

Network-on-ChipThe Next Generation of System-on-Chip Integration Addresses the Challenges Associated with System-on-Chip Integration Network-on-Chip: The Next Generation of System-on-Chip Integration examines the current issues restricting chip-on-chip communication efficiency and explores Network-on-chip (NoC) a promising alternative that equips designers with the capability to produce a scalable reusable and high-performance communication backbone by allowing for the integration of a large number of cores on a single system-on-chip (SoC). This book provides a basic overview of topics associated with NoC-based design: communication infrastructure design communication methodology evaluation framework and mapping of applications onto NoC. It details the design and evaluation of different proposed NoC structures low-power techniques signal integrity and reliability issues application mapping testing and future trends. Utilizing examples of chips that have been implemented in industry and academia this text presents the full architectural design of components verified through implementation in industrial CAD tools. It describes NoC research and developments incorporates theoretical proofs strengthening the analysis procedures and includes algorithms used in NoC design and synthesis. In addition it considers other upcoming NoC issues such as low-power NoC design signal integrity issues NoC testing reconfiguration synthesis and 3-D NoC design. This text comprises 12 chapters and covers: The evolution of NoC from SoC—its research and developmental challenges NoC protocols elaborating flow control available network topologies routing mechanisms fault tolerance quality-of-service support and the design of network interfaces The router design strategies followed in NoCs The evaluation mechanism of NoC architectures The application mapping strategies followed in NoCs Low-power design techniques specifically followed in NoCs The signal integrity and reliability issues of NoC The details of NoC testing strategies reported so far The problem of synthesizing application-specific NoCs Reconfigurable NoC design issues Direction of future research and development in the field of NoC Network-on-Chip: The Next Generation of System-on-Chip Integration covers the basic topics technology and future trends relevant to NoC-based design and can be used by engineers students and researchers and other industry professionals interested in computer architecture embedded systems and parallel/distributed systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749351

Networks Terrorism and Global Insurgency This new book brings together leading terrorism scholars and defence professionals to discuss the impact of networks on conflict and war. Post-modern terrorism and topics of global insurgency are also comprehensively covered. The text is divided into four sections to cover the key areas: introductory/overview theory terrorism and global insurgency Al Qaeda focus and networks. Eminent contributors include John Arquilla and David Ronfeldt Brian Jenkins Stephen Sloan Graham Turbiville and Max Manwaring. This book was previously published as a special issue of the leading journal Low Intensity Conflict and Law Enforcement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315832098

Networks Trust and Social CapitalTheoretical and Empirical Investigations from Europe The concepts of social networks social capital and trust play an increasingly central role in the social sciences. They have become indispensable conceptual tools for the analysis of post-industrial/late-modern societies which are characterized by such features as the relative decline of formal hierarchies the development of flexible social arrangements in the sphere of production and the extreme mobility of capital. This is the first book to study the interrelationships between these important concepts both theoretically and empirically. Drawing on empirical investigations from a range of diverse European social contexts the contributors develop an economic sociology that builds on and extends established theoretical perspectives. The book opens with an introduction to the theoretical ideas: relating social capital to reciprocity trust and social networks in line with current debates. The authors go on to discuss the concept of social embededdness addressing the economic effects of social capital by examining the network and trust foundations of labour markets and investigating the structural limits of trusting networks. They conclude with an exploration of the impact of networking and the functioning of trust and social capital on the economic arrangements and performance of nascent capitalist economies in post-Communist Europe. This thematically unified collection by a team of distinguished contributors from across Europe provides an innovative and distinctive contribution to an expanding area of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266322

Networks and Collaboration in the Public SectorEssential research approaches methodologies and analytic tools Networks and other collaborations are central to the public sector’s ability to respond to their diverse responsibilities from international development and regional governance to policy development and service provision. Great strides have been made toward understanding their formation governance and management but more opportunities to explore methodologies and measures is required to ensure they are properly understood. This volume showcases an array of selected research methods and analytics tools currently used by scholars and practitioners in network and collaboration research as well as emerging styles of empirical investigation. Although it cannot attempt to capture all technical details for each one this book provides a unique catalogue of compelling methods for researchers and practitioners which are illustrated extensively with applications in the public and non-profit sector. By bringing together leading and upcoming scholars in network research the book will be of enormous assistance in guiding students and scholars in public management to study collaboration and networks empirically by demonstrating the core research approaches and tools for investigating and evaluating these crucially important arrangements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682726

Networks and Devices Using Planar Transmissions Lines A single text that incorporates all of the theoretical principles and practical aspects of planar transmission line devices - since the early development of striplines it has been sought by countless microwave engineers researchers and students. With the publication of Networks and Devices Using Planar Transmission Lines the search for that one authoritative resource is over. This is more than just a handbook much more than a theoretical treatment. It's the ideal integration of the theory and applications of planar transmission lines and devices. Striplines microstrips slot lines coplanar waveguides and strips phase shifters hybrids and more - the author examines them all. For each type of structure his treatment is complete and self-contained including:Geometric characteristicsElectric and magnetic field linesSolution techniques for the electromagnetic problemQuasi-static coupled modes and full wave analysis methodsDesign equationsAttenuationPractical considerationsOf particular interest is the author's comprehensive treatment of planar ferrimagnetic devices such as phase shifters isolators and circulators and three appendices dedicated to the theoretical aspects of ferrimagetism. Five other appendices provide thorough reviews of various theoretical concepts implicit in the body of the work such as wave theory the external properties of networks and resonant circuits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398415

Networks and National SecurityDynamics Effectiveness and Organisation Networks as sets of autonomous organisations working together to achieve individual and shared goals are becoming increasingly important across many areas of public administration. The importance of networks is well known but most analysts would agree that we do not know enough about the dynamics and effectiveness of networks in relation to their internal operations. This is a significant problem as security intelligence law enforcement and many other agencies are increasingly required to organise in and through networks to provide national security. In this comprehensive analysis Chad Whelan presents a highly innovative qualitative study of networks in the field of national security. Developing our understanding of 'organisational networks' in organisational theory management and public administration and 'security networks' in criminology and international relations he presents a multi-disciplinary analysis of network forms of organisation. Whelan puts forward a methodological framework involving five levels of analysis - structural cultural policy technological and relational - with which we can better analyse and understand the dynamics and effectiveness of networks. This framework is applied to public sector networks operating in the field of counter-terrorism in Australia in a way that is highly relevant to researchers and practitioners in many contexts where government departments and agencies and the private sector need to work together. Networks and National Security: Dynamics Effectiveness and Organisation not only advances our knowledge of networks and national security but also assists with the essential tasks of evaluating and managing networks. Written in a clear and accessible style and featuring a wealth of first-hand accounts concerning the inside operations of networks this book deals with the crucial subject of inter-agency coordination in the important field of national security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250260

Networks for LearningEffective Collaboration for Teacher School and System Improvement Educational researchers policy-makers and practitioners are increasingly focusing their attention on Professional Learning Networks in order to facilitate teacher development and encourage school and school system improvement. However despite the understanding that PLNs can contribute significantly to improving teaching practice and student achievement there are key challenges regarding their use. These challenges include: ensuring PLNs can provide opportunities for generating and sharing knowledge within schools enabling teachers and professionals to direct their own development helping individuals change their practices through inquiry-led approaches facilitating partnerships which work across a variety of stakeholders In this new edited volume Brown and Poortman evaluate these challenges from both a theoretical and practical approach. A multitude of perspectives from a team of international contributors covers: the importance of Professional Learning Networks the use of evidence within PLNs the impact of inter-school networks international cases of networks and communities the promotion and sustainability of PLNs Also featuring case studies and exemplars to contextualise sustainable learning networks Networks For Learning is an accessible and thoroughly-researched book which will be essential reading and a valuable resource for researchers teachers and school leaders who are interested in developing professional learning networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244764

Networks for SustainabilityHarnessing people power to deliver your goals If your company has an ambitious set of sustainability goals you’ll already know that they can’t be achieved from the safety of global headquarters. What you need is a network: a small army of people from across the business who know their department country or brand inside out and who can find the right way to embed sustainability. Change when it happens is usually driven locally taking into account the priorities environment and culture of each business area. If you’ve spent a long time persuading senior management that the sustainability agenda is business-critical it’s difficult to place the delivery of your precious goals in the hands of others. But you can’t be everywhere at once! Networks for Sustainability gives you the tools to review and improve your sustainability network whether you’re revitalizing a group of champions or setting up your network from scratch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293878

Networks in SocietyLinks and Language This book covers technical fundamentals complexity and social networks and communication and language. It raises readers’ interest in social networks the importance of language in the emergence and maintenance of networks the integral patterns of interconnectivity and the means to measure and model social structure. It presents a broad range of ideas from several fields of research endeavor. It also explores social networks and their integration with communication and language thereby providing a discussion of relevant theory modeling metrics and application to business natural resource management and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316286

Networks In The Global VillageLife In Contemporary Communities  Networks in the Global Village examines how people live through personal communities: their networks of friends neighbors relatives and coworkers. It is the first book to compare the communities of people around the world. Major social differences between and within the First Second and Third Worlds affect the opportunities and insecurities with which individuals and households must deal the supportive resources they seek and the ways in which markets institutions and networks structure access to these resources. Each article written by a resident shows how living in a country affects the ways in which people use networks to access resources.Most people's ties in the developed world are not with neighbors but are widely dispersed. Unlike traditional studies of communities social network analysis can identify the flourishing personal communities that people do have no matter how far their ties may stretch and how fragmented their communities may be.Social networks are one of the principal means by which people and households acquire resources?either directly through informal exchanges or indirectly by providing information on how to access the services provided by governments and other institutions. Networks in the Global Village focuses on how people use these networks around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316990

Networks in Transport and CommunicationsA Policy Approach First published in 1997 this book contains contributions on policy aspects of networks from a multidisciplinary perspective including economics geography and transport science. Both material and immaterial networks are examined. Policy aspects refer mainly to interventions of the public sector in networks. In addition the book examines the policies of other actors in shaping networks and the territorial effects of networks as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333710

Networks of DissolutionSomalia Undone In this penetrating and timely book Anna Simons documents Somalia's impending slide toward anarchy. How do people react to a failing yet still repressive government? What do they do when the banks run out of cash? How do they cope with unprecedented uncertainty? These are some of the questions Simons addresses as she introduces the reader to Somalia's descent into dissolution from within the Somali capital of Mogadishu. Exploring the volatile mix or external interest in Somalia internal politicking and enduring social structure she shows how cross-cultural misunderstanding and regroupment are key to explaining Somalia's breakdown at the national level. One aim of this book is to challenge broadly held assumptions about the content of nationalism tribalism and the state as defined and debated by academics and as experienced by individuals. Another is to analyze the making of a pivotal moment in Somali history. Simons charts new ground in the study of the dissolution of a state at ail levels shuttling back and forth between micro and macro frames historical and everyday practices and expatriate and Somali experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367010232

Networks of InstitutionsInstitutional Emergence Social Structure and National Systems of Policies The questions such as ‘why the focuses of national policies vary significantly across countries although their sources of policies are to a great extent identical’; ‘why national development experiences mostly cannot be transplanted successfully among countries’; ‘why some ineffective institutions persist over long periods of time’ have attracted numerous efforts. This book provides a new perspective and argues that the answers lie in the existence of the networks of institutions and thus of national systems of policies (NSP) within national frameworks. Institutions are the equilibria of games and exist as rules of games. Therefore a basic setting is that institutions emerge endogenously from a series of social interactions and the interacting human agents are connected and interdependent at the overlapping interaction platforms. National policies and developmental strategies can be modelled in this approach too. The networks of institutions describe the dynamic connected structure among institutions in the process of social interactions over time. Regarding the national policies response to the recent economic crises this book argues that the difference comes from the distinct understandings of the tags of the policies which highly depend on the distinct national contexts such as national interests cultural background political systems and so forth. This book represents a significant contribution to the literature which will be essential reading for those interested in institutional economics network theory social structures and economic policy. In particular the approach of applying network game theory in institutional emergence and the terms developed i.e. tags of institutions and national systems of policies in this book are illuminating and deserve more attention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226739

Networks of Mind: Learning Culture Neuroscience This ground breaking book is unique in bringing together two perspectives on learning - sociocultural theory and neuroscience. Drawing on both perspectives it foregrounds important developments in our understanding of what learning is where and how learning occurs and what we can do to understand learning as an everyday process. Leading experts from both disciplines demonstrate how sociocultural ideas (such as the relevance of experience opportunity to learn environment personal histories meaning participation memory and feelings of belonging) align with and reflect upon new understandings emerging from neuroscience concerning plasticity and neural networks. Among the themes critically examined are the following: Mind and brain Culture Ability and talent Success and failure Memory Language Emotion Aimed at and accessible to a broad audience and drawing on both schools of thought Networks of Mind employs case studies vignettes and real life examples to demonstrate that though the language of sociocultural theory and that of neuroscience appear very different ultimately the concepts of both perspectives align and converge around some key ideas. The book shows where both perspectives overlap collide and diverge in their assumptions and understanding of fundamental aspects of human flourishing. It shows how neuroscience confirms some of the key messages already well established by sociocultural theory specifically the importance of opportunity to learn. It also argues that the ascendency of neuroscience may result in the marginalization of sociocultural science though the latter it argues has enormous explanatory power for understanding and promoting learning and for understanding how learning is afforded and constrained.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415683753

Networks of Music and Culture in the Late Sixteenth and Early Seventeenth CenturiesA Collection of Essays in Celebration of Peter Philips’s Peter Philips (c.1560-1628) was an English organist composer priest and spy. He was embroiled in multifarious intersecting musical social religious and political networks linking him with some of the key international players in these spheres. Despite the undeniable quality of his music Philips does not fit easily into an overarching progressive view of music history in which developments taking place in centres judged by historians to be of importance are given precedence over developments elsewhere which are dismissed as peripheral. These principal loci of musical development are given prominence over secondary ones because of their perceived significance in terms of later music. However a consideration of the networks in which Philips was involved suggests that he was anything but at the periphery of the musical cultural religious and political life of his day. In this book Philips’s life and music serve as a touchstone for a discussion of various kinds of network in the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. The study of networks enriches our appreciation and understanding of musicians and the context in which they worked. The wider implication of this approach is a constructive challenge to orthodox historiographies of Western art music in the Early Modern Period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269637

Networks of Power in Digital Copyright Law and PolicyPolitical Salience Expertise and the Legislative Process In this book Benjamin Farrand employs an interdisciplinary approach that combines legal analysis with political theory to explore the development of copyright law in the EU. Farrand utilises Foucault’s concept of Networks of Power and Culpepper’s Quiet Politics to assess the adoption and enforcement of copyright law in the EU including the role of industry representative cross-border licensing and judicial approaches to territorial restrictions. Focusing in particular on legislative initiatives concerning copyright digital music and the internet Networks of Power in Digital Copyright Law and Policy: Political Salience Expertise and the Legislative Process demonstrates the connection between copyright law and complex network relationships. This book presents an original socio-political theoretical framework for assessing developments in copyright law that will interest researchers and post-graduate students of law and politics as well as those more particularly concerned with political theory EU and copyright law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944848

Networks of the FutureArchitectures Technologies and Implementations With the ubiquitous diffusion of the IoT Cloud Computing 5G and other evolved wireless technologies into our daily lives the world will see the Internet of the future expand ever more quickly. Driving the progress of communications and connectivity are mobile and wireless technologies including traditional WLANs technologies and low ultra-power short and long-range technologies. These technologies facilitate the communication among the growing number of connected devices leading to the generation of huge volumes of data. Processing and analysis of such "big data" brings about many opportunities as well as many challenges such as those relating to efficient power consumptions security privacy management and quality of service. This book is about the technologies opportunities and challenges that can drive and shape the networks of the future. Written by established international researchers and experts Networks of the Future answers fundamental and pressing research challenges in the field including architectural shifts concepts mitigation solutions and techniques and key technologies in the areas of networking. The book starts with a discussion on Cognitive Radio (CR) technologies as promising solutions for improving spectrum utilization and also highlights the advances in CR spectrum sensing techniques and resource management methods. The second part of the book presents the latest developments and research in the areas of 5G technologies and Software Defined Networks (SDN). Solutions to the most pressing challenges facing the adoption of 5G technologies are also covered and the new paradigm known as Fog Computing is examined in the context of 5G networks. The focus next shifts to efficient solutions for future heterogeneous networks. It consists of a collection of chapters that discuss self-healing solutions dealing with Network Virtualization QoS in heterogeneous networks and energy efficient techniques for Passive Optical Networks and Wireless Sensor Networks. Finally the areas of IoT and Big Data are discussed including the latest developments and future perspectives of Big Data and the IoT paradigms. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367572884

Networks-on-ChipsTheory and Practice The implementation of networks-on-chip (NoC) technology in VLSI integration presents a variety of unique challenges. To deal with specific design solutions and research hurdles related to intra-chip data exchange engineers are challenged to invoke a wide range of disciplines and specializations while maintaining a focused approach. Leading Researchers Present Cutting-Edge Designs Tools Networks-on-Chips: Theory and Practice facilitates this process detailing the NoC paradigm and its benefits in separating IP design and functionality from chip communication requirements and interfacing. It starts with an analysis of 3-D NoC architectures and progresses to a discussion of NoC resource allocation processor traffic modeling and formal verification with an examination of protocols at different layers of abstraction. An exploration of design methodologies CAD tool development and system testing as well as communication protocol the text highlights important emerging research issues such as Resource Allocation for Quality of Service (QoS) on-chip communication Testing verification and network design methodologies Architectures for interconnection real-time monitoring and security requirements Networks-on-Chip Protocols   Presents a flexible MPSoC platform to easily implement multimedia applications and evaluate future video encoding standards This useful guide tackles power and energy issues in NoC-based designs addressing the power constraints that currently limit the embedding of more processing elements on a single chip. It covers traffic modeling and discusses the details of traffic generators. Using unique case studies and examples it covers theoretical and practical issues guiding readers through every phase of system design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112728

Neural and Metabolic Control of Macronutrient Intake When an excessive proportion of the human energy requirement is derived from fat the likelihood of obesity increases. Any such individual is at risk for diabetes and cardiovascular disease- grave and costly health hazards. The selective control of fat ingestion is a promising solution to these concerns. Existing data suggests that macronutrient intake can be manipulated. Further research is working to create pharmacological tools that will suppress fat consumption. It will also be possible to fight obesity heart disease and diabetes. Neural and Metabolic Control of Macronutrient Intake systematically discusses the known physiological mechanisms involved in macronutrientselection including their molecular genetic and neurochemical aspects. The book is also a critical review of the hypothesis that ingestion of the three nutrients is regulated by separate neural control mechanisms leaving open the possibility that strategies could be devised to intervene in bodily control systems and alter the proportion of fat in the diet.This reference provides three types of information: First the basic background of the biochemical and physiological systems as they relate to macronutrient selection. Second opinions and data concerning to what degree animals and humans show evidence of macronutrient selection. And third evidence about how the central nervous system might be involved in the choices animals make among macronutrients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399351

Neural Binding of Space and Time: Spatial and Temporal Mechanisms of Feature-object BindingA Special Issue of Visual Cognition Some of the central problems to be solved by the brain such as figure-ground coding and object recognition concern the binding of separately coded feature elements into coherent object representations. The binding problem has recently been approached by a variety of disciplines notably psychophysics and experimental psychology electrophysiology neurophysiology and computational modelling. This special issue brings together a collection of papers principally from psychology and computational modelling. These papers address issues in Gestalt formation the relation of grouping and binding processes to visual attention the role of temporal factors for grouping and binding the neuronal correlates of binding mechanisms the development of binding operations in infants and the breakdown of these processes following brain injury. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138883253

Neural Cell Biology This book delineates how systems biology pharmacogenomic and behavioral approaches as applied to neurodevelopmental toxicology provide a structure to arrange information in a biological model. The text reviews and discusses approaches that can be used as effective tools to dissect mechanisms underlying pharmacological and toxicological phenomena associated with the exposure to drugs or environmental toxicants during development. The book intends to elaborate functional outcomes of component-to-component relationships using rodent and nonhuman primate in vitro and in vivo models that allow for the directional and quantitative description of the complete organism in response to environmental perturbations. In addition attention has also been directed to some of the more recent methodologies including genomics proteomics and metabolomics applied in the evolutionary neurobiological field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726009

Neural Computing - An Introduction Neural computing is one of the most interesting and rapidly growing areas of research attracting researchers from a wide variety of scientific disciplines. Starting from the basics Neural Computing covers all the major approaches putting each in perspective in terms of their capabilities advantages and disadvantages. The book also highlights the applications of each approach and explores the relationships among models developed and between the brain and its function.A comprehensive and comprehensible introduction to the subject this book is ideal for undergraduates in computer science physicists communications engineers workers involved in artificial intelligence biologists psychologists and physiologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413092

Neural Control of the Respiratory Muscles First published in 1997. The respiratory muscles are multifunctional muscles involved in other behaviors besides breathing -- from the protection of the upper airway to cognitive functions such as speech or singing. Neural Control of the Respiratory Muscles presents an overall consideration of how these muscles are regulated by the central nervous system in normal as well as in pathological situations.A group of 40 internationally recognized scientists and clinicians have collaborated to discuss current findings in the field and to identify areas of future development such aso The anatomical and functional organization of the respiratory muscles and the mechanics of the chest wallo Respiratory muscle control by the central nervous system during normal breathing and during disease stateso Respiration during sleep exercise and locomotiono Respiratory muscle contribution to non-respiratory behaviors; interaction of the central pattern generator for respiration with other central pattern generatorso Multifunctional nature of respiratory muscles and respiratory neurons of the central nervous systemAlthough other texts exist that examine the control of breathing and other specialized topics considered in this volume Neural Control of the Respiratory Muscles is the first major single-volume publication that takes a broad view of muscle control during non-respiratory behaviors and the coordination of respiration with non-respiratory behaviors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367229511

Neural GeographiesFeminism and the Microstructure of Cognition First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865799

Neural Mechanisms in Taste The purpose of NEURAL MECHANISM in TASTE is to emphasize physiological principles and reveal new insights of this most recent research. This book is aimed to reach scientists within the broad area of neurophysiology as well as those in other disciplines who have interests in sensory mechanisms. The focus is on two major themes--peripheral mechanisms and neural processing at the central level. Every chapter is written by an expert on the subject matter including definitive updates on the status of each topic. This work is not only useful to researchers in taste but also to basic and applied scientists in related fields (such as food technology) doctoral and postdoctoral students. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810696

Neural Network Computing for the Electric Power IndustryProceedings of the 1992 Inns Summer Workshop Power system computing with neural networks is one of the fastest growing fields in the history of power system engineering. Since 1988 a considerable amount of work has been done in investigating computing capabilities of neural networks and understanding their relevance to providing efficient solutions for outstanding complex problems of the electric power industry. A principal objective of a power utility is to provide electric energy to its customers in a secure reliable and economic manner. Toward this aim utility personnel are engaged in a variety of activities in areas of supervisory control and monitoring evaluation of operating conditions operation planning and scheduling system development equipment testing etc. Over the past decades significant advances have been made in the development of new concepts design of hardware and software systems and implementation of solid-state devices which all contributed to the steadily improving power system performance that we are experiencing today. Advanced information processing technologies played an important role in these development efforts. Members of the Special Interest Group for Power Engineering of the INNS recognized the need for bringing together leading researchers in the field of neurocomputing with experts from power utilities and manufacturing companies to assess the current state of affairs and to explore the directions of further research and practice. This book is based on The Summer Workshop on Neural Network Computing for the Electric Power Industry which brought together approximately forty specialists with backgrounds in power engineering system operation and planning neural network theory and AI systems design. An informal and highly inspiring atmosphere of the workshop facilitated open discussion and exchange of expertise between the participants. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203773581

Neural Network Control of Nonlinear Discrete-Time Systems Intelligent systems are a hallmark of modern feedback control systems. But as these systems mature we have come to expect higher levels of performance in speed and accuracy in the face of severe nonlinearities disturbances unforeseen dynamics and unstructured uncertainties. Artificial neural networks offer a combination of adaptability parallel processing and learning capabilities that outperform other intelligent control methods in more complex systems.Borrowing from BiologyExamining neurocontroller design in discrete-time for the first time Neural Network Control of Nonlinear Discrete-Time Systems presents powerful modern control techniques based on the parallelism and adaptive capabilities of biological nervous systems. At every step the author derives rigorous stability proofs and presents simulation examples to demonstrate the concepts.Progressive DevelopmentAfter an introduction to neural networks dynamical systems control of nonlinear systems and feedback linearization the book builds systematically from actuator nonlinearities and strict feedback in nonlinear systems to nonstrict feedback system identification model reference adaptive control and novel optimal control using the Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman formulation. The author concludes by developing a framework for implementing intelligent control in actual industrial systems using embedded hardware.Neural Network Control of Nonlinear Discrete-Time Systems fosters an understanding of neural network controllers and explains how to build them using detailed derivations stability analysis and computer simulations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221410

Neural Network Control Of Robot Manipulators And Non-Linear Systems There has been great interest in "universal controllers" that mimic the functions of human processes to learn about the systems they are controlling on-line so that performance improves automatically. Neural network controllers are derived for robot manipulators in a variety of applications including position control force control link flexibility stabilization and the management of high-frequency joint and motor dynamics.The first chapter provides a background on neural networks and the second on dynamical systems and control. Chapter three introduces the robot control problem and standard techniques such as torque adaptive and robust control. Subsequent chapters give design techniques and Stability Proofs For NN Controllers For Robot Arms Practical Robotic systems with high frequency vibratory modes force control and a general class of non-linear systems. The last chapters are devoted to discrete- time NN controllers. Throughout the text worked examples are provided. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062714

Neural Network ModelingStatistical Mechanics and Cybernetic Perspectives Neural Network Modeling offers a cohesive approach to the statistical mechanics and principles of cybernetics as a basis for neural network modeling. It brings together neurobiologists and the engineers who design intelligent automata to understand the physics of collective behavior pertinent to neural elements and the self-control aspects of neurocybernetics. The theoretical perspectives and explanatory projections portray the most current information in the field some of which counters certain conventional concepts in the visualization of neuronal interactions. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203745960

Neural Network Models of Conditioning and Action Originally published in 1991 this title was the result of a symposium held at Harvard University. It presents some of the exciting interdisciplinary developments of the time that clarify how animals and people learn to behave adaptively in a rapidly changing environment. The contributors focus on aspects of how recognition learning reinforcement learning and motor learning interact to generate adaptive goal-oriented behaviours that can satisfy internal needs – an area of inquiry as important for understanding brain function as it is for designing new types of freely moving autonomous robots. Since the authors agree that a dynamic analysis of system interactions is needed to understand these challenging phenomena – and neural network models provide a natural framework for representing and analysing such interactions – all the articles either develop neural network models or provide biological constraints for guiding and testing their design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192126

Neural Network Perspectives on Cognition and Adaptive Robotics Featuring an international team of authors Neural Network Perspectives on Cognition and Adaptive Robotics presents several approaches to the modeling of human cognition and language using neural computing techniques. It also describes how adaptive robotic systems can be produced using neural network architectures. Covering a wide range of mainstream area and trends each chapter provides the latest information from a different perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455873

Neural Networks for Applied Sciences and EngineeringFrom Fundamentals to Complex Pattern Recognition In response to the exponentially increasing need to analyze vast amounts of data Neural Networks for Applied Sciences and Engineering: From Fundamentals to Complex Pattern Recognition provides scientists with a simple but systematic introduction to neural networks. Beginning with an introductory discussion on the role of neural networks in Media > Books > E-books Auerbach Publications 9780429115783

Neural Networks for Knowledge Representation and Inference The second published collection based on a conference sponsored by the Metroplex Institute for Neural Dynamics -- the first is Motivation Emotion and Goal Direction in Neural Networks (LEA 1992) -- this book addresses the controversy between symbolicist artificial intelligence and neural network theory. A particular issue is how well neural networks -- well established for statistical pattern matching -- can perform the higher cognitive functions that are more often associated with symbolic approaches. This controversy has a long history but recently erupted with arguments against the abilities of renewed neural network developments. More broadly than other attempts the diverse contributions presented here not only address the theory and implementation of artificial neural networks for higher cognitive functions but also critique the history of assumed epistemologies -- both neural networks and AI -- and include several neurobiological studies of human cognition as a real system to guide the further development of artificial ones. Organized into four major sections this volume: * outlines the history of the AI/neural network controversy the strengths and weaknesses of both approaches and shows the various capabilities such as generalization and discreetness as being along a broad but common continuum; * introduces several explicit theoretical structures demonstrating the functional equivalences of neurocomputing with the staple objects of computer science and AI such as sets and graphs; * shows variants on these types of networks that are applied in a variety of spheres including reasoning from a geographic database legal decision making story comprehension and performing arithmetic operations; * discusses knowledge representation process in living organisms including evidence from experimental psychology behavioral neurobiology and electroencephalographic responses to sensory stimuli. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763179

Neural Networks for RoboticsAn Engineering Perspective The book offers an insight on artificial neural networks for giving a robot a high level of autonomous tasks such as navigation cost mapping object recognition intelligent control of ground and aerial robots and clustering with real-time implementations. The reader will learn various methodologies that can be used to solve each stage on autonomous navigation for robots from object recognition clustering of obstacles cost mapping of environments path planning and vision to low level control. These methodologies include real-life scenarios to implement a wide range of artificial neural network architectures.  Includes real-time examples for various robotic platforms.Discusses real-time implementation for land and aerial robots.Presents solutions for problems encountered in autonomous navigation.Explores the mathematical preliminaries needed to understand the proposed methodologies. Integrates computing communications control sensing planning and other techniques by means of artificial neural networks for robotics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367733391

Neural Networks in Transport Applications First published in 1998 this volume enters the debate on human behaviour in the form of neural networks in a spatial context. As most transportation research techniques had been developed in the 1960s and 1970s these authors sought to bring that research into the modern era. Featuring 17 articles from 37 contributors it begins with an overview and proceeds to examine aspects of travel behaviour traffic flow and traffic management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334540

Neural Plasticity Across the LifespanHow the brain can change Neural Plasticity Across the Lifespan reviews the recent scientific developments which are transforming our understanding of the human brain. For many years it was thought that modifications to the structural and functional organization of the brain were limited to a short early period of life "the critical period" and in adults to the memory system. Recent research suggests that on the contrary we should see the human brain as a flexible structure which adapts and modifies in response to learning sensory experience age and disease. The book provides an integrated overview of contemporary research on neural plasticity - the process by which the brain can change in structure and function to cope with new experiences and react to the effects of acquired damage or sensory deprivation. It reviews data on plasticity in the developing brain looking at both typical and atypical development alongside clinical and observational research on the adult population. It covers a number of key topics including: different forms of neural plasticity factors affecting neural plasticity (ageing and gender) neural plasticity in language acquisition memory and bodily self-consciousness mechanisms of repair – plasticity following sensory deprivation and acquired brain damage. This is an accessible overview of an emerging field of research which has fundamental implications for how we perceive our potential to change throughout our lives. It will be essential reading for all students of cognitive development cognitive neuroscience and lifespan development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722811

Neural Plasticity and MemoryFrom Genes to Brain Imaging A comprehensive multidisciplinary review Neural Plasticity and Memory: From Genes to Brain Imaging provides an in-depth up-to-date analysis of the study of the neurobiology of memory. Leading specialists share their scientific experience in the field covering a wide range of topics where molecular genetic behavioral and brain imaging techniques have been used to investigate how cellular and brain circuits may be modified by experience. In each chapter researchers present findings and explain their innovative methodologies. The book begins by introducing key issues and providing a historical overview of the field of memory consolidation. The following chapters review the putative genetic and molecular mechanisms of cell plasticity elaborating on how experience could induce gene and protein expression and describing their role in synaptic plasticity underlying memory formation. They explore how putative modifications of brain circuits and synaptic elements through experience can become relatively permanent and hence improve brain function. Interdisciplinary reviews focus on how nerve cell circuitry molecular expression neurotransmitter release and electrical activity are modified during the acquisition and consolidation of long-term memory. The book also covers receptor activation/deactivation by different neurotransmitters that enable the intracellular activation of second messengers during memory formation. It concludes with a summary of current research on the modulation and regulation that different neurotransmitters and stress hormones have on formation and consolidation of memory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389222

Neural Prostheses for Restoration of Sensory and Motor Function The prospect of interfacing the nervous system with electronic devices to stimulate or record from neural tissue suggests numerous possibilities in the field of neuroprosthetics. While the creation of a "six million dollar man" may still be far into the future neural prostheses are rapidly becoming viable theories for a broad range of patients with injury or disease of the nervous system. Neural Prostheses for Restoration of Sensory and Motor Function presents a general review of exciting scientific discoveries that show the feasibility of using electronic devices to restore motor function in paralyzed patients. The book is divided into two sections. The first section details some of the most successful sensory and motor prosthetic devices available. It pays particular attention to the present usefulness and future promise of these devices. It explores different approaches to the use of functional electrical stimulation for the restoration of motor control.The second section highlights the growing field of brain-implantable devices for the control of artificial prosthetic devices or neural prosthetics. It considers the possible scientific and clinical advantages of using implanted devices to record signals from the nervous system and the use of those signals for the restoration of neurological function. The book presents research data that relates to the feasibility of using brain-controlled neurorobotic devices. It offers a new perspective on the practice of combining neurochemical and neurophysiological information to create prosthetic control devices that restore chemical balance to the brain. Neural Prostheses for Restoration of Sensory and Motor Function examines several different types of neural prosthetic devices as well as recent advances in research for novel devices to restore sensory and motor function in patients with neural damage. It provides authoritative information on neural prosthetic techniques and applications - specifica Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398088

Neural Stimulation First Published in 1985 this book offers a full comprehensive investigation into Stimulation of the brain. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Neurobiologists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367229344

Neural Stimulation First Published in 1985 this book offers a full comprehensive investigation into Stimulation of the brain. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Neurobiologists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367229382

Neural Theories of MindWhy the Mind-Brain Problem May Never Be Solved In this fascinating book William R. Uttal raises the possibility that however much we learn about the anatomy and physiology of the brain and psychology we may never be able to cross the final bridge explaining how the mind is produced by the brain. Three main classes of mind-brain theory are considered and rejected: field theories because they are based on a superficial analogy; single cell theories because they emerge from a massive uncontrolled experimental program; and neural net theories because they are constrained by combinatorial complexity.To support his argument Uttal explores the empirical and conceptual foundations of these theoretical approaches and identifies flaws in their fundamental logic. The author concludes that the problems preventing solution of the mind-brain problem are intractable yet well within the confines of natural science. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138004207

Neuroadaptive SystemsTheory and Applications Broadly defined as the science and technology of systems responding to neural processes in the brain neuroadaptive systems (NASs) has become a rapidly developing area of study. One of the first books available in this emerging area Neuroadaptive Systems: Theory and Applications synthesizes knowledge about human behavior cognition neural processing and technology and how it can be used to optimize the design development modeling simulation and applications of complex neuro-based systems. Balancing coverage of theory and applications the book examines the general aims of NASs and how neurogenomics can be applied in training applications. It includes important results and findings gathered from approximately two decades of brain computer interaction research. But more than this the book details the underlying rationale for using NASs compared to other kinds of human-machine systems and raises questions and concerns about budding neuro-scientific areas that gives insight into the way humans may interact with neuro-technological systems in the future. With contributions from international professionals and researchers this book presents state-of-the-art developments in neuroscience human factors and brain activity measurement. Packed with models case studies research results and illustrations it discusses approaches to understanding the functions of neuronal networks and then explores challenges and applications of neuroadaptive systems. It provides tools for future development and the theory to support it. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072718

Neuroaesthetics The beginning of psychological aesthetics is normally traced back to the publication of Gustav Theodor Fechner's seminal book "Vorschule der Aesthetik" in 1876. Following in the footsteps of this rich tradition editors Martin Skov and Oshin Vartanian view neuroaesthetics - the emerging field of inquiry concerned with uncovering the ways in which aesthetic behavior is caused by brain processes - as a natural extension of Fechner's 'empirical spirit' to understand the link between the objective and subjective worlds inherent in aesthetic experience. The editors had two specific aims for this book. The first was to highlight the diversity of approaches that are underway under the banner of neuroaesthetics.Currently this topic is being investigated from experimental evolutionary neuropsychological and neuroimaging perspectives to tackle problems in the visual arts literature music and film. Its quintessentially interdisciplinary nature has functioned as a breeding ground for generating and testing hypotheses in multiple domains. The second goal was more integrative and involved distilling some of the key features common to these diverse strands of work. The book presents a possible framework for neuroaesthetics by highlighting what the contributors consider to be its defining features and offering a working definition of neuroaesthetics that captures these features. "Neuroaesthetics" will provide an empirical and theoretical framework to motivate further work in this area. Ultimately the hope is that puzzles in aesthetics can be solved through insights from biology but that the contribution can be truly bidirectional. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783712

Neuroanat and Physiology of Abdominal Vagal Afferents Neuroanatomy and Physiology of Abdominal Vagal Afferents provides a concise up-to-date selection of focused reviews of vagal sensory participation in control of gastrointestinal function and behavior. The articles written by internationally recognized leaders in the field examine the types of information carried by vagal sensory neurons from the gastrointestinal tract how the vagal sensory and motor components are arranged and interact with the brain and the nature of vagal sensory participation in selected aspects of physiology and behavior. Future avenues of research in the area of vagal neuroanatomy and physiology are suggested.Neuroanatomy and Physiology of Abdominal Vagal Afferents is a detailed informative volume that will benefit neurobiologists GI physiologists behavioral scientists and research gastroenterologists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069171

Neuroanatomical Basis of Clinical Neurology Bridging the gap between the peripheral and central nervous systems the second edition of Neuroanatomical Basis of Clinical Neurology enriches understanding of neurological conditions through a conceptual approach to neuronal circuitry. The book retains the basic outline of contents from the first edition integrating structural organization with pertinent clinical disorders while reflecting the substantial growth and ever-changing information in neuroscience After an introduction to the developmental and cellular aspects of the nervous system the book discusses in depth the morphology and internal organization of the central nervous system. It examines the somatic and autonomic components of the peripheral nervous system emphasizing nerve entrapments and neuropathies. The author describes various dysfunctions by demonstrating the neuronal interconnectivity between higher and lower autonomic centers and the mediation of visceral reflexes. The Second Edition incorporates and highlights common and relevant clinical conditions. Topics include: Various forms of cortical dysfunctions such as seizures disconnection syndrome coma and dementia The role of prefrontal cortex in behavior and attention introducing the topic of autism Up-to-date information on the auditory vestibular gustatory and limbic systems The neurochemistry of the limbic system memory and associated disorders and the structural and neuronal circuitry of the hippocampal gyrus Structural organization and associated pathways of the extrapyramidal system demonstrating the neurochemical basis of movement disorders This new edition skillfully integrates over a decade of discovery in neuroscience since the publication of the first edition and introduces deepened insights into the neuronal synaptic connectivity and the mechanisms that underlie neurologic disorders. The book remains an essential source of information for medical and allied health students practitioners of neurology and students of neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439848333

Neuroanatomy and the Neurologic ExamA Thesaurus of Synonyms Similar-Sounding Non-Synonyms and Terms of Variable Meaning In this book!Neuroanatomy and the Neurologic Exam is an innovative comprehensive thesaurus that surveys terminology from neuroanatomy and the neurologic examination as well as related general terms from neurophysiology neurohistology neuroembryology neuroradiology and neuropathology. The author prepared the thesaurus by examining how terms were used in a large sample of recent widely used general textbooks in basic neuroanatomy and clinical neurology. These textbooks were written by experts who received their primary professional training in 13 different countries allowing the thesaurus to incorporate synonyms and conflicting definitions that occur as a result of variations in terminology used in other countries. The thesaurus contains: Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745939

Neuroanatomy of Social BehaviourAn Evolutionary and Psychoanalytic Perspective This book is for readers who are knowledgeable about the neurosciences and curious about brain mechanisms that produce normal and pathological social behaviour. It is a reference work that presents and reviews facts and recent findings that need to be accounted for within a coherent neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of social behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322762

Neurobehavioral GeneticsMethods and Applications Second Edition A complete background to concepts and principles of behavioral genetics Neurobehavioral Genetics: Methods and Applications Second Edition features a broad spectrum of the most current techniques in neurobehavioral genetics in a single source. International researchers incorporate several new developments in the field including:Developmental neurobehavioral geneticsGene-gene interactionNew approaches in bioinformaticsGene expressionSingle gene techniquesBased on various studies of living organisms ranging from primates to rodents to invertebrates this edition offers a contemporary approach to examining the relationship between the genetic mechanisms in the brain and behavior. The authors examine how past and recent advances in methods and knowledge come together in the comparative genetics of behavior. They introduce the reader to experimental approaches available for the genetic study of emotionality focusing on the use of animal models. This edition explores studies in neurogenetic disorders including schizophrenia and bipolar disorders examines genetic traits in personality such as altruism and evaluates aggression in mice and humans. It also discusses the applications of quantitative methods and molecular genetics in basic and clinical research.Neurobehavioral Genetics: Methods and Applications Second Edition brings together new techniques and methods to promote a better understanding of genetics and their effects on behavior. The book is an excellent resource for investigators who want to incorporate genetic methods into neurobehavioral and psychiatric research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390433

Neurobehavioral PlasticityLearning Development and Response to Brain Insults This book describes a unique combination of research programs based on a striking variety of hypotheses and procedures directed toward understanding the sources and consequences of neurobehavioral plasticity. This remarkable attribute of the nervous system -- to be pliable and capable of being shaped or formed by natural or artificial sources toward adaptation or maladaptation -- is considered in terms of the neurochemical forces and neuroanatomical structure that has been found to be pivotal for this function. The impetus for this volume was a symposium held to honor Robert L. Isaacson for his scientific and pedagogical achievements as well as his contributions to behavioral neuroscience. Corresponding to his three major research interests the book is divided into three sections as follows: * the first explores the relationship between the limbic system and behavior with an emphasis on learning and memory; * the second considers -- through a wide range of approaches -- issues of plasticity in behavior and brain; and * the third deals with neural and chemical determinants of normal and abnormal behavior. This volume is not only a fitting tribute to Isaacson but also an unusual collection of new evidence procedures and theories destined to have significant influence on behavioral neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138976979

Neurobehavioral Toxicology: Neurological and Neuropsychological Perspectives 3 Volume Set First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781848728653

Neurobehavioral Toxicology: Neurological and Neuropsychological Perspectives Volume IFoundations and Methods This book the first of three volumes provides a thorough background to the emerging field of neurobehavioral toxicology by looking at current clinical approaches and tests as well as assessing current clinical research. The analysis of the impact of toxins on the human nervous system is particularly pertinent given the ongoing expansion of pharmaceuticals industrial hazards biological warfare and global pollution. A comprehensive introduction to neurobehavioral toxicology this work will be of interest to practicing neurologists and neuropsychologists as well as to occupational medicine physicians and medical toxicologists. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138876781

Neurobehavioral Toxicology: Neurological and Neuropsychological Perspectives Volume IIICentral Nervous System This is the final volume in a three-volume work that has addressed the scientific methodologies relevant to clinical neurobehavioral toxicology. Volume I focused on basic concepts and methodologies in Neurobehavioral Toxicology with Volume II focusing on the peripheral nervous system. Volume III attends to what is known about industrial and environmental chemicals medicines and substances of abuse and how these agents affect the central nervous system. All substances have the capacity to be toxic depending on factors that include the physical properties of the chemical or compound organism related variables or interaction between the two. These substances on the other hand and as a result of these same factors might be used therapeutically or even recreationally. The difference between medicine recreational drug or poison depends often on a careful balance between adverse and intended effects. How to determine that a specified substance has caused harm is emphasized in the present volume by way of case examples and discussion. Illnesses and behavioral variations that compete with toxicant-induced explanations for findings in a given case as well as the various controversies that can arise around issues of diagnosis and causal determination are treated comprehensively in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138876774

Neurobehavioral Toxicology: Neurological and Neuropsychological Perspectives Volume IIPeripheral Nervous System This book the second of three volumes concentrates on peripheral nervous system disorders. Examining the effects of neurotoxicants on nerve muscle and the neuromuscular junction it builds on the scientific principles outlined in volume 1 by looking at the application of the methods discussed particularly in terms of the evaluation and diagnosis of individual patients and the related process of establishing causation. Neurobehavorial Toxicology Volume 2 will be of interest to practicing neurologists and neuropsychologists as well as to occupational medicine physicians and medical toxicologists. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138876798

Neurobehavioural Disability and Social Handicap Following Traumatic Brain Injury Neurobehavioural disability (NBD) follows many forms of serious brain injury and is a major constraint on social independence. This book brings together a group of leading academics and practising clinicians to provide an overview of the nature of NBD considering how it translates into social handicap and what can be done to address associated problems through social and behavioural rehabilitation vocational training and family education. This fully revised edition takes into account advances in the field exploring the range of cognitive emotional and behavioural effects of brain damage most commonly associated with damage to the frontal and associated structures of the brain that govern social behaviour. This edition also features increased emphasis on psychological interventions as well as new chapters on brain imaging pharmacotherapy and assistive technology for disability. Neurobehavioural Disability and Social Handicap Following Traumatic Brain Injury is essential reading for clinical psychologists psychiatrists and neurologists working in brain injury rehabilitation. The book will also be of interest to relatives of those with brain injury seeking better knowledge to understand neurobehavioural disability as well as the growing number of therapy care assistants case managers support workers and social workers responsible for the day to day care of brain injured people in the community. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138923935

Neurobiology and Mental Health Clinical PracticeNew Directions New Challenges This book illustrates the current findings of interpersonal neurobiology from leading mental health clinician-scholars that inform knowledge building and clinical practice. Representing the fields of social work psychology and psychiatry these authors creatively apply research findings from the ongoing revolution in social and behaviour neuroscience to a diverse array of clinical issues. Contributions include elaborations of theory (the evolving social brain; new directions in attachment affect regulation and trauma studies); practice (neurobiologically informed work with children adults couples and in the conduct of supervision); and emerging neuroscientific perspectives on broader mental health issues and concerns (substance abuse; psychotropic medications; secondary traumatic stress in clinicians; the neurodynamics of racial prejudice; the dangers of forfeiting humanism to our current romance with the biological). Together these chapters equip readers with state-of-the-art knowledge of the manner in which new understandings of the brain inform and shape today’s professional efforts to heal the troubled mind. This book was originally published as a special issue of Smith College Studies in Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059566

Neurobiology of AddictionsImplications for Clinical Practice Bridge the gap between the physical foundations of substance abuse and the psychosocial approaches that can treat it!This groundbreaking book offers helping professionals a thorough introduction to the neurobiological aspects of substance abuse. It presents the basic information on the subject including the various neurobiological theories of addiction and places them in a psychosocial context. Its clear and straightforward style connects the theoretical information with practical applications. This is an essential resource for substance abuse counselors researchers therapists and social workers. Neurobiology of Addictions offers sound tested information on substance abuse issues including: neurobiological theories of addiction integrating drug treatments and therapeutic interventions using neurobiology to discover substance abuse in clients of various ages perspectives from social work pharmacology biology and neuroscience Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821337

Neurobiology of Body Fluid HomeostasisTransduction and Integration A timely symposium entitled Body-Fluid Homeostasis: Transduction and Integration was held at Araraquara São Paulo Brazil in 2011. This meeting was convened as an official satellite of a joint gathering of the International Society for Autonomic Neuroscience (ISAN) and the American Autonomic Society (AAS) held in Buzios Rio de Janeiro. Broad international participation at this event generated stimulating discussion among the invited speakers leading to the publication of Neurobiology of Body Fluid Homeostasis: Transduction and Integration. Drawn from the proceedings and filled with rich examples of integrative neurobiology and regulatory physiology this volume:Provides updated research using human and animal models for the control of bodily fluids thirst and salt appetiteExplores neural and endocrine control of body fluid balance arterial pressure thermoregulation and ingestive behaviorDiscusses recent developments in molecular genetics cell biology and behavioral plasticity Reviews key aspects of brain serotonin and steroid and peptide control of fluid consumption and arterial pressure The book highlights research conducted by leading scientists on signal transduction and sensory afferent mechanisms molecular genetics perinatal and adult long-term influences on regulation central neural integrative circuitry and autonomic/neuroendocrine effector systems. The findings discussed by the learned contributors are relevant for a basic understanding of disorders such as heat injury hypertension and excess salt intake. A unique reference on the neurobiology of body fluid homeostasis this volume is certain to fuel additional research and stimulate further debate on the topic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379414

Neurobiology of Chemical Communication Intraspecific communication involves the activation of chemoreceptors and subsequent activation of different central areas that coordinate the responses of the entire organism—ranging from behavioral modification to modulation of hormones release. Animals emit intraspecific chemical signals often referred to as pheromones to advertise their presence to members of the same species and to regulate interactions aimed at establishing and regulating social and reproductive bonds. In the last two decades scientists have developed a greater understanding of the neural processing of these chemical signals. Neurobiology of Chemical Communication explores the role of the chemical senses in mediating intraspecific communication. Providing an up-to-date outline of the most recent advances in the field it presents data from laboratory and wild species ranging from invertebrates to vertebrates from insects to humans. The book examines the structure anatomy electrophysiology and molecular biology of pheromones. It discusses how chemical signals work on different mammalian and non-mammalian species and includes chapters on insects Drosophila honey bees amphibians mice tigers and cattle. It also explores the controversial topic of human pheromones. An essential reference for students and researchers in the field of pheromones this is also an ideal resource for those working on behavioral phenotyping of animal models and persons interested in the biology/ecology of wild and domestic species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466553415

Neurobiology of Comparative Cognition This book represents a unique and elaborate exposition of the neural organization of language memory and spatial perception in a wide variety of species including humans bees fish rodents and monkeys. The editors have united the comparative approach with its emphasis on evolutionary determinants of behavior the neurobiological approach with its emphasis on the neural determinants of behavior and the cognitive approach with its emphasis on understanding higher-order mental functions. The combination of these three approaches provides an unusual look at the neurobiology of comparative cognition and should stimulate increased investigations in this field and related disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315808147

Neurobiology of Depression Major depressive disorders have recently been associated with impairments in signaling pathways that regulate neuroplasticity and cell survival. Agents designed to directly target molecules in these pathways hold promise as new therapeutics for depression. With the collaboration of the most prestigious international specialists in biochemistry molecular biology genomics psychiatry psychology and pharmacology Neurobiology of Depression discusses the nature of the central nervous system circuits responsible for the modifications of neuronal functioning that lead to depression. The book begins by discussing animal neurophysiological and neuropsychological models of depression as well as neural foundations. It explores genetic factors that contribute to depression and describes the effect of monoaminergic systems in the central nervous system. Next the book profiles the rise of psychopharmacology in the treatment of depression and the research into serotonin and monoamine reuptake inhibitors. It examines the role of the glutamatergic endocannabinoid and opioid systems in the pathophysiology of mood disorders as well as the effect of biological rhythms on the human body. Later chapters review the role of CRF-related ligands CRF receptors HPA axis activity and glucocorticoid receptors in the regulation of the stress response and depression. They also describe cytokine modulation of molecular mechanisms. They examine the role of neuropeptide Y nitric oxide beta-arrestins BDNF and phosphodiesterases and discuss the use of tachykinin antagonists in treatment. Finally they analyze the neurobiological basis for the development of new antidepressant agents. Exploring myriad aspects of a disease that plagues a large percentage of the population worldwide this volume captures the state of the science of this debilitating disorder facilitating further research and discovery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439838495

Neurobiology of Huntington’s DiseaseApplications to Drug Discovery In 1993 the genetic mutation responsible for Huntington’s disease (HD) was identified. Considered a milestone in human genomics this discovery has led to nearly two decades of remarkable progress that has greatly increased our knowledge of HD and documented an unexpectedly large and diverse range of biochemical and genetic perturbations that seem to result directly from the expression of the mutant huntingtin gene. Neurobiology of Huntington’s Disease: Applications to Drug Discovery presents a thorough review of the issues surrounding drug discovery and development for the treatment of this paradigmatic neurodegenerative disease. Drawing on the expertise of key researchers in the field the book discusses the basic neurobiology of Huntington’s disease and how its monogenic nature confers enormous practical advantages for translational research including the creation of robust experimental tools models and assays to facilitate discovery and validation of molecular targets and drug candidates for HD. Written to support future basic research as well as drug development efforts this volume: Covers the latest research approaches in genetics genomics and proteomics including high-throughput and high-content screening Highlights advances in the discovery and development of new drug therapies for neurodegenerative disorders Examines the practical realities of preclinical testing clinical testing strategies and ultimately clinical usage While the development of effective drug treatments for Huntington's disease continues to be tremendously challenging a highly interactive and cooperative community of researchers and clinical investigators now brings us to the threshold of potential breakthroughs in the quest for therapeutic agents. The impressive array of drug discovery resources outlined in the text holds much promise for treating this devastating disease providing hope to long-suffering Huntington’s disease patients and their families. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116627

Neurobiology of Sensation and Reward Synthesizing coverage of sensation and reward into a comprehensive systems overview Neurobiology of Sensation and Reward presents a cutting-edge and multidisciplinary approach to the interplay of sensory and reward processing in the brain. While over the past 70 years these areas have drifted apart this book makes a case for reuniting sensation and reward by highlighting the important links and interface between the two.Emphasizing the role of reward in reinforcing behaviors the book begins with an exploration of the history ecology and evolution of sensation and reward. Progressing through the five senses contributors explore how the brain extracts information from sensory cues. The chapter authors examine how different animal species predict rewards thereby integrating sensation and reward in learning focusing on effects in anatomy physiology and behavior. Drawing on empirical research contributors build on the themes of the book to present insights into the human sensory rewards of perfume art and music setting the scene for further cross-disciplinary collaborations that bridge the neurobiological interface between sensation and reward. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382933

Neurobiology of TRP Channels During the last two decades there has been an explosion of research pertaining to the molecular mechanisms that allow for organisms to detect different stimuli that is an essential feature for their survival. Among these mechanisms living beings need to be able to respond to different temperatures as well as chemical and physical stimuli. Thermally activated ion channels were proposed to be present in sensory neurons in the 1980s but it was not until 1997 that a heat- and capsaicin- activated ion channel TRPV1 was cloned and its function described in detail. This groundbreaking discovery led to the identification and characterization of several more proteins of the family of Transient Receptor Potential (TRP) ion channels. Intensive research has provided us with the atomic structures of some of these proteins as well as understanding of their physiological roles both in normal and pathological conditions. With chapters contributed by renowned experts in the field Neurobiology of TRP Channels contains a state- of- the- art overview of our knowledge of TRP channels ranging from structure to their functions in organismal physiology.  Features:• Contains chapters on the roles of several TRP ion channels with a diversity of physiological functions providing a complete picture of the widespread importance of these proteins.• Presents an overview of the structure of TRP channels including the roles of these proteins in different physiological processes.• Discusses the roles of TRP channels in pathophysiological processes further highlighting their importance.• Features several full color illustrations to allow the reader better comprehension of TRP channels.A volume in the Frontiers in Neuroscience series Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735807

Neurochemistry & Clinical Disorders First Published in 1989 this book offers a full comprehensive guide to neurochemistry in certain mental health conditions and psychosomatic syndromes. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367247485

NeurocinemaWhen Film Meets Neurology Film directors recognize that neurologic disease impacts mind and motility and often use it in a plot or defining scene. It should be informative and educational to deconstruct neurologic representation in film. Neurocinema: When Film Meets Neurology is a collection of film essays that summarize the portrayal of major neurologic syndromes and clinical signs in cinema. Many films approach the reality of disease quite closely and as a result are deeply moving and memorable. Equally important these films say as much about consequences as they say about the disorder. Therefore the main themes include sudden confrontation with a major neurologic illness disability from chronic neurologic disease and failure to lead a normal life. More than 100 fiction films and documentaries are discussed in this completely original and definitive work on how film meets neurology. The book includes nearly 50 neurology topics explains them and places them in a broader context. The book is accessible for all health care workers and general readership. Eelco Wijdicks is a professor of neurology at the Mayo Clinic College of Medicine. He is the chair of the Division of Critical Care Neurology and an attending neurointensivist at Mayo Clinic Hospital Saint Marys Campus. He has written numerous books and scientific articles on the clinical practice of neurocritical care. He is enamored with cinema and neurologic representation in fiction and documentary films. Dr. Wijdicks has written film reviews for Neurology Today and THE LANCET Neurology. He is the author of a major publication on the portrayal of coma in film and its potential effect on the viewing public. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242867

Neurocognitive and Physiological Factors During High-Tempo Operations Neurocognitive and Physiological Factors During High-Tempo Operations features world-renowned scientists conducting groundbreaking research into the basic mechanisms of stress effects on the human body and psyche as well as introducing novel pharmaceutics and equipment that can rescue or improve maximal performance during stress. Its focus is on the military model as an exemplar for high-stress environments the best for understanding human performance under stress both in the short-term as well as in the long-term. The unprecedented demands on the modern soldier include constantly shifting enemy threat levels and tactics ambiguous loyalties rapidly evolving weaponry and the need to amass comprehend retain and act upon large datasets of information. During high-tempo operations soldiers must maintain superior cognitive and physical skill levels throughout extended periods of little to no sleep. Furthermore although a soldier fresh from training may perform at peak skill the effects of cognitive and physical strain and sleeplessness during deployment can impair his or her ability to transfer instructional knowledge to complex real-life situations. It is necessary to understand how intense workloads both mental and physical combine with total sleep deprivation to alter soldier situation awareness decision-making and physical abilities. The resulting knowledge can be used to design rapid deployable fitness-for-duty measures alter training protocols and assess training efficacy in order to enable decision-makers to act at peak ability during high operations tempo. In addition dual-use applications of resulting knowledge and technology extend well into the civilian sector to law-enforcement officers healthcare professionals and emergency responders. The book differs from many previous human factors publications by presenting state-of-the-art neuroscience data in a format that is comprehensible and informative for readers of diverse backgrounds. It not only details human behaviors and perception but also provides concise brain imagery and physiological findings to support its conclusions. In addition the incorporation of the US Army soldier model of extreme stress and extreme performance demands provides a real-life theme that anchors the scientific organizational assessment and response aspects of each chapter. This book synthesizes hard facts with real-life accounts of performing under stress and shows how a large oversight institution like the US Army can measure and improve human factors considerations for its members. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072725

Neurocognitive Approaches to Developmental Disorders: A Festschrift for Uta FrithA Special Issue of the Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Uta Frith has been an outstandingly influential figure in the field of developmental neuropsychology for over 40 years and is internationally renowned for her work on developmental cognitive disorders. Her scholarly influence has defined contemporary research on atypical development notably in the fields of autism and dyslexia. This tribute to Uta brings together her former graduate students post-doctoral scientists and collaborators in a series of papers that provide reflections on current theory and research. The volume bears the hallmark of Uta’s mentoring by including critical ‘state of the art’ reviews empirical research which challenges mainstream views and consideration of alternative hypotheses that set the stage for future research. Topics covered include behavioural and neuroimaging studies of autism dyslexia psychopathy as well as theoretical and experimental accounts of normal and abnormal development of intelligence reading and social cognition. This special issue of the Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology will be of interest to all students and researchers in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883215

Neurocomputing for Design Automation Neurocomputing for Design Automation provides innovative design theories and computational models with two broad objectives: automation and optimization.This singular book:Presents an introduction to the automation and optimization of engineering design of complex engineering systems using neural network computingOutlines new computational models and paradigms for automating the complex process of design for unique engineering systems such as steel highrise building structuresApplies design theories and models to the solution of structural design problemsIntegrates three computing paradigms: mathematical optimization neural network computing and parallel processingThe applications described are general enough to be applied directly or by extension to other engineering design problems such as aerospace or mechanical design. Also the computational models are shown to be stable and robust - particularly suitable for design automation of large systems such as a 144-story steel super-highrise building structure with more than 20 000 members.The book provides an exceptional framework for the automation and optimization of engineering design focusing on a new computing paradigm - neural networks computing. It presents the automation of complex systems at a new and higher level never achieved before. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214764

NeurocriminologyForensic and Legal Applications Public Policy Implications Neurocriminology: Forensic and Legal Applications Public Policy Implications explores the dramatic impact of advances in neuroscience research and practice to our present understanding of criminality and crime control.  Contemporary cutting-edge research in neuroscience is cited and explained. Studies and cases are clearly and concisely outlined with potential uses for practical applications detailed.  This will be framed in the context of criminological foundations theory and the notion of the nature of crime itself.  This comprehensive and engaging book also delves into recent developments in modern neurology and connections between neuroscience and its criminal legal and forensic implications and ramifications. The book poses various questions about what insight neurology can provide to human cognition to motivation and—in particular—criminal motivation. From biological observations is there a pattern or are there similarities in what the brainscan of a criminal looks like?  What are the treatment implications and are their valid assessments or treatments that can be used in a corrections environment to curb or even modify behavior definitively?  And ultimately what are the moral legal and social implications of all? Coverage throughout incorporates leading research that links neurological and biological factors to heightened risk for criminality. This includes coverage of suboptimal arousal (low heart rate) testosterone neurotransmitters and variations in MAOA—the so-called "warrior gene"—and more.  Neurocriminology will offer a thought-provoking analysis of the broad-reaching implications of this science to better inform the prevention investigation monitoring and control of crime.  This includes the remarkable potential for neuroscience to serve as a resource and potential tool to criminology and penology researchers psychologists forensic psychologists forensic scientists legal professionals and investigators of crime and criminal behavior. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138632806

Neurodegenerative Disease and MicronutrientsPrevention and Treatment The book proposes that a preparation of antioxidants and micronutrients in combination with standard therapy may reduce progression and improve management better than standard therapy alone for Alzheimer’s Parkinson’s and Huntington’s disease as well as PTSD traumatic brain injury concussions and cerebral vascular insufficiency. The book presents the latest research on the effects of micronutrients and recommends formulations for use in combination with standard therapies for these neurodegenerative diseases and conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034143

Neurodevelopmental Disorders in Children and AdolescentsA Guide to Evaluation and Treatment Neurodevelopmental Disorders in Children and Adolescents provides an innovative perspective on developmental disorders in youth one focused on embracing and working with the "messiness" and many variables at play in child and adolescent development. The volume’s approach is aligned with the NIMH Research Domain Criteria project which hopes to move away from categorical diagnosis toward multidimensional analysis. Each chapter focuses on a particular aspect of development cluster of diagnoses or clinical concern. The book also emphasizes humility an awareness of diversity and difference without stigma and support for collaborative and integrative healthcare. This is an essential volume for practitioners hoping to improve how they evaluate and treat developmental disorders in children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215900

Neurodevelopmental DisordersResearch challenges and solutions Interest in the field of neurodevelopmental disorders has grown exponentially in recent years across a range of disciplines including psychology psychiatry education and neuroscience. The research itself has become more sophisticated using multidisciplinary methods to probe interdisciplinary questions. Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Research Challenges and Solutions provides a thorough overview of the key issues involved in researching neurodevelopmental disorders. The volume includes 14 chapters arranged over three sections. Chapters in the first section address general research challenges for the study of neurodevelopmental disorders. The second section draws upon specific disorders (such as Williams syndrome Autism Spectrum Disorders Down Syndrome Fragile X Syndrome ADHD and Language Disorders) to consider the syndrome-specific issues or challenges that may be crucial to advancing our understanding of aspects of cognition and behavior associated with them. The final section considers how research evidence may be translated into practice to begin making an impact upon the lives of individuals who have neurodevelopmental disorders and their families. Each chapter in the book also includes ‘practical tips’ for either conducting research with individuals who have neurodevelopmental disorders or considering wider practical issues. The book will be indispensable reading for advanced students researchers and practitioners in the fields of developmental psychology developmental psychopathology special needs education neuropsychology and neurodevelopmental disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848723290

Neurodevelopmental Parent-Infant Psychotherapy and MindfulnessComplementary Approaches in Work with Parents and Babies This innovative book explains and introduces the use of mindfulness in therapeutic work with parents and babies covering issues such as feeding crying sleeping and relating as well as other developmental challenges which affect family life as practiced in both clinical sessions and in the home. The book is divided into two parts. Part 1 introduces: (1) what parent-infant psychotherapy is its origin and evolution; (2) mindfulness which consists in paying attention in a purposeful way in the present moment and not judgementally; and (3) the development and maturation of the brain and nervous system and how they are affected by the environment in utero and after birth. Part 2 then goes on to explore a range of topics such as parental mental illnesses immigration dislocation loss guilt substance misuse abuse post-natal depression congenital malformations and the role of fathers. It describes how these factors impact the parental relationship with and the healthy development of the infant drawing from relevant research to demonstrate the effectiveness of parent-infant psychotherapy and mindfulness. The practice of psychoanalytic psychotherapy aided by mindfulness is a useful intervention for distressed families with infants while a mindful approach to oneself and one’s baby can ease parental anxiety and free-loving capacities. Neurodevelopmental Parent-Infant Psychotherapy and Mindfulness is an essential resource for clinicians and researchers working on parent and infant relations and will also appeal to curious new or future parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429065

Neurodiversity StudiesA New Critical Paradigm Building on work in feminist studies queer studies and critical race theory this volume challenges the universality of propositions about human nature by questioning the boundaries between predominant neurotypes and ‘others’ including dyslexics autistics and ADHDers. This is the first work of its kind to bring cutting-edge research across disciplines to the concept of neurodiversity. It offers in-depth explorations of the themes of cure/prevention/eugenics; neurodivergent wellbeing; cross-neurotype communication; neurodiversity at work; and challenging brain-bound cognition. It analyses the role of neuro-normativity in theorising agency and a proposal for a new alliance between the Hearing Voices Movement and neurodiversity. In doing so we contribute to a cultural imperative to redefine what it means to be human. To this end we propose a new field of enquiry that finds ways to support the inclusion of neurodivergent perspectives in knowledge production and which questions the theoretical and mythological assumptions that produce the idea of the neurotypical. Working at the crossroads between sociology critical psychology medical humanities critical disability studies and critical autism studies and sharing theoretical ground with critical race studies and critical queer studies the proposed new field – neurodiversity studies – will be of interest to people working in all these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338312

Neuroeconomics In recent years there has been an astonishing growth in scholarly work at the intersection of economics neuroscience and psychology. As neuroeconomics (as this domain is usually known) continues to blossom this new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences series provides a much-needed compendium of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. The collection also assembles pioneering manifestos and explicates how—rather than being merely an ‘underlabourer’ of economics or neuroscience—neuroeconomics is becoming a specialized discipline in its own right with distinct research methods insights and results. Neuroeconomics is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editors which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906761

Neuroeconomics Judgment and Decision Making This volume explores how and why people make judgments and decisions that have economic consequences and what the implications are for human well-being. It provides an integrated review of the latest research from many different disciplines including social cognitive and developmental psychology; neuroscience and neurobiology; and economics and business. The book has six areas of focus: historical foundations; cognitive consistency and inconsistency; heuristics and biases; neuroeconomics and neurobiology; developmental and individual differences; and improving decisions. Throughout the contributors draw out implications from traditional behavioral research as well as evidence from neuroscience. In recent years neuroscientific methods have matured beyond being simply correlational and descriptive into theoretical prediction and explanation and this has opened up many new areas of discovery about economic behavior that are reviewed in the book. In the final part there are applications of the research to cognitive development individual differences and the improving of decisions. The book takes a broad perspective and is written in an accessible way so as to reach a wide audience of advanced students and researchers interested in behavioral economics and related areas. This includes neuroscientists neuropsychologists clinicians psychologists (developmental social and cognitive) economists and other social scientists; legal scholars and criminologists; professionals in public health and medicine; educators; evidence-based practitioners; and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726604

Neuroeconomics: Hype or Hope? Is neuroeconomics a flimsy fad likely to pass without leaving a discernible trace in economics? Or is it a promising new field with the potential to enrich and improve economic theory? Neuroeconomics brings together a unique mix of perspectives ranging from philosophy of science to neuroeconomics practice to reflect on the promises and limitations of neuroeconomics for the future of economics. The analyses collected in the volume suggest that although neuroeconomics raises methodological worries that ought to be dealt with it might contribute to economics in various ways some perhaps more promising than others. One thing comes out clearly though: a complete insulation of economics from neuroscience and psychology is likely to do economics more harm than good. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journal of Economic Methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807228

Neuroengineering Based on a foundation of science and empirical observation engineering research and design has brought science fiction into science fact. The convergence of neuroscience and technology is facilitating the development of therapies that not long ago would have seemed unimaginable if not impossible. With contributions from pioneers in industry academia and clinical medicine Neuroengineering provides an understanding of the history physiology and the most promising engineering technologies.The book presents clinical applications of neuromodulation and a detailed review of the science and mechanisms of action underlying deep brain stimulation. Contributions include discussions of seizure control clinical surgical and technological aspects of responsive neurostimulation and a thorough review of spinal cord stimulation for pain control. The book highlights promising technologies and applications for neural augmentation brain and computer interfaces and motor protheses. It concludes with coverage of the science underlying current neurostimulation techniques and new paradigm-shifting neuromodulation technologies. We are on the cusp of a technological revolution that promises to have more of an impact on human health disease and quality of life than any other in recent history. Its impact on medicine and society promises to be as dramatic as that of the development of antibiotics. The transition of neural engineering from basic research to intense commercialization and widespread clinical application and acceptance is just around the corner. Providing in-depth coverage of cutting-edge developments in technology and clinical practice the book presents detailed descriptions of technologies science and clinical results that build a foundation for the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388041

NeuroepidemiologyA Tribute To Bruce Schoenberg First published in 1991. This one-of-a-kind publication pays tribute to one of the pre-eminent scientists and educators in neuroepidemiology Dr. Bruce Schoenberg. The goal of this book is to provide a comprehensive state-of-the-art review of the work that has taken place in the field of neuroepidemiology over the last decade and address the challenges and prospects of the future. The work presented in this volume focuses on clinically relevant issues related to the magnitude distribution natural history risk factors treatment and prevention of the more common neurologic disorders. It also emphasizes methodological problems that affect the design and implementation of studies as well as the interpretation of results. The book's concise format provides quick access to the major results difficulties and challenges discussed within the text. Neuroepidemiology: A Tribute to Bruce Schoenberg should be considered an essential addition to the libraries of all clinical neurologists and epidemiologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367228699

Neuroethological Studies Of Cognitive And Perceptual Processes How do bats catch insects in the dark? How do bees learn which flowers to visit? How do food-storing birds remember where their hoards are? Questions like these are addressed by neuroethology the branch of behavioral neuroscience concerned with analyzing the neural bases of naturally occurring behaviors.This book brings together thirteen chapters Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317003

Neurofunctional Prudence and MoralityA Philosophical Theory Philosophers across many traditions have long theorized about the relationship between prudence and morality. Few clear answers have emerged however in large part because of the inherently speculative nature of traditional philosophical methods. This book aims to forge a bold new path forward outlining a theory of prudence and morality that unifies a wide variety of findings in neuroscience with philosophically sophisticated normative theorizing. The author summarizes the emerging behavioral neuroscience of prudence and morality showing how human moral and prudential cognition and motivation are known to involve over a dozen brain regions and capacities. He then outlines a detailed philosophical theory of prudence and morality based on neuroscience and lived human experience. The result demonstrates how this theory coheres with and explains the behavioral neuroscience showing how each brain region and capacity interact to give rise to prudential and moral behavior. Neurofunctional Prudence and Morality: A Philosophical Theory will be of interest to philosophers and psychologists working in moral psychology neuroethics and decision theory.   Chapter 3 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230159

Neuro-Fuzzy Equalizers for Mobile Cellular Channels Equalizers are present in all forms of communication systems. Neuro-Fuzzy Equalizers for Mobile Cellular Channels details the modeling of a mobile broadband communication channel and designing of a neuro-fuzzy adaptive equalizer for it. This book focuses on the concept of the simulation of wireless channel equalizers using the adaptive-network-based fuzzy inference system (ANFIS). The book highlights a study of currently existing equalizers for wireless channels. It discusses several techniques for channel equalization including the type-2 fuzzy adaptive filter (type-2 FAF) compensatory neuro-fuzzy filter (CNFF) and radial basis function (RBF) neural network. Neuro-Fuzzy Equalizers for Mobile Cellular Channels starts with a brief introduction to channel equalizers and the nature of mobile cellular channels with regard to the frequency reuse and the resulting CCI. It considers the many channel models available for mobile cellular channels establishes the mobile indoor channel as a Rayleigh fading channel presents the channel equalization problem and focuses on various equalizers for mobile cellular channels. The book discusses conventional equalizers like LE and DFE using a simple LMS algorithm and transversal equalizers. It also covers channel equalization with neural networks and fuzzy logic and classifies various equalizers. This being a fairly new branch of study the book considers in detail the concept of fuzzy logic controllers in noise cancellation problems and provides the fundamental concepts of neuro-fuzzy. The final chapter offers a recap and explores venues for further research. This book also establishes a common mathematical framework of the equalizers using the RBF model and develops a mathematical model for ultra-wide band (UWB) channels using the channel co-variance matrix (CCM). Introduces the novel concept of the application of adaptive-network-based fuzzy inference system (ANFIS) in the design of wireless channel equalizers Provides model ultra-wide band (UWB) channels using channel co-variance matrix Offers a formulation of a unified radial basis function (RBF) framework for ANFIS-based and fuzzy adaptive filter (FAF) Type II as well as compensatory neuro-fuzzy equalizers Includes extensive use of MATLAB® as the simulation tool in all the above cases Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076600

Neuroimaging of Mental ImageryA Special Issue of the European Journal of Cognitive Psychology Many topics have inspired significant amounts of neuroimaging research in recent years and the study of mental imagery was one of the earliest to receive a thorough empirical investigation. Twenty years later the goal of understanding this pervasive but elusive phenomenon continues to motivate a number of sustained research programs on the part of cognitive psychologists and neuroscientists. The issues at stake are easy to formulate even if the answers sometimes may be difficult to obtain: Which parts of the human brain are active when a person generates a memory image of an absent object? To what extent does mental imagery activate cortical structures known to subserve perceptual visual experience? If imagery and like-modality perception produce similar patterns of brain activation what sorts of theories should cognitive scientists develop about the underlying mechanisms? How can we best understand why people differ in their imagery abilities? These are questions to which the contributors to the special issue "Neuroimaging of Mental Imagery" offer answers through seven original studies based on the use of modern neuroimaging techniques primarily positron emission tomography (PET) and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). These techniques are used in the context of a variety of cognitive tasks involving memory problem solving and other processes. Unlike most research in psychology much of the work reported here explicitly addresses individual differences which must be considered carefully in order to provide comprehensive accounts of the results of imagery experiments. Although these investigations were planned and carried out independently we find a remarkable convergence among them. And this may be the surest sign that a field is indeed moving forward. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138878020

NeuroinformaticsAn Overview of the Human Brain Project Modern neuroscience is providing profound insights into nature's most mysterious puzzle -- the human brain -- while applications of information and computer science are transforming the way people interact with each other and with the world around them. The new science of neuroinformatics which sits at the junction integrates knowledge and promises to catalyze progress in these dynamic and seemingly disparate areas of study. Neuroinformatics research will allow brain and behavioral scientists to make better sense and use of their data through advanced information tools and approaches. These include new ways to acquire store visualize analyze integrate synthesize and share data as well as the means for electronic scientific collaboration.In this country the principal source of support for neuroinformatics research is the Human Brain Project. The project which is led by the National Institute of Mental Health now supports neuroinformatics research performed by over 60 scientists. This volume presents the findings of the first group of researchers. Their efforts will begin to arm the next generation of brain and behavioral scientists with tools to attack the serious problem of information overload and ultimately relate their findings to those obtained from different species levels of biological organization methods and laboratories. And the challenges presented by the amount diversity and complexity of brain and behavioral data will give informatics researchers the impetus to test and expand the limits of their own science. The work described in this volume signals a change in the way scientists interact with data instruments and each other and points the way to a very different and richer future understanding of the human brain and mind. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203774335

Neurointerventional ManagementDiagnosis and Treatment Second Edition Since the publication of the first edition of this volume interest in neurointerventional therapy has developed at an increasing pace. New device development has expanded the range of disorders amenable to neurointerventional treatment and additional research has been conducted within medical and surgical specialties on subspecialisation in neurointerventional therapy. Physicians from all specialties involved in the care of disorders of the head neck and central nervous system including neurosurgery neuroradiology and neurology are currently utilizing neurointerventional therapy. Neurointerventional Management: Diagnosis and Treatment Second Edition has been re-titled from the original Interventional Neuroradiology to reflect the revolutionary changes occurring in this rapidly advancing field. New to the Second Edition: Diagnostic aspects of cerebrovascular disease of neurointerventional interest Normal cerebrovascular variants Non-shunting cerebrovascular malformations The endovascular aspects of cerebrovascular disease in pregnancy Neurocritical care management of endovascular patients Anesthetic management of neurointerventional procedures The diagnosis and management of cerebral vasculitis dural venous sinus thrombosis pediatric cerebrovascular disease and uncommon and genetic cerebrovascular diseases This volume is written by a panel of today's leading experts in the field of neurointerventional therapy and edited by two neuroendovascular practitioners. The book provides background information and specific descriptions of the anatomy techniques disorders procedures and decisions commonly encountered in this field. Each chapter is illustrated with scientifically concise images depicting pertinent neuroanatomy imaging neuroendovascular techniques and related procedures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781841848068

NeuroliberalismBehavioural Government in the Twenty-First Century Many governments in the developed world can now best be described as ‘neuroliberal’: having a combination of neoliberal principles with policy initiatives derived from insights in the behavioural sciences. Neuroliberalism presents the results of the first critical global study of the impacts of the behavioural sciences on public policy and government actions including behavioural economics behavioural psychology and neuroeconomics. Drawing on interviews with leading behaviour change experts organizations and policy-makers and discussed in alignment with a series of international case studies this volume provides a critical analysis of the ethical economic political and constitutional implications of behaviourally oriented government. It explores the impacts of the behavioural sciences on everyday life through a series of themes including: understandings of the human subject; interpretations of freedom; the changing form and function of the state; the changing role of the corporation in society; and the design of everyday environments and technologies. The research presented in this volume reveals a diverse set of neuroliberal approaches to government that offer policy-makers and behaviour change professionals a real choice in relation to the systems of behavioural government they can implement. This book also argues that the behavioural sciences have the potential to support much more effective systems of government but also generate new ethical concerns that policy-makers should be aware of. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923836

Neuro-Linguistic Programming for Change LeadersThe Butterfly Effect We know a lot about change leadership. We understand how to design change programmes and we know how to prescribe best practice change methods. Yet despite all this knowledge it is reported that up to 70% of change leadership projects fail to realize many of their objectives. The fault lines are cited as occurring at the micro level of social interaction. What we don’t adequately explain and demonstrate within the change leadership literature is how change leaders may consciously generate in themselves and in others resourceful mindsets emotions attitudes and behaviours to enable positive change leadership dynamics. Neuro-Linguistic Programming for Change Leaders: The Butterfly Effect fills this gap by connecting the practices of personal development with those of corporate change leadership. This book has the vision of advancing NLP as a serious technology in the change leader’s tool box. The book introduces to operations managers HR practitioners OD specialists and students of management new ideas and practices which can transform their effectiveness as change leaders. It focuses on the benefits of applied NLP to change leaders as a generative change toolkit. Secondly the book provides a model that shows change leaders how to build a climate of psychological safety to establish rapport with stakeholders. Thirdly the book provides a strategy for enabling broader cultural change and stakeholder engagement throughout the organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495999

Neuro-Linguistic Programming in Alcoholism Treatment Here is a practical and clearly written guide to the use of Neuro-Linguistic Programming in the treatment of alcoholism and other addictions. This comprehensive volume illustrates how the focus of Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP) on the individual and the family increases the effectiveness of counseling by targeting the uniqueness of each individual and his or her family system. Professionals will also learn how NLP facilitates effective interventions and helps alcoholics create internal coping skills to begin and maintain the recovery process. Neuro-Linguistic Programming in Alcoholism Treatment is a wealth of innovative state-of-the-art information on the history of NLP basic NLP assumptions concepts for establishing rapport with clients and essential family participation in NLP.Each chapter directs itself either to a specific NLP technique featuring clear case demonstrations and a step-by-step outline for applying the technique to the development of the counseling process in working with addicted systems or to a particular group affected by addiction such as alcoholics children of alcoholics or the addicted family as a unit. Clinicians focus on alcoholism and other addictions as treatable conditions applying specific strategies and techniques--initially developed in Neuro-Linguistic Programming and Hypnotherapy--adapted to meet the demands of alcoholism and addiction treatment specialists. This important volume allows for a substantial increase in the repertoire of treatment choices available to professionals and enables clinicians to individualize treatment. An extensive bibliography is included to further assist readers in gaining additional skills in the treatment of alcoholics and other addicts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138976993

Neurological Clinical ExaminationA Concise Guide This book and extensive video library provide a practical guide to the clinical neurological examination an essential tool in the diagnosis of common and unusual neurological conditions encountered in the outpatient clinic and hospital ward. Each chapter covers a different condition and uses a step-by-step approach selecting those aspects of the clinical examination that are most likely to lead you to the correct diagnosis Over 100 video clips accessible via QR codes in the book illustrate a wide range of neurological signs The text is heavily illustrated with clear diagrams Tables are used to list the various causes of particular signs Key features of the neurological examination which help in reaching the correct conclusion are listed as Tips Primary care physicians neurologists and trainees preparing for certifying examinations will find this book an invaluable learning companion and essential tool for the diagnosis of neurological disorders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444145380

Neurological Complications of Systemic Cancer and Antineoplastic Therapy Neurological Complications of Systematic Cancer and Antineoplastic Therapy provides an in-depth review of common manifestations related to neurology that occur in patients with systemic cancer. These include brain metastases spinal cord compression cerebrovascular events and leptomeningeal disease. The book also discusses less common complicatio Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429120992

Neurological Drug Reactions and Interactions This pocketbook catalogs the adverse effects of over 260 commonly prescribed and over-the-counter generic drugs and herbals used in neurology. It lists the generic drugs herbals and supplements in alphabetical order and the adverse reactions that can arise from their use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138453814

Neurological Malingering Written from the viewpoint of the practicing clinician this text is an indispensable addition to the library of anyone who is in the practice of medicine osteopathy or chiropractic as well as for the judge lawyer or social worker who may interact with those presenting with the possibility of malingering. Other topics discussed include Waddell’s Signs the Pinocchio Phenomenon the Othello Error the Menace Reflex the Reliable Digit Span Lombard’s Test the Babinski Sign of the Eyebrow the Hummel Double Conversation Test the Swinging Story Test the Judd-Persaud Test the Teal Test the Chimani-Moos Test the Occlusion Effect the Drop Arm Test the Drop Leg Test the Honest Palm Sign the Elbow-Flex-Ex Sign Beevor's Sign Schober's Test the Babinski Trunk-Thigh Test and the Barré Test. Advance praise for Neurological Malingering "Dr. Hirsch’s book is long overdue and covers a critical topic of concern to all medical practitioners. This comprehensive treatise is a must for all physicians psychologists and others who work with patients who have incentive to gain from the system. Multiple topics related to malingering are presented in 16 straightforward chapters never before compiled in a single volume. I recommend this book highly to anyone concerned about malingering and its impact on the medical system." - Richard L. Doty PhD FAAN Professor and Director Smell and Taste Center Perelman School of Medicine University of Pennsylvania "Malingering affects not only the malingerers but the persons and institutions around them as well. As a lay person the readings have certainly made me considerably more sensitive to suspect behavior. And where knowledge of the underlying condition can affect relationships or transactions one is associated with it is certainly useful to not only recognize its existence but also to put it within the context of the challenges that it presents to those relationships or transactions. I count the time spent reading this most comprehensive work as well spent. I would further recommend it to others whose interests decisions and/or professional pursuits could very well be affected by malingering whether the behavior is or is not purposeful." - Judge Stephen A. Schiller (Retired) Circuit Court of Cook County Illinois Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742467

Neurological Rehabilitation of Parkinson's Disease The rehabilitation of Parkinson's disease patients comprises various forms of therapy: physical speech and psychosocial therapy. Physical rehabilitation is used in conjunction with various anti-parkinsonian agents as a non-pharmacological treatment for Parkinson's disease. This book explores the long-term and short-term benefits of physical therapy and the effectiveness of physical rehabilitation. It is ideal for geriatricians neurologists pharmacologists and anyone working with these patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395100

Neurological RehabilitationSpasticity and Contractures in Clinical Practice and Research This book is the first attempt at bringing together a volume of work from a range of professionals with an interest in spasticity. The framework for the definition was developed in part by the authors contributing chapters that make up this volume. The book represents the current "state-of-the-art" regarding definition measurement pathophysiology (all state-of-the-art summaries) and simultaneously gives clinicians guidance on clinical management. This work combines coverage of both spasticity and contractures as these two phenomena are often closely interrelated. Current researchers do not differentiate between these individual impairments and as such there is significant confusion in the literature. This book discusses both conditions and then separates them into their respective components. If these two conditions co-exist (which is generally the case) then the management of a patient will need to be customized to individual clinical presentation. The clinical sections of the book are all written by currently practicing and research active clinicians and the earlier chapters are written by researchers currently working on spasticity. In summary this book: Provides information that is clinically relevant and strongly researched Includes clinical studies covering both spasticity and contractures which is unique Presents editors and contributors that are world-class experts Takes a cookbook approach to measurements in clinical studies and research Contains extensive references that are included at the end of each chapter Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466565449

Neurology and Clinical Neuroanatomy on the Move The Medicine on the Move series provides fully flexible access to subjects across the curriculum in a unique combination of print and mobile formats ideal for the busy medical student and junior doctor. Neurology and Clinical Neuroanatomy on the Move provides sharply focused content equally suited to those studying the subject for the first time or revisiting it during exam preparation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444138320

Neurology and PregnancyClinical Management Pregnancy complicated by neurological disorders is a challenging area for both obstetricians and neurologists. Treatment of the maternal condition often needs to be adjusted because of concerns for the fetus and some conditions have a major impact on the method mode and timing of delivery. Many of the clinical problems that arise in pregnant women with a neurological disease have not been the subject of clinical trials so management must often be based on what published evidence is available and a good understanding of the likely interactions between the condition and pregnancy and vice versa. The editors and contributors represent a team with considerable experience in this area. They offer their "best practice" advice as how to treat the mother effectively ensuring fetal safety as well as embracing a philosophy that the pregnancy of a woman with a neurological disease should be made as enjoyable and rewarding for her as is possible. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372474

Neurology for MRCP PACES Neurology has a reputation as a difficult area in the MRCP examinations with the clinical neurology stations (PACES and traditional short cases) being especially feared by candidates. This book aims to demystify the subject and help candidates avoid becoming bogged down in unnecessary detail and to clarify their thoughts and expression. The book is divided into three major sections covering areas of the body each organised according to the possible instructions that candidates are likely to encounter in the exam. They include summaries of essential examination steps to be undertaken possible clinical findings brief discussions in question and answer format and tips and pitfalls. Concise clear and engaging this is an essential aid for candidates preparing for the MRCP clinical neurology stations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429091315

Neurology For The Psychiatry Specialist Board First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138461949

NeurologyA Visual Approach This brand-new revision aid has been designed specifically to help medical students and early post-graduate doctors learn and remember pertinent information about various neurological conditions through pictorial representation and will be invaluable throughout medical studies and particularly useful in the pressured run-up to final and post-graduate examinations. The highly-structured information is presented in a consistent double-page format. Each condition is represented by a characterful and memorable visual mnemonic accompanied by a concise high-yield review covering definition aetiology epidemiology presentation investigation management complications and prognosis. Over 40 common conditions are included organized alphabetically for ease of reference. Neurology is often viewed as a challenging subject to learn. By utilising visual imagery to aid memory and recall of important information the author brings a refreshing new approach to knowledge consolidation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498782067

Neuromarketing in IndiaUnderstanding the Indian Consumer How to understand human behaviour has been a very intriguing question to medicine computer science economics psychology and finance. Each discipline has been trying to study and predict human behaviour through surveys laboratory-based experiments questionnaires interviews statistics focus groups; the list is endless. The lack of precision in the existing techniques to predict human behaviour has motivated researchers to move beyond the traditional and search for new and improved techniques. Neuroscience has stepped in to fill this gap. It is based on the assumption that human behaviour is a complex process which has a neural basis and the locus of this process is the higher centre of the brain. Both conscious and unconscious processing of stimulus in the brain is responsible for generating behaviour. So if we could develop a deeper understanding of how the brain functions to generate behaviour we would be more confident in our understanding and prediction of consumer behaviour. The use of neuroscientific techniques like functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) Electroencephalography (EEG) Evoked Response Potential (ERP) and sensors to measure changes in one's physiological state to understand the mind of the consumer has just begun and professionals in the field see a huge opportunity for neuromarketing in India. In the domain of neuromarketing one important question relates to the distinction between Indian and other global consumers of commercial products. Are we different from consumers across the globe? The answer is probably ‘yes’. This is documented by the fact that we find a distinct change in the marketing strategy of companies; the methods to influence Indian consumers are different from those adopted in other countries. This gives rise to the question: what makes us different? The next logical question that arises assuming that we are different or similar is can we quantify it? Answering why what and how we are different marks the beginning of the book followed by issues related to the ethicality of using such techniques to promote marketing risk analysis in case of failure and future directions in neuromarketing. The book intends to address each of these issues so that a comprehensive reading in the subject matter would help academicians to decipher consumer behaviour and build theory for possible principles of application in the market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576674

Neuromorphic Olfaction Many advances have been made in the last decade in the understanding of the computational principles underlying olfactory system functioning. Neuromorphic Olfaction is a collaboration among European researchers who through NEUROCHEM (Fp7-Grant Agreement Number 216916)—a challenging and innovative European-funded project—introduce novel computing paradigms and biomimetic artifacts for chemical sensing. The implications of these findings are relevant to a wide audience including researchers in artifical olfaction neuroscientists physiologists and scientists working with chemical sensors.Developing neuromorphic olfaction from conceptual points of view to practical applications this cross-disciplinary book examines:The biological components of vertebrate and invertebrate chemical sensing systemsThe early coding pathways in the biological olfactory system showing how nonspecific receptor populations may have significant advantages in encoding odor intensity as well as odor identityThe redundancy and the massive convergence of the olfactory receptor neurons to the olfactory bulb A neuromorphic approach to artificial olfaction in robotsReactive and cognitive search strategies for olfactory robotsThe implementation of a computational model of the mammalian olfactory systemThe book’s primary focus is on translating aspects of olfaction into computationally practical algorithms. These algorithms can help us understand the underlying behavior of the chemical senses in biological systems. They can also be translated into practical applications such as robotic navigation and systems for uniquely detecting chemical species in a complex background. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380151

Neuromorphic Photonics This book sets out to build bridges between the domains of photonic device physics and neural networks providing a comprehensive overview of the emerging field of "neuromorphic photonics." It includes a thorough discussion of evolution of neuromorphic photonics from the advent of fiber-optic neurons to today’s state-of-the-art integrated laser neurons which are a current focus of international research. Neuromorphic Photonics explores candidate interconnection architectures and devices for integrated neuromorphic networks along with key functionality such as learning. It is written at a level accessible to graduate students while also intending to serve as a comprehensive reference for experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498725224

Neuromuscular FundamentalsHow Our Musculature is Controlled This book is rather unique in its approach and coverage. The approach is essentially that of an engineering textbook emphasizing the quantitative aspects and highlighting the fundamentals and basic concepts involved. The coverage progresses in a logical and systematic manner from the subcellular starting with the electrophysiology of the cell membrane then proceeding to synapses neurons and muscle before considering neuronal motor ensembles and the neuromuscular system as a whole. Simple clear and comprehensive explanations are given throughout. After an introductory chapter on some background material in biology biophysics and chemical kinetics a substantial part of the book (Chapters 2-8) necessarily covers in considerable detail the basic components and processes that underlie the electrical and associated activities of the nervous system. The remaining chapters of the book (Chapters 9-13) focus on the neuromuscular system starting with the structure of muscle cells the generation of force by muscular contraction and muscle receptors. The last chapter examines aspects of the control of movement motor learning and memory the maintenance of posture and locomotion and critically examines some of the theories that have been advanced to explain how movement is controlled. The book is intended for undergraduate or graduate students in the natural sciences mathematics or engineering who seek a deeper understanding of the fundamentals of neuroscience and the somatomotor system in accordance with the aforementioned objectives. The book can serve as a textbook for a one-semester course on the neuromuscular system or as a reference in a more general course on neuroscience. Provides a thorough analytical treatment of membrane electrophysiology starting from the first principles Emphasizes strongly the basic and fundamental concepts throughout Discusses thoroughly the essential features and properties of the basic constituents of the nervous system that is neurons and synapses including the neuromuscular junction Explains the main aspects of posture locomotion and control of movement Includes practice problems throughout the text and a solutions manual will be available for adopting professors Nassir Sabah is professor of biomedical engineering in the electrical and computer engineering department at the American University of Beirut Lebanon. He received his B.Sc. (Hons. Class I) and his M.Sc. in electrical engineering from the University of Birmingham U.K. and his Ph.D. in biophysical sciences from the State University of New York (SUNY/Buffalo). He has served as Chairman of the Electrical Engineering Department Director of the Institute of Computer Studies and Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Architecture at the American University of Beirut. In these capacities he was responsible for the development of programs curricula and courses in electrical biomedical communications and computer engineering. Professor Sabah has extensive professional experience in the fields of electrical engineering electronics and computer systems with more than 35 years’ teaching experience in neuroengineering biomedical engineering electronics and electric circuits. He has over 100 technical publications mainly in neurophysiology biophysics and biomedical instrumentation. He has served on numerous committees and panels in Lebanon and the region. He is a Fellow of the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET U.K.) a member of the American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS) and a member of the American Society for Engineering Education (ASEE). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367456924

Neuronal Factors First Published in 1987 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into methods and techniques used in Neurobiology. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Neurobiologists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367229207

Neurons and the DHA Principle Studies with bacteria and other systems suggest that the omega-3 fatty acid DHA confers great benefits to neurons in maximizing both speed of neural impulses and energy efficiency. Unfortunately studies also show that DHA’s ease of oxidation damages membrane integrity. Exploring this duality Neurons and the DHA Principle proposes a new model for the causes of neurodegeneration in which DHA-enriched membranes of neurons become dysfunctional and energetically wasteful triggering the premature death of neurons. The challenge of this book is to digest how DHA acts as an essential building block of neurons while also conspiring for their assassination during aging. As the book reviews the extraordinary properties of DHA in life forms from deep-sea bacteria to human neurons it asks:Is there a trade-off between speed and efficiency of brain function enabled by DHA versus longevity or life span?Has modern medicine advanced significantly in the treatment of the body but not necessarily of the brain?What are the molecular explanations for the decline in brain health during the age of longevity?A full accounting of the roles of DHA in neurons requires balancing the enormous benefits of these molecules against the risks. Introducing the dual chemical personalities of DHA from an evolutionary perspective Neurons and the DHA Principle explores DHA from the standpoint of benefit–risk analysis opening new perspectives for understanding how DHA functions in neurons. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380748

Neuropeptide Function in the Gastrointestinal Tract First published in 1991: This book assimilates and evaluates the rapidly accumulating information regarding neuropeptides in the gut their chemistry; genetic control; processing in enteric nerves; the projections of their nerves; their actions at the tissue cell and molecular levels; and their roles in controlling gut motility in health and disease. Neuropeptide Function in the Gastrointestinal Tract is directed to scientists in all disciplines who work with neuropeptides as well as physiologists interested in the neural and smooth muscle actions of neuropeptides. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367250560

Neuropeptides in Neuroprotection and Neuroregeneration Although the genomic era is no longer in its infancy the life sciences are still facing questions about the role of endogenous proteins and peptides in homeostasis and pathologies. Delving into one of the most current fields of interest in biology and medicine Neuropeptides in Neuroprotection and Neuroregeneration describes the impact of neuropeptides on neuroprotection and neuroregeneration. The book begins with chapters describing important features of the endogenous neuropeptide systems related to their formation receptor signaling and inactivation. It includes chapters focused on the design and development of peptide-like drugs (peptidomimetics). In addition the book covers:General aspects regarding the biosynthesis structures and distribution of neuroactive peptides and their receptorsBasic mechanisms for neuropeptide action metabolism as well as techniques for their detection and aspects essential for the cellular mechanisms underlying brain pathology Neuropeptides known for their impact in neurodegenerative and neuroprotective processesFundamental aspects as well as recent progress in the development of peptidomimetics of neuroprotective and cognition-enhancing peptides Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381233

Neuropeptides in Respiratory Medicine ""This outstanding resource offers comprehensive presentations of the latest basic knowledge and the most advanced research on neuropeptides of the respiratory tract covering the structure receptors molecular biology and function of each important neuropeptide and examining how they relate to disease. Demonstrates the utility of immunohistochemistry autoradiography molecular biology smooth muscle contraction and glandular secretion for the study of neural function both in vitro and in vivo! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745915

Neuropharmacology Methods in Epilepsy Research There is an estimated 2.5 million epileptics in the US and perhaps some 40 million worldwide. As research has become increasingly molecular in scope fewer scientists are trained in the US on basic integrated epilepsy techniques. One frustration in neuroscience today is the application of state-of-the-art molecular biology techniques to inappropriate animal models of epilepsy - frequently resulting in inconclusive results. Epilepsy research will be increasingly undertaken by scientists well-trained in reductionist methodology but who may be unfamiliar with integrated whole-animal techniques. This situation appears even more difficult considering there has been no updated textbook on experimental models of epilepsy over the last twenty years - until now.Neuropharmacology Methods in Epilepsy Research describes fundamental methodologies and procedures in this field representing the only detailed text concerning experimental models of epilepsy published in the last 20 years. This guide studies the reproduction of well-characterized and readily interpretable experimental models of epilepsy to which state-of-the-art molecular biology techniques can be applied.Each chapter features:Introduction - providing a brief background and historical account of the techniques and their useMethodology - describing equipment solutions species electrodes as well as considering variations of techniques and stimulation parametersInterpretations - demonstrating the relevance of techniques to epilepsy as well as describing what exactly is being studied and how the data is appropriately applied to understanding epilepsyTopics include electroshock chemoconvulsions kindling audiogenic seizures focal seizures and brain slice preparations.Discussions also include:Recently developed seizure models including status epilepticus and massed trial simulationsInfluence of circadian and diurnal rhythms on convulsive Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138457089

Neurophotonics and Brain Mapping Understanding how the brain works and developing effective therapeutics are important in advancing neuroscience and improving clinical patient care. Neurophotonics and Brain Mapping covers state-of-the-art research and development in optical technologies and applications for brain mapping and therapeutics. It provides a comprehensive overview of various methods developed using light both microscopic and macroscopic techniques. Recent developments in minimally-invasive endoscopic imaging of deep brain structure and function as well as light-based therapy are also reviewed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482236859

NeurophysiologyA Conceptual Approach Fifth Edition The latest edition of this well-established accessible introduction to neurophysiology succeeds in integrating the disciplines of neurology and neuroscience with an emphasis on principles and functional concepts. In Neurophysiology: A Conceptual Approach Fifth Edition the authors deliver a refreshing alternative to "learning by rote " employing a variety of techniques to encourage understanding. Readers can learn both the science underlying a particular phenomenon and what this means for individual body systems and for the body as a whole. The fifth edition retains the readable style of its predecessors—covering the entire subject of neurophysiology from the conduction of nerve impulses to the higher functions of the brain within a single accessible volume. A companion website offers free self-assessment material and access to the highly acclaimed NeuroLab resources Full of color explanatory diagrams the book is an unrivalled "one-stop shop" for students of medicine physiology and applied physiology neurophysiology neuroscience and other bioscience courses looking for an integrated introduction to the challenging disciplines of neuroscience and neurology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444135176

Neuroplasticity and Rehabilitation Brain plasticity is the focus of a growing body of research with significant implications for neurorehabilitation. This state-of-the-art volume explores ways in which brain-injured individuals may be helped not only to compensate for their loss of cognitive abilities but also possibly to restore those abilities. Expert contributors examine the extent to which damaged cortical regions can actually recover and resume previous functions as well as how intact regions are recruited to take on tasks once mediated by the damaged region. Evidence-based rehabilitation approaches are reviewed for a range of impairments and clinical populations including both children and adults. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609181376

NeuroprostheticsPrinciples and Applications Master the tools of design thinking using Neuroprosthetics: Principles and Applications. Developed from successfully tested material used in an undergraduate and graduate level course taught to biomedical engineering and neuroscience students this book focuses on the use of direct neural sensing and stimulation as a therapeutic intervention for complex disorders of the brain. It covers the theory and applications behind neuroprosthetics and explores how neuroprosthetic design thinking can enhance value for users of a direct neural interface. The book explains the fundamentals of design thinking introduces essential concepts from neuroscience and engineering illustrating the major components of neuroprosthetics and presents practical applications. In addition to describing the approach of design thinking (based on facts about the user’s needs desires habits attitudes and experiences with neuroprosthetics) it also examines how effectively "human centered" neuroprosthetics can address people’s needs and interactions in their daily lives. Identifying concepts and features of devices that work well with users of a direct neural interface this book: Outlines the signal sensing capabilities and trade-offs for common electrode designs and determines the most appropriate electrode for any neuroprosthetic application Specifies neurosurgical techniques and how electronics should be tailored to capture neural signals Provides an understanding of  the mechanisms of neural–electrode performance and information contained in neural signals Provides understanding of neural decoding in neuroprosthetic applications Describes the strategies that can be used to promote long-term therapeutic interventions for humans through the use of neuroprosthetics The first true primary text for undergraduate and graduate students in departments of neuroscience and bioengineering that covers the theory and applications behind this science Neuroprosthetics: Principles and Applications provides the fundamental knowledge needed to understand how electrodes translate neural activity into signals that are useable by machines and enables readers to master the tools of design thinking and apply them to any neuroprosthetic application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749443

Neuroproteomics In this the post-genomic age our knowledge of biological systems continues to expand and progress. As the research becomes more focused so too does the data. Genomic research progresses to proteomics and brings us to a deeper understanding of the behavior and function of protein clusters. And now proteomics gives way to neuroproteomics as we begin to unravel the complex mysteries of neurological diseases that less than a generation ago seemed opaque to our inquiries if not altogether intractable.Edited by Dr. Oscar Alzate Neuroproteomics is the newest volume in the CRC Press Frontiers of Neuroscience Series. With an extensive background in mathematics and physics Dr. Alzate exemplifies the newest generation of biological systems researchers. He organizes research and data contributed from all across the world to present an overview of neuroproteomics that is practical and progressive.Bolstered by each new discovery researchers employing multiple methods of inquiry gain a deeper understanding of the key biological problems related to brain function brain structure and the complexity of the nervous system. This in turn is leading to new understanding about diseases of neurological deficit such as Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s.Approaches discussed in the book include mass spectrometry electrophoresis chromatography surface plasmon resonance protein arrays immunoblotting computational proteomics and molecular imaging. Writing about their own work leading researchers detail the principles approaches and difficulties of the various techniques demonstrating the questions that neuroproteomics can answer and those it raises.New challenges wait not the least of which is the identification of potential methods to regulate the structures and functions of key protein interaction networks. Ultimately those building on the foundation presented here will advance Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385019

Neuropsycholinguistic Perspectives on Language CognitionEssays in honour of Jean-Luc Nespoulous This book brings together experts from the fields of linguistics psychology and neuroscience to explore how a multidisciplinary approach can impact on research into the neurocognition of language. International contributors present cutting-edge research from cognitive and developmental psychology neuropsychology psycholinguistics and computer science and discuss how this contributes to neuropsycholinguistics a term coined by Jean-Luc Nespoulous to whom this book is dedicated.Chapters illustrate how researchers with different methods and theoretical backgrounds can contribute to a unified vision of the study of language cognition. Reinterpreting neuropsycholinguistics through the lens of each research field the book demonstrates important attempts to adopt a comprehensive view of speech and language pathology.Divided into three sections the book covers: linguistic mechanisms and the architecture of language the relationship between language and other cognitive processes the assessment of speech and language disabilities and compensatory mechanisms. Neuropsycholinguistic Perspectives on Language Cognition presents a unique contribution to cognitive science and language science from linguistics to neuroscience. It will interest academics and scholars in the field as well as medical researchers psychologists and speech and language therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356974

Neuropsychological Assessment of Work-Related Injuries Unique in its focus this book provides an evidence-based framework for assessing work-related neurological and psychological injuries. Meeting a key need chapters address a range of problems encountered in the workplace: traumatic brain injury sports concussion electrical injury exposure to neurotoxic substances posttraumatic stress depression and brain and psychological injuries experienced in combat. Professionals will find the best available tools and strategies for conducting effective ethical evaluations of injured workers making diagnostic determinations considering causality determining disability status and offering treatment recommendations. The complexities of consulting to attorneys government agencies and insurance companies are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462502271

Neuropsychological Evaluation of Somatoform and Other Functional Somatic ConditionsAssessment Primer Neuropsychologists are provided with little formal education and training regarding the identification and measurement of somatoform symptoms yet these conditions are highly prevalent with estimates indicating that 20% of general medical patients and 30% of neurologic clinic patients present with symptoms lacking medical explanation. This book provides neuropsychologists with comprehensive information and specific practice recommendations for the assessment of patients with somatoform conditions. The first four chapters discuss the genesis of somatoform and other functional somatic symptom disorders and the next seven chapters address somatoform conditions in the context of nonepileptic seizures multiple chemical sensitivity and other claimed toxic exposures pseudotremor and other nonphysiologic movement disorders postconcussion syndrome chronic pain/fibromyalgia/complex regional pain syndrome attention deficit disorder and auto-immune disease. Chapters are also included that address the use of the MMPI-2-RF in differentiating somatoform disorder and malingering medically unexplained symptoms in non-English-speaking individuals; workplace factors in somatization; and testimony involving somatoform conditions. The book is targeted for practicing neuropsychologists clinical psychologists including those specializing in behavioral medicine and students in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848726376

Neuropsychological Rehabilitation and People with Dementia Rehabilitation provides a core concept around which to organise support intervention and care for people with impairments in memory and other cognitive functions. This book introduces a conceptual framework and rationale for the application of a neuropsychological rehabilitation approach for people with dementia helping them to manage bypass or overcome these problems and experience optimum well-being. Methods and techniques of cognitive rehabilitation are described and the process of goal-setting is discussed in detail showing how effective strategies may be linked to form an individualised goal-oriented approach to intervention. The application of a rehabilitation approach in real-life contexts is explored demonstrating the role and value of neuropsychological rehabilitation within a holistic psychotherapeutic framework of care and support. This overview of the neuropsychological rehabilitation approach to dementia care will be of great interest to psychologists as well as to those studying or practising in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877603

Neuropsychological RehabilitationThe International Handbook This outstanding new handbook offers unique coverage of all aspects of neuropsychological rehabilitation. Compiled by the world’s leading clinician-researchers and written by an exceptional team of international contributors the book is vast in scope including chapters on the many and varied components of neuropsychological rehabilitation across the life span within one volume. Divided into sections the first part looks at general issues in neuropsychological rehabilitation including theories and models assessment and goal setting. The book goes on to examine the different populations referred for neuropsychological rehabilitation and then focuses on the rehabilitation of first cognitive and then psychosocial disorders. New and emerging approaches such as brain training and social robotics are also considered alongside an extensive section on rehabilitation around the world particularly in under-resourced settings. The final section offers some general conclusions and an evaluation of the key issues in this important field. This is a landmark publication for neuropsychological rehabilitation. It is the standalone reference text for the field as well as essential reading for all researchers students and practitioners in clinical neuropsychology clinical psychology occupational therapy and speech and language therapy. It will also be of great value to those in related professions such as neurologists rehabilitation physicians rehabilitation psychologists and medics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643116

Neuropsychological Report Writing All neuropsychologists need to know how to produce evidence-based reports. This book brings together experts to provide an in-depth guide to high-quality report writing in a range of contexts including evaluations of older adults psychiatric patients those with complex medical conditions schoolchildren and others. It reviews the fundamental elements of a clinical neuropsychological report and shows how to tailor findings conclusions and recommendations to particular audiences such as referring physicians school professionals and legal decision makers. Of special utility every chapter features excerpts of sample reports including examples of strong and poor documentation of the same material. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524174

Neuropsychological ResearchA Review In a broad sense neuropsychology stands for the branch of brain sciences that aims to understand how the structure and function of the brain relate to specific cognitive and psychological processes. The idea of developing a research field somewhere between neurology and cognitive psychology emerged in the 1960s as a result of studies conducted by both disciplines which although using different methodologies and tools were analysing the same issues. Neuropsychology particularly puts emphasis on the clinical and experimental study of the cognitive effects of brain injury or neurological diseases taking models of normal cognitive functioning into account. Neuropsychological Research: A Review provides a meticulous overview of what has been achieved in the field of cognitive neuropsychology from its early beginnings in the 1960s and 1970s to the present day. Authors include some of the pioneers involved in the genesis of neuropsychology as an independent and distinct field of neuroscience. The comprehensive coverage includes language disorders skilled movement disorders recognition disorders attentional and executive disorders visuo-perceptual disorders memory disorders and neurodegenerative diseases. This fascinating text forms an enjoyable tribute to the rich heritage of neuropsychology and will be essential reading for researchers and students of neuropsychology clinical psychology cognitive psychology and behavioural neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877573

Neuropsychology After LashleyFifty Years Since the Publication of Brain Mechanisms and Intelligence Originally published in 1982 about 50 years after the publication of Lashley’s Brain Mechanisms and Intelligence. The aim of this book was to review Lashley’s major contributions and to trace the development of physiological psychology through the experimental work of Lashley’s students and colleagues and those influenced by Lashley’s writings. The contributors were invited to review their own experimental work in a lecture and to indicate how Lashley’s seminal contributions might have exerted an influence in shaping or directing their thinking. This volume is the result of their efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593329

Neuropsychology and Substance UseState-of-the-Art and Future Directions Substance use continues to be a major public health problem and the ramifications of this are manifold. For instance at present on a yearly basis the total economic cost of substance misuse is literally hundreds of billions of dollars. These costs are related to a number of factors including but not limited to treatment and prevention reduced job productivity and/or absenteeism interdiction by the criminal justice and incarceration. There are many more psychosocial consequences of substance misuse and these have been well–documented over the past four to five decades; in contrast with the exception of alcohol the effects of substance misuse on the brain have received attention only in the past 10 to 15 years. An emerging body of literature has reported on the effects of various drugs on neuropsychological functioning including benzodiazepines cocaine marijuana MDMA methamphetamine nicotine and opioids. Despite the fact that the neuropsychological consequences of many drugs of abuse are well–documented to our knowledge no one had previously published an edited volume that focused exclusively on this issue. Based on this fact we decided to create a volume that would review the available literature regarding on this topic. Neuropsychology and Substance Misuse: State-of-the-Art and Future Directions explores cutting-edge issues and will be of interest to clinical neuropsychologists who require the latest findings in this increasingly important area of neuropsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138009998

Neuropsychology of ArtNeurological Cognitive and Evolutionary Perspectives Fully updated the second edition of Neuropsychology of Art offers a fascinating exploration of the brain regions and neuronal systems which support artistic creativity talent and appreciation. This landmark book is the first to draw upon neurological evolutionary and cognitive perspectives and to provide an extensive compilation of neurological case studies of professional painters composers and musicians. The book presents evidence from the latest brain research and develops a multidisciplinary approach drawing upon theories of brain evolution biology of art art trends archaeology and anthropology. It considers the consequences of brain damage to the creation of art and the brain’s control of art. The author delves into a variety of neurological conditions in established artists including unilateral stroke dementia Alzheimer’s Disease Parkinson’s Disease and also evidence from savants with autism. Written by a leading neuropsychologist Neuropsychology of Art will be of great interest to students and researchers in neuropsychology cognitive psychology neuroscience and neurology and also to clinicians in art therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138856080

Neuropsychology of ArtNeurological Cognitive and Evolutionary Perspectives The significance of art in human existence has long been a source of puzzlement fascination and mystery. In Neuropsychology of Art Dahlia W. Zaidel explores the brain regions and neuronal systems that support artistic creativity talent and appreciation.Both the visual and musical arts are discussed against a neurological background. Evidence from the latest relevant brain research is presented and critically examined in an attempt to clarify the brain-art relationship language processing and visuo-spatial perception. The consequences of perceptual problems in famous artists along with data from autistic savants and established artists with brain damage as a result of unilateral stroke dementia or other neurological conditions are brought into consideration and the effects of damage to specific regions of the brain explored. A major compilation of rare cases of artists with brain damage is provided and the cognitive abilities required for the neuropsychology of art reviewed.This book draws on interdisciplinary principles from the biology of art brain evolution anthropology and the cinema through to the question of beauty language perception and hemispheric specialization. It will be of interest to advanced students in neuro-psychology neuroscience and neurology to clinicians and all researchers and scholars interested in the workings of the human brain. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650403

Neuropsychology of Cardiovascular Disease Cardiovascular disease (CVD) is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in the United States and most westernized nations. Both CVDs and their risk factors confer substantial risk for stroke and dementia but are also associated with more subtle changes in brain structure and function and cognitive performance prior to such devastating clinical outcomes. It has been suggested that there exists a continuum of brain abnormalities and cognitive difficulties associated with increasingly severe manifestations of cardiovascular risk factors and diseases that precede vascular cognitive impairment and may ultimately culminate in stroke or dementia. This second edition examines the relations of a host of behavioral and biomedical risk factors in addition to subclinical and clinical CVDs to brain and cognitive function. Associations with dementia and pre-dementia cognitive performance are reported described and discussed with a focus on underlying brain mechanisms. Future research agendas are suggested and clinical implications are considered. The volume is a resource for professionals and students in neuropsychology behavioral medicine neurology cardiology cardiovascular and behavioral epidemiology gerontology geriatric medicine nursing adult developmental psychology and for other physicians and health care professionals who work with patients with or at risk for CVDs. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726567

Neuropsychology of Cognitive DeclineA Developmental Approach to Assessment and Intervention Presenting best practices for assessment and intervention with older adults experiencing cognitive decline this book draws on cutting-edge research and extensive clinical experience. The authors' integrative approach skillfully interweaves neuropsychological and developmental knowledge. The volume provides guidelines for evaluating and differentiating among normal aging subjective cognitive decline mild cognitive impairment and different types of dementia. It identifies risk and protective factors that may influence an individual's trajectory and describes how to create a sound case conceptualization. Evidence-based strategies for pharmacological cognitive behavioral and psychological intervention with patients and their caregivers are illustrated with vivid case examples. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462535392

Neuropsychology of Criminal Behavior This book draws on findings from psychology neurology and genetics to offer a multi-dimensional analysis of criminal behavior. It explores the biological bases of emotions such as aggression anger and hostility and how they-- combined with social psychological influences such as family history and environmental conditions-- may lead to violence. Specific case studies including serial killings mass murders family violence cannibalism and hitmen are referenced throughout providing real-world examples of these theories in action. Issues of free will and the law are discussed as well as suggestions for curbing violent behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092129

Neuropsychology of Eye Movement First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781883

Neuropsychology of Malingering Casebook Clinical neuropsychologists frequently evaluate individuals within a forensic context and therefore must address questions regarding the possible presence of reduced effort response bias and/or malingering. This volume offers a wide range of instructive real-world case examples involving the complex differential diagnosis where symptom exaggeration and/or malingering cloud the picture. Written by expert forensic neuropsychologists the scenarios described provide informed empirically-based and scientifically-derived opinions on the topic. Issues related to malingering such as response bias and insufficient effort are discussed thoroughly with regard to a large number of clinical conditions and assessment instruments. Test data and non-test information are considered and integrated by the numerous experts. Expert guidance for clinicians who must address the issue of malingering is provided in a straightforward and well-organized format. To date there has not been a comparable collection of rich case material relevant to forensic practice in clinical neuropsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138882935

Neuropsychology of the Amnesic Syndrome (PLE: Memory) Originally published in 1993 this book provides the clinician researcher and student with a comprehensive account of the neuropsychology of the amnesic syndrome. The opening chapter places the amnesic syndrome within the overall context of memory disorders and provides a theoretical basis for understanding the presentation of the clinical and experimental findings which form the major part of the work. The second chapter provides an extensive account of the various methods used to assess memory and associated deficits and provides guidelines as to the most effective assessment strategy. The next five chapters are concerned with the specific aetiologies giving rise to the amnesic syndrome: Wernicke-Korsakoff Syndrome; Thalamic Amnesia; Medial Temporal Lobe Amnesia; Herpes Simplex Encephalitis; and ruptured aneurysms of the anterior communicating artery. Each of these chapters contains an account of the associated neuropathology descriptions of experimental findings and illustrative case histories from the authors’ own experimental and clinical experience. The next chapter provides the reader with an account of some of the more important scientific issues that have arisen from the studies of the amnesic syndrome and a final chapter considers current and future prospects for behavioural remediation of severe memory deficit. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977006

Neuropsychology of Visual Perception Originally published in 1989 this sourcebook for anatomic studies in the neuropsychology of visual perception contains chapters on disorders of visual agnosias impaired object perception and spatial neglect and abnormal visual imagery. The neurological basis of visual perception and the disorders that result from brain damage are discussed. At the time the chapters in this volume constituted a state of the art survey in this area and provided data that were essential for the development of models of normal image and object formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217096

NeuropsychologyFrom Theory to Practice The second edition of this comprehensive textbook for students of Neuropsychology gives a thorough overview of the complex relationship between brain and behaviour. With an excellent blend of clinical experimental and theoretical coverage it draws on the latest research findings from neuroscience cognitive neuroscience neurochemistry clinical neuropsychology and neuropsychology to provide students with new insights in this fast moving field. The book is organised around the main neuropsychological disorders in the areas of perception executive dysfunction attention memory cerebral asymmetry language emotion and consciousness. There is a clear emphasis on bridging the gap between theory and practice with links throughout to clinical issues of both assessment and rehabilitation to build a clear understanding of the application of the theoretical issues. The final section in each chapter illustrates the importance of a more systematic approach to intervention which takes into account theoretical views of recovery from brain damage. New to this edition: A new chapter format that includes a "basic topic" section which contains up-to-date essential knowledge of the topic and a "further topics" section for a more advanced treatment of the area. A new section on neuroscientific approaches to rehabilitation in each chapter to make links between scientific knowledge and clinical treatment. A brand new chapter on consciousness A new full colour layout with increased pedagogical features including key terms section summaries ‘study questions’ and improved presentation of figures and brain diagrams A companion website including related weblinks guidance on answering the ‘study questions’ and flashcards. This book will be invaluable for undergraduate students in Neuropsychology and students who wish to take the subject further to the various clinical fields. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781841697017

NeuropsychotherapyHow the Neurosciences Inform Effective Psychotherapy Neuropsychotherapy is intended to inspire further development and continual empirical updating of consistency theory. It is essential for psychotherapists psychotherapy researchers clinical psychologists psychiatrists neuroscientists and mental-health professionals. Profoundly important and innovative this volume provides necessary know-how for professionals as it connects the findings of modern neuroscience to the insights of psychotherapy. Throughout the book a new picture unfolds of the empirical grounds of effective psychotherapeutic work. Author Klaus Grawe articulates a comprehensive model of psychological functioning-consistency theory-and bridges the gap between the neurosciences and the understanding of psychological disorders and their treatment. Neuropsychotherapy illustrates that psychotherapy can be even more effective when it is grounded in a neuroscientific approach. Cutting across disciplines that are characteristically disparate the book identifies the neural foundations of various disorders suggests specific psychotherapeutic conclusions and makes neuroscientific knowledge more accessible to psychotherapists. The book's discussion of consistency theory reveals the model is firmly connected to other psychological theoretical approaches from control theory to cognitive-behavioral models to basic need theories. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090573

NeuroradiologyA Case-Based Guide This book covers the complete gamut of neuroradiology cases including normal anatomy pitfalls and artifacts across the brain and spine in a single volume enriched with high-resolution images that support the interpretation of CT and MRI images of the brain spine head and neck. It includes case studies commonly encountered in clinical practice in addition to normal anatomy that prepare the reader for the challenges in the clinical setting. Each case study discusses the clinical history relevant imaging findings differential diagnosis and management serving as a helpful read for trainee radiologists neurophysicians neurosurgeons and CT/MRI technicians along with physicians interested in medical imaging. Key Features Provides a succinct overview of normal variants with case studies structured into thematic chapters Serves as a basic accompaniment for radiology residents fellows practicing radiologists neurophysicians neurosurgeons emergency medicine practitioners trainee and practicing radiographers and those studying for Board exams Highlights the relevance of artificial intelligence in clinical practice Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367903190

Neurorhetorics In academia as well as in popular culture the prefix "neuro-" now occurs with startling frequency. Scholars now publish research in the fields of neuroeconomics neurophilosophy neuromarketing neuropolitics and neuroeducation. Consumers are targeted with enhanced products and services such as brain-based training exercises and babies are kept on a strict regimen of brain music brain videos and brain games. The chapters in this book investigate the rhetorical appeal effects and implications of this prefix neuro- and carefully consider the potential collaborative work between rhetoricians and neuroscientists. Drawing on the increasingly interdisciplinary nature of rhetorical study Neurorhetorics questions how discourses about the brain construct neurological differences such as mental illness or intelligence measures. Working at the nexus of rhetoric and neuroscience the authors explore how to operationalize rhetorical inquiry into neuroscience in meaningful ways. They account for the production dissemination and appeal of neuroscience research findings revealing what rhetorics about the brain mean for contemporary public discourse. This book was originally published as a special issue of Rhetoric Society Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108875

Neuroscience Psychotherapy and Clinical PragmatismReflective Practice and Therapeutic Action This volume explores how the principles and values of pragmatic philosophy serve as orienting perspectives for critical thinking in contemporary psychotherapy and clinical practice. Drawing on the contributions of William James and John Dewey Neuroscience Psychotherapy and Clinical Pragmatism introduces a model of clinical pragmatism emphasizing the individuality of the person open-ended dialogue experiential learning and the practical outcomes of ideas and methods. In a second part chapters show how recent developments in neuroscience and interpersonal neurobiology deepen our understanding of change and growth in accord with the principles of clinical pragmatism. Finally the volume reviews paradigms of psychotherapy across the psychodynamic behavioral cognitive and humanistic traditions. Case studies show how the pluralist orientation of clinical pragmatism enlarges concepts of therapeutic action. This text has been written for psychotherapists as well as scholars educators and trainees in the fields of psychiatry clinical psychology counseling and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825727

Neuroscience and Connectionist Theory Written for cognitive scientists psychologists computer scientists engineers and neuroscientists this book provides an accessible overview of how computational network models are being used to model neurobiological phenomena. Each chapter presents a representative example of how biological data and network models interact with the authors' research. The biological phenomena cover network- or circuit-level phenomena in humans and other higher-order vertebrates. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203762981

Neuroscience and CrimeA Special Issue of Neurocase Until recently jurisprudence largely ignored neuroscientific findings. The advent of sophisticated methodologies in the neurosciences - in particular brain imaging techniques - reduced this unawareness and findings pointing to clear and unequivocal relations between brain structure and brain function on the one side and personality dimensions on the other led to a growing interest of jurisprudence in brain research. The Special Issue is intended to provide an overview over the most recent findings and technological refinements in the field of crime related neuroscientific investigations. It covers genetics functional brain imaging mind reading lie detection and many other topics. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781003059752

Neuroscience and CritiqueExploring the Limits of the Neurological Turn Recent years have seen a rapid growth in neuroscientific research and an expansion beyond basic research to incorporate elements of the arts humanities and social sciences. It has been suggested that the neurosciences will bring about major transformations in the understanding of ourselves our culture and our society. In academia one finds debates within psychology philosophy and literature about the implications of developments within the neurosciences and the emerging fields of educational neuroscience neuro-economics and neuro-aesthetics also bear witness to a ‘neurological turn’ which is currently taking place. Neuroscience and Critique is a ground-breaking edited collection which reflects on the impact of neuroscience in contemporary social science and the humanities. It is the first book to consider possibilities for a critique of the theories practices and implications of contemporary neuroscience. Chapter 7 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138887336_oachapter7.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887350

Neuroscience and EducationA Philosophical Appraisal This volume makes a philosophical contribution to the application of neuroscience in education. It frames neuroscience research in novel ways around educational conceptualizing and practices while also taking a critical look at conceptual problems in neuroeducation and at the economic reasons driving the mind-brain education movement. It offers alternative approaches for situating neuroscience in educational research and practice including non-reductionist models drawing from Dewey and phenomenological philosophers such as Martin Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty. The volume gathers together an international bevy of leading philosophers of education who are in a unique position to contribute conceptually rich and theoretically framed insight on these new developments. The essays form an emerging dialogue to be used within philosophy of education as well as neuroeducation educational psychology teacher education and curriculum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381983

Neuroscience and MediaNew Understandings and Representations This volume explores how advances in the fields of evolutionary neuroscience and cognitive psychology are informing media studies with a better understanding of how humans perceive think and experience emotion within mediated environments. The book highlights interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary approaches to the production and reception of cinema television the Internet and other forms of mediated communication that take into account new understandings of how the embodied brain senses and interacts with its symbolic environment. Moreover as popular media shape perceptions of the promises and limits of brain science contributors also examine the representation of neuroscience and cognitive psychology within mediated culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548473

Neuroscience and Psychology of Meditation in Everyday LifeSearching for the Essence of Mind Neuroscience and Psychology of Meditation in Everyday Life addresses essential and timely questions about the research and practice of meditation as a path to realization of human potential for health and well-being.  Balancing practical content and scientific theory the book discusses long-term effects of six meditation practices: mindfulness compassion visualization-based meditation techniques dream yoga insight-based meditation and abiding in the existential ground of experience. Each chapter provides advice on how to embed these techniques into everyday activities together with considerations about underlying changes in the mind and brain based on latest research evidence. This book is essential reading for professionals applying meditation-based techniques in their work and researchers in the emerging field of contemplative science. The book will also be of value to practitioners of meditation seeking to further their practice and understand associated changes in the mind and brain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691858

Neuroscience and the Economics of Decision Making In the last two decades there has been a flourishing research carried out jointly by economists psychologists and neuroscientists. This meltdown of competences has lead towards original approaches to investigate the mental and cognitive mechanisms involved in the way the economic agent collects processes and uses information to make choices. This research field involves a new kind of scientist trained in different disciplines familiar in managing experimental data and with the mathematical foundations of decision making. The ultimate goal of this research is to open the black-box to understandthe behavioural and neural processes through which humans set preferences and translate these behaviours into optimal choices. This volume intends to bring forward new results and fresh insights into this matter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799134

Neuroscience for the Mental Health Clinician Accessible and succinct this book has given thousands of clinicians and students the basic understanding of neuroscience that is essential in contemporary mental health practice. Steven R. Pliszka synthesizes current knowledge on the neurobiological bases of major psychiatric disorders. He explores the brain systems that underlie cognition emotions and behavior; how disturbances in these systems can lead to psychopathology; and the impact of genetic and environmental risk factors across development. The book also addresses the ways that both pharmacological and psychosocial treatments act on the brain as they bring about a reduction in symptoms. Illustrations include 93 black-and-white figures and 14 color plates.New to This Edition*Incorporates over a decade of important advances in brain science.*Heightened focus on brain networks.*Cutting-edge discussions of genetics and epigenetics the biological impact of stress neurotransmitters novel depression treatments and other timely topics.*Detailed chapters on autism spectrum disorder and dementia.*Numerous new and revised figures. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527113

Neuroscience MethodsA Guide for Advanced Students Unique in its coverage of such an extensive range of methods Neuroscience Methods: A Guide for Advanced Students provides easy-to-understand descriptions of the many different techniques that are currently being used to study the brain at the molecular and cellular levels. This valuable reference text will help rescue undergraduate and postgraduate students from continuing bewilderment at the methods sections of current neuroscience publications.Topics covered include in vivo and in vitro preparations electrophysiological histochemical hybridization and genetic techniques measurement of cellular ion concentrations methods of drug application production of antibodies expression systems and neural grafting. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810665

Neuroscience of Decision Making The intersection between the fields of behavioral decision research and neuroscience has proved to be fertile ground for interdisciplinary research. Whereas the former is rich in formalized models of choice the latter is rife with techniques for testing behavioral models at the brain level. As a result there has been the rapid emergence of progressively more sophisticated biological models of choice geared toward the development of ever more complete mechanistic models of behavior. This volume provides a coherent framework for distilling some of the key themes that have emerged as a function of this research program and highlights what we have learned about judgment and decision making as a result. Although topics that are theoretically relevant to judgment and decision making researchers are addressed  the book also ventures somewhat beyond the traditional boundaries of this area to tackle themes that would of interest to a greater community of scholars. Neuroscience of Decision Making provides contemporary and essential reading for researchers and students of cognitive psychology neuroscience philosophy and economics. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203835920

Neuroscience of Prejudice and Intergroup Relations Psychological research on the origins and consequences of prejudice discrimination and stereotyping has moved into previously uncharted directions through the introduction of neuroscientific measures. Psychologists can now address issues that are difficult to examine with traditional methodologies and monitor motivational and emotional as they develop during ongoing intergroup interactions thus enabling the empirical investigation of the fundamental biological bases of prejudice. However several very promising strands of research have largely developed independently of each other. By bringing together the work of leading prejudice researchers from across the world who have begun to study this field with different neuroscientific tools this volume provides the first integrated view on the specific drawbacks and benefits of each type of measure illuminates how standard paradigms in research on prejudice and intergroup relations can be adapted for the use of neuroscientific methods and illustrates how different methodologies can complement each other and be combined to advance current insights into the nature of prejudice. This cutting-edge volume will be of interest to advanced undergraduates graduates and researchers students who study prejudice intergroup relations and social neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726413

NeurosciencePsychoanalytic Inquiry 12.3 First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803241

Neurosis And Human GrowthTHE STRUGGLE TOWARD SELF-REALIZATION In Neurosis and Human Growth Dr. Horney discusses the neurotic process as a special form of the human development the antithesis of healthy growth. She unfolds the different stages of this situation describing neurotic claims the tyranny or inner dictates and the neurotic's solutions for relieving the tensions of conflict in such emotional attitudes as domination self-effacement dependency or resignation. Throughout she outlines with penetrating insight the forces that work for and against the person's realization of his or her potentialities. First Published in 1950. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875616

Neurosis in the Ordinary FamilyA psychiatric survey Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1967 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882652

NeurosisThe Logic of a Metaphysical Illness Psychoanalysis began over a century ago as a treatment for neurosis. Rooted in the positivistic mindset of the medicine from which it stemmed it trained its empiricist gaze directly upon the symptoms of the malaise only to be seduced into attributing it to causes as numerous as there are aspects of human experience. Edifying as this was for our understanding of the life of the psyche it left the sickness of the soul that was its actual subject matter the neurosis which it was supposed to be about out of its purview. The crux of this problem was of a conceptual nature. As psychology increasingly gave up on its constituting concept its concept of soul it succumbed to the same extent to treating its patients without an adequate concept of what both it and neurosis were about. Attention was paid to mishaps and traumas the vicissitudes of development and the Oedipus complex. But neurosis according to the thesis of this ground-breaking book comes from the soul even is soul; the soul in its untruth. Indeed both it and the modern field of psychology are successors of the soul-forms that preceded them religion and metaphysics with the difference that psychology's reluctance to recognize and take responsibility for its status as such has been matched by the neurotic soul's clinging to obsolete metaphysical categories even as the often quite ordinary life disappointments of its patients are inflated with absolute importance. The folie à deux has been on a massive scale. Owing their provenance to the supplement they each provide the other psychology and neurosis are entwined in a Gordian knot the cutting of which requires insight into the logic that pervades both. Taking up this sword Giegerich exposes and critiques the metaphysics that neurosis indulges in even as he returns psychology to the soul not of course to the soul as some no longer credible metaphysical hypostasis but as the logically negative life of the mind and power of thought. Using several fairy tales as models for the logic of neurosis he brilliantly analyses its enchanting background processes exposing thereby in a most lively and thoroughgoing manner the spiteful cunning by which the neurotic soul against its already existing better judgement betrays its own truth. Topics include the historicity of neurosis its soulful purpose as a general cultural phenomenon its internal logic functioning and enabling conditions as well as the Sacred Festival drama character of symptomatic suffering the theology of neurosis and ‘the neurotic’ as the figure of modernity's exemplary man. A collection of vignettes descriptive of various kinds of neurotic presentation routinely met with in the consulting room is also included in an appendix under the heading ‘Neurotic Traps.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367477219

NeurosurgeryThe Essential Guide to the Oral and Clinical Neurosurgical Exam Neurosurgery: The Essential Guide to the Oral and Clinical Neurosurgical Examination is the first book of its kind to cover the International and Intercollegiate FRCS Specialty Examination in Neurosurgery. It will also help you prepare for the American Board of Neurological Surgery (ABNS) examination and other neurosurgical examinations around the world. Written by neurosurgeons this book is a hands-on guide that translates basic science and theories of neurosurgery into clinical practice. This comprehensive resource takes a standardized and logical approach to the clinical neurosurgical examination. Based on the authors’ own clinical practice teaching and examination experiences this book provides candidates with a firm grasp of neuroscience and the ability to solve problems under pressure. Scenario- and patient-based the book covers history-taking clinical examination differential diagnosis investigations management treatment options and potential complications. The text is based on the Royal College of Surgeons of England and U.S. board syllabuses. In addition to serving as a reliable preparation resource for the neurosurgical examination it will also be invaluable in your future surgical practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482227604

Neurotechnology and Direct Brain CommunicationNew insights and responsibilities concerning speechless but communicative subjects Neurotechnology and Direct Brain Communication focuses on recent neuroscientific investigations of infant brains and of patients with disorders of consciousness (DOC) both of which are at the forefront of contemporary neuroscience. The prospective use of neurotechnology to access mental states in these subjects including neuroimaging brain simulation and brain computer interfaces offers new opportunities for clinicians and researchers but has also received specific attention from philosophical scientific ethical and legal points of view. This book offers the first systematic assessment of these issues investigating the tools neurotechnology offers to care for verbally non-communicative subjects and suggesting a multidisciplinary approach to the ethical and legal implications of ordinary and experimental practices. The book is divided into three parts: the first and second focus on the scientific and clinical implications of neurological tools for DOC patient and infant care. With reference to these developments the third and final part presents the case for re-evaluating classical ethical and legal concepts such as authority informed consent and privacy. Neurotechnology and Direct Brain Communication will appeal to researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of cognitive science medical ethics medical technology and the philosophy of the mind. With implications for patient care it will also be a useful resource for clinicians medical centres and health practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360629

Neurotechnology in National Security and DefensePractical Considerations Neuroethical Concerns Neurotechnology in National Security and Defense: Practical Considerations Neuroethical Concerns is the second volume in the Advances in Neurotechnology series. It specifically addresses the neuroethical legal and social issues arising from the use of neurotechnology in national security and defense agendas and applications. Of particular concern are the use of various neurotechnologies in military and intelligence operations training acquisition of neurobiological and cognitive data for intelligence and security military medical operations warfighter performance augmentation and weaponization of neuroscience and neurotechnology. The contributors discuss the neuroethical questions and problems that these applications generate as well as potential solutions that may be required and developed. The book examines how developments in neurotechnology in national security and defense agendas are impacted by and affect ethical values and constructs legal considerations and overall conduct of the social sphere. Presenting an integrative perspective leading international experts lay the scientific groundwork and establish the premises necessary to appreciate the ethical aspects of neurotechnology in national security and defense.It is not a question of "if" neurotechnology will be used in such ways but when how and to what extent. Therefore it is imperative to foster a deeper understanding of neurotechnology the problems and debates arising from its use in national security and defense and how such issues can and should be addressed. In doing so we can guide and govern the use of these innovative neurotechnologies in ways that uphold ethical accountability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482228335

NeurotechnologyPremises Potential and Problems New technologies that allow us to investigate mechanisms and functions of the brain have shown considerable promise in treating brain disease and injury. These emerging technologies also provide a means to assess and manipulate human consciousness cognitions emotions and behaviors bringing with them the potential to transform society. Neurotechnology: Premises Potential and Problems explores the technical moral legal and sociopolitical issues that arise in and from today’s applications of neuroscience and technology and discusses their implications for the future. Some of the issues raised in this thought-provoking volume include: Neurotechnology in education: an enablement a treatment or an enhancement? The potential and limitations of neuroimaging technology in determining patient prognoses Tissue implantation technology as a way of engendering personalized medicine Neuroprostheses: restoration of functions of the disabled vs. enhancement to transhuman capabilities Deep brain stimulation and its use in restoring preserving or changing patients’ personal identity The benefit and risk of cognitive performance tools Cyborg technology and its potential to change our vision of humanity Methodologies for reducing the risk of neurotechnology’s impact on ethical legal and social issues With contributions from an international group of experts working on the cutting edge of neurotechnology this volume lays the groundwork to appreciate the ethical legal and social aspects of the science in ways that keep pace with this rapidly progressing field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439825860

Neurotherapy and NeurofeedbackBrain-Based Treatment for Psychological and Behavioral Problems The fields of neurobiology and neuropsychology are growing rapidly and neuroscientists now understand that the human brain has the capability to adapt and develop new living neurons by engaging new tasks and challenges throughout our lives essentially allowing the brain to rewire itself. In Neurotherapy and Neurofeedback accomplished clinicians and scholars Lori Russell-Chapin and Ted Chapin illustrate the importance of these advances and introduce counselors to the growing body of research demonstrating that the brain can be taught to self-regulate and become more efficient through neurofeedback (NF) a type of biofeedback for the brain. Students and clinicians will come away from this book with a strong sense of how brain dysregulation occurs and what kinds of interventions clinicians can use when counseling and medication prove insufficient for treating behavioral and psychological symptoms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662246

Neurotoxicology Neurotoxicology provides a thorough understanding of neurotoxicology through its integration of multilateral ideas covering several disciplines including chemistry biochemistry anatomy physiology and pathology. It discusses neurotoxic agents describes the methods for studying neurotoxic actions covers factors affecting neurotoxicity and includes the diagnosis and treatment of neurodegenerative disorders. Neurotoxicology is an excellent reference for graduate and medical students researchers in neurotoxicology regulatory toxicologists industrial hygienists and anyone who needs to understand the adverse affects of neurotoxic agents on the nervous system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450281

Neurotoxicology This new edition presents an integrated approach to neurotoxicology the study of organisms' responses to changes in their environment and how interruption of the flow of information by chemical exposure causes a wide range of effects - from learning deficits sensory disturbances in the extremities and muscle weakness to seizures and signs simila Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429146381

Neurotransmitters in PlantsPerspectives and Applications Key features: Presents the latest trends and developments of neuromediators in plants Provides in-depth coverage of plants enriched in neurotransmitters (especially serotonin melatonin and dopamine) and how they are used in medicine pharmacy and food nutrition Discusses the physiological role of the neurotransmitters (biomediators) in non-nervous systems including the analysis of effects on the growth and development and stress defense Covers the occurrence of the substances that act in human and animal nervous system in plants as a phenomenon of the universal irritability feature for biologists Reveals the occurrence and possible physiological functions of biogenic amines in plants food and human health   New scientific data confirm the origin of neurotransmitters in the ancient ocean  whose inhabitants use the compounds in their relationships. One example is the algae Ulvaria whose image is represented on the cover. During evolution plant and microbial cells stored the neurotransmitters that play multifunctional roles today. Researchers have paid special attention to their functions in plants  the oxygen well of our planet. This book provides powerful tools for both analyzing and manipulating organisms considering the functions of neurotransmitters in plant cells and the practical application of knowledge about acetylcholine catecholamines serotonin melatonin histamine gamma-aminobutyric acid and glutamine for ecology agriculture medicine and food industries. Neurotransmitters in Plants: Perspectives and Applications presents information on:  the location and biosynthesis where neurotransmitters occur  the molecular biology of some enzymes participating in the process  their role in vivo and in vitro processes  their functions in plant environmental adaptation in plants  their role in enriching the food and medicinal value of plants.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138560772

Neuroviral InfectionsGeneral Principles and DNA Viruses Neurovirology is an interdisciplinary field representing a melding of virology clinical neuroscience molecular pathogenesis diagnostic virology molecular biology and immunology. Neuroviral Infections: General Principles and DNA Viruses covers recent developments in the area of neuroviral infections and discusses their role in related fields such as immunology cell biology and molecular biology. It offers a complete discussion of the major neuroviral infections caused by DNA viruses including information on emerging basic principles neuroviral infections and future challenges in virology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466567191

Neuroviral InfectionsRNA Viruses and Retroviruses Neurovirology is an interdisciplinary field representing a melding of virology clinical neuroscience molecular pathogenesis diagnostic virology molecular biology and immunology. Neuroviral Infections: RNA Viruses and Retroviruses presents an up-to-date overview of the general principles of infections and major neuroviral infections caused by RNA viruses and retroviruses. It is designed for virologists specialists in infectious diseases teachers of virology and postgraduate students of medicine virology neurosciences and immunology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576530

Neuroviral InfectionsTwo Volume Set Two-Volume Set: Neurovirology is an interdisciplinary field representing a melding of virology clinical neuroscience molecular pathogenesis diagnostic virology molecular biology and immunology. Neuroviral Infections: General Principles and DNA Viruses covers recent developments in the area of neuroviral infections and discusses their role in related fields such as immunology cell biology and molecular biology. It offers a complete discussion of the major neuroviral infections caused by DNA viruses including information on emerging basic principles neuroviral infections and future challenges in virology. Neuroviral Infections: RNA Viruses and Retroviruses presents an up-to-date overview of the general principles of infections and major neuroviral infections caused by RNA viruses and retroviruses. It is designed for virologists specialists in infectious diseases teachers of virology and postgraduate students of medicine virology neurosciences and immunology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439868522

Neurovision Rehabilitation Guide Neurovision Rehabilitation Guide is a valuable resource for the health care professional working with patients with visual dysfunction as a consequence of traumatic brain injury and neurological disorders. It covers the concepts of visual dysfunction as well as assessment and step-by-step treatment plans. The guide covers the neurology of visual processing before and after a brain injury. It explains the concepts behind neurovision rehabilitation and how to go about examining and treating the patient’s visual deficits. It also covers the evaluation of visual perceptual deficits and treatment of the traumatic brain injury patient. The guide contains more than 80 vision therapy procedures with step-by-step instructions as well as sequencing guides for each category of therapy (oculomotor accommodation binocular perceptual). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498762564

Neusner on JudaismVolume 1: History Jacob Neusner has published more than 1000 books and articles scholarly and academic popular and journalistic and is one of the most published humanities scholars in the world. Over a period of fifty years he has made significant insightful and challenging contributions to the study of Rabbinic Judaism particularly in the disciplines covered in the three volumes which make up Neusner on Judaism: the study of history (volume 1) literature (volume 2) and religion and theology (volume 3). These unique volumes of selective writings by Jacob Neusner with new introductions by the author offer scholars an invaluable resource in the field of Judaic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390626

Neutrality And Foreign Military SalesMilitary Production And Sales Restrictions In Austria Finland Sweden And Switzerland This book compares the foreign military sales policies of the four European non-aligned countries—Austria Finland Sweden and Switzerland—using public opinion as an explanatory factor. These non-aligned states have accepted a policy of 'armed neutrality'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164669

Neutrality and Neutralism in the Global Cold WarBetween or Within the Blocs? This book sheds new light on the foreign policies roles and positions of neutral states and the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) in the global Cold War. The volume places the neutral states and the NAM in the context of the Cold War and demonstrates the links between the East the West and the so-called Third World. In doing so this collection provides readers an alternative way of exploring the evolution and impact of the Cold War on North-South connections that challenges traditional notions of the post-1945 history of international relations. The various contributions are framed against the backdrop of the evolution of the Cold War international system and the decolonization process in the Southern hemisphere. By juxtaposing the policies of European neutrals and countries of the NAM this book offers new perspectives on the evolution of the Cold War. With the links between these two groups of countries receiving very little attention in Cold War scholarship the volume thus offers a window into a hitherto neglected perspective on the Cold War. Via a series of case studies the chapters here present new viewpoints on the evolution of the global Cold War through the exploration of the ensuing internal and (mainly) external policy choices of these nations. This book will be of much interest to students of Cold War Studies international history foreign policy security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096523

Neutrality and Small States (Routledge Revivals) Originally published in 1988 this book examines the experiences of neutral states in Europe during the Second World War and in the postwar peiod. It examines both the practical and the theoretical considerations and the interface between the two and discusses the implications of the experience of these countries for small states generally Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612012

Neutrality and Vulnerable StatesAn Analysis of Afghanistan’s Permanent Neutrality This book offers a timely and concise academic and historical background to the concept and practice of neutrality a relatively new phenomenon in foreign and security policy. It approaches two key questions: under what circumstances can permanent neutrality be applied and what are the main ingredients of success and the causes of failure in applying permanent neutrality? By evaluating comparing and contrasting the two successful European case studies of Austria and Switzerland and the two challenging Asian case studies of Afghanistan and Laos the author creates a new framework of analysis to explore the feasibility of reframing adopting and applying a policy of neutrality and jump start debates on the feasibility of the idea of “new neutrality”. He opens the debate by asking whether as neutrality successfully functioned as a conflict resolution tool during the Cold War a reframed and adopted version of neutrality could also serve the needs of the twenty-first-century world order. This is an insightful book for all scholars students and policymakers workingin international relations security studies the history of neutrality and Afghanistan studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625785

Neutrality in Austria After Stalin's death during a respite in Cold War tensions in 1955 Austria managed to rid itself of a quadripartite occupation regime and become a neutral state. As the Cold War continued Austria's policy of neutrality helped make this small country into an important mediator of East-West differences and neutrality became a crucial part of Austria's postwar identity. In the post-Cold War era Austrian neutrality seems to demand redefinition. The work addresses such issues as what neutrality means when Austria's neighbors are joining NATO? What is the difference between Austrian neutrality in 1955 and 2000? In remaining apart from NATO do Austrian elites risk their nation's national security? Is Austria a "free rider " too stingy to contribute to Western defense? Has the neutralist mentalit become such a crucial part of Austrian postwar identity that its abandonment will threaten civil society? These questions are addressed in this latest in the prestigious Contemporary Austrian Studies series. The volume emerged from the Wittgenstein Research Center project on "Discourse Politics and Identity " an interdisciplinary investigation of the meaning of Austrian neutrality. The first two chapters analyze the current meaning of Austrian neutrality. Karin Liebhart records narrative interviews with former presidents Rudolf Kirchschlger and Kurt Waldheim both central political actors present at the creation and implementation of Austria's postwar neutrality. Gertraud Benke and Ruth Wodak provide in-depth analysis of a debate on Austrian National Television on "NATO and Neutrality " a microcosm of Austrian popular opinion that exposed all positions and ideological preferences on neutrality. The historian Oliver Rathkolb surveys international perceptions of Austrian neutrality over the past half-century. For comparative contrast David Irwin and John Wilson apply Foucault's theoretical framework to the history and debates on neutrality in Ireland. Political scientists Heinz Grtner and Paul Luif provide examples of how Austrian neutrality has been handled in the past and today. Michael Gehler analyzes Austria's response to the Hungarian crisis of 1956 and Klaus Eisterer reviews the Austrian legation's handling of the 1968 Czechoslovak crisis. Gnter Bischof is professor of history and executive director of Center Austria at the University of New Orleans. Anton Pelinka is professor of political science at the University of Innsbruck and director of the Institute of Conflict Research in Vienna. Ruth Wodak is professor in the linguistics department at the University of Vienna and director of the research center "Discourse Politics Identity" at the Austrian Academy of Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528772

Neutrality in International LawFrom the Sixteenth Century to 1945 Neutrality is a legal relationship between a belligerent State and a State not participating in a war namely a neutral State. The law of neutrality is a body of rules and principles that regulates the legal relations of neutrality. The law of neutrality obliges neutral States to treat all belligerent States impartially and to abstain from providing military and other assistance to belligerents. The law of neutrality is a branch of international law that developed in the nineteenth century when international law allowed unlimited freedom of sovereign States to resort to war. Thus there has been much debate as to whether such a branch of law remains valid in modern international law which generally prohibits war and the use of force by States. While there has been much debate regarding the current status of neutrality in modern international law there is a general agreement among scholars as to the basic features of the traditional law of neutrality. Wani challenges the conventional understanding of the traditional neutrality by re-examining the historical development of the law of neutrality from the sixteenth century to 1945. The modification of the conventional understanding will provide a fundamentally new framework for discussing the current status of neutrality in modern international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366039

Neutrality in Southeast AsiaConcepts and Contexts This book analyses the notion of neutrality to the politics of the state in Southeast Asia. Distinguishing among neutrality neutralism and neutralisation it asks what relation do the concepts bear to the independence of states and how do they relate to other forms of inter-state relations and to participation in international organizations. The author considers concepts of neutrality and the policy of non-alignment as they were developed in South and Southeast Asia. Using case studies of a variety of Asian countries including India Burma Cambodia and other countries in Southeast Asia he discusses the novel notion of a regional form of neutralisation as a means of decolonising the region and examines the relevance neutralism has in current international politics and what might it have in the future.This new work by one of the most foremost historians on Southeast Asia is of interest to scholars in the field of Asian History Politics International Relations and Strategic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877699

Neutrality in Twentieth-Century EuropeIntersections of Science Culture and Politics after the First World War Whether in science or in international politics neutrality has sometimes been promoted not only as a viable political alternative but as a lofty ideal – in politics by nations proclaiming their peacefulness in science as an underpinning of epistemology in journalism and other intellectual pursuits as a foundation of a professional ethos. Time and again scientists and other intellectuals have claimed their endeavors to be neutral elevated above the world of partisan conflict and power politics. This volume studies the resonances between neutrality in science and culture and neutrality in politics. By analyzing the activities of scientists intellectuals and politicians (sometimes overlapping categories) of mostly neutral nations in the First World War and after it traces how an ideology of neutralism was developed that soon was embraced by international organizations. This book explores how the notion of neutrality has been used and how a neutralist discourse developed in history. None of the contributions take claims of neutrality at face value – some even show how they were made to advance partisan interests. The concept was typically clustered with notions such as peace internationalism objectivity rationality and civilization. But its meaning was changeable – varying with professional ideological or national context. As such Neutrality in Twentieth-Century Europe presents a different perspective on the century than the story of the great belligerent powers and one in which science culture and politics are inextricably mixed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117044

Neutrality in World History Neutrality in World History provides a cogent synthesis of five hundred years of neutrality in global history. Author Leos Müller argues that neutrality and neutral states such as Switzerland Sweden and Belgium have played an important historical role in implementing the free trade paradigm shaping the laws of nations and humanitarianism and serving as key global centres of trade and finance. Offering an intriguing alternative to dominant world history narratives which hinge primarily on the international relations and policies of empires and global powers Neutrality in World History provides students with a distinctive introduction to neutrality’s place in world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138745384

Neutrices and External NumbersA Flexible Number System Neutrices and External Numbers: A Flexible Number System introduces a new model of orders of magnitude and of error analysis with particular emphasis on behaviour under algebraic operations. The model is formulated in terms of scalar neutrices and external numbers in the form of an extension of the nonstandard set of real numbers. Many illustrative examples are given. The book starts with detailed presentation of the algebraic structure of external numbers then deals with the generalized Dedekind completeness property applications in analysis domains of validity of approximations of solutions of differential equations particularly singular perturbations. Finally it describes the family of algebraic laws characterizing the practice of calculations with external numbers. Features Presents scalar neutrices and external numbers a mathematical model of order of magnitude within the real number system. Outlines complete algebraic rules for the neutrices and external numbers Conducts operational analysis of convergence and integration of functions known up to orders of magnitude Formalises a calculus of error propagation covariant with algebraic operations Presents mathematical models of phenomena incorporating their necessary imprecisions in particular related to the Sorites paradox Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498772679

Neutrino Physics When Kai Zuber’s pioneering text on neutrinos was published in 2003 the author correctly predicted that the field would see tremendous growth in the immediate future. In that book Professor Zuber provided a comprehensive self-contained examination of neutrinos covering their research history and theory as well as their application to particle physics astrophysics nuclear physics and the broad reach of cosmology; but now to be truly comprehensive and accurate the field’s seminal reference needs to be revised and expanded to include the latest research conclusions and implications. Revised as needed to be equal to the research of today Neutrino Physics Third Edition delves into neutrino cross-sections mass measurements double beta decay solar neutrinos neutrinos from supernovae and high-energy neutrinos as well as entirely new experimental results in the context of theoretical models. Written to be accessible to graduate students and readers from diverse backgrounds this edition like the first provides both an introduction to the field as well as the information needed by those looking to make their own contributions to it. And like the second edition it whets the researcher’s appetite going beyond certainty to pose those questions that still need answers. Features Presents the only single-author comprehensive text on neutrino physics Includes experimental and theoretical particle physics and examines solar neutrinos and astroparticle implications Offers details on new developments and recent experiments Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138718890

Neutrinos in Particle Physics Astrophysics and Cosmology Up to date and comprehensive in its coverage Neutrinos in Particle Physics Astrophysics and Cosmology reviews the whole landscape of neutrino physics from state-of-the-art experiments to the latest phenomenological and theoretical developments to future advances.With contributions from internationally recognized leaders in the field the book covers the basics of the standard model and neutrino phenomenology. It also discusses Big Bang cosmology neutrino astrophysics CP violation leptogenesis and solar neutrino physics including the standard solar model. The contributors present experimental aspects of accelerator and reactor neutrino experiments as well as nuclear physics experiments that deal with neutrinoless double beta decay and tritium decay. They also focus on neutrino detectors neutrino beams and the neutrino factory.Drawn from the lectures of the Scottish Universities Summer Schools in Physics this resource provides an essential foundation for anyone working in the exciting area of neutrino physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386498

Neutron DiffusionConcepts and Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers and Scientists This book is designed for a systematic understanding of nuclear diffusion theory along with fuzzy/interval/stochastic uncertainty. This will serve to be a benchmark book for graduate & postgraduate students teachers engineers and researchers throughout the globe. In view of the recent developments in nuclear engineering it is important to study the basic concepts of this field along with the diffusion processes for nuclear reactor design. Also it is known that uncertainty is a must in every field of engineering and science and in particular with regards to nuclear-related problems. As such one may need to understand the nuclear diffusion principles/theories corresponding with reliable and efficient techniques for the solution of such uncertain problems. Accordingly this book aims to provide a new direction for readers with basic concepts of reactor physics as well as neutron diffusion theory. On the other hand it also includes uncertainty (in terms of fuzzy interval stochastic) and their applications in nuclear diffusion problems in a systematic manner along with recent developments. The underlying concepts of the presented methods in this book may very well be used/extended to various other engineering disciplines viz. electronics marine chemical mining engineering and other sciences such as physics chemistry biotechnology etc. This book then can be widely applied wherever one wants to model their physical problems in terms of non-probabilistic methods viz. fuzzy/stochastic for the true essence of the real problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367889807

Never AgainRock Against Racism and the Anti-Nazi League 1976-1982 By 1976 the National Front had become the fourth largest party in Britain. In a context of national decline racism and fears that the country was collapsing into social unrest the Front won 19 per cent of the vote in elections in Leicester and 100 000 votes in London. In response an anti-fascist campaign was born which combined mass action to deprive the Front of public platforms with a mass cultural movement. Rock Against Racism brought punk and reggae bands together as a weapon against the right. At Lewisham in August 1977 fighting between the far right and its opponents saw two hundred people arrested and fifty policemen injured. The press urged the state to ban two rival sets of dangerous extremists. But as the papers took sides so did many others who determined to oppose the Front. Through the Anti-Nazi League hundreds of thousands of people painted out racist graffiti distributed leaflets and persuaded those around them to vote against the right. This combined movement was one of the biggest mass campaigns that Britain has ever seen. This book tells the story of the National Front and the campaign which stopped it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502710

Never Far from DancingBallet artists in new roles A series of interviews with some of the foremost dancers in twentieth-century ballet Never Far from Dancing reflects on the paths that their careers have taken since they retired from the stage. Barbara Newman has expertly edited each of her interviews to read as a monologue addressing every aspect of ballet from its styles and technical demands to its personalities its celebrated roles and most of all to what happens when the dancing stops. While ballet invites all manner of writing from critics admirers and academics the thoughts and experiences of the dancers themselves are seldom recorded. Here those who scaled the heights of their art hand down their wisdom and recount lives spent in this most enduring of art forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832151

Never Give Up Poster The Never Give Up quote poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070455

Never Had the Like OccurredEgypt's View of its Past "Never Had the Like Occurred" examines Ancient Egypt's own multifaceted encounters with its past. As Egyptian culture constantly changed and evolved this book follows a chronological arrangement from early Egypt to the attitudes of the Coptic population in the Byzantine Period. Within this framework it asks what access the Egyptians had to information about the past whether deliberately or accidentally acquired; what use was made of the past; what were the Egyptians attitudes to the past; what sense of past time did the Egyptians have; and what kinds of reverence for the past did they entertain? This is the first book dedicated to the whole range of these themes. It provides an explanatory context for the numerous previous studies that have dealt with particular sets of evidence particular periods or particular issues. It provides a case study of how civilizations may view and utilize their past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404892

Never Look BackHistory of World War II in the Pacific 50 years ago Japan attacked Pearl Harbour and brought a reluctant America into World War II. Armed with fresh materials which have become available only in the last decade Renzi and Roehrs take a critical look at the decisive Japanese-American episodes in "The Great Pacific War". Unlike standard histories of World War II "Never Look Back" includes the Japanese perspective bringing to light challenging facts: in "Operation Flying Elephant" the Japanese attempted to cause forest fires in the American West by releasing hydrogen-filled balloons. When Americans of Japanese ancestry were interned during the conflict word reached Japan of their plight and resulted in even greater mistreatment of American POWs in Japan. It is argued that Japan did not surrender because of the atomic bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki or because of the conventional firebombing or because of the US submarine campaign but because the USSR entered the war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488738

Nevertheless They PersistedFeminisms and Continued Resistance in the U.S. Women’s Movement 2017 opened with a new presidency in the United States sparking women’s marches across the globe. One thing was clear: feminism and feminist causes are not dead or in decline in the United States. Needed then are studies that capture the complexity of U.S. feminism. Nevertheless They Persisted is an edited collection composed of empirical studies of the U.S. women’s movement pushing the feminist dialogue beyond literary analysis and personal reflection by using sociological and historical data. This new collection features discussions of digital and social media gender identity the reinvigorated anti-rape climate while focusing on issues of diversity inclusion and unacknowledged privilege in the movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306035

Neville ChamberlainA Biography History has not looked kindly upon Neville Chamberlain. Despite a long and distinguished political career his trip to Munich in 1938 and the 'appeasement' of Hitler have forever overshadowed his many other achievements and blighted his reputation his name now synonymous with the futility of trying to reason with dictators and bullies. Yet as this biography shows there is much more to this complex and intriguing character than is generally supposed and even the infamous events of 1938 are open to more charitable interpretations than is usually the case. Appeasement brought the British government crucial time in which to rearm and in particular allowed the RAF to drastically increase the number of fighter aircraft it could muster for the Battle of Britain during the summer of 1940. Based on the study of over 150 collections of private papers on both sides of the Atlantic as well as exhaustive exploration of British government records held in the National Archives it is no exaggeration to say that the author has surveyed virtually all the existing archival material written by or to Chamberlain as well as a high proportion of that referring to him. As such this volume will no doubt establish itself as the definitive account of Chamberlain's life and career and provide a much fuller and fairer picture of his actions than has hitherto been the case. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248141

New Actors and Alliances in Development This collection brings together an interdisciplinary group of scholars exploring how development financing and interventions are being shaped by a wider and more complex platform of actors than usually considered in the existing literature. The contributors also trace a changing set of key relations and alliances in development – those between business and consumers; NGOs and celebrities; philanthropic organizations and the state; diaspora groups and transnational advocacy networks; ruling elites and productive capitalists; and between ‘new donors’ and developing country governments. Despite the diversity of these actors and alliances several commonalities arise: they are often based on hybrid transnationalism and diffuse notions of development responsibility; rather than being new per se they are newly being studied as engaging in practices that are now coming to be understood as ‘development’; and they are limited in their ability to act as agents of development by their lack of accountability or pro-poor commitment. The articles in this collection point to images and representations as increasingly important in development ‘branding’ and suggest fruitful new ground for critical development studies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739324

New Advances in SHR Research - Pathophysiology & Pharmacology This book deals with pathophysiology and pharmacology of spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR) and describes new trends in SHR research from hemodynamic characteristics to immunological views. It is devoted to the use of tissue culture studies to elaborate SHR characteristics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429072048

New Age AnalyticsTransforming the Internet through Machine Learning IoT and Trust Modeling This comprehensive and timely book New Age Analytics: Transforming the Internet through Machine Learning IoT and Trust Modeling explores the importance of tools and techniques used in machine learning big data mining and more. The book explains how advancements in the world of the web have been achieved and how the experiences of users can be analyzed. It looks at data gathering by the various electronic means and explores techniques for analysis and management how to manage voluminous data user responses and more. This volume provides an abundance of valuable information for professionals and researchers working in the field of business analytics big data social network data computer science analytical engineering and forensic analysis. Moreover the book provides insights and support from both practitioners and academia in order to highlight the most debated aspects in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888752

New Age SpiritualityRethinking Religion New Age and holistic beliefs and practices - sometimes called the "new spirituality" - are widely distributed across modern global society. The fluid and popular nature of new age makes these movements a very challenging field to understand using traditional models of religious analysis. Rather than treating new age as an exotic specimen on the margins of 'proper' religion "New Age Spirituality" examines these movements as a form of everyday or lived religion. The book brings together an international range of scholars to explore the key issues: insight healing divination meditation gnosis extraordinary experiences and interactions with gods spirits and superhuman powers. Combining discussion of contemporary beliefs and practices with cutting-edge theoretical analysis the book repositions new age spirituality at the forefront of the contemporary study of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844657148

New Agendas in StatebuildingHybridity Contingency and History This volume connects the study of statebuilding to broader aspects of social theory and the historical study of the state bringing forth new questions and starting-points both academically and practically for the field. Building states has become a highly prioritized issue in international politics. Since the 1990s mainly Western countries and international institutions have invested large sums of money vast amounts of manpower and considerable political capital in ventures of this kind all across the globe. Most of the focus in current literature is on the acute cases such as Afghanistan and Iraq but also to states that seem to fit the label ‘failed states’ such as Liberia Sierra Leone and Somalia. This book brings together a diverse group of scholars who introduce new theoretical approaches from the broader social sciences. The chapters revisit historical cases of statebuilding and provide thought-provoking new strategic perspectives on the field. The result is a volume that broadens and deepens our understanding of statebuilding by highlighting the importance of hybridity contingency and history in a broad range of case-studies. This book will be of much interest to students of statebuilding and intervention peacebuilding war and conflict studies security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377165

New Agricultural Crops This book introduces a variety of new crop species that are energy- and water-efficient well adapted to marginal lands and suited to intensive culture. It focuses on a technological strategy which holds immense promise for world agriculture and the ultimate benefit of man in near and long term. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367171124

New American DestiniesA Reader in Contemporary Asian and Latino Immigration The essays gathered here discuss theoretical and policy issues and themes such as the political and economic context of migration job competition labor organizing changing ethnic and "race" relations immigrant women in the economy and contemporary immigration politics and contribute to our understanding of the historical and contemporary dimensions of Asian and Latino migration in a changing global economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203379561

New Americans By ChoicePolitical Perspectives Of Latino Immigrants This book sets forth a pathbreaking social and demographic portrait of Latino legal immigrants from a political perspective comparing and contrasting them with the broader Latino population and discussing based on survey research data the experiences of Latinos from Central and South America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161842

New Analytical Advances in Transportation and Spatial Dynamics This title was first published in 2001. A delightfully oriented selection of international state-of-the-art research in applied regional science this informative volume places particular emphasis on the use of qualitative/quantitative methodologies in transportation and spatial dynamics. It presents new theoretical contributions in the context of spatial competition dynamics particularly illustrating various combinations of methods and models regarding new measures of competition/cohesion in the two main fields of transportation and spatial dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727250

New and Alternative Social Movements in SpainThe Left Identity and Globalizing Processes This collection offers a diachronic analytical study of new and alternative social movements in Spain from the democratic transition to the first decade of the 21st century paying attention to anti-war mobilizations and the use of new technologies as a mobilizing resource. New and alternative social movements are studied through the prism of identified linkages among the left movement identities and global processes in the Spanish context. Weight is given to certain important historical aspects like Spain’s relatively recent authoritarian past and certain value-added factors such as the weak associationalism and materialism exhibited by the Spanish public. These are complemented by exploring insights offered by key theoretical approaches on social movements (political opportunities structures resource mobilization). The volume covers established social movement cases (gender peace environmental movements) as well as those with a more explicit connection to the current context of global contestation (squatters’ and anti-globalization movements). This book was published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791848

New and Expanded Neuropsychosocial Concepts Complementary to Llorens' Developmental TheoryAchieving Growth and Development through Occupatio This book analyzes and suggests an expansion of Llorens’ developmental theory of occupational therapy applying these concepts in a final schematic model for use by occupational therapists occupational scientists and others involved in occupational tasks relationships and activities. The book then uses the International Classification of Functioning in a context of health promotion and disease prevention to relate the expanded theory to psychosocial cognitive and sensorimotor correlates in preterm infants and their families in the neonatal intensive care unit and after discharge to the home environment. Last it provides an NICU infant case illustration on the Developmental Analysis Evaluation and Intervention Schedule. The major theme of this book focuses upon expanding the psychological neurophysiological and sociological aspects of Llorens’ developmental theory for a person-occupation-environment based practice and research. The book will then correlate these concepts with current terminology from the World Health Organization and specialized knowledge and skills in the neonatal intensive care unit. This book was published as a special issue of Occupational Therapy in Mental Health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877587

New and Exploratory Therapeutic Agents for Asthma Discusses three major classes of asthma therapies-bronchodilators antiinflammatories and antiallergics-as well as potential new therapeutic approaches!This comprehensive volume addresses the latest treatment strategies for asthma keying in on the genetics and molecular biology of asthma and pointing the way toward new commercially viable therapies.Presents the most up-to-date information available on the genetics epidemiology pathology pharmacology and pulmonology of asthma.Written by more than 20 leading international experts New and Exploratory Therapeutic Agents for Asthmaexplores asthma both as incidence of dysfunctional airway smooth muscle and as a disorder of the immune system examines the role of monoclonal antibodies in allergy and asthma describes functions and pharmacokinetic profiles of bronchodilator 2 agonists anticholinergics and inhaled glucocorticosteroids investigates the controversy of different types of asthma illustrates the connections between clinical symptoms and the immunopathology of eosinophilic inflammation assesses prospects for the development of a successful oral anti-inflammatory therapy an immunomodulator that lowers antigen-specific IgE an anticytokine compound and an agent that safely combines bronchospasmolytic and anti-inflammatory properties reviews the impact of the recent introduction of antileukotriene agents clinical findings with PAF antagonists and selective antimuscarinics evaluates the relationship between improvements in laboratory results and clinical effectiveness and more!Containing over 2000 bibliographic citations and a concise introduction for each chapter New and Exploratory Therapeutic Agents for Asthma is indispensable for pulmonologists pediatricians physiologists immunologists allergists pharmaceutical industry scientists primary care physicians and medical s Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399252

New and Renewable Energy Technologies for Sustainable Development The International Conference on New and Renewable Energy Technologies for Sustainable Development held in Ponta Delgada Azores (2002) Portugal has provided technology specialists and hardware developers with the opportunity to discuss review and demonstrate the research directions the design methodologies and the production techniques leading to cost- effective energy technologies for sustainable development.This dialog provides the context for more detailed technical presentations and panel discussions on energy systems renewable resource exploitation and the engineering design and optimisation for minimum resource consumption. The papers included in this volume are selected from those presented at the conference reflecting to present the state-of-the-art developments in the field.The selection of papers presented in this volume has enlightened various fields of scientific and economic development which should merge efforts in the understanding of the sustainable development concept and technological implications. The book will be of particular interest to engineering practitioners product developers researchers and also economists political scientists and government administrators exploring the multifaceted relationship between renewable energy technologies and sustainable development. Keynote lectures frame the technical and policy issues confronting the sustainable development movement and enrich the dialog between various segments of the community. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078883

New Approaches in Applied MusicologyA Common Framework for Music Education and Psychology Research This book presents four extended essays that are rooted in the growing interdisciplinary field of applied musicology in which music theory – in particular the zygonic conjecture – is used to inform thinking in the domains of music psychology music education and music therapy research. It is essential reading for academics and postgraduate students working in these fields. The topics covered include a new study on the emergence of musical abilities in the early years using the Sounds of Intent framework of musical development; an exploration of how the Sounds of Intent model can be extended to map how people with learning difficulties engage in creative multisensory activities; an investigation of the expectations generated on hearing a piece of music more than once evolve in cognition using evidence from a musical savant; and a report on the effect on listeners of repeated exposure to a novel melody. Data are drawn from the findings of postgraduate and postdoctoral projects. It is hoped that this exciting new work will act as a catalyst in the emerging field of applied musicological research and bring recognition to a group of new young academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472473585

New Approaches in Reasoning Research Reasoning research has long been associated with paper and pencil tasks in which peoples’ reasoning skills are judged against established normative conventions. However there has been a recent revolution in the range of techniques empirical methods and paradigms used to examine reasoning behaviour. New Approaches in Reasoning Research brings to the fore these new pioneering research methods and empirical findings. Each chapter is written by a world-leading expert in the field and covers a variety of broad empirical techniques and new approaches to reasoning research. Maintaining a high level of integrity and rigor throughout Editors De Neys and Osman have allowed the experts included here the space to think big about the general issues concerning their work to point out potential implications and speculate on further developments. Such freedom can only help to stimulate discussion and spark creative thinking. The use of these new methods and paradigms are already generating a new understanding of how we reason as such this book should appeal to researchers and students of Cognitive Psychology Social Psychology  and Neuroscience along with Cognitive Scientists and anyone interested in the latest developments in reasoning rationality bias and thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721562

New Approaches to Cinematic Space New Approaches to Cinematic Space aims to discuss the process of creation of cinematic spaces through moving images and the subsequent interpretation of their purpose and meaning. Throughout seventeen chapters this edited collection will attempt to identify and interpret the formal strategies used by different filmmakers to depict real or imaginary places and turn them into abstract conceptual spaces. The contributors to this volume will specifically focus on a series of systems of representation that go beyond the mere visual reproduction of a given location to construct a network of meanings that ultimately shapes our spatial worldview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663353

New Approaches to EU Foreign Policy EU foreign policy once existed in the form of the European Political Cooperation with only a limited political leverage and symbolic institutional underpinnings. In recent years rapid changes have occurred including an expanding institutional apparatus increased responsibility and growing demand for action. This book examines new approaches to the EU’s foreign policy that address its rapidly changing character presenting the newest theoretical perspectives and dealing with novel empirical developments. Rather than simply considering structural variations and changes in the agency of the EU it explores the new complexity in EU foreign policy. The authors offer new theoretical perspectives and new empirical studies dealing among others with issues such as: Power delegation to the Commission. EU diplomacy. Parliamentarisation and constitutionalisation. Committees’ involvement in foreign policy process.   This book will be of interest to students and scholars of European politics European foreign policy and European integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683587

New Approaches to Governance and Rule in Urban Europe Since 1500 Urban power and politics are topics of abiding interest for students of the city. This exciting collection of essays explores how Europe’s cities have been governed across the last 500 years. Taken as a whole it provides a unique historical overview of urban politics in early modern and modern Europe. At the same time it guides the reader through the variety of ways in which power and governance are currently understood by historians and new directions in the subject. The essays are wide-ranging covering Europe from Scandinavia to the Mediterranean Russia to Ireland between 1500 and the twentieth century. Each chapter employs a specific case-study to illuminate a way of examining how power worked in regard to topics such as women popular culture or urban elites. A variety of approaches are deployed including the study of ritual and performance morality and conduct governmentality and the state infrastructure and the individual. Reflecting the state of the art in European urban history the book is essential reading for anyone interested in the study of urban politics and government. It represents a fresh take on a rich subject and will stimulate a new generation of historical studies of power and the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462185

New Approaches To Human ReproductionSocial And Ethical Dimensions This book bridges the gap between cultural values and medical technology focusing in the areas of conception birth and neonatality. It brings together research data and analysis particularly relevant for social scientists as well as nurses public health professionals and physicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156626

New Approaches to Human Security in the Asia-PacificChina Japan and Australia New Approaches to Human Security in the Asia-Pacific offers a distinctly Asia-Pacific-oriented perspective to one of the most discussed components of international security policy human security. This volume of regional experts assess countries that have either spearheaded this form of security politics (Japan and Australia) or have recently advanced to become a key player on various aspects of human security in both a domestic and global context (China). The authors provide an interesting investigation into the continued relevance and promise of the human security paradigm against more 'traditional' security approaches. Accordingly the book will appeal to readers across a wide band of the social sciences (international relations security studies development studies and public policy) and to practitioners and analysts working in applied settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409456780

New Approaches to Latin American StudiesCulture and Power Academic and research fields are moved by fads waves revolutionaries paradigm shifts and turns. They all imply a certain degree of change that alters the conditions of a stable system producing an imbalance that needs to be addressed by the field itself. New Approaches to Latin American Studies: Culture and Power offers researchers and students from different theoretical fields an essential turn-organized overview of the radical transformation of epistemological and methodological assumptions in Latin American Studies from the end of the 1980s to the present. Sixteen chapters written by experts in their respective fields help explain the various ways in which to think about these shifts. Questions posited include: Why are turns so crucial? How did they alter the shape or direction of the field? What new questions objects or problems did they contribute? What were or are their limitations? What did they displace or prevent us from considering? Among the turns included are: memory transnational popular culture decolonial feminism affect indigenous studies transatlantic ethical post/hegemony deconstruction cultural policy subalternism gender and sexuality performance and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067974

New Approaches to Medieval Architecture This collection of essays presents the exciting and innovative work being done in the field of medieval architectural history by scholars affiliated with AVISTA one of the most active sponsors of such research in the Anglo-American scholarly community. These studies constitute a snapshot of the range of new interpretive strategies being deployed by researchers in the reassessment of previous scholarship and identification of new modes of inquiry. In recent years the study of medieval architecture has been transformed by the emergence of new critical perspectives and new technologies. The contributors to this book are among those at the forefront of these developments. Several of the essays present dramatic reinterpretations of canonical monuments including the Abbey of Saint-Denis Beauvais Cathedral and Notre-Dame in Paris. Others consider broader methodological issues such as the applications of geometry workshop practice and the shaping of historical narratives. Still others demonstrate how high-tech scanning and visualization methods can enhance our understanding of construction methods and the behavior of buildings. The publication of this collection of pioneering essays should foster further exploration by clarifying the state of research by establishing specific historical arguments and by providing models of inquiry to inspire emerging scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409422280

New Approaches to Monetary TheoryInterdisciplinary Perspectives Everybody uses money every day but we rarely stop to think about how money works. In this book scholars from different disciplines seek to answer that question; from historians to economists sociologists a philosopher and a physicist. Money works as a social construction because we have mutual expectations that support its use – despite the seeming irrationality of trading valuable things or doing strenuous work for pieces of paper or numbers in accounts. Recently there has been a revival of interest in monetary theory not least because the impacts of globalizing markets and of new communication and information technologies have changed the forms of money. The deep crisis of the financial system has demonstrated the importance of a functioning monetary system and although renewed interest in this has led to significant contributions in various fields it remains true that no social science discipline on its own is sufficiently equipped to explain the basic workings of monetary systems their rapid innovation and their effects on social economic and political structures. The contributors to this book report on their latest research on the origins of money on the nature of monetary transactions on money and the state and on the role of money and finance in the recent global crisis. They show how established theories of money and the policies guided by these theories went wrong. This collection will be a valuable resource for students and researchers seeking a deeper understanding of money. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745475

New Approaches to Naples c.1500-c.1800The Power of Place Early modern Naples has been characterized as a marginal wild and exotic place on the fringes of the European world and as such an appropriate target of attempts by Catholic missionaries and others to ’civilize’ the city. Historiographically bypassed in favour of Venice Florence and Rome Naples is frequently seen as emblematic of the cultural and political decline in the Italian peninsula and as epitomizing the problems of southern Italy. Yet as this volume makes plain such views blind us to some of its most extraordinary qualities and limit our understanding not only of one of the world's great capital cities but also of the wider social cultural and political dynamics of early modern Europe. As the centre of Spanish colonial power within Europe during the vicerealty and with a population second only to Paris in early modern Europe Naples is a city that deserves serious study. Further as a Habsburg dominion it offers vital points of comparison with non-European sites which were subject to European colonialism. While European colonization outside Europe has received intense scholarly attention its cultural impact and representation within Europe remain under-explored. Too much has been taken for granted. Too few questions have been posed. In the sphere of the visual arts investigation reveals that Neapolitan urbanism architecture painting and sculpture were of the highest quality during this period while differing significantly from those of other Italian cities. For long ignored or treated as the subaltern sister of Rome this urban treasure house is only now receiving the attention from scholars that it has so long deserved. This volume addresses the central paradoxes operating in early modern Italian scholarship. It seeks to illuminate both the historiographical pressures that have marginalized Naples and to showcase important new developments in Neapolitan cultural history and art history. Those developments showcased here include bot Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409429432

New Approaches to Old StonesRecent Studies of Ground Stone Artifacts Ground stone artefacts were widely used in food production in prehistory. However the archaeological community has widely neglected the dataset of ground stone artefacts until now. 'New Approaches to Old Stones' offers a theoretical and methodological analysis of the archaeological data pertaining to ground stone tools. The essays draw on a range of case studies - from the Levant Egypt Crete Anatolia Mexico and North America - to examine ground stone technologies. From medieval Islamic stone cooking vessels and late Minoan stone vases to the use of stone in ritual and as a symbol of luxury 'New Approaches to Old Stones' offers a radical reassessment of the impact of ground-stone artefacts on technological change production and exchange. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664319

New Approaches to Ruskin (Routledge Revivals)Thirteen Essays The study of Ruskin’s work and influence is now a feature of several critical disciplines. New Approaches to Ruskin first published in 1981 reflects this gathering some of the most distinguished writers on Ruskin and joining them with others who have undertaken significant research in the field of Ruskin studies. The authors were all specially commissioned for this volume and were chosen to represent as wide a variety of approaches as possible to this key figure of nineteenth-century culture. This book is ideal for students of art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830615

New Approaches to State and Peasant in Ottoman History Debates on the world historical place of the Ottoman Empire in the last few decades have been conducted mainly in Turkey but increasingly concepts have been introduced into the conversation from the study of European Chinese and Central Asian history. This book first published in 1992 examines the nature of the Ottoman state from a variety of perspectives economic political and social. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644830

New Approaches to the Literary Art of Anne Bronte This new essay collection brings together some of the top Brontë scholars working today as well as new critical voices to examine the many layers of Anne Brontë's fiction and other writings and to restore Brontë to her rightful place in literary history. Until very recently Brontë's literary fate has been to live in the critical shadow of her older sisters Charlotte and Emily in spite of the fact that her two published novels Agnes Grey and The Tenant of Wildfell Hall were widely read and discussed during her lifetime. From a variety of fields-including psychology religion social criticism and literary tradition-the contributors to New Approaches to the Literary Art of Anne Brontë re-assess her works as those of an artist which demand the rigorous scholarship and attention that they receive here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888251

New Arab Revolutions That Shook the World From Libya in the east to the Gulf peninsula in the west the 'Arab Spring' has shaken entrenched regimes. Decades-old dictatorships have fallen after mass protests. Whilst the final outcome is unclear the historical importance of these events is beyond doubt. Farhad Khosrokavar contextualizes the demands of the protesters. He looks beyond the Arab world to show how the movements are leaving a deep imprint on countries like Iran and how a new conception of democracy is emerging in the region challenging traditional ideas. Looking to the future Khosrokavar discusses how the new movements may change the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050836

New Architecture and Technology Many books have covered the topics of architecture materials and technology. 'New Architecture and Technology' is the first to explore the interrelation between these three subjects. It illustrates the impact of modern technology and materials on architecture. The book explores the technical progress of building showing how developments both past and present are influenced by design methods. It provides a survey of contemporary architecture as affected by construction technology. It also explores aspects of building technology within the context of general industrial social and economic developments. The reader will acquire a vocabulary covering the entire range of structure types and learn a new approach to understanding the development of design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157460

New Asian Emperors Much has been written about the rise of the Asian economies in recent decades and their coming economic dominance in the next century. The New Asian Emperors shows how and why overseas Chinese companies are achieving dominance in the Asia Pacific. In the wake of the Asian Currency crisis this book takes a fresh look at the role of the overseas Chinese as they continue to create some of Asia's most wealthy and successful companies. In particular the authors tackle the principal difference between Western and Eastern business practices. The overseas Chinese due to their origins and history developed a unique form of management - now they maintain it as their competitive advantage. Although Asian governments are currently floundering the overseas Chinese networks continue to prosper. The authors explain the following to Eastern and Western managers:the sources and characteristics of overseas Chinese management how to combat the overseas Chinese the strengths and exploitable weaknesses of the overseas Chinese whether overseas Chinese management practices will spread in the same way as Japanese management did whether Western management technologies will find themselves outclassed.A feature of the book are the exclusive in-depth interviews with the New AsianEmperors since most of them avoid the press and little is known of them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178595

New Aspects of Quantity Surveying Practice In this fourth edition of New Aspects of Quantity Surveying Practice renowned quantity surveying author Duncan Cartlidge reviews the history of the quantity surveyor examines and reflects on the state of current practice with a concentration on new and innovative practice and attempts to predict the future direction of quantity surveying practice in the UK and worldwide. The book champions the adaptability and flexibility of the quantity surveyor whilst covering the hot topics which have emerged since the previous edition’s publication including: the RICS ‘Futures’ publication; Building Information Modelling (BIM); mergers and acquisitions; a more informed and critical evaluation of the NRM; greater discussion of ethics to reflect on the renewed industry interest; and a new chapter on Dispute Resolution. As these issues create waves throughout the industry whilst it continues its global growth in emerging markets such reflections on QS practice are now more important than ever. The book is essential reading for all Quantity Surveying students teachers and professionals. It is particularly suited to undergraduate professional skills courses and non-cognate postgraduate students looking for an up to date understanding of the industry and the role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673762

New Atalantis An early example of satirical political writing by a woman. The book with its blend of politics and sexuality is based on the public and private lives of prominent politicians and society figures of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111240

New Automation Technology for Acquisitions and Collection Development This book first published in 1995 describes how automation is changing the face of acquisitions as librarians know it and making the future uncertain yet exciting. It documents how libraries have increasingly moved to powerful second-generation interfaceable or integrated systems that can control all aspects of library operations. The libraries presented as examples show that increasing user expectations the siren call of cyberspace and network connectivity and administrative faith in the savings to be obtained from electronic technical services continue to drive the migration to higher-level library management systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350222

New Biotechnologies for Increased Energy SecurityThe Future of Fuel This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. The information contained in this compendium volume sets the stage for the future's large-scale production of biofuels. Biomass is an abundant carbon-neutral renewable feedstock for producing fuel. First-generation biofuels gained attention for their problems but the authors of this book demonstrate that they are well on their way to creating practical and sustainable second-generation biofuels. The book begins with an introduction to synthetic biology. Next it covers pretreatment technologies advanced microbial technologies genetic engineering as it relates to biofuel technologies and nanotechnology and chemical engineering in relation to biofuels. Well-respected in his field the editor's firsthand experience gives him the perspective to create a thorough review of the relevant literature. Each chapter is written by experts in biotechnologies offering graduate and post-doctorate students as well as other scientific researchers a wide-angle look at biofuel technologies. At the same time this volume points to promising directions for new research. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881463

New Black ManTenth Anniversary Edition Ten years ago Mark Anthony Neal’s New Black Man put forth a revolutionary model of Black masculinity for the twenty-first century—one that moved beyond patriarchy to embrace feminism and combat homophobia. Now Neal’s book is more vital than ever urging us to imagine a New Black Man whose strength resides in family community and diversity. Part memoir part manifesto this book celebrates the Black man of our times in all his vibrancy and virility. The tenth anniversary edition of this classic text includes a new foreword by Joan Morgan and a new introduction and postscript from Neal which bring the issues in the book up to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792586

New Black RenaissanceThe Souls Anthology of Critical African-American Studies Against a backdrop of multiculturalism and Afrocentricity in the intellectual traditions of African-American studies this book sets new standards and directions for the future. It is the first book to systematically address the many themes that have changed the political and social landscape for African-Americans. Among these changes are new transnational processes of globalization the devastating impact of neoliberal public policies upon urban minority communities increasing imprisonment and attendant loss of voting rights especially among black males the surging of Hispanic population and widening class differences as deindustrialization crack cocaine and gentrification entered urban communities. Marable and a cast of influential contributors suggest that a new beginning is needed for African-American scholarship. They explain why Black Studies needs to break its conceptual and thematic limitations exploring "blackness" in new ways and in different geographic sites. They outline the major intersectionalities that should shape a new Black Studies-the complex relationships between race gender sexuality class and youth. They argue that African-American Studies scholarship must help shape and redirect public policies that affect black communities working with government foundations and other private institutions on such issues as housing health care and criminal justice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633268

New Body PoliticsNarrating Arab and Black Identity in the Contemporary United States In the increasingly multi-racial and multi-ethnic American landscape of the present understanding and bridging dynamic cross-cultural conversations about social and political concerns becomes a complicated humanistic project. How do everyday embodied experiences transform from being anecdotal to having social and political significance? What can the experience of corporeality offer social and political discourse? And how does that discourse change when those bodies belong to Arab Americans and African Americans? Therí A. Pickens discusses a range of literary cultural and archival material where narratives emphasize embodied experience to examine how these experiences constitute Arab Americans and African Americans as social and political subjects. Pickens argues that Arab American and African American narratives rely on the body’s fragility rather than its exceptional strength or emotion to create urgent social and political critiques. The creators of these narratives find potential in mundane experiences such as breathing touch illness pain and death. Each chapter in this book focuses on one of these everyday embodied experiences and examines how authors mobilize that fragility to create social and political commentary. Pickens discusses how the authors' focus on quotidian experiences complicates their critiques of the nation state domestic and international politics exile cultural mores and the medical establishment. New Body Politics participates in a vibrant interdisciplinary conversation about cross-ethnic studies American literature and Arab American literature. Using intercultural analysis Pickens explores issues of the body and representation that will be relevant to fields as varied as Political Science African American Studies Arab American Studies and Disability Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749046

New British FascismRise of the British National Party The British National Party (BNP) is the most successful far right party in British political history. Based on unprecedented access to the party and its members this book examines the rise of the BNP and explains what drives some citizens to support far right politics. It is essential reading for all those with an interest in British politics extremism voting race relations and community cohesion. The book helps us understand: how wider trends in society have created a favourable climate for the far right; how the far right has presented a ‘modernised’ ideology and image; how the movement is organized and has evolved over time; who votes for the far right and why; why people join become and remain actively involved in far right parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415465014

New Buddhist Movements in ThailandTowards an Understanding of Wat Phra Dhammakaya and Santi Asoke Vastly different in belief and practice two new Buddhist religious movements in Thailand namely the Wat Phra Dhammakaya and Santi Asoke emerged in Thailand in the 1970s at a time of political uncertainty social change and increasing dissatisfaction with the Thai Sangha and its leadership. Examining these movements which represent two distinctive trends within contemporary Buddhism in Thailand  this book explains why they have come into being what they have reacted against and what they offer to their members. Both movements have a wide membership outside of Thailand with temples in the UK Europe USA Japan and Australia. New Buddhist Movements in Thailand will appeal to those interested in Buddhism's confrontation with modernity and its responses to evolving social issues in Thailand as well as to those interested in new religions in the broader context of religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650410

New Business for Old EuropeProduct-Service Development Competitiveness and Sustainability Selling products used to be the standard way of doing business. Traditionally it is left to the user to transform the purchase of a product into something that fulfils effectively a final-user need. Today two streams of research – business management and sustainability – normally with very distinct perspectives on the world have surprisingly converged to form a common conclusion: selling products is old-fashioned business. Companies should switch their focus to selling need fulfilment satisfaction or experiences. Or in other words selling integrated solutions or product-services.  The business management literature argues that by focusing on the integrated final-client needs and delivering integrated solutions fulfilling these needs companies will be able to improve their position in the value chain enhance added value of their offering and improve their innovation potential. In a business world where many products are becoming equally well-performing commodities this strategy is one of the ways to avoid a sheer competition on price – a type of competition that Europe never can win with emerging and low-cost economies such as China. In that sense product-services can mean new business for old Europe.  The sustainability knowledge stream argues that need-focused solutions could be inherently more sustainable than products. Product-services could offer the value of use instead of the product itself and decrease the environmental load in two ways. First companies offering the service would have all the incentives to make the (product-)system efficient as they get paid by the result. Second consumers would be encouraged to alter their behaviour as they gain insight into all the costs involved with the use. Until today the connections and interchange between the two research streams have been quite limited. The question of whether product-services truly are the avenue to a sustainable world is still under discussion. This book aims to develop a systematic view on this issue.  The potential of product-services to enhance competitiveness and contribute to sustainable development prompted the EU to invest heavily in the theme under the EU's 5th Framework Programme (FP5; 1997-2002). A variety of research and development projects in the field were supported under the umbrella of the Sustainable Product Development Network (SusProNet). These included MEPSS (Methodology Product Service Systems); Home Services; HiCS (Highly Customerised Solutions); Prosecco (Product-Service Co-design); and Innopse (Innovation Studio and exemplary developments for Product-Service).  The projects were undertaken by a mix of European research institutions and companies including Orange Philips and Nokia. Some of these projects focused on developing methods that could help industries change their output from a product to a service. Others focused on the development of new product-services or solutions (HiCS Prosecco Innopse) and yet others tried to analyze under which circumstances product-services are likely to be implemented and accepted by consumers (Home Services). One project focused on dissemination of the concept to SMEs (Lean Services). Other projects focused purely on new product-service development such as Brainfridge (an intelligent fridge managing its supply chain) ASP-NET (application service providers) Protex (intelligent enzymes) and IPSCON (receivers for wireless telephones). New Business for Old Europe brings together the key outputs from all of these groups to present a state-of-the-art collection on product-service development prospects and implications for competitiveness and sustainability.  The book has a number of aims. First it attempts to bridge the gap between business and sustainability literature to lead to a better-founded understanding of the business drivers for embarking on product-service development and its relation with sustainability and competitiveness. Second the book reviews the large amount of studies that have developed toolkits methods and approaches that can support marketers product developers and strategists in business to develop product-services selects the best-practice approaches and analyses any gaps.  Third the book examines what opportunities there are for product-service development in a variety of key areas including base materials information and communication technologies off Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280600

New Business Models for Sustainable FashionA Special Theme Issue of The Journal of Corporate Citizenship (Issue 57) The fashion industry has not traditionally been associated with definitions of sustainable development and sustainability. The social and environmental challenges faced by the fashion industry concern the entire supply and demand chain propped up by a throwaway consumer culture. In response to these sustainability challenges some fashion companies have developed innovative social and environmental initiatives. While many of these initiatives are sympathetic resourceful and hold real potential for generating social and environmental improvements greater scale and scope is needed in order to bring about a more fundamental shift in current practices. This Special Issue of the Journal of Corporate Citizenship explores how sustainability can be a driver for exploring new business models within a single industrial setting highlighting some of the sustainability initiatives that bring hope for a more sustainable future. New Business Models for Sustainable Fashion is a must-read for researchers and practitioners tackling the challenges of an industry in need of large-scale transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534692

New Business Models for the Knowledge Economy Few concepts in business today are as widely discussed as business models. Research shows that business models are a better predictor of financial performance than traditional industry classifications. The unprecedented potential of the internet (interactivity connectivity and speed of communication) along with the new generation of IT applications for enabling co-operative working and communication gives rise to new business models for organization creation and development. It is becoming clear that organizations that manage to incorporate values such as sense of community knowledge sharing and enlightened self-interest into their business model will perform better in the network economy than organizations whose business models are based solely on economic rationalism. This book features a business model that presents three new types of business model in which 'customization' 'innovation' and 'authenticity' play an important role as solutions to the new requirements of business. The authors provide an explanation of their new models and explain how they can be used by both profit and not-for-profit organizations to design an integrated strategy for organizational development governance IT and business processes. The result is a rigorous but very accessible guide for anyone interested in organizational development and new business strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390633

New Challenger Parties in Western EuropeA Comparative Analysis This book provides a systematic and comparative account of the rise of ‘new challenger parties’ across Western Europe. It analyses how parties that challenge the conventional party system by addressing issues neglected by existing parties can succeed and fail. Systematically comparing 229 elections since 1950 across 15 European democracies including the United Kingdom France Germany Italy the Benelux and Scandinavian countries this book questions why new challenger parties are more successful in some countries than others and analyses the conditions that determine their emergence and subsequent success or failure. As one of the first systematic and comparative examinations of new challenger parties this book looks at both new politics parties and extreme-right parties and the structures to aid their emergence at the time of an election. Identifying two distinctive stages of party development the author adopts a ‘double-hurdle’ model involving first the chances of emergence and second sustained success. This framework in combination with a wide-range of empirical data provides for an innovative and insightful analysis of a neglected topic. New Challenger Parties in Western Europe will be of interest to students and scholars of government comparative politics and political parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750073

New Challenges for Stateless Nationalist and Regionalist Parties Throughout Europe stateless nationalist and regionalist parties have moved from ‘niche’ actors in party systems to mainstream political players. No longer the ‘outsider’ in party politics these parties have successfully entered government at the regional and state levels and many have been responsible for pushing the agenda for radical constitutional change in the United Kingdom Spain Italy Belgium Germany and France. However the transformation of these parties from peripheral movements to established parties of government does not come without its problems. Whilst these parties were once able to focus on the single issue of self-determination they have been forced to change their strategies alter their behaviour and compromise on their principles in order to succeed in an era of electoral volatility partisan dealignment and multi-level governance. This book explores how stateless nationalist and regionalist parties across Western Europe have responded to the twin challenges of multi-level politics (i.e. operating at the regional state and European levels) and a multi-dimensional policy space whereby they must articulate policy proposals alongside their territorial demands. Written by leading experts in the field this is a cutting-edge collection of theoretical analytical and empirical work on the challenges currently facing nationalist and regionalist parties in Europe. This book was previously published as a special issue of Regional and Federal Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977013

New Challenges in Immigration Theory As far as immigration theory is concerned the attempt to reconcile concern for all persons with the reality of state boundaries and exclusionary policies has proved difficult within the limits of normative liberal political philosophy. However the realpolitik of migration in today’s environment forces a major paradigm shift. We must move beyond standard debates between those who argue for more open borders and those who argue for more closed borders. This book aims to show that a realistic utopia of political theory of immigration is possible but argues that to do so we must focus on expanding the boundaries of what are familiar normative positions in political theory. Theorists must better inform themselves of the concrete challenges facing migration policies: statelessness brain drain migrant rights asylum policies migrant detention practices climate refugees etc. We must ask: what is the best we can and ought to wish for in the face of these difficult migration challenges. Blake Carens and Cole offer pieces that outline the major normative questions in the political theory of immigration. The positions these scholars outline are challenged by the pieces contributed by Lister Ottonelli Torresi Sager and Silverman. These latter pieces force the reformulation of the central positions in normative political theory of immigration. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057562

New Challenges in Local and Regional Administration Focusing on democratization flexibilization ethnic diversity and restructuring of transitional and emerging states this volume analyzes the changes and challenges for administrative structures at the beginning of the 21st century from a geographical perspective. A team of leading scholars from throughout the world provides a differentiated spatial overview of key problems currently faced in public administration. By offering a wide range of regional case studies from Eastern and Western Europe the Middle East and Africa the book tests current theories and concepts of government and governance space and place and society and community. In doing so it offers valuable insights and makes policy implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263888

New Challenges to Constitutional Adjudication in EuropeA Comparative Perspective In the past few years constitutional courts have been presented with new challenges. The world financial crisis the new wave of terrorism mass migration and other country-specific problems have had wide-ranging effects on the old and embedded constitutional standards and judicial constructions. This book examines how if at all these unprecedented social economic and political problems have affected constitutional review in Europe. As the courts’ response must conform with EU law and in some cases international law analysis extends to the related jurisprudence of the European Court of Justice and the European Court of Human Rights. The collection adopts a common analytical structure to examine how the relevant challenges have been addressed in ten country specific case studies. Alongside these constitutional experts frame the research within the theoretical understanding of the constitutional difficulties of the day in Europe. Finally a comparative chapter examines the effects of multilevel constitutionalism and identifies general European trends. This book will be essential reading for academics and researchers working in the areas of constitutional law comparative law and jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893606

New Challenges to Food SecurityFrom Climate Change to Fragile States Food security is high on the political agenda. Fears about societal insecurity due to food price increases and hunger grave scenarios regarding the effects of climate change and general uncertainty about the impacts of investments in biofuels and so-call “land grabbing” on food prices and availability have meant that food security is now recognised as being a multifaceted challenge. This book is unique in that it will bring together analyses of these different factors that impact on food security. This volume will describe a range of different perspectives on food security with an emphasis on the various meanings that are applied to food security “crisis”. The challenges to be reviewed include market volatility climate change and state fragility. Analyses of responses to food security crises and risk will cover rural and urban contexts arenas of national policy formation and global food regimes and investment in land and productive technologies.     This book is unique in two respects. First it takes a step back from the normative literature focused on specific factors of for example climate change agricultural production or market volatility to look instead at the dynamic interplay between these new challenges. It helps readers to understand that food security is not one discourse but is rather related to how these different factors generate multiple risks and opportunities. Second through the case studies the book particularly emphasises how these factors come together at local levels as farmers entrepreneurs consumers local government officials and others are making key decisions about what will be done to address food security and whose food security will be given priority. The book will explore how food production and consumption is embedded in powerful political and market forces and how these influence local actions.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415822565

New Channels of Music DistributionUnderstanding the Distribution Process Platforms and Alternative Strategies With an example-driven hands-on approach New Channels of Music Distribution offers a practical comprehensive study of the music industry's evolving distribution system. While paying careful attention to the variables that impact success  C. Michael Brae examines the functionality and components of music distribution as well as the music industry as a whole.This book is a one-stop guide and resource for all musicians performers songwriters and label owners in understanding all the elements and efficiency of music distribution. Through its hands-on exploration of the music business this book provides insightful strategies for executing marketing radio retail campaigns and much more.Here you will find:* Specific DIY methods and strategies for distributing music throughout every platform possible* Case studies and discussions highlighting wholesale and retail markups pricing strategies major chains rack jobbers one-stops mom and pop stores and other retail outlets* Tips on how to incorporate retail distribution networks supporting Soundscan and employ marketing techniques using cutting-edge web technology* Distribution methods and promotion tactics to help you increase an effective "sell-through" on your music An accompanying website (www.routledge.com/cw/brae) features examples of distribution licensing and co-publishing agreements sample Midem charts sample proposals quiz questions web links and key terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124189

New Chinese Migrants in EuropeThe Case of the Chinese Community in Hungary First published in 1999 this book is a political enthnography of recent migration from the People’s Republic of China into Europe. It argues that the very high mobility and intensive communications of Chinese migrants enable them to maintain a transnational community within which they easily shift countries and social roles - from student to trader to worker - if doing so is economically expedient. This makes them the natural beneficiaries and users of the Western globalization discourse even more so that - contrary to culturalist explanations of global Chinese networks - anonymity sovereign decision making and freedom from social pressures are at least as important in motivating migration as family connections. Yet their identity discourse expresses an authentic Chinese globalization. Chinese migrants see themselves not as local minorities but as a global majority attached to China by a deterritorialised nationalism. This nationalism is not only encouraged by China’s official discourse but also supported by the economic dependence of new migrants on cultural capital built up in China which makes them less reliant on resources in their countries of residence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323117

New Chinese Migrants in New ZealandBecoming Cosmopolitan? Roots Emotions and Everyday Diversity There are growing waves of ‘desirable’ migrants from Asia moving to New Zealand a place experiencing increasing ethnic diversity particularly in its largest metropolitan region Auckland. In purely demographic terms much of this diversity has been generated by policy shifts since the 1980s and the adoption of a comparatively liberal immigration policy based on personal merit without discrimination on the grounds of race national or ethnic origin. Due to these changes migrants from China and Asia more broadly have become increasingly significant in migration flows into New Zealand. This in turn makes New Zealand a valuable case study for understanding how Chinese migrants integrate into and affect their host nation. Wang attempts to close a gap in contemporary research by relating cosmopolitanism to migration particularly in the Asian context. With a cosmopolitan gaze towards migration studies she makes four key contributions to the ongoing scholarly discussion. Firstly this is the first comprehensive study to use cosmopolitanism as a framework to study the lives of contemporary Chinese migrants with implications for migration studies as a whole. It sheds light on the relationship between cosmopolitanism and migrant mobility taking a new approach to examine the living paradigms of international migrants. Secondly this book identifies the emergence and development of cosmopolitanism outside the domain of Western middle-class groups. The concept of ‘rooted cosmopolitanism’ is utilised to break down the Eurocentric notion of cosmopolitanism and to show the role played by Chinese rootedness during the process of becoming cosmopolitan and encountering diversity. Thirdly the book advances and enriches the knowledge of studies in ‘everyday cosmopolitanism’ by focusing on ‘cosmopolitanism from below’ locating quotidian and ‘down-to-earth’ cosmopolitan engagements that are grounded in everyday migrant lives. Fourthly it looks at the emotional dimension of migrants negotiating difference and engaging in cosmopolitanism particularly the ways in which emotions undermine and promote the development of cosmopolitan sociability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484385

New Chinese MigrationsMobility Home and Inspirations With the rapid economic development of China and the overall shift in the global political economy there is now the emergence of new Chinese on the move. These new Chinese migrants and diasporas are pioneers in the establishment of multiple homes in new geographical locations the development of new (global and hybrid) Chinese identities and the creation of new (political economic and social) inspirations through their mobile lives. This book identifies and examines new forms and paths of Chinese migration since the 1980s. It provides updated trends of migration movements of the Chinese including their emergent geographies. With chapters highlighting the diversities and complexities of these new waves of Chinese migration this volume offers novel insights to enrich our understanding of Asian mobility in the late 20th and early 21st centuries.The book will be of interest to academics examining migration mobility diaspora Chinese identity overseas Chinese studies and Asian diaspora studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594077

New Chinese-Language DocumentariesEthics Subject and Place Documentary filmmaking is one of the most vibrant areas of media activity in the Chinese world with many independent filmmakers producing documentaries that deal with a range of sensitive socio-political problems bringing to their work a strongly ethical approach. This book identifies notable similarities and crucial differences between new Chinese-language documentaries in mainland China and Taiwan. It outlines how documentary filmmaking has developed contrasts independent documentaries with dominant official state productions considers how independent documentary filmmakers go about their work including the work of exhibiting their films and connecting with audiences and discusses the content of their documentaries showing how the filmmakers portray a wide range of subject matter regarding places and people and how they deal with particular issues including the underprivileged migrants and women in an ethical way. Throughout the book demonstrates how successful Chinese-language independent documentary filmmaking is with many appearances at international film festivals and a growing number of award-winning titles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577909

New Civil-Military RelationsThe Agonies of Adjustment to Post-Vietnam Realities First Published in 2018. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351319409

New Collecting: Exhibiting and Audiences after New Media Art The collections of museums galleries and online art organisations are increasingly broadening to include more new media art. Because new media is used as a means of documenting archiving and distributing art and because new media art might be interactive with its audiences this highlights the new kinds of relationships that might occur between audiences as viewers participants selectors taggers or taxonomisers. New media art presents many challenges to the curator and collector but there is very little published analytical material available to help meet those challenges. This book fills that gap. Drawing from the editor's extensive research and the authors' expertise in the field the book provides clear navigation through a disparate arena. The authors offer examples from a wide geographical reach including the UK North America and Asia and integrate the consideration of audience response into all aspects of their work. The book will be essential reading for those studying or practicing in new media curating or museums and galleries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399810

New Communication Technologies in Developing Countries This volume explores how a number of developing countries -- including India Malaysia Columbia Brazil and Saudi Arabia -- are responding to the pressures of the information society. Infrastructural development policies and social systems are investigated and models of information technologies and society are proposed in order to better reference the differences and similarities among the nations profiled. The authors identify the social technology perspective via the assimilation of technology in lifestyles and social systems. From this perspective the diffusion of technologies is analyzed with a critical eye for theories of culture lag diffusion and innovation and technological determinism and liberalism. The social perspective is a new addition to development studies and the reader may see how as the global information society comes into focus the social dimensions are more important than some theorists originally envisioned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977020

New Concepts and Trends of Hybrid Multiple Criteria Decision Making When people or computers need to make a decision typically multiple conflicting criteria need to be evaluated; for example when we buy a car we need to consider safety cost and comfort. Multiple criteria decision making (MCDM) has been researched for decades. Now as the rising trend of big-data analytics in supporting decision making MCDM can be more powerful when combined with state-of-the-art analytics and machine learning. In this book  the authors introduce a new framework of MCDM which can lead to more accurate decision making. Several real-world cases will be included to illustrate the new hybrid approaches. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573133

New Confucianism in Twenty-First Century ChinaThe Construction of a Discourse This book explores how Confucian thought which was the ideological underpinning of traditional imperial China is being developed and refined into a New Confucianism relevant for the twenty-first century. It traces the development of Confucian thought examines significant new texts and shows how New Confucianism relates to various spheres of life how it informs views on key philosophical issues and how it affects personal conduct. Starting by exploring the philosophical and ideological principles of New Confucianism the book goes on to explain how New Confucianism is a collective process of continuous creation and recreation an incessant and evolving discourse. It argues that New Confucianism unlike its earlier manifestation is more accommodating of a plurality of ideologies in the world; and that understanding Confucianism and how it is developing is essential for understanding contemporary China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203990

New Conservatives in Russia and East Central Europe This book explores the emergence and in Poland Hungary and Russia the coming to power of politicians and political parties rejecting the consensus around market reforms democratization and rule of law that has characterized moves toward an "open society" from the 1990s. It discusses how over the last decade these political actors together with various think tanks intellectual circles and religious actors have increasingly presented themselves as "conservatives " and outlines how these actors are developing a new local brand of conservatism as a full-fledged ideology that counters the perceived liberal overemphasis on individual rights and freedom and differs from the ideology of the established present-day conservative parties of Western Europe. Overall the book argues that the "renaissance of conservatism" in these countries represents variations on a new illiberal conservatism that aims to re-establish a strong state sovereignty defining and pursuing a national path of development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587215

New Constitutionalism in Latin AmericaPromises and Practices Latin America has a long tradition of constitutional reform. Since the democratic transitions of the 1980s most countries have amended their constitutions at least once and some have even undergone constitutional reform several times. The global phenomenon of a new constitutionalism with enhanced rights provisions finds expression in the region but the new constitutions such as those of Bolivia Colombia Ecuador and Venezuela also have some peculiar characteristics which are discussed in this important book. Authors from a number of different disciplines offer a general overview of constitutional reforms in Latin America since 1990. They explore the historical philosophical and doctrinal differences between traditional and new constitutionalism in Latin America and examine sources of inspiration. The book also covers sociopolitical settings which factors and actors are relevant for the reform process and analyzes the constitutional practices after reform including the question of whether the recent constitutional reforms created new post-liberal democracies with an enhanced human and social rights record or whether they primarily serve the ambitions of new political leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271555

New Contractualism in European Welfare State Policies The ’Golden Age' of the welfare state in Europe was characterised by a strengthening of social rights as citizens became increasingly protected through the collective provision of income security and social services. The oil crisis inflation and high unemployment of the 1970s largely saw the end of welfare expansion with critical voices claiming the welfare state had created an unbalanced focus on the social rights of individuals above their responsibilities as citizens. During the 1980s many western countries developed contractual modes of thinking and regulation within welfare policy. Contractualism has proved a significant organising principle for public reforms in general and for social policy reforms in particular as it embraces both a way of justifying certain welfare policies and of constructing specific socio-legal policy instruments. Engaging with both the critique of the welfare state and the subsequent policy responses expert contributors in this book examine contractualism as a discourse comprising principles and justifying ideas and as a legal and social practice. Covering the international debate on conditionality they discuss European experiences with active social citizenship ideas and contractualism providing individual case studies and comparisons from a wide range of European countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572010

New Contributions to Monetary AnalysisThe Foundations of an Alternative Economic Paradigm  This book sheds light on some of the most recent developments in monetary analysis which offer a theoretical framework for a renewed monetary approach and related policy extensions. It points to recent research on what a consistent and broad-scope monetary theory could be based in the twenty-first century. It highlights new interpretations of monetary theory as put forth by some leading economists since the eighteenth century and new developments in the analysis of current monetary issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903616

New Contributions to Transportation Analysis in Europe First published in 1999 this volume responded to the drastic fluctuations in policy changes within the European Union and explored the potential for the various transportation framework programmes financed by the European Commission. The contributors offer an array of recent advances in transportation with a particular focus on Europe. Areas explored include sustainability multimodal transport policy freight transport services transport telematics regionalism transalpine freight transport just-in-time production and the integration of strategic infrastructure networks in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338616

New Conventional Weapons and Western Defence Giving an overview of research and development in weaponry in the maritime and aviation sphere as well as land-based technology this study looks forward to the effects of emerging innovations on defence policy-making. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035222

New Courts in Asia This book discusses court-oriented legal reforms across Asia with a focus on the creation of ‘new courts’ over the last 20 years. Contributors discuss how to judge new courts and examine whether the many new courts introduced over this period in Asia have succeeded or failed. The ‘new courts’ under scrutiny are mainly specialist courts including those established to hear cases involving intellectual property disputes bankruptcy petitions commercial contracts public law adjudication personal law issues and industrial disputes. The justification of the trend to ‘judicialize’ disputes has seen the invocation of Western-style rule of law as necessary for the development of the market economy democratization good governance and the upholding of human rights. This book also includes critics of court building who allege that it serves a Western agenda rather than serving local interests and that the emphasis on judicialization marginalises alternative local and traditional modes of dispute resolution. Adopting an explicitly comparative perspective and contrasting the experiences of important Asian states - China Japan Korea Malaysia Vietnam Brunei Thailand and Indonesia - this book considers critical questions including: Why has the ‘new-court model’ been adopted and why do international development agencies and nation-states tend to favour it? What difficulties have the new courts encountered? How have the new courts performed? What are the broader implications of the trend towards the adoption of judicial solutions to economic social and political problems? Written by world authorities on court development in Asia this book will not only be of interest to legal scholars and practitioners but also to development specialists economists and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673723

New Critical Legal ThinkingLaw and the Political New Critical Legal Thinking articulates the emergence of a stream of critical legal theory which is directly concerned with the relation between law and the political. The early critical legal studies claim that all law is politics is displaced with a different and more nuanced theoretical arsenal. Combining grand theory with a concern for grounded political interventions the various contributors to this book draw on political theorists and continental philosophers in order to engage with current legal problematics such as the recent global economic crisis the Arab spring and the emergence of biopolitics. The contributions instantiate the claim that a new and radical political legal scholarship has come into being: one which critically interrogates and intervenes in the contemporary relationship between law and power. Media > Books > Print Books Birkbeck Law Press 9780415533058

New Critical Writings in Political SociologyVolume One: Power State and Inequality The first volume of the series covers the key themes of political sociology as these have emerged in the course of the (sub-)discipline's development: state formation; legitimation; power; regulation and inequality. The widening of the focus of political sociology from the nation-state and from models of power based on agents' wills and explicit agendas is reflected in the selection. The volume includes both 'standard' and highly-influential contributions - such as Elias on violence Habermas on legitimation crisis or Lukes on power - and works that are perhaps less well known but which represent a representative cross-section of themes and debates in the area. The historical formation of the state and its shifting spatial reach are covered in the first and final sections respectively. In between both substantial issues - e.g. the changing nature of social policy and welfare regimes - and a wide range of theoretical and conceptual issues - are discussed by leading representative of the vying positions within the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264523

New Critical Writings in Political SociologyVolume Three: Globalization and Contemporary Challenges to the Nation-State In the third and final volume of this series we examine the implications of the accelerating globalization process for the nation-state. Are globalization the rise of regional and international institutions and the international agreements on human rights actually reducing and transforming state sovereignty? Clearly ethnic racial and religious identities remain salient but how do they correspond to intersect with and overflow continuous nation-state spaces that are demarcated by legally recognized borders? In what conditions do democratic state-building projects actually enhance political civil and social rights and when do they tend to contribute to the consolidation of elite power? Should democratic forces put their faith in a cosmopolitan vision of global citizenship especially when they tackle quintessentially international and transnational problems like peace aboriginal rights and the protection of the environment? In this volume's collection of contemporary political sociologists' key articles we present work that explores the exposure of the nation-state and the post-World War II world system to global forces. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264530

New Critical Writings in Political SociologyVolume Two: Conventional and Contentious Politics The articles collected together in this volume are concerned with why and how people get involved in politics whether through formal mechanisms such as voting through some of the more informal means and settings of social movement networks and political protest or through engagement in public debate. But just as important is the question of why people do not get involved in politics. What social conditions ideas and values facilitate or discourage political activity? How is it that some people are systematically disempowered in democratic societies in comparison with others? What social forms offer the most promise for extending and deepening democracy? This volume brings togther the most seminal papers which together form a record of how political sociologists since the 1970s have framed questions about the range and limits of democratic political engagement and developed concepts and methodologies in order to research the answers to those questions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264547

New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements in Developing SocietiesThe Bharatiya Janata Party Applying an intercultural and comparative theoretical approach across Asia and Africa this book analyses the rise and moderation of political movements in developing societies which mobilise popular support with references to conceptions of cultural identity. The author includes not only the Hindu nationalist movement but also many Islamist political movements in a single category – New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements (NCIPM). Demonstrating significant similarities in the pattern of evolution between these and European Christian Democracy the book provides an instrument for the analysis of these movements outside the parameters of the fundamentalism debate. The book looks at a number of key variables for understanding the evolution of NCIPM and it goes on to analyse the transition of developing societies from rent-based political economies to capitalism and the (partial) failure of this transition process. It argues that there is a need to incorporate economic and class analysis in the study of political processes in developing societies against the continuing emphasis on cultural factors associated with the "cultural turn" of social sciences. The book is an interesting contribution to studies in South Asian Politics as well as Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948150

New Cultural Landscapes While historical and protected landscapes have been well studied for years the cultural significance of ordinary landscapes is now increasingly recognised. This groundbreaking book discusses how contemporary cultural landscapes can be and are created and recognised. The book challenges common concepts of cultural landscapes as protected or ‘special’ landscapes that include significant buildings or features. Using case studies from around the world it questions the usual measures of judgement related to cultural landscapes and instead focuses on landscapes that are created planned or simply evolve as a result of changing human cultures management policy and practice. Each contribution analyses the geographical and human background of the landscape and policies and management strategies that impact upon it and defines the meanings of 'cultural landscape' in its particular context. Taken together they establish a new paradigm in the study of landscapes in all forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415598064

New Culture in a New WorldThe May Fourth Movement and the Chinese Diaspora in Singapore 1919-1932 During the 1920s China's intellectuals called for a new literature a new system of thought and a new orientation toward modern life. Commonly known as the May Fourth Movement or the New Culture Movement this intellectual momentum spilled beyond China into the overseas Chinese communities. This work analyzes the New Culture Movement from a diaspora perspective namely that of the overseas Chinese in Singapore. Because they were members of a diaspora the Chinese in Singapore first had to imagine themselves as part of the Chinese nation before they could fully participate in the movement. Also Singapore's new culture advocates adopted then amended the movement's basic ideas to fit their situation.This work furthers our understanding of transnationalism and reminds us that in our rush to deconstruct the nation we should remember the discursive power of nationalism as it both enhances and restricts the authority of its advocates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861069

New Deal Banking Reforms and Keynesian Welfare State Capitalism Russell provides a groundbreaking critique of the orthodox position on the nature of New Deal reforms as well as an innovative analysis of the unraveling of those reforms. Russell argues that the success of the New Deal banking reforms in the post-war period initially produced a "pax financus" in which the competitive struggles amongst financial capital were moderated. However the success of these reforms also produced incentives to undermine the New Deal regulatory framework via a regeneration of competitive struggles among financial capitalists. As these struggles intensified financial innovations designed to circumvent regulatory restrictions changed the conduct of commercial banking and other financial capitalist activity. As these developments progressed there has been a resurgence in the diversified financial conglomerates (financial holding companies) reminiscent of those that flourished just prior to the Great Depression. This exceptional work will appeal to historians economists and those interested in this vital period of American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541817

New Deal Days: 1933-1934 This is an extraordinary first hand account of how the United States economy weathered the most devastating depression in the nation's history and how it responded to Roosevelt's New Deal initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512566

New Deal PlanningThe National Resources Planning Board First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064413

New Democracies in Crisis?A Comparative Constitutional Study of the Czech Republic Hungary Poland Romania and Slovakia This book considers whether the potential of democracy following the end of the Cold War was diminished by technocratic judicial control of politics in the new democracies of Central and Eastern Europe. It explores the complexities and drawbacks of modern constitutionalism by offering a comprehensive theoretical and comparative-empirical assessment of the status and role of constitutionalism in five new EU Member States. The democratization of countries in Central and Eastern Europe has been guarded by constitutions and constitutional courts. This book examines the implications of powerful courts and rigid constitutions for the democratic engagement of citizens and the political authority of politicians. Using an interdisciplinary and comparative approach the book analyses the historical emergence of powerful constitutional institutions in the Czech Republic Hungary Poland Romania and Slovakia. The author argues that the democratic promise of 1989 largely lost out to a technocratic and top-down view of judicial control of politics – a state of affairs reinforced by EU accession. The current backlash in countries such as Hungary and Romania indicates that the realization of democratization to the extent initially expected might be ever more remote in some new democracies. New Democracies in Crisis? will be of interest to students and scholars of European Union politics democratization studies European constitutionalism socio-legal studies governance and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956414

New Demographics New WorkspaceOffice Design for the Changing Workforce Offices shape the lives of millions of people. How we plan design and equip them says a great deal about the culture of organisations the mentality of managers and the motivations of staff. But getting the right balance between management efficiency and individual wellbeing is as elusive as ever. New Demographics New Workspace looks for answers in some new places. The authors address ways in which the office environment can be redesigned to offer greater levels of comfort flexibility and fitness for purpose in the new age of the older knowledge worker. Based on the findings of the authors 'Welcoming Workplace' research project at the Royal College of Art Helen Hamlyn Centre New Demographics New Workspace examines the impact of two of the most significant shifts in the workplace: the ageing of the workforce and the changing nature of work itself in the knowledge economy. By examining the movements and motivations of older knowledge workers in the UK Japan and Australia the authors have generated new conceptual approaches to office design that offer an alternative to the current outdated model derived from the factory floor. In particular they question the value of open-plan offices that favour collaboration over concentration and contemplation. Given the growing pensions crisis and anticipated knowledge gap in the workforce in many developed countries this book has real political economic and social resonance. If we are all going to have extended working lives in the 21st century the places in which we work will need to flex and adapt to make us want to keep on working. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597928

New Design for Old Buildings This book is a celebration of good new design for old buildings and the SPAB philosophy that good new architecture can sit happily alongside old and is preferable to pastiche. Endorsing the value of architects who are engaged to work in the historic environment this book explores design materials and technical considerations in creating the best low energy ecological and sustainable retrofits. It has never been more important to understand how old buildings can be adapted to make them useful and sustainable in the future. Showcasing the best examples of imaginative design and best practice this book illustrates how old buildings can be made sustainable through the best new design and puts these design exemplars into a historical and philosophical context. With illustrative case studies and interviews throughout including formal buildings churches domestic buildings commercial industrial and agricultural from all periods in the UK New Design for Old Buildings provides essential guidance on good imaginative new design for old buildings. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466124

New Developments and Techniques in Structural Equation Modeling Featuring contributions from some of the leading researchers in the field of SEM most chapters are written by the author(s) who originally proposed the technique and/or contributed substantially to its development. Content highlights include latent variable mixture modeling multilevel modeling interaction modeling models for dealing with nonstandard and noncompliance samples the latest on the analysis of growth curve and longitudinal data specification searches item parceling and equivalent models. This volume will appeal to educators psychologists biologists business professionals medical researchers and other social and health scientists. It is assumed that the reader has mastered the equivalent of a graduate-level multivariate statistics course that included coverage of introductory SEM techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655729

New Developments in Analytical Psychology Originally published in 1957 New Developments in Analytical Psychology built on the work of C.G. Jung. Jung’s researches into the unconscious had led him to study the history of religion and the hitherto little understood psychology of alchemy; they had directed him away from child psychology and also in later years away from clinical analysis as well. Nonetheless his discoveries and theories have essential relevance in both these spheres. All the papers in this volume complement and amplify Jung’s work. The author made a special study of child analysis and ego development and here publishes his conclusions in a series of papers. The studies of children led to developments in analytic techniques which are worked out in a longer essay on the transference to the understanding of which analytical psychology has a unique contribution; they have also stimulated a reassessment of the relation between the concept of archetypes and modern theories of heredity instinct neuro-physiology and evolution in which there had been much misunderstanding at the time. Michael Fordham was the last of the founders of a movement in psychoanalysis and pioneered the Jungian analysis of children. This significant early work can now be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832588

New Developments in Asian Studies First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977051

New Developments in Behavioral Research: Theory Method and ApplicationIn Honor of Sidney W. Bijou Originally published in 1977 these examples of research and scholarly argument were collected in honor of Professor Sidney W. Bijou. In the language of academics they constitute a Festschrift: a festival of scholarly writing performed to celebrate the career of a person who produced and stimulated others to produce exactly such contributions throughout a long valuable and productive professional history. Since 1955 Dr Bijou had worked almost exclusively within the approach variously labelled as the functional analysis of behavior the experimental analysis of behavior operant conditioning or Skinnerian psychology. From his point of view it seems clear the first of these labels was the correct one. It was the principle of objective direct observable analysis that attracted him. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367493592

New Developments in Biological and Chemical Terrorism Countermeasures A science-based text New Developments in Biological and Chemical Terrorism Countermeasures presents research that addresses the growing threat of chemical and biological terrorism as well as the need for improvements in the implementation of countermeasures. This new textbook building upon Advances in Biological and Chemical Terrorism Countermeasures is the product of more than a decade of synthesizing newly acquired information through extensive research and development supported by the United States Army through Texas Tech University’s Admiral Elmo R. Zumwalt Jr. National Program for Countermeasures to Biological and Chemical Threats. The book describes and expands upon threats vulnerabilities and pathogenic and toxic effects associated with agents used in biological and chemical terrorism. Among the discussions of agents is an exceptionally thorough examination of ricin history toxicity adsorption and mobility. It also gives an overview of protective gear and in-depth perspectives on future research needs including identifying challenges and paths forward in predicting risks. Effective countermeasures to biological and chemical threats are becoming increasingly necessary. New Developments in Biological and Chemical Terrorism Countermeasures provides a cutting-edge source addressing and advancing this need. It offers strategies and expert viewpoints toward improving defenses against threats in the United States as well as other nations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747561

New Developments in Categorical Data Analysis for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Categorical data are quantified as either nominal variables--distinguishing different groups for example based on socio-economic status education and political persuasion--or ordinal variables--distinguishing levels of interest such as the preferred politician or the preferred type of punishment for committing burglary. This new book is a collection of up-to-date studies on modern categorical data analysis methods emphasizing their application to relevant and interesting data sets.This volume concentrates on latent class analysis and item response theory. These methods use latent variables to explain the relationships among observed categorical variables. Latent class analysis yields the classification of a group of respondents according to their pattern of scores on the categorical variables. This provides insight into the mechanisms producing the data and allows the estimation of factor structures and regression models conditional on the latent class structure. Item response theory leads to the identification of one or more ordinal or interval scales. In psychological and educational testing these scales are used for individual measurement of abilities and personality traits.The focus of this volume is applied. After a method is explained the potential of the method for analyzing categorical data is illustrated by means of a real data example to show how it can be used effectively for solving a real data problem. These methods are accessible to researchers not trained explicitly in applied statistics. This volume appeals to researchers and advanced students in the social and behavioral sciences including social developmental organizational clinical and health psychologists sociologists educational and marketing researchers and political scientists. In addition it is of interest to those who collect data on categorical variables and are faced with the problem of how to analyze such variables--among themselves or in relation to metric variables. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650427

New Developments in Clinical Instrumentation This book has information regarding the new developments in clinical instrumentation focusing on fluorometers and densitometers explaining the principles the use of high performance liquid chromatography in clinical laboratories. Automated Microbiology; dabbling into detection light scanning and analysis of particles. Amore recent aspect of automation has been made possible by the advent of the microprocessor orcomputer-on-a-chip. The development of miniature inexpensive micro-computers has resulted in the automation for relatively sophisticated processes. The two aspects of automation are represented in this monograph. The automated control of physical processes and automation of the information processing. There are elements of both aspects of automation in this book. The areas discussed do emphasize more or less strongly either tight automated control of physical processes or automation of information processing. They all represent the attempt of medical technology to yield more precise accurate less expensive and faster to acid in the clinical diagnosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895871

New Developments in Dementia Prevention ResearchState of the Art and Future Possibilities New Developments in Dementia Prevention Research addresses a dearth of knowledge about dementia prevention and shows the importance of considering the broader social impact of certain risk factors including the role we each play in our own cognitive health throughout the lifespan. The book draws on primary and secondary research in order to investigate the relationship between modifiable factors including vascular and psychosocial risks that may affect the incidence of dementia. Bringing together world-leading expertise from applied science medicine psychology health promotion epidemiology health economics social policy and primary care the book compares and contrasts scientific and service developments across a range of settings. Each chapter presents these themes in a way that will ensure best practice and further research in the field of dementia prevention is disseminated successfully throughout the world. Perhaps most importantly chapters also question what type of social responsibility we are prepared to embrace in order to address the challenges inherent in dementia prevalence. New Developments in Dementia Prevention Research includes contributions from leading authorities in brain health and dementia prevention and provides an essential contribution to the discourse on dementia prevention. It will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students engaged in the study of the psychological and social aspects of aging and dementia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583200

New Developments in Difference Equations and ApplicationsProceedings of the Third International Conference on Difference Equations The late Professor Ming-Po Chen was instrumental in making the Third International Conference on Difference Equations a great success. Dedicated to his memory these proceedings feature papers presented by many of the most prominent mathematicians in the field. It is a comprehensive collection of the latest developments in topics including stability theory combinatorics asymptotics partial difference equations as well as applications to biological social and natural sciences. This volume is an indispensable reference for academic and applied mathematicians theoretical physicists systems engineers and computer and information scientists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745854

New Developments in Goal Setting and Task Performance This book concentrates on the last twenty years of research in the area of goal setting and performance at work. The editors and contributors believe goals affect action and this volume has a lineup of international contributors who look at the recent theories and implications in this area for IO psychologists and human resource management academics and graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390879

New Developments in Home Care Services for the ElderlyInnovations in Policy Program and Practice This anthology responds to the recurring call for quality in home care service provision. It presents to agency administrators managers supervisors and front line service providers a set of the most up-to-date policy program and practice developments in the field. Each contributor to New Developments in Home Care Services for the Elderly explores issues of client/staff diversity and the challenges associated with working with clients grappling with disabling conditions.Contributors in New Developments in Home Care Services for the Elderly explore issues of client/staff diversity and the challenges associated with working with clients grappling with various disabling conditions. Topics addressed include: alternative organizational models in home care the importation of high technology services into the home legal and ethical issues in home health care counseling homebound clients and their families clinical assessment tools and packages case management and the home care client home care entitlements and benefits evaluating and monitoring the effectiveness of in-home care marketing home health care services home care service experiences in other countriesNew Developments in Home Care Services for the elderly covers a continuum of care ranging from housekeeping services to self-care education teaching and training services to nursing and medically related services. Consequently the information contained within this volume is of immediate relevance to a multidisciplinary audience having both direct (field) and indirect (office) service responsibilities in the home care organization. Social workers nurses business administrators and public health professionals will find this an invaluable guide for providing effective home care services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977044

New Developments in Mining Engineering 2015Theoretical and Practical Solutions of Mineral Resources Mining This annual series of books includes scientific papers on mining profiles. This volume presents multiple aspects of mining technology implementation in several aspects: extraction of coal iron manganese uranium and other ores. Capturing and utilization of coalbed methane by various methods including alternative ones safety measures in mining ecological aspects etc.Specific attention is paid to intensification of mineral resources extraction processes by way of modernizing opening methods development and mining methods depending on mining-geological conditions. Experimental results of stress-strain state rock massif forecast by means of computational experiments using recursive methods are also discussed. Any mining operations should finally result in adequate recovery of land surface and utilization of mining wastes using various environmentally friendly methods thus sufficient attention is paid to this scientific trend. Non-traditional methods of minerals mining are becoming more topical and of higher demand in the modern society. Hence several papers/chapters are devoted to underground coal gasification and its subsequent processes. In addition extraction technologies of gas hydrate as a source of an abundant amount of natural gas are thoroughly examined in this book including implementation of gas hydrate technologies for mine methane utilizations with its following transportation in a solid state. Furthermore attention is given to evaluation of economic efficiency of minerals mining by the proposed methods their ways of enrichment ecological aspects and the influence of mining production on the environment innovational logistic solutions at mining enterprises and also to perspectives of Ukraine’s mining industry integration to the European standards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575410

New Developments in Online Marketing There can be little doubt about the profound impact that the Internet has had on all aspects of business over the past decade. Indeed it is now widely accepted that we have entered a new and even more revolutionary phase in the development of the Net as a global marketing and communications platform; a phase characterised by information ‘pull’ rather than ‘push’ user-generated content openness sharing collaboration interaction communities and social networking. New generation Web-based communities and hosted applications are beginning to have a major impact on customer behaviour across a diverse range of industries. These new applications represent a fundamental change in the way people use the Internet their online expectations and experiences. From a marketing perspective the most distinctive feature is not the technology involved but rather the growth of a new global culture – a ‘Net generation’ culture based on decentralised authority rather than hierarchy and control online socialising and collaboration user-generated and distributed content open communications peer-to-peer sharing and global participation. Success in this new online environment characterised by people and network empowerment requires new ‘mindsets’ and innovative approaches to marketing customer and network relationships. This book makes a valuable contribution to the field by examining recent and future developments in online marketing including the revolutionary impact of new media. Chapters cover a wide range of topics including: information exchange on bulletin board systems and in online consumer portals; Web 2.0 and ‘New-Wave Globals’; online tribal marketing; co-creation; industry impact; privacy issues; online advertising effectiveness; and practitioner prognostics for the future of online marketing. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754620

New Dimensions in Federal Discourse in India This book explores hitherto unaddressed dimensions in federalism studies in India. It traces continuities and changes in Indian federalism since independence and especially economic liberalization. Beginning with the 1990s due to the emergence of multi-party system coalition governments change in judicial temper and the onset of privatization and globalization in the economy there has been a trend towards greater federalization in India. However in the context of one-party majority in a coalition government since 2014 new aspects have emerged in Indian federalism. The volume engages with several facets of federalism: administrative federalism; environmental and resource federalism; changing dynamics of fiscal federalism; and multi-level governance. With comparative data and case studies across different states of India it brings together a range of issues including Article 356 and its dysfunctions; land acquisition; decentralized governance; tribal rights; the roles of central and state governments; concerns regarding Citizenship Amendment Act; recent abrogation of Article 370 and 35 A; Delhi and statehood; climate change; MGNREGA; implementation of ICDS and the cooperative and competitive nature of Indian federalism. Comprehensive and topical this book will be useful to scholars and researchers of political science federalism comparative federal studies political studies comparative politics public administration governance and development studies. It will also interest policy makers bureaucrats government organizations NGOs and civil society activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138361508

New Dimensions in Photo ProcessesA Step-by-Step Manual for Alternative Techniques New Dimensions in Photo Processes invites artists in all visual media to discover contemporary approaches to historical techniques. Painters printmakers and photographers alike will find value in this practical book as these processes require little to no knowledge of photography digital means or chemistry. Easy to use in a studio or lab this edition highlights innovative work by internationally respected artists such as Robert Rauschenberg Chuck Close Mike and Doug Starn and Emmet Gowin. In addition to including new sun-printing techniques such as salted paper and lumen printing this book has been updated throughout from pinhole camera and digital methods of making color separations and contact negatives to making water color pigments photo-sensitive and more. With step-by-step instructions and clear safety precautions New Dimensions in Photo Processes will teach you how to: Reproduce original photographic art collages and drawings on paper fabric metal and other unusual surfaces. Safely mix chemicals and apply antique light-sensitive emulsions by hand. Create imagery in and out of the traditional darkroom and digital studio. Relocate photo imagery and make prints from real objects photocopies and pictures from magazines and newspapers as well as from your digitial files and black and white negatives. Alter black and white photographs smart phone images and digital prints.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632837

New Dimensions in Spirituality Religion and Aging New Dimensions in Spirituality Religion and Aging expands the traditional focus of religiosity to include and evaluate recent research and discoveries on the role of secular spirituality in the aging process. Contributors examine the ways conventional religion and other forms of spirituality affect human development health and longevity and they demonstrate how myth-creation enables humans to make meaning in their lives. Taken together the book points to further research to enhance current knowledge approaches to care and social policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614819

New Dimensions of Politics in IndiaThe United Progressive Alliance in Power Following India’s general election in May 2009 this book undertakes a critical evaluation of the performance of the United Progressive Alliance (UPA). It presents a thorough analysis of the UPA coalition government and by providing an understanding of the new innovations in the UPA’s policies the book goes on to evaluate the effectiveness of these policies against their aims and objectives. This book suggests that there is an analytical framework for assessing the political consequences of the policies and the UPA’s success both at the national and state levels with particular reference to new policies in governance secularism and security. These three areas constitute important fault lines between the main national political parties in India and provide an interesting point of departure to explore the new emerging trends as well as the strong underlying continuities between the UPA administration and its predecessors. The book offers new insights into the structure of Indian politics and is a useful contribution to studies in South Asian Politics Governance and Political Parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635654

New Dir. In Education Evaluati First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203064481

New Dir. In Education Psycholo First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203993019

New Directions for Research in Foreign Language Education New Directions for Research in Foreign Language Education brings together contributions by reputed scholars that examine the challenges opportunities and benefits of teaching and learning foreign languages. With a particular focus on languages other than English the book looks at the socio-political dimension of language learning and teaching and the need to re-theorize multilingualism for our age. The volume includes a range of perspectives from language teaching as an act of reconciliation to language learning across the lifespan from innovations in assessment and curriculum to critical appraisals of pedagogy and textbook materials. Each chapter presents a clear case study drawn from diverse contexts to illustrate the different concerns of the contributors. The book is a valuable resource for all students teachers teacher educators and researchers who share an interest in researching multilingualism and the different facets of teaching and learning foreign languages.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673991

New Directions in 21st-Century GothicThe Gothic Compass This book brings together a carefully selected range of contemporary disciplinary approaches to new areas of Gothic inquiry. Moving beyond the representational and historically based aspects of literature and film that have dominated Gothic studies this volume both acknowledges the contemporary diversification of Gothic scholarship and maps its changing and mutating incarnations. Drawing strength from their fascinating diversity and points of correlation the varied perspectives and subject areas cohere around a number of core themes — of re-evaluation discovery and convergence — to reveal emerging trends and new directions in Gothic scholarship. Visiting fascinating areas including the Gothic and digital realities uncanny food experiences representations of death and the public media Gothic creatures and their popular legacies new approaches to contemporary Gothic literature and re-evaluations of the Gothic mode through regional narratives essays reveal many patterns and intersecting approaches forcefully testifying to the multifaceted although lucidly coherent nature of Gothic studies in the 21st Century. The multiple disciplines represented — from digital inquiry to food studies from fine art to dramaturgy — engage with the Gothic in order to offer new definitions and methodological approaches to Gothic scholarship. The interdisciplinary transnational focus of this volume provides exciting new insights into and expanded and revitalised definitions of the Gothic and its related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547759

New Directions in Aesthetics Creativity and the Arts The contributing authors to this book all pre-eminent scholars in their fields present their current thinking about the processes that underlie creativity and aesthetic experience. They discuss established theory and research and provide creative speculation on future problems for inquiry and new approaches to conceptualising and investigating these phenomena. The book contains many new findings and ideas never before published or new by virtue of the novel context in which they are incorporated. Thus the chapters present both new approaches to old problem and new ideas and approaches not yet explored by leading scholars in these fields. The first part of the book is devoted to understanding the nature of the perceptual/cognitive and aesthetic processes that occur during encounters with visual art stimuli in everyday settings in museums and while watching films. Also discussed in Part I is how cultural and anthropological approaches to the study of aesthetic responses to art contribute to our understanding about the development of a culture's artistic canon and to cross-cultural aesthetic universals. Part II presents new dimensions in the study of creativity. Two approaches to the development of a comprehensive theory of creativity are presented: Sternberg's Investment Theory of Creativity and a systems perspective of creativity based on a metaindividual world model. Also covered are the factors that contribute to cinematic creativity and a film's cinematic success and the complex nature of the creative processes and research approaches involved in the innovative product design necessitated by the introduction of electronics in consumer products. Part III deals with the application of concepts and models from cognitive psychology to the study of music literary meaning and the visual arts. The contributors outline a model of the cognitive processes involved in real-time listening to music investigate what readers are doing when they read a literary text describe what research shows about the transfer of learning from the arts to non-arts cognition and discuss the kinds of thinking skills that emerge from the study of the visual arts by high school students. In Part IV the authors focus on the interactive contribution of observers' personalities and affect states to the creation and perception of art. The chapters include a discussion of the internal mechanisms by which personality expresses itself during the making of and the response to art; the relationship between emotion and cognition in aesthetics in terms of the interaction of top-down and bottom-up processes across the time course of an aesthetic episode; the affective processes that take place during pretend play and their impact on the development of creativity in children and the causes and consequences of listener's intense experiences while listening to music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784610

New Directions in Africa–China Studies Interest in China and Africa is growing exponentially. Taking a step back from the
‘events-driven’ reactions characterizing much coverage this timely book reflects more deeply on questions concerning how this subject has been is being and can be
studied. It offers a comprehensive multi-disciplinary and authoritative contribution to Africa–China studies. Its diverse chapters explore key current research themes and debates such as agency media race ivory development or security using a variety of case studies from Benin Kenya and Tanzania to Angola Mozambique and Mauritius. Looking back it explores the evolution of studies about Africa and China. Looking forward it explores alternative future possibilities for a complex and constantly evolving subject. Showcasing a range of perspectives by leading and 
emerging scholars New Directions in Africa–China Studies is an essential resource 
for students and scholars of Africa and China relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714670

New Directions in Agrarian Political EconomyGlobal Agrarian Transformations Volume 1 How relevant are the classic theories of agrarian change in the contemporary context? This volume explores this question by focusing upon the defining features of agrarian transformation in the 21st century: the financialization of food and agriculture the blurring of rural and urban livelihoods through migration and other economic activities forest transition climate change rural indebtedness the co-evolution of social policy and moral economies and changing property relations. Combined the eleven contributions to this collection provide a broad overview of agrarian studies over the past four decades and identify the contemporary frontiers of agrarian political economy. In this path-breaking collection the authors show how new iterations of long evident processes continue to catch peasants and smallholders in the crosshairs of crises and how many manage to face these challenges developing new sources and sites of livelihood production. This volume was published as part one of the special double issue celebrating the 40th anniversary of the Journal of Peasant Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916395

New Directions in American Politics New Directions in American Politics introduces students not just to how the American political system works but also to how political science works. La Raja brings together top scholars to write original essays across the standard curriculum of American government and politics capturing emerging research in the discipline in a way that is accessible for undergraduates. Each chapter combines substantive knowledge with the kind of skill-building and analytical inquiry that is being touted in higher education everywhere. Contributors to New Directions highlight why the questions they seek to answer are critical for understanding American politics and situate them in the broader context of controversies in research. The teaching of American politics follows a well-worn path. Textbooks for introductory courses hew to a traditional set of chapters that describe the Founding American institutions the ways citizens participate in politics and sometimes public policy. The material rarely engages students in the kind of questions that animate scholarship on politics. One hurdle for instructors is finding material that reflects quality scholarship—and thus teaches students about why not just what—and yet is accessible for undergraduates. Articles in scholarly journals are typically unsuited for undergraduate courses particularly introductory courses. What is needed is a book that conveys exciting trends in scholarship across vital topics in American politics and illustrates analytical thinking. New Directions in American Politics is that book and will be an ideal companion to standard textbooks that focus mostly on nuts and bolts of politics. The book features: Contributions from a top-notch cast of active scholars and a highly regarded editor A focus on analytical thinking that addresses questions of causality Full coverage of the American politics curriculum Short interviews with each contributor on a companion website to help the research come alive and prompt critical thinking questions for students Work that draws on the highest quality research in political science but is written specifically for first year undergraduate students. There is simply no book like this available to the growing number of faculty who want their introductory American politics course to be a reflection of the political science discipline and not just the nuts and bolt facts of the American political system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535571

New Directions in Assessing Historical Thinking New technologies have radically transformed our relationship to information in general and to little bits of information in particular. The assessment of history learning which for a century has valued those little bits as the centerpiece of its practice now faces not only an unprecedented glut but a disconnect with what is valued in history education. More complex processes—historical thinking historical consciousness or historical sense making—demand more complex assessments. At the same time advances in scholarship on assessment open up new possibilities. For this volume Kadriye Ercikan and Peter Seixas have assembled an international array of experts who have collectively moved the fields of history education and assessment forward. Their various approaches negotiate the sometimes-conflicting demands of theoretical sophistication empirically demonstrated validity and practical efficiency. Key issues include articulating the cognitive goals of history education the relationship between content and procedural knowledge the impact of students’ language literacy on history assessments and methods of validation in both large scale and classroom assessments. New Directions in Assessing Historical Thinking is a critical research-oriented resource that will advance the conceptualization design and validation of the next generation of history assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018273

New Directions in Attribution ResearchVolume 1 Published in 1976 New Directions in Attribution Research is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203780978

New Directions in Behavioral Biometrics Automatic biometrics recognition techniques are increasingly important in corporate and public security systems and have increased in methods due to rapid field development. This book discusses classic behavioral biometrics as well as collects the latest advances in techniques theoretical approaches and dynamic applications. This future-looking book is an important reference tool for researchers practitioners academicians and technologists. While there are existing books that focus on physiological biometrics or algorithmic approaches deployed in biometrics this book addresses a gap in the existing literature for a text that is solely dedicated to the topic of behavioral biometrics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574314

New Directions in Children's GothicDebatable Lands Children’s literature today is dominated by the gothic mode and it is in children’s gothic fictions that we find the implications of cultural change most radically questioned and explored. This collection of essays looks at what is happening in the children’s Gothic now when traditional monsters have become the heroes when new monsters have come into play when globalisation brings Harry Potter into China and yaoguai into the children’s Gothic and when childhood itself and children’s literature as a genre can no longer be thought of as an uncontested space apart from the debates and power struggles of an adult domain. We look in detail at series such as The Mortal Instruments Twilight Chaos Walking The Power of Five Skulduggery Pleasant and Cirque du Freak; at novels about witches and novels about changelings; at the Gothic in China Japan and Oceania; and at authors including Celia Rees Frances Hardinge Alan Garner and Laini Taylor amongst many others. At a time when the energies and anxieties of children’s novels can barely be contained anymore within the genre of children’s literature spilling over into YA and adult literature we need to pay attention. Weird things are happening and they matter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346317

New Directions In Comparative Politics As ?must? reading for anyone interested in comparative politics this text is designed to address the theoretical developments and approaches important to the comparative study of political systems today. These include: developmentalism dependency theory corporatism state society relations political economy public policy analysis indigenous theories of change rational choice and the new institutionalism. This text sees the new diversity of approaches as healthy and invigorating. The diversity in comparative politics over the past two decades has been reflected in prior editions of this book. Whereas these separate approaches once may have been regarded as fragmentary now scholars have come to regard the diverse lines of inquiry as lending complimentary tools of analysis to our complex modern world. The emerging methods of comparative study often provide ?causeways? between previous ?islands of theory.? In this new edition all the main approaches to comparative politics are represented in chapter length treatment. Several contributors revisit the topics they addressed in the prior editions e.g. Tony Smith on dependency analysis Lawrence Graham on public policy and Joel Migdal on state-society relations. Most significantly the third edition introduces readers to new provocative analyses such as Paul Adams on corporatism Anthony Gill on political economy; Ronald Inglehart on political culture; Gerardo Munck on rational choice A. H. Somjee on indigenous theory and Frank L. Wilson on the new institutionalism. Introductory and concluding essays by editor Howard J. Wiarda integrate the book placing the different approaches in perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098933

New Directions In Comparative Politics Third Edition This book discusses the major schools of thought or paradigms in comparative politics: development theory political culture dependency analysis corporatism state-society relations political economy theories of change comparative public policy institutionalism and rational choice theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157234

New Directions in Congressional Politics As the U.S. Congress has steadily evolved since the Founding of our nation so too has our understanding of the institution. The second edition of New Directions in Congressional Politics offers an accessible overview of the current developments in our understanding of America’s legislative branch. Jamie L. Carson and Michael S. Lynch help students bridge the gap between roles rules and outcomes by focusing on a variety of thematic issues: the importance of electoral considerations legislators’ strategic behavior to accomplish objectives the unique challenges of Congress as a bicameral institution in a polarized environment and the often-overlooked policy outputs of the institution. This book brings together leading scholars of Congress to provide a general overview of the entire field. Each chapter covers the cutting-edge developments on its respective topic. As the political institution responsible for enacting laws the American public regularly looks to the U.S. Congress to address the important issues of the day. The contributors in this volume help explain why staying atop the research trends helps us better understand these issues in the ever-changing field of American politics. New to the Second Edition New and updated chapters highlighting party recruitment redistricting women in Congress the nationalization of Congressional elections and the reassertion of Congressional oversight. A first look at Congressional-executive relations in the Trump era. Updated data through the 2018 Midterm elections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466541

New Directions in Consciousness StudiesSoS theory and the nature of time New Directions in Consciousness Studies describes a range of fresh ideas which promise to significantly advance scientific understanding of human nature. Written in non-specialized language the book draws upon concepts and research from history philosophy neuroscience and physics to delineate new approaches to the study of consciousness. Early chapters deal with a range of ideas about our nature and suggest that mind can usefully be viewed as a type of dynamic landscape. The account shows how our minds relate to their societies brains and bodies and how they differ from computers. Later chapters develop a theory of the basis of consciousness (SoS theory). Using the physical concept of ‘broken symmetry’ the author shows how conscious mind may be rooted in temporality; a view that is supported by the occurrence of a wide range of anomalous phenomena. Potentially valuable future lines of research are identified. This is a unique and engaging book that will appeal to students and academics in the field of consciousness studies and other readers with an interest in consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923881

New Directions in Counselling New Directions in Counselling responds to major changes currently affecting counselling. A team of well-known contributors identify the pressures forcing change taking into account national and European legislation and the drive from within counselling towards greater professionalism and accountability. Part one considers the impact of accredation National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) developing Codes of Ethics and evaluating effectiveness. Part two looks at new interventions for common problems such as smoking depression stress and abuse; new settings for counselling including the workplace and medical practice; and new techniques such as using narratives. The final part discusses issues in training raising questions about the place of a feminist perspective and whether there are still myths about counselling which need to be challenged. New Directions in Counselling makes a timely response to questions affecting all counsellors whether in training or practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415331

New Directions in Crime and Deviancy Criminology is at a crossroads. In the last two decades it has largely failed to produce the kind of new intellectual frameworks and empirical data that might help us to explain the high levels of crime and interpersonal violence that beset inner city areas and corrode community life. Similarly it has failed to adequately explain forms of antisocial behaviour that are just as much a part of life in corporate boardrooms as they are in the ghettos of north America and the sink estates of Britain. Criminology needs to rethink the problem of crime and re-engage its audience with strident theoretical analysis and powerful empirical data. In New Directions in Crime and Deviancy some of the world’s most talented and polemical critical criminologists come together to offer new ideas and new avenues for analysis. The book contains chapters that address a broad range of issues central to 21st century critical criminology: ecological issues and the new green criminology; the broad impact of neoliberalism upon our cultural and economic life; recent signs of political resistance and opposition; systemic and interpersonal forms of violence; growing fear and enmity in cities; the backlash against the women’s movement; the subjective pathology of the serial killer; computer hacking and so on. Based on key papers presented at the historic York Deviancy Conferences this cutting-edge volume also contains important critical essays that address criminological research methods and the production of criminological knowledge. It is key reading material for those with an academic interest in critical cultural and theoretical criminology and crime and deviance more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626491

New Directions in Criminological Theory This edited collection brings together established global scholars and new thinkers to outline fresh concepts and theoretical perspectives for criminological research and analysis in the 21st century. Criminologists from the UK USA Canada and Australia evaluate the current condition of criminological theory and present students and researchers with new and revised ideas from the realms of politics culture and subjectivity to unpack crime and violence in the precarious age of global neoliberalism. These ideas range from the micro-realm of the ‘personality disorder’ to the macro-realm of global ‘power-crime’. Rejecting or modifying the orthodox notion that crime and harm are largely the products of criminalisation and control systems these scholars bring causes and conditions back into play in an eclectic yet thematic way that should inspire students and researchers to once again investigate the reasons why some individuals and groups elect to harm others rather than seek sociability. This collection will inspire new criminologists to both look outside their discipline for new ideas to import and to create new ideas within their discipline to reinvigorate it and further strengthen its ability to explain the crimes and harms that we see around us today. This book will be of particular interest to academics and both undergraduate and postgraduate students in the field of criminology especially to those looking for theoretical concepts and frameworks for dissertations theses and research reports. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781843929130

New Directions in Curriculum Studies Originally published in 1979. Celebrating the tenth anniversary of the Journal of Curriculum Studies. This edited collection of ten significant papers five of them specially commissioned to critically survey a decade of intellectual effort in selected areas of curriculum studies not only identifies the emerging frontiers in an important field within the study of education but also provides an excellent set of teaching and learning resources in an area where the usual text book can be counter-productive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322035

New Directions in Development EconomicsGrowth Environmental Concerns and Government in the 1990s New Directions in Development Economics is divided into two parts. The first half considers the dilemna of growth with special reference to its environmental cost. The second half focuses on the role of the state in the context of the growing dominance of the free market argument. The contributors include Paul Collier Partha Dasgupta Ronald Findlay and Deepak Lal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866089

New Directions In DevelopmentA Study Of U.s. Aid This book describes the bureaucratic and administrative problems that confronted Development Alternatives giving particular attention to the administrative and bureaucratic barriers within the U.S. Agency for International Development (AID) itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167776

New Directions In Economic And Security PolicyU.s.-west European Relations In A Period Of Crisis And Indecision This book examines selected aspects of economic and foreign policy relationships between the United States and Western Europe from historical as well as contemporary perspectives. It focuses on the unsuccessful attempts by the Soviet Union and the Western allies to remedy the division of Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158422

New Directions In Educational Evaluation First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726129

New Directions in Educational Leadership Originally published in 1984. The argument of this book is that the preceding 12 to 15 years saw significant changes in educationalists’ understanding and application of the concepts of leadership and because of these changes two things happened. One the relationship between participants changed; and two policy and practice also changed. The papers in this collection have been specially commissioned or collected together with this thesis in mind. Each of them examines leadership with special reference to one or more aspects sectors roles or interests within the educational system of England and Wales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545380

New Directions in Educational Leadership Theory Educational leadership has a rich history of epistemological debate. From the ‘Theory Movement’ of the 1950-1960s through to Greenfield’s critique of logical empiricism in the 1970s the emergence of Bates’ and Foster’s Critical Theory of educational administration in the 1980s and Evers’ and Lakomski’s naturalistic coherentism from1990 to the present time debates about ways of knowing doing and being in the social world have been central to advancing scholarship. However since the publication of Evers’ and Lakomski’s work questions of the epistemological preliminaries of research have become somewhat marginalised. This is not to suggest that such discussions are not taking place but rather that they have been sporadic and piecemeal. In New Directions in Educational Leadership Theory the contributors sketch possible alternatives for advancing scholarship in educational leadership. The coherence of this volume comes not from the adoption of a single theoretical lens but rather from its engagement with epistemology ontology and methodology. The choice of the plural ‘alternatives’ is deliberate and its use is to evoke the message that there is more than one way to advance knowledge. The approaches adopted across this collection offer fruitful directions for the field and hopefully will stimulate substantive dialogue and debate in the interest of advancing knowledge. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Philosophy and Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309715

New Directions in Elite Studies Since the financial crisis the issue of the ‘one percent’ has become the centre of intense public debate unavoidable even for members of the elite themselves. Moreover inquiring into elites has taken centre-stage once again in both journalistic investigations and academic research. New Directions in Elite Studies attempts to move the social scientific study of elites beyond economic analysis which has greatly improved our knowledge of inequality but is restricted to income and wealth. In contrast this book mobilizes a broad scope of research methods to uncover the social composition of the power elite – the ‘field of power’. It reconstructs processes through which people gain access to positions in this particular social space examines the various forms of capital they mobilize in the process – economic but also cultural and social capital – and probes changes over time and variations across national contexts.Bringing together the most advanced research into elites by a European and multidisciplinary group of scholars this book presents an agenda for the future study of elites. It will appeal to all those interested in the study of elites inequality class power and gender inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889067

New Directions in EthicsThe Challenges in Applied Ethics Originally published in 1986 this book examines the extent to which existing ethical theory can provide an adequate framework for the resolution of practical moral issues. The contributors all leading moral philosophers provide an authoritative and comprehensive account of developments in ethical theory with emphasis on issues in applied ethics. They explain the dominant ethical theories survey major field of applied ethics and speculate about the future of ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367468408

New Directions in Federalism Studies Federalism has experienced a remarkable renaissance in recent decades – as an alternative way to accommodate ethnic differences; as a tool to combat remote undemocratic and ineffective central governments; and lastly as a means to promote economic performance in the developing world through decentralisation. This book seeks to bring different aspects and perspectives of federalism studies closer together by providing an analytical framework which transcends the sub-fields and encourages contributors to look beyond the comfort zones of their own disciplinary approaches to the topic. The authors seek to achieve this aim by structuring the contributions around four dimensions federalism studies:   • the development and design of federal institutions; • federalism and democratic participation representation and accountability; • federalism and the accommodation of territorially-based ethnic cultural and linguistic differences; • federalism and public policy.   With a strong comparative framework New Directions in Federalism Studies will be of interest to students and scholars of Federalism Government Regionalism and Multi-level Governance. It will also offer insights of relevance to Comparative Politics Public Policy Public Administration Nationalism and West European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994416

New Directions in Feminism and Human Rights On the sixtieth anniversary of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights feminists are at a critical juncture to re-envision and re-engage in a politics of human rights. Interdisciplinary feminist conversations among scholar-activists can both challenge and enrich new directions in feminism and human rights. The scholarly and activist writings that comprise this collection advance both research and critical conversations about feminism and human rights by revealing the transformative potential of a feminist human rights praxis that embraces both critique and collective justice. The editors' method has been to move beyond a wholesale dismissal of human rights so that the book may begin new dialogues that envision transnational gender and antiracist social justice approaches. This book features work that engages academic critiques of human rights frameworks yet goes further by exploring the potential of human rights activism ‘from below’. These groundbreaking chapters and conversations provide evidence of the persistent challenges and the attendant possibilities inherent in feminist human rights activism and theorizing – they offer this book underscoring the creative displays of grassroots resistance by women globally and affirming transnational feminist solidarity. This book was published as a special issue of the International Feminist Journal of Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828253

New Directions in Finance The stock market crash of 1987 had a tumultuous effect on the world of finance. The reverberations of this collapse are still being felt and a number of issues and problems are still unresolved. New Directions in Finance discusses these issues and looks to future developments in international finance. The book contains sections which look at capital structure; the cost of capital and agency issues; mergers and takeovers and options futures and forward trading. Including a contribution by Nobel Laureate Merton Miller New Directions in Finance presents a state of the art guide to international finance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003955

New Directions in Genocide Research Genocide studies is a relatively new field of comparative inquiry but recent years have seen an increasing range of themes and subject-matter being addressed that reflect a variety of features of the field and transformations within it. This edited book brings together established scholars with rising stars and seeks to capture the range of new approaches theories and case studies in the field. The book is divided into three broad sections: Section I focuses on broad theories of comparative genocide covering a number of different perspectives. Section II critically reconsiders core themes of genocide studies and unfolds a range of challenging new directions including cultural genocide gender and genocide (as it pertains to both women and men) structural violence and the novel application of remote-sensing technologies to the detection and study of genocide. Section III is case-study focused seeking to place both canonical and little-known cases of genocide in broader comparative perspective. Cases analyzed include genocide in North America the Nazi Holocaust the Armenian genocide and the Sri Lankan genocide. The combination of cutting-edge scholarship and innovative approaches to familiar subjects makes this essential reading for all students and scholars in the field of genocide studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415495974

New Directions in Gestalt Group TherapyRelational Ground Authentic Self Gestalt therapists often work with groups. Group therapists from a variety of theoretical orientations frequently incorporate insights and methodology from gestalt therapy. New Directions in Gestalt Group Therapy: Relational Ground Authentic Self was written with particular attention to both gestalt and group work specialists in providing a comprehensive reference for the practice of group therapy from a gestalt perspective. In includes an introduction to gestalt therapy terms and concepts written to make the gestalt approach understandable and accessible for mental health practitioners of all backgrounds. It is appropriate for students as well as seasoned psychotherapists. Peter Cole and Daisy Reese are the co-directors of the Sierra Institute for Contemporary Gestalt Therapy located in Berkeley California. They are the co-authors of Mastering the Financial Dimension of Your Psychotherapy Practice and True Self True Wealth: A Pathway to Prosperity. They are a married couple with five children and four grandchildren between them.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948624

New Directions in Global Economic GovernanceManaging Globalisation in the Twenty-First Century This title was first published in 2001. Containing a wide array of intellectual perspectives this illuminating text takes an authoritative look at the rules decision-making procedures and organizational resources at the heart of the institutions of global governance and provides a much-needed Asian perspective on key issues dealing with new questions raised at the Okinawa summit. Particularly suitable for graduate courses in political science international political economy international organizations corporate strategy and international business as well as having implications for the public policy community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725133

New Directions in Global Political GovernanceThe G8 and International Order in the Twenty-First Century Focused on politics and security this volume extends the G8 and Global Governance series into the domain of international security in both its classic and newer forms. Going beyond the conventional focus on globalization it takes up the central question of shaping international order looking at the emergence of several important phenomena including: - The advent of human security - The global importance of once deeply domestic security issues - Enhanced demands for civil society participation Sections on Japan's perspective on the G8 and international order critical issues in global security governance and the role of international institutions and American leadership therein make this a distinctive account of international security in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277793

New Directions in Human Associative Learning The editor and authors of this book present a synthesis of work on human associative learning tracing some of its historical roots but concentrating mainly on recent developments. It is divided into three sections: an introduction to the recent data and controversies in the study of human associative learning; recent developments in the formal theories of how associative learning occurs; and applied work on human associative learning particularly its application to depression and to the development of preferences. The book is designed to be accessible to undergraduates providing a clear illustration of how principles most commonly introduced in animal cognition courses are relevant to the contemporary study of human cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650434

New Directions in Interest Group Politics Reflecting cutting edge scholarship but written for undergraduates New Directions in Interest Group Politics will help students think critically about influence in the American political system. There is no shortage of fear about "the special interests" in American political debate but reliable information about what interest groups do who they represent and how they influence government is often lacking. This volume comprised of original essays by leading scholars is designed to summarize and explain contemporary research that helps address popular questions and concerns making studies accessible to undergraduate students and providing facts to butress informed debate. The book covers the mobilization of interest groups their activities and their influence. Each chapter briefly reviews research on a central question of scholarship before focusing on a particular empirical project designed to shed light on the topic. Rather than simply providing a descriptive overview the chapters are designed to foster critical thinking by getting students to assess the role of interest groups in the American political system and supplying evidence of their effects. Importantly a set of web resources associated with the book offer instructions for research and writing assignments. Students will be able to collect and analyze data on campaign finance lobbying and interest group involvement in governance. The eResource website includes materials for several classroom simulations such as an interest group legislative battle a Netroots convention and a rule-making process. As they read about key questions in democratic government and current research trends students can practice serving as interest group activists and conduct original research on topics that most interest them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827553

New Directions in Japan’s SecurityNon-U.S. Centric Evolution While the US-Japan alliance has strengthened since the end of the Cold War Japan has almost unnoticed been building security ties with other partners in the process reducing the centrality of the US in Japan’s security. This book explains why this is happening. Japan pursued security isolationism during the Cold War but the US was the exception. Japan hosted US bases and held joint military exercises even while shunning contacts with other militaries. Japan also made an exception to its weapons export ban to allow exports to the US. Yet since the end of the Cold War Japan’s security has undergone a quiet transformation moving away from a singular focus on the US as its sole security partner. Tokyo has begun diversifying its security ties. This book traces and explains this diversification. The country has initiated security dialogues with Asian neighbors assumed a leadership role in promoting regional multilateral security cooperation and begun building bilateral security ties with a range of partners from Australia and India to the European Union. Japan has even lifted its ban on weapons exports and co-development with non-US partners. This edited volume explores this trend of decreasing US centrality alongside the continued and perhaps even growing security (inter) dependence with the US. New Directions in Japan’s Security is an essential resource for scholars focused on Japan’s national security. It will also interest on a wider basis those wishing to understand why Japan is developing non-American directions in its security strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416034

New Directions in Judicial Politics With its often vague legal concepts and institutions that operate according to unfamiliar procedures judicial decision-making is in many respects a highly enigmatic process. New Directions in Judicial Politics seeks to demystify the courts offering readers the insights of empirical research to address questions that are of genuine interest to students. In addition to presenting a set of conclusions about the way in which courts operate this book also models the craft of political research illustrating how one can account for a variety of factors that might affect the courts and how they operate. The renowned scholars and teachers in this volume invite critical thinking not only about the substance of law and courts in America but also about the ways in which we study judicial politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893329

New Directions in Media and Politics It would be difficult to find a more interesting topic than the relationship between the news media and politics especially given that Americans are now living in the "Twitter presidency" of Donald Trump. Academic research in the area of media and politics is rapidly breaking new ground to keep pace with prolific media developments and societal changes. This innovative up-to-date text moves beyond rudimentary concepts and definitions to consider exciting research as well as practical applications that address monumental changes in media systems in the US and the world. This carefully crafted volume explores key questions posed by academics and practitioners alike exposing students to rigorous scholarship as well as everyday challenges confronted by politicians journalists and media consumers. Each chapter opens with a "big question" about the impact of the news media provides an overview of the more general topic and then answers that question by appealing to the best most-up-to-date research in the field. The volume as a whole is held together by an exploration of the rapidly changing media environment and the influence these changes have on individual political behavior and governments as a whole. New Directions in Media and Politics makes an ideal anchor for courses as it digs deeper into the questions that standard textbooks only hint at—and presents scholarly evidence to support the arguments made. New to the Second Edition Fully updated through the 2016 elections and the early Trump presidency with a special focus on the role of social media. Adds three new chapters: The Move to Mobile; Media and Public Policy; and Fake News. Adds Discussion Questions to the end of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559127

New Directions in Memory and Aging (PLE: Memory)Proceedings of the George A. Talland Memorial Conference Originally published in 1980 this book contains the proceedings from a memorial conference held in honour of George A. Talland who made a significant contribution to the area of memory and aging. The major objective of the volume was to stimulate research towards a more comprehensive understanding of age related differences in memory. It was also hoped it would provide direction for the application and utilization of research findings in the evaluation and treatment of memory complaints and memory difficulties experienced by the elderly. The book was intended for two broad groups of scientists. The first being researchers in the psychology of memory and those who were currently active in the research on aging at the time. The second group was those concerned with applying current research findings to the diagnosis and treatment of problems of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977075

New Directions in Mobile Media and Performance New Directions in Mobile Media and Performance explores various performative projects and forms of expression that have emerged since the onset of the smartphone. It focuses mainly on new concepts and developments that have emerged in mobile media performance. It showcases the intimate and phenomenological mobile aesthetic that has been unfolding within networked performance and media art projects for over a decade and a half. This aesthetic utilises the potential and affordances with each iteration and update of modern smartphones. Themes of embodiment presence liveness and connection through mobile networked and remote technology are revisited in the context of HD mobile cameras selfies and live video streaming from the phone as well as the impact of peer production opensource and Maker culture on mobile media performance practices. It explores the surge in development of wearable devices in performance as well as how the ‘quantified-self movement’ has affected performance works. It deals with concepts and developments in intermedial performance that incorporate mobile and wearable devices especially from the artist’s designer’s or dramaturge’s perspective as the creator and their creative process working with technology as a collaborator not just a tool or guide. The book demonstrates how artists have repurposed the device – transforming it from merely a communication device using voice and text only – to become a new collaborative medium a full visual synaesthetic interactive and performative tool of deeper expression and social change. It discusses seminal works and the evolution of the medium within intermedial digital art and performance practices as medium for artistic expression creative process and staged performances. It focuses on projects and artists who have pushed mobile media performance beyond the conventional blackbox. Emerging visual digital interactive tactile gestural and theatrical or performance projects that incorporate mobile or wearable devices used as vehicles for more challenging experimental experiential and immersive performative artworks are highlighted. The book also contextualises Baker’s own media research and performance practice within the larger landscape with the field. It is bookended with interviews with the artists themselves on their creative process and intentions. It is the outcome of three years of research of artistic works around the world interviews in-person viewings of performances as well as incorporating and reflecting on her own ongoing practice and projects in context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587390

New Directions in Museum Ethics This book considers key ethical questions in museum policy and practice particularly those related to issues of collection and display. What does a collection signify in the twenty-first century museum? How does an engagement with immateriality challenge museums’ concept of ownership and how does that immateriality translate into the design of exhibitions and museum space? Are museums still about safeguarding objects and what does safeguarding mean for diverse individuals and communities today? How does the notion of the museum as a performative space challenge our perceptions of the object? The scholarship represented in this volume is a testament to the range and significance of critical inquiry in museum ethics. Together the chapters resist a legalistic interpretation bound by codes and common practice to advance an ethics discourse that is richly theorized constantly changing and contingent on diverse external factors. Contributors take stock of innovative research to articulate a new museum ethics founded on the moral agency of museums the concept that museums have both the capacity and the responsibility to create social change. This book is based on a special issue of Museum Management and Curatorship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841826

New Directions in Nursing HistoryInternational Perspectives This collection of essays reflects the current interdisciplinary and international nature of the history of nursing scholarship. Covering a range from the eighteenth to the twentieth century  this book draws on research from eleven different countries to address: the issues of professionalism within nursing the social and ethical issues which are woven into the relationship between the nurse/midwife and her patient/client the trans-cultural dimensions nurses create when they move from one culture to another and the recent developments in historiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511117

New Directions in Organizational Psychology and Behavioral Medicine This research shows the dynamic relationship between work health and satisfaction. New Directions in Organizational Psychology and Behavioral Medicine comprehensively covers new developments in the field of occupational health psychology and provides insight into the many challenges that will change the nature of occupational health psychology. The editors have gathered 40 experts from all over the developed world to discuss issues relevant to human resource and talent management and specifically to employment related physical and psychological health issues. Especially because it comes at a time of economic turbulence that will create work stress and strain organizations researchers and practitioners will find this book valuable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409410829

New Directions in Philosophical TheologyEssays in Honour of Don Cupitt At the beginning of a new millennium philosophical theology has become more contested than ever before. The appearance of non-realist theologies postmodern theologies and the theology of 'radical orthodoxy' has provoked a vibrant debate about the nature of theology itself. In what new directions should theology be moving in the wake of the 'end' of modernity? For over thirty years Don Cupitt has been provoking theologians to reconsider the nature of their discipline. Taking their inspiration from his work and writing in his honour on the occasion of his 70th birthday some of the leading figures in the contemporary theological scene address urgent questions facing theology today and in doing so exemplify the methodological diversity which characterises the contemporary field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138619951

New Directions in Picturebook Research In this new collection children’s literature scholars from twelve different countries contribute to the ongoing debate on the importance of picturebook research focusing on aesthetic and cognitive aspects of picture books. Contributors take interdisciplinary approaches that integrate different disciplines such as literary studies art history linguistics narratology cognitive psychology sociology memory studies and picture theory. Topics discussed include intervisuality twist endings autobiographical narration and metaliterary awareness in picturebooks. The essays also examine the narrative challenges of first-person narratives ellipsis frame breaking and mindscape as new paradigms in picturebook research. Tying picturebook studies to studies in childhood multimodality and literacy this anthology is representative of the different opportunities for research in this emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634168

New Directions in Primary Education Originally published in 1982. This book analyses developments in primary education since 1974 and from this analysis draws out issues gaining rapidly in currency and seem likely to have significant impact on primary education in the following decade. As well as including a substantial number of papers written specially for the book it draws on some of the best of writing on primary education at the time. This is extremely useful for those interested in curriculum history.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321939

New Directions in Project Management Organizations that rely on computing technology for survival understand the critical importance of managing projects that meet strategic goals and objectives. The diversity of business globalization and electronic commerce combined with the unceasing pace of technical change continues to challenge efforts for more proficient project management techniques. Presenting the tools you need to meet the challenges of the new business environment New Directions in Project Management covers best practices in all areas of managing software development projects — practices that have been determined by measurable results not vague ideologies. In addition to a comprehensive treatment of software development project management this book covers managing outsourced projects team- and consensus-building requirements definition systems integration measurement and metrics and quality assurance testing. Rather than force-feeding a particular vision of project management and one methodology the integrated approach combined with detailed concepts and techniques presented here offer you valuable advice and guidance for your project’s success. Successful planning for the challenges of the new business environment will remain complex but not unachievable. In this environment project management cannot be viewed only as a solitary management activity but as a set of dynamic principles that can be cultivated and improved through practical experience. This demands the best of your skills. Covering software development project management from all sides New Directions in Project Management gives you the advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367396923

New Directions in PsychoanalysisThe Significance of Infant Conflict in the Pattern of Adult Behaviour This book contains papers varying from the subject of psychoanalytic theory and therapy to the psychoses and applied psycho-analysis. It emphasizes the infant's constant struggle with his internal-object-relations internal war of mental objects and his drive towards 'reparation'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099503

New Directions in Psycho-AnalysisThe significance of infant conflict in the pattern of adult behaviour Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1955 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875937

New Directions in Public Health CareA Prescription for the 1980's This volume is a revised edition of The Institute for Contemporary Study's report on national health insurance. It includes an analysis of legislation currently before Congress; an examination of hos-pital cost increases and cost containment; an in-vestigation of the politics of the National Health Insurance which asks if any major interest group involved in health care wants increased competi-tion; new research on both the NHS in Britain and Canada's relatively recent experiments with full NHI; an update on public health care; a considera-tion of the relationship between health and health care; a discussion of the subsidy of health care; and an analysis of the market for medical care and the effects of an NHI on the market for physicians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125213

New Directions in Public Opinion The 2016 elections called into question the accuracy of public opinion polling while tapping into new streams of public opinion more widely. The third edition of this well-established text addresses these questions and adds new perspectives to its authoritative line-up. The hallmark of this book is making cutting-edge research accessible and understandable to students and general readers. Here we see a variety of disciplinary approaches to public opinion reflected including psychology economics sociology and biology in addition to political science. An emphasis on race gender and new media puts the elections of 2016 into context and prepares students to look ahead to 2020 and beyond. New to the third edition: • Includes 2016 election results and their implications for public opinion polling going forward. • Three new chapters have been added on racializing politics worldview politics and the modern information environment. • New authors include Shanto Iyengar Michael Tesler Vladimir E. Medenica Erin Cikanek Danna Young Jennifer Jerit and Jake Haselswerdt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483569

New Directions in Race Ethnicity and Crime The disproportionate criminalisation and incarceration of particular minority ethnic groups has long been observed though much of the work in criminology has been dominated by a somewhat narrow debate. This debate has concerned itself with explaining this disproportionality in terms of structural inequalities and socio-economic disadvantage or discriminatory criminal justice processing. This book offers an accessible and innovative approach including chapters on anti-Semitism social cohesion in London Bradford and Glasgow as well as an exploration of policing Traveller communities. Incorporating current empirical research and new departures in methodology and theory this book also draws on a range of contemporary issues such as policing terrorism immigration detention and youth gangs. In offering minority perspectives on race crime and justice and white inmate perspectives from the multicultural prison the book emphasises contrasting and distinctive influences on constructing ethnic identities. It will be of interest to students studying courses in ethnicity crime and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540490

New Directions in Reference Design and deliver traditional reference services in new and innovative waysLibrarians work in an environment of constant change created by new technology budget restraints inflationary costs and rising user expectations. New Directions in Reference examines how they can use new and innovative methods to design and deliver traditional reference services in a wide range of settings. The book’s contributors relate first-hand experiences in libraries large and small public and academic and urban and rural dealing with a variety of changes including virtual reference music reference self-service interlibrary loan e-mail reference and copyright law.Change isn’t new to libraries but the accelerated pace of change is. Traditional lines that have existed between library departments have been erased and traditional notions about general and specialized reference services have been reconsidered. New Directions in Reference documents how librarians are re-thinking their roles and responsibilities to keep pace with the ongoing process of evolution that borders on revolution. New Directions in Reference examines: the skills needed to manage and evaluate virtual reference services the basics of modern copyright law and the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) the changes in users sources and modes of access in music reference services the use of interlibrary loan management software that allows patrons to request track and renew borrowed materials online the “Ask-A-Librarian” e-mail reference service the Government Printing Office and government information online and much more!New Directions in Reference also includes case studies involving the new Martin Luther King Jr. Library in San Jose California and the impact of Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs) in providing references services for medical libraries. This important book is an essential professional resource for public academic and special librarians especially those providing reference services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726051

New Directions in Religious Education First published in 1982. This book brings together some of the most influential articles which had moulded British religious education. The articles are divided into specialised sections dealing with various aspects of the subject so that the main developments are clearly indicated. The first section of the book deals with research into the religious psychology of childhood. This is followed by two collections of articles dealing with the search for a philosophy of religious education and with the problems created for the teaching of religion in Britain by our pluralist society. The fourth section deals with the problems of designing a curriculum in religious education while the final part gives some examples of methods in the teaching of religion. The book thus provides both the general reader the student teacher and the specialist religious education teacher an easily accessible collection of many of the materials which had created British religious education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145934

New Directions in Restorative Justice This book addresses a number of key themes and developments in restorative justice and is based on papers originally presented at the 6th International Conference on Restorative Justice in Vancouver. It is concerned with several new areas of practice within restorative justice with sections on restorative justice and youth aboriginal justice and restorative justice victimization and restorative justice and evaluating restorative justice. Contributors to the book are drawn from leading experts in the field from the UK US Europe Canada Australia and New Zealand. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926429

New Directions in Rural Tourism Although there has been an increasing interest in rural tourism in terms of research training and teaching in recent years its conceptualization and the relationships between concept and strategy are still poorly represented and not well understood. The need for such a critical understanding is particularly crucial as rural areas experience rapid change and as tourism is viewed as a key element of development and regeneration. This volume provides an interdisciplinary approach to new directions in rural tourism drawing on the latest conceptual thinking and evolving strategic roles. It brings together case study exemplification from the UK Denmark Norway Austria Spain Slovenia Poland New Zealand and the Caribbean. It debates such key issues as sustainability and niche marketing. The book thus provides accessible material drawn from a range of environmental and cultural contexts and focuses attention on the nature and interrelationships between local and global issues in rural tourism and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250284

New Directions in Sex TherapyInnovations and Alternatives Winner of the 2013 AASECT Professional Book Award! New Directions in Sex Therapy: Innovations and Alternatives focuses on cutting-edge therapy paradigms as alternatives to conventional clinical strategies. With each passing year the treatment of sexual problems seems to emphasize more medical and pharmacological interventions. There is correspondingly less interest in the experiences of the individuals or couples involved. This book expands the definition of our field. Part I highlights the major problems and criticisms facing sex therapy and furnishes a rationale for new directions. Included in this new edition are critiques of "sexual addiction" nomenclature the neglect of the ethical dimension in sex therapy and there is a call to expand our vision of what sex therapy can attain. Part II demonstrates new approaches to dealing with traditional sex therapy concerns including lack of desire and erectile dysfunction as well as innovative goals such as integrating sexual medicine with sex therapy using client feedback to customize therapy for the particular individual/couple's best interests promoting relationship growth in working with transgender clients and transcending sexual function/dysfunction to optimize erotic intimacy in long-term couples. This 2nd edition of New Directions in Sex Therapy: Innovations and Alternatives is replete with helpful new clinical illustrations across the spectrum of theoretical orientations (e.g. systemic narrative Experiential CBT) to demonstrate these approaches in action. This book is intended for anyone who deals with sexual issues and concerns in therapy–clinicians of every kind novices and advanced practitioners–rather than only those who define themselves as sex therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110564

New Directions in Social Theory Education and Embodiment This book exemplifies the nurturing spirit of inter-discursive debate with a view to opening up new theoretical and empirical insights understanding and engagement with debates on issues relating to pedagogy policy equity and embodiment. From a variety of social science perspectives an international force of contributors apply a multitude of concepts to research agendas which illustrate the multiple ways in which ‘the body’ both impacts culture and is simultaneously and seamlessly positioned and shaped by it maintaining social reproduction of class and cultural hierarchies and social regulation and control. They attest that once we begin to trace the flow of knowledge and discourses across continents countries regions and communities by registering their re-contextualisation both within various popular pedagogies (e.g. newspapers film TV web pages IT) and the formal and informal practices of schools families and peers we are compelled to appreciate the bewildering complexity of subjectivity and the ways in which it is embodied. Indeed the chapters suggest that no matter how hegemonic or ubiquitous discursive practices may be they inevitably tend to generate both intended and unexpected ‘affects’ and ‘effects’: people and populations cannot easily be ‘determined’ suppressed or controlled. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport Education and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839365

New Directions in Soviet Social Thought: An AnthologyAn Anthology The essays in this volume illustrate the kind of expansionary logic that has characterized Soviet reformist thinking in the social sciences in the 1980s. The themes discussed show the wide-ranging and multidisciplinary nature of reformist currents in the Soviet Union. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315492810

New Directions in Sport History Emerging from the ‘history from below’ movement sport history was marginalised for decades by those working within more traditional historical fields (and institutions). Although a degree of ignorance still exists sport history has now acquired a level of credibility through the dedicated work of professional historians. And yet as this authority has been established changes to UK higher education funding (the removal of direct state funding the Research Excellence Framework and tuition fees) and academic publishing (open access) have the potential to damage or even end sports research. This book examines sport history from a variety of perspectives. Do mainstream historians need to engage or ‘play’ with sports historians? Has the postmodernist ‘cultural turn’ in sports history been helpful to the sub-discipline? How can the teaching of sports studies be more innovative and inspiring? How can oral history and sport history be utilised in the study of other branches of historical interest. Although changes are required in dealing with the current political reality of UK higher education sport history still has a great deal to offer students future employers and the public alike. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057333

New Directions in Strategic Thinking This book first published in 1981 examines the broader aspects of international strategic relations and analyses Cold War developments within particular nations fields of warfare and areas of political-military interaction. The role of force in international society changed as the nuclear deadlock between the superpowers continued with military forces being deployed for political purposes in situations only just short of war. The balance between NATO and Warsaw Pact forces also changed as American technology increased and short-range nuclear missiles were deployed in Europe. This book also examines the development of strategic thinking in China Japan and India as well as insurgency in the Third World so often the site for proxy superpower conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367621537

New Directions in Surveillance and Privacy The field of surveillance studies is growing at a rapid rate fuelled by a growing interest in the questions that lie at its heart and a deep unease about the future of individual privacy. What information is held about us to what extent that information is secure how new technologies ought to be regulated and how developments in surveillance will affect our ordinary and everyday lives? Deliberately multi-disciplinary in character this book examines these questions from the perspective of a broad range of fields including sociology management research law literary analysis and internet studies. As privacy comes under increasing threat and surveillance activities grow in quantity and diversity so too the academic field needs to develop in new directions form new perspectives and gain new insights. In keeping with this aim the chapters of this book consider how individuals organisations and states are engaged in the compilation mobilization scrutiny and use of ever increasing amounts of information. Divided into three sections focusing in turn on legal regulation technologies of surveillance and the future of privacy and surveillance this collection provides a unique and eclectic insight into the question of how the spread of surveillance is changing our lives and the societies in which we live. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138861527

New Directions in the American Presidency Especially coming out of the landmark presidential elections of 2008 and 2016 the study of the American presidency--both as a political institution and of those who have held the office--is one of the most fascinating and dynamic fields of study within American government. New Directions in the American Presidency takes a current look at the various issues facing the contemporary presidency and provides a "state of the art" overview of current trends in the field of presidency research. This volume of original chapters by leading presidential scholars is designed to include all the essential topics covered in an undergraduate-level presidency course or a graduate-level seminar while also bringing together key disciplinary debates and treatment of important current real-world developments. Each chapter is written with students in mind so that it remains accessible interesting and engaging. New to the Second Edition New key chapters on presidents and political parties and presidential leadership (essential following the 2016 presidential election). A fresh approach to the President and the Constitution and the President and domestic policymaking are provided by new authors for these foundational chapters. All chapters have been revised with updates coming out the 2016 election especially in relation to presidential campaign politics media and the Supreme Court. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138739093

New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse This book offers groundbreaking insights into exploring and accounting for the various facets of multimodality. It illustrates and tackles theoretical issues related to multimodal text analysis. The book focuses on important research areas: writing and graphology genre and ideology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839342

New Directions in the Anthropology of Dreaming This book presents new directions in contemporary anthropological dream research surveying recent theorizations of dreaming that are developing both in and outside of anthropology. It incorporates new findings in neuroscience and philosophy of mind while demonstrating that dreams emerge from and comment on sociohistorical and cultural contexts. The chapters are written by prominent anthropologists working at the intersection of culture and consciousness who conduct ethnographic research in a variety of settings around the world  and reflect how dreaming is investigated by a range of informants in ever more diverse sites. As well as theorizing the dream in light of current anthropological and psychological research the volume accounts for local dream theories and how they are situated within distinct cultural ontologies. It considers dreams as a resource for investigating and understanding cultural change;  dreaming as a mode of thinking through contesting altering consolidating or escaping from identity; and the nature of dream mentation. In proposing new theoretical approaches to dreaming the editors situate the topic within the recent call for an "anthropology of the night" and illustrate how dreams offer insight into current debates within anthropology’s mainstream. This up-to-date book defines a twenty-first century approach to culture and the dream that will be relevant to scholars from anthropology as well as other disciplines such as religious studies the neurosciences and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367479336

New Directions in the Philosophy of Memory Although philosophers have explored memory since antiquity recent years have seen the birth of philosophy of memory as a distinct field. This book—the first of its kind—charts emerging directions of research in the field. The book’s seventeen newly commissioned chapters develop novel theories of remembering and forgetting analyze the phenomenology and content of memory debate issues in the ethics and epistemology of remembering and explore the relationship between memory and affectivity. Written by leading researchers in the philosophy of memory the chapters collectively present an exciting vision of the future of this dynamic area of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591649

New Directions in the Psychology of Close Relationships What makes for strong and enduring relationships? It is a question of increasing scientific and popular interest as it has become clear that relationships can make life happier healthier and longer. In this collection the reader will find an overview of state-of-the-art research on this question and a glimpse of the new directions that will define the future of this field of study. With contributions from leading scholars in the field the book offers cutting-edge perspectives on the factors and processes that contribute to strong thriving and resilient close relationships. Split into three parts the first part discusses important factors and processes contributing to strong relational bonds in the form of different types of relationships. The second part spotlights contexts such as culture and gender as the domain for future advances in this area of research. Finally the last part covers data analytic techniques and future directions. Offering a unique perspective on each topic covered the authors highlight the promising next steps which will inspire advances in the field in the years to come. Bringing together important trends from different areas of research this text will make a significant contribution to social psychology and is essential for students and academics interested in the psychology of relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353508

New Directions In The Sociology Of Health The sociology of medicine has come a long way from its origins in epidemiology and clinical practice. Like all specialist areas of study it has developed its own internal debates over the years there has been a shift from a sociology in medicine to a sociology of medicine and from a sociolgy of medicine towards a sociology of health and illness. It is to the development of this latter perspective that this volume is addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421691

New Directions in the Sociology of Higher Education New Directions in the Sociology of Health links a number of contemporary issues to a broader sociological framework. It discusses health policy and programmes aimed at public concerns like AIDS drug use tranquilizer dependency and alcohol abuse. The work of a para-medical and lay workers – not least women – in health and prevention is a major focus with particular attention being paid to the elderly and ethnic groups. Papers dealing with health at work health in the home and public health policy complete a collection which illustrates how sociology in the 1990s can contribute to the prevention of illness and the maintenance of good health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351177

New Directions in the Sociology of Human Rights New Directions in the Sociology of Human Rights is a contribution to both sociology and to human rights research particularly where these are directed towards challenging power relations and inequalities in contemporary societies. It expands and develops the sociology of human rights as a sub-field of sociology and interdisciplinary human rights scholarship. The volume suggests new directions for the use of social and sociological theories in the analysis of issues such as torture and genocide and addresses a number of themes which have not previously been a sustained focus in the sociology of human rights literature. These range from climate change and the human rights of soldiers to corporate social responsibility and children’s rights in relation to residential care. The collection is thus multi-dimensional examining a range of specific empirical contexts and also considering relationships between sociological analysis and human rights scholarship and activism. Hence in a variety of ways it points the way for future analyses and also for human rights activism and practices. It is intended to widen our field of vision in the sociology of human rights and to spark both new ideas and new forms of political engagement. This book was published as a special issue of The International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295742

New Directions in the Study of Late Life Religiousness and Spirituality Examine the questions of “how ” “what ” and “why” associated with religiousness and spirituality in the lives of older adults! New Directions in the Study of Late Life Religiousness and Spirituality explores new ways of thinking about a topic that was once taboo but that has now attracted considerable attention from the gerontological community. It examines various approaches to methodology and definition that are used in the study of religion spirituality and aging. In addition it explores the ways that gerontological research can highlight the role of religion and spirituality in the lives of older adults. The first section will introduce you to new ways of thinking about research methodology and data analysis that can be applied to studying the complexity of older adults' religious/spiritual practice and beliefs. You'll learn several approaches to the study of phenomena that are both personal and also deeply embedded in community. The second section addresses issues of definition exploring important questions that call for critical reflection such as: “What are we studying?” “What social and psychological influences shape our thinking about definition?” and “Do the definitions used by gerontologists match those held by older people?” The final section moves the study of religion spirituality and aging beyond a focus on health and mortality to examine well-being more broadly in the context of the life experiences of older adults. Here is a small sample of what you'll learn about in New Directions in the Study of Late Life Religiousness and Spirituality: structural equation modeling—a statistical method designed to capture the dynamics inherent in the passage of time feminist qualitative methods for studying spiritual resiliency in older women spirituality as a public health issue the differences between groups of older people in the way they define religion and spirituality the psychosocial implications of two types of religious orientation—“dwelling” and “seeking” older women's responses to the experience of widowhood and to the question of whether their religious beliefs were affected by the experience how social context influences our decisions and our interpretations of people's religious beliefs behaviors and experiences the ways that people caring for a spouse with dementia rely on religious coping a model that delineates three different ways people relate to God in coping—and a study that asks whether these types of coping produce different outcomes for caregivers how people adjust to bereavement as a function of their beliefs about an afterlife Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880839

New Directions in the Study of Policy Transfer Policy transfer analysis seeks to make sense of the cross-cultural transfer of knowledge about institutions policies or delivery systems in an era of globalization. The purpose of this volume is to evaluate how useful policy transfer analysis is as a descriptive explanatory and prescriptive theory of policy change. It provides both a response to its critics and it presents a variety of new directions for studying processes of policy transfer. The chapters proceed from an underlying assumption about the field of enquiry; that policy transfer analysis alone cannot provide a general explanatory theory of policy change but when combined with other approaches an empirically grounded account of policy change can be developed. Hence each of the chapters adopt a methodological pluralism in which complementary theories of policy development are combined in order to develop a theory of policy change that accounts for the role of particular agents of policy transfer in forging policy change. This is an important contribution to our understanding of the impact of globalization on domestic policy formulation. This book was previously published as a special issue of Policy Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977068

New Directions in Urban Public Housing Public housing is at a crossroads buffeted by demographic economic and political winds. Privatization rehabilitation demolition rent certificates and vouchers tenant management tenant ownership resident empowerment: these are just some of the current and proposed policy initiatives that could change the face of urban public housing.In this book the nation's foremost housing policy experts explore the problems and identify solutions that will define the future of this essential housing sector. The contributors review the origins of public housing policy probe the current policy climate and anticipate new directions. Chapters are illustrated with case studies from Boston Chicago Decatur Indianapolis San Francisco and Seattle as well as the United Kingdom.The book contains sections addressing: historical perspectives social issues design issues comprehensive approaches to public housing revitalization and future directions. The contributors include: Alexander von Hoffman Peter Marcuse William Petersen Leonard F. Heumann Karen A. Franck David M. Schnee Gayle Epp Lawrence J. Vale Richard Best Mary K. Nenno Irving Welfeld and James G. Stockard Jr. This book should be read by all city planners housing officials and government personnel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528802

New Directions in Vocational Education Originally published in 1989 it was thought that one effective way out of the unemployment problem facing many young people in Britain at the time was to ensure that vocational courses in further education had a close ‘fit’ with the needs of industry and commerce. People involved in further education were therefore making tremendous efforts to develop appropriate forms of learning and assessment and to achieve effective communication between college and employers. The contributors to this book provide a clear assessment of directions in further education and an overview of the key changes and developments taking place at the time. Many of the changes and developments discussed profoundly altered the nature and structure of educational provision for the 16-19 age-group and mature students returning to learning. Topics explored are some of the more important issues challenging FE at the time: facilitating learning; assessment and profiling; course evaluation; the Open Colleges movement; the Review of Vocational Qualifications; ethnic minorities and FE provision; open learning strategies. Each chapter is written by an experienced teacher actively involved in formulating and putting into practice many of the new ideas being developed within further education at the time. The book will still be of interest to people working in further education adult education and continuing education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332280

New Directions in Wireless Communications SystemsFrom Mobile to 5G Beyond 2020 wireless communication systems will have to support more than 1 000 times the traffic volume of today's systems. This extremely high traffic load is a major issue faced by 5G designers and researchers. This challenge will be met by a combination of parallel techniques that will use more spectrum more flexibly realize higher spectral efficiency and densify cells. Novel techniques and paradigms must be developed to meet these goals. The book addresses diverse key-point issues of next-generation wireless communications systems and identifies promising solutions. The book's core is concentrated to techniques and methods belonging to what is generally called radio access network. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572877

New Directions of Modern Cryptography Modern cryptography has evolved dramatically since the 1970s. With the rise of new network architectures and services the field encompasses much more than traditional communication where each side is of a single user. It also covers emerging communication where at least one side is of multiple users. New Directions of Modern Cryptography presents general principles and application paradigms critical to the future of this field.The study of cryptography is motivated by and driven forward by security requirements. All the new directions of modern cryptography including proxy re-cryptography attribute-based cryptography batch cryptography and noncommutative cryptography have arisen from these requirements. Focusing on these four kinds of cryptography this volume presents the fundamental definitions precise assumptions and rigorous security proofs of cryptographic primitives and related protocols. It also describes how they originated from security requirements and how they are applied.The book provides vivid demonstrations of how modern cryptographic techniques can be used to solve security problems. The applications cover wired and wireless communication networks satellite communication networks multicast/broadcast and TV networks and newly emerging networks. It also describes some open problems that challenge the new directions of modern cryptography.This volume is an essential resource for cryptographers and practitioners of network security security researchers and engineers and those responsible for designing and developing secure network systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466501386

New Discoveries in Child PsychotherapyFindings from Qualitative Research New Discoveries in Child Psychotherapy presents eleven new contributions to child psychoanalytic research most of them based on the experience of the clinical consulting room. Each chapter is the work of an experienced child psychotherapist or child analyst vivid in their description of the children and families they encountered. Their understanding of the "inner worlds" of patients and the clinical consulting room is clearly evidenced in their analysis of clinical presentations. The chapters are the result of the psychoanalytic clinical and observational practices of their authors allied to their use of rigorous qualitative research methods in particular Grounded Theory and interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA). They describe developments of child psychoanalytic knowledge in several fields including autism psychotherapy with severely deprived children and the study of early infancy. They demonstrate advances in child psychoanalytic theories and methods and the development of new forms of clinical service provision. Contested issues in psychoanalytic research are thoroughly evaluated showing how it can be made more accountable and rigorous through the adaptation of established qualitative research methods to the study of unconscious mental phenomena. New Discoveries in Child Psychotherapy will be an essential text in the field of child psychoanalysis and will be highly useful in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis training courses and for psychoanalytic researchers as well as for practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244101

New Donors on the Postcolonial CrossroadsEastern Europe and Western Aid After the collapse of the Soviet Union Eastern European countries were said to be playing catch up with the West and in the field of development cooperation they were classified as 'new donors.' This book aims to problematize this distinction between old and new development donors applying an East–West dimension to global Orientalism discourse. The book uses a novel double postcolonial perspective examining North–South relations and East–West relations simultaneously and problematizing these distinctions. In particular the book deploys an empirical analysis of a 'new' Eastern European donor (Slovakia) compared with an 'old' donor (Austria) in order to explore questions around hierarchization depoliticization and the legitimization of development. This book's innovative approach to the East–West dimension of global Orientalism will be of interest to researchers in postcolonial studies Eastern European studies and critical development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391895

New DramaturgiesStrategies and Exercises for 21st Century Playwriting In New Dramaturgies: Strategies and Exercises for 21st Century Playwriting Mark Bly offers a new playwriting book with nine unique play-generating exercises. These exercises offer dramaturgical strategies and tools for confronting and overcoming obstacles that all playwrights face. Each of the chapters features lively commentary and participation from Bly’s former students. They are now acclaimed writers and producers for media such as House of Cards Weeds Friday Night Lights Warrior and The Affair and their plays appear onstage in major venues such as the Roundabout Theatre Yale Rep and the Royal National Theatre. They share thoughts about their original response to an exercise and why it continues to have a major impact on their writing and mentoring today. Each chapter concludes with their original inventive and provocative scene generated in response to Bly’s exercise providing a vivid real-life example of what the exercises can create. Suitable for both students of playwriting and screenwriting as well as professionals in the field New Dramaturgies gives readers a rare combination of practical provocation and creative discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240858

New Drug Approval Process The thoroughly revised Fifth Edition of New Drug Approval Process supplies readers with the latest global changes that affect pharmaceutical product approval and influence how new products are researched and marketed.Updated chapters include:advances in international regulatory requirements including ICH guidelines and harmonizationa step-by-step Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429137600

New Drugs on the StreetChanging Inner City Patterns of Illicit Consumption Learn the public health implications of shifting drug-related risks among the inner city poorInner city drug use behavior shifts and changes leaving past drug treatment programs drug prevention efforts health care provisions for drug users and social service practice unprepared to effectively respond. New Drugs on the Street: Changing Inner City Patterns of Illicit Consumption tackles this problem by presenting the latest ethnographic and epidemiological studies of emerging and changing drug use behaviors in the inner city. This one-of-a-kind resource provides the latest research to help readers reconceptualize ways to think about today’s drug use to more effectively address the growing problem.Unless public health and social service professionals keep in step with the shifting patterns of drug behaviors drug use epidemics will inevitably unfold. New Drugs on the Street reveals the latest drug use practices of the poor in the inner city with a concentration on the research in African-American and Latino populations. Each chapter gives an in-depth look at the use of various psychotropic drugs most recently gaining popularity along with the surprising reemergence of PCP. The rampant use of ecstasy in the rave scene is explored along with the effects of its heavy use its after-effects the likelihood of poly-drug mixing and dangerous sex risk behaviors. Urban youth drug networking is examined in detail. The alarming use of embalming fluid mixtures is discussed along with the disturbing public health implications of its use. The illicit use of narcotics analgesics (NA) like Vicodin and other pain killers is also explored including the unclear association between NA use and Hepatitis C. A final chapter presents the latest information on Haitian youth and young adults in Miami Florida with ethnographic background to illustrate the reasons for drug use in this and other ethnic minorities. This valuable source is extensively referenced and includes several helpful tables to clarify research data.New Drugs on the Street examines: ecstasy diverted pharmaceutical painkillers PCP embalming fluid narcotics analgesics (NA) drug use dynamics the changing street drug scene new drug combinations new drug-involved populationsNew Drugs on the Street reveals the nature and direction of the latest drug use and is essential reading for health professionals in the health social sciences public health nursing and substance abuse fields that deal with low income ethnic minority and inner city populations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864433

New Dubliners Ils 172 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863650

New Dynamics in Cross-Taiwan Strait RelationsHow Far Can the Rapprochement Go? Relations between mainland China and Taiwan have improved markedly in recent years giving rise to the key question How far can the current rapprochement go? This book focuses on how mainland China-Taiwan relations are likely to develop in future. It considers economic relations including the many recent trade agreements the political sphere where there has been little progress the impact of increasing personal social contacts and the role of international actors especially the United States. The book concludes by arguing that the present "circulatory dialogue" is likely to continue without a transformative breakthrough. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950405

New Dynamics in Female Migration and Integration This book explores the dynamic interplay between cross-national and cross-cultural patterns of female migration integration and social change by focusing on the specific case of Belgium. It provides insight into the dynamic interplay between gender and migration and especially contributes to the knowledge of how migration changes gender relations in Belgium as well as in the regions of origin. To this end an analytical model for conducting gender-sensitive migration research is developed out of an initial theory-driven conceptual model. Employing a transversal approach the researchers reveal similarities and differences across national backgrounds disclosing the underlying more "universal" gender dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599386

New Dynamics in Old AgeIndividual Environmental and Societal Perspectives This book was nurtured by the belief that the new dynamics of today's and tomorrow's aging has not yet been treated well in the gerontology literature. Several questions drove the choice of substance for the book: What kind of new dynamics of aging deserves consideration? What kinds of theories and fields are at the core of treating such a new dynamics? And what kind of empirical evidence should be considered? The master hypothesis on which the book is based maintains that the new dynamics of old age is best observed in a range of everyday aging contexts that have been undergoing major change since the second half of the 20th century. In particular five areas of new and persistent dynamics are treated in depth: the social environment with a focus on cohort effects in social relations and the consideration of family relations and elders as care redelivers; the home environment with emphasis on housing and quality of life relocation and urban aging issues; the outdoor environment with consideration of out-of-home activity patterns car-driving behaviour and the leisure world of aging; the technological environment with treatments of the role of the Internet and the potential of technology for aging outcomes and; and the societal environment with a focus on global aging the new politics of old age and older persons as market consumers. The book's main purpose is to provide the scholarly gerontology community with a comprehensive and critical discussion of these new trends related to old age. The book will be of interest for the scholarly community of gerontology in a variety of disciplines; sociology psychology demography epidemiology humanities social policy and geriatrics; students in gerontology education and in the disciplines named above who have an interest in aging issues (graduate level); professionals in practical and applied fields related to aging such as community and urban planners health and care providers and policymakers; people involved in senior citizens' organizations and those in industry who wish to serve older people with new products. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784627

New Dynamics in US-China RelationsContending for the Asia Pacific Washington’s strategic pivot to Asia and Beijing’s pursuit of new strategic and security interests in the region have led to increasing tensions between the two powers. US leaders have stressed that their increased interest in Asia is driven by a desire to benefit from the thriving regional economies as well as to play the leading role in maintaining peace and stability in the region. However Beijing is particularly concerned about US efforts to consolidate its alliances and deepen security partnerships with a number of regional states. Given the centrality of the two powers to the strategic stability and economic development of the region these new dynamics in US-China relations must be properly understood and appropriately handled. This book examines the growing Sino-US strategic rivalry in the Asia-Pacific alongside the strategies employed in the management of this relationship. In turn it illuminates the sources of conflict and cooperation in US-China relations looking specifically at maritime disputes economic relations energy security non-traditional security defence and strategic forces and Taiwan. Finally it explores the role of regional states in shaping US-China relations and in doing so covers the influence of Japan India the Korean Peninsula the Philippines Vietnam Myanmar and Cambodia. With chapters from leading scholars and analysts this book deals with a diverse range of issues including strategic rivalry expanding regional trade relations non-traditional security issues the role of energy security maritime security and how Asian states view their relations with the US and China respectively. New Dynamics in US-China Relations will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Asian politics US politics international relation and security studies as well as practitioners involved in framing and implementing foreign security and economic policy pertaining to the Asia Pacific. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379299

New East Asian Economic Development: The Interaction of Capitalism and SocialismThe Interaction of Capitalism and Socialism This text documents the economic development of East Asian countries in order to highlight the beneficial techniques used to increase growth. Socialist and capitalist structures are discussed complete with an analysis of the future extent of interaction between East Asian countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484891

New Economic Spaces in Asian CitiesFrom Industrial Restructuring to the Cultural Turn The East and Southeast Asia region constitutes the world’s most compelling theatre of accelerated globalization and industrial restructuring. Following a spectacular realization of the ‘industrialization paradigm’ and a period of services-led growth the early twenty-first century economic landscape among leading Asian states now comprises a burgeoning ‘New Economy’ spectrum of the most advanced industrial trajectories including finance the knowledge economy and the ‘new cultural economy’. In an agenda-setting volume New Economic Spaces in Asian Cities draws on stimulating research conducted by a new generation of urban scholars to generate critical analysis and theoretical insights on the New Economy phenomenon within Asia. New industry formation and the transformation of older economic practices constitute instruments of development as well as signifiers of larger processes of change expressed in the reproduction of space in the city. Asia’s major cities become the key staging areas for the New Economy driven by the growing wealth of an urban middle and professional class higher education institutions city-based inter-regional movements and urban mega-projects. New Economic Spaces in Asian Cites animates this New Economy discourse by means of vibrant storylines of instructive cities and sites including cases studies situated in cities such as Tokyo Seoul Shanghai Beijing Shenzhen and Singapore. Theoretical and normative issues associated with the emergence of the new cultural economy are the subject of the book’s context-setting chapters and each case study presents an evocative narrative of development interdependencies and exemplary outcomes on the ground. New Economic Spaces in Asian Cities offers a vivid contribution to our understanding of the ongoing transformation of Asia’s urban system including the critical intersections of global and local-regional dynamics in processes of new industry formation and the relayering of space in the Asian metropolis. The synthesis of empirical profiles normative insights and theoretical reference points enhances the book’s interest for scholars and students in fields of Asian studies urban and cultural studies and urban and economic geography as well as for policy specialists and urban/community planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118416

New Economic Spaces: New Economic Geographies As a core volume in the Dynamics of Economic Space series contributors from North America Australasia Europe and the Middle East each address the constitutive processes of new economic and institutional spaces and the theoretical methodological and policy-engaging practices of emerging economic geographies. Together they provide a timely and important overview of the current debates about the geographies of economic change. As national and regional economies change rapidly so the frameworks concepts and methods used to describe and analyse those processes also need to evolve. This volume puts forward a comprehensive analysis of a range of different and innovative means currently available through which to view regional economic activities and interactions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390657

New Empirical Perspectives on Translation and Interpreting Drawing on work from both eminent and emerging scholars in translation and interpreting studies this collection offers a critical reflection on current methodological practices in these fields toward strengthening the theoretical and empirical ties between them. Methodological and technological advances have pushed these respective areas of study forward in the last few decades but advanced tools such as eye tracking and keystroke logging and insights from their use have often remained in isolation and not shared across disciplines. This volume explores empirical and theoretical challenges across these areas and the subsequent methodologies implemented to address them and how they might be mutually applied across translation and interpreting studies but also brought together toward a coherent empirical theory of translation and interpreting studies. Organized around three key themes—target-text orientedness source-text orientedness and translator/interpreter-orientedness—the book takes stock of both studies of translation and interpreting corpora and processes in an effort to answer such key questions including: how do written translation and interpreting relate to each other? How do technological advances in these fields shape process and product? What would an empirical theory of translation and interpreting studies look like? Taken together the collection showcases the possibilities of further dialogue around methodological practices in translation and interpreting studies and will be of interest to students and scholars in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141257

New Employee Orientation Training The Trainer‘s Workshop Series is designed to be a practical hands-on roadmap to help you quickly develop training in key business areas. Each book in the series offers all the exercises handouts assessments structured experiences and ready-to-use presentations needed to develop effective training sessions. In addition to easy-to-use icons each book in the series includes a companion CD-ROM with PowerPoint presentations and electronic copies of all supporting material featured in the book.New Employee Orientation Training helps you design new employee orientation programmes at the organizational and department level. This guide will help make the process much easier and help you solve the most common challenges you are likely to face. Contains exercises handouts assessments and tools to help you: rapidly build a customised new employee orientation programme create both organisation-wide and department-level training become a more effective and efficient facilitator ensure training is on target and gets results This book gives you just what you need to make the most of your company‘s new employee orientation programme. If you want to get your employees off to a good start and attract and retain stellar performers then this is the book to buy.William J. Rothwell Professor of HRD Penn State UniversityKaren Lawson is an international consultant author and executive coach. She has extensive consulting and workshop experience in the areas of management team development communication and quality service across a wide range of industries including financial services pharmaceutical chemical manufacturing health care and government.Other books in this series: Leadership Training Customer Service Training New Supervisor Training Leading Change Training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433540

New Enterprises (Routledge Revivals)A Start-Up Case Book A constant growth of new small firms is an important part of a healthy economy yet little is known about the factors which determine success or failure in a small business. Success is concerned not only with the development of a product and its market but more importantly with the individual behind it. There are very few completely new ideas or products to guarantee success; therefore the person seeking to start their own business must assemble customers and resources themselves before they start trading. The cases outlined here are all based on actual experience and explore the issues and problems facing would-be entrepreneurs. They offer step-by-step advice on the processes involved in starting a small business and demonstrate the wide range of business opportunities available. First published in 1982 this is a detailed and practical guide particularly applicable to those who find the idea of establishing a small business of their own appealing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702799

New Environmental Policy Instruments in the European UnionPolitics Economics and the Implementation of the Packaging Waste Directive The use of legislation by EU governments to define environmental standards for industry has been criticised for its poor track record in arresting the decline in the quality of Europe's environment. Environmental economists in particular have proposed that legislation should be supplemented or replaced by New Environmental Policy Instruments (NEPIs) such as eco-taxes environmental charges tradable permits and voluntary agreements. This book focuses on practical experiences with NEPIs in the EU and tests their application using the case study of the Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive. It traces the ways in which member states have adapted NEPIs to suit their preferred styles of environmental policy then assesses their performance and how NEPIs have both assisted and hindered the EU environmental programme. It suggests options for ensuring that the environmental programme does not become fragmented by the use of NEPIs and discusses the implications of EU enlargement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273009

New Environments for Working Intellinet HDMI Inline Coupler - Modular insert (coupling) - HDMI - white The workplace is changing radically yet the building designs and environmental systems for conventional offices fail to support the more fluid use of space and time practised by these new kinds of office work. Prepared by the team who wrote The Responsible Workplace in 1992 this book is based on a major research project undertaken by DEGW and the BRE. It identifies the key organizational changes patterns of work work settings and types of space layouts and it will help specifiers and users of environmental systems understand what products will be suitable for innovative ways of office working. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138159785

New Era - New ReligionsReligious Transformation in Contemporary Brazil New Era - New Religions examines new forms of religion in Brazil. The largest and most vibrant country in Latin America Brazil is home to some of the world's fastest growing religious movements and has enthusiastically greeted home-grown new religions and imported spiritual movements and new age organizations. In Brazil and beyond these novel religious phenomena are reshaping contemporary understandings of religion and what it means to be religious. To better understand the changing face of twenty-first-century religion New Era - New Religions situates the rise of new era religiosity within the broader context of late-modern society and its ongoing transformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315597959

New Era in BankingThe Landscape After the Battle The financial crisis that began in 2007 triggered a break with banking practices of the past. Even as the crisis occurred a broader set of economic geopolitical and technological forces were already reshaping the financial industry's transition from the twentieth to the twenty-first century. While these changes in the financial and global climate have led to a major overhaul of banking regulations and increased scrutiny of banks they have also revealed opportunities for the development of a banking sector fit for the future.  A New Era in Banking: The Landscape After the Battle identifies the main drivers of change at the heart of this wholesale transformation of the financial services industry. It examines the complex challenge for financial institutions to de-risk business models reconnect with customers and approach stakeholder value creation. Untangling the severe mutations that have taken place in the banking sector A New Era in Banking contextualizes these changes within larger trends that extend beyond the confines of the financial crisis. Banks are more vulnerable than ever to the crosscurrents of economic demographic regulatory and technological change. However by discussing how banks can operate as flexible technology-enabled information businesses A New Era in Banking advocates financial practices based not only on survival but innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561615

New Ergonomics PerspectiveSelected papers of the 10th Pan-Pacific Conference on Ergonomics Tokyo Japan 25-28 August 2014 New Ergonomics Perspective represents a selection of the papers presented at the 10th Pan-Pacifi c Conference on Ergonomics (PPCOE) held in Tokyo Japan August 25-28 2014.The first Pan-Pacific Conference on Occupational Ergonomics was held in 1990 at the University of Occupational and Environmental Health Japan. The main theme of the PPCOE 1990 was “Searching for Solutions to Occupational Problems.” The successful meetings have taken place in 1990 (Kitakyushu Japan) 1992 (Wuhan China) 1994 (Seoul Korea) 1996 (Taipei Taiwan) 1998 (Kitakyushu Japan) 2001 (Beijing China) 2004 (Cairns Australia) 2007 (Bangkok Thailand) and 2010 (Kaohsiung Taiwan). After two decades of collective endeavors the conferences have established globally recognized excellence in scientific and professional contributions.Now PPCOE activities are entering a new stage after a quarter century of history. Fortunately participants of the PPCOE Final in Tokyo are eager to take a first step on the road to its rebirth: the establishment of a new mature PPCOE.PPCOE pursues ergonomics as a practical science covering a broad spectrum of up-to-date and comprehensive ergonomics issues. This book was organized into six thematic chapters including Aging and Occupational Safety Workplace Ergonomics Occupational Ergonomics Healthcare and Special Populations Human Computer Interaction and Current Issues and Ergonomics Approach. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738587

New Essays in Technical and Scientific CommunicationResearch Theory Practice New Essays in Technical and Scientific Communication represents the most important collection of writings about technical communications ever compiled. Focusing on a wide range of theoretical and practical issues these essays reflect the rigor vitality and interdisciplinary nature of modern technical communications. This represents a collection of the very best scholarly work being done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786089

New Essays in the Philosophy of Education (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 13) The contributors to this collection of essays offer a stimulating and varied range of approaches to this developing area. The volume includes discussions on the concept of education and such related topics as indoctrination and the nature and scope of the theory of education. Aspects of education including the field of moral education and issues which are reflected prominently in the curricula of such subjects as Mathematics and Science in schools and colleges are considered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655736

New Essays on Maria Edgeworth Devoted to the varied writings of the influential novelist children's author and educator this collection situates Edgeworth's writing in the context of her life and times. Combining postcolonial historical and gender criticism the contributors offer fresh readings of Edgeworth's novels stories letters and educational texts including Belinda Moral Tales Practical Education Helen and The Absentee. Throughout her work Edgeworth confronts a world whose values while grounded in tradition and supported by slavery and colonial domination are being challenged and ultimately changed in surprising ways by women peasants servants and other voices from the margins. In discussing Edgeworth and her writing the contributors also offer innovative perspectives on the novel and other central issues of eighteenth- and nineteenth-century literature. The collection will be invaluable to established scholars working in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century literature women's studies and children's literature as well as to students encountering Edgeworth for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138619975

New Essays on Pareto’s Economic Theory Pareto's Manual of Political Economy first published in 1905 introduced the analytical approach which has characterised a significant part of twentieth century economic theory. In particular the Manual examined the ordinal representation of the individual choice the issue of the general economic equilibrium and the Pareto optimality criterion for evaluating economic efficiency. The Manual also contained analyses of production non-linear prices non-competitive markets and the competition process which have not yet been fully developed in modern mainstream economics. Based on Pareto’s groundbreaking ‘Manuale di Economia Politica’ this edited collection brings together a selection of essays from some of the most authoritative scholars of Pareto who discuss the relevance of Pareto’s economics in the context of the present theoretical debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805019

New Essays on Plato and Aristotle (RLE: Plato) What can the study of the history of ancient philosophy bring to the study of contemporary philosophical problems and questions? In New Essays on Plato and Aristotle eight distinguished philosophers address topics in Greek philosophy that are connected with current philosophical issues. All the essays are original and include Gilbert Ryle on Dialectic in the Academy and R. M. Hare on Plato’s indictment of mathematicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627313

New Essays on the Nature of Propositions These are exciting times for philosophical theorizing about propositions with the last 15 years seeing the development of new approaches and the emergence of new theorists. Propositions have been invoked to explain thought and cognition the nature and attribution of mental states language and communication and in philosophical treatments of truth necessity and possibility. According to Frege and Russell and their followers propositions are structured mind- and language-independent abstract objects which have essential and intrinsic truth-conditions. Some recent theorizing doubts whether propositions really exist and if they do asks how we can grasp entertain and know them? But most of the doubt concerns whether the abstract approach to propositions can really explain them. Are propositions really structured and if so where does their structure come from? How does this structure form a unity and does it need to? Are the representational and structural properties of propositions really independent of those of thinking and language? What does it mean to say that an object occurs in or is a constituent of a proposition? The volume takes up these and other questions both as they apply to the abstract object approach and also to the more recently developed approaches. While the volume as a whole does not definitively and unequivocally reject the abstract objection approach for the most part the papers explore new critical and constructive directions. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Canadian Journal of Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082960

New Essays on Thomas Reid Thomas Reid (1710-96) was a contemporary of both David Hume and Immanuel Kant and a central figure in the Scottish School of Common Sense. Until recently his work has been largely neglected and often misunderstood. Like Kant Reid cited Hume’s Treatise as the main spur to his own philosophical work. In Reid’s case this led him to challenge ‘the theory of ideas’ which he saw as the cornerstone of Hume’s (and many other philosophers’) theories. For those familiar with Reid’s work it is clear that its significance extends well beyond his challenging the theory of ideas. The variety of topics which this book covers attests to the richness and variety of Reid’s philosophical contributions and the persisting relevance of his work to contemporary philosophical debates. The work included in this book by leading figures in Reid scholarship deals with aspects of Reid’s views on topics ranging from perception to epistemology to ethics and meta-ethics through to language mind and metaphysics. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Canadian Journal of Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082885

New Ethnicities And Urban CultureSocial Identity And Racism In The Lives Of Young People Engaging exploration of race and youth culture which examines the development of new identities ethnicities and forms of racism. This text analyzes the relationship between racism community and adolescent social identities in the African and South Asian diasporas.; This book is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students on courses in race and ethnicity urban sociology cultural studies and social anthropology. It will also have some appeal within social policy and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138445

New Europe New Germany Old Foreign Policy?German Foreign Policy Since Unification This work examines the extent to which German foreign policy and European policy has changed since German unification. Despite significant changes on specific issues most notably on the deployment of military force outside of the NATO area there is greater continuity than change in post-unification German policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038889

New European Identity and Citizenship This title was first published in 2002. This study undertaken with the support of the Ford Foundation under the scientific leadership of Khadija Mohsen-Finan Remy Leveau and Catherine Wihtol de Wenden considers the new forms of citizenship and identity that have emerged within the settlements of immigrant populations in various countries in Europe. Through their claims to citizenship shifting religious identities and by occupying the high ground both locally and at European level these communities challenge long standing citizenship models and give full meaning to the concepts of supranational European citizenship. The contributors question whether such European citizenship will include all residents of Europe or whether it will serve to increase the exclusion felt by certain groups of migrants. In particular the contributors examine the implications of three emerging citizenship trends - the impact of the demand for Islam; the emergence of undocumented migrants and their inclusion in an increasingly stratified society; and finally the rising tide of ordinary or political refugees who are challenging European citizenship on their own terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717862

New EuropeImagined Spaces New Europe: Imagined Spaces traces the radical transformation of European places and spaces over the last two decades. Instead of the familiar 'schoolbook' map of a Europe of nation-states the book unpacks the differing imaginations of European identity in recent years. Taking as its central problem the fluid nature of cultural and political identity it moves firmly away from - and calls into question - the perspective of the nation-state as the primary source of imagined identity for Europeans.The book contributes to key debates such as the emerging Europe of the Regions and the return of the city-state examines the 'rebranding' of the nation-state and explores the impact of 'Europeanisation' on existing place identity. Emphasising mobility and movement the chapters explore borderlands and travel and also include a detailed discussion of the 'everyday life' of Europeans. Throughout iconic images of contemporary Europe are invoked: Eurodisney the Reichstag Barcelona's Ramblas and the Bilbao Guggenheim and the way in which mundane artefacts and practices such as football walking cars food passports and the Euro help construct identity is considered. New Europe: Imagined Spaces adopts a multidisciplinary approach to studying Europe providing students with an exploration of contemporary European space and place identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178465

New Europe's New Development Aid This book examines the international development policies of five East Central European new EU member states the Czech Republic Hungary Poland Slovakia and Slovenia. These countries turned from being aid recipients to donors after the turn of the millennium in the run-up to EU accession in 2004. The book explains the evolution subsequent to EU accession and current state of foreign aid policies in the region and the reasons why these deviate from many of the internationally agreed best practices in development cooperation. It argues that after the turn of the millennium a 'Global Consensus' has emerged on how to make foreign aid more effective for development. A comparison between the elements of the Global Consensus and the performance of the five countries reveals that while they have generally implemented little of these recommendations there are also emerging differences between the countries with the Czech Republic and Slovenia clearly aspiring to become globally responsible donors. Building on the literatures on foreign policy analysis international socialization and interest group influence the book develops a model of foreign aid policy making in order to explain the general reluctance of the five countries in implementing international best practices and also the differences in their relative performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079168

New Evolutionary Social ScienceHuman Nature Social Behavior and Social Change Social scientists have long declared their autonomy from the natural sciences and in doing so have tended to neglect important biological constraints on human nature. Many sociological theories have suggested a nearly complete malleability of patterns of social life. The New Evolutionary Social Science challenges this view by building on Stephen K. Sanderson's 'Darwinian conflict theory' which sets out to synthesise sociological theories with key findings from biology into an overarching scientific paradigm. Configuring and expanding this groundbreaking theory the contributors to this volume are well-known European and American experts in evolutionary science. The New Evolutionary Social Science develops a new basis for understanding social change and the world's future through a better integration of the natural and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594513978

New Facets of Economic Complexity in Modern Financial Markets The book is motivated by the disruptions introduced by the financial crisis and the many attempts that have followed to propose new ideas and remedies. Assembling contributions by authors from a variety of backgrounds this collection illustrates the potentials resulting from the marriage of financial economics complexity theory and an out-of-equilibrium view of the economic world. Challenging the traditional hypotheses that lie behind financial market functioning new evidence is provided about the hidden factors fuelling bubbles the impact of agents’ heterogeneity the importance of endogeneity in the information transmission mechanism the dynamics of herding the sources of volatility the portfolio optimization techniques the financial innovation and the trend identification in a nonlinear time-series framework.Presenting the advances made in financial market analysis and putting emphasis on nonlinear dynamics this book suggests interdisciplinary methodologies for the study of well-known stylised facts and financial abnormalities. This book was originally published as a special issue of The European Journal of Finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671099

New Farmers' Movements in India The essays in this collection focus on the reasons for and background to the emergence during the 1980s of the new farmers' movements in India. In addition to a more general consideration of the economic political and theoretical dimensions of this development there are case studies which cover the farmer's movements in Maharashtra Uttar Pradesh Punjab and Karnataka. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036137

New Feminisms in South Asian Social Media Film and LiteratureDisrupting the Discourse This book is a study of the resurgence and re-imagination of feminist discourse on gender and sexuality in South Asia as told through its cinematic literary and social media narratives. It brings incisive and expert analyses of emerging disruptive articulations that represent an unprecedented surge of feminist response to the culture of sexual violence in South Asia. Here scholars across disciplines and international borders chronicle the expressions of a disruptive feminist solidarity in contemporary South Asia. They offer critical investigations of these newly complicated discourses across narrative forms – hashtag activism on Facebook and Twitter the writings of diasporic writers such as Jhumpa Lahiri Bollywood films like Mardaani feminist Dalit narratives in the fiction of Bama Faustina social media activism against rape culture journalistic and cinematic articulations on queer rights state censorship of "India’s Daughter" and feminist film activism in Bangladesh Kashmir Nepal and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878412

New Feminist DiscoursesCritical Essays on Theories and Texts This collection of new feminist essays represents the work of young critics researching and teaching in British Universities. Aiming to set the agenda for feminist criticism in the nineties the essays debate themes crucial to the development of feminist thought: among them the problems of gendered knowledge and the implications of accounts of gendered language cultural restraints on the representation of sexuality women’s agency cultural and political change a feminist aesthetics and new readings of race and class. This variety is given coherence by a unity of aim – to forge new feminist discourses by addressing conceptual and cultural questions central to problems of gender and sexual difference. The topics of discussion range from matrilinear thought to seventeenth-century prophecy; the poetry of Amelia Lanyer to Julia Margaret Cameron’s photographs; from Dorothy Richardson and Virginia Woolf to eighteenth-century colonial painting of the South Pacific; from medieval romance to feminist epistemology. The essays utilise and question the disciplines of literary criticism art history photography psychoanalysis Marxist history and post-structuralist theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752275

New Feminized MajorityHow Democrats Can Change America with Women's Values Building beyond Lakoff's election-year best-seller Don't Think of an Elephant this new book shows how the values of American voters are dramatically shifting. With the arrival of the 2008 election year a rising "feminized majority"-made up of both women and men-is emerging as the pivotal force in American politics. Emerging trends show these values are broadly progressive and address not just the needs of women but the general interests of society. They are held by women substantially more than by men but have become the values held by a majority of all voters including millions of men. Like earlier eras in American history such as the New Deal the rise of the feminized majority today presents an opportunity for the Democrats to become the governing party for decades to come. Looking beyond the 2008 election Adam and Derber describe a new political strategy that targets the feminized base and opens up a window for major social justice movements to make progressive change. Like Lakoff's this striking new book-perfectly timed for election year 2008-offers a new vocabulary for every citizen who wants to understand (and reimagine) American politics. It will intrigue and provoke readers stirring new conversation among progressives and new insights for every citizen interested in politics morality religion values and social justice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633244

New Financial EthicsA Normative Approach Following the internationalisation globalisation and deregulation of the financial market over the last few decades the financial sector has evolved from a servicing industry into an initiating and leading sector in the international industrialised economy. The power of the financial sector including Credit Rating Agencies determines the creditworthiness of companies and countries. Today’s financial sector dominates instead of serving the real economy which puts substantial pres - sure on all the agencies involved not least the banks to make the profits that will drive economic growth. As a result of this pressure moral conduct in the financial sector has been put under severe strain. This book examines the experience of the recent financial crisis and argues that a firmer ethical grounding for the financial sector is required to prevent the crisis being repeated. The book offers a model for making judgements on financial markets institutions and products. The model is built on seven major criteria which are examined in depth: Justice Nature Sustainability Legality Risk and Return the Stakeholder model and Monism. This multidisciplinary approach integrates philosophy economics and law to arrive at a new normative approach to financial ethics. This book is a must-read for finance students at academic levels but also for professionals in the financial sector who can be helped by implementing the model of NFE in solving financial dilemmas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366527

New Financial Strategies for Sustainable BuildingsPractical Guidance for Built Environment Professionals Built environment professionals considering whether to embark on the design and construction or retrofit of a fully ‘sustainable’ or ‘green’ build need to know the financial implications of their decisions. What are their financial options? What are the risks? This book offers practical guidance on how sustainable building projects are financed designed and built. All too often sustainable building is undertaken without proper consideration of the true lifecycle cost risk and financial impact. This book will take the reader on a journey from initial sustainable design through to final completion highlighting the finance options available to them. New Financial Strategies for Sustainable Buildings provides key guidance to a variety of professionals including architects designers contractors construction managers investors and other interested parties whilst providing a useful reference to students on architecture construction management and real estate/surveying courses who need to know about finance construction economics and sustainable development projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068520

New Firms and Regional Development in Europe When originally published in 1986 this book was one of the first to deal solely with the urban and regional incidence and development implications of new firm formation in particular EU countries. It reviews the extent of and reasons for geographical variation in numbers of new firms examines the nature of such firms and assesses the regional impact and policy implications in various EC countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677302

New FirmsAn Economic Perspective This book first published in 1986 is an important contribution to the economic analysis of new firms. It emphasises the importance of analysing the economic inter-relationship between new and established firms. These links are especially relevant in the assessment of the employment effects of formation activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371281

New Food Product DevelopmentFrom Concept to Marketplace Third Edition About the Second Edition:" a clear and thorough understanding of how the industry as a whole competes succeeds and in some instances fails to bring new products to the marketplace. delivers helpful information in a concise organized style bringing together diverse elements of the food industry that are all important for a new product introduc Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429062711

New Forms of OwnershipManagement and Employment Originally published in 1990. Why has the pattern of ownership in British industry changed so dramatically in recent years? This high-level and wide-ranging discussion on the developments of the industrial scene in Britain investigates why such changes have occurred and explores their impact on management and work relations. The contributors consider whether this trend will continue arguing that these changes will have far-reaching consequences for both western and eastern political economies in the twenty-first century. This title will be of interest to students of business economics and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306455

New Forms of ProcurementPPP and Relational Contracting in the 21st Century The last three decades have seen the evolution of Public–Private Partnerships (PPPs) and Relationship Contracting (RC) as alternative procurement approaches to traditional methods of delivering public infrastructure. The potential for growth in these new forms of procurement has led to an on-going debate on the nature of requirements particularly in terms of policy development encouraging private investment and value for money. A key argument for Governments to procure projects using PPPs and RC is that the process delivers better value for all the stakeholders including the community and asset end-users. This wide-ranging study of such crucial procurement issues includes international historical context collaboration and risk management with a focus on sustainable procurement approaches. The international significance of PPPs and RC procurement is reinforced with case study examples from the UK Europe North America South Africa and the Asia-Pacific. It features cutting-edge research from around the world on subjects such as: Reviews and reflection of the PPP approach Project Alliancing Implementation of RC in developing countries Changes in procurement policy Value for money collaboration and stakeholder involvement Growth and emergence of PPPs in Asia Risk management Including contributions from some of the world's most prominent academics and practitioners in this field it is a crucial guide to the strategic choices governments now face for the provision of infrastructure between using ‘public’ or ‘private’ mechanisms or a combination of the two. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001186

New Forms of UrbanizationBeyond the Urban-Rural Dichotomy There is increasing appreciation in the social sciences that context is an important element in understanding social economic cultural political and demographic processes. An important element in context is the type of settlement in which people live and work and so it is vital to be able to categorise people into particular settlements types. This book brings together a leading team of social scientists to present the latest information on urbanization around the world highlighting examples of development patterns that are not adequately captured by the UN's type of reporting systems and drawing attention to other ways of representing current trends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254831

New Found LandsMaps in the History of Exploration First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022628

New Foundations for Asian and Pacific Security The Asian/Pacific area has become a crucial arena of great power rivalry. It is in this region that the interests and ambitions of the United States the Soviet Union Japan and the People's Republic of China most frequently intersect. At least partially in response to these realities new or strengthened alignments or relationships-most of them tentative and not yet fully formed-are developing in the region. Among these developments are the Sino-American and Sino-Japanese rapprochements growing unity within the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and improved relations between ASEAN and China. Whether these developments will serve to ease significantly the heightened uncertainties tensions and strains in the region remains to be seen. For most of the nations of the Asian/Pacific region the post--World War II decades have been a period of significant economic growth and progress toward the development of viable and stable political institutions. As diplomatic interactions have become ever more complex and as trade relations among the various countries have expanded both the economic vitality and the geopolitical importance of the region have gained increasing recognition. Careful consideration of these varied and complex concerns has led a number of observers to conclude that today's interna-tional environment requires greater emphasis on security-related matters in Asia and the Pacific Basin. Acting upon this conviction the National Strategy Information Center and five cooperating organizations co-sponsored a conference on "New Foundations for Asian and Pacific Security" at Pattaya Thailand in December 1979. This book contains the addresses conference papers (some in slightly altered form) and committee reports that constituted the formal substantive aspects of the conference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125237

New Foundations for Knowledge in Educational Administration Policy and PoliticsScience and Sensationalism This book probes the intellectual foundations of scholarly inquiry into educational administration policy and politics. The question of whether and if so how social science theories and methods contribute to an understanding of these issues is hotly debated today. Is there really a scientific basis for evaluating and/or improving educational administration politics and policy? The contributors—all recognized scholars in the fields of educational organization administration policy and politics—tackle the question of epistemology directly addressing anew what rules of scholarly conduct should guide research and practice in the field and how those rules of inquiry should guide the training of scholars and education professionals. The Introduction places the chapters in a common intellectual framework for rebuilding confidence in social science inquiry and of the legitimacy of the university as an arbiter of scientific knowledge claims. New Foundations for Knowledge in Educational Administration Policy and Politics: Science and Sensationalism is directed to research scholars faculty graduate students and policy agency staffers in the fields of educational policy politics and administration; educational evaluation; and educational foundations. It is well suited as a text for graduate courses in these areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053911

New Frontiers for College EducationInternational Perspectives The college sector is facing a growing number of new challenges caused by technological change globalisation and the growth of mass higher education. New Frontiers for College Education considers the impact these changes have had and explores the developing role of college education in countries throughout the world. Whilst analysing the issues associated with providing high quality vocational education and training the book also reflects on the role of colleges in widening access to both further and higher education. Drawing together contributions from leading international academics policymakers and practitioners the book explores common themes across these diverse societies as well as some of the key challenges experienced within individual countries. It considers the distinctive contributions that colleges can make in responding to these challenges through apprenticeships and other types of vocational education and training. Contributors discuss the growing emphasis on creating more integrated systems of tertiary education recognising that colleges and universities are now expected to work more closely together and that these diverse demands can be difficult to reconcile. Providing an authoritative and timely analysis of the changing role of colleges in contemporary society this book will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the areas of further and higher education vocational education and training lifelong learning and skills development. It should also be essential reading for policymakers as well as practitioners working in colleges and other institutions of higher and further education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488918

New Frontiers in Feminist Political Economy This volume brings together the work of outstanding feminist scholars who reflect on the achievements of feminist political economy and the challenges it faces in the 21st century. The volume develops further some key areas of research in feminist political economy – understanding economies as gendered structures and economic crises as crises in social reproduction as well as in finance and production; assessing economic policies through the lens of women’s rights; analysing global transformations in women’s work; making visible the unpaid economy in which care is provided for family and communities and critiquing the ways in which policy makers are addressing ( or failing to address) this unpaid economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539814

New Frontiers in HRD Factors such as globalisation restructuring casualization of employment and the erosion of pension rights have led to massive tensions in contemporary organizations. By exploring the boundaries of the field of Human Resource Development this book asks where is HRD in the middle of all this and presents an innovative and challenging approach to HRD theory and practice.With contributions from a number of leading international scholars the chapters draw upon a range of epistemologies and adopt a critically reflective perspective on the field. The chapters are divided into four sections moving from a critical perspective on the definition and boundaries of the field of HRD through a re-thinking of the human-centred nature of HRD and the organisational context within which HRD takes place to finally perspectives on the future role of HRD in the changing knowledge economy.The book's main conclusion is that HRD remains a contested concept within the more broadly contested field of organisation and management theory. Yet this is neither a drawback nor weakness on the one hand nor an advantage or strength on the other. Both threats and opportunities present themselves for the future growth of HRD as an academic field and as an arena of professional practice Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650441

New Frontiers in Japanese Studies Over the last 70 years Japanese Studies scholarship has gone through several dominant paradigms from ‘demystifying the Japanese’ to analysis of Japanese economic strength to discussion of global interest in Japanese popular culture. This book assesses this literature considering future directions for research into the 2020s and beyond. Shifting the geographical emphasis of Japanese Studies away from the West to the Asia-Pacific region this book identifies topic areas in which research focusing on Japan will play an important role in global debates in the coming years. This includes the evolution of area studies coping with aging populations the various patterns of migration and environmental breakdown. With chapters from an international team of contributors including significant representation from the Asia-Pacific region this book enacts Yoshio Sugimoto’s notion of ‘cosmopolitan methodology’ to discuss Japan in an interdisciplinary and transnational context and provides overviews of how Japanese Studies is evolving in other Asian countries such as China and Indonesia. New Frontiers in Japanese Studies is a thought-provoking volume and will be of great interest to students and scholars of Japanese and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406806

New Frontiers in Microsimulation Modelling In the past fifteen years microsimulation models have become firmly established as vital tools for analysis of the distributional impact of changes in governmental programmes. Across Europe the US Canada and Australia microsimulation models are used extensively to assess who are the winners and losers from proposed policy reforms; this is now expanding into new frontiers both geographically and in terms of policy areas. With contributions from more than 60 international experts this volume offers a comprehensive introduction to the state of microsimulation internationally illustrating a wide range of new applications and approaches. It will be of relevance to government policy makers social policy planners economists and those concerned with predicting the impact of public policy change and to academics in a variety of disciplines especially social and public policy human geography development studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459038

New Frontiers in Nanochemistry: Concepts Theories and Trends 3-Volume SetVolume 1: Structural Nanochemistry; Volume 2: Topological Nanoch New Frontiers in Nanochemistry: Concepts Theories and Trends 3-Volume Set explains and explores the important fundamental and advanced modern concepts from various areas of nanochemistry and more broadly the nanosciences. This innovative and one-of-a kind set consists of three volumes that focus on structural nanochemistry topological nanochemistry and sustainable nanochemistry respectively collectively forming an explicative handbook in nanochemistry. The compilation provides a rich resource that is both thorough and accessible encompassing the core concepts of multiple areas of nanochemistry. It also explores the content through a trans-disciplinary lens integrating the basic and advanced modern concepts in nanochemistry with various examples applications issues tools algorithms and even historical notes on the important people from physical quantum theoretical mathematical and even biological chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887809

New Frontiers in Nanochemistry: Concepts Theories and TrendsVolume 1: Structural Nanochemistry New Frontiers in Nanochemistry: Concepts Theories and Trends Volume 1: Structural Nanochemistry is the first volume of the new three-volume set that explains and explores the important concepts from various areas within the nanosciences. This first volume focuses on structural nanochemistry and encompasses the general fundamental aspects of nanochemistry while simultaneously incorporating crucial material from other fields in particular mathematic and natural sciences with specific attention to multidisciplinary chemistry. Under the broad expertise of the editor the volume contains 50 concise yet comprehensive entries from world-renowned scholars alphabetically organizing a multitude of essential basic and advanced concepts ranging from algebraic chemistry to new energy technology from the bondonic theory of chemistry to spintronics and from fractal dimension and kinetics to quantum dots and tight binding—and much more. The entries contain definitions short characterizations uses and usefulness limitations references and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887779

New Frontiers in Nanochemistry: Concepts Theories and TrendsVolume 2: Topological Nanochemistry New Frontiers in Nanochemistry: Concepts Theories and Trends Volume 2: Topological Nanochemistry is the second of the new three-volume set that explains and explores the important basic and advanced modern concepts in multidisciplinary chemistry. Under the broad expertise of the editor this second volume explores the rich research areas of nanochemistry with a specific focus on the design and control of nanotechnology by structural and reactive topology. The objective of this particular volume is to emphasize the application of nanochemistry. With 46 entries from eminent international scientists and scholars the content in this volume spans concepts from A-to-Z—from entries on the atom-bond connectivity index to the Zagreb indices from connectivity to vapor phase epitaxy and from fullerenes to topological reactivity—and much more. The definitions within the text are accompanied by brief but comprehensive explicative essays as well as figures tables etc. providing a holistic understanding of the concepts presented.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887786

New Frontiers in Nanochemistry: Concepts Theories and TrendsVolume 3: Sustainable Nanochemistry The final volume of this new innovative and informative three-volume set explains and explores the essential basic and advanced concepts from various areas within the nanosciences. This volume primarily focuses on increasing awareness of sustainable nanochemistry meaning the social and economic impact of nanochemistry in order to mitigate ecological resource depletion and to promote the exploration of nature as a resource for future benefits. This volume adopts a pharmacological lens examining the multitude of ways in which nano-research can contribute to the development of pharmaceutical drugs and paying particular attention to toxicology and renewable energy within nanochemistry. Under the vast expertise of the editor the volume contains 34 entries contributed by renowned international scientists and scholars. The content in this volume covers topics such as anti-HIV agents ecotoxicology solar cells and photovoltaic phenomena spectral-SAR and more—alphabetically organized and accompanied by equations figures and brief letters in order to emphasize the potential applications of the concepts discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887793

New Frontiers in Pediatric Traumatic Brain InjuryAn Evidence Base for Clinical Practice New Frontiers in Pediatric Traumatic Brain Injury provides an evidence base for clinical practice specific to traumatic brain injury (TBI) sustained during childhood with a focus on functional outcomes. It utilizes a biological-psychosocial conceptual framework consistent with the International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health which highlights that biological psychological and social factors all play a role in disease and children’s recovery from acquired brain injury. With its clinical perspective it incorporates current and past research and evidence regarding advances that have occurred in outcomes predictors medical technology and rehabilitation post-TBI. This book is great resource for established and new clinicians and researchers graduate students and postdoctoral fellows who work in the field of pediatric TBI including psychologists neuropsychologists pediatricians and psychiatrists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848726550

New Frontiers in the Internationalization of BusinessesEmpirical Evidence from Indigenous Businesses in Canada New Frontiers in the Internationalization of Businesses: Empirical Evidence from Indigenous Businesses in Canada highlights the impact of international expansion as a potential pathway to address the challenges of poverty and vulnerability and provide relevant new knowledge on the factors that support successful international expansion of Indigenous businesses. This book examines how entrepreneur’s identity and cultural values network ties motivations and resources and capabilities facilitate or hinder the internationalization of Indigenous businesses. This book also investigates the economic and non-economic outcomes of internationalization. Most interestingly this book answers the question of what is so new about the internationalization of Indigenous businesses by comparing this context to mainstream (non-Indigenous) businesses. The book also delves in the phenomena related to home-based businesses service industries and specific ethnic groups. This book has implications for vulnerable populations especially those more than 370 million indigenous people spread across 70 countries worldwide. Studying those Indigenous businesses that decide to pursue international opportunities and how they become successful in international markets is a timely and novel area of research. Understanding this context contributes to current debates in international business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370710

New Frontiers in Urban AnalysisIn Honor of Atsuyuki Okabe Bringing together the world’s leading experts in Urban Analysis this remarkable and critically acclaimed volume applies the theories and models of Atsuyuko Okabe Japan’s preeminent spatial analyst to case studies in urban planning transport administration and public health in the context of the highly advanced Japanese planning system. It includes information that has never appeared in English covering the development of techniques in GIS spatial modeling and methodologies of spatial analysis as they are applied to urban environments. Each of the contributors has worked directly with or studied under Professor Okabe Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385484

New Frontiers in Work and Family Research The purpose of this volume is to showcase alternative theoretical and methodological approaches to work and family research and present methodological alternatives to the widely known shortcomings of current research on work and the family. In the first part of the book contributors consider various theoretical perspectives including: Positive Organizational Psychology System Theory Multi-Level Theoretical Models Dyadic Study Designs The chapters in Part Two consider a number of methodological issues including: key issues pertaining to sampling the role of diary studies Case Cross-over designs Biomarkers and Cross-Domain and Within-Domain Relations. Contributors also elaborate the conceptual and logistical issues involved in incorporating novel measurement approaches. The book will be of essential reading for researchers and students in work and organizational psychology and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721258

New Frontiers of Democratic Participation at Work Title first published in 2003. Contributors from a wide range of European countries illustrate the validity of four propositions about employee participation: that different forms of employee participation mutually reinforce each other; that major shifts in employment relations require innovative approaches to participation; that appropriate conditions (including the provision of training and support) are required for the spread of participation; and that trade unions remain a crucial foundation for the promotion of participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710047

New Frontiers of Democratic Participation at Work Title first published in 2003. Contributors from a wide range of European countries illustrate the validity of four propositions about employee participation: that different forms of employee participation mutually reinforce each other; that major shifts in employment relations require innovative approaches to participation; that appropriate conditions (including the provision of training and support) are required for the spread of participation; and that trade unions remain a crucial foundation for the promotion of participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710016

New Frontiers of Land Control Questions about land control have invigorated thinkers in agrarian studies and economic history since the nineteenth century. ‘Exclusion’ ‘alienation’ ‘expropriation’ ‘dispossession’ and ‘violence’ animate histories of land use property rights and territories. More recently agrarian environments have been transformed by processes of de-agrarianization urbanization migration and new forms of primitive accumulation. Even the classic agrarian question of how the social relations of agriculture will be influenced by capitalism has been reformulated at critical historical moments reviving or producing new debates around the importance of land control. The authors in this volume focus on new frontiers of land control and their active creation. These frontiers are sites where established power relationships are challenged by new enclosures and property regimes producing new social and environmental dynamics in their stead. Contributors examine labor and production processes engaged by new configurations of actors new agrarian and environmental subjects and the networks connecting them and new legal and violent means of challenging established or imminent land controls. Overall we find that land control still matters though in changed degrees and manners. Land control will continue to inspire struggles for a long time. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Peasant Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533133

New Futures for South AsiaCommerce and Connectivity This book is a comprehensive examination of the society polity and economy of South Asian countries and their future trajectories. The chapters included in the volume present key insights into the geopolitical dynamics of the region. New Futures for South Asia: draws on case studies from the region to discuss how democracy has fared in terms of state-society linkages transformational possibilities and the globalization and radicalization of politics; studies possibilities of economic cooperation in South Asia including common currency regional imbalances and aid transport connectivity and electricity consumption; examines the crucial role of SAARC and bilateralism in forging connectivities across the diverse geographies of the region. A major intervention in re-shaping South Asian studies this book will be a great resource for scholars and researchers of security studies strategic affairs international relations development studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367419110

New FuturesChanging Women's Education Originally published in 1985. This book explores issues around education for women and uses the British experience as an example of what adult education in its variety can offer to women in breaking traditional moulds. The text raises questions about where women are where they might be and how education as a whole can be used by women for women. The critique of adult education is both theoretical and useful for practice including many case studies from areas as diverse as the education of minority women setting up of women’s education centres working with childminders and courses at the Open University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040885

New GamesPostmodernism After Contemporary Art Pamela M. Lee’s New Games revisits postmodernism in light of art history's more recent embrace of "the contemporary." What can the theories and practices associated with postmodernism tell us about the obsession with the contemporary in both the academy and the art world? In looking at work by Dara Birnbaum Öyvind Fahlström and Richard Serra among others Lee returns to Jean-Francois Lyotard's canonical text The Postmodern Condition as a means to understand more recent art-critical interests in interactivity collectivism and neo-liberalism. She reads Lyotard's well-known treatment of language games relative to the game theory associated with the Cold War and the rise of the information society. New Games asks readers to think critically about our recent past and the embattled state of our contemporary preoccupations. With a critical introduction by Johanna Burton New Games is the fourth and penultimate volume in Routledge’s series of short books on the theories of modernism by leading art historians on twentieth-century art and art criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415988803

New Generation Draws the LineKosovo East Timor and the "Responsibility to Protect" Today How do we understand the role and ethics of humanitarian intervention in today’s world? This expanded and updated edition is timely as the West weighs intervention in Libyan civil war. Discussions of Libyan intervention involved the international principle of “the right to protect” (R2P).  Chomsky dissects the meaning and uses of this international instrument in a new chapter. Other chapters from the book help readers understand the West’s uses and abuses of “humanitarian intervention ” which is not always what it seems including detailed studies of East Timor and Kosovo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050744

New Generation Formulations of AgrochemicalsCurrent Trends and Future Priorities This important volume provides new research on the design and application of ecologically safe formulations for protecting cultivated crops against pathogen-causing diseases and weeds—that also provide nitrogen fertilizers at the same time. The authors make a significant contribution to the development and agricultural use of environmentally safe and biodegradable new-generation pesticides with targeted and controlled release of active ingredients. They discuss the problems associated with the use and accumulation of xenobiotics in the biosphere and present highlights of modern trends in the design of new-generation formulations. The authors present their original research results on the properties of herbicides fungicides and nitrogen fertilizers deposited in a degradable polymer base and the effectiveness of the use of these formulations in laboratory ecosystems with higher plants infected with fusariosis and weeds. The research provided here provides a new direction for the use of degradable polymers essential for the creation of ecologically safe agricultural technologies and reducing uncontrolled accumulation and spread of xenobiotics in the biosphere.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887496

New Generation of Europium- and Terbium-Activated PhosphorsFrom Syntheses to Applications This book concentrates on the luminescence and structural properties of the new generation of europium and terbium activated phosphors associated phenomena and related topics from basic principles to the most recent discoveries. It summarizes the present state of the art in this rapidly growing field. The authors describe recent developments in the areas of rare earth doped phosphors and of some new materials or well-known materials with improved properties that open up new possibilities. The areas of focus include X-ray phosphors phosphors for light-emitting devices emissive displays and fluorescent lamps. The book comprises theoretical and experimental analysis of various properties of phosphors research methods and preparation techniques and some promising applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310772

New Generation Political Activism in Ukraine2000–2014 Individuals in the post-Communist Ukraine dealt with a political climate of stalled reforms and corruption leading to a mass distrust of many political institutions. This had a demobilizing effect on a citizen’s sense of capacity to effect social change. Therefore the emergence of any individual to become an activist and involved in protest movements was a remarkable feat. So how does an individual become an activist in such a climate? This book explains how socio-cultural experiences shape an individual’s choices to become an activist in the authoritarian space of post-Soviet Ukraine by applying a cultural actor-centred approach using qualitative methods of interviews and ethnography. The goal is to better understand the dynamics of individual decision-making between participants in collective protest actions under repressive conditions from the State using biographical narratives. The book covers multiple discussions with five young activists involved in the three largest protest events since Ukrainian independence in 1991: the Ukraine without Kuchma Movement of 2000–2001 the Orange Revolution of 2004 and the Euromaidan protests of 2014. This is valuable reading for students and researchers interested in political sociology social movements and Ukrainian politics and how these Ukrainian protests can be related to wider European political movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346918

New Generation Vaccines Highlighting the latest activities and initiatives of prominent organizations working in the vaccine industry such as the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation The Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization WHO UNICEF the World Bank New Generation Vaccines Fourth Edition details steps developing countries have taken toward research development manufacture and regulation of several new vaccines for widespread use. This text will: cover the current state-of-the-art techniques in vaccine development – including the successes and the failures trace vaccine development from the bench to public health with regard to both FDA and European Union regulations investigate improved methods for immunizing large populations and the use of needless vaccinations discuss the advancements in the heavily government-funded areas for developing vaccines against potential bioterror and infectious disease agents as well as the immunization of large population bases for diseases like: Anthrax  Smallpox  Ebola  West Nile  SARS  and others Updated throughout with new cutting-edge information on recent breakthroughs and developments. NEW TO GENERATION VACCINES FOURTH EDITION: highlights the latest activities of prominent organizations in the vaccine industry covers the current techniques in vaccine development investigates improved methods for immunizing large populations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113824

New Genetics New Identities What implications are applications of new genetic technologies in biomedicine having on social identity in today’s society? New Genetics New Identities a wide-ranging multi-disciplinary volume in the CESAGen Genetics & Society Book series presents not only theoretical reflection but also empirical case studies drawn from an international array of authors. Including the highly controversial areas of reproductive technologies and use of human embryos in biomedical research other key features include: a fresh analysis of a wide-range of social and political concerns in the development of new social identities examinations of the social implications of identity formation as a result from advances in genetic technologies from a number of perspectives both locally and globally resources of a wide range of social science disciplines to discuss significant sociological anthropological political and ethical issues. This superb collection is an essential informative read for postgraduates and academics in the fields of sociology anthropology and scientific technologies giving a comparative approach to complex issues surrounding the social implications of these advances in a period of rapid social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010468

New Genetics New Social Formations New genetic technologies cut across a range of public regulatory domains and private lifeworlds often appearing to generate an institutional void in response to the complex challenges they pose. As a result a number of new social formations are being developed to legitimate public engagement and avoid the perceived democratic deficit that may result. Papers in this volume discuss a variety of these manifestations in a global context including: genetic data banks committees of inquiry non-governmental organisations (NGOs) national research laboratories. These institutions across both health and agriculture are explored in such diverse locations as Amazonia China Finland Israel the UK and the USA. This volume exhibits a clear thematic coherence around the impact of the new genetics and their associated technologies on new social formations and the case studies included have a significant international focus showing a balance between theoretical and empirical approaches in this rapidly changing field. This innovative new volume will be of interest to postgraduates and professionals in the fields of sociology social anthropology science and technology studies and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759434

New Geographies of Abstract Art in Postwar Latin America This edited volume examines the history of abstract art across Latin America after 1945. This form of art grew in popularity across the Americas in the postwar period often serving to affirm a sense of being modern and the right of Latin America to assume the leading role Europe had played before World War II. Latin American artists practiced gestural and geometric abstraction though the history of art has favored the latter. Recent scholarship for instance has focused on geometric abstraction from Argentina Brazil and Venezuela. The book aims to expand the map and consider this phenomenon as it developed in neglected regions such as Central America and the Andes investigatinghow this style came to stand in for Latin American contemporary art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480766

New Geographies of Global Policy-MakingSouth-South Networks and Rural Development Strategies International institutions and agencies from the Global North are no longer the sole initiators of development norms and best practices. The proliferation of exports and imports of social economic and policy management models have called for a rethinking of South–South relations. To date most studies have focused on the drivers and strategies of international initiatives made by emerging powers; none have analysed the impact of these initiatives on the receiving country’s institutions and on the structures of international organisations. In this book Carolina Milhorance examines the content process and consequences of the internationalisation of Brazil’s rural public policy instruments. Brazil earned wide international recognition in the early 2000s for its agricultural modernisation and social policies; its increasing influence illustrated the specific political interests of coalitions that are embedded in domestic and international struggles. Drawing on extensive field research â€“ including more than 280 interviews â€“ conducted in Brazil Mozambique South Africa Malawi France and Italy Milhorance analyses the effects of the internationalisation of Brazilian policy solutions on national and local political systems in recipient countries highlighting specifically the case of Mozambique. Relying on a new theoretical approach to International Relations â€“ one based on public policy analysis and international political sociology â€“ she moves beyond a debate about conventional notions of international power. New Geographies of Global Policy-Making will be of interest to scholars and researchers of international relations public policy analysis political sociology comparative politics and Latin American studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665210

New Geographies of Race and Racism In recent years geographers interested in ethnicity 'race' and racism have extended their focus from examining geographies of segregation and racism to exploring cultural politics social practice and everyday geographies of identity and experience. This edited collection illustrates this new work and includes research on youth and new ethnicities; the contested politics of 'race' and racism; intersections of ethnicity religion and 'race' and the theorisation and interrogation of whiteness. Case studies from the UK and Ireland focus on the intersections of 'race' and nation and the specificities of place in discourses of racilisation and identity. A key feature of the book is its engagement with a range of methodological approaches to examining the significance of race including ethnography visual methodologies and historical analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246997

New Geographies of the Globalized World Globalization has essentially come to an end. It is already a victorious revolution. It has profoundly restructured the relationships between people and the world often recreating them in a new geographical image. This book discovers and describes these relationships of new geographies providing a comprehensive spatial guide to the globalized world of the 21st century. It considers a number of timely and important themes and insights for the present and future world exploring topics such as population trends and migration; development the urban; transportation; religion; our endangered planet; wars conflicts and terrorism and disease. As such it offers a cross-cutting synthesis of the modern world. It will be of interest to students and researches in humanities and social sciences including geographers economists political scientists and IR specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676411

New Ghosts Old Ghosts:Prisons and Labor Reform Camps in China Much has been written about the laogai (sometimes likened to the Soviet gulag) in the People's Republic of China. Depending on the source the prisons are described as nonexistent enlightened institutions or hellish places that subject the inmates to degradation and misery. The system is commonly thought of (by admirers and critics alike) as having a measurable impact on the national economy and providing significant resources to the state. Based on research in classified documents and extensive interviews with former prisoners judicial personnel and other insiders and featuring case studies dealing with the three northwestern provinces this book examines such assertions on the basis of the facts about this underexamined subject in order to arrive at a detailed objective and realistic picture of the situation. In the case of each province under study the authors discuss the history of the provincial prison system and the impact that each has had at the macro meso and micro levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702131

New Giants RisingHow Leaders Can Help People and Companies Grow During the Followership Crisis The greatest concern for all Americans today - leaders and followers alike – is how their prosperity seems to depend on a shrinking foundation of technology-only growth. And the onset of artificial intelligence only threatens to marginalize people even more with job loss and increasing isolation inside the few remaining jobs that it will leave behind. This book helps us understand that business growth fueled by labor productivity does not rely on leadership as we’ve come to celebrate it but on our ability to sustain loyalty and commitment to one another– a following if you will - inside and outside our workplaces. When we recognize and understand our historical Followership Cycles we can begin to restore our workplaces to their lost role as a place to meet the demand of all Americans for a better future. This illuminating book: Provides a new sustainable growth model based in the socioeconomic realities of modern America and the world it wants to lead – a new Followership System. Tells the story of how one profession on the brink of disappearing into irrelevance will lead the new Decision Economy into the 21st century. Demonstrates the development of the "leaderless" specialists who will manage evidence together to pursue a Reason-to-Grow. Stresses the importance of charging all C-Suite executives with leading a continuous process of discovering articulating and then defending those stakeholder agreements to share purpose. Reveals not the technology infrastructure but the social architecture that organizations will use to build new social capital – the Followership that will propel our New Giants to future greatness. New Giants Rising takes us on a journey of the Followership Cycles of our recent past. And more importantly it puts forth a plan of action - voiced very simply by Henry Ford during the last cycle over a century ago when he faced the same moment then as we do now: "Coming Together is the Start. Keeping Together is Progress. Working Together is Success." Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138626492

New Governance and the European Employment Strategy In recent years new or experimental approaches to governance in the EU namely the Open Method of Coordination (OMC) have attracted great interest and controversy. This book examines the European Employment Strategy (EES) and its implementation through the OMC exploring the promises and limitations of the EES for EU social law and policy and for the safeguard of social rights. This significant and timely work offers new insights and fresh perspectives into the operation of New Governance and its relationship with both European and national law and constitutionalism. This book will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students working in European law – specifically in the field of EU employment law and gender equality â€“ and European governance studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813273

New Guinea 1942-44 (RLE World War II in Asia) Drawing on material that had only just been released when this book was originally published in 1981 this book provides a graphic account of the war which to all intents and purposes was fought on Australian soil against Australian people – a war which came to the very door of Australia itself. When the Japanese landed at Rabaul on 23 January 1942 it was the start of one of the fiercest campaigns of the war. On that day with only a handful of badly trained troops led by inexperienced officers Australia faced its most serious threat yet. It was to be a campaign with all the ingredients of great drama – cowardice and extraordinary courage untrained men becoming brave skilful fighters torture and unimaginable brutality. On the infamous Kokoda trail men died in their hundreds as the Japanese advanced on Port Moresby. And when the Japanese retreated the advancing Australian troops learnt just how brutal the fighting had been. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912519

New Historicism and Renaissance Drama New Historicism has been one of the major developments in literary theory over the last decade both in the USA and Europe. In this book Wilson and Dutton examine the theories behind New Historicism and its celebrated impact in practice on Renaissance Drama providing an important collection both for students of the genre and of literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164598

New Histories of South Africa's Apartheid-Era Bantustans The bantustans – or ‘homelands’ – were created by South Africa’s apartheid regime as ethnically-defined territories for Africans. Granted self-governing and ‘independent’ status by Pretoria they aimed to deflect the demands for full political representation by black South Africans and were shunned by the anti-apartheid movement. In 1972 Steve Biko wrote that ‘politically the bantustans are the greatest single fraud ever invented by white politicians’. With the end of apartheid and the first democratic elections of 1994 the bantustans formally ceased to exist but their legacies remain inscribed in South Africa’s contemporary social cultural political and economic landscape. While the older literature on the bantustans has tended to focus on their repressive role and political illegitimacy this edited volume offers new approaches to the histories and afterlives of the former bantustans in South Africa by a new generation of scholars. This book was originally published as various special issues of the South African Historical Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143206

New Homes for Old New Homes for Old was one of ten volumes published by the Carnegie Corporation on "Methods of Americanization." Reappearing near the end of four decades of massive immigration from Southern and Eastern Europe the volumes were "to give as clear a notion as possible of the methods of the agencies actually at work in this field." Breckenridge's volume considers the immigrant homes and family life. Sophonisba Breckenridge was a major figure in the remarkable circle of women associated with Jane Addams's Hull House. She played a leading role in Progressive Era social research and in the development of professional social work. Published just a few years before restriction virtually ended immigration New Homes for Old holds great interest to contemporary students of immigration and ethnicity women's history and progressive reform. Surprisingly it has been virtually unknown. This is an account of how immigrants actually lived-what they ate how they shopped how much money they saved what kind of clothing they wore how they organized households and cleaned their homes how parents raised children and a host of other issues. Rich in descriptive detail it contains numerous examples of actual immigrant families and organizations. Breckenridge considers issues largely ignored in the historical literature on immigration providing useful primary sources to supplement the secondary literature on immigration in this period. She also reveals a great deal about how progressive reformers and social scientists viewed immigrants. Her work reflects the general conclusion of Chicago School sociologists and reformers that rural immigrants underwent dramatic "social disorganization" upon arrival in urban America. Steven J. Diner's new introduction places New Homes for Old in the context of the Americanization movement which was greatly invigorated by World War I domestic mobilization. This volume is an invaluable primary source for the history of home economics and social work professions dominated from the start by women. As such it will be of interest to those interested in immigration and ethnic history women's history social welfare and the Progressive Era. Steven J. Diner is professor and Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences at Rutgers University Newark. He is the author of many articles and books including A City and Its Universities: Public Policy in Chicago 1919-1992 and A Very Different Age: Americans of the Progressive Era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528826

New Horizons for Policy Practice This book provides fresh perspectives on the state of policy practice. Leading scholars explore such vital conceptual topics such as how to impact social justice what the strengths-based perspective means to policy practitioners and how to bridge the all-too common gap between community organizing and direct practice in social work. Other esteemed academics address topics including how to use technology to impact social justice what the impacts of the recent changes in the United States’ Supreme Court will be how to conceptualize the impact of ex-prisoners’ re-entry into society and how to better include marginalized populations in the policy practice. The volume closes with two pieces relating to students: using service learning to increase knowledge of macro interventions and integrating social capital analysis into policy practice. Each topic is thoroughly covered by experts using the latest scholarly material available. The reader will come away with a new perspective on the many areas where social work is involved needed and effective in making positive change in the world. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Policy Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849708

New Horizons in Arts Heritage Nonprofit and Social Marketing Arts heritage non-profit and social marketing today comprise key components of the contemporary marketing management scene. Governments charities and voluntary sector organisations throughout the world are increasingly involved in the development of marketing campaigns and more and more of these organisations are likely to be at the cutting edge of the application of the very latest marketing methods. Research in the arts heritage non-profit and social marketing fields is intellectually rigorous relevant for user communities and has a great deal to offer to marketing theory as well as to promotional practice. This book presents a collection of stimulating articles that report some of the freshest and most innovative research and thinking in the authors’ specialist domains. Collectively the chapters offer a balance of empirical and conceptual research in arts heritage non-profit and social marketing. They explore new ideas challenge pre-existing orthodoxies develop knowledge and demonstrate the epistemological importance of current research in these critical areas. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118270

New Horizons in Earth ReinforcementBook + CD-ROM Earth reinforcement techniques are used worldwide providing dependable solutions to a wide range of geotechnical engineering problems.Well-established earth reinforcement technologies are regularly augmented by new materials innovative construction techniques and advances in design and analysis. Furthermore reinforced earth structures are increasingly seen as expedient and economical techniques in disaster situations such as earthquakes flooding or tsunamis.NEW HORIZONS in EARTH REINFORCEMENT contains contributions from the 5th International Symposium on Earth Reinforcement Kyushu Japan 14-16 November 2007 and presents the very latest earth reinforcement techniques and design procedures. The volume showcases advances in materials and emerging applications with special emphasis on disaster mitigation and geoenvironmental issues. The book will be invaluable to academics and professionals ingeotechnical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388492

New Horizons in Forensic PsychotherapyExploring the Work of Estela V. Welldon New Horizons in Forensic Psychotherapy: Exploring the Work of Estela V. Welldon edited by the author contains many rich contributions by some of Welldon's most distinguished former students and proteges. The book consists of important chapters on the creative ways in which colleagues have utilised and expanded upon Welldon's work in the field of forensic psychotherapy in a variety of settings including in hospitals prisons community mental health clinics and also in private practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205050

New Horizons in PilingDevelopment and Application of Press-in Piling The piling industry has in recent years developed a variety of press-in piling technologies with a view to mitigate noise & vibration nuisance. This book focuses on the "Walk-on-Pile" type press-in piling system which offers an alternative engineering solution for piling works. This type of piling has unique features including the application of the compact piling machine using pre-installed piles as a source of reaction force to jack in a new pile by hydraulic pressure. Moreover the machine can walk along the top of piles already installed thus enabling piling in a limited space and headroom with minimum disruption to social functions and services of existing infrastructure. These features are opening up a new horizon in piling leading to novel application of embedded walls previously considered impossible. This introductory book provides a historical development of press-in piling and various challenging applications worldwide as well as scientific research outcomes forming a valuable source of reference for readers who are unfamiliar with press-in piling including project owners design engineers practical engineers as well as researchers and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367546526

New Horizons in Qur'anic LinguisticsA Syntactic Semantic and Stylistic Analysis New Horizons in Qur'anic Linguistics provides a panoramic insight into the Qur'anic landscape fenced by innate syntactic semantic and stylistic landmarks where context and meaning have closed ranks to impact morphological form in order to achieve variegated illocutionary forces. It provides a comprehensive account of the recurrent syntactic stylistic morphological lexical cultural and phonological voids that are an iceberg looming in the horizon of Qur'anic genre. It is an invaluable resource for contrastive linguistics translation studies and corpus linguistics. Among the linguistic topics are: syntactic structures ellipsis synonymy polysemy semantic redundancy incongruity and contrastiveness selection restriction rule componential features collocation cyclical modification foregrounding backgrounding pragmatic functions and categories of shift pragmatic distinction between verbal and nominal sentences morpho-semantic features of lexical items context-sensitive word and phrase order vowel points and phonetic variation.The value of European theoretical linguistics to the analysis of the Qur’anic text at a macro level has been overlooked in the academic literature to date and this book addresses this research gap providing a key resource for students and scholars of linguistics and specifically working in Arabic or Qur’anic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874674

New Horizons in Research on Sustainable OrganisationsEmerging Ideas Approaches and Tools for Practitioners and Researchers Environmental sustainability practice and research have advanced over the past decade from novelty to near-mainstream status today. During this environmentally critical time period sustainability practitioner techniques such as environmental energy and social auditing other sustainability information and related systems and a wide variety of environmental sustainability approaches have been developed improved and institutionalised advancing both the practice and research of environmental sustainability management and policy. However academics and practitioners in the sustainability field still have widely differing perspectives on what a sustainable organisation is or might be but seldom take the opportunity to share these respective sustainability visions let alone the multiple ways to achieve them. New Horizons in Research on Sustainable Organisations is intended to bridge this gap between academics and practitioners with cutting-edge research from both groups on progress towards sustainability.  After working on sustainability-related projects involving other academics both research- and practitioner-oriented graduate students consultants managers and activists the lead co-editors of this volume saw the need to encourage information exchanges among differing networks of sustainability stakeholders to create a pathway for researchers and practitioners in the general area of organisations and the natural environment to address issues of common interest. There are many networks in the general subject area but the cross-pollination of ideas between academics and practitioners remains sketchy. New Horizons in Research on Sustainable Organisations is intended to present and encourage such cross-pollination.  The chapters in this volume are presented in three subsets generally proceeding from the most "macro" to the most "micro" in terms of perspective and applicability. However this arbitrary division belies the integration from macro through meso (or mid-range) to micro levels that is apparent in these studies. Macro approaches typically include wider geographic scopes greater numbers of stakeholders and more complex explanatory factors than micro approaches. Each chapter adopts one or more particular sustainability world-view and then grounds these and the other chapter elements within actual organisations. Therefore the reader is advised to envision not a one-dimensional continuum but rather a circle in which the macro view both feeds back and feeds forward to the micro view.  This volume addresses a number of intriguing and important sustainable organisation phenomena such as multiple sustainable development perspectives changing environmental politics environmental management systems variations voluntary environmental programme performance complex adaptive systems and environmental technology development. Additionally several models are suggested such as cultivation capabilities and business ecology frameworks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281089

New Horizons in Sociological Theory and ResearchThe Frontiers of Sociology at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century This title was first published in 2001. This book tackles the important issue of the tasks that confront sociology in the third millennium. It examines the sociological interpretations of the World-Wide revolution which - amid unprecedented scientific and technological progress and the globalization of markets - has generated new inequalities poverty structural unemployment and mass conditionings. A number of the most distinguished living sociologists (including Boudon Beck Eisenstadt Tiryakain Wieviorka) furnish profound and innovative interpretations of changes in world society while outlining the frontiers of sociological research for the 21st Century. The contributions to the book not only prompt reflection on the structure and organization of sociological research but also revitalize sociological inquiry by conducting original and stimulating analysis of theoretical and methodological issues - an undertaking essential for the survival of the discipline itself. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315204420

New Horizons in Sociological Theory and ResearchThe Frontiers of Sociology at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century This title was first published in 2001. This book tackles the important issue of the tasks that confront sociology in the third millennium. It examines the sociological interpretations of the World-Wide revolution which - amid unprecedented scientific and technological progress and the globalization of markets - has generated new inequalities poverty structural unemployment and mass conditionings. A number of the most distinguished living sociologists (including Boudon Beck Eisenstadt Tiryakain Wieviorka) furnish profound and innovative interpretations of changes in world society while outlining the frontiers of sociological research for the 21st Century. The contributions to the book not only prompt reflection on the structure and organization of sociological research but also revitalize sociological inquiry by conducting original and stimulating analysis of theoretical and methodological issues - an undertaking essential for the survival of the discipline itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635586

New Horizons in Standardized WorkTechniques for Manufacturing and Business Process Improvement Enabling management to verify that processes are being performed correctly and in an efficient manner standardized work provides limitless opportunities for process improvements. So much so that it has become a vital component of improvement efforts in Lean enterprise systems. New Horizons in Standardized Work: Techniques for Manufacturing and Business Process Improvement is an all-inclusive guide to applying standardized work principles to virtually any business in any industry. It facilitates a fundamental understanding of standardized work principles and the logic behind their development so readers can successfully extend and adapt them to their own work situation. It also: Supplies an accessible introduction to standardized work from a cyclic perspective Explains how to instill and maintain quality in work processes right from the get go Provides the foundational basis required to apply standardized work concepts to a wide range of work situations Includes several appendices with helpful tips and problem-solving tools In a step-by-step format this book discusses the relationship of the work period and the takt time as well as the importance of the three main worker interface levels in job design. It includes an array of examples that demonstrate how the concepts discussed can be applied across a range of industries including health care construction business processes and food services. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138464148

New Ideas about Eating DisordersHuman Emotions and the Hunger Drive In this book Charles Stewart discusses how the positive affects of the life instinct such as interest and joy and the crisis affects such as fear anguish rage shame and contempt condition and can even dissociate the hunger drive thereby contributing to either positive or negative attitudes toward eating. New Ideas About Eating Disorders presents clinical case studies of individuals from infancy to adulthood suffering from various eating disorders a new theory as to their etiology and suggestions for treatment and prevention. This book will be essential reading for all professionals engaged in caring for patients experiencing an eating disorder and for those developing theories to deepen our knowledge of these disturbances. It will also be of interest to those in the field of analytical psychology as well as anyone wanting to know how contemporary affect theory can help us understand eating and its disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415554701

New Ideas in Environmental Education Originally published in 1988 this book was a plea for new approaches to environmental education. In the years prior to publication there had been a reappraisal of education and a growing awareness of the problems of environment and development. However the movements had rarely met. The objective of this book was to present some of the ideas and the action that was taking place at the time. It was put forward for discussion because a major intergovernmental meeting took place in 1987 ten years on from the famous Tbilisi meeting the world's first intergovernmental conference on environmental education. With environmental education still very much on the world’s agenda today this title can be used as a resource to show where it all began. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483750

New Immigration DestinationsMigrating to Rural and Peripheral Areas Current population movements involve both established and new destinations often encompassing marginal and rural communities and resulting in a whole new set of issues for these communities. New Immigration Destinations examines structural forces along with individual strategies and behaviour to highlight the opportunities and challenges for ‘new’ destination areas arising from new economic and cultural mobility.Representing a 'second wave' in studies of in-migration this volume examines patterns in 'non-traditional' rural and peripheral migration destinations with a particular focus on Northern Ireland. By examining events in the host city this book shows how processes of migrant incorporation are complex and rely on multifarious influences including the state community individuals and families. Accordingly the book scrutinises theories of migration and social integration within rural/peripheral destinations. This subsequently provides clarification of many of the contested concepts including transnationalism; integration acculturation and assimilation; ‘new’ destinations; and migrants and ethnic minorities.Focusing on the local and the micro within a context of social and policy reality this timely volume critically engages with original theories of migration thus providing a much fuller conceptual and theoretical understanding for an emerging field of migration studies within a rapidly changing and uncertain world. This book’s interdisciplinary nature will appeal to policymakers scholars and both undergraduate and postgraduate students in a range of disciplines including Sociology (Race and Ethnic Studies) Human Geography (Migration Demography) Political Economy and Community Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867003

New Indian Cinema in Post-Independence IndiaThe Cultural Work of Shyam Benegal’s Films Shyam Benegal is an Indian director and screenwriter whose work is considered central to New Indian cinema. By closely analysing several of Benegal’s films this book provides an understanding of India’s post-independence history. The book examines the filmmaker’s focus on women by highlighting his subtle and critical engagement with a truism of Indian nationalism: women’s centrality to the (nation-) state’s negotiation with modernity. It looks at the importance Benegal accords to history – its little known contested or iconic events and figures – in crafting national culture and identities and goes on to discuss the filmmaker’s nuanced representation of the developmental agendas of the nation-state. The book presents an account of the relationship of historical film and fiction to official history and provides a fuller understanding of Indian cinema and how it is shaped by as well as itself shapes national imperatives. Filling a gap in the literature the book offers an analysis of cinematic treatment of post-independence narratives and gives important insights into the imagination of the time. It is a useful contribution for students and scholars of Film Studies South Asian History and South Asian Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575455

New Information Technology in the Education of Disabled Children and Adults First published in 1985. Information technology can offer huge benefits to the disabled. It can help many disabled people to overcome barriers of time and space and to a much greater extent it can help them to overcome barriers of communication. In that way new information technology offers opportunities to neutralise the worst effects of many kinds of disablement. This book reviews the possibilities of using information technology in the education of the disabled. Commencing with an assessment of the learning problems faced by disabled people it goes on to look at the scope of information technology and how it has been used for the education of students of all ages particularly in the United Kingdom and the United States. A penultimate section considers most of the contentious issues that faced users of technology whilst the conclusion devotes itself to the immediate and longer-term future suggesting possible future trends and the consequent problems that may arise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597488

New infotainment Technologies in the HomeDemand-side Perspectives As the "information superhighway" moves into the home through interactive media enhanced telecom services and hybrid appliances interest continually grows in how consumers adopt and use Information Technology (IT) the strategies IT marketers use to reach consumers and the public policies that help and protect consumers. USE COPY FROM THIS POINT ON FOR GENERAL CATALOGS... This book presents a unique collection of papers dealing with the demand side issues of new information technologies in the home. The contributors are from business academia and the public policy sector and represent many disciplines including communication marketing economics psychology engineering and information systems. This book provides one of the best introductions to complex issues such as: * business forces that will shape "Home IT" of the future; * industry structure of the future "Infotainment" mega-business; * factors affecting consumer adoption and use of IT; * international differences in the management of the IT sector; and * public policies that will shape the deployment and use of IT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977082

New Interdisciplinary Landscapes in Morality and Emotion The intersection between morality and emotion is not always easily discernible. Researchers often choose to treat these concepts separately and in doing so an important aspect of this symbiosis is irremediably thwarted. New Interdisciplinary Landscapes in Morality and Emotion considers the relationship between these fields reflecting on complex philosophical psychological social evolutionary historical and literary approaches. The book reviews emerging paths and features contributions from distinct scientific fields including highly debated and somewhat controversial topics such as the relationship between empathy and in-group biases; emotion and irrationality; reflexivity and meta-emotions; shame and pro-social behaviour; the evolution of human jealousy; the role of love in driving moral motivation; individuals’ wellbeing; behavioural economics; social robotics; historical considerations of medical societies and politics of sadism; and literary reflections on sympathy and emigration. Covering various methodological angles and entanglements New Interdisciplinary Landscapes in Morality and Emotion will appeal to anyone interested in multidisciplinary dialogues from across the humanities sciences and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500594

New International Directions in HIV Prevention for Gay and Bisexual Men It is widely recognized that current HIV intervention models are falling short of their goals. What are the alternatives?To answer this question New International Directions in HIV Prevention for Gay and Bisexual Men presents a collection of articles from European and American authors that rival dominant paradigms of HIV prevention. Researchers practitioners and community organizations will be challenged to examine current assumptions and to consider neglected aspects of risk behavior such as love trust and the dynamics of sexual intimacy. New International Directions in HIV Prevention for Gay and Bisexual Men explores models and theories that will help you develop more effective HIV prevention programs to better serve patients and clients.New International Directions in HIV Prevention for Gay and Bisexual Men offers you fresh perspectives on prevention work by examining risk behaviors in the interactional communal and social contexts in which they are practiced. You will receive alternative explanations and reasons for HIV risk that go beyond current approaches and that introduce possibilities for new intervention strategies. Written by experts in the field the chapters in New International Directions in HIV Prevention for Gay and Bisexual Men will give you insight into new ideas and developments including: placing a greater emphasis on improving successful risk management strategies as opposed to quantifying risk factors examining the meaning and context of sexual acts which occur in casual encounters or steady partnerships and incorporating their relevancy into prevention work considering the effects that cultural context and socially constructed meanings have on prevention work and incorporating individuals’values and feelings into prevention strategies focusing on more realistic goals of harm reduction that take sexual decision making into consideration as opposed to expecting abstinence relating the various aspects of sexual encounters--physical attraction intimacy reciprocity and power--to reasons why men choose not to use condomsExamining how gay men can underestimate the risk of HIV in order to meet needs of intimacy New International Directions in HIV Prevention for Gay and Bisexual Men will help you understand the symbolic dimension of sexual contact. The normal everyday reasons for having sex without a condom are explored questioning models which often characterize unprotected sex as being the result of low self-esteem substance abuse or some other psychological vulnerability. Presenting data from both qualitative and quantitative research conducted at group and individual levels this book reveals the complexity of risk behavior the richness of sexual experience and the importance of respecting the unique context in which gay men live their sexual lives. New International Directions in HIV Prevention for Gay and Bisexual Men will help you understand this point of view enabling you to provide patients and clients with more effective HIV prevention and risk management services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783949

New Islamist Architecture and UrbanismNegotiating Nation and Islam through Built Environment in Turkey New Islamist Architecture and Urbanism claims that in today’s world a research agenda concerning the relation between Islam and space has to consider the role of Islamism rather than Islam in shaping – and in return being shaped by – the built environment. The book tackles this task through an analysis of the ongoing transformation of Turkey under the rule of the pro-Islamic Justice and Development Party. In this regard it is a topical book: a rare description of a political regime's reshaping of urban and architectural forms whilst the process is alive. Defining Turkey’s transformation in the past two decades as a process of "new Islamist" nation-(re)building the book investigates the role of the built environment in the making of an Islamist milieu. Drawing on political economy and cultural studies it explores the prevailing primacy of nation and nationalism for new Islamism and the spatial negotiations between nation and Islam. It discusses the role of architecture in the deployment of history in the rewriting of nationhood and that of space in the expansion of Islamist social networks and cultural practices. Looking at examples of housing compounds mosques public spaces and the new presidential residence New Islamist Architecture and Urbanism scrutinizes the spatial making of new Islamism in Turkey through comparisons with relevant cases across the globe: urban renewal projects in Beirut and Amman nativization of Soviet modernism in Baku and Astana the presidential palaces of Ashgabat and Putrajaya and the neo-Ottoman mosques built in diverse locations such as Tokyo and Washington DC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953291

New Issues in Epistemological Disjunctivism This is the first volume dedicated solely to the topic of epistemological disjunctivism. The original essays in this volume written by leading and up-and-coming scholars on the topic are divided into three thematic sections. The first set of chapters addresses the historical background of epistemological disjunctivism. It features essays on ancient epistemology Immanuel Kant J.L. Austin Edmund Husserl and Ludwig Wittgenstein. The second section tackles a number contemporary issues related to epistemological disjunctivism including its relationship with perceptual disjunctivism radical skepticism and reasons for belief. Finally the third group of essays extends the framework of epistemological disjunctivism to other forms of knowledge such as testimonial knowledge knowledge of other minds and self-knowledge. Epistemological Disjunctivism is a timely collection that engages with an increasingly important topic in philosophy. It will appeal to researches and graduate students working in epistemology philosophy of mind and philosophy of perception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094093

New Issues In International Crisis Management This book focuses primarily on the U.S.–USSR relationship and includes case studies of crisis management among non-superpowers. It addresses the important question of how human control can be maximized in situations of international crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160999

New Jazz ConceptionsHistory Theory Practice New Jazz Conceptions: History Theory Practice is an edited collection that captures the cutting edge of British jazz studies in the early twenty-first century highlighting the developing methodologies and growing interdisciplinary nature of the field. In particular the collection breaks down barriers previously maintained between jazz historians theorists and practitioners with an emphasis on interrogating binaries of national/local and professional/amateur. Each of these essays questions popular narratives of jazz casting fresh light on the cultural processes and economic circumstances which create the music. Subjects covered include Duke Ellington’s relationship with the BBC the impact of social media on jazz a new view of the ban on visiting jazz musicians in interwar Britain a study of Dave Brubeck as a transitional figure in the pages of Melody Maker and BBC2’s Jazz 625 the issue of ‘liveness’ in Columbia’s Ellington at Newport album a musician and promoter's views of the relationship with audiences a reflection on Philip Larkin Kingsley Amis and Eric Hobsbawm as jazz critics a musician’s perspective on the oral and generational tradition of jazz in a British context and a meditation on Alan Lomax’s Mr. Jelly Roll and what it tells us about cultural memory and historical narratives of jazz. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886769

New JerseyA Geography This geographic study of New Jersey a multidimensional portrait of the state incorporates three major themes: the state's cultural diversity; its bipolar orientation; and an economy influenced by the state's accessibility to major metropolitan centers and its well-developed corridor functions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169442

New JerusalemsThe Labour Party and the Economics of Democratic Socialism First published in 1985. In the 1930s the Labour Party undertook a deliberate search for a viable economic programme to introduce a democratic socialism to Britain. Against the background of the economic turmoil of the period a group of young economists working for the party thrashed out the theoretical and practical implications of the Keynesian revolution the planning controversies and the new market socialism. New Jerusalems examines in detail this collective enterprise in economic policy-making. This title will be of great interest to scholars and students of political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333826

New JewsRace and American Jewish Identity in 21st-century Film "New Jews'?" is the first comprehensive study of American Jewish identity in Hollywood movies of the new millennium. Despite the argument that we live in a "post-racial" society with supposedly "new" Jewish characters emerging on the big screen this book details how traditional racial stereotypes of American Jews persist in popular films from the first decade of this century. In clear and readable prose the book offers an innovative and penetrating look at dozens of American Jewish "meddling matriarchs " "neurotic nebbishes " "pampered princesses " and "scheming scumbags" from 21st century film whether Hollywood blockbusters like Meet the Fockers and Sex and the City or indie favorites like Garden State and Kissing Jessica Stein. Throughout the book famous American Jewish characters played by the likes of Jim Carrey Tom Cruise Anne Hathaway Kate Hudson Scarlett Johansson Sarah Jessica Parker Adam Sandler and Ben Stiller are discussed with the ultimate conclusion that movies today are marked less by the emergence of "new Jews" than by the continued - but dynamic and transformed -- presence of the same old stereotypes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050720

New JIT New Management Technology Principle New JIT New Management Technology Principle contains the previously published updated and new works of renowned scientist scholar and consultant Kakuro Amasaka. This book details the Just-in-Time (JIT) quality management strategy exploring the cutting edge of a new management technology principle that surpasses what traditional JIT has accomplished. The new JIT principle contains hardware and software systems and next-generation technical principles for transforming management technology into management strategy. This comprehensive work covers traditional JIT innovation and evolution the full new JIT and its applications along with case studies. It is clearly impossible to lead the next generation by merely maintaining the two Toyota management technology principles Toyota Production System and Total Quality Management. To overcome this issue it is essential to renovate not only TPS which is the core principle of the production process but also establish core principles for marketing design and development production and other departments. This book reassesses the way management technology was carried out in the manufacturing industry and establishes new JIT. This next-generation management technology model is the JIT system for not only manufacturing but also for customer relations sales and marketing product planning research and development (R&D) product design production engineering logistics procurement and administration and management for enhancing business process innovation and introduction of new concepts and procedures.The book focuses on the theory and application of strategic management technology through the application of new JIT then demonstrates its effectiveness in a case study based on an advanced car manufacturer. Using this new model you can realize manufacturing that places top priority on customers with a good Quality Cost and Delivery (QCD) in a rapidly changing technical environment and allows you to create uniform quality for the global market. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466575028

New JournalismsRethinking Practice Theory and Pedagogy In this current period of uncertainty and introspection in the media New Journalisms not only focuses on new challenges facing journalism but also seeks to capture a wide range of new practices that are being employed across a diversity of media. This edited collection explores how these new practices can lead to a reimagining of journalism in terms of practice theory and pedagogy bringing together high-profile academics emerging researchers and well-known journalism practitioners. The book’s opening chapters assess the challenges of loss of trust and connectivity shifting professional identity and the demise of local journalism. A section on new practices evaluates algorithms online participatory news websites and verification. Finally the collection explores whether new pedagogies offer potential routes to new journalisms. Representing a timely intervention in the debate and providing sustainable impact through its forward-looking focus New Journalisms is essential reading for students of journalism and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138596757

New Keynesian Economics / Post Keynesian Alternatives The New Keynesian Economics has been the most significant development in economics in recent years. Does it actually build upon Keynes' work? In this volume leading post Keynesian economists challenge New Keynesianism both on the grounds that it is not Keynesian and does not provide an adequate account of our current economic problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756532

New Kingdom Royal City First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994423

New Labour and the European UnionPolitical Strategy Policy Transition and the Amsterdam Treaty Negotiation This title was first published in 2002. This book makes a valuable contribution to the literature on the UK-EU relationship and on the development of the Labour party since Tony Blair became leader in 1994 providing a detailed examination of the process of policy-making undertaken by Labour in relation to the 1996-97 intergovernmental conference (IGC) of the EU. It tracks policy development from opposition to government culminating in the conclusion of treaty negotiations at Amsterdam in June 1997. The book moves beyond the existing literature in providing an original account of policy-making based on internal party and government sources. It highlights a ’New Labour’ approach to the EU - set in place by the time of the Amsterdam summit and characteristic of the Blair government’s European policy thereafter - and suggests that this approach represents both continuity and change with previous UK governments and a break from the European social democratic perspective that had been central to Labour’s previous pro-European conversion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382232

New LabourA Critique New Labour is the most innovative and powerful political movement in Britain today. However New Labour: A Critique argues that its apparent pragmatism disguises an ideological commitment to particular forms of social science deploying new institutionalism and communitarianism to respond to the New Right.Bevir traces the impact of these forms of social science on the ideas and policies of New Labour paying particular attention to the welfare state and the economy. New Labour the new institutionalism and communitarianism typically objectify aspects of the social world to sustain claims to expert knowledge. Bevir defends and enacts an alternative interpretive approach to social science. This interpretive approach inspires a critique of New Labour as a contingent reworking of a particular socialist tradition rather than the necessary or pragmatic response that it portrays itself as. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203007389

New Labour's New Educational Agenda: Issues and Policies for Education and Training at 14+ This work discusses and analyzes New Labour's emerging policies in the area of 14 plus education and training. The authors present an account of developments in the area of post-compulsory education and training in the workplace and outline the challenges to be faced in the next decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420779

New Labour's PastsThe Labour Party and Its Discontents Where other books are either highly partisan dismissals or appreciations of the Third Way or dull sociological accounts this book gets behind the clichés in order to show just what is left of Labour party ideology and what the future may hold.New Labour has changed the face of Britain. Culture class education health the arts leisure the economy have all seen seismic shifts since the 1997 election that raised Blair to power. The Labour that rules has distanced itself from the failed Labour of the 70s and 80s but the core remains. Labour remains gripped by its own past - unable and unwilling to shed its ties to the old Labour party but determined to avoid the mistakes of which lead to four electoral defeats between 1979 and 1992. Cronin covers the full history of the party from its post war triumph through decades of shambolic leadership against ruthless and organised opposition to the resurgent New Labour of the 90s that finally took Britain into the new millennium. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315837451

New Labour's Policies for SchoolsRaising the Standard? A sequel to Jim Docking's "National School Policy" which examined the Conservative Government's education reforms from 1979 onwards this text reviews New Labour's policies to improve pupils' performance. The contributors examine the evidence concerning standards in schools look at the main directions of government policy explore particular policies in detail and provide clear expositions of New Labour's education policies and provide critical examinations of controversial issues. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203065037

New Labour's State of HealthPolitical Economy Public Policy and the NHS In this timely and unique work Calum Paton assesses the political economy and politics of current health policy in order to explain the underlying causes of problems in the National Health Service. Debates from political theory political economy and public administration are used to examine health policy made and implemented by New Labour since their election victory in 1997. The author argues that the fundamental nature of health policy is dependent upon the prevailing regime in political economy and also that 'policy overload' contradictions and confusion have rendered the task of coherent implementation very difficult. Although there is implicit comparison the primary focus is England within the UK (post-devolution) and the book provides a detailed examination of contemporary health policy. Written by an established scholar in the field it will particularly interest academics post-graduate students and professionals in health policy social policy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259188

New Law and Ethics in Mental Health Advance DirectivesThe Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities and the Right to Choose The recognition of positive rights and the growing impact of human rights principles has recently orchestrated a number of reforms in mental health law bringing increasing entitlement to an array of health services. In this book Penelope Weller considers the relationship between human rights and mental health law and the changing attitudes which have led to the recognition of a right to demand treatment internationally. Weller discusses the ability of those with mental health problems to use advance directives to make a choice about what treatment they receive in the future should they still be unable to decide for themselves. Focusing on new perspectives offered by the Conventions on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) Weller explores mental health law from a variety of international perspectives including: Canada Australia New Zealand and the United Kingdom where policies differ depending on whether you are in England and Wales or Scotland. These case studies indicate how human rights perspectives are shifting mental health law from a constricted focus upon treatment refusal towards a recognition of positive rights. The book covers topics including: refusing treatment new approaches in human rights international perspectives in mental health law the right to demand treatment. The text will appeal to legal and mental health professionals as well as academics studying mental health law and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907980

New Lenses on Intellectual Disabilities This book gathers together recent international research in intellectual disability (ID) examining the diverse modes of existence that characterise living with intellectual disabilities in the 21st century. Ranging from people with no speech and little mobility who need 24-hour care to people who marry or hold down jobs this book moves beyond the typical person with ID imagined by public policy: healthy with mild ID and a supportive family and living in a welcoming community. The book is divided into three sections. The first ‘A richer picture of people and relationships’ expands our understanding of different people and lifestyles associated with ID. The second section ‘Where current policies fall short’ finds that Supported Living provides just as 'mediocre' a form of care as group homes  and concludes that services for people with challenging behaviour are unrelated to need. The contributors’ research identifies no effective employment support strategies as well as technological and legal changes that prevent organisations from employing people with ID. With nearly a quarter of this population in poor health the contributors reflect on whether ‘social model’ approaches should be allowed to trump medical considerations. The third section ‘New thinking about well-being’ reveals that being old poor and living alone increases health risk and that medication administration is significantly more complex for people with ID. Moving beyond 20th century certainties surrounding intellectual disability this book will be of interest to those studying contemporary issues facing those living with ID as well as those studying public health policy more widely. The chapters in this book were originally published in issues of the Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335021

New Life Courses Social Risks and Social Policy in East Asia Social policy in modern industrialised societies is increasingly challenged by new social risks. These include insecure employment resulting from ever more volatile labour markets new family and gender relationships resulting from the growing participation of women in the labour market and the many problems resulting from very much longer human life expectancy. Whereas once social policy had to be in step with a standardised relatively stable and predictable life course it now has to cope with non-standardised individual preferences life courses and families and the consequent increased risks and uncertainties. This book examines these new life courses and their impact on social policy across a range of East Asian societies. It shows how governments and social welfare institutions have been slow to respond to the new challenges. In response we propose a life-course sensitised policy as an approach to manage these risks. Overall the book provides many new insights which will assist advance social policy in East Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476745

New Life in Public Squares New Life in Public Squares investigates the evolution of the public square within the urban form and its meaning to a city’s image. It explores what is driving investment in the creation of new or re-designed existing squares: the economic and social benefits city image to attract tourism investment and attracting major events. Taking a design practitioners perspective a series of in-depth case studies including discussions with clients and designers on an international array of public squares will analyse and the use of public spaces and the impact they have on their immediate surroundings. It shows readers how quality design of public squares can be achieved and importantly how they can be delivered to enable positive changes in the way public spaces are used and experienced. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468920

New Light on Drake A Collection of Documents relating to his Voyage of Circumnavigation 1577-1580 This volume contains Spanish official documents depositions by prisoners documents relating to Nuño da Silva etc. translated and edited. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1914. Owing to technical constraints the contemporary engraved portrait of Sir Francis Drake which appeared in the original edition of the book is not included. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315597980

New Light on the Discovery of Australia as Revealed by the Journal of Captain Don Diego de Prado y Tovar Spanish text with English translation of Prado's Relación of the voyage begun in company with Quirós and Torres in 1607 together with a report of the Spanish Council of State concerning Quirós 1618 and letters of Torres and Prado 1607-13. Contents: New light on the discovery of Australia.-Note on Prado's Relación.-Relación de don Diego de Prado (Spanish and English)-Appendices: I. Report of Council of State with letter of Luis Vaez de Torres (Spanish and English) II. Mr. Barwick's translations of Prado's two letters sent from Goa in 1613. III. Mr. Barwick's translations of the legends on the four Prado maps. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1930. Owing to technical constraints it has not been possible to reproduce the "Facsimiles of the Four Prado Maps" which appeared in the first edition of the work. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315597997

New Light on the Most Ancient East This book offers a detailed survey on major archaeological discoveries in the Near and Middle East. This classic account focuses on the findings in three great centers of ancient civilization: Egypt Sumer and the Indus valley. Professor Childe discusses the excavation of the three cities of Mohenjo-daro and Chanhu-daro on the Indus and Harappa on the Ravi and what these sites have revealed about Indian civilization in the third millennium B.C. He describes the findings at the numerous tells between Mesopotamia and the Indus basin and in the three provinces of the Fertile Crescent; the succession of cultures in pre-dynastic Egypt and the rise of the Pharaohs; the findings at Ur and Kish and the development of an urban civilization in Mesopotamia. Throughout the text the author sets forth the step-by-step gathering of precise archaeological evidence relating these findings both to the context of their particular culture and to the larger context of the origins of European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817241

New Literacies around the GlobePolicy and Pedagogy The increasing popularity of digitally-mediated communication is prompting us to radically rethink literacy and its role in education; at the same time national policies have promulgated a view of literacy focused on the skills and classroom routines associated with print bolstered by regimes of accountability and assessments. As a result teachers are caught between two competing discourses: one upholding a traditional conception of literacy re-iterated by politicians and policy-makers and the other encouraging a more radical take on 21st century literacies driven by leading edge thinkers and researchers. There is a pressing need for a book which engages researchers in international dialogue around new literacies their implications for policy and practice and how they might articulate across national boundaries. Drawing on cutting edge research from the USA Canada UK Australia and South Africa this book is a pedagogical and policy-driven call for change. It explores studies of literacy practices in varied contexts through a refreshingly dialogic style interspersed with commentaries which comment on the significance of the work described for education. The book concludes on the ‘conversation’ developed to identify key recommendations for policy-makers through a Charter for Literacy Education. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286665

New Makers of Modern Culture New Makers of Modern Culture is the successor to the classic reference works Makers of Modern Culture and Makers of Nineteenth-Century Culture published by Routledge in the early 1980s. The set was extremely successful and continues to be used to this day due to the high quality of the writing the distinguished contributors and the cultural sensitivity shown in the selection of those individuals included. New Makers of Modern Culture takes into full account the rise and fall of reputation and influence over the last twenty-five years and the epochal changes that have occurred: the demise of Marxism and the collapse of the Soviet Union; the rise and fall of postmodernism; the eruption of Islamic fundamentalism; the triumph of the Internet. Containing over eight hundred essay-style entries and covering the period from 1850 to the present New Makers of Modern Culture includes artists writers dramatists architects philosophers anthropologists scientists sociologists major political figures composers film-makers and many other culturally significant individuals and is thoroughly international in its purview. Next to Karl Marx is Bob Marley next to John Ruskin is Salman Rushdie alongside Darwin is Luigi Dallapiccola Deng Xiaoping runs shoulders with Jacques Derrida as do Julia Kristeva and Kropotkin. Once again Wintle has enlisted the services of many distinguished writers and leading academics such as Sam Beer Bernard Crick Edward Seidensticker and Paul Preston. In a few cases for example Michael Holroyd and Philip Larkin contributors are themselves the subject of entries. With its global reach New Makers of Modern Culture provides a multi-voiced witness of the contemporary thinking world. The entries carry short bibliographies and there is thorough cross-referencing. There is an index of names and key terms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203822999

New Makers of Modern Culture New Makers of Modern Culture is the successor to the classic reference works Makers of Modern Culture and Makers of Nineteenth-Century Culture published by Routledge in the early 1980s. The set was extremely successful and continues to be used to this day due to the high quality of the writing the distinguished contributors and the cultural sensitivity shown in the selection of those individuals included. New Makers of Modern Culture takes into full account the rise and fall of reputation and influence over the last twenty-five years and the epochal changes that have occurred: the demise of Marxism and the collapse of the Soviet Union; the rise and fall of postmodernism; the eruption of Islamic fundamentalism; the triumph of the Internet. Containing over eight hundred essay-style entries and covering the period from 1850 to the present New Makers includes artists writers dramatists architects philosophers anthropologists scientists sociologists major political figures composers film-makers and many other culturally significant individuals and is thoroughly international in its purview. Next to Karl Marx is Bob Marley next to John Ruskin is Salmon Rushdie alongside Darwin is Luigi Dallapiccola Deng Xiaoping runs shoulders with Jacques Derrida Julia Kristeva with Kropotkin. Once again Wintle has enlisted the services of many distinguished writers and leading academics such as Sam Beer Bernard Crick Edward Seidensticker and Paul Preston. In a few cases for example Michael Holroyd and Philip Larkin contributors are themselves the subject of entries. With its global reach New Makers of Modern Culture provides a multi-voiced witness of the contemporary thinking world. The entries carry short bibliographies and there is thorough cross-referencing. There is an index of names and key terms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203433980

New Mansions For MusicPerformance Pedagogy and Criticism The essays in New Mansions for Music: Performance Pedagogy and Criticism look at one of the most ancient and rigorous classical musical traditions of India the Karnatik music system and the kind of changes it underwent once it was relocated from traditional spaces of temples and salons to the public domain. Nineteenth-century Madras led the way in the transformation that Karnatik music underwent as it encountered the forces of modernization and standardization. This study also contributes to our understanding of the experience of modernity in India through the prism of music. The role of Madras city as patron and custodian of the performing arts especially classical music offers an invaluable perspective on the larger processes of modernization in India. As the title suggests the areas of classical music which were most influenced by these developments were pedagogy or modes of musical transmission performance conventions and criticism or music appreciation. Once the urban elite demanded the widening of the teaching of classical music traditional modes of music instruction underwent a major change involving a breakdown of the gurushishya parampara or the tradition wherein the teacher imparted knowledge to a chosen few. Caste and kinship were important determining factors for the selection of these shishyas or students but in modern institutions like the universities these boundaries had to be demolished. Simultaneously the public staging of music brought the performer into a new relationship with his audience especially as the art form became subject to validation and criticism by the newly emerging music critic. In an immensely readable book peppered with anecdotes and conversations with leading musicians and critics of the day as well as humorous visual representations part caricature part satirical the author describes a rapidly changing society and its new look in early twentieth century Madras. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503182

New Materialisms Ancient Urbanisms The future of humanity is urban and knowledge of urbanism’s deep past is critical for us all to navigate that future. The time has come for archaeologists to rethink this global phenomenon by asking what urbanism is and more to the point was. Can we truly understand ancient urbanism by only asking after the human element or are the properties and qualities of landscapes materials and atmospheres equally causal? The nine authors of New Materialisms Ancient Urbanisms seek less anthropocentric answers to questions about the historical relationships between urbanism and humanity in Africa Asia and the Americas. They analyze the movements and flows of materials things phenomena and beings—human and otherwise—as these were assembled to produce the kinds of complex dense and stratified relationships that we today label urban. In so doing the book emerges as a work of both theory and historical anthropology. It breaks new ground in the archaeology of urbanism building on the latest ‘New Materialist’ ‘relational-ontological’ and ‘realist’ trends in social theory. This book challenges a new generation of students to think outside the box and provides scholars of urbanism archaeology and anthropology with a fresh perspective on the development of urban society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542501

New Materials Processes and Methods Technology Materials selection is a crucial factor in determining the cost quality and corrosion protection for every engineering project. The variety of increasingly durable materials and their combinations coupled with the rise of new and more critical service requirements and the demand for lower costs have expanded upon trial-and-error criteria into methodical multi-dimensional approaches to materials selection. An invaluable resource that analyzes materials from a microscopic perspective as well as a macroscopic standpoint New Materials Processes and Methods Technology is a practical guide to matching and applying the material or materials with the right combination of properties in order to meet your design and service conditions. The book presents an update of existing materials and processes as well as newly developed materials that have been invented or changed by innovative techniques within the past decade. It details recent research various analytical methods key material and design considerations fabrication methods and developmental processes. Each section covers a material or material-family and the techniques required for practical applications. Anticipating future trends and prospects the book also examines the foundations to several innovative technologies including the potential of tailor-made materials various types of fuel cells and the properties of FGMs in current and future metallic and non-metallic systems and models. In its final chapter the book highlights processes that are poised for production as well as prospects still in experimentation and testing phases. New Materials Processes and Methods Technology provides today's scientists technicians and engineering departments devoted to resolving application requirements with performance properties using a well-executed material selection process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391812

New Mathematical Advances in Economic Dynamics Originally published in 1985. Mathematical methods and models to facilitate the understanding of the processes of economic dynamics and prediction were refined considerably over the period before this book was written. The field had grown; and many of the techniques involved became extremely complicated. Areas of particular interest include optimal control non-linear models game-theoretic approaches demand analysis and time-series forecasting. This book presents a critical appraisal of developments and identifies potentially productive new directions for research. It synthesises work from mathematics statistics and economics and includes a thorough analysis of the relationship between system understanding and predictability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350576

New Mechanisms of Participation in Extractive GovernanceBetween technologies of governance and resistance work The scholarly debate on deliberative democracy often suggests that participatory processes will contribute to make environmental governance not only more legitimate and effective but also lead to the empowerment of marginalized social groups. Critical studies however analyse how technologies of governance make use of participation to draw boundaries that separate technical knowledge from political concerns direct the focus towards procedural aspects and contractual obligations and reinforce hegemonic understandings of development and of local people’s relationships to their environment. This book focuses on the dynamics and use of participatory mechanisms related to the rapid expansion of the extractive industries worldwide and the ways it increasingly affects sensitive natural environments populated by indigenous and other marginalized populations. Nine empirically grounded case studies analyse a range of participatory practices ranging from state-led and corporation-led processes like prior consultation and Free Prior and Informed Consent (FPIC) compensation practices participatory planning exercises and the participation in environmental impact assessments (EIAs) to community-led consultations community-based FPIC and EIA processes and struggles for community-based governance of natural resource uses. The book provides new insights through a combination of different theoretical strands which help to scrutinize the limits to deliberation and empowerment on the one hand and on the other hand to understand the political resistance potential that alternative uses of participatory mechanisms can generate. The chapters originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588533

New Media Campaigning and the 2008 Facebook Election Some political observers dubbed the 2008 presidential campaign as 'the Facebook Election'. Barack Obama in particular employed social media such as blogs Twitter Flickr Digg YouTube MySpace and Facebook to run a 'grassroots-style' campaign. The Obama campaign was keenly aware that voters particularly the young are not simply consumers of information but conduits of information as well. They often replaced the professional filter of traditional media with a social one. Social media allowed candidates to do electronically what previously had to be done through shoe leather and phone banks: contact volunteers and donors and schedule and promote events. The 2008 Election marked a new era where the candidates no longer had complete control over their campaign message. The individual viewer in a campaign crowd with a cell phone can record a candidate’s gaffe post it on YouTube or Flickr and within days millions will be gasping or guffawing. The traditional campaign with its centralized power and planning although not dead now coexists with an unstructured digital democracy. New Media Campaigning and the 2008 Facebook Election examines the way social media changed how candidates campaigned how the media covered the election and how voters received information. This book is based on a special issue of Mass Communication & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754682

New Media Old MediaA History and Theory Reader This much-expanded and updated second edition of New Media Old Media brings together original and classic essays that explore the tensions of old and new in digital culture. Touching on topics including media archaeology archives software studies surveillance big data social media organized networks digital art and the Internet of Things this newly revised critical anthology is essential reading for anyone studying the cultural impact of new and digital media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021105

New Media Old MediaA History and Theory Reader New Media Old Media is a comprehensive anthology of original and classic essays that explore the tensions of old and new in digital culture. Leading international media scholars and cultural theorists interrogate new media like the Internet digital video and MP3s against the backdrop of earlier media such as television film photography and print. The essays provide new benchmarks for evaluating all those claims; political social ethical made about the digital age. Committed to historical research and to theoretical innovation they suggest that in the light of digital programmability seemingly forgotten moments in the history of the media we glibly call old can be rediscovered and transformed. The many topics explored in provocative volume include websites webcams the rise and fall of dotcom mania Internet journalism the open source movement and computer viruses. New Media Old Media is a foundational text for general readers students and scholars of new media across the disciplines. It is essential reading for anyone interested in understanding the cultural impact of new media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134911

New Media Politics and Society in Israel This book addresses the social and political landscape of Internet usage in Israel and studies the formation of a networked information society in the "hi-tech nation". As Israel is considered a highly technologically developed country it could serve as a model to assess and compare the performance and prospects of the Internet in other countries as well. Chapters address a range of issues including the diffusion of the Internet to Israel religion and the Internet in the Israeli Jewish context Internet-based planned encounters between Israeli-Jews and Palestinians and between Jews and Arabs in Israel online journalism and user-generated content Israeli public relations online Internet usage by Israeli parliamentarians parties and candidates as well as audiences and the facilitation of personalized politics through personal sites of politicians. This book was originally published as a special issue of Israel Affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111158

New Media and International DevelopmentRepresentation and affect in microfinance New Media and International Development is the first in-depth examination of microfinance’s enduring popularity with Northern publics. Through a case study of Kiva.org the world’s first person-to-person microlending website and other microfinance organizations the book argues that international development efforts have an affective dimension. This is fostered through narrative and visual representations through the performance of development rituals and through bonds of fellowship between Northern donors and Southern recipients. These practices constitute people in the global North as everyday humanitarians and mobilize their affective investments which are financial social and emotional investments in distant others to alleviate their poverty. This book draws on ethnographic material from the US India and Indonesia and the anthropological and development studies literature on humanitarianism affect and the public faces of development. It opens up novel avenues of research into the formation of new development subjects in the global North. This book will appeal to researchers and students of international development anthropology media studies and related fields as well as practitioners and professionals in the field of international development Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856089

New Media and the Nation in MalaysiaMalaysianet In the four decades or so since its invention the internet has become pivotal to how many societies function influencing how individual citizens interact with and respond to their governments. Within Southeast Asia while most governments subscribe to the belief that new media technological advancement improves their nation’s socio-economic conditions they also worry about its cultural and political effects. This book examines how this set of dynamics operates through its study of new media in contemporary Malaysian society. Using the social imaginary framework and adopting a socio-historical approach the book explains the varied understandings of new media as a continuing process wherein individuals and their societies operate in tandem to create negotiate and enact the meaning ascribed to concepts and ideas. In doing so it also highlights the importance of non-users to national technological policies. Through its examination of the ideation and development of Malaysia’s Multimedia Super Corridor mega project to-date and reference to the seminal socio-political events of 2007-2012 including the 2008 General Elections Bersih and Hindraf rallies this book provides a clear explanation for new media’s prominence in the multi-ethnic and majority Islamic society of Malaysia today. It is of interest to academics working in the field of Media and Internet Studies and Southeast Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575554

New Media in New Europe-Asia This volume offers an in-depth investigation of the role of new media in the political social and cultural life in the region of Europe-Asia. By focusing on new media which is understood primarily as internet-enabled networked social practice the book puts forward a political and cultural redefinition of the region which is determined by the recognition of the diversity of new media uses in the countries included in the study. This book focuses on the period prior to the advent of ‘world internet revolutions’ and it registers the region at its pivotal moment—at the time of its entry into the post-broadcast era. Does the Internet aid democratisation or it conditioned by socio-political norms? Has the Internet changed politics or has it had to fit existing political structures? Has the use of digital technologies revolutionized election campaigns? How is hyperlinked society different from society prior to the advent of the web? How do ordinary people actually use the Internet. These and other pressing questions – crucial to understanding the post-socialist world – are investigated in the current volume.This book was published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739577

New Media in Times of Crisis New Media in Times of Crisis provides an interdisciplinary look at research focused around how people organize during crises. Contributors examine the latest practices for communicating during crises including evacuation practices workplace safety challenges crisis social media usage and strategies for making emergency alerts on U.S. mobile phones constructive and helpful. The book is grounded in the practices of first responders crisis communicators people experiencing tragic events and communities who organize on- and offline to make sense of their experiences. The authors draw upon a wide range of theories and frameworks with the goal of establishing new directions for research and practice. The text is suitable for advanced students and researchers in crisis disaster and emergency communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570290

New Media Literacies and Participatory Popular Culture Across Borders How do students’ online literacy practices intersect with online popular culture? In this book scholars from a range of countries including Australia Lebanon Nepal Qatar South Africa Turkey and the United States illustrate and analyze how literacy practices that are mediated through and influenced by popular culture create both opportunities and tensions for secondary and university students. The authors examine issues of theory identity and pedagogy as they address participatory popular culture sites such as fan forums video blogs social networking sites anime memes and comics and graphic novels. Uniquely bringing together scholarship about online literacy practices and the growing body of work on participatory popular culture New Media Literacies and Participatory Popular Culture across Borders makes distinctive contributions to an emerging field of study pushing forward scholarship about literacy and identity in cross-cultural situations and advancing important conversations about issues of global flows and local responses to popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897686

New Media Political Engagement And Participation in Malaysia This book analyses the exponential growth of independent news portal (INPs) in Malaysia and discusses the extent of impacts generated from these portals in Malaysian electoral conduct especially during Malaysia's 12th and 13th general elections. The mainstream media in Malaysia has for decades been controlled by strict laws such as the Printing Presses and Publications Act (PPPA) and the Sedition Act as well as self-censorship by print and broadcast journalists and editors. The rise of INP in Malaysia has challenged this government stranglehold as well as making information available much faster than the mainstream media. The undeniable speed of the news posted on INP which often come with interactive contents are seen to have caused a remarkable increment on public’s options with regards to expressing their political views. Some of the INPs have also impressively taken up a notch by providing live streaming videos or interesting online visual news which indirectly unifies various sectors of pressure groups in providing options of circulating and disseminating information to the public. The interviews conducted for this book provide deeper insights from those producing news and at the same time provide a specific and thorough observation on political events including representatives of the Malaysian middle class Opposition parties youth and university students NGOs and civil society movements. Chinnasamy investigates key questions relating to this shift in relation to media preference concerning on the mainstream and political landscape in Malaysia. Did the INP evolve new democratic movement in the country or induce a change in the way the government retains its power by increasing people's active engagement in political participation? Did any revolution in government-managed media landscape occur drastically? If so how did they accomplish these changes? This book will fill the gap of existing research on how far have the INP empowered themselves to be the third force in fighting democratic movement in the country and how the ruling government continues seeing it as a contention as foreseen by many experts in the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272975

New Media UnionsOrganizing Digital Journalists Investigating the wave of unionization that has seen over 60 digital and legacy media outlets unionize since 2015 this book explores how a flash of organizing by digital-first journalists has become a full-blown movement to unionize journalism particularly in the United States. Through in-depth interviews with journalists and organizers New Media Unions maps the process of labor organizing foregrounding journalists’ voices and documenting a historic and ongoing moment in the digital media industry. Cohen and de Peuter examine what motivates union drives then follow journalists through the making of a union from scratch. They explore how journalists strategically self-organize apply their communication skills to alternative ends generate affective bonds of solidarity and build power to confront anti-union campaigns and bargain first contracts winning significant gains and drafting a new labor code for journalism in a digital age. This book demonstrates that if journalism is to have a future it must be organized. New Media Unions provides a counter-perspective on an industry in flux whose protagonists—young journalists facing precarious futures—are using collective organizing to articulate a bottom-up vision for journalism’s future. This is a valuable resource for academics and researchers interested in political economy journalism studies and labor studies. Book website: www.newmediaunions.com Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327115

New Men in Trollope's NovelsRewriting the Victorian Male New Men in Trollope's Novels challenges the popular construction of Victorian men as patriarchal despots and suggests that hands-on fatherhood may have been a nineteenth-century norm. Beginning with an evaluation of the evidence for cultural determinations of masculinity during Trollope's times  the author sets the stage with a discussion of the religious philosophical and educational influences that informed the evolution of Trollope's personal views of masculinity as he grew from boyhood into later manhood. Her treatment of his novels drawing on a wide selection from across the oevre shows that sensitive examination of Trollope's texts discovers him advancing a startlingly modern model of manhood under a veneer of conformity. Trollope's independent views on child-rearing education courtship marriage parenthood and gay men are also discussed within the context of Victorian culture in this witty original and immensely knowledgeable study of Victorian masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390671

New Mentalities of Government in China China continues to transform apace flowing from the forces of deregulation privatization and globalization unleashed by economic reforms which began in late 1978. The dramatic scope of economic change in China is often counterposed to the apparent lack of political change as demonstrated by continued Chinese Communist Party (CCP) rule. However the ongoing dominance of the CCP belies the fact that much has also changed in relation to practices of government including how authorities and citizens interact in the management of daily life. New Mentalities of Government in China examines how the privatization and professionalization of ‘public’ service provision is transforming the nature of government and everyday life in the People’s Republic of China (PRC). The book addresses key theoretical questions on the nature of government in China and documents the emergence of a range of ‘new mentalities of government’ in China. Its chapters focus on areas such as clinical trials conceptualizing government consumer activity elite philanthropy lifestyle and beauty advice public health social work volunteering; and urban and rural planning. Offering a topical examination of shifting modes of governance in contemporary China this book will appeal to scholars in the fields of anthropology history politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351486

New Methods in Cognitive Psychology This book provides an overview of cutting-edge methods currently being used in cognitive psychology which are likely to appear with increasing frequency in coming years. Once built around univariate parametric statistics cognitive psychology courses now seem deficient without some contact with methods for signal processing spatial statistics and machine learning. There are also important changes in analyses of behavioral data (e.g. hierarchical modeling and Bayesian inference) and there is the obvious change wrought by the advancement of functional imaging. This book begins by discussing the evidence of this rapid change for example the movement between using traditional analyses of variance to multi-level mixed models in psycholinguistics. It then goes on to discuss the methods for analyses of physiological measurements and how these methods provide insights into cognitive processing. New Methods in Cognitive Psychology provides senior undergraduates graduates and researchers with cutting-edge overviews of new and emerging topics and the very latest in theory and research for the more established topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848726314

New Methods In Language Processing Studies in Computational Linguistics presents authoritative texts from an international team of leading computational linguists. The books range from the senior undergraduate textbook to the research level monograph and provide a showcase for a broad range of recent developments in the field. The series should be interesting reading for researchers and students alike involved at this interface of linguistics and computing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072685

New Methods in Reading Comprehension Research Published in 1984 this volume presents methodologies for studying the ongoing psychological processes that occur as a person reads a text as well as discussing the major findings that these methodologies have produced to provide a handbook of reading comprehension research techniques. Focusing on the comprehension processes that occur when a person is reading rather than the representation that remains after the text has been read the methodologies use measures such as reading times that reflect ongoing processes rather than relying exclusively on conventional measures of memory performance such as recall. These methods make use of computer technology for rapid and flexible stimulus representation and data acquisition. This book will allow researchers and students to select appropriate methodologies to investigate a range of fascinating questions about reading comprehension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585256

New Methods in Social Justice Research for the Twenty-First Century This book provides a source of innovative theories and data for researchers grappling with social justice methodology and research methods in an environment constrained by funding agendas. This book foregrounds and promotes creativity and imagination within a critical frame of reference to challenge the status quo. It invites people into creative spaces for thinking about and researching ‘the social’. With/in these spaces both the processes of social justice research (methodology) and the presentation of the research (re-presentation) are seen as being intertwined. This book explores methodologies which include but are not limited to: writing as inquiry; performance ethnography; emotional geographies; arts-based inquiry; autoethnography; evocative inquiry; reader’s theatre. This may include poetry monologues art music dance and other creative mediums. Many of these methods are not new per se. What is new is the blurring of traditional research boundaries for example between the social sciences and the arts and the initial movement of these methods from the margins to the mainstream in the search for more successful ways to effect social justice outcomes. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849715

New Methods of Literacy Research Literacy researchers at all stages of their careers are designing and developing innovative new methods for analyzing data in a range of spaces in and out of school. Directly connected with evolving themes in literacy research theory instruction and practices—especially in the areas of digital technologies gaming and web-based research; discourse analysis; and arts-based research—this much-needed text is the first to capture these new directions in one volume. Written by internationally recognized authorities whose work is situated in these methods each chapter describes the origin of the method and its distinct characteristics; offers a demonstration of how to analyze data using the method; presents an exemplary study in which this method is used; and discusses the potential of the method to advance and extend literacy research. For literacy researchers asking how to match their work with current trends and for educators asking how to measure and document what is viewed as literacy within classrooms this is THE text to help them learn about and use the rich range of new and emerging literacy research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415624435

New Microbial Technologies for Advanced BiofuelsToward More Sustainable Production Methods This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. The world needs renewable and clean forms of energy. Biofuels offer an alternative to fossil fuels but first-generation biofuels had many challenges to be overcome. One strategy that second-generation biofuels are employing is microbial technology. This compendium volume gathers together recent investigations within this vital field of research. It offers: An overview of the topic Investigations into the varieties of microorganisms useful for this technology Pretreatment methodologies Genetic engineering research that will further this technology Internationally recognized experts contribute chapters on their individual areas of research within this vital field of study. The book offers an authoritative platform from which graduate students and scientists can build future investigations that will create still more advanced biofuels. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881302

New Millennium South KoreaNeoliberal Capitalism and Transnational Movements Despite the common held belief that Asian nations have displayed anti-market tendencies of under-consumption and export-oriented trade since the Asian financial crisis in the 10 years since the crisis South Korea has bucked this trend accruing a higher debt rate than the US. This groundbreaking collection of essays addresses questions such as how did the open market policies and restructuring processes implemented during the Asian financial crisis magnify the consumption and debt level in South Korea to such an extent? What is the impact of these financial changes on the daily lives of people in different cultural and socio-economic groups? In examining these questions the authors provide valuable insight into the rise of financial capitalism transnational mobility and the implications of neoliberal governing tactics following the Asian Financial Crisis. Examining South Korea’s transformation during the early years of the 21st century New Millenium South Korea will be of interest to anthropologists economists and sociologists as well as students and scholars of Korean Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862920

New Mobilities and Social Changes in Russia's Arctic Regions This book provides the first in-depth multidisciplinary study of re-urbanization in Russia’s Arctic regions with a specific focus on new mobility patterns and the resulting birth of new urban Arctic identities in which newcomers and labor migrants form a rising part of. It is an invaluable reference for all those interested in current trends in circumpolar regions showing how the Arctic region is becoming more diverse culturally but also more integrated into globalized trends in terms of economic development urban sustainability and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668167

New Mobilities Regimes in Art and Social Sciences New Mobilities Regimes analyses how global mobilities are changing the world of today and the role of political and economic power. Bringing together essays by leading scholars and social scientists including Mimi Sheller and Bülent Diken with the work of well-known artists and art theorists such as Jordan Crandall Ursula Bieman Gülsün Karamustafa and Dan Perjovschi this book is a unique document of the cross-disciplinary mobility and power discourse. The specific design integrating the text and art elements to create a singular dialogue makes for an exciting intellectual and aesthetic experience. Illustrated by a range of studies which examine the regulation and structure of mobility such as the daily routines of teleworkers Ukrainian cleaners in Western Europe the mobility policies of global corporations and the impact of bicycle policies on public space New Mobilities Regimes emphasizes the routes and crossroads of migration flows as well as at the interaction of mobility and new spatial concepts. The contributors are concerned with both the positive outcomes and the disappointments of the global mobilizations in modern lives. This book is ground-breaking in that it calls for the reassessment of the figurative arts in providing independent and insightful knowledge-generating research on the nature of mobility and highlights the new appreciation of visual representations in sociology cultural geography and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269262

New Models In Geog V 1 First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315887760

New Models in Geography - Vol 2The Political-Economy Perspective First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180444

New Models In Geography V2 First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315830742

New Models of Bereavement Theory and TreatmentNew Mourning Honoring the centennial of Sigmund Freud’s seminal paper Mourning and Melancholia New Models of Bereavement Theory and Treatment: New Mourning is a major contribution to our culture’s changing view of bereavement and mourning identifying flaws in old models and offering a new valid and effective approach. George Hagman and his fellow contributors bring together key psychoanalytic texts from the past 20 years exploring contemporary research clinical practice and model building relating to the problems of bereavement mourning and grief. They propose changes to the asocial intra-psychic nature of the standard analytic model of mourning changes compatible with contemporary psychoanalytic theory and practice. Arguing that the most important goal of mourning is often to preserve rather than give up the relationship to the deceased this book provides a more positive hopeful model. Crucially it emphasizes the importance of mourning together rather than alone. New Models of Bereavement Theory and Treatment: New Mourning will be the go-to resource for researchers clinicians and interested lay people seeking a clear accessible overview of contemporary mourning theory useful in their daily lives and in clinical practice. It will appeal to psychoanalysts psychotherapists grief counsellors as well teachers undergraduates and advanced students studying in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809673

New Models of Human Resource Management in China and India This book presents a comprehensive analysis of the similarities and differences of contemporary human resource management systems processes and practices in the two increasingly important economic great powers in Asia. It covers the full range of human resource management activities including recruitment retention performance management renumeration and career development discusses changing industrial relations systems and sets the subject in its historical social and cultural contexts. It examines newly emerging strategies and asssesses the extent to which human resource management systems in the two countries are coverging or diverging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815711

New Models of Inclusive Innovation for Development Inequality and innovation are both rising issues on the international development agenda. Their intersection is inclusive innovation; defined as the inclusion within some aspect of innovation of groups who are currently marginalised. This is a topic of increasing interest and activity. Large firms have been working to deliver innovative goods and services for base-of-the-pyramid consumers: the c.3 billion who live on less than US$2 per day. Within poor communities an influx of new technology finance and capabilities has spurred more localised innovation. A variety of different models have been identified by which this activity is organised and implemented such as inclusive innovation clusters grassroots innovation frugal innovation innovation platforms and inclusive user-producer interactions. This book explores the operation conceptualisation and impact of these models and analyses the nature of inclusive innovation practice and research. It will be of interest to researchers policy-makers strategists and other practitioners associated with these new forms of innovation. This book was originally published as a special issue of Innovation and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300088

New Modern Chinese Women and Gender PoliticsThe Centennial of the End of the Qing Dynasty The past century witnessed dramatic changes in the lives of modern Chinese women and gender politics. Whilst some revolutionary actions to rectify the feudalist patriarchy such as foot-binding and polygyny were first seen in the late Qing period; the termination of the Qing Dynasty and establishment of Republican China in 1911-1912 initiated truly nation-wide constitutional reform alongside increasing gender egalitarianism. This book traces the radical changes in gender politics in China and the way in which the lives roles and status of Chinese women have been transformed over the last one hundred years. In doing so it highlights three distinctive areas of development for modern Chinese women and gender politics: first women’s equal rights freedom careers and images about their modernized femininity; second Chinese women’s overseas experiences and accomplishments; and third advances in Chinese gender politics of non-heterosexuality and same-sex concerns. This book takes a multi-disciplinary approach drawing on film history literature and personal experience. As such it will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Chinese culture and society women's studies gender studies and gender politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089563

New Modes of GovernanceDeveloping an Integrated Policy Approach to Science Technology Risk and the Environment In modern global economies how can we govern science technology risk and the environment more effectively? As the pace of innovation has increased the governance agenda has itself been changing; policy-making is in a state of flux and governments are stressing the need for more integrated or "joined up" policies to deal with new orders of complexity. This timely book describes the new approaches to policy for science technology risk and the environment in the context of this modern governance agenda. The authors examine the extent to which governance is integrated where gaps exist and where further integration might be helpful for a range of policy areas. The interdisciplinary approach bridges scientific technical and socio-economic research at global European UK and regional levels. New Modes of Governance will be a valuable resource for academics policy-makers regulators and science and industry communities involved in innovation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315248042

New Money Nice TownHow Capital Works in the New Urban Economy The economic restructuring that has gone on since the 1980s has produced a new economic space in which service and high tech firms are at the forefront of innovation. One of the features of the new economy is what pop geographer Joel Kotkin calls "nerdistans " or smaller cities with a substantial high tech sector limits on growth environmentally friendly policies and a generally well-educated population. In New Money Nice Town Leonard Nevarez takes a close look at how "new economy" firms in "quality of life" cities interact with local political structures finding that they are both more liberal and more detached than their traditional counterparts. This new global economy has created communities whose politics are more democratic but also more tenuous and unstable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811215

New Moral Natures in Tourism How do we understand human-nature relationships in tourism or determine the consequences of these relationships to be "good " "bad " "right " "wrong " "fair " or "just"? What theoretical and philosophical perspectives can usefully orient us in the production and consumption of tourism towards living and enacting the "good life" with the more-than-human world? This book addresses such questions by investigating relationships between nature and morality in tourism contexts. Recognizing that morality much like nature is embedded in histories and landscapes of power the book engages with diverse theoretical and philosophical perspectives to critically review appraise and advance dialogue on the moral dimensions of natures. Contributing authors explore the very foundations of how we make sense of nature in tourism and leisure contexts—and how we might make sense of it differently. The book will be essential reading for researchers students and practitioners grappling with questions about the moral values frameworks or practices best suited to mobilizing tourism natures. What will the future of tourism hold in terms of sustainability justice resilience health and well-being? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591267

New MRCPsych Paper I Mock MCQ Papers The Royal College of Psychiatrists has recently changed the format of its membership examination to adopt multiple choice questions (MCQs). This book of mock MCQ papers includes 675 questions and answers covering all subjects of the Paper I curriculum. It is an essential aid for all candidates preparing for the MRPsch Paper I and will also be usefil for those revising for the similarly-themed Paper II and Paper III examinations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383767

New MRCPsych Paper II Mock MCQ Papers The Royal College of Psychiatrists has recently changed the format of its membership examination to adopt multiple choice questions (MCQs). The book of mock MCQ papers includes 650 questions and answers covering all subjects of the Paper II curriculum. It is an essential aid for all candidates preparing for the MRCPsych Paper II and will also be useful for those revising for the related Paper I and Paper III examinations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378237

New Multinational Enterprises from Korea and Taiwan This volume represents the first substantive study of emerging multinationals (MNEs) from Asian economies drawing on the unique experiences of South Korea and Taiwan. Combining an econometric investigation with detailed case studies of leading Korean and Taiwanese electronics companies it aims to demystify the nature and theoretical implications of these dynamic economic regions.The author argues that many of these `new multinationals do not possess the characteristics typically ascribed to MNEs such as technological leadership strong marketing positions or advanced managerial capabilities. This is highlighted by documentation of recent developments in outward investment from Korea and Taiwan at both micro and macro level. The implications of the recent Asian crisis for the internationaliztion of Korean and Taiwanese firms are also explored. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203021064

New Music and the Claims of Modernity Since 1945 the emphasis in new music has lain in a desire for progress a concept challenged by postmodernist aesthetics. In this study Alastair Williams identifies and explores the recurring issues and problems presented by post-war music. Part one examines the German philosopher Theodor Adorno's portrayal of modernity and his understanding of modernism in music. This is followed by a survey of the developments in music from late Beethoven to Schoenberg the two composers whose works provided the main anchor points for Adorno's philosophy of music. Parts two and three indicate the ways in which Adorno's aesthetics are pertinent to an understanding of new music. Part two comprises a close examination of the music of Pierre Boulez and John Cage composers who represent extreme though related aspects of contemporary music thought: the primacy of structure versus dissolution. Williams' views the music of Ligeti as an exploration of the interface between these two extremes personifying Adorno's advocation of an aesthetic which attempts to embrace all its dissimilar parts. In part three the consequences of modernism and the aesthetic approaches of Derrida and de Mann are considered together with the music of Wolfgang Rihm. Williams concludes with a survey of contemporary music and the postmodernist desire to include a range of compositional references. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269071

New Music Theatre in EuropeTransformations between 1955-1975 Between 1955 and 1975 music theatre became a central preoccupation for European composers digesting the consequences of the revolutionary experiments in musical language that followed the end of the Second World War. The ‘new music theatre’ wrought multiple significant transformations serving as a crucible for the experimental rethinking of theatrical traditions artistic genres the conventions of performance and the composer’s relation to society. This volume brings together leading specialists from across Europe to offer a new appraisal of the genre. It is structured according to six themes that investigate: the relation of new music theatre to earlier and contemporaneous theories of drama; the use of new technologies; the relation of new music theatre to progressive politics; the role of new venues and environments; the advancement of new conceptions of the performer; and the challenges that new music theatre lays down for music analysis. Contributing authors address canonical works by composers such as Berio Birtwistle Henze Kagel Ligeti Nono and Zimmermann but also expand the field to figures and artistic developments not regularly represented in existing music histories. Particular attention is given to new music theatre as a site of intense exchange – between practitioners of different art forms across national borders and with diverse mediating institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730949

New Narratives of Russian and East European ArtBetween Traditions and Revolutions This book brings together thirteen scholars to introduce the newest and most cutting-edge research in the field of Russian and East European art history. Reconsidering canonical figures re-examining prevalent debates and revisiting aesthetic developments the book challenges accepted histories and entrenched dichotomies in art and architecture from the nineteenth century to the present. In doing so it resituates the artistic production of this region within broader socio-cultural currents and analyzes its interconnections with international discourse competing political and aesthetic ideologies and continuous discussions over identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137908

New Nationalisms of the Developed WestToward Explanation Originally published in 1985 New Nationalisms in the Developed West is a collection of interdisciplinary and insightful essays on modern nationalist movements. The book argues that these movements have challenged the power of Western nation-states not from without but from within their frontiers. The book’s focus remains predominately on Western societies and the nationalist movements of nations against states. The essays in this book are detailed and innovative and analyse nationalism through theory methodology and empirical evidence. The book’s use of research methods deepens the comparative explanation of nationalist movements and advances understanding of Western nationalisms as social movements and examples of social change in the developed world. This book will appeal to social scientists in political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442347

New Normal Radical ShiftChanging Business and Politics for a Sustainable Future Our traditional ways of looking at economics business and politics are not fit for purpose. The causes of the recent crisis were behavioural and international but our measures are superficial and financial recorded at a national or company level. This is combined with a fervent quest for endless ’growth’ no matter how unsustainable. Theory has to catch up with reality. Many books chart different courses for economic and business management but New Normal Radical Shift is different. Using examples from international organizations around the world it analyses not only the business model that failed but challenges wider economic and political beliefs that employees’ interests always conflict with those of managers and business owners. Neela Bettridge and Philip Whiteley argue that the right messages about good practice in business struggle to be heard not because of indifference or inertia but because dysfunctional philosophies are still supported not only within business and business schools but also within political circles and by trade unions NGOs and others campaigning for workers’ rights. The central belief of the ’old normal’ is that profits are made by exploiting workers and the environment. In this book the authors’ arguments - all supported by exemplary case studies -demonstrate that this belief is false opening up enormous possibilities in a ’new normal’ of enhanced working lives environmental protection and business success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271227

New Norms and Knowledge in World PoliticsProtecting people intellectual property and the environment This book examines the process of norm development and knowledge creation in international politics and assesses these processes in case studies on protection from torture intellectual property rights and climate change. Drawing on the theories of constructivism and the sociology of scientific knowledge author Preslava Stoeva demonstrates that international norms are a product of a sequence of closures and consensus reached at different social levels. She contends that it is this process which makes norms permeate the social and political fabric of international relations even before they become official principles of state behaviour. Proposing a theoretical model which indicates the stages of the development of norms she studies the roles that various actors play in that process together with the interplay of various types of power. Through this endeavour this book succeeds in providing the reader with a better understanding of the social processes that lead to normative change in international relations. New Norms and Knowledge in World Politics will be of interest to students scholars and practitioners of international relations comparative politics globalization sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849050

New OceaniaModernisms and Modernities in the Pacific For so long figured in European discourses as the antithesis of modernity the Pacific Islands have remained all but absent from the modernist studies’ critical map. Yet as the chapters of New Oceania: Modernisms and Modernities in the Pacific collectively show Pacific artists and writers have been as creatively engaged in the construction and representation of modernity as any of their global counterparts. In the second half of the twentieth century driving a still ongoing process of decolonisation Pacific Islanders forged an extraordinary cultural and artistic movement. Integrating Indigenous aesthetics forms and techniques with a range of other influences — realist novels avant-garde poetry anti-colonial discourse biblical verse Indian mythology American television Bollywood film — Pacific artists developed new creative registers to express the complexity of the region’s transnational modernities. New Oceania presents the first sustained account of the modernist dimensions of this period while presenting timely reflections on the ideological and methodological limitations of the global modernism rubric. Breaking new critical ground it brings together scholars from a range of backgrounds to demonstrate the relevance of modernism for Pacific scholars and the relevance of Pacific literature for modernist scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250157

New Office Information TechnologyHuman and Managerial Implications This book originally published in 1987 evaluates the human and managerial implications of new office information technology based on the actual experiences of organisations using the new technology. A variety of issues are examined including those centred on the role of the manger producitivity unemployment physical and mental health. Major emphasis is placed on describing and discussing the implementation of new technology and ways of utilization which maximise benefits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355694

New Opportunities and Challenges in Occupational Safety and Health Management Global economy and its business environment and thus the world of work have recently been influenced by demographic and social changes globalisation as well as rapid development and introduction of novel sophisticated and previously unknown technologies and new business models especially in the context of the so-called fourth industrial revolution. These changes pose a number of challenges in terms of maintaining and improving occupational safety and health (OSH) management performance as traditional approaches to OSH management in new working environments may no longer be effective. In view of the above the overall goal of this book is to present new approaches and methods for improving the effectiveness of OSH management. They are based on state-of-the-art research and are in line with the latest trends and concepts in the field. The book focuses on five thematic areas which are discussed in respective chapters: 1) Implementing the process approach to OSH management; 2) Improving OSH management systems with fuzzy cognitive maps; 3) Implementing strategic thinking approaches in relation to OSH management; 4) Integrating OSH management within the framework of the CSR concept; 5) Enhancing OSH management processes through the use of smart digital technologies. The methods and solutions discussed may be considered as specific "opportunities" for the improvement to be taken into account in the processes of implementing and maintaining an OSH management system in light of the requirements of the new ISO 45001 standard. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367469320

New OrientationsEssays in International Relations First Published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977112

New Orleans and the Design Moment Following the disaster of Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans people began to discuss and visualize the ways in which the urban structure of the city could be reorganized. Rather than defining the disaster recovery process as simply a matter of rebuilding the existing city these voices called for a more radical rethinking of the city’s physical social and environmental systems. This idea of disaster as an opportunity for urban restructuring is a hallmark of a "design moment." Design moments are different from the incremental process of urban growth and development. Instead of gradual growth and change design moments present the opportunity for a significant restructuring of urban form that can shape the city for decades to come. As such a design moment presents a critical juncture in the historical growth and development of a city. In this book we explore the question: what does urban design have to do with a disaster like Hurricane Katrina? Focused on New Orleans the authors explore different dimensions of the post-disaster design moment including the politics of physical redevelopment the city’s history and identity justice and the image of the city demolition and housing development and the environmental aspects of the recovery process. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Urban Design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946057

New Orleans in the Atlantic WorldBetween Land and Sea The thematic project ‘New Orleans in the Atlantic World’ was planned immediately after hurricane Katrina and focuses on what meteorologists have always known: the city’s identity and destiny belong to the broader Caribbean and Atlantic worlds as perhaps no other American city does. Balanced precariously between land and sea the city’s geohistory has always interwoven diverse cultures languages peoples and economies. Only with the rise of the new Atlantic Studies matrix however have scholars been able to fully appreciate this complex history from a multi-disciplinary multilingual and multi-scaled perspectivism. In this book historians geographers anthropologists and cultural studies scholars bring to light the atlanticist vocation of New Orleans and in doing so they also help to define the new field of Atlantic Studies. This book was published as a special issue of Atlantic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849722

New OrleansCreolization and All That Jazz Ralph Ellison once wrote that the rules of performance in American culture are jazz-shaped. This book explores the Afro-Creole core culture of New Orleans as the mainspring of this energizing music. Much of the cultural capital of the city is buried in a complex tripartite racial history which threatens the binary logic of North American racism with all sorts of sensual transgressions. Its jazz-derived culture combines elements of African French Spanish and Anglo-American cultural practices which in their fusion have created a unique propulsive energy: second line parades jazz funerals Mardi Gras Indians Cajun and Creole foodways minstrelsy dance ragtime and jazz. Photographs by Michael P. Smith Historic New Orleans Collection are included in this work. Media > Books > Print Books Studien Verlag, Austria 9783706552097

New Paradigm Psychology of ReasoningBasic and applied perspectives In recent years the psychology of reasoning has undergone radical change which can only be seen as a Kuhn-style scientific revolution. This shift has been dubbed ‘New Paradigm’. For years psychologists of reasoning focused on binary truth values and regarded the influence of belief as a bias. In contrast to this the new paradigm puts probabilities and subjective degrees of belief centre stage. It also emphasises subjective psychological value or utility; the way we reason within our own social environment (‘social pragmatics’); and the crucial role of dual process theories. Such theories distinguish between fast intuitive processes and effortful processes which enable hypothetical thinking. The new paradigm aims to integrate the psychology of reasoning with the study of judgement and decision making leading to a much more unified field of higher mental processing. This collection showcases these recent developments with chapters on topics such as the difference between deduction and induction a Bayesian formulation of faint praise the role of emotion in reasoning and the relevance of psychology of reasoning to moral judgement. This book was originally published as a special issue of Thinking & Reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023829

New Paradigms in Ergonomics The systems in which we work continue to evolve creating emergent problems and often strengthening intractable issues. In order to remain relevant and impactful the discipline of ergonomics needs its paradigms to evolve too. The aim of this book is to provide researchers and practitioners with new paradigms in the form of ideas concepts theories methods practices and values. The chapters take the reader on a journey through underlying theories new ways to apply those theories and emerging domains in which ergonomics is expected to play a greater role. Readers of this book will be inspired by these new paradigms in ergonomics and seek to push the boundaries even further. The lifeblood of the science depends on continual evolvement and developments to take on the challenges we face in complex sociotechnical systems design and evaluation. Perhaps the most significant take-home message from this book is the demonstration of how theory maps onto practice. As such the only remaining paradigm shift is for these ideas concepts methods and practices to be taken up more widely and the discipline advanced until the next paradigm shift occurs.The chapters were originally published as a special issue in the journal Ergonomics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367570958

New Paradigms in Financial EconomicsHow Would Keynes Reconstruct Economics? The recent global financial crisis has made the inadequacies of the scientific state of economics and finance glaringly obvious as these disciplines gave the false reassurance that such a self-destructive phenomenon could not happen. A similar phenomenon arose in the 1930’s when the pitfalls of the dominant economic theories were sharply exposed. Since then the same analytical framework in its new versions has revealed a huge number of other empirical and experimental failures. On the other hand the founders of the currently dominant theories in economics and finance (i.e. the standard paradigm) such as Walras (1834-1910) Modigliani (1918-2003) and Miller (1923-2000) have identified mathematical contradictions within their own foundational models the root cause of which no one has yet discovered. The standard paradigm has thus lost the reason for its existence in the light of experience experiments and logical rigour. This book identifies the heuristic cause of these external and internal contradictions of the standard paradigm and remedies these problems by offering a new paradigm which can explain and predict observed economic behaviour and resolve the extant behavioural empirical and experimental puzzles. The new paradigm offers a dramatically improved understanding of economic behaviour at the micro as well as macro level of the economy within an over-arching framework comprising the real and the financial sectors. It does so in a rigorous but simple and clear way using an axiomatic approach. It also offers policy recommendations on how the economy should be managed to avoid severe swings. It therefore is of great interest to scholars and practitioners in economics and finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808249

New Participatory Dimensions in Civil SocietyProfessionalization and Individualized Collective Action This book examines citizen engagement in contemporary democratic politics and the development of new participatory forms. Based on empirical information gathered from citizens activists and organizations it examines the changing face of democratic participation. Advanced democracies are ‘plagued’ by the complex problem of basing political decisions on the active engagement of citizens and citizens’ organisations. Although the benefits of an active citizenry appear great the reality is that most citizens positively embrace a relatively marginal role in organised politics. The conventional activist –citizens as active members engaged in voluntary associations and collective decision-making – seems to be replaced by passive supporters and donors or ephemeral or episodic democratic participators. This volume aims to address several issues at the core of this transformation: the rise of checkbook participation the growing attractiveness of individualized forms of participation and the increasing relevance of professional expertise. Looking beyond the traditional single focus on participation or on organizations in isolation the book innovatively examines the empirical link that can be established between actual developments in democratic participations and the organizational framework in European countries. New Participatory Dimensions in Civil Society is essential reading for students and scholars of democracy participation civil society politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802360

New Paths and Policies towards Conflict PreventionChinese and Swiss Perspectives This book explores the discourse on conflict prevention and peacebuilding by bringing together researchers from China and Switzerland over a series policy dialogues. The Charter of the United Nations adopted in the immediate aftermath of World War II is clear about the fundamental necessity for the international community to act in partnership to prevent violent conflict. Given recent shifts in global power dynamics there is an apparent need for international policy issues to be addressed in ways that are inclusive of a wider variety of perspectives and approaches. Chinese policy actors are increasingly interested in fostering their own discourse on issues of prevention and peacebuilding rooted in Chinese experience and engaging with peers from other contexts. The chapters in this volume explore the rationale for conflict prevention and review prevailing academic and practitioner discourses on fundamental questions such as the rationales for why conflicts should be prevented and whether ‘mainstream approaches’ are still relevant. This book will be of interest to students of peacebuilding conflict resolution Chinese politics and International Relations. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.routledge.com/New-Paths-and-Policies-towards-Conflict-Prevention-Chinese-and/Fung-Gehrmann-Madenyika-Tower/p/book/9780367683368 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367683368

New Pathways in International DevelopmentGender and Civil Society in EU Policy Gender considerations and civil society are both major issues in the current debate about the implementation of EU development policy. This volume provides a new perspective and focus on the increasingly important issues of gender equality democracy and participation to explain how they impact on policy. This book will appeal to those interested in the European Union in EU external relations gender issues civil society and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390688

New Pathways in Microsimulation Microsimulation as a modelling tool in social sciences has increased in importance over the last few decades. Once restricted to a handful of universities and government departments as a scientific field it has achieved a new dynamism during the last decade. As computing power increases and data availability becomes more widespread microsimulation models can be put to hitherto unprecedented uses. Edited by leading experts in the field this book illustrates recent advances methodologies and uses of socioeconomic microsimulation in social sciences around the world. It does so by analysing new grounds covered in microsimulation and exploring new applications in traditional fields. As such the chapters - grouped into five sections: new methods and methodology; pensions; financial crisis and austerity measures; health; and poverty - present recent innovative and challenging work in various fields that is not just relevant for those in that field but that might also inspire scholars from the other disciplines to broaden their minds to new and exciting uses of this established methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248410

New Pathways in Pilgrimage StudiesGlobal Perspectives Although there has been a massive increase in the volume of pilgrimage research and publications traditional Anglophone scholarship has been dominated by research in Western Europe and North America. In their previous edited volume International Perspectives on Pilgrimage Studies (Routledge 2015) Albera and Eade sought to expand the theoretical disciplinary and geographical perspectives of Anglophone pilgrimage studies. This new collection of essays builds on this earlier work by moving away from Eurasia and focusing on areas of the world where non-Christian pilgrimages abound. Individual chapters examine the practice of ziyarat in the Maghreb and South Asia Hindu pilgrimage in India and different pilgrimage traditions across Malaysia and China before turning towards the Pacific islands Australia South Africa and Latin America where Christian pilgrimages co-exist and sometimes interweave with indigenous traditions. This book also demonstrates the impact of political and economic processes on religious pilgrimages and discusses the important development of secular pilgrimage and tourism where relevant. Highly interdisciplinary international and innovative in its approach New Pathways in Pilgrimage Studies: Global Perspectives will be of interest to those working in religious studies pilgrimage studies anthropology cultural geography and folklore studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876593

New Perspectives in American Politics The official publication of the National Conference of Black Political Scientists this annual publication includes significant scholarly research reflecting the diverse interests of scholars from various backgrounds who use a variety of models approaches and methodologies. What unites the organization and this annual publication is its focus on politics and policies that advantage or disadvantage groups by reasons of race ethnicity sex or other such factors. The research itself may be done in a variety of contexts and settings. This premier volume includes five feature articles and two special symposia. In addition the publication includes bibliographical essays on politics and women American Indians Chicanos and Blacks as well as an assessment of recent books on Jesse Jackson. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125244

New Perspectives in Caribbean Tourism The Caribbean is one of the most tourism dependent regions of the world. This edited volume extends beyond the frontiers of normative perspectives of tourism development to incorporate "new" ideas and perspectives that relate to the socio-cultural political and economic realities of these societies. This edited text therefore explores tourism in the region within the context of key currents of Caribbean thought and critique in relation to issues of dependency postcolonial interactions race and class as well as identity and culture. Engaging a range of disciplines and themes this volume offers a critical examination of the unique experiences challenges and practices of Caribbean tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897860

New Perspectives in Cultural Resource Management New Perspectives in Cultural Resource Management describes the historic developments current challenges and future opportunities presented by contemporary Cultural Resource Management (CRM). CRM is a substantial aspect of archaeology history historical architecture historical preservation and public policy in the US and other countries.  Chapter authors are innovators and leaders in the development and contemporary practice of CRM.  Collectively they have conducted thousands of investigations and managed programs at local state tribal and national levels. The chapters provide perspectives on the methods policies and procedures of historical and contemporary CRM. Recommendations are provided on current practices likely to be effective in the coming decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874421

New Perspectives in Early Communicative Development Since the 1970s researchers in the communicative development of infants and small children had rejected traditional models and began to explore the complex dynamic properties of communicative exchanges. This title originally published in 1993 proposed a new and advanced frame of reference to account for the growing body of empirical work on the emergence of communication processes at the time. Communication development in the early years of life undergoes universal processes of change and variations linked to the characteristics and qualities of different social contexts. The first section of the book presents key issues in communication research which were either revisited (intentional communication imitation symbolic play) or newly introduced (co-regulation the role of emotions shared meaning) in recent years. The second section provides an account of communication as a context-bound process partly inspired by theoretical accounts such as those of Vygotsky and Wallon. Included here are new studies showing differences in communication between infants compared with those between infants and adults which also have important methodological implications. With perspectives from developmental psychology psycholinguistics and educational psychology the international contributors give a multi-disciplinary account of the expansion variety and richness of current research on early communication. This title will be of particular interest to those involved in child development and communication research as well as for social educational and clinical psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085480

New Perspectives in Indian Science and Civilization This book examines key aspects of the history philosophy and culture of science in India especially as they may be comprehended in the larger idea of an Indian civilization. The authors drawn from a range of disciplines discuss a wide array of issues — scientism and religious dogma dialectics of faith and knowledge science under colonial conditions science and study of grammar western science and classical systems of logic metaphysics and methodology and science and spirituality in the Mahabharata. This collection of essays aims to evolve a framework in which science culture and society in India may be studied fruitfully across disciplines and historical periods. With its diverse themes and original approaches the book will be of interest to scholars and researchers in the fields of the history and philosophy of science science and religion cultural studies and colonial studies philosophy and history as well as India studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138342859

New Perspectives in Public Health The General Practice Jigsaw provides comprehensive and up-to-date information on the future of education training and professional development in general practice and primary care. It is an anthology of work produced by many of the leading figures in general practice across the United Kingdom. General practice now faces challenges that could be seen as threatening the way it traditionally operates but can also be seen as presenting opportunities. This book provides inspiration and guidance to its readers and fuel for the challenges ahead. It shares knowledge and best practice on education teaching and professional development drawing on examples from local regional and national projects. It is essential reading for general practitioners involved in education and training for everyone who needs to know how revalidation and professional development will influence them and for all members of primary health care teams who want to be involved in shaping the primary care organisations of the future. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376677

New Perspectives in Scottish Legal HistoryNew Per Scot Legal His First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977129

New Perspectives in Special EducationContemporary philosophical debates This book should be read by everyone who wants to understand special education today.  New Perspectives in Special Education opens the door to the fascinating and vitally important world of theory that informs contemporary special education. It examines theoretical and philosophical orientations such as ‘positivism’ ‘poststructuralism’ and ‘hermeneutics’ relating these to contemporary global views of special education. Offering a refreshingly balanced view across a broad range of debates this topical text guides the reader through the main theoretical and philosophical positions that may be held with regard to special education and critically examines positions that often go unrecognised and unquestioned by practitioners and academics alike. It helps the reader to engage with and question the positions taken by themselves and others by providing thinking points and suggestions for further reading at the end of each chapter. Perspectives covered include: Positivism and empiricism Phenomenology and hermeneutics Historical materialism and critical theory Holism and constructivism Structuralism and post structuralism Pragmatism and symbolic interactionism Psychoanalysis Postmodernism and historical epistemology Anyone wishing to gain a fuller understanding of special education should not be without this stimulating and much needed text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504225

New Perspectives on 20th Century European Retailing Despite the publication of several studies examining European retailing in relation to the USA there is still a dearth of recent research in English that explores the development of retailing in specific European countries (with the obvious exception of Britain) over the twentieth century. Even for the UK more research is needed to challenge claims such as the alleged "backwardness" of British retailing relative to North America or the presence of formidable "environmental" barriers to the "industrialisation" of retailing in Britain. New Perspectives on 20th Century European Retailing showcases new research on various aspects of twentieth century European retailing that challenges the traditional view that Europe was a "follower" of America in retail innovation. It brings together work by several - mainly early career - scholars who are doing innovative archival-based research on various aspects of European retail history. Following a general review of European retailing by the editors (discussing key debates and new approaches) seven thematic chapters present work that either sheds new light on old debates and/or explores hitherto neglected topics. Collectively they show that whereas retailers are often regarded as ‘intermediaries’ in fact they are actors in their own right and they challenge the traditional view that Europe was a "follower" of America in retail innovation. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the Business History journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367686918

New Perspectives on Agri-environmental PoliciesA multidisciplinary and transatlantic approach Significant advances have occurred in recent years in Europe and in North America in addressing agri-environmental policies. Land use issues tend to be more pressing in Europe than in the US as a whole because of different spatial exigencies. Because these advances have taken place within individual academic disciplines there has been something of a loss of synergy and often efforts are duplicated. While important institutional and legal differences still exist between the two continents the sharing of recent scientific advances will benefit scientists on both sides of the Atlantic and this is the main purpose of this book. The primary features of the book are threefold. First the authors aim to identify options for policy to overcome the challenges ahead related to future agri-environmental policies. Second they synthesize existing knowledge and identify gaps in current knowledge along with future research needs. Finally they explicitly compare agri-environmental interactions and approaches to their resolution in Europe and in the US. This is the only major book of its kind that focuses specifically on the intersection between agricultural and environmental policies and issues. Furthermore the multi-disciplinary approach taken in the volume as well as the inclusion of authors from both sides of the Atlantic Ocean makes the book unique. This book will be of most value to university faculty and students interested in agriculture and the environment on both sides of the Atlantic the text should also be of interest to informed laypersons as well as policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516884

New Perspectives on Arabian Nights Adopting a multi-disciplinary approach this comparative study of a selection of The Arabian Nights stories in a cross-cultural context brings together a number of disciplines and subject areas to examine the workings of narrative. It predominantly focuses on the ways in which the Arabian Nights have transformed as its stories have travelled across historical eras cultures genres and media. Departing from the familiar approaches of influence and textual studies this book locates its central inquiry in the theoretical questions surrounding the workings of ideology genre and genre ideology in shaping and transforming stories. The ten essays included in this volume respond to a general question ‘what can the transformation of Nights stories in their travels tell us about narrative and storytelling and their function in a particular culture?’ Following a Nights story in its travels from past to present from Middle East to Europe and from literature to film the book engages in close comparative analyses of ideological variations found in a variety of texts. These analyses allow new modes of reading texts and make it possible to breach new horizons for thinking about narrative. This Book was previously published as a special issue of Middle Eastern Literatures entitled Ideological Variations and Narrative Horizons: New Perspectives on Arabian Nights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759151

New Perspectives on Assessment in Translator Education This book focuses on new perspectives on assessment in translator and interpreting education and suggests that assessment is not only a measure of learning (i.e. assessment ‘of’ learning) but also part of the learning process (i.e. assessment ‘for’ learning and assessment ‘as’ learning). To this end the book explores the current and changing practices of the role and nature of assessment not only in terms of the products but also the processes of translation. It includes empirical studies which examine competence-based assessment and quality in translation and interpreting education both at undergraduate and postgraduate level. This includes studies and proposals on formative and summative assessment in a wide range of educational contexts as well as contributions about relatively unexplored research areas such as quality assurance and assessment in subtitling for the D/deaf and the hard of hearing and how closely translation programmes fit the reality of professional practice. The findings of this book lend support to existing theoretical frameworks and inform course planning and design in translation education. As such it will be a valuable resource for translation educators trainers and researchers translation and interpreting practitioners and associated professionals. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Interpreter and Translator Trainer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730901

New Perspectives on Association Football in Irish HistoryGoing beyond the 'Garrison Game' This book assesses association football’s history and development in Ireland from the late 1870s until the early twenty-first century. It focuses on four key themes—soccer’s early development before and after partition the post-Emergency years coaching and developing the game and supporters and governance. In particular it examines key topics such as the Troubles Anglo-Irish football relations the failure of a professional structure in the Republic and Northern Ireland national and regional identity relationships with other sports class economics and gender. It features contributions from some of today’s leading academic writers on the history of Irish soccer while the views of a number of pre-eminent sociologists and economists specialising in the game’s development are also offered. It identifies some of the difficulties faced by soccer’s players and administrators in Ireland and challenges the notion that it was a ‘garrison game’ spread mainly by the military and generally only played by those who were not fully committed to the nationalist cause. This is the first edited collection to focus solely on the progress of soccer in Ireland since its introduction and adds to the growing academic historiography of Irish sport and its relationship with politics culture and society. The chapters in this book were originally published an a special issue in Soccer & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593094

New Perspectives on Austrian Economics In recent years there has been a spectacular revival of interest in the economics of the Austrian school.New Perspectives on Austrian Economics includes*A keynote chapter by Israel Kirzner on the question of subjectivism within Austrian Economics*Chapters on Menger Hayek and Schumpeter*the Socialist Calculation debate*Austrian perspectives on key theoretical issues including Uncertainty and Business Cycle Theory*the policy implications of Austrian economics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006843

New Perspectives on Austrians and World War II For more than a generation after World War II offi cial government doctrine and many Austrians insisted they had been victims of Nazi aggression in 1938 and therefore bore no responsibility for German war crimes. During the past twenty years this myth has been revised to include a more complex past one with both Austrian perpetrators and victims.Part one describes soldiers from Austria who fought in the German Wehrmacht a history only recently unearthed. Richard Germann covers units and theaters Austrian fought in while Th omas Grischany demonstrates how well they fought. Ela Hornung looks at case studies of denunciation of fellow soldiers while Barbara Stelzl-Marx analyzes Austrian soldiers who were active in resistance at the end of the war. Stefan Karner summarizes POW treatment on the Eastern front. Part two deals with the increasingly diffi cult life on the Austrian homefront. Fritz Keller takes a look at how Vienna survived growing food shortages. Ingrid Bhler takes a rare look at life in small-town Austria. Andrea Strutz analyzes narratives of Jewish refugees forced to leave for the United States. Peter Ruggenthaler and Philipp Lesiak examine the use of slave laborers. And Brigitte Kepplinger summarizes the Nazi euthanasia program.The third part deals with legacies of the war particularly postwar restitution and memory issues. Based on new sources from Soviet archives Nikita Petrov describes the Red Army liberation. Winfried Garscha analyzes postwar war crimes trials against Austrians. Brigitte Bailer-Galanda and Eva Blimlinger present a survey of postwar restitution of property. And Heidemarie Uhl deals with Austrian memories of the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528840

New Perspectives on Brücke ExpressionismBridging History New Perspectives on Brücke Expressionism: Bridging History brings together highly-renowned international art historians in a scholarly work that offers the first full-length reassessment in English of the importance of the Brücke group to German modernism specifically and to international modernism more generally. It challenges interrogates and updates existing orthodoxies in the field of Brücke studies by deploying new research combined with innovative interpretative approaches. This is an exciting volume of essays with an interlinking tripartite structure that charts the significance of this pioneering German avant-garde group in relation to various critical themes namely 'cultural and material identity' 'collectivity and selfhood' as well as 'defamation and rehabilitation'. The book is unique in the field in that it seeks to excavate specific historical research relating to the activities of the Brücke as a bohemian yet nonetheless enterprising artists' community and considers the contributions of the key members in relation to the dynamics of that group rather than simply on an individual basis. It thoroughly explores the historiography of the Brücke artists' reception throughout the turbulent history of the twentieth century up until the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245884

New Perspectives on CALL for Second Language Classrooms This practical handbook is designed to help language teachers teacher trainers and students learn more about their options for using computer-assisted language learning (CALL) and develop an understanding of the theory and research supporting these options. The chapters in New Perspectives on CALL for Second Language Classrooms synthesize previous CALL theory and research and describe practical applications to both second and foreign language classrooms including procedures for evaluating these applications. The implementation of CALL at the institutional level is also addressed with attention to designing multimedia language laboratories and creating collaborative CALL-based projects between educational institutions. Although many chapters locate their descriptions of CALL activities and projects within the ESL/EFL setting the principles and activities described are equally useful for other language settings. The book does not require prior knowledge of CALL computers or software. To assist readers a glossary of CALL terms and an appendix of CALL Web sites are provided. The book also has its own accompanying Web site (http://www.erlbaum.com/callforL2classrooms) presenting chapter abstracts author contact information and regularly updated links to pedagogical research and teacher development sites. By integrating theoretical issues research findings and practical guidelines on different aspects of CALL this book offers teachers multiple levels of resources for their own professional development for needs-based creation of specific CALL activities for curriculum design and for implementation of institutional and inter-institutional CALL projects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410610775

New Perspectives on Community and the Modernist SubjectFinite Singular Exposed New Perspectives on Community and the Modernist Subject: Finite Singular Exposed offers new approaches to the modernist subject and its relation to community. With a non-exclusive focus on narrative the essays included provide innovative and theoretically informed readings of canonical modernist authors including: James Conrad Joyce Woolf Lawrence Mansfield Stein Barnes and Faulkner (instead of Eliot) as well as of non-canonical and late modernists Stapledon Rhys Beckett Isherwood and Baldwin (instead of Marsden). This volume examines the context of new dialectico-metaphysical approaches to subjectivity and individuality and of recent philosophical debate on community encouraged by critics such as Alain Badiou Jean-Luc Nancy Maurice Blanchot Giorgio Agamben Roberto Esposito and Jacques Derrida among others of which a fresh re-definition of the modernist subject and community remains to be made one that is likely to enrich the field of "new Modernist studies". This volume will fill this gap presenting a re-definition of the subject by complementing community-oriented approaches to modernist fiction through a dialectical counterweight that underlines a conception of the modernist subject as finite singular and exposed and its relation to inorganic and inoperative communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890933

New Perspectives on Construction in Developing Countries Developing countries face the challenge of maintaining economic growth and socio-economic development at the core of which sits the construction industry. Considerable research on construction in developing countries took place in the 1970's and 1980's but little since a gap which this book fills. Including contributions from prominent academics and practitioners in Australia China the Netherlands Portugal Singapore South Africa  Switzerland and the UK this is a truly international analysis of a subject of global interest. The most insightful and relevant of recent research on topics such as Millennium Development Goals the informal construction sector human resource development technology finance and social change are all addressed in the context of the construction industry in the developing world. Also considered are other key aspects of construction industry development such as institution building nurturing of contractors and consultants and championing of industry development programmes. While the challenge has grown and the needs have become even more pressing the research to date has rarely presented effective solutions. Focussing on those aspects of the construction industry most crucial to development this is a much needed up-to-date study that sheds new light on a variety of concepts and issues. This is essential reading for researchers professionals and students interested in the construction industry in developing countries. Readers of this book will be interested in its companion volume; Contemporary Issues of Construction in Developing Countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355869

New Perspectives on Delarivier Manley and Eighteenth Century LiteraturePower Sex and Text This first critical collection on Delarivier Manley revisits the most heated discussions adds new perspectives in light of growing awareness of Manley’s multifaceted contributions to eighteenth-century literature and demonstrates the wide range of thinking about her literary production and significance. While contributors reconsider some well-known texts through her generic intertextuality or unresolved political moments the volume focuses more on those works that have had less attention: dramas correspondence journalistic endeavors and late prose fiction. The methodological approaches incorporate traditional investigations of Manley such as historical research gender theory and comparative close readings as well as some recently influential theories like geocriticism and affect studies. This book forges new paths in the many underdeveloped directions in Manley scholarship including her work’s exploration of foreign locales the power dynamics between individuals and in relation to states sexuality beyond heteronormativity and the shifting operations and influences of genre. While it draws on previous writing about Manley’s engagement with Whig/Tory politics gender and queerness it also argues for Manley’s contributions as a writer with wide-ranging knowledge of both the inner sanctums of London and the outer developing British Empire an astute reader of politics a sophisticated explorer of emotional and gender dynamics and a flexible and clever stylist. In contrast to the many ways Manley has been too easily dismissed this collection carefully considers many points of view and opens the way for new analyses of Manley’s life work and vital contributions to the full range of forms in which she wrote. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878580

New Perspectives on Detective FictionMystery Magnified This collection establishes new perspectives on the idea of mystery as it is enacted and encoded in the genre of detective fiction. Essays reclaim detective fiction as an object of critical inquiry examining the ways it shapes issues of social destabilization moral ambiguity reader complicity intertextuality and metafiction. Breaking new ground by moving beyond the critical preoccupation with classification of historical types and generic determinants contributors examine the effect of mystery on literary forms and on readers who experience the provocative complex process of coming to grips with the unknown and the unknowable. This volume opens up discussion on publically acclaimed modern works of mystery and on classic pieces addressing a variety of forms including novels plays graphic novels television series films and ipad games. Re-examining the interpretive potential of a genre that seems easily defined yet has endless permutations the book closely analyzes the cultural function of mystery the way it intervenes in social and political problems as well as the literary properties that give the genre its particular shape. The volume treats various texts as meaningful subjects for critical analysis and sheds new light on the interpretive potential for a genre that creates as much ambiguity as it does clarity. Scholars of mystery and detective fiction crime fiction genre studies and cultural studies will find this volume invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547650

New Perspectives on Emotions in FinanceThe Sociology of Confidence Fear and Betrayal The financial crisis that started in 2007 is a concern for the world. Some countries are in depression and governments are desperately trying to find solutions. In the absence of thorough debate on the emotions of money bitter disputes hatred and ‘moralizing’ can be misunderstood. New Perspectives on Emotions in Finance carefully considers emotions often left unacknowledged in order to explain the socially useful versus de-civilising destructive nature of money. This book offers an understanding of money that includes the possible civilising sentiments. This interdisciplinary volume examines what is seemingly an uncontrollable fragile world of finance and explains the ‘panics’ of traders and ‘immoral panics’ in banking ‘confidence’ of government and commercial decision makers ‘shame’ or ‘cynicism’ of investors and asymmetries of ‘impersonal trust’ between finance corporations and their many publics. Money is shown to rely on this abstract trust or ‘faith’ but such motivations are in crisis with ‘angry’ conflicts over the ‘power of disposition’. Restraining influences – on ‘uncivilised emotions’ and rule breaking – need democratic consensus due to enduring national differences in economic ‘sentiments’ even in ostensibly similar countries. Promising ideas for global reform are assessed from these cautionary interpretations. Instead of one ‘correct’ vision sociologists in this book argue that corporations and global dependencies are driven by fears and normless sentiments which foster betrayal. This book is not about individuals but habitus and market crudities. Human ‘nature’ or ‘greed’ cannot describe banks which do not ‘feel’ because their motivations are not from personal psyches but organisational pressures and are liable to switch under money’s inevitable uncertainties. This more inclusive social science studies emotions as a crucial factor among others to expand the informed public debate among policy makers bankers academics students and the public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904088

New Perspectives on European Union Development Cooperation This book addresses the fundamental issues of human rights gender immigration and the role of non-governmental organizations as providers of services in European Union development cooperation policy. It investigates the questions of the role of the free market and the future of Lome Convention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367007188

New Perspectives on European Women's Legal History This book integrates women’s history and legal studies within the broader context of modern European history in the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Sixteen contributions from fourteen countries explore the ways in which the law contributes to the social construction of gender. They analyze questions of family law and international law and highlight the politics of gender in the legal professions in a variety of historical social and national settings including Eastern Southern Western Northern and Central Europe. Focusing on different legal cultures they show us the similarities and differences in the ways the law has shaped the contours of women and men’s lives in powerful ways. They also show how women have used legal knowledge to struggle for their equal rights on the national and transnational level. The chapters address the interconnectedness of the history of feminism legislative reforms and women’s citizenship and build a foundation for a comparative vision of women’s legal history in modern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263980

New Perspectives on Global GovernanceWhy America Needs the G8 On its 30th anniversary in 2004 responsibility for hosting the G8 Summit fell into the hands of an allegedly unilateralist America. An America still reeling from the shock of the September 11th terrorist attacks the resulting economic recession bitter divisions with its NATO allies and disappointment with the United Nations Institutions over the 2003 Iraq war. So why does America still need the G8? New Perspectives on Global Governance offers new insight into the role of the Group of Eight's major market democracies and challenges the assumption that the G8 is simply a forum for binding a unilateralist hegemonic America. In contrast to seeing the G8 as a means of imposing an American world order this unique collection of new writings suggests that a now vulnerable America must rely on the G8 as a central instrument of foreign policy. America needs the G8 to achieve its security economic and political interests in the world and to shape the twenty-first central global order it so desperately wants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266834

New Perspectives on Globalization and AntiglobalizationProspects for a New World Order? This completely revised and updated sequel to Globalization and Antiglobalization advances our understanding of the dynamics of neoliberal globalization and draws our attention towards efforts to construct 'another world' beyond neoliberalism. To advance our understanding of these forces and associated processes the collection brings together eleven specialists in the political economy of international relations and globalization to reflect on and analyze the diverse dimensions of the globalization process. Taking into account significant developments in the dynamics of globalization and antiglobalization over the past years it includes a new introduction and a new conclusion as well as eight entirely new chapters contributed by authors as diverse and different in their perspectives as James Petras Walden Bello Norman Girvan Paul Bowles Terry Gibbs Lisa Thompson and Teivo Teivainen. These dynamics are contextualized with essays on the Caribbean Latin America East Asia and Southern Africa. This is an invaluable volume for students academics and activists concerned with creating a truly new world order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267701

New Perspectives on Grammar Teaching in Second Language Classrooms New Perspectives on Grammar Teaching in Second Language Classrooms brings together various approaches to the contextualized teaching of grammar and communicative skills as integrated components of second language instruction. Its purpose is to show from both theoretical and practical perspectives that grammar teaching can be made productive and useful in ESL and EFL classrooms. In this text: *First-rate scholars approach the teaching of grammar from multiple complementary perspectives providing an original comprehensive treatment of the topic. *Discourse analysis and research data are used to address such pedagogical areas as grammatical and lexical development in speaking listening reading and writing. *The communicative perspective on ESL and EFL instruction that is presented provides ways for learners to enhance their production skills whereas the meaning-based grammar instruction can supplement and strengthen current methodology with a communicative focus. This volume is intended as a foundational text for second language grammar pedagogy courses at the advanced undergraduate and master's levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130593

New Perspectives on Happiness and Mental Wellbeing in SchoolchildrenA Developmental-Psychoanalytical Explanation of the Latency Stage New Perspectives on Happiness and Mental Wellbeing in Schoolchildren presents a revolutionary approach to handling social rejection during the latency period. It offers the reader an innovative educational approach adapted to this pre-adolescent age group for systemic intervention in classes experiencing negative social phenomena. Presenting latency as a significant developmental stage it explains children’s cruelty in social rejection from a developmental perspective.The book presents the "Envelopes" therapy method to improve children’s status immediately and proposes a school intervention for social rejection. It also offers an educational approach appropriate to the developmental needs of latency age children. The approaches described are based on a new developmental psychology paradigm that can illuminate latency with far-reaching insights that aid in adapting approaches suitable to this age. This new paradigm of significant and unique intrapsychic development during early childhood asserts that the most important human development occurs during latency.With informative case studies used throughout this book will be of great interest to academics and researchers in the fields of clinical psychology educational psychology and teacher training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730697

New Perspectives on Human Resource Management (Routledge Revivals) The idea of human resource management has become topical and controversial. The term suggests that people in any organization are an asset to be upgraded and full utilized rather than merely a variable cost to be minimized. This in turn implies that the way in which people are managed is a matter of crucial strategic concern. Increased international competition has produced various initiatives world-wide for new approaches to management in particular human resource management. This searching set of interpretations first published in 1983 will be of interest to serious practitioners and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824621

New Perspectives on Human Security This book is testimony to the emergent nature of human security as an idea as a useful construct and as an operational strategy. The aim is to showcase new directions that may enrich the human security agenda. Some human security discourse is still rooted in the traditional language of the aid-agency/UN development/economic growth models often hostile to the corporate and business sector and sometimes negligent of sustainability and climate change issues. Another limited and outmoded approach is an exaggerated focus on Western interventions especially military ones as a "solution" to problems in poor or conflict-prone areas.  "Human Security" was introduced as a construct by the UNDP in 1994. The inherent combination of law-enforcement and people-centred humanitarianism has strived to provide an umbrella to both protect people from threats while empowering them to control their destinies. But with accelerating economic globalization and information flows there is a need to revisit the concept. A new paradigm of Sustainable Human Security is required. This book argues that proponents of a human security approach should welcome efforts to remove the barriers between enterprise corporations aid and development agencies government agencies citizen groups and the UN; and work towards multi-stakeholder approaches and solutions for vulnerable populations. Such an approach is clearly vital in responding to the imperatives of concerted action on issues such as climate change HIV terrorism organised crime and poverty. The agenda may have changed but it remains true that almost all human tragedies are avoidable.  This book examines a number of global problems through the lens of human security and the needs of the individual: global governance; health; the environment and the exploitation of natural resources; peace and reconciliation; the responsibility to protect; and economic development and prosperity. In the latter case the role of business in the human security pantheon is promulgated. There are many reasons why businesses may want to engage with the needs of vulnerable populations – not least the fact that companies cannot function without secure trading environments. In addition there are growing demands for corporate responsibility and citizenship from markets customers shareholders employees and critically communities.  This book throws new light on the human security agenda. It will be essential reading for anyone involved in the debates on human security as well as for practitioners and scholars in international affairs global governance peace studies climate change and the environment healthcare responsibility to protect and corporate responsibility. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351278805

New Perspectives on India and TurkeyConnections and Debates India and Turkey Asia Minor and the Subcontinent of Hindustan and the Ottomans and Mughals have had shared histories of contact engagement and dialogue over the centuries. Much of northern India was under the control of rulers from Central Asia since at least the thirteenth century. Startling glimpses of the presence of Turkic-speaking peoples from Central Asia are still visible for example in north Indian material cultures - languages cuisine religion architecture and medicine.  This book places the Indian subcontinent side by side with the Turkic-speaking world both past and present in order to understand one geographical context in relation to the other. The juxtaposition of the two countries throws up some startling commonalities as well as considerable differences and it is the variations as well as the similarities that allow for comparability. By exploring historical connections and providing a comparative perspective in terms of spirituality and religion social movements political economy and foreign policy the book initiates productive cross-cultural conversations allowing concerns from one location to illuminate the other. The book is split into five parts: History and Memory Nationhood and Leadership Secularism Debating Development and claiming the City. The first comparison of the Subcontinent and present-day Turkey the book emphasizes the importance of cross-regional comparative analysis in order to overcome some of the pitfalls of area-focused analysis. Filling a gap in the existing literature it will be of interest to scholars in various disciplines including politics religion history urbanization and development in the Middle East and Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592462

New Perspectives on Intercultural Language Research and TeachingExploring Learners’ Understandings of Texts from Other Cultures Illustrated by an empirical study of English as a Foreign Language reading in Argentina this book argues for a different approach to the theoretical rationales and methodological designs typically used to investigate cultural understanding in reading in particular foreign language reading. It presents an alternative approach which is more authentic in its methods more educational in its purposes and more supportive of international understanding as an aim of language teaching in general and English language teaching in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600171

New Perspectives on Jewish Cultural HistoryBoundaries Experiences and Sensemaking This book presents original studies of how a cultural concept of Jewishness and a coherent Jewish history came to make sense in the experiences of people entangled in different historical situations. Instead of searching for the inconsistencies discontinuities or ruptures of dominant grand historical narratives of Jewish cultural history this book unfolds situations and events where Jewishness and a coherent Jewish history became useful meaningful and acted upon as a site of causal explanations. Inspired by classical American pragmatism and more recent French pragmatism we present a new perspective on Jewish cultural history in which the experiences problems and actions of people are at the center of reconstructions of historical causalities and projections of future horizons. The book shows how boundaries between Jewish and non-Jewish are not a priori given but are instead repeatedly experienced in a variety of situations and then acted upon as matters of facts. In different ways and on different scales these studies show how people's experiences of Jewishness perpetually probe test and shape the boundaries between what is Jewish and non-Jewish and that these boundaries shape the spatiotemporal linkages that we call history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341244

New Perspectives on Marc-Antoine Charpentier The tercentenary of Marc-Antoine Charpentier's death in 2004 stimulated a surge of activity on the part of performers and scholars confirming the modern assessment of Charpentier (1643-1704) as one of the most important and inventive composers of the French Baroque. The present book provides a snapshot of Charpentier scholarship in the early years of the new century. Its 13 chapters illustrate not only the sheer variety of strands currently pursued but also the way in which these strands frequently intertwine and generate the potential for future research. Between them they examine facets of the composer's compositional language and process aspects of his performance practice and notation the contexts within which he worked and the nature of his legacy. The appendix contains a transcription of the inventory of Charpentier's manuscripts prepared when their sale to the Royal Library was negotiated in 1726 - an invaluable research tool as numerous chapters in the book demonstrate. The wide variety of topics covered here will appeal both to readers interested in Charpentier's music and to those with a broader interest in the music and culture of the French Baroque including aspects of patronage church and theatre. Far from treating his output in isolation this book places it in the wider context alongside such composers as Lully Lalande Marais François Couperin and Rameau; it also views the composer in relation to his Italian training. In the process the under-examined question of influence - who influenced Charpentier? whom did he influence? - repeatedly comes to the fore. The book's Foreword was written by H. Wiley Hitchcock shortly before he died. Hitchcock's own part in raising the profile of Charpentier and his music to the level of recognition which it now enjoys cannot be emphasized enough. Appropriately the volume is dedicated to his memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249684

New Perspectives on Moral Development This volume presents a selection of some of the most exciting new perspectives on moral development that have emerged over the last decade and have transformed our understanding of the field. The contributors to this book cut across traditional boundaries to provide an innovative and integrative approach to fundamental questions dealing with the nature and acquisition of morality. In addressing these questions the chapters draw on new work on the origins of morality in infancy and the early years comparative approaches examining morality in primates new perspectives on moral emotions such as guilt and empathy and new perspectives on the emerging moral self in childhood and moral identity in adolescence. The book also examines the roles of parenting and culture in children’s and adolescents’ moral development. Each chapter is framed in theory and methodology and provides illustrative examples of new research to address important questions in the field. This book is essential reading for researchers and advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students studying moral development and developmental psychology. It will also be of interest to academics and professionals in related fields such as education and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188020

New Perspectives on Music and Gesture Building on the insights of the first volume on Music and Gesture (Gritten and King Ashgate 2006) the rationale for this sequel volume is twofold: first to clarify the way in which the subject is continuing to take shape by highlighting both central and developing trends as well as popular and less frequent areas of investigation; second to provide alternative and complementary insights into the particular areas of the subject articulated in the first volume. The thirteen chapters are structured in a broad narrative trajectory moving from theory to practice embracing Western and non-Western practices real and virtual gestures live and recorded performances physical and acoustic gestures visual and auditory perception among other themes of topical interest. The main areas of enquiry include psychobiology; perception and cognition; philosophy and semiotics; conducting; ensemble work and solo piano playing. The volume is intended to promote and stimulate further research in Musical Gesture Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248700

New Perspectives on Mutual Dependency in Care-Giving Many scholars see caregiving relationships as being based on mutual dependency or interdependency. Extensively cited notions of the ’global care chain’ or ’international division of reproductive labour’ have prepared the ground for analysis of global interdependencies in several domains. This book goes further by taking mutual dependency as a starting point for analysing all relationships. Using the example of Vietnamese families in the Czech Republic and the Czech native nannies it shows how paid caregiving is contextualized in terms of various relationships between three types of actors: employer-employee caring for the child and mother-child. All of these ties are based on ontologically different principles and each of them operates as a piece of a puzzle which is meaningful only in relation to each other. Souralová considers caregiving to be a formative activity that establishes ties between the concerned actors whose subjectivities are mutually shaped in the daily practice of caregiving. With its stress on mutuality in care work this ground-breaking book illuminates the new forms of interpersonal interethnic and intergenerational relationships and highlights the mechanisms and processes in which kinship ties are negotiated and reproduced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598099

New Perspectives on Narrative and Multimodality The contributors in this collection question what kinds of relationships hold between narrative studies and the recently established field of multimodality evaluate how we might develop an analytical vocabulary which recognizes that stories do not consist of words alone and demonstrate the ways in which multimodality brings into fresh focus the embodied nature of narrative production and processing. Engaging with a spectrum of multimodal storytelling from ‘low tech’ examples encompassing face-to-face stories comic books printed literature through to opera film adaptation and television documentary stretching beyond to narratives that employ new media such as hypertext performance art and interactive museum guides this volume examines the interplay of semiotic codes (visual oral aural haptic physiological) within each case under scrutiny thereby exposing both points of commonality and difference in the range of multimodal narrative experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516563

New Perspectives on Property LawHuman Rights and the Family Home The essays in this collection consider the fundamental concepts of property and obligations in law. Ideas of property and of obligations are central organising concepts within law but are nevertheless liable to fragmentation and esoteric development when applied in particular contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138159402

New Perspectives on Property LawObligations and Restitution First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138159884

New Perspectives on Risk CommunicationUncertainty in a Complex Society That risk communication ranks high on the policymaking agenda is beyond discussion today. The field is a point of intersection of social communication practical management and policy making. It covers such diverse activities as to inform and educate the public about risk and risk management in order to influence attitudes and behaviour to act in situations of emergency or crises to aid in decision-making and to assist in conflict resolution. Communication has grown into a major concern in current risk governance based on network co-ordinated management of public affairs conducted by authorities and companies and is recognized as a key component in the government of risk. This is especially salient in policy fields relating to environmental planning and resource management urban planning chemical and food regulation or infrastructure planning development and maintenance. This book explores risk communication research with a focus on new theoretical perspectives research findings and applied goals. It reflects on a broad range of innovative theoretical perspectives methodological approaches and empirical areas. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Risk Research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315873480

New Perspectives on Russian-American Relations New Perspectives on Russian-American Relations includes eighteen articles on Russian-American relations from an international roster of leading historians. Covering topics such as trade diplomacy art war public opinion race culture and more the essays show how the two nations related to one another across time from their first interactions as nations in the eighteenth century to now. Instead of being dominated by the narrative of the Cold War New Perspectives on Russian-American Relations models the exciting new scholarship that covers more than the political and diplomatic worlds of the later twentieth century and provides scholars with a wide array of the newest research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354794

New Perspectives on Safavid IranEmpire and Society Dedicated to the renowned Safavid historian Roger Savory this book brings together a collection of studies on the Safavid state of Iran (1501-1722) from the perspectives of political social literary and artistic history. Savory a doyen of Safavid studies in the 1960s and 1970s was responsible for expanding and popularizing the study of Iran in the 16th and 17th century. To celebrate this legacy well-established scholars of medieval and early modern Iran have contributed specific studies reflecting an array of research interests and specializations which include critical re-examinations of issues of gender literature art and architecture cultural and linguistic currents illustrated historical chronicles and courtly and administrative practices under the Safavid dynasty. This unique compilation is indicative of a growing interest in Iran and Iranian studies in both the academic and public spheres and as such contains a number of new perspectives which will serve to supplement and re-interpret the existing corpus of Safavid scholarly literature to date. It will be an important text for scholars of world history and Middle East studies as well as to historians in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789258

New Perspectives on Sport Volunteerism The book highlights ‘new perspectives’ on volunteerism in sport covering frameworks methods context and variables on several levels from community sport clubs to international events. In analysing the processes of control within voluntary sport clubs a new theoretical framework – critical realism (CR) – challenges how we think about theory and how scientific inquiry should proceed. Further themes raised are: Should sports clubs be viewed as a crossing between a traditional volunteer culture dominated by collective solidarity and a modern volunteer culture focused on the individual benefits? Are former athletes a new group of possible volunteers? Can personal narratives of experiences of being a volunteer in a big international event provide us with new insight that has not previously been considered? Identity is suggested as a motive for understanding volunteers at sporting events. Two new theoretical models are presented one on the development of volunteer commitment and the other on a framework that incorporates both individual- and institutional-level variables. All chapters have recommendations for future research. The testing of these theories and influencing factors will provide new directions in the research of sport volunteerism. This book was originally published as a special issue of European Sport Management Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058996

New Perspectives on State Socialism in China Placing Chinese Community Party history in the realm of social history and comparative politics this text studies the roots of the policy failures of the late Maoist period and the tenacity of the CCP. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315293530

New Perspectives on Technical Editing New Perspectives on Technical Editing provides readers with a rich picture of a thriving discipline. Its 10 chapters are written by various experts in the field each of whom looks at technical editing from a distinct vantage point setting challenging questions and offering authoritative recommendations based on experience and research. Contributors examine significant approaches to the practice and teaching of technical editing: the recommended research methodologies the not entirely straightforward history of technical editing effective approaches to developing editing courses the politics of editing within today's organizations the definition and on-the-job work of copyediting the power of electronic editing the complex nature and best practices of science editing and the nuts and bolts of successfully editing technical journals. Readers will find insights into background literature trends responsibilities workflow legal issues ethics tricks of the trade unanticipated complications business know-how considerations of audience interpersonal relations and strategies for different media that they can apply in their own work and research. Each contributor provides substantive chapter references and the book's annotated bibliography describes and evaluates 100 of the most influential and useful editing resources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315224053

New Perspectives on Technology in SocietyExperimentation Beyond the Laboratory The development and introduction of a new technology to society can be viewed as an experimental process full of uncertainties which are only gradually reduced as the technology is employed. Unexpected developments may trigger an experimental process in which society must find new ways to deal with the uncertainties posed. This book explores how the experimental perspective determines what ethical issues new technologies raise and how it helps morally evaluate their introduction. Expert contributors highlight the uncertainties that accompany the process identify the social and ethical challenges they give rise to and propose strategies to manage them. Focusing on the introduction of new technologies and experimentation as ways to perceive new developments and changing contexts a key theme of the book is how to approach the moral issues raised by new technology and understand the role of experimentation in exploring these matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204010

New Perspectives on the Chinese Revolution These essays present fresh insights into the history of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) from its founding in 1920 to its assumption of state power in 1949. They draw upon considerable archival resources which have recently become available. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702124

New Perspectives on the Education of Adults in the United States Originally published in 1987 this book addresses practical issues in the education of adults in the USA but also encompasses theoretical and abstract ideas. There are chapters on 20th century initiatives in American adult education as well as education of the elderly and adult literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362239

New Perspectives on the End of the Cold WarUnexpected Transformations? This collection of essays makes a significant contribution to the historiography of the end of the Cold War. Research on the causes and consequences of the end of the Cold War is constantly growing. Initially it was dominated by fairly simplistic and often politically motivated debates revolving around the role played by major "winners" and "losers". This volume addresses a number of diverse issues and seeks to challenge several "common wisdoms" about the end of the Cold War. Together the contributions provide insights on the role of personalities as well as the impact of transnational movements and forces on the unexpected political transformations of the late 1980s and early 1990s. Geographically the chapters largely focus on the United States Europe with special emphasis on Germany and the Soviet Union. The individual chapters are drawn together by the overarching theme relating to a particular "common wisdom": were the transformations that occurred truly "unexpected"? This collection of essays will make an important contribution to the growing literature on the developments that produced the collapse of the Iron Curtain the demise of the Soviet Union and the end of the Cold War. This volume will be of much interest to students of Cold War Studies International History European Politics and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592943

New Perspectives on the History and Historiography of Southeast AsiaContinuing Explorations Using a unique "old–new" treatment this book presents new perspectives on several important topics in Southeast Asian history and historiography. Based on original primary research it reinterprets and revises several long-held conventional views in the field covering the period from the "classical" age to the twentieth century. Chapters share the approach to Southeast Asian history and historiography: namely giving "agency" to Southeast Asia in all research analysis writing and interpretation. The book honours John K. Whitmore a senior historian in the field of Southeast Asian history today by demonstrating the scope and breadth of the scholar’s influence on two generations of historians trained in the West. In addition to providing new information and insights on the field of Southeast Asia this book stimulates new debate on conventional ideas evidence and approaches to its teaching research and understanding. It addresses and in many cases revises specific critically important topics in Southeast Asian history on which much conventional knowledge of Southeast Asia has long been based. It is of interest to scholars of Southeast Asian Studies as well as Asian History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086326

New Perspectives on the History of Islamic ScienceVolume 3 Recent studies in the history of Islamic science based on the discovery and study of new primary texts and instruments have substantially revised the views of nineteenth-century historians of science. This volume presents some of these ground-breaking studies as well as articles which shed new light on the ongoing academic debate surrounding the question of the decline of Islamic scientific tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629146

New Perspectives on the Nation of Islam New Perspectives on the Nation of Islam contributes to the ongoing dialogue about the nature and influence of the Nation of Islam (NOI) bringing fresh insights to areas that have previously been overlooked in the scholarship of Elijah Muhammad’s NOI the Imam W.D. Mohammed community and Louis Farrakhan’s Resurrected NOI. Bringing together contributions that explore the formation practices and influence of the NOI this volume problematizes the history of the movement its theology and relationships with other religious movements. Contributors offer a range of diverse perspectives making connections between the ideology of the NOI and gender dietary restrictions and foodways the internationalization of the movement and the civil rights movement. This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of current scholarship on the Nation of Islam and will be relevant to scholars of American religion and history Islamic studies and African American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875176

New Perspectives on the Qur'anThe Qur'an in its Historical Context 2 This book continues the work of The Qur’ān in its Historical Context in which an international group of scholars address an expanded range of topics on the Qur’ān and its origins looking beyond medieval Islamic traditions to present the Qur’ān’s own conversation with the religions and literatures of its day. Particular attention is paid to recent debates and controversies in the field and to uncovering the Qur’ān’s relationship with Judaism and Christianity. After a foreword by Abdolkarim Soroush chapters by renowned experts cover: method in Qur'ānic Studies analysis of material evidence including inscriptions and ancient manuscripts for what they show of the Qur'ān’s origins the language of the Qur'ān and proposed ways to emend our reading of the Qur'ān how our knowledge of the religious groups at the time of the Qur'ān’s emergence might contribute to a better understanding of the text the Qur'ān’s conversation with Biblical literature and traditions that challenge the standard understanding of the holy book.  This debate of recent controversial proposals for new interpretations of the Qur'ān will shed new light on the Qur’anic passages that have been shrouded in mystery and debate. As such it will be a valuable reference for scholars of Islam the Qur’an Christian-Muslim relations and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789210

New Perspectives on the Social Aspects of Digital GamingMultiplayer 2 Expanding on the work in the volume Multiplayer this new book explores several other areas related to social gaming in detail. The aim is to go beyond a typical "edited book" concept and offer a very concise volume with several focal points that are most relevant for the current debate about multiplayer games both in academia and society. As a result the volume offers the latest research findings on online gaming social forms of gaming identification gender issues and games for change primarily applying a social-scientific approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877231

New Perspectives on the Welfare State in Europe Not since the 1940s has there been such comprehensive scope for uncertainty within and about Europe. New Perspectives on the Welfare State in Europe offers an appraisal of comparative social policy and applies it to current uncertainties concerning European communities and European-North American and East Asian relationships. Including contributions from Deakin Klein Leibfried Mishra and Rose the work should provide essential reading for students researchers lecturers and policy makers in social policy politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159211

New Perspectives on Turkey-EU Relations This book makes the case for looking afresh at Turkey-EU relations in order to appreciate the richness and complexity of a relationship which is now more than 50 years old and is still not close to reaching fulfilment. The contributors challenge conventional attempts to understand Turkey-EU relations revealing that EU integration studies has been rather poor at understanding the global context within which Turkey-EU developments take place. More surprising perhaps EU integration studies has also struggled to give sufficient weight to the potential of Turkey’s domestic politics to shape EU enlargement. The volume attempts to correct these imbalances by offering both a global context and new perspectives on the drivers of domestic politics. It represents a shift from a narrow EU integration/enlargement agenda. Turkey’s position vis-a-vis the EU cannot be adequately captured by simplistic notions of conditionality harmonization and an uncritical interpretation of Europeanization. A more rounded view of Turkey-EU relations is advanced based upon a broader context of European and global transformations. The contributions collected here offer an interpretation of Turkey-EU relations from a novel perspective utilize a new framework of theory and draw upon insights and perspectives from disciplines underrepresented in mainstream study of Turkey-EU relations. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary European Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377745

New Perspectives on Virtual and Augmented RealityFinding New Ways to Teach in a Transformed Learning Environment New Perspectives on Virtual and Augmented Reality discusses the possibilities of using virtual and augmented reality in the role of innovative pedagogy where there is an urgent need to find ways to teach and support learning in a transformed learning environment. Technology creates opportunities to learn differently and presents challenges for education. Virtual reality solutions can be exciting create interest in learning make learning more accessible and make learning faster. This book analyses the capabilities of virtual augmented and mixed reality by providing ideas on how to make learning more effective how existing VR/AR solutions can be used as learning tools and how a learning process can be structured. The virtual reality (VR) solutions can be used successfully for educational purposes as their use can contribute to the construction of knowledge and the development of metacognitive processes. They also contribute to inclusive education by providing access to knowledge that would not otherwise be available. This book will be of great interest to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the field of educational technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432119

New Playwriting StrategiesA Language-Based Approach to Playwriting New Playwriting Strategies offers a fresh and dynamic approach to playwriting that will be welcomed by teachers and aspiring playwrights alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059808

New Playwriting StrategiesLanguage and Media in the 21st Century New Playwriting Strategies has become a canonical text in the study and teaching of playwriting offering a fresh and dynamic insight into the subject. This thoroughly revised and expanded second edition explores and highlights the wide spread of new techniques that form contemporary theatre writing as well as their influence on other dramatic forms. Paul Castagno builds on the innovative plays of Len Jenkin Mac Wellman and the theories of Mikhail Bakhtin to investigate groundbreaking new techniques from a broad range of contemporary dramatists including Sarah Ruhl Suzan Lori-Parks and Young Jean Lee. New features in this edition include an in-depth study of the adaptation of classical texts in contemporary playwright and the utilizing new technologies such as YouTube Wikipedia and blogs to create alternative dramatic forms. The author’s step-by-step approach offers the reader new models for: narrative dialogue character monologue hybrid plays This is a working text for playwrights presenting a range of illuminating new exercises suitable for everyone from the workshop student to the established writer. New Playwriting Strategies is an essential resource for anyone studying and writing drama today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415491488

New Policies for the Part-time and Contingent Workforce While much attention has been focused on the rise of the modern Chinese nation little or none has been directed at the emergence of "citizenry". This book examines thinkers from the period 1890-1920 in modern China and shows how China might forge a modern society with a political citizenry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485331

New Politics in Western EuropeThe Rise and Success of Green Parties and Alternative Lists This book provides an introduction to the green party phenomenon in Western Europe that will enable the student of comparative politics to acquire detailed understanding of the green parties and to compare them meaningfully across countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367014438

New Polymeric Materials: Reactive Processing and Physical Properties The development of new polymeric materials has caused a considerable expansion in the field of reactive processing. These new materials are very competitive compared to the traditional ones with respect to production costs and performance. The reports published in this volume present the recent developments and emerging trends in the field of reactive processing and the physical properties of the resulting polymeric materials. Special attention is given to the chemical kinetic and rheological aspects of reactive processing. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429070983

New Pop-Up Paper ProjectsStep-by-step paper engineering for all ages New Pop-Up Paper Projects is an inspirational book for everyone who wants to learn and share the magic of pop-up paper engineering. Illustrated throughout with colour diagrams and photographs this book guides you through basic techniques and foundation skills offers advice on classroom planning and health and safety and shows you how to ensure that learners of all ages can develop and progress their skills. Guiding you through 90- 180- and 360-degree engineering this book presents step-by-step instructions and ideas for over 200 cross-curricular themes from cityscapes to magical creatures. Aiming to challenge and inspire Paul Johnson uses over 150 paper-engineering techniques including: storybooks pop-ups without folds zigzag pop-ups pulleys wheels and levers asymmetrical pop-ups intricate toy theatres diagonal pop-ups with movables. This book brimming with pop-up techniques and how to teach them is for everyone – from the self-styled ‘visually illiterate’ to the art graduate from parents keeping creativity alive at home to classroom teachers planning an engaging curriculum for their class of 30 plus pupils. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679312

New Practices - New PedagogiesA Reader With radical changes happening in arts over the past two decades this book brings us up to date with the social and economic contexts in which the arts are produced. Influential and knowledgable leaders in the field debate how arts education - particularly in visual art - has changed to meet new needs or shape new futures for its production and reception. Opening up areas of thought previously unexplored in arts and education this book introduces students of visual culture peformance studies and art and design to broad contextual frameworks new directions in practice and finally gives detailed cases from and insights into a changing pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511568

New Practices of Comparison Quantification and Expertise in EducationConducting Empirically Based Research New Practices of Comparison Quantification and Expertise in Education discusses contemporary trends and activities related to comparisons and quantifications. It aims to help scholars to conduct empirically based research on how comparisons and quantifications are instituted in practice at different levels in the educational system. The book furthers discussions on policy by looking at the kinds of activities that comparisons and quantifications lead to at an international regional and national level. Most of the book’s chapters are based on empirical research conducted in different research projects. The book thus brings all these projects together and discusses them as activities promoted by the reasoning of comparisons and quantifications.New Practices of Comparison Quantification and Expertise in Education will be of great interest to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of comparative education curriculum research and policy studies. It will also appeal to those in the fields of teacher education including student teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731236

New Principles in Planning Evaluation This book provides recently developed and tested methods for assessing the strengths and weaknesses of planning and policy options. Several contributions focus on new substantive areas of concern in planning evaluation including environmental justice and sustainable urban development. Applications of evaluation in several planning contexts are demonstrated and special problems that these pose are assessed. Several chapters address how to communicate the process and results to several stakeholder groups and how to engage these groups in the evaluation process. Each chapter employs a real-world case in practice thus dealing with the complexity of applying planning evaluation and providing practical advice useful in similar situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272156

New Principles of Best Practice in Clinical Audit This book enumerates the purpose of clinical audit the continuing value of clinical audit in a changing world of healthcare and key issues and the key principles of audit practice. It sets out the core practical methodology of clinical audit making clear how to conduct an audit project. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138443648

New Principles of Political Economy Although Sismondi was admired for his analytic originality and imagination by Marx Mill and Schumpeter until now there has been no full translation of his major work into English. Richard Hyse's excellent translation permits us to absorb the full flavor and quality of his thought. And as Robert Heilbroner notes in his foreword: "Perhaps even more useful is the commentary that precedes and accompanies the text . . . Hyse takes the reader on a conducted tour as he points out Sismondi's differences from and criticisms of Smith and Ricardo and Say on the one hand and Marx on the other."In many respects Sismondi's thought was ahead of its time. A half-century before Walras he spoke of aggregate "equilibrium." Fifty years before Marx he devised an algebraic model of economic growth. Ten years before Mill he published an analytical criticism of Say's Law and one of the earliest uses of marginal utility analysis to explain value. Schumpeter credited him as the father of dynamic analysis in the modern sense. He is also recognized by all as the pioneer of business cycle analysis.Richard Hyse's introduction adds valuable biographical information about Sismondi and positions his work among eighteenth-century social and economic thinkers. As he notes Sismondi's life spanned one of the most revolutionary periods in European history; and although Marxist theory clearly owes a debt to Sismondi his preference was evolution not revolution. The translation will illuminate the genesis of Marxist ideology and some of the basic causes of its failure. Publication of this translation will be welcomed by economists social scientists interested in the history of ideas and those who in Hyse's words wish to "follow the mind of a vigorous pamphleteer dealing with the turbulent world of the French Revolution and its lasting aftermath." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512597

New Product DevelopmentSuccessful Innovation in the Marketplace Keep ahead of your competitors!New Product Development will help you and your company overcome an expensive and common weakness: the lack of adequate new product development. This vital book examines the requirements of new product development in detail as well as in the context of corporate strategy. Packed with practical information that can immediately be put into effect New Product Development can help you keep your company on the leading edge no matter what type of industry you’re in!This uniquely insightful volume will help you become a successful innovator by showing you how to plan and execute strategies for developing a continuous flow of new products and services to help you stay ahead of the competition. It demonstrates how innovation far from being a staff function is a dynamic line management task. It calls for the same aggressive thrust as marketing and sales and every officer of the company from the president on down has a share in this responsibility.Medium size small and even large companies constantly face a mass of problems in achieving successful innovation. New Product Development will help you deal with issues including: inaccurate budgeting costs exceeding budgets faulty market and technical research findings flaws in design inadequately durable materials unforeseen consumer rejection caused by the lack of proper consumer trials leakage of plans to competition failure by outside suppliers missed opportunities for cooperation with outside specialists poorly coordinated development staff ineffective leadership and much more!Beginning with an “executive summary” that will guide you quickly to the chapters most relevant to your business this well-organized book should be on the shelf of every company officer who wants to see his firm prosper innovate and create new products that sell-now and for years to come! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048894

New Product ForecastingAn Applied Approach Concise and jargon free this is a one-step primer on the tools and techniques of forecasting new product development. Equally useful for students and professionals the book is generously illustrated and features numerous current real-world industry cases and examples. Part I covers the basic foundations and processes of new product forecasting and links forecasting to the broader processes of new product development and sales and operations planning. Part II includes detailed step-by-step techniques of new product forecasting from judgmental techniques to regression analysis. Each chapter in this section begins with the most basic techniques then progresses to more advanced levels. Part III addresses managerial considerations of new product forecasting including postlaunch issues such as cannibalization and supercession. The final chapter presents an important set of industry best practices and benchmarks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702117

New Professional's Toolkit This practical toolkit will be your guide towards career success and fulfilment as you make your way in the information sector. Each chapter captures the expert advice of rising stars in the profession and across sectors interweaving case studies that illustrate how to thrive in the information sector take control of your professional development and get to grips with every area of information work. A companion website provides further information resources and links. Comprehensive coverage includes: adapting to your new environment and assessing and developing your skills getting involved in professional networks and promoting yourself project planning and management meeting your users needs and measuring success using online and social media tools marketing your service developing technical skills information ethics and IP working with stakeholders how to generate funding for your service writing and speaking conferences and professional organisations further qualifications mentoring and moving on. Readership: This is the ultimate resource for all new professionals across the information disciplines and internationally whether in archives academic public or special libraries. It's also an ideal introduction to information work for LIS students who want to be prepared for the world of work. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047685

New Public Diplomacy in the 21st CenturyA Comparative Study of Policy and Practice This book examines the concept of new public diplomacy against empirical data derived from three country case studies in order to offer a systematic assessment of policy and practice in the early 21st century. The new public diplomacy (PD) is a major paradigm shift in international political communication. Globalisation and a new media landscape challenge traditional foreign ministry ‘gatekeeper’ structures and foreign ministries can no longer lay claim to being sole or dominant actors in communicating foreign policy. This demands new ways of elucidating foreign policy to a range of nongovernmental international actors and new ways of evaluating the influence of these communicative efforts. The author investigates the methods and strategies used by five foreign ministries and cultural institutes in three countries as they attempt to adapt their PD practices to the demands of the new public diplomacy environment. Drawing upon case studies of US British and Swedish efforts each chapter covers national policy current activities evaluation methods and examples of individual campaigns. This book will be of much interest to students of public diplomacy foreign policy political communication media studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789371

New Public Governance the Third Sector and Co-Production In recent years public management research in a variety of disciplines has paid increasing attention to the role of citizens and the third sector in the provision of public services. Several of these efforts have employed the concept of co-production to better understand and explain this trend. This book aims to go further by systematizing the growing body of academic papers and reports that focus on various aspects of co-production and its potential contribution to new public governance. It has an interdisciplinary focus that makes a unique contribution to the body of knowledge in this field at the cross-roads of a number of disciplines - including business administration policy studies political science public management sociology third sector studies etc. The unique presentation of them together in this volume both allows for comparing and contrasting these different perspectives and for potential theoretical collaboration and development. More particularly this volume addresses the following concerns: What is the nature of co-production and what challenges does it face? How can we conceptualize the concept of co-production? How does co-production works in practice? How does co-production unfold in reality? What can be the effects of co-production? And more specific firstly how can co-production contribute to service quality and service management in public services and secondly what is the input of co-production on growing citizen involvement and development of participative democracy? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952072

New Public GovernanceA Regime-Centered Perspective Written by scholars who have been at the forefront of the NPG debate as well as by scholar-practitioners this book provides lessons learned from experience on how networked contract-based and partnership-centered approaches to government can be undertaken in ways that preserve the values at the center of the American constitutional and political system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765641007

New Public LeadershipMaking a Difference from Where We Sit Most leadership literature stems from and focuses on the private sector emphasizing personal qualities that bind leaders and followers to a shared purpose. As the authors of New Public Leadership argue if these shared purposes do not build trust and legitimacy in public institutions such traditional leadership tropes fall short of the standard demanded by contemporary public servants.  For twenty years the authors have been developing a leadership education and training framework specifically designed to encourage public service professionals to ‘lead from where they sit.’ This book presents that comprehensive integrated and practical leadership framework grounded in the uniqueness of public legal missions culture history and values. The authors explore three key elements of leadership success: 1) an understanding of our public service context including the history the values and the institutions that comprise our leadership setting 2) a set of tools designed to help leaders initiate collective action in wicked challenge settings and 3) tools to support sound judgment enabling leaders to do the right thing in the right circumstances for the right reasons. The authors further provide readers with a basic understanding of democratic institutions encouraging them to work within and across multiple vertical and horizontal systems of authority.  The book is organized into four sections each of which is accompanied by a Master Case that provides the reader with an opportunity to apply the principles and leadership tools discussed in the text to practice. To further reinforce the practice-centered approach to leadership knowledge and skills the authors have developed an accompanying EMERGE Leadership Handbook complete with exercises available online.  Written specifically with the practicing public manager in mind this book arms public servants with a large repertoire of leadership skills designed to accommodate changing public values and conflicting priorities at all levels of our public organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765634641

New Public Management and the Reform of EducationEuropean lessons for policy and practice New Public Management and the Reform of Education addresses complex and dynamic changes to public services by focusing on new public management as a major shaper and influencer of educational reforms within between and across European nation states and policy actors. The contributions to the book are diverse and illustrate the impact of NPM locally but also the interplay between local and European policy spheres. The book offers: A critical overview of NPM through an analysis of debates projects and policy actors A detailed examination of NPM within 10 nation states in Europe A robust engagement with the national and European features of NPM as a policy strategy The book actively contributes to debates and analysis within critical policy studies about the impact and resilience of NPM and how through a study of educational reforms in a range of political systems with different traditions and purposes a more nuanced and complex picture of NPM can be built. As such the book not only speaks to educational researchers and professionals within Europe but also to policymakers and can inform wider education and policy communities internationally.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833814

New Public Management in AfricaEmerging Issues and Lessons The administrative sciences have been dominated by a turn to managerial perspectives in the late 20th and early 21st centuries and in the spirit of this turn 'New Public Management' (or NPM) promises to produce efficient responsible and client-oriented public services. The reforms carried out in the pursuit of New Public Management are often accompanied by great optimism and rapid enthusiastic steps toward implementation. Even in highly developed industrial countries however  these fundamental reforms often overlook the political and cultural contexts of the implementing country. New Public Management in Africa: Emerging Issues and Lessons provides much-needed theoretical foundations for NPM reforms in the African context and reflects on the success of existing reforms in the development of several African states. The individual contributions in this timely volume provide important analyses of academic discourse practical policy achievements and desiderata. The book as a whole however provides a valuable impetus for public administration research in and on African states sharing findings on the results of reforms to date and adjustments required for these reforms to succeed. For public administration researchers outside of Africa this book offers a review of New Public Management case studies that are unavailable or difficult to find elsewhere contributing much to the exchange between African and Western administration science research and demonstrating that African administrative research is well-prepared to help resolve global challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498743402

New Public Management in TurkeyLocal Government Reform The last three decades in Turkey have seen an extensive shift towards a neoliberal agenda. Turkey has made many attempts at reforming existing governance systems in an effort to be accepted into the European Union attracting the attention and curiosity of public management scholars worldwide. New Public Management in Turkey is the first book to analyze large-scale public administration reforms in Turkey according to the underlying principles of democracy transparency accountability and localization.  Systematically examining the literature on Turkish local government over a 25-year period this book presents a comprehensive look at reform and its consequences through the lens of comparative public administration. The scholarly contributions to this volume from academics teaching at universities throughout Turkey offer a multi-dimensional and multi-functional analysis embracing a variety of viewpoints. Utilizing Turkey’s rapid adaptations to the changing trends in public management as a case study this book will serve as a unique and valuable policy guide for politicians and legislators seeking to develop a democratic and localized governance structure in a variety of contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498742153

New Public SpheresRecontextualizing the Intellectual The public sphere provides a domain of social life in which public opinion is expressed by means of rational discourse and debate. Habermas linked its historical development to the coffee houses and journals in England Parisian salons and German reading clubs. He described it as a bourgeois public sphere where private people come together and where they turn from a politically disempowered bourgeoisie into an effective political agent - the public intellectual. With communication networks being diversified and expanded over time the worldwide web has put pressure on traditional public spheres. These new informal and horizontal networks shaped by the internet create new contexts in which an anonymous and dispersed public may gather in political e-communities to reflect critically on societal issues. These de-centered modes of communication and influence-seeking change the role of the (traditional) public intellectual and - at first sight - seem to make their contributions less influential. What processes therefore influence changes within public spheres and how can intellectuals assert authority within them? Should we speak of different types of intellectuals according to the different modes of public intellectual engagement? This ground-breaking volume gives a multi-disciplinary account of the way in which public intellectuals have constructed their role and position in the public sphere in the past and how they try to voice public concerns and achieve authority again within those fragmented public spheres today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252066

New Qing Imperial HistoryThe Making of Inner Asian Empire at Qing Chengde New Qing Imperial History uses the Manchu summer capital of Chengde and associated architecture art and ritual activity as the focus for an exploration of the importance of Inner Asia and Tibet to the Qing Empire (1636-1911). Well-known contributors argue that the Qing was not simply another Chinese dynasty but was deeply engaged in Inner Asia not only militarily but culturally politically and ideologically. Emphasizing the diverse range of peoples in the Qing empire this book analyzes the importance to Chinese history of Manchu relations with Tibetan prelates Mongolian chieftains and the Turkic elites of Xinjiang. In offering a new appreciation of a culturally and politically complex period the authors discuss the nature and representation of emperorship especially under Qianlong (r. 1736-1795) and examine the role of ritual in relations with Inner Asia including the vaunted (but overrated) tribute system. By using a specific artifact or text as a starting point for analysis in each chapter the contributors not only include material previously unavailable in English but allow the reader an intimate knowledge of life at Chengde and its significance to the Qing period as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511186

New Racial LandscapesContemporary Britain and the Neoliberal Conjuncture The chapters in this volume examine the racial and ethnic landscape of Britain in a contemporary era of neoliberalism and financial crisis. A key aspect of neoliberal thought is the belief that we live in a ‘post-racial’ society in which the problems of racism and xenophobia have been overcome. However cultural retrenchment and coded xenophobia have been sweeping the political terrain accompanied by ‘new racisms’ and ‘new racial subjects’ that only close contextual analysis can unpick. The scholarship contained in this collection challenges those who suggest that we live in a post-racial era. By focusing on particular locations in Britain at a particular moment the volume explores local stories of ‘race’ and racism across changing sociopolitical ground. This book is essential reading for scholars and students of race racism diaspora multiculturalism post-colonialism transnationalism and post-race. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217799

New Racial Missions of PolicingInternational Perspectives on Evolving Law-Enforcement Politics This book identifies new formations of race racism and ethnicity at the intersection of neoliberalism security urban governance and the law through a comparative international analysis of police organizations and practices. It pushes analytical and theoretical boundaries by examining racialization and ethnicization in locations where the topic is politically taboo such as in China India and France and where racial and ethnic hierarchies have supposedly been banished to the past as in Bosnia and South Africa. This book also examines police and security services not as mere artefacts of state authority or the prerogatives of capitalist development but as relatively autonomous and uniquely productive intersections of new kinds of state social and cultural formations that are remaking race embodiment fear and control on their own terms. This book was published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849739

New Realities in AudioA Practical Guide for VR AR MR and 360 Video. The new realities are here. Virtual and Augmented realities and 360 video technologies are rapidly entering our homes and office spaces. Good quality audio has always been important to the user experience but in the new realities it is more than important it’s essential. If the audio doesn’t work the immersion of the experience fails and the cracks in the new reality start to show. This practical guide helps you navigate the challenges and pitfalls of designing audio for these new realities. This technology is different from anything we’ve seen before and requires an entirely new approach; this book will introduce the broad concepts you need to know before delving into the practical detail you need.   Key Features This book covers audio for all types of new reality technology. At the moment VR and 360 video are getting a lot of press but in a few years we will be hearing a lot more about Augmented and Mixed reality technologies as well. A practical guide to creating designing and implementing audio for this new technology by a leading sound design and implementation expert. Conceptual explanations address the new approaches necessary to designing effective audio for the new realities. Real-world examples and analysis of what does and does not work including detailed case study discussions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138740815

New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish + Practising Spanish Grammar Workbook Bundle A New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish is a comprehensive cohesive and clear guide to the forms and structures of Spanish as it is written and spoken today in Spain and Latin-America. It includes clear descriptions of all the main grammatical phenomena of Spanish and their use illustrated by numerous examples of contemporary Spanish both Peninsular and Latin-American formal and informal. Fully revised and updated the sixth edition is even more relevant to students and teachers of Spanish. Practising Spanish Grammar is the ideal companion to the sixth edition of the widely acclaimed A New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish. Thoroughly updated this fourth edition of the workbook features an improved organization which closely mirrors that of A New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish sixth edition. The selection of exercises has been fullyrevised and expanded with new exercises on a variety of topics includingpossessives conditional future and past tenses and polite requests. The combination of reference grammar and workbook is invaluable for learners at level B2–C2 of the Common European Framework for Languages and Intermediate High–Advanced High on the ACTFL proficiency scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086725

New Regional Geopolitics in the Indo-PacificDrivers Dynamics and Consequences During the last twenty years burgeoning transnational trade investment and production linkages have emerged in the area between the Indian and Pacific Oceans. The appearance of this area of interdependence and interaction and its potential impact on global order has captured the attention of political leaders and the concept of the Indo-Pacific region is increasingly appearing in international political discourse.This book explores the emergence of the Indo-Pacific concept in different national settings. Chapters engage with critical theories of international relations regionalism geopolitics and geoeconomics in reflecting on the domestic and international drivers and foreign policy debates around the Indo-Pacific concept in Australia India the United States Indonesia and Japan. They evaluate the reasons why the concept of the Indo-Pacific has captured the imaginations of policy makers and policy analysts in these countries and assess the implications of competing interpretations of the Indo-Pacific for conflict and cooperation in the region. A significant contribution to the analysis of the emerging geopolitics of the Indo-Pacific this book will be of interest to researchers in the field of Asian Studies International Relations  Regionalism Foreign Policy Analysis and Geopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874025

New Regionalism and the European UnionDialogues Comparisons and New Research Directions The debates on regionalism have been polarized between European Union (EU) scholars and non-EU scholars with the assumption being that regionalism within the EU and other regions of the world are quite distinct with little to be learnt from dialogue with each other. This book challenges such assumptions and calls for a genuine debate between scholars of regionalism. This book demonstrates that more can and needs to be learned about regional integration all over the world through comparison and reflection on specific regional trends. Beginning with a theoretically driven introduction leading experts in the field are brought together to offer a series of case studies on regional integration within Latin America Africa Asia North America and Europe. In Part III the authors investigate the links between the EU and selected other regional organisations and processes exploring the dynamics through which these interregional relations are developing and the implications they have for the study of contemporary regionalism/regionalisation both inside and beyond the continent of Europe. The conclusions set out a challenging research agenda for comparative studies in the field. Addressing one of the under-explored aspects of EU studies the EU’s coexistence with other pan-continental/regional organisations in the European continent this book will be of interest to students and scholars of regionalism IPE European Studies and international politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415563727

New Regionalism in Australia New Regionalism promoted as a new paradigm of development by the OECD suggests that globalization is bringing together new technologies management employees and communities to form new patterns of local governance. However despite the growing influence of New Regionalism in regional development policy in the West and increasingly in Australia there has been little debate about the relevance and application of these ideas in Australia. Bringing together contributions from academics practitioners and policy makers this book redresses this imbalance by examining the theoretical and empirical foundations of this powerful and growing school of thought locating the debate firmly in the Australian context. With an opening chapter by Kevin Morgan (Cardiff University) who has been at the heart of the New Regionalism debate the book provides important insights into the theory and practice of New Regionalism in this vibrant region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620001

New Regionalism or No Regionalism?Emerging Regionalism in the Black Sea Area The nation states in the Black Sea area have initiated many co-operative policies but the area also sees numerous tensions between neighboring states. The conflict-co-operation paradox along with ethnic fragmentation and shared culture are two of the most salient features of the Black Sea Area. These paradoxes are not the only force in the evolution of the region though. There are also issues such as ethnic and national identity the failure of democratization energy and resources as well as the influence of other powers such as Russia the EU and the USA. The key questions asked by the authors in this book are: to what extent is there an emerging regionalism in the Black Sea area? Is the Black Sea a region? What are the common interests shared by the former USSR states the three EU member states neighboring the Black Sea - Bulgaria Greece and Romania and a NATO country - Turkey? Are the fault-lines dividing them more pervasive than the incentives for cooperation? Can we speak of a shared identity? The first part of the book places the Black Sea problematique in a wider historical and spatial context. The authors then take a closer look at the region and examine further the structure of the Black Sea area. They offer a perspective on smaller actors with great ambitions such as Azerbaijan and Romania and go on to make a comparison between the emerging regionalism in the Black Sea area and regionalisms in other parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261174

New Religions and Spiritualities Since the 1960s a fresh wave of new religions and what has come to be termed 'spiritualities' have been evident on a global scale. This volume in The Library of Essays on Sexuality and Religion focuses on these 'new' religions and their often contentious attitudes towards human sexuality. Part 1 through previously-published articles provides instances of affirming orientations of the 'new' religions towards sexuality. This entails scrutinising examples of innovative religion from a historical perspective as well as those of a more contemporary nature. Part 2 examines with pertinent illustrations the controversial character of 'new' religions in their 'cultist' forms and matters of sexual control and abuse. Part 3 considers sexuality as articulated through paganism the occult and esotericism in the postmodern setting. Part 4 examines both hetero- and non-hetero- expressions of sexuality through the so-called 'New Spiritualities' Quasi-religions and the more 'hidden' forms of religiosity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247991

New Religions As Global CulturesMaking The Human Sacred In the face of the popular crusade to link new religious movements to dangerous cults brainwashing and the need for deprogramming Irving Hexham and Karla Poewe argue that many cults are in fact the product of dynamic interaction between folk religions and the teachings of traditional world religions. With the widespread loss of belief in biblica Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317010

New Religious Movements and CounsellingAcademic Professional and Personal Perspectives There are many different ways in which minority religions and counselling may interact. In some cases there can be antagonism between counselling services and minority religions with each suspecting they are ideologically threatened by the other but it can be argued that the most common relationship is one of ignorance â€“ mental health professionals do not pay much attention to religion and often do not ask or consider their client’s religious affiliation. To date the understanding of this relationship has focused on the ‘anti-cult movement’ and the perceived need for members of minority religions to undergo some form of ‘exit counselling’. In line with the series this volume takes a non-judgemental approach and instead highlights the variety of issues religious groups and counselling approaches that are relevant at the interface between minority religion and counselling. The volume is divided into four parts: Part I offers perspectives on counselling from different professions; Part II offers chapters from the field leaders directly involved in counselling former members of minority religions; Part III offers unique personal accounts by members and former members of a number of different new religions; while Part IV offers chapters on some of the most pertinent current issues in the counselling/minority religions fields written by new and established academics. In every section the volume seeks to explore different permutations of the counsellor-client relationship when religious identities are taken into account. This includes not only ‘secular’ therapists counselling former members of religion but the complexities of the former member turned counsellor as well as counselling practised both within religious movements and by religious movements that offer counselling services to the ‘outside’ world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881573

New Religious MovementsChallenge and Response New Religious Movements: Challenge & Response is the most comprehensive wide-ranging study on the global impact of new religions.* New religions discussed include Hare Krishna Sikh Dharma The Unification Church The Church of Scientology The Jesus People and Wicca.* Focuses on the rise of new religious movements in Italy Brazil United States Germany and Britain. * The contributors are among the most respected and reputable experts in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203129166

New Reproductive Technologies and DisembodimentFeminist and Material Resolutions With attention to the ways in which new reproductive technologies facilitate the gradual disembodiment of reproduction this book reveals the paradox of women's reproductive experience in patriarchal cultures as being both and often simultaneously empowering and disempowering. A rich exploration of birth appropriation in the West New Reproductive Technologies and Disembodiment investigates the assimilation of women's embodied power into patriarchal systems of symbolism culture and politics through the inversion of women's and men's reproductive roles. Contending that new reproductive technologies represent another world historical moment both in their forging of novel social relations and material processes of reproduction and their manner of disembodying women in unprecedented ways - a disembodiment evident in recent visual and literary popular and academic texts - this volume locates the roots of this disembodiment in western political discourse. A call to feminist political theory to re-remember the material dimensions of bodies and their philosophical significance New Reproductive Technologies and Disembodiment will appeal to scholars of sociology gender studies political and social theory and the study of science technology and health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599676

New Research Paradigms in Tourism Geography This collection of papers from Tourism Geographies emphasizes new and emerging research paradigms in the geographic study of tourism. The papers included in this collection follow one of two threads: explicitly supporting specific research frameworks or implicitly presenting new and emerging theoretical perspectives through empirical research on the geographical topics. These begin with three overview papers from themes that emerged from recent annual meetings of the Association of American Geographers including evolutionary economic geography (EEG) political ecology and community resilience. Each of these theoretical and conceptual frameworks is leading to new explorations and insights in a wide variety of geographical and social science research including tourism studies. These are followed by a series of papers that extend our knowledge and thinking on a range of key geographical topics including development and underdevelopment (by Saarinen & Rogerson) sustainable tourism planning (by Torres-Delgado & Saarinen) encounters with the natural environment (by Hill) and the geography of place names (by Light) as well as economic geography and new technologies and their applications to spatial behavior research. The papers in this special issue are especially relevant to tourism scholars and very much represent the types of perspectives that Tourism Geographies seek to promote. This book was published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058828

New Rich New Poor New RussiaWinners and Losers on the Russian Road to Capitalism Now expanded to cover the consequences of Russia's 1998 financial collapse this book focuses on the social consequences of a modern-day great depression. The text examines the unequal distribution of the costs and benefits of Russia's leap into capitalism. The topics covered include: the emergence of the "new poor"; the recruitment of a business elite; the changing social and economic status of women; and the impact of marketization on employment. The study draws on a range of statistics and survey research data to present a portrait of the lives and circumstances of comtemporary Russians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500812

New Russia Originally published in English in 1932 and written a former French Minister of Public Works this volume reviews the situation in Russia in the early decades of the twentieth century. It places the situation in its historical setting and traces the revolutionary movement from its sources. The book is a broad panorama of the situation in Bolshevik Russia and an important reference work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085114

New Saints in Late-Mediaeval Venice 1200–1500A Typological Study This book focuses on the comparatively unknown cults of new saints in late-mediaeval Venice. These new saints were near-contemporary citizens who were venerated by their compatriots without official sanction from the papacy. In doing so the book uncovers a sub-culture of religious expression that has been overlooked in previous scholarship. The study highlights a myriad of hagiographical materials both visual and textual created to honour these new saints by members of four different Venetian communities: The Republican government; the monastic orders mostly Benedictine; the mendicant orders; and local parishes. By scrutinising the hagiographic portraits described in painted vita panels written vitae passiones votive images sermons and sepulchre monuments as well as archival and historical resources the book identifies a specifically Venetian typology of sanctity tied to the idiosyncrasies of the city’s site and history. By focusing explicitly on local typological traits the book produces an intimate and complex portrait of Venetian society and offers a framework for exploring the lived religious experience of late-mediaeval societies beyond the lagoon. As a result it will be of keen interest to scholars of Venice lived religion hagiography mediaeval history and visual culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478008

New Security FrontiersCritical Energy and the Resource Challenge The globalizing world is increasingly confronting a new category of security issues related to resource availability. The resource environment contains both traditional categories such as energy foodstuffs and water as well as new technologically related resources such as rare earth minerals. The essays in this volume emphasize both the uniqueness and the magnitude of these new challenges while simultaneously acknowledging that cooperation and competition in response to these security concerns occur within the context of both the historical and contemporary international power configurations. Moreover these challenges are of a global nature and will require global perspectives global thinking and innovative global solutions. Krishna-Hensel brings together a wide range of topics focusing on critical resource availability impacting upon global security and the geopolitical ramifications of resource competition. The volume addresses the development of strategic thinking on these issues and underscores the increasing awareness that this is a critical area of concern in the twenty-first century global landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250413

New Security Issues in Northern EuropeThe Nordic and Baltic States and the ESDP This volume analyzes the Nordic and Baltic states' relationship with the European Security and Defence Policy (ESDP). Clive Archer presents a general background to the European Union's ESDP the strategic situation of Northern Europe the main security and defence policy issues faced by the states there as well as outlining the main theoretical considerations concerning security in the region. Key chapters cover the three Baltic states of Estonia Latvia and Lithuania and the four Nordic states of Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden. The selected contributors provide an analysis of the region as seen from Brussels and of the practical and theoretical issues arising from the study. This new text tackles an aspect of the ESDP that has previously received little attention and reinvigorates old ground blending together analytical theoretical and policy-relevant approaches. New Security Issues in Northern Europe will be a welcome addition to all those with an interest in security studies European politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994447

New Seeds and Poor People First published in 1989 this book deals with the impact of cereal production upon the Third World specifically ‘Modern Varieties’ (MVs). Using evidence from plant breeding economics and nutrition science the authors seek to pinpoint what has been achieved what has gone wrong and what needs to be done in future. Although the technical innovations of MVs mean more employment cheaper food and less risk for small farmers the reduction in crop diversity increases the risk of danger from pests and though MVs enlarge cereal stocks many are too poor to afford them. The book concludes that technical breakthroughs alone won’t solve deep-rooted social problems and that only new policies and research priorities will increase the choices assets and power of the rural poor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849067

New Sex TherapyActive Treatment Of Sexual Dysfunctions First published in 1975. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873209

New Silent Cinema With the success of Martin Scorsese’s Hugo (2011) and Michel Hazanavicius’s The Artist (2011) nothing seems more contemporary in recent film than the styles forms and histories of early and silent cinemas. This collection considers the latest return to silent film alongside the larger historical field of visual repetitions and affective currents that wind their way through 20th and 21st century visual cultures. Contributors bring together several fields of research including early and silent cinema studies experimental and new media historiography and archive theory and studies of media ontology and epistemology. Chapters link the methods concerns and concepts of early and silent film studies as they have flourished over the last quarter century to the most recent developments in digital culture—from YouTube to 3D—recasting this contemporary phenomenon in popular culture and new media against key debates and concepts in silent film scholarship. An interview with acclaimed Canadian filmmaker Guy Maddin closes out the collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415735278

New Sites For ShakespeareTheatre the Audience and Asia In the course of exploring the theatrical cultures of South and East Asia eminent Shakespeareanist John Russell Brown developed some remarkable theories about the nature of performance the state of Western 'Theatre' today and the future potential of Shakespeare's plays. In New Sites for Shakespeare he outlines his passionate belief in the power of theatre to reach mass audiences based on his experiences of popular Asian performances. It is a personal polemic but it is also a carefully argued and brilliantly persuasive study of the kind of theatrical experience Shakespeare's own contemporaries enjoyed. This is a book which cannot be ignored by anyone who cares about the live performing arts today. Separate chapters consider staging acting improvisation ceremonies and ritual and an analysis of the experience of the audience is paramount throughout. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203030455

New Social Movements In Western EuropeA Comparative Analysis First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179820

New SocialismsFutures Beyond Globalization The major problems facing the world as it gets used to the twenty-first century are global inequality poverty war and militarism oppression exploitation and ecological sustainability. Far from solving these problems economic and political neo-liberalism seems to be plunging us deeper into them. Diverse opposition movements have arisen over the years to combat these problems which the groups generally consider to be the result of "globalization". These opposition movements suffer greatly from being opposed to lots of things without necessarily putting forward realistic alternative suggestions. This impressive new book seeks to analyze and develop serious alternatives to the status quo. With contributions from a wide range of scholars this important book will provide a uniquely varied outlook. Students and academics involved in international politics and economics as well as general readers with an interest in the anti-globalization movement will find this work incredibly useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650458

New Sociologies of Elite Schooling Elite schools have an intriguing capacity to endure and adapt in the face of social cultural and political change. They help both to reproduce power privilege and status and also to regularly produce them afresh. The intricacies involved over time and place have attracted the abiding empirical methodological and conceptual interest of sociologists and historians; recently anthropologists and geographers have also responded to their allure. Collectively the focus of such studies is usually on class making and the manner in which gender and race/ethnicity place and mobility overlap and are part of the mix. This edited collection is framed around the notion of a ‘new sociology of elite education’ but it speaks into this wider space of inquiry in which studies of such schools are becoming more interdisciplinary. In so doing it brings together a new array of conceptual and theoretical tools while also deepening those that already exist. The contributions examine various configurations of contemporary class making and their attendant politics. These explorations are situated in the specificities of geographical locales where the complex dynamics of both national/local educational priorities and global/transnational forces are played out. In addition to showing how these dynamics put pressure on elite schools to redefine them the book’s diverse international focus shines a light on new and emerging global patterns. This book was originally published as a special issue of British Journal of Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143220

New Sociologies of Sex Work Sex work studies have seen an expansion in publications over the past decade drawing together disciplines from across the social sciences namely sociology criminology and social policy. There has however been a tendency for research and writing to focus on the more obvious aspect of the sex industry - the visible elements of female street prostitution and those features which attract media attention such as the criminalised aspects of the sex trade. The sex industry is diverse in terms of its organisation presentation participants and how it is located in the broader context of globalisation and regulation; there is a need for publications which demonstrate this breadth. This book makes an outstanding contribution to the sociology of sex work through advancing theoretical policy methodological and empirical ideas as each chapter pushes the boundaries of a specific area by offering new and critical research as well as commentary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602499

New Space For Women This book addresses American women's problems in homes and office buildings in urban and suburban areas and in neighborhoods and assesses the institutional barriers to change that have prevented women's needs from being adequately addressed in the decisionmaking process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169008

New Speakers of Irish in the Global ContextNew Revival? This volume is the first full-length publication to systematically unpack and analyze the linguistic practices and ideologies of "new speakers" specifically in an Irish language context. The book introduces the theoretical foundations of the new speaker framework as it manifests itself in the Irish setting describes its historical precedents and traces its evolution to today. The book then draws upon a rich set of data and research methods including participant observation and ethnographic fieldwork to examine the new speaker phenomenon in Irish in greater detail. Areas of analysis include new speakers’ language practices and usage and the ways in which they position their linguistic identities both within their respective communities and in juxtaposition with "native" speakers. While the book’s focus is on Irish the volume will contribute to a greater understanding of new speaker practices and ideologies in minority language contexts more generally making this key reading for students and scholars in sociolinguistics applied linguistics language policy and planning anthropology and Irish studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243385

'New Statesman'Portrait of a Political Weekly 1913-1931 This volume reveals how a fledgling Fabian journal came to play a key role in the growth of the modern Labour Party. The author compares its first journalists with later generations of editors and writers and rediscovers the early and lasting importance of the British Left's best-known magazine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036243

New Statistical Procedures for the Social SciencesModern Solutions To Basic Problems This unique volume addresses the inadequacies of basic statistical methods that standard textbooks tend to ignore. The author introduces new procedures with accompanying tables that illustrate the practicality of the methods. Concentrating on basic experimental designs that are central to research in the social sciences Wilcox describes new nonparametric techniques two-way ANOVA designs and new results related to the analysis of covariance and repeated measure design. This book serves as the ideal reference and supplement to standard texts by making the statistical advances of the last thirty years accessible to graduate students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462502

New Strategies in Higher Education Marketing With rising financial difficulties and declining enrollments many colleges and universities are finding that they need new and better ways to present and promote themselves to potential students and the general public. New Strategies in Higher Education Marketing contains practical “how-to” applications of marketing thought and theory for the higher education environment. Written by practitioners for practitioners this valuable book offers new viewpoints tools and creative ways to solve potentially devastating problems through the implementation of marketing. Each chapter is application oriented and cases and situations common to most universities and colleges are discussed to illustrate marketing strategies and techniques to make them more easily understood and readily usable.New Strategies in Higher Education Marketing is divided into four sections: Strategy Research and Promotion Enrollment Services Development. It includes informative chapters on topics including perceptions and proper application of marketing in higher education; fund raising; public relations; coordination of intra-organizational efforts; techniques and methods of gathering information and data; and the challenge and management of student enrollment. Directors presidents vice-presidents and others responsible for or interested in the marketing of a college or university will find a wealth of highly practical information in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977136

New Studies in Deweyan EducationDemocracy and Education Revisited New Studies in Deweyan Education examines in detail some of John Dewey’s most influential writings by connecting them with contemporary issues perspectives controversies and debates. By bringing together scholars from the United States and Germany this volume offers an international perspective on current implications challenges and risks of democracy and education in the contemporary world. This book elaborates on the continuing relevance resourcefulness and richness of the Deweyan tradition as a frame of thought and action in the sphere of education. It is divided into three main parts: Education Schooling and Democracy; Education and the Reconstruction of Philosophy; and Education Economy and the Changing Forms of Capitalism. The chapters in this volume build on each other as they provide a multifaceted picture of Deweyan education’s role in societal reconstruction. Written for students and scholars in the fields of education and philosophy New Studies in Deweyan Education represents a new unique and innovative way of approaching the problems and opportunities of democracy and education then and now. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369422

New Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Gdansk Poland and Prussia New Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Poland and Prussia: The Impact of Gdańsk draws together the latest reseach conducted by local historians and archaeologists on the city of Gdańsk and its impact on the surrounding region of Pomerania and Poland as a whole. Beginning with Gdańsk’s early political history and extending from the 10th to the 16th century its twelve chapters explore a range of political social and socio-cultural historical questions and explain such phenomena as the establishment and development of the Gdańsk port and city. A prominent theme is a consideration of the interactions between Gdansk and Poland and Prussia including a look into the city’s links with the State of the Teutonic Order in Prussia and the Kingdom of Poland under the rule of the Piast and Jagiellonian dynasties. The chapters are placed in the historical context of medieval Poland as well as the broader themes of religion the matrimonial policy of noble families or their contacts with the papacy. This book is an exciting new study of medieval Poland and unparalleled in the English-speaking world making it an ideal text for those wanting to deepen their knowledge in this subject area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889487

New Studies on Former and Recent Landscape Changes in AfricaPalaeoecology of Africa 32 Volume 32 (2013) of the internationally recognized and acclaimed yearbook series ‘Palaeoecology of Africa’ publishes 9 new interdisciplinary scientific papers on former and recent landscape evolution and on past environments of the African continent (e.g. climate change vegetation dynamics and growing impact of humans on ecosystems). These papers expand horizons and interconnections to various types and methodologies of research on environmental dynamics from the Pliocene up to the present: review articles and regional case studies cover Nigeria Cameroon selected areas of the Congo basin Kenya Malawi Namibia and South Africa. This volume also gives space to researchers from Africa to present their findings to a wider international audience. Today by growing awareness of the worldwide impact of Global Change it has become obvious that aside of the northern and southern hemisphere Polar region also the environmental setting in Africa was subject to considerable changes over time. Natural shifts in climate at least since the Pliocene have caused repeated and strong modification in the area dynamics of ecosystems located in lower latitudes. By a variety of so-called ‘proxies’ – researched and applied by the different authors from numerous disciplines – an attempt is made to reconstruct the evolution of landscapes over space and time. Besides such spatio-temporal oscillations in forested and savanna areas of Africa this volume of ‘Palaeoecology of Africa’ also focuses on possible relationships between environmental change and human impact also on the perception of this phenomenon of recent ‘climate changes’ by different stakeholders. This book will be of interest to all concerned with low latitudes ecosystem changes and their respective interpretation in the framework of natural climate and vegetation change evidenced by a variety of methods that allow us to read and learn from ‘proxy data’ archives. Archaeologists Palynologists Palaeobotanist Geographers Geologists and Geomorphologists will find this edition equally useful for their work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001169

New SubeditingFor Quark Users New Subediting gives a detailed account of modern editing and production techniques. Its aim is both to help the young subeditor and to spell out to the newcomer to newspaper journalism what happens between the writing of news stories and features and their appearance in the newspaper when it comes off the press. In this age of technological change the quality of the subbing has never been more important to a successful newspaper. The careful use of typography pictures graphics and compelling headlines and the skillful handling of text coupled with good page planning all help to give character style and readability.This book examines and draws lessons from work in contemporary newspapers in editing and presentation; it defines the varied techniques of copytasting of editing news stories and features of styles of headline writing and the use of typography to guide and draw the attention of the reader. It takes into account developments in the use of English as a vehicle of mass communication in two important chapters on structure and word use; and it shows how to get the best out of the electronic tools now available to subeditors.It also reminds journalisis that however advanced the tools a newspaper is only as good as the creative skills of those that write edit and put it together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178007

New Subjects and New Governance in India This volume looks at the ways in which governance in the exercise of its strategies also acts as a process of production of subjects. It argues that governance is not a one-sided affair starting and ending with those who rule and govern producing fiats decrees and diktats but a productive process — one that produces subjects of governance who in turn respond to the process and make the field of governance a contentious one. Against the backdrop of the first transition of democracy in India from its origin in a colonial polity to the first phase of its independent life after the promulgation of the Indian Constitution in 1950 this volume explores the second transition towards developmental democracy examining the interrelations between globalisation development and structures of governance. The volume suggests that while there is need to reflect on the governance of transition it is important to question how democracy negotiates this transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664814

New Suburbanism: Sustainable Tall Building Development Much of the anticipated future growth in the United States will take place in suburbia. The critical challenge is how to accommodate this growth in a sustainable and resilient manner. This book explores the role of suburban tall as a viable sustainable alternative to continued suburban sprawl. It identifies 10 spatial patterns in which tall buildings have been integrated into the American suburbs. The study concludes that the Tall Building and Transit-Oriented-Development (TB-TOD) model is the most appropriate to promote sustainable suburbanism. The findings are based on analyzing over 300 projects in 24 suburban communities within three major metropolitan areas including: Washington DC Miami Florida and Chicago Illinois. The book furnishes planning strategies that address the social economic and environmental aspects of sustainable tall building development. It also discusses sustainable architectural design and site planning strategies and provides case studies of sustainable tall buildings that were successfully integrated into suburban settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392823

New SubUrbanisms Historically we see the city as the cramped crumbling core of development and culture and the suburb as the vast outlying wasteland – convenient but vacant. Contemporary urban design proves this wrong. In New SubUrbanisms Judith De Jong explains the on-going "flattening" of the American Metropolis as suburbs are becoming more like their central cities – and cities more like their suburbs through significant changes in spatial and formal practice as well as demographic and cultural changes. These revisionist practices are exemplified in the emergence of hybrid sub/urban conditions such as parking practices the residential densification of suburbia hyper-programmed public spaces and inner city big-box retail among others. Each of these hybridized conditions reflects to varying degrees the reciprocating influences of the urban and the suburban. Each also offers opportunities for innovation in new formal and spatial practices that re-configure conventional understandings of urban and suburban and in new ways of forming the evolving American metropolis. Based on this new understanding De Jong argues for the development of new ways of building the city. Aimed at students and practitioners of urban design and planning New SubUrbanisms attempts to re-frame the contemporary metropolis in a way that will generate more instrumental engagement – and ultimately better design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642170

New Techniques for Studying Biomembranes New Techniques for Studying Biomembranes describes some of the latest methods used to investigate the dynamic distribution of specific lipids in membranes and their effects on other membrane components. The contributors present important discoveries with respect to lipid analysis and lipid interactions with membrane proteins. Various methods which have been used to study lipid bilayer structure and lipid organization in membranes include both in vitro and in vivo membrane systems and study membrane proteins in various membrane systems. Key Features: Reviews both in vivo and in vitro analytical technologies and methods for studying membrane structure and function Explores how lipid bilayers and membrane proteins interact Includes contributions from an international team of researchers actively studying membrane structure and function Identifies various diseases whose causes are related to membrane proteins Related Titles: Christopher R. Jacobs Hayden Huang and Ronald Y. Kwon. Introduction to Cell Mechanics and Mechanobiology (ISBN 978-0-8153-4425-4) Wendell Lim and Bruce Mayer. Cell Signaling: Principles and Mechanisms (ISBN 978-0-8153-4244-1) Stephen Rothman. Proteins Crossing Membranes: A Scientist’s Memoir (978-0-3670-7449-4) Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138618060

New Techniques in Cardiothoracic Imaging New Techniques in Cardiothoracic Imaging emphasizes emerging methods in computed tomography magnetic resonance imaging positron-emission tomography and similar technology. Effective use of these tools can facilitate the identification analysis and treatment of diseases and disorders commonly encountered in daily clinical practice. The contributors to this volume discuss:PET-CTCardiac CTMultidetector-row helical CTHigh-resolution CT of the lungsCardiac MRFunctional MRDigital chest radiographyBringing readers to the forefront of the field with expert assessments of new and emerging technologies that are impacting cardiothoracic imaging the book presents the work of seasoned experts who have developed a thorough clinical and basic knowledge in this evolving discipline and provide practical guidance on incorporating new techniques from the laboratory to the clinical practice. More than 250 highly-detailed scientific images enhance the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452964

New Techniques on Soft Soils practically oriented reference volume on soft soil engineering contains case studies of soft soil techniques from all over the world New Techniques on Soft Soils covers a wide range of updated techniques related to site investigation vertical drains surcharge piled embankment granular piles deep mixing monitoring and performance. An essential reference for designers and practitioners involved in soft soil construction it provides a comprehensive view of current experiences and opinions of researchers and professionals from different parts of the world involving site investigation design and construction on soft clays. This book presents a collection of selected expert contributions on innovations in soft soil engineering that were presented at the Symposium on New Techniques for Design and Construction in Soft Clays held in Guarujá Brazil on 22 and 23 May 2010. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112001

New Technologies Artificial Intelligence and Shipping Law in the 21st Century New Technologies Artificial Intelligence and Shipping Law in the 21st Century consists of edited versions of the papers delivered at the Institute of International Shipping and Trade Law’s 14th International Colloquium at Swansea Law School in September 2018. Written by a combination of top academics and highly experienced legal practitioners these papers have been carefully co-ordinated to give the reader a first-class insight into the issues surrounding new technology and shipping. The book is set out in three parts: Part I offers a detailed and critical analysis of issues that are emerging and those that are likely to emerge from the use of advanced computer technology particularly at the contracting process and in the context of issuing trading documents. Part 2 focusses on artificial intelligence and discusses the contemporary issues that will emerge once autonomous ships and similar crafts are put to use in the world’s oceans. As well as this the legal impact of ports utilising artificial intelligence and computer technology will also be considered. Part 3 analyses how the increasing use of legal technology is changing insurance underwriting and shipping litigation. An invaluable guide to the recent technological advances in shipping this book is vital reading for both professional and academic readers. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367139179

New Technologies and Civic EngagementNew Agendas in Communication This volume contributes to the extant and prolific New Agendas in Communication Series from one of the most salient perspectives within the field of Communication: New Technologies and Civic Engagement. The impact of the Internet and other technological advances are constantly referred to at most junctures of today's Communication research agendas. The area of Political Communication is not immune to this trend. The effects of the Internet and digital media on today's political landscape with a particular emphasis on enhancing individuals’ civic duties and engagement levels are theme of concern at many of the most renowned journals in Communication and Political Science disciplines. First this book pays attention to the overall impact of the Internet and people's use of digital media and new technologies to analyze civic life at large reconceptualizing what citizenship is today. Secondly and more specifically participants shed light over the intersection of a number of current new agendas of research in regards to some of the most rapidly growing technological advances (i.e. new publics and citizenship) and the emergence of sprouting structures of citizenship. The volume shows the implications that new technological advances carry with respect the possibilities patterns and mechanisms for citizen communication citizen deliberation public sphere and civic engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710497

New Technologies and Emerging Spaces of Care New Technologies and Emerging Spaces of Care provides the latest practice-oriented qualitative research and innovative conceptual discussions of how health and health care systems are currently dealing with complex transformations and varied reforms. Exploring and analysing the social and cultural impact of new technologies this book examines the societal relevance of new technologies of care and the manner in which technological innovations configure and reconfigure institutionalized spaces of care. It addresses issues of social control accountability surveillance and disciplining; diverging patterns of inclusion and exclusion; new relations and subjectivities of patients and care givers; the relation between private and public forms of care and the practices and concerns generated by new technologies at the individual as well as the societal level. Presenting sophisticated theoretical discussions and detailed empirical case studies New Technologies and Emerging Spaces of Care analyses compares and evaluates on a transnational level the role and impact of (assistive) technologies for elderly and disabled people on the concepts and practices of spaces of care. A critical understanding of contemporary practices of care that cuts through the growing conceptual barriers between social and medical models of care studies this book will be of interest to those interested in new technologies health care and social space of care. Specifically it will appeal to scholars of science and technology studies medical sociology and the sociology of the body social inequality and exclusion health and care studies gerontology and disability studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250062

New Technologies and Human RightsChallenges to Regulation Whilst advances in biotechnology and information technology have undoubtedly resulted in better quality of life for mankind they can also bring about global problems. The legal response to the challenges caused by the rapid progress of technological change has been slow and the question of how international human rights should be protected and promoted with respect to science and technology remains unexplored. The contributors to this book explore the political discourse and power relations of technological growth and human rights issues between the Global South and the Global North and uncover the different perspectives of both regions. They investigate the conflict between technology and human rights and the perpetuation of inequality and subjection of the South to the North. With emerging economies such as Brazil playing a major role in trade investment and financial law the book examines how human rights are affected in Southern countries and identifies significant challenges to reform in the areas of international law and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601409

New Technologies and Perinatal MedicinePrediction and Prevention of Pregnancy Complications The potential impact of work being conducted in genomics proteomics and metabolomics upon clinical practice for gynecologists is immense but not yet completely appreciated. This groundbreaking text from international experts examines the newest topics on the perinatal agenda and gives clinicians a  real look into the future via the newest methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138706149

New Technologies and Reference Services Offer your patrons the cutting-edge reference services they demand!In the past a reference librarian needed to develop a command of a few reference works master the skills of the reference interview and interface with library users in person or via telephone. Today's reference librarian is faced with much much more. New Technologies and Reference Services suggests ways you can tame the information explosion and take advantage of new technologies.This comprehensive volume recounts the ways reference librarians have adapted traditional services to deal with the changes in both information technologies and library patrons. New Technologies and Reference Services offers tested techniques for fostering information literacy in patrons daunted by the high-tech edge of the new library. Even computer-savvy younger students may need help learning specialized searching skills. This practical volume suggests several innovative ways to teach those skills using interactive classrooms drop-in seminars and required courses.New Technologies and Reference Services discusses the other implications of new technologies including: developing trends in publishing including value-added services and the death of the printed encyclopedia the effects of CD-ROM electronic publishing and the Internet on copyright issues videoconferencing at the reference desk collection strategies and budgets in an era of multiple formats decentralizing library reference services information apartheid the growing gap between the information haves and have-notsThis helpful volume gives practical tested advice and ideas on the broader issues of information technology. With plentiful Web addresses New Technologies and Reference Services presents new ideas sure to make your job easier. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865140

New Technologies and the FirmInnovation and Competition Originally published in 1993 this book presents the findings of 14 teams involved in a research initiative to examine the initiation and resonse to innovation in firms. It draws together the many strands which were discovered to influence the successful generation and adoption of new technologies. The core issues in technology management are looked at including skills and expertise markets and marketing finance and the issue of technology collaboration both on a domestic and international basis. Technology is shown to be at the very heart of corporate strategy and policy formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359494

New Technologies and WorkCapitalist and Socialist Perspectives Originally published in 1989 this book is a valuable contribution to the development of a non-technological approach in the study of technology and work. The studies compare the introduction and implementation of new technology at work in similar enterprises throughout Europe. The contributors share the basic assumption that the impact of technology varies greatly according to the characteristics of the country and its socioeconomic system. They view changes in work as the result of the complex combinations and interactions of such conditions and technology rather than of technology per se and their focus is therefore on the mechanisms and processes which come into play when new technology is being introduced. The book's international scope makes it a rich empirical source of comparative material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368359

New Technologies at WorkPeople Screens and Social Virtuality Information and communication technologies have completely revolutionized our working practices. Career patterns professional identities speed of communication time management and mobility have been irrevocably changed in an amazingly short period. Drawing on worldwide case studies this fascinating book explores these transformations and looks to what developments are in store for us in the future. Flexible hours email virtual meetings rooms and working from home are all relatively new additions to our professional lives. The effects of these technological advances have been dramatic and far-reaching. Not only have they helped to connect organizations and institutions in developing countries to the rest of the world but they also allow people to maintain extensive geographical networks with friends families and colleagues. The use of virtual reality and multimedia has had a huge impact on careers ranging from investment banking to molecular biology and has brought fundamental changes to education and training the generation of new ideas and problem solving. This book investigates both the impact of information technology on working practices and more complexly how I.T. is bound up in social political and economic issues. How are power relations established and maintained through transnational networking? Can the Internet be used as a political tool to manipulate the masses? In what ways has digital technology changed the aesthetics and practices of the Euro-American dance world? What initiatives have been undertaken to ensure people arent excluded from the digital world and have they succeeded? Through answering these and many more questions this groundbreaking book is an essential guide to the modern day world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086192

New Technologies for Electrochemical Applications The field of electrochemistry is exploring beyond its basic principles to innovation. New Technologies for Electrochemical Applications presents advancements in electrochemical processes materials and technology for electrochemical power sources such as batteries supercapacitors fuel cells hydrogen storage and solar cells. It also examines various environmental applications such as photo electrochemistry photosynthesis and coating. Organized to give readers an overview of the current field in electrochemical applications this book features a historical timeline of advancements and chapters devoted to the topics of organic material and conducting polymers for electrochemical purposes. Established experts in the field detail state-of-the-art materials in biosensors immunosensors and electrochemical DNA. This edited reference is a valuable resource for graduate and post-graduate students and researchers in disciplines such as chemistry physics electrical engineering and materials science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367190675

New Technologies for Energy Efficiency First published in 2002. This book examines the full scope of technologies available to address the electricity supply crisis. The author details the tools and technologies available for incorporating smaller cleaner more efficient energy into energy management plans. He examines the role of new technologies in reducing operating costs and developing more innovative and practical approaches to energy management. Topics include implementation of alternative energy programs management of power quality cost-effective power generation solutions cost-effective energy services information monitoring and diagnostic systems energy storage options integration of lighting and cooling systems and more. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9788770223508

New Technologies for Reclamation of Industrial Wastewater New Technologies for Reclamation of Industrial Wastewater provides information on several types of industrial wastewaters containing a variety of toxic and recalcitrant compounds. It also focuses on the ecotoxicological and health hazards posed by the chemicals released along with industrial effluents. It covers various conventional as well as modern wastewater-treatment technologies and their advantages and disadvantages. Features: Elucidates various types of industrial wastewaters generated their fate and consequences Describes the ecotoxicological and health implications of industrial contaminants Provides details on conventional treatment technologies along with modern and emerging wastewater-treatment methods Discusses the merits and demerits of both conventional and emerging treatment technologies Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367434182

New Technology (Routledge Revivals)International Perspective on Human Resources and Industrial Relations First published in 1989 this book presents a unique comparative perspective on the relationship between technological change and human resource management. Following a detailed introduction chapters deal with a variety of issues including managing change industrial democracy and employee involvement gender and structural change. International and well-renowned authors provide an authoritative analysis which will be of particular interest to students of Business and Management organisational and technological change Economics and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736848

New Technology in SociologyPractical Applications in Research and Work When technology has been applied in business environments its justification has usually been cast in terms of saving time or saving money. In the social sciences the justification must be different; the viability of sociology as a profession for example will not be enhanced by cost reductions. The focus in this volume is on a different bottom line: the quality and content of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528864

New Technology Policy and Social Innovations in the Firm First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977143

New Theatre in Italy1963–2013 New Theatre in Italy 1963-2013 makes the case for the centrality of late-millennium Italian avant-garde theatre in the development of the new forms of performance that have emerged in the 21st Century. Starting in the Sixties young artists and militants in Italy reacted to the violence in their streets and ruptures in the family unit that are now recognized as having been harbingers of the end of the global post-war system. As traditional rituals of State and Church faltered a new generation of cultural operators largely untrained and driven away from political activism formed collectives to explore new ways of speaking theatrically new ways to create and experience performance and new relationships between performer and spectator. Although the vast majority of the works created were transient like all performance their aesthetic and social effects continue to surface today across media on a global scale affecting visual art cinema television and the behavioural aesthetics of social networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735432

New Theatre VistasModern Movements in International Literature First Published in 1996. Part of a series of ‘Studies in Modern Drama’ Volume 7 This volume Studies in Modern Drama collects essays on contemporary theatre which reveal the changing face of the world as well as challenges to the boundaries of traditional stage production. Authors examine familiar texts in new settings discovering what editor Judy Lee Oliva calls “the effect of cultural- specific gestures stances and the nuance of words ” so that audiences and critics are forced to recognize stereotypes and re-evaluate older critical methods. Topics range from directing gay and working-class theatre in Scotland to producing American and British drama in Holland Belgium and Poland. New voices in the theatre are heard and old ones are put to new tests. What remains is the power of performance to inspire emotional and intellectual response. Writers directors costume designers producers and critics provide an uncommon range of perspectives to the changing roles of theatre in an increasingly global community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315049298

New Theories of the Multinational Enterprise (RLE International Business) This book brings together the work of noted authorities in the field of multinational enterprises who explain and debate the merits of internalization theory as the new general theory of the multinational enterprise. Alternatives to internalization such as licensing joint ventures and other contractual arrangements are also evaluated. There are many applications to actual businesses such as in the hotel fish food and banking industries. Also considered are regional office location and applications of the theory to Canada Japan the former Yugoslavia the UK and USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752121

New Therapeutic Agents in Thrombosis and Thrombolysis As the number of patients with thrombosis and thrombolysis increases there is a critical need for clinicians to learn the latest scientific discoveries and treatment options. This timely Third Edition is a comprehensive text for cardiologists hematologists and pharmacologists in need of a resource on current agent development technology for trea Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429149702

New Thinking about the Taiwan IssueTheoretical insights into its origins dynamics and prospects The "Taiwan question" has long been considered one of the most complicated and explosive issues in global politics. In recent years however relations between Taiwan and the Chinese mainland have improved substantially to the surprise of many. In this ground-breaking collection distinguished contributors from the US Asia and Europe seek to go beyond the standard "recitation of facts" that often characterizes studies focusing on the Beijing-Taipei dyad. Rather they employ a variety of theories as well as both quantitative and qualitative methodologies to analyze the ebbs and flows of the Taiwan issue. Their discussions clearly illuminate why there is a "Taiwan Problem " why conflict did not escalate to war between 2000 and 2008 and why cross-Strait relations improved after 2008. The book further reveals the limits of realism as a device to gain traction into the Taiwan issue demonstrates the importance of taking into account domestic political variables and shows how theory can be used to advance the cause of better China-Taiwan relations and to analyze the potential for future conflict over Taiwan. New Thinking about the Taiwan Issue is essential reading not only for students scholars and practitioners with an interest in studying relations across the Taiwan Strait but also for any reader interested in economics international relations comparative politics or political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018006

New Thinking for a New MillenniumThe Knowledge Base of Futures Studies In this book Richard Slaughter draws on the relatively new but rapidly developing field of futures studies to illustrate how our thinking must change in order to deal with the challenges presented by the new millennium. In doing so he brings together the latest work from some of the leading international names in futures thinking. Part One considers the foundations of futures thinking in history literature and ideas. Part Two explores some of the ways that futures studies have been and are being applied in different educational contexts around the world from pre-school to postgraduate levels. Part Three takes the crucial step from institutional learning to social learning and explores how futures provides us with insights which can help guide our society into the new millennium together with suggestions for the development of the field itself. This book is essential reading for teachers students and anyone interested in the perils and promise of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166769

New Thinking In International Relations Theory This book of ten original essays provides a showcase of currently diverse theoretical agendas in the field of international relations. Contributors address the theoretical analysis that their perspective brings to the issue of change in global politics. Written for readers with a general interest in and knowledge of world affairs New Thinking in I Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317027

New Thoughts About Old ThingsCognitive Policies as the Ground of Singular Concepts This book defends a novel theory of singular concepts emphasizing the pragmatic requirements of singular concept possession and arguing that these requirements must be understood to institute traditions and policies of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994454

New Tigers and Old ElephantsThe Development Game in the 21st Century and Beyond Which factors identify "winners" (tigers) in the development game and which characterize "losers" (elephants) are described in this approach to understanding economic development in a post-cold war environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351293440

New Tools Old TasksSafety Implications of New Technologies and Work Processes for Integrated Operations in the Petroleum Industry New Tools Old Tasks explores how Integrated Operations (IO) will influence the safety of offshore drilling operations. The book is based on several years of practical experience combined with a research study on the safety of IO within the drilling domain. The overall objective of the book is to explore how safety can be understood in the change process of Integrated Operations and to provide recommendations for how IO may be developed and implemented in a way that will benefit both safety and efficiency of the operations. A crucial thread throughout the book is that the understanding of normal work processes is key to understanding the conditions for safe operations. This is reflected in the book's structure and content; the nature of normal drilling operations is the focus including how technologies and work processes are aligned to meet the dominating challenges of the industry (these challenges need not be directly linked to safety/risk). It is argued that the influence of IO on the safety of drilling operations depends more on how IO relates to the existing fundamental challenges of drilling operations than on the design and properties of the different IO technologies and work processes as such. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072732

New TownsThe Rise Fall and Rebirth Often misunderstood the New Towns story is a fascinating one of anarchists artists visionaries and the promise of a new beginning for millions of people. New Towns: The Rise Fall and Rebirth offers a new perspective on the New Towns Record and uses case-studies to address the myths and realities of the programme. It provides valuable lessons for the growth and renewal of the existing New Towns and post-war housing estates and town centres including recommendations for practitioners politicians and communities interested in the renewal of existing New Towns and the creation of new communities for the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469286

New Traditional Games for LearningA Case Book A growing interest in the use of games-based approaches for learning has been tempered in many sectors by budget or time constraints associated with the design and development of detailed digital simulations and other high-end approaches. However a number of practitioners and small creative groups have used low-cost traditional approaches to games in learning effectively – involving simple card board or indoor/outdoor activity games.  New Traditional Games for Learning brings together examples of this approach which span continents (UK western and eastern Europe the US and Australia) sectors (education training and business) and learner styles or ages (primary through to adult and work-based learning or training). Together the chapters provide a wealth of evidence-based ideas for the teacher tutor or trainer interested in using games for learning but turned off by visible high-end examples. An editors’ introduction pulls the collection together identifying shared themes and drawing on the editors’ own research in the use of games for learning. The book concludes with a chapter by a professional board game designer incorporating themes prevalent in the preceding chapters and reflecting on game design development and marketing in the commercial sector providing valuable practical advice for those who want to take their own creations further. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815840

New Transnational Social SpacesInternational Migration and Transnational Companies in the Early Twenty-First Century Recent terms such as globalisation virtual reality and cyberspace indicate that the traditional notion of the geographic and the social space is changing. New Transnational Social Spaces illustrates the contemporary relationship between the social and the spatial which has emerged with new communication and transportation technologies alongside the massive transnational movement of people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203469392

New TreasureA Study of the Psychology of Love First published in 1939 Lytton combines the essence of Sophocles quote "I was not born to share men’s hatred but their love" and draws on the work of Homer Lane to relate it back to Christian philosophy and teachings in this his homage to Christianity itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601291

New Trends Educ 18 Cent Ils 99 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873759

New Trends in Civil AviationProceedings of the 19th International Conference on New Trends in Civil Aviation 2017 (NTCA 2017) December 7-8 The NTCA conference series is dedicated to publishing peer-reviewed proceedings of the conference. The goal is to disseminate state-of the- art scientific results available in the domain of civil aviation. These proceedings contain a collection of scientific contributions to the NTCA 2017 conference which took place in Prague from 7-8 December 2017 and was hosted by the Department of Air Transport Czech Technical University in Prague with the cooperation of the Faculty of Aeronautics Technical University of Košice; Institute of Aerospace Engineering Brno University of Technology; Air Transport Department University of Žilina and the Czech Aerospace Society. The NTCA conference aims to build and extend a platform for interaction between communities interested in aviation problems and applications. NTCA 2017 followed this established practice and provided room for discussing and sharing views on the current issues in the field of aviation. As a result these proceedings include contributions on air transport operations air traffic management and economic aspects aviation safety and security aircraft technologies unmanned aerial systems human factors and ergonomics in aviation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815376026

New Trends in Conceptual RepresentationChallenges To Piaget's Theory Published in 1983 New Trends in Conceptual Representation is a valuable contribution to the field of Developmental Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203767658

New Trends in Development TheoryEssays in Development and Social Theory The theme of this work first published in 1985 is the exchange between issues of development and problems of social theory. They provide preliminary analysis of the multiplicity of social-theoretic arguments in development theory and their implications for social theory in general. The book will be of interest to all those interested in the contemporary ‘restructuring’ of social theory and to theorists of development who are rethinking their concerns in a period of pessimism and doubt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849746

New Trends in Process Control and Production ManagementProceedings of the International Conference on Marketing Management Trade Financial Dynamic economics technological changes increasing pressure from competition and customers to improve manufacturing and services are some of the major challenges to enterprises these days. New ways of improving organizational activities and management processes have to be created in order to allow enterprises to manage the seemingly intensifying competitive markets successfully. Enterprises apply business optimizing solutions to meet new challenges and conditions. But also ensuring effective development for long-term competitiveness in a global environment. This is necessary for the application of qualitative changes in the industrial policy.“New Trends in Process Control and Production Management” (MTS 2017) is the collection of research papers from authors from seven countries around the world. They present case studies and empirical research which illustrates the progressive trends in business process management and the drive to achieve enterprise development and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735722

New TurkesDramatizing Islam and the Ottomans in Early Modern England Early Modern England was obsessed with the 'turke'. Following the first Ottoman siege of Vienna in 1529 the printing presses brought endless prayer sheets pamphlets and books concerning this 'infidel' threat before the public in the vernacular for the first time. As this body of knowledge increased stimulated by a potent combination of domestic politics further Ottoman incursions and trade English notions of Islam and of the 'turke' became nuanced in a way that begins to question the rigid assumptions of traditional critical enquiry. New Turkes: Dramatizing Islam and the Ottomans in Early Modern England explores the ways in which print culture helped define and promulgate a European construction of 'Turkishness' that was nebulous and ever shifting. By placing in context the developing encounters between the Ottoman and Christian worlds it shows how ongoing engagements reflected the nature of the 'Turke' in sixteenth century English literature. By offering readings of texts by artists poets and playwrights - especially canonical figures like Kyd Marlowe and Shakespeare - a bewildering variety of approaches to Islam and the 'turke' is revealed fundamentally questioning any dominant defining narrative of 'otherness'. In so doing this book demonstrates how continuing English encounters both real and fictional with Muslims complicated the notion of the 'Turke'. It also shows how the Anglo-Ottoman relationship - which was at its peak in the mid-1590s - was viewed with suspicion by Catholic Europe particularly the apparent ritual and devotional similarities between England's reformed church and Islam. That the 'new turkes' were not Ottoman Muslims but English Protestants serves as a timely riposte to the decisive rhetoric of contemporary conflicts and modern scholarly assumption. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247984

New Understandings of Twin RelationshipsFrom Harmony to Estrangement and Loneliness New Understandings of Twin Relationships takes an experience-based approach to exploring how twin attachment and estrangement are critical to understanding the push and pull of closely entwined personal relationships. Based on the research expertise of each of the authors (all identical twins in their own right) and vignettes from twins across the globe this book describes the inner workings of the twin-world showing how the twin-world creates experiences that are often more intense and intricately textured than those in the singleton-world. Chapters debunk myths surrounding twinship and analyze the developmental stages of the twin relationship as well as the effect of being a twin on one’s mental health from different perspectives. The authors articulate how attachment separation anxiety loneliness estrangement and the subjective experience of the twin and non-twin "other" impact behavior thinking and feeling. Through its careful study of the many psychological challenges that twins face throughout their lifetime this text will help psychologists scholars clinicians and twins themselves attain a deeper understanding of all interpersonal relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228736

New Urban Geographies of the Creative and Knowledge EconomiesForegrounding Innovative Productions Workplaces and Public Policies in Contemp The temporal and spatial intersection of information and telecommunication technologies creative and knowledge economies and related new manufacturing systems has been leading to significant effects on urban socioeconomic and spatial configurations and public policies. Specifically the post-crisis emergence of innovative workplaces to accommodate these changes is creating socioeconomic and spatial features that are only recently beginning to be explored in the scholarly literature. According to this scenario this edited book offers a variety of avenues for exploring the relationships between contemporary production activities and new workplaces in several urban contexts. In particular it focuses on the consequences of these relationships in terms of regeneration of the urban fabric as well as on their implication in terms of urban policies. This book represents early observation of the fast-growing phenomenon of new productive activities and workplaces against the background of the gig economy and sharing economy paradigms. Central to this discussion is the investigation of the connection between digital technologies new works and workplaces and urban change processes and projects by providing an additional contribution to new urban agendas for contemporary cities. The chapters originally published as a special issue in the Journal of Urban Technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519575

New UrbanismLife Work and Space in the New Downtown The advent of the 21st century marks the unfolding of a new urbanism of a new urban fabric in the making. Bringing together a range of leading scholars from a wide range of disciplines this edited collection examines innovative urban redevelopment projects around Europe and North America which are at the forefront of this new urbanism and which are here termed 'New Downtowns'. It introduces this term and concept and addresses major questions such as: What does a sustained urbanity for the 21st century look like? Which strategies do politicians and planners deploy to create new synergies between planning for the public good and private interest? Can market forces be co-opted for collective interests? Does the imagination of a European city continue to inspire new urbanism within and beyond Europe? And can a future urbanity for the 21st century be planned at all? In particular it focuses on Hamburg's HafenCity" which at around 155 hectares is one of the most prominent city centre development projects in Europe and will increase the size of Hamburg's city centre by 40 percent. The project HafenCity serves as a starting point for a conceptually wide ranging debate on the character shape function and meaning of New Downtowns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271371

New Venture Formations in United States ManufacturingThe Role of Industry Environments This volume originally published in 1995 investigates the variation in rates of new venture inititations across manufacturing industries. Based on Austrain and other perspectives on market disequilibrium the book proposes a model of new venture formation in dynamic markets. It focuses on the environmental factors which immpact rates of entrepreneurship in industries and argues that more dynamic industries will contain more profit opportunities and therefore exhibit a greater degree of entrepreneurship and new venture creation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679962

New Venture ManagementThe Entrepreneur’s Roadmap This book offers students a comprehensive accessible guide to launching and managing a new venture. Beginning with the planning process and continuing to marketing financing and growth it gives students the insights and practical skills they need to be successful entrepreneurs. This edition’s structure aligns more logically with the venture’s lifecycle so the reader is equipped to develop a strong business model. The authors combine updated planning exercises end-of-chapter consultation questions and a sample business plan with new material including: a new chapter on ideation the Business Model Canvas and lean start-up that covers the latest methodology in idea generation and opportunity recognition to provide a tool for developing a business concept; a new chapter on the various pathways for creating a new venture including setting up an online venture as well as managing the day-to-day aspects of running a business; a revised chapter on start-up capital and crowdfunding that helps students raise capital through social media; a revised chapter on managing growth through HR planning helping students to navigate growth on a global level successfully and ethically. Students in entrepreneurship and new venture management classes will find New Venture Management a valuable resource. A companion website features an instructor’s manual test bank PowerPoint slides and further resources to aid instructors and students in applying their knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208919

New Venture ManagementThe Entrepreneur's Roadmap for Development Management and Growth The third edition of this practical textbook provides an introduction to the world of new and emerging ventures and to the fundamentals of effective new venture management including such diverse activities as planning marketing financing and growth. This textbook is divided into four distinct parts guiding readers through the entire new venture management process and focusing in turn on ideas and opportunities planning finance and management challenges. All chapters of this revised edition feature international cases and the complete business plan has been replaced with a contemporary version. Other new elements to the third edition include: Expanded coverage of the Lean Startup methodology Improved focus on the development and importance of teams A new section on the emergence of equity crowdfunding Further discussion of ethics and the dangers of dramatic scaling Presented in an easy-to-understand style this book will be a valuable resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students in entrepreneurship and new venture management classes as well as active new venture owners and managers. Online resources include an instructor’s manual test bank PowerPoint slides and additional materials to aid instructors and students in applying their knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466725

New Visions for Market GovernanceCrisis and Renewal The financial crisis of 2008-2009 and the "Great Recession" that it precipitated highlight a number of important questions about the governance of contemporary capitalism. How do shortcomings in existing market governance institutions help to account for trends of rising economic inequality and financial instability? What new forms of market governance would better embody norms of stability equality and justice? And how do present political conditions both constrain and enable possibilities for reform? This volume brings together an array of leading thinkers to consider these pressing questions about market governance and its potential reform. Contributors combine in-depth empirical analysis with innovative explorations of alternative arrangements to consider challenges of market governance in advanced and developing countries as well as global and regional organizations.  New Visions for Market Governance will be of interest to students and scholars in a wide range of areas including international and comparative political economy public and social policy and normative social theory.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110373

New Visualities New TechnologiesThe New Ecstasy of Communication Back in the 1980s Jean Baudrillard wrote that public space was collapsing due to a double obscenity: 'The most intimate operation of your life becomes the potential grazing ground of the media....The entire universe also unfolds unnecessarily on your home screen.' He termed this the ecstasy of communication. But today your everyday life is not just the potential grazing ground of the media but of anyone with a camera and the entire universe unfolds not just at home but in the palm of your hand virtually anywhere you travel. Bringing together a transdisciplinary team of leading scholars and artists from North America Europe and Asia this volume documents and theorizes this new visibility. It focuses on the proliferation of a range of new visual technologies examining questions of subjectivity agency and surveillance as well as mapping and theorizing new practices of visuality within this new visual assemblage. New Visualities New Technologies addresses the pressing need for the conceptual understanding of new forms of seeing looking presenting and hiding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268166

New Voices in Greek Orthodox ThoughtUntying the Bond between Nation and Religion New Voices in Greek Orthodox Thought brings to the light and discusses a strand in contemporary Greek public debate that is often overlooked namely progressive religious actors of a western orientation. International - and Greek - media tend to focus on the extreme views and to categorise positions in the public debate along well known dichotomies such as traditionalists vs. modernsers. Demonstrating that in late modernity parallel to rising nationalisms there is a shift towards religious communities becoming the central axis for cultural organization and progressive thinking the book presents Greece as a case study based on empirical field data from contemporary theology and religious education and makes a unique contribution to ongoing debates about the public role of religion in contemporary Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272019

New Wars and New SoldiersMilitary Ethics in the Contemporary World Bringing together contributors from philosophy international relations security studies and strategic studies New Wars and New Soldiers offers a truly interdisciplinary analysis reflective of the nature of modern warfare. This comprehensive approach allows the reader to see the broad scope of modern military ethics and to understand the numerous questions about modern conflict that require critical scrutiny. Aimed at both military and academic audiences this paperback will be of significant interest to researchers and students in philosophy sociology military and strategic studies international relations politics and security studies acting as an ideal course text or as supplementary reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453475

New Ways in Management TrainingA technical college develops its services to industry Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1958 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863774

New Ways in Psychoanalysis First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875630

New Ways of Ontology Contemporary philosophy has reasserted the belief that philosophy has practical tasks. This turn reflects an understanding that the life of the individual and the community is not molded merely by personal needs and fortunes but also by the strength of dominant ideas. For Nicolai Hartmann ideas are spiritual powers belonging to the realm of thought but thought has its own strict discipline and critique of events. In his view theory must include within its scope problems of the contemporary world and cooperation in work that needs doing.New Ways of Ontology stands in opposition to the tradition of Heidegger. With deep appreciation of the history of philosophical controversy Hartmann divides mistakes of the old ontology into those related to its method and those concerning its content. Hartmann finds a common mistake behind methodological approaches inspired by late German romanticism in attempts to develop a complete systematic account of the categories of being—not only of the ideal but of real being.The main task of New Ways of Ontology is to reveal and analyze interdependences and interconnections. The divisions of being and becoming of the separation of existence and essence as well as the old view that the real and the ideal exclude each other require revision. For Hartmann whose ideas take us close to modern social science research ontology is the neutral category that includes subject and object and gets beyond old realism and modern idealism alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842860

New Ways of Organizing WorkDevelopments Perspectives and Experiences New Ways of Organizing Work offers a broader understanding of changes to the way work is organized and the implications for relevant stakeholders. It brings together contributions from a well established group of international scholars to examine the nature and consequences of new ways of working. The book draws on studies of a variety of new forms of work involving a diverse range of employees and drawing on experiences in a variety of countries. It includes three main empirical sections. The first focuses on different forms of work and working arrangements stimulated by the use of technology increased competitive pressure and media portrayal of work and working. In contrast to much other work in the field a strong theme of this book is individuals’ experiences of new ways of working. The second empirical section examines this theme with a specific focus on remote workers and their responses to new ways of working. Exploring contemporary trends towards increasing use of global teams the third section examines the implications of distributed teams and the challenges for managing performance and knowledge transfer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203174

New Ways of SeeingThe Democratic Language of Photography Those born since the digital revolution seem to have the hardest time re-imagining the role of photography in the world today. Thinking of photography as a visual language is the approach this book adopts to addresses this challenge.Considering photography in this way develops the metaphor of 'learning a language' when attempting to explain what photography can be and what it can give a student in transferable creative and life skills. This begins with challenging the pre-conception that successful photography is defined by the successful single image or 'the good photograph'.The book emphasises the central role of narrative and visual storytelling through a technique of 'photosketching' to develop the building blocks of visual creativity and ultimately to craft successful bodies of photographic work.New Ways of Seeing explains how to both learn and teach photography as a visual language appropriate for both professionals and students working today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350049314

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part I Vol 1 Contains three early examples of the genre of New Woman writing each portraying women in ways wholly different to those which had gone before. This title includes "Kith and Kin" (1881) "Miss Brown" and "The Wing of Azrael". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113077

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part I Vol 2 Contains three early examples of the genre of New Woman writing each portraying women in ways wholly different to those which had gone before. This title includes "Kith and Kin" (1881) "Miss Brown" and "The Wing of Azrael". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113084

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part I Vol 3 Contains three early examples of the genre of New Woman writing each portraying women in ways wholly different to those which had gone before. This title includes "Kith and Kin" (1881) "Miss Brown" and "The Wing of Azrael". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113091

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part II vol 4 Covers four texts from the 1890s that helped to crystallize the idea of the 'New Woman' during a period where the role of women was increasingly debated and challenged not least due to the growth of the suffrage movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113107

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part II vol 5 Covers four texts from the 1890s that helped to crystallize the idea of the 'New Woman' during a period where the role of women was increasingly debated and challenged not least due to the growth of the suffrage movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113114

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part II vol 6 Covers four texts from the 1890s that helped to crystallize the idea of the 'New Woman' during a period where the role of women was increasingly debated and challenged not least due to the growth of the suffrage movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113121

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part III (set) The late nineteenth century saw the emergence of New Woman fiction a genre of writing which sought to challenge traditional Victorian conceptions of the role of women and promote their independence education and political participation. This collection brings together important examples of New Woman fiction each of which helped to crystallise the idea of the New Woman – as an educated politically aware and independent individual - during the early years of the suffragette movement. The book will be of interest to students of the suffragette movement as well as to those interested in the history of feminism more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966431

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part III vol 7 The novels in this collection include one by a fierce opponent to the New Woman movement as well as two from women whose work can be seen as archetypal New Woman fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113190

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part III vol 8 The novels in this collection include one by a fierce opponent to the New Woman movement as well as two from women whose work can be seen as archetypal New Woman fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118140

New Woman Fiction 1881-1899 Part III vol 9 The novels in this collection include one by a fierce opponent to the New Woman movement as well as two from women whose work can be seen as archetypal New Woman fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113206

New Woman HybriditiesFemininity Feminism and International Consumer Culture 1880–1930 Since the 1970s the literary and cultural politics of the turn-of-the-century New Woman have received increasing academic attention. Whether she is seen as the emblem of sexual anarchy an agent of mediation between mass market and modernist cultures or as a symptom of the consolidation of nineteenth and early twentieth-century political liberation movements the New Woman represents a site of cultural and socio-political contestation and acts as a marker of modernity. This book explores the diversity of meanings ascribed to the New Woman in the context of cultural debates conducted within and across a wide range of national frameworks including the UK Canada North America Europe and Japan. The key concept of 'hybridities' is used to elucidate the national and ethnic multiplicity of the 'modern woman' as well as to locate this figure both within international consumer culture and within feminist writing. The book is structured around four key themes. 'Hybridities' examines the instabilities of New Woman identities and discourses in relation to both national/ethnic contexts and the textual parameters of New Woman writings. 'Through the (Periodical) Looking Glass' is concerned with the periodical press and its production and circulation of New Woman images. 'Feminist Counter Cultures?' interrogates feminist efforts to influence and shape this process by mimicking or subverting dominant models of representation and by establishing alternative spaces for the articulation of New Woman subjectivities. 'Race and the New Woman' inspects white New Women's investment in hegemonic racial discourses looking at the way in which black and non-Western women inserted liberationist discourses into the New Woman debate. This book will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers of American Studies Women's Studies and Women's History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655743

New Women in Colonial KoreaA Sourcebook This book provides the first English translation of some of the central archival material concerning the development of New Woman (sin yŏsŏng) in Korea during the late nineteenth century and the first half of the twentieth century. It includes selected writings of both women and men who put forward their views on some of the key issues of new womanhood including gender equality chastity divorce education fashion hygiene birth control and the women’s movement. The authors whose essays are included express a range of attitudes about the new gender ethics and practices that were deeply influenced by the incessant flow of new and modern knowledge habits and consumer products from metropolitan Japan and the West. Emphasizing the global nature of the phenomenon of the New Woman and Modern Girl this sourcebook provides key references to a dynamic and multifarious history of modern Korean women whose ideals and life experiences were formed at the intersection of Western modernity Korean nationalism Japanese colonialism and resilient patriarchy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538497

New Work New WorkspaceInnovative design in a connected world Does it matter where and how we work any more? Increasingly many of us can work anywhere so what is the meaning of the dedicated workspace? With 30 detailed case studies of all kinds of workspaces – from traditional workspaces to writer’s sheds and studios – this book argues that a specific place to work is still needed but that the kind of space is changing fast.  As social interaction is favoured over places to toil and as millennials and Generation X take a very different attitude to work than their predecessors being more concerned with completing tasks than presenteeism so the needs of design change. There are increasing metrics for measuring the effectiveness of workspace and they show that good design – design that is focused on the environment and wellbeing that the workforce needs – is valued. At the same time there are more generic spaces such as co-working spaces that have to fit all – or at least all of the target community.  Case studies include:  80 Atlantic Avenue Toronto  Nick Veasey studio and gallery Kent  Kostner House Italy  GS1 Lisbon. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466339

New Workspace New CultureOffice Design as a Catalyst for Change The physical structure and appearance of the workplace determine how we function how we communicate and collaborate our motivation levels and company performance but we often fail to recognize the vital connection between organizational culture and the work environment. Based on the authors’ first-hand experience of major change programmes on studies of offices around the world and on design management research at De Montfort University Leicester this book explains the underlying principles of office design and its effects on cultural change and performance. Part 1 analyses the context and environment of working life the drivers of change and the barriers - organizational psychological and structural - to better working practices. Part 2 explores how traditional structures can be rethought and adapted through the reorganization of the workplace and the removal of physical barriers to change. It identifies four typical and disturbingly familiar work environments - Monolith Makeshift Modernizer and Mould-Breaker - to help companies understand their current problems and how to solve them. Part 3 introduces six proven workplace layouts: Town Square Village Neighbourhood City in Miniature Space-time Machine The Campaign Room and the Club; and explains their relative benefits for companies’ different needs. These are brought to life with international case studies from the public and private sector which describe how leading organizations have benefited from improved working environments. New Workspace New Culture is illustrated by the Financial Times cartoonist Roger Beale. It also includes line drawings of office layouts and photographs of some of the most productive working environments in the world. This book will help senior management and human resource specialists develop the way people work by changing the working environment. Also designers architects and facility and property managers will find it a perceptive and logical guide to wha Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247977

New Worlds From FragmentsFilm Ethnography And The Representation Of Northwest Coast Cultures This book explores the tradition of ethnographic film on the Northwest Coast and its relationship to the ethnography of the area. It points out the complex relationships between particular epistemological positions aesthetic strategies and institutional politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161798

New Worlds ReflectedTravel and Utopia in the Early Modern Period Utopias have long interested scholars of the intellectual and literary history of the early modern period. From the time of Thomas More's Utopia (1516) fictional utopias were indebted to contemporary travel narratives with which they shared interests in physical and metaphorical journeys processes of exploration and discovery encounters with new peoples and exchange between cultures. Travel writers too turned to utopian discourses to describe the new worlds and societies they encountered. Both utopia and travel writing came to involve a process of reflection upon their authors' societies and cultures as well as representations of new and different worlds. As awareness of early modern encounters with new worlds moves beyond the Atlantic World to consider exploration and travel piracy and cultural exchange throughout the globe an assessment of the mutual indebtedness of these genres as well as an introduction to their development is needed. New Worlds Reflected provides a significant contribution both to the history of utopian literature and travel and to the wider cultural and intellectual history of the time assembling original essays from scholars interested in representations of the globe and new and ideal worlds in the period from the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries and in the imaginative reciprocal responsiveness of utopian and travel writing. Together these essays underline the mutual indebtedness of travel and utopia in the early modern period and highlight the rich variety of ways in which writers made use of the prospect of new and ideal worlds. New Worlds Reflected showcases new work in the fields of early modern utopian and global studies and will appeal to all scholars interested in such questions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315598192

New Worlds?Transformations in the Culture of International Relations Around the Peace of Utrecht The Peace of Utrecht (1713) was perhaps the first political treaty that had a global impact. It not only ended a European-wide conflict but also led to a cessation of hostilities on the American continent and Indian subcontinent as well as naval warfare worldwide. More than this however - as the chapters in this volume clearly demonstrate - the treaty marked an important step in the development of an integrated world-wide political system. By reconsidering the preconditions negotiations and consequences of the Peace of Utrecht - rather than focusing on previous concerns with international relations and diplomacy - the contributions to this collection help embed events in a richer context of diverging networks globalizing empires expanding media and changing identities.Several chapters consider the preconditions and challenges to political entities such as the British and Spanish empires and French monarchy demonstrating that far from being nation-states these were conglomerates with diverging forms of affiliation which developed different modes and interests to face the needs and consequences of the Utrecht negotiations. This "macrostructural" perspective is complemented by chapters that focus on "microstructural" aspects considering the personal networks and relationships that informed day-to-day actions in Utrecht. Both perspectives are then drawn together by further contributions that examine the formation of images and discourses which were intended to identify key individuals with larger political entities and their assumed interests.This approach combining both broad and more narrowly focused case studies reveals much about how the diplomatic discussions were framed with political and social contexts. In so doing the volume offers new perspectives concerning the formation of modern Europe at the beginning of the eighteenth century beyond and yet connected with diplomatic developments and global entanglements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882334

New Yearbook for Phenomenology and Phenomenological PhilosophyVolume 8 The New Yearbook for Phenomenology and Phenomenological Philosophy provides an annual international forum for phenomenological research in the spirit of Husserl's groundbreaking work and the extension of this work by such figures as Scheler Heidegger Sartre Levinas Merleau-Ponty and Gadamer. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059608

New York and the First World WarShaping an American City The First World War constitutes a point in the history of New York when its character and identity were challenged recast and reinforced. Due to its pre-eminent position as a financial and trading centre its role in the conflict was realised far sooner than elsewhere in the United States. This book uses city state and federal archives newspaper reports publications leaflets and the well-established ethnic press in the city at the turn of the century to explore how the city and its citizens responded to their role in the First World War from the outbreak in August 1914 through the official entry of the United States in to the war in 1917 and after the cessation of hostilities in the memorials and monuments to the conflict. The war and its aftermath forever altered politics economics and social identities within the city but its import is largely obscured in the history of the twentieth century. This book therefore fills an important gap in the histories of New York and the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596934

New York Cab Driver and His Fare Using information derived from research and interviews with cab drivers Vidich has written a basic work on New York City cab drivers (hacks) that also provides passengers (fares) with a survival manual. Cab drivers are quoted by newspaper columnists politicians and at dinner parties; yet a hard look at the profession and its role in the transportation system of the city has been completely lacking. Vidich brings out in clear language the conflicts between the cab driver's position as a dispenser of a public service and his needs as a working person subjected to violence and pressure. It is difficult to imagine a more enjoyable introduction to an industry whose members are a folk tradition. At the same time this book provides insight into the history and sociology of an important urban institution. It is a book about cab drivers everywhere; and cab drivers and fares in all cities have a new handbook in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537132

New York FictionsModernity Postmodernism The New Modern In this original study Peter Brooker takes issue with the simplified opposition of postmodernism to modernism in accounts of the modern period. Instead he follows the course of modernity in the spectacular example of New York to reveal the complexities of both modernist and postmodern responses to the city. Brooker's study refers us to the fiction of Doctorow Don DeLillo and Toni Morrison and especially to the new urban `ethnic' writing. Here the voice of creative dissent and cultural hybridity expresses the best in a tradition of Amerian newness; this Peter Brooker calls the `new modern'. The text is an important contribution to contemporary debates on modernism and postmodernism providing a thorough interdisciplinary study of new American writing within the socio-economic context of New York City and will be of great interest to students of American Studies Cultural Studies and Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439979

New York in Cinematic ImaginationThe Agitated City New York in Cinematic Imagination is an interdisciplinary study into urbanism and cinematic representations of the American metropolis in the twentieth century. It contextualizes spatial transformations and discourse about New York during the Great Depression and the Second World War examining both imaginary narratives and documentary images of the city in film. The book argues that alternating endorsements and critiques of the 1920s machine age city are replaced in films of the 1930s and 1940s by a new critical theory of "agitated urban modernity" articulated against the backdrop of turbulent economic and social settings and the initial practices of urban renewal in the post-war period. Written for postgraduates and researchers in the fields of film history and urban studies with 40 black and white illustrations to work alongside the text this book is an engaging study into cinematic representations of New York City. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247560

New York PoliticsA Tale of Two States This book discusses the patterns of cleavage and division in New York—regional partisan economic and political—. It facilitates the New York citizens' understanding of their government what's right about it what's wrong and what the individual citizen can do. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063544

New York Scene1906-1913 John Sloan One of "The Eight"—a major group in the history of American painting—John Sloan was also an illustrator and cartoonist. Sloan kept an almost daily diary for eight years for the most part to entertain his first wife Dolly. Sloan's second wife and widow Helen Fan Sloan turned over the diaries and his letters as well as notes and drawings to Bruce St. John of the Delaware Art Center which houses the Sloan collection.John Sloan was interested in every social issue that went on around him: the people across the street the people in the parks and the policies of his country. He and Dolly entertained almost every night though they were so poor that often the only dish was spaghetti and their guests included Robert Henri (Sloan's mentor) and Walt Kuhn Walter Pach Rollin Kirby Stuart Davis (and his father) Alexander Calder (and his father) Rockwell Kent John Butler Yeats William Glackens and George Luks.Even if John Sloan had not been such an important figure in the American art world these diaries would be splendid reading: they reveal a perceptive man and the city that fascinated him during one of its most interesting epochs. The editor writes that Sloan "was a direct and honest man not afraid of expressing his opinions." This fascinating unique first-person view of New York City is a masterpiece. This edition includes a new introduction by Herbert I. London providing insight into the social and political vision that animated Sloan's art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842594

New York School This book discusses the role of gesture painting and the sculpture related to the painting in the development of distinctive artistic tendencies by the members of the second generation of the New York School during the second part of the fifties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152635

New York State: Peoples Places and PrioritiesA Concise History with Sources The state of New York is virtually a nation unto itself. Long one of the most populous states and home of the country’s most dynamic city New York is geographically strategic economically prominent socially diverse culturally innovative and politically influential. These characteristics have made New York distinctive in our nation’s history. In New York State: Peoples Places and Priorities Joanne Reitano brings the history of this great state alive for readers. Clear and accessible the book features: Primary documents and illustrations in each chapter encouraging engagement with historical sources and issues Timelines for every chapter along with lists of recommended reading and websites Themes of labor liberty lifestyles land and leadership running throughout the text Coverage from the colonial period up through the present day including the Great Recession and Andrew Cuomo’s governorship Highly readable and up-to-date New York State: Peoples Places and Priorities is a vital resource for anyone studying teaching or just interested in the history of the Empire State. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819985

New York Times Co. v. Sullivan Forty Years LaterRetrospective Perspective Prospective:a Special Issue of communication Law and Policy The need to protect free speech on matters of governing importance--more than any other element of government--is the defining factor of a free society. Nowhere in the law is that prospect more clearly explained than in the opinion in Times v. Sullivan. This special issue provides an example of the breadth and scope of Times v. Sullivan and the ways in which the case continues to impact the jurisprudence of free expression. It is introduced by two essays designed to provide an overview of the case providing insights into the origins of the dispute the Court was called upon to settle. The next four articles are testimony to breadth the opinion in this case particularly dealing with aspects not often considered. Combined they all demonstrate the lasting significance of what may be the most important free expression case the Court has delivered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138412088

New York UndergroundThe Anatomy of a City Did alligators ever really live in New York's sewers? What's it like to explore the old aqueducts beneath the city? How many levels are beneath Grand Central Station? And how exactly did the pneumatic tube system that New York's post offices used to employ work?In this richly illustrated historical tour of New York's vast underground systems Julia Solis answers all these questions and much much more. New York Underground takes readers through ingenious criminal escape routes abandoned subway stations and dark crypts beneath lower Manhattan to expose the city's basic anatomy. While the city is justly famous for what lies above ground its underground passages are equally legendary and tell us just as much about how the city works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061793

New York: Art and Cultural Capital of the Gilded Age Fueled by a flourishing capitalist economy undergirded by advancements in architectural design and urban infrastructure and patronized by growing bourgeois and elite classes New York’s built environment was dramatically transformed in the 1870s and 1880s. This book argues that this constituted the formative period of New York’s modernization and cosmopolitanism—the product of a vital self-consciousness and a deliberate intent on the part of its elite citizenry to create a world-class cultural metropolis reflecting the city’s economic and political preeminence. The interdisciplinary essays in this book examine New York’s late nineteenth-century evolution not simply as a question of its physical layout but also in terms of its radically new social composition comprising the individuals institutions and organizations that played determining roles in the city’s cultural ascendancy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516086

New York's Financial MarketsThe Challenges of Globalization This book addresses some of the critical issues that New York would need to confront in the early 1990s. It contributes to the policy debates that must take place among industry representatives and local state and federal officials if New York to retain its role as a leading world financial center. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367003388

New Zealand Adopts Proportional RepresentationAccident? Design? Evolution? First published in 1998 this volume is based upon the files of the Royal Commission on the Electoral System plus extensive interviews with the Commissioners cabinet ministers MPs and officials as well as leaders of the principal pressure groups. It seeks to place this highly important change in context reviewing both the long-term trends and shorter term considerations which led to the adoption of MMP as well as the immediate consequences It is an axiom of political science that whatever promises political parties may make about electoral reform as governments they do not kick away the ladder that brought them to power. This book seeks to discover how and why that axiom was disregarded in New Zealand and above all how a reputedly conservative party was ultimately responsible for the change. It provides an object lesson in both how and how not to change an electoral system and should be of particular interest in countries with simple plurality electoral systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024277

New Zionism and the Foreign Policy System of Israel The invasion of Lebanon was the culmination of an extraordinary change which New Zionism created in Israel’s foreign policy system. This book first published in 1986 examines how New Zionism came to dominate Israeli politics and it investigates the implications of this new ideology for the future of the Middle East. The author agrees that after the creation of the State of Israel the belief system of the evolving society gradually changed. After the Six-Day War the ideology of Socialist Zionism became increasingly discredited and replaced by the New Zionist quest for Eretz Israel. Hardened by the harsh experience of the continuing Arab-Israeli conflict and enhanced by the threatening image of the enemy the political culture in Israel became less tolerant and more receptive to the language of New Zionism. As a result Begin’s Likud came to power in 1977 and quickly changed the whole basis of Israel’s foreign policy. Instead of the cautious pragmatism of Socialist Zionism the Begin government pursued the ‘grand design’ that had enjoyed a long tradition in Revisionist thinking. Although General Sharon was responsible for the actual conduct of the war it was the New Zionist propensity to use military force to introduce a new order in the Middle East which was responsible for the invasion. The book suggests that it is still too early to assess the full impact of the war in Lebanon on New Zionism. Although the war failed to validate any of the ‘grand design’ tenets of New Zionism the violent Shiite response in Southern Lebanon may serve to strengthen the New Zionist hard line. This could hasten the annexation of the occupied territories as the final stage of turning the State of Israel into the Land of Israel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907263

Newborn Surgery Following the success of three previous editions this new edition of Newborn Surgery continues to provide the most comprehensive information on the surgical management of neonatal disorders. Each chapter is thoroughly revised and updated and there are eight new chapters on key topics in the specialty including neonatal care in the delivery room specific risks for pre-term infants surgical safety tissue engineering and stem cell research and surgical implications of HIV. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482247701

Newcastle and NorthumberlandRoman and Medieval Architecture and Art This book is an outcome of the summer conference on the theme Newcastle and Northumberland. It examines the heritage of north-eastern England ranging from the sculpture of the Roman occupation through the monuments and architecture of the Anglo-Saxon and Norman periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907975936

Newer Insights into MarketingCross-Cultural and Cross-National Perspectives Through Newer Insights Into Marketing: Cross-Cultural and Cross-National Perspectives you will discover the need for an integration of perspectives as an essential ingredient for successfully managing increased globalization amid an increasing emphasis on cultural identity. In this compelling volume the authors examine the European as well as the US approaches to cultural understanding. As a result this book identifies issues that need further study and resolution so you can integrate this new knowledge into your marketing strategy. From this insightful book you will discover new marketing strategy models including the sequence of steps and description of tools. Most importantly this book discusses the integration of information required by the use of the tools to provide you with an excellent method for creating unique insights about the marketplace and the potential for competitive marketing strategies. Through Newer Insights Into Marketing you will discover enlightening new ideas to help you improve your marketing strategies by: examining the process of adaptation to build successful relationships in organizational networks among firms with headquarters in different countries discovering what the authors found when they investigated the effects of cigarette advertising and anti-smoking advertising in Australia and Malaysia analyzing case studies of buyer-seller relationships from the telecommunications industry to illustrate buyer-seller adaptations processes at work providing you with the basis for speculation on the forces governing inter-firm adaptation realizing the importance of investigating not only cultural differences by country but cultural differences by other groupings of consumers as well such as age and socio economic status With Newer Insights Into Marketing: Cross-Cultural and Cross-National Perspectives you will discover the importance of including cultural differences in your research design to better understand the relationship between globalization and ethnic perspectives. This excellent collection of articles provides you with a framework for acknowledging cultural differences studying and understanding cultural differences and integrating that knowledge so you can improve your international and cross-cultural business techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977167

Newer Islamic Movements in Western Europe Published in 1999 this book analyses the development of the recent cultural trend represented by the newer Islamic movements among Muslim immigrants in Western Europe. Included is a comprehensive description of the institutionalisation and organisation of Islam in Western Europe and an investigation of the organisation activities visions and strategies of the European and Islamic movements. Particular attention is paid to the most important Islamist trend among the Turkish minorities Milli Gorus. The empirical data is original and has been primarily collected through interviews with leaders of Islamic organisations in Denmark Berlin and Paris. The Islamistic stress on the validity of Islam as constituting the basis of particular social and cultural interest is analysed in the perspective of the concepts of ‘life world’ and ‘system world’ presented by Jurgen Habermas. The investigation demonstrates the existence of locally organised communities whose social and cultural interests are in need of representation. It is shown that Islamism constitutes a clear and concrete point of departure from a positive identification in the Muslim immigrant societies. This critical relevance of Islamism is discussed in the light of the social and economic marginalisation characterising the situation of the immigrated Muslim minorities in Western Europe. The main conclusion is that Islamism is a collective political representation of an alternative position to the dominant cultural and social marginalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323759

New-found VoicesWomen in Nineteenth-century English Music C2G Dual RG6/U Quad Shield In Wall Coaxial Cable - Antenna cable - RF - 18 AWG - bare wire - bare wire - 500 ft - quad shielded coaxial - ( RG-6 ) - black (43067) First published in 1998 this volume by Derek Hyde remedies the lack of information concerning the contribution made by women to musical life in Britain during the nineteenth century in this carefully researched survey. The book reveals the significant role played by women in the production and performance of certain genres of music such as piano music songs and ballads and touches on the reasons why they were more prominent in these areas than in the male preserves of chamber and orchestral music. In particular the pioneering work of Sarah Glover in Sol-fa notation and the part played by Mary Wakefield in establishing the Competitive Festival Movement are charted. The third edition includes a new introduction taking into account recent research in the field of gender and music. There is also a revised chapter on the work of Ethel Smyth the first woman composer to enjoy a measure of success in England. This book will be of interest to social historians musicologists and those concerned with women’s history alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328822

Newgate Narratives Vol 1 Presents a representative body of Romantic and early Victorian crime literature. This work contains ephemeral material ranging from gallows broadsides to reports into prison conditions. It is suitable for those studying Literature Romantic and Victorian popular culture Dickens Studies and the History of Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111646

Newgate Narratives Vol 2 Presents a representative body of Romantic and early Victorian crime literature. This work contains ephemeral material ranging from gallows broadsides to reports into prison conditions. It is suitable for those studying Literature Romantic and Victorian popular culture Dickens Studies and the History of Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111653

Newgate Narratives Vol 3 Presents a representative body of Romantic and early Victorian crime literature. This work contains ephemeral material ranging from gallows broadsides to reports into prison conditions. It is suitable for those studying Literature Romantic and Victorian popular culture Dickens Studies and the History of Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138112940

Newgate Narratives Vol 4 Presents a representative body of Romantic and early Victorian crime literature. This work contains ephemeral material ranging from gallows broadsides to reports into prison conditions. It is suitable for those studying Literature Romantic and Victorian popular culture Dickens Studies and the History of Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138112957

Newgate Narratives Vol 5 Presents a representative body of Romantic and early Victorian crime literature. This work contains ephemeral material ranging from gallows broadsides to reports into prison conditions. It is suitable for those studying Literature Romantic and Victorian popular culture Dickens Studies and the History of Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138112964

Newly Composed Folk Music of Yugoslavia This book challenges the monolithic portrayals of folk music and social change under communism by making a case for "people's music" and shows how new folk music embodies an inherently pluralistic concept of Yugoslavia's culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415877022

Newnes Building Services Pocket Book Newnes Building Services Pocket Book is a unique compendium of essential data techniques and procedures best practice and underpinning knowledge. This makes it an essential tool for engineers involved in the design and day-to-day running of mechanical services in buildings and a valuable reference for managers students and engineers in related fields.This pocket reference gives the reader access to the knowledge and knowhow of the team of professional engineers who wrote the sixteen chapters that cover all aspects of mechanical building services. Topic coverage includes heating systems ventilation air conditioning refrigeration fans ductwork pipework and plumbing drainage and fire protection. The result is a comprehensive guide covering the selection of HVAC systems and the design process from initial drafts through to implementation. The second edition builds on the success of this popular guide with references to UK and EU legislation fully updated throughout and coverage fully in line with the latest CIBSE guides. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367578442

Newnes Electrical Pocket Book Newnes Electrical Pocket Book is the ideal daily reference source for electrical engineers electricians and students. First published in 1932 this classic has been fully updated in line with the latest technical developments regulations and industry best practice. Providing both in-depth knowledge and a broad overview of the field this pocket book is an invaluable tool of the trade.A handy source of essential information and data on the practice and principles of electrical engineering and installation.The 23rd edition has been updated by engineering author and consultant electrical engineer Martin Heathcote. Major revisions have been made to the sections on semiconductors power generation transformers building automation systems electric vehicles electrical equipment for use in hazardous areas and electrical installation (reflecting the changes introduced to the IEE Wiring Regulations BS7671: 2001). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367578558

Newnes Engineering Science Pocket Book Newnes Engineering Science Pocket Book is a uniquely versatile and practical tool for a wide range of engineers and students. All the fundamentals of electrical and mechanical engineering science and physics are covered with an emphasis on concise descriptions key methods clear diagrams formulae and how to use them. John Bird's presentations of this core material puts all the answers at your fingertips.The contents of this book have been carefully matched to the latest Further and Higher Education syllabuses so that it can also be used as a revision guide or a quick-access source of underpinning knowledge. Students on competence-based courses such as NVQs will find this approach particularly refreshing and practical.This book and its companion title Newnes Engineering Mathematics Pocket Book provide the underpinning knowledge for the whole range of engineering communities catered for by the Newnes Pocket Book series. These related titles include:Newnes Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book (Timings)Newnes Electrical Pocket Book (Reeves)Newnes Electronic Engineer's Pocket Book (Carr & Brindley)Newnes Radio and RF Engineer's Pocket Book (Carr & Davies)Newnes Telecommunications Engineer's Pocket Book (Winder) Previous editions of Newnes Engineering Science Pocket Book were published under the title Newnes Engineering and Physical Science Pocket Book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367447229

Newnes Industrial Control Wiring Guide This Newnes manual provides a practical introduction to the standard methods and techniques of assembly and wiring of electrical and electromechanical control panels and equipment. Electricians and technicians will find this a useful reference during training and a helpful memory aid at work. This is a highly illustrated guide designed for ready use. The contents are presented in pictures and checklists. Each page has a series of 'how-to' instructions and illustrations. In this way the subject is covered in a manner which is easy to follow. Each step adds up to a comprehensive course in control panel wiring.This new edition includes extra underlying theory to help the technician plus application notes and limitations of use. Simple programmable logic controllers (PLCs) are covered as well as new information about EMC/EMI regulations and their impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138413405

News Newspapers and Society in Early Modern Britain Between 1600 and 1800 newspapers and periodicals moved to the centre of British culture and society. This volume offers a series of perspectives on the developing relations between news its material forms gender advertising drama medicine national identity the book trade and public opinion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315889382

News 2.0Can journalism survive the Internet? There have never been so many ways of producing news and news-like content. From podcasts to YouTube blogs and the phenomenal popularity of social media seismic shifts are underway in global media.News 2.0 bridges the gap between theory and practice to present an integrated approach to journalism that redefines the profession. Key ideas in journalism theory political economy and media studies are used to explore the changing cultures of journalism in an historical context.Hirst explains the fragmentation of the mass audience for news products and how digital commerce has disconnected consumers from real democracy. He argues that journalism requires a restatement of the role of journalists as public intellectuals with a commitment to truth trust and the public interest.'. a powerful reply to those whose utopian dreams cloud their thinking about the political social economic and cultural implications of digital convergence.' - Vincent Mosco Canada Research Chair Queen's University'. essential reading for students journalists and everyone interested in the future of news and journalism.' - Bob Franklin Professor of Journalism Studies Cardiff University'. tackles the urgent questions that surround journalism from a pragmatic yet radical perspective.' - Janet Wasko Knight Chair in Communication Research University of Oregon'Anyone interested in where journalism finds itself now and where it may be headed any time soon should start by reading this book.' - Michael Bromley Professor of Journalism University of Queensland Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116554

News Across MediaProduction Distribution and Consumption News production distribution and consumption are in rapidly changing due to the rise of new media. This book examines how these processes become more and more interrelated through logics of dissemination sharing and co-production. These changes have the potential to affect the criteria of newsworthiness as well as existing power structures and relations within the fields of journalism and agenda setting. The book discusses changing logics of production from citizens’ as well as journalists’ perspectives examines distribution and sharing as a link between but also an intrinsic part of production and consumption and addresses the changing logics of consumption. Contributors place such changes in a historical perspective and outline challenges and future research agendas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319820

News AnalysisCase Studies of international and National News in the Press First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515146

News and Civil SocietyThe Contested Space of Civil Society in UK Media Civil Society has not been more relevant as a concept and a practice since the fall of communism in Eastern Europe. Global events from Tahir Square to Wall St have brought a new relevance and urgency to questions about the boundaries of legitimate dissent and public order policing the meaning of tolerance in the context of conflicting rights claims and how we can agree on the shared values of the ’good society’. This timely book examines the representation of civil society in news media exploring the popular understanding of this contested space in relation to conflicting legitimating frames: as the neo-liberal Big Society activist political participation or postmodern apolitical tolerance. With close reference to prominent news stories including the UK state visit of Pope Benedict XVI anti-austerity protests and industrial action police infiltration of the environmental movement and the Occupy camp at St Paul’s Cathedral in London News and Civil Society scrutinises different facets of contemporary civil society civility and civic virtue. A cross-disciplinary engagement with questions of national identity and pluralism civil liberties and dissent power and accountability this book will appeal to those with interests in media journalism sociology citizenship and political studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600990

News and Exchange Rate Dynamics 'News and Exchange Rate Dynamics' proposes an innovative taxonomy of news affecting exchange rates. It establishes a metrics for the impact on exchange rates movements. In doing so it provides the first results of an ongoing research activity on the economic financial and non-financial determinants of infra daily fluctuations of exchange rates whose ultimate goal is to explain the formation of market sentiment on one particular currency and the way it changes over time in response to the accumulation of new information. The authors provide a detailed description of the selection criteria of the news and how it impacts exchange rates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390701

News and PoliticsThe Rise of Live and Interpretive Journalism News and Politics critically examines television news bulletins – still the primary source of information for most people – and asks whether the wider pace and immediacy of 24-hour news culture has influenced their format and style over time. Drawing on the concepts of mediatization and journalistic interventionism Stephen Cushion empirically traces the shift from edited to live reporting from a cross-national perspective focussing on the two-way convention in political coverage and the more interpretive approach to journalism it promotes. Challenging prevailing academic wisdom Cushion argues that the mediatization of news does not necessarily reflect a commercial logic or a lowering of journalism standards. In particular the rise of live two-ways can potentially enhance viewers’ understanding of public affairs – moving reporters beyond their visual backdrops and reliance on political soundbites – by asking journalists to scrutinize the actions of political elites interpret competing source claims and to explain the broader context to everyday stories. Considering the future of 24-hour news a final discussion asks whether new content and social media platforms – including Twitter and Buzzfeed – enhance or weaken democratic culture. This timely analysis of News and Politics is ideal for students of political communication and journalism studies as well as communication studies media studies and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744713

News and the Human Interest Story In this account of the growth of newspapers in modern industrial society Helen Hughes traces the development of a mass audience through analysis of the origins of the human interest story in the popular ballads of an earlier day. She shows how such commonly found interests as a taste for news of the town ordinary gossip and moving or gripping tales with a legendary or mythic quality have reflected the tastes of ordinary folk from the days of illiterate audiences to the present. She explains how these interests ultimately were combined with practical economic and political information to create the substance and demand for a popular press.In describing the rise and fall of newspaper empires each with their special readership attractions Hughes shows how technological innovation and idiosyncratic creativity were used by owners to capture and hold a reading audience. Once this audience developed it could be fed a variety of messages—beamed at reinforcing and maintaining both general and specific publics—as well as a view of the world consonant with that of the publisher and major advertisers. Hughes offers a persuasive argument for the continuing viability of this method for combined social control instruction and amusement captured by the association of news and the human interest story. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125299

News and the Net Originally published in 2003. This book examines the growth of news provision on the internet and its implications for news presentation journalism practice news consumers and the business of running news organizations. Much of the focus is placed on the migration of newspapers onto the internet but references are also made to the establishment of news websites by other organizations. The book examines the growth of online technology as a source of information and entertainment and considers how this development can be framed within models of communication and comments on the apparent shortage of new models to explain the use role effectiveness and impact of online communications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928305

News Around the WorldContent Practitioners and the Public What's news? A front-page news story in the United States might not appear in a newspaper in China. Or a minor story on German television may be all over the airwaves in India. But News Around the World shows that the underlying nature of news is much the same the world over and that people--no matter what their jobs or their status in society--tend to hold similar notions of newsworthiness. In this richly detailed study of international news news makers and the audience the authors have undertaken exhaustive original research within two cities--one major and one peripheral--in each of ten countries: Australia Chile China Germany India Israel Jordan Russia South Africa and the United States. The nations were selected for study based on a central principle of maximizing variation in geographic locations economic and political systems languages sizes and cultures. The remarkable scope of the research makes this the most comprehensive analysis of newsworthiness around the globe: 10 countries studied each with a university country director 2 cities in each country examined one major and one peripheral 60 news media studied (newspapers television and radio news programs) resulting in 32 000+ news items analyzed 80 focus groups with journalists public relations practitioners and audience members 2 400 newspaper stories ranked according to newsworthiness and compared with how prominently they were published. News Around the World provides remarkable insight into how and why news stories are reported testing and improving a theory of cross-cultural newsworthiness and is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand international media and journalism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959091

News As Discourse First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152397

News Framing Effects News Framing Effects is a guide to framing effects theory one of the most prominent theories in media and communication science. Rooted in both psychology and sociology framing effects theory describes the ability of news media to influence people’s attitudes and behaviors by subtle changes to how they report on an issue. The book gives expert commentary on this complex theoretical notion alongside practical instruction on how to apply it to research. The book’s structure mirrors the steps a scholar might take to design a framing study. The first chapter establishes a working definition of news framing effects theory. The following chapters focus on how to identify the independent variable (i.e. the "news frame") and the dependent variable (i.e. the "framing effect"). The book then considers the potential limits or enhancements of the proposed effects (i.e. the "moderators") and how framing effects might emerge (i.e. the "mediators"). Finally it asks how strong these effects are likely to be. The final chapter considers news framing research in the light of a rapidly and fundamentally changing news and information market in which technologies platforms and changing consumption patterns are forcing assumptions at the core of framing effects theory to be re-evaluated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632707

News Framing through English-Chinese TranslationA Comparative Study of Chinese and English Media Discourse News Framing Through English-Chinese Translation provides a useful tool to depict how Chinese news translation can be examined in the era of globalization. The author has integrated framing theory in journalism studies with translation studies and developed a new theoretical model/framework named Transframing. This interdisciplinary model is pioneering and will make theoretical and conceptual contributions to translation studies. This book aims to reveal ideological sociocultural and linguistic factors creating media discourse by examining Chinese media discourse in comparison to its counterpart in English.Through the analysis of both quantitative and qualitative methods it is concluded that the transframing model can be applied to interpreting describing explaining as well as predicting the practice of news translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597733

News from Nowhere "This astute and long overdue reappraisal provides a lucid overview and a wealth of contextual information. An excellent resource." -- Shannon L. Rogers Saint Joseph’s University Editor Newsletter of the William Morris Society in the United States"through his insightful introduction and careful selection of documents [Arata] has created an invaluable edition of News from Nowhere." -- Peter Stansky Stanford University Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440043

News Literacy and Democracy News Literacy and Democracy invites readers to go beyond surface-level fact checking and to examine the structures institutions practices and routines that comprise news media systems. This introductory text underscores the importance of news literacy to democratic life and advances an argument that critical contexts regarding news media structures and institutions should be central to news literacy education. Under the larger umbrella of media literacy a critical approach to news literacy seeks to examine the mediated construction of the social world and the processes and influences that allow some news messages to spread while others get left out. Drawing on research from a range of disciplines including media studies political economy and social psychology this book aims to inform and empower the citizens who rely on news media so they may more fully participate in democratic and civic life. The book is an essential read for undergraduate students of journalism and news literacy and will be of interest to scholars teaching and studying media literacy political economy media sociology and political psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625068

News Networks in Seventeenth Century Britain and Europe Examining new research this excellent volume presents a series of case-studies exemplifying the new newspaper history. Using cross-cultural comparisons Joad Raymond establishes an agenda for answering crucial questions central to the future histories of the political and literary culture of early-modern Britain: * What is the relationship between the circulation of news in Britain and communication networks elsewhere in Europe?* Was the British development of the media unique? * What are the specific rhetorical properties of news-communication in seventeeth-century Britain? * What was the relationship between commerce and politics?* How do local exchanges of news relate to national practices and institutions? Previously published as a special issue of the journal Media History this book is compulsory reading for researchers and students of European history and media studies alike.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879161

News NowVisual Storytelling in the Digital Age Debuting in its first edition News Now: Visual Storytelling in the Digital Age helps today's broadcast journalism students prepare for a mobile interactive and highly competitive workplace. The authors all faculty members of the prestigious Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication bring their real-world expertise to a book designed to be a trusted reference for the next generation of broadcast journalists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205695911

News of BaltimoreRace Rage and the City This book examines how the media approached long-standing and long-simmering issues of race class violence and social responsibility in Baltimore during the demonstrations violence and public debate in the spring of 2015. Contributors take Baltimore to be an important place symbol and marker though the issues are certainly not unique to Baltimore: they have crucial implications for contemporary journalism in the U.S. These events prompt several questions: How well did journalism do in Baltimore nearby and nationally in explaining the endemic issues besetting Baltimore? What might have been done differently? What is the responsibility of journalists to anticipate and cover these problems? How should they cover social problems in urban areas? What do the answers to such questions suggest about how journalists should in future cover such problems? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877705

News of the WorldWorld Cultures Look at Television News This is the first in-depth study of how television viewers around the world respond to the ever increasing mass of information available from news programmes. Based on individual and household interviews in seven countries including India Mexico Italy and Denmark the contributors examine the flow of news information across national and international borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864597

News Parody and Political Satire Across the Globe In recent years the US fake news program The Daily Show with Jon Stewart has become a surprisingly important source of information conversation and commentary about public affairs. Perhaps more surprisingly so-called 'fake news' is now a truly global phenomenon with various forms of news parody and political satire programming appearing throughout the world. This collection of innovative chapters takes a close and critical look at global news parody from a wide range of countries including the USA and the UK Italy and France Hungary and Romania Israel and Palestine Iran and India Australia Germany and Denmark. Traversing a range of national cultures political systems and programming forms News Parody and Political Satire Across the Globe offers insight into the central and perhaps controversial role that news parody has come to play in the world and explores the multiple forces that enable and constrain its performance. It will help readers to better understand the intersections of journalism politics and comedy as they take shape across the globe in a variety of political and media systems. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Popular Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109377

News ProductionTheory and Practice Bringing to the forefront a much-needed book that bridges the gap between journalistic theory and practice Sarah Niblock and David Machin provide here an invaluable real-life account of reporting in the context of contemporary newsrooms. Providing eight detailed ethnographies of eight different news production settings News Production includes individual chapters that follow two news workers through their daily routines detailing the exact nature of their jobs. It provides students with: case studies to compare to their own experiences concrete examples to consolidate their skill-based training questions to raise about their placements information on how to prepare reports constraints they may encounter and how to deal with them.  With chapters including ‘News Agencies’ ‘The Roving Reporter’ ‘Photojournalism’ and ‘The New Reporter Learning the Ropes’ for anyone taking practical units in news reporting sub-editing and law and ethics News Production will provide them with all the information they need to succeed in this hectic competitive and exciting world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203755044

Newsgathering in WashingtonA Study in Political Communication In the early twentieth century Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Walter Lippmann said that the presentation of truthful news lies at the heart of democracy. This volume strong strong stems from Dan D. Nimmo's conviction that opinion and policymaking are also significant interrelated processes within any political system. A democracy poses problematic questions of the manner and means by which political ideas opinions and issues are transmitted throughout the body politic. In the United States such communication is carried on primarily through the news media. Reporters and their sources interact to form crucial relationships linking citizen and official. Nimmo focuses on that interaction using personal interviews with selected samples of Washington correspondents and their official news sources as his evidence. Nimmo's research examines the relationships that develop between news sources and reporters as each engages in political communication indicates the factors most influential in determining such relationships and suggests the implications such findings have for interpreting the tension that characterizes government-press relations in a democracy such as the United States. In this era of heightened attention to the role of the media in political discourse reissuance of this volume could not be timelier. This study features a new preface by Daniel Pearl Award winner Georgie Anne Geyer. It should be read by all media specialists communication scholars and journalists and will be valuable for those entering these fields as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852937

Newspapers War and Society in the 20th CenturyJournalism Reportage and the Social Role of the Press This book offers fresh research and insights into the complex relationship between the press war and society in the 20th century by examining the role of the newspaper press in the period c.1900– 1960 with a particular focus on the Second World War.During the warfare of the 20th century the mass media were used to sustain domestic morale and promote combatants’ views to an international audience. Topics covered in this book include British newspaper cartoonists’ coverage of the Russo- Japanese War the role of the French press in Anglo- French diplomacy in the 1930s Irish press coverage of Dunkirk and D- Day government censorship of the press in wartime Portugal the reporting of American troops in North Africa and how the Greek press became the focus of British government propaganda in the 1940s. Particular attention is given to the role of the British press in the Second World War: its coverage of evacuation popular politics and D- Day; the war as seen through commercial press advertising; the wartime Daily Mirror; and Fleet Street’s role as a ‘national’ press in wartime.This book explores how— and why— newspapers have presented wars to their readers and the importance of the press as an agent of social and political power in an age of conflict. This book was originally published as a special issue of Media History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730352

Newspapers and English Society 1695-1855 This lively new study covers the dramatic expansion of the press from the seventeenth century to the mid nineteenth century. Hannah Barker explores the factors behind the rise of newspapers to a major force helping to reflect and shape public opinion and altering the way in which politics operated at every level of English life. Newspapers Politics and English Society 1695-1855 provides a unique insight into the political and social history of eighteenth and nineteenth century England as well as an important study of the history of the media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149779

Newspapers and the Journalistic Public in Republican China1917 as a Significant Year of Journalism Offering an entirely new approach to understanding China’s journalism history this book covers the Chinese periodical press in the first half of the twentieth century.By focusing on five cases either occurring in or in relation to the year 1917 this book emphasizes the protean nature of the newspaper and seeks to challenge a press historiography which suggests modern Chinese newspapers were produced and consumed with clear agendas of popularizing enlightenment modernist and revolutionary concepts. Instead this book contends that such a historiography which is premised on the classification of newspapers along the lines of their functions overlooks the opaqueness of the Chinese press in the early twentieth century. Analyzing modern Chinese history through the lens of the newspaper this book presents an interdisciplinary and international approach to studying mass communications. As such this book will be useful to students and scholars of Chinese history journalism and Asian Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585716

Newspapers in the LibraryNew Approaches to Management and Reference Work This book first published in 1988 discusses the use and handling of newspapers in libraries and information centres. Although newspapers are recognized as an important source of information about current history and local events they have been largely ignored by information specialists. Individuals who work with newspapers on a daily basis - as tools in research or as an ingredient in a larger process - have contributed valuable chapters on bibliographical and physical control of newspapers working with newspapers in a variety of settings and international educational and technical aspects of using and handling newspapers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376727

Newspeak (Routledge Revivals)A Dictionary of Jargon George Orwell coined the term ‘Newspeak’ for his novel 1984 the purpose of which was designed to shrink vocabularies and eliminate subtlety and nuance. For this dictionary first published to herald the year 1984 Jonathon Green compiled nearly 8 000 entries – selected from the slangs and specific vocabularies of trades professions and interests – covering such areas as the world of entertainment the media the military economics and finance. This dictionary provides an accurate and useful linguistic guide for students of lexicography and an interesting compendium for the general inquisitive reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732734

Newsroom-Classroom Hybrids at UniversitiesStudent Labor and the Journalism Crisis This book investigates the success of U.S. nonprofit university centers where students work alongside investigative reporters from a professional and educational perspective. Drawing on a detailed investigation of four of the most prominent and renowned centers in the U.S. – the IRP Berkeley (UC Berkeley) the Stabile Center (Columbia University) the Workshop (American University) and the New England CIR (Boston University) – the newsroom role and the classroom role of university nonprofits is examined. Finding the description of a win-win situation – where overstretched newsrooms get extra resources; while students learn from the best – an oversimplification the author explores learning outcomes student experiences financial benefits and quality of the student output. Offering an in-depth analysis of the characteristics challenges and benefits of different forms of journalistic cooperation this book will be a useful resource to scholars students and practitioners of journalism journalism education and media practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363161

Next Generation Mobile Broadcasting Next Generation Mobile Broadcasting provides an overview of the past present and future of mobile multimedia broadcasting. The first part of the book—Mobile Broadcasting Worldwide—summarizes next-generation mobile broadcasting technologies currently available. This part covers the evolutions of the Japanese mobile broadcasting standard ISDB-T One-Seg ISDB-Tmm and ISDB-TSB; the evolution of the South Korean T-DMB mobile broadcasting technology AT-DMB; the American mobile broadcasting standard ATSC-M/H; the Chinese broadcasting technologies DTMB and CMMB; second-generation digital terrestrial TV European standard DVB-T2 and its mobile profile T2-Lite; and the multicast/broadcast extension of 4G LTE cellular standard E-MBMS. This part includes a chapter about a common broadcast specification of state-of-the-art 3GPP and DVB standards to provide a broadcast overlay optimized for mobile and operated in conjunction with a broadband unicast access. It also contains an overview chapter on a new High-Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) standard that is expected to provide significantly improved coding efficiency compared to current MPEG-4 AVC video coding. The second part of the book—Next-Generation Handheld DVB Technology: DVB-NGH —describes the latest mobile broadcast technology known as Digital Video Broadcasting-Next-Generation Handheld (DVB-NGH) which is expected to significantly outperform all existing technologies in both capacity and coverage. DVB-NGH introduces new technological solutions that along with the high performance of DVB-T2 make DVB-NGH a powerful next-generation mobile multimedia broadcasting technology. In fact DVB-NGH can be regarded as the first 3G broadcasting system because it allows for the possibility of using multiple input multiple output MIMO antenna schemes to overcome the Shannon limit of single antenna wireless communications. DVB-NGH also allows the deployment of an optional satellite component forming a hybrid terrestrial-satellite network topology to improve coverage in rural areas where the installation of terrestrial networks is economically unfeasible. Although the commercial deployment of DVB-NGH is nowadays unclear after its standardization it will be a reference point for future generations of digital terrestrial television technologies.Edited by a member of the DVB-NGH standardization group the book includes contributions from a number of standardization groups worldwide—including Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB) in Europe; Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC) in the US Korea Japan and China; Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP); and the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199781

Next Generation NetrootsRealignment and the Rise of the Internet Left From the early demise of Trent Lott at the hands of bloggers to the agonized scream of Howard Dean; from Daily Kos and the blogosphere to the rise of Twitter and Facebook politics and new media have co-existed and evolved in rapid succession. Here an academic and practitioner team up to consider how new and old media technologies mix with combustible politics to determine in real time the shape of the emerging political order. Our political moment shares with other realigning periods the sense that political parties are failing to address the public interest. In an era defined by the collapse of the political center extreme income inequality rapidly changing demography and new methods of communicating and organizing a second-generation online progressive movement fueled by email and social media is coming into its own. In this highly readable text the authors – one a scholar of Internet politics the other a leading voice of the first generation netroots – draw on unique data and on-the-ground experience to answer key questions at the core of our tumultuous politics: How has Internet activism changed in form and function? How have the left and right changed with it? How does this affect American political power? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652484

Next Generation of Data Mining Drawn from the US National Science Foundation’s Symposium on Next Generation of Data Mining and Cyber-Enabled Discovery for Innovation (NGDM 07) Next Generation of Data Mining explores emerging technologies and applications in data mining as well as potential challenges faced by the field.Gathering perspectives from top experts across different disciplines the book debates upcoming challenges and outlines computational methods. The contributors look at how ecology astronomy social science medicine finance and more can benefit from the next generation of data mining techniques. They examine the algorithms middleware infrastructure and privacy policies associated with ubiquitous distributed and high performance data mining. They also discuss the impact of new technologies such as the semantic web on data mining and provide recommendations for privacy-preserving mechanisms.The dramatic increase in the availability of massive complex data from various sources is creating computing storage communication and human-computer interaction challenges for data mining. Providing a framework to better understand these fundamental issues this volume surveys promising approaches to data mining problems that span an array of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367386054

Next Generation PhotovoltaicsHigh Efficiency through Full Spectrum Utilization Although photovoltaics are regarded by many as the most likely candidate for long term sustainable energy production their implementation has been restricted by the high costs involved. Nevertheless the theoretical limit on photovoltaic energy conversion efficiency-above 85%-suggests that there is room for substantial improvement of current commercially available solar cells both silicon and thin-film based. Current research efforts are focused on implementing novel concepts to produce a new generation of low-cost high-performance photovoltaics that make improved use of the solar spectrum.Featuring contributions from pioneers of next generation photovoltaic research Next Generation Photovoltaics: High Efficiency through Full Spectrum Utilization presents a comprehensive account of the current state-of-the-art in all aspects of the field. The book first discusses topics such as multi-junction solar cells (the method closest to commercialization) quantum dot solar cells hot carrier solar cells multiple quantum well solar cells and thermophotovoltaics. The final two chapters of the book consider the materials fabrication methods and concentrator optics used for advanced photovoltaic cells. This book will be an essential reference for graduate students and researchers working with solar cell technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578473

Next Generation Safety LeadershipFrom Compliance to Care Next Generation Safety Leadership illustrates practical applications that bring theory to life through case studies and stories from the author's years of experience in high-risk industries. The book provides safety leaders and their organisations with a compelling case for change. A key predictor of safety performance is trust and its associated components of integrity ability and benevolence (care). The next generation of safety leaders will take the profession forward by creating trust and psychological safety. The book provides safety leaders with actionable goals to enable positive change and translates academic languages into practical applications. It leaves the reader with a clear strategy to move forward in developing a safety plan and utilizes stories humor and case studies set in high-risk industries. Written primarily for the safety community and can be used to influence day to day safety operations in high-risk organisations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367509538

Next Level ScreenwritingInsights Ideas and Inspiration for the Intermediate Screenwriter Next Level Screenwriting is an intermediate screenwriting book for those that have already learned the basics of screenwriting written a screenplay or two and want to bring their writing and stories to the next level. Each chapter of the book examines a specific aspect of screenwriting such as character dialogue and theme and then provides the reader with ideas tips and inspiration to apply to their own writing. Rather than being another “how to” book this volume features a variety of case studies and challenging exercises throughout – derived from a broad selection of successful feature films and TV shows from the 1940s to the present day – to help spark the imagination of the writer as they work through different styles and approaches of screenwriting. An absolute must-read for any screenwriter wanting to improve their writing and storytelling skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151584

Next Steps in TeachingA Guide to Starting your Career in the Secondary School This guide charts the NQT's next steps in teaching from finishing a teacher training programme through to the probationary year and then into the comparatively settled routine of the second and third years of teaching. Suitable for all new teachers in secondary schools this book aims to: help with navigating the pitfalls of teaching describe some of the possible challenges and difficulties faced in the classroom and provide advice based on the experiences of other teachers describe the successful strategies new teachers have used to develop teaching highlight the satisfaction of teaching. An important feature of the book is that it takes an extended view of the early years of a teaching career looking beyond the short term 'What am I going to teach this class next week or next lesson or even right now?'. Next Steps in Teaching also presents interviews with new teachers that will help to show how others have been through similar experiences and came out as confident teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411289

Next StepsDecision Cases for Social Work Practice Social work students consistently struggle to apply theory to practice or use the knowledge of textbooks and classrooms in the field. Vignettes and scenarios represented in textbooks are often simplistic too tidy to be realistic and with clean resolutions. Next Steps: Decision Cases for Social Work Practice highlights the complex messy nature of social work practice in a way that is engaging to students allowing them to step into the role of a practicing social worker. This book is a collection of decision cases from multiple areas of social work practice designed to enhance the quality and depth of classroom case discussion and analysis. These realistic compelling cases present dilemmas about which even experienced practitioners may disagree. This allows rich classroom discussion that enhances critical thinking provides real-life application and creates numerous opportunities to apply content and knowledge acquired throughout a social work education experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499850

Next Wave CulturesFeminism Subcultures Activism Whereas once young women’s feminist activism could be easily identified today this resistance seems obscure transitory and disorganized. In Next Wave Cultures established and emerging scholars provide an interdisciplinary examination of young women’s multilayered lives. This collection demonstrates that young women have new ways of taking on politics and culture that may not be recognizable under more traditional paradigms but deserve to be identified as socially engaged and potentially transformative nonetheless. Exploring the ways in which girls' various cultural pursuits are tied to identity formation and relate to issues of class sexuality ethnicity religion ability and gender Next Wave Cultures highlights both the limitations and opportunities afforded by globalization of youth consumer culture. This valuable collection is a necessary read across disciplines—especially to those in the fields of education gender and cultural studies sociology and psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203940013

Next-Gen Library Redesign Part of the award-winning TECH SET series Michael Lascarides' concise guide will help you choose and implement the techniques and best practices used by today's forward-thinking libraries to create the best possible patron experiences. You'll learn website clean-up strategies how to incorporate social media into your site how to create and offer interactive and collaborative subject guides promote your librarians with public profiles and use crowdsourcing to create a collection with user input. And to make it easier you'll find easy-to-understand explanations for technology buzzwords and acronyms.While technology has changed what we do and how we do it the library's mission to provide users with the information they need has not changed. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048491

Next-Generation Batteries and Fuel Cells for Commercial Military and Space Applications Distilling complex theoretical physical concepts into an understandable technical framework Next-Generation Batteries and Fuel Cells for Commercial Military and Space Applications describes primary and secondary (rechargeable) batteries for various commercial military spacecraft and satellite applications for covert communications surveillance and reconnaissance missions. It emphasizes the cost reliability longevity and safety of the next generation of high-capacity batteries for applications where high energy density minimum weight and size and reliability in harsh conditions are the principal performance requirements. Presenting cutting-edge battery design techniques backed by mathematical expressions and derivations wherever possible the book supplies an authoritative account of emerging application requirements for small lightweight high-reliability rechargeable batteries—particularly for portable and implantable medical devices and diagnostic capsules. It devotes a chapter to fuel cells and describes the three distinct types of practical fuel cells including those that use aqueous electrolytes molten electrolytes and solid electrolytes. Identifies critical performance parameters and limits of rechargeable batteries including state of charge depth of discharge cycle life discharge rate and open-circuit voltage Provides a foundation in the basic laws of electrochemical kinetics Highlights performance capabilities of long-life low-cost rechargeable batteries for particular applications in battlefield systems and unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs ) A.R. Jha author of 10 books on alternative energy and other topics outlines rechargeable battery requirements for electric vehicles (EVs) hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). He identifies the unique materials for electrolytes cathodes and anodes that are most cost-effective with significant improvements in weight size efficiency reliability safety and longevity. Since electrode kinetics play a key role in the efficient operation of fuel cells the book also provides you with a foundation in the basic laws of electrochemical kinetics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439850664

Next-Generation Sequencing Data Analysis A Practical Guide to the Highly Dynamic Area of Massively Parallel Sequencing The development of genome and transcriptome sequencing technologies has led to a paradigm shift in life science research and disease diagnosis and prevention. Scientists are now able to see how human diseases and phenotypic changes are connected to DNA mutation polymorphism genome structure and epigenomic abnormality. Next-Generation Sequencing Data Analysis shows how next-generation sequencing (NGS) technologies are applied to transform nearly all aspects of biological research. The book walks readers through the multiple stages of NGS data generation and analysis in an easy-to-follow fashion. It covers every step in each stage from the planning stage of experimental design sample processing sequencing strategy formulation the early stage of base calling reads quality check and data preprocessing to the intermediate stage of mapping reads to a reference genome and normalization to more advanced stages specific to each application. All major applications of NGS are covered including: RNA-seq: mRNA-seq and small RNA-seq Genotyping and variant discovery through genome re-sequencing De novo genome assembly ChIP-seq to study DNA–protein interaction Methylated DNA sequencing on epigenetic regulation Metagenome analysis through community genome shotgun sequencing Before detailing the analytic steps for each of these applications the book presents the ins and outs of the most widely used NGS platforms with side-by-side comparisons of key technical aspects. This helps practitioners decide which platform to use for a particular project. The book also offers a perspective on the development of DNA sequencing technologies from Sanger to future-generation sequencing technologies. The book discusses concepts and principles that underlie each analytic step along with software tools for implementation. It highlights key features of the tools while omitting tedious details to provide an easy-to-follow guide for practitioners in life sciences bioinformatics and biostatistics. In addition references to detailed descriptions of the tools are given for further reading if needed. The accompanying website for the book provides step-by-step real-world examples of how to apply the tools covered in the text to research projects. All the tools are freely available to academic users. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482217889

NGO AccountabilityPolitics Principles and Innovations As the fastest growing segment of civil society as well as featuring prominently in the global political arena NGOs are under fire for being 'unaccountable'. But who do NGOs actually represent? Who should they be accountable to and how? This book provides the first comprehensive examination of the issues and politics of NGO accountability across all sectors and internationally. It offers an assessment of the key technical tools available including legal accountability certification and donor-based accountability regimes and questions whether these are appropriate and viable options or attempts to 'roll-back' NGOs to a more one-dimensional function as organizers of national and global charity. Input and case studies are provided from NGOs such as ActionAid and from every part of the globe including China Indonesia and Uganda. In the spirit of moving towards greater accountability the book looks in detail at innovations that have developed from within NGOs and offers new approaches and flexible frameworks that enable accountability to become a reality for all parties worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772099

NGO Discourses in the Debate on Genetically Modified Crops The development and use of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) has been a contentious topic for the last three decades. While there have been a number of social science analyses of the issues this is the first book to assess the role of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) in the debate at such a wide geographic scale.The various positions for and against GMOs particularly with regard to transgenic crops articulated by NGOs in the debate are dissected classified and juxtaposed to corresponding campaigns. These are discussed in the context of key conceptual paradigms including nature fundamentalism and the organic movement post-colonialism food sovereignty anti-globalisation sustainability and feminism. The book also analyses how NGOs interpret the debate and the persuasive communication tactics they use. This provides greater understanding of the complexity of negotiations in the debate and explains its specific features such as its global scope and difficulty in finding compromises. The author assesses the long-term interests of various participants and changes in perceptions of science and in public communication as a result. Examples of major NGOs such as Greenpeace Oxfam and WWF are included but the author also provides new research into the role of NGOs in Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367351335

NGO Field Workers in Bangladesh This title was first published in 2002. NGOs are receiving increasing international attention and resources from policy makers donors academics and others. The New Policy Agenda accepts NGOs as agents for social welfare alongside the state and as fostering democracy in the Developing World. Astonishingly however there have been very few studies and no books on NGO field workers. This study of field workers in Bangladesh provides excellent insights into this neglected field. Bangladesh is an excellent example as since independence in 1971 it has been a 'donor-dependent' country both financially and functionally and since the 1980s has concentrated this funding towards NGOs rather than to the state. The book shows how field workers are seen simply as implementers carrying out directions given by their superiors and never being consulted on how best to achieve their goals. The book examines four types of NGOs - international national regional and small/local - in a number of sample locations. It compares the benefits and facilities provided by each NGO to their field workers then explores the socio-economic background of both field workers and their mid-level managers and examines the interactions between these two groups and between field workers and their clients. It also looks at the field workers’ personal and professional lives and problems and details their opinions on their NGO’s activities and policies and on development. The findings show that NGO managers and donors lack knowledge of the realities in the field and do not realise how certain policies such as their positive discrimination of women can have negative results. It proposes that NGO field workers should be more active in policy making and puts forward several recommendations for changes in the management and structure of future NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719866

NGO Governance and Management in China As China becomes increasingly integrated into the global system there will be continuing pressure to acknowledge and engage with non-governmental organizations (NGOs). Suffice to say without a clear understanding of the state’s interaction with NGOs and vice versa any political economic and social analysis of China will be incomplete. This book provides an urgent insight into contemporary state-NGO relations. It brings together the most recent research covering three broad themes namely the conceptualizations and subsequent functions of NGOs; state-NGO engagement; and NGOs as a mediator between state and society in contemporary China. The book provides a future glimpse into the challenges of state-NGO interactions in China's rapidly developing regions which will aid NGOs strategic planning in both the short- and long-term. In addition it allows a measure of predictability in our assessment of Chinese NGOs behaviour notably when they eventually move their areas of operation from the domestic sphere to an international one. The salient themes concepts theories and practice discussed in this book will be of acute interest to students scholars and practitioners in development studies public administration and Chinese and Asian politics. Reza Hasmath is a Lecturer in Chinese Politics at the University of Oxford UK and an Associate Professor in Political Science at the University of Alberta Canada. His research looks at state-society relationships the labour market experiences of ethnic minorities and development theories and practices. Jennifer Y.J. Hsu is an Assistant Professor in Political Science at the University of Alberta Canada. Her recent publications include a co-authored book HIV/AIDS in China: The Economic and Social Determinants (Routledge 2011) and a co-edited book The Chinese Corporatist State: Adaption Survival and Resistance (Routledge 2012).     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383963

NGO ManagementThe Earthscan Companion The task environment of NGOs is changing rapidly and significantly making new demands on their management and leadership. This Companion discusses the complexities involved. It illustrates how NGOs can maintain performance and remain agile amidst increasing uncertainties. These factors include the position of NGOs in civil society their involvement in governance and coping with the effects of the securitisation of international aid. Complementing The Earthscan Reader in NGO Management selected contributions and specially commissioned pieces from NGO thought-leaders and practitioners provide the reader with insights on the emerging thinking competences and practices needed for success in managing and leading tomorrow's NGOs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849775427

NGOs Knowledge Production and Global Humanist AdvocacyThe Limits of Expertise NGOs Knowledge Production and Global Humanist Advocacy is an empirically and theoretically rich account of how international non-governmental organisations produce knowledge of and formulate understandings about the world around them. The author applies critical and sociological perspectives to analyse the social and political limits of knowledge generated in support of global advocacy efforts aimed at enhancing human rights and preventing violent conflicts. It is found that despite their transnational networks and claims to humanist universality the proximity of global advocates to Western power structures and elite social spaces delimits their worldviews and curtails the potential for radical departures from mainstream political thinking.This book will be of interest to scholars and students of international relations human rights the sociology of knowledge peace and conflict studies and critical security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249595

NGOs and Environmental PoliciesAsia and Africa Covering the work of non-governmental organizations in trying to change the environmental policies of governments and business organizations this study looks at field research in Asia and Africa and relates it to theoretical issues in the academic field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459427

NGOs and Global TradeNon-state voices in EU trade policymaking In a deeply iniquitous world where the gains from trade are distributed unevenly and where trade rules often militate against progressive social values human health and sustainable development NGOs are widely touted as our best hope for redressing these conditions. As a critical voice of the poor and marginalized many are engaged in a global struggle for democratic norms and social justice. Yet the potential for NGOs to bring about meaningful change is limited. This book examines whether improvements in participatory opportunities for progressive NGOs results in substantive and normative policy change in one of the major trading powers the European Union. Hannah advances a constructivist account of the role of NGOs in the EU’s trade policymaking process. She argues that NGOs have been instrumental in providing education raising awareness and giving a voice to broader societal concerns about proposed trade deals both when they take advantage of formal participatory opportunities and when they protest from the streets and in the media. However the book also highlights how NGO inputs are mediated by the social structure of global trade governance. Epistemes—the background knowledge ideological and normative beliefs and shared assumptions about how the world works—determine who has a voice in global trade governance. Showing how NGOs succeed only when their advocacy conforms broadly to the dominant episteme this book will be of value to scholars and students with an interest in NGOs and international trade negotiations. It will also be of interest to policymakers national trade negotiators government departments and the trade policy community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477643

Ngos And Women's Development In Rural South IndiaA Comparative Analysis This book provides an approach to analyzing non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and rural women by using specific criteria to compare the effectiveness especially with women's development of two NGOs in Karnataka South India: India Development Service and Grama Vikas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165833

NGOs in China and EuropeComparisons and Contrasts This volume presents a comparison of the experiences of NGOs in China and Europe. The chapters on China contain the most comprehensive and up-to-date analysis of various types of NGOs currently active in the country. The contributions on foreign NGOs in China non-governmental think tanks public interest legal organizations labour related NGOs and charity organizations are the first in English to discuss successful experiences as well as the difficulties they face in the post-Mao era. The European studies draw examples from countries where the experiences of NGOs are at various stages of development. The section on NGOs in Central and Eastern Europe examines the rapid expansion of civil society and their pivotal role in promoting political change and building democracy in a transitional society as well as the challenges they confront in advancing a strong civil society. Those chapters on NGOs' experiences in Western European countries especially in the Netherlands and the UK provide insightful information and examination of the most contentious issues concerning NGOs' accountability governance and relationship with the government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278837

NGOs in IndiaThe challenges of women's empowerment and accountability A PDF version of this book is available for free in open access via www.tandfebooks.com as well as the OAPEN Library platform www.oapen.org. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license and is part of the OAPEN-UK research project. By examining how NGOs operate in Southern India in the early 2000’s this book discusses the challenges faced by small local NGOs in the uncertain times of changing aid dynamics. The key findings focus on what empowerment means for Indian women and how NGO accountability to these groups is an important part of the empowerment being realised. The notion of community empowerment in which the ‘solidarity’ of a group can be a path to individual empowerment is discussed as well as analysing how empowerment can be a useful concept in development. Based on case studies of 15 NGOs as well as in-depth interviews with 80 women’s self-help groups the book highlights the key features of effective empowerment programs. The author uses innovative statistical analysis tools to show how a key factor in empowerment of marginalised women is the accountability relationship between themselves and the supporting NGO. The book goes on to discuss the ways that NGOs can work with communities in the future and recognises the limitations of a donor-centric accountability framework. It provides a useful contribution to studies on South Asia as well as Gender and Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533676

NGOs in the Muslim WorldFaith and Social Services Muslim NGOs are continuously expanding their field of activities to various areas including education medical services environment aging societies gender issues and inter-religious dialogue. They are visible in an urban slum in Pakistan rural development in Indonesia and even in Fukushima in Japan to distribute hot meals among the affected people. Muslim NGOs have become a global phenomenon. Though there have been many studies on "political Islam" only a few approaches to broaden our understanding of Muslim NGOs have appeared. NGOs in the Muslim World brings together contributors familiar with the local language who have each been engaged with fieldwork for many years. Based on empirical anthropological and sociological studies in Japan Indonesia Pakistan Iran Turkey and Jordan they explore key issues concerning the role and work of Muslim NGOs from the inspirations Muslims take from holy texts to the religious expectations of volunteers devoting their time to charitable causes. The book discusses the relationship of Muslim organizations with Islamic institutions as well as their interpretations of the contemporary issues faced by NGOs within a specifically Islamic framework. As a result NGOs in the Muslim World provides fresh insight into Muslims’ faith-based initiatives concerning contemporary issues. This book will be of interest to students and scholars from diverse disciplines including anthropology sociology political science and history as well as Middle Eastern and Islamic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358077

Ngugi wa Thiong’o Gender and the Ethics of Postcolonial Reading This is the first comprehensive book-length study of gender politics in Ngugi wa Thiong'o's fiction. Brendon Nicholls argues that mechanisms of gender subordination are strategically crucial to Ngugi's ideological project from his first novel to his most recent one. Nicholls describes the historical pressures that lead Ngugi to represent women as he does and shows that the novels themselves are symptomatic of the cultural conditions that they address. Reading Ngugi's fiction in terms of its Gikuyu allusions and references a gendered narrative of history emerges that creates transgressive spaces for women. Nicholls bases his discussion on moments during the Mau Mau rebellion when women's contributions to the anticolonial struggle could not be reduced to a patriarchal narrative of Kenyan history and this interpretive maneuver permits a reading of Ngugi's fiction that accommodates female political and sexual agency. Nicholls contributes to postcolonial theory by proposing a methodology for reading cultural difference. This methodology critiques cultural practices like clitoridectomy in an ethical manner that seeks to avoid both cultural imperialism and cultural relativisim. His strategy of 'performative reading ' that is making the conditions of one text (such as folklore history or translation) active in another (for example fiction literary narrative or nationalism) makes possible an ethical reading of gender and of the conditions of reading in translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376120

NHS Jargon Explained Why is TALOIA bandied about in clinics and on wards? Who - or what - is DAN? If someone mentioned Practice Based Commissioning or the Standardised Mortality Ratio would you understand what they meant? Like any specialised area the NHS generates clouds of terms acronyms and shorthand vital for those in the know but virtually impenetrable to outsiders or those new to healthcare. New acronyms or the jargon of areas outside their immediate expertise can be utterly baffling even to old hands. This book brings together an up-to-date clearly explained glossary of specialised terminology and acronyms used at all levels of the NHS from primary care surgeries to hospital wards admin departments to executive boardrooms. It is essential reading for workers in the NHS at all levels including managers administrators and clinical professionals and for managers and staff at commercial companies working with the NHS. Specialty registrars and consultants can also find this information and much more in The Doctor's Handbook Parts 1 and 2 by the same author. NHS Jargon Explained will also be of interest to campaigners patient interest groups researchers and journalists and patients and their relatives may also find it useful and enlightening! 'There is no more important time than now to have a quick reference guide that enables the greatest number of people to quickly come to terms with the language of the health service. I welcome this book for being both comprehensive and concise'- from the Foreword by Sir Ian Carruthers Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375908

NicaraguaEmerging From the Shadow of the Eagle Nicaragua: Emerging from the Shadow of the Eagle details the country's unique history culture economics politics and foreign relations. Its historical coverage considers Nicaragua from pre-Columbian and colonial times as well as during the nationalist liberal era the U.S. Marine occupation the Somoza dictatorship the Sandinista revolution and government the conservative restoration after 1990 and consolidation of the FSLN's power since the return of Daniel Ortega to the presidency in 2006. The thoroughly revised and updated sixth edition features new material covering political economic and social developments since 2011. This includes expanded discussions on economic diversification women and gender and social programs. Students of Latin American politics and history will learn the how the interventions by the United States 'the eagle' to 'the north' have shaped Nicaraguan political economic and cultural life but also the extent to which Nicaragua is increasingly emerging from the eagle's shadow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349862

Niche ModelingPredictions from Statistical Distributions Using theory applications and examples of inferences Niche Modeling: Predictions from Statistical Distributions demonstrates how to conduct and evaluate niche modeling projects in any area of application. It features a series of theoretical and practical exercises for developing and evaluating niche models using the R statistics language. The author discusses applications of predictive modeling methods with reference to valid inferences from assumptions. He elucidates varied and simplified examples with rigor and completeness. Topics include geographic information systems multivariate modeling artificial intelligence methods data handling and information infrastructure.Above all successful niche modeling requires a deep understanding of the process of creating and using probability. Off-the-shelf statistical packages are tailored exactly to applications but can hide problematic complexities. Recipe book implementations fail to educate users in the details assumptions and pitfalls of analysis but may be able to adapt to the specific needs of each study. Examining the sources of errors such as autocorrelation bias long term persistence nonlinearity circularity and fraud this seminal reference provides an understanding of the limitations and potential pitfalls of prediction emphasizing the importance of avoiding errors. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367389703

Niche TacticsGenerative Relationships Between Architecture and Site Niche Tactics aligns architecture's relationship with site with its ecological analogue: the relationship between an organism and its environment.Bracketed between texts on giraffe morphology ecological perception ugliness and hopeful monsters architectural case studies investigate historical moments when relationships between architecture and site were productively intertwined from the anomalous city designs of Francesco de Marchi in the sixteenth century to Le Corbusier’s near eradication of context in his Plan Voisin in the twentieth century to the more recent contextualist movements. Extensively illustrated with 140 drawings and photographs Niche Tactics considers how attention to site might create a generative language for architecture today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793125

Niche Tourism Niche Tourism examines one of the fastest growing areas within the tourism sector. This book provides an integrated picture of speciality/niche tourism as a whole looking at both the 'macro' and 'micro' niche area. It has a comprehensive theoretical framework and discusses initiatives policies and strategies adopted internationally. With an emphasis on linking theory to practice it is underpinned by up-to-date international case studies from around the world.Divided into 3 parts it covers a variety of aspects under the headings of special interest tourism tradition and culture base tourism and activity-based tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132566

Nicholas Kaldor and the Real World First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485539

Nicholas LanierMaster of the King’s Musick Nicholas Lanier (1588-1666) was not only the first person to hold the office of Master of the Music to King Charles I he was also a practising painter a friend of Rubens Van Dyck and many other artists of his time and one of the very first great art collectors and connoisseurs. He is especially remembered for the part he played in acquiring on behalf of Charles I the famous collection of paintings belonging to the Gonzaga family of Mantua. Many of these paintings still form an important part of the Royal Collection today. In this book the different strands of Lanier's colourful life are for the first time drawn together and presented in a single compelling narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268043

Nicholas Love's Mirror and Late Medieval Devotio-Literary CultureTheological politics and devotional practice in fifteenth-century England Surviving in 59 complete manuscript versions few English texts of the late medieval period seem to have achieved the popularity of Nicholas Love's fifteenth-century translation and adaptation of the Latin Meditationes Vitae Christi - The Mirror of the Blessed Life of Jesus Christ. The Mirror has received surprisingly little scholarly attention and is often contextualized in terms of its role in the theological conflict between English ecclesiastical orthodoxy and the teachings of heresiarch John Wycliff. David Falls presents a new account of the text's history which de-centralises but does not disregard the influence of the Wycliffite controversy. Falls interrogates preconceptions and investigates new possibilities for understanding the composition circulation function and use of Love's Mirror by examining both the textual modifications and additions made by Love in his adaptation of the Latin and places these alterations in context by examining individual copies of the Mirror. The manuscript copies are read as both sites of literary consumption and nexuses of textual transition demonstrating that it was Love's ability to inscribe his work with "functional diversity" which explains the Mirror's popularity. This book presents a nuanced picture not only of the Mirror's production circulation and function but also the dynamic and flourishing devotio-literary culture of late medieval England in which Love's text operated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880002

Nicholas of Cusa - A Companion to his Life and his Times This work is a guide to the life thought and activities of Nicholas of Cusa (1401-1464) the great fifteenth-century philosopher theologian jurist author of mystical and ecclesiastical treatises cardinal and reformer. It is intended not only for advanced scholars but also for beginners and those simply curious about a man who has been called 'one of the greatest Germans of the fifteenth century' and a 'medieval thinker for the modern age'. The book provides a series of detailed but readable essays on ideas persons and places a work developed over the course of nearly three decades. First it contains articles on the important events and concepts that affected Cusanus--philosophical religious intellectual and political. Then it turns to his precursors and contemporaries both friendly and critical. These include philosophers theologians politicians and canon lawyers. And third the book follows the footsteps of the man from Kues and examines various sites where he lived studied or visited. Because the author has also visited many of these sites he can contribute personal observations to enliven the journey. To add to the book's usefulness as a resource and reference tool each entry is followed by a bibliography containing both recent and older works. The purpose of the volume is to gain a greater appreciation of Cusanus and his legacy by striving for a total view of his thought and experience instead of narrowly focusing on specific philosophical theological or intellectual ideas or certain periods of his activities in isolation from other facets of this compelling figure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409420392

Nicholas of CusaA Medieval Thinker for the Modern Age Nicholas of Cusa (1401 64) doctor of canon law church politician and philosopher was one of the most important thinkers of 15th century Europe. This year marks the sixth centenary of his birth. Scholars from round the globe gathered in Tokyo for the 19th Cusanus Congress last year; this volume makes their contributions more widely available. Major themes examined include tradition and innovation religion the relevance of Nicholas of Cusa's thought for today the relationship between East and West in his thought and the development of his thought and scholarship as we enter a new millennium. Multilingual text: English German French. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871304

Nickel and the SkinAbsorption Immunology Epidemiology and Metallurgy First published 2002 Allergic contact dermatitis from nickel is a continuing and increasing health problem. Nickel dermatitis may occur in sensitized individuals following contact with nickel-containing items such as jewelry zippers buttons and other objects; by nickel leaching from implants and prostheses; and following occupational exposures. Although the most common of the health effects associated with exposure to nickel the skin penetration of nickel and its compounds is poorly understood.Nickel and the Skin: Absorption Immunology Epidemiology and Metallurgy gives an extensive updated review of major topics and new topics and covers material progress in the field of nickel hypersensitivity. Its content complements the mandate of NiPERA the Nickel Producers Environmental Research Association which is to promote the health and safety of those exposed to nickel or nickel containing products in the workplace and general environment. Many books on the toxicology of metals discuss nickel and its alloys in general terms. This one provides you with in-depth information on the causes diagnosis prognosis and prevention all in one source. Nickel and the Skin: Absorption Immunology Epidemiology and Metallurgy provides a guide to the evaluation and treatment of what has become the most common cause of allergic contact dermatitis. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429285776

Nickel in Soils and Plants Soils with high Ni contents occur in several parts of the world especially in areas with ultramafic rocks which cause serious environmental impacts. This book aims to extend the knowledge on the risks and problems caused by elevated Ni contents and to cover the existing gaps on issues related to various aspects and consequences of high Ni contents in soils and plants.Nickel in Soils and Plants brings together discussions on Ni as a trace element and as a micronutrient essential for plant growth and its role in plant physiology. It analyzes the biogeochemistry of Ni at the soil plant interface and explains its behavior in the rhizosphere resulting in Ni deficiency or toxicity or Ni tolerance of various Ni hyperaccumulators. Included are Ni resources and sources the origin of soil Ni its geochemical forms in soils and their availability to plants a special reference on soils enriched with geogenic Ni such as serpentine soils and the special characteristics of those ecosystems. Recent advancements in methods of Ni speciation including the macroscale and X- ray absorption spectroscopy studies as well as serious views on Ni kinetics are also covered. Written by a team of internationally recognized researchers and expert contributors this comprehensive work addresses the practical aspects of managing Ni in soils and plants for agricultural production and managing soils with high Ni levels by using organic and inorganic amendments. The text also addresses practical measures related to Ni toxicity in plants the removal and recovery of Ni from high Ni wastes and offers environmentally friendly innovative processes for mining Ni from soils containing high Ni levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571207

Nicolas FlamelHis Exposition of the Hieroglyphicall Figures (1624) Published in 1994: Nicolas Flamel: His Exposition of the Hieroglyphicall Figures is a narrative of the life of Nicolas Flamel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189006

Nicolas MedtnerHis Life and Music Nicholas Medtner (1880-1951) has always been a neglected figure in the history of Russian music and yet his friend Rachmaninoff considered him the greatest of contemporary composers. He wrote three fine piano concertos more than one hundred solo piano compositions including a cycle of fourteen sonatas fully worthy to be set alongside those of Scriabin and Prokofiev and many beautiful songs. He was also a great pianist. Leaving Russia after the Bolshevik Revolution Medtner lived for a time in Germany and France before finally settling in London where he passed the final sixteen years of his life. The present work is the first to tell the full story of his eventful life and to consider in turn each of his compositions. The author has drawn on Medtner’s own correspondence and writings and collected the reminiscences of those who knew him personally to build a comprehensive picture of a great if still largely unrecognised musician. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248953

Nicotine Caffeine and Social Drinking: Behaviour and Brain Function Often people use nicotine caffeine and some level of alcohol in varying combinations at different times of the day in order to optimize their functioning and feelings of well-being whether at work in leisure time or in a social context. However until now studies on the effects of this everyday practice have been diverse widespread and insufficiently summarized. Recently developed methods to study the effects in more detail have received little attention especially among a nonscientific readership. Nicotine Caffeine and Social Drinking focuses readers' attention on the effects of normal socially accepted psychoactive substances on cognitive performance and on the brain. Divided into three sections this book studies each substance individually before examining the effects of their combined usage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977198

Nicotine Addiction Among Adolescents Catch up with current theories on a major public health menace! Adolescent smoking has increasingly become a concern as a public health issue yet the theoretical and empirical literature in the area remains skimpy. Nicotine Addiction Among Adolescents furnishes researchers and medical professionals with a comprehensive overview of current theories and statistics. Moreover it offers fresh empirical research as well as suggestions for promising avenues of investigation.The first half of Nicotine Addiction Among Adolescents provides a solid conceptual and practical context for studying adolescent nicotine addiction drawing on the most advanced scholarly studies of why teenagers start smoking and the process of addiction. The second half evaluates nicotine replacement therapy smoking interventions among substance-abusing adolescents and smoking among teenage girls. Nicotine Addiction Among Adolescents addresses all phases of adolescent tobacco use. This valuable guide details: the pharmacological psychological and developmental factors that influence teen smoking behavior the hidden connection between depression gender and cigarettes the grounds for the debate over whether most teens become addicted to nicotine emerging practices and methods to help adolescents stop smoking links between smoking and other kinds of substance abuse ways to improve prevention and intervention programs unanswered questions about teenage smoking that demand further researchNicotine Addiction Among Adolescents recognizes the need for developmentally sensitive approaches for conceptualizing and treating nicotine addiction and offers you thought-provoking strategies and models that will spark future research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821429

Niels Bohr: Physics and the World Containing the proceedings of the symposium held by the American Academy of Arts and Sciences to celebrate the 100th anniversary of the birth of Niels Bohr this collection was first published in 1988. More than any other individual Bohr was responsible for the development of quantum mechanics and for many of its applications in the pursuit of fundamental understanding of physical reality. In addition to his unique role in the discovery and elucidation of quantum theory Bohr led the study of the fission of nuclei and was greatly concerned with the impact of the existence of the atomic bomb in the post-World War II era. This unique volume provides a panoramic view of modern physics some of the philosophical issues associated with quantum theory the impact of this momentous scientific development on the political circumstance of the Cold War Era and the qualities of a superlative scientist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977204

Nietzsche This title was first published in 2002: Nietzsche described himself as a godless anti-metaphysician. These writings encourage the student to question any reading that fails to address Nietzsche's sense of irony with respect to his own philosophical claims. The anthology includes the best recent writings on Nietzsche. It covers all the main themes of Nietzsche's philosophy and pays particular attention to Nietzsche's discussion of value and the need for a re-evaluation of values; his critique of metaphysics and the problem of knowledge; and his account of art and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741911

Nietzsche Few philosophers have been as widely misunderstood as Nietzsche. His detractors and followers alike have often fundamentally misinterpreted him distorting his views and intentions and criticizing or celebrating him for reasons removed from the views he actually held. Now Nietzsche assesses his place in European thought concentrating upon his writings in the last decade of his productive life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137264

Nietzsche Culture and Education In the spring of 1872 Friedrich Nietzsche gave a series of public lectures titled 'On the Future of our Educational Institution' to an audience in Basel Switzerland. In the lectures he made clear his attitude about what was wrong with education and how it had negatively affected the culture of his day. More than one hundred years after the death of Nietzsche his legacy remains one of the most pervasive in philosophical thought. While his influence on philosophical thought concerning culture is everywhere to be found his influence on the philosophy of education has yet to find a place in mainstream thought on the subject in spite of the inextricable connection between the two. This collection has been put together in an effort to redress this situation. Nietzsche Culture and Education brings together a collection of specially commissioned essays on the theme of Nietzsche's cultural critique and its use in and effect on educational theory. The international character of the contributors gives this work a polyvalent perspective on these areas of Nietzsche's philosophy. This publication will be a valuable source book for both undergraduate and postgraduate students of philosophy education and the social sciences as well as for Nietzsche specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275911

Nietzsche Heidegger and Buber In this second volume of a trilogy that represents a landmark contribution to philosophy psychology and intellectual history Walter Kaufmann has selected three seminal figures of the modem period who have radically altered our understanding of what it is to be human. His interpretations of Nietzsche Heidegger and Buber are lively accessible and penetrating and in the best scholarly tradition they challenge and revise accepted views.After an introductory chapter on Kierkegaard and Schopenhauer with particular attention to the former's views on despair and the latter's on insanity and repression Kaufmann argues that Nietzsche was the first great depth psychologist and shows how he revolutionized human self-understanding. Nietzsche's psychology including his fascinating psychology of masks is discussed fully and expertly.Heidegger's version of existentialism is herein subjected to a devastating attack. After criticizing it Kaufmann shows how the same mentality finds expression in Heidegger's philosophy and in his now-infamous pro-Nazi writings. Here as in his portraits of other major thinkers the author's concern is to show that his subjects are of one piece. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528918

Nietzsche Wagner and the Philosophy of Pessimism Nietzsche’s relationship with Wagner has long been a source of controversy and has given rise to a number of important studies including this major breakthrough in Nietzsche scholarship first published in 1982. In this work Hollinrake contends that the nature and extent of the anti-Wagnerian pastiche and polemic in Thus Spake Zarathustra is arguably the most important factor in the association between the two. Thus Wagner as the purveyor of a particular brand of Schopenhauerian pessimism is here revealed as one of the principle sources – and targets – of Zarathustra. Whilst addressed primarily to students of German Literature this book will also be of interest to musicians philosophers and students of the history of culture and ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884106

Nietzsche and Jewish Political Theology Nietzsche and Jewish Political Theology is the first book to explore the impact of Friedrich Nietzsche’s work on the formation of Jewish political theology during the first half of the twentieth century. It maps the many ways in which early Jewish thinkers grappled with Nietzsche’s powerful ideas about politics morality and religion in the process of forging a new and modern Jewish culture. The book explores the stories of some of the most important Jewish thinkers who utilized Nietzsche’s writings in crafting the intellectual foundations of Jewish modern political theology. These figures’ political convictions ranged from orthodox conservatism to pacifist anarchism and their attitude towards Nietzsche’s ideas varied from enthusiastic embrace to ambivalence and outright rejection. By bringing these diverse figures together the book makes a convincing argument about Nietzsche’s importance for key figures of early Zionism and modern Jewish political thought.The present study offers a new interpretation of a particular theological position which is called "heretical religiosity." Only with modernity and paradoxically with rapid secularization did one find "heretical religiosity" at full strength. Nietzsche enabled intellectual Jews to transform the foundation of their political existence.It provides a new perspective on the adaptation of Nietzsche’s philosophy in the age of Jewish national politics and at the same time is a case study in the intellectual history of the modern Jewry. This new reading on Nietzsche’s work is a valuable resource for students and researchers interested in philosophy Jewish history and political theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584566

Nietzsche and Legal TheoryHalf-Written Laws Nietzsche and Legal Theory is an anthology designed to provide legal and socio-legal scholars with a sense of the very wide range of projects and questions in whose pursuit Nietzsche's work can be useful. From medical ethics to criminology from the systemic anti-Semitism of legal codes arising in Christian cultures to the details of intellectual property debates about regulating the use of culturally significant objects the contributors (from the fields of law philosophy criminology cultural studies and literary studies) demonstrate and enact the sort of creativity that Nietzsche associated with the "free-spirits" to whom he addressed some of his most significant work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203956199

Nietzsche and Modern German Thought Nietzsche is no longer a marginal figure in the study of philosophy. This collection of specially commissioned essays reflects the emergence of a serious interest amongst philosophers sociologists and political theorists. By considering Nietzsche's ideas in the context of the modern philosophical tradition from which it emerged his importance in contemporary thought is refined and reaffirmed. Modern German thought begins with Kant and has rarely escaped his influence. It is with respect to this Kantian heritage that this volume examines Nietzsche. These essays critically consider Nietzsche's relation to Kant and the post-Kantian tradition. In broad terms it is his relation to the domains of knowledge ethics and aesthetics that is through the three Kantian critiques that Nietzsche's thought is illuminated. This allows a surprising variety of areas and questions both about Nietzsche and about philosophy to be investigated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755429

Nietzsche and Psychotherapy Drawing on over a century of international Nietzschean scholarship this groundbreaking book discusses some of the unexplored psychological reaches of Nietzsche’s thought as well as their implications for psychotherapeutic practice. Nietzsche’s philosophy anticipated some of the most innovative cultural movements of the last century from expressionism and surrealism to psychoanalysis humanistic psychology and phenomenology. But his work on psychology often remains discarded despite its many insights. Addressing this oversight and in an age of managerialism and evidence-based practice this book helps to redefine psychotherapy as an experiment that explores the limits and intricacies of human experience. It builds the foundations for a differentialist psychology: a life-affirming project that can deal squarely with the challenges joys and sorrows of being human. Nietzsche and Psychotherapy will be of great interest to researchers interested in the relationship between psychotherapy and philosophy Nietzschean scholars as well as to clinicians grappling with the challenges of working in the so-called "post-truth" age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351257

Nietzsche and Science Nietzsche and Science explores the German philosopher's response to the extraordinary cultural impact of the natural sciences in the late nineteenth century. It argues that the science of his day exerted a powerful influence on his thought and provided an important framework within which he articulated his ideas. The first part of the book investigates Nietzsche's knowledge and understanding of specific disciplines and the influence of particular scientists on Nietzsche's thought. The second part examines how Nietzsche actually incorporated various scientific ideas concepts and theories into his philosophy the ways in which he exploited his reading to frame his writings and the relationship between his understanding of science and other key themes of his thought such as art rhetoric and the nature of philosophy itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277588

Nietzsche and The Birth of Tragedy Nietzsche's philosophy - at once revolutionary erudite and deep - reaches into all spheres of the arts. Well into a second century of influence the profundity of his ideas and the complexity of his writings still determine Nietzsche's power to engage his readers. His first book "The Birth of Tragedy" presents us with a lively inquiry into the existential meaning of Greek tragedy. We are confronted with the idea that the awful truth of our existence can be revealed through tragic art whereby our relationship to the world transfigures from pessimistic despair into sublime elation and affirmation. It is a landmark text in his oeuvre and remains an important book both for newcomers to Nietzsche and those wishing to enrich their appreciation of his mature writings. "Nietzsche and The Birth of Tragedy" provides a clear account of the text and explores the philosophical literary and historical influences bearing upon it. Each chapter examines part of the text explaining the ideas presented and assessing relevant scholarly points of interpretation. The book will be an invaluable guide to readers in Philosophy Literary Studies and Classics coming to "The Birth of Tragedy" for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844652433

Nietzsche and the ClinicPsychoanalysis Philosophy Metaphysics Nietzsche and the Clinic reimagines what a sustained engagement with Nietzsche's thinking has to offer psychoanalysis today. Beyond the headlines that continue to misrepresent Nietzsche's project this book portrays Nietzsche as a thinker of tremendous practical import for those treating the emergent pathologies of the twenty-first century with an interpretive approach. The more pressing wager of the book is that by introducing Nietzsche's thinking into contemporary debates about the nature and function of the psychoanalytic clinic the future of that clinic can be better secured against attempts to discredit its claims to therapeutic efficacy and to scientific legitimacy. Combining a close textual reading with examples drawn from concrete clinical practice Nietzsche and the Clinic integrates philosophy and psychoanalysis in ways that move past a merely theoretical attitude demonstrating how the relationship between philosophy and psychoanalysis can be expanded in ways that are both clinically specific and post-Freudian in orientation. Chapters include extended meditations on Nietzsche's relation to key themes in the work of Helene Deutsch Wilfred Bion Melanie Klein Donald Winnicott and Jacques Lacan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204893

Nietzsche and the Fate of Art This title was first published in 2002. Challenging the accepted orthodoxy on Nietzsche's views on art this book seeks both to challenge and to establish a new set of concerns as far as discourses on Nietzsche's thoughts on aesthetics are concerned whilst at the same time using such insights to illuminate more central concerns of Nietzsche scholarship such as the will to power the illusion/truth question the eternal return the death of God tragedy Wagner. Following the development of Nietzsche's thoughts on art from his earliest writings to his last Pothen counters traditionally accepted interpretations by suggesting a need to recognize the deep suspicion and at times hostility that Nietzsche displays towards art and the artist throughout his text by emphasising the philosophical arguments underlying this deep suspicion and by viewing this tendency as something deeply connected to the other areas of his thought. Readers with interests in Nietzsche studies aesthetics German philosophy and the philosophy of music will find this a particularly invaluable and distinctive contribution to Nietzsche scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296312

Nietzsche and the Origin of Virtue In Ecce Homo (1908) Friedrich Nietzsche calls himself "the first immoralist" and adds "that makes me the annihilator par excellence". Lester Hunt examines this and other radical claims in order to show that Nietzsche does have a coherent ethical and political philosophy. He uses Nietzsche's writings as a starting point for a critique of a wider contemporary ethical project - one that should inform our lives as well as our thoughts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143128

Nietzsche and the Philosophers Nietzsche is undoubtedly one of the most original and influential thinkers in the history of philosophy. With ideas such as the overman will to power the eternal recurrence and perspectivism Nietzsche challenges us to reconceive how it is that we know and understand the world and what it means to be a human being. Further in his works he not only grapples with previous great philosophers and their ideas but he also calls into question and redefines what it means to do philosophy. Nietzsche and the Philosophers for the first time sets out to examine explicitly Nietzsche’s relationship to his most important predecessors. This anthology includes essays by many of the leading Nietzsche scholars including Keith Ansell-Pearson Daniel Conway Tracy B. Strong Gary Shapiro Babette Babich Mark Anderson and Paul S. Loeb. These excellent writers discuss Nietzsche’s engagement with such figures as Plato Aristotle Kant Socrates Hume Schopenhauer Emerson Rousseau and the Buddha. Anyone interested in Nietzsche or the history of philosophy generally will find much of great interest in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885137

Nietzsche and the Question of Interpretation First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154490

Nietzsche and TheologyNietzschean Thought in Christological Anthropology Theology has always viewed Nietzschean thought with a sideways glance never quite sure what to make of it. Where serious engagement has occurred it has tended to either reject such thought outright or to accept it to such an extent that it loses its identity as Christian theology. This book outlines a model for incorporating Nietzschean thought within the structures of a wholly traditional Christological anthropology. What is perhaps even more significant is what shows up in Christological anthropology under this Nietzschean light. Using Nietzschean concepts a whole new lexicon is opened up for understanding and articulating traditional accounts of sin and fallenness accounts which modern theology has often lacked the categories to articulate. The book culminates in a doctrine of reconciliation which is given urgency and coherence precisely through such reinvigoration of traditional accounts using Nietzschean thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265301

Nietzsche in Context Nietzsche in Context presents a comprehensive reinterpretation of Nietzsche’s thought placing Nietzsche in the context of the philosophers of his own time. Offering a survey of important philosophical themes Robin Small identifies the writer or writers with whom Nietzsche most felt himself to be engaging in dialogue. This historical dimension is complemented by original analysis and interpretation of the ideas under discussion. Nietzsche in Context takes Nietzsche scholarship into new and fruitful directions. By locating his ideas within a broader context this book provides a comprehensive reinterpretation of Nietzsche’s thought adding to the continuing interest of his contributions to philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247946

Nietzsche in Context This title was first published in 2001. Friedrich Nietzsche has always been recognized as an original thinker one who stands apart from and outside the philosophical schools and tendencies of his time. This is the way he continually presented himself. Many readers have accepted this self-interpretation at face value. Yet there is another side to Nietzsche's thinking which shows not only an awareness of contemporary writers but an engagement with their ideas which is often both intense and sustained. The intention of this study is to explore this side in detail by surveying various themes in his philosophical thinking with such links in mind. It is important to avoid one misunderstanding though: this book is not designed to show that Nietzsche derived his ideas from various other thinkers. In that sense it is not necessarily about "sources" or even about "influences". Rather it shows that his independence and originality developed in dialogue with other thinkers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730090

Nietzsche on Morality Both an introduction to Nietzsche’s moral philosophy and a sustained commentary on his most famous work On the Genealogy of Morality this book has become the most widely used and debated secondary source on these topics over the past dozen years. Many of Nietzsche’s most famous ideas - the "slave revolt" in morals the attack on free will perspectivism "will to power" and the "ascetic ideal" - are clearly analyzed and explained. The first edition established the centrality of naturalism to Nietzsche’s philosophy generating a substantial scholarly literature to which Leiter responds in an important new Postscript. In addition Leiter has revised and refreshed the book throughout taking into account new scholarly literature and revising or clarifying his treatment of such topics as the objectivity of value epiphenomenalism and consciousness and the possibility of "autonomous" agency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856805

Nietzsche: Imagery and ThoughtA Collection of Essays The central theme of this collection of essays first published in 1978 is the basic tension in Nietzsche and so in his work between the urge to weave a satisfying web out of reality and the equally strong compulsion to expose its painful truths. The book aims to stress not to play down the embarassing and fruitful fact that he cannot be neatly pigeonholed either as a literary figure or as a professional philosopher. The book meets a long-felt need for a study in English of both the literary and the philosophical aspects of Nietzsche's work based on his authentic texts and will be welcomed by all students of modern European thought and Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870581

Nietzsche’s Philosophy of EducationRethinking Ethics Equality and the Good Life in a Democratic Age Nietzsche’s Philosophy of Education makes the case that Nietzsche’s ​philosophy has ​significant import for the theory and contemporary practice of education arguing that ​some of ​Nietzsche​'s most important ​ideas ​have been misunderstood by ​previous ​interpreters. ​In ​providing novel reinterpretations of ​Nietzsche's ​ethical theory political​ philosophy​ and philosophical anthropology ​and outlining concrete ways in which ​these ideas can enrich teaching and learning in modern democratic schools the book sets itself apart​ from previous works on Nietzsche​. This is one of the first ​extended engagements with Nietzsche’s philosophy ​which attempts to determine his true legacy for democratic education. ​In its engagement with both the vast secondary literature on Nietzsche's philosophy and the educational implications of his philosophical vision this book makes a unique contribution to both the philosophy of education and Nietzsche scholarship. In addition its ​development of four concrete pedagogi​cal approaches from Nietzsche's educational ideas ​makes the book a potentially helpful guide to meeting the practical challenges of ​contemporary teaching. This book will be of great interest to Nietzsche scholars researchers in the philosophy of education and ​​students studying educational foundations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367470678

NietzscheAn Approach Janko Lavrin's influential biography of Friedrich Nietzsche originally published in 1948 analyses the bond between Nietzsche's personal fate on the one hand and the trend of his thought on the other set against the background of contemporary crisis typical of mankind in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870598

Nietzsche-Arg Philosophers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510615

Nietzsche's CasePhilosophy as/and Literature First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457591

Nietzsche's ConstructivismA Metaphysics of Material Objects Like Kant the German Idealists and many neo-Kantian philosophers before him Nietzsche was persistently concerned with metaphysical questions about the nature of objects. His texts often address questions concerning the existence and non-existence of objects the relation of objects to human minds and how different views of objects impact commitments in many areas of philosophy—not just metaphysics but also language epistemology science logic and mathematics and even ethics. In this book Remhof presents a systematic and comprehensive analysis of Nietzsche’s material object metaphysics. He argues that Nietzsche embraces the controversial constructivist view that all concrete objects are socially constructed. Reading Nietzsche as a constructivist Remhof contends provides fresh insight into Nietzsche’s views on truth science naturalism and nihilism. The book also investigates how Nietzsche’s view of objects compares with views offered by influential American pragmatists and explores the implications of Nietzsche’s constructivism for debates in contemporary material object metaphysics. Nietzsche’s Constructivism is a highly original and timely contribution to the steadily growing literature on Nietzsche’s thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594558

Nietzsche's French Legacy First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822211

Nietzsche's Genealogy of Morality A landmark work of western philosophy "On the Genealogy of Morality" is a dazzling and brilliantly incisive attack on European "morality". Combining philosophical acuity with psychological insight in prose of remarkable rhetorical power Nietzsche takes up the task of offering us reasons to engage in a re-evaluation of our values. In this book David Owen offers a reflective and insightful analysis of Nietzsche's text. He provides an account of how Nietzsche comes to the project of the re-evaluation of values; he shows how the development of Nietzsche's understanding of the requirements of this project lead him to acknowledge the need for the kind of investigation of "morality" that he terms "genealogy"; he elucidates the general structure and substantive arguments of Nietzsche's text accounting for the rhetorical form of these arguments and he debates the character of genealogy (as exemplified by Nietzsche's "Genealogy") as a form of critical enquiry. Owen argues that there is a specific development of Nietzsche's work from his earlier "Daybreak" (1881) and that in "Genealogy of Morality" Nietzsche is developing a critique of modes of agency and that this constitutes the most fundamental aspect of his demand for a revaluation of values. The book is a distinctive and significant contribution to our understanding of Nietzsche's great text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711867

Nietzsche's Life SentenceComing to Terms with Eternal Recurrence In this book Lawrence Hatab provides an accessible and provocative exploration of one of the best-known and still most puzzling aspects of Nietzsche's thought: eternal recurrence the claim that life endlessly repeats itself identically in every detail. Hatab argues that eternal recurrence can and should be read literally in just the way Nietzsche described it in the texts. The book offers a readable treatment of most of the core topics in Nietzsche's philosophy all discussed in the light of the consummating effect of eternal recurrence. Although Nietzsche called eternal recurrence his most fundamental idea most interpreters have found it problematic or needful of redescription in other terms. For this reason Hatab's book is an important and challenging contribution to Nietzsche scholarship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203957622

Nietzsche's Protestant FathersA Study in Prodigal Christianity Nietzsche was famously an atheist despite coming from a strongly Protestant family. This heritage influenced much of his thought but was it in fact the very thing that led him to his atheism? This work provides a radical re-assessment of Protestantism by documenting and extrapolating Nietzsche’s view that Christianity dies from the head down. That is through Protestantism’s inherent anarchy. In this book Nietzsche is put into conversation with the initiatives of several powerful thinking writers; Luther Boehme Leibniz and Lessing. Using Nietzsche as a critical guide to the evolution of Protestant thinking each is shown to violate warp or ignore gospel injunctions and otherwise pose hazards to the primacy of Christian ethics. Demonstrating that a responsible understanding of Protestantism as a historical movement needs to engage with its inherent flaws this is a text that will engage scholars of philosophy theology and religious studies alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584900

Nietzsche's Psychology of RessentimentRevenge and Justice in "On the Genealogy of Morals" Ressentiment—the hateful desire for revenge—plays a pivotal role in Nietzsche’s On the Genealogy of Morals. Ressentiment explains the formation of bad conscience guilt asceticism and most importantly it motivates the "slave revolt" that gives rise to Western morality’s values. Ressentiment however has not enjoyed a thorough treatment in the secondary literature. This book brings it sharply into focus and provides the first detailed examination of Nietzsche’s psychology of ressentiment. Unlike other books on the Genealogy it uses ressentiment as a key to the Genealogy and focuses on the intriguing relationship between ressentiment and justice. It shows how ressentiment despite its blindness to justice gives rise to moral justice—the central target of Nietzsche’s critique. This critique notwithstanding the Genealogy shows Nietzsche’s enduring commitment to the virtue of non-moral justice: a commitment that grounds his provocative view that moral justice spells the ‘end of justice’. The result provides a novel view of Nietzsche's moral psychology in the Genealogy his critique of morality and his views on justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372378

Nietzsche's ZarathustraNotes of the Seminar given in 1934-1939 by C.G. Jung First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315724119

Nietzsche's ZarathustraNotes of the Seminar given in 1934-1939 by C.G.Jung As a young man growing up near Basel Jung was fascinated and disturbed by tales of Nietzsche's brilliance eccentricity and eventual decline into permanent psychosis. These volumes the transcript of a previously unpublished private seminar reveal the fruits of his initial curiosity: Nietzsche's works which he read as a student at the University of Basel had moved him profoundly and had a life-long influence on his thought. During the sessions the mature Jung spoke informally to members of his inner circle about a thinker whose works had not only overwhelmed him with the depth of their understanding of human nature but also provided the philosophical sources of many of his own psychological and metapsychological ideas. Above all he demonstrated how the remarkable book Thus Spake Zarathustra illustrates both Nietzsche's genius and his neurotic and prepsychotic tendencies.Since there was at that time no thought of the seminar notes being published Jung felt free to joke to lash out at people and events that irritated or angered him and to comment unreservedly on political economic and other public concerns of the time. This seminar and others including the one recorded in Dream Analysis were given in English in Zurich during the 1920s and 1930s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315724126

Nigeria at FiftyThe Nation in Narration Nigeria Africa’s most populous and biggest democracy celebrates her fiftieth year as an independent nation in October 2010. As the cliché states ‘As Nigeria goes so goes Africa’. This book frames the socio-historical and political trajectory of Nigeria while examining the many dimensions of the critical choices that she has made as an independent nation. How does the social composition of interest and power illuminate the actualities and narratives of the Nigerian crisis? How have the choices made by Nigerian leaders structured and/or have been structured by the character of the Nigerian state and state-society relations? In what ways is Nigeria’s mono-product debt-ridden dependent economy fed by ‘the politics of plunder’? And what are the implications of these questions for the structural relationships of production reproduction and consumption? This book confronts these questions by making state-centric approaches to understanding African countries speak to relevant social theories that pluralize and complicate our understanding of the specific challenges of a prototypical postcolonial state. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828871

Nigeria In Search Of A Stable Civil-military System This book is a critical study of the evolution and conduct of military government as well as civil-military relations in Nigeria since 1970 examining the essentially military clauses of both the draft and final Constitution drawn up for post-1979 Nigeria. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168964

Nigeria Under British Rule (1927) First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760676

Nigerian Pentecostalism and DevelopmentSpirit Power and Transformation This book examines the contributions both intentional and unintentional of Nigerian Pentecostal churches and NGOs to development studying their development practices broadly in relation to the intersecting spheres of politics economics health education human rights and peacebuilding. In sub-Saharan Africa Pentecostalism is fast becoming the dominant expression of Christianity but while the growth and civic engagement of these churches has been well documented their role in development has received less attention. The Nigerian Pentecostal landscape is one of the most vibrant in Africa. Churches are increasingly assuming more prominent roles as they seek to address the social and moral ills of contemporary society often in fierce competition with Islam for dominance in Nigerian public space. Some scholars suggest that the combination of an enchanted worldview an emphasis on miracles and prosperity teaching and a preoccupation with evangelism discourages effective political engagement and militates against development. However Nigerian Pentecostalism and Development argues that there is an emerging movement within contemporary Nigerian Pentecostalism which is becoming increasingly active in development practices. This book goes on to explore the increasingly transnational approach that churches take often seeking to build multicultural congregations around the globe for instance in Britain and the United States. Nigerian Pentecostalism and Development: Spirit Power and Transformation will be of considerable interest to scholars and students concerned with the intersection between religion and development and to development practitioners and policy-makers working in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053304

Nigerian Pidgin This is the first comprehensive grammar of Nigerian Pidgin. This book provides basic descriptive and analytical treatment of the syntax morphology and phonology of a language which may soon become the most widely spoken in all of Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861953

Nigerian StudiesThe Religious and Political System of the Yoruba Originally written and published in 1910 Dennett's study of the Yoruba is designed to provide a clear and intelligble description of the beliefs and values which underlie traditional practices and customs among this Nigerian tribe. It seeks to provide an account of the religious institutions that are found in Yorubaland and to relate these to some aspects of the political and economic life of the Yorubas. The book is based on information which the author collected from informants while in Nigeria as well as on some of the first written material produced by Nigerian scholars themselves in the first decade of this century. Dennett's study provies a valuable source of oral tradition which he recorded meticulously and a fascinating insight into the early attempts to describe and categorise African systems of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110451

NigerPersonal Rule And Survival In The Sahel This book sketches the emergence and history of Niger showing how its component societies were influenced by changes in the physical environment the introduction of beliefs and patterns of world trade. It presents a sharply drawn portrait of factors shaping the contemporary Sahelian nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172312

Night Eating SyndromeResearch Assessment and Treatment In one indispensable volume this book combines a complete overview of night eating syndrome (NES) with evidence-based treatment guidelines and clinical tools. Experts in the field review the biological underpinnings of NES and its common comorbidities; explain how the basic science can inform clinical practice; and discuss issues in assessment and diagnosis. Vivid case examples are featured. Of special utility for clinicians the book includes a manual for delivering an empirically supported cognitive-behavioral treatment protocol. Reproducible client forms can be photocopied from the book or downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462506309

Night Photography and Light PaintingFinding Your Way in the Dark Lance Keimig one of the premier experts on night photography has put together a comprehensive reference that will show you ways to capture images you never thought possible. This new edition of Night Photography presents the practical techniques of shooting at night alongside theory and history illustrated with clear concise examples and charts and stunning images. From urban night photography to photographing the landscape by starlight or moonlight from painting your subject with light to creating a subject with light this book provides a complete guide to digital night photography and light painting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718981

Nightless City Of Geisha First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994485

Night-time and Sleep in Asia and the WestExploring the Dark Side of Life Ideas and practices concerning sleep and night-time are constantly changing and widely varied in different cultures and societies. What we do during the day and night is the result of much political struggle. Trade unions political parties entrepreneurs leaders and schools boards all have an interest in questions of timing for the opening and closing of shops the starting hours of schools and factories and the number of hours people have to work and sleep. By drawing together comparative case studies from countries in both Asia and Europe Night-time and Sleep in Asia and the West allows the reader to track the differences in the cultural importance given to the night and to compare the ways in which the challenges and opportunities of modernity have been played out in the East and the West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860048

Nihilism and the Sublime Postmodern First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869478

Nikkeiren and Japanese Capitalism This book provides a history of Nikkeiren (the Japanese Federation of Managers' Organisations) and an account of post-war capitalist development in Japan. The author challenges the principal interpretations of how the economy functions revealing a darker side of Japanese capitalism in his examination of the roles played by class power manipulation and mystification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977211

Niklas Luhmann Niklas Luhmann offers an accessible introduction to one of the most important sociologists of our time. It presents the key concepts within Luhmann’s multifaceted theory of modern society and compares them with the work of other key social theorists such as Jürgen Habermas Michel Foucault and Zygmunt Bauman. The book pays particular attention to introducing and discussing Luhmann’s original sociological systems theory. It presents a thorough investigation into the different phases of his oeuvre through which both the shifting emphases as well as the continuities in his thinking are shown. The primary focus of this text is Luhmann’s theory of modern society as being differentiated into a plethora of ‘function systems’ – such as politics law and economy – which operate according to their own distinct logics and which cannot interfere with one another. For Luhmann this functional differentiation works as a bulwark against totalitarian rule and as such is a key foundation of modern democracy. Furthermore the book critically examines the implications of this functional differentiation for inclusion and exclusion dynamics as well as for the understanding of power and politics. This is a key text for both undergraduate and postgraduate students of areas including contemporary social theory political sociology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415490948

Niklas Luhmann: Law Justice Society Niklas Luhmann: Law Justice Society presents the work of sociologist Niklas Luhmann in a radical new light. Luhmann’s theory is here introduced both in terms of society at large and the legal system specifically and for the first time Luhmann’s texts are systematically read together with theoretical insights from post-structuralism deconstruction phenomenology radical ethics feminism and post-ecologism. In his far-reaching book Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos distances Luhmann’s theory from its misrepresentations as conservative rigorously positivist and disconnected from empirical reality and firmly locates it in a sphere of post-ideological jurisprudence. The book operates both as a detailed explanation of the theory’s concepts and as the locus of a critique which brings forth Luhmann’s radical credentials. The focal points are Luhmann’s concept of society and the law’s paradoxical connection to justice. However these concepts are also transgressed in order to show how the law deals with the illusion of its identity and more broadly how the theory itself deals with its limitations. This is illustrated by examples drawn from human rights constitutional theory and ecological thinking. On the whole Niklas Luhmann: Law Justice Society serves both as an introductory text and as a critical response to Luhmann’s theory and is recommended reading for students and researchers in sociology law social sciences politics and whoever is interested in seeing the influential work of Niklas Luhmann from a critical new perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685283

Nikolai Bukharin and the Transition from Capitalism to Socialism First published in 1985. Although Bukharin wrote against the background of the Russian Revolution the very change in political climate is always relevant. How exactly is the transition from capitalism to socialism conceived and achieved? Michael Haynes' study shows that the theoretical applicability of Bukharin’s ideas is still far from exhausted and he provides a clear exposition of his main themes which does not shirk criticism. There can be no better introduction to the thought of this important theorist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244361

Nikolai DemidovBecoming an Actor-Creator At the time of his death Stanislavsky considered Nikolai Demidov to be ‘his only student who understands the System’. Demidov’s incredibly forward-thinking processes not only continued his teacher’s pioneering work but also solved the problems of an actor’s creativity that Stanislavsky never conquered.Despite being one of the original teachers of the Stanislavski system Demidov’s name was little known either in his native Russia or the wider world until the turn of the 21st Century. Since then his extensive works have been published in Russian but are yet to find their way to the English-speaking world. His sophisticated psychological techniques stimulation of creativity and methods of developing the actors themselves are now gaining increasing recognition.This book brings together Demidov’s five volumes on actor training. Supplementary materials including transcriptions of Demidov’s classes and notes and correspondence from the author make this the definitive collection on one of Russian theatre’s most important figures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737009

Nikolay Andreevich Rimsky-KorsakovA Research and Information Guide Nikolay Andreevich Rimsky-Korsakov: A Research and Information Guide Second Edition is an annotated bibliography of all substantial relevant published resources relating to the Russian composer. First published in 1988 this revised and expanded volume incorporates new information about the composer appearing over the last two decades including literary publications articles and reviews. Other sections provide a brief biographical sketch selective discography chronology and list of Rimsky-Korsakov’s works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339743

Nikon D60 Focal Digital Camera Guides: Nikon D60 Just bought a Nikon D60 and looking to combine practical know-how with inspiration? This one-stop easy-to-read guide covers all the basic functions of the camera and everything beyond.For the basics turn to the quick start guide which will get you up and running in five minutes.For an understanding of your camera's many controls and features check out the section called "The Camera." If all you need is a quick explanation you'll find it. If you're looking for the Whole Story you'll find that too. Settings that affect how your pictures look are accompanied by full-color examples that show you exactly what you can expect. This section also covers the camera's menus playback features memory cards and power sources.The section called "Software" shows you how to get the most out of your camera's software. It covers downloading editing your photos RAW conversion storing your images managing your library and backup strategies - to name just a few topics.Ultimately this book's greatest strength isn't its focus on the camera or the software; it's the detailed easy-to-follow instruction it offers on using your camera to take truly superior photographs. Sections devoted to lenses subject matter and light cover these variables in depth always presenting the most effective techniques in the context of the strengths and limitations of the Nikon D60. Written by a widely acclaimed photographer and photography instructor Nikon D60 shows you how to get the shots you can see in your head but have never been able to capture with a camera.* The quick start guide will have you taking great photos in five minutes.* In-depth coverage of every feature and control ensures that you have access to the tools you need for every shot.* Full-color examples demonstrate how different settings affect your photos.* Expert coverage of lenses lighting and subject matter gives you the practical knowledge you need to go after any shot.* Step-by-step instructions on photo editing and image management help you get the most out of your camera's software.* A detailed review of accessories for your camera explains which of these add-ons offer the most value for your needs.* Dozens of tips and tricks prepare you for every situation you're likely to encounter - in the field at the studio or at your next wedding or family reunion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372115

Nikon D90Focal Digital Camera Guides Just bought a Nikon D90 and looking to combine practical know-how with inspiration? This one-stop easy-to-read guide covers all the basic functions of the camera and everything beyond.Inside you'll find detailed explanations of every control and every feature including full-color illustrations showing how changing each setting will affect your photos. But this book's greatest strength isn't its focus on the camera; it's the detailed easy-to-follow instruction it offers on using your camera to take superior photographs. The lens the subject matter the light - all these variables are covered in depth and always in the context of the Nikon D90. Written by a widely acclaimed photographer and photography instructor the Nikon D90 Digital Camera Guide shows you how to get the shots you can see in your head but have never been able to capture with a camera. *Get up and running in five minutes with the quick start guide*Profit from dozens of tips and tricks *Master all of your camera's many features and controls*See first-hand how different settings affect your photos*Refine and manage your photos using the Nikon photo software *Be inspired by hundreds of gorgeous full color photographs and learn how to get the same effects in your own shots**Get you FREE Nikon D90 Pocket Guide with purchase! Visit www.focalpress.com/camerapocketguides for more info** Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372139

Nikon DSLR: The Ultimate Photographer's Guide Whilst camera-specific guides provide the how-to manual style information on how to use your particular model of camera this manufacturer-specific guide provides you with all the information you need as a Nikon DSLR photographer to optimise your workflow and capture great images.Jim White and Tony Sweet show you how to increase the quality of your photos save time and work smarter starting with the most pressing questions: Which camera should you use? Which lens is best? Which accessories are must-haves? How can you get the most out of Nikon's Capture NX Software?In-depth specific features of the newest Nikon DSLRs are also covered helping you to make your camera really work for you. Complete with practical advice key workflow solutions and detailed images that display multiple camera functions this book is a must have for every Nikon photographer.Part of Focal's Digital Workflow series this is the Nikon version of the popular Canon DSLR: The Ultimate Photographer's Guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417977

Nilpotent Orbits In Semisimple Lie AlgebraAn Introduction Through the 1990s a circle of ideas emerged relating three very different kinds of objects associated to a complex semisimple Lie algebra: nilpotent orbits representations of a Weyl group and primitive ideals in an enveloping algebra. The principal aim of this book is to collect together the important results concerning the classification and properties of nilpotent orbits beginning from the common ground of basic structure theory. The techniques used are elementary and in the toolkit of any graduate student interested in the harmonic analysis of representation theory of Lie groups. The book develops the Dynkin-Konstant and Bala-Carter classifications of complex nilpotent orbits derives the Lusztig-Spaltenstein theory of induction of nilpotent orbits discusses basic topological questions and classifies real nilpotent orbits. The classical algebras are emphasized throughout; here the theory can be simplified by using the combinatorics of partitions and tableaux. The authors conclude with a survey of advanced topics related to the above circle of ideas. This book is the product of a two-quarter course taught at the University of Washington. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745809

Nine American Jewish Thinkers The nine American Jews of whom Milton Konvitz writes are philosophers jurists or rabbis widely known and readily accepted as American Jewish thinkers. Their work reflects all essential Jewish values. Each person in his own way has dedicated his work to the betterment of life and the advancement of human ideals. In this sense their Jewishness is not defined by religion alone. Americanism permeated all they thought and all they did.Konvitz argues that in the complex modern world secularists often serve God more handsomely than do members of synagogues or churches. For example when the Supreme Court in 1954 (with Felix Frankfurter playing a key role behind the scenes) agreed to outlaw segregation of the races in public schools was the Court's action secular or religious? When Congress passed the statute known as the Americans with Disabilities Act requiring equal treatment of handicapped persons was the action secular or religious? Is a minimum wage act secular or religious? Is Medicaid a secular or a religious act? Konvitz believes the distinction is not useful or even possible.The book is divided into three parts reflecting Konvitz's range of intellectual interests. The nine essays offer concise intellectual biographies of three American Jewish philosophers three Supreme Court Justices and three rabbis. The philosophers-Horace M. Kallen Morris Raphael Cohen and Sidney Hook-are world-renowned. The jurists-Louis D. Brandeis Benjamin N. Cardozo and Felix Frankfurter-hold prominent places in American legal history. And the three rabbis-Leo Jung Robert Gordis and Jacob Agus-are known wherever Jewish thought is studied. By treating with equal seriousness the lives and writings of both religious and secularist thinkers the author intentionally minimizes the conventional antagonism and frequent conflict between religion and secularism.An unusual feature of the book is the fact that the author was a close friend of six of the persons whose lives and work are examined allowing him a perceptive insight into their character and thought. Although the book is about serious subjects its graceful style makes the contents easily accessible to lay persons as well as scholars and students of Judaica. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512627

Nine Black WomenAn Anthology of Nineteenth-Century Writers from the United States Canada Bermuda and the Caribbean First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760697

Nine LivesAdolescent Masculinities The Body And Violence This book presents the life stories of nine boys to examine the differential use of violence as a resource for "doing masculinity" in specific situations and circumstances thus helping us understand the highly gendered ratio of crime in industrialized societies as well as national tragedies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157395

Nine Practices of 21st Century LeadershipA Guide for Inspiring Creativity Innovation and Engagement Most leadership books focus on traditional leadership which is based on managerial practices and command-and-control assumptions. Traditional leadership methods produce short-term gains but often at the cost of employee disengagement team isolation and distrust. Twenty-first century leadership methods produce short-term gains while inspiring creativity and innovation and boosting engagement.Nine Practices of 21st Century Leadership: A Guide for Inspiring Creativity Innovation and Engagement describes nine leadership practices that Gary DePaul derived by analyzing some of the best contemporary writers and thinkers on leadership. Explaining the nine practices DePaul summarizes insightful leadership principles beliefs and practices which includes tactics tools and resources that anyone at any career level can immediately begin using.In addition the book demystifies the leadership concept helps you avoid harmful traditional leadership assumptions provides a leadership development roadmap and presents real-world examples of how individual contributors managers and executives have applied each of the nine practices successfully.After reading this book you will be able to begin applying the nine proven leadership practices immediately in your organization. You will gain the skills needed to improve organizational strategies diversity strategies and leadership development training in your organization. You also will be able to improve how you manage and monitor your own professional leadership development. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367737849

Nineteen Cent Theat Spain:Bib First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865562

Nineteenth Century British Theatre Originally published in 1971. Nineteenth-century theatre in England has been greatly neglected although serious study would reveal that the roots of much modern drama are to be found in the experiments and extravagancies of the nineteenth-century stage. The essays collected here cover a range of topics within the world of Victorian theatre from particular actors to particular theatres; from farce to Byron’s tragedies plus a separate section about Shakespearean productions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936577

Nineteenth Century British Women's Education 1840-1900 v6Arguments and Experiences Nineteenth Century British Women's Education brings together key documents in the Victorian feminist campaign to establish and improve girls’ and women’s education. Drawing widely on articles from the feminist and established press government papers newspapers professional and association journals as well as memoirs addresses pamphlets and reviews this collection gives researchers access to nineteenth-century debates on improving girls’ and women’s education and women’s work as educators. The collection is divided overall into two sections both of which incorporate materials that argue for the improvement of girls’ and women’s education as well as arguments made against education for girls and women. In examining the campaign to establish higher education for women the first volumes include the writings of such primary figures as Emily Davies Lydia Becker Barbara Bodichon Jessie Boucherett Josephine Butler Frances Power Cobbe Millicent Garrett Fawcett Maria Grey and Emily Shirreff in addition to illustrating the significance of institutions such as Girton and Newnham Colleges. Later volumes document women's work as educators and include writings by Mary Carpenter Dorothea Beale Frances Mary Buss and the Shirreff sisters Maria and Emily gifted educators of girls at the elementary and secondary levels and women whose educational practice embodied the arguments they made on behalf of girls’ education. These volumes also chart the importance of the Governesses’ Benevolent Institution the Schools Inquiry Commission and the Journal of Women’s Education Union in charting the increasing organization and professionalization of women teachers. Edited and with new introductions by Susan Hamilton and Janice Schroeder  Nineteenth Century British Women's Education is destined to be an invaluable reference resource to all future scholars of feminism and the history of education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061014

Nineteenth Century SpainA New History Nineteenth century Spain deserves wider readership. Bedevilled by lost empires wars political instability and frustrated modernisation the country appeared backward in relation to northern Europe and even in relation to much of its own geographical periphery. This new history the first survey of its kind in English in more than a hundred years offers a fresh perspective on this century showing how and why elements of backwardness and modernity ran in parallel through Spain. Bounded by the military and imperial crises of 1808 and 1898 this study pays special attention to the experience of war on politics and society and integrates the latest historical debates in its analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351061

Nineteenth-Century American Women Write ReligionLived Theologies and Literature Nineteenth-century American women’s culture was immersed in religious experience and female authors of the era employed representations of faith to various cultural ends. Focusing primarily on non-canonical texts this collection explores the diversity of religious discourse in nineteenth-century women’s literature. The contributors examine fiction political writings poetry and memoirs by professional authors social activists and women of faith including Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Angelina and Sarah Grimké Louisa May Alcott Rebecca Harding Davis Harriet E. Wilson Sarah Piatt Julia Ward Howe Julia A. J. Foote Lucy Mack Smith Rebecca Cox Jackson and Fanny Newell. Embracing the complexities of lived religion in women’s culture-both its repressive and its revolutionary potential-Nineteenth-Century American Women Write Religion articulates how American women writers adopted the language of religious sentiment for their own cultural political or spiritual ends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269798

Nineteenth-Century British Literature Then and NowReading with Hindsight Envisioning today’s readers as poised between an impossible attempt to read texts as their original readers experienced them and an awareness of our own temporal moment Simon Dentith complicates traditional prejudices against hindsight to approach issues of interpretation and historicity in nineteenth-century literature. Suggesting that the characteristic aesthetic attitude encouraged by the backward look is one of irony rather than remorse or regret he examines works by Charles Dickens George Eliot Anthony Trollope William Morris and John Ruskin in terms of their participation in significant histories that extend to this day. Liberalism class gender political representation and notions of progress utopianism and ecological concern as currently understood can be traced back to the nineteenth century. Just as today’s critics strive to respect the authenticity of nineteenth-century writers and readers who responded to these ideas within their historical world so too do those nineteenth-century imaginings persist to challenge the assumptions of the present. It is therefore possible Dentith argues to conceive of the act of reading historical literature with an awareness of the historical context and of the difference between the past and the present while allowing that friction or difference to be part of how we think about a text and how it communicates. His book summons us to consider how words travel to the reality of the reader’s own time and how engagement with nineteenth-century writers’ anticipation of the judgements of future generations reveal hindsight’s capacity to transform our understanding of the past in the light of subsequent knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248731

Nineteenth-Century British Music StudiesVolume 1 Originally published in 1999 this volume of essays arises from the first biennial Music in Nineteenth-Century Britain conference held at the University of hull in July 1997. Like the conference this book seeks to expand and reassess our current knowledge of musical life in Britain during the nineteenth century as well as to challenge the preconceptions of earlier attitudes and scholarship. This volume covers a cohesive range of subjects and materials intended not only as a revision of past views and scholarship but also as a tool for further research. It provides a vigorous reconsideration of the musical activity of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146276

Nineteenth-Century British Music StudiesVolume 3 Originally published in 2003 and selected from papers given at the third biennial conference on Music in Nineteenth-Century Britain this volume in common with its two predecessors reflects the interdisciplinary character of the topic. The introductory essay by Julian Rushton considers some of the questions that are key to this area of study: what is the nineteenth century what is British music and did London influence the continent? The essays that follow are divided into broad thematic groups covering aspects of gender church music national identity and local and national institutions. This collection illustrates that while nineteenth-century British music studies is still in its infancy as a field of research it is one that is burgeoning and contributing to our understanding of British social and cultural life of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145842

Nineteenth-Century British Music StudiesVolume 3 Selected from papers given at the third biennial conference on Music in Nineteenth-Century Britain this volume in common with its two predecessors reflects the interdisciplinary character of the topic. The introductory essay by Julian Rushton foregrounds some of the questions that are key to this area of study: what is the nineteenth century? what is British music? and did London influence the continent? The essays which follow are divided into broad thematic groups covering aspects of gender church music national identity and local and national institutions. This collection illustrates that while nineteenth-century British music studies is still in its infancy as a field of research it is one that is burgeoning and contributing to our understanding of British social and cultural life of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266315

Nineteenth-Century British Travelers in the New World With cheaper publishing costs and the explosion of periodical publishing the influence of New World travel narratives was greater during the nineteenth century than ever before as they offered an understanding not only of America through British eyes but also a lens though which nineteenth-century Britain could view itself. Despite the differences in purpose and method the writers and artists discussed in Nineteenth-Century British Travelers in the New World-from Fanny Wright arriving in America in 1818 to the return of Henry James in 1904 and including Charles Dickens Frances Trollope Isabella Bird Fanny Kemble Harriet Martineau and Robert Louis Stevenson among others as well as artists such as Eyre Crowe-all contributed to the continued building of America as a construct for audiences at home. These travelers' stories and images thus presented an idea of America over which Britons could crow about their own supposed sophistication and a democratic model through which to posit their own future all of which suggests the importance of transatlantic travel writing and the ’idea of America’ to nineteenth-century Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249783

Nineteenth-Century Chamber Music First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140714

Nineteenth-Century Choral Music Nineteenth-Century Choral Music is an in-depth examination of the rich repertoire of choral music and the cultural phenomenon of choral music making throughout the period. The book is divided into three main sections. The first details the attraction to choral singing and the ways it was linked to different parts of society and to the role of choral voices in the two principal large-scale genres of the period: the symphony and opera. A second section highlights ten choral-orchestral masterworks that are a central part of the repertoire. The final section presents overview and focus chapters covering composers repertoire (both small and larger works) and performance life in an historical context from over a dozen regions of the world: Britain and Ireland the Czech Republic France Germany Hungary Italy Latin America the Philippines Poland Russia Scandinavia and Finland Spain and the United States. This diverse collection of essays brings together the work of 25 authors many of whom have devoted much of their scholarly lives to the composers and music discussed giving the reader a lively and unique perspective on this significant part of nineteenth-century musical life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415988537

Nineteenth-Century Colonialism and the Great Indian Revolt This book examines the ruptured characteristics of colonialism in nineteenth-century India. It connects the British East India Company’s efforts at the bourgeoisation of India with the Revolt of 1857. The volume shows how the mutiny of Indian sepoys in the British Indian army became a popular uprising of peasants artisans and discontented aristocrats against the British. Tracing the rationale and consequences of this conflict the monograph highlights how newly introduced political economic and agrarian policies as part of industrial Britain’s colonial policy wreaked havoc resulting in high land revenue assessment and its harsh mode of collection rural indebtedness steady immiseration of peasants widespread land alienation destitution and suicide. Using rare archival sources this book will be an important intervention in the study of  nineteenth-century India and will deeply interest scholars and researchers of modern Indian history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815376590

Nineteenth-Century EnergiesLiterature Technology Culture Nineteenth-Century Energies explores the idea of ‘energy’ a concept central to new directions in interdisciplinary studies today. It examines the cultural perceptions and uses of energy in the nineteenth century – both in terms of pure and applied science and as an idea with widespread diffusion in the popular imagination – in contributions by scholars drawing on a variety of fields such as literature philosophy history French studies Latin American studies cinema studies and art history. These contributions explore the rise of insomnia as a recognized ailment the role of guns and gun culture in the perception of human agency the first uses of the barometer to predict massive cyclonic weather systems and the hallucinatory almost occult effects of radiant energy in early film. Exemplifying innovative research in twenty-first century academia this volume also speaks to the wider cultural concerns of today’s global citizen about the preservation and renewal of natural resources around the world; the emergence of devices and technologies that have both improved and impaired human life; the aggrandizement of nation-states around large technological systems; and the centrality of the image in our perception and absorption of contemporary culture. This book was originally published as a special issue of Nineteenth-Century Contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023638

Nineteenth-Century English Labouring-Class Poets Over 100 poets of labouring class origin were published in Britain in the 18th and 19th centuries. Some were hugely popular and important in their day but few are available today. This is a collection of some of those poems from the 19th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429354120

Nineteenth-Century English Labouring-Class Poets Vol 1 Over 100 poets of labouring class origin were published in Britain in the 18th and 19th centuries. Some were hugely popular and important in their day but few are available today. This is a collection of some of those poems from the 19th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350207

Nineteenth-Century English Labouring-Class Poets Vol 2 Over 100 poets of labouring class origin were published in Britain in the 18th and 19th centuries. Some were hugely popular and important in their day but few are available today. This is a collection of some of those poems from the 19th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350214

Nineteenth-Century English Labouring-Class Poets Vol 3 Over 100 poets of labouring class origin were published in Britain in the 18th and 19th centuries. Some were hugely popular and important in their day but few are available today. This is a collection of some of those poems from the 19th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350221

Nineteenth-Century European CatholicismAn Annotated Bibliography of Secondary Works in English Included in this bibliography originally published in 1989 are books pamphlets dissertations and articles from periodicals and collections published for the most part since 1900 which present Catholic development in the nineteenth-century as its major theme. Each entry is annotated with the major idea or theme of the work as expressed by its author or editor. This title will be of interest to students of European History and Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091146

Nineteenth-Century European PilgrimagesA New Golden Age During the Nineteenth-Century a major revival in religious pilgrimage took place across Europe. This phenomenon was largely started by the rediscovery of several holy burial places such as Assisi Milano Venice Rome and Santiago de Compostela and subsequently developed into the formation of new holy sites that could be visited and interacted with in a wholly Modern way. This uniquely wide-ranging collection sets out the historic context of the formation of contemporary European pilgrimage in order to better understand its role in religious expression today. Looking at both Western Catholic and Eastern Orthodox Europe an international panel of contributors analyse the revival of some major Christian shrines cults and pilgrimages that happened after the rediscovery of ancient holy burial sites or the constitution of new shrines in locations claiming apparitions of the Virgin Mary. They also shed new light on the origin and development of new sanctuaries and pilgrimages in France and the Holy Land during the Nineteenth Century which led to fresh ways of understanding the pilgrimage experience and had a profound effect on religion across Europe.  This collection offers a renewed overview of the development of Modern European pilgrimage that used intensively the new techniques of organisation and travel implemented in the Nineteenth-Century. As such it will appeal to scholars of Religious Studies Pilgrimage and Religious History as well as Anthropology Art Cultural Studies and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188627

Nineteenth-Century Fictions of Childhood and the Politics of Play Drawing evidence from transatlantic literary texts of childhood as well as from nineteenth and early twentieth century children’s and family card board and parlor games and games manuals Nineteenth-Century Fictions of Childhood and the Politics of Play aims to reveal what might be thought of as "playful literary citizenship " or some of the motivations inherent in later nineteenth and early twentieth century Anglo-American play pursuits as they relate to interest in shaping citizens through investment in "good" literature. Tracing play as a societal and historical construct as it surfaces time and again in children’s literary texts as well as children’s literary texts as they surface time and again in situations and environments of children’s play this book underscores how play and literature are consistently deployed in tandem in attempts to create ideal citizens – even as those ideals varied greatly and were dependent on factors such as gender ethnicity colonial status and class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885076

Nineteenth-Century Italian Women Writers and the Woman QuestionThe Case of Neera Nineteenth-Century Italian Women Writers and the Woman Question focuses on the literary journalistic and epistolary production of Italian woman writer Neera pseudonym for Anna Radius Zuccari one of the most prolific and successful women writers of late nineteenth-century Italy. This study proposes to bring Neera out of the shadows of literary marginality to which she has long been confined by analyzing her contribution to literary and cultural debates as testimony to the pivotal role she played in the creation of a female literary voice within the Italian fin-de-siècle context. Drawing from the Anglo-American feminist critical tradition; modern Italian feminist theory on the maternal order and sexual difference; and a close reading of Neera’s literary theoretical and epistolary writings this volume examines Neera’s work from a three-pronged perspective: as promoter of a maternal order in contrast to the existent paternal order as one of few women writers to participate actively in Italy’s verismo movement and as epistolary correspondent of leading representatives within fin-de-siècle Italian literary and journalistic circles. Nineteenth-Century Italian Women Writers and the Woman Question represents the first monographic volume in English dedicated exclusively to this important Italian woman writer repositioning her within the Italian literary landscape and canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367508906

Nineteenth-Century MusicSelected Proceedings of the Tenth International Conference This selection of essays represents a wide cross-section of the papers given at the Tenth International Conference on Nineteenth-Century Music held at the University of Bristol in 1998. Sections include thematic groupings of work on musical meaning Wagner Liszt musical culture in France music and nation and women and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253889

Nineteenth-Century Narratives of Contagion'Our Feverish Contact' This intriguing book examines the ways contagion - or disease - inform and shape a wide variety of nineteenth century texts and contexts. Christensen dissects the cultural assumptions concerning disease health impurity and so on before exploring different perspectives on key themes such as plague nursing and the hospital environment and focusing on certain key texts including Dickens's Bleak House Gaskell's Ruth and Zola's Le Docteur Pascal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836159

Nineteenth-Century Philosophy of ReligionThe History of Western Philosophy of Religion Volume 4 The nineteenth century was a turbulent period in the history of the philosophical scrutiny of religion. Major scholars - such as Hegel Fichte Schelling Newman Caird and Royce - sought to construct systematic responses to the Enlightenment critiques of religion carried out by Spinoza and Hume. At the same time new critiques of religion were launched by philosophers such as Schopenhauer and Nietzsche and by scholars engaged in textual criticism such as Schleiermacher and Dilthey. Over the course of the century the work of Marx Freud Darwin and Durkheim brought the revolutionary perspectives of political economy psychoanalysis evolutionary theory and anthropology to bear on both religion and its study. These challenges played a major role in the shaping of twentieth-century philosophical thought about religion. "Nineteenth-Century Philosophy of Religion" will be of interest to scholars and students of Philosophy and Religion and will serve as an authoritative guide for all who are interested in the debates that took place in this seminal period in the history of philosophical thinking about religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656844

Nineteenth-Century PhilosophyRevolutionary Responses to the Existing Order The second half of the 19th Century saw a revolution in both European politics and philosophy. Philosophical fervour reflected political fervour. Five great critics dominated the European intellectual scene: Ludwig Feuerbach Karl Marx Soren Kierkegaard Fyodor Dostoevsky and Friedrich Nietzsche. "Nineteenth-Century Philosophy" assesses the response of each of these leading figures to Hegelian philosophy - the dominant paradigm of the time - to the shifting political landscape of Europe and the United States and also to the emerging critique of modernity itself. Both individually and collectively these thinkers succeeded in revolutionizing theology philosophy psychology and politics. The period also saw the emergence of new schools of thought and new disciplinary thinking. The volume covers the birth of sociology and the social sciences the development of French spiritualism the beginning of American pragmatism the rise of science and mathematics and the maturation of hermeneutics and phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656103

Nineteenth-Century Photographs and ArchitectureDocumenting History Charting Progress and Exploring the World Eschewing the limiting idea that nineteenth-century architecture photography merely reflects functionality the objective of this collection is to reflect the aesthetic intellectual and cultural concerns of the time. The essays hold appeal for social and cultural historians as well as those with an interest in the fields of art history urban geography history of travel and tourism. Nineteenth-century photographers captured what could be seen and what they wanted to be seen. Their images informed of exploration progress heritage and destruction. Architecture was a staple subject for the first generation of photographers as it patiently tolerated the long exposures of the early processes. During its formative decades photography responded to evolutionary cultural forces of market and artistic production. Photographs of architecture reflected a specific political or social context modulated through individual points of view. For this reason the examination of each photographic image as a primary visual document and an aesthetic object rather than a technical milestone on a chronological trajectory affords a richer multi-faceted approach to the extensive and complex corpus of photographs taken by photographers all over the world. This project acknowledges the importance of technique in the early decades of photography but focuses on the thematic content of the material. It places the photography of architecture in an international context under the contemporary critical lens sharpened by theoretical and cultural examinations of the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548299

Nineteenth-Century Piano Music First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133716

Nineteenth-Century PoetryCriticism and Debates This engaging volume provides readers with the essential criticism on nineteenth-century poetry organised around key areas of debate in the field. The critical texts included in this volume reflect both a traditional and modern emphasis on the study of poetry in the long nineteenth century. These are then tied up by a newly written essay summarising the ideas and encouraging further study and debate. The book includes: sections on Periodization; ‘What is Poetry?’; Politics; Prosody; Forms; Emotion feeling affect; Religion; Sexuality; and Science work by writers such as William Wordsworth S. T. Coleridge Percy Shelley Christina Rossetti Matthew Arnold and Gerard Manley Hopkins critics and historians including Isobel Armstrong Richard Cronin Jason Rudy Joseph Bristow and Gillian Beer Detailed introductions and critical commentary by Francis O’Gorman Rosie Miles Stefano Evangelisto Natalie Hoffman Martin Dubois Gregory Tate Providing both the essential criticism along with clear introductions and analysis this book is the perfect guide to students who wish to engage in the exciting criticism and debates of nineteenth-century poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831307

Nineteenth-Century Religion Literature and Society This four-volume historical resource provides new opportunities for investigating the relationship between religion literature and society in Britain and its imperial territories by making accessible a diverse selection of harder-to-find primary sources. These include religious fiction poetry essays memoirs sermons travel writing religious ephemera unpublished notebooks and pamphlet literature. Spanning the long nineteenth century (c.1789–1914) the resource departs from older models of ‘the Victorian crisis of faith’ in order to open up new ways of conceptualising religion. A key concern of the resource is to integrate non-Christian religions into our understanding and representations of religious life in this period. Each volume is framed around a different meaning of the term ‘religion’. Volume one on ‘Traditions’ offers an overview of the different religious traditions and denominations present in Britain in this period. Volume two on ‘Mission and Reform’ considers the social and political importance of religious faith and practice as expressed through foreign and domestic mission and philanthropic and political movements at home and abroad. Volume three turns to ‘Religious Feeling’ as an important and distinct category for understanding the ways in which religion is embodied and expressed in culture. Volume four on ‘Disbelief and New Beliefs’ explores the transformation of the religious landscape of Britain and its imperial territories during the nineteenth century as a result of key cultural and intellectual forces. The resource is aimed primarily at researchers and students working within the fields of literature and social and religious history. It supplies an interpretative context for sources in the form of explanatory headnotes to each source or group of sources and volume introductions that explore overarching themes. Each volume can be read independently but they work together to elucidate the complex and multi-faceted nature of nineteenth-century religious life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563155

Nineteenth-Century Religion Literature and SocietyDisbelief and New Beliefs This four-volume historical resource provides new opportunities for investigating the relationship between religion literature and society in Britain and its imperial territories by making accessible a diverse selection of harder-to-find primary sources. These include religious fiction poetry essays memoirs sermons travel writing religious ephemera unpublished notebooks and pamphlet literature. Spanning the long nineteenth century (c.1789–1914) the resource departs from older models of ‘the Victorian crisis of faith’ in order to open up new ways of conceptualising religion. Volume four on ‘Disbelief and New Beliefs’ explores the transformation of the religious landscape of Britain and its imperial territories during the nineteenth century as a result of key cultural and intellectual forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572850

Nineteenth-Century Religion Literature and SocietyMission and Reform This four-volume historical resource provides new opportunities for investigating the relationship between religion literature and society in Britain and its imperial territories by making accessible a diverse selection of harder-to-find primary sources. These include religious fiction poetry essays memoirs sermons travel writing religious ephemera unpublished notebooks and pamphlet literature. Spanning the long nineteenth century (c.1789–1914) the resource departs from older models of ‘the Victorian crisis of faith’ in order to open up new ways of conceptualising religion. This second volume is called â€˜Mission and Reform’ and it considers the social and political importance of religious faith and practice as expressed through foreign and domestic mission and philanthropic and political movements at home and abroad.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572836

Nineteenth-Century Religion Literature and SocietyReligious Feeling This four-volume historical resource provides new opportunities for investigating the relationship between religion literature and society in Britain and its imperial territories by making accessible a diverse selection of harder-to-find primary sources. These include religious fiction poetry essays memoirs sermons travel writing religious ephemera unpublished notebooks and pamphlet literature. Spanning the long nineteenth century (c.1789–1914) the resource departs from older models of ‘the Victorian crisis of faith’ in order to open up new ways of conceptualising religion. This third volume looks at â€˜religious feeling’ as an important and distinct category for understanding the ways in which religion is embodied and expressed in culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572843

Nineteenth-Century Religion Literature and SocietyReligious Texts and Traditions This four-volume historical resource provides new opportunities for investigating the relationship between religion literature and society in Britain and its imperial territories by making accessible a diverse selection of harder-to-find primary sources. These include religious fiction poetry essays memoirs sermons travel writing religious ephemera unpublished notebooks and pamphlet literature. Spanning the long nineteenth century (c.1789–1914) the resource departs from older models of ‘the Victorian crisis of faith’ in order to open up new ways of conceptualising religion. This first volume looks at â€˜Traditions’ offering an overview of the different religious traditions and denominations present in Britain during this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572805

Nineteenth-Century RussiaOpposition to Autocracy This new Seminar Study provides students with a rewarding introduction to nineteenth-century Russia. This period of Russian history is of course characterised by the flowering of an enormously rich intellectual and cultural life the origins of which lie in the intelligentsia¿s opposition to autocratic rule. Here Professor Offord introduces the reader to the period while focusing particularly on the rise of radicalism.The book opens with two scene-setting chapters: one looking at the political and social structure peculiar to Russia and the second looking at the cultural and intellectual background. Then within a chronological framework the author examines all the great 'events' in the history of Russian radicalism - from the Decembrist Revolt in 1825 to the 'going to the people' in 1874 and the assassination of Alexander II in 1881. However throughout the text sustained attention is given to the intellectual dimension of nineteenth-century Russian history. Professor Offord examines all the major schools of thought and looks in detail at all the great thinkers of the day including Chaadaev Belinsky Herzen Chernyshevsky Bakunin and Tolstoy.This new book will provide essential reading for anyone studying nineteenth-century Russia. Lucid accessible and immensely readable it is a formidable achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835801

Nineteenth-Century Southern Women WritersGrace King and Modernism The essays in this book explore the role of Grace King’s fiction in the movement of American literature from local color and realism to modernism and show that her work exposes a postbellum New Orleans that is fragmented socially politically and linguistically. In her introduction Melissa Walker Heidari examines selections from King’s journals and letters as views into her journey toward a modernist aesthetic—what King describes in one passage as "the continual voyage I made." Sirpa Salenius sees King’s fiction as a challenge to dominant conceptualizations of womanhood and a reaction against female oppression and heteronormativity. In his analysis of "An Affair of the Heart " Ralph J. Poole highlights the rhetoric of excess that reveals a social satire debunking sexual and racial double standards. Ineke Bockting shows the modernist aspects of King’s fiction through a stylistic analysis which explores spatial temporal biological psychological social and racial liminalities. Françoise Buisson demonstrates that King’s writing "is inspired by the Southern oral tradition but goes beyond it by taking on a theatrical dimension that can be quite modern and even experimental at times." Kathie Birat claims that it is important to underline King’s relationship to realism "for the metonymic functioning of space as a signifier for social relations is an important characteristic of the realist novel." Stéphanie Durrans analyzes "The Story of a Day" as an incest narrative and focuses on King’s development of a modernist aesthetics to serve her terrifying investigation into social ills as she probes the inner world of her silent character. Amy Doherty Mohr explores intersections between regionalism and modernism in public and silenced histories as well as King’s treatment of myth and mobility. Brigitte Zaugg examines in "The Little Convent Girl" King’s presentation of the figure of the double and the issue of language as well as the narrative voice which she argues "definitely inscribes the text with its understatement economy and quiet symbolism in the modernist tradition." Miki Pfeffer closes the collection with an afterword in which she offers excerpts from King’s letters as encouragement for "scholars to seek Grace King as a primary source " arguing that "Grace King’s own words seem best able to dialogue with the critical readings herein." Each of these essays enables us to see King’s place in the construction of modernity; each illuminates the "continual voyage" that King made. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349295

Nineteenth-Century Theatre and the Imperial Encounter In this study Gould argues that it was in the imperial capital’s theatrical venues that the public was put into contact with the places and peoples of empire. Plays and similar forms of spectacle offered Victorian audiences the illusion of unmediated access to the imperial periphery; separated from the action by only the thin shadow of the proscenium arch theatrical audiences observed cross-cultural contact in action. But without narrative direction of the sort found in novels and travelogues theatregoers were left to their own interpretive devices making imperial drama both a powerful and yet uncertain site for the transmission of official imperial ideologies. Nineteenth-century playwrights fed the public’s interest in Britain’s Empire by producing a wide variety of plays set in colonial locales: India Australia and—to a lesser extent—Africa. These plays recreated the battles that consolidated Britain’s hold on overseas territories dramatically depicted western humanitarian intervention in indigenous cultural practices celebrated images of imperial supremacy and occasionally criticized the sexual and material excesses that accompanied the processes of empire-building. An active participant in the real-world drama of empire the Victorian theatre produced popular images that reflected interrogated and reinforced imperial policy. Indeed it was largely through plays and spectacles that the British public vicariously encountered the sights and sounds of the distant imperial periphery. Empire as it was seen on stage was empire as it was popularly known: the repetitions of character types plot scenarios and thematic concerns helped forge an idea of empire that though largely imaginary entertained informed and molded the theatre-going British public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415889841

Nineteenth-Century Transatlantic Reprinting and the Embodied Book Until the Chace Act in 1891 no international copyright law existed between Britain and the United States which meant publishers were free to edit text excerpt whole passages add new illustrations and substantially redesign a book's appearance. In spite of this ongoing process of transatlantic transformation of texts the metaphor of the book as a physical embodiment of its author persisted. Jessica DeSpain's study of this period of textual instability examines how the physical book acted as a major form of cultural exchange between Britain and the United States that called attention to volatile texts and the identities they manifested. Focusing on four influential works”Charles Dickens's American Notes for General Circulation Susan Warner's The Wide Wide World Fanny Kemble's Journal of a Residence on a Georgian Plantation and Walt Whitman's Democratic Vistas”DeSpain shows that for authors readers and publishers struggling with the unpredictability of the textual body the physical book and the physical body became interchangeable metaphors of flux. At the same time discourses of destabilized bodies inflected issues essential to transatlantic culture including class gender religion and slavery while the practice of reprinting challenged the concepts of individual identity personal property and national identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409432005

Nineteenth-Century WorldsGlobal formations past and present This volume assembles a wide range of studies that together provide—through their interdisciplinary range international scope and historical emphases—an original scholarly exploration of one of the most important topics in recent nineteenth-century studies: the emergence in the nineteenth century of forms of global experience that have developed more recently into rapidly expanding processes of globalization and their attendant collisions of race religion ethnicity population groups natural environments national will and power. Emphasizing such links between global networks past and present the essays in this volume engage with the latest work in postcolonial cosmopolitan and globalization theory while speaking directly to the most pressing concerns of contemporary geopolitics. Each essay examines specific cultural and historical circumstances in the formation of nineteenth-century worlds from a range of disciplinary perspectives including economics political history natural history philosophy the history of medicine and disease religious studies literary criticism art history and colonial studies. Detailed in their particular modes of analysis yet integrated into a collective conversation about the nineteenth century’s profound impact on our present worlds these inquiries also explore the economic political and cultural determinants on nineteenth-century types of transnational experience as interweaving forces creating new material frameworks and conceptual models for comprehending major human categories—such as race gender subjectivity and national identity—in global terms. As nineteenth-century global intersections differ in important ways from the shapes of globalization today however the essays in this volume generate new ways of understanding emergent patterns of worldwide experience in the age of imperialism and thereby stimulate fresh insights into the dynamics of global formations and conflicts today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878228

Nineteenth-Century Writings on HomosexualityA Sourcebook Nineteenth-Century Writings on Homosexuality is a comprehensive collection which provides for the first time in one volume many texts unavailable outside specialised academic libraries. Chris White has brought together a wide range of primary source material including prose poetry fiction history and polemic from 1810 to 1914. Nineteenth-Century Writings on Homosexuality includes writing on: * trials and scandals * censorship and homophobia * cultural and personal history * love and friendship * lesbianism * aestheticism and decadence * sexual tourism and colonialism * cross-class desire * sodomy and sadomasochism. Containing a general introduction section headnotes a bibliography of primary and secondary source material this book is extraordinarily well researched. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203002407

Ninety Years of Housing 1921–2011Trends Relating to Living Standards Energy Use and Carbon Emissions (FB 46) The housing stock in the UK has changed significantly since 1921. Many homes have been constructed since then leading to the very wide diversity that we see today. This report looks back over the past 90 years presenting statistics that illustrate key changes and the progress that has been made in improving the nation’s homes. The focus is on changes to the housing stock that have had an effect on standards of living energy use and carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. Impacts on health are also discussed. The report closes by considering what the housing stock will need to look like in 2050 in order to meet the UK government’s target to cut CO2 emissions by 80% on 1990 levels and the scale of the challenge that this presents. What has been achieved in the past is very substantial but also provides an important reality check on the feasibility of achieving such large-scale changes over the next 40 years. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848062658

Ninian Smart on World ReligionsVolume 1: Religious Experience and Philosophical Analysis Ninian Smart came to public prominence as the founding Professor of the first British university Department of Religious Studies in the late 1960s. His pioneering views on education in religion proved hugely influential at all levels from primary schools to academic teaching and research. An unending string of publications many of them accessible to the general public sustained a reputation that became worldwide. Here for the first time a selection of Ninian Smart's wide-ranging writings is organised systematically under a set of categories which both comprehend and also illuminate his varied output over a career spanning half a century. The editor John Shepherd was Principal Lecturer in Religion and Philosophy at the University of Cumbria. He first met Smart as a postgraduate student and recently helped establish the Ninian Smart Archive at the University of Lancaster. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247922

Ninian Smart on World ReligionsVolume 2: Traditions and the Challenges of Modernity Ninian Smart came to public prominence as the founding Professor of the first British university Department of Religious Studies in the late 1960s. His pioneering views on education in religion proved hugely influential at all levels from primary schools to academic teaching and research. An unending string of publications many of them accessible to the general public sustained a reputation that became worldwide. Here for the first time a selection of Ninian Smart's wide-ranging writings is organised systematically under a set of categories which both comprehend and also illuminate his varied output over a career spanning half a century. The editor John Shepherd was Principal Lecturer in Religion and Philosophy at the University of Cumbria. He first met Smart as a postgraduate student and recently helped establish the Ninian Smart Archive at the University of Lancaster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390718

NisaThe Life and Words of a !Kung Woman Married at twelve then separated divorced and widowed Nisa is the mother of four children none of whom survived. She is strong capable of foraging on her own in one of the world's most hostile environments not dependent on any man for her daily sustenance and ready to talk to anyone as her equal. Wise full of humour at the absurdities of life and courageous in the face of its defeats she is bawdy practical and incurably romantic. She is a woman of the !Khung people who live by means of humanity's oldest survival strategy - gathering and hunting. This book is the remarkable story of Nisa's life told in her own words to Marjorie Shostak. It is a story full of echoes from a female past that we can never know directly. But it is also Nisa's unique story her own voice her own dignity. In anyone's culture she is a remarkable woman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133389

Nishida and Western Philosophy Nishida Kitaro (1870-1945) is the most important Japanese philosopher of the last century. His constant aim in philosophy was to try to articulate Zen in terms drawn from Western philosophical sources yet in the end he found that he could not do so and his thought illustrates a conceptual incommensurability at the deepest level between the main line of the Western tradition and one of the main lines in Eastern thought. This book is a work of comparative philosophy. Attention is given to the consequences of Nishida's metaphysics in the areas of ethics aesthetics the philosophy of religion and notably the implications of Nishida's example for the question of pluralism. This study of Nishida brings into sharp focus the question of whether faced with a conceptual incommensurability at as deep a level as that manifested by Zen the choice between it and its Western alternative can be wholly rational. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315598376

Nitrates in Groundwater This time-saving book provides extensive coverage of all important aspects of nitrates in groundwater ranging from prevention to problem assessment to remediation. It begins by highlighting the nitrogen cycle and related health concerns providing both background information and a unique perspective on health issues. It then analyzes subsurface pr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367448455

Nitrates in GroundwaterIAH Selected Papers on Hydrogeology 5 The first book devoted entirely to the problem of nitrate risk and behaviour in groundwater this volume includes twenty-seven papers selected from those presented during the Euromeeting of the International Association of Hydrogeologists "Nitrate in Groundwater in Europe" held in Wisla Poland in 2002. The problems presented and discussed in Wisla Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429181078

Nitride Phosphors and Solid-State Lighting Nitride Phosphors and Solid-State Lighting provides an in-depth introduction to the crystal chemistry synthesis luminescence and applications of phosphor materials for solid-state lighting mainly focusing on new nitride phosphors. Drawing on their extensive experimental work the authors offer a multidisciplinary study of phosphor materials that encompasses materials science inorganic chemistry solid-state chemistry solid-state physics optical spectroscopy crystal field theory and computational materials science.The book begins with an introduction to the principles semiconductor/phosphor materials and characterizations of solid-state lighting and white light-emitting diodes (LEDs). It then discusses the optical and luminescence processes occurring in optically active centers of solid materials and presents the photoluminescence properties of traditional phosphors for white LEDs including garnets aluminates silicates sulfides oxysulfides phosphates and scheelites.The remainder of the text focuses on newly developed nitride phosphors. The authors describe the crystal chemistry of general nitride compounds the crystal structure and photoluminescence properties of new nitride phosphors and synthetic methods for preparing nitride phosphors. They detail the structural analysis of nitride phosphors and present experimental and computational results of typical nitride phosphors. The authors also examine key issues such as excitation and emission spectra thermal quenching and quantum efficiency. The final chapter explores applications of nitride phosphors in white LEDs for general lighting and LCD backlight purposes.Covering novel luminescent materials this book brings you up to date on the evolving field of solid-state lighting. It illustrates the fundamentals synthesis properties and applications of the latest nitride phosphor materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576950

Nitride Wide Bandgap Semiconductor Material and Electronic Devices This book systematically introduces physical characteristics and implementations of III-nitride wide bandgap semiconductor materials and electronic devices with an emphasis on high-electron-mobility transistors (HEMTs). The properties of nitride semiconductors make the material very suitable for electronic devices used in microwave power amplification high-voltage switches and high-speed digital integrated circuits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574369

Nitrification in Saline Industrial Wastewater This dissertation considers various questions with respect to the effects of salinity on nutrification: what are the main inhibiting factors causing the effects do all salts have similar effects what is the maximum acceptable salt level are ammonia oxidisers or nitrite oxidizers most sensitive to salt stress can nitrifiers adapt to long term salt stress and are some specific nitrifiers more resistant to salt stress than others? Research was carried out at laboratory scale and in full-scale plants and modelling was employed in both phases to provide a mathematical description for salt inhibition on nitrification and to facilitate the comparison. The result has led to an improved understanding of the effect of salinity on nitrification. The results can be used to improve the sustainability of the exisisting wastewater treatment plants operated under salt stress. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138475069

Nitrogen Management in Crop Production One of the main approaches for safeguarding food security sustainable development has increased demand for knowledge on fertilizer management in crop production. Among essential plant nutrients nitrogen is one of the most important yield-limiting nutrients mainly responsible for determining yield and yield components in cereals and legumes. It is also responsible for the activation of many enzymes and of course plays an important role in photosynthesis. With a recovery efficiency of less than 50 percent in most cropping systems a large portion of the nitrogen applied as fertilizer is not used by plants creating environmental and economic issues.Nitrogen Management in Crop Production covers the critical aspects for the judicious use of nitrogen in cropping systems. This includes appropriate methods of nitrogen application effective source and timing of application during crop growth cycles use of an adequate application rate to avoid loss and reduce cost use of nitrogen-efficient crop genotypes and use of legumes that fix sufficient amounts of atmospheric nitrogen. There is also a chapter on organic matter and its role in sustainability.This book presents recent information from the international literature making it relevant for most agroecological regions. Chapters provide experimental results to aid in practical application of the information. The book contains color photos of nitrogen deficiency symptoms to serve as a guide for important crop species such as rice dry bean wheat soybean and corn. It also includes numerous tables and figures providing an easy-to-read reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034167

Nitrogen Metabolism in Rice Nitrogen is an essential primary nutrient for plant growth and development. With the demand for high growth and yield of plants and the depletion of organics in soil nitrogen availability in soil has become insufficient. This simple and comprehensive book covers the important and current information regarding rice plant biology and nitrogen metabolism. The book is divided into ten chapters that feature the steps of nitrogen assimilation and utilization in rice plant systems. Apart from describing the steps and pathways of nitrogen metabolism in rice the book also emphasis the changes taking place due to genotypes and environmental factors and stressors during rice growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498746670

Nitrous Oxide and Climate Change Nitrous oxide N2O is the third most important (in global warming terms) of the greenhouse gases after carbon dioxide and methane. As this book describes although it only comprises 320 parts per billion of the earth's atmosphere it has a so-called Global Warming Potential nearly 300 times greater than that of carbon dioxide. N2O emissions are difficult to estimate because they are predominantly biogenic in origin. The N2O is formed in soils and oceans throughout the world by the microbial processes of nitrification and denitrification that utilise the reactive N compounds ammonium and nitrate respectively. These forms of nitrogen are released during the natural biogeochemical nitrogen cycle but are also released by human activity. In fact the quantity of these compounds entering the biosphere has virtually doubled since the beginning of the industrial age and this increase has been matched by a corresponding increase in N2O emissions. The largest source is now agriculture driven mainly by the use of synthetic nitrogen fertilisers. The other major diffuse source derives from release of NOx into the atmosphere from fossil fuel combustion and biomass burning as well as ammonia from livestock manure. Some N2O also comes directly from combustion and from two processes in the chemical industry: the production of nitric acid and the production of adipic acid used in nylon manufacture. Action is being taken to curb the industrial point-source emissions of N2O but measures to limit or reduce agricultural emissions are inherently more difficult to devise. As we enter an era in which measures are being explored to reduce fossil fuel use and/or capture or sequester the CO2 emissions from the fuel it is likely that the relative importance of N2O in the 'Kyoto basket' of greenhouse gases will increase because comparable mitigation measures for N2O are inherently more difficult and because expansion of the land area devoted to crops to feed the increasing global population and to accommodate the current development of biofuels is likely to lead to an increase in N fertiliser use and thus N2O emission worldwide. The aim of this book is to provide a synthesis of scientific information on the primary sources and sinks of nitrous oxide and an assessment of likely trends in atmospheric concentrations over the next century and the potential for mitigation measures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977228

Nkrumah & Ghana First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994492

NMR and ChemistryAn introduction to modern NMR spectroscopy Fourth Edition Keeping mathematics to a minimum this book introduces nuclear properties nuclear screening chemical shift spin-spin coupling and relaxation. It is one of the few books that provides the student with the physical background to NMR spectroscopy from the point of view of the whole of the periodic table rather than concentrating on the narrow applications of 1H and 13C NMR spectroscopy. Aids to structure determination such as decoupling the nuclear Overhauser effect INEPT DEPT and special editing and two dimensional NMR spectroscopy are discussed in detail with examples including the complete assignment of the 1H and 13C NMR spectra of D-amygdain.The authors examine the requirements of a modern spectrometer and the effects of pulses and discuss the effects of dynamic processes as a function of temperature or pressure on NMR spectra. The book concludes with chapters on some of the applications of NMR spectroscopy to medical and non-medical imaging techniques and solid state chemistry of both I = F1/2 and I > F1/2 nuclei. Examples and problems mainly from the recent inorganic/organometallic chemistry literature support the text throughout. Brief answers to all the problems are provided in the text with full answers at the end of the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138410237

NMR for Physical and Biological Scientists Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy is a dynamic way for scientists of all kinds to investigate the physical chemical and biological properties of matter. Its many applications make it a versatile tool previously subject to monolithic treatment in reference-style texts. Based on a course taught for over ten years at Brandeis University this is the first textbook on NMR spectroscopy for a one-semester course or self-instruction. In keeping with the authors' efforts to make it a useful textbook they have included problems at the end of each chapter.The book not only covers the latest developments in the field such as GOESY (Gradient Enhanced Overhauser Spectroscopy) and multidimensional NMR but includes practical examples using real spectra and associated problem sets. Assuming the reader has a background of chemistry physics and calculus this textbook will be ideal for graduate students in chemistry and biochemistry as well as biology physics and biophysics. NMR for Physical and Biological Scientists will also be useful to medical schools research facilities and the many chemical pharmaceutical and biotech firms that offer in-house instruction on NMR spectroscopy. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780367446277

NMR of Liquid Crystal Dendrimers Dendrimers are hyperbranched molecules with well-defined nanometer-scale dimensions. Important technological applications of these systems both in biomedicine and materials science have been recently proposed. Liquid crystal dendrimers are fascinating materials that combine the characteristics of dendrimers with the anisotropic physical behaviour and molecular self-organization typical of liquid crystals. This unique association of physical and chemical properties together with the possibility of multi-selective functionalization put forward by dendrimers opens new perspectives for applications. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is a powerful experimental technique applied in materials science and an important tool to the study of molecular organization and dynamics. This book presents an introduction to dendrimers properties with special insight into liquid crystal dendrimers and a detailed description of the NMR theory and experimental techniques used in the investigation of these materials. It also discusses recent NMR research results on liquid crystal dendrimers with emphasis on molecular order and dynamics studies. This book introduces the properties of dendrimers with special insight into liquid crystal dendrimers and a detailed description of NMR theory and experimental techniques used in the investigation of these materials. It also discusses results of recent NMR research on liquid crystal dendrimers with an emphasis on molecular order and dynamics studies. Advanced undergraduate and graduate students of physics chemistry and materials science and researchers in the fields of dendrimers liquid crystals and NMR will find the book extremely useful. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745727

NMR Spectroscopy in Liquids and Solids NMR Spectroscopy in Liquids and Solids provides an introduction of the general concepts behind Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) and its applications including how to perform adequate NMR experiments and interpret data collected in liquids and solids to characterize molecule systems in terms of their structure and dynamics. The book is composed of ten chapters. The first three chapters consider the theoretical basis of NMR spectroscopy the theory of NMR relaxation and the practice of relaxation measurements. The middle chapters discuss the general aspects of molecular dynamics and their relationships to NMR NMR spectroscopy and relaxation studies in solutions and special issues related to NMR in solutions. The remaining chapters introduce general principles and strategies involved in solid-state NMR studies provide examples of applications of relaxation for the determination of molecular dynamics in diamagnetic solids and discuss special issues related to solid state NMR— including NMR relaxation in paramagnetic solids. All chapters are accompanied by references and recommended literature for further reading. Many practical examples of multinuclear NMR and relaxation experiments and their interpretations are also presented. The book is ideal for scientists new to NMR students and investigators working in the areas of chemistry biochemistry biology pharmaceutical sciences or materials science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482262704

NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Solids Over the past decade a myriad of techniques have shown that solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) can be used in a broad spectrum of applications with exceptionally impressive results. Solid-state NMR results can yield high-resolution details on the structure and function of many important biological solids including viruses fibril-forming molecules and molecules embedded in the cell membrane. Filling a void in the current literature NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Solids examines all the recent developments implementation and interpretation of solid-state NMR experiments and the advantages of applying them to biological systems. The book emphasizes how these techniques can be used to realize the structure of non-crystalline systems of any size. It explains how these isotropic and anisotropic couplings interactions are used to determine atomic-level structures of biological molecules in a non-soluble state and extrapolate the three-dimensional structure of membrane proteins using magic-angle spinning (MAS). The book also focuses on the use of multidimensional solid-state NMR methods in the study of aligned systems to provide basic information about the mechanisms of action of a variety of biologically active molecules. Addressing principles methods and applications this book provides a critical selection of solid-state NMR methods for solving a wide range of practical problems that arise in both academic and industrial research of biomolecules in the solid state. NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Solids is a forward-thinking resource for students and researchers in analytical chemistry bioengineering material sciences and structural genomics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392086

NMR Techniques in Catalysis This volume provides an overview of the applications of modern solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) techniques to the study of catalysts catalytic processes species adsorbed on catalysts and systems relevant to heterogeneous catalysis. It characterizes the structure of catalytic materials and surfaces. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402099

No BenefitCrisis In America's Health Insurance Industry This book offers a timely and important analysis of the health insurance crisis in America. Relying on data from a wide range of publications about the health insurance industry it investigates the causes of the industry's problems and analyzes the social effects of the growing crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153571

NO BODYClinical Constructions of Gender and Transsexuality - Pathologisation Violence and Deconstruction What articulations between bodies genders and desires are required socio-culturally for recognition of what is human? What happens with those people who do not meet the heteronormative criteria of intelligible life? Are psychology and medicine part of the solution or part of the problem? This pioneering book presents a novel analysis of transgender constructions within a clinical setting examining the experiences of "transsexuality in treatment" interpreted through psychological feminist post-structuralist and queer theories. Based on research that includes interviews with the clinic’s professionals and users notes from its group therapy sessions and analysis of its manuals and scientific productions the author shows how the psychological sciences not only "treat" transsexuality but construct it in each of its elements: corporality sexuality identity performances and vulnerability. Looking at the work of philosophers such as Michel Foucault Judith Butler and Paul B. Preciado this book also highlights how the productive character of language and other subjectifying technologies are linked to the symbolic and material violence that falls on these bodies deconstructing the bio-scientific and sociocultural conceptions that nourish the understanding of trans life experiences that are medicalised and psychopathologised. No Body is a valuable book for students researchers and professionals in critical psychology psychiatry and social sciences and anyone interested in the fields of transsexuality and homo/transphobia feminism and queer theory discourse analysis and the construction and signification of the body gender and sexualities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138227255

No Charity ThereA short history of social welfare in Australia No Charity There now in a revised edition provides the first general history of social welfare in Australia. It traces the development of official and community attitudes to demands and expectations.Using material not previously readily available Brian Dickey analyses how Australian society has sought to solve the problems raised by a wide variety of vulnerable groups since 1788: the aged orphans single mothers the insane alcoholics and the unemployed.No Charity There is a carefully researched and intelligent study of a subject of ever-increasing importance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116561

No Child Left Behind and the Reduction of the Achievement GapSociological Perspectives on Federal Educational Policy This monumental collection presents the first-ever sociological analysis of the No Child Left Behind Act and its effects on children teachers parents and schools. More importantly these leading sociologists consider whether NLCB can or will accomplish its major goal: to eliminate the achievement gap by 2014. Based on theoretical and empirical research the essays examine the history of federal educational policy and place NCLB in a larger sociological and historical context. Taking up a number of policy areas affected by the law—including accountability and assessment curriculum and instruction teacher quality parental involvement school choice and urban education—this book examines the effects of NCLB on different groups of students and schools and the ways in which school organization and structure affect achievement. No Child Left Behind concludes with a discussion of the important contributions of sociological research and sociological analysis integral to understanding the limits and possibilities of the law to reduce the achievement gap. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941256

No Clear And Present DangerA Skeptical View Of The UNited States Entry Into World War II From the Preface to the Twenty-fifth Anniversary Edition:This was a controversial book and likely remains so.? The world 25 years later looks quite different. With the end of the Cold War the United States is now the world's only superpower. If this country cannot shape the international system and bring peace and stability to much of the world surely no other state can. Yet the will to a broadly internationalist foreign policy cannot currently be found in the United States. The near-consensus that ranged across foreign policy elites before the Vietnam War has never been restored. Maybe that's just as well. But I hold to much of the basic perspective of this book as offering some guidance for fellow ?cooperative internationalists.? The power to shape international affairs is limited; military intervention is a costly blunt and dangerous instrument. The five questions I ask on page 108 of this book remain appropriate. I do believe there are appropriate circumstances for military action in international affairs. In most circumstances I do not believe that it is desirable effective or just to try to spread democracy or other American values by force of arms. Much more could be done by way of financial assistance as well as consistent ideological and technical support to create a more democratic and interdependent environment within which peace can be secured.? If the Vietnam War derived in substantial part from an overconfident and unilateral interpretation of history that is a mistake from which we can still learn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096083

No Dialect Please You're a PoetEnglish Dialect in Poetry in the 20th and 21st Centuries No Dialect Please You're a Poet is situated at the crossroads in research areas of literature and linguistics. This collection of essays brings to the forefront the many ways in which dialect is present in poetry and how it is realized in both written texts and oral performances. In examining works from a wide range of poets and poetries from acclaimed poets to emerging ones this book offers a comprehensive introduction to poetics of dialects from a variety of regions across two centuries of English poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258047

No Distinction Of Sex?Women In British Universities 1870-1939 In 1939 women represented nearly one quarter of the student population in British universities. Though tantamount to a "social revolution" in the eyes of many contemporaries the process has recieved scant attention from historians. Whilst prejudice and hostility towards women lingered on in Oxford and Cambridge it has often been assumed that the female presence was welcomed elsewhere. The younger civic universities commonly advertised themselves as making "no distinction of sex" in admissions appointments or in educational policy.; This work of social history based on extensive archival research examines the truth of these claims and explores the experiences of women teachers and students in this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072524

No ExitNorth Korea Nuclear Weapons and International Security This book chronicles the political-military development of the Korean Peninsula since 1945 with particular attention to North Korea’s pursuit of nuclear technology and nuclear weapons and how it has shaped Northeast Asian security and non-proliferation policy and influenced the strategic choices of the United States and all regional powers. I focus on North Korea’s leaders institutions political history and the system’s longer-term prospects. How has an isolated highly idiosyncratic small state repeatedly stymied or circumvented the policy preferences of much more powerful states culminating with its withdrawal from the Non Proliferation Treaty (the only state ever to do so) and the testing of nuclear weapons in open defiance of adversaries and allies alike? What does this portend for the region’s future? Unlike most of the literature that focuses on US non proliferation policy this is a book about decision making in North Korea and the state’s survival in the face of daunting odds. It draws on extensive interviews with individuals in China South Korea Japan Russia and the EU who have had ample experience in and with North Korea additional interviews with former US policy makers and the results from two visits to the North. The author makes extensive use of archival materials from the Cold War International History Project enabling a far fuller rendering of North Korean history than appears in most of the literature on the North Korean nuclear weapons issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670838

No Farewell To Arms?Military Disengagement From Politics In Africa And Latin America This book examines military disengagement from politics in the selected states of Africa and Latin America. It focuses on the political consequences of coups d'etat and illustrates what may be inherent limits in armed forces' ability to transform their societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163778

'No Five Fingers are Alike'What Exiled Kurdish Women in Therapy Told Me This book the second in the International Series of Psychosocial Perspectives on Trauma Displaced People and Political Violence focuses on refugee women and one of the few that limit their scope only to one group of refugees – the Kurds in Norway. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325664

No Fly Zones and International SecurityPolitics and Strategy This book discusses the practice of no-fly zones in international affairs.The first no-fly zone was imposed over northern Iraq immediately after the first Gulf War and since then they have become a regular recourse for policymakers confronted with humanitarian crises. They have come to be viewed as a feasible essentially non-violent form of intervention that can be performed entirely from the air in a situation where some form of action is widely thought to be necessary but the political will for a ground operation is insufficient. Nonetheless even among policy makers there is limited understanding of the requirements the shortcomings and the potentialities of no-fly zones. This is the first comprehensive work on this topic and examines the assumptions surrounding no-fly zones by focusing on issues such as authority cost possibility of escalation and effectiveness. Looking back at 25 years of experience with no-fly zones the book’s goal is to look at what historical lessons may be drawn and to make some predictions with regard to the politics and strategy of no-fly zones in the future.  This book will be of much interest to students of air power security studies Middle Eastern Studies and IR in general Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731267

No Foreign FoodThe American Diet In Time And Place No Foreign Food explores the evolution and transformation of the American diet from colonial times to the present. How and why did our bland colonial diet evolve into today's restless mnge of exotic foods? Why are Hoppin' Jon lutefisk and scrapple once so important seldom eaten today? How has the restaurant shaped our daily menus? These and hun Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317034

No Growth Society PbNo Growth Society ‘Two policy proposals are particularly notable and owe nothing to the long-standing controversies between left and right. Rather they suggest new perceptions of reality and a changing sense of values. They are thoroughly radical and indeed subversive since they attack two fundamental features of modern society: its tendency to exponential growth and its assumption of continuous progress. The two proposals are zero economic growth and zero population growth… Quite apart from the question of the desirability of a no-growth society or even the possibility that it may even be a necessity what properties should it have? How would its social political and economic systems function? What would people be like in such a society? What sort of culture or ‘consciousness’ would be appropriate in it?... A careful examination of the no-growth proposals helps to reveal a number of the most fundamental failings and fears of modern life…’ From the Introduction Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061312

No Image There and the Gaze RemainsThe Visual in the Work of Jorie Graham First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867207

No Little PlansHow Government Built America’s Wealth and Infrastructure Is planning for America anathema to the pursuit of life liberty and happiness? Is it true as ideologues like Friedrich Von Hayek Milton Friedman and Ayn Rand have claimed that planning leads to dictatorship that the state is wholly destructive and that prosperity is owed entirely to the workings of a free market? To answer these questions Ian Wray’s book goes in search of an America shaped by government plans and bureaucrats not by businesses bankers and shareholders. He demonstrates that government plans did not damage American wealth. On the contrary they built it and in the most profound ways. In three parts the book is an intellectual roller coaster. Part I takes the reader downhill examining the rise and fall of rational planning and looks at the converging bands of planning critics led on the right by the Chicago School of Economics on the left by the rise of conservation and the ‘counterculture’ and two brilliantly iconoclastic writers – Jane Jacobs and Rachel Carson. In Part II eight case studies take us from the trans-continental railroads through the national parks the Federal dams and hydropower schemes the wartime arsenal of democracy to the postwar interstate highways planning for New York the moon shot and the creation of the internet. These are stories of immense government achievement. Part III looks at what might lie ahead reflecting on a huge irony: the ideology which underpins the economic and political rise of Asia (by which America now feels so threatened) echoes the pragmatic plans and actions which once secured America’s rise to globalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594104

No Lost Certainties To Be RecoveredSexuality Creativity Knowledge This book looks beyond both theory and practice to the politics and cultural resonances of psychoanalysis–in the torments and anxiety of artistic endeavour and in the urgent and wearying sense of the blindness of our troubled history and politics in Israel and in South America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325671

No Man's Land The political events of "annus mirabilis" 1989 marked a rare turning point in world history but the significance of the year for German literary history is unique. As the 40-year-old German Democratic Republic ceased to exist so too did the special circumstances which had fostered a literature separate from and in competition with that of the Federal Republic of Germany. A new period of literary history was delimited almost overnight: Germany Democratic Republic literature now was something to be examined as a whole cultural movement. At the same time the literary traditions of the German Democratic Republic have continued to influence the contemporary cultural scene often in ways that are only gradually becoming clear.The essays memoirs and plays collected in this special issue of Contemporary Theatre Review represent an early attempt to assess and reassess one of the German Democratic Republic's richest cultural domains: its theatre. Contributors include David W. Robinson C Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418196

No Matter: Theories and Practices of the Ephemeral in Architecture How do digital media (mobile phones GPS iPods portable computers internet virtual realities etc.) affect the way we perceive inhabit and design space? Why do architects traditionally design draw and map the visual as opposed to other types of sensations of space (the sound the smell the texture etc.)? Architecture is not only about the solid material elements of space; it is also about the invisible immaterial intangible elements of space. This book examines the design representation and reception of the ephemeral in architecture. It discusses how architects map and examine the spatial qualities that these elements create and questions whether - and if so how - they take them into account in the designing process. Karandinou argues that current interest in the ephemeral in contemporary culture and architecture is related to the evolution of digital media; and that it is related to the new ways of thinking about space and everyday situations that new media enables. With sound and video recording devices now being embedded in everyday gadgets and mobile phones capturing sounds or ephemeral situations and events has become an everyday habit. New animation techniques allow designers to think about space through time as they are able to design dynamic and responsive spaces as well as static spaces explored by someone over time. Contemporary video games are no longer based on a simple visual input and a keyboard; they now involve other senses movement and the response of the whole body in space. This book therefore argues that the traditional binary opposition between the sensuous and the digital is currently being reversed. Subsequently new media can also function as a new tool-to-think-with about space. Designers are now able to think through time and design spaces accordingly. Time temporality ephemerality become central issues in the designing process. The notion first claimed by Marshall McLuhan in the 1960s that the emergence of new di Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267220

No MiracleWhat Asia Can Teach All Countries About Growth No Miracle examines the role of institutions in bridging the 'digital divide' between rich and poor nations and what that means for the country's integration into a global economy. Shifting the debate from whether institutions are important to economic development to which institutions are important and how to build them Mitchell Wigdor expertly addresses fundamental shortcomings in the existing development literature by identifying specific institutions that mediate the relationship between Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and economic growth. In doing so he challenges those concerned with development to shift their gaze from whether institutions are important to economic development to which institutions might be the focus of government efforts and how to build them. Detailed case studies of the economic development strategies of Singapore and Malaysia from 1960 demonstrate that institution-building and economic development may be as much about process as the specific policies governments pursue. Written in accessible non-technical language this book should be read by everyone concerned with economic growth both in less economically developed countries and the more prosperous including those in government international organizations NGOs universities policy makers and the private sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250789

No More Anger!Be Your Own Anger Management Coach There are now many studies supporting the view that the best treatment for a range of conditions is CBT. Indeed the National Institute for Clinical Excellence and the NHS have both recommended CBT as the treatment of choice when working with conditions such as depression anxiety and anger. By adapting many of the strategies associated with CBT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325688

No More Anxiety!Be Your Own Anxiety Coach This book takes the skills and techniques of cognitive behaviour therapy and offers readers the opportunity of taking control of their anxiety. It aims to help readers understand what is happening to them and teach them how they can overcome their fears. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325695

No More HeroesThe Royal Navy in the Twentieth Century: Anatomy of a Legend This book originally published in 1975 and authored by an ex-Naval officer assesses the performance and management of the Royal Navy in the twentieth century. It examines the nature and tasks of the twentieth century Navy by tracing the fortunes of it under successive First Sea Lords. It examines how the higher echelons of the service have altered and how and why naval policy has changed. Among other issues the book discusses the actions of Beresford and Fisher Beaty and Jellifcoe Chatfield Pound and Mountbatten. It appraises Churchill the Invergordon Mutiny and the strains fo the 1930s; discusses the Navy’s role in two World Wars and post-war disarmament. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935648

No More SecretsViolence in Lesbian Relationships Violence is a male biological trait. When women fight no one gets seriously hurt. Lesbians don't abuse their spouses. The truth revealed in Janice Ristock's groundbreaking book is that lesbian relationships sometimes do turn violent. Based on interviews with more than one hundred lesbians who have suffered abuse and seventy-five case workers No More Secrets is the first in-depth account of this startling phenomenon. Although one in four gay and lesbian couples are affected by domestic violence the problem has remained hidden for several reasons. By giving voice to the victims Ristock helps women to address violence by breaking silences sharing secrets and naming the forms of abuse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203800799

No More Stress!Be your Own Stress Management Coach No More Stress! takes the skills and techniques of Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy and Cognitive-Behavioural Coaching to offer you the opportunity of taking control of your stress. It will help you understand what is happening to you and teaches you how to overcome stress through exercises and strategies. If you use and practise the skills in this book you will learn how to become your own stress management coach. For some people using the skills in this book may be enough to become stress free. For others the book will help to reduce the stress they experience. It is an invaluable tool for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855755017

No Neutral Ground?Abortion Politics In An Age Of Absolutes In a single year Dr. David Gunn was killed Jane Roe recanted the Supreme Court began to backpedal from its landmark 1973 decision Congress became fixated on a rare late-term abortion procedure and numerous states imposed legislation limiting a woman's right to choose. It was a year of extremes for an issue that seems to know no middle ground Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429038860

No News is Bad NewsRadio Television and the Public This volume of collected essays provides a wide-ranging survey of the state of radio and television especially the idea of public service broadcasting and of news current affairs and documentary programming in America Australia the UK and the rest of western Europe. Among the key issues it addresses are the 'dumbing down' of TV news the infotainment factor in current affairs shows and the disappearance of the documentary. Using contemporary cases and examples - from the row over the scheduling of News at Ten in the UK to the creation of ABC News Online in Australia -- the essays link the performance of radio and television at the turn of the millennium with the processes of deregulation liberalisation and digitalisation which have been evident since the 1980s. Working from a much needed and original comparative approach which encompasses complex and well-established public broadcasting in the USA as well as emerging and vulnerable participatory radio stations in El Salvador the book sets a variety of experiences of factual radio and television programming within wider political and cultural contexts. It offers analyses of not only the 'problems' associated with news current affairs and documentary broadcasting in an era of a declining public service ethos and the apparent triumph of the market however. The essays also explore the potential of alternative radio and television new forms of communication such as the internet and changing practices among journalists and programme makers as well as the resilience of public broadcasting and the powers of the public to ensure that the media remain relevant and accountable. A companion text to the bestselling Sex Lies and Democracy: The Press and the Public this volume presents a multi-faceted approach to the tumultuous present and the uncertain future of news current affairs and documentary in radio and television. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138464780

No Ordinary PsychoanalystThe Exceptional Contributions of John Rickman The author had a deep impact on psychoanalysis combining a deep knowledge thereof with an avid interest in social psychology to the benefit of both. He was a fresh thinker always innovative with an extensive range of interests. This is an affectionate incisive intelligent paean to one of the greats of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107314

No Outsiders in Our SchoolTeaching the Equality Act in Primary Schools This brand new resource provides much needed support for every primary school in the delivery of the objectives outlined in the Equality Act 2010; and in the provision of personal social health and economic education (PSHE) for every child. It provides teachers with a curriculum that promotes equality for all sections of the community. But more than that the resource aims to bring children and parents on board from the start so that children leave primary school happy and excited about living in a community full of difference and diversity whether that difference is through ethnicity gender ability sexual orientation gender identity age or religion. The resource includes 5 lesson plans for every primary school year group (EYFS- Y6) based upon a selection of 35 picture books. Issues addressed include gender and gender identity religion sexual orientation disability and age. There is an introductory chapter explaining the legal framework behind the resource quoting Ofsted and the DfE. A second chapter focuses on creating the whole school ethos through assemblies school displays and after school clubs. A third chapter focuses on engaging parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301726

No Outsiders: Everyone Different Everyone WelcomePreparing Children for Life in Modern Britain The No Outsiders programme promotes an ethos of inclusion and tolerance and aims to prepare children for life in modern Britain. Expanding the scheme published in the 2015 book No Outsiders in Our Schools this book is designed to further support educators as they make the No Outsiders ethos part of their school culture at a time when messages of fear and division are rife. Written by a practising teacher whose work to promote equality has been globally celebrated this book provides lesson plans for use in classes from EYFS to Year 6. Key features of the resource include: • plans for delivering the No Outsiders message through assemblies and classes allowing for a flexible approach • recommendations for picture books that can be used to support messages of diversity and inclusion • a scheme of work designed to meet the requirements of the Equalities Act (2010) and support teachers as they prepare to implement the new Relationships Education curriculum (2020). It is the responsibility of primary schools to promote equality and diversity. This is a vital resource for all teachers and trainee teachers as they prepare children for a life where diversity is embraced and there is no fear of difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894986

No Place for a War BabyThe Global Politics of Children born of Wartime Sexual Violence Donna Seto investigates why children born of wartime sexual violence are rarely included in post-conflict processes of reconciliation and recovery. The focus on children born of wartime sexual violence questions the framework of understanding war and recognizes that certain individuals are often forgotten or neglected. This book considers how children are neglected sites for the reproduction of global norms. It approaches this topic through an interdisciplinary perspective that questions how silence surrounding the issue of wartime sexual violence has prevented justice for children born of war from being achieved. In considering this Seto examines how the theories and practices of mainstream International Relations (IR) can silence the experiences of war rape survivors and children born of wartime sexual violence and explores the theoretical frameworks within IR and the institutional structures that uphold protection regimes for children and women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605483

No Place For DyingHospitals and the Ideology of Rescue The U.S. hospital embodies society’s hope for itself—a technological bastion standing between us and death. What does the gold standard of rescue as ideology and industry mean for the dying patient in the hospital and for the status of dying in American culture? This book shows how dying is a management problem for hospitals occupying space but few billable encounters and of little interest to medical practice or quality control. An anthropologist and bioethicist with two decades of professional nursing experience Helen Chapple goes beyond current work on hospital care to present fine-grained accounts of the clinicians patients and families who navigate this uncharted untidy and unpredictable territory between the highly choreographed project of rescue and the clinical culmination of death. This book and its important social and policy implications make key contributions to the social science of medicine nursing hospital administration and health care delivery fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598744033

No Place for HomeSpatial Constraint and Character Flight in the Novels of Cormac McCarthy This book was written to venture beyond interpretations of Cormac McCarthy's characters as simple antinomian and non-psychological; and of his landscapes as unrelated to the violent arcs of often orphaned and always emotionally isolated and socially detached characters. As McCarthy usually eschews direct indications of psychology his landscapes allow us to infer much about their motivations. The relationship of ambivalent nostalgia for domesticity to McCarthy's descriptions of space remains relatively unexamined at book length and through less theoretical application than close reading. By including McCarthy's latest book this study offer the only complete study of all nine novels. Within McCarthy studies this book extends and complicates a growing interest in space and domesticity in his work. The author combines a high regard for McCarthy's stylistic prowess with a provocative reading of how his own psychological habits around gender issues and family relations power books that only appear to be stories of masculine heroics expressions of misogynistic fear or antinomian rejections of civilized life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203960103

No Place Like HomeOrganizing Home-Based Labor in the Era of Structural Adjustment No Place Like Home examines the emergence of home-based women workers as paradigmatic figures of contemporary capitalism neoliberal governmentality and socio-political contestation. Far from an isolated or contingent situation home-based work constitutes today an enormous arena of 'invisible' social and political struggles of subaltern and ethno-racially subordinated women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655750

No Plastic SleevesThe Complete Portfolio and Self-Promotion Guide A polished and professional portfolio—including both print pieces and an online presence—is more important than ever for photographers graphic designers and other creative professionals to make a great first impression and secure employment. This new third edition of No Plastic Sleeves has been thoroughly updated across all facets of portfolio production including increased coverage on self-promotion social media branding  online promotion new and updated interviews case studies and more. Including hundreds of photos examples of successful design from both students and professionals and interviews with industry professionals this text will guide you through the complete process of conceptualizing designing developing branding and promoting all the interconnected aspects of your total portfolio package including teaching you how to: Objectively evaluate and edit your work Develop a distinguishing brand concept and identity Understand and apply effective design strategies including layout and sequencing Design a tailor-made portfolio book Develop a comprehensive online portfolio Develop printed promotional and professional materials Utilize social media and self-promotion strategies Alongside the acclaimed companion website www.noplasticsleeves.com— featuring additional portfolios resources tutorials and articles—Larry Volk and Danielle Currier offer an essential guide to portfolio design development and promotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151126

No PlatformA History of Anti-Fascism Universities and the Limits of Free Speech This book is the first to outline the history of the tactic of ‘no platforming’ at British universities since the 1970s looking at more than four decades of student protest against racist and fascist figures on campus. The tactic of ‘no platforming’ has been used at British universities and colleges since the National Union of Students adopted the policy in the mid-1970s. The author traces the origins of the tactic from the militant anti-fascism of the 1930s–1940s and looks at how it has developed since the 1970s being applied to various targets over the last 40 years including sexists homophobes right-wing politicians and Islamic fundamentalists. This book provides a historical intervention in the current debates over the alleged free speech ‘crisis’ perceived to be plaguing universities in Britain as well as North America and Australasia. No Platform: A History of Anti-Fascism Universities and the Limits of Free Speech is for academics and students as well as the general reader interested in modern British history politics and higher education. Readers interested in contemporary debates over freedom of speech and academic freedom will also have much to discover in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591684

No RespectIntellectuals and Popular Culture The intellectual and the popular: Irving Howe and John Waters Susan Sontag and Ethel Rosenberg Dwight MacDonald and Bill Cosby Amiri Baraka and Mick Jagger Andrea Dworkin and Grace Jones Andy Warhol and Lenny Bruce. All feature in Andrew Ross's lively history and critique of modern American culture. Andrew Ross examines how and why the cultural authority of modern intellectuals is bound up with the changing face of popular taste in America. He argues that the making of "taste" is hardly an aesthetic activity but rather an exercise in cultural power policing and carefully redefining social relations between classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152205

No Timber Without TreesSustainability in the tropical forest Much of the world's tropical timber is still supplied from natural forest but under current systems of management the forests are rapidly becoming exhausted. Unless management practices change to become genuinely sustainable neither the forests nor the essential contribution of the timber industry to many economies will survive. Duncan Poore reviews the extent to which natural forests are already being sustainably managed for timber production and looks at how these practices can be enlarged. He places management for timber in the wider context of tropical forest conservation and outlines a strategy for further action. Thoroughly researched and accessibly written this book will be useful for everyone working or interested in the subject of tropical forests. Foreword by Dato Dr B.C.Y. Freezailah Originally published in 1989 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066868

No Touching No Spitting No PrayingThe Museum in South Asia This volume brings together a range of essays that offer a new perspective on the dynamic history of the museum as a cultural institution in South Asia. It traces the museum from its origin as a tool of colonialism and adoption as a vehicle of sovereignty in the nationalist period till its role in the present as it reflects the fissured identities of the post-colonial period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815373247

No Way of KnowingCrime Urban Legends and the Internet Examining "old media" treatment of crime legends: news reports fictional film and television depictions and "new media" interactive discussions: versions and discussions circulating in Internet newsgroups and via electronic mail lists this text examines a social context vastly changed from the height of rumour research in the mid-20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977242

No Way to Pick A PresidentHow Money and Hired Guns Have Debased American Elections As the United States marks its first presidential election of a new century Witcover shows us how professional mercenaries -- with little party loyalty and diminished political principles driven by an insatiable need for money -- are poisoning public life. At the same time politicians themselves have condoned and even encouraged these developments responding to the demands of a media-driven age in which the press corps pursues its own quest for celebrity and financial reward.Sharp revealing and rich with anecdotes No Way to Pick a President offers a wealth of presidential history from the role of the vice president's office to campaign funds television and the electoral college. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459342

Noah as AntiheroDarren Aronofsky�s Cinematic Deluge This collection of essays by biblical scholars is the first book-length treatment of the 2014 film Noah directed by Darren Aronofsky. The film has proved to be of great interest to scholars working on the interface between the Bible and popular culture not only because it was heralded as the first of a new generation of biblical blockbusters but also because of its bold provocative and yet unusually nuanced approach to the interpretation and use of the Noah tradition in both its biblical and extra-biblical forms. The book’s chapters written by both well-established and up-and-coming scholars engage with and analyze a broad range of issues raised by the film including: its employment and interpretation of the ancient Noah traditions; its engagement with contemporary environmental themes and representation of non-human animals; its place within the history of cinematic depictions of the flood status as an ‘epic’ and associated relationship to spectacle; the theological implications of its representation of a hidden and silent Creator and responses to perceived revelation; the controversies surrounding its reception among religious audiences especially in the Muslim world; and the nature and implications of its convoluted racial and gender politics. Noah as Antihero will be of considerable interest to scholars conducting research in the areas of religion and film contemporary hermeneutics reception history religion and popular culture feminist criticism and ecological ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878122

Nobel Laureates in Economic SciencesA Biographical Dictionary This title first published in 1989 is an in-depth biographical dictionary of the Nobel Laureates in Economic Sciences from 1969 to 1988. Each biographical entry includes a segment on the foundations of their career in the economic sciences summaries of their most notable discoveries and ideas and other notable contributions. Each entry also includes a selected bibliography for further reading on the individual. This book will be of particular interest to students of the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283589

Nobel Laureates in Medicine or PhysiologyA Biographical Dictionary Originally published in 1990 Nobel Laureates in Medicine or Physiology is a biographical reference work about the recipients of Nobel Prizes in Medicine or Physiology from 1901-1989. Each article is written by an accomplished historian of medicine or science. The book is designed to be accessible to students and general readers as well as to specialists in medical science and history. Each article combines personal and scientific biography and each has an extensive biography to guide further reading and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074951

Noble in Reason Infinite in FacultyThemes and Variations in Kants Moral and Religious Philosophy In this bold and innovative new work Adrian Moore poses the question of whether it is possible for ethical thinking to be grounded in pure reason. In order to understand and answer this question he takes a refreshing and challenging look at Kant’s moral and religious philosophy. Identifying three Kantian Themes – morality freedom and religion – and presenting variations on each of these themes in turn Moore concedes that there are difficulties with the Kantian view that morality can be governed by ‘pure’ reason. He does however defend a closely related view involving a notion of reason as socially and culturally conditioned. In the course of doing this Moore considers in detail ideas at the heart of Kant’s thought such as the categorical imperative free will evil hope eternal life and God. He also makes creative use of the ideas in contemporary philosophy both within the analytic tradition and outside it such as ‘thick’ ethical concepts forms of life and ‘becoming those that we are’. Throughout the book a guiding precept is that to be rational is to make sense and that nothing is of greater value to use than making sense. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203460092

Noble LivesBiographical Portraits of Three Remarkable Gay Men—Glenway Wescott Aaron Copland and Dag Ham Learn the cost of being gay (or perceived as gay) for three historical figuresNoble Lives examines how sexual orientation affected the careers of two historical figures generally accepted as gay and a third whose sexual identity was in constant question during his lifetime. This unique book features comprehensive biographical accounts of Jazz Age author Glenway Wescott Academy Award-winning composer Aaron Copland and Nobel Peace Laureate Dag Hammarskjöld addressing the relationship between their sexuality and their achievements in literature the social sciences musical composition diplomacy and global politics. Noble Lives is the first English-language text to thoroughly—and objectively—explore the troubled sexuality of Sweden's Hammarskjöld the former Secretary-General of the United Nations. Noble Lives is a colorful and concise read that puts a historical perspective on the public and private lives of three important twentieth-century figures: Glenway Wescott—Author and political progressive he used his life to enlighten society through his persistent efforts to enhance the public’s awareness and acceptance of homosexuality. Though his early work (The Grandmothers The Pilgrim Hawk) was well-received Wescott’s career suffered from his inability to write honestly from his own experiences as a gay man and his output was limited by the unwillingness of English-language publishers to release literary works having same-sex themes. He published his last novel in 1945 and for the next 40 years was something of an elder statesman of American literature dealing with censorship laws defending controversial members of the literary community and advancing ideals of freedom of thought and expression. He worked closely in the 1950s with Alfred Kinsey Director of the Institute for Sex Research at Indiana University to develop objective research into gay sexuality. Aaron Copland—Hailed by The New York Times as “the pioneer of American music ” he lived an openly gay life without regret in an era when the general public held neither his sexual orientation nor his Jewish background in high esteem. Copland was accused of promoting gay musicians based on their sexuality rather than their ability and was rumored to be part of a fraternity of gay composers—a “Homintern”—but overcame the discrimination he faced to receive a Pulitzer Prize an Academy Award and presidential medals from three administrations. In the years following his persecution by Sen. Joseph McCarthy and the Senate’s Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations Copland produced his most personal work—The Tender Land a musical drama thought by most to be the autobiographical account of a gay man living in conservative times and perceived as a "coming-out tale." Dag Hammarskjöld—Despite holding a position of public prominence as Secretary-General of the United Nations from 1953 until his death in 1961 he managed to withhold even the most minor details of his personal life from the world. Even his posthumously published journal Markings shies away from any mention of his private life. Possibly asexual probably homosexual Hammarskjöld was unable to accept his sexuality and lived an unhappy frustrated life of sexual abstinence suffering slurs from political figures and the international media. But though he couldn’t resolve his own internal conflicts he was masterful at settling external conflicts as he worked to solve disputes in Palestine Vietnam Egypt and the Congo.Noble Lives is an invaluable reference source for LGBT readers providing an understanding and appreciation of those who paved the way during an unenlightened and unforgiving time. It’s also an excellent resource for mainstream readers with an interest in biography and the history of the twentieth Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783796

No-Body Homicide CasesA Practical Guide to Investigating Prosecuting and Winning Cases When the Victim Is Missing How do you prove someone guilty of murder when the best piece of evidence—the victim’s body—is missing? Exclusively dedicated to the investigation and prosecution of no-body homicide cases this book provides the author’s insight gained from investigating and trying a no-body case along with what he’s learned consulting on scores of others across the country. A practical guide for police and prosecutors it takes an expansive look at both the history of no-body murder cases and the best methods to investigate solve and bring them to court. Taking readers step by step from the first days of a homicide investigation through the trial the book explores the history of confessions the use of jailhouse snitches to get information and CSI-style forensics utilized in solving a case. It delves into the psychological profile of the type of defendant who murders someone and then hides the body and reviews methods criminals have used to dispose of bodies. It also discloses the investigative techniques police must use to catch these devious killers. Using real-life case studies No-Body Homicide Cases: A Practical Guide to Investigating Prosecuting and Winning Cases When the Victim is Missing summarizes and analyzes the nearly 400 no-body murder trials in U.S. history enabling readers to leverage the similarities in these cases with their own scenarios. The book is an essential resource for all investigators and a roadmap to a conviction for prosecutors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482260069

Nobody's ChildHow Older Women Say Good-bye to Their Mothers When Diane Sher Lutovich set out to attain closure of her mother's death she simultaneously discovered how other women address their losses. "Nobody's Child: How Older Women Say Good-bye to Their Mothers" in poetry and prose tells the big and little stories of women who having come of age during the feminist revolution lived very different lives than their mothers. The author addresses the guilt a daughter feels when confronted by her mother's life choices the loss of family history and a belated recognition of her mother's legacy. The voices are heard within these pages giving occasion for the reader to learn about the multiplicity of feelings-including remorse fear frustration compassion and deep admiration-that many daughters experience at their mother's passing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786102

No-Code Video Game Development Using Unity and Playmaker In the past not being able to program meant not being able to make video games. Now if you can draw a flow-chart you can use powerful State Machine technology to create your dream game! No-Code Video Game Development using Unity and Playmaker will teach you how to substitute flow-charts for code. As a complete course it uses a project-based approach. The FPS project comes with over a hundred dollars worth of free #gamedev DLC: Unity Packages Playmaker Templates Character Models Animations Materials and more! You'll also learn game design documentation and theory Mecanim Particle Systems and UI. By the time you're done you'll have gained the skills needed to create your own dream game all without writing any code! Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498735650

NocturnesOn Listening to Dreams Nocturnes literally music for the night is a delightfully impressionistic investigation into everything that is not known and perhaps can never be known about dreams. Rather than espousing yet another strategy of dream interpretation Lippmann proffers a naturalistic approach appreciative of the playful complex even zany creativity embodied in dreams. He urges us that is to apprehend dreams on their own terms in a manner that enables patients actually to experience the unconscious in its radical difference from waking thought. Lippmann delivers on his agenda lightly with a sense of humor and practicality that will engage lay readers as well as analysts and therapists. He takes up questions of general interest that challenge us to reorient our thinking about dreams: How do children learn about dreams and their telling? Why are most dreams forgotten? How may we understand dreams about sleeping and waking even dreams about dreaming? And he reengages issues of perennial interest to analytic therapists: dream disguise dream forgetting the "companionship" of dreams the neurotic dream expert and the therapist's management of his or her own anxiety when patients report their dreams."Oh I had a dream last night " the patient remembers. Too often observes Lippmann this remark signals the beginning of an unfortunate struggle as the patient is called on to relate something that changes when it is put into words the analyst is put on the spot to come up with an interpretation and both are asked to extract something immediately useful - and lately cost effective - from something that partakes of magic and mystery. How silly this ritual is Lippmann argues and how alien to the nature of the dream itself. After reading Nocturnes no clinician from the novice to the most senior will hear the words "Oh I had a dream last night" in quite the same way. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803319

No-Drama LeadershipHow Enlightened Leaders Transform Culture in the Workplace Choice. Power. Speed. Today's leaders continually face these forces. But with too many choices too much power and too much speed leaders often make decisions in a heightened state of emotion (and drama). Hasty decisions are often poor ones and in this climate there is no place to hide. Privacy is a thing of the past; the days of covering up or ignoring a problem are over. In today's transparent culture the decision making of leaders is more vulnerable then ever-and it is more critical than ever to get it right.  Marlene Chism's No-Drama Leadership introduces just the model the corporate world needs. Using case studies checklists and examples from various levels of hierarchy in leadership and from a variety of industries Chism introduces the mindset shifts and practical skills needed to develop enlightened leaders whose decision making flows from a much more grounded and aligned place. You will learn how to:  Identify the signs of misalignment Increase your leadership effectiveness Use four quadrants of change as a catalyst for leadership growth Increase employee engagement Tap into the gifts and talents of your employees Communicate strategically Create a culture of accountability Increase innovation and productivity through empowerment  Today's leader needs more than position power or business acumen. Today's leader needs more than self-management communication skills or emotional intelligence. We need leaders who are aligned aware and accountable who balance choice and power with wisdom and responsibility-leaders who embrace and embody both the inner game of leadership growth with the outer game of business results modeling both the mindsets and actions that transform the cultures they lead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560618

No-fault DivorceWhat Went Wrong? This book addresses the repercussions of no-fault divorce identifies the problems that have been created by no-fault and offers a program for divorce law reform. It presents an economic framework for reform that would reduce the injustices introduced by no-fault divorce. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154394

No-First-Use The debate on no-first-use of nuclear weapons has been conducted on a number of fronts. First use of nuclear weapons has come under challenge from many different directions: from church synods from international lawyers in debates at the United Nations and from strategic thinkers. Originally published in 1984 this book takes stock for and against no-first-use and examines the political military and arms control implications of such a commitment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367514280

No-Frills PhysicsA Concise Study Guide for Algebra-Based Physics This textbook provides everything you need to get through a basic physics course. It guides students through all the essentials with a concise review of the concept simple illustrations to demonstrate it worked problems to showcase how to apply it and a short quiz for self-testing. Whereas other standard books can be overwhelming to students the author shares what has worked with his own students trimming back unnecessary detail and focusing on the core basic physical concepts required to gain solid footing. The full range of topics are addressed in a manner that facilitates understanding and will encourage students to continue forward with their learning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138583870

Noise and Noise ControlVolume 1 This book is written more for the practitioner than the casual reader. Although a high mathematical level is not needed for much of the material some engineering knowledge is desirable. Noise control is not easy and there are no magic answers to problems. Careful study and patience are required to produce proficiency in the field of noise control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895901

Noise and Noise ControlVolume 2 This book is written more for the practitioner than the casual reader. Although a high mathematical level is not needed for much of the material some engineering knowledge is desirable. Noise control is not easy and there are no magic answers to problems. Careful study and patience are required to produce proficiency in the field of noise control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895895

Noise Control for Hydraulic Machinery This book focuses on hydraulic components and machines and illustrates how a machine's noise-radiating surfaces affect noise. It reviews the basics and terminology of sound vibration vibration isolation fluid pulsations Fourier analysis cavitation hydraulic shock and enclosure design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451295

Noise ControlFrom Concept to Application Noise Control: From Concept to Application presents the basic principles of noise control and their practical application to real problems. Numerous examples are worked out in detail and are used to illustrate the concepts in the book. There are few derivations of equations but reference is made to texts from which these are derived. An excellent learning tool for students and practitioners this guide to noise control will enable readers to use their knowledge to solve a wide range of industrial noise control problems. Working from basic scientific principles the author shows how an understanding of sound can be applied to real-world settings. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274911

Noise Coupling in System-on-Chip Noise Coupling is the root-cause of the majority of Systems on Chip (SoC) product fails. The book discusses a breakthrough substrate coupling analysis flow and modelling toolset addressing the needs of the design community. The flow provides capability to analyze noise components propagating through the substrate the parasitic interconnects and the package. Using this book the reader can analyze and avoid complex noise coupling that degrades RF and mixed signal design performance while reducing the need for conservative design practices. With chapters written by leading international experts in the field novel methodologies are provided to identify noise coupling in silicon. It additionally features case studies that can be found in any modern CMOS SoC product for mobile communications automotive applications and readout front ends. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498796774

Noise in SpintronicsFrom Understanding to Manipulation This book covers the main physical mechanisms and the different contributions (1/f noise shot noise etc.) behind electronic fluctuations in various spintronic devices. It presents the first comprehensive summary of fundamental noise mechanisms in both electronic and spintronic devices and is therefore unique in that aspect. The pedagogic introduction to noise is complemented by a detailed description of how one could set up a noise measurement experiment in the lab. A further extensive description of the recent progress in understanding and controlling noise in spintronics including the boom in 2D devices molecular spintronics and field sensing is accompanied by both numerous bibliography references and tens of case studies on the fundamental aspects of noise and on some important qualitative steps to understand noise in spintronics. Moreover a detailed discussion of unsolved problems and outlook make it an essential textbook for scientists and students desiring to exploit the information hidden in noise in both spintronics and conventional electronics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774345

Noise in the Plastics Processing Industry This practical guide for managers and engineers in the plastics industry shows how to reduce high noise levels which often occur in the workplace and reduce the risk of noise-induced hearing damage to employees. Practical methods for reducing noise from industrial machinery are described and illustrated with about twenty-five case studies relating to plastics processing machines such as granulators shredders extruders and injection moulders. Noise-control techniques include standard noise-control measures: enclosures silencers and the use of sound insulating sound-absorbing materials vibration isolation and damping; and now the use of active noise control methods.Along with fresh case studies this new edition adds chapters on environmental noise on European Union machinery noise emission regulations hearing protection prediction of noise levels and the design of quieter workplaces. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657000

Noise Mapping in the EUModels and Procedures Noise mapping is the first tool to effectively assess noise exposure communicating information to citizens and defining effective action plans for protecting citizens from high noise levels and preserving quiet areas in urban European Community environments. Indeed strategic noise maps are now required in the European Union for all population centers of more than 250 000 inhabitants as well as for major roads railways and airports and are becoming required for urban areas with over 100 000 people.Providing a comprehensive reference guide for students researchers acoustics consultants and environmental agencies Noise Mapping in the EU: Models and Procedures shows how to integrate data with geographical information systems improve accuracy in model and prediction software and assess different methods and descriptors for evaluating annoyance and noise exposure. It offers guidance on regulations communication processes physical aspects and application of noise mapping as well as on communication processes for citizens involved in decision making. Beginning with fundamental concepts in acoustics and a presentation of legal frameworks for noise mapping in Europe the book covers all the main issues about noise mapping. It presents numerical models for roads railways airports harbours and industrial sites.The chapters are written by European experts from a range of research institutes companies and environmental agencies. Using a practical approach and worked examples the text discusses control and uncertainty in input data and output results technical recommendations from working groups and the Good Practice Guide (GPG) tool. It provides in-depth coverage of geographic information system (GIS) techniques for noise management and the evaluation and management of noise exposure and concludes by reviewing noise mapping experiences in Europe communication to the public and future perspectives for mapping the Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865238

Noise of Polyphase Electric Motors Controlling the level of noise in electrical motors is critical to overall system performance. However predicting noise of an electrical motor is more difficult and less accurate than for other characteristics such as torque-speed. Recent advances have produced powerful computational methods for noise prediction and Noise of Polyphase Electric Motors is the first book to collect these advances in a single source. It is also the first to include noise prediction for permanent magnet (PM) synchronous motors.Complete coverage of all aspects of electromagnetic structural and vibro-acoustic noise makes this a uniquely comprehensive reference. The authors begin with the basic principles of noise generation and radiation magnetic field and radial forces torque pulsations acoustic calculations as well as noise and vibration of mechanical and acoustic origin. Moving to applications the book examines in detail stator system vibration analysis including the use of finite element method (FEM) modal analysis; FEM for radial pressure and structural modeling; boundary element methods (BEM) for acoustic radiation; statistical energy analysis (SEA); instrumentation including technologies procedures and standards; and both passive and active methods for control of noise and vibration.Noise of Polyphase Electric Motors gathers the fundamental concepts along with all of the analytical numerical and statistical methods into a unified reference. It supplies all of the tools necessary to improve the noise performance of electrical motors at the design stage. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220987

Noise Reduction in Speech Applications Noise and distortion that degrade the quality of speech signals can come from any number of sources. The technology and techniques for dealing with noise are almost as numerous but it is only recently with the development of inexpensive digital signal processing hardware that the implementation of the technology has become practical.Noise Reduction in Speech Applications provides a comprehensive introduction to modern techniques for removing or reducing background noise from a range of speech-related applications. Self-contained it starts with a tutorial-style chapter of background material then focuses on system aspects digital algorithms and implementation. The final section explores a variety of applications and demonstrates to potential users of the technology the results possible with the noise reduction techniques presented. The book offers chapters contributed by international experts a practical systems approach and numerous references. For electrical acoustics signal processing communications and bioengineers Noise Reduction in Speech Applications is a valuable resource that shows you how to decide whether noise reduction will solve problems in your own systems and how to make the best use of the technologies available. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220109

Noise Research in Semiconductor Physics This book demonstrates the role and abilities of fluctuation in semiconductor physics and shows what kinds of physical information are involved in the noise characteristics of semiconductor materials and devices how this information may be decoded and which advantages are inherent to the noise methods. The text provides a comprehensive account of current results addressing problems which have not previously been covered in Western literature including the excess noise of tunnel-recombination currents and photocurrents in diodes fluctuation phenomena in a real photoconductor with different recombination centers and methods of noise spectroscopy of levels in a wide range of materials and devices. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078180

Noiseless SteganographyThe Key to Covert Communications Among the features that make Noiseless Steganography: The Key to Covert Communications a first of its kind: The first to comprehensively cover Linguistic Steganography The first to comprehensively cover Graph Steganography The first to comprehensively cover Game Steganography Although the goal of steganography is to prevent adversaries from suspecting the existence of covert communications most books on the subject present outdated steganography approaches that are detectable by human and/or machine examinations. These approaches often fail because they camouflage data as a detectable noise by altering digital images audio files text etc. However such alteration raises suspicion and makes the message discernible by detecting its noise. Addressing such shortcomings Noiseless Steganography: The Key to Covert Communications introduces a novel Noiseless Steganography Paradigm (Nostega). Rather than hiding data in noise or producing noise Nostega camouflages messages as well as their transmission in the form of unquestionable data in the generated steganographic cover. The book explains how to use Nostega to determine suitable domains capable of generating unsuspicious steganographic cover in which messages are embedded in the form of innocent data that is compatible with the chosen domain. It presents a number of Nostega-based methodologies including but not limited to: A novel cover type that enables data to be hidden in plotted graphs A novel methodology that pursues popular games such as chess checkers crosswords and dominoes to conceal messages Comprehensive coverage of linguistic steganography Several novel linguistic steganography methodologies based on Natural Language Processing and Computational Linguistic techniques such as: Education-Centric-Based Summarization-Based Natural Language Generation Based Random-Series-Based Email Headers Based Automatic Joke Generation Based List-Based and Automatic Notes Generation Based The first book to provide comprehensive coverage of Linguistic Steganography Graph Steganography and Game Steganography it discusses the implementation and steganalysis validation of ten Nostega-based methodologies. It describes how to establish covert channels by employing the selected domain to serve as justification for the interaction and delivery of the cover among the communicating parties. Instead of using contemporary steganography approaches to camouflage your data as noise that is assumed to look innocent  the text provides you with the tools to prevent your adversaries from suspecting the existence of covert communications altogether. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138199361

Noises in Optical Communications and Photonic Systems Transmitting information over optical fibers requires a high degree of signal integrity due to noise levels existing in optical systems. Proper methods and techniques for noise evaluations are critical in achieving high-performance. This book provides a fundamental understanding of noise generation processes in optical communications and photonic signals. It discusses techniques for noise evaluation in optical communication systems especially digital optical systems as well as transmission systems performance and noise impacts in photonic processing systems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870294

Nomadic and Indigenous SpacesProductions and Cognitions This volume is devoted to aspects of space that have thus far been largely unexplored. How space is perceived and cognised has been discussed from different stances but there are few analyses of nomadic approaches to spatiality. Nor is there a sufficient number of studies on indigenous interpretations of space despite the importance of territory and place in definitions of indigeneity. At the intersection of geography and anthropology the authors of this volume combine general reflections on spatiality with case studies from the Circumpolar North and other nomadic settings. Spatial perceptions and practices have been profoundly transformed by new technologies as well as by new modes of social and political interaction. How do these changes play out in the everyday lives identifications and political projects of nomadic and indigenous people? This question has been broached from two seemingly divergent stances: spatial cognition on the one hand and production of space on the other. Bringing these two approaches together this volume re-aligns the different strings of scholarship on spatiality making them applicable and relevant for indigenous and nomadic conceptualizations of space place and territory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267213

Nomadic EmpiresFrom Mongolia to the Danube "Nomadic Empires sheds new light on 2 000 years of military history and geopolitics. The Mongol Empire of Genghis-Khan and his heirs as is well known was the greatest empire in world history. For 2 000 from the fifth century b.c. to the fifteenth century a.d. the steppe areas of Asia from the borders of Manchuria to the Black Sea were a ""zone of turbulence "" threatening settled peoples from China to Russia and Hungary including Iran India the Byzantine empire and even Syria. It was a true world stage that was affected by these destructive nomads.This cogent well-written volume examines these nomadic people variously called Indo-Europeans Turkic peoples or Mongols. They did not belong to a sole nation or language but shared a strategic culture born in the steppes: a highly mobile cavalry which did not require sophisticated logistics and an indirect mode of combat based on surprise mobility and harassment. They used bows and arrows and when they were united under the authority of a strong leader were able to become a deadly threat to their sedentary neighbors.Chaliand addresses the subject from four perspectives. First he examines the early nomadic populations of Eurasia and the impact of these nomads and their complex relationships with settled peoples. Then he describes military fronts of the Altaic Nomads detailing events from the fourth century b.c. through the twelfth century a.d. from the early Chinese front to the Indo-Iranian front the Byzantine front and the Russian front. Next he covers the undertakings of the great nomad conquerors that brought about the Ottoman Empire. And finally he describes what he calls ""the revenge of the sedentary peoples exploring Russia and China in the aftermath of the Mongols. The volume includes a chronology and an annotated bibliography. Now in paperback this cogent well-written volume examines these nomadic people variously called Indo-Europeans Turkic peoples or " Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125329

Nomadic Peoples and Human Rights Although nomadic peoples are scattered worldwide and have highly heterogeneous lifestyles they face similar threats to their mobile livelihood and survival. Commonly nomadic peoples are facing pressure from the predominant sedentary world over mobility land rights water resources access to natural resources and migration routes. Adding to these traditional problems rapid growth in the extractive industry and the need for the exploitation of the natural resources are putting new strains on nomadic lifestyles. This book provides an innovative rights-based approach to the issue of nomadism looking at issues including discrimination persecution freedom of movement land rights cultural and political rights and effective management of natural resources. Jeremie Gilbert analyses the extent to which human rights law is able to provide protection for nomadic peoples to perpetuate their own way of life and culture. The book questions whether the current human rights regime is able to protect nomadic peoples and highlights the lacuna that currently exists in international human rights law in relation to nomadic peoples. It goes on to propose avenues for the development of specific rights for nomadic peoples offering a new reading on freedom of movement land rights and development in the context of nomadism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666498

Nomads in Postrevolutionary IranThe Qashqa'i in an Era of Change Examining the rapid transition in Iran from a modernizing westernizing secularizing monarchy (1941-79) to a hard-line conservative clergy-run Islamic republic (1979-) this book focuses on the ways this process has impacted the Qashqa’i—a rural nomadic tribally organized Turkish-speaking ethnic minority of a million and a half people who are dispersed across the southern Zagros Mountains. Analysing the relationship between the tribal polity and each of the two regimes the book goes on to explain the resilience of the people’s tribal organizations kinship networks and politicized ethnolinguistic identities to demonstrate how these structures and ideologies offered the Qashqa’i a way to confront the pressures emanating from the two central governments. Existing scholarly works on politics in Iran rarely consider Iranian society outside the capital of Tehran and beyond the reach of the details of national politics. Local-level studies on Iran—accounts of the ways people actually lived—are now rare especially after the revolution. Based on long-term anthropological research Nomads in Postrevolutionary Iran provides a unique insight into how national-level issues relate to the local level and will be of interest to scholars and researchers in Anthropolgy Iranian Studies and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099722

Nomads in the Sedentary World Studies the role played by nomads in the political linguistic socio-economic and cultural development of the sedentary world around them. Spans regions from Hungary to Africa India and China and periods from the first millennium BC to early modern times. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037201

Nominalism about PropertiesNew Essays Nominalism which has its origins in the Middle Ages and continues into the Twenty-First Century is the doctrine that there are no universals. This book is unique in bringing together essays on the history of nominalism and essays that present a systematic discussion of nominalism. It introduces the reader to the distinction between particulars and universals to the difficulties posed by this distinction and to the main motivations for the rejection of universals. It also describes the main varieties of nominalism about properties and provides tools to understand how they developed in the history of Western Philosophy. All essays are new and are written by experts on the topic and they advance the discussion about nominalism to a new level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144104

Nominalism and Constructivism in Seventeenth-Century Mathematical Philosophy What was the basis for the adoption of mathematics as the primary mode of discourse for describing natural events by a large segment of the philosophical community in the seventeenth century? In answering this question this book demonstrates that a significant group of philosophers shared the belief that there is no necessary correspondence between external reality and objects of human understanding which they held to include the objects of mathematical and linguistic discourse. The result is a scholarly reliable but accessible account of the role of mathematics in the works of (amongst others) Galileo Kepler Descartes Newton Leibniz and Berkeley. This impressive volume will benefit scholars interested in the history of philosophy mathematical philosophy and the history of mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542968

Nominalizations Based on extensive and diverse material from 70 languages and covering a range of previously undiscussed problems this book provides a thorough analysis of how nominalization types interact with other structural features. It focuses on action nominal constructions and in particular the comparison of their syntactic structure with that of finite clauses and of other noun phrases a problem which has claimed much attention in current syntactic theories. Supported by rich empirical material and clearly illustrated with examples from all the sample languages the book provides a detailed and consistent basis for constructing a typology of derived constructions and for presenting cross-linguistic comparisons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994508

Nomograms for Design and Operation of Cement Plants A unique publication this set of book and CD-ROM is a handy tool for the design and operation of cement plants. Operation requires many calculations that have to be done repetitively. With this book of nomograms – graphical representations of two or more variables related to one another in such a way that a third one can be read from the nomogram - these workouts can be eliminated and the right values can be found with minimum effort with the user-friendly CD-ROM. The CD-ROM pdf pages represent the nomogram and explanatory text in a single screen. The text describes the use input output scale and unit of the nomogram plus an illustrative example. When clicking on the nomogram it appears in its original AutoCad version which allows the reader to draw lines to obtain the results of new inputs. Most nomograms are single-step graphics some require of two or three progressive steps. The nomograms are grouped in four sections: 1. Basics (capacities and rates of overall cement plant; crushing grinding; feed rates in various sections with necessary margins; quality calculations such as the proportioning of raw materials and for arriving at related parameters; carbonates oxides and ratios of raw meal to clinker); 2. Physical (temperatures altitudes atmospheric pressures and densities; areas and volumes ; volumes of silos and stock piles; half angle at centre of mills and kilns and related variables; aspects of system design); 3. Processes (calculations related to calorific values of fuel and its consumption combustion and drying; log mean temperature difference; heat content of air clinker calculations related to cooling) and 4. Machinery (ball mill design vertical roller mills preheater design fuel fired in calciner kiln capacity impact kiln sizing and design conventional clinker coolers pneumatic conveying mechanical conveyors bag filter sizing SCAs or ESPs for different efficiencies). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415665773

Nonacademic WritingSocial Theory and Technology In this volume methodological cultural technological and political boundaries felt by writers are analyzed translated and challenged in a way that will appeal to researchers theorists graduate students instructors and managerial audiences. Instead of extracting rules from previous research the contributors working from multidisciplinary perspectives describe and analyze the social and technological contexts surrounding nonacademic writing. Their essays present a formative rather than summative outlook toward future research on nonacademic writing. Collectively these chapters articulate a unique perspective toward nonacademic writing that considers: * The centrality of emerging communications technologies in nonacademic writing research and the need for a socio-technological perspective. New technologies reshape the concept of text and significantly impact the writing process and written products in nonacademic settings. * The relationship between the academy and the workplace. A number of chapters challenge us -- sometimes from opposing perspectives -- to scrutinize our role as writing educators in preparing students for the workplace. Should we support the interests of corporate employers or should we resist those interests? Should we enculturate students in workplace writing practices by placing them in these environments or should we examine the tacit knowledge gained by workplace professionals and deliver this via classroom instruction? * New theory new research agendas. Contributors from diverse fields offer new theoretical lenses or use established lenses in innovative ways expanding the agenda for nonacademic writing research. This volume represents the vision the social landscape demands for research and pedagogy in nonacademic writing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811986

Nonadrenergic Innervation of Blood VesselsPutative Neurotransmitters First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the functions and treatment of the Blood Vessels. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367229085

Nonadrenergic Innervation of Blood VesselsRegional Innervation First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the workings and treatment of the Blood Vessels. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367229139

Nonallergic Rhinitis Compiled by an internationally recognized team of contributors this reference spans methods to effectively identify diagnose and treat this frequently challenging group of rhinopathies. Addressing both generic and disease-specific issues this source spans possible causes of nonallergic rhinitis such as fumes odors temperature atmospheric changes smoke and other nasal irritants while highlighting critical scientific and clinical issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389925

Nonaqueous Electrochemistry An examination of applications of electrochemical techniques to many organic and inorganic compounds that are either unstable or insoluble in water. It focuses on the continuing drive toward miniaturization in electronics met by designs for high-energy density batteries (based on nonaqueous systems). It addresses applications to nonaqueous batteries supercapacitators highly sensitive reagents and electroorganic and electroinorganic synthesis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399573

NonasSociative Algebra and Its Applications A collection of lectures presented at the Fourth International Conference on Nonassociative Algebra and its Applications held in Sao Paulo Brazil. Topics in algebra theory include alternative Bernstein Jordan lie and Malcev algebras and superalgebras. The volume presents applications to population genetics theory physics and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401761

Non-Associative Algebra and Its Applications With contributions derived from presentations at an international conference Non-Associative Algebra and Its Applications explores a wide range of topics focusing on Lie algebras nonassociative rings and algebras quasigroups loops and related systems as well as applications of nonassociative algebra to geometry physics and natural sciences. This book covers material such as Jordan superalgebras nonassociative deformations nonassociative generalization of Hopf algebras the structure of free algebras derivations of Lie algebras and the identities of Albert algebra. It also includes applications of smooth quasigroups and loops to differential geometry and relativity. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138402065

Non-binary and Genderqueer Genders Some people have a gender which is neither male nor female and may identify as both male and female at one time as different genders at different times as no gender at all or dispute the very idea of only two genders. The most often heard umbrella terms for such genders are ‘non-binary’ or ‘genderqueer’ genders. This book looks to bring together those currently exploring and researching this non-binary phenomenon. Gender identities outside of the binary of female and male are increasingly being recognized in social legal medical and psychological discourses together with the emerging presence and advocacy of people who identify as non-binary or genderqueer. Population-based studies show a small percentage – but a sizable proportion in terms of numbers – of people who identify as non-binary. While such genders have always been in existence worldwide they remain marginalized and as such at risk of victimization and of minority stress as a result of social non-acceptance and discrimination. Non-binary and Genderqueer Genders explores these gender identities in relation to health well-being and/or other experiences in an effort to contribute to improving clinical standards and continued cultural change towards acceptance for this group of people. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Transgenderism (renamed International Journal of Transgender Health in 2020). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859367

NoncitizenismRecognising Noncitizen Capabilities in a World of Citizens Noncitizens have always been present in liberal political philosophy. Often hard to situate within traditional frameworks that prioritise citizenship noncitizens can appear voiceless and rightsless which has implications for efforts towards global justice and justice in migration. This book proposes an alternative. Noncitizenism identifies an analytical category of noncitizenship. While maintaining the importance of citizenship noncitizenship is another form of special individual-State relationship. It operates far from a State at its borders and within its territory providing a tool for examining the continuity between sites of engagement and the literatures questions and conclusions relating to them. The book argues that an accurate liberal theoretical framework and one which can address contemporary challenges must acknowledge the political relationship of noncitizenship between individuals and States.This book is for students and scholars of political philosophy and for those interested in noncitizenship and how it can inform the response of liberal theory citizenship global justice migration studies political theory and policy work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888800

Non-Classical Elastic Solids Problems concerning non-classical elastic solids continue to attract the attention of mathematicians scientists and engineers. Research in this area addresses problems concerning many substances such as crystals polymers composites ceramics and blood. This comprehensive accessible work brings together recent research in this field and will be of great interest to mathematicians physicists and other specialists working in this area. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781003062264

Nonclinical Drug AdministrationFormulations Routes and Regimens for Solving Drug Delivery Problems in Animal Model Systems If we will ever achieve Paul Ehrlich’s "magic bullet " that is a molecule which goes with high selectivity to the therapeutic target site does what it needs to do and is subsequently cleared from the body the practice of safety assessment will have to change. Nonclinical Drug Administration: Formulations Routes and Regimens for Solving Drug Delivery Problems in Animal Model Systems seeks to address a trio of objectives that though separate are linked and central to biomedical science and ultimately medicine. Rather seeing these as separate "silos " those working in nonclinical safety assessment will have to view these three in an integrated manner and to regularly and thoughtfully incorporate new information and technology. The trio of objectives this book explores are: first to present how to deliver more of a drug product systemically to facilitate the regulatory need for evaluating safety and efficacy in animal species (at elevated exposure levels) prior to advancing the drug to human testing; second is to achieve better tolerance to therapeutics administration in test animals and humans which achieves objectives 1 and 3; and third to explore ways to improve on therapeutic target receptor delivery performance therefore improving both clinical pharmacodynamics bioavailability and specificity. The book’s ten chapters assemble the basic concepts principles and hypotheses involved in quantitative receptor and chronological organism interaction dynamics central to the successful development of new therapeutics which depend on systemic administration to achieve desired therapeutic goals and in so doing avoid outcomes which limit marginalize or preclude the therapeutic use of so many molecules. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466502536

Non-Clinical Vascular Infusion Technology Two Volume SetScience and Techniques Intravenous infusion is a necessary mode of delivery for many pharmaceuticals currently on the market or undergoing clinical trials. The technique of prolonged intravenous delivery in conscious free-moving animal models has broadened the opportunity to study and evaluate the safety and efficacy of these therapeutic products. For the first time the collective sciences involved in the understanding of this mode of drug delivery and the methodologies for carrying it out are brought together in a comprehensive work Non-Clinical Vascular Infusion Technology Two Volume Set: Science and Techniques.Volume I: The Science covers the scientific principles behind the delivery systems from both physical and physiological standpoints. It addresses body fluid dynamics describes the scientific processes necessary to understand the various aspects of the physico-chemical issues relating to vascular infusion delivery and discusses vascular infusion dynamics. It also considers all the essential elements of the preparation of a formulation intended for vascular delivery as well as assessment of compatibility of the formulation with the dosing apparatus.Volume II: The Techniques builds upon the highly praised Handbook of Pre-Clinical Continuous Intravenous Infusion and provides a current account of the techniques and equipment involved in all the major laboratory animal species for conducting successful vascular infusion studies with xenobiotics. It is organized by species including all those commonly used in pre-clinical studies: rat mouse dog minipig large primate and marmoset. There are also chapters on juvenile studies and reproductive toxicity studies. Each section addresses the selection of the best model surgical and non-surgical best practices practical techniques equipment selection and commonly encountered background pathologies.Using a fresh approach the authors identify best practices to be shared across the industry and provide guidance on choices for the most acceptable methodologies from an animal welfare perspective. This two-volume set provides a foundation of knowledge on infusion technology and its importance for safe clinical use of substances via this route of delivery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874400

Non-Clinical Vascular Infusion Technology Volume IIThe Techniques Intravenous infusion is a necessary mode of delivery for many pharmaceuticals currently on the market or undergoing clinical trials. The technique of prolonged intravenous delivery in conscious free-moving animal models has broadened the opportunity to study and evaluate the safety and efficacy of these therapeutic products. With contributions from an international selection of authors who are leaders in commercial infusion technology Non-Clinical Vascular Infusion Technology Volume II: The Techniques provides a current account of the techniques involved in all the major laboratory animal species for conducting successful vascular infusion studies with xenobiotics.Following in the footsteps of the highly praised Handbook of Pre-Clinical Continuous Intravenous Infusion this new volume covers both up-to-date procedures and equipment. It is organized by species including all those commonly used in pre-clinical studies: rat mouse dog minipig large primate and marmoset. There are also chapters on juvenile studies and reproductive toxicity studies. Each section addresses the selection of the best model surgical and non-surgical best practices practical techniques equipment selection and commonly encountered background pathologies.Using a fresh approach the authors identify best practices to be shared across the industry and provide guidance on choices for the most acceptable methodologies from an animal welfare perspective. This volume along with Volume I: The Science provides a foundation of knowledge on infusion technology and its importance for safe clinical use of substances via this route of delivery. Features: Emphasizes best practices in accordance with the 3Rs—reduction refinement and replacement of animal usage in laboratories Presents step-by-step procedures and practical tips covering a wide range of common animal models augmented by the liberal use of illustrations Covers modern practices and procedures in accordance with up-to-date equipment development Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374614

Non-Clinical Vascular Infusion Technology Volume IThe Science Intravenous infusion is a necessary mode of delivery for many pharmaceuticals currently on the market or undergoing clinical trials. The technique of prolonged intravenous delivery in conscious free-moving animal models has broadened the opportunity to study and evaluate the safety and efficacy of these therapeutic products. For the first time the collective sciences involved in the understanding of this mode of drug delivery are brought together in one publication.Non-Clinical Vascular Infusion Technology Volume I: The Science covers the scientific principles behind the delivery systems from both physical and physiological standpoints. The book addresses body fluid dynamics describes the scientific processes necessary to understand the various aspects of the physico-chemical issues relating to vascular infusion delivery and discusses vascular infusion dynamics. It also considers all the essential elements of the preparation of a formulation intended for vascular delivery as well as assessment of compatibility of the formulation with the dosing apparatus. This volume along with Volume II: The Techniques provides a foundation of knowledge on infusion technology and its importance for safe clinical use of substances via this route of delivery.Features Identifies and shares best practices for non-clinical vascular infusion Presents modern practices and procedures in line with up-to-date equipment development Offers recommendations for in-life assessments in order to monitor the success or problems with the vascular infusion delivery Makes comparisons with human data in many areas Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138382169

Noncognitive psychological processes and academic achievement It is becoming increasingly clear that non-cognitive psychological processes are important for students’ school achievement even to the point where their influence may be stronger than that exerted by the parents teachers or the school atmosphere itself. Non-cognitive psychological variables refer to varieties of self-beliefs and goal orientations – such as anxiety confidence self-efficacy and self-concept – which are often seen as dispositional and motivational in nature. It is particularly important to highlight the role that confidence and self-efficacy play in school achievement as these two self-beliefs are related to metacognitive processing – the awareness of what you know and what you do not know. Self-concept meanwhile tends to exert its influence on an individual’s choice of tertiary level courses. This book suggests that by focusing on students’ self-beliefs the education system may be in a position to improve cognitive performance since individual students’ self-beliefs may be more malleable than the cognitive processes involved in acquiring academic knowledge. Focusing on these non-cognitive psychological processes is also likely to be more effective in improving performance than system-wide interventions involving changes in policy for both public and private sector educators. This book will be useful to educational researchers school leaders administrators counsellors and teachers in guiding students’ attitudes towards learning and school performance. It will also provide students in psychology and education with broad and nuanced insights into the drivers of school achievement. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309012

Noncommutative Algebra and Geometry A valuable addition to the Lecture Notes in Pure and Applied Mathematics series this reference results from a conference held in St. Petersburg Russia in honor of Dr. Z. Borevich. This volume is mainly devoted to the contributions related to the European Science Foundation workshop organized under the framework of noncommuntative geometry and integrated in the Borevich meeting. The topics presented including algebraic groups and representations algebraic number theory rings and modules are a timely distillation of recent work in the field. Featuring a wide range of international experts as contributors this book is an ideal reference for mathematicians in algebra and algebraic geometry. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138402119

Noncommutative Deformation Theory Noncommutative Deformation Theory is aimed at mathematicians and physicists studying the local structure of moduli spaces in algebraic geometry. This book introduces a general theory of noncommutative deformations with applications to the study of moduli spaces of representations of associative algebras and to quantum theory in physics. An essential part of this theory is the study of obstructions of liftings of representations using generalised (matric) Massey products. Suitable for researchers in algebraic geometry and mathematical physics interested in the workings of noncommutative algebraic geometry it may also be useful for advanced graduate students in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498796019

Noncommutative Geometry and Cayley-smooth Orders Noncommutative Geometry and Cayley-smooth Orders explains the theory of Cayley-smooth orders in central simple algebras over function fields of varieties. In particular the book describes the étale local structure of such orders as well as their central singularities and finite dimensional representations.After an introduction to partial desingularizations of commutative singularities from noncommutative algebras the book presents the invariant theoretic description of orders and their centers. It proceeds to introduce étale topology and its use in noncommutative algebra as well as to collect the necessary material on representations of quivers. The subsequent chapters explain the étale local structure of a Cayley-smooth order in a semisimple representation classify the associated central singularity to smooth equivalence describe the nullcone of these marked quiver representations and relate them to the study of all isomorphism classes of n-dimensional representations of a Cayley-smooth order. The final chapters study Quillen-smooth algebras via their finite dimensional representations.Noncommutative Geometry and Cayley-smooth Orders provides a gentle introduction to one of mathematics' and physics' hottest topics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367388706

Nonconformist Women Writers 1720–1840 Part II These volumes will present in some cases for the first time the lives and works of a coterie of Nonconformist women writers from the West Country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851961542

Nonconformist Women Writers 1720–1840 Part II vol 5 These volumes will present in some cases for the first time the lives and works of a coterie of Nonconformist women writers from the West Country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755802

Nonconformist Women Writers 1720–1840 Part II vol 6 These volumes will present in some cases for the first time the lives and works of a coterie of Nonconformist women writers from the West Country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755819

Nonconformist Women Writers 1720–1840 Part II vol 7 These volumes will present in some cases for the first time the lives and works of a coterie of Nonconformist women writers from the West Country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755826

Nonconformist Women Writers 1720–1840 Part II vol 8 These volumes will present in some cases for the first time the lives and works of a coterie of Nonconformist women writers from the West Country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755833

Nonconformity in the Nineteenth Century First published in 1972 this volume shows the potency and the limitations of Nonconformity in shaping the beginning of modern Britain. It draws upon a wide range of sources including the writings and discussions of Nonconformists themselves their critics and contemporary commentators. The extracts and the extensive introduction set Nonconformity in the broader context of social and political history and address the ‘life’ of the free Churches: their conflicts internal and externals their organization and spread and their theology. The collection demonstrates the variety and diversity of Nonconformity as well as the controversies and debates of the period. This book will be an excellent reference for students of History English and Theology and will provide a starting point for those who wish to explore Nonconformist history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644038

Non-Conservative SystemsNew Static and Dynamic Stability Criteria Non-Conservative Systems: New Static and Dynamic Stability Criteria summarizes the essential properties of non-conservative elastic systems (static stability and post-critical behavior) and the importance of novel stability criteria for such systems. Beginning with the history of non-conservative systems theory the text goes on to propose new theories regarding static stability in massless non-conservative systems and dynamic stability in systems with mass. Experiments are included as are computational models developed by the author along with an extensive bibliography. This new work is a valuable new resource for those working in the area of structural stability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138305847

Non-Conventional Hybrid Machining ProcessesTheory and Practice This new book covers process optimization and process capability for hybrid NCMP (nonconventional machining process) and combines NCMP and conventional machining removal processes for various hybridized processes.   This book is focused on understanding the basic mechanism of some of the NCMPs for their possible hybridization. This book can be used for the development of a basic framework on hybridization for the selected NCMP. The framework is further strengthened by case studies included in this book. The concept of macro-modeling for NCMP and the framework for the development of industrial standards have been outlined.   This book is of interest to researchers and graduate students working in the field of hybrid NCMP especially for the development of novel processes. Field engineers of NCMP may also use it for further process development.   Features: Provides a detailed description of mechanism for different NCMPs for possible hybridization. Includes a case study on mechanism of processes. Offers a systematic approach for understanding NCMP. Covers the issues of process optimization and process capability for hybrid NCMP. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367139131

Non-Death Loss and GriefContext and Clinical Implications Non-Death Loss and Grief offers an inclusive perspective on loss and grief exploring recent research clinical applications and current thinking on non-death losses and the unique features of the grieving process that accompany them. The book places an overarching focus on the losses that we encounter in everyday life and the role of these loss experiences in shaping us as we continue living. A main emphasis is the importance of having words to accurately express these ‘living losses’ such as loss of communication with a loved one due to disease or trauma which are often not acknowledged for the depth of their impact. Chapters showcase a wide range of contributions from international leaders in the field and explore individual perspectives on loss as well as experiences that are more interpersonal and sociopolitical in nature. Illustrated by case studies and clinical examples throughout this is a highly relevant text for clinicians looking to enhance their support of those living with ongoing loss and grief. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320826

Nondeductive Inference Originally published in 1966. An introduction to current studies of kinds of inference in which validity cannot be determined by ordinary deductive models. In particular inductive inference predictive inference statistical inference and decision making are examined in some detail. The last chapter discusses the relationship of these forms of inference to philosophical notions of rationality. Special features of the monograph include a discussion of the legitimacy of various criteria for successful predictive inference the development of an intuitive model which exhibits the difficulties of choosing probability measures over infinite sets and a comparison of rival views on the foundations of probability in terms of the amount of information which the members of these schools believe suitable for fruitful formalization. The bibliographies include articles by statisticians accessible to students of symbolic logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367417468

Nondestructive Biomarkers in Vertebrates Nondestructive Biomarkers in Vertebrates presents an innovative approach for hazard assessment in vertebrates based on nondestructive rather than destructive methods. The book reviews the state of the art and defines the development and validation procedure of this new strategy. Biological materials such as blood samples epithelial tissue eggs feathers and feces that can be obtained without stress or damage to the animal are suggested. Certain traditional studies (blood esterases blood chemistry mixed function oxidases porphyrins DNA damage and cytological changes) can be performed on these specimens along with new tests requiring only very small samples. This approach is developed to benefit protected threatened species whose existence cannot be further jeopardized by the use of destructive methods. This volume will be particularly useful to ecotoxicologists wildlife protection personnel environmental consultants and conservationist organizations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813703

Nondestructive Characterization of Composite Media A guide to NDE of composite materials by acoustic wave propagation including advanced ultrasound methods for detailed identification and measurement of defects and characterization of microstructure and properties. ""The major objective is to present the basic concepts of wave propagation in anisotropic media and to show how these concepts can be applied to the quantitative nondestructive evaluation of composite media. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745663

Nondestructive EvaluationA Tool in Design Manufacturing and Service Nondestructive evaluation (NDE) inspection schemes are important in design manufacturing and maintenance. By correctly applying techniques of NDE we can reduce machine and system failures and increase reliability of operating systems over an extended lifetime. Nondestructive Evaluation: A Tool in Design Manufacturing and Service introduces and discusses primary techniques used in the field including ultrasonics acoustic emission magnetics radiography penetrants and eddy currents. Examples of each of these techniques are included demonstrating typical applications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315272993

Nondestructive Techniques for the Assessment and Preservation of Historic Structures New technologies play an increasingly important role in the analysis monitoring restoration and preservation of historic structures. These technological systems continue to get more advanced and complex for example: 3D digital construction and documentation programming 3D imaging data (including laser scanning and photogrammetry) multispectral and thermographic imaging geophysical data etc. This book will present the latest nondestructive technologies used in the characterization preservation and structural health monitoring of historic buildings. It will include numerous case studies as well as theoretical explanations about each of the methods and technologies used in each. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138710474

Non-Destructive Techniques for the Evaluation of Structures and Infrastructure This book provides an overview and up-to-date synthesis of the most commonly used non-destructive technologies for the reverse engineering of built infrastructure facilities. These technologies tackle both the geometric and radiometric characterization of built structures and thus validated technologies such as laser scanning photogrammetry and multispectral remote sensing are presented in depth from their fundamentals to their application to management systems for diverse applications in civil engineering (damage inspection structural calculations road inventory and inspections BIM etc.). Alternative methods are therefore presented for routine sub-surface inspections by using non-invasive geophysics (e.g. magnetic electrical and electromagnetic) as well as thermography for the nearest sub-surface. The book is divided into three sections whose main features are as follows: Section 1: Fundamentals principles and applications of: laser scanning photogrammetry geophysics ground penetrating radar IR thermography multispectral imaging. Section 2: Applications to the inspection of infrastructure facilities: tunnels breakwaters railways roads and modeling of existing buildings (damage inspection in constructions thermographic 3D modeling structural modeling of industrial constructions). Section 3: new management tools and intelligent modeling: infrastructure management systems based on non-destructive technologies for masonry arch bridges computational approaches for GPR processing and interpretation automatic processing and object recognition from laser scanning data BIM for existing buildings. This cutting-edge edited volume will be a valuable resource for students researchers and professional engineers with an interest in non-destructive technologies and their applications to reverse engineering of structures and infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028104

Non-discrimination and Equality in IndiaContesting Boundaries of Social Justice Social Justice is a concept familiar to most Indians but one whose meaning is not always understood as it signifies a variety of government strategies designed to enhance opportunities for underprivileged groups. By tracing the trajectory of social justice from the colonial period to the present this book examines how it informs ideas practices and debates on discrimination and disadvantage today. After outlining the historical context for reservations for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes that began under British colonial rule the book examines the legal and moral strands of demands raised by newer groups since 1990. In addition the book shows how the development of quota policies has been significantly influenced by the nature and operation of democracy in India. It describes the recent proliferation of quota demands for reservations in higher education private sector and for women and religious minorities in legislative assemblies. The book goes on to argue that while proliferation of demands address unequal incidence of poverty deprivation and inequalities across social groups and communities care has to be taken to ensure that existing justifications for quotas for discriminated groups due to caste hierarchies are not undermined. Providing a rich historical background to the subject the book is a useful contribution to the study on the evolution of multiple conceptions of social justice in contemporary India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086470

Non-Domestic Building Services Compliance Guide (for Part L 2013 edition) This guide is referred to in the 2013 edition of Approved Document L2A and the 2010 edition of Approved Document L2B (as amended in 2013) for non-domestic buildings as a source of guidance on complying with Building Regulations requirements for space heating and hot water systems mechanical ventilation comfort cooling fixed internal lighting and renewable energy systems. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465356

Non-Equilibrium Air Plasmas at Atmospheric Pressure Atmospheric-pressure plasmas continue to attract considerable research interest due to their diverse applications including high power lasers opening switches novel plasma processing applications and sputtering EM absorbers and reflectors remediation of gaseous pollutants excimer lamps and other noncoherent light sources.  Atmospheric-pressure plasmas in air are of particular importance as they can be generated and maintained without vacuum enclosure and without any additional feed gases.  Non-Equilibrium Air Plasmas at Atmospheric Pressure reviews recent advances and applications in the generation and maintenance of atmospheric-pressure plasmas. With contributions from leading international researchers the coverage includes advances in atmospheric-pressure plasma source development diagnostics and characterization air plasma chemistry modeling and computational techniques and an assessment of the status and prospects of atmospheric-pressure air plasma applications. The extensive application sections make this book attractive for practitioners in many fields where technologies based on atmospheric-pressure air plasmas are emerging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864170

Nonequilibrium Atmospheric Pressure Plasma JetsFundamentals Diagnostics and Medical Applications Nonequilibrium atmospheric pressure plasma jets (N-APPJs) generate plasma in open space rather than in a confined chamber and can be utilized for applications in medicine. This book provides a complete introduction to this fast-emerging field from the fundamental physics to experimental approaches to plasma and reactive species diagnostics. It provides an overview of the development of a wide range of plasma jet devices and their fundamental mechanisms. The book concludes with a discussion of the exciting application of plasmas for cancer treatment. The book provides details on experimental methods including expert tips and caveats. covers novel devices driven by various power sources and the impact of operating conditions on concentrations and fluxes of the reactive species. discusses the latest advances including theory modeling and simulation approaches. gives an introduction overview and details on state of the art diagnostics of small scale high gradient atmospheric pressure plasmas. covers the use of N-APPJs for cancer applications including discussion of destruction of cancer cells mechanisms of action and selectivity studies. XinPei Lu is a Chair Professor in the School of Electrical and Electronic Engineering at Huazhong University of Science and Technology.  Stephan Reuter is currently Visiting Professor at Université Paris-Saclay. In a recent Alexander von Humboldt research fellowship at Princeton University he performed ultrafast laser spectroscopy on cold plasmas. Mounir Laroussi is Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering and director of the Plasma Engineering and Medicine Institute at Old Dominion University. He is a Fellow of IEEE and recipient of an IEEE Merit Award. DaWei Liu is Professor in the School of Electrical and Electronic Engineering at Huazhong University of Science and Technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498743631

Non-Equilibrium Dynamics of Semiconductors and Nanostructures The advent of the femto-second laser has enabled us to observe phenomena at the atomic timescale. One area to reap enormous benefits from this ability is ultrafast dynamics. Collecting the works of leading experts from around the globe Non-Equilibrium Dynamics of Semiconductors and Nanostructures surveys recent developments in a variety of areas in ultrafast dynamics.In eight authoritative chapters illustrated by more than 150 figures this book spans a broad range of new techniques and advances. It begins with a review of spin dynamics in a high-mobility two-dimensional electron gas followed by the generation propagation and nonlinear properties of high-amplitude ultrashort strain solitons in solids. The discussion then turns to nonlinear optical properties of nanoscale artificial dielectrics optical properties of GaN self-assembled quantum dots and optical studies of carrier dynamics and non-equilibrium optical phonons in nitride-based semiconductors. Rounding out the presentation the book examines ultrafast non-equilibrium electron dynamics in metal nanoparticles monochromatic acoustic phonons in GaAs and electromagnetically induced transparency in semiconductor quantum wells.With its pedagogical approach and practical up-to-date coverage Non-Equilibrium Dynamics of Semiconductors and Nanostructures allows you to easily put the material into practice whether you are a seasoned researcher or new to the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221038

Nonequilibrium Processes in Catalysis Nonequilibrium Processes in Catalysis presents modern ideas and experimental data (e.g. molecular beams laser technique) on adsorption and catalysis the mechanism of energy exchange in the processes of particles interaction with a surface and the lifetimes of excited particles on a surface. Previously unpublished theoretical information regarding the principle of chemoenergetical stimulation accounting for the acceleration of one reaction at the expense of reactant excitation in another is provided and new ideas about nonequilibrium surface diffusion are explored. Examples of the formation of nonequilibrium dissipative structures in catalysis are presented including auto-oscillations auto-waves multiplicity of kinetic regimes nonequilibrium phase transition and decelerated electron exchange between solid and adsorbed species. The book also describes new experimental methods for studying nonequilibrium and quick processes in catalysis. Nonequilibrium Processes in Catalysis will benefit physicists involved with surface science chemists involved with adsorption and catalysis engineers vacuum scientists physical chemists materials chemists students and others interested in these processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895925

Nonequilibrium Statistical Mechanics of Heterogeneous Fluid Systems There is a wide variety of heterogeneous fluid systems that possess interphase surfaces. This monograph is devoted to pioneering studies in nonequilibrium statistical mechanics of such systems. Starting from the Liouville equation the equations of surface hydrodynamics are derived with allowance for discontinuities of thermodynamic parameters of interphase boundaries. Brownian motion of a large solid particle in a fluid and nucleation are treated as results of fluctuations of flows across particle surfaces. With the use of the Gibbs method a shock wave in a gas is considered as a sort of an interphase surface and the surface tension of a shock front is introduced for the first time. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067870

Non-Fiction for the Literacy HourClassroom Activities for Primary Teachers This book offers practical guidance for teachers using the National Literacy Strategy at Key Stages 1 and 2 based on the six categories of non-fiction outlined in the Strategy. It gives an accessible introduction to the features of each of these text types. Many teachers now feel confident in working with fiction and poetry whereas the non-fiction objectives have been more challenging. The book includes new subject knowledge such as understanding the linguistic features of different text types and the need to find authentic reading material; practical classroom examples; high-quality photocopiable texts and activity sheets; and detailed guidance on how to work with the material at text sentence and word level. Each chapter consists of a description of the genre a text example a photocopiable double-page spread giving an annotated version of the text details of the classroom resources for developing the ideas and activity sheets for each text. The book will appeal to all teachers and student teachers working at Key Stages 1 and 2 English and Literacy advisers in LEAs and providers of initial and in-service training. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315069098

Nonfiction Sound and Story for Film and VideoA Practical Guide for Filmmakers and Digital Content Creators This book guides nonfiction storytellers in the art of creatively and strategically using sound to engage their audience and bring stories to life. Sound is half of film and video storytelling and yet its importance is often overlooked until a post-production emergency arises. Written by two experienced creators—one a seasoned nonfiction producer/director with a background in music and one a sound designer who owns a well-regarded mix studio—this book teaches nonfiction producers filmmakers and branded content creators how to reimagine their storytelling by improving sound workflow from field to post. In addition to real-world examples from the authors’ own experiences interviews with and examples from industry professionals across many genres of nonfiction production are included throughout. Written in a conversational style the book pinpoints practical topics and considerations like 360 video and viewer accessibility. As such it is a vital point of reference for all nonfiction filmmakers directors and producers or anyone wanting to learn how to improve their storytelling. An accompanying Companion Website offers listening exercises production sound layout diagrams templates and other resources. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9781138343092

Nonfiction Strategies That WorkDo This--Not That! Teachers are being bombarded with ideas for teaching nonfiction but what really works? In this essential book dynamic author Lori G. Wilfong describes ten best practices for teaching nonfiction and how to implement them in the classroom. She also points out practices that should be avoided helping you figure out which strategies to ditch and which to embrace.  Topics covered include… Finding quality differentiated texts to teach content Selecting support strategies with purpose Providing students with a range of scaffolds for effective summary writing Purposely selecting vocabulary words to support content learning Working with students to develop strategies to cite textual evidence Using text structure as both a reading and writing tool for analyzing nonfiction And much more! Every chapter begins with an engaging scenario and ends with action steps to help you get started. The book also contains tons of handy templates that you can reproduce and use in your own classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722087

Non-Fluorinated Propellants and Solvents for Aerosols The present volume does not deal with a single chemical but with three solvents and three propellants that are likely to be used in aerosol products. Although it is common practice to combine solvents and propellants in pressurized containers there has been no previous attempt to examine each constituent singly and in combination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895918

Nonformal Education and Civil Society in Japan Nonformal Education and Civil Society in Japan critically examines an aspect of education that has received little attention to date: intentional teaching and learning activities that occur outside formal schooling. In the last two decades nonformal education has rapidly increased in extent and significance. This is because individual needs for education have become so diverse and rapidly changing that formal education alone is unable to satisfy them. Increasingly diverse demands on education resulted from a combination of transnational migration heightened human rights awareness the aging population and competition in the globalised labour market. Some in the private sector saw this situation as a business opportunity. Others in the civil society volunteered to assist the vulnerable. The rise in nonformal education has also been facilitated by national policy developments since the 1990s. Drawing on case studies this book illuminates a diverse range of nonformal education activities; and suggests that the nature of the relationship between nonformal education and mainstream schooling has changed. Not only have the two sectors become more interdependent but the formal education sector increasingly acknowledges nonformal education’s important and necessary roles. These changes signal a significant departure from the past in the overall functioning of Japanese education. The case studies include: neighbourhood homework clubs for migrant children community-based literacy classes after-school care programs sport clubs alternative schools for long-term absent students schools for foreigners training in intercultural competence at universities and corporations kôminkan (community halls) and lifelong learning for the seniors. This book will appeal to both scholars of Japanese Studies/Asian Studies and those of comparative education and sociology/anthropology of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575882

Non-Governmental Development Organizations and the Poverty Reduction AgendaThe moral crusaders The Non-Governmental Development Organisations (NGDOs) have over the past two decades entered centre stage in their active participation in the social political and economic issues affecting both the developing and developed world. This book offers a highly stimulating and concise summary of the NGDO sector by examining their history and metamorphosis; their influence on the social political and economic landscapes of the ‘Northern’ and ‘Southern’ governments and societies. The author analyses competing theoretical and conceptual debates not only regarding their contribution to the global social political dynamism but also on the sector’s changing external influence as they try and mitigate poverty in marginalized communities. This book presents NGDOs as multidimensional actors propelled by the desire to make a lasting change but constrained by market-oriented approaches to development and other factors both internal and external to their environment. While a lot of attention has been given to understanding international NGDOs like World Vision International Oxfam Care International and Plan International this book offers a critical analysis of grassroots organizations – those NGDOs founded and established by locals and operate at the deepest end of the development contexts. This work will be of interest to students and scholars in a range of areas including Development Studies International Organizations and Globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704441

Non-Governmental Organisations - Performance and AccountabilityBeyond the Magic Bullet The last decade has seen some significant changes in international development and in the status of non-governmental organisations operating in the field. Not only has the number of NGOs virtually doubled; many of them have seen a considerable growth in their budgets and have grown closer to governments and official aid agencies. NGOs are acknowledged by many to be more effective agents of development than governments or commercial interests ? even as a ?magic bullet? for development problems. Despite these positive trends the real impact of the NGO sector is not well documented. This is partly because NGO performance-assessment and accountability methods are weak and partly because NGOs are caught up increasingly in the world of official aid which pushes them towards certain forms of evaluation at the expense of others. This unique book takes a hard and critical look at these issues and describes how NGOs can and must improve the way they measure and account for their performance if they are to be truly effective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151130

Non-Governmental Organisations in China As Chinese society becomes more open and hopes rise that control by the Communist Party may become more relaxed a great deal is expected from non-governmental organisations (NGOs) in the formation of civil society. This book based on extensive original research including detailed interview research in over 40 Chinese NGOs discusses the current position of NGOs within China. It argues that although all NGOs – both those originating as a result of government initiatives and those which are popularly-organised – are dependent on the state all enjoy a very large degree of autonomy.  This autonomy arises in part because of the limited capacity of central government to control NGOs and in part because of the fragmented and non-monolithic nature of the state which enables individual bureaucratic patrons to protect particular NGOs especially officially-organised ones from the full impact of state control. The book also discusses the skill base of NGOs showing that this is somewhat limited and argues that contrary to current hopes that NGOs and thereby civil society may flourish the lack of state control is already leading to an "uncivil society" where rules do not exist or are ignored and where organisations which are supposed to work for the public interest are being used to serve illegitimate private interests instead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541831

Non-Governmental Organizations Management and Development Non-Governmental Development Organizations have seen turbulent times over the decades; however recent years have seen them grow to occupy high-profile positions in the fight against poverty. They are now seen as an important element of ‘civil society’ a concept that has been given increasing importance by global policy makers. This book has evolved during the course of that period to be a prime resource for those working (or wishing to work) with and for NGOs. The third edition of Non-Governmental Organizations Management and Development is fully updated and thoroughly reorganized covering key issues including but not limited to debates on the changing global context of international development and the changing concepts and practices used by NGOs. The interdisciplinary approach employed by David Lewis results in an impressive text that draws upon current research in non-profit management development management public management and management theory exploring the activities relationships and internal structure of the NGO. This book remains the first and only comprehensive and academically grounded guide to the issues facing international development NGOs as they operate in increasingly complex and challenging conditions around the world. It is the perfect resource for students undertaking studies of NGOs and the non-profit sector in addition to being an excellent resource for development studies students more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816502

Non-Governmental Organizations and Development This book is an introduction to the wide-ranging topic of non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and development combining a critical overview of the main research literature with a set of up-to-date theoretical and practical insights drawn from experience in Asia Europe Africa and elsewhere. The revised second edition highlights the continuing importance of NGOs in development while fully engaging with the criticisms that their increased profile now attracts. It considers issues such as securitization changing technologies and recent concerns about safeguarding as well as going into more detail around topics such as market-based development and social enterprise. The diversity of NGOs and their roles is discussed against the broader historical background of struggles for social justice in different societies  as well as within the shifting ideological contexts of neoliberalism and populism. Using a broad range of short case studies of both successful and unsuccessful interventions the authors analyze how interest in NGOs has both reflected and informed wider theoretical trends and debates within development studies. The book argues that NGOs are central to both development theory and practice and are likely to remain important actors for many years to come. This critical overview will be useful to students of development studies at undergraduate and master's levels in fields and disciplines as diverse as International Development Studies International Relations Geography Anthropology Global Studies Politics and International Studies as well as general readers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352810

Non-Governmental Organizations and the State in AsiaRethinking Roles in Sustainable Agricultural Development First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315832241

Non-Governmental Orphan Relief in ChinaLaw Policy and Practice Based on field studies and in-depth interviews across rural and urban China this book presents a socio-legal analysis of non-state organised care for some of China's most vulnerable children. The first full-length book to examine non-state organised care of modern China's ‘lonely children’ (gu'er) this book describes the context in which abandonment occurs and the care provided to children unlikely to be adopted because of their disability. It also explores the various faith groups and humanitarian workers providing this care in private orphanages and foster homes in response to perceived deficiencies in the state orphanage system in the context of a broader societal shift from ‘welfare statism’ to ‘welfare pluralism’. Formal law and policy has not always kept pace with this shift. This study demonstrates that in practice state regulation of these unauthorised care providers has mostly centred on local-level negotiations hidden rules and discretion with mixed outcomes for children. However there has also been a recent shift towards tighter state control and clearer laws policies and standards. This timely research sheds light on the life paths and stories of today's ‘lonely children’ and the changing terrain of civil society humanitarianism policy-making and state power in modern China. As such this book will appeal to students and scholars of Asian and Chinese studies law and society NGOs and comparative social and child welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331686

Nonhuman Primate Models For Human Diseases While research has enabled us to better understand the nonhuman primates they have repaid that by repaid that by providing medical scientists with important tools for the study of human biomedical problems. This book is about those research tools. The book was designed by identifying areas of human medical research that are under intensive research study today. Authors were then selected based on their expertise at using nonhuman primates as models for the human condition. Each was asked to use as comparative an approach as models for the human condition. Each was asked to use a comparative an approach as possible to provide the reader with knowledge relating to the usefulness of various nonhuman primate species to each specific research area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895932

Non-Imaging Microwave and Millimetre-Wave Sensors for Concealed Object Detection In response to the ever-increasing global threat of terrorist attacks the personal screening industry has been growing at a rapid rate. Many methods have been developed for detecting concealed weapons and explosives on the human body. In this important new book the authors discuss their experiences over the last decade designing and testing microwave and millimetre wave detection and screening systems. It includes examples of actual devices that they have built and tested along with test results that were obtained in realistic scenarios. The book focuses on the development of non-imaging detection systems which are similar to radar. These systems do not form a conventional image of the scene and the person(s) being screened. Instead the sensors detect and analyze the effect that the body and any concealed objects has on a transmitted waveform. These systems allow remote detection of both metallic and dielectric devices concealed on the human body in both indoor and outdoor environments. The book discusses a number of sensor types including active millimetre wave sensors using the direct detection and the heterodyne approach active microwave sensors for CNR-based object detection passive millimetre wave sensors and the role of shielding effects in operating non-imaging MM-wave sensors. The goal of this book is to systemize the test results obtained by the authors helping specialists to develop improved screening systems in the future. Another goal is to show how the use of non-imaging systems can reduce the cost of the screening process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072749

Nonimaging OpticsSolar and Illumination System Methods Design and Performance This book provides a comprehensive look at the science methods designs and limitations of nonimaging optics. It begins with an in-depth discussion on thermodynamically efficient optical designs and how they improve the performance and cost effectiveness of solar concentrating and illumination systems. It then moves into limits to concentration imaging devices and their limitations and the theory of furnaces and its applications to optical design. Numerous design methods are discussed in detail followed by chapters of estimating the performance of a nonimaging design and pushing their limits of concentration. Exercises and worked examples are included throughout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466589834

Noninfectious Diseases and Pathology of ReptilesColor Atlas and Text Diseases and Pathology of Reptiles Volume 2 This book accompanies Infectious Diseases and Pathology of Reptiles Second Edition to cover noninfectious diseases of reptiles meeting the need for a similar authoritative single-source reference. The volume features color photos of normal anatomy and histology as well as gross light and electron microscopic imagery of diseases. Subjects range from neoplasia nutrition and metabolic disease and deposition disorders to developmental anomalies trauma and physical diseases and the unique contribution of paleopathology and diseases of bone. Each chapter is supported by numerous figures many of which are unique and cannot be found in the published literature. Readers will note that some of the chapters are based on organ system a trend that will continue into the next edition to encompass all of the basic organ systems. This book holds the most information ever accrued into one publication on noninfectious diseases and pathology of this class of animals providing information on every aspect of the anatomy pathophysiology and differential diagnosis. With up-to-the-minute data a never-before-seen collection of images and a stellar panel of contributors Noninfectious Diseases and Pathology of Reptiles is the definitive resource for veterinarians biologists and researchers involved in the study of reptile diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498771580

Noninferiority Testing in Clinical TrialsIssues and Challenges Take Your NI Trial to the Next LevelReflecting the vast research on noninferiority (NI) designs from the past 15 years Noninferiority Testing in Clinical Trials: Issues and Challenges explains how to choose the NI margin as a small fraction of the therapeutic effect of the active control in a clinical trial. Requiring no prior knowledge of NI testing the book is easily accessible to both statisticians and nonstatisticians involved in drug development.With over 20 years of experience in this area the author introduces the basic elements of the NI trials one at a time in a logical order. He discusses issues with estimating the effect size based on historical placebo control trials of the active control. The book covers fundamental concepts related to NI trials such as assay sensitivity constancy assumption discounting and preservation. It also describes patient populations three-arm trials and the equivalence of three or more groups. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367576028

Non-Invasive Brain Stimulation: New Prospects in Cognitive Neurorehabilitation Cognitive deficits are a common consequence of neurological disease and there is evidence that specific cognitive training may be effective in rehabilitation. Behavioural dysfunction following neurological disease constitutes one of the major causes of disability worldwide exerts a major impact on the daily life of affected individuals and their families also with a financial burden both for patients and the society in general. Therefore the adequate treatment of cognitive dysfunction is a much relevant issue with social and economical implications over and above the neuropsychological problem per se. Several investigations emphasise the fact that interacting with neural activity by means of cortical stimulation can affect cognitive performance. A number of studies have reported enhanced performance in specific cognitive tasks in patients with several types of neurological disease after receiving Non Invasive Brain Stimulation (NIBS) to specific cortical areas namely: Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation and transcranial Electrical Stimulation. In general the evidence highlights the possibility of inducing changes in cortical excitability which in turn may lead to a plastic reorganization of dysfunctional networks responsible for the impaired cognitive functions. Despite these advances a number of important questions remain open regarding the use of stimulation techniques in cognitive rehabilitation. This special issue puts together international leading experts in the field to review and discuss recent advances as to whether NIBS techniques alone or combined with behavioural cognitive rehabilitation can lead to performance enhancements and why. The issue is timely and promises to have a huge impact across many domains of clinical and basic neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138381193

Noninvasive Instrumentation and Measurement in Medical Diagnosis Noninvasive medical diagnosis (NIMD) is as old as medical practice itself. From the earliest healers' observations of odors skin color and breath sounds to today's wealth of technologies the basics remain the same and keep the role of NIMD essential to effective medical care. Noninvasive Instrumentation and Measurement in Medical Diagnosis is the first book dedicated to NIMD tools and techniques. Featuring emerging technologies along with traditional instruments it describes how these non-invasive tools and techniques work and explores developments that will make NIMD simpler more reliable less expensive and risk-free. Much of the material is descriptive but the author includes rigorous mathematical analysis where appropriate. The treatment is readily accessible to readers with a background in basic algebra and ordinary differential equations basic circuit theory and concepts such as frequency response and transient response of linear systems.The rapid evolution of biomedical instrumentation has meant that books just five years old are already outdated. Whether used for an upper-level biomedical engineering class or as a reference for medical students healthcare professional physicists or physiologists Noninvasive Instrumentation and Measurement in Medical Diagnosis stands alone in presenting the state of NIMD art and science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396930

Non-Invasive Instrumentation and Measurement in Medical Diagnosis Non-Invasive Instrumentation and Measurement in Medical Diagnosis Second Edition discusses NIMD as a rapidly growing interdisciplinary field. The contents within this second edition text is derived from Professor Robert B. Northrop’s experience teaching for over 35 years in the Biomedical Engineering Department at the University of Connecticut. The text focusses on the instruments and procedures which are used for non-invasive medical diagnosis and therapy highlighting why NIMD is the preferred procedure whenever possible to avoid the risks and expenses associated with surgically opening the body surface. This second edition also covers a wide spectrum of NIMD topics including: x-ray bone densitometry by the DEXA method; tissue fluorescence spectroscopy; optical interferometric measurement of nanometer tissue displacements; laser Doppler velocimetry; pulse oximetry; and applications of Raman spectroscopy in detecting cancer to name a few. This book is intended for use in an introductory classroom course on Non-Invasive Medical Instrumentation and Measurements taken by juniors seniors and graduate students in Biomedical Engineering. It will also serve as a reference book for medical students and other health professionals intrigued by the topic. Practicing physicians nurses physicists and biophysicists interested in learning state of the art techniques in this critical field will also find this text valuable. Non-Invasive Instrumentation and Measurement in Medical Diagnosis Second Edition concludes with an expansive index bibliography as well as a comprehensive glossary for future reference and reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875633

Non-Invasive Measurements of Bone Mass & Their Clinical Application First Published in 1981 this book offers a full comprehensive guide to measuring bone mass. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of osteology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367243616

Noninvasive Molecular Markers in Gynecologic Cancers Early detection is critical for any given cancer. With the advent of the latest omics technologies molecular markers in combination with conventional diagnostic and screening methods are emerging as next-generation early diagnostic and prognostic strategies that can allow early-stage diagnosis resulting in more effective treatment and patient care and in turn an increased rate of survival. A ready-made resource Noninvasive Molecular Markers in Gynecologic Cancers not only provides information on noninvasive molecular diagnostic biomarkers it includes coverage of the epidemiology clinical features conventional diagnosis treatment and prognosis for these cancers. With contributions from leading international experts the book presents a compact but comprehensive overview of gynecologic cancer. Each of the five main gynecologic cancers—ovarian cervical uterine vaginal and vulvar—have unique signs and symptoms risk factors and molecular profile and therefore requires different prevention strategies. This book describes the different features of each gynecologic cancer in separate chapters covering general information epidemiology clinical features and biomarkers. The book also covers breast cancer and although rare fallopian tube cancer to make it a complete resource. In cancer treatment non-invasive diagnosis can avoid complications of biopsy and other unfavorable impacts on patients’ health. DNA methylation SNPs miRNA mRNA protein autoantibodies metabolite and omics-based markers from remote media such as blood plasma and urine are emerging as noninvasive molecular markers with high specificity and sensitivity towards many cancers. This book classifies the available molecular tumor markers according to their principal characteristics and relative methodologies. It covers markers that not only provide early detection and better treatment options but are emerging as next-generation personalized diagnostics and targets or therapeutics for personalized cancer treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466569386

Non-Invasive Thermometry of the Human Body This exciting book describes the latest technology in non-invasive thermometry that measures temperature distribution with discussions focusing on image-based techniques. This is the first book devoted entirely to this topic. An international team of experts detail all important techniques for possible non-invasive thermometry. Descriptions of each technique explain in depth the principles of measurement the measurement system obtained temperature image and the future prospects for the method. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811044

Non-Invasive Ventilation and WeaningPrinciples and Practice Second Edition Now in full-colour this eagerly-anticipated second edition continues to be the most comprehensive resource available on non-invasive ventilation (NIV) both in the hospital and at home. Reflecting a global perspective with expert contributors from more than 15 countries the book: • provides clinical examples of NIV in practice with insightful vignettes • covers home- and intensive care-based ventilation • details NIV use in acute and chronic respiratory failure plus paediatric and other specialty applications. Disease-specific sections provide best practice in the science diagnostics and management of conditions such as COPD cardiac failure neuromuscular disease and obesity while features such as ‘Common Clinical Questions & Answers’ abundant tables and illustrations chapter summaries and new clinical vignettes showcase the realities of NIV in practice. This is essential reading for pulmonologists critical care physicians and intensive care medicine specialists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498764766

Nonionic SurfactantsOrganic Chemistry Discusses the laboratory and industrial synthesis of nonionic surfactants. Furnishes exhaustive coverage of the most recent advances in nonionic surfactant organic chemistry. Analyzes a novel class of catalysts for the production of surfactants with highly narrow distributions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400781

Nonionic SurfactantsPolyoxyalkylene Block Copolymers Focuses on copolymers made from sequential block polymerizations of ethylene oxide propylene oxide and 1 2-butylene oxide. This text presents the latest applications of polyoxyalkylene block copolymers in areas such as medicine coal and petroleum plastics emulsion polymerization paper photography personal care and cleaner systems. It offers in-depth coverage of the subject from synthesis and analysis to toxicology and environmental impact. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401368

Non-Judicial Remedies and EU AdministrationProtection of Rights versus Preservation of Autonomy The increasing number of executive tasks assigned to EU institutions and agencies has resulted in a greater demand for justice that can no longer be satisfied by the courts alone. This has led to the development of a wide range of administrative remedies that have become a central part of the EU administrative justice system. This book examines the important theoretical and practical issues raised by this phenomenon. The work focuses on five administrative remedies: internal review; administrative appeals to the Commission against decisions of executive and decentralised agencies; independent administrative review of decisions of decentralised agencies; complaints to the EU Ombudsman; and complaints to the EU Data Protection Supervisor. The research rests on the idea that there is a complex and at times ambivalent relationship between administrative remedies and the varying degrees of autonomy of EU institutions and bodies offices and agencies. The work draws on legislation internal rules of executive bodies administrative practices and specific case law data and statistics. This empirical approach helps to unveil the true dynamics present within these procedures and demonstrates that whilst administrative remedies may improve the relationship between individuals and the EU administration their interplay with administrative autonomy might lead to a risk of fragmentation and incoherence in the EU administrative justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182380

nonlinear analysis and applications This book attempts to put together the works of a wide range of mathematical scientists. It consists of the proceedings of the Seventh Conference on "Nonlinear Analysis and Applications" including papers that were delivered as invited talks and research reports. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065869

nonlinear analysis and applications This book contains lecture notes in pure and applied mathematics from the proceedings of an International Conference on Nonlinear Analysis and Applications held at Memorial University of Newfoundland in June 1981. It includes information on fractional calculus and the Stieltjes transform. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064862

Nonlinear Analysis for Human Movement Variability How Does the Body’s Motor Control System Deal with Repetition? While the presence of nonlinear dynamics can be explained and understood it is difficult to be measured. A study of human movement variability with a focus on nonlinear dynamics Nonlinear Analysis for Human Movement Variability examines the characteristics of human movement within this framework explores human movement in repetition and explains how and why we analyze human movement data. It takes an in-depth look into the nonlinear dynamics of systems within and around us investigates the temporal structure of variability and discusses the properties of chaos and fractals as they relate to human movement. Providing a foundation for the use of nonlinear analysis and the study of movement variability in practice the book describes the nonlinear dynamical features found in complex biological and physical systems and introduces key concepts that help determine and identify patterns within the fluctuations of data that are repeated over time. It presents commonly used methods and novel approaches to movement analysis that reveal intriguing properties of the motor control system and introduce new ways of thinking about variability adaptability health and motor learning. In addition this text: Demonstrates how nonlinear measures can be used in a variety of different tasks and populations Presents a wide variety of nonlinear tools such as the Lyapunov exponent surrogation entropy and fractal analysis Includes examples from research on how nonlinear analysis can be used to understand real-world applications Provides numerous case studies in postural control gait motor control and motor development Nonlinear Analysis for Human Movement Variability advances the field of human movement variability research by dissecting human movement and studying the role of movement variability. The book proposes new ways to use nonlinear analysis and investigate the temporal structure of variability and enables engineers movement scientists clinicians and those in related disciplines to effectively apply nonlinear analysis in practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498703321

Nonlinear and Convex AnalysisProceedings in Honor of Ky Fan This book contains expanded versions of the talks given at the conference held in honour of professor Ky Fan in California in 1985 as well as papers on nonlinear and convex analysis as contributions to Ky Fan. It also includes a list of publications by Ky Fan. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138441897

Nonlinear and Distributed Circuits Culled from the pages of CRC's highly successful best-selling The Circuits and Filters Handbook Second Edition Nonlinear and Distributed Circuits presents a sharply focused comprehensive review of the fundamental theory behind professional applications of these complex circuits. It supplies a concise convenient reference to the key concepts models and equations necessary to analyze design and predict the behavior of nonlinear and distributed circuits illustrated by frequent examples. Edited by a distinguished authority this book emphasizes the theoretical concepts underlying the processes behavior and operation of these devices. More than 225 figures and tables illustrate the concepts and where necessary the theories principles and mathematics of some subjects are reviewed. Expert contributors discuss the analysis synthesis and design of nonlinear circuits; their representation approximation identification and simulation; cellular neural networks; multiconductor transmission lines; and analysis and synthesis of distributed circuits.Nonlinear and Distributed Circuits builds a strong theoretical foundation for the design and analysis of both distributed and nonlinear circuits while serving as a handy reference for experienced engineers making it a must-have for both beginners and seasoned experts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220628

Nonlinear Aspects of TelecommunicationsDiscrete Volterra Series and Nonlinear Echo Cancellation The discrete Volterra series holds particular value in the analysis of nonlinear systems in telecommunications. However most books on the Volterra series either do not address this application or only offer a partial discussion. Nonlinear Aspects of Telecommunications provides an in-depth treatment of the Volterra series and the benefits it offers as a representation of nonlinear problems particularly in echo cancellation in digital telecommunications systems.Beginning with the fundamentals of the discrete Volterra series the author presents its basic definition notions conditions for convergence and stability and its matrix representation for multiple-input and multiple-output nonlinear digital systems. He pays significant attention to the important problem of approximating a nonlinear digital system using the discrete Volterra series and offers new results in this area--results not yet available in other texts.The second part of the book uses the background of Part I to show the Volterra series' application to echo cancellation. It provides introductory material regarding the basics of adaptive cancellers and analyzes structures for nonlinear echo cancellers using nonlinear transversal filters for baseband transmission. The last section covers nonlinear echo cancellers for voiceband transmission and interleaved structures.Full of illustrations examples and new results Nonlinear Aspects of Telecommunications is your first and best resource for understanding and applying the discrete Volterra series to nonlinear echo cancellation problems.Features Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220420

Nonlinear Computational Solid Mechanics This book presents the fundamentals of nonlinear mechanics within a modern computational approach based mainly on finite element methods. Both material and geometric nonlinearities are treated. The topics build up from the mechanics of finite deformation of solid bodies through to nonlinear structural behaviour including buckling bifurcation and snap-through. The principles are illustrated with a series of solved problems. This book serves as a text book for a second year graduate course and as a reference for practitioners using nonlinear analysis in engineering and design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875244

Nonlinear Control and Filtering for Stochastic Networked Systems In this book control and filtering problems for several classes of stochastic networked systems are discussed. In each chapter the stability robustness reliability consensus performance and/or disturbance attenuation levels are investigated within a unified theoretical framework. The aim is to derive the sufficient conditions such that the resulting systems achieve the prescribed design requirements despite all the network-induced phenomena. Further novel notions such as randomly occurring sensor failures and consensus in probability are discussed. Finally the theories/techniques developed are applied to emerging research areas.Key FeaturesUnifies existing and emerging concepts concerning stochastic control/filtering and distributed control/filtering with an emphasis on a variety of network-induced complexitiesIncludes concepts like randomly occurring sensor failures and consensus in probability (with respect to time-varying stochastic multi-agent systems)Exploits the recursive linear matrix inequality approach completing the square method Hamilton-Jacobi inequality approach and parameter-dependent matrix inequality approach to handle the emerging mathematical/computational challengesCaptures recent advances of theories techniques and applications of stochastic control as well as filtering from an engineering-oriented perspectiveGives simulation examples in each chapter to reflect the engineering practice Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656867

Nonlinear Control of Dynamic Networks Significant progress has been made on nonlinear control systems in the past two decades. However many of the existing nonlinear control methods cannot be readily used to cope with communication and networking issues without nontrivial modifications. For example small quantization errors may cause the performance of a "well-designed" nonlinear control system to deteriorate. Motivated by the need for new tools to solve complex problems resulting from smart power grids biological processes distributed computing networks transportation networks robotic systems and other cutting-edge control applications Nonlinear Control of Dynamic Networks tackles newly arising theoretical and real-world challenges for stability analysis and control design including nonlinearity dimensionality uncertainty and information constraints as well as behaviors stemming from quantization data-sampling and impulses. Delivering a systematic review of the nonlinear small-gain theorems the text: Supplies novel cyclic-small-gain theorems for large-scale nonlinear dynamic networks Offers a cyclic-small-gain framework for nonlinear control with static or dynamic quantization Contains a combination of cyclic-small-gain and set-valued map designs for robust control of nonlinear uncertain systems subject to sensor noise Presents a cyclic-small-gain result in directed graphs and distributed control of nonlinear multi-agent systems with fixed or dynamically changing topology Based on the authors’ recent research Nonlinear Control of Dynamic Networks provides a unified framework for robust quantized and distributed control under information constraints. Suggesting avenues for further exploration the book encourages readers to take into consideration more communication and networking issues in control designs to better handle the arising challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076617

Nonlinear Control of Electric Machinery This work presents nonlinear control algorithms for a benchmark mechanical system actuated by different types of electric machinery emphasizing system stability and robustness - pivotal in the development of optimal position trajectory controllers for common motors.;College or university bookstores may order five or more copies at a special student price available on request from Marcel Dekker. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400507

Nonlinear Control of Robots and Unmanned Aerial VehiclesAn Integrated Approach Nonlinear Control of Robots and Unmanned Aerial Vehicles: An Integrated Approach presents control and regulation methods that rely upon feedback linearization techniques. Both robot manipulators and UAVs employ operating regimes with large magnitudes of state and control variables making such an approach vital for their control systems design. Numerous application examples are included to facilitate the art of nonlinear control system design for both robotic systems and UAVs in a single unified framework. MATLAB® and Simulink® are integrated to demonstrate the importance of computational methods and systems simulation in this process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498767040

Nonlinear Control Systems using MATLAB® The development of computer software for nonlinear control systems has provided many benefits for teaching research and the development of control systems design. MATLAB is considered the dominant software platforms for linear and nonlinear control systems analysis. This book provides an easy way to learn nonlinear control systems such as feedback linearization technique and Sliding mode control (Structure variable control) which are one of the most used techniques in nonlinear control dynamical systems; therefore teachers-students and researchers are all in need to handle such techniques; and since they are too difficult for them to handle such nonlinear controllers especially for a more complicated systems such as induction motor satellite and vehicles dynamical models. Thus this document it is an excellent resource for learning the principle of feedback linearization and sliding mode techniques in an easy and simple way: Provides a briefs description of the feedback linearization and slidingmode control strategies Includes a simple method on how to determine the right and appropriate controller (P-PI-PID) for feedback linearization control strategy. A Symbolic MATLAB Based function for finding the feedback linearization and sliding mode controllers are developed and tested using several examples. A simple method for finding the approximate sliding mode controller parameters is introduced Where the program used to construct the nonlinear controller uses symbolic computations; such that the user should provide the program with the necessary functions f(x) g(x) and h(x) using the symbolic library. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138359550

Nonlinear Control Techniques for Electro-Hydraulic Actuators in Robotics Engineering Nonlinear Control Techniques for Electro-Hydraulic Actuators in Robotics Engineering meets the needs of those working in advanced electro-hydraulic controls for modern mechatronic and robotic systems. The non-linear EHS control methods covered are proving to be more effective than traditional controllers such as PIDs. The control strategies given address parametric uncertainty unknown external load disturbance single-rod actuator characteristics and control saturation. Theoretical and experimental validations are explained and examples provided. Based on the authors' cutting-edge research this work is an important resource for engineers researchers and students working in EHS. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138634220

Nonlinear Controllability and Optimal Control This outstanding reference presents current state-of-the-art research on importantproblems of finite-dimensional nonlinear optimal control and controllability theory. Itpresents an overview of a broad variety of new techniques useful in solving classicalcontrol theory problems.Written and edited by renowned mathematicians at the forefront of research in thisevolving field Nonlinear Controllability and Optimal Control providesdetailed coverage of the construction of solutions of differential inclusions by means ofdirectionally continuous sections ... Lie algebraic conditions for local controllability... the use of the Campbell-Hausdorff series to derive properties of optimal trajectories... the Fuller phenomenon ... the theory of orbits ... and more.Containing more than 1 300 display equations this exemplary instructive reference is aninvaluable source for mathematical researchers and applied mathematicians electrical andelectronics aerospace mechanical control systems and computer engineers and graduatestudents in these disciplines . Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745625

Non-Linear Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems   Non-Linear Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems is the second book within Ordinary Differential Equations with Applications to Trajectories and Vibrations Six-volume Set. As a set they are the fourth volume in the series Mathematics and Physics Applied to Science and Technology. This second book consists of two chapters (chapters 3 and 4 of the set). The first chapter considers non-linear differential equations of first order including variable coefficients. A first-order differential equation is equivalent to a first-order differential in two variables. The differentials of order higher than the first and with more than two variables are also considered. The applications include the representation of vector fields by potentials. The second chapter in the book starts with linear oscillators with coefficients varying with time including parametric resonance. It proceeds to non-linear oscillators including non-linear resonance amplitude jumps and hysteresis. The non-linear restoring and friction forces also apply to electromechanical dynamos. These are examples of dynamical systems with bifurcations that may lead to chaotic motions. Presents general first-order differential equations including non-linear like the Ricatti equation Discusses differentials of the first or higher order in two or more variables Includes discretization of differential equations as finite difference equations Describes parametric resonance of linear time dependent oscillators specified by the Mathieu functions and other methods Examines non-linear oscillations and damping of dynamical systems including bifurcations and chaotic motions Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367137199

Nonlinear Differential Equations in Ordered Spaces Extremality results proved in this Monograph for an abstract operator equation provide the theoretical framework for developing new methods that allow the treatment of a variety of discontinuous initial and boundary value problems for both ordinary and partial differential equations in explicit and implicit forms. By means of these extremality results the authors prove the existence of extremal solutions between appropriate upper and lower solutions of first and second order discontinuous implicit and explicit ordinary and functional differential equations. They then study the dependence of these extremal solutions on the data.The authors begin by developing an existence theory for an abstract operator equation in ordered spaces and offer new tools for dealing with different kinds of discontinuous implicit and explicit differential equation problems. They present a unified approach to the existence of extremal solutions of quasilinear elliptic and parabolic problems and extend the upper and lower solution method to elliptic and parabolic inclusion of hemivariation type using variational and nonvariational methods.Nonlinear Differential Equations in Ordered Spaces includes research that appears for the first time in book form and is designed as a source book for pure and applied mathematicians. Its self-contained presentation along with numerous worked examples and complete detailed proofs also make it accessible to researchers in engineering as well as advanced students in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367398477

Nonlinear Digital Filtering with PythonAn Introduction Nonlinear Digital Filtering with Python: An Introduction discusses important structural filter classes including the median filter and a number of its extensions (e.g. weighted and recursive median filters) and Volterra filters based on polynomial nonlinearities. Adopting both structural and behavioral approaches in characterizing and designing nonlinear digital filters this book: Begins with an expedient introduction to programming in the free open-source computing environment of Python Uses results from algebra and the theory of functional equations to construct and characterize behaviorally defined nonlinear filter classes Analyzes the impact of a range of useful interconnection strategies on filter behavior providing Python implementations of the presented filters and interconnection strategies Proposes practical bottom-up strategies for designing more complex and capable filters from simpler components in a way that preserves the key properties of these components Illustrates the behavioral consequences of allowing recursive (i.e. feedback) interconnections in nonlinear digital filters while highlighting a challenging but promising research frontier Nonlinear Digital Filtering with Python: An Introduction supplies essential knowledge useful for developing and implementing data cleaning filters for dynamic data analysis and time-series modeling. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498714112

Nonlinear Dynamical Systems Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Using Real Data Although its roots can be traced to the 19th century progress in the study of nonlinear dynamical systems has taken off in the last 30 years. While pertinent source material exists it is strewn about the literature in mathematics physics biology economics and psychology at varying levels of accessibility. A compendium research methods reflect Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429137808

Nonlinear Dynamics Mathematical Biology and Social ScienceWise Use Of Alternative Therapies This book is based on a series of lectures on mathematical biology the essential dynamics of complex and crucially important social systems and the unifying power of mathematics and nonlinear dynamical systems theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320010

Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos with Applications to Hydrodynamics and Hydrological Modelling A hydroinformatics system represents an electronic knowledge encapsulator that models part of the real world and can be used for the simulation and analysis of physical chemical and biological processes in water systems in order to achieve a better management of the aquatic environment. Thus modelling is at the heart of hydroinformatics. The theory of nonlinear dynamics and chaos and the extent to which recent improvements in the understanding of inherently nonlinear natural processes present challenges to the use of mathematical models in the analysis of water and environmental systems are elaborated in this work. In particular it demonstrates that the deterministic chaos present in many nonlinear systems can impose fundamental limitations on our ability to predict behaviour even when well-defined mathematical models exist. On the other hand methodologies and tools from the theory of nonlinear dynamics and chaos can provide means for a better accuracy of short-term predictions as demonstrated through the practical applications in this work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138475038

Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos with Student Solutions ManualWith Applications to Physics Biology Chemistry and Engineering Second Edition This textbook is aimed at newcomers to nonlinear dynamics and chaos especially students taking a first course in the subject. The presentation stresses analytical methods concrete examples and geometric intuition. The theory is developed systematically starting with first-order differential equations and their bifurcations followed by phase plane analysis limit cycles and their bifurcations and culminating with the Lorenz equations chaos iterated maps period doubling renormalization fractals and strange attractors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780813350844

Nonlinear Dynamics and ChaosWith Applications to Physics Biology Chemistry and Engineering Second Edition This textbook is aimed at newcomers to nonlinear dynamics and chaos especially students taking a first course in the subject. The presentation stresses analytical methods concrete examples and geometric intuition. The theory is developed systematically starting with first-order differential equations and their bifurcations followed by phase plane analysis limit cycles and their bifurcations and culminating with the Lorenz equations chaos iterated maps period doubling renormalization fractals and strange attractors. A unique feature of the book is its emphasis on applications. These include mechanical vibrations lasers biological rhythms superconducting circuits insect outbreaks chemical oscillators genetic control systems chaotic waterwheels and even a technique for using chaos to send secret messages. In each case the scientific background is explained at an elementary level and closely integrated with mathematical theory. In the twenty years since the first edition of this book appeared the ideas and techniques of nonlinear dynamics and chaos have found application to such exciting fields as systems biology evolutionary game theory and socio-physics. This second edition includes new exercises on these cutting-edge developments on topics as varied as curiosities of visual perception and the tumultuous love dynamics in Gone with the Wind. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780813349107

Nonlinear Dynamics and Spatial Complexity in Optical Systems A collection of prestigious postgraduate lectures Nonlinear Dynamics and Spatial Complexity in Optical Systems reviews developments in the theory and practice of nonlinear dynamics and structural complexity and explores modern-day applications in nonlinear optics. The book addresses systems including both singlemode and multimode lasers bistable and multistable devices optical fibers counter-propagating beam interactions nonlinear mixing and related optical phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895949

Nonlinear Dynamics and Stochastic Mechanics Engineering systems have played a crucial role in stimulating many of the modern developments in nonlinear and stochastic dynamics. After 20 years of rapid progress in these areas this book provides an overview of the current state of nonlinear modeling and analysis for mechanical and structural systems. This volume is a coherent compendium written by leading experts from the United States Canada Western and Eastern Europe and Australia. The 22 articles describe the background recent developments applications and future directions in bifurcation theory chaos perturbation methods stochastic stability stochastic flows random vibrations reliability disordered systems earthquake engineering and numerics. The book gives readers a sophisticated toolbox that will allow them to tackle modeling problems in mechanical systems that use stochastic and nonlinear dynamics ideas. An extensive bibliography and index ensure this volume will remain a reference standard for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895956

Nonlinear Dynamics of Compliant Offshore Structures This monograph provides a general background to the modelling of a special class of offshore structures known as compliant structures. External forcing is resisted by buoyancy and tension forces which increase when the structure is slightly offset from its equilibrium. The technical development given in this book is presented in such a way as to highlight the adaptability of the modelling and the reader is shown how the techniques described can be applied to a variety of different offshore structures.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745571

Nonlinear Dynamics of Structures Under Extreme Transient Loads The effect of combined extreme transient loadings on a structure is not well understood—whether the source is man-made such as an explosion and fire or natural such as an earthquake or extreme wind loading. A critical assessment of current knowledge is timely (with Fukushima-like disasters or terrorist threats).The central issue in all these problems is structural integrity along with their transient nature their unexpectedness and often the uncertainty behind their cause. No single traditional scientific discipline provides complete answers rather a number of tools need to be brought together: nonlinear dynamics probability theory some understanding of the physical nature of the problem as well as modeling and computational techniques for representing inelastic behavior mechanisms.Nonlinear Dynamics of Structures Under Extreme Transient Loads covers model building for different engineering structures and provides detailed presentations of extreme loading conditions. A number of illustrations are given quantifying; a plane crash or explosion induced impact loading the effects of strong earthquake motion and the impact and long-duration effects of strong stormy winds—along with a relevant framework for using modern computational tools. The book considers the levels of reserve in existing structures and ways of reducing the negative impact of high-risk situations by employing sounder design procedures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367728786

Nonlinear DynamicsA Two-Way Trip from Physics to Math Nonlinear Dynamics: A Two-Way Trip from Physics to Math provides readers with the mathematical tools of nonlinear dynamics to tackle problems in all areas of physics. The selection of topics emphasizes bifurcation theory and topological analysis of dynamical systems. The book includes real-life problems and experiments as well as exercises and worked examples to test understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458161

Nonlinear DynamicsTechniques and Applications in Psychology Additional Resource Materials Human behavior would not be interesting to us if it remained the same from one moment to the next. Moreover we tend to be sensitive to changes in people's behavior especially when such change impacts on our own and other's behavior. This book describes a variety of techniques for investigating change in behavior. It employs conventional time series methods as well as recently developed methodology using nonlinear dynamics including chaos a term that is not easy to define nor to confirm. Although nonlinear methods are being used more frequently in psychology a comprehensive coverage of methods theory and applications with a particular focus on human behavior is needed. Between these covers the reader is led through various procedures for linear and nonlinear time series analysis including some novel procedures that allow subtle temporal aspects of human cognition to be detected. Analyses of reaction times heart-rate psychomotor skill decision making and EEG are supplemented by a contemporary review of recent dynamical research in developmental psychology psychopathology and human cognitive processes. A consideration of nonlinear dynamics assists our understanding of deep issues such as: Why is our short-term memory capacity limited? Why do chronic disorders and also cognitive development progress through stage-like transitions? Why do people make irrational decisions? This book will be of particular interest to researchers practitioners and advanced students in a variety of areas in psychology particularly in human experimental and physiological psychology. Data analyses are performed using the latest nonlinear dynamics computer packages. A comprehensive WWW resource of software and supplementary information is provided to assist the reader's understanding of the novel and potentially revolutionary procedures described in the book. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410605702

Nonlinear Editing Nonlinear is a buzzword for every broadcaster and facility house worldwide. Systems range from the humble to the exotic and despite the growing acceptance of the technology many users both new and experienced find the complexity of the operation and the time spent loading the material and rendering effects difficult to manage at first. Non-linear editing also comes with its own specialist language requiring each editor to be conversant with a new range of skills from day one. As desktop systems improve the role of the traditional editor is constantly evolving and expanding. This is an operational manual for professional trainees and students in the post-production industry. It will also serve as a useful reference tool for producers and directors. Written in a concise and clear manner the book serves as a practical guide to the efficient management and operation of non-linear editing systems. It describes the technology involved the essential techniques to be mastered including on-line and off-line editing project management rendering effects working with graphics and audio and adding third party applications. Designed for quick and easy reference this is a practical user guide to non-linear editing that comes complete with an extensive jargon buster that will get you fully conversant with the technology in a short space of time.Patrick Morris is a Trainer in Post-Production for the Television Corporation of Singapore and the Singapore Broadcasting Authority as well as Chairman of the South East Asia User Group. He is an AVID Certified Trainer with a working knowledge of Lightworks Media 100 Quantel D Vision and other systems. Formerly a consultant and Senior Editor for BBC ITV and SKY TV he also spent many years a Training Manager for BBC Wood Norton and as Senior Video-Tape Editor for Television South West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141452

Nonlinear EstimationMethods and Applications with Deterministic Sample Points Nonlinear Estimation: Methods and Applications with Deterministic Sample Points focusses on a comprehensive treatment of deterministic sample point filters (also called Gaussian filters) and their variants for nonlinear estimation problems for which no closed-form solution is available in general. Gaussian filters are becoming popular with the designers due to their ease of implementation and real time execution even on inexpensive or legacy hardware. The main purpose of the book is to educate the reader about a variety of available nonlinear estimation methods so that the reader can choose the right method for a real life problem adapt or modify it where necessary and implement it. The book can also serve as a core graduate text for a course on state estimation. The book starts from the basic conceptual solution of a nonlinear estimation problem and provides an in depth coverage of (i) various Gaussian filters such as the unscented Kalman filter cubature and quadrature based filters Gauss-Hermite filter and their variants and (ii) Gaussian sum filter in both discrete and continuous-discrete domain. Further a brief description of filters for randomly delayed measurement and two case-studies are also included. Features: The book covers all the important Gaussian filters including filters with randomly delayed measurements. Numerical simulation examples with detailed matlab code are provided for most algorithms so that beginners can verify their understanding. Two real world case studies are included: (i) underwater passive target tracking (ii) ballistic target tracking.  The style of writing is suitable for engineers and scientists. The material of the book is presented with the emphasis on key ideas underlying assumptions algorithms and properties. The book combines rigorous mathematical treatment with matlab code algorithm listings flow charts and detailed case studies to deepen understanding.  Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780815394327

Nonlinear Evolution and Difference Equations of Monotone Type in Hilbert Spaces This book is devoted to the study of nonlinear evolution and difference equations of first and second order governed by a maximal monotone operator. This class of abstract evolution equations contains not only a class of ordinary differential equations but also unify some important partial differential equations such as the heat equation wave equation Schrodinger equation etc. In addition to their applications in ordinary and partial differential equations this class of evolution equations and their discrete version of difference equations have found many applications in optimization. In recent years extensive studies have been conducted in the existence and asymptotic behaviour of solutions to this class of evolution and difference equations including some of the authors works. This book contains a collection of such works and its applications. Key selling features: Discusses in detail the study of non-linear evolution and difference equations governed by maximal monotone operator Information is provided in a clear and simple manner making it accessible to graduate students and scientists with little or no background in the subject material Includes a vast collection of the authors' own work in the field and their applications as well as research from other experts in this area of study    Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482228182

Nonlinear FilteringConcepts and Engineering Applications Nonlinear Filtering covers linear and nonlinear filtering in a comprehensive manner with appropriate theoretic and practical development. Aspects of modeling estimation recursive filtering linear filtering and nonlinear filtering are presented with appropriate and sufficient mathematics. A modeling-control-system approach is used when applicable and detailed practical applications are presented to elucidate the analysis and filtering concepts. MATLAB routines are included and examples from a wide range of engineering applications - including aerospace automated manufacturing robotics and advanced control systems - are referenced throughout the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498745178

Nonlinear Functional Analysis in Banach Spaces and Banach AlgebrasFixed Point Theory under Weak Topology for Nonlinear Operators and Block O Uncover the Useful Interactions of Fixed Point Theory with Topological Structures Nonlinear Functional Analysis in Banach Spaces and Banach Algebras: Fixed Point Theory under Weak Topology for Nonlinear Operators and Block Operator Matrices with Applications is the first book to tackle the topological fixed point theory for block operator matrices with nonlinear entries in Banach spaces and Banach algebras. The book provides researchers and graduate students with a unified survey of the fundamental principles of fixed point theory in Banach spaces and algebras. The authors present several extensions of Schauder’s and Krasnosel’skii’s fixed point theorems to the class of weakly compact operators acting on Banach spaces and algebras particularly on spaces satisfying the Dunford–Pettis property. They also address under which conditions a 2×2 block operator matrix with single- and multi-valued nonlinear entries will have a fixed point. In addition the book describes applications of fixed point theory to a wide range of diverse equations including transport equations arising in the kinetic theory of gas stationary nonlinear biological models two-dimensional boundary-value problems arising in growing cell populations and functional systems of integral equations. The book focuses on fixed point results under the weak topology since these problems involve the loss of compactness of mappings and/or the missing geometric and topological structure of their underlying domain. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498733885

Nonlinear H-Infinity Control Hamiltonian Systems and Hamilton-Jacobi Equations A comprehensive overview of nonlinear H∞ control theory for both continuous-time and discrete-time systems Nonlinear H∞-Control Hamiltonian Systems and Hamilton-Jacobi Equations covers topics as diverse as singular nonlinear H∞-control nonlinear H∞ -filtering mixed H2/ H∞-nonlinear control and filtering nonlinear H∞-almost-disturbance-decoupling and algorithms for solving the ubiquitous Hamilton-Jacobi-Isaacs equations. The link between the subject and analytical mechanics as well as the theory of partial differential equations is also elegantly summarized in a single chapter. Recent progress in developing computational schemes for solving the Hamilton-Jacobi equation (HJE) has facilitated the application of Hamilton-Jacobi theory in both mechanics and control. As there is currently no efficient systematic analytical or numerical approach for solving them the biggest bottle-neck to the practical application of the nonlinear equivalent of the H∞-control theory has been the difficulty in solving the Hamilton-Jacobi-Isaacs partial differential-equations (or inequalities). In light of this challenge the author hopes to inspire continuing research and discussion on this topic via examples and simulations as well as helpful notes and a rich bibliography. Nonlinear H∞-Control Hamiltonian Systems and Hamilton-Jacobi Equations was written for practicing professionals educators researchers and graduate students in electrical computer mechanical aeronautical chemical instrumentation industrial and systems engineering as well as applied mathematics economics and management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072756

Non-Linear Instabilities in Plasmas and Hydrodynamics For the first time in a single book Non-Linear Instabilities in Plasmas and Hydrodynamics presents the underlying physics of fast secondary instabilities. This exceptionally well-written introductory book discusses the basic ideas of the physics of secondary or induced nonlinear instabilities in wave-sustaining media. The authors world-renowned experts in the field have brought together the results of papers scattered throughout the literature to explain subjects as diverse as fluctuation chaos wave-turbulent instabilities vortex dynamos beam-plasma interactions plasma confinement and the origins of typhoons in the Earth's atmosphere and magnetic fields in galaxies. Paving the way for new and exciting research in the future this broad interdisciplinary book enables a wide range of physicists to apply the concepts discussed to obtain new results in plasma physics space physics hydrodynamics and geophysics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745557

Nonlinear Lp-Norm Estimation Complete with valuable FORTRAN programs that help solve nondifferentiable nonlinear LtandLo.-norm estimation problems this important reference/text extensively delineates ahistory of Lp-norm estimation. It examines the nonlinear Lp-norm estimation problem that isa viable alternative to least squares estimation problems where the underlying errordistribution is nonnormal i.e. non-Gaussian.Nonlinear LrNorm Estimation addresses both computational and statistical aspects ofLp-norm estimation problems to bridge the gap between these two fields . . . contains 70useful illustrations ... discusses linear Lp-norm as well as nonlinear Lt Lo. and Lp-normestimation problems . . . provides all appropriate computational algorithms and FORTRANlistings for nonlinear Lt- and Lo.-norm estimation problems . . . guides readers with clear endof-chapter notes on related topics and outstanding research publications . . . contains numericalexamples plus several practical problems .. . and shows how the data can prescribe variousapplications of Lp-norm alternatives.Nonlinear Lp-Norm Estimation is an indispensable reference for statisticians operations researchers numerical analysts applied mathematicians biometricians andcomputer scientists as well as a text for graduate students in statistics or computer science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451165

Non-Linear Mechanics of Reinforced Concrete This book describes the application of nonlinear static and dynamic analysis for the design maintenance and seismic strengthening of reinforced concrete structures. The latest structural and RC constitutive modelling techniques are described in detail with particular attention given to multi-dimensional cracking and damage assessment and their practical applications for performance-based design. Other subjects covered include 2D/3D analysis techniques bond and tension stiffness shear transfer compression and confinement. It can be used in conjunction with WCOMD and COM3 software Nonlinear Mechanics of Reinforced Concrete presents a practical methodology for structural engineers graduate students and researchers concerned with the design and maintenance of concrete structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865559

Nonlinear Meta-Optics This book addresses fabrication as well as characterization and modeling of semiconductor nanostructures in the optical regime with a focus on nonlinear effects. The visible range as well as near and far infrared spectral region will be considered with a view to different envisaged applications. The book covers the current key challenges of the research in the area including: exploiting new material platforms fully extending the device operation into the nonlinear regime adding re-configurability to the envisaged devices and proposing new modeling tools to help in conceiving new functionalities. • Explores several topics in the field of semiconductor nonlinear nanophotonics including fabrication characterization and modeling of semiconductor nanostructures in the optical regime with a focus on nonlinear effects • Describes the research challenges in the field of optical metasurfaces in the nonlinear regime • Reviews the use and achievements of all-dielectric nanoantennas for strengthening the nonlinear optical response • Describes both theoretical and experimental aspects of photonic devices based on semiconductor optical nanoantennas and metasurfaces • Gathers contributions from several leading groups in this research field to provide a thorough and complete overview of the current state of the art in the field of semiconductor nonlinear nanophotonics Costantino De Angelis has been full professor of electromagnetic fields at the University of Brescia since 1998. He is an OSA Fellow and has been responsible for several university research contracts in the last 20 years within Europe the United States and Italy. His technical interests are in optical antennas and nanophotonics. He is the author of over 150 peer-reviewed scientific journal articles. Giuseppe Leo has been a full professor in physics at Paris Diderot University since 2004 and in charge of the nonlinear devices group of MPQ Laboratory since 2006. His research areas include nonlinear optics micro- and nano-photonics and optoelectronics with a focus on AlGaAs platform. He has coordinated several research programs and coauthored 100 peer-reviewed journal articles 200 conference papers 10 book chapters and also has four patents. Dragomir Neshev is a professor in physics and the leader of the experimental photonics group in the Nonlinear Physics Centre at Australian National University (ANU). His activities span over several branches of optics including nonlinear periodic structures singular optics plasmonics and photonic metamaterials. He has coauthored 200 publications in international peer-reviewed scientific journals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138576544

Nonlinear Models for Archaeology and AnthropologyContinuing the Revolution The dominant social theory used by archaeologists has tended to focus on either small scale agency or large-scale cultural patterns and processes of change. The authors of this volume argue that archaeologists should use nonlinear models to more accurately model the connections between scales of analysis and show how micro-scale variation can lead to macro-scale cultural change. This work examines the applications of nonlinear systems models within archaeology and evaluates the range of approaches currently encompassed within Complexity Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266704

Nonlinear Models for Repeated Measurement Data Nonlinear measurement data arise in a wide variety of biological and biomedical applications such as longitudinal clinical trials studies of drug kinetics and growth and the analysis of assay and laboratory data. Nonlinear Models for Repeated Measurement Data provides the first unified development of methods and models for data of this type with a detailed treatment of inference for the nonlinear mixed effects and its extensions. A particular strength of the book is the inclusion of several detailed case studies from the areas of population pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics immunoassay and bioassay development and the analysis of growth curves. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745502

Nonlinear Optical SystemsPrinciples Phenomena and Advanced Signal Processing Nonlinear Optical Systems: Principles Phenomena and Advanced Signal Processing is a simplified overview of the evolution of technology associated with nonlinear systems and advanced signal processing. This book’s coverage ranges from fundamentals to phenomena to the most cutting-edge aspects of systems for next-generation biomedical monitoring and nonlinear optical transmission. The authors address how these systems are applied through photonic signal processing in contemporary optical systems for communications and/or laser systems. They include a concise but sufficient explanation of mathematical representation of nonlinear equations to provide insight into nonlinear dynamics at different phases. The book also describes advanced aspects of solitons and bound solitons for passive- and active-mode locked fiber lasers in which higher-order differential equations can be employed to represent the dynamics of amplitude evolution in the current or voltages of lightwaves in such systems. Covering a wide range of topics this book: Introduces nonlinear systems and some mathematical representations particularly the routes to chaos and bifurcation Describes nonlinear fiber lightwave lasing systems Covers nonlinear phenomena in fiber lasers including both passive and active energy storage cavities Experimentally and theoretically demonstrates soliton pulses in which lightwaves are the carrier under their envelopes Assembles and demonstrates sequences of both single and multiple solitons in a group and then assesses their dynamics in detail Examines the evolution of bound solitons which are transmitted through single-mode optical fibers that compose a phase variation system This text outlines the theory and techniques used in nonlinear physics and applications for physical systems. It also illustrates the use of MATLAB® and Simulink® computer models and processing techniques for nonlinear signals. Building on readers’ newly acquired fundamental understanding of nonlinear systems and associated signal processing the book then demonstrates the use of such applications in real-world practical environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072763

Nonlinear Optics This book is about Nonlinear Optics the study of how high-intensity light propagates through and interacts with matter. It takes the reader from the starting point of Maxwell's equations to some of the frontiers of modern research in the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367314132

Nonlinear Optics of Organic Molecules and Polymers The field of nonlinear optics emerged three decades ago with the development of the first operating laser and the demonstration of frequency doubling phenomena. These milestone discoveries not only generated much interest in laser science but also set the stage for future work on nonlinear optics. This book presents an excellent overview of the exciting new advances in nonlinear optical (NLO) materials and their applications in emerging photonics technologies. It is the first reference source available to cover every NLO material published through 1995.  All theoretical approaches measurement techniques materials technologies and applications are covered. With more than 1 800 bibliographic citations 324 figures 218 tables and 812 equations this book is an invaluable reference source for graduate and undergraduate students researchers scientists and engineers working in academia and industries in chemistry solid-state physics materials science optical and polymer engineering and computational science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448370

Nonlinear OpticsPrinciples and Applications Explores the Fundamental Aspects of Nonlinear Optics As nonlinear optics further develops as a field of research in electromagnetic wave propagation its state-of-the-art technologies will continue to strongly impact real-world applications in a variety of fields useful to the practicing scientist and engineer. From basic principles to examples of applications Nonlinear Optics: Principles and Applications effectively bridges physics and mathematics with relevant applied material for real-world use. The book progresses naturally from fundamental aspects to illustrative examples and presents a strong theoretical foundation that equips the reader with enough knowledge to recognize understand and evaluate nonlinear optical phenomena. Structured so that the first five chapters are dedicated to the description of the fundamental formalism of nonlinear optics and the last five chapters are devoted to a description of practical devices based on nonlinear phenomena it describes nonlinear wave propagation in bulk and in waveguiding structures and includes specific examples of applied nonlinear wave propagation through crystals optical waveguides and optical fibers. Providing a theoretical description of nonlinear interaction between light and matter this text focuses on the physical understanding of nonlinear optics and explores optical material response functions in the time and frequency domain. This pivotal work contains ten chapters and the main applications include: Optical signal processing: parametric amplification modulators Transmission of optical signals: optical solitons cross-phase modulation four-wave mixing phase conjugation Raman scattering Sensing: temperature sensors spectroscopy and imaging Lasers: pulse compression and generation of super continuum Nonlinear Optics: Principles and Applications describes the fundamental aspects of nonlinear optics and serves as a reference for nonlinear optics professionals as well as graduate students specializing in nonlinear optics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466565821

Nonlinear Optimal Control Theory Nonlinear Optimal Control Theory presents a deep wide-ranging introduction to the mathematical theory of the optimal control of processes governed by ordinary differential equations and certain types of differential equations with memory. Many examples illustrate the mathematical issues that need to be addressed when using optimal control techniques in diverse areas. Drawing on classroom-tested material from Purdue University and North Carolina State University the book gives a unified account of bounded state problems governed by ordinary integrodifferential and delay systems. It also discusses Hamilton-Jacobi theory. By providing a sufficient and rigorous treatment of finite dimensional control problems the book equips readers with the foundation to deal with other types of control problems such as those governed by stochastic differential equations partial differential equations and differential games. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466560260

Nonlinear OptimizationModels and Applications Optimization is the act of obtaining the "best" result under given circumstances. In design construction and maintenance of any engineering system engineers must make technological and managerial decisions to minimize either the effort or cost required or to maximize benefits. There is no single method available for solving all optimization problems efficiently. Several optimization methods have been developed for different types of problems. The optimum-seeking methods are mathematical programming techniques (specifically nonlinear programming techniques). Nonlinear Optimization: Models and Applications presents the concepts in several ways to foster understanding. Geometric interpretation: is used to re-enforce the concepts and to foster understanding of the mathematical procedures. The student sees that many problems can be analyzed and approximate solutions found before analytical solutions techniques are applied. Numerical approximations: early on the student is exposed to numerical techniques. These numerical procedures are algorithmic and iterative. Worksheets are provided in Excel MATLAB® and Maple™ to facilitate the procedure. Algorithms: all algorithms are provided with a step-by-step format. Examples follow the summary to illustrate its use and application. Nonlinear Optimization: Models and Applications: Emphasizes process and interpretation throughout Presents a general classification of optimization problems Addresses situations that lead to models illustrating many types of optimization problems Emphasizes model formulations Addresses a special class of problems that can be solved using only elementary calculus Emphasizes model solution and model sensitivity analysis About the author: William P. Fox is an emeritus professor in the Department of Defense Analysis at the Naval Postgraduate School. He received his Ph.D. at Clemson University and has taught at the United States Military Academy and at Francis Marion University where he was the chair of mathematics. He has written many publications including over 20 books and over 150 journal articles. Currently he is an adjunct professor in the Department of Mathematics at the College of William and Mary. He is the emeritus director of both the High School Mathematical Contest in Modeling and the Mathematical Contest in Modeling. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367444150

Nonlinear Option Pricing New Tools to Solve Your Option Pricing Problems For nonlinear PDEs encountered in quantitative finance advanced probabilistic methods are needed to address dimensionality issues. Written by two leaders in quantitative research—including Risk magazine’s 2013 Quant of the Year—Nonlinear Option Pricing compares various numerical methods for solving high-dimensional nonlinear problems arising in option pricing. Designed for practitioners it is the first authored book to discuss nonlinear Black-Scholes PDEs and compare the efficiency of many different methods. Real-World Solutions for Quantitative Analysts The book helps quants develop both their analytical and numerical expertise. It focuses on general mathematical tools rather than specific financial questions so that readers can easily use the tools to solve their own nonlinear problems. The authors build intuition through numerous real-world examples of numerical implementation. Although the focus is on ideas and numerical examples the authors introduce relevant mathematical notions and important results and proofs. The book also covers several original approaches including regression methods and dual methods for pricing chooser options Monte Carlo approaches for pricing in the uncertain volatility model and the uncertain lapse and mortality model the Markovian projection method and the particle method for calibrating local stochastic volatility models to market prices of vanilla options with/without stochastic interest rates the a + bλ technique for building local correlation models that calibrate to market prices of vanilla options on a basket and a new stochastic representation of nonlinear PDE solutions based on marked branching diffusions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466570337

Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations Ordinary differential equations have long been an important area of study because of their wide application in physics engineering biology chemistry ecology and economics. Based on a series of lectures given at the Universities of Melbourne and New South Wales in Australia Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations takes the reader from basic elementary notions to the point where the exciting and fascinating developments in the theory of nonlinear differential equations can be understood and appreciated. Each chapter is self-contained and includes a selection of problems together with some detailed workings within the main text. Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations helps develop an understanding of the subtle and sometimes unexpected properties of nonlinear systems and simultaneously introduces practical analytical techniques to analyze nonlinear phenomena. This excellent book gives a structured systematic and rigorous development of the basic theory from elementary concepts to a point where readers can utilize ideas in nonlinear differential equations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745489

Nonlinear Parabolic Equations and Hyperbolic-Parabolic Coupled Systems This monograph is devoted to the global existence uniqueness and asymptotic behaviour of smooth solutions to both initial value problems and initial boundary value problems for nonlinear parabolic equations and hyperbolic parabolic coupled systems. Most of the material is based on recent research carried out by the author and his collaborators.The book can be divided into two parts. In the first part the results on decay of solutions to nonlinear parabolic equations and hyperbolic parabolic coupled systems are obtained and a chapter is devoted to the global existence of small smooth solutions to fully nonlinear parabolic equations and quasilinear hyperbolic parabolic coupled systems. Applications of the results to nonlinear thermoelasticity and fluid dynamics are also shown.Some nonlinear parabolic equations and coupled systems arising from the study of phase transitions are investigated in the second part of the book. The global existence uniqueness and asymptotic behaviour of smooth solutions with arbitrary initial data are obtained. The final chapter is further devoted to related topics: multiplicity of equilibria and the existence of a global attractor inertial manifold and inertial set.A knowledge of partial differential equations and Sobolev spaces is assumed. As an aid to the reader the related concepts and results are collected and the relevant references given in the firstchapter. The work will be of interest to researchers and graduate students in pure and applied mathematics mathematical physics and applied sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367448974

Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations in Engineering and Applied Science This book discusses problems in fluid dynamics and nonlinear waves questions concerning Korteweg-de Vries equations and solitons and problems in mathematical biology. It establishes conditions for the existence of hydrostatic pressures in a class of hyperelastic incompressible materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138417472

Nonlinear Pedagogy in Skill AcquisitionAn Introduction Nonlinear pedagogy is a powerful paradigm for understanding human movement and for designing effective teaching coaching and training programs in sport exercise and physical education. It addresses the inherent complexity in the learning of movement skills viewing the learner the learning environment and the teacher or coach as a complex interacting system with the constraints of individual practice tasks providing the platform for functional movement behaviours to emerge. This is the first book to explain this profoundly important new approach to skill acquisition introducing key theoretical ideas and best practice for students teachers and coaches. The first section of the book offers a general theoretical framework to explain processes of skill acquisition and the learning of movement skills. The book then defines nonlinear pedagogy and outlines its key principles of practice. It offers a thorough and critical appraisal of the optimal use of instructional constraints and practice design and discusses methods for creating challenging and supportive individualised learning environments at developmental sub-elite and elite levels of performance. Every chapter contains cases and examples from sport and exercise contexts providing guidance on practice activities and lessons. Nonlinear Pedagogy in Skill Acquisition is an essential companion for any degree level course in skill acquisition motor learning sport science sport pedagogy sports coaching practice or pedagogy or curriculum design in physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744393

Nonlinear Physics of Ecosystems Nonlinear Physics of Ecosystems introduces the concepts and tools of pattern formation theory and demonstrates their utility in ecological research using problems from spatial ecology. Written in language understandable to both physicists and ecologists in most parts the book reveals the mechanisms of pattern formation and pattern dynamics. It also explores the implications of these mechanisms in important ecological problems.The first part of the book gives an overview of pattern formation and spatial ecology showing how these disparate research fields are strongly related to one another. The next part presents an advanced account of pattern formation theory. The final part describes applications of pattern formation theory to ecological problems including self-organized vegetation patchiness desertification and biodiversity in changing environments.Focusing on the emerging interface between spatial ecology and pattern formation this book shows how pattern formation methods address a variety of ecological problems using water-limited ecosystems as a case study. Readers with basic knowledge of linear algebra and ordinary differential equations will develop a general understanding of pattern formation theory while more advanced readers who are familiar with partial differential equations will appreciate the descriptions of analytical tools used to study pattern formation and dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377717

Nonlinear Problems in Accelerator Physics Proceedings of the INT workshop on nonlinear problems in accelerator physics held in Berlin Germ Nonlinear Problems in Accelerator Physics contains the proceedings of the International Workshop on Nonlinear Problems in Accelerator Physics. Consisting only of invited papers the book focuses on resolving problems associated with nonlinear effects-essential for the development of the next generation of particle accelerators. It facilitates an understanding of accelerator optical systems. Topics covered include Hamiltonian dynamics (such as CHAOS) computer codes for design of focusing systems and spectrometers. The book is of interest to researchers in high energy nuclear electron ion and optical beam physics and applied mathematics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062943

Non-Linear ProgrammingA Basic Introduction This book is for beginners who are struggling to understand and optimize non-linear problems. The content will help readers gain an understanding and learn how to formulate real-world problems and will also give insight to many researchers for their future prospects. It proposes a mind map for conceptual understanding and includes sufficient solved examples for reader comprehension. The theory is explained in a lucid way. The variety of examples are framed to raise the thinking level of the reader and the formulation of real-world problems are included in the last chapter along with applications. The book is self-explanatory well synchronized and written for undergraduate post graduate and research scholars. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367613280

Nonlinear PsychoanalysisNotes from Forty Years of Chaos and Complexity Theory Nonlinear concepts from chaos theory complexity studies and fractal geometry have transformed the way we think about the mind. Nonlinear Psychoanalysis shows how nonlinear dynamics can be integrated with psychoanalytic thinking to shed new light on psychological development therapeutic processes and fundamental psychoanalytic concepts. Starting with a personal history of the author’s engagement with nonlinear dynamics and psychoanalysis this book describes how his approach applies to diagnosis of psychological conditions concepts of normal and pathological development gender research methods and finally the theory and practice of psychoanalysis and psychodynamic psychotherapy. This book is full of new ideas about the basic nonlinear processes of human development nonlinear views of gender and fundamental psychoanalytic process like working through and the nature of the therapeutic process as conceptualized in terms of the theory of coupled oscillators. Galatzer-Levy questions many standard psychoanalytic formulations and points to a freer practice of psychoanalysis and psychoanalytic thinking. His new approach opens the reader’s eyes to ways in which development and treatment can occur through processes not now included in standard psychoanalytic theory. The book not only provides useful theories but also helps readers take note of commonly passed over phenomena that were unseen for lack of a theory to explain them. Galatzer-Levy brings an unusual combination of training in psychiatry psychoanalysis and mathematics to this unique study which summarizes his forty years of exploration of nonlinearity and psychoanalysis. Nonlinear Psychoanalysis will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as students of nonlinear dynamics systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508995

Nonlinear Psychophysical Dynamics Nonlinear Psychophysical Dynamics utilizes new results in systems theory as a foundation for representing sensory channels as a form of recursive loop processes. It demonstrates that a range of phenomena previously treated as diverse or anomalous are more readily seen as related and as the natural consequence of self-regulation and nonlinearity. Some cases with appropriate data analysis are reviewed. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977259

Nonlinear Random VibrationAnalytical Techniques and Applications This second edition of the book Nonlinear Random Vibration: Analytical Techniques and Applications expands on the original edition with additional detailed steps in various places in the text. It is a first systematic presentation on the subject. Its features include:• a concise treatment of Markovian and non- Markovian solutions of nonlinear stochastic differential equations • exact solutions of Fokker-Planck-Kolmogorov equations • methods of statistical linearization • statistical nonlinearization techniques • methods of stochastic averaging • truncated hierarchy techniques and• an appendix on probability theory. A special feature is its incorporation of detailed steps in many examples of engineering applications. Targeted audience: Graduates research scientists and engineers in mechanical aerospace civil and environmental (earthquake wind and transportation) automobile naval architectural and mining engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076624

Nonlinear Reaction-Diffusion-Convection EquationsLie and Conditional Symmetry Exact Solutions and Their Applications It is well known that symmetry-based methods are very powerful tools for investigating nonlinear partial differential equations (PDEs) notably for their reduction to those of lower dimensionality (e.g. to ODEs) and constructing exact solutions. This book is devoted to (1) search Lie and conditional (non-classical) symmetries of nonlinear RDC equations (2) constructing exact solutions using the symmetries obtained and (3) their applications for solving some biologically and physically motivated problems. The book summarises the results derived by the authors during the last 10 years and those obtained by some other authors. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498776172

Nonlinear Science and WarfareChaos complexity and the U.S. military in the information age This book examines the United States military’s use of concepts from non-linear science such as chaos and complexity theory in its efforts to theorise information-age warfare. Over the past three decades the US defence community has shown an increasing interest in learning lessons from the non-linear sciences. Theories strategies and doctrines of warfare that have guided the conduct of US forces in recent conflicts have been substantially influenced by ideas borrowed from non-linear science including manoeuvre warfare network-centric warfare and counterinsurgency. This book accounts for the uses that the US military has made of non-linear science by examining the long-standing historical relationship between the natural sciences and Western militaries. It identifies concepts and metaphors borrowed from natural science as a key formative factor behind the development of military theory strategy and doctrine. In doing so Nonlinear Science and Warfare not only improves our understanding of the relationship between military professional identity professional military education and changes in technology but also provides important insights into the evolving nature of conflict in the Information Age. This book will be of much interest to students of strategic studies military science US foreign policy technology and war and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497948

Nonlinear Seismic Analysis and Design of Reinforced Concrete BuildingsWorkshop on Nonlinear Seismic Analysis of Reinforced Concrete Building Forty scientists working in 13 different countries detail in this work the most recent advances in seismic design and performance assessment of reinforced concrete buildings. It is a valuable contribution in the mitigation of natural disasters. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863944

Nonlinear Stochastic Control and Filtering with Engineering-oriented Complexities Nonlinear Stochastic Control and Filtering with Engineering-oriented Complexities presents a series of control and filtering approaches for stochastic systems with traditional and emerging engineering-oriented complexities. The book begins with an overview of the relevant background motivation and research problems and then:Discusses the robust stability and stabilization problems for a class of stochastic time-delay interval systems with nonlinear disturbancesInvestigates the robust stabilization and H∞ control problems for a class of stochastic time-delay uncertain systems with Markovian switching and nonlinear disturbancesExplores the H∞ state estimator and H∞ output feedback controller design issues for stochastic time-delay systems with nonlinear disturbances sensor nonlinearities and Markovian jumping parametersAnalyzes the H∞ performance for a general class of nonlinear stochastic systems with time delays where the addressed systems are described by general stochastic functional differential equationsStudies the filtering problem for a class of discrete-time stochastic nonlinear time-delay systems with missing measurement and stochastic disturbancesUses gain-scheduling techniques to tackle the probability-dependent control and filtering problems for time-varying nonlinear systems with incomplete informationEvaluates the filtering problem for a class of discrete-time stochastic nonlinear networked control systems with multiple random communication delays and random packet lossesExamines the filtering problem for a class of nonlinear genetic regulatory networks with state-dependent stochastic disturbances and state delaysConsiders the H∞ state estimation problem for a class of discrete-time complex networks with probabilistic missing measurements and randomly occurring coupling delaysAddresses the H∞ synchronization control problem for a class of dynamical networks with randomly varying nonlinearitiesNonlinear Stochastic Control and Filtering with Engineering-oriented Complexities describes novel methodologies that can be applied extensively in lab simulations field experiments and real-world engineering practices. Thus this text provides a valuable reference for researchers and professionals in the signal processing and control engineering communities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574581

Nonlinear Systems and Their Remarkable Mathematical StructuresVolume 1 Nonlinear Systems and Their Remarkable Mathematical Structures aims to describe the recent progress in nonlinear differential equations and nonlinear dynamical systems (both continuous and discrete). Written by experts each chapter is self-contained and aims to clearly illustrate some of the mathematical theories of nonlinear systems. The book should be suitable for some graduate and postgraduate students in mathematics the natural sciences and engineering sciences as well as for researchers (both pure and applied) interested in nonlinear systems. The common theme throughout the book is on solvable and integrable nonlinear systems of equations and methods/theories that can be applied to analyze those systems. Some applications are also discussed.Features Collects contributions on recent advances in the subject of nonlinear systemsAims to make the advanced mathematical methods accessible to the non-expert in this fieldWritten to be accessible to some graduate and postgraduate students in mathematics and applied mathematicsServes as a literature source in nonlinear systems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367732431

Nonlinear Systems and Their Remarkable Mathematical StructuresVolume 2 Nonlinear Systems and Their Remarkable Mathematical Structures Volume 2 is written in a careful pedagogical manner by experts from the field of nonlinear differential equations and nonlinear dynamical systems (both continuous and discrete). This book aims to clearly illustrate the mathematical theories of nonlinear systems and its progress to both non-experts and active researchers in this area. Just like the first volume this book is suitable for graduate students in mathematics applied mathematics and engineering sciences as well as for researchers in the subject of differential equations and dynamical systems. Features Collects contributions on recent advances in the subject of nonlinear systems Aims to make the advanced mathematical methods accessible to the non-experts Suitable for a broad readership including researchers and graduate students in mathematics and applied mathematics Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367208479

Nonlinear Systems Stability AnalysisLyapunov-Based Approach The equations used to describe dynamic properties of physical systems are often nonlinear and it is rarely possible to find their solutions. Although numerical solutions are impractical and graphical techniques are not useful for many types of systems there are different theorems and methods that are useful regarding qualitative properties of nonlinear systems and their solutions—system stability being the most crucial property. Without stability a system will not have value.Nonlinear Systems Stability Analysis: Lyapunov-Based Approach introduces advanced tools for stability analysis of nonlinear systems. It presents the most recent progress in stability analysis and provides a complete review of the dynamic systems stability analysis methods using Lyapunov approaches. The author discusses standard stability techniques highlighting their shortcomings and also describes recent developments in stability analysis that can improve applicability of the standard methods. The text covers mostly new topics such as stability of homogonous nonlinear systems and higher order Lyapunov functions derivatives for stability analysis. It also addresses special classes of nonlinear systems including time-delayed and fuzzy systems.Presenting new methods this book provides a nearly complete set of methods for constructing Lyapunov functions in both autonomous and nonautonomous systems touching on new topics that open up novel research possibilities. Gathering a body of research into one volume this text offers information to help engineers design stable systems using practice-oriented methods and can be used for graduate courses in a range of engineering disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072770

Nonlinear Systems Tracking Tracking is the goal of control of any object plant process or vehicle. From vehicles and missiles to power plants tracking is essential to guarantee high-quality behavior. Nonlinear Systems Tracking establishes the tracking theory trackability theory and tracking control synthesis for time-varying nonlinear plants and their control systems as parts of control theory. Treating general dynamical and control systems including subclasses of input-output and state-space nonlinear systems the book: Describes the crucial tracking control concepts that comprise effective tracking control algorithms Defines the main tracking and trackability properties involved identifying properties both perfect and imperfect Details the corresponding conditions needed for the controlled plant to exhibit each property Discusses various algorithms for tracking control synthesis attacking the tracking control synthesis problems themselves Depicts the effective synthesis of the tracking control under the action of which the plant behavior satisfies all the imposed tracking requirements resulting from its purpose With clarity and precision Nonlinear Systems Tracking provides original coverage presenting discovery and proofs of new tracking criteria and control algorithms. Thus the book creates new directions for research in control theory enabling fruitful new control engineering applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749511

Nonlinear Temporality in Joyce and WalcottHistory Repeating Itself with a Difference Nonlinear Temporality in Joyce and Walcott is the first dedicated comparative study of James Joyce and Derek Walcott. The book examines the ways in which both Joyce’s fiction and Walcott’s poetry articulate a nonlinear conception of time with radical cultural and political implications. For Joyce and Walcott equally the book argues it is only by reconceiving time in this way that it becomes possible to envisage a means of escape from what Joyce calls  “force hatred history” and what Walcott calls the “madness of history seen as sequential time”. A starting point for the comparisons drawn between Joyce and Walcott is their relationship to Homer. Joyce’s Ulysses is in one respect a rewriting of Homer’s Odyssey; Walcott’s Omeros stands in an analogous relationship to the Iliad. This book argues that these acts of rewriting far from being instances of influence intertexuality or straightforward repetition exemplify Joyce and Walcott’s complex stance not just toward literary history but toward the idea of history as such. The book goes on to demonstrate how an enhanced appreciation of the role of nonlinear temporality in Joyce and Walcott can help to illuminate numerous other aspects of their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889203

Nonlinear Time SeriesSemiparametric and Nonparametric Methods Useful in the theoretical and empirical analysis of nonlinear time series data semiparametric methods have received extensive attention in the economics and statistics communities over the past twenty years. Recent studies show that semiparametric methods and models may be applied to solve dimensionality reduction problems arising from using fully nonparametric models and methods. Answering the call for an up-to-date overview of the latest developments in the field Nonlinear Time Series: Semiparametric and Nonparametric Methods focuses on various semiparametric methods in model estimation specification testing and selection of time series data.After a brief introduction the book examines semiparametric estimation and specification methods and then applies these approaches to a class of nonlinear continuous-time models with real-world data. It also assesses some newly proposed semiparametric estimation procedures for time series data with long-range dependence. Even though the book only deals with climatological and financial data the estimation and specifications methods discussed can be applied to models with real-world data in many disciplines.This resource covers key methods in time series analysis and provides the necessary theoretical details. The latest applied finance and financial econometrics results and applications presented in the book enable researchers and graduate students to keep abreast of developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367389352

Nonlinear Time SeriesTheory Methods and Applications with R Examples Designed for researchers and students Nonlinear Times Series: Theory Methods and Applications with R Examples familiarizes readers with the principles behind nonlinear time series models—without overwhelming them with difficult mathematical developments. By focusing on basic principles and theory the authors give readers the background required to craft their own stochastic models numerical methods and software. They will also be able to assess the advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and thus be able to choose the right methods for their purposes. The first part can be seen as a crash course on "classical" time series with a special emphasis on linear state space models and detailed coverage of random coefficient autoregressions both ARCH and GARCH models. The second part introduces Markov chains discussing stability the existence of a stationary distribution ergodicity limit theorems and statistical inference. The book concludes with a self-contained account on nonlinear state space and sequential Monte Carlo methods. An elementary introduction to nonlinear state space modeling and sequential Monte Carlo this section touches on current topics from the theory of statistical inference to advanced computational methods. The book can be used as a support to an advanced course on these methods or an introduction to this field before studying more specialized texts. Several chapters highlight recent developments such as explicit rate of convergence of Markov chains and sequential Monte Carlo techniques. And while the chapters are organized in a logical progression the three parts can be studied independently. Statistics is not a spectator sport so the book contains more than 200 exercises to challenge readers. These problems strengthen intellectual muscles strained by the introduction of new theory and go on to extend the theory in significant ways. The book helps readers hone their skills in nonlinear time series analysis and their applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466502253

Nonlinear Vision: Determination of Neural Receptive Fields Function and Networks This text brings to vision research a treatment different from that often found in books on the subject in its emphasis on nonlinear aspects of vision from human perception to eye cells of the fly. There is considerable emphasis on mathematics which forms not only models but the algorithms for processing data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895963

Nonlinearity in Structural DynamicsDetection Identification and Modelling Many types of engineering structures exhibit nonlinear behavior under real operating conditions. Sometimes the unpredicted nonlinear behavior of a system results in catastrophic failure. In civil engineering grandstands at sporting events and concerts may be prone to nonlinear oscillations due to looseness of joints friction and crowd movements. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429138331

Non-Linguistic Philosophy First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871021

Non-Mainstream Dimensions of Global Political EconomyEssays in Honour of Sunanda Sen The book is a collection of essays written by scholars of global repute in honour of Professor Sunanda Sen. Each paper is well-researched and offers some new dimension to the understanding of the current global crisis finance and labour including the epistemological viewpoints regarding the current global order. The uniqueness of the book is that in one place one can find different heterodox positions dealing with the present global order of finance and labour – post-Keynesian Marxist etc. The contents of the book can be classified into three major sections – (1) global finance dealing with current global crisis; (2) methodological/epistemological concerns in terms of the global crisis and (3) labour in the context of neoliberal global capitalism characterised by the process of financialisation. The entire book is an attempt to decipher the meaning and significance the process of financialisation produces for the real economy. One of the major conclusions drawn from the different studies in the book relates to the fact that global finance as it has been shaped today cannot delinked from the question of labour. The current global finance regime warrants neoliberal labour flexibility regime the latter guaranteeing the necessary surplus generation for the pervasive finance. This book offers an analysis of current global crisis relating it to the present-day global finance and labour in terms of the process of neoliberal financialisation a flexible labour regime. It is based on non-mainstream heterodox approach in Economics and as such is a critique of the mainstream neoclassical position on current global crisis. The contents of the book will be of immense use to the researchers and students dealing with current global crisis global finance and labour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914797

Nonmarket Strategic Management Strategic management has traditionally concerned itself with delivering objectives based on an assessment of resources and the market environment. However there are many actors considered ‘outside’ the firm that inevitably shape the dynamics within the market. Nonmarket strategies entail social political and legal arrangements that reinforce or enable market strategies providing a comprehensive approach to improving performance and gaining a competitive advantage. This book introduces nonmarket strategic management within these contexts. Divided into two parts the first part offers theories and managerial support for coping with the complex business realities surrounded by social political and legal spheres; the second part presents examples of the challenges firms in the nonmarket environment. These examples show how firms can strategically manage and work with social political and regulatory stakeholders to achieve their goals. Written by two leading scholars in the area this book is essential reading for business students managers and leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918290

Non-Medical PrescribingA Course Companion This accessible textbook provides a comprehensive resource for healthcare students and professional students studying non-medical prescribing taking into account the Royal Pharmaceutical Society (RPS) competency framework for non-medical prescribing. Non-Medical Prescribing: A Course Companion includes chapters on the context of non-medical prescribing; pharmacology; professional legal and ethical issues; psychological influences; working in multidisciplinary teams; working with patients with complex conditions and co-morbidities; understanding antibiotics and resistances; prescription writing; and the role of non-medical prescribing leads. Each chapter acts as a self-contained study module with key facts and areas highlighted illustrative clinical cases to link learning to practice and a self-test quiz. Designed for professionals from a range of non-medical disciplines including nursing midwifery pharmacy physiotherapy and occupational therapy this book can be used at both pre- and post-registration level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281342

Non-Metallic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete StructuresProceedings of the Second International RILEM Symposium Dealing with a wide range of non-metallic materials this book opens up possibilities of lighter more durable structures. With contributions from leading international researchers and design engineers it provides a complete overview of current knowledge on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449018

Non-Motorized Transport Integration into Urban Transport Planning in Africa What challenges do pedestrians and cyclists face in cities of the developing world? What opportunities do these cities have to provide for walking and cycling? Based on in-depth research conducted in Cape Town (South Africa) Dar es Salaam (Tanzania) and Nairobi (Kenya) this book explores these questions by presenting work on walking and cycling travel behaviour the status of road safety in these cities as well as an analysis of the infrastructure for walking and cycling and the workings of the institutions responsible for planning for these modes. The book also presents case studies relating to particular opportunities and challenges such as the development and evaluation of ‘walking bus’ interventions and the opportunities micro-simulation of pedestrian interventions offers within a data-scarce environment. Non-motorized Transport Integration into Urban Transport Planning in Africa demonstrates that transport and urban planning remains situated in a logic of automobile-dependent transport planning and global city development. This logic of practice does not pay adequate attention to walking and cycling. It argues that a significant shift in both policy as well as political commitment is needed so as to prioritize walking and cycling as strategies for sustainable transport policy in urban Africa. This book will be a key text for practitioners and policy makers working in planning transport policy and urban development in Africa as well as students and scholars of African studies development studies urban geography transport studies and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219024

Non-native Educators in English Language Teaching The place of native and non-native speakers in the role of English teachers has probably been an issue ever since English was taught internationally. Although ESL and EFL literature is awash in fact dependent upon the scrutiny of non-native learners interest in non-native academics and teachers is fairly new. Until recently the voices of non-native speakers articulating their own concerns have been even rarer. This book is a response to this notable vacuum in the ELT literature providing a forum for language educators from diverse geographical origins and language backgrounds. In addition to presenting autobiographical narratives these authors argue sociopolitical issues and discuss implications for teacher education all relating to the theme of non-native educators in ETL. All of the authors are non-native speakers of English. Some are long established professionals whereas others are more recent initiates to the field. All but one received part of the higher education in North America and all except two of the chapters are at least partially contextualized in North America. Particularly relevant for non-native speakers who aspire to enter the profession graduate students in TESOL programs and teacher educators the unique nature of this book's contributors and its contents will interest researchers and professionals in applied linguistics generally and in ELT and all those who are concerned with the role of non-native speakers in English-language teaching. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045368

Non-Native Sources for the Scandinavian Kings' Sagas Traditional scholarship on the kings' sagas has tended to focus on the textual histories and interrelationships between the various twelfth- and thirteenth-century Scandinavian manuscripts. Thus previous scholars have striven to ascertain chronology dating and potential literary borrowings between the various native medieval manuscripts without considering the possibility of foreign textual influences on native literary traditions. Non-Native Sources for the Scandinavian Kings' Sagas prompts scholars to look beyond the borders of medieval Scandinavia in the attempt to account for seemingly inexplicable literary motifs and historical accounts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878396

Nonnitrogenous Organocatalysis Since the 1990s the synthetic community has shown a growing interest in the development of catalytic reactions that employ entirely organic catalysts – so-called ‘organocatalysts’. With the current emphasis on green chemistry throughout the chemical industry organocatalysis has become indispensible. In spite of this growth and recognition there can be a misconception that organocatalysts are only based on nitrogen-containing functional groups (amines ureas and quaternary ammonium salts for example) and are only useful for asymmetric reactions. Nonnitrogenous Organocatalysis shows that the umbrella of organocatalysis covers other main group elements besides nitrogen and the coverage is not just limited to asymmetric methods. Many of the catalysts and mechanisms discussed may not have a viable asymmetric variant or cannot be rendered asymmetric at all. This does not make them any less useful as illustrated in this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498715034

Non-offensive Defence For The Twenty-first Century This anthology constitutes an attempt to take stock of the debate on non-offensive defence after the Cold War providing information on a research project that was initiated in 1985 at the Centre for Peace and Conflict Research in Copenhagen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159313

Nonoffensive DefenseA Global Perspective This book first published in 1990 examines the theories on ‘nonoffensive’ or ‘nonprovocative’ defence that arose at the end of the Cold War. The debate around the theories is analysed here including the claims that nonoffensive defence would lead to conventional stability security at lower levels of armaments and reduce suspicion leading to peace and stability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628215

No-nonsense Guide to Archives and Recordkeeping This practical how-to-do-it guide is ideal for professionals involved in the management of archives and records especially if they are just starting out or without formal training. The book covers all aspects of recordkeeping and archives management. It follows the records' journey from creation through the application of classification and access techniques evaluation for business legal and historical value and finally to destruction or preservation and access in the archive. Based on the internationally renowned training days run by the author and her business partner The No-nonsense Guide to Archives and Recordkeeping deals with records and archives in all formats. It utilizes checklists practical exercises sample documentation case studies and helpful diagrams to ensure a very accessible and pragmatic approach allowing anyone to get to grips with the basics quickly. The book is divided into four main work areas: current records: including creation filing classification and security records management: including aims risks planning preparation and delivery archives management: including collecting policies intellectual property rights appraisal digitization and outreach archival preservation: including policy disaster prevention and repositories. Readership: This one-stop-shop will be essential for a wide readership including archives and records assistants librarians information managers and IT professionals responsible for archives and records and managers of archives staff. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048552

No-nonsense Guide to Archives and Recordkeeping This practical how-to-do-it guide is ideal for professionals involved in the management of archives and records especially if they are just starting out or without formal training. The book covers all aspects of recordkeeping and archives management. It follows the records' journey from creation through the application of classification and access techniques evaluation for business legal and historical value and finally to destruction or preservation and access in the archive. Based on the internationally renowned training days run by the author and her business partner The No-nonsense Guide to Archives and Recordkeeping deals with records and archives in all formats. It utilizes checklists practical exercises sample documentation case studies and helpful diagrams to ensure a very accessible and pragmatic approach allowing anyone to get to grips with the basics quickly. The book is divided into four main work areas: Current records: including creation filing classification and security Records management: including aims risks planning preparation and delivery Archives management: including collecting policies intellectual property rights appraisal digitization and outreach Archival preservation: including policy disaster prevention and repositories. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302833

No-nonsense Guide to Born-digital Content This book offers a comprehensive entry-level guide that focuses explicitly on how to collect and manage born-digital content for ‘boots on the ground’ practitioners. Libraries and archives of all sizes are collecting and managing an increasing proportion of digital content. Within this body of digital content is a growing pool of ‘born-digital’ content: content that has been created and has often existed solely in digital form. Providing continued sustainable access to a wide array of born-digital content is a challenge for libraries and archives particularly because of the broad and highly technical skills needed to build and sustain born-digital content management workflows. The No-Nonsense Guide to Born Digital Content provides an entry level how-to guide that aims to help ease inexperienced students and practitioners into this area. It explains step by step processes for developing and implementing born-digital content workflows in library and archive settings of all sizes and includes a range of case studies collected from small medium and large institutions internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301959

No-nonsense Guide to Born-digital Content <p class="MsoNormal">This book offers a comprehensive entry-level guide thatfocuses explicitly on how to collect and manage born-digital content for &#145;bootson the ground&#146; practitioners. </p><p class="MsoNormal">Libraries and archives of all sizes are collecting andmanaging an increasing proportion of digital content. Within this body ofdigital content is a growing pool of &#145;born-digital&#146; content: content that hasbeen created and has often existed solely in digital form. Providing continued sustainable access to a wide array of born-digital content is a challenge forlibraries and archives particularly because of the broad and highly technicalskills needed to build and sustain born-digital content management workflows. </p><p class="MsoNormal"><i>The No-Nonsense Guideto Born Digital Content</i> provides an entry level how-to guide that aims tohelp ease inexperienced students and practitioners into this area. It explainsstep by step processes for developing and implementing born-digital contentworkflows in library and archive settings of all sizes and includes a range ofcase studies collected from small medium and large institutionsinternationally. </p><p class="MsoNormal">Including:</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:18.0pt"><ul><li>the wide range of digital storagemedia and why this is different to and similar to existing content</li><li>the various sources ofborn-digital content and how they are appraised and considered for collection</li><li>retrieving and preparing contentto allow it to be brought into the library or archive</li><li>storage systems and applyingarchival arrangement philosophies</li><li>description preservation andaccess</li><li>methods for designing workflowsfor born-digital collection processing</li><li>strategies and philosophies tomove forward as technologies change.</li></ul></p><p class="MsoNormal">This book will be useful reading for LIS and archivalstudents and professionals who are working with or plan to work with borndigital content. It will also be of interest to museum professionals datamanagers data scientists and records managers.&#160;</p> Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301966

No-nonsense Guide to Legal Issues in Web 2.0 and Cloud Computing Expert hands-on advice on getting the most out of Web 2.0 and cloud computing. Applications like YouTube Facebook Flickr and Slideshare all raise legal problems for the information professional. Whether you're working with managing or using Web 2.0 or cloud computing applications you will need to be able to assess and manage risk effectively. This no-nonsense practical working tool will make the relevant legal principles simple to understand for those with little or no experience and make common problems quick to solve when you're struggling with daily deadlines. Each chapter starts with an accessible introduction to the key areas of relevant law and the implications for Web 2.0 and cloud computing. Cross-sectoral case studies illustrate real world problems and exercises with easy-to-follow pragmatic solutions allow you to quickly develop good practice. The relevant practice is discussed in relation to these key topics: the major legal issues raised by Web 2.0 an overview of copyright other intellectual property rights and related rights data protection including UK and EU law freedom of information defamation and global differences in defamation law cloud computing issues liability issues. Readership: This is an essential toolkit for all information professionals working in public academic or special libraries archives or museums who are working with using or managing Web 2.0 or cloud computing applications. It also provides a practical introduction to the law on these topics for LIS students and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048040

No-Nonsense Guide to Project Management <p class="MsoNormal">This book provides a &#145;no-nonsense&#146; guide to projectmanagement which will enable library and information professionals to lead or take part in a wide rangeof projects from large-scale multi-organisation complex projects through torelatively simple local ones.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Barbara Allan has fully revised and updated her classic 2004title &#145;<i>Project Management&#146;</i> toincorporate<i> </i>considerable developmentsduring the past decade including: the development and wide-scale acceptance offormal project management methodologies; the use of social media to communicateand disseminate information about projects and the large shift in the types ofproject library and information workers may be involved in.</p><p class="MsoNormal">The text is supported by practical case studies drawn from awide range of LIS organizations at local regional national and internationallevels. These examples provide an insight into good practice for thepractitioner from an individual working in a voluntary organization on anextremely limited budget to someone involved in an international project.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Content covered includes:</p><p class="MsoNormal"></p><ul><li>an introduction to project management project workers andthe library and information profession</li><li>different approaches to project management the projectcycle the people side of projects and management of change</li><li>discussion of project methodologies project managementsoftware open source software collaborative working software and use ofsocial media.</li><li>project initiation communication analysis and projectbriefs</li><li>developing project infra-structure scheduling working outthe finances and carrying out a detailed risk analysis</li><li>implementation monitoring and reporting and identifyingpotential problems</li><li>current approaches to funding bidding and tendering andtaking part in audits</li><li>working in partnerships in diverse and virtual teams andmanaging change. &#160;</li></ul><p></p><p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span calibri" "sans-serif";="" mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:="" "times="" new="" roman";mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi"="">Readership</span></strong>:If you are an LIS professional involved in project work of any kind whether ona managerial practical academic or research level this is an invaluable resourcefor you.</p> Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302048

No-nonsense Guide to Training in Libraries Straightforward and practical guidance for library and information workers in all sectors who are involved in training users colleagues or other groups.<br> In order to make an impact with their customers library staff must be well trained and up-to-date. Training is often delivered by library managers development officers and trainers who may have limited budgets with access to few resources. This accessible guide uses case studies and examples of best practice from public school academic special and government libraries to help library and information workers deliver excellent training practice. Increasingly library and information staff are being asked to do more and more with fewer resources. In the context of higher education and further education library and information workers are often involved in training large diverse groups of more than 100 students who may have limited resources. In public libraries library staff may be involved in delivering a wide range of training activities to extremely diverse groups. Many library and information workers in special libraries deliver end-user and specialist training to busy professionals who are unlikely to have the time to attend pre-scheduled workshops. In addition the rise of social networking tools and other information and communication technologies has meant that training practices are continually changing to meet the expectations of participants. This book provides guidance on the design and delivery of effective training courses and is aimed at helping experienced trainers as well as those who are still developing their skills including: • The people side of training • Use of technologies to support training practices • Different approaches to learning and teaching • Planning and designing training • Delivering training: face-to-face and blended learning • Evaluation of training events and continuous improvement • Learning and development in the workplace. Readership: All library and information workers involved in training. <b>Readership</b>: All library and information workers involved in training.<br>|Straightforward and practical guidance for library and information workers in all sectors who are involved in training users colleagues or other groups. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048286

No-nonsense Guide to Training in Libraries Straightforward and practical guidance for library and information workers in all sectors who are involved in training users colleagues or other groups. In order to make an impact with their customers library staff must be well trained and up-to-date. Training is often delivered by library managers development officers and trainers who may have limited budgets with access to few resources. This accessible guide uses case studies and examples of best practice from public school academic special and government libraries to help library and information workers deliver excellent training practice. Increasingly library and information staff are being asked to do more and more with fewer resources. In the context of higher education and further education library and information workers are often involved in training large diverse groups of more than 100 students who may have limited resources. In public libraries library staff may be involved in delivering a wide range of training activities to extremely diverse groups. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303168

Nonparametric Methods in Statistics with SAS Applications Designed for a graduate course in applied statistics Nonparametric Methods in Statistics with SAS Applications teaches students how to apply nonparametric techniques to statistical data. It starts with the tests of hypotheses and moves on to regression modeling time-to-event analysis density estimation and resampling methods. The text begins with classical nonparametric hypotheses testing including the sign Wilcoxon sign-rank and rank-sum Ansari-Bradley Kolmogorov-Smirnov Friedman rank Kruskal-Wallis H Spearman rank correlation coefficient and Fisher exact tests. It then discusses smoothing techniques (loess and thin-plate splines) for classical nonparametric regression as well as binary logistic and Poisson models. The author also describes time-to-event nonparametric estimation methods such as the Kaplan-Meier survival curve and Cox proportional hazards model and presents histogram and kernel density estimation methods. The book concludes with the basics of jackknife and bootstrap interval estimation. Drawing on data sets from the author’s many consulting projects this classroom-tested book includes various examples from psychology education clinical trials and other areas. It also presents a set of exercises at the end of each chapter. All examples and exercises require the use of SAS 9.3 software. Complete SAS codes for all examples are given in the text. Large data sets for the exercises are available on the author’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466580626

Nonparametric Models for Longitudinal DataWith Implementation in R Nonparametric Models for Longitudinal Data with Implementations in R presents a comprehensive summary of major advances in nonparametric models and smoothing methods with longitudinal data. It covers methods theories and applications that are particularly useful for biomedical studies in the era of big data and precision medicine. It also provides flexible tools to describe the temporal trends covariate effects and correlation structures of repeated measurements in longitudinal data. This book is intended for graduate students in statistics data scientists and statisticians in biomedical sciences and public health. As experts in this area the authors present extensive materials that are balanced between theoretical and practical topics. The statistical applications in real-life examples lead into meaningful interpretations and inferences. Features:Provides an overview of parametric and semiparametric methods Shows smoothing methods for unstructured nonparametric modelsCovers structured nonparametric models with time-varying coefficientsDiscusses nonparametric shared-parameter and mixed-effects modelsPresents nonparametric models for conditional distributions and functionalsIllustrates implementations using R software packagesIncludes datasets and code in the authors’ websiteContains asymptotic results and theoretical derivationsBoth authors are mathematical statisticians at the National Institutes of Health (NIH) and have published extensively in statistical and biomedical journals. Colin O. Wu earned his Ph.D. in statistics from the University of California Berkeley (1990) and is also Adjunct Professor at the Georgetown University School of Medicine. He served as Associate Editor for Biometrics and Statistics in Medicine and reviewer for National Science Foundation NIH and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Xin Tian earned her Ph.D. in statistics from Rutgers the State University of New Jersey (2003). She has served on various NIH committees and collaborated extensively with clinical researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367571665

Nonparametric Regression and Spline Smoothing Provides a unified account of the most popular approaches to nonparametric regression smoothing. This edition contains discussions of boundary corrections for trigonometric series estimators; detailed asymptotics for polynomial regression; testing goodness-of-fit; estimation in partially linear models; practical aspects problems and methods for confidence intervals and bands; local polynomial regression; and form and asymptotic properties of linear smoothing splines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579210

Nonparametric Statistical Inference Praise for previous editions: "… a classic with a long history." – Statistical Papers "The fact that the first edition of this book was published in 1971 … [is] testimony to the book’s success over a long period." – ISI Short Book Reviews "… one of the best books available for a theory course on nonparametric statistics. … very well written and organized … recommended for teachers and graduate students." – Biometrics "… There is no competitor for this book and its comprehensive development and application of nonparametric methods. Users of one of the earlier editions should certainly consider upgrading to this new edition." – Technometrics "… Useful to students and research workers … a good textbook for a beginning graduate-level course in nonparametric statistics." – Journal of the American Statistical Association Since its first publication in 1971 Nonparametric Statistical Inference has been widely regarded as the source for learning about nonparametrics. The Sixth Edition carries on this tradition and incorporates computer solutions based on R. Features Covers the most commonly used nonparametric procedures States the assumptions develops the theory behind the procedures and illustrates the techniques using realistic examples from the social behavioral and life sciences Presents tests of hypotheses confidence-interval estimation sample size determination power and comparisons of competing procedures Includes an Appendix of user-friendly tables needed for solutions to all data-oriented examples Gives examples of computer applications based on R MINITAB STATXACT and SAS Lists over 100 new references Nonparametric Statistical Inference Sixth Edition has been thoroughly revised and rewritten to make it more readable and reader-friendly. All of the R solutions are new and make this book much more useful for applications in modern times. It has been updated throughout and contains 100 new citations including some of the most recent to make it more current and useful for researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138087446

Nonparametric Statistical Methods For Complete and Censored Data Balancing the "cookbook" approach of some texts with the more mathematical approach of others Nonparametric Statistical Methods for Complete and Censored Data introduces commonly used non-parametric methods for complete data and extends those methods to right censored data analysis. Whenever possible the authors derive their methodology from the general theory of statistical inference and introduce the concepts intuitively for students with minimal backgrounds. Derivations and mathematical details are relegated to appendices at the end of each chapter which allows students to easily proceed through each chapter without becoming bogged down in a lot of mathematics.In addition to the nonparametric methods for analyzing complete and censored data the book covers optimal linear rank statistics clinical equivalence analysis of block designs and precedence tests. To make the material more accessible and practical the authors use SAS programs to illustrate the various methods included. Exercises in each chapter SAS code and a clear accessible presentation make this an outstanding text for a one-semester senior or graduate-level course in nonparametric statistics for students in a variety of disciplines from statistics and biostatistics to business psychology and the social scientists.Prerequisites: Students will need a solid background in calculus and a two-semester course in mathematical statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367394950

Nonparametric Statistical Methods Using R A Practical Guide to Implementing Nonparametric and Rank-Based ProceduresNonparametric Statistical Methods Using R covers traditional nonparametric methods and rank-based analyses including estimation and inference for models ranging from simple location models to general linear and nonlinear models for uncorrelated and correlated responses. The authors emphasize applications and statistical computation. They illustrate the methods with many real and simulated data examples using R including the packages Rfit and npsm.The book first gives an overview of the R language and basic statistical concepts before discussing nonparametrics. It presents rank-based methods for one- and two-sample problems procedures for regression models computation for general fixed-effects ANOVA and ANCOVA models and time-to-event analyses. The last two chapters cover more advanced material including high breakdown fits for general regression models and rank-based inference for cluster correlated data.The book can be used as a primary text or supplement in a course on applied nonparametric or robust procedures and as a reference for researchers who need to implement nonparametric and rank-based methods in practice. Through numerous examples it shows readers how to apply these methods using R. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367739720

Nonparametric Statistical TestsA Computational Approach Nonparametric Statistical Tests: A Computational Approach describes classical nonparametric tests as well as novel and little-known methods such as the Baumgartner-Weiss-Schindler and the Cucconi tests. The book presents SAS and R programs allowing readers to carry out the different statistical methods such as permutation and bootstrap tests. The author considers example data sets in each chapter to illustrate methods. Numerous real-life data from various areas including the bible and their analyses provide for greatly diversified reading. The book covers: Nonparametric two-sample tests for the location-shift model specifically the Fisher-Pitman permutation test the Wilcoxon rank sum test and the Baumgartner-Weiss-Schindler test Permutation tests location-scale tests tests for the nonparametric Behrens-Fisher problem and tests for a difference in variability Tests for the general alternative including the (Kolmogorov-)Smirnov test ordered categorical and discrete numerical data Well-known one-sample tests such as the sign test and Wilcoxon’s signed rank test a modification suggested by Pratt (1959) a permutation test with original observations and a one-sample bootstrap test are presented. Tests for more than two groups the following tests are described in detail: the Kruskal-Wallis test the permutation F test the Jonckheere-Terpstra trend test tests for umbrella alternatives and the Friedman and Page tests for multiple dependent groups The concepts of independence and correlation and stratified tests such as the van Elteren test and combination tests The applicability of computer-intensive methods such as bootstrap and permutation tests for non-standard situations and complex designs Although the major development of nonparametric methods came to a certain end in the 1970s their importance undoubtedly persists. What is still needed is a computer assisted evaluation of their main properties. This book closes that gap. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138114104

Nonparametric Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences Incorporating a hands-on pedagogical approach Nonparametric Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences presents the concepts principles and methods used in performing many nonparametric procedures. It also demonstrates practical applications of the most common nonparametric procedures using IBM’s SPSS software. This text is the only current nonparametric book written specifically for students in the behavioral and social sciences. Emphasizing sound research designs appropriate statistical analyses and accurate interpretations of results the text:Explains a conceptual framework for each statistical procedurePresents examples of relevant research problems associated research questions and hypotheses that precede each procedure Details SPSS paths for conducting various analysesDiscusses the interpretations of statistical results and conclusions of the researchWith minimal coverage of formulas the book takes a nonmathematical approach to nonparametric data analysis procedures and shows students how they are used in research contexts. Each chapter includes examples exercises and SPSS screen shots illustrating steps of the statistical procedures and resulting output. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367379100

Nonparametric Statistics on Manifolds and Their Applications to Object Data Analysis A New Way of Analyzing Object Data from a Nonparametric ViewpointNonparametric Statistics on Manifolds and Their Applications to Object Data Analysis provides one of the first thorough treatments of the theory and methodology for analyzing data on manifolds. It also presents in-depth applications to practical problems arising in a variety of fields including statistics medical imaging computer vision pattern recognition and bioinformatics.The book begins with a survey of illustrative examples of object data before moving to a review of concepts from mathematical statistics differential geometry and topology. The authors next describe theory and methods for working on various manifolds giving a historical perspective of concepts from mathematics and statistics. They then present problems from a wide variety of areas including diffusion tensor imaging similarity shape analysis directional data analysis and projective shape analysis for machine vision. The book concludes with a discussion of current related research and graduate-level teaching topics as well as considerations related to computational statistics.Researchers in diverse fields must combine statistical methodology with concepts from projective geometry differential geometry and topology to analyze data objects arising from non-Euclidean object spaces. An expert-driven guide to this approach this book covers the general nonparametric theory for analyzing data on manifolds methods for working with specific spaces and extensive applications to practical research problems. These problems show how object data analysis opens a formidable door to the realm of big data analysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737825

Non-Photorealistic Rendering The ubiquity of computer-generated imagery around us in movies advertising or on the Internet is already being taken for granted and what impresses most people is the photorealistic quality of the images. Pictures as we have often been told are worth a thousand words and the information transported by an image can take many different forms. Many computer graphics researchers are exploring non-photorealistic rendering techniques as an alternative to realistic rendering. Defined by what it is not non-photorealistic rendering brings art and science together concentrating less on the process and more on the communication content of an image. Techniques that have long been used by artists can be applied to computer graphics to emphasize subtle attributes and to omit extraneous information. This book provides an overview of the published research on non-photorealistic rendering in order to categorize and distill the current research into a body of usable techniques. A summary of some of the algorithms as well as pseudo-code for producing some of the images is included. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367447236

Non-Plan: Essays on Freedom Participation and Change in Modern Architecture and Urbanism Non-Plan explores ways of involving people in the design of their environments - a goal which transgresses political categories of 'right' and 'left'. Attempts to circumvent planning bureaucracy and architectural inertia have ranged from free-market enterprise zones to self-build housing and from squatting to sophisticated technologies of prefabrication. Yet all have shared in a desire to let people shape the built environment they want to live and work in.How can buildings better reflect the needs of their inhabitants? How can cities better facilitate the work and recreation of their many populaces? Modernism had promised a functionalist approach to resolving the architectural needs of the twentieth-century yet the design of cities and buildings often appears to confound the needs of those who use them - their design and layout being highly regulated by restrictive legislation planning controls and bureaucracy.Non-Plan considers the theoretical and conceptual frameworks within which architecture and urbanism have sought to challenge entrenched boundaries of control focusing on the architectural history of the post-war period to the present day. This provocative book will be of interest to architects planners and students of architecture design town-planning and architectural history. Its contributors include architects critics and historians including many whose work helped shape the Non-Plan debate during the period. List of contributors: Cedric Price Benjamin Franks Elizabeth Lebas Eleonore Kofman Ben Highmore Yona Friedman Paul Barker Clara Greed Barry Curtis Colin Ward Ian Horton John Beck Chinedu Umenyilora and Malcolm Miles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131309

Non-Professional Translating and Interpreting This special issue of The Translator explores the field with a view to learning from the individuals and networks who take on such 'non-professional' translation and interpreting activities. It showcases the work of researchers who look into the phenomenon within a wide variety of settings: from museums to churches crowdsourcing and media sites to Wikipedia and scientific journals to the Social Forum. Drawing on a wide range of disciplines and models the contributions to this volume enhance the visibility of non-professionals engaged in translating and interpreting and challenge a range of widely-held assumptions within the discipline and the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763351

Nonprofit and Business Sector CollaborationSocial Enterprises Cause-Related Marketing Sponsorships and Other Corporate-Nonprofit Dealings Business managers: are you considering supporting a worthy cause? Nonprofit administrators: are you considering looking for a corporate partner? Examine ways to reap the benefits—while avoiding the sometimes-hidden pitfalls—of these partnerships! In the last decade cooperation between businesses and nonprofit organizations has increased dramatically. Businesses no longer content to simply make contribution to worthy causes are now working with nonprofits in ways that help them increase their visibility and reach new consumer groups. In this book top researchers explore the how why and when of this kind of collaboration. In addition to examining the various types of relationships that currently exist between these kinds of organizations and what the future could hold Nonprofit and Business Sector Collaboration goes on to explore cause-related marketing philanthropy social enterprise sponsorships alliances licensing agreements and more. This informative book illustrates the motives for and expected outcomes of developing these collaborative business relationships and then gets specific with insightful examinations of: the role that marketing plays in cross-sector collaboration alliances (strategic partnerships symbiotic marketing etc.) and the characteristics each partner and the partnership itself must have to succeed how the public's attitude toward a charity can change when the charity accepts corporate donations how existing perceptions of a company's ethics can affect a cause-related marketing campaign Pepsi's cause-related marketing campaigns in Spain—how they were perceived by the Spanish population and their effect on the company's image there how nonprofits can create successful relationships with corporate sponsors and their customers how businesses and arts organizations can work together for their mutual benefit and more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049587

Nonprofit Boards of DirectorsAnalyses and Applications This collection combines two important endeavors. First in various pieces evidence about the behavior and performance of non-profit boards is reviewed and important additional evidence is presented. Noting the disparity between reality and widely-accepted beliefs is a long and necessary role for empirical researchers. The second endeavor in this collection is to present useful and realistic ideas and techniques for improving board functioning and board-staff relations. Nearly all the pieces have implicit or explicit applications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512634

Nonprofit GovernanceInnovative Perspectives and Approaches The current fashion for rolling back the state has seen the nonprofit or third sector playing an increasing role in what were previously the heartlands of the public sphere. The growing significance of the sector and its increasing reliance on public funds mean it has also attracted increased scrutiny. From outside the sector concerns have been raised about the accountability and performance of nonprofit organizations. From within the sector there has been considerable debate about whether the increased reliance on government contracts is in danger of undermining the sector’s independence. As a result the spotlight has fallen on governance arrangements and whether they are adequate to ensure that nonprofit organizations are effective and accountable for their actions and able to retain their independence. This collection offers a comprehensive assessment of research on the governance of nonprofit organizations. Nonprofit governance research has been dominated by the study of boards of unitary organizations and has paid insufficient attention to the multi-level nature of governance governance relationships and dynamics and the contribution of actors other than board members to governance processes. Drawing on the research of leading scholars in the US UK Canada and Australia this book presents new perspectives on non-profit governance which help to overcome these weaknesses. Written in an accessible manner the book will be of value to scholars researchers students reflective practitioners and governance consultants and advisers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783378

Nonprofit Marketing and FundraisingA Research Overview Nonprofit sectors account for a small but significant share of most major economies globally and the marketing and fundraising activities of organisations operating in this sector are of increasing interest to researchers around the world. Although nonprofit marketing covers many activities not directly concerned with fundraising the acquisition of funds is the primary objective of most nonprofit marketing work. Nonprofit Marketing and Fundraising provides a concise introduction to the latest research in the nonprofit marketing and fundraising field reviews current controversies outlines the major theories and models of fundraising and presents suggestions for future research. The text guides the reader through the myriad of research undertaken on nonprofit marketing and fundraising summarises important findings and key thinking on fundraising strategies and processes offers conceptual insights into emerging themes and emphasises recent advancements in digital fundraising.Chapters within the book cover inter alia:criticisms of nonprofit fundraising and the research literature that has responded to attacks; issues connected with the questions ‘why people donate’ and ‘what characteristics describe the "giving type"’?‘theories of giving’ and of donor retention including foundational research relating to nonprofit relationship marketing;charity advertising (including criticisms of its use) and the branding of nonprofit organisations. This shortform book provides a useful overview for advanced students and scholars moving into the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670177

Nonprofit Organizations and Civil Society in the United States LeRoux and Feeney’s Nonprofit Organizations and Civil Society in the United States makes a departure from existing nonprofit texts on the market: rather than focus on management it focuses on nonprofit organizations and their contributions to the social political and economic dimensions of society. The book also covers the nexus between nonprofits and civil society. This text offers a theory-oriented undergraduate introduction to the nonprofit field and an examination of the multifaceted roles these organizations play in American society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661454

Non-Profit OrganizationsReal Issues for Public Administrators Packed with case studies and ripped-from-the-headlines examples Non-Profit Organizations: Real Issues for Public Administrators introduces critical issues commonly encountered when managing non-profit organizations and gives you the tools to develop policies and procedures to meet the challenges that arise when these issues occur. The authors use the case study methodology to explore decision-making issues and provide potential solutions. It provides an applied framework to use when managing a non-profit organization. The book provides case studies that range from unethical behavior to poor operational decisions to illegal activities in non-profit organizations. The authors discuss the events in phases and then identify what issues should concern the administrator and potential solutions to each phase of a case study. In addition many of the case studies address more than one issue that threatened an organization’s finances and its credibility to its stakeholders and the public. Using the information in this book you can create a checklist of issues that will help you and your organization avoid scandals or alleged criminal activity and better defuse fallout if an incident occurs. It gives you a "safe" environment in which to "live" through a case study without suffering the consequences of lost resources assets or worse public trust for your organization in reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466572324

Nonprofit OrganizationsTheory Management Policy In this new edition of his popular textbook Nonprofit Organizations: Theory Management Policy Helmut K. Anheier has fully updated revised and expanded his comprehensive introduction to this field. The text takes on an international and comparative dimensions perspective detailing the background and concepts behind these organizations and examining relevant theories and central issues. Anheier covers the full range of nonprofit organizations – service providers membership organizations foundations community groups – in different fields such as arts and culture social services and education. He introduces central terms such as philanthropy charity community social entrepreneurship social investment public good and civil society whilst explaining how the field spills over from public management through nonprofit management and public administration. The previous edition won the Best Book Award at the American Academy of Management in 2006. Nonprofit Organizations: Theory Management Policy is an ideal resource for students on undergraduate and postgraduate courses in both Europe and North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415550475

Nonprofit Trusteeship in Different Contexts Critical interest in the characteristics make-up and management of nonprofit organizations has seldom been higher. As this impetus grows this important book draws on advances in neo-institutional organizational theory to explore the environmental and contextual influences on the structure and composition of boards of nonprofit organizations. Using information theoretic modelling the book studies the interactions of time place and organizational types (including faith affiliation) on US nonprofit boards using unique quantitative data collected from over 300 prestigious nonprofit organizations in a range of major US cities. With examples drawn from a variety of nonprofit sectors including hospitals museums orchestras universities family services and community foundations the book examines how boards evolve over time in often unexpected ways; and in ways which reflect the regional industrial and religious differences in the same period. Detailing the important implications for theory practice and policy this is the first book-length treatment of this topic to feature such a range of industries geographic areas and time frames. It offers a refreshing narrative and scientific approach; new and comprehensive subject matter; and a sweeping new time frame for literature in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390725

Non-Proliferation Export ControlsOrigins Challenges and Proposals for Strengthening This volume provides a comprehensive and interdisciplinary examination of the Multilateral Non-Proliferation Export Control system and the national and international context within which it functions. Key features: " Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278158

Non-Proliferation Incentives for Russia and Ukraine Given their protracted economic difficulties the nuclear and aerospace industries in Russia and Ukraine are tempted to export dual-use technologies that can contribute to the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and missile systems. John C. Baker proposes using international incentives to discourage irresponsible export behaviour while seeking long-term changes in the non-proliferation attitudes of their managers and government leaders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000466

Nonproliferation Policy and Nuclear PostureCauses and Consequences for the Spread of Nuclear Weapons This volume examines the causes and consequences of nuclear postures and nonproliferation policies. The real-world importance of nuclear weapons has led to the production of a voluminous scholarly literature on the causes and consequences of nuclear weapons proliferation. Missing from this literature however is a more nuanced analysis that moves beyond a binary treatment of nuclear weapons possession to an exploration of how different nuclear postures and nonproliferation policies may influence the proliferation of nuclear weapons and subsequent security outcomes. This volume addresses this deficit by focusing on the causes and consequences of nuclear postures and nonproliferation policies. It is the aim of this book to advance the development of a new empirical research agenda that brings systematic research methods to bear on new dimensions of the nuclear weapons phenomenon. Prior to the contributions in this volume there has been little evidence to suggest that nuclear postures and policies have a meaningful impact on the spread of nuclear weapons or security outcomes. This book brings together a new generation of scholars advancing innovative theoretical positions and performing quantitative tests using original data on nuclear postures nonproliferation policies and WMD proliferation. Together the chapters in this volume make novel theoretical empirical and methodological contributions to the field of nuclear weapons proliferation. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation international relations and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310506

Non-ProliferationThe Why and the Wherefore Is the appearance of new nuclear weapon states inevitable? Who are the sponsors and apologists of nuclear weapons and why are others in favour of renouncing them? What are the implications for international security of the increasingly wide use of nuclear energy? How can nuclear threats be defused? Originally published in 1985 SIPRI's study suggests some answers to these questions. The book examines the situation in a number of countries of key importance for non-proliferation: the two nuclear-weapon states which have declined to join the 1968 Non-Proliferation Treaty (China and France); a group of nuclear ‘threshold’ states also remaining outside the Treaty (Argentina Brazil India Israel Pakistan South Africa and Spain); and a group of states both developed and developing which for various reasons have joined the Treaty (Canada Egypt South Korea Sweden Switzerland and Taiwan). The focus of the book is on motivations for and against nuclear proliferation. An analysis of these motivations leads the editor to make detailed recommendations aimed at halting the spread of nuclear weapons. Appendices include a list of nuclear facilities in the countries studied specifying the degree of their coverage by international controls and other relevant documentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516031

Non-racialism in South Africa When Nelson Mandela was elected President of South Africa in 1994 the world looked on at the ‘miracle’ of racial reconciliation that unfolded in South Africa. However the dream of a ‘Rainbow Nation’ (in Archbishop Desmond Tutu’s phrase) seems to be fading and racial identities seem to be more entrenched than ever. What prospects then for the ‘non-racial democracy’ envisioned by Mandela and the South African Constitution? This book examines the status and future prospects of non-racialism. It discusses the nature of non-racialism and applies the concept to wider national issues and to questions of identity. The book looks out into South Africa's future and assesses generational changes to the country's handling of non-racialism. This latter point is the main theme in the opening preface by Ahmed Kathrada jailed with Nelson Mandela who reminds the reader that there is no easy answer: non-racialism is built every day every minute by people who seek to transform social relations and allow the ‘Rainbow Nation’ to flourish. This book was published as a special issue of Politikon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834988

Non-Religious Pastoral CareA Practical Guide This ground-breaking book is a guide to non-religious pastoral care practice in healthcare prisons education and the armed forces in the UK. It brings a new perspective to our understanding of care services traditionally offered by chaplaincy departments. The book charts the progress from a Christian to a multi-faith and on to a fully inclusive care service. Compelling evidence is presented showing strong and broad support for non-religious pastoral care provision. A practical guide it outlines the beliefs and values on which this care is founded and its person-centred approach. The role skills competencies and training requirements for non-religious pastoral carers are described. Institutions need to consider their policy responses to the rapid development of non-religious pastoral care provision. A number of policy aspects are explored including understanding service users’ needs recruitment and communications. This book is essential reading for non-religious pastoral carers and those thinking of entering this field. Chaplains and institutional managers responsible for chaplaincy or spiritual care departments will find this book gives them valuable insights into the positive contribution non-religious pastoral carers can make in building stronger more inclusive pastoral spiritual and religious care services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578401

Non-Renewable Resources and Disequilibrium Macrodynamics This study first published in 1979 continues by examining the question of whether a competitive economy can efficiently allocate a stock of non-renewable natural resources through time. Long-run analyses of competitive economies with such resources have concluded that without perfect foresight or a complete set of future markets extending infinitely far into the future there is no economic mechanism to guarantee that the initial price is set so that the economy converges to the socially desirable path of balanced growth. This title will be of interest to students of environmental and natural resource economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090552

Non-Renewable Resources Extraction Programs and Markets First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866224

Non-Representational MethodologiesRe-Envisioning Research Non-representational theory is one of the contemporary moment’s most influential theoretical perspectives within social and cultural theory. It is now widely considered to be the logical successor of postmodern theory the logical development of post-structuralist thought and the most notable intellectual force behind the turn across the social and cultural sciences away from cognition meaning and textuality. And yet it is often poorly understood. This is in part because of its complexity but also because of its limited treatment in the few volumes chiefly dedicated to it. Theories must be useful to researchers keen on utilizing concepts and analytical frames for their personal interpretive purposes. How useful non-representational theory is in this sense is yet to be understood. This book outlines a variety of ways in which non-representational ideas can influence the research process the very value of empirical research the nature of data the political value of data and evidence the methods of research the very notion of method and the styles genres and media of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599638

Non-representational Theory Non-representational Theory explores a range of ideas which have recently engaged geographers and have led to the development of an alternative approach to the conception practice and production of geographic knowledge. Non-representational Theory refers to a key body of work that has emerged in geography over the past two and a half decades that emphasizes the importance of practice embodiment materiality and process to the ongoing formation of social life. This title offers the first sole-authored accessible introduction to this work and its impact on geography. Without being prescriptive the text provides a general explanation of what Non-representational Theory is. This includes discussion of the disciplinary context it emerged from the key ideas and themes that characterise work associated with Non-representational Theory and the theoretical points of reference that inspires it. The book then explores a series of conjunctions of ‘Non-representational Theory and...’ taking an area of geographic enquiry and exploring the impact Non-representational Theory has had on how it is researched and understood. This includes the relationships between Non-representational Theory and Practice Affect Materiality Landscape Performance and Methods. Critiques of Non-representational Theory are also broached including reflections on issues on identity power and difference. The text draws together the work of a range of established and emerging scholars working on the development of non-representational theories allowing scholars from geography and other disciplines to access and assess the animating potential of such work. This volume is essential reading for undergraduates and post-graduate students interested in the social cultural and political geographies of everyday living. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552197

Non-Representational Theory & HealthThe Health in Life in Space-Time Revealing Non-representational theory is an academic approach that animates the active world; its taking-place. It shows how material sensory and affective processes combine with conscious thought and agency in the making of everyday life. This book offers an agenda for health geography providing the first comprehensive overview of what a ‘more-than-representational’ health geography looks like. It outlines the basis of a new ontological understanding of health and explores the key qualities of ‘movement-space’ that are critical to how health emerges within the assemblages that enable it. It shows how non-representational events and concerns are key to human happiness and wellbeing to the experience of health and disease to activities that add to or detract from health and to health care work not to mention to the broader initiatives and operation of health institutions and health sciences.    This book bridges the gap between non-representational theory and health research and provides the groundwork for future developments in the field. It will be of interest to students researchers and professionals alike working in health geography and a range of other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592639

Nonsense upon Stilts (Routledge Revivals)Bentham Burke and Marx on the Rights of Man In Nonsense upon Stilts¸ first published in 1987 Waldron includes and discusses extracts from three classic critiques of the idea of natural rights embodied in the 1789 Declaration of the Rights of Man and the Citizen. Each text is prefaced by an historical introduction and an analysis of its main themes. The collection as a whole in introduced with an essay tracing the philosophical background to the three critiques as well as the eighteenth-century idea of natural rights which they attacked. But the point of reproducing these works is not merely historical. Modern attacks on ‘rights-based’ political philosophy mirror the concerns of Bentham Burke and Marx. Jeremy Waldron has therefore added an extensive concluding essay which relates these classic texts to the modern discussion of rights and re-examines the idea of rights in the light of contemporary critiques. This text provides an invaluable teaching tool for courses in politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822443

Nonsexist Research MethodsA Practical Guide First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760208

Nonsmooth Critical Point Theory and Nonlinear Boundary Value Problems Starting in the early 1980s people using the tools of nonsmooth analysis developed some remarkable nonsmooth extensions of the existing critical point theory. Until now however no one had gathered these tools and results together into a unified systematic survey of these advances.This book fills that gap. It provides a complete presentation of nonsmooth critical point theory then goes beyond it to study nonlinear second order boundary value problems. The authors do not limit their treatment to problems in variational form. They also examine in detail equations driven by the p-Laplacian its generalizations and their spectral properties studying a wide variety of problems and illustrating the powerful tools of modern nonlinear analysis. The presentation includes many recent results including some that were previously unpublished. Detailed appendices outline the fundamental mathematical tools used in the book and a rich bibliography forms a guide to the relevant literature.Most books addressing critical point theory deal only with smooth problems linear or semilinear problems or consider only variational methods or the tools of nonlinear operators. Nonsmooth Critical Point Theory and Nonlinear Boundary Value Problems offers a comprehensive treatment of the subject that is up-to-date self-contained and rich in methods for a wide variety of problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367394059

Nonsmooth Mechanics and Convex Optimization "This book concerns matter that is intrinsically difficult: convex optimization complementarity and duality nonsmooth analysis linear and nonlinear programming etc. The author has skillfully introduced these and many more concepts and woven them into a seamless whole by retaining an easy and consistent style throughout. The book is not all theory: There are many real-life applications in structural engineering cable networks frictional contact problems and plasticity… I recommend it to any reader who desires a modern authoritative account of nonsmooth mechanics and convex optimization." — Prof. Graham M.L. Gladwell Distinguished Professor Emeritus University of Waterloo Fellow of the Royal Society of Canada "… reads very well—the structure is good the language and style are clear and fluent and the material is rendered accessible by a careful presentation that contains many concrete examples. The range of applications particularly to problems in mechanics is admirable and a valuable complement to theoretical and computational investigations that are at the forefront of the areas concerned." — Prof. B. Daya Reddy Department of Mathematics and Applied Mathematics Director of Centre for Research in Computational and Applied Mechanics University of Cape Town South Africa "Many materials and structures (e.g. cable networks membrane) involved in practical engineering applications have complex responses that cannot be described by smooth constitutive relations. … The author shows how these difficult problems can be tackled in the framework of convex analysis by arranging the carefully chosen materials in an elegant way. Most of the contents of the book are from the original contributions of the author. They are both mathematically rigorous and readable. This book is a must-read for anyone who intends to get an authoritative and state-of-art description for the analysis of nonsmooth mechanics problems with theory and tools from convex analysis." — Prof. Xu Guo State Key Laboratory of Structural Analysis for Industrial Equipment Department of Engineering Mechanics Dalian University of Technology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072787

Non-Standard Architectural ProductionsBetween Aesthetic Experience and Social Action This book captures concepts and projects that reshape the discipline of architecture by prioritizing people over buildings. In doing so it uncovers sophisticated approaches that go beyond standard architectural protocols to explore experience-based aesthetics encounters action-based research critical practices and social engagement. If these are widely understood as singular or incompatible approaches the book reveals that they form a growing network of interrelations and generate levels of flexibility and dynamism that are reshaping the discipline. The thirteen chapters analyze thought-provoking projects – branded museums restaged exhibitions home/work spaces multi-cultural spaces ageing apartment blocks abandoned homes and urban slums amongst them. Together they enliven the stalled debate about a single architectural response to the complex challenges of the contemporary world by highlighting pluralistic perspectives on architecture that offer fresh solutions on how architecture can improve people’s lives. Featuring essays from an international range of authors this book makes a vital contribution to our understanding of the wider conditions under which and in relation to which contemporary architecture is produced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382614

Non-standard Collection Management First published in 1992 this volume recognises that it is not unusual when practising librarianship to come across small to medium collections within the library which because they are different from the main collection are outside the librarian’s experience or are a new type of material not properly managed or exploited. Therefore this volume contains chapters on a range of materials which are united by a certain rarity in the experience of most librarians. It is aimed at those who need to know how to progress from scratch with a collection but not necessarily to take it into complete specialization. There is information about characteristics of each type of material as well as guidance for their management. Lists of further reading are provided and a note of some important collections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363205

Non-State Actor Dynamics in International LawFrom Law-Takers to Law-Makers Non-state actors have always been treated with ambivalence in the works of international law. While their empirical existence is widely acknowledged and their impact and influence uncontested non-state actors are still not in the centre of international legal research. The idea that non-state actors are not law-makers however stands in sharp contrast with the growing notion of non-state actors as law-takers. This book examines the position of non-state actors in international law as law-makers and law-takers and questions whether these different positions can or should be separated from each other. Each contribution reveals both the political and normative aspects of the question as well as the positivistic possibilities and constraints to accommodate non-state actors as law-takers and law-makers in the contemporary international legal system. Altogether each expert reveals that the position of non-state actors in international law is not a fixed one but changes with the functional and theoretical perspectives of the observer. Non-State Actor Dynamics in International Law is a welcomed addition to an under researched field of legal study. An indispensable read to scholars and policy makers wishing to gain new insights into general discourse on non-state actors in international law and the process of norm formation in the international realm. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315598475

Non-State Actors and Authority in the Global System Traditionally in International Relations power and authority were considered to rest with states. But recently in the light of changes associated with globalisation this has come under scrutiny both empirically and theoretically. This book analyses the continuing but changing role of states in the international arena and their relationships with a wide range of non-state actors which possess increasingly salient capabilities to structure global politics and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510714

Non-State Actors and International Law The expression 'non-state actors' has become part and parcel of the common parlance of international lawyers. Together with the traditional subjects of international law such as states and international organizations non-state actors play an important role in international law-making law-adjudication and law-enforcement processes. Although the subjects/actors discourse takes place in a variety of contexts most of the time the relevant narrative merely describes how different actors participate in the legal process in any given area. Little attention has been drawn to the theoretical discourse about non-state actors and its relation to the doctrine of the subjects of international law. Whether the solution lies in 'relativizing' the subjects or rather in 'subjectivizing' the actors remains open to doubt. The constant swing of the pendulum from the normative to the descriptive mesmerizes the observer but hardly hides the struggle for determining who may legitimately and authoritatively perform legally relevant acts on the international scene. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247885

Non-State Actors and Transnational Governance in Southeast Asia While the focus on national governments as the main providers of different forms of transnational governance in Southeast Asia is entirely understandable such a focus can significantly underestimate the roles played by non-state actors. This comprehensive collection provides five different case studies that explore in detail how these governance forms work in different policy arenas. While previous studies have noted the way that non-state actors act as pressure or advisory groups lobbying or advising states and regional organisations this book explores how they are now more actively involved in a variety of cross-border networked forms of coordination providing standards rules and practices that other actors voluntarily abide by. The chapters in this volume reveal variations in the architecture of transnational governance why they emerge the modes of social co-ordination through which they work to shape actor behaviour and achieve impact their normative implications and how these governance schemes intersect with state and national regulatory frameworks. The authors point to the importance of looking beyond arrangements established through intergovernmental mechanisms in order to gain a full understanding of how international interactions are organised in Southeast Asia. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257316

Non-State Actors in Education in the Global South Fuelled by social equity concerns there have been vigorous debates on the appropriateness of certain non-state actors particularly those with commercial and entrepreneurial motives to meet universal education goals. There are further questions on the relative effectiveness of government and private schooling in delivering good learning outcomes for all. Within this debate several empirical questions abound. Do students from poorer backgrounds achieve as well in private schools as their advantaged peers? What are the relative out-of-pocket costs of accessing private schooling compared to government schooling? Is fee-paying non-state provision ‘affordable’ to the poorest households? What is the nature of the education market at different levels? What are the relationships between different non-state actors and the state and how should they conduct themselves? The chapters in this volume present new empirical evidence and conduct critical analysis on some of these questions. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Oxford Review of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367518479

Nonstate Actors In International PoliticsFrom Transregional To Substate Organizations This book provides students with a comprehensive analytical survey of the organizations that help shape today's events. It examines what nonstate actor does how it organizes to achieve its ends and how it makes multilateral/international decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169039

Non-State Actors in the Middle EastFactors for Peace and Democracy As the recent revolutions in the Middle East have demonstrated civil society in this part of the world is on the move. The increasingly important role of non-state actors – a phenomenon of globalization- has characterized developments throughout the region affecting the struggle for democracy and for peace. This volume brings together scholars primarily form the region to analyse the varied activities and contributions of NGOs the private sector and the new media from Morocco to Iran along with the involvement of diaspora groups. The chapter on facebook in the recent Egyptian revolution captures the role of this new media while the study on similar technology in Iran outlines the barriers raised by the authorities in the current struggles there. Even the fledgling process of democratization in Saudi Arabia is driven by non-state actors while the veteran women's movements in the Maghreb serve as an example for the post-Arab spring era in those countries. Providing one of the first assessments of the role of non-state actors in the Middle East this book will be essential reading for students of Political Science Sociology and Civil Society amongst others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517058

Non-State Challenges in a Re-Ordered WorldThe Jackals of Westphalia There is a sprawling scholarship on violence crime and corrupt state rule; yet few have interpreted these challenges as transformative at the global scale and as a potential source of alternative non-state legitimacy. This volume challenges "Westphalian conservativism" in a provocative yet plausible manner shedding light at the ubiquity and diversity of unfolding non-state agendas and at their effect on the imagined state community.Focusing on civil war parties warlords commercial providers of security multinational companies and criminal organizations the book directs attention to theoretical questions and policy challenges arising from non-state armed expansion. To accomplish this the contributors present a range of case studies and comparisons within three thematic sections: the first takes stock of how when and in what measure state and state-system legitimacy are challenged by non-state violent or criminal activity; the second addresses the nature effectiveness and side-effects of different state-mandated reaction to non-state activities; and third focuses on the recombination of state and non-state actors contributing to processes of socio-political transformation.This volume provides a current analysis of different armed and violent actors encroaching on the state's monopoly of violence. It seeks to spark debate about global political change and will be of interest to students and scholars of global governance global security and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377498

Non-State Social Protection Actors and Services in AfricaGovernance Below the State For millions of Africans the social situation is dire. Over half of the population of Sub-Sahara Africa do not have access to improved sanitation facilities and about a quarter are undernourished. If factors such as armed conflicts in the region the impact of climate change or the widespread presence of a broad range of infectious agents are considered it shows a large number of Africans living in very fragile circumstances highly vulnerable to any kind of shock or rapid change. Small informal community groups deliver the majority of social protection services in Africa but most of these are disqualified from official recognition support or integration with state systems because they do not "fit" the modern management model of accountability. The studies in this book challenge that verdict.  This book outlines insightful and valuable research generated by teams of established scholars. It is divided into nine studies exploring the governance of non-state actors in Ethiopia Ghana Kenya Senegal Tanzania and Uganda. It examines the numerous self-help groups and their effectiveness and argues that if the modern management model is right – why do so many Africans avoid interacting with it? The book provides a warning against undermining what is possibly the single greatest social protection resource throughout Africa in the name of "reform" and suggests that the modern welfare establishment needs to adapt to (and learn from) self-help groups - not the other way around.   Non-State Social Protection Actors and Services in Africa will be of interest to donors policy makers practitioners and students and scholars of African Studies social policy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342241

Non-state Threats and Future Wars The intent behind this book was to bring together a team of defence and national security scholars and real-world military and law enforcement operators to focus on the topic of "Non-State Threats and Future Wars". The book is divided into four main sections: The first concerns theory. The second section concerns non-state threats and case studies providing an overview of non-state threats ranging from organized crime networks to cartels gangs and warlords. The third section is based on counter-OPFOR (opposing force) strategies which detail advanced concepts urban battlespace environmental perceptions weaponry intelligence preparation networked force structure and C41. The fourth and final section contains an archival document from the late 1987 period concerning early Fourth Epoch War theory and never before published interviews with Chechen commanders and officers who participated in combat operations against Russian forces in the 1994-96 war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045862

Non-stationary Electromagnetics This book is devoted to investigations of non-stationary electromagnetic processes. It offers a good opportunity to introduce the Volterra integral equation method more widely to the electromagnetic community. The explicit mathematical theory is combined with examples of its application in electromagnetic devices optoelectronics and photonics where time-domain methods become a powerful tool for modeling. Particular consideration is given to electromagnetic transients in time-varying media and their potential applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316446

Non-Stationary ElectromagneticsAn Integral Equations Approach This book is devoted to the investigations of non-stationary electromagnetic processes. The investigations are undertaken analytically mainly using the Volterra integral equations approach. The book contains a systematic statement of this approach for the investigations of electrodynamics phenomena in the time domain and new results and applications in microwave techniques and photonics. Particular consideration is given to electromagnetic transients in time-varying media and their potential applications. The approach is formulated and electromagnetic phenomena are investigated in detail for a hollow metal waveguide which contains moving dielectric or plasma-bounded medium and dielectric waveguides with time-varying medium inside a core. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774956

Non-Suicidal Self-Injury Throughout the LifespanA Clinician's Guide to Treatment Considerations A comprehensive guide for clinicians working with patients engaging in self-injury this book provides information on clinical conceptualization risk and protective factors ways to assess for NSSI treatment approaches and strategies and early intervention and prevention strategies. Focusing on ethical and cultural considerations unique to schools clinical agencies and private-practice settings the authors provide a practical and in-depth discussion of clinical theory. Procedures for determining risk and the potential problems with risk assessment especially concerning suicide risk are addressed. In addition to numerous exercises examples and suggestions for practical interventions the book includes a variety of detailed worksheets and resources to expand readers’ level of understanding monitor emerging trends and provide a context for extended training. Several case studies are discussed and analyzed in order to highlight specific aspects of clinical conceptualization and treatment strategies. Drawn from a wide range of treatment populations and issues this book is a valuable resource for clinicians and supervisors. The authors integrate outcomes-based research strategies and evidenced-based tools to help clinicians work with clients from diverse backgrounds.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371359

Nonsuicidal Self-InjuryAdvances in Research and Practice Nonsuicidal Self-Injury moves beyond the basics to tackle the clinical and conceptual complexity of NSSI with an emphasis on recent advances in both science and practice. Directed towards clinicians researchers and others wishing to advance their understanding of NSSI this volume reviews and synthesizes recent empirical findings that clarify NSSI as a theoretical and clinical condition as well as the latest efforts to assess treat and prevent NSSI. With expertly written chapters by leaders in the field this is an essential guide to a disorder about which much is still to be known. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039087

Non-Suicidal Self-InjuryWellness Perspectives on Behaviors Symptoms and Diagnosis Grounded in a wellness strengths-based and developmental perspective Non-Suicidal Self-Injury is the ideal guide for counselors and other clinicians seeking to understand self-injurious behaviors without pathologizing them. The book covers topics not previously discussed in other works including working with families supervising counselors working with clients who self-injure DSM-5 criteria regarding the NSSI diagnosis NSSI as a protective factor for preventing suicidal behavior and advocacy efforts around NSSI. In each chapter clinicians will also find concrete tools including questions to ask psychoeducational handouts for clients and their families treatment handouts or treatment plans for counselors and more. Non-Suicidal Self-Injury also includes real-life voices of individuals who self-injure as well as case vignettes to provide examples of how theoretical models or treatments discussed in this book immediately apply to practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780361

Nontariff Barriers To High-technology Trade This book describes European and Japanese nontariff barriers (NTBs) in areas of high-technology trade and discusses their impact on the international behavior of U.S. firms. This study was prompted by the rising incidence of nontariff measures in high-technology sectors as governments increasingly attempt to promote the growth of new industries th Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158262

Nontariff BarriersThe Effects On Corporate Strategy In High-technology Sectors This book explores the impact of Japanese and European nontariff barriers (NTBs) on the international marketing investment and technology strategies of small- to medium-sized high-technology U.S. firms. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163884

Non-Territorial Autonomy and DecentralizationEthno-Cultural Diversity Governance This volume describes and analyzes alternative and emerging models of non-territorial autonomy (NTA) particularly in relation to decentralization. The authors push the NTA debate in new directions by offering a re-conceptualization based on ethno-cultural bottom-up decentralized action that redefines autonomy into its true sense of autonomous action. Through description critical analysis and evaluation of several case studies this book assesses the potential for new paradigms within decentralized systems. The authors explore two approaches to political decentralization which add to the theoretical debate on NTA – network governance which focuses on new dynamics in policy processes and normative pluralism which focuses on accommodating the distinctness of the groups through the subsidiarity principle with regard to their own affairs. The book explores the potential ramifications of ethno-cultural NTA institutions acting within the wider framework of state institutions and assesses the functions of these institutions as another dimension of decentralization and thus another ‘layer’ of democracy. With contemporary examples from Europe the Middle East Asia and South Africa as well as theoretical aspects of the conceptualization of autonomy this book offers a truly global perspective. It will be of great interest to policy-makers in countries experiencing adverse developments due to the pressure on public management as well as advanced students and scholars questioning the ability of the Westphalian system to address cultural diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367483234

Non-territorial Autonomy in Divided SocietiesComparative Perspectives Non-territorial autonomy is an unusual method of government based on the notion of the devolution of power to entities within the state which exercise jurisdiction over a population defined by personal features (such as opting for a particular ethnic nationality) rather than by geographical location (such as the region in which they live). Developed theoretically by Karl Renner in the early twentieth century as a mechanism for responding to demands for self-government from dispersed minorities within the Austro-Hungarian empire it had earlier roots in the Ottoman empire and later formed the basis for constitutional experiments in Estonia in Belgium and in states with sizeable but dispersed minorities. More recently efforts have been made to apply it in respect of indigenous communities. This approach to the management of ethnic conflict has attracted a small literature but there is no comprehensive overview of its application. The intention of this volume is to fill this gap for the first time offering a comparative assessment of the significance of this political institutional device. Authors of case studies follow a common framework.This book was published as a special issue of Ethnopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595418

Nonthermal Plasma Chemistry and Physics In addition to introducing the basics of plasma physics Nonthermal Plasma Chemistry and Physics is a comprehensive presentation of recent developments in the rapidly growing field of nonthermal plasma chemistry. The book offers a detailed discussion of the fundamentals of plasma chemical reactions and modeling nonthermal plasma sources relevant diagnostic techniques and selected applications. Elucidating interconnections and trends the book focuses on basic principles and illustrations across a broad field of applications. Expert contributors address environmental aspects of plasma chemistry. The book also includes selected plasma conditions and specific applications in volume plasma chemistry and treatment of material surfaces such as plasma etching in microelectronics chemical modification of polymer surfaces and deposition of functional thin films. Designed for students of plasma physics Nonthermal Plasma Chemistry and Physics is a concise resource also for specialists in this and related fields of research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420059168

Non-thermal Processing of Foods This book presents the latest developments in the area of non-thermal preservation of foods and covers various topics such as high-pressure processing pulsed electric field processing pulsed light processing ozone processing electron beam processing pulsed magnetic field ultrasonics and plasma processing. Non-thermal Processing of Foods discusses the use of non-thermal processing on commodities such as fruits and vegetables cereal products meat fish and poultry and milk and milk products. Features: Provides latest information regarding the use of non-thermal processing of food products Provides information about most of the non-thermal technologies available for food processing Covers food products such as fruits and vegetables cereal products meat fish and poultry and milk and milk products Discusses the packaging requirements for foods processed with non-thermal techniques The effects of non-thermal processing on vital food components enzymes and microorganisms is also discussed. Safety aspects and packaging requirements for non-thermal processed foods are also presented. Rounding out coverage of this technology are chapters that cover commercialization regulatory issues and consumer acceptance of foods processed with non-thermal techniques. The future trends of non-thermal processing are also investigated. Food scientists and food engineers food regulatory agencies food industry personnel and academia (including graduate students) will find valuable information in this book. Food product developers and food processors will also benefit from this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035843

Non-Traditional and Advanced Machining Technologies Non-Traditional and Advanced Machining Technologies covers the technologies machine tools and operations of non-traditional machining processes and assisted machining technologies. Two separate chapters deal with the machining techniques of difficult-to-cut materials such as stainless super alloys ceramics and composites. Design for machining accuracy and surface integrity of machined parts environment-friendly machine tools and operations and hexapods are also presented. The topics covered throughout reflect the rapid and significant advances that have occurred in various areas in machining technologies and are organized and described in such a manner to draw the interest of the reader. The treatments are aimed at motiving and challenging the reader to explore viable solutions to a variety of questions regarding product design and optimum selection of machining operations for a given task. The book will be useful to professionals students and companies in the areas of industrial manufacturing mechanical materials and production engineering fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367431341

Non-traditional HousesIdentifying Non-traditional Houses in the UK 1918-75 (AP 294) Non-traditional houses was first published as a book in 2004 and is now available in a fully searchable pdf format on CD ROM. The CD ROM gives building surveyors engineers and architects easy access to a vast reference library detailing 450 non-traditional house types classified by form of construction: metal framed precast concrete in-situ concrete timber framed. Isometric drawings and photographs are included for each house type providing a clear explanation of the construction detail. Identification characteristics and notes for surveyors on potential faults extensive background information and an invaluable search tool are included. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848062757

Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes This book provides a convenient single source of information on advanced machining material forming and joining processes. It describes available technologies that use tools such as high velocity material jets pulsed magnetic fields light beams electrochemical reactions and more. Organized by type of process (mechanical chemical electrochemical and thermal) the book discusses 31 important nontraditional processes and covers each process’s principles equipment capabilities and operating parameters. The author includes a list of nontraditional manufacturing firms nearly 250 figures that clearly illustrate the technologies and numerous bibliographic citations for additional reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403393

Non-Traditional Occupations Empowerment and WomenA Case of Togolese Women This study explores the relationship between the nature and context of non-traditional occupations and the empowerment status of women in society. Specifically it examines the extent to which women in non-traditional occupations have been empowered by their skills knowledge and position within the Togolese Government's existing training policies for the increased participation of women in non-traditional sectors of the labor force. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650472

Non-Traditional Security Challenges in AsiaApproaches and Responses Asia is challenged by a number of non-traditional security issues including the food–energy–water nexus climate change transnational crime terrorism disaster relief and economic performance. This volume categorizes and clarifies some key emerging issues in the area and looks at their interconnectedness and implications. The essays explore how non-traditional issues can manifest as security challenges and the role of the state and military in dealing with these. Issue-based and area-specific they rely on facts and interpretation of data avoiding alarmist predictions. A nuanced and analytical approach into an uncharted area this book will be essential for policymakers researchers and students of security and strategic studies foreign policy sociology and political economy as well as the general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815373421

Non-Traditional Security in AsiaDilemmas in Securitization The security issues confronting Asia are both complex and diverse. Given the increasing trend towards an expanding security agenda beyond the military dimension of inter-state relations this volume provides an extensive study of emerging non-traditional challenges to this region. New realities and new challenges have come to the fore including environmental degradation illegal immigration infectious diseases transnational crime poverty and underdevelopment. Drawing upon the concepts of securitization and de-securitization this book brings together regional perspectives from across Asia to examine how these challenges are perceived and managed. It is a valuable contribution to both security and Asian studies and will be ideally suited to those interested in security studies international relations and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264458

Non-Traditional Security Issues and the South China SeaShaping a New Framework for Cooperation While there is abundant literature discussing non-traditional security issues there is little mention of such issues existing in the South China Sea. This area is vulnerable to natural hazards and marine environmental degradation. The marine ecosystem is threatened by various adverse sources including land-based pollution busy shipping lanes and over-exploitation activities which threaten the security of the surrounding population. This area is also threatened by piracy and maritime crimes but law enforcement becomes difficult due to unclear maritime boundaries. This volume is designed to explore the security cooperation and regional approaches to these non-traditional security issues in the hope to build a peaceful environment and maintain international and regional security and order in the South China Sea region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249134

Non-Trial Advocacy Lawyers use non-trial advocacy skills in court for pre- and post-trial submissions. They are easier to learn than trial advocacy skills and are much more relevant to the work of most new lawyers. This book examines all key aspects of criminal and civil non-trial advocacy including bail applications pleas in mitigation and interim applications made during the course of civil actions. Readers will learn the strategies and techniques of non-trial advocacy through seven realistic case studies: the lawyers involved discuss their strategies and deliver their arguments; the judge makes a decision; and the strengths and weaknesses of the arguments are then analyzed. With this innovative case study approach to teaching advocacy skills Non-Trial Advocacy provides an insight into how lawyers think and how they translate their strategies into courtroom action. The book concludes with a discussion of ethical conflicts involved in the practice of advocacy and how these affect the quality of lawyers' work in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138159372

Nonunion Employee RepresentationHistory Contemporary Practice and Policy Examines the history contemporary practice and policy issues of non-union employee representation in the USA and Canada. The text encompasses many organizational devices that are organized for the purposes of representing employees on a range of production quality and employment issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315501215

Nonverbal Behavior and Communication First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138436565

Nonverbal Communication Drawing significantly on both classic and contemporary research Nonverbal Communication speaks to today’s students with modern examples that illustrate nonverbal communication in their lived experiences. This new edition authored by three of the foremost scholars in nonverbal communication builds on the approach pioneered by Burgoon Buller and Woodall which focused on both the features and the functions that comprise the nonverbal signaling system. Grounded in the latest multidisciplinary research and theory Nonverbal Communication strives to remain very practical providing both information and application to aid in comprehension. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315663425

Nonverbal Communication Even though our society subtly discourages the verbal expression of emotions most of us in ostensibly conforming to our roles nevertheless manage to express likes dislikes status differences personalities as well as weaknesses in nonverbal ways. Using vocal expressions; gestures postures and movements we amplify restrict or deny what our words say to one another and even say some things with greater facility and efficiency than with words.In this new multidimensional approach to the subject of nonverbal communication Albert Mehrabian brings together a great deal of original work which includes descriptions of new experimental methods that are especially suited to this field detailed findings of studies scattered throughout the literature and most importantly the integration of these findings within a compact framework.The framework starts with the analysis of the meanings of various nonverbal behaviors and is based on the fact that more than half of the variance in the significance of nonverbal signals can be described in terms of the three orthogonal dimensions of positiveness potency or status and responsiveness. These three dimensions not only constitute the semantic space for nonverbal communication but also help to identify groups of behaviors relating to each to describe characteristic differences in nonverbal communication to analyze and generate rules for the understanding of inconsistent messages and to provide researchers with new and comprehensive measures for description of social behavior.This volume will be particularly valuable for both the professional psychologist and the graduate student in psychology. It will also be of great interest to professionals in the fields of speech and communication sociology anthropology and psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528925

Nonverbal CommunicationWhere Nature Meets Culture The field of nonverbal communication is a strategic site for demonstrating the inextricable interrelationship between nature and culture in human behaviour. This book originally published in 1997 aims to explode the misconception that "biology" is something that automatically precludes or excludes "culture". Instead it points to the necessary grounding of our social and cultural capabilities in biological givens and elucidates how biological factors are systematically co-opted for cultural purposes. The book presents a complex picture of human communicative ability as simultaneously biologically and socioculturally influenced with some capacities apparently more biologically hard-wired than others: face recognition imitation emotional communication and the capacity for language. It also suggests that the dividing line between nonverbal and linguistic communication is becoming much less clear-cut. The contributing authors are leading researchers in a variety of fields writing here for a general audience. The book is divided into sections dealing with respectively human universals evolutionary and developmental aspects of nonverbal behaviour within a sociocultural context and finally the multifaceted relationships between nonverbal communication and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373964

Nonverbal Learning Disabilities Increasing numbers of children and adolescents are being diagnosed with nonverbal learning disabilities (NLD) yet clinicians and educators have few scientific resources to guide assessment and intervention. This book presents up-to-date knowledge on the nature of NLD and how to differentiate it from DSM-5 disorders such as autism spectrum disorder and developmental coordination disorder. Effective strategies for helping K-12 students and their families address the challenges of NLD in and outside of the classroom are illustrated with vivid case material. The authors thoughtfully consider controversies surrounding NLD discuss why the diagnosis is not included in the current DSM and ICD classification systems and identify important directions for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527588

Nonverbal Messages Tell MoreA Practical Guide to Nonverbal Communication Nonverbal Messages Tell More: A Practical Guide to Nonverbal Communication offers an active and dynamic approach to the study of nonverbal communication. The study of nonverbal cues and messages is a difficult undertaking but Teri and Michael Gamble have put together a volume that approaches the field from a variety of perspectives. Nonverbal Messages Tell More bridges the relevance gap by making the text more accessible and interesting to students of all levels. It does so by highlighting examples of nonverbal behavior taken from popular culture including film television and broadcast and print news. This volume provides a thorough overview of the classic and contemporary research and theory for nonverbal communication. It contains a number of features including experiential guidelines and activities that give students better self-insight and understanding of the nonverbal messages other individuals display. At the end of every chapter are a series of follow-up investigations designed to demonstrate mastery of the content and the ability to apply what was just learned. Nonverbal Messages Tell More also presents the necessary know-how for presenting oneself using nonverbal cues that encourage others to perceive you as personable and credible. It leaps ahead of other books on the subject by offering students an engaging practical and useful introduction to the study of nonverbal communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315719900

Nonviolence and EducationCross-Cultural Pathways In current global politics which positions China as a competitor to American leadership in-depth understandings of transnational mutual engagement are much needed for cultivating nonviolent relations. Exploring American and Chinese professors’ experiences at the intersection of the individual society and history and weaving the autobiographical and the global this book furthers understanding of their cross-cultural personal awareness and educational work at universities in both countries. While focusing on life histories it also draws on both American and Chinese intellectual traditions such as American nonviolence activism Taoism and Buddhism to formulate a vision of nonviolence in curriculum studies. Centering cross-cultural education and pedagogy about for and through nonviolence this volume contributes to internationalizing curriculum studies and introduces curriculum theorizing at the level of higher education. Hongyu Wang brings together stories dialogues and juxtapositions of cross-cultural pathways and pedagogies in a powerful case for theorizing and performing nonviolence education as visionary work in the internationalization of curriculum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287129

Nonviolence in the MahabharataSiva’s Summa on Rishidharma and the Gleaners of Kurukshetra In Indian mythological texts like the Mahābhārata and Rāmāyaṇa there are recurrent tales about gleaners. The practice of "gleaning" in India had more to do with the house-less forest life than with residential village or urban life or with gathering residual post-harvest grains from cultivated fields. Gleaning can be seen a metaphor for the Mahābhārata poets’ art: an art that could have included their manner of gleaning what they made the leftovers (what they found useful) from many preexistent texts into Vyāsa’s “entire thought”—including oral texts and possibly written ones such as philosophical debates and stories. This book explores the notion of non-violence in the epic Mahābhārata. In examining gleaning as an ecological and spiritual philosophy nurtured as much by hospitality codes as by eating practices the author analyses the merits and limitations of the 9th century Kashmiri aesthetician Anandavardhana that the dominant aesthetic sentiment or rasa of the Mahābhārata is shanta (peace). Mahatma Gandhi's non-violent reading of the Mahabharata via the Bhagavad Gita are also studied. This book by one of the leaders in Mahābhārata studies is of interest to scholars of South Asian Literary Studies Religious Studies as well as Peace Studies South Asian Anthropology and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000813

Nonviolent ActionA Research Guide First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977266

Nonviolent Political EconomyTheory and Applications Nonviolent Political Economy offers a set of theoretical solutions and practical guidelines to build an economy of nonviolence which implies a social state of peacefulness involving minimal violence and minimal destruction of nature. The book provides renewed reflections on heterodox economics ecological economics anthropology Buddhism Gandhianism disarmament and business ethics as well as innovative initiatives such as Blue Frontiers. It also sets out feasible solutions to rebuild countries that have suffered prolonged conflicts such as Syria Iraq and Kurdistan. Bringing together authors from around the world this collection includes new perspectives on the abolition of profit; disarmament; obliteration of the consumer society; expansion of collective property; Buddhist and Gandhian economies; small-scale and artisanal production the increasing use of clean energies; a gradual reduction in the human population; political processes closer to direct and radical democracy and anarchy. Discussing cutting-edge developments this book provides valuable tools to build alternatives to the prevailing models of (violent) political economy. It will be of great interest to a public of critical citizens students and researchers from a range of disciplines and backgrounds and all those seeking to understand the fundamental concepts of nonviolent political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502840

Nonvolatile Memory DesignMagnetic Resistive and Phase Change The manufacture of flash memory which is the dominant nonvolatile memory technology is facing severe technical barriers. So much so that some emerging technologies have been proposed as alternatives to flash memory in the nano-regime. Nonvolatile Memory Design: Magnetic Resistive and Phase Changing introduces three promising candidates: phase-change memory magnetic random access memory and resistive random access memory. The text illustrates the fundamental storage mechanism of these technologies and examines their differences from flash memory techniques. Based on the latest advances the authors discuss key design methodologies as well as the various functions and capabilities of the three nonvolatile memory technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076631

Non-Western Educational TraditionsLocal Approaches to Thought and Practice Informative and mind-opening this text uniquely provides a comprehensive overview of a range of non-western approaches to educational thought and practice. Its premise is that understanding the ways that other people educate their children—as well as what counts for them as "education"—may help readers to think more clearly about some of their own assumptions and values and to become more open to alternative viewpoints about important educational matters. The approach is deliberately and profoundly pedagogical based in the author’s own teaching practice. Designed to be used in pre-service and in-service teacher education courses where substantial critical discussion and debate are encouraged the text is enhanced by Questions for Discussion and Reflection in each chapter. Updates and Features of the Fourth Edition • NEW! Chapter 2 exploring key features of the ‘western educational tradition’ and information about the contemporary educational systems in different countries • NEW! Chapter 10 on traditional educational thought and practice in Oceania with special focus on the Maori in New Zealand the Hawai’ians and the Australian Aboriginal peoples • Updated chapter on Africa includes fuller explanation of the diversity within the indigenous African experience as well as several contemporary cases of state education in Africa • Updated Chapter 4 is designed to help non-Muslims to understand the Muslim educational heritage and the growing issue of Islamophobia • Exploration of Chinese education now includes a special emphasis on the thought of Confucius the role of the imperial examination system and the impact of political and economic changes in the 20th century • Updated analysis of contemporary educational practices in Hindu and Buddhist educational thought and practice and brief discussions of Jainism and Sikhism Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019089

Non-Western Encounters with DemocratizationImagining Democracy after the Arab Spring Non-Western Encounters with Democratization offers diverse perspectives on democracy and transition spanning the Middle East and North Africa to East Asia. This unique collection of essays drawn from contextually rich case studies presents readers with a variety of non-western encounters with democracy and provides important insights into the dramatic political and social transformations in these regions over the past decades. The book offers a deeper understanding of democratization and challenges the image of western democracy as a universal model to which non-western societies aspire. Taking the events of the Arab Spring as the starting point international contributors look at why the uprisings that rapidly spread across North Africa and the Middle East had a strong resonance in East Asia but failed to inspire similar revolts. Through direct engagement with non-western experiences of political transition the book demonstrates a unique coherence across two regions relatively under explored in democratization literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472439710

Non-Western Popular Music This collection provides readers with a diverse and contemporary overview of research in the field. Drawing upon scholarly writing from a range of disciplines and approaches it provides case studies from a wide range of 'non Western' musical contexts. In so doing the volume attends to the central themes that have emerged in this area of popular music studies; cultural politics identity and the role of technology. This collection does not seek to establish a new theoretical paradigm but being primarily aimed at researchers and students offers as comprehensive a view of the research that has been carried out over the last few decades as possible given the global scope of the subject. Inevitably the experience of globalisation itself runs through many of the contributions not only because musicians find themselves part of an immense flow of international culture technology and finance but also because Western scholarship can also be considered an aspect of such a flow. The articles selected for the volume take different disciplinary approaches; many are close ethnographic descriptions of musical practices whilst others take a more historical view of a musical 'scene' or even a single musician. Some essays consider the effects of emerging technologies upon the production dissemination and consumption of music whilst the political context is central to other authors. The collection as a whole serves as a resource for those who wish to be better acquainted with the diversity of research that has been carried out into non-western pop whilst also highlighting the broader themes that have so far shaped academic approaches to the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629849

Norbert Elias and the Analysis of History and SportSystematizing Figurational Sociology In times when the social sciences have become increasingly fragmented and more focused on ‘the pieces of the puzzle’ the puzzle as a topic in its own right has slowly been moved towards the background. Nonetheless as humanity becomes ever more globalized there is a greater need for in-depth discussion on the theory behind the direction of humanity in history and the interrelationships between the different areas in which humans associate including that of leisure and sport. At its heart Norbert Elias and the Analysis of History and Sport explains both the course of history and how the roles that leisure and sport have occupied in it should be investigated. Exploring this from Norbert Elias’ figurational (or process sociological) standpoint  the book offers a unique perspective as Van Gestel approaches the theoretical concepts and ideas by systematizing the views of the iconic scholar and offers new insights into his central theory. Furthermore drawing upon theoretical principles that are universal to humans rather than relative to a case study Van Gestel offers an applicable guideline which explains phenomena beyond specific cultures or circumstances that have so far been a customary practice by process sociologists. Norbert Elias and the Analysis of History and Sport is a valuable title which will appeal to postgraduate students and scholars interested in fields such as social studies leisure and sport studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473426

Norbert EliasPost-Philosophical Sociology Few sociologists of the first rank have scandalized the academic world to the extent that Elias did. Developed out of the German sociology of knowledge in the 1920s Elias’s sociology contains a sweeping radicalism which declares an academic ‘war on all your houses’. His sociology of the ‘human condition’ sweeps aside the contemporary focus on ‘modernity’ and rejects most of the paradigms of sociology as one-sided economistic teleological individualistic and/or rationalistic. As sociologists Elias also asks us to distance ourselves from mainstream psychology history and above all philosophy which is summarily abandoned although carried forward on a higher level. This enlightening book written by a close friend and pupil of Elias is the first book to explain the refractory uncomfortable side of Elias’s sociological radicalism and to brace us for its implications. It is also the first in-depth analysis of Elias’s last work The Symbol Theory in the light of selected contemporary developments in archaeology anthropology and evolutionary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011335

Norbert Elias's Lost ResearchRevisiting the Young Worker Project Based on the re-discovery of a lost sociological project led by Norbert Elias at the University of Leicester this book re-visits the project: The Adjustment of Young Workers to Work Situations and Adult Roles. Norbert Elias's Lost Research makes use of the interview booklets documenting the lives of nearly 900 Leicester school leavers at the time to give a unique account of Elias's only foray into large-scale publicly funded research. Covering all aspects of the research from the development of the research proposal the selection and management of the research team the fieldwork Elias's theoretical work to the ultimate demise of the research project this book makes a significant contribution to our understanding of existing Eliasian texts by introducing this project to a wider audience and investigating and applying Elias's theoretical work to the areas of youth and school to work transitions. Shedding new light on Elias's thought whilst exploring questions of methodology and the relevance of older research to modern questions this book will be of interest to social theorists as well as sociologists with interests in research methodology and the history of sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598365

Nordhoff'S West Coast Published in the year 1987 Nordhoff'S West Coast is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Science and Anthropology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061169

Nordic Childhoods 1700�1960From Folk Beliefs to Pippi Longstocking This volume strengthens interest and research in the fields of both Childhood Studies and Nordic Studies by exploring conceptions of children and childhood in the Nordic countries (Denmark Finland Iceland Norway and Sweden). Although some books have been written about the history of childhood in these countries few are multidisciplinary focus on this region as a whole or are available in English. This volume contains essays by scholars from the fields of literature history theology religious studies intellectual history cultural studies Scandinavian studies education music and art history. Contributors study the history of childhood in a wide variety of sources such as folk and fairy tales legal codes religious texts essays on education letters sermons speeches hymns paintings novels and school essays written by children themselves. They also examine texts intended specifically for children including text books catechisms newspapers songbooks and children’s literature. By bringing together scholars from multiple disciplines who raise distinctive questions about childhood and take into account a wide range of sources the book offers a fresh and substantive contribution to the history of childhood in the Nordic countries between 1700 and 1960. The volume also helps readers trace the historical roots of the internationally recognized practices and policies regarding child welfare within the Nordic countries today and prompts readers from any country to reflect on their own conceptions of and commitments to children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886271

Nordic CooperationA European region in transition The recent crises in global economy and in European integration have caused a considerable revival of interest in the Nordic Welfare Model. However less attention has been given to the ways in which the nations that form Scandinavia or ‘Norden’ are connected through various forms of inter- and transnational cooperation. With contributions from a team of experts in the field this volume analyses Nordic cooperation in a European perspective and argues that this special form of transnational cooperation has been crucial in the development of the Nordic Welfare Model. In addition it also contends that the Nordic model of transnational cooperation is a relevant case study when pondering the present problems of European integration. This text will be of key interest to students researchers and policy makers studying the Nordic Model and transnational cooperation and more generally to those interested in European studies Scandinavian studies welfare studies international relations and regional integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716780

Nordic Dance SpacesPracticing and Imagining a Region Dance has been connected to the practices and ideologies that have shaped notions of a Nordic region for more than a century and it is ingrained into the culture and society of the region. This book investigates different dance phenomena that have either engaged with or dismantled notions of Nordicness. Looking to the motion of dancers and dance forms between different locations organizations and networks of individuals its authors discuss social dancing as well as historical processes associated with collaborations in folk dance and theatre dance. They consider how similarities and differences between the Nordic countries may be discerned for instance in patterns of reception at the arrival of dance forms from outside the Nordic countries - and vice versa how dance from the Nordic countries is received in other parts of the world as seen for example in the Nordic Cool Festival at the Kennedy Centre in 2013. The book opens a rare window into Nordic culture seen through the prism of dance. While it grants the reader new insights into the critical role of dance in the formation and imagining of a region it also raises questions about the interplay between dance practices and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271333

Nordic Dialogues on Children and Families This book brings together key authors from the Nordic countries (Sweden Finland Norway Denmark and Iceland) to discuss theoretical and empirical research on families and children. Sharing the Nordic perspective from each of the five countries the book highlights key ideas within and across the countries. The chapters provide an understanding of the history of the Nordic perspectives of family and children present current innovative research on solutions to complex issues and explore contemporary issues. Nordic countries continually attain high scores in lifestyle measures quality of life and children’s outcomes. Much of this has to do with the specific culture and policy of the Nordic countries. Written by academics within the region who are well regarded for contributing to academic and public debate this book will appeal to an international audience interested in the Nordic perspective and social policy around family and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271954

Nordic Elites in Transformation c. 1050-1250 Volume IMaterial Resources This book first in a series of three examines the social elites in Denmark Sweden Norway and Iceland and which social political and cultural resources went into their creation. The elite controlled enormous economic resources and exercised power over people. Power over agrarian production was essential to the elites during this period although mobile capital was becoming increasingly important. The book focuses on the material resources of the elites through questions such as: Which types of resources were at play? How did the elites acquire and exchange resources? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203054

Nordic Elites in Transformation c. 1050–1250 Volume IIILegitimacy and Glory This book explores the practical and symbolic resources of legitimacy which the elites of medieval Scandinavia employed to establish justify and reproduce their social and political standing between the end of the Viking Age and the rise of kingdoms in the thirteenth century. Geographically the chapters cover the Scandinavian realms and Free State Iceland. Thematically the authors cover a wide palette of cultural practices and historical sources: hagiography historiography spaces and palaces literature and international connections which rulers magnates or ecclesiastics used to compete for status and to reserve haloing glory for themselves. The volume is divided in three sections. The first looks at the sacral legal and acclamatory means through which privilege was conferred onto kings and ruling families. Section Two explores the spaces such as aristocratic halls palaces churches in which the social elevation of elites took place. Section Three explores the traditional and novel means of domestic distinction and international cultural capital which different orders of elites – knights powerful clerics ruling families etc. – wrought to assure their dominance and set themselves apart vis-à-vis their peers and subjects. A concluding chapter discusses how the use of symbolic capital in the North compared to wider European contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367562816

Nordic Elites in Transformation c. 1050–1250 Volume IISocial Networks Nordic Elites in Transformation c. 1050-1250 Volume II explores the structures and workings of social networks within the elites of medieval Scandinavia to reveal the intricate relationship between power and status. Section one of this volume categorizes basic types of personal bonds both vertical and horizontal while section two charts patterns of local regional and transnational elite networks from wide-scope longitudinal perspectives. Finally the third section turns to case-studies of networks in action analyzing strategies and transactions implied by uses of social resources in specific micro-political settings. A concluding chapter discusses how social power in the North compared to wider European experiences. A wide range of sources and methodologies is applied to reveal how networks were established maintained and put to use – and how they transformed in processes of centralizing power and formalizing hierarchies. The engagement with and analysis of intriguing primary source material has produced a key teaching tool for instructors and essential reading for students interested in the workings of medieval Scandinavia elite class structures and Social and Political History more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367901950

Nordic Equality at a CrossroadsFeminist Legal Studies Coping with Difference Originally published in 2004. Nordic Equality at a Crossroads makes a major contribution to the debates on equality and difference in contemporary Europe. In this absorbing work feminist legal scholars from four Nordic countries provide a critical account of the latest legal policies in these countries linked with gender (in)equality such as public financing of children's homecare regulation of the labour market towards substantive equality and the reforms concerning violence against women. These issues are matters of concern everywhere in Europe and the solutions adopted in the Nordic countries will be of interest to all policy-makers. The increasing multiculturalism and the shift toward greater market orientation however have challenged the traditional Nordic equality policies. The authors argue that a structural and contextual analysis of inequality also in the field of law is necessary to encounter the challenge of pluralism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390732

Nordic Experiences of Sustainable PlanningPolicy and Practice For well over a decade there has been a drive towards sustainability in planning throughout the Nordic countries. But are these countries experiencing a paradigm shift in planning research and practice with regards to sustainability? Or is the sustainability discourse leading them into an impasse in planning? This book includes overviews of the planning systems in the five Nordic countries drawing attention to their increasing focus on sustainability. A leading team of scholars from the fields of planning urban design architecture landscape economics real estate and tourism explore how the notion of sustainability has shaped planning research in the Nordic countries. Case studies from Iceland Sweden Finland Norway and Denmark shed light on what lessons can be learned and some possible future developments. By focusing on the actual settings and practices of local and regional planning activities it enables a discussion on the current state of planning for a more sustainable future. This book will be valuable reading for students and academics interested in planning policy environmental policy architecture and urban design work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367501969

Nordic Food TransitionsTowards a territorialized action space for food and rural development The ambition of the book is to investigate a possible transition in the markets for food in the Nordic countries. Six chapters from various disciplinary traditions study change and innovation within the food sectors in Denmark Sweden and Norway; while an introductory chapter discusses the findings of these analyses. Specialty food has established a strong position within product categories such as craft beer in Denmark and organic food in Sweden but has failed to do so in others. The emergence of markets for specialty foods have been promoted by top-down policy initiatives and bottom-up entrepreneurial efforts. Far from providing the only relevant platform for food transition and innovation the "New Nordic Food" manifesto has helped creating a territorialized action space for networks of food producers and distributors promoting diversity in local food and rural development. Some of the specialty food networks have succeeded in re-scaling their operations from a local to a national market. Today even large retailers and food processing companies have to pay notice to the ongoing changes among consumers. There is however a paradoxical constraint in a transition towards specialty food. A large-scale transition would imply that producers and consumers abandon precisely what constitute them - their exclusiveness. The chapters were originally published in a special issue of European Planning Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589806

Nordic Gender Equality Policy in a Europeanisation Perspective This book provides a comprehensive treatment of the role Nordic countries have played as exporters and importers of gender equality policies and of how Europeanisation has framed the development and harmonisation of legislation and politics between the countries with global consequences. The diverse range of contributors present the argument that the European Union increasingly exerts influence on Nordic equality policy without undermining the recent significance of the Nordic countries’ gender policy as models for countries all over the world . It demonstrates that differentiation and variation at national and regional levels in the Nordic countries as well as in Europe in general matter as much as integrational processes and inner adaptation to EU legislation and international laws. This book explores the limitations of the Europeanisation process and the political diversity of national and regional policies together with the crucial ways practices in the family life and the labour market concerning gender equality depend on cultural and religious norms and group interests. Nordic Gender Equality Policy in a Europeanisation Perspective is a key text for students and researchers seeking to understand the interrelations of Nordic and European Union gender policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367459

Nordic Histories of Human Rights This book explores the history of Nordic human rights politics and practices from the 1930s to present day. The authors use previously unexplored archival materials to bring to light how a broad range of Nordic actors have engaged with international human rights globally and at a European level and how these norms have been taken up and interpreted in the region. Do the Nordic countries warrant the label ‘global good Samaritans’ in human rights promotion? Is the Nordic welfare state a close to perfect realisation of human rights norms? Or do Nordic international and domestic human rights policies constitute a peculiar ‘Nordic human rights paradox’ where norms are supported internationally while not being implemented at home? Are the ideals of the national welfare state and universal human rights compatible? In this book the authors take issue with previous scholarship and argue for the need for careful historical investigations into how a broad range of Nordic actors have contributed to creating international human rights. This history is much more varied than what was previously assumed. The lack of prior interest in the region means there are several promising avenues for historical investigations of both the Nordic countries in human rights history and the role of human rights in the history of the region. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the journal Nordic Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367517625

Nordic Latin Manuscript FragmentsThe Destruction and Reconstruction of Medieval Books Much of what is known about the past often rests upon the chance survival of objects and texts. Nowhere is this better illustrated than in the fragments of medieval manuscripts re-used as bookbindings in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Such fragments provide a tantalizing yet often problematic glimpse into the manuscript culture of the Middle Ages. Exploring the opportunities and difficulties such documents provide this volume concentrates on the c. 50 000 fragments of medieval Latin manuscripts stored in archives across the five Nordic countries of Denmark Finland Iceland Norway and Sweden. This large collection of fragments (mostly from liturgical works) provides rich evidence about European Latin book culture both in general and in specific relation to the far north of Europe one of the last areas of Europe to be converted to Christianity. As the essays in this volume reveal individual and groups of fragments can play a key role in increasing and advancing knowledge about the acquisition and production of medieval books and in helping to distinguish locally made books from imported ones. Taking an imaginative approach to the source material the volume goes beyond a strictly medieval context to integrate early modern perspectives that help illuminate the pattern of survival and loss of Latin manuscripts through post-Reformation practices concerning reuse of parchment. In so doing it demonstrates how the use of what might at first appear to be unpromising source material can offer unexpected and rewarding insights into diverse areas of European history and the history of the medieval book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881696

Nordic Literature of Decadence Nordic Literature of Decadence fills a gap on the map of world literature and participates in a thriving area of research by extending the investigation of broadly understood fin de siècle decadence to unexplored areas of Nordic literature which remain practically unknown to Anglophone audiences. In the Nordic countries the new Parisian movements were seen as having caused a malicious invasion a ‘black flood’ that was spreading over the North destroying the very foundations of Nordic national cultures. Nevertheless the appeal of this controversial movement was irresistible to discontents and innovators even in countries where the old moral religious and nationalist atmosphere still retained its stranglehold and modern urban industrial and social developments lagged behind that of the metropoles breeding this new literature and art. The Nordic countries developed their own distinctive manifestations of decadence favouring allegorical and allusive forms local rural settings and depictions of primitive nature coupling the philosophical underpinnings of fin-de-siècle decadence with ancient Nordic mythology and rising national movements. Nordic decadence thus became a distinctive and recognizable phenomenon which travelled back to France and other European countries influencing the ongoing debate on decadence as it was conducted on a global scale. Nordic Literature of Decadence discusses literature from five Nordic countries: Denmark Norway Sweden Finland and Estonia and offers additional and alternative perspectives to the cosmopolitan traffic and cultural exchanges of literary decadence that have been explored so far in the English language scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112387

Nordic Moral ClimatesValue Continuities and Discontinuities in Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden Morality was a dominant theme in the 1990s but concerns about morality seem omnipresent in the first years of the third millennium. The year 2002 witnessed the greatest corporate scandals ever seen in the United States with immense impact financially and in human terms. Sex scandals were pervasive among Catholic priests in the United States disrupting the lives of thousands of abused children. In Scandinavia moral debates and scandals are of a smaller magnitude and more often related to questions about the handling of money by politicians.This volume takes an overarching look at the impact of such moral questions in the Nordic countries. Its approach is multi-disciplinarian embracing philosophy history sociology and political science. Based mainly upon a survey of representative samples in Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden this unique study combines interview questions on crime and justice with moral questions concerning equality confidence tolerance and also personal social religious political and national values. Bondeson first discusses the Nordic countries from a historical perspective and in statistical terms. She then presents interview data on the general sense of justice in Nordic countries in particular exploring how much social and legal equality the Scandinavians have achieved in their welfare states. She touches upon criminal behavior and victimization and discusses crime prevention and punishment. Bondeson also reviews the problems and methods of the study. Finally she adds depth to the statistical analysis by using a number of indexes of morality. A trend analysis illustrates the stability of these attitudes over time.Nordic Moral Climates is an original empirical study of moral values in Scandinavia. It is one of the few comprehensive studies on this subject conducted in any nation or group of nations. The book will be of great interest to criminologists sociologists and social theorists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125336

Nordic Nationalism and Penal OrderWalling the Welfare State In late summer 2015 Sweden embarked on one of the largest self-described humanitarian efforts in its history opening its borders to 163 000 asylum seekers fleeing the war in Syria. Six months later this massive effort was over. On January 4 2016 Sweden closed its border with Denmark. This closure makes a startling reversal of Sweden’s open borders to refugees and contravenes free movement in the Schengen Area a founding principle of the European Union. What happened? This book sets out to explain this reversal. In her new and compelling book Vanessa Barker explores the Swedish case study to challenge several key paradigms for understanding penal order in the twenty-first century and makes an important contribution to our understanding of punishment and welfare states. She questions the dominance of neoliberalism and political economy as the main explanation for the penalization of others migrants and foreign nationals and develops an alternative theoretical framework based on the internal logic of the welfare state and democratic theory about citizenship incorporation and difference paying particular attention to questions of belonging worthiness and ethnic and gender hierarchies. Her book develops the concept of penal nationalism as an important form of penal power in the twenty-first century providing a bridge between border control and punishment studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360436

Nordic Private Collections of Chinese Objects This book explores the ways in which Nordic private collectors displayed their collections of Chinese objects in their homes. This leads to a reconsideration of how to define collecting and display by analysing the difference between objects serving as decorative or collectible items while tracing collecting and display trends of the twentieth century. Minna Törmä examines four Scandinavian collections as case studies: Kustaa Hiekka Sophus Black Osvald Sirén and Marie-Louise and Gunnar Didrichsen all of whom had professional backgrounds (a jeweler two businessmen and a scholar) and for whom collecting became a passion and an educational endeavour. This book will be of interest to scholars in art history museum studies Chinese studies and design history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351806

Nordic Region-Building in a European Perspective First published in 1999 this volume is a study of regional and local co-operation across national borders in Denmark Finland Norway Sweden and also of regional co-operation out of the area - across the Baltic Sea the North Sea and in the Barents region. The focus of the study is on processes of region-building. Co-operation between regions across national borders is seen as a creative process and as something that has to be nurtured and guided. The authors recognised the need for a work which examined issues crossing Nordic borders and made the information more publicly accessible emerging within evolving discussions of regional governance cross-border collaborations and Nordic co-operation. The editors have featured three forms of contributions: a series of regional case studies collations of data on sub-national governments and relating these sub-national factors to debates on Nordic co-operation and European integration. Authors with specialist regional knowledge examine these processes in detail through case studies which represent the most important of this type of Nordic area and provide a view of what may constitute 'success' in such ventures. The authors also discuss what such processes may signify for general Nordic co-operation against the backdrop of European integration and seek to indicate what Nordic regions may bring to European regionalism. Such a discussion is of particular interest since the EU acquired a new Nordic dimension when Sweden and Finland joined. Contributors’ articles focus on areas including the Kvarken Council the ARKO co-operation the internationalisation of Finnish and Norwegian local government and the Øresund region. The collaboration was published in English in order to better contribute to discussions on cross-border interaction more widely particularly in the case of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337176

Nordic Security And The Great Powers This book contains a remarkable amount of information about Soviet intelligence activities. It includes a partial list of Soviet agents which the Nordic countries expelled after 1970 and discusses the security policies of these countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158651

Nordic Societal SecurityConvergence and Divergence This book compares and contrasts publicly espoused security concepts in the Nordic region and explores the notion of societal security. Outside observers often assume that Nordic countries take similar approaches to the security and safety of their citizens. This book challenges that assumption and traces the evolution of ‘societal security’ and its broadly equivalent concepts in Sweden Norway Denmark and Finland. The notion of societal security is deconstructed and analysed in terms of its different meanings and implications for each country through both country- and issue-focused studies. Each chapter traces the evolution of key security concepts and related practices allowing for a comparison of similarities and differences between these four countries. Using discourses and practices as evidence this is the first book to explore how different Nordic nations have conceptualised domestic security over time. The findings will be valuable to scholars from across the geographical and theoretical spectrum while highlighting how Nordic security discourses and practices may deviate from traditional assumptions about Nordic values. This book will be of much interest to students of security studies Nordic politics and International Relations. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.routledge.com/Nordic-Societal-Security-Convergence-and-Divergence/Larsson-Rhinard/p/book/9780367492922 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367492922

Nordic Whiteness and Migration to the USAA Historical Exploration of Identity This volume explores the complex and contradictory ways in which the cultural scientific and political myth of whiteness has influenced identities self-perceptions and the process of integration of Nordic immigrants into multicultural and racially segregated American society in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In deploying central insights from whiteness studies postcolonial feminist and intersectionality theories it shows that Nordic immigrants - Danes Swedes Finns Norwegians and Sámi - contributed to and challenged American racism and white identity. A diverse group of immigrants they could proclaim themselves ‘hyper-white’ and ‘better citizens than anybody else’ including Anglo-Saxons thus taking for granted the racial bias of American citizenship and ownership rights yet there were also various unexpected intersections of whiteness with ethnicity regional belonging gender sexuality and political views. ‘Nordic whiteness’ then was not a monolithic notion in the USA and could be challenged by other identities which could even turn white Nordic immigrants into marginalised figures. A fascinating study of whiteness and identity among white migrants in the USA Nordic Whiteness will appeal to scholars of sociology history and anthropology with interests in Scandinavian studies migration and diaspora studies and American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277185

Noricum (Routledge Revivals) The Roman province of Noricum occupied most of Austria as well as parts of Italy Germany and the Balkans. Noricum first published in 1974 presents a comprehensive history of Noricum from 400 BC to the end of Roman rule in AD 600. Professor Alföldy’s account is predicated on the methodical interpretation of literary epigraphic and archaeological sources and emphasises the problems of demography and socio-economic history. The chapters are arranged chronologically ensuring a sense of the continuity of historical events and illuminating the history and archaeology of Noricum both before it came into contact with the Romans as well as under Roman rule. Noricum includes a review of much recent research on the province detailed references to the source material a comprehensive bibliography and valuable appendices. It is a substantial work of ancient history and archaeology and will interest both the specialist and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018167

Norm Antipreneurs and the Politics of Resistance to Global Normative Change Over recent decades International Relations scholars have investigated norm dynamics processes at some length with the ‘norm entrepreneur’ concept having become a common reference point in the literature. The focus on norm entrepreneurs has however resulted in a bias towards investigating the agents and processes of successful normative change. This book challenges this inherent bias by explicitly focusing on those who resist normative change - norm ‘antipreneurs’. The utility of the norm antipreneur concept is explored through a series of case studies encompassing a range of issue areas and contributed by a mix of well-known and emergent scholars of norm dynamics. In examining the complexity of norm resistance particular attention is paid to the nature and intent of the actors involved in norm-contestation the sites and processes of resistance the strategies and tactics antipreneurs deploy to defend the values and interests they perceive to be threatened by the entrepreneurs and whether it is the entrepreneurs or the antipreneurs who enjoy greater inherent advantages. This text will therefore be of interest to scholars and students of International Relations International Law Political Science Sociology and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361904

Norm Change in International RelationsLinked Ecologies in UN Peacekeeping Operations In recent decades there have been several constructivist scholars who have looked at how norms change in international relations. However few have taken a closer look at the particular strategies that are employed to further change or looked at the common factors that have been in play in these processes. This book seeks to further the debates by looking at both agency and structure in tandem. It focuses on the practices of linked ecologies (formal or informal alliances) undertaken by individuals who are the constitutive parts of norm change processes and who have moved between international organizations academic institutions think tanks NGOs and member states. The book sheds new light on how norm change comes about focusing on the practices of individual actors as well as collective ones. The book draws attention to the role of practices in UN peacekeeping missions and how these may create a bottom–up influence on norm change in UN peacekeeping and the complex interplay between government and UN officials applied and academic researchers and civil society activists forming linked ecologies in processes of norm change. With this contribution the study further expands the understanding of which actors have agency and what sources of authority they draw on in norm change processes in international organizations. A significant contribution to the study of international organizations and UN peacekeeping as well as to the broader questions of global norms in IR this work will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320260

Norm Dilemmas in Humanitarian InterventionHow Bosnia Changed NATO NATO an organisation brought together to function as an anti-communist alliance faced existential questions after the unexpected collapse of the USSR at the beginning of the 1990s. Intervention in the conflict in Bosnia between 1992 and 1995 gave it a renewed sense of purpose and a redefining of its core mission. Abe argues that an impetus for this change was the norm dilemma that the conflict in Bosnia represented. On the one hand a state which oversaw the massacre of its civilians was in breach of international norms but on the other hand intervention by outside states would breach the norms of sovereign integrity and non-use of force. NATO as an international governance organisation thus became a vehicle for avoiding this kind of dilemma.A detailed case study of NATO during the Bosnian war this book explores how the differing views and preferences among the Western states on the intervention in Bosnia were reconciled as they agreed on the outline of NATO’s reform. It examines detailed decision-making processes in Britain France Germany and the USA. In particular Abe analyses why conflicting norms led to an emphasis on conflict prevention capacity rather than simply on armed intervention capacity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663049

Norm Estimations for Operator Valued Functions and Their Applications Intended for specialists in functional analysis and stability theory this work presents a systematic exposition of estimations for norms of operator-valued functions and applies the estimates to spectrum perturbations of linear operators and stability theory. The author demonstrates his own approach to spectrum perturbations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401627

Normal Family ProcessesGrowing Diversity and Complexity Widely adopted this valued course text and practitioner guide has expanded the understanding of family normality and healthy functioning in our increasingly diverse society. The editor and contributors are at the forefront of research and clinical training. They describe the challenges facing contemporary families and ways in which clinicians can promote resilience. With consideration of sociocultural and developmental influences chapters identify key family processes that nurture and sustain strong bonds in couples; dual-earner divorced single-parent remarried adoptive and kinship care families; gay and lesbian families; culturally diverse families; and those coping with adversity such as trauma   poverty and chronic illness. New to This Edition*Reflects important research advances and the changing contexts of family life.*Additional chapter topics: kinship care family rituals evidence-based assessment and neurobiology.*All chapters have been fully updated. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525485

Normal Table of Xenopus Laevis (Daudin)A Systematical & Chronological Survey of the Development from the Fertilized Egg till the End of Metamorphosis This book is the culmination of an international collaboration of zoologists to describe the embryology of Xenopus including the origins of the organ systems with the purpose of promoting the use of Xenopus as a model amphibian for embryological study. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003064565

Normalisation in PracticeResidential Care for Children with a Profound Mental Handicap First published in 1990 this book was the first informed study to focus on care within the voluntary sector. Written with the child in mind it is a sensitive work which explores the administration strategy and problems facing carers in children’s homes at that time. Centring on small community-based facilities the authors discuss the processes involved in setting up and running such facilities. They examine the difficulties of evaluating progressive services that are influenced by the philosophy of normalisation and highlight the lessons from which other providers of services are able to learn. Written by experienced researchers with contributions from service managers Normalisation in Practice offers pragmatic advice on managing innovation efficiently without neglecting the needs of the child. Detailed interviews are combined with theoretical insight to provide an important guide for students and practitioners and a model for academics undertaking evaluative research. Although written at the start of the 1990s this book contains discussions and material that are still very relevant to the subject today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951280

NormalisationA Reader Normalisation the theoretical framework that underpins the movement of services for people with disabilities from long stay hospitals has recently become the focus of much academic and professional attention. As the community care debate has moved into the public arena it has attracted a certain amount of criticism acknowledging the political and philosophical conflicts that surround it. Normalisation: A Reader for the Nineties provides a much needed informed appraisal of this controversial practice and combines various perspectives on the subject including applied behavioural analysis social policy and psychodynamic approaches. Thus it explores the discrepancies between the ideal and the reality and extends the debate by drawing comparisons with other political and social ideologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157187

Normality and DisabilityIntersections among Norms Law and Culture Hotly contested normality remains a powerful complex category in contemporary law and culture. What is little realized are the ways in which disability underpins and shapes the operation of norms and the power dynamics of normalization. This pioneering collection explores the place of law in political social scientific and biomedical developments relating to disability and other categories of ‘abnormality’. The contributors show how law produces cultural meanings norms representations artefacts and expressions of disability abnormality and normality as well as how law responds to and is constituted by cultures of disability. The collection traverses a range of contemporary legal and political issues including human rights mercy killing reproductive technologies hate crime policing immigration and disability housing. It also explores the impact and ongoing legacies of historical practices such as eugenics and deinstitutionalization.Of interest to a wide range of scholars working on normality and law the book also creates an opening for critical scholars and activists engaged with other marginalized and denigrated categories notably contesting institutional violence in the context of settler colonialism neoliberalism and imperialism to engage more richly and politically with disability. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Continuum journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891503

Normality and Pathology in ChildhoodAssessments of Development The author's book deals with a most neglected aspect of psychoanalysis - normality. Its chief concern is with the ordinary problems of upbringing which face all parents and the usual phenomena encountered by every clinician. Yet though primarily practical and clinical in its approach it also makes a major theoretical contribution to psychology. The author begins with an account of the development of analytic child psychology its techniques and its sources in child and adult analysis and direct observation of the child. The author then describes the course of normal development how it can be hindered or eased what are the unavoidable stresses and strains and how variations of normality occur. The author outlines a scheme for assessing normality and for gauging and classifying pathological phenomena in terms of the obstruction of normal progress rather than the severity of symptoms. Stress is laid on the problem of predicting the outcome of infantile factors for adult pathology in the face of the child's continual development. Finally child analysis is considered both as a therapeutic method and as a means for the advance of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099664

Normalization of ViolenceConceptual Analysis and Reflections from Asia This book offers both a conceptual and an empirical analysis of how violence is normalized. In its conceptual analysis Irm Haleem offers a framework of explanation that she argues is universal in its narratives which she submits is premised on moralizing legalizing and popularizing violence. Haleem engages Stathis Kalyvas’s notion of the two stages of violence (process and outcome) and proposes the notion of "metaphysical" violence as distinct from physical violence. Through drawing upon works of scholars such as Hannah Arendt Noam Chomsky W.J.T. Mitchell Michel Foucault Jacques Derrida George Kateb and others she illustrates why these distinctions (of stages and types of violence) are critical in understanding how violence is normalized. In its empirical analysis Naoko Kumada argues that the contemporary changes in narratives and educational curriculum in Japan are intended to moralize the historic glory days of imperial Japan which she argues may subsequently normalize militarism. Stefanie Kam focuses on how China has normalized violence in Xinjiang through narratives of the imperatives of security thereby both legalizing and moralizing violence. Jennifer Dhanaraj argues how the denial of citizenship to the Rohingya community in Myanmar has provided both the moral and legal justifications for Buddhist extremists and the military to wage a brutal and unbridled war against the Rohingyas. Finally Abdul Basit examines how the ex-communication of the Ahmadi sectarian minority in Pakistan has criminalized the minority thus paving the way for unbridled violence against them from extremist mobs that have justified their violence in moral and legal terms. In all the cases in this book we see how violence is popularized as being either a matter of the will of the people or as being for the greater good of the people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423292

Normalizing the BalkansGeopolitics of Psychoanalysis and Psychiatry Normalizing the Balkans argues that following the historical patterns of colonial psychoanalysis and psychiatry in British India and French Africa as well as Nazi psychoanalysis and psychiatry the psychoanalysis and psychiatry of the Balkans during the 1990s deployed the language of psychic normality to represent the space of the Other as insane geography and to justify its military or its symbolic takeover. Freud's self-analysis influenced by his journeys through the Balkans was a harbinger of orientalism as articulated by Said. However whereas Said intended Orientalism to be a critique of the historical construction of the Orient by and in relation to the West for Freud it constituted a medical and psychic truth. Freud’s self-orientalization became the structural foundation of psychoanalytic language which had tragic consequences in the Balkans when a demonic conjunction developed between the ingrained self-orientalizing structure of psychoanalysis and the Balkans' own propensity for self-orientalization. In the 1990s in the ex-Yugoslav cultural space psychoanalytic language was used by the Serb psychiatrist-politicians Drs. RaÅ¡kovic and Karadzic as conceptual justification for inter-ethnic violence. Kristeva's discourse on abject geography and Zizek's conceptualization of the Balkans as the Real have done violence to the region in an intellectual register on behalf of universal subjectivity. Following Gramsci’s and Said’s 'discourse-geography' Bjelic transmutes the psychoanalytic topos of the imaginary geography of the Balkans into the geopolitics inherent in psychoanalytic language itself and takes to task the practices of normalization that underpin the Balkans’ politics of madness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261556

Norman ExpansionConnections Continuities and Contrasts In the eleventh and twelfth centuries the Normans had a formative influence on the development of states and societies in the British Isles southern Italy and the Levant. Their achievements still resonate powerfully today and represent a vital field of historical study. But how far did colonial elites define themselves as Norman and to what extent were they categorized as such by others? What were the defining attributes of the supremacies achieved by the Normans and by other incomers associated with them and how decisive and diverse was the impact of their influence on local power-structures and native societies? How readily did they reach accommodations with those societies and how might their own identities be renegotiated within the context of cross-cultural encounters? And in terms of the progress and practices of state-formation what was the balance between ’old’ and ’new’? These are some of the key questions addressed in this collection of essays which also treats the Normans as a genuinely European phenomenon. Norman activity in the British Isles and in the Mediterranean lands receives equal coverage; and the topics explored include identities and identification marriage policies acculturation the pre-existing landscapes of power and how far they were transformed castle-building strategies the nature of frontiers urban government and law and legislation. This volume therefore serves both to illustrate and to open up for fresh debate many of the salient themes concerning the Norman experience of diaspora and settlement. At the same time it seeks to underscore how the dynamics character and consequences of Norman expansion - and the connections continuities and contrasts - can better be appreciated by taking the wider Norman world or worlds as the focus for collective study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601416

Norman Tradition and Transcultural HeritageExchange of Cultures in the ‘Norman’ Peripheries of Medieval Europe The Normans have long been recognised as one of the most dynamic forces within medieval western Europe. With a reputation for aggression and conquest they rapidly expanded their powerbase from Normandy and by the end of the twelfth century had established themselves in positions of strength from England to Sicily Antioch to Dublin. Yet despite this success recent scholarship has begun to question the ’Norman Achievement’ and look again at the degree to which a single Norman cultural identity existed across so diverse a territory. To explore this idea further all the essays in this volume look at questions of Norman traditions in some of the peripheral Norman dominions. In response to recent developments in cultural studies the volume uses the concepts of ’tradition’ and ’heritage’ to question the notion of a stable pan-European Norman culture or identity and instead reveals the degrees to which Normans adopted and adapted to local conditions customs and requirements in order to form their own localised cultural heritage. Divided into two sections the volume begins with eight chapters focusing on Norman Sicily. These essays demonstrate both the degree of cultural intermingling that made this kingdom an extraordinary paradigm in this regard and how the Normans began to develop their own distinct origin myths that diverged from those of Norman France and England. The second section of the volume provides four essays that explore Norman ethnicity and identity more broadly including two looking at Norman communities on the opposite side of Europe to the Kingdom of Sicily: Ireland and the Scandinavian settlements in the Kievan Rus. Taken as a whole the volume provides a fascinating assessment of the construction and malleability of Norman identities in transcultural settings. By exploring these issues through the tradition and heritage of the Norman’s ’peripheral’ dominions a much more sophisticated understanding can be gained not only of th Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409463306

Normative Ethics Providing a thorough introduction to current philosophical views on morality Normative Ethics examines an act's rightness or wrongness in light of such factors as consequences harm and consent. Shelly Kagan offers a division between moral factors and theoretical foundations that reflects the actual working practices of contemporary moral philoso Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317041

Normative Pluralism and Human RightsSocial Normativities in Conflict The complex legal situations arising from the coexistence of international law state law and social and religious norms in different parts of the world often include scenarios of conflict between them. These conflicting norms issued from different categories of ‘laws’ result in difficulties in describing identifying and analysing human rights in plural environments.This volume studies how normative conflicts unfold when trapped in the aspirations of human rights and their local realizations. It reflects on how such tensions can be eased while observing how and why they occur. The authors examine how obedience or resistance to the official law is generated through the interaction of a multiplicity of conflicting norms interpretations and practices. Emphasis is placed on the actors involved in raising or decreasing the tension surrounding the conflict and the implications that the conflict carries whether resolved or not in conditions of asymmetric power movements. It is argued that legal responsiveness to state law depends on how people with different identities deal with it narrate it and build expectations from it bearing in mind that normative pluralism may also operate as an instrument towards the exclusion of certain communities from the public sphere. The chapters look particularly to expose the dialogue between parallel normative spheres in order for law to become more effective while investigating the types of socio-legal variables that affect the functioning of law leading to conflicts between rights values and entire cultural frames. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589332

Normative Political EconomySubjective Freedom the Market and the State Normative Political Economy explores the criteria we use for judging economic institutions and economic policy. It argues that prevailing criteria lack sufficient depth in their understanding of subjective experience. David Levine's arguments cover topics which include: * basic needs equality and justice * freedom self-integration and creative living * the role of the state * capitalism and the good society Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758369

Normative Spaces and Legal Dynamics in Africa African legal realities reflect an intertwining of transnational regional and local normative frameworks institutions and practices that challenge the idea of the sovereign territorial state. This book analyses the novel constellations of governance actors and conditions under which they interact and compete. The work follows a spatial approach as the emphasis on normative spaces opens avenues to better understand power relations processes of institutionalization and the production of legitimacy and normativities themselves. Selected case studies from thirteen African countries deliver new empirical data and grounded insights from and into particular normative spaces. The individual chapters explore the interrelationships between various normative orders diverse actors and their influences. The encounters between different normative understandings and actors open up space and multiple forums for negotiating values. The authors analyse how different doctrines institutions and practices are constructed contested negotiated and adapted in translation processes and thereby continuously reshape Africa’s multidimensional normative spaces. The volume delivers nuanced views of jurisprudence in Africa and presents an excellent resource for scholars and students of anthropology legal geography legal studies sociology political sciences international relations African studies and anyone wishing to gain a better understanding of how legal constellations are shaped by unreflected assumptions about the state and the rule of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859060

Normativity Meaning and the Promise of Phenomenology The aim of this volume is to critically assess the philosophical importance of phenomenology as a method for studying the normativity of meaning and its transcendental conditions. Using the pioneering work of Steven Crowell as a springboard phenomenologists from all over the world examine the promise of phenomenology for illuminating long-standing problems in epistemology the philosophy of mind action theory the philosophy of religion and moral psychology. The essays are unique in that they engage with the phenomenological tradition not as a collection of authorities to whom we must defer or a set of historical artifacts we must preserve but rather as a community of interlocutors with views that bear on important issues in contemporary philosophy. The book is divided into three thematic sections each examining different clusters of issues aimed at moving the phenomenological project forward. The first section explores the connection between normativity and meaning and asks us to rethink the relation between the factual realm and the categories of validity in terms of which things can show up as what they are. The second section examines the nature of the self that is capable of experiencing meaning. It includes essays on intentionality agency consciousness naturalism and moral normativity. The third section addresses questions of philosophical methodology examining if and why phenomenology should have priority in the analysis of meaning. Finally the book concludes with an afterword written by Steven Crowell. Normativity Meaning and the Promise of Phenomenology will be a key resource for students and scholars interested in the phenomenological tradition the transcendental tradition from Kant to Davidson and existentialism. Additionally its forward-looking focus yields crucial insights into pressing philosophical problems that will appeal to scholars working across all areas of the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479913

Normativity and Naturalism in the Philosophy of the Social Sciences Normativity and Naturalism in the Social Sciences engages with a central debate within the philosophy of social science: whether social scientific explanation necessitates an appeal to norms and if so whether appeals to normativity can be rendered "scientific." This collection brings together contributions from a diverse group of philosophers who explore a broad but thematically unified set of questions many of which stem from an ongoing debate between Stephen Turner and Joseph Rouse (both contributors to this volume) on the role of naturalism in the philosophy of the social sciences. Informed by recent developments in both philosophy and the social sciences this volume will set the benchmark for contemporary discussions about normativity and naturalism. This collection will be relevant to philosophers of social science philosophers in interested in the rule following and metaphysics of normativity and theoretically oriented social scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367235130

Normativity and the Problem of Representation This book tackles questions which revolve around the representational purport (or lack thereof) of evaluative and normative claims. Claims about what we ought to do what is best what is justified or simply what counts as a good reason for action—in other words evaluative or normative claims—are familiar. But when we pause to ask what these claims mean and what we are doing when we use them puzzles arise. Are there facts of the matter about what ought to be done much like there are facts of the matter about mathematics or the natural world? If so "ought claims" are probably trying to represent the "ought facts". Alternatively perhaps there are no evaluative facts in which case evaluative claims are either trying to represent facts which do not exist or evaluative claims are not in the representation business to begin with. The latter option is intriguing and it is the subject of much recent work in expressivism pragmatism and semantic relativism. But if ought claims are not representing anything as factual why do we think such claims are true or false and what are we doing when we disagree with one another about them? This book sheds light on this important area of philosophy. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Canadian Journal of Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353926

Norms Groups Conflict and Social ChangeRediscovering Muzafer Sherif's Psychology This book is about the life and work of a Turkish-American social scientist Muzafer Sherif (1905–1988). He was known for his seminal work on norm and group formations social judgment and intergroup conflicts and cooperation. Although Sherif is identified as one of the founders of social psychology his contribution to the science of psychology goes beyond the limits of social psychology as it is generally defined today.This volume aims to rediscover the theory and research of its subject in the socio-historical context of his time as well as his relevance for contemporary psychology. Chapters cover a range of topics: an in-depth portrayal of Sherif's life and intellectual struggle in Turkey and in the United States; his metatheoretical considerations on the science of psychology; his theory and research on group and intergroup relationships social norms and social change; formation and change of frames of reference ego-involvements and identity; and psychology of slogans.Sherif had profound life experiences in different cultural contexts from the Ottoman Empire and World War I to American universities which enabled him to see the essentiality of the historico-cultural context in the formation of human phenomena. Sherif's psychology is an elegant exemplar of an integrative science of psychology that is worth rediscovering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855051

Norse Greenland: Viking Peasants in the Arctic How could a community of 2000–3000 Viking peasants survive in Arctic Greenland for 430 years (ca. 985–1415) and why did they finally disappear? European agriculture in an Arctic environment encountered serious ecological challenges. The Norse peasants faced these challenges by adapting agricultural practices they had learned from the Atlantic and North Sea coast of Norway.Norse Greenland was the stepping stone for the Europeans who first discovered America and settled briefly in Newfoundland ca. AD 1000. The community had a global significance which surpassed its modest size.In the last decades scholars have been nearly unanimous in emphasising that long-term climatic and environmental changes created a situation where Norse agriculture was no longer sustainable and the community was ruined. A secondary hypothesis has focused on ethnic confrontations between Norse peasants and Inuit hunters. In the last decades ethnic violence has been on the rise in Eastern Europe the Middle East and parts of Africa. In some cases it has degenerated into ethnic cleansing. This has strengthened the interest in ethnic violence in past societies. Challenging traditional hypotheses is a source of progress in all science. The present book does this on the basis of relevant written and archaeological material respecting the methodology of both sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585808

North Africa Islam and the Mediterranean WorldFrom the Almoravids to the Algerian War Long regarded as the preserve of French scholars and Francophone audiences due to its significance to France's colonial empire North Africa is increasingly recognized for its own singular importance as a crossover region. Situated where Islamic Mediterranean African and European histories intersect the Maghrib has long acted as a cultural conduit mediator and broker. From the medieval era when the oasis of Sijilmasa in the Moroccan wilderness funnelled caravan loads of gold into international networks through the 16th century when two superpowers the Ottomans and the Spanish Hapsburgs battled for mastery of the Mediterranean along the North African frontier and well into the 20th century which witnessed one of Africa's cruellest wars unfold in "French Algeria" the Maghrib has retained its uniqueness as a place where worlds meet. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040011

North Africa in TransitionThe Struggle for Democracy and Institutions This book is the first comprehensive examination of North Africa’s political security and economic developments since the 2011 Arab Uprisings shook the Middle East. North Africa in Transition examines how the people and governments of North Africa have responded to the Arab uprisings that shook the region’s politics in 2011. With individual chapters detailing key developments in Algeria Libya Morocco and Tunisia the authors bring together a wide range of expertise to assess how a previously under-explored and politically static region underwent bursts or energy protests and war. Two of the regimes were completely transformed and two adapted to survive. Of interest to North Africa specialists and scholars of democratic transitions North Africa in Transition unravels the story of what has changed since 2011 and what security political and economic reforms are required to ensure progress and stability. The book argues that without the persistent and comprehensive development of key government institutions focused on creating jobs and providing security the region risks future protests terrorism or even revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653351

North Africa’s Arab Spring This book addresses issues surrounding the evolution of the Arab Spring in North Africa. After a general introduction and explanation of the events on a region-wide basis it turns to examine aspects of each of the countries concerned. The role of the Muslim Brotherhood during the Nasser regime and in the contemporary situation is compared together with an analysis of the emergence of new political parties in Egypt. The book analyses the links between social media and satellite television during the revolution in Egypt. This is followed by a study of the intellectual and cultural background to the Tunisian revolution and an analysis of the new political parties in Tunisia. It also looks at the revolution process in Libya and concludes with a study of why there was no revolution in Algeria and how the Moroccan monarchy was able to sideline those who challenged it at the price of constitutional changes that are essentially cosmetic. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Journal of North African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629836

North AfricaContemporary Politics and Economic Development This book covers the contemporary politics and economic development of the four countries of North Africa – Morocco Algeria Tunisia and Libya. The first part is devoted to contemporary politics and political systems in each of these countries. It traces their political development since independence with the emphasis on the last ten to fifteen years. The second part concentrates on economic developments in each of the four countries. A separate chapter on each state provides a comprehensive analysis of the economic strategies adopted since independence. They discuss the impact of the planning strategies on the structure of the national economies and the social consequences resulting from these economic policies notably in the field of employment and income distribution. First published in 1984. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820258

North African Cinema in a Global ContextThrough the Lens of Diaspora This book provides insight into contemporary film production from North African countries referred to as the Maghreb. Focus is both on the socio-economic context of film production which suffers some of the same setbacks and obstacles as other regions of the developing world and on the thematic details treated in the films themselves. The book delves into ideas such as gender and sexuality national identity political conflict and issues of post and neo-colonial relationships in the context of globalisation. The book includes close analyses of individual films which at times show the taboo subjects of sexual and substance abuse the lives of street children and prostitution as well as upper-class contradictions between an increasingly global position of privilege while in the midst of a traditionalist society. Others chapters focus on an individual filmmakers’ world view as depicted in representations of contemporary daily life of the average Tunisian Moroccan or Algerian. The book provides an understanding of day to day existence in Morocco Tunisia and Algeria as depicted by local artists. The theoretical questions raised stretch beyond this topic to touch on ‘third world’ art and film production and production in conditions of political repression and rigid moral conservatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864641

North African PoliticsChange and continuity In the aftermath of the turmoil that shook North Africa in late 2010 and early 2011 commentators and analysts have sought explanations to the factors that triggered the uprisings and to understand why a region seemingly characterized by relative stability for decades would suddenly erupt in convulsions. Had an underlying dynamism in the region overwhelmed what were ostensibly stable authoritarian regimes? What were the connections to events and dynamics beyond the region such as countries in the Middle East international commodity markets and environmental factors amongst others? Why had allies abetted authoritarianism for so long and what were the implications for such alliances? North African Politics: Change and continuity brings together experts to explore these questions providing in-depth analyses of important developments in the region which build upon and complement the 2008 companion volume North Africa: Politics Region and the Limits of Transformation. This 21-chapter volume is a key contribution that responds to the need in the Anglo-American sphere for sustained critical studies on North Africa and examines political economic security social and military aspects of the region. Focused studies on individual countries allow detailed discussion of regional factors. The book also examines extrinsic trans-regional dynamics such as North Africa’s influential interdependencies with the Levant and the Gulf Europe Sahelian and sub-Saharan Africa and North America. Its innovative approach provides new perspectives on North Africa extending its research scope to include Egypt and exploring China’s evolving role in the region. Providing an important contribution in the assessment of the ever-shifting political and social tectonics within and beyond North Africa North African Politics is an essential resource for students scholars and policy makers in Middle Eastern and North African Studies and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922969

North AfricaNation State and Region North Africa differs from the Middle East in several significant ways. It was subject to a uniform colonial experience as part of the French empire; its populations are far more culturally homogeneous than those of the Middle East; and since the Reconquista it has always been far more susceptible to European influences than has the Middle East. It has thus had a far better basis for regional integration and for effective state formation than has the Middle East itself. In the post-Cold War world North Africa took on a new significance for Europe as issues of migration and regional trade began to dominate the European agenda. This book first published in 1993 endeavours to investigate the background to the political developments of modern North Africa. It not only looks at the pre-colonial past but also investigates the effect of the colonial period itself on the regional dimension in view of the creation of the UMA a confederal regional organisation in early 1989. The contributors to this volume are all people with long experience of the North African political and historical scene. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122741

North America before the European Invasions North America Before the European Invasions tells the histories of North American peoples from first migrations in the Late Glacial Age sixteen thousand years ago or more to the European invasions following Columbus’s arrival. Contrary to invaders’ propaganda North America was no wilderness and its peoples had developed a variety of sophisticated resource uses including intensive agriculture and cities in Mexico and the Midwest. Written in an easy-flowing style the book is a true history although based primarily on archeological material. It reflects current emphasis within archaeology on rejecting the notion of “pre”-history instead combining archaeology with post-Columbian ethnographies and histories to present the long histories of North America’s native peoples most of them still here and still part of the continent’s history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890039

North American Border ConflictsRace Politics and Ethics North American Border Conflicts: Race Politics and Ethics adds to the current discussion on class race ethnic and sectarian divides not only within the United States but throughout the Americas in general. The book explores the phenomenon of border challenges throughout the world particularly the current increase in population migration in the America Europe Asia the Middle East and Africa which has been linked to human trafficking and many other causes of human suffering. North American Border Conflicts takes students through the rich sad history of border conflict on this continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889906

North American Borderlands Since the early colonial period historians have been fascinated with North America’s borderlands – places where people interacted across multiple independent political and legal systems. Today the scholarship on these regions is more robust and innovative than ever before. North American Borderlands introduces students to exemplary recent scholarship on this vital topic showcasing work that delves into the complexities of borderland relationships. Essays range from the seventeenth through the late twentieth century touch on nearly every region of the continent and represent a variety of historical approaches and preoccupations. Anchored by a substantial introduction that walks students through the terminology and historiography the collection presents the major debates and questions most prominent in the field today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808668

North American CornucopiaTop 100 Indigenous Food Plants Many North American plants have characteristics that are especially promising for creating varieties needed to expand food production and there are excellent prospects of generating new economically competitive crops from these natives. The inadequacy of current crops to meet the food demands of the world’s huge growing population makes the potential of indigenous North American food plants even more significant. These plants can also generate crops that are more compatible with the ecology of the world and many also have inherent health benefits.Presenting detailed scholarship a thoroughly accessible style and numerous entertaining anecdotes North American Cornucopia: Top 100 Indigenous Food Plants is a full-color book dedicated to the most important 100 native food plants of North America north of Mexico that have achieved commercial success or have substantial market potential. The introductory chapter reviews the historical development of North American indigenous crops and factors bearing on their future economic success. The rest of the book consists of 100 chapters each dedicated to a particular crop. The book employs a user-friendly chapter format that presents the material in sections offering in-depth coverage of each plant.The first section of each chapter provides information on the scientific and English names of the plants followed by a section on the geography and ecology of the wild forms accompanied by a map showing the North American distribution. A section entitled "Plant Portrait" comprises a basic description of the plant its history and its economic and social importance. This is followed by "Culinary Portrait " concerned with food uses and culinary vocabulary. The chapters then provide an analysis of the economic future of each crop discuss notable and interesting scientific or technological observations and accomplishments and present extensive references. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466585928

North American Droughts This book explores the effects of past droughts on the social cultural and political life of the population of North America; the possible effects of drought on energy- and technology-intensive society; and the ramifications of drought for the national economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171032

North American Fiddle MusicA Research and Information Guide North American Fiddle Music: A Research and Information Guide is the first large-scale annotated bibliography and research guide on the fiddle traditions of the United States and Canada. These countries both of which have large immigrant populations as well as Native populations have maintained fiddle traditions that while sometimes faithful to old-world or Native styles often feature blended elements from various traditions. Therefore researchers of the fiddle traditions in these two countries can not only explore elements of fiddling practices drawn from various regions of the world but also look at how different fiddle traditions can interact and change. In addition to including short essays and listings of resources about the full range of fiddle traditions in those two countries it also discusses selected resources about fiddle traditions in other countries that have influenced the traditions in the United States and Canada. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415994545

North American Indian MusicA Guide to Published Sources and Selected Recordings First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315046839

North American IndiansA Comprehensive Account Written in an easy-to-read narrative format this volume provides the most comprehensive coverage of North American Indians from earliest evidence through 1990. It shows Indians as "a people with history" and not as primitives covering current ideological issues and political situations including treaty rights sovereignty and repatriation. A must-read for anyone interested in North American Indian history. This is a comprehensive and thought-provoking approach to the history of the native peoples of North America (including Mexico and Canada) and their civilizations.For Native American courses taught in anthropology history and Native American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434424

North American IntegrationAn Institutional Void in Migration Security and Development The course of events since the implementation of NAFTA has had unexpected elements with significant impacts on North American integration. First has been the rise of China as a larger source of imports and production partner than Mexico. Second has been the rise of security concerns since September 11 2001. The result has been much stronger integration between Canada and the US than with Mexico. Migration issues are now linked with security which has risen to a top priority in the international agenda. While liberalization has furnished strong economic incentives for integration it has not provided a sufficient guide for the political process which requires leadership and appropriate institutions to coordinate and regulate the special interest groups. A coherent and effective North American integration would be a valuable asset in the context of global integration and competition yet the issues involved are quite complex and varied. North American Integration: An Institutional Void in Migration Security and Development examines the current state of North American integration. Editors Gaspare M. Genna and David A. Mayer-Foulkes gather an international group of experts to give a broad coherent picture of the current multifaceted process of integration and find that institutional development is an essential component.  Divided into three sections the book: - Discuss the determinants of integration and shows that the institutional characteristics of the three countries including democracy and basic rights are the most important.  - Provides examples of institutional building in contexts for which institutions are lacking specifically labor migration and health issues. - Examines issues such as overall security arrangements trade drug related violence energy and the continuing wage gap among the countries which have an important bearing on integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943063

North American Psocoptera North American Psocoptera provides a complete review of the 28 families 78 genera and 287 species of the order Psocoptera found in the United States and Canada.This comprehensive book contains keys to all of the known taxa of Psocoptera which have been found in the study area including three genera named as new. Not only are the native and established species included but also those which have been taken at ports of entry in human commerce. The book contains differential diagnoses of the taxa above species level. For each named species there is an account consisting of synonymy recognition features relationships distribution and habitat. Included are 119 pages of illustrations glossary bibliography and index. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450090

North American Scholars of Comparative EducationExamining the Work and Influence of Notable 20th Century Comparativists This book brings together fifteen comprehensive studies of significant North American scholars of comparative education from the 20th century. Providing relevant biographical detail chapters analyse each scholar’s approach to comparative education and their on-going influences on the field. Comparative studies in education have long benefited from the work of significant individuals who have collectively advanced the field making it a vibrant and intellectually fruitful area of educational research. Offering a unique systematic exploration of the work of the founders of comparative educational research North American Scholars of Comparative Education emphasizes the importance of understanding the accomplishments of key historical figures in the field and considers the legacies such individuals have created. Chapters move beyond descriptions of comparativists’ work to illustrate the pivotal role played by each scholar in driving a progression through humanistic and scientific approaches to new epistemological traditions within the field of comparative education. This in turn reveals critical historical-epistemological transitions which have had lasting impacts on the field. Including contributions written by leading scholars in the field this volume will be of great interest to researchers academics and scholars in comparative and international education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256906

North American Women Artists of the Twentieth CenturyA Biographical Dictionary First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051680

North America's Natural Wonders Although millions of Americans and international travelers take road trips through North America every year most have no understanding of how the landscape came to be. North America’s Natural Wonders provides everything these travelers need to understand the landscape. Written by a career geologist with decades of experience in the field it guides readers through the most iconic geologically significant scenery in North America and explains what they are seeing. Volume I focuses on western North America including the Canadian Rockies the Southwest Great Basin and Tetons-Yellowstone Country. The trips detailed in this volume include stops at the glaciers and mountains of Banff National Park the Grand Canyon numerous parks in Utah and the geysers and hot springs of Yellowstone. It also features lesser known but equally interesting geologic formations and how to access these sites. Volume II focuses on central and eastern North America including the Appalachians of Virginia and West Virginia the Colorado Rockies Austin-Big Bend Country and the Sierra Madre Oriental of Mexico. The trips detailed in this volume include stops at the Blue Ridge in Shenandoah National Park Carlsbad Caverns National Park Big Bend National Park Garden of the Gods and Pikes Peak the Colorado Mineral Belt Aspen and the Maroon Bells giant salt-cored uplifts of the La Popa Basin Mexico and many others. It also features lesser known but equally interesting geologic formations and how to access these sites. This detailed guide will help the curious layman the rock hound the geology student and the professional geologist understand what they are seeing when they look at a roadcut quarry or landscape. A full understanding of natural formations will enhance the traveler’s experience beyond simple sightseeing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367821258

North America's Natural WondersAppalachians Colorado Rockies Austin-Big Bend Country Sierra Madre Written by a career geologist with decades of experience in the field North America’s Natural Wonders guides readers through the most iconic geologically significant scenery in North America points out features of interest explains what they are seeing and describes how these features came to be. Presented as classic excursions to some of the best-known natural wonders on the continent Volume II focuses primarily on Central and Eastern North America including the Appalachians the Colorado Rockies Austin-Big Bend Country and the Sierra Madre. The trips detailed in this volume include stops at quintessential features such as the Shenandoah Valley Carlsbad Caverns Big Bend National Park and La Popa Basin of Nuevo León and Coahuila Mexico as well as many others. It also features discussions of lesser-known but equally interesting geologic formations and important information on accessing these sites. Features Clearly explains the geology of these regions with an emphasis on landscape formation Addresses issues of interest such as fossils earthquakes mineral sites mining and oil fields Lavishly illustrated with numerous colorful maps and breathtaking geological landscapes and their various features These six self-guided tours explain to the curious layman student and geologist what they are seeing when they look at a roadcut or a quarry and enhances the experience far beyond simple sightseeing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367821227

North America's Natural WondersCanadian Rockies California The Southwest Great Basin Tetons-Yellowstone Country Written by a career geologist with decades of experience in the field North America’s Natural Wonders provides everything the reader needs to understand the landscape. It guides readers through the most iconic geologically significant scenery in North America points out features of interest explains what they are seeing and describes how these features came to be. Presented as classic excursions to some of the best-known natural wonders on the continent Volume I focuses primarily on Western North America including the Canadian Rockies California the Southwest Great Basin and Tetons-Yellowstone Country. The trips detailed in this volume include stops at quintessential features such as the glaciers and mountains of Banff National Park Yosemite the vineyards of Napa Valley the California goldfields the Grand Canyon numerous parks in Utah the geysers and hot springs of Yellowstone National Park as well as many others. It also features discussions of lesser-known but equally interesting geologic formations and important information on accessing these sites. Features Addresses issues of interest such as fossils earthquakes mineral sites mining and oil fields Lavishly illustrated with numerous colorful maps and breathtaking geological landscapes and their various features These five self-guided tours explain to the curious layman student and geologist what they are seeing when they look at a roadcut or a quarry and enhances the experience far beyond simple sightseeing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815387091

North Atlantic Civilization at WarWorld War II Battles of Sky Sand Snow Sea and Shore This book recounts the World War II journeys of a soldier a ship and a bottle of spirits through and around five great turning-point battles. Those battles were influenced more by geography and climate than by generals and admirals. Properly titled they would be known as the Battles of the Sky (Britain) the Sand (El Alemein) the Snow (Stalingrad) the Sea (North Atlantic) and the Shore (Normandy). Slogging their way through this quintet are an eighteen-year-old G.I. from Missouri (as seen through his letters home) an "ugly duckling" of a Liberty ship (as seen through its Armed Guard reports) and a bottle of rum (as traced by those who after the war made money in selling war souvenirs). It is the history of the North Atlantic sea basin and its extensions at war: the story of the lulls between battles when America's teenage warriors often watched war movies (Humphrey Bogart made and Warner Brothers released seven during the war) sang or listened to popular tunes by songsmiths like Irving Berlin and drank rum-and-Coke (while listening to Dick Haymes sing the hit "Rum & Coca-Cola"). While accessible and vastly entertaining this is a serious work of history. By treating World War II in Europe much as Fernand Braudel treated the origins of Western civilization in his masterpiece The Mediterranean and the Mediterranean World in the Age of Philip II Hatcher brings Braudelian detachment to his narrative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503134

North Atlantic Treaty Organization This volume consists of major books written in the English language on NATO as well as an extensive listing of journal articles that deal with various aspects of the Alliance. All the major debates that have taken place over the last forty years are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512641

North China and Japanese Expansion 1933-1937Regional Power and the National Interest This work draws on a wide range of Chinese and Japanese sources to analyse the uncertain loyalties and complex internal pressures that drove Sino-Japanese interaction in prewar north China. It examines the shifting understandings of the North China problem in its practical political and moral aspects and challenges existing assumptions concerning Chinese relations with Japan and their impact on domestic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994515

North East Arabian Dialects Mono First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977273

North Korea 2009-2012A Guide to Economic and Political Developments North Korea continues to be a country of great concern internationally where future developments are uncertain especially as a result of the succession to the leadership of Kim Jong-un following the death of Kim Jong-il. It is also a country which is relatively unknown and relatively little studied. This book provides a comprehensive detailed survey of economic and political developments in the last few years. As such it provides many insights into the current trends which are likely to shape the country’s future direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367406

North Korea International Law and the Dual CrisesNarrative and Constructive Engagement The Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) has a reputation as one of the worst human rights situations in the world. This book utilizes a unique international law perspective to examine the actions and inactions of North Korea with regard to international security and human rights. Adopting political military historical and legal perspectives the book explores how the two issues of nuclear weapons and the human rights abuses in North Korea are interconnected and why the international community should apply the same international law framework to find a solution for both. Drawing on eyewitness accounts such as refugee and defector testimony Morse Tan offers a real-life story of North Korea that covers the pertinent law and constructive approaches of its regime. Tan examines the specific objectives and actions of the North Korean government and measures these according to international legal obligations such as applicable treaty law jus cogens norms and customary international law. The book concludes by offering solutions for dealing with international security surrounding the Korean Peninsula and forwards a proposal for the creation of a tribunal to prosecute those at the top of the regime for international crimes and human rights abuses. As a project exploring the extremes of international law violation this book will be of great interest and use to readers interested in the history and political and legal implications of the strategies employed by the North Korea government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614505

North Korea Iran and the Challenge to International OrderA Comparative Perspective This book examines and compares the political situations in North Korea and Iran and the contemporary security challenges posed by their illicit nuclear aspirations. While government officials including a series of American presidents strategic policy documents and outside analysts have repeatedly noted that North Korea and Iran occupy a similar challenge the commonality has largely been left unexplored. This book argues that North Korea and Iran are uniquely common in the world today in their illicit nuclear aspirations in violation of their legal commitments made under the Non-Proliferation Treaty. The work evaluates alternative arguments some of which sustain that the two states should be grouped together based on other metrics such as nuclear powers that sponsor terrorist organizations or nuclear states that violate human rights and find alternative explanations do not hold up to empirical scrutiny. Drawing on newly declassified documents and Iranian and North Korean sources the book provides a comprehensive and comparative assessment of the two states’ social historical economic and domestic political structures and situation to make these determinations. Furthermore it reviews the nuclear issue stemming from Iran and North Korea and the efforts to constrain these programs. The book concludes with specific policy recommendations that apply diplomatic lessons learned from dealing with Iran to North Korea and vice versa. This book will be of interest to students of nuclear proliferation international security foreign policy and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188108

North Korea - US RelationsFrom Kim Jong Il to Kim Jong Un How has North Korea sought to normalize diplomatic relations with the US? Explaining the continuities between the Kim Jong-un and Kim Jong-il governments as well as the discontinuities especially the decisive move towards brinkmanship under Kim Jong-un culminating in 2017 and subsequent turn towards diplomacy this book shows how North Korea has constantly learnt from its own experience and the experience of others to evolve and adapt its policy towards the US. This fully revised and expanded second edition draws on interviews and conversations with American North and South Korean Chinese and other countries’ policy-makers and experts and North Korean official media stories. It has been updated to include discussion of the post-2012 period when Kim Jong-un replaced his father to become the leader of North Korea and provides detailed analysis of both presidencies concluding with a study of the two bilateral summits held with President Donald Trump. Showing how weaker powers can try to achieve their main foreign policy goals with respect to great powers this book will be of interest to scholars and students of the international relations of East Asia US Foreign Policy Korean Studies and Foreign Policy Analysis. It should also prove relevant to those studying international bargaining and negotiation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198145

North Korea and Economic Integration in East Asia Throughout North Korea’s history it has regarded external relations with suspicion and as a potential threat to its regime. With North Korea working towards denuclearization there is now hope for an economic opening. This book examines the external economic strategies that North Korea may consider for its reforms and development which are related to the East Asian economic integration process. This book emphasizes that considering theoretical factors as well as conditions of the North Korean economy economic opening and integration should have high priority anteceding or at least being parallel to economic reforms and transformation. Also among various alternative strategies for achieving the goal of economic reform and development based on economic opening the utilization of East Asian regional economic integration framework would be the best option for North Korea because this framework can provide an opportunity for North Korea to overcome structural problems in its external economic relations and to circumvent political conflicts thus leading to a smoother rapprochement towards economic opening. This book is timely as it shows how a new economic recovery strategy on the Korean Peninsula may be accomplished. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179762

North Korea and Northeast Asian Regional Security With its unstable and intermittent nuclear weapon project and the recent leadership succession issue Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) has been a source of insecurity for the past decade in this region in addition to the delicate international relations among the powerful China United States Japan and Russia. The essence of DPRK issue lies in the instability and uncertainty of nuclear development that even the slightest miscalculation by any one power could disturb the sensitive balance of relationships creating a butterfly effect with a catastrophic result.Drawing on various perspectives on the interaction over DPRK and other regional powers this volume seeks to explore the role of DPRK in Northeast Asia and its implication to regional security as a whole. The volume does not confirm a particular position over DPRK’s nuclear showdown; rather it invites scholars to provide assessments from the viewpoints of neighbouring powers in order to present a more complete understanding of the leading issue in Northeast Asia. The volume will serve as an invaluable resource for policymakers students and scholars of North Korean politics and international relations.This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Comparative Asian Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739096

North Korea and Security Cooperation in Northeast Asia Relations between the two Koreas continue to be hostile volatile and unpredictable with North Korea’s nuclear issue remaining as untamed as ever. As such there is a growing urgency for security cooperation in Northeast Asia to be given immediate attention. The key players in the region - the US China Japan and Russia - are keenly aware of the security threat of an armed clash between North and South Korea and are committed to denuclearization of the Korean peninsula. This book explores the domestic factors of the two Koreas and the four major powers that influence their security policies towards North Korea and Northeast Asia. This well thought out and consistently analysed volume has huge potential to frame the conversation on Northeast Asian relations in the coming years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246232

North Korea: The Politics of Regime SurvivalThe Politics of Regime Survival Featuring contributions by some of the leading experts in Korean studies this book examines the political content of Kim Jong-Il's regime maintenance including both the domestic strategy for regime survival and North Korea's foreign relations with South Korea Russia China Japan and the United States. It considers how and why the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) became a "hermit kingdom" in the name of Juche (self-reliance) ideology and the potential for the barriers of isolationism to endure. This up-to-date analysis of the DPRK's domestic and external policy linkages also includes a discussion of the ongoing North Korean nuclear standoff in the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702070

North KoreaA Guide to Economic and Political Developments There is much intense interest in North Korea at present. This partly arises from questions about Korea's nuclear capability and intentions and about the extent to which North Korea may be viewed as 'a rogue state' or part of 'the axis of evil'. In addition however North Korea has recently begun experimenting with reforms along Chinese lines. The vigour with which these will be pursued and related questions about the degree of engagement or otherwise with South Korea are also important issues. This book provides full details of economic and political developments in North Korea since 1989 when the communist world began to change irrevocably. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650489

North Korean Graphic NovelsSeduction of the Innocent? Graphic novels (kurimchaek) are a major art form in North Korea produced by agents of the regime to set out its vision in a range of important areas. This book provides an analysis of North Korean graphic novels discussing the ideals they promote and the tensions within those ideals and examining the reception of graphic novels in North Korea and by North Korean refugees in South Korea. Particular themes considered include the ideal family and how the regime promotes this; patriotism and its conflict with class identities; and the portrayal of the Korean War – "The Fatherland Liberation War" as it is known in North Korea – and the subsequent continuing stand-off. Overall the book demonstrates the importance of graphic novels in North Korea as a tool for bringing up children and for promoting North Korean ideals. In addition however the book also shows that although the regime sees the imaginative power of graphic novels as a necessity for effective communication graphic novels are also viewed with caution in that they exist in everyday social life in ways that the regime may be aware of and seeks to control but cannot dominate completely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587932

North Korean ReformPolitics Economics and Security In the past foreign policy and security concerns have trumped any efforts to reform the North Korean economy. Today the linkage between security and economic policies is being reconsidered as part of a larger debate in the North Korean leadership that has already transformed the country in fundamental ways. Despite renewed tensions with the United States North Korea has begun to implement important economic reforms. Moreover underneath the cover of the ever-present ‘military-first’ slogan in the controlled media a debate is taking place between ‘reformers’ and ‘conservatives’ over whether Pyongyang’s bloated military industrial complex should be scaled back to help ensure the success of economic reform. Not only do these developments reflect strong political forces in the North Korean leadership that support reform but they could also have profound implications for the future of Pyongyang’s national security policy. North Korea may decide that it will need a more favourable external security environment in order to secure greater access to international economic and financial assistance for its reform measures and ultimately downsizing its military. Pyongyang could launch a new policy of engagement that would include greater flexibility in the Beijing Six Party Talks. A second scenario is continued internal struggle over reform that could lead to an inability to act decisively on key security and foreign policy issues including at the nuclear talks. Finally progress in reform may paradoxically strengthen conservatives leading to hopes in Pyongyang that it can improve the economy while simultaneously maintaining a large powerful military. Whether Washington can do anything at this point to influence directly the emerging debate in Pyongyang is unclear but a renewed policy of engagement on its part could enhance the chances of success for North Korean advocates of reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203759172

North Koreans In JapanLanguage Ideology And Identity This fascinating ethnography provides unique insights into the history politics ideology and daily life of North Koreans living in Japan. Because Sonia Ryang was raised in this community she was able to gain unprecedented access and to bring her personal knowledge to bear on this closed society. In addition to providing a valuable view of the e Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317058

North Korea's Foreign Policy under Kim Jong IlNew Perspectives The Democratic People's Republic of Korea (North Korea) joined the rank of nuclear powers in October 2006 after exploding its first nuclear device. The test was not fully successful yet it unequivocally demonstrated North Korea's nuclear weapons capability. North Korea under the leadership of Kim Jong-il remains as unpredictable and mysterious as ever. This comprehensive study brings together leading scholars in the field to examine the country's current foreign policy under Kim Jong-il as well as its bilateral relations with the USA China Russia Japan and South Korea. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247861

North Korea's Foreign PolicyThe DPRK's Part on the International Scene and Its Audiences This book analyses North Korean foreign policy since 1994 aiming to better understand the part the DPRK plays in international politics. Pyongyang is the country’s capital and largest city. To the north and northwest the country is bordered by China and by Russia along the Amnok and Tumen rivers; it is bordered to the south by South Korea with the heavily fortified Korean Demilitarized Zone separating the two. Nevertheless North Korea like its southern counterpart claims to be the legitimate government of the entire peninsula and adjacent islands. Both North Korea and South Korea became members of the UN in 1991. Applying the role theoretical approach to North Korea for the first time this book charts the continuities and changes in North Korean foreign policy drawing on content analysis of North Korean periodicals. It begins with an identification of roles before analysing the relationship between these roles and foreign policy in practice. In particular it examines the links between role shifts and changes in interaction with the U.S. and South Korea. This book also demonstrates that the existence of pressure sanctions and confrontations have contributed to a confrontational isolationist and inward-looking foreign policy. Therefore it argues one should be aware that if the DPRK is constantly treated as if it is a nuclear state – and even a rogue state – it is much easier for it to enact a role on the international stage which reflects this. As a study of the foreign policy of the world’s most controversial and secretive country this book will be invaluable to students and scholars of Korean politics and international relations as well as Asian Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465162

North Korea's Military-Diplomatic Campaigns 1966-2008 This book examines North Korea’s nuclear diplomacy over a long time period from the early 1960s setting its dangerous brinkmanship in the wider context of North Korea’s military and diplomatic campaigns to achieve its political goals. It argues that the last four decades of military adventurism demonstrates Pyongyang’s consistent calculated use of military tools to advance strategic objectives vis à vis its adversaries. It shows how recent behavior of the North Korean government is entirely consistent with its behavior over this longer period: the North Korean government’s conduct (rather than being haphazard or reactive) is rational – in the Clausewitzian sense of being ready to use force as an extension of diplomacy by other means. The book goes on to demonstrate that North Korea’s "calculated adventurism" has come full circle: what we are seeing now is a modified repetition of earlier events – such as the Pueblo incident of 1968 and the nuclear and missile diplomacy of the 1990s. Using extensive interviews in the United States and South Korea including those with defected North Korean government officials alongside newly declassified first-hand material from U.S. South Korean and former Communist-bloc archives the book argues that whilst North Korea’s military-diplomatic campaigns have intensified its policy objectives have become more conservative and are aimed at regime survival normalization of relations with the United States and Japan and obtaining economic aid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666893

North Korea's Second Nuclear Crisis and Northeast Asian Security North Korea's testing of a nuclear bomb sent out a shock wave throughout the world and totally changed the strategic equation in the Korean peninsula and Northeast Asia. This testing has far-reaching implications for Korean peace and unification Northeast Asian security and America's global war on terrorism. This key volume provides an in-depth analysis of the inter-Korean and international dynamics of North Korea's nuclear crisis. It offers new insights into the six-party talks designed to resolve the crisis suggests creative formulas to resolve the ongoing crisis through peaceful diplomatic means and delves into the interests and policies of the major powers - the US China Japan and Russia - at the six-party negotiating table. The contributing authors are distinguished specialists and experts in the field and as such offer valuable expertise into the dynamics of this nuclear crisis for students and academics Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315598581

North Pacific Fisheries Management In anticipation of the UN Conference of the Law of the Sea taking place in 1973 Dr Kasahara and Dr Burke of the University of Washington first published North Pacific Fisheries Management earlier that year. The conference brought fishery territories to a global stage with delegates that may not be as informed about ocean issues as those previously making decisions. Therefore the Program of International Studies of Fishery Arrangements was created to explore the management of fisheries in specific regions. This study focusses on the North Pacific region and delves into the implications of a global regime generic problems concerning fishery management distribution and institutions as well as alternative arrangements that can be made to make the management of fisheries smoother. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946316

North SámiAn Essential Grammar North Sámi: An Essential Grammar is the most up-to-date work on North Sámi grammar to be published in English. The book provides: a clear and comprehensive overview of modern Sámi grammar including examples drawn from authentic texts of various genres. a systematic order of topics beginning with the alphabet and phonology continuing with nominal and verbal morphology and syntax and concluding with more advanced topics such as discourse particles complex sentences and word formation. full explanations of the grammatical terminology for the benefit of readers without a background in linguistics.   Suitable for linguists as well as independent and classroom-based students North Sámi: An Essential Grammar is an accessible but thorough introduction to the essential morphology and syntax of modern North Sámi the largest of the Sámi languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839373

North Sea Oil and Scotland's Economic Prospects This book originally published in 1978 concentrates on the structure and growth of the North Sea oil industry in Scotland. Drawing on relevant areas of economic theory it examines the structure of the offshore Scottish oil industry the employment generated by the industry technological change created by oil and its impact on rural areas of the Highlands. For each subject discussed future developments are discussed which remain as pertinent today as when the book was first published particularly given the issues surrounding Scotland's economic in relation to possible Scottish independence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307506

North Sun '94Solar Energy at High Latitudes First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138422957

Northeast India and India's Act East PolicyIdentifying the Priorities This book offers an understanding of the expectations and challenges of Northeast India in the context of India's Act East policy. It critically examines how the policy is being pursued by the incumbent Bharatiya Janata Party-led central government and analyses its relevance from local perspectives. Contributors to the book provide an examination of the differences between Look East and Act East policy and explanations of the expectations of India's neighboring countries particularly Myanmar towards Northeast India. They ask the following questions: a) What is to be done to integrate India’s Northeast region meaningfully into the Act East policy? What is the motive of linking this policy with these states? How is this policy received by the local communities? b) What are the challenges of the Northeast region? What are their needs and priorities? How can these states showcase their potentials to Southeast Asia and East Asia? c) What is the significance of the changes from Look to Act East Policy? Has the regime change affected the continuity in the policy? What are the short- and long-term goals? d) What are the expectations of Southeast Asia and East Asia? By addressing these questions they bridge the knowledge gaps that exist in the understating of the the Northeast region of India vis-à-vis the Act East policy. The first book to combine a balanced view of India's Act East policy and Northeast India it will be of interest to policy makers and academics in the fields of Development Studies International Relations Northeast India and South Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250607

Northeast IndiaA Reader Northeast India is a multifaceted and dynamic region that is constantly in focus because of its fragile political landscape characterized by endemic violence and conflicts. One of the first of its kind this reader on Northeast India examines myriad aspects of the region â€“ its people and its linguistic and cultural diversity. The chapters here highlight the key issues confronted by the Northeast in recent times: its history politics economy gender equations migration ethnicity literature and traditional performative practices.The book presents interlinkages between a range of socio-cultural issues and armed political violence while covering topics such as federalism nationality population migration and social change. It discusses debates on development with a view to comprehensive policies and state intervention. With its a nuanced and wide-ranging overview this volume makes new contributions to understanding a region that is critical to the future of South Asian geopolitics. The book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of contemporary Northeast India as well as history political science area studies international relations sociology and social anthropology. It will also appeal to those interested in public administration regional literature cultural studies population studies development studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734589

Northeastern India and Its NeighboursNegotiating Security and Development This book explores � through extensive fieldwork � the link between development and security critical to India�s Northeast within the context of the cross-border space it shares with China Myanmar Bangladesh Bhutan and Nepal. For a long-term sustainable solution to serious issues that include illegal migration and militancy it proposes forgi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177027

Northeastern Tiger BeetlesA Field Guide to Tiger Beetles of New England and Eastern Canada Northeastern Tiger Beetles: A Field Guide to Tiger Beetles of New England and Eastern Canada is the first book to draw together information about adult and larvae of tiger beetles of New England and Eastern Canada. Details are provided about key characteristics of adults and larvae; habitat; range; and life history information of the various species including notes on conservation status of rare or endangered species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138423725

Northern Archaeology and CosmologyA Relational View In its analysis of the archaeologies and histories of the northern fringe of Europe this book provides a focus on animistic–shamanistic cosmologies and the associated human–environment relations from the Neolithic to modern times. The North has fascinated Europeans throughout history as an enchanted world of natural and supernatural marvels: a land of light and dark of northern lights and the midnight sun of witches and magic and of riches ranging from amber to oil. Northern lands conflate fantasies and realities. Rich archaeological historical ethnographic and folkloric materials combine in this book with cutting-edge theoretical perspectives drawn from relational ontologies and epistemologies producing a fresh approach to the prehistory and history of a region that is pivotal to understanding Europe-wide processes such as Neolithization and modernization. This book examines the mythical and actual northern worlds with northern relational modes of perceiving and engaging with the world on the one hand and the ‘place’ of the North in European culture on the other. This book is an indispensable read for scholars of archaeology anthropology cultural studies and folklore in northern Europe as well as researchers interested in how the North is intertwined with developments in the broader European and Eurasian world. It provides a deep-time understanding of globally topical issues and conflicting interests as expressed by debates and controversies around Arctic resources nature preservation and indigenous rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359017

Northern BantuAn Account of Some Central African Tribes of the Uganda Protectorate First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315032900

Northern Europe and the Making of the EU's Mediterranean and Middle East PoliciesNormative Leaders or Passive Bystanders? What drives European foreign policy towards the wider Mediterranean and Middle East region? This collection takes an innovative approach to answering this question by considering the impact of intra-European divisions on European polices towards this crucial region. European foreign policy has traditionally been defined by a clear division of labour: southern European member states take the lead in the EU’s southern neighbourhood while central and northern European countries drive policies in the EU’s eastern neighbourhood. The resulting north-south split has entrenched geo-clientalistic behaviour as a core principle of EU foreign policy-making and has fuelled a static intra-European competition over influence and resources. However as European power dynamics shift these old divisions no longer hold and northern and central European countries have been pushed towards a more pro-active role in the region. But what factors are shaping the foreign policies of these countries in the Mediterranean and Middle East? What has been their contribution to common EU polices? And does their growing activism signal an end to old geo-clientalistic division as a core driver of European foreign policy? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472430434

Northern Europe in the Early Modern PeriodThe Baltic World 1492-1772 This is the first in a sequence of books which explores the history of The Baltic World and Northern Europe. In this period Sweden was a major European power occupying a central position in international politics. Her rise and decline and the passing of regional hegemony to the new powers of Russia and Prussia are central features in the book. Dr Kirby describes the evolving social and political systems of the principal Baltic states of the time he gives the key events and processes in European history a new interest and freshness by showing them from the unfamiliar perspective of the northern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836143

Northern EuropeInternational Dictionary of Historic Places First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059159

Northern ExposuresA Canadian Perspective on Occupational Health and Environment 'Northern Exposures' is an important and thought-provoking book that shows how the labor movement has embraced environmental protection and is beginning to create a new and more sustainable vision for the future. Dave Bennett's knowledge and commitment shine through. He is by turns the skeptical philosopher sifting the evidence and the passionate partisan arguing for the rights of the people. It makes for a rich and exhilarating mixture.-Nigel Crisp Permanent Secretary U.K. Department of Health and Chief Executive National Health Service (2000-2006) Author Turning the World Upside Down: The Search for Global Health in the 21st Century (Royal Society of Medicine Press 2010) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784368

Northern Forested Wetlands Ecology and Management Forested wetlands are a major component of northern landscapes important both for their ecological functions and their socioeconomic values. Historically these lands have been used for timber and fiber products hunting fishing trapping food gathering and recreation. There are many questions about the use and management of these lands in the future particularly with respect to forest products hydrology and water quality plant and wildlife ecology landscape dynamics and wetland restoration. Northern Forested Wetlands: Ecology and Management provides a synthesis of current research and literature. It examines the status distribution and use of these wetland resources. The book focuses on understanding the role of wetlands in the landscape and on how to manage these wetlands and sustain their important functions. This is a primary reference text for the study and management of northern forested wetlands providing a forum for information discovered by researchers and managers from many nations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745380

Northern IdentitiesHistorical Interpretations of ‘the North’ and ‘Northernness’ Recent years have witnessed an explosion of academic and popular interest in the issue of social identity. Yet the subject areas of regional and sub-regional identities and historical engagements between ’the regional’ ’the local’ and ’the national’ remain very neglected. Seeking to make a contribution towards redressing these areas of neglect and to further advancing our knowledge and understanding of the general issue of social identity this volume of essays offers the reader an exploration of some of the rich and varied historical interpretations of ’the North’ and ’Northernness’. The focus rests mainly but not exclusively upon the North of England. Taken as a whole the essays highlight the contingent fluid and ambiguous nature of ’Northenness’ its complex and shifting interplay with feelings of localism and nationalism and the profound if varying influences of class race gender sport tourism music and political and economic structures and concerns upon ’northern’ identities. This book will hold a general appeal to readers interested in the issue of social identity especially in its regional and local manifestations and engagements. It will find a wide readership across the humanities and social sciences. It should be compulsory reading for those in New Labour addressing the issue of the ’North-South divide’. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247854

Northern Ireland EconomyPerformance Prospects and Policy First published in 1999 this timely study emerged at a critical juncture for the EU and Ireland and aimed to review the past development and future prospects of the Northern Ireland economy in the light of the European Union and its possible expansion. Esmond Birnie and David M.W.N. Hitchens examine the economic circumstances in the wake of Northern Ireland’s longstanding position as a region which lags behind UK performance in the EU. Here they update the data and discussion contained in an earlier study by the authors Closing the Productivity Gap (1990) through discussions including engines of growth the process of convergence and the current and likely development of Northern Ireland-Republic of Ireland economic links. This book will be of use to both academics undergraduates A-level students and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338586

Northern Ireland Politics Hopes for a peaceful settlement in Northern Ireland have again put the politics of the province under the spotlight. This new text written by acknowledged experts on Northern Ireland provides an immediately accessible introduction to the multi-faceted nature of the politics of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459106

Northern Ireland Since 1969 The conflict in Northern Ireland since 1969 has cost over 3 600 lives and about 100 000 people in Northern Ireland live in a household where someone has been injured in a troubles-related incident. This has been a key issue in British and Irish politics and the recent peace process in Northern Ireland and the current ‘War on Terrorism’ has stimulated international involvement and a desire to ‘learn the lessons’ of ‘the troubles’. Although Northern Ireland has a population of just 1.5 million people it is one of the most researched territories of the world. There is considerable controversy over the interpretation of the history of Northern Ireland not least since 1969. This new addition to the Seminar Studies in History  Series provides a comprehensive introduction to the difficult topic reviewing different perspectives on the recent history of the conflict in Northern Ireland while at the same time providing an authoritative overview. Each book in the Seminar Studies in History series provides a concise and reliable introduction to complex events and debates. Written by acknowledged experts and supported by extracts from historical Documents a Chronology Glossary Who’s Who of key figures and Guide to Further Reading Seminar Studies in History are the essential guides to understanding a topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169968

Northern IrelandConflict and Change Essential text for a 1 term/semester undergraduate course on Northern Ireland (usually a 2nd year option).  Combines coverage of the historical context of the situation in Northern Ireland with a thorough examination of the contemporary political situation and the peace process. The book explores the issues behind the longevity of the conflict and provides a detailed analysis of the attempts to create a lasting peace in Northern Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835429

Northern IrelandSociety Under Siege The troubles in Ireland are not new. They have taken a heavy toll in lives and perhaps more importantly in psychological health. This book is not concerned with events in themselves although it includes historical analysis of the conflict in Northern Ireland. It does attempt to discover the human effects of long-term conflicts such as those occurring in Ireland. From testing and interviews with the children women and men of Northern Ireland beginning in 1969 the author has developed a case study of the long-term effects of stress on a population. She identifies certain social control mechanisms that produce a mixture of chaos and docility in the troubled North and argues that England has established these in order to destroy the identity of the people—a process she calls "psychological genocide." Northern Ireland: Society Under Siege applies social-psychological theory to a concrete and ongoing situation in a way that is illuminating for the general reader and for the specialist. Dr. Fields has done what might appear obvious: find out the effects of stress on a population by going to that population and observing what their lives are like. The remarkable fact is however that until now no one has done so. ...a wide-ranging and perceptive book.... A significant thrust and contribution of this book is Fields' discussion of psychological and social control procedures and practices....(Fields') report is a challenge to humanity and an indictment of English patricianism racism and imperialism. Alfred McClung Lee Dr. Rona Field is a brave and deeply compassionate human being a committed researcher who cannot be intimidated by gunmen English soldiers bigots ferocious politicians or the horrors of confronting human suffering in dreadful forms. This valiant woman deserves international praise and recognition for the unflinching study of a tragic society. Dennis Clark National Catholic Reporter Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429334412

Northern PlainsmenAdaptive Strategy and Agrarian Life A study of a rural region and plural society this book is a distinctive contribution to anthropology in that it brings the conceptual framework of that discipline to bear on a contemporary agrarian society and its historical development rather than on peasant or tribal peoples; cultural ecology in that it shows the nature of the adaptations of four distinctive social groups to the environment of the Canadian Great Plains; the study of social and economic change as it describes cultural patterns and mechanisms that are relevant to agrarian development the world over; and North American studies in as much as it deals with community life in the classic sequence of settlement of the Western Plains.The book is focused throughout on the adaptation of human societies to their environment. Four groups are described: the Cree Indians the aboriginal inhabitants of the area who have lost all organic relationship to natural resources and who have devised ingenious methods for manipulating the social environment; ranchers whose specialized production is based upon resources used in their natural state; homestead farmers whose maladjusted small-farm economy after initial setbacks achieved a degree of stability through interventions by government in their adaptations to nature and the market economy; and the Hutterian Brethren whose adaptation consisted primarily of the introduction to the region of a new kind of social organization.This book combines the anthropological concept of culture and the framework of ecology in the study of a modern social milieu; it focuses on a region rather than on a single culture people or community so that the interplay of several social groups can be appreciated; and it elaborates contemporary anthropological and ecological theory in a manner that makes it applicable to the understanding of contemporary agrarian societies.John W. Bennett was emeritus professor of anthropology at Washington University St. Louis. He served as president of the American Ethnological Society and the Society for Applied Anthropology and was a member of the editorial boards of the Annual Review of Anthropology and Reviews in Anthropology. Among his books are The Ecological Transition: Cultural Anthropology and Human Adaptation (1976 2005) Classic Anthropology: Critical Essays 1944-1996 (1997) and Human Ecology as Human Behavior: Essays in Environmental and Development Anthropology (1995). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528949

Northern Security and Global PoliticsNordic-Baltic strategic influence in a post-unipolar world This book takes a comprehensive approach to security in the Nordic-Baltic region studying how this region is affected by developments in the international system. The advent of the new millennium coincided with the return of the High North to the world stage. A number of factors have contributed to the increased international interest for the northern part of Europe: climate change resulting in ice melting in Greenland and the Arctic and new resources and shipping routes opening up across the polar basin foremost among them. The world is no longer "unipolar" and not yet "multipolar " but perhaps "post-unipolar" indicating a period of flux and of declining US unipolar hegemony. Drawing together contributions from key thinkers in the field Northern Security and Global Politics explores how this situation has affected the Nordic-Baltic area by addressing two broad sets of questions. First it examines what impact declining unipolarity - with a geopolitical shift to Asia a reduced role for Europe in United States policy and a more assertive Russia - will have on regional Nordic-Baltic security. Second it takes a closer look at how the regional actors respond to these changes in their strategic environment. This book will be of much interest to students of Nordic and Baltic politics international security foreign policy and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836579

Northern Territories Asia-Pacific Regional Conflicts and the Aland ExperienceUntying the Kurillian Knot This volume is the fruit of an international collaborative study which considers the Ã…land islands settlement in northern Europe as a resolution model for the major Asia-Pacific regional conflicts that derived from the post-World War II disposition of Japan with particular focus on the territorial dispute between Japan and Russia the Northern Territories/Southern Kuriles problem. The contributors provide analysis of the Ã…land settlement the Japan-Russia territorial dispute and Ã…land-inspired solution ideas by experts from all over the world including government officials scholars and military specialists. Northern Territories Asia-Pacific Regional Conflicts and the Aland Experience will be of interest to advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as academics working in Asian studies politics international relations conflict resolution and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666046

Northernness Northern Culture and Northern Narratives Northernness Northern culture and Northern narratives are a common aspect of popular culture and the North of England like other Northernnesses in Europe is a collection of narratives myths stereotypes and symbols. In politics and everyday culture Northern culture is paradoxically a site of resistance against an inauthentic South a source of working-class identity and a source of elite marginalisation. This book provides a key to theorising about Northernness and a platform to scholars working away at exposing the North in different aspects of culture. The aims of this book are twofold: to re-theorise ‘the North’ and Northern culture and to highlight the ways in which constructions of Northernness and Northern culture are constituted alongside other gender racial and regional identities. The contributions presented here theorise Northernness in relation to space leisure gender race class social realism and everyday embodied practices. A main thematic thread that weaves the whole book together is the notion that Northernness and ‘the North’ is both an imagined discursive construct and an embodied subjectivity thus creating a paradox between the reality of ‘North’ and its representation. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal for Cultural Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891770

Northrop Frye on Myth Nortrop Frye differed from other theorists of myth in tracing all of the major literary genres--romance comedy satire not just tragedy--to myth and ritual. This volume is the most thorough presentation of his thinking on the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760840

Northrop FryeThe Theoretical Imagination First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176881

North-South Co-operation in Retrospect and Prospect This book a valuable reference for students of policy and politics  considers policies towards trade technology transfer and multinational investment as well as general monetary policies and discusses how development policies may be improved. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388259

North-south Grain Markets And Trade Policies This book examines the domestic policies of selected countries that relate to the most basic of agricultural commodities—grains. It provides a balanced assessment of the pros and cons of government intervention when developing a domestic grain trade policy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367160937

North-south Perspectives On Marine Policy This book aspires to contribute to greater understanding of three major perspectives on marine policy: developed states' perspectives developing states' perspectives and interaction between first and second perspectives or North-South perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163983

Northwestern Handbook of Surgical Procedures The Northwestern Handbook of Surgical Procedures 2nd Edition is designed to be reviewed prior to performing or participating in an operation. The authors of the book have identified the key steps of performing each procedure to provide a framework to the learner for understanding the tasks and the sequence of those tasks necessary for successful performance. Breaking a complex performance like an operation into a series of steps is a technique well validated in the educational literature and provides the basic scaffold upon which the surgeon-in-training can add nuances and variations that are encountered in the course of experience ultimately building a strong mental model or image of the operation. It is the goal of this portable handbook to try to bring some degree of order to the complexity focusing on many of the common operations in general gastrointestinal plastic thoracic vascular and pediatric surgery and in organ transplantation. Each procedure has been divided into specific and well-defined steps to provide the beginner with a framework that can serve as a baseline and against which real-life experiences can be measured. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781570597077

Norway Oil And Foreign Policy This first English-language study examines the problems benefits and prospects for the future faced by Norway as an oil-producing nation. It demonstrates the impact of oil on Norway's foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168148

Norway in TransitionTransforming a Stable Democracy The transformation of Norway is a magnifying glass to processes of political change in European countries generally. In this book a group of Norway`s most prominent political scientists closely analyzes the forces of change - ranging from the political apparatus the mode of partisan mobilization and the development of political trust to the new gender relations and the strains on the established elite consensus. This volume shows how Norway is an embodiment of the Nordic Model. Norwegian society and politics have attracted wide-spread interest for three interrelated reasons – a strikingly egalitarian and cooperative model for public-private relations a stable and rich country on the outside of the European Union and a notable engagement in moral policy areas globally. Now the model is in flux for domestic as well as external reasons. Rule by popular consent is in question with a more fragile chain of governance and a slow erosion of mass parties. The model is transformed from below through the changing democratic infrastructure as well as from above with privatization and market reform in the public sector. The focus is Norway but the book is a comparative analysis of a paradigm case with relevance far beyond its own borders. This book was previously published as a special issue of the leading journal West European Politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315869667

NorwayCenter And Periphery Norway is by history and culture very much a Scandinavian nation with its own unique profile. This book analyzes the factors that have shaped the sociocultural fabric of Norwegian politics. One of the most important themes Heidar analyzes is the power of the periphery both in social as well as geographic terms. In the geographic sense Norway is a small nation and although it has been able to remain economically and politically stable it is situated on the European flank. It is therefore dependent upon and vulnerable to external economic and political developments. In critical periods of its history Norway's size has made it an object rather than an initiator of change. In the social sense Norway has existed as a ?periphery nation?. It is this multi-dimensional center-periphery situation that has been crucial in shaping institutional structures and practices. Another theme that Heidar explores is Norway's enduring egalitarian culture. This book focuses on the primacy of politics in Norway and the role played by the nineteenth-century peasant movement and the twentieth-century labor movement in shaping modern Norway. Today political and cultural traditions are challenged by the force of globalization. Norway is defined as a stable parliamentary multiparty system with a social democratic tradition. It was named a Choice Outstanding Academic Book of 2001. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096090

Norwegian Catch-UpDevelopment and Globalization before World War II 'Norwegian Catch-Up' looks at the early Norwegian economic trajectory in the light of its external commitments and opportunities. Detailing Norway's economic performance relative to other countries at a time characterized by globalization it has a particular focus on the role of international trade investment and migration. The book examines how a small open state adapted successfully to the demands of (and opportunities provided by) a global market place. Not only did Norway manage an impressive economic record but it developed concomitantly a strong and articulate labor movement and resilient democratic institutions. In short the Norwegian example provides hope for development in a context of globalization. This text provides the student with a pioneering new vantage point for understanding the nature and scope of today's globalization and its effect on economic (and political) development. It also provides a historical reflection on the liberal antecedent of modern social democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351152280

Norwegian Catch-UpDevelopment and Globalization before World War II Norwegian Catch-Up looks at the early Norwegian economic trajectory in light of its external commitments and opportunities. Detailing Norway's economic performance relative to other countries at a time characterized by globalization it has particular focus on the role of international trade  investment and migration. The book examines how a small open state adapted successfully to the demands of (and opportunities provided by) a global market place. Not only did Norway manage an impressive economic record but it developed concomitantly. In short the Norwegian example provides hope for development in a context of globalization. This text provides the student with a pioneering new vantage point for understanding the nature and scope of today's globalization and its effect on economic (and political) development. It also provides a historical reflection on the liberal antecedent of modern social democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296190

Norwegian DictionaryNorwegian-English English-Norwegian First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165151

Norwegian: A Comprehensive Grammar Norwegian: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to modern Norwegian (the BokmÃ¥l standard). The Grammar is an essential source for the serious student of Norwegian and for students of comparative linguistics. It is ideal for use in colleges universities and adult classes of all types. The volume is organised to promote a thorough understanding of Norwegian grammar. It presents the complexities of Norwegian in a concise and readable form. Explanations are full clear and free of jargon. Throughout the emphasis is on Norwegian as used by present-day native speakers. An extensive index numbered paragraphs cross-references and summary charts provide readers with easy access to the information they require. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831369

Norwegian: An Essential Grammar Norwegian: An Essential Grammar is a reference guide to the most important aspects of contemporary Norwegian as used by native speakers. The Grammar presents a fresh and accessible description of the language. Explanations are clear free from jargon and often accompanied by exercises. The book gives a simple step-by-step presentation of the grammatical systems of Norwegian and demonstrates and explains usages which have proved difficult for those learning the language in the past. It is clearly laid-out for easy reference making it accessible for those at a beginner/intermediate level. This is the ideal reference source for all learners whether studying independently or in a class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170582

NoSQLDatabase for Storage and Retrieval of Data in Cloud This book discusses the advanced databases for the cloud-based application known as NoSQL. It will explore the recent advancements in NoSQL database technology. Chapters on structured unstructured and hybrid databases will be included to explore bigdata analytics bigdata storage and processing. The book is likely to cover a wide range of topics such as cloud computing social computing bigdata and advanced databases processing techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498784368

Nostalgia and Sexual Difference (RLE Feminist Theory)The Resistance to Contemporary Feminism Dissatisfaction with the present can cause people to gaze nostalgically back to an idealized past; that nostalgia pervades contemporary rhetoric. In lamenting the ‘degeneracy’ of present-day America social and literary critics as well as contemporary novelists often choose as their scapegoat the women’s movement and its increasing influence. Doane and Hodges show us how these social observers seek to ‘reinstate’ America and American values in ways that overtly or covertly do battle with the feminist movement for control of rhetoric the power of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754224

Nostalgia NowCross-Disciplinary Perspectives on the Past in the Present This volume explores the nature of nostalgia as an important emotion in contemporary society and social theory. Situated between the ‘sociology of emotions’ and ‘nostalgia studies’ it considers the reasons for which nostalgia appears to be becoming an increasingly significant and debated emotion in late-modern culture. With chapters offering studies of nostalgia at micro- meso- and macro-levels of society it offers insights into the rise to prominence of nostalgia and the attendant consequences. Thematically organised and examining the role of nostalgia on an individual level – in the lives of concrete individuals – as well as analysing its function on a more historical social level as a collective and culturally shared emotion Nostalgia Now brings together the latest empirical and theoretical work on an important contemporary emotion and proposes new agendas for research. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology social theory psychology and cultural studies with interests in the emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367254025

NostalgiaA Psychological Resource Nostalgia is a topic that most lay people are familiar with but until recently few social scientists understood. Once viewed as a disease nostalgia is now considered to be an important psychological resource. It involves revisiting personally cherished memories that involve close others. When people engage in nostalgia they experience a boost in positive psychological states such as positive mood feelings of social connectedness self-esteem self-continuity and perceptions of meaning in life. Since nostalgia promotes these positive states when people experience negative states (such as loneliness or meaninglessness) they use nostalgia to regulate distress. This book explains in detail what nostalgia is how views of it have changed over time and how it has been studied by social scientists. It explores issues like how common nostalgia is and whether people differ in their tendency to be nostalgic. It looks at the triggers and inspiration for nostalgia and the emotional states that are associated with it. Finally the psychological social and behavioral effects of engaging in nostalgia are discussed. This volume provides the most comprehensive overview to date of the social scientific research into the complex and intriguing phenomenon of nostalgia. It will be of interest to a range of students and researchers in psychology and beyond and its accessible writing style and engaging anecdotes will also be appreciated by a wider non-academic audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725171

Not All Claps and CheersHumor in Business and Society Relationships Scholars from various disciplines have studied humor since antiquity. Yet over the centuries these researchers have also struggled to conceptualize a viable well-accepted notion of humor. Beyond pleasure and amusement people use humor for a variety of social functions. On the one hand humor can cause others to like the humorous source more attract regard ease conversations promote expression and the exchange of ideas introduce new topics of discussion or smooth interactions. On the other hand in aggressive forms humor can halt verbal interactions modify the usual rules of conversation communicate critiques or contribute to the creation of subversive environments. Not All Claps and Cheers: Humor in Business and Society Relationships is an original research anthology that considers different angles from which to address the use of humor by individuals groups and business actors in their interactions within around and across organizations—that is at the interfaces of business and society. Accordingly the research anthology is organized in four sections—"Humor Business and Society " "From Society to Business: Humor’s Use and Roles in Activist Movements " "From Business to Society: Humor’s Use and Roles in Marketing Corporate Communications and Public Relations " and "Society within Business: Humor’s Use and Roles in the Workplace and in Organizations." This ground-breaking research anthology draws on material from marketing communications human resources and stakeholder theory to throw light on this poorly understood facet of human business behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243439

Not Condemned To RepetitionThe United States And Nicaragua Through the fall of Anastasio Somoza the rise of the Sandinistas and the contra war the United States and Nicaragua seemed destined to repeat the mistakes made by the U.S. and Cuba forty years before. The 1990 election in Nicaragua broke the pattern. Robert Pastor was a major US policymaker in the critical period leading up to and following the Sandinista Revolution of 1979. A decade later after writing the first edition of this book he organized the International Mission led by Jimmy Carter that mediated the first free election in Nicaragua's history. From his unique vantage point and utilizing a wealth of original material from classified government documents and from personal interviews with U.S. and Nicaraguan leaders Pastor shows how Nicaragua and the United States were prisoners of a tragic history and how they finally escaped. This revised and updated edition covers the events of the democratic transition and it extracts the lessons to be learned from the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096588

Not For SaleIn Defense Of Public Goods Not for Sale: In Defense of Public Goods contains a variety of essays aimed at developing a timely philosophical defense of public goods against neo-liberal criticisms. The defense proceeds on both a conceptual level with essays treating such concepts as collective action collective provision common property intellectual property and a substanti Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429037405

Not Here Not There Not AnywherePolitics Social Movements and the Disposal of Low-Level Radioactive Waste In 1979 provoked by the Three Mile Island nuclear accident governors of states hosting disposal facilities for low-level radioactive waste (LLRW) refused to accept additional shipments. The resulting shortage of disposal sites for wastes spurred Congress to devolve responsibility for establishing new geographically diffuse LLRW disposal sites to states and regional compacts with siting authorities often employing socio-economic and political data to target communities that would give little resistance to their plans. The communities however were far from compliant organizing nearly 1000 opposition events that ended up blocking the implementation of any new disposal sites. Sherman provides comprehensive coverage of this opposition testing hypotheses regarding movement mobilization and opposition strategy by analyzing the frequency and disruptive qualities of activism. In the process he bridges applied policy questions about hazardous waste disposal with broader questions about the dynamics of social movements and the intergovernmental politics of policy implementation. The issues raised in this book are sure to be renewed as interest grows in nuclear power and the disposal of the resulting waste remains uncertain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331871

Not Just a Shelter KidHow Homeless Children Find Solace First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994522

Not Just Race Not Just GenderBlack Feminist Readings From the nineteenth century articulations of Sojourner Truth to contemporary thinkers like Patricia J. Williams Black feminists have always recognized the mutual dependence of race and gender. Detailing these connections Not Just Race Not Just Gender explores the myriad ways race and gender shape lives and social practices. Resisting essentialist tendencies Valerie Smith identifies black feminist theorizing as a strategy of reading rather than located in a particular subjective experience. Her intent is not to deny the validity of black women's lived experience but rather to resist deploying a uniform model of black women's lives that actually undermines the power of black feminist thought. Whether reading race or gender in the Central Park jogger case or in contemporary media like Livin' Large Smith displays critical rigor that promises to change the way we think about race and gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699843

Not Just TalkingConversational Analysis Harvey Sacks' Gift to Therapy Good relationships depend above all on our skills in conversation. Harvey Sacks' method Conversational Analysis was the springboard for The author's research into psychotherapy as a social activity that depends for its success on the quality of the therapeutic dialogue. The author wrote this book not only for therapists but Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323189

Not Just TalkingIdentifying Non-Verbal Communication Difficulties - A Life Changing Approach This innovative approach to dealing with communication difficulties was devised by the author following encounters with increased numbers of children who had learned to talk but still were unable to communicate effectively. This new theory of communication development devised in the late 1990s has been successfully used by the author and a wide range of educators and promotes the good use of non-verbal skills in children. This programme changes the lives of the children (in the family and at school) who benefit from it. The book will look at: Non-verbal communication theory; Normal and disordered development; Problems arising - behaviour; social skills; emotions; education; in the family; Prevention; Assessment; and Intervention. Generally those children with poor non-verbal skill development will have limited ability to communicate effectively in all situations and may even be 'shut down' i.e not attempting to communicate unless they choose to. This flagship book provides a whole new perspective and presents a concrete alternative approach to tackling the fundamentals from which communication difficulties arise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888496

Not Only the Master's ToolsAfrican American Studies in Theory and Practice Not Only the Master's Tools brings together new essays on African American studies. It is ideal for students and scholars of African studies philosophy literary theory educational theory social and political thought and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633220

Not Only the PoorThe Middle Classes and the Welfare State Originally published in 1987 Not Only the Poor explores the self-interested involvement of the non-poor in the welfare state particularly the middle class. Using evidence from Britain America and Australia they show that the non-poor were crucial in the founding of the welfare state and in all three countries the non-poor benefit extensively from key welfare programmes including those ostensibly targeted on the poor. Goodin and Le Grand conclude that the beneficial involvement of the non-poor in the welfare state is probably inevitable but this may be no bad thing depending on the alternative and on the nature of the egalitarian ideal adopted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138598638

Not So Golden After AllThe Rise and Fall of California Quality public education modern highway systems and reasonably priced housing—these are just some of the qualities that once made California one of the most desirable places to live. Just a few decades later the state finds itself with an education system that is failing its citizens one of the highest unemployment rates in the nation and a quickly evaporating dream of home ownership. Illustrating each step of the breakdown that led to its current state of dysfunction Not So Golden After All: The Rise and Fall of California provides insight into a system gone amuck. It addresses complicated topics in an engaging manner to help the public and leaders alike understand how to make policies that balance expectations with outcomes. Key political themes covered include disconnected institutions perpetually unbalanced budgets immigration voter ignorance interest group influence and dysfunctional institutions. Investigating the gridlock that has become all too common within the state’s legislature the book: Demonstrates the impact of the state’s inability to generate sufficient revenue particularly for public education and an under-trained workforce Highlights the problems created by poor land use planning —from suburban sprawl and government waste to inefficient use of agricultural land Examines how interest groups have been able to wrest control of the processes that were created to keep them in line Identifies the duplication of efforts and other inefficiencies at the state and local levels Author Larry Gerston leaves no stone unturned in his discussion of California's economy position on the Pacific Rim cultural diversity land and water issues and its relationship with the federal government. He examines the state’s infrastructure natural resources immigration issues education finance healthcare civil rights planning and development security laws political parties and power structures to provide civic leaders and policy makers with the understanding required to restore the sheen to this once glistening paradise.The Contra Costa Times discussed Larry Gerston's recent Commonwealth Club lecture in a May 17 2012 article. Read an interview with Larry Gerston in The Mercury News. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439880128

Not the Future We OrderedPeak Oil Psychology and the Myth of Progress For well over half a century since the first credible warnings of petroleum depletion were raised in the 1950s contemporary industrial civilization has been caught in a remarkable paradox: a culture more focused on problem solving than any other has repeatedly failed to deal with or even consider the problem most likely to bring its own history to a full stop. The coming of peak oil-the peaking and irreversible decline of world petroleum production-poses an existential threat to societies in which every sector of the economy depends on petroleum-based transport and no known energy source can scale up extensively or quickly enough to replace dwindling oil supplies. Not The Future We Ordered is the first study of the psychological dimensions of that decision and its consequences as a case study in the social psychology of collective failure and as an issue with which psychologists and therapists will be confronted repeatedly in the years ahead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490885

Not Trauma AloneTherapy for Child Abuse Survivors in Family and Social Context How is an individual to lead a comfortable productive existence when he or she was never taught the skills necessary for effective living? Adult survivors of child abuse often face this dilemma. Instead of being nurtured as children and taught life-skills by their caregivers child abuse survivors were subjected to a daily regimen of coercive control contempt rejection and emotional unresponsiveness. It is not surprising therefore that many survivors encounter difficulty adjusting from this type of damaging childhood atmosphere to one in which they have autonomy. This book addresses the particular problems associated with treating adult survivors of child abuse. Until now psychotherapy for child abuse survivors often centered on the trauma of their abuse experiences. However survivors frequently reveal a history suggesting it was not abuse trauma alone that created their difficulties but growing up essentially alone - without the consistent emotional support and guidance needed for development of effective functioning. This book presents an alternative to trauma-focused treatment that though effective for treatment of other forms of trauma can induce deteriorated rather than improved functioning in survivors of prolonged childhood maltreatment. The contextual therapy presented in Not Trauma Alone delineates a psychotherapeutic approach that emphasizes helping survivors develop the capacities for effective functioning that were never transmitted to them during their formative years. Detailed descriptions of the methods and interventions comprising contextual therapy are included in this critical book for all mental health professionals clinicians academics and students in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763332

Not What the Doctor OrderedLiberating Caregivers and Empowering Consumers for Successful Health Reform This 25th Anniversary edition completely updates the powerful insights and policy recommendations of Not What the Doctor Ordered first published in 1993 by renowned healthcare futurist and medical economist the author. It presents specific solutions to serious problems of cost quality access and outcomes by allowing all Americans to purchase services directly from caregivers who provide an expanding array of medical services at least as well as physicians—at lower cost. Focusing on new realities of the 21st century the authorshows not only why giving consumers the right to choose advanced practitioners is the top priority for improving our overpriced underperforming medical care delivery system but also how to make the necessary changes. As he clearly and concisely explains from medical and economic perspectives the key is eliminating physicians’ monopoly powers over advanced practice nurses clinical pharmacists physical therapists clinical psychologists and other advanced practice (AP) health professionals who now rival physicians in scientific knowledge and caregiving skills within well-defined scopes of practice regulated by state governments.   Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138050808

Not With My Life I Don'tPreventing Your Suicide And That Of Others First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415218

Not Without GloryThe Poets of the Second World War First published in 1976. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977297

Notable Women of China: Shang Dynasty to the Early Twentieth CenturyShang Dynasty to the Early Twentieth Century The collaborative effort of nearly 100 China scholars from around the world this unique one-volume reference provides 89 in-depth biographies of important Chinese women from the fifth century B.C.E to the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121348

Notebooks/Memoirs/ArchivesReading and Rereading Doris Lessing Since The Grass is Singing was published in 1950 Doris Lessing has commanded a widespread and heterogeneous readership. Written from a feminist political perspective and employing diverse modes of critical analysis the present volume originally published in 1982 aims to combine detailed technical exploration of Lessing’s work with a sense of this extraordinary writer’s historical political and personal development. The essays placed in political and biographical context by the editor’s introduction span the entire length of Lessing’s career up to Canopus in Argos and includes studies of A Man and Two Women The Golden Notebook and The Children of Violence as well as an interview with David Gladwell director of Memoirs of a Survivor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347048

Notes Become MusicA Guidebook from the Viennese Piano Tradition Notes Become Music: A Guidebook from the Viennese Piano Tradition addresses the many unwritten nuances of dynamics articulation and agogics as an expression of fundamental principles of a common European musical language. It treats the score as an incomplete musical shorthand that outlines the compositional and interpretive imperatives implicit within it drawing on historical records from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and detailed comparisons of works to underline the author’s presentation of Viennese tradition. This book is not primarily concerned with questions of style or interpretation. Rather it explains the many facets of musical notation that were taken for granted by composers who assumed a knowledge of the piano tradition of their day. Notes Become Music informs not only those students in countries where the central European music tradition is still unfamiliar but also a younger generation of Europeans who have grown up without a living connection to their musical past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202262

Notes For The Nile First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655767

Notes For Travellers In Egypt First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977303

Notes from the MarginsThe Gay Analyst's Subjectivity in the Treatment Setting Much has been written about the impact of gender and sexual orientation on the intersubjective field. Yet remarkably little has been written about the unique dilemmas faced by gay clinicians who treat patients of different genders and sexual orientations. Given the particularities of growing up gay in our culture issues of secrecy shame alienation difference and internalized homophobia necessarily enter into any gay therapist's developmental history. These factors have a shaping impact on the gay analyst's sensibility on the way he learns to listen to his patients. In Notes from the Margins Eric Sherman courageously reveals a wide range of subjective reactions to eight different patients. In detailed clinical vignettes that highlight his thoughts feelings personal history and countertransference struggles he conveys the experiential immediacy of working as an analyst-and more specifically as a gay analyst. Although Sherman is not the first author to write thoughtfully about working in the countertransference   he is among the very few to portray analytic work particularly in the working through of enactments as an often untidy affair marked not only by success but also by the blind spots and insecurities that contribute to failure. Notes from the Margins is not only an illuminating overview of the special challenges faced by gay and lesbian analysts but a window to grasping the messy realities intrinsic to the psychotherapeutic process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203767436

Notes From The MinefieldUnited States Intervention In Lebanon And The Middle East 1945-1958 This book situates the origins of U.S. policy in Lebanon in post-World War II and U.S. policy in the eastern Mediterranean and Middle East. It identifies the earliest expression of U.S. economic interests in Beirut in terms of postwar U.S. policies on oil and aviation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157821

Notes from the Other Side of Night Notes from the Other Side of Night is a diary-memoir written upon Juliana Geran Pilon's return to her native Romania in 1975 which she had left along with her family when she was just fourteen. Poetically weaving together modern insight and realities with childhood perceptions Pilon tells the haunting stories of her parents grandparents neighbors and friends.Although the scenery of her native home had remained essentially unchanged since her childhood Pilon recalls streets that are no more homes and churches that have been demolished. Yet the hills and forests the flowers and mountains the heat of old Bucharest remained the same. The scenes and characters described in this book are simply unforgettable.Despite the many tragedies it describes—anti-semitism political imprisonment and judicial execution were ruthless realities under communism—Notes from the Other Side of Night is not a depressing book. Pilon writes with a detached melancholy about events and characters that illustrate Hannah Arendt's terrifying "banality of evil." But she remembers as well those few who managed to remain human beings until the end. Ultimately hope triumphs in this memoir. This edition includes a new foreword which discusses the initial writing and publication of this and previous editions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852609

Notes of the Tribes Emirates CbNotes on the Tribes First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315032986

Notes on Geoplasticity This book is about geoplasticity solid mechanics of rock jointed rock and soil beyond the domain of a purely elastic deformation. Plastic deformation is irreversible and begins at the limit to elasticity with any attempt at further loading. Stress at the limit to elasticity is "strength" which is described by a functional relationship amongst stresses that is by a yield function or failure criterion. Mohr-Coulomb Drucker-Prager and Hoek-Brown criteria are well-known examples in geomechanics. Beyond the elastic limit but still within the realm of small strain increments a total strain increment is the sum of an elastic increment and a plastic increment. The elastic increment is computed through an incremental form of Hooke’s law isotropic or anisotropic as the case may be. Computation of the plastic part is at the core of any plasticity theory and is approached through the concept of a plastic potential. The plastic potential is a function of stresses and perhaps other material parameters such as plastic strain and temperature. Derivatives of the plastic potential with respect to stress lead to the plastic part of the total strain increment. If the yield criterion and plastic potential are the same then the plastic stress-strain relationships are "associated rules of flow" and follow a "normality" principle. Normality is in reference to a graphical portrayal in principal stress space where the plastic strain increment is perpendicular to the yield surface. If the plastic potential and yield criterion are different as is often the case in geoplasticity then the rules of flow are "non-associated". Drucker’s famous stability postulate implies normality at a smooth point on the yield surface convexity of the yield function and other important features of plasticity theory in geomechanics. However there is no point to proceeding to theoretical analyses without physical justification. Hence the physical foundations for application of plasticity theory to rock jointed rock and soil are examined in Chapter 2 of this book. A brief review of continuum mechanics principles is given in Chapter 3. Chapter 4 focuses on plane plastic strain and "sliplines". The technical literature is replete with numerous diagrams of sliplines especially in discussions of foundations on soils but the relevant mathematics is often lacking and with it genuine understanding. Examples illustrate application of theory to traditional geomechanics problems such as computation of retaining wall forces in soils foundation bearing capacity of soil and rock wedge penetration of rock under confining pressure and others. Brief discussions of anisotropy visco-plasticity and poro-plasticity are presented in Chapters 6 7 and 8. This book will be of interest to civil geological and mining engineers particularly those involved in reliable design of excavations and foundations beyond elasticity especially in jointed rock. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138370050

Notes on Meterology Part of the Kemp and Young series this book provides a concise introduction to meteorology. Information is presented using diagrams illustrations and worked examples. Mathematics is kept to a necessary minimum and there is a comprehensive index to aid quick reference. Notes on Meteorology is suitable for First Officer or Master Marine certification exams those new to sea faring and those whose practical experience is limited to narrow areas and wish to expand their knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147126

Notes on the Races Castes and Trades of Eastern Bengal James Wise was Civil Surgeon of Dacca for ten years and in that capacity had great opportunities of observing the social life of the people of Bengal. During his stay there he collected material for a book which he published in 1883 after his retirement under the title Notes on the Races Castes and Trades of Eastern Bengal. It was printed by ‘Her Majestry’s printer Harrison and Sons’ St. Martin Lane London. Only 12 copies were originally printed. A doctor by profession and an anthropologist by vocation the erudition and companionship of Wise even made the visit of the famous archaeologist Alexander Cunningham to Sonargaon and Vikrampur fruitful. The ‘Wiseghat’ on the bank of river Buri Ganga was named after him. James Wise died in July 1885. The present volume is a reprint of the above noted book on colonial Bengal by James Wise. It is divided into five parts viz ‘Muhammadan’ ‘Religious Sects of the Hindus’ ‘Hindu Castes and Aboriginal Races’ ‘Armenians’ and ‘Portuguese in Eastern Bengal’. The present edition has been reset and contains a comprehensive introduction by the editor. It places the volume in context and explains the relevance of the work for the present times. The volume will be invaluable for scholars of colonial cultural and anthropological history of Bengal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234857

Notes On The Theory Of Choice In this book Professor Kreps presents a first course on the basic models of choice theory that underlie much of economic theory. This course taught for several years at the Graduate School of Business Stanford University gives the student an introduction to the axiomatic method of economic analysis without placing too heavy a demand on mathematical sophistication.The course begins with the basics of choice and revealed preference theory and then discusses numerical representations of ordinal preference. Models with uncertainty come next: First is von Neumann?Morgenstern utility and then choice under uncertainty with subjective uncertainty using the formulation of Anscombe and Aumann and then sketching the development of Savage's classic theory. Finally the course delves into a number of special topics including de Finetti's theorem modeling choice on a part of a larger problem dynamic choice and the empirical evidence against the classic models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098612

Notes upon Russia: Being a Translation of the earliest Account of that Country entitled Rerum Muscoviticarum commentarii by the Baron Sigi Translated and edited with notes and an introduction. The first edition of the Commentarii appeared in Vienna in 1549 but it is not clear which edition was used for this translation. Continued in First Series 12. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1851. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315598604

Note-taking for Consecutive InterpretingA Short Course Note-taking for Consecutive Interpreting: A Short Course is the essential step-by-step guide to the skill of note-taking. The system made up of a range of tried and tested techniques is simple to learn consistent and efficient. Each chapter presents a technique with examples tasks and exercises. This second edition has been extensively revised throughout including: an updated chapter on speech analysis new chapters on comparisons and links revised example speeches and notes a summary of other authors' note-taking guidelines for comparison and reference (Part III). The author uses English throughout – explaining how and where to locate material for other languages – thus providing a sound base for all those working in the areas of conference interpreting and consecutive interpreting in any language combination. This user-friendly guide is a particularly valuable resource for student interpreters professionals looking to refresh their skills and interpreter trainers looking for innovative ways of approaching note-taking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123205

Nothing AbidesPerspectives on the Middle East and Islam Daniel Pipes has collected some of his sharpest and most prescient writings from the quarter century 1989–2014. In them he addresses a range of current topics from the origins of the civil war in Syria to denying the Islamic factor in terrorism to the way to resolve the Arab-Israeli conflict. Pipes pursues two themes in particular: the internal instability of Muslim-majority countries in which nothing abides and the expression of Muslims' drive to apply Islamic law.Pipes' interests concentrate on the Middle East as understood from a historical point of view and on the role of Islam in politics. Divided into five thematic sections this work addresses the Arab-Israeli conflict Middle Eastern politics Islam in modern life Islam in the West and individuals connected to American Islam.Pipes' deep knowledge gained over forty-five years of study combined with incisive writing and a well-regarded courage to speak out on controversial topics make Nothing Abides a compelling read for Middle East specialists students and the interested public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856836

Nothing Good Is Allowed to StandAn Integrative View of the Negative Therapeutic Reaction Work with patients with severe neuroses very often has to cope with the phenomenon that every progress in the analytic or therapeutic work is followed paradoxically by a clinical deterioration. There are a number of dynamic factors that converge to bring about this negative therapeutic reaction including many-layered guilt and shame aspects of envy and jealousy attachment to negative affects turning trauma from passive to active conflicts within the superego and the defensive use of omnipotence of responsibility. In Nothing Good Is Allowed to Stand Wurmser Jarass and their colleagues consider these and other factors insightfully such as the extent to which traumatization lives on in self-directed aggressions of the superego in the claim of omnipotence; the significant role of deep conflicts between opposite values and loyalties in bringing about the prohibition of anything "good" and thus of the negative therapeutic reaction in particular and masochism in general; and the extent to which envy jealousy and resentment can be encountered in the "inner object " the "inner judge" (i.e. the superego) and how they are directed against the self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415531993

Nothing Ordinary HereStatius as Creator of Distinction in the Silvae Through a combined methodology of philology social theory and archaeology this book offers a reinterpretation of Statius's Silvae. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061861

Nothing PersonalDisturbing Undercurrents in Cancer Care This is a remarkable book. It is the story of just one person but it is repeated time and time again by many all over the world. She has a complex but potentially curable cancer from the outset - one that requires a surgical intervention radiotherapy and chemotherapy to treat optimally. So Mitzi experiences everything. With a young and very active family to look after she has a lot to live for so how she deals with uncertainty is fascinating. The disruption to her life by the cancer and its treatment is massive and to add to it all she is going through a marital breakdown at the same time.I feel it's an incredible privilege to be allowed to follow her journey so closely. 'This is essential reading for all who deal with cancer patients - health professionals politicians health service developers carers and of course patients themselves. It clearly gives us a distillation of what cancer patients want. We need to create a new network of modern cancer centres where the latest technology in radiotherapy and chemotherapy is seamlessly delivered in a comfortable welcoming environment. Novel information technology can be used to link the centres so every patient will be monitored to get the best possible treatment.' Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138450950

Nothing SacredNazi Espionage Against the Vatican 1939-1945 Nazi Germany considered the Catholic Church to be a serious threat to its domestic security and its international ambitions. In Germany informants provided intelligence but in Rome German attempts to penetrate the Papacy were less successful - except for the codebreaking work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036625

Nothingness in Asian Philosophy A variety of crucial and still most relevant ideas about nothingness or emptiness have gained profound philosophical prominence in the history and development of a number of South and East Asian traditions—including in Buddhism Daoism Neo-Confucianism Hinduism Korean philosophy and the Japanese Kyoto School. These traditions share the insight that in order to explain both the great mysteries and mundane facts about our experience ideas of "nothingness" must play a primary role. This collection of essays brings together the work of twenty of the world’s prominent scholars of Hindu Buddhist Daoist Neo-Confucian Japanese and Korean thought to illuminate fascinating philosophical conceptualizations of "nothingness" in both classical and modern Asian traditions. The unique collection offers new work from accomplished scholars and provides a coherent panoramic view of the most significant ways that "nothingness" plays crucial roles in Asian philosophy. It includes both traditional and contemporary formulations sometimes putting Asian traditions into dialogue with one another and sometimes with classical and modern Western thought. The result is a book of immense value for students and researchers in Asian and comparative philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829441

NothingnessPhilosophical Insights into Psychology This book addresses nothingness as not only the intangible presence of an emotional cultural social or even political void that is felt on an existential level but has some solid foundations in reality. The death of a loved one the social isolation of an individual or the culture shock one may experience in another country are examples of situations in which an external sense of absence mirrors an internal psychological and philosophical sense of nothingness.Not much has been explicitly written on nothingness in the history of psychology. On the other hand nothingness seems to be implicitly embedded in many scholars' work. This duality of explicitly and implicitly expressed ideas about nothingness reveals how psychology finds inspiration in philosophy and vice versa. The book aims to illustrate how the concept of the presence of absence—nothingness—fills a void in contemporary psychological theorizing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862714

Noun Phrase Licensing This book examines the syntax of direct object noun phrases in English within the Principles and Parameters specifically Chomsky's Minimalist Program approach to generative grammar. The main focus is on the phrase structural positions of object noun phrases at the various levels of representation and secondarily on the relationship between structural position and semantic interpretation. Supported by a variety of empirical and conceptual arguments the central claim of the book is that direct object noun phrases in English surface in a VP-external position; a secondary claim is that while in the overt syntax direct objects appear VP-externally their position at the level of logical form varies depending on interpretation. Four basic constructions are studied: simple transitive clauses transitive clauses with prepositional objects the "raising to object" construction and the "double object" construction. This book will be of interest to scholars in the areas of phrase structure syntax English and Germanic syntax the syntax-semantics interface and all areas of generative approaches to syntax. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994539

Nourishing the Inner Life of Clinicians and HumanitariansThe Ethical Turn in Psychoanalysis Winner of the Clinical catergory of the American Board & Academy of Psychoanalysis Book Prize for best books published in 2016 Nourishing the Inner Life of Clinicians and Humanitarians: The Ethical Turn in Psychoanalysis demonstrates the demanding clinical and humanitarian work that psychotherapists often undertake with fragile and devastated people those degraded by violence and discrimination. In spite of this Donna M. Orange argues that there is more to human nature than a relentlessly negative view. Drawing on psychoanalytic and philosophical resources as well as stories from history and literature she explores ethical narratives that ground hope in human goodness and shows how these voices personal to each analyst can become sources of courage warning and support of prophetic challenge and humility which can inform and guide their work. Over the course of a lifetime the sources change with new ones emerging into importance others receding into the background.  Donna Orange uses examples from ancient Rome (Marcus Aurelius) from twentieth century Europe (Primo Levi Emmanuel Levinas Dietrich Bonhoeffer) from South Africa (Nelson Mandela) and from nineteenth century Russia (Fyodor Dostoevsky). She shows how not only can their words and examples like those of our personal mentors inspire and warn us; but they also show us the daily discipline of spiritual self-care although these examples rely heavily on the discipline of spiritual reading other practitioners will find inspiration in music visual arts or elsewhere and replenish the resources regularly. Nourishing the Inner Life of Clinicians and Humanitarians will help psychoanalysts to develop a language with which to converse about ethics and the responsibility of the therapist/analyst. This is an exceptional contribution highly suitable for practitioners and students of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856119

Nouveau-riche Nationalism and Multiculturalism in KoreaA media narrative analysis The unprecedented economic success of South Korea since the 1990s has led in turn to a large increase in the number of immigrants and foreign workers in Korean industries. This book describes and explains the experiences of discrimination and racism that foreigners and ‘new’ Koreans have faced in a multicultural South Korea. It looks at how society has treated the foreigners and what their experiences have been given that common discourse about race in Korea surrounds issues of Korean heterogeneity and pure blood nationalism. Starting with critiques of Korean scholarship and policy framework on multiculturalism this book argues for the need to revisit the most fundamental aspect of multiculturalism: the host population’s ability to respect new comers rather than discriminate against them. The author employs a critical realist understanding of racism and attempts to identify long-lasting institutional factors which make Korean society less than welcoming ‘new’ or temporary Koreans. A large number of new reportages are identified and systematically analysed based on the principles of grounded theory method. The findings show that nouveau-riche nationalism and pure-blood nationalism are widely practised when Koreans deal with ‘foreigners’. As a newly industrialised and highly successful nation Korean society is still in transition and treats foreigners according to economic standard of their countries of origin. As one of the very first books in English about foreigners’ experiences of Korean nationalism multiculturalism and discrimination it will be of great interest to students and scholars of Sociology Ethnic studies Asian studies Korean studies Media studies and Cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482562

Nova FranciaA Description of Acadia 1606 First published in 1928. 'Lescarbot was a man of lively wit and a practical sagacity and breadth of view far in advance of his time.' Spectator 'This admirable edition reveals to be a lesser-known Montaigne and Erondelle a second Florio' Daily News 'One must be singularly hard to entertain if Lescarbot fails' Birmingham Post Nova Francia is an account of the foundation of the first French colony in Acadia in 1606. The author Marc Lescarbot had an inquisitive mind and an independent outlook with a special faculty for clear thinking and it is this authorial style which gives the work its unique value. To read Lescarbot is to enter again into the outlook of an intelligent Frenchman of the sixteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878082

Novel Advances in Microsystems Technologies and Their Applications Microsystems technologies have found their way into an impressive variety of applications from mobile phones computers and displays to smart grids electric cars and space shuttles. This multidisciplinary field of research extends the current capabilities of standard integrated circuits in terms of materials and designs and complements them by creating innovative components and smaller systems that require lower power consumption and display better performance. Novel Advances in Microsystems Technologies and their Applications delves into the state of the art and the applications of microsystems and microelectronics-related technologies. Featuring contributions by academic and industrial researchers from around the world this book: Examines organic and flexible electronics from polymer solar cell to flexible interconnects for the co-integration of micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) with complementary metal oxide semiconductors (CMOS) Discusses imaging and display technologies including MEMS technology in reflective displays the fabrication of thin-film transistors on glass substrates and new techniques to display and quickly transmit high-quality images Explores sensor technologies for sensing electrical currents and temperature monitoring structural health and critical industrial processes and more Covers biomedical microsystems including biosensors point-of-care devices neural stimulation and recording and ultra-low-power biomedical systems Written for researchers engineers and graduate students in electrical and biomedical engineering this book reviews groundbreaking technology trends and applications in microelectronics. Its coverage of the latest research serves as a source of inspiration for anyone interested in further developing microsystems technologies and creating new applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072794

Novel and Romance 1700-1800 (Routledge Revivals)A Documentary Record The documents collected in this volume first published in 1970 trace the development of novel criticism during one of the most formative periods in the history of fiction: from 1700-1800. The material includes prefaces to collections translations and original novels; essays written for journals modelled on the Spectator; passages taken from miscellanies and from books written primarily for some purpose unconnected with the novel; reviews from the monthly reviews; and introductions to the collected works of certain authors. This volume covers 100 years of criticism and creative writing and the materials are arranged chronologically. Each of the documents is headed by an Introductory Note and the Editor has provided an important historical introduction.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615013

Novel Applications in Polymers and Waste Management This book focuses on exciting new research in polymer science. The first section of the book deals with new advancements in polymer technology which includes polymers that are responsible for progress in the field of energy electronics and medical sciences. It focuses on the most promising polymer nanocomposites and nanomaterials. Composites are becoming more important because they can help to improve quality of life. The second section of the book highlights this aspect of macromolecules while the third section emphasizes biopolymers their development and applications. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884754

Novel Bioremediation Processes for Treatment of Seleniferous Soils and Sediment The aim of this Ph.D. was to develop a technology for the remediation of seleniferous soils/sediments and to explore microbial reduction of selenium oxyanions under different respiration conditions and bioreactor configurations. Seleniferous soil collected from the wheat-grown agricultural land in Punjab (India) was characterized and its soil washing was optimized by varying parameters where addition of oxidizing agents showed a maximum selenium removal efficiency. Aquatic plants Lemna minor and Egeria densa were used to study phytoremediation of the selenium-rich soil leachate containing oxidizing agents. Additionally migration of the soluble selenium fraction from the upper to the lower layers and its subsequent reduction and accumulation in the lower layers of the soil column was observed during soil flushing. Furthermore the soil leachate containing selenium oxyanions obtained from soil washing was treated in a UASB reactor by varying the organic feed. Ex situ bioremediation of selenium oxyanions was studied under variable conditions. An aerobic bacterium (Delftia lacustris) capable of transforming selenate and selenite to elemental selenium was isolated and characterized. Anaerobic bioreduction of selenate coupled to methane oxidation was investigated in serum bottles and a biotrickling filter using marine sediment as inoculum. Finally the effect of contamination of other chalcogen oxyanions (tellurium) on selenium bioreduction was studied in a continuous system (UASB reactor). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138384804

Novel Compound Semiconductor NanowiresMaterials Devices and Applications One dimensional electronic materials are expected to be key components owing to their potential applications in nanoscale electronics optics energy storage and biology. Besides compound semiconductors have been greatly developed as epitaxial growth crystal materials. Molecular beam and metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy approaches are representative techniques achieving 0D–2D quantum well wire and dot semiconductor III-V heterostructures with precise structural accuracy with atomic resolution. Based on the background of those epitaxial techniques high-quality single-crystalline III-V heterostructures have been achieved. III-V Nanowires have been proposed for the next generation of nanoscale optical and electrical devices such as nanowire light emitting diodes lasers photovoltaics and transistors. Key issues for the realization of those devices involve the superior mobility and optical properties of III-V materials (i.e. nitride- phosphide- and arsenide-related heterostructure systems). Further the developed epitaxial growth technique enables electronic carrier control through the formation of quantum structures and precise doping which can be introduced into the nanowire system. The growth can extend the functions of the material systems through the introduction of elements with large miscibility gap or alternatively by the formation of hybrid heterostructures between semiconductors and another material systems. This book reviews recent progresses of such novel III-V semiconductor nanowires covering a wide range of aspects from the epitaxial growth to the device applications. Prospects of such advanced 1D structures for nanoscience and nanotechnology are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745765

Novel Concepts Systems and Technology for Sludge Management in Emergency and Slum Settings Management of sludge is one of the most pressing issues in sanitation provision. The situation is especially complex when large quantities of fresh sludge containing various contaminants are generated in onsite sanitation systems in urban slums emergency settlements and wastewater treatment facilities that require proper disposal of the sludge. The application of fast and efficient sludge management methods is important under these conditions. This study focused on the development of an innovative sludge treatment unit that is based on the microwave irradiation technology. The technology provides a rapid and efficient option for sludge treatment in isolated conditions such as slum emergency and similar situations. The microwave based technology forms part of the eSOS (emergency sanitation operation system) concept that promotes an integrated sanitation approach in which all components of the entire sanitation chain are planned holistically. Besides the study addresses the deficiencies associated with the poor choice of emergency sanitation technology options by proposing a methodology that is based on compensatory multi-criteria analysis. This study contributes in providing solutions towards improved sanitation in complex scenarios especially the management of faecal sludge in emergency and slum conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367902216

Novel Cosmetic Delivery Systems "Highlights the uses of delivery systems in cosmetics analyzing new approaches for obtaining sophisticated cosmetic products and examining the most common methods for enhancing the skin's penetration properties. Covers a wide range of established and burgeoning techniques." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400224

Novel CreaturesAnimal Life and the New Millennium Novel Creatures takes a close look at the expanding interest in animals in modern times and argues that the novels of this period reveal a dramatic shift in conceptions of "creatureliness." Scholars have turned to the term "creaturely" recently to describe shared aspects of human and animal experience thus moving beyond work that primarily attends to distinctions between the human and the animal. Carrying forward this recent scholarship  Novel Creatures argues that creatureliness has been an intensely millennial preoccupation but in two contrasting forms—one leading up to the turn of the millennium and the other appearing after the tragic events of 9/11. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666767

Novel Dairy Processing TechnologiesTechniques Management and Energy Conservation Milk is nature’s perfect food (lacking only iron copper and vitamin C) and is highly recommended by nutritionists for building healthy bodies. New technologies have emerged in the processing of milk. This new volume focuses on the processing of milk by novel techniques emphasizing the conservation of energy and effective methods. This book is divided four parts that cover: applications of novel processing technologies in the dairy industry novel drying techniques in the dairy industry management systems and hurdles in the dairy industry energy conservation and opportunities in the dairy industry This book presents new information on the technology of ohmic heating for milk pasteurization. It goes on to provide an overview of the commercial thermal non-thermal technologies and hybrid technologies for milk pasteurization. There are non-thermal technologies such as pulse light irradiation ultra violet treatment etc. that can be used in combination with other technologies for the processing of milk and milk products. This hybrid technology can provide multiple benefits such extended shelf life reduced energy costs reduced heat treatment and better organoleptic and sensory properties. The book also describes the different aspects of food safety management used in dairy processing. The book also looks at recent advances in microwave-assisted thermal processing of milk and the effects of microwaves on microbiological physicochemical and organoleptic properties of processed milk and milk products. Technological advances in value addition and standardization of the products have been reported but well-established processes for mechanized production are recommended in the book for a uniform quality nutritious product produced under hygienic conditions. This new volume will be of interest to faculty researchers postgraduate students researchers as well as engineers in the dairy industry. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886123

Novel Drug Delivery Systems A comprehensive treatment of the science technology and regulation of rate-controlled administration of therapeutic agents with coverage of the basic concepts fundamental principles biomedical rationales and potential applications. This revised and updated edition (first in 1982) incorporates Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402914

Novel Drug Delivery Systems for Phytoconstituents Novel Drug Delivery Systems for Phytoconstituents discusses general principles of drug targeting construction material and technological concerns of different phytoconstituent in delivery systems. It focuses on the development of novel herbal formulations and summarizes their method of preparation type of active ingredients route of administration biological activity and their applications. It dicusses therapeutic activities of plant derived chemicals their limitations in clinical applications and novel drug delivery solutions to overcome them to provide better therapeutic effects with controlled and targeted drug delivery. Focus on drug delivery of phytomolecules Act as bridge between natural product scientist and clinical doctors Discusses mechanism of poor bioavailability of herbal molecules Increases awareness towards phytochemical efficacy Summarizes efficient novel delivery systems-based formulations. It extensively covers the applications of novel drug delivery systems including polymeric nanoparticles solid lipid nanoparticles nanostructured lipid capsules liposomes phytosomes microsphere transferosomes and ethosomes. Some chapters are especially focused on anticancer phytodrugs silymarin andrographolide berberine and curcumin delivery with special emphasis on their application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138481374

Novel Food Preservation and Microbial Assessment Techniques Demand for minimally processed foods has resulted in the development of innovative non-thermal food preservation methods such as high-pressure sonication ozone and UV treatment. This book presents a summary of these novel food processing techniques. It also covers new methods used to monitor microbial activity including spectroscopic methods (FT-IR and Raman) molecular and electronic noses and DNA-based methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466580756

Novel Food ProcessingEffects on Rheological and Functional Properties Rapid expansion of research on the development of novel food processes in the past decade has resulted in novel processes drawn from fields outside the traditional parameters of food processing. Providing a wealth of new knowledge Novel Food Processing: Effects on Rheological and Functional Properties covers structural and functional changes at the micro level and their implications at the macro level in food exposed to new and emerging technologies. Contributions from an international panel with academic and professional credentials form the backbone of this work. They focus on the functional rheological and micro-structural changes that occur in foods when using emerging technologies such as high pressure processing Ohmic heating pulse electric fields and ultraviolet radiation. The book examines new and innovative applications and presents the impact of these research findings on the nutritional aspects of protein and carbohydrate containing foods. It also considers the synergic effects of protein-starch components. Each chapter provides an in-depth analysis of a novel technology and its effect on food structure and function. New directions in food processing will continue to be influenced by diverse fields and used to respond to consumer concerns about food safety quality sensory attributes and nutrition. Combining coverage of technological applications with the chemistry of food and biomaterials this book illustrates in a very clear and concise fashion the structure-functionality relationship and how it is affected by newly developed and increasingly popular processing technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115118

Novel ImagesLiterature in Performance Written specifically with the student in mind and focusing on a number of well-known texts including Les Liaisons Dangereuses Nicholas Nickleby Nice Work and The Color Purple the contributions in this book demonstrate how we can look critically at literary adaptations and learn to distinguish between mythical images and the reality of the process that constructed them. They argue that adaptations should not be seen as secondary or marginal because through them we can enter into an exciting debate with the literary text itself. Originally published in 1993. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977310

Novel JudgementsLegal Theory as Fiction Novel Judgements is a book about nineteenth century Anglo-American law and literature. But by redefining law as legal theory Novel judgements departs from ‘socio-legal’ studies of law and literature often dated in their focus on past lawyering and court processes. This texts ‘theoretical turn’ renders the period’s ‘law-and-literature’ relevant to today’s readers because the nineteenth century novel when "read jurisprudentially" abounds in representations of law’s controlling concepts many of which are still with us today. Rights justice law’s morality; each are encoded novelistically in stock devices such as the country house friendship love courtship and marriage. In so rendering the public (law) as private (domesticity) these novels expose for legal and literary scholars alike the ways in which law comes to mediate all relationships—individual and collective personal and political—during the nineteenth century a period as much under the Rule of Law as the reign of Capital. So these novels pass judgement—a novel judgement—on the extent to which the nineteenth century’s idea of law is collusive with that era’s Capital thereby opening up the possibility of a new legal theoretical position: that of a critique of the law and a law of critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415459150

Novel Methods for Solving Linear and Nonlinear Integral Equations This book deals with the numerical solution of integral equations based on approximation of functions and the authors apply wavelet approximation to the unknown function of integral equations. The book's goal is to categorize the selected methods and assess their accuracy and efficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138362741

Novel Nanocomposite CoatingsAdvances and Industrial Applications Nanocomposite materials as a special class of nanostructured materials have recently attracted great interest due to their extraordinary mechanical properties as well as thermal stability and oxidation resistance. The unique structure and exceptional properties make nanocomposite materials a possible alternative to traditional polycrystalline materials which have met their limits in many recent engineering applications. In particular nanocomposite coatings synthesized by plasma-assisted deposition processes under highly non-equilibrium conditions provide a high potential for new applications as protective and functional coatings in automotive aerospace tooling electronic or manufacturing industry. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the synthesis of Si-containing hard nanocomposite coatings based on transition metal nitrides by plasma-based thin film processing. It demonstrates the full versatility of these nanocomposites for low Si-containing coatings tailored with superior mechanical properties and novel high Si-containing nanocomposite coatings with extraordinary thermal stability and resistance against oxidation optimized for high-temperature applications. It pays special attention to understanding growth mechanisms of these structures under specific deposition conditions structure–property relations and stability of individual constituents to enhance their functionality for various applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411172

Novel Nanocrystalline Alloys and Magnetic Nanomaterials Nanocrystalline materials exhibit remarkable structural electrical magnetic and optical properties which can be exploited in a wide variety of structural and nonstructural applications. Potential uses have been identified in the automotive electronic aerospace clothing chemical fuel and lubrication industries with applications ranging from flat panel displays to medical implants. Bringing together contributions from leading researchers in academia and industry throughout Europe and Japan Novel Nanocrystalline Alloys and Magnetic Nanomaterials presents a valuable overview of this fast moving field.Divided into three sections the book first describes the fabrication and structural characterization of nanocrystalline and amorphous alloys such as aluminium nickel copper titanium and zirconium. The second part examines novel nanocrystalline materials that include nano-optoelectronics steels manufactured by heavy plastic deformation and metal-ceramic and ceramic-ceramic nanocomposites. The final section reviews the current understanding of magnetic nanomaterials including nanograined materials Ni and Fe nanocrystals soft magnetic Fe-M-B nanocrystalline alloys and soft and hard ferromagnetic nanocrystalline alloys. It also explores the industrial applications of these nanomaterials focusing on their use in the energy and telecommunications fields. Combining key coverage of topical developments with well-informed indications of potential trends this book lays the groundwork for future advances in nanocrystalline alloys and magnetic nanomaterials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393649

Novel NotionsMedical Discourse and the Mapping of the Imagination in Eighteenth-Century English Fiction Medical popular and literary understanding about the imagination converged when Thomas Willis asserted that he had discovered the area of the brain that facilitated imagining. Taking this 'discovery' as paradigmatic Novel Notions examines the reverberations of the medical investigation of the imagination in early British novels by Daniel Defoe Henry Fielding Laurence Sterne and Ann Radcliffe. It argues that one of the novel's central features was a mapping of the terrain of human cognition imagination and creation as a continuation of early modern medicine's account of perceptual experience. All the novels discussed reveal a simultaneous anxiety and excitement about medicine's understanding of the relationship between the imagination and perceptual experience through narrators who reflect on the nature of authoring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868717

Novel Postharvest Treatments of Fresh Produce Consumption of fresh fruits and vegetables has increased dramatically in the last several decades. This increased consumption has put a greater burden on the fresh produce industry to provide fresher product quality combined with a high level of food safety. Therefore postharvest handling storage and shipment of horticultural crops including fruit and vegetable products has increased in importance. Novel Postharvest Treatments of Fresh Produce focuses mainly on the application of novel treatments for fruits and vegetables shipping and handling life. A greater emphasis is placed on effects of postharvest treatments on senescence and ripening bioactive molecule contents and food safety. The work presented within this book explores a wide range of topics pertaining to novel postharvest treatments for fresh and fresh-cut fruits and vegetables including applications of various active agents green postharvest treatments physical treatments and combinations of the aforementioned. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729918

Novel PracticesClassic Modern Fiction An important debate in modern literary criticism concerns the exact relationship between the ancient epic and the novel. Both the epic and the most ambitious modern novels are large-scale attempts to present a comprehensive view of the world through the experience of a representative hero. However in the older tradition the hero stood for the aspirations and highest ideals of his society. The protagonist of the modern novel is usually at odds with that society whether as exile active rebel or antagonistic critic. In Novel Practices the distinguished literary scholar Eugene Goodheart surveys a representative selection of modern novelists tracing how the epic impulse has been reshaped under the conditions of modernity.Goodheart describes how George Eliot and James Joyce's comprehensive artistic creation enabled them to demonstrate a mastery of the world unattainable to their thwarted flawed or feckless heroes and heroines. Works such as Middlemarch and Ulysses encyclopedic in their inclusiveness share an ambitious scope that is virtually synonymous with epic. Goodheart shows that even in shorter works such as James's The Beast in the Jungle and Ford Maddox Ford's The Good Soldier the standard of the epic hero acts as an ironic subtext. A chapter on Thomas Mann provides a European perspective enacting conflict between self and society through a dramatized contest of ideas. Goodheart explores ambiguities of point of view as characteristic of modern uncertainty: how much authority or reliability should the reader concede to the narrator? What is the relationship between the narrator and the author? These and related questions are addressed in chapters on Lawrence James Bellow Woolf and Roth which also deal with the place of literary biography in understanding fiction.Goodheart's approach centers on fiction and although he takes cognizance of the critical theory of the past several decades he nevertheless emphasizes the centrality of the author and authorial intention. Novel Practices will be essential reading for students of literature culture and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512658

Novel Properties of Living and Other Super-Complex Systems This monograph presents for the first time a complete operational description of Theoretical and Applied Relonics. Relonics is defined as an exact science of universal self-scaled-systems-specific relationships. It is based on systems of axioms of natural measurements and axioms of control-regulation-coordination. Relonics has a fully developed operational technological platform and generic tools for scientific research and practical applications of novel properties of living systems and other super-complex systems such as a) relonic non-Euclidities b) relonic asymmetries and c) relonic infinities. The work also provides an operational description of: a) basic (Relons) and higher level irreducible units of systems-specific relationships  and b) systems-specific relationships of relationships (meta-Relons) as the quantitative units of systemity and complexity. Finally it introduces 26 novel primary systems-level measures for effective quantitative assessment of systemity complexity systems-level properties and systems-level processes. The work will be of interest to scientists researchers and practitioners in the fields of cybernetics systems sciences science of complexity networks science information science and engineering. Professionals in the field of medicine psychology social sciences economics and military combat management will also find the book beneficial. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000407

Novel Sensors and Sensing Over the last twenty years there has been tremendous growth in the research and development of sensors and sensor signal processing methods. Advances in materials and fabrication techniques have led to a departure from traditional sensor types and the development of novel sensing techniques and devices many of which are now finding favor in industry. Novel Sensors and Sensing provides an introduction to modern sensor types and sensor signal processing methods with emphasis placed on the underlying physics and the generic operating principles involved. It includes a review of the fundamentals of measurement and instrumentation and covers the principle types of modern sensor-resonator semiconductor based and optical fiber (including an overview of optical propagation and transmission.) The final chapter of the book is devoted to flow measurement an area that has benefited greatly from the developments in novel sensing devices and techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454319

Novel Strategies to Improve Shelf-Life and Quality of Foods This volume focuses on food preservation prior to distribution and sale which is a major challenge in the tropical climates of most developing nations. In order to assure that food products are safe for human consumption due importance must be given to the quality and safety aspects of production processing and distribution. This volume provides an informative overview of recent research on the therapeutic potential of various new and natural compounds along with novel technologies for enhanced shelf-life longevity and food safety. It also looks at the antimicrobial constituents of different sources and the history of their use as biopreservatives. It includes scientific evaluations of their use as alternative or potential biopreservatives. Focusing on real-life applications in consumer and food products the book is divided into three parts covering health and quality aspects of food preservation applications of novel biomolecules for quality and safety of foods and novel research techniques in food biopreservation. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888844

Novel Techniques in Sensory Characterization and Consumer Profiling Sensory characterization is one of the most powerful sophisticated and extensively applied tools in sensory science. Descriptive analysis with trained assessors has been traditionally used for sensory characterization. Due to the cost of time and money required for its application several novel methodologies which do not require training have been recently developed and are gaining popularity as quick and reliable options for gathering sensory information. These methodologies enable the study of consumers' perceptions of the sensory characteristics of products. However information on these techniques is scattered in scientific journal articles which hinders their application and creates a need for a book to assemble the details of the latest advances.Novel Techniques in Sensory Characterization and Consumer Profiling provides a comprehensive overview of classical and novel methods for sensory characterization of food and nonfood products. The book presents the history behind descriptive analysis describes the most common novel methodologies and detailed information for their implementation and discusses examples of applications and case studies. It also includes an introduction to exploratory multivariate analysis addressing the theory and application of some of the most useful multivariate statistical tools applied in the analysis of consumer profiling data sets.Most of the data analysis is implemented in the statistical free software R making the book accessible to readers unfamiliar with complex statistical software.Chapters examine a range of techniques including the ideal profile method just-about-right scales in consumer research free choice profiling flash profiling and repertory grid methods. They cover emerging profiling methods such as sorting and projective mapping or Napping®. Other techniques less frequently used for sensory profiling are also considered: the application of open-ended questions for sensory characterization polarized sensory positioning and the consumer-friendly check-all-that-apply questions. In addition dynamic sensory characterization methods useful for studying temporal aspects of in-mouth sensory perception are described. The final chapter provides a critical comparison of the methodologies discussed their advantages and disadvantages and general recommendations for their application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034273

Novel Water Treatment and Separation MethodsSimulation of Chemical Processes Due to increasing demand for potable and irrigation water new scientific research is being conducted to deal with wastewater from a variety of sources. Novel Water Treatment and Separation Methods: Simulation of Chemical Processes presents a selection of research related to applications of chemical processes for wastewater treatment separation techniques and modeling and simulation of chemical processes. Among the many topics are: degradation of herbicide removal of anionic dye efficient sun-light driven photocatalysis removal of copper and iron using green activated carbon defluoridation of drinking water removal of calcium and magnesium from wastewater using ion exchange resins degradation of vegetable oil refinery wastewater novel separation techniques including microwave-assisted extraction and more The volume presents selected examples in wastewater treatment highlighting some recent examples of processes such as photocatalytic degradation emulsion liquid membrane novel photocatalyst for degradation of various pollutants and adsorption of heavy metals. The book goes on to explore some novel separation techniques such as microwave-assisted extraction anhydrous ethanol through molecular sieve dehydration batch extraction from leaves of Syzygium cumini (known as jambul jambolan jamblang or jamun) and reactive extraction. These novel separation techniques have proved be advantageous over conventional methods. The volume also looks at modeling and simulation of chemical processes including chapters on flow characteristics of novel solid-liquid multistage circulating fluidized bed mathematical modeling and simulation of gasketed plate heat exchangers optimization of the adsorption capacity of prepared activated carbon and modeling of ethanol/water separation by pervaporation along with topics on simulation using CHEMCAD software. The diverse chapters share and encourage new ideas methods and applications in ongoing advances in this growing area of chemical engineering and technology. It will be a valuable resource for researchers and faculty and industrialists as well as for students. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885782

Novel Wearable Antennas for Communication and Medical Systems Wearable antennas are meant to be incorporated as part of clothing or placed close to the body. Wearable antennas can be used in countless communication applications including tracking and navigation medical applications imaging and detection RFID mobile computing and public safety. The book "Novel Wearable Antennas for Communication and Medical Systems" discusses the challenges and technology to develop compact efficient wearable antennas. The book begins by presenting elementary communication electromagnetics and antenna topics needed for engineers and students that do not have a background in design principles and features of antennas printed antennas wearable antennas and compact antennas for communication and medical applications. Throughout the book each chapter also covers sufficient mathematical details physical details and explanations to enable the reader to follow and understand the topics presented. New topics and design methods in the area of wearable antennas metamaterial antennas active printed antennas and fractal antennas for communication and medical systems are presented and discussed throughout the book. The book presents computed and measured results in the vicinity of the human body. The book also covers topics such as RF measurement techniques measurement setups and design considerations. The antennas developed and analyzed in this book were designed and optimized by using 3D full-wave electromagnetics software. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367889340

Novelist TagoreGender and Modernity in Selected Texts Rabindranath Tagore is widely regarded as a poet-philosopher and educationist but his novels remain a relatively underexplored aspect of his oeuvre. Focusing on gender and modernity as key features of his fiction this book charts Tagore's evolution as a novelist from self-conscious psychologizing in Chokher Bali to an engagement with nationalism in Gora and Ghare Baire (The Home and the World); a portrayal of asceticism and desire in Chaturanga (Quartet); an analysis of marriage sexuality and change in Bengali society in Yogayog (Relationships); an effervescent fusion of social satire and literary experimentation in Shesher Kabita (Farewell Song); and an intense dramatic study of love politics and terrorism in Char Adhyay (Four Chapters). This study demonstrates that Tagore’s writings cannot be readily assimilated within current theoretical frameworks and urges us to rethink the conventional oppositions between tradition and modernity masculinity and femininity East and West and local and global. Addressing a major gap in the field the book reconstructs Tagore as a novelist of eminent stature demonstrates the range and complexity of his creative genius his contribution to literary history and the relevance of his reflections to our times. Enriched by insights into the biographical and socio-historical contexts of his novels this book will be of special interest to researchers teachers and students of comparative and world literature history postcolonial studies and gender studies as also to Tagore enthusiasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660359

Novelists in Interview Originally published in 1985 fourteen foremost writers of fiction give detailed accounts of their writings in this absorbing collection by John Haffenden whom The Sunday Times has applauded for having ‘perfected’ the art of the literary interview. Bringing together discussions with a wide range of authors in Britain at the time the volume contains interviews with Martin Amis Malcolm Bradbury Anita Brookner Angela Carter William Golding Russell Hoban David Lodge Ian McEwan Iris Murdoch V.S. Pritchett Salman Rushdie David Storey Emma Tennant and Fay Weldon. John Haffenden questions them about the creative process about specific works – including Golding’s Rites of Passage Hoban’s Riddley Walker Murdoch’s The Philosopher’s Pupil and Rushdie’s Midnight’s Children and Shame – and about the ideas and visions which inform those works. The writers provide lively fascinating and often definitive responses which offer many insights into the value and function of fiction. The volume also includes discussions of cultural context and of narrative techniques and kinds – realist postmodernist fabulous – offering immediate material for critical debate. For all who are interested in twentieth century fiction it is essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336707

Novels Maps ModernityThe Spatial Imagination 1850–2000 This book examines how readers and novelists alike have used maps guidebooks and other geographical media to imagine and represent the space of the novel from the mid-nineteenth century to the present. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944066

Novels and the Sociology of the Contemporary This book substantiates two claims. First the modern world was not simply produced by "objective" factors rooted in geographical discoveries and scientific inventions to be traced to economic technological or political factors but is the outcome of social cultural and spiritual processes. Among such factors beyond the Protestant ethic (Max Weber) the rise of the absolutist state and its disciplinary network (Michel Foucault) or court society (Norbert Elias) a prime role is played by theatre. The modern reality is deeply theatricalized. Second a special access for studying this theatricalized world is offered by novels. The best classical novels not simply can be interpreted as describing a world "like" the theatre but they capture and present a world that has become thoroughly transformed into a global theatre. The theatre effectively transformed the world and classical novels effectively analyze this "theatricalized" reality – much better than the main instruments supposedly destined to study reality philosophy and sociology. Thus instead of using the technique of sociology to analyze novels the book will treat novels as a "royal road" to analyze a theatricalized reality in order to find our way back to a genuine and meaningful life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873523

Novial Lexike First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864640

Novice Programming EnvironmentsExplorations in Human-Computer Interaction and Artificial Intelligence This book originally published in 1992 encapsulates ten years of research at the Open University’s Human Cognition Research Laboratory. The research investigates the problems of novice programmers and is strongly oriented toward the design and implementation of "programming environments" aimed at eliminating or easing novices’ problems. A range of languages is studied: Pascal SOLO Lisp Prolog and "Knowledge Engineering Programming". The primary emphasis of the empirical studies is to gain some understanding of novices’ "mental models" of the inner workings of computers. Such (erroneous) models are constructed by novices in their own heads to account for the idiosyncrasies of particular programming languages. The primary emphasis of the implementations described in the book is the provision of "automatic debugging aids" i.e. artificial intelligence programs which can analyse novices’ buggy programs and make sense of them thereby providing useful advice for the novices. Another related strand taken in some of the work is the concept of "pre-emptive design" i.e. the provision of tools such as syntax-directed editors and graphical tracers which help programmers avoid many frequently-occurring errors. A common thread throughout the book is its Cognitive Science/Artificial Intelligence orientation. AI tools are used for instance to construct simulation models of subjects writing programs in order to provide insights into what their deep conceptual errors are. At the other extreme AI programs which were developed in order to help student debug their programs are observed empirically in order to ensure that they provide facilities actually needed by real programmers. This book will be of great interest to advanced undergraduate postgraduate and professional researchers in Cognitive Science Artificial Intelligence and Human-Computer Interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351641

Novice Teachers Embracing Wobble in Standardized SchoolsUsing Dialogue and Inquiry for Self-Reflection and Growth A critical resource for pre-service and practicing teachers this book addresses what happens when new teachers try to enact inquiry-based and dialogical pedagogy within standardized schools. Exploring the narratives from beginning ELA and humanities teachers when they encounter challenges and obstructions this book explores moments of wobble—key events that called attention to practice in the context of inflexible schooling systems—that the teachers shared with their peers via an oral inquiry process (OIP) to help them unpack and understand their experiences. This book advocates for the continued use and enhancement of mentoring and induction initiatives particularly those that recognize the expressed concerns of novice teachers no matter what their pedagogical stance might be. By sharing novice teachers’ "wobble stories" and their outcomes this book provides a pathway for teachers’ continued self-reflection and growth for the duration of their careers. The authors offer a reflective adaptable and easy-to-use process that places teachers in control of their own professional learning. The beliefs and structures examined in this text support the intentions of all teachers who work from a learning-centered perspective and wish to take some ownership of their professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404406

Novum MillenniumStudies on Byzantine History and Culture Dedicated to Paul Speck This volume reflects the different methods and new approaches to the study of Byzantine history that have characterized the work of Paul Speck to whom it is dedicated and above all his insistence on a close reading and careful interpretation of the sources. These aims are encapsulated in the introduction by John Haldon which gives a sense of where future studies should lead new generations of scholars. The following studies by many of the leading authorities in their fields look at a whole range of aspects of the history of Byzantium - its culture theology linguistics literature historiography sigillography and art - and at the place of the Byzantine empire within the late antique and medieval worlds. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247847

Now UrbanismThe Future City is Here After more than a century of heroic urban visions urban dwellers today live in suburban subdivisions gated communities edge cities apartment towers and slums. The contemporary cities we know are more often the embodiment of unexpected outcomes and unintended consequences rather than visionary planning. As an alternative approach for rethinking and remaking today’s cities and regions this book explores the intersections of critical inquiry and immediate substantive actions. The contributions inside recognize the rich complexities of the present city not as barriers or obstacles but as grounds for uncovering opportunity and unleashing potential. Now Urbanism asserts that the future city is already here. It views city making as grounded in the imperfect messy yet rich reality of the existing city and the everyday purposeful agency of its dwellers. Through a framework of situating grounding performing distributing instigating and enduring these contributions written by a multidisciplinary group of practitioners and scholars illustrate specificity context agency and networks of actors and actions in the re-making of the contemporary city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717861

Now You See It Revised for this second edition Now You See It Richard Dyer’s groundbreaking study of films by and about lesbians and gay men now includes an outline of developments in queer cinema since 1990. Placing the book within lesbian and gay film history Dyer examines familiar titles such as Girls in Uniform Un Chant D’Amour and Word is Out in their lesbian/gay context as well as bringing to light many other forgotten but remarkable films. Each film is examined in detail in relation to both film type and tradition and the sexual subculture in which it was made. Now featuring a brand new introduction by Juliane Pidduck this will be an excellent aid to cinema and film studies courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012889

Nowhere to GrowHomeless and Runaway Adolescents and Their Families Les B. Whitbeck and Dan R. Hoyt begin their report on street children in the Midwest with the statement "If you live in or have visited even a medium-sized city recently you have seen runaway and homeless young people. They congregate in certain downtown areas and hang out in malls during inclement weather . . . Mostly they look like the other kids. . . . The difference is that they won't be going home tonight."This book draws on a study of over six hundred runaway and homeless adolescents and over two hundred of their caretakers from cities in four Midwestern states. It focuses on the family histories of these young people and on the developmental impact of early independence. Street social networks subsistence strategies sexuality and street victimization are all considered as well as their effect on adolescent behaviors and emotional health.Relying on interviews and data from survey research and working in partnership with street outreach agencies Whitbeck and Hoyt lead the reader through the various risk factors associated with precocious independence beginning in the family and extending to external environments and behaviors. Nowhere to Grow is an emotional account of the cumulative consequences for young people with few good options at the outset and even fewer once they are on their own. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125398

NRM1 Cost Management Handbook The definitive guide to measurement and estimating using NRM1 written by the author of NRM1 The 'RICS New rules of measurement: Order of cost estimating and cost planning of capital building works' (referred to as NRM1) is the cornerstone of good cost management of capital building works projects - enabling more effective and accurate cost advice to be given to clients and other project team members while facilitating better cost control. The NRM1 Cost Management Handbook is the essential guide to how to successfully interpret and apply these rules including explanations of how to: quantify building works and prepare order of cost estimates and cost plans use the rules as a toolkit for risk management and procurement analyse actual costs for the purpose of collecting benchmark data and preparing cost analyses capture historical cost data for future order of cost estimates and elemental cost plans employ the rules to aid communication manage the complete 'cost management cycle' use the elemental breakdown and cost structures together with the coding system developed for NRM1 to effectively integrate cost management with Building Information Modelling (BIM). In the NRM1 Cost Management Handbook David Benge explains in clear terms how NRM1 is meant to be used in familiar quantity surveying tasks as well as a range of activities of crucial importance for professionals in years to come. Worked examples flow charts diagrams templates and check lists ensure readers of all levels will become confident and competent in the use of NRM1. This book is essential reading for anyone working with NRM1 and is the most authoritative guide to practice available for those preparing to join the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720779

Nuclear AmbitionsThe Spread Of Nuclear Weapons 1989-1990 This book examines the impact on nuclear proliferation of the dramatic changes in U.S.-Soviet relations. It provides greater emphasis to domestic political developments in the emerging nuclear states and to the security concerns that give rise to their nuclear ambitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165635

Nuclear Arms Control Choices This book focuses the public debate on fundamental political problem by defining three approaches to arms control. The three approaches are (l) extend or modify the SALT II Treaty; (2) restructure the present or planned nuclear forces; and (3) establish overall equivalence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169862

Nuclear AstrophysicsA Course of Lectures In this volume the physics involved in various astrophysical processes like the synthesis of light and heavier elements explosive burning processes core collapse supernova etc have been critically addressed with minimum mathematical derivations so as to suit all faculties of the readers. For graduate students there are solved problems with exercises at the end of each chapter for researchers some recent works on the calculation of physical parameters of astrophysical importance like the calculation of Sfactors at low energies have been included and for amateur readers there are lot of history information and discussion on the astronuclear phenomenon. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138588165

Nuclear Asymmetry and DeterrenceTheory Policy and History This book offers a broader theory of nuclear deterrence and examines the way nuclear and conventional deterrence interact with non-military factors in a series of historical case studies.The existing body of literature largely leans toward the analytical primacy of nuclear deterrence and it is often implicitly assumed that nuclear weapons are so important that when they are present other factors need not be studied. This book addresses this omission. It develops a research framework that incorporates the military aspects of deterrence both nuclear and conventional together with various perceptual factors international circumstances domestic politics and norms. This framework is then used to re-examine five historical crises that brought two nuclear countries to the brink of war: the hostile asymmetric nuclear relations between the United States and China in the early 1960s; between the Soviet Union and China in the late 1960s; between Israel and Iraq in 1977–1981; between the United States and North Korea in 1992–1994; and finally between the United States and the Soviet Union during the 1962 Cuban missile crisis. The main empirical findings challenge the common expectation that the threat of nuclear retaliation represents the ultimate deterrent. In fact it can be said with a high degree of confidence that it was rather the threat of conventional retaliation that acted as a major stabilizer.This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation cold war studies deterrence theory security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668051

Nuclear ChemistryDetection and Analysis of Radiation Concentrating on techniques for the detection and measurement of radioactivity this book offers a guide to selecting the type of counter type of source sample duration for which the counting must be made and the radiation emitted by the isotope for its efficient detection. It introduces a novel concept to explain not only the decay processes but also the selection of counting procedures for detecting and measuring radioactivity. The author builds up the foundation from the nature of the interaction of radiation with matter. He also highlights the differences between an ordinary chemical laboratory and a radiochemical one. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116702

Nuclear Command and Control NormsA Comparative Study This book offers a new analytical framework for studying nuclear command and control (C2) based on a comparative study of four nuclear weapons states (NWS).The subject of nuclear operations management has long been shrouded in secrecy and whilst the importance of nuclear C2 cannot be disputed there are few academic studies into how and why states develop these systems. This volume includes a comparative study of the development of nuclear C2 by four different NWS (Britain China India and Pakistan) and demonstrates that despite several differences there is a central set of factors that remain constant. The analytical framework used in this study identifies key factors that can potentially shape the evolution and stability of nuclear C2. These factors include geostrategic (threat) environment international norms leadership and control of nuclear operations (civil-military control). The book also analyses the interaction among different stakeholders within the nuclear C2 enterprise. It recognises that politicians the military and scientists all have key but different roles to play and the way these stakeholders have learned to co-exist with each other is explored. This volume offers a set of dynamics that could form a global norm for nuclear C2 serving as a standard for new entrants into the nuclear club.This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation global governance and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585167

Nuclear Decommissioning and SocietyPublic Links to a New Technology Originally published in 1990. This book argues that a better understanding of the social impact of decommissioning - in areas such as jobs waste economics opinion law public policy land-use and legacies - is vital to the successful application of any technical solution. The issues raised are divided into three areas which deal with those problems that have already been recognized the questions that decommissioning itself will raise and those that may result from likely future developments. The book aims to initiate a process of appraisal by examining several of the more obvious social ties to decommissioning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231569

Nuclear DesignsGreat Britain France and China in the Global Governance of Nuclear Arms Global politics has changed with unaccustomed swiftness since the end of the Cold War. Eastern Europe is free; the Soviet Union has broken up; China presses free market economic reform; and the United States and Russia have declared a joint commitment to end nuclear war. The force of these changes has created a new agenda for global politics and security policy. This does not mean that nuclear weapons have lost their centrality. Nuclear development programs continue in the major holders of advanced weapons. In Israel Pakistan India North Korea Iraq and Iran nuclear intentions are subject to widespread speculation and scrutiny. Negotiations for renewal of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty remind us that the treaty requires serious efforts to abolish nuclear weapons. Nuclear Choices points out that the Cold War's end has not banished mistrust. Instead it has opened the door to frank conversation about the usefulness of force and the need to address common fears.States now face a global choice among alternative nuclear futures. If they desire to avoid runaway nuclear development the choices come down to three: the status quo disengagement or abolition. Larkin argues that if they chose the status quo they elect a world in which only terror and self-restraint keep devastation at bay a world in which instant destruction is possible. This study focuses on the nuclear weapons programs of Great Britain China and France because they may be less familiar to students of international affairs. Each of these countries has developed a substantial nuclear capability that could decisively shape the result of coming global nuclear decisions.Larkin concludes that these three minipowers could conclude that nuclearism serves their interests refuse disengagement and encourage proliferation. If they are prepared to abandon nuclearism they have tremendous political leverage on Russia the United States and also on undeclared and aspiring nuclear weapons states. For now only the United Kingdom France and China maintain sufficient warhead inventories and production capabilities to have strong effects on how the United States and Russia view their own strategic capabilities. Nuclear Choices asserts that governments polities and parties today do not know how to guarantee themselves against weapons of mass destruction. They must either acquire the political and social means to achieve such guarantees or accept a world in which nuclearism will continue to cast its shadow over all aspects of nation building. It will be of interest to political scientists policymakers military analysts and those interested hi the nuclear issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512665

Nuclear Deterrence and Global Security in Transition This book contains papers presented at a conference held at the University of California's Institute on Global Conflict and Cooperation in 1991. The papers reflect the spectrum of thought in the expert community that is likely to frame the policy debate over the future of nuclear deterrence. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367011383

Nuclear Deterrence in a Multipolar WorldThe U.S. Russia and Security Challenges The view that America and Russia have burned their candles on security cooperation with respect to nuclear weapons is simply mistaken. This timely study identifies twelve themes or issue areas that must be addressed by the US and Russia if they are to provide shared successful leadership in the management of nuclear world order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281243

Nuclear Deterrence in South AsiaNew Technologies and Challenges to Sustainable Peace This book explores evolving patterns of nuclear deterrence the impact of new technologies and changing deterrent force postures in the South Asian region to assess future challenges for sustainable peace and stability. Under the core principles of the security dilemma this book analyzes the prevailing security environment in South Asia and offers unilateral bilateral and multilateral frameworks to stabilize peace and ensure deterrence stability in the South Asian region. Moreover contending patterns of deterrence dynamics in the South Asian region are further elaborated as becoming inextricably interlinked with the broader security dynamics of the Asia-Pacific region and the interactions with the United States and China’s Belt and Road Initiative. As India and Pakistan are increasingly becoming part of the competing strategies exercised by the United States and China the authors analyze how strategic uncertainty and fear faced by these rival states cause the introduction of new technologies which could gradually drift these competing states into more serious crises and military conflicts. Presenting innovative solutions to emerging South Asian challenges and offering new security mechanisms for sustainable peace and stability this book will be of interest to academics and policymakers working on Asian Security studies Nuclear Strategy and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219697

Nuclear Deterrence In U.s.-soviet Relations This book examines U.S. attempts to establish a nuclear deterrent against the Soviet Union and offers new approaches to dealing with the changing strategic environment. It is designed as a contribution to the quality of strategic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169947

Nuclear Disarmament and Non-ProliferationTowards a Nuclear-Weapon-Free World? A PDF version of this book is available for free in open access via www.tandfebooks.com as well as the OAPEN Library platform www.oapen.org. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license and is part of the OAPEN-UK research project. This book examines the current debate on nuclear non-proliferation and disarmament notably the international non-proliferation regime and how to implement its disarmament provisions. Discussing the requirements of a new international consensus on nuclear disarmament and non-proliferation this book builds on the three pillars of the nuclear non-proliferation treaty (NPT): non-proliferation disarmament and peaceful uses of nuclear energy. It reviews the impact of Cold War and post-Cold War policies on current disarmament initiatives and analyses contemporary proliferation problems: how to deal with the states that never joined the NPT (India Pakistan and Israel); how states that have been moving toward nuclear weapons have been brought back to non-nuclear-weapon status; and in particular how to deal with Iran and North Korea. The analysis centres on the relationship between disarmament and non-proliferation in an increasingly multi-centric world involving China and India as well as the US the European powers and Russia. It concludes with a description and discussion of three different worlds without nuclear weapons and their implications for nuclear disarmament policies.             This book will be of great interest to all students of arms control strategic studies war and conflict studies and IR/security studies in general Sverre Lodgaard is a Senior Research Fellow at the Norwegian Institute of International Affairs Oslo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532501

Nuclear DisarmamentA Critical Assessment This volume Nuclear Disarmament  provides a comprehensive overview of nuclear disarmament and a critical assessment of the way forward. Comprising essays by leading scholars on nuclear disarmament the book highlights arguments in favour and against a world without nuclear weapons (global zero). In doing so it proposes a new baseline from which an everchanging nuclear arms control and disarmament agenda can be assessed. Numerous paths to nuclear disarmament have been proposed and scrutinized and with an increasing number of countries signing off on the Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons it is vital to ask which path is the most likely and realistic to succeed. The chapters here also address the rapid pace of technological political and climatic developments in relation to nuclear disarmament and how they add to the complexity of the issue. Taking care to unite the different tribes in the debate this book provides a community of dissent at a time when academic tribalism all too often prevents genuine debates from taking place. This book will be of interest to students of nuclear proliferation arms control security studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133672

Nuclear Disaster at Fukushima DaiichiSocial Political and Environmental Issues Nuclear Disaster at Fukushima Daiichi is a timely and groundbreaking account of the disturbing landscape of the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear meltdown amidst an earthquake and tsunami on Japan’s northeast coastline on March 11 2011. It provides riveting insights into the social and political landscape of nuclear power development in Japan which significantly contributed to the disaster; the flawed disaster management options taken; and the political technical and social reactions as the accident unfolded. In doing so it critically reflects on the implications for managing future nuclear disasters for effective and responsible regulation and good governance of controversial science and technology or technoscience  and for the future of nuclear power itself both in Japan and internationally. Informed by a leading cast of international scholars in science technology and society studies the book is at the forefront of discussing the Fukushima Daiichi disaster at the intersection of social environmental and energy security and good governance when such issues dominate global agendas for sustainable futures. Its powerful critique of the risks and hazards of nuclear energy alongside poor disaster management is an important counterbalance to the plans for nuclear build as central to sustainable energy in the face of climate change increasing extreme weather events and environmental problems and diminishing fossil fuel peak oil and rising electricity costs. Adding significantly to the consideration and debate of these critical issues the book will interest academics policy-makers energy pundits public interest organizations citizens and students engaged variously with Fukushima itself  disaster management political science environmental/energy policy and risk public health sociology public participation civil society activism new media sustainability and technology governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833272

Nuclear Disengagement in Europe In the early 1980s there had been an upsurge of public concern over the nuclear threat to Europe. Already saturated with nuclear weapons Europe faced controversial new deployments and there was alarm over military strategies for nuclear war in the region. It is in this context that the idea of nuclear weapon-free zones had captured the popular imagination and became a political issue in Europe. Not only would such zones build confidence and raise the nuclear threshold but they would be first steps towards a more comprehensive elimination of nuclear weapons. Originally published in 1983 Nuclear Disengagement in Europe probes the question of nuclear weapon-free zones in the region. Pugwash and SIPRI arranged a meeting at which an international team of lawyers scientists politicians and military experts gave background information and provided an appraisal of problems regarding the zone initiatives as well as benefits that would accrue. Possible elements in a European zone arrangement were elaborated on and procedures towards the establishment of such a zone were suggested. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367513634

Nuclear Energy and Global GovernanceEnsuring Safety Security and Non-proliferation The book considers the implications of the nuclear energy revival for global governance in the areas of safety security and non-proliferation. Increased global warming the energy demands of China India and other emerging economic powerhouses and the problems facing traditional and alternative energy sources have lead many to suggest that there will soon be a nuclear energy ‘renaissance’. This book examines comprehensively the drivers of and constraints on the revival its nature and scope and the possibility that nuclear power will spread significantly beyond the countries which currently rely on it. Of special interest are developing countries which aspire to have nuclear energy and which currently lack the infrastructure experience and regulatory structures to successfully manage such a major industrial enterprise. Of even greater interest are countries that may see in a nuclear energy program a ‘hedging’ strategy for a future nuclear weapons option. Following on from this assessment the author examines the likely impact of various revival scenarios on the current global governance of nuclear energy notably the treaties international organizations arrangements and practices designed to ensure that nuclear power is safe secure and does not contribute to the proliferation of nuclear weapons. The book concludes with recommendations to the international community on how to strengthen global governance in order to manage the nuclear energy revival prudently. This book will be of much interest to students of energy security global governance security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532488

Nuclear Energy And Nuclear ProliferationJapanese And American Views This book brings to light the major differences in the way Japanese and Americans perceive nuclear energy and nuclear proliferation. It makes an important contribution to the process of building a foundation for better understanding between the two countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171650

Nuclear Energy and Nuclear Weapon Proliferation In mid-1980 a second conference for the review of the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) would take place in Geneva. Given the importance of preventing or at least slowing down nuclear weapon proliferation this conference would be a crucial event in the field of arms control and disarmament. For many countries the technical and economic barriers to proliferation had disappeared and the only remaining barriers were political. In an attempt to contribute to the discussions at the NPT Review Conference SIPRI assembled a group of experts from a number of countries to discuss the technical aspects of the control of fissionable materials in non-military applications. The meeting took place in Stockholm 12-16 October 1978. Originally published in 1979 this book on nuclear energy and nuclear weapon proliferation contains the papers presented at the symposium and reflects the discussions at the meeting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367513399

Nuclear Energy And Security In The Former Soviet Union Only several years after the collapse of the Soviet Union nuclear security issues are again at the forefront of international concern. This timely collection addresses issues of cleanup at Chernobyl and other sites of nuclear disasters nuclear smuggling safety concerns in the Ukrainian and Russian nuclear industries and Ukraine's negotiations w Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317065

Nuclear Energy Regulation Risk and The Environment Analyzing the impact and benefits of nuclear energy on environment this book examines nuclear treaties in relation to environmental protection highlights legal framework on non-proliferation and denuclearization explores treaties on nuclear safety and nuclear security discusses legal regimes on management of nuclear wastes assesses the third-party liability regime and discusses the role of IAEA EURATOM and NEA in regulating nuclear energy. It explores nuclear energy in the context of climate change and sustainable development. This book also examines the international legal framework on notification assistance and emergency preparedness in the event of nuclear accidents considers legal aspects of decommissioning of nuclear power plants and main legislative trends on nuclear energy use in selected countries. It also addresses regulatory responses to nuclear energy in the wake of the Fukushima power plant nuclear accident in Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585198

Nuclear Energy Safety and International CooperationClosing the World's Most Dangerous Reactors Twenty-five years after the Chernobyl explosion disaster struck once again after a tsunami overwhelmed the considerable safety measures at the Fukushima nuclear power plant in Japan. However Fukushima had in place a solid containment structure to reduce the spread of radiation in the event of a worst-case scenario; Chernobyl did not. These two incidents highlight the importance of such safety measures which were critically lacking in an entire class of Soviet-designed reactors. This book examines why five countries operating these dangerous reactors first signed international agreements to close them within a few years then instead delayed for almost two decades. It looks at how political decision makers weighed the enormous short-term costs of closing those reactors against the long-term benefits of compliance and how the political instability that dominated post-Communist transitions impacted their choices. The book questions the efficacy of Western governments’ efforts to convince their Eastern counterparts of the dangers they faced and establishes a causal relationship between political stability and compliance behavior. This model will also enable more effective assistance policies in similar situations of political change where decision makers face considerable short-term costs to gain greater future rewards. This book provides a valuable resource for postgraduate students academics and policy makers in the fields of nuclear safety international agreements and democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282360

Nuclear Engineering FundamentalsA Practical Perspective NUCLEAR ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS is the most modern up-to-date and reader friendly nuclear engineering textbook on the market today. It provides a thoroughly modern alternative to classical nuclear engineering textbooks that have not been updated over the last 20 years. Printed in full color it conveys a sense of awe and wonder to anyone interested in the field of nuclear energy. It discusses nuclear reactor design nuclear fuel cycles reactor thermal-hydraulics reactor operation reactor safety radiation detection and protection and the interaction of radiation with matter. It presents an in-depth introduction to the science of nuclear power nuclear energy production the nuclear chain reaction nuclear cross sections radioactivity and radiation transport. All major types of reactors are introduced and discussed and the role of internet tools in their analysis and design is explored. Reactor safety and reactor containment systems are explored as well. To convey the evolution of nuclear science and engineering historical figures and their contributions to evolution of the nuclear power industry are explored. Numerous examples are provided throughout the text and are brought to life through life-like portraits photographs and colorful illustrations. The text follows a well-structured pedagogical approach and provides a wide range of student learning features not available in other textbooks including useful equations numerous worked examples and lists of key web resources. As a bonus a complete Solutions Manual and .PDF slides of all figures are available to qualified instructors who adopt the text. More than any other fundamentals book in a generation it is student-friendly and truly impressive in its design and its scope. It can be used for a one semester a two semester or a three semester course in the fundamentals of nuclear power. It can also serve as a great reference book for practicing nuclear scientists and engineers. To date it has achieved the highest overall satisfaction of any mainstream nuclear engineering textbook available on the market today. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482221497

Nuclear Engineering Handbook Building upon the success of the first edition the Nuclear Engineering Handbook Second Edition provides a comprehensive up-to-date overview of nuclear power engineering. Consisting of chapters written by leading experts this volume spans a wide range of topics in the areas of nuclear power reactor design and operation nuclear fuel cycles and radiation detection. Plant safety issues are addressed and the economics of nuclear power generation in the 21st century are presented. The Second Edition also includes full coverage of Generation IV reactor designs and new information on MRS technologies small modular reactors and fast reactors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482215922

Nuclear ExitsCountries foregoing the nuclear option Many countries have the capacity to construct nuclear weapons - even relatively poor and small ones as the North Korean example shows us. So far only one country - South Africa – has voluntarily given up its nuclear weapons programme. Three others - Ukraine Kazakhstan and Belarus - gave up the Soviet Union’s nuclear weapons after the end of the Cold War. A number of others (including Australia Sweden and Switzerland) have at one time or another made plans to build nuclear weapons but eventually opted not to do so. These stories can shed significant light on the prospects for nuclear disarmament – one of the biggest global challenges of our time. Yet they have received little scrutiny in the academic literature to date. This volume addresses that gap bringing together scholars practitioners and politicians to reflect on the history of nuclear exits (and nuclear non-entries) and to draw out some key lessons for future nuclear disarmament and non-proliferation efforts. Although progress on reducing nuclear arsenals has been frustratingly slow there are strong indications that world opinion is increasingly supportive of nuclear exits. Organizations such as International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War the International Committee of the Red Cross and the World Medical Association have all taken a strong stand against nuclear weapons. Ultimately ridding the world of nuclear weapons requires politicians to take determined action – to decide in favour of nuclear exits. The chapters in this volume show that such decisions are possible and that a worldwide nuclear exit is achievable – within our lifetimes. This book was published as a special issue of Medicine Conflict and Survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082892

Nuclear Family Values Extended Family LivesThe Power of Race Class and Gender Nuclear Family Values Extended Family Lives shows how the current emphasis on the nuclear family – with its exclusion of the extended family – is narrow even deleterious and misses much of family life. This omission is tied to gender race and class. This book is broken down into six chapters. Chapter one discusses how when promoting "family values" and talking about "family as the basic unit of American society " social commentators politicians and social scientists alike typically ignore extended kin ties and focus only on the nuclear family. Chapters two and three show that the focus on marriage and the nuclear family is a narrow view that ignores the familial practices and experiences of many Americans – particularly those of women who do much of the work of maintaining kin ties and racial/ethnic minorities for whom extended kin are centrally important. Chapter four focuses on class and economic inequality and explores how an emphasis on the nuclear family may actually promulgate a vision of family life that dismisses the very social resources and community ties that are critical to the survival strategies of those in need. In chapter five the authors argue that marriage actually detracts from social integration and ties to broader communities. Finally in chapter six  the authors suggest that the focus on marriage and the nuclear family and the inattention to the extended family distort and reduce the power of social policy in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808415

Nuclear Forensic Analysis Now in its second edition Nuclear Forensic Analysis provides a multidisciplinary reference for forensic scientists analytical and nuclear chemists and nuclear physicists in one convenient source. The authors focus particularly on the chemical physical and nuclear aspects associated with the production or interrogation of a radioactive sample. They consolidate fundamental principles of nuclear forensic analysis all pertinent protocols and procedures computer modeling development interpretational insights and attribution considerations. The principles and techniques detailed are then demonstrated and discussed in their applications to real-world investigations and casework conducted over the past several years. Highlights of the Second Edition include: A new section on sample analysis considerations and interpretation following a post-detonation nuclear forensic collection New case studies including the most wide-ranging and multidisciplinary nuclear forensic investigation conducted by Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory to date Expanded treatments of radiologic dispersal devices (RDDs) and statistical analysis methodologies The material is presented with minimal mathematical formality using consistent terminology with limited jargon making it a reliable accessible reference. The broad-based coverage provides important insight into the multifaceted changes facing this recently developed science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439880616

Nuclear Fuels PolicyReport of the Atlantic Council's Nuclear Fuels Policy Working Group This policy paper recommends the actions deemed necessary to assure that future US and other non-Communist countries' nuclear fuels supply will be adequate to meet future energy demand. The recommended decisions form a nuclear fuels supply policy for the United States Government and private sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367018030

Nuclear Fusion by Inertial ConfinementA Comprehensive Treatise Nuclear Fusion by Inertial Confinement provides a comprehensive analysis of directly driven inertial confinement fusion. All important aspects of the process are covered including scientific considerations that support the concept lasers and particle beams as drivers target fabrication analytical and numerical calculations and materials and engineering considerations. Authors from Australia Germany Italy Japan Russia Spain and the U.S. have contributed to the volume making it an internationally significant work for all scientists working in the Inertial Confinement Fusion (ICF) field as well as for graduate students in engineering and physics with interest in ICF. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068594

Nuclear Hydrogen Production Handbook Written by two leading researchers from the world-renowned Japan Atomic Energy Agency the Nuclear Hydrogen Production Handbook is an unrivalled overview of current and future prospects for the effective production of hydrogen via nuclear energy. Combining information from scholarly analyses industrial data references and other resources this handbook illustrates hydrogen’s versatility and potential both as a sustainable energy carrier (e.g. fuel for vehicles and power generators) and as a feedstock material for industry (agriculture oil chemical and steel etc.). Packed with details about the science engineering and production involved in nuclear hydrogen generation this handbook presents case studies that delve into: Research results of hydrogen development programs sponsored by Japan Argentina China Korea the US and the EU among others Operational developments at major nuclear reactors Cutting-edge hydrogen production systems and methods including high-temperature electrolysis of steam and biomass gasification Applications such as heat- and corrosion-resistant construction materials chemical reactors and heat exchangers as well as thermochemical iodine-sulfur processes Integrated process designs (including thermochemical and hybrid methods) Nuclear hydrogen plant operation management and safety Far exceeding the limited introductory detail offered in other books on the topic this reference offers an all-encompassing international perspective on nuclear hydrogen production. Addressing a wide range of pertinent technologies scientific trends and technical details this resource will be a useful tool for readers at all levels of understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074682

Nuclear Imperatives and Public TrustDealing with Radioactive Waste This title first published in 1987 examines the topic of nuclear waste management and the way in which the public reacts to this issue. Part 1 explores the sources of public unease such as the way in which nuclear waste had failed to be properly contained in the past. Part 2 looks at the search for a waste policy and the introduction of The Nuclear Waste Policy Act. Part 3 examines the waste problem from the standpoint of it being an international issue and finally Part 4 looks to the future and the lessons that we can learn from past nuclear waste management failures. This book will be of interest to students of environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941847

Nuclear JuggernautThe transport of radioactive materials Every day throughout Britain by road by rail and by sea there are large numbers of routine movements of radioactive cargo. Materials at all stages of the nuclear cycle from uranium ore to nuclear waste from nuclear warheads to radioactive isotopes used in medicine are constantly on the move. In normal circumstances handling low-level material exposes workers to small doses of radiation but a serious accident could lead to widespread contamination and to the major risk of additional deaths from cancer. The accident record is not good. There are repeated small accidents and many people believe that the major accident is simply waiting to happen. This book gives a thorough account of what is moved by wham and far what purpose. It considers the risks including that of terrorism the safety record and the precautions. It also highlights the perils of the secrecy surrounding the industry: for example local councils are responsible for coping with any accident but are not told when or where nuclear movements are taking place. Martin Bond's careful work is a large step towards order in a chaotic industry. Originally published in 1992 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994546

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Studies of Interfacial Phenomena Properties and applications of high surface area materials depend on interfacial phenomena including diffusion sorption dissolution solvation surface reactions catalysis and phase transitions. Among the physicochemical methods that give useful information regarding these complex phenomena nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy is the most universal yielding detailed structural data regarding molecules solids and interfaces. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Studies of Interfacial Phenomena summarizes NMR research results collected over the past three decades for a wide range of materials—from nanomaterials and nanocomposites to biomaterials cells tissues and seeds.This book describes the applications of important new NMR spectroscopic methods to a variety of useful materials and compares them with results from other techniques such as adsorption differential scanning calorimetry thermally stimulated depolarization current dielectric relaxation spectroscopy infrared spectroscopy optical microscopy and small-angle and wide-angle x-ray scattering. The text explores the application of NMR spectroscopy to examine interfacial phenomena in objects of increasing complexity beginning with unmodified and modified silica materials. It then describes properties of various mixed oxides with comparisons to individual oxides and also describes carbon materials such as graphite and carbon nanotubes.Chapters deal with carbon–mineral hybrids and their mosaic surface structures and interfacial phenomena at the surface of natural and synthetics polymers. They also explore a variety of biosystems which are much more complex including biomacromolecules (proteins DNA and lipids) cells and tissues and seeds and herbs. The authors cover trends in interfacial phenomena investigations and the final chapter describes NMR and other methods used in the book. This text presents a comprehensive description of a large array of hard and soft materials allowing the analysis of the structure–property relationships and generalities on the interfacial behavior of materials and adsorbates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466551688

Nuclear Matter Theory Authored by two of the most respected experts in the field of nuclear matter this book provides an up-to-date account of developments in nuclear matter theory and a critical comparison of the existing theoretical approaches in the field. It provides information needed for researchers working with applications in a variety of research fields ranging from nuclear physics to astrophysics and gravitational physics and the computational techniques discussed in the book are relevant for the broader condensed matter and quantum fluids community. The first book to provide an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of nuclear matter theory Authored by two world-leading academics in this field Includes a description of the most advanced computational techniques and a discussion of state-of-the art applications such as the study of gravitational-wave emission from neutron stars Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815386667

Nuclear Medicine Physics Edited by a renowned international expert in the field Nuclear Medicine Physics offers an up-to-date state-of-the-art account of the physics behind the theoretical foundation and applications of nuclear medicine. It covers important physical aspects of the methods and instruments involved in modern nuclear medicine along with related biological topics. The book first discusses the physics of and machines for producing radioisotopes suitable for use in conventional nuclear medicine and PET. After focusing on positron physics and the applications of positrons in medicine and biology it describes the use of radiopharmaceuticals in molecular imaging clinical and research studies. The text then covers modern radiation detectors and measuring methods including those used in nuclear imaging as well as numerous imaging methodologies and models such as two- and three-dimensional image reconstruction algorithms data processing sequences new nuclear oncology techniques and physiological models of the central nervous system. It also introduces biological systems theory nuclear medicine methods as systems theory procedures and aspects of kinetic modeling. The final chapter explores dosimetry and the biological effects of ionizing radiation. With many new developments occurring in nuclear medicine it is important to understand how advanced approaches are being used in emerging applications. Offering invaluable insight into this growth Nuclear Medicine Physics provides in-depth descriptions of new radiolabeled biological drugs new cell labeling techniques new technical concepts in radiation detection improvements in instrumentation and much more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374966

Nuclear Methods in Science and Technology The application of nuclear physics methods is now widespread throughout physics chemistry metallurgy biology clinical medicine geology and archaeology. Accelerators reactors and various instruments that have developed together with nuclear physics have often been found to offer the basis for increasingly productive and more sensitive analytical techniques.Nuclear Methods in Science and Technology provides scientists and engineers with a clear understanding of the basic principles of nuclear methods and their potential for applications in a wide range of disciplines. The first part of the book covers the major points of basic theory and experimental methods of nuclear physics emphasizing concepts and simple models that give a feel for the behavior of real systems. Using many examples the second part illustrates the extraordinary possibilities offered by nuclear methods. It covers the Mossbauer effect slow neutron physics activation analysis radiography nuclear geochronology channeling effects nuclear microprobe and numerous other topics in modern applied nuclear physics. The book explores applications such as tomography the use of short-lived isotopes in clinical diagnoses and nuclear physics in ecology and agriculture. Where alternative nonnuclear analytical techniques are available the author compares the relevant nuclear method enabling readers to judge which technique may be most useful for them. Complete with a bibliography and extensive reference list for readers who want to delve deeper into a particular topic this book applies various methods of nuclear physics to a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455880

Nuclear Modernization in the 21st Century This collection examines the extent to which nuclear weapons modernization has become a significant point of concern and consideration in international security. Recent statements and substantial investments by nuclear weapon possessor states in the upkeep and modernization of their nuclear postures – particularly the United States Russia and China – illustrate a return of primacy and the salience of nuclear forces in international politics. The upgrading of systems the introduction of new capabilities the intermingling of new technologies and the advancement of new strategic models are all indicative of their elevation in importance and reliance. With contributions from leading thinkers in the nuclear weapons domain this book elucidates the global strategic and policy implications such modernization efforts by the above-mentioned states will have on international security. In unpacking and conceptualizing this developing source of potential (in)security and tension the collection not only provides a technical context but also frames the likely effects modernization could have on the relations between these nuclear weapon powers and the larger impact upon efforts to curb nuclear weapons – both in terms of horizontal and vertical proliferation. The chapters have been arranged so as to inform a variety of stakeholders from academics to policy-makers by connecting analytical and normative insights and thereby advancing debates pertaining to where nuclear modernization sits as a point of global security consternation in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138350557

Nuclear Multilateralism and IranInside EU Negotiations Drawing on the author’s personal experience this book presents an insider’s chronology and policy analysis of the EU’s role in the nuclear negotiations with Iran.The European Union strives to be a global player a “soft power” leader that can influence international politics and state behavior. Yet critics argue that the EU’s Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP) remains largely ineffective and incoherent. The EU’s early and continuous involvement in the effort to dissuade Iran from developing nuclear weapons can be viewed as a test case for the EU as a global actor. As Chair of the European Parliament’s delegation for relations with Iran Tarja Cronberg had a ringside seat in the negotiations to prevent Iran from developing nuclear weapons. Drawing on her experiences leading a parliamentary delegation to Iran and interviews with officials legislators and opposition leaders in nearly every country participating in the negotiations as well as reports by the International Atomic Energy Agency parliaments and independent experts the author illustrates an insider’s strategic understanding of the negotiations. Intersecting history politics economics culture and the broader security context this book not only delivers a unique analysis of this historic deal and the twelve-year multilateral pursuit of it but draws from it pertinent lessons for European policy makers for the future.This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation EU policy diplomacy and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607418

Nuclear Non-Proliferation and Global Security The nuclear non-proliferation treaty had recently undergone its third formal review by its signatories who had assessed its effectiveness and considered how it might better be implemented. This book originally published in 1987 written by experts many of whom were leading participants in the nuclear non-proliferation treaty regime at the time examines the whole range of issues connected with nuclear non-proliferation and the treaty. It looks at non-proliferation from the point of view of nuclear nations non-nuclear nations and the nuclear industry. It assesses the work of the international monitoring bodies and reconsiders the place of non-proliferation in the changing balance of global nuclear power. It concludes by discussing the way forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367521868

Nuclear Non-proliferationCongress And The Control Of Peaceful Nuclear Activities This book examines the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Act of 1978 and other stringent non-proliferation laws that seek to tighten U.S. nuclear export criteria and strengthen the international non-proliferation regime. It juxtaposes the efforts of nuclear managers with those of reformers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158187

Nuclear Past Nuclear PresentHiroshima Nagasaki And Contemporary Strategy This book provides detailed reconstruction of atomic bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945 to shed new light upon a set of influential assumptions about the moral acceptability of using nuclear weapons the rationality of nuclear decision making and the controllability of nuclear operations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158354

Nuclear Playground In the late 1980s it was felt that World War III could start in the Pacific. Long regarded by the USA as an American lake the Pacific was now a focus of competition between the superpowers. The USSR whose nuclear-arms navy was limited to their north Pacific ports now had a major new naval base at Cam Ranh Bay in Vietnam. In response to this new threat the Americans were planning more urgently for nuclear war in the Pacific adding to their own mighty arsenal in the region and taunting the Soviets with aggressive surveillance and military exercises. The Soviets did the same. For 40 years Pacific Islanders have had cause to resent the use of their ocean as a nuclear playground: of the five nuclear powers three – the USA USSR and China – launched missiles into the Pacific for text purposes; two – the USA and Britain – exploded nuclear devices there but had stopped; and one France continued to test nuclear bombs in one of its colonies. Pacific Islanders now have cause to fear that the ocean is becoming a nuclear battleground. Originally published in 1987 this book tells the story of the nuclear men in the Pacific and of those people they ‘displaced’ and irradiated. It is also about what these people and their governments had begun to do in response. The nuclear issue had transformed the political landscape of Micronesia and the South Pacific in the 1980s loosening the US grip and making the French increasingly unpopular. The people of these remote communities largely forgotten or considered dispensable had a nuclear past made for them. Now they want to make their own future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367533250

Nuclear Policies in Europe While international security has radically changed since 1989 nuclear weapons remain a subject of debate and contention. This paper provides an analytical framework for understanding post-Cold War Europe's strategic debates. It offers insights into Europe's national nuclear policies and perspectives. It examines the possible outcomes of current debates and gives policy recommendations for managing the new nuclear debates faced by Europe and by NATO. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000961

Nuclear Politics and the Non-Aligned MovementPrinciples vs Pragmatism The Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) is the largest and most diverse political grouping of states engaged on issues related to nuclear nonproliferation and disarmament. Drawing on the authors’ first-hand experiences as members of NAM observer-state delegations in NPT and IAEA negotiations as well as the findings of a larger CNS research project on NAM nuclear politics the book will provide important new insights about how a small subset of NAM states has tended to dominate NAM politics and have promoted policies that are often at odds with those advanced by Western states on issues such as nuclear terrorism IAEA safeguards nuclear export controls multinational fuel arrangements proliferation in the Middle East NPT and nuclear arms control and disarmament. Based on an analysis of NAM perspectives politics and priorities the book will provide practical recommendations for engaging NAM members in a more constructive fashion on issues related to nuclear nonproliferation disarmament peaceful use and counter-nuclear terrorism. Particular attention will be given to problems likely to be encountered when Iran assumes the chairmanship of NAM in 2012 and how these difficulties can best be mitigated in the lead up to the next NPT Review Conference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696418

Nuclear Politics in Asia Asia has the world’s highest concentration of nuclear weapons and the most significant recent developments related to nuclear proliferation as well as the world’s most critical conflicts and considerable political instability. The containment and prevention of nuclear proliferation especially in Asia continues to be a grave concern for the international community. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the state of nuclear arsenals nuclear ambitions and nuclear threats across different parts of Asia. It covers the Middle East (including Israel) China India-Pakistan and their confrontation as well as North Korea. It discusses the conventional warfare risks risks from non-state armed groups and examines the attempts to limit and control nuclear weapons both international initiatives and American diplomacy and interventions. The book concludes by assessing the possibility of nuclear revival the potential outcomes of international approaches to nuclear disarmament and the efficacy of coercive diplomacy in containing nuclear proliferation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714694

Nuclear Power Economic Development Discourse and the EnvironmentThe Case of India Nuclear power is often characterized as a "green technology." Technologies are rarely if ever socially isolated artefacts. Instead they materially represent an embodiment of values and priorities. Nuclear power is no different. It is a product of a particular political economy and the question is whether that political economy can helpfully engage with the challenge of addressing the environmental crisis on a finite inequitable and shared planet. For developing countries like India who are presently making infrastructure investments which will have long legacies it is imperative that these investments wrestle with such questions and prove themselves capable of sufficiency greater equality and inclusiveness. This book offers a critique of civilian nuclear power as a green energy strategy for India and develops and proposes an alternative "synergy for sustainability." It situates nuclear power as a socio-technical infrastructure embodying a particular development discourse and practice of energy and economic development. The book reveals the political economy of this arrangement and examines the latter’s ability to respond to the environmental crisis. Manu V. Mathai argues that the existing overwhelmingly growth-focused highly technology-centric approach for organizing economic activity is unsustainable and needs to be reformed. Within this imperative for change nuclear power in India is found to be and is characterized as an "authoritarian technology." Based on this political economy critique the book proposes an alternative a synergy of ideas from the fields of development economics energy planning and science technology and society studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188945

Nuclear Power Man and the Environment Originally published in 1980. A clear understanding of how radioactivity moves through the environment is essential to discussions on nuclear power. This book describes in didactic rather than polemic style the nature of radioactivity how it arises in the day-to-day running of nuclear reactors how and why a small fraction is introduced into the environment in a controlled manner and on what basis judgements on these processes should be made. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231637

Nuclear Power and Energy Security in Asia The rising demand for energy the higher costs of oil and gas and the association of fossil fuels with adverse climate change have all brought a renewed interest in nuclear energy. Nuclear power however is itself controversial because of its costs its environmental effects and the security risks it poses. This book discusses these critical issues surrounding nuclear power in relation to Asia. It discusses also the politics of nuclear power and the activities of civil society organisations concerned about nuclear issues. Throughout the book the perspectives are included of both proponents and opponents of nuclear power on the key controversial issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815728

Nuclear Power And Ratepayer ProtestThe Washington Public Power Supply System Crisis This book analyzes the political and economic conditions that precipitated the nuclear power and ratepayer protest and examines citizen opposition to the Washington Public Power Supply System (WPPSS) nuclear venture between 1976 and 1981. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160630

Nuclear Power in CrisisPolitics and Planning for the Nuclear State Originally published in 1987. The Chernobyl disaster intensified the whole debate on the nuclear power industry. There was great public concern about the industry regulation about the siting of nuclear facilities including the dumping of nuclear waste and about the alleged secretiveness of the industry. This book examines these and many other important aspects of the industry worldwide and provides much important original research. It focuses in particular on the political processes which control the industry on waste disposal and on the social impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230852

Nuclear Power in IndiaA Comparative Analysis Originally published in 1983. The Indian nuclear power programme both the earliest in the Third World and also one of the most comprehensive is an important and instructive subject for a wide-ranging and detailed study. This book examines the origins and rationale of the Indian programme in the context of energy resources and consumption. It traces the progress of its historical development and leads up to an evaluation of its performance in both technical and economic terms of both individual reactors and the programme as a whole. In addition the book discusses India's nuclear explosion of 1974 and the possibilities for novel developments in nuclear power and other energy sources such as coal biogas hydro and solar power. The author then sets the Indian programme into the world picture by comparing developments in India with those of the Third World (including developments in China and South Africa) and discusses the overall prospects for the Third World. This extremely informative account will appeal to readers with interest in energy science technology and Third World developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230999

Nuclear Power in StagnationA Cultural Approach to Failed Expansion This book studies the extent to which nuclear safety issues have contributed towards the stagnation of nuclear power development around the world and accounts for differences in safety regulations in different countries. In order to understand why nuclear development has not met widespread expectations this book focusses on six key countries with active nuclear power programmes: the USA China France South Korea the UK and Russia. The authors integrate cultural theory and theory of regulation and examine the links between pressures of cultural bias on regulatory outcomes and political pressures which have led to increased safety requirements and subsequent economic costs. They discover that although nuclear safety is an important upward driver of costs in the nuclear power industry this is influenced by the inherent need to control potentially dangerous reactions rather than stricter nuclear safety standards. The findings reveal that differences in the strictness of nuclear safety regulations between different countries can be understood by understanding differences in cultural contexts and the changes in this over time. This book will be of great interest to students scholars and policymakers working on energy policy and regulation environmental politics and policy and environment and sustainability more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341197

Nuclear PowerAssessing And Managing Hazardous Technology The objective of this book is to further the field of technology assessment and hazard management by exploring issues in problem recognition hazard reduction and impact management and policy formulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167066

Nuclear PowerSiting and Safety Originally published in 1986. Nuclear power is now regarded as essential to survival in the twenty-first century. But the safety of nuclear power stations is a highly controversial topic and where they will be sited is a most vital question. In this independent critique based on four years of research Stan Openshaw argues that reactor siting provides a simple means of offering additional design-independent margins of safety. Reactor siting policies in the UK and USA are examined and it is suggested that UK siting practices need to be updated. The large number of potential alternative sites should be used to devise new planning strategies – strategies which will minimise both the residual health risks from accidents and the danger that a future change in public opinion might lead to calls for the closure of many existing sites on safety grounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231392

Nuclear PowerToday and Tomorrow Originally published in 1961. This book gives the layman a better understanding of the nature of nuclear power and explains some of the major problems which have to be overcome in making practical use of it. It is concerned mainly with the different kinds of nuclear reactors - their underlying principles are explained and illustrated by reference to particular plants or design studies. Interested readers will find that the discussion of principles is full enough and the range covered wide enough to provide a broad view of the subject and a useful introduction to some more technical literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231101

Nuclear Proliferation and International OrderChallenges to the Non-Proliferation Treaty This book examines the state of the nuclear non-proliferation regime and the issues it faces in the early 21st century. Despite the fact that most countries in the world have signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) there is growing concern that the NPT is in serious trouble and may not be able to stop the further spread of nuclear weapons. If so international stability will be undermined with potentially disastrous consequences and the vision of a nuclear weapon-free world will become utterly unrealistic. More specifically the NPT is exposed to four main challenges explored in this book: challenges from outside as three countries that have not signed the Treaty – Israel India and Pakistan – are known to possess nuclear weapons; challenges from within as some countries that have signed on to the Treaty as non-nuclear weapons states have nevertheless developed or are suspected to be trying to develop nuclear weapons (North Korea and Iran being cases in point); challenges from below in the shape of terrorists and other non-state actors who may want to acquire radioactive materials or even nuclear weapons; and finally challenges from above due to the perceived failure of the five legal nuclear weapons states to keep their part of the ‘double bargain’ made by the parties of the NPT and take serious steps towards nuclear disarmament. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation international security war and conflict studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510028

Nuclear Proliferation and the Psychology of Political LeadershipBeliefs Motivations and Perceptions This book offers a novel approach to understanding the puzzle of nuclear proliferation by examining how leaders’ beliefs and perceptions about the international system influence states' decisions to acquire nuclear weapons. Today there is a persisting dilemma over the spread of nuclear weapons for both practitioners and scholars of international affairs. Uncertainty remains whether determined proliferators can be stopped as shown by the cases of North Korea and Iran. These instances of proliferation raise questions about regional stability the use of pre-emptive military action and the potential for reactive-proliferation by neighbouring countries. Despite the serious implications surrounding the spread of these weapons proliferation scholarship has thus far failed to solve what has been described as the "proliferation puzzle"- why do some countries choose nuclear weapons while others do not? The author argues that understanding basic psychological motivations such as the role of power and perceptions of self and others forms a strategic context which provides answers about a leader’s willingness to proliferate. Proliferation willingness is a critical yet frequently overlooked part of the proliferation equation. Ultimately it is the combination of willingness and proliferation opportunity (i.e. technical and scientific capabilities) that determines whether a country 'goes nuclear'. By examining several historical instances of proliferation decision-making—in South Africa India Libya and Australia—the book's findings highlight the fundamental role of leaders’ beliefs in shaping proliferation outcomes. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation political psychology security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200821

Nuclear Proliferation Dynamics in Protracted Conflict RegionsA Comparative Study of South Asia and the Middle East This title was first published in 2003:Using extensive case studies of the nuclear weapons programmes of India Pakistan Israel Iraq Iran Egypt and Syria this important work shows that a higher than normal probability of war in protracted conflict regions prompts states to search for credible deterrents such as nuclear weapons. The book rigorously examines the factors that affect the pace of this proliferation such as regional power structures and geographical proximity and challenges many prevailing theories on proliferation. This compelling text convincingly argues that simple conflict relationships are not sufficient for countries to go nuclear thus providing insight into the true complexity of the issue. Explaining the similarities and differences between the nuclear policies of states in protracted conflict regions the book commands the attention of anyone interested in nuclear proliferation and regional conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737037

Nuclear Reactor Thermal HydraulicsAn Introduction to Nuclear Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Nuclear Thermal-Hydraulic Systems provides a comprehensive approach to nuclear reactor thermal-hydraulics reflecting the latest technologies reactor designs and safety considerations. The text makes extensive use of color images internet links computer graphics and other innovative techniques to explore nuclear power plant design and operation. Key fluid mechanics heat transfer and nuclear engineering concepts are carefully explained and supported with worked examples tables and graphics. Intended for use in one or two semester courses the text is suitable for both undergraduate and graduate students. A complete Solutions Manual is available for professors adopting the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035379

Nuclear RealismGlobal political thought during the thermonuclear revolution What is a realist response to nuclear weapons? This book is animated by the idea that contemporary attempts to confront the challenge of nuclear weapons and other global security problems would benefit from richer historical foundations. Returning to the decade of deep thermonuclear anxiety inaugurated in the early 1950s the authors focus on four creative intellectuals – Günther Anders John H. Herz Lewis Mumford and Bertrand Russell – whose work they reclaim under the label of ‘nuclear realism’. This book brings out an important oppositional and resolutely global strand of political thought that combines realist insights about nuclear weapons with radical proposals for social and political transformation as the only escape from a profoundly endangered planet. Nuclear Realism is a highly original and provocative study that will be of great use to advanced undergraduates graduates and scholars of political theory International Relations and Cold War history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477636

Nuclear Rivals in the Middle East Nuclear weapons are the elusive ‘toys’ of modern warfare and are hankered after by every Middle Eastern government. Although no Middle eastern government has formally admitted that the purpose of its investment in nuclear research is to develop weapons it is certain that two countries Israel and Pakistan have mastered the technology for making nuclear bombs and that others are attempting to manipulate their nuclear hardware to this end. The combination of these nuclear ambitions the large amounts of money that can be made available for research and the area’s political instability make the region a powerful example of both the drive towards and the dangers of nuclear proliferation. This book first published in 1988 examines the evolution of nuclear research and development in the region. It shows that it is the product of a complex web of internal and external factors fuelled by considerations of international prestige and local rivalries. Whilst concluding that it is probably no longer possible to prevent the spread of nuclear weapons technology to the Middle East it suggests ways in which the rate of proliferation can be slowed down. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655430

Nuclear South AsiaKeywords and Concepts This dictionary provides a comprehensive and ready guide to the key concepts issues persons and technologies related to the nuclear programmes of India and Pakistan and other South Asian states. This will serve as a useful reference especially as the nuclear issue continues to be an important domestic and international policy concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176907

Nuclear Spin Relaxation in LiquidsTheory Experiments and Applications Second Edition Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is widely used across many fields of science because of the rich data it produces and some of the most valuable data come from studies of nuclear spin relaxation in solution. The first edition of this book published more than a decade ago provided an accessible and cohesive treatment of the field. The present second edition is a significant update covering important new developments in recent years.Collecting relaxation theory experimental techniques and illustrative applications into a single volume this book clarifies the nature of the phenomenon shows how to study it and explains why such studies are worthwhile. Coverage ranges from basic to rigorous theory and from simple to sophisticated experimental methods. Topics include cross-relaxation multispin phenomena relaxation studies of molecular dynamics and structure and special topics such as relaxation in systems with quadrupolar nuclei in paramagnetic systems and in long-living spin states. Avoiding overly demanding mathematics the authors explain spin relaxation in a manner that anyone with a familiarity with NMR can follow. The focus is on illustrating and explaining the physical nature of relaxation phenomena. Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Liquids: Theory Experiments and Applications 2nd Edition provides useful supplementary reading for graduate students and is a valuable reference for NMR spectroscopists whether in chemistry physics or biochemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367890063

Nuclear Strategy Arms Control And The Future Balanced and comprehensive in approach this text assembles classic statements on nuclear strategy and arms control made by Soviet and U.S. policymakers military thinkers and opinion leaders during the last forty years. Major Soviet statements rarely appearing in translation reflect the disagreement over whether "victory" or "parity" is the goa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155902

Nuclear Structure Physics Nuclear structure Physics connects to some of our fundamental questions about the creation of universe and its basic constituents. At the same time precise knowledge on the subject has lead to develop many important tools of human kind such as proton therapy radioactive dating etc. This book contains chapters on some of the crucial and trending research topics in nuclear structure including the nuclei lying on the extremes of spin isospin and mass. A better theoretical understanding of these topics is important beyond the confines of the nuclear structure community. Additionally the book will showcase the applicability and success of the different nuclear effective interaction parameters near the drip line where hints for level reordering have already been seen and where one can test the isospin-dependence of the interaction. The book offers comprehensive coverage of the most essential topics including: • Nuclear Structure of Nuclei at or Near Drip-Lines • Synthesis challenges and properties of Superheavy nuclei • Nuclear Structure and Nuclear models - Ab-initio calculations cluster models Shell-model/DSM RMF Skyrme • Shell Closure Magicity and other novel features of nuclei at extremes • Structure of Toroidal Bubble Nuclei halo and other exotic nuclei These topics are not only very interesting from theoretical nuclear physics perspective but are also quite complimentary for ongoing nuclear physics experimental program worldwide. It is hoped that the book chapters written by experienced and well known researchers/experts will be helpful for the master students graduate students and researchers and serve as a standard & uptodate research reference book on the topics covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367256104

Nuclear SuperiorityThe 'New Triad' and the Evolution of American Nuclear Strategy In 2002 the Bush administration completed a Nuclear Posture Review that introduced anew triad based on offensive-strike systems defences and a revitalized defence infrastructure. The new triad is designed for a new strategic threat environment characterized not by a long-standing nuclear rivalry with another superpower but by unstable relationships with rogue-state proliferators alongside more ambiguous relations with nuclear-weapon powers. Providing a historical context to these modifications to US nuclear strategy Nuclear Superiority details how the new triad which strongly emphasizes the need to bolster the credibility of the nuclear deterrent and to prepare for nuclear use when deterrence fails is founded on previous efforts to secure nuclear superiority against the Soviet Union and counter-proliferation capabilities against WMD-proliferant adversaries. It illustrates how the evolution of American nuclear strategy towards more effective counter-force capabilities regardless of the current threat environment has led to a host of counter-force developments. David S. McDonough explores how this strategy is based on the long-standing American desire to control conflict escalation and how it may invite crisis instability with regional adversaries and disquiet among established nuclear powers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452565

Nuclear Systems Volume IThermal Hydraulic Fundamentals Third Edition Nuclear Systems Volume I: Thermal Hydraulic Fundamentals Third Edition provides an in-depth introduction to nuclear power focusing on thermal hydraulic design and analysis of the nuclear core and other key nuclear plant components. The authors stress the integration of fluid flow and heat transfer as applied to all power reactor types and energy source distribution. They cover nuclear reactor concepts and systems including GEN III+ GEN IV and SMR reactors and new power cycles. The text includes new chapter examples and problems using concept parameters full-color text and art computer programs figure slides and a solutions manual. FEATURES Rigorous coverage of nuclear power generation fundamentals Description and analysis of the latest nuclear power plant designs and technologies Extensive examples in each chapter to illustrate the analysis methods which have been presented New full-color art and text features to enhance the presentation of topics Integration of fluid flow and heat transfer as applied to single- and two-phase coolants                                                                                                                                                              Readers will develop the knowledge and design skills needed to improve the next generation of nuclear reactors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138492448

Nuclear Terrorism after 9/11 The very mention of nuclear terrorism is enough to rouse strong reactions and understandably so because it combines the most terrifying weapons and the most threatening of people in a single phrase. The possibility that terrorists could obtain and use nuclear weapons deserves careful analysis but discussion has all too often been contaminated with exaggeration even hysteria. For example it has been claimed that nuclear terrorism poses anexistential threat to the United States. This Adelphi Paper develops a more measured analysis of the risk of terrorists detonating a true fission device. The problem is attacked from two perspectives: the considerable possibly insurmountable technical challenges involved in obtaining a functional nuclear weapon whetherhome-made or begged borrowed or stolen from a state arsenal; and the question of the strategic political and psychological motivations togo nuclear. The conclusions are that nuclear terrorism is a less significant threat than is commonly believed and that among terrorists Muslim extremists are not the most likely to use nuclear weapons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466623

Nuclear Terrorism and Global SecurityThe Challenge of Phasing out Highly Enriched Uranium This book examines the prospects and challenges of a global phase-out of highly enriched uranium—and the risks of this material otherwise being used by terrorists to make atom bombs. Terrorist groups such as Al Qaeda have demonstrated repeatedly that they seek to acquire nuclear weapons. Unbeknownst even to many security specialists tons of bomb-grade uranium are trafficked legally each year for ostensibly peaceful purposes. If terrorists obtained even a tiny fraction of this bomb-grade uranium they could potentially construct a nuclear weapon like the one dropped on Hiroshima that killed tens of thousands. Nuclear experts and policymakers have long known of this danger but – so far – have taken only marginal steps to address it. This volume begins by highlighting the lessons of past successes where bomb-grade uranium commerce has been eliminated such as from Argentina’s manufacture of medical isotopes. It then explores the major challenges that still lie ahead: for example Russia’s continued use of highly enriched uranium (HEU) in dozens of nuclear facilities. Each of the book’s thirteen case studies offers advice for reducing HEU in a specific sector. These insights are then amalgamated into nine concrete policy recommendations for U.S. and world leaders to promote a global phase-out of bomb-grade uranium. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation global governance international relations and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847620

Nuclear TerrorismCountering the Threat This volume aims to improve understanding of nuclear security and the prevention of nuclear terrorism. Nuclear terrorism is perceived as one of the most immediate and extreme threats to global security today. While the international community has made important progress in securing fissile material there are still important steps to be made with nearly 2 000 metric tons of weapons-usable nuclear material spread around the globe. The volume addresses this complex phenomenon through an interdisciplinary approach: legal criminal technical diplomatic cultural economic and political. Despite this cross-disciplinary approach however the chapters are all linked by the overarching aim of enhancing knowledge of nuclear security and the prevention of nuclear terrorism. The volume aims to do this by investigating the different types of nuclear terrorism and subsequently discussing the potential means to prevent these malicious acts. In addition there is a discussion of the nuclear security regime in general and an important examination of both its strengths and weaknesses. In summary the book aims to extend the societal and political debate about the threat of nuclear terrorism. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation nuclear governance terrorism studies international organizations  and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309210

Nuclear Theory Degree Zero: Essays Against the Nuclear Android Nuclear Theory Degree Zero: Essays Against the Nuclear Android investigates the threat conveyed and maintained by the nuclear cycle: mining research health power generation and weaponry. Central to this polyvalent 'report' on the infiltration of our lives and control over them exerted by the industrial-military complex are critiques of the creation storage and use of atomic weapons the exploitation of Australian Aboriginal people and their lands through British atomic testing in the 1950s and an exposé of a language of denial in the world of nuclear mining/energy/military usages. 'Nuclear' is also parenthetically investigated in its function as extended metaphor and question for poetry and poetics. Key is a consideration of the use of the language of the 'atomic' in cultural spaces and in 'the arts'. Indigenous land-rights claims in the face of uranium mining the semantics of waste and of the glib usage by nuclear power companies of the fact of global warming to suit their own corrosive agendas. The triumphalism of scientific and cultural discourse around 'nuclear' and the threats by nuclear fission are by association brought into question. The nuclear cycle throws the whole future of human beings into doubt and this book seeks to assemble new resources of resistance through creative and critical mediums including poetry and poetics. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Angelaki. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367645229

Nuclear War and Nuclear Peace This book began as a personal effort to comprehend the effect of nuclear weapons on the current era and its international system. Nuclear weapons have not merely revolutionized the military sphere but havce also left their stamp on the world order. Knowledge of the basic principles of nuclear strategy has become a prerequisite to understanding world events. Consequently no country can remain indifferent to nuclear strategy or can consider itself exempt from its implications. The very importance of the subject precludes the assumption of a narrow technical or military point of view. Political historical moral and even religious implications must be considered.Nuclear War and Nuclear Peace serves as an introduction to the study of modern strategy within the framework of international relations as well as a basic account for laymen to the intricacies of modern strategy and its ramifications. It deals with a wide range of problems: deterrence and its implications; surprise; and preemptive and preventative attack. The problems of quantities of nuclear weapons limitations of war (conventional tactical and strategic) and proliferation of nuclear weapons are also discussed. In the end Harkabi introduces alternate global approaches and the problem of coalitions in the nuclear era. By focusing on disarmament and arms control; peace in the shadow of terror; and stability of the international system and peace research he brings relevance to his study in terms of the current world climate.Many books and articles have been published on nuclear strategy. Most have been designed to formulate strategic policies to suit the needs of particular countries and influence their policy. Most books on nuclear strategy have appeared in the United States with strategic prescriptions for the United States. This book will be of tremendous interest to anyone wishing to understand the major problems of our contemporary world from a global perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528987

Nuclear Waste Management and LegitimacyNihilism and Responsibility Nuclear technology places special demands on society and both nuclear weapons and nuclear energy for peaceful purposes require a large measure of security and monitoring at the international level. This book focuses on nuclear waste management which can work in democratic countries only if viewed as legitimate by the population. This book posits the inability of democracies to establish such legitimacy as an explanation for the current absence of public policy decisions that can identify a solution. The problems are such that they can be resolved only if fundamental aspects of the modern notion of legitimacy are set aside. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900936

Nuclear Waste Management in a Globalised World High-level nuclear waste (HLW) is a controversial and risky issue. For the next 100 years the HLW will be subject to policy decisions and value assessments. Physically safe technologically stable and socio-economically sustainable HLW-management will top the agenda. That must be accomplished in a society whose segments are both stable and in a rapid state of flux under the influence of global as well as national factors private interests as well as the vagaries of national politics. Among the challenges to be faced is how to codify responsibilities of nuclear industry governments and international organisations and any adopted management policy must attain legitimacy at the local national regional and global levels. All such considerations raise questions about the practical and theoretical knowledge. This special issue book will address these questions by exploring HLW-management in Canada France Germany India Sweden the UK and the USA. Special emphasis will be placed on highlighting national context current trends and uncertainties with relevance to a socially sustainable contemporary and future HLW-management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632225

Nuclear Waste PoliticsAn Incrementalist Perspective The question of what to do with radioactive waste has dogged political administrations of nuclear-powered electricity-producing nations since the inception of the technology in the 1950s. As the issue rises to the forefront of current energy and environmental policy debates a critical policy analysis of radioactive waste management in the UK provides important insights for the future. Nuclear Waste Politics sets out a detailed historical and social scientific analysis of radioactive waste management and disposal in the UK from the 1950s up to the present day; drawing international comparisons with Sweden Finland Canada and the US. A theoretical framework is presented for analysing nuclear politics: blending literatures on technology policy environmental ethics and the geography and politics of scale. The book proffers a new theory of "ethical incrementalism" and practical policy suggestions to facilitate a fair and efficient siting process for radioactive waste management facilities. The book argues that a move away from centralised high capital investment national siting towards a regional approach using deep borehole disposal could resolve many of the problems that the high stakes inflexible "megaproject" approach has caused across the world. This book is an important resource for academics and researchers in the areas of environmental management energy policy and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179281

Nuclear WasteSocioeconomic Dimensions Of Long-term Storage This book examines the socioeconomic implications of nuclear waste management and repository siting primarily for rural areas in the United States. It helps to assess long-term development projects—energy mining water and defense projects—occurring in rural areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169398

Nuclear Weapons and Cooperative Security in the 21st CenturyThe New Disorder This book looks at the prospects for international cooperation over nuclear weapons proliferation in the 21st century. Nuclear weapons served as stabilizing forces during the Cold War or the First Nuclear Age on account of their capability for destruction the fear that this created among politicians and publics and the domination of the nuclear world order by two superpowers: the United States and the Soviet Union. The end of the Cold War the dissolution of the Soviet Union and the potential for nuclear weapons acquisition among revisionist states or even non-state actors including terrorists creates the possibility of a 'wolves eat dogs' phenomenon in the present century. In the 21st century three forces threaten to undo or weaken the long nuclear peace and fast-forward states into a new and more dangerous situation: the existence of large US and Russian nuclear weapons arsenals; the potential for new technologies including missile defenses and long-range precision conventional weapons and a collapse or atrophy of the nuclear nonproliferation regime and the opening of the door for nuclear weapons to spread among more than the currently acknowledged nuclear states. This book explains how these three 'weakening' forces interact with one another and with US and Russian policy-making in order to create an environment of large possibilities for cooperative security - but also of considerable danger. Instead the choices made by military planners and policy-makers will create an early twenty-first century story privileging nuclear stability or chaos. The US and Russia can and should make incremental progress in arms control and nonproliferation. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation and arms control strategic studies international security and IR in general. Stephen J. Cimbala is Distinguished Professor of Political Science at Pennsylvania State University. He is the author of numerous works in the fields of international security defense studies nuclear arms control and other topics. He has consulted for various US government agencies and defense contractors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622240

Nuclear Weapons And Foreign Policy This book describes the impact of nuclear weapons on U.S. foreign policy and attempts to modify assumptions about war diplomacy and the nature of peace. It sets the considerations on which policy and strategy may be based and the pitfall of traditional concepts about the nature of security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166915

Nuclear Weapons and International SecurityCollected Essays This volume brings together more than three decades of research and writings by Professor Ramesh Thakur on the challenges posed by nuclear weapons. Following an introduction to the current nuclear state of play the book addresses the challenge of nuclear weapons in three parts. Part I describes the scholar-practitioner interface in trying to come to grips with this challenge the main policy impact on security strategy and the various future nuclear scenarios. Part II addresses regional nuclear challenges from the South Pacific to East South and West Asia and thereby highlights serious deficiencies in the normative architecture of the nuclear arms control and disarmament regime. In the third and final part the chapters discuss regional nuclear-weapon-free zones NPT anomalies (and their implications for the future of the nuclear arms control regime) and finally assess the global governance architecture of nuclear security in light of the three Nuclear Security Summits between 2010 and 2014. The concluding chapter argues for moving towards a world of progressively reduced nuclear weapons in numbers reduced salience of nuclear weapons in national security doctrines and deployments and ultimately a denuclearized world. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation global governance international organisations diplomacy and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790308

Nuclear Weapons And SecurityThe Effects Of Alternative Test Ban Treaties This book presents the debate on the test ban issue. Its first goal is agreement on effective verification measures to make it possible to ratify the Threshold Test Ban Treaty and the Peaceful Nuclear Explosions Treaty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166304

Nuclear Weapons And The American ChurchesEthical Positions On Modern Warfare This book describes the positions advocated by ethicists and churches in the public debate on nuclear weapons. It traces the development of just-war theory and synthesizes the views of contemporary ethicists on the moral principles associated with the just-war tradition. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165376

Nuclear Weapons Free ZonesA Comparative Perspective This book explores the conditions under which Nuclear Weapons Free Zones (NWFZs) can be established. It analyzes four hypotheses that explain the factors contributing to the formation of NWFZs building upon realist constructivist and liberal theories from international relations. Through structured focused comparison the book presents and compares the emergence of NWFZs in Latin America the South Pacific Southeast Asia Africa Central Asia and the Middle East which is a prospect for a NWFZ. The book argues that NWFZ projects depend on the following conditions: the security interest of regional states in avoiding nuclear threats preexisting regional institutions and regional economic cooperation leadership by a core of regional powers and shared interest in spreading non-proliferation norms. Democracy is not a necessary condition but democratization can help overcome barriers presented by hesitant or opposed regional governments. As too many of the mentioned necessary conditions are lacking in the Middle East a NWFZ project thus will be possible only after major political changes. This book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation arms control security studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367635596

Nuclear Weapons Proliferation in the Next Decade The intensification of the Iranian and North Korean nuclear crises has created new fears that deteriorating security conditions in the Middle East Northeast Asia and other regions will lead additional countries to seek their own nuclear arsenals in the years to come. This special issue examines the factors that are likely to shape nuclear weapons proliferation over the next decade. The internationally recognized authors of this issue many of whom are prominent scholars and others of whom have held influential governmental positions with responsibility for countering nuclear proliferation bring to light the conditions and events that might drive new countries to pursue nuclear weapons; the indicators and cautionary signs that can provide early warning that a country is interested in building nuclear bombs; and the policy and military measures that can be adopted to prevent or at least dissuade new proliferators. The introductory chapter develops a novel analytical approach focusing on the role of nuclear myths and mythmakers and the subsequent chapters draw on this approach to help analysts better understand and policy makers better manage nuclear proliferation over the next ten years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878348

Nuclear Zero?Lessons from the Last Time We Were There George H. Quester argues that the possibility of nuclear war continues to loom despite the reduction in stockpiles by the major powers. Supporters of total nuclear disarmament often dismiss pessimistic objections to the possibility of reaching nuclear zero as being hypothetical but this book looks at real illustrations for this possibility taken from the years that gave the world the Manhattan Project.Any advocate of total nuclear disarmament must deal with the challenge of "realist" analysts of international relations those who worry that being at zero nuclear weapons or even close to zero would be unstable and dangerous. Mutual fears could be self-confirming leading to cheating on disarmament and even nuclear war. While such fears are often dismissed as theoretical or hypothetical this book attempts to test them against the real-life experience of the last time we were at nuclear zero. The years from 1933 to 1945 saw many such self-confirming fears leading to the Manhattan Project and the nuclear destruction of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.Optimism about the future cannot be ruled out totally but the history of our experience with nuclear disarmament must be examined carefully to identify the crucial prerequisites for elimination of such weapons of mass destruction. This book is required reading for courses on arms control defense policy and international relations or for readers looking for historical background on a critical global issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855990

Nuclear-Free Zones There is growing interest world wide in nuclear-free zones. Originally published in 1987 this book explores the question of what constitutes a nuclear-free zone and charts the progress of the movement to establish them. The book shows how definitions of nuclear-free zones vary from those intended to exclude everything nuclear (including nuclear power installations and the dumping of nuclear waste) to those aiming to exclude nuclear weapons in a limited way. Special attention is paid to the three treaties which have established major international nuclear-free zones (Latin America South Pacific Antarctica) examining their strengths and weaknesses as well as areas where the idea has been proposed (Balkans Africa). The book concludes with a review of problems and prospects for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367530310

Nuclei in the CosmosProceedings of the Second International Symposium on Nuclear Astrophysics held in Karlsruhe Germany 6-10 July 1992 Nuclei in the Cosmos a volume of conference papers gathers together astronomers astrophysicists and nuclear physicists for a thorough discussion of nucleosynthesis its role in the evolution of the universe and its intriguing possibilities as a diagnostic tool for stellar interiors. Nineteen invited papers provide a solid review of nucleosynthesis topics and approximately another 70 papers bring you up-to-date on the forefront of research in this quickly-developing area. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062974

Nucleic Acid Blotting Discusses very widely-used techniques. Aimed specifically at the newcomer. Provides detailed explanations unavailable elsewhere. Points out pitfalls and provides solutions. Invaluable help for experienced laboratories training newcomers. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003058755

Nucleic Acid Hybridization First published in 1998. This book is targeted at the beginner who has little or no knowledge of the principles or practice of hybridization. This text concentrates on solution and filter hybridization with a final chapter on current developments which includes DNA chips and advances in probe design. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003076780

Nucleic Acid Sensors and Antiviral Immunity The discovery of Toll-like receptors (TLRs) in the late 1990s ushered in a new age of discovery for innate immunity. The importance of TLRs for immunology and biomedical research was recognized with the Nobel Prize for Medicine or Physiology in 2011. The prize was shared by three scientists: Ralph Steinman (for the discovery of dendritic cells which express TLRs and whose activation by them provides a link between innate and adaptive immunity) Jules Hoffman (who made the pioneering observation of Toll in fruit fly anti-fungal immunity) and Bruce Beutler (who uncovered the role of TLR4 in the response to LPS). Work on TLRs inspired many researchers and led to a search for other receptors in innate immunity. There are now several additional families of such receptors known notably RIG-I-like receptors (RLRs) C-type lectin receptors (CLRs) and AIM2-like receptors (ALRs). A notable feature is the detection of nucleic acids from pathogens but also from host cells in certain contexts particularly in autoimmune diseases.Nucleic Acid Sensors and Antiviral Immunity presents a timely and extensive account of the detection of nucleic acids in infection and inflammation. We have chapters by Beutler Hoffman and Shizuo Akira who is the most cited immunologist of the past ten years for his work on innate immunity which gives us an indication of the importance of the field. Several other pioneers in the field present comprehensive and highly lucid up-to-date accounts of their particular interests revealing the large amount of activity in the past few years as the literature continues to grow and become ever more complex. The fly yet again provides new insights and anti-viral mechanisms in this key model organism are described. Other topics include the ability of viruses such as poxviruses hepatitis C virus and HIV to interfere with detection and signalling; new insights into signalling including subcellular localization of signalling proteins complex regulation o Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367445904

Nucleic Acid Testing for Human Disease Nucleic Acid Testing for Human Disease describes various techniques including target and signal amplification-based NAT procedures microarrays bead-based multiplex assays in situ hybridization and SNP techniques. This book discusses RNA expression profiling and laboratory issues such as the need for proper validation of tests intended for routine use. It focuses on specific applications of NATs to human disease diagnosis and treatment from viral bacterial fungal and protozoan detection to genetic exploration by SNP determinations patterns of RNA expression and the growing relevance of epigenetic changes. It also offers different perspectives on future directions in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453541

Nucleic Acids in Innate Immunity Until recently innate immunity was regarded as a relatively nonspecific system designed to engulf and destroy pathogens. However new studies show that the innate immune system is highly developed in its ability to discriminate between self and foreign entities. Understanding this mechanism can lead to therapeutic strategies based on manipulation of this previously unexploited branch of the immune system.Drawing on the research of leading experts Nucleic Acids in Innate Immunity provides insight in this new area of immunology. The book begins by explaining the roles of nucleic acids in immunity describing the mechanism of discrimination based on pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs) including Toll-like receptors (TLRs) Nod-like receptors (NLR) and RIG-I-like receptors (RLR). Chapters discuss how these PRRs recognize and respond to pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs) by activating specific signaling pathways.The second section focuses on the therapeutic applications of immunomodulatory DNA by manipulating released pathogenic nucleic acids as immune system stimulants. The book introduces novel therapeutics developed to prevent or treat infectious diseases allergic disorders and cancer as well as clearing unnecessary or abnormal host molecules.The final section addresses how the immune system discriminates self and non-self RNA. Recent findings that host (self) nucleic acids are not inert in the immune system beg the question of exactly what elements within DNA or RNA are recognized by the innate immune system. Contributions review recent advances to understand innate immune recognition of nucleic acids and describe the resulting immune modulation.Providing a comprehensive review of nucleic acid recognition and regulation by the innate immune system this seminal work reveals new directions for future research in immune modulation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387297

Nucleic Acids In PlantsVolume I Our ambition in the organization of this book was to explore the current stus of knowledge about nucleic acids in plants. We wanted the reader to be able to learn how this research is being undertaken. Therefore we asked the contributing authors to include details of approaches and methods. Where feasible the have provided protocols that can be followed by those who wish to repeat results extend data make improvements or use them in new applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895994

Nucleic Acids In PlantsVolume II Our ambition in the organization of this book was to explore the current stus of knowledge about nucleic acids in plants. We wanted the reader to be able to learn how this research is being undertaken. Therefore we asked the contributing authors to include details of approaches and methods. Where feasible the have provided protocols that can be followed by those who wish to repeat results extend data make improvements or use them in new applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895987

Nucleoside Analogs in Cancer Therapy Offering the most current and complete coverage of nucleoside analog activity in oncology and hematology this single-source volume includes topics from pharmacology to previously unpublished clinical findings on the pivotal role of fludarabine cladribine and pentostatin in the management of diseases such as chronic lymphocytic and hairy cell leukemia non-Hodgkin's lymphoma membranous nephropathy and rheumatoid and psoriatic arthritis. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067634

Nucleoside Triphosphates and their AnalogsChemistry Biotechnology and Biological Applications Used extensively in cellular and molecular biology research and cytogenetic applications nucleotide analogs are currently available for the treatment of various diseases. Nucleoside Triphosphate and Their Analogs: Chemistry Biotechnology and Biological Applications features the contributions of 18 scientists from both academia and industry in th Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429135392

Nucleus of the Solitary Tract First Published in 1994 this book provides a comprehensive up-to-date compilation of reviews of recent literature on the anatomy physiology and pharmacology of the nucleus of the solitary tract (NTS). The chapters are written by internationally recognized experts in the field and include never-before-published data diagrams and figures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367228606

Nuer Journeys Nuer LivesSudanese Refugees in Minnesota This book examines contemporary migration to the United States through a surprising and compelling case study � the Nuer of Sudan whose traditional life represents one of the most important case studies in the history of anthropology. It provides an opportunity to examine issues of current importance within anthropology such as social change transnationalism displacement and diaspora in an easy to understand manner. In understanding the experiences of the Nuer students will not only gain insights into the world refugee problem and the role of immigration in the United States they will also learn about the features of Nuer life which are considered a standard part of the anthropology curriculum. The book juxtaposes elements of Nuer culture which are well-known within anthropology � and featured in most anthropology textbooks � with new developments arising from the immigration of many other Nuer to the U.S. in the 1990s as refugees from civil war in southern Sudan. Consequently this book will fit well within existing anthropology curricula while providing an important update on descriptions of traditional life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403833

NukakEthnoarchaeology of an Amazonian People From Gustavo Politis one of the most renowned South American archaeologists comes the first in-depth study in English of the last “undiscovered” people of the Amazon. His work is groundbreaking and urgent both because of encroaching guerrilla violence that makes Nukak existence perilously fragile and because his work with the Nukak represented one of the last opportunities to conduct research with hunter-gatherers using contemporary methodological and the theoretical tools. Through a rich and comprehensive ethno-archaeological portrait of material culture “in the making ” this work makes methodological and conceptual advances in the interpretation of hunter-gather societies. Politis’s conclusions based on six years of original research and on comparative analysis are integrative and contribute to the identification of the multiple factors involved in the formation of hunter-gatherer archaeological assemblages. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315423418

Number Shape & SymmetryAn Introduction to Number Theory Geometry and Group Theory Through a careful treatment of number theory and geometry Number Shape  & Symmetry: An Introduction to Number Theory Geometry and Group Theory helps readers understand serious mathematical ideas and proofs. Classroom-tested the book draws on the authors’ successful work with undergraduate students at the University of Chicago seventh to tenth grade mathematically talented students in the University of Chicago’s Young Scholars Program and elementary public school teachers in the Seminars for Endorsement in Science and Mathematics Education (SESAME). The first half of the book focuses on number theory beginning with the rules of arithmetic (axioms for the integers). The authors then present all the basic ideas and applications of divisibility primes and modular arithmetic. They also introduce the abstract notion of a group and include numerous examples. The final topics on number theory consist of rational numbers real numbers and ideas about infinity. Moving on to geometry the text covers polygons and polyhedra including the construction of regular polygons and regular polyhedra. It studies tessellation by looking at patterns in the plane especially those made by regular polygons or sets of regular polygons. The text also determines the symmetry groups of these figures and patterns demonstrating how groups arise in both geometry and number theory. The book is suitable for pre-service or in-service training for elementary school teachers general education mathematics or math for liberal arts undergraduate-level courses and enrichment activities for high school students or math clubs. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466554641

Number and Language ProcessingA Special Issue of Aphasiology There is psychological and neurobiological evidence that number and language processing present some specificities and may dissociate after brain damage. Furthermore animals and babies seem to be able to discriminate small numerosities in a non-symbolic way. However one of the specificities of the human species is the development of language and symbolic processes. The acquisition and development of arithmetic is thus bound to the acquisition of language and symbolic notations.In this special issue the relationship between language and number processing is discussed through the examination of the similarities and divergences of language and number disorders in aphasic subjects in patients with dementia and in children with specific acquisition deficits. A separate contribution is also devoted to the rehabilitation of number and calculation deficits in brain-lesioned subjects. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781003059769

Number and Pattern in the Eighteenth-Century NovelDefoe Fielding Smollett and Sterne Numerological patterning in literature where structural details of a literary work are symbolically related to its meaning on the verbal level was particularly common from the Middle Ages up to the seventeenth century. Originally published in 1973 the author breaks new ground in revealing that familiarity with this technique lived on into the eighteenth century supplying the more artistically aware of the early British novelists with meaningful formal guidelines. An account is given of the origins and continuity of the numerological tradition in Western European – and particularly English – thought as it affected literary structure. The careful structural patterning in the novels of Defoe and in Fielding’s Joseph Andrews and Tom Jones is examined in detail. Smollett too is shown to have been interested in exploring the possibilities of number and pattern and the clear-cut numerological framework of Sterne’s Tristram Shandy is revealed. This original and controversial study combines structural analysis with fresh interpretative insights and draws parallels with painting music and architecture. It also has an important bearing on the history of ideas in the first half of the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443962

Number Theory and Its Applications This valuable reference addresses the methods leading to contemporary developments in number theory and coding theory originally presented as lectures at a summer school held at Bilkent University Ankara Turkey. With nearly 1500 references equations drawings and tables Number Theory and Its Applications especially benefits number theorists coding theorists algebraists algebraic geometers applied mathematicians information theorists and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138404076

Number Theory in Mathematics EducationPerspectives and Prospects This book offers multiple interconnected perspectives on the largely untapped potential of elementary number theory for mathematics education: its formal and cognitive nature its relation to arithmetic and algebra its accessibility its utility and intrinsic merits to name just a few. Its purpose is to promote explication and critical dialogue about these issues within the international mathematics education community. The studies comprise a variety of pedagogical and research orientations by an international group of researchers that collectively make a compelling case for the relevance and importance of number theory in mathematics education in both pre K-16 settings and mathematics teacher education.Topics variously engaged include:*understanding particular concepts related to numerical structure and number theory;*elaborating on the historical and psychological relevance of number theory in concept development;*attaining a smooth transition and extension from pattern recognition to formative principles;*appreciating the aesthetics of number structure;*exploring its suitability in terms of making connections leading to aha! insights and reaching toward the learner's affective domain;*reexamining previously constructed knowledge from a novel angle;*investigating connections between technique and theory;*utilizing computers and calculators as pedagogical tools; and*generally illuminating the role number theory concepts could play in developing mathematical knowledge and reasoning in students and teachers.Overall the chapters of this book highlight number theory-related topics as a stepping-stone from arithmetic toward generalization and algebraic formalism and as a means for providing intuitively grounded meanings of numbers variables functions and proofs.Number Theory in Mathematics Education: Perspectives and Prospects is of interest to researchers teacher educators and students in the field of mathematics education and is well suited as a text for upper-level mathematics education courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053904

Number Theory with an Emphasis on the Markoff Spectrum Presenting the proceedings of a recently held conference in Provo Utah this reference provides original research articles in several different areas of number theory highlighting the Markoff spectrum.;Detailing the integration of geometric algebraic analytic and arithmetic ideas Number Theory with an Emphasis on the Markoff Spectrum contains refereed contributions on: general problems of diophantine approximation; quadratic forms and their connections with automorphic forms; the modular group and its subgroups; continued fractions; hyperbolic geometry; and the lower part of the Markoff spectrum.;Written by over 30 authorities in the field this book should be a useful resource for research mathematicians in harmonic analysis number theory algebra geometry and probability and graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413221

Number TheoryAn Introduction to Pure and Applied Mathematics This text provides a detailed introduction to number theory demonstrating how other areas of mathematics enter into the study of the properties of natural numbers. It contains problem sets within each section and at the end of each chapter to reinforce essential concepts and includes up-to-date information on divisibility problems polynomial congruence the sums of squares and trigonometric sums.;Five or more copies may be ordered by college or university bookstores at a special price available on application. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067535

NumberActivities for Children with Mathematical Learning Difficulties First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179769

Numbers and NarrativesSport History and Economics This volume argues for a more quantitative economic and theoretical approach to sports history. The author notes that sport can have peculiar economics as in no other industry do rival businesses have to cooperate to produce a sellable output. He also demonstrates via a case study of early gate-money football in Scotland that sports producers were not always seeking profits and often put winning games and trophies ahead of making money. Another analysis examines how industrialisation affected sport how sport became an industry in its own right and how the workplace became a major provider of sports facilities. A look at third sector economics highlights how the popularity of football provided an ideal vehicle for charity fundraising. The book observes that most sports participants are amateurs but at the elite level the paid player has a key role and this is assessed through case studies of the jockey and the golf professional. Finally the author discusses and evaluates various theories relating to the historical development of the sports club. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport in Society: Cultures Commerce Media Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142353

Numbers and SymmetryAn Introduction to Algebra This textbook presents modern algebra from the ground up using numbers and symmetry. The idea of a ring and of a field are introduced in the context of concrete number systems. Groups arise from considering transformations of simple geometric objects. The analysis of symmetry provides the student with a visual introduction to the central algebraic notion of isomorphism.Designed for a typical one-semester undergraduate course in modern algebra it provides a gentle introduction to the subject by allowing students to see the ideas at work in accessible examples rather than plunging them immediately into a sea of formalism. The student is involved at once with interesting algebraic structures such as the Gaussian integers and the various rings of integers modulo n and is encouraged to take the time to explore and become familiar with those structures.In terms of classical algebraic structures the text divides roughly into three parts: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138402096

Numbers by the BookA Financial Guide for the Cultural Commerce & Specialty Retail Manager Numbers by the Book is a step by step guide to the financial side of planning opening and operating a successful museum retail operation. This 96 page gem is lavishly illustrated with tables and charts to guide you through the process of creating budgets choosing a POS system purchasing and measuring success. Includes 14 worksheets and forms to launch your museum store towards profit! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328752

Numen Old MenContemporary Masculine Spiritualities and the Problem of Patriarchy Since the early 1990s there have been various movements designed to encourage 'masculine spirituality'. All these movements share a concern that spirituality has become too feminine and that men's experiences of the spiritual are being marginalized. The task of masculine spirituality is to promote 'authentic' masculine characteristics within a spiritual context. Numen Old Men examines these characteristics to argue that masculine spirituality is thinly veiled patriarchy. The mythopoetic evangelical and Catholic men's movements are shown to promote a hetero-patriarchal spirituality by appealing to either combative and oppressive neo-Jungian archetypes or biblical models of man as the leader of the family. Numen Old Men examines spiritualities that aim to honour and transcend both the masculine and feminine and offers gay spirituality as an example of masculine spirituality that resists patriarchy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315478456

Numeracy Across the CurriculumResearch-based strategies for enhancing teaching and learning Being numerate involves more than mastering basic mathematics. Numeracy connects the mathematics learned at school with out-of-school situations that require capabilities such as problem solving critical judgment and sense-making related to non-mathematical contexts. This book provides prospective and practising teachers with practical research-based strategies for embedding numeracy across the primary and secondary school curriculum. Based on the authors' ten-year research program the text explains what numeracy is and how numeracy has developed as an educational goal. It describes in detail the five dimensions of the authors' model: attention to real-life contexts; application of mathematical knowledge; use of physical representational and digital tools; the promotion of positive dispositions towards the use of mathematics to solve problems encountered in day-to-day life; and a critical orientation to interpreting mathematical results and making evidence-based judgements. There is guidance on how to embed numeracy across all subjects within the curriculum how to assess numeracy learning and how to deal with challenges and dilemmas including working with discipline boundaries and developing support resources.Featuring practical examples and case studies throughout this book will build pre-service teacher confidence demystify common misconceptions and grounds theory into practice in this vital area of student competency.'The authors of this text are recognised authorities on numeracy. They have engaged heavily in numeracy research over many years and this text reflects the depth of their understanding and knowledge.' - Geoff Hilton University of Queensland Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760297886

Numeracy and Learning DifficultiesApproaches to Teaching and Assessment By understanding why children struggle with maths teachers are better equipped to provide effective support and nurture confidence in low-achievers. Numeracy and Learning Difficulties includes how to tackle common learning difficulties by following different teaching practices and principles identifying gaps in students' knowledge and developing curricula that bridges these gaps improves numerical literacy using problem-solving strategies and skills and a handy checklist of benchmarks in achievement. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138151222

Numeracy and Mathematics Across the Primary CurriculumBuilding Confidence and Understanding The key to good primary teaching of numeracy and mathematics is confidence in mathematical knowledge and its relevance to the real world. In particular effective implementation of the National Numeracy Strategy requires student teachers primary teachers and mathematics coordinators to realize the place of mathematics across the range of National Curriculum subjects. This book explores mathematics as a set of tools for thinking about designing evaluating and changing the world of the child through the broader curriculum rather than focusing on skills and concept building exclusively in the 'mathematical world.' Practical activities are included to stimulate readers to apply these ideas with confidence both within and beyond the mathematics lesson. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315068671

Numeracy as Social PracticeGlobal and Local Perspectives Learning takes place both inside and outside of the classroom embedded in local practices traditions and interactions. But whereas the importance of social practice is increasingly recognised in literacy education Numeracy as Social Practice: Global and Local Perspectives is the first book to fully explore these principles in the context of numeracy. The book brings together a wide range of accounts and studies from around the world to build a picture of the challenges and benefits of seeing numeracy as social practice  Ì¶  that is as mathematical activities embedded in the social cultural historical and political contexts in which these activities take place. Drawing on workplace community and classroom contexts Numeracy as Social Practice shows how everyday numeracy practices can be used in formal and non-formal maths teaching and how in turn classroom teaching can help to validate and strengthen local numeracy practices. At a time when an increasingly transnational approach is taken to education policy making this book will appeal to development practitioners and researchers and adult education mathematics and numeracy teachers researchers and policy makers around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284456

Numeracy for Childcare StudentsA Basic Skills Guide First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138172609

Numeracy for QTLSAchieving the Minimum Core By 2010 the Government requires all teaching staff in the Lifelong Learning Sector to gain the QTLS (Qualified Teacher Learning and Skills) teaching qualification.  In addition to the new qualification all those training to teach in the post compulsory/FE sector must also have reached an acceptable skill level in literacy numeracy and ICT before they qualify this is referred to as 'the minimum core' and states that literacy skills must be equivalent to a level 3 qualification (A Level standard) and numeracy skills must be equivalent to level 2 (GSCE).   This aims to be the first core textbook in the market to support those undertaking initial teacher training in the post-compulsory/learning and skills sector (formerly FE). The text is structured in line with the requirements and specifications of the minimum core and therefore guides students to achieve the minimum core and pass the new national tests in order to achieve their QTLS qualification.  This is achieved by developing the student's personal knowledge skills and strategies in order to ensure that they support their own students when they start teaching/training themselves. In addition a self-audit of numeracy skills is available online in order to identify areas of personal strengths and weakness.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781405873543

Numeracy in Nursing and HealthcareCalculations and Practice Do you find maths challenging? Do you struggle with drug calculations or clinical applications of numeracy? If you need to brush up your maths skills Numeracy in Nursing and Healthcare is the perfect textbook to help you through your nursing programme. The text starts out with basic adding and subtracting and works up to more advanced principles like SI units drug administration common clinical measurements and how to understand statistics in research articles. By illustrating how maths is relevant to clinical practice Numeracy in Nursing and Healthcare is a great tool to help you increase your confidence and excel in your studies and career. Key features: Step-by-step examples make understanding concepts easy Look Out sections highlight common mistakes Time to Try and What Did You Learn? questions help you apply what you have learned Key Point boxes provide helpful hints for good problem-solving technique Web links direct you to further reading and examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781447922568

Numeral Classifiers and Classifier LanguagesChinese Japanese and Korean Focusing mainly on classifiers Numeral Classifiers and Classifier Languages offers a deep investigation of three major classifier languages: Chinese Japanese and Korean. This book provides detailed discussions well supported by empirical evidence and corpus analyses. Theoretical hypotheses regarding differences and commonalities between numeral classifier languages and other mainly article languages are tested to seek universals or typological characteristics. The essays collected here from leading scholars in different fields promise to be greatly significant in the field of linguistics for several reasons. First it targets three representative classifier languages in Asia. It also provides critical clues and suggests solutions to syntactic semantic  psychological and philosophical issues about classifier constructions. Finally it addresses ensuing debates that may arise in the field of linguistics in general and neighboring inter-disciplinary areas. This book should be of great interest to advanced students and scholars of East Asian languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138054974

Numerical AlgorithmsMethods for Computer Vision Machine Learning and Graphics Numerical Algorithms: Methods for Computer Vision Machine Learning and Graphics presents a new approach to numerical analysis for modern computer scientists. Using examples from a broad base of computational tasks including data processing computational photography and animation the textbook introduces numerical modeling and algorithmic design from a practical standpoint and provides insight into the theoretical tools needed to support these skills. The book covers a wide range of topics—from numerical linear algebra to optimization and differential equations—focusing on real-world motivation and unifying themes. It incorporates cases from computer science research and practice accompanied by highlights from in-depth literature on each subtopic. Comprehensive end-of-chapter exercises encourage critical thinking and build students’ intuition while introducing extensions of the basic material. The text is designed for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students in computer science and related fields with experience in calculus and linear algebra. For students with a background in discrete mathematics the book includes some reminders of relevant continuous mathematical background. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367575632

Numerical Analysis This book is designed for a first course in numerical analysis. It differs considerably from other such texts in its choice of topics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091279

Numerical Analysis 1993 This volume contains invited papers presented at the 15th Dundee Biennial Conference on Numerical Analysis held at the University of Dundee in June of 1993. The Dundee Conferences are important events in the numerical analysis calendar and the papers published here represent accounts of recent research work by leading numerical analysts covering a wide range of fields of interest. The book is a valuable guide to the direction of current research in many areas of numerical analysis. It will be of particular interest to graduate students and research workers concerned with the theory and application of numerical methods for solving ordinary and partial differential equations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062257

Numerical Analysis 1999 Of considerable importance to numerical analysts this text contains the proceedings of the 18th Dundee Biennial Conference on Numerical Analysis featuring eminent analysts and current topics. The papers cover everything from partial differential equations to linear algebra and approximation theory and contain contributions from the leading experts in the field. The applications range from image processing and molecular dynamics to superconductivity.If you rely on numerical methods Numerical Analysis 1999 will serve as an essential guide to the direction of current research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138413191

Numerical Analysis and Modelling in Geomechanics In geomechanics existing design methods are very much dependent upon sophisticated on-site techniques to assess ground conditions. This book describes numerical analysis computer simulation and modelling that can be used to answer some highly complex questions associated with geomechanics. The contributors who are all international experts in the field also give insights into the future directions of these methods.Numerical Analysis and Modelling in Geomechanics will appeal to professional engineers involved in designing and building both onshore and offshore structures where geomechanical considerations may well be outside the usual codes of practice and therefore specialist advice is required. Postgraduate researchers degree students carrying out project work in this area will also find the book an invaluable resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863616

Numerical Analysis for EngineersMethods and Applications Second Edition Numerical Analysis for Engineers: Methods and Applications demonstrates the power of numerical methods in the context of solving complex engineering and scientific problems. The book helps to prepare future engineers and assists practicing engineers in understanding the fundamentals of numerical methods especially their applications limitations and potentials. Each chapter contains many computational examples as well as a section on applications that contain additional engineering examples. Each chapter also includes a set of exercise problems. The problems are designed to meet the needs of instructors in assigning homework and to help students with practicing the fundamental concepts. Although the book was developed with emphasis on engineering and technological problems the numerical methods can also be used to solve problems in other fields of science. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482250350

Numerical Analysis with Algorithms and Programming Numerical Analysis with Algorithms and Programming is the first comprehensive textbook to provide detailed coverage of numerical methods their algorithms and corresponding computer programs. It presents many techniques for the efficient numerical solution of problems in science and engineering. Along with numerous worked-out examples end-of-chapter exercises and Mathematica® programs the book includes the standard algorithms for numerical computation: Root finding for nonlinear equations Interpolation and approximation of functions by simpler computational building blocks such as polynomials and splines The solution of systems of linear equations and triangularization Approximation of functions and least square approximation Numerical differentiation and divided differences Numerical quadrature and integration Numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations (ODEs) and boundary value problems Numerical solution of partial differential equations (PDEs) The text develops students’ understanding of the construction of numerical algorithms and the applicability of the methods. By thoroughly studying the algorithms students will discover how various methods provide accuracy efficiency scalability and stability for large-scale systems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498741743

Numerical and Analytical Methods with MATLAB for Electrical Engineers Combining academic and practical approaches to this important topic Numerical and Analytical Methods with MATLAB® for Electrical Engineers is the ideal resource for electrical and computer engineering students. Based on a previous edition that was geared toward mechanical engineering students this book expands many of the concepts presented in that book and replaces the original projects with new ones intended specifically for electrical engineering students. This book includes: An introduction to the MATLAB programming environment Mathematical techniques for matrix algebra root finding integration and differential equations More advanced topics including transform methods signal processing curve fitting and optimization An introduction to the MATLAB graphical design environment Simulink Exploring the numerical methods that electrical engineers use for design analysis and testing this book comprises standalone chapters outlining a course that also introduces students to computational methods and programming skills using MATLAB as the programming environment. Helping engineering students to develop a feel for structural programming—not just button-pushing with a software program—the illustrative examples and extensive assignments in this resource enable them to develop the necessary skills and then apply them to practical electrical engineering problems and cases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439854297

Numerical Cognition Numerical Cognition: The Basics provides an understanding of the neural and cognitive mechanisms that enable us to perceive process and memorize numerical information. Starting from basic numerical competencies that humans share with other species the book explores the mental coding of numbers and their neural representation. It explains the strategies of mental calculation their pitfalls and their development as well as the developmental steps children make while learning about numbers. The book gradually builds our understanding of the underlying mental processes of numeracy and concludes with an insightful examination of the diagnosis etiology and treatment of dyscalculia. Written in an accessible manner the book summarizes and critically evaluates the major psychological explanations for various empirical phenomena in numerical cognition. Containing a wealth of student-friendly features including end of chapter summaries informative figures further reading lists and links to relevant websites Numerical Cognition: The Basics is an essential starting point for anybody new to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357230

Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow This book focuses on heat and mass transfer fluid flow chemical reaction and other related processes that occur in engineering equipment the natural environment and living organisms. Using simple algebra and elementary calculus the author develops numerical methods for predicting these processes mainly based on physical considerations. Through this approach readers will develop a deeper understanding of the underlying physical aspects of heat transfer and fluid flow as well as improve their ability to analyze and interpret computed results. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315275130

Numerical Linear Approximation in C Illustrating the relevance of linear approximation in a variety of fields Numerical Linear Approximation in C presents a unique collection of linear approximation algorithms that can be used to analyze model and compress discrete data. Developed by the lead author the algorithms have been successfully applied to several engineering projects at the National Research Council of Canada. Basing most of the algorithms on linear programming techniques the book begins with an introductory section that covers applications the simplex method and matrices. The next three parts focus on various L1 Chebyshev and least squares approximations including one-sided bounded variables and piecewise. The final section presents the solution of underdetermined systems of consistent linear equations that are subject to different constraints on the elements of the unknown solution vector. Except in the preliminary section all chapters include the C functions of the algorithms along with drivers that contain numerous test case examples and results. The accompanying CD-ROM also provides the algorithms written in C code as well as the test drivers. To use the software it is not required to understand the theory behind each function. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367387310

Numerical Methods This book is written for engineers and other practitioners using numerical methods in their work and serves as a textbook for courses in applied mathematics and numerical analysis. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138413177

Numerical Methods and Methods of Approximation in Science and Engineering Numerical Methods and Methods of Approximation in Science and Engineering prepares students and other readers for advanced studies involving applied numerical and computational analysis. Focused on building a sound theoretical foundation it uses a clear and simple approach backed by numerous worked examples to facilitate understanding of numerical methods and their application. Readers will learn to structure a sequence of operations into a program using the programming language of their choice; this approach leads to a deeper understanding of the methods and their limitations. Features: Provides a strong theoretical foundation for learning and applying numerical methods Takes a generic approach to engineering analysis rather than using a specific programming language Built around a consistent understandable model for conducting engineering analysis Prepares students for advanced coursework and use of tools such as FEA and CFD Presents numerous detailed examples and problems and a Solutions Manual for instructors Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367136727

Numerical Methods and OptimizationAn Introduction For students in industrial and systems engineering (ISE) and operations research (OR) to understand optimization at an advanced level they must first grasp the analysis of algorithms computational complexity and other concepts and modern developments in numerical methods. Satisfying this prerequisite Numerical Methods and Optimization: An Introduction combines the materials from introductory numerical methods and introductory optimization courses into a single text. This classroom-tested approach enriches a standard numerical methods syllabus with optional chapters on numerical optimization and provides a valuable numerical methods background for students taking an introductory OR or optimization course. The first part of the text introduces the necessary mathematical background the digital representation of numbers and different types of errors associated with numerical methods. The second part explains how to solve typical problems using numerical methods. Focusing on optimization methods the final part presents basic theory and algorithms for linear and nonlinear optimization. The book assumes minimal prior knowledge of the topics. Taking a rigorous yet accessible approach to the material it includes some mathematical proofs as samples of rigorous analysis but in most cases uses only examples to illustrate the concepts. While the authors provide a MATLAB® guide and code available for download the book can be used with other software packages. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466577770

Numerical Methods for Chemical Engineers Using Excel VBA and MATLAB While teaching the Numerical Methods for Engineers course over the last 15 years the author found a need for a new textbook one that was less elementary provided applications and problems better suited for chemical engineers and contained instruction in Visual Basic® for Applications (VBA). This led to six years of developing teaching notes that have been enhanced to create the current textbook Numerical Methods for Chemical Engineers Using Excel® VBA and MATLAB®. Focusing on Excel gives the advantage of it being generally available since it is present on every computer—PC and Mac—that has Microsoft Office installed. The VBA programming environment comes with Excel and greatly enhances the capabilities of Excel spreadsheets. While there is no perfect programming system teaching this combination offers knowledge in a widely available program that is commonly used (Excel) as well as a popular academic software package (MATLAB). Chapters cover nonlinear equations Visual Basic linear algebra ordinary differential equations regression analysis partial differential equations and mathematical programming methods.Each chapter contains examples that show in detail how a particular numerical method or programming methodology can be implemented in Excel and/or VBA (or MATLAB in chapter 10). Most of the examples and problems presented in the text are related to chemical and biomolecular engineering and cover a broad range of application areas including thermodynamics fluid flow heat transfer mass transfer reaction kinetics reactor design process design and process control. The chapters feature "Did You Know" boxes used to remind readers of Excel features. They also contain end-of-chapter exercises with solutions provided. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466575349

Numerical Methods for Differential EquationsA Computational Approach With emphasis on modern techniques Numerical Methods for Differential Equations: A Computational Approach covers the development and application of methods for the numerical solution of ordinary differential equations. Some of the methods are extended to cover partial differential equations. All techniques covered in the text are on a program disk included with the book and are written in Fortran 90. These programs are ideal for students researchers and practitioners because they allow for straightforward application of the numerical methods described in the text. The code is easily modified to solve new systems of equations. Numerical Methods for Differential Equations: A Computational Approach also contains a reliable and inexpensive global error code for those interested in global error estimation. This is a valuable text for students who will find the derivations of the numerical methods extremely helpful and the programs themselves easy to use. It is also an excellent reference and source of software for researchers and practitioners who need computer solutions to differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896007

Numerical Methods for Engineers Although pseudocodes Mathematica® and MATLAB® illustrate how algorithms work designers of engineering systems write the vast majority of large computer programs in the Fortran language. Using Fortran 95 to solve a range of practical engineering problems Numerical Methods for Engineers Second Edition provides an introduction to numerical methods incorporating theory with concrete computing exercises and programmed examples of the techniques presented. Covering a wide range of numerical applications that have immediate relevancy for engineers the book describes forty-nine programs in Fortran 95. Many of the programs discussed use a sub-program library called nm_lib that holds twenty-three subroutines and functions. In addition there is a precision module that controls the precision of calculations.Well-respected in their field the authors discuss a variety of numerical topics related to engineering. Some of the chapter features include…The numerical solution of sets of linear algebraic equationsRoots of single nonlinear equations and sets of nonlinear equations Numerical quadrature or numerical evaluation of integralsAn introduction to the solution of partial differential equations using finite difference and finite element approachesDescribing concise programs that are constructed using sub-programs wherever possible this book presents many different contexts of numerical analysis forming an excellent introduction to more comprehensive subroutine libraries such as the numerical algorithm group (NAG). Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367390662

Numerical Methods for Engineers and Scientists Emphasizing the finite difference approach for solving differential equations the second edition of Numerical Methods for Engineers and Scientists presents a methodology for systematically constructing individual computer programs. Providing easy access to accurate solutions to complex scientific and engineering problems each chapter begins with objectives a discussion of a representative application and an outline of special features summing up with a list of tasks students should be able to complete after reading the chapter- perfect for use as a study guide or for review. The AIAA Journal calls the book "…a good solid instructional text on the basic tools of numerical analysis." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274508

Numerical Methods for Engineers and Scientists Using MATLAB® This book provides a pragmatic methodical and easy-to-follow presentation of numerical methods and their effective implementation using MATLAB which is introduced at the outset. The author introduces techniques for solving equations of a single variable and systems of equations followed by curve fitting and interpolation of data. The book also provides detailed coverage of numerical differentiation and integration as well as numerical solutions of initial-value and boundary-value problems. The author then presents the numerical solution of the matrix eigenvalue problem which entails approximation of a few or all eigenvalues of a matrix. The last chapter is devoted to numerical solutions of partial differential equations that arise in engineering and science. Each method is accompanied by at least one fully worked-out example showing essential details involved in preliminary hand calculations as well as computations in MATLAB. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498777421

Numerical Methods for Equations and its Applications This book introduces advanced numerical-functional analysis to beginning computer science researchers. The reader is assumed to have had basic courses in numerical analysis computer programming computational linear algebra and an introduction to real complex and functional analysis. Although the book is of a theoretical nature each chapter contains several new theoretical results and important applications in engineering in dynamic economics systems in input-output system in the solution of nonlinear and linear differential equations and optimization problem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087532

Numerical Methods for Finance Featuring international contributors from both industry and academia Numerical Methods for Finance explores new and relevant numerical methods for the solution of practical problems in finance. It is one of the few books entirely devoted to numerical methods as applied to the financial field.Presenting state-of-the-art methods in this area the book first discusses the coherent risk measures theory and how it applies to practical risk management. It then proposes a new method for pricing high-dimensional American options followed by a description of the negative inter-risk diversification effects between credit and market risk. After evaluating counterparty risk for interest rate payoffs the text considers strategies and issues concerning defined contribution pension plans and participating life insurance contracts. It also develops a computationally efficient swaption pricing technology extracts the underlying asset price distribution implied by option prices and proposes a hybrid GARCH model as well as a new affine point process framework. In addition the book examines performance-dependent options variance reduction Value at Risk (VaR) the differential evolution optimizer and put-call-futures parity arbitrage opportunities.Sponsored by DEPFA Bank IDA Ireland and Pioneer Investments this concise and well-illustrated book equips practitioners with the necessary information to make important financial decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367388591

Numerical Methods for Fractional Calculus Numerical Methods for Fractional Calculus presents numerical methods for fractional integrals and fractional derivatives finite difference methods for fractional ordinary differential equations (FODEs) and fractional partial differential equations (FPDEs) and finite element methods for FPDEs.The book introduces the basic definitions and properties of fractional integrals and derivatives before covering numerical methods for fractional integrals and derivatives. It then discusses finite difference methods for both FODEs and FPDEs including the Euler and linear multistep methods. The final chapter shows how to solve FPDEs by using the finite element method.This book provides efficient and reliable numerical methods for solving fractional calculus problems. It offers a primer for readers to further develop cutting-edge research in numerical fractional calculus. MATLAB® functions are available on the book’s CRC Press web page. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367658793

Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations is a collection of 49 articles presented at the International Conference on Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations: Theory and Applications (Santiago de Compostela Spain 4-8 July 2011). The conference was organized to honour Professor Eleuterio Toro in the month of his 65th birthday. The topics covered include: • Recent advances in the numerical computation of environmental conservation laws with source terms • Multiphase flow and porous media • Numerical methods in astrophysics • Seismology and geophysics modelling • High order methods for hyperbolic conservation laws â€¢ Numerical methods for reactive flows • Finite volume and discontinous Galerkin schemes for stiff source term problems • Methods and models for biomedical problems • Numerical methods for reactive flows The research interest of Eleuterio Toro born in Chile on 16th July 1946 is reflected in Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations and focuses on: numerical methods for partial differential equations with particular emphasis on methods for hyperbolic equations; design and application of new algorithms; hyperbolic partial differential equations as mathematical models of various types of processes; mathematical modelling and simulation of physico/chemical processes that include wave propagation phenomena; modelling of multiphase flows; application of models and methods to real problems. Eleuterio Toro received several honours and distinctions including the honorary title OBE from Queen Elizabeth II (Buckingham Palace London 2000); Distinguished Citizen of the City of Carahue (Chile 2001); Life Fellow Claire Hall University of Cambridge (UK 2003); Fellow of the Indian Society for Shock Wave Research (Bangalore 2005); Doctor Honoris Causa (Universidad de Santiago de Chile 2008); William Penney Fellow University of Cambridge (UK 2010); Doctor Honoris Causa (Universidad de la Frontera Chile 2012). Professor Toro is author of two books editor of two books and author of more than 260 research works. In the last ten years he has been invited and keynote speaker in more than 100 scientific events. Professor Toro has held many visiting appointments round the world which include several European countries Japan China and USA. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621502

Numerical Methods in Computational Mechanics This book explores the numerical algorithms underpinning modern finite element based computational mechanics software. It covers all the major numerical methods that are used in computational mechanics. It reviews the basic concepts in linear algebra and advanced matrix theory before covering solution of systems of equations symmetric eigenvalue solution methods and direct integration of discrete dynamic equations of motion illustrated with numerical examples. This book suits a graduate course in mechanics based disciplines and will help software developers in computational mechanics. Increased understanding of the underlying numerical methods will also help practicing engineers to use the computational mechanics software more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367028022

Numerical Methods in Geomechanics Volume 1 First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745366

Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering contains the proceedings of the 8th European Conference on Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering (NUMGE 2014 Delft The Netherlands 18-20 June 2014). It is the eighth in a series of conferences organised by the European Regional Technical Committee ERTC7 under the auspices of the International Society for Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering (ISSMGE). The first conference was held in 1986 in Stuttgart Germany and the series has continued every four years (Santander Spain 1990; Manchester United Kingdom 1994; Udine Italy 1998; Paris France 2002; Graz Austria 2006; Trondheim Norway 2010). Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering presents the latest developments relating to the use of numerical methods in geotechnical engineering including scientific achievements innovations and engineering applications related to or employing numerical methods. Topics include: constitutive modelling parameter determination in field and laboratory tests finite element related numerical methods other numerical methods probabilistic methods and neural networks ground improvement and reinforcement dams embankments and slopes shallow and deep foundations excavations and retaining walls tunnels infrastructure groundwater flow thermal and coupled analysis dynamic applications offshore applications and cyclic loading models. The book is aimed at academics researchers and practitioners in geotechnical engineering and geomechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001466

Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering IX Volume 1Proceedings of the 9th European Conference on Numerical Methods in Geotechnical En NUMGE 2018  is the ninth in a series of conferences on Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering organized by the ERTC7 under the auspices of the International Society for Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering (ISSMGE). The first conference was held in 1986 in Stuttgart Germany and the series continued every four years (1990 Santander Spain; 1994 Manchester United Kingdom; 1998 Udine Italy; 2002 Paris France; 2006 Graz Austria; 2010 Trondheim Norway; 2014 Delft The Netherlands). The conference provides a forum for exchange of ideas and discussion on topics related to numerical modelling in geotechnical engineering. Both senior and young researchers as well as scientists and engineers from Europe and overseas are invited to attend this conference to share and exchange their knowledge and experiences. This work is the first volume of NUMGE 2018. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138331983

Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering IX Volume 2Proceedings of the 9th European Conference on Numerical Methods in Geotechnical En Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering IX contains 204 technical and scientific papers presented at the 9th European Conference on Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering (NUMGE2018 Porto Portugal 25—27 June 2018). The papers cover a wide range of topics in the field of computational geotechnics providing an overview of recent developments on scientific achievements innovations and engineering applications related to or employing numerical methods. They deal with subjects from emerging research to engineering practice and are grouped under the following themes: Constitutive modelling and numerical implementation Finite element discrete element and other numerical methods. Coupling of diverse methods Reliability and probability analysis Large deformation – large strain analysis Artificial intelligence and neural networks Ground flow thermal and coupled analysis Earthquake engineering soil dynamics and soil-structure interactions Rock mechanics Application of numerical methods in the context of the Eurocodes Shallow and deep foundations Slopes and cuts Supported excavations and retaining walls Embankments and dams Tunnels and caverns (and pipelines) Ground improvement and reinforcement Offshore geotechnical engineering Propagation of vibrations Following the objectives of previous eight thematic conferences (1986 Stuttgart Germany; 1990 Santander Spain; 1994 Manchester United Kingdom; 1998 Udine Italy; 2002 Paris France; 2006 Graz Austria; 2010 Trondheim Norway; 2014 Delft The Netherlands) Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering IX updates the state-of-the-art regarding the application of numerical methods in geotechnics both in a scientific perspective and in what concerns its application for solving practical boundary value problems. The book will be much of interest to engineers academics and professionals involved or interested in Geotechnical Engineering. This is volume 2 of the NUMGE 2018 set. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138332034

Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering IXProceedings of the 9th European Conference on Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering IX contains 204 technical and scientific papers presented at the 9th European Conference on Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering (NUMGE2018 Porto Portugal 25—27 June 2018). The papers cover a wide range of topics in the field of computational geotechnics providing an overview of recent developments on scientific achievements innovations and engineering applications related to or employing numerical methods. They deal with subjects from emerging research to engineering practice and are grouped under the following themes: Constitutive modelling and numerical implementation Finite element discrete element and other numerical methods. Coupling of diverse methods Reliability and probability analysis Large deformation – large strain analysis Artificial intelligence and neural networks Ground flow thermal and coupled analysis Earthquake engineering soil dynamics and soil-structure interactions Rock mechanics Application of numerical methods in the context of the Eurocodes Shallow and deep foundations Slopes and cuts Supported excavations and retaining walls Embankments and dams Tunnels and caverns (and pipelines) Ground improvement and reinforcement Offshore geotechnical engineering Propagation of vibrations Following the objectives of previous eight thematic conferences (1986 Stuttgart Germany; 1990 Santander Spain; 1994 Manchester United Kingdom; 1998 Udine Italy; 2002 Paris France; 2006 Graz Austria; 2010 Trondheim Norway; 2014 Delft The Netherlands) Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering IX updates the state-of-the-art regarding the application of numerical methods in geotechnics both in a scientific perspective and in what concerns its application for solving practical boundary value problems. The book will be much of interest to engineers academics and professionals involved or interested in Geotechnical Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138544468

Numerical Methods in Mechanics of MaterialsWith Applications from Nano to Macro Scales In the dynamic digital age the widespread use of computers has transformed engineering and science. A realistic and successful solution of an engineering problem usually begins with an accurate physical model of the problem and a proper understanding of the assumptions employed. With computers and appropriate software we can model and analyze complex physical systems and problems.However efficient and accurate use of numerical results obtained from computer programs requires considerable background and advanced working knowledge to avoid blunders and the blind acceptance of computer results. This book provides the background and knowledge necessary to avoid these pitfalls especially the most commonly used numerical methods employed in the solution of physical problems. It offers an in-depth presentation of the numerical methods for scales from nano to macro in nine self-contained chapters with extensive problems and up-to-date references covering:Trends and new developments in simulation and computationWeighted residuals methodsFinite difference methodsFinite element methodsFinite strip/layer/prism methodsBoundary element methodsMeshless methodsMolecular dynamicsMultiphysics problemsMultiscale methods Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367886257

Numerical Methods in Photonics Simulation and modeling using numerical methods is one of the key instruments in any scientific work. In the field of photonics a wide range of numerical methods are used for studying both fundamental optics and applications such as design development and optimization of photonic components. Modeling is key for developing improved photonic devices and reducing development time and cost. Choosing the appropriate computational method for a photonics modeling problem requires a clear understanding of the pros and cons of the available numerical methods. Numerical Methods in Photonics presents six of the most frequently used methods: FDTD FDFD 1+1D nonlinear propagation modal method Green’s function and FEM. After an introductory chapter outlining the basics of Maxwell’s equations the book includes self-contained chapters that focus on each of the methods. Each method is accompanied by a review of the mathematical principles in which it is based along with sample scripts illustrative examples of characteristic problem solving and exercises. MATLAB® is used throughout the text. This book provides a solid basis to practice writing your own codes. The theoretical formulation is complemented by sets of exercises which allow you to grasp the essence of the modeling tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074699

Numerical Modeling in Micromechanics via Particle MethodsInternational PFC Symposium Gelsenkirchen Germany 6-8 November 2002 Particle methods have seen increasing use in several engineering and scientific fields both because of their unique modelling capabilities and the availability of the necessary computational power. This title focuses on their theory and application. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745335

Numerical Modeling of AAR This reference book presents the theory and methodology to conduct a finite element assessment of concrete structures subjected to chemically induced volumetric expansion in general and alkali aggregate reaction in particular. It is limited to models developed by the author and focuses on how to best address a simple question: if a structure suffers from AAR how is its structural integrity jeopardized and when would the reaction end. Subjects treated are:• Brief overview of AAR: nature of the chemical reactions AAR in both dams and nuclear power plants and how does it impact the mechanical properties of concrete.• Constitutive model for both the AAR expansion and concrete nonlinearities (both smeared and discrete crack models).• Validation of the model along with a parametric study to assess what are the critical parameters in a study.• Selection of material properties for an AAR finite element simulation followed by applications in dams and massive reinforced concrete structures.• Micro Model for improved understanding of the essence of the reaction along with a newly proposed mathematical model for the kinetics of the reaction.• Review of relevant procedures to estimate the residual expansion of a structure suffering from AAR along with a proposed approach to determine when the reaction will end. The book is extensively illustrated with numerous figures and provides guidance to engineers confronted with swelling in concrete infrastructures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074705

Numerical Modeling of Water Waves Modelling large-scale wave fields and their interaction with coastal and offshore structures has become much more feasible over the last two decades with increases in computer speeds. Wave modelling can be viewed as an extension of wave theory a mature and widely published field applied to practical engineering through the use of computer tools. Information about the various wave models which have been developed is often widely scattered in the literature and consequently this is one of the first books devoted to wave models and their applications. At the core of the book is an introduction to various types of wave models. For each model the theoretical assumptions the application range and the advantages and limitations are elaborated. The combined use of different wave models from large-scale to local-scale is highlighted with a detailed discussion of the application and matching of boundary conditions. At the same time the book provides a grounding in hydrodynamics wave theory and numerical methods which underlie wave modelling. It presents the theoretical background and also shows how to use these models for achieving different engineering tasks illustrated and reinforced with case study examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866235

Numerical Modelling of Ice Floods in the Ning-Meng Reach of the Yellow River Basin The Ning-Meng reach of the Yellow River basin is located in the Inner Mongolia region at the Northern part of the Yellow River. Due to the special geographical conditions the river flow direction is towards the North causing the Ning-Meng reach to freeze up every year in wintertime. Both during the freeze-up and break-up period unfavourable conditions occur which may cause ice jamming and ice dam formation leading to dike breaching and overtopping of the embankment. Throughout history this has often led to considerable casualties and property loss. Enhanced economic development and human activities in the region have altered the characteristics of the ice regime in recent decades leading to several ice disasters during freezing or breaking-up periods. The integrated water resources management plan developed by the Yellow River Conservancy Commission (YRCC) outlines the requirements for water regulation in the upper Yellow River during ice flood periods. YRCC is developing measures that not only safeguard against ice floods but also assure the availability of adequate water resources. These provide the overall requirements for developing an ice regime forecasting system including lead-time prediction and required accuracy. In order to develop such a system numerical modelling of ice floods is an essential component of current research at the YRCC together with field observations and laboratory experiments. In order to properly model river ice processes it is necessary to adjust the hydrodynamic equations to account for thermodynamic effects. In this research hydrological and meteorological data from 1950 to 2010 were used to analyse the characteristics of ice regimes in the past. Also additional field observations were carried out for ice flood model calibration and validation. By combining meteorological forecasting models with statistical models a medium to short range air temperature forecasting model for the Ning-Meng reach was established. These results were used to improve ice formation modelling and prolong lead-time prediction. The numerical ice flood model developed in this thesis for the Ning-Meng reach allows better forecasting of the ice regime and improved decision support for upstream reservoir regulation and taking appropriate measures for disaster risk reduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138487017

Numerical Models in Geomechanics In this volume a number of developments on a variety of topics have been reported. These topics include: partially saturated soil; instabilities in soil behaviour; environmental geomechanics; parallel computing; and applications to tunnels embankments slopes foundations and anchors. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078548

Numerical Simulation in Hydraulic Fracturing: Multiphysics Theory and Applications The expansion of unconventional petroleum resources in the recent decade and the rapid development of computational technology have provided the opportunity to develop and apply 3D numerical modeling technology to simulate the hydraulic fracturing of shale and tight sand formations. This book presents 3D numerical modeling technologies for hydraulic fracturing developed in recent years and introduces solutions to various 3D geomechanical problems related to hydraulic fracturing. In the solution processes of the case studies included in the book fully coupled multi-physics modeling has been adopted along with innovative computational techniques such as submodeling. In practice hydraulic fracturing is an essential project component in shale gas/oil development and tight sand oil and provides an essential measure in the process of drilling cuttings reinjection (CRI). It is also an essential measure for widened mud weight window (MWW) when drilling through naturally fractured formations; the process of hydraulic plugging is a typical application of hydraulic fracturing. 3D modeling and numerical analysis of hydraulic fracturing is essential for the successful development of tight oil/gas formations: it provides accurate solutions for optimized stage intervals in a multistage fracking job. It also provides optimized well-spacing for the design of zipper-frac wells.Numerical estimation of casing integrity under stimulation injection in the hydraulic fracturing process is one of major concerns in the successful development of unconventional resources. This topic is also investigated numerically in this book. Numerical solutions to several other typical geomechanics problems related to hydraulic fracturing such as fluid migration caused by fault reactivation and seismic activities are also presented. This book can be used as a reference textbook to petroleum geotechnical and geothermal engineers to senior undergraduate graduate and postgraduate students and to geologists hydrogeologists geophysicists and applied mathematicians working in this field. This book is also a synthetic compendium of both the fundamentals and some of the most advanced aspects of hydraulic fracturing technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573812

Numerical Simulation of Heat ExchangersAdvances in Numerical Heat Transfer Volume V This book deals with certain aspects of material science particularly with the release of thermal energy associated with bond breaking. It clearly establishes the connection between heat transfer rates and product quality. The editors then sharply draw the thermal distinctions between the various categories of welding processes and demonstrate how these distinctions are translated into simulation model uniqueness. The book discusses the incorporation of radiative heat transfer processes into the simulation model. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870379

Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations This new work is an introduction to the numerical solution of the initial value problem for a system of ordinary differential equations. The first three chapters are general in nature and chapters 4 through 8 derive the basic numerical methods prove their convergence study their stability and consider how to implement them effectively. The book focuses on the most important methods in practice and develops them fully uses examples throughout and emphasizes practical problem-solving methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367449568

Numerical Solutions for Partial Differential EquationsProblem Solving Using Mathematica Partial differential equations (PDEs) play an important role in the natural sciences and technology because they describe the way systems (natural and other) behave. The inherent suitability of PDEs to characterizing the nature motion and evolution of systems has led to their wide-ranging use in numerical models that are developed in order to analyze systems that are not otherwise easily studied. Numerical Solutions for Partial Differential Equations contains all the details necessary for the reader to understand the principles and applications of advanced numerical methods for solving PDEs. In addition it shows how the modern computer system algebra Mathematica® can be used for the analytic investigation of such numerical properties as stability approximation and dispersion. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448509

Numerical Techniques for Direct and Large-Eddy Simulations Compared to the traditional modeling of computational fluid dynamics direct numerical simulation (DNS) and large-eddy simulation (LES) provide a very detailed solution of the flow field by offering enhanced capability in predicting the unsteady features of the flow field. In many cases DNS can obtain results that are impossible using any other means while LES can be employed as an advanced tool for practical applications. Focusing on the numerical needs arising from the applications of DNS and LES Numerical Techniques for Direct and Large-Eddy Simulations covers basic techniques for DNS and LES that can be applied to practical problems of flow turbulence and combustion. After introducing Navier–Stokes equations and the methodologies of DNS and LES the book discusses boundary conditions for DNS and LES along with time integration methods. It then describes the numerical techniques used in the DNS of incompressible and compressible flows. The book also presents LES techniques for simulating incompressible and compressible flows. The final chapter explores current challenges in DNS and LES. Helping readers understand the vast amount of literature in the field this book explains how to apply relevant numerical techniques for practical computational fluid dynamics simulations and implement these methods in fluid dynamics computer programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113831

Numismatic Archaeology of North AmericaA Field Guide Numismatic Archaeology of North America is the first book to provide an archaeological overview of the coins and tokens found in a wide range of North American archaeological sites. It begins with a comprehensive and well-illustrated review of the various coins and tokens that circulated in North America with descriptions of the uses for and human behavior associated with each type. The book contains practical sections on standardized nomenclature photographing cleaning and curating coins and discusses the impacts of looting and of working with collectors. This is an important tool for archaeologists working with coins. For numismatists and collectors it explains the importance of archaeological context for complete analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329209

Nuns and Reform Art in Early Modern VeniceThe Architecture of Santi Cosma e Damiano and its Decoration from Tintoretto to Tiepolo Decorated by Giovanni Buonconsiglio Jacopo Tintoretto Palma il Giovane Sebastiano Ricci and Giambattista Tiepolo the church of the former Benedictine female monastery Santi Cosma e Damiano occupies an outstanding position in Venice. The author of this study argues that from its foundation in 1481 to its dissolution in 1805 Santi Cosma e Damiano was a reform convent and that its nuns employed art and architecture as a means to actively express their specific religious concerns. While on the one hand focusing on the basis of extensive archival research on the reconstruction of the history and construction of the convent this study's larger concern is with the religious reform movement its ideas concerning art and architecture and with the convent as a space for female self-realization in early modern Venice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272217

Nupe Religion Originally published in 1954 this book is a pentrating study of Nupe religion and the increasing influence that Islam has had on indigenous forms of worship. The practise of witchcraft forms of ritual Gods and faith in medicine are all examined as an integral part of Nupe religion and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138596801

Nurse ManagersA Guide to Practice The worldwide shortage of nurses means that nursing qualifications and experience are becoming more valued in every aspect of the modern nursing profession – including the rapidly emerging role of the nurse manager. It is likely that nearly all registered nurses will at some stage in their careers be required to ‘manage’ – even if this involves a relatively limited leadership role with only small number of colleagues. This book addresses the core issues associated with management and is an essential primary text for all nurses as they develop their managerial skills. Nurse Managers: A Guide to Practice covers such issues as promotion leadership and motivation moral management dealing with unhelpful staff occupational health and safety budgets information technology and many other vital issues in modern nurse management. In all these areas the reader is offered a range of solutions and coping strategies for the issues that confront nurse managers every day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780975044506

Nurse-Led ClinicsPractical Issues In recent years there has been a huge growth in nurse-led clinics within hospital outpatient departments general practitioner surgeries and health centres. The government has endorsed the use of such clinics as a way for the public to access specialist health care and treatment more quickly and also as an effective way to manage chronic ill health. However there is a lack of uniform structure in educational preparation for nurses interested in taking up nurse-led practice and a dearth of literature offering practical guidance. This text provides a much-needed overview of this new arena for nursing and includes case studies from practitioners running nurse-led clinics. Topics covered include:* Setting up a clinic* Public protection issues* Nurse education* Managing medicines* Effectiveness and evaluation.The text allows the reader to explore key practice issues which directly affect the quality of service provided. It will be an invaluable handbook for nurses directly involved in running clinics for those responsible for the provision of nurse-led services and for nurse educators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203865613

Nurseries: A Design Guide Architecture can inspire young children; the very shape and form of a daycare center can not only stimulate their imagination but can help children form strong relationships and help promote development. This design guide presents all the elements of building design that combine to create the very best environment for young children and the people who work with them including building materials multi-functional spaces and design scaled to suit small children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138409026

Nursery Nurse to Early Years’ PractitionerRole Relationships and Responsibilities The role relationships and responsibilities of the traditional ‘nursery nurse’ have changed markedly within the last 20 years demanding a high level of skill knowledge and understanding which pertains to formal international standards. This book responds to the needs of a workforce who have experienced rapid developments and challenges. It supports an understanding of ‘self’ and the creation of an organisational pedagogy. Concepts are explored by reference to research indicating the importance of relationship-based practice with children and parents. Experienced practitioner Hazel Whitters draws on practical examples from the field such as attachment inclusion pedagogy and child protection to bridge the implementation gap between current research policy and practice of work in the early years. Nursery Nurse to Early Years’ Practitioner will be of interest to early years' practitioners academics post-graduate students researchers and course leaders in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071032

Nurses and Midwives in Nazi GermanyThe "Euthanasia Programs" This book is about the ethics of nursing and midwifery and how these were abrogated during the Nazi era. Nurses and midwives actively killed their patients many of whom were disabled children and infants and patients with mental (and other) illnesses or intellectual disabilities. The book gives the facts as well as theoretical perspectives as a lens through which these crimes can be viewed. It also provides a way to teach this history to nursing and midwifery students and for the first time explains the role of one of the world’s most historically prominent midwifery leaders in the Nazi crimes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896658

Nurses and NursingThe Person and the Profession This textbook draws on international contributors with a range of backgrounds to explore engage with and challenge readers in understanding the many aspects and elements that inform and influence contemporary nursing practice. With a focus to the future this book explores the challenges facing health services and presents the arguments for a nursing contribution and influence in ensuring safe and quality care.   Readers are supported to explore how as individuals they can shape their personal nursing identity and practice. The structure of the text is based on the belief that an individual nurse’s professional identity is developed through an interaction between their personal attributes and the influences of the profession itself. Reflecting this approach the authors engage in a conversation with the reader rather than simply presenting a series of facts and information. Organised around a series of topical and pertinent questions and drawing on perspectives from policy education and practice the book explores a diverse range of topics such as: how historical and popular media representations of nursing hold back nursing practice today; the opportunities presented through education and nursing role development to increase the nursing contribution to health services; the economic and political influences on nursing and health care; how the professional regulation of nurses and core values informs your practice; ways to define and develop your own strong nursing identity. Central chapter questions provide ideal triggers for group discussions in class or online and equally as discussion topics between colleagues to support ongoing professional development. There is an emphasis throughout Nurses and Nursing on challenging thinking to recast nursing practice for the future by encouraging the reader to explore and create their emerging nursing identity or re-examine previously long held views. This text supports the reader to better understand health care nursing and most importantly themselves as nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189201

Nurses' Clinical Decision Making This work includes a foreword by Carl Thompson Senior Research Fellow Department of Health Sciences University of York. This inspiring text offers guidance and innovative ideas for teaching and learning. It explains how nurses make clinical decisions through the development of narratives and how using narratives nurses gain a far more intimate knowledge of the patient than doctors can. The book considers service delivery around patients renegotiation of professional roles of medical staff and their boundaries of responsibility and authority. "Nurses' Clinical Decision Making" will appeal to all undergraduate and postgraduate students of nursing registered nurses and nurse managers. Nurse educators hospital managers doctors and healthcare risk managers will also find the information contained here invaluable. 'If nurses are decision-makers how can their role and practice be explained? Can decision-making be taught and are there different levels of decision-making skill? If so how can expert decision-makers be recognised? These are just some of the pertinent questions that need to be asked if we are to recognise and understand the centrality of clinical decision-making in nursing practice. Clinical work is complex and takes place in a complex environment that centres around individuals who themselves are physically socially and spiritually complex. Clinical work also involves multiple participants (nurses doctors patients physiotherapists occupational therapists pharmacists to name a few) who in the course of a days work can make scores of decisions.' - Russell Gurbutt in the Preface. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315383217

Nurses WorkAn Analysis of the UK Nursing Labour Market First published in 1998 this volume emerged in the context of rapidly developing nursing and health care fields and features contributions on areas in the NHS and private nursing including nurses’ pay and education the gender balance in the nursing labour market working patterns employment contracts and turnover. It is part of a series of monographs offers up-to-date reports of recently completed research projects in the fields of nursing and health care. The aim of the series is to report studies that have relevance to contemporary nursing and health care practice. It includes reports of research into aspects of clinical nursing care management and education. The series is of interest to all nurses and health care workers researchers managers and educators in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326590

Nursing & Health Survival Guide A pocket-sized reference tool for quick access to crucial information in any community or antenatal setting. The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315848068

Nursing & Health Survival Guide: Compassion Caring and Communication Compassion caring and communication are all fundamental parts of patient care and something all health and social care workers encounter on a daily basis. This user-friendly reference guide will help you care for your patients in a person-centred way.  The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315848211

Nursing & Health Survival Guide: Health Promotion Talking to patients is not always easy. Sometimes you have to deliver bad news or encourage them to change their behaviour such as quitting smoking or practicing safe sex. With this easy to use pocket-sized guide you can quickly access information on how to reach your patient with confidence whilst promoting a healthier lifestyle. The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315848204

Nursing & Health Survival Guide: Infection Control Ensuring the prevention and management of infection is a critical aspect of  nursing. With this pocket-sized reference book you have instant access to all  the most important policies and procedures.  The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315848198

Nursing & Health Survival Guide: Nutrition and Hydration The proper assessment and provision of nutrition and hydration to patients is  a major part of any nursing or health professional's role. This guide gives you an easy-to-use reference to the main procedures and implications in developing a proper nutrition and hydration plan.  The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315848181

Nursing Acutely Ill Adults This comprehensive and clinically-focused textbook is designed for student and qualified nurses concerned with caring effectively for deteriorating and acutely ill adults outside of specialist intensive care units. Divided into six sections the book begins with chapters on assessment and the deteriorating patient including monitoring vital signs and interpreting blood results. This is followed by two sections focusing on breathing and cardiovascular problems respectively. Section 4 explores issues around disability and impairment including chapters on neurology pain management psychological needs and thermoregulation. The penultimate section looks at maintaining the internal environment with chapters on issues such as nutrition fluid management and infection control. The text ends with a discussion of legal issues and accountability. Nursing Acutely Ill Adults includes a full range of pedagogical features including sections: identifying fundamental knowledge; highlighting implications for practice; giving further reading and resources; using case scenarios to help readers relate theory to practice; and providing ‘time out’ exercises. It is the ideal textbook for students taking modules in caring for critically ill adults and qualified nurses working with these patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018884

Nursing and Globalization in the AmericasA Critical Perspective Nursing is vital to millions of people worldwide. This book details the ebb and flow of its fascinating history and politics through case studies from Brazil Argentina Chile Colombia Mexico Canada and the United States. Authors from across the Americas share findings and explore new thinking about Western hemisphere-specific issues that affect nursing and health care. Using economic globalization as an overarching framework these cross-national case studies show the strengths and contradictions in nursing elucidating common themes and examining successes. The partnership of authors shapes a collective understanding of nursing in the Americas and forms a basis for enduring hemisphere-wide academic exchange. Thus the book offers a new platform for understanding the struggles and obstacles of nursing in a climate of globalization as well as for understanding nursing's richness and accomplishments. Because politics economics health and nursing are inextricably linked this volume critically explores the intersections among political economies and nursing and health care systems. The historical and contextual background allows readers to make sense of how and why nursing in the Americas has taken on its present form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231211

Nursing and Health Care Research First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837355

Nursing and Humanities The humanities have long been recognized as having a place in nursing knowledge and have been used in education theory and research by nurses. However the place of humanities in nursing has always remained ambiguous. This book offers an in-depth exploration of the relationship between humanities and nursing. The book starts with a survey of the history of humanities in nursing in comparison with medical humanities and in the context of the emergence of interdisciplinary health humanities. There is a description of applications of humanities within nursing. A central section offers an argument for placing the humanities firmly within a mixed model of nursing knowledge that is based upon embodied cognition. Final chapters explore these ideas through a series of essays on topics of humanities as a form of intervention prose and poetry in relation to nursing and applications of the Buddhist concept of interdependence. Nursing and Humanities is intended primarily for nurse academics and graduate students who have an interest in nursing theory applications of arts and humanities in education and qualitative research approaches. It will also interest practicing nurses who are looking for an account of nursing that combines the technical and the human.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347765

Nursing and The Experience of IllnessPhenomenology in Practice Nursing and the Experience of Illness encourages nurses to reflect on the experience of their patients in order to improve their practice and to develop an individualised approach to care. Vivid case studies present real nursing encounters and offer a user-friendly model for independent research by the reader.This accessible introduction to phenomenology for nurses explains what has become one of the most widely used qualitative research methods within healthcare and covers topics including:*phenomenology in nursing*critical illness and intensive care*breast cancer and mastectomy*living with schizophrenia. Building on the work of key nursing theorist Patricia Benner this readable way in to qualitative research in nursing will be suitable for both undergraduate and postgraduate nursing students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415207829

Nursing and Women’s Labour in the Nineteenth CenturyThe Quest for Independence This book presents a new examination of Victorian nurses which challenges commonly-held assumptions about their character and motivation. Nineteenth century nursing history has until now concentrated almost exclusively on nurse leaders on the development of nursing as a profession and the politics surrounding registration. This emphasis on big themes and reliance on the writings of nursing’s upper stratum has resulted in nursing history being littered with stereotypes. This book is one of the first attempts to understand in detail the true nature of Victorian nursing at ground level. Uniquely the study views nursing through an economic lens as opposed to the more usual vocational focus. Nursing is placed in the wider context of women’s role in British society and the changing prospects for female employment in the high Victorian period. Using St George’s Hospital London as a case study the book explores the evolution of nurse recruitment training conditions of employment and career development in the second half of the nineteenth century. Pioneering prosopographical techniques which combined archival material with census data to create a database of named nurses have enabled the generation – for the first time – of biographies of ordinary nurses. Sue Hawkins’ findings belie the picture of nursing as a profession dominated by middle class women. Nursing was a melting pot of social classes with promotion and opportunity extended to all women on the basis of merit alone. This pioneering work will interest students and researchers in nursing history the social and cultural history of Victorian England and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539746

Nursing as a Therapeutic ActivityAn Ethnography First published in 1997 this volume responds to the rapidly developing fields of nursing and health care fields and explores the meaning of nursing and the nurse-patient relationship through looking at the effects of a nurse’s personality approach and understanding as being therapeutic for the patient’s experience. Steven J. Ersser explores areas including the concept of nursing as therapy the presence of nurses and the effect of nursing on patient outcome. His book is part of a new series of monographs offering up-to-date reports of recently completed research projects in the fields of nursing and health care. The aim of the series is to report studies that have relevance to contemporary nursing and health care practice. It will include reports of research into aspects of clinical nursing care management and education. This book along with the series will be of interest to all nurses and health care workers researchers managers and educators in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000714

Nursing before Nightingale 1815-1899 Nursing Before Nightingale is a study of the transformation of nursing in England from the beginning of the nineteenth century until the emergence of the Nightingale nurse as the standard model in the 1890s. From the nineteenth century on historians have considered Florence Nightingale with her training school established at St. Thomas's Hospital in 1860 the founder of modern nursing. This book investigates two major earlier reforms in nursing: a doctor-driven reform which came to be called the 'ward system ' and the reforms of the Anglican Sisters known as the 'central system' of nursing. Rather than being the beginning of nursing reform Nightingale nursing was the culmination of these two earlier reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248885

Nursing CareAn Essential Guide for Nurses and Healthcare Workers in Primary and Secondary Care This new edition of Nursing Care: An Essential Guide for Nurses and Healthcare Workers in Primary and Secondary Care is a comprehensive introductory textbook to nursing care for pre-registration nursing students and nursing associate students in the UK and is relevant to other allied health students. This ‘back to basics’ edition is a concise clear text on the essentials of nursing care which: Comprehensively covers all aspects of essential care Puts care into context and relates it to current UK government policy and targets Shows how to apply theory in practice using diagrams and case studies Provides opportunities to reflect on the theory and think critically on key issues Explains clinical skills in the context of care Includes features such as recap questions points for debate a glossary further reading lists and a companion website to allow students to reinforce and expand their knowledge Fully updated to address the latest Nursing and Midwifery Council and government policy this new edition of Nursing Care: An Essential Guide for Nurses and Healthcare Workers in Primary and Secondary Care is designed to help the student develop a proactive approach to the assessment planning implementation and evaluation of the care that they give. The invaluable advice can be applied to all branches of nursing and to all environments where patients are nursed whether in hospital at home or care homes. This book is essential reading for nursing students qualified nurses and all health and social care workers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389106

Nursing Carean essential guide for nurses and healthcare workers in primary and secondary care Go ‘back to basics’ with this concise clear text on the essentials of nursing care.Comprehensively covers all aspects of essential care Puts care into context and relates it to current UK Government policy and targets Shows how to apply theory in practice using diagrams and case studiesUses a ‘reflective’ theme throughout in line with current teaching practice Explains Clinical Skills in the context of care Includes a companion website (www.pearsoned.co.uk/field) to support learningThe book is designed to help the student develop a proactive approach to the assessment planning implementation and evaluation of the care that they give. The invaluable advice can be applied to all branches of nursing and to all environments where patients are nursed whether in hospital at home or care homes. Essential reading for nursing students qualified nurses and all health and social care workers Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315833231

Nursing Education in ThanatologyA Curriculum Continuum Nursing Education in Thanatology is an excellent source book for planning thanatology courses or for integrating concepts of thanatology into a nursing curriculum. As the formal teaching of thanatology in schools for health care professionals is generally overlooked and ill-defined many students and professionals will learn to deal with dying and grieving upon their first encounter with death. This practical book will aid educators in planned inclusion of thanatology in curriculum to insure the preparedness of health care professionals in assisting patients and/or their families during an emotionally difficult period. There are many suggestions presented for beneficial methods of integrating thanatology education into existing courses or offering thanatology as a single course for education professionals.A vital resource for inservice coordinators working with clinicians in oncology hospital staff and health professionals in community or outpatient health centers Nursing Education in Thanatology is excellent reading for helping professionals working with elderly people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881853

Nursing in AustraliaContemporary Professional and Practice Insights Graduate nurses are expected to 'hit the ground running' taking on complex care challenges in a stressful and fast-paced environment. This comprehensive yet accessible textbook provides expert guidance for students and commencing nurses on the contexts for their practice. Part 1 presents a pragmatic insight into the intersection tensions and complexities of practice and professional issues for Australian nurses. It outlines the nature of nursing roles and professional codes of conduct national health priority areas and legal and ethical issues including the growing use of health informatics. There is an examination of the diverse career paths available in nursing a focus on nurses' mental health and well-being and a special examination of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health issues. Part 2 unpacks key issues across a range of clinical contexts that will be a key resource for clinical practicums. Contexts covered include acute care community nursing paediatric nursing mental health nursing and aged care. Part 3 examines the professional and practice issues of nursing in diverse distinctive and emergent practice areas including aesthetic nursing military nursing and international nursing with case studies and vignettes highlighting common issues and challenges. Drawing on the expertise of a wide range of Australian clinical and academic nursing professionals this text is a key reference for all nursing undergraduates seeking to enter successfully into the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367643881

Nursing in General PracticeThe Toolkit for Nurses and Health Care Assistants This indispensable toolkit is full of practical hints and tips to enhance and develop the role of nursing in general practice. The user-friendly straight-forward style makes it great for quick reference bringing together all the basic information required to find a clear career path. This toolkit along with the linked on-line material prepares readers for adjusting their roles in accordance with patient needs personal and professional aims and career aspirations. It is ideal for all nurses and health care assistants in general practice including healthcare students wanting a career in general practice. Practice managers PCT managers health care educators and general practitioners will also find it of great interest. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315382791

Nursing in Primary Health CarePolicy into Practice The role and scope of nursing in primary health care is continually evolving as a result of changes in society. This book explores current issues from the perspective of nursing showing how policy informs practice. The topics covered include: * health needs profiling* assessment * interprofessional work * quality of care * family carers * new nursing roles in primary health careThe book is suitable for practioners in primary health care students doing diploma degree and postgraduate courses in nursing and health studies and also post-registration courses. Nursing in Primary Care draws on research and examples from practice to encourage a questioning approach to policy information and the consequences of its implementation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003849

Nursing in the Community: an essential guide to practice This book is designed to support nursing staff who may be new to working in a community setting and is an essential guide to practice. It reflects government health and social care policy reforms and the effect of these on the roles and responsibilities of community nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454743

Nursing in the European UnionAnatomy of a Profession Europeanization has generated a galaxy of regimes laws organizations new actors and networks that have diluted institutional barriers to interaction across national borders. Many nation-based policy competencies have been transferred to the European level. The European Union (EU) the world's first regional regulator bears consequences for the development of public policy and for policies affiliated with the nursing profession.With limited exception the EU does not have formal powers in the health care arena. However as a result of its efforts in other fields it has been heavily involved with health care and its providers. Nursing in the European Union demonstrates how the organization has refashioned the nursing world throughout the member states via its power in many other policy domains. This volume focuses on the EU's impact on nursing education regulation and research endeavours and suggests strategies to achieve desired objectives. Volume 2 Nursing in the European Union: The World of Work to be published in Fall 2016 focuses on real-life situations and problems EU nurses face: wages stress and dispute resolution.Sondra Z. Koff integrates the European experience with a discussion of nursing in the real world and presents the nursing profession in light of the European Union its components its mechanisms and its output and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863124

Nursing in the European UnionThe World of Work Nursing in the European Union demonstrates how the European Union (EU) has refashioned the nursing world throughout the Member States via its power in many other policy domains. Volume 1 focused on the EU's impact on nursing education regulation and research endeavours. This volume focuses on real-life situations and problems EU nurses face—wages stress work environments and dispute resolution—and places them in a comparative perspective.In this unique work Sondra Z. Koff develops a profile of nurses' workplaces highlighting similarities and diversities challenges and nurses' opinions. Though it has limited formal authority in the health and health care sectors the EU has had a significant impact on the working life of these practitioners in areas such as employment options industrial relations and their outcomes organizational and environmental features of nurses' workplaces collective action and more.New policies and legalities are regulating the production distribution practices and organization of nursing according to supranational standards. Koff helps to fill a gap in the literature given the dearth of comparative cross-national book-length studies of the nursing profession. By adopting a framework focused on an institution policies and politics Koff addresses these topics from the perspective of multiple actors both national and international. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863957

Nursing Literature ReviewsA Reflection Literature reviews are undertaken by students researchers clinicians and educationalists – that is almost all nurses. Despite much excellent work exploring the assumptions and practices that constitute searching for and reviewing literature has merit and prompting those who undertake these activities to think critically about what it is that they are doing should be encouraged. Widely adopted approaches to structuring reviews (the "standard model") can detrimentally limit the scope or range of literature that is accessed and appraised. It is further proposed that a lack of professional ambition or confidence invests aspects of the way some nurses engage with the sources that are available to them. Across the book parochialism is challenged. The crucial roles that values and judgement play in reviews are highlighted. It is argued that humanities and arts texts deserve potentially a bigger or more assured place in reviews undertaken by nurses. Difficulties in appraising quantitative and qualitative research reports are identified and benefits linked with taking a contemplative line through the review process are considered. This book contributes to debates around evidence-based practice and literature reviews more generally. It will appeal to anyone with an interest in professional issues research and the philosophy and sociology of nursing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792714

Nursing Older PeopleA Guide to Practice in Care Homes This book addresses the nurse's contribution to the health and well being of older people living in Care Homes. It focuses on the concepts of 'caring' and 'dignity' and includes the evidence-based and outcome-based practices for nursing older people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138448742

Nursing Older PeopleRealities of Practice This practical guide helps student and practising nurses to understand the impact of their care when working with older people. With stories from older people who have had varied experiences of health care and nursing chapters are underpinned by five key principles: providing patient-centered and dignified care shared decision-making involving family and friends multidisciplinary care improving well-being through companionship and a sense of value and an appreciation of both the challenges and rewards of working with older people. This book offers: Stories which reflect the complexity of care and health experienced by older people and their journeys. Topic-oriented chapters which provide a series of evidence-based readings which use the most up-to-date research evidence merged with national and international policy and practitioner experience. Practical tips and key messages for working with older people. The volume can be used to help nursing students and practising nurses to understand better how their care might impact positively on older people’s health and well-being. This situates the reader within the world as experienced by older people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498735179

Nursing Power and Social JudgementAn Interpretive Ethnography of a Hospital Ward First published in 1997 this work makes a substantial reexamination of the social processes behind the labelling of patients in hospital care. Taking an interpretive perspective the author analyzes the social construction of patient labels identifying strategies for and the consequences of giving and receipt of 'good' and 'bad' labels. He shows how the rich data of truly participant observation in the tradition of reflexive ethnography can powerfully illuminate the experiences and actions of both patients and their nurses. It is a critical analysis of key work in this field. Professor Johnson demonstrates the redundancy of trait theories of social judgment offering a more complex and negotiated reality in which patient labels form a part of a rich web of unequal power relations between nurses and their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330764

Nursing Practice Policy and Change Many drugs requiring intravenous infusion are used in situations where precise and rapid administration are essential. A simple miscalculation can easily lead to a massive error in dose administration with disastrous medical consequences. This is the living nightmare of every sleep deprived junior doctor. Intravenous Infusions: A Guide To Their Calculation contains the vital information which doctors nurses and pharmacists need on those occasions demanding quick decisions. It could save lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315378503

Nursing Skills in Nutrition Hydration and Elimination The body needs a constant supply of nutrients and water in order to survive with water being required for the transportation of nutrients to cells and also for the transportation of waste out of the body. This practical pocket guide focuses on what you need to know to support your patients’ health and comfort. It looks at: The anatomy and physiology of the gastrointestinal system The anatomy and physiology of the renal system Elimination and associated skills Catheterisation Nutrition Hydration Fluid balance This competency-based text covers relevant key concepts anatomy and physiology lifespan matters assessment and nursing skills. To support your learning it also includes learning outcomes concept map summaries activities questions and scenarios with sample answers and critical reflection thinking points. Quick and easy to reference this short clinically focused guide is ideal for use on placements or for revision. It is suitable for pre-registration nurses students on the nursing associate programme and newly qualified nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479463

Nursing Skills in Professional and Practice Contexts Quick and easy to reference this short clinically focused guide is ideal for use on placements or for revision. The professional role of the nurse is at the very foundation of good care management and provision. Nurses are accountable to patients the public employers and their entire profession. It is imperative that you have a sound understanding of the various ethical legal and professional issues you will face during your career. This competency-based text covers: Professional issues and accountability Communication The patient journey Diagnostic testing Care planning Managing and leading in the clinical environment End-of-life care Outlining relevant key concepts lifespan matters assessment and nursing skills it also helps you learn by including learning outcomes concept map summaries activities questions and scenarios with sample answers and critical reflection thinking points. It is suitable for pre-registration nurses students on the nursing associate programme and newly qualified nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479494

Nursing Skills in Safety and Protection People should be cared for in a safe environment that is protected from internal and external harm. This quick reference guide covers vital practical skills for nurses including: Emergency management and resuscitation The safe and accurate administration of medicines Infection control The anatomy and physiology of skin and temperature regulation Personal care Wound care. This competency-based text covers relevant key concepts anatomy and physiology lifespan matters assessment and nursing skills. To support your learning it also includes learning outcomes concept map summaries activities questions and scenarios with sample answers and critical reflection thinking points. Quick and easy to reference this short clinically focused guide is ideal for use on placements or for revision. It is suitable for pre-registration nurses students on the nursing associate programme and newly qualified nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479418

Nursing the ImageMedia Culture and Professional Identity Ideas of 'nursing' and 'nurses' carry a powerful social charge. The image of the nurse continues to be a symbol of caring and of duty at the same time as it projects a view of femininity 'stereotypical' in its gender relations.How has this image come to be constructed?An empirical investigation of representations of nursing practices in Britain focusing on publicity and promotional materials and their relationship to popular fictional narratives reveals a strong correlation between what are usually described as discrete forms of signification. Recruitment images provide an important source of information and inspiration for those considering nurse training. Julia Hallam draws from a wide range of sources including biographies marketing and recruitment literature popular fiction and film to explore this question. In doing so she makes an original contribution to the debates surrounding gender and occupational identity.The book will provide a valuable resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students on courses such as the social history of nursing the understanding of health and illness women's studies gender studies and sociology courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203136027

NursingIts Hidden Agendas This book uncovers some of the hidden agendas which have inhibited nursing and nurses from making their full potential contribution to health care and stimulates new and positive initiatives. It explores nurses' behaviour patterns; employing psychological educational and political perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003072799

Nurture and Neglect: Childhood in Sixteenth-Century Northern England Nurture and Neglect: Childhood in Sixteenth-Century Northern England addresses a number of anomalies in the existing historiography surrounding the experience of children in urban and rural communities in sixteenth-century northern England. In contrast to much recent scholarship that has focused on affective parent-child relationships this study directly engages with the question of what sixteenth-century society actually constituted as nurture and neglect. Whilst many modern historians consider affection and love essential for nurture contemporary ideas of good nurture were consistently framed in terms designed to instil obedience and deference to authority in the child with the best environment in which to do this being the authoritative patriarchal household. Using ecclesiastical and secular legal records to form its basis hitherto an untapped resource for children’s voices this book tackles important omissions in the historiography including the regional imbalance which has largely ignored the north of England and generalised about the experiences of the whole of the country using only sources from the south and the adult-centred nature of the debate in which historians have typically portrayed the child as having little or no say in their own care and upbringing. Nurture and Neglect will be of particular interest to scholars studying the history of childhood and the social history of England in the sixteenth-century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472470188

Nurturing An Endangered GenerationEmpowering Youth with Critical Social Emotional & Cognitive Skills First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203768198

Nurturing ChildrenFrom Trauma to Growth Using Attachment Theory Psychoanalysis and Neurobiology Nurturing Children describes children’s lives transformed through therapy.  Drawing on decades of experience internationally respected clinician and trainer Graham Music tackles major issues affecting troubled children including trauma neglect depression and violence. Using psychoanalysis alongside modern developmental thinking from neurobiology attachment and trauma theory and mindfulness Music creates his own distinctive blend of approaches to help even the most traumatised of children. A mix of personal accounts and therapeutic riches Nurturing Children will appeal to anyone helping children young people and families to lead fuller lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346062

Nurturing Emotional LiteracyA Practical for Teachers Parents and those in the Caring Professions Nurturing Emotional Literacy helps people to recognise understand handle and appropriately express their emotions. How we manage our emotions and the positive impact that 'emotional literacy' can have on improving standards in schools has been overshadowed recently by the attention given to the three 'Rs'. This handbook seeks to redress this and looks at the importance of the fourth 'R' - Relationships. The author offers advice guidance and support to help people become more successful by managing their emotions effectively. Specific ideas for working with children teachers parents and carers makes this book ideal for all concerned with developing 'the whole child'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150645

Nurturing Emotional Resilience in Vulnerable Children and Young People and Picture BooksGuidebook and Seven Storybooks Set This set contains the guidebook Nurturing Emotional Resilience in Vulnerable Children and Young People alongside seven therapeutic storybooks including How Monsters Wish to Feel. The guidebook outlines ways to use these beautifully told and visually appealing stories to nurture emotional resilience with children. This set of guidebook and storybooks will be invaluable tools for anyone working to build emotional resilience with children and young people. How Monsters Wish to Feel is a therapeutic story about a journey to develop emotional resilience. Using the analogy of the Japanese art of Kintsugi whereby broken pottery is restored to wholeness with a golden lacquer the story alludes to the importance of focusing on the strengths and protective factors in a child's life rather than the problems and risks in order to promote emotional resilience. The guidebook provides practical strategies to support children's emotional resilience at a whole-school and more targeted level centering around the 'Resiliency Rainbow Toolkit' a ready-to-use theoretical model that draws upon a range of ideas and approaches offers learning objectives facilitator notes discussion questions and student activities that act as a resiliency building programme. Each storybook tells of a journey centred around a particular theme; such as emotional resilience self-care friendship stress resilient thinking and dealing with loss. These beautifully illustrated storybooks will appeal to all children and can be used by practitioners educators and parents as a tool to discuss emotional resilience and other important issues with children. The set includes: Nurturing Emotional Resilience in Vulnerable Children and Young People (ISBN: 9781909301856) How Monsters Wish to Feel: A Story about Emotional Resilience (ISBN: 9781909301849) The Boat Star: A Story about Loss (ISBN: 9781138308824) The Boy Who Longed to Look at the Sun: A Story about Self-Care (ISBN: 9781138308923) The Day the Sky Fell In: A Story about Finding your Element (ISBN: 9781138308886) The Girl who Collected Her Own Echo: A Story about Friendship (ISBN: 9781138308893) The Hot and Bothered Air Balloon: A Story about Feeling Stressed (ISBN: 9781138309029) The Tale of Two Fishes: A Story about Resilient Thinking (ISBN: 9781138308848) The seven storybooks can also be purchased as a set (ISBN: 9781138556478). **Purchasing the set represents a 40% saving compared to individually purchasing each book. Therefore the set cannot be combined with any other offer.** Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556454

Nurturing Emotional Resilience in Vulnerable Children and Young PeopleA Practical Guide Nurturing Emotional Resilience in Vulnerable Children and Young People is a guidebook that provides a framework and practical strategies to support children’s emotional resilience at a whole-school and more targeted level. Underpinned by research into the concept of resilience the book centers around the ‘Resiliency Rainbow Toolkit’; a ready-to-use theoretical model that draws upon a range of ideas and approaches that act as a resiliency building programme. This practical and interactive programme can be used by educators and counsellors alike and offers creative and engaging ideas for building emotional resilience in children. Each section of the toolkit provides learning objectives facilitator notes discussion questions and student activities and is designed to: support students in identifying their own resiliency levels and support network enable students to recognise and increase their existing strengths and values encourage students to examine their talents interests dreams and aspirations introduce strategies for boosting less strong areas such as supportive friendships teach students ways to cope with stress and difficult situations. This guidebook can be used alongside seven fully illustrated storybooks that each focus on a different aspect of emotional resilience. It outlines ways to use these beautifully told and visually appealing stories to nurture emotional resilience with children and discusses some of the key metaphors in the main story How Monsters Wish to Feel. The guidebook and storybooks will be invaluable tools for anyone working to build emotional resilience with children and young people. Storybooks that accompany this guide are: How Monsters Wish to Feel: A Story about Emotional Resilience (ISBN: 9781909301849) The Boat Star: A Story about Loss (ISBN: 9781138308824) The Boy Who Longed to Look at the Sun: A Story about Self-Care (ISBN: 9781138308923) The Day the Sky Fell In: A Story about Finding your Element (ISBN: 9781138308886) The Girl who Collected Her Own Echo: A Story about Friendship (ISBN: 9781138308893) The Hot and Bothered Air Balloon: A Story about Feeling Stressed (ISBN: 9781138309029) The Tale of Two Fishes: A Story about Resilient Thinking (ISBN: 9781138308848) The guidebook can be purchased in a set alongside the seven storybooks (ISBN: 9781138556454). The seven storybooks can also be purchased as a set (ISBN: 9781138556478). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301856

Nurturing Future GenerationsPromoting Resilience in Children and Adolescents Through Social Emotional and Cognitive Skills The statistics are pretty grim - young people face an ever increasing tide of poverty alcohol and drug abuse violence suicide and family dysfunction. Society's response has been slow. Too many young people do not receive consistent positive and realistic validation of themselves from those adults on whom they depend. Nurturing Future Generations goes beyond the stilted rhetoric on the problems of youth and the dilemma for society by outlining specific treatment intervention and prevention strategies that address the full spectrum of dysfunctional behavior. It introduces structured intervention strategies for school and community collaboration with an emphasis on remediation and treatment. Educators and helping professionals will find counseling strategies and psychoeducational techniques that focus on primary prevention. These primary prevention strategies are supported by an understanding of critical social emotional and cognitive skills. The new edition provides an increased focus on the positive aspects of youth development with less emphasis placed on the dysfunctional side of youth behavior. The book addresses emerging research on resiliency and includes increased coverage of best practices for use with troubled youth. A new chapter on LGBT youth issues has been added and the existing chapters have been substantially revised and updated. The author has reorganized sections within each chapter adding to the readability and flow of the book making it more useful as both a professional reference and supplemental text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203956274

Nurturing Nature and the Environment with Young ChildrenChildren Elders Earth This book at the intersection of early childhood and reconceptualizing practice looks at how practitioners theorists and teachers are supporting young children to care about the environment differently. Despite the current popularity of post-human perspectives in social science more broadly and in early childhood studies more specifically this is one of few to make visible international practices and perspectives that emerge at the intersection of early childhood education environmental justice sustainability and intergenerational/interspecies communities. The book provides an innovative exploration of the links between children elders and nature. With contributions from established scholars practitioners and newcomers this book reframes educating for social justice within an ecological landscape; one in which young children and their elders are mobilized to understand reconceptualize and even undo negative environmental impact whilst grappling with the ways in which the earthly forces are acting upon them. Specific theoretical chapters (spirituality nature critical and post-human/materiality pragmatics and constructivism approaches) are blended with applications of pedagogic strategies from across the globe. This book responds to a growing interest among early childhood professionals and scholars for sustainably focused and ethically reimagined programs. This collection rewards the reader with opportunities to critically reflect on their own practice delves into new terrestrial collectives and explores new pedagogical pathways. It will be essential reading for practitioners and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359296

Nurturing NaturesAttachment and Children's Emotional Sociocultural and Brain Development This new edition of the bestselling text Nurturing Natures provides an indispensable synthesis of the latest scientific knowledge about children’s emotional development. Integrating a wealth of both up-to-date and classical research from areas such as attachment theory neuroscience developmental psychology and cross-cultural studies it weaves these into an accessible enjoyable text which always keeps in mind children recognisable to academics practitioners and parents.  It unpacks the most significant influences on the developing child including the family and social context. It looks at key developmental stages from life in the womb to the pre-school years and right up until adolescence covering important topics such as genes and environment trauma neglect or resilience. It also examines how children develop language play and memory and new to this edition moral and prosocial capacities. Issues of nature and nurture are addressed and the effects of different kinds of early experiences are unpicked creating a coherent and balanced view of the developing child in context.   Nurturing Natures is written by an experienced child therapist who has used a wide array of research from different disciplines to create a highly readable and scientifically trustworthy text. This book should be essential reading for childcare students for teachers social workers health visitors early years practitioners and those training or working in child counselling psychiatry and mental health. Full of fascinating findings it provides answers to many of the questions people really want to ask about the human journey from conception into adulthood. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101449

Nurturing Social Capital in Excluded CommunitiesA Kind of Higher Education This title was first published in 2000. Emanating from a two year action research project aimed at devising higher education courses for excluded social groups this book examines ways in which UK higher education can be accessed and valued by adults who have previously been excluded. It also explores the topical argument that education contributes to building social as well as human capital - a necessary feature of citizenship and sustainable communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741478

Nurturing StrangersStrategies for Nonviolent Re-parenting of Children in Foster Care Nurturing Strangers focuses on loving nonviolent re-parenting of children in foster care. This book is a jargon-free mix of narrative and real-life case studies together with the theory and practice of nonviolence. Nurturing Strangers and the authors’ previous book Welcoming Strangers are the first books to apply philosophies of nonviolence directly to the care of children in the foster care system. One of their strengths is that the books are not merely theoretical but rooted in the practice of nonviolence with children for over thirty years. Nurturing Strangers is for foster carers caseworkers case managers social work students and parents as well as the general reader interested in children who have been victims of violence in and out of the foster care system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503175

Nurturing Students' CharacterEveryday Teaching Activities for Social-Emotional Learning Nurturing Students’ Character is an easy-to-use guide to incorporating social-emotional and character development (SECD) into your teaching practice. The links are clear—elementary and middle school students have better odds of academic success if you nurture their social and emotional skills. Drawing on broad field experience and the latest research this book offers intuitive techniques for infusing your everyday teaching and classroom management with SECD opportunities. With topics ranging from self-regulation and problem solving to peer communication and empathy these concrete strategies practical worksheets and self-reflective activities will help you foster a positive classroom culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190194

Nurturing Wellbeing Development in EducationFrom little things big things grow At the core of education the notion of wellbeing permeates both learner and teacher wellbeing. This book explores the central role and responsibility of education in ensuring the wellbeing of children and young people. Through the employment of vignettes proactive educational wellbeing initiatives are provided to address issues pertaining to learner and teacher wellbeing mainstream classrooms educational marginalisation disabilities cyber citizens initial teacher education and rural education. Through employing diverging theoretical approaches of; expectancy x value theory; ecological systems theory and community practices across digital imagery; case studies; questionnaires and survey methodology the key message of the centrality of wellbeing to educational success pervades. This book provides a critical engagement with the educational discourse of wellbeing whilst addressing issues impacting on wellbeing with worldwide implications. It offers a unique insight into both learner and teacher wellbeing and how education can contribute to enhancing wellbeing outcomes for society in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793835

Nurturing Young Thinkers Across the StandardsK–2 Nurturing Young Thinkers Across the Standards: K–2 provides multiple practical resources to assist teachers in working with standards across subject areas in ways that bring critical thinking into the everyday process of learning content and skills. The authors provide suggestions for engaging and sustaining children’s interest and illustrate the use of teaching language that actively nurtures the habits of lifelong learning. The book is rich with opportunities for developing tools for design implementation and assessment of vibrant integrated curricula for K–2 students that support the development of cognitive skills and increase confidence in their abilities to think and learn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694590

Nussbaum and Law The essays collected in this volume reflect the profound impact of Martha Nussbaum’s philosophical writings on law and legal scholarship. The capabilities approach that she has largely authored has influenced the approach scholars take to the law of disabilities both in the United States and in Canada as well as to international human rights and to domestic private law’s protections of vulnerable populations. Her analyses of the relationship between our emotions and our thought and action has triggered a re-assessment of the legal regulation and recognition of emotion in a range of fields most particularly in the field of criminal law; and her writing on the nature of dignity has informed an understanding of the emerging civil rights of gay and lesbian citizens worldwide. Our appreciation of the role of narrative in legal thought and discourse and the contributions of literature to law and legal culture have also been broadened and deepened by her contributions. Taken together and including the introduction by the editor the essays collected in this volume demonstrate the far-reaching impact of Nussbaum’s philosophical oeuvre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472443441

Nutraceutical and Specialty Lipids and their Co-Products While certain saturated and trans fats continue to face scrutiny as health hazards new evidence indicates that in addition to supplying foods with flavor and texture fats also provide us with dietary components that are absolutely critical to our well-being. The importance of essential fatty acids and fat-soluble vitamins and other minor components delivered by lipids is well known as are the benefits and essentiality of long-chain omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids. And now with new research connecting lipids to heart health mental health and brain and retina development the market has responded by providing health-conscious consumers with lipid foods including spreads breads cereals juices and dairy products. Nutraceutical and Specialty Lipids and their Co-Products presents a thorough assessment of the current state of the chemistry nutrition and health aspects of specialty fats and oils. Fereidoon Shahidi editor-in-chief of the Journal of Food Lipids and a past chair and co-founder of the Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods Division of the Institute of Food Technologists brings together top researchers to address the potential application and delivery of lipids in functional foods. Sharing much of their own research they offer an unparalleled view of the field that covers basic lipid chemistry as well as the most progressive findings concerning the nutritional value of beneficial lipids. They include research on cereal grain marine fruit seed and tree nut oils as well as oilseed medicinals fat replacers and many other sources of lipids. They also consider stability issues and the latest tools being used for lipids purification. Covering the full range of  these essential diet components this cutting-edge volume serves to meet the needs of  scientists and students in research and product development as well as health and nutrition specialists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391058

Nutraceuticals and Dietary SupplementsApplications in Health Improvement and Disease Management Addressing the increasing popularity of nutraceuticals dietary supplements and functional foods this comprehensive and timely book presents an abundance of information on herbal products and their applications. The chapter authors—highly skilled experienced and renowned scientists and researchers from around the globe—offer up-to-date knowledge on the uses of herbal products in health management in cancer treatment in mental health therapy and more. Nutraceuticals and Dietary Supplements: Advances and Applications begins with an introduction the nomenclature and characteristics of nutraceuticals and goes on to discuss in-depth applications for specific health issues including cancer diabetes Alzheimer’s disease alcoholism and more. It also looks at the pros and cons as well as the analytical techniques used for the production of nutraceuticals. Chapters cover market size regulatory perspectives manufacturing and in silico drug design. The book incorporates a wide diversity of case studies research and theories pertaining to natural products employed by developers and content experts in the field.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888738

Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods in Human Health and Disease Prevention Functional foods and nutraceuticals dietary supplements and natural antioxidants have established their potential roles in the protection of human health against disease. Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods in Human Health and Disease Prevention examines the benefits efficacy and success of properly designed nutraceuticals and functional foods in human health and their possible application in disease prevention. The book demonstrates diverse disease pathophysiology and how nutraceuticals and functional food can be used to combat and prevent disease. The book discusses global food habits and trends safety and toxicology and how food addiction or overindulgence of food can lead to a variety of disease states. It then highlights how supplements help in disease prevention. Although a significant number of nutraceuticals and functional foods have demonstrated their efficacy a large number of supplements are still surviving on false claims. Therefore the editors underscore risks and benefits and why government regulatory agencies are so critical of these nutraceutical supplements. With the global nutraceuticals market expected to reach $204.8 billion by 2017 what once seemed a very niche sector has become big business. An overview of nutraceuticals and functional foods and their application in human health this book exhaustively covers antioxidants functional foods and nutraceuticals in human health and disease prevention. With contributions from experts and pioneers the book gives insight into the role of functional foods in optimal diet and exercise. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482237214

Nutraceuticals and HealthReview of Human Evidence Although health claims for nutraceuticals range from the fantastic to the sublime most of these claims are based on cell culture studies and have not been validated in humans making them inadequate for public health recommendations. Focusing on human population-based research (epidemiology studies) Nutraceuticals and Health: Review of Human Evidence explores the role of nutraceuticals in human health disease prevention health promotion and as an adjunct to disease treatment. The editors and their team of recognized experts deliver a comprehensive scientific review of the latest research. The book opens with a general background of nutraceuticals and human health then covers health and disease areas such as cancer lipidermia and cardiovascular disease metabolic syndrome with obesity diabetes and hypertension respiratory health the gut microbiome and cognitive decline. It then concludes by addressing the methodological issues that must be addressed in the conduct of epidemiological research on nutraceuticals in health and disease. Although nutraceuticals hold significant promise in alleviating the suffering from disease for this potential to be fulfilled much more research is needed to document safety and disease risks in humans. Addressing important knowledge gaps the book includes cutting-edge summaries that highlight both the biological and epidemiological findings of relevant studies of nutraceuticals in health and disease. Taking an unusual yet crucial epidemiological focus it examines whether and what kinds of evidence exist to support a role for nutraceuticals in disease risk prevention and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199996

Nutraceuticals for Prenatal Maternal and Offspring’s Nutritional Health Although there is an increasing number of pregnant individuals taking nutraceuticals to maintain good health many gaps exist in the knowledge base. These nutraceuticals might be involved in a wide variety of biological processes and the biological and epidemiological findings of relevant studies should be examined and analyzed. Nutraceuticals for Prenatal Maternal and Offspring’s Nutritional Health focuses on the role of nutraceuticals for prenatal mothers and offspring’s health. In recent years new trends have been established in this area of prenatal nutrition that is mother and offspring health based on appropriate nutrition during pre-pregnancy pregnancy and after pregnancy. Nutraceuticals and natural products have been used by many cultures and societies around the world. This book focuses on recent trends and potential clinical evaluations of such nutraceuticals and natural products. Features: Examines the role of Nutraceuticals on the mothers and offspring’s disease and health Focuses on human population-based research Discuses role of nutraceuticals in placental development nutraceuticals for gestational weight pain and post-partum obesity Covers nutraceuticals impacting uterine growth gestational age and mortality rate Explores the question whether Nutraceuticals intake in pregnant women is safe as they might be involved a wide variety of biological processes With 19 chapters written by established lead authors in this field Nutraceuticals for Prenatal Maternal and Offspring’s Nutritional Health addresses important findings of the latest scientific research regarding the role of nutraceuticals intake before and during pregnancy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138345829

Nutraceuticals in Health and Disease Prevention Promoting scientific support for the plethora of health benefits related to nutrition and medicine Nutraceuticals in Health and Disease Prevention delivers a comprehensive and scientifically sound overview of the latest research findings in disease prevention therapy and enhanced body function in the revolutionary field of nutraceutical technology-with highlights from the Nutraceutical Conference held in Ludwigshafen Germany.Includes perspectives and reviews from recognized experts on nutraceuticals of scientific and public interest!Recognizing the need to control the balance between environmental stressors and human health Nutraceuticals in Health and Disease Preventionpresents developing areas of nutraceutical research with studies of effective examples examines pathology treatments including effects of S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe) on inflammatory disease and polyphenols on cardiovascular disease investigates the role and benefits of vitamin E in aging and the antioxidant network discusses the potency multiple uses and metabolic aspects of lipoic (thioctic) acid reviews the second generation of carotenoid research and the disease prevention properties of lycopene and lutein considers how polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) contribute to a healthy diet from clinical and molecular perspectives profiles the efficacy safety and use of creatine as an anabolic nutraceutical by athletes analyzes identification methods for optimum delivery of nutrients illustrated by the example of methyltetrahydrofolate and much more!Containing over 1100 valuable literature references drawings and tables Nutraceuticals in Health and Disease Prevention functions as an indispensable reference in the libraries of nutritionists and dietitians pharmacists molecular and cell biologists and biochemists oncologists endocrinologists dermatologists Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397340

Nutrient Interactions This book contains the proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Basic Symposium sponsored by the Institute of Food Technologists and the International Union of Food Science and Technology. It discusses nutrition interactions in human and emphasizes research findings from human and animal studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451301

Nutrient Modulation of the Immune Response This book demonstrates that nutrients play a direct role as co-factors and regulators of the immune system. The book also shows that modulating the immune response with nutrients can provide a fundamental approach to preventive medicine.;Containing nearly 2300 bibliographic citations as well as illustrative figures tables and micrographs this book is designed to be of interest to clinical immunologists immunology and vitamin researchers nutrition specialists paediatricians neonatologists and upper-level undergraduate graduate and medical school students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402686

Nutrient TimingMetabolic Optimization for Health Performance and Recovery Sports nutrition has evolved beyond what to eat and how much to eat to now include the question of when to eat. A hot topic in sports nutrition nutrient timing is a dietary concept that takes into account time as a missing dimension in athletic performance and recovery. Not only is the consumption of nutrients in ideal amounts and proportions important but the timing with which they are administered is also of prime importance—the right nutrients at the ideal time to affect performance and muscular growth. Nutrient Timing: Metabolic Optimization for Health Performance and Recovery presents the most authoritative text to date that scientifically examines the contemporary topic of nutrient timing.Worldwide research continues to rapidly explore the metabolic impact of nutrient timing and how its proper application may help to improve performance. With contributions from scientists and practitioners in the field this book gathers the latest evidence-based information on this cutting-edge area. The chapters cover macronutrients—carbohydrates proteins and lipids—and their role in sporting activity as well as an examination of vitamins and minerals. The core of the book focuses on pre-exercise mid-exercise and post-exercise considerations for both resistance and aerobically mediated activity. Using the models presented individuals may improve performance promote optimal adaptations to training maximize recovery and facilitate healthy interactions with their environment.The final chapters of the book describe future concepts in nutrient timing including the impact of protein source in the context of timing how nutrient timing can fit in with a comprehensive recovery program and the application of the ideas discussed in unique populations such as the aged the military and populations interested in weight loss. This text provides solid data from the scientists themselves giving researchers teachers Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382230

Nutrient Use in Crop Production If you?re an agronomist horticulturalist plant and soil scientist breeder or soil microbiologist you?ll want to read Nutrient Use in Crop Production to find everything you need to know about judicious nutrient management and maximizing nutrient utilization in the agricultural landscape. In this book you?ll discover ways to minimize undesirable nutrient losses and techniques for preserving the environment while meeting the challenges of providing the earth?s increasing population with sufficient food feed and fiber to sustain life. Your existing knowledge base concerning this vital area of science will expand and grow as you become more open to the new ideas and applications contained in Nutrient Use in Crop Production. Most importantly you?ll avoid the narrow scope found in most crop nutrition books and take a broader more globally minded view of how to maximize nutrient use and minimize nutrient losses in the soil of agricultural systems. Specifically you?ll find these and other areas covered:population growth food production and nutrient requirementsmanaging soil fertility declinethe role of nitrogen fixation in crop productiondelivering fertilizers through seed coatingsmicronutrient fertilizersthe role of nutrient-efficient crops in modern agricultureFeeding the world without depleting the world?s viable soil nutrients is a monumental task--but one that can be achieved as evidenced in the pages of Nutrient Use in Crop Production. You and your circle of students professionals and administrators will benefit greatly from this in-depth view of nutrient use in both developed and non-industrialized counties to give you a better sense of how to allow both the world and the world?s crops to grow. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203745281

Nutrient-Drug Interactions Current research has given us a more complete understanding of how the chemicals in foods and herbs interact with natural and synthetic drugs. In some cases a single food or supplement can profoundly increase or decrease the toxicity and/or efficacy of a single drug. Although it is standard practice to examine the effects of food consumption on the absorption and pharmacokinetics of new drugs the issue has become greater than "should this medicine be taken with or without food." Nutrient-Drug Interactions focuses on food herbals and their chemical constituents as contributors to human health through control of metabolism primarily as they relate to chronic disease development and treatment. The book's organization highlights the ailment being treated or prevented and the targets of therapy. Each chapter provides a comprehensive examination of the macronutrient micronutrient and phytochemical impact on drug action and includes advice on modification or supplementation in those cases where diet is a factor. The chapters focus on the molecular mechanism by which a food or chemical is thought to modify disease process and drug behavior. The book describes the roles of genetic variation and polymorphism in determining nutrient/drug responses how they might be "profiled" to identify those likely to demonstrate specific interactions and who would benefit from adjuvant or complementary therapies.The book explores how what is consumed affects response whether on a population or individual level to the pharmacologic agents that are the mainstay of chronic disease treatment/prevention around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390655

Nutrient-Gene Interactions in Cancer The complete mapping of the human genome along with the development of sophisticated molecular technologies has accelerated research on the relationship between nutrients and genes. This has led to compelling evidence garnered from epidemiological and experimental observations supporting the idea that the interaction between nutrients and genes is one of the most important mechanisms influencing carcinogenesis. Nutrient-Gene Interactions in Cancer brings together leading authorities in the field who provide an overview and look specifically at the mechanisms known to underlie each nutrient and gene interaction. The book examines the multi-functional relationship linking nutrition and cancer development including the complex role nutrients have in modulating cancer growth via interactions with specific genes and the emerging new strategy for cancer chemoprevention that is based on a deepened understanding of this relationship. The authors also provide freshly illuminating information on many well-known interactions.The first part of the book includes chapters on the basic elements of biology and pathobiology of gene-nutrient interactions with a focus on mechanisms and biomarkers. This is followed by chapters which detail specific gene-nutrient interactions offering numerous examples supported by recent investigations. The final chapter looks to the future considering the potential for further investigation by outlining new perspectives in this rapidly growing area of medical science. While this work is especially valuable to science investigators it will also be of great interest to clinicians who manage cancer patients in that it presents useful tools that advance the clinical value of gene-nutrient interaction research in medical nutrition and oncology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453855

Nutrient-Gene Interactions in Health and Disease We have come to realize that optimal nutrient intake is determined by very specific genetic messages. This realization has led to an entirely new approach to understanding nutrition – the exploration of nutrient effects on gene expression. Edited by leading experts in the field Nutrient–Gene Interactions in Health and Disease provides an update of this important and rapidly growing field of research presenting examples of both macronutrients and micronutrients as they affect gene expression. It addresses lipogenesis fatty acid oxidation fatty acid desaturation and glucose transporters. It also discusses genes that associate with obesity or cancer genes that are affected by vitamins A and D and several other topics. Genetic regulation of nutritional response is at the heart of our understanding of nutrition science. Nutrient–Gene Interactions in Health and Disease presents the latest information about how specific processes in intermediary metabolism are genetically regulated giving you a new understanding of such diseases as obesity diabetes alcoholism anemia and other diseases with both a nutrient and a genetic component. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455262

Nutrients and Cell Signaling Cell signaling is at the core of most biological processes from the simplest to the most complex. In addition to unicellular organisms possessing the essential ability to receive inputs with regard to nutrient availability and noxious stimuli the cells in multicellular organisms require signaling from adjacent as well as distant cells to maintain normal internal function including growth differentiation and homeostasis. Conversely the etiology of many disease processes such as those involving immune system dysfunction and tumor development have been traced to aberrant cell signaling. Nutrients and Cell Signaling in presenting contributions from a wide array of experts in the field fully delineates the role of nutrients in cell signaling. The text emphasizes broad concepts and covers all major groups of nutrients. Contributors discuss the role of carbohydrates amino acids lipids vitamins minerals and trace elements in essential processes such as cell proliferation immune function and DNA repair. The editors have organized the work to provide select examples organized under these contemporary research areas:Nuclear receptors transcription factors and signaling cascades Amino acids lipids and glycation Insulin release signaling and insulin resistance Calcium-dependent signalingFeeding and nutrient homeostasisNutrients and Cell Signaling answers the need in the post-genomic era for an authoritative resource that provides an in-depth understanding of how these complex and dynamic biomolecular networks control cell function. Those professionals and students in molecular biology nutrition biochemistry as well as any branch involved with cell signaling and function will find this book to be an invaluable tool in promoting both understanding and further inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393076

Nutrients and Epigenetics Explores the Newly Discovered Link Between Nutrition and EpigeneticsCurrent research suggests that nutrients are more than just food components and that certain nutrients can impact the expression of genes that lead to the development of chronic diseases. With contributions from experts in both fields Nutrients and Epigenetics examines the epigenetic phenomena and the fascinating implications of diet on this largely uncharted field. Generously laden with tables and illustrations many in color this book addresses how nutrients alter physiologic and pathologic processes in the human body through epigenetic changes without affecting the DNA sequence. It also explains the detailed molecular structures of epigenetic phenomena and closely examines the current knowledge surrounding the biology of aging and embryonic growth regulation.Assesses the Likelihood of Clinical ApplicabilityIn one single compendium this resource delineates the nutritional factors that further much-studied aberrant epigenetic patterns such as DNA methylation histone modifications and chromatin remodeling. The book spotlights the influence of nutrition on epigenetic gene regulation opening the way for counteracting future disease processes associated with epigenetic phenomena—a step that could potentially change the face of disease prevention and development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385644

Nutrients and Foods in Aids Lack of proper nutrition can severely impact the immune system especially when it is already compromised. This book defines recent advances in understanding the nutritional deficiencies found in AIDS and HIV-positive patients. It explores the scientific knowledge of how nutritional and dietary changes and herbal medicines can benefit or potentially harm these patients. The text also discusses the negative effects of undernutrition that can lead to starvation a potent immunosuppressant. Nutrients and Foods in AIDS is a much-needed scientific appraisal of current alternative strategies used in preventing or treating AIDS and its symptoms for improved quality of life. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203745250

Nutrients as Ergogenic Aids for Sports and Exercise Nutrients as Ergogenic Aids for Sports and Exercise discusses the growing body of information regarding the enhancement of human physical performance by dietary manipulations through ergogenesis. It balances the application of nutritional manipulations between overzealous promoters and recalcitrant cynics. By offering a thorough comprehensive and up-to-date review of what is known about ergogenic effects of nutrients on humans it bridges the gap between common usage and scientific knowledge. Nutrients as Ergogenic Aids for Sports and Exercise covers in detail many popular product ingredients not considered elsewhere. It illustrates areas awaiting future research and offers suggestions for avoiding the pitfalls of performing ergogenesis research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450045

Nutrigenomics and NutraceuticalsClinical Relevance and Disease Prevention Genomics and related areas of research have contributed greatly to the understanding of the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying diet–disease relationships. In the past decade the evidence has become stronger for a direct link between genome/epigenome damage and increased risk for adverse health outcomes. It is now exceedingly clear that micronutrients are critical as cofactors for many cellular functions including DNA repair enzymes methylation of CpG sequences DNA oxidation and/or uracil incorporation into DNA. Nutrigenomics and Nutraceuticals: Clinical Relevance and Disease Prevention brings new perspectives on disease prevention strategy based on the genomic knowledge and nutraceuticals of an individual and the diet he or she receives. This book discusses the integration and application of genetic and genomics technology into nutrition research and paves the way for the development of nutrition research programs that are aimed at the prevention and control of chronic disease through genomics-based nutritional interventions. In this book the editors bring together a wide spectrum of nutritional scientists worldwide to contribute to the growing knowledge in the field of nutrigenomics and nutraceuticals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498765114

Nutrigenomics and Nutrigenetics in Functional Foods and Personalized Nutrition While functional foods have become a reasonably well-established concept personalized nutrition is still treated with skepticism by many. The recognition that people would have different nutrient requirements or perceive foods in different ways raises several concerns—some real some not so real. Nutrigenomics and Nutrigenetics in Functional Foods and Personalized Nutrition addresses what is needed to bring nutrigenomics nutrigenetics and their associated technologies to market in a truly impactful way. Edited by Lynnette R. Ferguson a well-known and internationally respected researcher the book covers a wide range of issues from the purely scientific to ethical consumer-driven and public health aspects. It takes a close look at gene–diet interactions and explores the ways in which studies on nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics can help modulate disease risk in cardiovascular disease obesity diabetes and inflammatory bowel disease. Topics include regulatory challenges genetic testing for consumers data mining transcriptomic analysis and the role of science and health professionals in the commercialization of nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics. The book also examines industry–academia partnerships as a nexus between the science and its commercialization by the food industry. These partnerships will be an important determinant of what value the technologies bring not only to the market but to the wider health and well-being of society. Exploring how nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics can help modulate disease risk this timely book brings together stimulating well-thought-out perspectives from established and emerging researchers. It provides valuable information on a subject that is becoming increasingly important for nutritionists dieticians and clinical professionals as well as for the food industry and research community. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439876800

Nutrition Diet Therapy and the Liver Well-illustrated throughout and with in-depth analyses Nutrition Diet Therapy and the Liver provides a holistic understanding of the causative elements that precipitate liver disease and the nutritional factors and regimens that reverse deteriorating hepatic function. This up-to-date resource also incorporates emerging fields of science and significant discoveries. With contributions from leading experts of international repute in their respective fields the book first emphasizes the important role nutrition plays not only in the prevention of liver disease but also in the reversal of liver dysfunction. The second section covers various aspects of alcoholic liver disease (ALD) and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) as well as the consequent steatohepatitis that encompasses the whole spectrum of triglyceride accumulation inflammation fibrosis and end-stage cirrhosis of the liver. The book then focuses on the mounting evidence in support of alcohol abuse hepatitis viruses and immune diseases as key predisposing factors in the incidence of hepatocellular carcinomas. The final section evaluates the importance of nutrition in the treatment of liver diseases in infants versus adults including recovery after liver transplantation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138111790

Nutrition Fertility and Human Reproductive Function One in six couples around the world experience infertility. Before undertaking expensive and intrusive assisted reproductive treatment such as in vitro fertilization many seek advice from their physicians or dietitians on what foods and supplements might enhance their fertility. But health practitioners are often ill equipped to provide dietary recommendations in a scientifically based manner. Nutrition Fertility and Human Reproductive Function provides a comprehensive guide to clinicians on how they can best advise their patients to optimise fertility and reproductive function through optimal nutrition. Taking a holistic or "whole-of-life" approach the book reviews the role of nutrition in human fertility and explores its effect on male and female reproductive physiology. Problem-orientated topics are arranged in chapters that each cover a specific clinical topic of interest allowing easy reference by the practicing clinician. From the female perspective the book covers the role of nutrition on essential reproductive processes such as ovulation early embryo development implantation and sexual function together with nutrition’s influence on the duration of the reproductive life span. In the male context it examines the effect of nutrition on hormone and sperm production as well as sexual function. The book also includes information on evidence-based complementary health approaches such as Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) and naturopathy. This book draws on the wide experience of several respected leaders in clinical nutrition who combine research expertise with clinical insight. The information contained herein will enable clinicians to make the best recommendations for their patients for optimising fertility. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482215304

Nutrition Immunity and Infection Both nutrition deficiency and overnutrition can have a significant effect on the risk of infection. Nutrition Immunity and Infection focuses on the influence of diet on the immune system and how altering one’s diet helps prevent and treat infections and chronic diseases. This book reviews basic immunology and discusses changes in immune function throughout the life course. It features comprehensive chapters on obesity and the role of immune cells in adipose tissue; undernutrition and malnutrition; infant immune maturation; pre- and probiotics; mechanisms of immune regulation by various vitamins and minerals; nutrition and the aging immune system; nutrition interactions with environmental stress; and immunity in the global health arena. Nutrition Immunity and Infection describes the various roles of nutrients and other food constituents on immune function host defense and resistance to infection. It describes the impact of infection on nutritional status through a translational approach. Chapters bring together molecular cellular and experimental studies alongside human trials so that readers can assess both the evidence for the effects of the food component being discussed and the mechanisms underlying those effects. The impact of specific conditions including obesity anorexia nervosa and HIV infection is also considered. Chapter authors are experts in nutrition immunity and infection from all around the globe including Europe Australia Brazil India and the United States. This book is a valuable resource for nutrition scientists food scientists dietitians health practitioners and students interested in nutrition and immunity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482253979

Nutrition Lifestyle Factors and Blood Pressure Even though enormous advancements have been made in identifying evidence-based lifestyle strategies for hypertension prevention and management little progress has been made in implementing these proven strategies. Nutrition Lifestyle Factors and Blood Pressure compiles practical science-based information for health care providers to provide effective lifestyle interventions for blood pressure care. Divided into three sections the book features: Evidence-based blood pressure control and relevant considerations for real-life situations Special considerations in blood pressure control and lifestyle modification among children and adolescents during pregnancy and among those with diabetes Practical tools that health care providers can put into practice in particular settings An excellent supplement to existing resources Nutrition Lifestyle Factors and Blood Pressure shortens the gap between current understanding of the science about lifestyle factors and blood pressure and the actual implementation of the science Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199194

Nutrition Physical Activity and Health in Early Life During the past decade since the first edition of this practical work was published global prevalence of obesity has increased by epic proportions and physical fitness levels have continued to decline. Nutrition Physical Activity and Health in Early Life Second Edition analyzes cutting-edge longitudinal and cross-sectional data on morphological nutritional and functional characteristics related to environmental factors to assess how the lifestyle choices we make when we’re young deeply impact overall health and wellness throughout our lives. Includes Step-by-Step Nutrition and Exercise Plans Extensively revised and updated this definitive second edition synthesizes new original research findings related to anthropometric and body composition data dietary intake cardiorespiratory function motor and psychomotor skills muscle strength and biochemical and physiological parameters of preschool-age children. The book supplies ready-to-implement nutrition and exercise plans that are appropriate for children in this age group. Almost tripling the number of references the text includes new chapters that address the role of genetic factors in addition to prevention techniques consequences and treatment of obesity. It also compares body mass index body composition and the shifts of adiposity rebound on an international scale. Nutrition Physical Activity and Health in Early Life Second Edition emphasizes that to preserve a high-quality of life no matter your age it is crucial that a foundation of healthy nutrition and optimal physical activity which increases the level of physical fitness be cemented early on. In effect this book illustrates why early prevention always trumps a cure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114210

Nutrition and AlcoholLinking Nutrient Interactions and Dietary Intake Over the past decade much has been learned about the damaging effects that moderate to severe alcohol use has on tissue nutrient levels and dietary intake. In addition to alcohol's potential to damage every organ in the body alcohol abuse or heavy use causes poorer dietary intake and provides a greater risk of alcohol's damage while increasing the need for several nutrients. Rapid advancement in this field of study has created an urgent need for a timely reference work in this important area.Summarising current research Nutrition and Alcohol: Linking Nutrient Interactions and Dietary Intake explores the latest data available on the effects of alcohol on the nutritional state of alcohol abusers. It illustrates the combined effects of malnutrition on tissue damage and examines the role of altered nutrition in various alcohol-related diseases. The authors discuss alcohol's effects on the absorption of nutrients and minerals and explain the role of nutritional supplementation and diet in the therapy of alcohol abusers.Providing detailed knowledge of the effects of alcohol on biochemical reactions and nutritional changes this desk reference will assist physicians nutrition scientists and researchers therapists dieticians and students. It will be a critical tool in the understanding treatment and prevention of the nutritional consequences of alcohol. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394721

Nutrition and Bariatric Surgery Bariatric surgery has led to improved health outcomes including significant weight loss and reduction in co-morbidities among patients with obesity. Clinical practice guidelines recommend that patients considering bariatric surgery undergo a comprehensive nutritional assessment. Nutrition and Bariatric Surgery is the first comprehensive book that uniquely addresses the dietary and nutritional care of the bariatric surgery patient. This book reviews the nutritional and physiological changes imposed by surgical revision of the gastrointestinal tract. Also discussed are nutritional assessment of the bariatric surgical patient as well as pre- and postoperative dietary management recommendations. Other clinical topics covered include nutritional anemia metabolic bone disease neurological disorders and protein–calorie malnutrition. Nutrition and Bariatric Surgery examines eating behaviors before and after bariatric surgery as well as psychological issues mood disorders and nutritional concerns associated with weight regain. The book also addresses nutritional needs of special populations undergoing bariatric surgery including adolescents pregnant or lactating women and severely obese ICU patients. The book is an authoritative guide for health care professionals caring for the bariatric patient including physicians dietitians physician assistants nurses and nurse practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466557697

Nutrition and Cancer Prevention   Epidemiological studies have estimated that approximately 35 percent of cancers are potentially avoidable by nutritional modification. These modifications include strategies such as caloric restriction and limitation of specific macro-nutrient groups. However recent research indicates that what you eat may well be just as important as what you shun when it comes to avoiding cancer especially colon breast and prostate cancers which have become epidemic in the Western hemisphere. Nutrition and Cancer Prevention brings together the top experts in nutritive health who present significant evidence that specific dietary micronutrients have the potential to play a role in resisting cancer modulating its development or reducing tumor metastasis. As a way of introduction the book updates the descriptive epidemiology of the major cancers of the Western world and then discusses the likely mechanisms of action that occur when certain essential nutrients become diet staples. The text moves on to explore the scientific evidence looking at the various properties of each class of micronutrient chapter by chapter. These classes include vitamins; minerals particularly calcium and selenium; phytosterols and polyphenols which are found in soy and green tea; isothiocyanates  found in broccoli kale and other cruciferous vegetables; and specialized dietary lipids including omega-3 fatty acids linoleic acid and sphingolipids. The book also dedicates chapters to the roles that obesity and excessive alcohol consumption play in cancer development. “…we can hope to utilize nutritional interventions to slow the progression of tumor development in the intraepithelial hyperplasia phase before tumor size becomes large enough for diagnosis and probability of metastasis increases. Opportunity exists to stretch this prevention phase so that symptom-free life of the future patient with cancer is prolonged.” --from  Chapter 2 How Dietary Components Protect fro Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392123

Nutrition and Cardiometabolic Health Nutrition plays a key role in prevention of cardiovascular disease the leading cause of death worldwide. Diet influences a broad spectrum of cardiometabolic risk factors notably a cluster including excess adiposity dyslipidemia impaired glucose metabolism and high blood pressure. In the face of the rapidly increasing incidence of obesity and diabetes maintaining cardiometabolic health through adoption of a healthy lifestyle is a top public health priority. In this book Nutrition and Cardiometabolic Health international experts present state-of-the-art scholarly reviews of dietary and lifestyle effects on metabolic systems associated with cardiovascular health and disease. It covers a broad range of topics including biological and behavioral processes regulating food intake; lifestyle and surgical approaches to weight loss; nutritional considerations for optimal cardiometabolic health across the lifespan; the relationship of macronutrients whole foods and dietary patterns to diabetes and cardiovascular disease; and diet as a modulator of gene expression epigenetics and the gut microbiome and the relationship of these traits to disorders of metabolism. This book provides its readers with an authoritative view of the present state of knowledge of dietary effects on cardiometabolic health and will be of interest to nutrition and healthcare professionals alike.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498704267

Nutrition and DiabetesPathophysiology and Management Diabetes occurs at such an alarming rate that it can be described as a global epidemic. Following its predecessor Nutrition and Diabetes: Pathophysiology and Management Second Edition is a comprehensive resource that describes various factors that drive the accumulation of excess body weight and fat resulting in obesity. The book discusses the metabolic aberrations found in obesity and how they lead to the association of obesity with diabetes. This new edition highlights the role played by diet and the interrelationships in the metabolism of key nutrients in the pathogenesis of obesity and diabetes which provides the scientific basis for treatment and management approaches. Features Highlights the role of nutrition in the pathogenesis of obesity and diabetes Organized logically into two easy-to-use sections - Pathophysiology and Management of Obesity and Pathophysiology and Treatment of Diabetes Features emerging therapeutic approaches for management of obesity and diabetes Discusses experience in the management of obesity and diabetes in developing countries Presents challenges in insulin therapy and provides guidelines to overcome them The first section of the book retains key topics from the previous edition and contains new chapters including genetic determinants of nutrient processing; fat distribution and diabetes mellitus; combined effect of diet and physical activity in the management of obesity; pharmacologic treatment of obesity; and the role of gut microbiota in the pathogenesis and treatment of obesity. The second section features updated versions of most of the other chapters in the first edition comprising a modified chapter on oxidative stress and the effects of dietary supplements on glycemic control in Type 2 diabetes. In addition new chapters are added in this section and include the contribution of iron and transition metal micronutrients to diabetes; role of microbiota in the pathogenesis and treatment of diabetes; primary prevention of Type 2 diabetes; and the pathophysiology and management of Type 1 diabetes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138710009

Nutrition and Epigenetics Nutrition and Epigenetics presents new information on the action of diet and nutritional determinants in regulating the epigenetic control of gene expression in health and disease. Each chapter gives a unique perspective on a different nutritional or dietary component or group of components and reveals novel mechanisms by which dietary factors modulate the epigenome and affect development processes chronic disease and the aging process. This pivotal text: Documents the epigenetic effect of antioxidants and their health benefits Adds to the understanding of mechanisms leading to disease susceptibility and healthy aging Illustrates that the epigenetic origins of disease occur in early (fetal) development Synthesizes the data regarding nutrient and epigenomic interactions Nutrition and Epigenetics highlights the interactions among nutrients epigenetics and health providing an essential resource for scientists and clinical researchers interested in nutrition aging and metabolic diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482203813

Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age Many health professionals today seem to approach sports nutrition and physical activity recommendations with a "one size fits all" approach. Surprisingly little consideration goes into addressing the changing needs of athletes as they progress in age. Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age addresses the specific nutritional and physical activity needs of active individuals thirty to sixty years old. Judy A. Driskell one of the world’s leading experts in the field of sports nutrition brings together cutting-edge research on the nutritional needs and exercise recommendations for this quickly growing age group.Internationally acclaimed experts on nutrition and kinesiology unveil their research in sports nutrition endurance and strength training age-related disorders and nutrition and exercise recommendations of health organizations. They also explore the role of diet and physical activity in reducing the risk of and in treating age-related diseases such as cancer and cardiovascular disease.Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age is a valuable resource for nutritionists physicians dieticians and researchers looking to access authoritative information on exercise and sports nutrition recommendations for middle-age adults. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385910

Nutrition and Exercise Immunology Like an army of millions ready to defend its territory the human immune system acts as the body's primary line of defense-a complex network of interacting cells that protects us from pathogens and other foreign substances. But many components of the immune system exhibit change after prolonged heavy exertion indicating that it is suppressed and stressed albeit transiently following prolonged endurance exercise.For marathon runners distance swimmers and any other endurance athlete who undergoes repeated cycles of heavy exertion a weakened immune system could lead to health complications such as respiratory infection. As a result interest in various nutrient supplements with the potential to counter exercise-induced immunosuppression has grown.Nutrition and Exercise Immunology reviews the link between nutrition and immune function with special application to athletic endeavor. Written by respected researchers in sports medicine and exercise immunology this text covers topics such as carbohydrates and the immune response to prolonged exertion; protein exercise and immunity; and vitamins immunity and infection risk in athletes. It also takes a look at future directions in nutrition and exercise immunology.For sports medicine professionals dietitians nutritionists exercise immunologists as well as endurance athletes Nutrition and Exercise Immunology provides an important and in-depth look into this exciting new area of scientific research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398798

Nutrition and Fish Health Safeguard the success of aquaculture operations without expensive antibiotics!Diseases are a major threat to the sustainability of the aquaculture industry. Because antibiotics have many drawbacks increasing importance is being placed on understanding the mechanisms that make nutrition a key factor in host defense against pathogens. Nutrition and Fish Health is the first book to provide comprehensive information on nutrition as a means to improve fish health and defend against infection. Nutrition and Fish Health offers state-of-the-art information on diseases affecting cold-water and warm-water fish as well as marine shrimp. It comprehensively addresses such vital issues as: nutrition and feeding management immuno-stimulants mycotoxins fish immune system mechanisms the use of vaccines nutrition and environmental stressNutrition and Fish Health is a comprehensive guide to using nutrition to make your aquaculture operation a success. Proper fish nutrition can help you: reduce the risk of disease decrease the risk of environmental contamination associated with the use of antibiotics increase production of good quality product increase profitsGenerously illustrated with graphs charts tables and photographs Nutrition and Fish Health is an essential guidebook for aquaculturists fish producers extension agents aquaculture students disease specialists and feed formulators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397074

Nutrition and Gene Expression Nutrition and Gene Expression is devoted to exploring the tissue-specific and developmental aspects of the interaction between nutrients and the genome. The book discusses chemical sensitivity in relation to the ability of cells to detect nutrients; reviews the means by which lower organisms respond to nutrients; and provides examples on how each of the classes of nutrients affects genetic transcription mRNA translation or stability. The receptor-mediated actions of vitamin D and retinoic acid on gene expression are discussed including the case of bone formation and dissolution. Other important topics covered in the volume include newly discovered effects of fatty acids on regulating gene expression the effects of diet on mRNA editing the interplay between dietary carbohydrates and proteins in regulating metabolism of liver cells the effects of metal ions on protein synthesis and much more. Nutrition and Gene Expression is an important reference for nutritionists physiologists biochemists clinical nutritionists pharmaceutical researchers geneticists and food scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896014

Nutrition and HealthTopics and Controversies Nutrition and Health: Topics and Controversies explores in detail the relationship between diet nutritional status and disease and evaluates nutritional practices intended to minimize the incidence of and slow the progress of major chronic illnesses. National trends in nutritional awareness and the resulting changes in consumer behavior are discussed. Unlike other books on this subject the authors take a stand on controversial issues in the field and document their positions with scientific data. Nutrients such as calcium vitamin E selenium and antioxidants their importance in overall nutrition and their role in specific diseases are covered. Expertise in nutritional science is not required to gain the highly practical information in this book. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068822

Nutrition and HIVEpidemiological Evidence to Public Health The world continues to lose more than a million lives each year to the HIV epidemic and nearly two million individuals were infected with HIV in 2017 alone.  The new Sustainable Development Goals adopted by countries of the United Nations in September 2015 include a commitment to end the AIDS epidemic by 2030. Considerable emphasis on prevention of new infections and treatment of those living with HIV will be needed to make this goal achievable. With nearly 37 million people now living with HIV it is a communicable disease that behaves like a noncommunicable disease. Nutritional management is integral to comprehensive HIV care and treatment.  Improved nutritional status and weight gain can increase recovery and strength of individuals living with HIV/AIDS improve dietary diversity and caloric intake and improve quality of life.  This book highlights evidence-based research linking nutrition and HIV and identifies research gaps to inform the development of guidelines and policies for the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals. A comprehensive approach that includes nutritional interventions is likely to maximize the benefit of antiretroviral therapy in preventing HIV disease progression and other adverse outcomes in HIV-infected men and women.  Modification of nutritional status has been shown to enhance the quality of life of those suffering HIV/AIDS both physically in terms of improved body mass index and immunological markers and psychologically by improving symptoms of depression. While the primary focus for those infected should remain on antiretroviral treatment and increasing its availability and coverage improvement of nutritional status plays a complementary role in the management of HIV infection.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466585812

Nutrition and Hydration in Hospice CareNeeds Strategies Ethics This scholarly book enables health care professionals to appropriately address hospice patients’and families’concerns about nutrition and hydration. Nutrition and Hydration in Hospice Care is a comprehensive resource that provides hands-on practical information that readers can use in everyday hospice practice. The chapters identify problems solutions and ethical issues of nutrition and hydration in hospice care.The contributing authors provide the way for health care professionals especially those in nursing dietary and pharmacy units to jointly and effectively manage troublesome symptoms and ethical issues. The following topics are included in the scope of coverage: nutrition/hydration needs during end-stage disease nursing and dietary roles in identifying nutrition/hydration problems and implementing treatment how needs of dying children and adults are different legal and ethical dilemmas of withholding or withdrawing nutrition and hydration appropriate and inappropriate uses of enteral and parenteral nutrition support during end-stage diseases food service considerations in inpatient hospice facilities appetite stimulant use in palliative careBecause Nutrition and Hydration in Hospice Care is comprehensive all members of hospice staffs can find practical information to use each day. The authors cover issues not found in other books for nurses dietitians pharmacists and physicians. They will find the information ready to apply at their work settings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821788

Nutrition and Integrative MedicineA Primer for Clinicians While medical professionals continue to practice traditional allopathic medicine the public has turned toward nutritional and integrative medical therapies especially for addressing the proliferation of chronic diseases. Written by leaders in the academic and scientific world Nutrition and Integrative Medicine: A Primer for Clinicians presents various modalities to help restore health. This book provides users with a guide to evaluating and recommending nutritional and integrative therapies. The book offers insights on the microbiome of the human body examines the relationship of human health to the microbiome of the food we ingest and introduces the concept of "food as information." It provides enlightenment on anti-aging and healing modalities mind–body medicine and an investigation of psychological trauma as related to disease causation. Integrative therapies including water light and sound therapy are explored and information on healing chronic disease through nutrition the tooth–body connection the role of toxins in disease causation and electromagnetic field hypersensitivity as well as its management is presented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498759489

Nutrition and Mental Health Although primary advanced vitamin and mineral deficiencies are rare in the developed world many common health conditions deplete nutritional status including sub-optimal dietary intake frequent alcohol consumption changes in appetite due to aging food allergies or sensitivities special diets and eating disorders. Covering topics as diverse as aging the brain eating habits genetics lifestyle nutrients and psychology this book brings together two extremely complex aspects of life—human nutrition and mental health. Organized by mental health concern as well as nutrient group Nutrition and Mental Health reviews the scientific literature from many fields of science: health psychology nutrition mental well-being and the interface with chronic disease. It provides a straightforward readable report of broadly selected scientific research on how various nutrients affect mental health. Professional resources are provided in easy-to-access tables as well as suggested formats for assessing nutritional status and guidelines for interpretation. Chapter summaries a descriptive table of contents an index and glossary assist the reader in finding specific topics of interest. A variety of mental health conditions may affect a person’s ability and interest in getting and eating a well-rounded selection of foods. An examination of the role diet plays in mental health this book reviews the scientific literature from many fields of science: health psychology nutrition mental well-being and chronic disease management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439863350

Nutrition and Metabolism in Sports Exercise and Health The second edition of Nutrition and Metabolism in Sports Exercise and Health offers a clear and comprehensive introduction to sport and exercise nutrition integrating key nutritional facts concepts and dietary guidelines with a thorough discussion of the fundamental biological science underpinning physiological and metabolic processes. Informed by the latest research in this fast-moving discipline the book includes brand-new sections on amongst others: • Cellular structure for metabolism • Alcohol and metabolism • Uncoupling protein and thermogenesis • Dietary guidelines from around the world • Nutrient timing • Protein synthesis and muscle hypertrophy • Protein supplementation • Ergogenic effects of selected stimulants • Nutritional considerations for special populations • Dehydration and exercise performance Each chapter includes updated pedagogical features including definitions of key terms chapter summaries case studies review questions and suggested readings. A revised and expanded companion website offers additional teaching and learning features such as PowerPoint slides multiple-choice question banks and web links. No book goes further in explaining how nutrients function within our biological system helping students to develop a better understanding of the underlying mechanisms and offering the best grounding in applying knowledge to practice in both improving athletic performance and preventing disease. As such Nutrition and Metabolism in Sports Exercise and Health is essential reading for all students of sport and exercise science kinesiology physical therapy strength and conditioning nutrition or health sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687585

Nutrition and Performance in Masters Athletes Addresses the Aging Process and Its Effect on Sports Performance Age-related changes influence all physiological systems including those used during exercise and sport. Highlighting masters athletes—older adults who train and compete in organized sports—Nutrition and Performance in Masters Athletes examines the extent to which regular physical training can impact these changes. This book bridges the gap between theory and practice addressing nutritional exercise and sport sciences and the actual performance of masters athletes and older exercisers. It reviews in detail many age-related changes that occur in the physiological systems provides implications of these changes for masters athletes coaches and clinicians explores scientifically-based methods to maximize sprint strength and power team sport players endurance and ultra-endurance performance and focuses on the unique nutritional needs of master athletes. Examines the Growing Body of Knowledge on Masters Athletes Each chapter has been written by a world-leading authority in their field. Contributors focus on a specific topic and discuss available research. Incorporating information from studies on younger and older athletes and healthy older non-athletes they help determine the training and nutrition implications for sports medicine professionals and clinicians masters athletes and coaches and future research directions for academic and postgraduate students. The book includes material on endurance ultra-endurance speed strength and power and team sports athletes. Sections cover macronutrients (carbohydrate fat and protein needs) micronutrients (vitamin and mineral needs) fluids and hydration; supplements and ergogenic aids nutrition for chronic disease and the training/nutrition needs of every type of masters athletes. Nutrition and Performance in Masters Athletes is highly recommended for medical and health professionals fellow academics postgraduates with an interest in masters athletes as well as masters athlete coaches and masters athletes and administrators wanting to assist their members. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439871874

Nutrition and Sensation Nutrition and Sensation explores how sensations can impact nutrition. It unravels the hidden sensory universe acting to control our appetite and nutritional desires. The sensory influence on food choice is ubiquitous. Whether it is the color of soda the viscosity of maple syrup or the aroma of chocolate the sensory experience fuels consumption. The book covers the impact of olfaction gustation retronasal olfaction vision vestibular function hearing and somatosensory and tactile nature on nutrition. It also discusses the use of the sensory system to treat nutritional disorders including obesity. Special attention is given to the mechanisms surrounding smell and taste and how they can influence satiety and weight. This book is a fascinating read for anyone looking for deeper understanding of the link between the sensory system and nutrition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466569072

Nutrition and the Developing Brain Nutrients play a significant role in brain development throughout fetal and postnatal life. This book reviews the evidence from animal and human research highlighting the influence of specific nutrients on brain function and cognitive development. With a unique integrative approach to the nutritional environmental and genetic influences on brain development the book examines issues such as single versus multiple limiting nutrients critical periods of deficiency and the impact of the child-parent relationship on the architecture of the developing brain. The effect of undernutrition on the developing brain of infants and young children can be devastating and enduring. It can impede behavioural and cognitive development and educability thereby undermining future work productivity. Chapter authors are experts in this field of research and provide an up-to-date insight into the role of the individual nutrients in brain development and function. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482254730

Nutrition and the Female AthleteFrom Research to Practice Designed to address the nutritional needs of women over the age of 18 who partake in sports on a regular basis Nutrition and the Female Athlete: From Research to Practice highlights nutritional concerns specific to active women. It discusses the link between nutrition and athletic performance and translates research into practical applications for health fitness and nutrition professionals. The book addresses gender differences in substrate utilization and the implications for how these differences might translate into different macronutrient requirements for female athletes. It covers vitamins and minerals that are often lacking in the diets of female athletes and presents special considerations for individuals with disordered eating menstrual dysfunction and low bone-mineral density. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439849385

Nutrition and Type 2 DiabetesEtiology and Prevention Over the past two decades type 2 diabetes has emerged as a leading threat to global health and the considerable overlap in obesity and diabetes trends are likely no coincidence. While the underpinnings for both etiologies are linked to lifestyles particularly dietary and physical activity patterns determining optimal approaches for preventing and managing type 2 diabetes using dietary composition remains a challenge. Nutrition and Type 2 Diabetes: Etiology and Prevention rigorously examines various perspectives on diet and type 2 diabetes.The book presents a comprehensive description and evaluation of the central research to date primarily in humans on the macronutrients and their subclasses micronutrients foods beverages and overall dietary patterns with respect to the risk of type 2 diabetes. It addresses the mediating/mechanistic role of obesity and body composition throughout the text where appropriate. The chapter authors all leading researchers in the field discuss fundamental nutritional principles applied to the pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes as well as applied behavioral studies on nutrition and diabetes for each subject area.The depth and breadth of this book includes aspects of the "food synergy" model for understanding the complicated pathways between nutrition dietary habits and risk for type 2 diabetes. It also examines the effects of artificially sweetened beverages and coffee. This reference provides a review of the science on the potential impact of many components of dietary behavior and nutritional properties on etiology and risk for this disease knowledge that is essential for formulating informed approaches to public health progress in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379575

Nutrition Applied to Injury Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine This timely and exciting new book brings together for the first time the readily available choices of dietary supplements and their relationship to injury rehabilitation. Nutrition Applied to Injury Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine supports the rational use of specific nutrients for specific healing conditions. Guidelines for nutritional programs applied to specific conditions are provided for practical application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449353

Nutrition Counseling in the Treatment of Eating Disorders Marcia Herrin and Maria Larkin have collaborated on the second edition of Nutrition Counseling in the Treatment of Eating Disorders infusing research-based approaches and their own clinically-refined tools for managing food and weight-related issues. New to this edition is a section on nutrition counseling interventions derived from cognitive behavioral therapy-enhanced dialectical behavioral therapy family-based treatment and motivational interviewing techniques. Readers will appreciate the state of the art nutrition and weight assessment guidelines the practical clinical techniques for managing bingeing purging excessive exercise and weight restoration as well as the unique food planning approach developed by the authors. As a comprehensive overview of food and weight-related treatments this book is an indispensible resource for nutrition counselors psychotherapists psychiatrists physicians and primary care providers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642576

Nutrition for Brain Health and Cognitive Performance Public awareness of the role diet plays in brain function has been steadily increasing. This has led to significant development of new products dietary supplements functional foods nutraceuticals and public health recommendations for maintaining brain function. Nutrition for Brain Health and Cognitive Performance presents a detailed and innovative scientific summary of nutrition–cognition research to provide valuable information regarding nutrition and lifestyle choices for cognitive health. Internationally recognised scholars along with the next generation of researchers have contributed chapters that present a valuable resource for health professionals teachers researchers and the general public. The book critically reviews the evidence surrounding the impact of dietary patterns and nutrition on brain function and cognitive performance. It covers diverse topics such as: Innovative new technologies that assess brain function Tools for measuring mood and its relation to nutrition How a diet rich in fruits and vegetables coupled with low consumption of meats can prevent cognitive decline in ageing adults Effects of glucose omega 3s vitamins and minerals nutraceuticals and flavonoids on cognitive performance Cognitive benefits of herbal extracts such as ginseng ginkgo biloba and green tea Use of technology such as neuroimaging and noninvasive brain stimulation (NBS) to capture nutrition effects on cognition and brain function Presenting state-of-the-art scientific evidence challenges and potential applications within this exciting field the book promotes and extends the research teaches the process of research in this area and promotes a collaborative understanding of the field between industry and academia. It gives you a balance of rigorous scientific information and analysis on the impact of dietary patterns nutritional components and research processes to support brain health and performance claims and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466570023

Nutrition for DancersBasics Performance Enhancement Practical Tips Dancers are top performance athletes on stage – to keep fit andhealthy proper nutrition is an integral part of an optimal dancetraining. Nutrition for Dancers provides the principles of nutritionfor dancers of all genres. Authors Liane Simmel and Eva-Maria Kraft clarify widespread nutritional mistakes and giveadvice on how a healthy diet can be incorporated into the everydaylife of dancers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138041158

Nutrition for Elite Athletes In order to achieve and maintain peak performance high-level athletes require the right nutrition at the right time. Nutrition for Elite Athletes provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research on the nutritional requirements of athletes at the top of their game.Since researchers clinicians and graduate students work with certain populations of athletes such as endurance athletes and not single nutrients or metabolic systems this book arranges topics by 1) athletic population and 2) nutrition /exercise interactions that reach across athletic sub‐populations (such as recovery nutrition) instead of by nutrients or metabolic system.Bringing together the contributions of well-known experts from around the world the book identifies the nutritional needs of endurance athletes strength power athletes team sport athletes and weight class/aesthetic sport athletes. In addition to coverage of recovery nutrition and energy balance the book: Reviews the foundations of energy metabolism Considers dietary supplements food safety and drug/nutrient/exercise interactions Examines hydration requirements for various types of athletes Explores how vitamins and minerals impact performance The book assumes an understanding of the terms discussed in introductory nutrition courses as well as an understanding of metabolic systems concepts taught in undergraduate nutrition and exercise physiology courses. By doing so the authors are able to get right into detailing the nutritional needs of elite athletes.In addition to its appeal for dieticians researchers and clinicians working with elite athletes this book is suitable for use as a textbook for upper-level exercise nutrition and metabolism courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466557987

Nutrition for Sport Exercise and PerformanceA practical guide for students sports enthusiasts and professionals Nutrition before during and after training or a sporting event can improve the comfort energy and performance of athletes of all levels from elite to recreational as well as providing long-term health benefits. Nutrition for Sport Exercise and Performance offers a clear practical and accessible guide to the fundamentals of sport and exercise nutrition. The expert authors begin by explaining key principles including understanding energy systems exercise physiology and metabolism. They cover the basics of digestion absorption and nutrition; examine the key macronutrients and micronutrients essential for performance; and discuss the process of dietary assessment. Part 2 goes on to explore in detail nutrition for pre- and post-training hydration the use of supplements and body composition and provides guidance on developing plans for both individual athletes and teams. The final component examines specific nutrition issues and special needs including working with elite athletes strength-and-power athletes young older and disabled athletes endurance sports GI disturbances and rehabilitation issues. Cultural issues are also explored including diets for vegan and vegetarian athletes and religious perspectives and requirements. Featuring contributions from a range of sport and exercise nutrition professionals and including practical diet plans diagrams and the latest research and evidence throughout this is a core reference for undergraduates nutritionists and trainers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760297497

Nutrition in BritainScience Scientists and Politics in the Twentieth Century This volume brings together for the first time a collection of essays based on original research which focus on the history of nutrition science in Britain. Each chapter considers a different episode in the development and application of nutritional knowledge during the twentieth century. The topics covered include: the chewing cult of Horace Fletcher dietetic education the popularization of milk the Dunn Nutritional Laboratory and wartime involvement in policy making. The selection of essays in Nutrition in Britain provide valuable new insights into the social processes involved in the production and application of scientific knowledge of nutrition. This book will be fascinating reading to historians of science or medicine as well as to medical sociologists nutritionists home economists health educators food activists and anyone with a professional or general interest in food and nutrition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868199

Nutrition in Exercise and Sport Third Edition The third edition of Nutrition in Exercise and Sport has been updated and expanded to include the latest developments in the field. This third edition of a bestseller among sports nutrition and health professionals now fully discusses the role of exercise and nutrition in both wellness and in disease prevention. In addition new chapters on the history of sports nutrition antioxidants vegetarianism the young athlete the older athlete the diabetic athlete the physically disabled athlete sports specific nutrient requirements and body composition changes have been added. Top sports nutrition practitioners and exercise scientists have contributed chapters that provide practical nutritional guidelines for those engaged in various types of physical performance. This book is a one-volume library on sports nutrition for research scientists in applied sports nutrition dietitians exercise physiologists sports medicine physicians coaches trainers athletes and nutritionists. The first two editions of this book have been widely used in sports nutrition courses. Nutrition in Exercise and Sport is the standard in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813499

Nutrition in Pregnancy and ChildbirthFood for Thought Making good nutritional choices can mean women optimise the outcomes of their birthing experience and offer their babies the best possible start in life. To support this all health professionals who work with women during pregnancy birth and the postnatal period need to have an appropriate knowledge of nutrition healthy eating and other food related issues. This evidence-based text provides an informative and accessible introduction to nutrition in pregnancy and childbirth. As well as allowing readers to recognise when nutritional deficiency may be creating challenges it explores the psychosocial and cultural context of food and considers their relevance for women’s eating behaviour. Finally important emerging issues such as eating during labour food supplements and maternal obesity are discussed. An important reference for health professionals working in midwifery or public health contexts especially this book is also the ideal companion for a course on nutrition in pregnancy and childbirth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536066

Nutrition in Public HealthPrinciples Policies and Practice Second Edition This second edition of a bestseller Nutrition in Public Health: Principles Policies and Practice focuses on the role of the federal government in determining nutrition policy and influencing practice. Beginning with an overview of public health principles the book examines the application of nutritional policy to dietary guidance health promotion and the practice of public health nutrition. Highlights of New Coverage in the Second Edition: Legislation such as Healthy Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010; Agricultural Act of 2014 (Farm Bill); and proposals for the next Farm Bill Discussions of study designs the SEED-SCALE model for health promotion health disparities and health equity worksite wellness Let’s Move! and other initiatives Impact of the ACA on menu labeling policies the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Act and legislation regarding breastfeeding Examination of health disparities demographic trends and health literacy; sexual orientation gender identity and gender expression; and the role of social media in tailored health communications 2010 Dietary Guidelines with analysis of potential upcoming changes in 2015 Dietary Guidelines Healthy Eating Index 2010 MyPlate and Harvard Healthy Eating Plate Best Bones Forever! Campaign text messaging for tailored health communication and 4 Day Throw Away study assessing the use of social media for education regarding food safety The book explores the importance of nutrition as a component of the broad field of public health. The authors review the principles of public health nutrition examining nutritional epidemiology and programs that deal with health disparities weight control challenges and the needs of special populations. The text addresses the practice of public health nutrition through tools for conducting a food and nutrition assessment of a community designing and carrying out a social marketing campaign and developing large and small grant proposals. Nutrition in Public Health provides an integrated view of nutrition needs and the policies and political mechanisms that affect the delivery of quality food and nutrition services. It gives students a thorough understanding of the federal government’s role in determining nutrition policy and influencing practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466589940

Nutrition in the '90sCurrent Controversies and Analysis In ten essays commissioned by the NutraSweet Company contributors from the health and food sciences explain to the general consumer that nutrition is not as simple as some people make it out to be and there are still questions about sugar cholesterol obesity and other topics. Annotation copyrig Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066705

Nutrition PromotionTheories and methods systems and settings Affluenza in developed societies is damaging our health leading to increasing rates of obesity diabetes and other metabolic disorders. Growth in individual food consumption is also threatening ecological sustainability. More than ever before dieticians nutritionists and other health professionals need to promote healthy eating to the general public.Nutrition Promotion sets nutrition education firmly in a public health context showing that nutrition promotion is most effective when targeted to particular population groups. Tony Worsley presents the history theory and methods of nutrition promotion and provides practical applications in a variety of settings and age groups.Drawing on international theory and research and with international case studies and examples Nutrition Promotion is an essential text for students and professionals in nutrition studies and dietetics health promotion and public health programs.'Finally we have a book on nutrition promotion from a public health perspective that integrates food systems theoretical health behavior change models evaluation methods applications across settings and sectors and provides practical examples from different countries.' - Professor Mary Story School of Public Health University of Minnesota'A timely and considered book. It follows in that great tradition of public health nutrition by providing a basis for analysis but takes it a step further by helping the reader make the transition to action.' - Martin Caraher Reader in Food and Health Policy City University London Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116608

Nutrition Support for the Critically Ill PatientA Guide to Practice Second Edition Completely revised and updated Nutrition Support for the Critically Ill Patient: A Guide to Practice Second Edition presents an unbiased evidence-based examination of critical nutrition across the life cycle. Taking a multidisciplinary approach each chapter has been carefully designed to provide a comprehensive review of the literature and a detailed exploration of the practical application of this information. With chapters written by experts you get the most pertinent and current knowledge available bolstered by tables figures and case studies that make the information accessible. New Coverage in the Second Edition: Gut microbiota support Short bowel syndrome Chronic critically ill phenomenon Professional nutrition practice guidelines and protocols Ethical considerations Quality and performance improvement Many challenges remain when providing optimal nutrition to all patients under all conditions at all times. Divided into eight sections the book covers metabolic issues nutrients for critically ill patients delivery of nutrition therapy nutrition therapy throughout the life cycle special interest groups specific organ system failure general systemic failures and professional issues in the field. It keeps you informed and aware of the continuous accrual of knowledge needed to craft and provide optimal nutrition therapy for the critically ill patient. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439879993

Nutrition Support to Elderly WomenInfluence on Diet Quality First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977358

Nutrition Therapy for Chronic Kidney Disease Kidney disease is a global health concern that affects people of all ages and races. Based on the work of the National Kidney Foundation and the Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes foundation guidelines have been developed outlining the parameters for patient care. Nutritional Therapy for Chronic Kidney Disease builds upon the discoveries made by these institutions and expands upon their recommendations to provide a comprehensive guidebook with practice protocols for individuals with kidney disease. With chapters written by expert authors drawing on their own experiences the book: Outlines the history of kidney disease and its treatment Details the distinctions in nutrition therapy throughout the five stages of chronic kidney disease Features precise recommendations for management of the complicated renal diet in acute kidney disease Examines dietary concerns for pregnant women children persons with diabetes and post-transplant patients Discusses the common metabolic pathologies associated with kidney disease including electrolyte and acid-based disorders bone and mineral disorders and chronic anemia Includes chapters on obesity and physical activity quality of life improvement in chronic kidney disease and dietary counseling strategies Reflecting the medical community’s emphasis on patient-centered care this volume provides a complete primer on the importance of diet in maintaining kidney health and provides practical guidance to caregivers charged with devising nutritional strategies for kidney patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439849491

Nutritional and Environmental Influences on the Eye Significant advancements in nutrition's impact on the eye have occurred faster than any volume can document... until now. This book gives the background and rationale regarding the physiological damage caused by biological oxidants as well as the rationale for the protective roles for nutrient-antioxidants and how they affect the risk for cataracts. This volume also contains information on how to quantitatively assess age-related diseases of the eye including cataracts and age-related maculopathy. Smoking and light exposure as factors for age-related eye diseases as well as the utility of potential anticataract pharmaceuticals is discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399849

Nutritional and Integrative Strategies in Cardiovascular Medicine Despite 40 years of aggressive pharmaceutical and surgical interventions coronary artery disease (CAD) remains the number one killer of women and men in Western civilization. When it comes to CAD prevention is easier than cure and if CAD does present itself a combination of conventional and alternative methodologies can truly make a difference in people’s lives. Nutritional and Integrative Strategies in Cardiovascular Medicine provides scientific and clinical insight from leaders in the field of cardiovascular medicine who explore an integrative approach to treating and curing cardiovascular diseases through conventional and non-allopathic methodologies. Nutritional interventions with both appropriate noninflammatory diets and targeted nutraceutical supports are simple and basic strategies to prevent as well as help manage CAD and congestive heart failure (CHF). This evidence-based book describes how to integrate nutrition supplements lifestyle changes and medications for improved outcomes in hypertension lipids diabetes coronary heart disease congestive heart failure and much more. Topics include: Nutrigenomics proteomics and metabolomics in heart disease The risks and side effects of statin drugs The value of omega-3s and other fats Naturopathic approaches Gender-specific medicine Nutrient-drug interactions in cardiovascular medicine Nutritional medicine and understanding nutrigenomics for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease will become the recommended practice of medicine in the very near future. This book is designed to help established health professionals as well as students preparing for degrees in healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466572263

Nutritional Approaches To Aging Research The general plan of this volume Nutritional Approaches to Aging Research is for each chapter to present first a reasonably succinct state-of-the-art appraisal of present knowledge in the particular field or problem covered. This will vary considerable depending on the subject matter. Following this each chapter will focus on the problems and pitfalls both conceptual and technological of work in the particular field and no less important present some of the opportunities and implications of work in that particular area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896021

Nutritional Aspects and Clinical Management of Chronic Disorders and Diseases Premature births musculoskeletal diseases diabetes mellitus and psychiatric disorders. Nutrition plays a direct or indirect role in the causes treatment and/or management of many chronic disorders and diseases yet nutritional and dietary intervention is often left solely to paramedical staff. This book shows why nutritional and dietary interventions by physicians often are necessary and how following the practical guidelines presented physicians can integrate these concepts and interventions into clinical practice. Written largely by physicians experienced in treating patients with chronic diseases Nutritional Aspects and Clinical Management of Chronic Disorders and Diseases addresses the nutritional aspects and components of certain diseases and translates research findings and clinical experience into practical treatment recommendations. The book focuses on chronic illnesses that can be alleviated by nutritional support and intervention as part of the overall medical approach - from eating disorders and alcoholism to cancer HIV and AIDS. Organized by major disease category self-contained chapters document the nutritional component or basis of chronic diseases as well as the results of nutritional intervention.Nutritional Aspects and Clinical Management of Chronic Disorders and Diseases provides a ready reference for making nutritional support and intervention a regular part of treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454838

Nutritional Aspects Of AgingVolume 1 The first section in Volume 1 describes the fundamentals of nutrition and aging which include research strategies for the study of nutrition and aging. The nutritional modulation of the aging process which has provided a major breakthrough in the field of nutrition and longevity is also discussed. These include biomedical influences and social and psychological aspects. Section 3 includes dietary characteristics of the elderly population and methods for the assessment of nutritional status. The nutritional status of the elderly with respect to individual nutrients as determined by dietary survey and by biochemical methods is described in Section 4. Section 4 also includes discussion on nutrient metabolism requirements nutritional imbalances and deficiencies of nutrients. Energy metabolism and obesity as a factor in pathogenesis of diseases are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896038

Nutritional Aspects Of AgingVolume 2 In the first section of Volume 2 toxicological factors affecting nutritional status are discussed. Medications and alcohol may affect nutritional status. Section 2 provides a discussion of nutrition-related diseases which occur more frequently among the elderly. Cardiovascular diseases including coronary heart disease and cerebrovascular disease are the leading causes of death in the U.S. The relative importance of cardiovascular diseases in terms of all deaths for the given age group rises steadily with age. The death rate from these diseases is 28% for the middle age group (35 to 44) and is 69% for the old age group (age 75 and above. This reflects the continued progression of artherosclerosis with aging. Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the U.S. The death rate from cancer also rises steadily with age. The death rate from diabetes mellitus increases progressively with age and more rapidly after the age of 45. The incidence of diabetes mellitus is 0.23% under age 25 and 6.2% over 45. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896045

Nutritional Assessment of Athletes Nutritional assessment is a key to determining the health and performance efficiency of professional collegiate and recreational athletes. Expanded to include new chapters the second edition of Nutritional Assessment of Athletes examines the dietary nutritional and physical needs of athletes and describes critical biochemical and cli Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429104619

Nutritional BiochemistryCurrent Topics in Nutrition Research This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Nutrition is becoming ever more central to our understanding of metabolic processes. Nutritional biochemistry offers insight into the mechanisms by which diet influences human health and disease. This book focuses on five aspects of this complex field of study: nutritional genomics clinical nutrition and biochemistry vitamins and minerals macronutrients and energy and cell function and metabolism. Collected in this research compendium are recent studies within each of these topics. Each chapter contributes to a well-rounded and up-to-date picture of nutritional biochemistry. Appropriate for graduate-level and post-doctorate students this book will stimulate further study into this important field of research. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881456

Nutritional Care of the Patient with Gastrointestinal Disease Nutritional management is an integral part of the management for virtually all gastrointestinal diseases. Nutritional Care of the Patient with Gastrointestinal Disease fills a current void in nutritional education by providing a reference for diagnosing and managing common nutritional issues related to gastrointestinal disease. Its separation into focused chapters allows it to be read cover to cover or in selections making it useful on a need-to-know basis or for more diligent study. The book presents case studies in each chapter to illustrate the main topic. They include new landmark examinations on the role of nutrition and diet in the management of eosinophilic esophagitis irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). The book also addresses contemporary concerns with the use of probiotics including their effectiveness (or ineffectiveness) either individually or in combinations in given clinical situations. This book identifies and satisfies a need for evidence-based clinical knowledge. It provides up-to-date information on nutrition that practitioners need and serves as a guide to recognizing and administering nutritional care and support to patients with gastrointestinal disease. The new and updated information combined with supporting material make this book a necessary resource for study research and practice in understanding nutrition’s role in gastrointestinal health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482226034

Nutritional Concerns in Recreation Exercise and Sport Athletes coaches and recreationalists are continually seeking ways to maximize their competitive efforts in both exercise and sport and from 5km runners to Olympians most athletes recognize that good nutrition is as crucial to success as ongoing practice and regular exercise. Written and edited by top-notch nutrition and exercise authorities Nutritional Concerns in Recreation Exercise and Sport comprehensively covers the major nutritional concerns related to physical activity and the serious recreationalist and athlete focusing on core questions in the growing field of sports nutrition. This valuable resource discusses the central roles macronutrients (carbohydrates fats proteins and water) and micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) play in healthy nutrition. It includes practical considerations related to hydration body weight and the use of nutritional supplements as ergogenic aids. It also discusses the various athletic concerns athletes will likely face during different life stages such as the young athlete the pregnant athlete and the aging athlete. Concise and extensively referenced Nutritional Concerns in Recreation Exercise and Sport provides the knowledge base athletes need to make well-informed dietary decisions optimize overall health and achieve personal performance success. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385538

Nutritional Freshwater Life Supplying sustenance for millions of the poorest people in the world freshwater flora and fauna also contribute to overall economic well-being by means of export commodity trade tourism and recreation. As sources of high-quality nutrients freshwater flora and fauna of edible value represent a viable option for alleviating the problems related to malnutrition in developing and underdeveloped countries.Although the nutritional benefits of freshwater flora and fauna are well known there has long been a need for a book that supplies an assessment of their nutritional qualities. Well-illustrated with approximately 325 photographs this book fills that need. Nutritional Freshwater Life details the characteristics of more than 300 species of nutritionally important freshwater animals and plants.The book covers algae and plants crustaceans (prawns crayfish and crabs) mollusks (bivalves and gastropods) fish and frogs. For each species of freshwater life identified the book provides a photograph and details its characteristics such as scientific name common names habitats global distribution nutritional facts and biological features. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377588

Nutritional GenomicsThe Impact of Dietary Regulation of Gene Function on Human Disease The notion of matching diet with an individual’s genetic makeup is transforming the way the public views nutrition as a means of managing health and preventing disease. To fulfill the promise of nutritional genomics researchers are beginning to reconcile the diverse properties of dietary factors with our current knowledge of genome structure and gene function. What is emerging is a complex system of interactions that make the human genome exquisitely sensitive to our nutritional environment. Nutritional Genomics: The Impact of Dietary Regulation of Gene Function on Human Disease provides an integrated view of how genomic and epigenetic processes modulate the impact of dietary factors on health. Written as a resource for researchers nutrition educators and policy makers this book contains the latest scientific findings on the mechanisms of action underlying diet-genome interactions. It presents a unique perspective on the fundamentals of nutritional genomics from genomics transcriptomics proteomics and metabolomics. Contributing authors introduce the important areas of cell signaling and transduction the intricate regulation of gene expression and alteration of gene-linked chronic diseases such as obesity-induced inflammation insulin resistance metabolic syndrome cardiovascular disease and cancer. The authors detail significant areas of interest within nutritional genomics—including plant-based foods as epigenetic modifiers of gene function and the effects of bioactive phytochemicals on inherited genotype and expressed phenotypes. They also discuss the role of vitamin D in various cancer risks and the gastrointestinal tract as a defense system. Given the key role played by agriculture and the food industry to produce foods to meet personalized health needs the book also addresses agricultural breeding efforts to enhance nutritional value and the use of technology to increase bioactive ingredients in the food supply. The final chapters discuss manufacturing practices and novel processing techniques for retention of nutrients and bioactive components as well as the need for regulatory oversight and proper labeling to establish assurance of safety and benefit. An excellent resource for this exciting field the book identifies future directions for research and opportunities for improving global health and wellness by preventing delaying or mitigating chronic diseases with diet. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439844526

Nutritional Guidelines for Athletic PerformanceThe Training Table Knowing the basic nutrition requirements and combining them with proper training are the two most important factors for athletes to achieve peak performance levels. Nutritional Guidelines for Athletic Performance: The Training Table addresses these needs on a comprehensive basis from a training table perspective. Offering practical guidelines for practitioners and athletes the book focuses on the key macronutrients that fuel daily metabolism and exercise training and explores differing needs for various athletes and their individual goals.Topics discussed include:General principles and physiology of caloric intake for all major macronutrients and how this pertains to both active and sedentary individualsEnergy demands and nutritional requirements for strength-power athletes and elite competitors in endurance sports Protein carbohydrate fat vitamin and mineral needs of athletesThe importance of optimal fluid and hydration during exerciseHow to determine body weight for a desired body fat percentage recommended calorie consumption dietary suggestions and useful meal planning tools for a wide variety of caloric needsThe difference between energy intake and energy expenditure and how athletes can eat to build muscle lose fat and optimize performanceScientific strategies on how to time exercise and food intake to more effectively replenish glycogen increase protein synthesis and blunt protein degradationHow the physiological changes that accompany aging change nutrient needs and guidelines for older athletes on maximizing performance and maintaining healthStructuring a diet containing appropriate amounts of macronutrients (protein carbohydrates and fat) and micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) can be a daunting task. This text adequately addresses how athletes can do so in an effe Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381547

Nutritional Intervention in Metabolic Syndrome The prevalence of metabolic syndrome (MS) is rising in developing countries and developed countries at such high rates that it is now considered a worldwide public health problem of pandemic proportions. Yet its spread can usually be mitigated by diet and lifestyle behavior. Nutritional Intervention in Metabolic Syndrome brings together coverage of dietary patterns and dietary components to create a complete understanding of the mechanisms by which these diets and components may improve metabolic syndrome. It then presents information on how to treat MS through lifestyle change and nutritional intervention. Witten by experts the book focuses on diet therapy nutritional intervention and oxidative stress in metabolic syndrome. It presents information on dietary patterns in metabolic syndrome including Mediterranean style diets DASH and low calorie diets. The text then provides an understanding of the physiopathology mechanisms in metabolic syndrome and strategies to treat these conditions through nutritional intervention. Chapters cover prevalence of MS pathophysiology MS in systemic lupus erythematosus and rheumatoid arthritis gene-nutrient interactions MS in adolescents and children lifestyle change and physical activity and various effects of dietary components in MS. Research studies examining food groups are important and there is a trend in the literature to verify the relationship between dietary patterns and cardiovascular risk factors. However studies examining dietary components such as olive oil soy-based products n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids berries whole grains nuts dairy foods tea coffee and alcoholic beverages are also important. The coverage of both in this book gives you an understanding of the pathophysiology underlying MS that you can use to develop strategies to prevent and treat these conditions through nutritional intervention. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466556829

Nutritional Marine Life The nutritional benefits of marine flora and fauna are well known. Fish and crustaceans provide high-quality sources of amino acids—nutritionally important proteins found in only small amounts in cereals and grains. Nutrients and minerals in seafood can improve brain development and reproduction and there are strong links between fish and heart health. Similarly other organisms such as phytoplankton and invertebrates possess several nutrients of health importance. All of these benefits are critical to global nutrition and particularly important to food-deficient low-income countries. The first book of its kind Nutritional Marine Life explores the nutritional characteristics of the different species of the following groups of edible marine life: Phytoplankton Seaweeds and marsh plants Jellyfish Crustaceans Mollusks Echinoderms Prochordate Fish Turtles Mammals For each species the book discusses its classification common name habitat global distribution biological features and nutritional facts. The highly accessible style and high-quality photographs make it easy to identify nutritionally and commercially important marine species. The book is ideal for students and researchers in fisheries and aquaculture and in related marine biology and biotechnology disciplines. It is also suitable as a reference for practitioners in those fields as well as dieticians food scientists and physicians interested in knowing about the health benefits of seafood. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138382244

Nutritional PathologyPathobiochemistry of Dietary Imbalances This book examines several recent major developments in the field of nutritional pathology providing enhanced current understanding of the role that altered or disturbed nutrition plays in the pathogenesis of disease. It is intended for students in pathology nutrition and biochemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451721

Nutritional Strategies for the Diabetic/Prediabetic Patient While nutrition is central to the management of diabetes there is no one “diabetic diet”. Nutritional prescriptions depend on the type of diabetes food preferences lifestyle treatment regimen comorbidities state of health and the route of caloric administration. Nutritional Strategies for the Diabetic/Prediabetic Patient is a comprehensive reference aimed at advancing physicians’ knowledge of nutrition in relation to diabetes allowing them to provide evidence-based recommendations for their diabetic patients. It also provides dietitians and diabetic educators with an in-depth understanding of the pathophysiology and medical treatment of diabetes. Written by scientists clinicians registered dietitians and certified diabetes educators this book reviews the molecular mechanisms of disease and drug therapy. It also provides recommendations for management with the level of evidence indicated where appropriate. In areas where little research data is available the editors present recommendations based on extensive clinical experience. The book places particular focus on the synchronization of nutrient intake with medications and provides unique clinical management tools along with details of their ability to be replicated for patient use. To facilitate accessibility it features evidence-based technical reviews of clinical literature and includes numerous tables and figures with color photos of wound healing stages. Addressing all aspects of nutrition in adult diabetic and prediabetic patients Nutritional Strategies for the Diabetic/Prediabetic Patient is an important referencefor those concerned with the dietary management of this disease.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453848

Nutritional Supplements in Sport Exercise and HealthAn A-Z Guide Nutritional Supplements in Sport Exercise and Health is the most up-to-date and authoritative guide to dietary supplements ergogenic aids and sports nutrition foods currently available. Consisting of over 140 evidence-based review articles written by world-leading research scientists and practitioners the book aims to dispel the misinformation that surrounds supplements and supplementation offering a useful balanced and unbiased resource. The reviews are set out in an A-Z format and include: definitions alongside related products; applicable food sources; where appropriate practical recommendations such as dosage and timing possible nutrient interactions requiring the avoidance of other nutrients and any known potential side effects; and full research citations. The volume as a whole addresses the key issues of efficacy safety legality and ethics and includes additional reviews on the WADA code inadvertent doping and stacking. Combining the most up-to-date scientific evidence with consideration of practical issues this book is an essential reference for any healthcare professional working in sport and exercise any student or researcher working in sport and exercise science sports medicine health science or nutrition and for all coaches and support teams working with athletes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777644

Nutritional Support for Adults and ChildrenA Handbook for Hospital Practice ‘This book effectively bridges the gap between dietitian doctor nurse and pharmacist and there is much in it to educate even the more experienced practitioner. I recommend the book highly and feel confident that well-thumbed and battered copies will soon be found on wards everywhere.’ Alastair Forbes Chairman of the British Association of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition ‘This book will help non-specialists to make appropriate choices regarding nutritional care for their patients. It should prove to be a valuable resource for all professions in many areas of practice.’ Lynne Colagiovanni Chairman National Nurses Nutrition Group ‘This is a much needed comprehensive clinical nutrition guide for busy healthcare professionals. It covers all aspects of nutritional care in a logical and systematic way and will aid clinicians in making reasoned judgments on the nutritional care that their patients require.’ Vera Todorovic The Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Group of the British Dietetic Association ‘This handbook will be an invaluable resource as it provides a concise practical guide covering all aspects of clinical nutrition both for adults and paediatric patients.’ Rebecca White and Vicky Bradnam British Pharmaceutical Nutrition Group Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375502

Nutritional Toxicology Nutrients are gaining recognition for their role in protecting against the toxic effects of free radicals alcohol and other substances. At the same time advances in food technology the appearance of novel foods and new ingredients have generated new toxicological issues and forced health and safety professionals to develop new and more reliable methods to assess their impact on our health. These issues are at the heart of the second edition of Nutritional Toxicology. The book discusses the role of nutrients in protecting the body against toxicants. It explores the overall importance of the metabolism of xenobiotics and antioxidant nutrients in their increasingly important role in protecting against oxidative damage generated by free radicals. The book also discusses components of the diet that can influence metabolism of drugs how alcohol consumption affects nutritional status and conversely how nutritional status affects alcohol metabolism. The effect of age on the body's ability to metabolize drugs and toxicants is discussed in detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396671

NutritionCHEMISTRY AND BIOLOGY SECOND EDITION CategoryNutritionSubcategoryFood ChemistryContact Editor: N. Frabotta Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400200

Nutrition-Infection Interactions and Impacts on Human Health Nutrition and infection are often at a crossroads interacting with each other and influencing human health. Infection is a major health problem and nutritional deficiency plays a significant role in increasing the risk of infection. Nutrition–Infection Interactions and Impacts on Human Health presents state-of-the-art evidence on nutrition–infection interactions and their impact on health and disease. The book explores a wide range of topics including the effects of infection on nutrition—a common occurrence in the developing world—and nutrient–infection interactions for specific infections including HIV TB malaria and parasitic infections. These are reviewed with a special emphasis on nutritional interventions. Also covered is the role of the gastrointestinal tract and its influence on nutrition focusing on the human gastrointestinal microbiota enteric syndromes probiotics and immunonutrients. The book discusses infection–nutrition interactions in special age groups such as children adolescents and the elderly. It also reviews emerging nutritional and anti-infective strategies with an emphasis on future research directions. The book is useful for epidemiologists nutritionists and health care staff caring for patients. The book’s broad scope allows for its applicability to both the developed and the developing world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033764

NutritionismThe science and politics of dietary advice 'Gyorgy Scrinis exposes the folly of the reductionist approach and proposes an alternative food quality paradigm based on respecting traditional dietary patterns and reducing technological processing. It may offend nutritionists and will upset the food industry but it could also herald a delicious revolution in our ability to eat well.' - Dr Rosemary Stanton OAM NutritionistFrom the fear of 'bad nutrients' such as fat and cholesterol to the celebration of supposedly health-enhancing vitamins and omega-3 fats our understanding of food and health has been dominated by a reductive scientific focus on nutrients. It is on this basis that butter and eggs have been vilified yet highly processed foods such as margarine have been promoted as being healthier than whole foods.Gyorgy Scrinis argues that this ideology of nutritionism has narrowed and distorted our appreciation of food quality while promoting nutrition confusion and nutritional anxieties. The food industry exploits these anxieties by nutritionally modifying their food products and marketing them with nutritional and health claims.Through a fascinating investigation into such issues as the butter versus margarine debate the battle between low-fat low-carb low-calorie and low-GI weight-loss diets the limitations of dietary guidelines and the search for the optimal dietary pattern - from Mediterranean and vegetarian to paleo diets - Scrinis builds a revealing history of the scientific social and economic factors driving our modern fascination with nutrition and explores alternative ways of understanding food quality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743316924

NutritionMaintaining and Improving Health Following the tradition of its predecessor the fifth edition of Nutrition: Maintaining and Improving Health continues to offer a wide-ranging coverage of all aspects of nutrition while providing new information to this edition including: Increased coverage of experimental and observational methods used in nutrition In-depth focus on the nutritional implications of the increased adoption of vegetarian and vegan lifestyles Streamlined referencing - a short selected list of key references at the end of each chapter with URL links to free additional resources where possible Discussion of nutrition debates Critical coverage of "medicinal uses of food" including superfoods functional foods and dietary supplements Updated bullet point summaries of key points after each major topic within each chapter The author provides an evidence-based evaluation of many key nutrition beliefs and philosophies. The book contains in-depth and critical reviews of the methods used to evaluate nutritional intakes/status and the observational and experimental used to investigate putative links between dietary factors and health outcome. It covers the role of food as a source of energy and nutrients while discussing the non-nutritional roles of food and the social and psychological factors that influence food choice. Presenting a critical discussion on the value of nutrition research linking specific foods or nutrients to specific diseases which encourages students to question the value of some current nutrition research. This is essential reading for all nutrition and dietetics students with different backgrounds who are studying nutrition as a specific discipline for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815362418

Nuts and Bolts FilmmakingPractical Techniques for the Guerilla Filmmaker Nuts and Bolts Filmmaking an ideal book for the rapidly growing number of low-budget filmmakers provides how-to information on the day-to-day techniques of actual low-budget production. Containing construction details describing how to replicate expensive tools for under $30 a piece this book provides quick and inexpensive remedies to both the most common and most difficult production challenges. Nuts and Bolts Filmmaking is an invaluable resource to anyone looking to make a film without a big budget. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141070

Nyansapo (The Wisdom Knot)Toward an African Philosophy of Education This study examines the issues of indigenous philosophies which are embedded in different aspects of socialization process among the Akan of Ghana. The research explores the possibility of forging a new future that builds on the positive aspects of their past and present and on carefully chosen ideas methods and technology from abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861090

O Mother Where Art Thou?An Irigarayan Reading of the Book of Chronicles According to Kelso the Book of Chronicles silences women in specific ways most radically through their association with maternity. Drawing on the work of two feminist philosophers Luce Irigaray and Michelle Boulous Walker she argues that we may discern two principal strategies of silencing women in Chronicles: disavowal and repression of the maternal body. In its simplest form the silencing of women takes place through both an explicit and implicit strategy of excluding them from the central action. Largely banished from the central action they are hardly able to contribute to the production of Israel s past. On a more complex level however women are most effectively silenced through their association with maternity because the maternal body is both disavowed and repressed in Chronicles. The association of women with maternity along with the disavowal and repression of the maternal body as origin of the masculine subject effects and guarantees the silence of the feminine enabling man to imagine himself as sole producer of his world. These strategies of silencing the feminine need to be understood in relation to the relative absence of women from the narrative world of Chronicles. Kelso argues that Chronicles depends on the absence and silence of women for its imaginary coherence. This argument is enabled by Irigarayan theory. But more importantly Kelso suggests that Irigaray also offers us a viable mode (not method) of reading writing listening and speaking as woman (whatever that might mean) in relation to the so-called origins of western culture specifically the Hebrew Bible or Old Testament. She argues that Irigaray enables a not only rigorous feminist critique of patriarchy and its many texts but also somewhat more charitably a mode of reading that enables women to read the past differently seeking out what remains to be discovered especially the forgotten future in the past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711034

O. H. Mowrer's Theory of Integrity Therapy Revisited In the mid 20th century O. Hobart Mowrer was a celebrated academic psychologist owing largely to his experiments with animals and humans that led to breakthrough theories on how we learn. His numerous publications in this arena propelled him to the post of President of the American Psychological Association in 1954. His own battles with depression led him to develop a new theory of psychotherapy which he called Integrity Therapy. The premise of this modality is that the client’s deception with people they care about is the source of conscience pangs but the client resists or represses the prompting of the conscience and this causes his or her psychological symptoms. Treatment therefore consists of urging the client to acknowledge his or her hidden behaviors to themselves and to significant others that they might both gain restored community with intimates and the fruits of personal integrity and inner peace ( to come clean about their deceptions and rewarding the confession with approval.) This book explores the conceptual underpinnings of Integrity Therapy and Mowrer’s unique treatment approach detailing his methods for setting conditions for therapy assessing clinical data rules of engagement for transference and countertransference and handling client resistance. Case examples and transcripts are included to demonstrate key points of this technique. Mental health professionals interested in Mowrer’s ideas or the history of psychotherapy will find this book to be a valuable and interesting resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721554

Oakland on Quality Management 'Oakland on the New Quality Management' shows managers how to implement a Total Quality Management strategy throughout all activities and thereby achieve top quality performance overall not just focusing on product or service quality. The text addresses the issues of implementing TQM teamwork and changes in culture and emphasizes the integration of TQM into the strategy of the organization with specific advice on how to implement TQM. Topics covered include quality function deployment (QFD) communications and quality strategy measurement and benchmarking and teamwork for culture change including the 'Drive' model. Ten points are presented to aid senior management in their thinking on commitment culture and communication issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080479781

Oasis of DreamsTeaching and Learning Peace in a Jewish-Palestinian Village in Israel First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023311

Obama the Media and Framing the U.S. Exit from Iraq and Afghanistan Situating Obama’s end-of-war discourse in the historical context of the 2001 terrorist attacks Obama the Media and Framing the U.S. Exit from Iraq and Afghanistan begins with a detailed comparison with the Bush war-on-terror security narrative before examining elements of continuity and change in post-9/11 elite rhetoric. Erika King deftly employs two case studies of presidential and media framing - the weeks surrounding the formal announcements of Obama’s December 2009 'surge-then-exit' strategy from Afghanistan and the end of combat operations in Iraq in August 2010 - to explore the role of mass media in presenting presidential narratives of war and finds evidence of an interpretive disconnect between the media and a president seeking to present a more nuanced approach to keeping America safe. Eloquently scrutinizing Obama’s discourse on the U.S. exit from two post-9/11 wars and contrasting the presidential endgame frame with the U.S. mainstream media’s narratives of the wars’ meaning accomplishments and denouement provides a unique combination of qualitative content analysis and topical case studies and makes this volume an ideal resource for scholars and researchers grappling with the complicated and ever-evolving nexus of war the president and the media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252325

Obama and RaceHistory Culture Politics In this collection academics from both sides of the Atlantic analyze the confluence of a politician a process and a problem - Barack Obama the 2008 US presidential election and the 'problem' of race in contemporary America. The special focus falls upon Barack Obama himself who appears in many guises: as an individual from biracial and transnational backgrounds; a skilled urban African-American organizer and then politician; and as intellectual and author of a bestselling autobiographical exploration. There is a certain representative quality about Obama that makes him a convenient way into the labyrinth of American race relations national and regional politics (including the South and Hawaii) and past history (particularly from the 1960s to the present). Contributors also explore the role Michelle Obama has played in this process both separately from and together with her husband while one theme running through many chapters concerns the myriad ways that the American left right and centre differ on the nature and future of race in a country that daily becomes more mixed in ethnic and racial terms. Race is everywhere; race is nowhere. The essays are grouped by their approach to the topic of Obama and race: via historical analysis cultural studies political science and sociology as well as pedagogy. The result is an exciting mix of perspectives on one of the most fascinating phenomena of our time. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Patterns of Prejudice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686785

Obama and the WorldNew Directions in US Foreign Policy  This significantly revised updated and extended second edition of New Directions in US Foreign Policy retains the strongest aspects of its original structure but adds a comprehensive account of the latest theoretical perspectives the key actors and issues and new policy directions. Offering a detailed and systematic outline of the field this text: Explains how international relations theories such as realism liberalism and constructivism can help us to interpret US foreign policy under President Obama Examines the key influential actors shaping foreign policy from political parties and think tanks to religious groups and public opinion Explores the most important new policy directions under the Obama administration from the Arab Spring and the rise of China to African policy and multilateralism Supplies succinct presentation of relevant case material and provides recommendations for further reading and web sources for pursuing future research. Written by a distinguished line-up of contributors actively engaged in original research on the topics covered and featuring twelve brand new chapters this text provides a unique platform for rigorous debate over the contentious issues that surround US foreign policy. This wide-ranging text is essential reading for all students and scholars of US foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715232

Obama in OfficeThe First Two Years Barack Obama entered office on a wave of popular expectation; will he exit at the hands of a Tea Party inspired populist tsunami or return for four more years? Obama in Office brings together well-established political scientists and journalists to offer the first detailed assessment of President Obama and his first two years in office. This book covers the range of policy tests which the administration has faced during this period including the recession and its jobless recovery health care reform financial regulation the BP oil leak in the Gulf of Mexico and the ongoing war in Afghanistan. Looking beyond the midterms Obama in Office considers the results of 2010 the impact of the Tea Party and the prospects for 2012. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519932

Obama's Challenge to ChinaThe Pivot to Asia This book explores U.S.-China relations the most important bilateral relationship in the world under the leadership of President Barack Obama. Obama took office just as China’s rise to global power accelerated; his decisions set the stage for a new era in U.S.-China relations . In Part I the book outlines Barack Obama’s own personal worldview and the backgrounds of the advisors that made up his China team including Hillary Clinton Robert Gates John Kerry and Susan Rice. Part II chronologically details the major events in U.S.-China relations from 2009 to 2014 including such high-profile cases as Obama’s first China visit the ’Pivot to Asia’ the story of blind lawyer Cheng Guangcheng Xi Jinping’s rise to power and Edward Snowden’s revelations on U.S. cyberespionage. Part III switches back to a topical organization addressing Sino-U.S. relations and interactions with regards to various issues: economics military relations climate change human rights and multilateral cooperation in regional and international organizations such as the APEC G20 and the United Nations. Finally the book ends with timely suggestions for how to improve the U.S.-China relationship and ensure a peaceful future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559875

Obama's Foreign PolicyEnding the War on Terror This edited volume is an innovative analysis of President Barack Obama’s foreign policy security and counter-terrorism policy specifically within the context of ending the now infamous War on Terror. The book adopts a comparative approach analysing change and continuity in US foreign policy during Obama’s first term in office vis-à-vis the foreign policy of the War on Terror initiated by George W. Bush following the terrorist attacks of September 11 2001. Despite being heralded as an agent of change since his election in 2008 Obama has faced criticism that his foreign policy is effectively the same as what went before and that the War on Terror is still alive and well. Far from delivering wholesale change Obama has been accused of replicating and even reinforcing the approach language and policies that many anticipated he would reject. With contributions from a range of US foreign policy experts this volume analyses the extent to which these criticisms of continuity are correct identifying how the failure to end the War on Terror is manifest and explaining the reasons that have made enacting change in foreign policy so difficult. In addressing these issues contributions to this volume will discuss continuity and change from a range of perspectives in International Relations and Foreign Policy Analysis.  This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of US foreign policy security studies and American politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591653

Obedient HereticsMennonite Identities in Lutheran Hamburg and Altona During the Confessional Age This case study examines the history of the Netherlandic Mennonite community living in and around Hamburg after the Thirty Years War. Based on detailed archival research it expands the scope of Radical Reformation studies to include the confessional age (c. 1550-1750). During this period Mennonites had to conform politically while trying to preserve many of the nonconformist ideals of their forebears such as the refusal to baptize children bear arms and swear solemn oaths. The research presented in Obedient Heretics will therefore be of interest to scholars of minority communities in addition to those concerned with the Reformation's legacy confessionalization and confessional identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247830

Obese Humans and Rats Originally published in 1974 this volume examines the behavioural similarities of obese humans and animals whose so-called feeding centre (the ventro-medial hypothalamic nuclei) has been lesioned. Both the obese human and the VMH-lesioned animal seem to share a hyposensitivity to the internal (physiological) cues to eating and hypersensitivity to external cues associated with food. Beginning with a review these obese animals and the human obese are compared point by point on experimental results reported in the literature. Then new findings are presented that specifically tested humans for relationships that are well-established for lesioned animals. Next a theoretical framework integrates the human and animal data to postulate that the relationship of cue prominence and probability of response is stronger for the obese than for normal. The causes for this and the extension of the basis for the obese’s eating behaviour to other areas are discussed in light of further experiments that will make this invaluable reading for all concerned with the history of obesity and the issues of regulatory behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829169

Obesity Eating Disorders and the Media How do the media represent obesity and eating disorders? How are these representations related to one another? And how do the news media select which scientific findings and policy decisions to report? Multi-disciplinary in approach Obesity Eating Disorders and the Media presents critical new perspectives on media representations of obesity and eating disorders with analyses of print online and televisual media framings. Exploring abjection and alarm as the common themes linking media framings of obesity and eating disorders Obesity Eating Disorders and the Media shows how the media similarly position these conditions as dangerous extremes of body size and food practice. The volume then investigates how news media selectively cover and represent science and policy concerning obesity and eating disorders with close attention to the influence of pre-existing framings alongside institutional and moral agendas. A rich comprehensive analysis of media framings of obesity and eating disorders - as embodied conditions complex disorders public health concerns and culturally significant phenomena - this volume will be of interest to scholars and students across the social sciences and all those interested in understanding cultural aspects of obesity and eating disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600433

Obesity and Diabetes Mellitus This book is the result of the study of metabolic and hormonal disorders in patients suffering obesity and diabetes mellitus focusing on mechanisms of formation of atherosclerotic changes in the myocardium and vessels in diabetes mellitus patient. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079514

Obesity and Mental Disorders Currently there are a limited amount of guidelines to help clinicians manage patients with obesity and comorbid mental disorders. This expertly written source fills the gap in the literature by providing a clear overview of obesity and its relationship to mental illness while reviewing the most recent methods to manage and control the condition with diet exercise psychological treatments pharmacotherapy and surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453893

Obesity Discourse and Fat PoliticsResearch Critique and Interventions There is considerable rhetoric and concern about weight and obesity across an increasing range of national contexts. Alarmist claims about an ‘obesity time-bomb’ are continually recycled in policy reports reviews and white papers each of which begin with the assumption that fatness is fundamentally unhealthy and damaging to national economies. With contributions from the UK Canada the USA and Australia this book offers alternative critical perspectives on this alleged public health crisis which were in part developed through an Economic and Social Research Council seminar series on Fat Studies and Health at Every Size (HAES). Written by scholars from a range of disciplines and the health professions themes include: an interrogation of statistical procedures used to construct the obesity epidemic overweight and obesity as cultural signifiers for Type 2 diabetes understandings of healthy eating and healthy weight in a ‘problem’ population gendered expectations on men and women to lose weight the visual representation of obesity tensions when researching (anti-)fatness critical dietitians’ engagement with HAES alternative ways of promoting physical activity and representations of obesity in the media. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Public Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749312

Obesity Epidemiology Pathogenesis and TreatmentA Multidisciplinary Approach This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.The book provides a comprehensive perspective on the subject of obesity epidemiology pathophysiology and management of obesity. The chapters provide a better understanding of obesity and obesity-related diseases and offer an integrative framework for individualized dietary and exercise programs behavior modification pharmaceutical approaches surgery and population interventions to reduce the growing epidemic of obesity. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880084

Obesity in the Dog and Cat 3* Doody’s Star Rating®  CHOICE Magazine 'Recommended' (May 2020) As of 2018 pet obesity in the US affects an estimated 55.8 percent of dogs and 59.5 percent of cats resulting in secondary conditions such as arthritis diabetes mellitus kidney disease and certain forms of cancer. A complete and balanced diet accompanied by regular exercise is fundamental to optimize health and longevity in companion animals meaning overweight pets have reduced quality of life and shorter life expectancy. Seeking to address this major modern-day problem this book provides a comprehensive review of obesity in small animal medicine. Reviews epidemiology and how animal- and human-specific factors contribute to excess weight gain. Discusses the metabolic effects and inflammatory mediators associated with adiposity. Looks at various disease states and how they relate or develop as a result of obesity. Reviews different modalities to determine body composition to diagnose obesity. Offers a clinical approach to managing obesity with diet including discussion on the nutrients of concern for therapeutic weight loss diets. Veterinarians seeking to provide weight management services in practice will find clinically-applicable information from expert authors from both academic and practice backgrounds. Chapters cover topics ranging from epidemiology and pathophysiology of obesity to evaluation of body composition and nutritional and behavioral management. The book also explores the role of exercise in managing obesity and looks at the management of co-morbidities. Finally the authors present a range of case studies to demonstrate these topics in real-life practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498741477

Obesity: A Kinesiology Perspective There have been many books written on the subject of obesity but most have approached the topic from the standpoint of the nutritionist concluding from the somewhat fallacious evidence of changes in body mass that exercise has little place in the prevention or the treatment of obesity. This new volume written by an exercise physiologist approaches the topic through a thoughtful lens suggesting that regular physical activity plays an important role in preventing the development of obesity is a valuable adjunct therapy in the treatment of the established condition and makes a solid contribution to the maintenance of weight loss once target weights have been achieved.In addition to detailing evidence that supports such a conclusion the text offers a unique perspective on obesity over the ages. It evaluates methods of determining body fat content that are appropriate to field and epidemiological studies and it looks at the timing and aetiology of the recent obesity epidemic. It also considers the diseases associated with obesity and the resultant medical costs attempting to disentangle the respective contributions of a sedentary lifestyle and the resultant accumulation of fat to the observed patterns of ill-health. Other sections of the text suggest that adipose tissue has important functions beyond the passive storage of energy and looks critically at the excuse of "bad genes" that some people plead to explain their excessive body weight.Obesity: A Kinesiologist’s Perspective should thus provide helpful information and be a key resource for students and researchers alike in bariatrics kinesiology and nutrition as well as the related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588366

ObesityDietary and Developmental Influences Focusing on prevention rather than treatment Obesity: Dietary and Developmental Influences reviews and evaluates the determinants of obesity. The book uses evidence-based research as a basis to define foods and dietary behaviors that should be supported and encouraged as well as those that should be discouraged. This comprehensive review represents a critical step forward in the quest to identify actionable strategies to prevent obesity. The book describes the potential role of 26 different dietary factors and 8 developmental periods in the prevention of obesity among children and adults. The dietary factors examined include macronutrients micronutrients specific types of foods and beverages snack and meal patterns portion size parenting practices breastfeeding and more. The factors from each developmental period in the life cycle are examined in the context of the likelihood of obesity development. For each dietary factor and developmental period four lines of evidence are examined: secular trends plausible mechanisms observational studies and prevention trials. Providing easy access to information the book features 38 tables that summarize observational studies 38 graphs depicting trends in dietary intake and 9 tables that summarize prevention trials. It provides a synopsis of the latest research on obesity investigating all major lines of evidence and clarifies common misconceptions while identifying which behaviors to target and which dietary factors show the most promise for prevention. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453794

ObesityEpidemiology Pathophysiology and Prevention Second Edition The World Health Organization (WHO) has declared obesity a global epidemic. Its prevalence has more than doubled since 1980 causing a myriad of health problems for children and adults. Obesity: Epidemiology Pathophysiology and Prevention Second Edition explores the molecular mechanisms and pathophysiology leading to obesity and metabolic disorders. It examines the safety of obesity drugs and drug development strategies as well as the role of physical activity nutrition and nutraceutical supplements in obesity treatment and prevention. With contributions from a cadre of internationally known experts the book covers a spectrum of essential topics related to this widespread phenomenon including: The relationship between obesity and type 2 diabetes The addiction mechanism related to refined foods as a significant factor in obesity The correlation between obesity and environmental estrogens endocrine disruption cigarette smoking and inflammatory response The role of drug and chemical toxicities and genomic imprinting disorders in obesity The safety and regulation of prescription and over-the-counter weight loss drugs Various diets the glycemic index and the role of exercise in treating or preventing obesity Controversy over effective vs. banned weight loss supplements Childhood obesity and its prevention Bariatric surgery for weight management and reversal of metabolic disorders As the public has become more aware of the deadly adverse effects of obesity numerous products and programs have targeted the overweight and obese population many with dangerous side effects. It is essential that we develop strategic therapeutic intervention supported by credible data. This volume is an ideal reference point for researchers looking for new avenues of inquiry and practicing medical professionals clinical nutritionists and dietitians seeking guidance for their patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439854259

ObesityEvaluation and Treatment Essentials Second Edition Obesity is considered a complex and multifactorial disease. Its treatment therefore must also be multimodal and tailored to meet the needs of each patient. Obesity: Evaluation and Treatment Essentials presents a wide spectrum of practical treatment protocols for obesity including exercise pharmacology behavior modification and dietary factors from the point of view of the practicing physician. The book includes information about the new pharmacotherapy available for the treatment of obesity. It also includes a chapter on medical treatment of pediatric obesity that identifies the special needs of children and outlines approaches for managing the obese child. A chapter on binge eating disorder has been added and the information on pharmacology of bariatric medicine has been updated. The book addresses various dietary interventions such as low-calorie balanced diets low-carbohydrate diets and very-low-carbohydrate diets while also exploring the comorbidities of obesity such as hypertension cardiovascular disease and Type II diabetes. Written by prominent members of the Obesity Medicine Association and a multidisciplinary team of clinicians and researchers the book showcases successful treatment methods by including personal key points by clinicians in each chapter. This comprehensive resource is an invaluable user-friendly tool for bariatric physicians and surgeons endocrinologists diabetologists nutritionists and dieticians as well as all other professionals who currently treat obesity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482262070

ObesityPrevention and Treatment The prevalence of obesity in the United States and the rest of the industrialized world has skyrocketed in the past 20 years. Linked to heart disease diabetes hypertension and metabolic syndrome it is also the leading cause of osteoarthritis and the second leading cause of cancer. With contributions from leading experts in the field Obesity: Prevention and Treatment bridges the gap between emerging understanding of the pathophysiology of obesity with concrete clinical applications for physicians and other healthcare workers in all disciplines of medicine. Following an overview of issues related to the prevention and management of obesity the book discusses: Energy balance the metabolic predictors of weight gain and the role of adipokines genetics and the environment on obesity The epidemiology of obesity The identification and evaluation of the overweight patient as a guide to the selection of treatment Nutritional aspects of obesity treatment and management Exercise risks to which the obese patient may be more prone and steps that can be taken to mitigate these risks Behavior modification strategies for the obese patient The definition assessment consequences and treatment of childhood obesity Drugs and surgical options for treatment The implications of public policy on the problem of obesity The significance of intra-abdominal and ectopic fat deposition in endocrine aspects of obesity Currently over two thirds of the adult population in the United States is either overweight or obese. With these grim statistics it is critically important that clinicians from all branches of medicine play an active role in diagnosing and treating obesity and its related conditions. This volume arms clinicians with the information they need to create an appropriate prevention and treatment program for their patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198494

Obeying OrdersAtrocity Military Discipline and the Law of War A soldier obeys illegal orders thinking them lawful. When should we excuse his misconduct as based in reasonable error? How can courts convincingly convict the soldier's superior officer when after Nuremberg criminal orders are expressed through winks and nods hints and insinuations? Can our notions of the soldier's "due obedience " designed for the Roman legionnaire be brought into closer harmony with current understandings of military conflict in the contemporary world? Mark J. Osiel answers these questions in light of new learning about atrocity and combat cohesion as well as changes in warfare and the nature of military conflict. Sources of atrocity are far more varied than current law assumes and such variations display consistent patterns. The law now generally requires that soldiers resolve all doubts about the legality of a superior's order in favor of obedience. It excuses compliance with an illegal order unless the illegality - as with flagrant atrocities - would be immediately obvious to anyone. But these criteria are often in conflict and at odds with the law's underlying principles and policies. Combat and peace operations now depend more on tactical imagination self-discipline and loyalty to immediate comrades than on immediate unreflective adherence to the letter of superiors' orders backed by threat of formal punishment. The objective of military law is to encourage deliberative judgment. This can be done Osiel suggests in ways that enhance the accountability of our military forces in both peace operations and more traditional conflicts while maintaining their effectiveness. Osiel seeks to "civilianize" military law while building on soldiers' own internal ideals of professional virtuousness. He returns to the ancient ideal of martial honor reinterpreting it in light of new conditions arguing that it should be implemented through realistic training in which legal counsel plays an enlarged role rather than by threat of legal prosecution. Obeying Orders thus offers a compelling answer to the question that has most haunted the moral imagination of the late twentieth century: the roots - and restraint - of mass atrocity in war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138528994

Object and Absolutive in Halkomelem Salish This book treats aspects of the syntax of Halkomelem a Salish language spoken in southwestern British Columbia specifically those constructions which involve objects and seeks to accomplish two goals. First it provides natural language fodder for the debate concerning the nature of grammatical relations and their place in syntactic theory. Second by showing that Halkomelem draws from a familiar class of universal constructions and organizes its syntax around some simple and common parameters the author has brought the Salish languages which due to their phonological and morphological complexity seemed particularly fearsome into cross-linguistic perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994560

Object Lessons and Early Learning The twenty-first century is a time of change for early learning in museums due in part to society's evolving view of childhood from an age of innocence to understanding the robust learning that defines the first years of life. This perspective is a catalyst for international conversation and continues to raise attention and interest across society. Object Lessons and Early Learning leverages what is known about the cognitive development of young children to examine the power of learning through objects in museum and heritage settings. Exploring the history and modern day practice of object-based learning Shaffer outlines the rationale for endorsing this approach in both formal and informal learning spaces. She argues that museums as collecting institutions are learning spaces uniquely positioned to allow children to make meaning about their world through personal connections to cultural artifacts natural specimens and works of art. A range of descriptive object lessons inspired by objects in museums as well as from the everyday world are presented throughout the text as examples of ways in which children can be encouraged to engage with museum collections. Object Lessons and Early Learning offers insights into strategies for engaging young children as learners in museum settings and in their everyday world and as such will be essential reading for museum professionals classroom educators and students. It should also be of great interest to academics and researchers engaged in the study of museums and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629584058

Object Management First published in 1992 this volume explores the use of object oriented methods which is forecast to grow rapidly with their flexibility and facility to overcome some of the inadequacies of relational databases. This timely book reviews their potential in the data management context. It examines the impact of object oriented techniques on the practice of data management including data analysis database design database administration and DBMS operation. The main emphasis of the book is on practical experience of developing and applying 00 methods in the most popular application areas. Its four parts covering the background to object technology the products the applications and the implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339408

Object PerceptionStructure and Process This collection of research on object perception focuses on holistic and featural properties of objects the mechanisms that produce such properties how people choose one type of property over another and how such choices are improved during the course of child development. The contributions consider alternative perceptual characterizations the way in which such properties are represented in the mind how particular properties are more useful in some kinds of tasks that humans perform and how the developing child learns to cope with different properties in choosing among alternatives to optimize task performance. These papers were written by specialists for specialists in experimental cognitive and developmental psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203762851

Object Relations The Self and the Group This established text presents a framework for integrating group psychology with psychoanalytic theories of object relations the ego and the self through the perspective of general systems theory. It defines and discusses key constructs in each of the fields and illustrates them with practical examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179400

Object Relations and Intersubjective Theories in the Practice of Psychotherapy The evolution of psychoanalytic/psychodynamic psychotherapy has been marked by an increasing disconnect between theory and technique. This book re-establishes a bridge between the two. In presenting a clear explanation of modern psychodynamic theory and concepts and an abundance of clinical illustrations Brodie shows how every aspect of psychodynamic therapy is determined by current psychodynamic theory. In Object Relations and Intersubjective Theories in the Practice of Psychotherapy Brodie uses the theoretical foundation of the work of object relations theorist D.W. Winnicott showing how each of his developmental concepts have clear implications for psychodynamic treatment and builds on the contributions of current intersubjective theorists Thomas Ogden and Jessica Benjamin. Added to this is Brodie’s vast array of clinical material ranging from delinquent adolescents to high-functioning adults and drawing on nearly 40 years of experience in psychotherapy. These contributions are fresh and original and crucially demonstrate how clinical technique is informed by theory and how theory can be illuminated by clinical material. Written with clarity and detail this book will appeal to graduate students in psychology and psychotherapy medical residents in psychiatry and young practicing psychotherapists who wish to fully explore why psychotherapists do what they do and the dialectical relationship between theory and technique that informs their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428778

Object Relations and Social RelationsThe Implications of the Relational Turn in Psychoanalysis This book has two essential aims. First to introduce some of the key assumptions behind relational psychoanalysis to an international audience and to outline the points where this approach counters complements or extends existing object relations (Kleinian and Independent) traditions. Second to consider some of the implications of the relational turn for the application of psychoanalytic concepts and methods beyond the consulting room. The emergence of what has become known as "the relational turn" in psychoanalysis has interesting implications not just for clinical practice but for other psychoanalytically informed practices such as group relations the human service professions and social research. Relational forms of psychoanalysis have emerged primarily in the USA and as a result their core concepts and methods are less well-known in other countries including the UK. Moreover even within the USA few attempts have so far been made to consider the wider implications of this development for social and political theory; intervention in groups and organizations and the practice of social research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105945

Object Relations in Gestalt Therapy This book focuses on the psychoanalytic theory of object relations in order to integrate certain pertinent elements of Fairbairn's theory of object relations to achieve the proposed revision by Perls et al. of Gestalt therapy's theory of the Self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490359

Object Relations Theories and PsychopathologyA Comprehensive Text In Object Relations Theories and Psychopathology: A Comprehensive Text Frank Summers provides thorough lucid and critically informed accounts of the work of major object relations theorists: Fairbairn Guntrip Klein Winnicott Kernberg and Kohut.  His expositions achieve distinction on two counts.  First the work of each object relations theorist is presented as a comprehensive whole with separate sections expounding the theorist's ideas and assumptions about metapsychology development psychopathology and treatment with a critical evaluation of the strengths and limitations of the theory in question.  Second the emphasis in each chapter is on issues of clinical understanding and technique.  Making extensive use of case material provided by each of the theorists he shows how each object relations theory yields specific clinical approaches to a variety of syndromes and how these approaches entail specific modifications in clinical technique.Beyond his detailed attention to the theoretical and technical differences among object relations theories Summers' penultimate chapter discusses the similarities and differences of object relations and interpersonal theories.  And his concluding chapter outlines a pragmatic object relations approach to development psychopathology and technique that combines elements of all object relations theories without opting for any single theory.Object Relations Theories and Psychopathology is that rare event in psychoanalytic publishing: a substantial readable text that surveys a broad expanse of theoretical and clinical landscape with erudition sympathy and critical perspective.  It will be essential reading for all analysts psychologists psychiatrists and social workers who wish to familiarize themselves with object relations theories in general sharpen their understanding of the work of specific object relations theorists or enhance their ability to employ these theories in their clinical work.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872455

Object StoriesArtifacts and Archaeologists Archaeologists are synonymous with artifacts. With artifacts we construct stories concerning past lives and livelihoods yet we rarely write of deeply personal encounters or of the way the lives of objects and our lives become enmeshed. In this volume 23 archaeologists each tell an intimate story of their experience and entanglement with an evocative artifact. Artifacts range from a New Britain obsidian tool to an abandoned Viking toy boat the marble finger of a classical Greek statue and ordinary pottery fragments from Roman England and Polynesia. Other tales cover contemporary objects including a toothpick bell door and the blueprint for a 1970s motorcar. These creative stories are self-consciously personal; they derive from real world encounter viewed through the peculiarities and material intimacy of archaeological practice. This text can be used in undergraduate and graduate courses focused on archaeological interpretation and theory as well as on material culture and story-telling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323849

Object Worlds in Ancient EgyptMaterial Biographies Past and Present Egypt looms large in the Western imagination. Whether it is our attraction to pharaonic art the pyramids or practices of mummification Egypts unique understanding of materiality speaks to us across space and time. Is it because the ancient Egyptians fetishized material objects that we find their culture captivating today? And what exactly do Egyptian remains tell us about biography embodiment memory materiality and the self? Object Worlds in Ancient Egypt takes New Kingdom Egypt (1539-1070 BC) as its starting point and considers how excavated objects reveal the complex ways that ancient Egyptians experienced their material world. From life to death the material world instantiated reflected and influenced social life and existence for ancient Egyptians. Thus in Meskells unique approach to the materiality and sensuousness of subjects and objects we uncover the philosophical spiritual and human meanings embedded in these cultural artefacts. Meskells book explores the fundamental existential questions that not only preoccupied ancient Egyptians but continue to fascinate people today. What is the essence of persons and things? How might we understand the situated experiences of material life the constitution of the object world and its shaping of human experience? How might objects successfully mediate between worlds? In the final analysis Meskell moves forward through time and examines the consumption and appreciation of these Egyptian material objects in the contemporary world. Materiality is our physical engagement with the world our medium for inserting ourselves into the fabric of that world and our way of constituting and shaping culture in an embodied and external sense. From that perspective it is very much the domain of anthropology and archaeology.Drawing on a wide range of objects artefacts and artwork from Valley of the Kings through to Las Vegas Meskell provides an elegant analysis of the aesthetics of ancient Egyptian material culture Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086208

Object-Based Learning and Well-BeingExploring Material Connections Object-Based Learning and Well-Being provides the first explicit analysis of the combined learning and well-being benefits of working with material culture and curated collections. Following on from the widely acclaimed Engaging the Senses this volume explicitly explores the connection between the value of material culture for both learning and well-being. Bringing together experts and practitioners from eight countries on four continents the book analyses the significance of curated collections for structured cultural interventions that may bring both educational and well-being benefits. Topics covered include the role of material culture in relation to mental health; sensory impairments; and general student and teacher well-being. Contributors also consider how collections can be employed to positively address questions of identity and belonging relating to marginalisation colonialism and forced displacement. Object-Based Learning and Well-Being should be a key first point of reference for academics and students who are engaged in the study of object-based learning museums heritage health and well-being. The book will be of particular interest to practitioners working in higher education or those working in the cultural heritage museums and health sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388048

ObjectificationOn the Difference between Sex and Sexism This is a concise and accessible introduction into the concept of objectification one of the most frequently recurring terms in both academic and media debates on the gendered politics of contemporary culture and core to critiquing the social positions of sex and sexism. Objectification is an issue of media representation and everyday experiences alike. Central to theories of film spectatorship beauty fashion and sex objectification is connected to the harassment and discrimination of women to the sexualization of culture and the pressing presence of body norms within media. This concise guidebook traces the history of the term’s emergence and its use in a variety of contexts such as debates about sexualization and the male gaze and its mobilization in connection with the body selfies and pornography as well as in feminist activism. It will be an essential introduction for undergraduate and postgraduate students in Gender Studies Media Studies Sociology Cultural Studies or Visual Arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199111

Objections to Nuclear DefencePhilosophers on Deterrence Moral and political questions are vitally relevant to the issue of survival in the nuclear age. Ethics has much to teach us about the meaning of national defence and civic responsibility in the nuclear state. For instance those in NATO who argue for increased spending on such weapons do so with the intention of defending the values of the West. They must therefore be absolutely sure that they are not – as the contributors to this volume originally published in 1984 powerfully suggest – undermining or destroying those values by the very means they adopt to preserve them. With the continued success of nuclear deterrence itself in question responsible citizens feel an urgent need to assess the clash between personal doubts cherished principles and their governments’ loudly voiced moral certainties. In Objections to Nuclear Defence professional philosophers of widely varying persuasions provide new analyses of these problems. They spell out clearly and vividly the moral and political objections – objections to the concrete nuclear policies of the Western governments today. Often impassioned but always rational the book will be of special interest to students of international affairs peace studies and applied philosophy as well as to the general reader who is trying to choose between political parties in Europe or North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367535261

Objective Structured Clinical Examination Preparing for an Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) is very different from preparing for a theoretical knowledge examination - your clinical skills and performance will be tested rather than just your knowledge of the theory.  It is important to understand how to achieve the best results in an OSCE and this handy pocket-sized guide describes each clinical skill in turn to help you feel confident and prepared for the exam. The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273738978

Objectives Competencies and Learning OutcomesDeveloping Instructional Materials in Open and Distance Learning This text offers a perspective on issues surrounding student learning by addresssing questions of quality and learning effectiveness across a broad and diverse range of courses student populations and contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421400

Objectives Obstacles and Tactics in PracticePerspectives on Activating the Actor Objectives Obstacles and Tactics in Practice is the first book that compiles practical approaches of the best practices from a range of practitioners on the subject of working with Stanislavski’s "objectives " "obstacles " and "tactics." The book offers instructors and directors a variety of tools from leading acting teachers who bring their own individual perspectives to the challenge of working with Stanislavski’s principles for today’s actors in one volume. Each essay addresses its own theoretical and practical approach and offers concrete instructions for implementing new explorations both in the classroom and in the rehearsal studio. An excellent resource for acting and directing instructors at the university level directing and theatre pedagogy students high school/secondary theatre teachers and community theatre leaders Objectives Obstacles and Tactics in Practice serves as a resource for lesson planning and exploration and provides an encyclopedia of the best practices in the field today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335974

Objectives and Perspectives in EducationStudies in Educational Theory 1955-1970 Originally published in 1972 the emphasis of this book is on psychological and cultural understanding of education in terms of persons and relationships rather than processes. The book: Deals with issues of continuing relevance for educational thought and practice such as the education and training of teachers and diminishing the gap between schooling and education. Considers the nature and function of educational research the conflict between arts and sciences in education and the concept of guidance. Examines teaching in its interpersonal context and at the revolt of youth and the sexual revolution. Assesses the influence of Freud Winifred Mercier William Boyd and Herbert Read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860635

Objectivity Empiricism and Truth Originally published in 1986. Wittgenstein William James Thomas Kuhn and John Wisdom share an attitude towards problems in the theory of knowledge which is fundamentally in conflict with the empiricist tradition. They encourage the idea that in understanding the central concepts of epistemology – objectivity certainty and reasoning – people and their practices matter most. This clash between orthodox empiricism and a freshly inspired pragmatism forms the background to the strands of argument in this book. With these philosophers as a guide it points to new directions by showing how the theory of knowledge can be shaped around our actions without sacrificing reason’s control over our beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908659

Objectivity Science and SocietyInterpreting nature and society in the age of the crisis of science Originally published in 1986. This work remains of compelling interest to those concerned with the natural sciences and their social problems. It puts forward original and unorthodox ideas about the philosophy of and sociology of science starting from the conviction that modern societies face deep problems arising from unresolved dilemmas about the meaning content and technical applications of the theories of nature they employ. The book draws on insights developed within a variety of traditions to explore these problems especially the work of Edmund Husserl and modern critical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849074

Objectivity and the Language-Dependence of ThoughtA Transcendental Defence of Universal Lingualism Does thought depend on language? Primarily as a consequence of the cognitive turn in empirical disciplines like psychology and ethology many current empirical researchers and empirically minded philosophers tend to answer this question in the negative. This book rejects this mainstream view and develops a philosophical argument in favor of a universal dependence of language on thought. In doing so it comprises insights of two primary representatives of 20th century and contemporary philosophy namely Donald Davidson and Robert Brandom. Barth offers an introduction to the debate concerning the language-dependence of thought and lays the methodological foundation for the subsequent argument in favor of a universal dependence of thought on language presenting an account and defense of the transcendental method in reference to the writings of Peter F. Strawson. He then offers a transcendental argument in favor of a universal language-dependence of thought beginning with a reevaluation of a basic idea for an argument originally presented by Donald Davidson. Later two main objections to the conclusion of this transcendental argument are addressed and rejected using Robert Brandom’s inferentialist and normativist account of thought and language. In the course of doing so the recent debate on Brandom’s work is addressed extensively and main objections to Brandom’s work are presented and answered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868526

Objectivity and the Silence of ReasonWeber Habermas and the Methodological Disputes in German Sociology Issues important to the philosophy of social science are widely discussed in the American academy today. Some social scientists resist the very idea of a debate on general issues. They continue to focus on behaviorist and positivist criteria and the concepts methods and theories appropriate to a particular and narrow form of scientific inquiry. McCarthy argues that a new and valuable perspective may be gained on these questions through a return to philosophical debates surrounding the origins and development of nineteenth- and twentieth-century German sociology. In Objectivity and the Silence of Reason he focuses on two key figures Max Weber and Jurrgen Habermas reopening the vibrant and rich intellectual dispute about knowledge and truth in epistemology and concept formation logic of analysis and methodology in the social sciences. He uses this debate to explore the forms of objectivity in everyday experience and science and the relations between science ethics and politics.McCarthy analyzes the tension in Weber's work between his early methodological writings with their emphasis on interpretive science subjective intentionality cultural and historical meaning and the later works that emphasize issues of explanatory science natural causality social prediction and nomological law. While arguing for a value-free science Weber was highly critical of the disenchanted and meaningless world of technical reason and rejected positivist objectivity. McCarthy shows how Habermas attempted to resolve tensions in Weber's work by clarifying the relationship between the methods of subjective interpretation and objective causality. Habermas believes that social science cannot be silent in the face of alienation false consciousness and the oppression of technological and administrative rationality and must adopt methodologies connected to the broader ethical and political questions of the day.Drawing deeply on the Kantian and neo-Kantian tradition that contributed to the development of Weber's method Objectivity and the Silence of Reason demonstrates the crucial integration of philosophy and sociology in German intellectual culture. It elucidates the complexities of the development of modern social science. The book will be of interest to sociologists philosophers and intellectual historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512689

ObjectivityRecovering Determinate Reality in Philosophy Science and Everyday Life The question of objectivity is whether human beings are capable of knowing reality just as it is or whether there is some necessary distortion in our grasp of the nature of things imposed either by the very nature of our cognitive mechanism or by such factors as language culture personal ambitions psychological disorders and class interests. Could it be that we do not see the world at all since we see it from a particular point of view? Can we ever satisfactorily establish that our understanding of reality is accurate or must that always remain in doubt? In this book Professor Machan defends objectivity in philosophy science and everyday life from its many critics. Objectivity stands in need of a defence because it is a difficult ideal to serve especially in an era of multiculturalism deconstructionism feminism and diversity. People from different cultures report having radically different experiences indeed radically different worlds. They usually claim that their experiences are as true as anyone else‘s. Deconstructionists tell us that we know nothing determinate beyond language i.e. that we don‘t know what we are talking about. Feminists often maintain that women and men see the world in significantly different ways. The idea of diversity gains much of its plausibility from the idea that people from diverse backgrounds all have their own valid ways of seeing the world. The most prominent movements in Anglo-American and continental philosophy are against objectivity. Such figures as Richard Rorty and Jacques Derrida unambiguously deny that human beings are capable of knowing the world as it is. This book considers and responds to these and similar challenges to objectivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390770

Object-Orientation Abstraction and Data Structures Using Scala Praise for the first edition: "The well-written comprehensive book…[is] aiming to become a de facto reference for the language and its features and capabilities. The pace is appropriate for beginners; programming concepts are introduced progressively through a range of examples and then used as tools for building applications in various domains including sophisticated data structures and algorithms…Highly recommended. Students of all levels faculty and professionals/practitioners. —D. Papamichail University of Miami in CHOICE Magazine   Mark Lewis’ Introduction to the Art of Programming Using Scala was the first textbook to use Scala for introductory CS courses. Fully revised and expanded the new edition of this popular text has been divided into two books. Object-Orientation Abstraction and Data Structures Using Scala Second Edition is intended to be used as a textbook for a second or third semester course in Computer Science. The Scala programming language provides powerful constructs for expressing both object orientation and abstraction. This book provides students with these tools of object orientation to help them structure solutions to larger more complex problems and to expand on their knowledge of abstraction so that they can make their code more powerful and flexible. The book also illustrates key concepts through the creation of data structures showing how data structures can be written and the strengths and weaknesses of each one. Libraries that provide the functionality needed to do real programming are also explored in the text including GUIs multithreading and networking. The book is filled with end-of-chapter projects and exercises and the authors have also posted a number of different supplements on the book website. Video lectures for each chapter in the book are also available on YouTube. The videos show construction of code from the ground up and this type of "live coding" is invaluable for learning to program as it allows students into the mind of a more experienced programmer where they can see the thought processes associated with the development of the code. About the Authors Mark Lewis is an Associate Professor at Trinity University. He teaches a number of different courses spanning from first semester introductory courses to advanced seminars. His research interests included simulations and modeling programming languages and numerical modeling of rings around planets with nearby moons.  Lisa Lacher is an Assistant Professor at the University of Houston Clear Lake with over 25 years of professional software development experience. She teaches a number of different courses spanning from first semester introductory courses to graduate level courses. Her research interests include Computer Science Education Agile Software Development Human Computer Interaction and Usability Engineering as well as Measurement and Empirical Software Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498732161

Object-Oriented CartographyMaps as Things Object-Oriented Cartography provides an innovative perspective on the changing nature of maps and cartographic study. Through a renewed theoretical reading of contemporary cartography this book acknowledges the shifted interest from cartographic representation to mapping practice and proposes an alternative consideration of the ‘thingness’ of maps.Rather than asking how maps map onto reality it explores the possibilities of a speculative-realist map theory by bringing cartographic objects to the foreground. Through a pragmatic perspective this book focuses on both digital and nondigital maps and establishes an unprecedented dialogue between the field of map studies and object-oriented ontology. This dialogue is carried out through a series of reflections and case studies involving aesthetics and technology ethnography and image theory and narrative and photography.Proposing methods to further develop this kind of cartographic research this book will be invaluable reading for researchers and graduate students in the fields of Cartography and Geohumanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729387

Object-Oriented Design Choices Do modern programming languages IDEs and libraries make coding easy? Maybe but coding is not design. Large-scale or expensive apps clearly require evaluation of design choices. Still software design directly impacts code reuse and longevity even for small-scale apps with limited overhead. This text evaluates and contrasts common object-oriented designs. A given problem may have many solutions. A developer may employ different design techniques – composition inheritance dependency injection delegation etc. – to solve a particular problem. A skilled developer can determine the costs and benefits of different design responses even amid competing concerns. A responsible developer documents design choices as a contract with the client delineating external and internal responsibilities. To promote effective software design this book examines contractual object-oriented designs for immediate and sustained use as well as code reuse. The intent of identifying design variants is to recognize and manage conflicting goals such as short versus long-term utility stability versus flexibility and storage versus computation. Many examples are given to evaluate and contrast different solutions and to compare C# and C++ effects. No one has a crystal ball; however deliberate design promotes software longevity. With the prominence of legacy OO code a clear understanding of different object-oriented designs is essential. Design questions abound. Is code reuse better with inheritance or composition? Should composition rely on complete encapsulation? Design choices impact flexibility efficiency stability longevity and reuse yet compilers do not enforce design and syntax does not necessarily illustrate design. Through deliberate design or redesign when refactoring developers construct sustainable efficient code. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367820183

Object-Oriented Design for Temporal GIS There has been an increasing demand in GIS for systems that support historical data: time-series data as well as mobility information. From a modelling perspective there are advantages in integrating object-oriented analysis and design to databases as well as to visualisation capabilities of GIS.Object-Oriented Design for Temporal GIS explores the major components of the object-oriented analysis and design methods how they can be used for modelling spatio-temporal data and how these components are developed and maintained within a GIS. It also offers practical guidance to object-oriented methods by demonstrating the feasibility of applying such methods to issues involved in handling spatio-temporal data. The author demonstrates how this knowledge might be used in a wide range of applications such as political boundary record maintenance (historical data) disease incidence rate analysis in epidemics (diffusion rate) and environmental studies of climate change (time-series data). This understanding contributes to the development of theory in GIS and improves the design of GIS to support the modelling of semantics space and time elements of geographical information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579173

Objects and Frontiers in Modern AsiaBetween the Mekong and the Indus Focusing on the geographies between the Mekong and the Indus this book brings objects to the centre of enquiry in the understanding of modern Asian frontiers. It explores how a range of objects have historically been significant bearers and agents of frontier making. For instance how are objects connected to aspects of state making social change everyday life diplomacy political and ecological worlds capital forms of violence resistances circulations and aesthetic expressions? This book seeks to interrogate and understand the dynamism of frontiers from the vantage point of objects such as salt rubber tea guns silk scarves horses and opium. It attempts to explore objects as sites of encounter mediation or dislocation between the social and the spatial. The book not only locates objects in the specificities of frontier spaces but it also looks at how they are produced circulated and come to be intricately linked to a wide range of people institutions networks and geographies. In the process it explores how objects traverse and come to inhabit multiple historical cultural and geographical scales. This book will be of interest to researchers and academics working in areas of history social and cultural anthropology Asian studies frontiers and borderland studies cultural studies political and economic studies and museum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367205065

Objects and Intertexts in Toni Morrison’s "Beloved"The Case for Reparations Objects and Intertexts in Toni Morrison’s “Beloved”: The Case for Reparations is an inspired contribution to the scholarship on one of the most influential American novels and novelists. The author positions this contemporary classic as a meditation on historical justice and re-comprehends it as both a formal tragedy— a generic translation of fiction and tragedy or a “novel-tragedy” (Kliger)—and a novel of objects. Its many things—literary conceptual linguistic— are viewed as vessels carrying the (hi)story and the political concerns. From this a third conclusion is drawn: Fadem argues for a view of Beloved as a case for reparations. That status is founded on two outstanding object lessons: the character of Beloved as embodiment of the subject-object relations defining the slave state and the grammatical object “weather” in the sentence “The rest is…” on the novel’s final page. This intertextual reference places Beloved in a comparative link with Hamlet and Oresteia. Fadem’s research is meticulous in engaging the full spectrum of tragedy theory much critical theory and a full swathe of scholarship on the novel. Few critics take up the matter of reparations still fewer the politics of genre craft and form. This scholar posits Morrison’s tragedy as constituting a searing critique of modernity as composed through meaningful intertextualities and as crafted by profound “thingly” objects (Brown). Altogether Fadem has divined a fascinating singular treatment of Beloved exploring the connections between form and craft together with critical historical and political implications. The book argues finally that this novel’s first concern is justice and its chief aim to serve as a clarion call for material— and not merely symbolic—reparations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416195

Objects and MaterialsA Routledge Companion There is broad acceptance across the Humanities and Social Sciences that our deliberations on the social need to take place through attention to practice to object-mediated relations to non-human agency and to the affective dimensions of human sociality. This Companion focuses on the objects and materials found at centre stage and asks: what matters about objects? Objects and Materials explores the field providing succinct summary accounts of contemporary scholarship along with a wealth of new research investigating the capacity of objects to shape unsettle and exceed expectations. Original chapters from over forty international interdisciplinary contributors address an array of objects and materials to ask what the terms of collaborations with objects and materials are and to consider how these collaborations become integral to our understandings of the complex relational dynamics that fashion social worlds. Objects and Materials will be of interest to students and scholars across the social sciences and humanities including in sociology social theory science and technology studies history anthropology archaeology gender studies women’s studies geography cultural studies politics and international relations and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899414

Objects and their Histories 1500-1800Objects and their Histories 1500-1800 What can we learn about the past by studying things? How does the meaning of things and our relationship to them change over time? This fascinating collection taps a rich vein of recent scholarship to explore a variety of approaches to the material culture of the early modern world (c.1500-1800). Divided into six parts this book explores; the ambiguity of things representing things making things empires of things consuming things and lastly the power of things. Spanning across the early modern world from Ming dynasty China to Georgian England and from Ottoman Egypt to Spanish America the authors provide a generous set of examples in how to study the circulation use consumption and most fundamentally the nature of things themselves. Drawing on a broad range of disciplinary perspectives and lavishly illustrated Early Modern Things supplies fresh and provocative insights into how objects – ordinary and extraordinary secular and sacred natural and man-made – came to define some of the key developments of the early modern world. This book will be essential reading for all those interested in the early modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520515

Objects of HopeExploring Possibility and Limit in Psychoanalysis Despite the importance of the concept of hope in human affairs psychoanalysts have long had difficulty accepting responsibility for the manner in which their various interpretive orientations and explanations of therapeutic action express their own hopes for their patients.  In Objects of Hope: Exploring Possibility and Limit in Psychoanalysis Steven Cooper remedies this longstanding lacuna in the literature and in the process provides a thorough comparative analysis of contemporary psychoanalytic models with respect to issues of hope and hopefulness.      Cooper's task is challenging given that the most hopeful aspects of human growth frequently entail acceptance of the destructive elements of our inner lives.  The analysis of hope then implicates what Cooper sees as a central dialectic tension in psychoanalysis: that between psychic possibility and psychic limit. He argues that analysts have historically had difficulty integrating the concept of limit into a treatment modality so dedicated to the creation and augmentation of psychic possibility. And yet it is only by accepting the realm of limit as a necessary counterpoise to the realm of possibility and clinically embracing the tension between the two realms that analysts can further their understanding of therapeutic process in the interest of better treatment outcomes.     Cooper persuasively demonstrates how each psychoanalytic theory provides its own logic of hope; this logic in turn translates into a distinctive sense of what the analyst may hope for the patient and what the patient is encouraged to hope for himself or herself.  Objects of Hope brings ranging scholarship and refreshing candor to bear on the knotty issue of what can and cannot be achieved in the course of psychoanalytic therapy. It will be valued not only as an exemplary exercise in comparative psychoanalysis but also as a thoughtful original effort to place the vital issue of hope at the center of clinical concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005389

Objects of Worship in South Asian ReligionsForms Practices and Meanings Objects of worship are an aspect of the material dimension of lived religion in South Asia. The omnipresence of these objects and their use is a theme which cuts across the religious traditions in the pluralistic religious culture of the region. Divine power becomes manifest in the objects and for the devotees they may represent power regardless of religious identity. This book looks at how objects of worship dominate the religious landscape of South Asia and in what ways they are of significance not just from religious perspectives but also for the social life of the region. The contributions to the book show how these objects are shaped by traditions of religious aesthetics and have become conceptual devices woven into webs of religious and social meaning. They demonstrate how the objects have a social relationship with those who use them sometimes even treated as being alive. The book discusses how devotees relate to such objects in a number of ways and even if the objects belong to various traditions they may attract people from different communities and can also be contested in various ways. By analysing the specific qualities that make objects eligible for a status and identity as living objects of worship the book contributes to an understanding of the central significance of these objects in the religious and social life of South Asia. It will be of interest to students and scholars of Religious Studies and South Asian Religion Culture and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476240

Obligations and Property Rights in China This volume concerns the rights and obligations of the individual in three critically important contexts: employment relations family relations and the ownership of immovable property. The development of these legal institutions has helped to transform economic and social relations in contemporary China. In this volume the articles illustrate firstly a shift away from close state control towards greater freedom for enterprises to use human and natural resources to achieve economic growth and for citizens to pursue their personal lives. More recently the government has responded to public demands for greater security in employment home ownership and agricultural land rights with new primary legislation including the Employment Contract Law and Property Rights Law. Yet as this volume also shows the Communist Party has been reluctant to allow empowerment of the individual to threaten other public policy goals such as the state's ultimate control over the conditions of employment or land use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628620

ObligationsNew Trajectories in Law Obligations: New Trajectories in Law provides a critical analysis of the role of obligations in contemporary legal and social practices. As rights have become the preeminent feature of modern political and legal discourse the work of obligations has been overshadowed. Questioning and correcting this dominant image of our time this book brings obligations back into view in a way that fits better with the realities of contemporary social life. Following a historical account of the changing place and priorities of obligations in modernity the book analyses how obligations and practices of obedience are core to understanding how law sustains conditions of inequality. But it also explores the enduring role obligations play in furthering individual and collective well-being highlighting their significance in practices that prioritize human and environmental needs common goods and solidarity. In doing so it also offers an alternative and cogent assessment of the force and the potential of obligations in contemporary societies. This original jurisprudential contribution will appeal to an academic and student readership in law politics and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345983

OboteA Political Biography Uganda developed as a British protectorate in a manner which made it virtually impossible for any indigenous politician to emerge as the unchallenged leader of his country. Obote: A Political Biography describes the efforts of one man to find a pragmatic solution to that problem and in doing so to create a united democratic Uganda.Kenneth Ingham makes the first attempt to trace the political career of Obote through the ups and downs of his two presidencies and his time in exile during the military dictatorship of Idi Amin. The book challenges accusations of tyranny and argues that Obote's political achievements have been underestimated. It addresses the key issue of why a country so well endowed with human and material resources should have suffered so grievously from shortages and internal strife. Obote's contribution emerges as unique and at the same time representative of the problems facing the leaders of Africa's emergent nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867603

Obscurity and Clarity in the LawProspects and Challenges This book explores the intricate and multi-dimensional conception of clarity and obscurity in the law. It presents and examines the most recent research and theories giving practical guidance on how to avoid obscurity in legal drafting and its impact on legal interpretation. The book is aimed at a multidisciplinary audience and seeks to promote an interdisciplinary debate on clarity law and language calling for the moving of clarity beyond the study of plain language. The aims of the book are thus two fold. The first is to critically reach a nexus between the disciplines of law and language with respect to the debates on clarity in legal discourse. The second is to achieve an international perspective on the issue drawing from a wide range of legal and political contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275508

Observability and Controllability of General Linear Systems Observability and Controllability of General Linear Systems treats five different families of the linear systems three of which are new. The book begins with the definition of time together with a brief description of its crucial properties. It presents further new results on matrices on polynomial matrices on matrix polynomials on rational matrices and on the new compact simple and elegant calculus that enabled the generalization of the transfer function matrix concept and of the state concept the proofs of the new necessary and sufficient observability and controllability conditions for all five classes of the studied systems. Features • Generalizes the state space concept and the complex domain fundamentals of the control systems unknown in previously published books by other authors. • Addresses the knowledge and ability necessary to overcome the crucial lacunae of the existing control theory and drawbacks of its applications. • Outlines new effective mathematical means for effective complete analysis and synthesis of the control systems. • Upgrades completes and broadens the control theory related to the classical self-contained control concepts: observability and controllability. • Provides information necessary to create and teach advanced inherently upgraded control courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138353152

Observation Assessment and Planning in Inclusive Autism EducationSupporting learning and development This practical resource takes a holistic view of the learning and development of children with autism taking into account the nature of their social-emotional learning and the transactional nature of difficulty. Using an interdisciplinary approach this accessible and practical text invites practitioners pupils and parents to reflect on their understandings beliefs and values and to make appropriate adjustments in their practice. Split into five chapters this book covers some of the main issues involved in observation-based teaching and learning including: educational assessment for pupils with special educational needs and disability points to consider when observing autistic pupils methods for listening within inclusive autism education learning outcomes for autistic pupils in relation to well-being social participation and communication compiling pupil profiles that are suitable for autistic pupils. Aligning research with practice this sociocultural perspective on autism is of interest to teachers learning support assistants and SENCos as well as professionals working in an advisory capacity. Observation Assessment and Planning in Inclusive Autism Education will also be of interest to students on courses that cover autism as well as anyone who wants to develop their practice and find new ways of supporting children and young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138842106

Observation in the Language Classroom This book provides an account of classroom observation in a historical and educational perspective. Drawing on extracts from classic studies in this field Dick Allwright reviews the development of research and experiment since the 1970's. The book thus not only provides a background to recent research but also identifies areas for future development. Stress is laid on the link to be made between practice and research and it is argued that policy-making. either at classroom or institutional level is heavily dependent on descriptive accounts of classroom reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154469

Observation Skills for Effective TeachingResearch-Based Practice Thoroughly updated for the new era of Common Core Standards this seventh edition of Observational Skills for Effective Teaching is vital in this time of educational change. It offers a detailed yet easily accessible handbook for teachers to prepare for and design their first classroom experiences. Updated with the newest research on effective teaching and learning the book cogently introduces such topics as learning climate classroom management and lesson clarity with the newest findings that lead to desirable cognitive social and emotional outcomes in learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056777

Observations on Maniacal Disorder First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867481

Observed Confidence LevelsTheory and Application Illustrating a simple novel method for solving an array of statistical problems Observed Confidence Levels: Theory and Application describes the basic development of observed confidence levels a methodology that can be applied to a variety of common multiple testing problems in statistical inference. It focuses on the modern nonparametric framework of bootstrap-based estimates allowing for substantial theoretical development and for relatively simple solutions to numerous interesting problems. After an introduction the book develops the theory and application of observed confidence levels for general scalar parameters vector parameters and linear models. It then examines nonparametric problems often associated with smoothing methods including nonparametric density estimation and regression. The author also describes applications in generalized linear models classical nonparametric statistics multivariate analysis and survival analysis as well as compares the method of observed confidence levels to hypothesis testing multiple comparisons and Bayesian posterior probabilities. In addition the appendix presents some background material on the asymptotic expansion theory used in the book. Helping you choose the most reliable method for a variety of problems this book shows how observed confidence levels provide useful information on the relative truth of hypotheses in multiple testing problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367388423

Observer Performance Methods for Diagnostic ImagingFoundations Modeling and Applications with R-Based Examples "This book presents the technology evaluation methodology from the point of view of radiological physics and contrasts the purely physical evaluation of image quality with the determination of diagnostic outcome through the study of observer performance. The reader is taken through the arguments with concrete examples illustrated by code in R an open source statistical language." –  from the Foreword by Prof. Harold L. Kundel Department of Radiology Perelman School of Medicine University of Pennsylvania "This book will benefit individuals interested in observer performance evaluations in diagnostic medical imaging and provide additional insights to those that have worked in the field for many years."– Prof. Gary T. Barnes Department of Radiology University of Alabama at Birmingham This book provides a complete introductory overview of this growing field and its applications in medical imaging utilizing worked examples and exercises to demystify statistics for readers of any background. It includes a tutorial on the use of the open source widely used R software as well as basic statistical background before addressing localization tasks common in medical imaging. The coverage includes a discussion of study design basics and the use of the techniques in imaging system optimization memory effects in clinical interpretations predictions of clinical task performance alternatives to ROC analysis and non-medical applications. Dev P. Chakraborty PhD is a clinical diagnostic imaging physicist certified by the American Board of Radiology in Diagnostic Radiological Physics and Medical Nuclear Physics. He has held faculty positions at the University of Alabama at Birmingham University of Pennsylvania and most recently at the University of Pittsburgh. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482214840

Observing Agriculture in Early Twentieth-Century ItalyAgricultural economists and statistics Agricultural Economists in Early Twentieth-Century Italy describes how Italian agricultural economists collected information about the economy of Italy between the Giolittian and the Fascist era. The book carefully describes three main forms of economic observation: enquiries statistics and farm surveys. For each of these forms of observation the main participants to the investigation are discussed with their respective agendas alongside the purposes of the investigation and its practical constraints. This work introduces the concept of "stakeholder statistics" and stresses the two-way relation between the observer and the observed in the co-production of observational knowledge. Practices of observation developed together with agricultural economics as a discipline and a profession. The study of forms of investigation therefore shed light on the constitution of a coherent and self-conscious group of agricultural economists in Italy and the scientific and methodological alliances they forged with agricultural economists elsewhere in Europe. Thanks to ambitious research projects Ghino Valenti in the Giolittian period and Arrigo Serpieri after the First World War led the transformation of Italian agricultural economists from agents of estate owners to social and economic experts in the service of the Italian state. The group of agricultural economists who gathered around Serpieri played an important role in supplying the ideology of the agricultural elites with economic content especially after the First World War along lines that resemble the development of agrarian ideologies in other countries of Central Europe. This work discusses how observation entered the political debate on agricultural policies of the Fascist regime namely the so-called Ruralismo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472443588

Observing Children in the Primary Classroom (RLE Edu O)All In A Day In a sequence of observations of six children aged 5-11 in six different state schools this book offers a slice of classroom life a microcosm of the educational scene. Since the book was first written there have been many changes in the curriculum structure governance and funding of British primary schools as well as in the language used to describe these changes. But Observing Children in the Primary Classroom remains as valid now as earlier as a lively and entertaining indicator of children’s daily school experience. We see the reception class of an infants’ school through the eyes of Mike a lively five-year-old traveller boy. Six-year-old Rashda a girl of Asian heritage grapples with English as a Second Language at her multi-ethnic city school. Slow-learner David finds school life rather overpowering despite receiving expert extra help. Lucy eight is a star in everything she does at her Roman Catholic school while Lorraine one year older is cheerful but utterly bewildered. Finally Peter organises his work in an open-plan setting and makes some surprising choices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750936

Observing Children in Their Natural WorldsA Methodological Primer Third Edition This book shows readers how to conduct observational methods research tools used to describe and explain behaviors as they unfold in everyday settings. The book now uses both an evolutionary and a cultural perspective. The methods presented are drawn from psychology education family studies sociology and anthropology but the author's primary focus is on children in school family and social settings. Readers learn how to make observations in real contexts to help them create a verbal picture of behaviors they see. The importance of considering reliability and validity factors while testing within each environment is emphasized throughout. The author draws from the literature that provides methods for observing animals in their natural habitats but emphasizes the use of observational methods to solve human problems. The book is organized in the way a researcher conducts observational studies—conceptualizing of the idea designing and implementing the study and writing the report. “Things to think about” sections provide an opportunity for students to solidify their understanding of the material and the Glossary defines the key terms introduced in the book. Highlights of changes in the new edition include: • The introduction of the cultural perspective in chapter 4 along with the evolutionary (epigenetic theory) perspective and the integration of cultural examples throughout the book. • More varied examples from developmental psychology family studies and education.• Extensively revised chapter (3) on ethics reflects the current revelations of scientific fraud and the push for researchers to maximize scientific integrity in their community. • Updated chapter (12) reflects the latest computer technologies used in observational methods including iPhones and Blackberrys for conducting observation ABC Data Pro and Behavior Tracker for evaluations and Excel for constructing observational templates. • Expanded chapter (13) on writing the research report and more on issues of plagiarism (ch. 3).  • The latest on minimizing observer effects on participants and testing their effectiveness.• New environmentally friendly design the Things to Think About sections were retained but the blank pages for answers were eliminated. Intended as a supplementary text for advanced undergraduate and/or graduate courses in research methods and/or developmental research or developmental/child psychology taught in psychology education human development and nursing educators and researchers concerned with assessing children will also appreciate this book’s introduction to observational methods. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848729582

Observing Global Climate Change This collaborative book aims to offer a comprehensive introduction to global climate the way it is currently changing the role of earth air and satellite observation and monitoring and subsequent climate modelling. It focuses on the interaction between natural and anthropogenic human- made change factors. The book emphasizes the importance of capturing climatic data and the use of that data in computer-based climatic modelling. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579272

Observing GodThomas Dick Evangelicalism and Popular Science in Victorian Britain and America Scottish theologian educator astronomer and popularizer of science Thomas Dick (1774-1857) promoted a Christianized form of science to inhibit secularization to win converts to Christianity and to persuade evangelicals that science was sacred. His devotional theology of nature made radical claims for cultural authority. This book presents the first detailed analysis of his life and works. After an extended biographical introduction Dick's theology of nature is examined within the context of natural theology and also his views on the plurality of worlds the nebular hypothesis and geology. Other chapters deal with Dick's use of aesthetics to shape social behaviour for millennial purposes and with the publishing history of his works their availability and their reception. In the final part the author explores Dick's influence in America. His pacifism won him Northern evangelical supporters while his writings dominated the burgeoning field of popular science powerfully shaping science's cultural meaning and its uses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247816

Observing International RelationsNiklas Luhmann and World Politics Observing International Relations draws upon the modern systems theory of society developed by Niklas Luhmann to provide new perspectives on central aspects of contemporary world society and to generate theoretically informed insights on the possibilities and limits of regulation in global governance. The authors develop a Luhmannian theory of world society by contrasting it with competing notions of international society critically discussing the use of modern systems theory in international relations theory and assessing its treatment of central concepts within international relations such as power sovereignty governance and war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874442

Observing our Hermanos de ArmasU.S. Military Attaches in Guatemala Cuba and Bolivia 1950-1964 This study analyzes the effectiveness of the U.S. military attaché corps in Latin America from the end of World War II to the Johnson administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977365

Observing Teacher Identities through Video AnalysisPractice and Implications Teaching is often seen as an identity process with teachers constructing and enacting their identities through daily interactions with students parents and colleagues. This volume explores how conducting video analysis helps teachers gain valuable perspectives on their own identities and improve classroom practice over time. This form of interactional awareness fosters reflection and action on creating classroom conditions that encourage equitable learning. The volume follows preservice English teachers as they examine video records of their practice during student teaching and how the evidence impacts their development as literacy teachers of diverse adolescents. By applying an analytic framework to video analysis the authors demonstrate how novice teachers use positioning theory to transform their own identity performance in the classroom. Education scholars teachers and professional developers will greatly benefit from this unique perspective on teacher identity work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085947

Observing Teaching and LearningPrinciples and Practice First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138158115

Observing Young ChildrenThe role of observation and assessment in early childhood settings This fully revised second edition of Observing Assessing and Planning for Children in the Early Years provides a detailed analysis of what is meant by the observation of young learners and why this is so vital to early years practitioners and students. In this accessible and insightful text Sandra Smidt examines the various theories of how young children develop and learn which have been put forward by thinkers and writers across time and place so the reader has a genuinely global view of early childhood. She then highlights how important it is for practitioners in schools nurseries and settings to think carefully about what they have seen and heard in light of what they as adults already know about the children and their learning. Also included in this text is a helpful ‘Try Your Hand’ section where readers are invited to make their own judgements about what they have read as well as a section on observing and assessing not only the nursery-aged children but also babies and toddlers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823563

Obsessional NeurosisLacanian Perspectives Despite the important place it occupies in both Freudian and Lacanian nosology obsessional neurosis has received far less attention than its erstwhile companion hysteria. This book elaborates and deepen research into questions of obsession going beyond the usual clichés which reduce obsession to the question "Am I alive or dead?". Emphasis is given to the structure of this neurosis as distinguished from its symptomatology and to clinical questions of work with obsessional subjects. The chapters provide discussions of some of the following themes: the creation of the category of obsessional neurosis and of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) the fate of desire and the inability to act in obsession debt and guilt obsessional manoeuvres and their implications for the treatment. The book will be of interest to readers with academic or clinical backgrounds who wish to deepen their understanding of obsessional neurosis from a theoretical or clinical point of view. Newcomers to the subject will find signposts here that guide them through the complex landscape of obsession and lead them to avenues they may wish to pursue further. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204589

ObsessionsThe Twisted Cruelty This book explores the interrelatedness between obsessive compulsive disorders thinking disorders and depression. The issue is considered both from a psychiatric viewpoint and from a psychodynamic perspective. The age of the cases presented in the book ranges from childhood through adolescence to adulthood. Obsessions: The Twisted Cruelty is a challenging contribution to contemporary clinical debate especially regarding the role of analytically-oriented psychotherapy in the treatment of OCD and how to deal with the psychiatric treatment and combine the two approaches while keeping the focus on the transference-countertransference interplay. After the first theoretical chapter the relationship between obsessions and thinking impairments is discussed with specific reference to delusional ideation. A section entitled "the anal conundrum" follows. Encopresis and anal masturbation during childhood are discussed as well as the identification of the child with a maternal "faecal object. The last section explores the connection with depression and some specific features of sadism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205302

Obsessive Compulsive Disorders Schools are often faced with dealing with children who have mild forms of obsessive compulsive disorder. Through increased understanding staff can support children with minimum stress. This book answers questions including: What is obsessive compulsive disorder? What are the causes? How can school staff help the sufferer? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462977

Obsessive-Compulsive DisorderA Guide for Family Friends and Pastors Examine the fourth largest mental health problem in America—OCD—and how YOU can help!Since obsessive-compulsive disorder affects 2.5% of the world population someone you know is likely to have this disorder. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: A Guide for Family Friends and Pastors is a handy “physician's assistant” that not only provides a fresh overview of OCD but also focuses on the issue of scrupulosity—obsessive-compulsive anxiety over scruples in self and others—as a religious issue. Written by a pastoral counselor who is also a clinical social worker this book will help you gain insight into the psychological and neurological dimensions of the disorder the problems of those suffering from OCD and the development of support groups. Written with extensive knowledge and deep compassion Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: A Guide for Family Friends and Pastors presents the latest information available on OCD and its effects upon sufferers and their personal relationships. The information is discussed in both pastoral as well as therapeutic aspects explaining OCD in the brain then continuing with ways to help a sufferer manage the conflict. Special attention is paid to the issue of scrupulosity—“seeing sin where there is no sin”—which is especially symptomatic for many Roman Catholics Orthodox Jews and Orthodox Muslims. Filled with insightful case studies and a useful bibliography this book helps you understand OCD from all sides while giving effective strategies for individual and group therapy. In Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: A Guide for Family Friends and Pastors you will find: answers to the most frequently asked questions detailed explanations of terms insightful information on pastoral caring an in-depth exploration of scrupulosity helpful information on trichotillomania (hair pulling) kleptomania (stealing) Tourette’s syndrome body dysmorphoric disorder (hatred of a particular body part) and hypochondriasis case studies highlighting personal and relationship issues resources for developing support groups resources for further information on OCD A Guide for Family Friends and Pastors is for pastors pastoral counselors chaplains lay ministries social workers psychiatric nurses marriage counselors and for anyone who cares about someone with OCD. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821207

Obsessive-Compulsive DisorderContemporary Issues in Treatment Obsessive-compulsive disorder is now recognized to be a serious and chronic illness affecting more than 2% of the population. While the last decade of the twentieth century witnessed many advances on both the pharmacological and the behavioral fronts fewer than 50% of cases benefitted significantly from treatments available at the time. In this volume originally published in 2000 leading authorities offer a comprehensive cutting-edge overview of etiology diagnosis assessment and the latest cognitive-behavioral biological and combined approaches to intervention. A special focus is treatment-resistant illness. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: Contemporary Issues in Treatment will be an indispensable resource for all professionals who seek better solutions to the often seemingly intractable problems of their OCD clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674790

Obstacles to Peacebuilding Combining the insights of a seasoned practitioner with the academic rigor of a meticulous policy and risk analyst del Castillo discusses the major obstacles to peacebuilding that need to be removed before war-torn countries can move towards peace stability and prosperity. As Secretary-General António Guterres assumes leadership in January 2017 a top priority must be to address the bleak peacebuilding record where over half of the countries under UN watch relapse back into conflict within a decade. While policy debate and the academic literature have focused on the security political and social aspects of the war-to-peace transition this book focuses on "the economic transition"—that is "economic reconstruction" or "the political economy of peace"—which in the author’s view is the much-neglected aspect of peacebuilding. The book argues that rebuilding war-torn states effectively has acquired a new sense of urgency since extremist groups increasingly recruit people by providing jobs and services to those deprived of them due to government and economic failures. Based on past lessons and best practices of the last quarter of a century the author makes recommendations to move forward and improve the record. It will be of great use to students and scholars of peacebuilding as well as policymakers in national governments donor countries and international organizations involved in peacebuilding statebuilding and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205673

Obstetric Evidence Based Guidelines This new edition of an acclaimed text reviews the evidence for best practice in obstetric medicine to present the reader with the right information with appropriate use of proven interventions and avoidance of ineffectual or harmful ones and by rating the evidence of the key references. The information is presented in the right format by summarizing evidence succinctly and clearly in tables and algorithms. The aim is to inform the clinician to reduce errors and "to make it easy to do it right." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747462

Obstetrics Gynaecology and Women's Health on the Move First Prize BMA Medical Book Awards 2013 The Medicine on the Move series provides fully flexible access to subjects across the curriculum in a unique combination of print and mobile formats ideal for the busy medical student and junior doctor. No matter what your learning style whether you are studying a subject for the first time or revisiting it during exam preparation Medicine on the Move will give you the support you need.This innovative print and app package will help you to connect with the topics of obstetrics gynaecology and women's health to learn understand and enjoy them and to cement your knowledge in preparation for exams and future clinical practice. By using this resource in print or as an app you really will experience the opportunity to learn medicine on the move. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444145632

Obstetrics & GynaecologyAn Evidence-based Text for MRCOG Third Edition Modelled after the current MRCOG curriculum the new edition of this bestselling book provides all the information a specialist registrar in obstetrics and gynaecology or senior house officer needs during training or when preparing for the MRCOG examination. Obstetrics & Gynaecology: An Evidence-based Text for MRCOG covers the latest professional guidelines and developments in obstetrics and gynaecology and continues to provide an easily accessible source of information for those practising as specialists. The book’s subsections within obstetrics and gynaecology are divided in line with the RCOG trainee logbook. The text is consistently structured throughout to ensure ease of reference with standardized headings including definitions incidence aetiology investigations and management. Focusing on standards and an evidence-based approach each chapter includes material on MRCOG standards in an easy-to-consult format. Information on evidence-based medicine is also included to provide a rapid summary of the evidence relating to the interventions and treatments discussed. This text will continue to be an invaluable companion to the higher training of obstetricians and gynaecologists and a useful ready reference for those in established practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482233827

Obstetrics and Gynaecology in Tudor and Stuart England Originally published in 1982 Obstetrics and Gynaecology in Tudor and Stuart England traces the development of obstetrics and gynaecology over the past two centuries. Between the 16th and 18th century midwifery passed from a female mystery employing traditional medicines and superstitions to a scientifically-based clinical skill with both gains and losses to the patient. The case-mortality was high enough to make the increasing involvement of male surgeons socially acceptable despite sexual taboos. Thus as scientific knowledge of anatomy and physiology developed and was applied in the form of new techniques so the midwives who had less opportunity and inclination to acquire the new knowledge and skills lost esteem and by the mid-eighteenth century were increasingly relegated to the service of the poor. The book also examines ideas about sexuality menstruation conception pregnancy and lactation and shows how the views of society about femaleness marital relations and the management of pregnancy and childbearing were influenced by these notions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001964

Obstetrics by Ten Teachers First published in 1917 as 'Midwifery' Obstetrics by Ten Teachers is well established as a concise yet comprehensive guide within its field. The twentieth edition has been thoroughly updated by a new team of 'teachers' integrating clinical material with the latest scientific developments that underpin patient care. Each chapter is highly structured with learning objectives definitions aetiology clinical features investigations treatments case histories and key point summaries and additional reading where appropriate. New themes for this edition include 'professionalism' and 'global health' and information specific to both areas is threaded throughout the text. Along with its companion Gynaecology by Ten Teachers the book will continue to provide an accessible 'one stop shop' in obstetrics and gynaecology for a new generation of doctors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498744393

Obstructive Airway DiseasesRole of Lipid Mediators Incidences of inflammatory airway diseases are on the rise across the world. Existing therapeutic options are ineffective unsafe and expensive and severe cases are nonresponsive to conventional therapy. Therefore it is imperative that research be undertaken to discover new treatment options. Obstructive Airway Diseases: Role of Lipid Mediators discusses clinically successful and potential lipid targets that can make a difference in treating some of the most intractable disease states. Topics discussed include: Obstructive airway diseases etiology pathophysiology and existing therapeutic options What constitutes a lipid and how it is broken down to generate biologically active mediators The role of enzymes in the process of lipid mediator synthesis The biology of arachidonic acid platelet-activating factor and lysophosphatidic acid and the role they play in airway inflammation Products of arachidonic acid metabolism such as leukotrienes prostaglandins epieicosatrienoic acid and oxoeicosatetraenoic acid Proresolution lipid mediators in inflammatory airway disease conditions The role of sphingosine and ceramide in inflammatory airway disease Protein kinases activated by lipid mediators and those that trigger the generation of lipid messengers The combined input of a panel of international authorities on lipid mediators makes this volume a valuable resource for all those involved in researching teaching and studying airway inflammation as well as those involved in drug discovery research. Punit Srivastava maintains a blog with additional information about the book and his work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374454

Obstructive MarketingRestricting Distribution of Products and Services in the Age of Asymmetric Warfare In Obstructive Marketing Maitland Hyslop deals with a very negative kind of activity which embraces activities legal or otherwise designed to prevent or restrict the distribution of a product or service temporarily or permanently against the wishes of the product manufacturer service provider or customer. When the author defined this phenomenon as Obstructive Marketing and started to research it more than a decade ago it was seen as a valid concept that was perhaps ahead of its time. The World has moved on and in the era of globalization a study of this negative aspect of marketing is now required. Obstructive Marketing is now seen as the business equivalent of asymmetric warfare which is increasingly understood because the rise of the South and East at the expense of the North and West has brought some Obstructive Marketing stratagems into sharp focus. Using the author’s own research this book explains what Obstructive Marketing is and why it is not called Anti-Marketing. The author explains who practises Obstructive Marketing where when and how; and why businesses are particularly vulnerable when entering new markets and engaging in change and innovation. Intriguing concepts such as cultural risk are illuminated along with formal links between Obstructive Marketing asymmetric warfare and terrorism. This all leads to identification of the need for a strong Government/Business partnership to counter the effects of this darkest kind of marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279810

Occasions of StateEarly Modern European Festivals and the Negotiation of Power This sixth volume in the European Festival Studies series stems from a joint conference (Venice 2013) between the Society for European Festivals Research and the European Science Foundation’s PALATIUM project. Drawing on up-to-date scholarship a Europe-wide group of early-career and experienced academics provides a unique account of spectacular occasions of state which influenced the political social and cultural lives of contemporary societies. International pan-European turbulence associated with post-Reformation religious conflict supplies the context within which the book explores how the period’s rulers and élite families competed for power – in a forecast of today’s divided world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472431974

Occidentalist Perceptions of European Architecture in Nineteenth-Century Persian Travel DiariesTravels in Farangi Space In the midst of Europe’s nineteenth-century industrial revolution four men embarked on separate journeys to the wondrous Farangestan â€“ a land of fascinating objects mysterious technologies heavenly women and magical spaces. Determined to learn the secret of Farangestan’s advancements the travelers kept detailed records of their observations. These diaries mapped an aspirational path to progress for curious Iranian audiences who were eager to change the course of history. Two hundred years later Travels in Farangi Space unpacks these writings to reveal a challenging new interpretation of Iran’s experience of modernity. This book opens the Persian travelers’ long-forgotten suitcases and analyzes the descriptions contained within to gain insight into Occidentalist perspectives on modern Europe. By carefully tracing the physical and mental journeys of these travelers the book paints a picture of European architecture that is nothing like what one would expect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207793

Occult Philos Elizabethan Age First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849753

Occultism in a Global Perspective The study of the ideas and practices associated with occultism is a rapidly growing branch of contemporary scholarship. However most research has focused on English and French speaking areas and has not addressed the wider spread and significance of occultism. Occultism in a Global Perspective presents a broad international overview. Essays range across the German magical order of the Fraternitas Saturni esoteric Satanism in Denmark sexual magic in Colombia and the reception of occultism in modern Turkey India and the former Yugoslavia. As any other form of cultural practice the occult is not isolated from its social discursive religious and political environment. By studying occultism in its global context the book offers insights into the reciprocal relationships that colour and shape regional occultism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951730

Occupation and Control in International Humanitarian Law This book presents a systematic analysis of the notion of control in the law of military occupation. The work demonstrates that in present-day occupations control as such occurs in different forms and variations. The polymorphic features of occupation can be seen in the way states establish control over territory either directly or indirectly and in the manner in which they retain relinquish or regain it. The question as to what level and type of control is needed to determine the existence and ending of military occupation is explored in great detail in light of various international humanitarian law instruments. The book provides an anatomy of the required tests of control in determining the existence of military occupation based on the law. It also discusses control in relation to occupation by proxy and when and how the end of control over territory occurs so that military occupation is considered terminated. The study is informed by relevant international jurisprudence. It draws on numerous pertinent case studies from all over the world various reports by different UN entities and other international organisations as well as legal doctrine. The book will be a valuable resource for academics researchers and practitioners working in the fields of international humanitarian law international public law and security studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476649

Occupation: ruin repudiation revolutionconstructed space conceptualized Bringing together an international range of contributors from the fields of practice theory and history this book takes a fresh look at occupation. It argues that occupation is a prospect that begins with ruin--a residue from the past an implied or even a resounding presence of something previous that holds the potential for transformation. This prospect invites us to repudiate re-imagine and re-define lived space thereby asserting occupation as an act of revolution. Authors drawn from the fields of architecture urbanism interior architecture dance dramaturgy art history design and visual arts cultural studies and media studies provide a unique holistic view of occupation examining topics such as: the authority of architecture; architecture as an act of revolution; women in hypersexual space; occupation as a serialized act of ruin; and the definition of space as repudiation. They discuss how acts that re-invent territory and/or shift boundaries--psychological social and physical--affect identity and demonstrate possession. This theme of occupation is significant and topical at a time of radical flux generated by the proliferation of hypermedia and also by the dramatically shifting environmental political and economic context of this era. The book concludes by asserting that it is through occupation (private and public: real virtual remembered re-invented) that we appear or disappear as the individual or collective self because the spaces we construct assert particular agendas which we may either contest or live in accord with. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138567788

Occupational and Physical Therapy in Educational Environments Occupational and Physical Therapy in Educational Environments covers the major issues involved in providing lawful team-oriented and effective occupational and physical therapy services for students with disabilities in public schools. For those involved with students with disabilities this book helps them make sound decisions about services that will make a meaningful difference in the lives of these children.Since the 1975 enactment of Public Law 94--142 which mandated that occupational and physical therapy be provided “as may be required by a handicapped child to benefit from special education ” this required link between therapy and education has continued to lead to confusion and controversy about which students should receive therapy in school and what types of services should be provided. The purpose of Occupational and Physical Therapy in Educational Environments is to clarify the major issues surrounding occupational and physical therapy in public schools and to provide a framework for delivery of team- and family-oriented services that meet individual needs of students with disabilities.For those unsure of current regulations regarding handicapped students or those who need clarification on the law the book begins with a review of legislation and regulations. This begins to guide and shape schools’provision of therapy services. The following chapters assist occupational and physical therapists and important members of the educational teams of disabled students to make sound decisions about which students need school-based therapy services: Laws that Shape Therapy Services in Educational Environments: summarizes the major statutory law federal regulations and case law interpretation in which school-based practice is grounded. Pediatric Therapy in the 1990s: reviews contemporary theories of motor development motor control and motor learning that have had major impact on therapy for school-age children with disabilities. Related Services Decision-Making: describes a strong team approach to determining a student’s need for occupational and physical therapy services which takes into account the unique characteristics of both the student and the educational team. Assessment and Intervention in School-Based Practice: describes an approach to assessment and intervention in schools that clearly illustrates a relationship between therapy and educational programs that result in meaningful outcomes for students. Challenges of Interagency Collaboration: reports on a qualitative study that points out that schools are not the only settings in which many students with disabilities receive services so coordination between various agencies is essential to avoid gaps overlaps and cross purposes.Those who can benefit from Occupational and Physical Therapy in Educational Environments include occupational and physical therapists who work in public schools school administrators teachers and even parents of disabled children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977372

Occupational Audiometry The EU Physical Agents Directive on Noise which will be implemented into UK law in February 2006 will reduce noise action levels drastically. Under the new regulations many more industries which have so far not been associated with high noise levels such as restaurants and call centres will have to assess the noise levels in their businesses and monitor their employees’ hearing according to HSE guidelines.This practical guide gives occupational health nurses everything they need to know about setting up and managing hearing conservation programmes as well as how to carry out the audiometric tests. The text fully covers the syllabus of BSA accredited courses for the certificate of competence in Industrial Audiometry and includes practical examples case studies sample audiograms and questionnaires for setting up case histories. As the BSA syllabus is based on the HSE’s guidelines the book will be a useful training manual and up-to-date reference for Health and Safety professionals Occupational Health professionals and HSE inspectors.Dr Maryanne Maltby is an Audiological Scientist and Principal Lecturer on the Amplivox courses in Industrial Audiometry. She has previously taught Audiology and related subjects at Manchester University (Course Leader) and at Oxford Brookes University. She is a committee member of the Hearing Aid Council and a member of the British Society of Audiology. She also has wide consultancy experience in workplace training and advice on hearing conservation issues fitting hearing protection management of hearing and tinnitus problems at work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171503

Occupational Careers Professor Slocum uses the concept of career as the central integrating idea for a wide range of information about contemporary work and occupations from current social science research from historical sources and from his own considerable personal experience and that of his students.This second edition incorporates much new data and many new approaches that provide insight or raise significant questions about the validity of conventional attitudes toward occupational careers. Greater emphasis is placed on the rapid changes that have taken place in recent years in attitudes toward work on the continuing impact of scientific and technological developments on occupations and work organizations on new trends in the demand for academic and professional personnel and on the career-related problems of women and minority groups. In addition Professor Slocum now presents a more fully developed overview of the major social and cultural factors and processes involved in occupational choice preparation and achievement. After introducing the notion of an occupational career as a sequence of increasingly responsible roles and discussing the changing contemporary meanings of work the author proceeds to analyses of the impact of scientific and technological change on career planning the occupational requirements of work organizations occupational status levels the labor force and employment trends and recent trends and future prospects in major occupational categories. Chapters are devoted to detailed discussions of the characteristics of professional and scientific occupations the relationship between education and occupation special problems of intergenerational and individual occupational mobility and the dynamics of educational and occupational aspirations and decisions. The final chapter is directed toward the problems of career choice and planning that are likely to confront the young adults for whom the book will be especially useful.The book is brief but comprehensive in coverage free of jargon and lucid in expression. It will be an invaluable resource and text for teachers and vocational counselors dealing with problems of the sociology of occupations and work and in educational programs concerned with occupational choice and guidance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529007

Occupational Crime This title was first publishde in 2001. Occupational crime is found in the whole range of occupations and at all levels. Despite the fact that activities are widespread and well known the area is blurred by contradictory perceptions denials and arguments over definition. This volume presents influential essays on the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722040

Occupational Crime This title was first publishde in 2001. Occupational crime is found in the whole range of occupations and at all levels. Despite the fact that activities are widespread and well known the area is blurred by contradictory perceptions denials and arguments over definition. This volume presents influential essays on the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722033

Occupational ErgonomicsEngineering and Administrative Controls Occupational Ergonomics: Engineering and Administrative Controls focuses on prevention of work-related musculoskeletal disorders with an emphasis on engineering and administrative controls. Section I provides knowledge about risk factors for upper and lower extremities at work while Section II concentrates on risk factors for work-related low back disorders. Section III discusses fundamentals of surveillance of musculoskeletal disorders requirements for surveillance database systems OSHA Record keeping system and surveillance methods based on the assessment of body discomfort. Section IV focuses on medical management of work-related musculoskeletal disorders including programs for post-injury management testing of physical ability for employment decisions assessment of worker strength and other functional capacities and applications of ergonomics knowledge in rehabilitation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395292

Occupational ErgonomicsPrinciples of Work Design Occupational Ergonomics: Principles of Work Design focuses on the fundamentals in ergonomics design and evaluation. Divided into two parts Part I covers the background for the discipline and profession of ergonomics and offers an international perspective on ergonomics. Part II describes the foundations of ergonomics knowledge including fundamentals of ergonomics fundamentals of work analysis and cognitive issues. The authors discuss ergonomics of system design and outline the principles of certification in professional ergonomics. Methods for evaluation of physical workload due to posture (RULA and OWAS) as well as computer-aided human models and other software-based tools for ergonomic analysis and design are reviewed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395315

Occupational ErgonomicsTheory and Applications Second Edition In the fifteen years since the publication of Occupational Ergonomics: Theory and Applications significant advances have been made in this field. These advances include understanding the impact of ageing and obesity on workplace the role of ergonomics in promoting healthy workplaces and healthy life styles the role of ergonomic science in the design of consumer products and much more. The caliber of information and the simple practical ergonomics solutions in the second edition of this groundbreaking resource though haven’t changed. See What’s New in the Second Edition: Enhanced coverage of ergonomics in the international arena Emerging topics such as Healthcare Ergonomics and economics of ergonomics Coverage of disability management and psychosocial rehabilitation aspects of workplace and its ergonomics implication Current ergonomics solutions from "research to practice" Synergy of healthy workplaces with healthy lifestyles Impact of physical agents on worker health/safety and its control Additional problems with solutions in the appendix The book covers the fundamentals of ergonomics and the practical application of those fundamentals in solving ergonomic problems. The scope is such that it can be used as a reference for graduate students in the health sciences engineering technology and business as well as professional practitioners of these disciplines. Also it can be used as a senior level undergraduate textbook with solved problems case studies and exercises included in several chapters. The book blends medical and engineering applications to solve musculoskeletal safety and health problems in a variety of traditional and emerging industries ranging from the office to the operating room to operations engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074712

Occupational ErgonomicsWork Related Musculoskeletal Disorders of the Upper Limb and Back "Work related musculoskeletal disorders (WRMSDs) are the leading cause of worker impairment disability compensation costs and loss of productivity in industrialized countries. The aging of the workforce and the increased diffusion of physically demanding jobs contribute to the widespread concern about musculoskeletal disorders.The effective prevention of work related musculoskeletal disorders needs a multidisciplinary approach drawing together experience from backgrounds in engineering mechanics physiology occupational medicine and psychology; all considered in the context of ergonomics.This book is a collection of lectures on both back and upper limb musculoskeletal disorders presented at an International Course sponsored by the Nordic Institute for Advanced Training in Occupational Health (NIVA) and the University of Bologna in September 1999. The lectures were given by renowned international researchers on the subject and therefore the book provides a comprehensive overview of all critical issues related to musculoskeletal disorders at work. The book forms an update to the latest research in the field and will interest a wide range of professionals and researchers in ergonomics as well as in the fields from which the material is drawn.The book covers the main topics addressed in dealing with occupational ergonomics including: "" Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397838

Occupational Hazards in the Health Professions This volume is written especially for health professionals affiliated with hospitals veterinary clinics dental offices dental laboratories toxicological testing laboratories and pharmaceutical laboratories as a contribution to attain security in such working environments. Possible hazards in the working environments for the health professionals are discussed followed by recommendations of the various precautions that may be taken to avoid these hazards. The possible hazards in hospitals discussed are ergonomics physical hazards chemical hazards and bacteriological risks. The ergonomics chemical hazards and bacteriological risks for dental offices and veterinary clinics are also explained. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068617

Occupational Hazards Of Pesticide ExposureSampling Monitoring Measuring With three million intoxications a year global concern about occupational exposure to pesticides makes it crucial that occupational health professionals be able monitor pesticide exposure. With a useful analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of classic and modern techniques Occupational Hazards of Pesticide Exposure permits professionals to undertake these tasks with techniques best suited to a given situation. Includes descriptions and examples of how to: o Quantify aerial drift of pesticide sprays o Determine on-target/off-target loss of pesticide o Measure disposition of pesticides on surfaces o Detect translocation of residues for air and surfaces to skin o Measure absorption through the skin o Quantify residues or metabolites in biological fluids o Determine the extent of neurological impairment Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075424

Occupational Health and Safety Workplace accidents and errors cost organizations hundreds of billions of dollars each year and the injured workers and their families endure considerable financial and emotional suffering. It's obvious that increasing employee health and safety pays. The accumulating evidence shows that investing in occupational health and safety results in improved financial and social responsibility performance. There are extensive country differences and wide occupational differences in the incidence of accidents and errors. The International Labour Organization (ILO) estimates that every year there are 2.2 million fatal and 270 million non-fatal accidents or occupational diseases worldwide. Occupational Health and Safety looks at the research into what causes accidents and errors in the workplace. In line with other titles in the series Occupational Health and Safety emphasizes the psychological and behavioral aspects of risk in organizations. It highlights how organizations differ in their health and safety performance with case studies throughout and best practices. Key elements focus on: employee selection and training fostering employee understanding participation and engagement in health and safety matters developing a health and safety culture at organizational and group/work unit levels communicating and reinforcing safe workplace practices and bench-marking one's organization against the industry leaders. The contributors to this volume come from various countries reflecting unique interest and knowledge in particular areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566089831

Occupational Health and Safety in Construction Project Management With the increase in legislation and the drive for ever-greater efficiency and accountability health and safety in construction is becoming an increasingly important subject. This book covers the essential issues that apply specifically to construction projects including the nature and causes of occupational injury or illness project organisation and OHS OHS risk management OHS legislation the psychology of OHS behavioural safety management using IT to manage OHS and OHS training. Numerous case studies illustrate important points and refer to current successful safety management techniques giving practical guidance to the practitioner and putting the issues into context for the student. This book will be of specific interest to clients project managers specialist consultants designers contractors sub-contractors and suppliers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103191

Occupational Health and Safety ManagementA Practical Approach Third Edition Reflecting changes in the current health and safety landscape Occupational Health and Safety Management: A Practical Approach Third Edition includes examples and tools to facilitate development and implementation of a safety and health management approach. This how-to book is not just an information providing text. It shows you how to write a program and identify hazards as well as involve workers and attain their cooperation. It emphasizes the need for better and more effective communication regarding safety and health. See What’s New in the Third Edition: Chapters on workers’ compensation terrorism and Lean safety/sustainability Additional coverage of flammable liquids and ventilation accident reporting and accident investigation New compliance requirements as well as expanded accident investigation environmental and risk analysis guidelines PowerPoint presentation slides for each chapter A complete and practical guide for the development and management of occupational safety and health programs in any industry setting the book supplies a management blueprint that can be used for occupational safety and health in any organization from the smallest to the largest beginning to develop or wanting to improve its safety and health approach. It includes comprehensive guidelines for development of occupational health and safety programs to a variety of industries and is especially useful for start-up companies. The author takes a total management approach to the development of written programs the identification of hazards the mitigation of hazards by the use of common safety and health tools the development of a safe workforce through communications motivational techniques involvement and training. He addresses the tracking and acceptable risk from both safety and health hazards. He also discusses how to work with and within the OSHA compliance approach as well as how to deal with the OSHA regulations workers’ compensation terrorism and Lean safety. As you understand and apply the guidelines in each chapter you can put your company on the way toward building a successful and effective safety and health effort for its employers and employees. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749573

Occupational Health and SafetyInternational Influences and the New Epidemics This text provides a theoretical and empirical approach to investigating the nature of emerging OSH (Occupational Health and Safety) epidemics across the industrialized world. The author of each chapter in this book deals with exposure to a particular OSH hazard and examines the epidemic nature of the resulting ill-health or injury outcome. The authors also evaluate the contribution of globalization and neoliberal policies in creating workplace environments which foster such new OSH epidemics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783897

Occupational Health Guide to Violence in the Workplace 20 murders every week. 18 000 assaults in the same time. All on the job.Sharp increases in workplace violence continue to take an unfortunate toll on American business-and its employees families and communities. Preventative measures may be well-intentioned but pose troubling conflicts in themselves pitting each employee's privacy vs. overall worker protection.A full-self evaluation of your business and its personnel may be the key to safeguard against workplace violence. Thomas D. Schneid's Occupational Health Guide to Violence in the Workplace provides the important guidelines for that careful all-encompassing examination.Most books on workplace violence focus on psychological profiles. In a change of pace Schneid examines the issue from a safety/health professional's viewpoint taking all angles legal issues and potential ramifications into account. Chapters focus on not only in-house efforts to prevent violent incidents but also government and legal standards directly or indirectly related to worker's rights and corporate liability.Make every effort to prevent workplace violence from hitting home: start with advice from the Occupational Health Guide to Violence in the Workplace Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400118

Occupational Health ServicesA Practical Approach Workers and their families employers and society as a whole benefit when providers deliver the best quality of care to injured workers and when they know how to provide effective services for both prevention and fitness for duty and understand why instead of just following regulations. Designed for professionals who deliver manage and hold oversight responsibility for occupational health in an organization or in the community Occupational Health Services guides the busy practitioner and clinic manager in setting up running and improving healthcare services for the prevention diagnosis treatment and occupational management of work-related health issues. The text covers: an overview of occupational health care in the US and Canada: how it is organized who pays for what how it is regulated and how workers’ compensation works how occupational health services are managed in practice whether within a company as a global network in a hospital or medical group practice as a free-standing clinic or following other models management of core services including recordkeeping marketing service delivery options staff recruitment and evaluation and program evaluation depth and detail on specific services including clinical service delivery for injured workers periodic health surveillance impairment assessment fitness for duty alcohol and drug testing employee assistance mental health health promotion emergency management global health management and medico-legal services. This highly focused and relevant combined handbook and textbook is aimed at improving the provision of care and health protection for workers and will be of use to both managers and health practitioners from a range of backgrounds including but not limited to medicine nursing health services administration and physical therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502825

Occupational Health: A Practical Guide for Managers New legislation and recommended working practices demand that every organisation considers carefully the health of its workforce. Occupational Health: A Practical Guide for Managers offers a comprehensive view of health and safety issues at work. The range of people it aims to appeal to reflects the interdisciplinary nature of this subject. Personnel professionals managers and occupational health practitioners alike will find it an invaluable resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203426470

Occupational Hygiene and Risk Management The science of occupational hygiene is growing as is awareness amongst Australian employers of the importance of minimising occupational health and safety risk.Occupational Hygiene and Risk Management offers an innovative approach to learning about the practice and principles of occupational hygiene and managing risk in the workplace. This new edition of this widely used textbook has been extensively updated with new material on legislation and Australian and New Zealand standards. It also includes expanded sections on risk analysis and management. The theory of occupational hygiene is brought to life through case studies illustrations and practical examples.Occupational hygiene aims to minimise ill-health from exposure to hazardous events by a process of identification evaluation and control. These three stages form the foundation of this textbook as physical psychological and emotional health risks are examined across the following topics:* Hazard identification* Dusts and particulate* Metals* Chemical contaminants* Noise and vibration* Heat and cold* Radiation and pressure* Biological hazards* Ergonomics* Risk analysis* Control* Risk managementOccupational Hygiene and Risk Management is accompanied by a website with discussion questions case studies further readings and teacher resources creating an invaluable resource for students and professionals.Visit www.allenandunwin.com/OHRM Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116622

Occupational Hygiene Management Guide Applicable worldwide this valuable guide will enable you to develop implement and maintain the effective occupational health programs for your company needs. Authored by four experts responsible for environment health and safety at different General Electric businesses it can help you avoid costly business as well as personal liabilities resulting from occupational health problems. This book describes the hazard recognition and control procedures essential to employee preventive health programs. Details the auditing and measurements process and outlines the procedures necessary to monitor and ensure total effectiveness of your program both immediate and long-term. A prime feature is the 1989-1990 TLVs (Threshold Limit Values) and BEIs (Biological Exposure Indices) published with permission of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069881

Occupational Lung DiseasesResearch Approaches and Methods This book discriminates and emphasizes approaches that are likely to be productive in terms of understanding the causation and mechanisms of occupational lung diseases. It benefits research academicians in the field of lung diseases and government and public health authorities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451981

Occupational Neurotoxicology First published in 1988 many chemical compounds present in workplace settings can produce a number of impairments in the human nervous system. As the situations in which neurotoxic agents have been recognized in exposed workers has grown so has the importance of occupational neurotoxicology as a specialty. Addressing some of the most vital concerns in the field Occupational Neurotoxicology discusses: Neurotoxic agents commonly encountered in the workplace Signs and symptoms of neurotoxicity and of the factors affecting neurotoxic effects Biological monitoring and the use of biomarkers Epidemiological methods and clinical approaches to occupational neurotoxicology The analysis of behavioral electrophysiological and imaging techniques in the diagnosis of neurotoxicity Occupational neurotoxicity in developing countries The evaluation and management of occupational illnesses due to neurotoxicityOccupational Neurotoxicology concisely covers important facts on the adverse effects of chemical biological and physical agents that can impair or alter the structure of the nervous system. Professionals and researchers in the fields of occupational medicine toxicology epidemiology neurology industrial hygiene and psychology will all find relevant information on the health problems that can occur from exposure to neurotoxicants. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429281044

Occupational Noise and Workplace AcousticsAdvances in Measurement and Assessment Techniques Modern noise research and assessment techniques are commonly used in the workplace and our personal living environment. Occupational Noise and Workplace Acoustics presents new innovative advanced research and evaluation methods of parameters characterizing acoustic field and noise in the working environment as well as acoustic properties of rooms and noise reduction measures. This includes acoustic field visualization methods field imaging techniques wireless sensor networks and the Internet of Things (IoT); optimization methods using genetic algorithms; acoustic quality assessment methods for rooms; and methods for measuring ultrasonic noise in the frequency range of 10-40 kHz. This book is a valuable resource for individuals and students interested in the areas of acoustic and sound engineering as it provides: The latest techniques and methods in the field of noise reduction and improvement of acoustic comfort Innovative and advanced acoustic field visualization techniques for those with an auditory impairment Explains noise reduction through proper workplace design Discusses use of wireless sensor networks and the IoT for monitoring noise and Provides acoustic quality assessment methods. "The authors’ intention to expound on advanced issues in a lucid and accessible way was rewarded with success. In the book an expert will find a number of hints helpful in solving actual problems whereas a layperson will be able to form a view on challenges facing contemporary technology. What should also be emphasized is the book’s soundness in documenting these advanced theses and postulates with diligently conducted empirical research.     Despite a wide thematic range the book is written consistently and under no circumstances can be considered a collection of randomly selected problems. The content corresponds fully to the title. The authors are consistent in acquainting the reader with topical scientific issues concerning assessment of acoustic hazards and the methodology of combating them." —Professor Zbigniew DÄ…browski BEng PhD DSc Warsaw University of Technology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367499259

Occupational Performance CoachingA Manual for Practitioners and Researchers This book presents a definitive guide to understanding applying and teaching Occupational Performance Coaching (OPC). Grounded in principles of occupational therapy person-centredness and interprofessional frameworks of health and disability this book will be of interest across health and rehabilitation professions. Supporting people affected by disability to do well and live the life they want is the ultimate outcome of all rehabilitation professionals no matter where on the lifespan our clients sit. Coaching is increasingly recognised as highly effective in achieving this aim. This accessible manual provides case examples related to diverse health conditions alongside practitioner reflections. Uniquely this manual presents coaching methods designed specifically for the rehabilitation environment. This book is a manual for practitioners researchers students and lecturers interested in gaining a robust understanding of OPC methods theoretical basis and implementation. An e-Resource linked to the book provides access to video demonstrations a podcast from Dr Graham and downloadable materials including a self-assessment of OPC skills (OPC Fidelity Measure) templates for clinical work and teaching presentation material. You can access this eResource via http://resourcecentre.routledge.com/books/9780367427962 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427962

Occupational Physiology In a clear and accessible presentation Occupational Physiology focuses on important issues in the modern working world. Exploring major public health problems–such as musculoskeletal disorders and stress–this book explains connections between work well-being and health based on up-to-date research in the field. It provides useful methods for risk assessment and guidelines on arranging a good working life from the perspective of the working individual the company and society as a whole.The book focuses on common stressful situations in different professions. Reviewing bodily demands and reactions in eight selected common but contrasting job types the book explains relevant physiology in a novel way. Rather than being structured according to organs in the body the book accepts the complex physiology of typical jobs and uses this as an entry. In addition to physiological facts the book discusses risk factors for disorders and gives ideas on how to organize and design work and tasks so as to optimize health work ability and productivity. Although many books cover physiology they are based on a traditional anatomical structure (e.g. addressing the physiology of the cardiovascular system the gastrointestinal system and so forth) and require readers to synthesize this knowledge into real-life complex applications. Occupational Physiology is instead structured around a number of typical jobs and explains their physiologies as complex as they may be. This approach while still presenting the physiology needed to understand occupational life demonstrates how to use this information in situations encountered in practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381790

Occupational Risk ControlPredicting and Preventing the Unwanted In Occupational Risk Control Derek Viner brings together the theoretical aspects of his subject into a coherent whole and then connects them with the needs both of practitioners and educators. The theory embraced by the author spans ideas formed between the industrial revolution and the present day but he focuses on relatively more recent theoretical developments chiefly associated with people-orientated approaches in the discipline of psychology applied to management practice and in the application of analytical ideas to engineering design. The author looks specifically at developments in defence and petro-chemical systems and also considers the whole theory of risk that originated in the 1970s with the advent of nuclear power stations but which he argues has advanced little since that time. He also introduces the geological and botanical sciences on the grounds that they contribute much to our understanding of how to set about classifying phenomena. To this mix is added the contribution of law to our understanding of moral obligations and that of statistics to our understanding of the management of uncertainty. Viner argues that amongst the observable consequences of the absence of a holistic approach is the tendency for regulators to form (misinformed) theory on which to base legislation and the prevalence of commercial systems leading to disparate efforts by different industries. The net effect of all this he suggests is seen in the disasters of the magnitude of the Gulf of Mexico explosion and oil spill. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879235

Occupational Safety and HealthFundamental Principles and Philosophies Most occupational safety and health books explain how to apply concepts principles elements tools of prevention and develop interventions and initiatives to mitigate occupational injuries illnesses and deaths. This is not a how-to book. It is a book that addresses the philosophical basis for all of the varied components and elements needed to develop and manage a safety and health program. It is a book designed to answer the questions often posed as to why should we do it this way. It is the “Why” book and the intent is to provide a blueprint and a helpmate for the philosophical basis for occupational safety and health and the justification as an integral component of doing business. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748835

Occupational Safety and Hygiene Occupational Safety and Hygiene presents selected papers from the International Symposium on Occupational Safety and Hygiene – SHO2013 (Guimarães Portugal 14-15 February 2013) which was organized by the Portuguese Society for Occupational Safety and Hygiene (SPOSHO). The contributions from 15 different countries focus on: - Occupational safety - Risk assessment - Safety management - Ergonomics - Management systems - Environmental ergonomics - Physical environments - Construction safety - Human factors The papers included in the book are mainly based on research carried out at universities and other research institutions but they are also based on practical studies developed by Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) practitioners within their companies. As a result this book will be useful to get acquainted with the state-of-the-art of the research within the aforementioned domains as well as with some practical tools and approaches that are currently used by OHS professionals worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000476

Occupational Safety and Hygiene II Occupational Safety and Hygiene II contains selected papers from the International Symposium on Occupational Safety and Hygiene (SHO2014 Guimarães Portugal 13-14 February 2014) which was organized by the Portuguese Society for Occupational Safety and Hygiene (SPOSHO). The contributions focus on selected topics which include (but is not limited to): Occupational safety Risk assessment Safety management Ergonomics Management systems Environmental ergonomics Physical environments Construction safety and Human factors The contributions in Occupational Safety and Hygiene II are mainly based on research carried out at universities and other research institutions but also on practical studies developed by Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) Practitioners within their companies. Accordingly this book will be a helpful text to get acquainted with the state-of-the-art of the research within the mentioned domains as well as with some practical tools and approaches that are currently used by OHS professionals in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001442

Occupational Safety and Hygiene III The papers published in Occupational Safety and Hygiene III cover the following topics:- Occupational safety- Risk assessment- Safety management- Ergonomics- Management systems- Environmental ergonomics- Physical environments- Construction safety and- Human factors.The contributions are based on research carried out at universities and other research institutions and on practical studies developed by Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) practitioners within companies. This book will help to get acquainted with the state-of-the-art within the above mentioned domains as well as with some practical tools and approaches that are currently used by OHS professionals in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027657

Occupational Safety and Hygiene IV Occupational Safety and Hygiene IV covers a wide variety of topics including but not limited to: - Occupational Safety - Risk Assessment - Ergonomics - Management Systems - Physical Environment - Construction Safety and - Human Factors This compilation of papers in the domain of occupational safety and hygiene is mainly based on research works carried out at universities and other research institutions and on practical studies developed by Occupational Safety & Health (OSH) practitioners within their companies. Accordingly this book will be helpful to get acquainted with the state-of-the-art of the research within the mentioned domains as well as with some practical tools and approaches that are currently used by OSH professionals in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029422

Occupational Safety and Hygiene VIBook chapters from the 6th International Symposium on Occupation Safety and Hygiene (SHO 2018) March 26-2 Occupational Safety and Hygiene VI collects recent papers of selected authors from 21 countries in the domain of occupational safety and hygiene (OSH). The contributions cover a wide range of topics including:- Occupational safety- Risk assessment- Safety management- Ergonomics- Management systems- Environmental ergonomics- Physical environment- Construction safety and- Human factors Occupational Safety and Hygiene VI represents the state-of-the-art on the above mentioned domains and is based on research carried out at universities and other research institutions. Some contributions focus more on practical case studies developed by OSH practitioners within their own companies. Hence the book provides practical tools and approaches currently used by OHS practitioners in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138542037

Occupational Safety and Hygiene VSelected papers from the International Symposium on Occupational Safety and Hygiene (SHO 2017) April 10-11 Occupational Safety and Hygiene V contains selected contributions from the International Symposium on Occupational Safety and Hygiene (SHO 2017 10-11 April 2017 Guimarães Portugal). The contributions focus on a wide range of topics including: - occupational safety- risk assessment- safety management- ergonomics- management systems- environmental ergonomics- physical environments- construction safety and- human factors Occupational Safety and Hygiene V is mainly based on research carried out at universities and other research institutions but also includes practical studies developed by OHS Practitioners within companies. Accordingly this book will be a helpful text to get acquainted with the state-of-the-art in research in these domains as well as with some practical tools and approaches that are currently used by OHS professionals worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138057616

Occupational Socialization and Working Lives (1994) Published in 1994 this book gathers together a series of original studies on occupational socialization and the everyday realities of work. It includes detailed empirically based accounts of a variety of occupational settings. Included are: social workers; trainee midwives; prison officers; accountants; teachers; psychiatrists; postgraduate research students. They all reflect the tradition of qualitative research that has been developed at Cardiff. This book was originally published as part of the Cardiff Papers in Qualitative Research series edited by Paul Atkinson Sara Delamont and Amanda Coffey. The series publishes original sociological research that reflects the tradition of qualitative and ethnographic inquiry developed at Cardiff. The series includes monographs reporting on empirical research edited collections focussing on particular themes and texts discussing methodological developments and issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480261

Occupational Stress in the Service Professions Workers in the service industry face unique types and levels of stress and this problem is worsening. Many workers and organizations are now recognizing work stress as a significant personal and organizational cost and seeing the need to evaluate a range of organizational issues that present psychosocial hazards to the workers. Occupational Stress in the Service Professions introduces the reader to contemporary theoretical and research issues and then provides a comprehensive international review of a range of professions including nurses correctional officers police fire fighters volunteers academics the clergy and teachers. The book identifies the main sources of stress for these specific occupation work groups and the implications for intervention. The range of contributions from researchers in Australia The Netherlands Germany Canada United Kingdom and the United States presents an international perspective. Well illustrated with case-studies of a number of organizations the book serves to explore the political and social nature of the work stress problem. It then concludes with a chapter on the implications for intervention policy and the future and aims to present a theoretical synthesis applicable to the whole sector. Graduate students researchers and high level HR professions will find this an invaluable work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454548

Occupational StressA Handbook Bringing together renowned scholars this handbook contains innovative current empirical and theoretical research in the area of job stress. The workplace is one of the major sources of stress in an individual's life. Placing this important topic in the context of a transactional process this work is intended to be of use to practitioners working in clinical organisational family and health psychology mental health substance abuse the military and with families and women.; Chapters are arranged in five parts the first considering theoretical approaches with an introductory article by Professor Emeritus Richard S. Lazarus. Next is an examination of various model testing formats followed by a section on occupational stress research and coping mechanisms. Fourth is a collection of articles on the subject of burnout and the book closes with two distinct interventions directed at stress reduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138433069

Occupational Therapy Across Cultural BoundariesTheory Practice and Professional Development This fascinating book examines the concept of culture from a unique perspective--that of individual occupational therapists who have worked in environments very different from those in which they were educated or had worked previously. In Occupational Therapy Across Cultural Boundaries six occupational therapists relate their experiences living and working in a foreign culture. Each author describes the daily demands placed upon her through immersion into a different way of life and discusses the environmental challenges she had to overcome to be able to live and work successfully. Many of the cultural differences the authors faced forced them to reassess and reconstruct their most basic assumptions of both personal and professional life as they discovered that activities and theories common or applicable in one culture are not necessarily translatable into another. The authors also analyze culture across treatment areas in occupational therapy practice including mental health and physical disability with both adults and children.Both beginning and experienced occupational therapists and occupational therapy students will find much valuable information in Occupational Therapy Across Cultural Boundaries. Whether interested in examining occupational therapy’s application to non-Western cultures or actually contemplating practicing in a different culture readers will benefit from learning about the experiences of the authors. This unique book is also helpful for occupational therapy students wishing to examine the philosophy of occupational therapy or the significance of culture to human occupation. Professors will find it useful as an ancillary textbook for undergraduate and graduate courses in occupational therapy on topics such as theory occupation across cultures or meaningful activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977389

Occupational Therapy and Spirituality Spirituality is an important aspect of occupational therapy theory and practice yet it remains little understood. This timely book adds to the current debate by exploring the meaning of spirituality within occupational therapy and by outlining evidence which supports this area of practice. Beginning with the three stances surrounding spirituality for the common good and the theology of occupation throughout its 10 chapters the book goes on to cover topics such as: Spirituality of caring; Theories of spiritual development; Definition of spirituality from occupational therapy literature; Differences between assessing spirituality and religion; Spirituality and ethics; Spiritual and cultural diversity in the occupational therapy clinic; Therapeutic self. By the end of the volume the reader will have the toolset required to consider spiritual concepts and their application to health principles. Occupational Therapy and Spirituality is written in an accessible format and is designed for occupational therapy and occupational science academics researchers and graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228071

Occupational Therapy and the Patient With Pain This volume speaks to the issue of occupational therapy practice with the patient in pain. The hows and whys of treatment are explored in a broad range of chapters written by and for professionals in the field of occupational therapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864198

Occupational Therapy Approaches to Traumatic Brain Injury This sensitive book provides a much-needed compilation and description of OT programs for the care of individuals disabled by traumatic brain injury (TBI). Focusing on the disabled individual the family and the societal responses to the injured this comprehensive book covers the spectrum of available services from intensive care to transitional and community living. Both theoretical approaches to the problems of brain injury as well as practical treatment techniques are explored in Occupational Therapy Approaches to Traumatic Brain Injury. The processes of assessment and intervention are vital to the recovery of brain-injured patients and this thorough book devotes two chapters specifically to assessment and several chapters on intervention and family involvement. This useful volume contains information about rehabilitation from ‘coma to community ’as well as numerous other approaches.The findings and treatment suggestions presented here are applicable to many helping professionals working with TBI patients. Health care practitioners working with brain injured persons and their families in both institutional and community contexts physical therapists physicians nurses and psychologists and social workers involved with assessment will find this an invaluable addition to their professional references. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994577

Occupational Therapy in AustraliaProfessional and Practice Issues This ground-breaking text provides a comprehensive guide to occupational therapy in Australia from its role in the healthcare system to the scope and nature of its practice. The authors begin with an overview of the history of occupational therapy in Australia the ethical and legal aspects of its practice and its role in population health and health promotion. The values and philosophy of occupational therapy are considered next together with the roles and responsibilities of practitioners and specific practice features including client-centred practice evidence-based practice research in occupational therapy and clinical reasoning. Key issues including occupational analysis the development of occupations across the lifespan occupational therapy assessment Indigenous issues practice in rural and remote areas and advocacy leadership and entrepreneurship are also examined in detail.The first text specifically written for Australian entry-to-practice students by Australian authors this book is destined to become an essential reference for both students and professionals in the field.'Truly a valuable resource for all Australian occupational therapy students and practitioners.'Professor Jenny Ziviani Children's Allied Health Research The University of Queensland'This is a text that will have many editions and document the evolution of the profession for decades to come.'Professor Carolyn M. Baum School of Medicine Washington University in St. Louis Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781925266634

Occupational Therapy in Forensic PsychiatryRole Development and Schizophrenia Learn Role Development techniques to provide more effective therapy to schizophrenic clients!Occupational Therapy in Forensic Psychiatry: Role Development and Schizophrenia presents a set of guidelines for clinical practice in Role Development. Role Development is a treatment intervention designed to assist individuals diagnosed with schizophrenia in developing social roles task skills and interpersonal skills. The book provides concrete practical suggestions for using Role Develpoment with clients. These guidelines are thoroughly described as are methods for implementing treatment. With the resources provided in Occupational Therapy in Forensic Psychiatry OT clinicians will have the tools and information to understand Role Development to conduct evaluations and to plan and implement treatment using the set of guidelines. The book describes a reseach study from a maximum-security psychiatric facility. Participants in the study had an extensive psychiatric history as well as criminal charges. Most no longer had active social roles but viewed their roles as patient or inmate. The intervention Role Development was successful in assisting them to develop roles such as worker student friend and group member. Despite their very difficult life circumstances and serious mental illness the participants responded very positively and demonstrated a willingness and ability to develop social roles and the skills that are the foundation to the roles. Tables and figures highlight the results of the study. In Occupational Therapy in Forensic Psychiatry you’ll find: a set of guidelines for practicing Role Development a research study documenting the effectiveness of Role Development tables and figures highlighting the results of the research study practical tools resources and methods to implement Role Development case studies demonstrating the application of Role Development and much more!Occupational Therapy in Forensic Psychiatry is a comprehensive resource for OT clinicians and students. It provides the direction needed for health care practitioners to learn Role Development techniques. Clinicians who work with clients diagnosed with schizophrenia or other forms of severe and persistent mental illness can use the information in this book to provide effective treatment to their clients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821252

Occupational Therapy Practice and Research with Persons with Multiple Sclerosis Discover strategies to enhance quality of life and promote social and community participation for people with MS! Occupational Therapy Practice and Research with Persons with Multiple Sclerosis will familiarize you with the complex issues experienced by people who have multiple sclerosis suggesting ways to enhance your practice or research with this population. This vital resource fills a void in the scarce literature on occupational therapy and multiple sclerosis providing you with a unique single-source reference on the subject. This book compiles the work and contributions of experts from Europe Australia Canada and the United States—from a variety of fields including occupational therapy medicine physical therapy and psychology. This thought-provoking book offers new perspectives on potential assessment and intervention ideas and provides information that could be used for broader program planning. This extensive resource will give you a deeper appreciation of the MS disease process and its influence on everyday living for persons with MS and their families. In this collection you will learn more about: the health-related service needs of older adults with MS the range of fatigue assessment tools that are available for clinical and research applications the effect of wheelchair use on quality of life the implications of tremor on everyday activities the development and use of Lifestyle Management Programs© coping processes used by women with MS as they age the symptom and functional limitation profiles experienced by people with MS that lead to referrals to occupational therapy Occupational Therapy Practice and Research with Persons with Multiple Sclerosis contains charts figures graphs and bibliographies to augment the research and studies found in this book. Also provided are contributions by Dr. Nicholas G. LaRocca—a well-known MS researcher—and Dr. Carol A. Gaetjens—an educator with MS. Occupational therapy students clinicians and researchers working with individuals and families who are affected by MS will find this book an important resource in their profession. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725702

Occupational Therapy With Borderline Patients This volume discusses and reviews the current knowledge in the concept and management of activity groups designed for borderline patients who are defines as those with “self-destructive and maladaptive interpersonal relations.” Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315826349

Occupational Toxicology Hazardous agents are an ongoing concern in the modern workplace with many examples of workers being severely affected by chemicals as a result of both acute and chronic exposure. Occupational Toxicology 2nd Edition introduces the basics of toxicology that underpin the application of toxicological information to the workplace environment. The book contains chapters on the most important workplace exposures such as metals pesticides solvents plastics gases and particulate matter as well as the organs likely to be affected. The lungs and the skin are given individual consideration as common sites of injury and disease caused by exposure to chemicals. Genotoxicity and cancer are also singled out for particular attention due to ongoing concern about cancer-related effects of chemicals.Important fields interfacing with occupational toxicology - hygiene epidemiology and occupational medicine - are also covered to assist the reader in understanding the necessity of cross-discipline considerations in dealing with workplace exposures. This practical approach makes this book particularly valuable to students of toxicology as well as to occupational health and safety professionals at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394554

Occupations and Society (Routledge Revivals) Work and the nature of occupations are matters of central concern to the sociologist. In this basic introduction to the sociology of professions occupations and work first published in 1975 David Dunkerley provides a theoretical basis for the study of a subject that previously had a strong empirical tradition. Drawing on comparative literature the author analyses the structure of occupation the processes of occupational life and how occupations are related to the predominant culture. The effects of occupations on the non-work lives of individuals are also examined and extended examples are given of managerial and scientific occupations as case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717410

Occupy ManagementInspirations and Ideas for Self-Organization and Self-Management It can be said that our times are characterized both by the omnipresence of organizations and by the destabilization of organized social life caused by the erosion of its structural and moral foundations such as long-term employment social trust or an actual observance of the proclaimed codes of ethics. At the same time there is a huge and growing potential for organized change due to the amount of students and graduates of different types of management studies and programmes all over the world. The role of the state may become atrophied and corporations seem all too eager to seize ever more power while renouncing responsibility towards the environment and the employees but a huge and unprecedented number of people from all walks of life all social classes and all countries now have the qualifications to take over the responsibility for social organizations. The objective of Occupy Management: Inspirations and Ideas for Self-Organization and Self-Management is to make it evident to the student why and how he or she can manage without becoming part of corporate power structures. Aimed at postgraduate students studying organizational and management theory as well as social entrepreneurship this book is not a simple repetition of essential knowledge in these areas but a re-direction of such knowledge towards self-management and self-organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415703062

Occupy! A global movement This book is an urgent and compelling account of the Occupy movements: from the M15 movement in Spain to the wave of Occupations flooding across cities in American Europe and Australia to the harsh reality of evictions as corporations and governments attempted to reassert exclusive control over public space. Across a vast range of international examples over twenty authors analyse explain and helps us understand the movement. These movements were a novel and noisy intervention into the recent capitalist crisis in developed economies developing an exceptionally broad identity through a call to arms addressed to ‘the 99%’ and emphasizing the importance of public space in the creation and maintenance of opposition. The novelties of these movements along with their radical positioning and the urgency of their claims all demand analysis. This book investigates the crucial questions of how and why this form of action spread so rapidly and so widely how the inclusive discourse of ‘the 99%’ matched up to the reality of the practice. It is vital to understand not just the choice of tactics and the vitality of protest camps in public spaces but also how the myriad of challenges and problems were negotiated.This book was published as a special issue of Social Movement Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738778

Occupying LondonPost-Crash Resistance and the Limits of Possibility Just because there has been a crisis does not necessarily mean there is going to be a change. And yet why exactly did nothing change in the face of global resistances and movements which followed the financial meltdown of 2007/8? Based on ethnographic research with the Occupy movement in London – as a case study of one post-crash attempt to bring alternatives about – this book argues that change was ultimately foreclosed by widespread ‘common sense’ limitations of what was considered possible after the crash. Offering a critically constructive analysis of the Occupy movement in London and incorporating both activist praise and self-criticism of their movement Occupying London discusses both the political potential suggested by the occupation of space and the slogan ‘we are the 99%’ as well as the problematic extension of post-crash normativity into the movement through issues of organisation repetitions of wider norms and an inadvertent acceptance of wider distributions of possibility. Such positives and negatives are shown to have played out in a wide-range of arenas: from the occupation of space itself through attempts to organise collective appearance and voice as well as ‘authentic’ constructions of resistance and ‘cynical’ framings of power. The author’s intention is to provoke thought on behalf of any ‘half-fascinated half-devastated witnesses’ of the financial crash and the political disappointments which followed. It is argued that such movements possess the potential to bring about progressive change but only if they intervene into wider distributions of ‘common sense’ by embracing collective symbolic efficiency and avoiding binary framings of ‘authentic’ resistance vs. ‘hidden’ power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438968

Occupying Space in American Literature and CultureStatic Heroes Social Movements and Empowerment Occupying Space in American Literature and Culture inscribes itself within the spatial turn that permeates the ways we look at literary and cultural productions. The volume seeks to clarify the connections between race space class and identity as it concentrates on different occupations and disoccupations enclosures and boundaries. Space is scaled up and down from the body the ground zero of spatiality to the texturology of Manhattan; from the striated place of the office in Melville’s "Bartleby the Scrivener" on Wall Street to the striated spaces of internment camps and reservations; from the lowest of the low the (human) clutter that lined the streets of Albany NY during the Depression to the new Towers of Babel that punctuate the contemporary architecture of transparencies. As it strings together these spatial narratives the volume reveals how beyond the boundaries that characterize each space every location has loose ends that are impossible to contain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547902

Occupying SubjectivityBeing and Becoming Radical in the 21st Century This book explores a variety of forms of radical political subjectivity. It takes its cue from the 2011 uprisings in the Middle East and North Africa the Occupy Movement and the European Anti-Austerity Movement alongside the wider opposition to authoritarian and neoliberal forms of governance from which they sprang in order to ask an urgent series of questions about the subject of radical politics: Who or what is it that engages in resistance? Who or what should they be? And how are we to negotiate the many complexities of that second question? The contributions drawing on a wide range of theoretical traditions offer a rich series of provocations towards new ways of conceptualising evaluating and imagining radical political praxis. They engage different kinds of subjects including protestors dancers self-burners academics settlers and humans in order to think through the ways in which contemporary subjects are constituted within and work to unsettle dominant relations of power. Together the chapters open up spaces to think about how political and intellectual commitment to social change can be enlivened through attention to the subject of radical politics. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309746

Occurrence Toxicity & Analysis of Toxic Compounds in Oceanic Biota The presence of concentrations of organic substances and cations in sea water is a matter of increasing concern to the water industry environmentalists and the general public alike. There is a threat of possible health hazards to both human fish and crustacea. Occurrence Toxicity and Analysis of Marine Biota discusses bioaccumulation in biota as well as occurrence and analysis of toxicants in biota. The main thrust of this book will be a review of the levels of toxicants found in the tissues of fish and invertebrates at various sites throughout the world. In addition results will be reported on the levels of toxicants found in marine biota enabling ill health or death to occur. This will involve a discussion of toxicity index LC50 and percentile S95 concentration of toxicants and their implications on animal health and mortality also that of humans who eat these sea creatures. The book will be a complete logical survey of this topic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498701549

OCD in Children and AdolescentsThe "OCD Is Not the Boss of Me" Manual In a large-size format for easy photocopying this user-friendly manual presents a tested treatment protocol for children and adolescents (ages 6 to 18) struggling with obsessive–compulsive disorder (OCD). Ten flexible modules give clinicians tools for engaging kids and their parents and implementing successful exposure and response prevention activities as well as other cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) strategies. Each module includes vivid clinical vignettes sample scripts “tips and tricks” drawn from the authors’ extensive experience and numerous reproducible child and parent handouts and worksheets. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print additional copies of the reproducible materials in color.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462542031

Ocean EnergyGovernance Challenges for Wave and Tidal Stream Technologies Energy from wave and tidal power is a key component of current policies for renewable sources of energy. This book provides the first comprehensive exploration of legal economic and social issues related to the emerging ocean energy industry in particular wave and tidal energy technologies.  This industry is rapidly developing and considerable technical literature has developed around the technology. However it is shown that challenges relating to regulation and policy are major impediments to industry development and these aspects have not previously  been sufficiently highlighted and studied. The book informs policymakers industry participants and researchers of the key issues in this developing field. Ocean energy is considered in the context of the blue economy and an industrialising ocean and the topics covered include: development of policy (policy instruments risk and delay in technology development); legal aspects (consenting processes resource management impact assessment); human interactions (conflicts consultation community benefits); and spatial planning of the marine environment.  While offshore wind energy sited in the oceans but not strictly derived from the ocean is not the primary focus of the book there is also discussion of the similarities and differences between offshore wind and wave and tidal power policy dimensions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367403812

Ocean InnovationBiomimetics Beneath the Waves Biomimetics is the idea of creating new technologies abstracted from what we find in biology. Ocean Innovation: Biomimetics Beneath the Waves seeks that technological inspiration from the rich biodiversity of marine organisms. Bringing both a biological and engineering perspective to the biomimetic potential of oceanic organisms this richly illustrated book investigates questions such as:How can we mimic the sensory systems of sea creatures like sharks sea turtles and lobsters to improve our ability to navigate underwater?What can we do to afford humans the opportunity to go unnoticed by marine life?How can we diffuse oxygen from water to enable deep diving without the risk of decompression sickness? Each chapter explores an area where we as divers and technologists can benefit from understanding how animals survive in the sea presenting case studies that demonstrate how natural solutions can be applied to mankind’s engineering challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865269

Ocean PollutionEffects on Living Resources and Humans Ocean Pollution provides a unique look at the effects of estuarine and coastal pollution on resource species. One of the primary objectives of the book is to provide an accurate assessment of the state of the inshore marine environment and its inhabitants. Coastal habitat degradation is discussed and principal findings from modeling and other research efforts are analyzed and evaluated. The research undertaken thus far extends beyond the effects of pollution on resource population size to disease effects in fish and humans effects on aquaculture and effects on productive systems of the oceans. These far-reaching consequences - and potential consequences - of ocean pollution are expertly presented and suggestions for mitigation are made. Realistic scenarios about the future effects of ocean pollution are outlined providing a powerful tool for researchers and regulators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448776

Ocean StructuresConstruction Materials and Operations This book addresses the concepts of material selection and analysis choice of structural form construction methods environmental loads health monitoring non-destructive testing and repair methodologies and rehabilitation of ocean structures. It examines various types of ocean and offshore structures including drilling platforms processing platforms and vessels towers sea walls and surge barriers and more. It also explores the use of MEMS in offshore structures with regard to military and oil exploration applications. Full-color figures as well as numerous solved problems and examples are included to help readers understand the applied concepts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498797429

Ocean Travel and CruisingA Cultural Analysis A one-of-a-kind analysis of ocean cruising! In Ocean Travel and Cruising: A Cultural Analysis noted author Arthur Asa Berger turns his critical eye to the phenomenon of ocean cruising. This academically solid yet reader-friendly book brings a multidisciplinary cultural studies approach to the subject examining ocean cruising from economic semiotic sociological psychoanalytic and marketing perspectives and offering insights not provided by the more traditional sociological approaches to the subject. You'll explore cruise demographics the relationship between cruising and gender the sociology of dining on cruise ships hedonism and pleasure seeking the “compulsion to cruise ” consolidation in the industry the exploitation of workers on cruise ships and a great deal more. Here's a section-by-section rundown of what's in store for you and your students in this one-of-a-kind new text: “The Economics of Cruising” examines cruise categories industry consolidation worker exploitation and ways that cruise lines make money aside from ticket sales. This section also compares the costs of cruises vs. land-based vacations and fills you in on the typical weekly food and beverage consumption of the Carnival line's complement of ships which sheds light on how a cruise line can for a mere $10 provide a food array that would cost a restaurant or hotel $33 to $40. “Signs at Sea—The Semiotics of Cruising” provides you with a quick primer on semiotics and then discusses the cruise ship as a sign system and then breaks the system down to its component parts discussing dining rooms cabins/staterooms dress codes spatiality luxury signifiers the perceived elitism of the cruise experience the role of photography and more. “A Sociological Analysis of Cruising” explores cruise demographics and their meaning time budgeting on cruises the sociology of dining new trends in cruising and the meaning of gender in relation to ocean cruising. A particularly intriguing chapter is “A Psychoanalytic Interpretation of Cruising.” Beginning with a look at the compulsion to cruise this section explores cruising's relationship with the unconscious the paradise myth hedonism and pleasure seeking the desire for unconditional love psychological regression and more. In “Selling Smooth Sailing: Advertising and Marketing Cruises ” you'll examine print advertisements from eight major cruise lines look at what they have in common and what the differences are between the messages each cruise line hopes to convey via the style and content of their ads and brochures. “Cruising (on) the Internet” looks at the intersection of the information superhighway with the world of cruising. You'll learn about the cruise lines' own Web sites travel agency sites Internet sites designed to rate and review cruises and cruise ships and more. “Notes from a Cruise Journal” shares the author’s on-site reflections and impressions of a weeklong cruise from Los Angeles to Puerto Vallarta Mexico and back. Written in accessible jargon-free language that will appeal to students at all levels Ocean Travel and Cruising: A Cultural Analysis is the most recent of a very small selection of scholarly studies of ocean cruising available in English. Make it a part of your cultural studies leisure studies sociology travel/tourism/hospitality popular culture or American studies course this semester! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050026

Ocean ZoningMaking Marine Management More Effective Our knowledge of the oceans is increasing rapidly as more powerful tools for exploration and exploitation make it easier to locate valuable resources such as fish stocks oil and gas reserves or sites for wind and hydropower schemes. At the same time competition for space has intensified affecting marine life and people's livelihoods. Much has been written about marine management using marine protected areas but MPAs are only a small subset of spatial management tools available. MPAs and MPA networks are better seen as starting points for more comprehensive spatial management facilitated by ocean zoning. This logical scaling up from discreet piecemeal protected areas to larger and more systematic planning is happening around the world but few are aware that we are entering a brave new world in ocean management with zoning at its core. This book provides guidance on using ocean zoning to improve marine management. It reviews the benefits of ocean zoning in theory reviews progress made in zoning around the world through a wide range of case studies and derives lessons learned to recommend a process by which future zoning can be maximally effective and efficient. Published with MARES Forest Trends and UNEP Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881235

Oceania and the Victorian ImaginationWhere All Things Are Possible Oceania or the South Pacific loomed large in the Victorian popular imagination. It was a world that interested the Victorians for many reasons all of which suggested to them that everything was possible there. This collection of essays focuses on Oceania’s impact on Victorian culture most notably travel writing photography international exhibitions literature and the world of children. Each of these had significant impact. The literature discussed affected mainly the middle and upper classes while exhibitions and photography reached down into the working classes as did missionary presentations. The experience of children was central to the Pacific’s effects as youthful encounters at exhibitions chapel home or school formed lifelong impressions and experience. It would be difficult to fully understand the Victorians as they understood themselves without considering their engagement with Oceania. While the contributions of India and Africa to the nineteenth-century imagination have been well-documented examinations of the contributions of Oceania have remained on the periphery of Victorian studies. Oceania and the Victorian Imagination contributes significantly to our discussion of the non-peripheral place of Oceania in Victorian culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249417

Oceanic AcidificationA Comprehensive Overview This book critically examines the available literature on oceanic acidification: including a historical review of pH and atmospheric CO2 levels over the millennia; natural and anthropogenic sources of CO2 to the atmosphere and sea surface; chemical physical and biological mode of action; biological effects of acidification to marine plants and animals under laboratory conditions; field observations on seawater chemistry and effects of declining pH; and various technical and political mitigation strategies. Written by Dr. Ronald Eisler a noted authority on chemical risk assessment the book summarizes real and projected effects of oceanic acidification. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138118058

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 47 Reflecting increased interest in the field and its relevance in global environmental issues Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review Volume 47 provides authoritative reviews that summarize results of recent research in basic areas of marine research exploring topics of special and topical importance while adding to new areas as they ari Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429139826

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 48 The 48th volume of this series contains five reviews written by an international array of authors. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367384104

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 49 Increasing interest in oceanography and marine biology and its relevance to global environmental issues continues to create a demand for authoritative reviews summarizing recent research. Now in its 49th volume Oceanography and Marine Biology has addressed this demand for almost 50 years. This annual review considers the basics of marine research special topics and emerging new areas. Regarding the marine sciences as a unified field the text features contributors who are actively engaged in biological chemical geological and physical aspects of marine science. This year’s chapters include "The marine invasive alien species in European Seas that have the most impact " "Threats to the diversity of coral-dwelling invertebrates due to climate change and induced coral bleaching " and "Burrowing shrimps as ecosystem engineers " among others. Including color inserts and extensive reference lists this series is essential for researchers and students in all fields of marine science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439853641

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 50 Ever-increasing interest in oceanography and marine biology and their relevance to global environmental issues creates a demand for authoritative reviews summarising the results of recent research. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review has catered to this demand since its founding by the late Harold Barnes fifty years ago. Its objectives are to consider annually the basic areas of marine research returning to them when appropriate in future volumes; to deal with subjects of special and topical importance; and to add new subjects as they arise. The favourable reception accorded to all the volumes shows that the series is fulfilling a very real need: reviews and sales have been gratifying. A milestone in the history of the series the fiftieth volume follows closely the objectives and style of the earlier volumes continuing to regard the marine sciences—with all their various aspects—as a unity. Physical chemical and biological aspects of marine science are dealt with by experts actively engaged in these fields. The series is an essential reference text for researchers and students in all fields of marine science and related subjects and it finds a place in libraries of not only marine stations and institutes but also universities. It is consistently among the highest ranking impact factors for the marine biology category of the citation indices compiled by the Institute for Scientific Information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439889985

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 51 Ever-increasing interest in oceanography and marine biology and their relevance to global environmental issues creates a demand for authoritative reviews summarising the results of recent research. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review has catered to this demand since its founding by the late Harold Barnes fifty years ago. Its objectives are to consider annually the basic areas of marine research returning to them when appropriate in future volumes; to deal with subjects of special and topical importance; and to add new subjects as they arise. The favourable reception accorded to all the volumes shows that the series is fulfilling a very real need: reviews and sales have been gratifying. The fifty-first volume follows closely the objectives and style of the earlier volumes continuing to regard the marine sciences—with all their various aspects—as a unity. Physical chemical and biological aspects of marine science are dealt with by experts actively engaged in these fields. The series is an essential reference text for researchers and students in all fields of marine science and related subjects and it finds a place in libraries of not only marine stations and institutes but also universities. It is consistently among the highest ranking impact factors for the marine biology category of the citation indices compiled by the Institute for Scientific Information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466568662

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 52 Ever-increasing interest in oceanography and marine biology and their relevance to global environmental issues creates a demand for authoritative reviews summarising the results of recent research. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review has catered to this demand since its founding by the late Harold Barnes fifty years ago. Its objectives are to consider annually the basic areas of marine research returning to them when appropriate in future volumes; to deal with subjects of special and topical importance; and to add new subjects as they arise. The favourable reception accorded to all the volumes shows that the series is fulfilling a very real need: reviews and sales have been gratifying. The fifty-second volume follows closely the objectives and style of the earlier volumes continuing to regard the marine sciences—with all their various aspects—as a unity. Physical chemical and biological aspects of marine science are dealt with by experts actively engaged in these fields. The series is an essential reference text for researchers and students in all fields of marine science and related subjects and it finds a place in libraries of not only marine stations and institutes but also universities. It is consistently among the highest ranking impact factors for the marine biology category of the citation indices compiled by the Institute for Scientific Information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482220599

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 53 Ever-increasing interest in oceanography and marine biology and their relevance to global environmental issues create a demand for authoritative reviews summarizing the results of recent research. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review has catered to this demand since its founding by the late Harold Barnes more than 50 years ago. Its objectives are to consider annually the basic areas of marine research returning to them when appropriate in future volumes; to deal with subjects of special and topical importance; and to add new subjects as they arise. The favourable reception and complimentary reviews accorded to all the volumes shows that the series is fulfilling a very real need. The 53rd volume follows closely the objectives and style of the earlier volumes continuing to regard the marine sciences—with all their various aspects—as a unity. Physical chemical and biological aspects of marine science are dealt with by experts actively engaged in these fields. The series is an essential reference text for researchers and students in all fields of marine science and related subjects and it finds a place in libraries of universities marine laboratories research institutes and government departments. It is consistently among the highest ranking series in terms of impact factor in the marine biology category of the citation indices compiled by the Institute for Scientific Information/Web of Science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498705455

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 54 Ever-increasing interest in oceanography and marine biology and their relevance to global environmental issues create a demand for authoritative reviews summarizing the results of recent research. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review has catered to this demand since its founding by the late Harold Barnes more than 50 years ago. Its objectives are to consider annually the basic areas of marine research returning to them when appropriate in future volumes; to deal with subjects of special and topical importance; and to add new subjects as they arise. The favourable reception and complimentary reviews accorded to all the volumes shows that the series is fulfilling a very real need. Volume 54 follows closely the objectives and style of the earlier volumes continuing to regard the marine sciences—with all their various aspects—as a unity. Physical chemical and biological aspects of marine science are dealt with by experts actively engaged in these fields. The series is an essential reference text for researchers and students in all fields of marine science and related subjects and it finds a place in libraries of universities marine laboratories research institutes and government departments. It is consistently among the highest ranking series in terms of impact factor in the marine biology category of the citation indices compiled by the Institute for Scientific Information/Web of Science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747981

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 55 Ever-increasing interest in oceanography and marine biology and their relevance to global environmental issues create a demand for authoritative reviews summarizing the results of recent research. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review has catered to this demand since its founding by the late Harold Barnes more than 50 years ago. Its objectives are to consider annually the basic areas of marine research returning to them when appropriate in future volumes; to deal with subjects of special and topical importance; and to add new subjects as they arise. The favourable reception and complimentary reviews accorded to all the volumes shows that the series is fulfilling a very real need. Volume 55 follows closely the objectives and style of the earlier volumes continuing to regard the marine sciences—with all their various aspects—as a unity. Physical chemical and biological aspects of marine science are dealt with by experts actively engaged in these fields and every chapter is peer-reviewed by other experts working actively in the specific areas of interest. Chapter 3 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138197862_oachapter3.pdf Chapter 4 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138197862_oachapter4.pdf Chapter 5 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138197862_oachapter5.pdf Chapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138197862_oachapter6.pdf   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197862

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 56 Chapters 3 and 5 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license: https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/oceanography-marine-biology-hawkins-evans-dale-firth-smith/e/10.1201/9780429454455 Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review remains one of the most cited sources in marine science and oceanography. The ever increasing interest in work in oceanography and marine biology and its relevance to global environmental issues especially global climate change and its impacts creates a demand for authoritative reviews summarizing the results of recent research. OMBAR has catered to this demand since its foundation more than 50 years ago. Following the favourable reception and complimentary reviews accorded to all the volumes Volume 56 continues to regard the marine sciences—with all their various aspects—as a unity. Physical chemical and biological aspects of marine science are dealt with by experts actively engaged in these fields and every chapter is peer-reviewed by other experts working actively in the specific areas of interest. The series is an essential reference text for researchers and students in all fields of marine science and related subjects and it finds a place in libraries of universities marine laboratories research institutes and government departments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138318625

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 57 Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review remains one of the most cited sources in marine science and oceanography. The ever increasing interest in work in oceanography and marine biology and its relevance to global environmental issues especially global climate change and its impacts creates a demand for authoritative reviews summarizing the results of recent research. This volume covers topics that include resting cysts from coastal marine plankton facilitation cascades in marine ecosystems and the way that human activities are rapidly altering the sensory landscape and behaviour of marine animals. For more than 50 years OMBAR has been an essential reference for research workers and students in all fields of marine science. From Volume 57 a new international Editorial Board ensures global relevance with editors from the UK Ireland Canada Australia and Singapore. The series volumes find a place in the libraries of not only marine laboratories and institutes but also universities. Previous volume Impact Factors include: Volume 53  4.545. Volume 54  7.000. Volume 55  5.071. Guidelines for contributors including information on illustration requirements can be downloaded on the Downloads/Updates tab on the volume's CRC Press webpage. Chapters 2 3 4 5 6 and 7 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. The links can be found on the book's Routledge web page at https://www.routledge.com//9780367134150 Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367134150

Oceanography and Marine BiologyAn Annual Review Volume 58 Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review remains one of the most cited sources in marine science and oceanography. The ever-increasing interest in work in oceanography and marine biology and its relevance to global environmental issues especially global climate change and its impacts creates a demand for authoritative refereed reviews summarizing and synthesizing the results of recent research. For more than 50 years OMBAR has been an essential reference for research workers and students in all fields of marine science. This volume considers such diverse topics as optimal design for ecosystem-level ocean observatories the oceanography and ecology of Ningaloo human pressures and the emergence of novel marine ecosystems and priority species to support the functional integrity of coral reefs. Six of the nine peer-reviewed contributions in Volume 58 are available to read Open Access via the links on the Routledge.com webpage. An international Editorial Board ensures global relevance and expert peer review with editors from Australia Canada Hong Kong Ireland Singapore South Africa and the United Kingdom. The series volumes find a place in the libraries of not only marine laboratories and oceanographic institutes but also universities worldwide. Chapters 1 2 3 4 5 7 and 8 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. The links can be found on the book's Routledge web page at https://www.routledge.com/9780367367947 Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367367947

Oceanography: an Earth Science Perspective This work provides a wide perspective of the oceans by examining their places in the earth sciences drawing together all the key strands of ocean study and presenting a holistic view of ocean processes ancient and modern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160835

Oceans PastManagement Insights from the History of Marine Animal Populations �[A] fascinating volume which establishes marine environmental history as a major new discipline for academics as well as an exciting way to bring history and the natural world alive for the public.� ANDREW A. ROSENBERG UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE �The HMAP project is to be congratulated on this book which presents vivid evidence-based reconstructions of historical fisheries and the prolific ecosystems in which they were embedded.� TONY J. PITCHER UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA �The ingenuity and scholarship of the authors allow us to see ... how human societies have depended on and influenced marine living resources from periwinkles to whales.� MIKE SINCLAIR BEDFORD INSTITUTE OF OCEANOGRAPHY �This book exalts the surprisingly fruitful marriage of historians and marine scientists - a union that has proven to be one of the most exciting developments in ocean research in recent years.� KATHERINE RICHARDSON UNIVERSITY OF COPENHAGEN For centuries the seas appeared to offer limitless supplies of food and other resources their waters a cornucopia never to be exhausted. In more recent times episodes such as the extreme exploitation and subsequent collapse of cod populations of the Grand Banks off Newfoundland have highlighted the fallaciousness of this view. Yet all too often the lessons from our historical interactions with marine animals are little known let alone learned. Based on research for the History of Marine Animal Populations project Oceans Past examines the complex relationship our forebears had with the sea and the animals that inhabit it. It presents eleven studies ranging from fisheries and invasive species to offshore technology and the study of marine environmental history bringing together the perspectives of historians and marine scientists to enhance understanding of ocean management of the past present and future. In doing so it also highlights the influence that changes in marine ecosystems have upon the politics welfare and culture of human societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977396

OceansEnvironmental Issues Global Perspectives Covering 71 percent of the planet these saline bodies of water provided the unique conditions necessary for the building blocks of life to form billions of years ago. This book explains how our oceans continue to support and influence life in important ways: by providing the largest global source of protein in the form of fish populations by creating and influencing weather systems and by absorbing waste streams such as airborne carbon. It is shown how oceans have an almost magnetic draw—almost half of the world’s population lives within a few hours of an ocean. Although oceans are vast in size exceeding 328 million cubic miles (1.37 billion cubic kilometers) they have been influenced by and have influenced humans in numerous ways. The book includes three detailed case studies. The first focuses on the most remote locations along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge where new ocean floor is being formed twenty-thousand feet underwater. The second considers the Maldives a string of islands in the Indian Ocean where increasing sea levels may force residents to abandon some communities by 2020. The third describes the North Sea at the edge of the Arctic Ocean where fishing stocks have been dangerously depleted as a result of multiple nations’ unrelenting removal of the smallest and largest species. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765682345

Ockham on Concepts William of Ockham (c.1287-1347) is known to be one of the major figures of the late Middle Ages. The scope and significance of his doctrine of human thought however has been a controversial issue among scholars in the last decade and this book presents a full discussion of recent developments. Claude Panaccio proposes a richly documented and entirely original reinterpretation of Ockham's theory of concepts as a coherent blend of representationalism conceptual atomism and non reductionist nominalism stressing in the process its special interest for current discussions in philosophy of mind and cognitive sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247809

Oclc 1967:1997Thirty Years of Furthering Access to the World's Information In OCLC 1967--1997: Thirty Years of Furthering Access to the World's Information you'll see how libraries librarians and librarianship have changed dramatically since the late sixties when OCLC was founded as a nonprofit membership computer library service and research organization. You'll also see how far information professionals have come in their common crusade to provide access to the ever-expanding body of information worldwide. OCLC 1967--1997 gives you both a look back and a look forward across thirty years of continuous technological change as OCLC grows from an Ohio network of 54 academic libraries to a global network of 26 000 libraries in 65 countries. Eighteen experienced authors give you a panoramic overview and specific insight into OCLC as both a membership organization and a provider of computer services. You'll see how libraries and librarians have an institutionalized voice for libraries in OCLC’s strategic directions. And you'll better understand how the shared commitment of OCLC members to the ideals of research scholarship and education has created a unique library resource--WorldCat--which has become the most consulted database in higher education. Specifically you'll read about: the changing tasks of cataloging from automatic processing of print materials to the new challenges of electronic metadata the revolution in reference services and resource sharing OCLC in Asia Pacific Europe and Latin America today's leading-edge electronic libraries--GALILEO and the CIC VEL research at OCLC the new electronic scholarshipOCLC 1967--1997 is for library professionals in libraries of all types. It is a definitive guidebook to today's OCLC and to all those who are helping their libraries and staffs deal with the challenges and opportunities of the Information Age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862361

OCR Philosophy of Religion for AS and A2 OCR Philosophy of Religion for AS and A2 is a textbook for students of Advanced Subsidiary or Advanced Level courses endorsed by OCR for use with the OCR GCE Religious Studies specification. The book covers all the topics of the Philosophy of Religion component of the A Level specification in an enjoyable and student-friendly fashion. This second edition has been restructured for the revised specification and now includes new chapters on the 'Nature of God' and 'Religion and Science'. Each chapter includes: a list of key issues to introduce students to the topic OCR specification checklist to allow students to see which topics from the specification are covered in each chapter explanations of key terminology discussion questions thought points and activities exam-style practice questions self-test review questions helpful summaries annotated further reading suggestions. To maximize students' chances of exam success the book includes a chapter dedicated to answering examination questions. The book comes complete with lively illustrations a comprehensive glossary a full bibliography and a companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415468244. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127081

OCR Philosophy of Religion for AS and A2 Structured directly around the specification of the OCR this is the definitive textbook for students of Advanced Subsidiary or Advanced Level courses. The updated third edition covers all the necessary topics for Philosophy of Religion in an enjoyable student-friendly fashion. Each chapter includes: a list of key issues OCR specification checklist explanations of key terminology overviews of key scholars and theories self-test review and exam practice questions. To maximise students’ chances of success the book contains a section dedicated to answering examination questions. It comes complete with diagrams and tables lively illustrations a comprehensive glossary and full bibliography. Additional resources are available via the companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/mayled. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528696

OCR Psychology: AS Revision Guide This is a comprehensive student revision guide for those taking the OCR AS Psychology exam. It summarises the specification material clearly and attractively so that information can be easily digested and retained. Packed full of revision tips and techniques the book includes a number of unique and helpful features: Overviews of the OCR specification content Coverage of all the core studies A separate chapter dedicated to research methods and preparing for the exam A large number of exam-style questions and answers annotated with teacher comments Separate sections for each unit exam on how to answer questions successfully A comprehensive glossary of important terms and their definitions to aid understanding of the material. OCR Psychology: AS Revision Guide provides the detailed information which will aid students in their preparationfor the exam. Although a companion to OCR Psychology: AS Core Studies and Psychological Investigations Third Edition  by Philip Banyard and Cara Flanagan this revision guide can be used alongside any OCR AS-Level Psychology textbook. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721807

OCR PsychologyAS Core Studies and Psychological Investigations OCR Psychology Third Edition is endorsed by OCR for use with the OCR AS Psychology specification.This book prepares students for all elements of the OCR Psychology AS exam. It covers both research methods and core studies giving the who what where and even the why of each study. It also looks at some of the work that followed the studies. Key features of the book include: 'Psychological Investigations': the first chapter of the book helps students to understand research methods in psychology – useful support for the Psychological Investigations exam and for understanding the core studies themselves. Core Studies: each study is described first ‘In a Nutshell’ followed by a detailed account of the aims method results and conclusions. Guidance is given on how each study can be evaluated and a wealth of extra materials is provided for each study – questions to assess understanding practical activities multiple choice and exam-style questions further reading and video links. Background to each core study is included in the ‘Starters’ and ‘Afters’ features: information about related research before and after the study; and biographical details of the researcher(s). Approaches perspectives issues and methods are considered in a brand-new chapter to cover the themes of the course and prepare students for the long-answer questions on the Core Studies exam. Exam guidance: each chapter ends with short- and long-answer exam-style questions answered by students with teacher feedback. The book is presented in colourful and well-structured magazine-style spreads to aid the learning process. This 3rd edition has been completely revised and is now accompanied by a companion website featuring an extensive range of online resources for both teachers and students including answers to the questions posed in the book glossary flash-cards and multiple-choice test banks. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721166

OCR Religious Ethics for AS and A2 Structured directly around the specification of the OCR this is the definitive textbook for students of Advanced Subsidiary or Advanced Level courses. The updated third edition covers all the necessary topics for Religious Ethics in an enjoyable student-friendly fashion. Each chapter includes: a list of key issues OCR specification checklist explanations of key terminology overviews of key scholars and theories self-test review questions exam practice questions. To maximise students' chances of success the book contains a section dedicated to answering examination questions. It comes complete with diagrams and tables lively illustrations a comprehensive glossary and full bibliography. Additional resources are available via the companion website. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523578

OCT Made Easy This book written by premier authors in the field of OCT intravascular imaging covers the best practices for using OCT to provide high resolution cross-sectional viewing for atherosclerotic plaque assessment stent strut coverage and apposition assessment in stent restenosis evaluation and PCI guide and optimization. Fully illustrated thorughout in a handy cath-lab side handbook supplemented by online movie clips OCT Made Easy includes case studies angiography CT correlations and simple techniques for getting the best image.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498714563

Octavia HillEarly Ideals. Octavia Hill was a key figure in the open spaces and housing movement and one of the founders of the National Trust. Her legacy continues today in the form of many active bodies such as the modern National Trust the Open Spaces Society and the Family Welfare Association. First published in 1928 this work is a collection of Octavia Hill’s early letters edited by her sister Emily Southwood Maurice. The letters throw considerable light on the difficulties she encountered in the tenements and how she first realised the principles on which she would later act. This book will be of interest to those studying the history of social welfare and poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204607

Octavio Paz and T. S. EliotModern Poetry and the Translation of Influence This study traces the history of Octavio Paz's engagement with T. S. Eliot in Latin American and Spanish periodicals of the 1930s and 1940s. It establishes the Mexican context or horizon of expectations in which the earliest translations of Eliot appeared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602857

October EarthquakeYom Kippur 1973 October Earthquake presents a chronological account of the days surrounding the Day of Atonement (Yom Kippur) War along with the significant military and political events of each day of the conflict. Zeev Schiff's comments on Israel's exaggerated self-confidence the hopelessness of Israeli leadership the intelligence failure the concept of the Bar Lev Line the role of the air force and the preparedness of the Arab army are interspersed throughout.Rather than judging and awarding "grades" to the parties involved in the war this work bases itself on authentic source materials such as recordings of command discussions during the battles and documents. Many of the details included are not found elsewhere. The author skillfully weaves the recollections and accounts of many participants and commentators into a coherent narrative that brings to life the war's events.Although written largely from the perspective of Israelis October Earthquake reviews political diplomatic and military events in Egypt that set the stage for the war. In the postscript Schiff also explores key lessons for Israel from the Yom Kippur War which ended its sense of invincibility and complacency despite Israel's impressive victories on the battlefield. Winner of the Sokolov Prize Israel's highest journalism award this book should be read by all foreign policy specialists historians and anyone interested in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849845

Ocular Drug Delivery SystemsBarriers and Application of Nanoparticulate Systems Drug discovery for ocular diseases has taken great strides in the last two decades. From cornea to choroid new drugs have been formulated to address a great variety of ocular diseases. Yet without good drug delivery systems these drugs are less effective than they might be or could even cause serious side effects. Ocular Drug Delivery Systems: Barriers and Application of Nanoparticulate Systems presents research on the development of currently marketed devices and recent trends in the topical delivery of drugs to the posterior of the eye. With contributions from leading pharmaceutical researchers and industry experts eye researchers surgeons pharmacologists from academia the National Eye Institute and leading ophthalmic companies such as Pfizer Allergan and Novartis the book presents the state of the art in the use of nanoparticles in ocular drug delivery systems and also sets the stage for future developments.This volume provides both a current evaluation and a future roadmap for developments in ocular drug delivery. The subjects range from biological needs to material challenges and finally to clinical applications for improving drug delivery for conditions where treatments already exist. It also explores areas where effective drugs may be currently available but yet need a safe efficient and efficacious delivery vehicle. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439848005

Ocular Oncology Survival rates in cases of uveal melanoma and retinoblastoma - the leading intraocular malignancies in adults and children - may be high but means of earlier diagnosis and improved treatment options are needed to preserve vision and prevent metastasis. This reference deals principally with the molecular biology and genetic factors which trigger and promote the two most common ocular tumours. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446673

Ocular SurfaceAnatomy and Physiology Disorders and Therapeutic Care This book has been conceived to aid eye care practitioners such as ophthalmologists and optometrists as well as other eye care or research professionals such as biologists biochemists and medical doctors interested in the Ocular Surface.This text is divided into four main sections. The first section is dedicated towards the anatomy and physiology of the ocular surface (defining ocular surface concept tear film structure corneal and conjunctival anatomy etc.). The second section covers the most common ocular surface disorders (dry eye anterior and posterior blepharitis keratitis ocular allergy cicatricial conjunctivitis and the ocular surface alterations related with Glaucoma treatment). The third section delineates the therapeutic care of these disorders including topical systemic and surgical treatment options and the fourth section addresses the relationship of the ocular surface and contact lenswear (describing the indications for contact lenses wear their complications and managing the adverse effects related with contact lens-wear). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380779

Odd One Out: ColorCards2nd Edition Comprising 48 large-format photo cards Odd One Out 2nd Edition depicts groups of everyday objects. All are linked by a common category or theme – except the odd one out. This update of the enduring best-seller comprises fully refreshed colourful modern engaging images and splits the cards into three levels – showing four five and six objects per card increasing the level of complexity. Odd One Out is a trusted and valuable intervention to support SLTs SENCOs and teachers develop pupils’ observation attention and perception skills. It can be used effectively with individuals and in group settings and includes an instruction booklet with a range of suggested activities for administration available in nine languages - English Dutch French German Italian Japanese Portuguese Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382744

Odd Perceptions Richard Gregory was one of the major scientific thinkers of our time. Originally published in 1986 here he presents essays on the rich subject of perception. How we experience colours shapes sounds touches tickles tastes and smells is a mysterious and rich inquiry. Wonderful as these sensations are though he argues that perception becomes really interesting when we consider how objects are identified and located in space and time as things we interact with using our intelligence to understand them. Gregory’s essays convey the crucial importance of the major scientists and their achievements in the study of perception; but they also show us how much we can learn from our surroundings our language our times our successes and our failures. Why are we so often fooled in scientific as well as everyday life? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699748

ODE/PDE Analysis of Multiple MyelomaProgramming in R Multiple myeloma is a form of bone cancer. Specifically it is a cancer of the plasma cells found in bone marrow (bone soft tissue). Normal plasma cells are an important part of the immune system. Mathematical models for multiple myeloma based on ordinary and partial differential equations (ODE/PDEs) are presented in this book starting with a basic ODE model in Chapter 1 and concluding with a detailed ODE/PDE model in Chapter 4 that gives the spatiotemporal distribution of four dependent variable components in the bone marrow and peripheral blood: (1) protein produced by multiple myeloma cells termed the M protein (2) cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs) (3) natural killer (NK) cells and (4) regulatory T cells (Tregs). The computer-based implementation of the example models is presented through routines coded (programmed) in R a quality open-source scientific computing system that is readily available from the Internet. Formal mathematics is minimized e.g. no theorems and proofs. Rather the presentation is through detailed examples that the reader/researcher/analyst can execute on modest computers using the R routines that are available through a download. The PDE analysis is based on the method of lines (MOL) an established general algorithm for PDEs implemented with finite differences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367471354

Odori: Japanese Dance First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977402

Odour and Ammonia Emissions from Livestock Farming Proceedings of a seminar held in Silsoe UK 26-28 March 1990. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580087

Odyssey of Light in Nonlinear Optical FibersTheory and Applications Odyssey of Light in Nonlinear Optical Fibers: Theory and Applications presents a collection of breakthrough research portraying the odyssey of light from optical solitons to optical rogue waves in nonlinear optical fibers. The book provides a simple yet holistic view on the theoretical and application-oriented aspects of light with a special focus on the underlying nonlinear phenomena. Exploring the very frontiers of light-wave technology the text covers the basics of nonlinear fiberoptics and the dynamics of electromagnetic pulse propagation in nonlinear waveguides. It also highlights some of the latest advances in nonlinear optical fiber technology discussing hidden symmetry reductions and Ablowitz–Kaup–Newell–Segur (AKNS) hierarchies for nonautonomous solitons state-of-the-art Brillouin scattering applications backpropagation and the concept of eigenvalue communication—a powerful nonlinear digital signal processing technique that paves the way to overcome the current limitations of traditional communications methods in nonlinear fiber channels. Key chapters study the feasibility of the eigenvalue demodulation scheme based on digital coherent technology by throwing light on the experimental study of the noise tolerance of the demodulated eigenvalues investigate matter wave solitons and other localized excitations pertaining to Bose–Einstein condensates in atom optics and examine quantum field theory analogue effects occurring in binary waveguide arrays plasmonic arrays etc. as well as their ensuing nonlinear wave propagation. Featuring a foreword by Dr. Akira Hasegawa the father of soliton communication systems Odyssey of Light in Nonlinear Optical Fibers: Theory and Applications serves as a curtain raiser to usher in the photonics era. The technological innovations at the core of the book form the basis for the next generation of ultra-high speed computers and telecommunication devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749580

Odyssey of the HeartClose Relationships in the 21st Century Written in a personal story-telling style Odyssey weaves excerpts of actual relationships with current and classic research to provide a better perspective on our own experiences in light of the principles of relationships. Highlights of its comprehensive coverage include the classic research on personal attraction dating and meeting others for closeness and the maintenance and dissolution of relationships. "Recommendations for Growth" provides an opportunity for readers to directly apply current research and theory to their own relationships. Features new to this edition include the latest research and therapeutic techniques on maintaining and enhancing relationships; a new chapter on the family with recent demographic changes and a look at the ongoing debates about the impact of cohabitation divorce and blended families; and new chapters on same sex relationships and the dark side of relationships including why women stay in abusive relationships. Odyssey of the Heart serves as a text for courses on close and/or interpersonal relationships. Its accessibility and inclusion of many actual experiences will engage the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467378

Odyssey --The Business of ConsultingHow to Build Grow and Transform Your Consulting Business This book provides consultants with a career framework to build grow and transform their consulting businesses by becoming brilliant at the basics. The Odyssey process challenges current thinking and offers a methodology to help readers rise to the top of the profession by applying leading-edge techniques and methodologies.An ideal companion to the Odyssey Consulting Institute’s suite of learning materials this book details a proven system designed for consultants who want to work at the highest levels and achieve greater rewards.The consultant’s growth path outlined in the book demonstrates how a successful consultant builds a sustainable career by working through the Odyssey process.Explaining what consultants must do to join the top 10 percent of the profession and be rewarded accordingly this book delivers both the tools and the confidence to develop powerful relationships with the right people and drive greater value-based revenue. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498729123

OECD Principles on Water GovernanceFrom policy standards to practice The science–policy interface is critical to the design and implementation of water policies. In theory scientists provide policy makers with robust facts and data that can help guide decision making and lessons from the political economy of reforms can push scientific boundaries further to trigger further research for wise solutions. While evidence-based policy is obviously desirable in practice such a connection is not always straightforward. Another assumption behind the science–policy gap is the discrepancy between scientists and policy makers in terms of culture process timing language and expected outcome. This book tries to reconcile this discrepancy through a multi-stakeholder approach to authoring its different articles. This joint initiative between the OECD – particularly its Water Governance Initiative – and the International Water Resources Association seeks to provide a canvas for grounding water policy in science and vice versa. The objective of this book devoted to the OECD Principles on Water Governance is to use the OECD Principles as a common thread across the articles to draw lessons from theoretical work and practical experiences in water governance reforms; but also to only feature papers authored by groups of diverse stakeholders from different institutional backgrounds. This book was originally published as a special issue of Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584269

Oedipus and the Couple This title consists of a diverse series of contributions and reflections on couples and the Oedipus complex from leading psychotherapists and psychoanalysts in the couples field. All contributors base their theories on a contemporary Kleinian/object-relations psychoanalytic viewpoint and this helps the reader feel that there is a basic underlying unity to facilitate meaningful links between the ideas and themes in different chapters. The chapters have been organized into three sections. Whilst united in the focus on the Oedipus situation the individual styles and voices of the authors are very varied. The first three chapters are primarily theoretical. The second section comprises chapters that make use of artistic and cultural themes from the worlds of literature and film to explore Oedipal couple issues. The final section consists of chapters that are specifically clinical in their focus. The manifest focus in most chapters is on the couple but there are variations on this theme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107338

Oedipus and the DevilWitchcraft Religion and Sexuality in Early Modern Europe This bold and imaginative book marks out a different route towards understanding the body and its relationship to culture and subjectivity. Amongst other subjects Lyndal Roper deals with the nature of masculinity and feminity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203426296

Oedipus and the Oedipus ComplexA Revision In contemporary psychoanalytic thought Freud's concept of the Oedipus complex is inclined to overshadow the interpretation of the myths surrounding Oedipus. The authors counter this situation by reversing it utilizing the Oedipus myths to interpret the Oedipus complex. In so doing they expose it as a sheer cover story. They unmask the Oedipus complex revealing it to be a drama staged not by Oedipus but by Jocasta the mother and Laius the father. For neither Sophocles' drama nor the Oedipus myths give any indication that Oedipus is enamoured of Jocasta and born with the intention of killing his father Laius. What the myths do mention are Jocaste's passion for Oedipus whom she loves more than his father and Laius' desire to eliminate Oedipus as his rival from birth. Freud neglected these aspects of the Oedipal myths. In uncovering them the authors come to the conclusion that Oedipus did not have an Oedipus complex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204190

Oedipus in the Trobriands Spiro challenges the argument of Bronislaw Malinowski that the matrilineal society of the Trobriand Islands produced a psychological constellation -- a matrilineal complex -- different from Freud's Oedipus complex and the generalization regarding the restrictive provenance of the Oepidus complex to which it gave rise. Spiro undertakes a reanalysis of Malinowski's data and shows that there is enough to suggest the presence of a strong Oedipus complex.Melford E. Spiro is professor emeritus of anthropology at the University of California San Diego where he founded the Anthropology Department in 1968. His other works include Gender and Culture Oedipus in the Trobriands and Culture and Human Nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529021

OEE for OperatorsOverall Equipment Effectiveness Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) is a crucial measure in TPM that reports on how well equipment is running. It factors three elements ---the time the machine is actually running the quantity of products the machine is turning out and the quantity of good output – into a single combined score. Directly addressing those who are best positioned to track and improve the effectiveness of equipment OEE for Operatorsdefines basic concepts and then provides a systematic explanation of how OEE should be applied to maximize a piece of equipment’s productivity and recognize when its efficiency is being compromised. Features Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438682

OEE Worksheet The OEE Worksheet helps participants understand the dynamics of Overall Equipment Effectiveness as a tool for increasing a machine’s availability performance and quality. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079274

Of Armor and Men in Medieval EnglandThe Chivalric Rhetoric of Three English Knights' Effigies Despite the profusion of knightly effigies created between c. 1240 and c. 1330 for tombs throughout the British Isles these commemorative figures are relatively unknown to art historians and medievalists. Until now their rich visual impact and significance has been relatively unexplored by scholars. In this study Rachel Dressler examines this category of sculpture illustrating how English military figures employ a visual language of pose costume and attributes to construct a masculine ideal that privileges fighting prowess elite status and sexual virility. Like military figures on the Continent English effigies represent knights wearing chain mail and surcoats and bearing shields and swords; unique to the British examples however is the display of an aggressive sword handling pose and dynamically crossed legs. Outwardly hyper masculine the carved figures partake in artistic subterfuge: the lives of those memorialized did not always match proffered images testifying to the changing function of the knight in England during the thirteenth and early fourteenth centuries. This study traces the development of English military figures and analyzes in detail three fourteenth-century examples-those commemorating Robert I De Vere in Hatfield Broad Oak (Essex) Richard Gyvernay at Limington (Somerset) and Henry Allard in Winchelsea (Sussex). Similar in appearance these three sculptures represent persons of distinctly different social levels: De Vere belonged to the highest aristocratic rank where Gyvernay was a lesser county knight and Allard was from a merchant family raising questions about his knightly standing. Ultimately Dressler's analysis of English knight effigies demonstrates that the masculine warrior during the late Middle Ages was frequently a constructed ideal rather than a lived experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273757

Of Books and Botany in Early Modern EnglandSixteenth-Century Plants and Print Culture Contemplating the textual gardens poetic garlands and epigrammatic groves which dot the landscape of early modern English print Leah Knight exposes and analyzes the close configuration of plants and writing in the period. She argues that the early modern cultures and cultivation of plants and books depended on each other in historically specific and novel ways that yielded a profusion of linguistic conceptual metaphorical and material intersections. Examining both poetic and botanical texts as well as the poetics of botanical texts this study focuses on the two outstanding English botanical writers of the sixteenth century William Turner and John Gerard to suggest the unexpected historical relationship between literature and science in the early modern genre of the herbal. In-depth readings of their work are situated amid chapters that establish the broader context for the interpenetration of plants and writing in the period's cultural practices in order to illuminate a complex interplay between materials and discourses rarely considered in tandem today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273368

Of Centaurs And DovesGuatemala's Peace Process In this the first English-language book-length account of Guatemala's historic but difficult peace process Susanne Jonas assesses the negotiation and content of the 1996 peace accords and their implementation as of 1999. Her analysis also highlights their significance beyond Guatemala--for Central America over the long run and for the Americas a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317072

Of Chastity and PowerElizabethan Literature and the Unmarried Queen Elizabeth I was one of the most powerful women rulers in European history. What can feminism reveal about the attitudes of her male subjects towards this enigmatic figure?Through readings of key Elizabethan texts by Lyly Ralegh Chapman Shakespeare and Spenser Philippa Berry shows that while Elizabeth's combination of chastity with political and religious power was repeatedly idealized it was also perceived as extremely disturbing. The figure of the unmarried queen implicitly challenged the masculine focus of Renaissance discourses of love philosophy and absolutist political ideology.In her exploration of the potent combination of themes of sexuality and politics with classical myth and Neoplatonic mysticism Berry offers a radical reassessment of the status of `woman' as a bearer of meaning within Renaissance literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425736

Of Colonial Bungalows and Piano LessonsAn Indian Woman's Memoirs Of Colonial Bungalows and Piano Lessons can be read as a metaphor — as an icon — of the encounter between cultures. The memoir is based on Monica Chanda’s recollections between about 1913 and 1927 of life in Calcutta districts of undivided Bengal holidays in Kashmir and in Europe. There is more than a whiff of a Victorian upbringing in the pages. Neither honed in one culture nor fully at home in those practices superimposed by Monica’s father’s professional life as a member of the Indian Civil Service her dilemma comes through in these writings. While her father Jnanendra Nath Gupta was avowedly against formal schooling for girls he encouraged his daughter to undertake long and at times hazardous journeys by river rail and road to perfect her skills as a pianist. Though there was an occasional longing for a freer life like that lived by her cousins yet Monica also enjoyed the privileges of living in spacious bungalows with a retinue of servants going on exclusive launch trips down the Ganges and being invited to parties at Government House and even Buckingham Palace. While there is a tautness palpable in her narration of an encounter with a clearly racist Eurasian sergeant and almost near-encounter with a tiger Monica’s style avoids hyperbole and dramatic sequences. She presents facts and situations as she saw them — though there are a few times when emotions of love fear and excitement ripple through the pages of this tightly–woven memoir. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134624

Of Critical Theory and Its Theorists Of Critical Theory and its Theorists is an intelligent accessible overview of the entire Critical Theory Tradition written by one of the leading experts on the subject. Filled with original insights and valuable historical narratives Of Critical Theory and Its Theorists covers the work of major philosphical thinkers such as Benjamin Horkheimer Adorno Marcuse and Habermas and revisits the contributions of lesser-known figures such as Karl Korsch and Ernst Bloch. Bronner measures the writing of these theorists against each other postmodernist philosophers and the critical tradition reaching back to Hegel. Of Critical Theory and Its Thoerists presents new insights useful to experienced scholars and offers clear summaries for students making this book an ideal introduction to the debates surrounding one of the most important intellectual traditions of the 20th Century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951972

Of Dishes and DiscourseClassical Arabic Literary Representations of Food Considers how Arab and Islamic culinary culture may be represented in literary forms. Scholars of the medieval Islamic period are keenly aware of the importance of food and wine as themes in literature. Van Gelder's witty and subtle approach teases the most out of texts as well as enabling the reader to enjoy a panorama of medieval Arabo-Islamic culture from a most unexpected yet immediately appreciable perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823614

Of Divine WarningDisaster in a Modern Age This book offers a theory of disaster in modern and contemporary society and its impact on the construction of social and political life. The theory is premised upon what the authors call "the sign continuum " where disaster spreads across society through efforts to evade social responsibility for its causes and consequences. Phenomena generated by such efforts include the social manifestation of monstrosity (disastrous people and other forms of living things) and an emerging antipolitics in an effort to assert rule and order. A crucial development is the attack on speech a fundamental feature of political life as manifested by the increased expectations of categories of people whose containment calls for shunning and silence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633190

Of Doubt and ProofRitual and Legal Practices of Judgment All institutions concerned with the process of judging - whether it be deciding between alternative courses of action determining a judge’s professional integrity assigning culpability for an alleged crime or ruling on the credibility of an asylum claimant - are necessarily directly concerned with the question of doubt. By putting ritual and judicial settings into comparative perspective in contexts as diverse as Indian and Taiwanese divination and international cricket as well as legal processes in France the UK India Denmark and Ghana this book offers a comprehensive and novel perspective on techniques for casting and dispelling doubt and the roles they play in achieving verdicts or decisions that appear both valid and just. Broadening the theoretical understandings of the social role of doubt both in social science and in law the authors present these understandings in ways that not only contribute to academic knowledge but are also useful to professionals and other participants engaged in the process of judging. This collection will consequently be of great interest to academics researching in the fields of legal anthropology ritual studies legal sociology criminology and socio-legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637054

Of Gods Gifts and GhostsSpiritual Places in Urban Spaces How do individuals inscribe their spiritual identities and diasporic ethnicities in the city? Through a series of sociological and photographic essays Terence Heng maps the various rituals collectives individuals and events that characterise Chinese religion practices in Singapore. From spirit mediums to the Hungry Ghost Festival each chapter engages with the social the spatial and the ephemeral and in so doing it will explore the significance and relevance of Chinese religion in a secular nation-state; reveal the strategies and tactics used by diasporic individuals to perform and retain their identities; uncover the importance of flow and fluidity in the making of sacred space; and evidence the value and efficacy of the use of photographs in social research. Of Gods Gifts and Ghosts is a ground-breaking exploration into the intersections between visual sociology cultural geography and creative photographic practice. A visual monograph that gives equal importance to image and text it interrogates the tensions between sacred and profane official and unofficial state and individual physical and spiritual peeling away the myriad layers of the spiritual imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138347366

Of Human BondingParent-Child Relations across the Life Course This life-course analysis of family development focuses on the social dynamics among family members. It features parent-child relationships in a larger context by examining the help exchange between kin and nonkin and the intergenerational transmission of family characteristics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529038

Of Human Potential (Routledge Revivals)An Essay in the Philosophy of Education The concept of potential plays a prominent role in the thinking of parents educators and planners the world over. Although this concept accurately reflects central features of human nature its current use perpetuates traditional myths of fixity harmony and value calculated to cause untold mischief in social and educational practice. First published in 1985 Israel Scheffler's book aims to demythologise the concept of potential. He shows its roots in genuine aspects of human nature but at the same time frees it from outworn philosophical myths by means of analytical reconstruction - thereby improving both its theoretical and its practical applicability. The book concludes with an interpretation of policy-making in education and reflections on the ideal education of a policy-maker. It emphasises human symbolism choice temporal continuity and self-determination as indispensible elements of any adequate philosophy of education. Of Human Potential will be of interest to a broad range of philosophers educators and social scientists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203850343

Of Innocence and AutonomyChildren Sex and Human Rights This title was first published in 2000:  This anthology of essays focuses on the human rights of children in the area of sexuality. Looking at the theoretical aspects essays examine the history and construction of concepts of childhood and child sexuality while other essays take an interdisciplinary approach examining anthropological sociological psychological and economic perspectives on law and childhood sexuality. Specific problems that arise in litigation and judicial practice are looked at in more detail and in some cases comparative and international approaches are taken to the examination of law reform and initiatives in selected countries and in international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728295

Of Marriage Violence and SorceryThe Quest for Power in Northern Queensland This is a fascinating exploration of the relationship between marriage violence and sorcery in an Australian Aboriginal Community drawing on David McKnight’s extensive research on Mornington Island. The case studies which occurred both before and after a Presbyterian Mission was established on the island allow McKnight to show how the complexities of kin ties and increased sexual competition help to explain incidences of violence and sorcery without resorting to psychiatric justifications. He demonstrates that kin ties both stimulated conflict and helped to mitigate it. Following on from McKnight’s previous book Going the Whiteman’s Way (Ashgate 2004) Of Marriage Violence and Sorcery offers an archive of valuable primary materials drawing on the author’s forty-year knowledge of the community on Mornington Island. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346876

Of Mermaids and Rock SingersPlacing the Self and Constructing the Nation THrough Belarusan Contemporary Music This book examines the roles functions and interpretations of rock music as part of the initial push towards exploring national and personal identities in a newly independent Belarus. It also includes a summary of rock concert activity in Belarus. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061731

Of Planting and PlanningThe making of British colonial cities ‘At the centre of the world-economy one always finds an exceptional state strong aggressive and privileged dynamic simultaneously feared and admired.’ - Fernand Braudel Civilization and Capitalism 15th–18th Centuries This surely is an apt description of the British Empire at its zenith. Of Planting and Planning explores how Britain used the formation of towns and cities as an instrument of colonial expansion and control throughout the Empire. Beginning with the seventeenth-century plantation of Ulster and ending with decolonization after the Second World War Robert Home reveals how the British Empire gave rise to many of the biggest cities in the world and how colonial policy and planning had a profound impact on the form and functioning of those cities. This second edition retains the thematic chronological and interdisciplinary approach of the first each chapter identifying a key element of colonial town planning. New material and illustrations have been added incorporating the author's further research since the first edition. Most importantly Of Planting and Planning remains the only book to cover the whole sweep of British colonial urbanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540544

Of Relations and the DeadFour Societies Viewed from the Angle of Their Exchanges Exchanges are fundamental to human societies. The authors show that the study of exchanges not only serves as a key to understanding particular societies as totalities but also helps to frame a comparative mode of analysis expressed in terms of a hierarchy of values. Starting with a comparative analysis of the different vocabularies used when dealing with exchange the authors go on to provide a detailed account of how each society's exchanges form a genuine value-oriented system. Their conclusions shed light on important issues in anthropology such as the difference between subject and object; the construction of the person in the matrix of social relations; and the contrast between 'socio-cosmic' systems and other societies which recognize a universal term of reference beyond their community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135234

Of Stars and MenReminiscences of an Astronomer The twentieth century has been a remarkable epoch in the affairs of men and this is no less true of astronomy at once the oldest and most modern of the sciences. Sky watchers at the beginning of the century measured positions and predicted celestial motions in faithful but uninspired homage to the Muse Urania; nowadays their descendents call on all the resources of modern science to probe the nature and evolution of a bewildering range of celestial objects. Man has even set out to call personally on his nearest neighbours in space. Professor Zdenek Kopal has lived and practised astronomy throughout this efflorescence of his subject. Born in Czechoslovakia just before the outbreak of the Great War and educated in the classical European tradition he knows well the days when scholars commanded such respect that astronomical congresses would be visited by Heads of State. Yet within his own lifetime he has himself been recruited to play an important role in scientific preparations for a manned Moon landing. He has known and worked with some of the most highly respected practitioners of Modern Astromomy: Russell Shapley Urey in the United States Eddington in Britain. His fine eye for detail coupled with his strong sense of history enable him to unfold through his personal recollections the development of his subject across the social changes of two world wars. Inspired by his grandfather who would think nothing of walking sixty miles to theatrical performance the young Kopal acquired a Wanderlust that has taken him in his career more than a dozen times rond the world. He has visited the most ancient observatories observed solar eclipses in Japan and Java helped to establish new institutions in Iraq and India and commuted for many years between the Old and New Worlds. He has toiled in every corner of his chosen vinyard: as observer outstanding theoretician populariser editor and teacher. During his thirty years as Professor of Astronomy at Manchester he Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745113

Of Synthetic FinanceThree Essays of Speculative Materialism Synthetic finance revolutionizes materialism such that we can now create wealth in the process of universally distributing it. While financial innovation in global capitalism provided the conditions for the 2008 financial crisis it has also engineered a set of financial technologies with universal distributive potential. This book explains this possibility and demonstrates how it can be achieved through a rigorous ontological exposition of the radical nomadic distributive power of synthetic finance. It also illustrates that Gilles Deleuze is the heterodox political economist who best reveals its profound material capacities. This book articulates an innovative method for the study of finance fundamentally revaluates political economy as a discipline and practice and inaugurates a research project from which derivative methodologies and approaches to critical finance can evolve. Of Synthetic Finance actualizes a new kind of heterodox political economy called speculative materialism and advocates a radical project of speculative materialist financial engineering. Both of these are predicated on the deployment of the latent nomadic monstrous capacities of synthetic finance to create and universally distribute risk and cash flow. This book is a must read for anyone interested in critical finance the financial crisis and the future of political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379329

Of Things Invisible to Mortal SightCelebrating the Work of James S. Grotstein Dr James Grotstein (1925-2015) was the foremost Bion scholar and one of the most noted and honoured psychoanalysts in the world. His prolific writings and generous encouragement to other analysts has had an enormous impact. He was among the first to examine Bion's most controversial concept - O - in particular the mystical aspects of O. The title of this book Of Things Invisible To Mortal Sight: A Celebration of the Work of James S. Grotstein inspired by a line from Milton's Paradise Lost (Book III) reflects Grotstein's decades-long examination of the most profound aspects of the human mind. Dr James Grotstein's erudition and depth of understanding made him one of the most revered psychoanalysts throughout the psychoanalytic world. He was well known and appreciated for his prolific writings so it was only fitting to honour him through writing and the fifteen articles in Of Things Invisible To Mortal Sight are written by esteemed analysts from Italy Brazil Argentina Israel and throughout the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202899

Of Women 'Inside'Prison Voices from India Based on original research and personal encounters this book narrates the real-life-stories of women locked up in Indian prisons for alleged or actual violations of the state’s criminal laws. It contextualises women offenders’ experiences of the criminal justice system and of state custodial institutions within the larger narratives of their particular lives thus interrogating the social as well as legal frameworks within which women face adversities in their lives and in custody. It argues that the sex and gender issues that affect women ‘outside’ are carried over ‘inside’ with extremely damaging consequences for the lives and mental health of women prisoners. The volume will be of interest to those in gender studies legal studies sociology and human rights organisations as well as to policy makers and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662575

Off Nevsky ProspektSt Petersburg's Theatre Studios in the 1980s and 1990s Off Nevsky Prospekt is the first study to be published in English of the exceptionally rich and diverse theatre studio movement which has flourished in St Petersburg during the 1980s and '90s. Professor Markova charts the development of the theatre studios - from their beginnings as a reaction to the repressive atmosphere of the Soviet period and through the "theatre bacchanalia" of the Perestroika years. She then surveys today's vibrant scene with analyses of key productions and interviews with many of the central figures and describes how theatre studios have subverted the conventions of the past to create a new dialogue with the changing society from which their audience is drawn. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079004

Off ScreenWomen and Film in Italy: Seminar on Italian and American directions This feminist anthology from Italy offers an enriching perspective on cinema studies. Focusing on women’s engagement with political theory and film-making the book never loses sight of the female experience of cinema. It examines how women have chosen to represent themselves and how they have been represented and how they deal with the cinematic apparatus as subjects of production objects of representation and spectators. A variety of approaches are offered ranging from psychoanalysis and semiology to history. With an exhaustive filmography this anthology of chapters by eminent theorists demonstrates the central importance of recent developments in Italy for the whole spectrum of film and feminist studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994584

Off the Couch This book presents a practical comparative study of models of interpretation in different schools of psychoanalytic thought through a series of amusing cartoon drawings. It is intended for all those interested in psychotherapy counselling and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325718

Off the GridRe-Assembling Domestic Life Off-grid isn’t a state of mind. It isn’t about someone being out of touch about a place that is hard to get to or about a weekend spent offline. Off-grid is the property of a building (generally a home but sometimes even a whole town) that is disconnected from the electricity and the natural gas grid. To live off-grid therefore means having to radically re-invent domestic life as we know it and this is what this book is about: individuals and families who have chosen to live in that dramatically innovative but also quite old way of life. This ethnography explores the day-to-day lives of people in each of Canada’s provinces and territories living off the grid. Vannini and Taggart demonstrate how a variety of people all with different environmental constraints   live away from contemporary civilization. The authors also raise important questions about our social future and whether off-grid living creates an environmentally and culturally sustainable lifestyle practice. These homes are experimental labs for our collective future an intimate look into unusual contemporary domestic lives and a call to the rest of us leading ordinary lives to examine what we take for granted. This book is ideal for courses on the environment and sustainability as well as introduction to sociology and introduction to cultural anthropology courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854337

Off TrackWhen Poor Readers Become ""Learning Disabled"" The identification of poor readers as ?learning disabled? can be the first of many steps toward consigning students to a lifetime of reading failure. The very label that is meant to help children often becomes a burden that works against effective learning throughout their schooling.In this book the authors identify the dangers of labeling childre Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317089

Off WhiteReadings on Power Privilege and Resistance With a fascinating new introduction on the proliferation and development of the field of whiteness studies and updated essays throughout this much-anticipated second ddition continues to redefine our understanding of race and society. Also inlcludes three maps. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203621479

OffbeatCollaborating with Kerouac David Amram has been described as "the Renaissance man of American Music." His musical career has spanned participating with Jack Kerouac in the original jazz-poetry reading in 1957 in Greenwich Village to being honored as the first Composer-in-Residence for the New York Philharmonic and to playing in Farm Aid concerts. He's performed with an incredible variety of musical greats such as Dizzy Gillespie Thelonius Monk Willie Nelson and and Tito Puente and he continues to compose and tour nationally. Now available in paperback following the 50th anniversary of the publication of Kerouac's classic On The Road Offbeat is the rollicking story of this legendary musician and his adventures with his close friend Jack Kerouac. Amram and Kerouac shared a relationship based on creativity respect and fun and Offbeat offers the reader a full share of each. This wonderful memoir takes the reader from the coffee houses of New York to the San Francisco Opera House and into the making of the now-classic film Pull My Daisy. Offbeat is Amram's energetic and heartfelt account of Kerouac and the creative community of artists-including Allen Ginsberg Gregory Corso Langston Hughes and Neal and Carolyn Cassady-that courageously explored their creative potential and in doing so changed American culture forever. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467835

Off-CentreFeminism and Cultural Studies First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167285

Offender and Victim Networks in Human Trafficking Millions of pounds are spent every year trying to tackle human trafficking modern slavery and child sexual exploitation. These are apparently threats perpetrated by ‘criminal masterminds’ spreading at a dizzying rate and approaching epidemic proportions – or so the story goes. Amid all the bold rhetoric and sweeping claims there is very little robust research to help understand these problems and inform evidence-based policy and practice. In this book readers are invited to delve inside the murky world of human trafficking. It focuses on the internal (domestic) trafficking of children for sexual exploitation. It is based on far-reaching analysis of six of the earliest and largest such investigations in the United Kingdom (UK) including the infamous Derby and Rochdale cases that sparked nationwide concerns about ‘street grooming’ and ‘Asian sex gangs’. Innovative methods analytical rigour and truly extraordinary data underpin the research: a nuanced and sometimes unsettling exploration of the offender and victim networks their characteristics structure activity and dynamics and the problems they pose for investigation and prosecution. The results paint a picture of a sprawling and dynamic system of grooming and abuse that is deeply embedded in complex webs of social relations and interactions. This book challenges accepted wisdom debunks myths and introduces new and fundamentally different ways of thinking about trafficking and its prevention. An accessible and compelling read this book is for academics policymakers practitioners and others interested in serious and organised crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644823

Offender Profiling and Crime Analysis Offender Profiling and Crime Analysis provides a highly readable account of the subject and a picture of profiling which by no means accords with popular views and representations of what is involved. The book provides an overview of profiling techniques offering some fascinating insights into the various approaches to profiling and schools of thought which have emerged − looking particularly at the work of the FBI and of British and Dutch profilers. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924630

Offender Rehabilitation and Therapeutic CommunitiesEnabling Change the TC way Offender rehabilitation has become increasingly and almost exclusively associated with structured cognitive-behavioural programmes. For fifty years however a small number of English prisons have promoted an alternative method of rehabilitation: the democratic therapeutic community (TC). These prisons offer long-term prisoners convicted of serious offences the opportunity to undertake group psychotherapy within an overtly supportive and esteem-enhancing living environment. Drawing upon original research conducted with ‘residents’ (prisoners) and staff at three TC prisons Offender Rehabilitation and Therapeutic Communities provides a uniquely evocative and engaging portrayal of the TC regime. Individual chapters focus on residents’ adaptation to ‘the TC way’ of rehabilitation and imprisonment; the development of caring relationships between community members; residents’ contributions towards the safe and efficient running of their community; and the greater assimilation of sexual offenders within TCs for men made possible in part by a lessening in ‘hypermasculinity’. By analyzing residents’ own accounts of ‘desistance in process’ in the TC this book argues that TCs help offenders to change by enabling positive developments to their personal identity and self-narratives: to the ways in which they see themselves and their life. The radically ‘different’ penal environment allows its residents to become someone ‘different’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635271

Offender SupervisionNew Directions in Theory Research and Practice This major new book brings together leading researchers in the field in order to describe and analyse internationally significant theoretical and empirical work on offender supervision and to address the policy and practice implications of this work within and across jurisdictions. Arising out of the work of the international Collaboration of Researchers for the Effective Development of Offender Supervision (CREDOS) this book examines questions and issues that have arisen both within effectiveness research and from research on desistance from offending. The book draws out the lessons that can be learned not just about ‘what works?’ but about how and why particular practices support desistance in specific jurisdictional cultural and local contexts. Key themes addressed in this book include: New directions in theory and paradigms for practice Staff skills and effective offender supervision Different issues and challenges in improving offender supervision The role of families ‘significant others’ and social networks Understanding and supporting compliance within supervision Exploring the social political organisational and historical contexts of offender supervision Offender Supervision will be essential reading for academics undergraduate and postgraduate students policy makers managers and practitioners interested in offender supervision. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9780203832974

Offenders Deviants or Patients?An introduction to clinical criminology Offenders Deviants or Patients? provides a practical approach to understanding both the social context and treatment of mentally disordered offenders. Taking into account the current public concern often heightened by media sensationalism; it addresses issues such as sex and ‘historic sex offending ‘hate’ crime homicide and other acts of serious bodily harm.  This fifth edition is fully updated and incorporates the latest research and reflects recent changes in law policy and practice including:   DSM-V criteria groundbreaking work on neuro-physiological aspects of psychopathy the Coroners and Justice Act Using new case examples Herschel Prins draws on his own expertise and experience to examine the relationship between mental disorders and crime and looks at the ways in which it should be dealt with by the mental health care and criminal justice systems. Offenders Deviants or Patients? is unique in its multidisciplinary approach and will be invaluable to all those who come into contact with serious offenders or those who study crime and criminal behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720892

Offenders on OffendingLearning about Crime from Criminals Our knowledge of crime is based on three types of sources: the criminal justice system victims and offenders. For technological and other reasons the criminal justice system produces an increasing stream of information on crime. The rise of the victimization survey has given the victims a much larger role in our study of crime. There is however no concomitant development regarding offenders. This is unfortunate because offenders are the experts when it comes to offending.In order to understand criminal behavior we need their perspective. This is not always a straightforward process however and information from offenders is often unreliable. This book is about what we can do to maximise the validity of what offenders tell us about their offending. Renowned experts from various countries present their experiences and insights with a clear focus on methodological issues of fieldwork among various types of offender populations. Each contribution deals with with a few central issues: How can offenders be motivated to participate in research? How can offenders be motivated to tell the truth on their offending? How can the information that offenders provide be checked and validated? What can we learn from offenders that cannot be accessed from other sources? With the aim of obtaining valid and reliable information how where and under which conditions should we observe offenders and talk to them? Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843927785

Offenders or Citizens?Readings in Rehabilitation The punitive prison currently dominates the practice of Anglo-American criminal justice stigmatising its victims as perpetual 'offenders' and failing to change a majority of them for the better. Books of academic 'readings' sometimes profess neutrality over the controversies they invigilate. Offenders or Citizens? sits on no such fences its pages reflect the fiercely partisan nature of the contest between rehabilitation and punishment. Probation social work youth justice law corrections criminology journalism philosophy politics popular culture psychology anthropology and sociology – the voices of participants professionals and writers from many realms are all represented in this lively selection. Its aim - to stimulate and furnish a debate about the proper place of rehabilitation within a plural morally defensible and effective response to crime. This book will be essential reading for both students and practitioners within criminal justice who have an interest in the rehabilitation of convicted individuals and providing an essential broader context to the 'what works' debate. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9780203722855

Offending and DesistanceThe importance of social relations In Offending and Desistance Beth Weaver examines the role of a co-offending peer group in shaping and influencing offending and desistance focusing on three phases of their criminal careers: onset persistence and desistance. While there is consensus across the body of desistance research that social relations have a role to play in variously constraining enabling and sustaining desistance no desistance studies have adequately analysed the dynamics or properties of social relations or their relationship to individuals and social structures. This book aims to reset this balance. By examining the social relations and life stories of six Scottish men (in their forties) Weaver reveals the central role of friendship groups intimate relationships and families of formation employment and religious communities. She shows how for different individuals these relations triggered reflexive evaluation of their priorities behaviours and lifestyles but with differing results. Weaver’s re-examination of the relationships between structure agency identity and reflexivity in the desistance process ultimately illuminates new directions for research policy and practice. This book is essential reading for academics and students engaged in the study of criminology and criminal justice delinquency probation and criminal law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062610

Offending Behaviour This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the relationship between psychology moral reasoning theory and offending behaviour. It sets out the theory and research which has been carried out in the field and examines the ways in which this knowledge has been used in practice to inform treatment programmes for offenders. This book pays particular attention to Kohlberg's theory of moral reasoning providing a link between this theory and developmental psychology along with a review of more recent critiques of this theory and an analysis of the difficulties of accurately assessing moral reasoning. The book goes on to assess moral reasoning as an explanation of offending behaviour looking at how moral reasoning interacts with child rearing and family factors social factors and social cognition. Offending is therefore presented as a complex phenomenon caused by an interaction of variables that are internal and external to the individual. The book concludes with a consideration of how knowledge and research in the area of moral reasoning and offending has been used in practice to inform treatment programmes for offenders looking at a variety of different settings (prison residential settings and in the community). Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924647

Offending GirlsYoung Women and Youth Justice At the dawn of the twenty-first century panic about girls’ offending in Britain reached fever pitch. No longer sugar and spice a ‘new breed’ of girl the hedonistic violent binge-drinking ‘ladette’ was reported to have emerged. At the same time the number of young women entering the youth justice system including youth custody increased dramatically. Offending Girls challenges simplistic and demonising popular representations of 'bad' girls and examines what exactly is new about the ‘new’ offending girl. In the light of enormous social and cultural changes affecting girls’ lives and expectations of them since previous British research in this area the book investigates whether popular stereotypes problematising female youthful behaviour resonate with the accounts of criminalised young women themselves and to what extent they have infiltrated professional youth justice discourse. Through the lens of original detailed qualitative research in two Youth Offending Teams and a Secure Training Centre – the first study of its kind since the 'modernisation' of the youth justice system over a decade ago – Offending Girls questions whether the ‘new’ youth justice system is delivering justice for girls and young women. It also contends that the panic about an ‘unprecedented crime wave’ amongst girls is not supported by robust evidence but that the interventionist thrust which characterises contemporary youth justice has had a particularly pernicious impact on girls. It will be key reading for students and academics working in the areas of criminology criminal and youth justice education gender studies youth studies social work sociology and social policy as well as youth and criminal justice practitioners and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9780415870498

Offending Identities This book aims to explore sex offenders' perspectives of the way they are treated and managed. Whilst a great deal has been written about sex offenders and their treatment within the criminal justice system few studies have approached the issues through an understanding of offenders' own views and perspectives on their offending behaviour and others' responses to it. This book aims to redress this imbalance. The book is based on in-depth interviews with 32 convicted male sex offenders attending three different sex offender treatment programmes (the prison based Sex Offender Treatment Programme Behaviour Assessment Programme and the community-led Sex Offender Groupwork Programme). Through gaining an understanding of offenders perceptions of initiatives designed to both treat and control their risk of future offending Offending Identities at the same time helps us to evaluate the effectiveness of such schemes. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138878549

Offending WomenFemale Lawbreakers and the Criminal Justice System A useful theoretical analysis of the discourse surrounding women's deviancy. Based on hundreds of interviews with magistrates solicitors psychiatrists probabtion officers and particularly female lawbreakers themselves this book is key for those studying criminology and women's studies as well as for practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145863

Offense And Defense In Israeli Military Doctrine This book discusses the existing literature on military doctrines in general and offensive doctrines in particular as well as on causes of their stagnation and sources of innovation. It provides the backdrop for an analytical historical review of Israel's offensive military doctrine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153007

Offense and OffensivenessA Philosophical Account This book offers a comprehensive study of the nature and significance of offense and offensiveness. It incorporates insights from moral philosophy and moral psychology to rationally reconstruct our ordinary ideas and assumptions about these notions. When someone claims that something is offensive others are supposed to listen. Why? What is it for something to be offensive? Likewise it’s supposed to matter if someone claims to have been offended. Is this correct? In this book Andrew Sneddon argues that we should think of offense as a moralized bad feeling. He explains offensiveness in terms of symbolic value. We tend to give claims of both offense and offensiveness more credence than they deserve. While it is in principle possible for there to be genuine moral problems of offense and offensiveness we should expect such problems to be rare. Offense and Offensiveness: A Philosophical Account will be of interest to scholars and students working in moral philosophy and moral psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367541705

Offensive Marketing Offensive Marketing is the best source for competitive executives who are serious about strengthening their marketing skills and producing new outcomes. The authors bring the acclaimed POISE (Profitable Offensive Integrated Strategic Effectively Executed) framework to a North American audience. POISE brings together advances in strategy innovation and approach to produce a new level of effectiveness and market results. Extensively used by companies and individuals worldwide this freshly adapted book is an essential resource for all marketing students and professionals interested in achievable strategies and profitable marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145085

Office Ergonomics and Human FactorsPractical Applications Second Edition Just like the previous edition this new edition aims to provide practical advice on how to create develop or improve office environments so that those individuals who work within them can do so comfortably and contently. Those environments include traditional purpose-built offices home offices vehicle interiors or transient environments like train stations hotels and airports. Technology has changed radically since the first edition published in 2007. The new edition has been completely updated and offers simple practical and effective advice that can be employed easily in any office environment whether typical or atypical. Features Provides up-to-date advice on working with handheld devices and computers Outlines what can be done in non-office environments to make the worker more comfortable Offers updated case studies which are more relevant to today's work made possible by ever-advancing technology Includes an expanded section on accommodating workers with disabilities and covers new options available to assist the disabled so they can work effectively and comfortably Deals with the hidden area of work-related manual handling inside and outside the office Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498799102

Office ErgonomicsEase and Efficiency at Work Second Edition Office ergonomics – whether we realize it or not – directly or indirectly affects every one of us. It is the study of the work we do the environment we work in and the tools we use to successfully perform our jobs. Office ergonomics helps us be comfortable and safe at work which reduces the risk of injury lowers stress increases personal engagement and raises overall work performance. This book embraces and addresses the new reality of the traditional ‘office’ work which is ever changing and evolving and offers tactical recommendations on how to make non-traditional office settings more comfortable. This book suggests how to Set up the office wherever that may be – at a company site at home at a corner café on a commuter train Interact with colleagues Organize and pace work Select and arrange equipment and furniture Maintain the physical climate – lighting sound heating and cooling The book is a practical one based on sound theory and solid research. Written for non-engineers as well as those in the industry it has a conversational tone reflects true-life situations that office workers face and is adaptable to multiple office settings. While budding ergonomists will find it educational office managers and designers will benefit from it as well. You will find ten fast-paced chapters augmented with brief case studies and illustrations and capped off with a series of practical design recommendations. Three appendices delve into ergonomic topics with more thorough details. This book suggests how best to achieve a harmonious work scenario by optimizing the ‘fit’ between the person and his or her environment. This in a nutshell is what ergonomics is all about: working with ease and efficiency. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747943

Office ErgonomicsPractical Applications Moving from theory into practical reality ergonomics has come of age as a useful tool for generating safe comfortable and productive working environments. Tackling both the simple and complex aspects of a variety of workplaces Office Ergonomics: Practical Applications demonstrates how to create offices that accommodate all workers. The book contains practical advice on how to maintain an office environment that promotes a healthy safe and efficient workforce. Covering workstation design selection layout and use the book details the impact of computers on worker well-being particularly when used under unfavorable conditions and discusses how ergonomics can accommodate disabled workers. The author emphasizes the need to offer ‘protection’ to people involved in manual handling in offices an issue that is frequently overlooked and offers advice on how to work satisfactorily in non-office environments. She explores the possible negative outcomes such as back pain headaches and upper limb disorders of a poorly designed workstation. Walking you through all the features of an office the book provides insight into the potential problem areas that workers often encounter. The book explains how to identify suitable workstation furniture test it trial it and introduce the final selection so the workforce accepts it. The author draws on first-hand experience dealing with difficulties in many types of office situations to provide straightforward easily applicable advice on how to improve the workplace to reduce the likelihood of workers experiencing discomfort ill-health and dissatisfaction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452865

Office Ladies/Factory Women:Life and Work at a Japanese Company First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289298

Office LeanUnderstanding and Implementing Flow in a Professional and Administrative Environment Struggling to apply Lean effectively in your office environment? Office Lean is a book for anyone who wants to apply Lean better in contexts where the work is both intangible and complex. it explains in simple terms what Lean is -- and what Lean isn’t -- enabling office professionals to understand how it can be successfully applied to their complex office-based work environments. Contrary to popular opinion Lean is not only for mass manufacturing or healthcare. It applies just as much to the digital world of "knowledge work" industries such as banking and financial services software development and government. But the fundamental concepts straight from the factory floor need a fair amount of translation to be effectively applied in cube farms. Overturning the common perception that Lean is about imposing rigid rules or simply eliminating waste in the name of "efficiency" Eakin presents Lean as a dynamic flexible people-centric philosophy that delivers outstanding business results by improving employee engagement and customer experience. Office Lean helps Lean practitioners (leaders/managers and coaches/consultants) working in professional office environments access the amazing transformative results Lean can bring to their specific domains. It combines clear explanations of the core concepts of the Lean philosophy with relevant practical examples from the fields of accounting finance insurance IT and government. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367196646

Officer-Involved Shootings and Use of ForcePractical Investigative Techniques Second Edition Officer-Involved Shootings and Use of Force: Practical Investigative Techniques Second Edition continues to provide sound and sober models protocols and procedures to handle the highly charged fall-out from officer involved shootings. Written by cops for cops it is designed to address the needs of the agency the rights of the employee and the concerns of the public and give law enforcement the policies and tools to properly investigate and document this high profile area. Updated and expanded the second edition welcomes contributions from Randy Dickson one of the nation‘s leading experts who presents new recommendations for post-incident support and the emotional aspect of these traumatic events including the potential for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder suffered by the officer. Other new chapters include a study of incidents involving less lethal weapons such as Tasers a model policy for documenting these incidents and the latest findings on positional asphyxia and Excited Delirium Deaths. The book also includes additional information on report writing and the proper handling of media and public information policy. The author offers expert tips on procedures including handling suspects interviewing witnesses and employees and investigating the scene as well as critical points for working with assisted suicides. New up-to-date case studies illustrate and explain the need for consistent reliable protocols to protect the agency the officer and the public from unnecessary litigation public distrust media frenzy and harm to either the agency‘s or the officer‘s reputation. Applicable to all levels including city county state and federal law enforcement thisSecond Editioncontains anoutstanding presentation of guidelines authority and assignment responsibility to establish the best organizational team structure to investigate [officer-involved] shootings says Larry Moore Certified Emergency Manager Knoxville Ten Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138426863

Official (ISC)2 Guide to the CISSP CBK As a result of a rigorous methodical process that (ISC)² follows to routinely update its credential exams it has announced that enhancements will be made to both the Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) credential beginning April 15 2015. (ISC)² conducts this process on a regular basis to ensure that the examinations and subsequent training and continuing professional education requirements encompass the topic areas relevant to the roles and responsibilities of today’s practicing information security professionals. Refreshed technical content has been added to the official (ISC)² CISSP CBK to reflect the most current topics in the information security industry today. Some topics have been expanded (e.g. asset security security assessment and testing) while other topics have been realigned under different domains. The result is an exam that most accurately reflects the technical and managerial competence required from an experienced information security professional to effectively design engineer implement and manage an organization’s information security program within an ever-changing security landscape. The domain names have been updated as follows: CISSP Domains Effective April 15 2015 Security and Risk Management (Security Risk Compliance Law Regulations Business Continuity) Asset Security (Protecting Security of Assets) Security Engineering (Engineering and Management of Security) Communications and Network Security (Designing and Protecting Network Security) Identity and Access Management (Controlling Access and Managing Identity) Security Assessment and Testing (Designing Performing and Analyzing Security Testing) Security Operations (Foundational Concepts Investigations Incident Management Disaster Recovery) Software Development Security (Understanding Applying and Enforcing Software Security) Some candidates may be wondering how these updates affect training materials for the CISSP credential. As part of the organization’s comprehensive education strategy and certifying body best practices (ISC)² training materials do not teach directly to its credential examinations. Rather (ISC)² Education is focused on teaching the core competencies relevant to the roles and responsibilities of today’s practicing information security professional. It is designed to refresh and enhance the knowledge of experienced industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482262759

Official (ISC)2 Guide to the CSSLP As the global leader in information security education and certification (ISC)2® has a proven track record of educating and certifying information security professionals. Its newest certification the Certified Secure Software Lifecycle Professional (CSSLP®) is a testament to the organization’s ongoing commitment to information and software security.The Official (ISC)2® Guide to the CSSLP® provides an all-inclusive analysis of the CSSLP Common Body of Knowledge (CBK®). As the first comprehensive guide to the CSSLP CBK it facilitates the required understanding of the seven CSSLP domains—Secure Software Concepts Secure Software Requirements Secure Software Design Secure Software Implementation/Coding Secure Software Testing Software Acceptance and Software Deployment Operations Maintenance and Disposal—to assist candidates for certification and beyond. Serves as the only official guide to the CSSLP professional certification Details the software security activities that need to be incorporated throughout the software development lifecycle Provides comprehensive coverage that includes the people processes and technology components of software networks and host defenses Supplies a pragmatic approach to implementing software assurances in the real-world The text allows readers to learn about software security from a renowned security practitioner who is the appointed software assurance advisor for (ISC)2. Complete with numerous illustrations it makes complex security concepts easy to understand and implement. In addition to being a valuable resource for those studying for the CSSLP examination this book is also an indispensable software security reference for those already part of the certified elite. A robust and comprehensive appendix makes this book a time-saving resource for anyone involved in secure software development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439826058

Official (ISC)2 Guide to the CSSLP CBK Application vulnerabilities continue to top the list of cyber security concerns. While attackers and researchers continue to expose new application vulnerabilities the most common application flaws are previous rediscovered threats. For example SQL injection and cross-site scripting (XSS) have appeared on the Open Web Application Security Project (OWASP) Top 10 list year after year over the past decade. This high volume of known application vulnerabilities suggests that many development teams do not have the security resources needed to address all potential security flaws and a clear shortage of qualified professionals with application security skills exists. Without action this soft underbelly of business and governmental entities has and will continue to be exposed with serious consequences—data breaches disrupted operations lost business brand damage and regulatory fines. This is why it is essential for software professionals to stay current on the latest advances in software development and the new security threats they create. Recognized as one of the best application security tools available for professionals involved in software development the Official (ISC)2® Guide to the CSSLP® CBK® Second Edition is both up-to-date and relevant reflecting the latest developments in this ever-changing field and providing an intuitive approach to the CSSLP Common Body of Knowledge (CBK). It provides a robust and comprehensive study of the 8 domains of the CBK covering everything from ensuring software security requirements are included in the software design phase to programming concepts that can effectively protect software from vulnerabilities to addressing issues pertaining to proper testing of software for security and implementing industry standards and practices to provide a high level of assurance that the supply chain is secure—both up-stream. The book discusses the issues facing software professionals today such as mobile app development developing in the cloud software supply chain risk management and more. Numerous illustrated examples and practical exercises are included in this book to help the reader understand the concepts within the CBK and to enable them to apply these concepts in real-life situations. Endorsed by (ISC)2 and written and reviewed by CSSLPs and other (ISC)2 members this book serves as an unrivaled study tool for the certification exam and an invaluable career reference. Earning your CSSLP is an esteemed achievement that validates your efforts in security leadership to help your organization build resilient software capable of combating the security threats of today and tomorrow. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466571273

Official (ISC)2 Guide to the HCISPP CBK HealthCare Information Security and Privacy Practitioners (HCISPPSM) are the frontline defense for protecting patient information. These are the practitioners whose foundational knowledge and experience unite healthcare information security and privacy best practices and techniques under one credential to protect organizations and sensitive patient data against emerging threats and breaches.The Official (ISC)2® Guide to the HCISPPSM CBK® is a comprehensive resource that provides an in-depth look at the six domains of the HCISPP Common Body of Knowledge (CBK). This guide covers the diversity of the healthcare industry the types of technologies and information flows that require various levels of protection and the exchange of healthcare information within the industry including relevant regulatory compliance and legal requirements.Numerous illustrated examples and tables are included that illustrate key concepts frameworks and real-life scenarios. Endorsed by the (ISC)² and compiled and reviewed by HCISPPs and (ISC)² members this book brings together a global and thorough perspective on healthcare information security and privacy. Utilize this book as your fundamental study tool in preparation for the HCISPP certification exam. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482262773

Official (ISC)2® Guide to the CAP® CBK® Significant developments since the publication of its bestselling predecessor Building and Implementing a Security Certification and Accreditation Program warrant an updated text as well as an updated title. Reflecting recent updates to the Certified Authorization Professional (CAP®) Common Body of Knowledge (CBK®) and NIST SP 800-37 the Official (ISC)2® Guide to the CAP® CBK® Second Edition provides readers with the tools to effectively secure their IT systems via standard repeatable processes.Derived from the author’s decades of experience including time as the CISO for the Nuclear Regulatory Commission the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the National Science Foundation’s Antarctic Support Contract the book describes what it takes to build a system security authorization program at the organizational level in both public and private organizations. It analyzes the full range of system security authorization (formerly C&A) processes and explains how they interrelate. Outlining a user-friendly approach for top-down implementation of IT security the book: Details an approach that simplifies the authorization process yet still satisfies current federal government criteria Explains how to combine disparate processes into a unified risk management methodology Covers all the topics included in the Certified Authorization Professional (CAP®) Common Body of Knowledge (CBK®) Examines U.S. federal polices including DITSCAP NIACAP CNSS NIAP DoD 8500.1 and 8500.2 and NIST FIPS Reviews the tasks involved in certifying and accrediting U.S. government information systems Chapters 1 through 7 describe each of the domains of the (ISC)2® CAP® CBK®. This is followed by a case study on the establishment of a successful system authorization program in a major U.S. government department. The final chapter considers the future of system authorization. The book’s appendices include a collection of helpful samples and additional information to provide you with the tools to effectively secure your IT systems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439820759

Official (ISC)2® Guide to the CISSP®-ISSMP® CBK® The Certified Information Systems Security Professional-Information Systems Security Management Professional (CISSP-ISSMP®) certification was developed for CISSPs who are seeking to further their careers and validate their expertise in information systems security management. Candidates for the ISSMP need to demonstrate a thorough understanding of the five domains of the ISSMP Common Body of Knowledge (CBK®) along with the ability to apply this in-depth knowledge to establish present and govern information security programs while demonstrating management and leadership skills.Supplying an authoritative review of key concepts and requirements the Official (ISC)2® Guide to the CISSP®-ISSMP® CBK® Second Edition is both up to date and relevant. This book provides a comprehensive review of the five domains in the ISSMP CBK: Security Leadership and Management Security Lifecycle Management Security Compliance Management Contingency Management and Law Ethics and Incident Management.Numerous illustrated examples and practical exercises are included in this book to demonstrate concepts and real-life scenarios. Endorsed by (ISC)2 and compiled and reviewed by ISSMPs and industry luminaries around the world this book provides unrivaled preparation for the exam. Earning your ISSMP is a deserving achievement that should ultimately help to enhance your career path and give you a competitive advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466578951

Official (ISC)2® Guide to the ISSAP® CBK Candidates for the CISSP-ISSAP professional certification need to not only demonstrate a thorough understanding of the six domains of the ISSAP CBK but also need to have the ability to apply this in-depth knowledge to develop a detailed security architecture.Supplying an authoritative review of the key concepts and requirements of the ISSAP CBK the Official (ISC)2® Guide to the ISSAP® CBK® Second Edition provides the practical understanding required to implement the latest security protocols to improve productivity profitability security and efficiency. Encompassing all of the knowledge elements needed to create secure architectures the text covers the six domains: Access Control Systems and Methodology Communications and Network Security Cryptology Security Architecture Analysis BCP/DRP and Physical Security Considerations.Newly Enhanced Design – This Guide Has It All! Only guide endorsed by (ISC)2 Most up-to-date CISSP-ISSAP CBK Evolving terminology and changing requirements for security professionals Practical examples that illustrate how to apply concepts in real-life situations Chapter outlines and objectives Review questions and answers References to free study resources Read It. Study It. Refer to It Often.Build your knowledge and improve your chance of achieving certification the first time around. Endorsed by (ISC)2 and compiled and reviewed by CISSP-ISSAPs and (ISC)2 members this book provides unrivaled preparation for the certification exam and is a reference that will serve you well into your career. Earning your ISSAP is a deserving achievement that gives you a competitive advantage and makes you a member of an elite network of professionals worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466579002

Official Certified SolidWorks Professional (CSWP) Certification Guide 2014 This book provides a wealth of information about the three segments of the CSWP CORE exam and is intended audience for those who have passed the CSWA exam and have eight or more months of SOLIDWORKS training and usage. This guide is not intended to teach SOLIDWORKS but to provide CSWP exam tips hints and information on sample questions and categories that are aligned with the exam. This guide is written to help take and pass the CSWP exam. The book is organized into three chapters each focused on a segment of the CSWP CORE exam and is not intended to be a step-by-step book. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585038992

Official Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional Certification Guide (SOLIDWORKS 2018 2019 & 2020) "This book will provide you with a wealth of information about the three segments of the CSWP CORE exam. The intended audience for this book is a person who has passed the CSWA exam and who has eight or more months of SOLIDWORKS training and usage. This guide is not intended to teach you how to use SOLIDWORKS but is written to provide you with CSWP exam tips hints and information on sample questions and categories that are aligned with the exam. This guide is written to help you take and pass the CSWP exam. The book is organized into three chapters. Each chapter is focused on a segment of the CSWP CORE exam. This is not intended to be a step-by-step book." Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572952

Official Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional Certification Guide with Video Instruction This book will provide you with a wealth of information about the three segments of the CSWP CORE exam. The intended audience for this book is a person who has passed the CSWA exam and who has eight or more months of SOLIDWORKS training and usage. This guide is not intended to teach you how to use SOLIDWORKS but is written to provide you with CSWP exam tips hints and information on sample questions and categories that are aligned with the exam. This guide is written to help you take and pass the CSWP exam. The book is organized into three chapters. Each chapter is focused on a segment of the CSWP CORE exam. This is not intended to be a step-by-step book. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570712

Official Discourse (Routledge Revivals)On Discourse Analysis Government Publications Ideology and the State First published in 1979 Official Discourse is an unofficial report of theoretical investigations into a specific state of practice- the publication of reports of official inquiries into law order and justice issues. The commissions tribunals and committees of inquiry scrutinized in this book examine problems arising from wrongful imprisonment police corruption industrial picketing and communal rioting and internment in Northern Ireland. Focusing on the reasons why government reports take the form they do the authors venture into the areas of linguistics psychoanalysis and Marxism. The book is an exercise in discourse analysis an exercise in theoretical work that looks at the relationships between theory and literary production and a critique of official conceptions of law order and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814300

Official Guide to Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Exams (2018-2019) The Official Guide to Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Exams: CSWA CSDA CSWSA-FEA is written to assist the SOLIDWORKS user to pass the associate level exams. Information is provided to aid a person to pass the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) Certified SOLIDWORKS Sustainable Design Associate (CSDA) and the Certified SOLIDWORKS Simulation Associate Finite Element Analysis (CSWSA FEA) exam. There are three goals for this book. The primary goal is not only to help you pass the CSWA CSDA and CSWSA-FEA exams but also to ensure that you understand and comprehend the concepts and implementation details of the three certification processes. The second goal is to provide the most comprehensive coverage of CSWA CSDA and CSWSA-FEA exam related topics available without too much coverage of topics not on the exam. The third and ultimate goal is to get you from where you are today to the point that you can confidently pass the CSWA CSDA and the CSWSA-FEA exam. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572327

Official Guide to Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Exams: CSWA CSDA CSWSA-FEA (2015-2017) (Including unique access code)CSWA CSDA CSWSA-FE The Official Guide to Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Exams: CSWA CSDA CSWSA-FEA is written to assist the SOLIDWORKS user to pass the associate level exams. Information is provided to aid a person to pass the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) Certified Sustainable Design Associate (CSDA) and the Certified SOLIDWORKS Simulation Associate Finite Element Analysis (CSWSA FEA) exams. It helps build a deeper understanding of solid modeling concepts and techniques as well as preparing users to pass the exams. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570705

Official Guide to Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Exams: CSWA CSWA-SD CSWSA-S CSWA-AMSOLIDWORKS 2019–2021 This book is written to assist you with passing the SOLIDWORKS associate level exams. It provides you with detailed information and exercises that will aid you in passing the following exams: Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Sustainable Design (CSWA-SD) Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Simulation (CSWA-S) and the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Additive Manufacturing (CSWA-AM) exam. There are three goals for this book. The primary goal of this book is not only to help you pass the CSWA CSWA-SD CSWA-S and CSWA-AM exams but also to ensure that you understand and comprehend the concepts and implementation details of the four certification processes. The second goal is to provide the most comprehensive coverage of CSWA CSWA-SD CSWA-S and CSWA-AM exam related topics available without too much coverage of topics not on the exam. The third and ultimate goal is to get you from where you are today to the point that you can confidently pass the CSWA CSWA-SD CSWA-S and CSWA-AM exams. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630574215

Official KnowledgeDemocratic Education in a Conservative Age This third edition of Official Knowledge a classic text from one of education’s most distinguished scholars challenges readers to critically examine how certain knowledge comes to be “official ” and whose agendas this knowledge represents. A probing and award-winning study this new edition builds on the tradition of its predecessors to question the rightist resurgence in education while substantive updates throughout show how such policies continue to define our commonsense notions about what counts as a good school.  A new preface and two full new chapters address current controversies over curriculum and textbooks and extend the discussion of previous editions to reflect on some of the most important pressures being placed on higher education as well. Apple also considers the recent conversion of some prominent neoliberal neoconservative and managerial thinkers to more critical understandings of educational policies proving that progressive change is possible if we examine the roots of these ideologies in the first place. As insightful as it is thorough Official Knowledge is a refreshing call to challenge the dominant forces within education today as Apple powerfully illustrates how larger social movements are only possible if we purposefully and inclusively deepen our understanding of the existing body of knowledge about education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892179

Official Power and Local Elites in the Roman Provinces Presenting a new and revealing overview of the ruling classes of the Roman Empire this volume explores aspects of the relations between the official state structures of Rome and local provincial elites. The central objective of the volume is to present as complex a picture as possible of the provincial leaderships and their many and varied responses to the official state structures. The perspectives from which issues are approached by the contributors are as multiple as the realities of the Roman world: from historical and epigraphic studies to research of philological and linguistic interpretations and from architectural analyses to direct interpretations of the material culture. While some local potentates took pride in their relationship with Rome and their use of Latin exhibiting their allegiances publicly as well as privately others preferred to keep this display solely for public manifestation. These complex and complementary pieces of research provide an in-depth image of the power mechanisms within the Roman state. The chronological span of the volume is from Rome’s Republican conquest of Greece to the changing world of the fourth and fifth centuries AD when a new ecclesiastical elite began to emerge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880699

Off-Pump Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery This book discusses the principles applications benefits and pitfalls of off-pump coronary artery bypass (OPCAB) surgery and provides information on the surgical strategies adopted and the anesthetic management considerations for patient undergoing OPCAB surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446512

Offshore ConstructionLaw and Practice With thirty per cent of the world’s oil and gas production coming from offshore areas the construction of specialist vessels to perform offshore operations is a crucial part of the industry. However with exploration and production being performed in increasingly exacting locations the scope for disputes arising from cost overruns scheduling delays and technical difficulties is immense. In the absence of legal precedent this ground-breaking title provides practical guidance on avoiding and resolving disputes in the construction of offshore units and vessels including FPSOs drilling units OSVs and fixed platforms. Written by a leading team at Stephenson Harwood this book covers the entire construction process from initial concept right through to installation at each stage commenting on typical contract terms and offering expert advice based on real-life examples. Key topics include: Design risk Changes to the work Consequences of delay Acceptance Tests Termination Dispute resolution This unique text will be of enormous assistance both to legal practitioners and offshore construction professionals including project managers financiers insurers and sub-contractors. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138799967

Offshore Contracts and Liabilities Written by a team of top academics and highly-experienced legal practitioners this is a very complex area of law. It provides both a critical analysis on contemporary legal issues concerning offshore contracts and an in-depth account of the numerous liability regimes inherently connected to offshore operations. Key features of Offshore Contracts and Liabilities: Detailed insight into contemporary legal issues concerning offshore contracts including Supplytime and Heavycon In-depth analysis of the current liability regimes with clear reference to contemporary industry practice Thorough examination of the current state of the law from national regional and international perspectives Up-to-date coverage of hot topics such as liability for offshore installations knock-for knock agreements in offshore contracts and recently-developed new standard forms such as Windtime.  This book is an indispensable guide for legal practitioners academics and industry professionals worldwide Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367739782

Offshore Energy and Marine Spatial Planning The generation of offshore energy is a rapidly growing sector competing for space in an already busy seascape. This book brings together the ecological economic and social implications of the spatial conflict this growth entails. Covering all energy-generation types (wind wave tidal oil and gas) it explores the direct and indirect impacts the growth of offshore energy generation has on both the marine environment and the existing uses of marine space. Chapters explore main issues associated with offshore energy such as the displacement of existing activities and the negative impacts it can have on marine species and ecosystems. Chapters also discuss how the growth of offshore energy generation presents new opportunities for collaboration and co-location with other sectors for example the co-location of wild-capture fisheries and wind farms. The book integrates these issues and opportunities and demonstrates the importance of holistic marine spatial planning for optimising the location of offshore energy-generation sites. It highlights the importance of stakeholder engagement in these planning processes and the role of integrated governance with illustrative case studies from the United States United Kingdom northern Europe and the Mediterranean. It also discusses trade-off analysis and decision theory and provides a range of tools and best practices to inform future planning processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954533

Offshore Geotechnical Engineering Design practice in offshore geotechnical engineering has grown out of onshore practice but the two application areas have tended to diverge over the last thirty years driven partly by the scale of the foundation and anchoring elements used offshore and partly by fundamental differences in construction and installation techniques. As a consequence offshore geotechnical engineering has grown as a speciality. The structure of Offshore Geotechnical Engineering follows a pattern that mimics the flow of a typical offshore project. In the early chapters it provides a brief overview of the marine environment offshore site investigation techniques and interpretation of soil behaviour. It proceeds to cover geotechnical design of piled foundations shallow foundations and anchoring systems. Three topics are then covered which require a more multi-disciplinary approach: the design of mobile drilling rigs pipelines and geohazards. This book serves as a framework for undergraduate and postgraduate courses and will appeal to professional engineers specialising in the offshore industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074729

Offshore Mechatronics Systems Engineering The book gives a systematical and almost self-contained description of the many facets of envisaging designing implementing or experimentally exploring offshore mechatronics and systems along the adequate designs of integrated modeling safety control and supervision infrastructure. With the rapid improvements in offshore technologies in various fields such as oil and gas industry wind energy robotics and logistics many researchers in academia and industry have focused on technology-based challenges raised in offshore environment. This book introduces novel theoretical or practical techniques for offshore mechatronics systems. Chapters cover general application model-based systems engineering wind energy control systems mechanics health monitoring safety critical human-machine systems logistics and offshore industrial complexes such as oil and gas operations robotics large space structures and autonomous underwater vehicles and some other advanced technologies. The core feature of this book is that of establishing synergies of modeling control computing and mechanics in order to achieve not only robust plant system operation but also properties such as safety cost integrity and survivability while retaining desired performance quality. The book provides innovative insights into applications aspects and theoretical understanding of complex offshore mechatronics systems that has emerged in recent years either via physical implementations or via extensive computer simulations in addition to sound innovated theoretical developments. It will serve as a reference for graduate and postgraduate students and for researchers in all engineering disciplines including mechanical engineering electrical engineering and applied mathematics to explore the state-of-theart techniques for solving problems of integrated modeling control and supervision of complex offshore plants with collective safety and robustness. Thus it shall be useful as a guidance for system engineering practitioners and system theoretic researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138737433

Offshore Oil and Gas Installations SecurityAn International Perspective Oil and natural gas which today account for over 60% of the world’s energy supply are often produced by offshore platforms. One third of all oil and gas comes from the offshore sector. However offshore oil and gas installations are generally considered intrinsically vulnerable to deliberate attacks. The changing security landscape and concerns about the threats of terrorism and piracy to offshore oil and gas installations are major issues for energy companies and governments worldwide. But how common are attacks on offshore oil and gas installations? Who attacks offshore installations? Why are they attacked? How are they attacked? How is their security regulated at the international level? How has the oil industry responded? This timely and first of its kind publication answers these questions and examines the protection and security of offshore oil and gas installations from a global industry-wide and company-level perspective. Looking at attacks on offshore installations that occurred throughout history of the offshore petroleum industry it examines the different types of security threats facing offshore installations the factors that make offshore installations attractive targets the nature of attacks and the potentially devastating impacts that can result from attacks on these important facilities. It then examines the international legal framework state practice and international oil and gas industry responses that aim to address this vital problem. Crucially the book includes a comprehensive dataset of attacks and security incidents involving offshore oil and gas installations entitled the Offshore Installations Attack Dataset (OIAD).This is an indispensable reference work for oil and gas industry professionals company security officers policy makers maritime lawyers and academics worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367737146

Offshore Operations and Engineering This book provides a comprehensive understanding of each aspect of offshore operations including conventional methods of operations emerging technologies legislations health safety and environment impact of offshore operations. The book starts by coverage of notable offshore fields across the globe and the statistics of present oil production covering all types of platforms available along with their structural details. Further it discusses production storage and transportation production equipment safety systems automation storage facilities and transportation. Book ends with common legislation acts and comparison of different legislation acts of major oil/gas producing nations. The book is aimed at professionals and researchers in petroleum engineering offshore technology subsea engineering and Explores the engineering technology system environmental operational and legislation aspects of offshore productions systems Covers most of the subsea engineering material in a concise manner Includes legislation of major oil and gas producing nations pertaining to offshore operations (oil and gas) Incorporates case studies of major offshore operations (oil and gas) accidents and lessons learnt Discusses environment impact of offshore operations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367374341

Offshore Petroleum Drilling and Production The key focus of the book is on engineering aspects of the subject fieldUpdated comprehensive text covering offshore drilling production and field development and offers complete coverage of offshore oil and gas operations.Also key maintenance issues like pigging corrosion subsidence are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572198

Offshore Renewable EnergyAccelerating the Deployment of Offshore Wind Tidal and Wave Technologies Wave tidal and offshore wind technologies have long held the promise of seemingly limitless energy supplies. In practice while offshore wind is growing relatively rapidly all three sectors have lagged behind expectations. This book from the International Energy Authority Renewable Energy Technology Deployment implementing agreement (IEA-RETD) examines the reasons for this and suggests how barriers to deployment might be overcome. Beginning with an assessment of the marine energy resource it provides a detailed introduction to the main technologies currently being employed to harness wind tidal and offshore wind power. It then examines the types of policies which are used to encourage deployment around the world and progress towards meeting targets. The economics of offshore energy projects are discussed along with risks that projects face and the types of finance which are available. A final section turns to barriers – both technical and non-technical (including environmental health and safety skill related supply chain and more) – and in all cases suggests how to mitigate and remove these barriers. Highly illustrated in full colour this is an indispensable resource for anyone – whether in industry policy or academia – looking to learn more about how deployment of offshore renewable energy technologies can be encouraged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849714709

Offshore Semi-Submersible Platform Engineering Offshore Semi-Submersible Platform Engineering presents a primer on the analysis and design of semi-submersible platforms in particular while also covering general analysis and design guidelines of offshore compliant platforms. It introduces general structural designs and also examines the details of the various environmental impacts that act upon them such as fatigue fire collisions and water waves.  Features Provides thorough coverage of the dynamic analysis and design of semi-submersible platforms Assists readers through detailed analysis methods using MATLAB® as well as other computer programs used to carry out structural analysis Explains impact loading and dynamic response through numerical analysis and examines the various factors that affect semi-submersibles Presented in a coursework teaching style the content is explained in a step-by-step manner using color figures photos screen shots and illustrations thereby enabling students researchers and practicing engineers to carry out analysis with ease Offshore Semi-Submersible Platform Engineering serves as a practical guide for upper-level students and graduates of various engineering disciplines for example naval architecture and structural mechanical pipeline and offshore engineering. Further it can also be used as a reference for practicing professionals as the book covers a broad range of scholarships and applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367673307

Offshore Structural EngineeringReliability and Risk Assessment Successfully estimate risk and reliability and produce innovative yet reliable designs using the approaches outlined in Offshore Structural Engineering: Reliability and Risk Assessment. A hands-on guide for practicing professionals this book covers the reliability of offshore structures with an emphasis on the safety and reliability of offshore facilities during analysis design inspection and planning. Since risk assessment and reliability estimates are often based on probability the author utilizes concepts of probability and statistical analysis to address the risks and uncertainties involved in design. He explains the concepts with clear illustrations and tutorials provides a chapter on probability theory and covers various stages of the process that include data collection analysis design and construction and commissioning. In addition the author discusses advances in geometric structural forms for deep-water oil exploration the rational treatment of uncertainties in structural engineering and the safety and serviceability of civil engineering and other offshore structures. An invaluable guide to innovative and reliable structural design this book: Defines the structural reliability theory Explains the reliability analysis of structures Examines the reliability of offshore structures Describes the probabilistic distribution for important loading variables Includes methods of reliability analysis Addresses risk assessment and more Offshore Structural Engineering: Reliability and Risk Assessment provides an in-depth analysis of risk analysis and assessment and highlights important aspects of offshore structural reliability. The book serves as a practical reference to engineers and students involved in naval architecture ocean engineering civil/structural and petroleum engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498765190

Offsite ArchitectureConstructing the future Architects have been intrigued by prefabricated construction since the early twentieth century. Recent advances in design engineering and manufacturing processes have led to a significant expansion in the use of pre-assembled components which are fitted to finished structures on site. Collectively such processes are becoming known as "offsite construction." A ground-breaking text Offsite Architecture establishes the current – and future – state of thinking in this field. A range of the most highly regarded thinkers and practitioners from around the globe share their ideas and practical findings on offsite prefabrication examining theory and practice opportunities and challenges successes and failures. A timely response to the growing interest in this method the book provides the fundamental basis for a critical reflective approach to offsite architecture. Contributions from both academics and professionals make Offsite Architecture required reading for practitioners as well as students taking courses in architecture prefabrication construction and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821392

Offsite Production and Manufacturing for Innovative ConstructionPeople Process and Technology The offsite and modular market is continuing to grow. This book builds on the success of a number of initiatives including formative findings from literature research and development and practice-based evidence (success stories). It presents new thinking and direction from leading experts in the fields of: design process construction engineering manufacturing logistics robotics delivery platforms business and transformational strategies change management legislation organisational learning software design innovation and biomimetics. This book is particularly novel and timely as it brings together a number of cogent subjects under one collective ‘umbrella’. Each of these chapters contain original findings all of which culminate in three 'Key Learning Points' which provide new insight into the cross-cutting themes interrelationships and symbiotic forces that exist between each of these chapters. This approach also provides readers with new contextualised understanding of the wider issues affecting the offsite market from the need to embrace societal challenges through to the development of rich value-laden solutions required for creating sector resilience. Content includes a balance between case studies and practice-based work through to technical topics theoretical propositions pioneering research and future offsite opportunities ready for exploitation. This work includes: stakeholder integration skills acquisition new business models and processes circularity and sustainable business strategies robotics and automation innovation and change lean production methodologies and new construction methods Design for Manufacturing and Assembly scaled portfolio platforms and customisability new legal regulatory standards and conformance issues and offsite feasibility scenario development/integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138550711

Offspring of the VicA History of Morley College Originally published in 1958.The history of Morley College provides an illuminating case-history of the growth and spread of adult education in the second half of the nineteenth and early years of the twentieth centuries. Morley College is unique in that it was one of the first of such institutions to proclaim and inculcate absolute sex and class equality. It has always been guided by democratic principles in the sense that the students have been encouraged to play a definite part in the administration of the college – an ethos which continues to this day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860659

OFSTED InspectionsThe Early Experience The national programme of four-yearly school inspections was introduced in 1993 based on common criteria set out in OFSTED’s Handbook for the Inspection of Schools. Revised guidelines were introduced in February 1996 reflecting the lessons learned and this book originally published in 1996 articulates ideas that would have informed these revisions including short essays by the Secretary of State for Education and Employment and the Education spokesmen of the Labour and Liberal Democrat parties. Registered inspectors teachers researchers parents school governors policy analysts and policy makers all offer their experience of the strengths weaknesses and outcomes of the OFSTED inspection process. The book is a companion to Improvement through Inspection? – Complementary Approaches to School Development by the same Editors published and now reissued simultaneously. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501508

Oh Boy!Masculinities and Popular Music From Muddy Waters to Mick Jagger Elvis to Freddie Mercury Jeff Buckley to Justin Timberlake masculinity in popular music has been an issue explored by performers critics and audiences. From the dominance of the blues singer over his "woman" to the sensitive singer/songwriter popular music artists have adopted various gendered personae in a search for new forms of expression. Sometimes these roles shift as the singer ages attitudes change or new challenges on the pop scene arise; other times the persona hardens into a shell-like mask that the performer struggles to escape. Oh Boy! Masculinities and Popular Music is the first serious study of how forms of masculinity are negotiated constructed represented and addressed across a range of popular music texts and practices. Written by a group of internationally recognized popular music scholars—including Sheila Whiteley Richard Middleton and Judith Halberstam—these essays study the concept of masculinity in performance and appearance and how both male and female artists have engaged with notions of masculinity in popular music. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941904

Ohmic Heating in Food Processing Ohmic heating provides rapid and uniform heating resulting in less thermal damage than conventional heating and allowing manufacturers to obtain high-quality products with minimum sensorial nutritional and structural changes. Ohmic Heating in Food Processing covers several aspects of Ohmic heating: science and engineering chemistry and physics biochemistry and nutrition quality and safety and development and technology both basic and applied. It describes the importance of Ohmic technology and how to implement it in practice addressing basic theory principles and applications.Divided into nine sections this volume covers the basics of Ohmic heating including a historic overview and fundamental principles; electrical conductivity its importance factors that influence it and data modeling; biological effects of electricity on foods and food components including microorganisms enzymes proteins carbohydrates and fats; and Ohmic heating behavior and design parameters. The book also deals with issues in Ohmic heating equipment Ohmic heating modeling issues and process validation issues.The authors discuss various applications of Ohmic heating applied to different classes of foods such as muscle foods (meat poultry and fish) dairy products fruits and vegetables. They also examine commercially successful applications of food products processed by Ohmic heating and considers applications of Ohmic heating where preservation is not the main focus for example blanching Ohmic thawing and the potential for Ohmic heating for long-duration space missions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198968

OHS Electronic Management Systems for Construction Occupational accidents have a massive personal and social cost as well as a major financial cost. The construction industry is one of the most dangerous industries accounting for around 20–30% of all occupational deaths worldwide. The accompanying financial cost is either absorbed directly or passed on in the form of higher insurance costs. In addition regulatory bodies have started to impose legal accountability on all the parties along the construction supply chain.OHS is hard to implement. Construction projects are complex with a fluid workforce and the regulatory framework is highly elaborate. OHS Electronic Management Systems for Construction presents a theoretical framework which is designed to overcome these difficulties  integrating OHS management in construction using knowledge management and web technologies. This framework is explained in a clear step-by-step way  as are features such as a systematically developed corporate safety memory and a virtual learning portal to facilitate on-demand safety training.The ultimate aim of this book is to aid the development of an established safety culture at the organisational level and the formation of an industry-wide community of safety practice. This is essential reading for OHS professionals and construction managers attempting to change their industry for the better as well as advanced students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367380380

Oil Debt and DevelopmentOPEC in the Third World This book originally published in 1981 discusses the various welfare effects – including ai debt trade and labour flows - of the rise in oil prices and revenues which took place in the 1970s. These complex effects and the negotiating stances of the developing countries are all examined an dinvestigated drawing upon a wide range of sources and material for the more quantitative parts. Throughout however the treatment is non-mathematical and is written in clear English accessible not only to bankers and polititians but also students of economics international relationjs and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643192

Oil Industrialization and Development in the Arab Gulf States Were oil supplies everlasting and the demand for oil strong and continuous economic diversification in the Gulf would be pointless. However oil reserves are finite and non-renewable and the world demand for oil from the Gulf region is simply not stable. Collectively the countries of the Gulf face the striking prospect that unless priorities and plans are set with care the gestation period of their economic development may be longer than the expected life of their hydrocarbon resources. This book examines just that threat. It considers the opportunities available to the Gulf states for accumulating sufficient productive capital in the non-oil sectors of their economy to offset the drawing down of oil reserves. The book pays particular attention to the possibilities of development through cooperation not only within the Gulf Cooperation Council but also within the larger Arab region and the Third World as a whole. It concludes with a critical review of the main challenges that these economies are facing and are likely to face in the near future with special emphasis on their major problems and failures. First published in 1984. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820265

Oil Power and PoliticsConflict of Asian and African Studies Hebrew University of Jerusalem This study of political relations in the Middle East analyzes the reasons behind the instability of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994591

Oil The Arab-israel Dispute And The Industrial WorldHorizons Of Crisis This book focuses on the principal unresolved issues of the energy crisis the Arab-Israel dispute and their tangled effects that feed back to and feed upon relations with the North Atlantic countries and Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170691

Oil and Development in GhanaBeyond the Resource Curse This book gives a comprehensive overview of Ghana’s hydrocarbon economy using actor network and assemblage theories to contest the methodological nationalism of mainstream accounts of the resource curse in resource-rich countries. Drawing upon recent field research focused on Ghana’s oil and gas sector and utilizing the theoretical framework of actor network theory the authors contend that there is an assemblage of political economic social and environmental networks processes actions actors and structures of power that coalesce to determine the extent to which the country’s hydrocarbon resources could be regarded as a "curse" or "blessing." This framing facilitates a better understanding of the variety (and duality) of local and global forces and power structures at play in Ghana’s growing hydrocarbon industry. Giving a nuanced and multi-perspectival analysis of the factors that underlie oil-engendered development in Ghana this book will be of interest to students and scholars of African political economy development and the politics of resource extraction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427191

Oil and Gas Technology and HumansAssessing the Human Factors of Technological Change The oil and gas industry is going through a major technological shift. This is particularly true of the Norwegian continental shelf where new work processes are being implemented based on digital infrastructure and information technology. The term Integrated Operations (IO) has been applied to this set of new processes. It is defined by the Centre for Integrated Operations in the Petroleum Industry as 'work processes and technology to make smarter decisions and better execution enabled by ubiquitous real time data collaborative techniques and access to multiple expertise'. It's claimed that IO is efficient optimises exploration reduces costs and improves safety performance. However the picture is not as clear-cut as it may appear. On the one hand the new work processes do not prevent major accidents: IO-related factors have been identified in recent events such as the Deepwater Horizon catastrophe. On the other hand IO technology provides improved decision-making support (such as access to real-time data and expertise) which can reduce human and material losses and damage to the environment. Given these very different properties it's vital that the industry has a detailed understanding of the benefits and drawbacks of IO which this book sets out to do from a multidisciplinary point of view. It analyses Integrated Operations from the angles of statistics management science human factors and resilience engineering. These varied disciplines provide a multifaceted understanding of IO that better informs risk assessment practices as well as explaining new techniques and methods and provides state-of-the-art guidance to risk assessment practitioners working in the oil and gas industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074736

Oil and Gas in the Disputed Kurdish TerritoriesJurisprudence Regional Minorities and Natural Resources in a Federal System This book examines the historical and contextual background to the oil and gas resources in the Kurdish territories placing particular emphasis on the reserves situated in the disputed provinces. The volume is singularly unique in focusing on an examination of the rules reflected in both the national and the regional constitutional legislative and contractual measures and documents relevant to the question of whether the central government in Baghdad or the Kurdish Regional Government (KRG) in Erbil has a stronger claim to legal control over the oil and gas resources in the disputed Kurdish territories. As a subsidiary focus the author also draws attention to how the basic thrust of the volume connects to broader jurisprudential issues regarding the nature and purpose of law the matter of claims by native peoples to natural resources on traditional lands and the place of regional minorities operating in a federal system. Since the law examined is domestic or municipal in origin additional reference is made to the role that such law can play in the "bottom up" (as opposed to more conventional "top down") development of international law. The book’s opening chapters provide a valuable contextual introduction followed by a number of substantive chapters providing an analytical and critical assessment of the controlling legal rules. Written in a scholarly yet accessible style and covering matters of basic importance to academics lawyers political scientists government representatives and students of energy and natural resources as well as those of developing legal structures Oil and Gas in the Disputed Kurdish Territories is an essential addition to any collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741477

Oil and Gas Processing EquipmentRisk Assessment with Bayesian Networks Oil and gas industries apply several techniques for assessing and mitigating the risks that are inherent in its operations. In this context the application of Bayesian Networks (BNs) to risk assessment offers a different probabilistic version of causal reasoning. Introducing probabilistic nature of hazards conditional probability and Bayesian thinking it discusses how cause and effect of process hazards can be modelled using BNs and development of large BNs from basic building blocks. Focus is on development of BNs for typical equipment in industry including accident case studies and its usage along with other conventional risk assessment methods. Aimed at professionals in oil and gas industry safety engineering risk assessment this book Brings together basics of Bayesian theory Bayesian Networks and applications of the same to process safety hazards and risk assessment in the oil and gas industry                                  Presents sequence of steps for setting up the model populating the model with data and simulating the model for practical cases in a systematic manner                                           Includes a comprehensive list on sources of failure data and tips on modelling and simulation of large and complex networks                                                                                                Presents modelling and simulation of loss of containment of actual equipment in oil and gas industry such as Separator Storage tanks Pipeline Compressor and risk assessments          Discusses case studies to demonstrate the practicability of use of Bayesian Network in routine risk assessments Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367254407

Oil and Security in the Arabian Gulf The issue of security in the Gulf has an importance which goes far beyond the regional location of the area. It is enough to note that instability in the area may result in the interruption of oil supplies to the rest of the world. This book first published in 1981 considers some of the challenges facing the region following recent developments such as the fall of the Shah and the proclamation of the Islamic Republic in Iran the Soviet presence in Afghanistan the formation of an American task force to intervene in the area the failure of the Camp David agreement and the Iran-Iraq war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657762

Oil and the British Economy The impact of North Sea oil and gas on the British economy is examined thoroughly in this book. It explores why the early years of the 1980s when oil production had risen to the level of self-sufficiency and beyond were years of recession and unemployment. The book compares the record of British government policy with that of Norway the Netherlands Venezuela Australia and Japan. Issues such as long – term energy policy are also examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644472

Oil and the Creation of IraqPolicy Failures and the 1914-1918 War in Mesopotamia Off to the sidelines of the brutal western front of World War I was a nasty little campaign by British and India troops sent to secure Persian oil fields. Explaining what and how this happened in the early decades of the twentieth century goes beyond being just another history of a distant campaign in the 1914 to 1918 war. The highs and lows of what many British military planners in London considered to be a minor campaign in a distant theatre of operations proved to be a long costly conflict the results of which still influence events today. Oil and the Creation of Iraq describes how the policies of allied military leaders of the time resulted in pushing the Ottoman government into partnership with Germany and Austria during World War I resulting in its disintegration and loss of its Middle Eastern territories. The book then describes how the political and economic aims of the nations involved in the Mesopotamian campaign influenced the fighting and subsequent creation of Iraq a new nation with few defensible boundaries but one sitting atop an almost inexhaustible supply of oil and gas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498744935

Oil and the Economy of RussiaFrom the Late-Tsarist to the Post-Soviet Period This book examines the development of the Russian economy from tsarist times to the present through the lens of the oil industry. It considers the role of the state business-state relations foreign participation enterprise performance and technology. Besides providing much rich detail on the changing nature of the oil industry the book also puts forward important conclusions including the fact that in the late nineteenth century private enterprise rather than the state was the principal driver of economic development and that after the collapse of the Soviet Union incumbent managers were more effective in running their companies than financier entrants whose main concern was short-term gain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884567

Oil and World Power (Routledge Revivals)Background to the Oil Crisis The oil industry is the world’s largest commercial enterprise. Its extent is global; international issues are consistently influenced by considerations of oil production and consumption while the international communications networks of the larger oil companies rival those of many nations. In this the eighth edition of Oil and World Power published in 1986 Peter Odell explains the complexities of this gigantic empire and its influence on the world. The far-reaching chapters discuss the U.S.A the Soviet Union O.P.E.C. Japan and the oil-consuming countries of the developing world. Evaluating the changing patterns of oil supply and the dramatic fall in oil prices in 1986 Odell proposes a number of forward-thinking conclusions surrounding the relationship between oil in global politics and economic development. This is an exceptionally interesting and relevant work of great value to those with an interest in the oil industry global power and international economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829410

Oil Exploration Diplomacy and Security in the Early Cold WarThe Enemy Underground The importance of oil for national military-industrial complexes appeared more clearly than ever in the Cold War. This volume argues that the confidential acquisition of geoscientific knowledge was paramount for states not only to provide for their own energy needs but also to buttress national economic and geostrategic interests and protect energy security. By investigating the postwar rebuilding and expansion of French and Italian oil industries from the second half of the 1940s to the early 1960s this book shows how successive administrations in those countries devised strategies of oil exploration and transport aiming at achieving a higher degree of energy autonomy and setting up powerful oil agencies that could implement those strategies. However both within and outside their national territories these two European countries had to confront the new Cold War balances and the interests of the two superpowers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692909

Oil Extraction and AnalysisCritical Issues and Competitive Studies This book contains papers from the symposium "Critical Issues Current and Emerging Technologies for Determination of Crude Fat Content in Food Feed and Seeds " held in 2003 at the AOCS Annual Meeting in Kansas City Missouri. The topics covered give a broad perspective of the challenges and issues of the value-added enhanced products. This book w Media > Books > E-books AOCS Publishing 9780429104527

Oil ImperialismThe International Struggle for Petroleum The close dovetailing between the interests of oil trusts and the policies of diplomats was one of the most significant and absorbing political developments of 1910-1920. This book examines the growing importance of oil to Soviet Russia at the start of the twentieth century and the impact this had on the geo-politics of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655737

Oil in the GulfObstacles to Democracy and Development The US-led war against Iraq in 2003 represented the most dramatic shake-up of regional politics in the Gulf for more than a decade. This book contains an up-to-date analysis of central questions affecting the construction of a post-Ba'th regime in Iraq and charts possible ways forward in other key states of the region such as Saudi Arabia and Iran. At the heart of the analysis lies the tension between the US-sponsored vision of a democratic free market Gulf region and local resistance to this model. This resistance appearing in the shape of alternative visions of democracy and the state could potentially present a challenge to US policy through the spread of repressive policies or terrorism especially if Washington chooses to sideline the social forces behind it. Conversely if this resistance were taken seriously by the US it could form a point of departure for more fruitful interaction between traditions of government from the West and local politics. Future developments on this important issue will be of immense significance for the management of some of the world's largest oil and gas reserves with immediate implications for both regional political stability as well as for the world economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247779

Oil In The World Economy This book discusses the oil industry and its impact on the world economy in the twentieth century. It examines the importance of oil in different sectors from 1900-1973 and stresses the relevance of oil as a factor in modern economic history not only in national terms but also within an international context. The book includes chapters on American policy towards developing economies in the first half of the 20th century; the policy of Russian oil exports in the 20s and 30s; the financing of the German and French oil industries; and the role of oil in the Japanese economy a major industrial country without oil resources. On the international front the book covers the impact of the Middle East national oil companies the effect of oil on the developing countries of South Ameirca and the relevance of the oil crisis of 1973. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648524

Oil Industry of the Former Soviet UnionReserves Extraction and Transportation The Russian Federation is a leading oil producer and has a major oil supply system. This book describes the current Russian situation and prospects for the future development of its industry. Accurate data on the Russian system of oil pipelines are published here in English for the first time and will be useful to those interested or involved in the oil business. The book provides information on technologies used including their technical and economic characteristics and current research. Part I discusses oil reserves and current resource base prospects for their development potential oil reserves and those already explored. Part II discusses conditions under which oil is produced and describes features particular to Russian oil production associated problems and technologies including their engineering and economic aspects. Part III highlights the background current state and operational problems of the oil transportation system of the Federation and other countries of the former Soviet Union - one of the world's largest energy systems. Also reviewed are the technical state and operational reliability of the main pipeline network including a general description of the pipeline system design and construction of oil pipelines repair and maintenance and economic and control problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810542

Oil Palm BreedingGenetics and Genomics The oil palm is a remarkable crop producing around 40% of the world’s vegetable oil from around 6% of the land devoted to oil crops. Conventional breeding has clearly been the major focus of genetic improvement in this crop. A mix of improved agronomy and management coupled with breeding selection have quadrupled the oil yield of the crop since breeding began in earnest in the 1920s. However as for all perennial crops with long breeding cycles oil palm faces immense challenges in the coming years with increased pressure from population growth climate change and the need to develop environmentally sustainable oil palm plantations. In Oil Palm: Breeding Genetics and Genomics world leading organizations and individuals who have been at the forefront of developments in this crop provide their insights and experiences of oil palm research while examining the different challenges that face the future of the oil palm. The editors have all been involved in research and breeding of oil palm for many years and use their knowledge of the crop and their disciplinary expertise to provide context and to introduce the different research topics covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498715447

Oil Pollution Control Oil pollution has been a major environmental concern since the 1920s. The search for a solution has ranged from prevention to partial measures coupled with compensation and remedial action. This book originally published in 1987 offers a different assessment of the efforts of governments and the oil and maritime industries. It was also the first book to provide a comprehensive story of control policies and practices using primary and secondary sources. The book identified numerous factor – personalities state policies developments in the oil and shipping industries public agitation and scientific studies in a framework useful for analysing any environmental problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362966

Oil Prices Energy Security and Import Policy This book first published in 1982 takes the interaction between the domestic economy and the international trade in oil and through the use of a consistent microeconomic framework examines the conditions under which energy and related policies may or may not improve the performance of the U.S. economy during both normal periods and old supply disruptions. This title will be of interests to students of environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941946

Oil Prices and the Future of OPECThe Political Economy of Tension and Stability in the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Coutnries The policy of the United States and by extension that of many oil importing countries toward OPEC countries is in large part a function of an estimate of the factors that condition oil decisions in exporting countries. In this title originally published in 1978 Ted Moran examines how immune OPEC can expect to be to the struggles over market shares that traditionally have beset attempts to organize natural resource cartels. Moran’s research leads him to argue that skyrocketing commitments to growth and social betterment leave little slack in national budgets and thus preclude output reductions for any extended period or at least act as a substantial deterrent unless such reductions come in support of an effort to raise real oil prices substantially. For any student interested in international policy making economic development or environmental studies this title offers fascinating insights into the oil industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954212

Oil Revenues In The Gulf/h This book is a major contribution to our understanding of the Gulf Emirates illuminating many aspects of the socio-economic forces and processes operating on and in the region. It assesses actual oil revenues received and shows the impact oil revenues have had on economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171896

Oil Spill DispersantsMechanisms of Action and Laboratory Tests Oil Spill Dispersants: Mechanisms of Action and Laboratory Tests provides a comprehensive summary of current information available regarding the general formulation of commercial dispersants and their function to lower oil-water interfacial tension. The book considers how chemical dispersants work for oil spills the properties and chemistry of oils (including weathering state) the variables that affect dispersant performance and the relationships between laboratory methods and field situations. The book also considers the strengths and limitations of specific laboratory tests including brief discussions of the applicability of results for estimating dispersant performance in field trials or conditions encountered during real spill events. Laboratory tests are separated into four groups: tank tests shake/flask tests interfacial surface tension tests and flume tests. Rapid-screen field tests are considered as a separate group. Recommendations for improvements in future laboratory testing are offered as well. Oil Spill Dispersants will be useful for regulators evaluating dispersant agents field personnel involved with using dispersants laboratory scientists studying performance and behavior of oil and dispersants and managers responsible for designing studies related to the treatment of oil slicks with dispersants. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450069

Oil Spill ImpactsTaxonomic and Ontological Approaches   Starting with the 2010 Gulf of Mexico Deepwater Horizon oil spill incident Oil Spill Impacts: Taxonomic and Ontological Approaches chronicles a timeline of events that focus on the impact of oil spills and provides an understanding of these incidents using a number of approaches. The book includes an interdisciplinary oil spill taxonomy an oil spill topic map and highlights information–organization tools such as indexes taxonomies and topic maps that can be used to connect information resources with concepts of interest. The topic map combines the function of ontology with the function of organized information resources and contains thousands of concepts and their relationships extracted from approximately 300 documents stemming from various academic conference presentations journal articles news reports and web pages. Divided into four parts the book begins with a brief introduction of the Gulf of Mexico Deepwater Horizon oil spill events followed by a breakdown of the taxonomy concepts distributed into categories and their subcategories. The book then describes the oil spill topic map separated by concepts relationships and references. This interdisciplinary reference provides to its readers: The perspective of multiple disciplines instead of just one discipline An indication of the most important topics in the oil spill domain Developed research in the oil spill and oil drilling areas A broad and detailed view of oil spill issues The book serves students teachers and researchers interested in oil spill issues oil spill incidents and addresses their impacts that involve coastal and marine environmental sciences biological sciences chemistry disaster management geology sociology and government policy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498712149

Oil States in the New Middle EastUprisings and stability Oil has been central to regime survival for oil states across the Arabian Peninsula and has been at the heart of their attempts to defuse the wave of Arab revolutions. However in 2011 revolution hit Libya the most oil dependent regime in the Middle East. The political storm winds that have swept this region have thrown into doubt the resilience of Arab rentier states and highlight how the political effects of oil vary across the oil producing countries. Oil States in the New Middle East brings together leading experts to critically assess the centrality of oil and the relevance of Rentier State Theory in light of the post-2011 upheaval across the Middle East and North Africa. It combines overall reflections on the political dynamics in oil states with focused case investigations of individual countries. Taking as its starting point the centrality of oil in explanations of regime survival the book analyses how the oil states have responded to and fared throughout the Arab popular upheavals resulting in a critical assessment of the continued relevance of Rentier State Theory. While observers have asked how the uprisings varied between oil and non-oil states this book turns the comparative focus inward arguing for a more fine-grained understanding of the political effects of oil in different oil producing countries. This book would be of interest to students and scholars of Middle East North Africa and Gulf Studies Oil and Politics as well as Comparative Politics and International Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299405

Oil Strategy And Politics 1941-1981 In this book the author reflects major stages in the principal history of oil from the beginning of World War II to 1981. He focuses on the significance of critical aspects of petroleum logistics and presents the strategic dimensions of oil. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169213

Oilfield Microbiology Microorganisms can be both beneficial and harmful to the oil and gas industry and therefore there is an increasing need for the oil industry to characterize quantify and monitor microbial communities in real time. Oilfield Microbiology offers a fundamental insight into how molecular microbiological methods have enabled researchers in the field to analyze and quantify in situ microbial communities and their activities in response to changing environmental conditions. Such information is fundamental to the oil industry to employ more directed cost-effective strategies to prevent the major problems associated with deleterious microbial activities (e.g. souring and biocorrosion) as well as to encourage beneficial microbe activity (e.g. oil bioremediation). The aim of the book is to understand how the technological advances in molecular microbiological methods over the last two decades are now being utilized by the oil industry to address the key issues faced by the sector. This book contains a comprehensive collection of chapters written by invited experts in the field from academia and industry and provides a solid foundation of the importance of microbes to the oil and gas industry. It is aimed at microbial ecologists molecular biologists operators engineers chemists and academics involved in the sector. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138057753

Oiling the Urban EconomyLand Labour Capital and the State in Sekondi-Takoradi Ghana This book presents a critical analysis of the ‘resource curse’ doctrine and a review of the international evidence on oil and urban development to examine the role of oil on property development and rights in West Africa’s new oil metropolis - Sekondi-Takoradi Ghana. It seeks answers to the following questions: In what ways did the city come into existence? What changes to property rights are oil prospecting explorations and production introducing in the 21st century? How do the effects vary across different social classes and spectrums? To what extent are local and national institutions able to shape restrain and constrain trans-national oil-related accumulation and its effects on property in land property in housing (residential leisure and commercial) and property in labour? How do these processes connect with the entire urban system in Ghana? This book shows how institutions of varying degrees of power interact to govern land housing and labour in the city and analyses how efficient sustainable and equitable the outcomes of these interactions are. It is a comprehensive account of the tensions and contradictions in the main sectors of the urban economy society and environment in the booming Oil City and will be of interest to urban economists development economists real estate economists Africanists and urbanists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138626072

OilIts Influence on Politics First published in English in 1922 Delaisi (translated in to English this version by Leese ) Timelines details the relationship and the delicate line oil had for international relations politics and industry on a global scale during the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601246

Okinawan War MemoryTransgenerational Trauma and the War Fiction of Medoruma Shun As one of Okinawa's most insightful writers and social critics Medoruma Shun has highlighted the problems and limits of conventional representation of the Battle of Okinawa raised new questions and concerns about the nature of Okinawan war memory and expanded the possibilities of representing war through his groundbreaking and prize-winning fiction editorials essays and speaking engagements. Yet his writing has not been analyzed in regard to how his experience and identity as the child of two survivors of the Battle of Okinawa have powerfully shaped his understanding of the war and his literary craft. This book examines Okinawan war memory through the lens of Medoruma’s war fiction and pays particular attention to the issues of second-generation war survivorship and transgenerational trauma. It explores how his texts contribute to knowledge about the war and its ongoing effects — on survivors their offspring and the larger community — in different ways from that of other modes of representation such as survivor testimony historical narrative and realistic fiction. These dominant means of memory making have played a major role in shaping the various discourses about the war and the Battle of Okinawa yet these forms of public memory and knowledge often exclude or avoid more personal emotional and traumatic experiences. Indeed Ikeda’s analysis sheds light on the nature of trauma on survivors and their children who continue to inhabit sites of the traumatic past and in turn makes an important contribution to studies on trauma and second-generation survivor experiences. This book will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Asian literature Japanese literature Japanese history war memory and Okinawa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554146

Okubo Diary (Routledge Revivals)Portrait of a Japanese Valley First published in 1985 this Routledge Revival is a lively and colourful account of life in the Japanese countryside as seen through the eyes of an anthropologist who did fieldwork there for four years. Part journal part ethnographic observation part social and moral commentary this very personal and sensitive book depicts not only the intricate relationships among the valley people but also those between them and the anthropologist who has come from the outside world to study them. The book has a dual purpose: to portray the intimate day-to-day lives of people living in a remote part of Japan and to describe how one anthropologist tries – and eventually fails – to "become at one" with his informants. Throughout the book questions the premises of participant observation which has become a mainstay of modern anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415590051

Olaus Magnus A Description of the Northern Peoples 1555Volume I The Swedish scholar and prelate Olaus Magnus (1490-1557) last Catholic archbishop of Uppsala lived the latter half of his life in exile. His devotion to his country and his people never faltered nor his determination to give them a glorious place on the European cultural map by his writings. On his justly famous Carta Marina published in Venice in 1539 he promised a fuller account of the North and its marvels. This he accomplished in January 1555 when he issued from his own press in Rome his magnificent Historia de gentibus septenrionalibus. This quarto volume of 815 pages divided into 22 books and a total of 778 chapters was lavishly illustrated with some 480 woodcuts most of them closely relevant to the technical matters discussed by the author. The book was an immediate success and half a dozen editions appeared in the century after Olaus's death. It became even better known in an epitome published in Antwerp in 1558 which was also frequently reprinted and translated. This appeared in English in 1658 but it is only with the present version complete with illustrations that the whole work is made available to the English-reading world. It is indeed only the second full translation to appear in modern times preceded a Swedish version published in four parts between 1909 and 1925. There is little history in the sense of chronological narrative in Olaus Magnus's Historia. It is rightly regarded as an ethnographic essay on an encyclopaedic scale touching on a vast variety of topics snowflakes and sea-serpents elks and artillery sables and saltpetre watermills and werewolves. Much of it was culled from ancient authorities- it was a matter of patriotic pride to identify the Swedes as the only legitimate descendants of the Goths- but much of it was derived from the author's personal observations especially those made on his early travels in North Sweden. His pioneering and sympathetic account of the Lapps and their way of life has attracted p Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315598758

Olaus Magnus A Description of the Northern Peoples 1555Volume II The Swedish scholar and prelate Olaus Magnus (1490-1557) last Catholic archbishop of Uppsala lived the latter half of his life in exile. His devotion to his country and his people never faltered nor his determination to give them a glorious place on the European cultural map by his writings. On his justly famous Carta Marina published in Venice in 1539 he promised a fuller account of the North and its marvels. This he accomplished in January 1555 when he issued from his own press in Rome his magnificent Historia de gentibus septenrionalibus. This quarto volume of 815 pages divided into 22 books and a total of 778 chapters was lavishly illustrated with some 480 woodcuts most of them closely relevant to the technical matters discussed by the author. The book was an immediate success and half a dozen editions appeared in the century after Olaus’s death. It became even better known in an epitome published in Antwerp in 1558 which was also frequently reprinted and translated. This appeared in English in 1658 but it is only with the present version complete with illustrations that the whole work is made available to the English-reading world. It is indeed only the second full translation to appear in modern times preceded a Swedish version published in four parts between 1909 and 1925. There is little history in the sense of chronological narrative in Olaus Magnus’s Historia. It is rightly regarded as an ethnographic essay on an encyclopaedic scale touching on a vast variety of topics snowflakes and sea-serpents elks and artillery sables and saltpetre watermills and werewolves. Much of it was culled from ancient authorities- it was a matter of patriotic pride to identify the Swedes as the only legitimate descendants of the Goths- but much of it was derived from the author’s personal observations especially those made on his early travels in North Sweden. His pioneering and sympathetic account of the Lapps and their way of life has attracted p Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315090399

Olaus Magnus A Description of the Northern Peoples 1555Volume III The Swedish scholar and prelate Olaus Magnus (1490-1557) last Catholic archbishop of Uppsala lived the latter half of his life in exile. His devotion to his country and his people never faltered nor his determination to give them a glorious place on the European cultural map by his writings. On his justly famous Carta Marina published in Venice in 1539 he promised a fuller account of the North and its marvels. This he accomplished in January 1555 when he issued from his own press in Rome his magnificent Historia de gentibus septenrionalibus. This quarto volume of 815 pages divided into 22 books and a total of 778 chapters was lavishly illustrated with some 480 woodcuts most of them closely relevant to the technical matters discussed by the author. The book was an immediate success and half a dozen editions appeared in the century after Olaus’s death. It became even better known in an epitome published in Antwerp in 1558 which was also frequently reprinted and translated. This appeared in English in 1658 but it is only with the present version complete with illustrations that the whole work is made available to the English-reading world. It is indeed only the second full translation to appear in modern times preceded a Swedish version published in four parts between 1909 and 1925. There is little history in the sense of chronological narrative in Olaus Magnus’s Historia. It is rightly regarded as an ethnographic essay on an encyclopaedic scale touching on a vast variety of topics snowflakes and sea-serpents elks and artillery sables and saltpetre watermills and werewolves. Much of it was culled from ancient authorities- it was a matter of patriotic pride to identify the Swedes as the only legitimate descendants of the Goths- but much of it was derived from the author’s personal observations especially those made on his early travels in North Sweden. His pioneering and sympathetic account of the Lapps and their way of life has attracted p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885281

Old Female and Rural In reading Old Female and Rural you’ll discover just that--the reality concerning the daily living situations of the nation’s older female populations in rural places. This scholarly collection will help you and others dispel the romantic frontier myths of the stoic tenacious and independent rural woman. Instead you’ll find real direction for change in the statistics that truly reflect the older rural woman’s mental physical economical and social existence.Old Female and Rural will show you stark realities concerning the older rural female’s economic well-being intergenerational family relationships health care and service delivery availability and long-term care concerns. The candid demographic and epidemiological data you discover in this book will not only expose the myths for what they are but also allow you and others to transform the myths into daily realities of better policies and better living standards for the women who belong to this population subgroup. Specifically you’ll read about: one woman’s subjective evaluation of growing old in a rural area rural women’s experiences of accessing health care the economic well-being of women aging in nonmetro areas changes in the informal support networks of women aging in the rural southwest a comprehensive synthesis of the above isolated topics which provides future implications for research education and policyWhile the legends of the old American frontier have died the older female populations in America’s rural areas live on--and they deal with some very challenging realities. Old Female and Rural takes you into the homes lives and minds of this complex and unique subgroup of America’s elders and points you and public administrators government officials educators and civil servants toward the unsettled frontier of real social change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786513

Old Age Masculinity and Early Modern DramaComic Elders on the Italian and Shakespearean Stage This first book-length study to trace the evolution of the comic old man in Italian and English Renaissance comedy shows how English dramatists adopted and reimagined an Italian model to reflect native concerns about and attitudes toward growing old. Anthony Ellis provides an in-depth study of the comic old man in the erudite comedy of sixteenth-century Florence; the character's parallel development in early modern Venice including the commedia dell'arte; and along with a consideration of Anglo-Italian intertextuality the character's subsequent flourishing on the Elizabethan and Jacobean stage. In outlining the character's development Ellis identifies and describes the physical and behavioral characteristics of the comic old man and situates these traits within early modern society by considering prevailing medical theories sexual myths and intergenerational conflict over political and economic circumstances. The plays examined include Italian dramas by Bernardo Dovizi da Bibbiena Niccolò Machiavelli Donato Giannotti Lorenzino de' Medici Andrea Calmo and Flaminio Scala and English works by William Shakespeare Ben Jonson and Thomas Dekker along with Middleton Rowley and Heywood's The Old Law. Besides providing insight into stage representations of aging this book illuminates how early modern people conceived of and responded to the experience of growing old and its social economic and physical challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261990

Old Age from Antiquity to Post-Modernity Based on themes such as status and welfare Old Age from Antiquity to Post-Modernity examines the role of the elderly in history. This empirical study represents a substantial contribution to both the historical understanding of old age in past societies as well as the discussion of the contribution of post-modernism to historical scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007093

Old and Dirty GodsReligion Antisemitism and the Origins of Psychoanalysis Freud’s collection of antiquities—his "old and dirty gods"—stood as silent witnesses to the early analysts’ paradoxical fascination and hostility toward religion. Pamela Cooper-White argues that antisemitism reaching back centuries before the Holocaust and the acute perspective from the margins that it engendered among the first analysts stands at the very origins of psychoanalytic theory and practice. The core insight of psychoanalytic thought— that there is always more beneath the surface appearances of reality and that this "more" is among other things affective memory-laden and psychological—cannot fail to have had something to do with the experiences of the first Jewish analysts in their position of marginality and oppression in Habsburg-Catholic Vienna of the 20th century. The book concludes with some parallels between the decades leading to the Holocaust and the current political situation in the U.S. and Europe and their implications for psychoanalytic practice today. Covering Pfister Reik Rank and Spielrein as well as Freud Cooper-White sets out how the first analysts’ position as Europe’s religious and racial "Other" shaped the development of psychoanalysis and how these tensions continue to affect psychoanalysis today. Old and Dirty Gods will be of great interest to psychoanalysts as well as religious studies scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790994

Old and New Generations in the 21st CenturyShifting Landscapes of Education The matter of simply living together on both a global and a local scale is complicated by the cultural economic religious technological and ecological challenges that we face in today’s world. An educational–philosophical take on these complexities translates into reflections on and attempts to answer the questions that these challenges raise. How is the older generation to introduce a new generation into today’s world and to ‘prepare’ it for the world to come? What sense can be given to such introduction and ‘preparation’? Or in the more general terms of Friedrich Schleiermacher ‘What indeed does the older generation intend to do with the younger generation? The contributions in this book – originally presented during the 14th conference of the International Network of Philosophers of Education – address a broad range of philosophical issues related to the question of the educational relationship between generations today. The philosophical analysis offered by the authors in this volume creates openings not only for other philosophers of education but also for policy makers and practitioners. They serve as invitations not only for further thinking but also for reconsidering educational practices; and most importantly they generate new questions for both today’s and tomorrow’s generations. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethics and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133474

Old English and Middle English Poetry Originally published in 1977 Old English and Middle English Poetry provides a historical approach to English poetry. The book examines the conditions out of which poetry grew and argues that the functions that it was assigned are historically integral to an informed understanding of the nature of poetry. The book aims to relate poems to the intellectual and formal traditions by which they are shaped and given their being. This book will be of interest to students and academics studying or working in the fields of literature and history alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190545

Old English and the Theory of Phonology First published in 1985. This title is a study in the synchronic and diachronic phonology and morphology of the Mercian dialect of Old English. It is particularly concerned with issues in the theory of phonology that have been the subject of the ‘abstractness controversy’ which developed in response to the theory of phonology put forward by Chomsky and Hale. This title will be of interest to students of English language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317192

Old English ProseBasic Readings With the decline of formalism and its predilection for Old English poetry Old English prose is leaving the periphery and moving into the center of literary and cultural discussion. The extensive corpus of Old English prose lends many texts of various kinds to the current debates over literary theory and its multiple manifestations. The purpose of this collection is to assist the growing interest in Old English prose by providing essays that help establish the foundations for considered study and offer models and examples of special studies. Both retrospective and current in its examples this collection can serve as a "first book" for an introduction to study particularly suitable for courses that seek to entertain such issues as authorship texts and textuality source criticism genre and forms of historical criticism as a significant part of a broad cultural teaching (and research) plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883635

Old Europe New Europe and the Transatlantic Security Agenda The post-September 11th security policies of Poland the UK France the US and Germany presented in this new book illustrate how and why the Atlantic community ruptured over Iraq a result in part it is argued of the existence of particular national strategic cultures. Whilst the longer term effects of Iraq for the transatlantic security agenda have yet to fully transpire what is certain is that the EU's ambitions to become a credible security actor have been seriously questioned as has the notion of multilateralism as an international norm as has the function of international law. The book addresses these issues by considering the evolution of the EU's role in the world and the development of American perspectives on the transatlantic security agenda.This volume was previously published as a special issue of the journal European Security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879253

Old Europe New Europe and the USRenegotiating Transatlantic Security in the Post 9/11 Era Iraq can be considered the 'perfect storm' which brought out the stark differences between the US and Europe. The disagreement over the role of the United Nations continues and the bitterness in the United States against its betrayal by allies like France is not diminishing. Meanwhile the standing of the United States among the European public has plummeted. Within Europe political tensions between what US Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld euphemistically called the 'Old' Europe and the 'New' Europe continue to divide. To fully comprehend these rifts this volume takes a specific look at the core security priorities of each European state and whether these interests are best served through closer security collaboration with the US or with emerging European structures such as the European Rapid Reaction Force. It analyzes the contribution each state would make to transatlantic security the role they envisage for existing security structures such as NATO and the role the US would play in transatlantic security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247755

Old Europe New SecurityEvolution for a Complex World Many of the US criticisms of Western European reluctance to engage in the 2004 war in Iraq stem from a perception that these governments are 'weak on defence' or unwilling to 'pull their own weight' in the international system. Secretary Rumsfeld pejoratively designated traditional Atlantic Alliance allies as 'Old Europe' to distinguish them from the freshly minted cooperative states of 'New Europe'. In doing so Rumsfeld accused 'Old Europe' of yet again relying on the United States to solve shared security problems. This volume critically evaluates the validity of this view of Western European choices and policies. Rather than a primary reliance on military force as first line defence it proposes that Western European governments are expanding the set of tools they have to apply to the post-Cold War array of security and defence problems. The volume examines the emergent European security approach from multiple perspectives in multiple institutions and identities and in different geographic contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390800

Old Farms and New FarmingA Layman's View of the Land First published in 1975. This title presents a series of vivid insights and images explaining the problems in the field the machinery and techniques science and economics and what it means to the farm worker. The book depicts and explains the sophisticated techniques with which the farmer tackles the problems of soil and season within the beautiful and ancient rhythm of lambing and haymaking pasture and dairy seed time and harvest. This title will be of great interest to not only students of agriculture but those interested in the history of farming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251130

Old JapaneseA Phonetic Reconstruction What did eighth century Japanese sound like? How does one decode its complex script? This book provides the definitive answers to these questions using an unprecedented range of data from the past and the present including Chinese Vietnamese Sanskrit and Tibetan sources and enables the reader to approximate the original pronunciation of Old Japanese literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859912

Old LandsA Chorography of the Eastern Peloponnese Old Lands takes readers on an epic journey through the legion spaces and times of the Eastern Peloponnese trailing in the footsteps of a Roman periegete an Ottoman traveler antiquarians and anonymous agrarians. Following waters in search of rest through the lens of Lucretian poetics Christopher Witmore reconstitutes an untimely mode of ambulatory writing chorography mindful of the challenges we all face in these precarious times. Turning on pressing concerns that arise out of object-oriented encounters Old Lands ponders the disappearance of an agrarian world rooted in the Neolithic the transition to urban-styles of living and changes in communication movement and metabolism while opening fresh perspectives on long-term inhabitation changing mobilities and appropriation through pollution. Carefully composed with those objects encountered along its varied paths this book offers an original and wonderous account of a region in twenty-seven segments and fulfills a longstanding ambition within archaeology to generate a polychronic narrative that stands as a complement and alternative to diachronic history. Old Lands will be of interest to historians archaeologists anthropologists and scholars of the Eastern Peloponnese. Those interested in the long-term changes in society technology and culture in this region will find this book captivating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363446

Old Loyalties New TiesTherapeutic Strategies with Stepfamilies First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004535

Old Modes Of Production and Capitalist Encroachment First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994607

Old Nations New WorldConceptions Of World Order This volume explores key states and their changing conceptions of the international order in the post-Cold War era. Taken collectively the contributors' analyses of the United States the Soviet Union and its successor states Japan the People's Republic of China the East Asian Little Dragons and Germany and the European Community paint a detailed portrait of the emerging world order. This multidisciplinary group of contributors utilizes a diversity of theoretical and methodological approaches to confront common themes and questions: How do states reorganize the world by creating idioms and conceptions of international order? What is the state's definition of its own role and the role of others? How has the state's idiom and conception of the international order shifted from the recent past? What role does the past play in approaches to the world order–in terms of historical traditions fears and memories? These questions are illuminated by considering such crucial issues as the state's approach to international or supranational institutions and legal codes particularly in the area of economy and international human rights and the role of the state vis-à-vis other states: Does the state have hegemonic tendencies and an active role in maintaining international stability? Does it stress independence or interdependence? Isolationism or internationalism? These original essays suggest the nascent form the international order is taking in an otherwise turbulent world. Understanding how states view the post-Cold War arena is of paramount importance for comprehending the development of the new world order. In addressing these issues this volume not only provides concrete timely answers but offers a variety of theoretical and methodological tools for scholars policymakers and the informed public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297268

Old People in Three Industrial Societies Robert and Helen Lynd's Middletown set the format in sociological theory and practice for hundreds of studies in the decades following its publication in 1929. Old People in Three Industrial Societies may well set similar standards for studies in its fi eld for many years to come. In addition to achieving a signifi cant breakthrough in the progress of socio logical research techniques the book offers a monumental cross-cultural exposition of the health family relationships and social and economic status of the aged in three countries-the United States Britain and Denmark. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529052

Old Testament Stories with a Freudian Twist This collection of the author's last essays are writings that he was working on from 2006 up to and during his final illness. They take as their starting point stories from the Old Testament. For the author the Bible provided a great inspiration for analysis reflection and speculation. His own distinctive voice is evident in every essay. Chapters include: Jubal: A discursive meditation on music and its origins; Jacob's wrestling match; The judgment of Solomon; Abishag: The lure of incest; and The nakedness of Noah. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758322

Old Vic PrefacesShakespeare and the Producer Old Vic Prefaces is a collection of the author's talks to the actors on those plays which he produced while a Director of the Old Vic from 1949 to 1953. The prefaces are unique in that they relate to actual performances and each preface is followed by a short post-script in which the producer draws attention to some point that arose in production or in rehearsal which illustrates the sort of problems that confront the producer of a Shakespeare play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868540

Old Waterfront WallsManagement maintenance and rehabilitation This book provides comprehensive guidance on maintaining old waterfront structures particularly gravity walls constructed with stone masonry brick blocks or mass concrete. It will be valuable for all engineers responsible for such structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863975

Old Wives' Tales PbdirectLife-stories from Ibibioland This volume is a collection of tales of life histories of 26 elderly women from Ibiboland. It obtains a first-hand record of the pattern of life and banishes the myth of primitivity of the African by illustrating the complexity of conversational language of peasants and market women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845572

Old Women and Art in the Early Modern Italian Domestic Interior Though portraits of old women mediate cultural preoccupations just as effectively as those of younger women the scant published research on images of older women belies their significance within early modern Italy. This study examines the remarkable flowering largely overlooked in portraiture scholarship to date of portraits of old women in Northern Italy and especially Bologna during the second half of the sixteenth century when as a result of religious reform the lives of women and the family came under increasing scrutiny. Old Women and Art in the Early Modern Italian Domestic Interior draws on a wide range of primary visual sources including portraits religious images architectural views prints and drawings as well as extant palazzi and case furnishings and domestic objects created by the leading artists in Bologna including Lavinia Fontana Bartolomeo Passerotti Denys Calvaert and the Carracci. The study also draws on an array of historical sources - including sixteenth-century theories of portraiture prescriptive writings on women and the family philosophical and practical treatises on the home economy sumptuary legislation books of secrets prescriptive writings on old age and household inventories - to provide new historical perspectives on the domestic life of the propertied classes in Bologna during the period. Author Erin Campbell contends that these images of unidentified women are not only crucial to our understanding of the cultural operations of art within the early modern world but also by working from the margins to revise the center provide an opportunity to present new conceptual frameworks and question our assumptions about old age portraiture and the domestic interior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548176

Old World EmpiresCultures of Power and Governance in Eurasia This book is a sweeping historical survey of the origins development and nature of state power. It demonstrates that Eurasia is home to a dominant tradition of arbitrary rule mediated through military civil and ecclesiastical servants and a marginal tradition of representative and responsible government through autonomous institutions. The former tradition finds expression in hierarchically organized and ideologically legitimated continental bureaucratic states while the latter manifests itself in the state of laws. In recent times the marginal tradition has gained in popularity and has led to continental bureaucratic states attempting to introduce democratic and constitutional reforms. These attempts have rarely altered the actual manner in which power is exercised by the state and its elites given the deeper and historically rooted experience of arbitrary rule. Far from being remote the arbitrary culture of power that emerged in many parts of the world continues to shape the fortunes of states. To ignore this culture of power and the historical circumstances that have shaped it comes at a high price as indicated by the ongoing democratic recession and erosion of liberal norms within states that are democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208608

Old World Traits Transpl:Esc V First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015439

Older Adults and COVID-19Implications for Aging Policy and Practice The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the lives of people throughout the world either directly due to exposure to the virus or indirectly due to measures taken to mitigate the virus’ effects. Older adults have been particularly hard hit dying in disproportionately higher numbers especially in long-term care facilities. Local regional and national government actions taken to mitigate the spread of COVID-19 have thus served in part to shield older adults from the virus though not without adverse side effects including increased social isolation enhanced economic risk revealed ageism delayed medical treatment and challenges getting basic needs met. This book explores the myriad ways in which the COVID-19 pandemic has affected older adults and their families caregivers and communities. It proposes policies and strategies for protecting and improving the lives of older people during the pandemic. It draws lessons for aging policy and practice more generally given underlying challenges brought to the fore by government provider community and individual responses to the pandemic. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Aging & Social Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367632991

Older Adults with Developmental Disabilities Assesses the needs and lives of the first generation of people with developmental disabilities who have survived into later life. Describes the challenges facing practitioners in gerontology and developmental disabilities to modify programs designed for mid-life adults and notes that senior services will need to incorporate the needs of the new po Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315224008

Older Adults With Developmental Disabilities and LeisureIssues Policy and Practice If you work with older adults who are developmentally disabled and are seeking ways to incorporate exercise arts activities and other activities into your program this is the book for you! Older Adults With Developmental Disabilities and Leisure will help you improve your ability to instruct exercise and other fitness activities and at the same time increase your knowledge about aging and mental retardation and developmental disabilities. This combination of skills and knowledge is important to your understanding of your clients and their needs. You will assist them in leading a more active structured life that will result in a higher sense of satisfaction in their daily living and health benefits that will speak for themselves.Older Adults With Developmental Disabilities and Leisure gives you specific guidelines for establishing fitness programs as well as ideas for offering clients goals and incentives that will evoke and maintain their enthusiasm to participate. Using a proven model the Arts/Fitness Quality of Life Activities Program the authors show how careful planning and sequencing can produce successful results such as peer interaction flexible thinking self-expression and improved mental health. As you learn about the key factors for programming for this group of clients you will also learn about: the demographics of this population leisure education training and cross-training with aging specialists and mental retardation staff community integration and for whom it is appropriate inactivity in later life and the complications it causes life satisfaction and leisure participation differences in physical and cognitive functioning among this population consumer satisfaction among older adults with developmental disabilitiesIt is never too late to introduce leisure activities into the lives of those with developmental disabilities. With encouragement and careful guidance you can lead your elders/clients into a more active and healthy life. Use Older Adults With Developmental Disabilities and Leisure as a guide to find activities and exercise programs that are appropriate fun and worthwhile! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977457

Older and WiserEconomics of Public Pensions First published in 1998 this volume was developed as part of the Stockholm Initiative and sets out to assess the situation of providing for retirement and pensions. In the wake of intense debate over pay-as-you-go pensions Lawrence Thomson for the most part leaves social and cultural issues for subsequent analysis instead examining the economic Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328792

Older Citizens and End-of-Life CareSocial Work Practice Strategies for Adults in Later Life Older people are like younger people citizens in the communities of the nations in which they live. This book sees ageing as a life journey that incorporates a process of citizening in which people build their identity as part of their family and community. But the social experience of illness frailty disability and reaching the end of life may de-citizen older people by devaluing the social identity that comes from continuing social engagement. We de-citizen older people by emphasizing dependence on services and their cost to public expenditure instead of valuing the interdependence of participation and mutual respect. This book argues that older people retain full citizenship for the whole of their lives up to the moment of death; but what does this mean for health and social care? In this groundbreaking book Malcolm Payne argues that social work with older people must build re-citizening practice strategies to value both the common and the special aspects of the citizenship of older people. Current models of social care and social work create dependency rather than relying on values of participative interdependence. The failure to recognize the end of life as a crucial element in all social care and social work for older people means that the lessons learned in providing palliative and end-of-life care in healthcare have not been transferred to social care and the priorities of end-of-life care have not been adequately encompassed in social work with older people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288720

Older GLBT Family and Community Life It is a well known fact that our population of persons aged 65 and over are growing at a faster rate than any other demographic. Older adults are now living longer more complex lives than previous generations. Recent census data confirms the emergence of a growing more visible older Gay Lesbian Bisexual and Transgendered (GLBT) community. In spite of the diversity that now exists in older GLBT communities very little is known about their contemporary experiences and healthcare needs. What is needed is a more inclusive understanding of older GLBT family and community life. As a result this book will educate community professionals about the experiences of older GLBT adults and the issues they face within their families and communities. In particular physical and mental health family relationships and individual development are explored in this textbook. This multidisciplinary approach to GLBT aging will also benefit undergraduate students graduate students and academics specializing in anthropology education family studies gerontology health studies human development psychology social work and sociology. For that matter anyone currently researching or working with older sexual communities. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of GLBT Family Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876948

Older Lesbian Gay Bisexual and Trans PeopleMinding the Knowledge Gaps What does it mean to grow older as a lesbian gay bisexual or trans (LGBT) person? What gaps in knowledge about LGBT ageing remain? This timely and innovative book reports on a project funded by the Economic and Social Research Council which aimed to address gaps in knowledge about older LGBT people and their experiences of ageing. The book discusses the project and contains chapters either specially commissioned or written by leading researchers and activists in the field.Informed by a range of theoretical perspectives empirical research studies critical observations as well as lived experiences this book explores areas of LGBT ageing that have been under-studied. These include: bisexual ageing; trans ageing and older trans people’s mental health; ethnicity culture and religion in the lives of older LGBT people and gaps in knowledge about older LGBT people from minority ethnic communities; intergenerational networks; residential and end-of-life care; and the effects of austerity on services. Written in an accessible style this book is essential for researchers and policy makers interested in the lives of older LGBT people people who work with older people and teachers and students interested in ageing gender identity and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586089

Older Lesbian Gay and Bisexual AdultsIdentities intersections and institutions Andrew King is Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the University of Surrey UK and co-editor of Sociological Objects: Reconfigurations of Social Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596514

Older OffendersCurrent Trends Here is the most up-to-the-minute interdisciplinary research that has been conducted on older offenders. This scholarly volume highlights the dimensions of the offenses committed by older adults and features empirical research addressing the sentencing alternatives applied to older offenders. Academicians and practitioners also provide much-needed insight into the management and correctional issues that arise with the incarceration of older offenders including adjustment to prison life physical and emotional health care and rehabilitation and/or preparation of the offender for the return to life outside prison. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859859

Older People Ageing and Social WorkKnowledge for practice 'Essential reading for practitioners educators and researchers within the general field of social work with older people.' - From the foreword by Mark Lymbery Associate Professor of Social Work University of NottinghamThe reality of our ageing population means all social workers need to be confident in working with older people. Social workers are engaged in ongoing practice with older people in a variety of contexts from hospitals aged care assessment teams and mental health services to employment services housing services and rehabilitation services.Older People Ageing and Social Work draws on theoretical research policy and practice knowledge to inform contemporary practice with older people. Hughes and Heycox demonstrate that high level professional skills are required in this area as well as detailed knowledge of the issues affecting older people's lives. They argue that practitioners need to take into account the social and emotional needs of the older people they work with as well as the practical and administrative aspects of their roles. They emphasise understanding the diversity of the older population and enabling older people to make the most of their strengths and capacities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116646

Older People and MigrationChallenges for Social Work With neo-liberal resource rationing and the onus of cost shifting from the state to individuals families and communities migration issues can add a further layer of complexity to the question of caring for the elderly. By presenting examples from a variety of contexts and countries this book will stimulate readers into considering new approaches to their own local situation in an attempt to find sustainable social work responses and in helping to build intergenerational solidarity and social capital. Contributions to the book focus on patterns of migration: older migrants migrating families and migrant carers. Facilitating and supporting social solidarity both locally and internationally requires social workers to understand the different contexts for elderly social work both within their own country and internationally. Central to this area of work is the promotion of values that respect differences and uphold the principles of human rights and social justice. This book highlights the need to consider migration as a driver for social change offering the opportunity for new forms of social solidarity that can adapt and support people inter-generationally and sustainably in later life. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098985

Older People and Their Caregivers Across the Spectrum of Care Examine recently developed concepts and strategies to help social workers and caregivers improve the quality of care for senior citizens! Older People and Their Caregivers Across the Spectrum of Care focuses on two major aspects of elderly care: assessment and caregiving. This book examines assessment techniques and models used by social workers and other health care professionals to determine the type and extent of care necessary to meet the needs of the elderly. In addition it voices recent concerns about the use of standardized models for all older adults. This book also addresses the burdens and benefits of being a caregiver to older relatives or friends and mentions several programs made available for caregivers through social services. Older People and Their Caregivers Across the Spectrum of Care reviews assessment techniques and practice models that address issues such as abuse and HIV/AIDS care. This book also provides information about currently overlooked issues that will increasingly affect assessment and intervention including diversity in cultural or religious beliefs and sexual orientation. This book is also unique in its focus on those unsung unpaid heroes—relatives and friends—who assist elderly companions with their financial social and physical daily needs. With Older People and Their Caregivers Across the Spectrum of Care you’ll find vital information on: two elderly victims’ services one involving social services and the other involving criminal action the challenges of assessing older adults with HIV/AIDS the pros and cons of long-distance caregiving a life course assessment intervention model used at military colleges to help officers prepare proactively for parent care the Caregivers and Professionals Partnership (CAPP) which employs innovative outreach strategies to family caregivers of adults the Northport VA Friendly Companion Program which enhances opportunities for interpersonal interaction African-American caregivers and their experiences with African-American elders Social workers and caregivers will find the information in this book vital in their work. Generously enhanced with tables charts case studies references and personal vignettes Older People and Their Caregivers Across the Spectrum of Care will help you improve quality of life for the older adults of today—and tomorrow. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044088

Older People in Modern Society Older People in Modern Society is an established classic text in its field and through subsequent editions its reputation and that of its author has grown. In this fourth and renamed edition Anthea Tinker synthesises and discusses a wide range of literature about older people drawing from fields such as medicine sociology and social policy and using primary source material to illustrate the text. She also introduces a number of topics that have attained greater importance since publication of the third edition in 1992 for example continuing care and the abuse of older people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467538

Older Widows and the Life CourseMultiple Narratives of Hidden Lives Later-life widowhood is the expectation of most older wives since statistically women live longer than men and tend to marry men older than themselves. Despite this there has been little coverage of the complexities of later-life widowhood. In this book Pat Chambers redresses this balance combining an analysis of the literature that does exist with qualitative research amongst older widows. The research reveals a multi-faceted experience of later-life widowhood. Older widows life stories challenge the dominant public narrative of misery and decline pointing instead to a complexity of experience which is rooted in personal biography and the female life course rather than in later-life widowhood itself. Chambers develops the concept of multiple narratives as a way of uncovering the complex but often hidden lives of older widows. Without such an understanding she argues it is all too easy to subscribe to the powerfully dominant public narrative and thus to misinterpret older widows current needs and aspirations. This is an engaging and original study of a key topic for gerontological research and will be of great interest to sociologists and social policy scholars who study ageing and the life course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620070

Older Women With Chronic Pain This much-needed book explores the issues and consequences of chronic pain in later life. Chronic pain often accompanies the non-fatal health conditions experienced by older women but much of the professional literature virtually ignores older chronic pain sufferers. Older Women With Chronic Pain begins to fill this void by exploring chronic pain and its effects on older individuals. Authors draw upon existing pain literature their knowledge of aging and recognition of the health issues facing older women to illuminate the particulars of chronic pain in later life in relation to its etiology assessment consequences and management.Chronic pain is not and should not be treated as part of the natural aging process. This book stresses the importance of understanding the causes and consequences of living with chronic pain in later life. Among the specific areas that chapters explore are: physical and biomedical aspects of chronic pain in later life the importance of using a comprehensive strategy for assessing chronic pain in older women coping strategies used by older women with chronic musculoskeletal pain issues associated with cancer pain and pain management in later life the influence of chronic pain on the family relationships of older women nonpharmacologic interventions for the management of chronic pain in older womenThe book includes a thorough review of the geriatric literature as well as suggestions for future research in the area of women with chronic pain. Researchers and academicians interested in the health concerns of older women and clinicians and practitioners working with older women (and men) with chronic pain will find this book full of insightful information to help them in their work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863771

Older WorkforcesRe-imagining Later Life Learning We are all going to become old. Many countries are ageing demographically with ageing workforces. Despite anti-discrimination and equality laws older workers are routinely left out from learning opportunities even unconsciously so suffer stereotyping or they simply do not participate. Why is this so? This book looks to understand the background to this and re-imagine older workplaces to capitalise on older workers.The author explores what learning and development offers a best fit for older workforces through literature research and case studies with organisations and individuals. She considers how an organisation might shift its strategic processes to offer a holistic workforce opportunity of value to both employee and employer as it is cognitive skills that will be needed in future workforces.Emphasising the area of work agency and the human right to learning this book turns ageing and learning in workplaces on its head seeing older workers as vessels of untapped potential. It re-imagines their possibilities in a time of intense demographic and digital change. This book will be a pragmatic guide to academics researchers and practitioners in the fields of workplace learning human resource development social policy and diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662103

OLED FundamentalsMaterials Devices and Processing of Organic Light-Emitting Diodes A Comprehensive Source for Taking on the Next Stage of OLED R&D OLED Fundamentals: Materials Devices and Processing of Organic Light-Emitting Diodes brings together key topics across the field of organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) from fundamental chemistry and physics to practical materials science and engineering aspects to design and manufacturing factors. Experts from top academic institutions industry and national laboratories provide thorough up-to-date coverage on the most useful materials devices and design and fabrication methods for high-efficiency lighting. The first part of the book covers all the construction materials of OLED devices from substrate to encapsulation. For the first time in book form the second part addresses challenges in devices and processing including architectures and methods for new OLED lighting and display technologies. The book is suitable for a broad audience including materials scientists device physicists synthetic chemists and electrical engineers. It can also serve as an introduction for graduate students interested in applied aspects of photophysics and electrochemistry in organic thin films. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138893962

Oligomer Technology and Applications Details laboratory and industrial synthesis and applications of oligomers-suggesting practical solutions to the on-the-job problems as well as exploring processing devices and techniques for industrial-scale production of new oligomer types. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400699

Oligopoly the Environment and Natural Resources Industrial production and consumption patterns rely heavily on the intensive use of both renewable and non-renewable resources and the consequences for the environment can be serious. Following a long period of time where the profit incentives of firms have prevailed over preservation of the environment and the world’s natural resources a new consensus has emerged concerning the need to regulate firm behaviour aimed at ensuring the sustainability of the economic system in the long run. This book offers an exhaustive overview of current economic debate about these topics taking modern oligopoly theory as a benchmark. The first part of the book covers static models dealing with incentives for green research and development Pigovian taxation cartels environmental quality and international trade as well as the role of corporate social responsibility public firms and consumer environmental awareness as endogenous regulatory instruments. Then the author moves on to examine the role of time while drawing from optimal control and differential game theory. This opens the way to the discussion of fair discount rates to ensure the welfare of future generations as well as the long run sustainability of production and consumption patterns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904651

Olive OilMinor Constituents and Health Epidemiological studies indicate that the consumption of natural antioxidants from such plant-derived sources as olive oil produces beneficial health effects. Olive Oil: Minor Constituents and Health provides a balanced understanding of the pharmacological properties of phenols and other bioactive ingredients in the composition of olive oil. It discusses recent technological developments to retain optimal levels of bioactive ingredients s well as methodologies for the future study of olive oil's biological effects. The text covers research on the bioavailability of olive oil phenols and addresses the role of olive oil in the prevention of cardiovascular disease and certain types of cancer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387143

Olive Schreiner and African ModernismAllegory Empire and Postcolonial Writing This book works across established categories of modernism and postcolonialism in order to radically revise the periods places and topics traditionally associated with anti-colonialism and aesthetic experimentation in African literature. The book is the first account of Olive Schreiner as a theorist and practitioner of modernist form advancing towards an emergent postcolonialism. The book draws on and broadens discussions in and around the blossoming field of global modernist studies by interrogating the conventionally accepted genealogy of development that positions Europe and America as the sites of innovation. It provides an original examination of the relationships between metaphor postcolonialism and modernist experimentation by showing how politically and aesthetically innovative African forms rely on allegorical structures in contrast to the symbolism dominant in Euro-American modernism. An original theoretical concept of the role of primitivism and allegory within the context of modernism and associated critical theory is proposed through the integration of postcolonial Marxist and ecocritical approaches to literature. The book provides original readings of Schreiner’s three novels Undine The Story of An African Farm and From Man to Man in light of the new theory of primitivism in African literature by directly addressing the issue of narrative form. This argument is contextualised in relation to the work of other Southern African authors in whose writings the impact of Schreiner’s politics and aesthetics can be traced. These authors include J.M. Coetzee Nadine Gordimer Doris Lessing Solomon T. Plaatje and Zoe Wicomb amongst others. This book brings the most current debates in modernist studies ecocriticism and primitivism into the field of postcolonial studies and contributes to a widening of the debates surrounding gender race empire and modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376413

Oliver Cromwell Oliver Cromwell is one of the most puzzling and controversial figures in English history. In this excellent introduction Barry Coward uses Cromwell's own words and actions to analyse the life of Oliver Cromwell as a political figure and look at the historical problems associated with his exercise of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131118

Oliver Franks and the Truman AdministrationAnglo-American Relations 1948-1952 Sir Oliver Franks served as British Ambassador to the US between 1948 and 1952. This analysis reveals a great deal about the condition of relations between Britain and America the mechanics of co-operation and the impact of a singular individual on international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977464

Oliver GoldsmithThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867863

Oliver Holden (1765-1844)Selected Works First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051239

Oliver Quick and the Quest for a Christian Metaphysic Oliver Chase Quick (1885-1944) was one of the foremost and most widely read British theologians of his day. Oliver Quick and the Quest for a Christian Metaphysic presents the first major study of his work. Exploring Quick's understanding of the task of theology his Christology sacramental theology and doctrine of God Hughes explains Quick’s attempt to restructure the idea of divine transcendence. Expanding the narrative of twentieth-century historical theology this book draws conclusions about shifts in English theology in the last century particularly the persistence and vitality of a philosophically oriented Anglican theology. Offering fresh insights into twentieth-century English theology and its leading figures this book will also appeal to those with an interest in philosophical theology systematic theology and Christian doctrine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053205

Oliver Stone's Americadreaming The Myth Outward This book represents an illustrated critical analysis of filmmaker Oliver Stone and his works placing him in the tradition of American political artists. Oliver Stone—polemicist leftist artist and—surprisingly for politically conservative America—mainstream director—is one of the most controversial American filmmakers in Hollywood. His films i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297275

Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr.Civil War Soldier Supreme Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. was one of the most influential jurists of his time. From the antebellum era and the Civil War through the First World War and into the New Deal years Holmes' long life and career as a Supreme Court Justice spanned an eventful period of American history as the country went from an agrarian republic to an industrialized world power. In this concise engaging book Susan-Mary Grant puts Holmes' life in national context exploring how he both shaped and reflected his changing country. She examines the impact of the Civil War on his life and his thinking his role in key cases ranging from the issue of free speech in Schenck v. United States to the infamous ruling in favor of eugenics in Buck v. Bell showing how behind Holmes’ reputation as a liberal justice lay a more complex approach to law that did not neatly align with political divisions. Including a selection of key primary documents Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. introduces students of U.S. Civil War and legal history to a game-changing figure and his times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656542

Oliver Wendell Holmes and Fixations of Manliness Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. has been and continues to be praised as America’s greatest judge and he is widely considered to have done more than anyone else to breathe life into the Constitution’s right of free speech probably the most crucial right for democracy. One indeed finds among professors of constitutional law and federal judges the widespread belief that the scope of the First Amendment owes much of its incredible expansion over the last sixty years to Holmes’s judicial dissents in Abrams and Gitlow. In this book John M. Kang offers the novel thesis that Holmes’s dissenting opinions in Abrams and Gitlow drew in part from a normative worldview structured by an idiosyncratic manliness a manliness which was itself rooted in physical courage. In making this argument Kang seeks to show how Holmes’s justification for the right of speech was a bid to proffer a philosophical commentary about the demands of democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593292

Olivier Messiaen: Journalism 1935–1939 One of the foremost composers of the twentieth century Olivier Messiaen wrote widely on his music and on his beliefs. This is the first edition of his early journalism and provides both the original French text and an English translation. The writing in this volume dates from the 1930s before the composer gained the international reputation that he and his music now enjoy. The pieces he wrote range from reviews of individual performances to essays on particular works or composers and articles that discuss more general themes such as sincerity of expression in music. Many of the articles included in this collection are new to the Messiaen bibliography and others are available here for the first time in English. A number are as Broad describes them 'quietly shocking' in that they force us to reappraise certain aspects of the composer such as his role in La Jeune France and his wider participation in the debates of his time. This edition therefore represents a new source for understanding Messiaen and provides a fascinating glimpse of the composer in the early part of his career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251670

Olivier Messiaen: Music Art and Literature When Olivier Messiaen died in 1992 the prevailing image was of a man apart; a deeply religious man whose only sources of inspiration were God and Nature and a composer whose music progressed along an entirely individual path artistically impervious to contemporaneous events and the whims both of his contemporaries and the critics. Whilst such a view contains a large element of truth the past ten years has seen an explosion of interest in the composer and the work of a diverse range of scholars has painted a much richer more complex picture of Messiaen. This volume presents some of the fruits of this research for the first time concentrating on three broad interrelated areas: Messiaen's relationship with fellow artists; key developments in the composer's musical language and technique; and his influences both sacred and secular. The volume assesses Messiaen's position as a creative artist of the twentieth century in the light of the latest research. In the process it identifies some of the key myths confusions and exaggerations surrounding the composer which often mask equally remarkable truths. In attempting to reveal some of those truths the essays elucidate a little of the mystery surrounding Messiaen as a man an artist a believer and a musician. Specifically the volume covers Messiaen's attitudes and associations to Cocteau Stravinsky's Les Noces Dutilleux and Toesca as well as exploring his teaching techniques the Traité de rythme de couleur et d'ornithologie Messiaen's harmony performing and transcription techniques composing for Ondes Martenot his association with ballet Saint François d'Assise and the influence of his faith. Messiaen himself contributes directly in the form of a speech that he gave about the tapestry-maker Jean Lurçat and the collection also includes the first literary translation of L'âme en bourgeon; the garland of poems written by Messiaen's mother Cécile Sauvage when she was expecting him. The composer described these poems as 'the only influence' in his life making L'âme en bourgeon a fascinating centrepiece to a rich and rewarding collection of essays. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264854

Olivier MessiaenA Research and Information Guide Olivier Messiaen: A Research and Information Guide Second Edition presents researchers with the most significant and helpful resources on Olivier Messiaen one of the twentieth century's greatest composers. With multiple indices this annotated bibliography will serve as an excellent tool for librarians researchers and scholars sorting through the massive amount of material in the field. The second edition has been fully revised and updated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873547

Olivier Messiaen's System of SignsNotes Towards Understanding His Music Andrew Shenton's groundbreaking cross-disciplinary approach to Messiaen's music presents a systematic and detailed examination of the compositional techniques of one of the most significant musicians of the twentieth century as they relate to his desire to express profound truths about Catholicism. It is widely accepted that music can have mystical and transformative powers but because 'pure' music has no programme Messiaen sought to refine his compositions to speak more clearly about the truths of the Catholic faith by developing a sophisticated semiotic system in which aspects of music become direct signs for words and concepts. Using interdisciplinary methodologies drawing on linguistics cognition studies theological studies and semiotics Shenton traces the development of Messiaen's sign system using examples from many of Messiaen's works and concentrating in particular on the Méditations sur le mystère de la Sainte Trinité for organ a suite which contains the most sophisticated and developed use of a sign system and represents a profound exegesis of Messiaen's understanding of the Catholic triune God. By working on issues of interpretation Shenton endeavours to bridge the traditional gap between scholars and performers and to help people listen to Messiaen's music with spirit and understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257290

Olympic AspirationsRealised and Unrealised Olympic Aspirations: Realised and Unrealised surveys more than a century of the Olympic Movement’s promotion of Olympic ideals internationally. The idea for Olympic Aspirations emerged at the world-renowned annual Beijing Academic Forum just months after the city hosted the impressive 2008 Beijing Olympic Games. One section of the Forum was devoted to the impact of the Olympic Movement on China and on China’s image in the world. The tone at times was too self-congratulatory for some present. The critical discussion that continued into late 2010 inspired this book. Olympic Aspirations is a companion volume to the well-received Olympic Legacies: Intended and Unintended and draws on expertise from academics in all parts of the world. Both volumes have a similar purpose: to record Olympic ideals achieved but more importantly to stimulate reflection on those as yet unachieved. Both are constructive in approach positive in tone and optimistic in attitude. Olympic Aspirations offers original and insightful arguments that address the actions the Olympic Movement has taken to improve the Games. It argues that these actions are as yet incomplete. In concert with Olympic Legacies it presents two sides of the same coin minted to advance the purity of the Olympic 'coinage'. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853669

Olympic Cities: 2012 and the Remaking of London Drawing upon historical cultural economic and socio-demographic perspectives this book examines the role of a sporting mega-event in promoting urban regeneration and social renewal. Comparing cities that have or will be hosting the event it explores the political economy of the games and the changing role of the state in creating post-industrial metropolitan spaces. It evaluates the changing perceptions of the Olympic Games and the role of sport in the global media age in general and assesses the implication of 'mega-event' regeneration policies for local communities and their cultural social and economic identities with specific reference to east London and the Thames Gateway. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275492

Olympic CitiesCity Agendas Planning and the World’s Games 1896 – 2020 The first edition of Olympic Cities published in 2007 provided a pioneering overview of the changing relationship between cities and the modern Olympic Games. This substantially revised and enlarged third edition builds on the success of its predecessors. The first of its three parts provides overviews of the urban legacy of the four component Olympic festivals: the Summer Games; Winter Games; Cultural Olympiads; and the Paralympics. The second part comprisessystematic surveys of seven key aspects of activity involved in staging the Olympics: finance; place promotion; the creation of Olympic Villages; security; urban regeneration; tourism; and transport. The final part consists of nine chronologically arranged portraits of host cities from 1936 to 2020 with particular emphasis on the six Summer Olympic and Paralympic Games of the twenty-first century. As controversy over the growing size and expense of the Olympics with associated issues of accountability and legacy continues unabated this book’s incisive and timely assessment of the Games’ development and the complex agendas that host cities attach to the event will be essential reading for a wide audience. This will include not just urban and sports historians urban geographers event managers and planners but also anyone with an interest in the staging of mega-events and concerned with building a better understanding of the relationship between cities sport and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832695

Olympic EducationAn international review A fundamental component of the Olympic ideal is the concept of Olympic education. This is the notion that sport can help children and young people develop essential life skills. Olympic Education: An international review is the first book to offer a comprehensive survey of the diffusion and implementation of Olympic education programmes around the world. The book includes 28 chapters with 21 national case studies of countries on every major continent including Australia Brasil Canada China France Germany Japan Russia Spain the UK the US and Zambia. Each chapter examines the cultural pedagogical political and societal challenges of teaching Olympic education as well as the national individual and institutional programmes that have emerged. It explores key practical and conceptual issues such as the incorporation of Olympic values in PE curricula sport coaching and coach education programmes while also taking into account the collaborative efforts of the governmental bodies sport federations and Olympic institutions responsible for policy and implementation. This is important reading for all students researchers and professionals with an interest in the Olympics sport education sports coaching sport policy or physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369078

Olympic Ethics and Philosophy This book contains an international collection of essays by leading philosophers of sport on the ethics and philosophy of the Olympic Games. The essays consider a range of topics including critical reflections on nationalism and internationalism within the Olympic movement sexism in Olympic marketing and sponsorship the preservation and corruption of Olympism the underlying ideology of the Olympic Games the inequalities of perception in ability and disability as it informs our understanding of the Olympic and Paralympic Games and comparisons between ancient and modern interpretations of the meaning and significance of the Olympic Games. This book will be of interest to historians philosophers and sociologists of sports as well as to the sporting public who simply want to know more about the grounding ideas behind the greatest show on earth. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport Ethics and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810457

Olympic Event Organization Olympic Event Organization is the first text to address a number of important questions in contemporary mega-event management: Which organizations are involved in the Olympic Movement and in what capacity? What are the interorganizational flows of authority and finance between them? How is work grouped in what unit sizes how specialized and formalized are work processes? How complex dynamic diversified or friendly is their environment? What are the power issues and how do the technological processes affect these organizations? How do the OCOGs evolve in their life cycle what pressures shape their structures and management processes and how is work co-ordinated? The examination of the Olympic Games event organization in the 10-year period from bidding to post-games closing down draws material from host cities to explore the types of interorganizational flows that take place at various stages for the Olympic Games to be delivered. Knowledge transfer from one host city to the next and an established organizational field also means that management practises sometimes follow some externally imposed organizing logics. The challenges faced by organizers are discussed and the tensions that a strong management template from the IOC creates are also examined. Finally the issue of sustainability of the Olympic Games is identified along with an analysis of the ways in which the concepts of impact are appropriated by the various stakeholders involved with the Olympic Games as they attempt to influence public opinion.Written in an accessible and insightful manner Olympic Event Organization is essential reading for both academics and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158573

Olympic ExclusionsYouth Poverty and Social Legacies Olympic Games are sold to host city populations on the basis of legacy commitments that incorporate aid for the young and the poor. Yet little is known about the realities of marginalized young people living in host cities. Do they benefit from social housing and employment opportunities? Or do they fall victim to increased policing and evaporating social assistance? This book answers these questions through an original ethnographic study of young people living in the shadow of Vancouver 2010 and London 2012. Setting qualitative research alongside critical analysis of policy documents bidding reports and media accounts this study explores the tension between promises made and lived reality. Its eight chapters offer a rich and complex account of marginalized young people’s experiences as they navigate the possibilities and contradictions of living in an Olympic host city. Their stories illustrate the limits to the promises made by Olympic bidding and organizing committees and raise important questions about the ethics of public funding for such mega‐events. This book will be fascinating reading for anyone interested in the Olympics sport and social exclusion and sport and politics as well as for those working in the fields of youth studies social policy and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087873

Olympic HousingA Critical Review of London 2012's Legacy One of the distinguishing characteristics of London's bid to host the games was its commitment to legacy where it was argued that ’the legacy would lead to the regeneration of an entire community for the direct benefit of everyone who lives there’. This book adopts a critical approach to the concept of 'legacy' focussing specifically on housing. It argues there will be a range of both intended and unintended legacy outcomes and an urgent need for revised strategies if those original objectives are to be achieved. The concept of legacy is explored in a number of ways including an overview of housing legacy in other host cities; the experiences and perspectives of those residents decanted to make way for the Olympic Park; a critical review of legacy plans; a detailed analysis of the conversion of the Athletes’ Village into housing; and a case study of the emerging area ’Stratford High Street’ which explores issues of social class change and the limitation of planning policies. Whilst taking housing as its focus this book adopts a sociological perspective by exploring the likelihood of social class change in order to draw conclusions about 'gentrification' 'social polarisation' and the extent to which 'social inclusion' is reflected in housing legacies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246751

Olympic Legacies: Intended and UnintendedPolitical Cultural Economic and Educational For more than a century the Olympics have been the modern world's most significant sporting event. Indeed they deserve much credit for globalizing sport beyond the boundaries of the Anglo-American universe where it originated into broader global realms. By the 1930s the Olympics had become a global mega-event that occupied the attention of the media the interest of the public and the energies of nation-states. Since then projected by television funded by global capital and fattened by the desires of nations to garner international prestige the Olympics have grown to gargantuan dimensions. In the course of its epic history the Olympics have left numerous legacies from unforgettable feats to monumental stadiums from shining triumphs to searing tragedies from the dazzling debuts on the world's stage of new cities and nations to notorious campaigns of national propaganda. The Olympics represent an essential component of modern global history. The Olympic movement itself has since the 1990s recognized and sought to shape its numerous legacies with mixed success as this book makes clear. It offers ground-breaking analyses of the power of Olympic legacies positive and negative and surveys the subject from Athens in 1896 to Beijing in 2008 and indeed beyond. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641142

Olympic Marketing The Olympic Games have become the definitive sports event with an unparalleled global reach and a remarkably diverse constituency of stakeholders from the IOC and International Federations to athletes sponsors and fans. It has been estimated for example that 3.6 billion people (about half of the world population) watched at least one minute of the Beijing Games in 2008 on television. The driving force behind the rise of the modern Olympics has been the Olympic marketing programme which has acted as a catalyst for cooperation between stakeholders and driven the promotion financial security and stability of the Olympic movement. This book is the first to explain the principles of Olympic marketing and to demonstrate how they can be applied successfully in all other areas of sports marketing and management. The book outlines a strategic and operational framework based on three types of co-productive relationships (market network and informal) and explains how this framework can guide professional marketing practice. Containing case studies summaries insight boxes and examples of best practice in every chapter this book is important reading for all students and practitioners working in sports marketing sports management or Olympic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415587877

Olympic Perspectives Historical research on the Olympic Movement is highly valuable as it displays processes of continuity and transformation by which knowledge building processes on the Olympic Movement its structure and on Olympic sport can be expanded. The Olympic Movement can be addressed from multidisciplinary perspectives including management sociology education philosophy and history. This comprehensive collection examines the multifaceted profile of the Olympic and Paralympic Movement and presents new insights drawn from a variety of research projects. Historical and political dimensions of the Olympic and Paralympic Movement are addressed along with educational ethical commercial and sociological perspectives. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133603

Olympic Reform Ten Years Later In 1999 the International Olympic Committee approved far-reaching reforms to the appointment and terms of its members the selection of host cities for the Olympic and Winter Olympic Games the events on the Olympic Program and the reporting of decisions and financial information. The reforms were initiated in response to the deep crises of legitimacy it faced because of the Salt Lake City doping scandal and ongoing accusations that it turned a blind eye to doping. This book assesses the implementation and effectiveness of those reforms ten years after. It draws upon the perspectives of Olympic scholars Olympic athletes and IOC members including those who were directly involved in the reform process and makes a number of recommendations about how the process of Olympic reform could be maintained and strengthened. As such it provides an insightful and telling report card on the modern Olympic Movement in the first decade of the 21st century and the presidency of Jacques Rogge. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853683

Olympic StadiaTheatres of Dreams Olympic Stadia provides a comprehensive account of the development of stadia including but not limited to: developments in running tracks the introduction of lighting improvements in spectator viewing standards and the introduction of roofs. Written by a world-renowned expert on sports architecture the book: Systematically analyses every stadium from Athens 1896 to Tokyo 2020 Provides drawings plans elevations photographs and illustrations in full colour Considers the fundamental changes wrought by the incorporation of the Paralympic Games Looks at the impact on host cities and their urban infrastructure and considers the long-term legacies and massive investments that Olympic stadia require Explores the effects of the demands of the world’s TV broadcasters. An invaluable and beautiful resource for practical insight and inspiration this book makes essential reading for anyone interested in Olympic stadia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698840

Olympic Studies Modern Olympism emerged at the end of the nineteenth century as a philosophy of social reform that sought to use sport for the betterment of the world. It drew on a number of intellectual and material sources including the ancient Greek heritage philosophical ideas of Enlightenment the English educational system and the emerging spirit of industrial capitalism and internationalism. It is an eclectic and non-systematic body of knowledge and has always been a controversial project. Indeed in the words of its founder Pierre de Coubertin (1863–1937) Olympism is an ‘unfinished symphony’. Interpretations of the fundamental tenets of Olympism concerning universalism education eligibility independence from political and commercial interference and fair play have been constantly negotiated and renegotiated through political cultural social economic and sporting struggles. These interpretations are reflected in various editions of the Olympic Charter and in a multitude of academic studies. Edited and introduced by Vassil Girginov this new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together key primary-source materials and the very best scholarship and commentary to elucidate and explore the evolution and interpretations of Olympism and its practical manifestation in the modern Olympic Games. The collection includes archive materials (some of which are reproduced in facsimile to give users a strong sense of immediacy to the original texts) personal accounts of major figures as well as critical scholarship. Olympic Studies will also make readily accessible the best research produced under the auspices of Routledge’s ambitious 2012 Olympic Collection whereby over forty Olympic-focused journal special issues from a wide range of disciplines appeared during 2012 and 2013. Fully indexed and with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Olympic Studies is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be welcomed as a vital one-stop research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508339

Olympic TelevisionBroadcasting the Biggest Show on Earth As the Olympic spectacle grows broadcast coverage becomes bigger more complex and more sophisticated. Part sporting event part reality show and part global festival the Olympics can be seen as both intensely nationalistic and a celebration of a shared sense of international community. This book sheds new light on how the Olympic experience has been shaped by television and expanded across multiple platforms and formats. Combining a multitude of approaches ranging from interviews to content analyses to audience surveys the book explores the production influence and significance of Olympic media in contemporary society. Built on a central case study of NBC’s coverage of the Rio Games in 2016 which is then placed within 20 years of content analyses the book focuses on the entire Olympic television process from production to content to effects. Touching on key themes such as race gender history consumerism identity nationalism and storytelling Olympic Television: Broadcasting the Biggest Show on Earth is fascinating reading for any student or scholar with an interest in sport media and the global impact of mega-events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930322

Olympics in ConflictFrom the Games of the New Emerging Forces to the Rio Olympics In the second half of the twentieth century the Olympics played an important role in the politics of the Cold War and was part of the conflicts between the Capitalist Block the Socialist Block and Third World countries. The Games of the New Emerging Forces (GANEFO) is one of the best examples of the politicization of sport and the Olympics in the Cold War era. From the 1980s onward the Olympics has facilitated communication and cooperation between nations in the post–Cold War era and contributed to the formation of a new world order. In August 2016 the Games of the XXXI Olympiad were held in Rio de Janeiro making Brazil the first South American country to host the Summer Olympics. This was widely regarded as a new landmark event in the history of the modern Olympic movement. From the GANEFO to Rio the Olympic Games have witnessed the shifting balance in international politics and world economy. This book aims at understanding the transformation of the Olympics over the past decades and tries to explain how the Olympic movement played its part in world politics the world economy and international relations against the background of the rise of developing countries. The chapters in this book were published as a special issue in The International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593087

Olympism: The Global VisionFrom Nationalism to Internationalism The collection starts from the premise that Olympism and the Olympic Games make sense only when they are placed within the broader national colonial and post colonial contexts and argues that sport not only influences politics and vice-versa but that the two are inseparable. Sport is not only political; it is politics. It is also culture and art. This collaboration is a first in global publishing a mine of information for scholars students and analysts. It demonstrates that Olympism and the Olympic movement in the modern context has been and continues to be socially relevant and politically important. Studies focus on national encounters with Olympism and the Olympic movement with equal attention paid to document the growing nexus between sports and the media; sports reportage; as well as women and sports. Olympism asserts that the Olympic movement was and is of central importance to twentieth and twenty-first century societies. Finally the collection demonstrates that the essence of Olympism and the Olympic movement is important only in so far as it affects societies surrounding it. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878478

Olympus IncIntervening for Cultural Change in Organizations In Olympus Inc. the authors use the ancient Greek Gods to explores the values practices and beliefs that underpin businesses schools corporations and the like and through this they illuminate the complex forces and currents that are at work in modern organizations.They demonstrate that autocratic Zeus uber-efficient Apollo the slipp Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325725

Oman - The Islamic Democratic Tradition Oman is the inheritor of a unique political tradition the imama (imamate) and has a special place in the Arab Islamic world. From the eighth century and for more than a thousand years the story of Oman was essentially a story of an original minority movement: the Ibadi. This long period was marked by the search for a just imama through the Ibadi model of the Islamic State. Hussein Ghubash’s well-researched book takes the reader on an historical voyage through geography politics and culture of the region from the sixteenth century to the present day. Oman has long-standing ties with East Africa as well as Europe; the first contact between Oman and European imperialist powers took place at the dawn of the 1500s with the arrival of the Portuguese eventually followed by the Dutch French and British. Persuasive thorough and drawing on Western as well as Islamic political theory this book analyzes the different historical and geopolitical roles of this strategic country. Thanks to its millennial tradition Oman enjoys a solid national culture and a stable socio-political situation. Today it is moving steadily towards a democratic future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170735

Oman and MuscatAn Early Modern History During the early modern period Oman held a key position in the trade routes whereby the Muslim world dominated indigenous trade in the Indian Ocean. In the second half of the eighteenth century Oman broke free from foreign political control and became the dominant economic and naval force in the western Indian Ocean and the Gulf. This was a golden age for Omanis when their economic power and political prestige were at their height. This study first published in 1986 presents a detailed comprehensive history of this important period and includes tribal politics the role of religion and Oman’s relations with neighbouring areas such as Persia and East Africa. The era ends with the political and maritime pressures exerted on Oman by Britain and France and the territorial pressures exerted by the Wahhabi Arabians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184213

Oman in the Twentieth CenturyPolitical Foundations of an Emerging State Oman was ruled by the Al Bu Sa’id for 250 years and during this period the fortunes of the state varied considerably. But in July 1970 as a result of a palace coup the state abruptly turned away from isolation and traditions of the past. The most obvious alteration was in the dramatic change in the outward appearance of the country particularly as exemplified by the rejection of the long era of stagnation and the parallel emphasis on socio-economic development. In the political realm however the shifting balance of power and the rapid growth and diversification of the state’s administrative structure were based essentially on perennial themes in Omani politics. The interplay between four of these themes forms the basis of this study first published in 1978. The role of the Sultan and the ruling family the development of the administration the exercise of tribal politics and the impact of external influences on the state are closely examined and the modifications they went in response to the various challenges of the twentieth century are discussed. The constant flux in the relative importance of each of these themes illustrates the fragile nature of the traditional Omani political system for in the twentieth century the Al Bu Sa’id Sultanate found its precarious hold over the country challenged on a number of occasions. These challenges – ranging from the tribal and religious rebellion of 1913-20 to the Marxist-Leninist revolt in Dhufar – are also analysed in detail together with the response of the Sultanate to their impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184244

Oman Under QaboosFrom Coup to Constitution 1970-1996 This is an examination of the political economic and social development of Oman from the accession Sultan Qaboos in a palace coup in 1970 to the promulation of the basic law of 1996. The book argues that the sultanate does not follow the "rentier" model but the patriarchal tradition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040097

Oman: Economic Social and Strategic Developments Oman is an important country for the West both as an oil exporter and as a key ally strategically placed at the entrance to the Gulf. This book first published in 1987 provides an overview of post-war social political and economic developments in the country. It outlines the historical and geographical background considers economic developments both in the oil and non-oil sectors as well as exploring societal changes in Omani culture and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642133

Oman: the Modernization of the Sultanate Until the 1970s Oman was an isolated almost medieval kingdom virtually unknown to the outside world. The 1970 palace coup that brought Sultan Qaboos b. Sa’id Al-Sa’id to power also brought Oman into the twentieth century. Development programmes made modernization a rapid process and Oman’s location at the entrance to the Straits of Hormuz gave the country an increasing importance to US security interests in the Gulf region. Yet despite modernization Oman remains an unknown land. This book first published in 1987 dispels some of the mystery by focusing on the land the people and the history. It explores the influences on events of trade foreign involvement in Omani affairs and Ibadism (the principal sect of Islam in Oman). It also emphasizes the role of the Sultan in contemporary Oman. The architect of Oman’s ‘new age’ Qaboos has overseen significant changes in the country’s political system and rapid economic growth financed by oil exports. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184251

'Omar KhayyámThe Persian Text with Paraphrase and the First and Fourth Editions of Fitzgerald's Translation This book first published in 1931 shows in a simple sound and lucid manner how the genius of two poets (Omar Khayyam and FitzGerald) brought together by the genius of an Orientalist (Professor Cowell) culminated in a very strange very beautiful and profound English poem. This book is concerned with the genuineness of the verses ascribed to Omar Khayyam and consists of a comparison of the original Arabic a paraphrase and FitzGerald’s first and fourth editions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061064

Omega-3 Fatty Acids and the DHA Principle The physical-chemical properties of the omega-3 fatty acid DHA (docosahexaenoic acid) enable it to facilitate rapid biochemical processes in the membrane. This effect has numerous benefits including those involved in the growth of bacteria rapid energy generation human vision brain impulse and photosynthesis to name a few. Yet DHA also carries risks that can lead to cellular death and disease. Omega-3 Fatty Acids and the DHA Principle explores the roles of omega-3 fatty acids in cellular membranes ranging from human neurons and swimming sperm to deep sea bacteria and develops a principle by which to assess their benefits and risks.   The DHA Principle states that the blending of lipids to form cellular membranes is evolutionarily-honed to maximize benefit while minimizing risk and that a complex blending code involving conformational dynamics energy stress energy yield and chemical stability underlies all cellular membranes.   This book lays the groundwork to understanding this code. It examines the evolution of DHA and the membrane and explores the general properties of omega-3s and other membrane lipids. It then focuses on cellular biology before shifting to a practical discussion on applications. The authors discuss the DHA Principle as applied to petroleum degradation winemaking global warming molecular farming aging neurodegenerative diseases and the prevention of colon cancer. Reflecting the increased public interest that has emerged over the years this volume uses an integrative approach to explain the complex roles of omega-3s in the membrane. Incorporating principles from chemistry cellular biology evolution and ecology this work gives researchers in a variety of fields the building blocks to stimulate further study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374195

Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Health and Disease A report from research in the MIT Sea Grant College Program. Discusses the relationship between particular fatty acids found only in fish oil and human health. Presents and evaluates information on the health effects of dietary fats generally; evidence that fish oil consumption affects the incidenc Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066453

Omens and OraclesDivination in Ancient Greece Addressing the role which divination played in ancient Greek society this volume deals with various forms of prophecy and how each was utilised and for what purpose. Chapters bring together key types of divining such as from birds celestial phenomena the entrails of sacrificed animals and dreams. Oracular centres delivered prophetic pronouncements to enquirers but in addition there were written collections of oracles in circulation. Many books were available on how to interpret dreams the birds and entrails and divination as a religious phenomenon attracted the attention of many writers. Expert diviners were at the heart of Greek prophecy whether these were Apollo’s priestesses delivering prose or verse answers to questions put to them by consultants diviners known as manteis who interpreted entrails and omens the chresmologoi who sang the many oracles circulating orally or in writing or dream interpreters. Divination was utilised not only to foretell the future but also to ensure that the individual or state employing divination acted in accordance with that divinely prescribed future; it was employed by all and had a crucial role to play in what courses of action both states and individuals undertook. Specific attention is paid in this volume not only to the ancient written evidence but to that of inscriptions and papyri with emphasis placed on the iconography of Greek divination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594985

Omic Association Studies with R and Bioconductor After the great expansion of genome-wide association studies their scientific methodology and notably their data analysis has matured in recent years and they are a keystone in large epidemiological studies. Newcomers to the field are confronted with a wealth of data resources and methods. This book presents current methods to perform informative analyses using real and illustrative data with established bioinformatics tools and guides the reader through the use of publicly available data. Includes clear readable programming codes for readers to reproduce and adapt to their own data.Emphasises extracting biologically meaningful associations between traits of interest and genomic transcriptomic and epigenomic data Uses up-to-date methods to exploit omic data Presents methods through specific examples and computing sessionsSupplemented by a website including code datasets and solutions Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367728106

OMICS Applications in Crop Science Merging topical data from recently published review and research articles as well as the knowledge and insight of industry experts Omics Applications in Crop Science delves into plant science and various technologies that use omics in agriculture. This book concentrates on crop breeding and environmental applications and examines the applications of various omics technologies including genomics transcriptomics proteomics metabolomics to important agronomic horticultural medicinal plantation fiber forage and bioenergy crops. It covers the application of omics technologies in several important crops including cereal and pulse. It explores the brassica species drought tolerance in rice and genetic engineering of the potato. The book discusses temperate fruits; and omics of medicinal plants the metabolomics of Catharanthus roseus and how the medicinally important alkaloids of the plant are produced as well as the omics of another important medicinal plant Withania somnifera. It examines floriculture the omics advances in tea and omics strategies in improving the fiber qualities of cotton. It provides omics-related information on forest trees and forage crops and offers a detailed account on how omics technologies are applicable in molecular farming along with associated issues such as commercial aspects of molecular farming clinical trials of plant-produced pharmaceuticals regulatory issues and intellectual property rights. Written as a resource for plant biologists plant breeders agriculture scientists researchers and college students studying various fields in agriculture and the agri industries OMICS Applications in Crop Science compiles the latest research in this essential field of modern crop and plant science utilizing various omics technologies and their applications in a number of important crops/plants from agronomy pomology olericulture floriculture medicinal plants plantation and energy crops agro-forestry and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074767

Omics in Clinical PracticeGenomics Pharmacogenomics Proteomics and Transcriptomics in Clinical Research This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. This book serves as an introduction to genomics proteomics and transcriptomics putting these fields in relation to human disease and ailments. The various chapters consider the role of translation and personalized medicine as well as pathogen detection evolution and infection in relation to genomics proteomics and transcriptomics. The topic of companion diagnostics is also covered. The book is broken into five sections. Part I examines the connection between omics and human disease. Part II looks at the applications for the fields of translational and personalized medicine. Part III focuses on molecular and genetic markers. Part IV describes the use of omics while studying pathogens and Part V examines the applications for companion diagnostics. The book: • Introduces genomics proteomics and transcriptomics in relation to human disease and ailments • Considers the role of translation and personalized medicine in relation to genomics proteomics and transcriptomics • Covers molecular and genetic markers • Considers the role of genomics proteomics and transcriptomics in relation to pathogen detection evolution and infection • Covers companion diagnostics in relation to genomics proteomics and transcriptomics clinical applications and research Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880602

Omics Technologies and Crop Improvement Increased world population decreased water supply and climate change all put stresses on the global food supply. An exploration of the challenges and possible solutions to improve yields of the main crops such as cereals roots tubers and grasses Omics Technologies and Crop Improvement reviews data on food sciences and omics. The book covers modern omic technologies such as nutrigenomics and metagenomics. It provides a detailed examination of how omics can help crop science and horticulture and introduces the benefits of using these technologies to increase crop yields and other features such as resistance and nutritional values.The book highlights crop improvements such as increased yield drought resistance disease resistance and value-added performance through a non-transgenic format. It explores how the different omics technologies especially the most recent ones (proteomics metabolomics nutrigenomics ionomics and metagenomics) would be used to improve the quantitative and qualitative features of crop plants. Topics covered include:Advances in omics for improved fresh cropsTranscriptome analyses on the drought response using drought tolerant near isogenic linesMetabolite profiling that reveals different effects of nitrogen amendments on vegetablesOmics technology application to forage crops improvementSecondary metabolites and plant tissue cultureRNAi technology and crop improvementGene expression analysis methods with NGS dataWeb database resources and crops improvementGene Expression Networks (GEN) in cropsSpecific crop improvement (papaya wheat coffee potato and more)With contributions from pioneering researchers from twelve countries the book presents a broad view of how omics would help crop science and horticulture meet the challenges of a shrinking global food Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378295

OMICs TechnologiesTools for Food Science Since the completion of the Human Genome Project food and nutrition sciences have undergone a fundamental molecular transformation. New discoveries in molecular biology analytical chemistry and biochemistry have led to the development of new tools that are likely to revolutionize the study of food. OMICS Technologies: Tools for Food Science explores how these tools reveal the fundamental pathways and biochemical processes that drive food and nutrition sciences. In this volume an international panel of researchers examines the rise of these new technologies—including metabolomics metagenomics nutrigenomics transcriptomics and proteomics—and describes how they translate to food science research and productive technologies. The book explains how these methods can be used to assess the quality attributes of foods and food production systems. It explores the principles that regulate food production analyzes processing and ethical issues and documents the transformation from industrial to sustained foods production using the OMICS tools. Providing comprehensive information on OMICS and food and nutrition science this volume is a reliable reference for food scientists nutritionists and food product developers looking to implement OMIC technologies in product development. It is also a critical resource for food industry personnel regulators and government researchers who need to understand the role of these emerging technologies in advancing food science and nutrition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199248

OMICSApplications in Biomedical Agricultural and Environmental Sciences With the advent of new technologies and acquired knowledge the number of fields in omics and their applications in diverse areas are rapidly increasing in the postgenomics era. Such emerging fields—including pharmacogenomics toxicogenomics regulomics spliceomics metagenomics and environomics—present budding solutions to combat global challenges in biomedicine agriculture and the environment. OMICS: Applications in Biomedical Agricultural and Environmental Sciences provides valuable insights into the applications of modern omics technologies to real-world problems in the life sciences. Filling a gap in the literature it offers a broad multidisciplinary view of current and emerging applications of omics in a single volume. Written by highly experienced active researchers each chapter describes a particular area of omics and the associated technologies and applications. Topics covered include: Proteomics epigenomics and pharmacogenomics Toxicogenomics and the assessment of environmental pollutants Applications of plant metabolomics Nutrigenomics and its therapeutic applications Microalgal omics and omics approaches in biofuel production Next-generation sequencing and omics technology for transgenic plant analysis Omics approaches in crop improvement Engineering dark-operative chlorophyll synthesis Computational regulomics Omics techniques for the analysis of RNA splicing New fields including metagenomics glycomics and miRNA Breast cancer biomarkers for early detection Environomics strategies for environmental sustainability This timely book explores a wide range of omics application areas in the biomedical agricultural and environmental sciences. Throughout it highlights working solutions as well as open problems and future challenges. Demonstrating the diversity of omics it introduces readers to state-of-the-art developments and trends in omics-driven research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074750

OMICSBiomedical Perspectives and Applications A reflection of the explosion of research and development in this field OMICS: Biomedical Perspectives and Applications explores applications of omics in bioinformatics cancer research and therapy diabetes research plant science molecular biology and neurosciences. A select editorial panel of experts discusses their cutting edge omics research and novel technologies supplying a basic platform of methods and applications and a resource for enhanced cross-pollination in a multiomics approach to future endeavors in the fertile fields of omics research. After an introduction on the omics universe the book presents modern omics and its applications in nanotechnology genomics proteomics metagenomics toxicogenomics immunomics nutrigenomics diabetes neurology cardiology and cancer to name just a few. The book begins with an overview of omics and omic technologies such as cellomics glycomics and lipidomics. It also discusses bioinformatics demonstrating how it can be a tool in omics and examines the various approaches of omics technology in toxicology research and applications in biomedical sciences. While there are a long list of omics books available most focus narrowly on one area. Presenting a wide view of the current status of integrative omics this resource contains complete coverage of omics in research and therapy ranging from neuroscience to cardiology. It collates recent developments in the field into a state-of-the-art framework for this discipline. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074743

Omnia disce – Medieval Studies in Memory of Leonard Boyle O.P. The eighteen studies included here reflect three particular aspects of Leonard Boyle's remarkable impact on teaching and scholarship. His abiding interest in the early history and architecture of the basilica of San Clemente in Rome forms the focus of Part I; his profound contribution to the theory and practice of palaeography is reflected in Part II; and his creative work on clerical education pastoral care and the Dominican Order inspires Part III. In all these areas Fr Boyle combined remarkable attention to detail with the humane ability to bring clarity to complex issues. This book commemorates his inspiration but also reflects his favourite maxim derived from the twelfth-century teacher-theologian Hugh of St-Victor to 'Learn everything' for 'afterwards you will find that nothing is superfluous.' The fourth section is devoted to Fr Leonard as friend scholar and Prefect of the Vatican Library and it ends fittingly with what may be regarded as his own scholarly valediction 'St Thomas Aquinas and the Third Millennium'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247731

Omni-Channel Retail and the Supply ChainWorking Together for a Competitive Advantage Omni-Channel Retail and the Supply Chain The days of going to the local department store to buy a television view the options available and make a purchase now seem "quaint." The emergence of the internet smartphones social media and other technologies has opened a world of new options for consumers (and businesses) to review research and buy online with an ever-increasing array of delivery options. The emergence of e-commerce has resulted in what is commonly known today as "omni-channel" marketing in which customers engage with companies in a variety of ways including in a physical store or online via websites and mobile apps. This process puts the supply chain "front and center " as consumers are increasingly demanding and browsing buying and returning goods through various channels not just the traditional "brick and mortar" way. To accomplish this with high levels of service while remaining profitable requires real-time visibility of inventory across the supply chain and a single view of consumers as they continuously move from one channel to another. While this is a boon to consumers it has made the already complex global supply chain even more challenging to manage. On top of that the 2020 Covid19 pandemic has accelerated this omni-channel retail trend as consumers need even more ways to order and additional options for last-mile delivery such as curbside pickup. Covid19 has exposed a lack of flexibility and readiness resulting in shortages of everything from toilet paper and meats to personal protective equipment (PPE) and ventilators. It has been a real-life example of the "bullwhip effect " where variability at the consumer end of the supply chain results in increased variability as one goes upstream towards distributors manufacturers and suppliers. This results in shortages misallocations and increased costs. No longer can a manufacturer distributor or retailer of consumer products just "fill the pipeline" and wait for orders to come in. Now they must anticipate various purchases and delivery items while at the same time minimizing costs. To do this is no easy task requiring a Lean agile and responsive supply chain. Until now there was no existing "playbook" for organizations to navigate their way through this new world. This book describes the impact of omni-channel marketing on the supply chain and logistics functions and is intended to help management meet the needs of not only today’s ever-changing world but to anticipate what may be required in the future to achieve superior customer service profitability and a competitive advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367641979

On a Darkling Plain Originally published in 1947 and presenting the famed poet-novelist against the background of contemporary thought and society Harvey Curtis Webster shows that Hardy's later works give consistent evidence of hope; that pervasive pessimism was by no means the keynote of Hardy's thought. On a Darkling Plain traces the evolution of Hardy's thought from faith through disillusionment to a cautious belief in the ultimate progress of man. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110734

On Abstract and Historical Hypotheses and on Value Judgments in Economic SciencesCritical Edition with an Introduction and Afterword by Pao Luigi Einaudi (1874-1961) was a leading liberal economist economic historian and political figure. This book provides the English-speaking world with a first critical edition of Einaudi’s – hitherto unpublished – rewriting of one of his most unique and thoughtful essays.The relevance of this essay is crucial from several perspectives: history and methodology of economic thought role of economics and its relation to other disciplines and to social values role of economists in the public sphere while also encompassing the discourse on man and the economist as a "whole man". The critical edition of On Abstract and Historical Hypotheses and on Value Judgments in Economic Sciences includes a comprehensive introduction and afterword. An extensive reappraisal of this newly discovered essay will help to cast light on Einaudi’s uniqueness and originality within and beyond the Italian tradition in public finance thereby also illuminating his attempt to provide an epistemological account of his long lasting enquiry into the causes of good and bad polities.This book is of great interest to those who study economic theory and philosophy as well as history of economic thought public economics and legal and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866785

On Access in Applied Theatre and Drama Education This book explores and interrogates access and diversity in applied theatre and drama education. Access is persistently framed as a strategy to share power and to extend equality but in the context of current and recent power struggles it is also seen as a discourse that reinforces marginalisation and exclusion. The political bind of access is also a conceptual problem. It is impossible to refuse to engage in strategies to extend access to institutions representations buildings education discourse etc. We cannot oppose access or strategies for access without reinforcing marginalisation and exclusion. We can’t not want access for ourselves or for others. However we are then in danger of remaining immersed in a distribution of power that reinforces and naturalises inequality as difference. For applied theatre and drama education the act of creating teaching and learning is intrinsically connected to choice along with the agency and capacity to choose. What is less clear and what still interests us is how the distribution of power and representation creates the schema for an analysis of access and diversity. This book was originally published as a special issue of Research in Drama Education: The Journal of Applied Theatre and Performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367534

On Adolescence Adolescence and adolescent states of mind have seldom captured so much attention publicly nor have they stirred so much anxiety and disturbance privately. This long acknowledged problematic transitional world between childhood and adulthood is especially fraught these days with the assaults and pressures of contemporary culture and modern technology. The heart of the book lies in the exploration of the inner lives of these young people whether or not they find their way to clinical services. It sets out to illuminate the sorts of things that go wrong and how we can help to address them – the crises of identity gender loss self-harm bullying depression anger suicidal impulses anxiety and so much more. On Adolescence: Inside Stories is intended for all those concerned with adolescence and adolescent states of mind at whatever age or stage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205265

On Aesthetic and Cultural Issues in Pragmatic TranslationBased on the Translation of Brand Names and Brand Slogans This book focuses on the cross-cultural advertising communication and aesthetic issues of brands and brand slogans. Based on the pragmatic translating theories and case studies of a few classic brand translations the book puts forward the Three Aesthetic Principles of translating brands. The book special features the cultural in addition to the business aspect of introducing China Time-honored Brands to foreign markets. Readers will learn about the great importance of the aesthetic issues and cultural communications in translating brands and brand slogans through this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516598

On African-American Rhetoric On African-American Rhetoric traces the arc of strategic language use by African Americans from rhetorical forms such as slave narratives and the spirituals to Black digital expression and contemporary activism. The governing idea is to illustrate the basic call-response process of African-American culture and to demonstrate how this dynamic has been and continues to be central to the language used by African Americans to make collective cultural and political statements. Ranging across genres and disciplines including rhetorical theory poetry fiction folklore speeches music film pedagogy and memes Gilyard and Banks consider language developments that have occurred both inside and outside of organizations and institutions. Along with paying attention to recent events this book incorporates discussion of important forerunners who have carried the rhetorical baton. These include Frederick Douglass Harriet Jacobs Sojourner Truth Anna Julia Cooper W. E. B. Du Bois Zora Neale Hurston Malcolm X Martin Luther King Jr. Toni Cade Bambara Molefi Asante Alice Walker and Geneva Smitherman. Written for students and professionals alike this book is powerful and instructive regarding the long African-American quest for freedom and dignity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090446

On Angels and Devils and Stages BetweenContemporary Lives in Contemporary Dance First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059739

On Animation Set On Animation: The Director's Perspective is a collection of interviews with 21 animated feature-film directors. These extensive interviews were conducted over the past several years by filmmakers and educators (and peers to the directors interviewd) Tom Sito and Bill Kroyer. Interviews cover in-depth discussion of each director's career -- focusing on their creative development their films lesson learned and advice. The interviews were edited and produced by Ron Diamond.   Key Features Interviews with the greatest living legends in animation Offers profound insight into the creative process of these giants Grants advice and lessons for inspiring animators Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138295544

On AnimationThe Director's Perspective Vol 1 Be a fly on the wall as industry leaders Bill Kroyer and Tom Sito take us through insightful face-to-face interviews revealing in these two volumes the journeys of 23 world-class directors as they candidly share their experiences and personal views on the process of making feature animated films. The interviews were produced and edited by Ron Diamond. Your job is not to be the one with the answers. You should be the one that gets the answers. That’s your job. You need to make friends and get to know your crew. These folks are your talent your bag of tricks. And that’s where you’re going to find answers to the big problems - Andrew Stanton It’s hard. Yet the pain you go through to get what you need for your film enriches you and it enriches the film. – Brenda Chapman Frank and Ollie always used to say that great character animation contains movement that is generated by the character’s thought process. It can’t be plain movement. – John Lasseter The beauty of clay is that it doesn’t have to be too polished or too smooth and sophisticated. You don’t want it to be mechanical and lifeless. – Nick Park The good thing about animation is that tape is very cheap. Let the actor try things. This is where animation gets to play with spontaneity. You want to capture that line as it has never been said before. And most likely if you asked the actor to do it again he or she just can’t repeat that exact performance. But you got it. – Ron Clements Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138066533

On AnimationThe Director's Perspective Vol 2 On Animation: The Director's Perspective is a collection of interviews with 23 animated feature-film directors. These extensive interviews were conducted over the past several years by filmmakers and educators (and peers to the directors interviews) Tom Sito and Bill Kroyer. Interviews cover in-depth discussion of each director's career -- focusing on their creative development their films lesson learned and advice. The interviews were edited and produced by Ron Diamond.   Key Features Interviews with the greatest living legends in animation Offers profound insight into the creative process of these giants Grants advice and lessons for inspiring animators Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138066564

On Argentina and the Southern ConeNeoliberalism and National Imaginations This book considers how globalization is impacting contemporary Argentina-via regional trading blocs through migrations across its borders and through the emerging transnational border regions that it shares with other Latin American nations. Overshadowing all of these trends is the current crisis brought on by both international financial institutions possessing an increasing say over how the country is run and internal elites trying to use Argentina's integration into the world financial system to their own advantage. Argentina has long imagined itself as a European nation qualitatively different from its Latin American neighbors. But recent events are forcing it to change its perception of itself. As the size of Argentina's transnational community continues to swell and as the nation continues its financial and social implosion Argentinians are being forced to re-imagine the nation as being Latin American replete with the histories and problems of that part of the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810850

On Art Labor and Religion Chicago was a tumultuous and exciting city in 1889. Immigration industrialization urbanization and politics created a vortex of social change. This lively chaos called out for both celebration and reform and two women Ellen Gates Starr and Jane Addams responded to this challenge by founding the social settlement Hull House. Although Addams is one of the most famous women in American history and a major figure in sociology Starr remains virtually unknown. On Art Labor and Religion is the first anthology of Starr's writings and biography and makes evident her contributions to national and international sociological thought and practice.In addition to co-founding Hull House Starr actively brought the Arts and Crafts movement in Britain to Chicago through extensive and intensive relations with this group of artisans theorists socialists and proto-sociologists founding a number of important societies based on their ideals and practices. Her writings on art like those of William Morris and John Ruskin stress the need for a unitary life and meaningful work that is aesthetically expressive and in harmony with nature and the community. In the first two decades of the twentieth century she gained national fame as a visible socialist and advocate for women's labor movements whose activism helped secure greater safety for many strikers. An adherent of Fabian socialism Starr's writings on labor unrest reflect her turning away from aestheticism toward more active political engagement. Her firm commitment to feminism expressed between 1892 and 1920 reveal a pragmatic belief in human improvement more inclusive democracy and our capacity to end major social problems. On converting to Catholicism in 1920 she left Hull House to follow a more private spiritual journey eventually entering the Benedictine religious order where she remained until her death in 1940. Her late religious and mystical writings renounce her former activism and the "Protestant ethic" in favor of an otherworldly dedication and an ordered life of prayer and devotion to Christ.Her essays make a distinct contribution to our knowledge about early sociology and the social settlement movement. This volume restores a significant figure to her rightful place in American social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512702

On AttachmentThe View from Developmental Psychology Attachment theory occupies an integrative position between psychodynamic therapy and various perspectives within empirical psychology. Since therapy began its way of thinking has been to interpret mental processes in relation to meaningful psychological objects between children and parents partners friends and within individual therapy. This volume summarises the research literature relating to attachment theory in developmental psychology in order to clarify conclusions that support practice. Part 1 considers the received wisdom about attachment and summarises the literature and what it means for understanding relationships and defences as part of development. Part 2 considers attachment in relation to emotional regulations while part 3 applies the clarified understanding of attachment processes to inform assessment and therapy and more broadly mental health work in general. The ideas of Sigmund Freud and John Bowlby are used to reinvigorate psychodynamic practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204527

On Becoming a Cognitive Behavioral Psychotherapist Cognitive behavioral psychotherapy is much more than a series of skills and techniques but rather a vital human activity. It starts with the inner being of the therapist that is his or her personality and character and then moves to the outer world of strategies and tactics. Drawing on a wealth of personal and professional experience Dr. Russell Grieger illuminates ten inner perspectives that transform a technician into a psychotherapist including the fundamental nature of being human the power of passionate purpose fearlessness the pursuit of elegance ridding self-esteem and more. For the practicing clinician the therapist in training and the interested layperson this book should be in everyone's library.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229051

On Becoming a Group MemberPersonal Growth and Effectiveness in Group Counseling This book provides an introduction to the general landscape of group counseling by way of the idea that learning to be an effective group member is essential to becoming a group leader. Interactive scenarios place the reader right into the group providing insights into the challenges and opportunities of participation. Each chapter explores a different stage of group work and concludes with useful suggestions and tips for having a successful experience. Throughout the book an emphasis is placed on member development and personal growth being achieved through self-awareness interpersonal experiences and dynamic ways of being. Cultural diversity ethics and confidentiality and involvement strategies and skills are also discussed. With its unique practical and engaging approach this book will be invaluable to counseling students as an excellent complement to the theory and research on group counseling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126749

on Becoming A Language EducatorPersonal Essays on Professional Development These personal essays by first and second language researchers and practitioners reflect on issues events and people in their lives that helped them carve out their career paths or clarify an important dimension of their missions as educators. Their narratives depict the ways in which professionals from diverse backgrounds and work settings have grappled with issues in language education that concern all of us: the sources and development of beliefs about language and education the constructing of a professional identity in the face of ethical and ideological dilemmas and the constraints and inspirations of teaching and learning environments. They have come together as a collective to engage in a courageous new form of academic discourse one with the potential to change the field. Many of the authors write their stories of having begun their work with voices positioned at the margins. Now as established professionals they feel strong enough collectively to risk the telling and through their telling to encourage other voices. This volume is intended to provide graduate students teachers and researchers in language education with insights into the struggles that characterize the professional development of language educators. Both readers and contributors should use the stories to view their own professional lives from fresh perspectives -- and be inspired to reflect in new ways on the ideological ethical and philosophical underpinnings of their professional personae. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053607

On Becoming a Manager in Social Work Too often professional staff are thrust into the role of manager without preparation or subsequent guidance over what becoming a manager entails. On Becoming a Manager is written by managers from a range of personal social services settings. It describes the transition from practice into this new world of management and includes advice guidance and tips on a range of issues including managing risk change conflict and resources. Alongside these are tools for managers which are particularly relevant in the context of Community Care and the Children Act 1989 such as budgeting evaluating and empowerment through contracts. It is an essential reader for about to be new and existing managers wishing to improve and consolidate their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467576

On Becoming a Psychotherapist Why do people want to become a psychotherapist? How do they translate this desire into reality? On Becoming a Psychotherapist explores these and related questions. Ten leading therapists write about their profession and their careers examining how and why they became psychotherapists. The contributors representing a wide cross-section of their profession come from both Britain and America from different theoretical backgrounds and are at different stages in their careers. They write in a personal and revealing way about their childhoods families colleagues and training. This absorbing and fascinating book offers a fresh perspective on psychotherapy and the people attracted to it. This Classic Edition of the book includes a new introduction written by the authors and will be invaluable for qualified psychotherapists and those in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415703840

On Becoming a Social ScientistFrom Survey Research and Participant Observation to Experimental Analysis This autobiographical analysis of the many difficult issues dilemmas choices and adjustments involved in becoming a social scientist highlights the strengths and limitations of two principal research methods: survey research and participant observation. It emphasizes how these research methods are actually experienced in contrast to how they are ideally described in texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529069

On Becoming an Effective TeacherPerson-centered teaching psychology philosophy and dialogues with Carl R. Rogers and Harold Lyon On Becoming an Effective Teacher describes exemplary practices like Teach For America which highlight the power of person-centered teaching to bring about higher student achievement and emotional intelligence. Lyon situates the classic with the cutting-edge integrating wisdom with research anecdote with practical advice to find truths that reveal paths toward effective teaching. Jeffrey Cornelius-White Psy.D. LPC Professor of Counseling Missouri State University USA Author of Learner Centered Instruction: Building Relationships for Student Success This fascinating book reveals through current research and contemporary applications that Carl Rogers’ pioneering and radical approach to education is as relevant today as it was in the 1970s and ‘80s. Brian Thorne University of East Anglia UK Carl Rogers is one of the most influential psychologists of the twentieth century. His influence is similarly outstanding in the fields of education counselling psychotherapy conflict resolution and peace. On Becoming an Effective Teacher presents the final unpublished writings of Rogers and as such has not only unique historical value but also a vital message for today’s educational crises and can be read as a prescription against violence in our schools. It documents the research results of four highly relevant related but independent studies which comprise the biggest collection of data ever accumulated to test a person-centred theory in the field of education. This body of comprehensive research on effective teaching was accomplished over a twenty-year period in 42 U.S. States and in six other countries including the UK Germany Brazil Canada Israel and Mexico and is highly relevant to the concerns of teachers psychologists students and parents. The principal findings of the research in this book show that teachers and schools can significantly improve their effectiveness through programs focusing on facilitative interpersonal relationships. Teachers who either naturally have or are trained to have empathy genuineness (congruence) and who prize their students (positive regard) create an important level of trust in the classroom and exert significant positive effects on student outcomes including achievement scores interpersonal functioning self-concept attendance and violence. The dialogues between Rogers and Lyon offer a unique and timeless perspective on teaching counselling and learning. The work of Reinhard Tausch on person-centered teaching for counselors parents athletics and even textbook materials and the empathic interactions of teachers and students is among the most thorough and rigorous research ever accomplished on the significance and potential of a person-centered approach to teaching and learning. This pioneering textbook is highly relevant to educational psychologists and researchers as well as those in undergraduate and graduate university courses in education teacher training counseling psychology and educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816984

On Being a MentorA Guide for Higher Education Faculty Second Edition On Being a Mentor is the definitive guide to the art and science of engaging students and faculty in effective mentoring relationships in all academic disciplines. Written with pithy clarity and rooted in the latest research on developmental relationships in higher educational settings this essential primer reviews the strategies guidelines and best practices for those who want to excel as mentors. Evidence-based advice on the rules of engagement for mentoring mentor functions qualities of good mentors and methods for forming and managing these relationships are provided. Summaries of mentorship relationship phases and guidance for adhering to ethical principles are reviewed along with guidance about mentoring specific populations and those who differ from the mentor in terms of sex and race. Advice about managing problem mentorships selecting and training mentors and measuring mentorship outcomes and recommendations for department chairs and deans on how to foster a culture of excellent mentoring in an academic community is provided. Chalk full of illustrative case-vignettes this book is the ideal training tool for mentoring workshops. Highlights of the new edition include: Introduces a new model for conceptualizing mentoring relationships in the context of the various relationships professors typically develop with students and faculty (ch. 2). Provides guidance for creating a successful mentoring culture and structure within a department or institution (ch. 16). Now includes questions for reflection and discussion and recommended readings at the end of each chapter for those who wish to delve deeper into the content. Best Practices sections highlight the key takeaway messages. The latest research on mentoring in higher education throughout. Part I introduces mentoring in academia and distinguishes mentoring from other types of relationships. The nuts and bolts of good mentoring from the qualities of those who succeed as mentors to the common behaviors of outstanding mentors are the focus of Part II. Guidance in establishing mentorships with students and faculty the common phases of mentorship and the ethical principles governing the mentoring enterprise is also provided. Part III addresses the unique issues and answers to successfully mentoring undergraduates graduate students and junior faculty members and considers skills required of faculty who mentor across gender and race. Part IV addresses management of dysfunctional mentorships and the documentation of mentorship outcomes. The book concludes with a chapter designed to encourage academic leaders to make high quality mentorship a salient part of the culture in their institutions. Ideal for faculty or career development seminars and teaching and learning centers in colleges and universities this practical primer is appreciated by professors department chairs deans and graduate students in colleges universities and professional schools in all academic fields including the social and behavioral sciences education natural sciences humanities and business legal and medical schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138892279

On Being At WorkThe Social Construction of the Employee Inspired by the work of the philosopher Judith Butler influenced by Marx’s theory of alienation and intrigued by theories of death this book develops an anti-methodological approach to studying working lives. Distinctions are drawn between labour (the tasks we do in our jobs) and work (self-making activities that are carried out at the workplace): between the less than human zombie-like laborer and the working human self. Nancy Harding argues that the experience of being at work is one in which the insistence on practising one’s humanity always provides a counter-point to organisational demands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579711

On Being in the World (Routledge Revivals)Wittgenstein and Heidegger on Seeing Aspects On Being in the World first published in 1990 illumines a neglected but important area of Wittgenstein’s philosophy revealing its pertinence to the central concerns of contemporary analytic philosophy. The starting point is the idea of ‘continuous aspect perception’ which connects Wittgenstein’s treatment of certain issues relating to aesthetics with fundamental questions in the philosophy of psychology. Professor Mulhall indicates parallels between Wittgenstein’s interests and Heidegger’s Being and Time demonstrating that Wittgenstein’s investigation of aspect perception is designed to cast light on much more than a bizarre type of visual experience: in reality it highlights what is distinctively human about our behaviour in relation to things in the world what it is that distinguishes our practical activity from that of automata. On Being in the World remains an invaluable resource for students of Wittgenstein’s philosophy as well as anyone interested in negotiating the division between analytic and continental philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024526

On Being Normal and Other DisordersA Manual for Clinical Psychodiagnostics The central argument of On Being Normal and Other Disorders is that psychic identity is acquired through one's primary intersubjective relationships. Thus the diagnosis of potential pathologies must also be founded on this relation. Given that the efficacy of all forms of treatment depends upon the therapeutic relation a diagnostic of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325732

On Being OldThe Psychology Of Later Life First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203970454

On Beyond UraniumJourney to the End of the Periodic Table In the early nineteenth century chemists knew of the existence of ninety-two chemical elements from Hydrogen to Uranium. For nearly forty years scientists thought they knew the content of our planet and all of its contents. In the late 1930s the world of chemical science began to discover elements beyond Uranium - the 'transuranics'. These new super-heavy elements are probably not found in nature at all but can be detected if only for a few fractions of a second in precisely designed experiments using powerful nuclear tools. On Beyond Uranium: Journey to the End of the Periodic Table is full of exciting new concepts and tells the story of the author's quest to discover elements never before known to man. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274973

On BiopoliticsAn Inquiry into Nature and Language In On Biopolitics Marco Piasentier discusses one of the most persistent questions in biopolitical theory – the divide between nature and language – and attempts to redraw the conceptual map which has traditionally defined the permissible paths to address this question. Taking his cue from Foucault’s exhortation to think philologically and biologically Piasentier traverses the main theoretical and methodological frameworks which have informed the biopolitical debate on nature and language biology and politics. Biopolitical theory becomes the center of gravity for an investigation encompassing diverse philosophical models from the Heideggerian linguistic turn to post-Darwinian naturalism. The divide between traditions is not proof of an impossible encounter but constitutes the site for a new conceptual topography. Working in this interdisciplinary space Piasentier puts into question the command of language and the ends of nature: two vestiges of a ‘human all too human’ worldview that preclude the possibility of thinking philologically and biologically about biopolitics. On Biopolitics: An Inquiry into Nature and Language is essential reading for humanities and social sciences scholars with an interest in moving beyond debates about nature and language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478862

On BohemiaThe Code of the Self-exiled Bohemia has been variously defined as a mythical country a state of mind a tavern by the wayside on the road of life. The editors of this volume prefer a leaner definition: an attitude of dissent from the prevailing values of middle-class society one dependent on the existence of caf life. But whatever definition is preferred this rich and long overdue collective portrait of Bohemian life in a large variety of settings is certain to engage and even entrance readers of all types: from the student of culture to social researchers and literary figures n search of their ancestral roots. The work is international in scope and social scientific in conception. But because of the special nature of the Bohemian fascination the volume is also graced by an unusually larger number of exquisite literary essays. Hence one will find in this anthology writings by Malcolm Cowely Norman Podhoretz Norman Mailer Theophile Gautier Honore de Balzac Mary Austin Stefan Zweig Nadine Gordimer and Ernest Hemingway. Social scientists are well represented by Cesar Grana Ephraim Mizruchi W.I. Thomas Florian Znaniecki Harvey Zorbaugh John R. Howard and G. William Domhoff among others.The volume is sectioned into major themes in the history of Bohemia: social and literary origins testimony by the participants analysis by critics of and crusaders for the bohemian life the ideological characteristics of the bohemians and the long term prospect as well as retrospect for bohemenianism as a system culture and ideology. The editors have provided a framework for examining some fundamental themes in social structure and social deviance: What are the levels of toleration within a society? Do artists deserve and receive special treatment by the powers that be? And what are the connections between bohemian life-styles and political protest movements?This is an anthology and not a treatise so the reader is free to pick and choose not only what to read but what sort of general patterns are essential and which are transitional. This collection initiated by the late Cesar Grana has been completed and brought to fruition by his wife Marigay Grana. Cesar Grana was prior to his death professor of sociology at the University of California in San Diego. Among his major books is Meaning and Authenticity also available from Transaction. Marigay Grana was formerly an urban planner and designer in San Diego. She now is a free-lance editor living in Santa Fe New Mexico. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529076

On Borrowed TimeHow the Growth in Entitlement Spending Threatens America's Future Entitlements represent one of the largest and fastest-growing portions of the federal budget. They are regarded as sacrosanct by lawmakers yet many people see them as one of the greatest threats to the American Dream. This volume argues that by sacrificing the future in order to pay ever-larger federal benefits through programs such as Social Security Medicare and federal pensions entitlement spending has become a crushing burden to American workers. Peterson and Howe destroy myths surrounding entitlement spending. They show that the bulk of it does not go to the poor. The majority of the elderly are not needy and dependent. Entitlement programs not defense spending consume the largest share of the federal budget. In short we cannot balance the budget without reducing entitlement spending. In a country that demands critical investments--improving public education alleviating poverty increasing professional opportunity--growth in entitlement spending is unaffordable.On Borrowed Time is an important and timely book that will be mandatory reading for policymakers politicians economists and a general public concerned with its financial future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529083

On Both Banks of the JordanA Political Biography of Wasfi al-Tall To a large extent the history of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan has been shaped by the interaction between Jordan and Palestine and between Jordanians and Palestinians. This book first published in 1994 discusses this relationship during one of its most critical phases through the prism of the biography of one of the main actors in this saga a Prime Minister in the 1960s and early 70s Wasf al-Tall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634725

On Call Radiology On-Call Radiology presents case discussions on the most common and important clinical emergencies and their corresponding imaging findings encountered on-call. Cases are divided into thoracic gastrointestinal and genitourinary neurological and non-traumatic spinal paediatric trauma interventional and vascular imaging. Iatrogenic complications are also discussed. Each case is presented as a realistic clinical scenario and includes a clinical history and request for imaging. Multi-modality imaging examples and a case discussion on the diagnosis and basic management with emphasis on important radiological findings are also presented. This book combines a case-based discussion format with practical advice on imaging decision making in the acute setting. It also offers guidance on radiology report writing and techniques with a focus on relevant positive and negative findings to pass on to referring clinicians. On-call Radiology offers invaluable knowledge and practical tips for any on-call radiologist. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482221671

On CameraHow To Report Anchor & Interview From the Foreword by Bob Schieffer:"This is a real 'how to' book by two people who really know how. But it is more than just a fine manual on broadcast journalism journalists and non-journalists alike will find it good read a treasure chest of anecdotes stories and a tall tale or two from the most exciting profession of all—reporting the news." Reardon’s On Camera: How to Report Anchor & Interview teaches you how to become professional and effective on camera. You’ll learn how to appear and feel at ease whether doing an interview reporting in the field reading from a prompter or giving a video presentation. It’ll give you the nuts and bolts of how to do the job at the network level or as a backpack journalist so you feel confident that when you’re standing in front of the camera you will know what you’re doing. Whether new to television or experienced in front of a camera you will improve on your current skills through career-focused tips and tried-and-true principles—all oriented to skills development—in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831826

On Case GrammarProlegomena to a Theory of Grammatical Relations Originally published in 1977 On Case Grammar represents a synthesis of various lines of research with special regard to the treatment of grammatical relations. Arguments are assessed for and against case grammar localism lexical decomposition and relational grammar. The book surveys the important evidence to support the validity of the choice of a case grammar as the most satisfactory of current accounts of the notion of grammatical relations. This evidence is derived from a detailed examination of various processes in English and from a typological comparison of other languages notably Dyirbal and Basque. The book also looks at the establishment of principled limitation on the set of case relations. Lexical syntactical semantic and morphological evidence suggests that the set of cases is in conformity with the predictions of a strong form of the localist hypothesis which requires that case relations be distinguished in terms of source vs. goal vs. location. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624351

On Children Who Privilege the BodyReflections of an Independent Psychotherapist On Children Who Privilege the Body: Reflections of an Independent Psychotherapist brings together selected papers from the career of Ann Horne and draws upon her considerable experience in the field of child and adolescent mental health.     On Children Who Privilege the Body will be of considerable interest and use to child psychotherapists social workers and all other mental health professionals working with children and adolescents in a range of settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399827

On Christian BeliefA Defence of a Cognitive Conception of Religious Belief in a Christian Context "On Christian Belief" offers a defense of realism in the philosophy of religion. It argues that religious belief--with particular reference to Christian belief--unlike any other kind of belief is cognitive; making claims about what is real and open to rational discussion between believers and non-believers. The author begins by providing a critique of several views which either try to describe a faith without cognitive context or to justify believing on non-cognitive grounds. He then discusses what sense can be made of the phenomenon of religious conversion by realists and non-realists. After a chapter on knowledge in general he defends the idea that religious knowledge is very like other knowledge in being based on reliable testimony sifted by reason and tested by experience. The logical status of the content of religious belief is then discussed with reference to Christianity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860017

On Clitics and CliticizationThe Interaction of Morphology Phonology and Syntax First published in 1995. This investigation shows that cliticization is not a totally unified phenomenon. Asymmetries in the behaviour of phonological and syntactic clitics show that no single principle predicts all clitic behaviour. The study explores the idea that modifications to the original five parameter system of analysis can be altered to a more efficient analysis in terms of three parameters. This title will be of interest to students of phonetics and phonology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337114

On CollectingAn Investigation into Collecting in the European Tradition On Collecting examines the nature of collecting both in Europe and among people living within the European tradition elsewhere.Susan Pearce looks at the way we collect and what this tells us about ourselves and our society. She also explores the psychology of collecting: why do we bestow value on certain objects and how does this add meaning to our lives? Do men and women collect differently? How do we use objects to construct our identity?This book breaks new ground in its analysis of our relationship to the material world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203552209

On Comics and Legal AestheticsMultimodality and the Haunted Mask of Knowing What are the implications of comics for law? Tackling this question On Comics and Legal Aesthetics explores the epistemological dimensions of comics and the way this once-maligned medium can help think about – and reshape – the form of law. Traversing comics critical and cultural legal studies it seeks to enrich the theorisation of comics with a critical aesthetics that expands its value and significance for law as well as knowledge more generally. It argues that comics’ multimodality – its hybrid structure which represents a meeting point of text image reason and aesthetics – opens understanding of the limits of law’s rational texts by shifting between multiple frames and modes of presentation. Comics thereby exposes the way all forms of knowledge are shaped out of an unstructured universe becoming a mask over this chaotic ‘beyond’. This mask of knowing remains haunted – by that which it can never fully capture or represent. Comics thus models knowledge as an infinity of nested frames haunted by the chaos without structure. In such a model the multiple aspects of law become one region of a vast and bottomless cascade of perspectives – an infinite multiframe that extends far beyond the traditional confines of the comics page rendering law boundless. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404475

On Complementation in Icelandic This study deals with the complementation of verbs in Icelandic. The main emphasis is on clausal complements of verbs and the syntactic rules that operate in and on such complements. This study is written with two kinds of readers in mind. First it is written for the theoretical linguist who is looking for phenomena of general theoretical interest i.e. facts about Icelandic syntax that bear on the question what an adequate general linguistic theory must be like and hence shed some light on the nature of human language. Second the study is also written with a different kind of reader in mind namely a reader who is interested in Icelandic syntax in particular perhaps from a more descriptive point of view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994621

On Constructive Interpretation of Predictive Mathematics (1990) First published in 1990 this book consists of a detailed exposition of results of the theory of "interpretation" developed by G. Kreisel — the relative impenetrability of which gives the elucidation contained here great value for anyone seeking to understand his work. It contains more complex versions of the information obtained by Kreisel for number theory and clustering around the no-counter-example interpretation for number-theorectic forumulae provide in ramified analysis. It also proves the omega-consistency of ramified analysis. The author also presents proofs of Schütte’s cut-elimination theorems which are based on his consistency proofs and essentially contain them — these went further than any published work up to that point helping to squeeze the maximum amount of information from these proofs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226678

On Courage What is courage and why is it one of the oldest and most universally admired virtues? How is it relevant in the world today and what contemporary forms does it take? In this insightful and crisply written book Geoffrey Scarre examines these questions and many more. He begins by defining courage asking how it differs from fearlessness recklessness and fortitude and why people are often more willing to ascribe it to others than to avow it for themselves. He also asks whether courage can serve bad ends as well as good and whether it can sometimes promote confrontation over compromise and dialogue. On Courage explores the ideas of Aristotle Aquinas and many later philosophers who have written about courage as well as drawing on classic and recent examples of courage in politics and fiction including the German anti-Nazi "White Rose Movement" the modern phenomenon of "whistle-blowing" and Stephen Crane’s The Red Badge of Courage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203851982

On Course Starting again – or maybe starting anew? Want to widen your prospects and sort out your language skills? Looking for a serious French course designed specifically for your needs? On Course provides a thorough grounding in the language and enables you to speak read write and understand contemporary French. Covering all you need to know On Course will: Teach you the sort of French which will enable you to live and study in French-speaking countries Appeal to your interests concerns and needs Focus your learning on language use helping you cope in all situations Consolidate your learning and make the language stick Guide your pronunciation so you get it right first time Make you culturally aware Motivate you though to the end of the course Teach you the transferable skills all employers require Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832473

On Crimes and Punishments Cesare Beccaria's influential treatise On Crimes and Punishments is considered a foundational work in the field of criminology. Three major themes of the Enlightenment run through the treatise: the idea that the social contract forms the moral and political basis of the work's reformist zeal; the idea that science supports a dispassionate and reasoned appeal for reforms; and the belief that progress is inextricably bound to science. All three provide the foundation for accepting Beccaria's proposals. It is virtually impossible to ascertain which of several versions of the treatise that appeared during his lifetime best reflected Beccaria's thoughts. His use of many Enlightenment ideas also makes it difficult to interpret what he has written. While Enlightenment thinkers advocated free men and free minds there was considerable disagreement as to how this might be achieved except in the most general terms. The editors have based this translation on the 1984 Francioni text the most exhaustive critical Italian edition of Dei delitti e delle pene. This edition is the last that Beccaria personally oversaw and revised. This translation includes an outstanding opening essay by the editors and is a welcome introduction to Beccaria and the beginnings of criminology. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864022

On Death without DignityThe Human Impact of Technological Dying Candidly written ""On Death Without Dignity: The Human Impact of Technological Dying"" attempts to re-humanize the inevitable biological occurrence called dying. It is Moller's view that through the advancement of medicalized technology has come the demise of the contemporary dying process. The oncological death is reflected as failure in the part of modern medicine the physician and the hospital; yet the patient experiences alienation stigma helplessness and normlessness. Yet as a culture the current societal approach to the dying-silent avoidance-only adds to this alienation. Society has failed to provide the necessary rules for this universal social and biological event. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783835

On Declaring LoveEighteenth-Century Literature and Jane Austen "What did she say? – Just what she ought of course. A lady always does."This book explores the act of declaring love in works of literature written between the middle of the eighteenth century and the death of Jane Austen - and uncovers the uncertain boundaries of the self in the force-field of courtship. Declaring love is understood as the hazardous attempt to find public social terms which can communicate personal feelings and bring intimacy into being. This was a period highly sensitive to the propriety and artificiality of public forms and hence peculiarly alive to problems around the idea of saying what you feel problems experienced especially though not exclusively by women. Through this historical lens the author considers the ways in which we may become entangled with one another through language the limits to our operation as independent individuals and whether in love you can only feel what you can tell. The first part of the book examines eighteenth-century attitudes towards the independent or disengaged self performance culture and the feasibility of sincerity through readings of a wide range of different works. This provides the basis for a discussion of Austen's novels in the final two chapters focused on the dynamics of courtship and the moment of proposal and making much of the role of Austen's narrative voice in supporting the subjectivity of the one in love. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664688

On DeconstructionTheory and Criticism after Structuralism With an emphasis on readers and reading Jonathan Culler considers deconstruction in terms of the questions raised by psychoanalytic feminist  and reader-response criticism. On Deconstruction is both an authoritative synthesis of Derrida's thought and an analysis of the often-problematic relationship between his philosophical writings and the work of literary critics.  Culler's book is an indispensable guide for anyone interested in understanding modern critical thought.  This edition marks the twenty-fifth anniversary of the first publication of this landmark work and includes a new preface by the author that surveys deconstruction's history since the 1980s and assesses its place within cultural theory today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834415

On Deification and Sacred EloquenceRichard Rolle and Julian of Norwich This book considers the place of deification in the writings of Julian of Norwich and Richard Rolle two of the fourteenth-century English Mystics. It argues that as a consequence of a belief in deification both produce writing that is helpfully viewed as sacred eloquence. The book begins by discussing the nature of deification employing Norman Russell’s typology. It explores the realistic and ethical approaches found in the writings of several Early Greek Fathers including Irenaeus of Lyons Cyril of Alexandria Origen and Evagrius Ponticus as well as engaging with the debate around whether deification is a theological idea found in the West across its history. The book then turns its attention to Julian and Rolle arguing that both promote forms of deification: Rolle offering a primarily ethical approach while Julian’s approach is more realistic. Finally the book addresses the issue of sacred eloquence arguing that both Rolle and Julian in some sense view their words as divinely inspired in ways that demand an exegetical response that is para-biblical. Offering an important perspective on a previously understudied area of mysticism and deification this book will be of interest to scholars of mysticism theology and Middle English religious literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472489418

On Dialogue David Bohm is considered one of the best physicists of all time. He also had a deep interest in human communication and creativity. Influential in both management and communication theory in what is known 'Bohm Dialogue' On Dialogue is both inspiring and pioneering. Bohm considers the origin and very meaning of dialogue reflecting on what gets in the way of "true dialogue". He argues that dialogue as a radical form of exploration that allows different views to be presented leads us beyond the impasse of conflict and argument to the forming of new views. With a new foreword by Dean Rickles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854702

On Dialogue Never before has there been a greater need for deeper listening and more open communication to cope with the complex problems facing our organizations businesses and societies. Renowned scientist David Bohm believed there was a better way for humanity to discover meaning and to achieve harmony. He identified creative dialogue a sharing of assumptions and understanding as a means by which the individual and society as a whole can learn more about themselves and others and achieve a renewed sense of purpose. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203180372

On Directing Shakespeare For producers and directors planning a production several questions inevitably arise: Which play is appropriate for the contemporary audience? Should the text and setting be altered? Twelve leading contemporary directors answer these questions in interviews in this book and shed light on what Shakespeare means to them and to their audiences. Originally published in 1977. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977488

On DiscomfortMoments in a Modern History of Architectural Culture Examining discomfort’s physical emotional conceptual psychological and aesthetic dimensions the contributors to this volume offer an alternate cultural approach to the study of architecture and the built environment. By attending to a series of disparate instances in which architecture and discomfort intersect On Discomfort offers a fresh reading of the negotiations that define architecture’s position in modern culture. The essays do not chart comfort’s triumph so much as discomfort’s curious dispersal into practices that form ‘modern life’ – and what that dispersion reveals of both architecture and culture. The essays presented in this volume illuminate the material culture of discomfort as it accrues to architecture and its history. This episodic analysis speaks to a range of disciplinary fields and interdisciplinary subjects extending our understanding of the domestication of interiors (and objects cities and ideas); and the conditions under which – by intention or accident – they discomfort. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601543

On Divorce On Divorce is an anti-divorce treatise by Louis de Bonald originally published in 1801 in response to the institution of divorce in France in the aftermath of the French Revolution. Examining the social structures of Christians Jews Asians Greeks and Romans On Divorce links a theory of the family to a theory of politics and argues the family is a basic component of a stable society. As a politician Bonald gave a crucial anti-divorce speech in the French legislature that summarized the argument of On Divorce. Due largely to Bonald's efforts France abolished divorce in 1816.According to Bonald human society is composed of three interactive societies: religious society domestic society (the family) and public society (the state). These societies operate on common principles and can only be analyzed in relation to one another. Since in this view the family not the individual is the basic unit of society divorce represents a fundamental assault on the social order.Bonald was one of the three principal founders of conservatism along with Edmund Burke and Joseph de Maistre. Bonald's influence has been felt across the political spectrum and in areas as diverse as political theory sociology and literature. Of great interest to students of political philosophy this work will be of equal value to those concerned with divorce and other social questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851534

On Dreams Originally published in 1935 William Archer’s interest in dreams had persisted for over quarter of a century for ten years of which he kept a careful record of his own dreams. These records alone form a valuable collection of material of which Archer made good use in the writing of the book on dreams on which he was engaged at the time of his death; large parts of these dream-records are reproduced in this book. He left this book partly finished partly in draft and partly in the form of notes. In putting together this material the editor Theodore Besterman tries to carry out Archer’s intentions as closely as possible and believed that he represented the book as he would have wished it to appear. It was unquestionably an important contribution to a difficult subject at the time the result of many years’ study and reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232716

On Durkheim's Elementary Forms of Religious Life This is the first collection of essays to be published on Durkheim's masterpiece The Elementary Forms of Religious Life. It represents the work of the most important international Durkheim scholars from the fields of anthropology philosophy and sociology. The essays focus on key topics including:* the method Durkheim adopted in his study* the role of ritual and belief in society* the nature of contemporary religionThe contributors also explore cutting-edge debates about the notion of the soul and collective rituals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007086

On Durkheim's Rules of Sociological Method This radical appraisal of Durkheim's method first published in 1988 argues that fundamental errors have been made in interpreting Durkheim. Mike Gane argues that to understand The Rules it is necessary also to understand the context of the French society in which the book was written. He explores the cultural and philosophical debates which raged in France during the period when Durkheim prepared the book and establishes the real and unsuspected complexity of Durkheim's position: its formal complexity its epistemological complexity and its historical complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415847155

On East Asian Regional Cooperation IIdeality and Reality The book intents to locate the process and effectiveness of cooperation in East Asia to regard the construction of the East Asian community as the ideal to see the contradictions and difficulties in construction as the reality and to identify the actual development and achievement as the choice and effort between the two. The year of 1997 saw the Asian financial crisis which turned out to be a disaster but also opened up an opportunity for East Asia to establish cooperation mechanisms. Starting with the crisis this book examines the origin and development of the East Asian cooperation movement. More importantly it investigates the obstacles and resistance and provides insights into the cooperation within East Asia in the context of unstable political environments. Specifically it expounds the East Asian Free Trade Area monetary cooperation as well as the cooperation within Northeast Asian and Asia-Pacific regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374442

On East Asian Regional Cooperation IIIdeality and Reality The book intends to locate the process and effectiveness of cooperation in East Asia to regard the construction of the East Asian community as the ideal to see the contradictions and difficulties in construction as the reality and to identify the actual development and achievement as the choice and effort between the two. Instead of the East Asian Community various functional mechanisms have come into being in the development of East Asian cooperation because of complicated historical and economic relations among the countries. This book examines the roles played by ASEAN (Association of Southeast Asian Nations) Japan the United States and China in the cooperation respectively. More importantly China’s strategic orientation in regional cooperation is studied in the last chapter. It observes that China as a rising power is re-establishing regional relations and order with its geographically neighbouring countries as the basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383062

On East Asian Regional CooperationIdeality and Reality The book intents to locate the process and effectiveness of cooperation in East Asia to regard the construction of East Asian community as the ideal the contradictions and difficulties in construction as the reality and the actual development and achievement as the choice and effort between the two. The year of 1997 saw the Asian Financial Crisis which turned out to be a disaster but also opened up an opportunity for East Asia to establish cooperation mechanism. Starting with the crisis this book examines the origin and development of the East Asian cooperation movement. More importantly it investigates the obstacles and resistance and provides insights into the cooperation within East Asia in the context of unstable political environment. Specifically it expounds on East Asian Free Trade Area monetary cooperation as well as the cooperation within Northeast Asian and Asia-Pacific regions. Instead of the East Asian Community various functional mechanisms have come into being in the development of East Asian cooperation because of complicated historical and economic relations among the countries. This book examines the roles played by ASEAN (Association of Southeast Asian Nations) Japan U.S. and China in the cooperation respectively. More importantly China’s strategic orientation in regional cooperation is studied in the last chapter. It observes that China as a rising power is re-establishing regional relations and order with the geographically neighbouring countries as the basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180638

On Economic KnowledgeToward a Science of Political Economics This book first published in 1965 with a revised edition in 1977 examines the subject matter and the method of the science of economics. On Economic Knowledge explores the historical trends of economics the logic of economic science and whether or not economics can be viewed in itself as a science. This title will be of interest to students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936966

On Economic Theory & SocialismCollected Papers This volume collects published papers and essays from widely scattered and inaccessible sources some of which appeared for the first time when this book was originally published. In the first part of the book the subjects range from the theory of wages and recent trends in economic theory to economists’ criticism of capitalism and socialism investment-policy in under-developed countries and economic growth under the Soviet Five Year Plans. The second part includes papers on Lenin and Marx a study of the economic ideas of Bernard Shaw and an essay on historical materialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007628

On Economizing the Theory of A-Bar Dependencies First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865532

On Education First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174788

On Education Jane Addams the founder of Hull House in Chicago may be best known as a social activist. She was also a brilliantly critical intellectual. Implicit in her many speeches articles and books is a view of education as a broad process of cultural transformation and renewal a view that remains as compelling today as when it was first presented. Addams sees education as the foundation of democracy the basis for the free expression of ideas.Addams's writings on education are interpreted in an enlightening bio-graphical introduction by Ellen Lagemann. After the initial publication of this work Barbara L. Jacquette of the Delta Group Inc. in Phoenix wrote "Professor Lagemann has brought life and immediacy to Jane Addams's work. Better she has given us a context that shows us that some of our most pressing issues today are simply old problems in new guises problems for which some of the old solutions may still be of use." Gerald Lee Gutek of Loyola University of Chicago commented "Lagemann's insightful and sensitive biography reveals Addams's transformation from a reserved graduate of a small women's college into the Progressive reformer and pioneer of the settlement house movement."The essays collected here span a significant portion of Jane Addams's life from the time she spent in college to her founding of Hull House and beyond. Addams's constant interest in education is reflected in her writings. This book also reveals the many influences on Addams's life including the philosopher and educator John Dewey. On Education is an important work for educators women's studies specialists social workers and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529106

On Education Bertrand Russell is considered to be one of the most significant educational innovators of his time. In this influential and controversial work Russell calls for an education that would liberate the child from unthinking obedience to parental and religious authority. He argues that if the basis of all education is knowledge wielded by love then society can be transformed. One of Bertrand Russell’s most definitive works the remarkable ideas and arguments in On Education are just as insightful and applicable today as they were on first publication in 1926. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130937

On Educational InclusionMeanings History Issues and International Perspectives Combining examination of policy with primary research and analysis of up-to-date literature On Inclusive Education explores the various interpretations of inclusion its history in education and a range of its applications internationally. With an international complement of authors this book features detailed yet accessible chapters on a range of topics including inclusion in law; academically gifted students; students with severe sensory and multiple impairments; and case studies from Germany Portugal the Netherlands and the Russian Federation. The book also examines the impact of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities—and Article 24 in particular—and the likely legacies and future implications of recent inclusion movements. For postgraduate students and academics researching in the field of inclusive education and also for school administrators and policy makers On Inclusive Education is an essential resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361242

On Enlightenment The idea of enlightenment entails liberty equality rationalism secularism and the connection between knowledge and well being. In spite of the setbacks of revolutionary violence mass murder and two world wars the spread of enlightenment values is still the yardstick by which moral political and scientific advances are measured. In On Enlightenment David Stove attacks the roots of enlightenment thought to define its successes limitations and areas of likely failures.Stove champions the use of reason and recognizes the falsity of religious claims as well as the importance of individual liberty. He rejects the enlightenment's uncritical optimism regarding social progress and its willingness to embrace revolutionary change. What evidence is there that the elimination of superstition will lead to happiness? Or that it is possible to accept Darwinism without Social Darwinism? Or that the enlightenment's liberal rationalistic outlook will lead to the social progress envisioned by its advocates?Despite best intentions says Stove social reformers who attempt to improve the world inevitably make things worse. He advocates a conservative approach to change pointing out that social structures are so large and complex that any widespread social reform will have innumerable unforeseen consequences. Writing in the tradition of Edmund Burke with the same passion for clarity and intellectual honesty as George Orwell David Stove was one of the most articulate and insightful philosophers of his day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851862

On Environmental GovernanceSustainability Efficiency and Equity In On Environmental Governance Oran R. Young examines a variety of efforts to meet the challenge of governing human interaction with the environment in the interest of sustainability. At the same time he considers measures to minimize restrictions on human actors in using their natural resources. Young looks at issues including climate change biodiversity deforestation greenhouse gas emissions and carbon cycle disruption in exploring impacts from the local to the global. The book draws on general ideas about the nature of governance while exploring new models for governing human-environment relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051338

On EscalationMetaphors and Scenarios In this widely discussed and influential book Herman Kahn probes the dynamics of escalation and demonstrates how the intensification of conflict can be depicted by means of a definite escalation ladder ascent of which brings opponents closer to all-out war. At each rung of the ladder before the climb proceeds decisions must be made based on numerous choices. Some are clear and obvious others obscure but the options are always there.Thermonuclear annihilation says Kahn is unlikely to come through accident; but nations may elect to climb the ladder to extinction. The basic material for the book was developed in briefings delivered by Kahn to military and civilian experts and revised in the light of his findings of a trip to Vietnam in the 1960s. In On Escalation he states the facts squarely. He asks the reader to face unemotionally the terrors of a world fully capable of suicide and to consider carefully the alternatives to such a path.In the never-never land of nuclear warfare where nuclear incredulity is pervasive and paralyzing to the imagination even for the professional analyst salient details of possible scenarios for the outbreak of war and even more for war fighting are largely unexplored or even unnoticed. For scenarios in which war is terminated the issues and possibilities of which are almost completely unstudied the situation is even worse. Kahn's discussion throws light on the terrain and gives the individual a sense of the range of possibilities and complexities involved and are useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529120

On Ethics and EconomicsConversations with Kenneth J. Arrow Part intellectual autobiography and part exposition of complex yet contemporary economic ideas this lively conversation with renowned scholar and public intellectual Kenneth J. Arrow focuses on economics and politics in light of history current events and philosophy as well. Reminding readers that economics is about redistribution and thus about how we treat each other Arrow shows that the intersection of economics and ethics is of concern not just to economists but for the public more broadly. With a foreword by Amartya Sen this book highlights the belief that government can be a powerful force for good and is particularly relevant in the current political climate and to the lay reader as well as the economist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676060

On Extremism and Democracy in Europe On Extremism and Democracy in Europe is a collection of short and accessible essays on the far right populism Euroscepticism and liberal democracy by one of the leading academic and public voices today. It includes both sober fact-based analysis of the often sensationalized "rise of the far right" in Europe as well as passionate defence of the fundamental values of liberal democracy. Sometimes counter-intuitive and always thought-provoking Mudde argues that the true challenge to liberal democracy comes from the political elites at the centre of the political systems rather than from the political challengers at the political margins. Pushing to go beyond the simplistic opposition of extremism and democracy which is much clearer in theory than in practice he accentuates the internal dangers of liberal democracy without ignoring the external threats. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in European politics extremism and/or current affairs more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714717

On Fairness This title was first published in 2000:  A systematic analysis of the concept of fairness as a moral notion. The work critically examines and rejects several familiar accounts of fairness - fairness as equality of treatment as not taking advantage of another as adherence to rule and as respect for others - the author proposes an alternative account of fairness as fidelity to social practice. Drawing on examples from a variety of social practices ranging from the requirement to do one's fair share to the fairness of lotteries and bargaining this book outlines a new moral theory of fairness and offers insight into the various roles fairness considerations play in our lives and their limitations. Reflecting on the place of fairness and fair mindedness in moral social and political thought this book will be of interest to moral social and political philosophers as well as those in related areas such as political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712416

On Film The first edition of Stephen Mulhall's acclaimed On Film was a study of the four Alien films and made the highly original and controversial argument that films themselves can philosophise. In its second edition On Film increased its breadth and vision considerably to encompass films such as the Mission: Impossible series and Steven Spielberg's Minority Report. In this significantly expanded third edition Stephen Mulhall adds new chapters on the Jason Bourne films the fourth Mission: Impossible movie JJ Abrams' Star Trek and Star Trek: Into Darkness and Ridley Scott's Prometheus (in which he returns to the Alien universe he created). In so doing Mulhall reappraises in fascinating ways the central issues taken up in earlier editions of On Film: the genres of science fiction and thriller the impact of digital as opposed to photographic modes of technology on the nature of cinema as a medium (and its relation to television) and the fate of sequeldom in mainstream contemporary cinema (with its emphasis on remakes reboots and multi-media superhero franchises). On Film third edition is essential reading for anyone interested in philosophy film theory and cultural studies and in the way philosophy can enrich our understanding of cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796850

On Film EditingAn Introduction to the Art of Film Construction In On Film Editing director Edward Dmytryk explains in clear and engaging terms the principles of film editing. Using examples and anecdotes from almost five decades in the film industry Dmytryk offers a masterclass in film and video editing. Written in an informal "how-to-do-it" style Dmytryk shares his expertise and experience in film editing in a precise and philosophical way contending that all parties on the film crew—from the camera assistant to the producer and director—must understand film editing to produce a truly polished work. Originally published in 1984 this reissue of Dmytryk’s classic editing book includes a new critical introduction by Andrew Lund as well as chapter lessons discussion questions and exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584327

On Folkways and MoresWilliam Graham Sumner Then and Now William Graham Sumner is remembered primarily as an opponent of government intervention in social and economic issues. Focusing on Folkways (1906) this book examines Sumner's fundamental work as a comparative ethnographer with an appreciation for the rules and rituals that regulate everyday behavior.In Folkways Sumner developed classifications and an array of sociological concepts that continue to influence the discipline today. This new book presents key excerpts from Folkways as well as three of Sumner's other classic essays. It also includes five original essays by contemporary authorities that explain and explore Sumner's importance and influence. By linking Sumner's work to contemporary research about social control the sociology of law and sociological theory these new essays confirm his status as a foundational thinker in the field.Sumner offers an elegant conceptual schema with which to analyze the moral codes of in- and out-groups. His extensive use of comparative anthropological data demonstrates a qualitative methodology that can easily be applied to the analysis of contemporary American society. This volume includes contributions by Jonathan B. Imber Howard G. Schneiderman and A. Javier Trevino. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412853002

On Foreign PolicyUnfinished Business "This book sets out ideas on how the international community can better detect and act on the warning signs of genocide. It is a timely and welcome contribution to the debate on what may be the most pressing moral issue of our time." Kofi A. Annan Secretary-General of the United Nations "This slim volume is full of fascinating insights at the intersection of scholarship and policymaking." Graham Allison Harvard University Alexander L. George-a leading light in U.S. foreign affairs-has written a reflection on what he calls the "puzzles and gaps" he has discovered in his study and practice of foreign policy over the past fifty years. In the process he not only covers his own areas of expertise- such as his pioneering use of the case study method-but also manages to outline the major debates and dilemmas within foreign policy circles that persist to this day. Also included is a preview of new work on genocide and early warning that Alex George is developing with David A. Hamburg former president of the Carnegie Corporation of New York. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633169

On Frank Lloyd Wright's Concrete AdobeIrving Gill Rudolph Schindler and the American Southwest During the years 1919 into 1925 Frank Lloyd Wright worked on four houses and a kindergarten located in metropolitan Los Angeles using concrete blocks as the main building material. The construction system has been described by Wright and others as ’uniquely molded’ ’woven like a textile fabric’ and perceived as ground breaking truly modern unprecedented. Many have attempted to uphold these claims while some thought the house-designs borrowed from old exotic buildings. For the first time this book brings together Wright’s declarations the support of upholders and inferences in order to determine their accuracy and correctness or the possibility of feigned or fictional stories. It examines technical developments of concrete blocks by Wright and others before his experiences in Los Angeles began in 1919. It also studies the manner of Wright’s design process by an examination of relevant pictorial and textual documents. A unique in-depth and critical analysis of the houses is set within historical biographical and theoretical contexts. Consequently the book explains the impact upon Wright of California contemporaries architects Irving Gill and Rudolph Schindler and their instrumentally profound role upon the course of modernism 1907-1923. In doing so it allows a full appreciation of Wright’s Gill’s and Schindler’s buildings beyond their experiential qualities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245846

On FreedomA Centenary Anthology The London School of Economics and Political Science has embraced the full range of the social sciences and its related disciplines. Contributors to this book were invited to write on the subject of freedom. The volume is an exemplary reflection of the variety the individuality the different interests and the range of assumptions found in the scholars of the LSE. The authors come from varied backgrounds - linguistics mathematics computer science sociology geography economics industrial relations anthropology political science. They provide a stimulating array of viewpoints on the universally discussed issue of freedom Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529144

On Freud’s “The Uncanny” On Freud’s "The Uncanny" explores Freud’s 1919 essay of the same name and elaboration of the concept of the uncanny and how others or ‘the Other’ can impact on our selves. Catalina Bronstein and Christian Seulin bring together contributions from renowned psychoanalysts from different theoretical backgrounds revisiting Freud’s ideas 100 years after they were first published and providing new perspectives that can inform clinical practice as well as shape the teaching of psychoanalysis. Covering key topics such as drives clinical work the psychoanalytic frame and the influence of Ferenczi On Freud’s "The Uncanny" will be useful for anyone wishing to understand the continued importance of the uncanny in contemporary psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253592

On Freud's "The Question of Lay Analysis" The questions of what psychoanalysis is and does and who can and should practice it remains key within the modern profession. Has the invaluable material packed into Freud’s The Question of Lay Analysis (1926) been underestimated by contemporary psychoanalysis? This book explores how the issues raised in this paper can continue to impact contemporary Freudian theory and practice. The chapters examine why the arguably litigious nature of the paper might be contributing to its neglect and underestimation. The editors of this book put forth a hypothesis: is there an underlying still unrecognized but heartrending factor underlying the century-old quarrel between "lay analysts" and what might be described as medically or psychiatrically trained analysts? They then brought together a selection of major contemporary psychoanalytic thinkers from around the world to attempt to bridge the seemingly unbridgeable gap between medical and non-medical analysis using The Question of Lay Analysis as a central pivot. The work of the key figure in social and historic terms on this issue Theodor Reik is also duly honoured. On Freud’s "The Question of Lay Analysis" will be of great interest to all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782206293

On Freud's A Child is Being Beaten Presents a classic essay by Sigmund Freud followed by discussions that set Freud's work in context and demonstrate its contemporary relevance. The contributors to this volume represent diverse perspectives from different regions of the psychoanalytic world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200390

On Freud's Analysis Terminable and Interminable A discussion by several analysts on the length of treatment based upon Freud's paper which is also included. Contributors include Andre Green Arnold Cooper and David Rosenfeld. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757592

On Freud's Beyond the Pleasure Principle Freud's Beyond the Pleasure Principle constitutes a major landmark and a real turning point in the evolution of psychoanalytic theory. Pushing aside the primacy of the tension-discharge-gratification model of mental dynamics this work introduced the notion of a "daemonic force" within all human beings that slowly but insistently seeks psychic inactivity inertia and death. Politely dismissed by some as a pseudo-biological speculation and rapturously espoused by others as a bold conceptual advance "death instinct" became a stepping stone to the latter conceptualizations of mind's attacks on itself negative narcissism addiction to near-death and the utter destruction of meaning in some clinical situations. The concept also served as a bridge between the quintessentially Western psychoanalysis and the Eastern perspectives on life and death. These diverse and rich connotations of the proposal are elucidated in On Freud's "Beyond the Pleasure Principle". Other consequences of Freud's 1920 paper - namely the marginalization of ego instincts and the "upgrading" of aggression in the scheme of things - are also addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757851

On Freud's Constructions in Analysis In Constructions in Analysis Freud introduces the notion of constructions different from interpretation and considers it necessary - under certain conditions - to reconstruct a part of the infantile history of the subject. The difference between construction and reconstruction as well as which should be the limit of the intervention of the analyst in order to avoid a proposal far removed from the patient discourse are a part of present debates on this subject. The editors together with the contributors to this volume accepted the challenge to consider Freudian ideas and its implications nowadays. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757066

On Freud's Creative Writers and Day-dreaming This volume contains Freud's essay 'Creative Writers and Daydreaming' which explores the origins of daydreaming and its relation to the play of children and the creative process. Each contributor offers an insightful commentary on the essay.~ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757547

On Freud's Femininity In this book a group of contemporary psychoanalytic authors dedicated to studies on women and the feminine have been assembled with the objective of displaying points of concordance and discordance in relation to Freudian proposals. Discourse on women has changed greatly since Freud's time. It coincides with deep changes experienced by women and the feminine position at least in most of the Western world. It is common knowledge that contraceptives assisted fertilization advances in women's rights growingly evident sublimational capacities and demonstrations of professional success have definitely changed ideas regarding an eternal and immutable feminine nature. The authors are interested in illuminating ways in which these changes have or have not influenced psychoanalytic debate in relation to the feminine. This implies renewing the question of what is authentically feminine and whether there is any essential truth concerning the feminine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106379

On Freud's ''Formulations on the Two Principles of Mental Functioning'' This book is a collection of papers by leading contemporary psychoanalysts who comment on the continuing important relevance of Freud's (1911) paper Formulations on the Two Principles of Mental Functioning. The contributors gathered here represent current European Latin American and North American perspectives that elaborate the continuing value of Two Principles for present-day psychoanalytic thinking. Each author examines Freud's paper through a personal lens that is coloured by the psychoanalytic culture from which he or she comes. In each instance the writers' chapters demonstrate the heuristic value of Two Principles for twenty-first century psychoanalytic theory and technique. A common thread that runs through all the chapters is the view that this brief paper by Freud which he humbly introduced by stating "The deficiencies of this short paper which is preparatory rather than expository ..." is a masterpiece that contains within it the seeds of much of his later writing. The distinction he draws between the pleasure principle and the reality principle are profound and raise questions that still preoccupy analysis today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203025

On Freud's Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego The sixth volume in the series "Contemporary Freud: Turning Points and Critical Issues " published with the International Psychoanalytic Association turns to Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego (1921).  In this classic text Freud offered an analysis of the roots of group identity of the contagions of panic and fanaticism and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322984

On Freud's Inhibitions Symptoms and Anxiety Besides constituting a fundamental milestone in contemporary Western thought Sigmund Freud's monumental corpus of work laid the theoretical-technical foundations on which psychoanalysts based the construction and development of the comprehensive edifice in which they abide today. This edifice so varied in tones so heterogeneous even contradictory at times has stood strong because of these foundations. Indeed this book attempts to show through its various chapters written by psychoanalysts from different parts of the world and sustaining varied paradigms this enriching heterogeneity coupled with the invisible thread which strings together the diversity lent to it by its Freudian foundations. One of the characteristics of the Freudian opus highlighted in this context is the fact that when we are able to study it in perspective it is possible to glimpse a path of incessant improvement where ideas and concepts are constantly reformulated and become more complex as clinical facts and methodological and epistemological resources call for it. Inhibitions Symptoms and Anxiety is the irrefutable proof of this affirmation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490977

On Freud's Mourning and Melancholia Both melancholia and mourning are triggered by the same thing that is by loss. The distinction often made is that mourning occurs after the death of a loved one while in melancholia the object of love does not qualify as irretrievably lost. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106591

On Freud's Negation Ever since Freud proposed that certain ideas can be permitted to become conscious only in their inverted and negative forms interest has grown into the entire realm of the presence of absence so to speak. Or perhaps it is better to term such mental contents as the presence in the form of absence. These two ways of conceptualizing Freud's negation have led to a panoply of ideas that include negative hallucination psychic holes negative narcissism selfishly motivated erasure of the Other and the so-called "work of the negative". This volume elucidates these concepts and refines the distinction between Freud's negation and subsequently described mental mechanisms of denial repudiation isolation and undoing. The book also provides contemporary perspectives on the developmental underpinnings of negation and the technical usefulness of the concept including its implicit role in negative therapeutic reactions. A thought-provoking and conceptually illuminating volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490250

On Freud's Observations On Transference-Love This is the third volume in the series Contemporary Freud: Turning Points and Critical Issues published for the International Psychoanalytical Association. Each volume presents a classic essay by Freud with commentaries by prominent psychoanalytic teachers and analysts from different theoretical backgrounds and geographical locations."Observations on Transference-Love" may have been inspired say the contributors by the unfortunate emotional involvements of two of Freud's colleagues with female patients. In his paper Freud speaks of the inevitability of "transference-love" in every well-conducted analysis its important therapeutic functions and its potential hazards. Transference love is discussed in the larger context of transference in general. The essays illuminate a persistent problem in all modalities of psychotherapy: unfortunate often tragic enactments of erotic transference and countertransference. This volume also includes the original essay by Freud. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200864

On Freud's On Beginning the Treatment Like his other papers on technique Freud's 1913 essay "On beginning the treatment" had an enduring influence on psychoanalysts for generations to come providing them with a solid and worldwide-accepted conceptual basis on how to initiate psychoanalytic treatments. After a century of clinical experience and theoretical research are all of Freud's rules and advice still valid today? The authors have asked ten eminent analysts to comment upon this seminal paper of Freud's each of them focusing on one of the fundamental issues originally propounded by the "father of psychoanalysis". The result is an overall and careful view on the actuality of the technical bases of analysis in what can be considered a good introduction to contemporary psychoanalytic theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490267

On Freud's Screen Memories The concept of "screen memories" was introduced by Freud for the first time in his 1899 paper reprinted here in its entirety. Although the clinical interest in "screen memories" has perhaps diminished in recent analytic discussion there is much to be gained from revisiting and re-examining both the phenomenon and Freud's original paper within a contemporary context. To this end the authors have invited contributions from eight leading psychoanalysts on the current meaning and value to them of the screen memory concept. These comments come from contemporary psychoanalysts practicing in Italy Francophone Switzerland Argentina Israel and the United States of America each of whom has been trained in one or another of a variety of psychoanalytic traditions among which are ego psychology a French version of Freud an American version of Lacan and at least two variants of Kleinian thought - one British and one Latin American. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200550

On Freud's Splitting of the Ego in the Process of Defence This book includes the development of the concept of "splitting" from both metapsychological and clinical perspectives emphasizing the great importance of this topic for contemporary psychoanalysis. Starting with the history of the concept the book covers recent French English and Latin American theorizations on the theme. In regard to clinical approaches it presents the relationship between the "splitting" and complex clinical cases such as borderline perverse and psychosomatic conditions. The book also includes aspects of "splitting" and virtual reality as well as in traumatic situations: factors so important in contemporary life. The premise behind this work was to invite authors from different regions and orientations to promote a fruitful debate on the theme thus enriching one of Sigmund Freud's most seminal concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106669

On Freud's The Future of an Illusion "The Future of an Illusion" reveals Freud's reflections about religion as well as his hope that in the future science will go beyond religion and reason will replace faith in God. The discussion with an imaginary critic revealed his internal debate mirroring the debate about this subject in the outside world. However it also enlightens his way of thinking: deconstructing and constructing at the same time. This volume considers Freudian ideas and their implications today while focusing on the contradictions and gaps in Freud's proposals. The question of the coexistence between religion and psychoanalysis as well as the place of ideals belief illusion and imagination - and no less important the benevolent and destructive aspects of religion - also come into play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106164

On Freud's The Unconscious If there ever was one word that could represent the essence of Freud's work that word would be 'unconscious'. Indeed Freud himself regarded his 1915 paper 'The Unconscious' as central to clarifying the fundamentals of his metapsychology. The paper delineates the topographic model of the mind and spells out the concepts of primary and secondary process thinking thing and word presentations timelessness of the unconscious condensation and symbolism unconscious problem solving and the relationship between the system Ucs and repression. Examining these proposals in the light of contemporary psychoanalytic theory as well as from the perspective of current neurophysiology and ethology nine distinguished analysts take Freud's ideas further in ways that have implications for both psychoanalytic theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200277

On Functions and Functional Equations On Functions and Functional Equations introduces the main topics in iteration theory and the theory of functional equations with emphasis on applications in the fields of mathematics physics biology chemistry and electronics and mechanical engineering. The book contains many classical results as well as important more recent results. It also includes numerous exercise and some problems that have yet to be resolved. The book is accessible to readers having a secondary level mathematical education. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069577

On Genetic InterestsFamily Ethnicity and Humanity in an Age of Mass Migration From an evolutionary perspective individuals have a vi- tal interest in the reproduction of their genes. Yet this interest is overlooked by social and political theory at a time when we need to steer an adaptive course through the unnatural modern world of uneven population growth and decline global mobility and loss of family and communal ties. In modern Darwinian theory bearing children is only one way to reproduce. Since we share genes with our families ethnic groups and the species as a whole ethnocentrism and humanism can be adaptive. They can also be hazardous when taken to extremes. On Genetic Interests canvasses strategies and ethics for conserving our genetic interests in an environmentally sustainable manner sensitive to the interests of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529151

On GeopoliticsSpace Place and International Relations On Geopolitics shows how the 'new geopolitics' combines the fields of geography and international relations to create a comprehensive overview of current political developments. Using recent developments in geographical technology as well as traditional theories and methods Harvey Starr explores themes of spatiality and territoriality as they connect to international affairs. He also examines geopolitical dynamics beyond borders in a world now buffeted by non state actors and subject to intergovernmental institutions and norms. On Geopolitics is a brilliant synthesis of Starr's ongoing work on conflict and co-operation alliances opportunity and willingness within a geographic framework. At the same time Starr points the way toward new tools and techniques for the study of globalisation and world politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594518775

On God Space and Time For Akiva Jaap Vroman "a day in the infinite past" is nonsense. All the days that have elapsed belong to a past of countable days; they started on a first day a finite number of days ago. Time began this first day. It follows that an eternal past does not exist. Vroman bases his reasoning on a simple mathematical law: an infinite quantity remains the same infinite quantity if a finite quantity however large is subtracted from it. On God Space and Time devotes itself to this proof.On God Space and Time is rooted in the epistemological thinking of Immanuel Kant and Jean Piaget and the law of Leucippus and draws from the somewhat disparate fields of psychology physiology mathematics and physics. Vroman discusses the modern vindication of the existence of the Creator using ontological arguments which observe the cosmos solely through our sense-perceptions and the world of space and matter. He balances this worldview with a discussion of brain chemistry and physiology in "God Mind and Body" showing that the world of space and matter is nothing but an interpretation made by our working mind. Vroman also describes the Spanish-based Jewish philosophers of the Middle Ages who came close to solving the Genesis-Creation contradiction which cannot be reconciled through the external world of Greek philosophy.As we travel through time with Vroman who ranges easily and poetically over important concepts and influential thinkers we encounter a variety of subjects: Spinoza's new definition of God and the authority of reason in the age of Descartes Leibniz and Newton; Jewish idealists such as Nachman Krochmal Solomon L. Steinman Solomon Formstecher and Samuel Hirsch; the concept of space-time; and Johann Gottlieb Fichte Arthur Schopenhauer Max Wentscher and Charles Darwin. He presents engaging worthwhile discussions of futurology; the astrological world of sub-lunar events; religious eschatology specifically the Jewish and Christian Messiah; apocalyptic revelation in psychological science the future of the universe God and moral virtue the medical approach to the question of life and death and finally personal thoughts on religious worship and service based on reason and moral sense. On God Space and Timea valuable historical synthesis of Western thought on man's vision of God and consequently reality. This volume will interest many particularly those intrigued by philosophy religion and futurology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512719

On Group Analysis and BeyondGroup Analysis as Meta-Theory Clinical Social Practice and Art By extending the views of Foulkes Bion Freud and Klein this book draws the outline of a group analytic theory and meta-theory by studying the paternal and maternal functions as expressed by the conductor and the group analytic group respectively and extrapolating them to the psychoanalytic aspects of Lacan and the structuralism of Levi-Strauss's anthropological views. From this perspective it investigates major group analytic phenomena such as the role of money envy scapegoating and the regular or early ending of group therapy by patients with neurosis and borderline personality disorders. Part of the book is devoted to analyzing how eating disorders or depression in psychosis can be effectively treated and how the defective function of dreaming in psychosis can be reconstituted through group analysis and stresses the need for research into the neural correlations of dreaming. The book further explores the ways in which group analysis can be used in the domain of the social unconscious by probing the dialectic of desire and despair in the post-modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203612

On GuiltThe Force Shaping Character History and Culture Guilt is the dark force behind haunting anxiety obsessive-compulsive behaviour life meaninglessness and depression â€“ a force to be kept in check. Yet guilt is equally our richest and most hidden resource the essence of our humanness and it drives us on to our highest achievements. Today when individuals feel bad it is not usually because of something specific they have done. Rather thundering around in the depths of their being is guilt: obscure unconscious yet irrepressible and ever-present. Where does it come from what are its ways and how might it be put to useful work? This book explores the nature of guilt shedding light on how the modern West came increasingly to understand it as ‘the most terrible sickness’. It traces the psychological origins of guilt in each person’s family and demonstrates the historical rise of guilt in parallel with civilization. It examines the modern predicament: the difficulty of finding explanations for guilt in a secular post-church society â€“ and the possibility of relief from its curse while channelling it into a fulfilling life. As such it will appeal to those with interests in sociology psychology psychiatry cultural studies cultural history and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207687

On Habit For Aristotle excellence is not an act but a habit and Hume regards habit as ‘the great guide of life’. However for Proust habit is problematic: ‘if habit is a second nature it prevents us from knowing our first.’ What is habit? Do habits turn us into machines or free us to do more creative things? Should religious faith be habitual? Does habit help or hinder the practice of philosophy? Why do Luther Spinoza Kant Kierkegaard and Bergson all criticise habit? If habit is both a blessing and a curse how can we live well in our habits? In this thought-provoking book Clare Carlisle examines habit from a philosophical standpoint. Beginning with a lucid appraisal of habit’s philosophical history she suggests that both receptivity and resistance to change are basic principles of habit-formation. Carlisle shows how the philosophy of habit not only anticipates the discoveries of recent neuroscience but illuminates their ethical significance. She asks whether habit is a reliable form of knowledge by examining the contrasting interpretations of habitual thinking offered by Spinoza and Hume. She then turns to the role of habit in the good life tracing Aristotle’s legacy through the ideas of Joseph Butler Hegel and Félix Ravaisson and assessing the ambivalent attitudes to habit expressed by Nietzsche and Proust. She argues that a distinction between habit and practice helps to clarify this ambivalence particularly in the context of habit and religion where she examines both the theology of habit and the repetitions of religious life. She concludes by considering how philosophy itself is a practice of learning to live well with habit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619141

On Hamlet Published in the year 1964 On Hamlet is a valuable contribution to the field of Performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977495

On Having an Own ChildReproductive Technologies and the Cultural Construction of Childhood How are ideas of genetics 'blood' the family and relatedness created and consumed? This is the first book ever to consider in depth why people want children and specifically why people want children produced by reproductive technologies (such as IVF ICSI etc). As the book demonstrates even books ostensibly devoted to the topic of why people w Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325770

On Heidegger's Being and Time On Heidegger's Being and Time is an outstanding exploration of Heidegger's most important work by two major philosophers. Simon Critchley argues that we must see Being and Time as a radicalization of Husserl's phenomenology particularly his theories of intentionality categorial intuition and the phenomenological concept of the a priori. This leads to a reappraisal and defense of Heidegger's conception of phenomenology. In contrast Reiner Schürmann urges us to read Heidegger 'backward' arguing that his later work is the key to unravelling Being and Time. Through a close reading of Being and Time Schürmann demonstrates that this work is ultimately aporetic because the notion of Being elaborated in his later work is already at play within it. This is the first time that Schürmann's renowned lectures on Heidegger have been published. The book concludes with Critchley's reinterpretation of the importance of authenticity in Being and Time. Arguing for what he calls an 'originary inauthenticity' Critchley proposes a relational understanding of the key concepts of the second part of Being and Time: death conscience and temporality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780415469647

On Helping the Dyslexic Child (RLE Edu M) Many dyslexic children are well above the average in intelligence yet their disability makes progress at school extra hard and reading is often such an effort that they are deprived of the enjoyment from books. The author describes the difficulties of these children and records some of his own experiences in trying to help them. He emphasises the relief to children and parents when at last difficulties are being understood and taken seriously. Although much has changed in our understanding of dyslexia since this book was published it remains an important historical record of the early recognition and treatment of the condition which formed an important spring-board for subsequent progress in our understanding of dyslexia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753173

On Her Own: Journalistic Adventures from San Francisco to the Chinese Revolution 1917-27Journalistic Adventures from San Francisco to the C Born in 1897 Milly Bennett lived an extraordinary life that led from her native San Francisco to Honolulu to China for the revolution to the Soviet Union on the eve of World War II to the Spanish Civil War and home again a journey punctuated with many love affairs triumphs and disappointments. This memoir of Milly's early years through her extended stay in China places the current political turmoil there into a broader historical perspective. Nominally an autobiography of a remarkable woman and her brief time in China it goes beyond the narration of an individual life by contributing details of a period of great instability as well as exploring the sensitive topic of the involvement of foreigners in the internal politics of China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315492377

On Hijacking ScienceExploring the Nature and Consequences of Overreach in Psychology This book examines the origins presence and implications of scientistic thinking in psychology. Scientism embodies the claim that only knowledge attained by means of natural scientific methods counts as valid and valuable. This perspective increasingly dominates thinking and practice in psychology and is seldom acknowledged as anything other than standard scientific practice. This book seeks to make this intellectual movement explicit and to detail the very real limits in both role and reach of science in psychology. The critical chapters in this volume present an alternative perspective to the scholarly mainstreams of the discipline and will be of value to scholars and students interested in the scientific status and the philosophical bases of psychology as a discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856144

On Holy Ground: The Theory and Practice of Religious Education For a diversity of reasons – the resurgence of religion in global governance globalisation concerns over social and community cohesion the worldwide growth in religiously inspired extremism – religious education has in recent years enjoyed an international renaissance. Many theorists and practitioners have added to the debate with a great variety of perspectives. Most have only succeeded in providing a partial view of religion and thus a degraded vision of religion in education. On Holy Ground offers a new approach to the theory and practice of religious education. It will be the only book of its kind to provide a systematic examination of how contemporary theory and pedagogy of religious education are covertly rooted in a variety of aesthetic philosophical phenomenological psychological scientific theological and related cognate disciplines. A major critical review of religious education internationally On Holy Ground provides an original contribution to the theory and practice of religious education and a serious and significant challenge to teachers theorists and researchers in religious education worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857871

On Human FreedomBeing the Forwood Lectures on the Philosophy of Religion given in the University of Liverpool in November 1945 In the author’s opinion there are three primary conceptions of human freedom - non-coercion autonomy and indeterminism. He presents his thoughts to define compare distinguish and correlate these not merely with regard to the freedom of the human will but also and more generally with regard to freedom in human life and thought. The discussion is psychological ethical and theological. Originally published in 1947. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977501

on Human MemoryEvolution Progress and Reflections on the 30th Anniversary of the Atkinson-shiffrin Model The model of human memory proposed in 1968 by Atkinson and Shiffrin has the distinction of having revolutionized information-processing theory. It catapulated a whole generation of cognitive psychologists into sustained research programs that continue to be productive year after year. The book's notable authors analyze and deliberate on the model's monumental scientific contributions to human learning and memory. They also challenge it and delve into its likely future evolution and impact on learning and memory. The volume was published in celebration of the 30th anniversary of the Atkinson-Shiffrin model and sets forth a provocative future for memory workers and learning theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003088

On Human NatureThe Biology and Sociology of What Made Us Human In this book Jonathan H. Turner combines sociology evolutionary biology cladistic analysis from biology and comparative neuroanatomy to examine human nature as inherited from common ancestors shared by humans and present-day great apes. Selection pressures altered this inherited legacy for the ancestors of humans—termed hominins for being bipedal—and forced greater organization than extant great apes when the hominins moved into open-country terrestrial habitats. The effects of these selection pressures increased hominin ancestors’ emotional capacities through greater social and group orientation. This shift in turn enabled further selection for a larger brain articulated speech and culture along the human line. Turner elaborates human nature as a series of overlapping complexes that are the outcome of the inherited legacy of great apes being fed through the transforming effects of a larger brain speech and culture. These complexes he shows can be understood as the cognitive complex the psychological complex the emotions complex the interaction complex and the community complex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367556471

On Humanism What is humanism and why does it matter? Is there any doctrine every humanist must hold? If it rejects religion what does it offer in its place? Have the twentieth century’s crimes against humanity spelled the end for humanism? On Humanism is a timely and powerfully argued philosophical defence of humanism. It is also an impassioned plea that we turn to ourselves not religion if we want to answer Socrates’ age-old question: what is the best kind of life to lead? Although humanism has much in common with science Richard Norman shows that it is far from a denial of the more mysterious fragile side of being human. He deals with big questions such as Darwinism and ‘creation science’ matter and consciousness euthanasia and abortion and then argues that it is ultimately through the human capacity for art literature and the imagination that humanism is a powerful alternative to religious belief. This revised second edition includes a new chapter on the debates between ‘the New Atheists’ such as Richard Dawkins and Christopher Hitchens and their religious critics asking why the two sides in the debate so often seem to be talking past one another and suggesting how the conversation could be made more fruitful.   Richard Norman is a committed humanist and the author of many books including The Moral Philosophers and Ethics Killing and War. He was formerly Professor of Philosophy at the University of Kent Canterbury Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670418

On Humour Does humour make us human or do the cats and dogs laugh along with us? On Humour is a fascinating beautifully written and funny book on what humour can tell us about being human. Simon Critchley skilfully probes some of the most perennial but least understood aspects of humour such as our tendency to laugh at animals and our bodies why we mock death with comedy and why we think it's funny when people act like machines. He also looks at the darker side of humour as rife in sexism and racism and argues that it is important for reminding us of people we would rather not be. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203870129

On Ideology First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514538

On IncestPsychoanalytic Perspectives Incest is a universal taboo that is found throughout the history and mythology of the majority of societies. A neglected subject in more recent psychoanalytic work this book was inspired by the COWAP European Conference of 2003. On Incest explores the theories and reasons behind incest using themes such as gender identity and perversi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325787

On InsignificanceThe Loss of Meaning in the Post-Material Age Focusing on the anthropological consequences of the disappearing of materiality and sensory embodiment On Insignificance highlights some of the most perturbing patterns of insignificance that have seeped into our everyday lives. Seeking to explain the semiotic causes of feelings of meaninglessness Leone posits that caring for the singularities of the world is the most viable way to resist the alienating effects of the digital bureaucratization of meaning. The book will be of interest to scholars of anthropology cultural studies semiotics aesthetics communication studies and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618305

On Interpreting KeynesA Study in Reconciliation There is discontent with how the textbooks have come to reinterpret Keynes but there is little communication between the most prominent schools of criticism. This book argues that this lack of dialogue is mistaken and damaging. A synthesis is possible as many of the arguments between them can be traced to simple misunderstadings and differences of emphasis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865340

On Intimate GroundA Gestalt Approach to Working with Couples Couples therapy has long been regarded as one of the most demanding forms of psychotherapy because of the way it challenges therapists to combine the insights of dynamic psychology with the power and clarity of systems dynamics.  In this exciting new volume Gordon Wheeler and Stephanie Backman couples therapists with broad training and long years of experience present dramatic new approaches that at last integrate the dynamic/self-organizational and the systemic/behavioral schools of thought. Building on the insights of Gestalt psychology and psychotherapy the authors show us how a truly phenomenological approach based on the clients' own experience and goals holds the key to a dramatic increase in therapeutic power and flexibility.  The fifteen engaging chapters demonstrate the application of this approach to issues of intimacy self-construction power and abuse "resistance " growth and shame - and to such diverse and challenging populations as abuse survivors and their partners remarried couples gay and lesbian couples and couples with "personality" or "character" disorders. In the process the authors offer a fresh perspective that will serve to re-energize the couples therapist's work in this challenging area.  On Intimate Ground contributes new insights to many of the most timely and provocative questions in the field today.  Media > Books > E-books Gestalt Press 9780203779705

On Justifying Democracy (Routledge Library Editions:Political Science Volume 11) This book analyzes and assesses theories of democracy emanating from studies in a variety of disciplines and proposes answers to a wide range of questions in moral and political philosophy philosophy of law and democratic theory. Taken together these answers constitute the basis for a theory that justifies political democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650519

On Justifying Moral Judgements (Routledge Revivals) Much discussion of morality presupposes that moral judgments are always at bottom arbitrary. Moral scepticism or at least moral relativism has become common currency among the liberally educated. This remains the case even while political crises become intractable and it is increasingly apparent that the scope of public policy formulated with no reference to moral justification is extremely limited. The thesis of On Justifying Moral Judgments insists on the contrary that rigorous justifications are possible for moral judgments. Crucially Becker argues for the coordination of the three main approaches to moral theory: axiology deontology and agent morality. A pluralistic account of the concept of value is expounded and a solution to the problem of ultimate justification is suggested. Analyses of valuation evaluation the ‘is-ought’ issue and the concepts of obligation responsibility and the good person are all incorporated into the main line of argument. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015944

On Knowing and Not Knowing in the Anthropology of Medicine Social scientific studies of medicine typically assume that systems of medical knowledge are uniform and consistent. But while anthropologists have long rejected the notion that cultures are discrete bounded and rule-drive entities medical anthropology has been slower to develop alternative approaches to understanding cultures of health. This provocative volume considers the theoretical methodological and ethnographic implications of the fact that medical knowledge is frequently dynamic incoherent and contradictory and that and our understanding of it is necessarily incomplete and partial. In diverse settings from indigenous cultures to Western medical industries contributors consider such issues as how to define the boundaries of “medical” knowledge versus other kinds of knowledge; how to understand overlapping and shifting medical discourses; the medical profession’s need for anthropologists to produce “explanatory models”; the limits of the Western scientific method and the potential for methodological pluralism; constraints on fieldwork including violence and structural factors limiting access; and the subjectivity and interests of the researcher. On Knowing and Not Knowing in the Anthropology of Medicine will stimulate innovative thinking and productive debate for practitioners researchers and students in the social science of health and medicine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315423333

On Knowing HumanityInsights from Theology for Anthropology The development of a phenomenological approach to religion and the rise of perspectivism are challenging anthropology’s exclusive rootedness in the ontology of secularism. When considered with the increased interest in the anthropology of religion as an area of study it is clear that there is a growing need for non-reductionist representations of Christian thought and experience in ethnography. This volume is intended as a critique of anthropology’s epistemological and ontological assumptions and a demonstration of the value added by an expanded set of parameters for the field. The book’s core argument is that while ethnographers have allowed their own perspectives to be positively influenced by the perspectives of their informants until recently anthropology has done little in the way of adopting these other viewpoints as critical tools for analysis precisely because it has represented those viewpoints from a limited epistemological perspective. With chapters organized around topics in epistemology and ontology written by scholars of anthropology theology and history and an afterword by Joel Robbins the book is essential reading for scholars of the anthropology of religion as well as other philosophically-oriented social scientists theologians and those who are interested in gaining further insight into the human condition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884826

On Landscapes There is no escaping landscape: it's everywhere and part of everyone's life. Landscapes have received much less attention in aesthetics than those arts we can choose to ignore such as painting or music â€“ but they can tell us a lot about the ethical and aesthetic values of the societies that produce them. Drawing on examples from a wide range of landscapes from around the world and throughout history Susan Herrington considers the ways landscapes can affect our emotions our imaginations and our understanding of the passage of time. On Landscapes reveals the design work involved in even the most naturalistic of landscapes and the ways in which contemporary landscapes are turning the challenges of the industrial past into opportunities for the future. Inviting us to thoughtfully see and experience the landscapes that we encounter in our daily lives On Landscapes demonstrates that art is all around us. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822037

On Language and Sexual Politics This collection of articles presents a selection of Deborah Cameron’s work on language gender and sex in one single volume. Arranged thematically this book covers major developments in Anglo-American feminist linguistics and Cameron’s responses to these spanning the last twenty years. The collection’s overarching theme is the political relationship between language and gender: four distinctly themed sections demonstrate that a variety of forces affect gender relations and gender representations in different times and places. Cameron examines the connections between language and the (mis)representation of reality and the role language plays in reproducing gender inequalities. More recent articles focus on representations of men and women as communicators as well as the impact of sexuality on gender and gender relations an increasingly prominent area of the author’s research. This timely study brings much of Cameron’s work together for the first time and highlights characteristics of her work with which many readers will be familiar: a combination of linguistic and feminist political orientation; and a distinct focus on conflict in gender relations. Including a new introductory essay and eleven articles three of which are previously unpublished with short introductions to contextualize each piece the collection is extremely useful for students and teachers on a variety of courses including English language and linguistics women’s studies gender studies and communication studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715369

On LatencyIndividual Development Narcissistic Impulse Reminiscence and Cultural Ideal Latency is a developmental period that plays a transitional role like "a bridge" between early childhood and adolescence (the beginning of early adulthood). However the latency period is a subject that has not been studied enough in psychoanalysis in recent years.Most of the psychoanalytic frameworks that have built on and extended Freud's work have focussed their attention either on the understanding of the child's early development (the early dyadic and triadic relationship of the infant and the early organization of the mind) or on the understanding of adolescent development when sexuality explodes - accompanied by all unconscious libidinal elements from the early organization which were repressed in latency. As a result interest in the latency period has been put in the shade: left dormant as its definition would imply. The aim of this book is to raise a number of relevant questions which have not received much attention in psychoanalysis up to now. To this end empirical findings are related to conceptual elaboration in order to advance knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106560

On Learning from the Patient On Learning from the Patient is concerned with the potential for psychoanalytic thinking to become self-perpetuating. Patrick Casement explores the dynamics of the helping relationship - learning to recognize how patients offer cues to the therapeutic experience that they are unconsciously in search of. Using many telling clinical examples he illustrates how through trial identification he has learned to monitor the implications of his own contributions to a session from the viewpoint of the patient. He shows how with the aid of this internal supervision many initial failures to respond appropriately can be remedied and even used to the benefit of the therapeutic work. By learning to better distinguish what helps the therapeutic process from what hinders it ways are discovered to avoid the circularity of pre-conception by analysts who aim to understand the unconscious of others. From this lively examination of key clinical issues the author comes to see psychoanalytic therapy as a process of re-discovering theory - and developing a technique that is more specifically related to the individual patient. The dynamics illustrated here particularly the processes of interactive communication and containment occur in any helping relationship and are applicable throughout the caring professions. Patrick Casement's unusually frank presentation of his own work aided by his lucid and non-technical language allows wide scope for readers to form their own ideas about the approach to technique he describes. This Classic Edition includes a new introduction to the work by Andrew Samuels and together with its sequel Further Learning from the Patient will be an invaluable training resource for trainee and practising analysts or therapists and those teaching in related professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823913

On LegislaturesThe Puzzle of Representation On Legislatures looks at why people support their individual representatives but continue to criticise the legislative system at every opportunity. Although legislatures exist in every political system and are meant to represent the people they are generally disparaged because they appear both unrepresentative and indecisive. Gerhard Loewenberg explains this puzzling contradiction by examining what representation means and what it takes for a large number of equally representative members to reach decisions. It also describes the methods for studying legislatures that have been developed in the social sciences in the last half century and shows their importance in democratic societies throughout the world. On Legislatures gets to the heart of the current disconnect between legislatures and the public they are supposed to represent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594517525

On LibertyJewish Philosophical Perspectives The communitarian critic of liberalism argues that the socio-political context is fundamental to any understanding of the individual as such. This debate is advanced by particularising it to the experience of Jews in the modern world. Essays focus on the variety of views of the relationships between the individual Jew and the communities religious and secular of which he or she is a member. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415592550

On Literature Culture and ReligionIrving Babbitt Irving Babbitt was a giant of American criticism. His writings from the 1890s to the 1930s helped advance American criticism and scholarship to international esteem. More than seventy years after his death his intellectual staying power remains undiminished. On Literature Culture and Religion is an ideal introduction to this seminal American thinker.Babbitt's opinions were uncompromising and his vocal allies and opponents included almost every name in American literature and scholarship: T. S. Eliot Edmund Wilson Paul Elmer More H. L. Mencken and Sinclair Lewis. A founder of New Humanism Babbitt was best known for his indictment of Romanticism and his insistence that the modern age had gone wrong. Babbitt argued for a renewal of humanistic values and standards--which he found best articulated in classical Greece Hinduism and Buddhism. The selections cover topics central to Babbitt: criticism Romanti-cism classical literature French literature education democracy and Buddhism. They typify Babbitt's method: recondite allusion penetrating insight and analysis impeccable scholarship and unrelenting pursuit of the furthest ramification and the profoundest implication. The original annotation is retained. Brief introductions to the essays place them in the Babbitt canon.A major introductory essay by George A. Panichas surveys Babbitt's career and critical reception and summarizes the concepts that inform Babbitt's writing. Panichas raises again controversial issues that were not really resolved in Babbitt's time. The essay will challenge those long familiar with Babbitt and New Humanism and those newly introduced thereto. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529175

On Living Through Soviet Russia For a period of over seventy years after the 1917 revolutions in Russia talking about the past either political or personal became dangerous. The new policy of glasnost at the end of the 1980s resulted in a flood of reminiscence almost nightly on television and more formally collected by new Russian oral history groups and western researchers. This book is a fascinating collection of life stories and family history interview material collected by the editors and two Russian groups of interviewers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859967

On Loss and LosingBeyond the Medical Model of Personal Distress All people suffer instances of personal loss that cause distress. All too often their discomfort is treated as a medical issue requiring treatment usually through medication. Melvyn L. Fein argues for a broader understanding of loss and losing that offers another approach which he characterizes as "resocialization." Indeed how a person thinks feels and acts may all need to be reorganized if personal distress is to be overcome.Fein urges that we distinguish between the loss of something we once possessed and losing something that never came to fruition. Thus it is possible never to achieve vital social roles social statuses and/or personal bonds despite our individual efforts. While some of these losses are not necessarily problematic others are extremely painful. Unfortunately rather than investigate the source of this discomfort distraught individuals frequently seek refuge in simplistic solutions. As a consequence one of the reasons the medical model remains dominant is that the alternative is imperfectly understood.Fein presents a compelling case for a sociological interpretation of personal distress. Although he acknowledges that some personal suffering derives from biological sources and that mental illnesses can spill over to cause social dysfunctions he argues that it is important to recognize the social causes of human suffering. In thereby recognizing the limitations of the human condition most of us can do better than blindly accept an inherited dedication to the medical model. On Loss and Losing offers a legitimate option without denying the reality of human suffering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512726

On Loving Hating and Living WellThe Public Psychoanalytic Lectures of Ralph R. Greenson The author was perhaps psychoanalysis's most gifted and eloquent spokesperson. In this volume the author is presented in one of the roles he enjoyed most: communicating to a lay audience his understanding of people and life and his insights into the science and art of psychoanalysis. These important talks profoundly influenced countless professional workers and lay people. The twenty-four public lectures in this remarkable collection are each a gem of wisdom and humor. With deep psychoanalytic wisdom the author addresses such timeless and universal human concerns as love and emotional development; hate aggression and war; masculinity femininity and sexuality; jealousy envy and possessiveness; and the vicissitudes of child rearing and family development. Reading these entertaining public talks of the author now is like reading a chronicle of the great psychosocial issues of the past half-century. One is impressed with not only the wisdom they offer for our current concerns but also with how revolutionary original and prophetic was his thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204626

On Loyalty Loyalty is a highly charged and important issue often evoking strong feelings and actions. What is loyalty? Is loyalty compatible with impartiality? How do we respond to conflicts of loyalties? In a global era should we be trying to transcend loyalties to particular political communities? Drawing on a fascinating array of literary and cinematic examples - The Remains of the Day No Country for Old Men The English Patient The Third Man and more - Troy Jollimore expertly unravels the phenomenon of loyalty from a philosophical standpoint. He reflects on the idea that loyalty shapes our very identities and considers both the benefits and the dangers of loyalty: on the one hand how excessive loyalty can move us to perform immoral even evil actions; one the other how loyalty can expand our lives and give us a sense of meaning and belonging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782272

On Manners Many otherwise enlightened people often dismiss etiquette as a trivial subject or—worse yet—as nothing but a disguise for moral hypocrisy or unjust social hierarchies.  Such sentiments either mistakenly assume that most manners merely frame the “real issues” of any interpersonal exchange or are the ugly vestiges of outdated unfair social arrangements.  But in On Manners Karen Stohr turns the tables on these easy prejudices demonstrating that the scope of manners is much broader than most people realize and that manners lead directly to the roots of enduring ethical questions.  Stohr suggests that though manners are mostly conventional they are nevertheless authoritative insofar as they are a primary means by which we express moral attitudes and commitments and carry out important moral goals. Drawing primarily on Aristotle and Kant and with references to a wide range of cultural examples—from Jane Austen’s Pride and Prejudice to Larry David’s Curb Your Enthusiasm—the author ultimately concludes that good manners are essential to moral character. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415875387

On Measuring DemocracyIts Consequences and Concomitants: Conference Papers This book focuses on measuring democratic political systems as such and is concerned more with the consequences and concomitants of political democracy in cross-national research. It examines the sequences and dynamics of political change between 1800 and 1986. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529182

On Mechanism in Hegel's Social and Political Philosophy On Mechanism in Hegel's Social and Political Philosophy examines the role of the concept of mechanism in Hegel’s thinking about political and social institutions. It counters as overly simplistic the notion that Hegel has an ‘organic concept of society’. It examines the thought of Hegel’s peers and predecessors who critique modern political intuitions as ‘machine-like’ focusing on J.G. Herder Friedrich Schlegel and Novalis. From here it examines the early writings of Hegel in which Hegel makes a break with the Romantic way of thinking about ethical community. Ross argues that in this period Hegel devises a new way of thinking about the integration of mechanistic and organic features within an organizational whole. This allows Hegel to offer an innovative theory of modern civil society as a component in ethical life. The second half of the book examines how Hegel develops this thought in his later works. It offers an in depth commentary on the chapter on mechanism in the Science of Logic and it demonstrates the role of these thoughts in Hegel’s Philosophy of Right. On Mechanism in Hegel's Social and Political Philosophy offers a critical response to debates over communitarianism by arguing against one of the central figures used by scholars to associate Hegel with communitarian thought namely the notion that society is organic. In addition it argues that Hegel political theory is deeply informed by his formal ontology as developed in the Science of Logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849081

On Mental GrowthBion's Ideas that Transform Psychoanalytical Clinical Practice This book represents some of Wilfred Bion's basic concepts which are reconsidered from the perspective of mental growth. It elucidates Bion's significant legacy of the differentiation between the psychotic and non-psychotic parts of the personality and its evolution in his writings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203803

On Minding and Being MindedExperiencing Bion and Beckett On Minding and Being Minded explores links between depictions of lived experience written by Samuel Beckett and the experience of psychoanalytic psychotherapy pioneered in the writings of W.R. Bion. These robust literary and clinical intersections are made explicit within the demanding culture of twenty-first century psychotherapy as patient demand for time-limited result-driven therapeutic outcomes conflicts sharply with the contours of intensive long-term psychotherapy. Bion and Beckett present elements of familiarity to the practicing psychoanalyst which emerge tantalizingly out of explicit reach yet become knowable through interpersonal engagement. These stutterings and intimations are thick with meaning suggestively presented in passing. They hint at how it is for the patient provoking excitations of thinking; and like the mental constructions of us all their articulation conceals deep artistry. On Minding and Being Minded provides a therapeutic link bridging the single session with multiple session psychotherapy focused upon the dynamic engagement of patient and therapist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200741

On Modern Indian SensibilitiesCulture Politics History This book consists of incisive and imaginative readings of culture politics and history – and their intersections – in eastern India from the 16th to the 20th century. Focusing especially on Assam Odisha Bengal and their margins the volume explores Indo-Islamic cultures of rule as located on the cusp of Mughal-cosmopolitan and regional–local formations.Tracking sensibilities of time and history senses of events and persons and productions of the past and the present the volume unravels intimate expressions of aesthetics and scandals heroism and martyrdom and voice and gender. It examines key questions of the interchanges between literary cultures and contending nationalisms culture and cosmopolitanism temporality and mythology literature and literacy history and modernity and print culture and popular media.The book offers grounded and connected accounts of a large important region usually studied in isolation. It will be of interest to scholars and students of history literature politics sociology cultural studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367890353

On Moral Law and Quest for Selfhood This book offers an original intersection of concepts from Immanuel Kant‘s moral command ethics and Sören Kierkegaards existential ethics. The Kantian formulation of moral law is based on theoretical ground while Kierkegaardian ethics of the quest for selfhood views it as the very act of living. The present work provides an account of both these p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177270

On Moving and Being MovedNonverbal Behavior in Clinical Practice Every sensitive therapist intuits the wealth of meaning that resides in nonverbal behavior. Yet trained as they are to discern and communicate verbal insights few therapists have a clear idea of how to tap that stream of meaning. In On Moving and Being Moved Frances La Barre remedies this situation in an intellectually broadening and clinically exciting manner. Drawing on an extensive research literature on movement and nonverbal behavior her background as a dancer and her extensive analytic experience she seeks to enhance our perception of movement and our understanding of its role in therapeutic communication.La Barre anchors her contribution in a thorough-going review of both analytic and nonanalytic sources as they bear on clinical issues. Conversant with the language of posture-gesture mergers of kines and context analysis and of body attitudes and self-directed touching she spans the research literatures of all relevant disciplines from anthropology to developmental psychology to ethology from studies of temperament to cross-cultural comparisons of interactive rhythms. Turning to the psychoanalytic domain she begins by considering the traditionally peripheral role of the body that derived from Freud's own belief that action was often an obstacle to verbal understanding.  With the advent of the contemporary relational perspective she holds the stage is set for a deeper understanding of nonverbal behavior both as a source of meaning and as a ubiquitous shaper of therapeutic communication.For the clinician On Moving and Being Moved is a wonderfully informative introduction to the realm of the nonverbal that succeeds both as a reference work and as a pivotal contribution to the theory of therapy.  La Barre goes on to illuminate the manner in which analytic and nonanalytic insights can be integrated into a flexible yet disciplined approach that restores nonverbal behavior to its rightful place in the "talking cure." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005549

On Multiple Selves On Multiple Selves refutes the idea that a human being has a single unified self. Instead David Lester argues the mind is made up of multiple selves and this is a normal psychological phenomenon. Lester expands on his earlier work on the phenomenon illuminating how a "multiple-self theory of the mind" is critically necessary to understanding human behavior.Most of us are aware that we have multiple selves. We adopt different "facade selves" depending on whom we are with. Lester argues that contrary to the popular psychological term "false self " these presentations of self are all part of us not false; they simply cover layers of identity. He asserts that at any given moment in time one or another of our subselves is in control and determines how we think and act. Lester covers situations that may encourage the development of multiple selves ranging from post-traumatic stress resulting from combat to bilinguals who speak two (or more) languages fluently.Lester's views of multiple selves will resonate with readers' individual subjective experience. On Multiple Selves is an essential read for psychologists philosophers and social scientists and will fascinate general readers as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855723

On Music Opinionated and example-filled this extremely concise and accessible book provides a survey of some fundamental and longstanding debates about the nature of music. The central arguments and ideas of historical and contemporary philosophers are presented with the goal of making them as accessible as possible to general readers who have no background in philosophy. The emphasis is on instrumental music but examples are drawn from many cultures as well as from Western classical jazz folk and popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807784

On National Socialism During the years between the publication of the first of his two major works The Structure of Social Action (1937) and the writing of his second The Social System (1951) Talcott Parsons was primarily engaged in political activity through the Office of Strategic Services in its efforts to bring about the defeat of the Third Reich and to set the stage for a democratic reconstruction of postwar Germany. Beyond Parsons' analytic skills the essays reveal a dedicated liberal scholar far removed from the stereotypes with which he came to be pilloried by later critics. The essays in this collection are the by-products of that special period of intense commitment. They reflect a single dominant theme: National Socialist Germany is seen as a tragically flawed social system but one requiring the same rigorous analysis Parsons brought to more normal and normative systems. Since virulent authoritarianism and even more virulent anti-Semitism were the dominant traits of that system as he saw it Parsons dedicated many pages to each aspect. While he did not know the full horror of the Nazi "war against the Jews" he was able to develop a theoretical framework that continues to be a foundation stone for the analysis of national socialism. Gerhardt's editorial labors in the Parsons archive at Harvard have yielded nothing less than a "new book" by the foremost American sociological theorist of his time. This collection of both published and unpublished writings conveys Parsons' cohesive intent. To these otherwise fugitive and neglected essays Gerhardt contributes an introductory essay of her own: in part biography in part intellectual and social history. She discovered Parsons work on National Socialism while studying his sociology of the professions and his use of medical practice to demonstrate how social science could become an antidote for fascism and authoritarianism. Uta Gerhardt is director of the Medical Sociology Unit at Justus Liebig University Giessen. She has taught sociology at the Free University of Berlin the University of Konstanz the University of California at Berkeley the San Francisco Medical School the University of London and the University of Wisconsin at Madison. The present volume comes out of her sabbatical year as Research Affiliate of the Minda de Gunzburg Center for European Studies of Harvard University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512733

On Not LookingThe Paradox of Contemporary Visual Culture On Not Looking: The Paradox of Contemporary Visual Culture focuses on the image and our relationship to it as a site of "not looking." The collection demonstrates that even though we live in an image-saturated culture many images do not look at what they claim viewers often do not look at the images and in other cases we are encouraged by the context of exhibition not to look at images. Contributors discuss an array of images—photographs films videos press images digital images paintings sculptures and drawings—from everyday life museums and galleries and institutional contexts such as the press and political arena. The themes discussed include: politics of institutional exhibition and perception of images; censored repressed and banned images; transformations to practices of not looking as a result of new media interventions; images in history and memory; not looking at images of bodies and cultures on the margins; responses to images of trauma; and embodied vision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548626

On Nuclear DeterrenceThe Correspondence of Sir Michael Quinlan This timely book published in the lead up to the 2012-14 decision on Trident renewal makes available for the first time the late Sir Michael Quinlan’s private correspondence on nuclear deterrence. It shows why Sir Michael as Policy Director and then Permanent Secretary at the Ministry of Defence during the last years of the Cold War became known as the ‘high priest of deterrence’: his unparalleled grasp of nuclear strategy contribution to nuclear doctrine in the UK and NATO and deep and genuine concern with defence ethics earned him respect and admiration around the world. Even those who challenged him on fundamental questions of strategy and morality (and many of his correspondents fell into this category as this volume will reveal) recognised his sincere devotion to his cause: the creation of a stable system of east–west nuclear deterrence for the prevention of major war. Before he died in 2009 Sir Michael made it known that he wished for his private correspondence to be published. This book helps fulfil that wish. It presents a selection of the most compelling letters among the many thousands in the Quinlan files. It is intended as a memorial to a brilliant man an important historical record of British nuclear thinking during the cold war and a contribution to contemporary debates over the future of nuclear deterrence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521659

On Obama On Obama examines some of the key philosophical questions that accompany the historic emergence of the 44th US president. The purpose of this book is to take seriously the once common thought that the Obama presidency had ushered in a post-historical age. Three questions organize the argument of the book: What’s living and dead in the idea of post-racialism? Did Mr. Obama’s preference for problem-solving over ideological warfare mark him not just as a post-partisan figure but as a philosophical pragmatist? Did the US become post-imperial when the descendants of slaves and of British imperial subjects inhabited the White House? In addition to taking up these questions the book considers Mr. Obama’s own relationship to the post-historical idea and explores the ethical implications of certain ways of entertaining that idea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525473

On Ordinary Heroes and American Democracy True American heroes need not have superhuman abilities nor do they need to act alone. Heroism in a democracy is different from the heroism of myths and legends writes Gerald Pomper in this original contribution to the literature of U.S. politics. Through the remarkable stories of eight diverse Americans who acted as heroes by "just doing their jobs" during national crises he offers a provocative definition of heroism and fresh reasons to respect U.S. institutions and the people who work within them. This new paperback edition includes photographs an introductory chapter on American heroism after 9/11 a survey of the meanings of heroism in U.S. popular culture and an original concluding theory of "ordinary" heroism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459168

On Our Own TermsRace Class and Gender in the Lives of African-American Women This volume utilizes the cross-cultural historical and ethnographic perspective of anthropology to illuminate the intrinsic connections of race class and gender. The author begins by discussing the manner in which her experience as a participant observer led her to research and write about various aspects of African-American women's experiences. She goes on to provide a critical analysis of the new scholarship on African-American women and explores issues of race class and gender in the arenas of work kinship and resistance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022024

On Paedophilia This book deepens the communicative dynamics by which even through the mass media the paedophile has become the plague-spreader. It is an attempt to underline that only an integrative approach can give an appropriate answer to the clinical complexity characterising paedophilic pictures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325800

On Paul RicoeurNarrative and Interpretation First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513364

On Paul RicoeurThe Owl of Minerva Paul Ricoeur is one of the giants of contemporary continental philosophy and one of the most enduring and wide-ranging thinkers in the twentieth century publishing major works ranging from existentialism and phenomenology to psychoanalysis politics religion and the theory of language. Richard Kearney offers a critical engagement with the work of Ricoeur beginning with a general introduction to his hermeneutic philosophy. Part one explores some of the main themes in Ricouer's thought under six headings: phenomenology and hermeneutics; language and imagination; myth and tradition; ideology and utopia; evil and alterity; poetics and ethics. The second part comprises five dialogical exchanges which Kearney has conducted with Ricoeur over the last three decades (1977-2003) charting and explaining his intellectual itinerary. This book is aimed at a broad student readership as well as the general intelligent reader interested in knowing more about one of the most enduring major figures in contemporary continental philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247700

On PhotographyA Philosophical Inquiry What is photography? Is it a source of knowledge or an art? Many have said the former because it records the world automatically others the latter because it expresses human subjectivity. Can photography be both or must we choose? In On Photography: A Philosophical Inquiry Diarmuid Costello examines these fascinating questions and more drawing on images by Alfred Stieglitz Berenice Abbott Paul Strand Lee Friedlander James Welling and Wolfgang Tillmans among others and the writings of Elizabeth Eastlake Peter Henry Emerson Edward Weston Siegfried Kracauer André Bazin and Stanley Cavell. This sets the scene for the contemporary stand-off between "sceptical" and "non-sceptical" Orthodoxy in the work of Roger Scruton and Kendall Walton and a New Theory of Photography taking its cue from László Moholy-Nagy and Patrick Maynard. Written in a clear and engaging style On Photography is essential reading for anyone interested in the philosophy of photography aesthetics art and visual studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684491

On Political Economists and Political Economy Included in this volume are papers which are recognized as some of the foundations of post-Keynesian Economics analysing problems set in historical time and starting from 'real world' observations. The book reflects Geoff Harcourt's contribution to economic debate over more than three decades. It also includes intellectual biographies of some of the most prominent and leading unorthodox economists such as Kenneth Boulding Eric Russell and Lorie Tarshis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016801

On Political Obligation First published in 1990. The individual’s obligation to obey the law the state and the government is a fundamental part of contemporary political theory. The contributors to this volume drawn from a variety of disciplines including philosophy political science and law take a fresh look at the dilemmas of political obligation. They discuss the extent to which we should allow the need for conformity to override individual liberties and ask whether individualism is indeed feasible without a highly developed sense of the ‘public interest’ or the ‘common good‘. The contrast between individualism and communitarianism is examined throughout the book. The contributors also look at the various means through which the state can coerce or persuade the individual to be obedient. The emphasis throughout this collection is on the substantive problems themselves rather than on the way these issues have been addressed in the history of political thought. The book offers a number of different perspectives on political obligation and will be valuable to students of moral political social and legal philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220709

On PowerPsychoanalytic Inquiry 6.1 First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803197

On Practising Therapy at 1.45 A.M.Adventures of a Clinician Although Professor Kahr spends most of his week facilitating traditional psychoanalytical sessions with his patients in his spare time he has had many professional adventures outside the consulting room broadcasting as Resident Psychotherapist for the B.B.C. lecturing about the intimacies of couple psychodynamics on the stage of the Royal Opera House and defending “Lady Macbeth” in a murder trial at the Royal Courts of Justice in conjunction with members of the Royal Shakespeare Company. In this compellingly written and unputdownable book Kahr shares his wealth of adventures both inside the consulting room and in the wider cultural sphere disseminating psychoanalytical ideas more broadly. The book suggests that the “traditionalist” and the “maverick” aspects of the practising clinician can exist side by side in a fruitful collaboration. These adventures will encourage those embarking upon their first steps in the helping professions to entertain more creative ways of working. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782206804

On Privacy This book explores the Janus-faced features of privacy and looks at their implications for the control of personal information for sexual and reproductive freedom and for democratic politics. It asks what if anything is wrong with asking women to get licenses in order to have children given that pregnancy and childbirth can seriously damage your health.  It considers whether employers should be able to monitor the friendships and financial affairs of employees and whether we are entitled to know whenever someone rich famous or powerful has cancer or an adulterous affair.  It considers whether we are entitled to privacy in public and if so what this might mean for the use of CCTV cameras the treatment of the homeless and the provision of public facilities such as parks libraries and lavatories. Above all the book seeks to understand whether and if so why privacy is valuable in a democratic society and what implications privacy has for the ways we see and treat each other.  The ideas about privacy we have inherited from the past are marked by beliefs about what is desirable realistic and possible which predate democratic government and in some cases predate constitutional government as well. Hence this book argues although privacy is an important democratic value we can only realise that value if we use democratic ideas about the freedom equality security and rights of individuals to guide our understanding of privacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415395700

On Private Madness The author occupies a unique position in psychoanalysis today and his work represents a synthesis of the traditions of Lacan Winnicott and Bion. This volume collects fourteen of his papers together with a substantial introduction. The papers range widely across clinical and theoretical issues including borderline states the true and false self and narcissism. On Private Madness has achieved the status of a modern psychoanalytic classic and this new impression will be welcomed by all those admirers of the author who wish to have these seminal papers collected together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104962

On Privilege Fraudulence and Teaching As LearningSelected Essays 1981--2019 From one of the world’s leading voices on white privilege and anti-racism work comes this collection of essays on complexities of privilege and power. Each of the four parts illustrates Peggy McIntosh’s practice of combining personal and systemic understandings to focus on power in unusual ways. Part I includes McIntosh’s classic and influential essays on privilege or systems of unearned advantage that correspond to systems of oppression. Part II helps readers to understand that feelings of fraudulence may be imposed by our hierarchical cultures rather than by any actual weakness or personal shortcomings. Part III presents McIntosh‘s Interactive Phase Theory highlighting five different world views or attitudes about power that affect school curriculum cultural values and decisions on taking action. The book concludes with powerful insights from SEED  a peer-led teacher development project that enables individuals and institutions to work collectively toward equity and social justice. This book is the culmination of forty years of McIntosh’s intellectual and organizational work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354116

On Psychoanalysis Disillusion and DeathDead certainties For some years now psychoanalysts have been trying to understand the implications of neuroscientific findings for psychoanalytic theory and practice. In On Psychoanalysis Disillusion and Death: Dead certainties Antonie Ladan looks at how findings from neuroscience and memory research can inform our understanding of some of the most important psychoanalytic concepts such as transference and unconscious fantasy. Central to the book are the 'dead certainties' that to a great extent determine how we lead our lives. Antonie Ladan argues that these certainties are too self-evident to be seen as invisible as the air we breathe. He shows how in our associations with others we are in large measure 'guided' by 'dead certain' relational patterns of which we are not conscious but that remain implicit. Using clinical examples Ladan illustrates how a specific form of observation where the analysand and the analyst pay careful attention to their relationship over an extended period of time makes it possible to gradually recognise these automatic expectations and behaviours in relational situations. On Psychoanalysis Disillusion and Death explores how the psychoanalyst can bring the implicit patterns within which analysands find themselves trapped to their attention enabling them to look at the world from a 'disillusioning' perspective in order to accept life and the prospect of death for what they are. This book will be of interest to psychotherapists analytical psychologists psychoanalysts therapists and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641432

On Psychoanalysis and ViolenceContemporary Lacanian Perspectives Psychoanalysis has not examined violence as such since it is a sociological and criminological concept; psychoanalysis is concerned with speech. On Psychoanalysis and Violence brings together noted Lacanian psychoanalysts and scholars to fill an important gap in psychoanalytic scholarship that addresses what the contributors term the "angwash" of our current time. Today violence is everywhere. We are inundated with it exhausted by it bombarded by images and reports of it on a daily even hourly basis. This book examines how psychoanalysis can account for the many manifestations of violence in contemporary society. Drawing on a broadly Lacanian perspective the authors explore violence in war terrorism how the media portrays violence violent video games questions of identity difference and the ‘other’; violence narratives and violence and DSM and explain how to account for how violence arises and the effect it has on us on both an individual and social level. These are just some of the daily social realities of the present day whose aggression are felt by everyone which horrify us and which we often feel powerless to change. The contributors have therefore coined a term for this cultural malaise: "angwash" arguing that we are awash in angoisse or anxiety in a constant panic regarding the impossible and contradictory demands of a "civilization" in crisis. On Psychoanalysis and Violence will be of great interest to Lacanian psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346338

On Psychological Languageand the Physiomorphic Basis of Human Nature First published in 1989 On Psychological Language and the Physiomorphic Basis of Human Nature was written to provide a new and controversial analysis of the nature of psychological language. The book argues that psychological concepts of all kinds are ultimately derived from concepts about the external world so that ‘human nature’ is nothing more than ‘internalized Nature’. It draws attention to problems regarding the nature of linguistic reference and puts forward a route for considering human psychological evolution raising questions about the nature of psychology as a discipline and its relationship with the physical sciences. This ‘physiomorphic theory’ challenged ways of thinking about psychological language at the time of original publication. Interdisciplinary in its approach On Psychological Language and the Physiomorphic Basis of Human Nature has enduring relevance for those with an interest in psychology anthropology philosophy and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367743062

On Public ImaginationA Political and Ethical Imperative In this wide-ranging and multidisciplinary volume leading scholars activists journalists and public figures deliberate about the creative and critical potential of public imagination in an era paradoxically marked by intensifying globalization and resurgent nationalism. Divided into five sections these essays explore the social political and cultural role of imagination and civic engagement offering cogent ingenious reflections that stand in stark contrast to the often grim rhetoric of our era. Short and succinct the essays engage with an interconnected ensemble of themes and issues while also providing insights into the specific geographical and social dynamics of each author’s national or regional context. Part 1 introduces the reader to theoretical reflections on imagination and the public sphere; Part 2 illustrates dynamics of public imagination in a diverse set of cultural contexts; Part 3 reflects in various ways on the urgent need for a radically transformed public and civic imagination in the face of worldwide ecological crisis; Part 4 suggests new societal possibilities that are related to spiritual as well as politically revolutionary sources of inspiration; Part 5 explores characteristics of present and potentially emerging global society and the existing transnational framework that could provide resources for a more humane global order. Erudite and thought-provoking On Public Imagination makes a vital contribution to political thought and is accessible to activists students and scholars alike. Chapter 18 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License. https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367360634_oachapter18.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360610

On Purposeful SystemsAn Interdisciplinary Analysis of Individual and Social Behavior as a System of Purposeful Events This book provides an innovative foundation for looking at human and social behavior u as a system of purposeful (teleological) events. It uses a systems theoretical approach for the study of these phenomena and illustrates and extends general systems theory.Part One develops the concepts of traditional mechanism from which successively the concepts of "function " "choice " "goal-seeking " and "purposefulness" are derived leading to a quantitative formulation of "personality". Part Two provides an analysis of aspects of purposeful behavior and personality and Part Three explores the interaction of purposeful systems. Part Four is concerned with the study of social groups and ideal-seeking behavior. Finally structural concepts underpinning the theoretical system are redefined in technological terms thus demonstrating the non-vicious circularity and interdependence of all scientific concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529199

On Race and Philosophy On Race and Philosophy is a collection of essays written and published across the last twenty years which focus on matters of race philosophy and social and political life in the West in particular in the US. These important writings trace the author's continuing efforts not only to confront racism especially within philosophy but more importantly to work out viable conceptions of raciality and ethnicity that are empirically sound while avoiding chauvinism and invidious ethnocentrism. The hope is that such conceptions will assist efforts to fashion a nation-state in which racial and ethnic cultures and identities are recognized and nurtured contributions to a more just and stable democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760581

On RecordFiles and Dossiers in American Life On Record provides descriptive accounts of record-keeping in a variety of important organizations: schools and universities; consumer credit agencies general business organizations and life insurance companies; military and security agencies; the Census Bureau and the Social Security Administration; public welfare agencies juvenile courts and mental hospitals. It also examines the legal status of records. The authors address questions such as: Who determines what records are kept? Who has access to the records? To what extent do the records follow an individual? What are some of the dangers and pitfalls in record-keeping? Throughout the volume the authors show a concern for an appropriate balance between the need for information about people and protection against undue invasions of privacy. The introduction of electronic databases since the original publication of this book makes the issues raised in this seminal collection even more timely. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125657

On RecordRock Pop and the Written Word Classic sociological analyses of 'deviance' and rebellion; studies of technology; subcultural and feminist readings semiotic and musicological essays and close readings of stars bands and the fans themselves by Adorno Barthes and other well-known contributors Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167995

On Religion In a thoroughly updated second edition of his popular and engaging book John D. Caputo revisits Augustine’s ancient question "what do I love when I love my God?" and presses it into service in the post-modern world. Accessible but without compromising the big ideas he raises the question of what religion means today in the face of widespread religious violence after 9/11 of spreading secularization the dazzling discoveries of contemporary cosmology and the eerie advent of the "post-human" world. All along sculpting the idea of a post-modern post-secular "religion without religion " which turns on the "mystical element" of our lives he wonders what the future of traditional religion will be or whether it even has one. On Religion will fascinate anyone interested in the challenges religion faces in the contemporary world. It offers an ideal starting point from which undergraduate and postgraduate students teachers and lecturers can explore religion and philosophy today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714861

On Revelation Revelation Occurs to each of us at every hour in the form of thoughts feelings dreams insights and intuitions that seemingly derive from an unknown source. it feels like a gift. And yet it is inseparable from the catastrophic. Eric Rhode shows how this might be so. Writing from within a psychoanalytic tradition he draws on material from anthropology mythology and from theories of place and pilgrimage. He looks to Kafka’s parable of the dying emperor to discover how revelation as gift and revelation as catastrophe co-exist in tragic disjunction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325817

On Søren KierkegaardDialogue Polemics Lost Intimacy and Time Tracing a path through Kierkegaard's writings this book brings the reader into close contact with the texts and purposes of this remarkable 19th century Danish writer and thinker. Kierkegaard writes in a number of voices and registers: as a sharp observer and critic of Danish culture or as a moral psychologist and as a writer concerned to evoke the religious way of life of Socrates Abraham or a Christian exemplar. In developing these themes Mooney sketches Kierkegaard's Socratic vocation gives a close reading of several central texts and traces 'The Ethical Sublime' as a recurrent theme. He unfolds an affirmative relationship between philosophy and theology and the potentialities for a religiousness that defies dogmatic creeds secular chauvinisms and restrictive philosophies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247670

On SacksMethodology Materials and Inspirations This book is devoted to the reintroduction of the remarkable approach to sociological inquiry developed by Harvey Sacks. Sacks’s original analyses – concerned with the lived detail of action and language-in-interaction discoverable in members’ actual activities – demonstrated a means of doing sociology that had previously seemed impossible. In so doing Sacks provided for highly technical detailed yet stunningly simple solutions to some of the most trenchant troubles for the social sciences relating to language culture meaning knowledge action and social organisation. In this original collection scholars working in a range of different fields including sociology human geography communication and media studies social psychology and linguistics outline the ways in which their work has been inspired influenced and shaped by Sacks’s approach as well as how their current research is taking Sacks’s legacy forward in new directions. As such the collection is intended to provide both an introduction to and critical exploration of the work of Harvey Sacks and its continued relevance for the analysis of contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367111038

On Schmitt and Space This book represents the first comprehensive study of the influential German legal and political thinker Carl Schmitt’s spatial thought offering the first systematic examination from a Geographic perspective of one of the most important political thinkers of the twentieth century. It charts the development of Schmitt’s spatial thinking from his early work on secularization and the emergence of the modern European state to his post war analysis of the spatial basis of global order and international law whilst situating his thought in relation to his changing biographical and intellectual context controversial involvement in Weimar politics and disastrous support for the Nazi regime. It argues that spatial concepts play a crucial structural role throughout Schmitt’s work from his well-known analyses of sovereign power and states of exception to his often overlooked spatial history of modernity. Locating a fundamental relationship between space and ‘the political’ lies at the core of his thought. The book explores the critical insight that Schmitt’s spatial thought bears on some of the key political questions of the twentieth century whilst tracking his profound and enduring influence on key debates on sovereignty international relations war and the nature of world order at the start of the twenty first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784504

On ScienceConcepts Cultures and Limits On Science: Concepts Cultures and Limits explores science and its relationship with religion philosophy ethics mathematics and with socio-economic changes. The book gives an overview of the metaphysical contexts in which science emerged and the particular forms science has taken in history. It examines the preoccupation of ancient cultures with the validity of interpretations of natural phenomena the role of the study of materials in the substantiation of the conceptual world and the establishment of modern science on both experimentation and mathematics. This theoretical discussion is illustrated by a host of examples from physics to the life sciences which highlight how current concepts developed over the centuries or even millennia. The volume underscores some of the weaknesses inherent in a scientific approach and how in the modern context of a wealth-driven technological orientation these have been conducive to a gradual distortion of science into its exact opposite a dogmatic faith. It further discusses the nature of scientific education in the world and how conditions can be created to ensure pioneering creativity and to preserve scientific rigor. The book will be of great interest to scholars teachers and researchers of science the metaphysics and philosophy of science mathematics science and technology studies epistemology ethics history and sociology. It will also be useful for general readers who are interested in the history of scientific discoveries and ideas as well as in the issues surrounding science today in particular its relations with many urgent problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367442552

On Screen ActingAn Introduction to the Art of Acting for the Screen With On Screen Acting director Edward Dmytryk and actress Jean Porter Dmytryk offer a lively dialogue between director and actress about the principles and practice of screen acting for film and television. Informal and anecdotal in style the book spans auditioning casting rehearsal and on-set techniques and will be of interest to both aspiring and working actors and directors. Originally published in 1984 this reissue of Dmytryk’s classic acting book includes a new critical introduction by Paul Thompson as well as chapter lessons discussion questions and exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584372

On Screen Directing With On Screen Directing renowned filmmaker Edward Dmytryk distills a lifetime of experience as a director into a dozen short essays on the craft of directing spanning every stage of the filmmaking process from screenwriting preproduction and casting to set design postproduction and promotion. Originally published in 1984 this reissue of Dmytryk’s classic directing book includes a new critical introduction by Bette Gordon and Eric Mendelsohn as well as chapter lessons discussion questions and exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584426

On Screen Writing With On Screen Writing director Edward Dmytryk offers a clear methodical overview of the needs practices and problems of screenwriting including extensive coverage of adaptation. Written In an informal anecdotal style and using script examples from Hollywood classics Dmytryk presents a practical set of principles for writing engaging filmable screenplays. Originally published in 1985 this reissue of Dmytryk’s classic screenwriting book includes a new critical introduction by Mick Hurbis-Cherrier as well as chapter lessons discussion questions exercises and a glossary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584471

On Second Language Writing On Second Language Writing brings together internationally recognized scholars in a collection of original articles that collectively delineate and explore central issues with regard to theory research instruction assessment politics articulation with other disciplines and standards. In recent years there has been a dramatic growth of interest in second-language writing and writing instruction in many parts of the world. Although an increasing number of researchers and teachers in both second-language studies and composition studies have come to identify themselves as specialists in second-language writing research and teaching practices have been dispersed into several different disciplinary and institutional contexts because of the interdisciplinary nature of the field. This volume is the first to bring together prominent second-language writing specialists to systematically address basic issues in the field and to consider the state of the art at the end of the century (and the millennium). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410600899

On SecularizationTowards a Revised General Theory 'Secularization' has been hotly debated since it was first subjected to critical attention in the mid-sixties by David Martin before he sketched a 'General Theory' in 1969. 'On Secularization' presents David Martin's reassessment of the key issues: with particular regard to the special situation of religion in Western Europe and questions in the global context including Pentecostalism in Latin America and Africa. Concluding with examinations of Pluralism Christian Language and Christianity and Politics this book offers students and other readers of social theory and sociology of religion an invaluable reappraisal of Christianity and Secularization. It represents the most comprehensive sociology of contemporary Christianity set in historical depth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468320

On Seeing Forms Originally published in 1988 this is the final volume in the set. The original intent of the tetralogy was to review neural explanations of high level perceptual and cognitive processes. However at this point it became clear that there were few neural explanations of perceptual topics – a situation that still persists today. This book therefore used a different framework examining the role of detection discrimination and recognition at the behavioral level. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977518

On Selfhood and Godhood First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871229

On Shame Shame is one of a family of self-conscious emotions that includes embarrassment guilt disgrace and humiliation. On Shame examines this emotion psychologically and philosophically in order to show how it can be a galvanizing force for moral action against the violence and atrocity that characterize the world we live in. Michael L. Morgan argues that because shame is global in its sense of the self the moral failures of all groups in which we are a member – including the entire human race – reflect on each person individually. Drawing on historical and current affairs to explore the emotion of shame as well as films such as Night and Fog Hotel Rwanda and Life is Beautiful and the work of Primo Levi Bernard Williams and Stanley Cavell Michael Morgan illustrates how moral responsibility can be facilitated by calling upon an emotional reaction that is familiar complex and central to our conception of ourselves as individuals and as members of society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203932438

On Shame And The Search For Identity First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875425

On Shell Structure This volume collects together core papers by Richard K. Larson developing what has since come to be known as the "VP Shell" or "Split VP" analysis of sentential structure. The volume includes five previously published papers together with two major unpublished works from the same period: "Light Predicate Raising" (1989) which explores the interesting consequences of a leftward raising analysis of "NP Shift" phenomena and "The Projection of DP (and DegP)" (1991) which extends the shell approach to the projection of nominal and adjectival structure showing how projection can be handled in a uniform way. In addition to published unpublished and limited distribution work the volume includes extensive new introductory material. The general introduction traces the conceptual roots of VP Shells and its problems in the face of subsequent developments in theory and offers an updated form compatible with modern Minimalist syntactic analysis. The section introductions to the material on datives complex predicates and nominals show how the updated form of shell theory applies in the empirical domains where it was originally developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731455

On Sibling Love Queer Attachment and American Writing Sibling bonds both literal and figurative have had a crucial role in American writings of queer desire and identity. In nuanced and original readings Denis Flannery demonstrates the centrality of fraternal and sororal love to queer strands of nineteenth- and twentieth-century texts from the elemental wildnesses of Moby-Dick to David Fincher's postmodern cinema; from the brutal and comic decorum of Henry James's major fiction to the elegiac memoir-writing of Jamaica Kincaid. Questions driving Flannery's exploration of sibling relations: How do we characterize the relationship between sibling love queer possibility and the formal intensities of American writing? Why do so many American texts rely on the presence of sibling love to articulate queer desire? Why is brotherhood invoked as a positive value in announcements of United States national aspirations but used repeatedly and ominously in that nation's texts to herald a fall? Written with lyrical clarity and verve On Sibling Love Queer Attachment and American Writing is an important contribution to queer theory; to American studies; and to the study of culture writing and affect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264915

On Social EvolutionPhenomenon and Paradigm Tang provides a coherent and systematic exploration of social evolution as a phenomenon and as a paradigm. He critically builds on existing discussions on social evolution while drawing from a wide range of disciplines including archaeology evolutionary anthropology sociology economics political science the philosophy of social sciences and evolutionary biology. Clarifying the relationship between biological evolution and social evolution Tang lays bare the ontological and epistemological principles of the social evolutionary paradigm. He also presents operational principles and tools for deploying this paradigm to understand empirical puzzles about human society. This is a vital resource for students practitioners and philosophers of all social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436278

On Socialist Democracy and the Chinese Legal SystemThe Li Yizhe Debates In 1974 a small group of young intellectuals the Li Yizhe group circulated their dissident manifesto ‘On Socialist Democracy and the Legal System ’ a probing critique of the leftist authoritarianism of Mao Zedong. This title examines the writings of these dissidents as a means to better understand the views of non-Party Marxists in their struggle to defy the government and construct their own vision of a socialist China. Originally published in 1985 this title remains relevant in relation to contemporary Chinese politics and will be of interest to students of Asian Studies and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194205

On Soul and EarthThe Psychic Value of Place On Soul and Earth offers an original perspective on the relationship between the environment and the human psyche. Physical spaces contribute to the building of identity through personal experience and memory. Places evoke emotions and carry their own special meanings. Elena Liotta and her contributors also explore the neglected topics of migration and travel. The author has extensive clinical experience of working with patients from a wide variety of national and cultural backgrounds. Globalization is present in the clinical office as well as in the wider world and the transformations currently being wrought in the areas of cultural and national identity also impact on clinical work. This book will be of interest to Jungian analysts as well as psychotherapists and mental health professionals especially those who are addressing transcultural and multicultural issues including voluntary or enforced migration. It will also appeal to urban planners architects and those interested in environmental issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787473

On South Bank: The Production of Public Space Tensions over the production of urban public space came to the fore in summer 2013 with mass protests in Turkey sparked by a plan to redevelop Taksim Gezi Park Istanbul. In London concomitant proposals to refurbish an area of the ’South Bank’ historically used by skateboarders were similarly met by staunch opposition. Through an in-depth ethnographic examination of London’s South Bank this book explores multiple dimensions of the production of urban public space. Drawing on user accounts of the significance of public space as well as observations of how the South Bank is ’practised’ on a daily basis it argues that public space is valued not only for its essential material characteristics but also for the productive potential that these characteristics if properly managed afford on a daily basis. At a time when policy-makers urban planners and law enforcement authorities simultaneously grapple with pressures to deal with social 'problems' (such as street drinking vandalism and skateboarding) and accusations that new modes of urban planning and civic management infringe upon civil liberties and dilute the publicity of ’public’ space this book offers an insightful account of the daily exigencies of public spaces. In so doing it questions the utility of the public/private binary for our understanding both of common urban space and of different sets of social practices and points towards the need to be attentive to productive processes in how we understand and experience urban open space as public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246218

On Sport and the Philosophy of SportA Wittgensteinian Approach What is the ‘philosophy of sport’? What does one do to count as a practitioner in the philosophy of sport? What conception of philosophy underpins the answer to those questions? In this important new book leading sport philosopher Graham McFee draws on a lifetime’s philosophical inquiry to reconceptualise the field of study. The book covers important topics such as Olympism the symbolisation of argument and epistemology and aesthetics in sport research; and concludes with a section of ‘applied’ sport philosophy by looking at rules and officiating. Using a Wittgensteinian framework and employing a rich array of sporting examples throughout McFee challenges the assumptions of traditional analytic philosophy regarding the completeness required of concepts and the exceptionlessness required of philosophical claims providing the reader with a new set of tools with which to approach this challenging subject. On Sport and the Philosophy of Sport is fascinating and important reading for any serious students or researchers of sport philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633599

On Stoic and Peripatetic EthicsThe Work of Arius Didymus Providing the only full-length study of the compendium of Greek philosophy attributed to Arius Didymus court philosopher to the Roman emperor Caesar Augustus this volume elucidates Stoic and Peripatetic ethics for classicists and philosophers. The authors provide careful textual analysis of important passages by this synthesizer of the major schools of Greek thought. Essays include translations of major passages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529212

On Study: Giorgio Agamben and educational potentiality In an educational landscape dominated by discourses and practices of learning standardized testing and the pressure to succeed what space and time remain for studying? In this book Tyson E. Lewis argues that studying is a distinctive educational experience with its own temporal spatial methodological aesthetic and phenomenological dimensions. Unlike learning which presents the actualization of a student’s "potential" in recognizable and measurable forms study emphasizes the experience of potentiality freed from predetermined outcomes. Studying suspends and interrupts the conventional logic of learning opening up a new space and time for educational freedom to emerge. Drawing upon the work of Italian philosopher and critical theorist Giorgio Agamben Lewis provides a conceptually and poetically rich account of the interconnections between potentiality freedom and study. Through a mixture of educational critique phenomenological description and ontological analysis Lewis redeems study as an invaluable and urgent educational experience that provides alternatives to the economization of education and the cooptation of potentiality in the name of efficiency. The resulting discussion uncovers multiple forms of study in a variety of unexpected places: from the political poetry of Adrienne Rich to tinkering classrooms to abandoned manifestos and finally to Occupy Wall Street. By reconnecting education with potentiality this book provides an educational philosophy that undermines the logic of learning and assessment and turns our attention to the interminable paradoxes of studying. The book will be key reading for scholars in the fields of educational philosophy critical pedagogy foundations of education composition and rhetoric and critical thinking and literacy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649910

On SublimationA Path to the Destiny of Desire Theory and Treatment This book explores and revisits the concept of sublimation in its various aspects and implications that it has in theory and clinical psychoanalysis and also in its broader socio-cultural aspects. The basic assumption that aroused the author's interest in the topic is a certain surprise in observing how sublimation in psychoanalysis is in general spoken about less in contemporary discourse: so is it an outdated concept an endangered species? Does it belong to the archaeology of psychotherapy? Or on the contrary is it so much a part of analytical practice and so well established and implicit in theory that it is not necessary to discuss it any more? It is the prevailing opinion of the author that sublimation is nowadays expressed differently and has undergone a sort of anthropological mutation as has happened to several Freudian concepts with the changing historical and cultural contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200284

On SupervisionPsychoanalytic and Jungian Analytic Perspectives This book comprises papers on the theory and practice of supervision all written by experienced psychoanalytic psychotherapists and Jungian analytic psychotherapists. Important aspects of the supervisory relationship are covered including papers on the supervisor's countertransference supervising work with suicidal patients and the dynamics of racial difference in supervision and group supervision and dynamics related to the supervisor's role in the assessment of trainees.The contributions in this book mainly began life as presentations to the BAP course on 'Developing Supervision Skills' a space in which new thinking about supervision has been able to be developed by contributors and participants alike. The book also covers fundamentals to consider when beginning in supervisory practice including ways of creating a secure frame for thinking to take place and some of the ethical attitudes needed within the supervisory relationship. Supervisory technique is considered in broad overview and in some very personal views from two highly experienced supervisors and a supervisee who has keenly observed some different supervisory styles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105785

On Surface and PlaceBetween Architecture Textiles and Photography On Surface and Place is a rich and poetic exploration of surfaces which foregrounds their significance in our understanding and experience of place. Adopting weaving as its overarching metaphor it departs from Gottfried Semper’s discussion of correspondences between architecture and textiles and emerges from the reading of photographs a swatch of Harris Tweed and curtain wall façade juxtaposed. In juxtaposing the fabric of the city with the weave of Harris Tweed the book charts an original course across a range of connected ideas and questions combining many different themes writers and disciplines. It presents integrated and innovative rethinkings on a number of fundamental relationships including correlations between body and building word and image and between the rural and the metropolitan and the hand-crafted and the mass-reproduced. In doing so it seeks to foreground the very interrelationship of surface and place as it makes a claim for the relational nature of the world in which we live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367502164

On Symbolism and SymbolisationThe Work of Freud Durkheim and Mauss In On Symbolism and Symbolisation: The Work of Freud Durkheim and Mauss Éric Smadja returns to the end of the 19th century and explores how the concepts of symbolism and symbolisation have been discussed among theorists and how this discussion has developed and revolutionised the human sciences as we know them today. Uniquely he connects three key thinkers of psychoanalysis sociology and ethnology – Freud Durkheim and Mauss – and discusses how their diverse epistemological paths blend and have consequently shaped our representation of humanity society and culture in the 20th and 21st centuries. In this innovative work Smadja provides a complete biographical journey of these three influential founders beginning with a dedicated chapter on Freud followed by Durkheim and then Mauss. He explains each of their revolutionary creations – Freud’s psychoanalysis Durkheim’s French school of sociology and Mauss’s modern French ethnology – before exploring their ground-breaking yet differing conceptions of symbolism and symbolisation offering a discussion of specific and common aspects detected between these conceptions. In his conclusions Smadja focusses on France to examine what became of their thoughts after the second half of the 20th century. He inspects the fields of French anthropology sociology and psychoanalysis: Lévi-Strauss and his structuralist revolution his colleagues Françoise Héritier and Maurice Godelier Pierre Bourdieu who was an ethnologist before becoming a sociologist and of course Lacan. On Symbolism and Symbolisation: The Work of Freud Durkheim and Mauss is a pioneering work that will appeal to psychoanalysts in practice and in training and to academics and students of psychology anthropology sociology philosophy and the history of ideas. It will also be of interest to anyone wanting to learn more about the life and work of these three major theorists and the connections between the human and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357209

On Syntax of Negation The central concern of this title first published in 1994 is the syntactic nature of negation in Universal Grammar and its relation to other functional elements in the Syntax. The study argues that negation is not a syntactic category on its own; rather it is one of the values of a more abstract syntactic category named Σ which includes other sentence operators such as affirmation and emphasis. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208674

On the Application of Data Assimilation in Regional Coastal Models This work deals with the integration of sequential data assimilation techniques in regional coastal numerical models. Two suboptimal schemes of the Kalman filter are described in detail both of which can approximate the results of the Kalman filter but at a much lower cost. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332258

On The BeatPolice And Community Problem Solving This book focuses on how Chicago actually tried to formulate and implement problem solving as part of a thoroughgoing change in its style of policing. It describes the five-step problem-solving model that the city developed for tackling neighborhood problems ranging from graffiti to gang violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297299

On the Blissful Islands with Nietzsche & JungIn the shadow of the superman What are the blissful islands? And where are they? This book takes as its starting-point the chapter called ‘On the Blissful Islands’ in Part Two of Nietzsche’s Thus Spoke Zarathustra and its enigmatic conclusion: ‘The beauty of the Superman came to me as a shadow’. From this remarkable and powerful passage it disengages the Nietzschean idea of the Superman and the Jungian notion of the shadow moving these concepts into a new interdisciplinary direction. In particular On the Blissful Islands seeks to develop the kind of interpretative approach that Jung himself employed. Its chief topics are classical (the motif of the blissful islands) psychological (the shadow) and philosophical (the Übermensch or superman) blended together to produce a rich intellectual-historical discussion. By bringing context and depth to a nexus of highly problematic concepts it offers something new to the specialist and the general reader alike. So this book considers the significance of the statue in the culture of antiquity (and in alchemy) and investigates the associated notion of self-sculpting as a form of existential exercise. This Neoplatonic theme is pursued in relation to a poem by Schiller at the centre of which lies the notion of self-sculpting thus highlighting Nietzsche’s (and Jung’s) relationship to Idealism. Its conclusion directly addresses the vexed (and controversial) question of Nietzsche’s relation to Plato. This book’s main ambition is to provide a cross-cultural interdisciplinary reading of key themes and motifs using Jungian ideas in general (and Jung’s vast seminar on Zarathustra in particular) to uncover a dimension of deep meaning in key passages in Nietzsche. Engaging the reader directly on major existential questions it aims to be an original thought-provoking contribution to the history of ideas and to show that Zarathustra was right: There still are blissful islands! This book will be stimulating reading for analytical psychologists including those in training and academics and scholars of Jungian studies Nietzsche and the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791626

On The Borders of State PowerFrontiers in the Greater Mekong Sub-Region On The Borders of State Power explores the changing nature meaning and significance of international borders over time in the area referred to today as the Greater Mekong Sub-region incorporating Burma Cambodia Laos Thailand Vietnam and China’s Yunnan province. An international  line up of contributors examine the changing nature of borders over time using examples from the 15th to 21st centuries and engage with  contemporary literature on globalisation particularly as it applies to borders and the nature of state power.  What the book finds is that there is far greater diversity in terms of the importance of borders across time than is commonly thought.  Thus borders commonly thought to be closed are often more open open borders are found to be more restricted while pre-colonial frontiers which are usually viewed as relatively unimportant compared with the colonial era are in fact found to have been more closely governed.  Looking at the contemporary period the book shows how economic liberalisation – or so-called cooperation between the Mekong states in the post-Cold War period – has been accompanied not by the retreat of the state but rather by its expansion including in ways which frequently impose greatest restrictions on the poor and marginalised. Incorporating work by both historians and social scientists this book is a valuable read for those interested in the politics development and geography of Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541848

On The Bringing Up Of Children First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875692

On the Commodity TrailThe Journey of a Bargain Store Product from East to West Following the journey of eight bargain store objects Alison Hulme reveals the complex story behind society’s simplest and cheapest commodities. Inspired by Walter Benjamin’s Arcades Project On the Commodity Trail explores the colourful and fascinating histories of everyday objects.Along the way we observe raw materials on municipal rubbish dumps in China newly re-made products in the world’s largest wholesale market and take a journey across the seas to bargain stores in Europe and North America arriving finally in the homes of consumers. Weaving together narratives from the people we meet at different parts of the commodity chain – waste peddlers wholesalers store owners and shoppers – the book examines the places and people at the heart of these localized yet immense global networks.Unlike other investigations of commodity chains this study does not chart a straightforward trajectory from production to consumption. Instead it demonstrates that the low-end commodity chain is one of constant rupture in which products are made and re-made blurring the dividing line between producing and consuming.An ethnography of material culture as well as an examination of commodity culture at a time of economic downturn this deeply-engrossing book makes a unique contribution to our understanding of commodity chains and consumer culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472572851

On the Daily Work of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy On the Daily Work of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy is an operating manual for the challenging often lonely and confusing work of doing therapy. It locates clinical method in a historical tradition of many contributory workers including Freud Breuer Klein Segal Ferenczi Waelder Katan Tausk Sullivan Lacan Bion and Ogden. In this way the book links clinicians with psychoanalytic thinkers across the foreclosures of scholastic orientation and politics to arrive at a methodology based in interpretive reflection and demonstrably active from the period of psychoanalytic origins as an application of the influence of mind upon mind. The authors provide the reader with a methodology of clinical thinking of how clinicians orient themselves in clinical registration moment by moment. It develops a route of fundamental therapeutic action applicable under all clinical situations from the single session consultation to intensive long-term psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205647

On the Death of a Child The death of a child - whether during or following birth through illness through accident or through suicide - is one of the greatest challenges families carers friends and the health and social care professionals who support them can face. This book provides professionals with practical advice resources for further support and reading and much-needed reassurance that whatever contact they have with the bereaved and however inadequate they may feel to the task they can make a difference. With revised material and an entirely new chapter reflecting recent developments in bereavement theory the third edition of this classic text offers unique insights for professionals with varying levels of experience. From theory and narrative come practical ideas on what to say what to do how to behave how to stay humble in situations where the only real experts are the bereaved themselves and how professionals can look after themselves in what can be particularly traumatic and upsetting circumstances. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378114

On the Dialectics of Psychoanalytic Practice Fritz Morgenthaler was a crucial figure in the return of psychoanalysis to post-Nazi Central Europe. An inspiring clinician and teacher to the New Left generation of 1968 he was the first European psychoanalyst since Freud to declare that homosexuality is not indeed never a pathology and in Technik developed revolutionary ideas for transforming clinical technique. On the Dialectics of Psychoanalytic Practice offers the first publication in English of this psychoanalytic counterculture classic. Those who first picked up Technik encountered it at a historical moment when Marxist psychoanalyst Wilhelm Reich popular New Left cultural critic Klaus Theweleit and the texts of the Frankfurt School were already required reading. While not a political text in the same direct way Morgenthaler’s Technik nonetheless shared many of their preoccupations and conclusions about human nature. It was read as technical guidance for psychoanalysts but also as a manifesto dedicated to the problem of how it might be possible genuinely to live a postfascist and nonfascist existence. Morgenthaler was a protorelationalist who recombined the traditions of ego and self psychology as he retained a commitment to drive theory. Here Dagmar Herzog makes his work available to a new generation of analysts providing essential source material annotations and groundbreaking analysis of the continued importance of the work for historians and therapeutic practitioners alike. On the Dialectics of Psychoanalytic Practice will interest practicing clinicians as well as intellectual historians and cultural studies scholars seeking to understand the return of psychoanalysis to post-Nazi Central Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367337681

On the Early Development of Mind On the Early Development of Mind by Edward Glover covers a period of thirty years in which he gathered together and annotated his various contributions to this most obscure of all psychoanalytical themes. He approaches mind from various angles in particular the vicissitudes of the libido of ego-formation and of the emotions. The work is offered in chronological order and with unabashed changes to enhance readability.His clinical studies are orientated from the same angles and he deals inter alia with the developmental aspects of normal and disordered character alcoholism drug addiction perversions obsessional neuroses and psychoses. Of out standing significance are his papers on the psychoanalytical classification of mental disorders on the nature of reality sense and on the 'functional' aspects of the mental apparatus.Glover was well aware of the dangers of uncontrolled abstract theorizing and several of his later essays exhibit an unflinching resolution to apply the strictest scientific standards not only in the regulation of research and the control of technique but also in the teaching and the training of psychoanalysts. The book represents a remarkable achievement indispensable to the psychoanalytical student the psychiatrist and all who wish to ground themselves in the principles and history of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529236

On the Economic Encounter Between Asia and Europe 1500-1800 The history of the economic contacts between Asia and Europe dates back to at least the early years of the Common Era. But it was only after the overcoming of the transport technology barrier to the growth of trade between the two continents following the discovery by the Portuguese at the end of the 15th century of the all-water route to the East Indies that these contacts became regular and quantitatively significant. The Portuguese were joined at the beginning of the 17th century by the Dutch and the English East India companies. The Europeans operated in the Indian Ocean alongside the Indian and other Asian merchants with no special privileges being available to them. The present collection of essays by Professor Om Prakash first deals with the Indian merchants’ participation in the Indian Ocean trade on the eve of the Europeans’ arrival in the Ocean. The subsequent essays include a discussion of the Portuguese involvement in the Euro-Asian and the Indian Ocean trade. Attention is then turned to the trading activities of the Dutch and the English East India companies. The volume also contains essays on textile manufacturing and trade as well as on coinage and wages in India. The concluding essay deals with trade and politics in the province of Bengal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409418283

On The Economics Of Marriage Marriage is an institution that plays a central role in most societies. As it affects decisions regarding labor supply consumption reproduction and other important decisions marriage receives considerable attention in academic circles. Much research has been done about marriage principally by sociologists psychologists and anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281847

On the Edge of EmpiresNorth Mesopotamia During the Roman Period (2nd – 4th c. CE) On the Edge of Empires explores the mixed culture of North Mesopotamia in the Roman period. This volatile region at the eastern edge of the Roman world became during the imperial period the theater of confrontation for multiple political entities: Rome Parthia Sasanian Persia. Roman presence is only recognizable through military installations – forts barracks military camps – yet these fascinating lands tell a story of frontier people and soldiers of trade despite war and daily life between the Empires. This volume combines archaeological and historical literary and environmental evidence in order to explore this important borderland between east and west. On the Edge of Empires is a valuable addition to researchers engaged in the historical and archaeological reconstruction of the frontier areas of the Roman Empire and a fascinating study for students and scholars of the Romans and their neighbours borderlands in antiquity and the history and archaeology of empires. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120136

On the Edge: Political Cults Right and LeftPolitical Cults Right and Left This is the first book to document the extent of political cults on both the right and left and explain their significance for mainstream political organizations. The authors outline the defining characteristics of cults in general and analyze the degree to which a variety of well-known movements fall within the spectrum of cultic organizations. The book covers such individuals and groups as Lyndon LaRouche Fred Newman Ted Grant Marlene Dixon the Christian Identity movement Posse Commitatus Aryan Nation militias and the Freemen. It explores the ideological underpinnings that predispose cult followers to cultic practices along with the measures cults use to suppress dissent achieve intense conformity and extract extraordinary levels of commitment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702032

On the Edges of DevelopmentCultural Interventions Big business financial institutions and capitalist powers have wreaked much havoc on the Third World in the name of development. This book re-imagines development through a careful and imaginative exploration of some of the many ways that culture – in the broadest sense of lived experience and its representation – can recenter resistance suggest alternative models and advance critiques of development as it is currently practiced. The diverse group of scholars and activists who contribute chapters to the volume engage with the puzzle of how best to conceptualize an alternative development that improves the living conditions of women and men in different parts of the world and simultaneously demands solutions that focus on the integration of gender diversity and development with the realities of people’s lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650533

On the Eighteenth Century as a Category of Asian HistoryVan Leur in Retrospect The starting point of this volume is the scathing attack far-reaching in its consequences launched in 1942 by J.C. van Leur on the views then current on the character and significance of the 18th century as a category in Asian history. His denial of European pre-eminence in Asian waters represented a direct attack on colonial historiography. The essays here derive from an international conference held 50 years later to assess the impact of van Leur’s work. In part historiographic in part drawing on new research they aim to delimit the boundaries of European-Asian interaction and to provide case studies of what this period actually meant for the history of South and East Aia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247663

On the Emic GestureDifference and Ethnography in Roy Wagner Roy Wagner’s work deals with two fundamental issues in anthropology: how to describe difference and where to place it in anthropological discourse. His discussion and displacement of anthropological concepts such as ‘group’ and ‘culture’ in the 1970s and 1980s have arguably encouraged a deconstructive undertaking in the discipline. Yet Wagner’s work although part of the radicalizing move of the 1970s and 1980s in anthropology was until some years ago not a central reference for anthropological theory.The question Dulley asks throughout her engagement with Wagner’s main essays is whether it is possible for the emic gesture to account for difference within difference without falling into the closure of totalization. Wagner’s work contains this potentiality but is hindered by its very foundation: the emic gesture in which difference is circumscribed through a name that others. If this gesture is one of the pillars of anthropology and one that allows for the inscription of difference the reflection proposed in this book concerns anthropology as a whole: How can one inscribe difference within difference? Dulley argues that this can only be accomplished through an erasure of the emic.Offering a comprehensive discussion of Wagner’s concepts and a detailed reading of his most important work this book will be of interest to anyone who wishes to reflect on the relationship between ethnography and difference and especially those who in various ways engage with the ‘ontological turn’. As the book reflects on how Derridean différance can be appropriated by anthropology in its search for subtler and more critical ethnographic accounts anthropologists interested in post-structuralist theory and methodology will also find it useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731304

On the Eternal in Man Max Scheler (1874-1928) decisively influenced German philosophy in the period after the First World War a time of upheaval and new beginnings. Without him the problems of German philosophy today and its attempts to solve them would be quite inconceivable. What was new in his philosophy was that he used phenomenology to investigate spiritual realities.The subject of On the Eternal in Man is the divine and its reality the originality and non-derivation of religious experience. Scheler shows the characteristic quality of that which is religious. It is a particular essence that cannot be reduced to anything else. It is a sphere that belongs essentially to humankind; without it we would not be human. If genuine fulfillment is denied it substitutes come into being. This religious sphere is the most essential decisive one. It determines man's basic attitude towards reality and in a sense the color extent and position of all the other human domains in life. It forms the basis for various views about life and thought.Scheler was emphatically an intuitive philosopher. In Scheler's work the break between being as the almighty but blind rage and value as the knowing but powerless spirit-has become complete and makes of each human a split being. Personal experiences may be reflected here. The development of Scheler's work as a whole was highly dependent on his personal experiences. It is this that gives Scheler's work its liveliness and its validity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529243

On the Evolution of Conscious Sensation Conscious Imagination and Consciousness of Self Philosophical 'thought experiments' invoking inverted spectra zombies et cetera suggest that conscious sensations have no function and psychological studies finding no correlation between vivid visual imaging and visual problem solving suggest that conscious images have no function. Furthermore both philosophical and psychological theories suggest that self-consciousness has no function. Countering such suggestions the post-Darwinian double-aspect theory which Professor Robert Kunzendorf's introduces in the first chapter of his monograph On the Evolution of Conscious Sensation Conscious Imagination and Consciousness of Self points to evolutionary functions of certain sensations youngling vivid images and self-consciousness. Kunzendorf's second chapter presents evidence that the most primitive sensation-pain the subjective aspect of free nerve endings or nociceptors-has a survival-promoting function. But as the pressure nociceptor mutates into a touch receptor the heat nociceptor into temperature receptor and the chemical nociceptor into a taste receptor the painful qualia of these nociceptors evolve respectively into touch sensation temperature sensation or taste sensation-painless sensations that add no survival benefit to their receptor's physical aspect. Building on evidence that retinal receptors embodying visual qualia evolved from primitive eyespots responsive to injurious 'heat at a distance' or painful light the third chapter presents evidence that visually imagined sensations are the subjective qualities of retinal receptors that are corticofugally innervated in warm-blooded animals-for the developmental purpose of testing cortically hypothesized sensory-motor rules that have greater survival value than cold-blooded stimulus-response associations. The fourth and final chapter focuses on self-conscious reality-testing and on visuo-spatial self-conceptualization and presents evidence that such manifestations of self-awareness evolve only in those warm-blooded animals whose rule-developing youth lasts two years or longer-that is those mammals and birds whose survival during the imaginal testing of rules is subjected to prolonged risk if self-consciousness that one is imaging sensations (rather than perceiving sensations) is absent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895039026

On the Foundations of Happiness in EconomicsReinterpreting Tibor Scitovsky Economic growth has extraordinarily increased the availability of market goods to satisfy people’s need for comfort but at the same time it has also raised great challenges to their working and family life. Will people learn the skill necessary to cope with these challenges and draw full enjoyment from economic growth? On the Foundations of Happiness in Economics explores this question by examining the work of Tibor Scitovsky author of The Joyless Economy. Given the recent rise of behavioural economics and happiness economics this book aims to show how far ahead of his time Scitovsky was in his work on individual welfare (or wellbeing). It traces the evolution of Scitovsky’s original thought arguing that he has been frequently misunderstood before undertaking formal analysis in order to demonstrate how far his work anticipated or even went beyond the recent advances in economics. This volume also explores Scitovsky’s work in the context of Keynes’ work on wellbeing offering a new perspective on welfare in the history of economic thought. Other issues discussed in this text regard creativity and social skills hedonism and eudaimonia parenting and education addiction work/leisure balance policies for happiness paternalism and the quality of economic growth. This book addresses a variety of readers such as those interested in the history of economics as well as students and researchers concerned with the economic theory of well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364097

On the Fringes of DiplomacyInfluences on British Foreign Policy 1800–1945 In recent decades the study of British foreign policy and diplomacy has broadened in focus. No longer is it enough for historians to look at the actions of the elite figures - diplomats and foreign secretaries - in isolation; increasingly the role of their advisers and subordinates and those on the fringes of the diplomatic world is recognised as having exerted critical influence on key decisions and policies. This volume gives further impetus to this revelation honing in on the fringes of British diplomacy through a selection of case studies of individuals who were able to influence policy. By contextualising each study the volume explores the wider circles in which these individuals moved exploring the broader issues affecting the processes of foreign policy. Not the least of these is the issue of official mindsets and of networks of influence in Britain and overseas inculcated for example in the leading public schools at the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge and in gentlemen's clubs in London's West End. As such the volume contributes to the growing literature on human agency as well as mentalité studies in the history of international relations. Moreover it also highlights related themes which have been insufficiently studied by international historians for example the influence that outside groups such as missionaries and the press had on the shaping of foreign policy and the role that strategy intelligence and the experience of war played in the diplomatic process. Through such an approach the workings of British diplomacy during the high-tide of empire is revealed in new and intriguing ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409401193

On the Frontline with VoicesA Grassroots Handbook for Voice-Hearers Carers and Clinicians This is a jargon-free user-friendly resource for voice-hearers and their carers as well as the clinicians and groups who support them both. It offers a new and practical way of looking at voice-hearing as well as a host of practical strategies to assist in recovery. The resource is built around three core sections. Each of the sections speaks directly to voice-hearers clinicians and carers in turn. The style and content addresses each group's individual needs in terms appropriate to them and schools them in how to deal with voices from their particular perspective.  The core aim is to provide these three groups with practical techniques they can use on a daily basis. The resource offers a proactive practical and client-centred framework that is designed to reduce anxiety and increase the likelihood of learning new ways to deal with voices. Keith Butler is a consultant clinical psychologist and an associate fellow of the BPS (British Psychological Society). He was a key player in the development of the Buckinghamshire Early Intervention Service (BEIS) and occupied the position of clinical lead in the BEIS for its first 6 years up to his retirement at the end of 2010. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301696

On the Frontlines of the Welfare StateHow the Fire Service and Police Shape Social Problems Although public safety agencies protect our well-being they also shape social problems and community inequities. Public safety protections promote what T.H. Marshall called "social rights" of equitable citizenship. Frontlines of Welfare State shows how public safety agencies function as welfare state agencies responsible for a range of essential public functions including emergency service criminal investigation regulatory oversight and social service outreach. Furthermore this volume shows how public safety agencies are being asked to absorb more social welfare functions amidst cut-backs in other areas of the welfare state. Two areas of public safety are examined: arson control and fire prevention especially within the contexts of urban change and gentrification and community policing especially as a mechanism of expanding drug treatment service and prevention programs. Facilitating a greater understanding of institutional biases within the state built around organizational structures procedures and cultures and their impact on social outcomes this original and exciting book will be of interest to researchers practitioners and undergraduate and postgraduate students in the fields of Policing and Fire Control Public Policy and Administration Drugs and Substance Abuse and White Collar Crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393066

On the Genealogy of ColorA Case Study in Historicized Conceptual Analysis In On the Genealogy of Color Zed Adams argues for a historicized approach to conceptual analysis by exploring the relevance of the history of color science for contemporary philosophical debates about color realism. Adams contends that two prominent positions in these debates Cartesian anti-realism and Oxford realism are both predicated on the assumption that the concept of color is ahistorical and unrevisable. Adams takes issue with this premise by offering a philosophical genealogy of the concept of color. This book makes a significant contribution to recent debates on philosophical methodology by demonstrating the efficacy of using the genealogical method to explore philosophical concepts and will appeal to philosophers of perception philosophers of mind and metaphysicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387126

On the Genealogy of CritiqueOr How We Have Become Decadently Indignant On the Genealogy of Critique intervenes into both contemporary academic debates on critique and today’s mainstream criticism by reflecting upon the relationship between criticality and social change in the age of post-politics. What does it mean to be critical? When we are told that civilisation is facing extinction does the idea of critique still hold any value? Today more than ever we seem to be critical of everything. Yet paradoxically our criticism exerts very little political influence. Taking this problematique as its starting point this book reclaims the transformative potential of critique challenging the common assumptions about criticality. It presents a counter-history of criticism demonstrating how the modern notion of critical subjectivity embodies an imperative to the securitisation of the status quo. In elaborating on a range of contemporary critical (dis)positions the book advocates new ways of thinking about critique and social change. Through this it equips the reader with analytical tools useful for thinking the way out of our post-political predicament. This book is of relevance to anyone concerned with social change. Particularly it will be of use to academics postgraduates and advanced undergraduate students working in the areas of sociology politics philosophy and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027063

On the Greek Origins of BiopoliticsA Reinterpretation of the History of Biopower This book explores the origins of western biopolitics in ancient Greek political thought. Ojakangas’s argues that the conception of politics as the regulation of the quantity and quality of population in the name of the security and happiness of the state and its inhabitants is as old as the western political thought itself: the politico-philosophical categories of classical thought particularly those of Plato and Aristotle were already biopolitical categories. In their books on politics Plato and Aristotle do not only deal with all the central topics of biopolitics from the political point of view but for them these topics are the very keystone of politics and the art of government. Yet although the Western understanding of politics was already biopolitical in classical Greece  the book does not argue that the history of biopolitics would constitute a continuum from antiquity to the twentieth century. Instead Ojakangas argues that the birth of Christianity entailed a crisis of the classical biopolitical rationality as the majority of classical biopolitical themes concerning the government of men and populations faded away or were outright rejected. It was not until the renaissance of the classical culture and literature – including the translation of Plato’s and Aristotles political works into Latin – that biopolitics became topical again in the West. The book will be of great interest to scholars and students in the field of social and political studies social and political theory moral and political philosophy IR theory intellectual history classical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659438

On the Ground After September 11Mental Health Responses and Practical Knowledge Gained A heartfelt collection of extraordinary first-person accounts that delve into every level of the experience of 9/11Out of the infamy of 9/11 and its aftermath people rose up with courage and determination to meet formidable challenges. On the Ground After September 11: Mental Health Responses and Practical Lessons Gained is a stirring compilation of over a hundred personal and professional first-hand accounts of the entire experience from the moment the first plane slammed into the North Tower of the World Trade Center to the months mental health professionals worked to ease the pain and trauma of others even while they themselves were traumatized. This remarkable chronicle reveals the breadth and depth of human need and courage along with the practical organizational considerations encountered in the responses to terrorist attacks. The goal of any terrorist act is to instill psychosocial damage to a society to effect change. On the Ground After September 11 provides deep insight into the damage the attack had on our own society the failures and victories within our response systems and the path of healing that mental health workers need to travel to be of service to their clients. Personal accounts written by the professionals and public figures involved reveal the broad range of responses to this traumatic event and illuminate how mental health services can most effectively be delivered. Through the benefit of hindsight recommendations are described for ways to better finance assistance adapt the training of mental health professionals and modify organizations’ response to the needs of victims in this type of event. Reading these unique personal accounts of that day and the difficult days that followed provides a thoughtful moving rational view of what is truly needed in times of disaster.On the Ground After September 11 includes the first-person experiences and lessons learned from the people of: NYU Downtown Hospital NYC Department of Health and Mental Hygiene NY Metropolitan Transportation Council St. Paul’s Chapel St. Vincent Hospital - Manhattan Safe Horizon LifeNet WTC Incident Command Center at NYC Medical Examiner’s office New Jersey’s Project Phoenix Massachusetts Department of Mental Health the military psychiatric response to the Pentagon attack Connecticut’s Center for Trauma Response Recovery and Preparedness the Staten Island Relief Center Barrier Free Living Inc. for people with disabilities the Federal Emergency Management Agency Alianza Dominicana Inc. Staten Island Mental Health Society the United Airlines Emergency Response Team for Flight 93 The Center for Trauma Response Recovery and Preparedness (CTRP) Disaster Mental Health Services (DMHS) at Dulles International Airport the American Red Cross the Respite Center at the Great White Tent HealthCare Chaplaincy The Salvation Army the Islamic Circle of North America The Coalition of Voluntary Mental Health Agencies Inc. F*E*G*S the Jewish Board of Family and Children's Services (JBFCS) and many many moreOn the Ground After September 11: Mental Health Responses and Practical Lessons Gained poignantly illustrates that regardless of profession culture religion or age every life touched by 9/11 will never be the same. This is essential reading for counselors psychologists psychiatrists social workers therapists trauma specialists educators and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785554

On the History of Economic Thought On the History of Economic Thought is introduced by an essay in intellectual autobiography outlining the development of Coats key ideas and the distinctive elements of his approach. Two themes in particular emerge. The first is the difference between British and American economics both in content and in the practice of the profession. This is an important element in all areas of his research. The second theme is in the interrelationships between economic ideas events (or conditions) and policy issues. The book concludes by offering an assessment of the current state of the discipline indicating the advantages an historian of economics can offer as a commentator on recent developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755757

On the History of Political PhilosophyGreat Political Thinkers from Thucydides to Locke Intended for use in courses on political philosophy or the history of political philosophy On the History of Political Philosophy provides a critical account of Western political philosophy from classical Greece to modern times.  Demonstrating the continued relevance of historical ideas to today's problems the author traces ongoing discussions about justice power and human nature by examining the ideas of key political theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205119745

On the Internet Internet is een van de eerste boeken waarin het filosofische inzicht -van Plato tot Kierkegaard - betrokken wordt op het debat over de mogelijkheden en onmogelijkheden van het internet.Dreyfus laat zien dat de onstoffelijke 'vrij zwevende' websurfer zijn oorsprong vindt in Descartes' scheiding van geest en lichaam en hoe Kierkegaards inzichten in de opkomst van het moderne leespubliek vooruitlopen op de nieuwsgierige maar elk risico vermijdende internet-junkie. Uitgaande van recente onderzoeken naar het isolement dat veel internetgebruikers ervaren toont Dreyfus aan hoe het internet door zijn nadruk op privé-ervaringen gebruikers berooft van wezenlijke belichaamde vermogens zoals vertrouwen stemmingen en betrokkenheid bij met anderen gedeelde lokale aangelegenheden. Internet is verplichte kost voor iedereen die on line is en is geïnteressseerd in onze plaats in de 'e-revolutie'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164635

On the Internet Can the internet solve the problem of mass education and bring human beings to a new level of community? Drawing on a diverse array of thinkers from Plato to Kierkegaard On the Internet argues that there is much in common between the disembodied free floating web and Descartes' separation of mind and body. Hubert Dreyfus also shows how Kierkegaard's insights into the origins of a media-obsessed public anticipate the web surfer blogger and chat room. Drawing on studies of the isolation experienced by many internet users and the insights of philosopher such as Descartes and Kierkegaard Dreyfus shows how the internet's privatisation of experience ignores essential human capacities such as trust moods risk shared local concerns and commitment. The second edition includes a brand new chapter on â€˜Second Life’ and is revised and updated throughout.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128330

On the Lyricism of the MindPsychoanalysis and literature On the Lyricism of the Mind: Psychoanalysis and Literature explores the lyrical dimension (or the lyricism) of the psychic space. It is not presented as an artistic disposition but rather as a universal psychic quality which enables the recovery and recuperation of the self. The specific nature of human lyricism is defined as the interaction as well as the integration of two psychic modes of experience originally defined by the psychoanalyst Wilfred Bion: The emergent and the continuous principles of the self. Dana Amir elaborates Bion's general notion of an interaction between the emergent and the continuous principles of the self offering a discussion of the specific function of each principle and of the significance of the various types of interaction between them as the basis for mental health or pathology. The author applies these theoretical notions in her analytic work by means of literary illustrations showing how the lyrical dimension may be used to teach psychoanalytic readings of literature and explore the connection between psychoanalytic and literary languages. On the Lyricism of the Mind presents a new psychoanalytic understanding of the capacity to heal to grieve to love and to know using literary illustrations but also literary language in order to extract a new formulation out of the classic psychoanalytic language of Winnicott and Bion. This book will appear to a wide audience to include psychoanalysts psychotherapists and art therapists.  It is also extremely relevant to literary scholars including students of literary criticism philosophers of language and philosophers of mind novelists poets and to the wide educated readership in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841796

On The Margins Of Art Worlds During the late 1980s the near-worship of artistic genius produced auction sales of works by Vmcent Van Gogh and Pablo Picasso for tens of millions of dollars over $15 million for a painting by Jasper Johns and record prices for works by many other deceased and even living masters. At the same time it was no longer controversial in academic and intellectual circles to maintain that art works are the products of what Howard Becker has termed collective activity carried out within loosely defined art worlds: Works of art from this point of view are not the products of individual makers "artists" who possess a rare and special gift. They are rather joint products of all the people who cooperate via an art world's characteristic conventions to bring works like that into existence. Artists are some sub-group of the world's participants who by common agreement possess a specialgift therefore make a unique and indispensable contribution to the work and thereby make it art. (1982: 35) The concept of the art world-with its central focus on the collective social and conventional nature of artistic production distribution and appreciation--confronts and potentially undermines the romantic ideology of art and artists still dominant in Western societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281861

On the Margins of CrusadingThe Military Orders the Papacy and the Christian World Founded to support Christian pilgrims to the Holy Land and most famous for their support for crusading the Military Religious Orders' activities and interests stretched far beyond the frontiers of Christendom. Representing some of the most recent advances in research in this volume eleven scholars from Europe and North America explore important and hitherto under-researched aspects of the Orders' history scrutinising their relations with the papacy their organisational structure their devotional practices their fortresses and their presence in the localities of Western Europe. Particular attention is given to the Templars' trial of 1307-12 and the question of how the surviving Orders reorganised themselves after the loss of the kingdom of Jerusalem in 1291. The majority of the papers consider the leading Military Orders the Hospitallers and Templars but there are also studies of the Orders of Mountjoy and of St Lazarus showing how they adapted their activities to local requirements. These studies reflect the vitality of current scholarship on the Military Religious Orders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269835

On the Margins of Japanese SocietyVolunteers and the Welfare of the Urban Underclass The popular perception of Japanese society is that it possesses a homogeneity and cultural conformity unlike anything to be found in the West. In fact Japan has its own underclass living outside the mainstream in economic circumstances that are radically different to the more usual perception of a wealthy and sucessful society.Carolyn S. Stevens has produced a new study that intimately explores the lives of Japan's social outcasts as well as those volunteers who seek to help them and as a consequence become socially marginalized themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867375

On the Marketisation and Marketing of Higher Education Practitioners of marketing in higher education and all academics across all disciplines who work in higher education are aware of the importance of marketing to their careers their department and their institution. Chancellors University Presidents Deans Heads of School Directors of Research Directors of Programs and faculty as well as those who work in departments of marketing within higher education institutions recognise the increasing utility of marketing what they have to offer. Our purpose in this research based book on higher education marketing is to bring to the diversity of these publics a more sophisticated way of thinking about and methods for marketing higher education. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953482

On the Military Orders in Medieval EuropeStructures and Perceptions This collection of articles by Jürgen Sarnowsky covers 20 years of research dedicated to the military orders in general as well as to the Hospitallers and Teutonic Knights. Four of these have been translated into English especially for this volume and two articles are published here for the first time. Section one contains five papers on the self-perception statutes and historical writing of the orders and on their relationship with the crusading movement. In section two the example of the Hospitallers is used to discuss some problems of the central administration of the orders (chapters general finances) and its relationship to the provinces (the situation in the English priory the functioning of visitations). Section three is dedicated to the 'order states' of the Hospitallers in the Aegean and the Teutonic Knights in the Baltic. Three articles give a comparison of their rule their self-perception and employment of ships two other papers deal with the legislation and the situation of the church on Rhodes and two with certain aspects of the foreign policies of the Teutonic Knights in Prussia. The last section focuses on internal features of the order's history. Three articles compare the role of the priests the masters and of women in the military orders and this is complemented by smaller studies on the life of the brethren and the death of the masters of the Hospitallers on Rhodes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409423263

On the MoveMobility in the Modern Western World On the Move presents a rich history of one of the key concepts of modern life: mobility. Increasing mobility has been a constant throughout the modern era evident in mass car ownership plane travel and the rise of the Internet. Typically people have equated increasing mobility with increasing freedom. However as Cresswell shows while mobility has certainly increased in modern times attempts to control and restrict mobility are just as characteristic of modernity. Through a series of fascinating historical episodes Cresswell shows how mobility and its regulation have been central to the experience of modernity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446713

On the Nature of Human Resource DevelopmentHolistic Agency and an Almost-Autoethnographical Exploration of Becoming The nature of human resource development (HRD) has been and remains a contested topic – the debate was sparked in part by Monica Lee’s seminal 2001 paper which refused to define the discipline of HRD but has been accentuated by increasing globalization political unrest inequality and the erosion of boundaries. Should HRD now be seen as more than ‘training ’ or a sub-function of large western bureaucracy? This book represents a very wide view of HRD: that it is at the core of our ‘selves’ and our relationships and that we continually co-create ourselves our organisations and societies. These ideas are hung upon a model of Holistic Agency and supported from sources as diverse as evolutionary psychology science fiction the challenges of transitional economies and the structural uncertainties of contemporary society. Examining the tensions between self and other agency and structure the book draws inspiration from an almost-autoethnographic approach. This yields a text that is personal entertaining and easier to read than many academic tomes – yet considers the depth and development of the human condition and locates HRD within that. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618008

On the Nature of the Psyche Jung's discovery of the 'collective unconscious' a psychic inheritance common to all humankind transformed the understanding of the self and the way we interpret the world. In On the Nature of the Psyche Jung describes this remarkable theory in his own words and presents a masterly overview of his theories of the unconscious and its relation to the conscious mind. Also contained in this collection is On Psychic Energy where Jung defends his interpretation of the libido a key factor in the breakdown of his relations with Freud. For anyone seeking to understand Jung's insights into the human mind this volume is essential reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203164716

On the Origin and Progress of the Art of Music by John Taverner John Taverner’s lectures on music constitute the only extant version of a complete university course in music in early modern England. Originally composed in 1611 in both English and Latin they were delivered at Gresham College in London between 1611 and 1638 and it is likely that Taverner intended at some point to publish the lectures in the form of a music treatise. The lectures which Taverner collectively titled De Ortu et Progressu Artis Musicæ ("On the Origin and Progress of the Art of Music") represent a clear attempt to ground musical education in humanist study particularly in Latin and Greek philology. Taverner’s reliance on classical and humanist writers attests to the durability of music’s association with rhetoric and philology an approach to music that is too often assigned to early Tudor England. Taverner is also a noteworthy player in the seventeenth-century Protestant debates over music explicitly defending music against Reformist polemicists who see music as an overly sensuous activity.In this first published edition of Taverner’s musical writings Joseph M. Ortiz comprehensively introduces edits and annotates the text of the lectures and an appendix contains the existing Latin version of Taverner’s text. By shedding light on a neglected figure in English Renaissance music history this edition is a significant contribution to the study of musical thought in Renaissance England humanism Protestant Reformism and the history of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586409

On the Origin of Societies by Natural Selection Kinship religion and economy were not "natural" to humans nor to species of apes that had to survive on the African savanna. Society from its very beginnings involved an uneasy necessity that often stood in conflict with humans' ape ancestry; these tensions only grew along with later more complex-eventually colossal-sociocultural systems. The ape in us was not extinguished nor obviated by culture; indeed our ancestry continues to place pressures on individuals and their sociocultural creations. Not just an exercise in history this pathbreaking book dispels many myths about the beginning of society to gain new understandings of the many pressures on societies today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633121

On the Origins of Classical EconomicsDistribution and Value from William Petty to Adam Smith First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513500

On the Origins of Gender Inequality In our fast-paced world of technology and conveniences the biological origins of women's inequality can be forgotten. This book offers a richer understanding of gender inequality by explaining a key cause-women's reproductive and lactation patterns. Until about 1900 infants nursed every fifteen minutes on average for two years because very frequent suckling prevented pregnancy. The practice evolved because it maximized infant survival. If a forager child was born before its older sibling could take part in the daily food search the older one died. This practice persisted until the modern era because until after the discovery of the germ theory of disease human milk was the only food certain to be unspoiled. Lactation patterns excluded women from the activities that led to political leadership. During the twentieth century the ancient mode declined and women entered the labor market en masse. Joan Huber challenges feminists toward a richer understanding of biological origins of inequality-knowledge that can help women achieve greater equality today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633114

On the Origins of Judaism On the Origins of Judaism examines the formation of one of the oldest monotheistic religions. The book covers a diverse range of themes: the identity of those who produced and canonized the Hebrew Bible and subsequently shaped its interpretation; the significance and impact of Second Isaiah and the books of Ezra and Nehemiah; the roots of Jewish apocalyptic literature and the possible origins of the Exodus story; the ethical systems of the Hebrew Bible and the Athenian tragedians; and the place of food and drink in the Qumran community. On the Origins of Judaism is the most comprehensive exploration of the roots of the Jewish faith and will be invaluable to students and scholars of biblical and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845533267

On The Origins of Self-Service Most marketing scholars implicitly consider independent merchants as conservative and passive actors and study the modernization of retailing via department stores chains and supermarkets. In this innovative study Franck Cochoy challenges this perspective and takes a close look at the transformation of commerce through the lens of Progressive Grocer an American trade magazine launched in 1922. Aimed at modernizing small independent grocery stores Progressive Grocer sowed the seeds for modern self-service which spread in small retail outlets sometimes well before the advent of the large retail spaces which are traditionally viewed as the origin of the self-service economy. The author illustrates how this publication had a highly influential role on what the trade considered to be best practice and shaped what was considered to be cutting edge. By displacing the consumer and their agency from the centre of analytic attention this innovative book highlights the complex impact of social technical and retailing environment factors that structure and delimit consumer freedom in the marketplace. This detailed critical analysis of the origins of self-service will be of interest to a wide variety of scholars not only in marketing and consumer research but also in business history sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872601

On the Persistence of the Japanese History ProblemHistoricism and the International Politics of History In Japan people often refer to August 15 1945 as the end of "that war." But the duration of "that war" remains vague. At times it refers to the fifteen years of war in the Asia-Pacific. At others it refers to an imagination of the century long struggle between the East and the West that characterized much of the 19th century. This latter dramatization in particular reinforces longstanding Eurocentric and Orientalist discourses about historical development that presume the non-West lacks historical agency. Nearly 75 years since the nominal end of the war Japan’s "history problem" – a term invoking the nation’s inability to come to terms with its imperial past – persists throughout Asia today.Going beyond well-worn clichés about the state’s use and abuse of discourses of historical modernity Koyama shows how the inability to confront the debris of empire is tethered to the deferral of agency to a hegemonic order centered on the United States. The present is thus a moment one stitched between the disavowal of responsibility on the one hand and the necessity of becoming a proper subject of history on the other. Behind this seeming impasse lay questions about how to imagine the state as the subject of history in a postcolonial moment – after grand narratives after patriotism and after triumphalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589899

On the Political Economy of Market SocialismEssays and Analyses This title was first published in 2001. Spanning a quarter of a century this collection makes conveniently accessible 14 of Yunker’s thorough and highly illuminating contributions to the literature on market socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712751

On the Politics of Educational TheoryRhetoric theoretical ambiguity and the construction of society On the Politics of Educational Theory considers the political significance of educational theory as a specific genre of public discourse. Rather than understanding educational theories solely as addressing issues of childrearing and instruction this book aims to view educational theories in a broader socio-political context. It explores the role of educational theories in the construction of collective and political identities and analyses them as rhetorical strategies operating as political discourses. Defining the methodological framework through the perspectives of Michel Foucault and Ernesto Laclau each chapter examines the ways in which theories of education contribute to the creation of social realities and identities. Such issues as the construction of visibility and invisibility of power the tropes of temporality or the use of postulational language where theorists say what ‘should’ be done in and by education are some of the threads that weave through particular theories – from Rousseau to the discourse of education in the knowledge-based society – analysed as ontological rhetorics constitutive of political identities. This book suggests a direction for a more conscious way of dealing with the political in education. As such it will appeal to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of educational research philosophy of education curriculum studies social and political theory and theory of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602557

On the Politics of Ignorance in Nursing and Health CareKnowing Ignorance Ignorance is mostly framed as a void a gap to be filled with appropriate knowledge. In nursing and health care concerns about ignorance fuel searches for knowledge expected to bring certainty to care provision preventing risk accidents or mistakes. This unique volume turns the focus on ignorance as something productive in itself and works to understand how ignorance and its operations shape what we do and do not know. Focusing explicitly on nursing practice and its organization within contemporary health settings Perron and Rudge draw on contemporary interdisciplinary debates to discuss social processes informed by ignorance ignorance’s temporal and spatial boundaries and how ignorance defines what can be known by specific groups with differential access to power and social status. Using feminist postcolonial and historical analyses this book challenges dominant conceptualizations and discusses a range of "nonknowledges" in nursing and health work including uncertainty abjection denial deceit and taboo. It also explores the way dominant research and managerial practices perpetuate ignorance in healthcare organisations. In health contexts productive forms of ignorance can help to future-proof understandings about the management of healthy/sick bodies and those caring for them. Linking these considerations to nurses’ approaches to challenges in practice this book helps to unpack the power situated in the use of ignorance and pays special attention to what is safe or unsafe to know from both individual and organisational perspectives. On the Politics of Ignorance in Nursing and Health Care is an innovative read for all students and researchers in nursing and the health sciences interested in understanding more about transactions between epistemologies knowledge building practices and research in the health domain. It will also be of interest to scholars involved in the interdisciplinary study of ignorance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632325

On the PresidencyTeacher Soldier Shaman Pol In an election year in which everyone seems to be looking for change Tom Cronin reminds us that it is important to look back at presidential precedents and pitfalls carrying forward these lessons as we look ahead in the "search for the perfect president." America has never had a perfect president nor are we likely to. We yearn for qualities of mind character and experience that are rarely found in one person. Candidates always have the flaws associated with being human. Noted presidential scholar Thomas E. Cronin helps us consider these realities with clarity and empathy as one who has both written about presidents and run for office himself. Cronin unabashedly issues three cheers for those who run and for all their helpers and advisers who provide us choices. In this election year incredible diversity and therefore sharp disagreements of ideology and values prevail. Cronin puts all this in context with the history of the American presidency from George Washington to George W. Bush with a special focus on what he calls the "Act III" presidency of JFK. He takes us from the fiction of "searching for the perfect president" to the facts of the presidency in the post-9/11 world. Whether the next president is soldier shaman or somewhere in-between Cronin gives us a glimpse of presidents future through the lens of presidents past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633107

On the Resurrection of the DeadA New Metaphysics of Afterlife for Christian Thought Christian tradition has largely held three theological affirmations on the resurrection of the physical body. Firstly that bodily resurrection is not a superfluous hope of afterlife. Secondly there is immediate post-mortem existence in Paradise. Finally there is numerical identity between pre-mortem and post-resurrection human beings. The same tradition also largely adheres to a robust doctrine of The Intermediate State a paradisiacal disembodied state of existence following the biological death of a human being. This book argues that these positions are in fact internally inconsistent and so a new theological model for life after death is required. The opening arguments of the book aim to show that The Intermediate State actually undermines the necessity of bodily resurrection. Additionally substance dualism a principle The Intermediate State requires is shown to be equally untenable in this context. In response to this the metaphysics of the afterlife in Christian theology is re-evaluated and after investigating physicalist and constitutionist replacements for substance dualist metaphysics a new theory called "Eschatological Presentism" is put forward. This model combines a broadly Thomistic hylemorphic metaphysics with a novel theory of Time. This is an innovative examination of the doctrine of life after death. It will therefore be of great interest to scholars of analytic theology and philosophy of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586515

On the Right of ExclusionLaw Ethics and Immigration Policy On the Right of Exclusion: Law Ethics and Immigration Policy addresses Western immigration policies regarding so-called `normal migrants i.e. migrants without a legal right to admission. The book argues that if authorities cannot substantially justify the exclusion of a normal migrant the latter should be admitted. By contrast today authorities still believe they may deny normal migrants admission to the territory without giving them proper justification. Bas Schotel challenges this state of affairs and calls for a reversal of the default position in admission laws. The justification should he argues involve a serious accounting for the interests and reasons applicable to the normal migrant seeking admission. Furthermore the first burden of justification should lie with the authorities. To build this case the book makes three types of argument: legal ethical and institutional. The legal argument shows that there are no grounds in either sovereignty or the structure of law for current admission practices. Whilst this legal argument accounts for a duty to justify exclusion the ethical argument shows why the authorities should carry the first burden of justification. Finally the institutional argument explores how this new position might be implemented. An original yet practical undermining of the logic that underlies current immigration laws On the Right of Exclusion: Law Ethics and Immigration Policy will be essential reading for those with intellectual political and policy interests in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823975

On The Rim Of MexicoEncounters Of The Rich And Poor The vast stretch of mostly arid lands and deserts that makes up the border between Mexico and the United States is not only one of the longest international boundaries in the world setting apart two entirely different countries for more than two thousand miles it is the backdrop for a seemingly endless series of major binational news stories. Witness the headline-grabbing attention garnered by NAFTA and the global economy; the assembly plants labeled saviors of the Mexican poor; the accounts applauding the capture of Mexican drug lords; and the columns upon columns devoted to stories about illegal immigration. Nowhere else does a poor Third World country like Mexico share a common border with a wealthy powerful neighbor del otro lado (on the other side). Here as one goes so goes the other.On the Rim of Mexico: Encounters of the Rich and Poor addresses the ties and asymmetries across the Mexico-U.S. border from Tijuana/San Diego to Matamoros/Brownsville. Based on author Ram-duardo Ruiz's extensive research travels remembrances and first-hand interviews with the people on the Mexican side the book probes the history economics and customs which have shaped this region today. While the author considers many timely issues (the impact of drug trafficking legal and illegal immigration assembly plants and the global economy and the ecological disaster in the making) the book is also an examination of the borderlands themselves: what they are how they came to be and salient aspects of life in this region of the world. Moreover it is an exploration of binational themes. For Mexicans who live and die next door to the almighty Uncle Sam nearly everything has a binational ring?even personal identity. On the Rim of Mexico is a moving portrait of the people places and issues which make-up border life today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096458

On the Role of Paradigms in Finance Social theory can usefully be conceived in terms of four key paradigms: functionalist interpretive radical humanist and radical structuralist. The four paradigms are founded upon different assumptions about the nature of society and each generates distinctive theories concepts and analytical tools. Finance theory is based on the functionalist paradigm and for the most part finance theorists are unaware of the philosophical tradition to which they belong. By relating finance to the four paradigms Ardalan's work offers a concise understanding of the multifaceted nature of finance. He recommends theorists adopt a diversity of paradigms and discusses its benefits by application to the following phenomena: the development of academic finance the mathematical language of academic finance the mathematics of academic finance money corporate governance markets technology and education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315598871

On the Sacred Progressive modern societies hold the promise of the triumph of reason and the banishing of primitive religious impulses to a bygone age. If this statement is orthodoxy to much of Western liberal thought then Gordon Lynch's On the Sacred is heresy. Challenging the myth of the idealized rational society Lynch argues that emotionally-charged forms of the sacred remain an inevitable foundation of social life. Modernity has not rid us of the sacred but merely presented us with new sacred forms focused around humanity nature and the nation. Drawing on examples from the changing status of the British monarchy the growing influence of humanitarian NGOs and moral justifications for the invasion of Iraq On the Sacred presents a compelling account of what the sacred is and why it still matters for us today. By the end of the book Lynch calls us to a new understanding of our moments of deep moral certainty challenging us to think about the harm we do in the name of what we call sacred. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655342

On the School of Names in Ancient China The present study on ancient Chinese philosophy invites us to meet a challenging task in philosophical understanding. The so-called "School of Names" (mingjia 名家) is a label for a diverse group of thinkers in the Warring States period (479–221 B.C.) that has sometimes been accused of dabbling in flippant linguistic and conceptual puzzles paradoxes or sophistries. Bernard Solomon analyzes the works of its two main representatives namely Huizi 惠子 (Master Hui or Hui Shi 惠施 380–305 B.C.?) and Gongsun Long 公孫龍 (b. 380 B.C.?). The Chapter One deals with the ten "paradoxes" of Huizi as recorded in the Zhuangzi 莊子. Chapters Two to Six are devoted to five texts attributed to Gongsun Long that have been called cryptic or even a mixture of banality and nonsense. Among them is also found the "White-Horse Dialogue" with its famous dictum "A white horse is not a horse." The aim of Solomon’s investigation is the discovery of the rules of "language games" in the School of Names and of the key to solve their linguistic and conceptual puzzles and paradoxes. His analysis shows in all the texts he interprets an "evidence of an interest in language qua language" (p. 12) which is unique for Chinese thought in the classical era. Bernard S. Solomon holds a Ph.D. in Far Eastern Languages of Harvard University (1952) and was a long-time Professor of Chinese in the Department of Classical and Oriental Languages at Queens College City University of New York (CUNY). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9783805006101

On the Semantics of SyntaxMood and Condition in English First published in 1979 this book develops a grammatically orientated semantics (as opposed to a semantically orientated grammar) of mood and condition in English. It seeks to establish correspondences between areas of semantic organisation (‘planes’) and surface grammar without reverting to an intermediate notion of deep grammar. The chapters explore topics including the differences between ‘literal meaning’ and ‘significance’ speech roles and constructions of condition and reason in terms of the four panes discussed earlier in the volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919440

On the Semantics of Wh-Clauses First published in 1994 this book is concerned with certain kinds of wh-clauses whose interpretations are easily and the author argues plausibly rendered by a logicosemantic analysis on which wh-phrases translate as open sentences that is as expressions of the semantically interpreted representation which contain free variables. After a review of influential contemporary analyses of the semantics of questions concentrating on issues related to the truthconditional interpretation of these constructions the author goes on to analyse logicosemantic similarities between wh-phrases and indefinite NPs. This analysis is extended in chapter V to account for asymmetries between wh-phrases and indefinites but is preceded by the engagement and refutation of some of the challenges to it. The appendices discuss some peripheral points relating to the central points made by the author which are in need of further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690813

On the Shoulders of Giants Mathematics is the only science with a methodology based upon deductive logic whereas physics is a quantitative science based upon experiment and observation in which trial and error are inherent. Physics uses the most relevant mathematics for example using group theory to explain the theoretical basis for the crystalline structure of solids an illustration of how time and time again a mathematical theorem perhaps developed by a Greek philosopher is relevant to today's newly developed physics proof.On the Shoulders of Giants investigates the relationship between the disciplines of physics and mathematics and shows how many of the most significant advances of 20th-century physics rely on mathematics developed sometimes much earlier with no particular physics application in mind. Quoting from mathematicians such as Poincar nd Euclid and physicists such as Newton and Feynman the links between the two disciplines are explored in the author's entertaining style providing a fascinating account of the twists and turns in scientific progress through the ages.Challenging stimulating and questioning the book explains how the uncanny ability of formal and abstract mathematics can interpret the properties of the physical world. Using a wide ranging set of examples it illustrates the manner in which mathematics has been applied to physics and even points to directions for future research. The book discusses how to fill space without leaving gaps; Euclidean geometry its limitations and the bending of space; the laws of musical harmony sound vibrations and the confinement of electrons in solids; how to tile a floor efficiently; Newton's Laws of Motion chaos and the weather; group theory and garlic; the laws of chance; route-planning in Konigsberg with Euler; the rules that turn bath bubbles into suds; the shape of soot; and the Schr dinger equation and why a pendulum can never stop.Requiring some prior knowledge of physics and mathemati Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429864

On the Shoulders of GrandmothersGender Migration and Post-Soviet Nation-State Building On the Shoulders of Grandmothers is a global ethnography of Ukrainian transnational migration. Gendered migrant subjectivities are a key site for understanding the production of neoliberal capitalism and Ukrainian nation-state building a fraught process that places Ukraine precariously between Europe and Russia with dramatic implications for the political economy of the region. However processes of gender and migration that undergird transnational nation-state building require further attention. Solari compares two patterns of Ukrainian migration: the "forced" exile of middle-aged women most grandmothers to Italy and the "voluntary" exodus of families led by the same cohort of middle-aged women to the United States. In both receiving sites these migrants are caregivers to the elderly. Using in-depth interviews and ethnographic data collected in three countries Solari shows that Ukrainian nation-state building occurs transnationally. She examines the collective practices of migrants who are building the "new" Ukraine from the outside in and shaping both Italy and the United States as well. The Ukrainian state in order to fulfil its First World aspirations of joining Europe and distancing itself from all things Soviet is pursuing a gendered reorganization of family and work structures to achieve a transition from socialism to capitalism. This has created a labor force of migrant grandmothers who carry the new Ukraine on their shoulders. Solari shows that this post-Soviet economic transformation requires a change in the moral order as migrant women struggle to understand how to be "good" mothers and grandmothers and men join women in attempts to teach their children to be successful and honorable people now that the social rules have drastically changed. Looking at individual migrant women and men and their families in Ukraine allows us to see the production of neoliberal capitalism and new nationalism from the ground up and the outside in for a region that promises to be a flashpoint in our century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707047

On the Significance of Religion for Global Diplomacy What could it mean in terms of strengthening multilateral diplomacy if the UN the Organisation for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE) the European Union and other regional diplomatic frameworks engaged more creatively with a religious perspective? In this ground-breaking volume it is argued that international organisations backed by governments can and should use their convening power to initiate new multi-layered frameworks of engagement inclusive of the representatives of religion. This can make multilateralism more fit for purpose and have a major impact over time on our planetary future. The book is divided into an introduction and six chapters: Towards a culture of encounter inclusive of the world’s religious traditions Structural questions in 21st-century diplomacy Knowing what we ought to know: the issues that face 21st-century diplomacy Towards the global objective of a common peace for humanity Understanding how change happens The diplomacy of the two standards The development of new frameworks of engagement A brief outline is offered of what an all-European initiative – an agora for Europe â€“ might look like if in the 2020s there were the political will to inaugurate a European regional process reflecting the orientation and methodology proposed in the book. Combining cutting-edge research and reflection with concrete recommendations for academics religious actors policy makers and practitioners this concise and accessible volume helps to build bridges between these oftentimes separated spheres of engagement. The Open Access version of this book available at https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003053842 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367514358

On the Significance of Religion in Conflict and Conflict Resolution In this ground-breaking volume the authors analyze the role of religion in conflict and conflict resolution. They do so from the perspectives of Judaism Christianity and Islam while bringing different disciplines into play including peace and conflict studies religious studies theology and ethics. With much of current academic political and public attention focusing on the conflictive dimensions of religion this book also explores the constructive resources of religion for conflict resolution and reconciliation. Analyzing the specific contributions of religious actors in this field their potentials and possible problems connected with them this book sheds light on the concrete contours of the oftentimes vague “religious factor” in processes of social change. Case studies in current and former settings of violent conflict such as Israel post-genocide Rwanda and Pakistan provide “real-life” contexts for discussion. Combining cutting-edge research with case studies and concrete implications for academics policy makers and practitioners this concise and easily accessible volume helps to build bridges between these oftentimes separated spheres of engagement. The Open Access version of this book available at: http://doi.org/10.4324/9781003002888 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433925

On the Streets and in the State HouseAmerican Indian and Hispanic Women and Environmental Policymaking in New Mexico First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650526

On the Supreme CourtWithout Illusion and Idolatry "On the Supreme Court" places the Supreme Court in a rich historical and political context demonstrating how its interpretations of statutes and the Constitution are necessarily shared with the elected branches the 50 states and the general public. It explains why the Court exercises judicial review not judicial supremacy. It demonstrates that contrary to popular opinion the Court does not supply the final or exclusive word on the Constitution. In an era of tectonic changes "On the Supreme Court" offers a fresh perspective on this mainstay institution from a scholar with unique insights as a Constitutional specialist as well as a Congressional researcher.Key features of the text: " Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612053110

On the SyllogismAnd Other Logical Writings Originally published in 1966 On the Syllogism and Other Logical Writings assembles for the first time the five celebrated memoirs of Augustus De Morgan on the syllogism. These are collected together with the more condensed accounts of his researches given in his Syllabus of a Proposed System of Logic an article on Logic contributed to the English Cyclopaedia. De Morgan was among the most distinguished of nineteenth century British mathematicians but is chiefly remembered today as one of the founders of modern mathematical logic. His writings on this subject have been little read however since apart from his Formal Logic they lie buried for the most part in inaccessible periodicals. De Morgan’s own later amendments are inserted in the text and the editorial introduction gives a summary of the whole and traces in some detail the course of the once-famous feud with Sir William Hamilton of Edinburgh. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429202780

On the Syntax of Negation First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315049465

On the Threshold of Central Africa (1897)A Record of Twenty Years Pioneering Among the Barotsi of the Upper... An eye-witness account of the events which shook South-Central Africa before the advent of Colonial rule. It presents an account of the Lozi a record of Coillard's journeys and his work in establishing the Paris evangelical mission in Barotseland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760911

On the Town in New YorkThe Landmark History of Eating Drinking and Entertainments from the American Revolution to the Food Revolution First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977532

On The Track Of Unknown Animals First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977525

On the TrackA Guide to Contemporary Film Scoring On the Track offers a comprehensive guide to scoring for film and television. Covering all styles and genres the authors both noted film composers cover everything from the nuts-and-bolts of timing cuing and recording through balancing the composer's aesthetic vision with the needs of the film itself. Unlike other books that are aimed at the person "dreaming" of a career this is truly a guide that can be used by everyone from students to technically sophisticated professionals. It contains over 100 interviews with noted composers illustrating the many technical points made through the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203643907

On the Trail to Wittgenstein's HutThe Historical Background of the Tractatus Logico-philosphicus One of the most influential philosophers of the twentieth century Ludwig Wittgenstein and the roots of his monumental Tractatus are explored in this imaginative work. Oxaal picks up on themes developed in an earlier work of his on Jews Anti-Semitism and Culture in Vienna adding to it special issues concerning Wittgenstein's experiences in Norway in 1913-14 where he worked on ideas that were completed during the war. Oxaal situates the great philosopher in time place and attitude showing how his personal background came to bear on the writing of the Tractatus. Wittengenstein has often been criticized for traces of solipsism and even mysticism and Oxaal also examines these issues in a volume that integrates ethnography nationality and cultural studies.Oxaal sheds new light on the theme of Wittgenstein's Jewishness and develops a new appreciation of the Wittgenstein family and Wittgenstein's better-known years in Vienna. The author is unsparing in his observations about racism and pessimism in Berlin and Great Britian during the period in which Wittgenstein worked and studied at Cambridge.The writing of the Tractatus spanned the First World War. In the period immediately after its completion Wittgenstein found himself in The Hague where he was in discussions and disputes with Bertrand Russell. Oxaal covers these problems sensitively and with an appreciation of ambiguities in the life of a great philosopher and the confusions caused by a post-war change in fortunes--personal and familial. This work of an eminent social scientist and historian may not be the final statement on Wittgenstein but it most certainly must be considered in any serious assessments of an iconic figure of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512764

On the Way HomeConversations Between Writers and Psychoanalysts Literature was present at the birth of psychoanalysis. When Freud made his momentous discovery of the Oedipus complex within himself and his patients he recognised that this psychic configuration had already been depicted in Sophocles's tragedy. The father of psychoanalysis wrote "The poets and philosophers before me discovered the unconscious. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325824

On the Way to Collaborative Psychological AssessmentThe Selected Works of Constance T. Fischer This collection of articles by Constance T. Fischer represents many of her major contributions to Collaborative Therapeutic Assessment. Fischer’s work on the conceptual foundations and practices for individualized/ collaborative psychological assessment are assembled in this volume. Also included are her thoughts about how to teach individualized assessment to students. This monograph will serve mental health professionals interested in Collaborative Therapeutic Assessment and instructors and students in graduate courses on psychological assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138892088

On the Way to DeathEssays Toward a Comic Vision On the Way to Death completes Eckardt's astonishing trilogy on the interrelationship of comedy death and God. It addresses itself to the question of death as the basic incongruity of life. Here is opened to human view the final divine comedy: a total reversal of the traditional roles assigned to God and humankind a comical denouncement of the terror of death. On the Way to Death follows Sitting in the Earth and Laughing and How to Tell God From the Devil to complete Roy Eckardt's trilogy on comedy the devil and God. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512771

On the Way to FunAn Emotion-Based Approach to Successful Game Design How can video games be fun and immerse players in fantastic worlds where anything seems possible? How can they be so engaging to have become the main entertainment product for children and adults alike? In On the Way to Fun the author proposes a possible answer to these questions by going back to the roots of gaming and showing how early games as well as modern indie productions captivated generations of players even without the need for fancy graphics and effects but by relying on basic emotions and instincts instead. This book will be most beneficial to aspiring and beginning game designers and to anyone who wants a better understanding of human nature and how it relates to the design process of immersive video game experiences. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427891

On the Way to MyselfCommunications to a Friend Originally published in 1969 Dr Charlotte Wolff was the author of three books of psychology: The Human Hand A Psychology of Gesture and The Hand in Psychological Diagnosis. This book though it contains much psychology is not of the same scientific kind as these. It is an autobiography but not one of the normal kind. It is the history of a mind not the chronicle of a life. For this reason it is not arranged chronologically but it is constructed round what the author called the creative shock experiences of her life some of which belong with their consequences rather than with events adjacent in time. The resulting book is one of imaginative psychology. In the course of a life which began on the borders of Poland and carried her to Germany France Russia and England Dr Wolff had met and known many of the most famous writers artists and thinkers of the time. In Germany she studied under the founding Existentialists Husserl and Heidegger; in France she carried out psychological research under Professor Henri Wallon and was also assisted by the Surrealists André Breton St. Exupéry Paul Eluard; in England she was aided in her work by Sir Julian Huxley Aldous Huxley and his wife Dr William Stephenson Dr Earle and others. But Dr Wolff’s earliest creative work was as a poet and though she turned to psychology her interest in art brought her into touch at different times with Ravel Virginia Woolf Bernard Shaw Lady Ottoline Morrell Thomas and Heinrich Mann Baladine Klossowska and many more. Dr Earle wrote of her that she is ‘an artist of psychology’ and it is thus that she appears in this odd and fascinating book. Today it is an interesting glimpse in to the life of an early feminist psychologist. Her later research focused on sexology her writing on lesbianism and bisexuality were influential early works in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932715

On the Way to StatehoodSecession and Globalization The present international order is characterized by the rapid globalization of economic activity by systematic attempts to coordinate state responses to the outbreaks of violence and by unilateral military interventions against sovereign states either by the USA or by one of its regional allies. This collection explores the changes that the current international order has brought to the theory and practice of recognition of secessionist claims and to the conditions for secessionist mobilization. The volume examines how independence movements achieve legitimacy amongst both their target populations and outside states and how the forces of increasing economic globalization and political interdependence impact on secessionist mobilization. It addresses how the outside states recognize the independence of new states and whether the claims to independent statehood can be justified within normative theories of secession and international law. These issues are explored both through comparative analysis within legal international relations and political science frameworks and through an examination of several recent attempts at secession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260016

On the Winds and Waves of ImaginationTransnational Feminism and Literature First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977549

On the Writing of History Written by one of the most eminent (if sometimes disputed) historians of the 20th century this book originally published in 1939 gives guidance to the would-be historian on historical sources research and evidence. Although inevitably a product of its time this volume nonetheless remains one of the most comprehensive guides to historiograhy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188235

On Thermonuclear War On Thermonuclear War was controversial when originally published and remains so today. It is iconoclastic crosses disciplinary boundaries and finally it is calm and compellingly reasonable. The book was widely read on both sides of the Iron Curtain and the result was serious revision in both Western and Soviet strategy and doctrine. As a result both sides were better able to avoid disaster during the Cold War. The strategic concepts still apply: defense local animosities and the usual balance-of-power issues are still very much with us. Kahn's stated purpose in writing this book was simply: "avoiding disaster and buying time without specifying the use of this time." By the late 1950s with both sides H-bomb-armed reason and time were in short supply. Kahn a military analyst at Rand since 1948 understood that a defense based only on thermonuclear arnaments was inconceivable morally questionable and not credible.The book was the first to make sense of nuclear weapons. Originally created from a series of lectures it provides insight into how policymakers consider such issues. One may agree with Kahn or disagree with him on specific issues but he clearly defined the terrain of the argument. He also looks at other weapons of mass destruction such as biological and chemical and the history of their use. The Cold War is over but the nuclear genie is out of the bottle and the lessons and principles developed in On Thermonuclear War apply as much to today's China Russia Iran and North Korea as they did to the Soviets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529250

On Thinking and the WorldJohn McDowell's Mind and World John McDowell's Mind and World has since its publication in 1994 become a seminal text putting forward many new ideas on the manner in which concepts mediate the relation between minds and the world. Yet McDowell's ideas are not easy to comprehend. In this book Sandra Dingli both elaborates and simplifies McDowell's ideas in order to give greater clarity to them and to assist in the understanding and appreciation of his work. Dingli selects five particular contemporary philosophical topics which McDowell deals with and investigates in detail the implications of particular points of view analysing the current literature on each topic and drawing out shortcomings and possibilities for overcoming them. This work is then both a critique and complement to McDowell's text. McDowell's project is to dissolve a number of dualisms such as sensibility and understanding conceptual and non conceptual content scheme and content and reason and nature. Dingli critically analyses each of these and claims that a proper understanding of the philosophical method of quietism is important for a correct understanding of this text concluding that McDowell does not go far enough in his attempt to attain peace for philosophy as traditional dichotomies such as that of realism and anti-realism still appear to exert a grip on his thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275669

On Time In FullAchieving Perfect Delivery with Lean Thinking in Purchasing Supply Chain and Production Planning "On Time-In Full" is an important work. Tim McLean provides an easy to follow practical approach to building a highly performing supply chain" -Drew Locher Shingo Prize Winning Author and Lean Thinker The most fundamental requirement for a manufacturing or distribution business is to deliver to customers what they want in the quantity they want when they want it. It doesn’t matter how good your product is how much the customer likes your salesperson how slick your marketing campaign is: If your customers can’t get what they want when they want it they will get it elsewhere and your business will be in serious trouble. On Time in Full: Achieving Perfect Delivery with Lean Thinking in Purchasing Supply Chain and Production Planning is a step-by-step practical guide to designing a Lean Supply Chain that will deliver what your customers need when they need it every time. Timothy McLean shares his three decades of Lean supply chain experience -- In simple straightforward language he explores the reasons why supply chains fail to deliver and what you can do about it. On Time In Full includes practical guidance for tackling the big issues affecting supply chains including: How to understand your extended supply chain with a value stream map The role of forecasting in your supply chain and how to get a meaningful forecast Calculating the right level of inventory for your business Scheduling daily production to meet demand Managing suppliers and your supply chain at home and internationally Selecting and making the best use out of an ERP system Designing an efficient distribution network The book is full of practical case studies and examples as well as references for further study. On Time In Full is the complete guide to setting up a supply chain that works. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498768641

On Time Technology Implementation On Time Technology Implementation presents technology implementation guidelines and lessons learned from over 30 years of successful hands-on project experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155473

On Training and PerformanceTraces of an Odin Teatret Actress "Outstanding … a technical manual (for actors and directors) an historical document of importance and a volume that is a delight to read." Ian Watson Rutgers "An extremely valuable personal account of Roberta Carreri’s process as an actor." Alison Hodge Artistic Director The Quick and the Dead "An excellent book with a unique voice." Ben Spatz University of Huddersfield Roberta Carreri is one of acclaimed theatre company Odin Teatret's longest-serving actors and the last to be trained by Eugenio Barba himself. In this book she relives the milestones of her professional journey including: her first experiences of street theatre the discovery of Asian performance traditions pedagogical activities and character creation encounters with artists and spectators the inception of her solo performances Judith and Salt Interwoven with rich photographic documentation and a wealth of biographical information this inspiring handbook reveals the professional secrets of an Odin Teatret actor as well as the story of a life of work research and passion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780002

On Transforming PhilosophyA Metaphilosophical Inquiry When I first conceived of this book I intended to write a short book and one the great philosophical figures of the past and a few very eminent contemporaries aside which made no reference to other philosophers and contained no quotations footnotes and the like. I ended up doing neither. Indeed I went nearly to the exact opposite. I wrote a rather long book with among other things extensive discussions of my contemporaries and near contemporaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281885

On Transitions From Group CareHomeward Bound Examine ways to help prepare young people for a successful transition from group care to community living! How can we best help young people in residential care settings prepare for life “on the outside?” The editors of On Transitions From Group Care: Homeward Bound are devoted to helping answer the question of how providers of residential treatment services can improve the transition process when children in their care are transferred to less restrictive situations. Chapters focus on the challenges of this process when working with sexually aggressive youth adolescents with behavioral or conduct disorders and the families of young people in residential care facilities. You'll learn about model transitional living programs ways to integrate family work into residential care and programs that focus on social/life-skills training. On Transitions From Group Care: Homeward Bound examines: a program designed to involve parents and caregivers in the residential treatment and transition process for sexually aggressive youth diagnosis and placement variables that affect outcomes for adolescents with behavior disorders in an outpatient mental health clinic the redesigning of an existing residential treatment program to allow parents caregivers and the community a much more integral role in each child's residential treatment experience case studies of children who have participated in the transitional living program at Bellefaire/JCB—a large social service agency for children and families in the Cleveland Ohio area—with both successful and unsuccessful outcomes the role of social skills training programs in facilitating successful transitions from residential treatment to community life Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725481

On Trotskyism Trotsky--brilliant publicist enthusiastic speaker organizer of the Red Army eminent member of the Bolshevik Party during the first years of the Russian Revolution--has often been depicted as a romantic figure by biographers. Kostas Mavrakis does not see him in this light. Mavrakis submits Trotsky his thought and work to a severe but fair critical examination. Among the issues reassessed by this controversial scholar are Trotsky's incapacity for concrete analysis the 'economism' he shares with Stalin his concepts of 'permanent revoluation' as compared with those of Lenin and Mao his views and those of Stalin on the Chinese Revolution the fundamental traits of Trotskyism and of the different trotskyist organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203705988

On Trying To TeachThe Mind in Correspondence In an era in which the teaching enterprise is freighted with tactics techniques and methods M. Robert Gardner guides us back to the spirit of teaching. He writes especially about the dilemmas and challenges of teaching about how it feels to be trying to teach.  Gardner's provocative often iconoclastic musings will goad teachers of all subjects to reflect anew on their calling.  Clinical readers will take special pleasure in the humane psychoanalytic sensibility that not only infuses Gardner's own teaching but shapes his approach to the most basic questions about teaching and learning in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727973

On Twenty-Five Years of Social EpistemologyA Way Forward This edited collection charts the development of and prospects for conceiving knowledge as a social phenomenon. The origin aims and growth of the journal Social Epistemology founded in 1987 serves to anchor each of the book’s contributions. Each contribution offers a unique but related insight on current issues affecting the organization and production of knowledge. In addition each contribution proposes necessary questions practices and frameworks relevant to the rapidly changing landscape of our conceptions of knowledge. The book examines the commercialization of science the neoliberal university the status and conduct of philosophy the cultures of computer software and social networking the practical political and anthropological applications of social epistemology and how we come to define what human beings are and what activities human beings can and should sustain. A diverse group of noted international scholars lends necessary original and challenging perspectives on our collective approach to knowledge. This book was originally published as a special issue of Social Epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711036

On Understanding Emotion Emotions--fleeting insubstantial changeable and ambiguous--seem to defy study and analysis. Nothing is more complex mysterious and subject to conflicting theories and interpretations than human emotion. Yet the central importance of emotion in human affairs is undeniable. Emotions affect all levels of life--personal organizational political cultural economic and religious. Emotions give meaning to life. Emotional disturbances can destroy that meaning.How should emotions be studied? How can an understanding of the inner feelings of individuals illuminate important social interactions and human developments? In his book Norman Denzin presents a systematic in-depth analysis of emotion that combines new theoretical advances with practical applications. Based on an intensive critical examination of classical and modern theoretical research--and on revealing personal interviews in which ordinary people express their emotional lives--he builds a new framework for understanding ordinary emotions and emotional disturbances.Denzin analyzes how people experience joy and pain love and hate anger and despair friendship and alienation--and examines the personal psychological social and cultural aspects of human emotion to provide new perspectives for understanding human experience and social interactions. He offers new insights on the role of emotions in family violence and recommends ways of helping people escape from recurring patterns of violence. And in criticizing current conceptions of emotionally disturbed people he reveals the nature of their inner lives and the ways they perceive and relate to others. In sum this book presents new insights on human relationships and human experience. It is now available in paperback for the first time with a new introduction by the author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529267

On Video Though video systems are now growing ever more accessible and practical video work is undertaken at every level of education this is the first book-length historical and theoretical study of the medium. On Video explores video on two levels: first it examines the relationship between technology and society; and second it probes the connection between production methods and the communication of meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175211

Once and Future PartnersThe US Russia and Nuclear Non-proliferation Despite their Cold War rivalry the United States and the Soviet Union frequently engaged in joint efforts to prevent the spread of nuclear weapons. Leaders in Washington and Moscow recognized that nuclear proliferation would serve neither country’s interests even when they did not see eye-to-eye in many other areas. They likewise understood why collaboration in mitigating this nuclear danger would serve both their own interests and those of the international community. This volume examines seven little known examples of US-Soviet cooperation for non-proliferation including preventing South Africa from conducting a nuclear test developing international safeguards and export control guidelines and negotiating a draft convention banning radiological weapons. It uses declassified and recently-digitized archival material to explore in-depth the motivations for and modalities for cooperation under often adverse political circumstances. Given the current disintegration of Russian and US relations including in the nuclear sphere this history is especially worthy of review. Accordingly the volume’s final chapter is devoted to discussing how non-proliferation lessons from the past can be applied today in areas most in need of US-Russian cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366367

Once Beneath The ForestPrehistoric Terracing In The Rio Bec Region Of The Maya Lowlands My interest in ancient Maya agriculture began late in the year of 1971 when William M. Denevan encouraged me to pursue the topic. Our interests had been perked by reports from Joseph W. Ball JaCk Eaton and Irwin Rovner of the presence of terrace-like features throughout the Rio Bee region of the soutnern Yucatan Peninsula. Denevan maintained a long-term interest in pre-Hispanic agriculture and population in the New World. Our studies with the emerging Rio Bee research group at the University of Wisconsin led to the conclusion that the then dominant themes of Maya agriculture were in need of reevaluation and that a number of remains of intensive forms of agriculture were likely to be found in the Central Maya lowlands of Mexico Peten (Guatemala) and Belize particularly wetland or raised fields in addition to the reported terraces. Our interests were heightened at this time by notification from Alfred Siemens of the finds of wetland fields in the vicinity of the Rio Bee region in the Chetumal Mexico-northern Belize area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281892

Once More Unto the Breach Dear FriendsIncomplete Theory and Complete Bibliography Candor breadth judiciousness-all these are attributes Irving Louis Horowitz possesses as a scholar. Under his leadership there is no academic publication from which I have learned as much as Transaction-Society."David Riesman Harvard University "We are all happy benefi ciaries of Horowitz's acutely perceptive and (often) devas-tatingly plain-spoken self as sociologist and sage broad-gauged scholar dedicated teacher tough-minded editor and publisher with an ingrained sense of fairness."Robert K. Merton Columbia University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529274

Once Upon a PixelStorytelling and Worldbuilding in Video Games Once Upon a Pixel examines the increasing sophistication of storytelling and worldbuilding in modern video games. Drawing on some of gaming’s most popular titles including Red Dead Redemption 2 The Last of Us Horizon Zero Dawn and the long-running Metal Gear Solid series it is a pioneering exploration into narrative in games from the perspective of the creative writer. With interviews and insights from across the industry it provides a complete account of how Triple-A independent and even virtual reality games are changing the way we tell stories.   Key Features A fresh perspective on video games as a whole new form of creative writing. Interviews with a range of leading industry figures from critics to creators. Professional analysis of modern video game script excerpts. Insights into emerging technologies and the future of interactive storytelling. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138499768

Once Upon a Time in a Different WorldIssues and Ideas in African American Children’s Literature Once Upon a Time in a Different World a unique addition to the celebrated Children’s Literature and Culture series seeks to move discussions and treatments of ideas in African America Children’s literature from the margins to the forefront of literary discourse. Looking at a variety of topics including the moralities of heterosexism the veneration of literacy and the "politics of hair " Neal A. Lester provides a scholarly and accessible compilation of essays that will serve as an invaluable resource for parents students and educators. The much-needed reexamination of African American children’s texts follows an engaging call-and-response format allowing for a lively and illuminating discussion between its primary author and a diverse group of contributors; including educators scholars students parents and critics. In addition to these distinct dialogues the book features an enlightening generational conversation between Lester and his teenage daughter as they review the same novels. With critical assessments of Toni and Slade Morrison’s The Big Box and The Book of Mean People bell hooks’ Happy to Be Nappy and Anne Schraff’s Until We Meet Again among many other works these provocative and fresh essays yield a wealth of perspectives on the intersections of identity formations in childhood and adulthood.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809108

Once Upon Einstein It is well known that Einstein founded twentieth-century physics with his work on relativity and quanta but what do we really know about these ground breaking ideas? How were they discovered? What should we retain today from the conceptual upheavals he initiated? Through a selection of concrete scenes taken from Einstein's life the author offers a view into the formation of his theories as well as reminders of the day-to-day applications of his ideas. Simultaneously the reader is lead through a reflection on their philosophical impact: How should we think of time according to the theory of relativity which removes any meaningful "now" and shows that twins can have different ages? How should we think of reality when quantum theory predicts that spatially separated objects nevertheless remain connected through Einstein's notion of "entanglement " which has recently been verified through scientific observation? This book puts readers in Einstein's place allowing them to share some of those particular moments when he succeeded in "lifting a corner of the great veil." Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138429628

Oncogenes First published in 1986  this comprehensive work focuses on the "Acute and Chronic Transforming Retroviruses " "Cellular and Viral Oncogenes " "Functions of Oncogene and Protooncogene Protein Products " and "Oncogenes and Cancer." The number of oncogenes presently identified has grown to more than double of that which was discussed in the first edition of this book. It more clearly explains the relation of protooncogenes to neoplastic diseases especially to human cancer. This updated edition is an absolute must for all physicians and biologists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429279799

Oncogenic HerpesvirusesVolume 2 First published in 1980: This book attempts to coalesce current information regarding the oncogenic properties of those human and animal herpesviruses which has been studied in some detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367254605

Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Management of the Breast Third Edition Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Management of the Breast Third Edition provides a comprehensive and contemporary account of techniques in oncoplastic and reconstructive breast surgery. Uniquely this book includes short concise chapters containing only the most critical information. Many of the chapters are entitled "My Approach" and this enables the reader to gain an insight into the clinical practice of the world's breast disease experts. The true multidisciplinary nature of the book ensures that the perspectives of all members of the breast cancer team are included. This transfer of knowledge between disciplines leads to improved patient care and the integration of multidisciplinary treatment thus providing an educational and practical multidisciplinary breast cancer book for practicing breast cancer doctors and trainees worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498740715

Onderzoeksmethoden voor Sportstudies3e druk Onderzoeksmethoden voor Sportstudies is een veelomvattend toegankelijk en praktisch tekstboek. Het biedt een complete basis in kwalitatieve en kwantitatieve onderzoeksmethoden voor sportstudies studenten. Het boek omvat een stapsgewijze begeleiding vanaf het ontwerpen van een onderzoeksproject tot het verzamelen en analyseren van data en het rapporteren hierover. Het is rijk geïllustreerd met sportgerelateerde case studies en met internationale voorbeelden. Deze volledig herziene geactualiseerde en uitgebreide derde editie omvat compleet nieuwe hoofdstukken over het gebruik van social media en het uitvoeren van online onderzoek met een uitgebreide beschrijving van belangrijke onderwerpen als het doen van literatuuronderzoek het meeste halen uit statistiek onderzoeksethiek en het presenteren van onderzoek. Onderzoeksmethoden voor Sportstudies is geschreven als complete en onafhankelijke gids voor elk onderzoeksmethoden vak en bevat een rijkdom aan bruikbare elementen zoals definities van kernwoorden voorbeeld tentamenvragen en praktische onderzoeksvoorbeelden. Het boek is ook een belangrijke bron voor elke student die bezig is met een afstudeerproject of een onderzoek tijdens de stage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909342

One- and Two-Dimensional FluidsProperties of Smectic Lamellar and Columnar Liquid Crystals Smectic and lamellar liquid crystals are three-dimensional layered structures in which each layer behaves as a two-dimensional fluid. Because of their reduced dimensionality they have unique physical properties and challenging theoretical descriptions and are the subject of much current research. One- and Two-Dimensional Fluids: Properties of Smectic Lamellar and Columnar Liquid Crystals offers a comprehensive review of these phases and their applications. The book details the basic structures and properties of one- and two-dimensional fluids and the nature of phase transitions. The later chapters consider the optical magnetic and electrical properties of special structures including uniformly and non-uniformly aligned anisotropic films lyotropic lamellar systems helical and chiral structures and organic anisotropic materials. Topics also include typical and defective features magnetic susceptibility and electrical conductivity. The book concludes with a review of current and potential applications in the displays materials science and biomedical industries. Rather than focusing on one aspect of liquid crystal research this book provides a cohesive summary of the properties and applications of smectic lamellar and columnar liquid crystals. One- and Two-Dimensional Fluids is a valuable resource for those working with liquid crystals every day and an effective foundation for newcomers to the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390761

One Breath ApartFacing Dissection What started in the mid-seventies as brown-bag lunchtime optional seminars for students faculty and staff of the (then) University of Massachusetts Medical Center evolved into a magnificent project. The medical students' courageous willingness to acknowledge their feelings about death and dissection has made this book possible. It is our hope that this slim volume - this collection of words and images created by the medical students at University of Massachusetts during the last thirty years (and augmented by Meryl Levin's documentary photographs of students from Weill Medical College of Cornell University and their journal entries written in 1998 and published in "Anatomy of Anatomy") - will provide you with what good doctors provide for their patients: catharsis personal insights and support. From the Foreword: 'One of the enduring images of my first year in medical school is the narrow unshaven face of Ernest the cadaver I shared with three classmates whose names I can't remember. We named him 'Ernest' so we could impress our parents by telling them how we were working in dead earnest. In reality like most cadavers in those days he was an anonymous indigent man who died in the county home and whose remains were used for our education without his consent. My group was considered lucky because cancer had burned away every bit of Ernest's fat thus making him an excellent 'specimen' for dissection. Even then I knew that Ernest was more than a specimen but it took a long time to understand that he was actually my first mentor in the joys and sorrows and successes and failures of medicine. Surprisingly it was Ernest rather than my basic science professors - the living ones that is - who provoked the most important questions about what it means to be a doctor and forced me to confront them. As I recall though this was a solitary process because my classmates and I never discussed or perhaps even admitted to ourselves our feelings of ambivalence fear pain gratitude and exultation or the changes in us as persons during the first year of medical school. We tried to hide all this because at the time that's what doctors were supposed to do. Today things are different. As students at UMass you are especially privileged to have a module like "One Breath Apart" integrated into your anatomy experience. This module provides you the opportunity to explore and share your personal responses to dissection and with this publication it gives you access to an additional resource: a splendid introduction to the written and visual tradition established by UMass students over the last two decades along with evocative photographs and journal entries from the medical students at Cornell documented by Meryl Levin in "Anatomy of Anatomy". As I read through this book I was struck by the Nancy Long's title poem. She writes 'I pretended you were here/To teach me the details'. How reminiscent of my own experience those words are! 'Then I saw your face/And I knew...' That's the turning point. As physicians we can either embark on the journey of learning to see others' faces and to hold their hands or we can attempt to distance ourselves and focus only on 'details'. This is a decision that every medical student must make and our cadavers present the first difficult challenge. In a 2006 class poem UMass students wrote 'We felt the brain/And imagined its power to create. We held the heart/And imagined its ability to embrace'. These words represent an affirmation of empathy and compassion over detachment. One of the most compelling images of "One Breath Apart" shows the anatomy cadaver as a bridge spanning the chasm that lies between ignorance darkness and death on one side and knowledge health and life on the other. Dozens of tiny figures march across the span. Like me they won't forget the backbone of that bridge. As another UMass student writes 'I know that I will be irrevocably altered" - Jack Coulehan M.D. Professor of Medicine Stoney Brook University NY. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786140

One Century of the Discovery of Arsenicosis in Latin America (1914-2014) As2014Proceedings of the 5th International Congress on Arsenic in t The Congress "Arsenic in the Environment" offers an international multi- and interdisciplinary discussion platform for research aimed towards a holistic solution to the problem posed by the environmental toxin arsenic with considerable societal impact. The congress has focused on cutting edge and breakthrough research in physical chemical toxicological medical agricultural and other specific issues on arsenic across a broader environmental realm. The Congress “Arsenic in the Environment” was first organized in Mexico City (As2006) followed by As2008 in Valencia Spain As2010 in Tainan Taiwan and As2012 in Cairns Australia. The 5th International Congress As2014 was held May 11-16 2014 in Buenos Aires Argentina and entitled One Century of the Discovery of Arsenicosis in Latin America (1914-2014). The session topics comprised:Theme 1: Arsenic in environmental matrices (air water and soil)Theme 2: Arsenic in foodTheme 3: Arsenic and healthTheme 4: Removal technologiesTheme 5: Mitigation management and policy Hosting this Congress in Argentina was especially relevant because 2014 marks 100 years since the discovery of the disease Hidroarsenicismo Crónico Regional Endémico (HACRE) or arsenicosis by Dr. Goyenechea and Dr. Ayerza in the city of Bell Ville Province of Córdoba Argentina. Dr. Ayerza was the first person to relate skin disorders to the consumption of groundwater with high concentrations of arsenic. It is estimated that more than 14 million people in Latin America are at risk of whom nearly 4 million are exposed to drinking water with high arsenic concentration in Argentina and further in Chile El Salvador Mexico Nicaragua and Peru. A vast area of the Chaco-Pampean Plain in Argentina mostly in the semi-arid regions is affected not only by arsenic exposure from drinking water but also through other exposure pathways e.g. through food and other dietary intake. The Congress has gathered professionals involved in different segments of interdisciplinary research in an open forum and strengthens relations between academia industry research laboratories government agencies and the private sector to share an optimal atmosphere for exchange of knowledge discoveries and discussions about the problem of arsenic in the environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372634

One Child Many WorldsEarly Learning in Multicultural Communities Originally published in 1997. By drawing on the experiences of children aged 3 to 8 attending schools in Britain Germany Iceland Australia and the USA the authors of these eleven case studies provide insights into what it means for young children to enter a new language and culture in school. They look at the scope of out-of-school language and learning practices (the role of care givers siblings and community language classes) and go on to look at the ways in which the teacher can act as mediator of a new language and culture in school. This book helps teachers develop culturally responsive teaching programmes based on an awareness of the knowledge children bring from home and the community. The book will be of interest to early years and primary school teachers working in multilingual classrooms and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080409

One Country Two SystemsCross-Border Crime Between Hong Kong and China The legal issues evoked by cross-border crime in Hong Kong and China are sparse and what does exist is mostly in Chinese. This book provides the first systematic comprehensive and in-depth analysis of how Chinese British Hong Kong and international law were applied in the "Big Spender" case. Kam C. Wong outlines the respective positions of various parties to the dispute. Part of the case's fascination involves competing interests and that political clout counted for more than legal theory."Big Spender" may be little known outside Hong Kong and China but he made history there. It was the first time a Hong Kong legal resident had been prosecuted tried and ultimately executed in China for acts largely perpetrated in Hong Kong. The case tested the limits of the one-country two-systems approach under which Hong Kong and China coexist. It also forced politicians government officials and the public in both Hong Kong and China to come to terms with the legal and policy issues related to cross-border crime.Wong sees the "Big Spender" case as making clear the dire need for both sides to find workable solutions to concurrent jurisdiction police cooperation and judicial assistance. Until there is an acceptable arrangement governing the rendition of offenders between Hong Kong and mainland China the one- country two-systems formula cannot be stabilized. This is a "case study" in large-scale terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512788

One Dimensional Spline Interpolation Algorithms Together with its compagnion volume this book presents a practical introduction to computing spline functions the fundamental tools for fitting curves and surfaces in computer-aided design (CAD) and computer graphics. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367449070

One Foot in EdenA Sociological Study of the Range of Therapeutic Community Practice A comparative sociological account of eight different therapeutic communities One Foot in Eden originally published in 1988 was the first study in this area to compare observational material from such a large number of settings. The communities chosen represent the wide variety of therapeutic community practice at the time: a residential Rudolf Steiner school for mentally handicapped children; two contrasting residential psychiatric units; a community for the treatment of addiction; a communally organised community for mentally handicapped and disturbed young people; a psychiatric day hospital; and two contrasting halfway houses for disturbed adolescents. All these places are recognised therapeutic communities seeking to mobilise the social life of the community as an instrument of therapy yet as this study shows they follow different (and sometimes antithetical) treatment practices. The book also directs new light on other areas of particular concern to sociologists such as the general properties of therapeutic work and the socialisation process as it is experienced by new community residents. It will be of special interest to therapeutic community staff to sociologists of medicine and occupations and to others involved in the care of disturbed and handicapped people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315617

One Goal Poster The One Goal poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070462

One HealthScience politics and zoonotic disease in Africa Zoonotic diseases – pathogens transmitted from animals to people – offer particularly challenging problems for global health institutions and actors given the complex social-ecological dynamics at play. New forms of risk caused by unprecedented global connectivity and rapid social and environmental change demand new approaches. ‘One Health’ highlights the need for collaboration across sectors and disciplines to tackle zoonotic diseases. However there has been little exploration of how social political and economic contexts influence efforts to ‘do’ One Health. This book fills this gap by offering a much needed political economy analysis of zoonosis research and policy. Through ethnographic qualitative and quantitative data the book draws together a diverse number of case studies. These include chapters exploring global narratives about One Health operationalization and prevailing institutional bottlenecks; the evolution of research networks over time; and the histories and politics behind conflicting disease control approaches. The themes from these chapters are further contextualized and expanded upon through country-specific case studies – from Kenya Zambia Nigeria Ghana and Sierra Leone – exploring the translation of One Health research and policy into the African context. This book is a valuable resource for academic researchers students and policy practitioners in the areas of global health agriculture and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961494

One Hundred Case Studies in Epilepsy From pediatric to the elderly from contractible to refractive epilepsy is an illness that manifests in many forms and across a range of demographics. In this fascinating volume the author details more than one hundred instances where health care practitioners faced unusual challenges in treating the disease. All aspects of epilepsy are explored through these cases from the sometimes confusing initial diagnosis to patient responses and treatment methods. In this best-selling short text the author also presents the lessons learned from these extraordinary cases. 110 Puzzling Cases in Epilepsy is useful for medical students residents and all health care practitioners as the practices used to understand these cases can be applied to other diagnoses as well. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396596

One Hundred Centuries Of SolitudeRedirecting America's Highlevel Nuclear Waste Policies Time is both the ally of high-level nuclear waste (HLNW) managers and the enemy. It is the ally because the radioactivity in elements and isotopes decreases with age making the waste progressively less dangerous to human health and safety and the environment. This rate of radioactive decline varies in some cases diminishing by half (the half life) in seconds minutes hours days weeks months or years. In other cases the decay process takes centuries or hundreds of thousands of years before the wastes are safe for human contact. The problem as now conceptualized for HLNW managers is simple to state if not easy to achieve. The HLNW needs to be secured in some fashion until it decays by virtue of its physical nature to safe levels. Another possible future solution not currently available might be to change the ~~ructure of HLNW through high-technology processing and thus decompose the waste into units with different and less lengthy radioactivity. Learning whether this processing is a future option will require patience and generous amounts of time for research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281908

One Hundred Indian Feature FilmsAn Annotated Filmography First Published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977556

One Hundred Nineteen Stata Tips Third Edition One Hundred Nineteen Stata Tips provides concise and insightful notes about commands features and tricks that will help you obtain a deeper understanding of Stata. The book comprises the contributions of the Stata community that have appeared in the Stata Journal since 2003. Media > Books > Print Books Stata Press 9781597181433

One Hundred Twentieth-Century Philosophers One Hundred Twentieth-Century Philosophers offers biographical information and critical analysis of the life work and impact of some of the most significant figures in philosophy this century.Taken from the acclaimed Biographical Dictionary of Twentieth-Century Philosophers the 100 entries are alphabetically organised from Adorno to Zhang Binglin and cover individuals from both continental and analytic philosophy.The entries have an identical four-part structure making it easy to compare and contrast information comprising: biographical details a bibliography of major works a listing of relevant secondary and critical literature an appraisal of the philosopher's thoughts and achievements.A separate glossary provides an introduction to the origins development and main features of major philosophical schools and movements and offers select bibliographies to guide the reader to further research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457508

One Hundred Unorthodox StrategiesBattle And Tactics Of Chinese Warfare One Hundred Unorthodox Strategies was compiled in the fifteenth century during the Ming Dynasty as a handbook of tactics based on Chinese military classics. Translated into English for the first time this unique work draws on over two thousand years of experience in warfare to present a distillation of one hundred key strategic principles. Originally prepared as a text for students aspiring to high political positions in Confucian China One Hundred Unorthodox Strategies is a compendium of Oriental strategies concisely stated and each individually illustrated with a description of battle from Chinese history. These historical examples shed new light on the often enigmatic formulations of the ancient strategists on subjects such as Strategic Power Defense Vacuity Spirit and Victory. Acclaimed translator and Chinese military specialist Ralph Sawyer adds his own thoughtful commentary deepening the reader's understanding of the intricacies of Chinese strategic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096038

One Hundred Years of HomosexualityAnd Other Essays on Greek Love Halperin's subject is the erotics of male culture in ancient Greece. Arguing that the modern concept of "homosexuality" is an inadequate tool for the interpretation of these features of sexual life in antiquity Halperin offers an alternative account that accords greater prominence to the indigenous terms in which sexual experiences were constituted in the ancient Mediterranean world. Wittily and provocatively written Halperin's meticulously drawn windows onto ancient sexuality give us a new meaning to the concept of "Greek love." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140769

One Hundred Years of Kibbutz LifeA Century of Crises and Reinvention One Hundred Years of Kibbutz Life shows that the kibbutz thrives and describes changes that have occurred within Israel's kibbutz community. The kibbutz population has increased in terms of demography and capital a point frequently overlooked in debates regarding viability. Like the kibbutz founders who established a society grounded in certain principles and meeting certain goals kibbutz newcomers seek to build an idealistic society with specific social and economic arrangements.The years 1909-2009 marked a century of kibbutz life—one hundred years of achievements challenges and creative changes. The impact of kibbutzim on Israeli society has been substantial but is now waning. While kibbutzim have become less relevant in Israeli policy and politics they are increasingly engaged in questions of environmentalism education and profitable industries.Contributors discuss the hopes goals frustrations and disappointments of the kibbutz movement. They also examine reform efforts intended to revitalize the institution and reinforce fading kibbutz ideals. Such solutions are not always popular among kibbutz members but they demonstrate that the kibbutz is an adaptive and flexible social organization. The various studies presented in this book clarify the dynamism of the kibbutz institution and raises questions about the ways in which residential arrangements throughout the world manage change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851954

One Hundred Years of MusicAfter Beethoven and Wagner One Hundred Years of Music provides a full account of the history of music from the death of Beethoven to the modern era. It covers a period of exceptional interest. The last hundred years coincide roughly with the rise and decline of Romanticism include the various nationalist movements and extend to the advent of "neo-classicism " the twelve-tone system and still more modern techniques. Abraham devotes ample space to modernist and avant garde music in which he explains the difficulties we experience in listening to the work of such composers as Schnberg Bart k and Berg. He also throws new light on many more familiar topics.In its earlier editions One Hundred Years of Music became a standard work on this subject; it has since been brought updated to include coverage of later developments. Abraham approaches his subject as an historian of style rather than an esthetic critic. Rather than pass judgment on particular works or composers he shows how music has developed and thus provides a clear and connected history that is more substantial than most books of musical appreciation. An extensive chronology and a full bibliography and index add to the usefulness of the book for students professionals and musical laymen alike.This third edition incorporates some corrections of fact further enlarges the bibliography and chronology and adds commentary on developments in music techniques. In order to correct the historical perspective the author has included a "prelude" and three "interludes " giving rough sketches of general conditions in the musical world at intervals of thirty years. As the reader's sense of chronology is very apt to get confused when a number of simultaneous streams of development have to be described the author has inserted the date of composition or performance (both if they are widely separated) of each work at the first mention of it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529281

One Hundred Years of Sci-Tech LibrariesA Brief History This book first published in 1988 celebrates the development of sci-tech libraries in honour of the one hundredth anniversary of the founding of the first library school in the United States. The expert contributors provide a survey of the development of sci-tech libraries as well as some thoughts about their future. This comprehensive volume covers several types of sci-tech libraries information retrieval and library education. Library professionals will be fascinated but the journey of progress detailed in these well-written chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363345

One Idea Many PlansAn American City Design Concept in Independent India Planners tend to promote formal plans as the only game in town while diverse efforts of urban actors shape our cities. Tracking the development of American "neighborhood unit" concept in independent India’s planning practice and literature—from the national level policies to on-the-ground applications in the city of Jaipur—Vidyarthi explains how a host of actors including neighborhood residents squatters politicians and developers made different kinds of plans that assimilated the design concept in line with their practical concerns and cultural preferences creating unique variants of neighborhood urbanism over time. One Idea Many Plans counters misguided characterization of these unforeseen efforts as ‘unauthorized’ by state authorities. It shows how the frequently informal and tacit plans were neither arbitrary actions nor aimless subversions but purposeful future-oriented efforts that shaped the envisaged sociality and spatiality of Indian cities in more meaningful ways than the official master plans promoting planned neighborhoods. Carefully illustrating the different kinds of plans local actors use to guide incremental adaptation improvement and investment Vidyarthi offers insights about how we might improve formal plan making. Scholars students and professional practitioners interested in different regions of the global south would find these lessons useful as a new generation of city design ideas like sustainability and new urbanism gain traction in an increasingly globalized World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798120

One in Five (RLE Edu M)The Assessment and Incidence of Special Educational Needs At the time of its original publication this book was the first major survey of the nature of the difficulties that children with special educational needs experience in the classroom context of mainstream junior schools. The book is based on research involving interviews with heads and teachers and on extensive observation of children in junior classrooms. The research is related to the report of the Warnock Committee and to problems of definition and assessment in the area of special education. The book describes the views which junior school teachers have of special educational needs and the numbers of children and types of difficulty they regard as falling into this category. It discusses the classroom behaviour and interactions of children with special needs and some of the consequences of different teaching strategies. It also presents information on patterns of provision for special needs assessment in the junior classroom and the teachers’ own views on integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008311

One KoreaVisions of Korean unification On the Korean peninsula there exist two sovereign states—the Republic of Korea (ROK or South Korea) and the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK or North Korea)—both of whom hold separate membership at the United Nations. This book discusses the construction of "one Korea" and highlights the potential benefits of unification for the Koreans and the international community. Arguing that Korean unification is intrinsically international in nature the authors outline how the process and outcome would impact upon the policies of the four major powers—the U.S. China Russia and Japan. In addition the authors highlight the possible far-reaching repercussions of unification on the political and economic dynamics of Northeast Asia. Making a case for the two Koreas and interested powers to plan and orchestrate their acts for sustained peace and gradual unification on the Korean peninsula this book examines the Korean question and the related issue of peace building in Northeast Asia from a global perspective. It will be of interest to students and scholars researching politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361355

One Land Two PeoplesThe Conflict Over Palestine The Israeli-Palestinian conflict has once again captured world attention?this time because of the coming together of Arafat and Rabin as a result of the secret Oslo Accords and the reactions ensuing from this historic?and challenging?event. One Land Two Peoples originally published in the throes of the intifada now brings its wide readership up to date on progress in the peace negotiations beginning with their breakdown and subsequent stalemate following the Gulf War and the ensuing renaissance stimulated by the Oslo Accords. One Land Two Peoples describes the Israeli-Palestinian dynamic as a conflict ?rooted in its own reality''?a struggle that despite its international dimensions must be resolved by the principals themselves. Throughout Deborah Gerner shows how what is happening today is steeped in the history of the region and illustrates ways that theories of international relations can help address questions about the politics of national identity and the roles of economics culture religion and outside actors in fueling or quelling the conflict.In its first edition this text was commended for its clarity conciseness and balanced viewpoint. It has been used in college classrooms ranging from international relations and foreign policy to Middle East studies religious studies peace studies history English and many more. This new and fully revised second edition includes updated maps tables photos illustrations media resources chronology and glossary all of which add to the superb text presentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367095956

One Life at a TimeHelping Skills and Interventions One Life at a Time: Helping Skills and Interventions is a student-centered inexpensive experientially based textbook for beginning courses in counseling and therapy. Written in Kottler's personal easy-to-read and engaging style this text covers all the basic skills and core interventions that beginners need to be taught in order to begin seeing clients. Students are encouraged to explore self-reflection and make connections between the material and their prior knowledge and experience; once internalized these ideas and skills can be applied to one's life as well as one's work. Including an online instructor's manual case examples and first person accounts - this book will help students to understand how best to meet a client's needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415249

One Minute PlaysA Practical Guide to Tiny Theatre Can you really write a play that lasts a minute? The one minute play offers a unique challenge to actors directors and writers: how do you create a whole world where actors have room to perform and where audiences have a true experience all in 60 seconds? One Minute Plays: A Practical Guide to Tiny Theatre demystifies the super-short-form play demonstrating that this rich accessible format offers great energy and variety not only to audiences but to everyone involved in its creation and performance. This handbook includes: An anthology of 200 one-minute plays selected from the annual Gone in 60 Seconds festival. A toolbox of exercises methodologies and techniques for educators practitioners and workshop leaders at all levels. Tips and advice on the demands of storytelling inclusivity and creative challenges. Detailed practical information about creating your own minute festival including play selection running order staging and marketing. Drawing on a wealth of experience Steve Ansell and Rose Burnett Bonczek present an invaluable guide for anyone intrigued by the art of creating producing and performing a one minute play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675063

One Nation BritainHistory the Progressive Tradition and Practical Ideas for Today’s Politicians What is One Nation politics? What has it been and what should be it be today? Since Ed Miliband’s speech at the 2012 Labour Party Conference these questions have been much asked but not so often clearly answered. Outlining the historical context and offering suggestions for contemporary thinkers this comprehensive overview shows how all three major UK political parties have made a significant contribution to the One Nation agenda over the past century and a half. Re-asserting the One Nation tradition inherent in interventionist liberals like Keynes and Lloyd George it encourages us to look beyond reformist high Tory politicians such as Benjamin Disraeli and sketches out precedents for current politicians in areas such as house building local government the living wage a financial transaction tax and the welfare state. Providing an accessible guide to the One Nation ideal Richard Carr gives those of all political persuasions some food for thought whilst pointing the way for future policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274303

One Nation Under God?Religion and American Culture One Nation Under God? is a remarkable consideration of how religion manifests itself in America today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699850

One Night in AmericaRobert Kennedy Cesar Chavez and the Dream of Dignity "Courageous." -Ilan Stavans author of Spanglish: The Making of a New American Language Robert Kennedy and Cesar Chavez came from opposite sides of the tracks of race and class that still divide Americans. Both optimists Kennedy and Chavez shared a common vision of equality. They united in the 1960s to crusade for the rights of migrant farm workers. Farm workers faded from public consciousness following Kennedy's assassination and Chavez's early passing. Yet the work of Kennedy and Chavez continues to reverberate in America today. Bender chronicles their warm friendship and embraces their bold political vision for making the American dream a reality for all. Although many books discuss Kennedy or Chavez individually this is the first book to capture their multifaceted relationship and its relevance to mainstream U.S. politics and Latino/a politics today. Bender examines their shared legacy and its continuing influence on political issues including immigration education war poverty and religion. Mapping a new political path for Mexican Americans and the poor of all backgrounds this book argues that there is still time to prove Kennedy and Chavez right. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633084

One of the BoysMasculinity Homophobia and Modern Manhood One of the Boys: Masculinity Homophobia and Modern Manhood takes a fresh look at the formation of modern male sexual identities. You will find that homophobia is not only widespread but that it takes diverse forms and has far-reaching behavioral and social consequences. The new concept of “homophobic passage ” which is part of the development of all young men will enlighten you as to the proposed “causes” of homosexuality and heterosexuality. One of the Boys will help you discover how the passage of young males from childhood to adulthood plays an important role in formation of the modern adult male self in gay and straight men. As a result this knowledge will allow you to offer relevant services to clients who are struggling with societal stereotypes and identity issues. From this informative book you will discover how homophobia plays a role in the increase in violence experienced by gay men and lesbians in our culture today. To help you offer improved services One of the Boys discusses why homophobia is widespread takes diverse forms and has far-reaching behavioral and social consequences by: examining the school playground and its many effects on children’s peer groups to discover how profoundly names like “crybaby” and “poofter” can impact a child’s development learning that children often cannot escape harmful labels and stereotypes at home and realizing how it impacts a child’s developing sense of self discovering the media’s influence on role models and realizing the important role television and magazines play in providing information about homosexuality and homophobia realizing the heavy pressure homophobia exerts on men and how it shapes their relationships with women and other men how emotionally close they allow themselves to get to people how affectionate they are and with whom they have sexual relations Through One of the Boys you will gain valuable insight into the masculinity of the men interviewed and how it was shaped in order for you to develop a greater understanding of men and the many influences of society as a whole. This unique study investigates the development of homophobia and the meanings and significances people associate with it to help you understand how and where homophobia originates in our society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783642

One Party DominanceFianna F� and Irish Politics 1926�2016 Fianna Fáil was for most of the 20th century the democratic world’s most successful political party. It dominated the politics of Ireland from 1932 when it first took power until 2011 when it became a prominent electoral victim of the Great Recession. This book provides original research that explains how Fianna Fáil became dominant and managed its coalitions of support to maintain that position for eight decades. It gathers prominent political scientists who focus on a variety of factors including its ideological flexibility control of state resources and the venue for decision making the party’s leadership its organisation and communications strategies. In addition the book takes a comparative approach to understanding the position of dominant parties in democratic countries and uses empirical data to understand the sources of its support and decline.It is a book that will be of interest not only to scholars of Ireland but also to those who wish to understand the sources of power of dominant political parties and the impact of the Great Recession on democratic politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of Irish Political Studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891671

'One Planet' CitiesSustaining Humanity within Planetary Limits This book addresses the crucial question of how the essential needs of the growing human population can be met without breaking the Earth's already-stretched life-support system. With four out of five people predicted to be urban dwellers by 2080 ‘One Planet’ Cities proposes a pathway to genuine sustainability for cities and neighbourhoods using an approach based on contraction and convergence. Utilising interviews with key players including the Global Footprint Network World Future Council WWF mayors and government officials and case studies from across the globe including Europe North and South America Australia South Africa China and India David Thorpe examines all aspects of modern society from food provision to neighbourhood design via industry the circular economy energy and transport through the critical lens of the ecological footprint and relevant supporting international standards and indicators. Recommendations on managing supply chains and impacts how the transition to a world within limits might be financed and a deep examination of the Welsh Government's pioneering efforts follow. It concludes with an imagined vision of what a genuinely sustainable future might be like and an appeal for 'one planeteers' everywhere to step up to the challenge. This book will be of great interest to practitioners and policymakers involved in governance administration urban environments and sustainability alongside students of the built environment urban planning environmental policy and energy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615106

One Planet to ShareSustaining Human Progress in a Changing Climate: UNDP Asia-Pacific Human Development Report People in Asia-Pacific will be profoundly affected by climate change. Home to more than half of humanity the region straddles some of the world’s most geographically diverse and climate-exposed areas. Despite having contributed little to the steady upward climb in the greenhouse gas emissions that cause global warming some of the region’s most vulnerable communities — from mountain dwellers to island communities — face the most serious consequences. Poverty continues to decline in this dynamic region but climate change may undercut hard-won gains. Growing first and cleaning up later is no longer an option as it once was for already developed countries. Developing nations need to grow and manage the climate consequences. They must both support resilience especially among vulnerable populations and shift to lower-carbon pathways. Emerging threats whether from melting glaciers or rising sea levels cross borders and demand coordinated regional and global action. There may be some uncomfortable trade-offs but the way forward is clear — it lies in sustaining human development for the future we want. When people have equitable access to basics such as livelihoods energy health and pollution-free air greater climate resilience and improved emissions management will follow. This Report outlines where transformation begins: in cleaner more efficient production in fair and balanced consumption and in both rural and urban areas. Through better institutions more accurate knowledge and changed attitudes Asia-Pacific societies can find smarter strategies for adapting to a warmer world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780415625708

One Size Does Not Fit AllTraditional and Innovative Models of Student Affairs Practice In the second edition of this influential book leading scholars Kathleen Manning Jillian Kinzie and John H. Schuh advocate an original approach by presenting 11 models of student affairs practice including both traditional and innovative programs. Based on a qualitative multi-institutional research project One Size Does Not Fit All explores a variety of policies practices and programs that contribute to increased student engagement success and learning. This book is a must read for all higher education administrators and student affairs professionals. New to this Revised Edition: Refinement of models in light of recent NSSE data and current developments in higher education including budget cuts and the economic crisis Updated information throughout about model assessment and techniques to renew divisions of student affairs A deeper analysis of how models of student affairs practice relate to institutional mission and purposes End-of-chapter discussion questions to guide thinking about ways to incorporate models in one’s own context An entirely new Part IV including chapters on "Catalysts and Tools for Change" and "Redesigning Your Student Affairs Division." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843195

One Team on All LevelsStories from Toyota Team Members Second Edition Written by actual Toyota team members One Team on All Levels: Stories from Toyota Team Members Second Edition is not another technical explanation of the Toyota Production System (TPS). Rather it illustrates the culture it creates. The stories told by employees from various levels of the organization illustrate how Toyota’s presence in Kentucky has transformed the professional and personal lives of those who worked for the company. Demonstrates the culture created by the Toyota Production System Examines how the TPS principles and precepts serve as models for servant leadership Presents valuable insights from a wide range of Toyota team members—from hourly to management-level Shows how Toyota partnered with the city of Georgetown and its community Supplying a first-hand look at the principles that have transformed Toyota into one of the leading manufacturers in the world the book includes chapters that address how this manufacturing giant was able to survive and improve in the midst of a down economy and recent recalls. The real-life stories supply an unprecedented look at how the Toyota precepts and the fourteen Toyota Way principles can help you improve morale avoid layoffs and create a culture of continuous improvement within your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439860670

One World Emerging? Convergence And Divergence In Industrial Societies In One World Emerging? Alex Inkeles clarifies the meaning of convergence in the social organization of modern societies shows how it can be measured and illustrates in detail the manner and degree of convergence across national boundaries. Inkeles assesses the extent to which convergence in institutional patterns is reflected in the emergence of more common attitudes values and daily behaviors in different national populations as individuals and communities engage with and respond to the standardizing pressures of national development and global modernization. One popular image of the probable condition of humanity in the twenty-first century anticipates a new Armageddon with all the great civilizations at war with each other. This model neglects a less dramatic but deeper-seated process of worldwide change in which national economic and political systems become more alike and populations worldwide come to adopt similar lifestyles and develop similar attitudes and values for daily living. Alex Inkeles penetrating analysis focuses on this process of convergence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281922

One World for One EarthSaving the environment We have only one earth and how we choose to live in it matters. This highly readable and challenging text sets out some important topical issues that tells us we are not making a very good job of it. From the tropical rainforests to the teeming cities of the developing world and the energy hungry nations of Europe and North America One World for One Earth shows that many of today's environmental problems can only be understood in terms of both the physical and the social processes involved. At present we are in a vicious circle. Uneven development creates problems of affluence in some areas and problems of poverty in others In both the environment suffers. Independent local action has a crucial part to play but to be really effective sustainable development needs a new context which can only be put in place by international government co-operation. This book by going beyond the conventional accounts of environmental problems provides a basis for action. Originally published in 1991 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849777

One World HealthAn Overview of Global Health This brand new textbook presents a new approach to the teaching and understanding of global health. It describes the shared opportunities but also the problems that we all face wherever we live and the particular needs of the poorest people in every society. Covering subjects from epidemics and climate change the need to staff and resource health services appropriately the rich potential of science and technology and the impacts of social and political change in the world around us all is presented at a level appropriate for the student looking to gain an understanding of this broad and developing area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498739412

One-armed EconomistOn the Intersection of Business and Government One-Armed Economist represents a personal if eclectic approach to public policy. Weidenbaum avoids doctrinaire positions be they Keynesian or monetarist or supply side or libertarian. This distillation of Weidenbaum's wide range of writings on public policy issues over the last four decades draws on his practical experience in government and business as well as his academic research over that extended period.The volume covers six major clusters of policy issues: economic policy government programs business decision-making government regulation the defense sector and the international economy. There are chapters on how to achieve a cleaner environment how to fundamentally overhaul the tax and health care systems and a defense of Reaganomics. The work examines how public sector activities impact the performance of the national economy. Its coverage includes the role of government as a buyer a seller a provider of credit and a source of subsidy and support. Drawing heavily on his experience as economist for a major military contractor Weidenbaum shows that the defense industry is the most heavily regulated sector of the American economy and discusses ways to modernize the arcane and wasteful process of procuring weapon systems.He also draws on his work on the hidden costs of regulation on the consumer showing how to improve the regulatory process so as to achieve national objectives while minimizing the burdens of compliance. The last section is devoted to the international economy with chapters on the role of the overseas enterprises. One-Armed Economist is a lucid analysis of major public policy issues of our time. As such it will be of special interest to organizations involved in public policy think tanks and government policymaking groups as well as readers interested in fresh perspectives on a broad range of policy issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125763

One-Dimensional ManStudies in the Ideology of Advanced Industrial Society One of the most important texts of modern times Herbert Marcuse's analysis and image of a one-dimensional man in a one-dimensional society has shaped many young radicals' way of seeing and experiencing life. Published in 1964 it fast became an ideological bible for the emergent New Left. As Douglas Kellner notes in his introduction Marcuse's greatest work was a 'damning indictment of contemporary Western societies capitalist and communist.' Yet it also expressed the hopes of a radical philosopher that human freedom and happiness could be greatly expanded beyond the regimented thought and behaviour prevalent in established society. For those who held the reigns of power Marcuse's call to arms threatened civilization to its very core. For many others however it represented a freedom hitherto unimaginable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203995211

One-Dimensional Microwave Photonic CrystalsNew Applications Explores theoretical and experimental studies of the properties of one-dimensional photonic crystals. The authors also consider the possibilities of controlling the characteristics of microwave photonic crystals with the help of electric and magnetic fields and provide examples of new fields of application of microwave photonic crystals. They review measurements of the parameters of layered structures containing nanometer-sized semiconductor and metal layers and explore microwave-compatible loads. Written for specialists and scientists working in the fields of radiophysics microwave solid-state electronics and microwave photonics. Key selling features: Presents studies of theoretical and experimental properties of one-dimensional photonic crystals Analyzes microwave photonic crystals based on flat transmission lines. Explores the use of electric and magnetic fields to control crystal characteristics. Reviews applications of photonic crystals in semiconductors. Examines one-dimensional microwave photonic crystals based on rectangular wave guides. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226565

One-Handed HistoriesThe Eroto-Politics of Gay Male Video Pornography Explore the titillating world of gay male video pornography in One-Handed Histories: The Eroto-Politics of Gay Male Video Pornography. Author John Burger has compiled years of research on gay male films and videos and covers such interesting topics as:gay male porn history and theory pre-AIDS and post-AIDS awareness the portrayal of safe sex in videos popular memory gay history porn video productionBurger contends that gay male video pornography (GMVP) is “a warehouse of our cultural heritage and memory as well as an important site for the production and modification of this heritage and memory.” He looks at gay porn from social and historical perspectives using popular memory as the starting point. As a form of popular memory gay porn allows for numerous revisions and re-writings of American history which has somewhat excluded gay men. One-Handed Histories assists the reader in placing GMVP in its correct social and historical setting and thus removes much of its stigma as obscene or useless. Gay scholars and even gay porn consumers will enjoy the alternative readings of these films; readings which might instill an interest and pride in gay male history. General gay male readers will discover in One-Handed Histories gay male sexual trends from the late 60s on and how this gay male history is documented by pornography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863733

One-Hour ShakespeareThe Comedies The One-Hour Shakespeare series is a collection of abridged versions of Shakespeare’s plays designed specifically to accommodate both small and large casts. This volume The Comedies includes the following plays: As You Like It Love’s Labour’s Lost Much Ado About Nothing Twelfth Night These accessible and versatile scripts are supported by: an introduction with emphasis on the evolution of the series and the creative process of editing; the One-Hour projects in performance a chapter on implementing money-saving ideas and suggestions for production whether in or outside a classroom setting; specific lesson plans to incorporate these projects successfully into an academic course; and cross-gender casting suggestions. These supplementary materials make the plays valuable not only for actors directors and professors but for any environment cast or purpose. Ideal for both academics and professionals One-Hour Shakespeare is the perfect companion to teaching and staging the most universally read and performed playwright in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206338

One-Hour ShakespeareThe Early Comedies and Romances The One-Hour Shakespeare series is a collection of abridged versions of Shakespeare’s plays designed specifically to accommodate both small and large casts. This volume The Early Comedies and Romances includes the following plays: A Midsummer Night’s Dream Two Gentlemen of Verona The Tempest The Winter’s Tale. These accessible and versatile scripts are supported by: an introduction with emphasis on the evolution of the series and the creative process of editing; the One-Hour projects in performance a chapter on implementing money-saving ideas and suggestions for production whether in or outside a classroom setting; specific lesson plans to incorporate these projects successfully into an academic course; and cross-gender casting suggestions. These supplementary materials make the plays valuable not only for actors directors and professors but for any environment cast or purpose. Ideal for both academics and professionals One-Hour Shakespeare is the perfect companion to teaching and staging the most universally read and performed playwright in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206390

One-Hour ShakespeareThe Tragedies The One-Hour Shakespeare series is a collection of abridged versions of Shakespeare’s plays designed specifically to accommodate both small and large casts. This volume The Tragedies includes the following plays: Hamlet Julius Caesar Macbeth Othello Romeo and Juliet These accessible and versatile scripts are supported by: an introduction with emphasis on the evolution of the series and the creative process of editing; the One-Hour projects in performance a chapter on implementing money-saving ideas and suggestions for production whether in or outside a classroom setting; specific lesson plans to incorporate these projects successfully into an academic course; and cross-gender casting suggestions. These supplementary materials make the plays valuable not only for actors directors and professors but for any environment cast or purpose. Ideal for both academics and professionals One-Hour Shakespeare is the perfect companion to teaching and staging the most universally read and performed playwright in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206499

One-Hour ShakespeareThe Tragicomedies The One-Hour Shakespeare series is a collection of abridged versions of Shakespeare’s plays designed specifically to accommodate both small and large casts. This volume The Tragicomedies includes the following plays: All’s Well That Ends Well Measure for Measure The Merchant of Venice. These accessible and versatile scripts are supported by: an introduction with emphasis on the evolution of the series and the creative process of editing; the One-Hour projects in performance a chapter on implementing money-saving ideas and suggestions for production whether in or outside a classroom setting; specific lesson plans to incorporate these projects successfully into an academic course; and cross-gender casting suggestions. These supplementary materials make the plays valuable not only for actors directors and professors but for any environment cast or purpose. Ideal for both academics and professionals One-Hour Shakespeare is the perfect companion to teaching and staging the most universally read and performed playwright in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206536

One-Piece Flow vs. BatchingA Guide to Understanding How Continuous Flow Maximizes Productivity and Customer Value Although batching often appears more efficient than one-piece flow for individual tasks the practice creates waste for other parts of the organization that more than offset its perceived benefits. A silent productivity killer batching is an extremely difficult mindset to overcome and as a result numerous Lean initiatives have been destroyed by it.This book argues the case for one-piece flow over batching. It identifies the eight root causes of batching the wastes created from batching how batching drives the eight wastes and the advantages of one-piece flow.One-Piece Flow vs. Batching: A Guide to Understanding How Continuous Flow Maximizes Productivity and Customer Value provides concrete arguments as to why batching while sometimes necessary is never the most efficient solution for most processes. It explains why flow especially one-piece flow or continuous flow should always be your ultimate objective when driving for increased productivity in any process.Using case studies to illustrate how to channel current mindsets toward one-piece flow as the preferred operation the book is designed to support anyone involved in continuous improvement activities. It provides the tools and understanding you will need to overcome resistance to implementing flow and in particular one-piece flow processes—whether it be on the factory floor or in a banking office. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498726948

One-Piece FlowCell Design for Transforming the Production Process By reconfiguring your traditional assembly lines into production cells based on one-piece flow you can drastically reduce your lead time staffing requirements and number of defects. Kenichi Sekine studied under the late Shigeo Shingo and is responsible for many recent advances in the deployment of the Toyota Production System in Japan. In this comprehensive book Sekine provides an in-depth education into the why's and how's of the restructuring process.Sekine first examines the basic principles of process flow building then offers detailed case studies of how various industries designed unique one-piece flow systems (parallel L-shaped and U-shaped floor plans) to meet their particular needs. One-Piece Flow describes each step in the process of establishing one-piece flow and: (1) provides ample "test your skills" worksheets that guide you through the solution of problems and (2) includes over 300 illustrations and 14 single-page case studies that show how to cut assembly personnel in various industries.With this book plant managers will learn how to eliminate overstaffing waste and build a multi-skilled work force equipped to support JIT manufacturing. The book includes:Basic concept of one-piece productionCase studiesProcess razing techniquesU-shaped cells for assembly linesTechniques for removing waste from factoriesEstablishing one-piece flow at a factory that produces small lots on a customer-order basis"Single" delivery at MYNAC Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438422

One-Point Lesson Form This form is a tool that helps to effectively and efficiently communicate TPM training concepts to participants and employees. The One-Point Lesson form is structured to motivate the trainer to establish all important activities onto one simple and easy to use form. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079298

One-to-One Psychodrama PsychotherapyApplications and Technique One-to-One Psychodrama Psychotherapy: Applications and Technique will be an invaluable resource and manual to the field for those training in or practising psychodrama psychotherapy in a one-to-one frame. This book brings together for the first time current thinking and practice developed and refined at the London Centre for Psychodrama Group and Individual Psychotherapy. Divided in two parts this book provides a comprehensive background to the field and an exploration of the theory and techniques discussed drawing upon the experience of practitioners in their one-to-one practice. Case studies are presented and discussed across diverse issues such as anxiety bereavement shame eating disorders dissociative identity disorder multi-agency work with children and brief interventions within an organisational setting.   One-to-One Psychodrama Psychotherapy will appeal to all experienced practitioners as well as those wishing to work with psychodrama psychotherapy on an individual basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305724

Onions and Allied Crops3 volume set Originally published in 1990 Onions and Allied Crops is a comprehensive account of the edible allium examined across three volumes. The collection examines the major economic and dietary importance of edible alliums in most countries and brings together contributions from experts across multiple disciplines including food scientists economists agriculturalists and biochemists. These books address selection and breeding of locally adapted cultivars and the development of cultural techniques allowing for cultivation across the tropics to the sub-arctic regions. As such the collection examines the allium as a major agricultural asset and the impact this has had on many economies.  These volumes will be of use and of interest to food scientists economists agriculturalists and biochemists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367403805

Onions and Allied CropsVolume I: Botany Physiology and Genetics This book examines the anatomy and morphology of onion inflorescence. It is concerned with both the development of the individual seed and with the interactions between some external factors and the various phases of the onion seed development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896069

Onions and Allied CropsVolume II: Agronomy Biotic Interactions This book emphasizes recent developments in onion culture in temperate regions. It makes the reader aware of the existence and great physiological significance of mycorrhizae in Allium. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896052

Onions and Allied CropsVolume III: Biochemistry Food Science and Minor Crops Originally published in 1990 Onions and Allied Crops is a comprehensive account of the edible allium examined across three volumes. The collection examines the major economic and dietary importance of edible alliums in most countries and brings together contributions from experts across multiple disciplines including food scientists economists agriculturalists and biochemists. The books address selection and breeding of locally adapted cultivars and the development of cultural techniques allowing for cultivation across the tropics to the sub-arctic regions. As such the collection examines the allium as a major agricultural asset and the impact this has had on many economies. In this third volume the analysis and focus is upon biochemistry food science and minor crops. This volume will be of use and of interest to food scientists economists agriculturalists and biochemists alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403768

Online & Blended LearningThe Complete Volumes This collection of books highlights cutting-edge research and practice in online and blended learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591721

Online Activism in Latin America Online Activism in Latin America examines the innovative ways in which Latin American citizens and Latin@s in the U.S. use the Internet to advocate for causes that they consider just. The contributions to the volume analyze citizen-launched websites interactive platforms postings and group initiatives that support a wide variety of causes ranging from human rights to disability issues indigenous groups’ struggles environmental protection art poetry and activism migrancy and citizen participation in electoral and political processes. This collection bears witness to the early stages of a very unique and groundbreaking form of civil activism culture now growing in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588274

Online and Distance Social Work EducationCurrent Practice and Future Trends Online and Distance Social Work Education: Current Practice and Future Trends provides a comprehensive presentation on the evolution current status and future direction of distance learning and online education in the social work profession. Documenting the current state-of-the-art this book demonstrates the power of distance learning and online technology and addresses future trends in web-based social work education. Written by widely recognized experts the chapters represent an authoritative statement of the present state-of-the-art in the application of technology to contemporary social work education. The insights of these experts will be of great interest to students and faculty in the 798 accredited social work programs in the United States. They are creating a revolution in the profession which will forever change the nature of education for professional practice. Authored by widely recognized educators on the cutting edge of technological innovation this text will be relevant to social work students and educators in baccalaureate masters and doctoral programs in the USA and internationally. The chapters in this book were originally published in the Journal of Teaching in Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860363

Online and Social Networking CommunitiesA Best Practice Guide for Educators Online and Social Networking Communities is a professional guide written for educational practitioners and trainers who wish to use online communication tools effectively in their teaching. Focusing on the student experience of learning in online communities it addresses ‘web 2.0’ and other ‘social software’ tools and considers the role these technologies play in supporting student learning and building learning communities. The guide offers: real-world case studies and quality research must-have lists of useful resources guidance on building and supporting online learning communities discussion of how collaborative learning can be assessed coverage of wikis forums blogging instant messaging Second Life Twitter desktop videoconferencing and social networking sites such as Facebook. Online and Social Networking Communities helps educators and trainers develop a critical approach by exploring online learning from both the student’s and educator’s perspective. This practical guide provides the tools to help develop confident and thoughtful online educators able to create successful and enjoyable learning experiences for their students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203842737

Online Arbitration Innovative initiatives for online arbitration are needed to aid in resolving cross-border commercial and consumer disputes in the EU UK US and China. This book provides a comparative study of online dispute resolution (ODR) systems and a model of best practices taking into consideration the features and characteristics of various practical experiences/examples of ODR services and technological development for ODR systems and platforms. The book begins with a theoretical approach looking into the challenges in the use of online arbitration in commercial transactions and analysing the potential adoption of technology-assisted arbitration (e.g. Basic ODR systems and Intelligent/Advanced ODR systems) in resolving certain types of international commercial and consumer disputes. It then investigates the legal obstacles to adopting ODR by examining the compatibility of technology with current legislation and regulatory development. Finally it suggests appropriate legal and technological measures to promote the recognition of ODR in particular online arbitration for cross-border commercial and consumer disputes.By exploring both the theoretical framework and the practical considerations of online arbitration this book will be a vital reference for lawyers policy-makers government officials industry professionals and academics who are involved with online arbitration. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367872977

Online Catholic CommunitiesCommunity Authority and Religious Individualization The Catholic Church has been moving into a new phase one where its congregation can choose to meet and practice elements of their own version of their faith on online forums. This new form of congregating allows for an individualised faith to manifest itself outside of the usual church authority structures. Online Catholic Communities provides insight into how religious and non-religious internet forum users interact and form groups during interactions; it also discusses the transformation of religious authority and its emanations in these digital contexts.Using the top three online forums used by Polish Catholics as a case study this project explores the formation of these online communities. It then looks at the alternative authority structures that emerge online and how these lead to an individualised form of religious engagement that can develop independently of mainstream doctrine. Through highlighting how religious discourse in Poland is appropriated and creatively modified by users in fulfilling their own spiritual needs this work reveals the constant interplay between online and offline religious contexts.This monograph includes cutting edge research on online expressions of religious community authority and individualisation and as such will be of keen interest to scholars of religious studies and the sociology of religion as well as communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591311

Online Child Sexual AbuseGrooming Policing and Child Protection in a Multi-Media World Online Child Sexual Abuse: Grooming Policing and Child Protection in a Multi-Media World addresses the complex multi-faceted and at times counter-intuitive relationships between online grooming behaviours risk assessment police practices and the actual danger of subsequent abuse in the physical world. Online child sexual abuse has become a high profile and important issue in public life. When children are victims there is clearly intense public and political interest and concern. Sex offenders are society’s most reviled deviants and the object of seemingly undifferentiated public fear and loathing. This may be evidenced in ongoing efforts to advance legislation develop police tactics and to educate children and their carers to engage with multi-media and the internet safely. Understanding how sex offenders use the internet and how the police and the government are responding to their behaviour is central to the development of preventative measures. Based on extensive ethnographic research conducted with the police and a specialist paedophile unit here Elena Marellozzo presents an informed analysis of online child sexual abuse: of the patterns and characteristics of online grooming and of the challenges and techniques that characterize its policing. Connecting theory research and practice in the field of policing social policy victimology and criminology this book adds significantly to our understanding and knowledge of the problem of online child sexual abuse the way in which victims are targeted and how this phenomenon is and might be  policed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732727

On-line Cognition in Person Perception The contributors to this collection focus on the cognitive processes that take place during the initial acquisition of information about others (on-line processes) rather than later when memory processes begin playing a dominant role (memory-based processes). Utilizing the methods and concepts of social cognition the book illustrates how the study of on-line cognition can further our understanding of person perception. On-Line Cognition in Person Perception also examines the special cognitive dynamics that are associated with such processes within the domain of social perception. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977563

Online CommunicationLinking Technology Identity & Culture Online Communication provides an introduction to both the technologies of the Internet Age and their social implications. This innovative and timely textbook brings together current work in communication political science philosophy popular culture history economics and the humanities to present an examination of the theoretical and critical issues in the study of computer-mediated communication. Continuing the model of the best-selling first edition authors Andrew F. Wood and Matthew J. Smith introduce computer-mediated communication (CMC) as a subject of academic research as well as a lens through which to examine contemporary trends in society. This second edition of Online Communication covers online identity mediated relationships virtual communities electronic commerce the digital divide spaces of resistance and other topics related to CMC. The text also examines how the Internet has affected contemporary culture and presents the critiques being made to those changes. Special features of the text include:Hyperlinks--presenting greater detail on topics from the chapterEthical Ethical Inquiry--posing questions on the nature of human communication and conduct onlineOnline Communication and the Law--examining the legal ramifications of CMC issues Advanced undergraduates graduate students and researchers interested in the field of computer-mediated communication as well as those studying issues of technology and culture will find Online Communication to be an insightful resource for studying the role of technology and mediated communication in today's society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436541

Online Communities and Open InnovationGovernance and Symbolic Value Creation The advent of Internet marked a significant change in how users and customers can be involved in the innovative process. History is rife with examples of how users innovate but Internet and its associated communication technologies brought radically new means for individuals to interact rapidly and at little cost in communities that spur new innovations. These communities are initiated and governed by people that differ in their motivations for taking part and participate to varying degrees. Such communities are outside the immediate control of companies seeking to develop open innovation strategies aimed at harnessing their work. This book brings together distinguished scholars from different disciplines: economics organization theory innovation studies and marketing in order to provide an improved understanding of how technological as well as symbolic value is created and appropriated at the intersection between online communities and firms. Empirical examples are presented from different industries including software services and manufacturing. The book offers food for thought for academics and managers to an important phenomenon that challenges many conventional wisdoms for how business can be done. This book was published as a special issue of Industry and Innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377028

Online Consumer BehaviorTheory and Research in Social Media Advertising and E-tail Social media (e.g. Facebook LinkedIn Groupon Twitter) have changed the way consumers and advertisers behave. It is crucial to understand how consumers think feel and act regarding social media online advertising and online shopping. Business practitioners students and marketers are trying to understand online consumer experiences that help instill brand loyalty. This book is one of the first to present scholarly theory and research to help explain and predict online consumer behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107557

Online Dispute Resolution for Consumers in the European Union A PDF version of this book is available for free in open access via www.tandfebooks.com as well as the OAPEN Library platform www.oapen.org. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license and is part of the OAPEN-UK research project. E-commerce offers immense challenges to traditional dispute resolution methods as it entails parties often located in different parts of the world making contracts with each other at the click of a mouse. The use of traditional litigation for disputes arising in this forum is often inconvenient impractical time-consuming and expensive due to the low value of the transactions and the physical distance between the parties. Thus modern legal systems face a crucial choice: either to adopt traditional dispute resolution methods that have served the legal systems well for hundreds of years or to find new methods which are better suited to a world not anchored in territorial borders. Online Dispute Resolution (ODR) originally an off-shoot of Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) takes advantage of the speed and convenience of the Internet becoming the best and often the only option for enhancing consumer redress and strengthening their trust in e-commerce. This book provides an in-depth account of the potential of ODR for European consumers offering a comprehensive and up to date analysis of the development of ODR. It considers the current expansion of ODR and evaluates the challenges posed in its growth. The book proposes the creation of legal standards to close the gap between the potential of ODR services and their actual use arguing that ODR if it is to realise its full potential in the resolution of e-commerce disputes and in the enforcement of consumer rights must be grounded firmly on a European regulatory model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813280

Online Ecological and Environmental Data Discover important Internet resources for research data made public individually and collectively by researchers from a variety of entities in the fields of environmental studies and ecology Online Ecological and Environmental Data explores innovative projects from a diverse array of institutions that have made environmental and ecological research information freely available online. You will find a wealth of Web site listings with URLs and complete descriptions data field descriptions controlled vocabulary examples and Web screen shots that demonstrate how to use a specific site. The book will help you locate the data procedures instruments notes and other descriptive information that scientists and engineers need for replicating and building on the research of others. With Online Ecological and Environmental Data you'll gain a better understanding of: * the cooperative design development and management of interdisciplinary data * cataloging multidisciplinary environmental data * data networking * new developments in information science and technology * extracting and compiling data * the convergence and dissemination of information via the Internet This unique resource explores the potential of distributing actual research data on the Web. The information you'll find in this book will enable science and technology librarians to provide effective access to library patrons. Online Ecological and Environmental Data will give librarians and other information specialists—as well as faculty and students in library sciences and technology—cutting-edge knowledge to meet the global data and information needs of the scientific community. The projects described in this book can serve as models for other disciplines especially for the various aspects of handling data made available online and for making this data more available and usable on the Internet for researchers and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864648

Online Education 2.0Evolving Adapting and Reinventing Online Technical Communication First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895038050

Online Education 2.0Evolving Adapting and Reinventing Online Technical Communication The collection asks how faculty courses and programmes have responded and adapted to changes in students' needs and abilities to economic constraints to new course management systems and to Web 2.0 technologies such as social networking virtual worlds and mobile communication devices. Addressing these questions it includes contributing voices from a wide variety of post-secondary from urban and rural institutions and from technological and career colleges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895038067

Online Education for Teachers of English as a Global Language This collection offers a critical examination of online language teacher education programs (OLTE) looking at a range of issues which have informed their development and the challenges and opportunities in their implementation from a TESOL perspective. Positioning itself uniquely amongst the growing literature at the nexus of technology and language learning the book focuses on language teacher education programs designed for academic and professional credentials in online environments. Introductory sections provide a brief historical overview of the OLTEs as we know them today with examples from a global range of programs toward demonstrating their theoretical and philosophical foundations. The second section of the book explores the paradigm shifts borne out of OLTE in the modes media and tasks employed and their subsequent impact on instructional efficacy. Subsequent chapters turn a critical lens on OLTE in raising questions around accessibility its implementation in less technologically developed environments issues of quality measures and accreditation and practicum concerns. Taken together this collection is a state of the art of online language teacher education programs and lays the groundwork for future research on the nexus of online education teacher education and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210243

Online Education Policy and PracticeThe Past Present and Future of the Digital University Online Education Policy and Practice examines the past present and future of networked learning environments and the changing role of faculty within them. As digital technologies in higher education increasingly enable blended classrooms collaborative assignments and wider student access an understanding of the creation and ongoing developments of these platforms is needed more than ever. By investigating the history of online education the rise and critique of MOOCs the mainstreaming of social media mobile devices gaming in instruction and more this expansive book outlines a variety of potential scenarios likely to become realities in higher education over the next decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943636

Online Education Using Learning Objects 'E-learning is integral to on-site education institutions worldwide and the rapid explosion of interest in the subject means that this timely cutting-edge book will be an instant and indispensable resource. Among educators the development of reusable learning objects made accessible via the internet is ever more important to teaching and learning. This book provides a comprehensive look at a state-of-the-art online education and presents advice on the creation adaptation and implementation of learning objects and metadata. Including articles written by some of the leading innovators in the field this book takes the reader through: designing effective learning objects; creating learning objects; transforming existing content into reusable learning objects; building a metadata management system. This book will be essential reference material for learning technologists course developers at learning institutions postgraduate students teachers and learners in the field of e-learning.' Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203964538

Online EducationFoundations Planning and Pedagogy Online Education is a comprehensive exploration of blended and fully online teaching platforms addressing history theory research planning and practice. As colleges universities and schools around the world adopt large-scale technologies and traditional class models shift into seamless digitally interactive environments critical insights are needed into the implications for administration and pedagogy. Written by a major contributor to the field this book contextualizes online education in the past and present before analyzing its fundamental changes to instruction program integration social interaction content construction networked media policy and more. A provocative concluding chapter speculates on the future of education as the sector becomes increasingly dependent on learning technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784139

Online EducationGlobal Questions Local Answers In "Online Education: Global Questions Local Answers" 24 college educators focus on the most important questions to be addressed by all scholar-teachers and administrators committed to developing high-quality online education programs. We describe these questions as "global" because they transcend the particular situations of individual institutions. They are questions that everyone involved in online education needs to address: What are the issues to consider when first developing and then sustaining an online education program? How do we create interactive pedagogically sound online courses and classroom communities? How should we monitor and assess the quality of online courses and programs? And how should recent developments and innovations in online education cause us to reexamine our roles and responsibilities as educators in technical communication?While these global questions affect all of us in one way or another they demand different local answers such as those presented by the contributors to this text. Readers will need to consider which of these local answers might apply to their own situations and how these answers might need to be adapted to reflect the particular needs of their own institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637863

Online Evaluation of Creativity and the Arts Social media have dramatically popularized practices of evaluation especially of cultural products and artistic expressions. The practices of "liking" and rating any shared contents such as music to blogs film videos photographs to artwork and performances are ubiquitous in today’s digital environments. As a result creative producers are increasingly developing reputations and careers through a complex blend of online social reputation management and distribution platforms and more longstanding forms of marketing channels and professional evaluation. In this context Online Evaluation of Creativity and the Arts seeks to examine the newly emerging forms of evaluation such as contests competitions ranking commenting liking and rating which are taking place in digital environments. In doing so this book investigates the criteria and assessment practices tied to the evaluation of creativity and artistic works and further questions what is at stake when digital environments heighten the role of amateur and peer criticism to the level of expert critiques. While exploring potential informal learning opportunities and offering incisive critiques on the emerging norms and standards of evaluation the essays in this book cover a wide range of artistic and creative practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548923

Online File SharingInnovations in Media Consumption It is apparent that file sharing on the Internet has become an emerging norm of media consumption—especially among young people. This book provides a critical perspective on this phenomenon exploring issues related to file sharing downloading peer-to-peer networks "piracy " and (not least) policy issues regarding these practices. Andersson Schwartz critically engages with the justificatory discourses of the actual file-sharers taking Sweden as a geographic focus. By focusing on the example of Sweden—home to both The Pirate Bay and Spotify—he provides a unique insight into a mentality that drives both innovation and deviance and accommodates sharing in both its unadulterated and its compliant business-friendly forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548596

Online Gambling and CrimeCauses Controls and Controversies Offering the first empirically driven assessment of the development marketisation regulation and use of online gambling organisations and their products this book explores the relationship between online gambling and crime. It draws upon quantitative and qualitative data including textual and visual analyses of e-gambling advertising and the records of player-protection and standards organisations together with a virtual ethnography of online gambling subcultures to examine the ways in which gambling and crime have been approached in practice by gamers regulatory agencies and online gambling organisations. Building upon contemporary criminological theory it develops an understanding of online gambling as an arena in which risks and rewards are carefully constructed and through which players navigate employing their own agency to engage with the very real possibility of victimisation. With attention to the manner in which online gambling can be a source of criminal activity not only on the part of players but also criminal entrepreneurs and legitimate gambling businesses Online Gambling and Crime discusses developments in criminal law and regulatory frameworks evaluating past and present policy on online gambling. A rich examination of the prevalence incidence and experience of a range of criminal activities linked to gambling on the Internet this book will appeal to scholars and policy makers in the fields of sociology and criminology law the study of culture and subculture risk health studies and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600525

Online Games Social Narratives The study of online gaming is changing. It is no longer enough to analyse one type of online community in order to understand the plethora of players who take part in online worlds and the behaviours they exhibit. MacCallum-Stewart studies the different ways in which online games create social environments and how players choose to interpret these. These games vary from the immensely popular social networking games on Facebook such as Farmville to Massively Multiplayer Online Roleplaying Games to "Free to Play" online gaming and console communities such as players of Xbox Live and PS3 games. Each chapter deals with a different aspect of social gaming online breaking down when games are social and what narrative devices make them so. This cross-disciplinary study will appeal to those interested in cyberculture the evolution of gaming technology and sociologies of media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548480

Online Gaming and Playful Organization Online Gaming and Playful Organization explores the cultural impact of gaming on organizations. While gaming is typically a form of entertainment this book argues that gaming communities can function as a useful analogue for work organizations because both are comprised of diverse members who must communicate and collaborate to solve complex problems. By examining the impact of gaming beyond its own context this book argues that one can apply numerous lessons from the virtual world of online games to the “real” world of businesses schools and other professional communities. Most notably it articulates the concept of playful organizations defined as organizations in which the ability to play has become so institutionalized that it is spontaneous creative and enjoyable. Based on original research Online Gaming and Playful Organization establishes an interdisciplinary framework for further conceptual and empirical investigation into this topic with the dual goals of a better understanding of the role of online games and virtual worlds and of the possible structural and cultural transformation of public and private organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287051

Online Gaming in ContextThe social and cultural significance of online games There is little question of the social cultural and economic importance of video games in the world today with gaming now rivalling the movie and music sectors as a major leisure industry and pastime. The significance of video games within our everyday lives has certainly been increased and shaped by new technologies and gaming patterns including the rise of home-based games consoles advances in mobile telephone technology the rise in more 'sociable' forms of gaming and of course the advent of the Internet. This book explores the opportunities challenges and patterns of gameplay and sociality afforded by the Internet and online gaming. Bringing together a series of original essays from both leading and emerging academics in the field of game studies many of which employ new empirical work and innovative theoretical approaches to gaming this book considers key issues crucial to our understanding of online gaming and associated social relations including: patterns of play legal and copyright issues player production identity construction gamer communities communication patterns of social exclusion and inclusion around religion gender and disability and future directions in online gaming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714976

Online GIS and Spatial Metadata Implement Your Own Applications Using Online GISAn in-depth study detailing the online applications of geographic information systems (GIS) Online GIS and Spatial Metadata Second Edition outlines how GIS data are published organized accessed searched maintained purchased and processed over the web. This latest work describes how the internet has become a platform for the delivery and integration of geographic information. It highlights the growth that has taken place since the first edition and includes new chapters on popular XML formats used in online GIS SDI Metadata Portals Mobile GIS and Location-Based services. It also updates metadata standards and explains how metadata links it all together.Designed To Help Non-Technical Readers Understand Technical IssuesThe book provides a brief overview of the basic technology of online GIS before introducing the technical methods used to develop and implement GIS on the web. It includes an introduction to the protocols and standards now in use online and provides technical background and real-world examples of scripts markup and other elements that make this technology work. Expanding on the previous edition the book offers a global perspective of online GIS contains links and references to online resources and includes future directions applications and trends.Reviewing major advances that have occurred over the past decade this seminal work:Discusses the detail of four XML-based standards now in common use for Online GIS and spatial metadataOutlines the nature of Information Networks systems in which information is distributed across many different sitesExamines the conceptual framework of metadata by studying the RDF and similar standards for the WebDescribes several metadata standards in use around the world for spatial metadataP Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367874339

Online Hate and Harmful ContentCross-National Perspectives Over the past few decades various types of hate material have caused increasing concern. Today the scope of hate is wider than ever as easy and often-anonymous access to an enormous amount of online content has opened the Internet up to both use and abuse. By providing possibilities for inexpensive and instantaneous access without ties to geographic location or a user identification system the Internet has permitted hate groups and individuals espousing hate to transmit their ideas to a worldwide audience. Online Hate and Harmful Content focuses on the role of potentially harmful online content particularly among young people. This focus is explored through two approaches: firstly the commonality of online hate through cross-national survey statistics. This includes a discussion of the various implications of online hate for young people in terms of for example subjective wellbeing trust self-image and social relationships. Secondly the book examines theoretical frameworks from the fields of sociology social psychology and criminology that are useful for understanding online behaviour and online victimisation. Limitations of past theory are assessed and complemented with a novel theoretical model linking past work to the online environment as it exists today. An important and timely volume in this ever-changing digital age this book is suitable for graduates and undergraduates interested in the fields of Internet and new media studies social psychology and criminology. The analyses and findings of the book are also particularly relevant to practitioners and policy-makers working in the areas of Internet regulation crime prevention child protection and social work/youth work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876968

Online Intercultural Education and Study AbroadTheory into Practice With the increasing focus on international education and study abroad programmes Online Intercultural Education and Study Abroad meets the need for a text that addresses ways in which technology may be harnessed to enhance student experience. Combining case studies with theoretical insights this book critically investigates the effectiveness of a fully online study abroad intervention that was designed to optimise intercultural learning in an international context. Intercultural education researchers and practitioners are provided with theory-based practical ideas such as eLearning strategies and online mentoring tips to help students maximise their intercultural education journey intercultural competence development and social engagement while abroad. Both practical and research-focused this volume considers a wide range of topics including: Contemporary notions of experiential learning Guided critical reflection through e-mentoring A social contructivist orientation towards eLearning pedgagogy Tools to help understand and measure learner development abroad Online Intercultural Education and Study Abroad is suitable for both novice and experienced study abroad practitioners researchers and administrators. Satisfying the growing interest in using eLearning within study abroad programmes this book will be a necessary point of reference for any institution that aims to enhance international educational experience especially through the use of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298255

Online Intercultural ExchangePolicy Pedagogy Practice This volume provides a state of the art overview of Online Intercultural Exchange (OIE) in university education and demonstrates how educators can use OIE to address current challenges in university contexts such as internationalisation virtual mobility and intercultural foreign language education. Since the 1990s educators have been using virtual interaction to bring their classes into contact with geographically distant partner classes to create opportunities for authentic communication meaningful collaboration and first-hand experience of working and learning with partners from other cultural backgrounds. Online exchange projects of this nature can contribute to the development of learner autonomy linguistic accuracy intercultural awareness intercultural skills and electronic literacies. Online Intercultural Exchange has now reached a stage where it is moving beyond individual classroom initiatives and is assuming a role as a major tool for internationalization intercultural development and virtual mobility in universities around the globe. This volume reports qualitative and quantitative findings on the impact of OIE on universities in Europe and elsewhere and offers comprehensive guidance on using OIE at both pedagogical and technological levels. It provides theoretically-informed accounts of Online Intercultural Exchanges which will relevant to researchers in Computer Assisted Language Learning Computer-Mediated Communication or Virtual Education. Finally contributors offer a collection of practitioner-authored and practically-oriented case studies for the benefit of teachers of foreign languages or in other subject areas who wish to engage in developing the digital literacy and intercultural competences of their learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024291

Online Journalism EthicsTraditions and Transitions Online media present both old and new ethical issues for journalists who must make decisions in an interactive instantaneous environment short on normative standards or guidelines. This user-friendly book guides prospective and professional journalists through ethical questions encountered only online. Including real-life examples and perspectives from online journalists in every chapter the book examines the issues of gathering information reporting interviewing and writing for mainstream news organizations on the Web. It considers the ethical implications of linking interactivity verification transparency and Web advertising as well as the effects of convergence on newsrooms. It also addresses the question of who is a journalist and what is journalism in an age when anyone can be a publisher. Each chapter includes a complex case study that promotes critical thinking and classroom discussion about how to apply the ethical issues covered. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702025

Online Journalism from the PeripheryInterloper Media and the Journalistic Field Online Journalism from the Periphery looks at how a range of new media actors communicating online have challenged us to think differently about the journalistic field. Emerging from the disruption of digital technology these new actors have been met with resistance by an existing core of journalism who perceive them as part of a ‘digital threat’ and dismiss their claims of journalistic belonging. As a result cracks are appearing in the conceptual foundations of what journalism is and should be. Applying field theory as a conceptual lens Scott Eldridge guides the reader through the intricacies of these tensions at both the core and periphery. By first unpacking definitions of journalism as a social and cultural construction this book explores how these are dominated by narratives which have reinforced a limited set of expectations about its purpose and reach. The book goes on to examine how these narratives have been significantly undermined by the output of major new media players including Gawker reddit Breitbart and WikiLeaks. Online Journalism from the Periphery argues for a broadening of ideas around what constitutes journalism in the modern world concluding with alternative approaches to evaluating the contributions of emerging media heavy-weights to society and to journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945456

Online Journalism in AfricaTrends Practices and Emerging Cultures Very little is known about how African journalists are forging "new" ways to practise their profession on the web. Against this backdrop this volume provides contextually rooted discussions of trends practices and emerging cultures of web-based journalism(s) across the continent offering a comprehensive research tool that can both stand the test of time as well as offer researchers (particularly those in the economically developed Global North) models for cross-cultural comparative research. The essays here deploy either a wide range of evidence or adopt a case-study approach to engage with contemporary developments in African online journalism. This book thus makes up for the gap in cross-cultural studies that seek to understand online journalism in all its complexities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689190

Online JournalismPrinciples and Practices of News for the Web The third edition of Online Journalism builds on the foundations of journalism to clearly show how they can be integrated into online environments. It takes the perspective that web content shouldn't be a separate component or an afterthought but instead is a vital part of story creation. From doing research to creating the web space to posting and getting stories into the hands of users this useful resource gives students the tools they need. Online Journalism readies readers for wherever their news careers take them whether it's to the online portion of legacy news organizations to online-only startups or to blogs news apps and beyond. Key features include a companion website practical activities at the end of each chapter screenshots illustrating key concepts and a Glossary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781934432174

Online Language Teacher EducationTESOL Perspectives More and more ESL/EFL teachers are required by their employers to obtain a Master’s degree in TESOL. Thousands of ESL/EFL teachers are acquiring professional skills and knowledge through online and distance education instructional models. Filling a growing need and making an important contribution this book is a forerunner in addressing some of the issues and problems for online distance learning and instructional delivery in TESOL and applied linguistics departments in universities around the world. Carefully addressing the complexity of the field this volume includes primary research and case studies of programs where a variety of online distance models are used. Structured in a logical sequence the readable and accessible content represents the collected expertise of leading language teacher educators. Each chapter brings the reader a better understanding and ability to apply knowledge about online distance TESOL education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894517

Online Learning and Community CohesionLinking Schools National governments and multi-national institutions are spending unprecedented amounts of money on ICT on improving the overall quality of school learning and schools are increasingly expected to prepare young people for a global economy in which inter-cultural understanding will be a priority. This book explores and analyzes the ways ICT has been used to promote citizenship and community cohesion in projects that link together schools in different parts of the world. It examines the theoretical framework behind such work and shows the impact of initiatives in the Middle East Canada the USA England Northern Ireland the Republic of Ireland and elsewhere in the European Union. This is a critical examination of the technologies that have been deployed the professional development that has been provided and an evaluation of what constitutes good practice particularly in terms of what collaborative learning really means for young people. Many of these initiatives have enabled young people to develop more positive relations with culturally and religiously different neighbours but this work has just begun. Continuing international tensions over matters of identity and faith require that we better understand the political context for such work so that we might shape future directions more deliberately and more clearly.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376861

Online Learning and Teaching with TechnologyCase Studies Experience and Practice In the 21st century technology has become an essential part of teaching and learning. This manual provides practical advice on teaching in a wide range of technologies including the internet and multimedia packages. Using case studies to illustrate the key concepts this book aims to promote student learning and understanding and show educators how to use technology to motivate learners and encourage productive interaction.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315042534

Online Learning for STEM SubjectsInternational Examples of Technologies and Pedagogies in Use The Global Collaboration initiatives related in this book are examples of how educators have experimented with different mechanisms to provide science technology engineering and mathematics (STEM) education programmes through information and communication technologies. In many cases these programmes have looked at the allied personal communication and collaboration skills that students of these subjects also need: the so-called STEM+ curriculum. In particular these approaches to STEM+ provision show how the internationalization of education can be made more effective and accessible through the exploitation of collaborative technologies and non-traditional pedagogies. The approaches address the following themes:technologies for distance learning and collaborationpedagogies for online learningremote communication and collaborationAn international perspective is made possible within the book through the inclusion of authors from North America Europe and Asia. These authors present case studies from technology-enhanced learning projects over the past six years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736477

Online Misogyny as Hate CrimeA Challenge for Legal Regulation? The ideal of an inclusive and participatory Internet has been undermined by the rise of misogynistic abuse on social media platforms. However limited progress has been made at national – and to an extent European – levels in addressing this issue. In England and Wales the tackling of underlying causes of online abuse has been overlooked because the law focuses on punishment rather than measures to prevent such abuses. Furthermore online abuse has a significant impact on its victims that is underestimated by policymakers. This volume critically analyses the legal provisions that are currently deployed to tackle forms of online misogyny and focuses on three aspects; firstly the phenomenon of social media abuse; secondly the poor and disparate legal responses to social media abuses; and thirdly the similar failings of hate crime to tackle problems of online gender-based abuses. This book advances a compelling argument for legal changes to the existing hate crime and communications legislation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590373

Online Newsgathering: Research and Reporting for Journalism Journalists used to rely on their notepad and pen. Today professional journalists rely on the computer-and not just for the writing. Much if not all of a journalist's research happens on a computer. If you are journalist of any kind you need to know how to find the information you need online. This book will show you how to find declassified governmental files statistics of all kinds simple and complex search engines for small and large data gathering and directories of subject experts. This book is for the many journalists around the world who didn't attend a formal journalism school before going to work those journalists who were educated before online research became mainstream and for any student studying journalism today. It will teach you how to use the Internet wisely efficiently and comprehensively so that you will always have your facts straight and fast.Online Newsgathering:. reflects the most current thinking. is pertinent to both industry and education. focuses on what people need to knowPlease visit the authors' companion website at http://computerassistedreporting.com for additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151192

Online Peer Engagement in AdolescencePositive and Negative Aspects of Online Social Interaction This book provides an in-depth insight into what is currently known and relatively unknown about youths’ online peer engagement. It delivers state-of-the-art current reviews of the literature in the field with a strong coverage of methodological issues in studying online friendships and an emphasis on moving towards a new less dichotomic view of online peer interaction in adolescence. With a focus on what spending time with online-exclusive peers entails – in terms of both potential positive as well as negative consequences for friendship quality intimacy and well-being – this book offers a more nuanced commentary on youths’ online peer engagement. Including coverage of the evolution of online friendships cyberbullying cyberdating sexting online abuse smartphones social networks as well as their impact on adolescent social interaction online Van Zalk and Monks consider implications for future research directions and practical applications. Online Peer Engagement in Adolescence is important reading for undergraduate and master students studying social and developmental psychology education relationships and health as well as advanced researchers and academics working in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604810

Online Place BrandingThe Case of Hong Kong Through an interdisciplinary approach combining the concepts methods and tools in language and discourse studies and insights from marketing and tourism research this book examines the online place branding of Hong Kong one of the most visited cities and well-known spots in the world. The book compares how the place brand is officially constructed and conveyed by the institutional bodies as realised on the Brand Hong Kong website online with how the place brand is publicly experienced and perceived by individuals around the world as realised on the TripAdvisor Hong Kong travel forum online. The book also includes comparative analysis between Singapore and Hong Kong to provide better understanding of online place branding and findings from the comparative study identify interesting similarities and differences between the official portrayal of the place brand of Hong Kong and its public perception in the digital realm as well as between Hong Kong and Singapore in online place branding. The book also offers evidence-based suggestions on how we can bridge the gap between the online representation and perception of a place brand and how to enhance online place branding in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000349

Online Portfolio SelectionPrinciples and Algorithms With the aim to sequentially determine optimal allocations across a set of assets Online Portfolio Selection (OLPS) has significantly reshaped the financial investment landscape. Online Portfolio Selection: Principles and Algorithms supplies a comprehensive survey of existing OLPS principles and presents a collection of innovative strategies that leverage machine learning techniques for financial investment.The book presents four new algorithms based on machine learning techniques that were designed by the authors as well as a new back-test system they developed for evaluating trading strategy effectiveness. The book uses simulations with real market data to illustrate the trading strategies in action and to provide readers with the confidence to deploy the strategies themselves. The book is presented in five sections that: Introduce OLPS and formulate OLPS as a sequential decision task Present key OLPS principles including benchmarks follow the winner follow the loser pattern matching and meta-learning Detail four innovative OLPS algorithms based on cutting-edge machine learning techniques Provide a toolbox for evaluating the OLPS algorithms and present empirical studies comparing the proposed algorithms with the state of the art Investigate possible future directions Complete with a back-test system that uses historical data to evaluate the performance of trading strategies as well as MATLAB® code for the back-test systems this book is an ideal resource for graduate students in finance computer science and statistics. It is also suitable for researchers and engineers interested in computational investment.Readers are encouraged to visit the authors’ website for updates: http://olps.stevenhoi.org. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482249637

Online Reporting of Elections This book contributes to debates concerning online reporting of elections and the challenges facing journalism in the context of democratic change. The speed of technological adaptation by journalists and their audiences means online news is gradually becoming a normalised part of media landscapes across the world. Journalists monitor social media for insight into the political process and as an instant indication of "public sentiment" rather than waiting for press releases and opinion polls. Citizens are actively participating in online political reporting too through publishing eyewitness accounts political commentary crowd-sourcing and fact-checking information (of political manifestos and media reports alike). It is therefore growing increasingly important to understand how political journalism is evolving through new communicative forms and practices in order to critique its epistemological role and function in democratic societies and examine how these interventions influence daily online political reporting across different national contexts. This volume covers comparative research-based studies across a range of national contexts and electoral systems including Australia ten African countries the European Union Greece the Netherlands India Iran Sweden the UK and the USA. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journalism Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085565

Online Research Methods in Sport Studies The internet and digital technologies have transformed sport and the way that we research sport opening up new ways to analyse sport organisations fan communities networks athletes the media and other key stakeholders in the field. This engaging and innovative book offers a complete introduction to online research methods in sport studies guiding the reader through the entire research process and bringing that process to life with sport-related cases and examples. Covering both qualitative and quantitative methods the book introduces key topics such as generating a research idea implementing the research design maintaining good ethical standards and collecting analysing and presenting data. It explains how to conduct online surveys online interviews and online ethnography in practice and every chapter contains individual and group activities to encourage the reader to engage with real online research as well as further reading suggestions to help them develop their knowledge. Online Research Methods in Sport Studies is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students academics and researchers with an interest in sport studies and is a useful reference for practitioners working in sport or sport media who want to improve their professional research skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408169

Online Social Networks SecurityPrinciples Algorithm Applications and Perspectives In recent years virtual meeting technology has become a part of the everyday lives of more and more people often with the help of global online social networks (OSNs). These help users to build both social and professional links on a worldwide scale. The sharing of information and opinions are important features of OSNs. Users can describe recent activities and interests share photos videos applications and much more. The use of OSNs has increased at a rapid rate. Google+ Facebook Twitter LinkedIn Sina Weibo VKontakte and Mixi are all OSNs that have become the preferred way of communication for a vast number of daily active users. Users spend substantial amounts of time updating their information communicating with other users and browsing one another’s accounts. OSNs obliterate geographical distance and can breach economic barrier. This popularity has made OSNs a fascinating test bed for cyberattacks comprising Cross-Site Scripting SQL injection DDoS phishing spamming fake profile spammer etc. OSNs security: Principles Algorithm Applications and Perspectives describe various attacks classifying them explaining their consequences and offering. It also highlights some key contributions related to the current defensive approaches. Moreover it shows how machine-learning and deep-learning methods can mitigate attacks on OSNs. Different technological solutions that have been proposed are also discussed. The topics methodologies and outcomes included in this book will help readers learn the importance of incentives in any technical solution to handle attacks against OSNs. The best practices and guidelines will show how to implement various attack-mitigation methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367619794

Online Society in ChinaCreating celebrating and instrumentalising the online carnival This book discusses the rich and varied culture of China's online society and its impact on offline China.  It argues that the internet in China is a separate 'space' in which individuals and institutions emerge and interact. While offline and online spaces are connected and influence each other the Chinese internet is more than merely a technological or media extension of offline Chinese society. Instead of following existing studies by locating online China in offline society the contributors in this book discuss the carnival of the Chinese internet on its own terms. Examining the complex relationship between government officials and the people using the Internet in China this book demonstrates that culture is highly influential in how technology is used.  Discussing a wide range of different activities the contributors examine what Chinese people actually do on the internet and how their actions can be interpreted within the online society they are creating.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838221

Online SupervisionA Handbook for Practitioners As online therapy becomes more mainstream the importance of using a means of supervision which parallels this is increasingly being recognised by practitioners and the professional bodies. Very little has been written about this newly developing way of working so this book is timely. Online Supervision: A Handbook for Practitioners covers a wide range of issues from the practical aspects of how supervision happens through research legal and ethical issues to specific therapeutic settings and issues. Existing models of supervision are considered in the context of the online setting and new models which have been developed specifically for supervising online are explored. All chapters are authored by experienced online therapists and supervisors who bring their considerable knowledge from their practice to illuminate this growing area of the profession. In many chapters anonymised case examples illustrate the text alongside reflective activities which readers can choose to undertake. While the book aims to develop the practice of online supervision of online therapists it is recognised that there are circumstances which mean that some practitioners may choose to engage in online supervision of their face-to-face work. This is recognised and guidelines for offering and engaging in online supervision are discussed. Many practitioners begin to offer online supervision without specialised training and the final chapter centres on a discussion about the value and necessity of undertaking preparation for working in a new medium. Online Supervision: A Handbook for Practitioners will be highly readable and accessible to both experienced practitioners and newcomers to this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204794

Online Terrorist Propaganda Recruitment and Radicalization Online Terrorist Propaganda Recruitment and Radicalization is most complete treatment of the rapidly growing phenomenon of how terrorists’ online presence is utilized for terrorism funding communication and recruitment purposes. The book offers an in-depth coverage of the history and development of online "footprints" to target new converts broaden their messaging and increase their influence.  Chapters present the emergence of various groups; the advancement of terrorist groups’ online presences; their utilization of video chat room and social media; and the current capability for propaganda training and recruitment. With contributions from leading experts in the field—including practitioners and terrorism researchers—the coverage moves from general factors to specific groups practices as relate to Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) and numerous other groups. Chapters also examine the lone wolf phenomenon as a part of the disturbing trend of self-radicalization. A functional real-world approach is used regarding the classification of the means and methods by which an online presence is often utilized to promote and support acts of terrorism. Online Terrorist Propaganda Recruitment and Radicalization examines practical solutions in identifying the threat posed by terrorist propaganda and U.S. government efforts to counter it with a particular focus on ISIS the Dark Web national and international measures to identify thwart and prosecute terrorist activities online. As such it will be an invaluable resources for intelligence professionals terrorism and counterterrorism professionals those researching terrorism funding and policy makers looking to restrict the spread of terrorism propaganda online. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138048263

Online TV With growth in access to high-speed broadband and 4G and increased ownership of smartphones tablets and internet-connected television sets the internet has simultaneously begun to compete with and transform television. Online TV argues that these changes create the conditions for an emergent internet era that challenges the language and concepts that we have to talk about television as a medium. In a wide-ranging analysis Catherine Johnson sets out a series of conceptual frameworks designed to provide a clearer language with which to analyse the changes to television in the internet era and to bring into focus the power dynamics of the online TV industry. From providing definitions of online TV and the online TV industry to examining the ways in which technology rights interfaces and algorithms are used to control and constrain access to audiovisual content Online TV is a timely intervention into debates about contemporary internet and television cultures. A must-read for any students scholars and practitioners who want to understand and analyse the ways in which television is intertwining with and being transformed by the internet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226883

Online@AsiaPacificMobile Social and Locative Media in the Asia–Pacific Media across the Asia-Pacific region are at once social locative and mobile. Social in that these media facilitate public and interpersonal interaction locative in that this social communication is geographically placed and mobile in so much as the media is ever-present. The Asia–Pacific region has been pivotal in the production shaping and consumption of personal new media technologies and through social and mobile media we can see emerging certain types of personal politics that are inflected by the local. The six case studies that inform this book—Seoul Tokyo Shanghai Manila Singapore and Melbourne—offer a range of economic socio-cultural and linguistic differences enabling the authors to provide new insights into specific issues pertaining to mobile media in each city. These include social mobile and locative media as a form of crisis management in post 3/11 Tokyo; generational shifts in Shanghai; political discussion and the shifting social fabric in Singapore; and the erosion of public and private and work and leisure paradigms in Melbourne. Through its striking case studies this book sheds new light on how the region and its contested and multiple identities are evolving and concludes by revealing the impact of mobile media on how place is shaped as well as shaping practices of mobility intimacy and a sense of belonging. Employing comprehensive cross-disciplinary frameworks from theoretical approaches such as media sociology ethnography cultural studies and media and communication studies Online@AsiaPacific will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Asian culture and society cybercultures new media studies communication studies and internet studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851900

Only One EarthLiving for the Future Originally published in 1987 this book showcases global examples of people and communities who are learning to use the world’s resources without despoiling them for future generations. It includes chapters on nomadic life in Kenya food supply in a Peruvian shantytown and a Buddhist monk in Sri Lanka who advises about tree planting and watersheds. Amidst climate change and environmental destruction this book looks at the world through the eyes of the people who tend it and finds hope in their growing understanding of their environment and in their willingness to live within the Earth’s resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365318

Only One EarthThe Long Road via Rio to Sustainable Development Forty years after the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment in Stockholm the goal of sustainable development continues via the Rio+20 conference in 2012. This book will enable a broad readership to understand what has been achieved in the past forty years and what hasn’t. It shows the continuing threat of our present way of living to the planet. It looks to the challenges that we face twenty years from the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development "The Earth Summit " in Rio in particular in the areas of economics and governance and the role of stakeholders. It puts forward a set of recommendations that the international community must address now and in the the future. It reminds us of the planetary boundaries we must all live within and and what needs to be addressed in the next twenty years for democracy equity and fairness to survive. Finally it proposes through the survival agenda a bare minimum of what needs to be done arguing for a series of absolute minimum policy changes we need to move forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540254

On-Scene Guide for Crisis Negotiators According to author Frederick J. Lanceley one of the world's foremost crisis negotiation authorities negotiators must train and train regularly. For just as the legal field constantly evolves so does the field of crisis negotiation. The new edition of On-Scene Guide for Crisis Negotiators reflects this fact. A bestseller in its first edition this book offers practical advice with regard to the theory procedures and techniques of crisis and suicide intervention and hostage negotiation. Two new chapters in the second edition cover negotiation with people under the influence of drugs or alcohol and how first responders can contain a situation until a negotiator can arrive. With a suicide intervention flow chart a checklist for investigators assisting negotiators and an on-scene guide for crisis negotiators this indispensable book provides the tools you need to conduct successful negotiations and "make nothing happen." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415867

Onsite Wastewater Disposal This practical book co-published with the National Environmental Health Association describes the step-by-step procedures needed to avoid common pitfalls in septic system technology. Valuable in matching the septic system to the site-specific conditions this useful book will help you install a reliable system in both suitable and difficult environments. Septic tank installers planners state and local regulators civil and sanitary engineers consulting engineers architects homeowners academics and land developers will find this publication valuable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896076

Ontogeny of Learning and Memory (PLE: Memory) Originally published in 1979 this volume contains chapters prepared following a conference at SUNY- Binghamton in 1977. The conference was the outcome of exciting new developments that had occurred in the ontogeny of learning and memory at the time as well as a long-standing friendship between the editors. Many changes had taken place in the years leading up to this volume and there were now many more researchers active in the field. This volume reflected the rapidly changing state of this research area at the time and includes early contributions from researchers now well established in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977570

Ontological Entanglements Agency and Ethics in International RelationsExploring the Crossroads While the relevance of ontological commitments for epistemology and methodology in International Relations have been the subject of growing debate for several years the implications for ethics and political agency of embracing an ontology of entanglement have remained unexplored. This work focuses on the importance of addressing the ontological and epistemological assumptions of the discipline of International Relations. There is increased awareness of the limits of abstract principles as ways of adjudicating real life political and ethical choices regarding International Intervention and international development for both practitioners and scholars. The work challenges  IR prevailing ontological imaginaries rooted upon Newtonian physics and argues that non-substantialist ontological positions nurture a political ethos that privileges ‘modest’ engagements of practical solidarity and weights political choices with regard to the consequences and distributive effects they may produce in the context where they are made rather than based upon their universal normative aspirations. While the book is firmly rooted in metatheory  Zanotti also highlights the easiness with which political failures are dismissed as unintended consequences and argues that the current crisis in Syria and genocides in Srebrenica and Rwanda have shown that advocating abstract ethical principles be they the Responsibility to Protect impartiality or following rules can lead to disaster and can foster violent and exclusionary practices. She also exemplifies how an alternative ethos can be practiced through the example of an international NGO in Haiti. Highlighting the need for critically re-thinking the way we conceptualize political agency and validate ethics this work will be of interest to scholars of International Relations theory ethics and critical security studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780429327223

Ontological Insecurity in the European Union The European Union (EU) faces many crises and risks to its security and existence. While few of them threaten the lives of EU citizens they all create a sense of anxiety and insecurity about the future for many ordinary Europeans. This comprehensive volume explores the concept of ‘ontological security’ which was introduced into international relations over a decade ago to better understand the ‘security of being’ found in feelings of fear anxiety crisis and threat to wellbeing. The authors make use of this concept to explore how narratives of European integration have been part of public discourses in the post-war period and how reconciliation dynamics national biographical narratives and memory politics have been enacted to create ontological security. Within this context they also discuss the anxiety of the ‘remainers’ in the Brexit referendum and the consequences of its failure to address the ontological anxieties and insecurities of remain voters. The book also explores: how European security firms market ontological security and provide an ontological security-inspired reading of the EU’s relations with post-communist states; the EU and NATO’s engagement with hybrid threats; and the EU as an anxious community. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal European Security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209537

Ontological Politics in a Disposable WorldThe New Mastery of Nature This book explores the intertwining of politics and ontology shedding light on the ways in which as our ability to investigate regulate appropriate ’enhance’ and destroy material reality have developed so new social scientific accounts of nature and our relationship with it have emerged together with new forms of power. Engaging with cutting-edge social theory and elaborating on the thought of Foucault Heidegger Adorno and Agamben the author demonstrates that the convergence of ontology with politics is not simply an intellectual endeavour of growing import but also a governmental practice which builds upon neoliberal programmes the renewed accumulation of capital and the development of technosciences in areas such as climate change geoengineering and biotechnology. With shifts in our accounts of nature have come new means of mastering it giving rise to unprecedented forms of exploitation and destruction - with related forms of social domination. In the light of growing social inequalities environmental degradation and resource appropriation and commodification Ontological Politics in a Disposable World: The New Mastery of Nature reveals the need for new critical frameworks and oppositional practices to challenge the rationality of government that lies behind these developments: a rationality that thrives on indeterminacy and an account of materiality as comprised of fluid ever-changing states simultaneously agential and pliable to which social theory increasingly subscribes without questioning enough its underpinnings and implications. A theoretically sophisticated reassessment of the relationship between ontology and politics which draws the contours of a renewed humanism to allow for a more harmonious relationship with the world this book will appeal to scholars in social and political theory environmental sociology geography science and technology studies and contemporary European thought on the material world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336097

Ontological Security and Status-SeekingThailand’s Proactive Behaviours during the Second World War How and why was it possible for a small state such as Thailand to challenge great powers France and Japan during the Second World War? Putting ontological security theory into dialogue with status seeking approaches Charoenvattananukul uses a case study of Thailand in the early 1940s to interrogate the dynamics and logic of a small state foreign policy. During this period Thailand’s foreign policy can appear to be surprising if viewed through a lens of survival imperatives which would assume that passivity towards more powerful states is the optimal policy. As the majority of states are small- and medium-sized it is very important to understand the imperatives that drive such states especially in their interactions with great powers. In applying these frameworks to a small state this book makes a unique and valuable contribution to the field of international relations theory. It will also be of great interest to scholars of twentieth century Thai history and of the Pacific Theatre of the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858179

Ontological Security in International RelationsSelf-Identity and the IR State The central assertion of this book is that states pursue social actions to serve self-identity needs even when these actions compromise their physical existence. Three forms of social action sometimes referred to as ‘motives’ of state behaviour (moral humanitarian and honour-driven) are analyzed here through an ontological security approach. Brent J. Steele develops an account of social action which interprets these behaviours as fulfilling a nation-state's drive to secure self-identity through time. The anxiety which consumes all social agents motivates them to secure their sense of being and thus he posits that transformational possibilities exist in the ‘Self’ of a nation-state. The volume consequently both challenges and complements realist liberal constructivist and post-structural accounts to international politics. Using ontological security to interpret three cases - British neutrality during the American Civil War (1861-1865) Belgium’s decision to fight Germany in 1914 and NATO’s (1999) Kosovo intervention - the book concludes by discussing the importance for self-interrogation in both the study and practice of international relations. Ontological Security in International Relations will be of particular interest to students and researchers of international politics international ethics international relations and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762151

Ontologies of Rock ArtImages Relational Approaches and Indigenous Knowledges Ontologies of Rock Art is the first publication to explore a wide range of ontological approaches to rock art interpretation constituting the basis for groundbreaking studies on Indigenous knowledges relational metaphysics and rock imageries. The book contributes to the growing body of research on the ontology of images by focusing on five main topics: ontology as a theoretical framework; the development of new concepts and methods for an ontological approach to rock art; the examination of the relationships between ontology images and Indigenous knowledges; the development of relational models for the analysis of rock images; and the impact of ontological approaches on different rock art traditions across the world. Generating new avenues of research in ontological theory political ontology and rock art research this collection will be relevant to archaeologists anthropologists and philosophers. In the context of an increasing interest in Indigenous ontologies the volume will also be of interest to scholars in Indigenous studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367337803

Ontology The philosophical study of what exists and what it means for something to exist is one of the core concerns of metaphysics. This introduction to ontology provides readers with a comprehensive account of the central ideas of the subject of being. This book is divided into two parts. The first part explores questions of pure philosophical ontology: what is meant by the concept of being why there exists something rather than nothing and why there is only one logically contingent actual world. Dale Jacquette shows how logic provides the only possible answers to these fundamental problems. The second part of the book examines issues of applied scientific ontology. Jacquette offers a critical survey of some of the most influential traditional ontologies such as the distinction between appearance and reality and the categories of substance and transcendence. The ontology of physical entities - space time matter and causation - is examined as well as the ontology of abstract entities such as sets numbers properties relations and propositions. The special problems posed by the subjectivity of mind and of postulating a god are also explored in detail. The final chapter examines the ontology of culture language and art. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710655

Ontology and World PoliticsVoid Universalism I Together these two companion volumes develop an innovative theory of world politics grounded in the reinterpretation of the concepts of ‘world’ and ‘politics’ from an ontological perspective.  Ontology and World Politics presents a new approach to political universalism grounded in the reinterpretation of world politics from an ontological perspective. In the discipline of International Relations the concept of world politics remains ambivalent functioning both as a synonym of international relations and their antonym denoting the aspirations for the overcoming of interstate pluralism in favour of a universalist politics of the global community or the world state. Rather than distinguish ‘world politics’ from ‘international politics’ by its site level or issues Prozorov interprets it as another kind of politics. Drawing on Martin Heidegger’s account of world disclosure and Alain Badiou’s phenomenology of worlds this book posits world politics as a practice of the affirmation of universal axioms across an infinite plurality of limited and particular situations or ‘worlds’. Prozorov reinterprets the familiar principles of community equality and freedom in ontological terms as attributes of pure being subtracted from all positive determinations and presents them as axioms of universalist politics valid in any world whatsoever. This approach to world politics serves as the groundwork for a comprehensive reconsideration of the central themes of political and international relations theory. Systematic and accessible these works will be key reading for all students and scholars of political science and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840248

Ontology RevisitedMetaphysics in Social and Political Philosophy Groff's argument runs counter to the familiar anti-metaphysical habit. Social and political philosophy  she maintains is not as metaphysically neutral as it may seem. Even the most deontological of theories connects up with an attendant set of philosophical commitments regarding what kinds of things exist as a fundamental ontological matter and what they are like. These are topics of interest not just to social and political philosophers but to social scientists and to philosophers of social science as well. "Ruth Groff has broken new ground in demonstrating the connection between social and political thought and the ontology of causal powers.  Her account of the structure of Humean thinking about agency is excellent.  Especially significant is the role that she assigns to Kantianism in the analysis that she develops.  She moves effortlessly between contemporary metaphysics political theory critical social theory and the history of modern philosophy offering trenchant insights along the way into the work of thinkers ranging from Hume himself to Mill Adorno and Martha Nussbaum and into debates over agent causation and emergence.  There is even a discussion in the final chapter of Spinoza.  This is big-picture philosophy at its best: rigorous and exacting at the level of detail; original compelling and systematic in the whole."  - Stephen Mumford Professor of Metaphysics and Dean of the Faculty of Arts University of Nottingham Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798519

Ontopolitics in the AnthropoceneAn Introduction to Mapping Sensing and Hacking The Anthropocene captures more than a debate over how to address the problems of climate change and global warming. Increasingly it is seen to signify the end of the modern condition itself and potentially to open up a new era of political possibilities. This is the first book to look at the new forms of governance emerging in the epoch of the Anthropocene. Forms of rule which seek to govern without the handrails of modernist assumptions of ‘command and control’ from the top-down; taking on board new ontopolitical understandings of the need to govern on the grounds of non-linearity complexity and entanglement. The book is divided into three parts each focusing on a distinct mode or understanding of governance: Mapping Sensing and Hacking. Mapping looks at attempts to govern through designing adaptive interventions into processes of interaction. Sensing considers ways of developing greater real time sensitivity to changes in relations often deploying new technologies of Big Data and the Internet of Things. Hacking analyses the development of ways of ‘becoming with’ working to recomposition and reassemble relations in new and creative forms. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of international politics international security and international relations theory and those interested in critical theory and the way this is impacted by contemporary developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570573

On-Treatment Verification ImagingA Study Guide for IGRT On-treatment verification imaging has developed rapidly in recent years and is now at the heart of image-guided radiation therapy (IGRT) and all aspects of radiotherapy planning and treatment delivery. This is the first book dedicated to just this important topic which is written in an accessible manner for undergraduate and graduate therapeutic radiography (radiation therapist) students and trainee medical physicists and clinicians. The later sections of the book will also help established medical physicists therapeutic radiographers and radiation therapists familiarise themselves with developing and cutting-edge techniques in IGRT. Features: Clinically focused and internationally applicable; covering a wide range of topics related to on-treatment verification imaging for the study of IGRT Accompanied by a library of electronic teaching and assessment resources for further learning and understanding Authored by experts in the field with over 18 years’ experience of pioneering the original forms of on-treatment verification imaging in radiotherapy (electronic portal imaging) in clinical practice as well as substantial experience of teaching the techniques to trainees Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138499911

Onward Christian Soldiers?The Religious Right in American Politics They have money influence power - and they turn out to vote. "They" are groups like Focus on the Family Family Research Council and Concerned Women for America (all parts of the Christian Right. But are they a serious threat to religious liberty bent on creating a theocratic state or the last defenders of religion and family values in America). Bringing the story of the religious right up to the Obama administration this revised fourth edition explores the history of the movement in twentieth and early twenty-first century American politics. The authors review the expansion of the Christian Right through George W. Bush's second administration and evaluate how the religious right fared in the 2006 and 2008 elections. Although figureheads of the religious right remain in the news their power in Washington may be declining and the authors consider the fate of the religious right under the Obama administration. Examining how the religious right both does and does not fit into the proper role of religious groups in American politics Onward Christian Soldiers? is an essential addition to the Dilemmas in American Politics series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097264

Onwards and UpwardsSupporting the transition to Key Stage One How can teachers ensure that the transition from the Early Years Foundation Stage to Key Stage One is a positive experience for children? What are the issues for children parents and teachers and how should teachers respond to these? This book introduces the concept of transition and identifies the key problem areas for children and adults focusing on the differences in philosophy and practice between the EYFS and Key Stage One whilst also giving emphasis to the opportunities that are provided by the transition process.It stresses the need for a balanced approach and the importance of sustained shared thinking from the EYFS through Key Stage One and provides practical strategies for achieving this. Onwards and Upwards: Supporting the Transition to Key Stage One includes detailed guidance on: preparing for the transition to Key Stage One the role of the teacher the balance between adult-led and child initiated activity play and the use of the outdoor environment creating a stimulating environment that supports a balanced approach Throughout the book Kathleen Orlandi emphasises the child’s perspective and draws on naturalistic observations of children before during and after a period of transition. With case studies key quotes from children examples of practice and suggestions for planning and questions for reflective practice this textbook will be invaluable for students and practitioners in the EYFS and Key Stage One as well as those responsible for CPD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612432

Opaque Nuclear ProliferationMethodological and Policy Implications This examination of nuclear arms control addresses the question of what kind of posture do second generation nuclear weapons states adopt in a world in which the presumption of non-proliferation is accepted? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035598

Opec First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977587

OPEC the Gulf and the World Petroleum Market (Routledge Revivals)A Study in Government Policy and Downstream Operations First published in 1983 this book provides a detailed look at the OPEC nations’ changing roles in the world oil market as they expanded their participation in "downstream" activities such as the hydrocarbon industries formerly controlled by the major oil companies. The authors begin with a detailed survey of world oil resources and an overview of the production capabilities and polices of major oil exporters. They then examine the contemporary refinery overcapacity crisis in the developed world outline the refinery construction plans of the OPEC nations and the refinery scrapping problems in the industrialised world and employ simulation tools to estimate the future output mix of refineries in key OPEC nations. A discussion of the comparative economics of refineries in the Gulf and in Europe in also included. Turning to the tanker industry the authors project future oil export patterns and tanker demand in light of changing import/export need and OPEC’s participation in oil and refined products transport. Subsequent chapters describe OPEC’s ventures into petrochemical manufacturing and natural gas processing. The book concludes with a chapter on the future of OPEC examining its changing power structure the influence of non-OPEC oil production possible future oil-pricing policies and the opportunities and constraints that OPEC nations will meet as they expand their operations in the downstream oil industry. This book will be of interest to students of economics and Middle East and international politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686670

Opec The Gulf And The World Petroleum MarketA Study In Government Policy And Downstream Operations This book gives information on the OPEC nations' changing roles in the world oil market as they expand to "downstream" activities. It provides an overview of the production capabilities and policies of major oil exporters and examines the refinery overcapacity crisis in the developed world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297398

OPEC and the Third WorldThe Politics of Aid Originally published in 1984 this book focuses principally on the use of foreign aid by the members of OPEC in the 1970s and demonstrates how the divisive elements both within OPEC and between OPEC and the rest of the developing world prevented OPEC from using aid to advance developing world objectives. It explains why the OPEC countries filed to achieve the goals they set for themselves and will be of interest to all those concerned with the politics of the developing world development assistance Middle East regional economics and political and security issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349462

OPEC Behaviour and World Oil Prices This volume originally published in 1982 brings together economists political scientists and industry experts to explain OPEC’s past achievements and future (in the early 1980s) prospects. The book opens with a clear concise amd easy to follow treatment of the economics of exhaustible resources under monopoly and competition the framework frequently used to examine pricing issues. The role of wealth maximisation wealth satisficing and political factors as OPEC objectives are discussed and implications for world oil prices assessed. The stability of OPEC and the limitations of its pricing policy are examined and OPEC oil pricing and importers’ policies analysed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646858

OPEC: Twenty Years and Beyond Addressing the major issues arising from the power ascribed to the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) this book reflects the bredth expertise and multifaceted viewpoints of the contributors: members of OPEC itself industry representatives and scholars and energy specialists from the USA Europe and the Middle East. Throughout the book the authors look at the potential of OPEC discernible trends in such crucial areas as global petroleum supply and pricing and the international economic and political implications of both. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642898

Open Access in Theory and PracticeThe Theory-Practice Relationship and Openness Open Access in Theory and Practice investigates the theory-practice relationship in the domain of open access publication and dissemination of research outputs. Drawing on detailed analysis of the literature and current practice in OA as well as data collected in detailed interviews with practitioners policymakers and researchers the book discusses what constitutes ‘theory’ and how the role of theory is perceived by both theorists and practitioners. Exploring the ways theory and practice have interacted in the development of OA the authors discuss what this reveals about the nature of the OA phenomenon itself and the theory-practice relationship. Open Access in Theory and Practice contributes to a better understanding of OA and as such should be of great interest to academics researchers and students working in the fields of information science publishing studies science communication higher education policy business and economics. The book also makes an important contribution to the debate of the relationship between theory and practice in information science and more widely across different fields of the social sciences and humanities Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227852

Open Access to Knowledge in NigeriaA Framework for Developing Countries This book provides an analysis of the legal and policy dimensions of open access to research education and public sector information with a focus on Nigeria. Kunle shows how open access has evolved across the world and how such initiatives could be implemented in Nigeria and other countries in the developing world. The author argues for a platform where Nigerians are able to freely connect to the ‘global library’ through the open access dual platforms of self-archiving and open access publishing thereby providing access to knowledge. The importance of connecting local works to the ‘global library’ to increase visibility and impact of such works is also underscored. This book furthers our understanding of open educational resources as alternative avenues to accessing education and seeks to foster citizenry participation good governance accountability democratic values and spur creativity and innovation through open governance and access to public sector information.Providing a framework for open access in developing countries Open Access to Knowledge in Nigeria is an important read for scholars interested in knowledge production in Africa development of the knowledge economy and the open access and Access to Knowledge movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665173

Open and Distance Learning in Secondary School Education in IndiaPotentials and Limitations This book examines the state of the Open and Distance Learning (ODL)-based secondary education in India. ODL-based education has been a key resource for children in India who can neither cope with nor avail of regular schooling opportunities due to economic health and disability or other constraints. The volume uses large-scale empirical data collected from various Indian states and a sensitive theoretical framework to study the equity efficiency and effectiveness of the National Institute of Open Schooling (NIOS) and the State Open School (SOS). Highlighting the roadblocks and barriers in terms of its reach inclusion and delivery particularly to the marginalised this book explores whether ODL has a potential of being a sustainable and effective option at the secondary and senior secondary level in India. Thus it seeks to generate policy discourse around delivery mechanisms and effectiveness of ODL in developing countries. First of its kind this comprehensive volume will be useful for scholars and researchers of education education policy public policy and political studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367204853

Open and Distance Learning in the Developing World This revised and updated edition of Open and Distance Learning in the Developing World sets the expansion of distance education in the context of general educational change and explores its use for basic and non-formal education schooling teacher training and higher education. Engaging with a range of topics this comprehensive overview includes new material on: non-formal education: mass-communication approaches to education about HIV/AIDS and recent literacy work in India South Africa and Zambia schooling: new research projects in open schooling in Asia and subsaharan Africa and interactive radio instruction in South Africa the impact of new technology and globalisation: learning delivered through the internet and mobile learning the political economy: international agencies the role of private sector and funding. With its critical appraisal of the facts and examination of data about effectiveness this book provides answers to problems and poses key questions for the consideration of policy makers educational practitioners and all professionals involved in implementing and delivering sustainable open and distance learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203965535

Open and Distance Learning Today The book presents a comprehensive account of research and development activities in open ditance and flexible learning from acknowledged experts from around the world. The use of open distance and flexible learning materials is expanding dramatically not just in schools further and higher education but also in industry commerce and the social services. Most higher education institutions now have an open learning unit or educational development centre and major organisations such as british Steel National Westminster Bank Leeds Building Society Rover Cars and the Inland Revenue have formed units to develop teaching and training materials. Internationally growth is even more impressive with new open universities planned for Singapore Bangladesh South Africa and india whist those in Malaysia Thailand and Australia continue to expand. But current and future practice must be based on research evidence rather than intuition. With contributions from all the leading names in this field this book will be a key sourcbook for teachers trainers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435926

Open and Distance LearningCase Studies from Education Industry and Commerce This contributed volume reviews the lessons that may be learned from trying to integrate distance learning strategies with face-to-face teaching methods. It contains practical examples from education commerce and industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315042237

Open and Flexible Learning in Vocational Education and Training This text reviews the strategies adopted in a range of behaviourist approaches to the setting and realization of standards - identifying the background from which they emerged and ways in which they might be further developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421592

Open and Industrialised Building There is clearly potential for the industrial production of open buildings buildings where the parts which are designed to allow a high degree of freedom for layout construction and adaptation. Industrialized open building has the potential to radically cut building costs and construction time.This book focuses on product and production systematics and information systematics and begins with an extensive survey of the field by the editor. The second part consists of a series of descriptions of the experience of different countries and chapters on particular themes. The book presents new material developed from Commission W24 of the CIB (the International Council for Building Research Studies and Documentation). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367400385

Open Architecture for the PeopleHousing Development in Post-War Japan Open Architecture for the People explores Japanese architecture and the three different phases of development between the years 1950 and 2018. Changing ways of life through differing generations have caused fluctuations in the building industry. This book demonstrates how each generation's expectations have resulted in discernible eras in architecture which can be examined collectively as well as in isolation. For example the sudden increase in productivity from 1950 brought about by the Industrial Revolution flowed to the production of buildings and homes and designs were influenced by modern ideas. With over thirty black and white images to illustrate the changes Matsumura brings to light architectural developments that have previously been confined to Japanese speaking academics. In doing so the book broadens the scope for further architectural examinations internationally. It would be ideal for academics students and professionals within the areas of architecture and urban planning particularly those with an interest in Japanese architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361565

Open Borders Unlocked CulturesRomanian Roma Migrants in Western Europe The book examines some of the dilemmas surrounding Europe’s open borders migrations and identities through the prism of the Roma – Europe’s most dispersed and socially marginalised population. The volume challenges some of the myths surrounding the Roma as a ‘problem population’ and places the focus instead on the context of European policy and identity debates. It comes to the conclusion that the migration of Roma and the constitution of their communities is shaped by European policy as much as and often more so than by the cultural traits of the Roma themselves. The chapters compare case studies of Roma migrants in Spain Italy France and Britain and the impact of migration on the origin communities in Romania. The study combines historical and ethnographic methods with insights from migration studies drawing on a unique multi-site collaborative project that for the first time gave Roma participants a voice in shaping research into their communities.Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138239487_oachapter1.pdfChapter 7 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138239487_oachapter7.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884963

Open Channel Hydraulics River Hydraulic Structures and Fluvial GeomorphologyFor Engineers Geomorphologists and Physical Geographers This book presents practical hydraulic and river engineering research along with fluvial geomorphological concepts and links the theoretical and practical knowledge of people working every day with rivers streams and hydraulic structures to fluvial geomorphology. Besides providing a guide for professionals this book also provides material for students to acquire the knowledge and skills to rehabilitate rivers streams and waterways. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498730822

Open Design and InnovationFacilitating Creativity in Everyone Open innovation crowd sourcing democratised innovation vernacular design and brand fanaticism are amongst a handful of new approaches to design and innovation that have generated discussion and media coverage in recent years. In practice these ideas are often inspiring propositions rather than providing pragmatic strategies. Open Design and Innovation develops the argument for a more nuanced acknowledgement and facilitation of 'non-professional' forms of creativity; drawing on lessons from commercial design practice; theoretical analysis and a wider understanding of innovation. Specifically this book examines: innovation and design the reality and myth of mass creativity and the future of the design profession through a series of case studies of new approaches to open design practices. The text draws on academic research practical experience of the author in delivering open design projects and first hand interviews with leaders in the fields. The author challenges the notion of the designer as 'fountain-head' of innovation and equally the idea of 'user creativity' as a replacement for traditional design and innovation. The book offers a critique of the hype surrounding some of the emerging phenomena and a framework to help understand the emerging relationship between citizens and designers. It goes on to propose a roadmap for the development of the design profession welcoming and facilitating new modes of design activity where designers facilitate creative collaborations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448549

Open DoorsVilhelm Meyer and the Establishment of General Electric in China On one level this is an intriguing account of expat life in Shanghai's International settlement in the early 20th century. On another level is charted the introduction and growth of new western technologies and companies in China. And the backdrop to these stories is early 20th century China itself: the hopes fears turmoil and grandeur of the age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879171

Open EconomicsEconomics in relation to other disciplines Economics has developed into one of the most specialised social sciences. Yet at the same time it shares its subject matter with other social sciences and humanities and its method of analysis has developed in close correspondence with the natural and life sciences. This book offers an up to date assessment of economics in relation to other disciplines. This edited collection explores fields as diverse as mathematics physics biology medicine sociology architecture and literature drawing from selected contributions to the 2005 Annual Conference of the European Society for the History of Economic Thought (ESHET). There is currently much discussion at the leading edges of modern economics about openness to other disciplines such as psychology and sociology. But what we see here is that economics has drawn on (as well as contributed to) other disciplines throughout its history. In this sense in spite of the increasing specialisation within all disciplines economics has always been an open discipline and the chapters in this volume provide a vivid illustration for this. Open Economics is a testament to the intellectual vibrancy of historical research in economics. It presents the reader with a historical introduction to the disciplinary context of economics that is the first of its kind and will appeal to practising economists and students of the discipline alike as well as to anybody interested in economics and its position in the scientific and social scientific landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746571

Open Economy Macroeconomics in East Asia The East Asia countries were among the fastest growing economies in the world and of increasing importance to the world economy. These countries have taken the lead in adopting outward-oriented development policies. This volume focuses on the major issues on open economy macroeconomics in the East Asia economies that will be instructive to both academics and policymakers. The emphasis is on the countries that were severely affected by the 1997/98 Asian financial crises. Several aspects of exchange rate current account budget deficits monetary and financial issues are considered in this book. In addition several chapters are devoted to discussion on the issues of economic integration in the region. The contagion and the currency crisis are also discussed thoroughly. Most of the chapters are empirical in nature and the empirical evidence provided is based on the recent development in time series econometrics methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390954

Open Employment after Mental Illness Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1980 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867444

Open Government (Routledge Revivals)A Study of the Prospects of Open Government Within the Limitations of the British Political System First published in 1987 this book considers the practical implications of increasing public access to official information in Britain both from the perspective of increasing Freedom of Information and reforming Section 2 of the Official Secrets Act. It draws attention to the practical problems such changes would pose for both politicians and civil servants working in an adversarial system of government. It examines the effects of proposed changes on the conventions which are a fundamental feature of the British constitution. It also considers the political significance of reforms both to demands for increased public participation in policy-making and to actual policies. Local and international perspectives on open government are included in order to provide an informed insight into an important issue of contemporary concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508223

Open Government in a Theoretical and Practical Context Combining a stimulating blend of academic authority and senior practitioner experience this book tackles the principle of openness to official documentation and information flow. It covers important areas such as the Hutton Report into the death of Dr David Kelly the freedom of speech in democratic societies the value of the freedom of information and international comparisons. The book is a must read for courses on public policy and governance and information law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259249

Open Heritage DataAn introduction to research publishing and programming with open data in the heritage sector This book combines current research in open data practices in the heritage sector with technical step-by-step guides on how to work with heritage data for visualisation mapping and mining. The book begins with an overview of the extent of open heritage data a thorough review of the current literature and original case studies from practitioners at Europeana the Digital Public Library of America fx. Rijksmuseum the National Gallery of Denmark and the Metropolitan Museum of Art. The second part of the book puts the theory into practice with a series of step-by-step guides that take the reader through creating publishing using and reusing open heritage data. The book covers: copyright and licensing for digitised and born-digital heritage material publishing different data types as open data (images maps structured data) finding open data with a guide to using APIs visualizing open data mapping open data mining open data the use of open data with examples of how to reuse remix hack and mashup open data. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303595

Open Internationalization Strategy Open internationalization is a concept that brings a new perspective on the process of firm internationalization. As theories of internationalization show some companies expand abroad only on their own known as closed internationalization while others combine their resources with those of other firms or use their networks for facilitating foreign implantation known as open internationalization. Parallel to the development of the well-known concept of open innovation open internationalization can be conceived as a meta-model for understanding companies’ expansion abroad. This book gathers a selection of contemporary research works dedicated to open internationalization either seen as a way to analyze expansion in foreign countries or as a way to investigate the management of geographically dispersed activities. All the authors of the chapters are researchers specialized in the internationalization field. Readers will benefit from this new lens for understanding studying or practising international business from the decision to go abroad to its implementation and its efficiency. Open Internationalization Strategy includes both academic empirical investigations and literature reviews on specific topics making it valuable to researchers academics managers and students in the fields of business and management history international business organizational studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367557935

Open Licensing for Cultural Heritage <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:0cm;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal">This practical and explanatory guide for library and culturalheritage professionals introduces and explains the use of open licences forcontent data and metadata in libraries and other cultural heritageorganisations. Using rich background information international case studiesand examples of best practice this book outlines how and why open licencesshould and can be used with the sector&#146;s content data and metadata. &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160;&#160;</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:0cm;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal;tab-stops:132.0pt"><o:p></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:0cm;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal"><i>Open Licensing for Cultural Heritage </i>digs intothe concept of &#145;open&#146; in relation to intellectual property providing contextthrough the development of different fields including open education opensource open data and open government. It explores the organisational benefitsof open licensing and the open movement including the importance of contentdiscoverability arguments for wider collections impact and access thepractical benefits of simplicity and scalability and more ethical andprincipled arguments related to protection of public content and the publicdomain.</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:0cm;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal">Content covered includes:<o:p></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:0cm;margin-left:18.0pt;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal;vertical-align:baseline"><ul><li>an accessible introduction to relevant concepts themes andnames including &#145;Creative Commons&#146; &#145;attribution&#146; model licences and licenceversions</li><li>distinctions between content that has been openly licensed andcontent that is in the public domain and why professionals in the sector shouldbe aware of these differences</li><li>an exploration of the organisational benefits of open licensingand the open movement</li><li>the benefits and risks associated with open licensing</li><li>a range of practical case studies from organisations includingNewcastle Libraries the University of Edinburgh Statens Museum for Kunst (theNational Gallery of Denmark) and the British Library.</li></ul><p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:0cm;margin-left:18.0pt;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal;vertical-align:baseline"><o:p></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:0cm;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal">This book will be useful reading for staff and policy makers across the gallery library archive and museum(GLAM) sector who need a clear understanding of the open licensingenvironment opportunities risks and approaches to implementation. This includeslibrary and information professionals library and information services (LIS)professionals working specifically in the digital field (including digitalcuration digitisation digital production resource discovery developers). It will also be of use to students of LIS Science digital curation digital humanities archives andrecords management and museum studies.</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:0cm;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal"><o:p></p><div></div> Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301867

Open Market Operations and Financial Markets A mixture of academic and practitioner research this is the most detailed book available that provides an account of open market operations. With broad international appeal it includes discussions of central bank operations in Europe North America Australia and Japan. Exploring the effectiveness of short-term interest rates and other modern central bank activities in monetary policy and the effect of structural changes in the securities markets and greater liquidity upon them this volume represents a unique exchange of views between central bankers. It covers a range of topics including: bankers recent experience of open market operations monetary and financial economists on the impact of monetary policy on the yield curve the practitioners in banking and finance on recent and prospective operations in money and capital markets. Covering the full range of the subject both the issues and geographically in a logical order and in a coherent style the this set of carefully selected papers on a common theme are an essential read for undergraduate and postgraduate students studying Macroeconomics international finance and banking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806184

Open Pit Mine Planning and Design Two Volume Set & CD-ROM Pack Building on the success of its 2006 predecessor this 3rd edition of Open Pit Mine Planning and Design has been both updated and extended ensuring that it remains the most complete and authoritative account of modern open pit mining available. Five new chapters on unit operations have been added the revenues and costs chapter has been substantially revised and updated and the references have been brought fully up to date. In addition the pack now also includes a fully working version of the MicroMODEL mine planning software package. Volume 1 deals with the fundamental concepts involved in the planning and design of open pit mines. Subjects covered are mine planning mining revenues and costs orebody description geometrical considerations pit limits production planning mineral resources and ore reserves responsible mining rock blasting rotary drilling shovel loading haulage trucks and machine availability and utilization. Volume 2 includes CSMine and MicroMODEL user-friendly mine planning and design software packages developed specifically to illustrate the practical application of the involved principles. It also comprises the CSMine and MicroMODEL tutorials and user’s manuals and eight orebody case examples including drillhole data sets for performing a complete open pit mine evaluation. Open Pit Mine Planning and Design is an excellent textbook for courses in surface mine design open pit design geological and excavation engineering and in advanced open pit mine planning and design. The principles described apply worldwide. In addition the work can be used as a practical reference by professionals. The step-by-step approach to mine design and planning offers a fast-path approach to the material for both undergraduate and graduate students. The outstanding software guides the student through the planning and design steps and the eight drillhole data sets allow the student to practice the described principles on different mining properties (three copper properties three iron properties and two gold properties). The well-written text the large number of illustrative examples and case studies the included software the review questions and exercises and the reference lists included at the end of each chapter provide the student with all the material needed to effectively learn the theory and application of open pit mine planning and design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466575127

Open Source Data Warehousing and Business Intelligence Open Source Data Warehousing and Business Intelligence is an all-in-one reference for developing open source based data warehousing (DW) and business intelligence (BI) solutions that are business-centric cross-customer viable cross-functional cross-technology based and enterprise-wide. Considering the entire lifecycle of an open source DW & BI implementation its comprehensive coverage spans from basic concepts all the way through to customization. Highlighting the key differences between open source and vendor DW and BI technologies the book identifies end-to-end solutions that are scalable high performance and stable. It illustrates the practical aspects of implementing and using open source DW and BI technologies to supply you with valuable on-the-project experience that can help you improve implementation and productivity. Emphasizing analysis design and programming the text explains best-fit solutions as well as how to maximize ROI. Coverage includes data warehouse design real-time processing data integration presentation services and real-time reporting. With a focus on real-world applications the author devotes an entire section to powerful implementation best practices that can help you build customer confidence while saving valuable time effort and resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374225

Open Source InnovationThe Phenomenon Participant's Behaviour Business Implications Open Source Innovation (OSI) has gained considerable momentum within the last years. Academic and management practice interest grows as more and more end-users consider and even participate in Open Source product development like Linux Android or Wikipedia. Open Source Innovation: Phenomenon Participant Behaviour Impact brings together rigorous academic research and business importance in scrutinizing OCI from three perspectives: The Phenomenon Participants' Behavior and Business Implications. The first section introduces OCI artefacts including who is participating and why  and provides a systematic overview of the literature. The second section stresses the behaviour of participants highlighting participation progression community selection user entrepreneurship and fair behaviour and answering key questions like how to manage governance rules openness and community design aspects. The third explores the impact and implications of OSI for firms and economies by evaluating business models uncovering opportunities for firms to interact with communities and presenting value capture mechanisms. Open Source Innovation provides a full picture of the movement to help readers understand and engage with OSI from the micro perspective of individuals to the community to the macro perspective of firms and economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624047

Open Space New Media DocumentaryA Toolkit for Theory and Practice Open Space New Media Documentary examines an emerging and significant area of documentary practice in the twenty-first century: community-based new media documentary projects that move across platforms and utilize participatory modalities. The book offers an innovative theorization of these collaborative and collective new media practices which the authors term "open space " gesturing towards a more contextual critical nexus of technology form histories community convenings collaborations and mobilities. It looks at a variety of low cost sustainable and scalable documentary projects from across the globe where new technologies meet places and people in Argentina Canada India Indonesia Peru South Africa Ukraine and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887667

Open Systems DependabilityDependability Engineering for Ever-Changing Systems Second Edition The book describes a fundamentally new approach to software dependability considering a software system as an ever-changing system due to changes in service objectives users’ requirements standards and regulations and to advances in technology. Such a system is viewed as an Open System since its functions structures and boundaries are constantly changing. Thus the approach to dependability is called Open Systems Dependability. The DEOS technology realizes Open Systems Dependability. It puts more emphasis on stakeholders’ agreement and accountability achievement for business/service continuity than in elemental technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738174

Open to the PublicEvaluation in the Public Sector Open to the Public grows out of concern with evaluation in the public arena and the struggle to understand how best to use the information it generates. Many concepts and models of evaluation how to undertake it and how to make it more useful were developed before government performance became of so much interest to the public. In fact it is arguable that recent changes in the forms shapes structures and media through which the information developed in the process of evaluation becomes public require new ways of thinking about its role in society.What is the role of evaluative information in the public arena today? How when and under what circumstances does the actual use of evaluative information take place and what are the forces at play? By compiling and comparing international case studies this book considers forces that make the information produced in evaluations increasing "open to the public." They provide insights into the many factors that influence evaluation and its use in the public arena. Their case studies include such current topics as: "spin doctoring" of information by the media and this practice's relationship to evaluation studies the hotly debated issue of school performance and information about it aired in the public arena and the controversial link between budget processing and government performance.This book will be invaluable to those conducting evaluations public employees and commissioners and those studying public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512795

Open(ing) Authority Through Community EngagementMuseums & Social Issues 7:2 Thematic Issue This book focuses on community engagement in museum and archaeological contexts. It shows how the process of opening authority through engagement is implicitly and explicitly connected to a variety of social issues and as a consequence is a social issue in itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328271

Open-Air Rock-Art Conservation and ManagementState of the Art and Future Perspectives While much has been achieved in understanding and managing weather effects and erosion phenomena affecting ancient imagery within the relatively protected environments of caves and rock-shelters the same cannot be said of rock-art panels situated in the open-air. Despite the fact that the number of known sites has risen dramatically in recent decades there are few examples in which the weathering and erosion dynamics are under investigation with a view to developing proposals to mitigate the impact of natural and cultural processes. Most of the work being done in different parts of the world appears to be ad-hoc with minimal communication on such matters between teams and with the wider archaeological community. This richly illustrated book evaluates rock-art conservation in an holistic way bringing together researchers from across the world to share experiences of work in progress or recently completed. The chapters focus on a series of key themes: documentation projects and resource assessments; the identification and impact assessment of weathering/erosion processes at work in open-air rock-art sites; the practicalities of potential or implemented conservation interventions; experimentation and monitoring programs; and general management issues connected with public presentation and the demands of ongoing research investigations. Consideration is given to the conservation of open-air rock-art imagery from many periods and cultural traditions across the Old and New Worlds. This timely volume will be of interest to conservators managers and researchers dealing with aesthetic and ethical issues as well as technical and practical matters regarding the conservation of open-air rock-art sites. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868406

Openend Investment Fund With the entry of the United Kingdom into the European Economic Community on 1 January 1973 the opportunity presented itself for a study of open-end investment funds in the enlarged Community. The resulting book which in a way is a natural sequel to the study Investment and Unit Trusts in Britain and America. (Elek: London 1968) in which Dr Corner collaborated with Mr H. Burton has been a long time in preparation simply because of the sheer volume of statistical material- in particular consistent sets of reports and accounts of all the EEC and Swiss investment funds - which has had to be collected. As a result some of the analysis is based on what will inevitably be somewhat dated material at the time of publication. Unfortunately this is a handicap suffered by all such statistical work unless one has large financial and manpower resources. We have done our best to update certain key statistics wherever this has been possible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281946

Open-Field Farming in Medieval EuropeA Study of Village By-laws This book presents a detailed account of the co-operative practice of agriculture in medieval England shedding much light on how medieval villagers governed their own affairs. During this period co-operation was essential in ploughing sowing and reaping with communal control of the pasturing of the fallow and stubble. These practices were set out in customary by-laws which were agreed to by common consent and villages themselves were greatly involved with their enactment and enforcement. In the course of time many of the by-laws were put into writing. Professor Ault has travelled extensively throughout England collecting and researching these agrarian ordinances and translating them into modern English. Since it was first published in 1972 this analysis has provided new insight into the organizational structure and governance of medieval villages in England and is essential reading for all those interested in the history of the Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861725

OpenGL Insights Get Real-World Insight from Experienced Professionals in the OpenGL CommunityWith OpenGL OpenGL ES and WebGL real-time rendering is becoming available everywhere from AAA games to mobile phones to web pages. Assembling contributions from experienced developers vendors researchers and educators OpenGL Insights presents real-world techniques for intermediate and advanced OpenGL OpenGL ES and WebGL developers.Go Beyond the BasicsThe book thoroughly covers a range of topics including OpenGL 4.2 and recent extensions. It explains how to optimize for mobile devices explores the design of WebGL libraries and discusses OpenGL in the classroom. The contributors also examine asynchronous buffer and texture transfers performance state tracking and programmable vertex pulling.Sharpen Your SkillsFocusing on current and emerging techniques for the OpenGL family of APIs this book demonstrates the breadth and depth of OpenGL. Readers will gain practical skills to solve problems related to performance rendering profiling framework design and more. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367659219

Opening Doors: Life and Work of Joseph SchumpeterVolume 1 Europe The author puts this book in the best possible context by referring to the "magisterial and paradoxical Dr. Schumpeter". A figure in a rare class with John Maynard Keynes Friedrich von Hayek and Alfred Marshall the work of Joseph Schumpeter is equalled only in monumental significance by his personal trials and tribulations. The work is divided into two volumes - the first covering his career in Europe and the second his life and achievements in America.Walt Rostow in his Foreword sums up Robert Loring Allen's achievement in biography and intellectual history thus: "In dealing with Schumpeter's life Allen exhibits a rare consciousness of the extraordinary complexity and only limited penetrability of the human personality Schumpeter's closely interwoven personal and professional life unfolds Allen develops without dogmatism a pattern of linkages for the reader to contemplate. In a splendid final passage he provides a memorable summation."What makes this enormous effort so successful is the linkage of the personal and the professional the biographical with the intellectual. Indeed it is Schumpeter's single-minded determination to explain within a single formal theory the dynamics of capitalism that bridges the gap in space time and personality. To his books The Theory of Economic Development and Capitalism Socialism and Democracy both published by Transaction is now added the specific contexts in which these and his other works were written.The author of this biography like the subject himself is a masterful student of the craft of economics and its place within the larger social science contexts that Schumpeter worked. In this work we are introduced into the main current of European and American social science alike. The title of the book Opening Doors derives from Schumpeter's life long aim to appeal to inquiring minds to move through such doors in an effort to create the social science of the future. In this the volume succeeds admirably. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529304

Opening Doors: Life and Work of Joseph SchumpeterVolume 2 America The author puts this book in the best possible context by referring to the "magisterial and paradoxical Dr. Schumpeter". A figure in a rare class with John Maynard Keynes Friedrich von Hayek and Alfred Marshall the work of Joseph Schumpeter is equalled only in monumental significance by his personal trials and tribulations. The work is divided into two volumes - the first covering his career in Europe and the second his life and achievements in America.Walt Rostow in his Foreword sums up Robert Loring Allen's achievement in biography and intellectual history thus: "In dealing with Schumpeter's life Allen exhibits a rare consciousness of the extraordinary complexity and only limited penetrability of the human personality Schumpeter's closely interwoven personal and professional life unfolds Allen develops without dogmatism a pattern of linkages for the reader to contemplate. In a splendid final passage he provides a memorable summation."What makes this enormous effort so successful is the linkage of the personal and the professional the biographical with the intellectual. Indeed it is Schumpeter's single-minded determination to explain within a single formal theory the dynamics of capitalism that bridges the gap in space time and personality. To his books The Theory of Economic Development and Capitalism Socialism and Democracy both published by Transaction is now added the specific contexts in which these and his other works were written.The author of this biography like the subject himself is a masterful student of the craft of economics and its place within the larger social science contexts that Schumpeter worked. In this work we are introduced into the main current of European and American social science alike. The title of the book Opening Doors derives from Schumpeter's life long aim to appeal to inquiring minds to move through such doors in an effort to create the social science of the future. In this the volume succeeds admirably. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529311

Opening EducationPolicies and Practices from Open and Distance Education We live in a society with ever-changing needs and expectations. Education practitioners and policy makers need therefore to face the challenges of new economic social and technological conditions in their work. There is a global concern to develop forms of education and training which are open to the demands of needs of learners and which are accessible at times and places suitable to those learners. Governments institutions and practitioners are developing and implementing policies which reflect these trends. The overall theme of this book is the relationship between government and organizational policies and the work of practitioners in open and distance learning. The book does this by exploring a selection of international examples. The authors many of them recognized experts write from a wide range of international and organizational perspectives. Each one draws on significant experience within his or her field. Terry Evans is Head of the Graduate School of Education at Deakin University. He was the foundation director of the Master of Distance Education course there and has extensive experience teaching undergraduate and postgraduate students. Daryl Nation is Deputy Head of the School of Humanities and Social Sciences at Monash University. He is Associate Professor in the School and divides his time between policy development research and teaching. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350959

Opening Japan's Financial Markets This book first published in 1994 takes a broad look at the reasons behind the failure of foreign banks to penetrate Japanese financial markets. It accepts the common argument that the Japanese bureaucracy has skilfully limited the scope of foreign banks and discusses at length the methods used to do so. However in examining the history of foreign banking activity in Japan it becomes clear that ineptitude on the part of the foreign banks and governments has also been a major factor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368767

Opening Schools and Closing PrisonsCaring for destitute and delinquent children in Scotland 1812–1872 The book covers the period from 1812 when the Tron Riot in Edinburgh dramatically drew attention to the ‘lamentable extent of juvenile depravity’ up to 1872 when the Education Act (Scotland) inaugurated a system of universal schooling. During the 1840s and 1850s in particular there was a move away from a punitive approach to young offenders to one based on reformation and prevention. Scotland played a key role in developing reformatory institutions â€“ notably the Glasgow House of Refuge the largest of its type in the UK – and industrial schools which provided meals and education for children in danger of falling into crime. These schools were pioneered in Aberdeen by Sheriff William Watson and in Edinburgh by the Reverend Thomas Guthrie and exerted considerable influence throughout the United Kingdom. The experience of the Scottish schools was crucial in the development of legislation for a national UK-wide system between 1854 and 1866. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329959

Opening the Black BoxThe Work of Watching Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) cameras are a prominent if increasingly familiar feature of urbanism. They symbolize the faith that spatial authorities place in technical interventions for the treatment of social problems. CCTV was principally introduced to sterilize municipalities to govern conducts and to protect properties. Vast expenditure has been committed to these technologies without a clear sense of how precisely they influence things. CCTV cameras might appear inanimate but Opening the Black Box shows them to be vital mediums within relational circulations of supervision. The book principally excavates the social relations entwining the everyday application of CCTV. It takes the reader on a journey from living beneath the camera to working behind the lens. Attention focuses on the labour exerted by camera operators as they source and process distanced spectacles. These workers are paid to scan monitor screens in search of disorderly vistas visualizing stimuli according to its perceived riskiness and/or allurement. But the projection of this gaze can draw an unsettling reflection. It can mean enduring behavioural extremities as an impotent witness. It can also entail making spontaneous decisions that determine the course of justice. Opening the Black Box therefore contemplates the seductive and traumatic dimensions of monitoring telemediated ‘riskscapes’ through the prism of camera circuitry. It probes the positioning of camera operators as ‘vicarious’ custodians of a precarious social order and engages their subjective experiences. It reveals the work of watching to be an ambiguous practice: as much about managing external disturbances on the street as managing internal disruptions in the self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200043

Opening the Books of Moses Opening the Books of Moses presents an introduction to the first five books of the Bible. It is written for any student engaged in the scholarly study of these most central of biblical texts. The aim throughout is to examine the books with a view to illuminating the ideas beliefs and experiences of the time. This broad overview provides: a survey of the current state of Pentateuchal research; an analysis of how the texts were shaped by their time and audience; an outline of Jewish areas in the Persian period; the study concludes with an analysis of key concerns in the study of the Pentateuch notably the Torah geography ethnicity the nature of Yahweh and other deities theories of cult treaties and oaths and Moses himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845536855

Opening The Classroom DoorTeacher Researcher Learner This account tracks the return to teaching of John Loughran a teacher educator and educational researcher. After years of educating student teachers he went back into the classroom for a year to practice what he himself had been teaching but was often met with difficult pupil behaviour and unforeseen problems. Split into three sections this book covers: a teacher�s perspective on teaching the students� perspective on teaching and learning learning from experience � the implications for teaching and learning. Using Loughran�s extensive teaching experience this book describes how the classroom situations were played out and lessons to be learned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419711

Opening The DoorA Treatment Model For Therapy With Male Survivors Of Sexual Abuse First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415102

Opening the DoorsImmigration Ethnicity and Globalization in Japan Using qualitative research methods and evidence gathered from interviews this work explores and highlights contradictions between Japanese immigration and immigrant policies as they relate to ethnic Japanese "returnees." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977594

Opening The Nursery Door Opening the Nursery Door is a fascinating collection of essays inspired by the discovery of a tiny archive: the nursery library of Jane Johnson 1707-1759 wife of a Lincolnshire vicar. It has captured the scholarly interest of social anthropologists historians literary scholars educationalists and archivists as it has opened up a range of questions about the nature of childhood within English cultural life over three centuries: the texts written and read to children the multifarious ways childhood has been considered shaped and schooled through literacy practices and the hitherto ignored role of women educators in early childhood across all classes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350799

Opening Up by Writing It DownHow Expressive Writing Improves Health and Eases Emotional Pain Expressing painful emotions is hard--yet it can actually improve our mental and physical health. This lucid compassionate book has introduced tens of thousands of readers to expressive writing a simple yet powerful self-help technique grounded in scientific research. Leading experts James W. Pennebaker and Joshua M. Smyth describe how taking just a few minutes to write about deeply felt personal experiences or problems may help you:*Heal old emotional wounds*Feel a greater sense of well-being*Decrease stress*Improve relationships*Boost your immune systemVivid stories and examples yield compelling insights into secrets self-disclosure and the hidden price of silence. The third edition incorporates findings from hundreds of recent studies and includes practical exercises to help you try expressive writing for yourself. It features extensive new information on specific health benefits as well as when the approach may not be helpful. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524921

Opera Emotion and the Antipodes Volume IHistorical Perspectives: Creating the Metropolis; Delineating the Other There can be little doubt that opera and emotion are inextricably linked. From dramatic plots driven by energetic producers and directors to the conflicts and triumphs experienced by all associated with opera’s staging to the reactions and critiques of audience members emotion is omnipresent in opera. Yet few contemplate the impact that the customary cultural practices of specific times and places have upon opera’s ability to move emotions. Taking Australia as a case study this two-volume collection of extended essays demonstrates that emotional experiences discourses displays and expressions do not share universal significance but are at least partly produced defined and regulated by culture. Spanning approximately 170 years of opera production in Australia the authors show how the emotions associated with the specific cultural context of a nation steeped in egalitarian aspirations and marked by increasing levels of multiculturalism have adjusted to changing cultural and social contexts across time. Volume I adopts an historical predominantly nineteenth-century perspective while Volume II applies historical musicological and ethnological approaches to discuss subsequent Australian operas and opera productions through to the twenty-first century. With final chapters pulling threads from the two volumes together Opera Emotion and the Antipodes establishes a model for constructing emotion history from multiple disciplinary perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476960

Opera Emotion and the Antipodes Volume IIApplied Perspectives: Compositions and Performances There can be little doubt that opera and emotion are inextricably linked. From dramatic plots driven by energetic producers and directors to the conflicts and triumphs experienced by all associated with opera’s staging to the reactions and critiques of audience members emotion is omnipresent in opera. Yet few contemplate the impact that the customary cultural practices of specific times and places have upon opera’s ability to move emotions. Taking Australia as a case study this two-volume collection of extended essays demonstrates that emotional experiences discourses displays and expressions do not share universal significance but are at least partly produced defined and regulated by culture. Spanning approximately 170 years of opera production in Australia the authors show how the emotions associated with the specific cultural context of a nation steeped in egalitarian aspirations and marked by increasing levels of multiculturalism have adjusted to changing cultural and social contexts across time. Volume I adopts an historical predominantly nineteenth-century perspective while Volume II applies historical musicological and ethnological approaches to discuss subsequent Australian operas and opera productions through to the twenty-first century. With final chapters pulling threads from the two volumes together Opera Emotion and the Antipodes establishes a model for constructing emotion history from multiple disciplinary perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476977

Opera Theatrical Culture and Society in Late Eighteenth-Century Naples The operatic culture of late eighteenth-century Naples represents the fullest expression of a matrix of creators practitioners theorists patrons and entrepreneurs linking aristocratic public and religious spheres of contemporary society. The considerable resonance of 'Neapolitan' opera in Europe was verified early in the eighteenth century not only through voluminous reports offered by locals and visitors in gazettes newspapers correspondence or diaries but also and more importantly through the rich and tangible artistic patrimony produced for local audiences and then exported to the Italian peninsula and abroad. Naples was not simply a city of entertainment but rather a cultural epicenter and paradigm producing highly innovative and successful genres of stage drama reflecting every facet of contemporary society. Anthony R. DelDonna provides a rich study of operatic culture from 1775-1800. The book demonstrates how contemporary stage traditions stimulated by the Enlightenment engaged with and responded to the changing social political and artistic contexts of the late eighteenth century in Naples. It focuses on select yet representative compositions from different genres of opera that illuminate the diverse contemporary cultural forces shaping these works and underlining the continued innovation and European recognition of operatic culture in Naples. It also defines how the cultural milieu of Naples - aristocratic and sacred private and public - exercises a profound yet idiosyncratic influence on the repertory studied the creation of which could not have occurred elsewhere on the Continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268555

Opera after 1900 The articles reprinted in this volume treat operas as opera and from some sort of critical angle; none of the articles uses methodology appropriate for another kind of musical work. Additional criteria used in selecting the articles were that they should not have been reprinted widely before and that taken together they should cover an extended array of significant operas and critical questions about them. Trends in Anglophone scholarship on post-1900 opera then determined the structure of the volume. The anthologized articles are organized according to the place of origin of the opera discussed in each of them; the introduction however follows a thematic approach. Themes considered in the introduction include questions of genre and reception; perspectives on librettos and librettists; words lyricism and roles of the orchestra; and modernism and other political contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090337

Opera as Soundtrack Filmmakers' fascination with opera dates back to the silent era but it was not until the late 1980s that critical enquiries into the intersection of opera and cinema began to emerge. Jeongwon Joe focusses primarily on the role of opera as soundtrack by exploring the distinct effects opera produces in film effects which differ from other types of soundtrack music such as jazz or symphony. These effects are examined from three perspectives: peculiar qualities of the operatic voice; various properties commonly associated with opera such as excess otherness or death; and multifaceted tensions between opera and cinema - for instance opera as live embodied high art and cinema as technologically mediated popular entertainment. Joe argues that when opera excerpts are employed on soundtracks they tend to appear at critical moments of the film usually associated with the protagonists and the author explores why it is opera not symphony or jazz that accompanies poignant scenes like these. Joe's film analysis focuses on the time period of the post-1970s which is distinguished by an increase of opera excerpts on soundtracks to blockbuster titles the commercial recognition of which promoted the production of numerous opera soundtrack CDs in the following years. Joe incorporates an empirical methodology by examining primary sources such as production files cue-sheets and unpublished interviews with film directors and composers to enhance the traditional hermeneutic approach. The films analysed in her book include Woody Allen’s Match Point David Cronenberg’s M. Butterfly and Wong Kar-wai’s 2046. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251526

Opera CoachingProfessional Techniques for the Répétiteur Opera Coaching: Professional Techniques for the Répétiteur Second Edition is an update to the first practical guide for opera coaches when working with opera singers to help them meet the physical and vocal demands of a score in order to shape a performance. Opera coaching remains a mystery to many musicians. While an opera coach (or répétiteur) is principally tasked with ensuring singers sing the right notes and words the coach’s purview extends well beyond pitches and pronunciation. The opera coach must have a full understanding of human physiognomy and the human voice as well as a knowledge of the many languages used in Western vocal music and over four centuries of opera repertoire – all to recognize what must happen for success when a singer steps on stage. NEW to this second edition: New and updated chapters throughout featuring new discussions on large ensembles twenty-first-century demands and more. Deeper investigation of the styles of and problems posed by particular operas. Revised chapter structure that allows for an expanded and progressive emphasis on technical work. Modern singers have bemoaned the scarcity of good vocal coaches and conductors – those who understand voices and repertoire alike. Opera Coaching: Professional Techniques for the Répétiteur Second Edition demystifies the role of the opera coach outlining the obstacles facing both the opera singer and the coach who seeks to realize the performer’s full potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408855

Opera From the GreekStudies in the Poetics of Appropriation Michael Ewans explores how classical Greek tragedy and epic poetry have been appropriated in opera through eight selected case studies. These range from Monteverdi's Il ritorno d'Ulisse in patria drawn from Homer's Odyssey to Mark-Antony Turnage's Greek based on Sophocles's Oedipus the King. Choices have been based on an understanding that the relationship between each of the operas and their Greek source texts raise significant issues involving an examination of the process by which the librettist creates a new text for the opera and the crucial insights into the nature of the drama that are bestowed by the composer's musical setting. Ewans examines the issues through a comparative analysis of significant divergences of plot character and dramatic strategy between source text libretto and opera. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249813

Opera in a Multicultural WorldColoniality Culture Performance Through historical and contemporary examples this book critically explores the relevance and expressions of multicultural representation in western European operatic genres in the modern world. It reveals their approaches to reflecting identity transmitting meaning and inspiring creation as well as the ambiguities and contradictions that occur across the time and place(s) of their performance. This collection brings academic researchers in opera studies into conversation with previously unheard voices of performers critics and creators to speak to issues of race ethnicity and culture in the genre. Together they deliver a powerful critique of the perpetuation of the values and practices of dominant cultures in operatic representations of intercultural encounters. Essays accordingly cross methodological boundaries in order to focus on a central issue in the emerging field of coloniality: the hierarchies of social and political power that include the legacy of racialized practices. In theorizing coloniality through intercultural exchange in opera authors explore a range of topics and case studies that involve immigrant indigenous exoticist and other cultural representations and consider a broad repertoire that includes lesser-known Canadian operas Chinese- and African-American performances as well as works by Haydn Strauss Puccini and Wagner and in performances spanning three continents and over two centuries. In these ways the collection contributes to the development of a more integrated understanding of the interdisciplinary fields inherent in opera including musicology sociology anthropology and others connected to Theatre Gender and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598792

Opera in Paris from the Empire to the Commune Studies in the history of French nineteenth-century stage music have blossomed in the last decade encouraging a revision of the view of the primacy of Austro-German music during the period and rebalancing the scholarly field away from instrumental music (key to the Austro-German hegemony) and towards music for the stage. This change of emphasis is having an impact on the world of opera production with new productions of works not heard since the nineteenth century taking their place in the modern repertory.This awakening of enthusiasm has come at something of a price. Selling French opera as little more than an important precursor to Verdi or Wagner has entailed a focus on works produced exclusively for the Paris Opéra at the expense of the vast range of other types of stage music produced in the capital: opéra comique opérette comédie-vaudeville and mélodrame for example. The first part of this book therefore seeks to reintroduce a number of norms to the study of stage music in Paris: to re-establish contexts and conventions that still remain obscure. The second and third parts acknowledge Paris as an importer and exporter of opera and its focus moves towards the music of its closest neighbours the Italian-speaking states and of its most problematic partners the German-speaking states especially the music of Weber and Wagner.Prefaced by an introduction that develops the volume’s overriding intellectual drivers of cultural exchange genre and institution this collection brings together twelve of the author’s previously published articles and essays fully updated for this volume and translated into English for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664176

Opera in the British Isles 1875-1918 While the musical culture of the British Isles in the 'long nineteenth century' has been reclaimed from obscurity by musicologists in the last thirty years appraisal of operatic culture in the latter part of this period has remained largely elusive. Paul Rodmell argues that there were far more opportunities for composers performers and audiences than one might expect an assertion demonstrated by the fact that over one hundred serious operas by British composers were premiered between 1875 and 1918. Rodmell examines the nature of operatic culture in the British Isles during this period looking at the way in which opera was produced and 'consumed' by companies and audiences the repertory performed social attitudes to opera the dominance of London's West End and the activities of touring companies in the provinces and the position of British composers within this realm of activity. In doing so he uncovers the undoubted challenges faced by opera in Britain in this period and delves further into why it was especially difficult to make a breakthrough in this particular genre when other fields of compositional endeavour were enjoying a period of sustained growth. Whilst contemporaneous composers and commentators and later advocates of British music may have felt that the country's operatic life did not measure up to their aspirations or ambitions there was still a great deal of activity and even if this was not necessarily that which was always desired it had a significant and lasting impact on musical culture in Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252042

Opera In The FleshSexuality In Operatic Performance Verdi Wagner polymorphous perversion Puccini Brunnhilde Pinkerton and Parsifal all rub shoulders in this delightful poetic insightful sexual book sprung by one man's physical response to the power and exaggeration we call opera. Sam Abel applies a light touch as he considers the topic of opera and the eroticized body: Why do audiences respond to opera in a visceral way? How does opera like no other art form physically move watchers? How and why does opera arouse feelings akin to sexual desire? Abel seeks the answers to these questions by examining homoerotic desire the phenomenon of the castrati operatic cross-dressing and opera as presented through the media. In this deeply personal book Abel writes ‘These pages map my current struggles to pin down my passion for opera my intense admiration for its aesthetic forms and beauties but much more they express my astonishment at how opera makes me lose myself how it consumes me.’ In so doing Abel uncovers what until now through dry musicology and gossipy history has been left behind a wall of silence: the physical and erotic nature of opera. Although Abel can speak with certainty only about his own response to opera he provides readers with a language and a resonance with which to understand their own experiences. Ultimately Opera in the Flesh celebrates the power of opera to move audiences as no other book has done. It is indeed a treasure of scholarship passion and poetry for everyone with even a passing interest in this fascinating art form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297411

Opera Indigene: Re/presenting First Nations and Indigenous Cultures The representation of non-Western cultures in opera has long been a focus of critical inquiry. Within this field the diverse relationships between opera and First Nations and Indigenous cultures however have received far less attention. Opera Indigene takes this subject as its focus addressing the changing historical depictions of Indigenous cultures in opera and the more contemporary practices of Indigenous and First Nations artists. The use of 're/presenting' in the title signals an important distinction between how representations of Indigenous identity have been constructed in operatic history and how Indigenous artists have more recently utilized opera as an interface to present and develop their cultural practices. This volume explores how operas on Indigenous subjects reflect the evolving relationships between Indigenous peoples the colonizing forces of imperial power and forms of internal colonization in developing nation-states. Drawing upon postcolonial theory ethnomusicology cultural geography and critical discourses on nationalism and multiculturalism the collection brings together experts on opera and music in Canada the Americas and Australia in a stimulating comparative study of operatic re/presentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250826

Opera Plot Index First Published in 1990. Information about individual operas and other types of musical theater is scattered throughout the enormous literature of music. This book is an effort to bring that data together by comprehensively indexing plots and descriptions of individual operatic background criticism and analysis musical themes and bibliographical references. The principal audience for this general reference guide will be for the non-specialist but its hoped that persons specialising in opera would also find it useful. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315056487

Opera Remade 1700-1750 Opera in the first half of the eighteenth century saw the rise of the memorable composer and the memorable work. Recent research on this period has been especially fruitful showing renewed interest in how opera operated within its local cultures what audience members felt was at stake in opera performances who the people-composers and performers-were who made opera possible. The essays for this volume capture the principal themes of current research: the "idea" of opera opera criticism the people of opera and the emerging technologies of opera. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090313

Opera: The Basics Opera: The Basics offers an excellent introduction to four centuries of opera. Its easy to follow sections explore topics including: the origins of opera basic terminology the history of major opera genres including: serious opera comic opera semi-serious opera and vernacular opera. With key notes discography and videography this is the ideal book for students and interested listeners who want to learn more about this important musical genre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203626276

OperaA Research and Information Guide Opera is the only guide to the research writings on all aspects of opera. This second edition presents 2 833 titles--over 2 000 more than the first edition--of books parts of books articles and dissertations with full bibliographic descriptions and critical annotations. Users will find the core literature on the operas of 320 individual composers and details of operatic life in 43 countries. All relevant works through to November 1999 have been considered covering more than fifteen years of literature since the first edition was published. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977600

Operant ConditioningAn Experimental Analysis of Behaviour The approach to psychology advocated by the radical behaviourists was often misunderstood and frequently gave rise to controversy. Originally published in 1974 this book introduced current research in operant conditioning and explains the attempt to understand behaviour inherent in such experiments at the time. After considering the philosophical context in which behaviouristic psychology developed the author outlines the basic characteristics of operant research by reviewing single experiments on the effects of reinforcement on behaviour. Chapters on schedules of intermittent reinforcement extend this approach to more complex situations and emphasize that behaviour can be maintained and controlled in many different ways by environmental events. The author then discusses recent work on conditional reinforcement and on the discriminative control of behaviour and shows how operant research has changed our understanding of these important concepts in psychology. Subsequent chapters review research within the operant paradigm on the effects on behaviour of punishment anxiety aversive stimuli and drugs again by emphasising the special contribution to these topics made by operant conditioning techniques and methodology. The final chapters consider the general implications of operant research for educational practice and for clinical psychology and place this approach within the context of psychology as a whole. Dr Blackman argues that it should be recognized as one important attempt to further the scientific analysis of behaviour. This book filled a long recognized need for an undergraduate text in this area at the time and helped students form their own evaluation. Now it should be read in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300040

Opera's Second Death Opera's Second Death is a passionate exploration of opera - the genre its masterpieces and the nature of death. Using a dazzling array of tools Slavoj Zizek and coauthor Mladen Dolar explore the strange compulsions that overpower characters in Mozart and Wagner as well as our own desires to die and to go to the opera. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699867

Operatic MigrationsTransforming Works and Crossing Boundaries This volume takes an interdisciplinary approach to studying a wide range of subjects associated with the creation performance and reception of 'opera' in varying social and historical contexts from the eighteenth to the twentieth centuries. Each essay addresses migrations between genres cultures literary and musical works modes of expression media of presentation and aesthetics. Although the directions the contributions take are diverse they converge in significant ways particularly with the rebuttal of the notion of the singular nature of the operatic work. The volume strongly asserts that works are meaningfully transformed by the manifold circumstances of their creation and reception and that these circumstances have an impact on the life of those works in their many transformations and on a given audience's experience of them. Topics covered include transformations of literary sources and their migration into the operatic genre; works that move across geographical and social boundaries into different cultural contexts; movements between media and/or genre as well as alterations through interpretation and performance of the composer's creation; the translation of spoken theatre to lyric theatre; the theoretical issues contingent on the rendering of 'speech' into 'song'; and the transforming effects of aesthetic considerations as they bear on opera. Crossing over disciplinary boundaries between music literary studies history cultural studies and art history the volume enriches our knowledge and understanding of the operatic experience and the works. The book will therefore appeal to those working in the field of music literary and cultural studies and to those with a particular interest in opera and musical theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254985

Operating System DesignThe Xinu Approach Second Edition An Update of the Most Practical A-to-Z Operating System BookWidely lauded for avoiding the typical black box approach found in other operating system textbooks the first edition of this bestselling book taught readers how an operating system works and explained how to build it from the ground up. Continuing to follow a logical pattern for system design Operating System Design: The Xinu Approach Second Edition removes the mystery from operating system design and consolidates the body of material into a systematic discipline. It presents a hierarchical design paradigm that organizes major operating system components in an orderly understandable manner. The book guides readers through the construction of a conventional process-based operating system using practical straightforward primitives. It gives the implementation details of one set of primitives usually the most popular set. Once readers understand how primitives can be implemented on conventional hardware they can then easily implement alternative versions.The text begins with a bare machine and proceeds step-by-step through the design and implementation of Xinu which is a small elegant operating system that supports dynamic process creation dynamic memory allocation network communication local and remote file systems a shell and device-independent I/O functions. The Xinu code runs on many hardware platforms. This second edition has been completely rewritten to contrast operating systems for RISC and CISC processors. Encouraging hands-on experimentation the book provides updated code throughout and examples for two low-cost experimenter boards: BeagleBone Black from ARM and Galileo from Intel. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367575939

Operating Under High-Risk Conditions in Temporary OrganizationsA Sociotechnical Systems Perspective Organizations increasingly use temporary designs. Many temporary organizations are assembled by "mixing and matching" building blocks from static bureaucratic parent organizations into a temporary configuration. At the same time such "mixed and matched" temporary organizations often operate under difficult and dangerous circumstances. During operations these temporary organizations can experience numerous internal problems: ranging from friendly fire in a military context to budget and time issues in construction projects and problematic coordination in a crisis management context.This book develops insight into the relationship between a "mixing and matching" temporary design strategy and operational problems. To so do military and crisis management contexts are systematically studied from a sociotechnical design perspective that emphasizes self-organization to develop organizational controllability. Operating Under High-Risk Conditions in Temporary Organizations demonstrates that a "mixing and matching" design strategy can be related to system failure. Furthermore it is shown that a process of self-design emerged in which operators attempted to create ad-hoc networks for meaningful safe and controllable operations. The analyses result in a model that shows mechanisms between characteristics of organizational design and controllability of operations. Not only does this model have relevance to the military and crisis management contexts relevance is also demonstrated for a broader family of temporary organizations and application of sociotechnical network design theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732622

Operation and Control in Power Systems Second Edition In power system engineering practically all results of modern control theory can be applied. Such an application will result in a more economical more convenient and higher service quality operation and in less inconvenience in the case of abnormal conditions. For its analytical treatment control system design generally requires the determination of a mathematical model from which the control strategy can be derived. While much of the control theory postulates that a model of the system is available it is also necessary to have a suitable technique to determine the models for the process to be controlled. It is therefore essential to model and identify power system components using both physical relationships and experimental or normal operating data. The objective of system identification is the determination of a mathematical model that characterizes the operation of a system in some form. The available information is either system output or a function of the system output. The input may be a known function applied for the purpose of identification or an unknown function which could possibly be monitored or a combination of both. The planning of the operation and control of isolated or interconnected power systems present a large variety of challenging problems. Solving these requires the application of several mathematical techniques from various sources at the appropriate process step. Moreover the knowledge of optimization techniques and optimal control methods is essential to understand the multi-level approach that is used. Operation and Control in Power Systems is an introductory course text for undergraduate students in electrical and mechanical engineering. In fifteen chapters it deals with the operation and control of power systems ranging from load flow analysis to economic operation optimal load flow unit commitment load frequency interconnected systems voltage and reactive power control and advanced topics. Various models that are needed in analysis and control are discussed and presented through out the book. This second edition has been extended with mathematical support material and with methods to prevent voltage collapse. It also includes more advanced topics in power system control such as the effect of shunt compensators controllable VAR generation and switching converter type VAR generators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415665650

Operation and Maintenance of Large Infrastructure Projects Major Infrastructure links across water represent large investments.  The structures and systems must be optimised to keep costs in control.  Optimisation needs and the tendancy to more slender and light structures imply that engineering disciplines like Bridge Aerodynamics and Ship Collision Analysis have an increasing impact on the overall design of links.  Also the attention to life cycle costs implies Operation and Maintenance must to investigated and planned in parallel to the design and construction of the links.  The 1998 International Symposium aims at presenting state-of-the-art and future development within the three mentioned engineering disciplines. Exploring the many facets of major infrastructure projects this symposium concentrated on developments within organisational strategic and policy areas and both traffic and o & m management. Contributors to the papers include operators consultants and international experienced owners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745021

Operation Gatekeeper and BeyondThe War On "Illegals" and the Remaking of the U.S. – Mexico Boundary This is a major revision and update of Nevins’ earlier classic and is an ideal text for use with undergraduate students in a wide variety of courses on immigration transnational issues and the politics of race inclusion and exclusion. Not only has the author brought his subject completely up to date but as a "case" of increasing economic integration and liberalization along with growing immigration control the US / Mexico Border and its history is put in a wider global context of similar development s elsewhere. A companion website is available at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415996945. The Companion Website contains key U.S. government documents related to the boundary and immigration enforcement strategy; reports from non-partisan research entities and non-governmental organizations that evaluate enforcement from a civil and human rights perspective; and studies that investigate migrant deaths in the U.S.-Mexico borderlands. There are also photo essays including one related to deportations and another to California’s Border Field State Park for which the site also includes historic photos and other resources. Finally the site has links to websites—from U.S. government agencies involved in boundary and immigrant policing to humanitarian and border migrant and human rights organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415996945

Operation Just CauseThe U.s. Intervention In Panama This book offers one of the first comprehensive academic views on Just Cause the December 1989 U.S. military intervention in Panama. It presents excellent positions for the reader to consider and give a comprehensive view of all of the factors and events that prompted the operation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281960

Operational Assessment of IT Operational Assessment of IT presents ideas and concepts of optimization designed to improve an organization’s business processes and assist business units in meeting organizational goals more effectively. Rather than focus on specific technologies computing environments enterprise risks resource programs or infrastructure the book focuses on organizational processes. Throughout the book the author presents concerns and environments encountered throughout his career to demonstrate issues and explain how you too can successfully implement the tools presented in the book. The assessment process reviews the economics as well as the effectiveness and efficiency of the process. Whether your organization is profit-based not-for-profit or even governmental you cannot provide services or products at a continuous loss. For an operational assessment to be of value the ultimate goal must be to insure that the business unit process is effective and efficient and employs the financial assets and resources appropriately or helps the business unit make adjustments to improve the operation and use resources more efficiently and economically. After reading this book you will be able to devise more efficient and economical ways to meet your customers’ requirements no matter who or where your customers are. You will learn that the goal of any process is to service or supply customers with what they want. The book provides tools and techniques that will assist you in gaining a 360-degree view of the process so that you can help the business unit improve the delivery of a quality product or a service to the customer. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367567941

Operational AuditingPrinciples and Techniques for a Changing World Internal auditors are expected to perform risk-based audits but do so partially because they focus on financial and compliance risks at the expense of operational strategic and technological ones. This limits their ability to evaluate critical risks and processes. This book merges traditional internal audit concepts and practices with contemporary quality control methodologies tips tools and techniques. It helps internal auditors perform value-added operational audits that result in meaningful findings and useful recommendations to help organizations meet objectives and improve the perception of internal auditors as high-value contributors appropriate change agents and trusted advisors. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498746397

Operational Calculus and Related Topics Even though the theories of operational calculus and integral transforms are centuries old these topics are constantly developing due to their use in the fields of mathematics physics and electrical and radio engineering. Operational Calculus and Related Topics highlights the classical methods and applications as well as the recent advances in the field. Combining the best features of a textbook and a monograph this volume presents an introduction to operational calculus integral transforms and generalized functions the backbones of pure and applied mathematics. The text examines both the analytical and algebraic aspects of operational calculus and includes a comprehensive survey of classical results while stressing new developments in the field. Among the historical methods considered are Oliver Heaviside’s algebraic operational calculus and Paul Dirac’s delta function. Other discussions deal with the conditions for the existence of integral transforms Jan Mikusiński’s theory of convolution quotients operator functions and the sequential approach to the theory of generalized functions. Benefits… ·         Discusses theory and applications of integral transforms ·         Gives inversion complex-inversion and Dirac’s delta distribution formulas among others ·         Offers a short survey of actual results of finite integral transforms in particular convolution theorems Because Operational Calculus and Related Topics provides examples and illustrates the applications to various disciplines it is an ideal reference for mathematicians physicists scientists engineers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367390495

Operational Costs in Acquisitions This book first published in 1991 examines the actual costs of operating an acquisitions department. Acquisitions and business librarians have written eight highly practical chapters that will allow you to see beyond the obvious materials budget to the hidden but often enormous internal expenditures involved in the daily operation of your acquisitions department. These experts discuss the costs involved in pre-order searching; managing exceptions to the work flow; implementing an integrated online system; automating serials acquisitions; supporting personnel: interviewing and hiring training performance mistakes absenteeism staff development; performing public relations / extra services requested by faculty and patrons; organizing payment operations; and processing invoices. Each chapter in addition to identifying the costs illustrates what happens to make costs expand and proposes suggestions for controlling the costs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362003

Operational Decision-making in High-hazard OrganizationsDrawing a Line in the Sand This book takes a fresh look at safety decision-making by documenting and examining stories told by front-line managers in three different high-hazard industries: a chemical plant a nuclear power station and an air-navigation service provider. From Piper Alpha to Deepwater Horizon accident analysis has stressed the importance of excellent decision-making by those in charge out in the field. Organizations rely critically on the judgement and experience of such senior operations personnel and yet these qualities are undervalued in a business environment that emphasises documentation and measurement. Whilst operational managers are guided by rules they also draw on their own long experience and can formulate a situation-specific ’line in the sand’ to apply the experience of the operating team to complex real-world situations that rule writers may not have foreseen. This volume refocuses our attention on the people who make these important decisions and the organizational processes that support the best choices. Jan Hayes uses her multi-disciplinary experience to draw together an account of safety decision-making that is both technically robust and yet accessible to academics practitioners and regulators alike. Readers will see that the stories retold in this book provide a way for operational managers to share their knowledge experience and expertise - with each other and with us. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074774

Operational Excellence in Your OfficeA Guide to Achieving Autonomous Value Stream Flow with Lean Techniques Operational Excellence is achieved when all employees in your organization can see the flow of value to your customers and can make adjustments to that flow before it breaks down. Operational Excellence in Your Office: A Guide to Achieving Autonomous Value Stream Flow with Lean Techniques presents nine time-tested guidelines for designing business process flow that enable Operational Excellence in the office. Each chapter describes one guideline by using text illustrations and practical examples to provide a comprehensive understanding of why creating flow in the office is essential and how to achieve it.Accounting for the reality that most office employees are required to work on many different projects throughout the day this book details a step-by-step methodology for leveraging traditional value stream flow to establish Operational Excellence in an office environment. In addition it describes a more advanced form of flow called "self-healing" flow—in which employees are capable of identifying and fixing problems with the flow without requiring management intervention.Explaining how to achieve Operational Excellence and self-healing flow with the nine guidelines the book also introduces new concepts such as part-time continuous flow processing cells workflow cycles takt capability integration events pitch in the office and ways to tell whether your office is on time.With this book you will be able to take the knowledge provided and immediately apply it by following the step-by-step checklists included at the end of each chapter. In addition to the lists of action items for implementing each guideline the book includes "acid tests" you can use to determine if you have implemented each guideline correctly.When finished you will have designed an end-to-end flow for the services in your office as well as visual systems to help employees distinguish normal flow from abnormal flow so they can fix flow problems on their own before they negatively impact your customers. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498714082

Operational ExcellenceBreakthrough Strategies for Improving Customer Experience and Productivity Operational Excellence Second Edition – Breakthrough Strategies for Improving Customer Experience and Productivity brings together leading-edge tools methods and concepts to provide process improvement experts a reference to improve their organization’s quality productivity and customer service operations. Its major topics include alignment of strategy to the design of supporting systems to meet customer expectations manage capacity and improve performance. It provides a concise and practical reference for operational excellence. Its fourteen chapters lead a reader through the latest tools methods and concepts currently used to capture "voice of" customers partners and other stakeholders new strategies for the application of Lean Six Sigma as well as product and service design across diverse industries including manufacturing to financial services. This book operates from three premises: Organizations can increase competitiveness in an era of globalization through the application of "voice-of" applications Design Thinking the integration of the Information Technology Ecosystem’s new tools and methods integrated with proven Lean and Six Sigma applications Operational performance correlates to an organization’s financial operational and resultant productivity as well as with shareholder economic value add (EVA) metrics and can be measured and improved using the methods in this book Value-adding activities and disciplines discussed are global and applicable to every organization A PRACTICAL TOOL FOR REAL-WORLD APPLICATION New topics are introduced in the second edition. These include Design Thinking the "voice-of" Information Technology Ecosystems Big Data applications and Robotic Process Automation. Key topics from the first edition remain. These include Design-for-Six-Sigma (DFSS) Lean and Six Sigma methods productivity analysis operational assessments project management and other supporting topics. Each chapter contains tools and methods that will help readers identify areas for operational improvements. It contains ~300 figures tables and checklists to help increase organizational productivity. Practical examples are integrated through the book. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367491734

Operational Flood Forecasting Warning and Response for Multi-Scale Flood Risks in Developing Cities The aim of this book is to contribute to understanding risk knowledge and to forecasting components of early flood warning particularly in the environment of tropical high mountains in developing cities. This research covers a challenge taking into account the persistent lack of data limited resources and often complex climatic hydrologic and hydraulic conditions. In this research a regional method is proposed for assessing flash flood susceptibility and for identifying debris flow predisposition at the watershed scale. An indication of hazard is obtained from the flash flood susceptibility analysis and continually the vulnerability and an indication of flood risk at watershed scale was obtained. Based on risk analyses the research follows the modelling steps for flood forecasting development. Input precipitation is addressed in the environment of complex topography commonly found in mountainous tropical areas. A distributed model a semi-distributed model and a lumped model were all used to simulate the discharges of a tropical high mountain basin with a páramo upper basin. Performance analysis and diagnostics were carried out in order to identify the most appropriate model for the study area for flood early warning. Finally the Weather Research and Forecasting (WRF) model was used to explore the added value of numerical weather models for flood early warning in a páramo area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138030039

Operational Performance MeasurementIncreasing Total Productivity Mention the phrase "bottom line " and the immediate thought tends to focus on a company's financial performance. Think again! There's an equally important factor that carries tremendous impact on that final total: operational performance measures.Implementation of a performance improvement program can significantly improve a company's bottom line. Operational Performance Measurement: Increasing Total Productivity shows the way-featuring a new integrated theory of performance measurement with a never-before-published measurement model that's applicable to any business activity.Practical procedures and guidelines directly identify the variables that should be measured; guidelines to develop measurement systems; and how to analyze interpret and use performance methods effectively. Numerous diagrams tables and examples make the principles and procedures easy to understand and implement.While this performance measurement approach is simplicity itself be prepared for powerful results!Managers can put the theory into action right away- giving them better control improved performance increased personal productivity-and an easier day at work! Operations finance administration and quality managers alike will find there's so much to gain when they're Operational Performance Measurement: Increasing Total Productivity ... and a better bottom line is just the beginning! Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367802103

Operational Procedures Describing Physical Systems The authors examine topics in modern physics and offer a unitary and original treatment of the fundamental problems of the dynamics of physical systems as well as a description of the nuclear matter within a framework of general relativity. They show that some physical phenomena studied at two different resolution scales (e.g. microscale cosmological scale) apparently with no connection between them become compatible by means of the operational procedures acting either as some ”hidden” symmetries or harmonic-type mappings. The book is addressed to the students researchers and university/high school teachers working in the fields of mathematics physics and chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570972

Operational ReadinessHow to Achieve Successful System Deployment This book offers a guide on how to prepare business and operational environments to safely receive and effectively utilise systems (i.e. products of projects) to prevent successfully completed systems from failing to add value to their intended environment. It is supplemented with four extended practical exercises to help readers apply the principles to their own large complex projects and ensure project success. Operational Readiness remains one of the least developed practices of both Project Management (PM) and Systems Engineering (SE). As a result satisfactorily completed "systems" (e.g. satellites aircrafts mine shafts power plants road and rail networks hospitals and schools) completed on time on budget and to specification are often failing to add value by providing improvements in their intended operational environment. In numerous cases System Deployment is also accompanied by adverse and detrimental effects on the business and operational environments and at times on the broader environment (e.g. persistent pollution negative economic externalities exacerbation of social ills such as deprivation and crime). In this book the author discusses both the process and challenges of deploying the product into its intended operational environment and offers guidance to enable organisations to benefit from a holistic framework for Operational Readiness. This forward-thinking book is essential reading for all those involved with managing large projects including project managers sponsors and executives. It will also be useful for advanced students of Project Management and Systems Engineering looking to understand and expand their knowledge of Operational Readiness infrastructure projects and systems deployment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367903343

Operational Reliability and Systematic Maintenance Scientists from four countries cooperated in a reseach effort aimed at the imporvement of operational reliability via innovations in design and testing and systematic maintenance. The scientists had varied backgrounds ranging from mathematic to applied mechanical engineering and the results fo this effort are documented in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781315896083

Operational Remote Sensing for Sustainable Development This text presents papers from the 18th EARSeL Symposium held in Enschede Netherlands. The papers are followed by application-oriented contributions on specific themes such as land use and nature management; water quality and pollution monitoring; and coastal zone management. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078524

Operational Risk Management in Container Terminals This book provides an overview of the operation of container terminals and the associated risks with such operations. These risks are often ignored or not properly investigated by both scholars and practitioners. Operational Risk Management in Container Terminals explores and discusses the decision rationales and the consequences for these operational risks handling process with in-depth investigation on the container terminals in the Asia-Pacific region. The topics covered include the history and development of the container terminals the operation of the terminals and risk incurred the risk-management theories and concepts rationales and consequences of the risk decisions in the container terminal operations common practices and recommendations on terminal operational risk handling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316942

Operational Risk Modelling and Management Taking into account the standards of the Basel Accord Operational Risk Modelling and Management presents a simulation model for generating the loss distribution of operational risk. It also examines a multitude of management issues that must be considered when adjusting the quantitative results of a comprehensive model. The book emphasizes techniques that can be understood and applied by practitioners. In the quantitative portions of the text the author supplies key concepts and definitions without stating theorems or delving into mathematical proofs. He also offers references for readers looking for further background information. In addition the book includes a Monte Carlo simulation of risk capital in the form of a run-through example of risk calculations based on data from a quantitative impact study. Since the computations are too complicated for a scripting language a prototypical software program can be downloaded from www.garrulus.com Helping you navigate the tricky world of risk calculation and management this book presents two main building blocks for determining how much capital needs to be reserved for operational risk. It employs the loss distribution approach as a model for calculating the risk capital figure and explains risk mitigation through management and management’s actuations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138116511

Operational Urban ModelsAn Introduction First published in 1981. Urban modelling techniques are an established tool in assessing the possible repercussions of major changes in land use. This book is an introductory guide to the various models that have been developed and to how they can be applied in planning practice particularly with relation to land use activities such as residential industrial and retail development and changes in the transport network. The author has provided a coherent and reliable introductory text which will be welcomed by students and teachers in search of a guide to current methods in the field of urban modelling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048812

Operational Warfare at SeaTheory and Practice This work explains and critically examines the main theoretical aspects of operational warfare at sea. It utilizes diverse examples from naval history ranging from the ancient era to the present day to offer a comprehensive description and analysis of the key components of operational warfare at sea today. Specifically it explains the military/naval objectives levels of war types of major naval/joint operations and maritime campaigns and their main elements. In contrast to many works this book focuses on the role of the naval operational commanders in command and control and decision-making. It also describes in great detail the main elements of naval operational leadership and operational thinking which are illustrated by examples of successful warfighting admirals. This new edition has been completely revised and updated with three new chapters and analyses in even more detail the planning and execution of major naval/joint operations and maritime campaigns.This book is intended to serve as a primer of how to plan prepare and execute major naval/joint operations and maritime campaigns for naval operational commanders and their staffs but will also be of great interest to students of naval power strategic studies and military history in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594947

Operations and Maintenance Manual for Energy Management A complete reference that features a wealth of proven maintenance methods that can reduce energy use in any type of building. Provided are numerous forms and maintenance procedures for reducing energy use improving system performance and cutting total maintenance costs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503615

Operations Excellence Management System (OEMS)Getting It Right the First Time Written for users this book provides a structured approach with processes for implementing OEMS based on the learnings and experiences from companies who have implemented OEMS. The book leverages the knowledge of experienced OEMS personnel to provide a compelling sense of direction for organizations in the implementation of OEMS. The book includes sample templates and tools where necessary to ensure successful implementation and sustainment. The content of this book provides a testing methodology for implementing an OEMS across any organization while avoiding the pitfalls others have encountered along the way. The book:   Provides a simple and easy process to follow for implementing an OEMS Offers organizations an opportunity to avoid the implementation errors of early adopters and provides them with the ability of learning from the experiences of others Equipped with tools and processes to make implementation and sustainment very effective thereby avoiding false starts Designed to improve HSE business reliability efficiency effectiveness and performance on an ongoing basis Presents a simple pathway for helping organizations across all industries including those that operate within the various segments of the Oil and Gas business to become more operationally disciplined in the way we do business and operate our assets in a high-risk operating environment Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138554306

Operations in Food Refrigeration The final quality of a food product is impacted heavily by preservation technologies such as chilling freezing and freeze-drying as well as the numerous pretreatments that are routinely applied to foods. Adequate design and implementation of each of these treatments are critical to ensuring the integrity of the final food product the productivity of the equipment and reduced operation costs. Operations in Food Refrigeration explores the fundamental issues involved in heat and mass transfer in food refrigeration and examines aspects of other operations applied to chilled or frozen foods. Following an overview of basic concepts and general calculation procedures involved in cooling freezing thawing and freeze-drying the book discusses: Sizing peeling cutting sorting and blanching fruits and vegetables Pretreatments for meats including tenderization electrical stimulation portioning curing and smoking Pretreatments for fish and other seafood Processing of poultry Air and osmotic partial dehydration infusion of special nutrients and the concentration of juices Traditional chilling and freezing methods Special precooling and freezing techniques The effects of thawing on food factors that influence the choice and design of thawing processes and various thawing methods Freeze-drying equipment Each chapter is written by a recognized specialist and can serve as a stand-alone resource for the particular topic. Several chapters present case studies that can be used for developing processes or in teaching applications. Processors researchers and educators in the food industry will find this volume to be an invaluable reference for a host of food operations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198920

Operations Management for Business ExcellenceBuilding Sustainable Supply Chains All businesses strive for excellence in today’s technology-based environment in which customers want solutions at the touch of a button. This highly regarded textbook provides in-depth coverage of the principles of operations and supply chain management and explains how to design implement and maintain processes for sustainable competitive advantage. This text offers a unique combination of theory and practice with a strategic results-driven approach. Now in its fourth edition Operations Management for Business Excellence has been updated to reflect major advances and future trends in supply chain management. A new chapter on advanced supply chain concepts covers novel logistics technology information systems customer proximity sustainability and the use of multiple sales channels. As a platform for discussion the exploration of future trends includes self-driving vehicles automation and robotics and omnichannel retailing. Features include: A host of international case studies and examples to demonstrate how theory translates to practice including Airbus Hewlett Packard Puma and Toyota. A consistent structure to aid learning and retention: Each chapter begins with a detailed set of learning objectives and finishes with a chapter summary a set of discussion questions and a list of key terms. Fully comprehensive with an emphasis on the practical this textbook should be core reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of operations management and supply chain management. It would also appeal to executives who desire an understanding of how to achieve and maintain ‘excellence’ in business. Online resources include lecture slides a glossary test questions downloadable figures and a bonus chapter on project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135980

Operations Management in Context Operations Management in Context provides students with excellent grounding in the theory and practice of operations management and its role within organizations.Structured in a clear and logical manner it gradually leads newcomers to this subject through each topic area highlighting key issues and using practical case study material and examples to contextualize learning. Each chapter is structured logically and concludes with summary material to aid revision. Exercises and self-assessment questions are included to reinforce learning and maintain variety with answers included at the end of the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455535

Operations Management: Policy Practice and Performance Improvement 'Operations Management: policy practices performance improvement' is the latest state-of-the-art approach to operations management. It provides new cutting edge input into operations management theory and practice that cannot be found in any other text. Discussing both strategic and tactical inputs it combines and balances service and manufacturing operations.* Cutting edge techniques accompanied by brand new case studies* Challenges standard approaches* Comprehensive coverage of strategic supply management* Critical sample questions to aid discussion* Reading lists and articles to support learning* Additional lecturer support materialThis outstanding author team is from the Operations Management Group at the University of Bath. Their expertise and knowledge is apparent in the text and they bring to it their original research and experience in the field of operations management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080497594

Operations ManagementA Modern Approach This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.This book looks at a selection of important business management techniques from a variety of countries and types of businesses. It discusses interorganizational information systems development organizational performance management activity-based cost systems financial decision-making processes teleworking (or telecommuting) customer-focused process improvement the communicative nature of innovation processes and the impact of this on innovation management a model of ebusiness systems that allows for emergent factors and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692906

Operations ManagementA Research Overview Operations Management (OM) is a multi-faceted blend of myriad academic andpractical disciplines – from engineering and economics via mathematics and marketing to systems and psychology. To capture the state of the art the bookreviews contemporary and classic scholarship in one of the oldest business and management disciplines. To offer the reader a thought-provoking point of entry into the selected sources the book curates its content as an imaginary exhibit eachchapter a thematic OM ‘gallery’ (process; planning and control; people; strategy and measurement; technology) introduced by a description of some extraordinary artefacts paintings sculptures and architecture. The content has been curated around three principles intended to benefit the casual reader and both new and established OM scholars. First it incorporates works that build on or help to distinguish fundamental tenets from more transitory fads. Second the text makes significant efforts to try and balance the gravitational pull of the factory (even though this may not offer an accurate representation of the majority of the field) and third to try to keep managerial rather than technical/ analytical concerns to the fore. This concise book provides a useful overview of current and classic OM research. Written by a leading authority it is intended to be a valuable and engaging resource for both students and scholars of business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490628

Operations PlanningMixed Integer Optimization Models A reference for those working at the interface of operations planning and optimization modeling Operations Planning: Mixed Integer Optimization Models blends essential theory and powerful approaches to practical operations planning problems. It presents a set of classical optimization models with widespread application in operations planning. The discussion of each of these classical models begins with the motivation for studying the problem as well as examples of the problem’s application in operations planning contexts. The book explores special structural results and properties of optimal solutions that have led to effective algorithmic solution approaches for each problem class. Each of the models and solution methods presented is the result of high-impact research that has been published in the scholarly literature with appropriate references cited throughout the book. The author highlights the close relationships among the models examining those situations in which a particular model results as a special case of other related models or how one model generalizes another. Understanding these relationships allows you to more easily characterize new models being developed through their relationships to classical models. The models and methods presented in the book have widespread application in operations planning. It enables you to recognize the structural similarities between models and to recognize these structural elements within other contexts. It also gives you an understanding of various critical operations research techniques and classical operations planning models without the need to consult numerous sources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074781

Operations Research and Management Science Handbook Operations Research (OR) began as an interdisciplinary activity to solve complex military problems during World War II. Utilizing principles from mathematics engineering business computer science economics and statistics OR has developed into a full fledged academic discipline with practical application in business industry government and m Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429129179

Operations Research Applications As operations research (OR) applications continue to grow and flourish in a number of decision making fields a reference that is comprehensive concise and easy to read is more than a nicety it is a necessity. This book provides a single volume overview of OR applications in practice making it the first resource a practitioner would reach for when faced with an OR problem or application. Written by leading authorities in the field the book covers functional and industry specific areas of OR applications. Ideally suited for practitioners in business industry and government the book can also be used as a supplemental text in undergraduate or graduate OR courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386474

Operations Research Calculations Handbook A handbook in the truest sense of the word the first edition of the Operations Research Calculations Handbook quickly became an indispensible resource. While other books available tend to give detailed information about specific topics this one contains comprehensive information and results useful for real-world problem solving. Reflecting the breadth and depth of growth in the field the scope of the second edition has been expanded to cover several additional topics. And as with the first edition it focuses on presenting analytical results and formulas that allow quick calculations and provide understanding of system models. See what‘s in the Second Edition: New chapters include Order Statistics Traffic Flow and Delay and Heuristic Search Methods New sections include Distance Norms Hyper-Exponential and Hypo-Exponential Distributions Newly derived formulas and an expanded reference list Like its predecessor the new edition of this handbook presents the analytical results and formulas needed in the scientific applications of operations research and management. It continues to provide quick calculations and insight into system performance. Presenting practical results and formulas without derivations the material is organized by topic and offered in a concise format that allows ready-access to a wide range of results in a single volume. The field of operations research encompasses a growing number of technical areas and uses analyses and techniques from a variety of branches of mathematics statistics and other scientific disciplines. And as the field continues to grow there is an even greater need for key results to be summarized and easily accessible in one reference volume. Yet many of the important results and formulas are widely scattered among different textbooks and journals and are often hard to find in t Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455641

Operations Research Methodologies A single source guide to operations research (OR) techniques this book covers emerging OR methodologies in a clear concise and unified manner. Building a bridge between theory and practice it begins with coverage of fundamental models and methods such as linear nonlinear integer and dynamic programming networks simulation queuing inventory stochastic processes and decision analysis. The book then explores emerging techniques including multiple criteria optimization meta heuristics robust optimization and complexity and large scale networks. Each chapter gives an overview of a particular methodology illustrates successful applications and provides references to computer software availability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386467

Operations ResearchA Practical Introduction Students with diverse backgrounds will face a multitude of decisions in a variety of engineering scientific industrial and financial settings. They will need to know how to identify problems that the methods of operations research (OR) can solve how to structure the problems into standard mathematical models and finally how to apply or develop computational tools to solve the problems.Perfect for any one-semester course in OR Operations Research: A Practical Introduction answers all of these needs. In addition to providing a practical introduction and guide to using OR techniques it includes a timely examination of innovative methods and practical issues related to the development and use of computer implementations. It provides a sound introduction to the mathematical models relevant to OR and illustrates the effective use of OR techniques with examples drawn from industrial computing engineering and business applicationsMany students will take only one course in the techniques of Operations Research. Operations Research: A Practical Introduction offers them the greatest benefit from that course through a broad survey of the techniques and tools available for quantitative decision making. It will also encourage other students to pursue more advanced studies and provides you a concise well-structured vehicle for delivering the best possible overview of the discipline. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274188

Operations ResearchA Practical Introduction Operations Research: A Practical Introduction is just that: a hands-on approach to the field of operations research (OR) and a useful guide for using OR techniques in scientific decision making design analysis and management. The text accomplishes two goals. First it provides readers with an introduction to standard mathematical models and algorithms. Second it is a thorough examination of practical issues relevant to the development and use of computational methods for problem solving. Highlights: All chapters contain up-to-date topics and summaries A succinct presentation to fit a one-term course Each chapter has references readings and list of key terms Includes illustrative and current applications New exercises are added throughout the text Software tools have been updated with the newest and most popular software Many students of various disciplines such as mathematics economics industrial engineering and computer science often take one course in operations research. This book is written to provide a succinct and efficient introduction to the subject for these students while offering a sound and fundamental preparation for more advanced courses in linear and nonlinear optimization and many stochastic models and analyses. It provides relevant analytical tools for this varied audience and will also serve professionals corporate managers and technical consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498780100

Operations ResearchOperations Research: Theory and Practice This book ‘Operations Research: Theory and Practice’ provides various concepts theoretical and practical knowledge and develops the techno-managerial skills in the field of engineering. All the angles and approaches of operations applicable to both industrial and institutional needs are presented.  It also provides an insight into the historical development of Operations Research. Examples and problems from usual situations that occur in industries are presented wherever necessary. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367365967

Operations that made History 2e A notable surgeon and charismatic teacher himself Professor Ellis has brought together in Operations that made History a fascinating collection of renowned surgical procedures each one illustrating a different aspect of the history of surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138334311

Operative Cardiac Surgery The sixth edition of this acclaimed and established operative atlas continues to provide a unique level of comprehensive detail on operative surgery of the heart and great vessels.With an international list of authors the chapters have been updated and complemented by the same high quality artwork that has established this operative guide as the gold standard reference for the cardiac surgeon. This new edition retains the format of initial principles and justification for the procedure followed by preoperative investigations and preparation the operative procedure and postoperative management. New chapters have been added on the latest techniques such as minimal invasive surgery robotic surgery and off-pump bypass surgery.The chapters are arranged in seven sections with each section emphasising the overall management of patients tricks of the trade of individual authors and discussion of technical and clinical judgement. With this new and updated edition Operative Cardiac Surgery remains the pre-eminent operative guide to a full range of cardiac conditions.Video clips of cardiac procedures both common and rare are included within the VitalSource edition. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444137583

Operative Endoscopic and Minimally Invasive Surgery This is a new reference edited by two leading authorities in the field of minimally invasive surgery that differentiates itself from other similar titles by providing a stronger emphasis on incorporating newer technologies. The book discussed the incorporation of flexible endoscopy into surgical practice harvesting the expertise of gastroenterologists and surgical endoscopists. It also discusses minimally invasive operative procedures such as laparoscopically assisted vaginal hysterectomy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498708302

Operative Obstetrics 4E The new edition of this authoritative review of the clinical approach to diagnostic and therapeutic obstetric maternal-fetal and perinatal procedures will be welcomed by all professionals involved in childbirth as a significant contribution to the practice of maternal-fetal medicine and surgical obstetrics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498720564

Operative Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Since the first edition was published this book has become the standard text for trainees in oral and maxillofacial surgery preparing for their exit examinations (intercollegiate FRCS). This third edition represents a major advance with each chapter thoroughly revised and updated and relevant new topics added such as robotics laser resurfacing and face transplantation. Once again the editors have selected renowned experts from around the world to author the chapters ensuring that the book continues to reflect international best practices. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482252040

Operative Orthopaedics Revised updated and expanded Operative Orthopaedics: The Stanmore Guide Second Edition is a definitive and comprehensive guide to elective orthopaedic surgery. It is suitable for junior trainees during their various orthopaedic rotations and senior trainees preparing for the Fellowship of the Royal College of Surgeons (FRCS Tr and Orth) examination. With the emphasis on surgical techniques employed and the reasoning and evidence base behind them this book is both a practical instruction manual and a revision tool for the examination. The procedures identified by the Specialist Advisory Committee including areas such as tumour surgery paediatrics and limb reconstruction are included. Each chapter follows a simple and consistent format explaining the surgery from preoperative planning and consent through to approaches techniques and postoperative care. The chapters also include key references and sample Viva Questions to extend and reinforce learning. Key Features New updated surgical techniques Highly illustrated to help explain surgical concepts easily Key point boxes to facilitate learning Recommended references for FRCS (Tr and Orth) examination success Editors Timothy WR Briggs MD MBBS (Hons) MCH (Orth) FRCS (Eng) FRCS (Ed) MD (Res) Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital Trust Stanmore United Kingdom Jonathan Miles MBChB FRCS (Tr & Orth) Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital Trust Stanmore United Kingdom William Aston BSc MBBS FRCS (Tr & Orth) (Edinb) Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital Trust Stanmore United Kingdom Heledd Havard BSc MBBCh MSc FRCS (Tr & Orth) Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital Trust Stanmore United Kingdom Daud Chou MBBS BSc MSc FRCS (Tr & Orth) Cambridge University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust Cambridge United Kingdom Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138031760

Operative Pediatric Surgery The eighth edition of the acclaimed text Operative Pediatric Surgery continues to provide a unique level of comprehensive detail on the full range of surgically treatable conditions presented in neonate and childhood as well as in utero. With an international list of authors the chapters have been updated and complemented by the high-quality artwork that has established this operative guide as the standard reference for the pediatric surgeon. A new team of editors provides authoritative coverage of both laparoscopic and other surgical approaches to every area of pediatric surgery. An e-version with video clips further enhances this definitive resource. • ensures authoritative coverage of all aspects of pediatric surgery •includes the latest operative techniques •reviews alternative surgical approaches •aids visualisation by the inclusion of over 1000 illustrations •establishes total confidence Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815370000

Operative Surgery of the Colon Rectum and Anus The sixth edition of Operative Surgery of the Colon Rectum and Anus presents the state of the art in colorectal surgery. Edited by world renowned surgeons and with expert chapters from contributors in North America Europe and Australasia the book is essential reading for the experienced surgeon established in colorectal practice as well as advanced trainees in general surgery. Each procedure is described in authoritative text beautifully complemented by high quality step-by-step color artwork and intraoperative photographs enabling the reader to approach common and rare colorectal conditions with confidence. The book comprehensively covers surgery of the anus rectum and colon in 87 chapters grouped into nine sections for ease of reference (General Principles Proctology Stomas Small Intestine Colon Rectum Perineal Reconstruction Rectal Prolapse and Surgery for Incontinence). The print edition is further enhanced by an accompanying VitalSource eBook enabling the user to download and read the book offline on a personal computer or mobile device. A masterful account of contemporary surgical practice Operative Surgery of the Colon Rectum and Anus will remain the definitive atlas of coloproctology for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780340991275

Operative Thoracic Surgery Over a decade after the last edition Operative Thoracic Surgery Sixth Edition has been thoroughly revised and updated by a team of prestigious international contributors. Particular emphasis is given to new and emerging techniques particularly minimally invasive procedures ensuring that the book remains an essential resource for surgeons in training residents and fellows in thoracic and esophageal surgery and fully qualified practitioners needing a definitive reference. Additional text describes the principles and justification of choosing each procedure pre-operative assessment and preparation post-operative care and outcomes. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482299571

OperettaA Theatrical History "Operetta: A Theatrical History" is considered the classic history of this important musical theater form. Traubner's book first published in 1983 is still recognized as the key history of the people and productions that made operetta a worldwide phenomenon. Beginning in mid-19th century Europe the book covers all of the key developments in the form including the landmark works by Strauss and his followers Gilbert & Sullivan Franz Lehar Rudolf Friml Victor Herbert and many more. The book perfectly captures the champagne-and-ballroom atmosphere of the greatest works in the genre. It will appeal to all fans of musical theatre history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138926

Ophthalmic Disease in Veterinary Medicine 5* Doody's Review: 98/100!Featuring a new author team this seminal book has been completely updated and significantly expanded. Following an outline of the basic elements of ophthalmic science relevant to study and practice the authors provide a detailed description and discussion of each condition including etiology clinical signs diagnosis prognosis and therapy as well as a section dedicated to presumed inherited eye disorders. The focus throughout remains on the clinical needs of the practitioner and the student. Beautifully illustrated in full color the book is aimed at trainee and practicing veterinarians interested in all types of ophthalmic diseases and disorders. Although the focus is on small animals there is additional material on the horse and the cow. For this edition a diverse group of authors from many geographic regions of training and practice offer a breadth of clinical expertise. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570330

Ophthalmic DOPS and OSATSThe Handbook for Work-Based Assessments 'Ophthalmology departments are among the busiest in any hospital meaning that opportunities for direct teaching are limited and the demand for juniors to undertake procedures is significant.' From the Preface Ophthalmology is a challenging and rewarding specialty that is underrepresented in undergraduate education and consequently trainee ophthalmologists often begin training with little or no experience in the specific skills required. This book provides the trainee ophthalmologist with a guide to a multitude of practical skills which form The Royal College of Ophthalmologists' syllabus. Using the College curriculum as a structure for the techniques discussed each topic maintains a consistent format throughout with RCOphth codes and target years of achievement an aim a list of equipment required and a methodical outline of the procedure. In some cases discussion of the basic principles underlying an investigative technique or the physiology of a particular sign is included. Line drawings illustrate techniques where necessary and vital 'pearls' of information are included as top tips for success. The appendix contains a concise summary of 50 major ophthalmic studies and papers together with a summary of RCOphth and NICE guidance pertinent to ophthalmology. A much-needed addition to support the trainee's learning environment Ophthalmic DOPS and OSATS: the handbook for work-based assessments serves as a vital reference as skills are learned and refined either in the workplace or during FRCOphth examination preparation. 'There are 179 competency requirements of the ophthalmology trainee embedded in The Royal College of Ophthalmologists' training curriculum. This may seem daunting to the trainee with little experience in ophthalmology in a learning environment that has hitherto been reliant on an apprenticeship model of experiential learning.' Patrick Watts in the Foreword Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195495

Ophthalmic Drug Delivery Systems The second edition of this text assembles significant ophthalmic advances and encompasses breakthroughs in gene therapy ocular microdialysis vitreous drug disposition modelling and receptor/transporter targeted drug delivery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446765

Ophthalmic ImagingPosterior Segment Imaging Anterior Eye Photography and Slit Lamp Biomicrography   Ophthalmic Imaging serves as a reference for the practicing ophthalmic imager. Ophthalmic imaging combines photography and diagnostic imaging to provide insight into not only the health of the eye but also the health of the human body as a whole. Ophthalmic photographers are specialists in imaging through and in the human eye one of the only parts of the body where the circulation and nervous system is visible non-invasively. With technical perspective as context this book will provide instructional techniques as well as the background needed for problem solving in this exciting field. The book covers all aspects of contemporary ophthalmic imaging and provides image support to ophthalmologists and sub-specialties including retinal specialists corneal specialists neuro-ophthalmologists and ocular oncologists. This text serves as a reference for the practicing ophthalmic imager or to imagers just getting started in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886001

Ophthalmic Nursing Ophthalmic Nursing provides an overview for those just setting out in a role within ophthalmic nursing. It includes basic and comprehensible anatomy and physiology – the foundations for understanding how the eye functions and why and how problems occur – and relates them to the care and needs of the patient. This accessible text includes evidence-based procedure guidelines and the inclusion of reflective activities in most chapters allows readers to apply their knowledge to the realities of the care setting. Also covered are the most recent National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) guidelines for glaucoma and age-related macular degeneration. Since the publication of the fourth edition there have been many advances in the care and management of the ophthalmic patient. The authors have updated the chapters accordingly and included new colour images and diagrams. References further reading and websites have also been updated to reflect current trends. A valuable resource for nurses in practice and training this book continues to be the ‘go-to’ source for those caring for the ophthalmic patient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482249767

Ophthalmic Toxicology Thoroughly revised and updates this new edition of Ophthalmic Toxicology retains its uniqueness in covering all aspects of ophthalmic toxicology. With chapters from leading authorities incorporating the latest developments in the field including a new chapter on the molecular basis of ophthalmic toxicity this edition covers such topics as:*the history of ophthalmic toxicology*specific actions/affinities of ophthalmic poisons to various eye tissues and to animal species*research methods in vivo and in vitro*ophthalmic toxicities of representative chemicals via systemic and/or local delivery*medical treatment of chemical ocular injuriesThis one-of-a-kind reference on ophthalmic toxicology will be invaluable to all professionals in academia industry clinics research laboratories and government agencies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447564

Ophthalmological Imaging and Applications Edited by and featuring contributions from world-class researchers Ophthalmological Imaging and Applications offers a unified work of the latest human eye imaging and modeling techniques that have been proposed and applied to the diagnosis of ophthalmologic problems including inflammation cataracts diabetic retinopathy and glaucoma. With a focus on theory basic principles and results derived from research the book: Explores various morphological textural higher-order spectral and wavelet transformation techniques used to extract salient features from images of the human eye Examines 2D and 3D finite element and boundary element models of the human eye developed to simulate thermal steady-state conditions Addresses the difficult task of benchmarking the validity of human eye imaging techniques and computer-simulated results with experimental measurements Intended to be a companion to Image Analysis and Modeling in Ophthalmology this volume covers several aspects of multimodal ophthalmological imaging and applications presenting information in an accessible manner to appeal to a wide audience of students researchers and practitioners. Ophthalmological Imaging and Applications considers promising simulations that pave the way for new possibilities in computational methods for eye health care. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074798

Ophthalmology Fact Fixer240 MCQs with Explanatory Answers So what's so special about doctors and their families? Many doctors feel that they are expected to give too much of their time to a medical career to the detriment of their family and their personal lives. This book is a practical guide to provide support and ideas on how to cope with stresses directly suffered or passed on from a relative or spouse. Written in a clear and practical style using information collated from family members describing their feelings about having a doctor in the family it provides unique and vital information on how to minimise the effects of having a medical career on the family. Essential reading for doctors and their families. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375595

Opiate Receptors Neurotransmitters and Drug DependenceBasic Science-Clinical Correlates Experts address the role of neuromodulators and opiate receptors in alcohol and drug dependence. They present innovative research techniques new discoveries and possible clinical correlates that allow for a much greater understanding of the clinical phenomena surrounding alcohol and narcotic use. Included in this thought-provoking volume are a comprehensive review of the current knowledge of the endogenous opiates their interactions with the opiate receptors and the potential relationship that these substances might have in promoting the development of dependence tolerance and withdrawal; the translation of the basic physiologic findings occuring during withdrawal to treatment of withdrawal symptoms in the clinical setting; and a physiological explanation for the rationale of using clonidine and naltrexone to accelaerate the detoxification process without undue discomfort. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873094

Opinion Polls and Volatile ElectoratesProblems and Issues in Polling European Societies Published in 1998 Opinion Polls and Volatile Electorates presents a comparative overview of the development of opinion polling in late-capitalist and post-communist societies. The author considers two related issues to help readers understand the role of polls in political affairs and the prospects for polling in the the future. Firstly it is argued that there are certain tendencies unfolding in both late-capitalist and post-communist societies (which the author terms Complex Politics) which make polling an increasingly difficult activity. The processes affect the ability of polls to measure public opinion effectively and to contribute to political democratisation. Secondly the book examines whether polls extend or inhibit democratic processes. The long-standing debate between advocates and critics of polls is considered and applied to both large-capitalist and post-communist societies. It is concluded that while opinion polls may in certain ways improve democratic practices they can also be used by powerful special interest groups to frustrate these aims. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324541

Opioid-Induced Hyperalgesia The first clinically focused text dedicated to the newly emerging area of pain medicine known as opioid-induced hyperalgesia (OIH) Opioid-Induced Hyperalgesia provides pain specialists anesthesiologists and neurologists with the most current cutting-edge research and therapeutic options for treating OIH patients. It supplies best practice guidelines for the effective assessment diagnosis and management of OIH—need-to-know information clinicians trust and can use in their practice. Organized to provide the information quickly and easily the book includes dosage recommendations to help minimize the likelihood and/or delay onset of hyperglasia and covers management approaches such as opioid rotation and tapering provide clinicians with alternative methods for treating OIH's difficult persistent and varied problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112704

Opium Empire and the Global Political EconomyA Study of the Asian Opium Trade 1750-1950 Drug epidemics are clearly not just a peculiar feature of modern life; the opium trade in the nineteenth century tells us a great deal about Asian herion traffic today. In an age when we are increasingly aware of large scale drug use this book takes a long look at the history of our relationship with mind-altering substances. Engagingly written with lay readers as much as specialists in mind this book will be fascinating reading for historians social scientists as well as those involved in Asian studies or economic history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203601532

Opium PoppyBotany Chemistry and Pharmacology Here is an in-depth examination of the opium poppy--the first medicinal plant known to mankind. In Opium Poppy: Botany Chemistry and Pharmacology author L. D. Kapoor provides readers with a comprehensive resource on poppy production from seed to alkaloid. He explores the opium poppy?s origin distribution chemistry and uses and abuses from ancient civilizations through the present day. He covers plant and seed production and crop improvement and explores in detail the chemical and pharmaceutical by-products of the opium poppy. The book begins with a historical overview of the origin and use of opium poppy in ancient civilizations such as Greece Egypt and Mesopotamia. Chapters that follow contain detailed information on:botanical studiescytogenics and plant breedingagronomy including insect and pest control measuresphysiological and anatomical studieschemical and pharmacological aspects of opium alkaloidsbiosynthesis and physiology of opium alkaloidsthe occurrence and role of alkaloids in plantsthe evaluation of analgesic actions of morphine in various pain models in experimental animalsOpium Poppy: Botany Chemistry and Pharmacology is a useful reference for professionals and students of pharmacy botany chemistry medicine and pharmacology who need a better overall understanding of this ancient plant and its (potential) modern usage. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075356

Opportunistic Infections in Patients with the Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome This book provides an overview of background information on the epidemiology biology and pathophysiology of HIV infection. It presents the spectrum of HIV disease from acute infection to specific syndrome. The book reviews the management of specific opportunistic infections. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066217

Opportunistic Mobile Social Networks The widespread availability of mobile devices along with recent advancements in networking capabilities make opportunistic mobile social networks (MSNs) one of the most promising technologies for next-generation mobile applications. Opportunistic Mobile Social Networks supplies a new perspective of these networks that can help you enhance spontaneous interaction and communication among users that opportunistically encounter each other without additional infrastructure support.The book explores recent developments in the theoretical algorithmic and application-based aspects of opportunistic MSNs. It presents the motivation behind opportunistic MSNs describes their underpinning and key concepts and also explores ongoing research. Supplies a systematic study of the constrained information flow problemReviews the recent literature on social influence in complex social networksPresents a complete overview of the fundamental characteristics of link-level connectivity in opportunistic networksExplains how mobility and dynamic network structure impact the processing capacity of opportunistic MSNs for cloud applicationsProvides a comprehensive overview of the routing schemes proposed in opportunistic MSNsTaking an in-depth look at multicast protocols the book explains how to provide pervasive data access to mobile users without the support of cellular or Internet infrastructures. Considering privacy and security issues it surveys a collection of cutting-edge approaches for minimizing privacy leakage during opportunistic user profile exchange.The book concludes by introducing a framework for mobile peer rating using a multi-dimensional metric scheme based on encounter and location testing. It also explains how to develop a network emulation test bed for validating the efficient operation of opportunistic network applications and protocols in scenarios that Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378431

Opportunistic NetworkingVehicular D2D and Cognitive Radio Networks Opportunistic networking by definition allows devices to communicate whenever a window of opportunity is available. Many emerging technologies employ opportunistic exchanges of information. This book addresses this trend in communications engineering taking into account three specific areas—vehicular device-to-device (D2D) and cognitive radio—while describing the opportunistic communication methods of each. From smart homes to smart cities smart agriculture to never-die-networks and beyond the text explores the state of the art of opportunistic networking providing the latest research developments and practices in one concise source. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573751

Opportunistic NetworksMobility Models Protocols Security and Privacy Opportunistic networks allow mobile users to share information without any network infrastructure.This book is suitable for both undergraduates and postgraduates as it discusses various aspects of opportunistic networking including foundations of ad hoc network; taxonomy of mobility models etc. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138093188

Opportunities and Challenges for the Greater Mekong SubregionBuilding a Shared Vision of Our River The Mekong River is a vital and valuable resource with huge development potential for the six states through which it flows. Given the significant asymmetry of power between those states however there is a real risk that some might utilise it to the detriment of others. Without a sense of regional belonging it is difficult to imagine that these states and their constituent communities will take regional imperatives to heart participate in joint regulatory frameworks or adopt behaviours for upstream-downstream and lateral cooperation over the appropriation and use of their shared resources. How effectively has closer interdependence of the Mekong countries accommodated the development of a political-social-cultural space conducive to the growth of a regional "we-ness" among not only political elites but also the general public? The contributors to this volume approach this question from a range of directions including the impacts of tourism regional development programmes the Mekong Power Grid and Sino-US rivalry. This edited volume presents valuable insights for scholars of international relations Asian studies development studies environment studies policy studies and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441012

Opportunities and Deprivation in the Urban SouthPoverty Segregation and Social Networks in São Paulo Contending that everyday sociability and social networks are central elements to an understanding of urban poverty Opportunities and Deprivation in the Urban South draws on detailed research conducted in São Paulo in an examination of the social networks of individuals who identify as poor. The book uses a multi-methods approach not only to test the importance of networks but also to disentangle the effects of networks and segregation and to specify the relational and spatial mechanisms associated with the production of poverty. It thus explores the different types of network that exist amongst the metropolitan poor the conditions that shape and influence them their consequences for the production of poverty and the mechanisms through which networks influence daily living conditions. A rigorous examination of poverty in a contemporary megacity Opportunities and Deprivation in the Urban South will appeal to sociologists political scientists and geographers with interests in urban studies poverty and segregation and social networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107335

Opportunities for Biomass and Organic Waste ValorisationFinding Alternative Solutions to Disposal in South Africa Following an active science-meets-industry approach on dealing with biomass and organics waste streams this timely book foregrounds key issues facing South African policy makers industry practitioners and scholars. The editors drew together a wide pool of experts in the biomass and organic valorisation industry and research offering the most recent research development and innovation undertaken by South African universities and science councils. Spanning twelve chapters and divided into the following four key parts the book offers solutions to industry and research on: Quantifying organic waste: An overview of potential sources and volumes is offered with an identification and characterisation of solid biowaste residues. Biological treatment covering the latest norms and standards; a biorefinery approach for the sugar industry; an integrated waste management approach for municipal sewage treatment; biogas production from abattoir waste; optimisation of biogas production from animal waste; and integrated bioremediation and beneficiation of bio-based waste. Mechanical and chemical treatment covering the beneficiation of sawdust waste; developing sustainable biobased polymer and bio-nanocomposite materials; and the valorisation of waste mango seeds. Thermal treatment which evaluates different municipal solid waste recycling targets in terms of energy recovery and CO2 reduction.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193768

Opportunities for Reference ServicesThe Bright Side of Reference Services in the 1990's This book first published in 1991 explores the changing roles of reference services and offers advice and practical ideas to guide librarians through the increasingly tangled maze of duties being thrust upon the reference staff. Although the everyday work of the reference librarian is often taken for granted these insightful chapters illuminate the essential service performed by the reference librarians as they facilitate access to information for a wide variety of users. Furthermore this book helps reference librarians face the future by examining the technological and service developments that will challenge their profession. It addresses unique reference problems such as making use of the telephone as an information gathering tool selecting reference material for the interdisciplinary field of Health Physical Education and Recreation (HPER) and helping non-law students with legal research. Topics related to information systems are examined such as the limitations of end-user online services and an evaluation of the Library of Congress Information system. Authoritative contributors make recommendations on how to design services to coordinate with the new technology and how to change librarians’ roles so they can assist people in using these systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374327

Opportunities in 5G NetworksA Research and Development Perspective Opportunities in 5G Networks: A Research and Development Perspective uniquely focuses on the R&D technical design of 5th-generation (5G) networks. It is written and edited by researchers and engineers who are world-renown experts in the design of 5G networks. The book consists of four sections: The first section explains what 5G is what its real uses are and the effects of 5G for mobile operators. It provides an overview of the evolution from 4G to 5G and discusses the services visions requirements and key enabling technologies for 5G networks.The second section covers the nuts and bolts of 5G design including cellular network deployment policies directional antennas for cellular networks and vertical sectoring. It discusses the development of quality-of-service management principles at the network level in the new Third Generation Partnership Project releases and their implementation in 5G networks. It covers massive multiple-in multiple-out systems—a key enabling technology for 5G and looks at issues associated with channel estimation and channel feedback in massive multiple-in multiple-out. It also addresses converged management of radio and optical resources.The third section provides an overview of candidate physical layer technologies for 5G systems nonorthogonal multiple access and Nyquist signaling rates. The final section covers the centimeter-wave (cmWave) concept (below 30 GHz) the 5G cmWave concept for small cells fundamental technology components such as optimized frame structure dynamic scheduling of uplink/downlink transmission interference suppression receivers and rank adaptation. Finally it examines millimeter-wave (mmWave) models along with medium access control design 5G mmWave communications and high-directional new medium access control mechanisms for directional mmWave wireless systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574895

Opportunity KnocksAmerican Economic Policy After Gorbachev Primarily concerned with how the US government can outwit its former allies in the rush to exploit their former common enemy. Considers the US sluggishness in technological innovation flaws in education and labor management the dangers of free trade and resource depletion. Annotation copyright Bo Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315489094

Opposing Censorship in Public SchoolsReligion Morality and Literature In the past several years hundreds of challenges a year to books used in public schools have been reported across the nation. Most of these have come from the Religious Right. This book confronts the attacks on public education and commonly used literature books by challenging the religious assumptions the biblical interpretations and the intimidation tactics of the Religious Right. Part I counters the claims of these censors by presenting opposing views on democracy secular humanism religion the Bible morality and the purposes of literature. In Part II six books frequently taught in high school classes are analyzed. Edwards shows why they have been challenged by the Religious Right and presents a case for their moral and religious virtues as well as their literary worth. The book differs from other anti-censorship works because it deals primarily and directly with the religious and moral aspects that educators often tend to avoid. This book offers teachers and school administrators scholarly conterarguments that can help confront with literature challenges from the Religious Right. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423343

Opposition and Democracy in South Africa This collection examines the nature scope and prospects for political opposition under African National Congress political dominance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038773

Opposition and Legitimacy in the Ottoman EmpireConspiracies and Political Cultures This book looks at opposition to the Ottoman government in the second half of the nineteenth century examining a number of key political conspiracies and how these relate to an existing political culture. In his detailed analysis of these conspiracies the author offers a new perspective on an important and well researched period of Ottoman history. A close reading of police records on five conspiracies offers the opportunity to analyse this opposition in great detail giving special attention to the different groups of political actors in these conspiracies that often did not come from the established political elites. Florian Riedler investigates how their background of class and education but also their individual life experiences influenced their aims and strategies their political styles as well as their ways of thinking on political legitimacy. In contrast the reaction of the authorities to these conspiracies reveals the official understanding of Ottoman legitimacy. The picture that emerges of the political culture of opposition during the second half of the nineteenth century offers a unique contribution to our understanding of the great changes in the political system of the Ottoman Empire at the time. As such it will be of great interest to scholars of Middle Eastern history political history and the Ottoman Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870192

Opposition in Western Europe This book first published in 1987 analysed the state and changing nature of political opposition in Western Europe at the time. For each country covered it discusses the concept of opposition and the approach adopted by opposition parties. It explores the institutional framework that was in place at the time the electoral support for opposition attitudes towards opposition and the criteria for the success of opposition parties. It shows how opposition had changed in nature as a result of both voter re-alignments and also because some interest groups have engaged directly in opposition activities rather than working through opposition parties as was done previously thereby increasing the scope of extra parliamentary opposition. Opposition is a fundamental element in democratic politics and this book therefore throws considerable light on the whole range of political activity in the countries covered. This title will be of interest to students of politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950252

Opposition Parties in European LegislaturesConflict or Consensus? Democratic theory considers it fundamental for parties in government to be both responsive to their electorate and responsible to internal and international constraints. But recently these two roles have become more and more incompatible with Mair’s growing divide in European party systems between parties which claim to represent but don’t deliver and those which deliver but are no longer seen to represent truer than ever.This book contains a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the behaviour of the opposition parties in eleven European democracies across Western and East Central Europe. Specifically it investigates the parliamentary behaviour of the opposition parties and shows that the party context is increasingly diverse. It demonstrates the emergence of two distinct types of opposition: one more cooperative carried out by the mainstream parties (those with government aspirations) and one more adversarial focusing on government scrutiny rather than on policy alternatives (parties permanently excluded from power). It systematically and analytically explores the sources of their behaviour whilst acknowledging that opposition is broader than its mere parliamentary behaviour. Finally it considers the European agenda and the economic crisis as two possible intervening variables that might have an impact on the opposition parties’ behaviour and the government-opposition relations. As such it responds to questions that are major concerns for the European democracies of the new millennium.This text will be of key interest to students and scholars of political parties European politics comparative politics and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592097

Opposition Politics in JapanStrategies Under a One-Party Dominant Regime The Liberal Democratic Party in Japan remained in power continuously between 1955 and 1993. In this groundbreaking study of the dominance of the LDP in Japanese politics over the last forty years Opposition Politics in Japan examines the challenges which were mounted against this regime and explores why they failed. The subjects covered include opportunities for a united opposition during the 1970s ideological organisational and electoral aspects of the opposition's lack of response to such opportunities and the causes of opposition fragmentation. The book also looks at attempts at coalition the influence of the trade unions the importance of organisational factors and the influence if any of the oppositions's Marxist tendencies.A highly original and thorough exploration of the issues Opposition Politics in Japan is essential reading for all those interested in Japanese politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008660

Oppositional Discourses and Democracies When citizens take to the streets or pack assembly halls or share their ideas through the minority press they often give voice to truths and logic that have otherwise been given little or no airing through the available institutional channels offered by democratic states. Such discourses offer new rhetorical strategies for the expression of citizen desires needs and emotions that otherwise go unrecognized and unaddressed. They also offer impetus for new forms of deliberation and informed action that can result in real political change. This collection explores the tensions between democratic states and the dynamics of citizen voice. In so doing the collection addresses such questions as: What role do oppositional discourses play in increased democratization? Can oppositional discourses be sustained over time? How do states resist pressures to democratize? This volume will be of interest to students and scholars in Politics Sociology and Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849784

Oppositional VoicesWomen as Writers and Translators in the English Renaissance Oppositional Voices is a study of six women writers in the late Elizabethan period who ignoring Renaissance society's injunction that women should confine themselves to religious compositions wrote and translated poetry drama and romantic fiction. Tina Krontiris brings together their work including at times their voiced opposition to certain oppressive ideas and stereotypes. Rather than simply glorify these voices her study subtly probes the influence of a culture inimical to female creative activity on the writings of these women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754474

Oppression and Liberty The remarkable French thinker Simone Weil is one of the leading intellectual and spiritual figures of the twentieth century. A legendary essayist political philosopher and member of the French resistance her literary output belied her tragically short life. Most of her work was published posthumously to widespread acclaim. Always concerned with the nature of individual freedom Weil explores in Oppression and Liberty its political and social implications. Analyzing the causes of oppression its mechanisms and forms she questions revolutionary responses and presents a prophetic view of a way forward. If as she noted elsewhere 'the future is made of the same stuff as the present' then there will always be a need to continue to listen to Simone Weil. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203167632

Oppression and Resistance in Africa and the Diaspora Africa’s modern history is replete with different forms of encounters and conflicts. From the fifteenth century when millions of Africans were forcefully taken away as slaves during the infamous Atlantic slave trade; to the colonial conquests of the nineteenth century where European countries conquered and subsequently balkanized Africa and shared the continent to European powers; and to the postcolonial era where many African leaders have maintained several instruments of exploitation the continent has seen different forms of encounters exploitations and oppressions. These encounters and exploitations have equally been met with resistance in different forms and at different times. The mode of Africa’s encounters with the rest of the world have in several ways shaped and continue to shape the continent’s social political and economic development trajectories. Essays in this volume have addressed different aspects of these phases of encounters and resistance by Africa and the African Diaspora.While the volume document different phases of oppression and conflict it also contains some accounts of Africa’s resistance to external and internal oppressions and exploitations. From the physical guerilla resistance of the Mau Mau group against British colonial exploitation in Kenya and its aftermath to efforts of the Kayble group to preserve their language and culture in modern Algeria; and from the innovative ways in which the Tuareg are using guitar and music as forms of expression and resistance to the modern ways in which contemporary African immigrants in North America are coping with oppressive structures and racism the chapters in this volume have examined different phases of oppressions and suppressions of Africa and its people as well as acts of resistance put up by Africans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732028

OppressionA Study in Social and Criminal Psychology Published in 1998 Oppression is a valuable contribution to the field of Sociology and Social Policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709146

Optical Acoustic Magnetic and Mechanical Sensor Technologies Light on physics and math with a heavy focus on practical applications Optical Acoustic Magnetic and Mechanical Sensor Technologies discusses the developments necessary to realize the growth of truly integrated sensors for use in physical biological optical and chemical sensing as well as future micro- and nanotechnologies. Used to pick up sound movement and optical or magnetic signals portable and lightweight sensors are perpetually in demand in consumer electronics biomedical engineering military applications and a wide range of other sectors. However despite extensive existing developments in computing and communications for integrated microsystems we are only just now seeing real transformational changes in sensors which are critical to conducting so many advanced integrated tasks. This book is designed in two sections—Optical and Acoustic Sensors and Magnetic and Mechanical Sensors—that address the latest developments in sensors. The first part covers: Optical and acoustic sensors particularly those based on polymer optical fibers Potential of integrated optical biosensors and silicon photonics Luminescent thermometry and solar cell analyses Description of research from United States Army Research Laboratory on sensing applications using photoacoustic spectroscopy Advances in the design of underwater acoustic modems The second discusses: Magnetic and mechanical sensors starting with coverage of magnetic field scanning Some contributors’ personal accomplishments in combining MEMS and CMOS technologies for artificial microsystems used to sense airflow temperature and humidity MEMS-based micro hot-plate devices Vibration energy harvesting with piezoelectric MEMS Self-powered wireless sensing As sensors inevitably become omnipresent elements in most aspects of everyday life this book assesses their massive potential in the development of interfacing applications for various areas of product design and sciences—including electronics photonics mechanics chemistry and biology to name just a few. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074811

Optical and Laser DiagnosticsProceedings of the First International Conference London 16-20 December 2002 From the automotive industry to blood flow monitoring optical techniques and laser diagnostics are becoming integral parts in engineering and medical instrumentation. Written by leading global experts from industry academic groups and laboratories this volume provides an international perspective on both existing applications and leading-edge r Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429173011

Optical and Wireless CommunicationsNext Generation Networks Optical and wireless technologies are being introduced into the global communications infrastructure at an astonishing pace. Both are revolutionizing the industry and will undoubtedly dominate its future yet in the crowded curricula in most electrical engineering programs there is no room in typical data communications courses for proper coverage of these "next generation" technologies.Optical and Wireless Communications: Next Generation Networks covers both types of networks in a unique presentation designed for a one-semester course for senior undergraduate or graduate engineering students. Part I: Optical Networks covers optical fibers transmitters receivers multiplexers amplifiers and specific networks including FDDI SONET fiber channel and wavelength-routed networks. Part II:Wireless Networks examines fundamental concepts and specific wireless networks such as LAN ATM wireless local loop and wireless PBXs. This section also explores cellular technologies and satellite communications.Eventually next generation networks will be as ubiquitous as traditional telephone networks and today's engineering students must be prepared to meet the challenges of optical and wireless systems development and deployment. Filled with illustrations examples and end-of-chapter problems Optical and Wireless Communications: Next Generation Networks provides a brief but comprehensive introduction to these technologies that will help future engineers build the foundation they need for success. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315275710

Optical Angular Momentum Spin angular momentum of photons and the associated polarization of light has been known for many years. However it is only over the last decade or so that physically realizable laboratory light beams have been used to study the orbital angular momentum of light. In many respects orbital and spin angular momentum behave in a similar manner but they differ significantly in others. In particular orbital angular momentum offers exciting new possibilities with respect to the optical manipulation of matter and to the study of the entanglement of photons.Bringing together 44 landmark papers Optical Angular Momentum offers the first comprehensive overview of the subject as it has developed. It chronicles the first decade of this important subject and gives a definitive statement of the current status of all aspects of optical angular momentum. In each chapter the editors include a concise introduction putting the selected papers into context and outlining the key articles associated with this aspect of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578534

Optical Applications of Liquid Crystals In recent years there has been increasing activity in the research and design of optical systems based on liquid crystal (LC) science. Bringing together contributions from leading figures in industry and academia Optical Applications of Liquid Crystals covers the range of existing applications as well as those in development. Unique in its thorough coverage of applications not just the basic chemistry and physics of liquid crystals the book begins with the existing applications of liquid crystals from the ubiquitous LCD through to LC projectors and holography. The remaining chapters discuss more promising technologies in development including photoaligning photopatterning and bistable twisted nematic LCs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454494

Optical Astronomical Spectroscopy A concise introduction Optical Astronomical Spectroscopy appeals to the newcomer of astronomical spectroscopy and assumes no previous specialist knowledge. Beginning from the physical background of spectroscopy with a clear explanation of energy levels and spectroscopic notation the book proceeds to introduce the main techniques of optical spectroscopy and the range of instrumentation that is available. With clarity and directness it then describes the applications of spectroscopy in modern astronomy such as the solar system stars nebulae the interstellar medium and galaxies giving an immediate appeal to beginners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406292

Optical Code Division Multiple AccessFundamentals and Applications Code-division multiple access (CDMA) technology has been widely adopted in cell phones. Its astonishing success has led many to evaluate the promise of this technology for optical networks. This field has come to be known as Optical CDMA (OCDMA). Surveying the field from its infancy to the current state Optical Code Division Multiple Access: Fundamentals and Applications offers the first comprehensive treatment of OCDMA from technology to systems.The book opens with a historical perspective demonstrating the growth and development of the technologies that would eventually evolve into today's optical networks. Building on this background the discussion moves to coherent and incoherent optical CDMA coding techniques and performance analysis of these codes in fiber optic transmission systems. Individual chapters provide detailed examinations of fiber Bragg grating (FBG) technology including theory design and applications; coherent OCDMA systems; and incoherent OCDMA systems. Turning to implementation the book includes hybrid multiplexing techniques along with system examples and conversion techniques to connect networks that use different multiplexing platforms state-of-the-art integration technologies OCDMA network security issues and OCDMA network architectures and applications including a look at possible future directions.Featuring contributions from a team of international experts led by a pioneer in optical technology Optical Code Division Multiple Access: Fundamentals and Applications places the concepts techniques and technologies in clear focus for anyone working to build next-generation optical networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391478

Optical Coding Theory with Prime Although several books cover the coding theory of wireless communications and the hardware technologies and coding techniques of optical CDMA no book has been specifically dedicated to optical coding theory—until now. Written by renowned authorities in the field Optical Coding Theory with Prime gathers together in one volume the fundamentals and developments of optical coding theory with a focus on families of prime codes supplemented with several families of non-prime codes. The book also explores potential applications to coding-based optical systems and networks. Learn How to Construct and Analyze Optical Codes The authors use a theorem-proof approach breaking down theories into digestible form so that readers can understand the main message without searching through tedious proofs. The book begins with the mathematical tools needed to understand and apply optical coding theory from Galois fields and matrices to Gaussian and combinatorial analytical tools. Using a wealth of examples the authors show how optical codes are constructed and analyzed and detail their performance in a variety of applications. The book examines families of 1-D and 2-D asynchronous and synchronous multilength and 3-D prime codes and some non-prime codes. Get a Working Knowledge of Optical Coding Theory to Help You Design Optical Systems and Networks Prerequisites include a basic knowledge of linear algebra and coding theory as well as a foundation in probability and communications theory. This book draws on the authors’ extensive research to offer an authoritative reference on the emerging field of optical coding theory. In addition it supplies a working knowledge of the theory and optical codes to help readers in the design of coding-based optical systems and networks. For more on the technological aspects of optical CDMA see Optical Code Division Multiple Access: Fundamentals and Applications (CRC Press 2005). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466567801

Optical Communication SystemsLimits and Possibilities Telecommunications have underpinned social interaction and economic activity since the 19th century and have been increasingly reliant on optical fibers since their initial commercial deployment by BT in 1983. Today mobile phone networks data centers and broadband services that facilitate our entertainment commerce and increasingly health provision are built on hidden optical fiber networks. However recently it emerged that the fiber network is beginning to fill up leading to the talk of a capacity crunch where the capacity still grows but struggles to keep up with the increasing demand. This book featuring contributions by the suppliers of widely deployed simulation software and academic authors illustrates the origins of the limited performance of an optical fiber from the engineering physics and information theoretic viewpoints. Solutions are then discussed by pioneers in each of the respective fields with near-term solutions discussed by industrially based authors and more speculative high-potential solutions discussed by leading academic groups.   Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800280

Optical Components Techniques and Systems in Engineering Presents optical techniques and measurement procedures providing basic background information on optics and lasers their components and basic systems. Contains information on thermal and laser sources detectors and recording materials semi-conductor laser diodes and optical techniques such as Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744987

Optical Compressive Imaging This dedicated overview of optical compressive imaging addresses implementation aspects of the revolutionary theory of compressive sensing (CS) in the field of optical imaging and sensing. It overviews the technological opportunities and challenges involved in optical design and implementation from basic theory to optical architectures and systems for compressive imaging in various spectral regimes spectral and hyperspectral imaging polarimetric sensing three-dimensional imaging super-resolution imaging lens-free on-chip microscopy and phase sensing and retrieval. The reader will gain a complete introduction to theory experiment and practical use for reducing hardware shortening image scanning time and improving image resolution as well as other performance parameters. Optics practitioners and optical system designers electrical and optical engineers mathematicians and signal processing professionals will all find the book a unique trove of information and practical guidance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498708067

Optical Computing Written by ten leading experts in the field Optical Computing cover topics such as optical bistability optical interconnects and circuits photorefractive devices spatial light modulators associative memory and optical computer architectures. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003070429

Optical Constants of Inorganic Glasses This book is devoted to the problem of the frequency dispersion of optical constants of inorganic glasses. It is the only source providing a comprehensive discussion of this topic on a unified physical and analytical basis.Optical Constants of Inorganic Glasses presents thorough descriptions of the underlying physical phenomena analytical models for the optical constants dispersion and detailed information on the optical constants and related optical characteristics of glasses. The broad scope of the book includes such topics as general relationships for the response of a solid to the effect of an electromagnetic field and specific features of optical spectrum formation for a glass and the resulting constants. The text details methods for reconstructing the spectra of optical constants from raw experimental spectra of glasses and provides data on the spectra of optical constants in the IR and VUV ranges and on the IR band parameters for inorganic glasses. It includes factors responsible for the behavior of the refractive index dispersion of glasses in the transparency range.The reference fully details the opportunities provided by the recent version of dispersion analysis for glasses based on the specific analytical model for the complex dielectric constant. Until now this information was only available in Russian journals. A large quantity of never-before-published data on numerical values of optical constants in the medium and far IR and of IR band frequencies and intensities is given for a wide variety of inorganic glasses. For vitreous silica data on the optical constants are also given for the broad wavelength range in the VUV.Optical Constants of Inorganic Glasses provides the only comprehensive review of available dispersion formulas and methods for interpolating and extrapolating the refractive indices of glasses in the transparency range. The volume is a valuable resource for researchers practitioners in the fields of glass technology Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811020

Optical ElectronicsSelf-Organized Integration and Applications This book proposes and reviews comprehensive strategies based on optical electronics for constructing optoelectronic systems with minimized optics excess. It describes the core technologies such as self-organized optical waveguides based on self-organized lightwave network (SOLNET) three-dimensional optical circuits material-saving heterogeneous thin-film device integration process (PL-Pack with SORT) and high-speed/small-size light modulators and optical switches. The book also presents applications of optical electronics including integrated optical interconnects within computers and massive optical switching systems utilizing three-dimensional self-organized optical circuits solar energy conversion systems and bio/medical photonics such as cancer therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310901

Optical Fiber Communication Systems with MATLAB® and Simulink® Models Carefully structured to instill practical knowledge of fundamental issues Optical Fiber Communication Systems with MATLAB® and Simulink® Models describes the modeling of optically amplified fiber communications systems using MATLAB® and Simulink®. This lecture-based book focuses on concepts and interpretation mathematical procedures and engineering applications shedding light on device behavior and dynamics through computer modeling. Supplying a deeper understanding of the current and future state of optical systems and networks this Second Edition: Reflects the latest developments in optical fiber communications technology Includes new and updated case studies examples end-of-chapter problems and MATLAB® and Simulink® models Emphasizes DSP-based coherent reception techniques essential to advancement in short- and long-term optical transmission networks Optical Fiber Communication Systems with MATLAB® and Simulink® Models Second Edition is intended for use in university and professional training courses in the specialized field of optical communications. This text should also appeal to students of engineering and science who have already taken courses in electromagnetic theory signal processing and digital communications as well as to optical engineers designers and practitioners in industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482217513

Optical Fiber SensorsAdvanced Techniques and Applications Optical Fiber Sensors: Advanced Techniques and Applications describes the physical principles of and latest developments in optical fiber sensors. Providing a fundamental understanding of the design operation and practical applications of fiber optic sensing systems this book:Discusses new and emerging areas of research including photonic crystal fiber sensors micro- and nanofiber sensing liquid crystal photonics acousto-optic effects in fiber and fiber laser-based sensingCovers well-established areas such as surface plasmon resonance sensors interferometric fiber sensors polymer fiber sensors Bragg gratings in polymer and silica fibers and distributed fiber sensorsExplores humidity sensing applications smart structure applications and medical applications supplying detailed examples of the various fiber optic sensing technologies in useOptical Fiber Sensors: Advanced Techniques and Applications draws upon the extensive academic and industrial experience of its contributing authors to deliver a comprehensive introduction to optical fiber sensors with a strong practical focus suitable for undergraduate and graduate students as well as scientists and engineers working in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656058

Optical Fibre Devices This book reflects the substantial progress made in the area of optical fibers and provides for the first time a systematic description of linear and non-linear fiber devices including fiber couplers splices connectors multiplexers switches and modulators. Primarily aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students in optics optoelectronics applied physics and electrical and electronic engineering this book serves as a valuable reference for scientists and engineers working in optoelectronics and related fields in industry and academic. Topics include coupling devices based on coupling effect with non-polarized light devices using polarized light devices based on nonlinearities and devices based on rare earth doped fibers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455863

Optical Imaging DevicesNew Technologies and Applications Optical Imaging Devices: New Technologies and Applications delivers a comprehensive introduction to optical imaging and sensing from devices to system-level applications. Drawing upon the extensive academic and industrial experience of its prestigious editors and renowned chapter authors this authoritative text: Explains the physical principles of optical imaging and sensing Covers topics such as silicon-based imaging characteristics nanophotonic phased arrays thin-film sensors label-free DNA sensors and in vivo flow cytometry Presents the contributions of leading researchers real-world examples from biomedicine recommendations for further reading and all measurements in SI units Optical Imaging Devices: New Technologies and Applications provides an essential understanding of the design operation and practical applications of optical imaging and sensing systems making it a handy reference for students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498710992

Optical Imaging for Biomedical and Clinical Applications Optical imaging is a rapidly emerging imaging technique that has been successfjully translated into biomedical applications ranging from clinical diagnosis to molecular biology. This book includes an introductory section to explore various optical imaging devices and their functionality and roles for biomedical applications such as dermatology and ophthalmology. Recent developments as exemplified with the authors research are explored in detail. In depth discussion of other disease conditions and their diagnosis with optical imaging techniques are also covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875718

Optical Imaging Techniques in Cell Biology Optical Imaging Techniques in Cell Biology Second Edition covers the field of biological microscopy from the optics of the microscope to the latest advances in imaging below the traditional resolution limit. It includes the techniques—such as labeling by immunofluorescence and fluorescent proteins—which have revolutionized cell biology. Quantitative techniques such as lifetime imaging ratiometric measurement and photoconversion are all covered in detail. Expanded with a new chapter and 40 new figures the second edition has been updated to cover the latest developments in optical imaging techniques. Explanations throughout are accurate detailed but as far as possible non-mathematical. This edition includes appendices with useful practical protocols references and suggestions for further reading. Color figures are integrated throughout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199408

Optical Inspection of Microsystems Where conventional testing and inspection techniques fail at the micro-scale optical techniques provide a fast robust and relatively inexpensive alternative for investigating the properties and quality of microsystems. Speed reliability and cost are critical factors in the continued scale-up of microsystems technology across many industries and optical techniques are in a unique position to satisfy modern commercial and industrial demands. Optical Inspection of Microsystems is the first comprehensive up-to-date survey of the most important and widely used full-field optical metrology and inspection technologies. Under the guidance of accomplished researcher Wolfgang Osten expert contributors from industrial and academic institutions around the world share their expertise and experience with techniques such as image correlation light scattering scanning probe microscopy confocal microscopy fringe projection grid and moiré techniques interference microscopy laser Doppler vibrometry holography speckle metrology and spectroscopy. They also examine modern approaches to data acquisition and processing. The book emphasizes the evaluation of various properties to increase reliability and promote a consistent approach to optical testing. Numerous practical examples and illustrations reinforce the concepts. Supplying advanced tools for microsystem manufacturing and characterization Optical Inspection of Microsystems enables you to reach toward a higher level of quality and reliability in modern micro-scale applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390570

Optical Inspection of Microsystems Second Edition Where conventional testing and inspection techniques fail at the microscale optical techniques provide a fast robust noninvasive and relatively inexpensive alternative for investigating the properties and quality of microsystems. Speed reliability and cost are critical factors in the continued scale-up of microsystems technology across many industries and optical techniques are in a unique position to satisfy modern commercial and industrial demands. Optical Inspection of Microsystems Second Edition extends and updates the first comprehensive survey of the most important optical measurement techniques to be successfully used for the inspection of microsystems. Under the guidance of accomplished researcher Wolfgang Osten expert contributors from industrial and academic institutions around the world share their expertise and experience with techniques such as image processing image correlation light scattering scanning probe microscopy confocal microscopy fringe projection grid and moire techniques interference microscopy laser-Doppler vibrometry digital holography speckle metrology spectroscopy and sensor fusion technologies. They also examine modern approaches to data acquisition and processing such as the determination of surface features and the estimation of uncertainty of measurement results. The book emphasizes the evaluation of various system properties and considers encapsulated components to increase quality and reliability. Numerous practical examples and illustrations of optical testing reinforce the concepts. Supplying effective tools for increased quality and reliability this book Provides a comprehensive up-to-date overview of optical techniques for the measurement and inspection of microsystems Discusses image correlation displacement and strain measurement electro-optic holography and speckle metrology techniques Offers numerous practical examples and illustrations Includes calibration of optical measurement systems for the inspection of MEMS Presents the characterization of dynamics of MEMS Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498779470

Optical Materials and Applications The definition of optical material has expanded in recent years largely because of IT advances that have led to rapid growth in optoelectronics applications. Helping to explain this evolution Optical Materials and Applications presents contributions from leading experts who explore the basic concepts of optical materials and the many typical applications in which they are used. An invaluable reference for readers ranging from professionals to technical managers to graduate engineering students this book covers everything from traditional principles to more cutting-edge topics. It also details recent developmental trends with a focus on basic optical properties of material. Key topics include: Fundamental optical properties of solids Fundamental optical materials (including thin films) from both linear and nonlinear perspectives Use of bulk materials in the design of various modifications Application of optical thin films in artificial components Formation of artificial structures with sub-wavelength dimensions Use of physical or chemical techniques to control lightwave phase One- two- and three-dimensional structures used to control dispersion of materials for nanophotonics Progress of the optical waveguide which makes optical systems more compact and highly efficient This book carefully balances coverage of theory and application of typical optical materials for ultraviolet visible and infrared non-linear optics solid state lasers optical waveguides optical thin films and nanophotonics. It addresses both basic ideas and more advanced topics making it an equally invaluable resource for beginners and active researchers in this growing field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372610

Optical MaterialsAn Introduction to Selection and Application This unique book provides the optics designer and user with the latest advances on materials used as optical elements in systems and devices—in one convenient volume. Presenting fundamental performance requirements basic characteristics principles of fabrication possibilities for new or modified optical materials and key characterization data this outstanding source facilitates optical materials selection and application. Comprehensive and thorough this reference offers a broad review of old and new optical materials such as glasses crystalline materials plastics and coatings… contains specific optical and characterization information useful for preliminary calculations … and explains processes used to manufacture optical materials giving insight into possible modifications of materials caused by process variations. Plus this practical text includes a glossary of terms for a basic understanding numerous illustrations for a clear perspective and references for easy access to related material. This single-source volume is ideal for optical system/device designers and developers; design and development engineers; materials engineers; physical measurements engineers; test engineers optics designers and optics engineers; professional seminars; and undergraduate- and graduate-level students in optical and materials sciences courses. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812874

Optical MaterialsMicrostructuring Surfaces with Off-Electrode Plasma This reference book concentrates on microstructuring surfaces of optical materials with directed fluxes of off-electrode plasma generated by high-voltage gas discharge and developing methods and equipment related to this technique. It covers theoretical and experimental studies on the electrical and physical properties of high-voltage gas discharges used to generate plasma outside an electrode gap. A new class of methods and devices that makes it possible to implement a series of processes for fabricating diffraction microstructures on large format wafers is also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367886264

Optical MEMS Nanophotonics and Their Applications This book covers device design fundamentals and system applications in optical MEMS and nanophotonics. Expert authors showcase examples of how fusion of nanoelectromechanical (NEMS) with nanophotonic elements is creating powerful new photonic devices and systems including MEMS micromirrors MEMS tunable filters MEMS-based adjustable lenses and apertures NEMS-driven variable silicon nanowire waveguide couplers and NEMS tunable photonic crystal nanocavities. The book also addresses system applications in laser scanning displays endoscopic systems space telescopes optical telecommunication systems and biomedical implantable systems. Presents efforts to scale down mechanical and photonic elements into the nano regime for enhanced performance faster operational speed greater bandwidth and higher level of integration. Showcases the integration of MEMS and optical/photonic devices into real commercial products. Addresses applications in optical telecommunication sensing imaging and biomedical systems. Prof. Vincent C. Lee is Associate Professor in the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering National University of Singapore. Prof. Guangya Zhou is Associate Professor in the Department of Mechanical Engineering at National University of Singapore. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498741330

Optical Methods of MeasurementWholefield Techniques Second Edition Optical Methods of Measurement: Wholefield Techniques Second Edition provides a comprehensive collection of wholefield optical measurement techniques for engineering applications. Along with the reorganization of contents this edition includes a new chapter on optical interference new material on nondiffracting and singular beams and their applications and updated bibliography and additional reading sections. The book explores the propagation of laser beams metrological applications of phase-singular beams various detectors such as CCD and CMOS devices and recording materials. It also covers interference diffraction and digital fringe pattern measurement techniques with special emphasis on phase measurement interferometry and algorithms. The remainder of the book focuses on theory experimental arrangements and applications of wholefield techniques. The author discusses digital hologram interferometry digital speckle photography digital speckle pattern interferometry Talbot interferometry and holophotoelasticity. This updated book compiles the major wholefield methods of measurement in one volume. It provides a solid understanding of the techniques by describing the physics behind them. In addition the examples given illustrate how the techniques solve measurement problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115491

Optical Microring ResonatorsTheory Techniques and Applications "a detailed cognizant account of numerous crucial aspects of optical microring resonators" – Amr S. Helmy Professor of Electrical & Computer Engineering University of Toronto "an excellent choice for gaining an insight into the vast potential of microring resonators" – Jalil Ali Professor Laser Center ISI-SIR University of Technology Malaysia "a thorough treatment… appeal[s] to a wide range of audiences" – L. Jay Guo Professor of Electrical Engineering & Computer Science The University of Michigan The field of microring resonator research has seen tremendous growth over the past decade with microring resonators now becoming a ubiquitous element in integrated photonics technology. This book fills the need for a cohesive and comprehensive treatment of the subject given its importance and the proliferation of new research in the field. The expert author has as an introductory guide for beginners as well as a reference source for more experienced researchers. This book aims to fulfill this need by providing a concise and detailed treatment of the fundamental concepts and theories that underpin the various applications. To appeal to as wide a readership as possible major areas of applications of microring resonators will also be covered in depth.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466551244

Optical Modeling and Simulation of Thin-Film Photovoltaic Devices In wafer-based and thin-film photovoltaic (PV) devices the management of light is a crucial aspect of optimization since trapping sunlight in active parts of PV devices is essential for efficient energy conversions. Optical modeling and simulation enable efficient analysis and optimization of the optical situation in optoelectronic and PV devices.Optical Modeling and Simulation of Thin-Film Photovoltaic Devices provides readers with a thorough guide to performing optical modeling and simulations of thin-film solar cells and PV modules. It offers insight on examples of existing optical models demonstrates the applicability of optical modeling and presents concrete directions and solutions for improving the devices. Along with giving practical hints the book highlights significant research development and production in the field. It covers numerous approaches of one- two- and three-dimensional optical modeling including one-dimensional semi-coherent modeling and two-dimensional modeling based on the finite element method (FEM). Many practical examples illustrate the use of simulations with the developed models helping readers better understand and develop their own models as well as appreciate innovative concepts in light management in thin-film PV devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380205

Optical ModulationAdvanced Techniques and Applications in Transmission Systems and Networks This books aims to present fundamental aspects of optical communication techniques and advanced modulation techniques and extensive applications of optical communications systems and networks employing single-mode optical fibers as the transmission system. New digital techqniues such as chromatic dispersion polarization mode dispersion nonlinear phase distortion effects etc. will be discussed. Practical models for practice and understanding the behavior and dynamics of the devices and systems will be included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875046

Optical Multi-Bound Solitons Optical Multi-Bound Solitons describes the generation and transmission of multi-bound solitons with the potential to form the basis of the temporal coding of optical data packets for next-generation nonlinear optical systems. The book deals with nonlinear systems in terms of their fundamental principles associated phenomena and signal processing applications in contemporary optical systems for communications and laser systems with a touch of mathematical representation of nonlinear equations to offer insight into the nonlinear dynamics at different phases. The text not only delineates the strong background physics of such systems but also: Discusses the phase evolution of the optical carriers under the soliton envelopes for the generation of multi-bound solitons Explains the generation of multi-bound solitons through optical fibers Examines new types of multi-bound solitons in passive and active optical resonators Conducts bi-spectral analyses of multi-bound solitons to identify the phase and power amplitude distribution property of bound solitons Presents experimental techniques for the effective generation of bound solitons Optical Multi-Bound Solitons provides extensive coverage of multi-bound solitons from the dynamics of their formation to their transmission over guided optical media. Appendices are included to supplement a number of essential definitions mathematical representations and derivations making this book an ideal theoretical reference text as well as a practical professional guidebook. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749627

Optical Nano and Micro Actuator Technology In Optical Nano and Micro Actuator Technology leading engineers material scientists chemists physicists laser scientists and manufacturing specialists offer an in-depth wide-ranging look at the fundamental and unique characteristics of light-driven optical actuators. They discuss how light can initiate physical movement and control a variety of mechanisms that perform mechanical work at the micro- and nanoscale. The book begins with the scientific background necessary for understanding light-driven systems discussing the nature of light and the interaction between light and NEMS/MEMS devices. It then covers innovative optical actuator technologies that have been developed for many applications. The book examines photoresponsive materials that enable the design of optically driven structures and mechanisms and describes specific light-driven technologies that permit the manipulation of micro- and nanoscale objects. It also explores applications in optofluidics bioMEMS and biophotonics medical device design and micromachine control. Inspiring the next generation of scientists and engineers to advance light-driven technologies this book gives readers a solid grounding in this emerging interdisciplinary area. It thoroughly explains the scientific language and fundamental principles provides a holistic view of optical nano and micro actuator systems and illustrates current and potential applications of light-driven systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439840535

Optical Nanoscopy and Novel Microscopy Techniques Microscopy is at the forefront of multidisciplinary research. It was developed by physicists made specific by chemists and applied by biologists and doctors to better understand how the human body works. For this very reason the field has been revolutionized in past decades. The objective of Optical Nanoscopy and Novel Microscopy Techniques is to choose some of those revolutionary ideas and serve a general audience from broad disciplines to achieve a fundamental understanding of these technologies and to better apply them in their daily research. The book begins with coverage of super-resolution optical microscopy which discusses targeted modulation such as STED and SIM or localization methods such as PALM. It then discusses novel development of fluorescent probes such as organic small-molecule probes fluorescent proteins and inorganic labels such as quantum dots. Finally it describes advanced optical microscopy such as fluorescence lifetime imaging fiber optic microscopy scanning ion conductance microscopy and the joining of optics and acoustics—photoacoustic microscopy. Following each chapter a detailed list of references is provided. Problems at the end of each chapter are also included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466586291

Optical Networks and ComponentsFundamentals and Advances Intended as an undergraduate/post graduate level textbook for courses on high speed optical networks as well as computer networks. Nine chapters cover basic principles of the technology and different devices for optical networks as well as processing of integrated waveguide devices of optical networks using different technologies. It provides students researchers and practicing engineers with an expert guide to the fundamental concepts issues and state of the art developments in optical networks.  Includes examples throughout all the chapters of the book to aid understanding of basic problems and solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367263775

Optical Parametric Generation and Amplification This volume considers optical parametric generation and amplification (OPG/OPA) as a means for producing a tunable optical parametric device. It reviews the OPA/OPG systems using various crystals pumped by lasers at various frequencies with pulse duration ranging from picoseconds to femtoseconds. Part two covers the theoretical background for design of an OPA/OPG system using two newly discovered nonlinear crystals. Experimental design considerations are discussed in section three including the section of nonlinear crystals pumping sources and optical configurations. In section four the experimental results obtained are compared with the theoretical calculations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455771

Optical Principles and Technology for Engineers Discussing the principles of physical and geometrical optics from an engineering point of view this book explains current optical technology and the applications of optical methods in a wide variety of fields from astronomy and agriculture to medicine and semiconductors. It offers guidance in the selection of optical components for the construction of bread-board models using commercially available standard components and provides immediately useful equations without unnecessary mathematical derivations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214290

Optical Probes in Biology Optical probes particularly the fluorescent varieties enable researchers to observe cellular events in real time and with great spatial resolution. Optical Probes in Biology explores the diverse capabilities of these powerful and versatile tools and presents various approaches used to design develop and implement them. The book examines the use of optical probes to detect and track numerous molecular processes in living cells including GTPase and kinase activities membrane lipids voltage metal ions metabolic signals RNA and histone modifications. It critically reviews the different probe designs and delves into the strategies for developing new fluorescent protein varieties with enhanced capabilities. It also covers sophisticated imaging techniques and equipment such as intensity and lifetime-based fluorescence microscopy methods used to visualize and track optical probes. In addition the book goes beyond live-cell tracking to discuss the growing application of activity-based probes for performing pharmacological drug screening and probing molecular processes in living animals. It also discusses emerging techniques that are expanding optical probe-based approaches into new biological frontiers. With contributions from top international scientists this book offers a thorough overview of the latest optical probes in cell biology and biochemistry. Both newcomers and established researchers will discover how to incorporate state-of-the-art optical probes and fluorescence imaging into their research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199934

Optical Properties and Remote Sensing of Inland and Coastal Waters Optical Properties and Remote Sensing of Inland and Coastal Waters discusses the methodology and the theoretical basis of remote sensing of water. It presents physical concepts of aquatic optics relevant to remote sensing techniques and outlines the problems of remote measurements of the concentrations of organic and inorganic matter in water. It also details the mathematical formulation of the processes governing water-radiation interactions and discusses the development of bio-optical models to incorporate optically complex bodies of water into remote sensing projects. Optical Properties and Remote Sensing of Inland and Coastal Waters derives and evaluates the interrelationships among inherent optical properties of natural water water color water quality primary production volume reflectance spectra and remote sensing. This timely and comprehensive text/reference addresses the increasing tendency toward multinational and multidisciplinary climate studies and programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579678

Optical Properties of Functional Polymers and Nano Engineering Applications Optical Properties of Functional Polymers and Nano Engineering Applications provides a basic introduction to the optical properties of polymers as well as a systematic overview of the latest developments in their nano engineering applications. Covering an increasingly important class of materials relevant not only in academic research but also in industry this comprehensive text: Considers the advantages of the liquid gradient refractive index (L-GRIN) lenses over the conventional solid lenses Explores the electrochemistry of photorefractive polymers the molecular structure of commonly used polymers and various 3D holographic displays Discusses gene detection using the optical properties of conjugated polymers Highlights the physics of fluorescence in photoluminescent polymers and energy and electron transfer mechanisms Introduces conventional polymer ion sensors based on the optical sensors of conjugated polymers prepared by click chemistry reactions Explains colorimetric visual detection of ions by donor–acceptor chromophores Describes optical sensors based on fluorescent polymers and for the detection of explosives and metal ion analytes Addresses holographic polymer-dispersed liquid crystal technology its optical setups and its applications in organic lasers Presents cutting-edge research on electrochromic devices along with new concepts prototypes commercial products and future prospects Demonstrates new techniques for creating nanoscale morphologies through self-assembly which affect the optical properties of the functional polymers Optical Properties of Functional Polymers and Nano Engineering Applications emphasizes the importance of nano engineering in improving the fundamental optical properties of the functional polymers elaborating on high-level research while thoroughly explaining the underlying principles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749641

Optical Properties of Nanostructures This book discusses electrons and photons in and through nanostructures by the first-principles quantum mechanical theories and fundamental concepts (a unified coverage of nanostructured electronic and optical components) behind nanoelectronics and optoelectronics the material basis physical phenomena device physics as well as designs and applications. The combination of viewpoints presented in the book can help foster further research and cross-disciplinary interaction needed to surmount the barriers facing future generations of technology design. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303262

Optical Properties of Photonic StructuresInterplay of Order and Disorder The collection of articles in this book offers a penetrating shaft into the still burgeoning subject of light propagation and localization in photonic crystals and disordered media. While the subject has its origins in physics it has broad significance and applicability in disciplines such as engineering chemistry mathematics and medicine. Unlike other branches of physics where the phenomena under consideration require extreme conditions of temperature pressure energy or isolation from competing effects the phenomena related to light localization survive under the most ordinary of conditions. This provides the science described in this book with broad applicability and vitality. However the greatest challenge to the further development of this field is in the reliable and inexpensive synthesis of materials of the required composition architecture and length scale where the proper balance between order and disorder is realized. Similar challenges have been faced and overcome in fields such as semiconductor science and technology. The challenge of photonic crystal synthesis has inspired a variety of novel fabrication protocols such as self-assembly and optical interference lithography that offer much less expensive approaches than conventional semiconductor microlithography. Once these challenges are fully met it is likely that light propagation and localization in photonic microstructures will be at the heart of a 21st-century revolution in science and technology.—From the Introduction Sajeev John University of Toronto Ontario Canada One of the first books specifically focused on disorder in photonic structures Optical Properties of Photonic Structures: Interplay of Order and Disorder explores how both order and disorder provide the key to the different regimes of light transport and to the systematic localization and trapping of light. Collecting contributions from leaders of research activity in th Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381219

Optical Properties of SolidsAn Introductory Textbook This textbook presents the general point of views of the optical properties of solids and gives an overview of the landscape of optics in solid-state materials especially focusing on optical imaging techniques. It presents the background of electromagnetic theory which is based on Maxwell’s equations. It shows how to manipulate Maxwell’s equations in differential forms by utilizing vector analysis and how to calculate the electric field emerging from a single charge and from charge distributions in conductors and dielectrics under Maxwell’s boundary conditions. It analyzes the optical spectra from localized electronic states and goes over some well-known phenomena currently under research such as nonlinear optical response of materials. It also gives a background on optical microscopy focusing on the optical response of modern confocal microscopy on asymmetric materials and introduces optical tomographic techniques to identify the locations and profiles of matter concentrating on fluorescence diffuse optical tomography used as a probe in deep biological tissue. The book is designed for all kinds of learners especially independent learners and is aimed to facilitate the visualization of related theoretical concepts. Problem sets have been provided with each chapter to examine the readers’ understanding of each concept. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669061

Optical Remote Sensing of Ocean Hydrodynamics Optical Remote Sensing is one of the main technologies used in sea surface monitoring. Optical Remote Sensing of Ocean Hydrodynamics investigates and demonstrates capabilities of optical remote sensing technology for enhanced observations and detection of ocean environments. It provides extensive knowledge of physical principles and capabilities of optical observations of the oceans at high spatial resolution 1-4m and on the observations of surface wave hydrodynamic processes. It also describes the implementation of spectral-statistical and fusion algorithms for analyses of multispectral optical databases and establishes physics-based criteria for detection of complex wave phenomena and hydrodynamic disturbances including assessment and management of optical databases. This book explains the physical principles of high-resolution optical imagery of the ocean surface discusses for the first time the capabilities of observing hydrodynamic processes and events and emphasizes the integration of optical measurements and enhanced data analysis. It also covers both the assessment and the interpretation of dynamic multispectral optical databases and includes applications for advanced studies and nonacoustic detection. This book is an invaluable resource for researches industry professionals engineers and students working on cross-disciplinary problems in ocean hydrodynamics optical remote sensing of the ocean and sea surface remote sensing. Readers in the fields of geosciences and remote sensing applied physics oceanography satellite observation technology and optical engineering will learn the theory and practice of optical interactions with the ocean. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656461

Optical Sensors and Switches A consideration of the development of photochemical systems with functions as optical sensors or switches discussing materials and chemical systems technology and applications for target molecules and optical signal multiplexing. It contains novel applications in electrogenerated chemiluminescence and supramolecular photophysics for sensing chemical and biological analytes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397081

Optical Sensors for Biomedical Diagnostics and Environmental Monitoring The field of plasmonics has shown extraordinary capabilities in realizing highly sensitive and accurate sensors for environmental monitoring and measurement of biological analytes. The inherent potential of such devices has led to growing interest worldwide in commercial fiber optic chemical and biosensors. Optical Sensors for Biomedical Diagnostics and Environmental Monitoring is an essential resource for students established researchers and industry developers in need of a reference work on both the fundamentals and latest advances in optical fiber sensor technology in biomedical diagnostics and environmental monitoring. The book includes rigorous theory and experimental techniques of surface plasmon and lossy mode resonances as well as real-time sensing applications of resonance techniques implemented over optical fiber substrate using bulk layer and/or nanostructures as transducer and sensing layers. In addition discussion of various design options for real-time sensors in environmental monitoring and biomedical diagnostics make the book approachable to readers from multidisciplinary fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498789066

Optical Signal Processing in Highly Nonlinear Fibers This book provides an updated description of the most relevant types of highly nonlinear fibers. It also describes some of their actual applications for nonlinear optical signal processing. Multiple types of highly nonlinear fibers are considered such as silica-based conventional highly nonlinear fibers tapered fibers photonic crystal fibers and fibers made of highly nonlinear materials namely lead-silicate tellurite bismuth oxide and chalcogenide glasses. Several nonlinear phenomena occurring on such highly nonlinear fibers are described and used to realize different functions in the area of all-optical signal processing. ï‚· Describes several nonlinear phenomena occurring on optical fibers namely nonlinear phase modulation parametric and stimulated scattering processes optical solitons and supercontinuum generation. ï‚· Discusses different types of highly nonlinear fibers namely silica-based conventional highly nonlinear fibers tapered fibers and photonic crystal fibers. ï‚· Examines fibers made of highly nonlinear materials namely lead-silicate tellurite bismuth oxide and chalcogenide glasses. ï‚· Describes the application of several nonlinear phenomena occurring on highly nonlinear fibers to realize different functions in the area of all-optical signal processing namely optical amplification multiwavelength sources pulse generation optical regeneration wavelength conversion and optical switching. Mário F. S. Ferreira received his PhD degree in 1992 in physics from the University of Aveiro Portugal where he is now a professor in the Physics Department. Between 1990 and 1991 he was at the University of Essex UK performing experimental work on external cavity semiconductor lasers and nonlinear optical fiber amplifiers. His research interests have been concerned with the modeling and characterization of multisection semiconductor lasers quantum well lasers optical fiber amplifiers and lasers soliton propagation nanophotonics optical sensors polarization and nonlinear effects in optical fibers. He has written more than 400 scientific journal and conference publications and several books in the area of mathematical physics optics and photonics. He has served as chair and committee member of multiple international conferences as well as guest editor and advisory board member of several international journals.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367205409

Optical Spectroscopy of LanthanidesMagnetic and Hyperfine Interactions Optical Spectroscopy of Lanthanides: Magnetic and Hyperfine Interactions represents the sixth and final book by the late Brian Wybourne an accomplished pioneer in the spectroscopy of rare earth ions and Lidia Smentek a leading theoretical physicist in the field. The book provides a definitive and up-to-date theoretical description of spectroscopic properties of lanthanides doped in various materials. The book integrates computer-assisted calculations developed since Wybourne’s classic publication on the topic. It contains useful Mapleâ„¢ routines discussions and new aspects of the theory of f-electron systems. Establishing a unified basis for understanding state-of-the-art applications and techniques used in the field the book reviews fundamentals based on Wybourne’s graduate lectures which include the theory of nuclei the theory of angular momentum Racah algebra and effective tensor operators. It then describes magnetic and hyperfine interactions and their impact on the energy structure and transition amplitudes of the lanthanide ions. The text culminates with a relativistic description of f↔f electric and magnetic dipole transitions covering sensitized luminescence and a new parametrization scheme of f-spectra. Optical Spectroscopy of Lanthanides enables scientists to construct accurate and reliable theoretical models to elucidate lanthanides and their properties. This text is ideal for exploring a range of lanthanide applications including electronic data storage lasers superconductors medicine nuclear engineering and nanomaterials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389178

Optical Techniques for Solid-State Materials Characterization Over the last century numerous optical techniques have been developed to characterize materials giving insight into their optical electronic magnetic and structural properties and elucidating such diverse phenomena as high-temperature superconductivity and protein folding. Optical Techniques for Solid-State Materials Characterization provides detailed descriptions of basic and advanced optical techniques commonly used to study materials from the simple to the complex. The book explains how to use these techniques to acquire analyze and interpret data for gaining insight into material properties. With chapters written by pioneering experts in various optical techniques the text first provides background on light–matter interactions semiconductors and metals before discussing linear time-integrated optical experiments for measuring basic material properties such as Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy photoluminescence and Raman scattering. The next section begins with a description of ultrashort pulse generation and carrier dynamics in semiconductors and metals. The book then discusses time-resolved optical techniques such as pump–probe spectroscopy terahertz spectroscopy and magneto-optical spectroscopy. The subsequent section describes spatially resolved optical spectroscopy including conventional optical microscopy and micro-optical and near-field scanning techniques. The book concludes with an overview of more advanced emerging optical techniques such as ultrafast x-ray and electron diffraction ultrafast photoemission spectroscopy and time-resolved optical microscopy.As optical techniques are among the first applied when studying new systems with novel properties the information presented in this comprehensive reference will only grow in importance. By supplying clear detailed explanations of these techniques the book enables researchers to readily implement them and acquire new insights into the materials they study. CRC Press Authors SpeakRohit P. Prasankumar speaks about his book. Watch the Video Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576929

Optical Techniques in Regenerative Medicine In regenerative medicine tissue engineers largely rely on destructive and time-consuming techniques that do not allow in situ and spatial monitoring of tissue growth. Furthermore once the therapy is implanted in the patient clinicians are often unable to monitor what is happening in the body. To tackle these barriers optical techniques have been developed to image and characterize many tissue properties fabricate tissue engineering scaffolds and characterize the properties of the scaffolds. Optical Techniques in Regenerative Medicine illustrates how to use optical imaging techniques and instrumentation for the fabrication assessment and longitudinal monitoring of regenerative medicine therapies. The book covers optical coherence tomography acousto-optic imaging Raman spectroscopy machine vision bioluminescence second harmonic generation microscopy multi-photon microscopy coherent anti-Stokes Raman scattering fluorescence spectroscopy and light scattering spectroscopy. Each chapter provides an overview of a particular technique its advantages and limitations in terms of structural and functional information and examples of applications in regenerative medicine. The future evolution of regenerative medicine from academic research to viable clinical alternatives to conventional treatments is dependent on the development of non-destructive analytical techniques that can elucidate the stages of tissue development both in vitro and in vivo as well as track the fate of cells following injection. This practical book demonstrates the vital role of optical techniques in the dynamic field of regenerative medicine. It guides regenerative medicine researchers toward finding the most appropriate technique for their applications and helps biophotonics researchers see where their technologies can be applied. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138382084

Optical Thin Film Design Thin-film coatings are universal on optical components such as displays lenses mirrors cameras and windows and serve a variety of functions such as antireflection high reflection and spectral filtering. Designs can be as simple as a single-layer dielectric for antireflection effects or very complex with hundreds of layers for producing elaborate spectral filtering effects. Starting from basic principles of electromagnetics design techniques are progressively introduced toward more intricate optical filter designs numerical optimization techniques and production methods as well as emerging areas such as phase change materials and metal film optics. Worked examples Python computer codes and instructor problem sets are included. Key Features: Starting from the basic principles of electromagnetics topics are built in a pedagogic manner toward intricate filter designs numerical optimization and production methods. Discusses thin-film applications and design from simple single-layer effects to complex several-hundred-layer spectral filtering. Includes modern topics such as phase change materials and metal film optics. Includes worked examples problem sets and numerical examples with Python codes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138390447

Optical TweezersMethods and Applications The technical development of optical tweezers along with their application in the biological and physical sciences has progressed significantly since the demonstration of an optical trap for micron-sized particles based on a single tightly focused laser beam was first reported more than twenty years ago. Bringing together many landmark papers on the field Optical Tweezers: Methods and Applications covers the techniques and uses of optical tweezers.Each section is introduced by a brief commentary setting the papers into their historical and contemporary contexts. The first two sections explore the pioneering work of Arthur Ashkin and the use of optical tweezers in biological systems. The book then discusses the extensive use of optical tweezers for the measurement of picoNewton forces and examines various approaches for modeling forces within optical tweezers. The next parts explain how optical tweezers are used in colloid science how to convert optical tweezers into optical spanners and how spatial light modulators create holographic tweezers. The book concludes with a section on emerging applications of optical tweezers in microfluidic systems.With contributions from some of the best in the field this compendium presents important historical and current developments of optical tweezers in a range of scientific areas from the manipulation of bacteria to the treatment of DNA. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367383930

Optical WaveguidesFrom Theory to Applied Technologies Although the theory and principles of optical waveguides have been established for more than a century the technologies have only been realized in recent decades. Optical Waveguides: From Theory to Applied Technologies combines the most relevant aspects of waveguide theory with the study of current detailed waveguiding technologies in particular photonic devices telecommunication applications and biomedical optics. With self-contained chapters written by well-known specialists the book features both fundamentals and applications. The first three chapters examine the theoretical foundations and bases of planar optical waveguides as well as critical optical properties such as birefringence and nonlinear optical phenomena. The next several chapters focus on contemporary waveguiding technologies that include photonic devices and telecommunications. The book concludes with discussions on additional technological applications including biomedical optical waveguides and the potential of neutron waveguides. As optical waveguides play an increasing part in modern technology photonics will become to the 21st century what electronics were to the 20th century. Offering both novel insights for experienced professionals and introductory material for novices this book facilitates a better understanding of the new information era—the photonics century. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389536

Optical Waves and Laser Beams in the Irregular Atmosphere The book introduces optical wave propagation in the irregular turbulent atmosphere and the relations to laser beam and LIDAR applications for both optical communication and imaging. It examines atmosphere fundamentals structure and content. It explains specific situations occurring in the irregular atmosphere and for specific natural phenomena that affect optical ray and laser beam propagation. It emphasizes how to use LIDAR to investigate atmospheric phenomena and predict primary parameters of the irregular turbulent atmosphere and suggests what kinds of optical devices to operate in different atmospheric situations to minimize the deleterious effects of natural atmospheric phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572952

Optical Wideband Transmission Systems This book is concerned with high bit rate systems which are predestined particularly for the long-distance trunk lines that will be used in future communications networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896090

Optical Wireless CommunicationsIR for Wireless Connectivity Over the last three decades interest in Infrared (IR) technology as a medium to convey information has grown considerably. This is reflected by the increasing number of devices such as laptops PDAs and mobile phones that incorporate optical wireless transceivers and also by the increasing number of optical wireless links available for indoor and outdoor use. The popularity of IR is based on the advantages it has over radio including unregulated bandwidth immunity to radio interference and inherent security. Optical Wireless Communications examines some of the most important features of optical wireless communication systems. It considers the benefits and limitations of IR as a medium conveying information wirelessly and compares the advantages and disadvantages of infrared to microwave and other radio systems. It also details the evolution of IR communication systems and describes atmospheric and other types of data transmission limitations. The book presents design fundamentals of optical concentrators as well as a review of some of the most important receiver optical front-ends (containing imaging or non-imaging concentrators and optical filters) including an explanation of the different sources of infrared noise and an introduction to eye safety. It also describes optical wireless transmitter and receiver design issues typical modulation coding and multiple access techniques and introduces IrDA protocols and wireless IR networking. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367452674

Optical Wireless CommunicationsSystem and Channel Modelling with MATLAB® Detailing a systems approach Optical Wireless Communications: System and Channel Modelling with MATLAB® is a self-contained volume that concisely and comprehensively covers the theory and technology of optical wireless communications systems (OWC) in a way that is suitable for undergraduate and graduate-level students as well as researchers and professional engineers. Incorporating MATLAB® throughout the authors highlight past and current research activities to illustrate optical sources transmitters detectors receivers and other devices used in optical wireless communications. They also discuss both indoor and outdoor environments discussing how different factors—including various channel models—affect system performance and mitigation techniques. In addition this book broadly covers crucial aspects of OWC systems: Fundamental principles of OWC Devices and systems Modulation techniques and schemes (including polarization shift keying) Channel models and system performance analysis Emerging visible light communications Terrestrial free space optics communication Use of infrared in indoor OWC One entire chapter explores the emerging field of visible light communications and others describe techniques for using theoretical analysis and simulation to mitigate channel impact on system performance. Additional topics include wavelet denoising artificial neural networks and spatial diversity. Content also covers different challenges encountered in OWC as well as outlining possible solutions and current research trends. A major attraction of the book is the presentation of MATLAB simulations and codes which enable readers to execute extensive simulations and better understand OWC in general. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074804

Optical Wireless CommunicationsSystem and Channel Modelling with MATLAB® Second Edition The 2nd Edition of Optical Wireless Communications: System and Channel Modelling with MATLAB® with additional new materials is a self-contained volume that provides a concise and comprehensive coverage of the theory and technology of optical wireless communication systems (OWC). The delivery method makes the book appropriate for students studying at undergraduate and graduate levels as well as researchers and professional engineers working in the field of OWC. The book gives a detailed description of OWC focusing mainly on the infrared and visible bands for indoor and outdoor applications. A major attraction of the book is the inclusion of Matlab codes and simulations results as well as experimental test-beds for free space optics and visible light communication systems. This valuable resource will aid the readers in understanding the concept carrying out extensive analysis simulations implementation and evaluation of OWC links. This 2nd edition is structured into nine compact chapters that cover the main aspects of OWC systems: History current state of the art and challenges Fundamental principles Optical source and detector and noise sources Modulation equalization diversity techniques Channel models and system performance analysis Visible light communications Terrestrial free space optics communications Relay-based free space optics communications Matlab codes. A number of Matlab based simulation codes are included in this 2nd edition to assist the readers in mastering the subject and most importantly to encourage them to write their own simulation codes and enhance their knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742696

Optics EssentialsAn Interdisciplinary Guide A Valuable Reference for Understanding Basic Optical PrincipalsNeed a crash course in optics? If you are a non-specialist with little or no knowledge of optical components systems or hardware who suddenly finds it necessary to work with optics in your given field then Optics Essentials: An Interdisciplinary Guide is the book for you. Aimed at engineers and other interdisciplinary professionals tackling optics-related challenges this text provides a basic overview of optical principles concepts and applications as well as worked examples throughout. It enables readers to gain a basic understanding of optics and sense of optical phenomena without having to commit to extended periods of study.Contains MATLAB® Simulations and Suggested ExperimentsThe book provides MATLAB simulations to help the reader visualize concepts includes simple experiments using everyday materials that are readily available to solidify optical principles and provides worked examples throughout. It contains a set of suggested experiments in each chapter designed to help the reader understand and visualize the basic principles. While this book assumes that the reader has a basic background in mathematics it does not burden or overwhelm them with complex information or heavy mathematical equations. In addition while it also briefly discusses advanced topics readers are directed to the appropriate texts for more detailed study.Comprised of 11 chapters this illuminating text:Describes light sources such as lasers light-emitting diodes and thermal sourcesCompares various light sources and photometric and radiometric parametersDiscusses light detection including various detector types such as photon detectors and thermal detectors and other topics re Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377915

Optics for Engineers The field of optics has become central to major developments in medical imaging remote sensing communication micro- and nanofabrication and consumer technology among other areas. Applications of optics are now found in products such as laser printers bar-code scanners and even mobile phones. There is a growing need for engineers to understand the principles of optics in order to develop new instruments and improve existing optical instrumentation. Based on a graduate course taught at Northeastern University Optics for Engineers provides a rigorous practical introduction to the field of optics. Drawing on his experience in industry the author presents the fundamentals of optics related to the problems encountered by engineers and researchers in designing and analyzing optical systems. Beginning with a history of optics the book introduces Maxwell’s equations the wave equation and the eikonal equation which form the mathematical basis of the field of optics. It then leads readers through a discussion of geometric optics that is essential to most optics projects. The book also lays out the fundamentals of physical optics—polarization interference and diffraction—in sufficient depth to enable readers to solve many realistic problems. It continues the discussion of diffraction with some closed-form expressions for the important case of Gaussian beams. A chapter on coherence guides readers in understanding the applicability of the results in previous chapters and sets the stage for an exploration of Fourier optics. Addressing the importance of the measurement and quantification of light in determining the performance limits of optical systems the book then covers radiometry photometry and optical detection. It also introduces nonlinear optics. This comprehensive reference includes downloadable MATLAB® code as well as numerous problems examples and illustrations. An introductory text for graduate and advanced undergraduate students it is also a useful resource for researchers and engineers developing optical systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439807255

Optics for Materials Scientists This new volume will help materials scientists and engineers fully comprehend the principles of optics and optical phenomena and effectively utilize them for the design and fabrication of optical materials and devices. Materials science is an interdisciplinary field at the intersection of various fields such as metallurgy ceramics solid-state physics chemistry chemical engineering and mechanical engineering. Thus many physicists chemists and engineers also work in materials science. Many materials scientists generally do not have a strong background in optics and this book aims to fill that gap. The volume explains the fundamentals of optics legibly to nonspecialists and presents theoretical treatments for a variety of optical phenomena resulting from light-matter interactions. It covers thin film optics interference lithography and metal plasmonics as practical applications of optics for materials research. Each chapter of the book has a problem and reference section to facilitate the reader’s understanding. The book is aimed at assisting materials scientists and engineers who must be aware of optics and optical phenomena. This book will also be useful as a textbook for students in materials science physics chemistry and engineering throughout their undergraduate and early graduate years.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887571

Optics in Magnetic Multilayers and Nanostructures In the continuing push toward optical computing the focus remains on finding and developing the right materials. Characterizing materials understanding the behavior of light in these materials and being able to control the light are key players in the search for suitable optical materials. Optics in Magnetic Multilayers and Nanostructures presents an accessible introduction to optics in anisotropic magnetic media.While most of the literature presents only final results of the complicated formulae for the optics in anisotropic media this book provides detailed explanations and full step-by-step derivations that offer insight into the procedure and reveal any approximations. Based on more than three decades of experimental research on the subject the author explains the basic concepts of magnetooptics; nonreciprocal wave propagation; the simultaneous effect of crystalline symmetry and arbitrarily oriented magnetization on the form of permittivity tensors; spectral dependence of permittivity; multilayers at polar longitudinal transverse and arbitrary magnetization; the effect of normal or near-normal incidence on multilayers; and anisotropic multilayer gratings.Making the subject of magnetooptics and anisotropic media approachable by the nonspecialist Optics in Magnetic Multilayers and Nanostructures serves as an ideal introduction to newcomers and an indispensable reference for seasoned researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221243

Optics ManufacturingComponents and Systems Optical components are essential key elements in modern engineering and everyday life. The education of skilled personnel and specialists in the fields of theoretical and practical optics manufacturing is of essential importance for next-generation technologies. Against this background this book provides the basis for the education and advanced training of precision and ophthalmic optics technicians craftsmen and foremen and it is an extensive reference work for students academics optical designers or shop managers and production engineers. It not only covers particularly used and applied machines working materials testing procedures and machining steps for classical optics manufacturing but it also addresses the production and specification of optical glasses as well as unconventional production techniques and novel approaches. Optics Manufacturing: Components and Systems furthermore covers the basics of light propagation and provides an overview on optical materials and components; presents an introduction and explanation of the necessary considerations and procedures for the initial definition of manufacturing tolerances and the relevant industrial standards for optics manufacturing; and addresses the production of micro optics the assembly of opto-mechanical setups and possible manufacturing errors and the impact of the resulting inaccuracies. In order to allow fast and clear access to the most essential information each chapter ends with a short summary of the most important aspects including an explanation of relevant equations symbols and abbreviations. For further reading extensive lists of references are also provided. Finally exercises on the covered basic principles of optics approaches and techniques of optics manufacturing—including their corresponding detailed solutions—are found in the appendix. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367877736

Optics of Aperiodic StructuresFundamentals and Device Applications This book presents state-of-the-art contributions from a number of leading experts that actively work worldwide in the rapidly growing highly interdisciplinary and fascinating fields of aperiodic optics and complex photonics. Edited by Luca Dal Negro a prominent researcher in these areas of optical science the book covers the fundamental computational and experimental aspects of deterministic aperiodic structures as well as numerous device and engineering applications to dense optical filters nanoplasmonics photovoltaics and technologies optical sensing light sources and nonlinear optics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463089

Optics of Nanomaterials Nanomaterials are mainly categorized into three groups: fundamental building blocks dispersions or composites of building blocks in randomly ordered matrices and spatially resolved ordered nanostructures. Today nanomaterials that offer some unique optical properties may find application as pure materials or may be integrated into larger structures. This book presents examples of both pure and composite materials that include organic–inorganic nanocomposites and quantum dots embedded into different matrices for various applications in modern nanotechnology. This edition has been thoroughly revised and updated with the most recent developments in the field. The newly added introductory paragraphs will help students and young researchers in better understanding the chapters. The new sections on frequently used physical constants and units conversions as well as the updated bibliography add to the book’s utility. This textbook is unique compared with its counterparts in the market in respect of its scope as it contains introductory sections to the important topics on nanomaterial optics. This feature broadens its readership from engineers and researchers working in the field of materials science and optics to lecturers graduate students and beginners who want to deepen their knowledge in nanomaterial optics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774598

Optimal and Adaptive Signal Processing Optimal and Adaptive Signal Processing covers the theory of optimal and adaptive signal processing using examples and computer simulations drawn from a wide range of applications including speech and audio communications reflection seismology and sonar systems. The material is presented without a heavy reliance on mathematics and focuses on one-dimensional and array processing results as well as a wide range of adaptive filter algorithms and implementations. Topics discussed include random signals and optimal processing adaptive signal processing with the LMS algorithm applications of adaptive filtering algorithms and structures for adaptive filtering spectral analysis and array signal processing. Optimal and Adaptive Signal Processing is a valuable guide for scientists and engineers as well as an excellent text for senior undergraduate/graduate level students in electrical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450076

Optimal and Robust ControlAdvanced Topics with MATLAB® While there are many books on advanced control for specialists there are few that present these topics for nonspecialists. Assuming only a basic knowledge of automatic control and signals and systems Optimal and Robust Control: Advanced Topics with MATLAB® offers a straightforward self-contained handbook of advanced topics and tools in automatic control. Techniques for Controlling System Performance in the Presence of Uncertainty The book deals with advanced automatic control techniques paying particular attention to robustness—the ability to guarantee stability in the presence of uncertainty. It explains advanced techniques for handling uncertainty and optimizing the control loop. It also details analytical strategies for obtaining reduced order models. The authors then propose using the Linear Matrix Inequalities (LMI) technique as a unifying tool to solve many types of advanced control problems. Topics covered include: LQR and H-infinity approaches Kalman and singular value decomposition Open-loop balancing and reduced order models Closed-loop balancing Passive systems and bounded-real systems Criteria for stability control This easy-to-read text presents the essential theoretical background and provides numerous examples and MATLAB exercises to help the reader efficiently acquire new skills. Written for electrical electronic computer science space and automation engineers interested in automatic control this book can also be used for self-study or for a one-semester course in robust control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466501911

Optimal and Robust EstimationWith an Introduction to Stochastic Control Theory Second Edition More than a decade ago world-renowned control systems authority Frank L. Lewis introduced what would become a standard textbook on estimation under the title Optimal Estimation used in top universities throughout the world. The time has come for a new edition of this classic text and Lewis enlisted the aid of two accomplished experts to bring the book completely up to date with the estimation methods driving today's high-performance systems.A Classic RevisitedOptimal and Robust Estimation: With an Introduction to Stochastic Control Theory Second Edition reflects new developments in estimation theory and design techniques. As the title suggests the major feature of this edition is the inclusion of robust methods. Three new chapters cover the robust Kalman filter H-infinity filtering and H-infinity filtering of discrete-time systems.Modern Tools for Tomorrow's EngineersThis text overflows with examples that highlight practical applications of the theory and concepts. Design algorithms appear conveniently in tables allowing students quick reference easy implementation into software and intuitive comparisons for selecting the best algorithm for a given application. In addition downloadable MATLAB® code allows students to gain hands-on experience with industry-standard software tools for a wide variety of applications.This cutting-edge and highly interactive text makes teaching and learning estimation methods easier and more modern than ever. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221656

Optimal and Robust Scheduling for Networked Control Systems Optimal and Robust Scheduling for Networked Control Systems tackles the problem of integrating system components—controllers sensors and actuators—in a networked control system. It is common practice in industry to solve such problems heuristically because the few theoretical results available are not comprehensive and cannot be readily applied by practitioners. This book offers a solution to the deterministic scheduling problem that is based on rigorous control theoretical tools but also addresses practical implementation issues. Helping to bridge the gap between control theory and computer science it suggests that the consideration of communication constraints at the design stage will significantly improve the performance of the control system. Technical Results Design Techniques and Practical Applications The book brings together well-known measures for robust performance as well as fast stochastic algorithms to assist designers in selecting the best network configuration and guaranteeing the speed of offline optimization. The authors propose a unifying framework for modelling NCSs with time-triggered communication and present technical results. They also introduce design techniques including for the codesign of a controller and communication sequence and for the robust design of a communication sequence for a given controller. Case studies explore the use of the FlexRay TDMA and time-triggered control area network (CAN) protocols in an automotive control system. Practical Solutions to Your Time-Triggered Communication Problems This unique book develops ready-to-use engineering tools for large-scale control system integration with a focus on robustness and performance. It emphasizes techniques that are directly applicable to time-triggered communication problems in the automotive industry and in avionics robotics and automated manufacturing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074828

Optimal Audio and Video Reproduction at HomeImproving the Listening and Viewing Experience Optimal Audio and Video Reproduction at Home is a comprehensive guide that will help every reader set up a modern audio-video system in a small room such as a home theater or studio control room. Verdult covers everything the reader needs to know to optimize the reproduction of multichannel audio and high-resolution video. The book provides concrete advice on equipment setup display calibration loudspeaker positioning room acoustics and much more. Detailed easy-to-grasp explanations of the underlying principles ensure the reader will make the right choices find alternatives and separate the rigid from the more flexible requirements to achieve the best possible results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335387

Optimal Control for Chemical Engineers Optimal Control for Chemical Engineers gives a detailed treatment of optimal control theory that enables readers to formulate and solve optimal control problems. With a strong emphasis on problem solving the book provides all the necessary mathematical analyses and derivations of important results including multiplier theorems and Pontryagin’s principle. The text begins by introducing various examples of optimal control such as batch distillation and chemotherapy and the basic concepts of optimal control including functionals and differentials. It then analyzes the notion of optimality describes the ubiquitous Lagrange multipliers and presents the celebrated Pontryagin principle of optimal control. Building on this foundation the author examines different types of optimal control problems as well as the required conditions for optimality. He also describes important numerical methods and computational algorithms for solving a wide range of optimal control problems including periodic processes. Through its lucid development of optimal control theory and computational algorithms this self-contained book shows readers how to solve a variety of optimal control problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074835

Optimal Control of Age-structured Populations in Economy Demography and the Environment This book covers a wide range of topics within mathematical modelling and the optimization of economic demographic technological and environmental phenomena. Each chapter is written by experts in their field and represents new advances in modelling theory and practice. These essays are exemplary of the fruitful interaction between theory and practice when exploring global and local changes. The unifying theme of the book is the use of mathematical models and optimization methods to describe age-structured populations in economy demography technological change and the environment. Emphasis is placed on deterministic dynamic models that take age or size structures delay effects and non-standard decision variables into account. In addition the contributions deal with the age structure of assets resources and populations under study. Interdisciplinary modelling has enormous potential for discovering new insights in global and regional development. Optimal Control of Age-structured Populations in Economy Demography and the Environment is a rich and excellent source of information on state-of-the-art modelling expertise and references. The book provides the necessary mathematical background for readers from different areas such as applied sciences management sciences and operations research which helps guide the development of practical models. As well as this the book also surveys the current practice in applied modelling and looks at new research areas for a general mathematical audience. This book will be of interest primarily to researchers postgraduate students as well as a wider scientific community including those focussing on the subjects of applied mathematics environmental sciences economics demography management and operations research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860871

Optimal Control of Differential Equations "Based on the International Conference on Optimal Control of Differential Equations held recently at Ohio University Athens this Festschrift to honor the sixty-fifth birthday of Constantin Corduneanu an outstanding researcher in differential and integral equations provides in-depth coverage of recent advances applications and open problems relevant to mathematics and physics. Introduces new results as well as novel methods and techniques!" Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138417717

Optimal Control of Hydrosystems "Combines the hydraulic simulation of physical processes with mathematical programming and differential dynamic programming techniques to ensure the optimization of hydrosystems. Presents the principles and methodologies for systems and optimal control concepts; features differential dynamic programming in developing models and solution algorithms for groundwater real-time flood and sediment control of river-reservoir systems and water distribution systems operations as well as bay and estuary freshwater inflow reservoir oprations; and more." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896106

Optimal Control Systems The theory of optimal control systems has grown and flourished since the 1960's. Many texts written on varying levels of sophistication have been published on the subject. Yet even those purportedly designed for beginners in the field are often riddled with complex theorems and many treatments fail to include topics that are essential to a thorough grounding in the various aspects of and approaches to optimal control.Optimal Control Systems provides a comprehensive but accessible treatment of the subject with just the right degree of mathematical rigor to be complete but practical. It provides a solid bridge between "traditional" optimization using the calculus of variations and what is called "modern" optimal control. It also treats both continuous-time and discrete-time optimal control systems giving students a firm grasp on both methods. Among this book's most outstanding features is a summary table that accompanies each topic or problem and includes a statement of the problem with a step-by-step solution. Students will also gain valuable experience in using industry-standard MATLAB and SIMULINK software including the Control System and Symbolic Math Toolboxes.Diverse applications across fields from power engineering to medicine make a foundation in optimal control systems an essential part of an engineer's background. This clear streamlined presentation is ideal for a graduate level course on control systems and as a quick reference for working engineers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214429

Optimal ControlWeakly Coupled Systems and Applications Unique in scope Optimal Control: Weakly Coupled Systems and Applications provides complete coverage of modern linear bilinear and nonlinear optimal control algorithms for both continuous-time and discrete-time weakly coupled systems using deterministic as well as stochastic formulations. This book presents numerous applications to real world systems from various industries including aerospace and discusses the design of subsystem-level optimal filters. Organized into independent chapters for easy access to the material this text also contains several case studies examples exercises computer assignments and formulations of research problems to help instructors and students. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221786

Optimal Decisions In Markets And Planned Economies Much research into the economics of socialist planned economies has emphasized macroeconomic issues central to setting and meeting macroeconomic goals and research on the theory of the firm in capitalist economies is not generally relevant to socialist economies. In this volume leading economists from both East and West fill the gap in the literature by examining in critical detail many different aspects of the microeconomics of the firm in socialist economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281977

Optimal Design for Nonlinear Response Models Optimal Design for Nonlinear Response Models discusses the theory and applications of model-based experimental design with a strong emphasis on biopharmaceutical studies. The book draws on the authors’ many years of experience in academia and the pharmaceutical industry. While the focus is on nonlinear models the book begins with an explanation of the key ideas using linear models as examples. Applying the linearization in the parameter space it then covers nonlinear models and locally optimal designs as well as minimax optimal on average and Bayesian designs. The authors also discuss adaptive designs focusing on procedures with non-informative stopping. The common goals of experimental design—such as reducing costs supporting efficient decision making and gaining maximum information under various constraints—are often the same across diverse applied areas. Ethical and regulatory aspects play a much more prominent role in biological medical and pharmaceutical research. The authors address all of these issues through many examples in the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379803

Optimal Design of Control SystemsStochastic and Deterministic Problems (Pure and Applied Mathematics: A Series of Monographs and Textbooks/221) "Covers design methods for optimal (or quasioptimal) control algorithms in the form of synthesis for deterministic and stochastic dynamical systems-with applications in aerospace robotic and servomechanical technologies. Providing new results on exact and approximate solutions of optimal control problems." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065555

Optimal Economic Growth with Exhaustible Resources Originally published in 1979. For decades conservationists have argued that increasing population will eventually out-strip the limited natural resources of the earth. Economists have responded by saying that any resource scarcity will be forestalled by changes in tastes and technology induced by the appropriate price signals. This study is an attempt to develop a theoretical framework for analysing some of the issues related to this debate. Using an optimal growth theory framework the author analyses the problem of optimally allocating a finite stock of the resource over time. In the process the author points out the crucial parameters and value judgments relevant to the various issues. This title will be of interest to students of environmental economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103184

Optimal Estimation of Dynamic Systems Optimal Estimation of Dynamic Systems Second Edition highlights the importance of both physical and numerical modeling in solving dynamics-based estimation problems found in engineering systems. Accessible to engineering students applied mathematicians and practicing engineers the text presents the central concepts and methods of optimal estimation theory and applies the methods to problems with varying degrees of analytical and numerical difficulty. Different approaches are often compared to show their absolute and relative utility. The authors also offer prototype algorithms to stimulate the development and proper use of efficient computer programs. MATLAB® codes for the examples are available on the book’s website. New to the Second EditionWith more than 100 pages of new material this reorganized edition expands upon the best-selling original to include comprehensive developments and updates. It incorporates new theoretical results an entirely new chapter on advanced sequential state estimation and additional examples and exercises. An ideal self-study guide for practicing engineers as well as senior undergraduate and beginning graduate students the book introduces the fundamentals of estimation and helps newcomers to understand the relationships between the estimation and modeling of dynamical systems. It also illustrates the application of the theory to real-world situations such as spacecraft attitude determination GPS navigation orbit determination and aircraft tracking. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439839850

Optimal Experimental Design with R Experimental design is often overlooked in the literature of applied and mathematical statistics: statistics is taught and understood as merely a collection of methods for analyzing data. Consequently experimenters seldom think about optimal design including prerequisites such as the necessary sample size needed for a precise answer for an experimental question.Providing a concise introduction to experimental design theory Optimal Experimental Design with R:Introduces the philosophy of experimental design Provides an easy process for constructing experimental designs and calculating necessary sample size using R programsTeaches by example using a custom made R program package: OPDOEConsisting of detailed data-rich examples this book introduces experimenters to the philosophy of experimentation experimental design and data collection. It gives researchers and statisticians guidance in the construction of optimum experimental designs using R programs including sample size calculations hypothesis testing and confidence estimation. A final chapter of in-depth theoretical details is included for interested mathematical statisticians. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367382766

Optimal Human RelationsThe Search for a Good Life This volume deals with the human desire to live the good life defined as seeking that which "is good optimal or ultimately desirable." While there may be different ways of achieving this goal the pathways are similar in some ways. In exploring the ways in which these paths cross Mortensen asserts that an ability to sustain optimal human relations--that is healthy communication interpersonal compatibility and prosocial influence--is a standard against which the good life can be measured.Optimal Human Relations explores the favorable conditions for human beings to live the best possible way of life imaginable; it both argues the case for and documents recent advances in the study of social influences on everyday life.Social influences help to develop an expansive sense of intrinsic motivation in daily encounters with others. While optimal relations are not easily achieved or maintained it is through healthy relationships that one may pursue pleasure and happiness--even meaning importance and significance with valued companions. The cultivation of physical emotional intellectual and spiritual health through these relations generates an enhanced sense of well-being growth and maturity. Mature individuals are more likely to maintain optimal relations by counting daily blessings more than lamenting routine burdens.This inspirational conception of "the good life" invites productive inquiry into the conditions responsible for the pursuit of optimal conditions fulfilled expectations and a rich vital way of life. It is through this lens that Mortensen measures the good life pointing to these aspects of human communication as a litmus test of the relative importance of individualistic and collective orientations. Along the way the reader discovers who and what we are in relation to the quality of the world in which we reside alongside those who journey with us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512801

Optimal Measurement Methods for Distributed Parameter System Identification For dynamic distributed systems modeled by partial differential equations existing methods of sensor location in parameter estimation experiments are either limited to one-dimensional spatial domains or require large investments in software systems. With the expense of scanning and moving sensors optimal placement presents a critical problem.Optimal Measurement Methods for Distributed Parameter System Identification discusses the characteristic features of the sensor placement problem analyzes classical and recent approaches and proposes a wide range of original solutions culminating in the most comprehensive and timely treatment of the issue available. By presenting a step-by-step guide to theoretical aspects and to practical design methods this book provides a sound understanding of sensor location techniques.Both researchers and practitioners will find the case studies the proposed algorithms and the numerical examples to be invaluable. This text also offers results that translate easily to MATLAB and to Maple. Assuming only a basic familiarity with partial differential equations vector spaces and probability and statistics and avoiding too many technicalities this is a superb resource for researchers and practitioners in the fields of applied mathematics electrical civil geotechnical mechanical chemical and environmental engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393984

Optimal Networked Control Systems with MATLAB Optimal Networked Control Systems with MATLAB® discusses optimal controller design in discrete time for networked control systems (NCS). The authors apply several powerful modern control techniques in discrete time to the design of intelligent controllers for such NCS. Detailed derivations rigorous stability proofs computer simulation examples and downloadable MATLAB® codes are included for each case. The book begins by providing background on NCS networked imperfections dynamical systems stability theory and stochastic optimal adaptive controllers in discrete time for linear and nonlinear systems. It lays the foundation for reinforcement learning-based optimal adaptive controller use for finite and infinite horizons. The text then: Introduces quantization effects for linear and nonlinear NCS describing the design of stochastic adaptive controllers for a class of linear and nonlinear systems Presents two-player zero-sum game-theoretic formulation for linear systems in input–output form enclosed by a communication network Addresses the stochastic optimal control of nonlinear NCS by using neuro dynamic programming Explores stochastic optimal design for nonlinear two-player zero-sum games under communication constraints Treats an event-sampled distributed NCS to minimize transmission of state and control signals within the feedback loop via the communication network Covers distributed joint optimal network scheduling and control design for wireless NCS as well as the effect of network protocols on the wireless NCS controller design An ideal reference for graduate students university researchers and practicing engineers Optimal Networked Control Systems with MATLAB® instills a solid understanding of neural network controllers and how to build them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482235258

Optimal Power Flow Using FACTS DevicesSoft Computing Techniques Optimal Power Flow Using FACTS Devices: Soft Computing Techniques develops intelligent algorithms to analyze optimal power flow (OPF) and to enhance the power transfer capability of the transmission line with reduced congestion. By providing elaborate studies on FACTS devices and by using soft computing metaheuristics algorithms such as Firefly Cuckoo Flower Pollination and others. this book enables readers to know about algorithms in real-time power system applications and damping of subsynchronous resonance (SSR) oscillations. Key features of this book include: Offers comprehensive review of FACTS devices and the importance of soft computing techniques for solving OPF. Describes the various problems associated with power system operation and control. Addresses issues of SSR in power systems and proposes soft techniques for SSR analysis in power systems. Demonstrates of the importance of SSR and congestion management using intelligent FACTS devices as part of OPF. Covers power systems’ reliability quality cost-effectiveness effects on customer goodwill and pollution limits including the deregulation of markets and different intelligent controllers. Optimal Power Flow Using FACTS Devices: Soft Computing Techniques is aimed at researchers and professionals in the field of power systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367565725

Optimal Pricing and Investment in Electricity SupplyAn Esay in Applied Welfare Economics Originally published in 1968 this book was one of the first full-scale published studies of the principles of investment planning and of the structure of marginal costs in a public enterprise. The concepts involved were more developed and applied in the world's electricity industries than elsewhere and this book will be of interest to both engineers and administrators who are concerned with electricity supply by setting out the characteristics of investment planning in this sector and the implications for cost analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501263

Optimal Reference Shaping for Dynamical SystemsTheory and Applications Integrating feedforward control with feedback control can significantly improve the performance of control systems compared to using feedback control alone. Focusing on feedforward control techniques Optimal Reference Shaping for Dynamical Systems: Theory and Applications lucidly covers the various algorithms for attenuating residual oscillations that are excited by reference inputs to dynamical systems. The reference shaping techniques presented in the book require the system to be stable or marginally stable including systems where feedback control has been used to stabilize the system.Illustrates Techniques through Benchmark ProblemsAfter developing models for applications in which the dynamics are dominated by lightly damped poles the book describes the time-delay filter (input shaper) design technique and reviews the calculus of variations. It then focuses on four control problems: time-optimal fuel/time-optimal fuel limited time-optimal and jerk limited time-optimal control. The author explains how the minimax optimization problem can help in the design of robust time-delay filters and explores the input-constrained design of open-loop control profiles that account for friction in the design of point-to-point control profiles. The final chapter presents numerical techniques for solving the problem of designing shaped inputs. Supplying MATLAB® code and a suite of real-world problems this book provides a rigorous yet accessible presentation of the theory and numerical techniques used to shape control system inputs for achieving precise control when modeling uncertainties exist. It includes up-to-date techniques for the design of command-shaped profiles for precise robust and rapid point-to-point control of underdamped systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384975

Optimal Resource Allocation for Distributed Video Communication While most books on the subject focus on resource allocation in just one type of network this book is the first to examine the common characteristics of multiple distributed video communication systems. Comprehensive and systematic Optimal Resource Allocation for Distributed Video Communication presents a unified optimization framework for resource allocation across these systems. The book examines the techniques required for optimal resource allocation over Internet wireless cellular networks wireless ad hoc networks and wireless sensor networks. It provides you with the required foundation in video communications including Peer-to-Peer (P2P) networks wireless networks and visual sensor networks. Whether you’re in industry or academia you’ll value how the book outlines current challenges facing the field and outlines a general solution framework for addressing these challenges. From problem formulations and theoretical analysis to practical algorithms it facilitates the comprehensive understanding required to achieve optimized video and multimedia communications.Presents the resource allocation techniques for scalable video communications over Internet or wireless networksExamines two resource allocation problems—distributed throughput maximization for scalable P2P Video-on-Demand (VoD) systems and streaming capacity for P2P VoD systemsOutlines an optimal prefetching framework for reducing seeking delays in P2P VoD applicationsExamines distributed optimization techniques for unicast and multicast video streaming over wireless ad hoc networksConsiders the network lifetime maximization problem in wireless visual sensor networksDetailing methods that can immediately improve the performance of your video communication systems this book presents multiple applications of optimal resource allocation. For each of the applications Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379841

Optimal Supervisory Control of Automated Manufacturing Systems This monograph presents the state-of-the-art developments in the design of behaviorally and structurally optimal livenessen-forcing Petri net supervisors with computationally tractable approaches. It details optimal supervisory control problems arising in automated production systems and outlines a methodology to achieve the optimality purposes of deadlock prevention via converting a variety of problems under consideration into integer linear programming models. The book includes a reference bibliography at the end of each chapter and a complete index. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466577534

Optimality Conditions in Convex OptimizationA Finite-Dimensional View Optimality Conditions in Convex Optimization explores an important and central issue in the field of convex optimization: optimality conditions. It brings together the most important and recent results in this area that have been scattered in the literature—notably in the area of convex analysis—essential in developing many of the important results in this book and not usually found in conventional texts. Unlike other books on convex optimization which usually discuss algorithms along with some basic theory the sole focus of this book is on fundamental and advanced convex optimization theory. Although many results presented in the book can also be proved in infinite dimensions the authors focus on finite dimensions to allow for much deeper results and a better understanding of the structures involved in a convex optimization problem. They address semi-infinite optimization problems; approximate solution concepts of convex optimization problems; and some classes of non-convex problems which can be studied using the tools of convex analysis. They include examples wherever needed provide details of major results and discuss proofs of the main results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115248

Optimality in Biological and Artificial Networks? This book is the third in a series based on conferences sponsored by the Metroplex Institute for Neural Dynamics an interdisciplinary organization of neural network professionals in academia and industry. The topics selected are of broad interest to both those interested in designing machines to perform intelligent functions and those interested in studying how these functions are actually performed by living organisms and generate discussion of basic and controversial issues in the study of mind. The topic of optimality was chosen because it has provoked considerable discussion and controversy in many different academic fields. There are several aspects to the issue of optimality. First is it true that actual behavior and cognitive functions of living animals including humans can be considered as optimal in some sense? Second what is the utility function for biological organisms if any and can it be described mathematically? Rather than organize the chapters on a "biological versus artificial" basis or by what stance they took on optimality it seemed more natural to organize them either by what level of questions they posed or by what intelligent functions they dealt with. The book begins with some general frameworks for discussing optimality or the lack of it in biological or artificial systems. The next set of chapters deals with some general mathematical and computational theories that help to clarify what the notion of optimality might entail in specific classes of networks. The final section deals with optimality in the context of many different high-level issues including exploring one's environment understanding mental illness linguistic communication and social organization. The diversity of topics covered in this book is designed to stimulate interdisciplinary thinking and speculation about deep problems in intelligent system organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876484

Optimisation in Economic Analysis One of the fundamental economic problems is one of making the best use of limited resources. As a result mathematical optimisation methods play a crucial role in economic theory. Covering the use of such methods in applied and policy contexts this book deals not only with the main techniques (linear programming nonlinear optimisation and dynamic programming) but also emphasizes the art of model-building and discusses fields such as optimisation over time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824024

Optimisation of Dynamic Heterogeneous Rainfall Sensor Networks in the Context of Citizen Observatories Precipitation drives the dynamics of flows and storages in water systems making its monitoring essential for water management. Conventionally precipitation is monitored using in-situ and remote sensors. In-situ sensors are arranged in networks which are usually sparse providing continuous observations for long periods at fixed points in space and due to the high costs of such networks they are often sub-optimal. To increase the efficiency of the monitoring networks we explore the use of sensors that can relocate as rainfall events develop (dynamic sensors) as well as increasing the number of sensors involving volunteers (citizens). This research focusses on the development of an approach for merging heterogeneous observations in non-stationary precipitation fields exploring the interactions between different definitions of optimality for the design of sensor networks as well as development of algorithms for the optimal scheduling of dynamic sensors. This study was carried out in three different case studies including Bacchiglione River (Italy) Don River (U.K.) and Brue Catchment (U.K.) The results of this study indicate that optimal use of dynamic sensors may be useful for monitoring precipitation to support water management and flow forecasting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367417062

Optimisation of Monitoring Networks for Water SystemsUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Monitoring networks provide data that is analysed to help managers make informed decisions about their water systems. Their design and evaluation have a number of challenges that must be resolved among others the restriction on having a limited number of monitoring devices. This book presents innovative methods to design and evaluate monitoring networks. The main idea is to maximise the performance of water systems by optimising the information content that can be obtained from monitoring networks. This is done through the combination of models and two theoretical concepts: Information Theory initially developed in the field of communications and Value of Information initially developed in the field of economics. Additionally the possibility of using public participation to gather information with mobile phones to improve models is also explored in the research. Two very different case studies are used to test the developed methods and theories: Pijnacker a typical low-lying regional polder in the Netherlands which is highly controlled and the Magdalena River the major river system in Colombia. The results of this research demonstrate that monitoring networks can be evaluated and designed by considering new variables such as the information content the user of the information and the potential of current mobile phones for data collection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424319

Optimism in PoliticsReflections on Contemporary History This new collection by Walter Laqueur one of the most distinguished historians and political commentators of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries vividly brings to life his perspective on fifty years of political life. The essays in this volume deal with events ranging from more than seventy years ago to some that have not yet happened but may in years to come. Laqueur divides his writings into five main areas: optimism in politics the topic that unites this volume; Europe; the Arab Spring; Israel and Jewish affairs; and recollections of the past.This volume addresses an increasingly important question: How much optimism do we need in politics? Some neuroscientists believe that many of our assessments rest on an excess of optimism amounting to a dangerous bias. Another school of cognitive scientists sees the main danger in being influenced too much by negative conclusions. Although these competing perspectives have been only rarely investigated Laqueur argues that such psychological factors play a decisive role in the assessment of political trends and they should.Laqueur also reminds readers that there is a connection between writing history and commenting on current affairs but it is not remotely as close and simple as often thought. The idea that the historian is somehow better qualified than others to interpret the present let alone predict the future is certainly not borne out by the evidence. Some great historians have been good and reliable political commentators others have been miserable failures. Laqueur definitely falls in the former camp as these reflections attest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512818

Optimism Poster The Optimism poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070486

Optimization Algorithms for Networks and Graphs A revised and expanded advanced-undergraduate/graduate text (first ed. 1978) about optimization algorithms for problems that can be formulated on graphs and networks. This edition provides many new applications and algorithms while maintaining the classic foundations on which contemporary algorithm Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402808

Optimization and Differentiation Optimization and Differentiation is an introduction to the application of optimization control theory to systems described by nonlinear partial differential equations. As well as offering a useful reference work for researchers in these fields it is also suitable for graduate students of optimal control theory. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498750936

Optimization for Communications and Networks This book provides an introduction to optimization theory and its applications. It is written for senior undergraduate students and first-year graduate students of telecommunication and related fields. Most applications pertain to communication and network problems. The book has practical examples to accompany rigorous discussion so that the reader may develop intuitive understanding on relevant concepts. The materials have been developed from course notes. By attempting to cover convex linear and integer optimization for a one-semester course the author focuses on fundamental concepts and techniques rather than trying to be comprehensive. Infact the book is written with the main intention to serve as a bridge for students with no prior background in optimization to be able to access more advanced books on the subject later on. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087242

Optimization in IndustryVolume 1 Optimization Techniques As optimization techniques have developed a gap has arisen between the people devising the methods and the people who actually need to use them. Research into methods is necessarily long-term and located usually in academic establishments; whereas the application of an optimization technique normally in an industrial environment has to be justified financially in the short term. The gap is probably inevitable; but there is no need for textbooks to reflect it. Teaching of optimization techniques separately from their connection with applications is pointless. This book gives a detailed exposition of the techniques.In this first volume T. A. J. Nicholson demonstrates the full range of techniques available to the practitioner for the solution of varying problems. For each technique the background reasoning behind its development is explained in simple terms; where helpful it is supported by a geometrical argument; and the iterative algorithm for finding the optimum is defined clearly. These steps enable the reader not only to see plainly what is happening in the method but also to reach a level of understanding necessary to write computer programs for optimization techniques.Problems are tackled in the same way--by searching a feasible region for an optimum. This approach helps the reader to develop the most essential of all skills--selecting appropriate techniques for different circumstances. The numerous worked examples in the text supported by worked solutions and the exercises at the end of the chapters are important aids to learning and to teachers. This book serves as an introduction to optimization techniques for students as well as a reference work for the practitioner in business and industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529335

Optimization in IndustryVolume 2 Industrial Applications The origin of any industrial optimization study lies in the theory that some improvement can be made in a controllable system. The possibility for improvements may arise in any context for example in the control of a chemical plant the organization of production to meet delivery dates the design of rubber compounds in traffic signal settings and so on. In this volume T. A. J. Nicholson deals with applications of the industrial optimization techniques demonstrated in the first volume of this two-part project Optimization in Industry: Optimization Techniques.Applications are classified by their main functional areas in industrial planning design and control. The fields covered are machine sequencing stock control and scheduling plant renewal distribution financial problems and chemical process control and design. These last two in particular are subjects often overlooked in operations research curricula. In each field the place and status of optimization techniques is first described and then a wide range of realistic case studies and examples are reviewed many of them international. The problems given in this volume are primarily concerned with formulation not with solution; the task is to formulate the problems to be solved by one or more of the methods described in volume one.By connecting the optimization techniques with their applications the gap between the people devising the methods and the people who actually need to use them is bridged. As with the first volume this text is also supported by new exercises and model answers making this book important as an introduction to the application of optimization techniques for students as well as a reference work for the practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529342

Optimization in Solving Elliptic Problems Optimization in Solving Elliptic Problems focuses on one of the most interesting and challenging problems of computational mathematics - the optimization of numerical algorithms for solving elliptic problems. It presents detailed discussions of how asymptotically optimal algorithms may be applied to elliptic problems to obtain numerical solutions meeting certain specified requirements. Beginning with an outline of the fundamental principles of numerical methods this book describes how to construct special modifications of classical finite element methods such that for the arising grid systems asymptotically optimal iterative methods can be applied. Optimization in Solving Elliptic Problems describes the construction of computational algorithms resulting in the required accuracy of a solution and having a pre-determined computational complexity. Construction of asymptotically optimal algorithms is demonstrated for multi-dimensional elliptic boundary value problems under general conditions. In addition algorithms are developed for eigenvalue problems and Navier-Stokes problems. The development of these algorithms is based on detailed discussions of topics that include accuracy estimates of projective and difference methods topologically equivalent grids and triangulations general theorems on convergence of iterative methods mixed finite element methods for Stokes-type problems methods of solving fourth-order problems and methods for solving classical elasticity problems. Furthermore the text provides methods for managing basic iterative methods such as domain decomposition and multigrid methods. These methods clearly developed and explained in the text may be used to develop algorithms for solving applied elliptic problems. The mathematics necessary to understand the development of such algorithms is provided in the introductory material within the text and common specifications of algorithms that have been developed for typical problems in mathema Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896113

Optimization of Biological Sulphate Reduction to Treat Inorganic WastewatersProcess Control and Potential Use of Methane as Electron Donor This work investigated two different approaches to optimize biological sulphate reduction in order to develop a process control strategy to optimize the input of an electron donor and to study how to increase the feasibility of using a cheap carbon source.Feast/famine regimes applied to design the control strategy were shown to induce the accumulation of storage compounds in the sulphate reducing biomass. This study showed that delays in the response time and a high control gain can be considered as the most critical factors affecting a sulphide control strategy in bioreactors. The delays are caused by the induction of different metabolic pathways in the anaerobic sludge including the accumulation of storage products. On this basis a mathematical model was developed and validated. This can be used to develop optimal control strategies.In order to understand the microbial pathways in the anaerobic oxidation of methane coupled to sulphate reduction (AOM-SR) diverse potential electron donors and acceptors were added to in vitro incubations of an AOM-SR enrichment at high pressure. Acetate was formed in the control group probably resulting from the reduction of CO2. These results support the hypothesis that acetate may serve as an intermediate in the AOM-SR process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029507

Optimization of Finite Dimensional Structures Originally developed for mechanical and aeronautical engineering structural optimization is not so easily applied to civil and architectural engineering as structures in these fields are not mass products but more often unique structures planned in accordance with specific design requirements. The shape and geometry of such structures are determined by a designer or an architect in view of nonstructural performance that includes aesthetics. Until now books in this area gave little help to engineers working in cooperation with designers as they covered conceptual material with little consideration of civil engineering applications or they required a solid background in applied mathematics and continuum mechanics an area not usually studied by practicing engineers and students in civil engineering. Optimization of Finite Dimensional Structures introduces methodologies and applications that are closely related to design problems encountered in structural optimization to serve as a bridge between the communities of structural optimization in mechanical engineering and the researchers and engineers in civil engineering. This unparalleled self-contained work: Provides readers with the basics of optimization of frame structures such as trusses building frames and long-span structures with descriptions of various applications to real-world problems Summarizes the historical development of methodologies and theorems on optimization of frame structures Introduces many recently developed highly efficient optimization techniques presented with illustrative examples Describes traditional problems with constraints on limit loads member stresses compliance and eigenvalues of vibration all in detail Offers a unique look at optimization results for spatial trusses and latticed domes Mathematical preliminaries and methodologies are summarized in the book’s appendix so that readers can attend to the details when needed without having to wade through tedious mathematics in the explanatory main chapters. Instead small examples that can be solved by hand or by using a simple program are presented in these chapters making the book readily accessible and highly useful for both classroom use and professional self-study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113657

Optimization of Hydraulic Fracture Stages and Sequencing in Unconventional Formations Shale gas and/or oil play identification is subject to many screening processes for characteristics such as porosity permeability and brittleness. Evaluating shale gas and/or oil reservoirs and identifying potential sweet spots (portions of the reservoir rock that have high-quality kerogen content and brittle rock) requires taking into consideration multiple rock reservoir and geological parameters that govern production. The early determination of sweet spots for well site selection and fracturing in shale reservoirs is a challenge for many operators. With this limitation in mind Optimization of Hydraulic Fracture Stages and Sequencing in Unconventional Formations develops an approach to improve the industry’s ability to evaluate shale gas and oil plays and is structured to lead the reader from general shale oil and gas characteristics to detailed sweet-spot classifications. The approach uses a new candidate selection and evaluation algorithm and screening criteria based on key geomechanical petrophysical and geochemical parameters and indices to obtain results consistent with existing shale plays and gain insights on the best development strategies going forward. The work introduces new criteria that accurately guide the development process in unconventional reservoirs in addition to reducing uncertainty and cost. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138085954

Optimization of Industrial Unit Processes In Optimization of Industrial Unit Processes the term "optimization" means the maximizing of productivity and safety while minimizing operating costs. In a fully optimized plant efficiency and productivity are continuously maximized while levels temperatures pressures or flows float within their allowable limits. This control philosophy differs from earlier approaches - where levels and temperatures were controlled at constant values and plant productivity was only an accidental uncontrolled consequence of those controlled variables. With this approach the sides of a multivariable control envelope are the various constraints while inside the envelope the process is continuously moved to maximize efficiency and productivity. Because one must understand a process before one can control it (let alone optimize it) Optimization of Industrial Unit Processes discusses the "personality" and characteristics of each process in term of its time constants gains and other unique features. This book provides information for engineers who design or operate industrial plants and who seek to increase the profitability of their plants. It recognizes that all industrial processes involve operations such as material transportation heat transfer and reactions. Therefore each plant consists of a combination of basic unit operations and can be optimized by maximizing the efficiency and minimizing the operating cost of the individual unit operations from which it is composed. Optimization of Industrial Unit Processes discusses real world processes - where pipes leak sensors plug and pumps cavitate - offering practical solutions to real problems. Each control system described in the book works illustrating the state of the art in controlling a particular unit operation. This second edition reflects the continual improvement and evolution of control systems as well as anticipates future advances. Bela G. Liptak speaks on Post-Oil Energy Technology on the AT&T Tech Channel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400262

Optimization of Micro Processes in Fine Particle Agglomeration by Pelleting Flocculation Efficient particle separation in order to meet stringent regulatory standards represent one of the biggest challenges facing the process industry operators today. Emerging environmental problems such as climate change population growth and natural resource depletion make it more compelling to undertake research into alternative phase separation techniques and optimization of existing ones. Meeting this challenge requires innovative revolutionary and integrated approach in the design and optimization of various unit processes in fine particle separation. Flocculation is widely used as an effective phase separation technique across many process industries such as water and wastewater treatment and in minerals processing. In this work a new pre-treatment technique was developed using a patented bench scale reactor unit as a technical proof of concept. Furthermore the book provides a valuable insight into the hydrodynamics and fluid-particle interactions within the agglomeration units.The relatively high solids content of the stable pellets (approximately 30 %) and very low residual turbidity of the post-sedimentation supernatant (7 NTU) clearly demonstrate the potential of this technique. In addition to significantly improving the subsequent solid-liquid separation efficiency this study also showed that the effluent can be recycled back into the sewer network or utilized for non-portable reuse. The findings obtained from this research will be extremely useful in the scaling up and optimization of the reactor system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574727

Optimization of Solid-Phase Combinatorial Synthesis "Addresses the key topic in combinatorial synthesis--how to optimize the quality of a combinatorial library--by determining the usefulness of synthesized compunds the reliability of biological assay results and analyzing acadmic and industrial applications real-world examples and case studies of successful and unsuccessful technologies." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396534

Optimization of the Electron Donor Supply to Sulphate Reducing Bioreactors Treating Inorganic Wastewater The main objective of this research was to optimize the electron donor supply in sulphate reducing bioreactors treating sulphate rich wastewater. Two types of electron donor were tested: lactate and slow release electron donors such as carbohydrate based polymers and lignocellulosic biowastes. Biological sulphate reduction was evaluated in different bioreactor configurations: the inverse fluidized bed sequencing batch and batch reactors. The reactors were tested under steady-state high-rate and transient-state feeding conditions of electron donor and acceptor respectively. The results showed that the inverse fluidized bed reactor configuration is robust and resilient to transient and high-rate feeding conditions at a hydraulic retention time as low as 0.125 d. The biological sulphate reduction was limited by the COD:sulphate ratio (< 1.7). The results from artificial neural network modelling showed that the influent sulphate concentrations synergistically affected the COD removal efficiency and the sulphide production. Concerning the role of electron donors the slow release electron donors allowed a biological sulphate reduction > 82% either using carbohydrate based polymers or lignocellulosic bio-wastes in batch bioreactors. The biological sulphate reduction was limited by the hydrolysis-fermentation rate and by the complexity of the slow release electron donors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138343313

Optimization of Trustworthy Biomolecular Quantitative Analysis Using Cyber-Physical Microfluidic Platforms A microfluidic biochip is an engineered fluidic device that controls the flow of analytes thereby enabling a variety of useful applications. According to recent studies the fields that are best set to benefit from the microfluidics technology also known as lab-on-chip technology include forensic identification clinical chemistry point-of-care (PoC) diagnostics and drug discovery. The growth in such fields has significantly amplified the impact of microfluidics technology whose market value is forecast to grow from $4 billion in 2017 to $13.2 billion by 2023. The rapid evolution of lab-on-chip technologies opens up opportunities for new biological or chemical science areas that can be directly facilitated by sensor-based microfluidics control. For example the digital microfluidics-based ePlex system from GenMarkDx enables automated disease diagnosis and can bring syndromic testing near patients everywhere. However as the applications of molecular biology grow the adoption of microfluidics in many applications has not grown at the same pace despite the concerted effort of microfluidic systems engineers. Recent studies suggest that state-of-the-art design techniques for microfluidics have two major drawbacks that need to be addressed appropriately: (1) current lab-on-chip systems were only optimized as auxiliary components and are only suitable for sample-limited analyses; therefore their capabilities may not cope with the requirements of contemporary molecular biology applications; (2) the integrity of these automated lab-on-chip systems and their biochemical operations are still an open question since no protection schemes were developed against adversarial contamination or result-manipulation attacks. Optimization of Trustworthy Biomolecular Quantitative Analysis Using Cyber-Physical Microfluidic Platforms provides solutions to these challenges by introducing a new design flow based on the realistic modeling of contemporary molecular biology protocols. It also presents a microfluidic security flow that provides a high-level of confidence in the integrity of such protocols. In summary this book creates a new research field as it bridges the technical skills gap between microfluidic systems and molecular biology protocols but it is viewed from the perspective of an electronic/systems engineer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367223526

Optimization of Unit Operations This comprehensive book examines the technology and practical applications of plant multivariable envelope control. Optimize plant productivity including air handlers boilers chemical reactors chillers clean-rooms compressors and fans cooling towers heat exchangers and pumping stations.Béla G. Lipták speaks on Post-Oil Energy Technology on the AT&T Tech Channel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451431

Optimization of Urban Wastewater Systems using Model Based Design and ControlUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis A considerable amount of scientific evidence has been collected leading to the conclusion that urban wastewater components should be designed as one integrated system in order to protect the receiving waters cost-effectively. Moreover there is a need to optimize the design and operation of the sewerage network and wastewater treatment plant (WwTP) considering the dynamic interactions between them and the receiving waters. This book introduces a method called Model Based Design and Control (MoDeCo) for the optimum design and control of urban wastewater components. The book presents a detailed description of the integration of modelling tools for the sewer the wastewater treatment plants and the rivers. The complex modelling structure used for the integrated model challenge previous applications of integrated modelling approaches presented in scientific literature. The combination of modelling tools and multi-objective evolutionary algorithms demonstrated in this book represent an excellent tool for designers and managers of urban wastewater infrastructure. This book also presents two alternatives to solve the computing demand of the optimization of integrated systems in practical applications: the use of surrogate modelling tools and the use of cloud computer infrastructure for parallel computing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000025

Optimization of Water Management in Polder AreasSome Examples for the Temperate Humid and the Humid Tropical Zone The demand on land to produce food for urban development such as housing industry shopping areas infrastructure and also for recreation has increased during the history of mankind. This has resulted in such activities as the reclamation of swamps flood plains tidal areas and even lakes by impoldering. Model simulations can be use to gain insight into the system behaviour of different land use and soil composition under temperate humid and humid tropic conditions The existing package OPOL based on a non steady model was further developed to the version OPOL5 for the simulation of hydrological conditions and optimization of the main components of water management systems in polder areas in the temperate humid and humid tropical zone. This model reveals a system's behaviour as well as the effects of variation in the main components of the systems to the overall costs. For example the designs of pumped drainage systems in polder areas can be optimized Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474741

Optimization Using Evolutionary Algorithms and MetaheuristicsApplications in Engineering Metaheuristic optimization is a higher-level procedure or heuristic designed to find generate or select a heuristic (partial search algorithm) that may provide a sufficiently good solution to an optimization problem especially with incomplete or imperfect information or limited computation capacity. This is usually applied when two or more objectives are to be optimized simultaneously. This book is presented with two major objectives. Firstly it features chapters by eminent researchers in the field providing the readers about the current status of the subject. Secondly algorithm-based optimization or advanced optimization techniques which are applied to mostly non-engineering problems are applied to engineering problems. This book will also serve as an aid to both research and industry. Usage of these methodologies would enable the improvement in engineering and manufacturing technology and support an organization in this era of low product life cycle. Features: Covers the application of recent and new algorithms Focuses on the development aspects such as including surrogate modeling parallelization game theory and hybridization Presents the advances of engineering applications for both single-objective and multi-objective optimization problems Offers recent developments from a variety of engineering fields Discusses Optimization using Evolutionary Algorithms and Metaheuristics applications in engineering   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367260446

OptimizationAlgorithms and Applications Choose the Correct Solution Method for Your Optimization Problem Optimization: Algorithms and Applications presents a variety of solution techniques for optimization problems emphasizing concepts rather than rigorous mathematical details and proofs. The book covers both gradient and stochastic methods as solution techniques for unconstrained and constrained optimization problems. It discusses the conjugate gradient method Broyden–Fletcher–Goldfarb–Shanno algorithm Powell method penalty function augmented Lagrange multiplier method sequential quadratic programming method of feasible directions genetic algorithms particle swarm optimization (PSO) simulated annealing ant colony optimization and tabu search methods. The author shows how to solve non-convex multi-objective optimization problems using simple modifications of the basic PSO code. The book also introduces multidisciplinary design optimization (MDO) architectures—one of the first optimization books to do so—and develops software codes for the simplex method and affine-scaling interior point method for solving linear programming problems. In addition it examines Gomory’s cutting plane method the branch-and-bound method and Balas’ algorithm for integer programming problems. The author follows a step-by-step approach to developing the MATLAB® codes from the algorithms. He then applies the codes to solve both standard functions taken from the literature and real-world applications including a complex trajectory design problem of a robot a portfolio optimization problem and a multi-objective shape optimization problem of a reentry body. This hands-on approach improves your understanding and confidence in handling different solution methods. The MATLAB codes are available on the book’s CRC Press web page. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498721127

OptimizationTheory and Algorithms This book is concerned with tangent cones duality formulas a generalized concept of conjugation and the notion of maxi-minimizing sequence for a saddle-point problem and deals more with algorithms in optimization. It focuses on the multiple exchange algorithm in convex programming. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065098

Optimize Contract Law The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases providing cross-references and further reading to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of chapter feedback The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to track your progress during the run-up to exams.   This second edition has been fully amended to reflect the latest cases and developments in the Law as well as new and improved diagrams throughout Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230262

Optimize Criminal Law The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details · using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge · identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases · providing revision advise to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors · identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law · identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment · presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria · providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of-chapter feedback   The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to track your progress during the run-up to exams. www.routledge.com/cw/optimizelawrevision Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857123

Optimize English Legal System ‘[Optimize is] ideal for undergraduate students at all levels. The content is of a high standard easy to read and understand.  The materials are very catching and easy on the eye making it easy to read and digest the materials…an essential study tool for all law students' - George Ellison Derby ‘I am really impressed…the strengths are the user friendly format clear explanations helpful diagrams/flowcharts and appropriate suggestions for analysing the issues concerned’ - Katherine Davies Northumbria The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details o using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge o identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases o providing revision advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors o identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law o identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment o presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria o providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of chapter feedback The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. URL: www.routledge.com/cw/optimizelawrevision/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702294

Optimize Equity and Trusts The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases providing cross-references and further reading to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of chapter feedback The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to track your progress during the run-up to exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670167

Optimize European Union Law The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases providing cross-references and further reading to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of chapter feedback The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to track your progress during the run-up to exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670839

Optimize Land Law The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases providing cross-references and further reading to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of-chapter feedback The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to track your progress during the run-up to exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654112

Optimize Public Law The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases providing cross-references and further reading to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of chapter feedback The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to track your progress during the run-up to exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670846

Optimize Tort Law The Optimize series is designed to show you how to apply your knowledge in assessment. These concise revision guides cover the most commonly taught topics and provide you with the tools to: Understand the law and remember the details using diagrams and tables throughout to demonstrate how the law fits together Contextualise your knowledge identifying and explaining how to apply legal principles for important cases providing cross-references and further reading to help you aim higher in essays and exams Avoid common misunderstandings and errors identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment Reflect critically on the law identifying contentious areas that are up for debate and on which you will need to form an opinion Apply what you have learned in assessment presenting learning objectives that reflect typical assessment criteria providing sample essay and exam questions supported by end-of chapter feedback The series is also supported by comprehensive online resources that allow you to track your progress during the run-up to exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221512

Optimizing AdWordsA Guide to Using Mastering and Maximizing Google AdWords Optimizing AdWords provides the information marketers and future marketers need to harness the power of the Google’s AdWords search engine marketing applications. It provides a big picture overview of the AdWords system helping businesses and individuals decide how to advertise products or their clients’ products. Optimizing AdWords was written for those at every rung of the ladder from Marketing Directors to small business owners to students just starting out in marketing. This volume is organized around accessibility and ease of use. Author Paige Miller co-founder of MultiPlanet Marketing Inc. has written this how-to guide to be super easy and fast to read and absorb. It moves you straight to the salient points of the text allowing readers to take on AdWords in overview before coming back and collecting the finer details. Chapters 1 through 4 cover the basics while the rest serve as a reference readers can come back to in building and growing campaigns. Using this book professional marketers and other business professionals can utilize Google AdWords and optimize it for existing marketing strategies or create whole new campaigns based around the system. Today given the level of competition for ad positions on Google search pages success hinges on understanding Google AdWords well enough to outperform competition. This book will provide readers with the knowledge necessary to master Google AdWords. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948587

Optimizing Cognitive RehabilitationEffective Instructional Methods Rehabilitation professionals face a key challenge when working with clients with acquired cognitive impairments: how to teach new skills to individuals who have difficulty learning. Unique in its focus this book presents evidence-based instructional methods specifically designed to help this population learn more efficiently. The expert authors show how to develop implement and evaluate an individualized training plan. They provide practical guidelines for teaching multistep procedures cognitive strategies the use of external aids and more. User-friendly features include 17 sample worksheets and forms; blank forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2"" x 11"" size.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609182007

Optimizing Emergency Department ThroughputOperations Management Solutions for Health Care Decision Makers Across the country ambulances are turned away from emergency departments (EDs) and patients are waiting hours and sometimes days to be admitted to a hospital room. Hospitals are finding it hard to get specialist physicians to come to treat emergency patients. Our EDs demand a new way of thinking. They are not at a tipping point; they are at a breaking point. Under current loads and trends they are going to begin to break and these breakdowns will be painful and ultimately dangerous to society. Recognizing that the ideal in health care is presently beyond our immediate grasp this book instead focuses on providing health care leaders with the tools they can employ to optimize the performance of EDs and thereby improve service to patients employees and communities. Written by 20 of the most progressive and successful health care reformers in the country the approaches described can be utilized to quantify improvements enhance predictability of workflow and improve staff scheduling. The data derived using these techniques can serve as powerful evidence in support of change. While a common discussion among ED professionals is the perception that many patients are not really emergency patients and could be treated in another setting at another time that argument is not germane until we as a nation elect to reform the way we chose to deliver healthcare to the underserviced. In the meantime this book provides invalauable information to help individual hospitals to retool their ED‘s. It offers new approaches that think outside of the box for all stakeholders. It also provides the statistical evidence that administrators need to make their cases for changes and added resources. It will help you forecast the demand for services and give your center an approach that will allow the ED to become a source of income rather than one that continues to hemorrhage needed limited health care funding. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138432031

Optimizing Engineering Problems through Heuristic Techniques This book will cover heuristic optimization techniques and applications in engineering problems. The book will be divided into three sections that will provide coverage of the techniques which can be employed by engineers researchers and manufacturing industries to improve their productivity with the sole motive of socio-economic development. This will be the first book in the category of heuristic techniques with relevance to engineering problems and achieving optimal solutions. Features Explains the concept of optimization and the relevance of using heuristic techniques for optimal solutions in engineering problems Illustrates the various heuristics techniques Describes evolutionary heuristic techniques like genetic algorithm and particle swarm optimization Contains natural based techniques like ant colony optimization bee algorithm firefly optimization and cuckoo search Offers sample problems and their optimization using various heuristic techniques Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138485365

Optimizing Housing for the ElderlyHomes Not Houses Discover the diverse range of housing options available to the elderly population with this excellent new book. This timely volume addresses the public policy and design and development issues that must necessarily face those concerned with housing our steadily growing elderly population. The chapters cover a broad spectrum of populations including elderly people in “aging ghettoes” in suburbia continuing care retirement community residents full-time recreational vehicle travelers and the homeless elderly. The authoritative contributors go beyond descriptions of wide-ranging elderly housing options and delve into the central themes that influence them all. Optimizing Housing for the Elderly explores some common considerations such as personal security food and medical services independence and social interaction that are important determining factors when selecting a style of housing and addresses economic questions including advice on reducing costs in popular continuing care retirement communities currently inaccessible to lower-income elderly people. Professionals involved in any aspect of housing for the elderly will benefit from the information in this insightful book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315061177

Optimizing Learning OutcomesProven Brain-Centric Trauma-Sensitive Practices Optimizing Learning Outcomes provides answers for the most pressing questions that mental health professionals teachers and administrators are facing in today’s schools. Chapters provide a wide array of evidence-based resources—including links to video segments—that promote understanding discussion and successful modeling. Accessible how-to trainings provide readers with multiple sensory-based practices that improve academic success and promote behavioral regulation. Clinicians and educators will come away from this book with a variety of tools for facilitating brain-based trauma-sensitive learning for all realizing improved learning outcomes improving teacher satisfaction and reducing disciplinary actions and suspensions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677623

Optimizing Physical Performance During Fasting and Dietary RestrictionImplications for Athletes and Sports Medicine Optimizing Physical Performance During Fasting and Dietary Restriction examines the effects of sustained fasting and food restrictions on metabolism and physical performance in athletes. It provides broad coverage including both religious and non-religious fasting and dietary restrictions. This practical and evidence-based guide outlines recent findings from peer-reviewed literature as well as original experiments conducted by the authors who are experts in the supervision of athletes during fasting. The book presents findings and information simply and clearly and also summarizes implications for athletes. Written in an accessible style each chapter reviews 30 to 100 investigations and also includes relevant citations teaching objectives definitions of key terms summary of key points practical implications for athletes and questions for discussion Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498725651

Optimizing Project Management SHELVING GUIDE: Project Management This hands-on guide is written for project professionals seeking to find an optimized way of performing project management. It provides answers to such critical questions as: Why should an organization apply project management? What is the value of project management in the broader context of an organization? Is project management as successful as some advocates suggested or is it a waste of time and resources because of the many extensive and bureaucratic processes? Which project management approach should our project team adopt: predictive or adaptive waterfall or rolling water extreme programming or Scrum? This book aims to provide an optimized view of project management by balancing and blending competing methodologies (e.g. traditional versus Agile) lengthy methodologies and broad principles processes and practices and the need to understand versus the need to apply. It includes project management templates an integrated case study illustrating how to apply tools and concepts and a glossary of key terms. Optimizing Project Management is for both aspiring and practicing project management professionals. It covers the core concepts practices and skills that are useful for developing new ideas planning activities implementing projects and conducting planning and controlling of schedule budget and scope. The text is particularly useful for students project professionals wanting to refresh their knowledge and those pursuing project management certifications. This book is aligned with common project management standards such as the Project Management Body of Knowledge and the ISO 21502: Project Programme and Portfolio Management — Guidance on Project Management. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367429928

Optimizing Small Multi-Rotor Unmanned AircraftA Practical Design Guide This design guide was written to capture the author’s practical experience of designing building and testing multi-rotor drone systems over the past decade. The lack of one single source of useful information meant that the past 10 years has been a steep learning curve a lot of self-tuition and many trial and error tests. Lessons learnt the hard way are not always the best way to learn. This book will be useful for the amateur drone pilot who wants to build their own system from first principles as well as the academic researcher investigating novel design concepts and future drone applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138369887

Optimizing Student LearningA Lean Systems Approach to Improving K-12 Education Second Edition This book is a fictionalized account of how a licensed school teacher developed implemented and refined the application of Lean principles and applied them to her classroom instructional practice to complete the delivery of her assigned curriculum while at the same time ensuring her students achieved mastery learning of the material presented. While the first edition focused on instructional process improvement this second edition expands on that foundation to include application of the Lean principles and strategies to enable students to improve their individual learning processes and thus become more successful learners. This second edition lays out a blueprint for schools and teachers across the USA and indeed around the world who are struggling with how to use traditional education techniques to improve student learning outcomes. This elusive goal has been the number one focus of the American education industry and trillions of dollars of investment for the past 50 years. Up until the previous decade educators refused to look outside their own industry for solutions. But financial challenges have forced them to look outside that box. Many schools and districts are now discovering the benefits of adopting Lean into their business model to achieve greater efficiency with taxpayer dollars on the administrative side. Some larger districts have established Lean offices or departments within their organization. This has helped with budgeting but the model has not yet been used on a large scale to improve student learning performance – every school/district’s primary mission. This book lays out the blueprint for teachers and administrators to use simple Lean strategies and tools to achieve that elusive goal. The application is no longer theoretical. It has been proven to be effective by those who have used it. Lean principles and strategies as applied to education through this real-life case study are explained in easy-to-understand terms not in manufacturing Lean jargon. Scenarios used are from real life events common to all educators. Examples of forms tools adapted to the needs of educators and results are included. The book is written in an easy to understand narrative style. Reviewers of the original version – educators who knew nothing about Lean – stated they could easily understand the concepts presented and implement the model using nothing more than the book as a guide. The book’s presentation eliminates teacher procrastination resulting from having to figure something out and how to apply it to your work yourself when you have no extra time available for that purpose. It also eliminates the need to hire a Lean consultant – a plus for districts strapped for cash but desiring to implement an improvement solution. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138330238

Optimizing the Operation of a Multiple Reservoir System in the Eastern Nile Basin Considering Water and Sediment Fluxes The Eastern Nile riparian countries Egypt Ethiopia and Sudan are currently developing several reservoir projects to contribute to the needs for energy and food production in the region. The Nile Basin particularly the Eastern Nile Sub-basin is considered one of a few international river systems with potential conflicts between riparian countries. In the absence of formal mechanisms for collaboration the transboundary nature of this basin makes sound water resources development challenging. The large seasonal and inter-annual variability of the river flow exacerbates those challenges. A further complication is the high sediment load in the Eastern Nile rivers during the high flow season. This study contributes to fill relevant knowledge gaps through a better understanding of the methods needed for a complex system of multipurpose reservoirs considering both water quantity and sediment load. The study quantifies the impacts of water resources development in the Eastern Nile basin and identifies system management options at both regional and country level. Developing a collaborative and unified perspective of the countries towards new projects can be beneficial for all. New operation rules are proposed for improving operation of the current system when new infrastructures are developed and operated either unilaterally or ideally cooperatively. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367564414

Optimizing the SelfSocial representations of self-help This book provides an analysis of the social representations of leading self-help genres including neurolinguistic programming cognitive self-help therapy mindfulness self-management self-esteem self-leadership and self-control. Exploring the globalised therapeutic culture of today the book argues that psychology as ‘science’ is often abandoned to aid the individual pursuit for self-realization and self-optimization. Opposing the view that self-help culture is external to psychology Madsen argues that it is firmly embedded within psychology playing an important role in people’s lives. Each chapter traces and critically interprets a range of self-help philosophies and techniques examining the claims of self-help literature to represent the most innovative psychological medical or neurobiological research. Discussing each genre in turn chapters examine key research alongside self-help literature to explore the effectiveness and impact of leading self-help genres in various social contexts and environments. The book offers a contemporary critical overview of issues concerning self-help combining critical psychology with the theory of social representation to provide a broad perspective on self-help as a valid psychology. Optimizing the Self will be of interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of social representation critical and cultural psychology and theory clinical psychology and the sociology of culture and science. The book will also be of use to critical and cultural psychologists and theorists as well as clinical psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712959

Optimizing Women's Health through Nutrition It is no surprise that women and men experience biological and physiological differences fundamentally and throughout the lifecycle. What is surprising is that faced with such a self-evident truth there should be so little consideration to date of how these differences affect susceptibility to disease and metabolic response to dietary treatment. Understanding these differences and developing a gender-based approach focusing on the specific needs and conditions of women is crucial to achieve effective nutritional strategies for women’s health. Expanding the knowledge-base regarding sex nutrition and medicine Optimizing Women’s Health through Nutrition presents the biology physiology and metabology unique to women. The book demonstrates in a practical accessible manner the scientific application of this data addressing lifecycle changes disease prevention and treatment. Based on sound research and supported by extensive references it begins by describing recent research on biological and physiological differences and how these differences translate into varying disease trends between the sexes. Contributions describe the nutritional needs of women during the lifecycle particularly during adolescence pregnancy and lactation premenopause and menopause and midlife stages. The bulk of the book addresses each of the common major diseases or conditions that specifically affect the health of women. It emphasizes the role of nutrition in disease risk reduction as well as management and treatment of disease. Specific disease selection was dictated by those in which women are more vulnerable or have a higher incidence than men. The concluding section identifies areas for future research and strategic areas of investigation for researchers and health professionals government regulators and food industry professionals involved in creating novel foods that enhance women’s health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388133

Optimizing Your Capacity to CareA Systems Approach to Hospital and Population Health Management Our nation's capacity to care is becoming increasingly stressed as an aging and increasingly unhealthy population collides with a relative reduction in the numbers of clinicians and ever-tightening financial resources. If even the mildest of future-state predictions are to be believed we need a significant restructuring of our entire healthcare system and its total Capacity to Care such that we can simultaneously improve care capacity cost quality accessibility and resource gratification.Optimizing Your Capacity to Care: A Systems Approach to Hospital and Population Health Management provides comprehensive guidance to a new way to optimize and manage community-wide Care Capacity via a unique holistic approach to healthcare operations. Through clear examples and actual project results the book demonstrates the outcomes of a systems-level way of thinking about a community's Capacity to Care that incorporates and integrates the full spectrum of available clinical and communal resources into the care of patients including hospitals physicians emergency departments surgical services local churches civic organizations pharmacies and volunteers.The book details operational models for each major department of the hospital and a fully integrated communal resource pool to demonstrate how the optimization of capacity resource utilization cost and clinical outcomes can be attained. And by providing healthcare leaders with a deeper understanding of key elements missing from the most common process improvement methodologies and approaches this book offers fresh perspectives and bold alternatives for hospitals health systems and entire communities. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466593961

Optimizing Your Supply-Chain PerformanceHow to Assess and Improve Your Company's Strategy and Execution Capabilities Most companies are continuously trying to reduce their supply-chain costs time to market and inventory. Optimizing Your Supply-Chain Performance: How to Assess and Improve Your Company’s Strategy and Execution Capabilities presents the "how-to's" (and a few "how-NOT-to’s"!) for conducting assessments of companies’ supply chains as well as identifying areas for improvement. It covers techniques tools and methodologies for evaluating current working methods (current state) versus industry best practices and operational optimization. It identifies performance gaps and suggests planning and implementing improved ways of working (the future and ideal states).   With a collection of approximately 40 case-in-point examples of supply-chain transformation across a wide array of industries including Fortune 1000 companies as well as foreign global leaders this book provides a detailed guide for assessing and improving organizational strategy and execution-capabilities for: Inventory management Order fulfillment Sourcing and purchasing Manufacturing planning scheduling and execution Overall supply-chain effectiveness Business continuity planning   Essentially this book provides basic knowledge for assessing improving and optimizing the end-to-end supply chain and the case-in-point examples assist in breaking down theories into simple actionable improvement activities. The author stresses the importance of business continuity and provides grassroots approaches to identifying risks. Based on the author's vast experience out in the field it gives professionals a new perspective and inspires them to seek world-class performance. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367208448

Opting for Self-managementThe Early Experience of Grant-maintained Schools Originally published in 1991. This book examines the early experiences of the first grant-maintained Schools and considers the challenges facing the self-managing school in the 1990s. The book looks at the context of the change of status what it means to be grant-maintained and reviews the types of schools that have opted out so far and their reasons for doing so. A section of specially commissioned case studies written by headteachers offers accounts of how each school has coped with the move to grant-maintained status. The book provides a practical and realistic appraisal of grant-maintained schools and their move towards self-management exploring both the advantages and the disadvantages of opting out of local authority control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545328

Opting Out and InOn Women’s Careers and New Lifestyles Opting Out and In: On women’s careers and new lifestyles introduces a new perspective and definition of opting out that better reflects contemporary issues and lifestyles. The book offers a timely and comprehensive analysis of the phenomenon of women leaving high-powered careers adding to current debates on opting out. It investigates the themes of globalization individualization and the age of high modernity and addresses issues of how gender in the context of what it means to be a mother and career woman in a masculinist society affects decisions to opt out. In contrast to previous debates the definition of opting out is broadened to include leaving prevalent masculinist notions of career to adopt alternative ways of working. To better understand the identity issues and inner workings of the women who opt out opting out is critically examined through three lenses: agency and autonomy; gender femininity and the maternal; and finally concepts of reinvention. These three areas of inquiry all raise and problematize relevant issues that are present in women’s lives and that have a deep and defining effect on concepts of the self. The book includes the narratives of six women interwoven with in-depth social theory and relevant debates. Written in an engaging and accessible style Opting Out and In will strongly appeal to researchers and practitioners alike working in areas such as social theory globalization feminist studies and identity studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351950

Opting Out of Digital Media Opting out of Digital Media showcases the role of human agency and cultural identity in the development and use of digital technologies. Based on academic research news and trade reports popular culture and 105 in-depth interviews this book explores the contemporary "opting out" trend. It focuses directly on people’s intentions and the many reasons why they engage with or reject digital technologies.  Author Bonnie Brennen illustrates the nuanced thinking and numerous reasons why people choose to use some new technologies and reject others. Some interviewees opt out of digital technologies because of their ethical political environmental religious or cultural beliefs. Other people consider new media superficial diversions that do not meet their expectations needs or interests while some citizens worry about issues of privacy and security and reject digital technologies because of their fears. Still other people construct their cultural identities through the choices they make about their use of new media. In many cases the use or nonuse of digital technologies offers specific representations of how people assert their independence authority and agency over new media while in some cases the choices that people make about new technologies also illustrate their class position or socioeconomic status. Opting Out of Digital Media responds to the growing opting out trend addressing the developments in the unplugging phenomenon. It serves as the ideal text for any reader interested in the role of digital technologies in our lives and how it has become a part of a mainstream movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601734

Optional ProcessesTheory and Applications It is well-known that modern stochastic calculus has been exhaustively developed under usual conditions. Despite such a well-developed theory there is evidence to suggest that these very convenient technical conditions cannot necessarily be fulfilled in real-world applications. Optional Processes: Theory and Applications seeks to delve into the existing theory new developments and applications of optional processes on "unusual" probability spaces. The development of stochastic calculus of optional processes marks the beginning of a new and more general form of stochastic analysis. This book aims to provide an accessible comprehensive and up-to-date exposition of optional processes and their numerous properties. Furthermore the book presents not only current theory of optional processes but it also contains a spectrum of applications to stochastic differential equations filtering theory and mathematical finance. Features Suitable for graduate students and researchers in mathematical finance actuarial science applied mathematics and related areas Compiles almost all essential results on the calculus of optional processes in unusual probability spaces Contains many advanced analytical results for stochastic differential equations and statistics pertaining to the calculus of optional processes Develops new methods in finance based on optional processes such as a new portfolio theory defaultable claim pricing mechanism etc.   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138337268

Options for Wastewater Management in Harare Zimbabwe The sustainable management of waste water should aim at pollution prevention and reduction first followed by resource recovery and reuse. This work shows that substantial water quality improvements could be achieved through a so-called 3-Step Strategic Approach. The frameworks developed in this research for managing water on-site and at centralized and de-centralized levels can be used in re-designing current systems or designing new systems that make optimal use of wastewater components whilst minimising pollution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474789

Optochemical Nanosensors Nanosized sensors enable the study of chemical and biochemical processes at a level and in dimensions that may not have been envisioned some 20 years ago. Fueled by their inherent small size and the unusual optical magnetic catalytic and mechanical properties of nanoparticles remarkable progress has been made in recent years in the development and utilization of nanosensors and optical nanotechnology will further widen the field. However the design of new sensors requires new materials new methods for their characterization new optical sensing schemes new approaches for creating nanosized structures and new techniques for their interrogation in complex environments such as small living cells for studying biological signals or big public spaces for environmental monitoring . Optochemical Nanosensors covers the rapidly growing field of optical chemical nanosensing a new and exciting area of research and development within the large field of optical chemical sensing and biosensing. Its many applications including the detection of bioterrorist threats food security virology explosive detection and more are covered in these self-contained yet interrelated chapters. The book reviews optochemical sensors starting from the basics in optoelectronicsand concluding with the presentation of diverse nanosensors. The authors offer insight into future trends in this growing field and present applications in the fields of medicine security and bioterrorism. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380656

Optoelectronic Organic-Inorganic Semiconductor Heterojunctions Optoelectronic Organic-Inorganic Semiconductor Heterojunctions summarizes advances in the development of organic-inorganic semiconductor heterojunctions points out challenges and possible solutions for material/device design and evaluates prospects for commercial applications. Introduces the concept and basic mechanism of semiconductor heterojunctions Describes a series of organic-inorganic semiconductor heterojunctions with desirable electrical and optical properties for optoelectronic devices Discusses typical devices such as solar cells photo-detectors and optoelectronic memories Outlines the materials and device challenges as well as possible strategies to promote the commercial translation of semiconductor heterojunctions-based optoelectronic devices Aimed at graduate students and researchers working in solid-state materials and electronics this book offers a comprehensive yet accessible view of the state of the art and future directions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367342128

Optoelectronic Switching Systems in Telecommunications and Computers This book presents the general engineering considerations that have resulted in a fundamental change in telecommunications computer networks. It emphasizes optoelectronic switching in the fusion into traditional telecommunications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451844

OptoelectronicsInfrared-Visable-Ultraviolet Devices and Applications Second Edition Organized as a mini-encyclopedia of infrared optoelectronic applications this long awaited new edition of an industry standard updates and expands on the groundbreaking work of its predecessor. Pioneering experts responsible for many advancements in the field provide engineers with a fundamental understanding of semiconductor physics and the technical information needed to design infrared optoelectronic devices. Fully revised to reflect current developments in the field Optoelectronics: Infrared-Visible-Ultraviolet Devices and Applications Second Edition reviews relevant semiconductor fundamentals including device physics from an optoelectronic industry perspective. This easy-reading text provides a practical engineering introduction to optoelectronic LEDs and silicon sensor technology for the infrared visible and ultraviolet portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. Utilizing a practical and efficient engineering approach throughout the text supplies design engineers and technical management with quick and uncluttered access to the technical information needed to design new systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385774

Opto-Mechanical Systems Design Two Volume Set Opto-Mechanical Systems Design Fourth Edition is different in many ways from its three earlier editions: coauthor Daniel Vukobratovich has brought his broad expertise in materials opto-mechanical design analysis of optical instruments large mirrors and structures to bear throughout the book; Jan Nijenhuis has contributed a comprehensive new chapter on kinematics and applications of flexures; and several other experts in special aspects of opto-mechanics have contributed portions of other chapters. An expanded feature—a total of 110 worked-out design examples—has been added to several chapters to show how the theory equations and analytical methods can be applied by the reader. Finally the extended text new illustrations new tables of data and new references have warranted publication of this work in the form of two separate but closely entwined volumes. The first volume Design and Analysis of Opto-Mechanical Assemblies addresses topics pertaining primarily to optics smaller than 50 cm aperture. It summarizes the opto-mechanical design process considers pertinent environmental influences lists and updates key parameters for materials illustrates numerous ways for mounting individual and multiple lenses shows typical ways to design and mount windows and similar components details designs for many types of prisms and techniques for mounting them suggests designs and mounting techniques for small mirrors explains the benefits of kinematic design and uses of flexures describes how to analyze various types of opto-mechanical interfaces demonstrates how the strength of glass can be determined and how to estimate stress generated in optics and explains how changing temperature affects opto-mechanical assemblies. The second volume Design and Analysis of Large Mirrors and Structures concentrates on the design and mounting of significantly larger optics and their structures including a new and important topic: detailed consideration of factors affecting large mirror performance. The book details how to design and fabricate very large single-substrate segmented and lightweight mirrors; describes mountings for large mirrors with their optical axes in vertical horizontal and variable orientations; indicates how metal and composite mirrors differ from ones made of glass; explains key design aspects of optical instrument structural design; and takes a look at an emerging technology—the evolution and applications of silicon and silicon carbide in mirrors and other types of components for optical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439839775

Opto-Mechanical Systems Design Volume 1Design and Analysis of Opto-Mechanical Assemblies Opto-Mechanical Systems Design Fourth Edition is different in many ways from its three earlier editions: coauthor Daniel Vukobratovich has brought his broad expertise in materials opto-mechanical design analysis of optical instruments large mirrors and structures to bear throughout the book; Jan Nijenhuis has contributed a comprehensive new chapter on kinematics and applications of flexures; and several other experts in special aspects of opto-mechanics have contributed portions of other chapters. An expanded feature—a total of 110 worked-out design examples—has been added to several chapters to show how the theory equations and analytical methods can be applied by the reader. Finally the extended text new illustrations new tables of data and new references have warranted publication of this work in the form of two separate but closely entwined volumes. This first volume Design and Analysis of Opto-Mechanical Assemblies addresses topics pertaining primarily to optics smaller than 50 cm aperture. It summarizes the opto-mechanical design process considers pertinent environmental influences lists and updates key parameters for materials illustrates numerous ways for mounting individual and multiple lenses shows typical ways to design and mount windows and similar components details designs for many types of prisms and techniques for mounting them suggests designs and mounting techniques for small mirrors explains the benefits of kinematic design and uses of flexures describes how to analyze various types of opto-mechanical interfaces demonstrates how the strength of glass can be determined and how to estimate stress generated in optics and explains how changing temperature affects opto-mechanical assemblies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482257700

Opto-Mechanical Systems Design Volume 2Design and Analysis of Large Mirrors and Structures Opto-Mechanical Systems Design Fourth Edition is different in many ways from its three earlier editions: coauthor Daniel Vukobratovich has brought his broad expertise in materials opto-mechanical design analysis of optical instruments large mirrors and structures to bear throughout the book; Jan Nijenhuis has contributed a comprehensive new chapter on kinematics and applications of flexures; and several other experts in special aspects of opto-mechanics have contributed portions of other chapters. An expanded feature—a total of 110 worked-out design examples—has been added to several chapters to show how the theory equations and analytical methods can be applied by the reader. Finally the extended text new illustrations new tables of data and new references have warranted publication of this work in the form of two separate but closely entwined volumes. This second volume Design and Analysis of Large Mirrors and Structures concentrates on the design and mounting of significantly larger optics and their structures including a new and important topic: detailed consideration of factors affecting large mirror performance. The book details how to design and fabricate very large single-substrate segmented and lightweight mirrors; describes mountings for large mirrors with their optical axes in vertical horizontal and variable orientations; indicates how metal and composite mirrors differ from ones made of glass; explains key design aspects of optical instrument structural design; and takes a look at an emerging technology—the evolution and applications of silicon and silicon carbide in mirrors and other types of components for optical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482257724

Oracle 11i E-Business Suite from the Front Lines Oracle 11i E-Business Suite from the Front Lines is the first book to compile the tips techniques and practical advice for administering Oracle E-Business Suite 11i. The author examines Active Directory Utilities patching cloning and the new features that 11i brings to the market. The book benefits those with limited experience with Oracle Application but with more extensive background in Oracle Database Administration. This volume is valuable to systems administrators or DBAs who have experience with older versions of Oracle Financials and want to expand their knowledge to include the changes inherent in 11i.The book details the steps in installing a new 11i environment and explains the process of upgrading from a 10.7 or an 11.0.3 release. It also explores the techniques and results of migrating from one maintenance release of 11i to another.This analysis offers you real-world hints and recommendations to help you with day-to-day tuning troubleshooting and maintenance and will help you deliver reliable service to your end users. It is also a helpful tool that enables managers and co-workers to understand the daily challenges that Apps DBAs face. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394646

Oracle Business Intelligence and Essbase Solutions Guide This book highlights the practical aspects of using Oracle Essbase and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition (OBIEE) as a comprehensive BI solution. It explains the key steps involved in Oracle Essbase and OBIEE implementations. Using case studies the book covers Oracle Essbase for analytical BI and data integration using OBIEE for operational BI including presentation services and BI Publisher for real-time reporting services Self-service BI– in terms of VLDB scalability high performance stability long-lasting and ease of use that saves time effort and costs while maximizing ROI. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482234077

Oracle Case Management Solutions Organizations increasingly need to deal with unstructured processes that traditional business process management (BPM) suites are not designed to deal with. High-risk yet high-value loan origination or credit approvals police investigations and healthcare patient treatment are just a few examples of areas where a level of uncertainty makes outcome and execution of work flow non-deterministic.Case management is a way to govern and control these unstructured processes and non-deterministic outcomes. Oracle recently completed its BPM technology stack with broad case management functionality and is now able to deliver case management capabilities in a variety of flavors that combine packaged applications and middleware technology.Oracle Case Management Solutions is the first book to translate case management from a business problem perspective into appropriate Oracle product usage. Covering the key Oracle technologies that support case management solution components it explains how to conceptualize and implement quality case management solutions with these products.The team of authors consists of leading industry consultants engaged in providing case management solutions as well as veteran software product management professionals dealing with tools for building case management applications. The authors share insights gained through their extensive case management experience in terms of its use in solving real-world business problems and in applying technologies to create efficient fit-for-purpose computer applications that embody modern computing trends.Detailing a proven solution architecture and reliable roadmap for case management implementation and adoption the book includes tutorials with step-by-step instructions on building case management solutions using Oracle Siebel and Oracle BPM suites. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482223828

Oracle Embedded Programming and Application Development Focusing on tried and true best practice techniques in cross-technology based Oracle embedded programming this book provides authoritative guidance for improving your code compilation and execution. Geared towards IT professionals developing Oracle-based Web-enabled applications in PL/SQL Java C C++ .NET Perl and PHP it covers application development from concepts to customization following a pragmatic approach to design coding testing deployment and customization—explaining how to maximize embedded programming practices. Oracle Embedded Programming and Application Development explains application development frameworks using 3GL and 4GL high-level language code as embedded code segments across .NET Java and Open Source technologies in conjunction with SQL and/or PL/SQL and the Oracle RDBMS through version 11gR2. It also: Features pluggable code using parameterized constructs to promote code reuse Explains when to use a particular embedded language as a best fit for specific applications Highlights design considerations that reduce the probability of errors enable quick resolution and boost performance in terms of enabling a Fast-Actionable-Synchronized-Tested (FAST) solution implementation Provides best practice techniques that can enhance any application development code-design methodology for a better easier faster cheaper and pervasive solution that in turn helps achieve a Better Business Benefit (B-B-B) This practical guide details techniques for constructing architecture and code design methodologies for live application development projects that can be generalized and standardized as application development and code design frameworks. Cover to cover the text provides an understanding of how the designed developed and deployed solutions conform to emerging and next-generation trends. It also discusses the conformance and usage of Web 2.0-based RIA functionality and regulatory compliance practices involving auditing and security. Praise for: "Taking an Oracle-centric approach Lakshman skillfully guides you through the maze of various popular programming languages and environments including .NET C/C++ Perl PHP Java and even SQL and PL/SQL – not only showing you how they interact with Oracle but also which language is the best fit for a given situation."—John Kanagaraj Executive Editor IOUG SELECT Journal Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115231

Oracle Identity ManagementGovernance Risk and Compliance Architecture Third Edition In today‘s competitive marketplace with its focus on profit maintaining integrity can often be a challenge. Further complicating this challenge is the fact that those assigned to the task of assuring accountability within an organization often have little if any visibility into the inner workings of that organization. Oracle Identity Management: Governance Risk and Compliance Architecture is the definitive guide for corporate stewards who are struggling with the challenge of meeting regulatory compliance pressures while embarking on the path of process and system remediation. The text is written by Marlin Pohlman a director with Oracle who is recognized as one of the primary educators worldwide on identity management regulatory compliance and corporate governance. In the book‘s first chapters Dr. Pohlman examines multinational regulations and delves into the nature of governance risk and compliance. He also cites common standards illustrating a number of well-known compliance frameworks. He then focuses on specific software components that will enable secure business operations. To complete the picture he discusses elements of the Oracle architecture which permit reporting essential to the regulatory compliance process and the vaulting solutions and data hubs which collect enforce and store policy information. Examining case studies from the five most regulated business verticals financial services retail pharma-life sciences higher education and the US public sector this work teaches corporation stewards how to: Attain and maintain high levels of integrity Eliminate redundancy and excessive expense in identity management Map solutions directly to region and legislation Hold providers accountable for contracted services Identity management is the first line of defense in the corporate internal ecosystem. Reconcilingtheory and practicality this volume makes su Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138440449

Oracle InternalsTips Tricks and Techniques for DBAs If you are a typical Oracle professional you don't have the luxury of time to keep up with new technology and read all the new manuals to understand each new feature of the latest release from Oracle. You need a comprehensive source of information and in-depth tips and techniques for using the new technology. You need Oracle Internals: Tips Tricks and Techniques for DBAs.Oracle has evolved from a simple relational database into one of the most complex e-commerce platforms ever devised. It's not enough for you to understand just the Oracle database. You must also understand the components of the Web server technology XML Oracle Security Oracle and Java and a host of other issues in order to do your job properly. This book is a compendium of the best and most useful articles from Oracle Internals Auerbach Publications' newsletter for Oracle database administrators and other Oracle professionals. Edited by Oracle guru Don Burleson it provides the type of in-depth highly technical information not found in any other book information only available from peers and consultants. The chapters focus on the truly tough stuff - proven techniques learned in the trenches. You could get this information from other sources but you'd have to hunt and peck for it. Can you afford that kind of time? Oracle Internals: Tips Tricks and Techniques for DBAs gives you knowledge and advice directly applicable to your work in one easy-to-use resource. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138416550

Oraclsa Design System for Linear Multivariable Control This book describes a computational system for designing linear feedback control laws and filters for linear time-variant multivariable differential or difference equation state vector models. It presents numerical examples to illustrate the use of ORACLS to solve selected design problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064787

Oral and Maxillofacial Diseases Fifth Edition NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138196049

Oral and Maxillofacial Diseases Fourth Edition This latest edition of an esteemed reference is one of the most comprehensive illustrated books available of the oral and maxillofacial manifestations of diseases. The fourth edition has now been revised and further expanded to include problems with newer classes of drugs and systemic diseases.Topics include:Viral and Bacterial infections and MycosesNeoplasms and immune disordersEndocrine nutritional and metabolic diseasesDiseases of the blood and blood-forming organsMental disordersDiseases of the nervous circulatory and respiratory systemsDisorders of teeth and salivary disordersGastrointestinal disorders and diseases of the liverDiseases of the genito-urinary system and issues regarding pregnancy and menopauseDiseases of the skin and subcutaneous tissuesDiseases of connective tissue bone and jointsCongenital developmental and systemic disordersChemical pharmaceutical and physical agentsEffects of radiationClearly organized by systems of the body this volume is a cogent examination of the most significant pathologies with oral and maxillofacial ramifications Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446000

Oral and Nonverbal Expression With this book principals will become more successful at communicating with difficult people delivering speeches and will maximize the effectiveness of groups and committees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472839

Oral and Oropharyngeal Cancer The prevalence of Oral and Oropharyngeal Cancer continues to rise worldwide related to the increase in consumption of tobacco alcohol and other carcinogenic products. However there has also been a significant reduction in mortality due to increasing awareness early diagnosis and advances in treatments. This second edition of a bestseller reviews every aspect of the diagnosis and treatment of the orofacial cancer patient. As with the first edition the book is organized in three parts covering Pathology and Biology Clinical Management and Outcomes and Follow-up. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498700085

Oral Cavity Reconstruction Standing as the most comprehensive reference on oral cancer reconstruction this handbook serves as an all-encompassing compendium of surgical and cosmetic strategies for the reconstruction of bone muscles nerves arteries and anatomical structures of the oral cavity- covering wounds extending from the lips to the pharynx with detailed illustrations depicting the exact techniques utilized for functional and cosmetic repair and optimization of quality of life. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392000

Oral History The rapid rise in the study of Oral History has been evident across a wide range of academic and community settings. From surgeons in England investigating the embodied memories of half-remembered techniques in no longer practiced operations to truth and reconciliation projects in countries recovering from civil conflict including in South Africa Oral History is as diverse and widespread in practice as it is in application. This four-volume collection of cutting edge and canonical research will be of interest to students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809970

Oral History Education and JusticePossibilities and Limitations for Redress and Reconciliation This book addresses oral history as a form of education for redress and reconciliation. It provides scholarship that troubles both the possibilities and limitations of oral history in relation to the pedagogical and curricular redress of historical harms. Contributing authors compel the reader to question what oral history calls them to do as citizens activists teachers or historians in moving towards just relations. Highlighting the link between justice and public education through oral history chapters explore how oral histories question pedagogical and curricular harms and how they shed light on what is excluded or made invisible in public education. The authors speak to oral history as a hopeful and important pedagogy for addressing difficult knowledge exploring significant questions such as: how do community-based oral history projects affect historical memory of the public? What do we learn from oral history in government systems of justice versus in the political struggles of non-governmental organizations? What is the burden of collective remembering and how does oral history implicate people in the past? How are oral histories about difficult knowledge represented in curriculum from digital storytelling and literature to environmental and treaty education? This book presents oral history as a form of education that can facilitate redress and reconciliation in the face of challenges and bring about an awareness of historical knowledge to support action that addresses legacies of harm. Furthering the field on oral history and education this work will appeal to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of social justice education oral history Indigenous education curriculum studies history of education and social studies education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896154

Oral History Health and Welfare Oral History Health and Welfare discusses the significance of oral history to the history of the development of health and welfare provisions. It includes discussion on:* the end of the workhouse * professional education and training of midwives * HIV and Aids * birth control * the role of the community pharmacist * pioneers of geriatric medicine * oral history and the history of learning disability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868250

Oral History and Australian Generations From 2011 to 2014 the Australian Generations Oral History Project recorded 300 interviews with Australians born between 1920 and 1989. The contributions to this book a result of this project reflect on the practice of oral history and how interviews can illuminate Australian social and cultural history. Three of the chapters consider oral history innovations: focusing on the potential for oral history in a digital age the pioneering technologies that underpinned Australian Generations and the ethical issues posed by online digital oral history and the challenges and opportunities for radio oral history. In addition four chapters demonstrate how oral history interviews can be used as rich evidence for historical research: examining the interconnections between class social equity and higher education in post-war Australia; how life histories can transform understandings of mental ill-health; considering how oral history interviews with Australians of all ages confound stereotypical notions about generations; and investigating the ways in which family relationships mediate identities and how remembered places and objects provide points of anchor in a rapidly changing world. This book was originally published as a special issue of Australian Historical Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133627

Oral History in Latin AmericaUnlocking the Spoken Archive This field guide to oral history in Latin America addresses methodological ethical and interpretive issues arising from the region’s unique milieu. With careful consideration of the challenges of working in Latin America – including those of language culture performance translation and political instability – David Carey Jr. provides guidance for those conducting oral history research in the postcolonial world. In regions such as Latin America where nations that have been subjected to violent colonial and neocolonial forces continue to strive for just and peaceful societies decolonizing research and analysis is imperative. Carey deploys case studies and examples in ways that will resonate with anyone who is interested in oral history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717595

Oral History Theory Oral history is increasingly acknowledged as a key tool for anyone studying the history of the recent past and Oral History Theory provides a comprehensive systematic and accessible overview of this important field. Combining the study of theories drawn from disciplines ranging from linguistics to psychoanalysis with the observations of practitioners and including extensive examples of oral history practice from around the world this book constitutes the first integrated discussion of oral history theory. Structured around key themes such as the peculiarities of oral history the study of the self subjectivity and intersubjectivity memory narrative performance power and trauma each chapter provides a clear and user-friendly explanation of the various theoretical approaches illustrating these with examples from the rich field of published oral history and making suggestions for the practicing oral historian. This second edition includes a new chapter on trauma and ethics a preface discussing new developments in the field and updated glossary and further reading sections. Supplemented by a new companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/abrams) containing a comprehensive range of case studies audio material and further resources this book will be invaluable to experienced and novice oral historians professionals and students who are new to the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905399

Oral Interpretation In its 13th Edition the iconic Oral Interpretation continues to prepare students to analyze and perform literature through an accessible step-by-step process. New selections join classic favorites and chapters devoted to specific genres—narrative poetry group performance and more—explore the unique challenges of each form. Now tighter and more focused than its predecessors this edition highlights movements in contemporary culture—especially the contributions of social media to current communication. New writings offer advice and strategies for maximizing body and voice in performance and enhanced devices guide novices in performance preparation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082212

Oral Language and Comprehension in PreschoolTeaching the Essentials Before children are readers and writers they are speakers and listeners. This book provides creative hands-on strategies for developing preschoolers' speaking listening and oral comprehension skills within a literacy-rich classroom environment. Each chapter features helpful classroom vignettes; a section called Preschool in Practice with step-by-step lesson ideas; and Ideas for Discussion Reflection and Action. The book addresses the needs of English language learners and describes ways to support students' literacy development at home. The final chapter pulls it all together through a portrait of an exemplary day of preschool teaching and learning. Reproducible forms and checklists can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524006

Oral LiteraciesWhen Adults Read Aloud This is the first book to focus exclusively on an examination of early 21st-century adult reading aloud. The dominant contemporary image of reading in much of the world is that of a silent solitary activity. This book challenges this dominant discourse acknowledging the diversity of reading practices that adults perform or experience in different communities languages contexts and phases of our lives outlining potential educational implications and next steps for literacy teaching and research. By documenting and analysing the diversity of oral reading practices that adults take part in (on- and offline) this book explores contemporary reading aloud as hugely varied often invisible and yet quietly ubiquitous. Duncan discusses questions such as: What where how and why do adults read aloud or listen to others reading? How do couples families and groups use oral reading as a way of being together? When and why do adults read aloud at work? And why do some people read aloud in languages they may not speak or understand? This book is key reading for advanced students researchers and scholars of literacy practices and literacy education within education applied linguistics and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086992

Oral Medicine This is a revised edition of a bestselling handbook. The authors have fully updated the text to include the most up to date treatment options have added a section on head and neck imaging (CT/MRI) a series of self-test clinical cases and 100 new photographs. The book uses a symptom-based approach to assist the clinician in the diagnosis and management of those conditions that fall into the speciality of oral medicine. Dealing first with normal anatomy physical examination and investigation—particularly lesional biopsy hematological assessment and microbiological sampling—the authors cover all areas of those diseases local and systemic that manifest themselves in the lips and mouth. Conditions are grouped under their principal presenting sign—blistering white patches red patches swelling pigmentation pain dry mouth altered taste and halitosis. This comprehensive handbook is of value to professionals and trainees in medicine dentistry and pathology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138494183

Oral Narration in Modern FrenchA Linguistics Analysis of Temporal Patterns This book introduces 'performed' oral storytelling into the debate using data from traditional and contemporary storytellers in French to explore the narrative tenses the discourse-pragmatic effects of tense switching as well as broader questions concerning the nature of oral discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605155

Oral Narrative in AfghanistanThe Individual in Tradition This book first published in 1990 studies the oral fiction entertainments of Afghanistan by focusing on aspects of the oral narrative process which can be observed in individual performances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265618

Oral Poetics in Middle English Poetry Originally published in 1994 Oral Tradition in Middle English is an edited collection providing a multidisciplinary look at the importance and nature of oral tradition in Middle English literature. The book offers a discussion of the gradual problemization of orality and literacy in works of verbal art from this period. It shows how early typographies proved too exclusive to explain the heterogeneity of relevant texts bringing to bear the new and potentially productive concepts of "vocality" and developing literacy. This book establishes a new interpretive paradigm for Middle English poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185671

Oral PsychophysiologyStress Pain and Behavior in Dental Care First published in 1992. Oral Psychophysiology: Stress Pain and Behavior in Dental Care presents the many different behavioral aspects of dental treatment including specific dento-related behavioral dysfunctions (fear anxiety and phobia excessive gagging reflex orofacial pain). Special attention is given to the specific problems of elderly dental patients including possible problems in adapting to dentures. The effects of stress on physiological conditions in the oral cavity and stress-related behavior such as syncope or inability to achieve local anesthesia are discussed. The book also summarizes possible treatment modalities for patients who find it difficult to cope with the various aspects of dental care such as behavior modification hypnosis and pharmaceutical approaches.Oral Psychophysiology: Stress Pain and Behavior in Dental Care is an indispensable resource for dentists and dental students who occasionally encounter "problematic" patients. The handling of such patients requires more than the usual familiar manual skills and is often a source of stress and frustration to the dentist. By developing an understanding of the underlying principles of the behavior of these patients a clinician will be able to create a better interpersonal relationship with his/her patients prevent some of the potential problems and solve others. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429278051

Oral RadiosurgeryAn Illustrated Clinical Guide Providing safe fast and efficient incision with an improved field of vision radiosurgery is one of the most important and versatile instruments in modern dentistry. Here in this best-selling step-by-step guide to the safe practice of a wide variety of clinical procedures Sherman builds upon the phenomenal success of previous editions updatin Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429171147

Oral TraditionA Study in Historical Methodology Oral traditions are historical sources of a special nature. Their special nature derives from the fact that they are "unwritten" sources couched in a form suitable for oral transmission and that their preservation depends on the powers of memory of successive generations of human beings. In many parts of the world inhabited by peoples without writing oral tradition forms the main available source for a reconstruction of the past. Do the special characteristics of oral traditions u "unwritten" information dependent on the memory of successive generations u invalidate them as sources of historical data? If not are there means for testing their reliability? Professor Vansina shows in Oral Tradition that with knowledge of the language and of the society the anthropologist and historian can extract or deduce the historical content of oral testimonies. Based on the author's many years of fieldwork in Africa this definitive work explores the possibility of reconstructing the history of non-literate peoples from their oral traditions surveys existing literature offers a typology of oral traditions and evaluates methods of collection and interpretation. On first publication Daniel McCall in the American Anthropologist called Oral Tradition " a tour de force. Indeed this may well be the most significant work written on the relation of oral tradition to history in thirty yearsafor any field worker who intends to collect oral traditions this work is indispensable." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529366

Oral Traditions Continuities and Transformations in Northeast India and Beyond Northeast India is home to many distinct communities and is an area of incredible ethnic religious and linguistic diversity. This book explores the shared cultural heritage among the highland and river valley communities of Northeast India and mainland South East Asia including South China through oral traditions. It looks at these shared cultural traditions and suggests new ways of understanding and interpreting the heritage of Northeast India. Oral traditions often bring forward an unexpected twist in understanding historical and cultural links and this volume explores this using local knowledge and innovative engagements with oral traditions in multiple ways from folklore and language to performative traditions.   The essays in this volume examine how communities build new meanings from old traditions often as a recognition of the tension between conservation and creation between individual interpretation and social consensus. They offer interesting parallels on how oral traditions behave in different socio-economic contexts and also examine how oral traditions and memory interact with the digital world’s penetration in the remote areas.  This volume will be useful for scholars and researchers of Northeast India sociology sociology of culture cultural studies ethnic studies anthropology  folkloristics and political sociology.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815396161

Oral Traditions and Gender in Early Modern Literary Texts Proposing a fresh approach to scholarship on the topic this volume explores the cultural meanings especially the gendered meanings of material associated with oral traditions. The collection is divided into three sections. Part One investigates the evocations of the 'old nurse' as storyteller so prominent in early modern fictions. The essays in Part Two investigate women's fashioning of oral traditions to serve their own purposes. The third section disturbs the exclusive associations between the feminine and oral traditions to discover implications for masculinity as well. Contributors explore the plays of Shakespeare and writings of Spenser Sidney Wroth and the Cavendishes as well as works by less well known or even unknown authors. Framed by an introduction by Mary Ellen Lamb and an afterword by Pamela Allen Brown these essays make several important interventions in scholarship in the field. They demonstrate the continuing cultural importance of an oral tradition of tales and ballads even if sometimes circulated in manuscript and printed forms. Rather than in its mode of transmission contributors posit that the continuing significance of this oral tradition lies instead in the mode of consumption (the immediacy of the interaction of the participants). Oral Traditions and Gender in Early Modern Literary Texts confirms the power of oral traditions to shape and also to unsettle concepts of the masculine as well as of the feminine. This collection usefully complicates any easy assumptions about associations of oral traditions with gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390961

Oral Traditions and the Verbal ArtsA Guide to Research Practices The study of oral traditions and verbal arts leads into an area of human culture to which anthropologists are increasingly turning their attention. Oral Traditions and the Verbal Arts provides up-to-date guidance on how to approach the study of oral form and their performances treating both the practicalities of fieldwork and the methods by which oral texts and performances can be observed collected or analysed. It also relates to those current controversies about the nature of performance and of 'text'.Designed as a practical and systematic introduction to the processes and problems of researching in this area this is an invaluable guide for students and lecturers of anthropology and cultural studies and also for general readers who are interested in enjoying oral literature for its own sake. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165045

Orality and Language Part of the series Key Concepts in Indigenous Studies this book focuses on the concepts that recur in any discussion of the society culture and literature among indigenous peoples. This book the fourth in a five-volume series deals with the two key concepts of language and orality of indigenous peoples from Asia Australia North America and South America. With contributions from renowned scholars activists and experts from across the globe it looks at the intricacies of oral transmission of memory and culture literary production and transmission and the nature of creativity among indigenous communities. It also discusses the risk of a complete decline of the languages of indigenous peoples as well as the attempts being made to conserve these languages. Bringing together academic insights and experiences from the ground this unique book with its wide coverage will serve as a comprehensive guide for students teachers and scholars of indigenous studies. It will be essential reading for those in social and cultural anthropology tribal studies sociology and social exclusion studies politics religion and theology cultural studies literary and postcolonial studies and Third World and Global South studies as well as activists working with indigenous communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367609375

Orality and Literacy in Modern Italian Culture This book lays more emphasis on orality as source as process or performance as outcome. It looks at the primacy of the spoken language that seems to be the main common feature to these two phenomena of Italian theatrical culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604158

Orality and Literacy30th Anniversary Edition Walter J. Ong’s classic work provides a fascinating insight into the social effects of oral written printed and electronic technologies and their impact on philosophical theological scientific and literary thought. This thirtieth anniversary edition – coinciding with Ong’s centenary year – reproduces his best-known and most influential book in full and brings it up to date with two new exploratory essays by cultural writer and critic John Hartley. Hartley provides: A scene-setting chapter that situates Ong’s work within the historical and disciplinary context of post-war Americanism and the rise of communication and media studies; A closing chapter that follows up Ong’s work on orality and literacy in relation to evolving media forms with a discussion of recent criticisms of Ong’s approach and an assessment of his concept of the ‘evolution of consciousness’; Extensive references to recent scholarship on orality literacy and the study of knowledge technologies tracing changes in how we know what we know. These illuminating essays contextualize Ong within recent intellectual history and display his work’s continuing force in the ongoing study of the relationship between literature and the media as well as that of psychology education and sociological thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538381

Orality and Translation In the current context of globalization relocation of cultures and rampant technologizing of communication orality has gained renewed interest across disciplines in the humanities and the social sciences. Orality has shed its once negative image as primitive non-literate and exotic and has grown into a major area of scientific interest and the focus of interdisciplinary research including translation studies. As an important feature of human speech and communication orality has featured prominently in studies related to pre-modernist traditions modernist representations of human history and postmodernist expressions of artistry such as in music film and other audiovisual media. Its wide appeal can be seen in the variety of this volume in which contributors draw from a range of disciplines with orality as the point of intersection with translation studies. This book is unique in its exploration of orality and translation from an interdisciplinary perspective and sets the groundwork for collaborative research among scholars across disciplines with an interest in the aesthetics and materiality of orality. This book was originally published as a special issue of Translation Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077051

Orality in Written TextsUsing Historical Corpora to Investigate Irish English 1700-1900 Shortlisted for the 2020 ESSE Book Award in English Language and Linguistics Orality in Written Texts provides a methodologically and theoretically innovative study of change in Irish English in the period 1700-1900. Focusing in on a time during which Ireland became overwhelmingly English-speaking the book traces the use of various linguistic features of Irish English in different historical contexts and over time. This book: draws on data from the Corpus of Irish English Correspondence (CORIECOR) which is composed of personal letters to and from Irish emigrants from the start of the eighteenth century up until the end of the twentieth century; analyses linguistic features that have hitherto remained neglected in the literature on Irish English including discourse-pragmatic markers and deictic and pronominal forms; discusses how the survival of the pragmatic mode has resulted in the preservation of certain facets of the Irish English variety as known today; explores sociolinguistic issues from a historical perspective. With direct relevance to corpus-based literary studies as well as the exploration of hybrid modern-day text forms Orality in Written Texts is key reading for advanced students and researchers of corpus linguistics varieties of English language change and historical linguistics as well as anyone interested in learning more about Irish history and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802346

Orbital DiseasePresent Status and Future Challenges Summarizing discussions from the Vancouver Orbital Symposium this reference assembles recent perspectives from world renowned orbital specialists pathologists radiologists and scientists to highlight advances and challenges in the diagnosis and management of orbital disease-covering recent aspects of orbital inflammatory and infectious disorders issues in oncology thyroid disease and orbital vascular disorders as well as topics concerning the future of imaging and orbital surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393083

Orbital Motion Long established as one of the premier references in the fields of astronomy planetary science and physics the fourth edition of Orbital Motion continues to offer comprehensive coverage of the analytical methods of classical celestial mechanics while introducing the recent numerical experiments on the orbital evolution of gravitating masses and the astrodynamics of artificial satellites and interplanetary probes. Following detailed reviews of earlier editions by distinguished lecturers in the USA and Europe the author has carefully revised and updated this edition. Each chapter provides a thorough introduction to prepare you for more complex concepts reflecting a consistent perspective and cohesive organization that is used throughout the book. A noted expert in the field the author not only discusses fundamental concepts but also offers analyses of more complex topics such as modern galactic studies and dynamical parallaxes. New to the Fourth Edition: Numerous updates and reorganization of all chapters to encompass new methods New results from recent work in areas such as satellite dynamics New chapter on the Caledonian symmetrical n-body problem Extending its coverage to meet a growing need for this subject in satellite and aerospace engineering Orbital Motion Fourth Edition remains a top reference for postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students professionals such as engineers and serious amateur astronomers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406285

Orchestrating Inquiry Learning There is currently a rapidly growing interest in inquiry learning and an emerging consensus among researchers that particularly when supported by technology it can be a significant vehicle for developing higher order thinking skills. Inquiry learning methods also offer learners meaningful and productive approaches to the development of their knowledge of the world yet such methods can present significant challenges for teachers and students. Orchestrating Inquiry Learning addresses the key challenge of how to resource and support processes of inquiry learning within and beyond the classroom. It argues that technological support when coupled with appropriate design of activities and management of the learning environment can enable inquiry learning experiences that are engaging authentic and personally relevant. This edited collection of carefully integrated chapters brings together for the first time; work on inquiry learning and orchestration of learning. Drawing upon a broad range of theoretical perspectives this book examines: Orchestration of inquiry learning and instruction Trajectories of inquiry learning Designing for inquiry learning Scripting personal inquiry Collaborative and collective inquiry learning Assessment of inquiry learning Inquiry learning in formal and semi-formal educational contexts Orchestrating Inquiry Learning is essential reading for all those concerned with understanding and promoting effective inquiry learning. The book is aimed at an international audience of researchers post-graduate students and advanced undergraduates in education educational technology and psychology. It will also be of interest to educational practitioners and policy makers including teachers educational advisors teacher-students and their trainers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415601139

Orchestrating ValuePopulation Health in the Digital Age Orchestrating Value: Population Health in the Digital Age focuses on the leadership thinking and mindset changes needed to transition from brick and mortar healthcare to digital health and connected care. The fourth industrial revolution with convergent disruptions in biology business models computer science and culture has the potential to transform the healthcare system like never before. Digital health startups Big Tech and progressive health systems will change the way health and healthcare are delivered to increasingly digitally savvy consumers. This book challenges readers to rethink the role of data and technology in creating and designing the future. Rather than hooking value-based care and population health management onto traditional healthcare business models it focuses on the emergence of digital ecosystems. Using the analogy of an orchestra the book introduces the importance of platforms in the formation of communities and markets with network effects to allow participants to collaborate create and innovate. With quotes from healthcare industry leaders and change agents it helps the strategist understand the three stages of the transition from volume to value. As conductor of the orchestra the CEO must navigate important leadership pivots to move beyond silo-based thinking. Finally the Care Management Platform is described as a new operating model for population health in the digital age. As the next generation beyond foundational EHRs capabilities such as interoperability analytics care management and patient/consumer engagement will fundamentally change the way healthcare enterprises operate and deliver value to customers. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138367340

Orchids of Malawi This text covers all of the Malawi orchids both epiphytic and terrestrial. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079392

Orchids of Nigeria This text includes a description of 104 species with 195 photographs. It also contains a checklist of Nigerian orchids. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079002

Orde Wingate and the British Army 1922-1944 Major General Orde Wingate (1903–1944) was the most controversial British military commander of the Second World War and perhaps of the last hundred years. Anglim's biography fills a significant void in the literature making extensive use of Wingate's papers to place him firmly in the context of the British army of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661172

Order and Conflict in Public Space Which public and whose space? The understanding of public space as an arena where individuals can claim full use and access hides a reality of constant negotiation conflict and surveillance. This collection uses case studies concerning the management use and transgression of public space to invite reflection on the way in which everyday social interaction is framed and shaped by the physical environment and vice versa. International experts from fields including geography criminology sociology and urban studies come together to debate the concepts of order and conflict in public space. This book is divided into two parts: spaces of control and spaces of transgression. Section I focuses on formal and informal surveillance and the politics of control using case studies to compare strategies in spaces including Olympic cities luxury skyscrapers residential neighbourhoods and shopping malls. Section II focuses on transgressive or deviant behaviour in public spaces with case studies examining behaviour in nightlife districts governance of homelessness boy-racer culture and abortion protests. The epilogue concludes the book with an exploration of possible future avenues for research on public space and a critical appraisal of the concept of public space itself. This interdisciplinary collection will be of interest to students researchers and professionals in the areas of criminology sociology surveillance studies human and social geography and urban studies and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499416

Order and Control in American Socio-Economic ThoughtSocial Scientists and Progressive-Era Reform The Progressive Era is generally regarded as a period of extraordinary social political and economic change affecting virtually every aspect of American life. In the last decades of the nineteenth century American social scientists drawing on their experiences with the German social welfare system became increasingly interested not merely in identifying problems but in prescribing means by which to effect social change. This book is an effort to identify the various influences upon critical thinkers and to examine their approaches to solving the social problems of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688070

Order and Disorder in the 21st Century With a diverse group of contributors from law business and the social sciences this book explores the line not only between order and disorder in global affairs but also chaos and control continuity and change the core and the margins. The key themes include: global crises and the role of international law norms and institutions; the challenge of pluralism to regulatory clarity; and critical assessments of taken-for-granted systems and values such as capitalism centralised government de-militarisation and the separation of powers. The book divides into two key parts. The first part `Conceptions’ considers the diverse way in which order/disorder can be conceived in global governance and regulation. The second part `Case Studies’ groups chapters around five topic areas: citizens capitalism conflict crime and courts. The authors here build on the themes presented in the first part by embedding them within specific areas of international regulation such as international criminal law maritime law or finance regulation; jurisdictions and regions such as Australia Canada China Japan and South Asia; and subject-matter such as water resources citizenship statelessness and public interest litigation. This blend of contemporary subject-matter empirical studies multi-disciplinary perspectives and academic theories provides a comprehensive analysis to current and emerging debates in the broader global community. In utilizing interdisciplinary studies to draw out common issues and alternative solutions the book will appeal to a wide readership among academics and policy-makers.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593568

Order and Disorder in the International System This volume examines the complex international system of the twenty first century from a variety of perspectives. Proceeding from critical theoretical perspectives and incorporating case studies the chapters focus on broad trends as well as micro-realities of a Post-Westphalian international system. The process of transformation and change of the international system has been an ongoing cumulative process. Many forces including conflict technological innovation and communication have contributed to the creation of a transnational world with political economic and social implications for all societies. Transnationalism functions both as an integrative factor and one which exposes the existing and the newly emerging divisions between societies and cultures and between nations and states. The chapters in this volume demonstrate that re-thinking fundamental assumptions as well as theoretical and methodological premises is central to understanding the dynamics of interdependence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605513

Order and Insecurity in Germany and TurkeyMilitary Cultures of the 1930s This book examines processes of military political and cultural transformation from the perspective of officers in two countries: Germany and Turkey in the 1930s. The national fates of both countries interlocked during the Great War years and their close alliance dictated their joint defeat in 1918. While the two countries were manifestly different in their politics and culture both had lost the war and both went through powerful changes in its immediate aftermath. They painted themselves as the victims of a new imperialist order whose chief representatives were Britain and France. The result was a radical militarism that unleashed violent currents in these countries – developments that were to be more transformative than the impact of the war experience itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330160

Order and LegitimacyPolitical Thought in National Spain A growing body of readers is rediscovering Francis Graham Wilson's tremendous contribution to the study of politics and humane learning. In this volume he offers an extensive assessment of the nature of politics and the search for order in Spanish politics concentrating on the central figures who defended the Church and communities during the Spanish Civil War. The book argues for the uniqueness of Spain among the other countries of Europe. For Wilson the most salutary attribute of Spanish politics is found in the assemblage of smaller groupings of the citizenry within the larger society in communities; and it is in the smaller association that the most important aspects of moral social and political life were nurtured. Part 1 includes assessments of three eminent Spanish traditionalists Juan Donoso Cortés Jaime Balmes and Menéndez Pelayo as well as studies of central figures from the period of the Spanish Civil War José Antonio and Ramiro de Maeztu. The final chapters are taken from an unpublished book-length manuscript "An Anchor in the Latin Mind " that Wilson had completed at the time of his death in 1976 and was recently discovered by the editors. For Wilson Latin thinkers possess advantages others do not a political realism that can be reinvigorated. The recovery of Spanish traditionalism according to this book is dependent upon a return to the self-understanding of the ordering principles of Spanish politics and society. Wilson's affirmation of a Spanish traditionalist inheritance during his lifetime encouraged a return to authentic popular rule and a greater appreciation of Spanish achievements in politics and the moral life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512825

Order and Rebellion in Tribal Africa These essays are mainly concerned with the development of some of Max Gluckman's ideas about African politics. He regarded frequent rebellions to replace incumbents of political offices (as against revolutions to alter the structure of offices) as inherent in these politics. Later he connected this situation with modes of husbandry problems of the devolution of power types of weapons and the law of treason. He advanced to a general theory of ritual as well as to general propositions about the position of officials representing conflicting interests within a hierarchy typified by the African chief under colonial rule. Originally published in 1963. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861787

Order By AccidentThe Origins And Consequences Of Group Conformity In Contemporary Japan While the consequences of low social order are well understood the consequences of high social order are not. Yet perhaps nowhere in the world is social order so well developed as in Japan which is highly organized economically successful and enjoys a safe society. However Japan pays a price--the loss of personal freedom and the inability to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317096

Order from Confusion SprungStudies in Eighteenth-Century Literature from Swift to Cowper Originally published in 1985 Order From Confusion Sprung brings together some of Claude Rawson's more important essays and articles on eighteenth-century subjects most belong to the last decade or so but a few earlier pieces have also been included. Swift Pope and Fielding are extensively treated and there are discussions of Johnson Boswell Cowper as well as some authors of the so-called Sentimental School. The volume also contains reappraisals of the concepts underlying such terms as 'neo-classic' and 'Augustan' in their application to eighteenth-century literature and comments forthrightly on prevailing trends in the academic study of the subject in the last two decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613133

Order of LearningEssays on the Contemporary University The Order of Learning considers the problems facing higher education by focusing on main underlying factors: the relationship of higher education to government academic freedom and the responsibilities of the academic profession among others. Edward Shils argues that higher education has a central role in society and that distractions such as pressures from government disinterest of students and faculty in education and involvement of institutions of higher learning in social questions have damaged higher education by deflecting it from its commitment to teaching learning and research.Shils believes that the modern university must be steadfast in its commitment to the pursuit of truth the education of students and the provision of research. Universities should not be all things to all people. On one hand the academic community must understand the essential mission of the university and resist distractions. On the other government must provide the necessary support to higher education even when the immediate "pay-off" is not self-evident.This book provides a refreshing new perspective precisely by taking a traditional stance on the role of higher education in modern society. It includes carefully researched and elegantly written essays on many of the central issues facing education today. This work will be of great interest to educators and students alike as well as those interested in the future of higher education in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512832

Order of RitualsThe Interpretation of Everyday Life To those still accustomed to seeing social order depicted in classes strata central groups or institutions and who measure and classify the social world according to "centers" and "margins " modern society presents itself as ambiguous and unmanageable. This is not unprecedented. Human societies often discover themselves in situations in which the traditional grids of order and stratification lose their value and fail to serve as guideposts for individuals.In The Order of Rituals Hans-Georg Soeffner aims to answer the question: Through what efforts of order and orientation are loosely organized societies like ours held together? Soeffner focuses on symbolic forms of self-presentation that bring focus and clarity to our lives such as emblems fashions styles and symbols. As these replace old orders of classes or strata there is a further consequence. Economically culturally and ethnically "mixed" societies not only return to specific visible forms of presentation but also present themselves and their worldviews as a public stage of life-styles attitudes and demeanor.Soeffner asserts that society preserves certain continuously handed-down forms of action and ritual as specific symbolic forms over a long period of time. The Order of Rituals describes these symbols and routines of everyday life in fascinating detail coupled with thoughtful analysis. Sociologists anthropologists and philosophers will all benefit immensely from this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512849

Order StarsTheory and Applications This book familiarizes the mathematical community with an analytic tool that is capable of so many applications and presents a list of open problems which might be amenable to analysis with order stars. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781003059837

Order Wars and Floating BalanceHow the Rising Powers Are Reshaping Our Worldview in the Twenty-First Century A sense of order has irreversibly retreated at the turn of the twenty-first century with the rise of such ancient civilizations as China and India and the militant resurgence of Islamic groups. The United States and like-minded states want to maintain the once-dominant international and global order buttressed by a set of mainly Western value systems and institutions. Nevertheless challengers have sought to redraw the international and global order according to their own ideas and preferences while selectively accommodating and taking advantage of the established order. Because of this the entire world is teetering on the brink of an order war. This book is a synthesis of two separate bodies of thoughts from Western and East Asian ideas and philosophies respectively. The authors deploy the major ideas of key Western and East Asian thinkers to shed a new light on their usefulness in understanding the transition of global order. They locate new ideas to overcome the contradictions of the late modern world and provide some ideational building blocks of a new global order. The new concepts proposed are: recognition between the great civilizations; a harmony and floating balance between and within contrasts—individual versus community freedom versus equality—;and mediation between friends and foes. As the former Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin put it "you don’t need to make peace with your friends you have to make peace with your foes." The values of the West as well as that of the East cannot survive in a globalized world by taking them as absolute but only by balancing them to those of the other great civilizations of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141974

Ordered AnarchyJasay and his Surroundings Anthony de Jasay's work has been enormously influential describing both a theoretical philosophical model for a stateless liberal free market order and offering analysis of and solutions to many of the technical economic problems associated with such a vision of society - most notably his work on the free rider and his return. In this book ten significant scholars in philosophy and political economy including Nobel laureate in economics James Buchanan pay tribute to the man and his work in a series of essays at once both respectful and critical. Ordered Anarchy focuses on three fundamental questions of libertarian thinking. Which are the basic libertarian principles and how do rights and liberties relate to each other? Is order possible and durable in an anarchic or quasi-anarchic society and if so under which preconditions? How and to what extent are the pillars of politics such as the constitution institutions and government detrimental or beneficial to an enduring free society? While Narveson Palmer and Bouillon focus on the first of these questions the late Radnitzky and van Dun address the second. Benson Holcombe and Kliemt provide answers to question number three while Buchanan and Little highlight the role of Anthony de Jasay in this debate and the inspiration that his thinking has given to the authors of this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259720

Ordered Regression ModelsParallel Partial and Non-Parallel Alternatives Estimate and Interpret Results from Ordered Regression ModelsOrdered Regression Models: Parallel Partial and Non-Parallel Alternatives presents regression models for ordinal outcomes which are variables that have ordered categories but unknown spacing between the categories. The book provides comprehensive coverage of the three major classes of ordered regression models (cumulative stage and adjacent) as well as variations based on the application of the parallel regression assumption.The authors first introduce the three "parallel" ordered regression models before covering unconstrained partial constrained partial and nonparallel models. They then review existing tests for the parallel regression assumption propose new variations of several tests and discuss important practical concerns related to tests of the parallel regression assumption. The book also describes extensions of ordered regression models including heterogeneous choice models multilevel ordered models and the Bayesian approach to ordered regression models. Some chapters include brief examples using Stata and R.This book offers a conceptual framework for understanding ordered regression models based on the probability of interest and the application of the parallel regression assumption. It demonstrates the usefulness of numerous modeling alternatives showing you how to select the most appropriate model given the type of ordinal outcome and restrictiveness of the parallel assumption for each variable.Web ResourceMore detailed examples are available on a supplementary website. The site also contains JAGS R and Stata codes to estimate the models along with syntax to reproduce the results. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367737214

Ordered UniversesApproaches To The Anthropology Of Religion This innovative introduction to the anthropological study of religion challenges traditional categories and assumptions arguing that too many of them reflect ethnocentric perspectives long discarded by contemporary anthropologists. The continued use of such terms as ?supernatural? and ?cult? inescapably communicates that what is under study is not Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320027

Ordering LawThe Architectural and Social History of the English Law Court to 1914 Over the last thirty years historical studies of building types have become something of a growth area. As well as such general surveys as Nikolaus Pevsner's History of Building Types there are growing numbers of studies of individual types of which the most distinguished perhaps remain Mark Girouard's Life in the English Country House and Robin Evan's study of prisons The Fabrication of Virtue. This growth is not surprising because the subject lends itself to the 'New Art History' and to our increasing desire to set buildings within their social and cultural contexts as well as their stylistic and cultural ones. This book by Dr Graham is a comprehensive study of a type of building - the law court - which has to date remained largely unexplored. Ordering Law establishes when why and how the trial came to be housed in purpose-built accommodation in England and what was architecturally distinctive about that accommodation in the period leading up to 1914. The main text concentrates on examining in depth a series of well-documented individual buildings and groups of buildings using a wide range of contemporary sources to illuminate the way in which they were designed and used. Other information gleaned about court buildings nationwide is placed in an appendix in gazetteer form; originally drawn from the 200 or so examples listed in the Buildings of England guides this has expanded to include over 800 entries. As a piece of scholarly research this work draws on several disciplines and will be of interest to those studying social and legal history as well as those with a broader interest in architectural history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247618

Ordering Women’s LivesPenitentials and Nunnery Rules in the Early Medieval West This book takes an innovative approach to the study of the penitentials and nunnery rules and the ways in which these texts impinged upon the lives of female audiences. The study emphasises the importance of the texts for the promotion of Christian values and of the expectations of churchmen in the construction of appropriate Christian behaviour for women in the early medieval West. These texts constitute the only written works which would have had direct influence upon the lives of lay and religious women. The work focuses upon the elements of the penitentials which provided female-specific expectations and these fall largely into two categories of sexuality and pre-Christian practices. The nunnery rules seldom provided comprehensive sets of behavioural expectations. Rather rules emphasised expectations relating to issues of enclosure work and abstinence which came to be perceived as the defining characteristics of religious women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272323

Orders of Ordinary ActionRespecifying Sociological Knowledge Presenting original research studies by leading scholars in the field Orders of Ordinary Action considers how ethnomethodology provides for an 'alternate' sociology by respecifying sociological phenomena as locally accomplished members' activities. Following an introduction by the editors and a seminal statement of ethnomethodology's analytic stance by its founder Harold Garfinkel the book then comprises two parts. The first introduces studies of practical action and organization whilst the second provides studies of practical reasoning and situated logic in various settings. By organizing the book in this way the collection demonstrates the relevance of ethnomethodological investigations to established topics and issues and indicates the contribution that ethnomethodology can make to the understanding of human action in any and all social contexts. Both individually and collectively these contributions illustrate how taking an ethnomethodological approach opens up for investigation phenomena that are taken for granted in conventional sociological theorizing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253964

Ordinal Measurement in the Behavioral Sciences This book provides an alternative method for measuring individual differences in psychological educational and other behavioral sciences studies. It is based on the assumptions of ordinal statistics as explained in Norman Cliff's 1996 Ordinal Methods for Behavioral Data Analysis. It provides the necessary background on ordinal measurement to permit its use to assess psychological and psychophysical tests and scales and interpret the data obtained. The authors believe that some of the behavioral measurement models used today do not fit the data or are inherently self-contradictory. Applications of these models can therefore lead to unwarranted inferences regarding the status of the derived variables. These methods can also be difficult to apply particularly in small-sample contexts without making additional unrealistic assumptions. Ordinal methods more closely reflect the original data are simple to apply and can be used in samples of any size. The book's approach is in essence a return to simple empiricism in psychological measurement. Ordinal Measurement in the Behavioral Sciences provides: *methods for analyzing test responses; *extensive discussions of ordinal approaches to analyzing data that are judgments of stimuli; *methods for treating psychological data in ways consistent with its ordinal nature so as to stimulate new developments in this area; and *ordinal test theory and the unfolding methods that are applicable to cross-cultural studies. Advanced students researchers and practitioners concerned with psychological measurement should find this book relevant. Measurement professionals will find it provides useful and simple methods that stimulate thought about measurement's real issues. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655798

Ordinal Methods for Behavioral Data Analysis This book was written with the belief that ordinal statistical methods--sometimes discussed under the title of "nonparametric statistics"--deserve much more serious attention as research tools than they have traditionally had. There are three classes of reasons for this: *Many behavioral variables constitute only ordinal scales not interval measurements that are required for traditional statistics. *Various research issues that are of primary interest in behavioral research are themselves questions about order: Which group scores higher? Is the order on this variable similar to the order on that? *Inferences from ordinal statistics are less subject to distributional peculiarities of the data than are those from traditional statistics. Taking an innovative approach this book treats ordinal methods in an integrated way rather than as a compendium of unrelated methods and emphasizes that the ordinal quantities are highly meaningful in their own right not just as stand-ins for more traditional correlations or analyses of variance. In fact since the ordinal statistics have desirable descriptive properties of their own the book treats them parametrically rather then nonparametrically. The author discusses how ordinal statistics can be applied in a much wider set of research situations than has usually been thought and that they can often come closer to answering the researcher's primary questions than traditional ones can. And he includes some extensions of ordinal methods in order to accomplish that end. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977631

Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations Covers ODEs and PDEs—in One TextbookUntil now a comprehensive textbook covering both ordinary differential equations (ODEs) and partial differential equations (PDEs) didn’t exist. Fulfilling this need Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations provides a complete and accessible course on ODEs and PDEs using many examples and exercises as well as intuitive easy-to-use software. Teaches the Key Topics in Differential Equations  The text includes all the topics that form the core of a modern undergraduate or beginning graduate course in differential equations. It also discusses other optional but important topics such as integral equations Fourier series and special functions. Numerous carefully chosen examples offer practical guidance on the concepts and techniques. Guides Students through the Problem-Solving Process Requiring no user programming the accompanying computer software allows students to fully investigate problems thus enabling a deeper study into the role of boundary and initial conditions the dependence of the solution on the parameters the accuracy of the solution the speed of a series convergence and related questions. The ODE module compares students’ analytical solutions to the results of computations while the PDE module demonstrates the sequence of all necessary analytical solution steps. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367380373

Ordinary ChristologyWho Do You Say I Am? Answers From The Pews Ordinary Christology is defined as the account of who Jesus was/is and what he did/does that is given by Christian believers who have received no formal theological education. In this fascinating study Ann Christie analyses and offers a theological appraisal of the main christologies and soteriologies operating in a sample of ordinary churchgoers. Christie highlights the formal characteristics of ordinary Christology and raises questions about how we should respond to the beliefs about Jesus held by ordinary churchgoers. Empirical findings have important pastoral theological and missiological implications and raise important questions about the importance (or otherwise) of 'right' belief for being Christian. This book presents a model for how the study of ordinary theology can be conducted with the in-depth theological analysis and critique which it both requires and deserves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109841

Ordinary CitiesBetween Modernity and Development With the urbanization of the world's population proceeding apace and the equally rapid urbanization of poverty urban theory has an urgent challenge to meet if it is to remain relevant to the majority of cities and their populations many of which are outside the West. This groundbreaking book establishes a new framework for urban development. It makes the argument that all cities are best understood as ‘ordinary’ and crosses the longstanding divide in urban scholarship and urban policy between Western and other cities (especially those labelled ‘Third World’). It considers the two framing axes of urban modernity and development and argues that if cities are to be imagined in equitable and creative ways urban theory must overcome these axes with their Western bias and that resources must become at least as cosmopolitan as cities themselves. Tracking paths across previously separate literatures and debates this innovative book - a postcolonial critique of urban studies - traces the outlines of a cosmopolitan approach to cities drawing on evidence from Rio Johannesburg Lusaka and Kuala Lumpur. Key urban scholars and debates from Simmel Benjamin and the Chicago School to Global and World Cities theories are explored together with anthropological and developmentalist accounts of poorer cities. Offering an alternative approach Ordinary Cities skilfully brings together theories of urban development for students and researchers of urban studies geography and development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203506554

Ordinary Consumption First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862967

Ordinary Differential Equations with Applications to Trajectories and Vibrations Six-Volume Set   Volume IV of the series “Mathematics and Physics Applied to Science and Technology " this comprehensive six-book  set covers:Linear Differential Equations and OscillatorsNon-linear Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems Higher-order Differential Equations and ElasticitySimultaneous Systems of Differential Equations and Multi-dimensional Oscillators Singular Differential Equations and Special FunctionsClassification and Examples of Differential Equations and their Applications Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367137175

Ordinary Differential EquationsAn Introduction to the Fundamentals The Second Edition of Ordinary Differential Equations: An Introduction to the Fundamentals builds on the successful First Edition. It is unique in its approach to motivation precision explanation and method. Its layered approach offers the instructor opportunity for greater flexibility in coverage and depth. Students will appreciate the author’s approach and engaging style. Reasoning behind concepts and computations motivates readers. New topics are introduced in an easily accessible manner before being further developed later. The author emphasizes a basic understanding of the principles as well as modeling computation procedures and the use of technology. The students will further appreciate the guides for carrying out the lengthier computational procedures with illustrative examples integrated into the discussion. Features of the Second Edition: Emphasizes motivation a basic understanding of the mathematics modeling and use of technology A layered approach that allows for a flexible presentation based on instructor's preferences and students’ abilities An instructor’s guide suggesting how the text can be applied to different courses New chapters on more advanced numerical methods and systems (including the Runge-Kutta method and the numerical solution of second- and higher-order equations) Many additional exercises including two "chapters" of review exercises for first- and higher-order differential equations An extensive on-line solution manual   About the author: Kenneth B. Howell earned bachelor’s degrees in both mathematics and physics from Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology and master’s and doctoral degrees in mathematics from Indiana University. For more than thirty years he was a professor in the Department of Mathematical Sciences of the University of Alabama in Huntsville. Dr. Howell published numerous research articles in applied and theoretical mathematics in prestigious journals served as a consulting research scientist for various companies and federal agencies in the space and defense industries and received awards from the College and University for outstanding teaching. He is also the author of Principles of Fourier Analysis Second Edition (Chapman & Hall/CRC 2016). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138605831

Ordinary Differential EquationsIntroduction and Qualitative Theory Third Edition Designed for a rigorous first course in ordinary differential equations Ordinary Differential Equations: Introduction and Qualitative Theory Third Edition includes basic material such as the existence and properties of solutions linear equations autonomous equations and stability as well as more advanced topics in periodic solutions of nonlinear equations. Requiring only a background in advanced calculus and linear algebra the text is appropriate for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in mathematics engineering physics chemistry or biology. This third edition of a highly acclaimed textbook provides a detailed account of the Bendixson theory of solutions of two-dimensional nonlinear autonomous equations which is a classical subject that has become more prominent in recent biological applications. By using the Poincaré method it gives a unified treatment of the periodic solutions of perturbed equations. This includes the existence and stability of periodic solutions of perturbed nonautonomous and autonomous equations (bifurcation theory). The text shows how topological degree can be applied to extend the results. It also explains that using the averaging method to seek such periodic solutions is a special case of the use of the Poincaré method. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387969

Ordinary EcstasyThe Dialectics of Humanistic Psychology Humanistic Psychology ranges far and wide into education management gender issues and many other fields. Ordinary Ecstasy first published in 1976 is widely regarded as one of the most important books on the subject. Although this new edition still contains much of the original material it has been completely rethought in the light of postmodern ideas with more emphasis on the paradoxes within humanistic psychology and takes into account changes in many different areas with a greatly extended bibliography.Ordinary Ecstasy is written not only for students and professionals involved in humanistic psychology - anyone who works with people in any way will find it valuable and interesting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787794

Ordinary Ethics in China Drawing on a wide range of anthropological case studies this book focuses on ordinary ethics in contemporary China. The book examines the kinds of moral and ethical issues that emerge (sometimes almost unnoticed) in the flow of everyday life in Chinese communities.How are schoolchildren judged to be good or bad by their teachers and their peers - and how should a 'bad' student be dealt with? What exactly do children owe their parents and how should this debt be repaid? Is it morally acceptable to be jealous if one's neighbours suddenly become rich? Should the wrongs of the past be forgotten e.g. in the interests of communal harmony or should they be dealt with now?In the case of China such questions have obviously been shaped by the historical contexts against which they have been posed and by the weight of various Chinese traditions. But this book approaches them on a human scale. More specifically it approaches them from an anthropological perspective based on participation in the flow of everyday life during ethnographic fieldwork in Chinese communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857854605

Ordinary in Brighton?: LGBT Activisms and the City Ordinary in Brighton? offers the first large scale examination of the impact of the UK equalities legislation on lesbian gay bi- and trans (LGBT) lives and the effects of these changes on LGBT political activism. Using the participatory research project Count Me In Too this book investigates the material issues of social/spatial injustice that were pertinent for some - but not all- LGBT people and explores activisms working in partnership that operated with/within the state. Ordinary in Brighton? explores the unevenly felt consequences of assimilation and inclusion in a city that was compelled to provide a place (literally and figuratively) for LGBT people. Brighton itself is understood to be exceptional and exploring this specific location provides insights into how place operates as constitutive of lives and activisms. Despite its placing as ’the gay capital’ and its long history as a favoured location of LGBT people there is very little academic or popular literature published about this city. This book offers insights into the first decade of the 21st century when sexual and gender dissidents supposedly became ordinary here rather than exceptional and transgressive. It argues that geographical imaginings of this city as the ’gay capital’ formed activisms that sought positive social change for LGBT people. The possibilities of legislative change and urban inclusivities enabled some LGBT people to live ordinary lives but this potential existed in tension with normalisations and exclusions. Alongside the necessary critiques Ordinary in Brighton? asks for conceptualisations of the creative and co-operative possibilities of ordinariness. The book concludes by differentiating the exclusionary ideals of normalisation from the possibilities of ordinariness which has the potential to render a range of people not only in-place but commonplace. All royalties from this book will be donated to Allsorts Youth Project Brighton & Hove LGBT Switchboa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251229

Ordinary MagicResilience in Development From a pioneering researcher this book synthesizes the best current knowledge on resilience in children and adolescents. Ann S. Masten explores what allows certain individuals to thrive and adapt despite adverse circumstances such as poverty chronic family problems or exposure to trauma. Coverage encompasses the neurobiology of resilience as well as the role of major contexts of development: families schools and culture. Identifying key protective factors in early childhood and beyond Masten provides a cogent framework for designing programs to promote resilience. Complex concepts are carefully defined and illustrated with real-world examples. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523719

Ordinary People Extraordinary ViolenceNaxalites and Hindu Extremists in India The book engages with an urgent and disturbing question: how are ordinary people readied to willingly kill others in the name of a cause? It compares narratives of actors in domains often assumed incomparable in academic discourse: Naxalites studied within the framework of peasant rebellion social movement or recently even terrorism and Hindu rioters viewed mostly under the broad rubric of ethnic violence. The book draws from the author’s extensive and painstaking fieldwork first with Naxalite armed cadre across seven districts in Jharkhand and Bihar and later with participants in the 2002 riots in Gujarat. Viewed from the standpoint of the perpetrator or foot soldier the book bridges hitherto sacrosanct boundaries between left-extremist and communal violence making available a whole new dimension to the study of social mobilisation the politics of identity and with far reaching implications discovers deep commonalities in the life-worlds and aspirations of those motivated to kill in the name of a cause in apparently disparate contexts.The findings of this compelling analysis of human actors — ordinary people driven to extraordinary violence — will interest the informed general reader as also those interested in sociology politics violence studies ethnic movements Naxalism policy studies and peace & conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662896

Ordinary PeopleIn and Out of Poverty in the Gilded Age David Wagner explores the lives of poor people during the three decades after the Civil War using a unique treasure of biographies of people who were (at one point in time) inmates in a large almshouse combined with genealogical and other official records to follow their later lives. Ordinary People develops a more fluid picture of "poverty" as people's lives change over the course of time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633077

Ordinary Places/Extraordinary EventsCitizenship Democracy and Public Space in Latin America This book reveals the recent urban history of nine major Latin American cities – Mexico City Havana Santo Domingo Caracas Bogotá São Paulo Lima Santiago and Buenos Aires – through studies of their public spaces and the events that have taken place there. The case studies provide an unprecedented opportunity to look at cities with comparable cultural and political histories and to investigate the use and meaning of urban space by ordinary people in extraordinary history-making events. While some argue that public spaces are a prerequisite for the expression representation and reinforcement of democracy equally they can be said to be used in the pursuit of totalitarianism. In Latin America there have been the experiences of the Santiago of Pinochet the Buenos Aires of Videla the Asuncion of Strossner or the Caracas of Pérez Jiménez among others. Yet even here political demonstrations in public spaces played a critical role in the eventual revocation of those regimes and/or in the subsequent re-establishment of democracy. For the two opposing political visions – democracy versus totalitarianism – public streets and spaces in both the past and present have been the site for the enactment and contestation of various stances on democracy and citizenship. Indeed the public sphere as the intangible realm for the expression reproduction and/or recreation of a society’s culture and polity usually encompasses opposing political visions and nurtures acute social confrontations which are played out in tangible space. By exploring the use and meaning of public spaces in Latin American cities over time the book sheds light on contemporary redefinitions of citizenship and democracy in the Americas and by extrapolation the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909458

Ordinary SpringboksWhite Servicemen and Social Justice in South Africa 1939-1961 'Springbok' was a term used to describe the 200 000 white South African men who volunteered to serve during the Second World War. Volunteers developed bonds of comradeship and rites of passage were expressed in the idiom of 'the front'. Without exception volunteers nurtured hopes for some form of post-war 'social justice'. Neil Roos provides a fresh approach in considering comradeship and social justice ethnographically as a way of focusing on ordinary Springboks' expectations and experiences during and after the war. As troops were demobilized the contradictions of social justice in a colonial society were exposed. The majority of white veterans used the memory of service to stake their claim as white men who had served their country and to negotiate a better position for themselves within the context of segregated colonial society. However social justice amongst white veterans did not necessarily assume a racist character. A small group of radical white veterans invoked their war experience and traditions of anti-fascism to challenge the very precepts of racialized South African society. These veterans featured in the struggle against apartheid during the 1950s and were especially prominent in the shift towards armed resistance to apartheid in 1961. Drawing heavily on the testimony of veterans the book includes previously unreferenced documentary and visual material on the history of white servicemen including official responses such as military intelligence reports on the political mood of serving soldiers as well as material produced by veterans' organisations such as the Springbok Legion the War Veterans' Torch Commando and the Memorable Order of Tin Hats (MOTH). Roos offers a new framework for examining the social cultural and political history of whites (and whiteness) in South Africa. The book will appeal to those interested in the elaboration of apartheid society and the types of acceptance and resistance that it engendered and will also co Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390978

Ordinary TheologyLooking Listening and Learning in Theology 'Ordinary theology' is Jeff Astley's phrase for the theology and theologising of Christians who have received little or no theological education of a scholarly academic or systematic kind. Astley argues that an in-depth study of ordinary theology which should involve both empirical research and theological reflection can help recover theology as a fundamental dimension of every Christian's vocation. Ordinary Theology analyses the problems and possibilities of research and reflection in this area. This book explores the philosophical theological and educational dimensions of the concept of ordinary theology its significance for the work of the theologian as well as for those engaged in the ministry of the church and the criticisms that it faces. 'Ordinary theology' Astley writes 'is the church's front line. Statistically speaking it is the theology of God's church.' Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247595

Ordnance: War + Architecture & Space Ordnance: War + Architecture & Space investigates how strategies of warfare occupy and alter built and other landscapes. Ranging across the modern period from the eighteenth century to the present day the book presents a series of case-studies which operate in and between a number of settings and scales from the infrastructures of the battlefield to the logistics of the domestic realm. The book explores the patterns forms and systems that articulate militarised spaces excavates how these become re-circulated and reconfigured within other domains and discusses the often ephemeral legacies and residues of these architectures. The complexities of unpicking the spaces of the 'fog of war' are addressed by an inter-disciplinary approach which deploys graphic and textual analyses and techniques to provide new and unique perspectives on a hitherto underexplored aspect of architectural and spatial discourse: the tactics and programmes through which the built environment has historically been made to respond to the imperatives and threats of conflict and in the context of the 'war on terror' continues to be so in ever more pervasive ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250437

Ordoliberalism and European Economic PolicyBetween Realpolitik and Economic Utopia This volume takes a broad perspective on the recent debate on the role of German ordoliberalism in shaping European economic policy before and after the eurozone crisis. It shows how ordoliberal scholars explain the institutional origins of the eurozone crisis and presents creative policy proposals for the future of the European economy. Ordoliberal discourse both attempts to offer political solutions to socioeconomic challenges and to find an ideal market order that fosters individual freedom and social cohesion. This tension between realpolitik and economic utopia reflects the wider debate on how far economic theory shapes and is shaped by historical contingencies and institutions. The volume will be of interest to policymakers as well as research scholars and graduate students from various disciplines ranging from economics to political science history and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193812

Organ and Tissue Transplantation Organ transplantation has been one of the miracles of modern-day medicine but in addition to presenting enormous technical and clinical challenges it throws up major ethical and legal issues principally from the perspective of the donor. Evolving capabilities in the spheres of both organ and tissue transplantation coupled with rapidly-escalating demand assert consistent and critical pressure on our ethical and legal principles and frameworks including the expansion of the potential donor pool beyond the conventional categories of donor. This volume brings together seminal papers analyzing such matters in the context of an ever-increasingly important area of clinical practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247571

Organ Preservation for Transplantation The first edition of this book Basic Concepts in Organ Procurement Perfusion and Preservation for Transplantation was published 27 years ago in 1982 when organ procurement and preservation began to advance in the study of the best ways to preserve organs for transplantation. The second edition Organ Procurement and Preservation for Transplantation 2nd Edition followed 15 years later in 1997 with the goal of finding common denominators in the best preservation techniques for transplantation. In this current third edition 11 years after the second edition similar goals are still pursued of defining the best preservation methods but there is now more evidence including results and new advances have reached publication and are being incorporated into ischemia and reperfusion techniques and organ preservation studies. Many preservation solutions have been introduced important preservation solution components have been better defined and improved perfusion methods are being considered especially for the increasing number of organ donors with non-beating hearts who are being sought for transplantation. This edition (2009) engaged experts in the field of organ preservation to review update and rewrite each of the chapters. Crafted in collaboration with Luis H. Toledo-Pereyra the text is eminently informative and easily understandable. Each solid organ that can be transplanted has an entire chapter devoted to the particular methods of its preservation. One chapter apiece in other words features insights on the preservation of the kidney the liver the pancreas the small bowel the heart and the heart-lung. The title of the present book has been shortened to better represent its content. Thus Organ Preservation for Transplantation 3rd Edition demonstrates a more accurate depiction of its current status. Nevertheless the goal of this book remains exactly the same as in the first edition that is “to analyze the most important aspects of organ procurement perfusion and preservation for transplantation”. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115453

Organ Substitution TechnologyEthical Legal And Public Policy Issues This book describes and assesses some of the more important difficulties and defects in the current utilization of organ substitution technology dealing with the major ethical legal and public policy issues of organ substitution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297459

Organ Transplantation in Religious Ethical and Social ContextNo Room for Death Enter the world of organ transplantation and develop a new understanding of processes and techniques for working effectively with patients in this increasing medical population. This multidisciplinary overview of organ transplantation contains chapters by major figures in the medical arena internationally known bioethics writers and experienced chaplains from the clinical setting of transplantation as well as respected pastoral theologians. The authors who include Art Caplan Donald Capps and Jack Copeland explain transplantation completely for the nonmedical person and delve into the myriad ethical and religious issues and controversies surrounding organ donation and transplantation. Enlightening chapters clarify issues and help readers better understand the transplantation process making them more effective in their work with transplant patients.Organ Transplantation in Religious Ethical and Social Context is divided into three sections. The first emphasizes transplantation as a team effort. Chapters focus on the various roles of chaplains and other team members. Section two addresses ethical questions which arise from transplantation and organ donation and includes interfaith perspectives. The third section is dedicated to theological and pastoral views concerning transplantation.Some specific topics discussed in this book include: a surgeon’s perspective of the role of the chaplain influence of psychosocial factors in the heart transplantation decision process ministry to organ recipients and their families the special relationship between the transplant coordinator and the transplant patient Catholic and interfaith perspectives on organ donation using the Psalms as a pastoral resource with transplant patientsHospital chaplains transplant social workers transplant coordinators and other professionals interested or involved in the process of organ transplantation will find this book to be full of interesting and thought-provoking insights and information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977655

Organ Transplants and Ethics Originally published in 1990 this study of the moral problems bound up with transplant therapy addresses a finely balanced distinction between ethical issues relating to its experimental nature on the one hand and those which arise when transplantation is routine on the other. Among the issues examined are proposals for routine cadaveric harvesting criteria for organ and tissue procurement from living donors foetuses non-human animals and current ethical problems with artificial implants. Written as a contribution to practical philosophy this book will interest ethicists and health care professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367491512

Organelles Genomes and Eukaryote PhylogenyAn Evolutionary Synthesis in the Age of Genomics The recent revolution in molecular biology has spread through every field of biology including systematics and evolution. Researchers can now analyze the genomes of different species relatively quickly and this is generating a great deal of data and theories about relationships between taxa as well as how they originated and diversified. Organelles Genomes and Eukaryote Phylogeny covers recent developments in the field of “deep level” phylogenetic inference of eukaryotes especially with respect to the origin and evolution of eukaryotic cells and their organelles. It focuses on interpretation of data derived from molecular and cell biology genome sequencing with respect to the timing and mechanism of eukaryogenesis and the endosymbiotic events leading to mitochondria and plastids. As ideas that prevailed for twenty years are being revised updated or abandoned in the face of more sophisticated analysis of molecular sequence data this book will prove relevant to all students and professionals working in molecular systematics comparative genomics and cell biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394127

Organic Physical and Materials Photochemistry This text examines organic physical and materials photochemistry. It reports the first example of a TiO2 sensitization with a fullerene-based donor-acceptor dyad and covers halophenols diflusinal photochemistry hydroxystyrenes acetylenes and other related compounds. The volume also investigates whether c d-alkenes influence the efficiency and course of light-induced reactions and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398255

Organic Acids and Food Preservation Although organic acids have been used to counteract pathogens in food for many years there is a glaring need to assess and improve their continued effectiveness and sustainability. There is also a growing demand for foods that are produced using milder treatments (e.g. less heat salt sugar and chemicals) and newer technologies to prevent the growth of dangerous bacteria. Organic Acids and Food Preservation concentrates on safe and effective techniques for applying organic acids to prevention of bacterial growth. Despite the wide range of potentially useful antimicrobials relatively few are suitable in practice—and this invaluable hands-on guide explains why. With its wealth of information and rare focus solely on the subject it provides practical tools that can be used in the food industry various academic disciplines research education and food technology fields to better understand the problem and develop optimal solutions. Why are preservative strategies ineffective?Why are microorganisms becoming acid tolerant and resistant in other ways? To answer these and other key questions the authors combine research findings from industries and laboratories around the globe specific application regimen future prospects and other information that is vital to the successful use of organic acids as food preservatives. After outlining challenges that the food industry faces from modern consumer trends food legislation and other obstacles this book then explores possible solutions that are applicable not only to food science but to microbiology food science food technology biochemistry and biotechnology. It will become a valuable addition to the library of any scientist or researcher working in these and other fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383633

Organic Agricultural PracticesAlternatives to Conventional Agricultural Systems This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Organic practices are quickly redefining how agriculture is done around the world as we come to realize how detrimental conventional agriculture is to local and global environments and economies. This book serves as an overview of some of the important topics in organic agriculture. The volume is broken into several sections which explore the effects of organic practices on crop productivity the use of biofertilizers plant cultivars and compare the environmental impact with conventional agriculture. Also covered are the following topics: •Organic agriculture as a strategy to combat many of the negative effects of conventional agriculture such as pollution and loss of soil fertility •How practices such as the use of biofertilizers can enhance plant growth over the use of chemical fertilizers •Vermicompost and the high potential to benefit land in agricultural use •Organic practices’ associations with increased soil fertility increased biodiversity and greenhouse gas sequestration •The negative effects of organic agriculture practices such as an increase in nitrogen pollution or pests This easily accessible reference volume offers a comprehensive guide to this rapidly expanding field. Edited by an experienced writer with experience in both food systems and agricultural sociology Organic Agricultural Practices: Alternatives to Conventional Agricultural Systems is an authoritative and easy-to-use reference ideal for both researchers in the field and students who wish to gain an overview to this important field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880824

Organic Agriculture for Sustainable Livelihoods This book provides a timely analysis and assessment of the potential of organic agriculture (OA) for rural development and the improvement of livelihoods. It focuses on smallholders in developing countries and in countries of economic transition but there is also coverage of and comparisons with developed countries. It covers market-oriented approaches and challenges for OA as part of high value chains and as an agro-ecologically based development for improving food security. It demonstrates the often unrecognised roles that organic farming can play in climate change food security and sovereignty carbon sequestration cost internalisations ecosystems services human health and the restoration of degraded landscapes.  The chapters specifically provide readers with:  an overview of the state of research on OA from socio-economic environmental and agro-ecological perspectives an analysis of the current and potential role of OA in improving livelihoods of farmers in sustainable value chain development and in implementation of agro-ecological methods proposed strategies for exploiting and improving the potential of OA and overcoming the constraints for further development a review of the strengths and weaknesses of OA in a sustainable development context Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712965

Organic and Inorganic Coatings for Corrosion PreventionResearch and Experience Papers from EUROCORR '96 Organic and Inorganic Coatings for Corrosion Prevention - Research and Experiences is a collection of Papers from EUROCORR '96 and published for the European Federation of Corrosion by The Institute of Materials. In the session on Coatings the following topics were discussed: • Life-time prediction of organic coatings; • Environmentally friendly coatings; • Testing; and • Surface preparation techniques. This book contains a selection of the scientific work presented in the Conference with the aim of focusing on the research developments in the frame of corrosion protection coatings for industrial use. The book is in four sections describing respectively organic coatings zinc coatings other metallic coatings and ceramic coatings. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367814113

Organic and Printed ElectronicsFundamentals and Applications The field of organic and printed electronics is well established in terms of academic scientific and technological research but is still an emerging one in terms of mass industrial applications such as OLED displays and lighting and organic photovoltaics. This book provides a comprehensive introduction to organic and printed electronics their fundamental aspects core technologies and applications and it is the first book of its kind specifically designed to address students in their final undergraduate or beginning graduate studies as well as engineers interested in approaching this field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669740

Organic Chemicals From Biomass The biomass emphasis in on material of terrestrial plant origin although principles are directly transferable to aquatic plants with similar components. Products of animal origin are not included. Since animal fats and oils are not considered it seemed logical to exclude vegetable oils as well. Biomass emphasis is on material of terrestrial plant origin although the principles are directly transferrable to aquatic plants with similar components. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896151

Organic Chemicals in the Aquatic EnvironmentDistribution Persistence and Toxicity Organic Chemicals in the Aquatic Environment draws from the author's experience with a variety of problems dealing with the fate distribution and toxicity of organic compounds in the aquatic environment. It discusses the basic issues of chemical analysis distribution persistence and ecotoxicology with an emphasis on microbial reactions. The necessary input and the difficulties of achieving a rigorous synthesis of the various elements are illustrated with specific examples. The book includes a wide range of structurally diverse compounds as illustration and presents a mechanistic approach to biodegradation and biotransformation. The final chapter addresses the issue of environmental hazard assessment and constructs a strategy for carrying it out. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896168

Organic Chemicals in the EnvironmentMechanisms of Degradation and Transformation Second Edition Addressing the persistent environmental threat of organic chemicals with a fresh approach to degradation and transformation processes Organic Chemicals in the Environment: Mechanisms of Degradation and Transformation Second Edition  examines a wide range of compounds as well as abiotic and microbiological reactions mediated by microorganisms. The book emphasizes the pathways used and the broad classes of enzymes involved. It provides an overview of experimental procedures with detailed coverage of the organic compounds that are considered to be xenobiotics. The book begins by providing a broad perspective on abiotic and biotic reactions including the significance of a range of environmental determinants. The following chapters briefly introduce experimental procedures and emphasize those procedures for establishing the structure of metabolites using isotopes and physical methods. Next the authors outline details of biochemical reactions involved in the biodegradation of the major groups of aliphatic carbocyclic aromatic and heterocyclic compounds. They end with coverage of bioremediation that has attracted increasing concern because of the hazard presented by the disposal of unwanted chemicals or by-products from their manufacture. Broad and comprehensive this book provides a cohesive treatment of the subject. It contains an extensive set of literature references and numerous illustrative figures. The authors use a mechanistic approach with emphasis on the pathways and the principles that emerge provide a guide not only for specific compounds but also for those having a more remote structural resemblance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439826379

Organic ChemicalsAn Environmental Perspective Environmental problems have become increasingly complex. The procedures for investigating these problems cross the traditional boundaries of organic and analytical chemistry microbiology and biology. Organic Chemicals: An Environmental Perspective brings together the basic issues of chemical analysis distribution persistence and ecotoxicology.The author illustrates each point with specific examples and presents a mechanistic approach to microbial reactions. Extensive cross referencing between chapters provides cohesion and complete coverage of issues tangential to each topic. The new edition has been extensively revised and contains a new appendix a new chapter plus further revised information throughout the book. In fact it is a completely new book.A major difficulty in environmental science is that much of the background is widely scattered in the specialized chemical microbiological and biological literature. The coverage of all these areas in a single volume the coherence supplied by the cross references and the extensive references to the original literature makes Organic Chemicals: An Environmental Perspective a unique resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399092

Organic Chemistry of Museum Objects 'The Organic Chemistry of Museum Objects' makes available in a single volume a survey of the chemical composition properties and analysis of the whole range of organic materials incorporated into objects and artworks found in museum collections. The authors cover the fundamental chemistry of the bulk materials such as wood paper natural fibres and skin products as well as that of the relatively minor components incorporated as paint media varnishes adhesives and dyes. This expanded second edition now in paperback follows the structure of the first though it has been extensively updated. In addition to chapters on basic organic chemistry analytical methods analytical findings and fundamental aspects of deterioration the subject matter is grouped as far as possible by broad chemical class - oils and fats waxes bitumens carbohydrates proteins natural resins dyestuffs and synthetic polymers. This is an essential purchase for all practising and student conservators restorers museum scientists curators and organic chemists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132450

Organic ChemistryA Mechanistic Approach Offering a different more engaging approach to teaching and learning Organic Chemistry: A Mechanistic Approach classifies organic chemistry according to mechanism rather than by functional group. The book elicits an understanding of the material by means of problem solving instead of purely requiring memorization. The text enables a deep understanding of underlying principles that can be applied to a wide range of problems and systems. It also teaches a way of thinking and analysis that will serve students well across many academic disciplines.Covering all the key aspects of organic chemistry this text emphasizes the development of skills through a student-centered approach. In order to provide a contemporary feel to the subject the author has included some of the more modern synthetic approaches. In addition later chapters address the biological environmental industrial and forensic aspects of organic chemistry.Pedagogical Features: Extensive review problems which are the central means of integrating the material "Focus boxes" that highlight key points in the chapters An instructors’ website with full lecture notes in animated PowerPoint a solutions manual in both Word and PowerPoint format and additional problems for use in tests A student website with solutions to review problems and additional challenging problems and solutions for the ambitious in animated PowerPoint and text versions Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482206906

Organic ChemistryAn Acid-Base Approach Second Edition Based on the premise that many if not most reactions in organic chemistry can be explained by variations of fundamental acid–base concepts Organic Chemistry: An Acid–Base Approach provides a framework for understanding the subject that goes beyond mere memorization. Using several techniques to develop a relational understanding it helps students fully grasp the essential concepts at the root of organic chemistry. This new edition was rewritten largely with the feedback of students in mind and is also based on the author’s classroom experiences using the first edition. Highlights of the Second Edition Include: Reorganized chapters that improve the presentation of material Coverage of new topics such as green chemistry Adding photographs to the lectures to illustrate and emphasize important concepts A downloadable solutions manual The second edition of Organic Chemistry: An Acid–Base Approach constitutes a significant improvement upon a unique introductory technique to organic chemistry. The reactions and mechanisms it covers are the most fundamental concepts in organic chemistry that are applied to industry biological chemistry biochemistry molecular biology and pharmacy. Using an illustrated conceptual approach rather than presenting sets of principles and theories to memorize it gives students a more concrete understanding of the material. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138624474

Organic ChemistryStructure and Mechanisms This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.This book presents a range of research on important topics in the field. Of the approximately 11 million known chemical compounds about 10 million are organic. Organic chemists are currently working to produce better polymers with specific properties such as biodegradable plastics. The understanding of new drug structures from plants and the synthesis of improved pharmaceuticals is another area of great interest. Organic chemists are also researching the reactions that occur in living systems and understanding the molecular causes of disease. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692609

Organic Chemist's Desk Reference Launched in 1995 as a companion to the Dictionary of Organic Compounds the Organic Chemist’s Desk Reference has been essential reading for laboratory chemists who need a succinct guide to the ‘nuts and bolts’ of organic chemistry — the literature nomenclature stereochemistry spectroscopy hazard information and laboratory data. This third edition reflects changes in the dissemination of chemical information revisions to chemical nomenclature and the adoption of new techniques in NMR spectroscopy which have taken place since publication of the last edition in 2011. Organic chemistry embraces many other disciplines — from material sciences to molecular biology — whose practitioners will benefit from the comprehensive but concise information brought together in this book. Extensively revised and updated this new edition contains the very latest data that chemists need access to for experimentation and research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498734011

Organic Compounds in Natural WatersAnalysis and Determination The potential health hazards that might arise from the presence of organic substances in water are a matter of increasing concern to the water industry environmentalists and the general public alike. This comprehensive reference draws together and systematises the vast body of information available on the occurrence and determination of organic substances in natural waters. Organic Compounds in Natural Waters provides a comprehensive description of organic substances in waters. Methods are provided in broad outline with guidance on their applicability their comparative advantages and disadvantages possible interferences sensitivity and detection levels. The book is an essential reference for analytical chemists working in industry water utilities government non government organisations and regulatory agencies and environmental/analytical consultants. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074842

Organic Compounds in Soils Sediments & SludgesAnalysis and Determination The increasing awareness of the effects of pollutants in the eco-system and on the development of suitable methods of analysis has stimulated a lot of research recently. This volume comprehensively discusses the range of methods available for the analysis and determination of organic compounds in soils river and marine sediments and industrial sludges. A review is provided of the instrumentation used in soil and sediment laboratories and an indication of the types of organics that can be determined by each technique. Subsequent chapters discuss the analysis of various types of organics in a logical and systematic manner. Guidance is provided on the applicability of techniques in certain environments the advantages and disadvantages of using one method over another likely interference the sensitivity of particular techniques and detection limits. The work will be of interest to agricultural chemists agriculturists concerned with ways in which organic chemicals used in crop or soil treatment permeate the ecosystem and to biologists and scientists involved in fish plant and insect life. Toxicologists public health workers oceanographers and environmentalists will also find the book beneficial. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074859

Organic Design in Twentieth-Century Nordic Architecture Organic Design in Twentieth-Century Nordic Architecture presents a communicable and useful definition of organic architecture that reaches beyond constraints. The book focuses on the works and writings of architects in Nordic countries such as Sigurd Lewerentz Jørn Utzon Sverre Fehn and the Aaltos (Aino Elissa and Alvar) among others. It is structured around the ideas of organic design principles that influenced them and allowed their work to evolve from one building to another. Erik Champion argues organic architecture can be viewed as a concerted attempt to thematically unify the built environment through the allegorical expression of ongoing interaction between designer architectural brief and building-as-process. With over 140 black and white images this book is an intriguing read for architecture students and professionals alike.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787284

Organic ElectrochemistryRevised and Expanded Praise for the Fourth Edition "Outstanding praise for previous editions….the single best general reference for the organic chemist."—Journal of the Electrochemical Society"The cast of editors and authors is excellent the text is in general easily readable and understandable well documented and well indexed…those who purchase the book will be satisfied with their acquisition."—Journal of Polymer Science"…an excellent starting point for anyone wishing to explore the application of electrochemical technique to organic chemistry and…a comprehensive up-to-date review for researchers in the field."—Journal of the American Chemical Society Highlights from the Fifth Edition: Coverage of the electrochemistry of buckminsterfullerene and related compounds electroenzymatic synthesis conducting polymers and electrochemical fluorination Systematic examination of electrochemical transformations of organic compounds organized according to the type of starting materials In-depth discussions of carbonyl compounds anodic oxidation of oxygen-containing compounds electrosynthesis of bioactive materials and electrolyte reductive coupling Features 16 entirely new chapters with contributions from several new authors who also contribute to extensive revisions throughout the rest of the chapters Completely revised and updated Organic Electrochemistry Fifth Edition explains distinguishing fundamental characteristics that separate organic electrochemistry from classical organic chemistry. It includes descriptions of the most important variants of electron transfers and emphasizes the importance of electron transfers in initiating various electrochemical reactions. The sweeping changes and lengthy additions in the fifth edition testify to the field’s continued and rapid growth in research practice and application and make it a valuable addition to your collection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420084016

Organic Electroluminescence Organic light-emitting diode(OLED) technology has achieved significant penetration in the commercial market for small low-voltage and inexpensive displays. Present and future novel technologies based on OLEDs involve rigid and flexible flat panel displays solid-state lighting and lasers. Display applications may range from hand-held devices to large flat panel screens that can be rolled up or hung flat on a wall or a ceiling. Organic Electroluminescence gives an overview of the on-going research in the field of organic light-emitting materials and devices covering the principles of electroluminescence in organic thin films as well as recent trends current applications and future potential uses. The book begins by giving a background of organic electroluminescence in terms of history and basic principles. It offers details on the mechanism(s) of electroluminescence in thin organic films. It presentsin-depth discussions of the parameters that control the external electroluminescence quantum efficiency including the photoluminescence quantum yield the light-output coupling factor carrier/charge injection and transport and electron and hole recombination processes in organic semiconductors. The authors address the design and the characterization of amorphous charge transport materials with high glass transition temperatures light-emitting small molecules and conjugated polymers. The book covers state-of-the-art concepts and technologies such as fluorescent and phosphorescent OLEDs various approaches for patterning organics and active matrix organic emissive displays including their back panel thin film transistors and pixel electronics. It concludes by summarizing future directions for OLEDs in organic light-emitting displays large area distributed solid state light sources and lasers using organic thin films nanostructures and photonic crystals. Organic Electroluminescence is an excellent resource and reference for stu Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392833

Organic Field-Effect Transistors The remarkable development of organic thin film transistors (OTFTs) has led to their emerging use in active matrix flat-panel displays radio frequency identification cards and sensors. Exploring one class of OTFTs Organic Field-Effect Transistors provides a comprehensive multidisciplinary survey of the present theory charge transport studies synthetic methodology materials characterization and current applications of organic field-effect transistors (OFETs).Covering various aspects of OFETs the book begins with a theoretical description of charge transport in organic semiconductors at the molecular level. It then discusses the current understanding of charge transport in single-crystal devices small molecules and oligomers conjugated polymer devices and charge injection issues in organic transistors. After describing the design rationales and synthetic methodologies used for organic semiconductors and dielectric materials the book provides an overview of a variety of characterization techniques used to probe interfacial ordering microstructure molecular packing and orientation crucial to device performance. It also describes the different processing techniques for molecules deposited by vacuum and solution followed by current technological examples that employ OTFTs in their operation.Featuring respected contributors from around the world this thorough up-to-date volume presents both the theory behind OFETs and the latest applications of this promising technology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221687

Organic Food and Farming in ChinaTop-down and Bottom-up Ecological Initiatives Despite reports of food safety and quality scandals China has a rapidly expanding organic agriculture and food sector and there is a revolution in ecological food and ethical eating in China’s cities. This book shows how a set of social economic cultural and environmental conditions have converged to shape the development of a "formal" organic sector created by "top-down" state-developed standards and regulations and an "informal" organic sector created by ‘bottom-up’ grassroots struggles for safe healthy and sustainable food. This is generating a new civil movement focused on ecological agriculture and quality food. Organic movements and markets have typically emerged in industrialized food systems that are characterized by private land ownership declining small farm sectors consolidated farm to retail chains predominance of supermarket retail standards and laws to safeguard food safety and an active civil society sector. The authors contrast this with the Chinese context with its unique version of "capitalism with social characteristics " collective farmland ownership and predominance of smallholder agriculture and emerging diverse marketing channels. China’s experience also reflects a commitment to domestic food security evolving food safety legislation and a civil society with limited autonomy from a semi-authoritarian state that keeps shifting the terrain of what is permitted. The book will be of great interest to advanced students and researchers of agricultural and food systems and policy as well as rural sociology and Chinese studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586287

Organic LasersFundamentals Developments and Applications In the past 30 years organic conjugated molecules have received a lot of attention in research because of their unique combination of active properties typical of semiconductors and the technological appeal typical of plastic materials. Among the different applications proposed for organic materials organic lasers are quickly approaching the performance required in real devices  while research on novel active materials is still ongoing. The book covers the basic aspects of the measurement techniques of optical gain and amplified spontaneous emission (ASE) in organic films as well as the photophysics of organic materials that can be understood using ASE measurements. It reviews the recent advances in the development of new active materials for organic lasers as well as the actual state of the art of scattering-assisted random lasers and of strongly coupled organic microcavities both promising interesting developments in the near future. Finally it gives a detailed review of the state of the art of the organic lasers actually closest to real applications namely external cavity lasers and distributed feedback lasers. The book is unique that it covers basic aspects technological aspects and systems which are still a subject of basic science research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774468

Organic Light Emitting DiodesThe Use of Rare Earth and Transition Metals This book addresses the development of OLEDs based on rare-earth and transition metal complexes especially focusing on europium terbium ruthenium and rhenium. The idea is to explain how these organic materials can be used to build OLEDs. Taking into account the actual state of the art and the expected pathways the book proposes further developments in the field. It presents intensive experimental results for a better explanation. This book is meant for scientists and engineers who work in this new OLED framework. It also has didactic utility for graduation students and teachers working on optoelectronics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267298

Organic Light-Emitting DiodesPrinciples Characteristics & Processes Organic Light Emitting Diodes: Principles Characteristics and Processes presents recent developments in organic electroluminescence and their application to light emitting diodes. In six chapters and complete with an extensive set of references it describes and illustrates the physical principles of organic LEDs and their electrical and optical characteristics with a wide range of examples and practical studies. The author presents a unified approach to the description and functioning of organic LEDs based on a comprehensive background of relevant physical processes and provides a clear foundation for the prediction and design of new improved electroluminescent devices. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220802

Organic Light-Emitting Materials and Devices Organic Light-Emitting Materials and Devices provides a single source of information covering all aspects of OLEDs including the systematic investigation of organic light-emitting materials device physics and engineering and manufacturing and performance measurement techniques. This Second Edition is a compilation of the advances made in recent years and of the challenges facing the future development of OLED technology. Featuring chapters authored by internationally recognized academic and industrial experts this authoritative text: Introduces the history fundamental physics and potential applications of OLEDs Reviews the synthesis properties and device performance of electroluminescent materials used in OLEDs Reflects the current state of molecular design exemplifying more than 600 light-emitting polymers and highlighting the most efficient materials and devices Explores small molecules-based OLEDs detailing hole- and electron-injection and electron-transport materials electron- and hole-blocking materials sensitizers and fluorescent and phosphorescent light-emitting materials Describes solution-processable phosphorescent polymer LEDs energy transfer processes polarized OLEDs anode materials and vapor deposition manufacturing techniques employed in OLED fabrication Discusses flexible display the backplane circuit technology for organic light-emitting displays and the latest microstructural characterization and performance measurement techniques Contains abundant diagrams device configurations and molecular structures clearly illutrating the presented ideas Organic Light-Emitting Materials and Devices Second Edition offers a comprehensive overview of the OLED field and can serve as a primary reference for those needing additional information in any particular subarea of organic electroluminescence. This book should attract the attention of materials scientists synthetic chemists solid-state physicists and electronic device engineers as well as industrial managers and patent lawyers engaged in OLED-related business areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749696

Organic Molecular Photochemistry Focuses on complex naturally occurring and synthetic supramolecular arrays. The text describes applications of photochemistry in cystalline organic matrices; covers two-component crystals - crystalline molecular compounds mixed crystals and simple mechanical mixtures - in solid and liquid phases; assesses photoinduced fragmentation of carbon-heteroatom bonds; and more. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065012

Organic Molecular SolidsProperties and Applications Interest in organic molecular solids extends to a range of fields including chemistry physics electrical engineering and materials science. In chemistry it applies to such topics as solid state reactivity crystal engineering theoretical approaches to crystal structure determination and morphology control. In physics electrical engineering and materials science the possibility of producing organic-based materials (such as crystals polymers thin films or liquid crystals) with potential electronic opto-electronic and magnetic uses is a major area of current research interest throughout the world. Organic Molecular Solids examines the uses of organic-based materials over a wide range of applications and interests. Each chapter surveys a relevant topic providing appropriate introductory background information and modern developments. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429126086

Organic Nanostructured Thin Film Devices and Coatings for Clean Energy Authored by leading experts from around the world the three-volume Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings gives scientific researchers and product engineers a resource as dynamic and flexible as the field itself. The first two volumes cover the latest research and application of the mechanical and functional properties of thin films and coatings while the third volume explores the cutting-edge organic nanostructured devices used to produce clean energy. This third volume Organic Nanostructured Thin Film Devices and Coatings for Clean Energy addresses various aspects of the processing and properties of organic thin films devices and coatings for clean energy applications. Topics covered include: Thin-film solar cells based on the use of polycrystalline thin-film materials Anodized titania nanotube array and its application in dye-sensitized solar cells Progress and challenges associated with photovoltaic applications of silicon nanocrystalline materials Semiconductive nanocomposite films for clean environment Thin-coating technologies and applications in high-temperature solid oxide fuel cells Nanoscale organic molecular thin films for information memory applications A complete resource this handbook provides the detailed explanations that newcomers need as well as the latest cutting-edge research and data for experts. Covering a wide range of mechanical and functional technologies including those used in clean energy these books also feature figures tables and images that will aid research and help professionals acquire and maintain a solid grasp of this burgeoning field.   The Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings is composed of this volume and two others: Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings Functional Properties Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings Mechanical Properties Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114234

Organic Nonlinear Optical Materials Organic Nonlinear Optical Materials provides an extensive description of the preparation and characterization of organic materials for applications in nonlinear and electro-optics. The book discusses the fundamental optimization and practical limitations of a number of figures of merit for various optical parameters and gives a clinical appraisal o Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429114090

Organic Photochemistry Organic photochemistry is the science arising from the application of photochemicalmethods to organic chemistry and organic chemical methods to photochemistry. It is aninterdisciplinary frontier.Intense activity in organic photochemistry in the last decade has produced so vast anaccumulation of factual knowledge that chemists in general have viewed it with awe.Even those chemists engaged in the study of organic photochemistry will find the rate ofdevelopment in the field perplexing to a high degree. This series originated to fill theneed for a critical summary of this vigorously expanding field with the purpose ofdrawing together seemingly unrelated facts summarizing progress and clarifyingproblems.Volume 11 continues to fulfill the original essential role of this unique series byproviding a convenient review of the structural aspects of organic photochemistry. Aswith earlier volumes this new book offers the research findings of distinguishedauthorities. It stresses timely aspects of organic photochemistry-previously scatteredthroughout the large body of literature-for which necessary critical review has beenlacking.This volume of the series emphasizes the mechanistic details of the di-n:-methanerearrangement . .. the synthetic aspects of the oxadi-n:-methane reaction ... thephotochemistry of carbenium ions and related species .. . photoinduced hydrogen atomabstraction by carbonyl compounds ... and matrix photochemistry of nitrenes carbenes and excited triplet states. Complete with numerous illustrations and bibliographiccitations of the literature this book explores these important processes to the advantageof organic chemists as an aid to research and as a source for supplementary knowledgeon particular topics . Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450540

Organic Photochemistry Features surveys of all areas of organic inorganic physical and biological photochemistry. The text serves as a source of scientific findings pertinent to chemistry and biochemistry. It addresses the state of developments in the field employing reviews of active research including recent innovations techniques and applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455842

Organic Photochemistry and Photophysics Featuring contributions from leading experts Organic Photochemistry and Photophysics is a unique resource that addresses the organic photochemistry and photophysical behavior in aromatic molecules thiocarbonyls selected porphyrins and metalloporphyrins.The book presents theories pertaining to radiative and radiationless transitions. It describes excited-state proton-transfer reactions of aromatic compounds and the physical energetic and environmental effects of atom transfer reactions. The text discusses the role of the carbonyl and azo groups in ketones and azoalkanes in the development of photochemistry followed by a review of nucleophilic substitution reactions in the photochemistry of aromatics (also called photosubstitution) and the various atomic bonds that result from these reactions. The book presents studies that explain the factors that govern the nature and efficiencies of SET-promoted photochemical reactions. It then focuses on photoamination as a convenient powerful and environmentally friendly synthetic process for transforming a variety of substrates into the corresponding aminated compounds. The final chapter explores how dye structure affects the sequence-dependence of DNA binding which has potential applications in nonlinear optics and DNA detection as well as incorporating DNA into various nanostructures and devices.With an emphasis on the current uses of light in both materials chemistry and medicinal chemistry this book serves as a comprehensive resource on photochemical reactions and discusses topics that are useful for researchers as well as newcomers in the fields of photochemistry photobiology photomedicine and photophysics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453961

Organic Photoreceptors for Imaging Systems This reference covers in detail the preparation and application of current and emerging organic materials used as xerographic photoreceptors emphasizing the photo-electric properties of organic solids and evaluating their potential use in xerography.;Reviewing the development of xerography and the steps in the xerographic process this volume: summarizes the properties advantages and disadvantages of various classes of materials used as photoreceptors; describes the methods of characterizing the sensitometry of xerographic photoreceptors; examines the physics and chemistry of photogeneration and charge transport processes; and elucidates the sensimetry of different classes of organic materials.;Organic Photoreceptors for Imaging Systems is intended for imaging scientists optical engineers and physicists organic chemists materials scienctists and students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214580

Organic PhotovoltaicsMechanisms Materials and Devices Recently developed organic photovoltaics (OPVs) show distinct advantages over their inorganic counterparts due to their lighter weight flexible shape versatile materials synthesis and device fabrication schemes and low cost in large-scale industrial production. Although many books currently exist on general concepts of PV and inorganic PV materials and devices few are available that offer a comprehensive overview of recently fast developing organic and polymeric PV materials and devices. Organic Photovoltaics: Mechanisms Materials and Devices fills this gap. The book provides an international perspective on the latest research in this rapidly expanding field with contributions from top experts around the world.  It presents a unified approach comprising three sections: General Overviews; Mechanisms and Modeling; and Materials and Devices. Discussions include sunlight capture exciton diffusion and dissociation interface properties charge recombination and migration and a variety of currently developing OPV materials/devices. The book also includes two forewords: one by Nobel Laureate Dr. Alan J. Heeger and the other by Drs. Aloysius Hepp and Sheila Bailey of NASA Glenn Research Center. Organic Photovoltaics equips students researchers and engineers with knowledge of the mechanisms materials devices and applications of OPVs necessary to develop cheaper lighter and cleaner renewable energy throughout the coming decades. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446499

Organic PollutantsAn Ecotoxicological Perspective Second Edition Difficult to measure accurately and deal with effectively organic pollutants continue to be a major hazard in the environment. Significantly expanded the second edition of Organic Pollutants: An Ecotoxicological Perspective describes the mechanistic basis of ecotoxicology using major groups of pollutants as illustrative examples and explores the problem of complex mixtures of chemicals. New in the Second Edition:Expanded coverage of complex pollution problems and the exploitation of recent scientific and technological developments to investigate themNew chapters: Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals and their Environmental Impacts and Neurotoxicity and Behavioral EffectsAdditional information on biomarker approaches and new technologies such as microarrays assays developed to address complex pollution problemsTried-and-True Format Presents Updated InformationKeeping the same format that made the first edition so popular the text begins with coverage of the basic principles underpinning the environmental behavior and effects of organic pollutants. It then describes the properties and ecotoxicology of major pollutants discusses some issues that arise after consideration of the material in the second part of the text and explores future prospects. Mechanistic Approach Provides Basis for Development of New StrategiesThe book takes a bottom up approach describing the mechanisms by which pollutants have harmful effects on living organisms and how these effects are translated into adverse changes at the population level. This mechanistic approach supplies the basis for development of new mechanistic biomarker assays which in turn provide measures of toxic effect and not merely of exposure and subsequently provide evidence of causality between pollutant levels and ecological changes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386405

Organic Production and Use of Alternative Crops Merging coverage of two increasingly popular and quickly growing food trends Organic Production and Use of Alternative Crops provides an overview of the basic principles of organic agriculture and highlights its multifunctionality with special emphasis on the conservation of rare crops and their uses. Considering more than 30 disregarded and neglected crops suitable for growth in temperate climates each chapter covers the botany climate conditions cultivars production and yield growth and ecology organic cultivation harvesting handling and storage and utilization where the information is available and applicable to the crop under discussion. Other topics include organic production systems the nutritional and health benefits of products food processing and suggestions for some homemade foods.The authors have a wide range of experience in the growing and processing of alternative crops the management of the processing projects and the marketing of organic products. They have worked in close cooperation with many small scale processing activities on farms and in the food industry. Drawing on their combined experience they provide a summary of the major problems and the knowledge base for utilization of alternative crops in new products. The broad range of coverage and interdisciplinary approach make this book a comprehensive reference and useful tool not only for the production of alternative crops but also for the development of new niche market products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453534

Organic Reaction MechanismsA Step by Step Approach Second Edition This text is designed to teach students how to write organic reaction mechanisms. It starts from the absolute basics - counting the numbers of electrons around a simple atom. Then in small steps the text progresses to advanced mechanisms. the end all the major mechanistic routes have been covered. The text is in the form of interactive sections which are designed to facilitate the assimilation of the information conveyed so that by the end the student should already know the contents without the need for extensive revision. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455979

Organic Soils and Peat Materials for Sustainable Agriculture While organic soils have the potential to contribute greatly to agricultural production the irreversible processes that occur from draining organic soils need to be managed with caution. The wise use of peatlands must include the avoidance of unacceptable ecological effects on the contiguous and global environment. Organic Soils and Peat Materials for Sustainable Agriculture provides detailed information from a worldwide perspective on the degradation process of fragile peat resources used for agriculture. It documents the best management practices and defines and quantifies soil quality indicators and pedo-transfer functions for organic soils and peat materials.Co-published with the International Peat Society this reference is the first to integrate the physical chemical and biological aspects of organic soils and peat materials for sustainable agriculture and horticulture. It details the principles and indicators behind positive action in sustainable management. The book presents a complete analysis of how peat works chemically physically and ecologically. It quantifies the moorsh-forming or peat degradation process in tables and figures provides conversion equations among pH determination methods and supplies a novel diagnosis of N and P release. In addition the book revisits water pesticides phosphorus and copper sorption characteristics of organic soils.The authors provide up-to-date information in order to define quality indicators for the optimum use of organic soils. With detailed information and a global perspective Organic Soils and Peat Materials for Sustainable Agriculture aims to promote a shift from the current paradigm of input-based unsustainable use to a new knowledge-based approach. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454845

Organic Solar CellsDevice Physics Processing Degradation and Prevention This book contains detailed information on the types structure fabrication and characterization of organic solar cells (OSCs). It discusses processes to improve efficiencies and the prevention of degradation in OSCs. It compares the cost-effectiveness of OSCs to those based on crystalline silicon and discusses ways to make OSCs more economical. This book provides a practical guide for the fabrication processing and characterization of OSCs and paves the way for further development in OSC technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498723275

Organic Solar CellsFundamentals Devices and Upscaling Organic photovoltaic (OPV) cells have the potential to make a significant contribution to the increasing energy needs of the future. In this book 15 chapters written by selected experts explore the required characteristics of components present in an OPV device such as transparent electrodes electron- and hole-conducting layers as well as electron donor and acceptor materials. Design preparation and evaluation of these materials targeting highest performance are discussed. This includes contributions on modeling down to the molecular level to device-level electrical and optical testing and modeling as well as layer morphology control and characterization. The integration of the different components in device architectures suitable for mass production is described. Finally the technical feasibility and economic viability of large-scale manufacturing using fast inexpensive roll-to-roll deposition technologies is assessed. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463652

Organic Solar CellsMaterials Devices Interfaces and Modeling Current energy consumption mainly depends on fossil fuels that are limited and can cause environmental issues such as greenhouse gas emissions and global warming. These factors have stimulated the search for alternate clean and renewable energy sources. Solar cells are some of the most promising clean and readily available energy sources. Plus the successful utilization of solar energy can help reduce the dependence on fossil fuels. Recently organic solar cells have gained extensive attention as a next-generation photovoltaic technology due to their light weight mechanical flexibility and solution-based cost-effective processing.Organic Solar Cells: Materials Devices Interfaces and Modeling provides an in-depth understanding of the current state of the art of organic solar cell technology. Encompassing the full spectrum of organic solar cell materials modeling and simulation and device physics and engineering this comprehensive text:Discusses active layer interfacial and transparent electrode materialsExplains how to relate synthesis parameters to morphology of the photoactive layer using molecular dynamics simulationsOffers insight into coupling morphology and interfaces with charge transport in organic solar cellsExplores photoexcited carrier dynamics defect states interface engineering and nanophase separationCovers inorganic–organic hybrids tandem structure and graphene-based polymer solar cellsOrganic Solar Cells: Materials Devices Interfaces and Modeling makes an ideal reference for scientists and engineers as well as researchers and students entering the field from broad disciplines including chemistry material science and engineering physics nanotechnology nanoscience and electrical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655983

Organic Spintronics Present worldwide funding in organic electronics is poised to stimulate major research and development efforts in organic materials research for lighting photovoltaic and other optoelectronic applications. The field of organic spintronics in particular has flourished in the area of organic magneto-transport. Reflecting the main avenues of substantial advances in this arena Organic Spintronics is an up-to-date summary of the experimental and theoretical aspects of the field. With contributions by a panel of international experts on the cutting edge of research this volume explores: Spin injection and manipulation in organic spin valves The magnetic field effect in organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) The spin transport effect in relation to spin manipulation Organic magnets as spin injection electrodes in organic spintronics devices The coherent control of spins in organic devices using the technique of electronically detected magnetic resonance The possibility of using organic spin valves as sensors Balancing practical experimentation with analytical constructs the book covers both the theoretical aspects of spin injection transport and detection in organic spin valves as well as the underlying mechanism of the magnetoresistance and magneto-electroluminescence in OLEDs. The first book of its kind on this specialized area this volume is destined to provide researchers and students with the impetus to develop new channels of inquiry in an area that has almost limitless potential. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112421

Organic Structures DesignApplications in Optical and Electronic Devices The development of molecular electronics has become the mainstream of scientific research in recent decades. Applications include light-emitting diodes solar cells thin-film transistors and sensors among others. New-generation organic materials possess the virtues of softness light weight easy processing design flexibility and so on. This book focuses on the preparation of new functional organic materials. It includes a brief theoretical/kinetic discussion. The text lays special emphasis on the design of organic structures and the way they perform the designated functional properties. It will help organic chemists particularly synthetic chemists to light up their inspirations. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463348

Organic Sulfur Chemistry This volume contains fundamental knowledge regarding the structure and mechanisms of organic sulfur chemistry. Topics include sulfur bondings effects of sulfur groups stereochemistry around sulfur substitution ligand coupling within s-sulfurane oxidation reduction and rearrangement. References in this work total over 2 300. Anyone with an interest in organic sulfur chemistry will find this book to be fascinating reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896175

Organic Thin-Film Transistor ApplicationsMaterials to Circuits Text provides information about advanced OTFT (Organic thin film transistor) structures their modeling and extraction of performance parameters materials of individual layers their molecular structures basics of pi-conjugated semiconducting materials and their properties OTFT charge transport phenomena and fabrication techniques. It includes applications of OTFTs such as single and dual gate OTFT based inverter circuits along with bootstrap techniques SRAM cell designs based on different material and circuit configurations light emitting diodes (LEDs). Besides this application of dual gate OTFT in the logic gate shift register Flip-Flop counter circuits will be included as well. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574611

Organisation and Administration for Business (RLE: Organizations) This book provides a comprehensive introduction to business organisation and administration. Written in a straightforward readable style this textbook covers all the major aspects of the subject. Starting with the organisational background it goes on to cover the functions of the important departments within the firm the role of the administrative officer and other areas of knowledge vital to the smooth running of a business. There are self-assessment questions at the end of each section past exam questions study and exam tips and a full index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977662

Organisation and Everyday Life with Dyslexia and other SpLDs Organisation and Everyday Life with Dyslexia and other SpLDs is about the wide impacts of dyslexia/ SpLD on everyday life. All dyslexic/ SpLD people live with the possibility that their mind will function in a dyslexic/ SpLD way at any moment regardless of strategies that they have acquired or developed. Even people with many strategies can suddenly find themselves struggling with their dyslexia/ SpLD again. This book is adressed to dyslexic/ spld readers. Organisation is promoted as a tool to minimise the effets of dyselxia /spLD. The book covers: • situations that might disrupt organisation • a systematic approach to organisation • everyday life study peripherals and employment. It has many life stories to help readers recognise the impacts of their own dyslexia/ SpLD. Dyslexic/ SpLDs have the potential to offer skills and alternative approaches to tasks. Often the solutions that they devise for themselves are very useful to the non-dyslexic/ SpLD people around them which can enhance their self-confidence. When organisation suits the individual with SpLD innate intelligence and potential can be realised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202412

Organisation and Memory (PLE: Memory)A Review and a Project in Subnormality Originally published in 1973 this volume looks at the organisation of memory data in what at the time was termed ‘mental handicap’. The first part surveys recent work in this important area giving a general account of experiments and findings. The second part reports a particular piece of research on memory in people with learning difficulties then called ‘subnormal individuals’. Very much of its time in terms of the terminology this was an important book for anyone concerned with people with intellectual disabilities and for experimental psychologists involved with the processes of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977679

Organisation Development in Health CareStrategic Issues in Health Care Management This title was first published in 2002: Health systems across the globe face similar problems: controlling costs while maintaining or improving health care quality and access. Notwithstanding the unprecedented health system reforms of the past decades many outstanding problems remain in these areas. Drawing on experts from Europe and America this eclectic collection of leading edge research examines the impact of organizational development on improving quality and efficiency in health care. A series of chapters provide accounts of organizational reconfiguration in the UK and elsewhere. The contributors examine how structural and procedural changes must be matched by the development of human resource services if increases in efficiency and effectiveness are to be achieved. The book will be of interest to health care academics policy makers managers and practitioners who are interested in keeping abreast of the latest developments in health care research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704947

Organisational Behaviour Organisational Behaviour is an introduction to understanding behaviour of people in organisations and discusses this behaviour for working in and managing an organisation. Subjects discussed include: Motivating and influencing people Group behaviour Communication and handling information Power and leadership Decision making Structuring organisations Organisational culture and managing change Managing stress and conflicts Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001807597

Organisational Capability and Competitive Advantage First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761215

Organisational Capacity Building in Health Systems Capacity building – which focuses on understanding the obstacles that prevent organisations from realising their goals while promoting those features that help them to achieve measurable and sustainable results – is vital to improve the delivery of health care in both developed and developing countries. Organisations are important structural building blocks of health systems because they provide platforms for delivery of curative and preventive health services and facilitate health workforce financing and functions. Organisational capacity building involves more than training and equipment and this book discusses management capacity to restructure systems structures and roles strategically to optimise organisational performance in healthcare. Examining the topic in a practical and comprehensive way Organisational Capacity Building in Health Systems is divided into five parts looking at: What health organisations are and do Management and leadership in health organisations How to build capacity in health systems Building capacity in a range of health system contexts Dealing with challenges in building capacity and evaluating work Looking at how to effectively design implement and evaluate organisational capacity building initiatives this book is ideal for public health health promotion and health management researchers students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138116856

Organisational CapitalModelling Measuring and Contextualising There is much debate as to how companies carry out their activities in the context of new information and communication technologies influencing organizations to decentralize and develop new managerial practises including outsourcing and networking. Recent theories have emphasized the importance of organization as a key component for building corporate competitive advantage and scholars have looked at this from a range of perspectives including in relation to intangible assets human capital work training and the process dimension. Yet the concept of organisational capital as such – in spite of its indubitable relevance and attractiveness- is still to be clarified until now. In this book the subject is approached in four ways. Firstly from an analytical perspective: what is the status of organisational capital as a concept and how is the defined; secondly from a ontological perspective: what type of (implicit) orders can be designed and implemented around organisations; thirdly from the measurement perspective: what kind of frameworks and what type of metrics can be prototyped; and finally the implementation perspective: how should organizations integrate the organisational capital perspective in the definition and implementation of their strategies for resources’ allocation. The book provides the first multifaceted and international effort from a broad perspective aiming at clarifying the concept of organisational capital and determining its analytical and operational implications.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761901

Organisational Change and Retail FinanceAn Ethnographic Perspective Financial organizations like many others are undergoing radical change. This is affecting both their organizational processes and the technology that supports those processes. This book reports on the use of sociological ethnography in helping guide these changes both in terms of helping better understanding and redraw work processes and through providing more accurate and flexible understanding of the role technology plays. It places the reported research in context by contrasting it with those approaches more commonly associated with change including business process engineering participative design and soft systems methodologies. The book explains what are the benefits of ethnography as well as the potential it has in helping achieve more desirable change in any and all organizations financial services included. The book will be of interest to all international researchers concerned with organizational and technological change as well as managers of organisational development. It will also interest advanced students in sociology anthropology management science and organizational studies The authors have published widely in the various disciplines associated with organizational life and technology design and have built a considerable reputation for bringing new sociological insights into the organizational change literature Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203029992

Organisational CultureOrganisational Change? This title was first published in 2001. When organizational change occurs members of the organization can feel insecure in the face of a seemingly uncertain future. This work investigates the links between organizational culture and organizational change by looking at two businesses that have been privatized - British Gas and British Telecom - and the processes surrounding the ways these organizations changed in the mid 1990s. It includes interviews with middle-ranking and senior officals illustrating that anguish is experienced not only by those on the lower rungs of the corporate ladder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734845

Organisational Development in HealthcareApproaches Innovations Achievements Organisational Development in Healthcare introduces the practical ways in which change in health services can be promoted. It includes descriptions of all of the most important approaches to change currently being used in the NHS discussion of when they work best and details of the evidence of their impact.  Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376271

Organisational Identity and Self-TransformationAn Autopoietic Perspective David Seidl brings together two important issues in organization and management studies in this volume: the concept and related theory of organizational identity and autopoietic organization theory (as originally developed by Niklas Luhmann). The contribution of the book is twofold: it provides an introduction to autopoietic organization theory and it provides a new perspective on organizational identity and self-transformation. Thus the book is relevant to both organization theorists interested in new approaches to organization and to researchers of organizational identity. The themes are reflected in the structure of the book. Chapters one and two provide an introduction to Niklas Luhmann's organization theory. Based on this chapter three develops a new concept of organizational identity. In chapters four and five a theory of organizational self-transformation (i.e. change of identity) is developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378933

Organisational Learning and the Modern ArmyA New Model for Lessons-Learned Processes Drawing upon extensive original research this book explores best practice in army lessons-learned processes. Without the correct learning mechanisms military adaptation can be blocked or the wider lessons from adaptation can easily be lost leading to the need to relearn lessons in the field often at great human and financial cost. This book analyses the organisational processes and activities which can help improve tactical- and operational-level learning through case studies of lessons learned in two key NATO armies: that of Britain and of Germany. Providing the first comparative analysis of the variables which facilitate or impede the emergence of best practice in military learning it makes an important contribution to the growing scholarship on knowledge management and learning in public organisations. It will be of much interest to lessons-learned practitioners and students of military and strategic studies defence studies organisation studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247126

Organisational LearningAn integrated HR and knowledge management perspective Organizational Learning: An Integrated HR and Knowledge Management Perspective draws on a broad and multi-disciplinary base to look at the origins and practice of organizational learning. It critically considers the nature of organizational knowledge as a social construct; pedagogical issues around learning as individuals groups teams and whole organisations; and technological issues around the development of knowledge-based information systems. Supporting case studies are provided throughout the book and readers will also benefit from a companion website which expands on the key themes of the text. Organizational Learning will enable readers to develop and implement strategies for ensuring long-term access to the embedded knowledge and experience of an organization. This textbook will be invaluable reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students on organizational learning HRM and knowledge management courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860810

Organisational Performance Management in Sport Effective performance management systems are essential in any successful organisation. In both commercial sport business and not-for-profit sport organisations the pressure to follow international best practice in performance management has grown significantly in recent years. Organisational Performance Management in Sport is the first book to show how performance management concepts tools and principles can be applied in the modern sport environment. Linking theory and practice throughout the book defines fundamental performance parameters impacting on sport organisations and introduces key issues such as individual performance management through to board-level governance structures presenting extended real-world case studies and practitioner perspectives. As such it offers the most clear and complete outline of performance management in sport organisations available. With case studies insight boxes and industry examples integrated throughout the text Organisational Performance Management in Sport offers accessible and vital reading for all sport management students researchers and professionals with an interest in this important area of sport management research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087965

Organisational ResilienceConcepts Integration and Practice An eternal dilemma for all organizations and one that a considerable portion of management schools are set up to address is how to become and stay competitive. Organisational Resilience: Concepts Integration and Practice brings together for the first time key works that describe the scope and nature of resilience and provides direction to take the field forwards. A response not only to rapidly growing interest in this field but to the increased importance placed on it the book presents a broad introduction to research knowledge and practice.The book captures the diversity and depth of current thinking about research on organizational-related resilience. The book explains fundamental concepts and clarifies some underlying ideas from diverse fields of resilience-related research. It examines how some of these concepts and ideas have been integrated into specific research activity and used to further develop their respective fields of enquiry. The connecting of concepts and ideas to existing readily helps to progress the development of theory. The book then focuses on aspects of real World practice and experience. However the central theme about resilience as a concept is that it is not merely concerned with survival pure and simple but that this survival involves transformation more often than not. Examining resilience at the organizational level this book clarifies the commonality of concepts and practice that exists among disparate research disciplines and establishes a singular ‘go-to’ work that can be used to develop operational and strategic practices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377397

Organisational Semiotics for Business Informatics Drawing meaningful conclusions from organisational data is challenging and theoretical frameworks can often illuminate information in fresh and useful ways. This book is one of the first to demonstrate how organisational semiotics can be applied to business informatics and information systems. Semiotics a long-established discipline of signs offers a rich philosophical and theoretical foundation for understanding information systems. This book demonstrates how applying the framework of semiotics to an organisation can provide insights into its communication needs and as a result enhance the design of its information system. The authors demonstrate how organisations collect process represent store and consume information through a complex system which is aligned to support its objectives and enhance performance. Organisational Semiotics for Business Informatics clearly introduces the basic principles and describes a set of methods and techniques rooted in organisational semiotics. These have been applied to business applications; demonstrated through real life case studies. This ground-breaking book has the potential to transform the theoretical understanding of information systems into the basis of a scientific discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823562

Organisational Space and BeyondThe Significance of Henri Lefebvre for Organisation Studies Through the focus on organizational space using the reception and significance of the seminal work on the subject by sociologist Henri Lefebvre this book demonstrates why and how Lefebvre's work can be used to inform and elaborate organisational studies especially in view of the current interest in the "socio-material" dimension of organisations. As the "spatial turn" in organisational research exposed the importance of spatial design in inducing power and cultural relations Lefebvre's perspective has become an inspiring theoretical framework. However Organisational Space and Beyond explores how Lefebvre’s work could be of a much wider relevance especially given his profound theoretical engagement with diverse schools of philosophical and sociological thought including Nietzsche Marx Sartre and Foucault. This book brings together a range of authors that collectively develop a broader understanding of Lefebvre's relevance to organizational studies including areas of management concern such as strategy and diversity studies and ultimately draw on Lefebvre’s work to rethink reimagine and reshape scholarship in organisational studies. It will be of relevance to researchers academics students and organizational professionals in the fields of organisation studies management studies cultural studies architecture and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734268

Organisations Anxieties and DefencesTowards a Psychoanalytic Social Psychology First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175815

Organisations and HumanisationPerspectives on organising humanisation and humanising organisations The term humanisation was introduced in humanistic studies to develop a humanist way of thinking about organisations and human relations. It stems from a need to think about questions of justice and living a good life in practice but not from some absolute or abstract point of view. As it is often framed humanisation is concerned with working towards a more human type of organisation.Organisation studies are concerned with understanding organisations and their role in our society and developing perspectives and methods to improve them while humanisation theories on the other hand do not represent a managerial blueprint as they tend to incorporate notions of situated knowledge sense-making and relational value drawing our attention to specific processes rather than offering universal truths. Although Critical Management Studies counters mainstream managerialism it still tends to produce the same kind of ‘truths’ that are supposed to apply to all organisations. Much of the existing management literature is related to control and offers strategies on how to do things but this is not about prescriptions rather how to explore possibilities from both theoretical and practical perspectives. It offers managers as well as theoreticians of organisations the possibility to question their grounding principles. In the variety of contributions to this book the authors reflect on their understanding of what it is to be human and whether this can be found in the way that organisations are run. They consider the value of humanisation to understand and intervene in organisations and the challenges they face. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881344

Organisations and the Business Environment This new edition of Organisations and the Business Environment provides a completely revised extended and updated edition of the original successful text. It provides contemporary and comprehensive coverage of the subject matter which is highly relevant to business and management students at undergraduate postgraduate and professional levels. The text is written in a clear and concise style illustrated with topical examples and data.Organisations and the Business Environment (second edition) comprises four sections:* Business Organisations ¡V discusses the evolution of organisational and managerial theories and concepts with particular emphasis on their relevance in the 21st century. The different types of organisations and their missions visions goals and objectives are examined.* The External Business Macro-Environment ¡V describes and considers the political economic socio-cultural technological ecological and legal influences on organisations utilizing the PESTEL framework of analysis. This section includes a review of the internationalization of businesses and examines the role of GATT and the WTO single markets and trading blocs. * The External Business Micro-Environment ¡V provides a review of the market system and the nature of supply and demand. Market structures are examined in the light of monopolistic regimes and working for competitive advantage. The impact of government intervention is explored via regulatory bodies privatization and nationalization programmes. * Business Management ¡V explores the major aspects of contemporary business organisations including corporate governance and business ethics. In particular this section tackles the areas of structure culture change quality management and the principal functions of organisations. This textbook is a user-friendly resource with end of chapter questions activities and assignments to consolidate learning. Its strong emphasis on topical examples enables students to understand how theory is applied in business contexts including GlaxoSmithKline BT Scottish and Newcastle Hanson plc and a number of not-for-profit organisations."An excellent book...good use of learning objectives questions and potential assignments."Paul Blakely Lecturer University College of Warrington. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173354

Organisatn&Bureaucracy Ils 157 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863582

Organised Crime This book aims to provide an accessible introduction to the study of organised crime - about those who commit it the effect it has on individuals businesses and states and the ways in which states and the international community have sought to contain it. It explores all facets of what has become one of the key problems facing governments policy makers and law enforcement agencies in the early twenty-first century. Organised Crime has four predominant themes: the nature and central concepts of organised crime the specific activities with which it is associated its origins and growth nationally regionally and globally the efforts by the international community and law enforcement agencies to contain regulate and control the risks that it poses. The book contains a number of detailed case studies illustrating the growth of organised crime at national international and transnational levels ranging from the mafia criminal gangs in the UK through to the new wave of organised crime in Russia and the post-Soviet states. It will be essential reading for both students and practitioners in the police and other law enforcement agencies who have a concern with organised crime worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926450

Organised Crime and Law EnforcementA Network Perspective Organised Crime and Law Enforcement: A Network Perspective examines organised crime and law enforcement through the conceptual lens of networks. The book takes stock of the many ways in which network theories and concepts including social network analysis can apply to studying both organised crime and law enforcement responses to organised crime. It is the first attempt to bring these diverse network perspectives and distinct fields of research together. The book is organised into two parts. The first part uses network perspectives to advance our understanding of the interconnected social structure of organised criminal groups to expose their strengths and vulnerabilities and to illuminate factors that enable such groups to undertake complex criminal activities. The second part uses a network lens to examine the challenges that organised criminal groups present for a wide range of law enforcement agencies and the utility of network theories and concepts in understanding and informing their responses to organised crime. Written in a clear and direct style the book will appeal to scholars and practitioners of criminology sociology law enforcement and all those interested in learning more about theories of organised crime and its relationship with law enforcement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697119

Organised Crime in European Businesses The infiltration of organised crime in the legitimate economy has emerged as a transnational phenomenon. This book constitutes an unprecedented study of the involvement of criminal groups in the legitimate economy and their infiltration in legal businesses and is the first to bridge the research gap between money laundering and organised crime. It analyses the main drivers of this process explaining why how and where infiltration happens. Building on empirical evidence from the Netherlands Slovenia Spain Sweden the UK Ireland Italy France and Finland Organised Crime in European Businesses is divided into four parts. Part I explores the infiltration of legitimate businesses to conceal and facilitate illicit trafficking. Part II examines the infiltration of legitimate businesses to develop fraud schemes. Part III focuses on the infiltration of legitimate businesses to control the territory and influence policy makers. Part IV concludes by considering the research and policy implications in light of these findings. Bringing together leading experts and detailed case studies this book considers the infiltration of organised crime in legitimate business around Europe. It is an ideal resource for students and academics in the fields of criminology economics and sociology as well as private sector practitioners public officials and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499478

Organised LabourAn Introduction to Trade Unionism First published in 1924. This book provides a balanced picture of Trade Unionism as it was in the 1920s. The study opens with a brief outline of Trade Union history before examining Trade Unions’ structure its place in government and the internal issues that Trade Unions faced. Organised Labour will be of great interest to students and scholars of labour and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336285

Organised Sexual Abuse Organised Sexual Abuse offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary investigation of this phenomenon. Since the early 1980s social workers and mental health professionals around the globe have encountered clients reporting sexual abuse by organized groups or networks. These allegations have been amongst the most controversial in debates over child sexual abuse raising many unanswered questions. Are reports of organized abuse factual or the product of moral panic and false memories? If these reports are true what is the appropriate response? The fields of child protection and psychotherapy have been polarised over the issue. And although cases of organized abuse continue to be uncovered a reasoned and evidence-based analysis of the subject is long overdue. Examining the existing evidence and supplementing it with further qualitative research in this book Michael Salter addresses: the relationship between sexual abuse and organized abuse; questions over the veracity of testimony; the gap between the policing response to sexual abuse and the realities of child sexual exploitation; the contexts in which sexually abusive groups develop and operate; the role of religion and ritual in subcultures of multi-perpetrator sexual abuse; as well as the experience of adults and children with histories of organized abuse in the criminal justice system and health system. Organized Sexual Abuse thus provides a definitive analysis that will be of immense value to those with professional and academic interests in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789159

Organised WellbeingProven and Practical Lessons from Safety Excellence Wellbeing is now at the top of almost everyone’s agenda and many technical books have been published on the topic. More than that an ever-increasing number of organisations are understanding that getting wellbeing right is a win-win that can boost profits or simply make sustainability viable. Organised Wellbeing: Proven and Practical Lessons from Safety Excellence seeks to present in a user-friendly way all of the key wellbeing themes. It views these through the lessons learnt from safety excellence because at present UK safety is world class but frankly wellbeing seldom is. In any organisation culture is even more important than strategy and tactics and training is just the base of a process in which facilitation and embedding of key behaviours and mindsets is the essential element. Practical and coordinated processes not initiatives are required. This book therefore seeks to show how aspects of wellbeing both organisational and personal are inexorably interconnected. From an organisational perspective approaches need to address the truth that ‘good work is good for you’. This book also an individual guide to thriving with passion compassion humour and style is essential reading for health and safety occupational health and HR professionals at all levels. It is also highly recommended for all managers and staff who seek to maximise their potential and that of their colleagues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368439

Organising a School's Response First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434417

Organising in the Information AgeDistributed Technology Distributed Leadership Distributed Identity Distributed Discourse This title was first published in 2002. Networked technologies are now widespread: in workplaces at home and in transport connecting providers of products and services with consumers and linking government with the governed. The distributed nature of such technologies their non-hierarchical structure and widespread availability affords modes of access to information for its creation and transmission as well as reception and consumption. The spatial and temporal constraints on patterns of communication exchange that have hitherto applied are dissolved by the availability of distributed and asynchronous modes of communication. This volume explores key facets of the consequences of the emergence of this distributed technology for organizational life. It argues that these developments have taken place at such a pace that organizational theory has not kept up to analyse and explain adequately the current applications or to explore possible future applications. This book contributes to the necessary development of organizational theory by providing analysis and empirical studies of existing applications. The themes of distributed technology distributed leadership distributed identity and distributed discourse provide key elements for new modes of analysis and potentially new vistas for the future shape of globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730502

Organising Learning in the Primary School Classroom Since the publication of the first edition Organising Learning in the Primary School Classroom has been recognised as an indispensable guide for primary school teachers in their quest for more effective practice in the classroom. It gives help on everyday problems of classroom organisation: how to group children how to set out a classroom physically how to make the most efficient use of time and resources. Now in its 4th edition the book retains these strengths but has been brought right up to date with the many changes that are taking place nationally and globally. The book begins with a survey of these recent changes and goes on to consider their implications for teachers if today's schools are to prepare children for what is to some extent an unknown future. In addition to chapters on classroom organisation the book includes chapters on: child development creativity PSHE and citizenship teaching language and literacy ICT mathematics and science the foundation subjects working with parents working effectively with Teaching Assistants evaluating and assessing learning teaching children with special educational needs or exceptional ability. Throughout the aim is to get teachers and student teachers to analyse their own classrooms and to produce solutions that will work for them. This book will be invaluable not only to newly qualified teachers but also to experienced practitioners wishing to review their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137325

Organising Play in the Early YearsPractical Ideas for Teachers and Assistants First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203063743

Organising Women's ProtestA Study of Political Styles in Two South Indian Activist Groups This study examines the nature of two women's activist groups in Madras and their activities since 1979 focusing on their work with the media slum issues registration of marriages and initiation of an apprenticeship scheme. But this volume is more than a study of women and their organisations. It is a study of political processes in which women are active an attempt to discuss women's political behaviour in male-dominated society where official bodies as well as the academic world pay attention to 'women's issues' but where women as political actors continue to be invisible. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026633

Organisms and Personal IdentityIndividuation and the Work of David Wiggins Over his philosophical career David Wiggins has produced a body of work that though varied and wide-ranging stands as a coherent and carefully integrated whole. In this book Ferner examines Wiggins’ conceptualist-realism his sortal theory ‘D’ and his human being theory in order to assess how far these elements of his systematic metaphysics connect. In addition to rectifying misinterpretations and analysing the relations between Wiggins’ works Ferner reveals the importance of the philosophy of biology to Wiggins’ approach. This book elucidates the biological anti-reductionism present in Wiggins’ work and highlights how this stance stands as a productive alternative to emergentism. With an analysis of Wiggins’ construal of substances specifically organisms the book goes on to discuss how Wiggins brings together the concept of a person with the concept of a natural substance or human being. An extensive introduction to the work of David Wiggins as well as a contribution to the dialogue between personal identity theorists and philosophers of biology this book will appeal to students and scholars working in the areas of philosophy biology and the history of Anglophone metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358617

Organization Class and Control (RLE: Organizations) In this volume the authors develop a systematic and chronologically based critique of the major concepts figures and schools in organization. Themes discussed include: the development of scientific management and the responses of Gramsci and Lenin to it the meaning of Mayo and the Human Relations School the development of typological systems and contingency models of the organization key concepts of goals environment and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994645

Organization Performance And System ChoiceEast European Agricultural Development When one has worked on a series of projects as long as I have on those that make up this book one incurs a tremendous debt that can never be appropriately acknowledged. Nevertheless I would be remiss if I did not make note of at least the largest and most obvious of contributions made by others. The oldest part of the work is the Yugoslav case study which began as my doctoral dissertation. I received funding from the International Research and Exchanges Board (IREX) which allowed me to spend an all-too-brief but productive five months in z&greb in 1982. During this time I was greatly aided by the advice and criticism of Professor Vladimir Stipetic of the University of Zagreb. As I worked on the dissertation John Pencavel and Evsey Domar taught me much about critical thinking and clear writing as well as economics. To them I owe a special debt of gratitude for the often difficult task they undertook of simply keeping track of my whereabouts. In addition the Yugoslav study benefited from the critical contributions of Paul David and members of the development and history seminars at Stanford and the comments of Tim Bates and two anonymous referees and the editor at the Review of Economics and Statistics where the core material was first published as •The Performance of Private and Cooperative Socialist Organimtion: Postwar Yugoslav Agriculture; 69 2 (May 1987): 205-214 copyright 1987 by Elsevier Science Publishers. I would like to thank Elsevier Science Publishers for kind permission to reprint portions of this article in chapter 3. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282004

Organization Policy and Practice in the Human Services Here is a timely insightful book that greatly increases the effectiveness of human service professionals and the organizations in which they function. Organization Policy and Practice in the Human Services is the first such text to bring together in a systematic fashion the concepts of organizational theory policy and practice in the human services. Offering a basic orientation to the structure and operations of social service organizations Neugeboren addresses society‘s need for the successful operation of these complex institutions in our highly organized society. He also calls for a re-examination of what is meant by “dependency” and postulates new methods of dealing with the social and personal problems confronting people in contemporary society. This book is indispensable for administrators practitioners and students. Practitioners gain instruction in “bureaucratic expertise ” enabling them to maximize opportunities limit organizational constraints reduce the likelihood of “burnout ’and otherwise become a “good bureaucrat” instead of an ineffective if well-intentioned one. Administrators will benefit from a model of organizational goals practical guidelines for evaluating the effectiveness of an organizational structure and methods for identifying and remedying the causes of organizational dysfunction. Neugeboren‘s practical ideas make a significant contribution in preparing tomorrow‘s social workers to deal more effectively with the world facing each of us. His theoretical insights are grounded in discussions of actual cases making them easy to apply to any human service organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467460

Organization and Administration in Higher Education Situating strategic planning and budgeting within the organization and administration of higher education institutions this text provides effective and proven strategies for today’s change-oriented leaders. Bringing together distinguished administrators from two-year four-year public and private colleges and universities this volume provides both practical and effective guidance on the intricacies of the institutional structure its functional activities and contingency planning. Organization and Administration in Higher Education orients future administrators to the major areas of an academic institution and will assist higher education administrators in leading their institutions to excellence. New in this Second Edition: New chapters on the impact of Title IX and social media on higher education. Updated coverage throughout on politics technology budgeting program planning and institutional changes. New end-of-chapter discussion prompts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641204

Organization and BureaucracyAn Analysis of Modern Theories The American Journal of Sociology says of this book "Mouzelis knows and handles the literature well and accurately brings the reader up to the early sixties. A summarizer synthesizer and historian of modern theories he serves his novice well. The more initiated student of formal organizations will appreciate the critiques of his favorite theorists: Mouzelis cuts clean and bold. Along with order he does add critical insight to his borrowed materials."This book is a carefully integrated and very straightforward guide to the labyrinth of theory on organizational phenomena and surveys the most important approaches to the study of organizations and the manner in which these approaches are interrelated. The author's interest is in showing the successive stages of theory generation and development in the two major traditions of thought on this subject thereby providing a coherent overview of the field a method for systematically investigating it and an unusually broadening supplement to the standard treatment of organizations in undergraduate and graduate courses.The author discusses the writings of such theorists as Marx Weber and Michels who from a very wide perspective tried to assess the impact of large-scale bureaucracy on the power structure of modern society. He also examines the other tradition of organizational writings that starts with Taylor and the movement of scientific management. Finally an analysis is made of recent theoretical trends that indicate a certain convergence of the bureaucracy and the managerial lines of thought.In emphasizing the conceptual frameworks that underlie organization theory and in showing the dynamics of theory progression the author provides students with invaluable assistance in understanding the levels of theoretical analysis the variables to be taken into consideration and the manner in which these variables may be accounted for in a systematic manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529380

Organization and ManagementAn International Approach Organization and Management is an introduction to theories and contemporary practice in cross-border business management.   The book reviews the practice of management where a home-market approach no longer achieves and sustains success in an increasingly competitive global environment. Readers will learn about the experiences of companies in many industries operating in countries such as Argentina China Britain France Germany India the Netherlands Poland and the United States.   This book is designed for students taking introductory courses in organization and international management. Through carefully developed case studies exercises and integrated text material this book bridges theory and practice. The full colour layout of the book supports self-study as well as group study and team work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139312

Organization and Marketing (RLE Marketing) Taking as its starting point the nature of marketing tasks this book draws on organizational theories and makes its own contribution to generate insights and understanding about some of the concerns that need to be deal with if marketing success is to be achieved. The book surveys developments in the study of organizations and considers how organizations can be adapted to better serve the needs of marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994638

Organization and OrganizingMateriality Agency and Discourse Recipient of the '2013 Top Edited Book Award' by the Organizational Communication Division of the National Communication Association (USA) This timely collection addresses central issues in organizational communication theory on the nature of organizing and organization. The unique strength of this volume is its contribution to the conception of materiality agency and discourse in current theorizing and research on the constitution of organizations. It addresses such questions as: To what extent should the materiality of texts and artifacts be accounted for in a process view of organization? What part does materiality play in the process by which organizations achieve continuity in time and space? In what sense do artifacts perform a role in human communication and interaction and in the constitution of organization? What are the voices and entities participating in the emergence and stabilization of organizational reality? The work represents scholarship going on in various parts of the world and features contributions that overcome traditional conceptions of the nature of organizing by addressing in specific ways the difficult issues of the performative character of agency; materiality as the basis of the iterability of communication and continuity of organizations; and discourse as both textuality and interaction. The contributions laid out in this book also pay tribute to the work of the organizational communication theorist James R. Taylor who developed a view of organization as deeply rooted in communication and language. Contributors extend and challenge Taylor’s communicative view by tackling issues and assumptions left implicit in his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529310

Organization as CommunicationPerspectives in Dialogue The idea that communication constitutes organization (CCO) provides a unique perspective to organization studies by highlighting the fundamental and formative role of communication for organizational phenomena of various kinds. The book features original works that address the idea of organization as communication in the light of other theories related concepts as well as the tension between strategy and emergence. The first set of chapters discusses the idea of organization communication in the light of critical works of European scholars (Habermas Honneth and Günther). The second set of chapters reflects on a range of concepts such as institutions routines and leadership from a CCO perspective. The final set of chapters examines the tension between strategic and emergent communication by drawing on new methodology and empirical evidence. The chapters are set into dialogue with some of the most prominent proponents of CCO scholarship. The book offers an important contribution to CCO thinking by adding European perspectives on organization as communication. It connects the primarily North American approach and European traditions of theoretical thought to existing debates in communication and organization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651630

Organization Behaviour for Leisure Services Organization Behaviour for Leisure Services provides the reader with the conceptual tools necessary for analysing organizational behaviour in the context of hospitality leisure and tourism provision and understaanding events in order to take appropriate management action.Taking the view that leisure services involve an array of industry sectors - they are related for instance to work-time spent eating drinking and staying away from home as well as the more obvious recreational pursuits - the text uses examples and case studies from a wide range of international businesses such as hotels restaurants museums shopping malls and sports stadia. Specific examples used are from Marriotts McDonald's Trafford Centre and many more. With a user-friendly structure and style the text is an ideal introduction to the fundamental issues involved - perfect for students and managers alike. This book discusses and questions a number of key elements including: The individual and the organization Groups in the organization Organizational structures and behaviour Management within the organization Commercial hospitality leisure and tourism in a service context There is a Tutor Resource pack available to lecturers who adopt this text. Accredited lecturers can request access to download this material by going to http://books.elsevier.com/academic/defaultmanuals.asp? to request access. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143524

Organization DesignSimplifying complex systems A well-designed organization is an effective organization. Decisions about organization design determine the shape and form of the organization – not only the reporting structure and authority relations but also the number and size of sub-units and the interfaces between the sub-units. Indirectly such decisions affect individual productivity as well as the organization’s ability to attain strategic goals.   Organization Design equips the reader with advanced tools and frameworks based on both research and practical experience for understanding and re-designing organisations. Particular emphasis is placed on how one can improve effectiveness by simplifying complex roles processes and structures. This updated second edition includes a new chapter about traditional organizational forms and is complemented by a companion website.     Students will find thorough conceptual explanations combined with case studies from different industries. This textbook will be essential reading for students scholars and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502864

Organization DesignThe Practitioner’s Guide Organization Design looks at how to (re)design an organizational system in order to increase productivity performance and value and provides the knowledge and methodology to design an adaptive agile organization capable of handling the kind of continuous organizational change that all businesses face. The book clarifies why and how organizations need to be in a state of readiness to design or redesign and emphasizes that people as well as business processes must be part of design considerations. With an enhanced international focus this third edition includes new material on: organization design theories designing ethical diverse and inclusive organizations the role of leaders in organization design work organization design in public sector organizations and evaluating the success of an organization design project This book is a must-read for students or practitioners involved in organizational design development and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293243

Organization Development and SocietyTheory and Practice of Organization Development Consulting Organization Development and Society: Theory and Practice of Organization Development Consulting offers a new approach for the practice of organization development (OD). The new approach a habitus oriented OD (HOOD) sees consultees' thinking and behavior a result of habitus a cognitive structure developed historically in endless interactions between human behavior and social structures. HOOD has two goals: The first goal is to redefine the objectives of individually oriented OD. The focus on habitus and social structure allows individually oriented OD scholars and practitioners to keep their subjective approach which searches for consultees' inner world. However this subjectivity searches not only for consultees' psychological but their social dispositions. It views the individual level the habitus as a site of social dispositions that from within the individual consultees generate thoughts and behaviors in a way that closely corresponds with the organization's social structure; with power relations and social positions and with accepted metaphors and common language. The HOOD links the concept of habitus to the field of OD and in so doing provides an alternative way to incorporate the individual and the social in OD. HOOD's second goal is to re/position OD between organizations and society and thus to produce a consulting practice that is both pragmatic and human. It is pragmatic since incorporation of habitus enables the consultant to liberate consultees' perspectives and behavior from the organization's social and structural hoops and to use these perspectives in processes of change and development. Considering the habitus as central to consulting projects is human since it enables consultants (and consultees) to identify the responsibility for organizational problems (and other phenomena) not only at the level of the individual but also at the level of the organization and the environment outside the organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138569645

Organization DevelopmentIdeas and Issues Organization Development provides a forum for the ideas and experiences of a researcher and consultant concerned with change in organizations. It shows how choice and change can be guided in a world now characterized by what the author terms "permanent temporariness." The book is at heart an approach to increasing the amount of responsible freedom at work. In this respect the volume responds to an avalanche of social criticism that has been directed at bureaucracy "organizational America " and the "organizational ethic." The field at organization development is informed by such criticisms but transcends it via technology and values that drive change and choice alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315125886

Organization DevelopmentStrategies for Changing Environments Organization Development: Strategies for Changing Environments Second Edition  aims to help managers of the future successfully plan for and manage changes in the workplace. The book teaches students how to conceptualize and implement planned interventions to increase organizational effectiveness. Building on the success of the previous edition Smither Houston  and McIntire maintain the foundational and historical organization development content while incorporating a number of key changes: new material on change management globalization diversity sustainability ethics talent management and emotional intelligence; a greater emphasis on the practical application of the theory; new case studies focusing on current business dilemmas that align with the chapter objectives. This edition brings this classic book into the 21st century making it a valuable resource for students of organizational development organizational behavior change management and leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841642

Organization in Business Management (RLE: Organizations)A Guide for Managers and Potential Managers This book is written primarily for junior management and discusses some key issues including: the increasing role of technology in business and management individual and group dynamics communication Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977709

Organization in Open Source CommunitiesAt the Crossroads of the Gift and Market Economies This book contributes new insights into the organization of free/open source (F/OS) software communities by examining the links between learning division of labour and commercialization demonstrating the need for a synthesis of work on both community organization and cooperation to understand F/OS community dynamics. These aspects are examined in the light of detailed case studies of the GNOME and KDE projects. This book offers an innovative theoretical framework a critical assessment of various methodologies for examining the organisation of F/OS communities and a typology of commercial involvement in F/OS.  The analysis reveals the diversity and evolution of F/OS communities and their connections with other socio-economic networks and institutional practices. The insights afforded by the book have implications for future research and the design and implementation of open source efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977686

Organization in the MindPsychoanalysis Group Relations and Organizational Consultancy The author has been a leading figure internationally in the fields of organizational consultancy and group relations for many years. Robert French and Russ Vince have gathered together for the first time his key writings in this area. This is essential reading for managers and leaders as well as organizational consultants academics and students of organizations. Part of the Tavistock Clinic Series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105549

Organization Made Easy!Tools For Today's Teachers Meet the ever-growing organizational demands of today's changing world with the variety of tools digital and otherwise available to you as a teacher. In this book organization guru Frank Buck shows you how to take expert advantage of the specific electronic and paper-based resources that will help you manage your time and stay on course as a teacher of the 21st century. Buck offers practical easy-to-read strategies for organizing your surroundings increasing productivity and reducing stress. Teachers will leave this book with a feeling of greater control of the day plus a renewed sense of pride in their profession. IN THIS BOOK... • Organizing Digitally • Organizing with Paper • E-mail and other e-timesavers • Handling multiple projects • Handling the paper blizzard Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472570

Organization of Health Workers and Labor Conflict Offers insights into such contemporary issues as health workers' unions labor conflicts in health care facilities and underlying class and class related sex and ethnic conflicts that beset the health sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785587

Organization of Prokaryotic Cell MembranesVolume I This book has information about prokaryotes prokaryotes are single-celled organisms that are the earliest and most primitive forms of life on earth. As organized in the Three Domain System prokaryotes include bacteria and archaeans. Some prokaryotes such as cyanobacteria are photosynthetic organisms and are capable of photosynthesis. There are sections in this book that explain the role of membranes in transport about bioenergetics of bacteria cells Mycoplasma immunology of bacteria membrane and receptors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896137

Organization of Prokaryotic Cell MembranesVolume II These volumes include a collection of authoritative articles covering the most active areas of prokaryotic biomembrane investigations and will provide a great service not only to those interested in the field but also to microbiologists in general. These monographs will also serve to focus attention on prokaryotic membranes that are so often ignored by eukaryoticmembraneologists and proved an excellent reference source for many years to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896144

Organization of Prokaryotic Cell MembranesVolume III These volumes include a collection of authoritative articles covering the most active areas of prokaryotic biomembrane investigations and will provide a great service not only to those interested in the field but also to microbiologists in general. These monographs will also serve to focus attention on prokaryotic membranes that are so often ignored by eukaryoticmembraneologists and proved an excellent reference source for many years to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896120

Organization of the Extracellular MatrixA Polarization Microscopic Approach This book describes analysis techniques and results of topics such as physical backgrounds chemical backgrounds and principal methods of topo-optical reactions used in ultrastructure research of the ECM; orientation patterns of GAGs and collagen in different tissues/cartilage cornea kidney basement membranes and skin; factors involved in the formation of submicroscopically ordered matrix structure; and cell-matrix interactions including cytoskeleton-cell-membrane-matrix relationships. A summarization of the advantages and limitations of polarization microscopy compared to electron microscopy in ultracellular research is also included. Cell biologists histologists pathologists and biochemists in connective tissue research will find this book to be an invaluable reference tool. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896182

Organization Stability and ProcessVolume 3 This is the third penultimate volume in the Toward a Theoretical Biology series. The contributors agree that there is a major problem in finding methods of dealing with the great complexity of biological systems. Molecular biology has given us considerable insight into the nature of the elementary units and processes of life but to understand how these are put together to form systems that are usually too complicated to be analysed completely but exhibit global properties of simplicity presents biologists with an intellectual challenge that physical sciences and chemistry must also face.  The problem is approached from several different angles: quantum physics topology and statistical mechanics. A stimulating discussion is recorded: that the behaviour of randomly constructed networks exhibits simplicity. Thoughtful analyses of complexities in such basic biological processes as the genetic control of differentiation evolution and ecology is also included. Some of the questions dealt with are: What kinds of theories should we wish to have in connection with developmental biology? And have we got them? The subject matter of 'Organization Stability and Process' is defined as the basic concept of biology. None of the contributors herein contained is a molecular biologist in the modern sense but molecular biology casts a shadow over this work at least in so far as they challenge its interpretative aggressiveness and its enthusiastic but unendearing self-confidence and self-sufficiency. This volume inaugurates a new and authentic style of scientific literature. The contributions are thoughtful imaginative illuminating and exceptionally well written. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529397

Organization TeamsBuilding Continuous Quality Improvement Facilitator's Guide The facilitator's guide is a companion to Organization Teams: Building a Continuous Quality Improvement. This guide provides lesson plans including suggested time allocation masters that can be used to create your own transparencies quality bucks photocopy masters a method for randomly assigning participants to teams a "little instructor" who will offer suggstions and share ideas. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429333057

Organization Theory and its Applications Organization theory is a fast-developing field of microeconomics. Organizational approaches are now used in a wide range of topics in business studies. They are based on information economics contract theory and mechanism design. This book introduces such organizational approaches and how to adopt them as business applications. The book presents the theory in the first two chapters and proceeds to cover the applications of the theory in the three chapters that follow. The theory lays the foundation and the applications illustrate how the theory can be used in a wide range of business problems. The book covers many concepts and ideas in organization theory including complete contracts incomplete contracts allocation of control rights option contracts convertibles and joint ventures concisely. It will be of use to third-year undergraduates and above as well as Master’s- and Ph.D-level students in business schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705844

Organization Theory and Management This book reviews the evolution of organization theory literature and explains other theories of organization and the implicit wisdom of the instructor's favorite theory. It helps the reader to understand the relevance of organization theory to the problems of administering public organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003065104

Organization Theory and the Public SectorInstrument Culture and Myth Public-sector organizations are fundamentally different from their private-sector counterparts. They are part of the society’s political organizations and are major political actors. They are multifunctional follow a political leadership and the majority do not operate in an external market. In an era of rapid reform reorganization and modernization of the public sector this book offers a timely and illuminating introduction to the public-sector organization that recognizes its unique values interests knowledge and power base. Drawing on both instrumental and institutional perspectives within organization theory as well as democratic theory and empirical studies of decision-making the book addresses five central aspects of the public-sector organization: ■ goals values and motivation ■ leadership and steering ■ reform and change ■ effects learning and implications ■ understanding and design The book challenges conventional economic analysis of the public sector arguing instead for a political-democratic approach and a new prescriptive organization theory. A rich resource of both theory and practice Organization Theory and the Public Sector: Instrument Culture and Myth is essential reading for anybody studying the public sector. This second edition of the book contains a range of new and updated themes examples and references. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428914

Organizational Accidents Revisited Managing the Risks of Organizational Accidents introduced the notion of an ’organizational accident’. These are rare but often calamitous events that occur in complex technological systems operating in hazardous circumstances. They stand in sharp contrast to ’individual accidents’ whose damaging consequences are limited to relatively few people or assets. Although they share some common causal factors they mostly have quite different causal pathways. The frequency of individual accidents - usually lost-time injuries - does not predict the likelihood of an organizational accident. The book also elaborated upon the widely-cited Swiss Cheese Model. Organizational Accidents Revisited extends and develops these ideas using a standardized causal analysis of some 10 organizational accidents that have occurred in a variety of domains in the nearly 20 years that have passed since the original was published. These analyses provide the ’raw data’ for the process of drilling down into the underlying causal pathways. Many contributing latent conditions recur in a variety of domains. A number of these - organizational issues design procedures and so on - are examined in close detail in order to identify likely problems before they combine to penetrate the defences-in-depth. Where the 1997 book focused largely upon the systemic factors underlying organizational accidents this complementary follow-up goes beyond this to examine what can be done to improve the ’error wisdom’ and risk awareness of those on the spot; they are often the last line of defence and so have the power to halt the accident trajectory before it can cause damage. The book concludes by advocating that system safety should require the integration of systemic factors (collective mindfulness) with individual mental skills (personal mindfulness). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781472447685

Organizational and Community Responses to Domestic Abuse and Homelessness First published in 1994 this in-depth and long-term study presents an ethnography which is comprised of personal narratives of victims of domestic abuse and homelessness. Drawing on these stories the book addresses a number of issues surrounding the provision of services for homeless women and domestic abuse victims including the effectiveness of assistance programs and laws and potential solutions to the problems of both domestic abuse and homelessness. This book will be of interest to those studying social work health care and mental health sociology and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673601

Organizational and Educational ChangeThe Life and Role of A Change Agent Group Jean M. Bartunek the 2001-2002 President of the Academy of Management has written an excellent scholarly book on organizational and educational change. Using a joint insider/outsider approach this book tells the story of a change agent group--a group of teachers--that was creating change in its organization setting a Network of Independent Schools. The group's focus was on empowerment and professional development for teachers in the Network. The book describes virtually everything that happened in the group over its first seven years and summarizes what happened during its final two years. It explores the identity work and evolution of change agent groups in organizations with particular emphasis on teachers and educational change. Through the book's extensive quotations and narrative account the reader is enabled to enter into the world of the teacher group studied over the course of its nine-year history. In addition the book includes analysis of the underlying processes involved in the change focusing on the change agent group's identity its actions and relationships with stakeholders as they jointly evolved over time and their impacts on the vitality of the change effort. It contributes a new understanding of fundamental processes involved in organizational change especially when viewed from the perspective of change agents. In addition the book provides practical implications for change agents specifically change agents in schools. As such this account will be useful for graduate students and researchers in organizational change educational leadership and professional development. It is a part of Lawrence Erlbaum Associates growing series in organization management. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650557

Organizational and Process ReengineeringApproaches for Health Care Transformation Winner of  the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society’s (HIMSS) 2015 Book of the Year Award Given the on-going changes and challenges faced by today’s health care organizations Organizational and Process Reengineering Approaches for Health Care Transformation provides a practical leader-led and team-based approach for reengineering organizations and transforming leaders and teams while creating new processes in the health care industry. It supplies a framework for organizational change to enable senior leaders to reengineer and transform their health care organizations.The book presents proven and effective approaches and methodologies for leadership teams to help their organizations transform thrive and grow. It goes beyond process improvement and other organizational change approaches as it offers an integrated holistic approach that provides sustainable results.The approach described in this book has already helped many large health care organizations dramatically improve their effectiveness by creating new service lines lines of business population health initiatives new care management models as well as implementing game changing solutions and technology.Well-grounded in organizational change and project management principles this approach will help to ensure that the resulting work is implemented accepted and sustained by process owners and senior leaders. Descriptive case studies illustrate the practical application of the tools and techniques discussed.The approach and mind-set outlined in the book allow and even require that all stakeholders come to the table. They do not require an engineering degree expensive certifications or the use of complicated processes or tools. They will not replace current improvement methods but instead provide an organization-based framework to help you leverage and enhance your improvement efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482225143

Organizational and Structural Dilemmas in Nonprofit Human Service Organizations Improve your organization’s performance for the well-being of your clients! Organizational and Structural Dilemmas in Nonprofit Human Service Organizations explores the common pitfalls that plague nonprofit human service organizations and cause them to fail in their missions. In this book leading scholars analyze and evaluate the inherent difficulties that impede effectiveness in these organizations. With this wide-ranging body of knowledge research findings and information you will be able to identify key areas in your organization that may become troublesome at a later date and prevent them from deteriorating. This valuable tool also includes advice and suggestions for repairing detrimental situations that have already occurred or are taking place. The book supplies solutions for repairing or preventing any permanent damage to your organization’s structure value or reputation. Organizational and Structural Dilemmas in Nonprofit Human Service Organizations will help you set successful long-term strategies for your organization despite changes in laws programs and public sentiment. With this book you will learn more about: the changing identity of federated community service organizations the role of congregations as social service providers volunteer and paid staff relations the implications of welfare-to-work programs the cycles of public sentiment as expressed through the media the issue of nonprofit executive misbehavior the preferences of social work graduates for employment in various sectors of the welfare economy such as for-profit as opposed to nonprofit the differences between for-profit and nonprofit organizations Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050774

Organizational Assessment and Improvement in the Public Sector Calls for performance measures and metrics sound good but public sector organizations often lack the tools required to assess the organization as a whole and create true change.In order to implement an integrated cycle of assessment planning and improvement government agencies at all levels need a usable framework for organizational assessment that speaks to their unique needs. Organizational Assessment and Improvement in the Public Sector provides that framework an understanding of assessment itself and a methodology for assessment focused on the public sector. The book introduces the concept of organizational assessment its importance and its significance in public sector organizations. It addresses the organizational theory that underlies assessment including change management organizational and individual learning and organizational development. Building on this the author focuses on the processes and demonstrates how the communication that results from an assessment process can create a widely accepted case for change. She presents a model grounded in the Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Program criteria but adapted for the culture of government organizations. She also addresses the criteria that form the basis for assessment and implementation and provides examples and best practices. Facing decreasing budgets and an increasing demand for services government agencies must increase their capabilities maximize their available fiscal and human resources and increase their effectiveness and efficiency. They often operate in an atmosphere that prizes effectiveness but measures it in silos assigned to individual programs and a structure that encourages people to do more with less while systematically discouraging efficiency. Stressing the significant and important differences between a business and a government this book supplies the knowledge and tools necessary to create a culture of assessment in government organizations at all levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090276

Organizational Assessment and Improvement in the Public Sector Workbook Public agencies at the federal state and local levels are realizing just how important it is to assess and improve their current performance and to convey information on their achievements and opportunities to staff leaders and decision makers as well as externally to constituents. Organizational Assessment and Improvement in the Public Sector Workbook provides public administration practitioners at all levels of government with practical advice and tools they can use in planning and conducting an assessment of their organization and creating usable action plans for implementing the results. This workbook addresses how to: Determine whether an organizational assessment would benefit a particular organization Evaluate organizational readiness for assessment in terms of leadership support organizational priorities timing staff engagement time and energy and financial resources Select an assessment tool and method Influence decision makers and identify organizational champions Communicate effectively to internal and external constituents Engage employees in the process The book guides decision making about assessment by creating awareness of the available options and considerations and by providing a framework for discussions that will determine the right approach for an agency. Each chapter consists of both information and tools including surveys exercises and worksheets which can be used by agencies at all levels to determine whether and how to conduct a meaningful organizational assessment and how to turn the results of that assessment into organizational improvements. Designed specifically to meet the needs of government organizations using language and examples that illustrate the challenges and the realities of working in the public sector this workbook provides the tools to help practitioners "do more with less" and promote a culture of assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466579941

Organizational AutoethnographiesPower and Identity in Our Working Lives This text takes a new approach to autoethnography by using personal narratives to analyze our work across multiple disciplines and subdisciplines. These stories feature authors working at the intersections of autoethnography and critical theory within a given organizational context. Organizations are not simply entities but systems of meaning. As such they are sites of cultural practices and performances and of domination resistance and struggle.  Working at the intersection of organizational studies and autoethnography this book explores the ability of autoethnographic and personal narrative approaches to generate important innovative and empowering understandings of difference discourses and identities while attending to the various powerful dynamics that are at play in organizations. These are stories of work at work and help to finally bring theory and direct exemplars together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231689

Organizational Behavior 1Essential Theories of Motivation and Leadership This comprehensive text provides a detailed review and analysis of the building-block theories in Organizational Behavior. Expanding on his previous work in the field John Miner has identified the key theories that every student or scholar needs to understand to be considered literate in the discipline. Organizational Behavior: Essential Theories of Motivation and Leadership analyzes the work of leading theorists. Each chapter includes the background of the theorist represented the context in which the theory arose the initial and subsequent theoretical statements research on the theory by the theory's author and others (including meta-analysis and reviews) and practical applications. Special features including boxed summaries of each theory at the beginning of each chapter two introductory chapters on the scientific method and the development of knowledge and detailed and comprehensive references help make this text especially useful for graduate courses in Organizational Behavior and Industrial/Organizational Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702018

Organizational Behavior 2Essential Theories of Process and Structure This comprehensive text provides a detailed review and analysis of the building-block theories in the macro-organizational behavior field. John Miner has identified the key theories that any student or scholar needs to understand to be considered literate in the discipline. Each chapter includes the background of the theorist represented the context in which the theory arose the initial and subsequent theoretical statements research on the theory by the theory's author and others (including meta-analysis and reviews) and practical applications. Special features including boxed summaries of each theory at the beginning of each chapter; two introductory chapters on the scientific method and the development of knowledge; and detailed comprehensive references help make this text especially useful for every student and scholar in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702001

Organizational Behavior 4From Theory to Practice This unique work bridges the gap between theory and practice in organizational behavior. It provides a practical guide to real-life applications of the 35 most significant theories in the field. The author describes each theory and then analyzes its usefulness and importance to the successful practice of management. His analysis covers key managerial topics such as goal setting training and development assessment job enrichment influence processes decision-making group processes organizational development organizational structuring and effective organizational operation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701981

Organizational Behavior 6Integrated Theory Development and the Role of the Unconscious This is the first comprehensive overview of the development of the field of Organizational Behavior. It belongs on the shelf of every scholar and student in the discipline. Part I covers the foundations of the scientific method theory development and the accrual of scientific knowledge in the field. Part II introduces the ideas of pioneers whose work pre-dates the emergence of Organizational Behavior. Part III considers the actual emergence of OB as we know it today with an analysis of the environmental forces that impinged upon it (such as the recruiting of social scientists into business schools). Part IV presents an assessment of the current state of the art in OB research with an original assessment of the importance validity and practical usefulness of 73 core theories in OB. Finally Part V sets forth a vision for the future identity and growth of Organizational Behavior research theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765619938

Organizational Behavior and Public Management Revised and Expanded Organizational Behavior and Public Management reveals how organizational behavior enables managers to direct resources that advance the programs and policies of public and government. This edition offers a public sector perspective of core topics such as communication decision-making leadership management ethics motivation organizational change participation and performance appraisal. Contemporary Psychology called this book "skillful and comprehensive…There is a need for a text like this…the device of juxtaposing theory and application is a sound one." The authors discuss such topics as communication decision making worker participation and total quality management organizational change management systems information computers and organization theory in public management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090269

Organizational Behavior and Virtual WorkConcepts and Analytical Approaches With the globalization of work and technological advancements in recent years and with emphasis on service quality today organizations have changed. Virtual work has emerged as the new employment relationship and has been embraced by employees and employers in many industries. This book explores the dynamics of changing organization structures theories of leadership and trust and how dimensions of self-efficacy works in this new work relationship. Organizational Behavior and Virtual Work: Concepts and Analytical Approaches shows the enormous impact of technology and globalization on employment relationships and also predicts how they will contribute to the changing dimensions of organizations in the future. With a unique blend of theory and application in the real world of virtual workers the book presents the most recent research and developments in the relatively new and still emerging area of virtual work. It takes an in-depth critical look into the key factors affecting the virtual work environment with practical inputs of suggestions and recommendations. With the objective of presenting information about this new work scenario this book attempts to unfold important human behavior processes in organizations. The volume presents a rare combination of the necessary concepts of human behavior in organizations along with the results of research in the field and also makes practical recommendations on virtual work programs. Key features include a unique blend of research with organizational behavior concepts and practical recommendations for workers managers and business executives. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882835

Organizational Behavior for School LeadershipLeveraging Your School for Success Organizational Behavior for School Leadership provides a theoretical and practical framework to help emerging leaders build the mental models they need to be effective. Presenting traditional modern and contemporary perspectives each chapter offers opportunities for readers to reflect on the ideas and apply their leadership perspective and skills to their own work settings. In this way this important book helps graduate students in educational leadership understand organizational situations and circumstances an essential step in making appropriate decisions about people school operations and the community that generate improved student and teacher outcomes. Special features include: Guiding questions—chapter openers to initiate student thinking. Case studies and companion rubrics—engage students in applying content to real-life school scenarios with guiding rubrics to help think through answers. Reflections and relevance—interactive learning activities simulations and graphic assignments deepen readers' understanding. PSEL Standards—each chapter aligns with the 2015 Professional Standards for Educational Leaders. Companion website—includes case studies and rubrics supplementary materials additional readings and PowerPoint slides for instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948709

Organizational Behavior Today This exciting new introductory text offers a new perspective on teaching organizational behavior by framing the organization as the vehicle for implementing strategic management processes while also breaking down how the different components of an organization are designed to work together. Unlike traditional OB texts Organizational Behavior Today emphasizes a "big picture" examination of how organizations function in a Darwinian world in which the primary goal of an organization is survival. The book introduces readers to the three stages of the strategic management process: strategy formulation strategy implementation and strategic control thereby linking the organization to its mission vision and strategic goals. Essential OB concepts such as work processes policy worker behavior reward system change management and leadership development are covered and the book also highlights the impact of technology on organizations. To support student comprehension and bring the study of OB to life the book includes vignettes highlighting real organizations who have implemented OB processes either successfully or unsuccessfully. End-of-chapter questions ensure that students can apply the information learned effectively. Accompanying online resources for this text available at www.routledge.com/9780367695095 include a curated list of relevant video content. The book is suitable for undergraduates and graduate students completing a first course in Organizational Behavior as well as a practical reference for current managers wishing to optimize organizational performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367695095

Organizational BehaviorIntegrated Theory Development and The Role of the Unconscious This is the first comprehensive overview of the development of the field of Organizational Behavior. It belongs on the shelf of every scholar and student in the discipline. Part I covers the foundations of the scientific method theory development and the accrual of scientific knowledge in the field. Part II introduces the ideas of pioneers whose work pre-dates the emergence of Organizational Behavior. Part III considers the actual emergence of OB as we know it today with an analysis of the environmental forces that impinged upon it (such as the recruiting of social scientists into business schools). Part IV presents an assessment of the current state of the art in OB research with an original assessment of the importance validity and practical usefulness of 73 core theories in OB. Finally Part V sets forth a vision for the future identity and growth of Organizational Behavior research theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765634726

Organizational BehaviorIntegrated Theory Development and The Role of the Unconscious This is the first comprehensive overview of the development of the field of Organizational Behavior. It belongs on the shelf of every scholar and student in the discipline. Part I covers the foundations of the scientific method theory development and the accrual of scientific knowledge in the field. Part II introduces the ideas of pioneers whose work pre-dates the emergence of Organizational Behavior. Part III considers the actual emergence of OB as we know it today with an analysis of the environmental forces that impinged upon it (such as the recruiting of social scientists into business schools). Part IV presents an assessment of the current state of the art in OB research with an original assessment of the importance validity and practical usefulness of 73 core theories in OB. Finally Part V sets forth a vision for the future identity and growth of Organizational Behavior research theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765634733

Organizational BehaviorIntegrating Individuals Groups and Organizations The new edition of this essential resource in organizational behavior provides a balanced framework to understand the impact of increasing dynamism and complexity the importance of collaboration and the implications for organizational strategy. Covering both psychological and sociological perspectives on organizational behavior this clearly written and presented textbook offers a comprehensive review of classic organizational behavior theories and approaches illustrated with updated case studies. The sixth edition includes new material on ethical considerations; international contexts with renewed attention to Africa and Asia; environmental pressures and responses; groups and intergroup processes; and the vital importance of building change readiness in any organization. Upper-level business and technology students as well as professionals in executive education courses will find the book a useful guide to all facets of organizational behavior. A companion website featuring an instructor manual test bank and PowerPoint slides provides additional support for students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430047

Organizational BehaviorIntegrating Individuals Groups and Organizations Organizational Behavior concisely covers the essential theories and concepts students need to understand about behavior in organizational settings in the twenty-first century. Readers interested in management will find insight into into their own behavior and the behavior of others to help them perform effectively in organizations. Champoux has carefully selected the topics and built them into frameworks useful for explaining analyzing and diagnosing organizational processes. Covering both micro and macro perspectives on organizational behavior the book includes new topics on leadership styles generational differences and technology in the workplace as well as plenty of examples to help students understand the application of various concepts and theories. Upper-level students of organizational behavior will find the book a useful explanation of managerial and organizational situations. A companion website featuring instructor manual test bank and PowerPoint slides provides additional support for students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949089

Organizational BehaviorSecuring Competitive Advantage The management of organizational behavior is a critically important source of competitive advantage in today’s organizations. Managers must be able to capitalize on employees’ individual differences as jobs are designed teams are formed work is structured and change is facilitated. This textbook now in its third edition provides its readers with the knowledge required to succeed as managers under these circumstances. In this book John Wagner and John Hollenbeck make the key connection between theory and practice to help students excel as managers charged with the task of securing competitive advantage. They present students with a variety of helpful learning tools including: • Coverage of the full spectrum of organizational behavior topics • Managerial models that are based in many instances on hundreds of research studies and decades of management practice – not the latest fad • Completely new introductory mini-cases and updated examples throughout the text to help students contextualize organizational behavior theory and understand its application in today’s business world This ideal book for upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students of organizational behavior is written to motivate exceptional student performance and contribute to their lasting managerial success. Online resources including PowerPoint slides and test banks round out this essential resource for instructors and students of organizational behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444167

Organizational BehaviorSecuring Competitive Advantage The management of organizational behavior is a critically important source of competitive advantage in today’s organizations. Every organization’s members share a constellation of skills abilities and motivations that differentiates it from every other firm. To gain advantage managers must be able to capitalize on these individual differences as jobs are designed teams are formed work is structured and change is facilitated. This textbook now in its second edition  provides its readers with the knowledge required to succeed as managers under these circumstances. In this book John Wagner and John Hollenbeck make the key connection between theory and practice to help students excel as managers charged with the task of securing competitive advantage. They present students with a variety of helpful learning tools including: Coverage of the full spectrum of organizational behavior topics Managerial models that are based in many instances on hundreds of research studies and decades of management practice Introductory mini-cases and current examples throughout the the text to help students contextualize organizational behavior theory and understand its application in today's business world The ideal book for undergraduate and graduate students of organizational behavior Organizational Behavior: Securing Competitive Advantage is written to motivate exceptional student performance and contribute to their lasting managerial success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824248

Organizational Behaviour Clear concise and written by experts currently lecturing in the field Organizational Behaviour focuses exclusively on what you need to know for success in your business course and today's global economy. For a focused view of organizational behaviour this is the book for you. The concise accessible style makes this the perfect text for introductory courses covering organizations and is well suited to international students. This innovative textbook features: a clear and thought-provoking introduction to organizational behaviour relevant cutting-edge case studies with global focus hot topics such as emotional intelligence corporate responsibility Generation Y and ethics keep you up-to-date with current business thinking summaries activities key theme boxes and review questions to help reinforce your understanding Part of the 360 Degree Business series which provides accessible yet stimulating introductions to core business studies modules this textbook comes with additional support materials including further case studies revision summaries and interactive multiple choice questions available online at www.routledge.com/cw/farmer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444135336

Organizational Behaviour (RLE: Organizations)Politics at Work Organizations do not have goals – only people do. Furthermore people within the same organizations have different goals. This book takes this as its starting point recognizing that organizations are a dynamic coalition of individuals and groups competing and co-operating as they each pursue their various objectives. Power is a fundamental part of organizational behaviour but many previous studies failed to recognize its centrality. This book remedies this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977716

Organizational Behaviour and Gender Organizational Behaviour and Gender provides an alternative to the gender silence of the standard OB textbooks. This Second Edition updates and expands the text's coverage and employs the most recent research findings to portray the world of work in a realistic manner. Organizational Behaviour and Gender is a comprehensive text. The text examines some of the assumptions that have been made about women at work - for example that women's 'difference' is rooted in biology and that women and men have contrasting (and even polar opposite) skills and attitudes. The text considers the key topics in OB (such as selection assessment leadership and motivation) to test such assumptions. The book describes the reality of working life for women. It examines issues of low pay part-time working family responsibilities home working and horizontal and vertical job segregation. It asks whether inequality of opportunity comes about because of actual gender differences or from prejudicial expectations and thinking. The last chapter is about sex and sexuality in organizations. Sexual behaviour in organizations is pervasive but is rarely discussed in OB textbooks. This chapter describes the masculine and heterosexual business environment and examines the issues of work romances and sexual harassment. The text provides numerous learning aids (including discussion topics and chapter questions) to assist both the lecturer and the student. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247557

Organizational Behaviour and the Physical Environment This book looks at how the physical environment of work shapes organizational behaviour demonstrating that our physical surroundings at work can have a big influence on employee productivity performance and wellbeing. Drawing upon the latest research Organizational Behaviour and the Physical Environment provides comprehensive coverage of the different aspects of the physical environment at work – the buildings furnishings equipment lighting air quality and their configurations. From theories of psychological ownership and work design to cultural issues and technology in the workplace its international range of contributors provide voices from Australasia North America Europe and the Middle East. This book will be invaluable supplementary reading for advanced students researchers and practitioners across the fields of organizational behaviour HRM organizational and environmental psychology and workspace design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053533

Organizational Behaviour in Sport What makes a sport enterprise successful? How can managers working in sport improve organizational effectiveness through strategic behaviour management? This comprehensive and accessible textbook addresses these important questions and examines the theories that underpin organizational analysis in sport. Helping both students and practitioners to understand the different types of behaviour that occur within a sports enterprise it also demonstrates how to develop ways of managing behaviour more effectively for the benefit of all stakeholders. The book explores behaviour on individual interpersonal group and whole-organization levels and presents an evidence-based framework for analysis built around key concepts such as: Change and culture Leadership Motivation rewards and incentives Power and influence Conflict disputes and grievances Equity diversity and inclusion. With international case studies learning objectives review questions and guides to further reading included in every chapter no other textbook develops critical skills or an awareness of ethical issues in such detail and depth. Organizational Behaviour in Sport is essential reading for all students and practitioners working in sport leisure or recreation management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671767

Organizational BehaviourManaging People in Dynamic Organizations Clear concise and written by experts currently lecturing in the field Organizational Behaviour focuses exclusively on what you need to know for success in your business course and today’s global economy. The text brings together a vast range of ideas models and concepts on organizational behaviour from an array of fields such as psychology sociology history economics and politics. This information is presented in bite-sized digestible pieces to create an accessible and engaging style that makes it the perfect text for introductory courses covering organizations. Key features include: a clear and thought-provoking introduction to organizational behaviour relevant cutting-edge case studies with global focus hot topics such as eOrganizations ethics and diversity keeping you up-to-date with current business thinking further reading summaries activities key theme boxes and review questions to help reinforce your understanding This textbook will be a valuable resource for students of business and management studies organization studies psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233723

Organizational BehaviourPerformance Management in Practice This book offers a fresh and comprehensive approach to the essentials that constitute the discipline of organizational behaviour with a strong emphasis on the application of organizational behaviour and performance management in practice.   It concentrates on the development of effective patterns of behaviour values and attitudes and relates these issues to effective organization performance in times of organizational and environmental change and turbulence. The book is divided into four parts providing a clear structure for the study of the subject:   Part One: The context of organizational behaviour Part Two: The disciplines of organizational behaviour Part Three: Organizational behaviour in practice Part Four: Organizational behaviour – expertise and application   Organizational Behaviour is packed with references to current topics practical examples and case studies from large corporations from around the world including Ryanair The Body Shop and RBS. This book covers examples of both good and bad practice making it an interesting and unique introduction to the study of organizational behaviour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857595

Organizational CareersA Sourcebook for Theory Although sociologists have written extensively on the broad subject of occupational careers generally they have referred only incidentally to organizational careers within work organizations. In this pioneering sourcebook now considered a classic Glaser gathered from the literature of occupational sociology those studies that bear most directly on organizational careers. His objective was to provide the first survey of the substantial body of data on the subject and to place this data in a framework that illustrates its significance for the development of theory.In an extensive introduction the editor explains the several purposes of the book and describes in detail the process of comparative analysis through which sociological theory on organizational careers can be generated. Organized around general themes such as recruitment motivation commitment mobility and succession the writings of prominent sociologists--including Riesman Caplow Hughes Becker and Wilensky--form the content of the book and systematically cover every important facet of organizational careers. The editor's introductions to each section of the book alert the reader to the general phenomena--such as processes conditions categories hypotheses and properties--that crosscut and are generally relevant to all organizational careers and are therefore the raw material of theory. These introductions also suggest questions and problems for further analysis and research.This book as a whole stands as a demonstration of the contributors' method of how the sociologist working from the data of research can generate grounded formal theory on this or any social phenomenon. This book also presents a vital body of data on organizational careers and a guide to further research that will be of great use both to occupational sociologists and to all those involved in the study of organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529403

Organizational Change Leadership and EthicsLeading Organizations Toward Sustainability Given the recent financial crises and scandals the rise of corporate social responsibility and the challenge of environmental sustainability few would disagree that the role of ethics has taken centre stage in the management of organizations. In reality however organizations have found it extremely difficult to promote successful ethical behaviour as this rarely results in short-term gains which can be appraised and rewarded. By and Burnes bring together leading international scholars in the fields of organizational change and leadership to explore and understand the context theory and successful promotion of ethical behaviour in organizations. By focusing on real world examples contributors analyze the issues and challenges that hinder ethical change leadership which can lead to sustainable organizations. This unique volume brings together the worlds of organizational change leadership business ethics and corporate social responsibility resulting in a book that will be valuable reading in all four fields. With contributions from leading scholars including David Boje Dexter Dunphy Suzanne Benn and Carl Rhodes Organizational Change Leadership and Ethics is a must-read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679879

Organizational Change and Development in Human Service Organizations Through change and development human service organizations can promote the well-being of their clients more effectively. This important book describes and analyzes recent research on organizational change and development in the social and human services. It is particularly relevant in light of the significant changes in these organizations during the last decade and the lack of literature in the area. Organizational Change and Development in Human Service Organizations brings together the work of scholars who deal with social welfare administration and change in human services combining research studies with theoretical approaches to change and development. It helps readers better understand the process of change and the role of the environment in creating change. Insightful chapters encourage practitioners scholars and students to plan change in organizations utilize models of change and organizational development in real life and evaluate change and its results and impacts. This much-needed book addresses a variety of topics including: the uses of force field analysis in assessing prospects for organizational change planned change in voluntary and government social service agencies interorganizational coordination of services to children in state custody early stages in the creation of self-help organizations organization and community transformation organizational development in public social services strategic and structural change in human service organizations a developmental approach to program evaluationMany readers will find the information in Organizational Change and Development in Human Service Organizations to be extremely beneficial in their daily work. Covering the important issues it gives readers a deeper insight into the processes of change and development so they can provide better services to their clients. This book is a vital resource for social workers professionals in public administration individuals involved in MSW programs and students in the social sciences including sociology and political science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058015

Organizational Change and Global StandardizationSolutions to Standards and Norms Overwhelming Organizations Organizational Change and Global Standardization: Solutions to Standards and Norms Overwhelming Organizations takes an organizational change approach to the overflow of standards and norms  looking at how to deal effectively and ethically with four kinds of standards and norms businesses face when they go global: (1) accounting & finance (2) international & world trade (3) social and (4) safety & quality & environment. It is part of a larger problem faced by not only business but every sort of organization - how to live with the epidemic of standards and norms often in conflict many just unnecessary and a few that are quite helpful and important. There are good reasons to have International Standards Organization (ISO) International Labor Organization (ILO) World Trade Organization (WTO) North Atlantic Treaty Association (NAFTA) International accounting Standards Boards (IASB) International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)) and many more standard-setting organizations issuing auditing proposing codes of ethics and certifying standards and norms. However there are important poorly understood organizational change consequences to the contagion of standards and norms. This volume brings together a unique group of authors who are working on a pragmatic way for organizations to deal with an overflow of standards and norms that are often at heads ambiguous or simply created to produce more work for a burgeoning standards setting industry. The aim of Organizational Change and Global Standardization is to stimulate a critical analysis within the framework of analytical and pragmatic approach to an overwhelming bureaucratization of the managed and organized global activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624054

Organizational Change and InnovationPsychological Perspectives and Practices in Europe First published in 1992. Organisational change and innovation has been at the centre of much management literature which has been informed by debates in organizational behaviour and strategic management. The psychology of how people in organizations adapt to and manage change is key to our understanding of the processes by which such changes can occur successfully. Organizational Change and Innovation brings together the recent research findings of leading European work and organization psychologists who take stock of existing theories about organizational change in the light of new case material. Their findings from a range of cultural and national contexts challenge some previously accepted models and set a new agenda for future research. In particular the volume provides new perspectives on the person organization relationship; the political qualities of organizational change; the input-output model of organizations as entities; and finally on research methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480162

Organizational Change and StrategyAn Interlevel Dynamics Approach Organizations change usually driven by strategies yet strategic management and organizational change are generally understood as separate domains in the business world. This book integrates the behavioural dynamics of learning change and strategy at and across individual team interdepartmental group and organizational levels. This new edition emphasizes what can be done in organizations to enable strategy to be effective and to help organizations to change and learn. Central to the book is a reflexive engagement approach through inviting the readers to apply concepts to their own organizational situations and via reflective exercises. The authors also offer cases from a wide range of organizations from universities to steel and digital businesses. This practical book addresses managers consultants students and researchers and provides specific orientation to assist each readership group to learn from its own perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911697

Organizational Change and TemporalityBending the Arrow of Time Organizational Change and Temporality: Bending the Arrow of Time looks to address the important area of time and temporality especially as it relates to frameworks and studies for explaining change processes in organizations. It commences with a selective history on the science and philosophy of time before examining the place of time in work and employment and the presence and absence of theorized time in explanations of organizational change. The intention is to bring to the fore concepts and debates that have largely remained hidden furthering our knowledge and understanding of time and temporality in changing organizations. The authors provide a more informed theoretical explanation of the temporal dimensions of organizational change. They examine the concepts and debates behind change theories philosophical positions and scientific concerns on time and material existence  drawing connections that have previously remained unexplored. This book is key reading for researchers within the organizational change world and will further the academic debate of time and temporality in organizations studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624061

Organizational Change for Corporate Sustainability Since this classic book was first published in 2003 sustainability has increasingly been accepted as standard business practice for leading corporations while the science itself has revealed how human activity has become the dominant force influencing irreversible changes in the planetary systems. The fourth edition of this trailblazing book on corporate sustainability provides new insights into how organizations can transition towards a more responsible way of conducting their business. It charts new thinking on value creation business models and organizational purpose as the basis of a broader-based transition to a sustainable society. The sustainability phase model has been substantially revised to incorporate emergent approaches in sustainable supply chain management strategic sustainability sustainability-oriented innovation and new business models. There is a companion website that contains a range of materials to support learning. This new edition with the authors’ unified approach to sustainable business reshapes its plan of action to bring about corporate change by drawing in new management theory and practice on strategy-making and leadership making it core reading for students and researchers of sustainability and business organizational change and corporate social responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665903

Organizational Change in an Urban Police DepartmentInnovating to Reform This in-depth case study of a mid-sized police department captures the dynamics struggles and successes of police change revealing the positive organizational and community outcomes that resulted from a persistent drive to reinvent public safety and community relationships. The police profession in the United States faces a legitimacy problem. It is critical that police are prepared to change constantly be adaptive and adopt openness to self-reflection and external comparison moving beyond their comfort zone to overcome the inevitable cultural structural and political obstacles. Using previously unpublished longitudinal data examining a 25-year period Bond-Fortier offers a rich account of the complexity of police management and change within one particular mid-sized city: Lowell Massachusetts. The multidisciplinary lens applied provides crucial insights into how and why police organizations respond to a changing environment set certain goals and make decisions about how to achieve those goals. The book analyzes the community and organizational forces that stimulated change in the Lowell Police Department describes the changes that enabled the department to achieve national model status and builds a nexus between influencing forces interdisciplinary theory and the creation of an adaptive 21st-century police organization.  Organizational Change in an Urban Police Department: Innovating to Reform is essential reading for academics and students in criminal justice criminology organizational studies public administration sociology political science and public policy programs as well as government executives crime policy analysts and public- and private-sector managers and leaders engaged in professional development and leadership courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190207

Organizational Change in PracticeThe Eight Deadly Sins Preventing Effective Change This book challenges the practice or organizational change programmes. It uses two case studies in depth to illustrate that consulting companies can often get it wrong. Senior managers often do not know enough about managing change. The text is arranged around eight deadly sins to avoid in the practice of change: self-deception of the change agents rather than self-awareness; destruction of the identity of the organization caused by arrogance; especially of the large consulting companies; destruction of cohesion; gobbledygook language; concentrating on structural change not behavioural change; making the organization worse not better; the intelligence in resistance; and the deep trauma of redundancy. The author's main objective is to get academics and practitioners to stop and think about what they are doing when they work with organizations. Organizational Change in Practice will be of interest to business professionals seeking to understand how change can impact their organization as well as organizational consultants.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790154

Organizational Change in Transition Societies This book discusses change management paradigms with special reference to examples and cases from the transition societies in Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). The first chapter analyses developments and trends in the wider societal context of Central and Eastern Europe. Theoretical perspectives are applied to understand the processes of transition and EU accession in Central and Eastern Europe. Following the second and third chapters the most frequently used tools and procedures of change management are analysed from the perspective of a CEE organization. The special advantage of the text to the potential readership is the integration of 'macro' (societal) and 'micro' (organizational) points of view towards understanding change. The text also provides real-life examples and perspectives of understanding and managing change from Central and Eastern Europe which helps the reader to grasp the wider political economic and societal context(s) of the CEE region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390985

Organizational Change through Lean MethodologiesA Guide for Successful Implementation Lean is a type of organizational change brought about through improvement methods based on cost reduction mechanism. The assumption is that by reducing costs the organizations can work better and more efficiently. All changes in lean-based organizations are directed at reducing these costs by identifying and eliminating waste. The thinking is that cost reduction will increase efficiency since basically it removes process inefficiencies and decreases cycle time. Why are targets directed at cost reduction? Because costs are a crucial factor for sustainable business organization. Lean thinking cuts the value of scale production by looking at the existing waste in a process. Production remains the same but the costs of goods production are reduced due to the elimination of waste in the process. As a result companies do not have to increase their production if it is not required giving companies an increase in average profits due to lean and the elimination of identified waste. The focus on cost reduction can be included in the overall lean concept since cost wasting is only a part of the existing waste. In other words other waste can be converted into costs or perceived as a value. This book starts the mental process of organization change through lean thinking. It provides the background and history of lean and then gets into how the lean process works. The author also discusses why an organization should implement lean as a method to increase quality and engage workers in the process thereby increasing efficiency and ultimately profitability. Through case studies and examples from Indonesia the author describes how to create a value stream to identify waste and discusses the concept of a pull system and its impact on the process. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367488819

Organizational ChangePsychological effects and strategies for coping Organizational change is a reality of 21st-century working life but what psychological effects does it have on individual workers and what coping strategies can be used to mediate its impact? In today’s turbulent work and career environment employees are required not only to accept changes as passive recipients but to proactively initiate changes and demonstrate attitudes behaviours and skills valued by current employers. As a result organizational psychologists both researchers and practitioners have had to acknowledge and understand the myriad of challenges faced by employees as a result of organizational change. In this important new book an international range of prominent scholars examine the key psychological issues around organizational change at the individual level including: health and well-being stress and emotional regulation performance and leadership attitudes and implications for the psychological contract Analyzing and presenting the impact of organizational change and possible coping strategies to successfully manage change the volume is ideal for students and researchers of work and organizational psychology business and management and HRM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230385

Organizational ChangeSourcebook I: Cases in Organizational Development First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315803173

Organizational Choice (RLE: Organizations)Capabilities of Groups at the Coal Face Under Changing Technologies This book develops and applies a new approach to the study of the working group and indeed of productive enterprises more generally. Unlike similar studies in this volume the human is related back to the technological and it is the socio-technical system as a whole that is the object of study. The work reported in this book shows how alternative modes of work organization can exist for the same technology giving the possibility of organizational choice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977723

Organizational Citizenship Behavior and Contextual PerformanceA Special Issue of Human Performance These articles describe ideas about contextual performance organizational citizenship behavior (OCB) and similar patterns of behavior that have been developed by scholars working from very different research traditions. It seems that the different research traditions are converging on the same notion--that besides formal job requirements other patterns of behavior are also critical for organizational effectiveness and survival. These other patterns of behavior have been relatively ignored until recently but now scholars are trying to define them determine exactly why and how they are important for organizations and identify their antecedents. The results of these research efforts-- described by articles in this issue--will help to make it possible to develop new conceptual and practical tools for managing these important behaviors and in that way promote human performance and organizational effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138180598

Organizational Citizenship Behavior in SchoolsExamining the impact and opportunities within educational systems This book extends our understanding of the attitudes and behaviors of teachers who improve their schools consistently and considerably. It sets out to critically analyze and examine organizational citizenship behaviors (OCB) in schools from a contextual perspective and to display the uniqueness of the concept in the context of school its dimensions boundaries antecedents and consequences from a multi-level perspective. Chapters consider: understandings of teachers' OCB its nature components and salience in schools personal organizational and cultural factors which might facilitate or inhibit teachers' OCB contributions and the drawbacks of OCB for the improvement of educational systems schools and educators a new conceptualization of teachers' OCB based on the unique characteristics of school and the teaching profession and consequences for theory and practice practical tools for guiding educational policy-makers principals and teacher educators on how to assimilate and enhance teachers' OCB. Organizational Citizenship Behavior in Schools will appeal to scholars and researchers in educational administration educational policy school leadership and teacher education. It will also be of interest to supervisors policy makers and postgraduate students in the field of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291041

Organizational Climate and CultureAn Introduction to Theory Research and Practice The fields of organizational climate and organizational culture have co-existed for several decades with very little integration between the two. In Organizational Climate and Culture: An Introduction to Theory Research and Practice Mark G. Ehrhart Benjamin Schneider and William H. Macey break down the barriers between these fields to encourage a broader understanding of how an organization’s environment affects its functioning and performance. Building on in-depth reviews of the development of both the organizational climate and organizational culture literatures the authors identify the key issues that researchers in each field could learn from the other and provide recommendations for the integration of the two. They also identify how practitioners can utilize the key concepts in the two literatures when conducting organizational cultural inquiries and leading change efforts. The end product is an in-depth discussion of organizational climate and culture unlike anything that has come before that provides unique insights for a broad audience of academics practitioners and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725287

Organizational CognitionComputation and Interpretation Organizational Cognition is a collection of chapters written by scholars from around the world. The editors outline the history of two approaches to the study of cognition in organizations the computational approach and the interpretive approach. The chapters represent some of the most cutting-edge research on organizational cognition covering research that spans many levels of analysis. Much of the work in the book demonstrates how computational and interpretive approaches can be combined in a way that provides greater insight into cognitive processes in and among organizations. The editors conclude by elaborating the likely boundary conditions of each approach and how they can be combined for a more complete understanding of cognition in organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003330

Organizational CollaborationThemes and Issues Many organizations today operate across boundaries - both internal and external to the organization. Exploring concepts and theories about different organizational inter-organizational and international contexts this student reader aids understanding of the individual’s experience of working within and across such boundaries. The book adopts a critical approach to individual experience and highlights the complexities inherent in these different layers and levels of organizing. Comprising a collection of key articles and extracts presented in a readable accessible way  this book also features an introductory chapter which provides an overall critique of the book. Each part features a brief introduction before analyzing the following key themes: managing aims power and politics cultural diversity international management perspectives the darker side of collaborative arrangements Some of the readings will specifically address collaboration ‘head on’ whilst others will provide an important context or highlight significant theoretical and practical issues that are considered relevant and interesting within the framework of the themes presented. As such this book differs from existing titles as it sits bestride collaboration and organizational behaviour / theory in order to inform learning of exchange relationships on inter-personal intra-organizational and inter-organizational levels. The articles included are selected as critical in approach straddling and addressing the central contexts described above and highlighting the experience-centred nature of learning that can be derived from the content presented. This comprehensive reference will be useful supplementary reading for organizational behaviour courses as well as core reading for those students undertaking research on collaboration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671408

Organizational Commitment in the MilitaryA Special Issue of military Psychology Decision making plays a major role in virtually every theory of organizational behavior. However decision theory has not provided organizational theorists with useful descriptions of how decisions are made either by individuals or by individuals in organizations. The earliest offering came from economics in the form of the "normative" rational view of decision making. The underlying presumption was that decision makers are all striving to maximize return or minimize loss that decisions are based upon unlimited information and that they have the capacity to use the information efficiently. They know the options open to them and the consequences of pursuing one or another of those options. The optimal course of action is revealed by applying the appropriate analysis and choosing the most profitable option. The key concepts are rationality analysis orderliness and maximization and even a moment's thought demonstrates the gap between these concepts and real-life experience. From the viewpoint of organizational theory the primary problem with the normative view of decision making and by analogy with much behavioral decision research is its reliance on the "gamble metaphor." That is decisions are characterized as gambles in an effort to capture the inherent risk. This metaphor has the advantage of simplicity but it is a flawed simplicity. This book is about a different kind of behavioral theory -- image theory. It is a psychological theory of decision making that abandons the gamble metaphor and the normative logic that the metaphor supports. Instead it sees decision making as guided by the beliefs and values that the decision maker or a community of decision makers holds to be relevant to the decision at hand. These beliefs and values dictate the goals of the decision. The point is to craft a course of action that will achieve these goals without interfering with the pursuit of other goals. The book begins with an overview of image theory that ou Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138475656

Organizational ConsultingA Gestalt Approach In this classic text pioneering organizational consultant Edwin C. Nevis presents an approach to organizational consulting which is grounded in Gestalt theory.  Nevis brings his well-known insight conceptual clarity and decades of experience to bear on the entire spectrum of concerns facing organizational consultants in a wide variety of settings. Beginning with the development of the Gestalt approach and the "Cycle of Experience" model Nevis traces the implications of Gestalt theory for such areas as organizational assessment modes of influence in organizations dealing with resistance developing relationships working at the boundary and the matter of the consultant's presence. The conceptual framework provided in this groundbreaking work gives organizational consultants a powerful tool for understanding and influencing the behavior of organizations and at the same time invites them to actively partake in the ongoing development of their unique individual styles.   Media > Books > Print Books Gestalt Press 9781138130357

Organizational Cooperation in Crises The public expects organizations to come together and cooperate in times of crisis yet we know that organizations often fall short of this anticipation. Today inter-organizational structures are the most common form of crisis response. Lina Svedin presents a systematic examination of organizational cooperation in crises. Bringing together three distinct research traditions on cooperation the author draws on these traditions to examine how their variables fare empirically when applied to a wide set of cases and decision situations. The book outlines how organizations cooperate in crises by empirically identifying a number of theoretically cross-cutting cooperative behaviour and strategies. The patterns are established using categorical principal component analysis (CATPCA) correlations and case illustrations. Through its interdisciplinary approach its timeless yet topical focus and the study's relevance for practice this book should be of interest not only to students and researchers in several academic disciplines but also to practitioners tasked with organizing for crises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599083

Organizational Corruption in the Asia PacificInsights Analysis and Management Though corruption exists wherever there is organized human life reports continue to show markedly higher levels of for example bribery kickbacks cronyism and nepotism across the Asia Pacific area – particularly as compared to the ‘developed’ Anglo-European West. Despite the prolonged and multiple attempts to combat corruption across the region especially in the wake of the Asian Financial Crisis of 1997–2000 the challenges for business organizations in corporate Asia remain arguably as formidable as ever. Business corruption in Asia continues to affect the image behaviour performance and management of companies – both local and foreign – in the region. Against this backdrop this fresh collection of research sheds new insight into the antecedents manifestations and consequences of corruption in a changing Asian business landscape – as well as efforts to prevent manage and redress it. This book will be of interest to those interested in international business especially in the Asia Pacific region and in business ethics. It was originally published as a special issue of Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367458188

Organizational Culture Rule-Governed Behavior and Organizational Behavior ManagementTheoretical Foundations and Implications for Research a Organizational Culture Rule-Governed Behavior and Organizational Behavior Management is an introduction to concepts that link organizational behavior management (OBM) with the fields of organizational ecology cultural anthropology organizational development and organizational behavior. This important book can help OBM researchers and managers more precisely analyze complex work environments to develop more comprehensive yet highly focused interventions to improve individual and organizational effectiveness. Organizational Culture Rule-Governed Behavior and Organizational Behavior Management includes theoretical accounts of rule-governed behavior and cultural practices that expand the OBM’s boundaries to include more comprehensive analyses and intervention designs that can lead to more effective and larger scale interventions.Although OBM researchers have long recognized that the relationships between an organization and its environment are important for survival they have not made organization-environment relations a primary focus of their interventions. In addition most descriptions of OBM interventions have not included a precise account of how the components of the interventions bring about ultimate performance changes they produce. With this book OBM researchers will learn how to identify organizational behavior/performance targets that can be changed and adapted to constantly changing competitive environments to improve an organization’s chances of survival. It also outlines two theories of rule-governed behavior. These theories characterize and explain how rules and their descriptions work to change or maintain effects of delayed rewards on current behavior/performance relationships. In so doing they fill in the missing links required to achieve more valid and precise analyses of work environments that can be expected to result in more precise and effective OBM interventions.In Organizational Culture Rule-Governed Behavior and Organizational Behavior Management OBM researchers will learn how organizational cultural practices organizational effectiveness and rule-governed behaviors in organizations interact in complex ways to determine in part the adaptability and long-term survival of organizations. Reading this book will help academics researchers and practitioners better understand and predict how people in organizations will react to OBM interventions. All OBM managers including high-level managers members of boards of directors and their consultants who are attempting to develop more effective organizations will benefit from these discussions of organizational adaptation changing competitive environments. This essential volume presents organizational culture concepts cast in OBM terms that can be understood by all OBM researchers and practitioners and will be useful to anyone interested in organizational development on a large scale. Professors teaching OBM courses will find this presentation of rule-governed behavior an essential ingredient to every course in OBM. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057988

Organizational Culture and Paradoxes in ManagementFirms Families and Their Businesses Studies on culture change and social processes within organizations have been historically organized around orthogonal approaches. While the literature on change has focused on creating pragmatic generally simple methodologies that bypass the complexity of the data in order to emphasize the possibility of intervention literature aimed at truly understanding of the firm and its processes has emphasized the ambiguity of organization and the difficulties involved in reaching a unitary view of its processes let alone creating a single theory of change. Finally the literature on family businesses has been restricted to limited views of the field disregarding the rich insights brought by psychology sociology or anthropology. The result of these trends has been a gap in the creation of knowledge with a paucity of studies that link theory with practice and ground change on a comprehensive view of the social reality of the firm. This book addresses both the specific need of family businesses and the broader demands of any organization in which the issue of culture is seriously considered. Drawing on the notions and scholarship on organizations and sociology the author proposes new concepts and tools for the change agents interested in working with the instrumental rules of the firm with the cohesive tone of the family. Organizational Culture and Paradoxes in Management will be of value to students at an advanced level academics and reflective practitioners. It addresses the topics with regard to management and organizational studies and will be of interest to organizational scholars consultants and leaders interested in fostering a meaningful culture within organizations and family businesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211547

Organizational Culture in ActionA Cultural Analysis Workbook Offering students and practitioners an applied approach to the subject Organizational Culture in Action (OCA) walks them through a six-step model for analyzing an organization’s culture to provide insight into positive communication practices to improve organizational ethics and effectiveness. The authors review relevant theory while integrating a constitutive approach to studying organizational culture and communication. Practical guides for multiple data collection methods are provided and the workbook format is full of interactive tools that engage students and reinforce learning. The revised OCA cultural analysis model in this edition provides the below elements.   • The revised first step in the model – "articulating the value of cultural analysis" includes connections to public relations and crisis management. • A definition of communication and the analysis process that foregrounds ethics throughout the book is included. • Recent research on organizational moral learning is integrated in the ethics chapter and throughout the book. • The Communicative Constitutive of Organizations is now foregrounded throughout the book and reflected in a table capturing variable and metaphor approaches to culture. • The latest applied research is integrated in units on diversity change leadership and effectiveness in relation to positive organizational communication. • Enriched guides on multiple data collection methods now includes surveys. • Cases examples and applications relevant to crisis employee engagement virtual organizations conflict management and public relations are provided. Professionals come away equipped to apply cultural insights to fostering inclusiveness in relation to diversity supporting organizational change making leadership more dynamic understanding the link between ethics and culture and achieving personal and professional growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384569

Organizational Cultures and the Management of Nuclear TechnologyPolitical and Military Sociology Nuclear technology has been an organizing premise of the international system since 1945. Eight countries have officially acknowledged the possession of nuclear weapons. Many countries have harnessed the atom for electricity generation and other civilian uses. Roughly 440 commercial nuclear reactors operate in thirty countries providing 14 percent of the world's electricity. Volatile oil prices and concerns about climate change have led newly emerging economies in Asia to express keen interest in using nuclear energy to meet growing energy demands. Since the basic technological apparatus for both civilian and military nuclear programs is the same there are concerns about the potential spread of dual-use technology.The future stability of the international order depends on the responsible management of their nuclear assets by nuclear powers. The relationship between civilian authorities and the military takes on special significance in states with nuclear weapons or near-weapon capability. The constitutional balance of powers the delegation of authority during wartime and peace influences from public opinion and bureaucratic structures on the formulation of doctrine crisis management and communications with the international media and the general public are influenced by civil-military relations and organizational culture.This volume will be of broad interest to scholars of civil-military relations political science and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849456

Organizational Design for Marketing Futures This study originally published in 1972 presents a critical in-depth survey of the organization of marketing activity in the United Kingdom. This report of practice in over 500 major British firms provides some enlightening information and allows certain objective bench-marks to be established for practical guidance. By analysing and presenting clearly the dynamics of organization structure the authors seek to develop an understanding of marketing’s task within the business and its interaction with other aspects of the organization. The result in a catalyst to the realistic and profitable understanding of marketing development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370079

Organizational Determinants of Budgetary Influence and Involvement Drawing on network theory from the organizational sociology literature this book examines issues related to which organizational factors determine how employees influence the budgeting process. Data were collected from managers who participate in the budgeting process at a major apparel manufacturer. Social network analysis was employed to measure how the structure of the network of managers affects the budgeting process. The results show that budgetary influence is structurally determined and resides with managers holding central positions in the organizational network. Thus while formal procedures determine which employees are involved in budgeting activities only centrally positioned managers actually influence budgetary outcomes.The findings indicate that influence not involvement is the key to empowerment in the budgeting process. This research suggests that researchers and practitioners should be aware of an organization's social structure when examining a participative budgeting process. The difference between formal designs and actual influence is indicative of a "rhetoric-reality gap" which can impair the effectiveness of management control systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994652

Organizational Development and Change TheoryManaging Fractal Organizing Processes This book offers a fresh perspective on organizational development and change theory and practice. Building on their recent work in quantum storytelling theory and complexity theory Henderson and Boje consider the implications of fractal patterns in human behavior with a view toward ethics in organization development for the modern world. Building on Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari’s (1987) ontology of multiple moving and intersecting fractal processes the authors offer readers an understanding of how managing and organizing can be adapted to cope with the turbulence and complexity of different organizational situations and environments. They advocate a sustainable co-creative brand of agency and introduce appropriate simple tools to support organizational development practitioners. This book offers theory and research methods to management and organization scholars along with praxis advice to practicing managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624078

Organizational Development In The Public Sector As a stand-alone treatment of Organizational Development (OD) this is an excellent supplement to traditional textbooks in the field and is a good addition to readings in organizational behavior and principles of management. Carnevale provides the essentials of OD and more through his strong handling of the field's underlying values and assumptions Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317102

Organizational DevelopmentDesigning Episodic Interventions Organizational Development gives readers an understanding of organizational structures and presents a new and easy-to-understand framework which describes the three dimensions of organizational interventions. Interventions in organization often fail. This has been widely acknowledged: many books exist about the topic and many approaches are proposed to guide organizational interventions – but to no avail – so it remains difficult to design and guide them. This is the first book to (1) provide readers with an understanding of organizational structures and why it is both relevant and difficult to change them and (2) present a model consisting of three underlying dimensions of interventions. The authors describe how this model can be used to design interventions in organizational structures. Containing practical guidelines to show how interventions can be designed and controlled this book should be considered essential reading for postgraduate students of organizational development design and change and practitioners carrying out organizational development projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907034

Organizational Entrepreneurship Politics and the Political Entrepreneurship as the creation of new organizations has globally become an appealing call for individuals and governments alike. Too often still it is simply associated with the idea of 'enterprise' thus sustaining a pervasive politics of homo economicus agents living a 'measured life' in competition-based individuality. Organizational Entrepreneurship Politics and the Political disconnects entrepreneurship from the politics of enterprise to more fully explore its potential to resist the economic and ethical demand of the enterprise to be instrumentally innovative and instead to disrupt and disturb the established order. As such entrepreneurship is seen as inevitably political – it is a constant attempt at declassifying existing structures and institutions de-normalizing practices and sensemaking to make room for and initiate the new. The chapters invite the readers to revisit key concepts in entrepreneurship studies – opportunity motivation identity experimentation creative destruction and experimentation – by approaching them through a political process lens. This book offers a new conceptual repertoire and vocabulary that reconnects entrepreneurship studies with the socio-political dimensions of organization-creation opening up multiple possibilities for understanding and questioning the meanings and effects of entrepreneurship in society. Combining philosophical reflections with organizational and processual perspectives this book will be of interest to academics students and researchers in the areas of business social and political entrepreneurship organization studies and management. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the Entrepreneurship and Regional Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628604

Organizational GamificationTheories and Practices of Ludified Work in Late Modernity This edited volume presents an interdisciplinary collection of texts that examine the practice of gamification the use of game design elements in non-game contexts specifically as an organization and management research problem. As we travel deeper into the twenty-first century it is becoming increasingly clear the late modernity is re defining its take on games and play. Following what has been termed a general ludification or playification of society corporations are beginning to see games and play as resources rather than as a wasteful practice. We are witnessing the emergence of the practice of gamificiation with the intention of mobilizing play’s motivational power for capitalist production. This book outlines both the essential "how tos" and also critically explores their links to diverse strands of organization theory such as institutionalism business ethics critical theory and organizational behavior. Gamification research has been mostly conducted within disciplines such as information studies game studies and information systems science. This is a paradoxical state of affairs; whilst gamification aims at being a transformative intervention in work processes and practices and is being deployed as such by practitioners. This book will be of value to researchers academics and students interested in management and organization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321185

Organizational HeartbeatsEngaging Employees in Sustainability by Leveraging Purpose and Curating Culture This employee engagement book focuses on the HOW of engaging employees in sustainability through four diverse case studies thought-prompting questions and tips as well as a unique model of employee engagement to guide strategy. The book includes both the mechanics of engagement and also the art of engagement through practices of authenticity collective leadership curating culture and leveraging purpose. The power of purpose-driven employee engagement efforts featured in this book will inspire readers to help employees thrive as a by-product of doing so is retaining employees who effectively drive strategy which lifts the organization and bolsters the economic bottom line. Numerous examples of successful engagement initiatives at Dubai Chamber of Commerce and Industry Arizona State University Seventh Generation and Danone North America will catalyze readers’ imaginations regarding what is possible at their organizations. Moran’s purpose-driven employee engagement model will guide readers and their teams to hone initiatives into ones that will align with the heart and the systems of the organization. Prompting tips and questions throughout the text invite readers to engage with the material so it is advised to have a notebook to record ideas while reading. Whether sustainability directors human resource or talent management professionals seeking guidance on how to engage employees middle managers striving to drive organizational change or business school students wanting to learn about purpose-driven organizations this book provides myriad tangible resources as well as inspiring cases to support the human capital that serves as the heart of organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431952

Organizational Histories of Nonprofit Human Service Organizations This book is based on an important but complicated question: How have nonprofit human service organizations sustained themselves over time? It documents the organizational histories of pioneering nonprofits that have unique missions and significant longevity – in one case 157 years. This volume provides one of the few documented histories of nonprofit human service organizations and includes a cross-case analysis of the major themes that help to expand our understanding of organizational lifecycles with respect to organizational growth and resilience. The major themes appear in the form of clusters of organizations that are exemplars of: leadership (experiences of either founding or long-term executive directors); internal operations (capacity to respond to changing community needs); and external relations (capacity to develop unique and/or sustained relationships with funding sources and/or donor populations). These cases also provide students of nonprofit management with opportunities for case-based learning that complements the more time-limited and episodic teaching cases which rarely provide learners with a longitudinal perspective of nonprofit organizations. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Evidence-Based Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109223

Organizational Identity and MemoryA Multidisciplinary Approach Organizational Identity and Memory analyzes the relationship between organizational identity and organizational memory in particular history and commemoration. The goal is to further our understanding of the role of this relationship in processes critical to today’s organizations: the evolution of organizational identity the creation and use of organizational memory organizational learning and change and employee identification with organizations. The literature on organizational memory and organizational identity has developed independently and at times in separate disciplines. Scholars have debated whether organizational identity is mutable or enduring. In this debate organizational history a form of organizational memory has been a key factor but neither side of the debate has pursued indepth the well-developed literature on collective memory to understand this relationship and its impact on organizational identity. Organizational memory defined as commemoration and history has been connected to different forms of identity both national and organizational but this relationship and its impact on organizational memory processes has not been explored. Organizational Identity and Memory takes a multidisciplinary approach to explore and articulate the dynamic relationship between organizational identity and memory drawing on work from anthropology history organizational studies and sociology. A multidisciplinary theoretical framework for future research on organizational identity and memory is presented. Implications for managers are discussed with engaging insights from organizational research and practices in creating corporate museums galleries visitor centers and other displays of this relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732295

Organizational Identity in Practice Organizational Identity in Practice provides much-needed in-depth studies on what happens when  aspirations claims and beliefs interact. Given the practical needs of managers and students this exciting new text provides readers with more insight into what differences in these identity aspirations claims and beliefs really mean and what we may expect to occur when these differences become visible and what the outcomes of these processes are likely to be. The diverse case studies illustrate how well-known firms have dealt with the broad issues of "who we are as an organization" and "what makes us similar or distinct from others" and cover a broad range of industries firms and organizational forms. The cases from companies such as Air France AT&T Bang & Olufsen BP Statoil Starbucks Scania and Alfa Romeo are focused on the broad topics of organizational identity strategy and the environment multiple and conflicting identities the construction of identities and how organizations express and project their identities. The authors give scholars students and managers valuable ideas on how to deal with organizational identity challenges within firms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815236

Organizational Influence Processes With more than two-thirds fresh material this new updated edition of Organizational Influence Processes provides an overview of the most important scholarly work on topics related to the exercise of influence by individuals and groups within organizations. In selecting articles for inclusion the editors were guided by the conviction that the most useful and interesting way to view organizational influence is to take a directional approach - that is to consider the process from the perspective of downward lateral and upward influence. They have organized the readings around this framework preceded by an introductory group of articles dealing more generally with the nature of influence processes and power. The book includes both classic readings and the latest cutting edge research from some of the most respected experts writing in the field. It will be equally useful for any upper level undergraduate or graduate course concerned with organizational behavior group behavior leadership or power and politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315290614

Organizational Innovation Published in 1998. In the past year the 300 largest global companies increased their research budgets by an average of 12 per cent. Governments now measure how technologically advanced they are as they worry about their trade balances and unemployment. Many public sector organizations for example hospitals universities and welfare agencies are struggling to keep up with the rate of technological progress. The selections in this book provide a number of insights on how private firms can be more innovative and public sector organizations can keep up with rapid technological change. They emphasize both radical and incremental innovations and both product and process innovation. In particular the advanced manufacturing technologies so central to Piore and Sabel’s ’Second Industrial Divide’ receive a great deal of attention. Finally the consequences of innovation are the focus of the last section. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327061

Organizational Interventions for Health and Well-beingA Handbook for Evidence-Based Practice This important new collection provides not only a comprehensive overview of how organizational interventions can improve health and well-being in the workplace - addressing its causes rather than the symptoms - but also the practical issues faced in their design implementation and evaluation. Drawing on a range of case studies and empirical investigations it is the first book to seriously examine each element of the intervention process and to recognize the individual group leader and organizational factors that researchers should consider. The authors describe the various challenges to such collaborative processes as well as the specific methods and tools that can be used in response. Each chapter offers practical evidence-based guidance. Featuring a final section examining new directions and approaches in organizational intervention research the book features contributions from some of the leading international researchers in the field. It will be essential reading for any researcher or practitioner interested in the practical issues involved in improving the organization design and management of the contemporary workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221420

Organizational JazzExtraordinary Performance through Extraordinary Leadership It is obvious that the world is caught in the process of constant rapid and unpredictable change. Such changes are challenging the time-honoured business models that we hold as we strive to understand the changes around us and survive. This book offers a lens through which we search for new ways of thinking about and working in our dynamic complex world. The search draws on the science of complex adaptive systems. Organizations of today need ‘Extraordinary Leaders’ who can ‘dance’ with these changes by embracing the principles of complexity science to create highly adaptable and innovative organizations that recognise the value of intangible assets. The success of an organization usually depends on those working closest to the value-adding end of the business. It is those employees and their immediate leaders who seem to have the greatest impact on the success of an organization. Managers-as-leaders can ease the way for those who depend on them for support and encouragement. People are the only true agents in a business or organization. All assets whether tangible or intangible are the result of human actions. Therefore it is essential that people in organizations experience high levels of commitment to their work and value relationships and respect. These are fundamental requirements if rapid timely and comprehensive information is to flow to the decision points within the organization in productive and sustainable ways. This book places people at the centre of the organization working within the theoretical framework of complex adaptive systems and shows how and why it works to create wealth and dignity. Organizational Jazz symbolically represents the joining of the certain with the uncertain creating an environment for innovation and performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138402331

Organizational Justice and Organizational ChangeManaging by Love Although various factors contribute to failed change one of the key reasons for change failure is the inability of leaders to gain the trust of employees to understand the interaction between their subordinates and to convince them to support change and to commit the energy and effort necessary to implement it. The aims of this book are to establish theories in order to describe and explain how human behaviors and contexts interact dynamically in these changes and manage change and justice by reducing inequalities giving emphasis to distributive justice. In addition the aim of this book is also for readers to better understand employees' perceptions of organizational justice by senior management which is particularly important during the organizational change because change cannot succeed without the acceptance and support from employees. Organizational Justice and Organizational Change: Managing by Love provides readers a theoretical understanding and recommendations for acting properly in an organization forming a comprehensive tool and better enable practitioners to achieve management of change and justice in organizations. It will be of interest to researchers academics practitioners and students in the fields of change management organizational studies leadership and strategic management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857967

Organizational Justice during Strategic ChangeThe Employee’s Perspective Organizational leaders often struggle to establish and sustain a trusting culture in times of constant changes in the corporate fabric and unethical behavior by corporate leadership. Organizational justice theory provides a means to explain and better understand employees’ perceptions of trust fairness and the management of change during strategic change. Qualitative studies have yet to be conducted on how an organizational justice framework would address the need of organizational justice for novel conceptually derived accounts of non-managerial employee perspectives. The purpose of Organizational Justice during Strategic Change is to be both an academic and practical book. After presenting the theoretical elements of the topic half the book is devoted to a detailed case study of employee interviews conducted in a large privately-owned media organization addressing the issues of the book topic. The authors’ research findings from the case study indicated employees who experience trust and positive feelings regarding their treatment within the organization are willing to become involved in the change process and adopt positive working relationships with their colleagues and managers. This study is important for organizational management to gain knowledge and understanding on how employees’ perceptions of distrust and unfairness can lead to resistance and negative behaviors toward organizations and management during strategic change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606084

Organizational JusticeInternational perspectives and conceptual advances Organizational justice – the perception of workplace fairness – can bring important benefits not only to the health and well-being of individual employees but also to the productivity of organizations themselves. This timely new collection with contributions from leading researchers from around the world considers organizational justice in an era when globalization has resulted in rapid organizational change greater job insecurity and increasing worker stress. Both comprehensive and cutting edge the book initially considers what we mean by organizational justice in its relationship to self-interest social identity and personal moral codes. But moving beyond the perceptions of individuals the book also reflects the increasing interest in the roles of teammates and leaders in creating organizational justice. There follow chapters on the negative results of perceived injustice specifically around physical and mental employee health as well as its deleterious impact on organizational productivity. Providing a definitive state-of-the-art overview of the field the book not only clarifies the key concepts and ideas that inform organizational justice but also explores their importance for today’s organizations managers and employees. Including a final section that both suggests new areas for research and critically reflects on the field itself this will be essential reading for researchers and students across business and management organizational studies HRM and organizational and work psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124387

Organizational Learning and DevelopmentFrom an Evidence Base It is now widely accepted that organizational maturity is dependent on being able to reorganize on a continuous basis and learn faster and more effectively than your competitors. Organizations that want to be sure they are competing at the highest level need clear indicators that their organizational learning and development capability is fully functional. This new book by Paul Kearns focuses on the need for an evidence-based approach to learning and development bringing together the author’s extensive knowledge of HRM and organizational learning with new developments in the field. The book demonstrates how evidence evaluation can improve professionalism in organizational design and development showing that this approach can create value not just for shareholders but for employees and society as a whole. Organizational Learning and Development: From an Evidence Base is the perfect book for postgraduate students studying on evidence-based HRM courses and for the reflective learning and development practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022041

Organizational Learning in Schools This volume presents the view that what matters most are learning processes in organizations and ways of enhancing the sophistication and power of these processes. Each contributor therefore explicitly addresses the meaning(s) of organizational learning which they have adopted themselves. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781003077459

Organizational Learning in the Global Context Organizational learning is an area of study that focuses on models and theories about the way an organization learns and adapts. This volume investigates how various global and regional intergovernmental organizations states and national bureaucracies as well as nongovernmental organizations exploit experience and knowledge to change their understanding of the world their policies and their behaviours. Drawing upon and synthesizing organizational social and individual-level learning theories the cases explicate various learning processes learning by illicit actors and deterrents to organizational learning. The twelve case studies of this volume consider organizational learning associated with multiple issue areas including the United States embargo against Cuba food security in the European Union the Russian energy sector Colombian drug trafficking terrorist groups the Catholic Church and foreign aid agencies. Based entirely on original research the volume is relevant to international relations comparative politics organizational sociology and policy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262669

Organizational Literacy for Educators Teachers and administrators who understand the "politics" in schools can operate more successfully to facilitate change. This text teaches educators to identify and influence common social patterns that affect their work in school organizations. It combines literature from educational leadership and foundations of education to provide a comprehensive introduction to organizational theories related to schooling. A particularly notable feature is that in addition to traditional bureaucratic and political approaches there is a substantial focus on recent critical and feminist theories. Extensive use of narrative vignettes makes the theories accessible for prospective and practicing teachers. Practice cases and exercises assist students in applying the theories to their own organization settings. Assuming little prior knowledge of theories about school organizations this volume is intended as a text for introductory graduate courses as well as for advanced undergraduate courses and groups such as site-based management teams and district professional development committees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460133

Organizational Moral LearningA Communication Approach Winner of two National Communication Association awards: Communication Ethics Division's 2018 Single-Author Book of the Year Award Organizational Communication Division's 2018 Outstanding Book of the Year Award Extensive work in psychology and neuroscience reveals that individuals are born with moral intuitions and this volume capitalizes on that recent insight to provide a new perspective on how to lead organizational ethics. Organizational Moral Learning presents communication-based recommendations for managers and leaders to encourage authentic moral dialogue at work so that these discussions can be used to update work practices vigilantly as organizations strive for ethical excellence. Organizational ethics are crucial to individual organizational national and even global well-being and this work leads a revolution in thinking about how to manage organizational ethics. Written accessibly for students and practitioners alike this book provides a leading-edge look at organizational ethics based on science and research applicable to a worldwide audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119567

Organizational Network AnalysisAuditing Intangible Resources The integrated meta-model for organizational resource audit is a consistent and comprehensive instrument for auditing intangible resources and their relations and associations from the network perspective. This book undertakes a critically important problem of management sciences poorly recognized in literature although determining the current and future competitiveness of enterprises sectors and economies. The author notes the need to introduce a theoretical input which is manifested by the meta-model. An expression of this treatment is the inclusion of the network as a structure of activities further knowledge as an activity and intangible assets as intellectual capital characterized by a structure of connections. The case study presented is an illustration of the use of network analysis tools and other instruments to identify not only the most important resources tasks or actors as well as their effectiveness but also to connect the identified networks with each other. The author opens the field for applying her methodology revealing the structural and dynamic features of the intangible resources of the organization. The novelty of the proposed meta-model shows the way to in-depth applications of network analysis techniques in an intra-organizational environment. Organizational Network Analysis makes a significant contribution to the development of management sciences in terms of strategic management and more strictly resource approach to the company through structural definition of knowledge; application of the concept of improvement-oriented audit abandoning a narrow understanding of this technique in terms of compliance; reliable presentation of audits available in the literature; rigorous reasoning leading to the development of a meta-model; close linking of knowledge and resources with the strategy at the design stage of the developed audit model including the analysis of link dynamics and networks together with an extensive metrics proposal; an interesting illustration of the application with the use of metrics tables and charts. It will be of value to researchers academics managers and students in the fields of strategic management organizational studies social network analysis in management knowledge management and auditing knowledge resources in organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370077

Organizational Networks and Networking CompetenceContemporary Challenges in Management and Employment Networks and networking are essential concepts that transform organizational economic and social practices. Human capital is both a source of competitive advantage and a value that allows individual employees to develop their careers and find satisfaction in their employment. The book addresses the vital issue of changes occurring in management and employment with the growing career individualization focus on future professional challenges importance of knowledge workers and possibilities of functioning in social and organizational networks.   Workers’ networking competence is the main theme of this book. Much attention is put on differentiating it from other types of competence and other network objects and identifying its behavioral manifestations as the frequency of such behaviors can be used as a measure of an individual’s networking competence level. Employment-related variables and characteristics that affect networking competence are analyzed in depth as is the impact of networking competence on career success and employability — thus laying a foundation for transformation in network organization management employee relations and individual career development.   It will be of interest to researchers and students alike as it clearly demonstrates a way to solve research problems in management science and provides new instruments for further research on networks and networking; and to organization managers and employees as it offers insights into management and employment-related trends as well as guidelines for managing network organizations and building one’s career within social and organizational networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367480578

Organizational OversightPlanning and Scheduling for Effectiveness Using many illustrations this book takes time to describe a strategy for enhancing organizational trust and productive communication and to demonstrate how these can be used to plan and organize both in maintaining the school organization and in adpating it for change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435544

Organizational ParadoxesClinical approaches to management Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1980 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013930

Organizational PathologyLife and Death of Organizations Organizational Pathology draws an extended metaphor that the life cycle of an organization is akin to the biological life cycle. Like all living things organizations will encounter problems that lead to decline and eventual failure. This work discusses the basic problems and life threatening diseases responsible for organizations' failure and death including organizational politics organizational corruption and organizational crime. The book also contains a critical look at crises and fixations; failure and survival; and processes of disbandment and closure of dying organizations.The consideration of these issues follows a diagnostic model of failure. Yitzhak Samuel argues that if the problems that lead to failure can be predicted or diagnosed early their severity can be assessed and possible remedies can be implemented to avoid escalating crises. At the very least an understanding of why and how decline happens can be gained from this analysis. This book offers facts about the causes and consequences of organizational downfall and clues about diagnoses of certain symptoms of abnormal behavior and how to identify early signs of decline or failure. In order to illustrate these abstract arguments and concepts Samuel uses various real-life examples of events that have occurred in cross-country contexts. In this way Organizational Pathology: Life and Death of Organizations should serve a variety of readers.Although primarily intended for students and scholars in the social and behavioral sciences who are familiar with the study and the practice of organizations this book's informal style makes it easily accessible to a wide range of readers. Just as Samuel's previous book on organizational politics led to new lines of research and theory this book will encourage similar studies in organizational pathology and institutional malaise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412845847

Organizational Perception Management This book summarizes the research findings from the relatively new domain of study called "organizational perception management" (OPM). While perception management has been studied at the individual level since the 1960's organization-level perception management was first examined in the 1980's in the context of corporate annual reports that focused on organizational standard and performance. Since then empirical studies have expanded the domain of organizational perception management to include the management of organizational identities as well as the strategic management of specialized organizational images for specific audiences.The goals of Organizational Perception Management are to:*summarize and organize this evolving literature to provide a complete and comprehensive definition of OPM events and tactics;*illustrate OPM events and tactics in specific real-world contexts; and*identify a set of research themes that may stimulate further research on OPM.This text is grounded primarily in empirical research on OPM including qualitative field research and uses current research and case studies to illustrate the application and effectiveness of OPM in context. As such it will appeal to students scholars and practitioners of organizational management. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315740379

Organizational Perspectives on Environmental Migration Over the past decade international organizations (IOs) and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) have increasingly focused their efforts on the plight of environmental migrants in both industrialized and developing countries. However to date very few studies have analysed the influence and rhetoric of advocacy groups in the debates on environmental migration. Organizational Perspectives on Environmental Migration fills this lacuna by drawing together and examining the related themes of climate change and environmental degradation migration and organizational studies to provide a fresh perspective on their increasing relevance. In order to assess the role of IOs and NGOs in the environmental migration discourse and to understand their interaction and their ways of addressing the topic the book contains a wide-range of contributions covering the perspectives of organizational sociologists political scientists anthropologists geographers lawyers and practitioners. The chapters are organized thematically around the perspectives of key actors in the area of environmental migration including IOs courts and advocacy groups. The geographically diverse and interdisciplinary range of contributions makes this volume an essential foundational text for organizational responses to environmental migration. This volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of migration studies international relations organizational sociology refugee law and policy and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104204

Organizational Psychology of Mergers and Acquisitions Organizational Psychology of Mergers and Acquisitions provides a comprehensive perspective that helps you understand empathise and protect the wellbeing of employees who experience mergers and acquisitions. This book gives a state-of-the-art review that crosses different subjects within psychology including psychobiology neuroscience social psychology interpersonal relationships and organizational psychology. This book discusses why many employees think of mergers or acquisitions as scary or threatening events why negative emotions are prevalent their psychobiological impact and how to assess employees’ emotional responses using a new toolkit. It helps readers learn what counts as good leadership considering the role of charisma personality context and information processing abilities. This book includes the issue of organizational learning and the relevance of occupational health and safety to due diligence about mergers and acquisitions through case studies about organizations sued for cancer or cancer-related mortality after a merger or acquisition. This book is mandatory reading for students academics and practitioners working with organizations experiencing a merger or an acquisition such as consultants human resource professionals psychologists occupational health professionals and employees involved in strategy management or people development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814882

Organizational Public RelationsA Political Perspective Public relations practitioners are often called upon to help chart their organization's strategic development thus functioning as managerial decision makers linking the organization to its larger environment. This book is about understanding organizations especially the role played by organizational decision making in the development and implementation of public relations programs and activities. It emphasizes the ways in which an organization's culture and decision making processes ultimately influence the success or failure of their public relations efforts. The research case studies and author's interpretations and suggestions explore the often confusing netherworld of organizational mindsets -- particularly as those world views affect the organization's relations with clients and other stakeholders. Understanding organizational politics is the way to understanding how and why decisions are made by the organization's dominant coalition. The primary goal of this text is to enhance our understanding of the ways in which organizations "work" -- the political process that accompanies organizational decision making. As an instrumental participant in the organizational political process the public relations practitioner must posess knowledge and understanding of the organization's political process in order to succeed within that organization. Given the need for public relations practitioners to form coalitions negotiate consensus and advocate organizational interests the political system metaphor is most approriate for understanding the relationship between organizational power and organizational public relations. This book then "steps back" from a focus solely on the design of public relations programs and instead examines how the impetus for those programs emerges within the organization as a result of organizational politics in action. Its special features include: * practitioner responses at the end of each chapter providing commentary on the usefulness of the ideas presented; * sidebars from popular sources illustrating theories; * new case studies; * merging of management and organizational theory and research with communication theory and research; * a focus on external stakeholders from both an advocacy and a collaborative frame resulting in the creation of a "collaborative advocacy" framework for external communication; and * an extended examination of ethical considerations pertaining to organizational decision making and communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811788

Organizational ReliabilityHuman Resources Information Technology and Management This book explores the identified research gap and new field of study of organizational reliability. It develops a definition and theoretical internal structure of the notion of organizational reliability as well as a theoretical background describing the structure of its three pillars and it showcases a set of organizational solutions dedicated for the enhancement of organizational reliability. The book explores the idea that there are new capabilities needed in every organization: reliability capabilities aiming at enhancing and sustaining the reliability of entire organizations and reliability of management information technology and human resources. The reliability capabilities are understood as the abilities to anticipate and explore potential and occurring hazards prevent and resolve disruptions and learn from the problems in order to maintain a proper organizational performance in both normal and abnormal situations. Based on these three pillars the book concerns the issue of various organizational solutions in order to indicate a set of them which supports obtaining and maintaining organizational reliability. The book is recommended reading for researchers academics and students in the fields of management and entrepreneurs trying to boost the reliability of their organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367483951

Organizational Reputation in the Public Sector A favorable reputation is an asset of importance that no public sector entity can afford to neglect because it gives power autonomy and access to critical resources. However reputations must be built maintained and protected. As a result public sector organizations in most OECD countries have increased their capacity for managing reputation. This edited volume seeks to describe explain and critically analyze the significance of organizational reputation and reputation management activities in the public sector. This book provides a comprehensive first look at how reputation management and branding efforts in public organizations play out focusing on public agencies as formal organizations with their own hierarchies identities and cultures – existing in a network of other public organizations with similar or different functions power and reputation. From this unique organizational perspective the chapters in this volume examine issues such as organizational identity power conflict politics culture and symbolism within the public sector. Paying specific attention to strategies and processes and illustrating with examples from the countries of Belgium Denmark Norway Ireland Israel Italy and Sweden the book deepens our understanding of reputation management efforts at various levels of government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624085

Organizational ResearchStorytelling in Action ‘Organizational research methods’ (ORM) are making an ontological turn by studying the nature of Being becoming and the meaning of existence in the world. For example without ontology there is no ‘ground’ and no ‘theory’ in Grounded Theory (GT). This book explores ten ways to develop fourth wave GT that is grounded and theory. 1st wave GT commits inductive fallacy inference 2nd wave GT bandaids it with positivistic content coding. 3rd wave GT turns to social constructivism but this leaves out the materiality and ecology of existence. The first three waves do not address falsification or verification. There is another theme. Qualitative research methods is a discipline craft not mere science or something that automated text analysis software can displace. Quantiative narrative analysis (QDA) is one more way to colonize and marginalize indigenous ways of knowing (IWOK). Without an ontological turn its the death of storytelling predicted by Walter Benjamin and Gertrude Stein predicted. The good news is Western Empirical Science is beginning to listen to IWOK-Native Science experiential living story method of relations not only to other humans but to other animals plants to living air water and earth in living ecosystem of an enchanted world There is a gap in the qualitative research methodology practices and comprehensive advanced approaches causing a split between practice and theory. So called Grounded Theory (inductive positivism) .Organizational Research: Storytelling in Action is about how to conduct ten kinds of ontological Research Methods and conduct their interpretative analyses for organization studies in an ethically answerable way. It is aimed at people who want a more ‘advanced’ treatment than available in so-called Grounded Theory or automated narrative analysis books. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733735

Organizational ResilienceManaging the Risks of Disruptive Events - A Practitioner’s Guide Moving towards resiliency is more than just implanting policy and procedure; it is a process that takes organizations on a winding path requiring patience and tolerance. A good deal of learning will have to take place during the trip and that is why it is necessary to have patience and tolerate the learning process. Organizational Resilience: Managing the Risks of Disruptive Events - A Practitioner’s Guide provides essential management tools that ensure you will succeed in moving an organization towards becoming more resilient. The book explains organizational resilience and how to manage risk through the use of the ANSI/ASIS SPC.1-2009 Standard. It outlines a concise clearly understandable approach to successfully addressing the various challenges and techniques necessary to plan prepare and implement organizational resilience management in any organization. The authors cut through the complexities and identify the key issues and methods for successful implementation. They focus on organizational resilience management as an integral component of an overall business and risk management strategy. They also explore how organizational resilience creates value for the organization and can be applied to both the private and public sectors. Building a resilient organization is a cross-disciplinary and cross-functional endeavor; therefore "practitioners" may come from a variety of disciplines all of which contribute to helping the organization achieve its objectives. This book provides valuable and much-needed guidance that enables practitioners to achieve the desired goals of effective organizational resilience through cost-effective methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439841372

Organizational Resource ManagementTheories Methodologies and Applications The management of organizational resources is extremely difficult. Managers face serious and complex challenges when managing the required resources for the benefit of their organization. This book presents a unique approach that aims to tackle these management challenges. This approach is based on four propositions that together form a solid framework for the management of organizational resources. The propositions state that organizational resources that are considered as management objects must first be conceptually modeled. With the help of these models stakeholders are integrated into the management process.The new management approach presented in this book is called the Evolute approach. The Evolute approach precisely defines the meaning of organizational resources for management on three levels: concept level organizational resource level and situation level. The Evolute approach helps managers lead their people and manage their resources in a more targeted way providing better results with less effort. The author includes real-world case studies that illustrate how this approach can be used in several different fields.The Evolute approach has been used and tested in many companies organizations and universities in more than ten languages around the world. The scope of the book is general management since the Evolute approach is applicable to any kind of management field. It can be applied to the management of any kinds of objects—not only organizational resources. With this book managers will have the tools to develop more relevant organizational resources and thus improve the performance of their entire organization in an efficient and targeted manner. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377250

Organizational Risk Management and SustainabilityA Practical Step-by-Step Guide This book offers a practical and reliable approach to how an organization can move beyond all of the separate initiatives and hype associated with sustainability. It shows how to build in what is already in place in order to create a sense of stewardship that protects the environment creates a sense of social well-being and shared value within the organization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498724661

Organizational Skills Training for Children with ADHDAn Empirically Supported Treatment This indispensable manual presents an easy-to-implement intervention with proven effectiveness for children with ADHD in grades 3 to 5. Organizational skills training helps kids develop essential skill sets for organizing school materials tracking assignments and completing homework and other tasks successfully. Clinicians are provided with detailed session-by-session instructions and all of the tools needed to implement the program in collaboration with parents and teachers. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the book includes nearly 100 reproducible handouts and forms. Purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials.See also the related parent guide from Gallagher et al. The Organized Child: An Effective Program to Maximize Your Kid's Potential/m-/in School and in Life. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462513680

Organizational Sociology The readings collected in Organizational Sociology are organized so as to direct attention to the six major theoretical traditions which have emerged since the 1960s to guide research and interpretation of organizational structure and performance. The traditions reviewed are: Contingency theory Resource dependence. Population and Community ecology Transactions costs economics Neo-Marxist theory and Institutional Theory. Major statements of each theory are presented together with examples of related empirical research. A concluding section provides examples of recent attempts to combine and integrate two or more of these theories as analysts attempt to account for some aspects of organization. Rather than pitting one perspective against another contemporary analysts are more likely to selectively combine elements from several theories in order to better understand the phenomenon of interest. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247533

Organizational Stress Around the WorldResearch and Practice Stress is defined as a feeling experienced when a person perceives that demands exceed the personal and social resources the individual is able to mobilize. It can occur due to environmental issues  such as a looming work deadline  or psychological for example persistent worry about familial problems. While the acute response to life-threatening circumstances can be life-saving research reveals that the body’s stress response is largely similar when it reacts to less threatening but chronically present stressors such as work overload deadline pressures and family conflicts. It is proffered that chronic activation of stress response in the body can lead to several pathological changes such as elevated blood pressure clogging of blood vessels anxiety depression and addiction. Organizational Stress Around the World: Research and Practice aims to present a sound theoretical and empirical basis for understanding the evolving and changing nature of stress in contemporary organizations. It presents research that expands theory and practice by addressing real-world issues across cultures and by providing multiple perspectives on organizational stress and research relevant to different occupational settings and cultures. Personal occupational organizational and societal issues relevant to stress identification along with management techniques/approach to confront stress and its associated problems at individual and organizational level are also explored.  It will be of value to researchers academics practitioners and students interested in stress management research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263157

Organizational SurveysThe Diagnosis and Betterment of Organizations Through Their Members Surveys conducted within organizations have become an important aspect of human resource management and organizational functioning. This new book by Frank Smith--a leader in this field--offers a unique perspective on organizational surveys. It emphasizes the experience of developing carrying out and interpreting surveys on a wider variety of organizational issues in a very diverse set of organizations. The book is intended to acquaint managers students and potential survey users with a broad understanding of the kind of information surveys can provide and how they have been applied in a wide variety of organizational settings. Through many examples the book emphasizes the close and necessary link between the continual development of a survey program and the parallel body of research in organizational behavior. This book will be of interest to survey practitioners students and instructors in human resource management and organizational behavior and anyone looking for first-hand examples or survey approaches and the links to research and psychometric theory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650571

Organizational Theory and Aesthetic Philosophies Diverse philosophies constitute the theoretical ground of the study of the aesthetic side of organization. In fact there is not a single unique philosophy behind the organizational research of the aesthetic dimension of organizational life. Organizational Theory and Aesthetic Philosophies will illustrate and discuss this complex phenomenon and it will be dedicated to highlight the philosophical basis of the study of aesthetics art and design in organization. The book distinguishes three principal "philosophical sensibilities" amongst these philosophies: aesthetic hermeneutic and performative philosophical sensibility. Each of them is described and critically assessed through the work of philosophers art theorists sociologists and social scientists who represent its main protagonists. In this way the reader will be conducted through the variety of philosophies that constitute a reference for aesthetics and design in organization. The architecture of the book is articulated in two parts in order to provide student and scholars in philosophical aesthetics in art in design and in organization studies with an informative and agile instrument for academic research and study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732257

Organizational Theory for Equity and DiversityLeading Integrated Socially Just Education Organizational Theory for Equity and Diversity covers the full range of organizational theories as applied to educational leadership practice and research exploring not only traditional perspectives but also critically oriented epistemologies including Critical Race Theory; LatCrit Asian Tribal Crit and Black Crit; Disability Studies theories; feminist theories; Queer Theory and theories of intersectionality. Each chapter features teaching suggestions discussion questions and questions to help aspiring leaders critically analyze their leadership strengths and limitations in order to understand apply and integrate theories into practice. This valuable text provides aspiring school leaders and administrators with the theory and tools for creating equitable and diverse schools that are effective and sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736220

Organizational Theory in Higher Education The second edition of Organizational Theory in Higher Education is a comprehensive and accessible treatment of organizational theory and higher education administration. Noted scholar Kathleen Manning offers a fresh take on the models and lenses through which higher education can be viewed by presenting a full range of organizational theories from traditional to current. Chapters discuss the disciplinary foundation structure metaphor assumptions characteristics and other elements of each organizational theory and conclude with cases highlighting practical applications. Questions for discussion are provided at the end of each chapter and embedded in the cases to assist the reader in making connections to their practice. Manning’s rich interdisciplinary treatment enables readers to gain a full understanding of the perspectives that operate on a college campus and ways to adopt effective practice in the context of new and continuing tensions contexts and challenges.  New to this Edition: revised chapters with updated material and new references that reflect current higher education issues including climate change; a new chapter on Institutional Theory an expanded Feminist and Gendered chapter and an enhanced Spirituality chapter; new cases throughout to address contemporary issues and a broader range of institutional types including Historically Black and Hispanic-Serving institutions and 2-year institutions; additional theoretical topics including critical race theory queer theory and contemplative practices;     updated and enhanced questions for discussion and recommended readings.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668997

Organizationretrieval/h This book is an outcome of the conference on "The Organization and Retrieval of Economic Knowledge" held in Kiel West Germany. It focuses on the technology of the library industry and its uses for economic research and the economics of the economics library industry and its implication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297473

Organizations Communication and Health Organizations Communication and Health focuses on theories and constructs of organizational communication and their relationship to health. The goal of the volume is to offer a current picture of organizational and organizing processes and practices related to health. Research in the area of health communication has expanded in recent years and this research has advanced understandings of campaigns patient/provider interactions and social support. However a gap in the area of health organizations and organizing processes emerged a niche this volume fills. It does so by having chapters identify an organizational theory or organizing process and how aspects of that theory relate to health. Chapters discuss how to marry theory to practice and the other factors (e.g. organizational structure role occupation industry or environment) that need to be considered in the process of utilizing the theory in organizations. This volume aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students studying health communication as well as health professionals provides useful theory and practice related the organizations and health and issues a call for further theorizing on the practice of health communication in organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853096

Organizations Gender and the Culture of Palestinian Activism in Haifa Israel This book based on 25 months of anthropological fieldwork examines activists and activism in Palestinian nongovernmental organizations in Israel. It concentrates on the ways organizations enable certain processes of self-identification based on activists' constructions of modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650540

Organizations Individualism and Economic Theory Most economic theory is based on the assumption that economies grow in a linear fashion. Recessions depressions and (financial) crises are explained by policy mistakes. However economic development has historically been uneven and this state of affairs continues today. This book argues that twentieth century economic theory has marginalized individualism and organizational variety and puts forward the case for a pluralist approach. This book represents a unique synthesis of business theory and economic theory which pinpoints the problems with many current mainstream theories and sets out new agendas for research. Here Maria Brouwer argues that market competition is not about adapting to changes from outside but is driven by human motivation and goal directed behavior. This gives managerial skills which do not traditionally have a significant place in mainstream economic theory a key role. It also highlights the need for organizations that have a motivational culture and appreciate human capital. This differs from the traditional view of the firm as a production function dictated by technology. Brower argues that organizations should be depicted as voluntary associations of people that pursue goals of their own while firms compete on markets where relative performance determines their fate. This argument builds on older theories of innovation and market competition that live on in business school curricula and paints a picture of an economy directed by individuals and firms. This signals a bold departure from standard economic thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241190

Organizations Strategy and SocietyThe Orgology of Disorganized Worlds Organizations are ubiquitous from clubs and associations to firms and public agencies. They confer meaning to all of us and our attachment to and membership of organizations have a profound effect on all areas of our lives. However in our increasingly turbulent world these organizations run the risk of disappearing or losing their legitimacy creating a sense of pointlessness and absurdity. Organizations Strategy and Society: The Orgology of Disorganized Worlds draws on neo-institutional and strategy theories of competitive advantage and develops an integrative approach to theorizing organizations and their behaviors termed ‘orgology’. It explains that organizations can act strategically to protect and renew the meaning that individuals give to their lives. In so doing organizations that survive and thrive impose their logics on society thereby influencing what is legitimate or not. In turn individuals must reinterpret their multiple associations with organizations and contribute to reinforcing or inhibiting social evolutions. This new way of understanding organizations’ relationships with society results in a reconsideration of management and the role of individuals in building their future. This book will be of interest to students at all levels to researchers in organizational studies strategic management and sociology as well as to people willing to reorganize their world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800496

Organizations Alike and Unlike (RLE: Organizations)International and Inter-Institutional Studies in the Sociology of Organizations This volume contrasts the life and problems of organizations in many parts of the world and highlights the differences between those societies as reflected in their different institutional sectors such as manufacturing commerce social services and government administration. In so doing the book contributes to the theoretical foundations of the sociology of organizations by revealing previously unseen relationships between societies and institutions offering an original synthesis of available research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977730

Organizations and OrganizingRational Natural and Open Systems Perspectives This broad balanced introduction to organizational studies enables the reader to compare and contrast different approaches to the study of organizations. This book is a valuable tool for the reader as we are all intertwined with organizations in one form or another. Numerous other disciplines besides sociology are addressed in this book including economics political science strategy and management theory. Topic areas discussed in this book are the importance of organizations; defining organizations; organizations as rational natural and open systems; environments strategies and structures of organizations; and organizations and society. For those employed in fields where knowledge of organizational theory is necessary including sociology anthropology cognitive psychology industrial engineering managers in corporations and international business and business strategists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467743

Organizations and Popular CultureInformation Representation and Transformation Throughout its history popular mass-mediated culture has turned its attention to representing and interrogating organizational life. As early as Charlie Chaplin’s cinematic classic Modern Times and as recently as the primetime television hit The Simpsons we see cultural products that engage reflexively in coming to terms with the meaning of work technology and workplace relations. It is only since the late 1990s however that those who research management and organizations have come to collectively dwell on the relationship between organizations and popular culture – a relationship where the cultural meanings of work are articulated in popular culture and where popular culture challenges taken for granted knowledge about the structure and practice work. Key to this development has been the journal Culture and Organization – a journal that has been centre stage in creating new vistas through which the ‘cultural studies of organization’ can be explored. This book brings together the journal’s best contributions which specifically address how popular culture represents informs and potentially transforms organizational practice. Featuring contributors from the UK USA Europe and Australia this exciting anthology provides a comprehensive review of research in organization and popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692380

Organizations and Technical ChangeStrategy Objectives and Involvement First published in 1995 Organizations and Technical Change examines the key changes that have taken place in the external and internal contexts of organizations which have experienced technical change. It reviews and assesses major elements of new technology including: the development of strategy; the setting of objectives; employee involvement; and the management of the adoption process. Through four case studies the book considers in detail a variety of approaches and shows how the adoption of technology and the issues involved have changed since the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367502881

Organizations and the BioeconomyThe Management and Commodification of the Life Sciences The advancement of the life sciences and the technosciences has enhanced the longevity of citizens in the Western world and half of the generation born in the first decade of the new millennium is now expected to live to the age of one hundred years. In a society with such longevity and affluence consumption of health-related goods and services such as pharmaceuticals and scanning procedures may be seen as a sustainable source of income for the industries that promote it. Though the healthcare sector has traditionally been organized in the public sector in Europe and in the private sector in the US the recent advancement of new therapies and direct-to-consumer marketing have opened up new streams of consumption and revenue for health care goods and services around the globe. This book examines the so-called ‘bioeconomy’ as a new economic and commercial field that emphasizes the management of individual life including the regulation and control of weight and food consumption and other issues pertaining to individual well-being. In addition the bioeconomy includes a variety of practices based on commercial interests such as organ donations reproductive medicine and technologies and what has been referred to as the tissue economy – the various forms of trade with human tissues. Author Alexander Styhre provides a thorough introduction to the bioeconomy exploring this new and unique intersection of the life sciences and the technosciences with more traditional consumer markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107342

Organizations and the MediaOrganizing in a Mediatized World The relationship between media and the organizations they cover has changed dramatically in the last few decades which have witnessed a huge expansion of news coverage focusing on different types of organizations and their activities. In parallel organizations have dramatically increased their investment in public relations and other media-oriented forms of communication. Like other societal developments – globalization marketization individualization scientification – mediatization has become an institutional force. This book analyses the mediatization of contemporary organizations and how individual organizations industry or markets are scrutinized. It examines its key influence on the actions of organizations and how it shaptes the entire landscape in which the organizations operate. What such a perspective provides is the accentuation of the interplay between organizations and different parts of the society as embedded in the media and its logic. This will be essential reading for professionals academics and advanced students in organizational studies public relations and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813655

Organizations and Working Time StandardsA Comparison of Negotiations in Europe Collective bargaining between employers and trade unions has profoundly changed working conditions in companies around the globe. But why do we start work at the age of 10 16 18 or 24? Why do we work 6 8 10 or more hours a day? These questions are becoming increasingly pertinent as working norms are fractured and fragmented by country. This book brings an entirely new perspective to our understanding of changes in working time. In both the UK and the US effective legal or collectively-bargained regulation of working time has been limited over the last 20 years to the extent that its disappearance is seen as almost unproblematic. Here author Jens Thoemmes sheds light on this transition and its economic implications with a fully evidenced sociological account based particularly on original research into cases of working time standards in France and Germany. This book addresses the whole process of working time regulation over the last twenty years evaluating the activities of trade unions employers and the State. While theories of industrial relations have already addressed the issue of markets in the context of collective bargaining this book draws connections between time and markets places these transitions in their historical contexts and illustrates the importance of this movement crossing borders and cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118621

Organizations ConnectedA Handbook of Systemic Consultation This book shows the underlying thinking of experienced consultants deciding how to position themselves in organizations seeking to enable organizational change to occur and redefining their relationships with their clients over time and according to organizational need using a systemic lens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325831

Organizations in ActionCompetition between Contexts This original and ambitious work provides a fascinating examination of organizations from both a post-modern and new organizational economics perspective. Combining strategy international business and organisational theory it represents a ground-breaking critique of prevailing mainstream modernist theories of organization. Distinctive features include: * a comprehensive analysis of social and organizational theory* discussion and exploration of knowledge capitalism * a critique of core competencies and resource based approaches to strategy human resource management and organizational behaviour. In an essential area of study for every business undergraduate and reflective manager this outstanding book pulls together material which is currently scattered and poorly synthesised and examines high-profile real-world business examples. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203016879

Organizations in ActionSocial Science Bases of Administrative Theory Organizations act but what determines how and when they will act? There is precedent for believing that the organization is but an extension of one or a few people but this is a deceptively simplified approach and in reality makes any generalization in organizational theory enormously difficult. Modern-day organizations manufacturing firms hospitals schools armies community agencies are extremely complex in nature and several strategies employing a variety of disciplines are needed to gain a proper understanding of them.Organizations in Action is a classic multidisciplinary study of the behavior of complex organizations as entities. Previous books on the subject focused on the behavior of people in organizational contexts but this volume considers individual behavior only to the extent that it helps explain the nature of organizations. James D. Thompson offers ninety-five distinct propositions about the behavior of organizations all relevant regardless of the culture in which they are found. Thompson classifies organizations according to their technologies and environments. That organizations must meet and handle uncertainty is central to his thesis.Organizations in Action is firmly grounded in concepts and theories in the social and behavioral sciences. While it does not offer an actual theory of administration the book successfully extends the scientific base upon which any emerging administrative theory must rest. This classic work is of continuing value to organizational and management specialists behavioral scientists sociologists administrators and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529434

OrganizationsA Systems Approach From businesses public administrations universities and schools to hospitals prisons political parties or the military peoples’ lives are inextricably bound up with organizations from cradle to grave. Yet we receive little training in how - as members customers voters or patients - to deal with them. In Organizations Stefan Kühl asks and answers many questions. What are these entities that wield such strong influence in our society? What makes them tick? What are our options for intervening either from within or without? This book explains how organizations function by examining their three central features: their purposes or goals their hierarchies and their memberships. The author presents the three aspects of organizations - the display formal and informal aspects explaining them in metaphorical terms as façades machines and games. Acknowledging that the seminal systems theory developed by sociologist Niklas Luhmann is not easily accessible Professor Kühl presents Luhmann’s organizational concept in a succinct and user-friendly form that will be readily grasped by a practitioner audience and provides new insights in this ambitious theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472413413

OrganizationsStructures Processes and Outcomes Based upon classical and contemporary theory and empirical research this text forms a sociological analysis of organizations focusing on the impacts that organizations have upon individuals and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373983

Organiz'd InnocenceThe Story of Blake's Prophetic Books First published in 1956 this book has been described by the author as something of a biographical novel somewhere between formal scholarly criticism and a more creative form of writing. It looks at the meaning of Blake’s visions and how the troubles of his life affected his poems known as the prophetic books. It focuses on the story of the universal human spirit that these books present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939264

Organized Crime Prison and Post-Soviet Societies This title was first published in 2003. The "Red Mafia" in Russia have become the subject of increasing international interest and considerable misinterpretation. After well-received editions in Russian French and Italian Anton Oleinik's study of Russian prisons in which he explores the social roots of organized crime in post-Soviet societies is now published in English. This English edition includes a postscript on the Moscow terrorist crisis of 2002. Oleinik's analysis reveals prison society as a mirror of broader Russian society - characterized by the absence of the state as an organizer of social practices. He builds on this to make a central distinction between two types of societies - the modern "large" society and the "small" society like Russia that has only been partially modernized and in which the world of everyday life experiences and relationships remains entirely separated from the official aims of modernization and efficiency. Oleinik is interested in the void between these two separate worlds a void he sees being filled in Russia by the Mafia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710962

Organized Crime and Corruption Across BordersExploring the Belt and Road Initiative This book explores China’s Belt and Road Initiative and the criminogenic potential for economic financial and socio-cultural cooperation across countries where some are known for weak law enforcement and high levels of corruption. It examines whether these flows of capital are increasing the amount of organized crime in the newly linked regions and how law enforcement agencies are responding. Bringing together experts across the Global South and Europe this book considers transnational organized crime and corruption across One Belt One Road (OBOR). It examines crime and corruption in China and its international United Front tactic; analyzes various forms of transnational organized crime such as trafficking of illegal drugs looted antiquities and wildlife and counterfeit products; and presents studies on corruption and organized crime in selected OBOR countries including Russia Kazakhstan Lithuania Czech Republic Poland and Bangladesh. This book makes a significant contribution to the development of southern criminology and will also be of interest to those engaged with transnational organized crime political economy international relations and Asian and Chinese studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142766

Organized Crime and Corruption in Georgia Georgia is one of the most corrupt and crime-ridden nations of the former Soviet Union. In the Soviet period Georgians played a major role in organized crime groups and the shadow economy operating throughout the Soviet Union and in the post-Soviet period Georgia continues to be important source of international crime and corruption. Important changes have been made since the Rose Revolution in Georgia to address the organized crime and pervasive corruption. This book based on extensive original research surveys the most enduring aspects of organized crime and corruption in Georgia and the most important reforms since the Rose Revolution. Endemic crime and corruption had a devastating effect on government and everyday life in Georgia spurring widespread popular discontent that culminated with the Rose Revolution in 2003. Some of the hopes of the Rose Revolution have been realized though major challenges lie ahead as Georgia confronts deep-seated crime and corruption issues that will remain central to political economic and social life in the years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541855

Organized Crime and Terrorist Networks This collection explores organized crime and terror networks and the points at which they intersect. It analyses the close relationships between these criminalities the prevalence and ambiguity of this nexus the technological elements facilitating it and the financial aspects embedded in this criminal partnership. Organized Crime and Terrorist Networks is the outcome of empirical research seminars workshops and interviews carried out by a multinational consortium of researchers within ‘TAKEDOWN’ a Horizon 2020 project funded by the European Commission. The consortium’s objective was to examine the perspectives requirements and misgivings of front-line practitioners operating in the areas of organized crime and terrorism. The chapters collected in this volume are the outcome of such analytical efforts. The topics addressed include the role of Information and Communication Technology in contemporary criminal organizations terrorism financing online transnational criminality identity crime the crime-terror nexus and tackling the nexus at supranational level. This book offers a compelling contribution to scholarship on organized crime and terrorism and considers possible directions for future research. It will be of much interest to students and researchers engaged in studies of criminology criminal justice crime control and prevention organized crime terrorism political violence and cybercrime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351745

Organized Crime and the Nation-StateGeopolitics and National Sovereignty Geopolitics is an increasingly important tool to understand national and international relations. This book unravels how organized crime is not just a marginal problem but part of a bigger geopolitical and asymmetrical warfare strategy. It seeks to establish a direct relationship between Nation States and organized crime groups. Many States have been using criminal and terrorist organizations as a policy for issues of national sovereignty or as a tool to strengthen a nation’s geopolitical position. This book demonstrates how national states are utilizing criminal organizations in covert operations and "dirty jobs" such as espionage proxy war arms trafficking and sabotage. Examples from the United States China and the Soviet Union are explored providing both an historical and contemporary analysis from World War II through to the Cold War and to the present day. The book brings together perspectives from international relations and criminology drawing on insights from a variety of sources including public documents and interviews. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583026

Organized CrimeFrom the Mob to Transnational Organized Crime Organized Crime: From the Mob to Transnational Organized Crime Seventh Edition provides readers with a clear understanding of organized crime including its definition and causes how it is categorized under the law models to explain its persistence and the criminal justice response to organized crime including investigation prosecution defense and sentencing. This book offers a comprehensive survey including an extensive history of the Mafia in the United States; a legal analysis of the offenses that underlie organized crimes; specific attention to modern manifestations of organized crime activity such as human smuggling Internet crimes and other transnational criminal operations; and the application of ethics to the study of organized crime. A new section has been added on threat assessment in organized crime. Chapters are enhanced by updated photos tables charts and critical thinking exercises that help students apply concepts to actual organized crime cases. Every chapter includes two student-friendly special features: Organized Crime Biography and Organized Crime at the Movies. A glossary gives students a quick reference for looking up important definitions of organized crime-related terms and a Timeline of Organized Crime in the United States highlights important events in the history of organized crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323296069

Organized FreethoughtThe Religion of Unbelief in Victorian England This title first published in 1987 explores the phenomenon of militant freethought among England’s working classes from 1840-1870. In particular it is an effort to explain the peculiarly theological and evangelistic overtones of much Victorian working class radicalism and the resulting emergence of a Victorian religion of atheism. This title will be of interest to students of nineteenth-century religious and social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071339

Organized MiraclesStudy of a Contemporary Youth Communal Fundamentalist Organization "Excellent study which moves back and forth between theory and empirical observations. It looks at religious groups from several different theoretical positions as well as raises a number of significant issues about the conduct of eld research."--Russell R. Dynes American Sociological Association Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512863

Organized Networks of Carbon Nanotubes In this book meshes and networks formed out of multiwalled carbon nanotubes are investigated and analyzed including their use in niche applications such as electro-optic devices advanced mechanical thermal and electrical property enhancement and gene editing. Different properties of multi-walled carbon nanotubes including random network formation ordering the meshes and networks by mechanical agitation and application of an external field using crystallization and cross-linking induced phase separation in homopolymers-CNT composites are discussed with theoretical analysis. The book is aimed at researchers and graduate students in Electrical Engineering; Materials Science and Engineering; Chemical Engineering and Nanotechnology Electronic circuit design manufacturing and characterization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367278205

Organized WorldsExplorations in Technology and Organization with Robert Cooper Organized Worlds locates the study of organization within the wider area of social theory. It explores in detail the intricate relationships that exist between technology representation and organization. The collection includes a chapter from the leading expert in the field Robert Cooper as well as an interview with him. Other contributors build upon and extend the findings of Cooper.This is a companion volume to In the Realm of Organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880009

Organizing Academic Work in Higher EducationTeaching learning and identities Organizing Academic Work in Higher Education explores how managers influence teaching learning and academic identities and how new initiatives in teaching and learning change the organizational structure of universities. By building on organizational studies and higher education studies literatures Organizing Academic Work in Higher Education offers a unique perspective presenting empirical evidence from different parts of the world. This edited collection provides a conceptual frame of organizational change in universities in the context of New Public Management reforms and links it to the core activities of teaching and learning. Split into four main sections: The University From The Organization Perspective Organizing Teaching Organizing and Learning and Organizing identities this book uses a strong international perspective to provide insights from three continents regarding the major differences in the relationships between the university as an organization and academics. It contains highly pertinent scientifically driven case studies on the role and boundaries of managerial behaviour in universities. It supplies evidence-based knowledge on the effectiveness of management behaviour and tools to university managers and higher education policy makers worldwide. Academics who aspire to institutionalize their successful academic practices in certain university structures will find this book of particular value. Organizing Academic Work in Higher Education will be a vital companion for academic interest in higher education management transformation of universities teaching learning academic work and identities. Bringing together the study of the organizational transformation in higher education with the study of teaching learning and academic identity Organizing Academic Work in Higher Education presents a unique cross-national and cross-regional comparative perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655348

Organizing and Delegating Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914664

Organizing Early ExperienceImagination and Cognition in Childhood Focusing on developmental psychology this work features 12 essays exploring contemporary views and developments in research and theory in the relationship between imagination and cognition in childhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784641

Organizing Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship has regained centre stage in the contemporary knowledge-intensive and innovation-driven economy as well as in research. Integrating classic and recent insights into the organization economics and management of entrepreneurial activities Organizing Entrepreneurship aims to blend rigor with relevance and connects theory with practical problems around key questions such as: Is there any method in having ‘good ideas’ and discovering opportunities? Through which mechanisms can human social technical and financial resources be attracted and dedicated to new projects? Which alternative governance and organizational structures are to be considered for the constitution and organization of a new firm? To grow or not to grow? (Or how to grow without up-sizing)? How do you organize grown-up firms in an entrepreneurial mode? How can environments and external institutions help? Original case studies are discussed and integrated throughout the text which reflect a wide range of sectors (from agri-business to high tech) and countries (including emerging economies). Providing a unique resource for students and instructors of entrepreneurship and organization this book also offers new insights to entrepreneurs and investors in the organization of new firms as well as to managers striving to infuse entrepreneurial behaviors into their already established firms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415570381

Organizing ExhibitionsA handbook for museums libraries and archives This ground-breaking book is the first to provide museum staff librarians and archivists with practical guidance on creating and organizing successful exhibitions. Drawing on international museum practice but applicable to any exhibition or display the book sets out a time-line from the initial idea to the final legacy. Backed up by advice and guidance and with a list of resources for those who require in-depth knowledge it has up-to-date information on new developments such as sustainability and flexibility in environmental conditions. Also included are the ten biggest mistakes and the top ten tips for exhibition success. Part One covers the 10 key stages for a successful exhibition: idea planning organization packing and transport installation openings maintenance and programmes closure touring and legacy. Part Two is a directory of advice and resources supplementing the information provided in Part One. Readership: Written by an international expert and designed for the first-time exhibition organizer as well as the professional this book will become the standard for exhibition success. Recommended for museum staff cultural heritage students librarians archivists private collectors and anyone who needs practical guidance on organizing exhibitions Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049450

Organizing ExhibitionsA Handbook for Museums Libraries and Archives This ground-breaking book is the first to provide museum staff librarians and archivists with practical guidance on creating and organizing successful exhibitions. Drawing on international museum practice but applicable to any exhibition or display the book sets out a time-line from the initial idea to the final legacy. Backed up by advice and guidance and with a list of resources for those who require in-depth knowledge it has up-to-date information on new developments such as sustainability and flexibility in environmental conditions. Also included are the ten biggest mistakes and the top ten tips for exhibition success. Part One covers the 10 key stages for a successful exhibition: idea planning organization packing and transport installation openings maintenance and programmes closure touring and legacy. Part Two is a directory of advice and resources supplementing the information provided in Part One.   Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303038

Organizing for Collective ActionThe Political Economies of Associations Organizing for Collective Action investigates the political and economic behaviors of national associations including trade associations professional societies labor unions and public interest groups. It focuses upon the ways that these organizations acquire resources and allocate them to various collective actions particularly for member services public relations and political action. This analysis is structured around three broad theoretical paradigms for collective action: (1) the problem of societal integration which concerns the ways that people are tied to organizations and the ways that organizations connect their members with the larger society; (2) the problem of organizational governance which considers how individuals become unified collectivities capable of acting in a coordinated manner and (3) the problem of public policy influence which involves interactions among public and private interest groups to formulate the binding decisions under which we all must live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512870

Organizing for Policy InfluenceComparing Parties Interest Groups and Direct Action In this book Benjamin Farrer explains how activists can influence the policies they care about even when they are outnumbered and their issues are ignored. The solution lies in a surprising place: organizational choice. Different types of organizations will be more influential under particular democratic institutions. If they choose the optimal type of organization - given their institutional context - then even minority groups can be influential. Environmentalists are a key example of how small groups can sometimes punch above their weight. Environmentalists in different countries have made different organizational choices. These choices explain whether or not they succeeded in influencing policy. In the empirical chapters that follow Farrer shows that environmentalists can sometimes be more influential if they form interest groups but under other institutions political parties are the optimal organizational choice. Although interest groups are often easier to create national institutions can sometimes insulate mainstream politicians from niche interest groups. When institutions deny access to interest groups activists are forced to send the stronger signal of party entry.  Using a variety of methods including a formal model an experiment and a wealth of empirical data from a variety of settings Farrer proves that this theory of organizational choice adds to our understanding of several crucial phenomena. First it helps explain patterns of political participation by showing the importance of instrumental rather than purely expressive motivations for activism. Second it provides an important modification to Duverger’s (1954) law by showing that new party entry is a function not only of electoral rules but also of the rules that govern interest groups. Third it extends research on the role of institutions in determining policy outputs by showing that policy outcomes are a function of the interaction between organizational choices and institutional context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371951

Organizing for School Change Improving education is a key priority for governments around the world. While many suggestions on how best to achieve this are currently under debate years of academic research have already revealed more about how to encourage change than is sometimes assumed. This volume brings together for the first time some of the most significant work of Karen Seashore Louis one of the foremost thinkers and researchers in the field. Organizing for School Change presents a unique variety of research-based results from studies conducted over the past twenty-five years. What emerges is not an idealistic plan but a realistic picture of what needs to be done if schools are to be made better. Drawing on a wide and comprehensive list of sources the ideas brought together in this collection will prove invaluable and insightful reading stimulating both newcomers and veterans of the field to consider educational research in new ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994669

Organizing for Work by Gantt When approached from the Lean perspective Henry Laurence Gantt's Organizing for Work provides a window into the American origins of the 2nd Pillar of Lean - Respect For People. Henry Gantt the creator of Gantt charts galvanized the human aspect of efficiency with razor sharp clarity. Production improvements go astray because we have "ignored the human factor and failed to take advantage of the ability and desire of the ordinary man to learn and improve his position." Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363805

Organizing Global Technology FlowsInstitutions Actors and Processes Research on the international transfer of technology in economics and management literature has primarily focused on the role of countries and that of companies in particular multinational enterprises (MNEs). Similarly economic and business historians have tended to view international technology transfer as a way for economically ‘backward’ countries to acquire new technologies in order to catch up with more developed economies. This volume provides a more in-depth understanding of how the international transfer of technologies is organized and in particular challenges the core-periphery model that is still dominant in the extant literature. By looking beyond national systems of innovation and statistics on foreign trade patent registration and foreign direct investment the book sheds more light on the variety of actors involved in the transfer process (including engineers entrepreneurs governments public bodies firms etc.) and on how they make use of a broad set of national and international institutions facilitating technology transfer. Put differently the volume offers a better understanding of the complexity of global technology flows by examining the role and actions of the different actors involved. By bringing together a number of original case studies covering many different countries over the period from the late 19th to the 21st century the book demonstrates how technology is being transferred through complex processes involving a variety of actors from several countries using the national and international institutional frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339910

Organizing InclusionMoving Diversity from Demographics to Communication Processes Organizing Inclusion brings communication experts together to examine issues of inclusion and exclusion which have emerged as a major challenge as both society and the workforce become more diverse. Connecting communication theories to diversity and inclusion and clarifying that inclusion is about the communication processes of organizations institutions and communities the book explores how communication as an organizing phenomenon underlies systemic and institutionalized biases and generates practices that privilege certain groups while excluding or marginalizing others. Bringing a global perspective that transcends particular problems faced by Western cultures the contributors address issues across sub-disciplines of communication studies ranging from social and environmental activism to problems of race gender sexual orientation age and ability. With these various perspectives the chapters go beyond demographic diversity by addressing interaction and structural processes that can be used to promote inclusion. Using these multiple theoretical frameworks Organizing Inclusion is an intellectual resource for improving theoretical understanding and practical applications that come with ever more diverse people working coordinating and engaging one another. The book will be of great relevance to organizational stakeholders human resource personnel and policy makers as well as to scholars and students working in the fields of communication management and organization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325272

Organizing Knowledge: Introduction to Access to InformationIntroduction to Access to Information This title was first published in 2000:  For its third edition this text on knowledge organization and retrieval has been revised and restructured to accommodate the increased significance of electronic information resources. With new sections on topics such as information retrieval via the Web metadata and managing information retrieval systems the book explains principles relating to hybrid print-based and electronic networked environments experienced by today's users. The book is an accessible introduction to knowledge organization for both undergraduate and postgraduate students of information management and information systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717947

Organizing KnowledgeAn Introduction to Managing Access to Information The fourth edition of this standard student text Organizing Knowledge incorporates extensive revisions reflecting the increasing shift towards a networked and digital information environment and its impact on documents information knowledge users and managers. Offering a broad-based overview of the approaches and tools used in the structuring and dissemination of knowledge it is written in an accessible style and well illustrated with figures and examples. The book has been structured into three parts and twelve chapters and has been thoroughly updated throughout. Part I discusses the nature structuring and description of knowledge. Part II with its five chapters lies at the core of the book focusing as it does on access to information. Part III explores different types of knowledge organization systems and considers some of the management issues associated with such systems. Each chapter includes learning objectives a chapter summary and a list of references for further reading. This is a key introductory text for undergraduate and postgraduate students of information management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439542

Organizing Logics Nonprofit Management and ChangeRethinking Power Persuasion and Authority Nonprofit organizations are conventionally positioned as generators of social and cultural forms of capital for the common good. As such they occupy a different space to other types of organizations such as corporate firms that exist primarily to generate economic capital for private owners/shareholders. Recent years however have seen professionalization promoted widely by funders policy-makers and nonprofit practitioners across the globe. At the same time there has been an increasing cross-over of employees from private and public bodies into nonprofits. But do such shifts open up space for the wholesale importation of managerialism into and commercialization of the nonprofit sphere? Are nonprofits at risk of being reconstituted as primarily economic entities serving the interests of a leadership elite? How are such changes in an organization’s trajectory brought about? What are the consequences for trustees staff members and the nature of managerial work? The authors engage with critical questions such as these through a unique insider account of one professional institute experiencing unprecedented changes that challenge its very reason for being. Drawing on a three-year ethnography they narrate organizational inhabitants’ struggles in their search for purpose and analyze the myriad of changes within different aspects of organizing including structure strategizing pay and reward governance and leadership. The book will enable readers to reframe and rethink organizational change as a process involving power persuasion and authority and will be of value to researchers students academics and practitioners interested in managerial work and organizational change in non-profit organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371005

Organizing Nonprint Materials Second Edition This book surveys the various methods and problems of organizing nonprint materials and describes the use of microcomputers both for storing nonprint items and keeping track of them. It is useful for library school instructors and administrators media center specialists information scientists etc. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065500

Organizing Reflection Through a series of leading-edge contributions from pre-eminent international scholars in the field Organizing Reflection makes a stimulating and distinctive contribution to the study of reflection. By doing so it offers the first shift from the individual reflective practitioner to processes of collective and public reflection. The unique and varied contributions focus on the development of notions such as public reflection collective reflection and critical reflection. In doing so they provide critical insights into new thinking and approaches to the role of reflection in organizations as well as the conceptualization and delivery of learning and change. Organizing Reflection will be of interest to scholars working in business professional management and organization studies to human development academics and to scholarly practitioners in organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247502

Organizing RescueJewish National Solidarity in the Modern Period Upheavals of the modern period have dramatically changed the traditional pattern of the rescue of Jews by Jews. Whereas until the mid-nineteenth century rescue was carried out by community leaders in accordance with the religiously rooted injunction for the redemption of captives in the modern period largely secular international Jewish organizations and the State of Israel have emerged as the primary instruments of expressing Jewish national solidarity. The campaigns to restore the exodus from the Soviet Union and to rescue Ethiopian Jews through Operation Moses are the most recent expressions of the imperative to save threatened Jewish communities and reconstitute them elsewhere. The dynamics and achievements of organized rescue in the modern period are critically assessed in this volume which includes 18 interpretive essays and case studies by leading European American and Israeli scholars. Organizing Rescue is divided into four sections. The introductory essays examine the roots of Jewish solidarity in Jewish law and trace the transformation of rescue activity from a religious to a largely secular undertaking. The three sections that follow group selected case studies chronologically. Part I from the Damascus Affair to the First World War (1840-1914) deals with new patterns of response to the persecution of Jews in Europe Asia and Africa under the impact of emancipation nationalism and antisemitism. Part II World Wars and the Shadow of the Holocaust (1914-1948) deals with the transitional period that brought hope and bitter disillusion to Jews in Europe and the Middle East. Part III The Contemporary Period (1948 to the present) examines the different manifestations of Jewish national solidarity that developed in response to the Holocaust and the creation of the State of Israel. These studies illuminate and evaluate the efforts of Jews to defend and preserve communities separated by vast distances and diverse cultural and political systems. By placing these studies in an integrated historical and comparative framework Organizing Rescue provides a timely and unique perspective for understanding national Jewish solidarity in the modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367461188

Organizing the BlindThe case of ONCE in Spain This book is a case study which narrates the history of the National Organization of the Spanish Blind (ONCE) established in 1937 during the Spanish Civil War. Contrary to other affluent countries where most blind people live on welfare benefits the Spanish blind enjoy full employment. Furthermore the average income of the Spanish blind is higher than that of the sighted. Why is this so? Why the blind and not the deaf mute or any other group of disabled people? This book shows that ONCE answers these questions. The book explains ONCE'S origins the shifting strategies that the organization has pursued to adapt to an ever-changing environment its original goals and the way they have mutated and been interpreted its conflicting relationship with an authoritarian regime its struggle to find its place in a democratic regime and its relations with other groups of disabled people. A historical narrative the book lies at the intersection between disability and organization studies history and sociology. It will be of interest to all scholars of disability studies the sociology of work the history of medicine and contemporary Spanish history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349097

Organizing the Early Literacy ClassroomHow to Plan for Success and Reach Your Goals Filled with clear explanations and doable strategies this book helps PreK-2 teachers juggle the demands of planning effective instruction and creating a literacy-rich classroom environment. Realistic vignettes illustrate how to set goals develop standards-based curricula and assessments establish routines and organize the classroom space and the daily schedule. The authors demonstrate the nuts and bolts of building an exemplary classroom library and professional teaching library collaborating as a team with other teachers and specialists preparing report cards and communicating with families. Several reproducible forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526529

Organizing the WorldThe United States and Regional Cooperation in Asia and Europe This book offers a conceptual framework that explains when and why a great power would choose to cooperate with smaller states via regional cooperation forums rather than in a bilateral setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977754

Organizing through Empathy Empathy dissolves the boundaries between self and others and feelings of altruism towards others are activated. This process results in more compassionate and caring contexts as well as helping others in times of suffering. This book provides evidence from neuroscience and quantum physics that it is empathy that connects humanity and that this awareness can create a more just society. It extends interest in values-based management exploring the intellectual physical ecological spiritual and aesthetic well-being of organizations and society rather than the more common management principles of maximising profit and efficiency. This book challenges the existing paradigm of capitalism by providing scientific evidence and empirical data that empathy is the most important organizing mechanism. The book is unique in that it provides a comprehensive review of the transformational qualities of empathy in personal organizational and local contexts. Integrating an understanding based upon scientific studies of why the fields of positive psychology and organizational scholarship are important it examines the evidence from neuroscience and presents leading-edge studies from quantum physics with implications for the organizational field. Together the chapters in this book attempt to demonstrate how empathy helps in the reduction of human suffering and the creation of a more just society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339927

Organizing WomenFormal and Informal Women's Groups in the Middle East With the creation of the modern nation-state in the Middle East and North Africa women have been and continue to be manipulated to represent a cultural ideal of perfect womanhood. This is often greatly at odds with the realities of women's lives and aspirations. However individual women through careful manipulation of gender relations often succeed in casting aside the culturally accepted bonds which diminish their lives.Even so women in groups are deemed unacceptable unless they conform to state mandates. In many countries in the Middle East women are only legally permitted to form groups which are charitable organizations concerned with the welfare of the disabled or the handicapped. Clearly women in groups are perceived as a threat by the state.This challenging book examines the nature of the relationship between both women and the state and men and the state. It presents a balanced mix of theoretical and empirical research which analyzes both the formal and informal ways in which women have organized themselves and been organized in Arab society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136026

Organo-Clay Complexes and Interactions "Provides comprehensive coverage of the structures properties and interactions of organo-clay complexes as well as their role in the origin of life. Presents current techniques in nuclear magnetic resonance differential thermal analysis and thermogravimetry visible spectroscopy and infrared and thermal-infrared spectroscopy for the analysis of fine structures in organo-clay complexes." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396794

Organophosphorus Pesticides In order to get a general concept of organophosphorus pesticides with such a variety in structure and biological activities consideration of each aspect of chemistry biochemistry and the applied sciences is necessary. This book consists of these three main parts. After the presentation of the background of phosphorus chemistry in Chapter 1 stress was put on the chemical and biochemical reactions of organophosphorus pesticides including synthesis analysis metabolism mode of action and other interesting aspects in Chapter 2 to 4 and on the structure-pesticidal activity relationship in Chapter 5. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896205

Organozinc Reagents in Organic Synthesis Organozinc reagents are used extensively in organic synthesis to find useful pathways to organic products. Illustrated and tabulated with over 950 equations schemes tables and figures Organozinc Reagents in Organic Synthesis provides an overall picture of the chemistry of organozinc compounds. Written by a professor of organic chemistry the book familiarizes the reader with the reactions involving organozinc reagents that have general usefulness in synthesis. Emphasis is placed on preparation methods and reactivity of organozinc reagents. Reactions are summarized in equations and schemes making it easy for you to see the characteristics of each type of reaction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069256

Organs without BodiesDeleuze and Consequences First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699874

Organs without BodiesOn Deleuze and Consequences With a new introduction by the author In this deliciously polemical work a giant of cultural theory immerses himself in the ideas of a giant of French thought. In his inimical style Zizek links Deleuze's work with both Oedipus and Hegel figures from whom the French philosopher distanced himself. Zizek turns some Deleuzian concepts around in order to explore the 'organs without bodies' in such films as Fight Club and the works of Hitchcock. Finally he attacks what he sees as the 'radical chic' Deleuzians arguing that such projects turn Deleuze into an ideologist of today's 'digital capitalism'. With his brilliant energy and fearless argumentation Zizek sets out to restore a truer more radical Deleuze than the one we thought we knew. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415519045

Orhan Pamuk Secularism and BlasphemyThe Politics of the Turkish Novel Orhan Pamuk Secularism and Blasphemy is the first critical study of all of Pamuk’s novels including the early untranslated work. In 2005 Orhan Pamuk was charged with "insulting Turkishness" under Article 301 of the Turkish penal code. Eighteen months later he was awarded the Nobel Prize. After decades of criticism for wielding a depoliticized pen Pamuk was cast as a dissident through his trial an event that underscored his transformation from national literateur to global author. By contextualizing Pamuk’s fiction into the Turkish tradition and by defining the literary and political intersections of his work Orhan Pamuk Secularism and Blasphemy rereads Pamuk's dissidence as a factor of the form of his novels. This is not a traditional study of literature but a book that turns to literature to ask larger questions about recent transformations in Turkish history identity modernity and collective memory. As a corrective to common misreadings of Pamuk’s work in its international reception Orhan Pamuk Secularism and Blasphemy applies various analytical lenses to the politics of the Turkish novel including gender studies cultural translation historiography and Islam. The book argues that modern literature that confronts representations of the nation-state or devlet with those of Ottoman Islamic and Sufi contexts or din constitute "secular blasphemies" that redefine the politics of the Turkish novel. Concluding with a meditation on conditions of "untranslatability" in Turkish literature this study provides a comprehensive and critical analysis of Pamuk’s novels to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505383

Oriental Mysticism Originally published 1867. This volume describes not only the basic tenets of the Sufis but also the Ahl i wahdat which was a branch of Sufism. The author’s use of a Persian manuscript treatise by ‘Aziz bin Mohammed Nafasi’ is an indispensable tool particularly because the author did not merely translate it but gave a clearer and more succinct account of the system. The volume contains an Appendix containing a glossary of allegorical and technical terms in use among Sufiistic writers.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706763

Orientalism At a crucial moment in the history of relations of East and West Orient and Occident Christianity and Islam Orientalism provides a timely account of the subject and the debate. In the 1960s and 1970s a powerful assault was launched on 'orientalism' led by Edward Said. The debate ranged far beyond the traditional limits of 'dry-as-dust' orientalism involving questions concerning the nature of identity the nature of imperialism Islamophobia myth Arabism racialism intercultural relations and feminism.Charting the history of the vigorous debate about the nature of orientalism this timely account revisits the arguments and surveys the case studies inspired by that debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161788

Orientalism Eroticism and Modern Visuality in Global Cultures In Orientalism Eroticism and Modern Visuality in Global Cultures scholars look afresh at representations of nineteenth-century ’oriental’ bodies inquiring deeply into their erotic dimensions tracing their global dissemination at cross-cultural intersections of the visual and the political. Authors consider the impact of eroticized orientalist representations registered on racial and gendered bodies at historical moments across the globe in the media of photography painting prints and sculpture by contextualizing the visual within social practices ethnography literature travel writing and the dynamics of imperialism. Authors examine orientalism’s politico-erotic import across not only imperial Britain and France but also throughout India and the Middle East initiating cross-cultural analyses of orientalism outside of Europe. Works studied include Orientalist and homoerotic works by canonic artists such as Ingres Gérôme Delacroix and Girodet and lesser-known artists such as sculptor Raffaele Monti and painter Elisabeth Jerichau-Baumann. Contributors explore Turkish and European writings explorer Richard Burton’s self-fashioning and popular Orientalist photography in India and the Middle East. Authors draw on methods from gender studies semiotics material culture and psychoanalysis to explore art national identity homoerotic subcultures female agency class sexuality and colonialism. The book is directed to interdisciplinary scholars and students in art history literature history and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353077

Orientalism Masquerade and Mozart's Turkish Music Matthew Head explores the cultural meanings of Mozart's Turkish music in the composer's 18th-century context in subsequent discourses of Mozart's significance for 'Western' culture and in today's (not entirely) post-colonial world. Unpacking the ideological content of Mozart's numerous representations of Turkey and Turkish music Head locates the composer's exoticisms in shifting power relations between the Austrian and Ottoman Empires and in an emerging orientalist project. At the same time Head complicates a presentist post-colonial critique by exploring commercial stimuli to Mozart's turquerie and by embedding the composer's orientalism in practices of self-disguise epitomised by masquerade and carnival. In this context Mozart's Turkish music offered fleeting liberation from official and proscribed identities of the bourgeois Enlightenment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090238

Orientalism Postmodernism and Globalism It is often thought that the development of capitalism and the modernization of culture have brought about a profound decline of religious belief and commitment. The history of Christianity in the last two decades appears to be a good illustration of this general process of secularization with the undermining of belief and commitment as Western cultures became industrial and urban. However in the twentieth century we have seen that Islam continues to be a dominant force in politics and culture not only in the Orient but in Western society. In this challenging study of contemporary social theory Bryan Turner examines the recent debate about orientalism in relation to postmodernism and the process of globalization. He provides a profound critique of many of the leading fissures in classical orientalism. His book also considers the impact of the notion of the world in sociological theory. These cultural changes and social debates also reflect important change in the status and position of intellecuals in modern culture who are threatened not only by the levelling of mass culture but also by the new opportunities posed by postmodernism. He takes a critical view of the role of sociology in these developments and raises important questions about the global role of English intellectuals as a social stratum. Bryan Turner's ability to combine these discussions about religion politics culture and intellectuals represents a remarkable integration of cultural analysis in cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147430

Orientalism Zionism and Academic PracticeMiddle East and Islam Studies in Israeli Universities Orientalism Zionism and Academic Practice explores the field of Israeli Middle East and Islamic Studies (MEIS) sociologically and politically as a window onto the relationship between Orientalism Zionism and academia. The book draws special attention to neoliberal discourse and praxis in everyday higher education the interests of scholars and the political form that commercialisation takes in specific disciplinary and geopolitical conditions by deconstructing structural and historical presuppositions and effective ideologies that overdetermine this junction of academia orientalism and Zionism.  The multi-layered study draws on various scholarly traditions and offers new evidence for and insights in historical and cultural-discursive discussions. It highlights paradigmatic gaps in reading Saidian orientalism re-evaluates the origins and evolution of the local field contributes to the study of everyday academic culture in the social sciences and humanities (SSH) and unveils the presupposed and the unsaid of the general and the specific field exploring the intersection of an orientalist expertise in a settler-colonial society and everyday academic capitalism. The expertise of this sociological and discursive study make it an invaluable resource for academics and students interested in Israel and Middle East studies Higher Education and the Sociology of Academia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582852

Orientalism and ReligionPost-Colonial Theory India and "The Mystic East" Orientalism and Religion offers us a timely discussion of the implications of contemporary post-colonial theory for the study of religion. Richard King examines the way in which notions such as mysticism religion Hinduism and Buddhism are taken for granted. He shows us how religion needs to be reinterpreted along the lines of cultural studies. Drawing on a variety of post-structuralist and post-colonial thinkers such as Foucault Gadamer Said and Spivak King provides us with a challenging series of reflections on the nature of Religious Studies and Indology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203006085

Orientalism and Representations of Music in the Nineteenth-Century British Popular Arts Representations of music were employed to create a wider 'Orient' on the pages stages and walls of nineteenth-century Britain. This book explores issues of orientalism otherness gender and sexuality that arise in artistic British representations of non-European musicians during this time by utilizing recent theories of orientalism and the subsidiary (particularly aesthetic and literary) theories both on which these theories were based and on which they have been influential. The author uses this theoretical framework of orientalism as a form of othering in order to analyse primary source materials and in conjunction with musicological literary and art theories thus explores ways in which ideas of the Other were transformed over time and between different genres and artists. Part I The Musical Stage discusses elements of the libretti of popular musical stage works in this period and the occasionally contradictory ways in which 'racial' Others was represented through text and music; a particular focus is the depiction of 'Oriental' women and ideas of sexuality. Through examination of this collection of libretti the ways in which the writers of these works filter and romanticize the changing intellectual ideas of this era are explored. Part II Works of Fiction is a close study of the works of Sir Henry Rider Haggard using other examples of popular fiction by his contemporary writers as contextualizing material with the primary concern being to investigate how music is utilized in popular fiction to represent Other non-Europeans and in the creation of orientalized gender constructions. Part III Visual Culture is an analysis of images of music and the 'Orient' in examples of British 'high art' illustration and photography investigating how the musical Other was visualized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276055

Orientalism RevisitedArt Land and Voyage The publication of Edward Said’s Orientalism in 1978 marks the inception of orientalism as a discourse. Since then Orientalism has remained highly polemical and has become a widely employed epistemological tool. Three decades on this volume sets out to survey analyse and revisit the state of the Orientalist debate both past and present. The leitmotiv of this book is its emphasis on an intimate connection between art land and voyage. Orientalist art of all kinds frequently derives from a consideration of the land which is encountered on a voyage or pilgrimage a relationship which until now has received little attention. Through adopting a thematic and prosopographical approach and attempting to locate the fundamentals of the debate in the historical and cultural contexts in which they arose this book brings together a diversity of opinions analyses and arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538565

Orientalism TransposedImpact of the Colonies on British Culture First published in 1998 this volume reflects that ever since the publication of Edward Said’s Orientalism twenty years ago scholars have tested his thesis against the wider application of his terms to cultural practices and the rhetoric of power. The cultural impact of the British on their colonies has been extensively investigated but only recently have scholars begun to ask in what ways British culture was transformed by its contact with the colonies. The essays in this volume demonstrate how influential the Empire was on British culture from the late eighteenth to early twentieth centuries. They show how from cross-cultural cross-dressing to Buddhism British artists and writers appropriated unfamiliar and challenging aspects of the culture of the Empire for their own purposes. An examination is also made of the extent to which colonized people engaged in the orientalising discourse amending and subverting it even re-applying its stereotypes to the British themselves. Finally two essays explore instances of the exchange of ideas between colonies. Several of the essays are based on papers given at the 1996 Conference of the College Arts Association. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386716

Orientalist PoeticsThe Islamic Middle East in Nineteenth-Century English and French Poetry Orientalist Poetics is the only book on literary orientalism that spans the nineteenth century in both England and France with particular attention to poetry and poetics. It convincingly demonstrates orientalism's centrality to the evolution of poetry and poetics in both nations and provides a singularly comprehensive and definitive analysis of the aesthetic impact of orientalism on nineteenth-century poetry. Because it examines the poetry of the entire century across both national literatures the book is in a unique position to articulate the essential part orientalism plays in major developments of nineteenth-century poetics. Through probing discussions of an array of prominent nineteenth-century poets-including Shelley Southey Byron Hugo Musset Leconte de Lisle Wordsworth Hemans Gautier Tennyson Arnold and Wilde-Emily A. Haddad reveals how orientalism functions as a diffuse avant-garde a crucial medium for the cultivation and refinement of a broad range of experimental positions on poetry and poetics. Haddad argues that while orientalist poems are often viewed mainly as artefacts of European attitudes towards the East and imperialism poetic representations of the Islamic Orient also provide an indispensable matrix for the reexamination of such aesthetically fundamental issues as the purpose of poetry the value of mimesis and the relationship between nature and art. Orientalist Poetics effectively bridges the gap between the analysis of poetics and the analysis of orientalism. In showing that major poetic developments have roots in orientalism Haddad's book offers a valuable and innovative revisionist view of nineteenth-century literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888268

Orientations of Avicenna's PhilosophyEssays on his Life Method Heritage The volume brings together seventeen studies on Avicenna by Dimitri Gutas written over the past twenty-five years. They aim to establish Avicenna’s historical and philosophical context as a means to determining his philosophical project and the orientations of his thought. They deal with his life and works his method his epistemology and his later reception in the Islamic world ending with a programmatic essay on the state of the field of Avicennan studies and future agenda. Occasioned by issues raised in Gutas’s monograph on Avicenna and the Aristotelian Tradition (whose second edition has just appeared) they form a substantive complement to it. For this reprint a number of the essays have been reset and accordingly revised and updated. Provided with exhaustive indexes of names places subjects and technical terms the volume constitutes a new and major research tool for the study of Avicenna and his heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600006

Origami 4 The connections between origami mathematics science technology and education have been a topic of considerable interest now for several decades. While many individuals have happened upon discrete connections among these fields during the twentieth century the field really took off when previously isolated individuals began to make stronger connections with each other through a series of conferences exploring the links between origami and "the outside world." The Fourth International Meeting on Origami in Science Mathematics and Education (4OSME) held in September 2006 at the California Institute of Technology in Pasadena California brought together an unprecedented number of researchers presenting on topics ranging from mathematics to technology to educational uses of origami to fine art and to computer programs for the design of origami. Selected papers based on talks presented at that conference make up the book you hold in your hands. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442337

Origami 5Fifth International Meeting of Origami Science Mathematics and Education Origami5 continues in the excellent tradition of its four previous incarnations documenting work presented at an extraordinary series of meetings that explored the connections between origami mathematics science technology education and other academic fields. The fifth such meeting 5OSME (July 13–17 2010 Singapore Management University) followed the precedent previous meetings to explore the interdisciplinary connections between origami and the real world. This book begins with a section on origami history art and design. It is followed by sections on origami in education and origami science engineering and technology and culminates with a section on origami mathematics—the pairing that inspired the original meeting. Within this one volume you will find a broad selection of historical information artists’ descriptions of their processes various perspectives and approaches to the use of origami in education mathematical tools for origami design applications of folding in engineering and technology as well as original and cutting-edge research on the mathematical underpinnings of origami. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568817149

Origami Design SecretsMathematical Methods for an Ancient Art Second Edition The magnum opus of one of the world’s leading origami artists the second edition of Origami Design Secrets reveals the underlying concepts of origami and how to create original origami designs. Containing step-by-step instructions for 26 models this book is not just an origami cookbook or list of instructions—it introduces the fundamental building blocks of origami building up to advanced methods such as the combination of uniaxial bases the circle/river method and tree theory. With corrections and improved illustrations this new expanded edition also covers uniaxial box pleating introduces the new design technique of hex pleating and describes methods of generalizing polygon packing to arbitrary angles. With coverage spanning the foundations of origami construction and advanced methods using both paper and pencil and custom-built free software Origami Design Secrets helps readers cultivate the intuition and skills necessary to develop their own designs. It takes them beyond merely following a recipe to crafting a work of art. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568814360

Origami Inspirations This handsome book is aimed towards those with an intermediate skill level but the origami basics included at the start of the book make it accessible to beginners. A number of beautiful models are offered ranging from cubes to prisms to dodecahedra. As with the author‘s two previous books Origami Inspirations provides step-by-step instructions and color distribution suggestions to create the more than 30 intricate designs presented. The book also includes a chapter featuring designs by origami artists from around the world and these projects provide a happy complement to the author‘s own exciting inspirations in the rest of the book. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442290

Origami Polyhedra Design This book unravels the mystery of Geometry in Origami with a unique approach: 64 Polyhedra designs each made from a single square sheet of paper no cuts no glue; each polyhedron the largest possible from the starting size of square and each having an ingenious locking mechanism to hold its shape. The author covers the five Platonic solids (cube tetrahedron octahedron icosahedron and dodecahedron). There are ample variations with different color patterns and sunken sides. Dipyramids and Dimpled Dipyramids unexplored before this in Origami are also covered. There are a total of 64 models in the book. All the designs have an interesting look and a pleasing folding sequence and are based on unique mathematical equations. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138430259

Origami TessellationsAwe-Inspiring Geometric Designs Eric Gjerde demonstrates 25 of his favorite tessellations and turns them into projects for newcomers as well as experienced origamists. With step-by-step instructions illustrated crease patterns and how-to photos you'll learn to create these wonderful designs yourself. Eric's first book covers the fundamentals of origami tessellations provides history and describes simple beginning techniques with detailed illustrations and photographs. An extensive gallery showcases tessellations folded by the world's leading origami fine artists---inspiring you to experiment innovate and eventually create your own unique designs. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442306

Origami^{3} The book contains papers from the proceedings of the 3rd International Meeting of Origami Science Math and Education sponsored by OrigamiUSA. They cover topics ranging from the mathematics of origami using polygon constructions and geometric projections applications and science of origami and the use of origami in education. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138430273

Origen Origen was the most influential Christian theologian before Augustine the founder of Biblical study as a serious discipline in the Christian tradition and a figure with immense influence on the development of Christian spirituality.This volume presents a comprehensive and accessible insight into Origen's life and writings. An introduction analyzes the principal influences that formed him as a Christian and as a thinker his emergence as a mature theologian at Alexandria his work in Caesarea and his controversial legacy. Fresh translations of a representative selection of Origen's writings including some never previously available in print show how Origen provided a lasting framework for Christian theology by finding through study of the Bible a coherent understanding of God's saving plan. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203011997

Origen Against Plato This title was first published in 2002.Origen (AD 185 - 254) is regarded as one of the figures chiefly responsible for the contamination of biblical theology with pagan philosophy in the early church. Edwards argues that Origen set out to construct a Christian philosophy yet he did so with the intention of preserving theology from the infiltration of pagan thought. Examining the question of philosophical influence on Christian thought Edwards argues that scholars have often leapt to unjustified conclusions based simply on common vocabulary or parallel development. This book advances new interpretations of the early Christian systems which are generally called 'Gnostic' and the Doctrine of the Trinity in Origen's 'Platonist' teacher Clement of Alexandria. Edwards concludes that Origen's hermeneutics eschatology cosmology and Trinitarian theology are all related to his understanding of human nature which is radically opposed to that of Platonism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733916

Origin Ideology and Transformation of Political PartiesEast-Central and Western Europe Compared Two decades have passed since the transition to democracy began in Eastern Europe. Today West and East-Central European countries share a common political space - the European Union. This has created a fascinating opportunity for analysis of the similarities and differences between these countries. Here Vít Hloušek and Lubomír Kopecek critically apply the party-families approach to political parties in the Czech Republic Hungary Poland Slovakia and Slovenia. With chapters devoted to social democrats greens the far right and left amongst many others this book charts the parties' origins ideologies and international ties alongside their Western European counterparts. By examining the political relevance of different party families Hloušek and Kopecek are able to assess the validity of this typology in the analysis of the transformation of political parties in this region. Detailed analysis coupled with an innovative application of the party families approach makes this essential reading for students of party politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599106

Origin and Ellipsis in the Writing of Hilary MantelAn Elliptical Dialogue with the Thinking of Jacques Derrida Origin and Ellipsis in the Writing of Hilary Mantel provokes a re-engagement with Derrida’s thinking in contemporary literature with particular emphasis on the philosopher’s preoccupation with the process of writing. This is the first book-length study of Mantel’s writing not just in terms of Derrida’s thought but through any critical perspective or lens to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202125

Origin and History of the EarthProceedings of the 30th International Geological Congress Volume 1 This book deals with the different aspects of the symposia ranging from in the original order of the sessions early history of the earth continental accretion coremantle differentiation biological evolution palaeoclimate to interaction between the lithosphere and the hydro-atmo-biosphere. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448189

Origin and Significance of the Frankfurt School (RLE Social Theory)A Marxist Perspective The term 'Frankfurt School' is used widely but sometimes loosely to describe both a group of intellectuals and a specific social theory. Focusing on the formative and most radical years of the Frankfurt School during the 1930s this study concentrates on the Frankfurt School's most original contributions made to the work on a 'critical theory of society' by the philosophers Max Horkheimer and Herbert Marcuse the psychologist Erich Fromm and the aesthetician Theodor W. Adorno.Phil Slater traces the extent and ultimate limits of the Frankfurt School's professed relation to the Marxian critique of political economy. In considering the extent of the relation to revolutionary praxis he discusses the socio-economic and political history of Weimar Germany in its descent into fascism and considers the work of such people as Karl Korsch Wilhelm Reich Walter Benjamin and Bertolt Brecht which directs a great deal of critical light on the Frankfurt School.While pinpointing the ultimate limitations of the Frankfurt School's frame of reference Phil Slater also looks at the role their work played (largely against their wishes) in the emergence of the student anti-authoritarian movement in the 1960s. He shows that in particular the analysis of psychic and cultural manipulation was central to the young rebels' theoretical armour but that even here the lack of economic class analysis seriously restricts the critical edge of the Frankfurt School's theory. His conclusion is that the only way forward is to rescue the most radical roots of the Frankfurt School's work and to recast these in the context of a practical theory of economic and political emancipation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977778

Origin NarrativesThe Stories We Tell Children About Immigration and International Adoption The first of its kind this volume unpacks the cultural construction of transnational adoption and migration by examining a sample of recent children’s books that address the subject. Of all European countries Spain is the nation where immigration and transnational adoption have increased most steeply from the early 1990s onward. Origin Narratives: The Stories We Tell Children About Immigration and International Adoption sheds light on the way contemporary Spanish society and its institutions re-define national identity and the framework of cultural political and ethnic values by looking at how these ideas are being transmitted to younger generations negotiating a more heterogeneous environment. This study collates representations of diversity migration and (colonial) otherness in the texts as well as their reception by the adult mediators through reviews paratexts and opinions collected from interviews and participant observation. In this new work author Macarena Garcia Gonzalez argues that many of the texts at the wider societal discourse of multiculturalism which have been warped into a pedagogical synthesis underwrite the very racism they seek to combat. Comparing transnational adoption with discourses about immigration works as a new approach to the question of multiculturalism and makes a valuable contribution to an array of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346348

Origin Of Ethnography In Japan Yanagita Kunio (1872-1962) is widely known as the founder of folklore studies in Japan and his achievement in presenting a systematic framework for the discipline is highly valued amongst academic writings. However many of his ideas still need to be examined and in recent years there has been a renewal of interest in his works especially among scholars of intellectual history.  This re-evaluation of his achievements is generally attributable to the current view that Yanagita retained an independent position as an intellectual struggling to solve the various problems that dominated Japan in the years of great change from Meiji and Taisho to Showa. First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879270

Origin of Intelligence in the ChildSelected Works vol 3 First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513623

Origin of KiboshRoutledge Studies in Etymology This is an etymological study of the origins of the word kibosh which has long been one of the great mysteries of the English language. Unconvincing derivations have been suggested from Yiddish to Gaelic and Italian and thus far consensus among lexicographers has leaned toward referencing the word as ‘origin unknown’.  In this study the authors present convincing and important new evidence in favour of the derivation of kibosh from the word for a fearsome Middle Eastern whip known as the kurbash.  This monograph is one of the most significant etymological works directed at a single phrase. It is the gold standard on deep-drill focused and exhaustive single-word lexicography and will be of interest to lexicographers and linguists in the relevant fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597931

Origin of Temporal (t > 0) UniverseConnecting with Relativity Entropy Communication and Quantum Mechanics The essence of temporal universe creation is that any analytical solution has to comply with the boundary condition of our universe; dimensionality and causality constraints. The essence of this book is to show that everything has a price within our temporal (t > 0) universe; energy and time. In mathematics every postulation needs proof; there exists a solution before searching for the solution. Yet science does not have seem to have a criterion as mathematics does; to prove first that a postulated science exists within our temporal universe. Without such a criterion fictitious science emerges as already have been happening in every day’s event. In this book the author has shown there exists a criterion for a postulated science whether or not it is existed within our universe. The author started this book from Einstein’s relativity to the creation of our temporal universe. He has shown that every subspace within our universe is created by energy and time in which subspace and time are coexisted. The important aspect is that every science has to satisfy the boundary condition of our universe; causality and dimensionality. Following up with temporal universe the author has shown a profound relationship with the second law of thermodynamics. He examines the relationship between entropy with science as well as communication with quantum limited subspace throughout the book. The author discusses the paradox of Schrödinger’s Cat (which has been debated by Einstein Bohr Schrödinger and many others since 1935) that triggered his discovering that Schrödinger’s quantum mechanics is a timeless machine in which he has disproved the fundamental principle of superposition within our universe. Since quantum mechanics is a virtual mathematics he has shown that a temporal quantum machine can in principle be built on the top of a temporal platform. This book is intended for cosmologists particle physicists astrophysicists quantum physicists computer scientists engineers professors and students as a reference and research-oriented book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367410421

Original IslamMalik and the Madhhab of Madina Original Islam investigates the primacy of Madinan Islam and the madhhab (school of law) of its main exponent Malik ibn Anas. It contains an annotated translation of Intisar al-faqir al-salik li-tarjih madhhab al-Imam al-kabir Malik which was written by al-Ra'i a fifteenth-century Andalusian scholar resident in Cairo. This book includes: a comprehensive section on the scholarly credentials of the great eighth-century Madinan jurist Malik ibn Anas a detailed examination of a number of theoretical and practical disputed legal issues examples of the inter-madhhab rivalry and prejudice prevalent in fifteenth-century Cairo an extensive introduction giving background information on al-Ra’i and his life and times. It also highlights the significance of the text for contemporary Muslim discourse in which both "modernist" and "fundamentalist" elements often equate the concept of madhhab with an outmoded tradition which must be rejected as irrelevant to the practice of Islam in a globalized world. This book aims to put this ongoing controversy about madhhab particularly the Maliki madhhab and its "pre-madhhab" Madinan origins on a surer footing. Original Islam provides access to a hitherto little known area of Islamic law and is essential reading for those with interests in this area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203426586

Original SelfishnessOriginal Sin and Evil in the Light of Evolution This book defends a startling idea: that the age-old theological and philosophical problems of original sin and evil long thought intractable have already been solved. The solution has come from the very scientific discovery that many consider the most mortal threat to traditional religion: evolution. Daryl P. Domning explains in straightforward terms the workings of modern evolutionary theory Darwinian natural selection and how this has brought forth life and the human mind. He counters objections to Darwinism that are raised by some believers and emphasizes that the evolutionary process necessarily enforces selfish behavior on all living things. This account of both physical and moral evil is arguably more consistent with traditional Christian teachings than are the explanations given by most contemporary "evolutionary" theologians themselves. The prominent theologian Monika K. Hellwig dialogues with Daryl Domning throughout the book to present a balanced reappraisal of the doctrine of original sin from both a scientist's and theologian's perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247489

Originality and Intellectual Property in the French and English Enlightenment Are legal concepts of intellectual property and copyright related to artistic notions of invention and originality? Do literary and legal scholars have anything to learn from each other or should the legal debate be viewed as separate from questions of aesthetics? Bridging what are usually perceived as two distinct areas of inquiry this interdisciplinary volume begins with a reflection on the "origins" of literary and legal questions in the Enlightenment to consider their ramifications in the post-Enlightenment and contemporary world. Tying in to the growing scholarly interest in connections between law and literature on the one hand and to the contemporary interrogation of "originality" and "authorship " on the other hand the present volume furthers research in the field by providing a dense study of the legal and historical context to re-examine our current assumptions about supposed earlier Enlightenment and Romantic ideals of individual authorship and originality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542982

Origins History and Social Structure in Brunei Darussalam This wide-ranging book re-evaluates in detail the early history and historiography of Brunei Darussalam the origins of the sultanate its genealogical foundations and the structure and administration of Brunei society. Contributors draw on the seminal work of Donald E. Brown whose major monograph on the sultanate was published in 1970 and marked the beginnings of advanced sociological anthropological and historical research on Brunei. Among the key issues addressed are status systems titles and social stratification Chinese sources for the study of Brunei Malay oral and written histories and traditions the symbolism meanings and origins of coronation rituals previously unknown sources for the study of Brunei history and the processes of incorporation of minority populations into the sultanate. Contributions by leading scholars of Brunei Borneo and the wider Indonesian-Malay world both from within Brunei Darussalam and beyond address some central preoccupations which Brown raised and which have been the subject of continued debate in Austronesian and Southeast Asian studies. A novel contribution to the study of the history of Brunei Darussalam this book will be of interest to scholars of Southeast Asian history Asian history Colonial and Imperial history and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367553401

Origins and Birth of the Europe of football ‘The Europe of football’ is one of the aspects of the history of European integration that has generated the smallest amount of academic research. However the successive invention of sporting traditions with a European calling since the Belle Epoque followed by the creation of various European cups during the interwar constitute at the same time an original form of ‘Europe-building’ and a lasting contribution to the creation of a European space and spirit.The target of the authors in this book is to look back on the genesis of European competitions that leads to the creation of the European cups now organised by UEFA. It also seeks to show how football has made possible the setting up of a partially transnational space through sports journalism. Lastly through the study of the mobility and connections of football’s actors the different chapters will also try to identify the various phases of football’s Europeanisation process on the old continent. It will lay strong emphasis on the anthropological cultural economic political and social aspects of this history notably the production of body techniques representations emblematic figures consumption habits and their role in the larger context of international relations. This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596248

Origins and Doctrine of FascismWith Selections from Other Works This book presents some of the more significant writings produced shortly before and after the Fascist accession to power in Italy. It also presents a direct continuity between the Risorgimento and Fascism and explores the continuity of doctrine in time prior to the advent of Fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529458

Origins and SpeciesA Study of the Historical Sources of Darwinism and the Contexts of Some Other Accounts of Organic Diversity from Plato an Originally published in 1991 Origins and Species seeks to understand the historical origins of Darwinism. The book analyses the explanatory problem of species variation to which Darwinian theory was a response while contrasting the Darwinian with other traditions of the time in the interpretation of organic diversity. The book looks in detail at both Charles Darwin’s theories and Alfred Russell Wallace’s theories of about plant and animal species and raises the question of the context of Darwinism and that of Plato’s and Aristotle’s understanding of species. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325821

Origins and Traditions in Comparative Education This volume aims to expand knowledge about the history of comparative education. It explores new scholarship on key actors and ways of knowing in the field. It aims to raise awareness on the positionality of historical narratives about this field of inquiry and offers a re-think of its histories.Since comparative education has always been embedded within a global field of power what would the changing world order’s implications be for the institutional and intellectual histories of the field? This book offers diverse perspectives for re-theorising the histories of comparative education. It suggests casting a far-sighted and panoramic look at the field’s origins. The volume concludes with a puzzle for future work on a global history of comparative education.This book was originally published as a special issue of Comparative Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728298

Origins and Traditions of Organizational CommunicationA Comprehensive Introduction to the Field Origins and Traditions of Organizational Communication provides a sophisticated overview of the fundamentals of organizational communication as a field of study examining the field’s foundations and providing an assessment of the field to date explaining and demonstrating a communicational approach to the study of organization. It provides a set of literature reviews on focused topics written by experts in each area and links organizational communication theory and research to practice. In reviewing foundational management theory the book analyzes how early to mid-20th-century management theories shaped contemporary organizations providing students both with background knowledge of these foundational theories and an understanding of their influence on our thinking and our organizational world. Written at an accessible level for early graduate students yet still sophisticated enough for doctoral students the book is ideal for students and teachers of organizational communication and communication history. Downloadable ancillary materials include chapter PowerPoints and a set of instructors' materials containing chapter abstracts glossaries discussion questions annotated supplementary readings lists and practitioners' corners. Please visit www.routledge.com/9781138570313. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570313

Origins of Arabia First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063232

Origins of English Feudalism Originally published in 1973 Origins of English Feudalism suggests that English feudalism has for a long time been the most controversial and thereby the most highly technical aspect of English medieval history. The book contains relevant sources that will be of use to readers and will allow them to study documentary literary and archaeological sources from the medieval period. The debate over the establishment of feudalism in pre-Conquest England involves not only the question of the presence or absence of fief but also of knights and cavalry castles and vassilic commendation. This book will be of interest to academics and the ease of use and careful division of sources will be of interest to students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209346

Origins of Inequality in Human Societies Since the beginning of social life human societies have faced the problem how to distribute the results of collaborative activities among the participants. The solutions they found ranged from egalitarian to unequal but caused more dissension and conflict than just about any other social structure in human history. Social inequality also dominated the agenda of the new field of sociology in the 19th century. The theories developed during that time still inform academic and public debates and inequality continues to be the subject of much current controversy.Origins of Inequality begins with a critical assessment of classical explanations of inequality in the social sciences and the political and economic environment in which they arose. The book then offers a new theory of the evolution of distributive structures in human societies. It examines the interaction of chance intent and unforeseen consequences in the emergence of social inequality traces its irregular historical path in different societies and analyses processes of social control which consolidated inequality even when it was costly or harmful for most participants. Because the evolution of distributive structures is an open process the book also explores issues of distributive justice and options for greater equality in modern societies. Along with its focus on social inequality the book covers topics in cultural evolution social and economic history and social theory.This book will appeal to scholars and advanced students of sociology economics and anthropology – in particular sociological theory and social inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874636

Origins of Language DisordersA Special Issue of developmental Neuropsychology This special issue represents the initial products of the first five years of a multi-center project entitled "Origins of Communicative Disorders." As the title implies the common goal of investigators involved in this project was to describe the development of communicative skills from their earliest measurable points so that factors characterizing the earliest stages of communicative disorders can be teased apart from those which lead to development of typical language ability in later childhood. The papers in this volume provide a comprehensive picture of early language development and its neural correlates across a range of typical and atypical populations. By looking at language abilities from their point of origin--from the very first signs of word comprehension to the emergence of grammar--the authors construct a foundation for future research on the nature and etiology of communication disorders. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203765036

Origins of National Interests The concept of "identity" in international relations offers too many vague and imprecise definitions of the concepts that stand at its very core. This text offers clear definitions of the concept of identity and the concepts surrounding the term. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045046

Origins of Pan-AfricanismHenry Sylvester Williams Africa and the African Diaspora Origins of Pan-Africanism: Henry Sylvester Williams Africa and the African Diaspora recounts the life story of the pioneering Henry Sylvester Williams an unknown Trinidadian son of an immigrant carpenter in the late-19th and early 20th century. Williams then a student in Britain organized the African Association in 1897 and the first-ever Pan-African Conference in 1900. He is thus the progenitor of the OAU/AU. Some of those who attended went on to work in various pan-African organizations in their homelands. He became not only a qualified barrister but the first Black man admitted to the Bar in Cape Town and one of the first two elected Black borough councilors in London. These are remarkable achievements for anyone especially for a Black man of working-class origins in an era of gross racial discrimination and social class hierarchies. Williams died in 1911 soon after his return to his homeland Trinidad. Through original research Origins of Pan-Africanism: Henry Sylvester Williams Africa and the African Diaspora is set in the social context of the times providing insight not only into a remarkable man who has been heretofore virtually written out of history but also into the African Diaspora in the UK a century ago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633239

Origins of PredicatesEvidence from Plains Cree This book offers a new perspective on natural language predicates by analyzing data from the Plains Cree language. Contrary to traditional understanding Cree verbal complexes are syntactic constructs composed of morphemes as syntactic objects that are subject to structurally defined constraints such as c-command. Tomio Hirose illustrates this in his study of vP syntax event semantics morphology-syntax mappings unaccusativity noun incorporation and valency-reducing phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994690

Origins of Religion Cognition and Culture Attempts to understand the origins of humanity have raised fundamental questions about the complex relationship between cognition and culture. Central to the debates on origins is the role of religion religious ritual and religious experience. What came first: individual religious (ecstatic) experiences collective observances of transition situations fear of death ritual competence magical coercion; mirror neurons or temporal lobe religiosity? Cognitive scientists are now providing us with important insights on phylogenetic and ontogenetic processes. Together with insights from the humanities and social sciences on the origins development and maintenance of complex semiotic social and cultural systems a general picture of what is particularly human about humans could emerge. Reflections on the preconditions for symbolic and linguistic competence and practice are now within our grasp. Origins of Religion Cognition and Culture puts culture centre stage in the cognitive science of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844657018

Origins of Sexuality and Homosexuality This well-documented book highlights some of the theories of bisexual and homosexual identities and their conceptual bases in cultural history moral philosophy biology and social psychology. Some of the most respected minds in the field of human sexuality challenge traditional views on homosexuality and question the moral principles implicit in many existing psychiatric and psychological theories. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804392

Origins of Stalinism: From Leninist Revolution to Stalinist SocietyFrom Leninist Revolution to Stalinist Society By adopting the ecological process as their major theme the contributors of this volume show how the process of human interaction with the natural environment unfolded in the past and offer perspective on the ecological crises in our world at the beginning of the 21st century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315494814

Origins of the Cold War 1941-1949 Origins of the Cold War 1941-1949 covers the formative years of the momentous struggle which developed between two superpowers the Soviet Union and the United States. It not only involved these titans but also the rest of the globe; many proxy wars were fought much to the detriment of the developing world. In a clear concise manner this book explains how the Cold War originated and developed between 1941 and 1949. The fourth edition is revised updated and expanded to include new material on topics such as the culture wars and Stalin’s view of Marxism. The introduction looks at the various approaches which have been adopted to analyse the Cold War and the challenges to arrive at a theory which can explain it. The book explores questions such as:  - Who was responsible for the Cold War? - Was it inevitable or could it have been avoided? - Was Stalin genuinely interested in a post-war agreement?   Illustrated with maps and figures and containing a chronology and who’s who of key individuals Origins of the Cold War 1941-1949 incorporates the most recent scholarship theories and information to provide students with an invaluable introduction to a fascinating period that shaped today's world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943773

Origins of the Crisis in the U.S.S.R.Essays on the Political Economy of a Disintegrating System Hillel Ticktin has been one of the most controversial figures in Soviet studies for 25 years. His assertions that the Soviet economy was hopelessly inefficient that the ruble was a sham and that the elite was desperate once sounded outrageous. Ticktin consistently argued that perestroika would fail. In his view the USSR was and remained inherently Stalinist. It might lurch back and forth between reformist and reactionary leadership factions but the system could not evolve nor could it be restructured. Ultimately it could only disintegrate and when it did the workers would hold the balance. This collection of essays offers a thorough sample of his views. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488059

Origins of the First World War Origins of the First World War summarizes the policies issues and crises that brought Europe to war in 1914. Examining the strategic and political problems that confronted each of the great powers and the way in which social and economic factors influenced the decision-making process Martel discusses the position of each power and their place in the system of alliances which dominated international politics. The fourth edition has been revised and updated throughout to incorporate the body of new scholarship that has appeared since the hundredth anniversary of the outbreak of war. In a clear and accessible manner it explains: how and why the alliance system was created how alliances led to a network of complicated strategic commitments how an escalating series of international crises from the turn of the century fuelled preparations for war why the peculiarities of the Balkan situation are essential in understanding the outbreak of war in 1914. This book also includes an updated Guide to Further Reading Who’s Who of important figures and Glossary of key terms and the selection of documents has been expanded to include the key treaties as well as evidence of popular militarism and nationalism. Concise accessible and analytical it is essential introductory reading for all students interested in the origins of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928657

Origins of the Hussite UprisingThe Chronicle of Laurence of Březová (1414 –1421) The Hussite Chronicle is the most important single narrative source for the events of the early Hussite movement. The author is Laurence of Březová (c.1370–c.1437) a member of the Czech lower nobility and a supporter of the Hussite creed. The movement arose as an initiative for religious and social reform in fifteenth-century Bohemia and was energized by the burning of the priest Jan Hus in 1415. Church and empire attempted to suppress the movement and raised five crusades against the dissenters. The chronicle offers to history and scholarship a nuanced understanding of what can be regarded as an essential component for a proper understanding of late medieval religion. It is also a considered account of aspects of the later crusades. This is the first English-language translation of the chronicle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438111

Origins of the North Korean Garrison StateThe People’s Army and the Korean War This book investigates the origins of the North Korean garrison state by examining the development of the Korean People’s Army and the legacies of the Korean War. Despite its significance there are very few books on the Korean People’s Army with North Korean primary sources being difficult to access. This book however draws on North Korean documents and North Korean veterans’ testimonies and demonstrates how the Korean People’s Army and the Korean War shaped North Korea into a closed militarized and xenophobic garrison state and made North Korea seek Juche (Self Reliance) ideology and weapons of mass destruction. This book maintains that the youth and lower classes in North Korea considered the Korean People’s Army as a positive opportunity for upward social mobility. As a result the North Korean regime secured its legitimacy by establishing a new class of social elites wherein they offered career advancements for persons who had little standing and few opportunities under the preceding Japanese dominated regime. These new elites from poor working and peasant families became the core supporters of the North Korean regime today. In addition this book argues that in the aftermath of the Korean War a culture of victimization was established among North Koreans which allowed Kim Il Sung to use this culture of fear to build and maintain the garrison state. Thus this work illustrates how the North Korean regime has garnered popular support for the continuation of a militarized state despite the great hardships the people are suffering. This book will be of much interest to students of North Korea the Korean War Asian politics Cold War Studies military and strategic studies and international history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188139

Origins of the Pacific War and the Importance of 'Magic' 'Magic' was the name given to the American decoding of the secret Japanese codes used in diplomatic communications before and during the Pacific War of 1941-45. This important new work presenting a Japanese perspective argues for the first time that in the final phase of the eight months of US-Japan talks leading to the attack on Pearl Harbor serious mistranslations in Magic were a significant factor in the cumulative effect of mutual misunderstandings which grew between the two sides over a longer period.In spite of the number of historians who take the opposite point of view the author argues that the efforts made by the participants on both sides to achieve a successful outcome and avert military conflict or at least delay the outbreak of the war until the following March (1942) might have been much closer to achieving success than generally believed.The mistranslations of Magic which led to the crisis in 1941 were influenced by misunderstanding and misperception and the persistence of stereotypes and 'images' among the parties involved. The study of these kinds of phenomena has been an important part of the growth of the discipline of international relations since the Second World War. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059111

Origins of the War in the East This study describes the British government’s policy towards China during the first phases of the undeclared Sino-Japanese war starting in July 1937 when the conflict in North China culminated in all-out hostilities; and ending in September 1939 when the outbreak of the war over Poland forced the British government to turn almost all its attention to Europe. The dilemmas confronting British policy-makers in the Far East are analysed together with the implementation of their subsequent solutions. Attention is focused on the question of British interests in China and on the decisive factors and considerations which determined British policy and Britain’s role in the Sino-Japanese war. Questions concerning the safety of the British subjects and the commercial community in China and their influence on the decision making process the attitude towards Soviet influence in China and prospects of Communist take-over are also discussed. In the final analysis the book examines the widely debated subject of appeasement in its Asian context. It is argued that Britain pursued a policy towards Japan which gained strength without producing a Far Eastern Munich     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849791

Origins of the Warfare StateWorld War II and the Transformation of American Politics The post-World War II emergence of a full-blown state of perpetual war is arguably the most important feature of contemporary American politics. This book examines the "warfare state" in terms of a broad ensemble of structures policies and ideologies: permanent war economy national security-state global expansion of military bases merger of state corporate and military power an imperial presidency the nuclear establishment and superpower ambitions. Carl Boggs makes the argument that the "Good War" led to an authoritarian system that has expanded throughout the post-war decades undermining liberal-democratic institutions and values in the process. He goes on to suggest that current American electoral politics show no sign of rolling back the warfare state and in fact may push it to a new threshold bordering on American fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204362

OriginsBrain and Self Organization The result of the second Appalachian conference on neurodynamics this volume focuses on the problem of "order " its origins evolution and future. Central to this concern lies our understanding of time. Both classical and quantum physics have developed their conceptions within a framework of time symmetry. Divided into four major sections this book: * provides refreshingly new approaches to the problem of the evolution of order indicating the directions that need to be taken in subsequent conferences which will address learning and memory more directly; * addresses the issue of how information becomes transmitted in the nervous system; * shows how patterns are constructed at the synaptodendritic level of processing and how such pattern construction relates to image processing; and * deals with the control operations which operate on image processing to construct entities such as visual and auditory objects such as phonemes. The aim of the conference was to bring together professionals to exchange ideas -- some were fairly worked out; others were in their infancy. As a result one of the most valuable aspects of the conference is that it fostered lasting interactive relationships among these leading researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876521

OriginsThe Quest for Our Cosmic Roots With stunning regularity the search for our cosmic roots has been yielding remarkable new discoveries about the universe and our place in it. In his compelling book Origins: The Quest for Our Cosmic Roots veteran science journalist Tom Yulsman chronicles the latest discoveries and describes in clear and engaging terms what they mean.From the interior of protons to the outer reaches of the universe and from the control room of one of the world's most powerful particle accelerators to an observatory atop the tallest mountain in the Pacific basin Yulsman takes readers on a fantastic voyage at the cutting edge of science. How could the universe have sprouted from absolute nothingness? What is the origin of galaxies? How do stars and planets form? And despite what now seem to be incredible odds how did Earth come to be a rich oasis of biodiversity-one that has given rise to a species intelligent enough to ask these questions? In laying out the answers Origins addresses some of the most profound issues humans have ever confronted. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406308

Orlando Gibbons and the Gibbons Family of Musicians First published in 1999 this volume is the first full-length study to deal with the life and music of Orlando Gibbons since E.H. Fellowes’s short book originally published in 1923. John Harley investigates in detail the family and musical background from which Orlando Gibbons emerged and gives a fascinating account of the activities of his father William Gibbons as a wait in Oxford and Cambridge. He traces too the activities of Orlando’s brothers – Edward who was the master of the choristers at King’s College Cambridge and later at Exeter Cathedral; Ferdinando who may have taken over from his father as head of the Cambridge waits and who became a wait in Lincoln; and Ellis who contributed two madrigals to Thomas Morley’s collection of 1601 The Triumphs of Oriana. Attention naturally focuses principally on Orlando Gibbons. A full record is given of his remarkably youthful appointment as an organist of the Chapel Royal (he was probably less than twenty at the time) and of his life at court. His additional appointments as one of Prince Charles’s musicians and as organist of Westminster Abbey are also described as is his sudden and premature death in his early forties. Gibbons’s music is carefully examined in a series of chapters dealing with his pieces for keyboard and for viols his songs his full and verse anthems and his works for the Anglican liturgy. His development as a composer within these genres is followed and the character of particular pieces is considered. John Harley concludes that whereas at one time Gibbons ‘tended to be admired as a successor to Tallis and Byrd working in a style not essentially different from theirs’ it is now ‘easier to view him as a pioneer whose work was cut short by his untimely death’. Orlando Gibbons’s son Christopher was only a child when his father died but he became one of the foremost composers and keyboard players of his generation writing and performing chamber works and music for the stage during the Commonwealth. Following the Restoration of King Charles II Christopher Gibbons gained his father’s former posts at the Chapel Royal and Westminster Abbey for which establishments he wrote a number of anthems. His importance is recognized by the inclusion of a long chapter on his life and works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327214

Ornament and European ModernismFrom Art Practice to Art History These in-depth historical and critical essays study the meaning of ornament the role it played in the formation of modernism and its theoretical importance between the mid-nineteenth century and the late twentieth century in England and Germany. Ranging from Owen Jones to Ernst Gombrich through Gottfried Semper Alois Riegl August Schmarsow Wilhelm Worringer Adolf Loos Henry van de Velde and Hermann Muthesius the contributors show how artistic theories are deeply related to the art practice of their own times and how ornament is imbued with historical and social meaning.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743403

Ornament and OrderGraffiti Street Art and the Parergon Over the last forty years graffiti and street-art have become a global phenomenon within the visual arts. Whilst they have increasingly been taken seriously by the art establishment (or perhaps the art market) their academic and popular examination still remains within old debates which argue over whether these acts are vandalism or art and which examine the role of graffiti in gang culture and in terms of visual pollution. Based on an in-depth ethnographic study working with some of the world’s most influential Independent Public Artists this book takes a completely new approach. Placing these illicit aesthetic practices within a broader historical political and aesthetic context it argues that they are in fact both intrinsically ornamental (working within a classic architectonic framework) as well as innately ordered (within a highly ritualized performative structure). Rather than disharmonic destructive forms rather than ones solely working within the dynamics of the market these insurgent images are seen to reface rather than deface the city operating within a modality of contemporary civic ritual. The book is divided into two main sections Ornament and Order. Ornament focuses upon the physical artifacts themselves the various meanings these public artists ascribe to their images as well as the tensions and communicative schemata emerging out of their material form. Using two very different understandings of political action it places these illicit icons within the wider theoretical debate over the public sphere that they materially re-present. Order is focused more closely on the ephemeral trace of these spatial acts the explicitly performative practice-based elements of their aesthetic production. Exploring thematics such as carnival and play risk and creativity it tracks how the very residue of this cultural production structures and shapes the socio-ethico guidelines of these artists’ lifeworlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292154

Ornamental Fishes and Aquatic InvertebratesSelf-Assessment Color Review Second Edition This is a new edition in the Self-Assessment Colour Review series that covers ornamental fish. It includes 200 colour illustrated cases in random order as they would be presented in practice. It presents questions based on each case with answers that fully explore the disease/disorder. This new edition contains 250 new cases. The book should appeal to candidates preparing for examinations and to practitioners in their continuing education. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482258868

Ornamental GeophytesFrom Basic Science to Sustainable Production Although a great deal of research on ornamental geophytes has been conducted since the beginning of the 1990s current information has not been comprehensively presented to researchers and horticulturalists. Covering the latest advances in geophytes science Ornamental Geophytes: From Basic Science to Sustainable Production provides up-to-date reviews on geophyte taxonomy physiology genetics production plant protection and postharvest biology. Novel approaches to environmentally-friendly sustainable production and integrated management have stimulated new research directions and innovative biochemical and molecular methods have opened new avenues in taxonomy and breeding. In addition to the issues historically associated with traditionally growing countries the book reviews the development of new production centers in Africa Asia and South America. In 20 chapters this book reflects three main trends in plant science and horticulture: A demand for sustainable and environmentally friendly production Widespread employment of new molecular technologies The globalization of the production and marketing chains Thoroughly modern and in tune with the needs and methods of the geophytes industry Ornamental Geophytes: From Basic Science to Sustainable Production will benefit not only researchers who have been engaged for years but also new researchers and students who must meet and challenge the existing dogmas. In addition the information contained in this book is vital to bringing the value of flower bulbs to the worldwide consumers who are the most important and last links in the chain of utilization and profitability of all ornamental products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198616

Ornamental OrigamiExploring 3D Geometric Designs This book is a great resource for people who enjoy polyhedra symmetry geometry mathematics and origami. The types of models presented are similar in nature to the models in Mukerji's Marvelous Modular Origami but some of the chapters are more advanced and all of the designs are new. The reader can learn about polyhedra while making these models and is left with the ability to design one's own models. Step-by-step folding instructions for over 40 models are presented. Although the book is for intermediate folders beginners are encouraged to try because origami basics are explained. The diagrams are easy to follow and each model is accompanied by breathtaking finished model photographs. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442313

OroonokoAdaptations and Offshoots With the aim of examining the postcolonial applications of Aphra Behn's re-entry into the literary canon the editor presents this edition as a collection representing the nexus of very specific articulations of literary cultural and political tropes produced by various writers and adapters from 1695 through 1999. The volume begins with a general introduction. It then presents seven 18th-century versions of the play and one poem ending with 'Biyi Bandele's late 20th-century drama. All texts are supplemented by original paratextual commentary if that is known and prefaced by a brief editorial commentary setting out pertinent biographical bibliographical theatrical and historical context not covered in the general introduction. The tradition of stage adaptations of Oroonoko most of them keyed to Southerne's drama rather than to Behn's initial novella clearly shows the responsiveness of this series to studies of authorship gender genre and theatricality class race and especially the British response to the Atlantic slave trade and thus to the enduring relevance of these plays in modern literary and historical scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357082

Orphaned by the Colour of My SkinA Stolen Generation Story In an invasive paternalistic federal public policy environment for Indigenous communities this book provides an in-depth account of one person's experiences as a 'Stolen Generation' Aboriginal Australian. Told from the heart the book speaks in the raw voice of a grandmother reflecting on her life focusing on her childhood experiences subsequent perceptions and life stories. The book presents a rare autobiographical journaling of the psychological impact of institutionalisation on an Indigenous woman her search for family community and identity her psychological breakdown and her personal reconstruction through telling her story in a supportive educational environment. As an Appendix the author provides us with a critical analysis and autoethnography - using her story as a case study - that provides deep insights into the personal experience of dealing with forced institutionalisation and social engineering to assimilate Aboriginal people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138402324

Orphans and Abandoned Children in European HistorySixteenth to Twentieth Centuries In a world dominated by poverty a central characteristic has been the plight of orphans and abandoned children. Over the centuries State Church and individuals have all attempted to tackle the issue but can we trace any change over the course of time when it comes to the welfare system intended for these disadvantaged children and acts of philanthropy? What kind of social policies did States follow and what were the main differences between countries and regions? Drawing on historical evidence across several centuries and a range of European countries the contributors to this volume provide a transnational overview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348878

Orson Welles on ShakespeareThe W.P.A. and Mercury Theatre Playscripts This volume is the only publication available of the fully annotated playscripts of Wells' W.P.A Federal Theatre Project and Mercury Theatre adaptations including the "Voodoo" Macbeth the modern-dress Julius Caesar and Welles' compilation of history plays Five Kings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139886

Orthodontic PearlsA Selection of Practical Tips and Clinical Expertise Second Edition Orthodontic Pearls: A Selection of Practical Tips and Clinical Expertise synthesizes a wealth of information gleaned from clinical and administrative experiences in orthodontic practice. The administration and running of an orthodontic practice is not often taught extensively or formally in most schools. This book fills that gap by providing tips techniques and practical hints to assist in everything from diagnosis and the use of appliances to patient management and marketing. Much of the information in this book comes from experience as well as lectures courses and journals. This second edition has been revised and expanded to cover: Digital advances in photography and radiology Digital intra oral scanning Lingual orthodontic treatments Temporomandibular joint disturbances Temporary anchorage devices Impacted canines Interdisciplinary treatment Risk management Marketing of the orthodontic practice The expanded orthodontic team Continuing education and its relevance to orthodontic practice Written in an informal style more akin to a seminar or tutorial this book provides readers with information helpful in both the administrative and clinical components of their orthodontic practice. It is essential reading for all practitioners—even the most experienced orthodontists—who wish to improve their skills and knowledge in the clinical treatment of patients. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482241945

Orthodox Christian Identity in Western EuropeContesting Religious Authority This book analyses the discourses of Orthodox Christianity in Western Europe to demonstrate the emerging discrepancies between the mother Church in the East and its newer Western congregations. Showing the genesis and development of these discourses over the twentieth century it examines the challenges the Orthodox Church is facing in the modern world. Organised along four different discursive fields the book uses these fields to analyse the Orthodox Church in Western Europe during the twentieth century. It explores pastoral ecclesiological institutional and ecumenical discourses in order to present a holistic view of how the Church views itself and how it seeks to interact with other denominations. Taken together these four fields reveal a discursive vitality outside of the traditionally Orthodox societies that is however only partly reabsorbed by the church hierarchs in core Orthodox regions like Southeast Europe and Russia. The Orthodox Church is a complex and multi-faceted global reality.Therefore this book will be a vital guide to scholars studying the Orthodox Church ecumenism and religion in Europe as well as those working in religious studies sociology of religion and theology more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484187

Orthodox Christian Material CultureOf People and Things in the Making of Heaven Although much has been written on the making of art objects as a means of engaging in creative productions of the self (most famously Alfred Gell’s work) there has been very little written on Orthodox Christianity and its use of material within religious self-formation. Eastern Orthodox Christianity is renowned for its artistry and the aesthetics of its worship being an integral part of devout practice. Yet this is an area with little ethnographic exploration available and even scarcer ethnographic attention given to the material culture of Eastern Christianity outside the traditional ‘homelands’ of the greater Levant and Eastern Europe.Drawing from and building upon Gell’s work Carroll explores the uses and purposes of material culture in Eastern Orthodox Christian worship. Drawing on three years of ethnographic fieldwork in a small Antiochian Orthodox parish in London Carroll focusses on a study of ecclesiastical fabric but places this within the wider context of Orthodox material ecology in Britain. This ethnographic exploration leads to discussion of the role of materials in the construction of religious identity material understandings of religion and pathways of pilgrimatic engagement and religious movement across Europe. In a religious tradition characterised by repetition and continuity but also as sensuously tactile this book argues that material objects are necessary for the continual production of Orthodox Christians as art-like subjects. It is an important contribution to the corpus of literature on the anthropology of material culture and art and the anthropology of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590550

Orthodox Christianity and GenderDynamics of Tradition Culture and Lived Practice The Orthodox Christian tradition has all too often been sidelined in conversations around contemporary religion. Despite being distinct from Protestantism and Catholicism in both theology and practice it remains an underused setting for academic inquiry into current lived religious practice. This collection therefore seeks to redress this imbalance by investigating modern manifestations of Orthodox Christianity through an explicitly gender-sensitive gaze. By addressing attitudes to gender in this context it fills major gaps in the literature on both religion and gender. Starting with the traditional teachings and discourses around gender in the Orthodox Church the book moves on to demonstrate the diversity of responses to those narratives that can be found among Orthodox populations in Europe and North America. Using case studies from several countries with both large and small Orthodox populations contributors use an interdisciplinary approach to address how gender and religion interact in contexts such as iconography conversion social activism and ecumenical relations among others. From Greece and Russia to Finland and the USA this volume sheds new light on the myriad ways in which gender is manifested performed and engaged within contemporary Orthodoxy. Furthermore it also demonstrates that employing the analytical lens of gender enables new insights into Orthodox Christianity as a lived tradition. It will therefore be of great interest to scholars of both Religious Studies and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574205

Orthodox Christianity and the Politics of TransitionUkraine Serbia and Georgia This book discusses in detail how Orthodox Christianity was involved in and influenced political transition in Ukraine Serbia and Georgia after the collapse of communism. Based on original research including extensive interviews with clergy and parishioners as well as historical legal and policy analysis the book argues that the nature of the involvement of churches in post-communist politics depended on whether the interests of the church (for example in education the legal system or economic activity) were accommodated or threatened: if accommodated churches confined themselves to the sacred domain; if threatened they engaged in daily politics. If churches competed with each other for organizational interests they evoked the support of nationalism while remaining within the religious domain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420079

Orthodox Christianity in 21st Century GreeceThe Role of Religion in Culture Ethnicity and Politics One of the predominantly Orthodox countries that has never experienced communism is Greece a country uniquely situated to offer insights about contemporary trends and developments in Orthodox Christianity. This volume offers a comprehensive treatment of the role Orthodox Christianity plays at the dawn of the twenty-first century Greece from social scientific and cultural-historical perspectives. This book breaks new ground by examining in depth the multifaceted changes that took place in the relationship between Orthodox Christianity and politics ethnicity gender and popular culture. Its intention is two-fold: on the one hand it aims at revisiting some earlier stereotypes widespread both in academic and others circles about the Greek Orthodox Church its cultural specificity and its social presence such as its alleged intrinsic non-pluralistic attitude toward non-Orthodox Others. On the other hand it attempts to show how this fairly traditional religious system underwent significant changes in recent years affecting its public role and image particularly as it became more and more exposed to the challenges of globalization and multiculturalism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599137

Orthodox Christians in the Late Ottoman EmpireA Study of Communal Relations in Anatolia Orthodox Christians as well as other non-Muslims of the Ottoman Empire have long been treated as insular and homogenous entities distinctly different and separate from the rest of the Ottoman world. Despite this view prevailing in mainstream historiography some scholars have suggested recently that non-Muslim life was not as monolithic and rigid as is often supposed. In an endeavour to understand the ties among Christians within the administrative social and economic structures of the imperial and Orthodox Christian worlds Ayşe Ozil engages in a rarely undertaken comparative analysis of Ottoman Greek and European archival sources. Using the hitherto under-explored region of Hüdavendigar in the heartland of the empire as a case study she questions commonplace assumptions about the meaning of ethno-religious community within a Middle Eastern imperial framework. Offering a more nuanced investigation of Ottoman Christians by connecting Ottoman and Greek history which are often treated in isolation from one another this work sheds new light on communal existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108073

Orthodox Identities in Western EuropeMigration Settlement and Innovation The Orthodox migration in the West matters despite its unobtrusive presence. And it matters in a way that has not yet been explored in social and religious studies: in terms of size geographical scope theological input and social impact. This book explores the adjustment of Orthodox migrants and their churches to Western social and religious contexts in different scenarios. This variety is consistent with Orthodox internal diversity regarding ethnicity migration circumstances Church-State relations and in line with the specificities of the receiving country in terms of religious landscape degree of secularisation legal treatment of immigrant religious institutions or socio-economic configurations. Exploring how Orthodox identities develop when displaced from traditional ground where they are socially and culturally embedded this book offers fresh insights into Orthodox identities in secular religiously pluralistic social contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546172

Orthodox Religion and Politics in Contemporary Eastern EuropeOn Multiple Secularisms and Entanglements This book explores the relationship between Orthodox religion and politics in Eastern Europe Russia and Georgia. It demonstrates how as these societies undergo substantial transformation Orthodox religion can be both a limiting and an enabling factor how the relationship between religion and politics is complex and how the spheres of religion and politics complement reinforce influence and sometimes contradict each other. Considering a range of thematic issues with examples from a wide range of countries with significant Orthodox religious groups and setting the present situation in its full historical context the book provides a rich picture of a subject which has been too often oversimplified. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582463

Orthodox Revivalism in RussiaDriving Forces and Moral Quests Orthodoxy has achieved a large scale revival in Russia following the collapse of Communism. However paradoxically although there is a high level of identification with Orthodoxy there is in fact a low level of church attendance. This book based on in depth ethnographic fieldwork explores the social background and moral attitudes of the "little flock" of believers who actively participate in religious life. It reveals that the complex moral beliefs of the faithful have a disproportionately high impact on Russian society overall; that among the faithful there is a strong emphasis on striving for personal perfection; but that also there are strong collective ideas concerning religious nationalism and the synergy between the secular and the religious. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367474201

Orthodoxy and Heresy in Islam SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY PRICE! (Valid until three months after publication) To what extent can concepts such as orthodoxy and heresy—originating from a different religious and cultural tradition—be applied in an Islamic context? This new Routledge collection of major works synthesizes the latest scholarship to address and answer this question. It explores the terminology on religious ‘deviation’ found in Islamic texts and looks at specific debated issues that shed light on the implications of the theoretical discussions. The readership for this collection will be wide: teachers and students in Islamic Studies Religious Studies Medieval Studies Sociology and Anthropology will all welcome this essential work of reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820455

Orthodoxy and IslamTheology and Muslim�Christian Relations in Modern Greece and Turkey Church History reveals that Christianity has its roots in Palestine during the first century and was spread throughout the Mediterranean countries by the Apostles. However despite sharing the same ancestry Muslims and Christians have been living in a challenging symbiotic co-existence for more than fourteen centuries in many parts of South-Eastern Europe and the Middle East.This book analyses contemporary Christian-Muslim relations in the traditional lands of Orthodoxy and Islam. In particular it examines the development of Eastern Orthodox ecclesiological thinking on Muslim-Christian relations and religious minorities in the context of modern Greece and Turkey. Greece where the prevailing religion is Eastern Orthodoxy accommodates an official recognised Muslim minority based in Western Thrace as well as other Muslim populations located at major Greek urban centres and the islands of the Aegean Sea. On the other hand Turkey where the Ecumenical Patriarchate of Constantinople is based is a Muslim country which accommodates within its borders an official recognised Greek Orthodox Minority. The book then suggests ways in which to overcome the difficulties that Muslim and Christian communities are still facing with the Turkish and Greek States. Finally it proposes that the positive aspects of the coexistence between Muslims and Christians in Western Thrace and Istanbul might constitute an original model that should be adopted in other EU and Middle East countries where challenges and obstacles between Muslim and Christian communities still persist. This book offers a distinct and useful contribution to the ever popular subject of Christian-Muslim relations especially in South-East Europe and the Middle East. It will be a key resource for students and scholars of Religious Studies and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885762

Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access Fundamentals and Applications Supported by the expert-level advice of pioneering researchers Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access Fundamentals and Applications provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the foundations and applications of one of the most promising access technologies for current and future wireless networks. It includes authoritative coverage of the history fundamental principles key techniques and critical design issues of OFDM systems. Covering various techniques of effective resource management for OFDM/OFDMA-based wireless communication systems this cutting-edge reference:Addresses open problems and supplies possible solutionsProvides a concise overview of key techniques for adaptive modulation Investigates radio channel modeling in OFDMA-based wireless communication systemsDetails detection strategies of frequency-domain equalization for broadband communicationsIntroduces a novel combination of OFDM and the orbital angular momentum of the electromagnetic field to improve performance Contains extensive treatment of adaptive MIMO beamforming suitable for multiuser accessThis valuable resource supplies readers with a macro-level understanding of OFDMA and its key issues while providing a systematic manual for those whose work is directly related to practical OFDMA and other multiuser communication systems projects. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367384227

Orthogonal FunctionsMoment Theory and Continued Fractions "Oulines an array of recent work on the analytic theory and potential applications of continued fractions linear functionals orthogonal functions moment theory and integral transforms. Describes links between continued fractions. Pade approximation special functions and Gaussian quadrature." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413269

Orthographies and ReadingPerspectives from Cognitive Psychology Neuropsychology and Linguistics Originally published in 1984 the previous two decades had seen a rebirth of psychological interest in the process of reading. Attention had increasingly been directed to aspects of fluent reading such as eye-movement control or contextual effects within the sentence to a great extent progress had depended on refinement of the experimental analysis of factors that govern the processing of isolated words. This seemingly narrow concern with word recognition turned out to raise a rich collection of questions about the reader’s access to phonology and meaning. In this volume these questions are pursued across the range of orthographic systems which written languages exhibit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092488

Orthopaedic Biomaterials in Research and Practice Revised expanded and updated Orthopaedic Biomaterials in Research and Practice Second Edition introduces materials science and applies it to medical research and treatment. This book incorporates math and engineering which makes it accessible to trainees and others working in the industry who are lacking primary mathematical and engineering training. What’s New in the Second Edition: In the second edition the new material includes regeneration hybrid and replant materials tissue engineering electrical stimulation for tissue growth and repair modeling of material behavior in service and long-term function of materials in patients. It explores tools for non-destructive and destructive analysis of explanted devices and provides updates on all material classes including shape memory and degradable alloys fracture-resistant ceramics and bioabsorbable polymers. It provides a compendium for implant host response including in-depth discussion of metallosis and hypersensitive response. It also adds new case studies worked problems and a complete self-evaluation test with annotated answers. Includes focused practical study questions after each chapter Presents extensive detailed figures accompanying example problems and concepts Provides a one-stop reference for understanding all biomaterials that are used in contemporary orthopaedic surgery and beyond Introduces key concepts of relevance in each chapter Orthopaedic Biomaterials in Research and Practice Second Edition serves as a textbook for orthopaedic residents. It can also serve as a review for the Orthopaedists In-Training Examination (OITE) the Orthopaedic Self-Assessment Examination or the Orthopaedic Board Examination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074866

Orthopaedic Biomechanics Given the strong current attention of orthopaedic biomechanical and biomedical engineering research on translational capabilities for the diagnosis prevention and treatment of clinical disease states the need for reviews of the state-of-art and current needs in orthopaedics is very timely. Orthopaedic Biomechanics provides an in-depth review of the current knowledge of orthopaedic biomechanics across all tissues in the musculoskeletal system at all size scales and with direct relevance to engineering and clinical applications. Discussing the relationship between mechanical loading function and biological performance it first reviews basic structure-function relationships for most major orthopedic tissue types followed by the most-relevant structures of the body. It then addresses multiscale modeling and biologic considerations. It concludes with a look at applications of biomechanics focusing on recent advances in theory technology and applied engineering approaches. With contributions from leaders in the field the book presents state-of-the-art findings techniques and perspectives. Much of orthopaedic biomechanical and biomedical engineering research is directed at the translational capabilities for the "real world". Addressing this from the perspective of diagnostics prevention and treatment in orthopaedic biomechanics the book supplies novel perspectives for the interdisciplinary approaches required to translate orthopaedic biomechanics to today’s real world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439860939

Orthopaedic Issues in Osteoporosis Orthopaedic procedures in elderly patients are challenging and costly. As the population ages these costs will continue to escalate. ORTHOPAEDIC ISSUES IN OSTEOPOROSIS weaves together theory and applications to provide the first reference available on the orthopaedic aspects of osteoporosis. The focus on the management of patients who have had a fracture sets this book apart. Featuring extensive coverage of surgical management of osteoporotic fractures it highlights the challenges of internal repair in osteoporotic bone. The chapters combine the basic and clinical essentials of osteoporosis with the latest orthopaedic findings in applied research and surgical treatment.Fractures associated with osteoporosis account for the majority of the money spent on this condition. However the orthpaedic treatment of osteoporotic bone is a formidable surgical problem and one not covered explicitly in any book - until now. With over 300 tables line drawings equations and macro or X-ray photographs ORTHOPAEDIC ISSUES IN OSTEOPOROSIS is a long overdue resource.About the Editor: Yuehuei H. (Huey) An MD graduated from the Harbin Medical University Harbin Northeast China in 1983 and was trained in orthopaedic surgery at the Beijing Ji Shui Tan Hospital (Residency) and in hand surgery at Sydney Hospital (Clinical Fellow) Australia. In 1991 Dr. An joined with Dr. Richard J. Friedman in the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery at the Medical University of South Carolina to establish the MUSC Orthopaedic Research Laboratory which is now a multifunctional orthopaedic research center. Dr. An has published more than 100 scientific papers and book chapters and more than 100 abstracts and edited 6 books including Animal Models in Orthopaedic Research (CRC Press 1999) and Mechanical Testing of Bone and the Bone-Implant Interface (CRC Press 2000). He is an active member of eight academic societies in the fields of orthopaedics biomaterials biomechanics and Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395759

Orthopaedic TraumaThe Stanmore and Royal London Guide Highly Commended BMA Medical Book Awards 2015 Orthopaedic Trauma: The Stanmore and Royal London Guide is a definitive and practical guide to musculoskeletal trauma surgery with an emphasis on the techniques employed and the reasoning behind them. Written with the needs of trainees in orthopaedic surgery in mind this comprehensive book systematically covers all aspects of trauma of the upper limb lower limb and spine with separate sections on paediatric trauma. Many chapters include detailed descriptions of the initial diagnosis and management of common injuries as well as the consent process theatre set-up and surgical approach required for operative treatment. The book also features sections on topics such as polytrauma pelvic trauma and resuscitation enabling the reader to learn safe evidence-based approaches. Information on complications key references viva and multiple-choice questions to test understanding of concepts covered are included in each chapter allowing the book to be used both as a practical guide to the treatment of patients and as a preparation tool for postgraduate orthopaedic examinations. This book complements the successful titles Basic Orthopaedic Sciences: The Stanmore Guide and Operative Orthopaedics: The Stanmore Guide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444148824

Orthopaedics and Rheumatology on the Move The Medicine on the Move series provides fully flexible access to subjects across the curriculum in a unique combination of print and mobile formats ideal for the busy medical student and junior doctor. No matter what your learning style whether you are studying a subject for the first time or revisiting it during exam preparation Medicine on the Move will give you the support you need.This innovative print and app package will help you to connect with the topics of orthopaedics and rheumatology to learn understand and enjoy them and to cement your knowledge in preparation for exams and future clinical practice. By using this resource in print or as an app you really will experience the opportunity to learn medicine on the move. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444145670

Orwell Reconsidered George Orwell has had a profound influence on modern politics and culture. He is regularly invoked as an authority by journalists commentators and politicians and his works speak with increasing relevance to our polarised and media-saturated society. Stephen Ingle explores Orwell’s character his life and his beliefs by guiding the reader through the main events private and public that shaped his life and major works. This includes his time fighting in the Spanish Civil War as well as the writing of classics like Animal Farm and 1984. The book also reconsiders Orwell’s legacy and contextualises his contemporary resonance. Orwell it is argued is more concerned with morality than ideology. This book will be of significant interest to students and other readers interested in Orwell’s life as well as his profound contribution to the history of social and political thought and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344795

Orwell’s “Politics and the English Language” in the Age of Pseudocracy Orwell’s "Politics and the English Language" in the Age of Pseudocracy visits the essay as if for the first time clearing away lore about the essay and responding to the prose itself. It shows how many of Orwell’s rules and admonitions are far less useful than they are famed to be but it also shows how some of them can be refurbished for our age and how his major claim—that politics corrupts language which then corrupts political discourse further and so on indefinitely—can best be re-deployed today. "Politics and the English Language" has encouraged generations of writers and readers and teachers and students to take great care to be skeptical and clear-sighted. The essay itself requires a fresh clear skeptical analysis so that it can with reapplication reclaim its status as a touchstone in our era of the rule of falsehood: the age of "pseudocracy." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607173

Os sons do portuguêsuma introdução prática à fonética e à pronúncia da língua portuguesa Os sons do português is a practical introduction to the phonetics and pronunciation of Portuguese with a focus on the sound patterns of Portuguese from a nontheoretical perspective. Written entirely in Portuguese the book addresses the correspondence between sounds and spelling rules syllabic structure and stress patterns of the language as well as an introduction to phonetic notation terminology and transcription. Key features: • Easy-to-follow organization with gradual development from introductory to advanced material to build on students’ pre-existing knowledge of Portuguese pronunciation. • A range of activities including descriptive and audio-visual exercises based on examples from cultural products of Portuguese-speaking communities. • Illustrative descriptions and audio-visual samples of the main dialects of the Lusophone world particularly from Brazil and Portugal. • Online access to audio files that accompany the text. This is an ideal resource for non-native and heritage speakers of Portuguese at level B2–C2 of the Common European Framework for Languages and Intermediate High–Advanced High on the ACTFL proficiency scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225510

Oscar Faber's Reinforced Concrete This E. & F. N. Spon title is now distributed by Routledge in the US and Canada. It contains detailed coverage of the basic theory of reinforced and prestressed concrete and demonstrates a wide range of practical applications. Examples and diagrams are used extensively throughout for ease of understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138470422

Oscar Wilde This set comprises 40 volumes covering 19th and 20th century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852111

Oscar Wilde and the SimulacrumThe Truth of Masks This book presents a philosophical context to show how Oscar Wilde broke from idealism and challenges recent neo-historicist readings of Wilde which seem content to limit his irruptive power. It reads Wilde through Deleuze and postmodern philosophical commentary on the simulacrum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601164

OSCE PASSCARDS for Medical Students Mrs Smith was prescribed Flucloxacillin despite being penicillin allergic and suffered an anaphylactic reaction. Her husband now wishes to speak to you. You were not present at the time and you are not sure of what happened however he demands to speak to you as you are a doctor and part of the team looking after her. What do you do? These 96 invaluable flashcards thoroughly test OSCE candidates on correct procedure for a wealth of topics from taking blood to managing advanced life support scrubbing for theatre to breaking bad news. Each topic is presented in an easy-to-read table detailing best practice including pertinent questions tests to perform possible responses and suspected diagnoses. Expertly laid out the small A5 format makes for easy handling - ideal for revision and self-examination. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379470

OSCEs for the MRCOG Part 2: A Self-Assessment GuideA Self-Assessment Guide OSCEs for the MRCOG Part 2 is a thorough and practical self-assessment guide that will prove invaluable as you prepare for your MRCOG Part 2 oral examination. Based on the latest changes to the MRCOG syllabus Written by MRCOG examiners Ideal for revision and cramming with marking schemes provided for you to work through OSCEs for the MRCOG Part 2 is designed to fully prepare you for your OSCE. This new edition will concentrate your theoretical and practical knowledge of obstetrics and gynaecology as recommended in the syllabus for the MRCOG Part 2 examination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444121841

OSCEs for the MRCS Part BA Bailey & Love Revision Guide Second Edition This is a fully updated edition of the hugely successful OSCEs for the MRCS Part B: A Bailey and Love Revision Guide. The content has been revised in line with recent changes to the examination such as the introduction of microbiology and applied surgical sciences and changes from patient safety to clinical and procedural skills.Popular with trainee surgeons preparing for the oral element of the MRCS (the objective structured clinical examination or OSCE) this revision guide will maximise the chances of success in surgical examinations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498741569

Oscillation Nonoscillation Stability and Asymptotic Properties for Second and Higher Order Functional Differential Equations Asymptotic properties of solutions such as stability/ instability oscillation/ nonoscillation existence of solutions with specific asymptotics maximum principles present a classical part in the theory of higher order functional differential equations. The use of these equations in applications is one of the main reasons for the developments in this field. The control in the mechanical processes leads to mathematical models with second order delay differential equations. Stability and stabilization of second order delay equations are one of the main goals of this book. The book is based on the authors’ results in the last decade. Features: Stability oscillatory and asymptotic properties of solutions are studied in correlation with each other. The first systematic description of stability methods based on the Bohl-Perron theorem. Simple and explicit exponential stability tests. In this book various types of functional differential equations are considered: second and higher orders delay differential equations with measurable coefficients and delays integro-differential equations neutral equations and operator equations. Oscillation/nonoscillation existence of unbounded solutions instability special asymptotic behavior positivity exponential stability and stabilization of functional differential equations are studied. New methods for the study of exponential stability are proposed. Noted among them inlcude the W-transform (right regularization) a priory estimation of solutions maximum principles differential and integral inequalities matrix inequality method and reduction to a system of equations. The book can be used by applied mathematicians and as a basis for a course on stability of functional differential equations for graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367337544

Oscillation Theory for Functional Differential Equations Examines developments in the oscillatory and nonoscillatory properties of solutions for functional differential equations presenting basic oscillation theory as well as recent results. The book shows how to extend the techniques for boundary value problems of ordinary differential equations to those of functional differential equations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744727

Oscillations and WavesAn Introduction Second Edition Emphasizing physics over mathematics this popular classroom-tested text helps advanced undergraduates acquire a sound physical understanding of wave phenomena. This second edition of Oscillations and Waves: An Introduction contains new widgets animations in Python and exercises as well as updated chapter content throughout; continuing to ease the difficult transition for students between lower-division courses that mostly encompass algebraic equations and upper-division courses that rely on differential equations. Assuming familiarity with the laws of physics and college-level mathematics the author covers aspects of optics that crucially depend on the wave-like nature of light such as wave optics. Examples explore discrete mechanical optical and quantum mechanical systems; continuous gases fluids and elastic solids; electronic circuits; and electromagnetic waves. The text also introduces the conventional complex representation of oscillations and waves during the discussion of quantum mechanical waves. Features: Fully updated throughout and featuring new widgets animations and end of chapter exercises to enhance understanding Offers complete coverage of advanced topics in waves such as electromagnetic wave propagation through the ionosphere Includes examples from mechanical systems elastic solids electronic circuits optical systems and other areas Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138479715

Oscillations in Neural Systems This book is the fourth in a series based on conferences sponsored by the Metroplex Institute for Neural Dynamics (MIND) an interdisciplinary organization of Dallas-Fort Worth area neural network professionals in both academia and industry. This topic was chosen as the focus for this special issue because of the increasing interest by neuroscientists and psychologists in both rhythmic and chaotic activity patterns observed in the nervous system. Neither the mathematical structure of neural oscillations nor their functional significance is precisely understood. There are a great many open problems in both the structure and function of neural oscillations whether rhythmic chaotic or a combination of the two and many of these problems are dealt with in the chapters of this book. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002548

OSHA Compliance ManagementA Guide For Long-Term Health Care Facilities Designed specifically for the needs preferences and styles distinct to long-term care this OSHA Compliance Management: A Guide for Long-Term Health Care Facilities serves as an excellent working reference. It focuses on priorities and provides you with the background and tools vital to achieving OSHA compliance and inspection preparedness.In this user-friendly practical hands-on manual you get:Inspection preparedness briefing materials that provide you with last minute advice and activitiesReal-life scenarios offering hands-on practical advice and directions to minimize liabilityComprehensive policies with built in flexibility for designing mandatory practices to best fit your organization's needsSummary discussions give you a quick concise overview of all the issues covered including historical significance current developments and cautionary notesLong-term care documentation recordkeeping and management tools for streamlining activities and maximizing necessary expended effortsStep-by-step instructions for conducting and documenting specific types of assessments and information necessary for strategic decision and policy makingFlow charts tables and other materials containing long term care specific statistics and decision tree processesStreamline your organization's processes save time and money avoid liability and improve safety management and performance. OSHA Compliance Management: A Guide for Long-Term Health Care Facilities gives you a headstart in achieving OSHA compliance and being prepared for OSHA inspections. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397760

Osmotic and Ionic RegulationCells and Animals In the 40 years since the classic review of osmotic and ionic regulation written by Potts and Parry there has been astonishing growth in scientific productivity a marked shift in the direction and taxonomic distribution of research and amazing changes in the technology of scientific research"…It is indicative of the growth of the subject that as time passes the number of authors needed to review the subject grows exponentially. The time is ripe for a new survey of the subject and Dr. Evans is to be congratulated on the expert crew that he has recruited."—From the foreword by W.T.W. PottsOsmotic and Ionic Regulation: Cells and Animals not only fills a gap in the literature but delineates the new approaches outlooks and findings that define how the field has changed. Providing the first comprehensive summary of the fundamentally important mechanisms of ionic and osmotic regulation in 40 years it ties the new findings to the older work of Potts and Parry.This book written by accepted leaders in this field dealing with the ecology to the molecular biology of the processes and the taxa provides background information in a broad range of disciplines such as zoology evolutionary biology physiology ichthyology aquaculture marine biology entomology herpetology avian biology human nephrology conservation biology and pharmacology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452506

Osmotic Dehydration and Vacuum ImpregnationApplications in Food Industries This volume in the Food Preservation Technology Series presents the latest developments in the application of two solid-liquid operations Osmotic Dehydration (OD) and Vacuum Impregnation (VI) to the food industry. An international group of experts report on the improvement of osmotic processes at atmospheric pressure for fruits and vegetables current applications of vacuum impregnation and osmotic dehydration processes and their industrial significance for fruits and vegetables and applications of atmospheric and vacuum salting treatments for cheese fish and meat processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455248

OSPF and IS-ISFrom Link State Routing Principles to Technologies This book describes and compares both the IPv4 and IPv6 versions of OSPF and IS-IS. It explains OSPF and IS-IS by grounding the analysis on the principles of Link State Routing (LSR). It deliberately separates principles from technologies. Understanding the principles behind the technologies makes the learning process easier and more solid. Moreover it helps uncovering the dissimilarities and commonalities of OSPF and IS-IS and exposing their stronger and weaker features. The chapters on principles explain the features of LSR protocols and discuss the alternative design options independently of technologies. The chapters on technologies provide a comprehensive description of OSPF and IS-IS with enough detail for professionals that need to work with these technologies. The final part of the book describes and discusses a large set of experiments with Cisco routers designed to illustrate the various features of OSPF and IS-IS. In particular the experiments related to the synchronization mechanisms are not usually found in the literature. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656720

OsteoporosisA Lifecourse Epidemiology Approach to Skeletal Health This is the first book to document comprehensively the ‘state of the art’ in the lifecourse epidemiology of osteoporosis. In detailed chapters expert contributors describe the current and projected future burden of disease developments in the understanding of risk factors for osteoporosis from cradle to grave the underlying mechanisms and advances in approaches to risk assessment and treatment. It is essential reading for all students on postgraduate courses in bone health as well as an important reference for practitioners and researchers in osteoporosis epidemiology and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138196162

Ostracism Exclusion and Rejection Ostracism Exclusion and Rejection examines research into the related phenomena of ostracism exclusion and rejection. Most individuals have experienced both sides of the coin: being ostracized and ostracizing others. People experience mild forms of ostracism on a daily basis but some endure years and decades of being the social outcast. How does it feel to be shunned left out not wanted? Research suggests that even the mildest and briefest forms of ostracism are painful and have downstream consequences to our feelings of social connection. Longer-term ostracism has devastating consequences on individuals’ health and well-being. This innovative compilation covers how being cast out affects the brain and body chemistry feelings and emotions thoughts and beliefs and behaviors. In addition to the primary focus on targets of ostracism researchers also examine the motives and consequences of ostracizing. Social scientists from social psychology developmental psychology neuroscience communication science cross-cultural psychology and anthropology tackle these questions with cutting-edge methods and provocative theories. A key volume for all in those fields this book also presents applications from the schoolyard to the workplace and sounds a much-needed call for further research on this universal behavior of all social animals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725584

Oswald Garrison VillardThe Dilemmas of the Absolute Pacifist in Two World Wars Oswald Garrison Villard (1872–1949) was owner and editor of both the New York Evening Post and The Nation during the first half of the twentieth century. His career as a pacifist paralleled the buildup of the American military from a minor auxiliary of the state to the "military- industrial complex" that dominates the economy of today. Originally published in 1983 this volume contains an introduction followed by a collection of articles selected letters and excerpts from books written by Villard and published during this time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250775

OthelloCritical Essays Originally published in 1988. Selections here are organised chronologically looking at both theatrical commentary and literary criticism. The organisation brings out the shifts in emphasis as each generation reinvents Shakespeare and Othello by the questions asked those not asked and the answers given. Chapters cover the theme of heroic action Iago’s motivation guilt and jealousy and obsession. Some entries from the world of theatre delve into the portrayal of the Moor Desdemona and Iago from the 1940s on. Authors include A. C. Bradley William Hazlitt Ellen Terry Konstantin Stanislavsky Helen Gardner and Edward A. Snow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138854949

OthelloCritical Essays Including twenty-one groundbreaking chapters that examine one of Shakespeare's most complex tragedies. Othello: Critical Essays explores issues of friendship and fealty love and betrayal race and gender issues and much more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055656

Other BanalitiesMelanie Klein Revisited Melanie Klein is one of the few analysts whose body of work has inspired sociologists philosophers religious scholars literary critics and political theorists all attracted to the cross-fertilisation of her ideas. Other Banalities represents a long over-due exploration of her legacy including contributions from acclaimed interdisciplinary scholars and practitioners. The contributors situate Klein within the history of the psychoanalytic movement investigate her key theoretical and clinical advances and look at how her thought has informed contemporary perspectives in the behavioural sciences and humanities. Topics covered range from Klein’s major psychological theories to clinical pathology child development philosophy sociology politics religion ethics and aesthetics. This volume reflects the auspicious future for Kleinian revivalism and demonstrates the broad relevance of Kleinian thought. It will be of great interest to scholars and practitioners of psychology psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203929520

Other Children Other LanguagesIssues in the theory of Language Acquisition This volume investigates the implications of the study of populations other than educated middle-class normal children and languages other than English on a universal theory of language acquisition. Because the authors represent different theoretical orientations their contributions permit the reader to appreciate the full spectrum of language acquisition research. Emphasis is placed on the principle ways in which data from pathology and from a variety of languages may affect universal statements. The contributors confront some of the major theoretical issues in acquisition. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203773208

Other CulturesAims Methods and Achievements in Social Anthropology The first part of this book considers what kind of study social anthropology is the types of questions social anthropologists ask and how they go about obtaining the answers. The second part discusses the more important fields in which social anthropologists have advanced our knowledge of other cultures: kinship and marriage social order economic relations and magical and religious institutions. The important theme of social change is also discussed. First published in 1964. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315017648

Other EsteemMeaningful Life in a Multicultural Society First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462953

Other Histories The historization of anthropology has entailed a radically new view upon history and the nature of history. This collection of papers from the first conference of the newly formed European Association of Social Anthropologists demonstrate how ways of thinking about history are important features of any production of history and how cultural concepts enter as forcs of historical causation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203413227

Other People's BloodU.s. Immigration Prisons In The Reagan Decade During the 1980s hundreds of thousands of refugees fled civil wars and death squads in Central America seeking safe haven in the United States. Instead thousands found themselves incarcerated in immigration prisons?abused by their jailors and deprived of the most basic legal and human rights. Drawing on declassified government documents and inter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317119

Other People's CountryLaw Water and Entitlement in Settler Colonial Sites Other People’s Country thinks through the entangled objects of law – legislation policies institutions treaties and so on – that ‘govern’ waters and that make bodies of water ‘lawful’ within settler colonial sites today. Informed by the theoretical interventions of cosmopolitics and political ecology each opening up new approaches to questions of politics and ‘the political’ the chapters in this book locate these insights within material settler colonial ‘places’ rather than abstract structures of domination. A claim to water – whether by Indigenous peoples or settlers – is not simply a claim to a resource. It is a claim to knowledge and to the constitution of place and therefore in the terms of Isabelle Stengers to the continued constitution of the past present and future of real worlds. Including contributions from the fields of anthropology cultural studies cultural geography critical legal studies and settler colonial studies this collection not only engages with issues of law water and entitlement in different national contexts – including Australia Aotearoa/New Zealand New Caledonia and the USA – but also from diverse disciplinary and institutional contexts. This book was originally published as a special issue of Settler Colonial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002091

Other People's MoneyPolicy Change Congress And Bank Regulation Questions of influence are at the heart of political science. A particularly compelling answer to the question of who wields influence takes the form of subsystems theory. Combining detailed historiographical and quantitative analysis Jeffrey Worsham tracks explains and explores the policy consequences of political variation in the financial subsystem from its inception through the 1990s arguing that subsystems are a wavering-equilibrium solution to the problem of policymaking in the United States. The book answers three interrelated questions with regard to the wavering-equilibrium solution. First what have been the major patterns of participation or political variation in the financial subsystem for the first 100 years of its existence? Second what accounts for those patterns and the change from one type of politics to another? Finally what are the consequences of different types of subsystem politics for public policy? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297503

Other Voices: Hidden Histories of Liverpool's Popular Music Scenes 1930s-1970s At times it appears that a whole industry exists to perpetuate the myth of origin of the Beatles. There certainly exists a popular music (or perhaps 'rock') origin myth concerning this group and the city of Liverpool and this draws in devotees as if on a pilgrimage to Liverpool itself. Once 'within' the city local businesses exist primarily to escort these pilgrims around several almost iconic spaces and places associated with the group. At times it all almost seems 'spiritual'. One might argue however that like any function myth the music history of the Liverpool in which the Beatles grew and then departed is not fully represented. Beatles historians and businessmen-alike have seized upon myriad musical experiences and reworked them into a discourse that homogenizes not only the diverse collective articulations that initially put them into place but also the receptive practices of those travellers willing to listen to a somewhat linear exclusive narrative. Other Voices therefore exists as a history of the disparate and now partially hidden musical strands that contributed to Liverpool's musical countenance. It is also a critique of Beatles-related institutionalized popular music mythology. Via a critical historical investigation of several thus far partially hidden popular music activities in pre- and post-Second World War Liverpool Michael Brocken reveals different yet intrinsic musical and socio-cultural processes from within the city of Liverpool. By addressing such 'scenes' as those involving dance bands traditional jazz folk music country and western and rhythm and blues together with a consideration of partially hidden key places and individuals and Liverpool's first 'real' record label an assemblage of 'other voices' bears witness to an 'other' seldom discussed Liverpool. By doing so Brocken - born and raised in Liverpool - asks questions about not only the historicity of the Beatles-Liverpool narrative but also about the absence o Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262133

Other VoicesThe New Journalism in America Conflicting journalistic voices that were raised in the past have become such a jumble that merely identifying them is difficult. Dennis and Rivers define categorize present and examine the voices that contributed to what became known as "the new media" environment in the 1970s. This new journalism came about as a result of dissatisfaction with existing values and standards of the early 1960s style of journalism.The authors are comprehensive in their concerns as reflected in the national scope presented. They cover developments in the major cities on both coasts in the Middle West and South in every major region of the United States. Most of the research required travel and interviews; all of it required reading almost endlessly and watching the video productions of journalists who built the structure of alternative television. Dennis and Rivers offer a representative view of forms and media as well as the people who fashioned the new orientation.The authors claim that the wrangling over objective and interpretative reporting misses the main point which is that neither is in close touch with reality. The best objective report may cover all surfaces of an event the best interpretative report may explain all its meanings but both are bloodless a world away from the experience. Color flavor atmosphere the ultimate human meaning all these the new journalists contend are far beyond the reach of traditional models of journalism. This is one of the central reasons for the emergence of different forms and practices in our time. This volume will help younger scholars understand the sources of quasi-journalistic practices extant today including blogging and electronic-only publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529472

Other WorldsNotions of Self and Emotion among the Lohorung Rai This important ethnographic study explores the world-view of the Lohorung Rai a hill tribe of about 3 000 members living in Eastern Nepal. These rice farmers have a tradition of migration combined with hunting and gathering. By examining Lohorung concepts and their discourse on self and emotion this book explores the way in which ancestral influence dominates the daily lives and rituals of the Lohorung. It explores the ‘other world' of the Lohorung within which their concepts about the nature of the person and the natural world can be understood.This study will be relevant not only to Himalayan experts but to all anthropologists interested in culture self and emotion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135753

Otherness and the MediaThe Ethnography of the Imagined and the Imaged This anthology on otherness and the media first published in 1993 was prompted by the proliferation of writings centring on issues of ‘difference’ ‘diversity’ ‘multiculturalism’ ‘representation’ and ‘postcolonial’ discourses. Such issues and discourses question existing canons of criticism theory and cultural practice but also because they suggest a new sense of direction in theorisation of difference and representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699526

Others and Outcasts in Early Modern EuropePicturing the Social Margins Others and Outcasts in Early Modern Europe is the first book to focus directly on the visual representation of marginal and outcast people in early modern Europe. The volume offers a comprehensive and groundbreaking analysis of a wide range of images featuring Jews and Turks roguish beggars syphilitics and plague victims the 'deserving poor' toothpullers beggar philosophers black slaves itinerant actors and street hawkers. Its broad geographical and chronological scope allows the reader to build a wider picture of visual strategies and conventions for the depiction of the poor and the marginal as they developed in countries such as Germany the Netherlands Italy Spain Britain and Ireland. While such types had often been depicted in earlier centuries the essays show that they came to play a newly significant and formative role in European art between 1500 and 1750. Marking a clear departure from much previous scholarship on the subject - which has tended to view representations of poverty as passive by-products of non-visual forces - these essays place the image itself at the centre of the investigation. The studies show that many depictions of socially marginal people operated in essentially hegemonic fashion as a way of controlling or fixing the social and moral identity of those living on the edge. At the same time they also reveal the inventiveness and originality of many early modern artists in dealing with this subject matter showing how the sophisticated visuality of their representations could render meaning ambiguous in relation to such controlling discourses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254053

Otherworldly John DrydenOccult Rhetoric in His Poems and Plays Reminding readers of John Dryden’s persistent use of occult rhetoric Jack M. Armistead argues that Dryden’s otherworldliness involves more than Christian apologetics biblical typology or intermittent borrowings from the supernatural materials in classical literature. Rather it manifests throughout his career in occult materials drawn from many traditions including but going well beyond the standard classical and Christian ones. As Armistead shows Dryden’s practice of juxtaposing pre- and post-scientific treatments of such occult topics as alchemy astrology and demonology pervades many of his poems and plays. In its engagement with works such as The Indian Queen Annus Mirabilis All for Love and Absalom and Achitophel among many others Otherworldly John Dryden not only enhances our understanding of Dryden’s works but also tracks the writer’s attitudes about Providence and the ability of the poet to perceive a hidden design in earthly events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472424976

Otitis ExternaAn Essential Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment The investigation and management of ear disease occupies a significant portion of a veterinary clinician’s time. Otitis externa in particular is likely to be seen by a busy small animal clinician at least once a day. Otitis Externa: An Essential Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment provides a comprehensive source of information on the relevant structure function medical treatment and surgery of the ear from Otodectes cynotis to Pseudomonas aeruginosa. The book details the salient points of diagnosis and treatment and includes more than 200 colour illustrations. Topics include: The anatomic relationship of the components of the external middle and inner ear and normal ear function Diagnosis of otitis externa including history examination biopsy and imagin The aetiology and pathogenesis of otitis externa Proper ear cleaning and assessing the integrity of the tympanum the discharge and the canal Medical management of ear disease and primary and secondary causes Clinical signs diagnosis and management of otitis media Ototoxicity and other side effects of otic medication Aural ablation and bulla osteotomy Chronic and chronic recurrent otitis externa is frustrating and costly to the owner and often painful for the animal. Concise and user-friendly this text helps clinicians identify signs of this condition make an appropriate diagnosis and plan the best treatment options. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482224573

OtolaryngologyA Color Handbook This book is designed to help the busy practitioner develop a differential diagnosis for the otolaryngology problems they encounter in the outpatient inpatient or emergency setting. The authors discuss clinical presentations and treatments complemented by photographs of examinations and procedures to help physicians with diagnosis. The book features concise descriptions and highlights key treatment plans for the most common conditions in otolaryngology. For ease of reference chapters are organised into five major sections reflecting the make-up of the specialty: Otology Rhinology/Skull Base Laryngology Head & Neck Facial Plastics and Pediatrics. Easy to read and richly illustrated with relevant clinical photographs and diagrams Otolaryngology: A Color Handbook will be an indispensable reference for otolaryngologists primary care providers physician assistants nurses and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482253764

Otto Neurath and the History of Economics Although Otto Neurath left his mark across an array of fields in the first half of the twentieth century he was trained as an economist and wrote extensively about economics. He questioned the philosophical foundations of economic concepts the fuzziness of economic terminology the unwarranted reduction of economic theorizing to matters of price and the misplaced reliance upon certain quantitative approaches.This book intends to find a place for Otto Neurath in the history of economic thought by examining and analyzing his economic ideas both on their own terms albeit with a critical perspective and in the broader context of their impact. Neurath may be seen as a pioneer in posing ideas and approaches now considered heterodox.This book will be of interest to students and researchers of the history of economic thought and especially those interested in the evolution of heterodox economics in the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666712

Otto Peters on Distance EducationThe Industrialization of Teaching and Learning First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867290

Ottoman Army Effectiveness in World War IA Comparative Study This volume examines how the Ottoman Army was able to evolve and maintain a high level of overall combat effectiveness despite the primitive nature of the Ottoman State during the First World War. Structured around four case studies at the operational and tactical level of campaigns involving the Ottoman Empire and the British Empire: Gallipoli in 1915 Kut in 1916 Third Gaza-Beersheba in 1917 and Megiddo in 1918. For each of these campaigns particular emphasis is placed on examining specific elements of combat effectiveness and how they affected that particular battle. The prevalent historiography attributes Ottoman battlefield success primarily to external factors - such as the presence of German generals and staff officers; climate weather and terrain that adversely affected allied operations; allied bumbling and amateurish operations; and inadequate allied intelligence. By contrast Edward J. Erickson argues that the Ottoman Army was successful due to internal factors such as its organizational architecture a hardened cadre of experienced combat leaders its ability to organize itself for combat and its application of the German style of war. Ottoman Army Effectiveness in World War I will be of great interest to students of the First World War military history and strategic studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762144

Ottoman Notables and Participatory PoliticsTanzimat Reform in Tokat 1839-1876 Focussing on events in the Anatolian town of Tokat during the final two decades of the great Ottoman legal and administrative reforms known as the Tanzimat (1839-76) this book applies elements of social networking theory to analyze and assess the establishment of local governments across the Middle East.The author’s key finding is that the state’s efforts to centralize authority succeeded only when and where locals acted as the primary agents of change. Independent notables such as the military a‘yân demanded wealth and state offices in exchange for meting out reform measures according to local idioms of power. Newly created administrative bodies also offered greater social mobility to a growing multiconfessional middle-class in small towns like Tokat. The state was desparate to reform but opportunistic provincials were eager to have it only on their own terms.Challenging false assumptions about the limited scope of participatory politics in the Middle East during the nineteenth century Ottoman Notables and Participatory Politics will be of interest to students and scholars of Political Economy History and Middle East Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867539

Ottoman State First published in 2004 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010765

Ottoman Wars 1700-1870An Empire Besieged The Ottoman Empire had reached the peak of its power presenting a very real threat to Western Christendom when in 1683 it suffered its first major defeat at the Siege of Vienna.  Tracing the empire’s conflicts of the next two centuries The Ottoman Wars: An Empire Besieged examines the social transformation of the Ottoman military system in an era of global imperialismSpanning more than a century of conflict the book considers challenges the Ottoman government faced from both neighbouring Catholic Habsburg Austria and Orthodox Romanov Russia as well as - arguably more importantly – from military intellectual and religious groups within the empire.  Using close analysis of select campaigns Virginia Aksan first discusses the Ottoman Empire’s changing internal military context before addressing the modernized regimental organisation under Sultan Mahmud II after 1826.  Featuring illustrations and maps many of which have never been published before The Ottoman Wars draws on previously untapped source material to provide an original and compelling account of an empire near financial and societal collapse and the successes and failures of a military system under siege.  The book is a fascinating study of the decline of an international power raising questions about the influence of culture on warfare.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837614

Ottoman Women BuildersThe Architectural Patronage of Hadice Turhan Sultan Examined here is the historical figure and architectural patronage of Hadice Turhan Sultan the young mother of the Ottoman Sultan Mehmed IV who for most of the latter half of the seventeenth century shaped the political and cultural agenda of the Ottoman court. Captured in Russia at the age of twelve she first served the reigning sultan's mother in Istanbul. She gradually rose through the ranks of the Ottoman harem bore a male child to Sultan Ibrahim and came to power as a valide sultan or queen mother in 1648. It was through her generous patronage of architectural works-including a large mosque a tomb a market complex in the city of Istanbul and two fortresses at the entrance to the Dardanelles-that she legitimated her new political authority as a valide and then attempted to support that of her son. Central to this narrative is the question of how architecture was used by an imperial woman of the Ottoman court who because of customary and religious restrictions was unable to present her physical self before her subjects' gaze. In lieu of displaying an iconic image of herself as Queen Elizabeth and Catherine de Medici were able to do Turhan Sultan expressed her political authority and religious piety through the works of architecture she commissioned. Traditionally historians have portrayed the role of seventeenth-century royal Ottoman women in the politics of the empire as negative and de-stabilizing. But Thys-Senocak through her examination of these architectural works as concrete expressions of legitimate power and piety shows the traditional framework to be both sexist and based on an outdated paradigm of decline. Thys-Senocak's research on Hadice Turhan Sultan's two Ottoman fortresses of Seddülbahir and Kumkale improves in a significant way our understanding of early modern fortifications in the eastern Mediterranean region and will spark further research on many of the Ottoman fortifications built in the area. Plans and elevations of the fortresses are published and analysed here for the first time. Based on archival research including letters written by the queen mother many of which are published here for the first time and archaeological fieldwork her work is also informed by recent theoretical debates in the fields of art history cultural history and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264229

Ottonian Imperial Art and PortraitureThe Artistic Patronage of Otto III and Henry II Ottonian Imperial Art and Portraiture represents the first art historical consideration of the patronage of the Ottonian Emperors Otto III (983-1002) and Henry II (1002-1024). Author Eliza Garrison analyzes liturgical artworks created for both rulers with the larger goal of addressing the ways in which individual art objects and the collections to which they belonged were perceived as elements of a material historical narrative and as portraits. Since these objects and images had the capacity to stand in for the ruler in his physical absence she argues they also performed political functions that were bound to their ritualized use in the liturgy not only during the ruler's lifetime but even after his death. Garrison investigates how treasury objects could relay officially sanctioned information in a manner that texts alone could not offering the first full length exploration of this central phenomenon of the Ottonian era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107786

Ouida and Victorian Popular Culture 'Ouida ' the pseudonym of Louise Ramé (1839-1908) was one of the most productive widely-circulated and adapted of Victorian popular novelists with a readership that ranged from Vernon Lee Oscar Wilde and Ruskin to the nameless newspaper readers and subscribers to lending libraries. Examining the range and variety of Ouida’s literary output which includes journalism as well as fiction reveals her to be both a literary seismometer sensitive to the enormous shifts in taste and publication practices of the second half of the nineteenth century and a fierce protector of her independent vision. This collection offers a radically new view of Ouida helping us thereby to rethink our perceptions of popular women writers in general theatrical adaptation of their fiction and their engagements with imperialism nationalism and cosmopolitanism. The volume's usefulness to scholars is enhanced by new bibliographies of Ouida's fiction and journalism as well as of British stage adaptations of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268241

Our Accustomed Discourse on the AntiqueCesare Gonzaga & Gerolamo Garimberto Two Renaissance Collectors of Greco-Roman Art First Published in 1993. Including a guide to the collecting of this historical data in the latter part of the sixteenth century betwen 1550 and 1575 this work includes the relationship between Cesare Gonzago and Gerolamo Garimberto and their evaluations on antiquities and archaelogical advisings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315046815

Our Ancient National Airs: Scottish Song Collecting from the Enlightenment to the Romantic Era One of the earliest documented Scottish song collectors actually to go 'into the field' to gather his specimens was the Highlander Joseph Macdonald. Macdonald emigrated in 1760 - contemporaneously with the start of James Macpherson's famous but much disputed Ossian project - and it fell to the Revd. Patrick Macdonald to finish and subsequently publish his younger brother's collection. Karen McAulay traces the complex history of Scottish song collecting and the publication of major Highland and Lowland collections over the ensuing 130 years. Looking at sources authenticity collecting methodology and format McAulay places these collections in their cultural context and traces links with contemporary attitudes towards such wide-ranging topics as the embryonic tourism and travel industry; cultural nationalism; fakery and forgery; literary and musical creativity; and the move from antiquarianism and dilettantism towards an increasingly scholarly and didactic tone in the mid-to-late Victorian collections. Attention is given to some of the performance issues raised either in correspondence or in the paratexts of published collections; and the narrative is interlaced with references to contemporary literary social and even political history as it affected the collectors themselves. Most significantly this study demonstrates a resurgence of cultural nationalism in the late nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279292

Our Animal ConnectionWhat Sapiens Can Learn from Other Species This book covers the many ways humans benefit from interactions with other living species. By studying animals of all kinds and sizes from microbial organisms to elephants and whales we can learn about their adaptations to extreme conditions on the planet Earth about the evolutionary development of specialized capabilities and about their ways of defending themselves against predators and diseases. The authors discuss the strengths and weaknesses of Homo sapiens and how the study of animals can make us stronger and healthier. To deepen our knowledge of genetics molecular and cell biology physiology and medicine we need to study model organisms. To cure human disease we can learn from animals how they have evolved ways to protect themselves. To improve human performance we can study the animal kingdom’s top performers and learn from their successes. Considering these important pointers the authors review genetic engineering techniques that can translate our existing and future animal connections into benefits for human health and performance. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800488

Our Animal ConnectionWhat Sapiens Can Learn from Other Species This book covers the many ways humans benefit from interactions with other living species. By studying animals of all kinds and sizes from microbial organisms to elephants and whales we can learn about their adaptations to extreme conditions on the planet Earth about the evolutionary development of specialized capabilities and about their ways to defend themselves against predators and diseases. The authors discuss the strengths and weaknesses of Homo sapiens and how the study of animals can make us stronger and healthier. To deepen our knowledge of genetics molecular and cell biology physiology and medicine we need to study model organisms. To cure human disease we can learn from animals how they have evolved ways to protect themselves. To improve human performance we can study the animal kingdom’s top performers and learn from their successes. Considering these important pointers the authors review genetic engineering techniques that can translate our existing and future animal connections into benefits for human health and performance. Finally they discuss the challenges associated with our animal connection: the history of pandemics caused by bacterial and viral pathogens demonstrates that there is a risk for transmission of diseases that can disrupt human societies. The recent COVID-19 outbreak is covered in detail as an example. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877503

Our Bodies Not OurselvesWOMEN AGING FROM MENOPAUSE TO ONE HUNDRED In 1970 the best-seller Our Bodies Ourselves was published. The focus of the authors the Boston Health Collective was on the youthful female body: on reproduction sexuality genitalia intimacy and relationships in the context of North American cultural expectations. Our Bodies Not Ourselves is also about the female body—but on women aging from menopause to 100. Like its predecessor Our Bodies Not Ourselves covers sexuality genitalia intimacy gender norms and relationships. But the aging woman's body has many other issues from head to toe from skeleton to skin and from sleep to motion. The book an ethnography and Western cultural history of aging and gender draws upon history culture and social media the authors’ own experiences as women of 70 and conversations and correspondence with more than two hundred women aged from 60-ish to 100. They consider the cultural and structural frameworks for contemporary aging: the long sweep of history gendered cultural norms and the vast commercial and medical marketplaces for maintaining and altering the aging body. Part I The Private Body focuses on the embodied experiences of aging within our private households. Part II The Public Body explores weight height and adornment as old women appear among others. Part III The Body With Others sets the embodied experiences of aging women within their sexual and social relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602380

Our Children and Other AnimalsThe Cultural Construction of Human-Animal Relations in Childhood Focusing on the socialization of the human use of other animals as resources in contemporary Western society this book explores the cultural reproduction of human-nonhuman animal relations in childhood. With close attention to the dominant practices through which children encounter animals and mainstream representations of animals in children's culture - whether in terms of the selective exposure of children to animals as pets or as food in the home or in school or the representation of animals in mass media and social media - Our Children and Other Animals reveals the interconnectedness of studies of childhood culture and human-animal relations. In doing so it establishes the importance of human-animal relations in sociology by describing the sociological importance of animals in children's lives and children in animals’ lives. Presenting a new typology of the various kinds of human-animal relationship this conceptually innovative book constitutes a clear demonstration of the relevance of sociology to the interdisciplinary field of human-animal relations and will appeal to readers across the social sciences with interests in sociology childhood studies cultural and media studies and human-animal interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215719

Our ChoicesWomen's Personal Decisions About Abortion Relationships sex pregnancy and abortion are among the topics discussed with engaging frankness by sixteen women in this collection of oral histories. Our Choices: Women’s Personal Decisions About Abortion presents readers with the opportunity to understand the abortion choice in a way that statistics and abstract debate cannot. The accounts show how pregnancy and abortion are inextricably tied together in the complicated social and psychological lives of men and women. By exploring the women’s feelings about becoming pregnant unintentionally and the circumstances surrounding that occurrence the stories reveal much about how men and women communicate with each other about sex the effect of pregnancy and abortion on relationships and how a woman’s upbringing has shaped her knowledge and attitudes regarding sex and abortion.Our Choices: Women’s Personal Decisions About Abortion includes stories of both legal and illegal abortions from the 1950s through the 1980s. The women included represent a variety of socioeconomic cultural and religious backgrounds reminding readers that any woman can potentially be faced with the decisions surrounding unintended pregnancy and abortion. The issues raised cover the trauma of an illegal abortion abortion versus adoption abortion following rape abortion as a medical procedure and the role of family and partner support.Women who are considering abortion or who have had an abortion in the past will gain a deeper understanding of this complex and private experience; their partners families and friends will be better equipped to provide help and support. Professionals including counselors and health care providers will want to read this engrossing book and refer their clients to it. Students in women’s studies and health care programs policymakers ethicists and others with an interest in women’s issues will find the book enlightening. It should be read by anyone wishing a more complete knowledge of abortion and the vast array of issues it encompasses.Our Choices: Women’s Personal Decisions About Abortion can be sold in family planning clinics to clients used in pregnancy counseling training and retained for reference by both public libraries and family planning clinics reproductive rights organizations universities and women’s centers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801285

Our Coal and Coal Pits Published in the year 1968 Our Coal and Coal Pits is a valuable contribution to the field of Economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203041741

Our Common SeasCoasts in Crisis Most of the world's population lives on or near the coasts. Every nation not completely landlocked has used the sea as its supposedly self-cleansing garbage dump. Now the effects are being felt. There is not a coast in the world which is not dangerously polluted. Sewage oil plastics industrial effluents radioactive waste have been added to ungoverned development all of which are busily destroying otherwise robust inshore eco-systems. Hinrichsen basing his work on United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) research and his own extensive travels has described the situation in the Mediterranean the Gulf the Indian Ocean the South-East Asian Seas and the Eastern Pacific. He covers both the disasters and the growing successes in dealing with them and he points the way to the sort of international deal needed to rescue a vast resource in danger of complete destruction. His book is both a call to action and a sign of hope. Originally published in 1990 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928893

Our ConstitutionThe Myth That Binds Us This book is a search for the source of the magical power of Soviet Constitution to provide and protect the freedom democracy equality and justice. It presents a record of the political economic social and moral trends of its time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297510

Our Daily BreadSocialist Distribution and the Art of Survival in Stalin's Russia 1927-1941 Drawing on newly available archival materials including official documents reports and personal accounts this remarkable study presents a detailed picture of the living standards of various social groups in prewar Soviet Russia and the role of state-controlled distribution of food and goods as a tool of the Stalinist dictatorship. The study offers a new perspective not only on the period of collectivization industrialization and terror but also on the regime's most rudimentary method of controlling human behavior and reshaping the social order. In her conclusion the author analyzes the long-term impacts of the Stalinist "dictatorship of distribution" from bureaucratization to rural depopulation to the emergence of a distinctive type of black-market economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701943

Our Desire of UnrestThinking About Therapy Knowledge is never static. It is always open to revolutionary thinking or to evolving development. Similarly an individual's knowledge is always moving and indeed if the ability to think about ideas is lost an important part of the individual is also lost. In this book a collection of some of the papers and lectures written by the author over Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325848

Our Diverse Middle School StudentsA Guide to Equitable and Responsive Teaching Learn how to be more responsive to the diversity among your middle schoolers. This important book co-published with the Association for Middle Level Education (AMLE) helps you understand racial ethnic linguistic socioeconomic gender intellectual and social aspects of diversity and consider how they relate to the unique needs and development of young adolescents. Each chapter begins with a brief case study followed by background information questions to consider practical strategies and appendices with additional resources. With the helpful advice in this book you’ll be better prepared to create a more equitable learning environment for all. Media > Books > Print Books Eye on Education 9780367507961

Our Energy FutureSocioeconomic Implications and Policy Options for Rural America Rapid changes in energy production and consumption are having major socioeconomic implications for the communities of rural America. Technological developments in horizontal drilling hydraulic fracturing (fracking) nuclear energy biofuels wind and solar energy have significantly increased domestic energy production and the production of energy from renewable sources has encouraged energy efficiency. Yet severe concerns persist and policy decisions on energy issues will have profound implications for all Americans and rural communities where consequences are experienced most directly. Thus the time is appropriate for a careful exploration of the socioeconomic implications of our energy future. The purpose of this book is to present timely and scientifically sound information on energy policy socioeconomic aspects of energy production and consumption with a focus on rural areas. The book presents the latest research by top scholars with the goal of clarifying options and providing the basis for informed policy decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240759

Our Evolving CurriculumPart I: A Special Issue of Peabody Journal of Education First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881204

Our Families Our ValuesSnapshots of Queer Kinship Our Families Our Values challenges both the gay community and American society to examine carefully the meaning of family values and the nature of social institutions such as marriage and the family. It asks you provoking even disturbing questions such as: “Is it prudent for members of the Lavender community to mimic heterosexual marriage or define personal relations networks as families when these institutions are rapidly collapsing?” “Are we attempting to mainstream American society into accepting different views of marriage and families?” “Are we subscribing to notions of sexual property that are inherent to the marriage ceremony and the institution of marriage when we choose to be married?” Despite the complexities of this issue marriage constitutes a privileged position in western society and as this book shows you without the legal recognition of same-sex marriages there are many fundamental rights as well as privileges denied to gay lesbian bisexual and transgendered persons.As Our Families Our Values turns upside-down the widely accepted notion that only heterosexual people are entitled to get married have sex and rear children you gain insight into personal struggles and affirmations that testify to the spirituality procreativity and wholesomeness of the diverse relationships of the Lavender community. You will also learn about various ongoing efforts to give religious pride to the various configurations of gay relationships families and values and the disruption of popular interpretations of the Scriptures that have been used to justify the oppression of sexual minorities. This book will intrigue you over and over again as you read about: value systems transphobia equal marriage rights Buddhism’s rejection of “traditional family values” Brazil’s sex-positive culture differences between gay male social formations and families choosing a language and terms that empower sexual minorities and the essence of the liberation movement sex as communion relationships based on nurture not transactionDesigned for academics and students of religion pastors priests rabbis and lay readers alike Our Families Our Values is a multifaceted view of the gay community’s response to the public controversy over gay marriage adoption and foster care rights. Ideal as a textbook for courses in sexuality theology sociology women’s studies and gay and lesbian studies this book will both inform you and delight you as it reminds you that same-sex unions bring much cause for celebration and that religion and homosexuality are not mutually exclusive. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865478

Our HouseVisual and Active Consulting For consultants facilitators or OD specialists a house’s familiar image will help their clients see think and feel their ways solving their business issues. No need for dry and hard-to-remember management schemas. The striking visual and active methods shown here deeply engage clients â€“ they get it right away. The House and its ‘Rooms’ make sense to them and they willingly start working with you. The Our House model has many of these ‘Rooms’ where complex business issues are sorted into one area at a time. The focus the mood and the process vary with each Room and the author reveals an entirely original consulting process each time. Disciplined creativity begins: loosening the grip of the past in the Attic; testing business foundations in the Cellar; preparing a meal the customer would love in the Kitchen; suppliers maintenance and low-hanging fruit in the Garden; the team's dirty washing in the Laundry; elimination and waste goes into the Toilet; frank talk and vision alignment take place at the Dining Table; big systems perspectives can be seen from the Balcony; analysis in the Study; conversation and connection in the Living Room. The simplicity of the images of a House and its Rooms belies their frugality and their strength. In each Room your clients are put through something demanding yet liberating. They see things differently and they see different things. Our House shows you how to succeed with simple action methods that are enlightening and strong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277673

Our Inner ConflictsA CONSTRUCTIVE THEORY OF NEUROSIS First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007406

Our Iron RoadsTheir History Construction and Administraton First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866027

Our Knowledge of Right and Wrong First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849104

Our Knowledge of the External World Our Knowledge of the External World is a compilation of lectures Bertrand Russell delivered in the US in which he questions the very relevance and legitimacy of philosophy. In it he investigates the relationship between ‘individual’ and ‘scientific’ knowledge and questions the means in which we have come to understand our physical world. This is an explosive and controversial work that illustrates instances where the claims of philosophers have been excessive and examines why their achievements have not been greater. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169173

Our Knowledge of the External World 'Philosophy from the earliest times has made greater claims and acheived fewer results than any other branch of learning ... I believe that the time has now arrived when this unsatisfactory state of affairs can be brought to an end' - Bertrand Russell So begins Our Knowledge of the Eternal World Bertrand Russell's classic attempt to show by means of examples the nature capacity and limitations of the logico-analytical method in philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155831

Our Knowledge of the Growth of KnowledgePopper or Wittgenstein? Peter Munz a former student of both Popper and Wittgenstein begins his comparison of the two great twentieth-century philosophers by explaining that since the demise of positivism there have emerged broadly speaking two philosophical options: Wittgenstein with the absolute relativism of his theory that meaning is a function of language games and that social configurations are determinants of knowledge; and Popper’s evolutionary epistemology – conscious knowledge is a special case of the relationship which exists between all living beings and their environments. Professor Munz examines and rejects the Wittgensteinian position. Instead Our Knowledge of the Growth of Knowledge first published in 1985 elaborates the potentially fruitful link between Popper’s critical rationalism and Neo-Darwinism. Read in the light of the latter Popper’s philosophy leads to the transformation of Kant’s Transcendental Idealism into ‘Hypothetical Realism’ whilst the emphasis on the biological orientation of Popper’s thought helps to illumine some difficulties in Popper’s ‘falsificationism’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778719

Our Lady CinemaHow and Why I went into the Photo-play World and What I Found There This charming classic of film literature was originally published in 1914 and hence represents an early attempt to catalogue the allure of cinema and how the motion picture industry began. This tale of life in the early days of cinema will be of interest to film historians and anyone interested in that period of history. The book outlines the actors the producers the studios and the audiences as well as the advertising and regulation at the time with often amusing stories and facts along with the author’s own drawings. Overall this serves as a fascinating introduction to the making of early films which at the time was a great mystery to most people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977815

Our Land Was A ForestAn Ainu Memoir This book is a beautiful and moving personal account of the Ainu the native inhabitants of Hokkaido Japan's northern island whose land economy and culture have been absorbed and destroyed in recent centuries by advancing Japanese. Based on the author's own experiences and on stories passed down from generation to generation the book chronicle Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317126

Our Masters' VoicesThe Language and Body-language of Politics First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130166

Our National Park PolicyA Critical History A legislative and administrative history on the social cultural and intellectual significance of the national park idea. Originally published in 1961 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064239

Our Needs for Others and Its Roots in Infancy In this original and highly readable book Josephine Klein provides a detailed picture of how young infants experience life and how this lays the foundations for later personality structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410367

Our New Masters First published in 1969. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994706

Our North AmericaSocial and Political Issues beyond NAFTA What we call "North America" today is a human space that has been constructed over the centuries perceived from time immemorial by its original inhabitants as a unified whole and named Turtle Island. What is North America today? Is it more than the sum of its parts? Does it qualify as a distinct global region? Is it just a market or also something else? This book explores several neglected aspects of the key relationships between Canada Mexico and the United States. Studies of societal relations in North America have typically been limited to trade investment and intergovernmental relations. In contrast the authors in this book address other vital issues which bind this global region together including Indigenous peoples security migration civil societies democracy identities and culture. Via a thorough examination of these issues the historical sociological economic and political aspects of regional linkages are highlighted. Rather than dealing with each country in isolation each chapter in this collection considers North America as a single unit of analysis therefore systematically addressing the regional dynamic as a whole and engaging the country-specific differences in a truly comparative way. By providing the analytical tools needed this important book makes sense of the different aspects of the complex societies of contemporary North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261686

Our Racist Heart?An Exploration of Unconscious Prejudice in Everyday Life Few people today would admit to being a racist or to making assumptions about individuals based on their skin colour or on their gender or social class. In this book leading psychologist Geoffrey Beattie asks if prejudice more subtle than before is still a major part of our everyday lives. Beattie suggests that implicit biases based around race are not just found in small sections of our society but that they also exist in the psyches of even the most liberal educated and fair-minded of us. More importantly the book outlines how these ‘hidden’ attitudes and prejudices can be revealed and measured and how they in turn predict behaviours in a number of important social situations. Our Racist Heart? takes a fresh look at our racial attitudes using new technology and experimental approaches to show how unconscious biases influence our everyday actions and thinking. These groundbreaking results are brought to life using the author’s own experiences of class and religious prejudice in Northern Ireland and are also discussed in relation to the history of race racism and social psychological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612999

Our Responses to a Deadly VirusThe Group-Analytic Approach This book analyses the disturbance that HIV/AIDS causes in society and in the individual and shows how it can activate the destructive power of groups if nothing is done to stem these effects. It is devoted to documenting experiences from a workshop the author convened in London in December 1987. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325855

Our Soviet AllyEssays This book originally published in 1943 deals with the features of Soviet life which the editor and contributors feel are of particular significance to Western readers. It describes the soviet political system and gives an account of the institutions of soviet economic life the principles on which they are based and the significance for everyday life. The role and organization of Trade Unions are also discussed as is the education in the USSR showing its connection with the past history of Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138070479

Our Space Environment Opportunities Stakes and Dangers The space surrounding our planet is full of opportunities and resources. Ranging from a hundred to a few thousand kilometers around Earth our space-neighborhood offers an excellent vantage point to the universe and a great opportunity to push the frontiers of science and knowledge. Manned missions advance research on human biology health and li Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9780429155062

Our StoryHow Cultures Shaped People to Get Things Done The story of human evolution or Our Story is about the development and refinement of cultures. Individuals cannot do things on their own this book argues; their choices are driven by heuristics biases illogical preferences and irrational assumptions about the nature of reality. So how did humanity survive? By forming more and more successful cultures which are teams of people who share a specific vision of the world. Because cultures-as-teams are more effective if there is a strong correspondence among the members they select individuals who clarify the team’s vision and force compliance to that vision. Thus cultures-as-teams are powerful agents for change in the world. They offer the individual the opportunity to accomplish unimaginable goals but they can also destroy him or her in the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598746785

Our Unprotected HeritageWhitewashing the Destruction of our Cultural and Natural Environment Most Americans agree that our heritage—both natural and cultural—should be protected. Then why does development run rampant aided—rather than limited—by government inaction? Tom King has been a participant in and observer of this system for decades as a government worker heritage consultant and advocate for local communities. In this hard-hitting critique of the heritage-industrial complex King points the finger at watchdogs who instead serve as advocates unintelligible (often contradictory) regulations disinterested government employees and power-seeking agencies all of whom conspire to keep our heritage unprotected. His solution to this crisis will be uncomfortable to many in power but may help save more of our cultural and natural treasures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315423210

Ourselves This exciting topic-based series offers early years practitioners collections of activities based on familiar themes. The activities can be easily implemented and readily incorporated into curriculum planning through links made to the Foundation Stage curriculum. Each book includes: activities that can be used on their own or as part of a themed program ideas for enjoying an all round curriculum approach guidance on expanding existing ideas and resources linked ideas to be carried out at home. Ourselves looks at families and society and includes important topics such as friendship and identity. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315831145

OurselvesWhy We Are Who We Are This book delves into how we come to terms with ourselves with other people and with the world in general. It is about how we come to be what we are and to think the way we do. It is a book about influences on this process. A particular influence to which Smith gives central consideration is language not just in terms of the communicative networks in which it engages us--the “information” that presents itself to us--but in the largely unsuspected framework for thought that lies within language itself. He also considers deeply the role of technology. This is a book of description not of explanations--these are two quite different intellectual territories. Smith writes about what can be observed not philosophized about. Thus he does not discuss the inner workings of the human brain. His claim is that what he is interested in--thinking learning understanding remembering--have never been found in the brain.  The aim is to describe the scope and limits for how we can be seen to think learn understand and remember--but not to “explain” such behavior by recourse to hypothetical inner entities. Ourselves speaks especially to educators. It outlines the possibilities and limitations inherent in all of us. It delineates who we are but also stresses that no two people are the same that what we become depends on our journeys in life and the people we encounter on the way. The formal part of learning that is called education is particularly sensitive to the role of people who organize critical experiences for us our teachers. The brief summaries at the end of each chapter reinforce and highlight points that are of particular relevance to teachers. Researchers professionals and graduate students across the fields of literacy education psychology of reading learning theory human learning educational psychology and psycholinguistics will find this book compelling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203928622

Out and AboutA Teacher's Guide to Safe Practice Out of School `A concise common-sense and most valuable guide.' - TES `The wise LEA will use this publication to review its own guidelines and in-service training for out-of-school education but this will be no substitute for investing in a copy for every head teacher. Without doubt the wise head will also wish to invest in further copies for staff colleagues.' - Education `An invaluable summary of contacts in the UK.' - Safety Education Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163980

Out Here By OurselvesThe Stories of Young People Whose Mothers Have AIDS First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880245

Out in SportThe experiences of openly gay and lesbian athletes in competitive sport Research has shown that since the turn of the millennia matters have rapidly improved for gays and lesbians in sport. Where gay and lesbian athletes were merely tolerated a decade ago today they are celebrated. This book represents the most comprehensive examination of the experiences of gays and lesbians in sport ever produced. Drawing on interviews with openly gay and lesbian athletes in the US and the UK as well as media accounts the book examines the experiences of ‘out’ men and women at recreational high school university and professional levels in addition to those competing in gay sports leagues. Offering a new approach to understanding this important topic Out in Sport is essential reading for students and scholars of sport studies LGBT studies and sociology as well as sports practitioners and trainers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182240

Out of CrisisRethinking Our Financial Markets Former Federal Reserve chair Greenspan recently said that the risk management paradigm is broken; thus our understanding of financial regulation no longer makes sense. More generally the current financial crisis obliges us to rethink the relationships among "financial markets" and "governments." In Out of Crisis financial analyst David Westbrook illuminates the intellectual business and policy errors that have led us into the present morass. Through a vivid legal and political analysis he shows how the ideologies of the right and left have distorted financial thinking and policy. Learning from these errors the book sketches the emergence of a new understanding of risk management and bureaucratic regulation. Out of Crisis begins the tasks of rethinking the structures that constitute financial markets and exploring how such structures may be strengthened. Taking responsibility for the markets we build to do so much of our society's work we may yet become mature capitalists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633060

Out of ErrorFurther Essays on Critical Rationalism If there has been some modest advance since Karl Popper's death in 1994 in the general understanding of his critical rationalist theory of knowledge and philosophy of science there is still widespread resistance both to it and to the recognition of the magnitude of his contribution. Popper long ago diagnosed the logical problems of traditional enlightenment rationalism (as did some irrationalists) but instead of pretending that they are readily solved or embracing irrational defeatism (as do postmodernists) he provided a cogent and liberating rationalist alternative. This book promotes defends criticizes and refines this alternative. David Miller is the foremost exponent of the purist critical rationalist doctrine and here presents his mature views discussing the role that logic and argument play in the growth of knowledge criticizing the common understanding of argument as an instrument of justification persuasion or discovery and instead advocating the critical rationalist view that only criticism matters. Miller patiently and thoroughly undoes the damage done by those writers who attack critical rationalism by invoking the sterile mythology of induction and justification that it seeks to sweep away. In addition his new material on the debate on verisimilitude is essential reading for all working in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251786

Out of LineEssays on the Politics of Boundaries and the Limits of Modern Politics A collection of essays on the politics of boundaries this book addresses a broad range of cases some geographical some legal and some involving less tangible practices of inclusion and exclusion. The book begins by exploring the boundary between modern Western forms of international relations and their constitutive outsides. Beyond this the author engages with relations between subjectivity and security security and nature social movements and a world politics as well as the politics of spatiotemporal dislocation. Two chapters address the work of Thomas Hobbes and Max Weber as exemplary accounts of the relationship between boundaries and the constitution of modern forms of politics. Each chapter speaks not only to the politics of specific boundary practices but also to the limits within which modern politics has been shaped in relation to claims about spatiality temporality sovereignty and subjectivity. In this way the book draws attention to a pervasive account of a scalar order of higher and lower that has shaped more familiar distinctions between internality and externality. Offering an analysis of the relation between concepts of internationalism imperialism and exceptionalism as well as the implications of spatiotemporal dislocation for claims about democracy the book links contemporary claims about the transformation of boundaries to various ways in which political life is said to be in crisis and in need of novel forms of critique. Brought up to date by a new and extensive introductory essay and an assessment of the status of political judgement after 9/11 this book is essential reading for students and scholars of politics international relations political theory and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784611

Out of My Great SorrowsThe Armenian Genocide and Artist Mary Zakarian Out of My Great Sorrows is the story of Philadelphia artist Mary Zakarian whose life and work were shaped by the experiences of her mother a survivor of the 1915 Armenian Genocide. Written by Mary Zakarian's niece and nephew the narrative examines the complexities of the artist's life as they relate to many issues including ethnicity gender immigration and assimilation. Above all this is a story of trauma - its effects on the survivor its transmission through the generations and its role in the artistic experience.  Zakarian painted obsessively throughout her life. As she gained recognition for her artwork she became increasingly haunted by her mother's untold story and was driven to express the tragedy of the Armenian Genocide in her art. Zakarian's attempt to deal openly with the issues of trauma and guilt caused conflicts in her relationship with her mother. These emotions became a driving force behind her art as well as the basis for her personal difficulties. By examining Mary Zakarian's life and art the authors bring new insights to the study of the Armenian experience. This moving story will inspire all those who have struggled to express themselves in the face of injustice and oppression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890445

Out of Order This book provides a comprehensive account of the imprisonment of women for politically motivated offences in Northern Ireland between 1972 and 1999. Women political prisoners were engaged in a campaign to obtain formal recognition as political prisoners and then to retain this status after it was revoked. Their lengthy involvement in a prison conflict of international significance was notable as much because of its longevity as the radical aspects of their prison protests which included hunger strikes dirty-protests and campaigns against institutional abuses. Out of Order brings out the qualitatively distinctive character and punitive ethos of regimes of political imprisonment for women exploring the dynamics of their internal organisation the ways in which they subverted order and security in prison and their strategies of resistance and exploitation. Drawing upon a wide range of first hand accounts and interviews this book brings together perspectives from the areas of political imprisonment the penal punishment of women and the question of agency and resistance in prison to create a unique highly readable study of a neglected subject. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926467

Out of Order? (Routledge Revivals)Policing Black People First published in 1991 this book evaluates and compares the problematic relationships that have sometimes existed between police and Afro-Caribbean people in Britain and in the United States of America. Contributors from both sides of the Atlantic assess conflicting claims from police and black communities as to whether some police are racist or too brutal in their operations. Although this book was written in the early 90s many of the issues discussed remain interesting and relevant to our society today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815680

Out of PlaceDoing Theology on the Crosscultural Brink "Place" shapes human identity and community. Arguing that theologies are shaped by place so no theology can be universal "Out of Place" assesses the ways in which theology as a discipline and a practice is "out of place". Departing from dominant theological discourse the book argues that for theology to be transformative it must connect with "place" and engage with marginalised peoples and cultures. Ranging across Asian American theology to Tamils in the London diaspora Australian Pentecostalism to HIV and AIDS sufferers "Out of Place" will be of invaluable to scholars and students of sociology and religion interested in the intersection of theology and locality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539577

Out of ReachThe Ideal Girl in American Girls’ Serial Literature Out of Reach: The Ideal Girl in American Girls’ Serial Literature traces the journey of the ideal girl through American girls’ series in the twentieth century. Who is the ideal girl? In what ways does the trope of the ideal girl rely on the exclusion and erasure of Othered girls? How does the trope retain its power through cultural shifts? Drawing from six popular girls’ series that span the twentieth century Kate G. Harper explores the role of girls’ series in constructing a narrow ideal of girlhood one that is out of reach for the average American girl reader. Girls’ series reveal how over time the ideal girl trope strengthens and becomes naturalized through constant reiteration. From the transitional girl at the turn of the century in Dorothy Dale to the "liberated" romantic of Sweet Valley High these texts provide girls with an appealing model of girlhood urging all girls to aspire to the unattainable ideal. Out of Reach illuminates the ways in which the ideal girl trope accommodates social changes taking in that which makes it stronger and further solidifying its core. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330811

Out of Sight Youth crime is simultaneously a social problem and an intrinsic part of consumer culture: while images of gangs and gangsters are used to sell global commodities young people not in work and education are labelled as antisocial and susceptible to crime. This book focuses on the lives of a group of young adults living in a deprived housing estate situated on the edge of a large city in the North of England. It investigates the importance of fashion music and drugs in young people's lives providing a richly detailed ethnographic account of the realities of exclusion and explaining how young people become involved in crime and drug use. Young men and women describe their own personal experiences of exclusion in education employment and the public sphere. They describe their history of exclusion as 'the life' and the term identifies how young people grew up as objects of suspicion in the eyes of an affluent majority. While social exclusion continues to be seen as a consequence of young people's behaviour Out of Sight: crime youth and exclusion in modern Britain examines how stigmatising poor communities has come to define Britain's consumer society. The book challenges the view underlying government policy that social exclusion is a product of crime antisocial behaviour and drug use and in focusing on one socially deprived neighbourhood it promotes a different way of seeing the problematic relationship between socially excluded young people society and government. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138861510

Out of SlaveryAbolition and After First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977822

Out of the Box Thinking for Successful Managers During the author’s decades of experience consulting in the corporate world and teaching management theory at the university level he has often questioned many modern-day management practices. For example why do so many companies have evaluation and reward systems that force employees to compete against each other while these same organizations preach the gospel of cooperation and teamwork? Why do companies continue to downsize when this practice has proven antithetical to long-term success?Out of the Box Thinking for Successful Managers explains in a user-friendly and sometimes humorous manner why these practices are based on worn-out logic in some cases and complete falsehoods in others. Questioning numerous management practices that have been popular for decades it details their weaknesses and explains why they continue to hamper attempts to improve productivity. The book reviews a range of management theories including Six Sigma downsizing and management by objective. After showing where the holes lie it offers alternative approaches that have proven effective in a growing number of private and public sector organizations including some that enable a more positive workplace culture. Illustrating practical application with case studies the book provides simple suggestions for change that can be highly beneficial to your organization. It addresses the major myths that managers need to examine and eventually do away with or at least replace with modified versions that make more sense in today’s increasingly competitive business environment. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482247060

Out of the CageWomen's Experiences in Two World Wars Originally published in 1987 Out of the Cage brings vividly to life the experiences of working women from all social groups in the two World Wars. Telling a fascinating story the authors emphasise what the women themselves have had to say in diaries memoirs letters and recorded interviews about the call up their personal reactions to war their feelings about pay and the company at work the effects of war on their health their relations with men and their home lives; they speak too about how demobilisation affected them and how they spent the years between two World Wars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752459

Out Of The Depths By the time Joseph Chaim Brenner arrived in London (where Out of the Depths was written) in 1904 his literary reputation was already established by a volume of short stories and a previous novel In Winter. Born in Russia in 1881 Brenner at the age of twenty-four had fled the disorders of the Russian Empire for the mean peace of London's East End. Out of the Depths is concerned with a group of Russian immigrants in London who work for a Jewish daily newspaper. They are caught up in a conflict with the owner when he seeks to introduce a typesetting machine into the newspaper shop. Following an unsuccessful strike the impoverished workers decline into a general collective misery that is relieved only by the strength and honesty of the central character. The language of Out of the Depths has a remarkably modern energy. Brenner anticipates literary techniques that came into wide use only later. The employment of stream of consciousness shifting perspectives and emotive presentation and the use of vocabulary from the Yiddish Russian German and English languages have a startling impact a texture that Dr. Patterson faithfully captures while conforming to the demands of English idiom. Employing an ancient language in a modern idiomatic style this little-known work by a writer of remarkable honesty gives intense expression to the social upheavals of the time and to the profound moral questioning that for some was almost a consequence of living in the first years of this century. David Patterson's translation of Out of the Depths received the Webber Prize for translation in 1989. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282066

Out of the East (Routledge Revivals)Reveries and Studies in New Japan This book first published in 1903 is an account of Lafcadio Hearn’s insights and experiences of Japan. Hearn known also by the Japanese name Koizumi Yakumo was an international writer who was best known for his books about Japan and Japanese culture. This book will be of interest to students of history and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913424

Out of the House of BondageRunaways Resistance and Marronage in Africa and the New World Slave rebellions have been studied in considerable detail but this volume examines other patterns of slave resistance concentrating on runaway slaves and the communities some of them formed. These essays show us who the runaways were suggest when and where they went and who harboured them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977839

Out of the Lab and On the MarketHow Sony Computer Science Labs (SonyCSL) Turn Research into Profits Tetsu Natsume of Sony Computer Science Labs (Sony CSL) has been pioneering technology promotion for a decade. As he seeks marketplace opportunities for ground-breaking research he plays the role of a Technology Producer -- a role that will be increasingly important as organizations seek optimally efficient and effective applications of basic research. Natsume's task has been greatly facilitated by his association with Sony CSL a research lab founded by co-author Mario Tokoro. While CSL is owned by SONY it nevertheless operates almost entirely independently. At CSL a diverse cosmopolitan group of talented researchers are free to explore any idea that might one day change the world. Natsume's task is to optimise that process by identifying the best path to the market for the new insights that pour out of CSL. Functioning somewhat like a movie producer Natsume has blazed a trail for technology promoters the world over. He explains his techniques for overcoming challenges and embracing opportunities. His "10 core principles of technology promotion" which offer the reader an especially valuable framework for moving between the very different worlds of the lab and the marketplace cover the importance of appropriate timing speed commitment and mindset while being rigorously simple and boldly ambitious. This book is an eye-opening primer for anyone interested in realising and optimising the commercial value of basic research. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138735903

Out of the Mainstream: Helping the children of parents with a mental illness Out of the Mainstream identifies those aspects of mental illness which can compromise parenting and affect children’s development as well as the efforts of professionals to intervene effectively. With chapters from professionals working primarily with children or adults in different agencies and in specialist teams or in the community the book illustrates the ways in which the needs of mentally ill parents and their children can be understood. The book outlines different theoretical approaches which may be in use alongside each other including: A systems theory approach to work with families and with agencies; The psychoanalytic understanding of mental illness and its impact on family relationships and organisations; An educational approach to supporting staff children and parents; A psychiatric or bio-medical model of work Out of the Mainstream considers how the diverse groups of agencies specialist teams and groups in the community can work together even when many barriers may hinder the effective co- working between individuals and these various groups. It will be an invaluable resource for psychologists psychiatrists social workers health visitors mental health nurses teachers and voluntary sector agency staff.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415682701

Out of the MainstreamWater Rights Politics and Identity Water is not only a source of life and culture. It is also a source of power conflicting interests and identity battles. Rights to materially access culturally organize and politically control water resources are poorly understood by mainstream scientific approaches and hardly addressed by current normative frameworks. These issues become even more challenging when law and policy-makers and dominant power groups try to grasp contain and handle them in multicultural societies. The struggles over the uses meanings and appropriation of water are especially well-illustrated in Andean communities and local water systems of Peru Chile Ecuador and Bolivia as well as in Native American communities in south-western USA. The problem is that throughout history these nation-states have attempted to 'civilize' and bring into the mainstream the different cultures and peoples within their borders instead of understanding 'context' and harnessing the strengths and potentials of diversity. This book examines the multi-scale struggles for cultural justice and socio-economic re-distribution that arise as Latin American communities and user federations seek access to water resources and decision-making power regarding their control and management. It is set in the dynamic context of unequal globalizing power relations politics of scale and identity environmental encroachment and the increasing presence of extractive industries that are creating additional pressures on local livelihoods. While much of the focus of the book is on the Andean Region a number of comparative chapters are also included. These address issues such as water rights and defence strategies in neighbouring countries and those of Native American people in the southern USA as well as state reform and multi-culturalism across Latin and Native America and the use of international standards in struggles for indigenous water rights. This book shows that against all odds people are actively contesting neoliberal globalization and water power plays. In doing so they construct new hybrid water rights systems livelihoods cultures and hydro-political networks and dynamically challenge the mainstream powers and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849714556

Out of the Present CrisisRediscovering Improvement in the New Economy Today organizations have achieved an overall failure rate above 80 percent with Lean Six Sigma Lean Six Sigma and continuous improvement in general. This is certainly not due to a shortage of books consultants and other online resources about the methodologies and tools or the success stories of Toyota and others. However it is due to a shortage of knowledge and practice about the most critical success factors of improvement: leadership sustaining infrastructure behavioral and cultural transformation and now emerging technology. These factors produce 90 percent of the success with continuous and sustainable improvement; the methodologies and tools represent an irrelevant 10 percent. For decades most organizations have focused on this quick and easy irrelevant 10 percent through an endless series of fad in-vogue improvement programs as they attempt to mimic the best-in-class practices of the most successful organizations.Out of the Present Crisis: Rediscovering Improvement in the New Economy is the contemporary version of Deming’s famous 1982 book "Out of the Crisis." The author builds a solid case for organizations to aggressively pursue the next generation of systematic and sustainable improvement through a combined strategy of Deming’s back-to-basics innovation and breakthrough thinking integration of emerging and enabling technology and adaptive improvement across diverse environments and industries. The book’s practical pragmatic style is backed up by many real world examples and personal experiences.If you're looking for another book about Lean or Six Sigma "tools" this is not it. But it is a book about how to achieve lasting success by making improvement the cultural standard of excellence and living code of conduct in organizations. This popular book provides executives with an up-to-date and proven reference guide for rediscovering successful systematic and sustainable improvement in today’s economy. The author demonstrates the importance of viewing improvement as a continuous manageable "process" and covers the most critical success factors of leadership sustaining infrastructure behavioral and cultural transformation and emerging technology in a practical no-nonsense "how-to-do" style. The book provides specific guidance for all industries including public and private corporations hospitals financial services airlines municipalities and federal state and local governments. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466504424

Out of the Shadows Over half of all people working on behalf of any given organization are typically not their own employees. Some are freelance contractors working in their own right. A significant proportion is employed to provide these services by another firm under agency or outsourcing service agreements. The services they perform under these agreements are often vital in supporting the organization‘s customer relationships reputation and brand identity. Yet remarkably little attention has been paid to how thesenon-employees are managed motivated and meaningfully engaged. Management protocol generally sees them as outside the organization‘s remit or control. The law paints them as victims. This ground-breaking book challenges both these assumptions. Through a combination of pioneering legal analysis and rigorous case-study research it demonstrates that non-employees are often the organization‘s most important hidden resource. Patricia Leighton and her collaborators highlight the limited good practice that is available based on examples in large corporations public sector organizations and smaller firms in a variety of countries. More importantly she clearly sets out the issues and imperatives employers should address supported by new management concepts and models of effective practice developed specifically for the book. Far from being victims she argues non-employees often choose flexible working patterns for their own intrinsic ends and have ambitions career aspirations and workplace needs that can be responded to and exploited by forward-looking employers.Looking at the role they now play these people are no longer marginal atypical or peripheral as they are still termed and regarded by both legal and management practitioners. They are however still in the shadows in terms of the literature available on how best to de Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433526

Out of the TwilightFathers of Gay Men Speak How would you react if your son told you he was gay?Out of the Twilight: Fathers of Gay Men Speak explores how fathers have dealt with discovering that their sons were gay and what effect it had on their own development as parents and people. This revealing moving book will help you understand the difficulties and joys of a father/gay son relationship. Out of the Twilight draws from literary sources such as poems fairy tales plays novels and movies as well as psychoanalytic theories to highlight the obstacles that a father must overcome to understand and identify with his son. In Out of the Twilight you will discover the personal and intimate struggles of these fathers including: Mitchell whose son Jay came out at the age of twenty-one and who describes the coming-out process as a means of forging a closer father-son relationship Juan Miguel who knew and accepted that his son was gay before his son told him and who discusses how his love and complete acceptance made the coming-out process easier for his son Peter whose response to his son Richard was ordering him to live at home so the family could look for a 'cure’for Richard's homosexuality Daniel who admitted that he himself was gay after being married and who was very accepting when his son Charles came out since it provided them with a special bond Marty whose response to his son Gary's coming out was to join P-FLAG an organization for parents of gay and lesbian children so he could find support and acceptance among other parents who were going through the same thingOut of the Twilight allows you to see how fathers have struggled with the truth about their sons' sexuality. This book presents a unique opportunity to develop a greater awareness of and appreciation for father/son similarities and differences and suggests that through time communication and love fathers can become comfortable with and respectful of their sons' homosexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809588

Out of This WorldSuicide Examined This book is intended for anyone with either an interest in suicide or suicidal behaviour. It is not aimed solely at the professional psychotherapist but at a broad range of professionals who encounter suicidal people in their work. It is also intended for those of us who have been touched by suicide personally. The book approaches suicide from the point of view of the suicidal state of mind and is intended to help us understand more about this condition. In its essence suicide is examined as a largely unconscious aggressive act having its roots in a perceived or real experience of thwarted childhood needs. The wounds of the suicidal person are often long held and deep. The suicidal person is pursued by haunting losses and the suicidal act comes from deep disturbance created by this and from the idea of death as an acting out of some form of suicidal fantasy. The quasi delusional and split quality of the act is examined - namely that suicide is both an act for and against the self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204879

Out of TouchSkin Tropes and Identities in Woolf Ellison Pynchon and Acker First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866996

Out Online: Trans Self-Representation and Community Building on YouTube Trans people are increasingly stepping out of the shadow of pathologization and secretiveness to tell their life stories share information and to connect with like-minded others using YouTube as a platform. Out Online: Trans Self-Representation and Community Building on YouTube explores the digital revolution of trans video blogging addressing ’trans’ in its many meanings and configurations to examine the different ways in which the body in transformation and the vlog as a medium intersect. Drawing on rich virtual ethnographic studies of trans video blogging the author sheds light on the ways in which the video blog (or ’vlog’) as a multimodal medium enables trans people to tell their stories with the use of sound text music and pictures - thus offering new ways to construct and archive bodily changes and to revise the story endlessly. A groundbreaking study of the intersection between trans identity and technology Out Online explores the transformative and therapeutic potential of the video blog as a means by which trans vloggers can emerge and develop online using the vlog as a site for creation intervention community building and resistance. As such it will appeal to social scientists and scholars of cultural and media studies with interests in gender sexuality and embodiment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596620

Out West This is the story of Sydney's much maligned western suburbs: how the city spread across the plains to the Blue Mountains and why the 'westie' stigma haunts the people of the region.Resourceful and innovative the people of the western suburbs have created a culture of their own defying the 'westie' stigma. Out West uncovers the intricate social and cultural networks that make western Sydney a dynamic and stimulating place to live.Out West looks at how the land of the Darug people of the Cumberland Plain was first settled by whites in colonial times. It then traces the development of the 'westie' stigma from the time of inner-city slum clearances to post-war immigration and the more recent waves of moral panic about the youth of the region. It focuses in particular upon the way in which the media have contributed to the maintenance of the 'westie' image. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116653

Outcast Europe: The Balkans 1789-1989From the Ottomans to Milosevic Examining two centuries of Balkan politics from the emergence of nationalism to the retreat of Communist power in 1989 this is the first book to systematically argue that many of the region's problems are external in origin. A decade of instability in the Balkan states of southeast Europe has given the region one of the worst images in world politics. The Balkans has become synonymous with chaos and extremism. Balkanization meaning conflict arising from the fragmentation of political power is a condition feared across the globe. This new text assesses the key issues of Balkan politics showing how the development of exclusive nationalism has prevented the region’s human and material resources from being harnessed in a constructive way. It argues that the proximity of the Balkans to the great powers is the main reason for instability and decline. Britain Russia Austria-Hungary France and finally the USA had conflicting ambitions and interests in the region. Russia had imperial designs before and after the 1917 Revolution. The Western powers sometimes tolerated these or encouraged undemocratic local forces to exercise control in order to block further Soviet expansion. Leading authority Tom Gallagher examines the origins of these Western prejudices towards the Balkans tracing the damaging effects of policies based on Western lethargy and cynicism and reassesses the negative image of the region its citizens their leadership skills and their potential to overcome crucial problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315774473

Outcaste (RLE Iran D)Jewish Life in Southern Iran This volume is a unique investigation of contemporary Jewish life in a Muslim country and the first ethnography of the Persian-Jewish diaspora giving the reader a deep appreciation of this relatively unknown culture. The author describes in detail traditional Jewish life in the provincial city of Shiraz and the challenges of coexistence with a Muslim majority.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203829073

Outcome Assessment in Residential Treatment As residential treatment centers and psychiatric hospitals are increasingly asked to document their effectiveness it is essential for mental health care providers to demonstrate the efficacy and cost-effectiveness of the services they provide. Outcome Assessment in Residential Treatment helps health care providers demonstrate that their planned treatment is necessary and active rather than simply custodial. A practitioner’s guide to conducting treatment outcome assessment projects this innovative book presents readers with historical perspectives current issues and practical suggestions for implementing an outcome assessment project.Outcome Assessment in Residential Treatment guides psychiatrists psychologists mental health practitioners and social program administrators in addressing which therapeutic components contribute to the goals and objectives of their programs and which may require modification radical revision or even elimination. It helps residential treatment centers and psychiatric treatment facilities document treatment successes and better understand which factors (within the client family environment treatment setting or combinations therein) predict successful outcome. This objective data empowers readers to influence government and industry enhance public awareness of the needs of severely disturbed children and youth and validate the usefulness of intensive psychiatric treatment.Unlike other books on treatment outcome Outcome Assessment in Residential Treatment tells readers how to determine clinically significant improvement and not simply statistically significant change. It gives practical detailed proven advice on how to carry out studies that will benefit residential treatment centers and the psychiatric and mental health fields. Contributors provide tools to validate/demonstrate that psychiatric and mental health treatments are effective. They offer insight into: planning a treatment outcome project recognizing ethical practical methodological logistical and clinical considerations in implementing a treatment outcome project selecting instruments to assess treatment outcome and measuring success comparing different outcome measuresHealth care providers must have accurate information about treatment outcomes to demonstrate that specific services are beneficial cost-effective and well-received by the client. Outcome Assessment in Residential Treatment helps readers evaluate the impact a treatment program has on a client’s clinical status and psychosocial and educational functioning making it possible to provide an objective yardstick for the payer’s evaluation of the quality of care provided.Psychiatrists psychologists mental health practitioners and social program administrators will find Outcome Assessment in Residential Treatment an essential guide to evaluating and understanding the relative effects of specific interventions or procedures on the quality and effectiveness of their services. They will use this information to make appropriate changes which guarantee that they best meet their clients’mental health care needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994713

Outcome Research and the Future of PsychoanalysisClinicians and Researchers in Dialogue Outcome Research and the Future of Psychoanalysis explores the connection between outcome studies and important and complex questions of clinical practices research methodologies epistemology and sociological considerations. Presenting the ideas and voices of leading experts in clinical and extra-clinical research in psychoanalysis the book provides an overview of the state of the art of outcome research its results and implications. Furthermore its contributions discuss the basic premises and ideas of outcome research and in which way the contemporary Zeitgeist might shape the future of psychoanalysis. Divided into three parts the book begins by discussing the scientific basis of psychoanalysis and advances in psychoanalytic thinking as well as the state of the art of psychoanalytic outcome research critically analyzing so-called evidence-based therapies. Part II of the book contains exemplary research projects that are discussed from a clinical perspective illustrating the dialogue between researchers and clinicians. Lastly in Part III several psychoanalysts review the importance of critical thinking and research in psychoanalytical education. Thought-provoking and expertly written and researched this book is a useful resource for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of mental health psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236663

Outcome-Driven Business ArchitectureSynergizing Strategies and Intelligence with Architecture This book discusses business architecture as a basis for aligning efforts with outcomes. It views BA as complementary to enterprise architecture where the focus of technological initiatives and inventories is to understand and improve business organization business direction and business decision-making. This book provides a practical long-term view on BA. Based on the authors' consulting experience and industrial research the material in this book is a valuable addition to the thought processes around BA and EA. The lead author has direct and practical experience with large clients in applying APQC capability framework for undertaking multiple enterprise-wide capability assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367657130

Outcomes of post-2000 Fast Track Land Reform in Zimbabwe The struggle over land has been the central issue in Zimbabwe ever since white settlers began to carve out large farms over a century ago. Their monopolisation of the better-watered half of the land was the focus of the African war of liberation war and was partially modified following Independence in 1980. A dramatic further episode in this history was launched at the start of the last decade with the occupation of many farms by groups of African veterans of the liberation struggle and their supporters which was then institutionalised by legislation to take over most of the large commercial farms for sub-division. Sustained fieldwork over the intervening years by teams of scholars and experts and by individual researchers is now generating an array of evidence-based findings of the outcomes: how land was acquired and disposed of; how it has been used; how far new farmers have carved out new livelihoods and viable new communities; the major political and economic problems they and other stakeholders such as former farm-workers commercial farmers and the overall rural society now face. This book will be an essential starting place for analysts policy-makers historians and activists seeking to understand what has happened and to spotlight the key issues for the next decade. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Peasant Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108653

Outcomes of Psychoanalytic Treatment First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462366

Outcomes of Skin SurgeryA Concise Visual Aid There is a great need for a visual resource to document with clarity the possible outcomes of surgery including side effects and complications and how these outcomes vary from individual to individual. Using a straightforward approach Outcomes of Skin Surgery: A Concise Visual Aid is an easy-to-consult and highly illustrated reference for surgeons and patients alike. This text takes a major step forward in establishing a realistic basis for the decision-making process during a consultation.Procedures highlighted in the text include:the excision of benign and malignant tumorsdiagnostic biopsiescryosurgerycurettage for superficial lesionsphotodynamic therapy Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452582

Outdoor Action and Adventure Photography The difference between getting the shot and missing the shot comes down to split seconds and how you manage your gear and your technique. In Outdoor Action and Adventure Photography professional adventure sports photographer Dan Bailey shows readers how to react quickly to unfolding scenes and anticipate how the subject and the background might converge. Capturing those significant moments to produce powerful imagery that evoke the feel and mood of adventure requires specialized skills and a wide variety of creative ideas. This book teaches photographers how to think geometrically and how to pull together the elements that make for a successful shot all while being immersed in the action. The practical manual will improve your technique for creating more compelling adventure imagery whether you’re shooting ultra-marathoners splattered in mud rock climbers in a crevasse or mountain bikers hurtling past you. In this book you’ll: • Discover the necessary equipment for shooting action learn how to use it to its full potential and develop a comprehensive adventure photography camera system that you can adapt to different shooting situations. • Learn specific techniques and creative ideas that help you freeze the moment and create images that convey excitement mood and the feel of adventure. • Learn advanced skills that can help you start defining your own particular style of action photography and create a "brand" of photography that’s based around your passion and your vision. • Examine case studies that break down the process for shooting different types of action subjects and see the nuts and bolts of how to create powerful imagery from start to finish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734240

Outdoor Activities Negligence and the Law Recent years have witnessed several tragedies during school and youth expeditions. This in turn has led to legislation and the tight regulation of Outdoor Activity Centres with successive governments issuing guidelines for teachers and others supervising such activities. Inevitably there will always be risk in relation to adventurous pursuits in the outdoors but the law in this area seeks a balance between the educational benefits gained and the need to safeguard against potential hazards. Mythologies have arisen including the suggestion that a 'blame culture' is so overwhelming that no youth worker or teacher can sensibly engage anymore in such activities. This succinct guide to the legal position refers to a wide range of outdoor activities and recent legal cases. It demolishes some of the myths pointing out common pitfalls noted in the research and in the litigation together with an outline of robust safety features to combat potential hazards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254879

Outdoor Adventure and Social Theory Adventure and outdoor sports - from rock climbing to freestyle kayaking – are a modern social phenomenon that can tell us much about the relationship between sport culture and contemporary society. In this engaging new introductory text adventure sports are used to illustrate key concepts in social theory and to demonstrate why an understanding of social theory is essential for any student taking a course in sport adventure or outdoor education. Each chapter in the book introduces a key ‘classical’ or modern social theorist including Marx Durkheim Weber and Elias or a universal topic or issue in social theory such as sustainability commodification or identity. Within each of those chapters the theorist or topic is brought to life through case studies of adventurous activities and lived experiences helping the reader to connect their own sporting and adventurous interests with the frameworks we use to understand wider culture and society. Concise and full of cutting-edge contemporary examples Outdoor Adventure and Social Theory is the perfect companion for any module on the sociology of sport adventure or outdoor recreation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532679

Outdoor Advertising The poster as we know it dates from the Industrial Revolution although one form of outdoor advertising has existed for many centuries. Industrialisation meant that producer became separated from consumer while production for mass consumption rapidly increased so that a development was necessary in the methods employed in bringing to public notice the merits and very existence of many goods. Billsticking began a business rife with skulduggery and in the second half of the nineteenth century an enterprising billposter took the step that changed outdoor advertising forever: he rented a site. From there the industry has grown apace and Outdoor Advertising makes sense of these changes by looking at its practical side the contractor the agent the designer and the planning side including site selection as well as looking at specific campaigns and how their audience have received them. This then is a book about outdoor advertising its design and colourful presentation its place in the advertising and marketing story. First published in 1953. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977846

Outdoor and Experiential LearningAn Holistic and Creative Approach to Programme Design Outdoor and experiential learning has advanced in leaps and bounds over the last 20 years. Educators and developers in the Czech and Slovak Republics have been unexpected leaders in the field; the result of isolation of the country under communism and a unique mix of culture and geography. This book offers a guide to the theory and techniques pioneered by the Czechs and Slovaks including the concept of dramaturgy a process involving elements of learning psychology role play and theatre that concentrates on physical social creative and reflective/emotional learning states. It also includes a full set of guidelines for designing outdoor and experiential events along with complete instructions for 30 games. The authors provide design opportunities to be more creative in the development of young people as well as older learners and those involved in corporate management education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248625

Outdoor Environments for People with Dementia Learn how gardens and parks can be beneficial to residents Mounting evidence reveals that nature and outdoor environments provide individuals with dementia greater enjoyment in life lower stress levels and positive changes to physical well-being. Outdoor Environments for People with Dementia explores how fulfilling the fundamental genetically based need of human relationships with nature can improve the health and well-being of people with dementia. Top experts analyze current research and comprehensively examine how the design processes of gardens and parks can be closely connected to effective interventions. Evaluation tools for those with dementia are discussed including studies of the impact of plants and outdoor activities on this population. Outdoor Environments for People with Dementia discusses in detail practical approaches that can significantly improve the quality of life for dementia victims. Research is discussed revealing important aspects and issues needing to be addressed when creating better outdoor environments that are effective in helping residents of long term care facilities and residential care homes. The text is extensively referenced and provides several tables figures and photographs to clearly illustrate concepts. Topics discussed in Outdoor Environments for People with Dementia include: the impact of outdoor wandering parks and therapeutic gardens on people with dementia empirical studies on how access to and participation in nature-related activities can benefit people with dementia interventions to restore people with dementia having directed-attention fatigue evaluation tools for gardens for people with dementia research-based design recommendations for future gardens theories and empirical studies about healing gardens training staff to increase their knowledge about horticulture and encouraging them to involve residents in outdoor activities general guidelines for developing an outdoor space examination of the attributes for the superior outdoor space found in Grand Rapids Michigan with design recommendations for the future Outdoor Environments for People with Dementia is a valuable resource for scholars policymakers legislators architects and urban planners lending institutions developers landscape architects and the lay public in general who have an interest in the subject—personal professional or civic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726310

Outdoor Flash Photography Maximizing the power of your camera’s flash is difficult enough in a studio set-up but outdoors literally presents a whole new world of challenges. John Gerlach and Barbara Eddy have taken the most asked about subject from their renowned photography workshops and turned it into this guidebook that is sure to inspire your next outdoor shoot while also saving you time and frustration. Outdoor Flash Photography covers a range of practices from portrait to landscape including unique strategies that the authors have pioneered through 40 years in the field. Mastering the use of multiple flashes to freeze action is shown through one of most challenging subjects in nature hummingbirds in flight. This book will benefit photographers of all experience levels who are eager to evolve their outdoor photography and get the most out of their equipment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856462

Outdoor Learning EnvironmentsSpaces for exploration discovery and risk-taking in the early years Educators have a key pedagogical role in promoting early years outdoor play in natural environments. Active outdoor play involving risk-taking has been linked to positive effects on social health and behaviour and encourages physical activity and motor skill development. At the same time it has been recognised that opportunities for children to experience outdoor learning have been reduced in recent decades due to the impacts of technology urbanisation and social change. This book brings together renowned authors with research and professional experience in a range of disciplines to provide a comprehensive guide to developing positive and engaging outdoor learning environments in the early years. Part 1 looks at pedagogy and outdoor environments and considers the value of risk-taking and developing a young child's appreciation of the natural world. Part 2 examines the key principles involved in the design and planning of these spaces such as applying the relevant equipment standards and regulations. Part 3 explores how educators can develop an understanding of children's own perspectives on outdoor spaces including promoting agency and recognising the importance of private playspaces. Part 4 examines different cultural perspectives on outdoor play including Indigenous approaches while Part 5 considers the range of experiences possible beyond purposefully-designed spaces from visiting nature reserves to exploring urban environments.'A much needed and comprehensive resource for pre-service teachers and educators of young children that encompasses philosophies theories pedagogy and practice for purposeful engagement of children in all kinds of outdoor spaces in Australia.'- Dr Kumara Ward Director of Academic Program: Early Childhood Education Western Sydney University'This seminal work will provide a shared language and framework for educators policy developers community builders and researchers in exploring the justifications for engaging children in well considered outdoor learning places and spaces.' - Leanne Grogan School of Education Outdoor and Environmental Studies La Trobe University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760296858

Outdoor Learning ResearchInsight into forms and functions The term ‘outdoor learning’ covers many forms of practice outside the classroom including Forest School and outdoor play. Outdoor learning has been rapidly growing as a topic of interest for educators and parents over the last ten years and research published in this field is also increasing. Despite the fact that we are inextricably part of the natural world there is concern that contemporary children have become disconnected from nature and that their opportunities to access natural environments are declining. Given compelling evidence that time spent in natural places has multiple benefits for human health and wellbeing and pro-environmental behaviour (Bourn et al. 2016) there is an impetus to find ways to increase children’s exposure to and attachment to nature through their education. The chapters in this book were originally peer-reviewed articles published in Education 3–13: International Journal of Primary Elementary and Early Years Education. They are amongst the most popular in the journal reflecting the demand for more evidence of outcomes and high-quality information about how best to implement outdoor learning for children in this age group. The authors report qualitative and quantitative studies and consider implications of the findings for children and their development and for the integration (or not) of natural environment contexts within school practices. Gathering this body of evidence together in a single volume enables important messages about outdoor learning’s various purposes processes and outcomes to be more readily accessed by practitioners policy makers and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664183

Outdoor Learning through the SeasonsAn Essential Guide for the Early Years Outdoor learning and play experiences are an essential part of young children’s development. The importance of offering children first-hand experience of the natural world becomes more urgent as research evidence demonstrates the benefits of becoming physically and emotionally involved with the natural world. Outdoor Learning through the Seasons shows how we can encourage young children to engage with nature on a daily basis throughout the year. Using the four seasons as a framework it supports adults to develop their own awareness of the world around them and feel confident about taking children outside every day. There are suggestions for caring for gardens and wildlife through the year and ideas to brighten grey winter days enjoy the summer sunshine or explore in the snow. Now featuring full-colour photographs throughout this new edition has been updated to include references to recent research new material on Forest Schools discussion questions for practitioners and in-depth case studies of learning in action. Features include: Ideas for all seasons weather conditions and working with the four elements: earth air water and fire Guidance on fulfilling the learning requirements of EYFS and the Characteristics of Effective Learning Advice on working with parents and the role of adults Practical tips and suggestions of how to make the most of a small space or how to re-plan an existing space Useful reference lists of further resources including stories poems and websites This practical book is essential reading for all those looking to provide rich and stimulating outdoor learning and play provision for children in early years settings on a daily basis and for parents and carers wishing to get the most of time outdoors with their children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218980

Outdoor Lighting Guide As concern grows over environmental issues and light pollution this book satisfies a need for a straightforward and accessible guide to the use design and installation of outdoor lighting.This all-inclusive guide to exterior lighting from the Institution of Lighting Engineers recognized as the pre-eminent professional source in the UK for authoritative guidance on exterior lighting provides a comprehensive source of information and advice on all forms of exterior lighting from floodlighting buildings and road lighting to elaborate Christmas decorations. Useful to practitioners and non-experts alike specialists will value the dependable detail on standards and related design installation and maintenance problems whilst general professionals can find extensive practical guidance on safety issues the lighting of hazardous areas and avoiding potential difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367391782

Outdoor Play for 1--3 Year OldsHow to set up and run your own outdoor toddler group We are all mindful of the increasing news coverage of outdoor play and its benefits but how can you go beyond the sandpit and hopscotch to create a magical and creative experience for the children in your care? This book provides all the encouragement you will need to set up and run an outdoor toddler group. It provides a step-by-step guide to selecting an appropriate site resourcing the outside area devising age-appropriate activities planning activities and the legal requirements involved. Including an overview of the developmental milestones of babies and toddlers it shows you how you can meet their specific needs. Features include: An activity bank full of games suggestions for crafts Forest School activities and songs and stories Practical advice on risk assessment and health and safety Guidance on working with parents and carers Adaptable planning templates With a strong emphasis on providing fun learning activities throughout the year this book will be essential reading for all those that want to provide high quality outdoor experiences for the youngest children in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778528

Outdoor TherapiesAn Introduction to Practices Possibilities and Critical Perspectives Drawing on the leading voices of international researchers and practitioners Outdoor Therapies provides readers with an overview of practices for the helping professions. Sharing outdoor approaches ranging from garden therapy to wilderness therapy and from equine-assisted therapy to surf therapy Harper and Dobud have drawn common threads from therapeutic practices that integrate connection with nature and experiential activity to redefine the "person-in-environment" approach to human health and well-being. Readers will learn about the benefits and advantages of helping clients get the treatment service and care they need outside of conventional office-based therapies. Providing readers with a range of approaches that can be utilized across a variety of practice settings and populations this book is essential reading for students practitioners theorists and researchers in counseling social work youth work occupational therapy and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365707

Outer Space - A New Dimension of the Arms Race This book first published in 1982 analyses the prospects of the Cold War superpowers arms race spilling into outer space. A SIPRI-organized symposium in 1981 discussed the consequences of the militarization of outer space as well as further arms control and disarmament measures. This book presents the findings of 20 eminent scientists lawyers and diplomats from 12 different countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367627157

Outer Space - Battlefield of the Future? This book first published in 1978 examines the military use of space – around 60 per cent of US and Soviet satellites were military ones. The satellites were for military communications weather prediction navigation photographic and electronic reconnaissance targeting early warning and satellites capable of destroying enemy satellites. This book analyses the capabilities of military satellites as part of the debate around the encroachment of military technology and purposes into space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367627614

Outer SpaceProblems Of Law And Policy This book examines the international and domestic American legal problems associated with activity in outer space from a strong policy perspective with particular attention given to problems associated with space commercialization and with military activities in outer space. Outer Space: Problems of Law and Policy is indispensable as a casebook reference and self-teaching tool for students practitioners academics and members of the aerospace industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297534

Outgrowing the EarthThe Food Security Challenge in an Age of Falling Water Tables and Rising Temperatures Historically food security was the responsibility of ministries of agriculture but today that has changed: decisions made in ministries of energy may instead have the greatest effect on the food situation. Recent research reporting that a one degree Celsius rise in temperature can reduce grain yields by 10 per cent means that energy policy is now directly affecting crop production. Agriculture is a water-intensive activity and while public attention has focused on oil depletion it is aquifer depletion that poses the more serious threat. There are substitutes for oil but none for water and the link between our fossil fuel addiction climate change and food security is now clear. While population growth has slowed over the past three decades we are still adding 76 million people per year. In a world where the historical rise in land productivity has slowed by half since 1990 eradicating hunger may depend as much on family planners as on farmers. The bottom line is that future food security depends not only on efforts within agriculture but also on energy policies that stabilize climate a worldwide effort to raise water productivity the evolution of land-efficient transport systems and population policies that seek a humane balance between population and food. Outgrowing the Earth advances our thinking on food security issues that the world will be wrestling with for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380103

Outlaw CultureResisting Representations According to the Washington Post no one who cares about contemporary African-American cultures can ignore bell hooks' electrifying feminist explorations. Targeting cultural icons as diverse as Madonna and Spike Lee Outlaw Culture presents a collection of essays that pulls no punches. As hooks herself notes interrogations of popular culture can be a ‘powerful site for intervention challenge and change’. And intervene challenge and change is what hooks does best. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127586

Outlaws in Medieval and Early Modern EnglandCrime Government and Society c.1066–c.1600 With some notable exceptions the subject of outlawry in medieval and early-modern English history has attracted relatively little scholarly attention. This volume helps to address this significant gap in scholarship and encourage further study of the subject by presenting a series of new studies based on original research that address significant features of outlawry and criminality over an extensive period of time. The volume casts important light on and raises provocative questions about the definition ambiguity variety causes function adaptability impact and representation of outlawry during this period. It also helps to illuminate social and governmental attitudes and responses to outlawry and criminality which involved the interests of both church and state. From different perspectives the contributions to the volume address the complex relationships between outlaws the societies in which they lived the law and secular and ecclesiastical authorities and in doing so reveal much about the strengths and limitations of the developing state in England. In terms of its breadth and the compelling interest of its subject matter the volume will appeal to a wide audience of social legal political and cultural historians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599236

Outlines of Social Philosophy Social philosophy can be considered the study of what unifies mankind and the study of values and ideals and what their meaning and worth is to human existence. Originally published in 1918 Mackenzie’s study provides a basic outline of what he believes is the origin of social philosophy whilst placing a focus on social order; dividing his work into the foundations of social order national order and world order. This title will be of interest to students of Philosophy Sociology and Anthropology Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638761

Outlines of Sociology This book arouses discussion about the place of Ludwig Gumplowicz in the history of sociology. It offers an overview of Gumplowicz' main ideas in general particularly those expressed in his other major work Der Rassenkampf and an examination of the men and movements in sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003070269

Outlines of the History of Greek Philosophy First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822976

Out-of-Print and Special Collection MaterialsAcquisition and Purchasing Options An invaluable how-to for librarians and archivists--inside insights from leading collectors!This essential guide to the acquisition process covers every aspect of the search for hard-to-find materials. Out-of-Print and Special Collection Materials: Acquisition and Purchasing Options is a handbook of traditional and not-so-traditional methods for identifying locating and acquiring rare items from a variety of sources. The book serves as a comprehensive reference for professionals and students alike drawing on the experiences of the foremost archivists in their fields.The book offers a unique assortment of specialized essays informative and instructive. The assembled collectors are your guides on a journey in search of rare items--through specialty catalogs and special circumstances libraries and bookshops collections and book stocks--through the print underground of the acquisitions world. Topics range from the basics of acquisitions to setting (and sticking to) a budget building a collection determining the market value of out-of-print materials and more detailed looks at individual areas of research.Experienced archivists and budding collectors will find indispensable information on a variety of vital topics in this book including: out-of-print music underground poetry acquisitions outside the United States planning a collection hard-to-find materials on science technology and medicine out-of-print literature Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864976

Outpatient Management of HIV Infection This book presents a complete global examination of the complications diagnoses and management of HIV infections. This is essential for the HIV specialist and for those involved in HIV care this book provides: information on the constantly changing and expanding drug therapies and treatment strategies for HIV the latest developments and frequently updated treatment guidelines includes new chapter on global efforts against HIV/AIDS. Draws from author's international experience includes a chapter on HIV and aging-hot topic in the field looks at the expansion and routinization of HIV testing a complete global examination of the complications diagnoses and management of HIV infections expert and authoriatative advice from Joseph R. Masci; Director of Medicine at Elmhurst Hospital Center in New York who is highly respected in the field user friendly sections: core curriculum in HIV medicine special populations and systems of care up-to-date references ensuring you have access to the most recent information Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420087352

Outpatient Nutrition Care and Home Nutrition SupportPractical Guidelines for Assessment and Management Nutrition defined by Merriam-Webster is the process of eating the right kind of food so you can grow properly and be healthy. However making the right food and nutrition choices and finding the best and most accurate nutrition information can be a challenge especially when a disease or injury is present. There are a wide range of ways that nutrition can be healing from a simple broth that provides fluids and electrolytes to therapeutic nutrition for diabetes irritable bowel syndrome or osteoporosis. Registered Dietitian Nutritionists (RDN) have expertise in disease management and translation of nutrition requirements to foods to consume. However nutrition care often does not receive the attention in the out-patient setting that is needed to achieve nutrition goals. The purpose of this book is to provide pertinent and concise nutrition care information for Registered Dietitian Nutritionists and other professionals working with individuals outside of the hospital including nurses pharmacists and physicians. This book covers screening assessing and treating malnutrition; out-patient nutrition care in diabetes cardiovascular disease gastrointestinal disease osteoporosis; and home enteral and parenteral nutrition. In each chapter the reader will learn more about the disease process as well as the management of the disease or therapy. As the number of patients receiving home care nutrition support increases proper assessment and management of this therapy is crucial and clinicians need to practice at an advanced level. This book presents advanced and readily applicable information on proper nutrition care of individuals in the outpatient setting and those receiving home nutrition support. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498711029

Outpatient SurgeryClinical Decision Making and Board Review This third edition focuses on answering questions that are relevant to North American surgeons' everyday practice and in preparation for their professional examinations. It contains both modern American practice style as well as to include the most up-to-date information since the previous edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195952

Outpatient Treatment of PsychosisPsychodynamic Approaches to Evidence-Based Practice This book offers a practitioner's guide to evidence-based practice in working with psychotic patients in an outpatient setting by clinicians and scholars who are internationally recognized for their work in treating severe psychopathology. Topics cover conceptual technical and practical considerations in the parameters of working with adult and adolescent populations that exhibit thought disorder delusions hallucinations borderline organizations trauma and schizoid phenomena. Different theoretical models are presented from psychoanalytic traditions that introduce the student and practitioner to eclectic ways of conceptualizing and treating these challenging clinical groups. Concrete approaches to establishing a proper treatment environment working alliance symptom management managing countertransference and facilitating a therapeutic framework are provided. Various psychodynamic techniques are demonstrated by master clinicians through the extensive use of clinical case material culled from outpatient settings that illustrate how psychoanalytic perspectives enrich our understanding of the psychotic spectrum and lead to therapeutic efficacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203346

Outposts of the ForgottenSocially Terminal People in Slum Hotels and Single Occupancy Tenements The single-room occupancy (SRO) tenements and welfare hotels located throughout New York City but concentrated on the Upper West Side of Manhattan provided housing for many of society's troubled marginal members in the late 1970s when this book was originally published. The predominant population of these buildings was old non-white unemployed disabled and in poor health. What distinguished this community however was not that it is was part of a ghetto or slum but that it was composed of poor people living amidst affluence combining elements of both the law-abiding and criminal worlds.Institutionally the SRO tenement world described in this book is seen as a half-way area between open society and the total institution. Without the support and control available in the SROs confinement in a total institution would be a certainty for many of the residents. This book a participant-observer journal as well as an ethnographic study suggests an alternative to institutionalization.As Edward Sagarin notes in his preface Siegal does not lack compassion for the sufferings of the people but the focus is on the descriptions of their lives. Outposts of the Forgotten documents the circumstances of some of New York's forgotten residents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854689

Outreach and Care Approaches to HIV/AIDS Along the US-Mexico Border Get the latest on culturally sensitive health care practices The United States-Mexico border region extends over 2 000 miles and those residing there struggle to come to grips with several health and poverty challenges. Outreach and Care Approaches to HIV/AIDS Along the US-Mexico Border discusses the various complex factors influencing the control of HIV/AIDS along the US-Mexico Border. The book presents in-depth insights into the problems of language differences lack of resources poverty culture social stigma fear of rejection from their communities and other pressing issues dealing with this devastating health challenge. Practical approaches and strategies are detailed emphasizing culturally sensitive health care practices.Outreach and Care Approaches to HIV/AIDS Along the US-Mexico Border reveals the latest research and assessment of services currently taking place in various states along this region. Innovative outreach strategies are described along with accompanying studies detailing the program’s success in targeting a specific issue. The book is extensively referenced and includes numerous tables and figures to clarify ideas and quantify data. Topics in Outreach and Care Approaches to HIV/AIDS Along the US-Mexico Border include: Health Resources and Services Administration’s efforts of its HIV/AIDS Bureau (HAB) practical expanded HIV counseling and testing a study on personal lifestyles and demographics of 1200 HIV seropositive individuals current research on health access issues the New Mexico Border Health Initiative (NMBHI) use of peer outreach—with programmatic elements implications for practice and recommendations for program coordinators the implementation and evaluation of an AIDS Education and Training Center (AETC) physician training program examination of an effective pilot HIV prevention intervention targeting Mexican/Latino migrant day laborers counseling intervention for female sex workers Transcultural Case Management (TCM) intervention program and its resultsOutreach and Care Approaches to HIV/AIDS Along the US-Mexico Border shines a crucial spotlight on the neglected problem of HIV and AIDS along border areas. The book is an important addition to the literature for social workers health care professionals and anyone involved with providing effective social educational and clinical services to all individuals affected by HIV/AIDS. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864365

Outreach Services in Academic and Special Libraries Discover innovative outreach services you can implement for your library! Outreach Services in Academic and Special Libraries examines the creation and delivery of outreach programs designed to promote awareness of the library by meeting the information needs of underserved or uninformed patrons. This book contains the experiences of academic and special librarians who describe a wide array of successful outreach programs that are in place throughout the country. This valuable tool introduces professional librarians and library science students and faculty to current and highly innovative models of outreach services implemented in a variety of academic and special library settings. This extensive resource shows how to use outreach programs to market new information resources and services to library constituents. Outreach Services in Academic and Special Libraries contains charts graphs and pictorials to help walk you through the process of creating an outreach program at your library. This book also presents bibliographies suggestions on how to improve on existing designs and the librarians’ “wish lists” of ideas they’d like to try in the future. Outreach Services in Academic and Special Libraries presents case studies covering many topics related to outreach services including: outreach to special groups of remote users multicultural outreach collaborative outreach partnerships with university and college departments and community organizations outreach Web sites targeting special groups marketing library services and resources information literacy as a form of outreach multi-media kiosks and exhibits book talks outreach to new faculty and transfer students and more! Librarians will benefit from the wide range of creative ideas and successful case studies implemented by library colleagues representing institutions from around the country. Outreach Services in Academic and Special Libraries serves as a catalyst for librarians to implement similar outreach programs at their own academic or special library. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725719

Outreach Strategies and Innovative Teaching Approaches for German Programs Outreach Strategies and Innovative Teaching Approaches for German Programs explores recruitment curricular design and student retention in modern language instruction by sharing best practices and a wide variety of pragmatic initiatives from teacher-scholars who have been involved in the successful building of German programs. With German programs facing dwindling grant monies as students across the country shift from the liberal arts into career-oriented fields it is paramount to promote German programs vigorously to offer courses that reflect and compel students’ interest to keep students engaged in extracurricular activities and to establish a community of like-minded language learners. The combination of curriculum-based strategies coupled with innovative projects and extracurricular and outreach activities is intended to serve as a guideline for teachers and scholars alike who are in need of best practices they can use to boost enrollment and attract and retain more students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343668

Outrigger Design for High-Rise Buildings Outrigger systems are rigid horizontal structures designed to improve a building’s stability and strength by connecting the building core or spine to distant columns much in the way an outrigger can prevent a canoe from overturning. Outriggers have been used in tall narrow buildings for nearly 500 years but the basic design principle dates back centuries. In the 1980s as buildings grew taller and more ambitious outrigger systems eclipsed tubular frames as the most popular structural approach for supertall buildings. Designers embraced properly proportioned core-and-outrigger schemes as a method to offer far more perimeter flexibility and openness for tall buildings than the perimeter moment or braced frames and bundled tubes that preceded them. However the outrigger system is not listed as a seismic lateral load-resisting system in any code and design parameters are not available despite the increasingly frequent use of the concept. The Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat’s Outrigger Working Group has addressed the pressing need for design guidelines for outrigger systems with this guide a comprehensive overview of the use of outriggers in skyscrapers. This guide offers detailed recommendations for analysis of outriggers within the lateral load-resisting systems of tall buildings for recognizing and addressing effects on building behavior and for practical design solutions. It also highlights concerns specific to the outrigger structural system such as differential column shortening and construction sequence impacts. Several project examples are explored in depth illustrating the role of outrigger systems in tall building designs and providing ideas for future projects. The guide details the impact of outrigger systems on tall building designs and demonstrates ways in which the technology is continuously advancing to improve the efficiency and stability of tall buildings around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780939493340

Outside Belongings Outside Belongings argues against a psychological depth model of identity--one in which individuals possess an intrinsic quality that guarantees authentic belonging. Instead Probyn proposes a model of identity that takes into account the desires of individuals and groups of individuals to belong. The main ideas she considers--"the outside" "the surface" and "belonging"--allow her to articulate in concrete terms her precise concerns about sexuality and nationality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865805

Outside CriminologySelected Essays by Stanley Cohen Stanley Cohen (1942-2013) has proven to be one of the most influential figures in the field of criminology and human rights within the last 40 years. His prolific work contributes not only to the study of crime deviance and control but also to human rights. This volume brings together a broad selection of Cohen’s published works which collectively testify to his lasting contribution to criminology and to the wide variety of themes with which Cohen was involved. Topics included in the collection are: reactions to deviance - including moral panics (from the late 1960s till the mid-1970s); punishment and social control (from the early 1970s till the late 1980s); and reactions to human rights violations - including denial (from the late 1980s onwards). In addition the volume contains a biographical memoir written by Paul Rock which offers essential contextual information on Cohen’s personal and professional background as well as a complete bibliography of Cohen’s published works from 1966-2014. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472467430

Outside in the Teaching Machine Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak is one of the most pre-eminent postcolonial theorists writing today and a scholar of genuinely global reputation. This collection first published in 1993 presents some of Spivak’s most engaging essays on works of literature such as Salman Rushdie's controversial Satanic Verses and twentieth century thinkers such as Jacques Derrida and Karl Marx. Spivak relentlessly questions and deconstructs power structures where ever they operate. In doing so she provides a voice for those who can not speak proving that the true work of resistance takes place in the margins Outside in the Teaching Machine.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167902

Outside the Anthropological MachineCrossing the Human-Animal Divide and Other Exit Strategies In the midst of the climate crisis and the threat of the sixth extinction we can no longer claim to be the masters of nature. Rather we need to unlearn our species’ arrogance for the sake of all animals human and non-human. Rethinking our being-in-the-world as Homo sapiens this monograph argues starts precisely from the way we relate to our closer companion species. The authors gathered here endeavour to find multiple exit strategies from the anthropocentric paradigms that have bound the human and social sciences. Part I investigates the unexplored margins of human history by re-reading historical events literary texts and scientific findings from an animal’s perspective rather than a human’s. Part II explores different forms of human-animal relationships putting the emphasis on the institutions spaces and discourses that frame our interactions with animals. Part III engages with processes of "translation" that aim to render animals’ experience and perception into human words and visual language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504441

Outside the BoxThe World According to Video Games Deborah Todd has interviewed game-industry experts and the result is a list of the 100 most important influential and groundbreaking video games. More than simply listing each of these games she talks about what innovations each game brought and why each deserves a place on this definitive list. For anyone wanting to understand the history of video games and both the cultural and technological forces that have driven it and where it is heading this is an invaluable resource. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568814148

Outside the Dream (RLE: Lacan)Lacan and French Styles of Psychoanalysis Originally published in 1983 Martin Stanton has written an intriguing and original guide to French styles of psychoanalysis. He describes the development of psychoanalytic technique and shows how it has transformed the contemporary French literary and philosophical thought and writing as well as making inroads in the English-speaking cultural world. He argues that psychoanalysis has outgrown the individual setting and needs to evolve new methods of group work – in this respect he believes it has a special role to play in educational institutions. The book examines the grounds on which analysis has evolved subversive and deconstructive strategies and created radical alternatives. It relates the ‘Lacan effect’ on the psychoanalytic movement to long-standing debates on patriarchy and authoritarianism and considers in a clinical section variant diagnoses of paranoia and schizophrenia. It also discusses the future direction of psychoanalysis in the light of contemporary French research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977853

Outsider CitizensThe Remaking of Postwar Identity in Wright Beauvoir and Baldwin Outsider Citizens examines a foundational moment in the writing of race gender and sexuality––the decade after 1945 when Richard Wright Simone de Beauvoir and others sought to adapt existentialism and psychoanalysis to the representation of newly emerging public identities. Relyea offers the first book-length study bringing together Wright and Beauvoir to reveal their common sources and concerns. Relyea's discussion begins with Native Son and then examines Wright's postwar exile in France and his engagement with existentialism and psychoanalysis in The Outsider. Beauvoir met Wright during her postwar tour of America chronicled in America Day by Day. After returning to France Beauvoir adapted American social constructionist concepts of race as one source for her philosophical investigation of gender in The Second Sex while also rejecting 1940s psychoanalytic theories of femininity. Relyea examines later representations of race and gender in a discussion of James Baldwin's critique of postwar American liberalism and ideals of innocence and masculinity in Giovanni's Room which represents the remaking of white American identity through the risks of exile and the return of the gaze. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867184

Outsiders in the Greek Cities in the Fourth Century BC (Routledge Revivals) During the fourth century BC the number of Greeks who did not live as citizens in the city-states of southern mainland Greece increased considerably: mercenaries pirates itinerant artisans and traders their origins differed widely. It has been argued that this increase was caused by the destruction of many Greek cities in the wars of the fourth century accompanied by the large programme of settlement begun by Alexander in the East and Timoleon in the West. Although this was an important factor argues Dr McKechnie more crucial was an ideological deterioration of loyalties to the city: the polis was no longer absolutely normative in the fourth century and Hellenistic periods. With so many outsiders with specialist skills Alexander and his successors were able to recruit the armies and colonists needed to conquer and maintain empires many times larger than any single polis had ever controlled. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740593

Outskirts of EmpireStudies in British Power Projection Outskirts of Empire: Studies in British Power Projection investigates the substructure of Britain’s interests in the Near East and beyond during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.Essays address themes in British power projection in a geographically wide area encompassing parts of the Ottoman Empire Morocco and Abyssinia illuminating interlinking elements of Britain’s power and presence through commerce religion consular activity expatriates travel and exploration and technology. Through careful investigation of the interface of these themes the book develops a deeper sense of Britain’s presence in the Near East and contiguous areas and highlights the network of Britons who were required to sustain that presence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587017

Outsourcing and Human Resource ManagementAn International Survey Outsourcing is an increasingly popular strategy deployed by a variety of institutions including banks multinational companies and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). The book assesses the problems and solutions for those attempting to outsource through an analysis of human resource management insourcing lifecycles of the project insurance requirements operational management and recruitment within the context of the financial services industry automotive and IT industries of Japan North and South Korea South Africa Mexico Eastern Europe China and India. Including detailed comparative case studies this book: considers how outsourcing can best be made to work explores the human side of outsourcing offers practical advice for improving organizational relationships and performance looks at important practices such as insourcing provides much needed analysis of the risk and insurance issues involved in outsourcing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541862

Outsourcing and Insourcing in an International Context Designed for upper-level undergraduate or graduate courses in production-operations management management information systems international business and strategic management this text focuses on concepts processes and methodologies for firms planning to undertake or currently involved in outsourcing-insourcing decisions. "Outsourcing and Insourcing in an International Context" is the only available text that includes coverage of the international risk factors associated with this strategy. The book presents a balanced view of the positive and negative aspects of outsourcing and provides essential coverage of the fundamental techniques involved in any outsourcing-insourcing decision. In addition it discusses the ethical ramifications of outsourcing for companies and governments around the world. Each chapter includes learning objectives discussion questions and sample problems. An Instructor's Manual Test Bank and PowerPoint presentation are available to teachers who adopt the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701936

Outsourcing and Offshoring The expansion of outsourcing and offshoring activities and the emergence of new sourcing models have profoundly challenged existing management concepts and practices. Consequently it has become increasingly important to understand the phenomenon and its implications for business and management. The study of outsourcing and offshoring continues rapidly to develop but in the last decade especially several areas have emerged as crucial to the comprehension of offshoring and outsourcing. First researchers have attempted to understand the strategic intent behind outsourcing and offshoring and the determinants in such decisions. Second numerous studies have examined the risk and success factors. Third research has taken a keen interest in exploring capabilities knowledge and culture in outsourcing and offshoring. Finally more recent studies have focused on advancements in the practice of outsourcing and offshoring following the introduction of cloud computing. By addressing these four areas in particular along with other critical questions this new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together a vast body of knowledge on outsourcing and offshoring. Fully indexed and including a new introduction by the editor it is an essential research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634489

Outsourcing Clinical DevelopmentStrategies for Working with CROs and Other Partners The challenges facing large pharmaceutical companies are stark: sales are slowing and research and development costs are rising. There is an overwhelming need to reduce development costs by as much as 30-40% while at the same time significantly shortening development cycle times. Pharmaceutical spend on outsourcing faces double-digit growth for the next three to five years and yet if outsourcing is to meet these challenges new models of collaborative and cooperative working are needed now. Outsourcing Clinical Development offers a guide to these new models and to future clinical outsourcing strategy. There is advice on the basis for an outsourcing strategy and guidance on how to work most productively with CROs (contract research organisations); geographical issues including working in low-cost environments are also covered. There is a detailed guide to selecting candidates and managing the proposal negotiation and contract process successfully; as well as reviewing outsourcing performance and developing fruitful long-term strategic relationships. The pharmaceutical outsourcing process is as complex and as influential as the clinical trials it supports. Outsourcing Clinical Development with a powerful mix of perceptive insight from leading lights in the industry advice on long-term strategic direction and tools for immediate help is a must-have read for pharmaceutical companies and their CRO partners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599250

Outsourcing Energy ManagementSaving Energy and Carbon through Partnering This book describes energy management outsourcing as a way of addressing the current energy challenges facing all organizations namely high and volatile energy prices the need to mitigate climate change and potential supply constraints as oil production peaks. These problems are likely to intensify in the coming years yet most organizations have reduced in-house capability to address them thus outsourcing is increasingly seen as an essential part of any strategy to reduce energy use and carbon emissions. The author describes the basic processes of energy management and how to outsource them in a strategic way to achieve maximum results. The process is based on a new model of energy management looking at total costs which is presented in the book. The book offers a comprehensive guide to outsourcing energy management discussing the risks and benefits and taking managers through the process of deciding whether to outsource or not and finding and assessing an outsourcing partner. Managers looking to reduce energy consumption and carbon emissions through the use of external service providers will find Outsourcing Energy Management an ideal 'how to do it' guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256248

Outsourcing in Clinical Drug Development Sponsor companies and CROs alike will appreciate the industry-wide analysis practical how-to advice and helpful charts and checklists provided by Outsourcing in Clinical Drug Development. A panel of experts discuss supplier identification and selection financial considerations and the ethical issues. They cover contracting out laboratory analysis data management and statistical services and the effects of outsourcing on quality assurance. Whether readers are beginning to explore the possibility of outsourcing or already involved in long-term strategic outsourcing partnerships this invaluable resource is a complete guide to the drug development outsourcing relationship. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395933

Outsourcing in European Emerging EconomiesTerritorial Embeddedness and Global Business Services Drawing on a range of European cases this edited volume analyses the offshoring and outsourcing of foreign companies with a focus on territorial embeddedness. The book opens by developing a theoretical framework and then presents a range of international case studies exploring the experiences of the service hub cities of Brno Bratislava Budapest Krakow and Prague. Attention is also given to internal and external determinants of embeddedness with chapters on the employee perspective the Fintech industry corporate social responsibility and the role of universities. This volume will be of interest to advanced students and researchers in regional economics economic geography innovation studies industrial economics European economics and international business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893835

Outsourcing IT - The Legal AspectsPlanning Contracting Managing and the Law Outsourcing has increased and developed immensely in scope sophistication and ambition over the last twenty years - and continues to evolve. Information technology outsourcing is potentially highly complex and risk-laden especially for the fast growing areas of business process and transformational outsourcing and where whole departments or business areas are outsourced. Decisions taken by the customer at the outset have long term ramifications: they need to ensure that the processes are flexible enough to deal with change maintain necessary levels of security avoid abandoning management of key resources and prevent costs spiralling out of control. It is essential to have a good contract to meet such challenges. All these issues and others such as intellectual property arrangements the complexities of transferring staff property and other assets tendering procedures and performance monitoring must not be ignored and are addressed in the second edition of Rachel Burnett's successful Outsourcing IT. Whether you are a supplier or a customer it is vital to have a properly negotiated formal contract if you are entering into an outsourcing arrangement. A good contract needs careful planning and this book provides a comprehensive guide to the whole process. Well-planned and well-structured outsourcing arrangements by well-informed and well-advised customers are far more likely to work for both customer and supplier alike and Outsourcing IT - The Legal Aspects: Planning Contracting Managing and the Law is the perfect place to start. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599274

Outsourcing Technical CommunicationIssues Policies and Practices This book examines the impact of outsourcing on the field of technical communication. Aided by new technologies and driven by global market structures technical communication products that were once developed in the United States or Western Europe are now being developed in Asia Eastern Europe and other parts of the world. If technical communication follows other fields such as information technologies electronics manufacturing and even textiles this 'outsourcing' of technical communication products and jobs will surely influence our profession-but how? What kinds of jobs will remain in the United States? Which jobs are more efficiently handled outside the United States? How can U.S. technical communicators develop a 'comparative advantage' in the global economy? How can collaboration and joint development of information products be managed? What are the ethical cultural social and economic dilemmas created by outsourcing?This collection is designed as a theory/practice book that addresses the needs of graduate students faculty and technical communicators who want to teach practice or conduct research in this area. It addresses technical communications and outsourcing in six different parts of the world including the United States. It also explores issues of curriculum project management legal considerations and intercultural communication problems.This title is suitable for: Technical communication professionals in academia and industry; managers researchers and teachers of documentation projects who are involved in offshore outsourcing situations and need to find best practices strategies or recommendations for being successful; technical writers (freelancers and corporate employees) working with international partners interested in how outsourcing can affect the future of their profession; non-U.S. writers working in outsourcing projects looking to perform satisfactorily in their jobs; undergraduate and graduate professors in universities and community colleges teaching courses in publications management information design international communication and technical writing and students enrolled in those courses; teachers and students in rhetorical theory and professional communication pedagogy courses; ESL (English as a second language) and ESP (English for specific purposes) readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784658

Outsourcing the WombRace Class and Gestational Surrogacy in a Global Market Through case studies Outsourcing the Womb Second Edition provides a critical analysis and global tour of the international surrogacy landscape in Egypt India China Japan Israel Ukraine the European Union and the United States. By providing a comparative analysis of countries that have very different policies this book disentangles the complex role that race religion class inequality legal regimes and global capitalism play in the gestational surrogacy market. This book provides an intersectional frame of analysis in which multiple forms of social inequality and power differences become institutionalized and restrict the access of some individuals and families while privileging others and concludes with a discussion of "reproductive justice" and "reproductive liberty." It is an ideal addition to courses on social problems race gender and inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855809

OutsourcingA CIO's Perspective As global competition grows more fierce companies continue to look for ways to increase their competitive edge without jeopardizing profit margins. Today's corporations are starting to realize the competitive advantage that Information Technology (IT) can bring to a company. These corporations are also realizing that staying current with technology requires a great deal of effort risk and expense. This is one of the primary reasons CEO's are considering outsourcing as an alternative.Written by a CIO who has successfully maneuvered through the outsourcing process Outsourcing: A CIO's Perspective addresses the realistic expectations and the most commonly asked questions about IT outsourcing while reviewing it's advantages and disadvantages. This text identifies key elements that can be used to assess the feasibility of securing a profitable and manageable outsourcing agreement. It provides a convincing case that even if the final decision is to not outsource the result of the process will identify potential business improvement opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400514

Outspoken WomenAn Anthology of Women's Writing on Sex 1870–1969 Studying a broader period than its contemporaries this comprehensive study reveals a neglected tradition of British women’s writing from the Victorian era to the sexual revolution of the 1960s. Outspoken Women brings together the many and varied non-fictional writings of British women on sexual attitudes and behaviour beginning nearly a hundred years prior to the ‘second wave’ of feminism.  Commentators cover a broad range of perspectives and include Darwinists sexologists and campaigners against the spread of VD as well as women writing about their own lives and experiences. Covering all aspects of the debate from marriage female desire and pleasure to lesbianism prostitution STDs and sexual ignorance Lesley A. Hall studies how the works of this era didn’t just criticise male-defined mores and the ‘dark side’ of sex but how they increasingly promoted the possibility of a brighter view and an informed understanding of the sexual life. Hall’s remarkable anthology is an engaging examination of this fascinating subject and it provides students and scholars with an invaluable source of primary material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012834

Outstanding Assessment for Learning in the Classroom The main feature of an outstanding lesson is that all students make progress. Taking the structure of a lesson as the starting point this book demonstrates how assessment for learning can be used to enhance and support all aspects of the learning process. Including chapters on embedding assessment during each phase of the lesson using assessment data to inform planning questioning techniques and feedback the book will help you to use assessment effectively to produce outstanding results. Packed full of practical strategies this book shows you how you can make assessment meaningful in the classroom directly impacting your students and creating a more autonomous learning environment. It is written specifically with the class teacher in mind and draws on a range of different examples across many subjects to deliver ideas that can be translated with ease to everyday teaching practices. With a strong focus on including assessment practices in the planning process to achieve outstanding results this book covers: assessment for learning and an overview of the learning cycle practical teaching strategies and effective techniques to use in the classroom marking feedback and using data to drive learning embedding assessment for learning in your classroom department and school An effective guide for outstanding teaching and learning this book offers an innovative approach and is packed full of practical exercises that are easy to apply in the classroom proving essential reading for newly qualified and experienced teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824508

Outstanding Differentiation for Learning in the Classroom One of the key features of an outstanding lesson is that all learners make progress. All learners are different and teachers must differentiate according to the individual pupil and their individual learning needs to achieve outstanding progress. Outstanding Differentiation for Learning in the Classroom is written with the class teacher in mind and demonstrates how differentiation can be used to enhance and support all aspects of the learning process. Including chapters on embedding differentiation during each phase of the lesson assessment and questioning techniques this book will help you to use differentiation effectively to produce outstanding results. With a strong focus on practical strategies to help you meaningfully apply differentiation in the classroom this book covers: what differentiation actually means and why it should be applied in the classroom; sequencing and planning for learning with an overview of the learning cycle; practical teaching strategies and effective techniques to use in the classroom; how to structure and apply differentiation practices in your classroom department and school. A vital starting point and effective guide for outstanding differentiation this timely new book is packed full of practical exercises that are easy to implement in the classroom and it is essential reading for newly qualified and experienced teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839052

Outstanding Differentiation for Learning in the ClassroomArabic Edition One of the key features of an outstanding lesson is that all learners make progress. All learners are different and teachers must differentiate according to the individual pupil and their individual learning needs to achieve outstanding progress. Outstanding Differentiation for Learning in the Classroom is written with the class teacher in mind and demonstrates how differentiation can be used to enhance and support all aspects of the learning process. Including chapters on embedding differentiation during each phase of the lesson assessment and questioning techniques this book will help you to use differentiation effectively to produce outstanding results. With a strong focus on practical strategies to help you meaningfully apply differentiation in the classroom this book covers: what differentiation actually means and why it should be applied in the classroom; sequencing and planning for learning with an overview of the learning cycle; practical teaching strategies and effective techniques to use in the classroom; how to structure and apply differentiation practices in your classroom department and school. A vital starting point and effective guide for outstanding differentiation this timely new book is packed full of practical exercises that are easy to implement in the classroom and it is essential reading for newly qualified and experienced teachers alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003024491

Outstanding Women in Public AdministrationLeaders Mentors and Pioneers This first-of-its-kind project documents the contributions of women in public administration. It contains eight research-based case studies on women who have contributed to the field - academics government managers and activists. The women profiled are not from a random sample - they were selected based on their contributions to the theory and practice of public service. Each chapter relates the life and work of each subject to the broad issues faced by today's public servants. The result is a book that is both instructive and inspirational and that should be read by every aspiring public service practitioner. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701929

Ovarian Toxicology Today we are exposed to an increasing number of chemicals in the environment and there is a growing awareness of the effects of these chemicals on the ovaries. Infertility resulting from environmental exposures may not be obvious until the reproductive life span is waning. As such the potential for xenobiotic-induced infertility needs to be better understood. In recent years research into chemicals that have the potential to cause early menopause by destroying pre-antral ovarian follicles is gaining greater appreciation. Ovarian Toxicology Second Edition represents a compilation of chapters prepared by researchers who have substantially contributed to our understanding of the impact of xenobiotics and environmental factors on ovarian function. The second edition substantially updates newly investigated ovotoxicants as well as improved mechanistic insights that have emerged since the first edition. Topics include: Ovarian physiology and the metabolism of xenobiotics The effect of pesticides heavy metals phthalates BPA and cigarette smoking on the ovaries Ovarian cancer including endocrine effects and new perspectives on chemoresistance Epidemiology and human health risk assessment for environmental chemicals and pharmaceuticals The first book to focus specifically on ovarian toxicology this resource is ideal for scientists in academia regulatory agencies and industry who would benefit from a survey of the impact of xenobiotic chemicals on ovarian function. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199859

Over 55A Handbook on Health A study into the increasing needs of the population aged 55 years and over by a group of experts mostly physicians from Pennsylvania Hospital Philadelphia; to explain in an understandable manner some of the medical social emotional financial and legal matters that concern this age group. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315792651

Over the InfluenceThe Harm Reduction Guide to Controlling Your Drug and Alcohol Use "Just say no" just doesn't work for everyone. If you've tried to quit and failed simply want to cut down or wish to work toward sobriety gradually join the many thousands of readers who have turned to this empathic science-based resource--now thoroughly revised. A powerful alternative to abstinence-only treatments harm reduction helps you set and meet your own goals for gaining control over alcohol and drugs. Step by step the expert authors guide you to determine: *Which aspects of your habits may be harmful.*How to protect your safety and make informed choices.*What changes you would like to make.*How to put your intentions into action.*When it's time to seek help--and where to turn. Updated to reflect a decade's worth of research the fully revised second edition is even more practical. It features additional vivid stories and concrete examples engaging graphics new worksheets (which you can download and print for repeated use) "Self-Reflection" boxes and more. Mental health professionals see also the authors' Practicing Harm Reduction Psychotherapy Second Edition. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526796

Over the ThresholdIntimate Violence in Early America Over the Threshold is the first in-depth work to explore the topic of intimate violence in the American colonies and the early Republic. The essays examine domestic violence in both urban and frontier environments between husbands and wives parents and children and masters and slaves. This compelling collection puts commonly held notions about intimate violence under strict historical scrutiny often producing surprising results. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949054

Overcoming Anxiety Stress and Panic: A Five Areas Approach Overcoming Anxiety Stress and Panic uses the proven and trusted five areas model of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) to help people experiencing a range of symptoms associated with these conditions. For the third edition new workbooks are included on: obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) using medication and planning for the future. CBT workbooks - easy to use practical photocopy them Written by an award-winning author and expert Proven to work - through years of research and practice Step-by-step success - follow the Plan Do Review approach see positive results Advice for friends and family to offer additional supportInvaluable proven practical and easy to use workbooks for all CBT practitioners psychiatrists GPs psychologists counsellors neurologists occupational therapists voluntary sector and healthcare workers to use to help the people in their care help themselves. THE FIVE AREAS APPROACH: Life situation people and events around us Altered thinking Altered feelings or moods Altered physical symptoms or sensations Altered behaviour or activity levels LINKED FREE ONLINE SUPPORT AT www.livinglifetothefull.comADDITIONAL RESOURCES AT www.fiveareas.com. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444163148

Overcoming Barriers to Student UnderstandingThreshold Concepts and Troublesome Knowledge It has long been a matter of concern to teachers in higher education why certain students ‘get stuck’ at particular points in the curriculum whilst others grasp concepts with comparative ease. What accounts for this variation in student performance and more importantly how can teachers change their teaching and courses to help students overcome such barriers? This book examines the difficulties of student learning and offers advice on how to overcome them through course design assessment practice and teaching methods. It also provides innovative case material from a wide range of institutions and disciplines including the social sciences the humanities the sciences and economics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514187

Overcoming BiasA Journalist's Guide to Culture & Context This book is about biases that affect journalism at every stage of reporting and writing. It shows journalists how they can examine and know their habits of thought offering advice and strategies to help them embrace a more inclusive and open-minded approach to a multicultural society coverage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781934432204

Overcoming Binge EatingThe Proven Program to Learn Why You Binge and How You Can Stop This trusted bestseller provides all the information needed to understand binge eating and bring it under control whether you are working with a therapist or on your own. Clear step-by-step guidelines show you how to: *Overcome the urge to binge.*Gain control over what and when you eat.*Break free of strict dieting and other habits that may contribute to binges.*Establish stable healthy eating patterns.*Improve your body image and reduce the risk of relapse. This fully updated second edition incorporates important advances in the understanding and treatment of eating disorders. It features expanded coverage of body image issues and enhanced strategies for achieving--and maintaining--a transformed relationship with food and your body. Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies (ABCT) Self-Help Book of Merit. Included in the UK National Health Service Bibliotherapy Program. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781572305618

Overcoming Body Image DisturbanceA Programme for People with Eating Disorders People with eating disorders often exhibit serious misconceptions about their own body image. Overcoming Body Image Disturbance provides a treatment programme (piloted by the authors) for people with eating disorders who have a negative body image. The manual offers advice for therapists enabling them to deliver the programme as well as practical guidance for the sufferer encouraging them to learn the appropriate skills to change their attitude towards their body. Alongside the programme this treatment manual provides: an introduction to the concept of body image and body image disturbance worksheets and homework assignments for the client recommendations of psychometric measures to aid assessment and evaluation coverage on innovative techniques and approaches such as mindfulness. This manual � intended to be used with close guidance from a therapist � will be essential for all therapists mental health workers and counsellors working with clients who have negative body images. "Workbook resources can be downloaded free of charge by purchasers of the print version." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407466

Overcoming Burnout and Compassion Fatigue in SchoolsA Guide for Counselors Administrators and Educators This book examines the cumulative effects of working with high trauma populations as they pertain to education settings. This text incorporates current research anecdotal stories and workbook pages so that practitioners are properly informed on how to identify and employ protective practices when it comes to burnout and compassion fatigue. Educators rarely receive training that prepares them for working with children and youth who are the victims of neglect abuse poverty and loss. Education professionals who are already overburdened with an overwhelming number of job-related tasks can find themselves depleted due to their care and concern for their most vulnerable students. As a result educators experience the physical and emotional symptoms of burnout and compassion fatigue. Appropriate for both young and experienced educators this important text provides a clear and concise approach to the topic of burnout and compassion fatigue that engages the reader in a journey of self-reflection highlighting potential signs and symptoms of burnout as well as examining how the school environment and individual characteristics might collide to put educators at risk. Most importantly this book provides guidance and resources to assist educators in implementing both individual and organizational practices that promote long-term resilience and self-care. To be at their most effective educators must be able to care for themselves while also caring for their students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492653

Overcoming Challenges in Corpus ConstructionThe Spoken British National Corpus 2014 This volume offers a critical examination of the construction of the Spoken British National Corpus 2014 (Spoken BNC2014) and points the way forward toward a more informed understanding of corpus linguistic methodology more broadly. The book begins by situating the creation of this second corpus a compilation of new publicly-accessible Spoken British English from the 2010s within the context of the first created in 1994 talking through the need to balance backward capability and optimal practice for today’s users. Chapters subsequently use the Spoken BNC2014 as a focal point around which to discuss the various considerations taken into account in corpus construction including design data collection transcription and annotation. The volume concludes by reflecting on the successes and limitations of the project as well as the broader utility of the corpus in linguistic research both in current examples and future possibilities. This exciting new contribution to the literature on linguistic methodology is a valuable resource for students and researchers in corpus linguistics applied linguistics and English language teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367371

Overcoming Challenges to Gender Equality in the WorkplaceLeadership and Innovation Many businesses and organizations are increasingly aware of the case for promoting gender equality both within and outside their organizational boundaries. Evidence suggests that gender equality in the workplace boosts performance and legal frameworks in many countries mandate specific action on gender inequality in the workplace. However despite organizational policies on promoting equality and equal opportunities there remain challenges to be overcome in many businesses including throughout their supply chains. The book provides research rationales as to why responsible organizations must address the issue of gender equality in the workplace. It also presents case studies action research and examples of good practices describing how businesses and organizations are working to promote gender equality in various contexts. The book is designed to support the rationale for gender equality in business and organizations providing evidence of implementation of gender equality in the workplace and advice on how to deal with and overcome challenges. It will be of interest to academics employees practitioners policy-makers businesses institutions and organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535460

Overcoming Child AbuseA Window on a World Problem Published in 2000. Child abuse is endemic it comes in many forms and its categories are not closed. This book looks at responses to aspects of child abuse in all five continents. The definitions are different though not all that different the legal emphases vary and so do management techniques. This book reveals the importance of culture and structure in the commitment to eradicate the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323810

Overcoming Childhood Sexual TraumaA Guide to Breaking Through the Wall of Fear for Practitioners and Survivors Go beyond the pain and fear of sexual abuse to heal the traumaChildhood sexual abuse (CSA) can be a physically and emotionally painful soul-shattering experience that can traumatize a person for a lifetime. The Wall of Fear: Crossing the Wall from Trauma to Recovery from Childhood Sexual Abuse is a unique exploration of the subjective experiences of both client and therapist as they together travel the path to recovery. Therapists get a clear illustration of the therapy process while CSA survivors are offered a gauge with which to judge their own progress toward recovery. New therapeutic concepts are clearly presented and extensively discussed while sensitively charting the experiences of clients on the journey toward healing.As Winston Churchill once said “If you’re going through hell keep going.” The Wall of Fear charts the arduous progress of a survivor from the initial understanding that they need help and guidance to choosing the correct therapist to the emotional roadblocks most clients face on their own personal recovery from the hell of CSA. The authors team up to courageously provide readers with a comprehensive and candid portrait of their experiences of CSA therapy while demonstrating the approaches which effectively enhance healing. Features include schematic drawings of the stages of therapy the client’s own diary from her youth through her therapy in adulthood client drawings illustrating progress in therapy and effective art exercises that can be used at the beginning of therapy. The text includes extensive references useful appendixes and a helpful glossary of terms for the layperson.Topics in The Wall of Fear include: the nature of sexual trauma (the new concept of the World of Trauma) growing up traumatized—and its effect on friendships sexual development dating and mate selection couples’ relationships and sexuality selecting a therapist the new concept of The Wall of Fear closure coping with the therapy process parenting by CSA survivors and the impact on the next generation the subjective experiences of both therapist and CSA survivorThe Wall of Fear stands as a testament that no matter what sexual trauma a person may endure there is hope for recovery. This is insightful crucial reading for survivors of CSA and therapists at all levels of expertise. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203106501

Overcoming Chronic Fatigue in Young PeopleA cognitive-behavioural self-help guide Overcoming Chronic Fatigue in Young People provides an effective evidence-based step-by-step guide to managing and overcoming chronic fatigue. The highly-experienced experts Katharine Rimes and Trudie Chalder present an accessible and practical manual aimed at young people with downloadable material (available online) to support recovery. The book also includes a guide for parents and a helpful resources section. It is recommended for any young person struggling with chronic fatigue as well as parents and professionals. Currently there is no other evidence-based self-help guide available on chronic fatigue aimed at young people. This innovative book contains detailed advice for tailoring a fatigue recovery programme to the individual and shows the health professional how to do this. Topics covered include: Sleep exercise coping with stress and school. Based on cognitive behaviour therapy a treatment approach supported by research evidence Katherine Rimes and Trudie Chalder have used this guide in specialist CFS / ME service for many years with positive results as reported by both patients and parents. Overcoming Chronic Fatigue in Young People is aimed at young people with CFS / ME but people with chronic fatigue caused by other conditions will also find it invaluable. It is an essential resource for parents families and health care professionals in the treatment of their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802896

Overcoming Depression and Low MoodA Five Areas Approach Fourth Edition Depression affects many people at some point in their lives. Fortunately we now know that by changing certain thoughts and behaviour patterns you can greatly improve how you feel. Overcoming Depression and Low Mood: A Five Areas Approach explains how low mood can affect your life. It helps you understand why you sometimes feel low anxious angry or guilty. It also teaches proven practical skills to help you change how you feel. By using the clearly described practical tools inside you can make helpful changes to your life. Ultimately the hope is that this book will help you to regain a sense of control over how you feel. The book is based on a cognitive behavioural therapy approach. The developers of this approach found many effective ways of tackling common symptoms and problems people face when feeling low. The course can make a big difference if you can commit to using it. Having someone else to encourage you is also important. Interactive questions and worksheets which are a key feature of the series are plentiful in this new edition. An award-winning companion website www.livinglifetothefull.com includes additional support materials and information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444183771

Overcoming Disabling Barriers18 Years of Disability and Society This book provides a valuable route map to the development of thinking in disability studies over the last eighteen years. It includes over twenty essential articles from the journal Disability and Society written by many of the leading authors in the field from the UK the USA Australia and Europe.  Compiled by the current editors of the journal  it is divided into three sections which mirror the three central themes:  disability studies – clearly illustrates the debates and challenges that have emerged within the field over the last two decades   policy – offers a snapshot of social policy that has impinged on the lives of disabled people in many parts of the world research issues – reveals the inequalities between disabled and non-disabled people and the advocacy of new methods and research practices.   The editors’ specially written introduction to each section contextualises the selection and introduces students to the main issues and current thinking in the field. Altogether this book is a rich source of ideas and insights covering conceptual theoretical empirical and cross-cultural issues and questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509442

Overcoming Disadvantage in Education Governments local authorities school leaders and teachers all over the world want to improve the educational attainment and participation of all students and to minimise any systematic differences in outcomes for social and economic groups. A particular concern is for those students from backgrounds that may objectively disadvantage them at school and beyond. However considerable effort and money is currently being wasted on policies practices and interventions that have very little hope of success and that may indeed endanger the progress that is being made otherwise. The poor quality of much education research evidence coupled with an unwillingness among users of evidence to discriminate appropriately between what we know and do not know means that opportunities are being missed. At a time of reduced public spending it is important that proposed interventions are both effective and efficient. Overcoming Disadvantage in Education is unique in the way that it: Shows where the solutions to underachievement and poverty lie combines primary(new) secondary (official) and published (review) evidence distinguishes between those possible causes of underachievement that are largely fixed for individuals and those that are modifiable. There are evidence-informed ways forward in handling under-achievement and increasing social justice in education. This book shows which the more likely approaches are and where further work could yield further benefits. This book will be a key text for students developing academic researchers and supervisors in the social sciences and for those research users charged with improving educational outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536905

Overcoming ExclusionSocial Justice through Education In this Collected Works Professor Peter Mittler brings together twenty-one of his key writings in one essential volume providing a distinctive commentary on some of the most important issues in education over the last thirty years. This unique collection illustrates the development of Professor Mittler’s thinking over the course of a long and esteemed career encompassing his work on the origins of under-achievement the ways in which obstacles to learning can be understood and overcome and the importance of human rights for all marginalised minorities. It follows the thread of his growing awareness that human development depends on a series of complex interactions between the ‘double helix’ of nature and nurture. One of the world’s most respected and eminent scholars of the field of special needs and inclusive education Professor Mittler includes chapters from his best-selling books and selected articles from leading journals providing the reader with a chronological and global perspective on his work and thinking and the impact it had at and beyond the time of writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109667

Overcoming Fear of Fat Here is an enlightening new volume that presents an integration of anti-fat-oppressive attitudes into the work of feminist therapy. Overcoming Fear of Fat is unique among professional work in the area of women and fat in that it does not approach size as the problem; rather it approaches prejudice against fat as the problem. Although for nearly a decade fat activists have been raising the issues that are confronted in this book therapists including feminist therapists have been colluding with their clients in pathologizing fat celebrating weight loss and failing to adequately challenge cultural stereotypes of attractiveness for women instead of empowering clients and encouraging them to take on expert authority about their own experiences. The contributors including therapists and fat activists aim to disconnect the issues of food intake and eating disorders from those of weight. They share personal and professional experiences of challenging fat oppression offer strategies for therapists to rid themselves and their clients of fat oppressive attitudes and most importantly they confront long-held cultural myths that fat is unhealthy and that fat women are physically unfit and are in hiding from their sexuality or personal power. A practical and informative resource for therapists especially those who work with fat women or who themselves struggle with issues of feeling critical of their own body size Overcoming Fear of Fat will also be a valuable guide for fat women who wish to feel supported in their struggle for self-worth and respect. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820682

Overcoming Fragmentation in Southeast EuropeSpatial Development Trends and Integration Potential With the expansion of the European Union the countries of Southeast Europe have finally been brought together within one socio-political entity. The restructuring of these economies following globalization and neoliberalization has meant that this region has become much more open to geopolitical shifts and trends. While the various countries have all entered into the slow process of European integration the historic fragmentation of this region has led to various conflicts and contradictions in the restructuring and transition of national economies. This volume provides a theoretical and comparative overview which examines the prospects for spatial cohesion in this region. With the need to handle persisting problems and conflicts from the past while coping with new economic and political structures Southeast Europe proves to be a challenging yet fruitful testing ground for how best to overcome fragmentation and establish a long-term process of social and economic integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391005

Overcoming Functional Neurological Symptoms: A Five Areas Approach Overcoming Functional Neurological Symptoms uses the proven and trusted five areas model of Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) to help people experiencing a range of medically unexplained symptoms including chronic headaches fatigue dizziness loss of sensation weakness and numbness.Easy to use and practical this CBT workbook: Presents the insights of award-winning authors who are experts in the field Contains therapeutic advice proven to work through years of research and practice Ensures patients success through specific plans leading to positive results Provides advice for friends and family of patients This book is designed for CBT practitioners psychiatrists psychologists neurologists physiotherapists occupational therapists and healthcare workers to share with their patients. A linked and completely free online support course is located at www.livinglifetothefull.com with additional resources at www.fiveareas.com Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444138344

Overcoming Global Inequalities This book examines the changing nature of global inequalities and efforts that are being made to move toward a more egalitarian world society. The contributors are world historical sociologists and geographers who place the contemporary issues of unequal power wealth and income in a global historical perspective. The geographers examine the roles of geopolitics and patterns of warfare in the historical development of the modern world-system and the sociologists examine endeavours to improve the situations of poor peoples and nations and to engage the challenges of sustainability that are linked with global inequalities. Overcoming Global Inequalities contains cutting-edge research from engaged social scientists intended to help humanity deal with the challenges of global inequality in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056883

Overcoming Inequality in Latin AmericaIssues and Challenges for the 21st Century Latin America is faced with the challenge of achieving the Millennium Developmental Goal to halve poverty in the region by 2015. Historically this region has experienced persistently high levels of inequality and poverty the causes and consequences of which are analytically examined here. Adopting a multidimensional approach this informative book focuses on the mechanisms that lead to higher inequality and emphasizes the role of macroeconomics trade rules capital flows and the political electoral process. It analyzes how inequality has hindered development how it interacts with a nation’s economic social and political processes and how inequality constrains these processes in ways that weakens the prospect of establishing and sustaining a dynamic wealthy and creative society. An international team of specialist contributors investigate and explain these crucial issues. Examining the key economic policies and reforms which have exacerbated the region’s extremely high inequality levels throughout this book they prescribe an alternative range of policy suggestions to help alleviate inequality and provide the foundations for more equitable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650601

Overcoming Masculine DepressionThe Pain Behind the Mask In Overcoming Masculine Depression psychologists John Lynch and Christopher Kilmartin present a model that provides new ways of understanding men’s behaviors.  This unique book does not portray men as victims but seeks to increase awareness that a great deal of depression in men is misunderstood and quite often misdiagnosed. Many men "act out" their symptoms through anger workaholism and relationship conflict. Underlying these behaviors are chronic feelings of being hopeless helpless and worthless. Men can learn to recognize symptoms of masculine depression and take steps to reclaim their lives and relationships and the authors offer many strategies for doing so. Numerous case examples are provided to illustrate the various dynamics of male depression. New to this edition are chapters on self-regulation and impulse control and the application of evidence-based treatment for depression to the symptoms of male depression. This is an essential resource for all helping professionals who work with male clients as well as for men experiencing symptoms of depression and the people in their lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637527

Overcoming Matthew ArnoldEthics in Culture and Criticism Opening the way for a reexamination of Matthew Arnold's unique contributions to ethical criticism James Walter Caufield emphasizes the central role of philosophical pessimism in Arnold's master tropes of "culture" and "conduct." Caufield uses Arnold's ethics as a lens through which to view key literary and cultural movements of the past 150 years demonstrating that Arnoldian conduct is grounded in a Victorian ethic of "renouncement " a form of altruism that wholly informs both Arnold's poetry and prose and sets him apart from the many nineteenth-century public moralists. Arnold's thought is situated within a cultural and philosophical context that shows the continuing relevance of "renouncement" to much contemporary ethical reflection from the political kenosis of Giorgio Agamben and the pensiero debole of Gianni Vattimo to the ethical criticism of Wayne C. Booth and Martha Nussbaum. In refocusing attention on Arnold's place within the broad history of critical and social thought Caufield returns the poet and critic to his proper place as a founding father of modern cultural criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111035

Overcoming ObjectificationA Carnal Ethics Objectification is a foundational concept in feminist theory used to analyze such disparate social phenomena as sex work representation of women's bodies and sexual harassment. However there has been an increasing trend among scholars of rejecting and re-evaluating the philosophical assumptions which underpin it. In this work Cahill suggests an abandonment of the notion of objectification on the basis of its dependence on a Kantian ideal of personhood. Such an ideal fails to recognize sufficiently the role the body plays in personhood and thus results in an implicit vilification of the body and sexuality. The problem with the phenomena associated with objectification is not that they render women objects and therefore not-persons but rather that they construct feminine subjectivity and sexuality as wholly derivative of masculine subjectivity and sexuality. Women in other words are not objectified as much as they are derivatized turned into a mere reflection or projection of the other. Cahill argues for an ethics of materiality based upon a recognition of difference thus working toward an ethics of sexuality that is decidedly ­and simultaneously ­incarnate and intersubjective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811538

Overcoming Pakistan’s Nuclear Dangers Pakistan’s nuclear arsenal – the fastest growing in the world – raises concerns on many grounds. Although far from the scale of the Cold War South Asia is experiencing a strategic arms race. And the more weapons there are the more potential for theft sabotage and nuclear terrorism. Worries that Pakistan’s nuclear-weapons technology might again be transferred to nuclear aspirants have not been expunged. Being outside the nuclear club makes it harder to ensure nuclear safety. Of gravest concern is the potential for a nuclear war triggered by another large-scale terrorist attack in India with Pakistani state fingerprints as in the 2008 Mumbai atrocity this time followed by an Indian Army reprisal. Lowering the nuclear threshold Pakistan has vowed to deter this with newly introduced battlefield nuclear weapons. Mark Fitzpatrick evaluates each of the potential nuclear dangers giving credit where credit is due. Understanding the risks of nuclear terrorism and nuclear accidents Pakistani authorities have taken appropriate steps. Pakistan and India give less attention however to engaging each other on the issues that could spark a nuclear clash. The author argues that to reduce the nuclear dangers Pakistan should be offered a formula for nuclear legitimacy tied to its adopting policies associated with global nuclear norms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796676

Overcoming Postnatal Depression: A Five Areas Approach Overcoming Postnatal Depression uses the proven and trusted five areas model of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT). By bringing together specialists in postnatal depression and with the use of self-help resources this book addresses all the common challenges faced by women during times of low mood after having had a baby. CBT workbooks—easy to use practical photocopy them for use in your own life or job Written by award-winning authors and experts Proven to work—through years of research and practice Step-by-step success—follow the plan see positive results Advice for friends and family—offers support Invaluable proven practical and easy-to-use workbooks for all CBT practitioners psychiatrists GPs psychologists neurologists physiotherapists occupational therapists and healthcare workers to use to help the people in their care help themselves.A linked free online support course is located at www.livinglifetothefull.com with additional resources at www.fiveareas.com Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444167504

Overcoming Problematic Alcohol and Drug UseA Guide for Beginning the Change Process Overcoming Problematic Alcohol and Drug Use is a workbook for use with clients in treatment informed by the most current research and literature in the substance abuse field. Offering a field-tested alternative to the disease model of addiction the book introduces a six-session curriculum for treating persons with substance abuse issues and can be used as a self-help resource or as a practice guide for human service professionals. Drawing on years of research on cognitive-behavioral therapy the stages of change model motivational interviewing and solution-focused therapy the author has put together a comprehensive and effective guide to change.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179356

Overcoming Sex AddictionA Self-Help guide Overcoming Sex Addiction is an accessible self-help guide which uses the principles of cognitive behaviour therapy to help those with problematic or unwanted patterns of sexual behaviour. It is designed for those who are not yet ready to seek professional help or who live in a place where little help is available and can be used in conjunction with general psychotherapy. Written by a leading expert in the field the book offers an insight into the origins of sex addiction before going on to explain the cycle of addiction and how to break it. The book has a do-it yourself week-by-week programme of action to tackle compulsive sexual behaviour and provides extensive advice on relapse prevention to help the reader move forward in recovery. Overcoming Sex Addiction will provide clear informed guidance for sex addicts and those professionals working with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925342

Overcoming Social DivisionConflict Resolution in Times of Polarization and Democratic Disconnection Locked in our worldview communities and polarised through increasingly radical campaigning we are anxious of today's great uncertainty and our politicians have little incentive to reach across party lines. The problem of social division is real. The Brexit vote led to the highest spike in hate crimes in Britain ever recorded and heated situations like the far-right rally in Charlottesville USA are increasingly boiling over. Overcoming Social Division is not another book about dying democracies because horror scenarios don't make you act. Instead it is an optimistic response on what can be done and about how we can coexist in fragmented and polarised societies. Anatol Valerian Itten explains how public conflict resolution civic fusion and mediative decision making help us re-learn the ability to find common ground on controversial issues with our fellow citizens whom we tend to assume believe more extreme things than they really do. This book takes the reader through empirical key factors obstacles and blind spots and provides helpful guidelines for everyone interested in mitigating social division and resolving conflicts. The author's insights are based on his experience in conflict management a study of dozens of public conflict resolution cases and surprising stories of over twenty interviewed mediators. Overcoming social division can be a strenuous task. But talking to our enemies is necessary if we don't want to end up in dysfunctional democracies and it can be a more rewarding experience than we might think. This is a fascinating read for students and academics interested in conflict resolution and public participation from psychology social sciences law and related disciplines. It is also a unique resource for professionals including officials mediators lawyers and other practitioners dealing with conflict and public participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368069

Overcoming Teenage Low Mood and DepressionA Five Areas Approach Overcoming Teenage Low Mood and Depression: A Five Areas Approach uses the tried and tested Five Areasâ„¢ model of Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) to equip and empower young people experiencing low mood or depression with the key life skills they need to overcome these conditions. The Five Areasâ„¢ model communicates life skills and key interventions in a clear pragmatic and accessible style by examining five important aspects of our lives: Life situation relationships resources and problems Altered thinking Altered feelings or moods Altered physical symptoms or sensations Altered behaviour or activity levels This new edition of the book from the award-winning Overcoming series which has sold tens of thousands of copies addresses all the common challenges faced by young people during times of low mood and depression. Developed in liaison with a team of experts working with young people this workbook course provides a practical and effective method for helping readers make positive changes in an achievable way. Using inspiring stories and worksheets Overcoming Teenage Low Mood and Depression will not only provide an invaluable resource for young people but also their friends and families counsellors and therapists or anyone looking to offer support. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498780742

Overcoming the Stigma of Intimate Partner Abuse Overcoming the Stigma of Intimate Partner Abuse addresses the impact of the shame surrounding intimate partner violence and the importance of actively challenging this stigma. Through examples of survivors who have triumphed over past abuse the book presents a new way to understand the dynamics of abusive relationships as well as demonstrates the strength resourcefulness and resilience of victims and survivors. Overcoming the Stigma of Intimate Partner Abuse offers professionals survivors and communities an action plan to end stigma support survivors advocate for better response systems raise awareness about abuse and prevent violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121324

Overcoming the Two CulturesScience vs. the Humanities in the Modern World-system This book tells the story of how the very idea of two cultures-the so-called divorce between science and the humanities-was a creation of the modern world-system. The contributors working from a common research framework trace the divorce of "facts" and "values" as part of the transition from feudalism to capitalism. This led to a polarization between universalist "science" and the particularist "humanities" and finally to the creation of the social sciences as an uneasy intermediary in this epistemological debate. The book addresses the contemporary attempts to overcome the division between the two cultures that emerge from science feminism race and ethnic studies cultural studies and ecology ending with an analysis of the culture wars and the science wars. Contributors: Volkan Aytar Ay se Betul Celik Mauro Di Meglio Mark Frezzo Ho-fung Hung Biray Kolloupglu K3/4rl3/4 Agustin Lao- Montes Eric Mielants Boris Stremlin Sunaryo Norihisa Yamashita Deniz Yukeseker. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633046

Overcoming Tradition And ModernityThe Search For Islamic Authenticity ?Authenticity? has begun to rival ?development? as a key to understanding the political aspirations of the Islamic world. Almost everywhere modernity has laid waste to tradition those habits and practices deemed to be timeless and true. Imperialism carried European notions of progress into Muslim-dominated parts of the globe and subsequently Musl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317133

Overcoming Your Workplace StressA CBT-based Self-help Guide Occupational stress affects millions of people every year and is not only costly to the individual – in terms of their mental and physical health – but also results in major costs for organisations due to workplace absence and loss of productivity. This Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) based self-help guide will equip the user with the necessary tools and techniques to manage work related stress more effectively. Divided into three parts this book will help you to: understand occupational stress learn about a range of methods to reduce stress levels develop your own self-help plan. Overcoming Your Workplace Stress is written in a straightforward easy-to-follow style allowing the reader to develop the necessary skills to become their own therapist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671781

Overexploitation or Sustainable Management? Action Patterns of the Tropical Timber IndustryThe Case of Para (Brazil) 1960-1997 The part played by the Brazilian tropical timber industry in deforesting the Amazon region has not been studied very much. This book describes the expansion of the timber industry in the Brazilian federal state of Para since the 1960s when Amazon development became an important item on the government's agenda. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315827841

OverexposedU.s. Banks Confront The Third World Debt Crisis Raúl Madrid's Overexposed represents the first in-depth study of the involvement of U.S. banks in the Third World debt crisis. Based on extensive interviews with commercial bankers the book examines the decision-making process at U.S. banks that led to the lending boom of the 1970s and early 1980s as well as the role the banks played in the management of the debt crisis. Madrid argues that banks particularly the largest U.S. institutions played a much larger and more active role in the development and management of the crisis than is commonly believed. A comprehensive appendix contains detailed profiles of the seven largest lenders to the Third World including data on their developing country exposures profits and debt conversion activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297541

Overhead Costs Professor Lewis is to be congratulated upon being among the first economists to tackle the tricky subject of controlling the nationalised industries."Financial Times This book analyses some of the difficulties of costing and price formation that arise out of the existence of overhead costs in nationalised industry. Issues such as the law relating to monopoly and the accountability of public enterprise are considered along with complex questions such as price formation and the problem of policy in public corporations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708736

Overheard VoicesAddress and Subjectivity in Postmodern American Poetry Overheard Voices examines poetic address and in particular apostrophe (the address of absent or inanimate others) in the work of four post-World War II American poets with a focus on loss desire figuration audience and subjectivity. By approaching these crucial issues from an unexpected angle--through a study of the seldom-examined lyric "you"--Overheard Voices offers new insight into both contemporary lyric and the lyric genre more generally. The book offers detailed readings of Sylvia Plath James Merrill Louise Glück and Frank Bidart. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833319

Overlooked CitiesPower Politics and Knowledge Beyond the Urban South Overlooked Cities reflects and impacts the changing landscape of urban studies and geography from the perspective of smaller and more regional cities in the urban South. It critically examines the ways in which cities are uniquely positioned within different urban and knowledge hierarchies. The book unpacks the dynamics of “overlooked-ness” in these cities identifies emerging trends and processes that characterise such cities and provides alternative sites for comparative urban theory. It is organised into two themes: firstly politics and power and secondly production and negotiation of knowledge. The authors share a commitment to challenging the unevenness of urban knowledge production by approaching these cities on their own terms. Only then can we harness the insights emanating from these overlooked cities and contribute to a deeper and richer understanding of the urban itself. This collection of essays focusing on 13 cities in nine countries and across three continents (Luzhou China; Bharatpur Nepal; Bloemfontein/Mangaung and Pretoria/Tshwane South Africa; Zarqa Jordan; Santa Fe Argentina; Manizales Colombia; Arequipa and Trujillo Peru; Dili Timor-Leste; Bandar Lampung Semarang and Bontang Indonesia) makes a timely contribution to urban scholarship. The volume will be of interest to scholars from the disciplines of urban studies geography development and anthropology as well as postgraduate students researching the global South and third year undergraduate students studying cities and urban studies development and critical thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367640767

Overseas Chinese Ethnic Minorities and NationalismDe-Centering China Elena Barabantseva looks at the close relationship between state-led nationalism and modernisation with specific reference to discourses on the overseas Chinese and minority nationalities. The interplay between modernisation programmes and nationalist discourses has shaped China’s national project whose membership criteria have evolved historically. By looking specifically at the ascribed roles of China’s ethnic minorities and overseas Chinese in successive state-led modernisation efforts This book offers new perspectives on the changing boundaries of the Chinese nation. It places domestic nation-building and transnational identity politics in a single analytical framework and examines how they interact to frame the national project of the Chinese state. By exploring the processes taking place at the ethnic and territorial margins of the Chinese nation-state the author provides a new perspective on China’s national modernisation project clarifying the processes occurring across national boundaries and illustrating how China has negotiated the basis for belonging to its national project under the challenge to modernise amid both domestic and global transformations. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Asian politics Chinese politics nationalism transnationalism and regionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855044

Overseas Chinese in the People’s Republic of China Overseas Chinese in the People’s Republic of China examines the experiences of a group of persons known officially and collectively in the PRC as "domestic Overseas Chinese". They include family members of overseas migrants who remained in China refugees fleeing persecution and former migrants and their descendants who "returned" to the People’s Republic in order to pursue higher education and to serve their motherland. In this book Glen Peterson describes the nature of the official state project by which domestic Overseas Chinese were incorporated into the economic political and social structures of the People’s Republic of China in the 1950s examines the multiple and contradictory meanings associated with being "domestic Overseas Chinese" and explores how "domestic Overseas Chineseness" as political category shaped social experiences and identities. This book fills an important gap in the literature on Chinese migration and Chinese transnationalism and will be an invaluable resource to students and scholars of these subjects as well as Chinese history and Asian Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016996

Overseas ResearchA Practical Guide When conducting research in developing countries an ability to negotiate a bewildering array of cultural and logistical obstacles is essential. Overseas Research: A Practical Guide distills essential lessons from scores of students and scholars who have collected data and done fieldwork abroad including how to prepare for the field how and where to find funding for one’s fieldwork issues of personal safety and security and myriad logistical and relational issues. By encouraging researchers to think through the challenges of research before they begin it Overseas Research will help prepare fieldworkers for the practical logistical and psychological considerations of very demanding work help save valuable time make the most of scarce financial resources and enhance the quality of the field research. This third edition contains new material on social media including representation of research subjects/collaborators students’ digital branding and image and representing universities abroad when posting publicly. It also covers emerging technologies such as solar panels for power in remote locations new ways of digitally sending and receiving money and incorporates more perspectives of women LGBTQ+ people and people of color researching abroad. The book will be of interest to overseas fieldworkers and also to undergraduates in subjects such as anthropology economics geography  history international studies politics sociology and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257026

Oversharing: Presentations of Self in the Internet Age People ‘overshare’ when they interact with others through the screens of computers and smartphones. Oversharing means to divulge more of their inner feelings opinions and sexuality than they would in person or even over the phone. Text messaging Facebooking tweeting camming blogging online dating and internet porn are vehicles of this oversharing which blurs the boundary between public and private life. This book examines these ‘presentations of self’ acknowledging that we are now much more public about what used to be private. With this second edition Agger adds a new chapter on whether privacy is possible that addresses selfies job loss due to oversharing the surveillance state and examples of when the private should go public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841369

Over-Tested and Under-PreparedUsing Competency Based Learning to Transform Our Schools The curriculum-driven instructional model has been the standard method of teaching for more than a century but it is consistently failing to produce well-educated citizens and lifelong learners. Pressured by standardized testing and rigid pacing guidelines teachers are forced to cover too much content too quickly without being able to meet the needs of individual students. In this powerful new book from acclaimed author and speaker Bob Sornson you’ll learn how shifting from curriculum-based instruction to competency based learning can help students become more successful confident and engaged learners. Topics include: Understanding the curriculum-driven model and the problems with "cover and sort" methodology; Making the transition from curriculum-driven to competency based learning; Identifying crucial learning outcomes and giving students all the time and instruction needed to fully master these outcomes; Building a positive teaching and learning environment; And more! Each chapter is short and easy to digest and provides compelling research strategies and anecdotes to inspire conversation and action. Teachers administrators and community leaders will all find helpful resources and arguments for re-working our current educational system into a new dynamic model of teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956810

Overtourism and Tourism EducationA Strategy for Sustainable Tourism Futures Since 2017 the term ‘overtourism’ has become the buzzword for destinations suffering the strain of tourism. It is a critical issue for the 21st century and beyond and to date has only been examined from a tourism industry perspective. This book takes a different stand by investigating overtourism from a tourism education perspective. The recent global COVID-19 pandemic was expected to halt travel and arguably overtourism. However industry experts and researchers share the opinion that instead of declining overtourism is simply experiencing a shift with a swarm of ‘second home’ and domestic travel that is likely to engulf many tourism destinations. Against this backdrop the issue of overtourism remains relevant and studies on ways to cultivate responsible consumer mindsets to deal with overtourism and other sustainability issues in the tourism industry are called for. This book focuses on education as a transformative and strategic tool to tackle overtourism and related negative impacts. It presents original research on the topics of overtourism education and sustainability and puts forward a range of practical and transformative tourism education strategies to mitigate overtourism and to promote the sustainable development of destinations. This book will be of great interest to upper-level students researchers and academics in tourism development studies cultural studies and sustainability as well as professionals in the field of tourism management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367468842

OvertourismTourism Management and Solutions Overtourism explores a growing phenomenon in tourism that is currently creating tensions in both urban and rural tourist destinations worldwide. This volume proposes a framework for a series of possible solutions and management strategies for dealing with overtourism and the various negative impacts that large quantities of tourists can impose. Questioning the causes of this phenomenon – such as increased prosperity and mobility technological development issues of security and stigma for certain parts of the world and so on – this book supposes that better visitor management strategies and distribution of tourists can offset the negative impacts of overtourism. Individual chapters focus on a range of destinations including Venice Barcelona and Dubrovnik as well as UNESCO cultural and natural heritage sites where local political actors and public authorities are not always able to deal with the situation effectively. Integrating research and practice this book will be of great interest to upper-level students researchers and academics in tourism development studies cultural studies and sustainability as well as professionals in the field of tourism management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187439

Overuse Injuries of the Musculoskeletal System Overuse injuries of the musculoskeletal system are common occurrences. Yet most existing volumes on cumulative trauma disorders deal with the subject from an ergonomic and occupational therapy standpoint and do not provide the all-encompassing synopsis that physicians demand.Overuse Injuries of the Musculoskeletal System Second Edition answers the need by presenting a complete overview of the methods for diagnosing and treating the overuse injuries that affect the musculoskeletal system as a whole. Each chapter includes the definition origins clinical picture and diagnostics and treatment for the given injury. The book goes beyond diagnosis and treatment by identifying etiological factors and discussing ways to prevent overuse injuries.This new edition retains the successful systematic format that made the first edition a bestseller and an invaluable tool for orthopaedists physical therapists rheumatologists radiologists and sports medicine practitioners. This version includes a new chapter on radiologic diagnosis new chapter on overuse injuries in female athletes and supplements previously-existing chapters with new material. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446680

Ovid (Routledge Revivals) Ovid Rome’s most cynical and worldly love poet has not until recently been highly regarded among Latin poets. Now however his reputation is growing and this volume is an important contribution to the re-establishment of Ovid’s claims to critical attention. This collection of essays ranges over a wide variety of themes and works: Ovid’s development of the Elegiac tradition handed down to him from Propertius Catullus and Tibullus; the often disparaged and neglected Heroides; the poetry of Ovid’s miserable exile by the Black Sea; the poetic diction of the Metamorphoses Ovid’s lengthy mythological epic which codified classical myth and legend and has strong claims to be considered with the exception of Virgil’s Aeneid Rome’s greatest epic poem; humour and the blending of the didactic and elegiac traditions in the Ars Amatoria and Remedia Amoris. Finally Ovid’s incomparable influence in the Middle Ages and sixteenth century is examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740197

Ovid (Routledge Revivals)The Classical Heritage Ovid: The Classical Heritage first published in 1995 contains a diverse collection of reflections ranging from the first century through the Middle Ages to the twentieth on a poet who has been adored and reviled in equal measure. With the entire notion of ‘Western culture’ under duress the need to establish continuity from antiquity to modernity is as pressing as ever. Each essay selected by Professor Anderson indicates an Ovidian theme or perspective which remains relevant to our self-understanding today. An enormous range of topics is investigated in a variety of modes and styles: contemporary reaction reception by Medieval Schoolmen Ovid’s influence on Chaucer and his importance for the ‘New Mythologists’. Overall Ovid: The Classical Heritage offers a rich selection of essays which cumulatively demonstrate the continuing importance and fascination of this great Roman poet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024960

Ovid and the Cultural Politics of Translation in Early Modern England In Ovid and the Cultural Politics of Early Modern England Liz Oakley-Brown considers English versions of the Metamorphoses - a poem concerned with translation and transformation on a multiplicity of levels - as important sites of social and historical difference from the fifteenth to the early eighteenth centuries. Through the exploration of a range of canonical and marginal texts from Shakespeare's Titus Andronicus to women's embroideries of Ovidian myths Oakley-Brown argues that translation is central to the construction of national and gendered identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379053

Ovidian Bibliofictions and the Tudor BookMetamorphosing Classical Heroines in Late Medieval and Renaissance England Ovidian Bibliofictions and the Tudor Book examines the historical and the fictionalized reception of Ovid’s poetry in the literature and books of Tudor England. It does so through the study of a particular set of Ovidian narratives-namely those concerning the protean heroines of the Heroides and Metamorphoses. In the late medieval and Renaissance eras Ovid’s poetry stimulated the vernacular imaginations of authors ranging from Geoffrey Chaucer and John Gower to Isabella Whitney William Shakespeare and Michael Drayton. Ovid’s English protégés replicated and expanded upon the Roman poet’s distinctive and frequently remarked ’bookishness’ in their own adaptations of his works. Focusing on the postclassical discourses that Ovid’s poetry stimulated Ovidian Bibliofictions and the Tudor Book engages with vibrant current debates about the book as material object as it explores the Ovidian-inspired mythologies and bibliographical aetiologies that informed the sixteenth-century creation reproduction and representation of books. Further author Lindsay Ann Reid’s discussions of Ovidianism provide alternative models for thinking about the dynamics of reception adaptation and imitatio. While there is a sizeable body of published work on Ovid and Chaucer as well as on the ubiquitous Ovidianism of the 1590s there has been comparatively little scholarship on Ovid’s reception between these two eras. Ovidian Bibliofictions and the Tudor Book begins to fill this gap between the ages of Chaucer and Shakespeare by dedicating attention to the literature of the early Tudor era. In so doing this book also contributes to current discussions surrounding medieval/Renaissance periodization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882372

Ovid's HeroidesA New Translation and Critical Essays This volume offers up-to-date translations of all 21 epistles of Ovid’s Heroides. Each letter is accompanied by a preface explaining the mythological background an essay offering critical remarks on the poem and discussion of the heroine and her treatment elsewhere in Classical literature. Where relevant reception in later literature film music and art and feminist aspects of the myth are also covered. The book also contains an introduction covering Ovid's life and works the Augustan background the originality of the Heroides dating authenticity and reception. A useful glossary of characters mentioned in the Heroides concludes the book. This is a vital new resource for anyone studying the poetry of Ovid Classical mythology or women in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722163

Ovid's MetamorphosesA Reader for Students in Elementary College Latin Ovid’s Metamorphoses is a Latin reader designed to partner existing elementary Latin textbooks. The book features thirty compelling stories graduated in difficulty and adapted from Ovid’s epic Metamorphoses into prose. The original poem contains many different stories united thematically by the transformation which occurs in all of them; the epic features romance seduction humour violence monsters and misbehaving gods. Each chapter contains: a Latin passage adapted from the epic an accompanying vocabulary list a short commentary to help with translation a concise review of the specific grammar covered a brief comment on a literary aspect of the poem or featured myth. Suitable for college students studying Latin at the elementary level Ovid’s Metamorphoses is designed to be used alongside elementary Latin textbooks. Preserving Ovid’s language and highly vivid descriptions this reader introduces students to the epic masterpiece allows them to consolidate their understanding of Latin prose and offers opportunities for literary discussion. Christine Albright is the 2020 recipient of the CAMWS Bolchazy Pedagogy Book Award. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291188

Ovulation InductionEvidence Based Guidelines for Daily Practice Anovulation – one of the most common causes of infertility – is here given a thorough review with classification of the different subtypes how they are diagnosed how they are treated and the possible complications and outcomes involved. This is a comprehensive evidence-based summary from an international expert team with guidelines for daily practice clearly stated and summarized for your convenience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498704076

Owned An Ethological Jurisprudence of PropertyFrom the Cave to the Commons This book draws upon domestication science to undertake a radical reappraisal of the jurisprudence of property and intellectual property. Bringing together animal studies and legal philosophy it articulates a critique of dominant property models and relationships from the perspective of cognitive ethology domestication science and animal behaviour. In doing so a radical new picture of property emerges. Focusing on the emergence of property models through prevailing ideas of human domestication and settlement the book challenges the anthropocentrism that informs standard approaches to ownership and to authorship. Utilising a wide range of examples from ethology and animal studies the book thus rethinks the very nature of property as uniquely human. This highly original contribution to the fields of property and intellectual property will appeal not only to legal scholars in these areas as well as in animal law but also to legal theorists and others working in the social sciences with interests in posthumanism and animal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356576

Ownership Financial Accountability and the LawTransparency Strategies and Counter-Initiatives There is something visceral about ownership. This is mine; you can’t have it. This is mine; you can share it. This is ours. Try to find it.Contemporary literature and investigative journalism are showing that the scale of the problem of tax evasion money laundering organised crime terrorism bribery corruption and gross human rights abuses is vast.Ownership – specifically the quest to identify beneficial owners - has been chosen by national and international regulators as the touchstone the litmus test in the fight back. An owner by definition must possess something for which they are financially accountable. But what is meant by "ownership"? This book explains why ownership is pivotal to accountability and what ownership means in common law civil law and Shariah law terms. It looks in detail at State regional and international transparency strategies and at an equally powerful global private counter-initiative to promote beneficial ownership avoidance through the use of so-called "orphan structures". Where there is no owner there is no accountability. The distinction between privacy and legitimate confidentiality on the one hand and concealment on the other is explained with reference to commercial and trade law and practice principles of corporate governance and applicable business human rights. This book introduces one further counter initiative: the phenomenon of transient ownership made possible through the use of cryptocurrency and the blockchain. The study concludes with a blueprint for action with recommendations addressed to states international organisations practitioners and other stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729158

Ownership and Appropriation In a world of finite resources expanding populations and widening structural inequalities the ownership of things is increasingly contested. Not only are the commons being rapidly enclosed and privatized but the very idea of what can be owned is expanding generating conflicts over the ownership of resources ideas culture people and even parts of people. Understanding processes of ownership and appropriation is not only central to anthropological theorizing but also has major practical applications for policy legislative development and conflict resolution.Ownership and Appropriation significantly extends anthropology's long-term concern with property by focusing on everyday notions and acts of owning and appropriating. The chapters document the relationship between ownership subjectivities and personhood; they demonstrate the critical consequences of materiality and immateriality on what is owned; and they examine the social relations of property. By approaching ownership as social communication and negotiation the text points to a more dynamic and processual understanding of property ownership and appropriation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781847886859

Ownership and Control of OilExplaining Policy Choices across Producing Countries Ownership and Control of Oil examines government decisions about how much control to exert over the petroleum industry focusing on the role of National Oil Companies in the production of crude oil since the nationalizations in the 1970s. What are the motives for which some producing states opt for less and NOT more control of their oil production sector? When can International Oil Companies enter the upstream industry of producing states and under what conditions? The diversity of policy choices across producers provides the stage for this investigation: different theoretical explanations are confronted with the empirical evidence with the aim of finally proposing an interdisciplinary framework of analysis to explain who controls oil production around the world. This book is intended for both specialists and general readers who have an interest in the issue of government control of the petroleum industry. Due to its multidisciplinary approach the book is aimed at a large academic public composed of scholars of Political Science International Political Economy Comparative Politics and Middle East Area Studies. Moreover this book should be relevant to international consultants industry professionals and decision-makers in countries assessing their experience with existing control structures as well as the many countries in the process of joining the ‘petroleum club’ of oil producing nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415725996

Ownership EconomicsOn the Foundations of Interest Money Markets Business Cycles and Economic Development This book presents the first full-length explanation in English of Heinsohn and Steiger's groundbreaking theory of money and interest which emphasizes the role played by private property rights. Ownership economics gives an alternative explanation of money and interest proposing that operations enabled by property lead to interest and money rather than exchange of goods. Like any other approach it has to answer economic theory's core question: what is the loss that has to be compensated by interest? Ownership economics accepts neither a temporary loss of goods as in neoclassical economics nor Keynes's temporary loss of already existing exogenous money as the cause of interest. Rather money is created as a non-physical title to property in a credit contract secured by a debtor's collateral and the creditor's net worth. This book is an edited English translation of a highly successful German text and offers the first book-length treatment of a theory which has received much interest since its first appearance in articles in the late 1970s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241282

Ownership Leadership and TransformationCan We Do Better for Capacity Development The third and final in a series this text bridges the conceptual foundations of capacity development and the difficulties and practical realities in the field. It demystifies the process of capacity development to make it more user-friendly. The book has two parts. The first shows how long-standing development dilemmas can be turned into opportunities for capacity development and societal transformation. It proposes a set of principles to guide the search for context-specific approaches as the norm and based on these default principles the authors explore relevant issues in comprehensible stages through a capacity lens. The second part is a compilation of experiences and lessons from around the world to showcase promising initiatives and innovative solutions. It forms a casebook of insights and good (rather than best) practices on how development stakeholders can turn development dilemmas into opportunities tailored to the needs of their societies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315065687

Owning Our VoicesVocal Discovery in the Wolfsohn-Hart Tradition Owning Our Voices offers a unique first-hand account of working within the Wolfsohn-Hart tradition of extended voice work by Margaret Pikes an acclaimed voice teacher and founder member of the Roy Hart Theatre. This dynamic publication fuses Pikes’ personal account of her own vocal journey as a woman within this at times male-dominated tradition alongside an overview of her particular pedagogical approach to voice work and is accompanied by digital footage of Pikes at work in the studio with artist-collaborators and written descriptions of scenarios for teaching. For the first time Margaret Pikes’ uniquely holistic approach to developing the expressive voice through sounding speech song and movement has been documented in text and on film offering readers an introduction to both the philosophy and the practice of Wolfsohn-Hart voice work.  Owning Our Voices is a vital book for scholars and students of voice studies and practitioners of vocal performance: it represents a synthesis of a life’s work exploring the expressive potential of the human voice illuminating an important lineage of vocal training which remains influential to this day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133221

Ox Against the StormA Biography of Tanaka Shozo: Japans Conservationist Pioneer Recounts the lifelong struggle of the 19th-century pioneer environmental conservationist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160460

Oxford and the Decline of the Collegiate Tradition For centuries the idea of collegiality has been integral to the British understanding of higher education. This book examines how its values are being restructured in response to the 21st-century pressures of massification and managerialism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203041253

Oxford Poetry by Richard Eedes and George Peele Published in 1995: The present volume contains two comparatively lengthy Latin hexameter poems that emanated from this circle. One is by Richard Eedes; the other is anonymous although for the purposes of this book the author provisionally accepted Tucker Brooke’s attribution to George Peele. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189099

Oxidants Antioxidants And Free Radicals This volume collates articles investigating antioxidant oxidant and free radical research. It examines the role of such research in health and disease particulary with respect to developing greater understanding about the many interactions between oxidants and antioxidants and how such substances may act as natural protectants and /or natural toxicants. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448035

Oxidative Stress and Inflammatory Mechanisms in Obesity Diabetes and the Metabolic Syndrome Characterized by obesity insulin resistance dyslipidemia and hypertension metabolic syndrome is associated with the risks of type 2 diabetes mellitus and cardiovascular disease. Obesity which increases the incidence of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease and subsequently leads to increased stress and inflammation appears to play a central role in the progression of the syndrome. Evidence of inflammatory processes in accumulated fat appears to be an early initiator of metabolic syndrome. Likewise the more active angiotensin system in obesity may contribute to even greater oxidative stress that serves as a key signaling event in vascular remodeling. These factors strengthen obesity's association with oxidative stress.Oxidative Stress and Inflammatory Mechanisms in Obesity Diabetes and the Metabolic Syndrome is designed to encourage the development of evidence-based nutritional and pharmacological therapies that can attenuate the impact of obesity-induced insulin resistance and ensuing metabolic syndrome. The book offers a deep understanding of the molecular mechanisms that underlie the process. Edited by leading authorities on oxidative stress the book's chapters report on cutting-edge research that explores intracellular events mediating or preventing oxidative stress and pro-inflammatory processes in obesity and type 2 diabetes. It also brings together research on the molecular mechanisms inherent in the progression of metabolic stress includes phenotypic perspectives and discusses dietary factors including the role of micronutrients. The chapter authors each a leading expert in his or her field discuss different components of metabolic stress and obesity and their associations with oxidative stress and inflammation. The book fills a unique role as a base of knowledge for researchers seeking to develop nutritional and or pharmacological therapies as well as clinicians seeking a better understanding of this increasingly common dis Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388782

Oxidative Stress in Cancer AIDS and Neurodegenerative Diseases Based on a conference on Oxidative Stress and Redox Regulation held at the Pasteur Institute Paris this work examines fundamental chemical biological and medical studies of free radicals on different targets and the consequences of their reactivity. It covers the chemistry and biochemistry of free radicals free radicals as second messengers that group the activation of transcription factors and enzymes the importance of the antioxidant system in cell metabolism regulation and the role of free radicals and antioxidants in disease management. The editors of this work are three of the most respected pioneers in the field. Dr. Montagnier is credited as the discoverer of HIV. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400828

Oxidative Stress in Plants Plants depend on physiological mechanisms to combat adverse environmental conditions such as pathogen attack wounding drought cold freezing salt UV intense light heavy metals and SO2. Many of these cause excess production of active oxygen species in plant cells. Plants have evolved complex defense systems against such oxidative stress. The study of these mechanisms has become a fast-moving important field to many biologists. Written and edited by world-leading scientists Oxidative Stress in Plants explores the current knowledge of the mechanisms by which various biotic and abiotic environmental stress conditions produce oxygen radicals. The text considers the biochemistry and molecular biology of both non-enzymatic (vitamin C glutathione) and enzymatic systems which eliminate active oxygen species. In addition the book discusses evidence that active oxygen species and antioxidants act as signals which trigger defense reactions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447175

Oxide NanostructuresGrowth Microstructures and Properties Nanomaterials their synthesis and property studies have been an obsession with modern current physicists chemist and materials scientists for their vast array of technological implications and the remarkable way their properties are modified or enhanced when the size dimensions are reduced to the realm of nanometers. Although nanomaterials for a lot of practical purposes have been in existence since the remotest past of civilization it is only in the last few decades that the field has been gaining the attention that it deserves from the scientific and industrial fraternity. A lot of this has to do with the immense improvement we made in tools to study and characterize these materials. Metal oxides have been one of the well documented and hottest branches of nanomaterials revolution with oxides such as TiO2 ZnO CuO Fe3O4 Cr2O3 Co3O4 MnO2 and many more being an integral part to a variety of technological advancements and industrial applications. From green power issues like photovoltaic cells to rechargeable batteries from drug delivery agents to antimicrobial and cosmetic products from superconductor materials to semiconductors and insulators metal oxides have been omnipresent in terms of both commercial prerogatives and research highlights. This book is solely devoted towards this special section of nanomaterials with an aim to partially access the science pertaining to the oxides of metals. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411356

Oxide Semiconductors for Solar Energy ConversionTitanium Dioxide Oxide semiconductors including titanium dioxide (TiO2) are increasingly being considered as replacements for silicon in the development of the next generation of solar cells. Oxide Semiconductors for Solar Energy Conversion: Titanium Dioxide presents the basic properties of binary metal oxide semiconductors and the performance-related properties of TiO2 as they relate to solar energy. The book provides a general background on oxide semiconductors based on binary oxides and their solid solutions including electronic and ionic conductors. It covers several aspects of solid-state electrochemistry of oxides such as defect chemistry and defect-related properties such as electrical properties diffusion segregation and reactivity. The author also takes a pioneering approach in considering bulk versus surface semiconducting properties showing how they are different due to the effect of segregation. One of the first on semiconducting photocatalytic and photoelectrochemical properties of TiO2 and its solid solutions with donor- and acceptor-type ions the book discusses defect chemistry of TiO2 in terms of defect equilibria and defect-related properties including electrical properties self and chemical diffusion surface properties segregation and reactivity and photoreactivity with oxygen water and microbial agents. The text also illustrates the use of TiO2 as an emerging material for solar energy conversion systems including the generation of hydrogen fuel by photoelectrochemical water splitting the photocatalytic purification of water and the generation of photovoltaic electricity. In addition it presents defect disorder diagrams for the formation of TiO2-based semiconductors with controlled properties. Encompassing the areas of solid-state science surface chemistry and photocatalysis this book reflects the increasing awareness of the importance of structural imperfections such as point defects in understanding the properties of metal oxides specifically TiO2-based semiconductors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074873

Oxide Spintronics Oxide materials have been used in mainstream semiconductor technology for several decades and have served as important components such as gate insulators or capacitors in integrated circuits. However in recent decades this material class has emerged in its own right as a potential contender for alternative technologies generally designated as ‘beyond Moore’. The 2004 discovery by Ohtomo and Hwang was a global trendsetter in this context. It involved observing a two-dimensional high-mobility electron gas at the heterointerface between two insulating oxides LaAlO3 and SrTiO3 supported by the rise of nascent deposition and growth-monitoring techniques which was an important direction in materials science research. The quest to understand the origin of this unparalleled physical property and to find other emergent properties has been an active field of research in condensed matter that has united researchers with expertise in diverse fields such as thin-film growth defect control advanced microscopy semiconductor technology computation magnetism and electricity spintronics nanoscience and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774994

Oxide Surfaces A detailed treatment of information relating to fluid-oxide interfaces. It outlines methods for quantifying adsorption and desorption of polymeric and non-polymeric solutes at the gas- and solution-oxide interfaces. It also analyzes novel properties of oxide membranes and the synthesis and dissolution of oxide solids. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455156

Oxide-Based Materials and StructuresFundamentals and Applications Oxide-based materials and structures are becoming increasingly important in a wide range of practical fields including microelectronics photonics spintronics power harvesting and energy storage in addition to having environmental applications. This book provides readers with a review of the latest research and an overview of cutting-edge patents received in the field. It covers a wide range of materials techniques and approaches that will be of interest to both established and early-career scientists in nanoscience and nanotechnology surface and material science and bioscience and bioengineering in addition to graduate students in these areas. Features: Contains the latest research and developments in this exciting and emerging field Explores both the fundamentals and applications of the research Covers a wide range of materials techniques and approaches Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367252397

Oxygen Responses Reactivities and Measurements in Biosystems Oxygen Responses Reactivities and Measurements in Biosystems meets the pressing needs of the twentieth-century biotechnological and bioengineering sciences in covering oxic reactions and oxygen transport phenomena in a single book. This book is intended for teaching senior or graduate level courses and as a self-study text for practicing biochemical and chemical engineers biotechnologists applied and industrial microbiologists cell biologists scientists involved in oxygen-free radical research and others in related fields. The text includes thought-provoking numerical problems and short questions conventional biochemical engineering approaches and related concepts with mathematical formulations and analysis concepts of cell biology basic microbiology and applied biochemistry in oxy radical research practical approaches for the development of laboratory experiments and industrial design and an introduction of oxygen-free radical chemistry to biotechnology and bioengineering. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068167

Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Despite its crucial importance scientists interested in the limitations of human physical performance have only just started to give the field of oxygen uptake kinetics the attention it deserves. Understanding the principal determinant of the oxygen uptake kinetics is fundamental to improving human performance or the quality of life. This book provides a detailed overview of the current state of knowledge of this emerging field of study and features: * an introduction to oxygen uptake kinetics and historical development of the discipline * measurement and analysis of oxygen uptake kinetics* control of and limitations to oxygen uptake kinetics* applications of oxygen uptake kinetics in a range of human populations. Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Health and Medicine is richly illustrated and structured to enable easy access of information and represents an invaluable resource for students and researchers in exercise physiology as well as for respiratory physiologists and pulmonary clinicians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203613771

Oxygen-Enhanced Combustion Combustion technology has traditionally been dominated by air/fuel combustion. However two developments have increased the significance of oxygen-enhanced combustion—new technologies that produce oxygen less expensively and the increased importance of environmental regulations. Advantages of oxygen-enhanced combustion include less pollutant emissions as well as increased energy efficiency and productivity. Oxygen-Enhanced Combustion Second Edition compiles information about using oxygen to enhance industrial heating and melting processes. It integrates fundamental principles applications and equipment design in one volume making it a unique resource for specialists implementing the use of oxygen in combustion systems. This second edition of the bestselling book has more than doubled in size. Extensively updated and expanded it covers significant advances in the technology that have occurred since the publication of the first edition. What’s New in This Edition Expanded from 11 chapters to 30 with most of the existing chapters revised A broader view of oxygen-enhanced combustion with more than 50 contributors from over 20 organizations around the world More coverage of fundamentals including fluid flow heat transfer noise flame impingement CFD modeling soot formation burner design and burner testing New chapters on applications such as flameless combustion steel reheating iron production cement production power generation fluidized bed combustion chemicals and petrochemicals and diesel engines This book offers a unified up-to-date look at important commercialized uses of oxygen-enhanced combustion in a wide range of industries. It brings together the latest knowledge to assist those researching engineering and implementing combustion in power plants engines and other applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439862285

Ozawa Ichirō and Japanese PoliticsOld Versus New Ozawa Ichirō was the axis on which Japanese politics turned for more than two decades. He helped to reshape the electoral system political funding rules the evolution of the party system the nature of executive government the roles and powers of bureaucrats and the conduct of parliamentary and policymaking processes. Admired and reviled in almost equal measure Ozawa has been the most debated and yet least understood politician in Japan with little agreement to be found amongst the many who have debated his patent political assets and palpable political flaws. This book examines the political goals behaviour methods and practices of Ozawa Ichirō and in doing so provides fascinating insights into the inner workings of Japanese politics. It explores Ozawa’s paradoxical and conflicting contributions in terms of two contrasting models of ‘old’ and ‘new’ politics. Indeed therein lies the problem of understanding the ‘real’ Ozawa: he remained a practitioner of old politics despite his rhetorical agenda of change to bring about new politics. In seeking to unravel the Ozawa enigma Aurelia George Mulgan reveals his primary motivations to establish whether he sought power primarily to enact reforms or whether his reform goals simply disguised power-seeking objectives. This volume seeks to illuminate Ozawa’s true character as a politician and untangle the complex elements of old and new politics that he represents. Through an in-depth study of Ozawa and his political activities this book shows how the Japanese political system works at the micro level of individual politicians political relationships and systems. As such it will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Japanese politics Asian politics and political systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094901

Ozone ConnectionsExpert Networks in Global Environmental Governance It is difficult to think of a more significant example of international cooperation to address a problem that threatened the health and wellbeing of the entire planet than the 1987 Montreal Protocol for the Elimination of Ozone-Depleting Substances. This breakthrough in international environmental governance has proved to be an extraordinary success beyond rhetoric or promises. In a dozen years this international agreement went from an understanding of the need to act in a precautionary manner for mutual benefit to a successful worldwide effort to eliminate chemical substances harmful to our protective ozone layer. The production and consumption of most ozone-depleting substances has now been phased out in developed countries with developing countries not far behind.  What happened and why is of tremendous importance for those looking for guidance in the future particularly those now involved in hugely complicated negotiations on climate change. The success of the Montreal Protocol has been linked to many factors such as political will treaty flexibility and the recognition of equity issues raised by developing countries. While comprehensively analysing all of these success factors Ozone Connections goes on to suggest that a social organization of global governance as typified by the protocol's Technical and Economic Assessment Panel (TEAP) was a unique – but replicable – decisive factor.  The book argues that we need to understand how the implementation of complex global environmental agreements depends on the construction and exploitation of social connections among experts who act collectively to define solutions to environmental problems.  This highly original and provoking thesis synthesises some of the more exciting social science concepts and methods while refining our basic understanding of environmental social change and providing policy-makers with concrete success factors to replicate. This book will be essential reading for academics in the fields of sociology political science international relations network studies human communication motivation collaboration and leadership as well as the burgeoning interdisciplinary field of environmental studies. Businesses will also find many applications for practical use. Finally the many directly transferable lessons from ozone layer protection make this book a key addition to the growing literature on climate change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282321

Ozone in Water TreatmentApplication and Engineering With the advent of the Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1986 many water utilities are reexamining their water treatment practices. Upcoming new regulations on disinfection and on disinfection by-products in particular are the primary driving forces for the big interest in ozone. It appears that ozone with its strong disinfection capabilities and apparently lower levels of disinfection by-products (compared to other disinfectants) may be the oxidant/disinfectant of choice. Many utilities currently using chlorine for oxidation may need to switch due to chlorine by-product concerns. Utilities using chloramines may need to use ozone to meet CT requirements. This book prepared by 35 international experts includes current technology on the design operation and control of the ozone process within a drinking water plant. It combines almost 100 years of European ozone design and operating experience with North American design/operations experience and the North American regulatory and utility operational environment. Topics covered include ozone chemistry toxicology design consideration engineering aspects design of retrofit systems and the operation and economics of ozone technology. The book contains a "how to" section on ozone treatability studies which explains what information can be learned using treatability studies at what scale (bench pilot or demonstration plant) and how this information can be used to design full-scale systems. It also includes valuable tips regarding important operating practices as well as guidance on retrofits and the unique issues involved with retrofitting the ozone process.With ozone being one of the hottest areas of interest in drinking water this book will prove essential to all water utilities design engineers regulators and plant managers and supervisors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744635

P&I Clubs: Law and Practice This fourth edition is a detailed but easy-to-follow account of the constitution workings and daily practice of protection and indemnity clubs. Designed to be a practical reference source for anyone who is in any way involved with mutual insurance it offers comprehensive guidance on the complex area of P&I Clubs. The new fourth edition has been fully revised and updated since the last edition was written in 1999. New areas emphasised in the fourth edition include: • Piracy • Charterers’ liability insurance • Defence Cover • Disputes concerning the Inter-Club Agreement • Enforceability of arbitration agreements in the Club’s Rules. • The Club’s obligation to (i) make direct payments under certificates (ii) pay death/ personal injury claims in the event of a member’s insolvency and (iii) make indivisible personal injury claims. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9780203720936

P.R.C. Laws for China Traders and InvestorsSecond Edition Revised This book first published in 1988 is a comprehensive reference of the laws and practice relating to trade between China and the rest of the world at a time when the country had only recently opened its markets to foreigners. It shows how China wished to develop foreign trade the methods it used to do this and the means by which it attempted to control foreign access at the same time as moving to an increasing openness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368934

Pëtr Il’ich TchaikovskyA Research and Information Guide Pëtr Il’ich Tchaikovsky: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography of substantial relevant published resources relating to the Russian composer. Generally regarded as one of the most remarkable composers of the second half of the nineteenth century Tchaikovsky is unique in that he was the first outstanding Russian composer to receive a professional musical education being one of the first students to graduate from the newly opened St. Petersburg Conservatory. Composer of six symphonies concertos orchestral works eight major operas three ballets and many chamber keyboard and vocal works he also composed important sacred music which is currently being reassessed by contemporary Russian musicologists who are able to examine materials previously restricted or inaccessible during the Soviet period. Like his colleagues in St. Petersburg Tchaikovsky was deeply interested in Russian folk song which plays an important part in his works. This volume evaluates the major studies written about the composer incorporating new information that has appeared in literary publications articles and reviews. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122352

Pablo Neruda and the U.S. Culture Industry In this compelling collection Teresa Longo gathers a diverse group of critical and poetic voices to analyze the politics of packaging and marketing Neruda and Latin American poetry in general in the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879727

Pacific Answers to Western HegemonyCultural Practices of Identity Construction The destruction of local identity through the relentless encroachment of a 'McDonald-ized' cultural imperialism is a global phenomenon. Yet the reactions of Pacific peoples to this Western hegemony are diverse and encourage the creation of independent cultural identities through sports and games political mediations tourism media and filmmaking and the struggles for land rights and titles particularly in Australia.This book based on extensive fieldwork addresses a subject of great immediacy to peoples of the Pacific Island nations. It fills an important gap in existing ethnographic literature on the region and confidently navigates what had previously been considered uncharted even unchartable waters -- that wide sea between the classic ethnography of Oceania and contemporary anthropology's theoretical concerns with global relations and transnational cultures. Its breadth rigour and timely contribution to post-colonial politics in Oceania are certain to ensure that this book will provide an enduring contribution to the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135760

Pacific CenturiesPacific and Pacific Rim Economic History Since the 16th Century Starting with the 16th century trade of Latin American silver and Chinese silk leading researchers trace the economic environmental and social history of the Pacific region. Chapters examine the trade of diverse commodities within the Pacific and analyse the ecological and social impacts of this increasing economic activity. The strong Chinese marketplace emerges as crucial to early Pacific development and is compared with Japan's central role in the region's modern economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757515

Pacific CenturyThe Emergence of Modern Pacific Asia This book examines the role of the international financial system in the development of Pacific Asia and conversely the region's growing influence on North America and the world economy. It looks at the distant future being devoted primarily to understanding the emergence of modern Pacific Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813346670

Pacific CenturyThe Emergence of Modern Pacific Asia NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349817

Pacific CooperationBuilding Economic And Security Regimes In The Asiapacific Region Long divided by cultural economic and political differences the Asia-Pacific region has little history of multilateral cooperation. Alliances that once linked individual countries with one or the other superpower fostered deep mistrust among neighbouring states. The end of the Cold War however has created new opportunities for multilateral coo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297558

Pacific Identities and Well-BeingCross-Cultural Perspectives Filling a significant gap in the cross-cultural and cross-disciplinary literature within the field of Pasifika (Polynesian) and Maori identities and mental health this volume focuses on bridging mental health related research and practice within the indigenous communities of the South Pacific. Much of the content reflects both differences from and relationships with the dominant Western theories and practices so often unsuccessfully applied with these groups. The contributors represent both experienced researchers and practitioners and address topics such as research examining traditional and emerging Pasifika identities; contemporary research and practice in working with Pasifika youth and adolescents; culturally-appropriate approaches for working with Pasifika adults; and practices in supervision that have been developed by Maori and Pasifika practitioners. Chapters include practice scenarios research reports analyses of topical issues and discussions about the appropriateness of applying Western theory in other cultural contexts. As Pasifika cultures are still primarily oral cultures the works of several leading Maori and Pasifika poets that give voice to the changing identities and contemporary challenges within Pacific communities are also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534284

Pacific Service Enterprises And Pacific Cooperation "This book is the result of a team effort that has brought together researchers from Europe Japan and North America. Their backgrounds and experience reflect the interdisciplinary scope of the book which covers economic political and business aspects of service enterprises and cooperation in the Pacific-Asia region. The idea for this project originated with Gavin Boyd who approached l'Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales (HEC) in 1990 in order to explore possible avenues of cooperation. HEC's Center for International Business Studies (CETAI) which has a long-standing interest in Asia agreed to support the project and the newly created Orner DeSerres Chair of Commerce also at HEC accepted to coordinate the project and to provide technical support. Gavin Boyd Associate Member of CET AI and Gunnar K. Sletmo Orner DeSerres Professor of Commerce and Member of CETAI agreed to serve as coeditors for the book." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282103

Pacific Social WorkNavigating Practice Policy and Research As a region the Pacific is changing rapidly. This edited collection the first of its kind centres Pacific-Indigenous ways of knowing doing and being in Pacific social work. In so doing the authors decolonise the dominant western rhetoric that is evident in contemporary social work practice in the region and rejuvenate practice models with evolving Pacific perspectives. Pacific Social Work: • Incorporates Pacific epistemologies and ontologies in social and community work practice social policy and research • Profiles contemporary Pacific needs – including health education environmental justice and welfare • Demonstrates the application of Pacific-Indigenous knowledges in practice in diverse Pacific contexts • Examines Pacific-Indigenous research approaches to promote inform practice and positive outcomes • Reviews Pacific models of social and community work and their application • Fosters Pacific perspectives for social work and community work education and training in the Pacific region. Pacific Social Work demonstrates the role of social work within societies where social and cultural differences are evident and practitioners community groups researchers educators and governments are encouraged to consider the integration between local indigenous and international knowledge and practice. Providing rigorously researched case studies questions and exercises this book will be a key learning resource for social work and human and community services students practitioners social services managers and policy makers in Australia New Zealand and various Pacific Island states across the Pacific including Fiji Tonga Samoa Vanuatu and Papua New Guinea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501317

Pacific Tales George Lewis Becke (1848-1913) was an Australian short-story writer and novelist. He began his voyages in the south seas at a very early age and there are two accounts of these beginnings: one by the Earl of Pembroke who presumably obtained his information from Becke which is prefixed to By Reef and Palm (1894) and the other written by Becke. It is difficult to reconcile them and all that is certain is that Becke spent many years on vessels trading in the Pacific islands. Becke went to London and he remained in Europe for about 15 years during which time a large number of collections of short stories and a few novels and stories for boys were published. He was fairly paid by the magazines for his stories but he always sold his books outright. About 30 of Becke's books are listed in Miller's Australian Literature with six other volumes written in collaboration with W. J. Jeffery. Among Becke's books are: The Naval Pioneers of Australia (1899) and By Rock and Pool on an Austral Shore and Other Stories (1901). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061138

Pacification: Burma First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432314

PacificationThe American Struggle For Vietnam's Hearts And Minds During the Vietnam War the United States embarked on an unusual crusade on behalf of the government of South Vietnam. Known as the pacification program it sought to help South Vietnam's government take root and survive as an independent legitimate entity by defeating communist insurgents and promoting economic development and political reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317140

Pacifism First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006642

Pacifism and Pentecostals in South AfricaA new hermeneutic for nonviolence Most of the early twentieth-century Pentecostal denominations were peace churches that encouraged a stance of conscientious objection. However since the Second World War Pentecostals have largely abandoned their pacifist viewpoint as they have taken on a more literal Biblical hermeneutic from their interaction with Evangelical denominations. This book traces the history of nonviolence in Pentecostalism and suggests that a new hermeneutic of the Bible is needed by today’s Pentecostals in order for them to rediscover their pacifist roots and effect positive social change. The book focuses on how Pentecostalism has manifested in South Africa during the twentieth century. Much of the available academic literature on hermeneutics and exegesis in the field of Pentecostal Studies is of an American or British-European origin. This book redresses this imbalance by exploring how the Bible has been used amongst African Pentecostals to teach on the apparent paradox of a simultaneously wrathful and loving God. It then goes onto suggest that how the Bible is read directly affects how Pentecostals view their role as potential reformers of society. So it must be engaged seriously and thoughtfully.By bringing Pentecostalism’s function in South African society to the fore this book adds a fresh perspective on the issue of pacifism in world Christianity. As such it will be of great use to scholars of Pentecostal Studies Theology and Religion and Violence as well as those working in African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590864

Paciolo on Accounting Published in 1963 this book about the famous accountant and bookkeeper Luca Paciolo explores his extraordinary contribution to the development of the accounting profession. Paciolo is the first known writer to publish a work describing the double entry process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179335

Package Price AgroecologyThe Ecology of Sustainable Food Systems Third Edition Stephen Gliessman's complementary volumes Agroecology: The Ecology of Sustainable Food Systems Third Edition and Field and Laboratory Investigations in Agroecology Third Edition are now available together for one low price! Completely revised updated and reworked the third edition of Agroecology presents new data material case studies and options as well as more emphasis on topics such as the values beliefs and ethics of sustainable food systems. The new edition of Field and Laboratory Investigations in Agroecology facilitates hands-on experimental learning that involves close observation creative interpretation and constant questioning of findings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439895764

Packaging Law Europe First published in 1999 this volume responds to the 1991 enactment by the German government of its Packaging Ordinance which led to new or revised packaging legislation throughout the European Union. Problems caused by this divergent legislation led to the enactment of the Directive on Packaging and Packaging Waste in late 1994. Unfortunately the imprecision of the Directive necessary to ensure its enactment has led to further disputes. At the heart of these disputes is the classic struggle between the priorities of environmental protection and economic development. This book analyses the implementation of the Directive by Member States and in particular issues such as the imposition of quotas on reusable containers; the use of economic instruments and environmental agreements; and competition issues and state aids. The book enlightens readers to the current debates regarding packaging legislation which continue today despite the enactment of EU legislation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332676

Packet Forwarding Technologies As Internet traffic continues to grow exponentially there is a great need to build Internet protocol (IP) routers with high-speed and high-capacity packet networking capabilities. The first book to explore this subject Packet Forwarding Technologies explains in depth packet forwarding concepts and implementation technologies. It covers the data structures algorithms and architectures used to implement high-speed routers. Following an introduction to the architecture of IP routers the author discusses how IP address lookup is one of the major bottlenecks in high-performance routers. He describes the characteristics of a routing table and addresses the difficulty of the longest-matching prefix search. The remainder of the book deals with fast IP address lookup. Coverage includes the various available architectures data structures and algorithms based on software and hardware as well as detailed discussions on state-of-the-art innovations. With many illustrations tables and simulations this practical guide to packet forwarding technologies facilitates understanding of IP routers and the latest router designs. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367452803

Packhorse Waggon and PostLand Carriage and Communications under the Tudors and Stuarts First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849807

Packing Death in Australian LiteratureEcocides and Eco-Sides Packing Death in Australian Literature: Ecocides and Eco-Sidesaddresses Australian Literature from ecocritical animal studies plantstudies indigenous studies and posthumanist critical perspectives. Thebook’s main purpose is twofold: to bring more sustained attention to environmental vegetal and animal rights issues past and present and todo that from within the discipline of literary studies. Literary studies inAustralia continue to reflect disinterest or not enough interest in criticalengagements with the subjects of Australia’s oldest extant environmentsand other beings beside humans. Packing Death in Australian Literature:Ecocides and Eco-Sides foregrounds the vegetal and nonhumananimal populations and contours of Australian Literature. Critical studiesrelied on in Packing Death in Australian Literature: Ecocides andEco-Sides include books by CA. Cranston and Robert Zeller Simon C.Estok Bill Gammage Timothy Morton Bruce Pascoe Val Plumwood Kate Rigby John Ryan Wendy Wheeler and Cary Wolfe. The selectedliterary texts include work by Merlinda Bobis Eric Yoshiaki Dando Nugi Garimara Francesca Rendle-Short Patrick White and Evie Wyld. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367565671

PACS and Digital MedicineEssential Principles and Modern Practice To improve efficiency and reduce administrative costs healthcare providers insurance companies and governments are increasingly using integrated electronic health record (EHR) and picture archiving and communication systems (PACS) to manage patients’ medical information. Reflecting the latest applications of PACS technology PACS and Digital Medicine: Essential Principles and Modern Practice discusses the essential principles of PACS EHR and related technological advancements as well as practical issues concerning the implementation operation and maintenance of PACS and EHR systems.The book focuses on various components of PACS that use state-of-the-art technologies. The authors first present topics to consider prior to implementation including design principles for PACS components and theory. They also cover post-installation quality control; security and privacy policies; maintenance including upgrade/integration with other information systems; and governing standards. Each chapter includes an introduction to basic concepts and principles relevant to the topics before exploring challenges that PACS users may encounter in daily work. Discussions are supplemented with more than 130 illustrations along with case studies of implementation in two organizations.A useful guide and broad overview of the field this book presents key principles and practical steps for PACS and EHR implementations and maintenance. Although the technology and standards of healthcare IT will evolve over time the theory and practical advice found in this text will remain pertinent in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577100

p-adic Function Analysis "Written by accomplished and well-known researchers in the field this unique volume discusses important research topics on p-adic functional analysis and closely related areas provides an authoritative overview of the main investigative fronts where developments are expected in the future and more. " Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138441811

p-adic Functional Analysis "Contains research articles by nearly 40 leading mathematicians from North and South America Europe Africa and Asia presented at the Fourth International Conference on p-adic Functional Analysis held recently in Nijmegen The Netherlands. Includes numerous new open problems documented with extensive comments and references." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064602

Paediatric Anaesthesia Increasingly diverse conditions now treated surgically combined with developments in technology have made the field of pediatric anesthesia more complex. Even common medical problems may give rise to difficult decisions. This has created a need for a resource that covers the latest techniques in the field. Authoritative and comprehensive Problems in Anesthesia: Pediatric Anesthesia provides guidance for a number of problematic clinical scenarios. Highlighting the widening scope of the field the book contains case histories that demonstrate successes and complications for a wide range of conditions. The book disseminates practical knowledge and experience to those working in this field and paves the way for further investigation and continued advancement. The editors internationally recognized as experts in their field have done an excellent job of putting together a panel of contributors. The exhaustive coverage of a range of frequent and infrequent problems puts their expertise within your reach. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394455

Paediatric Biomechanics and Motor ControlTheory and Application Paediatric Biomechanics and Motor Control brings together the very latest developmental research using biomechanical measurement and analysis techniques and is the first book to focus on biomechanical aspects of child development. The book is divided into four main sections – the biological changes in children; developmental changes in muscular force production; developmental changes in the biomechanics of postural control and fundamental motor skills and finally the applications of research into paediatric biomechanics and motor control in selected clinical populations. Written by a team of leading experts in paediatric exercise science biomechanics and motor control from the UK the US Australia and Europe the book is designed to highlight the key implications of this work for scientists educators and clinicians. Each chapter is preceded by a short overview of the relevant theoretical concepts and concludes with a summary of the practical and clinical applications in relation to the existing literature on the topic. This book is important reading for any sport or exercise scientist health scientist physical therapist sports coach or clinician with an interest in child development or health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858267

Paediatric Clinical Pharmacology The treatment of children with medicinal products is an important scientific area. It is recognized that many medicines that are used extensively in pediatric patients are either unlicensed or off-label. This textbook will help pediatric health professionals effectively treat children with the most appropriate medicine with minimal side effects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391331

Paediatric Gastrointestinal DisordersA Psychosocial Perspective The medical specialty of paediatric gastroenterology is focused on problems and disorders within the gastrointestinal tract liver and pancreas of children from infancy until age eighteen. This inspirational compilation provides information on current research and clinical practice regarding the psychosocial aspects of paediatric gastrointestinal conditions with contributions from international specialists and experts in the field. The chapters in Part I act as an introduction to understanding gastrointestinal disorders and consider key theoretical aspects and central issues. Part II investigates management and intervention concerns and includes patient narrative offering unique insights for professional reflection. Part III looks at the unique characteristics of the anatomy and physiology of normal development and the maturation of the digestive system in infants. It also includes a compendium of assessment measures and a highly practical toolkit containing flow charts clinical interview schedules handouts and leaflets designed specifically for parents. It offers health professionals students and trainees a muchneeded multidisciplinary perspective on the psychosocial considerations of children and young people with gastrointestinal disorders and their families. 'The series has a deliberately international focus which reflects the paediatric psychology community and brings together material that is otherwise unavailable in this form. An inspiring and reliable resource for day-to-day paediatric practice'. From the series introduction by Angela Southall and Clarissa Martin Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199950

Paediatric OrthopaedicsA System of Decision-Making Second Edition Mastering the art and science of paediatric orthopaedics entails the acquisition of theoretical knowledge the development of surgical dexterity and learning the process of clinical decision-making. Of these three components clinical decision-making is arguably the most important. Featuring a practical focus Paediatric Orthopaedics: A System of Decision-Making provides a guide to managing a wide spectrum of orthopaedic conditions in children. The book provides strategies for determining an optimum management approach to follow in any given situation thus empowering surgeons to adapt their approach to the needs of individual patients. The book addresses 73 topics in 9 sections covering the majority of orthopaedic conditions in children. This simplifies both organization and navigation and creates a design that is suitable for reading either in its entirety or for quick reference.Eminent paediatric orthopaedists have pooled their experience and knowledge to provide a logical approach to the evaluation and treatment of both common and some uncommon conditions. Readers are given insight into decision-making trees where choices are not always made on science alone but governed also by social issues or patient preference. The text has been fully updated and with the introduction of colour illustrations is an invaluable tool for all those working in paediatric orthopaedics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498708401

Paediatric Pain ManagementA Multi-Disciplinary Approach Children are still enduring unnecessary pain. This unique book is for all health care professionals who care for children both in hospitals and in the community and has contributions from nurses doctors and clinical psychologists. It provides the theoretical knowledge required to manage acute and chronic paediatric pain and discusses both drug and non-drug methods of pain relief. The information is presented in an accessible manner to enable readers to apply it in their daily clinical practice.   Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384856

Paediatric Radiology for MRCPCH and FRCR Second Edition Radiology plays a fundamental role in the diagnosis and management of childhood diseases. This is reflected in both paediatric and radiology post graduate exams where candidates are expected to have a working knowledge of paediatric pathology clinical manifestations and appropriate radiological investigations. Building on the great success of the first edition Paediatric Radiology for MRCPCH and FRCR retains the popular preexisting structure of the book but presents an improved variety of clinical cases as well as updated text in-keeping with advances in medical practice and technology. There is more emphasis on cross-sectional imaging as candidates are increasingly encountering these sophisticated imaging tests in postgraduate exams. Images have been updated and all the clinical information has been reviewed and revised accordingly. Contains over 100 clinical cases presented in exam format with answers overleaf Includes a wide range of common and rare paediatric conditions with supplementary images to illustrate additional points Uses classic examination images with salient radiological and clinical summaries of each condition - the "hot lists" Carries specific information for paediatricians and radiologists for each case An introductory chapter on the basic concepts of imaging aims to provide the reader with an approach to radiological imaging and an awareness of the different modalities available with new sections on non-accidental injury and radiation protection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781853157028

Paediatric Rehabilitation EngineeringFrom Disability to Possibility Innovations in paediatric rehabilitation engineering can serve as a springboard to education psychosocial social physical and cognitive development for children and youth with disabilities. Instead of providing an overview of rehabilitation engineering Paediatric Rehabilitation Engineering focuses on the uniqueness of the paediatric subspecialty via an international sampling of methods and techniques currently in use or in development. The book is divided into three complementary components. The first group of chapters is broadly concerned with connecting individuals to their environment and to the people around them. The second group revolves around paediatric technologies that compensate for compromised or missing function. The final group of chapters is about machines and environments which provide stimulating and interactive platforms for therapy and research. Topics include: Microswitch-based occupational recreational and rehabilitation programs Emerging access technologies like infrared thermal imaging and vocal cord vibration detection Communication technologies to enable children to communicate in a variety of everyday environments Accessible graphical user and Web-based interface design Postural and upper and lower extremity compensation such as customized chairs and prostheses Global efforts in the area of robotics for autism research Virtual reality and other interfaces to mitigate motor communication and physical control difficulties Paedriatric rehabilitation engineering offers endless possibilities for future research with implications across the fields of physical and cognitive rehabilitation medicine computer science and policy. It is the harmonizing of the expertise and energies of rehabilitation professionals such as teachers families paediatric rehabilitation engineers and other stakeholders that will ensure that children are optimally supported as they embark on their journey from disability to possibility. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374157

Paediatric Surgical DiagnosisAtlas of Disorders of Surgical Significance Second Edition This second edition of Pediatric Diagnosis is a colour atlas of clinical conditions in pediatric surgery. It provides an illustrated guide to the diagnosis of all common and most rare paediatric surgical conditions. Extensively used for examination preparation the atlas comprises 1400 photographs of congenital and acquired anomalies. This book offers extensive coverage of all the common and many of the rare conditions in paediatric surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197329

Paediatric Symptom and Sign SorterSecond Edition This book will be a vital tool for all clinicians in the front line when an ill child presents with an acute illness. Experienced paediatricians postgraduate doctors primary care physicians and paediatric nurses will find this a useful refresher and it will be an invaluable primer for newly trained doctors and students or those new to the paediatric wards. Each chapter here provides an overview of each symptom and sign followed by the most likely underlying causes in an easy-to-use tabular format. Investigative techniques and guidelines follow ranging from the simple and inexpensive to the more complex as do Top Tips and Red Flag warnings to note; new to this second edition are concluding summaries of Key Points as well as an entirely new Endocrine chapter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138317529

Paediatrics Psychiatry and PsychoanalysisThrough counter-transference to case management How do children and parents shape clinical practice? How can clinicians learn from the impact of their patients upon them? How do we recognise if health care practices are adversely affecting health care? Children's health problems can place enormous strain on both children and their families. Whether symptoms are acute or chronic assessment and treatment can be confusing and frightening even when the illness itself is not dangerous. Understanding the impact of illness on emotions relationships and development is an essential part of providing good health care services. For health care professionals it is necessary to understand how their clinical practice affects their patients and how this reciprocal relationship shapes good or bad practice. Introducing key psychoanalytic concepts Adrian Sutton illustrates through detailed clinical studies how psychoanalytic theory can be applied in a health care setting involving children and their families. Paediatrics Psychiatry and Psychoanalysis specifically describes the impact of the patient on the professional how conscious and unconscious elements need to be taken into account and to what extent these can influence practice enhancing diagnostic and therapeutic treatment. Paediatrics Psychiatry and Psychoanalysis is an exploration of the central importance of the patient-doctor relationship and how the psychodynamics of this relationship are crucial in providing information that can aid treatment. It will be of interest to child mental health professionals – psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychiatrists psychologists nurses paediatric practitioners and those working in social welfare and educational settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692663

PaediatricsA Core Text on Child Health Second Edition In times of rapid change experience is no longer a sufficient guide to practice. Taking the principles of evidence-based medicine this is the first guide to evidence-based management. It will help managers and clinicians to make a difference to their organisation. Illustrated with case studies designed for 'the reader in a hurry' the clear layout of this practical guide is based on a questioning approach of Why? When? Where? How? and Who? which demonstrates how to apply the best evidence in decision making and in assessing performance. Obstacles to practising evidence-based management in healthcare are described with explanations of how to overcome them. Health managers and clinicians with managerial responsibilities will find this book an essential guide. Leaders in health service organisations public health doctors and public sector managers will find it of great benefit in their work. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384047

Paedophiles Child Abuse and the InternetA Practical Guide to Identification Action and Prevention This book explains how and why the Government's healthcare policies and modernisation programme have had and will continue to have a major impact on the lives of individual general medical practitioners. Eminent contributors examine critical features of the modernisation programme including managing demand the application of triage and clinical governance and discuss what patients and doctors can expect in the future and where the health service is going. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378718

Pagan Peoples of the Central Area of Northern NigeriaWestern Africa Part XII Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240094

Paganism Traditionalism NationalismNarratives of Russian Rodnoverie Rodnoverie was one of the first new religious movements to emerge following the collapse of the Soviet Union its development providing an important lens through which to view changes in post-Soviet religious and political life. Rodnovers view social and political issues as inseparably linked to their religiosity but do not reflect the liberal values dominant among Western Pagans. Indeed among the conservative and nationalist movements often associated with Rodnoverie in Russia traditional anti-Western and anti-Semitic rhetoric has recently been overshadowed by anti-Islam and anti-migrant tendencies. Providing a fascinating overview of the history organisations adherents beliefs and practices of Rodnoverie this book presents several different narratives; as a revival of the native Russian or Slavic religion as a nature religion and as an alternative to modern values and lifestyles. Drawing upon primary sources documents and books this analysis is supplemented with extensive fieldwork carried out among Rodnoverie communities in Russia and will be of interest to scholars of post-Soviet society new religious movements and contemporary Paganism in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472460271

PaganistanContemporary Pagan Community in Minnesota's Twin Cities Paganistan - a moniker adapted by the Twin Cities Contemporary Pagan community - is the title of a history and ethnography of a regionally unique urban and vibrant community in Minnesota. The story of the community traces the formation of some of the earliest organizations and churches in the US the influence of publication houses and bookstores the marketplace and the local University on the growth and sustenance of a distinct Pagan community identity as well as discussions of the patterns of diversifying and cohesion that occur as a result of societal pressure politics and generational growth within it. As the first ever study of this long-lived community this book sets out to document Paganistan as another aspect of the increasing prevalence of Paganism in the US and contributes to the discussion of the formation of new American religious communities. Revealing how canonical theories about community formation in anthropology do not always fit comfortably nor accurately describe how a vibrant Pagan community creates and sustains itself this book will be of interest to scholars of religion and new religious movements worldwide and offers a valuable contribution to discussions within both urban anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409442837

Pagans and Christians in Late AntiquityA Sourcebook In Pagans and Christians in Late Antiquity A.D. Lee documents the transformation of the religious landscape of the Roman world from one of enormous diversity of religious practices and creeds in the 3rd century to a situation where by the 6th century Christianity had become the dominant religious force. Using translated extracts from contemporary sources he examines the fortunes of pagans and Christians from the upheavals of the 3rd Century through the dramatic events associated with the emperors Constantine Julian and Theodosius in the 4th to the increasingly tumultuous times of the 5th and 6th centuries while also illustrating important themes in late antique Christianity such as the growth of monasticism the emerging power of bishops and the development of pilgrimage as well as the fate of other significant religious groups including Jews and Manichaeans. This new edition has been updated to include: additional documentary material including newly published papyri an expanded chapter on the emperor Constantine greater attention to church controversies in the fourth and fifth centuries thoroughly updated references and further reading taking into account developments in modern scholarship during the past fifteen years. Pagans and Christians in Late Antiquity is an invaluable resource for students of the late antique world and of early Christianity and the early Church. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020320

Page to StageDeveloping Writing Speaking And Listening Skills in Primary Schools An exciting and creative approaches that links literacy and oracy in a way that children will enjoy. Performing poetry is also proven to boost self-esteem. Includes: * An audio CD with recordings of published poets and children performing their own work * Activities to develop speaking and listening skills * Model poems from which to work * Guidelines for progressing through the writing and performance process * A three stage model: preparation -- writing -- performing Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138147232

Pages from the PastMedieval Writing Skills and Manuscript Books In the present collection of articles by Malcolm Parkes two overarching concerns emerge: the palaeography of manuscript books in relation to what Parkes has previously called the 'grammar of legibility'; and the importance of considering the circumstances in which medieval books were produced copied and read. The individual studies discuss the handwriting of individual scribes and the evidence script can provide of the circumstances of a book's production the effect of punctuation and layout of text on the reader's interpretation of a work and the provision and production of books for communities of readers both clerical and academic. From a discussion of the scribe of the Hereford Mappa Mundi to a comprehensive study of book provision in the medieval University of Oxford a wealth of information is conveyed in these articles now conveniently accessible in one volume about books and their histories by one of the most knowledgeable of manuscript scholars today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110687

Paid Patriotism?The Debate over Veterans' Benefits What does a nation owe its military veterans? Gratitude esteem land grants medical care pensions higher education? Or is serving in the armed forces of one’s country an obligation to be undertaken without any expectation of compensation? If veterans are to receive government aid should a distinction be made between those who served in wartime or faced enemy fire and those who saw neither war nor combat? These questions have been answered in varying ways by the American people and their elected representatives since the Revolutionary War. Paid Patriotism? explores the genesis and growth of soldiers’ pensions throughout the nineteenth century the Bonus experiment after the First World War the passage and consequences of the GI Bill of Rights the growth of the nation’s system of veterans’ hospitals the evolution of veterans’ programs during the Cold War and Vietnam the post-9/11 GI Bill and contemporary scandals and reform efforts within the veterans’ bureaucracy from its promotion to a cabinet department to wrongdoing in the Veterans Health Administration. James T. Bennett examines the complex and politically charged history and heated present-day debate of what the late columnist William Safire called the “most sacred cow” in Washington: the veterans’ bureaucracy. In the end the United States and its citizens owe veterans a debt. But how has and how should that debt be honored—and at what cost? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865494

Pain Normality and the Struggle for CongruenceReinterpreting Residential Care for Children and Youth Learn what children living in group homes need most! Pain Normality and the Struggle for Congruence: Reinterpreting Residential Care for Children and Youth presents the results of a 14-month study of 10 staffed group homes in British Columbia. The book uses grounded theory to construct a theoretical model that speaks to the primary challenge care workers face each day—responding to pain and pain-based behavior in residents. It combines participant observations transcribed interviews and document analysis to develop a core theme of congruence several major psychosocial processes and 11 interactional dynamics identified as being fundamental to group home life. The study brings to light several neglected aspects of residential care and proposes new directions in policy development education practice and research to create an integrated and accessible framework for understanding group home life for youths. Pain Normality and the Struggle for Congruence: Reinterpreting Residential Care for Children and Youth is a full and rigorous examination of the theoretical and empirical underpinnings of residential group care. The study—conducted during a time of heightened sensitivity to the rights of children and increased emphasis on accountability and outcome measurement—reveals a core theme of congruence focusing on consistency reciprocity and coherence. The book examines the major elements of this theme including: creating an extra-familial living environment developing a sense of normality listening and responding with respect establishing a structure routine and expectations offering emotional and developmental support respecting personal space and time discovering potential communicating a framework for understanding and much more! Pain Normality and the Struggle for Congruence: Reinterpreting Residential Care for Children and Youth provides professionals concerned with the development and treatment of children and young people with a unique understanding of group home life and work. From the Foreword by Dr. Barney Glaser: I am honored and delighted to be asked by Jim Anglin to write the foreword to this grounded theory text... The purpose of this grounded theory is to construct a theoretical framework that would explain and account for well-functioning staffed group homes for young people that in turn could serve as a basis for improved practice policy development education and training research and evaluation. THE READER WILL SEE THAT ANGLIN HAS ACHIEVED HIS GOAL WITH ADMIRABLE SUCCESS. . . . HIS GROUNDED THEORY TRULY MAKES A SCHOLARLY CONTRIBUTION TO THE LITERATURE. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808741

Pain Pleasure and PerversityDiscourses of Suffering in Seventeenth-Century England Luther’s 95 Theses begin and end with the concept of suffering and the question of why a benevolent God allows his creations to suffer remains one of the central issues of religious thought. In order to chart the processes by which religious discourse relating to pain and suffering became marginalized during the period from the Renaissance to the end of the seventeenth century this book examines a number of works on the subject translated into English from (mainly) Spanish and Italian. Through such an investigation it is possible to see how the translators and editors of such works demonstrate in their prefaces and comments as well as in their fidelity or otherwise to the original text an awareness that attitudes in England are different from those in Catholic countries. Furthermore by comparing these translations with the discourse of native English writers of the period a number of conclusions can be drawn regarding the ways in which Protestant England moved away from pre-Reformation attitudes of suffering and evolved separately from the Catholic culture which continued to hold sway in the south of Europe. The central conclusion is that once the theological justifications for undergoing inflicting or witnessing pain and suffering have been removed discourses of pain largely cease to have a legitimate context and any kind of fascination with pain comes to seem perverse if not perverted. The author observes an increasing sense of discomfort throughout the seventeenth century with texts which betray such fascination. Combining elements of theology literature and history this book provides a fascinating perspective on one of the key conundrums of early modern religious history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409443957

Pain Suffering and HealingInsights and Understanding As our understanding of the mechanisms of the brain and nervous system that underlie the conscious experience of pain has increased over the past 60 years so too has the field of pain management. What began as almost exclusively the domain of anaesthetists has become multidisciplinary and now comprises many other specialisms including neurology psychology nursing occupational therapy and physiotherapy. This spate of activity has been paralleled by a similar growth in research: in neurophysiology psychology and pharmacology as well as clinical medicine. Simultaneously the pharmaceutical industry has spent billions of pounds and dollars in the search for better drugs for relieving pain. This ground-breaking book is compiled by former contributors to The Special Interest Group for Philosophy and Ethics of the British Pain Society. The issues discussed include satisfactory relief of chronic pain the inadequacy of scientific biomedicine in offering answers and ethical problems arising in pain medicine. 'Suffering cannot be found in a laboratory test or imaging study; it is only observable by communicating with the sufferer. The eleven chapters in this book approach this conundrum from vastly different perspectives some highly personal and others broadly social. Issues such as the interface between the physician and the pharmaceutical industry are also presented. Each chapter describes a facet of the problems of suffering and some of the available paths to recovery.' John D Loeser in the Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383651

Pain and Its EndingThe Four Noble Truths in the Theravada Buddhist Canon Demonstrates how the four noble truths are used thorughout the Pali canon as a symbol of Buddha's enlightenment and as a doctrine within a larger network of Buddha's teachings. Their unique nature rests in their function as a proposition and as a symbol in the Theravada canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862319

Pain and Its Relief Without AddictionClinical Issues in the Use of Opioids and Other Analgesics Pain and Its Relief Without Addiction will help people in pain understand why their pain is not always adequately relieved as well as help reverse the failure of current medical practice to routinely alleviate pain. As noted by a 1992 publication of the United States Department of Health Services this devastating trend contributes to unnecessary discomfort longer recovery periods and compromised patient outcomes. By reading this book frustrated physicians and perhaps more importantly persons in pain can acquire a better understanding of the nature of pain its connection to the emotions and psychological state of patients and the impact particular drugs have on the body; this will facilitate relief from pain among a higher percentage of the population.Opioid analgesics comprise many of the chapters in Pain and Its Relief Without Addiction. Author Barry Stimmel MD describes the principles to be followed in prescribing opioid analgesics to relieve pain while maintaining one’s daily activities without any limitation in function. The available opioids are described and the differences between them are reviewed to allow you--as a physician health care provider or even a patient--to gain a better insight into the one(s) to use for both acute and chronic pain states. The point that is emphasized is that dependency on an analgesic to relieve pain is no different than dependency on medications to lower blood pressure prevent heart attacks treat diabetes etc. What should be avoided is “addiction ” a condition where function is impaired rather than enhanced.Pain and Its Relief Without Addiction is a guidebook designed to assist physicians and other health professionals in developing a practical approach to pain management and to give patients a fuller understanding of their pain. You’ll gain specific information about: management of acute and chronic pain pain in children pain and cancer pain and AIDS psychological support of persons in pain theories of pain perception the anatomy of painIn Pain and Its Relief Without Addiction you’ll learn the basic concepts of drug dependence tolerance and withdrawal the pharmacological actions and side effects of drugs used to provide analgesia and the fundamental steps to be taken in proper pharmacological treatment of pain. The book produces more effective and more informed communication among physicians other health professionals and patients so that together they can achieve better pain relief. As Pain and Its Relief Without Addiction illustrates it is crucial that both patients and physicians understand clearly the terms describing drug use and the behavioral biochemical and cellular concepts underlying dependence tolerance and withdrawal. Finally you will acquire a knowledge of all the potential causes of pain and the appropriate steps for intervention.Medical students new practitioners and those wishing to reconsider their approaches to pain management will benefit from the book’s coverage of general principles for pain control the use of drug combinations to provide the most effective relief methods for treating pain in different populations (such as the elderly and persons with chronic medical conditions) and alternative options for failed treatment. The scope of Pain and Its Relief Without Addiction reaches from nonprescription medications such as aspirin to NSAIDS like ibuprofen to narcotic analgesics to stimulants such as amphetamines and caffeine. It is the most comprehensive book available on various drugs their desired effects and side effects and their use to alleviate pain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821801

Pain and Suffering Pain is felt by everyone yet understanding its nature is fragmented across myriad modes of thought. In this compact yet thoroughly integrative account uniting medical science psychology and the humanities Ronald Schleifer offers a deep and complex understanding along with possible strategies of dealing with pain in its most overwhelming forms. A perfect addition to many courses in medicine healthcare counseling psychology and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843270

Pain ControlAn Open Learning Introduction for Healthcare Workers First Published in 2018. CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. This interactive workbook covers all the physiological and pharmacological aspects of pain and pain control. Each topic such as the central nervous system the human experience of pain and pain management is concisely covered in nine separate sessions. The workbook includes activities assignments worked examples self-assessment questions relating to learning objectives and learner profiles to assess current knowledge. The style is clear with diagrams personal profiles resources and areas to make your own notes. It is a companion to the text listed below and is a valuable tool for initial training and professional development. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384733

Pain Management in Small Animal Medicine Pain Management in Small Animal Medicine describes and clearly illustrates the difficulties and choices facing veterinarians in identifying and treating pain in addition to providing an account of the neurobiological mechanisms responsible for the pain. Expanded from the author’s previous work Chronic Pain in Small Animal Medicine this volume uses the original text to illustrate the core theme of "mechanism base" and expands the text considerably with the inclusion of areas beyond chronic pain. Topics include: Pain assessment in small animal medicine The functional physiology of pain The use of pharmacologics and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs Nutraceutical mechanisms and therapy Management of pain related to canine osteoarthritis musculoskeletal disease and cancer Pain management features unique to cats Emphasizing the latest evidence and contemporary understanding of "why" and "how" to treat pain the book will enable veterinary healthcare professionals as well as those in training education and research to develop a greater depth of knowledge in mechanisms of pain and potential targets for treatment— thereby raising the standard of care for pain management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840761832

PainCurrent Understanding Emerging Therapies and Novel Approaches to Drug Discovery This reference presents a detailed overview of approaches and techniques in the management of pain caused by tissue nerve and central nervous system injuries categorizing pain into a variety of syndromes and underlying mechanisms to aid the development of interventional pharmacologic measures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446734

PainPsychological Perspectives This invaluable resource presents a state-of-the-art account of the psychology of pain from leading researchers. It features contributions from clinical social and biopsychological perspectives the latest theories of pain as well as basic processes and applied issues. The book opens with an introduction to the history of pain theory and the epidemiology of pain. It then explores theoretical work including the gate control theory/neuromatrix model as well as biopsychosocial cognitive/behavioral and psychodynamic perspectives. Issues such as the link between psychophysiological processes and consciousness and the communication of pain are examined. Pain over the life span ethno-cultural and individual differences are the focus of the next three chapters. Pain: Psychological Perspectives addresses current clinical issues:* pain assessment and acute and chronic pain interventions;* the unavailability of psychological interventions for chronic pain in a number of settings the use of self-report and issues related to the implementation of certain biomedical interventions; and * the latest ethical standards and the theories.Intended for practitioners researchers and students involved with the study of pain in fields such as clinical and health psychology this book will also appeal to physicians nurses and physiotherapists. Pain is ideal for advanced courses on the psychology of pain pain management and related courses that address this topic. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650618

Painted Men in Britain 1868–1918Royal Academicians and Masculinities An original and overdue exploration of the representation of masculinity in British academic art in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries Painted Men in Britain 1868-1918 analyzes transgressions of gender and sexuality as represented in paintings by Leighton Sargent Tuke and their contemporaries in the Royal Academy. This volume treats paintings as eloquent objects no narratives of which are too elusive to be traced and challenges conventional binaries of masculine versus feminine or heterosexual versus homosexual. Consulting not only the paintings themselves but also newspapers journals criticism novels and poetry of the day Painted Men argues against the misconception of British academic art as merely reactionary and even blind to the dynamism of its own time. Instead this art is shown to engage with broader social attitudes and contemporary sexual debates. As the book reveals the complexities of specific paintings it illuminates different and competing attitudes toward masculinity and modernity in British art of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279346

Painter 11 CreativityDigital Artist's Handbook Jeremy Sutton is one of the world's premier Painter artists (www.JeremySutton.com and www.PaintboxJ.com) and in this brand new edition of his best-selling Painter Creativity: Digital Artist's Handbook he shows you the methods and techniques he's developed over the years to perfect his art and earn him the title of Corel Painter Master. This edition has been completely revamped to cover all of the new features in Corel Painter 11 and the Wacom Intuos4 pen-tablet including: *The new Hard Media brushes *Complete visual summary of all brushes new and old in Painter 11 *Revised and updated command shortcuts *New way of creating and controlling Reference Layers (formerly Free Transform) *Programming suggestions for new Intuos4 Express Keys and Touch Ring *And much more! Inside you'll find comprehensive coverage of the way that Jeremy uses the Painter 11 brushes and the Wacom Intuos4 pen-tablet for drawing and painting. You'll learn how to paint from scratch as well as a loose expressionistic approach to painting from photographs as you follow the clear step-by-step instructions throughout the book. Focused in-depth case studies provide you with the expertise and guidance you'll need to become your own master of this wonderful world of digital painting. Jeremy balances technical instruction with artistic advice including a whole chapter on going for it with color. In addition to Jeremy's own works of art you'll find a gallery of images created by painters who have studied his methods showing you examples of how you can apply his teaching to your own style and subject matter. Finally be sure to check out the enclosed bonus CD for valuable supplemental content such as four QuickTime movies as well as custom brushes art materials and a new Painter workspace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372146

Painter 11 for PhotographersCreating painterly images step by step Whether you are new to Painter or a seasoned pro wanting to take your digital art to the next level this inspirational book and DVD package will show you how to get the most out of Corel's powerful painting software.Starting with the basics and moving on to cover brushes textures cloning toning and other effects Martin Addison will help you master the tools and features needed to transform your photographs into stunning works of art. Over 2 hours of video tutorials and clear step-by-step examples take you through the techniques in a no-nonsense manner with all images provided on the accompanying DVD so you can learn by doing. Packed with beautiful images to illustrate what can be achieved with the right skills and know-how Painter XI For Photographers will inspire you to get creative with your personal or commercial photographs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080927077

Painter 12 for PhotographersCreating painterly images step by step Transform your photographs into stunning works of art with this fully updated authoritative guide to the all-new Painter 12. Whether you are new to Painter or a seasoned pro wanting to go further with your digital art Painter 12 for Photographers will show you how to get the most of Corel's powerful painting software. Starting with the basics and moving on to cover brushes textures cloning toning and other effects Martin Addison will help you master the techniques needed to transform photographs into beautiful painterly images. Packed with vivid images to illustrate what can be achieved with the right skills and know-how Painter 12 for Photographers will inspire you to get creative with your photographs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240522715

Painter X CreativityDigital Artist's handbook Empower your artistry in the digital environmentThis unique Painter book addresses both creative and technical proficiency helping you step ahead in today's world of photography art multimedia and design. This lavishly illustrated guide speaks directly to all visual artists and shows you how to combine traditional and stateof-the-art media to capture the essence of your vision.Fully updated for Corel Painter X and the newest range of Wacom graphics tablets progressive well-structured tutorials from beginner to advanced level case studies and examples of art will inspire your imagination at every stage. Let world-renowned Painter master Jeremy Sutton guide you step-by-step in how to experiment with creative ideas and techniques that you can adapt to your own style.New time-saving tips workflow strategies and keyboard short cuts allow you to quickly transform your work with Corel Painter X's outstanding natural-media tools. From expressive paintings to evocative collage portraits oil impressionism live portrait paintings and painterly effects for video television and the Web you get the best techniques through...*Clear explanations with colorful screen grabs and inspiring artworks that lead youthrough the sophisticated and creative Painter tools*Practical hands-on tutorials and project illustrations that show you every step inimage development including multimedia artist techniques*A CD-ROM packed with unique custom brushes tutorial images and additional artmaterials not supplied with Painter XIncluded on the resource CD:*48 extra brushes including many unique custom brushes not supplied with Painter *38 custom color sets*Jeremy's SupaDoopa custom palettes to help speed up your workflow*Collection of Jeremy's favorite Image Hose nozzles paper textures and patterns to greatly enhance the variety and richness of art materials available at your fingertips*Gain instant access to Jeremy's interface customization and optimize your creativity with unique custom workspaces new to Painter X*4 QuickTime movies including a studio tour artwork commentary and details on Wacom tablets*Have fun practicing with 28 tutorial images! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372108

Painter X for PhotographersCreating Painterly Images Step by Step Whether you are just starting out with Painter or are a seasoned pro who wants to take your photographs to the next level you can't go wrong with this essential guide by your side! Covering Painter X but also applicable to earlier versions and to both PC and Macintosh users this reader friendly book and DVD package will show you how to get the most out of this powerful program. Uniquely written specifically for photographers Martin Addison gives a complete overview of the program showing how to master each exciting tool including the brand-new RealBristle and Smart Stroke brush libraries. Two all-new portraiture chapters show you how to turn photographs of your family members or professional clients into works of art ideal for framing. You'll be able to give all of your precious photographs the painterly touch in no time! Be sure to visit the accompanying website www.painterforphotographers.co.uk to view even more images and information to get you started! Pictures by Martin and Doreen Addison can be seen on their website: www.martinanddoreen.co.uk. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080550039

Painters Paintings and BooksAn Essay on Indo-Persian Technical Literature 12-19th Centuries The work aims at bringing the Persian texts into the study of the arts and technology of the Indo-lranian world – an approach much neglected so far. Drawing upon Persian sources (both from Iran and India) viz. technical treatises historical chronicles and poetical texts the work deals with painting and the art of book making during twelfth to nineteenth century.The introduction presents the geographical and chronological dimensions of the study. After a brief history of Persian painting before the twelfth century the book discusses mural painting manuscripts origin of paper and its fabrication the composition of the page colours/pigments used in the paintings painting subjects bookbinding etc. The painter man and artist his origin his training his status aesthetics and taste his workshop and its organisation and distribution of tasks therein modular construction of the manuscripts library the caligraphy surrounding the painting its illuminations and binding are all analysed. In fact the book reconstructs the entire process of making an illustrated manuscript from its ground work to its binding. Persian text and illustrations enhance the utility of the work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534943

Painting Politics and the New Front of Cold War Italy The first English-language monograph on Il Fronte Nuovo delle Arti this study explores the rise and fall of this postwar Italian artists' group as a representative instance of the tensions facing Italian painting during the transition out of two decades of Fascism and into the global divisions of the Cold War. Adrian Duran argues that the binary structures of the era - realism vs. abstraction Communism vs. democracy conformism vs. freedom - have monopolized the discourse surrounding the Fronte Nuovo and with it the historiography of Italian painting during this period 1944-50. Beginning with the dialogues that framed the formation of the Fronte Nuovo this book reconsiders artists' works correspondence critical writings and manifestos. These are married to examinations of specific exhibitions the most important of which are the group's 1947 inaugural exhibition and the 1948 and 1950 Venice Biennali. The critical responses to these exhibitions are reconsidered in light of their groundings in the heated political debates of the period. In total these diverse sources reveal the vast divide between the internal discourse of the arts generated by the participant artists and their works and the surrounding politics of Cold War Italy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548268

Painting Politics and the Struggle for the École de Paris 1944–1964 Painting Politics and the Struggle for the École de Paris 1944-1964 is the first book dedicated to the postwar or 'nouvelle' École de Paris. It challenges the customary relegation of the École de Paris to the footnotes not by arguing for some hitherto 'hidden' merit for the art and ideas associated with this school but by establishing how and why the École de Paris was a highly significant vehicle for artistic and political debate. The book presents a sustained historical study of how this 'school' was constituted by the paintings of a diverse group of artists by the combative field of art criticism and by the curatorial policies of galleries and state exhibitions. By thoroughly mining the extensive resources of the newspaper and art journal press gallery and government archives artists' writings and interviews with surviving artists and art critics the book traces the artists exhibitions and art critical debates that made the École de Paris a zone of aesthetic and political conflict. Through setting the École de Paris into its artistic social and political context Natalie Adamson demonstrates how it functioned as the defining force in French postwar art in its defence of the tradition of easel painting as well as an international point of reference for the expansion of modernism. In doing so she presents a wholly new perspective on the vexed relationships between painting politics and national identity in France during the two decades following World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253452

Painting and Decorating Assuming no prior experience of the trade Roy Hughes details the underpinning knowledge of the materials tools and techniques required for successful painting and decorating and provides step-by-step guidance towards developing the essential skills required for anyone wishing to embark on a career in decorative occupations.The reader is guided through each of the key areas and processes in the field with additional emphasis placed on Health & Safety. Written by the author of the CITB/City & Guilds Level 2 Technical Certificate the book fully covers the syllabus requirements for the Intermediate Construction Award (painting and decorating route) and the Decorative Occupations NVQ at Level 2.Readers will find the topic Colour in Decoration – a critical aspect of actual painting and decorating practice – is also addressed making this essential reading for Modern Apprentices in the trade as well as serving as a useful reference for qualified painters and decorators.The book is designed to maximise accessibility of the text for the reader. Activities key points and ‘test your knowledge’ questions (for use during college/centre training) feature throughout the text to allow application of theory into practical contexts. An additional answer section at the back of the book aids self-assessment enabling the reader to revise all key concepts that have been introduced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146433

Painting and Narrative in France from Poussin to Gauguin Before Modernism narrative painting was one of the most acclaimed and challenging modes of picture-making in Western art yet by the early twentieth century storytelling had all but disappeared from ambitious art. France was a key player in both the dramatic rise and the controversial demise of narrative art. This is the first book to analyse French painting in relation to narrative from Poussin in the early seventeenth to Gauguin in the late nineteenth century. Thirteen original essays shed light on key moments and aspects of narrative and French painting through the study of artists such as Nicolas Poussin Charles Le Brun Jacques-Louis David Paul Delaroche Gustave Moreau and Paul Gauguin. Using a range of theoretical perspectives the authors study key issues such as temporality theatricality word-and-image relations the narrative function of inanimate objects the role played by viewers and the ways in which visual narrative has been bound up with history painting. The book offers a fresh look at familiar material as well as studying some little-known works of art and reveals the centrality and complexity of narrative in French painting over the course of three centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200275

Painting and the Inner World Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1963 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849814

Painting for PerformanceA Beginner’s Guide to Great Painted Scenery Painting for Performance removes the mystery from painting and gives beginners the terms tools and techniques to approach their unpainted set with confidence. Covering the mechanics of paint and its many implementations in set design this book provides simple and effective step-by-step instructions for painting a variety of surfaces to look great on stage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951167

Painting In The People's Republic Of ChinaThe Politics Of Style The relationship between politics and art in any society should not be seen simply as one of cause and effect. Political and artistic issues are linked to one another through a complex network of interactions and associations. In the People's Republic of China where all aspects of society are directly related to politics and where the creation of art is in itself considered a political act this relationship is more clearly defined than elsewhere though no less complicated. In China the government plays a direct and active role in overseeing the nation's artistic production and in determining the criteria for critical judgment. This study is divided into three sections. Chapter 1 outlines the major statements of artistic policy and the theoretical structure upon which the. policies are based. Chapter 2 deals with the effect of the artistic policies upon artists and the reactions of painters to the political demands placed upon them. The third chapter will focus on the experiences of three such artists Kuan Shan-yueh Li K'o-jan and Ch'ien Sung-yen. All three specialize in landscape a genre that has been especially problematic and all three incorporate both Western techniques and traditional Chinese methods of drawing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282110

Painting Labour in Scotland and Europe 1850-1900 Painting Labour in Scotland and Europe 1850-1900 explores hitherto unrecognized European variations in the phenomena of rural labour imagery particularly in Scotland. In exploring these distinctions relative to Scotland and Europe it looks to develop a new understanding of the commonalities and idiosyncrasies of rural labour imagery which have often been treated as homogenous. Lacking the detailed analysis that has been accorded other images writing about Scottish painting has often been appended to analyses of English or French imagery. It has generally been understood as intellectually divorced from the sometimes brutal realities of evolving Scottish nineteenth-century urbanism or simply ignored. Painting Labour in Scotland and Europe 1850-1900 sets out systematically to discuss the Scottish rural painting in relation to its particular Scottish historical context both sociological and aesthetic and its English and European counterparts. Alongside canonical Scottish images by major figures such as James Guthrie the book explores many hitherto under researched and unconsidered paintings by nineteenth-century Scottish artists and considers them in relation to major English and Continental Realist and Romantic painters. The juxtaposition of J.F. Millet with W.D. McKay and Edwin Landseer with George Reid makes for a volume that will appeal both to an academic audience and to one interested in European art history more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270275

Painting the BibleRepresentation and Belief in Mid-Victorian Britain Painting the Bible is the first book to investigate the transformations that religious painting underwent in mid-Victorian England. It charts the emergence of a Protestant realist painting in a period of increasing doubt scientific discovery and biblical criticism. The book analyzes the position of religious painting in academic discourse and assesses the important role Pre-Raphaelite work played in redefining painting for mid-Victorian audiences. This original study brings together a wide range of material from high art and popular culture. It locates the controversy over the religious works of the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood in debates about academicism revivalism and caricature. It also investigates William Holman Hunt's radical orientalist-realist approach to biblical subject matter which offered an important updating of the image of Christ that chimed with the principles of liberal Protestantism. The book will appeal to scholars and students across disciplines such as art history literature history and cultural studies. Its original research rigorous analysis and accessible style will make it essential reading for anyone interested in questions of representation and belief in mid-Victorian England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264151

Painting the Cannon's RoarMusic the Visual Arts and the Rise of an Attentive Public in the Age of Haydn From c.1750 to c.1810 the paths of music history and the history of painting converged with lasting consequences. The publication of Newton's Opticks at the start of the eighteenth century gave a 'scientific' basis to the analogy between sight and sound allowing music and the visual arts to be defined more closely in relation to one another. This was also a period which witnessed the emergence of a larger and increasingly receptive audience for both music and the visual arts - an audience which potentially included all social strata. The development of this growing public and the commercial potential that it signified meant that for the first time it became possible for a contemporary artist to enjoy an international reputation. Nowhere is this better illustrated than in the career of Joseph Haydn. Although this phenomenon defies conventional modes of study the book shows how musical pictorialism became a major creative force in popular culture. Haydn the most popular living cultural personality of the period proved to be the key figure in advancing the new relationship. The connections between the composer and his audiences and leading contemporary artists (including Tiepolo Mengs Kauffman Goya David Messerschmidt Loutherbourg Canova Copley Fuseli Reynolds Gillray and West) are examined here for the first time. By the early nineteenth century populism was beginning to be regarded with scepticism and disdain. Mozart was the modern Raphael Beethoven the modern Michelangelo. Haydn however had no clear parallel in the accepted canon of Renaissance art. Yet his recognition that ordinary people had a desire to experience simultaneous aural and visual stimulation was not altogether lost finding future exponents in Wagner and later still in the cinematic arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275850

Painting the NovelPictorial Discourse in Eighteenth-Century English Fiction Painting the Novel: Pictorial Discourse in Eighteenth-Century English Fiction focuses on the interrelationship between eighteenth-century theories of the novel and the art of painting – a subject which has not yet been undertaken in a book-length study. This volume argues that throughout the century novelists from Daniel Defoe to Ann Radcliffe referred to the visual arts recalling specific names or artworks but also artistic styles and conventions in an attempt to define the generic constitution of their fictions. In this the novelists took part in the discussion of the sister arts not only by pointing to the affinities between them but also more importantly by recognising their potential to inform one another; in other words they expressed a conviction that the theory of a new genre can be successfully rendered through meta-pictorial analogies. By tracing the uses of painting in eighteenth-century novelistic discourse this book sheds new light on the history of the so-called "rise of the novel". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667276

Painting WordsAesthetics and the Relationship between Image and Text Painting Words: Aesthetics and the Relationship between Image and Text addresses the importance of dialogue between art and literature text and image in our image-saturated era. In a globalized world isolation and compartmentalization hinder us back whereas the Romantic idea of belonging urges us to look beyond and to build bridges. Bearing this Romantic spirit in mind rather than focusing on a traditional paragonal approach this book puts forward the benefits of alliance by offering an interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary perspective. Illustrations are included to guide the reader into comparativism and intermedial encounters while providing an inspiring overview of the literary and visual department both in Europe and America from the Renaissance to the twentieth century. The different essays lead us through an aesthetic exploratory journey by the hand of Cervantes Shakespeare Felicia Hemans Emily Eden William Wordsworth Edgar A. Poe Flannery O’Connor N. Scott Momaday José Joaquín de Mora Wallace Stevens and José Ángel Valente among others. Editors Beatriz González Moreno and Fernando González Moreno have brought together an international group of scholars around the idea of "painting words " which they define as the pictorial ability of language to stir the reader’s imagination and the way illustrators have "read" literary works over the course of centuries. Many traditional comparative studies examine literature belonging to specific time periods or movements far less frequently do they bridge visual culture with text-- Painting Words: Aesthetics and the Relationship between Image and Text aims to do just that. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196769

Paintings and the PastPhilosophy History Art This book is an exploration of how art—specifically paintings in the European manner—can be mobilized to make knowledge claims about the past. No type of human-made tangible thing makes more complex and bewildering demands in this respect than paintings. Ivan Gaskell argues that the search for pictorial meaning in paintings yields limited results and should be replaced by attempts to define the point of such things which is cumulative and ever subject to change. He shows that while it is not possible to define what art is—other than being an open kind—it is possible to define what a painting is as a species of drawing regardless of whether that painting is an artwork or not at any given time. The book demonstrates that things can be artworks on some occasions but not necessarily on others though it is easier for a thing to acquire artwork status than to lose it. That is the movement of a thing into and out of the artworld is not symmetrical. All such considerations are properly matters not of ontology—what is and what is not an artwork—but of use; that is how a thing might or might not function as an artwork under any given circumstances. These considerations necessarily affect the approach to paintings that at any given time might be able to function as an artwork or might not be able to function as such. Only by taking these factors into account can anyone make viable knowledge about the past. This lively discussion ranges over innumerable examples of paintings from Rembrandt to Rothko as well as plenty of far less familiar material from contemporary Catholic devotional works to the Chinese avant garde. Its aim is to enhance philosophical acuity in respect of the analysis of paintings and to increase their amenability to philosophically satisfying historical use. Paintings and the Past is a must-read for all advanced students and scholars concerned with philosophy of art aesthetics historical method and art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189372

PaintShop Photo Pro X3 For Photographers If you are a digital photographer who's new to PaintShop Photo Pro or digital imaging in general or have recently upgraded to the all-new version X3 this is the book for you! Packed with full color images to provide inspiration and easy to follow step-by-step projects you'll learn the ins and outs of this fantastic program in no time so you can start correcting and editing your images to create stunning works of art. Whether you want to learn or refresh yourself on the basics such as effective cropping or simple color correction or move on to more sophisticated techniques like creating special effects everything you need is right here in this Corel-recommended guide. Useful information on printing and organizing your photos and a fantastic supplemental website with tons of extras rounds out this complete PSPP learning package. The awesome companion website - http://www.gopaintshoppro.co.uk/ - is packed full of practise files bonus tutorials and other fabulous resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456297

PaintShop Pro X4 for Photographers Great for those new to PaintShop Pro or digital imaging in general this book is packed with inspirational full-color images and easy to follow step-by-step projects that will have you producing great images in PaintShop Pro in no time! Everything you need to turn your photos into stunning works of art is right here in this Corel-reviewed guide. In this new edition Ken covers new features including how to make the most of the newly organized workspaces use the redesigned HDR tool and instantly publish photos on Flickr and Facebook. Squeeze every ounce of detail out of RAW files using the newly enhanced Camera RAW Lab and improve tonal range with the new Fill light/Clarity filter. This book has everything a photographer needs to take their photos to the next level with PaintShop Pro. Be sure to visit the companion website www.gopaintshoppro.co.uk for practice files bonus tutorials and other fabulous resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240523873

PaintShop Pro X6 for Photographers Written for photographers of all levels PaintShop Pro X6 for Photographers is packed with inspirational full-color images and easy-to-follow step-by-step projects that will have you producing great images in PaintShop Pro in no time! Everything you need to enhance and improve your digital photography is right here in this Corel® endorsed guide. In this new edition Ken McMahon looks at the pros and cons of the new faster 64-bit version of the software and covers new features including working with the Instant Effects palette using the Smart selection brush mapping photos automatically tagging people and uploading to Facebook Flickr and Google+. Other program features—selections masking layers adjustments and effects HDR and scripting—are explained through practical examples that are just as relevant for older versions of the software. This book has everything a photographer needs to take their photos to the next level with PaintShop Pro. Learn from PaintShop Pro expert Ken McMahon with the most authoritative book on PaintShop Pro endorsed by Corel®. Completely revised and updated with all of the new features in X6—get up to speed with 64-bit processing power new selection tools workspace enhancements and much more. A complete learning package with full-color screen shots and examples and step-by-step projects at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745253

Paired Maths HandbookParental Involvement and Peer Tutoring in Mathematics First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180222

Pairs Plus Colorcards 36 full colour cards with twelve scenarios and two specific elements to identify and match. Three cards for each of twelve different scenarios covering topics including: On the beach; Playing football; Walking the dog; At the swimming baths; Boiled egg for breakfast; Cinema visit; and Train journey. With a main topic card and then a 'pair' of cards illustrating two key elements in the scenario these cards are ideal for: Vocabulary work; Classification; Language development; Story making; and Sequencing. All the cards can also be used individually to develop language and cognitive skills. A full colour booklet is included. Age: All ages Contents: 36 A5 cards; accompanying booklet detailing ways to use the cards boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301122

Pakistan First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994720

Pakistan Regional Security and Conflict ResolutionThe Pashtun ‘Tribal’ Areas This book explains how colonial legacies and the postcolonial state of Pakistan negatively influenced the socio-political and cultural dynamics and the security situation in Pakistan’s Pashtun ‘tribal’ areas formerly known as the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). It offers a local perspective on peace and conflict resolution in Pakistan’s Pashtun ‘tribal’ region. Discussing the history and background of the former-FATA region the role of Pashtun conflict resolution mechanism of Jirga and the persistence of colonial-era Frontier Crimes Regulations (FCR) in the region the author argues that the persistence of colonial legacies in the Pashtun ‘tribal’ areas especially the FCR coupled with the overarching influence of the military on security policy has negatively impacted the security situation in the region. By focusing on the Jirga and Jirga-based Lashkars (or Pashtun militias) the book demonstrates how Pashtuns have engaged in their own initiatives to handle the rise of militancy in their region. Moreover the book contends that even after the introduction of constitutional reforms and FATA’s merger with the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province little has changed in the region especially regarding the treatment of ‘tribal’ Pashtuns as equal citizens of Pakistan. This book explains in detail why indigenous methods of peace and conflict resolution such as the Jirga could play "some" role towards long-term peace in the South Asian region. Historically and contextually informed with a focus on North-West Pakistan this book will be of interest to academics researching South Asian Studies International Relations Peace and Conflict Studies terrorism and traditional justice and restorative forms of peace-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465698

Pakistan - The Political Economy of Growth Stagnation and the State 1951-2009 This book provides a comprehensive reassessment of the development of the economy of Pakistan since independence to the present. It employs a rigorous statistical methodology which has applicability to other developing economies to define and measure episodes of growth and stagnation and to examine how the state has contributed to each. Contesting the orthodox view that liberalisation has been an important driver of growth in Pakistan the book places the state at the centre of economic development rather than the market. It examines the state in relation to its economic roles in mobilising resources and promoting a productive allocation of those resources and its political roles in managing the conflict inherent in economic development. The big conclusions for economic growth in Pakistan are that liberalisation the market and the external world economy in fact have less influence than that of the state and conflict. Overall the book offers analyses of the different successive approaches to promoting economic growth and development in Pakistan relates these to medium-term economic outcomes - periods of growth and stagnation - and thereby explains how the mechanisms by which the state can better promote growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728249

Pakistan 1992 "Pakistan: 1992 is the inaugural volume of a prospective series of biennial assessments of contemporary events and issues in Pakistan affairs. In general the series will cover issues relevant to Pakistan's domestic politics foreign policy and economy. This volume contains special chapters on the 1990 elections Islamization health policy Afghanistan and Kashmir. Each of the contributors to this volume is a specialist on Pakistan and each has had recent research experience in the state relevant to their respective rontnbutions. Pakistan: 1992 is published in affiliation with the American Institute of Pakistan Studies a non-profit non-partisan educational organization in its nineteenth year of operation which is dedicated to encouraging and supporting research on issues relevant to Pakistan and the promotion of scholarly exchange between the United States and Pakistan." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282127

Pakistan 1995 "Pakistan: 1995 is the second volume of a series of biennial assessments of contemporary events and issues in Pakistan affairs published by Westview Press in affiliation with the American Institute of Pakistan Studies. The first volume in this series was Charles H. Kennedy ed. Pakistan: 1992 (1993). In general this series covers issues relevant to Pakistan's domestic politics foreign policy and economy. Pakistan: 1995 also examines issues relevant to ethnic conflict the status of women the military JsJamization the judiciary privatization policy and nuclear issues. Each of the contributors to this volume is a specialist on Pakistan and each has had recent research experience in the state relevant to their respective contribution." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282134

Pakistan As A Peasant UtopiaThe Communalization Of Class Politics In East Bengal 19201947 "During a substantial stay in some East Bengal villages in the summer of 1971 when East Pakistan was in the traumatic process of being transformed into Bangladesh it first dawned upon me that peasants were not stupid devoid of political consciousness. Discussions with different types of peasants revealed that at least the upper echelons were aware of the implications of the liberation struggle for Bangladesh and the superpower involvement in it. Richard Nixon and Indira Gandhi were familiar names. Ordinary peasants often quoted the Bengali news readers and commentators of the BBC world service and the Voice of America. Well-to-do peasants who owned transistor radio sets regularly tuned into the British American and Indian radio stations. Many inquisitive and worried peasants asked me (then a fresh graduate from Dhaka University) how their cherished Sonar Bangla (golden Bengal) would improve their socio-economic conditions. Many peasants also took part in the liberation struggle as members of the Mukti Bahini or freedom fighters. Almost everyone with a few exceptions who collaborated with the Pakistan armed forces was a keen supporter of Bangladesh. After the emergence of Bangladesh things did not change to the expectations of the masses but rather deteriorated so much that Henry Kissinger is said to have coined the phrase ''bottomless basket"" as a denotation for Bangladesh because of the rampant corruption of a big section of the Bengali bourgeoisie at that time. I was provoked to write the history of the peasants' glorious role in the Liberation Struggle which was being overshadowed by claims and counter-claims of heroism and sacrifice by members of the privileged parasitical urban elites. This work may be regarded as a prelude to the history of the freedom struggle that eventually led to the creation of Bangladesh. This is an attempt to shed light on the peasant politics almost synonymous with Muslim politics in the region during the significant period between 1920 and 194 7 when East Bengal was going through the political process that culminated in the creation of East Pakistan in 194 7." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282158

Pakistan at SeventyA handbook on developments in economics politics and society This handbook examines Pakistan’s 70-year history from a number of different perspectives.When Pakistan was born it did not have a capital a functioning government or a centralbank. The country lacked a skilled workforce. While the state was in the process of beingestablished eight million Muslim refugees arrived from India who had to be absorbed into apopulation of 24 million people. However within 15 years Pakistan was the fastest growingand transforming economy in the developing world although the political evolution of thecountry during this period was not equally successful. Pakistan has vast agricultural andhuman resources and its location promises trade investment and other opportunities. Chapters in the volume written by experts in the field examine government and politics economics foreign policy and environmental issues as well as social aspects of Pakistan’s development including the media technology gender and education. Shahid Javed Burki is an economist who has been a member of the faculty at Harvard University USA and Chief Economist Planning and Development Department Government ofthe Punjab. He has also served as Minister of Finance in the Government of Pakistan and haswritten a number of books and journal and newspaper articles. He joined the World Bank in1974 as a senior economist and went on to serve in several senior positions. He was the (first)Director of the China Department (1987–94) and served as the Regional Vice-President forLatin America and the Caribbean during 1994–99. He is currently the Chair of the Board ofDirectors of the Shahid Javed Burki Institute of Public Policy at NetSol (BIPP) in Lahore. Iftekhar Ahmed Chowdhury is a career Bangladeshi diplomat and former Minister of ForeignAffairs in the Government of Bangladesh (2007–08). He has a PhD in international relationsfrom the Australian National University Canberra. He began his career as a member of thecivil service of Pakistan in 1969. Dr Chowdhury has held senior diplomatic positions in thecourse of his career including as Permanent Representative of Bangladesh to the UnitedNations in New York (2001–07) and in Geneva (1996–2001) and was ambassador to Qatar Chile Peru and the Vatican. He is currently a visiting senior research fellow at the Institute ofSouth Asian Studies National University of Singapore. Asad Ejaz Butt is the Director of the Burki Institute of Public Policy Lahore Pakistan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439847

Pakistan Enigma Pol Dev/h This volume was conceived to serve a variety of reader categories. It should meet the needs of teachers and students engaged in the study of Pakistan; it is hoped that it will offer area specialists an enlarged perspective from which to examine their own findings; and it ought to prove useful to the general reader who wishes to keep abreast of the forces and events shaping our time. Every effort has been made to define the essential themes to provide the pertinent data to analyze the significant events thoroughly and to present the material in a lucid fast-moving manner. Overall the book should be both informative and provocative. Given my long association with Pakistan the many years spent investigating and experiencing its development the unique opportunities I have enjoyed for personal contact with the country's passing leadership as well as its diverse population I have taken liberties which less-involved scholars would no doubt avoid. I make no apologies for this somewhat personalized approach or for the pointed comments that will be found throughout the volume. The Pakistan story does not lend itself to sterile description. It is an exciting and important chronicle and it ought to be presented in a fashion that stimulates debate in addition to making available the necessary facts. I trust I have succeeded in fulfilling both objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282165

Pakistan in National and Regional ChangeState and Society in Flux Pakistan is one of the most important states in the international system and a key concern of western security. This collection identifies a set of national and regional/international trends which will be critical in determining the medium to long-term stability and cohesion of Pakistan yet which have received relatively little attention elsewhere. Experts on different aspects of Pakistan explore issues of political Islam minorities wider political trends and the economic impacts of the recent floods to seek to explain some of the key drivers of change within Pakistan and to reflect on the dynamics of US-Pakistan relationships and Pakistan’s rethinking of its regional relationships to understand key regional and international dynamics shaping Pakistan’s future. This book will be of interest to scholars in south asian political studies ethnic studies and international relations. This book was published as a special issue of Contemporary South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831345

Pakistan in Regional and Global Politics Pakistan is at currently at the centre of regional and global geo-strategic issues as a frontline state in the global war on terrorism. It is seeking to project itself as a modern Islamic state that can engage both the Islamic bloc and the western world in the post 9/11 era. This book addresses some questions under the broad rubric of International Relations and Security. It focuses on four themes: Pakistan and global security; Pakistan’s international relations; politics and identity in Pakistan; and economic development of Pakistan. Leading international experts have contributed articles within the framework of these themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138384217

Pakistan: From the Rhetoric of Democracy to the Rise of Militancy The essays in this volume address the central theme of Pakistan’s enduring yet elusive quest for democracy. The book charts Pakistan’s struggle from its very inception at least in the political rhetoric provided by both civilian and military leaders for democracy liberalism freedom of expression inclusiveness of minorities and even secularism. At the same time it demonstrates how in practice the country has continued to drift towards increasingly brittle authoritarianism religious extremism and intolerance of minorities — both Muslim and non-Muslim. This chasm between animated political rhetoric and grim political reality has baffled the world as much as Pakistanis themselves. In this volume scholars and practitioners of statecraft from around the world have sought to explain the dichotomy that exists between the rhetoric and the reality. Crucial areas such as Pakistan’s troubled status as a theocracy; its relationship with the US; the position of women and their quest for empowerment; the Mujahir Qaumi movement; the sharp class divide that has led to an elitist political culture; and finally an erudite discussion of the popular topic — Jinnah’s vision of Pakistan — are the focus of this book. This volume will be of interest to scholars of history political science international relations sociology anthropology and urban planning policy-makers and think-tanks as well as the wider reading public curious about South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138659889

Pakistan’s Political LabyrinthsMilitary society and terror This book explores Pakistan from different vantage points. It examines a variety of events in contemporary Pakistan through a comprehensive analysis of identity and power politics; media landscapes; military recruitment; role of madrassahs; terrorism and militancy; civil war as well as outlines future trajectories. It studies themes such as Pakistan’s relationship with India the legacy of Jinnah gender and fundamentalism urbanisation unrest that have plagued the northern areas. It further looks at the nation after the capture of Osama bin Laden and the changing nature of its relation with the US in its aftermath. Including contributions from experts in the field and policy-makers across the world this volume will interest scholars and researchers on Pakistan studies politics and international relations. It will also appeal to government think tanks and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815376033

Pakistan’s Security and the India–US Strategic PartnershipNuclear Politics and Security Competition This book explores the relationship between the developing India–US strategic Partnership and Pakistan’s security. It assesses India and the US's areas of cooperation to show that the partnership will bring drastic changes for India’s military capabilities and modernization of its forces. The book shows that in addition to enhancing India’s domestic nuclear stockpiles through the nuclear cooperation agreement collaboration in high-tech areas such as space and innovative technologies will enable India to acquire sophisticated delivery systems as well as surveillance capacity. The author argues that these advancements will enable India to destabilize the strategic balance in the region. The book also briefly explores the nuclear doctrines of India and Pakistan that provide an insight into the role of nuclear weapons in maintaining deterrence in the region. To understand the power dynamics caused by the strategic partnership and their impact on strategic stability in South Asia the author utilizes the Balance of Power and Power Transition theories. A timely analysis of the India–US Strategic Partnership with a Pakistan angle the book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of Asian security Asian politics especially South Asia strategic studies international relations political science nuclear non-proliferation conflict studies arms control and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367470340

PakistanFifty Years Of Nationhood Third Edition Although it achieved independence in 1947 Pakistan still has not succeeded in integrating its diverse peoples into a nation?as its short yet turbulent history vividly demonstrates. The nation's search for stability is traced in this revised and updated introduction to Pakistan's political economic and social development. New chapters detail political developments since 1991 including the elections of 1993 and 1996. Economic changes including the financial crisis that led to the fall of Benazir Bhutto's government in 1996 are given particular attention. Also included is an extensive analysis of the nuclear arms race between India and Pakistan an issue of global concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096328

Pakistani EnglishesSyntactic Variations This book explores how non-native speakers especially in postcolonial states use English to communicate. Focusing on Pakistan the monograph analyzes word categories phrase and sentence structures used in the region and compares them to British English. It draws extensively from language used in the media and uses Lexical Functional Grammar (LFG) parsers to develop the phrase structures for qualitative analysis and a manual approach to quantify the frequency of various types of phrases. The volume also highlights the possible reasons for the differences and locates language use in context. The volume will be of great interest to researchers scholars and teachers interested in linguistics especially sociolinguistics postcolonial studies critical theory media studies and World Englishes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734763

Pakistan's Democratic TransitionChange and Persistence Politics in Pakistan has traditionally been understood in the context of civil-military relationship. In May 2013 for the first time in history Pakistan saw an elected government complete a full term in office and transfer power through the ballot box to another civilian government.In view of such an important development this book offers critical perspectives on Pakistan’s current democratic transition and its implications for national politics security and foreign policy. It critically analyses the emerging political trends in the country including their underlying sources attributes constraints and prospects of sustainability. Drawing on history diverse theoretical perspectives and empirical evidence it explains the dynamics of the democratic process contested borders and spaces and regionalism. Contributions are from 13 prominent scholars in the field who provide a wide-ranging analysis of Pakistan’s contemporary national and regional challenges as well as the opportunities they entail for its viability as a democratic state. Taking the debate on Pakistan beyond the outmoded notions of praetorian politics and security the book explores the future prospects of civilian supremacy in the country. It will be of interest to students and scholars of South Asian Politics Political Sociology and Security Studies as well as policy-makers diplomats security experts and military professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877422

Pakistan's Drift into ExtremismAllah the Army and America's War on Terror This book examines the rise of religious extremism in Pakistan particularly since 1947 and analyzes its connections to the Pakistani army's corporate interests and U.S.-Pakistan relations. It includes profiles of leading Pakistani militant groups with details of their origins development and capabilities. The author begins with an historical overview of the introduction of Islam to the Indian sub-continent in 712 AD and brings the story up to the present by describing President Musharraf's handling of the war on terror. He provides a detailed account of the political developments in Pakistan since 1947 with a focus on the influence of religious and military forces. He also discusses regional politics Pakistan's attempt to gain nuclear power status and U.S.-Pakistan relations and offers predictions for Pakistan's domestic and regional prospects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701912

Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence DirectorateCovert Action and Internal Operations This book is the first comprehensive study of Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence Directorate (ISI). The rise of Pakistan-backed religious extremist groups in Afghanistan India and Central Asia has focused international attention on Pakistan’s premier intelligence organization and covert action advocate the Inter-Services Intelligence Directorate or ISI. While ISI is regarded as one of the most powerful government agencies in Pakistan today surprisingly little has been written about it from an academic perspective. This book addresses critical gaps in our understanding of this agency including its domestic security mission covert backing of the Afghan Taliban and its links to al-Qa’ida. Using primary source materials including declassified intelligence and diplomatic reporting press reports and memoirs this book explores how ISI was transformed from a small negligible counter intelligence outfit of the late-1940s into the national security behemoth of today with extensive responsibilities in domestic security political interference and covert action. This study concludes that reforming or even eliminating ISI will be fundamental if Pakistan is to successfully transition from an army-run national security state to a stable democratic society that enjoys peaceful relations with its neighbours. This book will be of interest to students of intelligence studies South Asian politics foreign policy and international security in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495258

Pakistan's Nuclear PolicyA Minimum Credible Deterrence In May 1998 in reaction to India’s nuclear weapons tests Pakistan tested six nuclear weapons. Following this the country opted for a policy of minimum deterrence and within a year Pakistan had altered its policy stance by adding the modifier of minimum ‘credible’ deterrence. This book looks at how this seemingly innocuous shift seriously impacted on Pakistan’s nuclear policy direction and whether the concept of minimum has lost its significance in the South Asian region’s changed/changing strategic environment. After providing a brief historical background exploring why and how Pakistan carried out the nuclear development program the book questions why Pakistan could not sustain the minimum deterrence that it had conceptualized in the immediate aftermath of the 1998 test. It examines the conceptual theoretical framework of the essentials of minimum deterrence in order to question whether Pakistan’s nuclear policy remained consistent with this as well as to discover the rudimentary factors that are responsible for the inconsistencies with regard to minimum deterrence conceived in this study. The book goes on to look at the policy options that Pakistan had after acquiring the nuclear capability and what the rationale was for selecting minimum deterrence. The book not only highlights Pakistan deterrent force building but also analyzes closely Pakistan’s doctrinal posture of first use option. Furthermore it examines the policy towards arms control and disarmament and discusses whether these individual policy orientations are consistent with the minimum deterrence. Conceptually providing a deeper understanding of Pakistan’s post-1998 nuclear policy this book critically examines whether the minimum deterrence conceived could be sustained both at the theoretical and operational levels. It will be a useful contribution in the field of Nuclear Policy Security Studies Asian Politics Proliferation/Non-Proliferation Studies and Peace Studies. This book will be of interest to policy makers scholars and students of nuclear policy nuclear proliferation and arms control related research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476066

Pakistan's Nuclear Weapons Pakistan is a vitally important country in the contemporary global political system. It is a de facto nuclear state and a pivotal country in the War on Terror. This book provides a comprehensive study of a nuclear-armed Pakistan investigating the implications of its emergence as a nuclear weapons state. Setting out the historical background of Pakistani nuclear development the book examines the lessons for proliferation that can be drawn from the Pakistan case. It explains the changes and continuities of Pakistan’s nuclear policy assessing its emerging force posture and the implications for Pakistani South Asian and global security. It also considers the extent to which Pakistan can be said to have a nuclear doctrine the Pakistani nuclear command and control system and the relationship between Pakistan and the Non-Proliferation regime. Addressing the issue of whether Pakistan should be viewed as a proliferator and the implications of a nuclear Pakistan for global terrorism Pakistan’s Nuclear Weapons is an important study of all the major issues surrounding Pakistan’s emergence as a nuclear power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203892237

Pakistan's Stability ParadoxDomestic Regional and International Dimensions Pakistan with the second largest Muslim population in the world is a crucial country in the international system. It is an ally of the United States in the global ‘war on terror’ but is also regarded as a major bastion of some of the most active jihadist organisations. This book highlights and explores the paradoxes that characterise contemporary Pakistan from the simultaneous democratization and Islamization of civil society to the schizophrenic US-Pakistan relationship. The central theme of the book looks at Pakistan’s stability paradox. Commentators and analysts have over recent years often suggested that Pakistan was on the verge of state ‘failure’ or collapse resulting from a myriad of dilemmas. Yet remarkably the Pakistani state has proven to be more resilient. This book identifies not only the factors that are contributing to Pakistan’s perceived instability but also those factors that have contributed to the state’s resilience. Chapters explore this central paradox through three core dimensions of Pakistan’s contemporary dilemmas – the domestic regional and international dimensions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728256

Pakistan's War on TerrorismStrategies for Combating Jihadist Armed Groups since 9/11 This book examines Pakistan's strategies in the war against Islamist armed groups that began late 2001 following the 9/11 attacks. The significance of the war inside Pakistan can hardly be understated. Starting in the tribal territories adjacent to Afghanistan Pakistan’s war has come to engulf the majority of the country through a brutal campaign of suicide bombings. Thousands of Pakistani lives have been lost and the geostrategic balance of the region has been thrown into deep uncertainty. Pakistan's War on Terrorism is an account of a decade-long war following the 9/11 attacks that is yet to be chronicled in systematic fashion as a campaign of military manoeuvre and terrorist reprisal. It is also an analytic account of Pakistan’s strategic calculus during this time both in military and political terms and how these factors have been filtered by Pakistan’s unique strategic culture. This text will be of great interest to students of Asian Politics Terrorism and Political Violence and Security Studies in general.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721271

PakistanThe Politics of the Misgoverned This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the state of political institutions the military establishment and political parties in Pakistan. It provides a nuanced understanding of the practices of disenfranchisement by theocratic governments in the country which has relegated the people to the margins of their society. The volume provides an in-depth account of the political history of Pakistan focusing not only on national politics and foreign policy but also on their congruences with subnational systems of governance the criminal justice system bureaucracy the electoral system and the police. It discusses challenging issues plaguing the country such as the continued dominance of the military lagging economic development lack of accountability within political institutions sectarianism and terrorism. The author dissects and critically examines Pakistan’s hegemonic politics and underlines the need for a new social contract based on the principles of inclusiveness and equality. The volume offers fresh perspectives on the multifaceted problems in Pakistan’s politics. It will be of great interest to policy practitioners and to academics and students of politics law and governance sociology international relations comparative politics Pakistan studies and South Asia studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367348373

Palabras clave para organizar textos en españolRecursos pragmáticos y discursivos Palabras clave para organizar textos en español: recursos pragmáticos y discursivos está dirigido a estudiantes de español como lengua extranjera –de nivel B2/ C1 (MCER) o Intermediate High/ Advanced Low (ACTFL)– que deseen mejorar la coherencia de sus textos hablados y escritos.  En este libro el lector encontrará explicaciones teóricas acompañadas de numerosas actividades en las que pondrá en práctica una gran variedad de estructuras estrategias y herramientas útiles para conectar frases y párrafos de manera eficaz.Palabras clave para organizar textos en español se fundamenta en el uso de la lengua en contextos de comunicación real. El libro puede utilizarse de manera independiente o como material de clase ya que además de las actividades con las que el aprendiz puede autoevaluar su progreso también incluye actividades abiertas y juegos para trabajar en grupo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592049

Palaces of the RajMagnificence and Misery of the Lord Sahibs This book first published in 1973 gives a vivid picture of British-Indian social life from the eighteenth century to Independence as well as of the houses themselves. The Government Houses were not only buildings on a palatial scale but were also a background to a way of life that was as full of contrasts as the Raj itself. The author peoples the houses with some of the men and women who lived in them during the course of their history and in doing so provides a chapter of social history which has not been written before. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293427

Palaeobiogeography of Marine Fossil InvertebratesConcepts and Methods Sitting squarely at the interface between earth and life sciences palaeobiogeographic information is scattered throughout many publications. Until now. Palaeobiogeography of Marine Fossil Invertebrates covers important theoretical concepts relating to palaeobiogeography together with descriptions of analytical methods. Fabrizio Cecca discu Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429179242

Palaeoecology of Africa and the Surrounding Islands - Volume 26 This volume offers comprehensive and up-to-date information on research in many different disciplines which give an overall insight into the environmental history of Africa. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744536

PalaeoecologyEcosystems Environments and Evolution The first palaeoecology book to focus on evolutionary palaeoecology in both marine and terrestrial environments. Discusses reconstruction of the past ecological world at population community and biogeographic levels. A well-illustrated and substantial volume giving accessible coverage of the full range of subjects within palaeoecology. Reviews and summarises all the major mass extinctions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138418738

PalaeoepidemiologyThe Measure of Disease in the Human Past How do we identify and measure human disease in the past? In the absence of soft tissue paleoepidemiologists have developed ingenious ways of assessing illness and mortality in archaeological populations. In this volume the key methods of epidemiology are outlined for non-specialists showing the importance of studying prevalence over incidence adjustments needed in studying past groups how to compare studies and the dangers of assessing occupation based upon bone evidence. A model for planning a proper paleoepidemiological study concludes the volume. Both as an introduction to epidemiology for archaeologists and as a primer on archaeological analysis for epidemiologists this book should serve the needs of both populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605711

PalaeoethnobotanyPlants and Ancient Man in Kashmir A study of the palaeoethnobotany of Kashmir covering covers the period from 4500 BP to 1000 BP. It includes keys to the identification of various species of Triticum Hordeum Avena and Prunus and hard and soft woods and lists the criteria for identification of weed seeds of some 200 species. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079453

Palaeogeography and Palaeobiogeography: Biodiversity in Space and Time Biogeography represents one of the most complex and challenging aspects of macroevolutionary research requiring input from both the earth and life sciences. Palaeogeographic reconstruction is frequently carried out by researchers with backgrounds in geology and palaeontology who are less likely to be familiar with the latest biogeographic techniques: conversely biogeographic methods are often devised by neontologists who may be less familiar with the fossil record stratigraphy and palaeogeography. Palaeogeography and Palaeobiogeography: Biodiversity in Space and Time bridges the gap between these two communities of researchers who work on the same issues but typically use different types of data. The book covers a range of topics and reflects some of the major overall questions in the field such as: Which approaches are best suited to reconstructing biogeographic histories under a range of circumstances? How do we maximize the use of organismal and earth sciences data to improve our understanding of events in earth history? How well do analytical techniques devised for researching the biogeography of extant organisms perform in the fossil record? Can alternative biodiversity metrics particularly those based on morphological measurements enhance our understanding of biogeographic patterns and processes? This book approaches palaeobiogeography with coverage of technological applications and detailed case studies. It spans a wide selection of overlapping and integrative disciplines including evolutionary theory vicariance biogeography extinctions and the philosophical aspects of palaeogeography. It also highlights new technological innovations and applications for research. Presenting a unique discussion of both palaeogeography and palaeobiogeography in one volume this book focuses both historically and philosophically on the interface between geology climate and organismal distribution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198913

Palaeohistoria 25 (1983)Institute of Archaeology Groningen the Netherlands This volume gives an impression of the Archaeozoology Department's current research activity. It will be useful for several research workers a number of technical assistants and research students of archaeozoology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079248

PalaeohistoriaInstitute of Archaeology Groningen the Netherlands This book includes a collection of papers dedicated to Tjalling Waterbolk on various topics including palaeobotanical and archaeological research prehistoric settlement in the province of Drenthe and the coastal areas of Groningen and Friesland and radiocarbon dating of archaeological samples. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079446

Palaeontology 1860 Owen was the founder of the Natural History Museum bringing the collections over from the British Museum. Although he was a supporter of evolutionary theory he was reluctant to accept Darwin's version of evolution. This volume examines fossil evidence for change in species over time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203508879

Palaeontology and Historical GeologyProceedings of the 30th International Geological Congress Volume 12 This book is a collection of papers presented in the symposia held in Beijing on palaeontology and historical geology. The papers deal with different topics providing information on Palaeobiogeography and Palaeoecology of Asian countries their faunal content and fossil preservation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448141

Pale Hecates Team:Briggs V 2 First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606912

Paleoanthropology and Paleolithic Archaeology in the People's Republic of China This book represents the first comprehensive attempt to bring to western scholarship the great advances made in Paleolithic archaeology and palaeoanthropology in the People‘s Republic of China. The 15 chapters are devoted to a historical overview of past and recent studies the development of chronological frameworks the composition and stratigraphy of vertebrate fauna the pongid and hominid palaeontological records and Pleistocene prehistoric archaeology. Maps illustrations and tables illustrate the materials presented here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404410

PaleoethnobotanyA Handbook of Procedures This new edition of the definitive work on doing paleoethnobotany brings the book up to date by incorporating new methods and examples of research while preserving the overall organization and approach of the book to facilitate its use as a textbook. In addition to updates on the comprehensive discussions of macroremains pollen and phytoliths this edition includes a chapter on starch analysis the newest tool in the paleoethnobotanist's research kit. Other highlights include updated case studies; expanded discussions of deposition and preservation of archaeobotanical remains; updated historical overviews; new and updated techniques and approaches including insights from experimental and ethnoarchaeological studies; and a current listing of electronic resources. Extensively illustrated this will be the standard work on paleoethnobotany for a generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611322996

Palestine & Transjordan First published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977860

Palestine and Israel in the 19th and 20th Centuries First Published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156494

Palestine and the Gulf StatesThe Presence at the Table This final book from Rosemarie Said Zahlan renowned scholar of Middle East Politics and History  explores the relationships between Palestine and the Gulf since the 1930s. These relationships have ebbed and flowed crisscrossed barriers and events and taken on different forms. They have pervaded national regional and international relationships have been bilateral and multilateral in nature and have appeared and disappeared unexpectedly from the public arena. Surprisingly this network of links and relationships has remained largely unknown. Rosemarie Said Zahlan fills this critical gap and demonstrates how the regional Gulf politics and great power intervention in this part of the world will long continue to be impacted by the abiding non-resolution of the Palestinian problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650625

Palestine and the PalestiniansA Social and Political History Palestine and the Palestinians is a sweeping social economic ideological and political history of the Palestinian people from antiquity to the Road Map to Peace. This second edition is thoroughly revised and updated including entirely new chapters on the most current issues confronting Palestine today including: Palestinians in Israel; the Oslo Accords and the Second Intifada; Palestinian refugees and the right to return; Jerusalem; the diplomatic "peace process" and two-state/single-state solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096915

Palestine Immigration Policy Under Sir Herbert SamuelBritish Zionist and Arab Attitudes An analysis of the making of immigration policy during the first five years of the Civil Administration. This book examines the various bodies and individuals who took part in the creation of immigration policy and the nature of such policy-making under the rule of Sir Herbert Samuel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315034805

Palestine in EU and Russian Foreign PolicyStatehood and the Peace Process The establishment of a Palestinian state has long been a strategic objective of EU and Russian foreign policy in the Middle East. However over a decade after the creation of the road-map the establishment of an independent Palestinian state has still not been achieved. Palestine in EU and Russian Foreign Policy uses the school of constructivism to provide a new understanding of EU and Russian foreign policy. It explores the failure of these global actors to speed up the process of establishing a Palestinian state despite this being a strategic objective and top priority of their involvement in the Middle East peace process. The book then analyses the role of identity and self-other perception in the making of EU and Russian foreign policy towards the Middle East peace process. It is argued that Palestinian statehood provides a telling empirical example of how and to what extent the search for global actorness as a matter of international identity informs foreign policy-making by global actors. The book then proceeds to discuss why the EU and Russia are so eager to be involved in initiating a peace settlement.Offering a new understanding of foreign policy-making by global players in Middle Eastern politics this book will appeal to students scholars and policymakers working in International Relations and European Russian and Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877729

Palestine in the Arab Dilemma For a long time the understanding of the Palestinian question has been dominated by the views offered by the Arab governments on the Israeli establishment. But any close examination of the policies of the Arab regimes would reveal that they have done very little to alleviate the plight of the Palestinians. Since the defeat of the Arab regime in June 1967 an increasing number of Arab scholars and intellectuals have been seriously and independently involved in reassessing the political and social conditions of their societies. This book first published in 1979 is part of that more general attempt to discover the deep-rooted causes of defeat and the general state of socio-economic underdevelopment of the Arab region. The central theme of the four essays in this study pertains to the fluctuating relationship between the Arab regimes and the Palestinian Resistance Movement. It is within this context that the first essay examines the various factors which shaped the relationship at different intervals. The second then goes on to present a case study of how the contradictions between the Arab regimes and the Resistance Movement operate in a crisis situation and reach the level of an armed confrontation. The third essay examines the prospects for peace and war in the region in the light of the political conditions given before Sadat’s visit to Israel. And finally the fourth essay is concerned with Sadat’s peace initiative and its consequences on the relations between Egypt and the Palestinian Resistance Movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904279

Palestine in the Bronze and Iron Ages A collection of key articles on Syro-Palestinian archaeology of the Bronze and Iron Ages compiled in honor of archaeologist Olga Tufnell excavator of the biblical city of Lachish including contributions by Amiran Callaway Dever Stager and Ussishkin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404878

Palestine Jewry and the Arab Question 1917-1925 This book first published in 1978 examines the confrontation of the Jewish community of Palestine – the Yishuv – with its Arab question in the period immediately following World War 1 a period of excitement and uncertainty. Its main focus is on the different ways in which the men and women of the Yishuv perceived and defined the question of relations with the Arabs and how they proposed to deal with the problems that arose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907270

Palestine to IsraelFrom Mandate to Independence This collection of articles analyzes the underlying motivation strategy and interests which lay behind "Great Power" (British and post-World War II American) involvement in Palestine and the Middle East from 1917 to 1948. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163362

Palestine: A Twice-Promised Land? In this book Isaiah Friedman examines one of the most complex problems that bedeviled Middle East politics in the interwar period one that still remains controversial. The prevailing view is that during World War I the British government made conflicting commitments to the Arabs to the French and to the Jews. Through a rigorous examination of the documentary evidence Friedman demolishes the myth that Palestine was a "twice-promised land" and shows that the charges of fraudulence and deception leveled against the British are groundless.Central to Arab claims on Palestine was a letter dated 24 October 1915 from Sir Henry McMahon the British High Commissioner in Egypt to King Hussein the Sharif of Mecca pledging Arab independence. Friedman shows that this letter was conditional on a general Arab uprising against the Turks. Predicated on reciprocal action the letter committed the British to recognize and uphold Arab independence in the areas of the Fertile Crescent once it was liberated by the Arabs themselves. As all evidence shows few tribes rebelled against the Turks. The Arabs in Palestine Syria and Mesopotamia fought for the Ottoman Empire against the British. In addition to its non-binding nature McMahon's letter has been misinterpreted with respect to the territories it covers. Friedman's archival discovery of the Arabic version actually read by Hussein indisputably shows that Palestine was not included in the British pledge. Indeed Hussein welcomed the return of the Jews just as his son Emir Feisal believed that Arab-Jewish cooperation would be a means to build Arab independence without the interference of the European powers.Myth-shattering and meticulously documented Palestine: A Twice-Promised Land? is revisionist history in the truest sense of the word. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512924

Palestine-Israel in the Print News MediaContending Discourses Israel-Palestine in the Print News Media: Contending Discourses is concerned with conceptions of language knowledge and thought about political conflict in the Middle East in two national news media communities: the United States and the United Kingdom. Arguing for the existence of national perspectives which are constructed distributed and reinforced in the print news media this study provides a detailed linguistic analysis of print news media coverage of four recent events in the Palestinian-Israeli conflict in order to examine ideological patterns present in print news media coverage. The two news communities are compared for lexical choices in news stories about the conflict attribution of agency in the discussion of conflict events the inclusion or exclusion of historical context in explanations of the conflict and reliance upon essentialist elements during and within print representations of Palestine-Israel. The book also devotes space to first-hand testimony from journalists with extensive experience covering the conflict from within both news media institutions. Unifying various avenues of academic enquiry reflecting upon the acquisition of information and the development of knowledge this book will be of interest to those seeking a new approach to the Palestinian-Israeli conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869656

Palestinian Autonomy Selfgovernment And Peace Describing the changes of heart and mind that reordered the Middle East in the wake of the First World War AlbertHourani one of the great scholars of the modern Middle East has written: "Wars are catalysts bringing to consciousness feelings hitherto inarticulate and creating expectations of change." The Gulf War of early 1991 bears the signs of having been such a catalyst. Having proved its assertiveness and strength and having led a wide-ranging coalition into battle the United States has since the war's end embarked on an energetic diplomatic effort aimed at settling the long-standing conflict between the majority of the Arab states and Israel. The peace conference that Secretary of State James A. Baker III has organized will grapple with a number of issues. One of the most contentious and significant will be the future of thePalestinians of Gaza and the West Bank. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282196

Palestinian Christians in IsraelState Attitudes towards Non-Muslims in a Jewish State Although Christians form a significant proportion of the Palestinian Arab minority in Israel very little research has until now been undertaken to examine their complicated position within Israel. This book demonstrates the limits of analyses which characterise state-minority relations in Israel in terms of a so-called Jewish-Muslim conflict and of studies which portray Palestinian Christians as part of a wider exclusively religious-based transnational Christian community. This book locates its analysis of Palestinian Christians within a broader understanding of Israel as a Jewish ethnocratic state. It describes the main characteristics of the Palestinian Christian community in Israel and examines a number of problematic assumptions which have been made about them and their relationship to the state. Finally it examines a number of intra-communal conflicts which have taken place in recent years between Christians and Muslims and between Christians and Druze and probes the role which the state and various state attitudes have played in influencing or determining those conflicts and as a result the general status of Palestinian Christians in Israel today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728263

Palestinian Culture and the NakbaBearing Witness The Nakba not only resulted in the loss of the homeland but also caused the dispersal and ruin of entire Palestinian communities. Even though the term Nakba refers to a singular historic event the consequence of 1948 has symptomatically become part of Palestinian identity and the element that demarcates who the Palestinian is. Palestinian exile and loss have evolved into cultural symbols that at once help define the person and allow the person to remember the loss. Although accounts of the Palestinians’ experience of the expulsion from the land are similar the emblems that provoke these particular memories differ. Certain mementos memories or objects help in commemorating the homeland. This book looks at the icons narratives and symbols that have become synonymous with Palestinian identity and culture and which have in the absence of a homeland become a source of memory. It discusses how these icons have come into being and how they have evolved into sites of power which help to keep the story and identity of the Palestinians alive. The book looks at examples from Palestinian caricature film literature poetry and painting to see how these works ignite memories of the homeland and help to reinforce the diasporic identity. It also argues that the creators of these narratives or emblems have themselves become cultural icons within the collective Palestinian recollection.By introducing the Nakba as a lived experience this book will appeal to students and scholars of Middle East Studies Cultural Studies Literature and Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583903

Palestinian Identity in Jordan and IsraelThe Necessary "Others" in the Making of a Nation The book examines the process of national identity formation. It argues that identity whether of a small community a nation an ethnic group or a religious community requires an Other against whom it becomes meaningful. In other words identity develops via difference from Others against whom our sense of self becomes meaningful. This thesis emerges out of the synthesis the study develops from the from the various modern and poststructuralist theories of identity and nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650632

Palestinian Labour Migration to IsraelLabour Land and Occupation Leila Farsakh provides the first comprehensive analysis of the rise and fall of Palestinian labour flows to Israel. Highlighting the interdependence between Israel’s confiscation of Palestinian land and the use of Palestinian labour she shows how migration has been the result of evolving dynamics of Israeli occupation and the reality of Palestinian labour force growth. This study analyzes the pattern of Palestinian labour supply the role of Israel’s territorial and economic policies in the Occupied Territories in releasing Palestinian labour from the land and the nature of Israeli demand for Palestinian workers especially in the construction sector where the majority of commuting labourers are concentrated. New light is shed on the growth of illegal Israeli settlements in the West Bank and Gaza Strip which are being built by Palestinian workers. Palestinian Labour Migration to Israel is original in its analysis of the contrasting forces of separation and the integration between Israel and the Palestinian territories showing that the changing patterns in labour flows reflect a process of redefinition of the 1967 borders. It will be of valuable interest to economists and development specialists as well as to scholars policy makers and all those concerned with the Palestinian-Israeli conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650649

Palestinian Leadership on the West BankThe Changing Role of the Arab Mayors under Jordan and Israel The West Bank has for generations been the core area of the Palestinian-Arab community and of its national movement. Since 1967 it has become the main area of confrontation in the prolonged conflict between Palestinian-Arab and Jewish-Zionist nationalism. The Palestinian armed organization the PLO – which has undertaken to lead the nationalist struggle of their people – was for long periods unable to operate on the West Bank because of strict security measures taken by the Jordanian and Israeli governments respectively. Consequently the Palestinian mayors in the West Bank who under Jordanian rule (1948-1967) had served as ruling instruments of the government gradually became under Israeli control the political spokesmen of their communities. This book first published in 1984 examines this remarkable change in the role of the West Bank Palestinian mayors and their transformation since the early 1970s from conservative-moderate figures into radical-nationalist leaders. Against the background of the developing Palestinian and Israeli militant nationalism in the West Bank the study analyses the complex relations between these new leaders and the governments of Israel and Jordan as well as the PLO command until their final eviction by Israel in 1982. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902206

Palestinian Literature and Film in Postcolonial Feminist Perspective Palestinian Literature and Film in Postcolonial Feminist Perspective is the first sustained study of gender-consciousness in the Palestinian creative imagination. Drawing on concepts from postcolonial feminist theory Ball analyses a range of literary and filmic works by major creative practitioners including Michel Khleifi Liana Badr Annemarie Jacir Elia Suleiman Mona Hatoum and Suheir Hammad and reveals a hitherto unrecognized trajectory in gender-consciousness under development in the Palestinian imagination from the start of the twentieth century. The book explores how these works resonate with questions of power identity nation resistance and self-representation in the Palestinian imagination more broadly and asks how these gender-conscious narratives transform our understanding of Palestine's struggle for postcoloniality. Working at the cusp of postcolonial feminist and cultural enquiry Ball seeks to open up vital new directions in the interdisciplinary study of Palestine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109537

Palestinian Political DiscourseBetween Exile and Occupation A great deal of political and academic responses to the Israel/Palestine conflict have construed the Palestinians as an object of Western and Israeli discourses rather than their own Palestinian discourse. This has hindered understanding of the internal mechanisms involved in the production of the Palestinian conditions.Palestinian Political Discourse presents an in-depth examination of Palestinian political discourse since an-Nakba in 1948 and stitches together the underlying mechanisms and rules that have shaped Palestinian politics in turn synthesizing interpreting and scrutinizing these rules. Studying the question of Palestine discursively offers new ways to rethink political agency structures identity institutions and power relations while interpreting Palestinian actions. This book adds new understanding to Palestinian political agency by explaining how political actions were constructed. Discourse analysis methodology underlies the critical examination of the genealogy of concepts and frames that have oriented Palestinian political thought. Contrary to established views that ascribe shifts in Palestinian politics primarily to external factors and international changes this book demonstrates how transformation has been a continuing inbuilt feature within the discursive regime and that dramatic shifts were only effects of much deeper slowly evolving changes. Examining discourse and thus language offers an exceptional possibility to see from the Palestinian perspective. As such this book provides material vital to the deeper interpretation of the Palestinian question. It will be a valuable resource for students and scholars of Israel-Palestine studies Middle East studies and discourse analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875596

Palestinian Politics and the Middle East Peace ProcessConsensus and Competition in the Palestinian Negotiating Team Eight years after the second Palestinian uprising the Oslo accords signed in 1993 seem to have failed. The reasons for the failure continue to fascinate students politicians researchers and policymakers alike. This book explores one of the major aspects of the bilateral peace process – the composition and behaviour of the Palestinian negotiating team which deeply impacted the outcome of the negotiations between 1991 and 1997. It focuses on the dynamics between the PLO leadership outside the occupied Palestinian territories and the grassroots leadership within the areas under Israeli control that led to conflicts of interest at the time of the final agreement. As the author was a part of the Palestinian leadership in the occupied territories and was present during the negotiations process in Madrid and Washington DC the book contains original unpublished accounts including those of the Washington bilateral negotiations and crucial internal Palestinian meetings. It is an excellent resource to gain an understanding of Palestinian behavior during peace talks deterioration in peace-making efforts the resulting radicalization and the growing tendency towards violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673747

Palestinian Popular StruggleUnarmed and Participatory Palestinian Popular Struggle challenges conventional thinking about political action and organization. It offers an alternative to the seemingly failed tracks of armed struggle and diplomatic negotiations. A discourse of rights and global justice helps bridge national and religious divides drawing Jewish Israelis and diverse supporters from around the world to participate in direct-action campaigns on the ground in the West Bank. The movement has some important achievements and continues to offer innovative approaches to the Israeli–Palestinian conflict.This book summarizes Palestinian traditions of popular struggle and presents original field research from the West Bank drawing on several months of participant observation over twenty-five hours of recorded interviews with Palestinian activists and more than 200 questionnaires gaging public perceptions about the strategies of the popular committees. One of the book’s major case studies is the village of Nabi Saleh which recently became well known when one of its activists a sixteen-year-old girl named Ahed Tamimi was imprisoned for slapping Israeli soldiers outside her family home. The book offers insight into new waves of Palestinian popular protest from the 2017 prayer protests in Jerusalem to the 2018 march of return in Gaza. Palestinian Popular Struggle is a valuable resource for researchers and students interested in War and Conflict Studies Politics and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583385

Palestinian RefugeesIdentity Space and Place in the Levant More than four million Palestinian refugees live in protracted exile across the Middle East. Taking a regional approach to Palestinian refugee exile and alienation across the Levant this book proposes a new understanding of the spatial and political dimensions of refugee camps across the Middle East. Combining critical scholarship with ethnographic insight the essays uncover host states’ marginalisation of stateless refugees and shed light on new terminology on refugees migration and diaspora studies. The impact on the refugee community is detailed in novel studies of refugee identity memory and practice and new legal approaches to compensation and "right of return". The book opens a critical debate on key concepts and proposes a new understanding of the spatial and political dimensions of refugee camps better understood as laboratories of Palestinian society and "state-in-making". This strong collection of original essays is an essential resource for scholars and students in refugee studies forced migration disaster studies legal anthropology urban studies international law and Middle East history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788947

Palestinian Women and Popular ResistancePerceptions Attitudes and Strategies This book explores Palestinian women’s views of popular resistance in the West Bank and examines factors shaping the nature and extent of their involvement. Despite the signing of the Oslo peace accords in 1993 and 1995  the Occupied Palestinian Territories in the contemporary period have experienced tightened Israeli occupational control and worsening political humanitarian security and economic conditions. Based on ethnographic fieldwork conducted with women in the West Bank this book looks at how Palestinian women in the post-Oslo period perceive negotiate and enact resistance. It demonstrates that far from being ‘apathetic’ as some observers have charged Palestinian women remain deeply committed to the goals of national liberation and wish to contribute to an effective popular resistance movement. Yet many Palestinian women feel alienated from prevailing forms of collective popular resistance in the OPT due to the low levels of legitimacy they accord them. This alienation has been made stark by the gendered and intersecting impacts of expanding settler-colonialism tightening spatial control a professionalised and depoliticised civil society reinforced patriarchal constraints Israeli and Palestinian Authority (PA) repression and violence and a deteriorating economy - all of which have raised the barriers Palestinian women face to active participation. Undertaking a gendered analysis of conflict and resistance this volume highlights significant changes over the course of a long-running resistance movement. Readers interested in gender and women’s studies the Arab-Israel conflict and Middle East politics will find the study beneficial. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444358

Palestinian-Israeli Contact and Linguistic Practices Offering insight into linguistic practices resulting from different kinds of Palestinian-Israeli contact this book examines a specific conceptualisation of the link between the political and economic contexts and human practices or between structure and agency termed "articulation". The contexts of the military occupation a shared consumer market controlled cheap labour migration and the provision of social services supply the setting for power relations between Israelis and Palestinians which give rise to a variety of linguistic practices. Among these practices is the borrowing of Hebrew words and phrases for use in Palestinians’ Arabic speech. Hebrew borrowings can demarcate in-groups signal aspirations to a modern lifestyle and give a political edge to humour. Nancy Hawker’s explanation for these practices moves away from the notions of conflict and national identity and gives prominence to Palestinian and Israeli ideologies that inform the conceptual experience of Palestinians. Addressing an understudied linguistic situation Palestinian-Israeli Contact and Linguistic Practices brings us documentation and analysis of recent casework firmly anchored in empirical results from fieldwork in three refugee camps in the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Combining sociolinguistics with politics economics sociology and philosophy this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Middle East Studies Linguistics and Political Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383258

Palestinians and Israelis in the Theatre The Jewish-Israeli theatre is a complex and developed system in which the dispute with the Palestinians constitutes just one of the important components in its repertoire; while the Palestinian theatre both within and outside of Israel is being consolidated. This work brings together these two approaches by relating to the Palestinian theme as it appears in the Jewish-Israeli theatre and by attempting to characterize the Palestinian theatre in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473164

Palestinians in Jerusalem and Jaffa 1948A Tale of Two Cities Between November 1947 and May 1948 war between the Palestinian Arab community and the Jewish community encompassed Palestine with Jerusalem and Jaffa becoming focal points in the conflict due to their centrality size and symbolic importance. Palestinians in Jerusalem and Jaffa 1948 examines Palestinian Arab society institutions and fighters in Jerusalem and Jaffa during the conflict. It is one of the first books in English that deals with the Palestinian Arabs at this crucial and tragic moment in their history with extensive use of Arabic sources and an inquiry from the Palestinian vantage point. It examines the causes of the social collapse of the Palestinian Arab communities in Jerusalem and Jaffa during the 1948 inter-communal war and the impact of this collapse on the military defeat. This book reveals that the most important internal factors to the Palestinian defeat were the social changes that took place in Arab society during the British Mandate namely internal migration from rural areas to the cities the shift from agriculture to wage labour and the rise of the urban middle class. By looking beyond the well-established external factors this study uncovers how modernity led to a breakdown within Palestinian Arab society widening social fissures without producing effective institutions and thus alienating social classes both from each other and from the leadership. With careful examination of a range of sources and informed analysis of Palestinian social history Palestinians in Jerusalem and Jaffa 1948 is a key resource for students and scholars interested in the modern Middle East Palestinian Studies the Arab-Israeli conflict and Israel Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815395515

Palestinians In KuwaitThe Family And The Politics Of Survival The research field work and writing for this study have taken over two years. The book was originally written as a Ph.D. dissertation under the supervision of Professor James Bill of the University of Texas (at Austin). I am grateful to him for his careful and considerate attention to the manuscript at its several stages. I wish to thank Professor Henry Dietz Robert Femea Lawrence Graham and Robert Hardgrave who provided important suggestions for the writing of this study. Four more individuals deserve particular mention for their contribution to the writing of the book. Dr. Barbara Harlow who took time to read the entire manuscript and Dr. Michael Fischer who read part. I thank both of them for the valuable suggestions provided to me. I wish to express my gratitude to Dr. Ghassan Salame of the American University of Beirut whose support encouraged me to turn my Ph.D. dissertation into a book. Finally I would like to thank Barbara Ellington senior acquisition editor of W estview Press for her support Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282202

Pali Buddhism This is an interdisciplinary and holistic survey of Pali Buddhism covering philological indigenous and philosophical approaches in a single volume.The work is divided into three main sections: Philological Foundations; Insiders' Understandings; and Philosophical Implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994737

Pali Buddhism Texts Nims14 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405646

Pali Buddhist TextsAn Introductory Reader and Grammar Pali is one of the Middle Indian idioms and the classical language of Theravada Buddhism. It is therefore important both to linguists and students of Buddhism. This introductory book centres on a collection of original texts each selected as an especially important and beautiful formulation of a Buddhist idea. By means of a vocabulary translation and commentary each text is explained so concretely that it can be read with little preparation. Detailed explanations are provided for the many technical terms which have frustrated so many western explorers of Buddhism. For reference a grammar is provided. Sanskrit parallels to many of the words are given as well as a special chapter comparing the two languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143104

Palin Parent-Child Interaction Therapy for Early Childhood Stammering Now available in a fully revised and updated second edition this practical manual is a detailed guide to the Palin Parent–Child Interaction Therapy programme (Palin PCI) developed at the Michael Palin Centre for Stammering (MPC). Palin PCI builds on the principle that parents play a critical role in effective therapy and that understanding and managing stammering is a collaborative journey between the child parent and therapist. This book emphasises a need for open communication about stammering offering a combination of indirect techniques such as video feedback interaction strategies and confidence building along with direct techniques to teach a child what they can do to help themselves. This second edition: Reflects the most up-to-date research in areas such as neurology genetics temperament and the impact of stammering on children and their families Offers photocopiable resources such as assessment tools information sheets and therapy handouts to support the implementation of Palin PCI Focuses on empowerment through building communication confidence in children who stammer and developing knowledge and confidence in their parents Based on a strong theoretical framework this book offers a comprehensive understanding of the Palin PCI approach in order to support generalist and specialist speech and language therapists as they develop their knowledge skills and confidence in working with young children who stammer and their families. For more information about Alison and her work please visit www.alisonnicholasslt.co.uk. To learn more about Elaine and her work please visit www.michaelpalincentreforstammering.org. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358329

Palladian Designthe Good the Bad and the Unexpected More than 400 years after his death Andrea Palladio (1508–80) remains one of the most influential architects of all time. This catalogue explores how the design principles of Palladio have been interpreted copied and re-imagined across time and continents in very different ways since his death and how they continue to inspire architects today. It includes previously unexplored works that put Palladio in a new social context and brings out unexpected stories about the impact of his legacy on functionality and style. It also questions how a style and an approach to architecture that Palladio intended to be democratic is now associated with wealth. Palladian Design: the Good the Bad and the Unexpected provides classic catalogue entries which will expand on individual objects as well as bring new opinions and critical thinking to the subject matter through commissioned essays from a range of disciplines and perspectives. It combines the historical with the modern and contemporary connecting the Palladio collection with contemporary practice and current research outside and within RIBA. It is thought-provoking and will stimulate debate amongst a specialist audience and capture the imagination of a non-specialist audience providing them with new insight into Palladian design principle across time and place. The catalogue includes the following essays: Palladio Palladianism Palladians by Guido Beltramini Palladianism: A Project of Radical Discontinuity by Pier Vittorio Aureli Cyma Recta: Palladianism and the Everyday by Daniel Maudlin The catalogue accompanies the exhibition on Palladian Design that is on display in the Architecture Gallery at RIBA (from 9 September 2015 to 9 January 2016). Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466278

Palladium Assisted Synthesis of Heterocycles This book is a compilation of the recent applications of palladium catalysts in organic synthesis. The book demonstrates that it is a highly dynamic research field. This methodology has emerged as a powerful tool for the efficient and chemoselective synthesis of heterocyclic molecules. In the past few years several strategies have been pointed out to pursue more efficient sustainable and environment friendly chemical processes. Among those strategies catalysis and the design of new processes that avoid the use of toxic reagents have been the focus of intense research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815374251

Palliative Care This easy-to-use guide provides a quick reference to the principles of palliative and end-of-life care for adults to help you enable your patients to not only die peacefully but also live until they die. The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273760627

Palliative Care Nursing of Children and Young People "Children's palliative care is an evolving specialty and as such our knowledge base cannot remain static. This book constantly challenges the reader to critically analyze their own practices and beliefs within an evidence-based framework and as such makes a valuable contribution to the growing body of knowledge on this important subject." - Susan Fowler-Kerry in the Foreword. This book caters for readers from different working environments and levels of experience. It is ideal for paediatric nurses with no specialist palliative care knowledge and also for palliative care nurses with no specialist paediatric experience. Other healthcare professionals and therapists working with children young people and their families will also find this book invaluable. It will also be ideal for undergraduate and postgraduate health and social care students and professionals involved in children's hospices community services and charity groups. "This book captures not just the rapidly evolving evidence base but also as many current developments as possible and applies them in a meaningful way to the care of infants children and young people living with life-limiting illness and their families. It offers an overview of contemporary issues and helps to stimulate the type of dialogue that can bring about the actions that will make a real difference for the children young people and families in our care." - Rita Pfund in the Preface. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315378329

Palliative Care NursingA Guide to Practice Written by experienced authorities from around the world giving a wider international perspective on palliative nursing this substantially expanded new edition has been specifically adapted to reflect working practices within the NHS. All nurses especially those that are new to palliative care and those working in other areas of health where palliative skills are required will find this essential reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315378473

Palliative Care Within Mental HealthCare and Practice This thought provoking and highly practical book is not just about caring for the dying within mental health but also applying the quality care and practice of palliative care within mental health practice. Multidisciplinary in its approach it focuses on intervention treatment care and practice and the similarities in practice between palliative care and mental health. This common ground is an excellent foundation for integrating palliative care into mental health care practice and service delivery succinctly covering all aspects of psychological physical social spiritual sexual and emotional health. Featuring authoritative contributions from international experts each chapter develops a theoretical framework before broadening its scope to include application in practice - addressing what when where and why with a definite focus on implementation in practice. Self-assessment exercises advice for further reading ideas for reflective practice and summaries of key points are also included aiming above all else to improve the relationships responses care and practice necessary to be effective in interventions and treatment with those experiencing mental health concerns and dilemmas. Ideal for all health social psychological legal and spiritual care students and professionals wanting sound theoretical and practical guidance this book is highly recommended for General Practitioners and General Practice Registrars healthcare assistants studying NVQ and health visitors. Educationalists managers and service developers in health and social care will also appreciate its solution-focused practical approach. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846198915

Palliative Care within Mental HealthEthical Practice Palliative Care Within Mental Health: Ethical Practice explores the comprehensive concerns and dilemmas that occur surrounding people experiencing mental health problems and disorders. Working beyond narrow stereotypical definitions of palliative care as restricted to terminal cancer patients this balanced and thought-provoking volume examines the many interrelated issues that face the individual families and caregivers setting the groundwork for improved ethical relationships and interventions. Chapters by experts and experienced practitioners detail the challenges concerns and best practices for ethical care and responses in a variety of individual and treatment contexts. This is an essential and thoughtful new resource for all those involved in the fast-developing field of palliative mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609822

Palliative Care within Mental HealthPrinciples and Philosophy Is there a place for palliative care within mental health? This inspirational book offers an excellent foundation for integrating best-practice specialist palliative care into serious and enduring mental health service delivery. The shared practice values and vision between these two disciplines provide an optimistic starting point from which to address the lack of palliative care service delivery in mental health practice. Focusing on the similarity in philosophy between palliative care and mental health practice it incorporates: . person-centred practice . relationship-based connectedness . a belief in compassionate care . respect for autonomy and choice . quality-of-life issues. The book addresses the practice skills needed in preparation for competent intervention and treatment. Each chapter develops a theoretical framework which is supported by practical application. Both professionals and students of palliative care will find the interactive text and practical case studies especially valuable as will the professional working in substance use. Its userfriendly approach will appeal to a wide range of readers in various related disciplines. 'While it could be assumed that mental health has a lot to offer palliative care we both [feel] that palliative care could offer more to mental health practice...It is a neglected area. There is little or no literature related to palliative care within serious mental health practice and that which does exist relates to care of the dying in terms of cancer.' From the Preface Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195372

Palliative CareA Patient-Centered Approach Series Editors: Moira Stewart Judith Belle Brown and Thomas R Freeman As the population in western cultures ages more people suffer chronic ultimately life-limiting diseases and medical professionals need to be equipped to cope with the ever growing pressure of palliative care. This book gives guidance on how to approach patients with life limiting illness. While the problems most people present to the doctor appear relatively straightforward a whole person approach to understanding the complex interaction between the person their illness and their environment should lead to a more complete consideration of the illness and better health outcomes. For issues of palliative care such an approach is essential to identify and meet the many needs of desperately ill people. Palliative Care offers a fresh look at the management of patients. With international evidence-based contributions the book suggests practical and challenging ways to care for the dying. It is ideal for all healthcare professionals working in palliative care General Practitioners and medicine and healthcare students. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378480

PalmyraA History Palmyra: A History examines Palmyra the city in the Syrian oasis of Tadmur from its beginnings in the Bronze Age through the classical period and its discovery and excavation to the present day. It aims at reconstructing Palmyra’s past from literary accounts – classical and post-classical – as well as material evidence of all kinds: inscriptions coins art and of course the remains of Palmyra’s monumental architecture.After exploring the earliest inhabitation of Tadmur the volume moves through the Persian and Hellenistic periods to the city’s zenith. Under the Romans Palmyra was unique among the cities of the empire because it became a political factor in its own right in the third century AD when the Roman military was overpowered by Sassanian invaders and Palmyrene troops stepped in. Sommer’s assessment of Palmyra under Rome therefore considers how Palmyra achieved such an exceptional role in the Roman Near East before its demise under the Umayyad Empire. The volume also examines the century-long history of archaeological and historical research at Palmyra from its beginnings under Ottoman rule and the French mandate in the 1920s to the recent satellite based prospection carried out by German archaeologists. A closing chapter examines the occupation of the site by ISIS during the Syrian conflict and the implications of the destruction there on the ruins the archaeological finds and future investigations and heritage in Syria more broadly.Palmyra offers academics students and the interested reader alike the first full treatment in English of this fascinating site providing a comprehensive account of the city’s origins rise and fall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593940

Pamphlets of ProtestAn Anthology of Early African-American Protest Literature 1790-1860 First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022901

Pan–Africanism: Exploring the ContradictionsPolitics Identity and Development in Africa and the African Diaspora What does it mean to be an African today? Starting from that question the author takes the reader on a fascinating intellectual journey into the realm of Pan-African thought and practice. Moving from Africa to North America to Europe the text insightfully explores the pre-occupations of black elite in the three continents exploring their shared visions and also their conflicting interests. Tackling thought provoking issues in politics cultural identity and economic development the book provides the reader with a refreshing jargon free insight into relations between Africa and the African Diaspora. A must read for anyone interested in politics identity and development in Africa and the African Diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205246

Pan-African EducationA Must for the African Union This book makes a critical contribution to the study of pan-Africanism and the education of African people for continental African citizenship. It is a unique endeavor in that it intersects the social history of pan-Africanism and the education of African people at a 'global' level and provides reflections from a multidisciplinary perspective on the urgency for continental pan-Africanism educational system in order to produce a more renascent African for the twenty-first century. Arguing that Pan-African Education is a mass-based educational system that will ‘craft’ a pan-African African personality John Marah calls for integrated African school systems and curriculum changes conducive to larger social integration and institutionalized pan-African educational processes. The establishments of pan-African Teachers Colleges; intensive language institutes; pan-African literature courses; the training of African military and police forces; the use of music sports media and other extra-curricular activities (the hidden curriculum) etc.; are viewed as essential aspects in the socialization of a pan-African character or personality. Pan-African Education is an essential read for students and scholars of Pan-Africanism African and Africana Studies and Black Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340926

Pan-African Issues in Crime and Justice Criminology assumes the position of an established discipline yet its influence is limited by its primary focus on the West for both theoretical and empirical substance. But the growing interest in comparative criminology now means that countries compare notes thereby broadening the parameters of criminology. Still relatively ignored in the literature however are issues of crime and justice as they affect people of African descent around the globe. Drawing upon materials from countries in Africa the Caribbean North and South America and Europe this stimulating book reflects on the experiences of people of African descent to offer a convergence of criminologies in and outside the West. Simultaneously it acknowledges Western criminology as a significant angle from which to comprehend crime and justice as they are conceptualized outside the West. The volume also investigates whether Western criminological accounts are relevant to the comprehension of crime criminality and systems of justice in Africa the Caribbean and South America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205277

Pan-African Issues in Drugs and Drug ControlAn International Perspective Popular ’war on drugs’ rhetoric postulates drug use in the West as the product of the drug production and trafficking roles of non-western societies and non-western peoples within and outside the West. In such rhetoric African societies and people of African descent in Africa and in Diaspora have received criticisms for their respective roles in drug production and drug trafficking including the position of many African countries as transit routes for drugs exported to the West. By contrast the abuse of drugs by populations of African origin around the globe and the harmful consequences of the drug trade and drug abuse on these populations has been little studied. Drawing on contributions from seven countries in Africa; two countries in Europe; and seven countries in the Americas this volume examines the relationships between drug use drug trafficking drug controls and the black population of a given society. Each chapter examines the nature and pattern of drug use or abuse; the effects of drug use or abuse (illegal or/and legal) on other areas such as health and crime; the nature pattern and perpetration of trafficking and sale of illegal or/and legal drugs; and past and current policies and control of illegal and /or legal drugs. It will be essential reading for all students academics and policy-makers working in the area of drug control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472422149

Pan-Africanism and the Politics of African Citizenship and Identity There is no recent literature that underscores the transition from Pan-Africanism to Diaspora discourse. This book examines the gradual shift and four major transformations in the study of Pan-Africanism. It offers an "academic post-mortem" that seeks to gauge the extent to which Pan-Africanism overlaps with the study of the African Diaspora and reverse migrations; how Diaspora studies has penetrated various disciplines while Pan-Africanism is located on the periphery of the field. The book argues that the gradual shift from Pan-African discourses has created a new pathway for engaging Pan-African ideology from academic and social perspectives. Also the book raises questions about the recent political waves that have swept across North Africa and their implications to the study of twenty-first century Pan-African solidarity on the African continent. The ways in which African institutions are attracting and mobilizing returnees and Pan-Africanists with incentives as dual-citizenship for diasporans to support reforms in Africa offers a new alternative approach for exploring Pan-African ideology in the twenty-first century. Returnees are also using these incentives to gain economic and cultural advantage. The book will appeal to policy makers government institutions research libraries undergraduate and graduate students and scholars from many different disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952959

Panarabism And Arab NationalismThe Continuing Debate Now that the oil era has come to a very unceremonious end in the Arab Mashreq it is time for a sober and somber assessment-a selfcriticism- of the Arab body politic. Indeed this effort at self-criticism is already underway led by the many symposiums sponsored by the Center for Arab Unity Studies and the Arab Intellectual Forum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282219

PanarchyPolitical Theories of Non-Territorial States Panarchy is a normative political meta-theory that advocates non-territorial states founded on actual social contracts that are explicitly negotiated and signed between states and their prospective citizens. The explicit social contract or a constitution sets the terms under which a state may use coercion against its citizens and the conditions under which the contract may be annulled revised rescinded or otherwise exited from. Panarchy does not advocate any particular model of the state or social justice but intends to encourage political variety innovation experimentation and choice. With its emphasis on explicit social contracts Panarchy offers an interesting variation on traditional social contract theories. Today Panarchist political thought is particularly relevant and interesting in the context of globalization increased international migration the weakening of national sovereignty the rise of the internet "cloud" as a non-territorial locus of political and protopolitical social networks that are not geographic the invention of cryptocurrencies that may replace national currencies and the rise of urban centers where people of many different political identities live and work together. This is the first volume to bring together key philosophically and politically interesting yet often overlooked Panarchist texts. From the first published translation of de Puydt seminal 1860 article to contemporary Silicon Valley political theory the volume includes Panarchist texts from different eras cultures and geographical regions. The amassed wealth of theoretical insight enables readers to compare different texts in this tradition of political thought and distinguish different streams and varieties within this political tradition in comparison with Cosmopolitanism Contractarianism and Anarchism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370598

Pan-Caribbean IntegrationBeyond CARICOM A critical part of the history of regionalism in Latin America and the Caribbean is to be found in the widening of the economic and functional relationships among the English-speaking Caribbean to embrace other countries in the Greater Caribbean. Bringing together a range of international experts to explain the broad thrusts of CARICOM’s widening project and the opportunities and challenges it presents the book pays particular attention to CARICOM’s relations with the French Caribbean territories. Providing a review of the pan-Caribbean landscape this volume notes the impact of these new relationships on internal CARICOM affairs; inter-regional/South-South cooperation; and political and legislative changes in European metropoles of the non-independent territories. It also contemplates recent developments in the region and globally such as political instability in Brazil and Venezuela Britain’s decision to leave the European Union and the policies of the Donald Trump administration. This edited collection will be an important resource for students and researchers in Latin American and Caribbean politics economics development history and heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056718

Pandemic Ecology and TheologyPerspectives on COVID-19 As the sequential stages of the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic have unfolded so have its complexities. What initially presented as a health emergency has revealed itself to be a phenomenon of many facets. It has demonstrated human creativity the oft neglected presence of nature and the resilience of communities. Equally it has exposed deep social inequities conceptual inadequacies and structural deficiencies about the way we organize our civilization and our knowledge. As the situation continues to advance the question is whether the crisis will be grasped as an opportunity to address the deep structural ecological and social challenges that we brought with us into the second decade of the new millennium. This volume addresses the collective sense that the pandemic is more than a problem to manage our way out of. Rather it is a moment to consider our broken relationship with the natural world and our alienation from a deeper sense of purpose and meaning. The contributors though differing in their diagnoses and recommendations share the belief that this moment with its transformative possibility not be forfeit. Equally they share the conviction that the chief ground of any such reorientation ineluctably involves our collective engagement with both ecology and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367615826

Pandemic Education and Viral Politics Viral modernity is a concept based upon the nature of viruses the ancient and critical role they play in evolution and culture and their basic application to understanding the role of information and forms of bioinformation in the social world. The concept draws a close association between viral biology on the one hand and information science on the other to understand ‘viral’ technologies conspiracy theories and the nature of post-truth. The COVID-19 pandemic is a major occurrence and momentous tragedy in world history with millions of infections and many deaths worldwide. It has disrupted society and caused massive unemployment and hardship in the global economy. Michael A. Peters and Tina Besley explore human resilience and the collective response to catastrophe and the philosophy and literature of pandemics including ‘love and social distancing in the time of COVID-19’. These essays a collection from Educational Philosophy and Theory also explore the politicization of COVID-19 the growth of conspiracy theories its origins and the ways it became a ‘viral’ narrative in the future of world politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367635404

Pandemic Planning Preparedness and rigorous planning on community state and regional levels are critical to containing the threat of pandemic illness. Steeped in research and recommendations from lessons learned Pandemic Planning describes the processes necessary for the efficient and effective preparation prevention response and recovery from a pandemic threat. This evidence-based book guides plan development and provides solutions to common strategic ethical and practical challenges to pandemic preparedness. Topics discussed include: The current threat of pandemics and how they relate to homeland security and emergency management Leadership and incident management structure as they relate to pandemic preparedness Computer simulation models and data visualization for strengthening prevention and control measures within a community Marketing principles and how they promote pandemic preparedness for a community Lessons learned from pandemic influenza exercises conducted with regional hospitals and how those lessons can be applied to other institutions Government resources available to assist with the planning for and monitoring of a pandemic event Economic and logistic concerns that arise during a pandemic Discussing preparedness across a variety of institutional levels the authors’ collaboration with national research leaders and community stakeholders has enabled them to assemble the most current and essential information available on pandemic preparedness. Their book distills this information into workable strategies to bolster public health mitigate risk and protect the population. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439857656

Pandemics: The Basics This book provides an engaging jargon-free introduction to the threat of global pandemics offering an overview of the many origins and triggers of pandemic events. It covers the impacts generated by novel infectious disease outbreaks across various dimensions – from social and ethical to medical and political from media to economic and legal implications. The author discusses the preparedness strategies developed globally the lessons learned from various outbreaks and the mitigation measures deployed — from quarantine and social distancing to data sharing and surveillance systems — including their unintended impacts. While the risk of global pandemics is certainly intensely debated by the scientific community and increasingly by policy makers at various levels the threat is hardly discussed in the public domain. It only permeates the media during crisis events such as during the SARS outbreak in 2003 the West African Ebola outbreak in 2014–15 and most notably the ongoing COVID-19 global pandemic crisis. This book is thus highly timely and topical. It has a global scope whilst at times zooming in on the implications of pandemic risk and mitigation for the Global North or the Global South. Given the interdisciplinarity of the topic this book will be of great interest to a wider non-academic audience as well as students from a range of subjects including politics sociology geography anthropology and international development along with entry-level medical students keen to widen their appreciation of the social dimensions of the medical work they set out to conduct. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367610135

Pandita RamabaiLife and landmark writings This book looks at the life of Pandita Ramabai one of the major social reformers of 19th-century India. Her unique life trajectory spanned across a pan-Indian orthodox Hindu mould to being part of Brahmo Samaj and Prarthana Samaj and further to Christianity. At the age of 30 she had travelled widely within India and across the world from USA and UK in the West to Japan in the Far East. She reported these fascinating journeys to international friends and fellow Maharashtrians in both English and Marathi. Fighting conservatism and marginalization she set up several projects to empower women notably the Sharada Sadan in Mumbai and the Mukti Mission in Kedgaon near Pune in Maharashtra. This work locates Pandita Ramabai within her liminal social milieu and discursive networks during various phases of her life and traces her diverse ideological routes along with her critical writings some of which have been retrieved and/or presented in English translation here for the first time including The High-Caste Hindu Woman and the newly discovered Voyage to England. Offering a comprehensive insight into aspects of 19th-century Indian society — religion and reform women’s rights and feminism social movements poverty and colonialism — this book will greatly interest researchers and students of South Asian history sociology and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138488588

Panel Data Econometrics In the memorable words of Ragnar Frisch econometrics is ‘a unification of the theoretical–quantitative and the empirical–quantitative approach to economic problems’. Beginning to take shape in the 1930s and 1940s econometrics is now recognized as a vital subdiscipline supported by a vast—and still rapidly growing—body of literature. Following the positive reception of The Rise of Econometrics (2013) (978-0-415-61678-2) Routledge now announces a new collection in its Critical Concepts in Economics series. Edited by the author of the field’s leading textbook Panel Data Econometrics brings together in one ‘mini library’ the best and most influential scholarship. This four-volume set provides an authoritative one-stop resource to enable users to understand the econometrics of panel data from both theoretical and applied viewpoints. With a full index and comprehensive introductions to each volume newly written by the editor the collection also provides a synoptic view of many current key debates and issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721400

Panel Data EconometricsCommon Factor Analysis for Empirical Researchers In the last 20 years econometric theory on panel data has developed rapidly particularly for analyzing common behaviors among individuals over time. Meanwhile the statistical methods employed by applied researchers have not kept up-to-date. This book attempts to fill in this gap by teaching researchers how to use the latest panel estimation methods correctly. Almost all applied economics articles use panel data or panel regressions. However many empirical results from typical panel data analyses are not correctly executed. This book aims to help applied researchers to run panel regressions correctly and avoid common mistakes. The book explains how to model cross-sectional dependence how to estimate a few key common variables and how to identify them. It also provides guidance on how to separate out the long-run relationship and common dynamic and idiosyncratic dynamic relationships from a set of panel data. Aimed at applied researchers who want to learn about panel data econometrics by running statistical software this book provides clear guidance and is supported by a full range of online teaching and learning materials. It includes practice sections on MATLAB STATA and GAUSS throughout along with short and simple econometric theories on basic panel regressions for those who are unfamiliar with econometric theory on traditional panel regressions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389670

Panel Studies of Variation and Change The relationship between the individual and the community is at the core of sociolinguistic theorizing. To date most longitudinal research has been conducted on the basis of trend studies such as replications of cross-sectional studies or comparisons between present-day cross-sectional data and ‘legacy’ data. While the past few years have seen an increasing interest in panel research much of this work has been published in a variety of formats and languages and is thus not easily accessible. This edited volume brings together the major researchers in the field of panel research highlighting connections and convergences across and between chapters methods and findings with the aim of initiating a dialogue about best practices and ways forward in sociolinguistic panel studies. By providing for the first time a platform for key research on panel data in one coherent edition this volume aims to shape the agenda in this increasingly vibrant field of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366278

Panic Impending environmental catastrophe threat of terrorism viruses both biological and virtual disease: there seem to be so many reasons to panic today. But what is panic and why does it happen? This book uses a range of literature from sociology cultural studies and popular psychology to develop an original analysis of panic in contemporary social life. Bringing together academic literature from a range of disciplines films novels and current affairs it encourages thought about why and how we panic – both individually and collectively. Keith Tester explores how cataclysmic events and smaller-scale episodes expose the fragility of our relationships institutions and expectations. He shows how thinking about panic reveals key aspects of contemporary social cultural and personal relationships. Panic is a highly readable and incisive introduction to the subject for students scholars and all those who want to know what panic means and why it is important. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631068

Panic Transnational Cultural Studies and the Affective Contours of Power This volume explores the panic that is a central affective register of our current international order. Fears of Somali pirates "Gypsy" kidnappers African warlords Ebola "Mexican meth " pimps coyotes gangs climate refugees and more structure the dark side of a metropolitan unconscious. These are terrors over things that (might) cross borders threatening the sanctity of territoriality and capital. Inspired by scholarship challenging panics around human and sex trafficking the contributors to this volume develop the umbrella category of the global moral panic. Embracing the challenge of grasping a phenomenon not previously regarded as cohering they consider panics provoked by travel passage transgression; panics over bodies that move. Like panics over trafficking the episodes narrated here ride and feed a field of common sense regarding crime rights and state power. Their logics of victims and villains nourish notions of the centrality of punishment drawing from and feeding taxonomies of gender race and nation solidifying the order craved by capital. They spotlight the coloniality of power the ongoing salience of empire the savior logics of rescue and the profound sexism organizing hierarchies of bodies and places. Panic this volume diagnoses is a crucial undertheorized facet of contemporary local-global relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589059

PanicPsychological Perspectives The topic of panic has been dominated by biological studies in many areas of anxiety research. This collection of papers resulting from the National Institute of Mental Health Conferences presents the viewpoints of clinical researchers assessing the state of the anxiety field. Contributors to this volume argue that biological data can be encompassed in psychological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977884

Pan-IslamHistory and Politics Few ideas have excited such passions over the years as Pan-Islam and few have been the subject of so many contradictory interpretations. Based on a shared religious sentiment the politics of Muslim unity and solidarity have had to contend with the impact of both secularism and nationalism. Professor Landau’s study first published in 1990 is the first comprehensive examination of the politics of Pan-Islam its ideologies and movements over the last 120 years. Starting with the plans and activities of Abdülhamid II and his agents he covers the fortunes of Pan-Islam up to and including the marked increase in Pan-Islamic sentiment and organization in the 1970s and 1980s. The study is based on a scholarly analysis of archival and other sources in many languages. It covers an area from Morocco in the west to India and Pakistan in the east and from Russia and Turkey to the Arabian Peninsula. It will provide a unique reference point for anyone wishing to understand the impact of Pan-Islam on international politics today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930414

PanjabiA Comprehensive Grammar Panjabi: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to Panjabi grammar. It presents a fresh accessible and thorough description of the language concentrating on the real patterns of use in modern Panjabi. The book moves from the script and sound through morphology and word classes to a detailed analysis of sentence structures and semantic features. The volume is organized to promote a thorough understanding of Panjabi grammar. It offers a stimulating analysis of the complexities of the language and provides full and clear explanations. Throughout the emphasis is on Panjabi as used by present-day native speakers. An extensive index and numbered paragraphs provide readers with easy access to the information they require. Features include: detailed treatment of the common grammatical structures and parts of speech extensive exemplification particular attention to areas of confusion and difficulty Gurmukhi script and transliteration provided throughout additional chapter on the Shahmuki script Panjabi: A Comprehensive Grammar is an essential reference source for the learner and user of Panjabi. With clear and simple explanations it will remain the standard reference work for years to come for both learners and linguists alike. A Workbook and Reader to accompany this grammar can be downloaded from https://www.routledge.com/products/9781138793866. *Please note that due to unforseen circumstances  the Workbook and Reader have been delayed.* Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793866

Pannenberg on Evil Love and GodThe Realisation of Divine Love Pannenberg on Evil Love and God examines a much-neglected aspect of the theological thought of one of the most original contemporary German theologians Wolfhart Pannenberg: his theological and philosophical understanding of evil and its relationship to the love of God. The book seeks to correct a widely held misconception that in his theology Pannenberg has neglected the darker side of the world concentrating instead on an optimistic picture of the future. This book argues that questions of evil hold a central place throughout Pannenberg’s writing and seeks to draw out the implications of his wrestling with these issues. The Introduction sets the scene by considering the nature of the question of evil and argues that a theological response must be made as part of a global view of the world and not in isolation from other themes. The succeeding chapters develop this theme through a reading of Pannenberg’s theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252783

Pannonia and Upper Moesia (Routledge Revivals)A History of the Middle Danube Provinces of the Roman Empire In Pannonia and Upper Moesia first published 1974 András Mócsy surveys the Middle Danube Provinces from the latest pre-Roman Iron Age up to the beginning of the Great Migrations. His primary concern is to develop a general synthesis of the archaeological and historical researches in the Danube Basin which lead to a more detailed knowledge of the Roman culture of the area. The economic and social development town and country life culture and religion in the Provinces are all investigated and the local background of the so-called Illyrian Predominance during the third century crisis of the Roman Empire is explained as is the eventual breakdown of Danubian Romanisation. This volume will appeal to students and teachers of archaeology alike as well as to those interested in the Roman Empire – not only the history of Rome itself but also of the far-flung areas which together comprised the Empire’s frontier for centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745833

Panorama of a PresidencyHow George W. Bush Acquired and Spent His Political Capital As the controversial presidency of George W. Bush draws to a close this work provides the first dispassionate even-handed assessment of Bush's years in office. Widely respected scholar and author Steven E. Schier goes beyond the perspective of contemporary political commentary and draws on wide-ranging literature about presidential history and strategy to carefully identify both the unique and the familiar aspects of George W. Bush's presidency. "Panorama of a Presidency" examines Bush's innovative electoral and governing strategies ambitious foreign and domestic policy initiatives and the bitterly divisive consequences of his mode of governance. As the first analysis to place the George W. Bush presidency in a broad historical and theoretical context the book will be an essential foundation for any future studies on the topic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701905

Panoramas 1787–1900 Vol 1Texts and Contexts The panorama is primarily a visual medium but a variety of print matter mediated its viewing; adverts reviews handbills and a descriptive programme accompanied by an annotated key to the canvas. The short accounts programs reviews articles and lectures collected here are the primary historical sources left to us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755840

Panoramas 1787–1900 Vol 2Texts and Contexts The panorama is primarily a visual medium but a variety of print matter mediated its viewing; adverts reviews handbills and a descriptive programme accompanied by an annotated key to the canvas. The short accounts programs reviews articles and lectures collected here are the primary historical sources left to us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755857

Panoramas 1787–1900 Vol 3Texts and Contexts The panorama is primarily a visual medium but a variety of print matter mediated its viewing; adverts reviews handbills and a descriptive programme accompanied by an annotated key to the canvas. The short accounts programs reviews articles and lectures collected here are the primary historical sources left to us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755864

Panoramas 1787–1900 Vol 4Texts and Contexts The panorama is primarily a visual medium but a variety of print matter mediated its viewing; adverts reviews handbills and a descriptive programme accompanied by an annotated key to the canvas. The short accounts programs reviews articles and lectures collected here are the primary historical sources left to us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755871

Panoramas 1787–1900 Vol 5Texts and Contexts The panorama is primarily a visual medium but a variety of print matter mediated its viewing; adverts reviews handbills and a descriptive programme accompanied by an annotated key to the canvas. The short accounts programs reviews articles and lectures collected here are the primary historical sources left to us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755888

Panoramas 1787–1900Texts and Contexts The panorama is primarily a visual medium but a variety of print matter mediated its viewing; adverts reviews handbills and a descriptive programme accompanied by an annotated key to the canvas. The short accounts programs reviews articles and lectures collected here are the primary historical sources left to us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930155

PantheismA Non-Theistic Concept of Deity Many people who do not believe in God believe that 'everything is God' - that everything is part of an all-inclusive divine unity. In Pantheism this concept is presented as a legitimate position and its philosophical basis is examined. Michael Levine compares it to theism and discusses the scope for resolving the problems inherent in theism through pantheism. He also considers the implications of pantheism in terms of practice. This book will appeal to those who study philosophy or theology. It will also be of interest to anyone who does not believe in a personal God but does have faith in a higher unifying force and is interested in the justification of this as a legitimate system of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755863

PantheonsTransformations of a Monumental Idea The institution of the pantheon has come a long way from its classical origins. Invented to describe a temple dedicated to many deities the term later became so far removed from its original meaning that by the twentieth century it has been able to exist independently of any architectural and sculptural monument. This collection of essays is the first to trace the transformation of the monumental idea of the pantheon from its origins in Greek and Roman antiquity to its later appearance as a means of commemorating and enshrining the ideals of national identity and statehood. Illuminating the emergence of the pantheon in a range of different cultures and periods by exploring its different manifestations and implementations the essays open new historical perspectives on the formation of national and civic identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250871

Paolo Bozzi’s Experimental Phenomenology This anthology translates eighteen papers by Italian philosopher and experimental psychologist Paolo Bozzi (1930-2003) bringing his distinctive and influential ideas to an English-speaking audience for the first time. The papers cover a range of methodological and experimental questions concerning the phenomenology of perception and their theoretical implications with each one followed by commentary from leading international experts. In his laboratory work Bozzi investigated visual and auditory perception such as our responses to pendular motion and bodies in freefall afterimages transparency effects and grouping effects in dot lattices and among sounds (musical notes). Reflecting on the results of his enquiries against the background of traditional approaches to experimentation in these fields Bozzi took a unique realist stance that challenges accepted approaches to perception arguing that experimental phenomenology is neither a science of the perceptual process nor a science of the appearances; it is a science of how things are. The writings collected here offer an important resource for psychologists of perception and philosophers as well as for researchers in cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378464

Paolo de MatteisNeapolitan Painting and Cultural History in Baroque Europe This volume represents a long overdue reassessment of the Neapolitan painter Paolo de Matteis an artist largely overlooked in English language scholarly publications but one who merits our attention for the quality of his work and the originality of its iconography as well as for his remarkable ability to respond creatively to his patrons’ aesthetic ideals and agendas. Following a meticulous examination of the ways in which posterity’s impression of de Matteis has been conditioned by a biased biographical and literary tradition Livio Pestilli devotes rich detailed analyses to the artist’s most significant paintings and drawings. More than just a novel approach to de Matteis and the Neapolitan Baroque however the book makes a significant contribution to the study and understanding of early eighteenth-century European art and cultural history in general not only in Naples but in other major European centers including Paris Vienna Genoa and Rome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310223

Paolo VeronesePiety and Display in an Age of Religious Reform This title was first published in 2001: Paolo Veronese: Piety and Display in an Age of Religious Reform examines the large body of religious paintings with which Veronese (1528 -1588) played a crucial role in shaping Venetian piety. With 117 illustrations (26 in colour) Richard Cocke sets Veronese’s work into context arguing his mastery of narrative has long been neglected largely as a result of Sir Joshua Reynolds's criticism in his Discourses. The new expressiveness of Veronese’s work in his final decade is linked with the decrees of the Council of Trent which resulted in an enhanced display of paintings in Venetian palaces during the 1570s matched by the renewed decorative schemes in the city’s churches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629547

Papal Banking in Renaissance RomeBenvenuto Olivieri and Paul III 1534–1549 Benvenuto Olivieri was a Florentine banker active in Rome during the first half of the sixteenth century. A self made man without any great family patrimony he rose to prominence during the pontificate of Pope Paul III becoming involved with a variety of papal enterprises which allowed him to get to the heart of the mechanisms governing the papal finances. Amassing a considerable fortune along the way Olivieri soon built himself a role as co-ordinator of the appalti (revenue farms) and became one of the most powerful players in the complex network that connected bankers and the papal revenue. This book explores the indissoluble link that had developed between the papacy and bankers illuminating how the Apostolic Chamber increasingly in need of money could not meet its debts without farming out the rights to future income. Utilising documents from a rich corpus of unpublished sources in Florence and Rome Guidi Bruscoli unravels the web of financial connections that bound together Florentine and Genoese bankers with the papacy and looks at how money was raised and the appalti managed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252646

Papal Justice in the Late Middle AgesThe Sacra Romana Rota This is a study of the history and function of the highest ecclesiastical tribunal the Sacra Romana Rota from the twelfth to the sixteenth centuries. Despite its importance for Christendom and in contrast with other important papal offices the activity of the Rota has never been thoroughly investigated on the basis of archival sources in large part due to the vast source material and the perceived "difficulty" of the subject. This book fills this significant gap by explaining how the Rota functioned-its organization the phases of a Rota process everyday practices at the tribunal-and the kinds of issues it handled where the processes originated from and how long they lasted. The study demonstrates that the Rota dealt with a range of cases much broader than has previously been acknowledged whilst also confirming that the tribunal mainly oversaw litigation over benefices. The results of this research reveal the true role of the Rota and its significance for Christians from the middle ages to the dawn of the Reformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596798

Papal Reform and Canon Law in the 11th and 12th Centuries Published in 1998 these essays focus on Rome and the curia in the 11th and 12th centuries. Several relate to Cardinal Deusdedit and his canonical collection (1087) and to the pontificate of Paschal II (1099-1118). Both personalities and their ideas are presented within the larger setting of contemporary problems highlighting divergent currents among ecclesiastical reformers at a time of the investiture controversies. A third common theme is formed by discussions of the organization and archival practices of the curia which were of fundamental importance for the growth and codification of canon law not to mention papal control of the Church. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197940

PapayaBiology Cultivation Production and Uses With coverage that ranges from basic information to advanced research Papaya: Biology Cultivation Production and Uses pulls together the vast literature scattered over various sources into one practical resource. The book provides a solid review of papaya biology production and uses supported by color photographs and illustrations. It covers papaya cultivation botany genetics medicinal uses unfruitfulness plant protection and physiological disorders for the first time in considerable detail. This textcomprises advanced information on agronomy breeding seed production technology scientific crop management issues and protected cultivation. It discusses papain papaya products source of drugs important nutrients anti-nutrients and other commercial compounds produced and used for disease management. Additional background material on the production processing uses of papaya considerations to be taken into account when assessing new varieties of papaya and constituents to be analyzed related to food and feed. Papaya is one of the most nutritious and medicinally important fruits of the tropical region. Scientific papaya cultivation and efficient use of resources hold the real key to providing fresh papaya produce and livelihood security to the masses of developing countries. Thus the academic and practical knowledge about papaya production is essential to helping you formulate management practices for sustainable agricultural development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498735605

Paper and the British EmpireThe Quest for Imperial Raw Materials 1861–1960 Paper and the British Empire examines the evolution of the paper industry within British organisational frameworks and highlights the role of the Empire as a market and business-making area in a world of shrinking commerce and rising trade barriers. Drawing on a valuable range of primary sources this book covers the period 1861–1960 and examines events from the establishment of free trade backed by the gold standard to Britain’s membership of the European Free Trade Association. In the field of the paper industry the speed and intensity of the industrialisation process around the globe have been shaped by a wide variety of variables including the surrounding institutional framework; entrepreneurial and organisational strategies; the cost and accessibility of transport; and the availability of capital knowledge energy resources and technology. The supply of papermaking raw materials has also been key and has historically been the most important determinant for geographical location and dominance. The research in this work focuses on the roles played by such variants on the one hand and demand characteristics on the other. In particular it considers developments connected to a quest for Empire-grown raw materials in order to tackle the problem of the lack of indigenous raw materials and the resulting dependence on Scandinavian wood pulp imports. This text is of considerable interest to advanced students and researchers in economic history business history and the paper industry and will also be useful to organisations working within the pulp and paper industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341565

Paper Machine ClothingKey to the Paper Making Process Everyone involved in paper making knows Asten as a world class manufacturer of paper machine clothing. Perhaps less well known is that Asten started in this industry more than 120 years ago. Since then the company has taken advantage of modern manufacturing techniques to produce innovative products needed by the growing paper making industry. That is why Asten commissioned Dr. Sabit Adanur to write this book - to continue spreading sophisticated papermaking knowledge throughout the global paper industry. This book discusses how the latest technological innovations help produce quality paper products. It also covers the use of TQM and computers in the papermaking process as basic paper structure and properties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448165

Paper Pound 1797-1812 First Published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865976

Paper TigersChina’s Nuclear Posture China’s nuclear arsenal has long been an enigma. The arsenal has historically been small based almost exclusively on land-based ballistic missiles maintained at a low level of alert and married to a no-first-use doctrine – all choices that would seem to invite attack in a crisis. Chinese leaders when they have spoken about nuclear weapons have articulated ideas that sound odd to the Western ear. Mao Zedong’s oft-quoted remark that ‘nuclear weapons are a paper tiger’ seems to be bluster or madness. China’s nuclear forces are now too important to remain a mystery. Yet Westerners continue to disagree about basic factual information concerning one of the world’s most important nuclear-weapons states. This Adelphi book documents and explains the evolution of China’s nuclear forces in terms of historical bureaucratic and ideological factors. There is a strategic logic at work but that logic is mediated through politics bureaucracy and ideology. The simplest explanation is that Chinese leaders taken as a whole have tended to place relatively little emphasis on the sort of technical details that dominated US discussions regarding deterrence. Such profound differences in thinking about nuclear weapons could lead to catastrophic misunderstanding in the event of a military crisis between Beijing and Washington. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907140

Paperback Parnassus/h This book grew out of a series of articles about paperback distribution which I wrote and which Publishers Weekly pub-lished in March and April of 1975. The idea for the series came from Lila Freilicher assistant editor of P~ and to her I wish to express special thanks. Other PW colleagues offered help criticism and encouragement when my enthusiasm was flagging; among them Arnold W. Ehrlich Chandler B. Grannis Jean Norrington and Miriam Phelps. Many people in the paperback industry in granting me inter-views and behind-the-scenes scenarios were generous with their time and their counsel. I want to thank particularly Stanley Budner Ronald Busch Edward L. Butler Joe Byrne Ross Claiborne Alun Davies Robert Fair de Graff John Dessauer Robert G. Diforio Oscar Dystel Sidney Graedon Dr. Donald Hauss Howard Kaminski Abe Koppleman Freeman Lewis Esther Margolis Peter M. Mayer Helen Meyer John Meszaros David Moscow Patrick O'Connor Ed Pendergast Russell Reynolds Gerald Rubinsky Louis Satz Herbert K. Schnall Leon Shimkin Roysce Smith Richard Snyder Carl W. Tobey George Wright and Francis Zinni. Whatever collective wisdom is in this book is theirs. The mistakes of course are mine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282226

Papers on Accounting History (RLE Accounting) Written over a period of twenty years the papers included here reflect the changing circumstances around the study of accounting history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977891

Papers on Capitalism Development and Planning This volume consists of lectures and articles by Maurice Dobb selected from among those delivered or written by him during the 1950s and 60s. It includes three lectures delivered at the University of Bologna on ‘Some Problems in the History of Capitalism’ two lectures on economic development given at the Delhi School of Economics articles on the theory of development and a number of articles on various questions of soviet economic planning contributed to specialist journals. The collection ends with a note in retrospect on Marx’s Das Kapital published in recognition of the centenary of the appearance of Volume One of that work in 1867. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751438

Papers on Welfare and Growth The volume is divided into three parts:A: Economic Growth and Related Problems (covering international trade and economic integration including a comparative study between Europe and America)B: Theoretical Welfare Economics (welfare propositions in economics profit maximization and its implications and the Theory of Tariffs)C: Practical Welfare Economics (the price of economic progress equity and international payments). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708583

Papers relating to the Loss of Minorca in 1756 A collection formed by the Admiralty in its own defence after Byng had allowed the island to fall but before he was tried. It contains most of the official papers of importance but the selection naturally supports the official line. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248651

Papua New GuineaThe Struggle for Development Papua New Guinea is the first book to explore the economic development of this socially complex rapidly changing nation. Subjects discussed include: * rapid economic growth and political conflict * civil war on the island of Bougainville * population growth and urbanisation * mining: gold copper and environmental conflicts * uneven development and social divisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994744

PapuaGeopolitics and the Quest for Nationhood The Papuan conflict has been on the international radar screen since Indonesia became an independent state in 1945. Since the surrender of the territory of Papua to Indonesia in 1962 a low-intensity military conflict has been building. Most Papuans believed that their right to self-determination was sacrificed on the altar of geopolitics. Later when East Timor seceded peacefully from Indonesia Papuans expected the same right. When this did not happen the conflict intensified. In this pivotal work Bilveer Singh examines the history of the Papuan struggle and approaches to conflict resolution through the framework of its geopolitical implications. Asserting that the Papuans were treated unjustly by Indonesia and the international community it is not surprising that many have come down squarely on the side of Papuan independence as a way out of the imbroglio.While to some extent the Papuan's case cannot be denied definite political and strategic realities should not be ignored. Unfortunately for the Papuans their territory has immense geopolitical geostrategic and economic significance--not only for Indonesia but also for others such as the United States China Australia and a number of European countries. Papua is wealthy under-populated and backward in terms of human resource development. Its future as a distinct entity is in real danger as the Papuans are becoming the minority in their own homeland. Due to the asymmetry of power the Papuans' struggle has not made a breakthrough that would force Indonesia to rethink the future of the territory in any fundamental way.In order to unravel the dynamics involving Papuan separatism this study describes the Papuan political landscape. Singh explains what makes Papua unique and how its makeup has affected the territory's political dynamics. He analyzes the emergence of Papua as a geopolitical trophy calling into question the degree to which Papuan nationalism has crystallized. Finally he questions whether Papua is emerging as a regional flashpoint and in view of its geopolitical importance the various options available. Papua: Geopolitics and the Quest for Nationhood will be of interest to scholars of international relations comparative politics of Indonesia and the Asia-Pacific and policymaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512948

Parabolic Equations on an Infinite Strip This book focuses on solutions of second order linear parabolic partial differentialequations on an infinite strip-emphasizing their integral representation their initialvalues in several senses and the relations between these.Parabolic Equations on an Infinite Strip provides valuable information-previously unavailable in a single volume-on such topics as semigroup property.. . the Cauchy problem ... Gauss-Weierstrass representation . .. initial limits .. .normal limits and related representation theorems ... hyperplane conditions .. .determination of the initial measure .. . and the maximum principle. It also exploresnew unpublished results on parabolic limits . . . more general limits ... and solutionssatisfying LP conditions.Requiring only a fundamental knowledge of general analysis and measure theory thisbook serves as an excellent text for graduate students studying partial differentialequations and harmonic analysis as well as a useful reference for analysts interested inapplied measure theory and specialists in partial differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451172

Paracelsus's Theory of EmbodimentConception and Gestation in Early Modern Europe Paracelsus has been called the father of modern chemistry and is legendary for his treatment of syphilis. This work argues that Paracelsus developed an understanding of the body as composed of two distinct sexes revolutionizing early modern conceptions of the female body as an inversion of or flawed approximation of the male body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663824

Paracoccidioidomycosis Paracoccidioidomycosis continues to be a serious health problem among rural workers in many Latin American countries. This deep mycosis has many similarities to other deep mycoses that affect the developed world. Furthermore P. brasiliensis is becoming an excellent tool for basic studies (e.g. dimorphism hormone-mediated host interactions ecology). Paracoccidioidomycosis is an important publication with 30 chapters covering every aspect of the disease from its etiological agent P. brasiliensis to the clinical manifestations and treatment. The chapters are written by 45 specialists each one a leading figure in his or her area of research. This reference is the first of its kind to be written in English. The book is a valuable addition to the reference collections of basic researchers and applied mycologists as well as clinicians and others working with infectious and tropical diseases. It can also be used for courses on medical mycology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896229

ParaconsistencyThe Logical Way to the Inconsistent This book presents a study on the foundations of a large class of paraconsistent logics from the point of view of the logics of formal inconsistency. It also presents several systems of non-standard logics with paraconsistent features. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138466906

Paradata and Transparency in Virtual Heritage Computer-Generated Images (CGIs) are widely used and accepted in the world of entertainment but the use of the very same visualization techniques in academic research in the Arts and Humanities remains controversial. The techniques and conceptual perspectives on heritage visualization are a subject of an ongoing interdisciplinary debate. By demonstrating scholarly excellence and best technical practice in this area this volume is concerned with the challenge of providing intellectual transparency and accountability in visualization-based historical research. Addressing a range of cognitive and technological challenges the authors make a strong case for a wider recognition of three-dimensional visualization as a constructive intellectual process and valid methodology for historical research and its communication. Intellectual transparency of visualization-based research the pervading theme of this volume is addressed from different perspectives reflecting the theory and practice of respective disciplines. The contributors - archaeologists cultural historians computer scientists and ICT practitioners - emphasize the importance of reliable tools in particular documenting the process of interpretation of historical material and hypotheses that arise in the course of research. The discussion of this issue refers to all aspects of the intellectual content of visualization and is centred around the concept of 'paradata'. Paradata document interpretative processes so that a degree of reliability of visualization outcomes can be understood. The disadvantages of not providing this kind of intellectual transparency in the communication of historical content may result in visual products that only convey a small percentage of the knowledge that they embody thus making research findings not susceptible to peer review and rendering them closed to further discussion. It is argued therefore that paradata should be recorded alongside more tangible outcomes of research preferably as an integral part of virtual models and sustained beyond the life-span of the technology that underpins visualization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245655

Paradigm and Ideology in Educational Research (RLE Edu L)The Social Functions of the Intellectual This book explores the complex social assumptions and values that underlie research programmes about schools. The analysis of educational research draws upon American and European scholarships in the sociology of knowledge social philosophy and the history and sociology of science. The discussion considers first the communal crafts and social characteristics of educational research. Three research models empirical-analytic symbolic or linguistic and critical sciences are given attention. The discussion of the three research models is to illuminate how the constellation of commitments assumptions and practices inter-relate to perform a paradigm giving different and conflicting definitions to the meaning of educational theory and to the use of the particular techniques of enquiry. The social role of educational research and the researcher is also considered.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752916

Paradigm Islands: Manhattan and VeniceDiscourses on Architecture and the City Concerning architecture and the city built imagined and narrated this book focuses on Manhattan and Venice but considers architecture as an intellectual and spatial process rather than a product. A critical look at the making of Manhattan and Venice provides a background to addressing the dynamic redefinition and making of space today. The gradual processes of adjustment the making of a constantly changing dense space the emphasis on forming rather than on figure the incorporation of new forms and languages through their adaptation and transformation make both Manhattan and Venice in different ways the ideal places to contextualize and address the issue of an architecture of the dynamic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874046

Paradigm LostCultural and Systems Theoretical Critique of Political Economy This sequel to "Man and the Biosphere" is an account of the origins and development of a cultural social energetic and systems theoretical contribution to critical Marxism. It examines: the intellectual contributions of the Russian philosophers A.A. Bogdanov and A.I. Bukharin; Bogdanov's and Bukharin's contributions as a search for a unity of scientific knowledge; and a paradigmatic change from a closed mechanical system to an open systems paradigm. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482613

Paradigm Shift in EducationTowards the Third Wave of Effectiveness As social contexts and demands change in the 21st century pedagogies and policies must adapt to keep up. Increasing emphasis on global preparedness competitivity and holistic education alongside a fast-paced ever-changing environment may make policy implementation difficult. However Cheng asserts that it is only by understanding the current trends visions and issues in education policy implementation and research that we can reflect adapt and improve future initiatives.To that end Cheng elucidates the different paradigm shifts in classrooms and pedagogy all over the world. In his exploration of third-wave paradigm shifts in education he charts the rationales concerns and effects in topics such as contextualized multiple intelligences integrated learning national education in globalization teacher effectiveness and development school-based management and systemic education reform.This book is a promising referential resource for any policy-maker academic and educator who knows that the only way to progress is to look at and learn from the current issues and future trends globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661236

Paradigms and Fairy TalesVolume 1 This book is an introduction to the epistemology and practice of social science. It provides an exposition and critique of the ideology and practice of social science and an examination of the professional social scientist as a manipulator of ideas and appearances. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060741

Paradigms and Fairy TalesVolume 2 This book is an introduction to the epistemology and practice of social science. It provides an exposition and critique of the ideology and practice of social science and an examination of the professional social scientist as a manipulator of ideas and appearances. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060734

Paradigms in Economic DevelopmentClassic Perspectives Critiques and Reflections Presents an introduction to East Asian politics. This book uses a thematic approach to describe the political development of China Japan and Koreas since the mid-nineteenth century and analyzes the social cultural political and economic features of each country. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315287133

Paradigms in Political Economy Social theory can usefully be conceived in terms of four key paradigms: functionalist interpretive radical humanist and radical structuralist. The four paradigms are founded upon different assumptions about the nature of social science and the nature of society. Each generates theories concepts and analytical tools which are different from those of other paradigms and together they provide a more balanced understanding of the phenomenon under consideration. This book demonstrates that an understanding of these different paradigms and how they can be applied leads to a better understanding of the multi-faceted nature of political economy. Any explanation of a given phenomenon is based on a worldview. The premise of this book is that any worldview can be associated with one of the four key paradigms. Each chapter of the book takes an important phenomenon (i.e. the state justice freedom democracy liberal democracy media and the great recession) and discusses it from the four different viewpoints. It emphasizes that the four views expressed are equally scientific and informative. They look at the phenomenon from their certain paradigmatic perspective and together provide a more balanced understanding of the phenomenon under consideration. The diversity of economics research possibilities referred to in this book is vast. While each paradigm advocates a research strategy that is logically coherent in terms of underlying assumptions these vary from paradigm to paradigm. The phenomenon to be researched can be conceptualized and studied in many different ways each generating distinctive kinds of insight and understanding. This book is for those who study political economy as well as economic theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498716

Paradigms in PsychoanalysisAn Integration This book aims at making explicit the scientific theories termed paradigms that the author has found useful in psychoanalysis. It lists nine paradigms: genetics neurobiology attachment theory infant research trauma their relational model the family system the socio-cultural level and prehistory. These nine paradigms are presented in as many chapters. Special attention is devoted to attachment theory which the author considers to be the most powerful conceptual tool at the disposal of the psychoanalyst. He also covers trauma the relational model - with special reference to Ferenczi Bowlby and Fromm. He explores the effect of cultural evolution with the advent of agriculture on family and character structures and the resulting discontinuity with the individual or group's inborn needs giving rise to an unnatural environment and thus to psychopathology and pathology at a social level such as war. The consequence of these combined factors gives rise to the need for psychotherapy this is explored together with the role of the therapist and the therapy of psychoses Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490243

Paradigms of Clinical Social Work This book provokes sociological questions about the expanding number of paradigms of clinical social work and the application of clinical theory. It enhances clinical social workers' ability to make sense of people's lives so that we may help them in their struggles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005082

Paradigms of Clinical Social Work First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009516

Paradigms of Clinical Social WorkEmphasis on Diversity Designed to mirror how social work theory and practice is taught Paradigms of Clinical Social Work Volume 3 presents new therapeutic models through an imaginary family experiencing common social work problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977907

Paradigms of Indian ArchitectureSpace and Time in Representation and Design This book explores conceptions of Indian architecture and how the historical buildings of the subcontinent have been conceived and described. Investigating the design philosophies of architects and styles of analysis by architectural historians the book explores how systems of design and ideas about aesthetics have governed both the construction of buildings in India and their subsequent interpretation.How did the political directives of the British colonial period shape the manner in which pioneer archaeologists wrote the histories of India's buildings? How might such accounts conflict with indigenous ones or with historical aesthetics? How might paintings of buildings by British and Indian artists suggest different ways of understanding their subjects? In what ways must we revise our conceptions of space and time to understand the narrative art which adorns India's most ancient monuments? These are among the questions addressed by the contributors to the volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026923

Paradigms of JusticeRedistribution Recognition and Beyond This book explores the relation between redistribution and recognition two key paradigms in the contemporary discourse on justice. Combining insights from the traditions of critical social theory and analytical political philosophy the volume offers a multifaceted exploration of this incredibly inspiring conceptual couple from a plurality of perspectives. The chapters engage with concepts such as universal basic income property-owning democracy poverty equality self-respect pluralism care and work all of which have an impact on individuals’ recognition as well as on distributive policies. An important contribution to the field of political and social philosophy the volume will be useful to scholars and researchers of politics law human rights economics social justice as well as policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138594272

Paradigms of Political Power Generations of men have used the notion of "power" to make sense of their political experience. Despite the fact that the term has recently fallen into comparative disfavor the scholarly debate over the nature of power continues with experts still striving to obtain an exact understanding of what power really is. The works collected by John R. Champlin here clearly set forth all the important arguments in the lively dispute with a focus on the essential question: can the concept of power be used to unify the study of politics?The contributors to this work search for a definition of power assess the value of serious political analysis in terms of power and illustrate applications of the "power concept" to issues locally nationally and internationally. Hans Morgenthau supports a power-based political theory; he is countered by Charles A. McClelland and James G. March. Seeking a coherent useful definition of the term Thomas Hobbes investigates power in terms of its cause and Dorothy Emmet draws up a list of distinct uses of power. Theodore Lowi achieves a fresh start on power studies by distinguishing "arenas" of power according to expectations of costs and benefits. The Lowi contribution bears on the debate over how the United States is to be characterized. Opposing C. Wright Mills' theory of the power elite as well as the idea of pluralism Peter Bachrach and Morton S. Baratz find that opportunities for participation in political decisions and power are very unequally distributed.This unique debate on the definition of power engaging all sides in direct dialogue with one another includes the work of important leading scholars in this area of thought. Together with an excellent introduction by the editor the debate gives an active dimension to this book that will enliven all college classes and interested audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529502

Paradiplomacy in ActionThe Foreign Relations of Subnational Governments Offering a general view of the development of subnational foreign action around the world this work covers topics such as the repercussions upon subnational autonomy of the progressive consistution of international regimes such as the EU NAFTA and APEC. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039497

Paradise Discourse Imperialism and GlobalizationExploiting Eden This comparative study the first of its kind discusses paradise discourse in a wide range of writing from Mexico Zanzibar and Sri Lanka including novels by authors such as Malcolm Lowry Leonard Woolf Juan Rulfo Wilson Harris Abdulrazak Gurnah and Romesh Gunesekera. Tracing dialectical tropes of paradise across the "long modernity" of the capitalist world-system Deckard reads literature from postcolonial nations in context with colonial discourse in order to demonstrate how paradise begins as a topos motivating European exploration and colonization shifts into an ideological myth justifying imperial exploitation and finally becomes a literary motif used by contemporary writers to critique neocolonial representations and conditions in the age of globalization. Combining a range of critical perspectives—cultural materialist ecocritical and postcolonial—the volume opens up a deeper understanding of the relation between paradise discourse and the destructive dynamics of plantation tourism and global capital. Deckard uncovers literature from East Africa and South Asia which has been previously overlooked in mainstream postcolonial criticism and gestures to how the utopian dimensions of the paradise myth might be reclaimed to promote cultural resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820814

Paradise Lost First published in 1980. Paradise Lost was once a favourite text for family reading; today it is confined to the educational system which treats it as an object to be investigated rather than a subject that demands response. Professor Hunter writes inevitably for an audience of literary students but he invites them to consider Paradise Lost as a text that must be enjoyed before it can be explained. He understands the need to explain complexities but is mainly concerned with the onward flow of our engagement with an ancient poem. Milton’s narrative technique is explored as a system which both encourages and frustrates our native sense of story. His poetic power is shown to grow from our assent to its brilliant evocation of "as if" fictions. Milton is a master of audience manipulation of dramatic tension and intellectual paradox. These characteristics are described in the context of the task the poem sets itself to tell the untellable and describe what no man has ever seen. The power of Milton’s art is traced through his rehandling of Homer and Virgil and in his daringly individual fidelity to scripture. Professor Hunter does not try to smooth away the contradictions inherent in Milton’s ambition to write an English classical Christian epic. He rather stresses the contradictions as cues to a properly alert reading. And this is what the book aims at above all a response to Paradise Lost which is alert to poetry and unintimidated by scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142940

Paradise Lost and the Classical Epic This study first published in 1979 explores the idea that all spheres of action - hell heaven and earth - of the classical epic is relevant to all parts of Paradise Lost. The author also examines the structure style and the narrator of the text. This title will be of great interest to students of Milton and English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151317

Paradise Lost?The Ecological Economics of Biodiversity Originally published in 1994 Paradise Lost? is the outcome of a unique collaboration between economists and ecologists initiated by the Beijer Institute of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. The book examines how the loss of biodiversity is one of the most serious problems the world faces and suggests that new interdisciplinary thinking is required to safeguard both us and the biosphere from the effects of species extinction. The book examines how an integrated interdisciplinary approach to the conservation of biodiversity can understand and tackle the issue. It provides an overview of the causes of the problem and examines previous approaches to dealing with it. The book also addresses how the loss of biodiversity affects natural systems and provides an examination of environmental policy while discussing how this has been affected by the ecological limits to economic activity. This book will be of interest to both academics and students of environmental sciences economics and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358341

Paradosiaká: Music Meaning and Identity in Modern Greece Since the 1980s musicians and audiences in Athens have been rediscovering musical traditions associated with the Ottoman period of Greek history. The result of this revivalist movement has been the urban musical style of 'paradosiaká' ('traditional'). Drawing from a varied repertoire that includes Turkish art music and folk and popular musics of Greece and Turkey and identified by the use of instruments which previously had little or no performing tradition in Greece paradosiaká has had to define itself by negotiating contrastive tendencies towards differentiation and a certain degree of overlapping in relation to a range of indigenous Greek musics. This monograph explores paradosiaká as a musical style and as a field of discourse seeking to understand the relation between sound and meanings constructed through sound. It draws on interviews commercial recordings written musical discourse and the author's own experience as a practising paradosiaká musician. Some main themes discussed in the book are the migration of instruments from Turkey to Greece; the process of 'indigenization' whereby paradosiaká was imbued with local meanings and aesthetic value; the accommodation of the style within official and popular discourses of 'Greekness'; its prophetic role in the rapprochement of Greek culture with modern Turkey and with suppressed aspects of the Greek Ottoman legacy; as well as the varied worldviews and current musical dilemmas of individual practitioners in the context of professionalization commercialization and the intensification of cross-cultural contact. The text is richly illustrated with transcriptions illustrations and includes two audio CDs. The book makes a valuable contribution to ethnomusicology cultural studies as well as to the study of the Balkans and the Mediterranean. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247397

Paradox Paradoxes are more than just intellectual puzzles - they raise substantive philosophical issues and offer the promise of increased philosophical knowledge. In this introduction to paradox and paradoxes Doris Olin shows how seductive paradoxes can be why they confuse and confound and why they continue to fascinate. Olin examines the nature of paradox outlining a rigorous definition and providing a clear and incisive statement of what does and does not count as a resolution of a paradox. The view that a statement can be both true and false that contradictions can be true is seen to provide a challenge to the account of paradox resolution and is explored. With this framework in place the book then turns to an in-depth treatment of the Prediction Paradox versions of the Preface/Fallibility Paradox the Lottery Paradox Newcomb's Problem the Prisoner's Dilemma and the Sorites Paradox. Each of these paradoxes is shown to have considerable philosophical punch. Olin unpacks the central arguments in a clear and systematic fashion offers original analyses and solutions and exposes further unsettling implications for some of our most deep-seated principles and convictions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710532

Paradox and Imperatives in Health CareRedirecting Reform for Efficiency and Effectiveness Revised Edition The Paradox: Americans are not as healthy as people in dozens of comparable countries that spend 30 percent less on health care and our medical marketplace overall is plagued by persistent problems of cost quality and access. Yet the world’s best individual health systems are located in the U.S.—each a unique result of visionary leadership and private initiative not government-driven health reform.The Imperatives: Due to powerful new forces explained in this book medical spending has stopped growing. Purchasers payers and patients are no longer willing or able to keep paying more. To stay in business and improve population health providers and their business partners must eliminate the shameful waste generated by inefficient and ineffective production processes.The Solution: Simply repairing or repealing the Affordable Care Act will not get us where we want to go. The fundamental roadblock is a wasteful system not uninsured Americans. Reform needs to be immediately redirected to creating the best health care system that 17 percent of GDP can buy. Money saved by taking the new path to reform can then be used to improve population health through access for all. Paradox and Imperatives in Health Care is the roadmap for getting there. Supplies updated perspectives on health care’s problems and solutions Details the reasons why government-driven reform does not solve problems Provides a justification for regulatory relief tied to performance improvement Suggests specific new policies for a better approach to desired outcomes Presents content written expressly for busy executives and policy makers Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466593244

Paradox and SocietyWork of Bernard Mandeville The writings of Bernard Mandeville mark an important transition between enlightenment social philosophy and modern science. Born in Holland in 1670 and educated as a physician Mandeville spent the greater part of his working life in England where he died in 1733. In some respects Mandeville can be compared to Voltaire - Mandeville's junior by twenty-four years.Mandeville had the knack of making controversies volcanic and of arousing heated debate about any topic on which he chose to comment - and he chose to comment on virtually everything. He was especially1 interested in social evolution morality and society prostitution and romantic love crime and its deterrence and in social aspects of religion. His views on these and countless other topics cohere in his continual fascination with the consequences of social and economic actions that run counter to anticipations and intentions and in the paradoxical or ironic cast that such outcomes often have. In Paradox and Society Louis Schneider is the first to offer a full consideration of Mandeville as a sociologist.Schneider offers an intellectual and characterological portrait of Mandeville examining his writings and reactions to him over time. Schneider goes on to review Mandeville's theory of human nature and explores his hotly contested notion of the paradox of private vices and public benefits - that the arousal of desires is a necessary precondition for the stimulation of social and economic development.Social action outside the marketplace and Mandeville's problematic theory of social evolution are next considered. The volume ends with an examination of paradox irony and satire in society. In this detailed analysis of one of the world's most controversial social critics Schneider shows us that Mandeville offers a vision of human society that is of enduring significance. He challenges the reader to consider how that vision might operate in today's world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512955

Paradox And The Family System First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009561

Paradox in Public RelationsA Contrarian Critique of Theory and Practice Paradox in Public Relations: A Contrarian Critique of Theory and Practice is a thought-provoking exploration of public relations aiming to promote changes in meaning and perception by creating new meta-realities for public relations. The term “Public Relations” was embraced by early practitioners primarily because it sounded more professional than the often-pejorative alternatives. This book argues for a reframing of some of the popular realities associated with modern-day public relations and uses psychological and organizational change theory to critique paradoxes in public relations theory and practice. By examining public relations through the lens of paradox we can begin to identify the logical fallacies that have inhibited progress and innovation in public relations practice and theory. The book explores the paradoxical nature of key concepts including public interest relationship management accountability stewardship loyalty community and ethics. It also recommends new conceptualizations for understanding the field. This book will be of interest to media communication public relations and advertising faculty and graduate students particularly those interested in public relations theory and ethics. Scholars from other disciplines can also use this exploration of paradox in PR as a learning tool for identifying logical fallacies and inconsistencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671942

Paradoxes from A to Z Paradoxes from A to Z Third edition is the essential guide to paradoxes and takes the reader on a lively tour of puzzles that have taxed thinkers from Zeno to Galileo and Lewis Carroll to Bertrand Russell. Michael Clark uncovers an array of conundrums such as Achilles and the Tortoise Theseus’ Ship and the Prisoner’s Dilemma taking in subjects as diverse as knowledge science art and politics. Clark discusses each paradox in non-technical terms considering its significance and looking at likely solutions. This third edition is revised throughout and adds nine new paradoxes that have important bearings in areas such as law logic ethics and probability. Paradoxes from A to Z Third edition is an ideal starting point for those interested not just in philosophical puzzles and conundrums but anyone seeking to hone their thinking skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538572

Paradoxes In Immunology First published in 1986: Paradoxes play a key role in the advancement of science. They are associated with excitement and with the knowledge that we must be looking at something the wrong way. This book discusses in detail Paradoxes in Immunology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367251710

Paradoxes in Nurses’ Identity Culture and ImageThe Shadow Side of Nursing This book examines some of the more disturbing representations of nurses in popular culture to understand nursing’s complex identities challenges and future directions. It critically analyses disquieting representations of nurses who don’t care who kill who inspire fear or who do not comply with laws and policies. Also addressed are stories about how power is used as well as supernatural experiences in nursing. Using a series of examples taken from popular culture ranging from film television and novels to memoirs and true crime podcasts it interrogates the meaning of the shadow side of nursing and the underlying paradoxes that influence professional identity. Iconic nursing figures are still powerful today. Decades after they were first created Ratched and Annie Wilkes continue to make readers and viewers shudder at the prospect of ever being ill. Modern storytelling modes are bringing to audiences the grim reality that some nurses are members of the working poor like Cath Hardacre in Trust Me and others can be dangerous con artists like the nurse in Dirty John. This book is important reading for all those interested in understanding the links between nursing’s image and the profession’s potential as an agent for change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491267

Paradoxes in Scientific Inference Paradoxes are poems of science and philosophy that collectively allow us to address broad multidisciplinary issues within a microcosm. A true paradox is a source of creativity and a concise expression that delivers a profound idea and provokes a wild and endless imagination. The study of paradoxes leads to ultimate clarity and at the same time indisputably challenges your mind. Paradoxes in Scientific Inference analyzes paradoxes from many different perspectives: statistics mathematics philosophy science artificial intelligence and more. The book elaborates on findings and reaches new and exciting conclusions. It challenges your knowledge intuition and conventional wisdom compelling you to adjust your way of thinking. Ultimately you will learn effective scientific inference through studying the paradoxes. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466509863

Paradoxes in Social Work PracticeMitigating Ethical Trespass In the helping professions codes of ethics and decision-making models have been the primary vehicles for determining what constitutes ethical practice. These strategies are insufficient since they assume that shared meanings exist and that the contradictory universal principles of codes can be reconciled. Also these tools do not emphasize the significance of context for ethical practice. This book takes a new critical theoretical approach which involves exploring how social workers construct what is ’ethical’ in their work especially when they are positioned at the intersection of multiple paradoxes including that of two opposing responsibilities in society: namely to care for others but also to prevent others from harm. The book is built on narratives from actual front-line workers and therefore is more applicable and grounded for practitioners and students offering many suggestions for sound practice. It illustrates that an understanding of ethics differs from worker to worker and is heavily influenced by context workers’ values and what they take up as the primary discourses that frame their perceptions of the profession. While recognizing the oppressive potential of social work the book is rooted in a perspective that ethical practice can contribute to a more socially just society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314818

Paradoxes of Cultural RecognitionPerspectives from Northern Europe Explicitly comparative in its approach Paradoxes of Cultural Recognition discusses central issues regarding multiculturalism in today's Europe based on studies of Norway and the Netherlands. Distinguishing clearly the four social fields of the media education the labour market and issues relating to gender it presents empirical case studies which offer valuable insights into the nature of majority/minority relationships whilst raising theoretical questions relevant for further comparisons. With clear comparisons of integration and immigration policies in Europe and engagement with the questions surrounding the need for more culturally sensitive policies this volume will be of interest to scholars and policy-makers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267770

Paradoxes of Democracy Leadership and EducationStruggling for Social Justice in the Twenty-first Century Paradoxes of Democracy Leadership and Education engages both critically and creatively with important social political and educational issues and argues that the organisational forms of contemporary schooling are caught up in politically significant contradictions. Highlighting the inescapable paradoxes that educators must grapple with in their thought and practice as they seek to reconcile democracy and leadership in education this book addresses the question of whether socially just democratic futures can be realised through education. Divided into two parts the first part explores theoretical frameworks and concepts presenting theory and raising issues and questions while the second shares diverse examples of practice renewing and reanimating the links between education leadership and democracy and providing models of alternatives. Studying a number of global developments that can be seen as potentially threatening such as a growing inequality in wealth and income and the declining participation and trust in democratic processes this text is at the forefront of international innovations in educational theory and philosophy. A fascinating and vital read for all researchers and students Paradoxes of Democracy Leadership and Education considers the opportunities and challenges that are confronting and threatening education in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492981

Paradoxes of European Legal Integration Focusing on paradoxes and tensions of European legal integration this book investigates four complex and inherently contradictory processes - constitutionalization and democratization institution-building and market-making cross-cultural communication and European discourse and cultural exceptionalism and normalization - to offer a new framework for understanding contemporary European integration. The volume features contributions from some of the biggest names in European legal philosophy to include Neil MacCormick Yves Dezalay and Bryant Garth Pierre Legrand Heikki Mattila and David Nelken. It presents a timely interdisciplinary approach to an important and topical area and will be of interest to those concerned with the place of socio-legal processes language and culture in the continuous advancement of the EU project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254176

Paradoxes of Gambling Behaviour Why does a large proportion of the population engage in some form of gambling although they know they are most likely to lose and that the gambling industry makes huge profits? Do gamblers simply accept their losses as fate or do they believe that they will be able to overcome the negative odds in some miraculous way? The paradox is complicated by the fact that those habitual gamblers who are most aware that systematic losses cannot be avoided are the least likely to stop gambling. Detailed analyses of actual gambling behaviour have shown gamblers to be victims of a variety of cognitive illusions which lead them to believe that the general statistical rules of determining the probability of loss do not apply to them as individuals. The designers of gambling games cleverly exploit these illusions in order to promote a false perception of the situation. Much of the earlier interest in gambling behaviour has been centred on the traditional theories of human decision-making where decisions are portrayed as choices among bets. This led to a tradition of studying decision-making in experiments on betting. In this title originally published in 1988 the author argues that betting behaviour should not be used as a typical example of human decision-making upon which a general psychological theory could be founded and that these traditional views can in no way account for the gambling behaviour reported in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687219

Paradoxes of IndividualizationSocial Control and Social Conflict in Contemporary Modernity Paradoxes of Individualization addresses one of the most hotly debated issues in contemporary sociology: whether a process of individualization is liberating selves from society so as to make them the authors of their personal biographies. The book adopts a cultural-sociological approach that firmly rejects such a notion of individualization as naïve. The process is instead conceptualized as an increasing social significance of moral notions of individual liberty personal authenticity and cultural tolerance which informs two paradoxes. Firstly chapters about consumer behavior computer gaming new age spirituality and right-wing extremism demonstrate that this individualism entails a new yet often unacknowledged form of social control. The second paradox addressed in chapters about religious cultural and political conflict is concerned with the fact that it is precisely individualism's increased social significance that has made it morally and politically contested. Paradoxes of Individualization will therefore be of interest to scholars and students of cultural sociology cultural anthropology political science and cultural religious and media studies and particularly to those with interests in social theory culture politics and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754679011

Paradoxes of Labour ReformChinese Labour Theory and Practice from Socialism to Market Labour reform is only one component of the larger process of reforming economy and society experienced by China over the last three decades. This book uses historical analytical tools in order to shed light on how policymaking takes place in contemporary China: an experimental and self-fulfilling process where decisions are taken only long after being introduced into daily practice. It will be valuable to students of contemporary Chinese society and key to the understanding of 25 years of Chinese labour reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977914

Paradoxes of LearningOn Becoming An Individual in Society As more is discovered about the powerful impact of lifelong learning on adults educators are changing their views about how when and where we learn. Learning is no longer defined only in the context of formal educational settings but in social context as well – including families the workplace and religious and political groups. This book explores how learning is our lifetime quest to understand personal identity purpose and meaning while conforming and adapting to the perceived and real confines of our paradoxical society. The author examines the complex social experience of learning revealing how culture gender race and other societal factors shape an individual’s identity and ability to function in relationships – the basis of all learning. He also discusses the difficult paradox of cultivating creative thinking and reflective action in a society that values the acquisition of degrees certificates and titles over actual learning and growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750738

Paradoxes of Post-Mao Rural ReformInitial Steps toward a New Chinese Countryside 1976-1981 The decollectivization of Chinese agriculture in the early post-Mao period is widely recognized as a critical part of the overall reform program. But the political process leading to this outcome is poorly understood. A number of approaches have dominated the existing literature: 1) a power/policy struggle between Hua Guofeng’s alleged neo-Maoists and Deng Xiaoping’s reform coalition; 2) the power of the peasants; and 3) the leading role of provincial reformers. The first has no validity while second and third must be viewed through more complex lenses.This study provides a new interpretation challenging conventional wisdom. Its key finding is that a game changer emerged in spring 1980 at the time Deng replaced Hua as CCP leader but the significant change in policy was not a product of any clash between these two leaders. Instead Deng endorsed Zhao Ziyang’s policy initiative that shifted emphasis away from Hua’s pro-peasant policy of increased resources to the countryside to a pro-state policy that reduced the rural burden on national coffers. To replace the financial resources policy measures including household farming were implemented with considerable provincial variations. The major unexpected production increases in 1982 confirmed the arrival of decollectivization as the template on the ground. The dynamics of this policy change has never been adequately explained.Paradoxes of Post-Mao Rural Reform offers a deep empirical study of critical developments involving politics from the highest levels in Beijing to China’s villages and in the process challenges many broader accepted interpretations of the politics of reform. It is essential reading for students and scholars of contemporary Chinese political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597351

Paradoxes of PowerU.S. Foreign Policy in a Changing World This book provides a lively and readable introduction to current debates over U.S. power and purpose in world affairs. The end of the Cold War launched a new era in U.S. foreign policy. The United States entered a period of unprecedented global power but one also characterized by new conflicts challenges and controversies. The terrorist attacks of 9/11 and the subsequent U.S. military operations in Afghanistan and Iraq cast a spotlight on continuing debates over how the United States should best use its considerable international power to secure safety for Americans and stability in the world. These debates involve two crucial questions: Should U.S. foreign policy focus on securing vital interests that are narrowly defined or should the United States seek to spread U.S. institutions and values to other societies? Should the United States exercise maximum independence in the exercise of U.S. power abroad or work principally through multilateral institutions? This book brings together many different voices to answer these questions and to add to our understanding of the issues. Contributors include: Andrew J. Bacevich Max Boot Stephen G. Brooks Ralph G. Carter Robert F. Ellsworth Niall Ferguson Francis Fukuyama Philip H. Gordon Christopher Hitchens James F. Hoge Jr. Michael Ignatieff G. John Ikenberry John B. Judis Robert Kagan Charles Krauthammer Christopher Layne Michael Mandelbaum Joseph S. Nye Jr. Minxin Pei PEW Center for the People and the Press Jeffrey Record Paul W. Schroeder Todd S. Sechser Dimitri K. Simes Stephen M. Walt The White House William C. Wohlforth Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633039

Paradoxes of the Infinite (Routledge Revivals) Paradoxes of the Infinite presents one of the most insightful yet strangely unacknowledged mathematical treatises of the 19th century: Dr Bernard Bolzano’s Paradoxien. This volume contains an adept translation of the work itself by Donald A. Steele S.J. and in addition an historical introduction to the masterpiece which includes a brief biography as well as an evaluation of Bolzano the mathematician logician and physicist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749770

Paradoxes of WarOn the Art of National Self-Entrapment Why do reasonable people lead their nations into the tremendously destructive traps of international conflict? Why do nations then deepen their involvement and make it harder to escape from these traps? In Paradoxes of War originally published in 1990 Zeev Maoz addresses these and other paradoxical questions about the war process. Using a unique approach to the study of war he demonstrates that wars may often break out because states wish to prevent them and continue despite the desperate efforts of the combatants to end them. Paradoxes of War is organized around the various stages of war. The first part discusses the causes of war the second the management of war and the third the short- and long-term implications of war. In each chapter Maoz explores a different paradox as a contradiction between reasonable expectations and the outcomes of motivated behaviour based on those expectations. He documents these paradoxes in twentieth century wars including the Korean War the Six Day War and the Vietnam War. Maoz then invokes cognitive and rational choice theories to explain why these paradoxes arise. Paradoxes of War is essential reading for students and scholars of international politics war and peace studies international relations theory and political science in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367609733

Paradoxes Of Western Energy DevelopmentHow Can We Maintain The Land And The People If We Develop? Proposed energy resource development in the arid western United States raises a number of potential problems for an environment that does not have a great deal of resiliency. Projected population increases associated with large-scale development activities may go beyond the capacity of small isolated rural communities to absorb them; and constraints on western agricultural and industrial development—for example demands for water already exceeding the supply available—also limit energy development. The authors of this wide-ranging book first evaluate western energy resources then objectively discuss the consequences of development on the region’s physical and social environments. Among the questions they consider are: Who will reap the economic benefits of development and who will bear the environmental costs? What will be the effects on the environment? The social structure? The quality of life? Are open spaces a national treasure in their present form or should they be regarded as space available for development? What are the unique demands of reclamation in the arid west? And given the recent trend of western states-rights militancy and shifts of population to the southwest what impact will new federal and state policies have on resource management? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282233

Paradoxical PsychotherapyTheory & Practice With Individuals Couples & Families First published in 1982. Paradoxical psychotherapy has rapidly become one of the most· important approaches to family therapy and psychotherapy during the past few years. The aim of this book is to present an overview of paradoxical therapy. Paradoxical Psychotherapy: Theory and Practice with Individuals Couples and Families Is designed for all clinical psychologists. Applications are offered for the individual marital and family therapist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009400

Paradoxical VirtueReinhold Niebuhr and the Virtue Tradition After the re-emergence of the tradition of virtue ethics in the early 1980s Reinhold Niebuhr has often served as a foil for authors who locate themselves in that tradition. However this exercise has often proved controversial. This collection of essays continues this work across a wide range of subjects with the aim of avoiding some of the polemics that have previously accompanied it.   The central thesis of this book is that putting the work of Reinhold Niebuhr and Christian realism in dialogue with contemporary virtue theory is a profitable undertaking. An introductory essay argues against locating Niebuhr as a consequentialist and in favour of thinking of his work in terms of a dispositional ethics Contributors take different positions on whether Niebuhr’s dispositional ethics should be considered a form of virtue ethics or an alternative to virtue ethics. Several of the articles relate Niebuhr and Christian realism to particular virtues. Throughout there is an appreciation of the ways in which any Niebuhrian approach to dispositional ethics or virtue must be shaped by a sense of tragedy paradox or irony. The most moral disposition will be one which includes doubts about its own virtue. This volume allows for a repositioning of Niebuhr in the context of contemporary moral theory as well as a rereading of the tradition of virtue ethics in the light of a distinctly Protestant Christian realist and paradoxical view of virtue. As a result it will be of great interest to scholars of Niebuhr and Christian Ethics and scholars working in Moral Philosophy and the Philosophy of Religion more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588660

ParaguayThe Personalist Legacy The shots fired during the early morning hours of February 3 1989 at the Asuncion headquarters of the presidential escort battalion presented the planet with its first blood-and-steel evidence that the year would be recorded like 1848 as one of universal human liberation. The deposed government of Alfredo Stroessner had held power in Paraguay for close to 35 years a political longevity then surpassed only by Bulgaria's Todor Zhivkov North Korea's Kim ll-song and Jordan's King Hussein. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282240

Parallax13.1 This book presents themed issues to provoke exploratory interdisciplinary thinking and response. It provides a forum for a wide spectrum of perspectives on a topical question or concern. The book will be of interest to those working in cultural studies critical theory and cultural history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060918

Parallel Algorithms Focusing on algorithms for distributed-memory parallel architectures Parallel Algorithms presents a rigorous yet accessible treatment of theoretical models of parallel computation parallel algorithm design for homogeneous and heterogeneous platforms complexity and performance analysis and essential notions of scheduling. The book extracts fundamental ideas and algorithmic principles from the mass of parallel algorithm expertise and practical implementations developed over the last few decades. In the first section of the text the authors cover two classical theoretical models of parallel computation (PRAMs and sorting networks) describe network models for topology and performance and define several classical communication primitives. The next part deals with parallel algorithms on ring and grid logical topologies as well as the issue of load balancing on heterogeneous computing platforms. The final section presents basic results and approaches for common scheduling problems that arise when developing parallel algorithms. It also discusses advanced scheduling topics such as divisible load scheduling and steady-state scheduling. With numerous examples and exercises in each chapter this text encompasses both the theoretical foundations of parallel algorithms and practical parallel algorithm design. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367659394

Parallel Computers 2Architecture Programming and Algorithms Since the publication of the first edition parallel computing technology has gained considerable momentum. A large proportion of this has come from the improvement in VLSI techniques offering one to two orders of magnitude more devices than previously possible. A second contributing factor in the fast development of the subject is commercialization. The supercomputer is no longer restricted to a few well-established research institutions and large companies. A new computer breed combining the architectural advantages of the supercomputer with the advance of VLSI technology is now available at very attractive prices. A pioneering device in this development is the transputer a VLSI processor specifically designed to operate in large concurrent systems. Parallel Computers 2: Architecture Programming and Algorithms reflects the shift in emphasis of parallel computing and tracks the development of supercomputers in the years since the first edition was published. It looks at large-scale parallelism as found in transputer ensembles. This extensively rewritten second edition includes major new sections on the transputer and the OCCAM language. The book contains specific information on the various types of machines available details of computer architecture and technologies and descriptions of programming languages and algorithms. Aimed at an advanced undergraduate and postgraduate level this handbook is also useful for research workers machine designers and programmers concerned with parallel computers. In addition it will serve as a guide for potential parallel computer users especially in disciplines where large amounts of computer time are regularly used. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367456047

Parallel Computing Architectures and APIsIoT Big Data Stream Processing Parallel Computing Architectures and APIs: IoT Big Data Stream Processing commences from the point high-performance uniprocessors were becoming increasingly complex expensive and power-hungry. A basic trade-off exists between the use of one or a small number of such complex processors at one extreme and a moderate to very large number of simpler processors at the other. When combined with a high-bandwidth interprocessor communication facility leads to significant simplification of the design process. However two major roadblocks prevent the widespread adoption of such moderately to massively parallel architectures: the interprocessor communication bottleneck and the difficulty and high cost of algorithm/software development. One of the most important reasons for studying parallel computing architectures is to learn how to extract the best performance from parallel systems. Specifically you must understand its architectures so that you will be able to exploit those architectures during programming via the standardized APIs. This book would be useful for analysts designers and developers of high-throughput computing systems essential for big data stream processing emanating from IoT-driven cyber-physical systems (CPS). This pragmatic book: Devolves uniprocessors in terms of a ladder of abstractions to ascertain (say) performance characteristics at a particular level of abstraction Explains limitations of uniprocessor high performance because of Moore’s Law Introduces basics of processors networks and distributed systems Explains characteristics of parallel systems parallel computing models and parallel algorithms Explains the three primary categorical representatives of parallel computing architectures namely shared memory message passing and stream processing Introduces the three primary categorical representatives of parallel programming APIs namely OpenMP MPI and CUDA Provides an overview of Internet of Things (IoT) wireless sensor networks (WSN) sensor data processing Big Data and stream processing Provides introduction to 5G communications Edge and Fog computing Parallel Computing Architectures and APIs: IoT Big Data Stream Processing discusses stream processing that enables the gathering processing and analysis of high-volume heterogeneous continuous Internet of Things (IoT) big data streams to extract insights and actionable results in real time. Application domains requiring data stream management include military homeland security sensor networks financial applications network management web site performance tracking real-time credit card fraud detection etc. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138553910

Parallel Computing for Data ScienceWith Examples in R C++ and CUDA Parallel Computing for Data Science: With Examples in R C++ and CUDA is one of the first parallel computing books to concentrate exclusively on parallel data structures algorithms software tools and applications in data science. It includes examples not only from the classic "n observations p variables" matrix format but also from time series network graph models and numerous other structures common in data science. The examples illustrate the range of issues encountered in parallel programming.With the main focus on computation the book shows how to compute on three types of platforms: multicore systems clusters and graphics processing units (GPUs). It also discusses software packages that span more than one type of hardware and can be used from more than one type of programming language. Readers will find that the foundation established in this book will generalize well to other languages such as Python and Julia. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367738198

Parallel Computing in Quantum Chemistry An In-Depth View of Hardware Issues Programming Practices and Implementation of Key Methods Exploring the challenges of parallel programming from the perspective of quantum chemists Parallel Computing in Quantum Chemistry thoroughly covers topics relevant to designing and implementing parallel quantum chemistry programs. Focusing on good parallel program design and performance analysis the first part of the book deals with parallel computer architectures and parallel computing concepts and terminology. The authors discuss trends in hardware methods and algorithms; parallel computer architectures and the overall system view of a parallel computer; message-passing; parallelization via multi-threading; measures for predicting and assessing the performance of parallel algorithms; and fundamental issues of designing and implementing parallel programs. The second part contains detailed discussions and performance analyses of parallel algorithms for a number of important and widely used quantum chemistry procedures and methods. The book presents schemes for the parallel computation of two-electron integrals details the Hartree–Fock procedure considers the parallel computation of second-order Møller–Plesset energies and examines the difficulties of parallelizing local correlation methods. Through a solid assessment of parallel computing hardware issues parallel programming practices and implementation of key methods this invaluable book enables readers to develop efficient quantum chemistry software capable of utilizing large-scale parallel computers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387501

Parallel ComputingMethods Algorithms and Applications Parallel Computing: Methods Algorithms and Applications presents a collection of original papers presented at the international meeting on parallel processing methods algorithms and applications at Verona Italy in September 1989. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403324

Parallel Iterative AlgorithmsFrom Sequential to Grid Computing Focusing on grid computing and asynchronism Parallel Iterative Algorithms explores the theoretical and practical aspects of parallel numerical algorithms. Each chapter contains a theoretical discussion of the topic an algorithmic section that fully details implementation examples and specific algorithms and an evaluation of the advantages and drawbacks of the algorithms. Several exercises also appear at the end of most chapters.The first two chapters introduce the general features of sequential iterative algorithms and their applications to numerical problems. The book then describes different kinds of parallel systems and parallel iterative algorithms. It goes on to address both linear and nonlinear parallel synchronous and asynchronous iterative algorithms for numerical computation with an emphasis on the multisplitting approach. The final chapter discusses the features required for efficient implementation of asynchronous iterative algorithms.Providing the theoretical and practical knowledge needed to design and implement efficient parallel iterative algorithms this book illustrates how to apply these algorithms to solve linear and nonlinear numerical problems in parallel environments including local distant homogeneous and heterogeneous clusters. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367388164

Parallel Learning of Reading and Writing in Early Childhood Parallel Learning of Reading and Writing in Early Childhood explores why it’s important to provide a balanced language learning environment for young children and offers approaches for children to practice and explore language. Writing â€“ a different but parallel process â€“ can open the door to reading and an effective writing approach in the home and early childhood classrooms leads to the development of phonemic awareness understanding of phonetic principles vocabulary fluency and comprehension. Effective early childhood teachers are those that extend the knowledge children have amassed at home and use the knowledge of how children learn naturally in the world to inform their practice. This book offers the purpose context and outcomes of including writing right from the start in young children’s literacy learning. Through analysis of writing samples research and principles of best practices Shea outlines the essential ingredients for early language learning and provides a developmentally appropriate approach to language learning. Throughout the chapters Shea integrates discussion of assessment classroom environment instructional/teacher scaffolding and differentiating instruction across developmental levels along with the supporting theory. Special features: vignettes and descriptions of Pre-K K and Grade 1 classrooms that incorporate writing across the day artifacts of children’s writing that demonstrate an evolution of knowledge related to both message and word construction concept labeling words and topic specific terms defined throughout the book to support the reader’s understanding of professional terminology discussion of seminal and current research as well as best practices Companion Website with lesson ideas and abundant writing samples from a wide range of demographic cultural and language contexts for readers to view analyze and discuss. This text offers pre- and in-service early childhood education teachers the content and resources to develop a deeper understanding of language learning to prompt an examination of current practice and to stimulate curricular re-designs that foster meaningful joyful and motivated learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203841181

Parallel Models of Associative MemoryUpdated Edition This update of the 1981 classic on neural networks includes new commentaries by the authors that show how the original ideas are related to subsequent developments. As researchers continue to uncover ways of applying the complex information processing abilities of neural networks they give these models an exciting future which may well involve revolutionary developments in understanding the brain and the mind -- developments that may allow researchers to build adaptive intelligent machines. The original chapters show where the ideas came from and the new commentaries show where they are going. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807997

Parallel Patterns of Shrinking Cities and Urban GrowthSpatial Planning for Sustainable Development of City Regions and Rural Areas Focussing particularly on urban fringe and rural areas this book addresses the parallel phenomena of growth and decline. In doing so it not only broadens a debate which generally concentrates on urban municipalities especially inner city areas but also covers new ground by starting to build a new theoretical framework for the spatial planning related assessment of these phenomena. Bringing together contributions from internationally renowned authors such as Sir Peter Hall Steve Ward and Johann Jessen the book compares international case studies and highlights their relationships with one another. It concludes by emphasizing common themes that are addressed as well as showing applicability to other urban and rural regions. Overall the book provides a timely and comprehensive analysis of the spatial consequences and related spatial planning concepts in theory and practice which aim to further sustainable development of city regions urban fringe and rural areas experiencing growth and decline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268661

Parallel Processing Algorithms For GIS Over the last fifteen years GIS has become a fully-fledged technology deployed across a range of application areas. However although computer advances in performance appear to continue unhindered data volumes and the growing sophistication of analysis procedures mean that performance will increasingly become a serious concern in GIS. Parallel computing offers a potential solution. However traditional algorithms may not run effectively in a parallel environment so utilization of parallel technology is not entirely straightforward. This groundbreaking book examines some of the current strategies facing scientists and engineers at this crucial interface of parallel computing and GIS.; The book begins with an introduction to the concepts terminology and techniques of parallel processing with particular reference to GIS. High level programming paradigms and software engineering issues underlying parallel software developments are considered and emphasis is given to designing modular reusable software libraries. The book continues with problems in designing parallel software for GIS applications potential vector and raster data structures and details the algorithmic design for some major GIS operations. An implementation case study is included based around a raster generalization problem which illustrates some of the principles involved. Subsequent chapters review progress in parallel database technology in a GIS environment and the use of parallel techniques in various application areas dealing with both algorithmic and implementation issues.; "Parallel Processing Algorithms for GIS" should be a useful text for a new generation of GIS professionals whose principal concern is the challenge of embracing major computer performance enhancements via parallel computing. Similarly it should be an important volume for parallel computing professionals who are increasingly aware that GIS offers a major application domain for their technology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062684

Parallel Processing in Computational Mechanics Introduces mechanical engineers to high-performance computing using the new generation of computers with vector and parallel processing capabilities that allow the solution to problems beyond the ken of traditional computers. The chapters present an introduction and overview explain several methodo Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066750

Parallel Programming for Modern High Performance Computing Systems In view of the growing presence and popularity of multicore and manycore processors accelerators and coprocessors as well as clusters using such computing devices the development of efficient parallel applications has become a key challenge to be able to exploit the performance of such systems. This book covers the scope of parallel programming for modern high performance computing systems. It first discusses selected and popular state-of-the-art computing devices and systems available today These include multicore CPUs manycore (co)processors such as Intel Xeon Phi accelerators such as GPUs and clusters as well as programming models supported on these platforms.It next introduces parallelization through important programming paradigms such as master-slave geometric Single Program Multiple Data (SPMD) and divide-and-conquer.The practical and useful elements of the most popular and important APIs for programming parallel HPC systems are discussed including MPI OpenMP Pthreads CUDA OpenCL and OpenACC. It also demonstrates through selected code listings how selected APIs can be used to implement important programming paradigms. Furthermore it shows how the codes can be compiled and executed in a Linux environment.The book also presents hybrid codes that integrate selected APIs for potentially multi-level parallelization and utilization of heterogeneous resources and it shows how to use modern elements of these APIs. Selected optimization techniques are also included such as overlapping communication and computations implemented using various APIs.Features:Discusses the popular and currently available computing devices and cluster systemsIncludes typical paradigms used in parallel programsExplores popular APIs for programming parallel applicationsProvides code templates that can be used for implementation of paradigmsProvides hybrid code examples allowing multi-level parallelizationCovers the optimization of parallel programs Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367572129

Parallel Programming Using GamesA Hands-On Approach As application speed increases most computer CPUs are no longer getting faster; to compensate for the loss of speed they are now being provided in multiples instead. Using concepts and problems familiar to many students through their exposure to video games this text provides a hands-on approach to understanding the concepts of parallel programming the types of problems that can be solved through parallel programming and the benefits from using it. The book includes labs homework assignments and projects along with source code for each concept. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466513723

Parallel Programming with Co-arrays Parallel Programming with Co-Arrays describes the basic techniques used to design parallel algorithms for high-performance scientific computing. It is intended for upper-level undergraduate students and graduate students who need to develop parallel codes with little or no previous introduction to parallel computing. It is also intended as a reference manual for researchers active in the field of scientific computing. All the algorithms in the book are based on partition operators. These operators provide a unifying principle that fits seemingly disparate techniques into an overall framework for algorithm design. The book uses the co-array programming model to illustrate how to write code for concrete examples but it emphasizes that the important concepts for algorithm design are independent of the programming model. With these concepts in mind the reader can write algorithms in different programming models based on personal taste and comfort. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367571092

Parallel RobotsMechanics and Control Parallel structures are more effective than serial ones for industrial automation applications that require high precision and stiffness or a high load capacity relative to robot weight. Although many industrial applications have adopted parallel structures for their design few textbooks introduce the analysis of such robots in terms of dynamics and control. Filling this gap Parallel Robots: Mechanics and Control presents a systematic approach to analyze the kinematics dynamics and control of parallel robots. It brings together analysis and design tools for engineers and researchers who want to design and implement parallel structures in industry. Covers Kinematics Dynamics and Control in One Volume The book begins with the representation of motion of robots and the kinematic analysis of parallel manipulators. Moving beyond static positioning it then examines a systematic approach to performing Jacobian analysis. A special feature of the book is its detailed coverage of the dynamics and control of parallel manipulators. The text examines dynamic analysis using the Newton-Euler method the principle of virtual work and the Lagrange formulations. Finally the book elaborates on the control of parallel robots considering both motion and force control. It introduces various model-free and model-based controllers and develops robust and adaptive control schemes. It also addresses redundancy resolution schemes in detail. Analysis and Design Tools to Help You Create Parallel Robots In each chapter the author revisits the same case studies to show how the techniques may be applied. The case studies include a planar cable-driven parallel robot part of a promising new generation of parallel structures that will allow for larger workspaces. The MATLAB® code used for analysis and simulation is available online. Combining the analysis of kinematics and dynamics with methods of designing controllers this text offers a holistic introduction for anyone interested in designing and implementing parallel robots. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077386

Parallel Science and Engineering ApplicationsThe Charm++ Approach Developed in the context of science and engineering applications with each abstraction motivated by and further honed by specific application needs Charm++ is a production-quality system that runs on almost all parallel computers available. Parallel Science and Engineering Applications: The Charm++ Approach surveys a diverse and scalable collection of science and engineering applications most of which are used regularly on supercomputers by scientists to further their research.After a brief introduction to Charm++ the book presents several parallel CSE codes written in the Charm++ model along with their underlying scientific and numerical formulations explaining their parallelization strategies and parallel performance. These chapters demonstrate the versatility of Charm++ and its utility for a wide variety of applications including molecular dynamics cosmology quantum chemistry fracture simulations agent-based simulations and weather modeling. The book is intended for a wide audience of people in academia and industry associated with the field of high performance computing. Application developers and users will find this book interesting as an introduction to Charm++ and to developing parallel applications in an asynchronous message-driven model. It will also be a useful reference for undergraduate and graduate courses in computer science and other engineering disciplines. Courses devoted to parallel programming and writing of parallel CSE applications will benefit from this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379285

Parallel Supercomputing in MIMD Architectures Parallel Supercomputing in MIMD Architectures is devoted to supercomputing on a wide variety of Multiple-Instruction-Multiple-Data (MIMD)-class parallel machines. This book describes architectural concepts commercial and research hardware implementations major programming concepts algorithmic methods representative applications and benefits and drawbacks. Commercial machines described include Connection Machine 5 NCUBE Butterfly Meiko Intel iPSC iPSC/2 and iWarp DSP3 Multimax Sequent and Teradata. Research machines covered include the J-Machine PAX Concert and ASP. Operating systems languages translating sequential programs to parallel and semiautomatic parallelizing are aspects of MIMD software addressed in Parallel Supercomputing in MIMD Architectures. MIMD issues such as scalability partitioning processor utilization and heterogenous networks are discussed as well.This book is packed with important information and richly illustrated with diagrams and tables Parallel Supercomputing in MIMD Architectures is an essential reference for computer professionals program managers applications system designers scientists engineers and students in the computer sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896236

Parallel System Interconnections and Communications This introduction to networking large scale parallel computer systems acts as a primary resource for a wide readership including network systems engineers electronics engineers systems designers computer scientists involved in systems design and implementation of parallel algorithms development graduate students in systems architecture design or engineering. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214733

Parallelism and Prosody in the Processing of Ellipsis Sentences First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994751

Parallels and Responses to Curricular InnovationThe Possibilities of Posthumanistic Education This volume explores two radical shifts in history and subsequent responses in curricular spaces: the move from oral to print culture during the transition between the 15th and 16th centuries and the rise of the Jesuits and the move from print to digital culture during the transition between the 20th and 21st centuries and the rise of what the philosopher Jean Baudrillard called "hyperreality." The curricular innovation that accompanied the first shift is considered through the rise of the Society of Jesus (the Jesuits). These men created the first "global network" of education and developed a humanistic curriculum designed to help students navigate a complicated era of the known (human-centered) and unknown (God-centered) universe. The curricular innovation that is proposed for the current shift is guided by the question: What should be the role of undergraduate education become in the 21st century? Today the tension between the known and unknown universe is concentrated on the interrelationships between our embodied spaces and our digitally mediated ones. As a result today’s undergraduate students should be challenged to understand how—in the objectively focused commodified STEM-centric landscape of higher education—the human subject is decentered by the forces of hyperreality and in turn how the human subject might be recentered to balance our humanness with the new realities of digital living. Therein one finds the possibility of posthumanistic education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286702

Paralympics and Disability Sport Academic research on the Paralympics and disability sport is growing. University courses governing bodies and sporting organisations are also witnessing a rise of interest in disabled sport. This book is therefore timely and of importance. Written by leading scholars it addresses a variety of topics in relation to the Paralympics and disability sport. These include: the sociology of Paralympic sport; sport coaching at recreational and elite level; sport history and exercise rehabilitation; exercise participation; and future directions for disability sport research. Throughout the book disability sport is both celebrated and critically examined. Critical questions are raised and practical suggestions offered about being a Paralympian coaching athletes with a disability and exercise as a form of rehabilitation. Empirical evidence is drawn from different people and various sports. These range from autoethnographic stories from a former Paralympian to interviews with disability sport administrators to observations of and interviews with coaches of athletes in the sports of adapted water skiing para-swimming and wheelchair basketball rugby and tennis. The book will be of interest to sociologists of sport sport coaches sport and exercise psychologists disability scholars qualitative researchers and disability sporting organisations. This book was published as a special issue of Qualitative Research in Sport Exercise and Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826853

Parameter Estimation in Reliability and Life Span Models Offers an applications-oriented treatment of parameter estimation from both complete and censored samples; contains notations simplified formats for estimates graphical techniques and numerous tables and charts allowing users to calculate estimates and analyze sample data quickly and easily. Anno Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403348

Parameter Redundancy and Identifiability Statistical and mathematical models are defined by parameters that describe different characteristics of those models. Ideally it would be possible to find parameter estimates for every parameter in that model but in some cases this is not possible. For example two parameters that only ever appear in the model as a product could not be estimated individually; only the product can be estimated. Such a model is said to be parameter redundant or the parameters are described as non-identifiable. This book explains why parameter redundancy and non-identifiability is a problem and the different methods that can be used for detection including in a Bayesian context. Key features of this book: Detailed discussion of the problems caused by parameter redundancy and non-identifiability Explanation of the different general methods for detecting parameter redundancy and non-identifiability including symbolic algebra and numerical methods Chapter on Bayesian identifiability Throughout illustrative examples are used to clearly demonstrate each problem and method. Maple and R code are available for these examples More in-depth focus on the areas of discrete and continuous state-space models and ecological statistics including methods that have been specifically developed for each of these areas This book is designed to make parameter redundancy and non-identifiability accessible and understandable to a wide audience from masters and PhD students to researchers from mathematicians and statisticians to practitioners using mathematical or statistical models. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498720878

Parametric Building Design Using Autodesk Maya Due to its comprehensive tool-set and great potential for 3D modeling more and more architectural design and interior design firms are adapting Autodesk Maya and integrating it into their practice. There has been no book aimed at architects and designers who wish to harness the opportunities presented by this software until now..... The book promotes parametric design. It integrates the theoretical research of computational design and Maya non-linear modeling techniques associated with simulation animation digital fabrication and form-finding within 2D & 3D design. Readers will learn: How to use Maya polygon and NURBS modeling tools to create non-linear procedural model. How to use Maya driver keys and relationship tools to generate parametrically negotiable solutions across various design professions. The design logic and generative processes as well as the potential of parametric thinking as a resourceful tool for achieving diversity and complexity in form generation and fabrication. How to use Maya to prepare files for rapid prototyping and the integration of Maya into various fabrication techniques such as laser cutting CNC milling and 3D printing. How to create a digital simulation to simulate all aspects of surface properties and dynamic forces with Maya physics engine. How to use Maya skeleton system and animation tools to control complex architectural forms. How to create photo-realistic renderings with Maya lighting material and texture mapping. Using several real projects as examples the book will go through the entire rendering process step by step. How to combine Maya with various CAD/BIM tools to create an efficient design pipeline. How to use Maya MEL script to create customized tools and interface. The book includes case studies from Zaha Hadid Architects Greg Lynn Form Gage Clemenceau Architects Tang & Yang Architects as well as step by step exercises demonstration projects and crucially a fantastic online resource which includes video tutorials scripts and Maya source files. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644471

Parametric Cost Modeling for Buildings Successful cost management and value engineering in construction is based on accurate and early estimations of cost and this book is the quickest route to creating a cost plan from scratch. The budgeting system described in this book will help the reader to: document project scope at a level that provides excellent cost control at design stage establish the parameters of potential sites before selecting one determine the amount of financing needed before deciding to bid on a project make a detailed and robust building project budget determine the rental rate necessary to see if a building project will be marketable The technique used is a parametric cost system not the square foot cost system used by most who quote an up-front building cost. To help calculate the parameter quantities and price them as quantified this book comes with 5 electronic templates to calculate program scope; i.e. – space configuration HVAC loads plumbing and electrical. It also includes: the author’s parametric cost database and cost template to prepare the construction estimate a soft cost template to price out all related program costs convert them to a monthly cash flow incorporate financing costs and then reveal the final budget an operation and maintenance annual cost template to calculate those variable and fixed costs necessary to run the building and then convert the result into the necessary rental rate to capitalize all costs The spreadsheets data advice and templates are all introduced through a detailed case study placing everything in an easy to understand practical context. This will prove an invaluable guide not only for estimators and cost engineers but also developers clients and architects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016156

Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Fusion 360 (Spring 2019 Edition) Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Fusion 360 contains a series of thirteen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Fusion 360 solid modeling and parametric modeling techniques and concepts. This book introduces Autodesk Fusion 360 on a step-by-step basis starting with constructing basic shapes all the way through to the creation of assembly drawings and 3D printing your own designs. This book takes a hands on exercise intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. Each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. The lessons guide you from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models assemblies and creating multi-view drawings.   Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572716

Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Fusion 360Spring 2020 Edition This book contains a series of thirteen tutorial-style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Fusion 360 solid modeling and parametric modeling techniques and concepts. It introduces Autodesk Fusion 360 on a step-by-step basis starting with constructing basic shapes all the way through to the creation of assembly drawings and 3D printing your own designs.  The book takes a hands on exercise intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. Each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. The lessons guide you from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models assemblies and creating multi-view drawings. The general principles of 3D printing are also introduced including a brief history of 3D printing the types of 3D printing technologies commonly used filaments and the basic procedure for printing a 3D model. 3D printing makes it easier than ever for anyone to start turning their designs into physical objects and by the end of this book you will be ready to start printing out your own designs.  Spring 2020 Edition  Autodesk Fusion 360 is an entirely cloud based CAD CAM and CAE platform that is constantly evolving. This edition of Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Fusion 360 was written using Autodesk Fusion 360 in March of 2020. Fusion 360 is a stable product and all the major tools and features of Fusion 360 used in this edition should continue to operate the same way for the foreseeable future. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573720

Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2015 Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2015 contains a series of sixteen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Inventor solid modeling and parametric modeling. It uses a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent mechanical designs creating multi-view drawings and assembly models. Other featured topics include sheet metal design motion analysis 2D design reuse collision and contact stress analysis and the Autodesk Inventor 2015 Certified User Examination. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585038824

Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2016 Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2016 contains a series of sixteen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Inventor solid modeling and parametric modeling. It uses a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent mechanical designs creating multi-view drawings and assembly models. Other featured topics include sheet metal design motion analysis 2D design reuse collision and contact stress analysis and the Autodesk Inventor 2016 Certified User Examination. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039715

Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2017 Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2017 contains a series of sixteen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Inventor solid modeling and parametric modeling. It uses a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent mechanical designs creating multi-view drawings and assembly models. Other featured topics include sheet metal design motion analysis 2D design reuse collision and contact stress analysis and the Autodesk Inventor 2017 Certified User Examination. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570309

Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2018 Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2018 contains a series of seventeen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Inventor solid modeling and parametric modeling. It uses a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent mechanical designs creating multi-view drawings and assembly models. Other featured topics include sheet metal design motion analysis 2D design reuse collision and contact stress analysis 3D printing and the Autodesk Inventor 2018 Certified User Examination. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571016

Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2020 Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Inventor 2020 contains a series of seventeen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce Autodesk Inventor solid modeling and parametric modeling. It uses a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent mechanical designs to creating multi-view drawings and assembly models. Other featured topics include sheet metal design motion analysis 2D design reuse collision and contact stress analysis 3D printing and the Autodesk Inventor 2020 Certified User Examination. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572723

Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 2.0 The primary goal of Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 2.0 is to introduce the aspects of Solid Modeling and Parametric Modeling. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for any student or professional wanting to learn to use Creo Parametric. This text covers Creo Parametric and the lessons proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models and creating multi-view drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important Parametric Modeling techniques and concepts. This textbook contains a series of eleven tutorial style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to Creo Parametric. The basic premise of this book is that the more designs you create using Creo Parametric the better you learn the software. With this in mind each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. This book will provide you with a good basis for exploring and growing in the exciting field of Computer Aided Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585038183

Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 3.0 This book will provide you with a good basis for exploring and growing in the exciting field of Computer Aided Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039128

Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 4.0 The primary goal of Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 4.0 is to introduce the aspects of Solid Modeling and Parametric Modeling. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for any student or professional wanting to learn to use Creo Parametric. This text covers Creo Parametric and the lessons proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models and creating multi-view drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important Parametric Modeling techniques and concepts. This textbook contains a series of eleven tutorial style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to Creo Parametric. The basic premise of this book is that the more designs you create using Creo Parametric the better you learn the software. With this in mind each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. This book will provide you with a good basis for exploring and growing in the exciting field of Computer Aided Engineering. This book also introduces you to the general principles of 3D printing including a brief history of 3D printing the types of 3D printing technologies commonly used filaments and the basic procedure for printing a 3D model. 3D printing makes it easier than ever for anyone to start turning their designs into physical objects and by the end of this book you will be ready to start printing out your own designs. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571054

Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 5.0 The primary goal of Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 5.0 is to introduce the aspects of Solid Modeling and Parametric Modeling. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for any student or professional wanting to learn to use Creo Parametric. This text covers Creo Parametric and the lessons proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models and creating multi-view drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important Parametric Modeling techniques and concepts. This textbook contains a series of eleven tutorial style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to Creo Parametric. The basic premise of this book is that the more designs you create using Creo Parametric the better you learn the software. With this in mind each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. This book will provide you with a good basis for exploring and growing in the exciting field of Computer Aided Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572129

Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 6.0 Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 6.0 introduces the aspects of Solid Modeling and Parametric Modeling. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for any student or professional wanting to learn to use Creo Parametric. This text covers Creo Parametric and the lessons proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models and creating multi-view drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important Parametric Modeling techniques and concepts. This textbook contains a series of eleven tutorial style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to Creo Parametric. The basic premise of this book is that the more designs you create using Creo Parametric the better you learn the software. With this in mind each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. This book will provide you with a good basis for exploring and growing in the exciting field of Computer Aided Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572945

Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 7.0 The primary goal of Parametric Modeling with Creo Parametric 7.0 is to introduce the aspects of Solid Modeling and Parametric Modeling. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for any student or professional wanting to learn to use Creo Parametric. This text covers Creo Parametric and the lessons proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models and creating multi-view drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important Parametric Modeling techniques and concepts. This textbook contains a series of 13 tutorial style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to Creo Parametric. The basic premise of this book is that the more designs you create using Creo Parametric the better you learn the software. With this in mind each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. This book will provide you with a good basis for exploring and growing in the exciting field of Computer Aided Engineering. This book also introduces you to the general principles of 3D printing including a brief history of 3D printing the types of 3D printing technologies commonly used filaments and the basic procedure for printing a 3D model. 3D printing makes it easier than ever for anyone to start turning their designs into physical objects and by the end of this book you will be ready to start printing out your own designs. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573768

Parametric Modeling with Siemens NX (Spring 2019 Edition) Parametric Modeling with Siemens NX introduces the aspects of designing with Solid Modeling and Parametric Modeling. This text is intended to be used as a practical training guide for students and professionals. This text uses Siemens NX as the modeling tool and the chapters proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic solid models to building intelligent mechanical designs creating multi-view drawings and assembly models. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important Parametric Modeling techniques and concepts. This textbook contains a series of fifteen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to NX. This text is also helpful to NX users upgrading from a previous release of the software. The solid modeling techniques and concepts discussed in this text are also applicable to other parametric feature-based CAD packages. The basic premise of this book is that the more designs you create using NX the better you learn the software. With this in mind each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572808

Parametric Modeling with Siemens NXSpring 2020 Edition This textbook introduces aspects of designing with Solid Modeling and Parametric Modeling. It is a practical training guide for students and professionals. Using Siemens NX as the modeling tool the chapters proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic solid models to building intelligent mechanical designs creating multi-view drawings and assembly models. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important Parametric Modeling techniques and concepts.  The book contains a series of fifteen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to NX. This text is also helpful to NX users upgrading from a previous release of the software. The solid modeling techniques and concepts discussed in this text are also applicable to other parametric feature-based CAD packages. The basic premise of this book is that the more designs you create using NX the better you learn the software. With this in mind each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. This book does not attempt to cover all of NX’s features only to provide an introduction to the software. It is intended to help you establish a good basis for exploring and growing in the exciting field of Computer Aided Engineering.  This book also introduces you to the general principles of 3D printing including a brief history of 3D printing the types of 3D printing technologies commonly used filaments and the basic procedure for printing a 3D model. 3D printing makes it easier than ever for anyone to start turning their designs into physical objects and by the end of this book you will be ready to start printing out your own designs. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573805

Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2016 Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2016 contains a series of sixteen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce SOLIDWORKS 2016 solid modeling and parametric modeling techniques and concepts. This book introduces SOLIDWORKS 2016 on a step-by-step basis starting with constructing basic shapes all the way through to the creation of assembly drawings and motion analysis. This book takes a hands on exercise intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. Each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models assemblies and creating multi-view drawings. This book also covers some of the more advanced features of SOLIDWORKS 2016 including how to use the SOLIDWORKS Design Library basic motion analysis collision detection and analysis with SimulationXpress. The exercises in this book cover the performance tasks that are included on the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) Examination. Reference guides located at the front of the book and in each chapter show where these performance tasks are covered. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039982

Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2017 Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2017 contains a series of seventeen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce SOLIDWORKS 2017 solid modeling and parametric modeling techniques and concepts. This book introduces SOLIDWORKS 2017 on a step-by-step basis starting with constructing basic shapes all the way through to the creation of assembly drawings and motion analysis. Each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models assemblies and creating multi-view drawings. The text covers selected advanced features of SOLIDWORKS 2017 including use of the SOLIDWORKS Design Library basic motion analysis collision detection and analysis with SimulationXpress. Its exercises cover performance tasks included on the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) Examination. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570668

Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2018 Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2018 contains a series of seventeen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce SOLIDWORKS 2018 solid modeling and parametric modeling techniques and concepts. This book introduces SOLIDWORKS 2018 on a step-by-step basis starting with constructing basic shapes all the way through to the creation of assembly drawings and motion analysis. This book takes a hands on exercise intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. Each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models assemblies and creating multi-view drawings. This book also covers some of the more advanced features of SOLIDWORKS 2018 including how to use the SOLIDWORKS Design Library basic motion analysis collision detection and analysis with SimulationXpress.   Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571412

Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2019 Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS contains a series of seventeen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce SOLIDWORKS solid modeling and parametric modeling techniques and concepts. This book introduces SOLIDWORKS 2018 on a step-by-step basis starting with constructing basic shapes all the way through to the creation of assembly drawings and motion analysis. This book takes a hands on exercise intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. Each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models assemblies and creating multi-view drawings. This book also covers some of the more advanced features of SOLIDWORKS including how to use the SOLIDWORKS Design Library basic motion analysis collision detection and analysis with SimulationXpress. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572259

Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2020 Parametric Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2020 contains a series of seventeen tutorial style lessons designed to introduce SOLIDWORKS 2020 solid modeling and parametric modeling techniques and concepts. This book introduces SOLIDWORKS 2020 on a step-by-step basis starting with constructing basic shapes all the way through to the creation of assembly drawings and motion analysis. This book takes a hands on exercise intensive approach to all the important parametric modeling techniques and concepts. Each lesson introduces a new set of commands and concepts building on previous lessons. The lessons guide the user from constructing basic shapes to building intelligent solid models assemblies and creating multi-view drawings. This book also covers some of the more advanced features of SOLIDWORKS 2020 including how to use the SOLIDWORKS Design Library basic motion analysis collision detection and analysis with SimulationXpress. The exercises in this book cover the performance tasks that are included on the Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) Examination. Reference guides located at the front of the book and in each chapter show where these performance tasks are covered. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573133

ParanoiaThe madness that makes history Luigi Zoja presents an insightful analysis of the use and misuse of paranoia throughout history and in contemporary society. Zoja combines history with depth psychology contemporary politics and tragic literature resulting in a clear and balanced analysis presented with rare clarity. The devastating impact of paranoia on societies is explored in detail. Focusing on the contagious aspects of paranoia and its infectious self-replicating dynamics Zoja takes such diverse examples as Ajax and George W. Bush Cain and the American Holocaust Hitler Stalin and Othello to illustrate his argument. He reconstructs the emblematic arguments that paranoia has promoted in Western history and examines how the power of the modern media and mass communication has affected how it spreads. Paranoia clearly examines how leaders lose control of their influence how the collective unconscious acquires an autonomous life and how seductive its effects can be – more so than any political religious or ideological discourse. This gripping study will be essential reading for depth and analytical psychologists and academics and students of history cultural studies psychology classical studies literary studies anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673663

ParanoiaThe Psychology of Persecutory Delusions Paranoia is the suspicion that other intend to cause you harm. It is a common experience in the general population though often overlooked. In its most severe form paranoia occurs as persecutory delusions. Paranoia written by leading researchers in this field is the first cognitive psychology book to have persecutory delusions as its focus. Scholarly comprehensive and illustrated by clinical examples throughout this study defines the phenomena in detail and analyses the content of persecutory delusions. It reviews previous psychological writings explores the relationship between psychosis and neurosis reports on innovative empirical studies with patients and highlights future essential research directions. Paranoia outlines a new theoretical model of the formation and maintenance of persecutory delusions providing an excellent guide to this important clinical topic. It will be of great interest and use to all psychiatrists and clinical psychologists who work in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138871977

Paraphernalia! Victorian Objects The Victorian era is famous for the collecting hording and displaying of things; for the mass production and consumption of things; for the invention distribution and sale of things; for those who had things and those who did not. For many people the Victorian period is intrinsically associated with paraphernalia. This collection of essays explores the Victorians through their materiality and asks how objects were part of being Victorian; which objects defined them represented them were uniquely theirs; and how reading the Victorians through their possessions can deepen our understanding of Victorian culture. Miscellaneous and often auxiliary paraphernalia becomes the ‘disjecta’ of everyday life deemed neither valuable enough for museums nor symbolic enough for purely literary study. This interdisciplinary collection looks at the historical cultural and literary debris that makes up the background of Victorian life: Valentine’s cards fish tanks sugar plums china ornaments hair ribbons dresses and more. Contributors also however consider how we use Victorian objects to construct the Victorian today; museum spaces the relation of Victorian text to object and our reading – or gazing at – Victorian advertisements out of context on searchable online databases.Responding to thing theory and modern scholarship on Victorian material culture this book addresses five key concerns of Victorian materiality: collecting; defining class in the home; objects becoming things; objects to texts; objects in circulation through print culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667214

Parapsychology Many people believe that they have experienced paranormal phenomena and others claim to possess psychic abilities. For the past hundred years or so researchers have undertaken systematic and scientific work into these alleged experiences and abilities. This collection of articles provides readers with a general sense of the methods used in this research the findings that have been obtained and the controversies generated by this work. They cover a wide range of issues including the psychology of paranormal belief investigations into ghosts and hauntings laboratory research into extra-sensory perception and psychokinesis and controlled tests of psychics and mediums. An introductory essay sets each of the selected papers in context and provides additional references for those wishing to delve deeper into the issues surrounding each of the areas covered. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247366

ParapsychologyThe Science of Unusual Experience Containing contributions from leading paranormal researchers this edition of Parapsychology continues to challenge and provoke readers with some of psychology’s most puzzling phenomena. Whether believers or sceptics the book provides readers with the opportunity to further their understanding of the paranormal bridging the gap between traditional psychology and its so-called fringe areas. Featuring updates to many of the original chapters this book brings readers up to date with the wealth of radical research in the field. This edition also includes several new chapters covering subjects as diverse as possession and exorcism conspiracy theories reincarnation and religious belief many of which are extremely relevant in the world today. Drawing on a range of research the book provides a balanced introduction to parapsychology exploring the strengths and limitations of scientific investigation itself. Parapsychology is for readers from a variety of backgrounds: professionals in the field students lay readers and anyone who wants to understand what the paranormal can tell us about ourselves. A variety of viewpoints are on offer with the emphasis on the reader to make up their own mind. Prepared to be unsettled again… Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138916418

Parasites of the Colder Climates The parasitic load in cold northern climates is widely under-appreciated. Many texts on parasitology concentrate on tropical parasitic infections so the reader can be forgiven for thinking that parasites are not a problem in the northern part of the world. Parasites of the Colder Climates redresses the balance by focusing on parasites indigenous to the cooler climates of the northern hemisphere. A multi-authored text-with chapters covering Scandinavia and the Baltic States Canada Alaska Iceland and Russia-this book provides a comprehensive overview of the parasites present in northern climates and the diseases that they cause. Topics include epidemiology biology and pathogenesis clinical presentations laboratory investigations and methods for laboratory diagnosis. Parasites of the Colder Climates presents a concise single reference of diagnostic methods and preventative information for epidemiologists clinicians and parasitologists and forms a unique account suitable for researchers advanced undergraduates and postgraduates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454647

Parasitic DiseasesTreatment & Control Based on papers presented at the XI International Congress for Tropical Medicine and Malaria this publication provides an authoritative evaluation of treatment and control of helminth parasite infections. A section on leprosy and a brief review of malaria vaccination are included. A comprehensive review of the history of schistosomiasis control programs presents information unavailable elsewhere. This book is of special interest to professionals concerned with health problems of less developed countries and in particular to public health officials epidemiologists and clinicians dealing with patients in or returning from the tropics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068273

Parasitic Infections in the Compromised Host The first in a new series created to acknowledge the explosion of knowledge in fields related to infectious disesases and clinical microbiology. Thirteen contributions focus on organisms which are of major medical importance in this country or which have contributed to an understanding of pathology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066026

Parasitic Phenomena in the Dynamics of Industrial Devices In the real world the dynamic behavior of a real machine presents either unforeseen or limiting phenomena: both are undesired and can be therefore be classified as parasitic phenomena — unwanted unforeseen or limiting behaviors. Parasitic Phenomena in the Dynamics of Industrial Devices describes the potential causes and effects of these behaviors and provides indications that could minimize their influence on the mechanical system in question. The authors introduce the phenomena and explore them through real cases avoiding academic introductions but inserting the entire academic and experimental knowledge that is useful to understand and solve real-world problems. They then examine these parasitic phenomena in the machine dynamics using two cases that cover the classical cultural division between cam devices and mechanisms. They also present concrete cases with an amount of experimental data higher than the proposed ones and with a modern approach that can be applied to various mechanical devices acquiring real knowledge superior to one of the mere finite element systems or collections of mechanical devices. Organizes machine dynamics through systems theory to give a comprehensive vision of the design problem Details machine dynamics at an advanced mathematics level and avoids redundancy of fundamental knowledge Introduces real machine cases for solutions to practical problems Covers two broad classes of mechanical devices that are widely used in the construction of instrumental goods Employs a mechatronic approach that can be applied to electro-mechanical hydro-mechanical or pneumo-mechanical machines Highlighting industrial devices in the manufacturing industry including industrial indexing devices and industrial robots the book offers case studies advanced models design methods and short examples of applications. It is of critical importance for any manufacturing enterprise that produces significant amounts of objects through a process with one or more automated phases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074880

Parasitology Parasitology provides all the basic principles of this increasingly studied subject emphasised by specific but important examples rather than covering organisms of just one particular group. It is ideally suited to the new modular/semester system now used by most universities and is laid out in the form of `notes' (rather than detailed descriptions) accompanied by simple flow charts and diagrams. Each chapter begins with a list of keywords and concepts. Where appropriate data from research papers is used to illustrate and emphasise the points. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138452022

ParasitologyA Conceptual Approach Parasitology: A Conceptual Approach is a new textbook for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students which focuses on concepts and principles without neglecting important aspects of a traditional taxonomically based approach to parasitology. Concentrating on concepts enables readers to gain a broader perspective that will increase their ability to think critically about various parasitic associations. The interfaces between the study of parasitism and prominent biological disciplines such as biodiversity immunology ecology evolution conservation biology and disease control are highlighted. End-of-chapter questions are provided as is an Instructor Manual. Information on individual parasites is expertly summarized in a concise appendix called the Rogues’ Gallery. This appendix is organized taxonomically and includes details on taxonomy life cycle associated pathology treatment and control. Species included in the Rogues’ Gallery are highlighted in red throughout the main text. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815344735

Paratransit in African CitiesOperations Regulation and Reform Public transport systems in contemporary Sub-Saharan African cities are heavily reliant upon paratransit services. These services are defined as informal transportation which operates between the public and individual private spheres.  In Africa paratransit is characterized by low quality of vehicles and chaotic management but it also provides cheap accessible and flexible transport solutions for the urban poor. It is typically poorly regulated and operates as a set of informal businesses. A common result of weak public sector regulation and a fare strategy in which owners claim a fixed daily revenue target and drivers who keep the variable balance as income is destructive competition and poor quality of service. There is an incontrovertible case for improving the quality reliability and coverage of public transport systems and some city governments have attempted to do so by initiating reform projects that envisage the phased replacement of paratransit operations with formalised bus rapid transit systems. In this book the authors argue that there are however path dependencies and constraints that limit the possible extent of public transport system reform. Paratransit operations also have some inherent advantages with respect to demand responsiveness and service innovation. Attempts to eradicate paratransit may be neither pragmatic nor strategic. Two future scenarios are likely: hybrid systems comprised of both paratransit and formally planned modes; and systems improved by upgrades and strengthened regulation of existing paratransit services. The business strategies and aspirations of incumbent paratransit operators in three case cities – Cape Town Dar es Salaam and Nairobi – are discussed as well as their attitudes towards emerging public transport reform projects. International experiences of hybrid system regulation and paratransit business development are reviewed in order to explore policy options. The authors contend that policies recognising paratransit operators and seeking contextually appropriate complementarity with formalised planned services will produce greater benefits than policies ignoring their continued existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870337

Parent Education for the Critical 1000 Days As research in neuroscience increasingly points to the unparalleled influence of the first 1000 days of life from conception to two years of age in determining the baby’s life trajectory the need for high-quality early parenting education delivered by knowledgeable and dedicated professionals becomes ever more apparent. This book describes the global aims of early parenting education. It identifies the key areas that research suggests are important: building a relationship with the unborn and newborn baby; preparing for labour and birth; supporting parents’ mental health; protecting the couple relationship across the transition to parenthood; and education for special groups such as same-sex couples women with fear of birth prisoners military wives and parents from black and minority ethnic backgrounds. All practitioners providing early parenting programmes – midwives health visitors family link workers children’s centre staff and voluntary sector teachers – will gain new ideas for their practice in this book. Students taking midwifery and early childhood courses will find much to support their studies. Ultimately the book provides inspiration for all those who are committed to the role of parenting education in reducing social inequalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367445409

Parent GriefNarratives of Loss and Relationship Explores what couple and individual stories say and do not say about the child's dying and death and about parent grief. The author uses narratives as his tool for the introduction and exploration of the many facets of parental grief. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800639

Parent Involvement for Motivated LearnersEncouraging Self-Directed and Resilient Students Parent Involvement for Motivated Learners provides pre-service teachers and researchers with guidance on how to foster mindful healthy school–family partnerships that empower students to become resilient self-directed learners. Given the intense academic pressures on students to succeed – and on parents and teachers to help them do so – it is important to develop learners who can weather increased standards and demands. Committed to helping teachers reflect on how parent involvement relates to motivational concepts such as the growth mindset self-regulated learning and intrinsic motivation to learn this book is an accessible synthesis of relevant research and theory surrounding student motivation and parent involvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496415

Parent Partnership for Positive PerformancePractical Strategies for Promoting a Learning Culture in Less Advantaged Families Despite all efforts to raise attainment the gap between the affluent and the poor does not diminish. To help schools tackle their problem this practical book offers guidance and strategies on how to assist less advantaged families in becoming active partner in their child's education. To develop this partnership the book has three parts: the shaping of attitudes and behaviour that influence performance at school; practical strategies to promote a learning culture in less advantaged families; and supporting a school's development plan. Within these three parts there are 12 practical activities with a PowerPoint for staff development case study material and a Home Activity 'Three-a-Day' parent booklet. These example starter packs for younger and older children offer in an encouraging and friendly style 25 activities/ideas based around: talking reading and writing; number shape and measuring; making and doing things; playing and painting; and running climbing and enjoying. This is a resource that will help schools to encourage and support parents in being aware of the powerful role they play in their child's attainment and what they can do about it. The pack includes a CD-ROM with the PowerPoint presentation and the 'Three-a-Day' booklet as well as the practical tasks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906517540

Parent Partnership Services for Special Educational NeedsCelebrations and Challenges This book gives a clear understanding of the growth and operation of special educational needs Parent Partnership Services (PPSs). The reader will find an explanation of the broader national and legal context of PPSs followed by contributions written by Parent Partnership Coordinators and parent workers in various regions. They describe what they actually do including their work with and support for parents and carers of children with special educational needs. The book includes information on the latest special needs and disability rights legislation; descriptions of innovative good practice in setting up and operating PPSs; case studies from practitioners; advice on how to liaise effectively with other professionals and agencies; guidance on giving and receiving training especially for independent parental supporters (IPSs); and ways of implementing disagreement resolution schemes. Parent Partnership Coordinators will find this book particularly useful. Special Educational Needs Coordinators SENCOs educational psychologists IPSs and parents will also find it a relevant and timely publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150232

Parental Alienation and Factitious Disorder by Proxy Beyond DSM-5: Interrelated Multidimensional Diagnoses Using Munchausen’s Syndrome by Proxy / Factitious Disorder by Proxy and Parental Alienation as exmplars this book advances a new diagnostic category for addressing complex pathological phenomena that integrates individual characteristics and symptoms family as well as other system dynamics under one diagnosis. The author examines why current diagnostic categories within the DSM-5 are inadequate and provides a framework for this new category—Interrelated Multidimensional Diagnosis—to better capture the complexity of MSBP / FDBP and Parental Alienation. The book begins with case studies and other examples to make the material accessible and then proposes step-wise processes of examining family systems to determine if the phenomena exist to a reasonable degree of scientific certainty. After new diagnostic process and criteria are provided several interventions and recommendations for treatment are offered in a novel way that attends to the core aspects of these pathologies. This text will provide practitioners professionals and researchers with a unique vantage point from which to understand and treat these pathologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345815

Parental Belief SystemsThe Psychological Consequences for Children Research on the topic of parent beliefs or parent cognition has increased tremendously since the original publication of this volume in 1985. For this revised second edition the editors sought to reflect some of the new directions that research on parent cognition has taken. By offering a greater variety of topics it gives evidence of the intellectual concerns that now engage researchers in the field and testifies to the expanding scope of their interests. Although a unique collection because it reflects the diversity that exists among major researchers in the field it evinces a common theme -- that the ideas parents have regarding their children and themselves as parents have an impact on their actions. This emphasis on parents' ideas shifts the focus on sources of family influence to ideas or beliefs as determinants of family interactions. The implication of this way of thinking for practitioners is that it suggests the shift to ideas and thoughts from behavior and attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977921

Parental Descriptions of Child PersonalityDevelopmental Antecedents of the Big Five? This book reports the first attempt in the child development literature to examine the structure of early personality based on parents' free-descriptions of their children. It is an important piece of research because of its cross-national focus on personality development. The authors present a data set that reveals considerable consistency in the parental descriptions of child personality in both western and nonwestern countries. This consistency supports the cultural universality of the "Big Five" personality factors. The authors' findings lay the foundation for an examination of how these major dimensions of childhood personality structure evolve into adult personality structure. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002630

Parental Development This volume seeks to identify and define the parameters of a relatively new problem area -- parental development. Drawing on the grand developmental theories of Sigmund Freud Lawrence Kohlberg Jean Piaget Lev Vygotsky Heinz Werner and their descendants this book has the potential to generate an area of common concern for those interested in either child/adolescent or adult development through the novel application of developmental principles and considerations to the ecological context of parenting. To that end this volume brings together theory and research from the subfields of adult and child/adolescent development. Chapter authors place the problem area of parental development in theoretical context and examine selected psychological part-processes implicated by focusing on cognitive and psychosocial development. The authors then deal with a range of issues that are perhaps less traditional and/or more in line with the complex character of everyday life. That is they utilize either relatively novel comparison groups or treat parents at later stages of development rather than those in young adulthood as is often the case. Finally the authors uncover both similarities and differences among their theoretical perspectives with an eye toward delineating some possible future research directions. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977938

Parental IncarcerationPersonal Accounts and Developmental Impact Parental Incarceration makes available personal stories by adults who have had the childhood experience of parental incarceration. These stories help readers better understand the complex circumstances that influence these children’s health and development as well as their high risk for intergenerational crime and incarceration. Denise Johnston examines her own children’s experience of her incarceration within the context of what the research and her 30 years of practice with prisoners and their children has taught her arguing that it is imperative to attempt to understand parental incarceration within a developmental framework. Megan Sullivan a scholar in the Humanities examines the effects of her father’s incarceration on her family and underscores the importance of the reentry process for families. The number of arrested jailed and imprisoned persons in the United States has increased since 1960 most dramatically between 1985 and 2000. As the majority of these incarcerated persons are parents the number of minor children with an incarcerated parent has increased alongside peaking at an estimated 2.9 million in 2006. The impact of the experience of parental incarceration has garnered attention by researchers but to date attention has been focused on the period when parents are actually in jail or prison. This work goes beyond that to examine the developmental impact of children’s experiences that extend long beyond that timeframe. A valuable resource for students in corrections human services social work counseling and related courses as well as practitioners program/agency administrators policymakers advocates and others involved with families of the incarcerated this book is testimony that the consequences of mass incarceration reach far beyond just the offender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183223

Parental Involvement Across European Education SystemsCritical Perspectives This book addresses central questions regarding parental involvement across European educational systems; exploring the commonalities and differences across European countries and the extent to which current policy and practice pertaining to parental involvement is inclusive of diversity. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach that draws from the fields of education sociology and psychology it presents a description of the policy context and empirical research on critical perspectives relating to parental involvement. Comprising a rich varied cross-section of national experiences from eleven European countries and the contexts surrounding them case studies provide insights into parental involvement across Europe and identify challenges in the field. This volume’s in-depth approach and comprehensive interrogation of parental involvement across European education systems make it an ideal resource for parents teachers and academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of education policy and comparative education as well as teacher educators and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479197

Parental Involvement in Children's Reading Parental involvement in children's education is a subject of growing interest and recent legislation in both the UK and USA has given formal recognition of parents’ rights. Learning to read is an obvious area where parents can do a great deal to help and some schools have had programmes for parental involvement in reading for some time. However recent research has shown the considerable benefit in having carefully structured systems for parental involvement. This book presents a review of past and current good practice in this field. Details of a wide range of schemes developed in local areas are given in a series of short contributed papers which are grouped into sub sections of Part 2 according to the type of project. Part 3 is essentially a manual of materials and methods. The emphasis throughout the book is on service delivery to all children although there is of course considerable discussion of remedial reading and children with special needs The book should appeal to a wide audience in education educational administration and educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376675

Parental Obligations and BioethicsThe Duties of a Creator This book examines the question of what parental obligations procreators incur by bringing children into being. Prusak argues that parents  as procreators have obligations regarding future children that constrain the liberty of would-be parents to do as they wish. Moreover these obligations go beyond simply respecting a child’s rights. He addresses in turn the ethics of adoption child support gamete donation surrogacy prenatal genetic enhancement and public responsibility for children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245303

Parental Rights and Responsibilities This volume represents key scholarship on the issue of parental rights and responsibilities selected from a dense forest of literature. The collection offers an overview of the subject and covers topics such as: underlying rationales of who or what is a parent; legal concepts of ’parent’ and their linkage; the legal parent - accommodating complexity; the nature and scope of parental rights; shared parental responsibility; and parental rights and the state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472463371

Parental Vigilant CareA Guide for Clinicians and Caretakers This volume presents the concept of vigilant care as a protective and non-intrusive parental attitude to risky behaviors of children and adolescents. The effective component in vigilant care is not control but parental presence. Vigilant care is a flexible attitude in which parents shift between levels of open attention focused attention and protective action according to the alarm signals they detect. The author presents a detailed theoretical empirical and clinical rationale for the model that deals with potentially problematic parental attitudes or parent-child processes such as overparenting psychological control disregard of legitimate personal domains or of the child's need for self-determination parent-child mutual distancing and escalation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651050

Parent-Baby Attachment in Premature Infants Originally published in 1983 in the two decades prior to publication specialised neonatal units for the treatment of sick or preterm babies had been set up in most major neonatal centres. In the early years these units did little to prevent separation of parents and babies and evidence accumulated of the ill effects of this situation. In addition we had gradually become aware of the difficulties of building a relationship with a sick or immature baby even under more ideal circumstances. This book in a series of authoritative review chapters sets out to describe the process by which social relationships develop after birth and the ways in which this process may be distorted by separation the condition of the baby or by the process of medical treatment. Experienced practitioners describe practical steps which may be taken to support parents and foster their relationship with their babies in treatment situations. The final section of the book examines the organisation of neonatal care in a number of widely different settings and indicates that diverse approaches may be successful in achieving the same ends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812291

Parent-Child Art Psychotherapy Parent-Child Art Psychotherapy presents a working model of ways to incorporate parents into a child’s art therapy sessions drawing on the relational-psychoanalytic notion of mentalization in the treatment of difficulties within childhood relationships. The model is introduced by clearly explaining the theory the setting the role of the therapist and the work with the parents. In addition the book offers a full section dedicated to practical applications of the model replete with illustrative case studies and detailed therapeutic art-based interventions covering leadership movement collaborative and solitary work and parent-child exercises. Intended for art therapists students parent-child psychotherapists and other therapists interested in expanding their knowledge in the field Regev and Snir provide a definition and conceptualization of a short-term treatment model with the potential to have comprehensive effects leading to positive change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731264

Parent-Child Interaction and Parent-Child RelationsThe Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology Volume 17 First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203728208

Parent-child Relations Throughout Life The study of parent-child relationships has long been of interest to behavioral scientists both for its theoretical importance and for its practice and policy implications. There are however certain limitations to the knowledge in this area. First research on parents and children is spread throughout a number of disciplines and as a consequence is not well integrated. Further there has been little dialogue among researchers concerned with parents of young children and those interested in middle-aged and elderly parents and their offspring. The present volume predicates the notion that there is considerable similarity in the issues explored by researchers on different points of the life course. Contributions by leading scholars in psychology sociology and anthropology are organized into four sections each of which contains a treatment of at least two stages in the life course. The sections cover attachment in early childhood and in later life life course transitions relationships within families and the influence of social structural factors on parent-child relations. Although the chapters make important contributions to basic research and theory many also deal with issues of public concern such as day care maternal employment gay and lesbian relationships and care of the elderly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881778

Parenteral Medications Fourth Edition Parenteral Medications is an authoritative comprehensive reference work on the formulation and manufacturing of parenteral dosage forms effectively balancing theoretical considerations with practical aspects of their development. Previously published as a three-volume set all volumes have been combined into one comprehensive publication that addresses the plethora of changes in the science and considerable advances in the technology associated with these products and routes of administration. Key Features: Provides a comprehensive reference work on the formulation and manufacturing of parenteral dosage forms Addresses changes in the science and advances in the technology associated with parenteral medications and routes of administration Includes 13 new chapters and updated chapters throughout Contains the contributors of leading researchers in the field of parenteral medications Uses full color detailed illustrations enhancing the learning process The fourth edition not only reflects enhanced content in all the chapters but also highlights the rapidly advancing formulation processing manufacturing parenteral technology including advanced delivery and cell therapies.  The book is divided into seven sectionss: Section 1 - Parenteral Drug Administration and Delivery Devices; Section 2 - Formulation Design and Development; Section 3 - Specialized Drug Delivery Systems; Section 4 - Primary Packaging and Container Closure Integrity; Section 5 - Facility Design and Environmental Control; Section 6 - Sterilization and Pharmaceutical Processing; Section 7 - Quality Testing and Regulatory Requirements Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498719148

Parent-Infant PsychodynamicsWild Things Mirrors and Ghosts This text focuses on the interweaving psychic realities and unconscious dynamics between family members in the context of changing patterns of socio-cultural expectations ethical considerations and biological realities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325862

Parent-Infant Psychotherapy for Sleep ProblemsThrough the Night Sleep problems are among the most common urgent and undermining troubles parents meet. This book describes Dilys Daws' pioneering method of therapy for sleep problems honed over 40 years of work with families: brief psychoanalytic therapy with parents and infants together. Offering tried and tested ways of helping parents work things out better with their babies when such problems arise this new edition of Dilys Daws’ classic work updated with expert help from Sarah Sutton frees professionals from the burden of feeling they need to rush to give advice to families showing instead how to begin the challenging journey of discovering new emotions that every baby brings. It sheds light on the sleep problem in the context of a whole range of aspects of the early world: the regulation of babies’ physiological states; dreams and nightmares; the development of separateness; separation and attachment problems; and connections with feeding and weaning. This much-needed compassionate and well-informed guide to helping parents and babies with sleep problems draws on twenty-first century development research and rich clinical wisdom to offer ways of understanding sleep problems in each individual family context with all its particular pressures and possibilities. It will be treasured by new parents struggling with sleeplessness and is enormously valuable for anyone working with parents and their babies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187828

Parenting Education and Social Mobility in Rural ChinaCultivating dragons and phoenixes Like many countries around the world China has been implementing policies aimed at improving parent-school relationships. However unlike many developed countries the historical context of family-school relationships has been limited and parents typically do not participate in the school context. Until now there has been little research conducted in rural China on parental involvement in their children’s education. This book investigates the nature of parental involvement in primary children’s education in rural China by using a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods. It outlines the layered strategies of how rural parents are involved in their children’s schooling showing that rural parents strongly desire educational success for their children and view education as a means to their children gaining social mobility. It demonstrates that few rural parents engage in visible forms of parental involvement in their children’s schools such as attending parent-teacher meetings. Rather they are more likely to engage strategies to support their children’s education which are largely invisible to schools. It adds to the growing body of parental involvement research that suggests that culture location and socio-economic status influence different forms of parental involvement and highlights nuances in invisible forms of parental involvement. Providing insights into how poor rural parents envision their role with their children schools and the larger society and how these relationships can affect the social mobility of students and families this book will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Asian education comparative and international education and Chinese society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494695

Parenting Schooling and Children's Behaviour Published in 1998 this book brings together some of the key findings in parenting and educational programmes from researchers at the University of Oxford working in primary health care educational studies clinical psychology and applied social studies. At a time of considerable changes in family life and society in general there is concern that some children are not achieving their potential because of emotional and behavioural difficulties. This book looks across the health education and social divide and highlights what we know and what we don't know about effective strategies in helping children and their parents overcome their difficulties. Each chapter is written by a different member of the centre at Oxford for Research into Parenting and Children and is based on their research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324718

Parenting Across Cultures from Childhood to AdolescenceDevelopment in Nine Countries This vital volume advances understanding of how parenting from childhood to adolescence changes or remains the same in a variety of sociodemographic psychological and cultural contexts providing a truly global understanding of parenting across cultures. Through the Parenting Across Cultures project the editors unveil findings from this hugely important comparative longitudinal study of parents and children in China Colombia Italy Jordan Kenya the Philippines Sweden Thailand and the United States. The volume offers insight into trajectories of parenting exploring parents’ warmth control rules setting and knowledge of children’s activities and whereabouts. Each chapter is authored by a contributor native to the country examined guaranteeing an authentic emic perspective and together the chapters provide a broader sample that is more generalizable to a wider range of the world’s population than is typical in most parenting research. Parenting Across Cultures From Childhood to Adolescence is essential reading for researchers and students of parenting psychology human development family studies sociology and cultural anthropology as well as professionals working with families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462321

Parenting across the Life SpanBiosocial Dimensions Research on parenting through the life course has developed around two separate approaches. Evolutionary biology provides fresh perspectives from life history theory using behavioral ecology and parental investment theory. At the same time the social and behavioral sciences integrates research from long-term studies of individual development and from the collection of life histories.This path-breaking book advances evolutionary life history research by integrating perspectives of these two approaches into a biosocial science of the life course. It examines parenthood as a commitment extending throughout life and focuses on the impact on parental and child behavior of changes in the timing distribution and intensity of parental investment. This perspective is particularly appropriate for research on parenting since the family is the universal human institution within which the bearing and rearing of children has been based and which transmits traditions beliefs and values to the young. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126005

Parenting After the Century of the ChildTravelling Ideals Institutional Negotiations and Individual Responses Bridging the gap between studies orientated around parenthood and those on the ’globalization’ of childhood Parenting After the Century of the Child provides a timely intervention to the scholarship. It explores in depth negotiations of travelling ideals on childhood showing the power of institutional implementations that affect parenting practices. Drawing on the latest research conducted in Europe North and South America Africa and South East Asia this book examines ideas currently travelling across the globe within institutional settings providing new insights into the dynamics and ambivalences involved in the simultaneous reframing of childhood and parenthood. This truly global volume will appeal to anthropologists and sociologists with interests in gender childhood studies and the sociology of the family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260603

Parenting After the Death of a ChildA Practitioner's Guide The death of a child has a tremendous and overwhelming impact on parents and siblings completely altering the psychological landscape of the family. In the aftermath of such a tragedy parents face the challenge of not only dealing with their own grief but also that of their surviving children. How can someone attempt to cease parenting a deceased child while maintaining this role with his/her other children? Is it possible for a mother or father to effectively deal with feelings of grief and loss while simultaneously helping their surviving children? Parenting After the Death of a Child: A Practitioner’s Guide addresses this complex and daunting dilemma. Following on the heels of a qualitative research study that involved interviewing bereaved parents both fathers and mothers Buckle and Fleming have put together several different stories of loss and recovery to create an invaluable resource for clinicians students and grieving parents. The authors present the experience of losing a child and its subsequent impact on a family in a novel and effective way demonstrating the strength and importance of their book for the counseling field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884410

Parenting and the Child's WorldInfluences on Academic Intellectual and Social-emotional Development Stimulated by the publication of The Nurture Assumption by Judith Rich Harris Parenting and the Child's World was conceived around the notion that there are multiple sources of influence on children's development including parenting behavior family resources genetic and other biological factors as well as social influences from peers teachers and the community at large. The text's 39 contributors search for when where and how parenting matters and the major antecedents and moderators of effective parenting. The chapters focus on the major conceptual issues and empirical approaches that underlie our understanding of the importance of parenting for child development in academic socio-emotional and risk-taking domains. Additional goals are to show how culture and parenting are interwoven to chart future research directions and to help parents and professionals understand the implications of major research findings. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650656

Parenting as PartnersHow to Launch Your Kids Without Ejecting Your Spouse Very few families are perfect. But looking from the outside in through conversations in the grocery store or clicking through social media oftentimes it seems we are the only ones struggling with raising our kids or aligning with our spouses on parenting. The reality is that so many families struggle. Vicki Hoefle three-time author parenting coach and sought-after speaker offers a fresh practical roadmap for achievable family—and marital—harmony and happiness. Her strategies work for everyone: whether you have young children and are just starting the parenting journey; are beginning to experience the first challenges of raising children in the 21st century; or if you’re facing crisis stress or the effects of divorce. Hoefle inspires REAL families and shows them how to invest in the relationship focus on what is important and experience the joy of living in a healthy loving family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561752

Parenting Behaviour and Children's Cognitive Development The association between parents' behaviour and children's cognitive development is at the meeting place of several prominent theories of psychological development and a range of complex methodological and conceptual issues. On the one hand there are theories which argue that the impetus of development is within the child and is largely unaffected by his or her experience of social interaction: on the other are the commonsense experience of parents and educators and the body of neo-Vygotskian theory which would see the child's development as profoundly affected by social interaction or even constituted by it. The purpose of this book is to examine theories and evidence carefully in order to assess the causal links between parent behaviour and children's cognitive development.There is a considerable amount of evidence that suggests an association between parents' behaviour and their children's cognitive development; but there are many possible explanations for this association including direct effects of parental teaching styles on the children's learning and motivation differential social class practices and opportunities genetic resemblances and methodological artifacts. A close and critical look at a wide range of research and of theory is necessary if the causal questions are to be clarified.This book develops the current arguments about the nature and causes of cognitive development providing a critical discussion of the available research and relating it to psychological theory. It is suitable for advanced students of psychology and education. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804651

Parenting Beliefs Behaviors and Parent-Child RelationsA Cross-Cultural Perspective The purpose of this book is to present a rather simple argument. Parents' thoughts about childrearing and the ways in which they interact with children to achieve particular parenting or developmental goals are culturally determined. Within any culture children are shaped by the physical and social settings within which they live culturally regulated customs and childrearing practices and culturally based belief systems. The psychological "meaning" attributed to any given social behavior is in large part a function of the ecological niche within which it is produced. Clearly it is the case that there are some cultural universals. All parents want their children to be healthy and to feel secure. However "healthy" and "unhealthy " at least in the psychological sense of the term can have different meanings from culture to culture. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650663

Parenting Education and SupportNew Opportunities First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163874

Parenting for the StateAn Ethnographic Analysis of Non-Profit Foster Care Through careful ethnography and rich in-depth interviews at a non-profit foster family agency this book takes a look behind the scenes of our troubled foster care system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650670

Parenting in Global PerspectiveNegotiating Ideologies of Kinship Self and Politics Drawing on both sociological and anthropological perspectives this volume explores cross-national trends and everyday experiences of ‘parenting’. Parenting in Global Perspective examines the significance of ‘parenting’ as a subject of professional expertise and activity in which adults are increasingly expected to be emotionally absorbed and become personally fulfilled. By focusing the significance of parenting as a form of relationship and as mediated by family relationships across time and space the book explores the points of accommodation and points of tension between parenting as defined by professionals and those experienced by parents themselves. Specific themes include: the ways in which the moral context for parenting is negotiated and sustained the structural constraints to ‘good’ parenting (particularly in cases of immigration or reproductive technologies) the relationship between intimate family life and broader cultural trends parenting culture policy making and nationhood parenting and/as adult ‘identity-work’. Including contributions on parenting from a range of ethnographic locales – from Europe Canada and the US to non-Euro-American settings such as Turkey Chile and Brazil this volume presents a uniquely critical and international perspective which positions parenting as a global ideology that intersects in a variety of ways with the political social cultural and economic positions of parents and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960220

Parenting in StepfamiliesSocial Attitudes Parental Perceptions and Parenting Behaviours in Hong Kong First published in 1999 this book contains the findings of an exploratory study using in-depth interviews on parenting and the dynamics of Hong Kong Chinese stepfamilies. The stepfamily is a topic which is in lack of local research in Hong Kong but is an emerging family structure which has increasing need for professional intervention. This study began as a result of the researcher’s concern about the soaring number of divorces and broken families in Hong Kong and her curiosity to uncover the untold stories of stepfamilies. The literature review presentation and thematic analysis of the findings of this study will increase the readers knowledge and understanding of stepfamilies in contexts which are different from Western societies. This book unveils the perceptions and life experiences of the stepmothers social workers and teachers attitudes towards stepfamilies and the parenting behaviours of stepfamilies in Hong Kong. The author has reflectively analyzed the complex interplay between the social attitudes cultural stereotyping of stepfamilies influenced by Chinese traditional values aspirations towards marriage and marital relationships parental expectations and parent-child relationships ideology and policy issues affecting professional intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327467

Parenting in Youth SportFrom Research to Practice Being the parent of a young athlete is a complex and challenging endeavour. Parents play a pivotal role in the development of young people in reaching their full potential in sport – indeed the psychological and practical support of parents can be as vital to young athletes as the appropriate coaching and facilities. This book brings together current research into the impact of parenting in youth sport and examines the relationships between athletes coaches and parents whilst also discussing topics such as parenting styles behaviour at competition and talent development. This book not only outlines the theories of parenting in youth sport but also utilises research and examples from several countries including the UK US Canada and Australia. It has a research-to-practice theme and includes numerous suggestions for research projects (and getting research published). Parenting in Youth Sport is an essential text for students lecturers and practitioners with an interest in youth sport sport psychology or sport development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120679

Parenting Through the StormFind Help Hope and Strength When Your Child Has Psychological Problems Raising a child or teenager with a psychological condition is a "perfect storm" of stress sadness and uncertainty. How can you find the best treatments and help your child overcome emotional behavioral and academic challenges--while keeping yourself and your family strong? As a parent you may feel isolated and alone but the reality is that a lot of families are in the same boat. Ann Douglas knows firsthand just how daunting it can be. In this compassionate and empowering guide she combines the vital lessons she has learned with vivid stories from other parents and advice from leading psychologists. Several record-keeping forms can be downloaded and printed for repeated use. The book cuts through the often-confusing clinical jargon and speaks from the heart about what matters most: the well-being of your child. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526772

ParentingWhat Really Counts? Parenting: What Really Counts? examines the scientific evidence on what really matters for children's healthy psychological development.The first section considers whether it is necessary to have two parents a father present parents who have a genetic link with their child or parents who are heterosexual. Section two explores the psychological processes that underlie optimal development for children particularly the quality of the child's relationship with parents other family members and the wider social world. Contrary to common assumptions Susan Golombok concludes that family structure makes little difference to children's day-to-day experiences of life.As well as for students researchers and teachers Parenting: What really counts? will be of great interest to parents and those thinking of embarking on a non-traditional route to parenthood. It will also be welcomed by professionals working with families and those involved in the development of family policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787824

Parent-Led CBT for Child AnxietyHelping Parents Help Their Kids Parents can play a strong role in helping their children overcome anxiety disorders--given the right tools. This innovative research-based book shows clinicians how to teach parents cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) techniques to use with their 5- to 12-year-old. Session-by-session guidelines are provided for giving parents the skills to promote children's flexible thinking and independent problem solving help them face specific fears and tackle accompanying difficulties such as sleep problems and school refusal. User-friendly features include illustrative case studies sample scripts advice on combining face-to-face sessions with telephone support and pointers for overcoming roadblocks. Several parent handouts can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462540808

Parents Children and AdolescentsInteractive Relationships and Development in Context Parents Children and Adolescents presents an integrative perspective of the parent-child relationship within several contexts. You can expand your empirical and theoretical knowledge of the parent-child relationship and child development through the book’s unusually holistic theoretical perspective that integrates three main frameworks: interactional theories on parents children and development; contextual (ecological) models; and behavior genetics.This insightful book’s empirical scope is broader than that of most books in that it considers the parent-child relationship throughout the life course as well as within a great variety of contexts including interactions with sibling and peers at school in their neighborhoods and with professionals. You’ll gain immeasurable knowledge about: parents’child-rearing styles and how they are affected by environmental variables the interaction between parents and children and between their personalities behavior genetics as one of the explanatory frameworks for the role of genetics and environment negative child outcomes--emotional problems conduct disorders and delinquency poverty and other stressors affecting parents and children problematic-abusive emotionally disturbed alcoholic parents siblings and peers as contexts for the parent-child dyad the effect of the school system on the family with a focus on minority families family structure--divorce remarriage and families headed by never-married mothers adolescent mothers and their own mothers the psychogenetic limitations on parental influence and cultural roadblocks to parental moral authorityComplete with an Instructor’s Manual Parents Children and Adolescents is ideal for advanced undergraduate and graduate classes in family studies and human development sociology of the family interdisciplinary developmental psychology and social work classes that need a thorough perspective on the parent-child relationship. Professionals and scholars in these fields seeking an interdisciplinary framework as well as research suggestions and incisive critiques of traditional perspectives will also find this innovative book a valuable addition to their reading lists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786681

Parents Children and CommunicationFrontiers of Theory and Research This is the first edited volume in the communication field to examine parent-child interaction. It creates a framework for future research in this growing area -- family communication and more specifically parent-child communication -- and also suggests new areas of communication research among parents and children -- cultural work-related taboo topics family sex discussions conflict and abuse. Chapter authors provide thorough coverage of theoretical approaches new methods and emerging contexts including lesbian/gay parent-child relationships. In so doing they bring a communication perspective to enduring problems of discipline adolescent conflict and physical child abuse. The text highlights various methodological approaches -- both quantitative and qualitative -- including conversation analysis grounded theory participant-observation and phenomenological interviewing of children. It also introduces and surveys various theoretical approaches -- general systems developmental cultural and intergenerational transmission. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812013

Parents Their Children And Schools Parental involvement with children at home in school and in the community is one of the most important factors in educational success. Yet we know very little about the most effective approaches to parental intervention. Moreover not all parents have the same resources or opportunities to act on the educational expectations they have for their c Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317157

Parents and Children This volume brings together some of the best journal articles of the last twenty years which deal with various aspects of the relationship between parents and children. Adopting an inter-disciplinary and comparative approach the book reproduces articles from a variety of journals in law and the social sciences. The book is divided into eight parts dealing respectively with becoming a parent; the status and obligations of parenthood; issues of upbringing; adolescence; child support; parental separation divorce and children; child abuse and state intervention; social parenthood and adoption. The volume includes a substantial introduction by the editor. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247359

Parents and Children in the Inner City   This book was first published in 1978. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873926

Parents and ChildrenA First Book on the Psychology of Child Development and Training By his wide influence as author and teacher C.W. Valentine had established himself as a leading authority in this country on child psychology applied to early training. Originally published in 1953 this was a book for parents who need help and advice in bringing up their children and who were puzzled by the obscure and often contradictory assertions of child psychologists. This book deals with the earliest problems – feeding weaning sleep etc.; it then goes on to early discipline first school difficulties and adolescence. The great individual differences in children frequently in the same family are stressed so that parents would not be so ready to imagine behaviour to be abnormal. It also sought to help parents understand themselves in their attitude towards their children. As teachers social and religious workers children’s welfare officers and nurses were increasingly brought into touch with parents to discuss with them the upbringing of their children it was hoped that this book would be of use to those groups as well as to parents themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899797

Parents and Digital TechnologyHow to Raise the Connected Generation Children today are digital natives growing up in an age where social media and online communication is the norm. This book is an indispensable guide for parents who may feel they are struggling to keep up addressing the issues that young people and their families face in the world of modern technology. Suzie Hayman a parenting counsellor and John Coleman a distinguished psychologist use their combined expertise to explore the challenges and possibilities of being constantly connected helping parents to make choices about how they communicate set boundaries and establish rules. Using real-world examples and solid psychological theory the book looks first at the anxieties parents express about digital technology followed by the serious potential threats such as cyber-bullying sexting and easy access to pornographic or violent materials. However the internet is also full of enormous potential and a further chapter explores the positive side of the digital playground. The authors also share their expert understanding of child and adolescent development and how this relates to the appeal of digital media with special attention paid to the importance of good communication. The end result is a toolbox for parents full of tips strategies and techniques designed to help navigate the digital world ensuring it is safe yet still exciting for young people. Parents and Digital Technology is essential reading for all parents and guardians as well as those caring for children and teenagers in a professional setting who want to get the best out of life and modern technology while keeping safe in a family that talks to each other spends time with each other and enjoys each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933163

Parents and Family Planning Services Parents and Family Planning Services focuses on parents of a sample of newborns in twelve areas of England and Wales during the 1970s. The parents were asked about their contraceptive practices attitudes toward different methods of birth control and opinions of-and experience with-different types of services. General practitioners health visitors and doctors at family planning clinics were interviewed about their views and practices. This juxtaposition of the attitudes of parents and professionals highlights the reasons why people do not use effective methods of birth control and leads to suggestions as to how they could be helped to do so. Several chapters discuss fathers' attitudes and actions the views of parents and professionals and the influence of religion social class education and geographic location. The final chapter is concerned with possible changes in contraceptive habits and the ways in which services can develop to help more women avoid unwanted pregnancies. The work has ongoing policy implications and also indicates how attitudes and change evolve over time. Parents and Family Planning Services is predicated on the assumption that unwanted fertility is to be avoided. It underscores the need for a proliferation of different sorts of services: more clinics an increase in the help and advice given at hospitals the development of a supportive and integrated home service. This volume is a significant contribution to the literature in this vital field. It remains essential reading for both professionals and concerned policy personnel particularly those interested in the evolution of policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529519

Parents and Schools (1993)Customers Managers or Partners? Published in 1993 this book explores the rights that parents have been given over their children’s schooling. Parents now have the right to choose the school their children will attend and to be involved with school management. These rights and roles for parents as customers and managers are intended to make schools more responsive to parental concerns and to improve school quality. This book considers these new roles of parents how they affect traditional notions of home-school partnerships and the effect on schools. It will appeal to those interested in home-school relations in educational governance and in comparing British policy in these areas with that of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379676

Parents and SchoolsA Source Book First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315047584

Parents And TeachersPower And Participation This work examines the factors that shape and influence home-school relations. At its heart is an analysis of parent-teacher relationships in an inner city borough drawn from case studies of five primary schools and a parents' centre. Interviews with parents are revealing windows into parents' views on a range of issues including curriculum discipline and parents' relationships with their children's teachers.; The author also considers teachers' perspectives on these matters and explores the influence of social class ethnicity and gender on parent-teacher interactions. While presenting these issues within a consideration of broader themes such as citizenship community power and participation the book discusses the reasons why initiatives designed to improve home- school relations appear to result in such limited change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043173

Parents And The Dynamics Of Child Rearing Research into parent-child relationships is a diverse field of inquiry attracting investigators from a variety of disciplines and subdisciplines. This book integrates and synthesizes the literature by focusing on issues concerning the parent. The text is organized around four key questions: What determines parental behavior? What are the effects of parenting on children? What makes some parents more effective than others? Why do some parents maltreat their children? George Holden adopts a dynamic rather than a static perspective on parenting. This dynamic approach reflects parents' capacity to modify their behavior as they respond to changes in their children and in their own lives. Throughout the text historical antecedents as well as methodological and theoretical issues are highlighted. Although the book is designed for advanced courses focusing on the parent child relationship it also rovides a good overview for those interested in current research concerning parenting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282257

Parents and Toddlers in GroupsA Psychoanalytic Developmental Approach This book explores how psychoanalytic principles can be applied when working with parents and toddlers in groups. Illustrated with lively observations it discusses how these parent-toddler groups can be an effective medium for early intervention during a period which is critical for the negotiation of a child’s central emotional issues. Parents and Toddlers in Groups demonstrates the particular challenges of the toddler phase and its contribution to an individual’s future development and relationships. Focusing on an approach developed by the Anna Freud Centre and comprising chapters from a range of expert contributors topics include: the history theory and practice of parent-toddler groups at the Anna Freud Centre how this approach has been adapted and applied across a wide range of settings and cultures the findings of research projects carried out on parent-toddler groups. This book will be a valuable resource for practitioners wanting to reach parents and young children in community educational and a variety of other settings. It will also appeal to child psychotherapists and psychologists working in CAMHS teams. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203839737

Parents and Young Mentally Handicapped ChildrenA Review of Research Issues First published in 1986 this book reviews research on the role parents play in fostering the early development of children with mental handicaps. Professionals and parents must work together to give such children the chance of living as ordinary lives as possible and here the author develops a broadly-based conceptual framework for the involvement of parents as teachers of their young handicapped children. McConachie identifies characteristics of parents which seem of particular relevance to the design and success of intervention programmes. Although written in the 1980s this book discusses topics that are still important today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124523

Parents Are Our Other ClientIdeas for Therapists Social Workers Support Workers and Teachers Parents Are Our Other Client: Ideas for Therapists Social Workers Support Workers and Teachers stands out among the vast literature on counseling children and families by finally giving therapists social workers support workers and teachers the tools necessary to work with the single most significant influence on children: the parents. This book: Explains in an accessible and readable format how parenting patterns are learned unconsciously during early childhood and emerge later when people become parents. Delivers a comprehensive and practical guide for professionals working to help parents see their children differently and change the way they interact with their children. Clarifies why directing attention to the non-verbal areas of a parent’s brain with techniques such as imaging is essential for achieving a shift away from early learned patterns. Examines how a professional's own childhood experience influences the way he or she works with parents and how professionals can shift to more positive responding even with the most resistant parent. Provides informative clinical illustrations based on current research and the authors' extensive clinical and supervisory experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832565

Parents as Care ManagersThe Experiences of Those Caring for Young Children with Cerebral Palsy First published in 1999 this volume examines the inclusion of disabled children as a category of children in need under the Children Act 1989 and as eligible for assessments of need under the NHS and Community Care Act 1990 has drawn renewed attention to the plight of these children and their families. This book presents the findings from a study of parents whose child has cerebral palsy. The research undertaken at the cost of social policy change focuses on the apparent gap between the well-argued proposals for community care and the experiences of carers. A bewildering picture emerges of inadequate services and treatments from the health education and social services in the public voluntary and private sectors. Parents experience isolation and stress as they explore ways to improve the quality of their children’s lives by experimenting with unregulated and under-researched treatments for an incurable physical condition. The conclusion that there has been deterioration in provision for these families is a serious indictment on current social policy direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335288

Parents as Partners in Child TherapyA Clinician's Guide This book addresses a key need for child therapists--how to actively involve parents in treatment and give them tools to support their child's healthy development. Known for her innovative creative therapeutic approach Paris Goodyear-Brown weaves together knowledge about play therapy trauma attachment theory and neurobiology. She presents step-by-step strategies to help parents understand their child's needs reflect on their own emotional triggers set healthy boundaries make time together more fun and respond effectively to challenging behavior. Filled with rich clinical illustrations the volume features 52 reproducible handouts and worksheets. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462545063

Parents Killing ChildrenCrossing the Invisible Line Parents Killing Children: Crossing the Invisible Line explores hidden forms of violence within the family. This socio-legal study addresses the interactions between the family and the state focusing on six parent perpetrators and the ways in which child endangerment is concealed within society.Drawing on symbolic interactionism mythology and a modelling of case study data this book puts forward a unique conceptualisation of representation and risk both on familial and state levels. The failure of the state to intervene and neutralise volatile perpetrators also sheds light on the socio-legal status of children – society’s most vulnerable – and the book concludes by discussing means by which the underlying social conditions and maladies symptomatic of child abuse and killing should be addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585501

Parents with Eating DisordersAn Intervention Guide This groundbreaking volume presents a new conceptual approach to treating adults with eating disorders and their children. By utilizing Parent-Based Prevention a state-of-the-art intervention program from Stanford University for families who risk raising children in the context of parental eating disorders Parents with Eating Disorders offers a practical evidence-based manual to working with affected families with the goal of preventing disordered eating from being passed to future generations. Additional resources include intervention planning and self-assessment forms intended for clinicians to use as they implement the program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293496

Parent-Teacher PartnershipPractical Approaches to Meet Special Educational Needs First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420236

Parent-Teen Therapy for Executive Function Deficits and ADHDBuilding Skills and Motivation This user-friendly manual presents an innovative tested approach to helping teens overcome the frustrating organizational and motivation problems associated with executive function deficits and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). The Supporting Teens' Autonomy Daily (STAND) approach uses motivational interviewing (MI) to engage teens and their parents in building key compensatory skills in organization time management and planning. Parent training components ease family conflict and equip parents to support kids' independence. Ready-to-use worksheets and rating scales are provided; the book has a large-size format for easy photocopying. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print all 45 reproducible tools. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527694

Parent-Youth RelationsCultural and Cross-Cultural Perspectives Explore the most fundamental human relationship—between parent and childWestern social science has long neglected to acknowledge that family relationships must always be examined from a culturally sensitive perspective. Parent-Youth Relations: Cultural and Cross-Cultural Perspectives fills this void by exploring in depth the most fundamental human relationship—between parent and child—in different societies around the world. International experts provide a comprehensive collection of original research and theory on how parental styles and the effects of culture are interconnected. Written from diverse perspectives this unique resource reveals deep insight into these relationships by focusing on the individuals the structure of the family and societal and cultural influences. Parental relations and cultural belief systems both play integral parts on how socialization and development occur in children. Parent-Youth Relations: Cultural and Cross-Cultural Perspectives presents several viewpoints some comparing similarities and differences across societies or nations others exploring relationships within a single culture. This probing global look at parent-youth relations provides sensitively nuanced information valuable for every professional or student in the social sciences. Detailed tables illustrate research data while thorough bibliographies offer opportunities for further study.Parent-Youth Relations: Cultural and Cross-Cultural Perspectives explores: parenting style and its effects on children in Chinese culture parenting style in problem-solving situations in Hong Kong cross-national perspectives on parental acceptance-rejection theory multinational studies of interparental conflict parenting and adolescent functioning the relationship between parenting behaviors and adolescent achievement in Chile and Ecuador parent-adolescent relations and problem behaviors in Hungary the Netherlands Switzerland and the United States cross-national analysis of family and school socialization and adolescent academic achievement parent-child contact after divorce—from the child’s perspective familial impacts on adolescent aggression and depression in Colombia predicting Korean adolescents’ sexual behavior from individual and family factors parenting in Mexican society relations with parents and friends during adolescence and early adulthood parent-child relationships in childhood and adulthood and their effect on the parent’s marriage the effects of financial hardship interparental conflict and maternal parenting in Germany and more original research studies! Parent-Youth Relations: Cultural and Cross-Cultural Perspectives presents the freshest research available along with extensive bibliographies providing essential reading for educators advanced undergraduates graduate students and professionals in family studies sociology psychology and anthropology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725733

Pareto Economics and SocietyThe Mechanical Analogy Vilfredo Pareto was one of the great systems theorists of the twentieth century embracing economics psychology sociology and politics. In this important work Michael McLure takes as his subject of study the rapport between Pareto's economic and sociological theory and consequently illuminates the role of economics in public policy development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758413

Pareto Distributions Since the publication of the first edition over 30 years ago the literature related to Pareto distributions has flourished to encompass computer-based inference methods. Pareto Distributions Second Edition provides broad up-to-date coverage of the Pareto model and its extensions. This edition expands several chapters to accommodate recent results and reflect the increased use of more computer-intensive inference procedures.New to the Second EditionNew material on multivariate inequality Recent ways of handling the problems of inference for Pareto models and their generalizations and extensionsNew discussions of bivariate and multivariate income and survival modelsThis book continues to provide researchers with a useful resource for understanding the statistical aspects of Pareto and Pareto-like distributions. It covers income models and properties of Pareto distributions measures of inequality for studying income distributions inference procedures for Pareto distributions and various multivariate Pareto distributions existing in the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367738471

Pareto on Policy Warren Samuels interprets Vilfredo Pareto's Treatise on General Sociology in terms of a general equilibrium model of policy. Three themes and one conviction run throughout the study. The first is a model of policy making involving three sets of variables: power knowledge and psychology. The second is a general equilibrium approach to the study of these variables emphasizing their fundamental interdependence. The third is the importance of Pareto's work.Pareto is one of the few individuals whose work has had enormous influence in at least three social sciences in the twentieth century: economics sociology and political science. Despite Pareto's attempt in the Treatise to produce a general sociology encompassing all of these sciences (as well as psychology) his work has been treated almost completely from the perspectives of the individual disciplines. This volume's interpretation is consonant with Pareto's intention in the Treatise namely to provide a general equilibrium model of the total socio-politico-economic decision-making or policy process.The book is directed at those who comprehend these as processes whose structure conduct and performance are a function of complex decision making. Social scientists and policy analysts have moved beyond models that solve problems in the abstract without working them out through policy making in the real world. The approach outlined here is important to those who are interested in pursuing the working rules of law and morals that govern the distribution and exercise of power as well as the exercise of power that governs the development of these rules. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847513

Paris Bistro Cookery Originally published in 1957 this delightful book offers 100 recipes from 50 of the best authentic Paris bistros collected in the 1950s when these establishments were at their height. Part guidebook and part cookbook this volume describes the bistros and their colourful denizens as they were followed by their signature recipes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977945

Paris Under ConstructionBuilding Sites and Urban Transformation in the 1960s During the 1960s building sites in Paris became spaces that expressed preoccupations about urban transformation labour immigration and national identity. As new buildings and infrastructure changed the city building sites revealed the substandard living and working conditions of migrant construction workers in France. Moreover construction was the touchstone in debates about the dangers of urban life and triggered action in communities whose districts faced demolition. Paris Under Construction explores the social political and cultural responses to construction work and urban transformation in the Paris metropolitan region during the 1960s. This examination of a decade of intensive building work considers the ways in which the experience of construction was mediated produced and reproduced through a range of complex and sometimes contradictory representations. The building sites that produced the new Paris are no longer visible and were perhaps never intended to be seen yet different groups closely observed and recorded construction giving it meanings that went beyond specific building activities. The research draws extensively on French newspaper television and radio archives and delves into rarely examined trade union material. Paris Under Construction gives voice to the witnesses of—and participants in—urban transformation who are usually excluded from architectural and urban history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381952

Paris-EdinburghCultural Connections in the Belle Epoque By the end of the nineteenth century Paris was widely acknowledged as the cultural capital of the world the home of avant-garde music and art symbolist literature and bohemian culture. Edinburgh by contrast may still be thought of as a rather staid city of lawyers and Presbyterian ministers academics and doctors. While its great days as a centre for the European Enlightenment may have been behind it however late Victorian Edinburgh was becoming the location for a new set of cultural institutions with its own avant-garde that corresponded with a renewed Scottish national consciousness. While Morningside was never going to be Montparnasse the period known as the Belle Epoque was a time in both French and Scottish society when there were stirrings of non-conformity which often clashed with a still powerful establishment. And in this respect French bourgeois society could be as resistant to change as the suburbs of Edinburgh. With travel and communication becoming ever easier a growing number of international contacts developed that allowed such new and radical cultural ideas to flourish. In a series of linked essays based on research into contemporary archives documents and publications in both countries as well as on new developments in cultural research this book explores an unexpected dimension of Scottish history while also revealing the Scottish contribution to French history. In a broader sense and particularly as regards gender it considers what is meant by 'modern' or 'radical' in this period without imposing any single model. In so doing it seeks not to treat Paris-Edinburgh links in isolation or to exaggerate them but to use them to provide a fresh perspective on the internationalism of the Belle Epoque. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264304

Parish Churches in the Early Modern World Across Europe the parish church has stood for centuries at the centre of local communities; it was the focal point of its religious life the rituals performed there marked the stages of life from the cradle to the grave. Nonetheless the church itself artistically and architecturally stood apart from the parish community. It was often the largest and only stone-built building in a village; it was legally distinct being subject to canon law as well as consecrated for the celebration of religious rites. The buildings associated with the "cure of souls" were sacred sites or holy places where humanity interacted with the divine. In spite of the importance of the parish church these buildings have generally not received the same attention from historians as non-parochial places of worship. This collection of essays redresses this balance and reflects on the parish church across a number of confessions - Catholic Lutheran Reformed and Anti-Trinitarian - during the early modern period. Rather than providing a series of case studies of individual buildings each essay looks at the evolution of parish churches in response to religious reform as well as confessional change and upheaval. They examine aspects of their design and construction; furnishings and material culture; liturgy and the use of the parish church. While these essays range widely across Europe the volume also considers how religious provision and the parish church were translated into a global context with colonial and commercial expansion in the Americas and Asia. This interdisciplinary volume seeks to identify what was distinctive about the parish church for the congregations that gathered in them for worship and for communities across the early modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472446084

Parish Nurses Health Care Chaplains and Community ClergyNavigating the Maze of Professional Relationships Understand the roles of these three unique professions and how collaboration can make each more effective!This is the first book to clarify the roles and interprofessional dynamics of these three professions and describe how they can best work together. Here you’ll find theological perspectives on each profession practice models of collaborative programs and new resources to aid your professional growth. In addition this book gives you a thorough historical overview of parish nursing and an introduction to health care chaplaincy as well as insightful analyses of the relationships of clergy and congregation to health care institutions.Parish Nurses Health Care Chaplains and Community Clergy: Navigating the Maze of Professional Relationships is a vital addition to your reference shelf. This unique book written by experts in all three fields provides: the necessary background to be an effective parish nurse including information on spiritual formation clinical pastoral education and more instruction on starting a parish health ministry effective ways that the disciplines can work together in congregational health ministries to provide the best possible spiritual care successful practice models that your ministry can emulate an examination of the health care institution’s role in forming the spiritual care team resources to use to increase your ministry’s effectivenessParish Nurses Health Care Chaplains and Community Clergy is a must for practitioners educators and students who will be entering these vital professions! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048979

Parish NursingA Handbook for the New Millennium Make parish nursing an alternative to shrinking healthcare resources! Because of shrinking healthcare resources both human and monetary parish nurses in the future will be called upon to deal with rising numbers of elderly and the end-of-life issues that accompany aging. Parish Nursing: A Handbook for the New Millennium is a guide to designing programs that can complement a congregation's ministry priorities for senior adults identifying strengths to reinforce and weaknesses to avoid. Stories from the fields of service capture the sweat equity and history of the re-emergence of nursing in churches. Parish Nursing: A Handbook for the New Millennium is a practical planning guide for parish nurses and congregational committee members with limited experience in program development. Suitable for use with multiple faith traditions the book demonstrates how to take responsibility for health ministries without leaning on direction from local hospitals. Parish Nursing presents multiple practice models intervention strategies and methods of program evaluation responsive to boundaries and traditions of various communities of faith. Parish Nursing includes: conceptual frameworks program design options outlines from field-tested training modules program evaluation options and challenges and much more! In 2001 there were 35 million people over the age of 65 living in the United States—a number that’s expected to double in the next 10 years. The American Academy of Family Physicians estimates that nearly 20 percent of family doctors are no longer accepting new Medicare patients. Parish Nursing: A Handbook for the New Millennium is an essential resource for nurses pastors and church leaders starting a parish nurse ministry to deal with the growing number of “forgotten” elderly persons. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049297

Parity and Prestige in English Secondary Education First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864046

Park MakerLife of Frederick Law Olmsted On April 28 1858 municipal officials announced the winner of the design contest for a great new park for the people of New York City--Plan no. 33 "Greensward" by Frederick Law Olmsted and Calvert Vaux. Though the appropriated ground for what was to become Central Park was nothing more than a barren expanse occupied by squatters in a matter of a few years Olmsted turned the wasteland into a landscape of coherence elegance and beauty. It not only surpassed the design ingenuity of its existing European counterparts but gained the designer national acclaim in a profession that still lacked a name.Olmsted was an American visionary. He foresaw the day when New York and many other growing cities of the mid-nineteenth century would be plagued by what we presently term "urban sprawl." And he was convinced of the critical importance of adapting land for the recreational and contemplative needs of city dwellers before the last remnants of natural terrain were engulfed by "monotonous straight streets and piles of erect angular buildings." As a result of his early efforts to revolutionize the design of public parks many cities today are able to preserve the recreational space and greenery within their urban limits. In addition his thoughts and words on wilderness areas still echo across a century of preservation in the wild.This lively and insightful account of his prodigious life features many of his outstanding landscape projects including the Biltmore Estate Prospect Park (Brooklyn) the capitol grounds in Washington DC the Boston Park System the Chicago parks and the Chicago World Fair as well as measures to preserve the natural settings at Niagara Falls Yosemite and the Adirondacks. It traces his early years and describes events that were to form his artistic intellectual and deeply humanistic sensibilities. And it restores this lost American hero to his prominent place in history. In addition to being the acknowledged father of American landscape architecture Frederick Law Olmsted helped shape the political and philosophical climate of America in his own time and today.Elizabeth Stevenson is the author of the Bancroft Award-winning Henry Adams: A Biography; The Glass Lark a biography of Lafcadio Hearn; and Babbitts and Bohemians: From the Great War to the Great Depression all available from Transaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529533

Parker Lopez and Stone's The Book of Mormon 'Hasa Diga Eebowai' In 2011 a musical full of curse words and Mormon missionaries swept that year’s Tony Awards and was praised as a triumphant return of the American musical. This book explores the inherent achievements (and failures) of The Book of Mormon—one of the most ambitious and problematic musicals to achieve widespread success. The creative team members—Matt Parker Trey Stone and composer Robert Lopez—were collectively known for their aggressive use of taboo subjects and crude punchy humor. Using the metaphor of boxing Granger explores the metaphorical punches the trio delivers and ruminates over the less-discussed ideological wounds that their style of shock absurdism might leave behind. This careful examination of where The Book of Mormon succeeds and fails is sure to challenge discussion of our understanding of musical comedy and our appreciation for this cultural landmark in theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023225

Parkes' Occupational Lung Disorders This authoritative text on occupational lung disorders builds upon the fundamentals including clinical epidemiological and predictive approaches. It discusses interstitial and malignant diseases airways diseases and other respiratory issues such as diving working at high altitudes and abnormal sleep conditions. It also covers related long-term conditions such as asthma and COPD. This edition has been completely revised and brought up to date for all physicians dealing with pulmonary disorders caused by the environment or the workplace.Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574253

Parking and the City Donald Shoup brilliantly overcame the challenge of writing about parking without being boring in his iconoclastic 800-page book The High Cost of Free Parking. Easy to read and often entertaining the book showed that city parking policies subsidize cars encourage sprawl degrade urban design prohibit walkability damage the economy raise housing costs and penalize people who cannot afford or choose not to own a car. Using careful analysis and creative thinking Shoup recommended three parking reforms: (1) remove off-street parking requirements (2) charge the right prices for on-street parking and (3) spend the meter revenue to improve public services on the metered streets. Parking and the City reports on the progress that cities have made in adopting these three reforms. The successful outcomes provide convincing evidence that Shoup’s policy proposals are not theoretical and idealistic but instead are practical and realistic. The good news about our decades of bad planning for parking is that the damage we have done will be far cheaper to repair than to ignore. The 51 chapters by 46 authors in Parking and the City show how reforming our misguided and wrongheaded parking policies can do a world of good. Read more about parking benefit districts with a free download of Chapter 51 by copying the link below into your browser.   https://www.routledge.com/posts/13972 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497122

Parking Management Best Practices This book is a blueprint for developing an integrated parking plan. It explains how to determine parking supply and affect parking demand as well as how to calculate parking facility costs. It also offers information about shared parking parking maximums financial incentives tax reform pricing methods and other management techniques. What typ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330125

Parking Regulation and ManagementThe Emerging Tool for a Sustainable City Containing some of the most recent and original studies on parking regulation and management from different disciplines this book offers rigorous analysis from top researchers with a clear intention to deliver policy implications and provide information to the public. The book is organized according to a variety of key topics. Among others it covers the interaction of parking with other modes of transportation and its demand its pricing and external effects the role of information and digitalization and the effects of regulation and its enforcement. Also it includes the views of practitioners who discuss present parking in cities and the future of its management. Written primarily for scholars interested in transportation mobility planning and urban affairs this book is also directly relevant to practitioners and policymakers in government with responsibilities in mobility. Additionally the book will be of interest to the private sector as it offers a practical link between rigorous academic analyses and the needs of practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232320

Parkinson's Disease and Quality of Life Learn to handle the problems that Parkinson's patients faceThrough Parkinson's Disease and Quality of Life you will discover common problem areas seen in patients with Parkinson's disease. This book explores problems that interfere with functional independence of patients and gives examples of occupational therapy intervention and treatment techniques. Parkinson's Disease and Quality of Life boldly deals with many seldom talked about real-life issues facing people with Parkinson's disease including continued sexual intimacy and urinary incontinence. Although these issues may not be curable this book provides you with effective treatments through data and case studies. Parkinson's Disease and Quality of Life offers caregivers a step-by-step plan to get organized. It includes a plan to put together a workbook of all relevant information as well as tips on how to safeguard every room for a Parkinson's disease patient. This book helps remind you that the families of the patient must not be forgotten and that they can get the help they need through support groups community resources and from professional staffing such as nurses and aides. Parkinson's Disease and Quality of Life will assist you in helping your patients by: using music therapy to help calm patients realizing the legal impact of Parkinson's disease by discussing living wills health care proxies durable power of attorney and revocable and irrevocable trusts with your clients discovering that cognitive changes dementia and depression can complicate the treatment of the disease and be more disabling than the loss of motor function exploring the nursing home as a viable options for clients as well as their familiesParkinson's Disease and Quality of Life also brings to light the important subject of knowing the patients insurance policies and working out contingency plans like living wills before they are needed. This book gives you much-needed information on accessing benefits for Parkinson's patients including medicare social security Veteran's benefits and much more. Parkinson's Disease and Quality of Life is full of methods and ideas to improve the lives of the Parkinson's patient as well as their families. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821610

Parkinson's Disease in the Older Patient "Parkinson's Disease in the Older Patient Second Edition" has been fully revised updated and expanded to include new treatments and entirely new chapters. This authoritative text is written by recognised national specialists in the field and provides accessible easy-to-read information. The practical and versatile approach comprehensively covers all aspects of treatment and although it focuses on the older patient it is also highly relevant for younger patient groups with an emphasis on multidisciplinary assessment and management. Detailed information on the aetiology and pathogenesis of the condition drug and surgical treatments sleep disturbances quality of life and careers is now included along with the more prevalent older patient issues such as neuropsychiatric disturbances speech and swallowing problems balance and falls and autonomic disturbances. The updates also include new advice on the management and services in primary care linked to the recent NICE guidelines.With official endorsement from The Parkinson's Disease Academy of the British Geriatrics Society this new edition is highly recommended for general practitioners geriatricians neurologists and psychiatrists. Physiotherapists occupational therapists speech therapists dieticians and psychologists will also find it invaluable. It is suitable for general and specialist nurses and will be of great use to researchers with an interest in Parkinson's disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446130

Parkinson's DiseaseGenetics and Pathogenesis An authoritative collection of recent breakthroughs in Parkinson's Disease (PD) research Parkinson’s Disease: Genetics and Pathogenesis spans key findings on the mechanisms of neurodegeneration and the role of specific genes that may lead to improved therapies for PD. The book reviews the major aspects of the disease including motoric and pathologic features autonomic dysfunction sleep disorders and neuropsychiatric manifestations. It also provides an in-depth review of genetic considerations. With contributions by recognized experts on the topic emphasis is placed on pathogenesis experimental models future therapeutic opportunities and research trends affecting the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389154

Parks in TransitionBiodiversity Rural Development and the Bottom Line Parks face intense pressure from both environmental and developmental perspectives to conserve biodiversity and provide economic opportunities for rural communities. These imperatives are often in conflict while potential solutions may be subject to theoretical and practical disagreement and complicated by pressing economic political and cultural considerations. Parks in Transition collects the work of the most distinguished scholars and practitioners in this field drawing on insight from over 50 case studies and synthesizing them into lessons to guide park management in transitional economies where the challenges of poverty and governance can be severe. The central message of the book is that parks are common property regimes that are supposed to serve society. It analyses and sheds light on the crucial questions arising from this perspective. If parks are set aside to serve poor people should conservation demands over-rule demands for jobs and economic growth? Or will deliberately using parks as bridgeheads for better land use and engines for rural development produce more and better conservation? The issue that arises at all levels is that of accountability including the problematic linkages between park authorities and political systems and the question of how to measure park performance. This book provides vital new insights for park management regarding the relationship between conservation and commercialization performance management new systems of governance and management and linkages between parks landscape and the land-use economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772129

Parliament Inventions and PatentsA Research Guide and Bibliography This book is a research guide and bibliography of Parliamentary material including the Old Scottish Parliament and the Old Irish Parliament relating to patents and inventions from the early seventeenth century to 1976. It chronicles the entire history of a purely British patent law before the coming into force of the European Patent Convention under the Patents Act 1977. It provides a comprehensive record of every Act Bill Parliamentary paper report petition and recorded debate or Parliamentary question on patent law during the period.The work will be an essential resource for scholars and researchers in intellectual property law the history of technology and legal and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666798

Parliament and the PeopleThe Reality and the Public Perception First published in 1997 this book provides an assessment of the main issues and deliberations of the Wilton Park Conference based largely on the theme of standards in public life and consideration of measures which may be taken to allay public concern of their erosion. The book is a paraphrased report of the deliberations together with evaluation and commentary. The conference attended by parliamentarians (including presiding officers in ministerial positions) senior civil servants parliamentary staff journalists and others from a wide range of countries most but not all being Commonwealth members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327917

Parliamentary Candidates Between Voters and PartiesA Comparative Perspective This book offers the first comprehensive comparative and coherent perspective on parliamentary candidates in contemporary representative democracy. Based on the unique database of the ‘Comparative Candidate Survey' project which interrogated parliamentary candidates in more than 30 countries it fills a significant lacuna by focusing on the thousands of ordinary candidates that participate in national elections. It examines who the candidates are in terms of their socio-demographic background and political career patterns how they were selected by their parties what their policy preference are and whether these are congruent to those held by their voters who they seek to represent and how they intend to do so once elected and what their visions are on representative democracy and party government. Last but not least it investigates how they go about reaching out to their potential voters during the election campaign. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of political parties and party politics political elites political communication political participation elections theories of democracy and representation legislative studies voting behaviour and more broadly to European politics as well as to political and policy professionals throughout Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248512

Parliamentary Communication in EU AffairsConnecting with the Electorate? Over the last twenty years the role of national parliaments in EU affairs has gained considerable academic attention. Much of the literature however has focused on parliamentary scrutiny and control in EU affairs. What tends to be generally overlooked is that the parliamentary communication function is at least as important in EU politics as the control function. Democratic legitimacy depends on a vibrant public debate on political solutions and alternatives to allow citizens to make informed political (electoral) choices and to exercise democratic control. Within the EU it is precisely the opacity of policy-making processes and the lack of public discourse that have been defined as core problems of democratic legitimacy. Here parliaments have the potential to provide an ideal arena for the deliberation of important European issues and thus to help overcome the much-lamented distance between European policy processes and the citizens. Yet despite parliaments' central relevance for the legitimacy of European politics the parliamentary communication function remains so far under researched. The volume aims at filling this gap by providing both qualitative and quantitative comparative data on various communication efforts by national parliaments. This book was originally published as a special issue in the Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739355

Parliamentary Control and Government Accountability in South AsiaA Comparative Analysis of Bangladesh India and Sri Lanka Parliaments or legislatures are the keystone of democratic governance and they are critical in securing government accountability. This book presents a comparative analysis of the role of parliamentary committees in securing government accountability in the three largest and most important functioning democracies in South Asia: Bangladesh India and Sri Lanka. The author compares the nascent democracy of Bangladesh with the stable and vibrant democratic system of India since its independence from the British in 1947 and Sri Lanka's longstanding and established democracy. He argues that in each country parliament has been able to survive and perform the key parliamentary tasks of representation legislation oversight of the executive conflict resolution and regime maintenance; concluding that parliamentary committees in Bangladesh India and Sri Lanka do not perform as successfully as their counterparts in the Western world in controlling the government and holding it to account; however their role in securing government accountability is not irrelevant. Parliamentary Control and Government Accountability in South Asia will be a useful reference for studying third world parliaments in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533188

Parliamentary DemocracyIs There a Perfect Model? This title was first published in 2001. With the collapse of Communism in Central and Eastern Europe the legitimacy of one-party and often one-person rule in other parts of the world has been fundamentally challenged. It appears that for the first time parliamentary democracy has become the universally accepted model to adopt or to be perfected. Newer democracies have started to build the institutions and capacity necessary to sustain democracy while established democracies continue to refine their democracy sometimes introducing full-scale reforms. This book examines whether elements of the perfect democracy can be identified and how democratic structures and practices can be improved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716940

Parliamentary Elites in Central and Eastern EuropeRecruitment and Representation Legislators are entrusted with key parliamentary functions and are important figures in the decision-making process. Their behaviour as political elites is as much responsible for the failures and successes of the new democracies as their institutional designs and constitutional reforms. This book provides a comparative examination of representative elites and their role in democratic development in post-communist Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). It argues that as the drivers of the transformation process in CEE individual and collective parliamentary actors matter. The authors provide an in-depth analysis of representatives from eleven national parliaments and explore country-specific features of recruitment and representation. They draw on an integrated dataset of parliamentary elites for individual party family and parliamentary variables over the 20 years following the collapse of Communism and develop a common framework for the analysis of variations in democratisation and political professionalisation between parliaments and political parties/party families across CEE. This unique volume will be of interest to students and scholars of comparative politics elite research post-communist politics democratisation legislative studies and parliamentary representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187528

Parliamentary Enclosure in EnglandAn Introduction to its Causes Incidence and Impact 1750-1850 Enclosure transformed the old open fields and common lands of England to create the modern rural landscape. It changed forever the life of many villages but provided food for a rapidly rising population. Its methods and consequences were controversial - many rural poor lost their access to land - and the subject is still a cause of dispute. Gordon Mingay's authoritative survey guides the reader through the complexities of the topic. He describes the processes by which land was reorganised and analyses the impact of enclosure regionally. Throughout he stresses the extent of local variation which make the subject so complex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158634

Parliamentary Government in England (Works of Harold J. Laski)A Commentary This volume originally published in 1938 can be read by anyone with an interest in the evolution of the institution of government in England and how the workings of some parts of it particularly relate to the problems of the first half of the twentieth century.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822948

Parliamentary Institutions in Regional and International GovernanceFunctions and Powers This volume offers an original and theoretically grounded conceptualization and measurement of international parliamentary institutions and their role in ensuring the accountability of regional international organizations. Through a comparative analysis of the establishment evolution institutional organization oversight and policymaking functions of 22 parliamentary institutions mainly from European African and Latin American regional international organizations the book serves a twofold purpose. First it allows assessment of the extent to which parliamentary institutions have (measurable) influence on the outcome of regional organizations’ decision-making processes. Second drawing on the literature on new institutionalism and comparative regionalism the volume investigates the conditions under which the influence of parliamentary institutions is expected to grow thus advancing the understanding of the variation and development of this poorly explored type of international institution.The book is aimed at scholars of global governance international organization and comparative regionalism and will also be of interest to parliamentarians and parliamentary practitioners from national and international institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665456

Parliamentary Opposition in Old and New Democracies Previously published as a special issue of the Journal of Legislative Studies this volume offers a broad comparative assessment of the many faces of parliamentary opposition in different political legal and cultural settings. Issues of political opposition and of parliamentary opposition in particular are at the very heart of the study of democratic processes in different parts of the world. Written by leading scholars in the field this book looks both at the core features of the parliamentary opposition itself and its role in the legislative and wider political process. This includes an inquiry into the manifold challenges that the parliamentary opposition in many countries has come to face in the more recent past in particular the rise of different non-parliamentary opposition actors. The countries covered in this volume include the old democracies of the Anglo-Saxon world continental Europe and Japan and the new democracies and democratizing regimes in Central and Eastern Europe Latin America and South Africa. Another chapter looks at the manifestations of parliamentary opposition within the multi-level system of the European Union Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977952

Parliamentary Oversight ToolsA Comparative Analysis This book investigates Parliaments’ capacity to oversee government activities policies and expenditures. Utilising a comparative approach the book presents a new examination of oversight tools and discusses the conditions under which such tools are employed effectively. The result of a 9-year collaboration between the authors this book draws from the findings of survey data collected by the World Bank Institute and the Inter-Parliamentary Union analysing information from 120 parliaments. The book represents a rigorous attempt to test whether international organizations are correct in claiming that the quality of democracy and good governance can be improved by strengthening the oversight capacity of legislatures. It discusses the tools available to parliaments worldwide and taking a comparative approach considers which tools are more or less common how oversight capacity can be estimated how oversight capacity is related to other institutional and constitutional factors and above all what ensures that oversight tools are used effectively. This analysis reveals that while the quality of democracy and good governance benefit from effective oversight oversight effectiveness cannot be reduced to oversight capacity. The book urges policy makers and reformers to change their approach from strengthening capacity to securing that the capacity is put to good use. Parliamentary Oversight Tools will be of interest to students scholars and practitioners of legislative politics and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807839

Parliamentary Reform 1785-1928 Parliamentary Reform 1785–1928 surveys the dynamically changing role of the British Parliament from the pre-reformed Parliament through: the 1832 Great Reform Act Chartism the campaign for working class suffrage Catholic emancipation the long struggle for the granting of female suffrage. Beginning with a wide survey of the origins and nature of Parliament the author offers a detailed context for the campaigns for its reformation of in the nineteenth century and the attitude of Victorians towards it. This comprehensive approach promotes understanding of the wider issues of parliamentary reform and provides an essential aid and context to students studying this topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133624

Parliamentary Reform in Britain c. 1770-1918 Covers the momentous reforms in the British electoral system during the period from the Great Reform Act of 1832 to 1918 when women were given the vote. The study charts the series of Reform Acts right through the period involving rather more attention to those important changes in the 1880s which are often underplayed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174276

Parliamentary Representation in Central AsiaMPs Between Representing Their Voters and Serving an Authoritarian Regime This book explores the nature of parliamentary representation within the autocratic regimes of Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. It argues that although many parliaments are elected under flawed or non-competitive elections autocratic governments are nevertheless aware of the need to appear representative and accessible to the demands of citizens and that even limited parliaments manage to represent their voters sometimes in ways not intended by the regime. The book examines how elites structure manage and organize representation; how they foster the desired kind of representation; and how they limit the ways in which parliaments fulfil their representative functions. The book concludes that Kazakhstan is a more hegemonic form of autocracy and the Kyrgyz Republic a more competitive form and that the degree to which parliaments fulfil their representational functions and how much room for manoeuvre individual MPs have depends largely on how much parties control candidate selection and the daily schedule and administrative resources of parliaments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409012

Parliamentary Representation in France Despite real improvements since the beginning of the last decade legislative studies are still underdeveloped in France compared to other modern democracies. This weakness is linked to the characteristics of the political system itself: the Constitution of 1958 has created a semi-presidential regime the centrality of which has been constantly reinforced since. The French parliament is thus supposed to be extremely feeble. This lack of interest for legislative studies is also to be found in the specificities of French political sociology which pays little attention to institutions. As a result very few papers and books deal with French chambers and MPs. Yet they are fascinating cases of study for scholars interested in parliamentary representation professionalization of political life and French politics. The French parliament and MPs are deeply paradoxical: MPs are very attached to the concept of national sovereignty but remain involved at local level and in surgery work; the French National Assembly is supposed to be weak but is quite active and influential; citizens are more aware of the role of MPs than it seems and their views and values are closer than predicted. This book gathers seven papers from the LEGIPAR research project (2008-2012). The project was designed by the contributors to rejuvenate French legislative studies by collecting systematic data on MPs’ socio-biographical profiles and activities conducting face-to-face interviews gathering exhaustive data on National Assembly activity and organising focus groups to analyse citizens’ perceptions of their MPs. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953499

Parliamentary Roles in Modern Legislatures This book gathers the most influential authors on role research and legislative studies to examine the different roles that MPs are playing in modern-day legislatures. It provides a comprehensive and critical overview of current research on legislative roles summarises previous research presents a large variety of methodological approaches and also explores the latest developing approaches to role theory. The concept of political roles has become increasingly relevant for understanding contemporary political systems. Parliamentary legislative and representative roles are professional roles that provide a way of connecting the individual legislator to their institution that can also explain a legislator’s attitude and behaviour. Drawing upon case studies with as much as 40 years of data that include Germany the Netherlands UK Austria Hungary Australia New Zealand and the European Parliament this book examines the link between representative roles different institutional settings and parliamentary behaviour. It argues that the roles MPs play depend of who they think they should represent; between their voters their party the people of their country and also themselves conflicts of loyalty can occur. This book provides a framework to analyse MPs’ choices by searching both the reasons for their views about representation and the consequences of those views in parliament. Parliamentary Roles in Modern Legislatures will be of strong interest to students and scholars of government legislative studies political parties comparative politics political sociology and deliberative democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110861

Parliaments and Citizens The relationship between parliaments and citizens is one of the least studied subjects in legislative studies yet this is a crucial dimension to understand parliaments and the role they play in our political systems. Furthermore this relationship has gained considerable visibility over the last decade thanks in part to the development of new media but also as a reaction to the trends of political apathy. In a context of increasing political disengagement parliamentary discourse shifted attention from the traditionally predominant relationship with government to the relationship with citizens. Issues of legitimacy became more directly associated with the link between parliament and citizens resulting in investment in new and more complex mechanisms for contact with citizens even in the more centralised systems. This book looks at a wide range of case studies across Europe and beyond assessing overall strategies in the move towards stronger engagement with citizens. It assesses the extent to which the shift in discourse has led to actual changes in parliamentary practice. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850484

Parliaments and Citizens in Western Europe Citizens elect the parliament but what contract takes place between citizen and parliament in between elections? The authors assess the extent and nature of that contact. To what extent are members of parliament accessible to the ordinary citizen? And what are the implications for the legislature? Can there be too much or too little contact? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062547

Parliaments and Parties in Egypt Egypt was the first Arabic-speaking country to throw off the yoke of Turkish rule with an attendant growth in European influence. The impact of the West was most obvious in the political-constitutional field with the gradual adoption of Western patterns of government and political life. This book first published in 1953 is the first work to trace the development of parliamentary institutions and political parties in Egypt and to consider the extent of Western influence on their inception evolution and disruption. Based on both Arabic and European sources it is a comprehensive examination of the subject and is key to the understanding of the development of the modern Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924086

Parliaments and Post-Legislative Scrutiny To what extent have parliaments a responsibility to monitor how laws are implemented as intended and have the expected impact? Is the practice of Post-Legislative Scrutiny emerging as a new dimension within the oversight role of parliament? What approach do parliaments apply in assessing the implementation and impact of legislation? These are the fascinating questions guiding this book. Case studies offer an in-depth look at how particular countries and the European Union conduct Post-Legislative Scrutiny. The analysis puts Post-Legislative Scrutiny in the context of parliamentary oversight and parliaments’ engagement in the legislative cycle. The purpose of this book is to demonstrate the value of Post-Legislative Scrutiny as a public good benefiting the executive legislature and the people in ensuring that law delivers what is expected of it as well as to respond to the need for greater clarity as to what is meant by the term. In this way the publication can assist legislatures to think more clearly as to what precisely they understand and seek to achieve by Post-Legislative Scrutiny. This book is the result of the co-operation between the Centre for Legislative Studies at the University of Hull and the Westminster Foundation for Democracy. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of The Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367677565

Parliaments and Pressure Groups in Western Europe Pressure groups are fundamental to pluralist societies. But what is the relationship between those groups and parliaments? This work explores the links between parliaments and pressure groups assessing the extent and impact of the contact that occurs. Is pressure group activity beneficial to parliament? And what are the implications for the political system? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044575

Parliaments and the Economic Governance of the European UnionTalking Shops or Deliberative Bodies? This book analyses how national parliaments and parliamentary parties performed their legislative representative and control functions during the reform of European economic governance. Focusing on domestic approvals of anti-crisis measures (EFSF ESM and the Fiscal Compact) in all member states of the Eurozone the book aims at establishing to what extent national parliaments and parliamentary parties secured their competences in EU policy-making during that process. Taking an interdisciplinary approach In order to address that question the book employs an interdisciplinary approach and analyses (i) in which states parliaments’ formal powers in approval of anti-crisis measures were constrained (ii) how parliamentary parties voted on the analysed measures (iii) what were the dominant discourses of their proponents and opponents and (iv) which parties advocated neoliberal and which Keynesian measures. This text will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners in European Union politics and studies political parties and parliaments European Economic governance and more broadly to European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326446

Parliaments in Asia This is a description and assessment of Asian parliaments. It looks at the parliaments of India Bangladesh Korea Japan China Mongolia and Nepal and assesses key variables that determine the impact of parliaments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038223

Parliaments in AsiaInstitution Building and Political Development Much writing on politics in Asia revolves around the themes of democracy and democratisation with a particular focus on political systems and political parties. This book on the other hand examines the role that parliaments – a key institution of democracy – play in East Southeast and South Asia including Taiwan and Hong Kong. Parliaments in these locations function in a variety of historical political and socio-economic circumstances with different implications for institution building and political development. This book examines questions like how accessible representative transparent accountable and effective are parliaments? To what extent are parliaments able to hold other political actors to account or how far are they constrained by the political environment in which they operate? Going further this book considers how new media such as the Internet and other social platforms through providing avenues for individuals to articulate their views separate from official channels are influencing the ways parliaments work. To stay relevant parliamentarians need to reach out and engage these individuals in formulating deciding and fine-tuning policies. In the information age being a parliamentarian has become more challenging and how a parliamentarian copes with this change will shape the nature and pace of political development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374817

Parliaments in Contemporary Western Europe The relationship between parliament and government is fundamental to a political system. In this volume a distinguished team of specialists explore that relationship and consider to what extent parliaments have the capacity to constrain governments. Are there particular institutional features such as specialisation through committees that enhance their capacity to influence public policy? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037967

Parliaments in EU Economic GovernancePowers Potential and Practice This book considers national parliaments’ and the European Parliament’s role in European Union (EU) economic governance. It examines the recent strengthening of parliamentary involvement limitations to improvements and where and how democratic deficits still exist. It also provides the basis for some reflections concerning possible future evolutions and improvements to EU economic governance.The EU’s economic governance framework has been significantly strengthened as a response to the 2008 economic and financial crisis and the establishment of a new Banking Union in 2013. It is thus key to determine whether these additional transfers of powers to the EU level have been accompanied by an equivalent empowerment of the national and European legislatures allowing them to ensure adequate democratic legitimation. The chapters comprehensively re-examine the democratic (throughput) legitimacy of and within the EU’s economic governance by focusing on national parliaments on the European Parliament and on mechanisms for interparliamentary cooperation.This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of European Integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661175

Parliaments in South AsiaIndia Pakistan and Bangladesh This book explores the development decline and resurgence of parliaments in India Pakistan and Bangladesh. Although the three parliaments formally have a common origin and follow almost similar rules and procedures substantial variations can be observed in their behavior. By analyzing the nature of memberships processes of legislation and oversight of the executive the book assesses the impact of Indian Pakistani and Bangladeshi parliaments. In addition to identifying the ways in which different institutional actors particularly the parliament and the judiciary define their roles and relationships the book investigates the role of committees and the significance and effect of female legislators. While showing that the parliament in India has had a steady growth since its inception notwithstanding the allegation that it has declined in recent years the author also demonstrates the differential performance of the parliaments in Bangladesh and Pakistan. In particular the parliament in Pakistan is shown to likely be able to upgrade its status from a ‘minimal’ to at least a ‘marginal’ legislature while the Bangladesh parliament risks becoming a ‘minimal’ legislature. A valuable resource to use when comparing strategies and outcomes of postcolonial developments in the operation of parliaments this book will be of interest to academics in the field of political and economic development governance and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611160

Parliaments in the Czech and Slovak RepublicsParty Competition and Parliamentary Institutionalization This title was first published in 2001. Based on a unique set of structured interviews with parliamentarians and additional interviews with party leaders and activists this significant volume provides an illuminating account of the formation of the new democracies in Czechoslovakia and later the Czech Republic and Slovakia. Examining efforts to construct stable democratic parliamentary regimes in the wake of communist breakdown it provides a rigorous analysis of parliaments’ relations with the electorate and the executive as well as their internal working. Richly detailed and clearly written this original study is an invaluable addition to the collection of anyone interested in post-communist Europe or parliamentary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703056

Parliaments In TransitionThe New Legislative Politics In The Former Ussr And Eastern Europe The idea for this book was conceived at a conference held at Emory University in April 1993 which brought together specialists in legislative politics and in the politics of Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union who shared an interest in the emergent legislatures of the former communist sphere. The revised papers presented in this book provide the first cross-national assessment of the development of parliamentary politics in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282264

Parodies of the Romantic Age This volume collects together a wealth of material ranging from verse parodies originally published in pamphlet form to longer works such as P.G. Patmore's parodies of the works of Byron Lamb and Hazlitt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353727

Parodies of the Romantic Age Vol 1 This volume collects together a wealth of material ranging from verse parodies originally published in pamphlet form to longer works such as P.G. Patmore's parodies of the works of Byron Lamb and Hazlitt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348280

Parodies of the Romantic Age Vol 2 This volume collects together a wealth of material ranging from verse parodies originally published in pamphlet form to longer works such as P.G. Patmore's parodies of the works of Byron Lamb and Hazlitt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348297

Parodies of the Romantic Age Vol 3 This volume collects together a wealth of material ranging from verse parodies originally published in pamphlet form to longer works such as P.G. Patmore's parodies of the works of Byron Lamb and Hazlitt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348303

Parodies of the Romantic Age Vol 4 This volume collects together a wealth of material ranging from verse parodies originally published in pamphlet form to longer works such as P.G. Patmore's parodies of the works of Byron Lamb and Hazlitt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348310

Parodies of the Romantic Age Vol 5 This volume collects together a wealth of material ranging from verse parodies originally published in pamphlet form to longer works such as P.G. Patmore's parodies of the works of Byron Lamb and Hazlitt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348327

Parody and Festivity in Early Modern ArtEssays on Comedy as Social Vision Dwelling on the rich interconnections between parody and festivity in humanist thought and popular culture alike the essays in this volume delve into the nature and the meanings of festive laughter as it was conceived of in early modern art. The concept of 'carnival' supplies the main thread connecting these essays. Bound as festivity often is to popular culture not all the topics fit the canons of high art and some of the art is distinctly low-brow and occasionally ephemeral; themes include grobianism and the grotesque scatology popular proverbs with ironic twists and a wide range of comic reversals some quite profound. Many hinge on ideas of the world upside down. Though the chapters most often deal with Northern Renaissance and Baroque art they spill over into other countries times and cultures while maintaining the carnivalesque air suggested by the book's title. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249202

Parody and Taste in Postwar American Television Culture In this original study Thompson explores the complicated relationships between Americans and television during the 1950s as seen and effected through popular humor. Parody and Taste in Postwar American Television Culture documents how Americans grew accustomed to understanding politics current events and popular culture through comedy that is simultaneously critical commercial and funny. Along with the rapid growth of television in the 1950s an explosion of satire and parody took place across a wide field of American culture—in magazines comic books film comedy albums and on television itself. Taken together these case studies don’t just analyze and theorize the production and consumption of parody and television but force us to revisit and revise our notions of postwar "consensus" culture as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839006

Parricide and Violence against ParentsA Cross-Cultural View across Past and Present Parricide and Violence Against Parents takes a historical and criminological approach to the research on parricide and violence against parents placing the research in the context of social development from the 1500s to contemporary society and giving a global overview and comparison. The book examines parricide and violence against parents as historically and culturally sensitive phenomena. It offers evidence on a seemingly rare subject from different eras areas and cultures and then uses the cross-disciplinary data to produce a new systematic insight for the reader. Case studies shift the discussion from the contemporary focus on adolescent to parent abuse to examining the sources of conflict during life cycles of parents and their offspring. A historical approach illuminates the variations in conflicts between parents and their offspring that are shaped by the life stages of the victims and offenders themselves across time. The book argues that parental authority has been marked by property ownership and tax paying responsibilities throughout history. The continued possession of property resulted in power the reluctance to part with it becoming a notable source of conflict across generations within families. Parental authority was protected by means of heavy penalties and punishments and didactic teachings in almost every society at every stage of historical development. It was also challenged constantly by children as a part of their coming into adulthood. The abuse of parents has often been connected to situations where adult children were prevented from gaining the amount of independence appropriate to their position in life. This led to disputes over authority and the legitimate grounds for that authority. Offering an insight into complicated and interconnected histories of generational conflicts and how they affect modern families in different parts of the world this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of criminology history of crime history of the family family violence homicide studies gender studies history of emotions political violence and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048577

Parry Before JerusalemStudies of His Life and Music with Excerpts from His Published Writings First published in 1997 this volume demonstrates that through his activities as a composer historian lecturer and administrator Sir Hubert Parry (1848-1918) played a significant role in British music during the latter half of the nineteenth century. Yet despite his achievements this century has for the most part neglected both Parry’s writings and his compositions; his name is remembered by the general public for one work alone – Jerusalem. In this collection of essays Bernard Benoliel examines some of the reasons for this neglect and reassesses some of Parry’s most important works. These essays show that it was due to the large number and diversity of his public engagements (both social and work related) that Parry’s musical achievements did not often reach the heights of creative genius of which he might otherwise have been capable. By examining Parry’s personal relationships with his family and in particular with his wife Maude Benoliel reveals an immensely complex personality; a man whose private and public selves were very much shaped by the society in which he lived. The book concludes with a selection of Parry’s own published writings with introductions by the author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332843

Parry's Valuation and Investment Tables First published in 1913 Richard Parry’s Valuation and Investment Tables has since become an essential tool for students and professionals in the study and practice of valuation and appraisal. That the book reached its centenary year in print and now fourteenth edition is a testament to its acclaim by the valuation and property professionals in an era of calculators and computers and furthermore a tribute to the historical importance of Parry’s original vision and continued legacy. The purpose of the book is to provide a comprehensive range of different valuation and investment tables in one volume. Although many of the tables will be used by practicing surveyors for valuation purposes they will also be useful to accountants and others concerned with various types of investment and financial calculations. Surveyors valuing freehold or leasehold interests in property have the choice of using either (a) annually in arrear or (b) quarterly in advance figures of years’ purchase. The relevant tables for each concept are printed on different coloured edged pages for ease of reference. In practice today calculations are required for a variety of purposes which often justify more than one approach. To allow for this Internal Rates of Return tables have been retained. Using these tables both growth and non-growth scenarios can be analysed for more detailed appraisal of specific freehold properties and to provide a basis for more in-depth investment advice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350789

Parsing the CityJonson Middleton Dekker and City Comedy's London as Language Parsing the City updates our understanding of Jacobean city comedy’s discursive role in its London society. Working with three major plays by Ben Jonson and Thomas Middleton and Thomas Dekker this book develops an updated reading of Jacobean city comedy as a dramatic subgenre whose engagement with early modern London was centrally linguistic and semiotic-- its plays staging and interrogating the city as a series of languages and language problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541879

Parsis in India and the Diaspora The Parsis are India's smallest minority community yet they have exercised a huge influence on the country. As pioneers in education in nineteenth century India and as leading figures in banking and commerce medicine law and journalism they were at the forefront of India's industrial revolution. Parsis were also at the heart of the creation of the Indian National Congress in the nineteenth century and contributed some of the great leaders through into the twentieth century. This book written by notable experts in the field explores various key aspects of the Parsis. It spans the time from their arrival in India to the twenty-first century. All contributions are based on original research and most of them use hitherto unexplored primary sources. The first part of the book analyzes the topic of Parsi migration from very different points of view; the second part presents leading Parsi personalities of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The final part is a set of studies of the Parsi traditional community in Bombay and an examination of three different diasporas. The concluding chapter by John R. Hinnells shows the range of contributions of Parsis to modern India and also in the diasporas where the Zoroastrian religion is practiced in more countries around the globe than at any time in its history of more than 3 000 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533201

Part 3 Handbook The decision to take the final step to become a fully qualified architect and sit the Part 3 exam is a daunting journey into the unknown. Fortunately this new edition of the Part 3 Handbook demystifies the whole process of qualifying dispelling commonly held myths and offering genuine insight into what examiners really want. Written by an experienced practitioner and Professional Studies Advisor and endorsed by the RIBA the book concentrates on the separate elements that you will be assessed on in the Part 3 exam. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465691

Part 3 Handbook The decision to take the final step to becoming a fully qualified architect exam can be daunting. Fortunately this new edition of the Part 3 Handbook demystifies the whole process of qualifying dispelling commonly held myths and offering genuine insight into what examiners really want.  Written by an experienced practitioner and Professional Studies Advisor and endorsed by the RIBA the book concentrates on the separate elements that you will be assessed on in the Part 3 exam. Fully updated for 2020 this edition features a brand new chapter on professional development and includes up-to-date guidance on the 2020 plan of work. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469521

Part I - Early English Stages 1576-1600 This volume forms part of the 5 volume set Early English Stages 1300-1660. This set examines the history of the development of dramatic spectacle and stage convention in England from the beginning of the fourteenth century to 1660. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008639

Part I: Assessing the Impact of September 11th 2001 on Children Youth and Parents in the United StatesLessons From Applied Developmental These two special issues of Applied Developmental Science include eight major studies of the impacts of the September 11th 2001 terrorist attacks on children youth and their parents. Issue 1 includes a report of the impact of September 11th on New York City youth in comparison with that of everyday violence as well as three studies which demonstrate the impact of the attacks on the metal health and coping strategies of adolescents throughout the country despite being physically distant from the event. Issue 2 includes a study of separation anxiety in school age children in New York City following the attacks the results from two national surveys of parents' roles in helping children respond to or process the attacks and a study of the impact of such a "distant trauma" on rural youth. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203764336

Part II - Early English Stages 1576-1600 This volume forms part of the 5 volume set Early English Stages 1300-1660. This set examines the history of the development of dramatic spectacle and stage convention in England from the beginning of the fourteenth century to 1660. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008646

Part-ArchitectureThe Maison de Verre Duchamp Domesticity and Desire in 1930s Paris Part-Architecture presents a detailed and original study of Pierre Chareau’s Maison de Verre through another seminal modernist artwork Marcel Duchamp’s Large Glass. Aligning the two works materially historically and conceptually the book challenges the accepted architectural descriptions of the Maison de Verre makes original spatial and social accounts of its inhabitation in 1930s Paris and presents new architectural readings of the Large Glass. Through a rich analysis which incorporates creative projects into history and theory research the book establishes new ways of writing about architecture. Designed for politically progressive gynaecologist Dr Jean Dalsace and his avant-garde wife Annie Dalsace the Maison de Verre combines a family home with a gynaecology clinic into a ‘free-plan’ layout. Screened only by glass walls the presence of the clinic in the home suggests an untold dialogue on 1930s sexuality. The text explores the Maison de Verre through another radical glass construction the Large Glass where Duchamp’s complex depiction of unconsummated sexual relations across the glass planes reveals his resistance to the marital conventions of 1920s Paris. This and other analyses of the Large Glass are used as a framework to examine the Maison de Verre as a register of the changing history of women’s domestic and maternal choices reclaiming the building as a piece of female social architectural history. The process used to uncover and write the accounts in the book is termed ‘part-architecture’. Derived from psychoanalytic theory part-architecture fuses analytical descriptive and creative processes to produce a unique social and architectural critique. Identifying three essential materials to the Large Glass the book has three main chapters: ‘Glass’ ‘Dust’ and ‘Air’. Combining theory text creative writing and drawing each traces the history and meaning of the material and its contribution to the spaces and sexuality of the Large Glass and the Maison de Verre. As a whole the book contributes important and unique spatial readings to existing scholarship and expands definitions of architectural design and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490482

Partial Difference Equations Partial Difference Equations treats this major class of functional relations. Such equations have recursive structures so that the usual concepts of increments are important. This book describes mathematical methods that help in dealing with recurrence relations that govern the behavior of variables such as population size and stock price. It is helpful for anyone who has mastered undergraduate mathematical concepts. It offers a concise introduction to the tools and techniques that have proven successful in obtaining results in partial difference equations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395476

partial differential equation methods in control and shape analysislecture notes in pure and applied mathematics "Based on the International Federatiojn for Information Processing WG 7.2 Conference held recently in Pisa Italy. Provides recent results as well as entirely new material on control theory and shape analysis. Written by leading authorities from various desciplines." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413238

partial differential equations and applicationsCollected Papers in Honor of Carlo Pucci Written as a tribute to the mathematician Carlo Pucci on the occasion of his 70th birthday this is a collection of authoritative contributions from over 45 internationally acclaimed experts in the field of partial differential equations. Papers discuss a variety of topics such as problems where a partial differential equation is coupled with unfavourable boundary or initial conditions and boundary value problems for partial differential equations of elliptic type. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138417571

Partial Differential Equations and Complex Analysis Ever since the groundbreaking work of J.J. Kohn in the early 1960s there has been a significant interaction between the theory of partial differential equations and the function theory of several complex variables. Partial Differential Equations and Complex Analysis explores the background and plumbs the depths of this symbiosis. The book is an excellent introduction to a variety of topics and presents many of the basic elements of linear partial differential equations in the context of how they are applied to the study of complex analysis. The author treats the Dirichlet and Neumann problems for elliptic equations and the related Schauder regularity theory and examines how those results apply to the boundary regularity of biholomorphic mappings. He studies the ?-Neumann problem then considers applications to the complex function theory of several variables and to the Bergman projection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402754

Partial Differential Equations and Mathematica Early training in the elementary techniques of partial differential equations is invaluable to students in engineering and the sciences as well as mathematics. However to be effective an undergraduate introduction must be carefully designed to be challenging yet still reasonable in its demands. Judging from the first edition's popularity instructors and students agree that despite the subject's complexity it can be made fairly easy to understand. Revised and updated to reflect the latest version of Mathematica Partial Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems with Mathematica Second Edition meets the needs of mathematics science and engineering students even better. While retaining systematic coverage of theory and applications the authors have made extensive changes that improve the text's accessibility thoroughness and practicality.New in this edition:Upgraded and expanded Mathematica sections that include more exercisesAn entire chapter on boundary value problemsMore on inverse operators Legendre functions and Bessel functionsSimplified treatment of Green's functions that make it more accessible to undergraduates A section on the numerical computation of Green's functions Mathemcatica codes for solving most of the problems discussedBoundary value problems from continuum mechanics particularly on boundary layers and fluctuating flowsWave propagation and dispersionWith its emphasis firmly on solution methods this book is ideal for any mathematics curricula. It succeeds not only in preparing readers to meet the challenge of PDEs but also in imparting the inherent beauty and applicability of the subject. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781315273105

Partial Differential Equations for Mathematical Physicists Partial Differential Equations for Mathematical Physicists is intended for graduate students researchers of theoretical physics and applied mathematics and professionals who want to take a course in partial differential equations. This book offers the essentials of the subject with the prerequisite being only an elementary knowledge of introductory calculus ordinary differential equations and certain aspects of classical mechanics. We have stressed more the methodologies of partial differential equations and how they can be implemented as tools for extracting their solutions rather than dwelling on the foundational aspects. After covering some basic material the book proceeds to focus mostly on the three main types of second order linear equations namely those belonging to the elliptic hyperbolic and parabolic classes. For such equations a detailed treatment is given of the derivation of Green's functions and of the roles of characteristics and techniques required in handling the solutions with the expected amount of rigor. In this regard we have discussed at length the method of separation variables application of Green's function technique and employment of Fourier and Laplace's transforms. Also collected in the appendices are some useful results from the Dirac delta function Fourier transform and Laplace transform meant to be used as supplementary materials to the text. A good number of problems is worked out and an equally large number of exercises has been appended at the end of each chapter keeping in mind the needs of the students. It is expected that this book will provide a systematic and unitary coverage of the basics of partial differential equations. Key Features An adequate and substantive exposition of the subject. Covers a wide range of important topics. Maintains mathematical rigor throughout. Organizes materials in a self-contained way with each chapter ending with a summary. Contains a large number of worked out problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367227029

Partial Differential Equations with Variable ExponentsVariational Methods and Qualitative Analysis Partial Differential Equations with Variable Exponents: Variational Methods and Qualitative Analysis provides researchers and graduate students with a thorough introduction to the theory of nonlinear partial differential equations (PDEs) with a variable exponent particularly those of elliptic type. The book presents the most important variational methods for elliptic PDEs described by nonhomogeneous differential operators and containing one or more power-type nonlinearities with a variable exponent. The authors give a systematic treatment of the basic mathematical theory and constructive methods for these classes of nonlinear elliptic equations as well as their applications to various processes arising in the applied sciences. The analysis developed in the book is based on the notion of a generalized or weak solution. This approach leads not only to the fundamental results of existence and multiplicity of weak solutions but also to several qualitative properties including spectral analysis bifurcation and asymptotic analysis. The book examines the equations from different points of view while using the calculus of variations as the unifying theme. Readers will see how all of these diverse topics are connected to other important parts of mathematics including topology differential geometry mathematical physics and potential theory. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498703413

Partial Differential EquationsAn Introduction Differential equations play a noticeable role in engineering physics economics and other disciplines. They permit us to model changing forms in both mathematical and physical problems. These equations are precisely used when a deterministic relation containing some continuously varying quantities and their rates of change in space and/or time is recognized or postulated. This book is intended to provide a straightforward introduction to the concept of partial differential equations. It provides a diversity of numerical examples framed to nurture the intellectual level of scholars. It includes enough examples to provide students with a clear concept and also offers short questions for comprehension. Construction of real-life problems is considered in the last chapter along with applications. Research scholars and students working in the fields of engineering physics and different branches of mathematics need to learn the concepts of partial differential equations to solve their problems. This book will serve their needs instead of having to use more complex books that contain more concepts than needed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367613228

Partial Differential EquationsAnalytical Methods and Applications Partial Differential Equations: Analytical Methods and Applications covers all the basic topics of a Partial Differential Equations (PDE) course for undergraduate students or a beginners’ course for graduate students. It provides qualitative physical explanation of mathematical results while maintaining the expected level of it rigor. This text introduces and promotes practice of necessary problem-solving skills. The presentation is concise and friendly to the reader. The "teaching-by-examples" approach provides numerous carefully chosen examples that guide step-by-step learning of concepts and techniques. Fourier series Sturm-Liouville problem Fourier transform and Laplace transform are included. The book’s level of presentation and structure is well suited for use in engineering physics and applied mathematics courses.   Highlights: Offers a complete first course on PDEs The text’s flexible structure promotes varied syllabi for courses Written with a teach-by-example approach which offers numerous examples and applications Includes additional topics such as the Sturm-Liouville problem Fourier and Laplace transforms and special functions The text’s graphical material makes excellent use of modern software packages Features numerous examples and applications which are suitable for readers studying the subject remotely or independently Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138339835

Partial Differential EquationsTheory and Numerical Solution As a satellite conference of the 1998 International Mathematical Congress and part of the celebration of the 650th anniversary of Charles University the Partial Differential Equations Theory and Numerical Solution conference was held in Prague in August 1998. With its rich scientific program the conference provided an opportunity for almost 200 participants to gather and discuss emerging directions and recent developments in partial differential equations (PDEs).This volume comprises the Proceedings of that conference. In it leading specialists in partial differential equations calculus of variations and numerical analysis present up-to-date results applications and advances in numerical methods in their fields. Conference organizers chose the contributors to bring together the scientists best able to present a complex view of problems starting from the modeling passing through the mathematical treatment and ending with numerical realization. The applications discussed include fluid dynamics semiconductor technology image analysis motion analysis and optimal control. The importance and quantity of research carried out around the world in this field makes it imperative for researchers applied mathematicians physicists and engineers to keep up with the latest developments. With its panel of international contributors and survey of the recent ramifications of theory applications and numerical methods Partial Differential Equations: Theory and Numerical Solution provides a convenient means to that end. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744376

Partial Differential EquationsTopics in Fourier Analysis Partial Differential Equations: Topics in Fourier Analysis explains how to use the Fourier transform and heuristic methods to obtain significant insight into the solutions of standard PDE models. It shows how this powerful approach is valuable in getting plausible answers that can then be justified by modern analysis. Using Fourier analysis the text constructs explicit formulas for solving PDEs governed by canonical operators related to the Laplacian on the Euclidean space. After presenting background material it focuses on: Second-order equations governed by the Laplacian on Rn The Hermite operator and corresponding equation The sub-Laplacian on the Heisenberg group Designed for a one-semester course this text provides a bridge between the standard PDE course for undergraduate students in science and engineering and the PDE course for graduate students in mathematics who are pursuing a research career in analysis. Through its coverage of fundamental examples of PDEs the book prepares students for studying more advanced topics such as pseudo-differential operators. It also helps them appreciate PDEs as beautiful structures in analysis rather than a bunch of isolated ad-hoc techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367379957

Partial JusticeWomen Prisons and Social Control Contemporary Research on crime prisons and social control has largely ignored women. Partial Justice the only full-scale study of the origins and development of women's prisons in the United States traces their evolution from the late eighteenth century to the present day. It shows that the character of penal treatment was involved in the very definition of womanhood for incarcerated women a definition that varied by race and social class.Rafter traces the evolution of women's prisons showing that it followed two markedly different models. Custodial institutions for women literally grew out of men's penitentiaries starting from a separate room for women. Eventually women were housed in their own separate facilities–a development that ironically inaugurated a continuing history of inmate neglect. Then later in the nineteenth century women convicted of milder offenses such as morals charges were placed into a new kind of institution. The reformatory was a result of middle-class reform movements and it attempted to rehabilitate to a degree unknown in men's prisons. Tracing regional and racial variations in these two branches of institutions over time Rafter finds that the criminal justice system has historically meted out partial justice to female inmates. Women have benefited in neither case.Partial Justice draws in first-hand accounts legislative documents reports by investigatory commissions and most importantly the records of over 4 600 female prisoners taken from the original registers of five institutions. This second edition includes two new chapters that bring the story into the present day and discusses measures now being used to challenge the partial justice women have historically experienced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529540

Partial Visions Positing that a radical utopianism is one of the most vital impulses of feminist politics Partial Visions traces the articulation of this impulse in the work of Euro-American French and German women writers of the 1970s. It argues that this feminist utopianism both continued and reconceptualized a critical dimension of Left politics yet concludes that feminist utopianism is not just visionary but myopic - time and culture bound - as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203169148

Partiality and Justice in Nursing Care Partiality and Justice in Nursing Care examines the conflicting normative claims of partiality and impartiality in nursing care looking in depth at how to reconcile reasonable concerns for one particular patient with equally important concerns for the maximisation of health-related welfare for all with relevant nursing-care needs in a resource-limited setting. Drawing on moral philosophy this book explores how discussions of partiality and impartiality in moral philosophy can have relevance to the professional context of clinical nursing care as well as in nursing ethics in general. It develops a framework for normative nursing ethics that incorporates a notion of permissible partiality and specifies which concerns an ethics of nursing care should entail when balancing partialist and impartialist concerns. At the same time Nordhaug argues that this partiality must also be constrained by both principled and context-sensitive assessments of patients’ needs as well as of the role-relative deontological restriction of minimising harm something that could be mitigated by institutional and organisational arrangements. This thought-provoking volume is an important contribution to nursing ethics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224509

Participant ObserverA Memoir of a Transatlantic Life Robin Fox one of the preeminent anthropologists of our time takes us on an exuberant personal intellectual and cultural journey through the 1930s to the 1970s. This is a personal historical intellectual journey one that is at once intriguing hilarious and moving. Like Browning's Sordello (who recurs throughout the book) Fox is telling the story of "the development of a soul." Fox's method is to depend entirely on memory to select the people events and ideas that have driven him towards what was called at the time a "revolution in the social sciences." This revolution was the founding of the biosocial or what came to be called the sociobiological movement in the study of human behavior. It was a long road peppered with strange events brain-bending ideas odd adventures dangers and sorrows and a cast of lively often eccentric characters.Fox describes himself as an observer of a series of endings: the last gasps of now extinct ways of life. He witnessed the last of the old steam and horse-powered northern wool towns of the industrial revolution and the pre-industrial Hardy countryside of southern England. He saw the ancient grammar schools before their destruction by doctrinaire socialism; the old LSE when it was still an international family not just a big college; the brave but failed experiment that was Talcott Parsons' Social Relations Department. In the United States he experienced the innocent but troubled America of the 1950s and the last gasp of traditional Indian life in New Mexico. He lived in genteel Jane Austen England in Devon and experienced peasant-crofter life in the Irish islands.Participant Observer is a report from the cultural and social battlefront seen through the personal lens of a combatant. Fox has given us a kind of Cook's Tour through the ideas and intellectual movements of mid-century when the world changed and the foundations of the twenty-first century were set. It is the history of an education by a narrator in love with learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512962

Participants in the International Legal SystemMultiple Perspectives on Non-State Actors in International Law The international legal system has weathered sweeping changes over the last decade as new participants have emerged. International law-making and law-enforcement processes have become increasingly multi-layered with unprecedented numbers of non-State actors including individuals insurgents multinational corporations and even terrorist groups being involved. This growth in the importance of non-State actors at the law-making and law-enforcement levels has generated a lot of new scholarly studies on the topic. However while it remains uncontested that non-State actors are now playing an important role on the international plane albeit in very different ways international legal scholarship has remained riddled by controversy regarding the status of these new actors in international law. This collection features contributions by renowned scholars each of whom focuses on a particular theory or tradition of international law a region an institutional regime or a particular subject-matter and considers how that perspective impacts on our understanding of the role and status of non-State actors. The book takes a critical approach as it seeks to gauge the extent to which each conception and understanding of international law is instrumental in the perception of non-State actors. In doing so the volume provides a wide panorama of all the contemporary legal issues arising in connection with the growing role of non-state actors in international-law making and international law-enforcement processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662468

Participation Facilitation and MediationChildren and Young People in Their Social Contexts Traditionally children have been considered from a primarily developmental perspective in need of education in order to achieve autonomy growth and eventually adulthood. Childhood studies have recently underlined an alternate way to look at children starting from the consideration that children are competent social actors and can actively participate in social life. However there has been relatively little attention paid to the ways in which adults can actively empower children’s agency and participation. This book aims to highlight this important aspect explaining the position of adults as facilitators and mediators in the process of constructing childhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107717

Participation Marginalization and Welfare ServicesConcepts Politics and Practices Across European Countries Current debates around participation and marginalization dominate the agenda of many European political forums. There is an increasing concern about the stability of social cohesion and a growing number of particular groups of people who are regarded as being at risk of being socially excluded or marginalized. This volume goes beyond the surface of public discussions to look at the central role played by welfare services in European societies in either strengthening or hindering participatory citizenship and democracy. In current discussions welfare services - understood in a broad sense - are centrally positioned: there are high expectations that welfare services can hinder marginalization and enable participation. Yet marginalization is in most cases rooted in the deeper structures of society with economy participation and involvement dependent on political or highly personal factors which are beyond the scope of welfare services. This groundbreaking volume posits that participation and marginalization are ’twin’ concepts expressing opposing sides of one and the same processes faced by individuals and communities. It will be essential reading for social workers sociologists and policy-makers throughout Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275010

Participation and Democracy East and WestComparisons and Interpretations Since Alexis de Tocqueville first made the linkage in his writings on America a healthy democracy has been associated with the flourishing of civil society as measured by popular participation in voluntary and civic activities and the vitality of organizations that mediate between the individual and the state. This volume takes a fresh look at this classic theme in the context of post-communist Eastern Europe the West European welfare states and the United States asking: what patterns of participation characterize the new democracies of Eastern Europe?; what levels of civic activism are characteristic of contemporary Western democracies?; what factors account for differences among countries and changing patterns over time?; and what do findings suggest about the prospects for democracy in the 21st century? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701882

Participation Beyond the Ballot BoxEuropean Case Studies in State-Citizen Political Dialogue Participation Beyond the Ballot Box is a welcome addition to the literature on democracy and the role of civil society. It demonstrates that new mechanisms being introduced in Western Europe can and do offer the potential to significantly strengthen the democratic process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459366

Participation Culture in the GulfNetworks Politics and Identity This book examines the civil–social interactions which have shaped and continue to influence the political and social development of modern Gulf societies. It analyses the influence of public and private social spaces such as sports arenas and dawawin as well as developments in the legal and cultural spheres. Geographically the volume covers Bahrain Iran Kuwait Oman Qatar Saudi Arabia and the UAE. Each chapter discusses a different aspect of current trends in society offering a multidimensional perspective on recent developments. In so doing the chapters highlight the existence of a growing participation culture as a force for dynamic social change in a global context. Bringing to attention the continuing social change in public and private spaces which have increased public social interactions within the last ten years this books also demonstrates the opening of dialogues between the public and the authorities. The contributors are established scholars living in the Gulf as well as academics with long-term field research in the region thus providing unique perspectives on current sociopolitical trends in the Gulf states. Participation Culture in the Gulf will be useful to students and scholars of Middle Eastern politics and society as well as social movements and political participation more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484415

Participation for Effective Environmental GovernanceEvidence from European Water Framework Directive Implementation Does participatory governance benefit the environment? The European Water Framework Directive (WFD) which came into force in 2000 with the aim of revolutionizing European water governance mandates participatory river basin management planning across the European Union. The belief of European policymakers and the European Commission is that participation will deliver better policy outputs and implementation. This book examines a range of approaches to participatory river basin management planning and considers whether and how participation impacted on the environmental standard of planning documents quality of implementation and social outcomes.  It draws on evidence from WFD implementation in eight case studies from Germany Spain and the United Kingdom on the basis of a matched comparative case study design. The Directive sets common timeframes and procedural requirements which provides a perfect test-bed and unique opportunity to study the effects of participation on implementation and outcomes in comparative perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352363

Participation for Sustainability in Trade Presenting extensive new research this ground-breaking study addresses the critical dimensions of participatory and democratic processes in the field of trade-sustainability relationships and sustainability assessments of trade rules. The specific issues in trade include social and environmental concerns for which there is a wide disparity of preferences and no economic benchmark. The contributors provide analytical responses to questions of how deliberative processes can adequately close the democratic gap in global governance and how institutional reforms can ensure better access to information transparency deliberation and more accountability. The book provides the necessary theoretical background as well as case studies to understand these issues and is suitable for students and academics in international law international relations and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391029

Participation in Community WorkInternational Perspectives Participation is a key community work method and this text critically engages with its theoretical and conceptual underpinnings before drawing on international examples and perspectives. Including real-life case studies of participatory practice this book will challenge and inspire all those involved in community work practice and research. Divided into four parts it begins by exploring theoretical aspects of participation and the co-construction of knowledge including the ethics of participation. The second part focuses on the potential of participatory learning and action research with a chapter presenting key techniques followed by case studies. The third part looks at power and participation addressing issues of inclusivity capacity and democracy-building and giving examples from a range of research and field projects. Finally the fourth part begins the discussion of new and emerging challenges for community work globally. This unique book is suitable for students researchers and practitioners interested in participation and community development from a range of disciplines including community work itself through social work and youth work to health promotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658423

Participation in CrimeDomestic and Comparative Perspectives Following on from the earlier edited collection Loss of Control and Diminished Responbility this book is the first volume in the Substantive Issues in Criminal Law series. It serves as a leading point of reference in the area relating to participation in crime and identifies the need for a consistent approach to the doctrinal and theoretical underpinnings of complicity liability. With a section on the UK analysing points of current interest the book also has a large comparative section dealing with foreign jurisdictions and examines on the basis of a unified research grid how different legal systems treat core issues of participation in the context of criminal law. This book is a valuable reference resource for those in the criminal justice community in the UK and abroad and for academics the judiciary and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601522

Participation in Environmental Organizations For decades social scientists have searched for factors that shape pro-environmentalbehaviour. However only a few studies have investigated the causes andconsequences of participation in environmental organizations. This book fills the gap by analysing in detail the determinants of environmental participation and its consequences in different parts of the world. Benno Torgler María A. García-Valinas and Alison Macintyre seek the answer to several questions regarding who is working towards positive outcomes for our environment what sort of social and institutional context will assist voluntary participation what sort of attitudes are related to positive environmental behavior and which countries are active on the intergovernmental stage. By focusing on voluntary participation in environmental organizations we are able to determine the level of willingness to work towards a solution for environmental problems. This allows an insight into the motivations and attitudes of individuals and nations and how these factors can affect environmental cooperation.   Participation in Environmental Organizations sheds light on who is liable to participate and will help to see whose priorities and values are forwarded through voluntary activities and to what extent voluntary participation can become representative. Thus the book provides a unique examination of citizens’ willingness to participate in environmental organizations. The book will be of interest to Economics students and researchers alike who seek a deeper understanding of the theory and practice of environmental participation.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516891

Participation in Health and Welfare ServicesProfessional Concepts and Lived Experience Today healthy ageing and active meaningful lives are core values and aims for international and national health policies. Health services are challenged to ensure that the recipients of their services are active participants in their own care and beyond. Participation allows patients to become less dependent on healthcare providers increasing their control over their own treatment and health. Increasingly the idea of ‘participation’ is shifting from participation in services to participation in mainstream society. This book examines the concept of participation as well as the different meanings it takes on in the context of health and welfare services. It asks how services can enable and stimulate participation outside of those services. The contributions in this volume particularly focus on participation as engagement in daily life and ‘everyday life’ in order to develop the field of participation beyond the sphere of health and social care services. This book will appeal to researchers in the fields of health and social care social services occupational therapy and the sociology of health and illness. It will be of interest to practitioners of health and welfare services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236410

Participation in Industry This book first published in 1973 analyses and sets in context one of the major issues in the growth of the European economy. Workers’ participation played an increasingly vital role in industrial relations. This book looks at the background and development of different types of participation in Britain ranging from workers’ attempts at co-operative production through the schemes in the nationalised industries of mining and steel to the Fairfields Experiment and the Upper Clyde ‘work-in’ in shipbuilding. This book concludes with an account of the developments in worker councils and worker directors in nine other European countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138569256

Participative ManagementAn Analysis of its Effect on Productivity This study first published in 1997 examines the relationship between the style of management used and the level of productivity measured in terms of the organization’s financial stability. Other variables examined include the age of the top level managers their educational level the size and age of the organization and the organization’s physical parameters. By determining whether or not productivity is affected by the use of a participative style of management the author is laying the groundwork for making companies more competitive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561113

Participative TransformationLearning and Development in Practising Change In Participative Transformation Roger Klev and Morten Levin insist that participative learning and developmental processes are essential in organizational change. They focus on introducing the kind of learning and development that shapes a self-sustaining developmental process that is an integral part of the daily activities of an organisation. This process is essentially one of collective reflection in order to develop alternatives for action experimentation to achieve desired goals then collective reflection on the results achieved. Reflection on own practice can contribute to direct improvements of own practice but may also contribute to new practices new frameworks of understanding and to processes involving other participants and fields of interaction. The first part of the book provides an introduction to participative change management and particularly to the concept of co-generative learning inherited from action research in which change becomes a joint management and employee learning development and knowledge creating process. In the second part the focus of each chapter is on an aspect of the practice of leading change. There is practical guidance for leaders internal problem owners external change agents or action researchers on how employees can be actively engaged in shaping their own work conditions. Readers will learn how experiencing negative results as well as success can form a basis for continued development even on how to handle an organisational development process when it is in terminal trouble to ensure there is still learning from it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272798

Participatory Action Learning and Action ResearchTheory Practice and Process Participatory Action Learning and Action Research offers a concise yet comprehensive explanation of the theory practice and process of this emerging paradigm methodology and theory of learning. PALAR is a transformative collaborative and democratic process for resolving complex problems within the context of sustainable professional organisational and community development. The book draws on real-life examples from socially and economically challenged contexts and features critical reflections on the strengths and challenges of this evolving methodology in relation to the increased interest in community engagement and project-based learning among institutions of higher education. Analysing theory in the context of sustainable professional organisational and community development this book: Provides a comprehensive research-based manual on the use of PALAR within actual research projects. Explains a means of engaging in research that promotes the mobilisation of human potential relevant in a rapidly changing society. Addresses the challenges of doing participatory research within institutions. Provides applied specific examples of how PALAR can be adapted for use in socially and economically challenged contexts typical of developing economies. Offers critical reflections by researchers and community participants on the challenges and uses of PALAR. Innovative and offering clarity on ethics and research questions Participatory Action Learning and Action Research will be of interest to both emerging and experienced researchers looking to bring about change at a personal professional organisational or community level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339064

Participatory Action Research in Natural Resource ManagementA Critque of the Method Based on Five Years' Experience in the Transamozonica Re This work evaluates the merits of a widely-used approach to natural resource management participatory action research (PAR) an approach to resource management that strives to link researchers with farmers and other local residents whose lives are effected by long-range conservation programmes. The authors begin the book with the history of PAR and then use a variety of case studies that chronicle sustainable development efforts in Brazil. They evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of these efforts and suggest specific ways to improve on future PAR efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994775

Participatory Action ResearchTheory and Methods for Engaged Inquiry Fully revised and updated this second edition of Participatory Action Research (PAR) provides new theoretical insights and many robust tools that will guide researchers professionals and students from all disciplines through the process of conducting action research ‘with’ people rather than ‘for’ them or ‘about’ them. PAR is collective reasoning and evidence-based learning focussed on social action. It has immediate relevance in fields ranging from community development to education health public engagement environmental issues and problem solving in the workplace. This new edition has been extensively revised to create a user-friendly textbook on PAR theory and practice including: updated references and a comprehensive overview of different approaches to PAR (pragmatic psychosocial critical); more emphasis on the art of process design especially in complex social settings characterized by uncertainty and the unknown; developments in the use of Web2 collaborative tools and digital strategies to support real-time data gathering and processing; updated examples and stories from around the world in a wide range of fields; critical commentaries on major issues in the social sciences including stakeholder theory systems thinking causal analysis monitoring and evaluation research ethics risk assessment and social innovation. This modular textbook provides novel perspectives and ideas in a longstanding tradition that strives to reconnect science and the inquiry process with life in society. It provides coherent and critical treatment of core issues in the ongoing evolution of PAR making it suitable for a wide range of undergraduate and postgraduate courses. It is intended for use by researchers students and working professionals seeking to improve or rethink their approach to co-creating knowledge and supporting action for the well-being of all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491328

Participatory Archaeology and Heritage StudiesPerspectives from Africa Participatory Archaeology and Heritage Studies: Perspectives from Africa provides new ways to look at and think about the practice of community archaeology and heritage studies across the globe. Long hidden from view African experiences and experiments with participatory archaeology and heritage studies have poignant lessons to convey about local initiatives local needs and local perspectives among communities as diverse as an Islamic community on the edge of an ancient city in Sudan to multi-ethnic rural villages near rock art sites in South Africa. Straddling both heritage studies and archaeological practice this volume incorporates a range of settings from practical experiments with sustainable pottery kilns in Kenya to an elite palace and its hidden traditional heritage in Northwestern Tanzania to ancestral knowledge about heritage landscapes in rural Ethiopia. The genesis of participatory practices in Africa are traced back to the 1950s with examples of how this legacy has played out over six decades—setting the scene for a deeply rooted practice now gaining widespread acceptance. The chapters in this book were originally published in the Journal of Community Archaeology and Heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367535636

Participatory Archives Participatory Archives: Theory and practice is divided into four sections with each focused on a particular aspect of participatory archives: social tagging and commenting; transcription; crowdfunding; and outreach & activist communities. Each section includes chapters summarizing the existing literature a discussion of theoretical challenges and benefits and a series of case studies. The case studies are written by a range of international practitioners and provide a wide range of examples in practice whilst the remaining chapters are supplied by leading scholars from Australia Canada Denmark the Netherlands Norway the United Kingdom and the United States. This book will be useful for students on archival studies programs scholarly researchers in archival studies who could use the book to frame their own research projects and practitioners who might be most interested in the case studies to see how participatory archives function in practice. The book may also be of interest to other library and information science students and similar audiences within the broader cultural heritage institution fields of museums libraries and galleries. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303564

Participatory archives in a world of ubiquitous media The media environment of today is characterised by two critical factors: the development and adoption of ubiquitous mobile devices and the strengthening of connectivity enabled by advances in ICT infrastructure and social media platforms. These developments have changed interactions and relationships between citizens and cultural custodians as well as the ways archives are developed kept and used. Archives are now characterised by greater socialisations and networks that actively contribute to the signification of cultural heritage value. A range of new stakeholders many of whom include the public have sought to define what needs to be collectively remembered and forgotten. The world in which one or a few professional archivists worked on the sole mission of shaping how a society remembers is being displaced by a more democratised culture and the new generation of digitally networked archivists that are its natives. Using a range of case studies and perspectives this book provides insights to the many ways that ubiquitous media have influenced archival practices and research as well as the social and civic consequences of present-day archives. This book was published as a special issue of Archives and Manuscripts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059849

Participatory Arts in International Development This book explores the practical delivery of participatory arts projects in international development. Bringing together an interdisciplinary group of academics international development professionals and arts practitioners the book engages honestly with the competing challenges faced by the different groups of people involved. Participatory arts are becoming increasingly popular in international development circles fuelled in part by the increased accessibility of audio-visual media in the digital age and also by the move towards participatory discourses in the wake of the UN’s Agenda 2030. The book asks: What do participatory arts projects look like in practice and why are they used as an international development tool? How can we develop practical and sustainable development projects on the ground localising best practice according to cultural economic and linguistic contexts? What are the enablers of and barriers to successful participatory initiatives and how can we evaluate past projects to learn and feed into future projects? Written to appeal to both academics and practitioners this book would also be suitable for teaching on courses related to participatory development community arts and culture and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024970

Participatory Budgeting in EuropeDemocracy and public governance Can participatory budgeting help make public services really work for the public? Incorporating a range of experiments in ten different countries this book provides the first comprehensive analysis of participatory budgeting in Europe and the effect it has had on democracy the modernization of local government social justice gender mainstreaming and sustainable development. By focussing on the first decade of European participatory budgeting and analysing the results and the challenges affecting the agenda today it provides a critical appraisal of the participatory model. Detailed comparisons of European cases expose similarities and differences between political cultures and offer a strong empirical basis to discuss the theories of deliberative and participatory democracy and reveal contradictory tendencies between political systems public administrations and democratic practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472467898

Participatory Budgeting in the United StatesA Guide for Local Governments Although citizen engagement is a core public service value few public administrators receive training on how to share leadership with people outside the government. Participatory Budgeting in the United States serves as a primer for those looking to understand a classic example of participatory governance engaging local citizens in examining budgetary constraints and priorities before making recommendations to local government. Utilizing case studies and an original set of interviews with community members elected officials and city employees this book provides a rare window onto the participatory budgeting process through the words and experiences of the very individuals involved.  The central themes that emerge from these fascinating and detailed cases focus on three core areas: creating the participatory budgeting infrastructure; increasing citizen participation in participatory budgeting; and assessing and increasing the impact of participatory budgeting. This book provides students local government elected officials practitioners and citizens with a comprehensive understanding of participatory budgeting and straightforward guidelines to enhance the process of civic engagement and democratic values in local communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498742078

Participatory Case Study WorkApproaches Authenticity and Application in Ageing Studies Participatory Case Study Work shows academic co-researchers how to adapt and implement their methods so that data collection and analysis is authentically participatory. At the heart of this text is advocating a participatory approach to case study work with co-construction as a catalyst for shared understanding and action in advancing ageing studies.Whilst case study research has a relatively long tradition in the canon of research methodologies little attention has so far been paid to the importance and value of participatory case study work. This is surprising as its egalitarian and democratic value-base naturally lends itself to the co-production and co-creation of personal and collective theory drawn directly from lived experience.The book brings together over 15 years’ worth of participatory case study work in ageing studies in which the editors have been actively involved as either front-line researchers or as supervisors to PhD and MPhil studies adopting the methodology and from where each of the contributors is selected. Real-life case examples are shared in the main chapters of the book and they provide direction as to how learning can be applied to other settings. The chapters also contain key references and recommended reading. This volume will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as research methods qualitative methods ageing studies and mental health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188078

Participatory Constitutional ChangeThe People as Amenders of the Constitution This book explores the recent trend of enhancing the role of the people in constitutional change. It traces the reasons underlying this tendency the new ways in which it takes form the possibilities of success and failure of such ventures as well as the risks and benefits it carries. To do so it examines the theoretical aspects of public participation in constitutional decision-making offers an analysis of the benefits gained and the problems encountered in countries with long-standing experience in the practice of constitutional referendums discusses the recent innovative constitution-making processes employed in Iceland and Ireland in the post financial crisis context and probes the use of public participation in the EU context. New modes of deliberation are juxtaposed to traditional direct-democratic processes while the reasons behind this re-emergence of public involvement narratives are discussed from the aspect of comparative constitutional design. The synthetic chapter offers an overview of the emerging normative and comparative issues and provides a holistic approach of the role of the people in constitutional change in an attempt to answer when where and how this role may be successfully enhanced. The work consists of material specifically written for this volume and authored by prominent constitutional scholars and experts in public participation and deliberative processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362802

Participatory CreativityIntroducing Access and Equity to the Creative Classroom Participatory Creativity: Introducing Access and Equity to the Creative Classroom presents a systems-based approach to examining creativity in education that aims to make participating in invention and innovation accessible to all students. Moving beyond the gifted-versus-ungifted debate present in many of today’s classrooms the book’s inclusive framework situates creativity as a participatory and socially distributed process. The core principle of the book is that individuals are not creative ideas are creative and that there are multiple ways for a variety of individuals to participate in the development of creative ideas. This dynamic reframing of invention and innovation provides strategies for teachers curriculum designers policymakers researchers and others who seek to develop a more equitable approach towards establishing creative learning experiences in various educational settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945265

Participatory Culture and the Social Value of an Architectural Icon: Sydney Opera House This book develops new and innovative methods for understanding the cultural significance of places such as the World Heritage listed Sydney Opera House. By connecting participatory media visual culture and social value Cristina Garduño Freeman contributes to a fast-growing body of scholarship on digital heritage and the popular reception of architecture. In this her first book she opens up a fresh perspective on heritage as well as the ways in which people relate to architecture via participation on social media. Social media sites such as YouTube Pinterest Wikipedia Facebook and Flickr as well as others become places for people to express their connections with places for example the Sydney Opera House. Garduño Freeman analyses real-world examples from souvenirs to opera-house-shaped cakes and untangles the tangible and intangible ways in which the significance of heritage is created disseminated and maintained. As people’s encounters with World Heritage become increasingly mediated by the digital sphere there is a growing imperative for academics professionals and policy-makers to understand the social value of significant places. This book is beneficial to academics students and professionals of architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208561

Participatory Democracy and Political ParticipationCan Participatory Engineering Bring Citizens Back In? A detailed new examination of the initiatives governments are exploring to reform the institutions and procedures of liberal democracy in order to provide more opportunities for political participation and inclusion. Combining theory and empirical case studies this is a systematic evaluation of the most visible and explicit efforts to engineer political participation via institutional reforms. Part I discusses the phenomenon of participatory engineering from a conceptual standpoint while parts II III and IV take a comparative as well as an empirical perspective. The contributors to these sections analyze participatory institutions on the basis of empirical models of democracy such as direct democracy civil society and responsive government and analyze the impact of these models on political behaviour. Part V includes exploratory regional case studies on specific reform initiatives that present descriptive accounts of the policies and politics of these reforms. Delivering a detailed assessment of democratic reform this book will of strong interest to students and researchers of political theory democracy and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511605

Participatory Design for LearningPerspectives from Practice and Research Participatory Design is a field of research and design that actively engages stakeholders in the processes of design in order to better conceptualize and create tools environments and systems that serve those stakeholders. In Participatory Design for Learning: Perspectives from Practice and Research contributors from across the fields of the learning sciences and design articulate an inclusive practice and begin the process of shaping guidelines for such collaborative involvement. Drawing from a wide range of examples and perspectives this book explores how participatory design can contribute to the development implementation and sustainability of learning innovations. Written for scholars and students Participatory Design for Learning: Perspectives from Practice and Research develops and draws attention to practices that are relevant to the facilitation of effective educational environments and learning technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640986

Participatory Design TheoryUsing Technology and Social Media to Foster Civic Engagement In recent years many countries all over Europe have witnessed a demand for a more direct form of democracy ranging from improved clarity of information to being directly involved in decision-making procedures. Increasingly governments are putting citizen participation at the centre of their policy objectives striving for more transparency to engage and empower local individuals and communities to collaborate on public projects and to encourage self-organization.This book explores the role of participatory design in keeping these participatory processes public. It addresses four specific lines of enquiry: how can the use and/or development of technologies and social media help to diversify to coproduce to interrupt and to document democratic design experiments? Aimed at researchers and academics in the fields of urban planning and participatory design this book includes contributions from a range of experts across Europe including the UK Belgium the Netherlands Italy Denmark Austria Spain France Romania Hungary and Finland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665296

Participatory DesignPrinciples and Practices The voices in this collection are primarily those of researchers and developers concerned with bringing knowledge of technological possibilities to bear on informed and effective system design. Their efforts are distinguished from many previous writings on system development by their central and abiding reliance on direct and continuous interaction with those who are the ultimate arbiters of system adequacy; namely those who will use the technology in their everyday lives and work. A key issue throughout is the question of who does what to whom: whose interests are at stake who initiates action and for what reason who defines the problem and who decides that there is one. The papers presented follow in the footsteps of a small but growing international community of scholars and practitioners of participatory systems design. Many of the original European perspectives are represented here as well as some new and distinctively American approaches. The collection is characterized by a rich and diverse set of perspectives and experiences that despite their differences share a distinctive spirit and direction -- a more humane creative and effective relationship between those involved in technology's design and use and between technology and the human activities that motivate the technology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203744338

Participatory Development in Kenya Participatory Development (PDev) has been embraced by Third World governments and international organizations such as the World Bank as a means to reduce poverty and empower disadvantaged communities. The emphasis on creating partnerships and using participatory and people-centred approaches has obvious political appeal yet there is evidence that in practice interventions designed to increase PDev and reduce poverty have yet to have the desired empowerment transformation and sustainability effect. Using an in-depth study of the Basic Education Improvement Project (BEIP) implemented by the Government of Kenya the authors of this book critically assess the fit between policy practice and theory of PDev to shed light on theoretical debates that are on-going in development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270091

Participatory Evaluation in Youth and Community WorkTheory and Practice Evaluation is an essential element of professional practice. However there is little in the literature that is designed to help students involve and support young people in evaluating the impact of youth work activities. This comprehensive book explores current thinking about evaluation in the context of youth work and community work and offers both theoretical understanding and practical guidance for students practitioners organisational leaders and commissioners. Part 1 provides underpinning knowledge of the origins purpose and functions of evaluation. It charts the developments in evaluation thinking over the past 50 years and includes an exploration of ‘theory of change’. Concepts such as impact impact measurement and shared measurement are critically examined to illustrate the political nature of evaluation. Findings from empirical research are used to illuminate the challenges of applying a quasi-experimental paradigm of evaluation of youth and community work. Part 2 introduces the reader to participatory evaluation and presents an overview of the histories rationale and underpinning principles. Empowerment evaluation collaborative evaluation and democratic evaluation are examined in detail including practice examples. Transformative Evaluation an approach specifically designed for youth and community work is presented. Part 3 focuses on the ‘doing’ of participatory evaluation and offers guidance to those new to participatory evaluation in youth and community work and a helpful check for those already engaging. It provides valuable information on planning methods data and data analysis and processes for sharing knowledge. This essential text will enable the reader to reconstruct evaluation as a tool for learning as well as a tool for judging value. It provides a comprehensive reference drawing on a wide range of literature and practice examples to support those involved in youth and community work to develop and implement participatory approaches to evaluating and communicating the meaning and value of youth and community work to a wider audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184381

Participatory Forest Policies and Politics in IndiaJoint Forest Management Institutions in Jharkhand and West Bengal Originally published in 2004. In a radical breakaway from colonial and postcolonial policies that were based on centralized and revenue-orientated control of forests the government of India announced the Joint Forest Management (JFM) policy resolution in 1990. JFM promised important managerial concessions including share in cash profit from the timber harvest to forest citizens in exchange for management of state-owned forests. The government also asked the Forest Departments to invite village councils and NGOs to take part in the joint forest management schemes. Over a decade since its inception this volume examines the JFM highlighting how state bureaucracy local institutions and NGOs attempt to achieve the multiple goals of meeting subsistence needs rural equity sustainable forestry practices and forest cover conservation. Investigating four institutions - village-based forest protection groups the Forest Department village councils and NGOs - across the States of Jharkhand and West Bengal the book focuses on forest citizens and how they interact with other JFM institutions. In doing so it challenges notions of assumed virtues of moral economy and romanticized views of gender and indigenous knowledge and practices. The monograph also raises issues of social capital (local history politics and leadership) common property resource (CPR) management and incentives for participation. While pointing out various inconsistencies that exist in the participatory forest framework the book also shows the potential of JFM and suggests future directions forest management should take in India and elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391036

Participatory Governance of UNESCO Biosphere Reserves in Canada and IsraelResolving Natural Resource Conflicts This book explores how participatory governance processes help to find integrated solutions to resource-based development while protecting ecosystems in UNESCO designated areas. Participatory Governance of UNESCO Biosphere Reserves in Canada and Israel explores how stakeholders’ participation in decision-making processes related to natural resource management facilitates or hinders the obtainment of an acceptable balance between nature protection and sustainable development policies in the eyes of the participating stakeholders. A comparative analysis of nature versus development conflicts in the Megiddo and Mount Carmel biosphere reserves in Israel and the Mount Arrowsmith and Clayoquot Sound biosphere reserves in Canada showcases the different approaches in implementing the biosphere reserve concept. The participatory processes of stakeholders including governments resource-based industries local and indigenous communities and environmental NGOs established to address the local natural resource use problems are considered to be an opportunity of reconciliation among stakeholders with diverse interests lifestyles and cultures but also improving the relationship between man and nature. Yet achievement of these goals has proven to be a challenge. In some cases the participatory decision-making process yields benefits and in some cases it fails to deliver expected results. This book explores why is that the case. This title will be of great interest to students and scholars of natural resource management integrated approaches to conservation and sustainable development and participatory governance of social-ecological systems. It will also be of interest to environmental conflict mediators participatory process facilitators policymakers and professionals involved in managing social-ecological systems or establishing biosphere reserves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367515065

Participatory GovernancePlanning Conflict Mediation and Public Decision-Making in Civil Society In recent years a new participatory governance dynamic has been redefining relationships and responsibilities in the planning and implementation of policies and programs. Participatory governance not only crosses public private and associational sectors but is also intra-organizational. It allows for individual and collective participation and challenges longstanding norms of institutional behavior. This book examines fresh evidence relating to planning conflict mediation and public decision-making processes in civil society by bringing together a multi-disciplinary team of practitioners and scholars from North America Europe Africa and Australia. In an analysis which spans institutional perspectives and operational concerns the contributors explore the dynamics of stakeholder involvement as deliberative processes constructed around the core idea of shared responsibility. The book draws out important principles as to how this diversity of engagement can translate itself into more effective public decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250499

Participatory HealthcareA Person-Centered Approach to Healthcare Transformation This book is written through the lens of patients caregivers healthcare representatives and families highlighting new models of interaction between providers and patients and what people would like in their healthcae experience. It will envision a new kind of healthcare system that recommends on how/why providers must connect to patients and families using HIT as well as suggestions about new kinds of HIT capabilities and how they would redesign systems of care if they could. The book will emphasize best practices and case studies drawing conclusions about new models of care from the stories and input of patients and their families reienforced with clinical research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498769624

Participatory Heritage This book provides a wide range of international guidance and perspectives on the complexity of issues surrounding the preservation of local cultural heritage ranging from formal cultural heritage institutions to individual community members in the associated processes of creation organization access use and preservation. The internet as a platform for facilitating human organization without the need for organizations has through different social media (Facebook tumblr etc.) created new challenges for cultural heritage institutions. Challenges include but are not limited to: how to manage copyright ownership orphan works open data access to heritage representations and artefacts crowdsourcing cultural heritage amateurs information as a commodity or information as public domain sustainable preservation attitudes towards openness and much more. Participatory Heritage explores these issues and demonstrates that in order for personal and community-based documentation and artefacts to be preserved and included in social and collective histories individuals and community groups need the technical and knowledge infrastructures of support that formal cultural institutions can provide. In other words both groups need each other. Divided into three core sections this book explores: • Participants in the preservation of cultural heritage; exploring heritage institutions and organizations community archives and groups • Challenges; including discussion of giving voices to communities social inequality digital archives data and online sharing • Methods for participation; discussing open access and APIs digital postcards the case for collaboration digital storytelling and co-designing heritage practice. This book will be useful reading for individuals working in cultural institutions such as libraries museums archives and historical societies. It will also be of interest to students taking library archive and cultural heritage courses.|<p class="MsoNormal">This book provides a wide range of international guidance and perspectives on the complexity of issues surrounding the preservation of local cultural heritage ranging from formal cultural heritage institutions to individual community members in the associated processes of creation organization access use and preservation. </p> <p class="MsoNormal">The internet as a platform for facilitating human organization without the need for organizations has through different social media (Facebook tumblr etc.) created new challenges for cultural heritage institutions. Challenges include but are not limited to: how to manage copyright ownership orphan works open data access to heritage representations and artefacts crowdsourcing cultural heritage amateurs information as a commodity or information as public domain sustainable preservation attitudes towards openness and much more.</p>   Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301232

Participatory Learning in the Early YearsResearch and Pedagogy The early years are an important period for learning but the questions surrounding participatory learning amongst toddlers remain under-examined. This book presents the latest theoretical and research perspectives about how ECEC (Early Childhood Education and Care) contexts promote democracy and citizenship through participatory learning approaches. The contributors provide insight into national policies provisions and practices and advance our understandings of theory and research on toddlers’ experiences for democratic participation across a number of countries including the UK Australia New Zealand the United States Canada Sweden and Norway. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542999

Participatory Media in Environmental CommunicationEngaging Communities in the Periphery Participatory Media in Environmental Communication brings together stories of communities in the Pacific islands – a region that is severely affected by the impacts of climate change. Despite living on the margins of the digital revolution these island communities have used media and communication to create awareness of and find solutions to environmental challenges. By telling their stories in their own way ordinary people are able to communicate compelling accounts of how different but interrelated environmental political and economic issues converge and impact at a local level.  This book fills a significant gap in our understanding of how participatory media is used as a dialogic tool to raise awareness and facilitate discussion of environmental issues that are now critical. It includes a section on pedagogy and practice – the undergirding principles the tools the methods. The book offers a framework for Participatory Environmental Communication that weaves three widely used concepts diversity network and agency into a cohesive underlying system to bring scholars practitioners and diverse communities together in a dialogue about pressing environmental issues. This book is a valuable resource for researchers and students in communication and media studies environmental communication cultural studies and environmental sciences as well as practitioners policy makers and environmental activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733568

Participatory Networks and the EnvironmentThe BGreen Project in the US and Bangladesh Seeking innovative answers to global sustainability challenges has become an urgent need with the onslaught of environmental and ecological degradation that surrounds us today. More than ever there is a need to carve new ways for citizens and different industries and institutions to unite – to cooperate communicate and collaborate to address growing global sustainability concerns.This book examines one such global collaboration called The BGreen Project (BGreen): a transnational participatory action research project that spans the United States and Bangladesh with the aim of addressing environmental issues via academic–community engagement. By analysing and unpacking the architecture of BGreen Hasan teases out the key factors that are required for the continued momentum of environmentally focused academic–community partnership projects in order to present a workable model that could be applied elsewhere. This model is based around a unique conceptual framework developed by the author – “transnational participatory networks” â€“ which is drawn from participatory action research and actor network theory with the specific aim of addressing the common challenge of building evolving stable and sustainable networks. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of environmental communication citizen participation environmental politics environmental sociology and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587550

Participatory Pedagogic Impact ResearchCo-production with Community Partners in Action Involvement of community partners in the structure and design of services is largely accepted in principle but its practice is heavily contested. This book argues that the co-production of research is one of the best ways to involve community partners. As well as having intrinsic value in and of itself research embeds a culture of learning co-production and of valuing research within organizations. It also creates a mechanism for developing evidence for monitoring and evaluating subsequent ideas and initiatives that arise from other co-production initiatives. The book makes a case for research to be a synthesis of participatory research critical pedagogy peer research and community organizing. It develops a model called Participatory Pedagogic Impact Research (PPIR). Participatory research is often criticized for not having the impact it promises. PPIR ensures that the issues chosen and the recommendations developed serve the mutual self-interest of stakeholders are realistic and realizable. At the same time this approach pushes the balance of power towards the oppressed using methods of dissemination that hold decision makers to account and create real change. PPIR also develops a robust method for creatively identifying issues methods and analytic frameworks. Its third section details case studies across Europe and the United States of PPIR in action with professional researchers’ and community partners’ reflections on these experiences. This book gives a unique articulation of what makes for genuinely critical reflective spaces something underdeveloped in the literature. It should be considered essential reading for both participatory research academics and those involved in health and social care services in the planning commissioning and delivery of services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590000

Participatory Planning in the Caribbean: Lessons from Practice This title was first published in 2003. Until recently planning and development in the Caribbean have been "top-down" "centre-out" and "expert-led". For a few years now though the region has bowed to the global trend and has experimented with participatory planning methods. Participatory planning is heralded by much of the development community as the most appropriate alternative strategy to the traditional approaches. In this volume a range of experts drawn from the Caribbean the United Kingdom and the United States review the current achievements and future prospects for genuinely participative planning in the Caribbean region at the beginning of the 21st Century. Bringing together a wide range of case studies from both the insular Caribbean as well as mainland Central and South America the book examines issues such as protected area planning sustainable development councils gender and development inner-city redevelopment and community empowerment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707764

Participatory Research and Gender AnalysisNew Approaches Agricultural development research aims to generate new knowledge or to retrieve and apply existing forms of knowledge in ways that can be used to improve the welfare of people who are living in poverty or are otherwise excluded for instance by gender-based discrimination. Its effective application therefore requires ongoing dialogue with and the strong engagement of men and women from poor marginal farming communities. This book discusses opportunities afforded by effective knowledge pathways linking researchers and farmers underpinned by participatory research and gender analysis. It sets out practices and debates in gender-sensitive participatory research and technology development concentrating on the empirical issues of implementation impact assessment and institutionalisation of approaches for the wider development and research community. It includes six full-length chapters and eight brief practical notes and is enhanced by an annotated resources list of relevant publications organisations and websites adding to the portfolio of approaches and tools discussed by the contributors. Most of the 33 contributing authors work in the specialised agencies that form part of the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR). This book was published as a special issue of Development in Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849111

Participatory Research in More-than-Human Worlds Socio-environmental crises are currently transforming the conditions for life on this planet from climate change to resource depletion biodiversity loss and long-term pollutants. The vast scale of these changes affecting land sea and air have prompted calls for the ‘ecologicalisation’ of knowledge. This book adopts a much needed ‘more-than-human’ framework to grasp these complexities and challenges. It contains multidisciplinary insights and diverse methodological approaches to question how to revise reshape and invent methods in order to work with non-humans in participatory ways. The book offers a framework for thinking critically about the promises and potentialities of participation from within a more-than-human paradigm and opens up trajectories for its future development. It will be of interest to those working in the environmental humanities animal studies science and technology studies ecology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138745

Participatory Research MethodologiesDevelopment and Post-Disaster/Conflict Reconstruction Participatory research methodologies have been used since the 1970s as a tool to garner accurate information about communities in which development practitioners operate. Their usefulness as a collection of research techniques has been evident in academic disciplines such as politics sociology anthropology and economics among others. This informative text assesses the use of participatory methods as a research tool in the contexts of development and reconstruction after conflict and disasters by identifying cross-cutting themes and establishing a comparative lessons-learned framework that can help inform future uses of them both for practitioners and researchers. More importantly rather than adopting a prescriptive perspective this book provides a critical analysis of such methodologies. Specifically the reader will benefit from the collation of the experiences of those who utilize participatory research methods in different countries and contexts and from different academic and practitioner perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599519

Participatory Rural PlanningExploring Evidence from Ireland Participatory Rural Planning presents the argument that citizen participation in planning affairs transcends a rights-based legitimacy and an all too frequent perception of being mere consultation. Rather it is part of a social learning process that can enhance the prospects for successful implementation provide opportunity for reflection and create a mutuality of respect between different stakeholders in the planning arena. Accordingly Michael Murray signposts what can work well and what should work differently in regard to participatory planning by taking rural Ireland as the empirical laboratory and exploring the Irish experience at different spatial scales from the village through to the locality the sub regional and the regional levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599526

Participatory Theatre and the Urban Everyday in South AfricaPlace and Play in Johannesburg This book explores theatre and performance as participatory research practices for exploring the everyday of the city. Taking an inner-city suburb of Johannesburg South Africa as its central case study the book considers how theatre and performance might be both useful practical tools in considering the everyday city as well as conceptual lenses for understanding it. The author establishes an understanding of space as ever evolving and formed through the ongoing relationship between things human and non-human and considers how theatre and performance offer useful paradigms for learning about and working with city spaces. As ephemeral embodied material artistic practices theatre and performance mirror the nature of everyday life. The book discusses theatre and performance games and placemaking processes as offering valuable ways of discovering daily acts of place-making and providing insights that more conventional research methods may not allow. Yet the book also considers how seeing daily city life as a kind of performance a kind of theatre in its own right helps to further understandings of city spaces as ever evolving through complex webs of relationships. This book will be of interest to academics academic practitioners and post-graduate students in the fields of theatre and performance studies urban studies and cultural geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342364

Participatory Visual and Digital Methods Gubrium and Harper describe how visual and digital methodologies can contribute to a participatory public-engaged ethnography. These methods can change the traditional relationship between academic researchers and the community building one that is more accessible inclusive and visually appealing and one that encourages community members to reflect and engage in issues in their own communities. The authors describe how to use photovoice film and video digital storytelling GIS digital archives and exhibits in participatory contexts and include numerous case studies demonstrating their utility around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598744897

Participatory Visual and Digital Research in Action This collection of original articles a companion to the authors’ Participatory Visual and Digital Methods illustrates how innovative visual and digital research techniques are being used in various field projects in health care environmental policy urban planning education and youth development and heritage management settings. These methodologies produce rich visual and narrative data guided by participant interests and priorities key tools for collaborative work. The 16 chapters-include digital storytelling PhotoVoice community-based filmmaking participatory mapping and GIS and participatory digital archival research;-provide a portfolio of model research projects for researchers who wish to collaborate on community-based studies;-will appeal to an audience across social science heritage health education and social service fields.An open-access companion website will allow readers to view the research products presented in each contributor's chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580555

Participatory Visual Methodologies in Global Public Health Participatory Visual Methodologies in Global Public Health focuses on the use of participatory visual methodologies such as photovoice participatory video (including cellphilming or the use of cell phones to make videos) drawing and mapping in public health research. These approaches are modes of inquiry that can engage participants and communities eliciting evidence about their own health and well-being as well as modes of representation and modes of production in the co-creation of knowledge and modes of dissemination in relation to knowledge translation and mobilization. Thus the production by a group of girls or young women of a set of photos or videos from their own visual perspective can offer new evidence on how for example they see sexual violence. Unlike other data such as those collected through surveys or even conventional interviews the images they have produced not only inform the empirical evidence but also do not need to remain in a laboratory or the office of a researcher. They can through exhibitions and screenings reach various audiences: school or health personnel parents and community members and perhaps also policy-makers. This collection offers a critical overview for students practitioners researchers and policy-makers working in or concerned with the use of participatory methodologies in public health around the globe. This book was originally published as a special issue of Global Public Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143237

Participatory WorkshopsA Sourcebook of 21 Sets of Ideas and Activities This sourcebook is for all who work with others on participatory learning and change. Written in a spirit of critical reflection and serious fun it provides 21 sets of ideas and options for facilitators trainers teachers and presenters and anyone who organises and manages workshops courses classes and other events for sharing and learning ideas. It covers topics such as getting started seating arrangements forming groups managing large numbers helping each other learn analysis and feedback dealing with dominators evaluation and ending coping with horrors and common mistakes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772136

ParticipolisConsent and Contention in Neoliberal Urban India While participatory development has gained significance in urban planning and policy it has been explored largely from the perspective of its prescriptive implementation. This book breaks new ground in critically examining the intended and unintended effects of the deployment of citizen participation and public consultation in neoliberal urban governance by the Indian state.The book reveals how emerging formats of participation as mandatory components of infrastructure projects public–private partnership proposals and national urban governance policy frameworks have embedded market-oriented reforms promoted financialisation of cities refashioned urban citizenship privileged certain classes in urban governance at the expense of already marginalised ones and thereby deepened the fragmentation of urban polities. It also shows how such deployments are rooted in the larger political economy of neoliberal reforms and ascendance of global finance and how resultant exclusions and fractures in the urban society provoke insurgent mobilisations and subversions.Offering a dialogue between scholars policy-makers and activists and drawing upon several case studies of urban development projects across sectors and cities this volume will be useful for planners policy-makers academics development professionals social workers and activists as well as those in urban studies urban policy/planning political science sociology and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138663992

Particle and Astroparticle Physics From superstring theory to models with extra dimensions to dark matter and dark energy a range of theoretically stimulating ideas have evolved for physics beyond the standard model. These developments have spawned a new area of physics that centers on the interplay between particle physics and cosmology—astroparticle physics. Providing the necessary theoretical background Particle and Astroparticle Physics clearly presents the many recent advances that have occurred in these fields. Divided into five parts the book begins with discussions on group and field theories. The second part summarizes the standard model of particle physics and includes some extensions to the model such as neutrino masses and CP violation. The next section focuses on grand unified theories and supersymmetry. The book then discusses the general theory of relativity higher dimensional theories of gravity and superstring theory. It also introduces various novel ideas and models with extra dimensions and low-scale gravity. The last part of the book deals with astroparticle physics. After an introduction to cosmology it covers several specialized topics including baryogenesis dark matter dark energy and brane cosmology. With numerous equations and detailed references this lucid book explores the new physics beyond the standard model showing that particle and astroparticle physics will together reveal unique insights in the next era of physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388102

Particle and Particle Systems CharacterizationSmall-Angle Scattering (SAS) Applications Small-angle scattering (SAS) is the premier technique for the characterization of disordered nanoscale particle ensembles. SAS is produced by the particle as a whole and does not depend in any way on the internal crystal structure of the particle. Since the first applications of X-ray scattering in the 1930s SAS has developed into a standard method in the field of materials science. SAS is a non-destructive method and can be directly applied for solid and liquid samples.Particle and Particle Systems Characterization: Small-Angle Scattering (SAS) Applications is geared to any scientist who might want to apply SAS to study tightly packed particle ensembles using elements of stochastic geometry. After completing the book the reader should be able to demonstrate detailed knowledge of the application of SAS for the characterization of physical and chemical materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576257

Particle Characterization in TechnologyVolume I: Application and Microanalysis Volume I present an important exposition of some of the most significant areas where particle characterization is applied. The technological fields include pharmaceutical materials bulk solids and explosions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896250

Particle Characterization in TechnologyVolume II: Morphological Analysis The first section of volume II deals with both theory and methods of morphological analysis it then discusses data analysis and finally the applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896267

Particle Control for Semiconductor Manufacturing There is something Alice-in-Wonderlandish about powerful and vital computer systems being shut down by a microscopic mote that a hay-feverist wouldn't sneeze at but as computer chips get smaller smaller and smaller particles on their surface have a larger and larger effect on their performance. In Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744307

Particle Emission From NucleiVolume I: Nuclear Deformation Energy This book has three volume. The first volume is mainly devoted to the macroscopic-microscopic theory in its traditional form and extended to very high mass and charge asymmetry. Applications of this theory to the emission of different kinds of charged particles from nuclei are presented in the second volume where recent experimental achievements in alpha decay proton and heavy ion (14C 24Ne 28Mg etc.) radioactivities are also discussed. Experiments on spontaneous fission fission isomers and more complex phenomena like particle-accompanied fission delayed processes: p a 2p t n 2n 3n and the new mechanism of cold fission (or fission with compact shapes) are described in detail in the third volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896281

Particle Emission From NucleiVolume II: Alpha Proton and Heavy Ion Radioactivities This book has three volume. The first volume is mainly devoted to the macroscopic-microscopic theory in its traditional form and extended to very high mass and charge asymmetry. Applications of this theory to the emission of different kinds of charged particles from nuclei are presented in the second volume where recent experimental achievements in alpha decay proton and heavy ion (14C 24Ne 28Mg etc.) radioactivities are also discussed. Experiments on spontaneous fission fission isomers and more complex phenomena like particle-accompanied fission delayed processes: p a 2p t n 2n 3n and the new mechanism of cold fission (or fission with compact shapes) are described in detail in the third volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896274

Particle Emission From NucleiVolume III: Fission and Beta-Delayed Decay Modes This book has three volume. The first volume is mainly devoted to the macroscopic-microscopic theory in its traditional form and extended to very high mass and charge asymmetry. Applications of this theory to the emission of different kinds of charged particles from nuclei are presented in the second volume where recent experimental achievements in alpha decay proton and heavy ion (14C 24Ne 28Mg etc.) radioactivities are also discussed. Experiments on spontaneous fission fission isomers and more complex phenomena like particle-accompanied fission delayed processes: p a 2p t n 2n 3n and the new mechanism of cold fission (or fission with compact shapes) are described in detail in the third volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896298

Particle Physics and Inflationary Cosmology A monograph on inflationary cosmology and cosmological phase transitions investigating modern cosmology's relationship to elementary particle physics. This work also includes a non-technical discussion of inflationary cosmology for those unfamiliar with the theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406377

Particle Swarm OptimisationClassical and Quantum Perspectives Although the particle swarm optimisation (PSO) algorithm requires relatively few parameters and is computationally simple and easy to implement it is not a globally convergent algorithm. In Particle Swarm Optimisation: Classical and Quantum Perspectives the authors introduce their concept of quantum-behaved particles inspired by quantum mechanics which leads to the quantum-behaved particle swarm optimisation (QPSO) algorithm. This globally convergent algorithm has fewer parameters a faster convergence rate and stronger searchability for complex problems.The book presents the concepts of optimisation problems as well as random search methods for optimisation before discussing the principles of the PSO algorithm. Examples illustrate how the PSO algorithm solves optimisation problems. The authors also analyse the reasons behind the shortcomings of the PSO algorithm.Moving on to the QPSO algorithm the authors give a thorough overview of the literature on QPSO describe the fundamental model for the QPSO algorithm and explore applications of the algorithm to solve typical optimisation problems. They also discuss some advanced theoretical topics including the behaviour of individual particles global convergence computational complexity convergence rate and parameter selection. The text closes with coverage of several real-world applications including inverse problems optimal design of digital filters economic dispatch problems biological multiple sequence alignment and image processing. MATLAB® Fortran and C++ source codes for the main algorithms are provided on an accompanying CD-ROM.Helping you numerically solve optimisation problems this book focuses on the fundamental principles and applications of PSO and QPSO algorithms. It not only explains how to use the algorithms but also covers advanced topics that establish the groundwork for understanding state-of-the-art Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381936

Particle Technology and Applications Particle Technology and Applications presents the theoretical and technological background of particle science and explores up-to-date applications of particle technologies in the chemical petrochemical energy mechanical and materials industries. It looks at the importance of particle science and technology in the development of efficient chemical processes and novel functional materials. With peer-reviewed chapters written by a select group of academic and industry experts the book provides examples of particle technology and its advanced industrial applications. It includes the necessary scientific background of particle technology as well as relevant technological details of the application areas. This helps readers grasp specific details of the applied technology since the advanced particle technology can directly or synergistically have an impact on outcomes such as the development of a targeted functional material enhancement of existing processing techniques and modification of the properties of existing materials. Presenting a consistent scientific treatment of all topics this comprehensive yet accessible book covers a variety of practical applications and relevant theoretical foundation of particle science and technology. It will help readers tackle new challenges in process and product development and create new methodologies in the clean technology sector. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077393

Particle Toxicology Exposure to particles in industry and mining and from accidental anthropogenic sources constitutes an ongoing threat. Most recently nanoparticles arising from advances in technology are exposing a wider population to pathogenic stimuli. The effects of inhaled particles are no longer confined to the lung as nanoparticles have the potential to translocate to the bloodstream the brain and other target sites. The new questions posed by nanoparticles underscore the importance of interdisciplinary research and exchange and highlight the need for new collaborations among disciplines in medicine toxicology chemistry and material sciences.  Particle Toxicology brings together the state of the science in particle physico-chemistry cell biology and toxicology in a single volume. While organized around the classical toxicology paradigm of exposure - dose - response the book is unique in its emphasis on mechanistic toxicology. Preparing the reader with a brief historical overview and a conceptual framework for particle research the book provides reviews on the mechanisms and properties of pathogenic particles and their effects on target cells at various sites in the body. The text describes how adverse effects are a consequence of deposition translocation and the complex issue of “dose” dominates. Contributions from leading researchers address particle-associated pro-inflammatory effects and inflammatory signaling cellular and extracellular oxidative and nitrosative stress particulate interactions in the pulmonary cardiovascular and central nervous systems as well as genotoxic effects. Exemplar particles include quartz asbestos particulate material and nanoparticles. The book also covers mathematical modeling and human studies as avenues for future research. Responding to the evolving trend of consumer applications for particulate matter Particle Toxicology provides the comprehensive resource for current knowledge from which to develop ne Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389611

Particles Fields Space-TimeFrom Thomson’s Electron to Higgs’ Boson Particles Fields  Space-Time: From Thomson's Electron to Higgs' Boson explores the concepts ideas and experimental results that brought us from the discovery of the first elementary particle in the end of the 19th century to the completion of the Standard Model of particle physics in the early 21st century. The book concentrates on disruptive events and unexpected results that fundamentally changed our view of particles and how they move through space-time. It separates the mathematical and technical details from the narrative into focus boxes so that it remains accessible to non-scientists yet interesting for those with a scientific background who wish to further their understanding. The text presents and explains experiments and their results wherever appropriate. This book will be of interest to a general audience but also to students studying particle physics physics teachers at all levels and scientists with a recreational curiosity towards the subject. Features Short comprehensive overview concentrating on major breakthroughs disruptive ideas and unexpected results Accessible to all interested in subatomic physics with little prior knowledge required Contains the latest developments in this exciting field Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367347239

Particles Sources And Fields Volume 1 This classic the first of three volumes presents techniques that emphasize the unity of high-energy particle physics with electrodynamics gravitational theory and many-particle cooperative phenomena. What emerges is a theory intermediate in position between operator field theory and S-matrix theory which rejects the dogmas of each and gains thereby a calculational ease and intuitiveness that make it a worthy contender to displace the earlier formulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091651

Particles Sources And Fields Volume 2 This classic book (volume two of three volumes) is almost exclusively concerned with quantum electrodynamics. As such it is retrospective in its subject matter. The topics discussed range from anomalous magnetic moments and vacuum polarization in a variety of applications to the energy level displacements in hydrogenic atoms with occasional excursions into nuclear and high-energy physics. Based as it is upon the conceptually and computationally simple foundations of source theory little in the way of formal mathematical apparatus is required and thus most of the book is devoted to the working out of physical problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091668

Particles Sources And Fields Volume 3 An extension of Dr. Schwinger's two previous classic works this volume contains four sections in addition to the previous sections of Electrodynamics II which were concerned with the two-particle problem and applications to hydrogenic atoms positronium and muonium. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091675

Particles on SurfacesDetection: Adhesion and Removal This work comprises the proceedings of the Fourth Symposium on Particles on Surfaces. Papers cover: adhesion-induced deformations of particles on surfaces; the use of atomic force microscopy in probing particle-particle adhesion; particle contamination in microelectronics on spacecraft and on optical surfaces; the role of air ionization in reducing surface contamination by particles in the cleanroom; abrasive blasting media for contamination-free deburring processes; and more.;The book is intended for physical chemical surface and colloid chemists materials scientists; polymers plastics electrical and electronics computer chemical and mechanical engineers; and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067429

Particulars Actuality and Identity over Time vol 4Analytical Metaphysics First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315052731

Particulate and Organic Matter Fouling of Seawater Reverse Osmosis SystemsCharacterization Modelling and Applications. UNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Characterizing bulk organic matter in seawater and bay water by various analytical techniques and linking these measurements with fouling in membrane systems. Furthermore it aimed for the development of the Modified Fouling Index - ultrafiltration (MFI-UF) at constant flux filtration as an accurate test to measure the particulate fouling potential of a feed water and predict the rate of fouling in reverse osmosis systems. A new semi-portable set-up has been successfully developed to perform MFI-UF tests at constant flux filtration. A significant effect of the filtration flux on the fouling potential was found. Consequences of this effect for reverse osmosis systems are that the fouling potential at low flux drops dramatically; for ultrafiltration systems it implicates that the rate of fouling increases at high fluxes. The observed effect of flux on the fouling potential has significant implications for fouling potential measurements. Deposition factors in RO systems varied between 0 and 1 depending on location and MFI pore size which indicates differences in properties of the particles present. Fouling potential results in RO fouling rates of 0.2-1 bar/month depending on the pore size of the membranes used for MFI measurements. The fouling potential of the analysed raw waters is substantially reduced by conventional pre-treatment systems and ultrafiltration: for conventional pre-treatment 37 % - 74 % and ultrafiltration 60 % - 95 % depending on the location and the MFI pore size. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415620925

Particulate Discrete Element ModellingA Geomechanics Perspective Particulate discrete element analysis is becoming increasingly popular for research in geomechanics as well as geology chemical engineering powder technology petroleum engineering and in studying the physics of granular materials. With increased computing power practising engineers are also becoming more interested in using this technology for analysis in industrial applications. This is the first single work on Discrete Element Modelling (DEM) providing the information to get started with this powerful numerical modelling approach. Written by an independent author with experience both in developing DEM codes and using commercial codes this book provides the basic details of the numerical method and the approaches used to interpret the results of DEM simulations. Providing a basic overview of the numerical method Particulate Discrete Element Modelling discusses issues related to time integration and numerical stability particle types contact modelling and boundary conditions. It summarizes approaches to interpret DEM data so that users can maximize their insight into the material response using DEM. The aim of this book is to provide both users and prospective users of DEM with a concise reference book that includes tips to optimize their usage. Particulate Discrete Element Modelling is suitable both for first time DEM analysts as well as more experienced users. It will be of use to professionals researchers and higher level students as it presents a theoretical overview of DEM as well as practical guidance on running DEM simulations and interpreting DEM simulation data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074897

Particulate Interactions in Dry Powder Formulation for Inhalation Interactions between drug particulates are crucial in determining drug dispersion and deaggregation and ultimately delivery efficiency. This book combines principles and factors in pharmaceutical powder technology critically reviews some of the studies carried out in dry powder formulation development and proposes possible strategies for improving their efficiency. The majority of these principles are applicable to other pharmaceutical solid dosage forms (e.g. tablets and capsules). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397975

Particulate MatterProperties and Effects on Health This is a rapidly expanding and highly topical research area. Written by authors and editors who are well known and respected in their fields this text looks at the health effects caused by particulate aerosols and discusses recent legislation and future strategies. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003076896

Particulate Plastics in Terrestrial and Aquatic Environments The manufacture of plastic as well as its indiscriminate disposal and destruction by incineration pollutes atmospheric terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. Synthetic plastics do not break down; they accumulate in the environment as macro- micro- and nanoplastics. These particulate plastics are a major source of pollutants in soil and marine ecosystems. Particulate Plastics in Terrestrial and Aquatic Environments provides a fundamental understanding of the sources of these plastics and the threats they pose to the environment. The book demonstrates the ecotoxicity of particulate plastics using case studies and offers management practices to mitigate particulate plastic contamination in the environment. Features ·       Describes physical and chemical properties of particulate plastics in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems ·       Presents information on characteristics of particulate plastics as impacted by weathering processes ·       Provides numerous approaches for managing particulate plastic contamination ·       Identifies sources of particulate plastics in the environment; distribution and characteristics of particulate plastics; and management strategies of particulate plastics Written by a global team of scientists this book is for researchers in the fields of environmental safety and waste management or individuals interested in the impact of particulate plastics on environmental health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367511401

Particulate Systems in Nano- and Biotechnologies Despite the widespread growth and acceptance of particulate technology challenges in the design operation and manufacturing of these systems still exists. These critical issues must be resolved so that particle technology may continue to serve as a foundation for new nano and biotechnologies. Particulate Systems in Nano- and Biotechnologies presents a summary of the revolutionizing developments that have occurred during the last decade and proposes solutions for overcoming present and future challenges. The world’s foremost scientific experts from European Australian Asian and North American research centers give their critical view of particulate systems and adsorbed films and review the current status of state-of-the-art technologies such as FloDots functionalized magnetite nanoparticles and zero-valent iron nanoparticles for abatement of environmental pollutants. A survey of the cutting-edge technologies this book offers critical perspectives on the synthesis processing and characterization of particulate systems for nano- and biotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403461

Particulates And ContinuumMultiphase Fluid Dynamics Treating multiphase systems with emphasis on the aspect of fluid dynamics and as an introduction to research in multiphase flow this book covers definitive concepts methods and theories which have been validated by experimental results. A textbook for college seniors and graduate students and a research reference it is a coherent presentation that facilitates the understanding of physical interactions. The book's focus is fluid dynamics with extension to other transport processes of heat and mass transfer and chemical relations to illustrate applications of multiphase flow. The exercise problems at the end of each chapter assist the reader in formulating and solving physical problems and gaining a sense of magnitude of interacting effects and events. Extended details and corollaries are also included in these exercise problems. Some of the topics in the exercise problems may also be incorporated as topics for the lectures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744291

Parties Elections and Policy Reforms in Western EuropeVoting for Social Pacts Social pacts – policy agreements between governments labor unions and sometimes employer organizations – began to emerge in many countries in the 1980s. The most common explanations for social pacts tend to focus on economic factors influenced by industrial relations institutions such as highly coordinated collective bargaining. This book presents and tests an alternative and complementary explanation highlighting the electoral calculations made by political parties in choosing pacts. Using a dataset covering 16 European countries for the years 1980-2006 as well as eight in-depth country case studies the authors argue that governments’ choice of social pacts or legislation is less influenced by economic problems but is strongly influenced by electoral competition. Social pacts will be attractive when party leaders perceive them to be helpful in reducing the potential electoral costs of economic adjustment and wage restraint policies. Alternatively parties may forgo negotiations with social partners and seek to impose such policies unilaterally if they believe that approach will yield electoral gain or minimize electoral costs. By combining the separate literatures on political economy and party politics the book sheds new light on the dynamics of social pacts in Western Europe. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of political science economics political economy European Studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882164

Parties Elections and Political Participation in Latin America First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315049021

Parties Elections and Electoral ContestsCompetition and Contamination Effects According to the Duvergerian theories in the long run only viable parties are expected to stand for elections. Non-viable parties should join a pre-electoral coalition with another party or withdraw from competition entirely. Why then do non-viable political parties throughout the world systematically continue presenting candidates? This book responds to this evident but unanswered question to create a general theory about deviations from the Duvergerian equilibrium. The author argues that far from being just a random or irrational decision the choice of political parties to present candidates when they do not expect to achieve representation can be explained by the overlap of electoral arenas that generate opportunities for viable parties to present candidates where they are non-viable. In sum political parties will take advantage of their viability in an arena to present candidacies in other arenas where they do not have chances to become viable. The building of this new theory on electoral contamination allows the construction of a new and more encompassing conceptual framework through which to make sense of what until now has been understood as disparate phenomena and contributes to a better understanding of political parties’ strategic behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472439086

Parties Opposition and Society in West Germany (RLE: German Politics) This book presents an analysis of the social composition of parties inside and outside parliaments to link overall trends of political culture and practice to West German society its occupational structure its status levels and its generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138846524

Parties Partisanship and Political Theory Political parties have only recently become a subject of investigation in normative political theory. Parties have traditionally been studied by political scientists in their organizational features and in relation to the analysis of related topics such as party systems and electoral systems. Little attention however was paid until recently to the normative assumptions that underlie partisanship and party politics. Are parties desirable for democratic politics? How should liberal democracies deal with extremist and/or anti-democratic parties? Do religious parties undermine the secular distinction between religion and politics and is that bad for liberal democracies? These are only some of the many questions that political theorists had left unanswered for a long time. The chapters in this collection aim to provide a twofold contribution to the normative analysis of partisanship. On the one hand they aim to offer a first much needed ‘state of the art’ of the existing research in this area. Many of the contributors have already done extensive research on partisanship and their chapters partly reflect their research expertise and individual approaches to this topic. On the other hand all chapters move beyond the authors’ existing work and represent significant additions to the normative literature on partisanship thus setting the standards for future research in this area.This book was published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739348

Parties Polarization and Democracy in the United States As evidenced in the 2008 elections and the transition to a new era of Democratic governance one of the most important developments in American politics in recent years has been the resurgence of political parties. Democrats and Republicans represent different world views and policies citizens recognise these differences and many of them use party labels to make sense of the political world. Parties Polarisation and Democracy in the United States describes and analyses the place of political parties in American politics today - both among elites and citizens at large. Many scholars and pundits denounce political polarisation; they view it as a symptom of a broken political system that provides unappealing choices for voters and that is frequently mired in deadlock. Baumer and Gold make a different argument - that party polarisation offers the kind of choice and accountability to voters that was not always present in earlier periods of American political history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633022

Parties Power and Policy-makingFrom Higher Education to Multinationals in Post-Communist Societies This book explains the conditions under which political parties in government were able to influence economic growth in post-communist European countries. It highlights higher education and international investment as the two essentially related areas that have been steered by governments. The book illustrates how these countries have become reliant on multinational companies (MNCs) given their governments’ strategy to attract foreign capital how political and economic factors are intertwined and how political parties in power can have a strong influence on the growth prospects of these economies. Furthermore it illuminates the extent to which political parties use their space for manoeuvres when enacting policies and how they respond to their constituencies when doing so. It shows how structural conditions such as the dependence on MNCs influence policies and how this pattern varies across Central and Eastern Europe. The book brings political parties back into the discussion on political economy and back into the analyses of welfare politics varieties of capitalism and democratic capitalism. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of comparative politics and comparative political economy European policy-making Central and Eastern Europe trade welfare and development and higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663216

Parties and Democracy in France: Parties Under PresidentialismParties Under Presidentialism This title was first published in 2000:  The Presidency has been the principal political focus of the French Fifth Republic and the new component of French democracy. This book looks at how the Presidency has shaped political parties and party systems as well as how they have interacted with the new institution. The Presidency has acted as a unifying force bringing together coalitions of parties to provide a political basis for presidential power but has also been a divisive factor. Parties draw on longstanding traditions of French political life and the Presidency can provoke destructive rivalry as well as constructive coalition-building. Presented here is a discussion of the contemporary French party system - its dynamics successes and failures. Written in an accessible style it is intended for students of French studies and political parties as well as comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732261

Parties and Democracy in France: Parties Under PresidentialismParties Under Presidentialism This title was first published in 2000:  The Presidency has been the principal political focus of the French Fifth Republic and the new component of French democracy. This book looks at how the Presidency has shaped political parties and party systems as well as how they have interacted with the new institution. The Presidency has acted as a unifying force bringing together coalitions of parties to provide a political basis for presidential power but has also been a divisive factor. Parties draw on longstanding traditions of French political life and the Presidency can provoke destructive rivalry as well as constructive coalition-building. Presented here is a discussion of the contemporary French party system - its dynamics successes and failures. Written in an accessible style it is intended for students of French studies and political parties as well as comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732315

Parties and Democracy in Italy This title was first published in 2000:  A guide to the changing place of political parties within the Italian political system seeking to shed light on how the parties operate and their role in the country's politics. Starting from a recognition of the traditional centrality of parties in Italian political life the book's main focus is on the consequences and causes of the transformation in the party system which began to unfold from 1989 onwards. Arguing that the latter has its roots in the specific choices made by the traditional parties as they attempted to adapt to change in their electoral environment the book then proceeds to examine what effects the changing party system is having on such traditional "party-driven" features of Italian politics such as "sottogoverno" and "lotizzazione" and on the functioning of such institutions as parliament and the executive. The book concludes by attempting to assess whether parties are still central to political and civil society or whether their role has diminished in importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722651

Parties and Parliaments in Southeast AsiaNon-Partisan Chambers in Indonesia the Philippines and Thailand Political parties are an essential ingredient in a modern democracy. They are also seen as the least trusted and most problematic institution in most democratic systems. While there have been attempts to strengthen parties through institutional design and capacity building a new strategy has been to quarantine them from parts of parliament. Within the space of a few years the Philippines Thailand and Indonesia implemented designs for parliamentary representation that proscribed the established political parties from a parliamentary chamber or part thereof. Using these three countries as case studies this book traces the historical context for institutional designs the intentions behind them and their implementation through at least one full parliamentary term. It investigates the conceptual architecture of the non-partisan designs identifying corporatism as one (discredited) alternative and "championship" as another. While there is a yearning for exemplary people as representatives the designers have struggled to find a successful means of having these champions elected to office. The book concludes that non-partisan chambers based on the evidence to date are not viable. This book is of interest to scholars of Southeast Asian Politics Party Politics Governance Institutions and Democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086821

Parties and Political Change in South Asia Over the past seven decades and more political parties have become an essential feature of the political landscape of the South Asian subcontinent serving both as a conduit and product of the tumultuous change the region has experienced. Yet they have not been the focus of sustained scholarly attention. This collection focuses on different aspects of how major parties have been agents of - and subject to - change in three South Asian states (India Pakistan and Sri Lanka) examining some of the apparent paradoxes of politics in the subcontinent and covering issues such as gender religion patronage clientelism political recruitment and democratic regression. Recurring themes are the importance of personalities (and the corresponding neglect of institutionalisation) and the lack of pluralism in intraparty affairs factors that render parties and political systems vulnerable to degeneration.This book was published as a special issue of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739201

Parties And Politics In Modern Germany This comprehensive text provides a detailed overview of the party system and politics of one of the most powerful states in the international arena. Noted scholar Gerard Braunthal surveys the parties in the Federal Republic of Germany and in the German Democratic Republic after World War II and in united Germany since 1990. By illustrating the cent Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282271

Parties and Politics in Northern Nigeria First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315032719

Parties and Voters at the 2013 German Federal Election The 2013 federal election in Germany took place amidst considerable uncertainty over the EU’s economic crisis. Financial rescue packages for several countries required the provision of huge sums. Some EU-members barely avoided the economic abyss. Germany however was spared much of the hardship as her economy produced record-levels of employment exports boomed and German state coffers began to see a budget surplus. Against this backdrop this book examines the choices offered to voters by parties and publics’ decision calculus. How did Germany’s voter evaluate economic conditions and the Euro crisis? For example is there a demand for a new party representing the rising EU-skeptical sentiments? How did long-term developments such as the weakening party-voter ties affect the election outcome? What programs did parties offer to voters in the election? The book brings together several leading experts of German and European politics to address these questions. The chapters were originally published as a special issue in German Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892401

Partings Welded TogetherPolitics and Desire in the Nineteenth-Century English Novel First published in 1987 this book engages directly with a selection of major texts from the traditional English literature syllabus and applies some of the techniques from the work of theorists such as Macherey Balibar Derrida Foucault Lacan and Deleuze. Focusing on questions of class and gender on the nature of knowledge and power on the distinction between the public and the private display and consciousness the work traces and celebrates the dispersal of Frankenstein Wuthering Heights Mansfield Park Vanity Fair and the novels of Charles Dickens. This work will be of interest to those studying nineteenth century English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677418

Partition and QuantityNumeral Classifiers Measurement and Partitive Constructions in Mandarin Chinese Partition and Quantity: Numeral Classifiers Measurement and Partitive Constructions in Mandarin Chinese presents an in-depth investigation into the semantic and syntactic properties of Chinese classifiers and conducts a comprehensive examination on the use of different quantity constructions in Chinese. This book echoes a rapid development in the past decades in Chinese linguistics research within the generative framework on Chinese classifier phrases an area that has emerged as one of the most cutting-edge themes in the field of Chinese linguistics. The book on the one hand offers a closer scrutiny on empirical data and revisits some long-lasting research problems such as the semantic factor bearing on the formation of Chinese numeral classifier constructions the (non-)licensing of the linker de (çš„) in between the numeral classifier and the noun and the conditions regulating the use of pre-classifier adjectives. On the other hand particular attention is paid to the issues that have been less studied or gone unnoticed in previous studies including a (more) fine-grained subcategorization of Chinese measurement constructions the multiple grammatical roles played by the marker de (çš„) in different numeral classifier constructions the formation and derivation of Chinese partitive constructions etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597740

Partition and the South Asian DiasporaExtending the Subcontinent Preface Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Negotiating nations 2. Claiming Pakistan 3. Resisting Hindutva 4. Redoing South Asia 5. Conclusion Bibliography Index Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662346

Partition Literature and CinemaA Critical Introduction This book studies literary and cinematic representations of the Partition of India. It discusses Partition as not just an immediate historical catastrophe but as a lingering cultural presence and consequently a potent trope in literary and visual representations. The volume features essays on key texts – written and visual – including Train to Pakistan "Toba Tek Singh" Basti Garm Hava Pinjar among others. Partition Literature and Cinema will be indispensable introductory reading for students and researchers of modern Indian history Partition studies literature film studies media and cultural studies popular culture and performance postcolonial studies and South Asian studies. It will also be of interest to enthusiasts of Indian cinematic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367492748

Partition of IndiaPostcolonial Legacies The Partition of British India in 1947 set in motion events that have had far-reaching consequences in South Asia – wars military tensions secessionist movements and militancy/terrorism. This book looks at key events in 1947 and explores the aftermath of the Partition and its continued impact in the present-day understanding of nationhood and identity. It also examines the diverse and fractured narratives that framed popular memory and understanding of history in the region.The volume includes discussions on the manner in which regions such as the Punjab Sindh Kashmir Bengal Uttar Pradesh (Lucknow) and North-East India were influenced. It deals with issues such as communal politics class conflict religion peasant nationalism decolonization migration displacement riots the state of refugees women and minorities as well as the political relationship between India Pakistan and Bangladesh. Drawing on major flashpoints in contemporary South Asian history along with representations from literature art and popular culture this book will interest scholars of modern Indian history Partition studies colonial history postcolonial studies international relations politics sociology literature and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367732509

Partitioned Lives: The Irish Borderlands Partitioned Lives: The Irish Borderlands explores everyday life and senses of identity and belonging along a contested border whose official functions and local impacts have shifted across the twentieth century. It does so through the accounts of contemporary borderland residents in Ireland and Northern Ireland who shared with us their reflections on and experiences of the border from the 1950s to the present day. Since the border is the product of the partition of the island and the creation of Northern Ireland its meaning has been deeply entangled with the radically and often violently opposed perspectives on the legitimacy of Northern Ireland and the political reunification of the island. Yet the intensely political symbolism of the border has meant that relatively little attention has been paid to the lived experience of the border its material presence in the landscape and in people’s lives and its materialisation through the practices and policies of the states on either side. Drawing on recent approaches within historical political and cultural geography and the cross-disciplinary field of border studies this book redresses this neglect by exploring the Irish border in terms of its meanings (from the political to the personal) but also and importantly through the objects (from tables of custom regulations and travel permits to road blocks and military watch towers) and practices (from official efforts to regulate the movement of people and objects across it to the strategies and experiences of those subject to those state policies) through which it was effectively constituted. The focus is on the Irish border as practised experienced and materially present in the borderlands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269286

PartitionsReshaping States and Minds The partition of the Indian subcontinent the collapse of the Soviet Union and Yugoslavia the reunification of Germany the continuing feud between two Koreas the Irish peace process the case of Israel/Palestine and the lingering division of Cyprus have together given rise to a huge body of literature. However studies of partitions have usually focused on individual cases. This innovative volume uses comparative analysis to fill the gap in partition studies and examines cross-cutting issues such as:* violence* state formation* union and regional unification* geopolitics* transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874480

Partner to PartitionThe Jewish Agency's Partition Plan in the Mandate Era In this work Yossi Katz shows that the Jewish Agency Executive's partition plan though never implemented was not an isolated episode but had short- and long-term implications from the Jewish perspective - that as well as having an impact on the immediate settlement policies it also had significant effect on the partition of Palestine in the late 1940s and on shaping the state-in-formation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870694

Partnering and Collaborative Working Partnering and Collaborative Working: Legal and Industry Practice brings together leading construction industry and legal experts to discuss key elements of the partnering process and how they can be implemented. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138140875

Partnering for ChangeUnions and Community Groups Build Coalitions for Economic Justice In the past decade unions and community groups have come together around a wide range of campaigns for economic justice - from fighting for living wages to electing progressive champions to questioning market-oriented economic development to promoting anti-sprawl/smart growth efforts. Partnering for Change brings together activists and intellectuals on the forefront of these organizing efforts. They discuss general patterns of labor-community coalitions in terms of alliances between unions and such community players as environmentalists religious groups low-income organizations and local employers. The contributors also offer a wealth of case studies such as the successful campaign for corporate subsidy accountability in Minnesota Vermont's Livable Wage Campaign The Wisconsin Regional Training Partnership and the model regional power building projects of the South Bay AFL-CIO. The volume's editor David Reynolds combines a broad overview of labor-community coalitions practical examples applicable to diverse communities and an appreciation of the challenges as well as the opportunities for building the movement for economic change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701899

Partnering in the Construction Industry Partnering is the most effective way of tackling construction projects. This book explains how clients and construction firms using partnering can achieve ever higher levels of efficiency and certainty to provide world class buildings and infrastructure of all kinds.Detailed guidance about the actions that clients and professionals new to partnering need to take is given followed by advice about the actions individual firms can take to get the maximum benefits from partnering. Finally the book describes how highly developed forms of partnering are developing into strategic collaborative working that turns construction into a genuinely modern industry able to meet all customers needs. The book is designed to be used flexibly by a variety of readers with coloured sections and executive summaries built into the body of the text to enable senior managers to get a quick overview of the guidance provided. The detailed guidance provides those at the workface with the ammunition needed to cooperate with those around them in doing their best work. The guidance is supported by check lists that help ensure everyone involved knows what they need to do to match and then exceed today‘s best practice. Construction clients will learn how to get high quality reliable and fast completion and a firm price that represents best value for money.This book helps everyone in the construction industry be fairly rewarded for delivering best practice. The expert guidance also gives the construction industry the time and resources needed to give proper attention to all aspects of quality including sustainability and total life cycle costs.to match and then exceed today‘s best practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414433

Partnering with Chinese FirmsLessons for International Managers This title was first published in 2000:  This work is aimed at international managers or business students who are interested in emerging markets particularly China. It provides conceptual backgrounds analytical frameworks managerial insights business guidance and practical evidence concerning partner selection for both foreign and Chinese investors. It addresses how foreign companies should select ideal Chinese firms as well as what Chinese firms are looking for from foreign investors. The book is divided into three parts. The first part presents an overview of multinational enterprises (MNEs) in China and outlines the economic environment facing these firms. The second part delineates how to select appropriate partner firms from both foreign and Chinese parents perspectives. The third part includes ten case studies showing how leading MNEs in the world adopt entry and co-operative strategies (including partner selection) that align properly with internal capabilities external environment and organizational needs. Based on a variety of archival and Internet sources these case studies are prepared by the author for discussion purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711181

Partners for GoodBusiness Government and the Third Sector After a century in which charities suspected the motives of cynical business people and business people dismissed the contributions of amateur volunteers the two sectors are coming together today as never before. The third sector has increased its business capacity through the experience gained from a decade of providing commissioned services to the public sector. Society today expects employers to do more to engage with both communities and good causes and the business case for doing so can be and is being made. But business also realises that charities do conscience better than they can and so co-working is increasingly being sought. In Partners for Good Tom Levitt points the way to successful partnerships at local national and international levels. There is now even an agreed international standard on what constitutes the social responsibility obligations of organisations operating in all sectors in all parts of the world over and above international legal frameworks. Sustainability today refers to the triple bottom line (financial social environmental) rather than being a green concept alone. On the down side grants and other funding opportunities provided by governments to the third sector over the last ten years are suddenly ending and support structures are disappearing. The incentives for forging successful and sustainable win:win partnerships between businesses and charities in the new Big Society are therefore high however demanding the time scale on offer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271500

Partners for PreservationAdvancing digital preservation through cross-community collaboration Who could be partners to archivists working in digital preservation? This book features chapters from international contributors from diverse backgrounds and professions discussing their challenges with and victories over digital problems that share common issues with those facing digital preservationists. The only certainty about technology is that it will change. The speed of that change and the ever-increasing diversity of digital formats tools and platforms will present stark challenges to the long-term preservation of digital records. Archivists are frequently challenged by the technical expertise subject matter knowledge time and resource requirements needed to solve the broad set of challenges sure to be faced by the archival profession. Partners for Preservation advocates the need for archivists to recruit partners and learn lessons from across diverse professions to work more effectively within the digital landscape. Includes discussion of: the internet of things digital architecture research data and collaboration open source programming privacy memory and transparency inheritance of digital media. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303472

Partners for Special NeedsHow Teachers Can Effectively Collaborate with Parents and Other Advocates Learn how to collaborate with parents and special education advocates to ensure student success. This practical book shows you how to navigate the tricky path to meeting special education goals and outcomes. It also provides strategies to help you communicate and partner more effectively with families and specialists. Part I of the book offers key information on how special education has evolved over recent decades and what the Individualized Education Plan process entails. Part II features techniques for strengthening communication so you can avoid conflict and create as strong a partnership as possible. You’ll learn the specific roles of advocates and parents and you’ll gain practical strategies for communicating proactively and managing communication breakdowns. You’ll also uncover how to overcome the challenges of working with people during difficult times. The book is filled with tips examples and reflection questions to help you implement the ideas immediately. With the essential strategies in this book you can become the best support system for the child or children you serve! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714731

Partners in Palliative CareEnhancing Ethics in Care at the End-of-Life The Collaborative for Palliative Care ("Collaborative") is a grassroots consortium of public and private organizations that came together in 2005 for the purposes of studying the increasing need for palliative care and the methods for such care. It has grown from a small fledgling group to a membership of over 50 community-based organizations and volunteers dedicated to improving care of the seriously ill through education research and advocacy. The Collaborative bridges policy research and practice in its initiatives and vision for the future. Partners in Palliative Care examines specific areas of concern that the Collaborative has addressed in its education programs and advocacy as well as the collaborative processes that have been so successful in building community assets. Areas of concentration have been diverse and include advance care planning relational communication paradigms community capacity building the role of culture and spirituality in palliative care the meaning of pain and suffering for seriously ill individuals and the ethics of health care costs in palliative and end-of-life systems of care. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Social Work in End-of-Life and Palliative Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109520

Partners in PeaceDiscourses and Practices of Civil-Society Peacebuilding How do international organizations support local peacebuilding? Do they really understand conflict? Partners in Peace challenges the global perceptions and assumptions of the roles played by civil society in peacebuilding and offers a radically new perspective on how international organizations can support such efforts. Framing the debate using case studies from Africa and Central America the author examines different meanings of peacebuilding the practices and politics of interpreting conflict and how planned interventions work out. Comparing original views with contemporary perceptions of non-state actors Partners in Peace includes many recommendations for NGOs involved in peacebuilding and constructs a new understanding on how these possible solutions relate to politics and practices on the ground. Concise in both theoretical and empirical analysis this book is an important contribution to our understanding of civil society's role in building sustainable peace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599571

Partners of the ImaginationThe Lives Art and Struggles of John Arden and Margaretta D’Arcy Partners of the Imagination is the first in-depth study of the work of John Arden and Margaretta D’Arcy partners in writing and cultural and political campaigns. Beginning in the 1950s Arden and D’Arcy created a series of hugely admired plays performed at Britain’s major theatres. Political activists they worked tirelessly in the peace movement and the Northern Ireland ‘Troubles’ during which D’Arcy was gaoled. She is also a veteran of the Greenham Common Women’s Peace camp. Their later work included Booker-listed novels prize-winning stories essays and radio plays and D’Arcy founded and ran a Woman’s Pirate Radio station. Raymond Williams described Arden as ‘the most genuinely innovative’ of the playwrights of his generation and Chambers and Prior claimed that ‘The Non-Stop Connolly Show’ D’Arcy and Arden’s six-play epic ‘has fair claim to being one of the finest pieces of post-war drama in the English language’. This study explores the connections between art and life and between the responsibilities of the writer and the citizen. Importantly it also evaluates the range of literary works (plays poetry novels essays polemics) created by these writers both as literature and drama and as controversialist activity in its own right. This work is a landmark examination of two hugely respected radical writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367489144

Partnership Collaborative Planning and Urban Regeneration Approaches to urban regeneration have changed dramatically throughout Europe and the USA over recent decades drawing on notions of public-private partnership growth coalitions and local spatial alliances. In this engaging book John McCarthy provides critical consideration of such theories in terms of their application to practice. He shows how these notions are used to explain the nature and underlying processes of urban development and to further objectives for urban regeneration. To test their applicability he examines the case of Dundee including the role of the Dundee Partnership a model for many aspects of partnership working. The resulting conclusions suggest ways in which the practice of urban regeneration can be improved in terms of inclusion equity and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258020

Partnership and Modernisation in Employment Relations This collection examines the significance of partnership-based approaches to the modernization of employment relations. Drawing from the work of leading researchers the contemporary interest in partnership is situated within an historical political and practical context. Particular attention is given to exploring and understanding the practices and experiences of partnership at the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650687

Partnership and Powerful Teacher EducationGrowth and Challenge in an Urban Neighborhood Program This collaborative volume offers an in-depth portrait and valuable reference for the development of clinical or school-embedded partnerships in teacher preparation by drawing on the decades-long partnership between a university and set of schools in an urban neighborhood. In the midst of a national movement towards partnership-based clinical teacher education this book explains and illustrates the roles commitments and collaborative practices that have evolved. Divided into three parts contributors outline the theory and practice of the clinical teacher preparation model and its neighborhood focus covering topics such as: The social and institutional context of partnership development and teacher education; Key collaborative and learning practices; Challenges and questions that have emerged and what can be learned from the experience. Written with voices of university faculty school educators program graduates and students from partner schools Thomas Del Prete offers a volume perfect for those looking to be inspired by an example of clinical teacher education and partnership in an urban community and to learn what can be achieved with conviction and perseverance over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110215

Partnership and PragmatismThe German Response to AIDS Prevention and Care This book provides a comprehensive overview of the most important themes in German HIV/AIDS prevention and care from the beginning of the epidemic to the present. Multidisciplinary in approach it highlights the unique contributions of Germany to AIDS work making available for the first time knowledge which can be applied to other countries as well as to other fields of public health practice. Topics discussed include: *structural prevention a concept which unites political and behavioural change *the synchronistic relationship between AIDS policy and gay politics *the dominance of love and intimacy over other 'risk factors' *an approach to prevention among drug users which emphasis human rights and accepts the using behaviour *a unique partnership between public authorities and the voluntary sector *services for women working in cross-national border prostitution *an AIDS survivor syndrome among gay men *HIV in the context of emotional risks taken by women in relationships. In addition specifically German themes are described including special needs of gay men from the former East Germany the difficulties of providing adequate outpatient care for people with HIV/AIDS and the history of the AIDS prevention debate in Germany. The book offers medical nursing public health sociological psychological and social work perspectives on the German response to AIDS. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881426

Partnership and Recognition in Action Research Critical participatory action research creates opportunities for people to work together to solve problems and address issues about the conditions under which they work through mutually agreed on actions in practice. Partnership and recognition hold together the practices of critical participatory action research and as mutually entwined ideals are fundamental for site-based education development. Drawing on the theory of practice architectures this book interrogates and extends the concepts and practices of partnership and recognition in action research as they are explored in different educational settings and as these are played out in the day-to-day experiences and practices of people participating and collaborating in educational change. Partnership and recognition are considered in terms of the agency and actions of both individuals and collectives as they encounter one another in educational change and in terms of the cultural-discursive material-economic and social-political conditions that enable and constrain possibilities for partnerships and recognition. Of central importance is the concept of practice theory and the authors illuminate how recognition change learning and development practices are experienced and recognised by people in a range of partnerships. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Action Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585990

Partnership at WorkThe Quest for Radical Organizational Change The partnership established between the Irish Airports Authority and its trade unions in the mid-1990s was groundbreaking in promoting union and staff involvement in all aspects of company decision-making. This book charts the progress achievements and obstacles faced by the partnership based on full access to the partners documents observations on how the partnership functioned and three surveys of the company's workforce. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511124

Partnership for HealthBuilding Relationships Between Women and Health Caregivers In the 1960s feminists voiced their outrage about the health care system in the United States which routinely discriminated against women and in so doing literally jeopardized their health and well-being. Over a decade later women's health advocates still stressed the need for reform of this male-dominated institution because of the on-going threat to the health of American women. In the 1990s nearly 40 years after women began their fight for quality and equitable treatment from the medical profession women unfortunately continue to confront problems on numerous levels including discrimination in medical research and in the availability of insurance and health care providers. Most alarming however is the fact that women today--like women in the '60s and before--lack information understanding and adequate diagnoses and treatment from their health caregivers. This book extends from a program of research on women's health issues by the authors. More than 150 audio-taped naturally occurring interactions between health caregivers and their female patients from three different health care settings--as well as ethnographic field notes in three additional settings which provide health care to women-- constitute the data for this investigation. They explore the consequentiality of relational issues during women's health care encounters and examine how health care participants save face enact roles co-construct their encounters and accomplish the objective of education and medical care. Unlike earlier works this study utilizes an extensive data collection derived directly from hundreds of interactions between health care providers and their patients as opposed to surveys or case studies of singular practitioners. The authors examine the data in light of insights from a variety of theoretical perspectives and are committed to exploring the implication that medical encounters are collaboratively managed by both patients and caregivers. Given these theoretical and empirical contributions the authors believe this book will advance present understanding in the areas of health and relational communication women's health care gender issues in communication conversation analysis discourse processes and institutional talk. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810934

Partnership Governance in Northern IrelandImproving Performance Originally published in 2001. Drawing together a broad range of material on Partnership Governance this volume provides an invaluable contribution to a fast-growing area of political science. Powerful syntheses and a robust analytical framework accompany three empirical case studies focusing on how the transition from government to governance in Northern Ireland is being superimposed on the deep historical divisions that still exist. Political scientists geographers government and society and local development specialists will find this text striking in both its substance and lucid style. The text will also be of interest to public policy officials relying on public partnerships as a means of tackling social economic and political problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726321

Partnership Governance in Public ManagementA Public Solutions Handbook The ability to create and sustain partnerships is a skill and a strategic capacity that utilizes the strengths and offsets the weaknesses of each actor. Partnerships between the public and private sectors allow each to enjoy the benefits of the other: the public sector benefits from increased entrepreneurship and the private sector utilizes public authority and processes to achieve economic and community revitalization. Partnership Governance in Public Management describes what partnership is in the public sector as well as how it is managed measured and evaluated. Both a theoretical and practical text this book is a what why and how examination of a key function of public management. Examining governing capacity community building downtown revitalization and partnership governance through the lens of formalized public-private partnerships – specifically how these partnerships are understood and sustained in our society – this book is essential reading for students and practitioners with an interest in partnership governance and public administration and management more broadly. Chapters explore partnering technologies as a way to bridge sectors to produce results and a new sense of public purpose and to form a stable foundation for governance to flourish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765644053

Partnership in Education Management Originally published in 1988. The National Development Centre for School Management Training was established in Bristol University Department of Education in September 1983. Funded by the DES the Centre worked both with the providers of management training -universities polytechnics and colleges of higher education and with the ‘clients’ -the local education authorities. This symposium containing contributions that demonstrate the considerable strides made in management training in the Centre’s first three years highlights the importance of the partnerships that developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545441

Partnership in the Primary SchoolWorking in Collaboration Working in 'partnership' in primary schools is an approach that is transforming the classrooms of the 1990s. It is now widely acknowledged that a collaborative approach can significantly improve the effectiveness of teaching. This book provides a practical readable account of partnerships in educational settings including: collaborating in nurseries and primary schools reading and literacy partnerships working with special needs assistants supporting students in training home-school links liaising with an OFSTED inspector. The focus is placed on key principles of collaboration as well as specialist roles. Personal testimonies and case studies are used to illustrate the various aspects of teamwork. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411258

Partnership with Parents in Early Childhood SettingsInsights from Five European Countries Partnership with Parents in Early Childhood Settings examines how practitioners can work effectively with parents and families acknowledging the complex nature of these relationships. Drawing on policy research and practice from kindergartens and early years settings in five European countries it provides insight into how political social and cultural contexts affect the relationships between educators and families and the impact this has on children’s early experiences. The book is based upon learning from an Erasmus mobility project between educators from five countries in OMEP (the World Organisation for Early Childhood Education). It presents examples from practice and research from the different countries and highlights some positive and practical ways in which professionals can work with parents as well as potential barriers to parental partnership and how these might be overcome. Each section focuses on a different country and allows for a detailed exploration into how relationships are developed and sustained for the benefit of young children and their families in different places. Throughout the reader is encouraged to reflect on their current understanding of parental partnership and how they can plan for positive parental partnership working in the future.  This thought-provoking text will be an indispensable resource for students of early childhood and teachers and practitioners as well as academics and those with an interest in early years social and educational policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138347113

Partnerships and RegimesThe Politics of Urban Regeneration in the UK This title was first published in 2001. During the 1990s urban regeneration partnerships proliferated in the UK. It is now commonplace for many individuals and organizations including businesses community groups the voluntary sector and other public sector bodies to co-operate with local authorities in a wide range of activities. Interest in partnerships between local government and local businesses has been given added momentum by the increasing popularity of urban regime theory as a tool for understanding urban politics in the UK. Regime theory is an American neo-pluralist account of urban politics which is concerned with local collaborative dynamics and processes particularly those between local government and business leaders. It focuses on one facet of local governance the relationship between the local authority and the business sector in regeneration activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730694

Partnerships for EmpowermentParticipatory Research for Community-based Natural Resource Management Participatory research has emerged as an approach to producing knowledge that is sufficiently grounded in local needs and realities to support community-based natural resource management (CBNRM) and it is often touted as crucial to the sustainable management of forests and other natural resources. This book analyses the current state of the art of participatory research in CBNRM. Its chapters and case studies examine recent experiences in collaborative forest management harvesting impacts on forest shrubs watershed restoration in Native American communities civic environmentalism in an urban neighborhood and other topics. Although the main geographic focus of the book is the United States the issues raised are synthesized and discussed in the context of recent critiques of participatory research and CBNRM worldwide. The book's purpose is to provide insights and lessons for academics and practitioners involved in CBNRM in many contexts. The issues it covers will be relevant to participatory research and CBNRM practitioners and students the world over. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772143

Partnerships for ProtectionNew Strategies for Planning and Management for Protected Areas Taking into consideration the fact that many ecosystems are under-represented in protected areas of land and water and traditional management methods have often been ineffective this volume describes how improvements can be made. Specifically it explores ways of ensuring that all major ecosystems are safeguarded and innovative approaches to conservation involving individuals communities companies and governments. The essence of the approach taken in the text is to build partnerships with those who have a stake in the care of land and water resources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071398

Partnerships for Smart GrowthUniversity-Community Collaboration for Better Public Places Linking the worlds of community development higher education administration and urban design this accessible guidebook offers useful information on how universities and communities can best develop partnership projects. Its focus on smart growth projects further enhances its value for those interested in how urban suburban and rural growth can be accommodated while preserving open spaces and quality of life. Partnerships for Smart Growth includes 13 case studies for university-community collaborations on smart growth initiatives. The chapters include geographically diverse locations and urban suburban and rural projects. Each case includes a comprehensive discussion of how and why the project was initiated who was involved what techniques were employed what were the pitfalls and what was the outcome. The result is a book with wide appeal for university administrators land-use planners and administrators scholars and community development experts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289816

Partnerships in PracticeThe GP's Guide to Getting it Right First Time Medical partnerships are highly complex legal and financial entities. This book navigates the reader through the key issues and deals with the less tangible aspects such as partnership dynamics and organisational behaviour. Examples illustrate common difficulties and offer possible choices. It is clear practical and readable and essential for all GPs entering a partnership. It is also relevant for GPs currently in partnerships practices considering their partnership deed Senior House Officers and GP registrars. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384368

Parts FabricationPrinciples and Process Today's fast-paced manufacturing culture demands a handbook that provides how-to no-holds-barred no-frills information. Completely revised and updated the Handbook of Manufacturing Engineering is now presented in four volumes. Keeping the same general format as the first edition this latest edition not only provides more information but makes it more accessible. Each individual volume narrows the focus while broadening the coverage giving you immediate access to the information you need. Volume Three Parts Fabrication: Principles and Process discusses efficient deductive and systematic approaches to machine debugging while providing a refresher on the principles of structural mechanics.Edited by Richard Crowson with contributions from experts in each field the book focuses on establishing communication between manufacturing and design engineers and machine-building technicians. The discussions of engineering design fundamentals free-body diagrams stresses forces and strength of materials help readers understand and solve counter-intuitive problems. The coverage includes material characteristics of metals conventional fabrication processes laser welding modeling and nontraditional machining methods.Assisting design engineers and machine builders in the successful execution of their tasks the book recommends steps to improve technical problem solving and communication techniques. It provides understanding of how to incorporate deductive reasoning systematic engineering human interaction and corporate cultural influences into manufacturing processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391300

Party And Policy In IsraelThe Battle Between Hawks And Doves This book is an analysis of the struggle between Israel's hawks and doves for control of national policy. It explores the inner workings of Israel's major parties and assesses the interaction between domestic political combat internal succession and identity crises and Israeli policy on key issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297787

Party and ProfessionalsThe Political Role of Teachers in Contemporary China Originally published in 1981 this study fits into a wider context of works analysing the impact of the social revolution on the structure of Chinese society since 1949. Party and Professionals focuses on the teaching profession in relation to social ranking. As a part of the intelligentsia the socialist government has an ambiguous relationship with teachers of all levels and this work aims to highlight the government’s political interactions with teaching professionals. This title will be of interest to students of Asian studies Politics International Relations and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653498

Party Attitudes Towards the EU in the Member StatesParties for Europe Parties against Europe In a moment where the EU is facing an important number of challenges there is growing interest in understanding how parties influence the way Europe evolves as a political issue notably how parties structure domestic competition over European issues and they mobilise sentiments in referenda over European integration . This book examines the views of national parties towards the European Union and the different facets of a supranational citizenship. It provides an in-depth investigation into the variations to the cross-national patterns in ten countries including old and new member states and different EU regions. Using original and innovative concepts data and research techniques the authors: Explore whether parties formulate specific positions and preferences on the most particular aspects of the EU process. Investigate whether the party’s stance could be inserted into more pro-European or more Eurosceptical attitudes. Illustrate patterns of party contestation of the EU issues in the member states and explains these patterns in the light of the main theoretical arguments. Making an important contribution to party attitudes towards the EU and the Europeanisation of party politics this book will be of interest to students and scholars of European politics sociology comparative politics government and party politics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933750

Party Change in Southern Europe It has been argued that political parties are weakening. In Southern Europe however political parties have shown remarkable pragmatism. Not only have they played a crucial role in the installation and consolidation of democracy mostly in the 1970s and 1980s but they have also adapted to the aftermaths of severe political crises during the 1990s. Party Change in Southern Europe addresses a basic issue: Have parties in Southern Europe weakened over the decade 1995-2005? Or have they rather changed? And if so how have they changed? To answer these questions the authors analyze the transformations undergone by the two main parties in Italy Spain Greece Portugal Turkey and Cyprus (North and South) focusing on several dimensions of change. For each political group systematic analysis is offered on: party organization electoral politics competitive strategies party values and programmes. This book was previously published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977969

Party Coalitions in the 1980s "The election of 1980 did more than break the Democrats' control of the White House and Congress. It also shattered some important assumptions about the character of our voting coalitions and the condition of our political parties. It opened some possibilities for the remainder of the century that had not been there before." These reflections by David S. Broder in the introduction to Party Coalitions in the 1980s are echoed in the essays of the twenty-one scholars party leaders and candidates in the volume.This book presents a detailed and lively discussion of the past history present significance and future implications of coalitions in the American two-party political system. Patrick H. Caddell observed that "Reagan has skillfully huddled a variety of conservative program and issue initiatives under the umbrella of'economic revitalization.'" In that vein Richard B. Wirthlin argued that "the 1980 presidential election should be viewed as a major ... opportunity to redraft the policy agenda of this country." Realizing that change is one of the few constants in politics Lipset and his colleagues set forth strategies and guideposts for Republicans and Democrats who sought to build winning coalitions for the elections of the 1980s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126043

Party Government in the New Europe This truly comparative volume examines the "life cycle" of party governments in Europe from 1990 onwards and analyses its role and function in contemporary European parliamentary democracies. The life and the performance of party governments in Europe became more and more volatile and publicly contested. In some cases it has even challenge the democratic quality of the state. This book presents comparative analyses of party governments from formation and duration to performance. It brings together some of the foremost scholars researching on party government to evaluate existing theories and compare both the developments in the Western and the ‘new’ Eastern Europe in an empirically-grounded comparative analysis. The book discusses the interaction between various institutions political parties and policies and evaluates how institutional change and party behaviour can drive the "life cycle" of party government. Party Government in the New Europe will be of interest to students and scholars of Comparative Politics Democracy Government and European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822160

Party GovernmentAmerican Government in Action What do we need to know about political parties in order to understand them? In his classic study E. E. Schattschneider delineates six crucial points: A political party is an organized attempt to get control of the government. Parties live in a highly competitive world. The major parties manage to maintain their supremacy over the minor parties. The internal processes of the parties have not generally received the attention they deserve in treatises on American politics. The party is a process that has grown up about elections. And perhaps most important of all is the distribution of power within the party organization.But Party Government is not just about political parties. At its heart is the theory and practice of modern democracy and it is the most cited controversial and probably single most influential study of political parties ever written Schattschneider questions the purpose of government who rules and how government should be organized consistent with its fundamental purpose which are the enduring fault lines of American democracy. He takes the reader through a thorough and penetrating examination of political parties and the American government. Starting with a historical overview and defense of parties Schattschneider offers a searing analysis of politics itself with special focus on the number of interest groups both affecting and affected by government. He describes the various types of political organizations--major parties pressure groups and minor parties--and offers a study of the two-party character of the American system. Sidney A. Pearson Jr. offers a strikingly original new introduction about E. E. Schattschneider and his contribution to political science. Gracefully and wittily written Party Government is mandatory reading for students and scholars of political science government and American political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529557

Party Hegemony and Entrepreneurial Power in ChinaInstitutional Change in the Film and Music Industries Economic liberalisation processes and the rapid development of the private sector are widely visible signs of over thirty years of reform policies in the People’s Republic of China. Nevertheless the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has managed to preserve the basic political institutions of the Leninist Party-state including its own unrestrained position of political power. Against this background this book investigates the interrelationship between processes of marketisation and commercialisation and the stability of the CCP regime. The aim of the book is to complement existing literature on adaptive governance in China and on the reasons for the CCP regime’s relative stability while providing new information about the relationship between the Chinese party-state and private entrepreneurs. Taking case studies from the film and music industries the book gives a detailed account of the political and economic history of these industries in China with special attention given to the role played by private production companies as intermediaries between artistic creation political and ideological constraints and the market. A historical institutionalist approach is employed to trace the effect of Chinese policies on popular culture and the institutions of administrative economic political and ideological control over the film and music industries back to the 1950s revealing the mechanisms and prospects of CCP hegemony in the cultural sector. Examining the effects of the marketisation and commercialisation processes on the communist regime and vice versa this book also offers a fresh perspective on the origins of today’s Chinese popular cultural mainstream. It will therefore be of great interest to students and scholars of Chinese politics Chinese culture and media and Chinese government-business relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482579

Party Members and Activists Membership of political parties is diverse. Not everyone participates and those who do do not participate in the same way. This book engages with the debate over the significance and future of political parties as membership organisations and presents the first broad comparative analysis of party membership and activism. It is based on membership surveys which have been administered gathered and collated by a group of prominent party scholars from across Europe Canada and Israel. Utilizing this rich data source together with the insights of party scholars the book investigates what party membership means in advanced industrial democracies. In doing so it provides a clearer picture of who joins political parties why they do it the character of their political activism how they engage with their parties and what opinions they hold. This text will be of interest to scholars and students of comparative politics particularly to those interested in representation participation political parties and elections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714489

Party Members and Their Importance in Non-EU CountriesA Comparative Analysis Although party membership has been extensively analysed in the EU Members States from Western and Eastern Europe there is a gap in systematic data collection and analyses for the other countries in the Balkans and post-Soviet region. This book provides new and innovative insights in the area of party membership research to analyse the evolution of membership organizations in political parties from under-investigated countries. Specifically it seeks to understand the way in which political parties and the national legislation conceptualize the notion of membership within and across countries. It provides original data and affords a first comprehensive comparative study of party members in the EU neighbouring countries which resonate particular interest because some of them occupy the "precarious middle ground between a full-fledge democracy and outright dictatorship". In light of these relevant observations this systematic analysis of membership evolutions in democratizing countries brings valuable insights for the study of party politics in general. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of political parties and party systems party organisation and elections post-Soviet and East European politics and more broadly to democratization studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708631

Party On!Political Parties from Hamilton and Jefferson to Trump Alexander Hamilton and Thomas Jefferson laid the foundations for today's political debates between Democrats and Republicans. Hamilton believed that freedom must be married with a strong central government and especially an energetic president while Jefferson believed freedom derived from local civic virtues. Throughout history Democrats and Republicans have chosen sides in this eternal debate—and sometimes even changed sides. Today those debates have become sharper and more polarized as the two parties square off on major issues such as healthcare taxes regulation the role of the federal government and what discretion should be given to local authorities. The debate can be loud and shrill even as the public yearns for some accommodation between these two schools of thought. People may generally desire an active government to deal with acute problems but localism still has widespread appeal and political dysfunction often results when these outcomes are presented as polar opposites and elections are reduced to zero sum contests. Social media adds to the polarization as Americans gravitate to websites that often ratify their preexisting points of view. The parties struggle to function in this environment as they try to adapt to the political realities of the social media age and the Trump era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103054

Party Organization and Electoral Volatility in Central and Eastern EuropeEnhancing voter loyalty Political parties in post-communist countries have very high levels of electoral volatility. In these environments political factions fail to establish long-term connections with the electorate and thus regularly rise and fall from the political arena. This book provides an organizational explanation for the variations in party-level electoral volatility. It looks comparatively at 29 political parties in six Central and Eastern European democracies between 1990 and 2008 to examine how political parties can influence their electoral environment. Using empirical evidence Gherghina tests the effect of candidate selection procedures membership organizations and re-nomination of incumbent MPs on voters’ loyalty and in doing so demonstrates how party organization greatly affects electoral stability. Including case studies from Bulgaria Czech Republic Hungary Poland Romania and Slovakia this book will be of interest to students and scholars of comparative politics party politics democratization elections and Central and Eastern European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714229

Party Politics and Decentralization in Japan and FranceWhen the Opposition Governs Decentralization is a curious policy for a central government to pursue. If politics is essentially about the struggle for power why would anyone want to give away the power that one struggled for and won? This book argues that it is precisely party competition in search of power that propels decentralization. Koichi Nakano develops his core argument through in-depth qualitative research on the politics of reform in France and Japan. Introducing the concept of oppositional policy he traces the process through which parties in opposition reinvent their ideologies and policy platforms in an attempt to present themselves as the voice of the governed broaden popular support through the advocacy of enhanced democratic control of government and proceed to implement some of these oppositional policies after capturing power. This book thus takes the role of political parties in the democratic process seriously - parties take up certain issues and espouse certain solutions actively as weapons in the power struggle both on the electoral front and in the policy process. Party competition is not merely a formal condition of democracy; it is also a mechanism with substantive policy impact on its evolution. Party Politics and Decentralization in Japan and France will be of interest to students of Japanese and French politics and comparative politics in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018099

Party Politics and Democracy in EuropeEssays in honour of Peter Mair This edited collection in honour of the late political scientist Peter Mair contains original chapters that are directly linked to his theoretical and/or methodological ideas and approaches. Peter Mair demonstrated that political parties have traditionally been central actors in European politics and an essential focus of comparative European political science. Though the nature of political parties and the manner in which they operate has been subject to significant change in recent decades parties remain a crucial factor in the working of European liberal democracies. This volume analyses recent developments and current challenges that European parties party systems and democracy face. The volume will be of key interest to students and scholars of comparative politics democracy studies political parties and European politics and European Union studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505032

Party Politics And Elections In Latin America "Latin America has one of the longest histories of active party politics and elections of any region in the world yet the experiences there have been very different from those of Western Europe and the United States. In Latin America party politics has produced governments ranging from democratic to authoritarian with considerable variations among nations as well as fluctuations within countries over time. This text provides a comprehensive comparative review of party politics in each Latin American country. The evolution of specific parties is examined and special emphasis is given to the behavioral aspects of voting patterns and party affiliation. In addition Drs. McDonald and Ruhl discuss each country's distinctive patterns of organizing and holding elections including the laws and procedures that regulate them. Finally the authors identify the general experiences the countries share especially the long-term impact of sustained modernization on national party politics. The book provides students with a general framework for interpreting party politics in individual countries and for understanding how politics is linked to Latin America's economic development democracy and political stability." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297794

Party Politics in America The seventeenth edition of Party Politics in America continues the comprehensive and authoritative coverage of political parties for which it is known while expanding and updating the treatment of key related topics including interest groups and elections. Marjorie Hershey builds on the book’s three-pronged coverage of party organization party in the electorate and party in government and integrates contemporary examples—such as campaign finance reform party polarization and social media—to bring to life the fascinating story of how parties shape our political system. New to the 17th Edition Fully updated through the 2016 election including changes in virtually all of the boxed materials the chapter openings and the data presented. Explores increasing partisan hostility the status of voter ID laws and other efforts to affect voter turnout young voters' attitudes and participation and the role of big givers such as the energy billionaire Koch brothers in the 2016 campaigns. Critically examines the idea that Super PACs are replacing or can replace the party organizations in running campaigns. New and expanded online Instructor's Resources including author-written test banks essay questions relevant websites with correlated sample assignments the book’s appendix and links to a collection of course syllabi. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683686

Party Politics in America Considered the "gold standard" of political parties texts this new eighteenth edition of Party Politics in America moves its comprehensive and authoritative coverage into the age of deepened partisan conflict expanded presidential power and global health threats. Marjorie Randon Hershey builds on the book’s three-pronged coverage of party organization party in the electorate and party in government and integrates important developments in racial politics social media use and battles over access to the vote. The book uses contemporary examples to bring to life the fascinating story of how parties shape our political system. New to the eighteenth edition: • Fully updated through the 2020 election including changes in virtually all of the boxed materials the chapters and the data presented. • Examines the impact of the Trump presidency on the Republican Party’s supporting coalition and issue positions changes in party and ideological polarization and the return to the world of campaign finance of "interested money" from big (and often anonymous) donors. • Explores political attitudes and voter turnout among college-age and other young voters in light of dramatic changes in American politics and the economy. • Expanded online Instructor’s Resources including author-written test banks essay questions relevant websites with correlated sample assignments the book’s appendix and links to a collection of course syllabi. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472573

Party Politics in Central and Eastern EuropeDoes EU Membership Matter? What impact has EU membership had on party politics in Central and Eastern Europe? Although there is an emerging body of literature on the Europeanization of political parties most of these accounts focus exclusively on Western Europe. Drawing on a range of qualitative and quantitative approaches including detailed studies of party programmes and manifestos analysis of the media semi-structured interviews and expert surveys this collection provides not just conceptually informed but also empirically rooted analyses of party politics in Central and Eastern Europe during the first four years of EU membership. In particular the contributions assess the impact of EU membership on parties’ internal balance of power the use of European issues in inter-party competition the role of transnational party federations and the broader role the EU plays in party politics. The findings not only shed light on the impact of EU membership on party organization and programmes they also inform broader debates concerning the dynamics fluidity and motors of party politics in Central and Eastern Europe. This book was based on a special issue of  Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849821

Party Politics in Japan To the outside observer the character and dynamics of Japan’s political parties and Diet (National Assembly) are often obscure. This volume is an invaluable description of party politics in Japan and a unique analysis of the influence that a changing balance of power has had upon the functioning of the Diet. The book covers: the party system and how it has changed since 1955; the electoral systems for the Representatives and Councillors in the Diet. An extensive analysis of the Diet’s internal governance; a discussion of the influence on the Diet’s functioning and role of the arrival of "near parity" between the governing and opposition parties. The book is based on numerous interviews with Japanese politicians journalists and bureaucrats as well as extensive discussions with Japanese political scientists.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849838

Party Politics in JapanPolitical Chaos and Stalemate in the 21st Century The Japanese political system is a parliamentary democracy and was the first western style government in Asia when the parliamentary system was adopted in the 1880s. It has a multiparty system free elections and a parliament that functions much the same way that any other democratic parliament functions however for much of its existence the Japanese party system has been dominated by one party. This fact is crucial to understanding contemporary politics in Japan especially since the long term ruling party the Liberal Democratic Party is once again back in power.This book presents an up-to-date analysis of the political parties that make up the Japanese party system and their impact on Japanese politics and government. Given that the executive branch is selected as a result of the pattern of party numbers in the parliament to understand Japanese politics and policy one must first know the nature of the ruling and opposition parties and their leaders. Indeed in the past decade the quality of Japan’s government has been closely associated with the strengths and weaknesses of Japan’s prime ministers and the dominant party in the system. This book focuses on a central question: why Japanese politics and government has been so dysfunctional in the past two decades? With this question in mind the chapters provide key background information on Japanese politics and political parties; discuss each of the major political parties that have governed Japan since 1955; and finally examine the December 2012 House of Representatives elections that returned the LDP to power and the differences between the First (1955-1993) and the Second Post War Party Systems (1993- ).Party Politics in Japan provides a comprehensive analysis of the past sixty years of Japanese party politics. As such it will be of great interest to students and scholars of Japanese politics and Asian politics as well as to those interested in political parties and political systems more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669331

Party Politics in Post-communist Russia Political parties are the fabric of democratic politics. In 1991 a new Russia emerged after seven decades of one-party dictatorship claiming to be on the road towards democracy. In this volume the authors analyse the many contradictions dilemmas and paradoxes of reconstituting free party politics and democratic rule in a severely traumatized country. Frequently from a comparative perspective they deal with a range of topics from the behaviour of the new parties in parliament the role of ideology in cementing party organizations to the character and prospects of the transient Russian party system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044803

Party Politics in Southeast AsiaClientelism and Electoral Competition in Indonesia Thailand and the Philippines Contributing to the growing discourse on political parties in Asia this book looks at parties in Southeast Asia’s most competitive electoral democracies of Indonesia Thailand and the Philippines. It highlights the diverse dynamics of party politics in the region and provides new insights into organizational structures mobilizational strategies and the multiple dimensions of linkages between political parties and their voters. The book focuses on the prominence of clientelistic practices and strategies both within parties as well as between parties and their voters. It demonstrates that clientelism is extremely versatile and can take many forms ranging from traditional personalized relationships between a patron and a client to the modern reincarnations of broker-driven network clientelism that is often based on more anonymous relations. The book also discusses how contemporary political parties often combine clientelistic practices with more formal patterns of organization and communication thus raising questions about neat analytical dichotomies. Straddling the intersection between political science and area studies this book is of interest to students and scholars of contemporary Southeast Asian politics and political scientists and Asian Studies specialists with a broader research interest in comparative democratization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948389

Party Politics in TaiwanParty Change and the Democratic Evolution of Taiwan 1991-2004 In 1991 Taiwan held its first fully democratic election. This first single volume of party politics in Taiwan analyzes the evolution of party competition in the country looking at how Taiwan’s parties have adjusted to their new multi-party election environment. It features key chapters on: the development of party politics in Taiwan the impact of party change on social welfare corruption and national identity party politics in the DPP era. Including interviews with high-ranking Taiwanese politicians and material on the 2004 Presidential election this important work brings the literature up-to-date. It provides a valuable resource for scholars of Chinese and Taiwanese politics and a welcome addition to the field of regime transition and democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650700

Party Politics in the Western Balkans This book examines the development of party politics in the region of Western Balkans describing party politics and analyzing inter-ethnic or inter-party cooperation and competition. Beginning with a thematic overview of the electoral systems and their link to the party systems the authors consider the legacy of socialist/communist parties; compare the nationalist parties in the region; and explore opportunities for the national minorities. The book then provides detailed country case studies on Croatia Bosnia and Herzegovina Serbia Montenegro Kosovo Macedonia and Albania that: Provide an overview of the development of the respective political system since 1990 presenting key changes over time Depict important political issues in each of these countries and explains parties´ particular policies in relation to these issues Discuss the level of democracy as well as ethnic minorities in the given states Explore the extent to which nationalism has dominated party organization the stability of the parties important changes in the party policies and their electoral performance and personalisation of the parties Bringing together a range of specialist experts on the Balkans this book will be of interest to students and scholars of party politics comparative European politics post-communist politics nationalism Southern European and Western Balkan politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849128

Party Politics in TurkeyA Comparative Perspective Although the literature on party politics has significantly advanced both methodologically and theoretically in recent years the study of political parties in Turkey has been noticeably disconnected and lacking from such conversations. This book evaluates well-established theories and trends in exiting party politics literature and relates them to the case of Turkey. It explores fundamental questions such as: Who controls party organizations and how does the locus of control change over time? What kinds of power struggles are observed inside a party and between whom? What do the present and past records of party membership imply for party organizations? What role do grassroots activists play in local and national politics? How do the ideological orientations of party members differ from party leaders and other voters? What types of social cleavages shape political parties and how do they change over time? What constitutes the relationship between the state and parties today? Who finances political parties and what does this imply about the quality of democracy? How and why do party systems change? The various chapters show that party politics in the Turkish context is significantly different to Western and new democracies. By highlighting the significant contribution the Turkish case can make to existing conceptual frameworks and theories this book will be a valuable resource for anyone studying political parties party systems and comparative politics as well as Turkish politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207547

Party Primaries in Comparative Perspective Primary elections for choosing party leaders and candidates are now becoming commonplace in Europe Asia and America but questions as to how much they hinder a party’s organizational strength and cohesion or affect electoral performance have largely been ignored outside of the USA. Party Primaries in Comparative Perspective gives a much-needed conceptualization to this topic describing the function and nature of primary elections and providing a comparative analytical framework to the impact of primaries on the internal and external functioning of political parties. Elaborating on the analytical tools developed to study the US experience this framework engages with primary elections in Europe and Asia offering a theoretical comparative and empirical account of the emergence of party primaries and an invaluable guide to internal electoral processes and their impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573086

Party Strategies in Western EuropeParty Competition and Electoral Outcomes This book examines political party system change from a party-centric perspective and assesses how and to what extent established political parties in western Europe can maintain their dominant positions. Parties are increasingly competing in a changeable environment and this book assesses the ways in which political parties have tried to adapt to these changes by undertaking a study of the strategies employed by established parties since 1950. It features analysis of seventeen western European countries with eight case-studies explored in greater depth including; France Germany Portugal Greece Denmark Ireland Switzerland and Luxembourg. The book assesses two groups of ‘strategies’: institutional strategies by which parties aim for success through control of rules regulations and laws; and strategies oriented towards the electorate through which parties seek success by proving themselves responsive to voters. Offering a detailed empirical assessment of the frequency with which these strategies have been employed this book assesses the impact on established political parties and argues that parties can shape their own fate by strategic choices. Party Strategies in Western Europe will be of interest to students and scholars of European politics Government and party politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802391

Party System Change the European Crisis and the State of Democracy Party systems are crucial elements for the functioning of political systems and representative democracies. With several European countries experiencing significant changes recently it is necessary to update our knowledge. This volume analyses party system changes in Europe in the 21st century by considering several dimensions such as interparty competition the cleavage structure electoral volatility and the emergence of new actors. The book describes the principal continuities and changes in party systems in Europe; analyzes the main explanations for these trends; and assesses the impact of the crisis on the patterns observed. By considering a wide range of Western and Eastern European countries and focusing on the ‘parameters’ of party system change this book seeks to fill an important gap in the literature through a comparative analysis of the evolution of party systems in Europe over the last decades.This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of political parties party systems and politics electoral behavior as well as more broadly to European politics comparative politics. political representation and the quality of democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587970

Party System Change in South IndiaPolitical Entrepreneurs Patterns and Processes This book provides a systematic exploration of party system change. By applying the concept of political entrepreneurship and using a detailed case study of the south Indian state of Tamil Nadu it demonstrates how party leaders can exercise their agency and drive party system change. Recent developments in Tamil politics are taken into account in the light of the literature on party systems achieving a classification of the party system and revealing patterns of change. The author explains the process of the change by comparing the careers of successful and failed party leaders thus identifying the factors that enabled some political entrepreneurs to successfully found political parties and contribute to the process of party system change. Examining issues such as regional parties political entrepreneurship social change caste and religious nationalism the book illustrates the key forces shaping contemporary Indian politics and presents an example of how the trend toward identity politics and the rising influence of regional political parties are fashioning a new Indian polity. With a broad cross-disciplinary appeal the book will be of interest to students of South Asian politics comparative politics sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533157

Party System Formation in KazakhstanBetween Formal and Informal Politics Since the collapse of the Soviet Union Central Asian states have developed liberal-constitutional formal institutions. However at the same time political phenomena in Central Asia are shaped by informal political behaviour and relations. This relationship is now a critical issue affecting democratization and regime consolidation processes in former Soviet Central Asia and this book provides an account of the interactive and dynamic relationship between informal and formal politics through the case of party-system formation in Kazakhstan. Based on extensive interviews with political actors and a wide range of historical and contemporary documentary sources the book utilises and develops neopatrimonialism as an analytical concept for studying post-Soviet authoritarian consolidation and failed democratisation. It illustrates how personalism of political office patronage and patron-client networks and factional elite conflict have influenced and shaped the institutional constraints affecting party development the type of emerging parties and parties’ relationship with society. The case of Kazakhstan however also demonstrates how in the former Soviet space political parties emerge as central to the legitimization of informal political behavior the structuring of factional competition and the consolidation of authoritarianism. The book represents an important contribution to the study of Central Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102347

Party Systems and Country Governance Party Systems and Country Governance focuses on the variety of party systems across the world and their effects on country governance and the conceptualisation and measurement of country governance. International aid agencies have spent millions of dollars believing that the presence of stable party systems contributes to better country governance. This study largely supports the assumptions of the aid agencies. To measure governance the authors used the existing World Bank Governance Indicators for 2007 on 212 countries. They collected parliamentary party data for 189 countries. The authors identified fifteen additional countries that did not hold elections for parliamentary parties and eight countries that held non-partisan elections seating no deputies by party. Together these 212 countries account for virtually all the variations in party systems across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519338

Party Systems and Foreign Policy Change in Liberal DemocraciesCleavages Ideas Competition How do political parties affect foreign policy? This book answers this question by exploring the role of party politics as source of foreign policy change in liberal democracies. The book shifts the focus from individual political parties to party systems as the context in which parties’ ideologies receive precise content and their preferences are formed. The central claim is that foreign policy change arises from within transformed discursive contexts of party competition when a new language of politics that constitutes anew parties’ self-understanding of what they stand for and compete over emerges in a party system. By comparing cases of contested foreign policy change the book shows how such transformations in party competition determine whether and when international pressures on a state will translate into decisions to institute foreign policy change and what degree of change will be ultimately implemented. With a novel framework which bridges concepts of international relations and comparative politics the book will be of interest to researchers and students in the areas of international relations theory foreign policy analysis and comparative politics and generally to anyone wanting to understand how and when parties elections and voters contribute to international change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444631

Party Systems and Voter Alignments Revisited This timely book updates and takes stock of Lipset and Rokkan's classic work Party Systems and Voter Alignments: Cross-National Perspectives an influential work since its publication in 1967. It examines the significance of the original volume for the history of political sociology and assesses its theoretical and empirical relevance for the study of contemporary elections voters and parties. Most importantly this volume gives scope to new areas such as consociational democracies small island states and newly democratising Eastern and Central European and Third World countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510806

Party Systems in Young DemocraciesVarieties of institutionalization in Sub-Saharan Africa Institutionalization has become a paramount concept to compare party systems in regions spanned by the third wave of democratization. Based on raw electoral data from 30 sub-Saharan African countries observed between 1966 and 2016 this text explores the causes and mechanisms of Party System Institutionalization (PSI) and its relationship with the processes of mobilization and democratization. Posing key theoretical and empirical questions in cross-regional comparison it examines and reveals the defining properties of PSI how they should be measured and under what conditions it varies. In doing so it contributes with a new explanatory framework of party system development – that gives primacy to modes of transition political institutions and party-citizen linkages – to further cross-regional comparisons among third-wave party systems. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of democratization elections and African politics and more broadly to comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735395

Party-Society Relations in the Republic of CyprusPolitical and Societal Strategies The Republic of Cyprus’ social and political culture is deeply partitocratic with a close relationship between state apparatus and the parties that influence the government’s decisions. However little is known about the social and political implications of the above traits and even less about how parties influence and are influenced by society at large.The concept of linkage which refers to the linking of citizens with government and the political process is vital in the study of the electoral or ideological considerations of parties. Parties’ decisions regarding their organization and image correlates with the effort made to keep up with public opinion. Party-Society Relations in the Republic of Cyprus adds a new dimension to the study of linkage considering the complexity of civil society as well as exploring the dynamics of political parties. Bringing together specialists from a range of disciplines it examines the wider effects of partitocracy on democracy and uses it as a frame for exploring the construction maintenance or deformation of links between social groups and parties. Through its analysis of both the partisan and societal aspects of party-social relations it illuminates larger questions concerning the strategic complexity involved when politics and society interact.Approaching the Republic of Cyprus as a representative case study of partitocratic political culture this book is a key resource for those interested in party and civil society politics as well as Cypriot Mediterranean and South-East European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873912

Parvoviruses and Human Disease This book gives details of the discovery and research work on B19 virus to date. The virus is an autonomous parvovirus and many of its properties and much of its behaviour can be predicted from this. Accordingly the detailed account of B19 viruses is set in the context of two general chapters on the nature of parvoviruses and the patterns of disease in animals produced by parvoviruses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896304

Pas de ProblemeStudent Book Pas de problème is a highly illustrative and communicative course designed for adults of all ages from those with a 'rusty' recollection of school French to those advancing in the acquisition of a new language on a fast track. It will give students a thorough grounding in all the skills required to understand speak read and write contemporary French.The coursebook consists of 12 lively illustrated chapters covering different broad themes and providing plenty of diverse material from technical to light-hearted. A wide range of registers is covered from everyday idioms to formal letter-writing phrases. Each chapter contains the following: * sections reminding students of essential vocabulary and structures* explanations of new grammar in one single block for easy reference* reading and listening exercises* new vocabulary lists to aid self-study* role-playing exercises * internet addresses for further research* boxes containing helpful learning tips Audio files to accompany this book are available free of charge at www.routledge.com/cw/hummler Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172050

Pascal's Pensées Published in 1950: The Penseés is a collection of philosophical fragments notes and essays in which Pascal explores the contradictions of human nature in psychological social metaphysical and - above all - theological terms. Mankind emerges from Pascal's analysis as a wretched and desolate creature within an impersonal universe but who can be transformed through faith in God's grace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180201

Pasolini after DanteThe 'Divine Mimesis' and the Politics of Representation What role did Dante play in the work of Pier Paolo Pasolini (1922-1975)? His unfinished and fragmented imitation of the Comedia La Divina Mimesis is only one outward sign of what was a sustained dialogue with Dante on representation begun in the early 1950s. During this period the philologists Gianfranco Contini (1912-1990) and Erich Auerbach (1892-1957) played a crucial role in Pasolini’s re-thinking of ‘represented reality’ suggesting Dante as the best literary authorial and political model for a generation of postwar Italian writers. This emerged first as ‘Dantean realism’ in Pasolini’s prose and poetry after Contini’s interpretation of Dante and of his plurilingualism and then as ‘figural realism’ in his cinema after Auerbach’s concepts of Dante’s figura and ‘mingling of styles’. Following the evolution of Pasolini’s mimetic ideal from these formative influences through to La Divina Mimesis Emanuela Patti explores Pasolini’s politics of representation in relation to the ‘national-popular’ the ‘questione della lingua’ and the Italian post-war debates on neorealism while also providing a new interpretation of some of his major literary and cinematic works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598419

Pass the QTS Skills Tests with ConfidenceAnd ace your interview Pass the QTS Skills Test with Confidence is the must-have guide for all prospective trainee teachers. It will provide you with the skills guidance subject knowledge and confidence you need to pass the Literacy and Numeracy QTS Skills Tests make an application that stands out and sail through interview day. Online support provided on the companion website includes tests to audit your subject knowledge. The first section of the book introduces you to the tests and how to prepare for them and covers the areas of knowledge tested. The second section offers advice to help you write a personal statement that stands out make a successful application and get ready for your interview. Extensive online support provided on the companion website includes tests to audit your subject knowledge. Key topics covered include: Developing your exam technique Mastering the mental arithmetic test Succeeding in the written questions How to use spelling grammar and punctuation correctly Successfully applying for teaching training courses Acing the interview Written by expert teacher trainers with first-hand experience of both interviewing candidates and helping students pass the QTS Skills Tests this is an essential purchase for all prospective teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810419

PASS: Prepare Assist Survive and SucceedA Guide to PASSing the Praxis Exam in School Psychology 2nd Edition Barbara Bole Williams and Rosemary Mennuti are back with a thorough update to their essential guide to preparing for and achieving the best score possible on the Praxis Exam in School Psychology. Pulling from their years of experience and hands-on involvement in the continued revision of the exam and presented using their PASS model (Prepare Assist Survive Succeed) these two veteran school psychologists have revised this easy-to-use resource to reflect the most recent exam content professional standards as well as the most current practical knowledge for school psychologists. Also included are student test reflections and information on how to obtain and maintain your NCSP credential Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910294

Passage Through CrisisPolio Victims and Their Families Based on a study of fourteen families in which a child had contracted paralytic poliomyelitis. Passage Through Crisis: Polio Victims and Their Families first published in 1963 was widely praised for its penetrating--and for its time innovative--analyses of doctor-patient communications and for its interpreta-tion of the meaning of physical disability in American society. In his new opening essay Davis reflects on the enduring sources of this profound problem in human relations as well as on those changes in the culture of American health care that are helping to restructure doctor-patient relations along more open less authoritarian lines. The emergence of patient self-help groups the political militancy of the Gay community in regard to AIDS and the fading of the early post-World War II naive faith in the humanitarian efficacy of science are some of the developments dealt with. A parallel discussion of the importation into medical sociology of such concepts as the reality-structuring power of professional discourse and of the meta-phoric significance of different diseases for different historical eras seeks to relate developments in the culture of health care to sociology's study. Passage Through Crisis retains for today's readers that essential quality that most engaged readers of a quarter century ago: its vivid and probing ethno-graphic account of the impact of serious illness on the family the difficult processes of adjustment that ensue and in these connections the role played (and toll exacted) by American values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529564

Passages from the Diary of Cb First published in 1968 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760577

Passenger Behaviour With 2003 being the 100th anniversary of modern aviation Passenger Behaviour was published at a milestone for the aviation industry. Remarkable achievements in engineering have made air travel highly accessible within the span of a single lifetime. However when evolutionary barriers are exceeded various penalties are exacted. The most common experienced by air passengers include motion sickness jetlag and increased arousal and stress at different stages of flight. Air travel also brings us into closer contact with strangers making our examination and understanding of the social psychology of behaviour within groups (among passengers) especially relevant. This book examines a wide range of topics that help the reader to acquire a psychological understanding of how air travel impacts on human relationships; behaviour as well as physiological functions. Written by leading authorities in their areas it is intended primarily for those with an interest in passenger behaviour and those who work professionally in commercial aviation. This includes pilots cabin crew ground staff airline and airport managers aviation psychologists human factors specialists aerospace medical/nursing personnel and aircraft designers and manufacturers. As air travel being an integral part of most people's lives this book will also be of interest to anyone who travels either on a frequent or infrequent basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248021

Passing OnKinship and Inheritance in England Inheritance once the preserve of the propertied upper classes has become a much more common experience. Many more people now than in the past have something of material value to bequeath when they die mainly because of the spread of home ownership during the second half of the twentieth century. Passing On examines what these changes can tell us about kinship in England through a study of how contemporary families handle inheritance. Based on the findings of a major research project into inheritance and kinship Passing On examines how it is transmitted 'who gets what' and the meaning this has for individuals and families. The authors argue that we should understand English kinship as a set of relational practices which are flexible and variable rather than as a rigid structure or system. Inheritance is characterised more by symbolic practices and moral reasoning than by materialism. Of interest to lecturers and students of sociology anthropology social policy law and gender studies Passing On is also of considerable interest to those seeking to understand changing forms of kinship and ownership especially researchers policy makers and legal practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072340

Passing/OutSexual Identity Veiled and Revealed Passing/Out adopts an inter-generational inter-disciplinary and inter-subjective approach to the closeting and revelation of sexual identity exploring questions of embodiment ethics and identity in relation to 'passing' or being 'out'. Presenting the latest theoretical and empirical work from scholars working across a range of disciplines including sociology cultural and media studies philosophy gender studies literary studies and history this book discusses the nature and history of sexual identity and the manner in which identity functions within social relationships. In recognition of the transformative impact of queer theory upon the study of sexuality and identity Passing/Out constructs a dialogue between the work of scholars whose intellectual careers began prior to the advent of queer theory and those whose work has been more immediately and directly shaped by this approach with a view to breaking new ground in the field of identity. Shedding light on the meaning of 'passing' and 'outing' in relation to identity this volume will be of interest to social scientists and scholars of the humanities working on questions of sexuality identity embodiment and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115965

Passion Persecution and Epiphany in Early Jewish Literature This volume examines Jewish literature produced from c. 700 B.C.E. to c. 200 C.E. from a socio-theological perspective. In this context it offers a scholarly attempt to understand how the ancient Jewish psyche dealt with times of extreme turmoil and how Jewish theology altered to meet the challenges experienced. The volume explores various early Jewish literature including both the canonical and apocryphal scripture. Here reference is often made to a divine epiphany (a moment of unexpected and prodigious revelation or insight) as a response to abuse suffering and passion. Many of the chapters deal with these issues in relation to the Antiochan crisis of 169 to 164 B.C.E. in Judea one of the more notable periods of oppression. This watershed event appears to have served as a catalyst for the new apocalyptic texts which were produced up until c. 200 C.E and which reflect a new theological dynamic in Judaism – one that informed subsequent Christianity and Rabbinic Judaism. Passion Persecution and Epiphany in Early Jewish Literature will be of interest to anyone working on the Bible (both Masoretic and LXX) and early Jewish literature as well as students of Jewish history and the Levant in the classical period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369828

Passion and Control: Dutch Architectural Culture of the Eighteenth Century Passion and Control explores Dutch architectural culture of the eighteenth century revealing the central importance of architecture to society in this period and redefining long-established paradigms of early modern architectural history. Architecture was a passion for many of the men and women in this book; wealthy patrons burgomasters princes and scientists were all in turn infected with architectural mania. It was a passion shared with artists architects and builders and a vast cast of Dutch society who contributed to a complex web of architectural discourse and who influenced building practice. The author presents a rich tapestry of sources to reconstruct the cultural context and meaning of these buildings as they were perceived by contemporaries including representations in texts drawings and prints and builds on recent research by cultural historians on consumerism material culture and luxury print culture and the public sphere and the history of ideas and mentalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737467

Passion and ParanoiaEmotions and the Culture of Emotion in Academia Analysing emotions and emotion-management in the academic organization Passion and Paranoia shows how focusing on emotions in organizations can offer insights into important aspects and the dynamics of organizational processes. Drawing on rich interview material this book demonstrates the often-overlooked importance of emotions in academic life to reveal the manner in which emotion contributes to social bonds power-relationships and hierarchies micro-politics and processes of inclusion and exclusion from an academic career. A significant contribution to the study of emotion and the academy Passion and Paranoia will appeal to sociologists and anthropologists researching work and organizations emotion academic culture and social relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250352

Passion and Social Constraint In intellectual and academic circles Ernest van den Haag is respected for his brilliant mind his outspoken and often highly controversial assertions and a very unacademic sharp biting style.Passion and Social Constraint before its adaptation into a book for the general reader was part of an enormous textbook which Dr. van den Haag wrote with Professor Ralph Ross called The Fabric of Society. It received an (unprecedented) rave review in the New Yorker: "àthis book is everything a text book should not be--cynical witty up-to-date and shamelessly opinionatedà Altogether a rare treat." It attracted the attention of the experts in psychology and sociology and the devotion of students and will now have enormous appeal to the layman who wants insight into who he is: sexually psychologically and individually.In Passion and Social Constraint Ernest van den Haag is deeply concerned with the necessity and difficulty of being an individual in a society which tends more and more to standardize every facet of life. Be deals with anxiety; sex and the problem of-who is normal; the status of women; the authority of parents; the family as an industry in present-day America conflict and power and who gets what; the "furnished souls" of popular culture; arid why it is that science cannot give us a measure for happiness or for despair. Van den Haag' s style will delight you (some of his phrases are destined for Bartlett) though his judgments will sometimes stir you to anger. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529571

Passion for the Human SubjectA Psychoanalytical Approach Between Drives and Signifiers Each one of us has to be born "inter urinas et faeces" as St. Augustine so strikingly put it. More recently Freud's 1915 discovery of 'instincts' - that is 'drives' - and their 'viscitudes' leads us further to envision a human subjectivity that would have nothing mataphysical about it. The baby's "feeling of himself" first arises in the midst Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325879

Passion Poster The Passion poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070509

Passionate Enquiry & School First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138977976

Passionate Enquiry and School DevelopmentA Story about Teacher Action Research This book presents a detailed study of the potential of action research in professional education. It depicts a primary school teacher's use of action research through a series of school-based assignments to improve her teaching and to develop herself as a person and a professional. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059073

Passionate LearnersHow to Engage and Empower Your Students Would you want to be a student in your own classroom? In Passionate Learners: How to Engage and Empower Your Students author Pernille Ripp challenges both novice and seasoned teachers to create a positive interactive learning environment where students drive their own academic achievement. You’ll discover how to make fundamental changes to your classroom so learning becomes an exciting challenge rather than a frustrating ordeal. Based on the author’s personal experience of transforming her approach to teaching this book outlines how to: •ã€€Build a working relationship with your students based on mutual trust respect and appreciation •ã€€Be attentive to your students’ needs and share ownership of the classroom with them •ã€€Break out of the vicious cycle of punishment and reward to control student behaviour •ã€€Use innovative and creative lesson plans to get your students to become more engaged and intellectually-invested learners while still meeting your state standards •ã€€Limit homework and abandon traditional grading so that your students can make the most of their learning experiences without unnecessary stress •ã€€And much more! New to the second edition you’ll find practical tools such as teacher and student reflection sheets parent questionnaires and parent conference tools available in the book and as eResources on our website (http://www.routledge.com/9781138916920) to help you build your own classroom of passionate learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916920

Passionate LearnersHow to Engage and Empower Your Students Arabic Edition Would you want to be a student in your own classroom? In Passionate Learners: How to Engage and Empower Your Students author Pernille Ripp challenges both novice and seasoned teachers to create a positive interactive learning environment where students drive their own academic achievement. You’ll discover how to make fundamental changes to your classroom so learning becomes an exciting challenge rather than a frustrating ordeal. Based on the author’s personal experience of transforming her approach to teaching this book outlines how to: • Build a working relationship with your students based on mutual trust respect and appreciation. • Be attentive to your students’ needs and share ownership of the classroom with them. • Break out of the vicious cycle of punishment and reward to control student behaviour. • Use innovative and creative lesson plans to get your students to become more engaged and intellectually-invested learners while still meeting your state standards. • Limit homework and abandon traditional grading so that your students can make the most of their learning experiences without unnecessary stress. • And much more! New to the second edition you’ll find practical tools such as teacher and student reflection sheets parent questionnaires and parent conference tools--available in the book and as eResources on our website (http://www.routledge.com/9781138916920)—to help you build your own classroom of passionate learners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003024415

Passionate ModernitySexuality Class and Consumption in India Combining historical and ethnographic analysis this book deals with the making of the heterosexual imagination from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present in the Indian context. This unique book uses methods from anthropology cultural studies and history to explore the making of modern cultures of sexuality in India. It provides an analysis of the sexual and domestic politics of the period by focusing on the vast corpus of publications and journals on sexology from the 1920s to the 1940s and links Indian activities with those in other parts of the world. The author analyzes material that has thus far been outside the purview of scholarly studies namely ‘footpath pornography’ magazines such as Sexology Mirror (in Hindi) women’s magazines dealing explicitly with sex and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138376779

Passionate ReadersThe Art of Reaching and Engaging Every Child How do we inspire students to love reading and discovery? In Passionate Readers: The Art of Reaching and Engaging Every Child classroom teacher author and speaker Pernille Ripp reveals the five keys to creating a passionate reading environment. You’ll learn how to… Use your own reading identity to create powerful reading experiences for all students Empower your students and their reading experience by focusing on your physical classroom environment Create and maintain an enticing well-organized easy-to-use classroom library; Build a learning community filled with choice and student ownership; and Guide students to further develop their own reading identity to cement them as life-long invested readers. Throughout the book Pernille opens up about her own trials and errors as a teacher and what she’s learned along the way. She also shares a wide variety of practical tools that you can use in your own classroom including a reader profile sheet conferring sheet classroom library letter to parents and much more. These tools are available in the book and as eResources to help you build your own classroom of passionate readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958647

Passions Persons Psychotherapy PoliticsThe selected works of Andrew Samuels Andrew Samuels is one of the best known figures internationally in the fields of psychotherapy Jungian analysis relational psychoanalysis and counselling and in academic studies in those areas. His work is a blend of the provocative and original together with the reliable and scholarly. His many books and papers figure prominently on reading lists in clinical and academic teaching contexts. This self-selected collection Passions Persons Psychotherapy Politics brings together some of Samuels' major writings at the interface of politics and therapy thinking. In this volume he includes chapters on the market economy; prospects for eco-psychology and environmentalism; the role of the political Trickster particularly the female Trickster; the father; relations between women and men; and his celebrated and radical critique of the Jungian idea of ‘the feminine principle’. Clinical material consists of his work with parents and on the therapy relationship. The book concludes with his seminal and transparent work on Jung and anti-semitism and an intriguing account of the current trajectory of the Jungian field. Samuels has written a highly personal and confessional introduction to the book. Each chapter also has its own topical introduction written in a clear and informal style. There is also much that will challenge the long-held beliefs of many working in politics and in the social sciences. This unique collection of papers will be of interest to psychotherapists Jungian analysts psychoanalysts and counsellors – as well as those undertaking academic work in those areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707923

Passions and Subjectivity in Early Modern Culture Bringing together scholars from literature and the history of ideas Passions and Subjectivity in Early Modern Culture explores new ways of negotiating the boundaries between cognitive and bodily models of emotion and between different versions of the will as active or passive. In the process it juxtaposes the historical formation of such ideas with contemporary philosophical debates. It frames a dialogue between rhetoric and medicine politics and religion in order to examine the relationship between mind and body and between experience and the senses. Some chapters discuss literature in studies of Shakespeare Donne and Milton; other essays concentrate on philosophical arguments both Aristotelian and Galenic models from antiquity and new mechanistic formations in Descartes Hobbes and Spinoza. A powerful sense of paradox emerges in treatments of the passions in the early modern period also reflected in new literary and philosophical forms in which inwardness was displayed analysed and studied”the autobiography the essay the soliloquy”genres which rewrite the formation of subjectivity. At the same time the frame of reference moves outwards from the world of interior states to encounter the passions on a public stage thus reconnecting literary study with the history of political thought. In between the abstract theory of political ideas and the inward selves of literary history lies a field of intersections waiting to be explored. The passions like human nature itself are infinitely variable and provoke both literary experimentation and philosophical imagination. Passions and Subjectivity in Early Modern Culture thus makes new connections between embodiment selfhood and the emotions in order to suggest both new models of the self and new models for interdisciplinary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245877

Passive Active and Digital Filters Culled from the pages of CRC's highly successful best-selling The Circuits and Filters Handbook Second Edition Passive Active and Digital Filters presents a sharply focused comprehensive review of the fundamental theory behind professional applications of these complex filters. It supplies a concise convenient reference to the key concepts models and equations necessary to analyze design and predict the behavior of large-scale systems that employ various types of filters illustrated by frequent examples. Edited by a distinguished authority this book emphasizes the theoretical concepts underlying the processes behavior and operation of these filters. More than 470 figures and tables illustrate the concepts and where necessary the theories principles and mathematics of some subjects are reviewed. Expert contributors discuss general characteristics of filters frequency transformations sensitivity and selectivity low-gain active filters higher-order filters continuous-time integrated filters FIR and IIR filters and VLSI implementation of digital filters among many other topics.Passive Active and Digital Filters builds a strong theoretical foundation for the design and analysis of a variety of filters from passive to active to digital while serving as a handy reference for experienced engineers making it a must-have for both beginners and seasoned experts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220635

Passive Active and Digital Filters Upon its initial publication The Circuits and Filters Handbook broke new ground. It quickly became the resource for comprehensive coverage of issues and practical information that can be put to immediate use. Not content to rest on his laurels in addition to updating the second edition editor Wai-Kai Chen divided it into tightly-focused texts that made the information easily accessible and digestible. These texts have been revised updated and expanded so that they continue to provide solid coverage of standard practices and enlightened perspectives on new and emerging techniques. Passive Active and Digital Filters provides an introduction to the characteristics of analog filters and a review of the design process and the tasks that need to be undertaken to translate a set of filter specifications into a working prototype. Highlights include discussions of the passive cascade synthesis and the synthesis of LCM and RC one-port networks; a summary of two-port synthesis by ladder development; a comparison of the cascade approach the multiple-loop feedback topology and ladder simulations; an examination of four types of finite wordlength effects; and coverage of methods for designing two-dimensional finite-extent impulse response (FIR) discrete-time filters. The book includes coverage of the basic building blocks involved in low- and high-order filters limitations and practical design considerations and a brief discussion of low-voltage circuit design. Revised Chapters: Sensitivity and Selectivity Switched-Capacitor Filters FIR Filters IIR Filters VLSI Implementation of Digital Filters Two-Dimensional FIR Filters Additional Chapters: 1-D Multirate Filter Banks Directional Filter Banks Nonlinear Filtering Using Statistical Signal Models Nonlinear Filtering for Image Denoising Video Demosaicking Filters This volume will undoubtedly take its place as the engineer's first choice in looking for solutions to problems encountered when designing filters. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219141

Passive Cooling of Buildings Energy use in buildings in the EU represents about 40% of the total annual energy consumption. With greater awareness of the need to reduce energy consumption comes a growth of interest in passive cooling particularly as an alternative to air-conditioning. This book describes the fundamentals of passive cooling together with the principles and formulae necessary for its successful implementation. The material is comprised largely of information and results compiled under the SAVE European Research Programme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367579630

Passive House DetailsSolutions for High-Performance Design Passive House Details introduces the concepts principles and design processes of building ultralow-energy buildings. The objective of this book is to provide design goals research analysis systems details and inspiring images of some of the most energy-efficient carbon-neutral healthy and satisfying buildings currently built in the region. Other topics included: heat transfer moisture management performance targets and climatic zones. Illustrated with more than 375 color images the book is a visual catalog of construction details materials and systems drawn from projects contributed from forty firms. Fourteen in-depth case studies demonstrate the most energy-efficient systems for foundations walls floors roofs windows doors and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958265

Passive House in Different ClimatesThe Path to Net Zero Passive House in Different Climates introduces the seven Passive House principles to help you create super-insulated airtight buildings that require minimal energy use to heat cool dehumidify and ventilate with superior indoor air quality and year-round comfort. Seventeen case studies in four climate zones---marine cold and very cold mixed-dry and hot-dry and mixed-humid and hot-humid---and in ten countries show you how to achieve net-zero energy regardless of where you’re building or what type of building is required. Includes more than 150 color illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904057

Passive Micro-Optical Alignment Methods The most expensive phase in the manufacture of micro-optical components and fiber optics is also one of the most performance-critical: optical alignment of the components. The increasing degree of miniaturization makes this an especially challenging task. Active alignment methods result in higher costs and awkward processes and for some applications they simply are not possible. Passive Micro-Optical Alignment Methods introduces the passive alignment methods that are currently available and illustrates them with many examples references and critiques.The first book dedicated to passive alignment it begins with an overview of the current activities requirements and general results of passive optical alignments followed by three sections of in-depth analysis. The first of these discusses mechanical passive alignment highlighting silicon waferboard solder and "Jitney" technologies as well as application of mechanical alignment to 3D free-space interconnects. The next section describes the various visual alignment techniques applied to Planar Lightwave Circuits (PLCs) and low-cost plastic and surface mount packaging. The final section details various utilities that aid passive alignment and their resulting tradeoffs and demonstrates Monte Carlo analysis to evaluate the potential of a given method.Passive Micro-Optical Alignment Methods provides the tools necessary to meet the challenge of precision and low-cost alignment for applications that require micron or sub-micron tolerance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392604

Passive Solar Architecture Pocket Reference Our pocket reference books provide a wealth of practical information at your fingertips whenever you need it. Rich in background detail at-a-glance tables and diagrams equations and more the Passive Solar Architecture Pocket Reference is a handy resource for architects engineers and students. Coverage includes: definitions load determinants and Responses (including world wide biomes and climates building metabolism and response thermal sources and sinks passive building responses to sources and sinks tuning the building to the environment optimizing insulation and thermal mass for comfort) contextual aspects (including microclimate and siting temperatures humidity wind radiation and comfort parameters passive components (including building envelope passive solar terminology orientation apertures and glazing thermal storage thermal control and materials design tools (including sun path diagrams sun peg diagrams air flow relationships thermal modelling and life cycle design specific functions (including passive heating passive cooling and ventilation natural lighting passive water heating resource collection and integrated design). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468764

Passive Solar Architecture Pocket Reference This handy pocket reference contains a wealth of information on a range of topics including the principles of passive solar building and passive house a ten-step design and build strategy calculating solar irradiance factors affecting the choice of building materials passive heating and cooling principles and techniques in different climates the Passivhaus Standard and natural and augmented lighting and notes on technology and building occupation. The book also includes conversion factors standards resources and is peppered throughout with helpful illustrations equations explanations and links to further online resources. Ideal for practitioners architects designers consultants planners home builders students and academics and those working in development contexts the book is intended to act as an aide memoir a reference supplement a resource and an overview of the field. Rich in background detail the book also includes at-a-glance tables and diagrams equations and key definitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806283

Passive Solar Energy in BuildingsWatt Committee: report number 17 This report indicates that the benefits that accrue to a building and its occupants from a consideration of solar radiation are greatest when the 'passive solar component' is seen in perspective as a natural part of an integrated approach to climatically interactive low-energy building design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367450717

Passport to HeavenGender Roles in the Unification Church This book focuses on the gender roles within the Unification Church and on particularly the gender roles as expressed through the vows of marriage. It examines the more widely shared patriarchal assumptions about women in a circumscribed socio-religious environment with the Church’s gender role system being investigated largely on the level of its theological explanations for gender roles. The Church’s ethos its lived reality is also examined and for this many interviews have been conducted with the ‘blessed’ the married couples. First published in 1992. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821125

Past Present and Future Contributions of Cognitive Writing Research to Cognitive Psychology This volume tells the story of research on the cognitive processes of writing—from the perspectives of the early pioneers the contemporary contributors and visions of the future for the field. Writing processes yield important insights into human cognition and is increasingly becoming a mainstream topic of investigation in cognitive psychology and cognitive neuroscience. Technological advances have made it possible to study cognitive writing processes as writing unfolds in real time. This book provides an introduction to these technologies. The first part of the volume provides the historical context for the significance of writing research for contemporary cognitive psychology and honors the pioneers in cognitive and social-cognitive research in this field. The book then explores the rapidly expanding work on the social foundations of cognitive processes in writing and considers not only gender differences but also gender similarities in writing. The third part presents a lifespan view of writing in early and middle childhood adolescence higher education and the world of work. There follows an examination of the relationships of language processes –at the word sentence and text levels—to the cognitive processes in writing. Part V covers representative research on the cognitive processes of writing—translation and reviewing and revision—and the working memory mechanisms that support those processes. A review of the current technologies used to study these cognitive processes on-line as they happen in real time is provided. Part VII provides an introduction to the emerging new field of the cognitive neuroscience of writing made possible by the rapidly evolving brain imaging technologies which are interpretable in reference to paradigms in cognitive psychology of writing. The final section of the book offers visions of the future of writing research from the perspective of contemporary leaders in writing research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848729636

Past Present and Future of Statistical Science Past Present and Future of Statistical Science was commissioned in 2013 by the Committee of Presidents of Statistical Societies (COPSS) to celebrate its 50th anniversary and the International Year of Statistics. COPSS consists of five charter member statistical societies in North America and is best known for sponsoring prestigious awards in statistics such as the COPSS Presidents’ award. Through the contributions of a distinguished group of 50 statisticians who are past winners of at least one of the five awards sponsored by COPSS this volume showcases the breadth and vibrancy of statistics describes current challenges and new opportunities highlights the exciting future of statistical science and provides guidance to future generations of statisticians. The book is not only about statistics and science but also about people and their passion for discovery. Distinguished authors present expository articles on a broad spectrum of topics in statistical education research and applications. Topics covered include reminiscences and personal reflections on statistical careers perspectives on the field and profession thoughts on the discipline and the future of statistical science and advice for young statisticians. Many of the articles are accessible not only to professional statisticians and graduate students but also to undergraduate students interested in pursuing statistics as a career and to all those who use statistics in solving real-world problems. A consistent theme of all the articles is the passion for statistics enthusiastically shared by the authors. Their success stories inspire give a sense of statistics as a discipline and provide a taste of the exhilaration of discovery success and professional accomplishment. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482204964

Past & The Present First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029764

Past and Present in Hunter Gatherer Studies This volume shows how hunter gatherer societies maintain their traditional lifeways in the face of interaction with neighboring herders farmers and traders. Using historical anthropological and archaeological data and cases from Africa Australia and Southeast Asia the authors examine hunter gatherer peoples—both past and present--to assess these relationships and the mechanisms by which hunter gatherers adapt and maintain elements of their culture in the wider world around them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315422930

Past and Present Political TheologyExpanding the Canon This book demonstrates how discussions of Political Theology have been a constant feature throughout philosophical modernity and that they continue to impact contemporary political debates. By tracing the historical roots and detailing the contemporary outworking of Political Theology in Europe it contends that this growing field requires a broader "canon" in order for it to mature. Political Theology is shown here to be about the diversity of relationships between religious beliefs and political orientations. First engaging with historical debates chapters re-examine the relationship between personal conviction and societal orientation on such topics as the will to believe evil individualism the relationship between church and state and the relationship between belief and natural science. The volume then establishes the relevance of these debates for the present day. As such it invites engagement on the back and forth between religion and politics in a liberal democracy and a communist state on how communitarianism relates to religious language on the diversity of Christian and Jewish political theology and the politics of toleration.  By broadening out the field of Political Theology this book offers the reader a more nuanced understanding of its sustained influence on public life. As such it will be of interest to academics working in Political Theology but also Theology Philosophy and Political Science more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407551

Past As PreludeHistory In The Making Of A New World Order How do we interpret the recent changes in world politics and what is the future likely to hold? The contributors to this volume share an assumption that history repeats itself. The book places the events of the past few years in broad historical context examining how the political military and economic arrangements of the past are reflected in current events. By tracing historical patterns in Western Europe Russia East Asia Latin America and the United States the contributors aim to provide a new perspective on the pressing questions and conflicts that characterize international politics now and in the years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282356

Past Human Migrations in East AsiaMatching Archaeology Linguistics and Genetics The study of the prehistory of East Asia is developing very rapidly. In uncovering the story of the flows of human migration that constituted the peopling of East Asia there exists widespread debate about the nature of evidence and the tools for correlating results from different disciplines. Drawing upon the latest evidence in genetics linguistics and archaeology this exciting new book examines the history of the peopling of East Asia and investigates the ways in which we can detect migration and its different markers in these fields of inquiry. Results from different academic disciplines are compared and reinterpreted in the light of evidence from others to attempt to try and generate consensus on methodology. Taking a broad geographical focus the book also draws attention to the roles of minority peoples – hitherto underplayed in accounts of the region’s prehistory – such as the Austronesian Tai-Kadai and Altaic speakers whose contribution to the regional culture is now becoming accepted. Past Human Migrations in East Asia presents a full picture of the latest research on the peopling of East Asia and will be of interest to scholars of all disciplines working on the reconstruction of the peopling of East and North East Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541886

Past MindsStudies in Cognitive Historiography How do historians understand the minds motivations intentions of historical agents? What might evolutionary and cognitive theorizing contribute to this work? What is the relation between natural and cultural history? Historians have been intrigued by such questions ever since publication in 1859 of Darwin's The Origin of Species itself the historicization of biology. This interest reemerged in the latter part of the twentieth century among a number of biologists philosophers and historians reinforced by the new interdisciplinary finding of cognitive scientists about the universal capacities of and constraints upon human minds. The studies in this volume primarily by historians of religion continue this discussion by focusing on historical examples of ancient religions as well as on the theoretical promises and problems relevant to that study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845537418

Past MobilitiesArchaeological Approaches to Movement and Mobility The new mobilities paradigm has yet to have the same impact on archaeology as it has in other disciplines in the social sciences - on geography sociology and anthropology in particular - yet mobility is fundamental to archaeology: all people move. Moving away from archaeology’s traditional focus upon place or location this volume treats mobility as a central theme in archaeology. The chapters are wide-ranging and methodological as well as theoretical focusing on the flows of people ideas objects and information in the past; they also focus on archaeology’s distinctiveness. Drawing on a wealth of archaeological evidence for movement from paths monuments rock art and boats to skeletal and DNA evidence Past Mobilities presents research from a range of examples from around the world to explore the relationship between archaeology and movement thus adding an archaeological voice to the broader mobilities discussion. As such it will be of interest not only to archaeologists and historians but also to sociologists geographers and anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245419

Pastor Our Marriage Is in TroubleA Guide to Short-Term Counseling Acting with genuine care and concern pastors can be effective in helping married couples resolve difficulties and discover reconciliation joy and love. The question often is “How do I do it?” In Pastor Our Marriage Is in Trouble Charles L. Rassieur an experienced counselor outlines a step-by-step approach that takes the pastor from beginning to end in a process of short-term intervention and counseling. A helpful tool in the process is the Pastoral Marriage Counseling Questionnaire which can be used in gathering essential information about both spouses and their relationships. In addition you’ll find important information about: a rationale for the need and opportunity for pastoral intervention in troubled marriages how the marriage counseling process begins with the initial pastoral contact with one or both spouses help for the pastor in preparing for individual counseling sessions with each spouse important topics for marriage counseling regardless of which approach or model is used the last two sessions of counseling: deciding whether to end counseling to refer the couple to other professional resources or to contract with the couple for further counseling sessions Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315798578

Pastoral Updated throughout this new edition provides a clear and invaluable introduction to the study of pastoral. Terry Gifford traces the history of the genre from its classical origins through to contemporary writing and introduces the major writers and critical issues relating to pastoral. Gifford breaks the term down into three accessible concepts – pastoral anti-pastoral post-pastoral – and provides up-to-date examples from literature and film. New chapters explain the continuing tradition of georgic literature and the recent evolution of pastoral in their historical contexts. Pastoral is essential and engaging reading for students and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124844

Pastoral First published in 1971 this book explores the theme of the pastoral in literature and the way in which it adapts itself to various forms. It examines some of the ways in which it has manifested itself such as ‘the golden age’ ‘Arcadia’ ‘Sparta’ and childhood whilst also identifying the central and unchanging core of meaning in the pastoral convention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283183

Pastoral Accounting in Colonial AustraliaA Case Study of Unregulated Accounting First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994782

Pastoral Care and Counseling in Sexual Diversity Learn to reach out to these hidden Christians! Offering a wide variety of points of view from the welcoming to the traditional Pastoral Care and Counseling in Sexual Diversity addresses one of the crucial issues facing the church in these shifting times. Pastors of all Christian churches whatever their denomination or theology are likely to be faced with pastoral care or counseling of someone who is lesbian gay bisexual or transgendered. This valuable compendium examines various ways you can meet the spiritual and psychological needs of these members of your congregation. Pastoral Care and Counseling in Sexual Diversity addresses the basic problems of sexual diversity including definitions of sexual orientations and issues of human development. It offers wise guidance for offering pastoral care and counseling and it provides tested solutions for the problems counselors face in dealing with these individuals. Pastoral Care and Counseling in Sexual Diversity offers thought-provoking points of view on a wide range of issues including: changes in attitudes toward homosexuality among mental health professionals the limits of confidentiality sexual diversity in the black church a developmental model for effective treatment of male homosexuality pastoral care and the formation of sexual identity Biblical perspectives on homosexuality counseling lesbians AIDS ministries and grief counselingPastoral Care and Counseling in Sexual Diversity is an essential resource for pastors pastoral counselors and therapists dealing with these vexing issues facing the Christian church in the new millennium. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786094

Pastoral Care for Post-Traumatic Stress DisorderHealing the Shattered Soul Provide effective care for the members of your congregation suffering with PTSD!This vital book is an overview of the nature of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). It examines the causes manifestations and problems of PTSD as they relate to a person socially spiritually emotionally physically and psychologically. Stressing hope healing and compassion Pastoral Care for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder: Healing the Shattered Soul includes specific suggestions for the prevention of traumatic events and for using peacemaking techniques to stop violence in your clients’lives.Pastoral Care for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder is a practical understandable professionally presented and researched working guide for clergy in parishes for chaplains and for seminarians who have little or no knowledge of how to pastor to people who are suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder. It is also for lay people who minister to those who have been traumatized. Survivors will also benefit from its affirmation for the spiritual component of healing.This unique volume provides the practical means to support people through the healing process while maintaining their spiritual grounding with: case studies that will help develop your skills a thoughtful discussion of the theological dimensions of trauma and suffering a practical methodology for crisis intervention an examination of the specific needs of veterans a look at the potential for caregiver burnout and how to prevent it ways that churches can contribute to the prevention of the trauma that leads to PTSD methods for using scripture as a source of healing for PTSD survivorsPastoral Care for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder also defines PTSD from a mental health perspective and gives examples of the kinds of trauma that may lead to it. No one working with PTSD survivors in a spiritual setting should be without this book! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809076

Pastoral Care from the PulpitMeditations of Hope and Encouragement Learn to apply the lessons found in the Bible to the struggles of day-to-day lifePastoral Care from the Pulpit connects the head heart and soul issues of everyday life presenting a pastoral care approach to preaching and teaching practical Christianity. This powerful progressive book gives hope to anyone struggling to survive and thrive as a spiritual person in difficult times. The author a practicing psychotherapist who is also an ordained minister explores Biblical stories and passages to find practical motivations for living as a Christian offering encouragement to those suffering from a lack of purpose identity or acceptance. Pastoral Care from the Pulpit makes creative use of counseling and pastoral care principles to serve as a handbook for spiritual survival against life’s everyday challenges. The book is an outgrowth of sermons delivered by the author at First Christian Church in Rome Georgia creative explorations of the Bible that blend theology with preaching to remain relevant to real life. It can be read a chapter at a time for daily affirmation or taught one chapter a week as a class study; questions are provided at the end of each chapter to encourage reflection. Pastoral Care from the Pulpit provides positive principles for living and powerful encouragements for transformation during life’s journey. The book includes: The Transforming Power of Touch (Matthew 8:40-48) Seeing Possibilities and Potentialities in Your Identity (Mark 10:46-52) Does God Put You to the Test or Take the Test for You? (Genesis 22:1-18) A Not-So-Modest Proposal: Follow Jesus (Matthew 4:18-23) Wandering into Far Countries: With Whom Are You Traveling? (Luke 15:11-31) Finding Freedom from False Assumptions (John 14:25-27) Saying YES to the Way of Jesus (John 10:10) Drinking Out of a Glass with a Hole in the Bottom (Jeremiah 2:1-13) and much more!Pastoral Care from the Pulpit is an invaluable aid for ministers chaplains and pastoral counselors working with mainstream Christian denominations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808437

Pastoral Care in Medieval EnglandInterdisciplinary Approaches Pastoral Care the religious mission of the Church to minister to the laity and care for their spiritual welfare has been a subject of growing interest in medieval studies. This volume breaks new ground with its broad chronological scope (from the early eleventh to the late fifteenth centuries) and its interdisciplinary breadth. New and established scholars from a range of disciplines including history literary studies art history and musicology bring their specialist perspectives to bear on textual and visual source materials. The varied contributions include discussions of politics ecclesiology book history theology and patronage forming a series of conversations that reveal both continuities and divergences across time and media and exemplify the enriching effects of interdisciplinary work upon our understanding of this important topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472438539

Pastoral Care in Pregnancy LossA Ministry Long Needed Until now the church has been unaware of the need for ministry to those suffering from pregnancy loss. At a time when approximately one in four pregnancies ends in loss the need to understand and provide caring ministry is painfully obvious. Pastoral Care in Pregnancy Loss introduces the religious community to the issue of pregnancy loss and describes the ministries that can be helpful to those who experience these tragedies. Effective ministry in pregnancy loss requires that one develop basic life theories in order to prepare for such in-depth care. Thus the book is more than a “how to” as it explores why there is suffering and why some suffer more than others how to find grace when God seems far away how to minister when we don’t have answers and how religious ministry can consistently work with other helping professionals in support of the individual. With the foundation of ministry theory provided by Pastoral Care in Pregnancy Loss you can help your faith community develop strategies for ministry to those suffering from pregnancy loss. Numerous case studies illustrate what is usually done wrong in providing pastoral care in these difficult and delicate situations and explain why those who experience loss may blame themselves why they may blame God and why they may not feel able to return to church. Providing helpful insight to hospital pastoral care departments church libraries funeral directors counselors and psychologists nursing and obstetrics professionals and seminaries with a marriage and family ministry specialty this book provides readers with information about: three types of pregnancy loss--miscarriage still birth and neonatal loss church outreach the grieving process victims as “consenters” or “experiencers” the spiritual needs of those suffering loss practical ministries crisis support and long-term support.Pastoral Care in Pregnancy Loss furthers your understanding of pregnancy loss by enumerating theories on how suffering and loss are viewed by those suffering--either as a time of testing a time of training a mystery of God a sign of punishment and warning or as having no meaning. The book also shows how pregnancy loss affects five different types of personal relationships and discusses both immediate and long-term concerns of providing pastoral care. From helping the victim find meaning or reason for the loss to providing support in preparing for future pregnancies this book provides much-needed guidance to an often-neglected ministry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870069

Pastoral Care Matters in Primary and Middle Schools This wide ranging book offers a fresh survey of the pastoral needs of primary age pupils and pupils in early adolescence for both trainee and practising teachers. This book is divided into four main sections:* Principles considers the future needs of children learning processes the planning and implementation of a pastoral programme and the co-ordination of personal and social education* Aspects of Pastoral Care develops six specific pastoral approaches: welfare and liaison health and medical services life crises and counselling managing behaviour bullying and starting secondary school* Viewpoints has three personal statements: television viewing core values for teachers and parents and the professionalism of teachers * In An Agenda for Discussion the editors comment on the various chapters of the book and add extra material on pastoral care and personal and social education Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162679

Pastoral Care of DepressionHelping Clients Heal Their Relationship with God This book provides the essential tools needed to transform negative God images in depressed clients! Pastoral Care of Depression: Helping Clients Heal Their Relationship with God is designed to help clergy and mental health professionals understand how depression negatively affects the way people emotionally experience God and how through therapy this hurtful God image can be changed into a much more positive one focused on healing.In the past the God image (as well as the essential differentiation between God image and God concept) has been explained in dull analytic terms that are difficult to understand. This book’s jargon-free language and engaging presentation make it an effective learning tool for students and professionals alike. Inside you’ll find numerous psychological tests complete with sample test forms that identify the God image. These are clearly explained and include all the information needed to take administer and interpret them. Pastoral Care of Depression teaches you to use psychodynamic and cognitive interventions to change a client’s God image including foundational knowledge and clearly presented techniques to implement in the therapeutic relationship. This comprehensive treatment manual arms you with the most comprehensive array of cognitive interventions published to date with tens of easy-to-follow techniques designed to tap directly into an individual’s subjective experience of God. Two appendixes give you a sample God Image Automatic Thought Record and Treatment Plan form.Part I: Depression and the God Image examines: the nature and development of depression symptoms of depression specific to religious people defining a client’s image of God how it developed and what it reveals the relationship between self depression and God image and how God images relate to Christian thoughtPart II: Changing the God Image addresses: the importance of self-evaluation for therapists and counselors—and how to do it the nature of the therapeutic relationship counseling skills that strengthen the therapeutic relationship how to conduct an God Image Assessment Interview and how to work with what that interview reveals transference countertransference cyclical maladaptive patterns and internalization in psychodynamic psychotherapy appropriate effective psychodynamic interventions the essentials of cognitive therapy and how it can be utilized to positively affect the God image treatment planning and case conceptualization important ethical issues for considerationWith well-designed test and exercise forms and clear instructions on their use and interpretation Pastoral Care of Depression provides the essential tools needed to work effectively with this important client group. Make it a part of your professional/teaching collection today! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808628

Pastoral Care to MuslimsBuilding Bridges Fulfill Christ's injunction in Matthew 25!Pastoral Care to Muslims: Building Bridges recognizes that more and more often pastoral care workers are encountering Muslims in hospitals. This is the guidebook you need to provide the spiritual support these patients are able to accept--support that doesn't conflict with their religious affiliations.The first section of Pastoral Care to Muslims provides an outline of the major beliefs of Islam chiefly those that relate to illness and dying. The Koran is freely quoted to support these beliefs and practices. The second section of the book delivers a set of guidelines for the practice of pastoral care to hospitalized Muslims. These guidelines have been field tested with positive results. The book's two appendixes supply you with samples of the kinds of prayers that are acceptable to Muslims. In this valuable book you'll find: background information about the Muslim faith quotations from the Koran that you can use in your practice what you need to understand about the Muslim view of sickness death and dying Plus explanations of terms and concepts found in Islam including: the Islamic Creed Tawhid (the concept of the unity of God) Gehenna (Hell) the Five Pillars of IslamPastoral Care to Muslims: Building Bridges will help you do just that: build bridges between Christians and Muslims. It will supply you with material you can use to minister to Muslims without the fear of offending them and give you the confidence you need to deliver effective pastoral care to this growing segment of the population. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048672

Pastoral CounselingA Gestalt Approach This contemporary counseling approach seamlessly meshes with pastoral theology!Gestalt therapy is designed to be simple free of jargon and emotionally liberating--ideal for pastoral counseling in the context of a variety of faiths. This primer is designed to give pastors and rabbis a working knowledge of the basic techniques and attitudes pioneered by Dr. Fritz Perls. Pastoral Counseling: A Gestalt Approach shows how this holistic approach with its emphasis on the here and now is a natural counterpoint to pastoral theology. This comprehensive book gives specific instructions on using Gestalt techniques to increase the depth of the pastoral care and counseling you provide. Pastoral Counseling explains the basic goals of Gestalt work which are to achieve spontaneity and expressiveness and to move toward personal authenticity. It also reveals how you can employ these techniques to help you and your congregation move toward realizing your God-given potential. Pastoral Counseling illustrates Gestalt theories from several perspectives including: theory and techniques case studies a folk tale session transcripts a sermonPastoral Counseling guides you toward a broader understanding of the simple power of the holistic approach. Pastors and priests rabbis and other members of the clergy who engage in counseling will find its simple wisdom refreshing amidst the desert of dry theory. Gestalt counselors will find its pastoral perspective enlightening in their work with clients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809083

Pastoral Drama and Healing in Early Modern Italy Pastoral Drama and Healing in Early Modern Italy represents the first full-length study to confront seriously the well-rehearsed analogy of the pastoral poet as healer. Usually associated with the edifying function of the Renaissance pastoral this analogy if engaged more profoundly raises a number of questions that remain unanswered to this day. How does the pastoral heal? How exactly do the inner workings of the text cater to the healing? What socio-cultural conventions make the healing possible? What are the major problems that pastoral poetry as mimesis must overcome to make its healing morally legitimate? In the wake of Derrida's seminal work on the Platonic pharmakon which has in turn led recent criticism to formulate a much more concrete understanding of the theater/drug analogy the stringent approach to the therapeutic function of the Renaissance pastoral offered in this work provides a valuable critical tool to unpack the complexity contained within a little-understood cliché. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265851

Pastoral Drama in Early Modern ItalyThe Making of a New Genre This book traces the development of pastoral drama as it evolved over the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries in Italy. It considers how writers of pastoral drama responded to social cultural and intellectual pressures and innovations regarding critical attitudes towards theatre and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604165

Pastoral LeadershipA Guide to Improving your Management Skills It is becoming clear to educational managers that successful schools are schools which take pastoral care seriously and train their managers in pastoral leadership. Improving Your Management Skills is a practical guide for pastoral leaders and managers. The book surveys all aspects of the pastoral leader's role and provides step-by-step guidance towards effectiveness.As well as being an OFSTED inspector for primary and secondary schools Marilyn Nathan regularly runs courses for LEAs on pastoral leadership that include heads and deputy heads as well as managers.Written in an extremely reader-friendly style this practical guide surveys all aspects of the pastoral leader's role. It provides managers and all teachers who have a pastoral responsibility with real step-by-step guidance towards effectiveness. An introduction to pastoral leadership this book provides advice and practical suggestions on how to improve your expertise as a manager. Each chapter includes case studies based on the experience of real schools questions for discussion and suggestions for further reading.Pastoral Leadership will be of interest to all pastoral leaders new and experienced who want to develop good practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157521

Pastoral MisconductThe American Black Church Examined In the past clergy malfeasance was mentioned only in passing by group members or adherents. The subject was invisible and those who studied it were often stigmatized as hostile to religion itself. Today clergy misconduct is acknowledged as a social problem with growing conceptual and theoretical implications.In Pastoral Misconduct Anson Shupe and Janelle M. Eliasson-Nannini argue that the history and traditions of black pastoral leadership coupled with the close identity of many black congregants with their pastor congregation and racial subculture creates opportunity structures that facilitate predatory behavior. Familiarity and mutual identity frequently leads victims to drop their normal levels of wariness.Major denominations and minor sects have been studied but this unique study by Shupe and Eliasson-Nannini pursues nuances of pastoral bad behavior in a new context. This book is not a tabloid treatment of the American black church. In fact the black church becomes the vehicle for a major new sociological development: a theory of clergy misconduct in any minority religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512986

Pastoralism and Common Pool ResourcesRangeland co-management property rights and access in Mongolia The grazing of animals on common land and associated property rights were the original basis of the concept of "the tragedy of the commons". Drawing on the classic work of Elinor Ostrom and the readings of political ecology this book questions the application of exclusive property rights to mobile pastoralism and rangeland resource governance. It argues that this approach inadequately represents property relations in the context of Mongolian pastoralism.  The author presents an in-depth exploration and analysis of mobile pastoral production and resource management in Mongolia. The country is widely considered to be a prime example of successful and resilient common pool resource management but now faces a dilemma as policy advocates attempt to adjust historical pastoralism to a modern property regime framework.  The book strengthens understanding of the complex and multilateral considerations involved in natural resource governance and management in a mobile pastoralist context. It considers the implications for common pool resource management and pastoral societies in Africa Russia and China and includes recommendations for formulating national policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588950

Pastoralism and Development in AfricaDynamic Change at the Margins Once again the Horn of Africa has been in the headlines. And once again the news has been bad: drought famine conflict hunger suffering and death. The finger of blame has been pointed in numerous directions: to the changing climate to environmental degradation to overpopulation to geopolitics and conflict to aid agency failures and more. But it is not all disaster and catastrophe. Many successful development efforts at ‘the margins’ often remain hidden informal sometimes illegal; and rarely in line with standard development prescriptions. If we shift our gaze from the capital cities to the regional centres and their hinterlands then a very different perspective emerges. These are the places where pastoralists live. They have for centuries struggled with drought conflict and famine. They are resourceful entrepreneurial and innovative peoples. Yet they have been ignored and marginalised by the states that control their territory and the development agencies who are supposed to help them. This book argues that while we should not ignore the profound difficulties of creating secure livelihoods in the Greater Horn of Africa there is much to be learned from development successes large and small. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars with an interest in development studies and human geography with a particular emphasis on Africa. It will also appeal to development policy-makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540728

Pastoralism in Tropical Africa Originally published in 1975 the papers collected in this volume review African pastoralism in both West and East Africa in relation to economy ecology social and community organisation kinship inter-group relations modern administrative attitudes and policies and problems of development. The challenges confronting peoples and cultures in Africa which practise pastoralism are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591035

Pastoralists of the West African SavannaSelected Studies Presented and Discussed at the Fifteenth International African Seminar held at Ahma Originally published in 1986 this volume deals with various aspects of the life of the pastoralists who live in the area between what was Senegambia and Cameroon. It analyses the changing relations between pastoralists and agricultural peoples and the changes that pastoral societies are undergoing with urbanisation increased central government control and the spread of market relations. The papers are in both English and French and include historical studies of aspects of the history of Adamawa the Fulani the Twareg the Shuwa Arabs and the Koyam in pre-colonial times. There is also a survey of the state of Fula language studies and the variety of Fula literature; discussions of the changing nature of pastoralism and the nomadic way of life in Cameroon Senegal and Nigeria including the effects of drought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334526

PastoralistsEquality Hierarchy And The State Drawing upon the author's extensive field research among pastoral peoples in the Middle East India and the Mediterranean and on more than 30 years of comparative study of pastoralists around the world Pastoralists is an authoritative synthesis of the varieties of pastoral life. At an ethnographic level the concise volume provides deta Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317164

PAT Applied in Biopharmaceutical Process Development And ManufacturingAn Enabling Tool for Quality-by-Design As with all of pharmaceutical production the regulatory environment for the production of therapeutics has been changing as a direct result of the US FDA-initiated Quality by Design (QbD) guidelines and corresponding activities of the International Committee for Harmonization (ICH). Given the rapid growth in the biopharmaceutical area and the complexity of the molecules the optimum use of which are still being developed there is a great need for flexible and proactive teams in order to satisfy the regulatory requirements during process development. Process Analytical Technologies (PAT) applied in biopharmaceutical process development and manufacturing have received significant attention in recent years as an enabler to the QbD paradigm. PAT Applied in Biopharmaceutical Process Development and Manufacturing covers technological advances in measurement sciences data acquisition monitoring and control. Technical leaders present real-life case studies in areas including measuring and monitoring raw materials cell culture purification and cleaning and lyophilization processes via advanced PAT. They also explore how data are collected and analyzed using advanced analytical techniques such as multivariate data analysis monitoring and control in real-time. Invaluable for experienced practitioners in PAT in biopharmaceuticals this book is an excellent reference guide for regulatory officials and a vital training aid for students who need to learn the state of the art in this interdisciplinary and exciting area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439829455

PAT: Portable Appliance TestingIn-Service Inspection and Testing of Electrical Equipment Fully up-to-date with the relevant parts of the 17th Edition IET Wiring Regulations: Amendment 3 and the 2012 Code of Practice Provides all the required information on portable appliance testing in a user-friendly manner Expert advice from an engineering training consultant supported with colour diagrams examples and tables The Electricity at Work Regulations 1989 requires any electrical system to be constructed maintained and used in such a manner as to prevent danger. This means that inspection and testing of systems including portable appliances is needed in order to determine if maintenance is required. This book explains in clear language what needs to be done and includes expert advice on legislation as well as actual testing. The book contains an appendix providing the electrical fundamentals needed by non-specialists and also has sample questions (with answers) for the C&G 2377 exam. It is also an ideal revision guide for the non-specialist such as maintenance staff and caretakers who carry out these tasks part-time alongside their many other duties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849297

Patee Byng's Journal1718-1720 Henry Pattee Byng (1699-1747) was Sir George Byng’s eldest son and became the second Viscount Torrington on his father’s death in 1733 (see volumes 67 68 and 70). This very detailed journal is concerned only with the Sicilian Campaign between 1718 and 1720. The very young Pattee Byng had spent time as an army officer and was not officially in the Navy but George Byng received the King’s permission for his eldest son to accompany him as his representative and special envoy when George Byng was appointed to command the British Mediterranean Fleet in March 1718. The journal gives a lively picture of the campaign and the difficulties of cooperation between a British fleet and an Austrian army. Pattee Byng took the news of his father’s victory over the Spanish at Cape Passaro beack to England travelling overland by coach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423119

Patent and Trademark InformationUses and Perspectives Discover new techniques for researching patents and trademarks! Patent and Trademark Information: Uses and Perspectives addresses an essential yet undervalued and often underused class of scientific and technical information. Library staff information specialists corporation heads and administrators inventors school faculty scientists engineers and engineering science and library students will gain valuable insight on historical research practical applications and the availability and accessibility of patenting authorities. This book focuses on methods for searching international patents and trademark information for patrons of the library using the Internet databases and other sources. This book contains tips and nuts-and-bolts advice from experienced librarians who either practice in patent and trademark depository libraries or are experts in researching patents for library patrons. Their advice will help you navigate decision points and search paths for locating patent and trademark information from state federal and international sources. Special features include tables and figures as well as bibliographies that provide extensive resources for locating additional information. The first half of the book is dedicated to issues involving patents including: disseminating enemy technical information during World War II basic novelty patent searching in seven steps using patent information for historical genealogical research esp@cenet®—Europe’s network of patent databases regional patent systems—a challenge for the international searcher patent data for technology assessment—applications patent databases and retrieval methods The second half of Patent and Trademark Information guides you in searching out trademarks company and owner names and databases. An entire chapter is dedicated to searching for trademark and/or company names for each of the 50 states Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia. Another chapter investigates five free international Web-based patent sites. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047392

Patent Fundamentals for Scientists and Engineers The most significant overhaul of the U.S. patent laws in decades occurred with the recent passage of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (AIA). Understanding the law that dictates what a patent is and how a patent is obtained and enforced and the recent changes through statute or case law litigation presents unique challenges. This third edition of Patent Fundamentals for Scientists and Engineers examines the new Act and provides an overview of the patent system for the independent inventor as well as for members of the scientific and business community—whether a scientist engineer supervisor or manager.In addition to a new chapter dedicated to the America Invents Act the third edition includes annotations of the recent law changes updates in all chapters new figures and new case studies. The authors discuss patent filing outside of the United States and also dedicate a chapter specifically to the Canadian patent system. They describe the key topics that anyone involved in the patent process needs to know including what makes an invention patentable the art of patent searching and the crucial role of record keeping. The text also includes an indispensable glossary of patent terminology as well as an appendix with sample U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) forms.This book provides a valuable guide to assist inventors in dealing with the USPTO as well as with patent professionals. The text describes the patent process from conception to application filing and is a must-have reference for scientists and businesspeople alike. Since the role of patent professionals is to obtain the maximum protection for inventors both the inventor and businessperson would be well advised to understand and participate in all the steps involved. This book offers an excellent insight into the patent process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466509443

Patent Laws for Scientists and Engineers Although many texts attempt to explain intellectual property law to scientists and engineers they are ineffective because they fail to present the subject within the proper scope; they are either too expansive or too detailed for the needs of researchers and inventors. Instead of giving a mile-high view of all types of intellectual property or at the other extreme turning readers into pseudo-patent attorneys Patent Law for Scientists and Engineers provides researchers and students with an understanding of the aspects of patent law necessary to work with patent professionals and enhance patent coverage. The editor has structured the text so it can be easily integrated into a reader's research routine. Each chapter supports the issues discussed with fact patterns that emphasize the steps necessary to protect patent rights. The book describes actual scenarios encountered by scientists and engineers highlighting the protection of latent patent rights that may exist within an invention or technical solution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393212

Patent Management and ValuationThe Strategic and Geographical Dimension Research on patent valuation has become increasingly important in academic and policy circles in the last few decades. In part this is the outcome of the wide consensus that innovation is a crucial ingredient for growth at various levels. On the other hand there has also been an overcoming of growth models unilaterally focused on technological-oriented approaches. This book presents novel and original research on patent value determinants which are intrinsic or extrinsic to the innovator's business model. Grid Thoma has undertaken a long study on the strategic factors affecting patent valuation bringing extensive quantitative evidences across various geographical and institutional contexts. Beforehand the valuation of the patent real options is appraised when the innovator can postpone the additional investment required for the patent's successful exploitation. Then he analyses what other complemental IP strategies are combined with patenting that in turn directly affect the value of patents. Moreover the book scrutinizes the so-called 'strategic patenting' hypothesis according to which innovators obtain patents for other reasons beyond gaining IP protection. A second order of strategic factors affecting the value of patents resides at the outset of the invention process. These are constituted by knowledge spillovers which are typically mediated by the local geographical context where the invention process takes place. The analysis shows that the contribution of knowledge spillovers from business and nonbusiness organizations to the value of the patented R&D constitutes a relevant aspect for an innovator's decision making. This thoughtful cutting-edge research book is vital reading for researchers academics and policy decision makers in the area of in market valuation management of technology innovation management and economic geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339934

Patent PolicyLegal-Economic Effects in a National and International Framework Intellectual property rights have become increasingly important for our modern economies in recent years. Although the entire patent system has a profound effect on the decision of firms of whether to conduct research and at which volume patent law is the heart of the entire patent system. Therefore this book focuses on the economic effects of certain provisions in patent law by using economic models dedicated to patent policy. The first part of the book presents a brief overview over the history of patent systems and introduces the main components of modern patent systems. A short introduction of the principal provisions of US patent law constitutes the centre of the subsequent analysis as it serves as a link between law and economics. The second part presents core economic models for central provisions collecting the most fundamental results in a national framework in the field of literature. Part three is concerned with selected provisions of patent law in an international framework. It provides valuable insights into the situation of developing countries which are the chief recipients of technology transfers. Patent Policy will be of interest to researchers interested in the field of modelling patent policy. It can be also used as supplementary text in courses in Industrial Organization Innovation Economics and Law and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746595

Patent Pools Competition Law and Biotechnology Exploring the relationship between competition law and technology pools this book provides general-purpose details of the biotechnology patent pool scheme while discussing historical developments approaches of the US Department of Justice Federal Trade Commission and the European Union Competition Commission via EU regulations. In addition to these regulatory approaches and evolution in concept and theory of technology pools this book illustrates relationship issues including tying arrangements and essential facility consideration vis-à-vis technology pools. It analyzes the modalities of forming such pools in the area of biotechnology specifically illustrating that the formation of technology pools is possible and can be safely undertaken and proposes a viable solution and structure.Patent pools in the biotechnology industry will pave the way towards open collaborative research reducing patent thickets. Formation of such pools will increase access to various technology and patents otherwise out of bounds resulting in a reduction of licensing costs and a spur in the development of new solutions. Most importantly such pools will reduce the frequency of patent toll gates making the entire spectrum of research interesting from the perspective of researchers as well as investors. This book will be an aid to researchers studying intellectual property patents and biotechnology as well as to interest groups including funding agencies venture funds angel investors and proponents of the open-source movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607036

Patenting LivesLife Patents Culture and Development Patenting Lives includes contributions from various interests and perspectives both in the context of current international developments in life patents and the global agenda of harmonization of international intellectual property. The book is divided into five sections reflecting the critical issues arising from patents and biotechnology - Context; Human Rights and Ethical Frameworks; Medicine and Public Health; Traditional Knowledge; and Agriculture. The international contributors from government civil society academia and the private sector provide diverse perspectives on life patents and the facilitation of social cultural and economic development in the context of international principles of trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262331

Patents Pictures and PatronageJohn Day and the Tudor Book Trade John Day (1522-1584) is generally acknowledged to be the foremost English printer of the later sixteenth century. As well as printing some of the most important books of his day most notably John Foxe's Acts and Monuments he also pioneered enormous advances in English typography and book illustration. Yet despite his revered position in printing history this book is the first full-length study to look into Day's life and legacy. Scholars have paid much attention of late to the Acts and Monuments but without placing it within the context of Day's overall business strategy. He was a printer whose success and range of titles like his connections and influence went far beyond John Foxe. Day may have gained his notoriety as the printer of Foxe's book but in order to understand both the man and his business as Evenden shows we must look at the wider range of Day's productions and the motivation behind them. The study begins by setting Day in the context of the sixteenth-century printing industry examining his disputed origins and his establishment as a London printer. A number of Day's most celebrated Elizabethan productions are then discussed in detail in order to understand not only his business strategies but also his religious and political affiliations throughout this period; similarly Evenden examines his connections with the Stranger communities in London and how they assisted Day's business and helped to enhance his reputation. Throughout the book it is argued that Day's printing empire and wealth were founded on a combination of two crucial factors: outstanding technical skills and the ability to attract patrons and patents. Day carried out technically demanding printing assignments (most notably the heavily illustrated Acts and Monuments) for leading Elizabethan statesmen and churchmen and was rewarded with exclusive rights to print more lucrative works such as the ABC Catechism and Metrical Psalms. Thus his success rested on both cheap and exp Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247311

Paternalism in Early Victorian England First published in 1979. This book studies the social outlook which historians today call paternalism. It was an ideology which informed social attitudes at all levels of society and expressed itself in countless ways. In this work David Roberts provides a comprehensive examination of the revival amplification and transformation of the ideals of paternalism as a social remedy in the Early Victorian Period. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194731

Path Dependence and Creation The editors aware of the recent work in evolutionary theory and the science of chaos and complexity challenge the sometimes deterministic flavor of this subject. They are interested in uncovering the place of agency in these theories that take history so seriously. In the end they are as interested in path creation and destruction as they are in path dependence. This book is compiled of both theoretical and empirical writings. It shows relatively well-known industries such as the automobile biotechnology and semi-conductor industries in a new light. It also invites the reader to learn more about medical practices wind power lasers and synthesizers. Primarily written for academicians researchers and Ph.D. students in fields related to technology management this book is research-oriented and will appeal to all managers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650717

Path Dependence and New Path Creation in Renewable Energy Technologies Why are old technologies persisted with after better alternatives have been invented? This book examines this question a central concern of evolutionary economics specifically focusing on renewable energy technologies. The concept of path dependence is used to analyse why and how technological development can become locked-in to inefficient ways of doing things. This book shows how lock-in can be avoided by the creation of new technological pathways. The chapters focus on the comparatively recent introduction of new wind turbine technologies for the generation of carbon free electricity. This case study provides valuable lessons in understanding the issues confronting inventors attempting to commercialise their new ideas in the form of innovations in the face of historically established conventional technologies. It is also set within the critical debate on climate change and the need to de-carbonise energy supplies in order to stop further man-made deterioration in the global environment. This book was originally published as a special issue of European Planning Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024175

Path Dependence and Regional Economic Renewal This book investigates the mechanisms that may stimulate or hamper the renewal of the regional industry structure. Recent years have witnessed a strong interest in and need for the modernization and upgrading of existing industries and the introduction of new industries. Informed by the evolutionary perspective this book argues that innovations within existing industry paths and the creation of new industries are strongly rooted in the established economic practice. Historically developed skills existing industrial structure and regional and extra-regional networks form the basis for future regional growth. This volume consists of 11 chapters studying different aspects of regional industrial path development illustrated with cases from Norway Sweden and Spain. The book also look into the role of policy for regional economic renewal and argues that economic renewal is fostered by policies that incorporate both actor-based and system-based elements. Such policy mix will provide a vital push towards renewal and new path development. The chapters were originally published as a special issue in European Planning Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892647

Path Integrals in PhysicsVolume I Stochastic Processes and Quantum Mechanics Path Integrals in Physics: Volume I Stochastic Processes and Quantum Mechanics presents the fundamentals of path integrals both the Wiener and Feynman type and their many applications in physics. Accessible to a broad community of theoretical physicists the book deals with systems possessing a infinite number of degrees in freedom. It discusses the general physical background and concepts of the path integral approach used followed by a detailed presentation of the most typical and important applications as well as problems with either their solutions or hints how to solve them. It describes in detail various applications including systems with Grassmann variables. Each chapter is self-contained and can be considered as an independent textbook. The book provides a comprehensive detailed and systematic account of the subject suitable for both students and experienced researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397142

Path Integrals in PhysicsVolume II Quantum Field Theory Statistical Physics and other Modern Applications The path integral approach has proved extremely useful for the understanding of the most complex problems in quantum field theory cosmology and condensed matter physics. Path Integrals in Physics: Volume II Quantum Field Theory Statistical Physics and other Modern Applications covers the fundamentals of path integrals both the Wiener and Feynman types and their many applications in physics. The book deals with systems that have an infinite number of degrees of freedom. It discusses the general physical background and concepts of the path integral approach used followed by a detailed presentation of the most typical and important applications as well as problems with either their solutions or hints how to solve them. Each chapter is self-contained and can be considered as an independent textbook. It provides a comprehensive detailed and systematic account of the subject suitable for both students and experienced researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274607

Path to ZeroDialogues on Nuclear Dangers The Path to Zero argues that it is time to re-open the public debate on nuclear weapons. In a series of clear and well-reasoned dialogues long-time scholars and peace activists Richard Falk and David Krieger probe key questions about our nuclear capability and dig beneath the secrecy that has largely surrounded its existence. Falk and Krieger argue that Hiroshima and Nagasaki were only the beginning. In recent times nuclear annihilation at the hands of rogue states and terrorists has become an even greater concern than the spectre of nuclear war between superpowers. The Path to Zero argues that whilst none of us has the power to bring about global change alone together we are immensely powerful - powerful enough to overcome the threats of the Nuclear Age and move us appreciably along 'the path to zero'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052144

Pathobiology of Marine and Estuarine Organisms Pathobiology of Marine and Estuarine Organisms is a comprehensive up-to-date review of aquatic animal pathobiology covering infectious and non-infectious diseases of vertebrates such as marine mammals and fishes in addition to diseases of invertebrates such as crustacea mollusks and lower phyla. The book provides critical information on viral fungal bacterial parasitic and neoplastic diseases of fish and invertebrates. Written by top-notch experts in the field Pathobiology of Marine and Estuarine Organisms emphasizes pollution-associated diseases and includes an important review on the effects of pollution on marine mammals. The book will be a welcome addition to the libraries of aquatic and marine biologists aquatic toxicologists fisheries biologists aquaculturalists fish and invertebrate pathologists and aquatic animal parasitologists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069058

Pathobiology Of Marine Mammal DiseasesVolume I These volumes provide information which will be helpful to comparative pathologists veterinarians and all marine scientists and other individuals who are interested in the study of marine mammals and the diseases they develop in both their feral and captive environment.This publication is a reflection of the observations of the various authors some of whom have pioneered in this field and is an attempt to update the available information concerning the natural diseases and the corresponding pathologic changes in marine mammals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896311

Pathobiology Of Marine Mammal DiseasesVolume II These volumes provide information which will be helpful to comparative pathologists veterinarians and all marine scientists and other individuals who are interested in the study of marine mammals and the diseases they develop in both their feral and captive environment.This publication is a reflection of the observations of the various authors some of whom have pioneered in this field and is an attempt to update the available information concerning the natural diseases and the corresponding pathologic changes in marine mammals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896328

Pathogen Removal Mechanisms in Macrophyte and Algal Waste Stabilization PondsPhD: UNESCO-IHE Institute Delft Pathogen removal mechanisms in macrophyte and algal-based waste stabilization ponds were studied in Ghana and Colombia. The macrophytes used were water lettuce (Pistia stratiotes) and duckweeds (Lemna paucicostata and Spirodela polyrhiza). The selection of the species was based on economic importance and availability. Lemna was used during the initial investigations. However Lemna could not withstand the ammonia levels in the wastewater used. Spirodela polyrhiza a rarer species in Ghana was therefore used in subsequent studies. The main mechanisms considered in this study were pH protozoa predation and surface attachment. The microorganisms used were faecal bacteria namely; Escherichia coli other coliforms Salmonella sp. other enterobacteria E. coli ATCC13706 and enterococci. Studies were conducted using batch scale continuous flow bench and pilot scale ponds. Results indicated in order of importance that long retention periods attachment sedimentation predation and low pH are mechanisms in macrophyte ponds enhancing faecal bacteria removal while in the algal ponds long retention periods sunlight penetration high pH attachment and sedimentation are the mechanisms of importance in faecal bacteria removal. Presence of protozoa was also found to be important but true grazing studies could not be quantified. Dissolved oxygen did not play a major role in faecal bacteria removal. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468696

Pathogen removal using saturated sand columns supplemented with hydrochar Lack of clean water is one of the most important public health challenges in less developed communities. Due to insufficient financial and technical resources in places in need development of low-cost water treatment technologies can play a key role in sustainable water provision. In this context this PhD research investigated the removal of pathogenic microorganisms in simple sand filtration set-ups supplemented with low-cost adsorbents (hydrochar) produced via hydrothermal carbonization of biowastes. Two types of hydrochar derived from hydrothermal carbonization of agricultural residue of maize and stabilized sewage sludge from wastewater treatment plant were evaluated as adsorbents for Escherichia coli removal in saturated sand columns. The removal efficiency of sand columns amended with these adsorbents improved from 20-70% to ~90 % by alkali activation carried out in room temperatures using 1 M potassium hydroxide solution. This PhD research also demonstrates the removal of human pathogenic viruses in sand columns supplemented with hydrochar adsorbents derived from stabilized sewage sludge and fresh swine waste. In order to enumerate human pathogenic rotavirus and adenovirus in virus removal experiments low-cost polymerase chain reaction assays were developed under this PhD study. These assays show a competent performance in analyzing virus concentrations in both laboratory and environmental samples. Amendment with either hydrochar (without alkali activation) in sand columns was able to remove more than 99% of both viruses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029293

Pathogenic Fungi in Humans and Animals Exploring breakthroughs in fungal detection and control this book covers fungal nomenclature population instability and phylogeny as well as investigative research on Peronosporomycetes Zygomycetes Filamentous Ascomycetes Basidiomycetous Yeasts Endomycetes and Blastomycetes and Miscellaneous Opportunistic Fungi. It offers methods to identify zoopathogenic fungi analyze reports of putative pathogens develop methods for detection isolation and characterization of pathogenic fungi evaluate emerging strain-typing techniques target molecules for diagnostic tests and examine the patterns and mechanisms of genetic variation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454715

Pathological Child Psychiatry and the Medicalization of Childhood Currently it is common practice among the child psychiatric establishment to prescribe powerful and potentially addictive drugs to children who have emotional or behavioural problems. Pathological Child Psychiatry and the Medicalization of Childhood is a strong challenge to this way of thinking.Sami Timimi uses a wide variety of sources that shape our understanding including his personal experiences to highlight the role of culture beliefs science social hierarchy and power in shaping our understanding of childhood problems and how to deal with them. He urges professionals who work with children to question their assumptions in a manner that will enable them to access a greater variety of potentially helpful therapeutic frameworks.Since the 1960s psychiatry has had to learn to accommodate critical analysis of its beliefs and methods. The legitimacy of its core assumptions continues to be questioned. Now child psychiatry too must engage with such a debate if it wishes to develop into a genuinely democratic and inclusive profession. Pathological Child Psychiatry and the Medicalization of Childhood will be of great interest to professionals and trainees in psychiatry and child psychiatry social work family therapy and other psychotherapies for children and adolescents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783208

Pathologies of Awareness: Bridging the Gap between Theory and PracticeA Special Issue of Neuropsychological Rehabilitation This special issue of Neuropsychological Rehabilitation provides an opportunity to characterise some of the key clinical issues concerned with assessing and managing pathologies of subjective or conscious awareness. Elucidating the cognitive processes underlying awareness and their corresponding phenomenological experiences provides the necessary theoretical platform to inform assessments and justify interventions aimed at compensating for and/or reducing the functional consequences of impaired awareness. This special issue represents an attempt to bring together previously disparate research findings and conceptual issues from relevant fields within medicine and the psychological sciences and in so doing provide for a more coherent comprehensive account which clinicians and theoreticians can use to better understand the apparently obvious but unwieldy construct of awareness. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877672

Pathologies of Body Self and SpaceA Special Issue of Cognitive Neuropsychiatry What happens when the physical body and the subjective sense of self part company? How do we explain phantom limbs and alien abduction? What are the cognitive neurobiological mechanisms that support such phenomena? In this special issue of Cognitive Neuropsychiatry Spence and Halligan explore all these issues and more with contributions drawn from an internationally renowned panel of authors most of whom contributed to a symposium held in Sheffield England in June 2001 ('The Neuropsychiatry of the Body in Space'). That meeting was primarily concerned with those bizarre and disturbing syndromes that arise when 'body' and 'self' soma and psyche are dissociated from each other within or beyond the body's surface. Some disorders constrain the space of the body (as in neglect and dissociation syndromes) others seem to extend the boundaries (as with phantom limbs and autoscopy). Still others suggest a permeability of those boundaries (as in alien control and thought insertion each occurring in schizophrenia). Finally the body may itself be perceived as having passed into space the most extreme exemplar being 'alien abduction'. Each paper contains a description of disturbed phenomenology and an account and critique of current cognitive neuropsychiatric findings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877894

Pathologies of Modern SpaceEmpty Space Urban Anxiety and the Recovery of the Public Self Pathologies of Modern Space traces the rise of agoraphobia and ties its astonishing growth to the emergence of urban modernity. In contrast to traditional medical conceptions of the disorder Kathryn Milun shows that this anxiety is closely related to the emergence of "empty urban space": homogenous space such as malls and parking lots stripped of memory and tactile features. Pathologies of Modern Space is a compelling cultural analysis of the history of medical treatments for agoraphobia and what they can tell us about the normative expectations for the public self in the modern city. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203943441

Pathologies of the Mind/Body InterfaceExploring the Curious Domain of the Psychosomatic Disorders Patients suffering from psychosomatic disorders represent a formidable challenge. Psychosomatic disorders are common and account for substantial personal discomfort unnecessary medical expenditures socioeconomic loss and disability. They are challenging to diagnose treat and are rarely completely cured. Furthermore they often provoke strong negative reactions from family friends and caregivers who are unable to fathom their inconsistencies. Currently little is known as to how they develop or why their symptoms tend to transform over time. In Pathologies of the Mind/Body Interface Richard Kradin a medical internist pulmonologist and psychoanalyst at a large Harvard hospital examines the historical philosophical cultural psychological and neurobiological factors that contribute to the development of psychosomatic disorders. He focuses on the role that developmental stress and attachment disorders appear to play in increasing the risk of developing psychosomatic symptoms and advises medical practitioners and psychologists on how to diagnose and treat them. Dr. Kradin suggests areas of importance for future medical and psychological research into the causes and treatments of these debilitating disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636940

Pathology in PracticeDiseases and Dissections in Early Modern Europe Post-mortems may have become a staple of our TV viewing but the long history of this practice is still little known. This book provides a fresh account of the dissections that took place across early modern Europe on those who had died of a disease or in unclear circumstances. Drawing on different approaches and on sources as varied as notes taken at the dissection table legal records and learned publications the chapters explore how autopsies informed the understanding of pathology of all those involved. With a broad geography including Rome Amsterdam and Geneva the book recaptures the lost worlds of physicians surgeons patients families and civic authorities as they used corpses to understand diseases and make sense of suffering. The evidence from post-mortems was not straightforward but between 1500 and 1750 medical practitioners rose to the challenge proposing various solutions to the difficulties they encountered and creating a remarkable body of knowledge. The book shows the scope and diversity of this tradition and how laypeople contributed their knowledge and expectations to the wide-ranging exchanges stimulated by the opening of bodies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880750

Pathology Of Aging Rats This study presents age-associated pathologic findings in aging rats that had been maintained under similar well-controlled laboratory conditions. The aim of the study was to evaluate two rat strains and their F1 hybrid. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896335

Pathology of EatingPsychology and Treatment Originally published in 1986 Sara Gilbert provided the first systematic and comprehensive coverage of the psychological aspects of eating disorders and their treatment. The book begins with an account of normal eating behaviour and the problems of explaining its control in the individual in the context of social and cultural influences. It describes cross-cultural differences in attitudes to being overweight or underweight and the current western dilemma of pressures towards slimness on the one hand and the increasing demand for choice and fast food on the other. In Part II the author describes the phenomena of overeating and undereating both in relation to people with systemic disease and in people suffering from obesity anorexia nervosa and bulimia. She examines the psychological causes of overeating and undereating and the problems of drawing a line between purely medical and purely social-psychological explanations. In Part III of the book the author provides a summary of treatments for overeating and undereating with emphasis on the psychological approaches. She describes new developments in particular in the use of behavioural techniques and their significance as a means of allowing individual sufferers some choice in the course of their own treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712521

Pathology of the Developing MouseA Systematic Approach Pathology of the Developing Mouse provides in so far as feasible one complete reference on the design analysis and interpretation of abnormal findings that may be detected in developing mice before and shortly after birth. In particular this book is designed specifically to be not only a "how to do" manual for developmental pathology experimentation in mice but more importantly a "how to interpret" resource for pathologists and other biomedical scientists faced for the first or hundredth time with defining the significance of distorted features in some fantastic murine developmental monstrosity. The topics covered in this volume include a full range of subjects encountered when building and wielding a developmental pathology tool kit: baseline anatomic and physiologic traits of developing miceprinciples of good experimental design and statistical analysis for mouse developmental pathology studiesprocedures for anatomic pathology examinations to evaluate structural changes at the macroscopic (gross) microscopic (cells and tissues) and ultrastructural (subcellular) levels suing conventional autopsy-based or novel non-invasive imaging techniques;methods for clinical pathology testing to assess the biochemical and cellular composition of tissues and fluids; options and protocols for in situ molecular pathology analysis to undertake site-specific explorations of the various mechanisms responsible for producing adverse findings (i.e. "lesions") during development; and well-referenced and illustrated guides to the interpretation of anatomic pathology and clinical pathology changes in the animal (embryos fetuses neonates and juveniles) and its support system (placenta). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575779

Pathophysiology Homeostasis and Nursing Nursing students quite often find it difficult to relate what they learn with respect to normal and abnormal physiology to patient care. In this useful text Roger Watson and Tonks Fawcett clearly explain:* the concept of homeostasis* the relevance of physiology to common disorders* the patient's response to these disorders* the appropriate nursing response.Each chapter is presented in a standard format with a brief outline of the relevant normal physiology and how homeostatic mechanisms normally cope. The student is led to understand what the patient with a specific disorder feels like and why and is clearly instructed in what nursing action to take. Pathophysiology Homeostasis and Nursing shows clearly how understanding physiology can improve nursing care and covers the main issues that relate to basic observations. It includes questions to help the reader test their knowledge as they go along and provides an accessible concise text for health care students particularly nurses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015323

Pathophysiology and Treatment of Inhalation Injuries This book covers several aspects of inhalation toxicology ranging from inhalation drug abuse to battlefield chemical inhalation lung injury and emphasizes pathophysiology and therapy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451363

Paths to Contemporary French LiteratureVolume 1 Although the great French novelists of the last two centuries are widely read in America there is a widespread notion that little of importance has happened in French literature since the heyday of Sartre Camus and the nouveau roman. Some might argue that even well read Americans are ignorant about what is happening in European literature generally. Certainly there has never been so few translations of foreign books in the United States or so little coverage of foreign writers. Curious American readers need new up-to-date information and analyses about what is happening elsewhere. Paths to Contemporary French Literature is a stimulating and much-needed guide to the major currents of one of the world's great literatures.This critical panorama of contemporary French literature introduces English-language readers to over fifty important writers and poets many of whom are still little known outside of France. Emphasizing authors who are admired by their peers (as opposed to those with overnight reputations) John Taylor offers a compelling insider's view. The pioneering essays included in this book offer incisive analyses of the ideas motivating current writing and delve into a writer's or poet's entire output. Although some names may be familiar (Marguerite Duras Hulbne Cixous Philippe Jaccottet Henri Michaux) the reader obtains fresh reappraisals of their seminal work. Especially noteworthy however are Taylor's lively introductions to many other key writers who either have not yet crossed the English Channel let alone the Atlantic. Combating the notion that French literature is overtly intellectual inaccessible or interested only in formal experimentation Taylor shows that many French writers are instead acutely inquisitive about the outside world shrewd observers of reality even very funny.Although not conceived as a reference book the volume possesses some qualities of a reference work: a good bibliography reliable dates and biographical facts. Paths to Contemporary French Literature will be of interest to students of French literature and culture literary scholars and readers of contemporary fiction and poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351323161

Paths to Contemporary French LiteratureVolume 2 The first volume of Paths to Contemporary French Literature offered a critical panorama of over fifty French writers and poets. With this second volume John Taylor an American writer and critic who has lived in France for the past thirty years continues this ambitious and critically acclaimed project.Praised for his independence curiosity intimate knowledge of European literature and his sharp reader's eye John Taylor is a writer-critic who is naturally skeptical of literary fashions overnight reputations and readymade academic categories. Charting the paths that have lead to the most serious and stimulating contemporary French writing he casts light on several neglected postwar French authors all the while highlighting genuine mentors and invigorating newcomers. Some names (Patrick Chamoiseau Pascal Quignard Jean-Philippe Toussaint Jean Rouaud Francis Ponge Aime Cesaire Marguerite Yourcenar J. M. G. Le Clezio) may be familiar to the discriminating and inquisitive American reader but their work is incisively re-evaluated here. The book also includes a moving remembrance of Nathalie Sarraute and an evocation of the author's meetings with Julien Gracq Other writers in this second volume are equally deserving authors whose work is highly respected by their peers in France yet little known in English-speaking countries. Taylor's pioneering elucidations in this respect are particularly valuable.This second volume also examines a number of non-French originally non-French-speaking writers (such as Gherasim Luca Petr Kral Armen Lubin Venus Ghoura-Khata Piotr Rawicz as well as Samuel Beckett) who chose French as their literary idiom. Taylor is in a perfect position to understand their motivations struggles and goals. In a day and age when so little is known in English-speaking countries about foreign literature and when so little is translated the two volumes of Paths to Contemporary French Literature are absorbing guides for literary scholars writers poets students of French culture and readers of contemporary fiction and poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138512993

Paths to Contemporary French LiteratureVolume 3 Praised for his independence curiosity intimate knowledge of French literature and sharp reader's eye John Taylor is a writer-critic who is naturally skeptical of literary fashions overnight reputations and readymade academic categories. Here he examines various genres of politically committed literature (such as Jean Hatzfeld's "narratives" about Rwanda or Tchicaya U Tam'si's verse) some overlooked fiction and several provocative experiments with literary form (ranging from the poetry of Jean-Paul Michel and Marie etienne to the "three-line novels" of Felix Feneon).Taylor continues to reveal the remarkable resourcefulness of French writing. Besides drawing attention to authors (like Dai Sijie or Albert Cossery) who have come to French from other languages he has added younger novelists to his critical panorama.Challenging persistent cliches and recovering deserving voices from unjust neglect Taylor's vision of French literature conjures up the image of a vital nexus. Poetry crisscrosses with prose writers from one generation meet up with those from the next or the previous one while the philosophical ideas underlying French writing are scrutinized. This is an essential guide to the realities of French culture today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513006

Paths To HomelessnessExtreme Poverty And The Urban Housing Crisis The major theme in this book is that people are homeless because of structural arrangements and trends that result in extreme impoverishment and a shortage of affordable housing in U.S. cities. It explains the economic and historical causes of homelessness with accounts of individuals and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297831

Paths To PeaceExploring The Feasibility Of Sustainable Peace A primer on thinking about peace in a nuclear age this book describes the kinds of peace efforts that have been tried–and those that might be tried–from the highest echelons of government policymaking to the grassroots level of individual endeavour. Its primary goal is to enable the reader to understand ways of eliminating the threat of nuclear war and to be empowered to take action. The book describes and compares nine basic methods people have used to achieve peace ranging from such conventional approaches as the theories of deterrence and balance of power to more unconventional strategies such as nonviolent resistance. Essentially all significant ideas for achieving and maintaining international peace fall into one of these nine categories or combine features from several. Many have been tried but all clearly have been found wanting. Yet the authors' tone is one of optimism as they explore some of the major changes of the past quarter century. They contend that these changes alter the balance of advantages and disadvantages among the various paths to peace so that what seemed partially workable in the past may not be appropriate to the present and what seemed totally impractical in the past might have a chance of working today. The book concludes with a scenario that may make a stable peace possible in the foreseeable future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297848

Pathways and Crime Prevention This book is concerned with the development of prevention policies and approaches that involve intervention 'early' in the lives of children young people and their families and explores new evidence that has been emerging from longitudinal and developmental prevention research. It addresses a number of key challenges arguing that by broadening the research questions and exploring contributions from a wider range of disciplines our understanding of both the pathways into and out of crime and the type of interventions that might work will be greatly enhanced. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926481

Pathways from Ethnic ConflictInstitutional Redesign in Divided Societies The book begins with an agenda-setting introduction which will provide an overview of the central question being addressed such as the circumstances associated with the move towards a political settlement the parameters of this settlement and the factors that have assisted in bringing it about. The remaining contributions will focus on a range of cases selected for their diversity and their capacity to highlight the full gamut of political approaches to conflict resolution. The cases vary in: the intensity of the conflict (from Belgium where it is potential rather than actual to Sri Lanka where it has come to a recent violent conclusion); in the geopolitical relationship between the competing groups (from Cyprus where they are sharply segregated geographically to Northern Ireland where they are intermingled); in the extent to which a stable constitutional accommodation has been reached (ranging from the Basque Country with a large range of unresolved problems to South Africa which has achieved a significant level of institutional stability). This book ranges over the world’s major geopolitical zones including Asia the Middle East Africa and Europe and will be of interest to practitioners in the field of international security. This book was published as a special issue of Nationalism and Ethnic Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518642

Pathways from SlaveryBritish and Colonial Mobilizations in Global Perspective Seymour Drescher’s regular deeply-thought and carefully nuanced arguments have periodically reshaped how we think of the subject of the history of slavery itself. He has discussed the impact of economic and cultural factors on human behaviour and has shown that historical evidence does not lead to easy answers. He has changed the way in which we now look at abolitionism and has destroyed the linear explanation of economic decline. This books gathers together some of Drescher’s key essays in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634640

Pathways of Buddhist ThoughtEssays from The Wheel   Originally published in 1971. The essays in this volume cover some of the most important aspects of Buddhism and include discussion of such themes as the nature of Buddhism Buddhist ethics and philosophical concepts Buddhism and science the Power of Mindfulness Anatta and Nibbana.         Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706688

Pathways of PeaceThe Philosophy and Sociology of Peace and Nonviolence This book explores the close interconnection that exists between sociological and philosophical scholarship in relation to peace studies. Through an examination of the thought of nine leading philosophers and sociologists in their historical and geographical context the author considers notions of nonviolent resistance pacifism and reverse strike as well as violence theories of conflict theories of conflict resolution the problem of war and political transitions towards democratization. Engaging with the work of Thoreau Gandhi Ghaffar Khan Capitini Dolci Bobbio Galtung Sharp and Weil and considering the institutionalisation of peace research this volume will appeal to scholars and students of sociology politics and philosophy with interest in peace and security studies and conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606817

Pathways of Settler Decolonization Although settler colonialism is a deeply entrenched structural problem Indigenous peoples have always resisted it and sought to protect their land sovereignty and treaties. Some settlers have aimed to support Indigenous peoples in these struggles. This book examines what happens when settlers engage with and attempt to transform settler colonial systems.What does ‘decolonizing’ action look like? What roles can settlers play? What challenges complexities and barriers arise? And what opportunities and possibilities emerge? The authors emphasize the need for settlers to develop long-term relationships of accountability with Indigenous peoples and the land participate in meaningful dialogue and respect Indigenous laws and jurisdiction. Writing from multiple disciplinary lenses and focusing on diverse research settings from Turtle Island (North America) to Palestine the authors show that transforming settler colonial relations and consciousness is an ongoing iterative and unsettling process that occurs through social justice-focused action critical self-reflection and dynamic-yet-committed relationships with Indigenous peoples. This book was originally published as a special issue of Settler Colonial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583262

Pathways Through Adolescenceindividual Development in Relation To Social Contexts Adolescent researchers are increasingly aware that they must examine development both across time and across context. To do so however requires new conceptualizations and methodological approaches to the study of development including attention to the pathways young people choose in adolescence and follow into adulthood. This volume assembles work by key researchers in the field who are struggling to understand how developmental trajectories are constructed and maintained throughout the adolescent period. A complete understanding of developmental pathways requires the recognition that adolescents' social contexts--family school neighborhood and/or peer group--are important influences on the choices they make at this developmental period. Researchers have traditionally studied contexts in isolation rather than examining the interrelationships among contexts and their implications for adolescent development. The present volume seeks to address this gap in the literature with attention given not only to the interrelationships among contexts for white middle-class youth but also to these issues for minority adolescents in neighborhoods that vary in terms of access to resources. It concludes with an examination of researcher-community collaboration as a strategy to move communities toward a greater awareness of adolescent development and the problems facing youth in their community and as a means to promote potential avenues for policy change and intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977983

Pathways to Academic Success in Higher EducationExpanding Opportunity for Underrepresented Students Pathways to Academic Success in Higher Education examines two major challenges facing the nation. The first is preparing high school students for college a reform that has been tackled largely through state policy initiatives. The second is creating new pathways to academic success for underrepresented students in higher education a challenge that must be addressed within a decentralized system of higher education. Part one: Presents and documents key findings from research on K-12 education policy. Part two: Provides action research using a state data system to inform colleges and universities. Part three: Focuses on the future of policy and organizational initiatives to improve opportunity. This book integrates studies conducted over nearly a decade and offers guidance on how best to understand and promote retention and success once students have gained access. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538688

Pathways to Anarchism First published in 1997 this volume challenges the belief that possessive individualists need states to restrain them from trespassing on the natural rights of others or from harming themselves and questions whether anarchy can be sustained to accommodate the long-term self-interests of possessive individualists. Issues discussed include Hobbes’ response to the Foole Libertarian Anarchism and the inevitability of a minimal state in anarchist society along with tactics to avoid large wealth differentials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329232

Pathways to DataCraft and Methods for Studying Social Organizations "It is much better " observed C. Wright Mills in an essay on intellectual craftsmanship "to have one account by a working student of how he is going about his work than a dozen 'codifications of procedure' by specialists who often as not have never done much work of consequence." This observation underscores the premise of this book: that there is a need for students to communicate the procedures and strategies of field research they have found consequential in their own studies to the less instructed or less experienced. The contributors to this book are well known researchers and share their field-developed techniques of research craftsmanship. The pathways to data they describe wind in a common direction toward a concern with research happenings in situations: in agencies associations institutions campaigns demonstrations and goal-directed social movements.The selections included in "Pathways to Data" are neither biographies of research projects nor subjective evaluations of personal experiences. Rather the writers emphasize techniques operations and know-how. "Pathways to Data's" chapters are collateral cousins to the collection of research biographies found in "Sociologists at Work" another classic in the field. But the lineage or progression of thought traces back to the Webbs' Methods of Social Study and is most closely related to the Glaser and Strauss volume "The Discovery of Grounded Theory".The contributors to this book reflect a common concern with organization in the "down home" sense of social bonds opening and closing of self-involvement and most importantly social structure. Process is stressed above system becoming over being. Seen programatically field methods deliver data to concepts and techniques are grounded in the heuristic value such data display. Theory is grounded in concepts validated by the effectiveness with which they give meaning to the data. The production of social knowledge is symmetrical reciprocal but analytically divisible. The student of society will consequently find an assortment of knowledges that makes large portions of our society more understandable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529588

Pathways to DemocracyThe Political Economy of Democratic Transitions First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022895

Pathways to Excessive GamblingA Societal Perspective on Youth and Adult Gambling Pursuits Pathways to Excessive Gambling draws upon extensive empirical research amongst young people and problem gamblers in Australia comparing it with situations in other territories to shed light on social recreational gambling and the ways in which this can lead to excessive gambling. It highlights the relationship between the local community sports clubs governments social recreation economy and regulation of gambling venues identifying the social indicators that typify situations which commonly lead to excessive gambling. By developing a 'society-based' perspective this volume recognizes problem gambling as an issue for the whole society rather than just the individual focusing on the availability of gambling and identifying its capacity as a construct to encourage or restrict the behaviour of the individual. As such this book will be of significance to social scientists with interests in gambling young people social problems and the sociology of leisure and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602697

Pathways to Judicial Power in Transitional StatesPerspectives from African Courts This book examines the complex relationship that exists between the construction of judicial power and the institutional characteristics of the courts and their regime setting. It examines the intriguing connection between the construction of judicial power on the one hand and the institutional characteristics of the courts and regime setting on the other. The book asks whether courts are rendered powerful by virtue of their institutional characteristics or by a supportive perhaps acquiescent regime setting. By analyzing the historical pathways of courts in Uganda Tanzania and Malawi this book argues that the emergence of judicial power since the colonial period though fraught with many challenges presents a unique opportunity for consolidating democracy. The book examines in detail the significant political decisions of the upper-level courts in Uganda Tanzania and Malawi from the colonial period to the present day analyzing them in relation to changes in the political environment over time. Analysis of these decisions is also supplemented by in-depth interviews with judges lawyers and other important stakeholders in the judicial processes. This book demonstrates that even in the most challenging regime environments effective institutions and determined individuals can push back against interference and issue politically powerful independent decisions but the way in which judiciaries respond to this regime pressure varies enormously across countries and regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930117

Pathways to Learning in Rett Syndrome First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160972

Pathways to ManhoodYoung Black Males Struggle for Identity In Pathways to Manhood published in cloth as Strategic Styles: Coping in the Inner City Janet Maricini Billson studies five young boys who grew up in Roxbury Massachusetts during the Intense racial and political turmoil of the late 1960s and early 1970s. Using data from Harvard's Pathways to Identity project she analyzes how healthy ego striving develops in the social and physical decay of an Inner-city environment.The author draws a rich and absorbing portrait of each boy and of his life. Although they grew up in the same social context the boys became very different individuals. In a new preface to this expanded edition Billson maintains that it is still vitally Important to understand the coping styles that young black males develop in the face of adversity.Bernard E. Bruce traces what happened to the five boys who are now men In their forties in his poignant epilogue "From Boys to Men." A new chapter on Intervention strategies shows how parents teachers and others who work with inner-city youth can most effectively support positive coping styles. Graphic representations help visualize both the styles and the intervention strategies.This classic book is a valued resource for parents; for those who work in the helping professions education and the criminal justice system; and for students of sociological theory social psychology human development and race relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529595

Pathways to Modern Physical ChemistryAn Engineering Approach with Multidisciplinary Applications Pathways to Modern Physical Chemistry: An Engineering Approach with Multidisciplinary Applications focuses on recent trends and takes a systematic and practical look at theoretical aspects of materials chemistry. The book describes the characterization and analysis methods for materials and explains physical transport mechanisms in various materials. Not only does this book summarize the classical theories of materials chemistry but it also exhibits their engineering applications in response to the current key issues. Recent trends in several areas are explored including polymer science textile engineering and chemical engineering science which have important application to practice. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883221

Pathways to NationalismSocial Transformation and Nationalist Consciousness in Colonial Tamil Nadu 1858–1918 This book examines the socio-economic factors in the rise and development of nationalism in the Tamil-speaking region of the Madras Presidency in India between 1858 and 1918. It analyses the dynamic interaction between socio-economic conditions and nationalism in Tamil Nadu by applying both historical methods of documentary analysis and a sociological perspective. The volume looks at the advent of Western education and the role of Christian missionaries the growth of the local press socio-religious reform movements decline of indigenous industries and the land revenue policies of the colonial government to arrive at a comprehensive portrait of the rise of nationalism in the Madras Presidency. The volume is invaluable for scholars of colonial history and the Indian freedom movement in southern India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234864

Pathways To NumberChildren's Developing Numerical Abilities This volume celebrates the 50th anniversary of the famous and influential work of Jean Piaget and Alina Szeminska The Child's Conception of Number. It is a tribute to those two authors as well as to the entire Geneva school that pioneered the genetic study of cognitive structures in children. Dealing with the process of the child's construction of the notion of number -- a very important subject for the child as well as for the teacher the researcher and the practicing psychologist -- it summarizes the progress that has been made and outlines new research directions in this area. The book is a compilation of the work of the foremost international researchers in this area and includes a wide spectrum of viewpoints and schools of thought. It also introduces several new authors from Europe including students of Piaget to the American academic community. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138977990

Pathways to PollingCrisis Cooperation and the Making of Public Opinion Professions In midcentury America the public opinion polling enterprise faced a crisis of legitimacy. Every major polling firm predicted a win for Thomas Dewey over Harry Truman in the 1948 presidential election—and of course they all got it wrong. This failure generated considerable criticisms of polling and pollsters were forced to defend their craft the quantitative analysis of public sentiment. Pathways to Polling argues that early political pollsters market researchers and academic and government survey researchers were entrepreneurial figures who interacted through a broad network that was critical to the growth of public opinion enterprises. This network helped polling pioneers gain and maintain concrete financial support to further their discrete operations. After the Truman-Dewey debacle such links helped political polling survive when it could have just as easily been totally discredited. Amy Fried demonstrates how interactions between ideas organizations and institutions produced changes in the technological political and organizational paths of public opinion polling notably affecting later developments and practice. Public opinion enterprises have changed a good deal in the intervening half century even as today’s approaches have been deeply imprinted by these early efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415891424

Pathways To PowerSelecting Rulers In Pluralist Democracies This book focuses on the selection process of cabinet ministers in a variety of democratic political systems. It discusses the variety of recruitment patterns in some of parliament-centered systems federal system centralized system one-party-dominant system and majoritarian system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297855

Pathways to Professionalism in Early Childhood Education and Care Pathways to Professionalism in Early Childhood Education and Care is concerned with a growing interest from policy and research in the professionalisation of the early childhood workforce. Illustrated by in-depth case studies of innovative and sustainable pathways to professionalisation it recognises the importance of a systemic approach to professionalisation across all levels of the early childhood. The authors of this wide-ranging book share insights of professionalism from various European countries and suggest that professionalism in early childhood unfolds best in a ‘competent system’. This book considers a broad range of international issues including Continuous professional support and quality Early Childhood education and care staff with different qualifications in professional development processes. How personal attitudes and competence of educators are related to the wider system of competent teams leadership collaboration across services and competent governance From research to policy: the case of early childhood and care Pathways to Professionalism in Early Childhood Education and Care is a crucial and fascinating read for professionals working in the sector and contributes to broadening views on what professionalism in early childhood can mean within a ‘competent system’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918894

Pathways to Prominence in NeuropsychologyReflections of Twentieth-Century Pioneers Captures the stories behind the work of the clinicians and scholars who have contributed significantly to neuropsychology's development. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650748

Pathways to Public RelationsHistories of Practice and Profession Over the centuries scholars have studied how individuals institutions and groups have used various rhetorical stances to persuade others to pay attention to believe in and adopt a course of action. The emergence of public relations as an identifiable and discrete occupation in the early 20th century led scholars to describe this new iteration of persuasion as a unique more systematized and technical form of wielding influence resulting in an overemphasis on practice frequently couched within an American historical context. This volume responds to such approaches by expanding the framework for understanding public relations history investigating broad conceptual questions concerning the ways in which public relations rose as a practice and a field within different cultures and countries at different times in history. With its unique cultural and contextual emphasis Pathways to Public Relations shifts the paradigm of public relations history away from traditional methodologies and assumptions and provides a new and unique entry point into this complicated arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495593

Pathways To Reality: Erickson-Inspired Treatment Aproaches To Chemical dependency Considers the use of Erickson-inspired therapeutic techniques in the treatment of chemical dependency. It also provides an overview of Erickson-Inspired Approaches To Treatment Including Motivation utilization confusion trance the indirect approach and ordeals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004887

Pathways to ReconciliationBetween Theory and Practice Reconciliation: what makes it possible what impedes it how to foster and promote it and how to build the social conditions in which it can flourish? These are pressing questions for an increasingly significant concept in community and international relations. This book is a creative engagement with the central terms of reconciliation - forgiveness nationhood conflict resolution justice and memory - and with approaches to questions of listening and understanding the 'other'. It is premised on the view that an essential pathway to the achievement of reconciliation lies in developing and disseminating critical concepts that capture the nuances of practice. Drawing on fields in the social sciences and humanities including post structuralism hermeneutics subaltern studies and social theory and elaborated in relation to contemporary sites of conflict and peace-making this collection brings together a unique range of perspectives on the complex issue of reconciliation while offering responses to the key questions being asked of it today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254343

Pathways to Sexual Aggression Most people who read an article in the newspaper about the brutal rape of a woman by a stranger or the long-standing sexual abuse of a young boy by his step-father have a strong visceral reaction which is a mix of anger fear and incomprehension. Apart from these aversive reactions several questions also come to people’s minds: Was this offender crazy or sexually obsessed? What is the purpose of such outrageous acts? To answer these questions the authors of this book review theoretical and empirical models of the processes that lead men to sexually assault children or women whilst also presenting new results and models on this topic. In particular this book focuses on empirical analyses of the pathways of six types of sexual aggressors three of which (marital rapists hebephilic sexual aggressors and polymorphic sexual aggressors) have never been investigated before. Drawing on a large dataset on the offending processes of sexual aggressors this book analyzes the influence of personality factors and lifestyle factors on offending pathways and brings together key researchers in the field of sexual aggression. This book will be of interest to psychologists psychiatrists criminologists and social workers involved in the study assessment and treatment of sexual aggressors. In addition this information will be crucial for practitioners involved in the follow-up of these offenders in the community and will interest researchers and graduate students in the field of sexual aggression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961272

Pathways to Social ClassA Qualitative Approach to Social Mobility Calling for a broader new approach to social mobility research Pathways to Social Class: A Qualitative Approach to Social Mobility moves beyond pure statistics to use qualitative techniques-such as life stories and family case studies-to examine more closely the dynamics of mobility and address more fundamental sociological questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529601

Pathways to State Welfare in KoreaInterests Ideas and Institutions Why has Korean social policy developed differently from that of other East Asian countries? While in many respects Korea can be compared with Taiwan Hong Kong and Singapore where economic development has been the chief priority of state action Korea has also implemented extensive welfare reform expanding its welfare provision even under recent conditions of economic downturn. Gyu-Jin Hwang traces the development of the Korean welfare state providing a fascinating case study for observers of East Asian industrial growth and the public management of social risks. Arguing that the extension of state welfare presents a unique challenge to existing theoretical propositions underlying social policy development he draws on detailed empirical analysis of key policy areas namely public assistance national pensions health care and employment insurance. The book offers a definitive analysis of the development of Korean social policy programmes and the politics of implementing them. The book will be important reading for all those interested in comparative Social Policy and more specifically the development of Social Welfare in Asian countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266667

Pathways To Success in SchoolCulturally Responsive Teaching This text is designed to help preservice and in-service teachers identify pathways to productive teaching and learning for students from culturally and experientially diverse backgrounds. To better serve an increasingly diverse population teachers need to be competent in selecting and developing culturally responsive curricula and instructional approaches that better facilitate learning for all students. They must be able to attend to diversity within and across cultural groups and validate students' cultural knowledge acquired outside the classroom. To provide equitable access to learning they must be able to strategically select or develop instructional approaches that build upon their students' learning propensities cognitive schemata experiential backgrounds and perceptions. The chapter authors in this text present ways of understanding ones' own thinking (metacognition) and ways of thinking about teaching and learning situations and constructing productive strategies. The reader is engaged in: Learning about the context in which he or she will practice Understanding key aspects of student's cultural and experiential background and learning preferences Exploring ways to bring these factors together in framing and selecting meaningful curriculum content and learning experiences. The volume is organized into three interrelated sections: Part I presents two approaches to becoming a competent practitioner; Part II offers approaches to developing and using culturally relevant pedagogy; Part III addresses curriculum content and design. Helpful pedagogical features are included to facilitate its use as a textbook: Each of the three main parts begins with an overview that provides an introduction and summary of the main ideas addressed and the relationship among ideas presented by different authors; each chapter opens with focus questions and concludes with suggested learning experiences; chapter-end refe Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453081

Pathways to Systemic ChangeInspiring Stories and a New Set of Variables for Understanding Social Innovation The world’s social ecological and economic 
problems are so complex and diverse that there
will never be a “one-size-fits-all” model for 
social innovation. The very nature of social 
innovation as a new better way of solving 
social problems means that it is not even in the 
interest of social innovation advocates to create 
tidy definitions but rather to create environments 
that allow for the process of creative 
destruction with a social purpose to prosper. 
Inspired by a desire to deepen our understanding
 of the role of social innovation in 
addressing today’s most pressing challenges 
authors Heloise Buckland and David Murillo 
explore four inspiring cases and define a new 
set of variables to help better understand the 
conditions under which social innovation can be most effective. These variables can be 
helpful for investors governments academic
 centres foundations and individual entrepreneurs 
interested in measuring the potential of 
any given social innovation to bring about the 
much-needed systemic change to solve today’s
 complex challenges.
This book builds on a track record of 
research and education in corporate social
 responsibility and social entrepreneurship at 
ESADE Business School’s Institute of Social 
Innovation. 
Building on an understanding of the key
 characteristics and challenges faced by social 
entrepreneurs here authors undertake a deeper
 analysis of social innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783530533

Pathways to Well-Being in DesignExamples from the Arts Humanities and the Built Environment How can we achieve and promote well-being? Drawing on examples from the arts humanities and design this book brings together work from a wide range of areas to reveal the unique ways in which different disciplines approach the universal goal of supporting well-being. Pathways to Well-Being in Design recognises that the distinction between academics and practitioners often becomes blurred where when working together a fusion of thoughts and ideas takes place and provides a powerful platform for dialogue. Providing new insights into the approaches and issues associated with promoting well-being the book's multi-disciplinary coverage invites readers to consider these ideas within the framework of their own work. The book's 12 chapters are authored by academics who are involved in practice or are working with practitioners and features real world case studies which cover a range of situations circumstances environments and social groups. Pathways to Well-Being in Design responds to those wishing to enquire further about well-being taking the reader through different circumstances to consider approaches discussing practice and theory real world and virtual world considerations. This book is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand well-being including students and professionals in architecture landscape architecture urban planning design and health sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346951

Pathwise Estimation and Inference for Diffusion Market Models Pathwise estimation and inference for diffusion market models discusses contemporary techniques for inferring from options and bond prices the market participants' aggregate view on important financial parameters such as implied volatility discount rate future interest rate and their uncertainty thereof. The focus is on the pathwise inference methods that are applicable to a sole path of the observed prices and do not require the observation of an ensemble of such paths.This book is pitched at the level of senior undergraduate students undertaking research at honors year and postgraduate candidates undertaking Master’s or PhD degree by research. From a research perspective this book reaches out to academic researchers from backgrounds as diverse as mathematics and probability econometrics and statistics and computational mathematics and optimization whose interest lie in analysis and modelling of financial market data from a multi-disciplinary approach. Additionally this book is also aimed at financial market practitioners participating in capital market facing businesses who seek to keep abreast with and draw inspiration from novel approaches in market data analysis.The first two chapters of the book contains introductory material on stochastic analysis and the classical diffusion stock market models. The remaining chapters discuss more special stock and bond market models and special methods of pathwise inference for market parameter for different models. The final chapter describes applications of numerical methods of inference of bond market parameters to forecasting of short rate. Nikolai Dokuchaev is an associate professor in Mathematics and Statistics at Curtin University. His research interests include mathematical and statistical finance stochastic analysis PDEs control and signal processing.Lin Yee Hin is a practitioner in the capital market facing industry. His research interests include econometrics non-parametric regression and scientific computing. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367731212

Patient Compliance with MedicationsIssues and Opportunities Improve your patient’s health through a fresh view of their behaviorsPatients who use over-the-counter (OTC) and prescription medicine often do not take the drugs as intended sometimes to the detriment to their health and well-being. These widespread problems cause health professionals to agonize over how to try to make sure pati Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429131110

Patient ComplianceSweetening the Pill Vast global resources are ploughed into the delivery of treatment interventions ranging from diet and lifestyle advice to complex surgery. In all cases whatever the intervention unless the recipient is engaged with the process and understands why the intervention has been offered and the part they play in its success compliance is an issue. Even where the individual does engage and understand he or she may choose not to comply. Non-compliance is estimated to cost the pharma industry US$70 billion per year. No figures exist for the cost to healthcare insurers and public health but non-compliance is undoubtedly one of the top five issues facing both drug developers and healthcare providers. During clinical trials non-compliance undermines the accuracy of the data generated from the whole trial as well as particular aspects such as the efficacy of different dosages. This book explores the key factors which drive compliance and the part that healthcare professionals can play in improving this with the key underlying goal of improving public health in its broadest sense. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599694

Patient Consent Ideal for quick reference this pocket-sized (120x80mm) spiral-bound book in the popular Nursing & Health Survival Guide series puts all the crucial information about patient consent at your fingertips. There is an obligation for practitioners to obtain valid consent from their patients before examination routine personal care or therapeutic treatment. However the law relating to consent is complex. Situations may arise where a patient requires urgent treatment yet is either unwilling or unable to give their consent or there are concerns over the form and context of the consent. All you need to know on: the underlying principles of consent; consent and the adult patient; consent and the adult who lacks capacity; children and consent; young people and consent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273775171

Patient Handling in the Healthcare SectorA Guide for Risk Management with MAPO Methodology (Movement and Assistance of Hospital Patients) Hospital staff and caregivers are regularly exposed to biomechanical overload risk particularly at spine and shoulder level—a risk factor that will continue to rise with the progressive aging of the population. Patient Handling in the Healthcare Sector: A Guide for Risk Management with MAPO Methodology (Movement and Assistance of Hospital Patients) details the analysis of patient handling risk using the MAPO method in different areas of healthcare and helps you develop strategies to mitigate them. Focusing on the organization of work this approach gives you the tools to: Rapidly analyse the problem Rapidly identify solutions Effectively monitor the results of preventive actions One of the special features of this approach is that it employs tools that allow you to allocate financial resources to estimate what investments are needed to achieve specific results. This means taking the decision-making process out of the hands of ergonomics experts and putting it into those of healthcare facility administrators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482217186

Patient Safety Law Policy and Practice Patient safety is an issue which in recent years has grown to prominence in a number of countries’ political and health service agendas. The World Health Organisation has launched the World Alliance for Patient Safety. Millions of patients according to the Alliance endure prolonged ill-health disability and death caused by unreliable practices services and poor health care environments. At any given time 1.4 million people worldwide are suffering from an infection acquired in a health facility. Patient Safety Law Policy and Practice explores the impact of legal systems on patient safety initiatives. It asks whether legal systems are being used in appropriate ways to support state and local managerial systems in developing patient safety procedures and what alternative approaches can and should be utilized. The chapters in this collection explore the patient safety managerial structures that exist in countries where there is a developed patient safety infrastructure and culture. The legal structures of these countries are explored and related to major in-country patient safety issues such as consent to treatment protocols and guidelines complaint handling adverse incident reporting systems and civil litigation systems in order to draw comparisons and conclusions on patient safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859738

Patient Safety CultureTheory Methods and Application How safe are hospitals? Why do some hospitals have higher rates of accident and errors involving patients? How can we accurately measure and assess staff attitudes towards safety? How can hospitals and other healthcare environments improve their safety culture and minimize harm to patients? These and other questions have been the focus of research within the area of Patient Safety Culture (PSC) in the last decade. More and more hospitals and healthcare managers are trying to understand the nature of the culture within their organisations and implement strategies for improving patient safety. The main purpose of this book is to provide researchers healthcare managers and human factors practitioners with details of the latest developments within the theory and application of PSC within healthcare. It brings together contributions from the most prominent researchers and practitioners in the field of PSC and covers the background to work on safety culture (e.g. measuring safety culture in industries such as aviation and the nuclear industry) the dominant theories and concepts within PSC examples of PSC tools methods of assessment and their application and details of the most prominent challenges for the future in the area. Patient Safety Culture: Theory Methods and Application is essential reading for all of the professional groups involved in patient safety and healthcare quality improvement filling an important gap in the current market. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749726

Patient Safety FirstResponsive regulation in health care Each year more people die in health care accidents than in road accidents. Increasingly complex medical treatments and overstretched health systems create more opportunities for things to go wrong and they do. Patient safety is now a major regulatory issue around the world and Australia has been at its leading edge. Self-regulation by professional and industry groups is now widely regarded as insufficient and government is stepping in.In Patient Safety First eading experts survey the governance of clinical care. Framed within a theory of responsive regulation core regulatory approaches to patient safety are analysed for their effectiveness including information systems corporate and public institution governance models the design of safe systems the role of medical boards open disclosure and public inquiries. Patient Safety First includes chapters by Bruce Barraclough John Braithwaite Stephen Duckett and Ian Freckleton SC. It is essential reading for all medical and legal professionals working in patient safety as well as readers in public health health policy and governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116677

Patient SafetyA Human Factors Approach Increased concern for patient safety has put the issue at the top of the agenda of practitioners hospitals and even governments. The risks to patients are many and diverse and the complexity of the healthcare system that delivers them is huge. Yet the discourse is often oversimplified and underdeveloped. Written from a scientific human factors perspective Patient Safety: A Human Factors Approach delineates a method that can enlighten and clarify this discourse as well as put us on a better path to correcting the issues. People often think understandably that safety lies mainly in the hands through which care ultimately flows to the patient—those who are closest to the patient whose decisions can mean the difference between life and death between health and morbidity. The human factors approach refuses to lay the responsibility for safety and risk solely at the feet of people at the sharp end. That is where we should intervene to make things safer to tighten practice to focus attention to remind people to be careful to impose rules and guidelines. The book defines an approach that looks relentlessly for sources of safety and risk everywhere in the system—the designs of devices; the teamwork and coordination between different practitioners; their communication across hierarchical and gender boundaries; the cognitive processes of individuals; the organization that surrounds constrains and empowers them; the economic and human resources offered; the technology available; the political landscape; and even the culture of the place. The breadth of the human factors approach is itself testimony to the realization that there are no easy answers or silver bullets for resolving the issues in patient safety. A user-friendly introduction to the approach this book takes the complexity of health care seriously and doesn’t over simplify the problem. It demonstrates what the approach does do that is offer the substance and guidance to consider the issues in all their nuance and complexity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852255

Patient SafetyAn Engineering Approach With unintended harm during hospital care costing billions of dollars to the world economy not to mention millions of deaths each year it’s no wonder the issue is equally front and center in the minds of healthcare providers and the public. Although the issue has been tackled in journal articles and conference proceedings there are very few books on the topic. And none consider how methods and techniques developed in the area of engineering can handle safety and human error-related problems. Until now. Written by an expert with vast know-how in engineering management design reliability safety and quality Patient Safety: An Engineering Approach brings together the pertinent information scattered throughout books and journals eliminating the need to consult many different and diverse sources to find what you need. B.S. Dhillon draws on his real-world experience to demonstrate how to handle patient safety-related problems using engineering techniques and backs this up with references for further reading at the end of each chapter. He sets the stage with introductory chapters on mathematical patient safety and human factors concepts essential to understanding materials presented in subsequent chapters. Dhillon’s clear concise discussion of the topics presents the information in such a way that no previous knowledge is required to understand the contents yet he does not present it at a merely rudimentary level. He brings a fresh approach and engineering perspective to the issues giving you a new tool kit for performing patient safety-related analysis designing better medical systems/devices and handling patient safety-related problems from an engineering perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115002

Patient SafetyInvestigating and Reporting Serious Clinical Incidents At a time of increasing regulatory scrutiny and medico-legal risk managing serious clinical incidents within primary care has never been more important. Failure to manage appropriately can have serious consequences both for service organisations and for individuals involved. This is the first book to provide detailed guidance on how to conduct incident investigations in primary care. The concise guide explains how to recognise a serious clinical incident how to conduct a root cause analysis investigation and how and when duty of candour applies covers the technical aspects of serious incident recognition and report writing includes a wealth of practical advice and 'top tips' including how to manage the common pitfalls in writing reports offers practical advice as well as some new and innovative tools to help make the RCA process easier to follow explores the all-important human factors in clinical incidents in detail with multiple examples and worked-through cases studies as well as in-depth sample reports and analysis. This book offers a master class for anyone performing RCA and aiming to demonstrate learning and service improvement in response to serious clinical incidents. It is essential reading for any clinical or governance leads in primary care including GP practices 'out-of-hours' urgent care centres prison health and NHS 111. It also offers valuable insights to any clinician who is in training or working at the coal face who wishes to understand how serious clinical are investigated and managed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498781169

Patient SafetyPerspectives on Evidence Information and Knowledge Transfer Patient Safety: Perspectives on Evidence Information and Knowledge Transfer provides background on the patient safety movement systems safety human error and other key philosophies that support change and innovation in the reduction of medical error. The book draws from multidisciplinary areas within the acute care environment to share models that support the proactive changes necessary to provide safe care delivery. The publication discusses how the tenets of safety (described in the beginning of the book) can be actively applied in the field to make evidence information and knowledge (EIK) sharing processes reliable effective and safe. This is a wide-ranging and important book that is designed to raise awareness of the latent risks for patient safety that are present in the EIK identification acquisition and distribution processes structures and systems of many healthcare institutions across the world. The expert contributors offer systemic evidence-based improvement processes assessment concepts and innovative activities to identify these risks to minimize their potential to adversely impact care. These ideas are presented to create opportunities for the field to design and use strategies that enable meaningful implementation and management of EIK. Their thoughts will enable healthcare staff to see EIK as a tangible element contributing toward sustainable patient safety improvements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249165

Patient SafetyThe PROACT Root Cause Analysis Approach Are you ready and willing to get to the root causes of problems? As Medicare Medicaid and major insurance companies increasingly deny payment for never events it has become imperative that hospitals and doctors develop new ways to prevent these avoidable catastrophes from recurring. Proactive tools such as root cause analysis (RCA) basic failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA) and opportunity analysis (OA) are useful in preventing error but in healthcare such tools are often constrained by reticence to share information about mistakes and other problems inherent to the industry. ...well written and extremely applicable to health care.  Every healthcare professional should have a copy.   - Matthew C. Mireles President / CEO Community Medical Foundation for Patient Safety Bellaire Texas Patient Safety: The PROACT® Root Cause Analysis Approach addresses the proactive methodologies and organizational paradigms that must change in order to support and sustain such activities in the interest of patient safety. Written by reliability expert Robert J. Latino this book provides a perspective on patient care from outside the health industry and culture. It teaches a proven approach that measures its effectiveness based on patient safety results rather than compliance and demonstrates the Return-On-Investment for using RCA to reduce and/or eliminate undesirable outcomes. Addressing the contribution of human error to physical consequences Latino explores ways to identify conditions that are more prone to result in human error. It also uses FMEA to proactively identify unacceptable risks and then uses the concepts of RCA to prevent risks from materializing. Are you ready to be tenacious in your approach and completely honest in your assessment?Root Cause Analysis requires courage and honesty.  When Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386702

Patient Self ReferralA Guide for Therapists This exciting series is unique in providing advice on management leadership and development for those in the Allied Health Professions (AHP). This practical and comprehensive guide contains all the information you need to set up a self referral service successfully including answers to frequently asked questions sample referral forms a sample poster datasets guides for consistency an anticipated referral calculator tool and a complete glossary of terms. "Over the last ten years we have lost count of the inquiries we've fielded from all over the United Kingdom and from many other countries worldwide. We've been contacted by a wide range of healthcare providers clinical staff from a variety of professions; therapists nurses and doctors service managers professional bodies and healthcare policy makers and the questions have been the same. This is a practical guide that should help to take you relatively stress-free through the very important key stages of preparation. It will provide useful hints and tips to assist you in your decision making and will ensure as successful and painless a transition as possible." - Lesley Holdsworth and Valerie Webster in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382814

Patient Treatment AdherenceConcepts Interventions and Measurement This new book summarizes the adherence literature for a number of specific health behaviors and populations. It provides a comprehensive source on the conceptualization interventions and measurement of treatment adherence and a synthesis of the research across demographic and chronic diseases. The text presents problems associated with treatment adherence; theoretical models that have commonly been used to understand predict and/or improve adherence; adherence with specific behaviors including exercise diet rehabilitation medication and psychological therapies; and strategies in enhancing adherence.Because chronic diseases involve similar behaviors the handbook is organized by specific behaviors and special populations and not by disease. Every chapter is sub-organized by specific diseases to ensure easy access for the readers and features a discussion of adherence across demographic and chronic conditions a review of previous interventions directed at the particular behavior or population questions and scoring algorithms for widely used measures of treatment adherence a discussion of the clinical research and where appropriate policy implications. Patient Treatment Adherence addresses: practical recommendations to improve adherence; the impact of non-adherence including costs and health-related quality of life; methodological issues such as assessing cost-effectiveness; and the use of technological advances to improve adherence.Intended for health service professionals health clinical social and cognitive psychologists primary care physicians pharmacists and policy-makers this text is also an excellent resource for graduate courses on health psychology and public health. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650755

Patient-Centered HealthcareTransforming the Relationship Between Physicians and Patients Patient-centered care is a way of thinking and doing things that considers patients partners in the development of a healthcare plan designed to meet their specific needs. It involves knowledge of the individual as a person and integrates that knowledge into their plan of care. Patient-centered care is central to the discussion of healthcare at the insurance and hospital-level. The quality of the service is evaluated more deeply from all the healthcare components including insurance payments. It is the start of a new client- and patient-centered healthcare which is based on a profound respect for patients and the obligation to care for them in partnership with them. Healthcare has been lacking a strategy to teach patients how to take care of themselves as much as they possibly can. In countries with socialized healthcare patients don’t go to the emergency room unless it is necessary; they have a physician on call instead. This affords more personalized care and avoids patients getting lost in the hospital system. This book advocates the critical role of patients in the health system and the need to encourage healthy living. We need to educate patients on how to be more self-aware giving them the tools to better understand what they need to do to achieve healthy lifestyles and the protocols and policies to sustain a better life. Prevention has always been the pinnacle of medical care. It’s time to highlight and share this approach with patients and involve them as active participants in their own healthcare. This is the method on which to build the new healthcare for the next century. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367145361

Patient-Centered MedicineTransforming the Clinical Method This long awaited Third Edition fully illuminates the patient-centered model of medicine continuing to provide the foundation for the Patient-Centered Care series. It redefines the principles underpinning the patient-centered method using four major components - clarifying its evolution and consequent development - to bring the reader fully up-to-date. By examining and evaluating both qualitative and quantitative research including reviews and recent studies the book offers an invaluable compendium of relevant education literature and methods. Illustrating patient-centered concepts through case studies Patient-Centered Medicine provides clear inspirational messages about the instrumental role of patient-centered clinical care for both students and clinicians in all health care environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195662

Patient-Centered PrescribingSeeking Concordance in Practice  Series Editors: Moira Stewart Judith Belle Brown and Thomas R Freeman Half of all prescribed medicines are used in a sub-optimal manner and clinicians struggle to find ways of improving the situation. There is a move towards greater partnership with patients but concordance (shared decision making between patients and healthcare professionals) is a growing challenge for the profession. This practical book offers numerous real life case studies to demonstrate the way the patient-centered model combined with other behavioural models can result in a logical approach to prescribing for difficult clients including 'non-compliant' and other challenging patients. Patient-Centered Prescribing fully considers the very complex nature of the issues at hand ethical questions time restrictions and financial matters to produce a realistic analysis of the difficulties to be overcome in achieving better practice. This book is ideal for doctors nurses and pharmacists and postgraduate students of medicine pharmacy and nursing. It is also of great interest to medical educators particularly those teaching primary care and communication skills and to everyone involved in developing doctor-patient partnerships. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375694

Patient-Centred Ethics and Communication at the End of Life This book provides the best information available on the ways priorities are currently set for health care around the world. It describes the methods now used in the six countries leading the process and contrasts the differences between them. It shows how except in the UK frameworks have now been developed to set priorities. Making Choices for Health Care sets forth the key issues that need to be tackled in the years ahead. Descriptions of the leading trends are accompanied by suggestions to resolve outstanding difficulties. Topics include: the need for national research and development funding for new treatments ways to shift resources permanently towards prevention and chronic care and how DALYs may replace QALYs. While the concepts and values underlying priority setting have been discussed elsewhere Making Choices for Health Care highlights real current practice. It is a vital tool for policy-makers health care managers clinicians patient organizations academics and executives in pharmaceutical and medical supply industries. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378862

Patient-Focused and Feedback Research in Psychotherapy In the last 15 years feedback interventions have had a significant impact on the field of psychotherapy research and have demonstrated their potential to enhance treatment outcomes especially for patients with an increased risk of treatment failure. Current investigations on feedback research are concerned with potential moderators and mediators of these effects as well as the design and the implementation of feedback into routine care. After summarizing the current state of feedback research this book provides empirical investigations of contemporary feedback research. These efforts aim at answering three overarching questions: 1) How should we implement feedback systems into routine practice and how do therapist and patient attitudes influence its effects? 2) How can we design feedback reports and decision support tools? and 3) Why do patients become at risk of treatment failure and how should therapists intervene with these patients? The studies included in this book reflect the current state of feedback research and provide promising pathways for future endeavours that will enhance our understanding of feedback effects. This book was originally published as a special issue of Psychotherapy Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029012

Patient-Focused Network Integration in BioPharmaStrategic Imperatives for the Years Ahead The biopharmaceutical industry as we know it today is going through a massive upheaval as a result of the uncertainty of healthcare reform and increasing regulatory pricing pressure. A wake-up call to all sectors of the healthcare value chain Patient-Focused Network Integration in BioPharma: Strategic Imperatives for the Years Ahead explores patient-focused network integration as quite possibly the only way for organizational evolution to occur. The book discusses how to align enterprises with the patient at the center. It details the historical context of the biopharmaceutical value chain and the current set of challenges facing the industry and then details the author’s unique and sustainable agenda for change. The book traces the critical but often ignored relationships between hospitals insurance companies biopharma manufacturers government regulators and clinical scientists. For too long these parties have been operating in a void without recognizing the interconnectedness of their objectives even though these objectives are often competing and misaligned. This book points out the gaps that exist and develops a set of recommendations regarding disease treatments clinical development of new products and collaboration between these players that can result in a sustainable solution to the healthcare mess. Each chapter can be viewed as an independent essay in that it deals with a specific dimension of the healthcare value chain. However together they provide an integrated discussion on how to begin the task of creating an integrated value chain network for healthcare. The book begins with the patient and then works its way back down the value chain all the way to the drug development and clinical trials stage of the value chain. The common thread throughout the chapters is the emphasis on collaboration strategic alignment and a focus on delivering value to the end patient. Very simply all parties in the healthcare value chain network must align their strategic planning to derive innovation solutions. It is only through true collaboration and aligned thinking that the parties in the drug development distribution insurance payors and hospital provider network can deal with the incredible complexity and massive challenges that face the industry. The book provides a compelling maturity model that enables readers to gauge the level of network integration their enterprise is at today and where they need to move in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466555464

Patient-Perspective CareA New Paradigm for Health Systems and Services Inappropriate health care is an escalating and expensive problem. It affects high income middle income and low income countries and wastes billions of dollars annually as well as harming individuals and communities. Inappropriate care refers to both the overuse and underuse of tests and treatments and ironically can occur concurrently within the same health system. Even though patient-centred care is still the prevailing ethos specifying where patients should be situated geographically has not required health professionals to consider the preferences values and priorities of patients when making treatment decisions. Patient-perspective care demands that the decisions health professionals make are in the service of patient’s goals. Health care ultimately is helping individuals to live the lives they would wish for themselves. In order to meet this imperative health professionals must work towards understanding what their patients would like to achieve through their engagement with health services. This book details the extent and scope of inappropriate care and how we have arrived in this position. The necessity for patient-perspective care is outlined and provides a theoretical framework that explains why patient-perspective care is so critical. The implications of this theory are then explored and specific strategies for moving towards a patient-perspective approach are discussed. This book is entirely original and describes a novel fresh approach to delivering health services. Many long-standing and expensive problems such as missed appointments will disappear and patients will be more satisfied with the treatments they receive. Health services generally will be more efficient and effective leading to more sustainable and affordable health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378785

Patient-Reported OutcomesMeasurement Implementation and Interpretation Advancing the development validation and use of patient-reported outcome (PRO) measures Patient-Reported Outcomes: Measurement Implementation and Interpretation helps readers develop and enrich their understanding of PRO methodology particularly from a quantitative perspective. Designed for biopharmaceutical researchers and others in the health sciences community it provides an up-to-date volume on conceptual and analytical issues of PRO measures. The book discusses key concepts relating to the measurement implementation and interpretation of PRO measures. It covers both introductory and advanced psychometric and biostatistical methods for constructing and analyzing PRO measures. The authors include many relevant real-life applications based on their extensive first-hand experiences in the pharmaceutical industry. They implement a wealth of simulated datasets to illustrate concepts and heighten understanding based on practical scenarios. For readers interested in conducting statistical analyses of PRO measures and delving more deeply into the analytic details most chapters contain SAS code and output that illustrate the methodology. Along with providing numerous references the book highlights current regulatory guidelines. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138199590

Patients Power and ResponsibilityThe First Principles of Consumer-Driven Reform Care pathways are being developed throughout the health service to improve the quality and effectiveness of care. Are they being developed efficiently and making the most of the latest clinical computing systems? This is the first practical guide on how Information Technology and systems methods can support the development implementation and maintenance of "e-Pathways". Case studies throughout highlight team approaches to facilitation clinical knowledge management process analysis and redesign and computerisation - providing insights into how e-Pathways can be used to support high quality patient care. The information is presented in an easy-to-read style and requires no prior knowledge of IT systems. Doctors nurses and managers throughout primary and secondary care as well as healthcare information technology specialists and suppliers will find this to be essential reading. An accompanying CD-ROM includes supplementary information providing useful website links and additional material on specific topic areas. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377193

Patients the Public and Priorities in Healthcare Sharing the costs of ill health is the mark of a civilised society. However every society has limited healthcare resources and must therefore make finely balanced decisions on how best to allocate them. The National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) has been responsible for the UK's health resource allocation for a decade. To inform its decisions a Citizens Council of 30 members of the general public was established by NICE to gauge the underlying values of the society it serves. A number of national and international organisations and governments have asked NICE to share its experiences in establishing and running the Citizens Council and encouraging and supporting patient involvement. As part of NICE's response this book provides an up to date 'position statement' on the Citizens Council an exploration of how patients interact with NICE and how their views are taken into account and a national and international perspective on new issues facing the interaction between patients the public and healthcare provision. 'Reading this volume will enable you the reader to assess how well NICE is acting as a means of fostering responsible public choice. I hope you profit from its chapters as much as I have.' - Albert Weale in his Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378121

Patient's Healthcare PortfolioA Practitioner’s Guide to Providing Tool for Patients As the healthcare market moves toward an era of patient engagement population health and patient advocates practitioners need a practical how-to guide that helps facilitate their teaching with patients and family members on not just writing down or accumulating a personal health record but an interactive process that converts the personal health information into a data-driven decision-making process. Through numerous forms templates and real life examples the author provides the tools to help patients gather critical health information while minimizing their exposure to medical and financial errors. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498776028

Patient-Specific Stem Cells One of the biggest challenges faced in medical research had been to create accurate and relevant models of human disease. A number of good animal models have been developed to understand the pathophysiology. However not all of them reflect the human disorder a classic case being Usher’s syndrome where the mutant mice do not have the same visual and auditory defects that patients face. There are others which have been even more difficult to model due to the multi-factorial nature of the condition and due to lack of discovery of a single causative gene such as age-related macular degeneration or Alzheimer’s syndrome. Thus a more relevant and accurate system will allow us to make better predictions on relevant therapeutic approaches.The discovery of human pluripotent stem cells in 1998 followed by the technological advances to reprogram somatic cells to pluripotent-stem cell-like cells in 2006 has completely revolutionized the way we can now think about modelling human development and disease. This now coupled with genome editing technologies such as TALENS and CRISPRs have now set us up to develop in vitro models both 2D as well as 3D organoids which can more precisely reflect the disease in the patients. These combinatorial technologies are already providing us with better tools and therapeutics in drug discovery or gene therapy. This book summarizes both the technological advances in the field of generation of patient specific lines as well as various gene editing approaches followed by its applicability in various systems. The book will serve as a reference for the current state of the field as it: -Provides a comprehensive overview of the status of the field of patients derived induced pluripotent stem cells.-Describes the use of cardiac cells as a main featured component within the book.-Examines drug toxicity analysis as a working example throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868017

Patriarcha and Other Political Works Robert Filmer's prime assumption is that the Bible contains the entire truth about the nature of the world and the nature of society. Along with details of recorded history from the beginning to the death of the Apostles the Bible also includes the laws that would govern history from that time to the end of the world. This central assumption was shared by nearly every member of Tory Christendom in England in the seventeenth century. In the same way Filmer holds that it is impossible for a people to escape political anarchy once it is assumed that all individuals are independent and equal. It is also impossible for people to escape from collectivism if it is granted that everyone has a moral right to an equal share of the gifts of nature. In explaining why Filmer remains both important and influential Laslett argues that his reputation owes a great deal to the fortuitous circumstances of the time at which his works were resuscitated. His work passed almost unnoticed when it was first issued. Only the position of the Tory party gave his views prominence. The value of Patriarcha as a historical document consists primarily in its revelation of the strength and persistence in European culture of the patriarchal attitude to political problems. The opening essay by Laslett offers a brilliant analysis of late seventeenth-century English politics and philosophy. Long unavailable this is a masterpiece of religious conservatism that still registers in debates at present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529618

Patriarchal Structures and Ethnicity in the Italian Community in Britain First published in 2001 this book retraces the chronological history of the Italian Diaspora community in Britain from its inception in the eighteenth century to the present. The author describes the immigrants’ way of life patterns of occupation gender relations and modes of integration in the host country. In addition the book focuses on the role of religion an institution which has traditionally reinforced both Italian cultural identity and unequal gender relations. Until now most ethnic studies have been carried out on racialized minorities - those with physical differences - and they have generally failed to emphasize the gender relations within minority communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711051

Patriarchs Prophets and Other Villains Patriarchs Prophets and Other Villains takes as a starting point the hermeneutics of suspicion. The book illustrates the way in which texts and interpretations have been manipulated for the purpose of power and control. Through careful-counter readings it challenges the ways in which the female divine has been pushed back by relentless male interpretation and misrepresentation. The essays range across liberation theology and queer theory to sexual hospitality and the 'Song of Songs' as a challenge to hetero-patriarchy. The book provides an accessible resource for any student interested in the ways in which narrow readings of Scripture can become a power base for hierarchies of exclusion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539317

Patriarchy Patriarchy particularly as embedded in the Old and New Testaments and Roman legal precepts has been a powerful organising concept with which social order has been understood maintained enforced contested adjudicated and dreamt about for over two millennia of western history. This brief book surveys three influential episodes in this history: seventeenth-century debates about absolutism and democracy nineteenth-century reconstructions of human prehistory and the broad mobilisations linked to twentieth-century women's movements. It then looks at the way feminist scholars have reconsidered and revised some earlier explanations built around patriarchy. The book concludes with an overview of current uses of the concept of patriarchy – from fundamentalist Christian activism over foreign policy analyses of oppressive regimes to scholarly debates about forms of effective governance. By treating patriarchy as a powerful tool to think with rather than a factual description of social relations the text makes a useful contribution to current social and political thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692442

Patriarchy And ClassAfrican Women In The Home And The Workforce This book argues for the applicability of a materialist mode of production analysis to the situation of women in Africa. It briefly reviews some of the intellectual background and current theoretical dilemmas of marxism-feminism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282400

Patricia Johanson and the Re-Invention of Public Environmental Art 1958-2010 Impeccably researched and richly detailed this book addresses the issue of translation between visual arts and landscape design in the 50 more years career of Patricia Johanson an important artist in the second half of the twentieth-century. Examining the artist’s search for an "art of the real" as a member of the post-World War II New York art world and how such pursuit has led her from painting and sculpture to public garden and environmental art Xin Wu argues for the significance of the process of art creation challenging the centrality of art objects. This book is an insightful study to confront a crucial question in the history of art through the work of a contemporary artist. It therefore converses with art historians and critics alike as well as advanced readers of twentieth-century art. Following Johanson's artistic development from its formation in the 1960s American art scene to the very present day across the fields of art architecture garden civil engineering and environmental aesthetics it investigates the process of creation in a transdisciplinary perspective and reveals a view of art as a domain of exploration of key issues for the contemporary world. The artist's concept of nature is highlighted and particular impacts of Chinese aesthetics and thought unveiled. Based on extensive analysis of unpublished private archives Xin Wu offers us the first ever comprehensive scholarly interpretation of Patricia Johanson's oeuvre including drawings paintings sculptures installations garden proposals and built and unbuilt projects in the United States Brazil Kenya and Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253773

Patrick BlackettSailor Scientist Socialist This edited volume comprises a series of essays about Patrick Maynard Stewart Blackett one of the greatest scientists of the 20th century as well as a prominent figure in the Royal Navy and British politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011168

Patrick Geddes and Town PlanningA Critical View Patrick Geddes is considered a forefather of the modern urban planning movement. This book studies the various and even opposing ways in which Geddes has been interpreted up to this day providing a new reading of his life writing and plans. Geddes' scrutiny is presented as a case study for Town Planning as a whole. Tying together for the first time key concepts in cultural geography and colonial urbanism the book proposes a more vigorous historiography exposing hidden narratives and past agendas still dominating the disciplinary discourse. Written by a cultural geographer and a town planner this book offers a rounded full-length analysis of Geddes' vision and its material manifestation functioning also as a much needed critical tool to evaluate Modern Town Planning as an academic and practical discipline.  The book also includes a long overdue model of his urban theory.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811758

Patrick GeddesSocial Evolutionist and City Planner One of the great social thinkers of the late nineteenth and early twentieth century Sir Patrick Geddes (1854-1932) enjoyed a career of astonishing diversity. This new analysis of his life and work reviews his ideas and philosophy of planning providing a scholarly yet accessible account for those interested in the history of planning urban design social theory and nineteenth century British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155985

Patrick HenryProclaiming a Revolution Often referred to as "the voice of the Revolution " Patrick Henry played a vital role in helping to launch the revolt of the American colonies against British rule. An early and compelling Revolutionary orator Henry played an active part in the debates over the founding of the United States. As a leading anti-federalist he argued against the ratification of the Constitution and at the state level he opposed Thomas Jefferson’s Statute of Religious Freedom in Virginia. In both his political triumphs and defeats Henry was influential in establishing the nature of public discourse for a generation of new Americans. In this concise biography John A. Ragosta explores Henry’s life and his contributions to shaping the character of the new nation placing his ideas in the context of his times. Supported by primary documents and a supplementary companion website Patrick Henry: Proclaiming a Revolution gives students of the American Revolution and early Republic an insightful and balanced understanding of this often misunderstood American founder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138023024

Patrick McGrath and his WorldsMadness and the Transnational Gothic Following the publication of Ghost Town (2005) a complex globally conscious genealogy of millennial Manhattan McGrath’s transnational status as an English author resident in New York his pointed manipulation of British and American contexts and his clear apprehension of imperial legacies have all come into sharper focus. By bringing together readings cognizant of this transnational and historical sensitivity with those that build on existing studies of McGrath’s engagements with the gothic and madness Patrick McGrath and his Worlds sheds new light on an author whose imagined realities reflect the anxieties pathologies and power dynamics of our contemporary world order. McGrath’s fiction has been noted as parodic (The Grotesque 1989) psychologically disturbing (Spider 1990) and darkly sexual (Asylum 1996). Throughout his corpus is characterized by a preoccupation with madness and its institutions and by a nuanced relationship to the gothic. With its international range of contributors and including a new interview with McGrath himself this book opens up hitherto underexplored theoretical perspectives on the key  concerns of McGrath’s ouevre moving conversations around McGrath’s work decisively forward. Offering the first sustained exploration of his fiction’s transnational and world-historical dimensions Patrick McGrath and his Worlds seeks to situate reflect upon and interrogate McGrath’s role as a key voice in Anglophone letters in our millennial global moment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311190

Patrick Suppes Economics and Economic Methodology Patrick Suppes (1922–2014) was an extraordinarily wide-ranging scholar. Although best known as a philosopher of science Suppes made substantial contributions to a remarkably wide range of different fields of research including many relevant to economics: decision theory philosophy of economics modeling theory foundations of measurement philosophy of psychology (and thus what is now behavioral economics) and many other fields. This collection recognizes Suppes’s contributions to economics and economic methodology with a symposium of papers that examine build on and/or assess Suppes’s research in these areas. The authors include philosophers economists game theorists historians of economics and many whose research combine these fields. This book honors Patrick Suppes while at the same time exhibiting the richness of contemporary philosophy of economics. It was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Economic Methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891848

Patrick White Patrick White is a giant among the moderns. His massive novels which chart the lonely paths to truth challenge orthodox notions about fiction and reality. He has created a wholly new kind of prose to embody his prophetic visions of truth and his fierce denunciations of modern society. Originally published in 1984 John Colmer’s study of the Nobel Prize winning Australian novelist was the first to survey all his published works. It differs from earlier studies in using fresh autobiographical material in revealing the links between the plays and the fiction and in stressing White’s vision of duality rather than his much praised affirmations of harmony. Where previous studies have been exegetical this one is also evaluative. It illustrates the process by which White has come to recognize the necessity for the reintegration of the alienated visionary into society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281212

Patriotic CorrectnessAcademic Freedom and Its Enemies After 9/11 liberal professors and students faced an onslaught of attacks on their patriotism and academic freedom. In a lively narrative this book tells the story of attacks on academic freedom in the past five years. It highlights nationally prominent and lesser known cases drawing upon media reports university documents and reports and studies seldom seen by the public. It shows how conservative attacks on higher education distort the facts in order to pursue an assault on liberal ideas. A wave of Web sites and think-tanks urge students to spy on their professors for any sign of deviation from the new PC: Patriotic Correctness. Free speech on campus is facing its greatest threat in a half century and Patriotic Correctness: Academic Freedom and Its Enemies documents the danger to rights and looks to solutions for ensuring and promoting the free exchange of ideas requisite in any thriving democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632995

Patriotism and Nationalism in Music Education Music has long served as an emblem of national identity in educational systems throughout the world. Patriotic songs are commonly considered healthy and essential ingredients of the school curriculum nurturing the respect loyalty and 'good citizenship' of students. But to what extent have music educators critically examined the potential benefits and costs of nationalism? Globalization in the contemporary world has revolutionized the nature of international relationships such that patriotism may merit rethinking as an objective for music education. The fields of 'peace studies' and 'education for international understanding' may better reflect current values shared by the profession values that often conflict with the nationalistic impulse. This is the first book to introduce an international dialogue on this important theme; nations covered include Germany the USA South Africa Australia Finland Taiwan Singapore and Canada. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268784

Patriotism in East Asia Current territorial disputes between the Northeast Asian countries have stimulated a resurgence of bellicose nationalism and threaten to upset recent efforts to achieve regional cooperation and economic integration in East Asia. Alongside this debates over pre-1945 Japanese wartime atrocities aggravated by still unresolved territorial disputes between Japan and its neighbours have triggered diplomatic conflicts in Japanese-South Korean relations virulent anti-Japanese protests in China and a dramatic increase of right-wing nationalism in Japan. Many have perceived these phenomena as inevitable corollaries inasmuch as they regard the Northeast Asian countries as historically homogeneous and nationalistic states and have begun to question the feasibility of the post-Cold War efforts to replace nationalism with a moderate version of civic solidarity. This book contributes to the debates surrounding patriotism and nationalism in Northeast Asia and investigates the feasibility of non-ethnocentric patriotism in countries across the region. In doing so it highlights the differences between Asian and Western concepts of republican patriotism via theoretical discussions of the evolving discourses on nationalism patriotism democracy and civic solidarity. The chapters combine theoretical discussion with historical case studies such as modern state building in late Qing Dynasty; nineteenth century Japanese political thought; and the twentieth century Korean independence movement. In turn the contributors explore the possibilities for republican patriotism in contemporary Northeast Asia with a focus on the Chinese term minzu and the possibilities it holds for an alternative configuration of national identity in the age of globalization; Maruyama Masao’s theories of nationalism in Japan; the National Security Law in South Korea and the impact it has had on the country’s political culture; and the Taiwanese movement for self-governance. Patriotism in East Asia will appeal to students and scholars of Asian politics political theory Asian history and peace studies as well as to those interested in issues of nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091993

PatriotismPhilosophical and Political Perspectives Economic and cultural globalization and the worldwide threat of terrorism have contributed to the resurgence of patriotic loyalty in many parts of the world and made the issues it raises highly topical. This collection of new essays by philosophers and political theorists engages with a wide range of conceptual moral and political questions raised by the current revival of patriotism. It displays both similarities and differences between patriotism and nationalism and considers the proposal of Habermas and others to disconnect the two. Ideal as a supplementary reader for undergraduate and postgraduate courses in politics/political science especially in political theory contemporary political ideologies and nationalism and in philosophy for courses on applied ethics and political philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599724

Patriots or TraitorsA History of American Educated Chinese Students This title sxplores the love-hate relationship between the USA and China through the experience of Chinese students caught between the two countries. The book sheds light on China's ambivelance towards the Western influence and the use of educational and cultural exhanges as a political device. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706931

Patronage and Italian Renaissance Sculpture The first book to be dedicated to the topic Patronage and Italian Renaissance Sculpture reappraises the creative and intellectual roles of sculptor and patron. The volume surveys artistic production from the Trecento to the Cinquecento in Rome Pisa Florence Bologna and Venice. Using a broad range of approaches the essayists question the traditional concept of authorship in Italian Renaissance sculpture setting each work of art firmly into a complex socio-historical context. Emphasizing the role of the patron the collection re-assesses the artistic production of such luminaries as Michelangelo Donatello and Giambologna as well as lesser-known sculptors. Contributors shed new light on the collaborations that shaped Renaissance sculpture and its reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253650

Patronage Politics in EgyptThe National Democratic Party and Muslim Brotherhood in Cairo Between the military takeover of 1952 and the collapse of the Mubarak regime in 2011 the political system of Egypt depended upon a variety of mechanisms and structures to establish and consolidate its powerbase. Among those an intricate web of what could be described as ‘patronage politics’ emerged as one of the main foundations of these tools. Throughout the post-1952 era political patrons and respective clients were influential in Egyptian politics shaping the policies implemented by Egypt's rulers as well as the tactics orchestrated by the wider population. On a macro level Patronage Politics in Egypt examines the activities of the NDP (ruling party from 1978-2011) and its opposition the Muslim Brotherhood. On a micro level the book uses the area of Misr Al Qadima as a case study to examine the factors that ensured the durability of patronage networks within the Egyptian polity. By examining how the local links into macro-level politics this book portrays the socio-economic and political contexts that set the stage for the January 25 Revolution. This topical study will be an invaluable resource for students scholars and researchers of the Middle East and Islam as well as those with a more general interest in politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108172

Patron-Client Politics and Elections in Hong Kong The study of patron-client politics is new to the study of Hong Kong political science. This book examines whether patron-client relations are critical to the electoral victory of candidates; how the political elites cultivate support from clients in order to obtain more votes during local elections; and tests the extent to which whether patron-client relations are crucial in order for candidates to obtain more ballots during elections. Covering patron-client politics and public administration in Hong Kong; the electoral dynamics including the Chief Executive elections and the Legislative Council elections; the cooptation of key elites by using patron-client mechanism; the study of the committees and elites who have been politically co-opted; the appointment mechanisms that have played a crucial role in patron-clientelism; and finally the China factor in the entire processes and politics of patron-client politics. Bruce Kwong finds that the better candidates cultivate patron-client relations the greater their chance of winning the election; and the smaller the size of the electoral constituency the greater the impact of patron-client relations. Finally the book stresses the role of Beijing as a powerful patron shaping the Hong Kong Chief Executive and the latter’s clients and analyzes the political implications and long-term consequences of patron-client politics in Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836814

Patron-Driven AcquisitionsCurrent Successes and Future Directions For over a decade some academic libraries have been purchasing rather than borrowing recently published books requested by their patrons through interlibrary loan. These books had one circulation guaranteed and so appealed to librarians who were concerned about the large percentage of books selected and purchased by librarians but never checked out by their patrons. Early assessments of the projects indicated that patrons selected quality books that in many cases were cross disciplinary and covered emerging areas of scholarly interest. However now we have a significant database of the ILL purchase records to compare these titles with books selected through normal methods. The projects described in this book present a powerful argument for involving patrons in the book selection process. This book looks at patron-driven acquisitions for printed books at Purdue University the University of Nebraska-Lincoln and the University of Illinois as well as exploring new programs that allow patrons to select e-books or participate in other innovative ways in building the library collections. This book was published as a special issue of Collection Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661225

Patrons and Patron Saints in Early Modern English Literature This book visits the fact that in the pre-modern world saints and lords served structurally similar roles acting as patrons to those beneath them on the spiritual or social ladder with the word "patron" used to designate both types of elite sponsor. Chapman argues that this elision of patron saints and patron lords remained a distinctive feature of the early modern English imagination and that it is central to some of the key works of literature in the period. Writers like Jonson Shakespeare Spenser Drayton Donne and Milton all use medieval patron saints in order to represent and to challenge early modern ideas of patronage -- not just patronage in the narrow sense of the immediate economic relations obtaining between client and sponsor but also patronage as a society-wide system of obligation and reward that itself crystallized a whole culture’s assumptions about order and degree. The works studied in this book -- ranging from Shakespeare’s 2 Henry VI written early in the 1590s to Milton’s Masque Performed at Ludlow Castle written in 1634 -- are patronage works either aimed at a specific patron or showing a keen awareness of the larger patronage system. This volume challenges the idea that the early modern world had shrugged off its own medieval past instead arguing that Protestant writers in the period were actively using the medieval Catholic ideal of the saint as a means to represent contemporary systems of hierarchy and dependence. Saints had been the ideal -- and idealized -- patrons of the medieval world and remained so for early modern English recusants. As a result their legends and iconographies provided early modern Protestant authors with the perfect tool for thinking about the urgent and complex question of who owed allegiance to whom in a rapidly changing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118591

Patrons and PowerCreating a Political Community in Metropolitan Lagos Originally published in 1986 this urban political ethnography focusses on Mushin a large suburb of metropolitan Lagos Nigeria. It explores the mechanisms which bridge the various social categories to bring about political interaction. The book traces the development of Mushin from a collection of rural villages to its full status as a political community. It analyses structures and processes and the ways in which since the 19th century the system has responded to colonial civilian and military regimes. It examines the tactics ordinary people use to meet their needs and the ways in which political aspirants manipulate the system to acquire and wield power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001285

Patrons of HistoryNobility Capital and Political Transitions in Poland This book explores resilience social capital and relationships of power in an examination of the manner in which capital can be converted from one form to another. Through a study of the survival of the Polish gentry in spite of the communist regime's attempts to disempower and discredit them through land reform and high-profile trials Patrons of History shows how the gentry managed not only to survive as a class but also to remain influential. By revitalising older forms of cultural capital invested with education and transnational networks the gentry were able to transform wealth land patronage lifestyle and the ability to define patriotism and authorise a version of history so as to ensure that noble heritage remained an advantageous resource in the face of communist opposition. Drawing on rich interview material spanning fifteen years Patrons of History sheds light not only on communism as it existed and the stratification that persisted under such regimes but also on the functioning of relationships of power and the ways in which privilege can be studied in the contemporary world. As such this book will appeal to anthropologists sociologists ethnographers and historians interested in cultural and social capital inequality and resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110021

Pattern and Meaning in History (RLE Social Theory)Wilhelm Dilthey's Thoughts on History and Society 'One may state Dilthey's significance in most general fashion by characterizing his work as the first thorough-going and sophisticated confrontation of history with positivism and natural science. Dilthey's sweep was universal: he strove to reduce to order the multifarious realms of knowledge the conflicting traditions of cultural study that he had embraced. Thus Dilthey laid out a program that no mortal – and certainly no one whose mind had been formed in the third quarter of the nineteenth century – could hope to bring to completion. Yet despite its inconclusiveness Dilthey's work exerted enormous influence. The distinction he had drawn between natural and cultural science became standard for historians and to a lesser extent for social scientists also. After Dilthey historians no longer needed to apologize for the "unscientific" character of their discipline: they understood why its methods could never be quite the same as those of natural science. And the contemporary tradition of intellectual history grew naturally out of Dilthey's teaching.' – H. Stuart Hughes Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994799

Pattern Cutting and Making Up Major changes have occurred in the last few years in the methods of cutting and manufacturing outerwear. Light clothing companies are now manufacturing these heavy garments because of the development of fusible interlinings and new manufacturing techniques which have resulted in the deskilling of traditional tailoring methods. Outerwear has consquently assumed much greater importance in light clothing courses and this book - the first of its kind - has been written to reflect these industrial changes. It offers a course of practical and theoretical study which is related to specific garment types and fabrics. An essential manual for students at every level. Suitable for use in CGLI BTEC and degree courses this uniquely comprehensive work is certain to become a standard textbook on its subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168404

Pattern Discovery in BioinformaticsTheory & Algorithms The computational methods of bioinformatics are being used more and more to process the large volume of current biological data. Promoting an understanding of the underlying biology that produces this data Pattern Discovery in Bioinformatics: Theory and Algorithms provides the tools to study regularities in biological data.Taking a systematic approach to pattern discovery the book supplies sound mathematical definitions and efficient algorithms to explain vital information about biological data. It explores various data patterns including strings clusters permutations topology partial orders and boolean expressions. Each of these classes captures a different form of regularity in the data providing possible answers to a wide range of questions. The book also reviews basic statistics including probability information theory and the central limit theorem.This self-contained book provides a solid foundation in computational methods enabling the solution of difficult biological questions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367388898

Pattern Focused TherapyHighly Effective CBT Practice in Mental Health and Integrated Care Settings Pattern-Focused Therapy incorporates brief cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT)  interventions for symptom reduction and a step-by-step therapeutic strategy for effectively changing clients’ maladaptive patterns and increasing their well-being. Integrating research clinical expertise and client needs and values Pattern Focused Therapy is a highly effective third-wave CBT approach that can be applied to a wide range of clients. This text guides therapists through the pattern focused approach facilitating learning through session-by-session transcriptions and commentaries from the first to the final session. Interventions for optimizing treatment and indicators of successful therapy are included along with a chapter on Pattern Focused Therapy in integrated care settings. Seasoned and beginner therapists alike will benefit from this invaluable method for learning and mastering this evidence-based approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429317

Pattern Formation In The Physical And Biological Sciences This volume contains the best lectures from the Summer School Lectures volumes dealing with the theme of pattern formation. Topics include self-organization by simulated evolution nonlinear dynamics of pattern formation in physics and biology and the emergence of computational ecologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091149

Pattern in English (RLE: English Language)A Fresh Approach to Grammar This book first published in 1950 is a collection of what the author felt to be the minimum of English grammar relevant to efficient communication in language. The scope of this title was determined by collecting from children’s writings examples of common faults and weaknesses and it is through these texts that certain concepts emerged as fundamental including predication word-order proximity equivalents variety and repetition. Pattern in English will be of interest to students of English language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917132

Pattern Language for Game Design Chris Barney’s Pattern Language for Game Design builds on the revolutionary work of architect Christopher Alexander to show students teachers and game development professionals how to derive best practices in all aspects of game design. Using a series of practical rigorous exercises designers can observe and analyze the failures and successes of the games they know and love to find the deep patterns that underlie good design. From an in-depth look at Alexander’s work to a critique of pattern theory in various fields to a new approach that will challenge your knowledge and put it to work this book seeks to transform how we look at building the interactive experiences that shape us. Key Features:  Background on the architectural concepts of patterns and a Pattern Language as defined in the work of Christopher Alexander including his later work on the Fifteen Properties of Wholeness and Generative Codes. Analysis of other uses of Alexander’s work in computer science and game design and the limitations of those efforts. A comprehensive set of example exercises to help the reader develop their own patterns that can be used in practical day-to-day game design tasks.  Exercises that are useful to designers at all levels of experience and can be completed in any order allowing students to select exercises that match their coursework and allowing professionals to select exercises that address their real-world challenges.  Discussion of common pitfalls and difficulties with the pattern derivation process. A guide for game design teachers studio leaders and university departments for curating and maintaining institutional Pattern Languages. An Interactive Pattern Language website where you can share patterns with developers throughout the world (patternlanguageforgamedesign.com). Comprehensive games reference for all games discussed in this book.     Author Chris Barney is an industry veteran with more than a decade of experience designing and engineering games such as Poptropica and teaching at Northeastern University. He has spoken at conferences including GDC DevCom and PAX on topics from core game design to social justice. Seeking degrees in game design before formal game design programs existed Barney built his own undergraduate and graduate curricula out of offerings in sociology computer science and independent study. In pursuit of a broad understanding of games he has worked on projects spanning interactive theater live-action role-playing game (LARP) design board games and tabletop role-playing games (RPGs). An extensive collection of his essays of game design topics can be found on his development blog at perspectivesingamedesign.com. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367367725

Pattern Making Pattern BreakingUsing Past Experience and New Behaviour in Training Education and Change Management Rapid changes in technology the nature of organisations non-traditional career progression globalisation and ’virtual worlds’ mean that we need to become ever more effective learners in order to keep pace with the demands placed upon us. Our patterns of understanding the ways in which we make sense of our work and our world hardly become fixed before we are asked to change them and form new ones. The ability to build patterns is fundamental to our ability to learn. Ann Alder’s Pattern Making Pattern Breaking explores the ways in which educators and facilitators can work to help students build those patterns that will be most useful to them. These may be ’technical’ patterns of language number sequence or process. They may be thinking patterns that support problem-solving creativity logical analysis or empathy. They may be patterns of behaviour that demonstrate trust influence or integrity in relationships. Ann also illustrates how you can teach students to break patterns: to help them move on in the learning process by recognising and rejecting long-held patterns of behaviour or assumptions that are unhelpful or redundant. Formal education and training do not necessarily produce learners who are well-resourced to take advantage of opportunities that arise and to avoid some of the stresses that uncertainty ambiguity or imposed change place upon them. So perhaps one of the most important patterns that we can explore and understand as we move forward in a changing world is our own pattern of learning. Whether you are a parent teacher tutor trainer coach or manager you need to be an effective facilitator of learning and this book is the perfect starting place. Media > Books > E-books Gower 9781315599755

Pattern Recognition Algorithms for Data Mining Pattern Recognition Algorithms for Data Mining addresses different pattern recognition (PR) tasks in a unified framework with both theoretical and experimental results. Tasks covered include data condensation feature selection case generation clustering/classification and rule generation and evaluation. This volume presents various theories methodologies and algorithms using both classical approaches and hybrid paradigms. The authors emphasize large datasets with overlapping intractable or nonlinear boundary classes and datasets that demonstrate granular computing in soft frameworks.Organized into eight chapters the book begins with an introduction to PR data mining and knowledge discovery concepts. The authors analyze the tasks of multi-scale data condensation and dimensionality reduction then explore the problem of learning with support vector machine (SVM). They conclude by highlighting the significance of granular computing for different mining tasks in a soft paradigm. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367394240

Pattern Recognition for Reliability Assessment of Water Distribution NetworksUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis This study investigates the patterns that describe reliability of water distribution networks focusing to the node connectivity energy balance and economics of construction operation and maintenance. A number of measures to evaluate the network resilience has been developed and assessed to arrive at more accurate diagnostics of regular and irregular demand scenarios. These measures have been proposed as a part of the methodology for snap-shot assessment of network reliability based on its configuration and hydraulic performance. Practical outcome of the research is the decision support tool for reliability-based design of water distribution networks. This computer package named NEDRA (NEtwork Design and Reliability Assessment) consists of the modules for network generation filtering initialisation optimisation diagnostics and cost calculation which can be used for sensitivity analyses of single network layout or assessments of multiple layouts. The study concludes that none of the analysed aspects develops clear singular patterns. Nevertheless the proposed network buffer index (NBI) and the hydraulic reliability diagram (HRD) as visual representation of the network resilience give sufficient snap-shot pointing the composition of the index value and displaying possible weak points in the network that can be hidden behind the averaged values of various reliability measures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621168

Pattern Recognition with Neural Networks in C++ The addition of artificial neural network computing to traditional pattern recognition has given rise to a new different and more powerful methodology that is presented in this interesting book. This is a practical guide to the application of artificial neural networks. Geared toward the practitioner Pattern Recognition with Neural Networks in C++ covers pattern classification and neural network approaches within the same framework. Through the book's presentation of underlying theory and numerous practical examples readers gain an understanding that will allow them to make judicious design choices rendering neural application predictable and effective. The book provides an intuitive explanation of each method for each network paradigm. This discussion is supported by a rigorous mathematical approach where necessary.  C++ has emerged as a rich and descriptive means by which concepts models or algorithms can be precisely described. For many of the neural network models discussed C++ programs are presented for the actual implementation. Pictorial diagrams and in-depth discussions explain each topic. Necessary derivative steps for the mathematical models are included so that readers can incorporate new ideas into their programs as the field advances with new developments. For each approach the authors clearly state the known theoretical results the known tendencies of the approach and their recommendations for getting the best results from the method.  The material covered in the book is accessible to working engineers with little or no explicit background in neural networks. However the material is presented in sufficient depth so that those with prior knowledge will find this book beneficial. Pattern Recognition with Neural Networks in C++ is also suitable for courses in neural networks at an advanced undergraduate or graduate level. This book is valuable for academic as well as practical research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448875

Patterned Random Matrices Large dimensional random matrices (LDRM) with specific patterns arise in econometrics computer science mathematics physics and statistics. This book provides an easy initiation to LDRM. Through a unified approach we investigate the existence and properties of the limiting spectral distribution (LSD) of different patterned random matrices as the dimension grows. The main ingredients are the method of moments and normal approximation with rudimentary combinatorics for support. Some elementary results from matrix theory are also used. By stretching the moment arguments we also have a brush with the intriguing but difficult concepts of joint convergence of sequences of random matrices and its ramifications. This book covers the Wigner matrix the sample covariance matrix the Toeplitz matrix the Hankel matrix the sample autocovariance matrix and the k-Circulant matrices. Quick and simple proofs of their LSDs are provided and it is shown how the semi-circle law and the Marchenko-Pastur law arise as the LSDs of the first two matrices. Extending the basic approach we also establish interesting limits for some triangular matrices band matrices balanced matrices and the sample autocovariance matrix. We also study the joint convergence of several patterned matrices and show that independent Wigner matrices converge jointly and are asymptotically free of other patterned matrices.Arup Bose is a Professor at the Indian Statistical Institute Kolkata India. He is a distinguished researcher in Mathematical Statistics and has been working in high-dimensional random matrices for the last fifteen years. He has been the Editor of Sankyhā for several years and has been on the editorial board of several other journals. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics USA and all three national science academies of India as well as the recipient of the S.S. Bhatnagar Award and the C.R. Rao Award. His forthcoming books are the monograph Large Covariance and Autocovariance Matrices (with Monika Bhattacharjee) to be published by Chapman & Hall/CRC Press and a graduate text U-statistics M-estimates and Resampling (with Snigdhansu Chatterjee) to be published by Hindustan Book Agency.    Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367734466

Patterns Prevention and Geometry of Crime P&P Brantingham’s enormous contribution to criminology has paved the way for major theoretical and empirical developments in the understanding of crime and its respective patterns prevention and geometry. In this unique collection of original essays Andresen and Kinney bring together leading scholars in the field of environmental criminology to honour the work of P&P Brantingham with new research on the geometry of crime patterns in crime and crime generators and attractors. Chapters include new perspectives on the crime mobility triangle electronic monitoring illegal drug markets the patterns of vehicle theft for export prolific offender patterns crime rates in hotels and motels violent crime and juvenile crime. A final chapter gathers together a collection of letters to P&P Brantingham from key scholars reflecting on and celebrating their important contribution. This volume provides essential readings for those interested in the field of environmental criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870511

Patterns and Meanings of Intensifiers in Chinese Learner Corpora Intensification plays a major role in spoken and written interaction enabling the writer or speaker to express different levels of commitment. This book explores the patterns and meanings of intensifiers in Chinese learner English by ways of comparison with native English. The study is conducted within the theoretical framework of Firthian contextual theory of meaning Sinclairian model of Extended Units of Meaning (EUM) and Hunston's pattern grammar. The method of contrastive inter-language analysis (CIA) is adopted and the intensifier collocations in learner English and native English are explored by means of quantitative and qualitative analyses of corpora data. This book is the first attempt to investigate the patterning and meaning features of intensifiers systematically with the corpora data in Chinese learner English. Readers will obtain a relatively complete picture of how Chinese learners use intensifiers to realize their attitudinal meanings.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519049

Patterns in Excitable MediaGenesis Dynamics and Control Excitable media comprise a class of models for a wide range of physical chemical and biological systems that exhibit spontaneous formation of spatial patterns. Patterns in Excitable Media: Genesis Dynamics and Control explores several aspects of the dynamics of such patterns—in particular their evolution upon interaction with structural and functional heterogeneities in the system. The book provides readers with an introduction to recent developments in the interdisciplinary field of dynamics and control of patterns in nonlinear biological systems described by excitable media models. It also discusses low-amplitude control schemes for eliminating such patterns from an excitable medium which has direct clinical relevance in view of the close connection to life-threatening cardiac arrhythmia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377984

Patterns in Interpersonal InteractionsInviting Relational Understandings for Therapeutic Change In this book we present a comprehensive view of a systemic approach to working with families  initiated by Karl Tomm more than two decades ago at the Calgary Family Therapy Centre in Canada. The contributors of this edited book articulate the IPscope framework as it was originally designed and its evolution over time. We invite you experienced professionals and new family therapists to join with us to explore some of the mysteries of human relationships. While the focus on our explorations revolves around clinical mental health problems and initiatives towards solutions the concepts are applicable in many domains of daily life. They highlight the ways in which we as persons invite each other into recurrent patterns of interaction that generate and maintain some stability in our continuously changing relationships. The stabilities arise when our invitations become coupled and can be characterized as mutual; yet they always remain transient. What is of major significance is that these transient relational stabilities can have major positive or negative effects in our lives. Consequently we could all potentially benefit from greater awareness of the nature of these patterns how particular patterns arise and how we might be able to influence them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702836

Patterns In Postsoviet Leadership This book summarizes leadership and general political developments in the Soviet Union since the onset of the reforms. It explores new developments and old continuities in elite politics in the Russian Federation and other post-Soviet states during the period of transition and consolidation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297879

Patterns in PracticeSelections from the Journal of Museum Education This comprehensive anthology features 47 selected articles from the Journal of Museum Education plus ten new introductory essays by leaders in museum education and related fields. The articles and essays explore some of the fundamental issues concerning the role of education in museums today from serving diverse communities to motivating visitors in an informal learning setting. The book is divided into five sections which 1) trace the evolution of the museum education profession; 2) explore the field's theoretical base; 3) consider methods of research used; 4) provide examples of how theory is translated into practice; and 5) summarize issues relating to professional development. Sponsored by the Museum Education Roundtable Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404861

Patterns In Safety ThinkingA Literature Guide to Air Transportation Safety Safety is more than the absence of accidents. Safety has the goal of transforming the levels of risk that are inherent in all human activity while its interdisciplinary nature extends its influence far into most corporate management and government regulatory actions. Yet few engineers have attended a safety course conference or even a lecture in the area suggesting that those responsible for the safe construction and operation of complex high-risk socio-technical systems are inadequately prepared. This book is designed to meet the expressed needs of aviation safety management trainees for a practical and concise education supplement to the safety literature. Written in a highly readable and accessible style its features include: ¢ detailed analysis of the forward-looking System Safety approach with its focus on accident prevention; ¢ classification of transportation safety literature into distinct schools of thought (Tort Law Reliability Engineering System Safety Engineering); ¢ real world practical illustrations of the theory; ¢ the history theory and practice of safety management; ¢ inter-disciplinary thinking about safety. The flying public is faced with a bewildering array of aviation safety data from a diverse and ever increasing number of sources. This book is an essential guide to the available information and a major contribution to the international public debate on aviation safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250390

Patterns in Shakespearian Tragedy First published in 1960. Patterns in Shakespearian Tragedy is an exploration of man's relation to his universe and the way in which it seeks to postulate a moral order. Shakespeare's development is treated accordingly as a growth in moral vision. His movement from play to play is carefully explored and in the treatment of each tragedy the emphasis is on the manner in which its central moral theme shapes the various elements of drama Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759007

Patterns of AttachmentA Psychological Study of the Strange Situation First published in 1979. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802428

Patterns of AttachmentA Psychological Study of the Strange Situation Ethological attachment theory is a landmark of 20th century social and behavioral sciences theory and research. This new paradigm for understanding primary relationships across the lifespan evolved from John Bowlby’s critique of psychoanalytic drive theory and his own clinical observations supplemented by his knowledge of fields as diverse as primate ethology control systems theory and cognitive psychology. By the time he had written the first volume of his classic Attachment and Loss trilogy Mary D. Salter Ainsworth’s naturalistic observations in Uganda and Baltimore and her theoretical and descriptive insights about maternal care and the secure base phenomenon had become integral to attachment theory. Patterns of Attachment reports the methods and key results of Ainsworth’s landmark Baltimore Longitudinal Study. Following upon her naturalistic home observations in Uganda the Baltimore project yielded a wealth of enduring benchmark results on the nature of the child’s tie to its primary caregiver and the importance of early experience. It also addressed a wide range of conceptual and methodological issues common to many developmental and longitudinal projects especially issues of age appropriate assessment quantifying behavior and comprehending individual differences. In addition Ainsworth and her students broke new ground clarifying and defining new concepts demonstrating the value of the ethological methods and insights about behavior. Today as we enter the fourth generation of attachment study we have a rich and growing catalogue of behavioral and narrative approaches to measuring attachment from infancy to adulthood. Each of them has roots in the Strange Situation and the secure base concept presented in Patterns of Attachment. It inclusion in the Psychology Press Classic Editions series reflects Patterns of Attachment’s continuing significance and insures its availability to new generations of students researchers and clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726826

Patterns of BeliefPeoples and Religion The principle purpose of Religious Education has traditionally been to instruct and inform with discussion and questioning occupying a secondary position. This traditional approach gives overwhelming emphasis to the historical aspects of religion and not only fails to put into perspective the issues raised by religion today but also takes no account of the growing movement in schools towards learning by enquiry and questioning rather than by the accumulation of stated facts. This title first published in 1973 explores the ways in which religion can be approached from a more sociological standpoint and aims to encourage the reader to examine religion in a more objective manner. The wide-ranging and exploratory theme of this book makes it ideal for follow-up work and suggestions for further study are provided after each chapter. This title will be of interest to teachers and students of Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934207

Patterns of BeliefReligions in Society The principle purpose of Religious Education has traditionally been to instruct and inform with discussion and questioning occupying a secondary position. This traditional approach gives overwhelming emphasis to the historical aspects of religion and not only fails to put into perspective the issues raised by religion today but also takes no account of the growing movement in schools towards learning by enquiry and questioning rather than by the accumulation of stated facts. This title first published in 1973 explores the ways in which religion can be approached from a more sociological standpoint and aims to encourage the reader to examine religion in a more objective manner. The wide-ranging and exploratory theme of this book makes it ideal for follow-up work and suggestions for further study are provided after each chapter. This title will be of interest to teachers and students of Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934320

Patterns of Business Organization (RLE: Organizations) This book is a successor to the earlier and widely-used Business Organization. In this book the author helps the student to develop his or her own critical and conceptual understanding of the subject. As the author reviews the various approaches – classical human relations behavioural science systems and contingency theories – he shows that none of them offers a simple progression from error to truth but that all of them combine to contribute to a broader view of the field. The final chapter summarizes the author’s viewpoint applying the different approaches to a particular case study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978003

Patterns of Caribbean DevelopmentAn Interpretive Essay on Economic Change First published in 1982 this study attempts to put contemporary Caribbean development into historical perspective. By first constructing a Marxist framework for the study of development Jay Mandle assesses the reasons why the region emerged underdeveloped and evaluates post-world-war two efforts to overcome the legacy of poverty through a strategy of "industrialization through invitation." Identifying the reasons why a Marxist framework yielded results which were unsatisfactory the author then explores the requirements which must be met for a more reliable study of the Caribbean’s economic development. Case studies of Cuba Jamaica Guyana Trinidad and Tobago examine the extent to which these requirements have been met. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849135

Patterns Of Censorship Around The World "This volume addresses an important aspect in the political life of most societies today: limitations on freedom of expression and the existence of censorship. As a topic for research study and reflection-particularly in its comparative dimension-freedom of expression is a somewhat neglected area. The vast majority of studies in this field focus either on a specific aspect of freedom of expression or on a specific country. The current volume however assumes that there is much to be gained by studying freedom of expression and censorship practices broadly and comparatively. In a world grown small global perspective is possible and beneficial particularly when it is applied to an issue of great relevance for all societies." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282424

Patterns Of Change In Developing Rural Regions Development specialists often overlook the feet that the towns of a rural region play as essential a role in the region's economy as does agriculture and they design and implement broad strategies without due recognition of the unique and dynamic character of each individual region. Proper analysis requires consideration of the changing nature of rural regions and the principal agents of change. The contributors to this volume argue that development strategists should focus on processes rather than on products by taking the nonfarm aspects as well as the farm aspects of rural development into account and by recognizing that land labor water and technology do not alone lead to balanced regional and agricultural development. The analytical approaches presented in this book incorporate wide-ranging variables from the urban space of rural regions—markets towns service industries and organizations—that have major impacts on the rural regional economy. These methodologies aim at improving rural regional development processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282431

Patterns of Child AbuseHow Dysfunctional Transactions Are Replicated in Individuals Families and the Child Welfare System Interpret the hidden meaning of family roles to help children at risk!Because dysfunctional patterns are closed systems that serve a secret purpose they are almost impossible to change from the outside. Patterns of Child Abuse helps you recognize the purpose behind the patterns and offers successful strategies for entering the pattern in order to help family members without joining it and becoming part of the dysfunction. Patterns of Child Abuse identifies the most common most problematic patterns and explores their hidden meanings. Case studies and theoretical discussions demonstrate the ways family patterns are replicated in a child's psyche and the ways the grown-up child replicates the familiar family pattern forcing the world to bend to the story within. Synthesizing systems theory behaviorism and psychoanalysis Patterns of Child Abuse offers powerful insights as well as practical strategies for dealing with such complex issues as: how to comfort an abused child who cannot bear to be touched why abused children idealize their battering or neglectful parent how borderline personality organization affects individuals and their families handling the sexually powerful teenage girl the disruptive boy and the mother of the sexual abuse victim how family patterns operate in therapeutic context why therapists and social workers may encounter conflicts in child welfare cases when and how paradoxical interventions can work Well-written and insightful Patterns of Child Abuse conveys a sound theoretical model and a sophisticated approach to the psychology of individuals and families for the child welfare professional. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862728

Patterns of China's Lost HarmonyA Survey of the Country's Environmental Degradation and Protection The pace of environmental degradation in China has intensified in recent decades. With rapid demographic and economic growth the current state of degradation has antecedents beginning hundreds of years ago. Patterns of China's Lost Harmony combines historical documentation with contemporary assessment to determine the degree of human impact upon the country's vegetation soils water air and wildlife. This will serve as an important reference tool for understanding the historical scope of environmental degradation and for assessing attempts to control environmental degradation since the 1980s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203040744

Patterns of Constitutional DesignThe Role of Citizens and Elites in Constitution-Making To what extent does the constitution-making process matter? By focusing on three central aspects of constitution-making; the nature of the constitution-making body how it reaches decisions and the way in which a new constitution is legitimized and by examining a wide range of case studies this international collection from expert contributors provides answers to this crucial question. Bridging the gap between law and political science this book draws together divergent research on the role of constitution making in conflict resolution constitutional law and democratization and employs a wide variety of qualitative and quantitative methods to unfold and explore the political frameworks of the states affected. Comparative analysis is used to investigate potential causal chains between constitution-making processes and their outcomes in terms of stability conflict resolution and democracy. By focusing on both procedure and context the book explores the impact of constitution-making procedures in new and established states and unions in Europe South America and Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267190

Patterns of Culture This book was originally published in 1935. For some years past the scientific study of primitive peoples has experimented in a variety of directions for new methods of investigation. Criticism of the comparative method of which Sir James Frazer is recognized as the foremost exponent all the world over has been directed mainly against the fragmentary character of its evidence when torn from its context. In this book Dr Benedict offers an alternative method of approach. The aim of the investigator she maintains should be the discovery in the diversity of cultures of the 'configuration' of each - that is the cultural drive in group and individual which determines the characteristic reaction to stimulus in any and every situation in life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150037

Patterns of Data Modeling Best-selling author and database expert with more than 25 years of experience modeling application and enterprise data Dr. Michael Blaha provides tried and tested data model patterns to help readers avoid common modeling mistakes and unnecessary frustration on their way to building effective data models. Unlike the typical methodology book Patterns of Data Modeling provides advanced techniques for those who have mastered the basics. Recognizing that database representation sets the path for software determines its flexibility affects its quality and influences whether it succeeds or fails the text focuses on databases rather than programming. It is one of the first books to apply the popular patterns perspective to database systems and data models. It offers practical advice on the core aspects of applications and provides authoritative coverage of mathematical templates antipatterns archetypes identity canonical models and relational database design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138402232

Patterns of Discovery in the Social Sciences Social scientists are often vexed because their work does not satisfy the criteria of "scientific" methodology developed by philosophers of science and logicians who use the natural sciences as their model. In this study Paul Diesing defines science not by reference to these arbitrary norms delineated by those outside the field but in terms of norms implicit in what social scientists actually do in their everyday work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529625

Patterns of European Urbanisation Since 1500 Originally published in 1981 Patterns of European Urbanisation Since 1500 examines urbanisation in Europe since 1500 paying particular attention to the underlying factors which govern the differentiated process of urbanisation. The book goes on to formulate some of the ways in which these factors can be generalised in an attempt to delineate the process of urbanisation in theoretic terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815395577

Patterns Of Infidelity And Their Treatment The new edition of this highly-regarded book includes comprehensive discussion of the nature of an affair and the five types of affairs and their underlying dynamics. The author addresses issues regarding revealing the affair management of the consequences rebuilding and treating an unmarried third party as well as the host of complex issues regarding children and custody arrangements. New material for the second edition includes cybersex and the effects of new technology on fidelity in marriage; the effects of managed care on treatment; marriage to the third party; and a new chapter on affairs and violence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203782743

Patterns Of Japanese Pol/h The author of this study of policymaking in postwar Japan contends that the prevailing perceptions of the subject advanced to date are inadequate. Professor Pempel identifies three distinct patterns of policymaking within Japan's current system of hegemonic pluralism. One of these "policymaking by camp conflict "is associated with broad highly emotional ideological issues that polarize political forces and that are resolved only after widely publicized battles in the Diet the media and the streets. A second pattern "incremental policymaking "involves nonideological problems that are settled largely through bureaucratic procedures almost totally removed from public scrutiny. A third pattern "pressure group policymaking "pits a limited number of special interest groups against one or more government agencies; this process is less conflictual and public than camp conflict but more visible and antagonistic than incremental policymaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282455

Patterns of LabourWork and Social Change in the Pottery Industry First published in 1990. Patterns of Labour explores the interaction between home paid work and the individual. It looks at how the social relations of work both shape and are shaped by the context in which they occur. In a detailed examination of the pottery industries of Britain and America over two centuries Richard Whipp looks at the far-reaching effects of key issues such as industrialisation and economic transformation. However he also examines changing notions of gender the family community and unionisation. The book centres on the difficulties of organising controlling and describing work – not least because of the human act of its making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026295

Patterns of Life HistoryThe Ecology of Human Individuality This work summarizes an ongoing longitudinal study concerned with the nature of human differences as manifest in peoples' life histories. The traditional models for the description of human differences are reviewed then contrasted with the presentation of alternative models. This volume is also one of the few to investigate different approaches to measurement procedures. Practical applications of these models and the results obtained in a 23 research effort are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978010

Patterns of Nationhood and Saving the State in TurkeyOttomanism Nationalism and Multiculturalism Patterns of Nationhood and Saving the State in Turkey tackles a theoretical puzzle in understanding the state policy changes toward minorities and nationhood first by placing the state in the historical context of the international system and second by unpacking the state through analysis of intra-elite competition in relation to the counter-discourses by minority groups within the context of the Ottoman Empire and Turkey. What explains the persistence and change in state policies toward minorities and nationhood? Under what conditions do states change their policies toward minorities? Why do the state elites reconsider the state-minority relations and change government policies toward nationhood? Adopting a comparative-historical analysis the book unpacks these research questions and builds a theoretical framework by looking at three paradigmatic policy changes: Ottomanism in the mid-19th century Turkish nationalism in the early 1920s and multiculturalism in Turkey in the early 2000s. While the book reveals the role of international context intrastate elite competition and non-state actors in such policy changes it argues that state elites adopt either exclusionary or inclusionary policies based on the idea of "survival of the state."The book is primarily an important contribution to studies in ethnicity and nationalism. It is also an essential resource for students and scholars interested in Comparative Politics Middle East Studies the Ottoman Empire and Turkey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662646

Patterns of Parliamentary BehaviorPassage of Legislation Across Western Europe This volume begins where the first Döring book of 1995 finished by considering what effects the rules had on legislative output during the same period. It addresses four distinct yet complementary research topics: - the connection between a number of veto players and law production in West European parliamentary democracies - the impact of closed versus open rules - the effects of committee structure and organization on the degree of conflict or consensus on the procedure of passing legislation - the importance of agenda setting and agenda control for the prevention of cycling across issues and the distribution of particular benefits of shifting and transient majorities. Fundamental to this volume is the ability of the project group to fashion an original data set. As a consequence this volume is able to ascertain the extent to which parliamentary procedures contributed to shaping policy output in this field during the 1980s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247267

Patterns of Peacemaking First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006659

Patterns of Power and Authority in English Education First published in 1971 this book argues that schools at the time were underpowered due partly to circumstances within contemporary educational institutions but chiefly to their relationships with the wider social environment. It suggests that schools lacked bargaining power and that their position deteriorated because they had marketed an ev Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629813

Patterns of Religious Narrative in the Canterbury Tales Originally published in 1986. This study asks ‘What problems confront the narrator of a religious story?’ and ‘What different solutions to those problems are offered by the religious narratives of The Canterbury Tales?’ The introduction explains the grounds for inclusion of the tales here studied then examined in three sections. The first includes the tales of the Clerk Prioress and Second Nun and Chaucer’s Melibee and explores the parallels between the production of a religious narrative and that of a faithful translation. The second considers how the tales of the Man of Law Monk and Physician though formally similar to those in the first section subvert the offered parallel by their creation of narrators who actively mediate them to their audience and who seem as concerned with the projection of their own personalities as with the transmission of the given story. The final section shows how the tales of the Pardoner and Nun’s Priest highlight the dilemma and provide distinctive resolutions. The whole study aims to explore the dynamic relationships that exist between two contrasting positions: an artist’s commitment to the authority of a given story and his need to assert himself over it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367357283

Patterns of SecularizationChurch State and Nation in Greece and the Republic of Ireland The politicization of religion is a central feature of the modern world pointing to the continued relevance of the secularization debate: does modernization result in the decline of the social and political significance of religion or rather in a reaffirmation of religious values? This book examines the emergence of different patterns of secularization. It identifies the circumstances under which religion may remain or cease to be politically active and legitimate in societies where secularization has been initially inhibited given a strong identification with the nation. Arguing that in such societies the Church draws its power not only from its relationship with the state but also its relationship with the nation this book identifies two patterns of secularization: (a) co-optation and (b) confrontation. The redefinition of the Church state and nation nexus is likely to result in secularization if (a) the church obstructs the modernisation process (church and state) and (b) if external threat perceptions decline (church and nation). The simultaneous presence of these constraints serves to redefine the role of religion in the formation of national identity. Comparing Greece and the Republic of Ireland as two cultural defence cases with a strong variation in the political and social salience of religion this book explains Ireland's current secularization drive in terms of the fluidity of Irish national identity and the rigidity of the Irish Catholic Church (confrontation). It contrasts this with the Greek case where the Church's resilience is linked to institutional flexibility on the one hand and a reliance on an ethnic/religious national identity on the other (co-optation). In conceptualizing the contemporary role of religion in the Republic of Ireland and Greece this book draws a number of generalizable conclusions about the political role of religion in cultural defence cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379633

Patterns of Social InequalityEssays for Richard Brown Written by a group of the UK's leading Sociologists this book covers in one volume all of the themes central to an understanding of contemporary British Society. Essays provide an historical overview of such topics as class gender work ethnicity and community but also make a theoretical and substantive contribution to current debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416154

Patterns of Spoken EnglishAn Introduction to English Phonetics First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173729

Patterns of Strategy Patterns of Strategy shows how the strategic fit between organisations drives strategic direction. It is essential reading for those who wish to understand how to manoeuvre their organisation to change its strategic fit to their advantage. The 80 ‘patterns’ of strategy help you explore options for collaboration and competition within your strategic ecosystem. A practical and authoritative guide you can use it to plan and navigate your strategic future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242678

PatternsBuilding Blocks of Experience In recent years various tributaries of psychoanalytic and developmental theory have flowed into our dawning understanding of the role of early sensory and affective experiences in the construction of our personal worlds.  In Patterns: Building Blocks of Experience Marilyn Charles shows how such primary experiences coalesce into patterns those essential units of meaning that capture the unique subjectivity of each individual.  Frequently "known" by their prosody or affective melody patterns come to have profound meanings that we utilize in constructing basic notions of self and other.  Through pattern Charles holds we approach elusive meanings through dimensions of shape contour and affective resonance.  Such patterned understandings in turn become a mode of interchange through which we touch one another in ways that go beyond the overtly physical. Analytic patients Charles finds have often led early lives too full of "noise" to use their early sensory and affective experiences constructively.  Such patients tend to live out patterns that operate unconsciously and have become literally incomprehensible.  Analytic communication by drawing explicit attention to such patterned experience provides new images that intrude on ingrained patterns of thinking about the self and other.  Out of the productive clash of analytically co-constructed images and the invariant patterns of the past emerge new conceptions of what the patient may choose to be in the present moment. Through it all Charles displays an admirable willingness to sit in difficult spaces and to work through troubling therapeutic impasses from the inside out rather than from some point of ostensible safety.  This finely textured and richly evocative study which grows out of Charles' extensive clinical work with artists writers and musicians is a signal contribution to developmental theory clinical theory and the psychology of creativity.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005716

PatternsDesign and Composition In Patterns: Design and Composition M. A. Hann and I. S. Moxon present guidelines for the original design and composition of regular patterns alongside an understanding of the inherent structures of these patterns. Starting with the compositional elements  Hann and Moxon take the reader through patterns in the environment early forms of patterns and aspects of classification based on circles squares triangles and symmetry. With 250 images sourced from past examples as well as student work this essential read for design students and researchers demonstrates how simplicity begets complexity in the design and composition of regular patterns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285613

Paul and DeathA Question of Psychological Coping The concept of death particularly violent death is prevalent throughout the writings of Paul the Apostle. His letters in the New Testament address this topic from a variety of perspectives some of which can appear to be almost contradictory. However this need not be problematic. Paul and Death uses the method of psychological exegesis to show that the different attitudes toward death in Paul’s letters make for a much more coherent discourse if they are seen as an aid to individual and collective psychological coping.Taking the differences between each of Paul’s letters as its starting point this study suggests that a variety of coping strategies in relation to death may be beneficial depending on the situation the person and the stage of the coping process. Drawing on psychologically-oriented hermeneutic theory and theories about psychological coping in particular the author argues that each case of psychological coping must be understood in its historical situation and as strategies emanating from a specific person’s subjective appraisal.Combining theology and biblical studies with modern psychology this book will be of particular interest to academics and students that are studying the relationship between Religion and notions of Death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885212

Paul Bekker's Musical Ethics German music critic and opera producer Paul Bekker (1882–1937) is a rare example of a critic granted the opportunity to turn his ideas into practice. In this first full-length study of Bekker in English Nanette Nielsen investigates Bekker's theory and practice in light of ethics and aesthetics in order to uncover the ways in which these intersect in his work and contributed to the cultural and political landscape of the Weimar Republic. By linking Beethoven's music to issues of freedom and individuality as he argues for its potential to unify the masses Bekker had already in 1911 begun to construct the ethical framework for his musical sociology and opera aesthetics. Nielsen discusses some of the complex (and conflicting) layers of modernism and conservatism in Bekker that would have a continued presence in his work and its reception throughout his career. Bekker's demands for a 'practical ethics' led to his criticisms of metaphysically grounded approaches to aesthetics and his ethical views are put into further relief in a sketch of the development of his music phenomenology in the 1920s. Nielsen unravels the complex intersections between Bekker's ethics and his opera aesthetics in connection with his practice as an Intendant at the Wiesbaden State Theatre (1927–1932) offering a critical reading of an opera staged during his tenure: Hugo Herrmann’s Vasantasena (1930). Further works are considered in light of the theoretical framework underpinning the book inspired by several intersections between ethics and aesthetics encountered in Bekker's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231972

Paul Celan's Encounters with SurrealismTrauma Translation and Shared Poetic Space This book examines the gradual development of Paul Celan's reception of the surrealist texts including presenting studies of the compositional processes of the translations and of his poetological writings. It provides a valuable insight into his firsthand experience of surrealism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602864

Paul Dukas: Legacies of a French Musician This book appraises the contribution of Paul Dukas (1865–1935) to a wide variety of French musical practices. As a composer critic artistic collaborator and teacher Dukas was central to the fin de siècle and early twentieth-century Paris musical scene (and more broadly to the French scene). Significantly his compositional style mediated tradition through the modern language of his present while his critical writings pioneered a new mode of musical discourse in the French press. Of further interest are Dukas’s professional relationships with iconic figures such as Gabriel Fauré and Claude Debussy and his role in fostering the next generation of French composers. In addition to mentoring famous names such as Olivier Messiaen and Tony Aubin he staunchly supported his female students notably Elsa Barraine Claude Arrieu and Yvonne Desportes. This unique essay collection offers a panoramic perspective on a comparatively neglected French musician. Paul Dukas: Legacies of a French Musician traces two aspects of his work: Part I treats Dukas as a composer thinker and artistic collaborator; Part II constructs his intellectual legacy as seen in his creative and pedagogic endeavours. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in fin de siècle and early twentieth-century French music women in French music music criticism and composition education in the Paris Conservatoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731021

Paul Gilroy Paul Gilroy has been a controversial force at the forefront of debates around race nation and diaspora. Working across a broad range of disciplines Gilroy has argued that racial identities are historically constructed formed by colonization slavery nationalist philosophies and consumer capitalism. Paul Williams introduces Gilroy’s key themes and ideas including: the essential concepts including ethnic absolutism civilizationism postcolonial melancholia iconization and the ‘black Atlantic’ analysis of Gilroy’s broad-ranging cultural references from Edmund Burke to hip-hop a comprehensive overview of Gilroy’s influences and the academic debates his work has inspired. Emphasizing the timeliness and global relevance of Gilroy’s ideas this guide will appeal to anyone approaching Gilroy’s work for the first time or seeking to further their understanding of race and contemporary culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583978

Paul HindemithA Research and Information Guide Paul Hindemith: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography concerning both the nature of primary sources related to the composer and the scope and significance of the secondary sources which deal with him his compositions and his influence as a musician and teacher. The second edition includes research published since the publication of the first edition and provides electronic resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994805

Paul John FloryA Life of Science and Friends Paul John Flory: A Life of Science and Friends is the first full-length treatment of the life and work of Paul John Flory recipient of the Nobel Prize in chemistry in 1974. It presents a chronological progression of his scientific professional and personal achievements as recounted and written by his former students and colleagues. This book covers the span of Flory’s life including a family history and reflections on the marks he left on the lives of various individuals within the scientific community. He played a major role in the consolidation of the macromolecular paradigm in chemistry physics and materials science. His influence permeates virtually every aspect of polymer science. The book includes an extensive collection of personal remembrances telling the circumstances under which colleagues worked with Flory discussing their joint work and assessing Flory’s place in polymer science chemistry and world science. The contributors memorialize Flory for more than his scientific and technical contributions. Several chapters are written by living friends who reflect upon his impact on their work and careers. He also played a role in human rights within the scientific community making efforts to liberate scientists who lived and worked behind the Iron Curtain particularly in the Soviet Union. Paul John Flory: A Life of Science and Friends illustrates an example of an individual of scientific and personal excellence. His living friends and colleagues believe his story must be told. In telling it and making it available for future generations his closest friends and colleagues ensure his continued inspiration to people in and outside laboratories worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466595767

Paul Lazarsfeld and the Origins of Communications Research The manuscript discusses the early days of communication research explicitly the first works of Paul Lazarsfeld’s radio and media research in Vienna Newark NJ Princeton and New York during the years between the early 1930s and the end of the 1940s. Lazarsfeld’s Viennese radio research especially the world’s first extensive audience research – RAVAG study (1931) – is entirely new information for English speaking scholars. The book shows the details of Lazarsfeld’s methodological reasoning in his projects in the field of communication. The book also presents the research institutes that Lazarsfeld founded in Vienna in 1931 from Newark Center in New Jersey (1935) to Princeton Office of Radio Research in 1937 and up to the foundation of Lazarsfeld’s famous BASR at Columbia University in New York in the 1940s. The monograph shows how important Lazarsfeld’s first studies were for the future development of communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877392

Paul Ricoeur "First Published in 1990 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203713815

Paul Ricoeur and Contemporary Moral Thought Here some of the most influential thinkers in theological and philosophical ethics develop new directions for research in contemporary moral thought. Taking as their starting point Ricoeur's recent work on moral anthropology the contributors set a vital agenda for future conversations about ethics and just community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866866

Paul Ricoeur’s Philosophical Anthropology as Hermeneutics of LiberationFreedom Justice and the Power of Imagination This book offers a unique account of the role imagination plays in advancing the course of freedom’s actualization. It draws on Paul Ricoeur’s philosophical anthropology of the capable human being as the staging ground for an extended inquiry into the challenges of making freedom a reality within the history of humankind. This book locates the abilities we exercise as capable human beings at the heart of a sustained analysis and reflection on the place of the idea of justice in a hermeneutics for which every expectation regarding rights liberties and opportunities must be a hope for humanity as a whole. The vision of a reconciled humanity that for Ricoeur figures in a philosophy of the will provides an initial touchstone for a hermeneutics of liberation rooted in a philosophical anthropology for which the pathétique of human misery is its non- or pre-philosophical source. By setting the idea of the humanity in each of us against the backdrop of the necessity of preserving the tension between the space of our experiences and the horizons of our expectations the book identifies the ethical and political dimensions of the idea of justice’s federating force with the imperative of respect. Paul Ricoeur’s Philosophical Anthropology as Hermeneutics of Liberation will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working in hermeneutics phenomenology ethics political theory and aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898786

Paul Samuelson and the Foundations of Modern Economics Paul A. Samuelson was the first American Nobel Laureate in economics and the second overall. He was credited for "the scientific work through which he has developed static and dynamic economic theory and actively contributed to raising the level of analysis in economic science." That recognition is now thirty years old and Samuelson remains at work in the cutting edge of the discipline. He is also widely known for a basic textbook that became a landmark learning tool throughout the second half of the twentieth century. This excellent collegial appreciation focuses heavily on Samuelson's Foundations of Economic Analysis. In that work and a series of brief essays he has contributed to an integration of statics and dynamics by way of the correspondence principle. He has also combined the multiplier and accelerator mechanisms in a model of economic fluctuations; he has reformed the foundations of consumption theory by his concept of revealed preferences; he has developed or improved several major theorems within international trade; and created theories of maximum efficiency and maximum growth rate. Finally he has clarified the role of collective goods in resource allocation. In considering the work and life of Samuelson editor Puttaswamaiah has assembled a worthy group of brilliant commentators. Among the analytic papers in this volume are "An essay on the Accuracy of Economic Prediction" by L.R. Klein "Analytical Aspects of Anti-Inflation Policy" by Robert M. Solow a paper by Vittorangelo Orati on Samuelson's linkage to Schumpeter and Keynes "Money and Price Theory by Carlo Benetti and Jean Cartelier and a concluding essay on "The Role of Samuelson's Economics" by Michael Emmett Brady. Most unusual in works of this kind are some strong critical statements including a pungent examination of vanity as well as creativity in Samuelson's work. What emerges is a clear picture of a special scholar. Scholars and students will welcome it alike-a result that well fits the purpose and character of Samuelson. The festschrift has its origins in several issues of the International Journal of Applied Economics and Econometrics. Professor K. Puttaswamaiah has more than three decades of editing journals in economics. He is a member of the journal; Savings and Development issued at the University of Milan. He is author of Economic Development of Karnataka Cost-Benefit Analysis and Nobel Economists: Lives and Contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513020

Paula Rego's Map of MemoryNational and Sexual Politics This title was first published in 2003. The artist Paula Rego was born in Portugal but has lived in Britain since 1951. In this well-illustrated book Maria Manuel Lisboa explores the background behind Rego's decision to leave the land of her birth and in doing so provides fascinating insights into Rego's persistent portrayal of uneasy and predatory relations between men and women. Looking back over the national religious and sexual politics of Portugal during Rego's childhood under the shadow of the Salazar dictatorship and subsequently Lisboa locates the origins of the artist's preoccupation with power and powerlessness violence and abuse within the political and ideological status quo of Portugal past and present. The author's  clear and thoughtful analysis offers an ambitious contribution to the study of patriarchy Catholicism and Fascism and their expression in the work of this artist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315193762

Paulo Freire and the Curriculum How can Paulo Freire s progressive and vital contributions to curriculum planning can be made more relevant today for educators policy makers and anybody involved in education? This book provides a necessary framework as it articulates significant questions. The first deals with Freire s positions on curriculum planning the second is devoted to the historical development and the character of his perspective on curriculum planning and the third refers to the ways his perspective compares to others as well as to its contemporary value. Freire s perspective comes into direct conflict with traditional views on curriculum planning the content of which represents what is perceived as the highest expression of Western civilization. Freire also breaks with the dominant perspective of social efficiency on curriculum planning whose main aim is to supply via behavioral objectives the knowledge and skills deemed necessary for the efficient function of the economy and the society treats learners as passive receivers of knowledge and assigns to curriculum a technical character disarticulated from social political or ideological conflicts. In addition he does not focus on studying the learner in an abstract or a-historical framework nor does he adopt an individualistic interpretation which fetishizes spontaneity. In contrast to traditional perspectives on the curriculum Freire provides a fertile ground for teachers and any others who seek to transform schools and improve student s learning and lives." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594517488

Paulo Freire in the 21st CenturyEducation Dialogue and Transformation This book explores the implications of world renowned educationalist Paulo Freire's theories for educational practice and how his ideas can help in bridging different genres and traditions. It addresses themes questions and issues that have received little attention to date including Freire's conception of the critical intellectual the problem of defining literacy and the possibility of a Freirean response to debates over political correctness. Roberts also relates Freire's ideas to those of other writers: Israel Scheffler Fyodor Dostoevsky and Hermann Hesse among others. Paulo Freire in the 21st Century makes a distinctive contribution to the international literature on Freire's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594516818

Paulo FreireA Critical Encounter Paulo Freire is one of the century's great thinkers on education and the politics of liberation. Known mostly for his literacy campaigns in Latin America and Africa and for his seminal work Pedagogy of the Oppressed his thinking continues to be rediscovered by generations of teachers scholars community activists and cultural workers in Europe and North America. While his name is synonymous with the practice of Critical Literacy' and A Pedagogy of Liberation' his work has been appropiated in many diverse fields of discipline and site-based projects of social reform. This volume represents a pathfinding analysis of Freires work and in many cases it offers an extension of his thinking in order to make it more applicable to first world contexts. Peter McLaren and Peter Leonard have brought together a divergent group of scholars widely recognized for their contributions to critical theory and critical pedagogy. Themes addressed include Freier's relation to feminist critique his philosophical roots and an evaluation of his ideas from postmodernist and postcolonialist perspectives. The collection will be essential reading for anyone interested in the radical sociology of education and the politics of liberation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131750

Paul's Necessary SinThe Experience of Liberation How can we know today what was happening in the minds and hearts of Paul and the first Christians so long ago? By getting below the surface of Paul's theology the consistent key elements of early Christian experience are revealed in a way that throws light on the meaning of powerful religious experiences and movements both in the past and today. Illuminating for those who have never read a word on Paul yet disturbing and provocative for biblical scholars this book tackles the topic of the religious experience of Paul and the first Christians. Lacking authentic knowledge of Paul's liberating experience generations of translators and interpreters have inevitably and sometimes clumsily obscured Paul's meaning. In this book the scholarly accusation that Paul is incoherent is turned upside down to show how uncritically accepted ways of translating Paul mislead today's reader and introduce a mystifying complexity into scholarship on Paul. Taking the reader step-by-step through a painstaking restoration of the meaning of Paul's text the colour and form of Paul's original vision are revealed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379152

Pauper CapitalLondon and the Poor Law 1790–1870 Few measures if any could claim to have had a greater impact on British society than the poor law. As a comprehensive system of relieving those in need the poor law provided relief for a significant proportion of the population but influenced the behaviour of a much larger group that lived at or near the margins of poverty. It touched the lives of countless numbers of individuals not only as paupers but also as ratepayers guardians officials and magistrates. This system underwent significant change in the nineteenth century with the shift from the old to the new poor law. The extent to which changes in policy anticipated new legislation is a key question and is here examined in the context of London. Rapid population growth and turnover the lack of personal knowledge between rich and poor and the close proximity of numerous autonomous poor law authorities created a distinctly metropolitan context for the provision of relief. This work provides the first detailed study of the poor law in London during the period leading up to and after the implementation of the Poor Law Amendment Act of 1834. Drawing on a wide range of primary and secondary sources the book focuses explicitly on the ways in which those involved with the poor law - both as providers and recipients - negotiated the provision of relief. In the context of significant urban change in the late eighteenth and nineteenth century it analyses the poor law as a system of institutions and explores the material and political processes that shaped relief policies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599809

PaupersThe Making of the New Claiming Class Originally published in 1973 Paupers looks at poverty through the lens of class and the Welfare State. The book examines those living in poverty and the direct effects poverty has. The book follows the basis that the economic factors which gave rise to poverty have little to do with the Welfare State and that fragmentary changes can do little to change them. The book’s core argument examines the political and social significance of poverty and look at the underlying causes and effects of the drift towards a more unequal and unjust society. The book also analyses the factors which bring economically disadvantaged people together and what happens when they join for collective action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597792

Pause and EffectAn Introduction to the History of Punctuation in the West From its publication in 1992 Pause and Effect has become a cornerstone of the study of punctuation across the world. Described as 'magisterial' by Lynne Truss in her best-selling Eats Shoots and Leaves this book has stimulated interest and scholarly debates among writers literary critics philosophers linguists rhetoricians palaeographers and all those who study the use of language. To celebrate this extraordinary achievement Pause and Effect has been republished in September 2008 coinciding with the publication of the author's new work Their Hands Before Our Eyes. The first part of Pause and Effect identifies the graphic symbols of punctuation and deals with their history. It covers the antecedents of the repertory of symbols as well as the ways in which the repertory was refined and augmented with new symbols to meet changing requirements. The second part offers a short general account of the principal influences which have contributed to the ways in which the symbols have been applied in texts focusing on the evidence of the practice itself rather than on theorists. The treatment enables the reader to compare usages in different periods and to isolate the principles which underlie the use of punctuation in all periods. The examples and plates which are at the core of the book provide the reader with an opportunity to test the author's observations. The examples are taken from a wide range of literary texts from different periods and languages. Latin texts are accompanied by English translation intended to illustrate the use of punctuation in the originals in so far as this is possible. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247243

Paved with GoldThe Romance and Reality of the London Street First Published in 1971. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978034

Pavement Roadway and Bridge Life Cycle Assessment 2020Proceedings of the International Symposium on Pavement. Roadway and Bridge Life Cyc An increasing number of agencies academic institutes and governmental and industrial bodies are embracing the principles of sustainability in managing their activities. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is an approach developed to provide decision support regarding the environmental impact of industrial processes and products. LCA is a field with ongoing research development and improvement and is being implemented world-wide particularly in the areas of pavement roadways and bridges. Pavement Roadway and Bridge Life Cycle Assessment 2020 contains the contributions to the International Symposium on Pavement Roadway and Bridge Life Cycle Assessment 2020 (Davis CA USA June 3-6 2020) covering research and practical issues related to pavement roadway and bridge LCA including data and tools asset management environmental product declarations procurement planning vehicle interaction and impact of materials structure and construction. Pavement Roadway and Bridge Life Cycle Assessment 2020 will be of interest to researchers professionals and policymakers in academia industry and government who are interested in the sustainability of pavements roadways and bridges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367551667

Pavement and Asset ManagementProceedings of the World Conference on Pavement and Asset Management (WCPAM 2017) June 12-16 2017 Baveno Italy Pavement and Asset Management contains contributions from the World Conference on Pavement and Asset Management (WCPAM 2017 Baveno Italy 12-16 June 2017). For the first time the European Pavement and Asset Management Conference (EPAM) and the International Conference on Managing Pavement Assets (ICMPA) were joining forces for a global event that aimed not only at academics and researchers but also at practitioners engineers and technicians dealing with everyday tasks and responsibilities related to transport infrastructures pavement and asset management. Pavement and Asset Management covers a wide range of topics from emerging research to engineering practice and is grouped under the following themes: - Data quality and monitoring - Economics political and environmental management strategies- Deterioration models- Key performance indicators- PMS-case studies- Design and materials- M&R treatments- LCA & LCCA- Risk and safety- Bridge and tunnel management- Smart infrastructure and IT Pavement and Asset Management will be valuable to academics and professionals interested and/or involved in issues related to transport infrastructures pavement and asset management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367209896

Pavement Drainage: Theory and Practice SUMMARY This book provides complete coverage of surface and subsurface drainage of all types of pavements for highways urban roads parking lots airports and container terminals. It provides up-to-date information on the principles and technologies for designing and building drainage systems and examines numerous issues including maintenance and designing for flood events. Practical considerations and sophisticated analysis such the use of the finite element method and unsaturated soil mechanics anisotropy and uncertainties are presented. This book allows civil engineers to make the best use of their resources to provide cost effective and sustainable pavements. Features Presents a holistic consideration of drainage with respect to pavement performance. Includes numerous practical case studies. Examines flooding and the impacts of climate change. Includes PowerPoint slides which include quizzes schematics figures and tables. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815353607

Pavement EngineeringPrinciples and Practice Third Edition Pavement Engineering will cover the entire range of pavement construction from soil preparation to structural design and life-cycle costing and analysis. It will link the concepts of mix and structural design while also placing emphasis on pavement evaluation and rehabilitation techniques. State-of-the-art content will introduce the latest concepts and techniques including ground-penetrating radar and seismic testing. This new edition will be fully updated and add a new chapter on systems approaches to pavement engineering with an emphasis on sustainability as well as all new downloadable models and simulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498758802

Pavement Life-Cycle AssessmentProceedings of the Symposium on Life-Cycle Assessment of Pavements (Pavement LCA 2017) April 12-13 2017 Cha An increasing number of agencies academic institutes and governmental and industrial bodies are embracing the principles of sustainability in managing their activities and conducting business. Pavement Life-Cycle Assessment contains contributions to the Pavement Life-Cycle Assessment Symposium 2017 (Champaign IL USA 12-13 April 2017) and discusses the current status of as well as future developments for LCA implementation in project- and network-level applications. The papers cover a wide variety of topics: - Recent developments for the regional inventory databases for materials construction and maintenance and rehabilitation life-cycle stages and critical challenges- Review of methodological choices and impact on LCA results- Use of LCA in decision making for project selection- Implementation of case studies and lessons learned: agency perspectives- Integration of LCA into pavement management systems (PMS)- Project-level LCA implementation case studies- Network-level LCA applications and critical challenges- Use-phase rolling resistance models and field validation- Uncertainty assessment in all life-cycle stages- Role of PCR and EPDs in the implementation of LCA Pavement Life-Cycle Assessment will be of interest to academics professionals and policymakers involved or interested in Highway and Airport Pavements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138066052

Paving Our WaysA History of the World’s Roads and Pavements Paving Our Ways covers the international history of road paving in an interesting readable and technically accurate way. It provides an overview of the associated technologies in a historical context. It examines the earliest pavements in Egypt and Mesopotamia and then moves to North Africa Crete Greece and Italy before a review of pavements used by the Romans in their magnificent road system. After its empire collapsed Roman pavements fell into ruin. The slow recovery of pavements in Europe began in France and then in England. The work of Trésaguet Telford and McAdam is examined. Asphalt and concrete slowly improved as paving materials in the second part of the 19th century. Major advances occurred in the 20th century with the availability of powerful machinery pneumatic tyres and bitumen. The advances needed to bring pavements to their current development are explored as are the tools for financing constructing managing and maintaining pavements. The book should appeal to those interested in road paving and in the history of engineering and transport. It can also serve as a text for courses in engineering history. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367520786

Paving the Road to Sustainable TransportGovernance and innovation in low-carbon vehicles This book is about how societies around the world can accelerate innovation in sustainable transport. It examines the relationship between policy change and the development of technological innovations in low carbon vehicle technologies including biofuels hybrid-electric vehicles electric vehicles and fuel cells. Examining this relationship across countries and regions that are leaders in vehicle manufacturing and innovation such as the European Union Germany Sweden China Japan Korea and USA the books aims to learn lessons about policy and innovation performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241305

Pavlovian Second-order ConditioningStudies in Associative Learning Originally published in 1980 this volume explores some of the dramatic and exciting changes that had taken place in the field of conditioning in the 15 years prior to publication. The usefulness of a particular learning procedure second-order conditioning is explored in three aspects of the learning process: (1) the measurement of learning; (2) the circumstances that produce associative learning; and (3) the content of that learning. The usefulness of this new paradigm is documented with the results of experiments that had grown out of the author’s programmatic work at the time. Completely new results were published for the first time in an attempt to demonstrate the power of this particular learning procedure in elucidating fundamental questions about the nature of learning. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848724440

Pax Britannica?British Foreign Policy 1789-1914 Pax Britannica? is a study of Britain's international role and foreign policy during the century of her imperial greatness. The study shows how her foreign policy was affected and to some extent dictated by her domestic political issues. In her stimulating and readable study Dr Chamberlain explains the how the whole nature of foreign-policy making changed in the nineteenth century. Once the preserve of a small handful of monarchs and professional diplomats it was transformed by the expansion of the fanchise the influence of the press and the mobilisation of public opinion by men such as Disraeli and Palmerston. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148642

Pax PacificaTerrorism the Pacific Hemisphere Globalization and Peace Studies Johan Galtung is the world's foremost thinker in peace studies. This remarkable book is his response to the events of 9/11. It is a philosophical collection of essays on terror war and peace which engages with the key issues and obstacles we face in attempting to create peace around the world. Focusing in particular on the Pacific region he presents a grounded assessment of the history of the regional power dynamics and present prospects for peace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632964

Pay for PerformanceHistory Controversy and Evidence First published in 1992.  This collection is devoted to trying to provide a better understanding of pay for performance. The volume includes an excellent history a notable long-term success story that is at least partly based on pay for performance a discussion of the source of some of the misunderstandings a review of some of the better research on the subject and some promising research developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863894

Paying for Broadcasting: The Handbook First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442917

Paying for EducationDebating the Price of Progress Which type of education should we pay for? How much education should we pay for? Can we buy knowledge about how to improve education? Uniquely presenting a general overview of economic principles applicable to all sectors of education Paying for Education makes key economic ideas accessible to non-economists whilst drawing on insights from other social science disciplines. It examines the implications of its analysis especially for two important areas of policy – paying for teachers and paying for teaching in higher education – in order to highlight some underlying issues and consider alternative policy options as well as reflect on possible futures. The chapters examine: The value of education for the individual The value of education for society Private and public demands for education Choosing a system to supply education The cost efficiency and equity of providing education Analysing evidence and case studies on a global scale Paying for Education is an essential read for academics educational administrators policy makers leaders in educational organisations and all of those interested in the future of how we pay for education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998360

Paying for MedicareThe Politics of Reform ** Paying for Medicare received the American Risk and Insurance Association's Elizur Wright Award for itsoutstanding contribution to risk management and insurance literature.The Prospective Payment System and the Medicare Fee Schedule two of the most effectively sustained and successful efforts at policy innovation in history continue to shape decisions about Medicare and cost containment efforts.Smith shows how particular policy alternatives were developed; why chosen or rejected; and how provider interests and American political institutions have shaped their design and implementation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126159

Paying for Performance: An International ComparisonAn International Comparison Although performance pay is used in many industrialized nations the structure and success of this pay system vary widely depending on the institutions regulatory framework and legal settings of each country. This book makes the details and effects of these local variations clear for the first time. World-renowned experts on the programs in their respective countries provide in-depth analyses of performance pay in the United States Canada France the United Kingdom Germany Australia Japan and Brazil. They draw out common themes across the countries as well as country-specific determinants of the use of performance pay and its level of success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701875

Paying for PleasureMen Who Buy Sex Drawing on original empirical data with men who buy sex this book takes a fresh look at the relationships clients have with female sex workers. The core questions that form the backbone of the research are not only the expected inquiry into 'why men buy sex' but also into the sociological and psychological processes that men encounter in order to enter an assumed 'deviant' sexual behaviour as part of their everyday lives. These sociological processes of finding negotiating and buying sexual services are complicated by the stigma directed towards men who buy sex. Exactly how do men behave with sex workers; what are their relationships like; what emotions are involved and can intimacy be bought? Questioning the dichotomy made between commercial and non-commercial relationships the data suggests that intimacy and commerce are compatible. Managing secrecy stigma and the consumption of intimacy takes this book into some of the more challenging theoretical areas of masculinity and emotional consumption in contemporary society. Drawing some parallels from the author's earlier book Sex Work: A Risky Business the book offers insights into why engagement in commercial sex is prolific as sexual culture is transformed in late modernity. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843925569

Paying for Sex in a Digital AgeUS and UK Perspectives Providing one of the first comprehensive cross-cultural examinations of the dynamic market for sexual services this book presents an evidence-based look at the multiple factors related to purchasing patterns and demand among clients who have used the internet. The data is drawn from two large surveys of sex workers’ clients in the US and UK. The book presents descriptive baseline data on client engagement with online platforms demographics and patterns of frequency in different markets information on smaller niche markets and client reactions to exploitation safety and changes in the law. The book makes clear that a variety of situational as well as individual factors affect the willingness and ability to purchase sexual services. The view that emerges shatters the stereotypes and generalistions on which much policy is based and demonstrates the complexities surrounding who pays for sex and the contours of sexual consumption in consumer culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138318731

Paying for the PiperCapital and Labour in Britain's Offshore Oil Industry First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040318

Paying For WelfareTowards 2000 This is a third edition of a successful textbook that provides a contemporary account of how social services in the UK are paid for. The new edition brings the textbook up-to-date with its fast-moving subject area explaining the finance of human services - health care education housing social security a nd social care-through a review of the economic literature. It also gives an account of how the cash to pay for the services actually reaches schools hospitals and social service departments right from the start of the process examining how government raises taxes through to allocation of the funds. Both comprehensive and expertly written this textbook will continue to feature as key reading for a variety of Social and Policy related courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837362

Paying Our High Public OfficialsEvaluating the Political Justifications of Top Wages in the Public Sector In almost every liberal democratic society an issue that is a topic of constant and passionate public discussion is how much that country’s ministers legislators senior civil servants  and senior judges should be paid. Nor is this surprising; the issue has considerable voyeuristic appeal particular democratic significance and important ramifications for the functioning of the public sector as a whole. However like most political debates these discussions tend to be messy fragmented and full of unverified assertions and spurious appeals to populist sentiment. It is hardly surprising that those discussions rarely succeed in putting the matter to rest. Paying Our High Public Officials examines the political discourse concerning this question in 17 liberal democracies (Canada the United States Mexico Norway Finland the Netherlands the United Kingdom Ireland Germany Austria Switzerland France Poland Italy Hong Kong Singapore and New Zealand). Based on many hundreds of parliamentary debates newspaper articles speeches as well as reports by think tanks and high commissions of state the book identifies seven central arguments that occur in all these societies translates them into the language of analytical philosophy and then rigorously evaluates them. This approach contributes to a better understanding of this controversy and may result in better-justified and more legitimate conclusions concerning which policy to adopt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901742

Paying The Costs Of Austerity In Latin America This book examines a number of the nations—Argentina Bolivia Mexico Nicaragua and Venezuela—in which the declines were far greater ranging from -11.9 percent in Mexico to -27.0 percent in Bolivia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282479

Paying the ProfessoriateA Global Comparison of Compensation and Contracts How are professors paid? Can the "best and brightest" be attracted to the academic profession? With universities facing international competition which countries compensate their academics best and which ones lag behind? Paying the Professoriate examines these questions and provides key insights and recommendations into the current state of the academic profession worldwide. Paying the Professoriate is the first comparative analysis of global faculty salaries remuneration and terms of employment. Offering an in-depth international comparison of academic salaries in twenty-eight countries across public private research and non-research universities chapter authors shed light on the conditions and expectations that shape the modern academic profession. The top researchers on the academic profession worldwide analyze common themes trends and the impact of these matters on academic quality and research productivity. In a world where higher education capacity is a key driver of national innovation and prosperity and nations seek to fast-track their economic growth through expansion of higher education systems policy makers and administrators increasingly seek answers about what actions they should be taking. Paying the Professoriate provides a much needed resource illuminating the key issues and offering recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898072

Payment DueA Nation In Debt A Generation In Trouble The generational wars are about to begin: competing for entitlements wrestling over taxes dancing around the deficit. Today's children and grandchildren are tomorrow's taxpayers and social fabric. The authors of Payment Due contend that we are setting those children up for economic disaster.Former Representative Tim Penny (D?Minn.) knows how vola Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317171

PC Based Instrumentation and Control PC Based Instrumentation and Control is a guide to implementing computer control instrumentation and data acquisition using a standard PC and some of the more traditional computer languages.Numerous examples of configurations and working circuits as well as representative software make this a practical hands-on guide to implementing PC-based testing and calibration systems and increasing efficiency without compromising quality or reliability. Guidance is given on modifying the circuits and software routines to meet the reader's specific needs.The third edition includes updated coverage of PC hardware and bus systems a new chapter on virtual instruments and an introduction to programming and software development in a modern 32-bit environment. Additional examples have been included with source code and executables available for download from the companion website www.key2control.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177215

PC WarsPolitics and Theory in the Academy First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021799

PCI ComplianceThe Definitive Guide Although organizations that store process or transmit cardholder information are required to comply with payment card industry standards most find it extremely challenging to comply with and meet the requirements of these technically rigorous standards. PCI Compliance: The Definitive Guide explains the ins and outs of the payment card industry (PCI) security standards in a manner that is easy to understand. This step-by-step guidebook delves into PCI standards from an implementation standpoint. It begins with a basic introduction to PCI compliance including its history and evolution. It then thoroughly and methodically examines the specific requirements of PCI compliance. PCI requirements are presented along with notes and assessment techniques for auditors and assessors.The text outlines application development and implementation strategies for Payment Application Data Security Standard (PA-DSS) implementation and validation. Explaining the PCI standards from an implementation standpoint it clarifies the intent of the standards on key issues and challenges that entities must overcome in their quest to meet compliance requirements. The book goes beyond detailing the requirements of the PCI standards to delve into the multiple implementation strategies available for achieving PCI compliance. The book includes a special appendix on the recently released PCI-DSS v 3.0. It also contains case studies from a variety of industries undergoing compliance including banking retail outsourcing software development and processors. Outlining solutions extracted from successful real-world PCI implementations the book ends with a discussion of PA-DSS standards and validation requirements. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439887400

PCR Protocols in Molecular Toxicology Conducting studies of natural and man-made air contaminants is a specialized research activity that draws upon skills from a variety of disciplines including toxicology pharmacology industrial hygiene and environmental health. Methods in Inhalation Toxicology describes how knowledge from these disciplines is integrated into the design and conduct of inhalation studies. Each of the vital aspects of conducting these studies is discussed in detail including the use of animal subjects and the related quality control and ethical considerations air purification methodology exposure atmosphere generation and characterization inhalation exposure systems and real-time and post-exposure biological assessments. These methods will enable you to conduct inhalation studies easily adding any specific measures of particular interest to your research. The book covers techniques needed to:provide suitable clean air for experimentscorrectly generate the particles and gases being studiedselect the proper exposure systemmonitor the exposure prepare tissues for studyensure that animals do not have confounding lung diseaseThe helpful descriptions and detailed lists of suppliers of preferred equipment and materials will help you to perform valid reproducible inhalation toxicology studies. Methods in Inhalation Toxicology is a perfect textbook for students in toxicology programs as well as for scientists who conduct inhalation studies in both academic and industrial environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138473690

PCR TechnologyCurrent Innovations Third Edition PCR’s simplicity as a molecular technique is in some ways responsible for the huge amount of innovation that surrounds it as researchers continually think of new ways to tweak adapt and re-formulate concepts and applications. PCR Technology: Current Innovations Third Edition is a collection of novel methods insights and points of view that provides a critical and timely reference point for anyone wishing to use this technology. Topics in this forward-thinking volume include: The purification and handling of PCR templates The effect of the manufacture and purification of the oligonucleotide on PCR behavior Optimum buffer composition Probe options The design and optimization of qPCR assays Issues surrounding the development and refinement of instrumentation Effective controls to protect against uncertainties due to reaction variability Covering all aspects of PCR and real-time PCR the book contains detailed protocols that make it suitable as both a reference and an instruction manual. Each chapter presents detailed guidelines as well as helpful hints and tips supplied by authors who are recognized experts in their fields. In addition to descriptions of current technology and best practices the book also provides information about new developments in the PCR arena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198586

PDCA/Test Most manuals assume software testing is being performed as part of a well-defined structured development cycle based on clearly stated requirements and standards. Unfortunately this is not often the case in the real world. Indeed the one true constant in software development is change.PDCA/TEST presents a continuous quality framework bas Media > Books > E-books Auerbach Publications 9780429131769

Peace Power And The United NationsA Security System For The Twentyfirst Century "The notion that every state has an interest in the territorial integrity of every other state-no matter how distant they are and how slight their connections-is peculiar to the twentieth century. To be sure poets and philosophers had perceived humanity's common interest in preventing wars and statesmen had found that aggression from outside the community could be deterred by the mutual defense of those within it. But no one had ever tried to organize an all-embracing system that used the collective force of its members to prevent one of them from attacking another. It took the wide devastation of two world wars-and the failure of the balance-of-power systems that preceded them-to instigate the search for a more effective way to manage power. To the founders of the League of Nations and the United Nations there was nothing extravagant about the idea that peace is indivisible. Their countries had been drawn into wars that were largely not of their making: They had learned that to control their destinies they must act early with others to keep the peace. It is this core of national self-interest that drives collective security. If the system works at any moment in history it is because its members believe they have enough stake in the existing order to warrant taking measures against any nation that threatens to destroy the fabric of that order. " Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282509

Peace Prosperity And Politics As we enter a new century world affairs have been transformed. The leading countries confront no compelling or immediate major threats of a military sort; they all see the world in essentially the same way; there has been an enormous expansion of international trade and economic interconnections; and rapid technological expansion has facilitated i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317188

Peace War and Mental HealthCouples Therapists Look at the Dynamics Discover how issues of world war and peace relate to the dynamics of couples therapy in this thought-provoking book. In Peace War and Mental Health couples therapists provide diverse views on the links between strengthening marriages and preventing and solving international disputes. Although the contributors vary in their approaches to this issue a common theme is the belief that couples as well as countries need to build bridges not walls for healthy relationships and they need to strive to learn what others are really feeling thinking or needing underneath the defenses others exhibit.The contributing therapists in Peace War and Mental Health explore the various links between couples in conflict and nations at war. Chapters describe how prevention strategies used for couples in therapy may be applied to the well-being of the world as a whole and how significant change is possible through the involvement of only a small percentage of the population. Other chapters focus on specific tools for couples therapy such as outlines of the major tasks of relationship building and traps that mitigate against good relationship construction a description of the nuts and bolts of conflict resolution and the use of flashcards to help both members of the pair present his or her real feelings to the other. Some of the intriguing topics covered in this book include: the relationship between psychotherapy and spirituality and the paradox of individuals longing to belong since each is a part of the whole the role of gender on war and its potential impact on peace the failure of the humanistic movement societal attitudes linking domestic violence and large scale violence how the potential for resolution of differences in couples can be applied to peace among nations how prevention may be expanded to include the “mental health” of the whole world--Part V of an interview with Virginia SatirPeace War and Mental Health helps therapists look at international peace and couples therapy with new perspectives a necessity in today’s rapidly changing family and world climate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978065

Peace War and Computers Computers are at the heart of war as we know it and this visionary overview of cyber war in the twenty-first century studies how electronics have changed the way we fight. Using informatics and chaos theory this is a disarming yet enthralling read. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699904

Peace ActionPast Present and Future "Peace Action: Past Present and Future" is a collection of short lively essays written by prominent leaders and supporters of Peace Action and its two important predecessors the National Committee for a Sane Nuclear Policy and the Nuclear Weapons Freeze Campaign. Just in time for its 50th anniversary Peace Action brings together reflections on the largest and most influential peace organization in history. At the same time this book provides a unique resource for understanding popular protest against nuclear weapons and war in the modern era. It illuminates the local national and international role of Peace Action today and outlines Peace Action s strategies for the future including ongoing protest against the war in Iraq and a negotiated resolution of nuclear issues in Iran and North Korea.Read Katrina vanden Heuvel's blog on "Peace Action" at http: //www.thenation.com" Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632957

Peace and Conflict 2008 Peace and Conflict is a biennial publication that provides key data and documents trends in national and international conflicts ranging from isolated acts of terrorism to internal civil strife to full-fledged interstate war. Peace and Conflict is a large format full-color reference including numerous graphs tables maps and appendices dedicated to the visual presentation of data. Crisp narratives are highlighted with pull-quote extracts that summarize trends and major findings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003076186

Peace and Conflict 2010 Peace and Conflict is a new biennial publication that provides key data and documents trends in national and international conflicts ranging from isolated acts of terrorism to internal civil strife to full-fledged intercountry war. A major trend it tracks is the incidence of wars beyond the protracted conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. For 2010 Peace & Conflict adds a new regular feature-Trends in Global Terrorism-and focuses on the theme of Challenges of Post-Conflict Transitions. It covers special topics including women and post-conflict settings and truth commissions and tribunals. Peace and Conflict is a large format full-color reference including numerous graphs tables maps and appendices dedicated to the visual presentation of data. Crisp narratives are highlighted with pull-quote extracts that summarize trends and major findings such as the continuing increase in high casualty terrorist acts and the likelihood of genocide risk in certain areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315090009

Peace and Conflict 2012 Peace and Conflict is a biennial publication that provides key data and follows trends in national and international conflicts ranging from isolated acts of terrorism to internal civil strife to full-fledged inter-country war. A major trend it tracks is the incidence of wars beyond the protracted conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. Peace and Conflict 2012 focuses on the theme of policy guidance for preventing conflict. It covers special topics with original contributions that focus on mediation economic recovery and the impact of elections. Peace and Conflict is a large-format reference book including numerous graphs tables maps and appendices dedicated to the visual presentation of data. Crisp narratives are highlighted with box quote extracts that summarise trends and major findings such as the continuing increase in high casualty terrorist acts and risk of genocide in certain areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050904

Peace and Conflict 2014 Peace and Conflict is a biennial publication that provides cutting-edge data and analysis concerning domestic and international conflicts and corresponding peacebuilding activities. The book include forecasts of risks of political and social instability as well as trends and patterns in conflict. The 2014 edition focusses on the 'micro level' in the study of conflict and peacebuilding such as social relationships below the level of the nation-state with attention to key topics such as ethnicity climate change foreign aid and sexual violence. Peace and Conflict is a large-format full-color resource with numerous graphs tables maps and appendices dedicated to the visual and summary presentation of information. Crisp narratives are highlighted with pull-quote extracts emphasizing major findings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612054360

Peace and Conflict 2016 An authoritative source of information on violent conflicts and peacebuilding processes around the world Peace and Conflict is an annual publication of the University of Maryland’s Center for International Development and Conflict Management and the Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies (Geneva). The contents of the 2016 edition are divided into three sections: » Global Patterns and Trends provides an overview of recent advances in scholarly research on various aspects of conflict and peace as well as chapters on armed conflict violence against civilians non-state armed actors democracy and ethnic exclusion terrorism defense spending and arms production and procurement peace agreements state repression foreign aid and the results of the Peace & Conflict Instability Ledger which ranks the status and progress of more than 160 countries based on their forecasted risk of future instability. » Special Feature spotlights work on measuring micro-level welfare effects of exposure to conflict. » Profiles has been enlarged to survey developments in instances of civil wars peacekeeping missions and international criminal justice proceedings that were active around the world during 2014. Frequent visualizations of data in full-color large-format tables graphs and maps bring the analysis to life and amplify crucial developments in real-world events and the latest findings in research. The contributors include many leading scholars in the field from the US and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438437

Peace and Conflict 2017 An authoritative source of information on violent conflicts and peacebuilding processes around the world Peace and Conflict is an annual publication of the University of Maryland’s Center for International Development and Conflict Management and the Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies (Geneva). The contents of the 2017 edition are divided into three sections: » Global Patterns and Trends provides an overview of recent advances in scholarly research on various aspects of conflict and peace as well as chapters on armed conflict violence against civilians characteristics of rebel and state forces sexual violence democracy and civil war terrorism human rights conditions and the results of the updated Peace & Conflict Instability Ledger which ranks the status and progress of more than 160 countries based on their forecasted risk of future instability (adverse regime change internal war state mass killing non-state mass killing). » Special Feature spotlights work on the relationship between refugees and the diffusion of armed conflict. » Profiles surveys developments in instances of civil wars peacekeeping missions and international criminal justice proceedings that were active around the world during 2015. Frequent visualizations of data in full-color large-format tables graphs and maps bring the analysis to life and amplify crucial developments in real-world events and the latest findings in research. The contributors include many leading scholars in the field from the US and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439328

Peace and Conflict StudiesA Reader Peace and Conflict Studies: A Reader is a comprehensive and intensive introduction to the key works in this growing field. Presenting a range of theories methodologies and approaches to understanding peace and to transforming conflict this edited volume contains both classic and cutting-edge contemporary analyses. The text is divided into six general sections: PART I: Peace Studies Peace Education and Peace PART II: Peace Theories and Peace Movements PART III: The Meanings and Nature of Conflict PART IV: Conflict Analysis Transformation and Prevention PART V: Nonviolent Action and Political Change. PART VI: Building Institutions and Cultures of Peace With an extensive introduction as well as recommendations for further reading and questions for the classroom Peace and Conflict Studies: A Reader will be essential reading for students teachers and practitioners of peace and conflict studies and conflict resolution. It is also highly recommended for students of peace operations peacebuilding sociology international security and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415591294

Peace and Conflict StudiesAn Introduction Ho-Won Jeong explains and assesses major approaches to dealing with ethnic conflict communal violence inter-state war and social injustice. The book analyses not only the sources of violence and conflict but also how to manage and prevent them. As peace is relevant to improvement in human well-being and the future survival of humanity the volume encompasses a variety of themes ranging from alternative security policies methods of peaceful settlement human rights self-determination environmental politics global governance and non-violence. Reflecting on the current thinking and drawing lessons from the past the book can be considered as the most authoritative introduction to the field since the end of the Cold War. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247236

Peace and Conflict StudiesPerspectives from South Asia This volume explores how we theorize politicize  and practice peace and conflict discourses in the social sciences.   As concepts peace and conflict are intricately interwoven into a web of complementary discourses where states and other actors are able to negotiate deliberate and arbitrate their differences short of the overt and covert use of physical violence. The essays in this volume reflect this eclecticism: they reflect on concerns of contemporary conflicts in world politics; the dissection of the ideas of peace and power; the way peace studies join with global agencies; peace and conflict in connection to geopolitics and identity; the domestic basis of conflict in India and the South Asian theatre including class social cleavages and gender. Further they also process elements like globalization media communication and films that help us engage with the popular tropes and discursive construction of the reality that play critical roles in how peace and violence are articulated and acted upon by the elites and the masses in societies.  This volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of political science international relations theory  peace and conflict studies  public policy and area studies. It will also be a key resource for bureaucrats policy makers think tanks and practitioners working in the field of international relations.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367540401

Peace and Ethnic Identity in Northern IrelandConsociational Power Sharing and Conflict Management Consociational power sharing is often perceived to be the method of conflict management that is most likely to succeed in deeply divided societies. The case of Northern Ireland in particular is heralded by many as a consociational success story. Since the signing of the Good Friday (Belfast) Agreement in 1998 significant conflict transformation has taken place in the form of a considerable reduction in levels of violence and the establishment of power sharing between unionists and nationalists. This book looks at what consociational power sharing achieves after its implementation – specifically whether it can work to overcome existing identities in divided societies or whether it simply freezes divisions. It argues that if consociational power sharing is facilitating a move towards a genuinely shared society this would be demonstrated in the focus of the election campaigns of Northern Ireland’s political parties which would be almost exclusively based around socio-economic issues affecting the whole population rather than narrow single identity concerns. However the book claims that on the whole this has not been realised. Although election campaigns are today less strident than they were in the pre-1998 era it remains the case that they usually foreground single identity symbolism as it is this that resonates with voters. Whilst consociational power sharing has been very successful in reducing levels of violent conflict and facilitating elite level cooperation between unionists and nationalists it has been much less successful in reducing divisions within wider society to facilitate a genuinely shared Northern Irish identity. By establishing an important middle ground between consociational proponents and critics this research will be of significant interest to students and scholars of ethnic politics political sociology conflict management and divided societies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888565

Peace and Justice StudiesCritical Pedagogy This book explores the interdisciplinary arena of peace studies and shows how the field has evolved and continues to grow and change. Dedicated to bringing students face to face with the grave injustices and violence in the contemporary world  it equips them with the tools to work for transformational change. Informed by an intersectional perspective scholar-activist authors probe contested terrain including teaching social justice from a place of privilege decolonializing pedagogies and community organizing. Games and simulations storytelling experiential integrated learning and other pedagogical approaches are employed to encourage critical thinking empathy optimism and activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346357

Peace and Reconciliation in the Classical World Warfare has long been central to a proper understanding of ancient Greece and Rome worlds where war was as the philosopher Heraclitus observed ‘both king and father of all’. More recently however the understanding of Classical antiquity solely in such terms has been challenged; it is recognised that while war was pervasive and a key concern in the narratives of ancient historians a concomitant desire for peace was also constant. This volume places peace in the prime position as a panel of scholars stresses the importance of ‘peace’ as a positive concept in the ancient world (and not just the absence of or necessarily even related to war) and considers examples of conflict resolution conciliation and concession from Homer to Augustine. Comparing and contrasting theories and practice across different periods and regions this collection highlights first the open and dynamic nature of peace and then seeks to review a wide variety of initiatives from across the Classical world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595395

Peace and ReconciliationIn Search of Shared Identity Establishing a shared identity is an important part of any process of peace and reconciliation. This book discusses issues and theories of identity formation that can be implemented for peace and reconciliation from the perspectives of theology and religious studies whilst interacting with politics socio-cultural studies and economics. By focusing on the theme of peace and reconciliation and employing an interdisciplinary approach this volume will make a significant contribution to the discussion of the situation of the Korean peninsula and wider global contexts. The volume explores theoretical issues such as political and economic implications of reconciliation; interfaith and biblical perspectives; and the role of religion in peace making. Furthermore the contributors examine practical implications of the theme in the contexts of Germany Northern Ireland South Africa India East Asia Bosnia-Herzegovina and the Korean peninsula. The book offers invaluable insights for policy-makers academics and lay leaders besides being an important tool for researchers and students of theology religion sociology politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275386

Peace and Rural Development in ColombiaThe Window for Distributive Change in Negotiated Transitions In Peace and Rural Development in Colombia Andrés García Trujillo investigates whether peace agreements geared toward terminating internal armed conflicts trigger rural distributive changes. Combining academic rigor with an insider’s perspective García Trujillo shows that the peace agreement in Colombia opened an exceptional window for addressing rural inequality. Yet despite some progress he argues that the agreement’s leverage to stir change was severely constrained by opposing actors within and outside the government. García Trujillo later applies the framework developed for the Colombian case to explain key dynamics of other post-conflict societies that have dealt with agrarian issues under a transitional context like El Salvador or South Africa. The original theoretical framework and empirically rich analysis make Peace and Rural Development in Colombia an indispensable read for scholars and practitioners who wish to gain an understanding on the political economy of peacemaking policy change and rural development in Colombia and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367424084

Peace and Security in Northeast AsiaNuclear Issue and the Korean Peninsula This work provides an analysis of North Korea's nuclear controversy from a variety of perspectives including: nuclear reactor technology and technology transfer; economic sanctions and incentives; confidence-building measures; environmental challenges; and the views of Korea and the major powers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315480497

Peace and WarA Theory of International Relations Peace and War by Raymond Aron is one of the greatest books ever written on international relations. Aron's starting point is the state of nature that exists between nations a condition that differs essentially from the civil state that holds within political communities. Ever keeping this brute fact about the life of nations in mind and ranging widely over political history and many disciplines Aron develops the essential analytical tools to enable us to think clearly about the stakes and possibilities of international relations.In his first section "Theory " Aron shows that while international relations can be mapped and probabilities discerned no closed global "science" of international relations is anything more than a mirage. In the second part "Sociology " Aron studies the many ways various subpolitical forces influence foreign policy. He emphasizes that no rigorous determinism is at work: politics and thus the need for prudent statesmanship are inescapable in international relations. In part three "History " Aron offers a magisterial survey of the twentieth century. He looks at key developments that have had an impact on foreign policy and the emergence of what he calls "universal history " which brings far-flung peoples into regular contact for the first time. In a final section "Praxeology " Aron articulates a normative theory of international relations that rejects both the bleak vision of the Machiavellians who hold that any means are legitimate and the naivete of the idealists who think foreign policy can be overcome.This new edition of Peace and War includes an informative introduction by Daniel J. Mahoney and Brian C. Anderson situating Aron's thought in a new post-Cold War context and evaluating his contribution to the study of politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529649

Peace and WarCross-cultural Perspectives Is war necessary? In Peace and War prominent anthropologists and other social scientists explore the cultural and social factors leading to war. They analyze the covert causes of war from a cross-cultural perspective: ideologies that dispose people to war; underlying patterns of social relationships that help institutionalize war; and the cultural systems of military establishments. Overt causes of war—environmental factors like the control of scarce resources advantageous territories and technologies or promoting the welfare of people “like” oneself—are also considered. The authors examine anthropologists’ role in policy formation—how their theories on the nature of culture and society help those who deal with global problems on a day-to-day basis. They argue that both covert and overt mechanisms are pushing the world closer to a devastating war and offer strategies to weaken the effects of these mechanisms. This anthropological and historical analysis of the causes of war is a valuable resource for those studying war and those trying to understand the place of social science in framing pacific options. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429338212

Peace Culture And SocietyTransnational Research And Dialogue "1989 certainly represents one of those moments. yet when IPRA held its 12th General Conference in August 1988 few of the participants imagined that within the space of 13 months popular social movements would topple socialist regimes in Poland Czechoslovakia Hungary and the German Democratic Republic.Nobody imagined the Berlin wall or the wire fence between Hungary and Austria being dismantled. Even fewer contemplated the overthrow of the Ceaucescu regime in Rumania pluralistic politics in Bulgaria a single German economy or a reunited Germany." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282486

Peace Ecology "Peace Ecology" presents a cutting-edge exploration of an emerging paradigm that links the essence of peace and nonviolence with the tenets of ecology and the principles of environmentalism. Looking at issues including food justice water sharing climate change peace zones and the free economy this book considers examples and illustrations from around the world where people communities and nations are employing the teachings of ecology as a tool for mitigating conflict and promoting peace. "Peace Ecology" presents an integrative perspective that bears directly upon the most pressing issues of our time constituting both the ecological realm of peace and the peacemaking potential of ecology. The volume examines the rich history contemporary relevance and transformative future potential inherent in this dynamic nexus of theory and action. Its overarching aim is no less than moving the current scarcity-conflict paradigm to one of cooperative resource management and ultimately toward peaceful coexistence both among ourselves and within the balance of nature.To read the Common Dreams excerpt of "Peace Ecology" Click Here.Talk Nation Radio Interview with Randall Amster and David Swanson here." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052977

Peace Education and Religious PluralityInternational Perspectives Does religion bring peace or war? In order to discuss this fundamental question it is essential to reflect upon religious education that shapes the views of religion among young generations. This book has developed from the special panel on "Religious Education and Peace" for the 19th World Congress of the International Association for the History of Religions (IAHR) the largest international organization in religious studies which took place in Tokyo in March 2005. Its international contributors discuss the kinds of religious education used for peace education that is attempted or needed in their respective societies faced with tensions and conflicts not only between different religions but also between religion and secularism. This is the first book in the field that includes both Asian and Western writers (from Korea Japan Indonesia Israel Germany Spain UK and USA). It is an innovative attempt to build a bridge between the study of religion/religious education and peace education. This book was previously published as a special issue of British Journal of Religious Education Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994812

Peace Education in a Postmodern WorldA Special Issue of the Peabody Journal of Education This special issue of the Peabody Journal of Education provides a comprehensive overview of the latest developments in peace education reform. School reforms based upon principles of peace education have in common a belief in the power of peace to create a positive learning climate in schools and to address the problems of violence in the broader culture. A peace education strategy for improving school productivity rests upon three main assumptions: 1. Violence contributes to the poor performance of many students. 2. Adults in school settings need to address problems created by violence in order for schools to improve. 3. Anxieties that make it hard for students to master traditional subject matter can best be addressed by a comprehensive peace education strategy that makes school a safe place to learn and provides students with knowledge about alternative nonviolent ways to resolve conflicts. Peace building reforms go beyond responding to immediate forms of violence that may be overwhelming students and teachers to promoting positive images of peace through the study of nonviolence. Written by established experts in the field of peace education from six different countries this collection of articles not only represents a wide variety of peace education practices from different corners of the globe but it also represents varying academic perspectives. Educators can play a key role in helping human societies progress toward more sustainable ways of living by implementing peacemaking peacekeeping and peace building strategies in school programs. Peace education reforms point to a new way of thinking about schools as vehicles for promoting a peace culture through insights offered by nonviolent theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866874

Peace Education Tip V44#4 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421875

Peace EducationPast present and future In 1999 the UN instituted the Program of Action on a Culture of Peace leading to the Declaration of the International Decade for the Promotion of a Culture of Peace and Non-Violence for the Children of the World 2001-2010. This represented a paradigm shift away from the prevailing conceptualization of peace as ‘the absence of war’ to one of ‘creating cultures of peace’ and indicated a significant opening for peace educators and the expansion of their mission and field in peace research and scholarship. This book seeks to address several questions about the emergence present state and future of the field of peace education and to ground the definition of the discipline in its origins – origins deeply set in informal grassroots movements of concerned citizens faith-based communities and professional organizations who work for peace as well as those working in formal institutions. These origins are vital in imparting identity and in nurturing the current growing collective consciousness that combines the academic discipline and the worldwide peace movement – a collective that can unify fuel and inspire dialogue among scholars researchers activists educators government leaders and the myriad of individuals committed to creating cultures of peace throughout the world. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Peace Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675643

Peace EducationThe Concept Principles and Practices Around the World Peace Education: * presents views on the nature of peace education its history and relationships to neighboring fields; * examines relevant psychological and pedagogical principles such as the contact experience conciliation through personal story telling reckoning with traumatic memories body-work and the socio-emotional aspects of reconciliation; and * introduces an array of international examples from countries such as Croatia Northern Ireland Israel South Africa Rwanda and the United States in order to generalize lessons learned. A "must have" for all those thinking planning conducting and studying peace education programs it is intended for scholars students and researchers interested in peace and conflict resolution in higher education and volunteer and public organizations. Its cross disciplinary approach will appeal to those in social and political psychology communication education religion political science sociology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650762

Peace Figuration after International InterventionIntentions Events and Consequences of Liberal Peacebuilding This book examines the adverse impacts of liberal peacebuilding in conflict-affected societies. It introduces ‘peace figuration’ as a new analytical framework for studying the intentionality performativity and consequences of liberal peacebuilding. The work challenges current theories and views and searches for alternative non-conflicted research avenues that are suitable for understanding how peacebuilding intentions are made how different events shape peace outcomes and what are the consequences of peacebuilding interventions. Drawing on detailed case studies of peacebuilding in Bosnia and Herzegovina Kosovo and Timor-Leste the book argues that attempts to build peace often fail to achieve the intended outcomes. A figurational view of peacebuilding interventions shows that post-conflict societies experience multiple episodes of success and failure in an unpredictable trajectory. This book develops a relational sociology of peacebuilding impact which is crucial for overcoming static measurement of peacebuilding successes or failures. It shows that international interventions can shape peace but importantly not always in the shape they intended. This book will be of much interest to students of statebuilding peacebuilding war and conflict studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498518

Peace in International Relations This updated and revised second edition examines the conceptualisation and evolution of peace in International Relations (IR) theory. The book examines the concept of peace and its usage in the main theoretical debates in IR including realism liberalism constructivism critical theory and post-structuralism as well as in the more direct debates on peace and conflict studies. It explores themes relating to culture development agency and structure not just in terms of representations of IR and of peace but in terms of the discipline of IR itself. The work also specifically explores the recent mantras associated with liberal and neoliberal versions of peace which appear to have become foundational for much of the mainstream literature and for doctrines for peace and development in the policy world. Analysing war has often led to the dominance – and mitigation – of violence as a basic assumption in and response to the problems of IR. This study aims to redress this negative balance by arguing that the discipline offers a rich basis for the study of peace which has advanced significantly over the last century or so. It also proposes innovative theoretical dimensions of the study of peace with new chapters discussing post-colonial and digital developments. This book will be of great interest to students of peace and conflict studies politics and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356813

Peace in the Middle EastThe Challenge for Israel Specialists from Israel Europe and the US examine the implications of peace for Israel. How would it affect the country's political and economic systems and its national security and what would peace mean for its regional and international standing and its relations with world Jewry? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036151

Peace in World History In Peace in World History Peter N. Stearns examines the ideas of peace that have existed throughout history and how societies have sought to put them into practice. Beginning with the status of peace in early hunter-gatherer and agricultural societies and continuing through the present day the narrative gives students a clear view of the ways people across the world have understood and striven to achieve peace throughout history. Topics covered include: Comparison of the ‘pax Romana’ and ‘pax Sinica’ of Rome and China Concepts of peace in Buddhism Christianity and Islam and their historical impact The place of peace in the periods of expanding empires The emergence starting in the 19th century of formal schemes to promote peace amid increasingly destructive technologies for warfare Moving away from the view of history as a series of military conflicts Peace in World History offers a new way of looking at world history by focusing on peace. Showing how concepts of peace have evolved over time even as they have been challenged by war and conflict this lively and engaging narrative enables students to consider peace as a human possibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716611

Peace Journalism in East AfricaA Manual for Media Practitioners This concise edited collection explores the practice of peace journalism in East Africa focusing specifically on the unique political and economic contexts of Uganda and Kenya. The book offers a refreshing path towards transformative journalism in East Africa through imbibing pan-African institutional methodological approaches and the African philosophies of Utu (humanity) Umoja (unity) and Harambee (collective responsibility) as news values. Contributions from key academics demonstrate how media practices that are supportive of peace can prevent the escalation of conflict and promote its nonviolent resolution. The chapters cumulatively represent a rich repertoire of experiences and cases that skillfully tell the story of the connections between media and peacebuilding in East Africa while also avoiding romanticizing peace journalism as an end to itself or using it as an excuse for censorship. This cutting-edge research book is a valuable resource for academics in journalism media studies communication peace and conflict studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250683

Peace Journalism in Times of WarVolume 13: Peace and Policy Amid the ongoing and volatile debate over the nature and potential of peace journalism this volume presents visionary insights from some of the most prominent scholars in the field. The significant empirical studies included here will provide foundation data for communication studies. The contributors broaden the purview and terrain of peace journalism to include new media and offers essays on the eff ects and the content of global communications. In sum the thirteenth volume of Peace and Policy deepens our empirical knowledge of the nature and effects of conflict while underscoring the increase in numbers of participants and breadth of communications.For the past half decade these contributors have worked independently and collaboratively to increase systematic understanding of the value of peace journalism and communication to civil society. Th e group has contributed to a complex articulation of the various frames of conflict coverage. In so doing they have clarified the structural systemic and cultural aspects of global violence. In turn this has helped create institutions programs and strategies for enhancing constructive peace communication that will increase mutual understanding cooperation reconciliation and transform confl ict.Peace journalism has reframed understanding of confl ict from a tug-of-war between two parties in which one side's gain is the other's loss to the terms of relationships between various sides. It considers the context and the need to identify a range of stakeholders broader than the sides directly engaged in violent confrontation. In sum it leads to understanding of the distinction between stated demands and underlying objectives so as to identify voices working for creative and non-violent solutions and finding ways to transform and transcend the lines of confl ict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529670

Peace Journalism Principles and PracticesResponsibly Reporting Conflicts Reconciliation and Solutions Long-time peace journalist Steven Youngblood presents the foundations of peace journalism in this exciting new textbook offering readers the methods approaches and concepts required to use journalism as a tool for peace reconciliation and development. Guidance is offered on framing stories ethical treatment of sensitive subjects and avoiding polarizing stereotypes through a range of international examples and case studies spanning from the Iraq war to the recent unrest in Ferguson Missouri. Youngblood teaches students to interrogate traditional media narratives about crime race politics immigration and civil unrest and to illustrate where—and how—a peace journalism approach can lead to more responsible and constructive coverage and even assist in the peace process itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124691

Peace LeadershipThe Quest for Connectedness This book examines the concept of peace leadership bringing together scholars and practitioners from both peace and conflict studies and leadership studies.The volume assesses the activities of six peace leaders the place and role of women and youth in leading for peace military peace leadership Aboriginal peace leadership and theoretical frameworks that focus on notions of ecosystems traits and critical care. It provides insights into how Peace Leaders work to transform inner and external blockages to peace construct social spaces for the development of a culture of peace and sustain peace efforts through deliberate educative strategies. Conceptually the primary aim of this book is to obtain a better understanding of peace leadership. Practically this book presents one means of influencing our community (communities) to face its problems for the sake of challenging and helping our readers to understand and make progress on all that stands in the way of peace (connectedness). The contributions to this volume are drawn together by the overarching aim of this volume which addresses the following question: What are the concerns dilemmas challenges and opportunities for those who choose to lead and take risks for peace? This book will be of much interest to students of peace studies conflict resolution leadership studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594800

Peace MaintenanceThe Evolution of International Political Economy Peace-Maintenance explores the controversial concept that has evolved from diplomatic peacekeeping and military peace-enforcement. Jarat Chopra the architect of peace-maintenance outlines the limitations of traditional peacekeeping principles reliant on the increasingly questionable consent of belligerents. He traces the evolution of the political administrative legal and judicial ingredients of international authority. He draws on his extensive experience of peace operations with the United Nations using many examples to illustrate the context and evolution of peace-maintenance including in-depth studies of Somalia and Western Sahara. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978041

Peace Movements: International Protest and World Politics Since 1945 There is a long tradition of opposition to war and organized peace campaigns date from 1815. Since 1945 however modern weapons technology has threatened world wide destruction and has stimulated widespread protests. This book sketches in the background of thinking about peace and resistance to war before 1945 and then examines how public opposition to nuclear weapons and testing grew in the 1950s and early 1960s. Later chapters cover the major ressurgence of nuclear disarmament campaigns in the 1980s. The book also looks at how peace protest has spread from its origins in North America and North West Europe to embrace many parts of the world; opposition to nuclear testing has indeed been particularly strong in Japan Australia New Zealand and the Pacific islands. The period 1945 to 1990 was dominated by the Cold War between the USA and USSR and the role of the Soviet-sponsored World Peace Council caused difficulties for indeptendent peace groups in the West. During the 1980s the emergence of autonomous peace activity in a number of East European countries and even on a very small scale in the USSR itself transformed the possibilities for East-West co-operation between citizens to urge disarmament and political change. A chapter examines these developments. Opposition to all forms of militarism has spread in the last 30 years. This book charts the struggles to extend the right to conscientious objection to military service and draft resistance to particular wars - for example in Southern Africa and Israel. It also looks in some detail at the growing opposition to the war in the Vietnam. The recent protests against the Gulf War are surveyed briefly in an epilogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165700

Peace Negotiations and TimeDeadline Diplomacy in Territorial Disputes This book discusses the role of time in peace negotiations and peace processes in the post-Cold War period making reference to real-world negotiations and using comparative data. Deadlines are increasingly used by mediators to spur deadlocked negotiation processes under the assumption that fixed time limits tend to favour pragmatism. Yet little attention is typically paid to the durability of agreements concluded in these conditions and research in experimental psychology suggests that time pressure can have a negative impact on individual and collective decision-making by reducing each side’s ability to deal with complex issues complex inter-group dynamics and inter-cultural relations. This volume explores this lacuna in current research through a comparative model that includes 68 episodes of negotiation and then more in detail in relation to four cases studies - the Bougainville and Casamance peace processes and the Dayton and Camp David proximity talks. The case studies reveal that in certain conditions low time pressure can impact positively on the durability of agreements by making possible effective intra-rebel agreements before official negotiations and that time pressure works in proximity talks only when applied to solving circumscribed deadlocks. This book will be of much interest to students of peace processes conflict resolution negotiation diplomacy and international relations in general.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109186

Peace Operations and Global Order Peacekeeping in Global Politics investigates the changing role of peacekeeping and competing perspectives about what that role should be. It begins by addressing broad issues connected with the transition from a Westphalian to post-Westphalian international society the ethical and legal dilemmas provoked by armed intervention and the alternative ways of conceptualising the role that peacekeeping plays. It goes on to critically chart the development of 'traditional' peacekeeping before outlining how the role of force in peacekeeping operations has changed and the close links between peacekeeping conflict prevention and conflict resolution. The final part of the volume focuses specifically on globalization and the effects that this has had on peacekeeping practices. In particular it focuses on the changing conflict environment the growing tendency towards subcontracting peacekeeping duties and the development of regional peacekeeping capabilities. Overall this volume makes two contributions to the way we think about peacekeeping: first it demonstrates that the theory and practice of peacekeeping is embedded in global politics and second it shows that there an on-going debate about what peacekeeping is for. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877785

Peace Operations and Human Rights The protection and promotion of human rights is an integral part of contemporary international peacekeeping operations. It is also a controversial aspect of peace operations at both an institutional and operational level. By bringing together a wide range of practitioners and academic scholars this special issue addresses key contemporary legal political and operational challenges to human rights protection. This book was previously published as a special issue of the leading journal International Peacekeeping. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878836

Peace Operations and Organized CrimeEnemies or Allies? Peace operations are increasingly on the front line in the international community’s fight against organized crime; this book explores how in some cases peace operations and organized crime are clear enemies while in others they may become tacit allies. The threat posed by organized crime to international and human security has become a matter of considerable strategic concern for national and international decision-makers so it is somewhat surprising how little thought has been devoted to addressing the complex relationship between organized crime and peace operations. This volume addresses this gap questioning the emerging orthodoxy that portrays organized crime as an external threat to the liberal peace championed by western and allied states and delivered through peace operations. Based upon a series of case studies it concludes that organized crime is both a potential enemy and a potential ally of peace operations and it argues for the need to distinguish between strategies to contain organized crime and strategies to transform the political economies in which it flourishes. The editors argue for the development of intelligent transnational and transitional law enforcement that can make the most of organized crime as a potential ally for transforming political economies while at the same time containing the threat it presents as an enemy to building effective and responsible states. The book will be of great interest to students of peacebuilding peace and conflict studies organised crime Security Studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710411

Peace Operations and Restorative JusticeGroundwork for Post-conflict Regeneration With a bold vision and a distinctive message Reddy stipulates that international peacekeeping can be designed and implemented using the principles of restorative justice. To prove this Reddy discusses the congruence of crime armed conflict and violent disorder critiquing restorative justice and its nuanced character as a suitable application to complex civil wars. This book provides a comprehensive survey of peace operations and then focuses on the cases of Somalia and Bougainville. The comparison between their societal contexts their conflicts peace operations and final outcomes are crucial to this argument. Furthermore this shows how the constraining maximising and emergent values of restorative justice can be applied in a peacekeeping setting from the overall command level through to the behaviours of deployed peacekeepers - with direct contemporary application. This sharp study makes for evocative reading as it introduces the new concept of regeneration as key to any restoratively arranged peace operation. Military police NGO and civilian peacekeeper practitioners as well as academic theorists can use this unique work to produce better and more lasting results for conflict ridden communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250741

Peace Operations Between War and Peace Peace operations entail a special form of co-operation between nation-states and international organization but tend to be most difficult for the soldiers police and civilian officials on the ground. This volume highlights the latter role with case studies of Srebrenica and Somalia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039589

Peace Operations in the Francophone WorldGlobal governance meets post-colonialism This book critically examines peacebuilding humanitarian intervention and peace operation practices and experiences in francophone spaces.Francophone Africa as a specific space is relatively little studied in the peace and security literature despite the fact that almost half of all peacekeepers are deployed or were deployed in this part of Africa during the last decade. It is an arena for intervention that deserves more serious attention if only because it provides fertile ground for exploring the key questions raised in the peacekeeping and peacebuilding literature. For instance in 2002 a French operation (Licorne) was launched and in 2003 a UN force was deployed in Côte d’Ivoire alongside the French force there.Filling a gap in the current literature Peace Operations in the Francophone World critically examines peacekeeping and peacebuilding practices in the francophone world including but not limited to conflict prevention and resolution security sector reform (SSR) francophone politics and North–South relations. The book explores whether peace and security operations in francophone spaces have exceptional characteristics when compared with those carried out in other parts of the world and assesses whether an analysis of these operations in the francophone world can make a specific and original contribution to wider international debates about peacekeeping and peacebuilding.This book will be of much interest to students of peacekeeping peacebuilding peace and conflict studies African politics security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600709

Peace or War?Understanding the Peace Process in Northern Ireland First published in 1997 this volume responded to the peace process of the 1980s and 1990s between Great Britain and Northern Ireland emerging just prior to the 1998 Good Friday Agreement. It constituted one of the first major academic examinations of the attempts to bring peace to Northern Ireland in the 1990’s and explores the historical origins of the process before moving towards a critical account of the role of political parties in the development of the peace process. Critics have argued equally that the process was a sham tactically repositioning Irish republicanism and that it provided a framework for reconciliation or even conflict resolution. This book outlines the political changes which allowed the peace process to develop along with analysing specific themes divided into three broad sections: the general aims of the peace process the political perspectives and the issues under discussion. Aiming to promote discussion these contributors explore the origins and function of the peace process followed by an analysis of political perspectives including the Unionists the SDLP and Irish Republicanism. Finally they consider key issues of interest for the peace process including the ever-present border debate security strategies education and economics whilst Rachel Ward makes the case for the skilled contributions of women available to formal politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000868

Peace Psychology in GermanyA Special Issue of Peace and Conflict First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203764190

Peace Regime Building on the Korean Peninsula and Northeast Asian Security Cooperation A permanent peace regime on the Korean peninsula has yet to be achieved even though the Korean War came to a halt more than half a century ago. Without a peace treaty formally ending the Korean War the two Korean states are technically still at war. The current situation on the Korean peninsula is extremely tense and precarious and tensions and distrust between the two Koreas and between the U.S. and North Korea escalated in the wake of North Korea's second underground nuclear weapons testing in 2009. The editors of this volume conceptually present a two-track (inter-Korean and international) approach to Korean peninsula peace-regime building. They argue that an inter-Korean and international approach should be pursued simultaneously for the construction of a permanent peace regime on the Korean peninsula. The contributing authors are established specialists and experts on Korean foreign relations and Northeast Asian international relations. As natives of the U.S. Korea China and Japan they provide objective scholarly and diverse perspectives on the Korean peace regime building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268265

Peace ResearchTheory and Practice Comprising essays by Peter Wallensteen this book presents an overview of the thematic development of peace research which has become one of the most dynamic and innovative areas of war and conflict studies. Peace research began in the 1950s when centres were formed in the USA and Europe and today there are research institutes and departments on every continent with teaching and research programs in most countries and peace researchers contribute to the development of international studies development research and security analysis. Prof. Wallensteen has been a witness to much of this since forming the Department of Peace and Conflict Research at Uppsala University in the late 1960s and this book brings together thirteen of his articles with five new essays in one volume. The book presents articles on such key issues in peace research as the causes of war conflict data conflict diplomacy non-violent sanctions and third- party diplomacy. In this way it demonstrates how basic research can be conducted in fields often seen as ‘unresearchable’ and ‘too complicated to deal with’. This volume shows that it is a matter of developing definitions creating valid measures and finding ways of collecting information recognising that innovations of this kind require supportive research environments. Furthermore the results are not only useful for the growth of research activity itself but for finding ways of dealing with actual conflicts. Thus attention is also paid here to conflict prevention peace agreements sanctions and third-party activity for preventing and ending armed conflict and building a lasting post-war peace. This book will be of great interest to all students of peace studies conflict resolution war and conflict studies development studies and IR/security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415580892

Peace Studies in the Chinese CenturyInternational Perspectives The rise of China is probably the most significant shift in the international power structure this generation. China's leaders have so far committed themselves to a 'peaceful rising' but serious tensions are inevitable in such a rapid transformation. Dialogue on peace and conflict issues at this juncture is invaluable. This volume focuses on developments in peace research in a number of key countries and in particular introduces for the first time in English the perspectives of a number of Chinese scholars who have started to engage with peace studies agendas. Comparisons are drawn from the UK USA Mexico Japan and South Africa to provide a better understanding of the debates on a global level and the discussion among different countries. Some of the outstanding peace researchers who contribute to the volume include Andrew Rigby Johan Galtung - who is generally considered to have founded the discipline in its current form - and Ursula Oswald. The volume is a valuable and unique contribution to the contemporary peace research agenda and will appeal to an interdisciplinary readership in peace studies sociology politics international relations religious studies philosophy and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262607

Peace Support OperationsNordic Perspectives Peace Support Operations: Nordic Perspectives brings together Nordic academics working in the field of peace support operations broadly defined. It contains a collection of articles that present different theoretical approaches to the study of peace support operations and contribute to enhance the knowledge of the Nordic countries’ participation in such operations. Its case studies describe the development of peacekeeping forces from Norway Sweden Denmark and Finland in the face of evolving threats to world security over the past sixty years and how each country's reaction has differed. The conflicts covered in this study include the Cold War the Balkan conflict the first Gulf War and the Malawian ethnic conflict. Thus it constitutes a contribution to the academic field in both a theoretical and an empirical sense. This book was previously published as a special issue of International Peacekeeping Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994829

Peace Through Education (Routledge Revivals)The Contribution of the Council for Education in World Citizenship First published in 1984 Peace Through Education records the history of the first 45 years of the Council for Education in World Citizenship (CEWC). It describes the rise in interest of increased international understanding in the years preceding the book’s publication and highlights the influential role of the CEWC in encouraging educators to make the rising generations aware of threats to world peace. Created in 1939 at a time of tense international crisis the organization’s record is both an important and fascinating story. The book sets out to provide an overview of the history and work of the organization as well as to assess how far the Council has achieved its objectives and how successful it has been in satisfying needs and wielding influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641418

Peace through TourismPromoting Human Security Through International Citizenship Peace through tourism refers to a body of analysis which suggests tourism may contribute to cross-cultural understanding tolerance and even peace between communities and nations. What has been largely missing to date is a sustained critique of the potential and capacities of tourism to foster global peace. This timely volume fills this void by providing a critical look at tourism in order to ascertain its potential as a social force to promote human rights justice and peace. It presents an alternative characterisation of the possibilities for peace through tourism: embedding an understanding of the phenomenon in a deep grounding in multi-disciplinary perspectives and envisioning tourism in the context of human rights social justice and ecological integrity. Such an approach engages the ambivalence and dichotomy of views held on peace tourism by relying on a pedagogy of peace. It integrates a range of perspectives from scholars from many disciplinary backgrounds non-governmental organisations (NGOs) tourism industry operators and community all united by an interest in critical approaches to understanding peace through tourism. Additionally diverse geo-political contexts are represented in this book from the USA India Japan Israel Palestine Kenya the Koreas Indonesia East Timor and Indigenous Australia. Written by leading academics this groundbreaking book will provide students researchers and academics a sustained critique of the potential and capacities of tourism to foster global peace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081888

Peace Under Heaven: A Modern Korean NovelA Modern Korean Novel Originally published in Seoul in 1938 soon after the outbreak of the Pacific War "Peace Under Heaven" is a satirical novel centering on the household of a Korean landlord during the Japanese colonial occupation. Master Yun embodying the traditional ambitions of a standard Korean paterfamilias by being projected fast forward into a modern urban environment caricatures the increasing irrelevance of Confucian mores to 20th-century social reality. Depicting the anomic lives of the Yun household in colonial Seoul Chase Man-Sik one of modern Korea's best-known writers uses black comedy to underscore the collapse of ritualistic traditional values in the face of capitalist modernisation. The decadence of the nouveau riche pseudo-aristocrat Master Yun is interwoven with insights into the customary bases of oppression of Korean women into the self-deceptions underlying collaboration by Koreans with the Japanese oppressor. The savage hilarity of Chae's style lends force and historical relevance to his insight into the attitudes of the milieu in which his narrative is set. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701868

Peace Without ConsensusPower Sharing Politics in Northern Ireland 'Peace Without Consensus' demonstrates that the rise of Sinn Féin and the Democratic Unionist Party (DUP) was not 'inevitable'. Rather it argues that critics who blame Northern Ireland's power-sharing institutions for the electoral triumph of the political 'extremes' in 2003 have not fully considered how the US British and Irish governments contributed to this outcome. Through interviews with key US British and Irish officials this groundbreaking analysis which represents the first examination of the Bush administration's vital role in the peace process demonstrates that Washington and Dublin were considering a deal between the DUP and Sinn Féin as early as 2002. Profiled in the Guardian the Observer BBC Radio Four the Irish Independent and in Henry McDonald's 'Gunsmoke and Mirrors' Mary-Alice C. Clancy's theoretically informed and empirically grounded book presents new and salient lessons for other regions embroiled in conflict and should be read by all those interested in Northern Ireland's peace process and US foreign policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315599854

Peace Without Money War Without AmericansCan European Strategy Cope? Britain and France were surprised at having to convince the US of the need to intervene in Libya in 2011. The French intervention in Mali in 2013 confirmed the picture; Washington will support European action but only if and when Europe takes the initiative. Just as the focus of American strategy is shifting to Asia and the Pacific vital interests in the European neighbourhood require resolute action. Autonomy is being forced upon Europe but it is an autonomy constrained by a lack of means as following the financial crisis defence budgets across the EU member states are slashed. The ramifications of the Arab Spring and the crisis in Ukraine pose challenges of an enormous scale for the EU and its members. Peace Without Money War Without Americans is the double challenge that European strategy-makers face. What can be expected from strategy at a European level? Can Europe cope? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472442918

Peace without Politics? Ten Years of State-Building in Bosnia Ten years on from the signing of the Dayton Peace Agreement in November 1995 the legacy of the Bosnian war still shapes every aspect of the political social and economic environment of the tiny state. This state of affairs is highlighted by the fact that Bosnia is still under international control with the Office of the International High Representative regularly using its powers to dismiss elected presidents prime-ministers and MPs and to impose legislation over the resistance of elected legislatures at national regional and local level. What has changed in the ten years since Dayton? Is international regulation helping to establish a sustainable peace in Bosnia? What lessons can be learned for nation-building in Bosnia?This volume was previously published as a special issue of the leading journal International Peacekeeping. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203336229

Peacebuilding The controversies raised by the withdrawal of US troops from Afghanistan the situation in Iraq and the management of the ‘Arab Spring’ uprisings have demonstrated anew that achieving peace is not merely a matter of ending wars. Indeed the consequences of conflicts often extend far beyond the termination of local hostilities impeding the reconstruction of war-torn societies and making the resumption of violence more likely than not. Moreover in today’s interdependent world such consequences may jeopardize not only the stability of directly concerned states but may also undermine regional even global peace. As a result the call to build genuine just and sustainable peace conditions—exemplified by the establishment in 2006 of the UN Peacebuilding Commission Fund and Support Office—has never been more urgent and underscores the pressing need for a comprehensive analysis and understanding of the critical concept of ‘peacebuilding’. This new four-volume Routledge Major Works collection answers such a need by bringing together the best and most influential scholarship from a wide range of academic disciplines to illuminate the idea and challenges of peacebuilding. Volume I addresses the concepts actors and institutions of peacebuilding. Volume II meanwhile assembles key works to focus on the challenges of security welfare justice and the rule of law. Volume III is devoted to democratization the state and civil society while Volume IV brings together major works on the implementation of peacebuilding in particular reconciling international standards and local dynamics. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the learned editors which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Peacebuilding is an essential work of reference. Moreover its interdisciplinary and international perspective is certain to secure the collection a broad readership including scholars advanced students policymakers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415624329

Peacebuilding Constitutionalism and the Global SouthThe Case for Cognitive Justice Plurinationalism This book presents the case that liberal constitutionalism in the global South is a legacy of colonialism and is inappropriate as a means of securing effective peace in regions that have been subject to recurrent conflict. The work demonstrates the failure of liberal constitutionalism in guaranteeing peace in the postcolonial global South. It develops an alternative more compelling constitutionalism for peacebuilding in conflicted regions. This is based on constitutionalism that recognises plurality as a major feature in the global South. Drawing on events in Nigeria it develops a constitutional model based on Cognitive Justice which could deliver peace by addressing historic conceptual legal institutional and structural issues that have created social inequality and injustice. The study also incorporates insights from the development of plurinational constitutions in South America. The book will be an invaluable resource for researchers academics and policy-makers with an interest in constitutional legal theory peacebuilding and postcolonial studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202569

Peacebuilding Memory and ReconciliationBridging Top-Down and Bottom-Up Approaches This book aims to bridge the gap between what are generally referred to as ‘top-down’ and ‘bottom-up’ approaches to peacebuilding. After the experience of a physical and psychological trauma the period of individual healing and recovery is intertwined with political and social reconciliation. The prospects for social and political reconciliation are undermined when a ‘top-down’ approach is favoured over the ‘bottom-up strategy’- the prioritization of structural stability over societal well-being. Peacebuilding Memory and Reconciliation explores the inextricable link between psychological recovery and socio-political reconciliation and the political issues that dominate this relationship. Through an examination of the construction of social narratives about or for peace the text offers a new perspective on peacebuilding which challenges and questions the very nature of the dichotomy between ‘top-down’ and ‘bottom-up’ approaches. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding peace and conflict studies social psychology political science and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721295

Peacebuilding and Ex-CombatantsPolitical Reintegration in Liberia The book examines how ex-combatants in post-war and peacebuilding settings engage in politics as seen in the case of Liberia.The political mobilization of former combatants after war is often perceived as a threat ultimately undermining the security and stability of the state. This book questions this simplified view and argues that understanding the political voice of former combatants is imperative. Their post-war role is not black and white; they are not just bad or good citizens but rather engage in multiple political roles: spoilers victims disengaged beneficiaries as well as motivated and active citizens. By looking at the political attitudes and values of former combatants and their understanding of how politics functions the book sheds new light on the political reintegration of ex-combatants. It argues that political reintegration needs to be given serious attention at the micro-level but also needs to be scrutinized in two ways: first through the level of political involvement which reflects the extent and width of the ex-combatants’ voice. Second in order to make sense of political reintegration we also need to uncover what values and norms inform their political involvement. The content of their political voice is captured through a comparison with democratic ideals. Based on interviews with over 100 Liberian ex-combatants the book highlights that their relationship with politics overall should be characterized as an expression of a 'politics of affection'.This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding African politics democratization political sociology conflict resolution and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599966

Peacebuilding and FrictionGlobal and Local Encounters in Post Conflict-Societies This book aims to understand the processes and outcomes that arise from frictional encounters in peacebuilding when global and local forces meet. Building a sustainable peace after violent conflict is a process that entails competing ideas political contestation and transformation of power relations. This volume develops the concept of ‘friction’ to better analyse the interplay between global ideas actors and practices and their local counterparts. The chapters examine efforts undertaken to promote sustainable peace in a variety of locations such as Cambodia Sri Lanka Afghanistan and Sierra Leone. These case analyses provide a nuanced understanding not simply of local processes or of the hybrid or mixed agencies ideas and processes that are generated but of the complex interactions that unfold between all of these elements in the context of peacebuilding intervention. The analyses demonstrate how the ambivalent relationship between global and local actors leads to unintended and sometimes counterproductive results of peacebuilding interventions. The approach of this book with its focus on friction as a conceptual tool advances the peacebuilding research agenda and adds to two ongoing debates in the peacebuilding field; the debate on hybridity and the debate on local agency and local ownership. In analysing frictional encounters this volume prepares the ground for a better understanding of the mixed impact peace initiatives have on post-conflict societies. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding conflict resolution security studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308954

Peacebuilding and International AdministrationThe Cases of Bosnia and Herzegovina and Kosovo This book provides a detailed historical and political analysis of the role and effectiveness of international administration in statebuilding. It analyses how the international administrations in Bosnia and Herzegovina and Kosovo have attempted to create sustainable political institutions and to what extent they have been successful in doing so. In the 1990s large and ambitious international administrations were established to administer territories that had been left without an effective government in the wake of violent conflict. International administrations to a greater extent than peacebuilding operations exercise extensive authority and take over the governance of a country. Though they combine the state and nationbuilding programs of regular peacebuilding with the political power normally reserved for sovereign states there remains a question of how effective or successful international administrations are and whether they lead to a sustainable peace. The author argues that despite years of international administration the political institutions remain weak and rely heavily on international support dominated by an ethnic nationalist ideology with little domestic support. Peacebuilding and International Administration will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations security studies conflict resolution and international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496262

Peacebuilding and Local OwnershipPost-Conflict Consensus-Building This book explores the meaning of local ownership in peacebuilding and examines the ways in which it has been and could be operationalized in post-conflict environments. In the context of post-conflict peacebuilding the idea of local ownership is based upon the premise that no peace process is sustainable in the absence of a meaningful degree of local involvement. Despite growing recognition of the importance of local ownership however relatively little attention has been paid to specifying what precisely the concept means or how it might be implemented. This volume contributes to the ongoing debate on the future of liberal peacebuilding through a critical investigation of the notion of local ownership and challenges conventional assumptions about who the relevant locals are and what they are expected to own. Drawing on case studies from Bosnia Afghanistan and Haiti the text argues that local ownership can only be fostered through a long-term consensus-building process which involves all levels of the conflict-affected society. This book will be of great interest to students of peacebuilding peace and conflict studies development studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741132

Peacebuilding and NGOsState-Civil Society Interactions Analysing the relationship between civil society and the state this book lays bare the assumptions informing peacebuilding practices and demonstrates through empirical research how such practices have led to new dynamics of conflict. The drive to establish a sustainable liberal peace largely escapes critical examination. When such attention is paid to peacebuilding practices scholars tend to concentrate either on the military components of the mission or on the liberal economic reforms. This means that the roles of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) and the impact of attempting to nurture Northern forms of civil society is often overlooked. Focusing on the case of Cambodia this book seeks to examine the assumptions underlying peacebuilding policies in order to highlight the reliance on a particular linear reading of European / North American history. The author argues that such policies in fostering a particular form of civil society have affected patterns of conflict; dictating when and where politics can occur and who is empowered to participate in such practices. Drawing on interviews with NGO representatives and government representatives this volume will assert that while the expansion of civil society may resolve some sources of conflict its introduction has also created new dynamics of contestation. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding conflict resolution development studies S.E. Asian politics and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797451

Peacebuilding And Police Refor Reforms of local police forces in conflict or post-conflict areas need to be dealt with in order to create a certain level of security for the local people. This volume presents the discussions of professionals in the field of peacekeeping civilian police activities and police reform both academics and practitionaers on the issue of internationally assisted police reform in transitions from war to peace. Contributions include theoretical insights and informed case studies from El Salvador and Guatamala the Balkans West Bank and Gaza and Mozambique and South Africa. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061855

Peacebuilding and Police Reform The contributions here discuss the issue of internationally assisted police reform in transitions from war to peace. They include theoretical insights and informed case studies and a discussion of the trend towards internationally provided executive authority policing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038322

Peacebuilding and Post-War TransitionsAssessing The Impact of External-Domestic Interactions This book asks how and under what conditions external-domestic interactions impact on peacebuilding outcomes during transitions to peace and democracy. Why do so many peacebuilding interventions in post-war states result in stalled transitions despite heavy international support? This book suggests a new interaction-based explanation for this puzzle and proposes an ‘analytical framework of peacebuilding interactions’. Based on eight cases of peacebuilding interactions it demonstrates that the limited rationality of the actors involved in external-domestic interactions influenced the post-war transition results in Kosovo. Drawing on interviews and focus groups the insights build on the process tracing of peacebuilding reforms in the area of Local Governance and Police Reform with a specific focus at the local level. Through an in-depth analysis of peacebuilding negotiations this book shows how peacebuilders’ use of ad hoc interaction tactics – intended as heuristics to simplify decision-making in overly complex post-war environments – have the unintended effect of offering domestic actors additional leeway to prioritise their domestic agenda often at the expense of achieving full democratisation. The resulting consequences of these actions mean that even in highly resourced interventions such as those implemented in Kosovo stalled transitions become one of the most likely outcome of the peacebuilding process. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding war and conflict studies European politics security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210264

Peacebuilding and Rule of Law in AfricaJust Peace? The promotion of the rule of law has become an increasingly important element of peacekeeping and peacebuilding operations particularly in Africa where there have been numerous internal armed conflicts and missions over the last decade.  This book explores the expanding international efforts to promote rule of law in countries emerging from violent conflict. With a focus on Africa the authors critically examines the impact of these activities in relation to liberal peacebuilding rule of law institutions and the range of non-state providers of justice and security. They also assess the virtues and limitations of rule of law reform efforts and policy alternatives.  It brings together expert scholars and practioners from politics law anthropology and conflict studies and features detailed case studies on Rwanda Liberia Sierra Leone Sudan and the Democratic Republic of Congo. Making an important contribution to debates about peacebuilding and assisting specific efforts in reforming the rule of law after conflict this book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations law African politics post-conflict reconstruction peace and conflict studies as well as practitioners in the UN development agencies and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978072

Peacebuilding and Spatial TransformationPeace Space and Place This book investigates peacebuilding in post-conflict scenarios by analysing the link between peace space and place. By focusing on the case studies of Cyprus Kosovo Bosnia-Herzegovina Northern Ireland and South Africa the book provides a spatial reading of agency in peacebuilding contexts. It conceptualises peacebuilding agency in post-conflict landscapes as situated between place (material locality) and space (the imaginary counterpart of place) analysing the ways in which peacebuilding agency can be read as a spatial practice. Investigating a number of post-conflict cases this book outlines infrastructures of power and agency as they are manifested in spatial practice. It demonstrates how spatial agency can take the form of conflict and exclusion on the one hand but also of transformation towards peace over time on the other hand. Against this background the book argues that agency drives place-making and space-making processes. Therefore transformative processes in post-conflict societies can be understood as materialising through the active use and transformation of space and place. This book will be of interest to students of peacebuilding peace and conflict studies human geography and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076276

Peacebuilding in Contemporary AfricaIn Search of Alternative Strategies Peacebuilding in Contemporary Africa explores the challenges and opportunities faced by countries and societies transitioning from armed conflicts to peace in contemporary Africa. It evaluates the effectiveness outcomes and failures of existing peacebuilding initiatives implemented by stakeholders and proposes new strategies and approaches to facilitate the transition. The book investigates both micro- and macro-level conflicts in various parts of Africa as well as the efforts made to resolve them and build peace. The book pays particular attention to grassroots-based micro-level conflicts often disregarded in peacebuilding literature which tends to focus on macro-level neo-liberal state reconstruction and peacebuilding efforts. The book adopts an evidence-based policy-relevant approach to peacebuilding in Africa. The various chapter contributors offer a lucid analysis and critique of some of the prevailing paradigms and strategies of peacebuilding practiced in Africa. Together the authors recommend innovative strategies to mobilise and coordinate governance institutions and partnerships at all levels (international regional national and local) to prevent conflict escalation in volatile states and advance the rebuilding of violence-affected states and communities. Peacebuilding in Contemporary Africa provides a much-needed perspective from African scholars and will be of interest to students researchers policy makers and practitioners with an interest in promoting legitimate policy interventions and sustainable peace in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492028

Peacebuilding in CrisisRethinking Paradigms and Practices of Transnational Cooperation The 1990s saw a constant increase in international peace missions predominantly led by the United Nations whose mandates were more and more extended to implement societal and political transformations in post-conflict societies. However in many cases these missions did not meet the high expectations and did not acquire a sufficient legitimacy on the local level. Written by leading experts in the field this edited volume brings together ‘liberal’ and ‘post-liberal’ approaches to peacebuilding. Besides challenging dominant peacebuilding paradigms the book scrutinizes how far key concepts of post-liberal peacebuilding offer sound categories and new perspectives to reframe peacebuilding research. It thus moves beyond the ‘liberal’–‘post-liberal’ divide and systematically integrates further perspectives paving the way for a new era in peacebuilding research which is theory-guided but also substantiated in the empirical analysis of peacebuilding practices. This book will be essential reading for postgraduate students and scholar-practitioners working in the field of peacebuilding. By embedding the subject area into different research perspectives the book will also be relevant for scholars who come from related backgrounds such as democracy promotion transitional justice statebuilding conflict and development research and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364467

PeacebuildingFrom Concept to Commission The emergence of The United Nations Peacebuilding Commission (PBC) in 2005 was the culmination of a long and contentious process. In this work Rob Jenkins provides a concise introduction that traces the origins and evolution of peacebuilding as a concept the creation and functioning of the PBC as an institution and the complicated relationship between these two processes. Jenkins discusses how continued contestation over what exactly peacebuilding is and how its objectives can most effectively be achieved influenced the institutional design and de facto functioning of the PBC its structure mandate and origins. He then moves on to examine the peacebuilding architecture in action and analyses the role that the PBC has carved out for itself reflecting on the future prospects for the organization. The theory and practice of peacebuilding has assumed increasing importance over the last decade and this work is essential reading for all students of conflict resolution peace studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415776448

Peaceful and Non-Peaceful Uses of SpaceProblems of Definition for the Prevention of an Arms Race This book first published in 1991 is the cumulative result of a long period of research by qualified experts in an attempt to analyse the legal and scientific problems of arriving at definitions in the task of preventing an arms race in outer space. Problems of definition confront the negotiator at the very outset of any discussion on preventing a space arms race – this book sets out to remove these problems by examining the possible definitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628383

Peaceful Intervention in Intra-State ConflictsNorwegian Involvement in the Sri Lankan Peace Process Have we reached an end to the era of peaceful third party intervention in conflict management and resolution? In the 1990s with the ending of the Cold War the intervention of third parties as a non-violent means of negotiating settlements of intra-state conflicts gained prominence but the emphasis in the twenty-first century has been increasingly on military responses. Peaceful Intervention in Intra-State Conflicts: Norwegian Involvement in the Sri Lankan Peace Process is an in-depth impartial discussion on the background decision making processes and procedures and related actions in the Norwegian facilitated peace process in Sri Lanka that gradually shifted towards a military solution. It provides the reader with evidence based comprehensive analysis on the attempts of peaceful third party intervention in a complex ethno-separatist intra-state conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360921

Peaceful ResistanceAdvancing Human Rights and Democratic Freedoms An innovative study that examines how peaceful domestic tactics by individual human rights activists and organizational activists with public support can force an authoritarian regime to make key concessions. Robert Press explores the creation and impact of a culture of resistance. He examines how domestic pressure can be more important than foreign pressure for political reform especially in underdeveloped authoritarian states. This study of contemporary Kenya fills a gap in traditional social movement theory to show how a resistance movement actually starts. Contrary to long-dominant theory the book shows how the initiative for such a movement can come from activists themselves in the face of severe obstacles in society. With its unique findings on the effects of individual activism and peaceful resistance this book will attract a broad audience in the study and practice of international relations comparative politics sociology interest groups peace and conflict and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262539

Peacekeeping and Conflict Resolution Conflict resolution theory has become relevant to the various challenges faced by the United Nations peacekeeping forces as efforts are made to learn from the traumatic and devastating impact of the many civil wars that have erupted in the 1990s. This work analyzes the theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038285

Peacekeeping and Public InformationCaught in the Crossfire Ms Lehmann has provided a timely and challenging prescription for just how the goals of placing communication functions at the heart of the strategic management of the UN might be achieved - and a dramatic warning of the consequences of failing to do so. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038148

Peacekeeping and the African UnionBuilding Negative Peace This book offers a detailed examination of the effectiveness of the peacekeeping operations of the African Union. Despite its growing reputation in peacekeeping and its status as the oldest continental peacekeeper the performance of the African Union (AU) has hitherto not been assessed. This book fills that gap and analyses six case studies: Burundi Comoros Somalia Mali Darfur and the Central African Republic. From a methodological perspective it takes a problem-solving approach and utilises process tracing in its analysis with its standard for success resting on achieving negative peace (the cessation of violence and provision of security). Theoretically this study offers a comprehensive list of factors drawn from peace literature and field experience which influence the outcome of peacekeeping. Beyond the major issues such as funding international collaboration and mandate this work also examines the impact of largely ignored factors such as force integrity and territory size. The book modifies the claim of peace literature on what matters for success and advocates the indispensability of domestic elite cooperation local initiative and international political will. It recognises the necessity of factors such as lead state and force integrity for certain peace operations. In bringing these factors together this study expands the peacekeeping debate on what matters for stability in conflict areas. This book will be of much interest to students of peacekeeping African politics war and conflict studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098923

Peacekeeping And The Role Of Russia In Eurasia "As the number of peacekeeping efforts conducted internationally under the aegis of military forces increases thers is more pressure to resolve the dilemma inherent in all peacekeeping activities-how to combine efficiency with legitimacy. This dilemma is particularly acute in the many conflicts that have mushroomed in the Eurasian region following the disintegration of the Soviet state. Given the history of Soviet Russian repression of ethnicnational entities can Russia-the USSR's primary heir-be relied on to resolve rather than inflame conflicts in the other post-Soviet states and regions? In order to answer this question the contributors to this timely volume evaluate the factors that guarantee Russia's intervention in its ""near abroad."" They debate whether Russian ""peacekeeping"" is legitimate according to international norms or whether it may be a harbinger of ""neoimperialism."" Finally they explore the origins and effectiveness of Russia's intervention in four cases of regional conflict and discuss the complexities of broader multilateral involvement." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282516

Peacekeeping and the UN Agencies This book is a long overdue assessment of the role of the UN specialized Agencies in peacekeeping operations. Special emphasis is given to that most vexed category 'complex emergencies' invloving entrapped or victimized civilian populations and a plethora of UN national military and NGO actors.While based on the full range of recent history the contributions to this volume are forward looking and policy-oriented bringing a hard edged practicality to complex and hitherto under-examined issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037073

Peacekeeping in AfricaThe evolving security architecture This book provides a comprehensive analysis of peacekeeping in Africa. Recent events in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and Mali remind us that violence remains endemic and continues to hamper the institutional social and economic development of the African continent. Over the years an increasing number of actors have become involved in the effort to bring peace to Africa. The United Nations (UN) has been joined by regional organisations most prominently the African Union (AU) and the European Union (EU) and by sub-regional organizations like the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS). Meanwhile traditional and emerging powers have regained an interest in Africa and as a consequence in peacekeeping. This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the trends and challenges of international peacekeeping in Africa with a focus on the recent expansion of actors and missions. Drawing upon contributions from a range of key thinkers in the field Peacekeeping in Africa concentrates on the most significant and emerging actors the various types of missions and the main operational theatres thus assessing the evolution of the African security architecture and how it impacts on peace operations. This book will be of much interest to students of peacekeeping and peace operations African politics war and conflict studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940246

Peacekeeping On Arabisraeli FrontsLessons From The Sinai And Lebanon Since 1948 the United Nations has sponsored virtually every third party peacekeeping mission on Arab· Israeli fronts. Three recent events however have been responsible for significantly altering the pattern of peacekeeping in the region: the Camp David accords which because they were opposed in the U.N. by the Soviet Union and most Arab nations prevented U.N. sponsorship of a Sinai peacekeeping force; the June 1982 Israeli invasion of Lebanon during which the U.N. Interim Force was made to look ineffectual; and the Sabra-Shatila massacres in South Beirut three months later which prompted the deployment of a multinational peacekeeping force. Dr.Pelcovits analyzes these events to answer the questions they raise about peacekeeping in the Middle East: What advantages are afforded by U.N. peacekeepers compared with non-U.N. missions? What net benefits are derived from American participation in a non-U.N. multinational operation? And how do they compare to the classic U.N. peacekeeping rationale of insulating disputed areas from super power confrontation? Finally what determines the success of such operations-geopolitical circumstance or institutional affiliation? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282523

Peacekeeping Under FireCulture and Intervention The international community increasingly responds to civil wars humanitarian crises and other intrastate conflicts through the instrument of UN peacekeeping. Nearly all of these interventions take place in non-Western areas and involve interactions among militaries and nongovernmental organizations from all around the globe. In this wide-ranging book Rubinstein draws on decades of his own research on peacekeeping and on other current and historical cases to develop a broad understanding of the roles that culture plays in peacekeeping's success or failure. Peacekeeping under Fire shows that cultural considerations are key elements at all levels of peacekeeping operations. Culture influences what happens between peacekeepers and local populations how military and nongovernmental organizations interact and even how missions are planned and authorized. Peacekeeping under Fire analyzes how political symbolism and ritual are critical to peacekeeping and demonstrates how questions of power identity and political perception emerge from the cultural context of peacekeeping. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632933

Peacemaking Religious Belief and the Rule of LawThe Struggle between Dictatorship and Democracy in Syria and Beyond This book offers a new way of understanding the role of the mediator in teaching parties the interrelationship between sustainable peace forgiveness and international justice. It argues that the arrival of social media presents new opportunities for reaching sustainable peace agreements through their use in gathering the detailed information that can match victims and perpetrators of past atrocities.The author aims to advance a more expansive understanding of the subjects and limitations of making peace in the shadow of international law by examining the concepts of mediation and forgiveness that exist alongside law. To that end the book offers an account of the role of the mediator that emerges from the interplay between Ricouerian imagination and forgiveness and predicts ever-greater opportunities for making peace and protecting human rights that can be facilitated by a harnessing of social media as a tool for making peace with justice.The author also aims to examine how strategies for sustaining the peace must combat the inevitable frustrations with democracy that can lead to a slide into dictatorship. Assad Obama and the UN leadership and their decisions concerning making and maintaining peace in Syria are used as case studies to examine the interplay between a leaders’ religious beliefs faith in democracy and rule of law and impulses towards totalitarianism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593582

Peacemaking and the Extractive IndustriesTowards a Framework for Corporate Peace Peacemaking and the Extractive Industries addresses a significant gap in research on the political and diplomatic role of multinational corporations in peace processes in intrastate conflict: Corporate Peacemaking. The author focuses on corporations in the oil and mining sectors supporting or participating in peace negotiations and mediation. The chapters explore national-level peace processes as well as those at community and global levels. While the focus is on extractive companies the findings are valuable to companies from all industries looking at peace-related processes. This ground-breaking book gives a comprehensive picture of how Corporate Peacemaking currently works how it can be developed and implemented and how it is likely to impact global governance and corporate culture in the future. The book demonstrates that Corporate Peacemaking has the potential to be a powerful element in international governance and peace efforts; and Ralph shows through the business case that companies as well as communities will benefit. Ralph presents a new framework for Corporate Peace that will assist companies from all sectors in countries experiencing violent conflict in addition to instability human rights abuses and poor governance. Based on rigorous academic research with practical case studies it is essential reading for practitioners academics policy-makers and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783532506

Peacemaking in a Divided SocietyIsrael After Rabin This is an interdisciplinary study of Israeli society in one of the defining moments in the history of Israel. The contributors discuss the critical aspects of the political order economics the military the role of the media and legal reform that are shaping a new Israel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039640

Peacemaking in the Middle EastProblems and Prospects This book first published in 1985 examines the whole problem of peacemaking in the Arab-Israel conflict. It considers the different countries involved the changing positions they have adopted over time and the range of opinion within each country. It looks at the role of the superpowers and shows how their vacillations and their viewing of the conflict in simple terms as part of the global superpower rivalry have been unfortunate. It examines how a typical uncommitted medium power – Canada – can contribute to peace in very many ways though it may not achieve a breakthrough. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684447

Peak Energy Demand and Demand Side Response With different intensities depending on the season every morning and evening of any weekday there are the same peaks in electricity demand. Peaks can bring about significantly negative environmental and economic impacts. Demand Side Response is a relatively recent solution in Europe which has the potential to reduce peak demand and ease impending capacity shortages. Peak Energy Demand and Demand Side Response presents evidence on a set of Demand Side Response activities ranging from price-based to incentive-based programmes and policies. Examples are drawn from different programmes for both residential and non-residential sectors of electricity demand including Time of Use tariffs Critical Peak Pricing Automated Demand Controllers and Ancillary Services. The book also looks at the actual energy saving impacts of smart meters the activities which constitute peak demand and the potential opportunities associated with European smart grids and Capacity Markets. This is the first book presenting comprehensive analysis of the impacts cost benefits and risks associated with Demand Side Response programmes and policies. It should be of interest to students scholars and policy-makers in the areas of energy environmental economics and applied economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064942

Peak Oil Climate Change and the Limits to China’s Economic Growth This book studies the limits imposed by the depletion of fossil fuels and the requirements of climate stabilization on economic growth with a focus on China. The book intends to examine the potentials of various energy resources including oil natural gas coal nuclear wind solar and other renewables as well as energy efficiency. Unlike many other books on the subject this book intends to argue that despite the large potentials of renewable energies and energy efficiency economic growth eventually will have to be brought to an end as China and the world undertake the transition from fossil fuels to renewable energies. China has overtaken the US to become the world’s largest energy consumer and greenhouse gas emitter. Their energy consumption is dominated by coal and China now accounts for one quarter of the world’s total carbon dioxide emissions. Moreover China is set to become the world’s largest oil importer in the next decade. This book will consider energy development in the broader context of economic and social changes especially the historical dynamics of the capitalist world system. Historical lessons of capitalism and socialism will be discussed. The book will evaluate the implications of ecological limits to growth on the economic system and argue that the existing capitalist system is fundamentally incompatible with ecological sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065963

Peak Performance Every Time Peak performances should not be left to chance. Rather than hoping that you will perform at your best why not engineer your performance? Peak Performance Every Time incorporates principles from sport psychology and performance coaching and applies these to all areas of life. Using illustrations and real-world examples from top athletes and business executives it focuses on the three main components that underpin performance: Confidence Motivation Focus. As well as offering practical strategies to help the reader achieve their optimal mindset it also explains how to coach others to perform to their potential. Throughout the book is underpinned by theoretical frameworks literature and research findings and will be invaluable to anyone trying to reach their full potential in particular athletes coaches managers and executives. It may also be of interest to sports psychology management and business students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415676748

Peak PerformanceHow to Achieve and Sustain Excellence in Operations Management The key to success and reaching peak performance is integrating three processes to optimize business through the use of human performance improvement tools lean thinking operational excellence along with a strong organizational culture as the underpinning. These components form the basis of the Peak Performance Model. The tools presented in this book along with the case studies demonstrate how the model is applied and integrated into company practices. Companies and organizations want to improve their performance but many have not integrated the right tools and processes. Through the application of the Peak Performance Model every company can achieve and sustain Peak Performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138323247

Peanut Agriculture and Production TechnologyIntegrated Nutrient Management Peanut Agriculture and Production Technology: Integrated Nutrient Management focuses on agricultural techniques and integrated nutrient management of peanuts (Arachis hypogaea L.). Peanuts are the second most important oil crop of India occupying 5.7 million hectares with an average production of 0.8 ton/ha which is 23.5% of the India’s total oil seed production. Worldwide annual production of shelled peanuts was 42 million metric tons in 2014. It is the world’s 4th most important source of edible oil and the 3rd most important source of vegetable protein. The volume includes basic and advanced information on production agrotechniques and integrated nutrient management of Arachis hypogaea L. crop plant. It studies the physiology of the peanut looking at the proper environmental conditions for optimal growth as well as under various subnormal conditions. It explores the methods of nitrogen application as well as the influence of different sowing dates and population densities to harvest its full yield potential. The book covers methods to achieve balanced nutrition including using organic manures in groundnut farming to enhance yielding ability. The book will be a rich resource for those in agriculture horticulture and allied sciences particularly for agricultural scientists in plant and crop physiology agronomy and soil science. Farm owners and managers of peanut crops and production will also benefit from the information provided in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886130

Pearl MilletProperties Functionality and its Applications Pearl millet is mainly used for animal and poultry feed. It is the principal source of energy protein vitamins minerals and contains many phenolic compounds which are a good source of natural antioxidants. Pearl millet is a rich source of bioactive compounds and contains phytates and polyphenols. Owing to high nutritional and phytochemical properties it has gained considerable attention as a botanical dietary supplement in many functional foods. Pearl Millet: Properties Functionality and Its Applications provides comprehensive knowledge on nutritional and non-nutritional aspects of pearl millet. It covers recent research on pearl millet and provides information to improve the property and shelf life of flour as well as the starch and their uses in various food products. Features: Reviews structure functional and antioxidant properties in pearl millet flour Deals with the latest developments in modification of native starch Provides information in enhancing shelf life and its utilization in phytochemical-rich product development Covers updated information for grain science professionals and food technologists Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367354862

Pearls Arms & Hashish First published in 2013. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849852

Pearls of Discrete Mathematics Methods Used to Solve Discrete Math ProblemsInteresting examples highlight the interdisciplinary nature of this area Pearls of Discrete Mathematics presents methods for solving counting problems and other types of problems that involve discrete structures. Through intriguing examples problems theorems and proofs the book illustrates the relationship of these structures to algebra geometry number theory and combinatorics. Each chapter begins with a mathematical teaser to engage readers and includes a particularly surprising stunning elegant or unusual result. The author covers the upward extension of Pascal‘s triangle a recurrence relation for powers of Fibonacci numbers ways to make change for a million dollars integer triangles the period of Alcuin‘s sequence and Rook and Queen paths and the equivalent Nim and Wythoff‘s Nim games. He also examines the probability of a perfect bridge hand random tournaments a Fibonacci-like sequence of composite numbers Shannon‘s theorems of information theory higher-dimensional tic-tac-toe animal achievement and avoidance games and an algorithm for solving Sudoku puzzles and polycube packing problems. Exercises ranging from easy to challenging are found in each chapter while hints and solutions are provided in an appendix. With over twenty-five years of teaching experience the author takes an organic approach that explores concrete problems introduces theory and adds generalizations as needed. He delivers an absorbing treatment of the basic principles of discrete mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138435865

Peasant Europe First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994836

Peasant Renaissance in Yugoslavia 1900 -1950A Study of Development of Yugoslavia as Affected by Education First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978089

Peasant Women and Politics in Facist ItalyThe Massaie Rurali Peasant women were the largest female occupational group in Italy between the wars. They led lives characterised by great poverty and heavy workloads but Fascist propaganda extolled them as the mothers of the nation and the guardians of the rural worlds the most praiseworthy of Italian women.This study is the first published history of the Massaie Rurali the Fascist Party's section for peasant women which with three million members by 1943 became one of the largest of the regime's mass mobilizing organizations. The section played a key role in such core fascist campaigns as nation-building and ruralization. Perry Willson draws on a wide range of archival and contemporary press sources to investigate the nature of the Massaie Rurali and the dynamics of class and gender that lay at its heart. She explores the organization's political message its propaganda and the reasons why so many women joined it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866446

Peasants Agrarian Socialism And Rural Development In Ethiopia One of the few systematic field surveys undertaken following the 1975 agrarian reform in Ethiopia this study analyzes the conditions constraining agricultural productivity of peasant farmers in the Arsi region and examines how farmers view peasant and government organizations established to attain agrarian socialism. Based on data generated through interviews with farmers peasant association leaders and extension agents Dr. Dejene argues that the low prices for agricultural products shortages of consumer goods and lack of improvements in farming technology are among the major obstacles to increasing output among peasant farmers. The author also explores the government policy of transforming peasant associations into oollective farming units which he finds is supported by only one quarter of the farmers interviewed. His study indicates that peasant institutions could best mobilize labor and resources to generate agricultural surplus and undertake conservation activities that would prevent future famine. Thus the author concludes that present government efforts should emphasize strengthening the cooperative movement rather than establishing collective farming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282578

Peasants Entrepreneurs And Social ChangeFrontier Development In Lowland Bolivia Following the 1952 revolution in Bolivia both state and international aid agencies channelled capital and technology to regional elites for the development of large-scale cash-crop agriculture in the lowland frontier. In this book the author examines the contradictory path taken by capitalist development in the region over the last thirty years Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298043

Peasants Populism and PostmodernismThe Return of the Agrarian Myth Tracing the way in which the agrarian myth has emerged and re-emerged over the past century in ideology shared by populism postmodernism and the political right the argument in this book is that at the centre of this discourse about the cultural identity of 'otherness'/ 'difference' lies the concept of and innate 'peasant-ness'. In a variety of contextually-specific discursive forms the 'old' populism of the 1890s and the nationalism and fascism in Europe America and Asia during the 1920s and 1930s were all informed by the agrarian myth. The postmodern 'new' populism and the 'new' right both of which emerged after the 1960s and consolidated during the 1990s are also structured discursively by the agrarian myth and with it the ideological reaffirmation of peasant essentialism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044964

Peasants and GlobalizationPolitical Economy Agrarian Transformation and Development In 2007 for the first time in human history a majority of the world’s population lived in cities. However on a global scale poverty overwhelmingly retains a rural face. This book assembles an unparalleled group of internationally-eminent scholars in the field of rural development and social change in order to explore historical and contemporary processes of agrarian change and transformation and their consequent impact upon the livelihoods poverty and well-being of those who live in the countryside. The book provides a critical analysis of the extent to which rural development trajectories have in the past and are now promoting a change in rural production processes the accumulation of rural resources and shifts in rural politics and the implications of such trajectories for peasant livelihoods and rural workers in an era of globalization. Peasants and Globalization thus explores continuity and change in the debate on the ‘agrarian question’ from its early formulation in the late 19th century to the continuing relevance it has in our times including chapters from Terence Byres Amiya Bagchi Ellen Wood Farshad Araghi Henry Bernstein Saturnino M Borras Ray Kiely Michael Watts and Philip McMichael. Collectively the contributors argue that neoliberal social and economic policies have in deepening the market imperative governing the contemporary world food system not only failed to tackle to underlying causes of rural poverty but have indeed deepened the agrarian crisis currently confronting the livelihoods of peasant farmers and rural workers. This crisis does not go unchallenged as rural social movements have emerged for the first time on a transnational scale. Confronting development policies that are unable to reduce let alone eliminate rural poverty transnational rural social movements are attempting to construct a more just future for the world’s farmers and rural workers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203891834

Peasants and Lords in Modern GermanyRecent Studies in Agricultural History This collection of essays first published in 1986 provides an exciting introduction to modern German agrarian history. The essays offer a revised account of the agricultural sector in an industrial Germany and provide an extensive methodological conceptual and thematic range. This collection challenges accepted interpretations suggests some alternatives and at the same time offers a context in which new questions can be posed and answers can be sought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744530

Peasants and Poverty (Routledge Revivals)A Study of Haiti Haiti is a country which until the earthquake of 2010 remained largely outside the focus of world interest and outside the important international historical currents during its existence as a free nation. The nineteenth century was the decisive period in Haitian history serving to shape the class structure the political tradition and the economic system. During most of this period Haiti had little contact with both its immediate neighbours and the industrialised nations of the world which led to the development of Haiti as a peasant nation. This title first published in 1979 examines the factors responsible for the poverty of the Haitian peasant by using both traditional economic models as well as a multidisciplinary approach incorporating economics and other branches of social science. The analysis deals primarily with the Haitian peasant economy from the early 1950s to the early 1970s examining in depth the explanations for the secular tendency of rural per capita incomes to decline during this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818750

Peasants And PowerState Autonomy And The Collectivization Of Agriculture In Eastern Europe Focusing on events in Hungary and Poland from 1948 to 1962 Dr Sokolovsky shows why collectivization can best be understood as an element in state-building for the new regimes of Eastern Europe. For these countries policy options were constrained by dependence upon the Soviet Union and the economic demands of a newly industrializing society. Econom Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298005

Peasants and ReligionA Socioeconomic Study of Dios Olivorio and the Palma Sola Religion in the Dominican Republic This book examines the relationship between economics politics and religion through the case of Olivorio Mateo and the religious movement he inspired from 1908 in the Dominican Republic. The authors explore how and why the new religion was formed and why it was so successful. Comparing this case with other peasant movements they show ways in which folk religion serves as a response to particular problems which arise in peasant societies during times of stress. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203016961

Peasants and SoldiersThe Management of the Venetian Military Structure in the Mainland Dominion Between the 16th and 17th Centuries Early-modern Venice is predominantly remembered as a maritime power yet historians have become increasingly interested in its political and military aspirations within the Italian mainland. Adding to the growing literature on this subject Giulio Ongaro’s book addresses the practical management of the Venetian military apparatus in this period. Focusing on two provinces - Vicenza and Brescia - he interrogates a broad spectrum of primary source documents produced by these rural communities that illuminate Venetian military activities between the mid-sixteenth century and the end of the War of Candia in 1670. From the production of the saltpeter the construction of the fortresses the supplying and the training of the rural militia and the quartering of troops this book shows how essential military activities were managed and overseen at the local level. In so doing it demonstrates how local autonomy over the management of Venetian military apparatus - particularly from an economic point of view - did not necessarily conflict with wider ongoing processes of state building or moves towards the centralization of particular public functions. Indeed the state appeared to encourage local élites (initially urban then rural) to take a leading role in overseeing the localised management of military tasks. The result was a system that both supported the resilience of the local economy (both public and private) and which strengthened and improved the Republic's military assets allowing it to remain the only Italian state free from the domination of European monarchies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472488855

Peasants In DistressPoverty And Unemployment In The Dominican Republic A study of economic development in the Dominican Republic this book argues that rigid economic structures and poor use of labour resources have created conditions that undermine the demand for labour and maintain perpetual poverty and unemployment. Viewing the problem from a broad perspective the author analyzes labour and credit markets offers empirical data on agricultural yields and examines such socioeconomic issues as the living conditions among the peasantry the demand for immigrant Haitian labour and migration from rural to urban areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282554

Peasants In Pacific Ils 67 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863308

Peasants In Transition/h "The book is an important demonstration of the viability of General Systems Theory for anthropology. Among the surprising findings directly deriving from this approach is that the Aymara transition is a response not to inputs from the industrial sector but to instabilities within the traditional Aymara economic system itself. The Systems Theory principle of the adaptive value of deviance is the basis for an in-depth analysis of the emergence of the Seventh-Day Adventists as a power-elite in many Aymara communities." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282561

Peasants Negotiating a Global Policy SpaceLa Vía Campesina in the Committee on World Food Security Being the public voice of over 180 member organisations across nearly 90 countries La Vía Campesina the global peasant movement has planted itself firmly on the international scene. This book explores the internationalisation of the movement with a specific focus on the engagement of peasants in the processes of the Committee on World Food Security (CFS). Since the reform of the CFS in 2009 civil society actors engage in the policy processes of this UN Committee from a self-designed and autonomous global Civil Society Mechanism. The author sheds light on the strategies tensions debates and reconfigurations arising from rural actors moving between every day struggles in the fields and those of the UN arena. Whereas most theories in the dominant literature on social movements expect them to either disappear or institutionalise in a predetermined pattern the book presents empirical evidence that La Vía Campesina is building a much more sophisticated model. The direct participation of representatives of peasant organisations in the CFS is highlighted as a pioneering example of building a more complex inclusive and democratic foundation for global policy-making. Foreword by Olivier De Schutter United Nations Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food (2008-2014). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335090

Peasants without the PartyGrassroots Movements in Twentieth Century China Exploring one of the most dynamic and contested regions of the world this series includes works on political economic cultural and social changes in modern and contemporary Asia and the Pacific.The leading specialist on China's twentieth century peasant resistance reexamines in bold and original ways the question: Was the Chinese peasantry a revolutionary force? Where most scholarly attention has focused on Communist-led peasant movements Bianco's story is one of peasant thought and action largely unmediated by modern political parties. This volume pays particular attention to the first half of the twentieth century when peasant-based conflict ranging from tax and food protests to secret society conflicts opium struggles inter-communal conflicts and tenant protests over rent was central to nationwide revolutionary processes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701851

Peatland Biogeochemistry and Watershed Hydrology at the Marcell Experimental Forest The Marcell Experimental Forest (MEF) in Minnesota serves as a living laboratory and provides scientists with a fundamental understanding of peatland hydrology acid rain impacts nutrient and carbon cycling trace gas emissions and controls on mercury transport in boreal watersheds. Its important role in scientific research continues to grow as the data gathered offers invaluable insight into environmental changes over the last century and goes far in answering many of today’s pressing questions at landscape and global scales. Synthesizing five decades of research Peatland Biogeochemistry and Watershed Hydrology at the Marcell Experimental Forest includes hundreds of research publications dozens of graduate theses and even some previously unpublished studies. Research at the MEF has been at the forefront of many scientific disciplines and these 15 chapters offer the depth and breadth of long-term studies on hydrology biogeochemistry ecology and forest management on peatland watersheds at the MEF. Focusing on peatlands lakes and upland landscapes the book begins with the pioneering research on hydrology done during the 1960s. It presents the innovative 1970’s studies of atmospheric deposition; the 1980’s research into nutrient cycles including carbon nitrogen and methane emissions; and the 1990’s investigations into mercury deposition. The book concludes with a look at the latest and on-going studies such as this century’s research into controls on methylmercury production and landscape-level carbon storage and cycling. Covering 50 years of research and written by a veritable who’s who in peatland and forestry science this important milestone in the collection of ecological data highlights bright prospects for future research including the continuation of existing long-term measurements the initiation of new monitoring programs and plans for unprecedented studies on climate change. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074903

PeatlandsEcology Conservation and Heritage This book provides an introduction to peatlands for the non-specialist student reader and for all those concerned about environmental protection and is an essential guide to peatland history and heritage for scientists and enthusiasts. Peat is formed when vegetation partially decays in a waterlogged environment and occurs extensively throughout both temperate and tropical regions. Interest in peatlands is currently high due to the degradation of global peatlands which is disrupting hydrology and contributing to greenhouse gas emissions. This book opens by explaining how peat is formed its properties and worldwide distribution and defines related terms such as mires wetlands bogs and marshes. There is discussion of the ecology and wildlife of peatlands as well as their ability to preserve pollen and organic remains as environmental archives. It also addresses the history heritage and cultural exploitation of peat extending back to pre-Roman times and the degradation of peatlands over the centuries particularly as a source of fuel but more recently for commercial horticulture. Other chapters discuss the ecosystem services delivered by peatlands and how their destruction is contributing to biodiversity loss flooding or drought and climate change. Finally the many current peatland restoration projects around the world are highlighted. Overall the book provides a wide-ranging but concise overview of peatlands from both a natural and social science perspective and will be invaluable for students of ecology geography environmental studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343214

Pedagogic Research in Geography Higher Education There are many books about teaching in Geography but this is the first volume to deal specifically with pedagogic research and its methods and practices. Pedagogic research concerns the processes of learning and the development of learners. It is a learner-centred activity that aims to evaluate and improve the ways that students learn and learn to manage control and comprehend their own learning processes first as Geographers in Higher Education but equally as future educated citizens. This book explores: original research and critical perspectives on how Geographers learn; critical evaluations of both new and traditional frameworks and methods used for pedagogic research in Geography; and case studies on the promotion of self-authorship and learner autonomy in key Geography Higher Education contexts such as fieldwork and undergraduate project work. This book is a compilation of articles from various issues of the Journal of Geography in Higher Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030124

Pedagogic Rights and Democratic EducationBernsteinian explorations of curriculum pedagogy and assessment The basis of Bernstein’s sociology of education lays in is his theorisation of the different approaches to curriculum pedagogy and assessment and the implications for pedagogic rights and social justice. This edited collection presents 15 empirical case studies and theoretical accounts from 22 international scholars who focus on the experiences of students and teachers in contexts marked by economic social cultural linguistic and/or geographic diversity.  Located in systems of education in Australia France Germany Greece Portugal South Africa and the United States each chapter contributes to a better understanding of the conditions of a democratic education across time and place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898097

Pedagogical Alliances between Indigenous and Non-Dualistic CulturesMeta-Cultural Education Pedagogical Alliances Between Indigenous and Non-Dualistic Cultures examines Indigenous education for authentic intercultural education. It critically reviews various Indigenous cultural and educational perspectives in Western education contexts addresses relevant meta-cultural concerns argues for pedagogical alliances cross non-dualistic cultures/religions and articulates metaphysical approaches to the alliances. Throughout the book the author argues that methodological enhancement of Indigenous culture can be made by proposing new values that emerge from authentic intercultural interaction which is transcendental to the binary oppositions of Indigenous and Western education. To do so the author discovers pedagogical and methodological vulnerabilities of Indigenous culture in Western education systems and proposes its pedagogical alliances with non-dualistic cultures (such as Buddhist mindful pedagogy Confucius virtues pedagogy and Hindu contemplative pedagogy) to overcome the frame of Indigenous and Western cultures for Indigenous education and to strengthen both Indigenous and non-dualistic education. This is the first book to address the issue of why non-Indigenous cultures other than Western cultures have not been considered in Indigenous and multicultural education. As such it is an invaluable text for education academics and post-graduate students specialising in Indigenous education cross-cultural education inclusive pedagogy and intercultural education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588830

Pedagogical Cases in Physical Education and Youth Sport Pedagogical Cases in Physical Education and Youth Sport is a completely new kind of resource for students and practitioners working in physical education or youth sport. The book consists of 20 richly described cases of individual young learners each written by a team of authors with diverse expertise from across the sport exercise and movement sciences. These cases bring together knowledge from single sub-disciplines into new interdisciplinary knowledge to inform best practice in physical education teaching and coaching in youth sport settings. At the heart of each case is an individual young person of a specified age and gender with a range of physical social and psychological characteristics. Drawing on current research theory and empirical data from their own specialist discipline each chapter author identifies the key factors they feel should be taken into account when attempting to teach or coach the young person described. These strands are then drawn together at the end of each chapter and linked to current research from the sport pedagogy literature to highlight the implications for planning and evaluating teaching or coaching sessions. No other book offers such a rich vivid and thought-provoking set of pedagogical tools for understanding and working with children and young people in sport. This is an essential resource for any student on a physical education coaching kinesiology or sport science course and for any teacher coach or instructor working in physical education or youth sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702454

Pedagogical EquilibriumThe Development of Teachers’ Professional Knowledge Pedagogical Equilibrium is an innovative reconceptualisation of teachers’ professional knowledge development. The book draws on interview data and in-depth analysis of situations which challenge teachers’ sense of pedagogical equilibrium in both primary and secondary school contexts. These moments highlight the complexity of teaching and the valuable personal and professional learning opportunities afforded by experiencing and processing moments which create uncertainty during practice. Mansfield considers a variety of aspects of teaching practice including content knowledge organising for teaching organising for learning and student attitudes and behaviours. Drawing on detailed examples a new framework is offered to scaffold teacher thinking around moments in practice which can challenge the sense of equilibrium in the classroom. Pedagogical Equilibrium is a highly valuable resource for educational researchers teacher educators current teachers and other educational stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086596

Pedagogical Responses to the Changing Position of Girls and Young Women Academics and professionals working with young women face a series of paradoxes. Over the last 20 years the lives of young women in the UK and Europe have been transformed. They have gained considerable freedom and independence but at the very same time new less tangible forms of constraint and subordination now play a defining role in the formation of their everyday subjectivities and identities. Young women have come to exemplify the pervasive sensibility of self-responsibility and self-organisation. This new ‘gender regime’ demands both conceptualisation and practical response drawing on educational research social and cultural theory and contemporary feminist thought. Within the overarching theme of pedagogical responses to these trends through work in schools and within young women’s online and face-to-face communities this book interrogates the field of sexuality and its visualisation across new and old media in the context of often predictable and endemic ‘moral panics’ about teenage pregnancy rates sexually transmitted diseases and internet pornography. In exploring how girls and young women respond to increasing expectations of them as the vanguard of economic social and cultural change contributors to this volume interrogate the ways in which social and educational aspiration interact with young women’s developing and embodied identities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Pedagogy Culture and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391987

Pedagogical TactKnowing What to Do When You Don’t Know What to Do Pedagogical Tact describes how teacher-student relations possess an improvisational and ethical character. The daily realities of educators parents and childcare specialists are pedagogically conditioned by sensitive insights active thoughtfulness and the creative ability to act caringly and appropriately in the immediacy of the moment. Internationally known educator Max van Manen shows through recognizable examples and evocative stories how good teaching is driven by the phenomenology of pedagogy. His book-refocuses educators and others away from an emphasis on instrumental skills and technocratic programs toward the need for pedagogical tact;-describes how pedagogical actions have latent effects that will influence children throughout their lives;-shows how our actions with young people have pedagogically ethical and moral significance;-gives educators back their original vocational motivation and inspiration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582757

Pedagogies Physical Culture and Visual Methods To understand and more creatively capture the social world visual methods have increasingly become used by researchers in the social sciences and education. However despite the rapid development of visual-based knowledge and despite the obvious links between human movement and visual forms of understanding visual research has been scarce in the fields of physical culture and physical education pedagogy. This groundbreaking book is the first to mark a "visual turn" in understanding and researching physical culture and pedagogies offering innovative image-based research that reveals key issues in the domains of sport health and physical education studies. Integrating visual research into physical culture and pedagogy studies the book provides the reader with different ways of "seeing" looking at and critically engaging with physical culture. Since human movement is increasingly created established and pedagogized beyond traditional educational sites such as schools sport clubs and fitness gyms the book also explores the notion of visual pedagogy in wider physical culture helping the reader to understand how visual-based technologies such as television the internet and mobile phones are central to people’s engagement with physical culture today. The book demonstrates how the visual creates dynamic pedagogical tools for revealing playful forms of embodiment and offers the reader a range of visual methods from researcher-produced photo analysis to participatory-centred visual approaches that will enhance their own study of physical culture. Pedagogies Physical Culture and Visual Methods is important reading for all advanced students and researchers with an interest in human movement physical education physical culture sport studies and research methods in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815727

Pedagogies and Policies for Publishing Research in EnglishLocal Initiatives Supporting International Scholars Offering a nuanced examination of the complex landscape that international scholars who publish their research in English must navigate this edited volume details 17 perspectives on scholarly writing for publication across seven geolinguistic regions. This innovative volume includes first-hand accounts and analyses written by local scholars and pedagogues living and working outside Anglophone centres of global knowledge production. The book provides an in-depth look into the deeply contextualized pedagogical activities that support English-language publishing. It also brings much-needed insight to discussions of policies and practices of global scholarly research writing. Bookended by the editors’ introductory overview of this burgeoning field and an envoi by the eminent applied linguist John M. Swales the diverse contributions in this volume will appeal to scholars who use English as an additional language as well as to researchers instructors and policymakers involved in the production support and adjudication of global scholars’ research writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138558090

Pedagogies for Children's Perspectives Laurie Kocher is a Faculty member in the Department of Early Childhood Care and Education Capilano University Canada. Catherine Patterson is Senior Lecturer at the Institute of Early Childhood Department of Educational Studies Macquarie University Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577473

Pedagogies for Diverse Contexts Diversity can be a rich source of possibility and opportunity in early childhood education. Appreciating that learning and development are shaped by culture and context history and values the diversity of cases found in this volume provide a useful tension in considering one’s own practices policies and beliefs. Pedagogies for Diverse Contexts draws on the knowledge and professional experiences of actors from a wide range of countries and cultures. For some early childhood’s dominant narratives have been influential while others push back against universalistic orientations and the power of a neoliberal hegemonic agenda. Written to provoke to stimulate and to extend thinking these chapters provide insights and examples relevant not only for front-line practice and programme development but for education assessment research and policy development. The twelve chapters are divided into four key sections which reflect major influences on practice and pedagogy: Being alongside children Those who educate Embedding families and communities Working with systems Considering varied international practices this key text will enhance understanding support self-directed learning and provoke thinking at both graduate and postgraduate levels particularly in the field of early childhood education and care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350064

Pedagogies for Leading Practice Bringing together the experiences of professionals from around the world this essential text explores the intersections between pedagogy and leadership to consider how effective Pedagogical Leadership can be used to foster the collaborative engagement of children and their families staff and practitioners and ensure high quality provision in early years settings and services. Pedagogies for Leading Practice showcases a vast range of experiences and ideas which are at the heart of professional practice. Written to provoke group discussion and extend thinking opportunities for international comparison points for reflection and editorial provocations will help students policy-makers and others engage critically with wide-ranging approaches to leadership in early years practice. Considering varied forms of collaborative working the challenges involved in becoming a pedagogical leader and the role of management in meeting insitutional demands and the needs of the wider community chapters are divided into four key sections which reflect major influences on practice and pedagogy: Being alongside children Those who educate Embedding families and communities Working with systems Offering insight examples and challenges this text will enhance understanding support self-directed learning and provoke and transform thinking at both graduate and postgraduate levels particularly in the field of early childhood education and care.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577428

Pedagogies of Digital Learning in Higher Education Pedagogies of Digital Learning in Higher Education explores topical issues in education and pedagogy related to the learning process in a technology and media-enriched environment. With a range of international contributions it opens discussions on the development of the educational science sector and strategies for smart pedagogy to promote a synergy between technology and pedagogy to support students in the learning process. This book analyzes the knowledge-building dimension; the potential of technological solutions to provide feedback. It provides practical offerings that will be of use to those whose interests are related to the collection of research results digital referencing the use of online learning tools or the use of virtual reality solutions in historical constructions. In addition ideas to promote creativity and the use of digital technology in music education biology career education and social work education have also been developed. This book will be of great interest to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of higher education vocational education and digital learning Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894832

Pedagogies of GlobalizationThe Rise of the Educational Security State In this ground-breaking book Joel Spring examines globalization and its worldwide effects on education. A central thesis is that industrial-consumerism is the dominant paradigm in the integration of education and economic planning in modern economic security states.In the twenty-first century national school systems have similar grades and promotion plans instructional methods curriculum organization and linkages between secondary and higher education. Although there are local variations the most striking feature is the sameness of educational systems. How did this happen? How was education globalized? Spring explains and analyzes this phenomenon and its consequences for human life and the future improvement of social and economic organizations. Central themes include:*the elements of the educational security state and the industrial-consumer paradigm in relationship to classical forms of education such as Confucianism Islam and Christianity and their concerns with creating a just and ethical society;*the role of the 'other' in the globalization of educational structures as international military and economic rivalries spark competition between educational systems;*the transition from the Confucian village school to Western forms of education as exemplified in the lives of Ho Chi Minh and Mao Zedong;*the effect of the cultural and economic rivalry between the Soviet Union and the United States and its impact on schooling in both countries;*the rise of the educational security state in China the Soviet Union and the United States as these countries focus their educational efforts on military and economic development;*the evolution of progressive education as it appeared in revolutionary movements in South America Cuba Nicaragua and El Salvador;*the transition from traditional to Westernized forms of Islamic education against the background of European imperialism Arab nationalism and wars of liberation and the uneasy tension between Western educational ideals and Islamic religious values;*socialist education in the Democratic People's Republic of Korea;*current developments in educational security states such as China Japan the United States the new Russia and the European Union; and*the consequences of English as the global language and the global spread of the industrial-consumer paradigm.Readership for this book includes scholars and students in comparative international and multicultural education; educational policy and politics; historical social and philosophical foundations of education; and curriculum studies. It is a particularly timely informative engaging text for courses in all of these areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053980

Pedagogies of Public MemoryTeaching Writing and Rhetoric at Museums Memorials and Archives Pedagogies of Public Memory explores opportunities for writing and rhetorical education at museums archives and memorials. Readers will follow students working and writing at well-known sites of international interest (e.g. the Flight 93 National Memorial in Shanksville Pennsylvania and the U.S. Holocaust Memorial Museum) at local sites (e.g. vernacular memorials in and around Muncie Indiana and the Central Pennsylvania African American Museum in Reading Pennsylvania) and in digital spaces (e.g. Florida State University’s Postcard Archive and The Women’s Archive Project at the University of Nebraska Omaha). From composing and delivering museum tours to designing online  memorials that challenge traditional practices of public grief to producing and publishing a magazine containing the photographs and stories of individuals who lived through historic moments in the Freedom Struggle to expanding and creating new public archives – the pedagogical projects described in this volume create richly textured learning opportunities for students at all levels – from first-year writers to graduate students. The students and faculty whose work is represented in this volume undertake to reposition the past in the present and to imagine possible new futures for themselves and their communities. By exploring the production of public memory this volume raises important new questions about the intersection of rhetoric and remembrance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575745

Pedagogies of the GlobalKnowledge in the Human Interest The essays in this collection address questions raised by a modernity that has become global with the victory of capitalism over its competitors in the late twentieth century. Rather than erase difference by converting all to European-American norms of modernity capitalist modernity as it has gone global has empowered societies once condemned to imprisonment in premodernity or tradition to make their own claims on modernity on the basis of those very traditions as filtered through experiences of colonialism neocolonialism or simple marginalization by the forces of globalization. Global modernity appears presently not as global homogeneity but as a site of conflict between forces of homogenization and heterogenization within and between nations. Prominent in this context are conflicts over different ways of knowing and organizing the world. The essays here dealing for the most part with education in the United States engage in critiques of hegemonic ways of knowing and critically evaluate counterhegemonic voices for change that are heard from a broad spectrum of social ethnic and indigenous perspectives. Crucial to the essays' critique of hegemony in contemporary pedagogy is an effort shared by the contributors distinguished scholars in their various fields to overcome area and/or disciplinary boundaries and take the wholeness of everyday life as their point of departure. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632926

Pedagogy Disability and CommunicationApplying Disability Studies in the Classroom Research has long substantiated the fact that living with a disability creates significant and complex challenges to identity negotiation the practice of communication and the development of interpersonal relationships. Furthermore individuals without disabilities often lack the knowledge and tools to experience self-efficacy in communicating with their differently-abled peers. So how do these challenges translate to the incorporation of disability studies in a classroom context and the need to foster an inclusive environment for differently-abled students? Bringing together a range of perspectives from communication and disability studies scholars this collection provides a theoretical foundation along with practical solutions for the inclusion of disability studies within the everyday curriculum. It examines a variety of aspects of communication studies including interpersonal intercultural health political and business communication as well as ethics gender and public speaking offering case study examples and pedagogical strategies as to the best way to approach the subject of disability in education. It will be of interest to students researchers and educators in communication and disability studies as well as scholars of sociology and social policy gender studies public health and pedagogy. It will also appeal to anyone who has wondered how to bring about a greater degree of inclusion and ethics within the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142988

Pedagogy Image Practices and Contested Corporealities This volume focuses on popular film television and online representations of contested corporealities and contributes to visual culture studies disability studies critical pedagogy and medical humanities. Emphasizing unruly embodiments that transgress and transform the volume conceptualizes visual culture as a space of query and accountability. In their introduction the editors underline how spaces of cultural production provide necessary contexts for analyzing the social impact of contested corporealities. Contributors in turn offer new perspectives on technologies disability and cultural production. Eunjung Kim argues that life-size dolls in contemporary art films show how acts of caring for radically passive bodies can emerge as both erotic and beautiful; Nicole Markotić critiques the prioritizing of death as the most desirable logical outcome in biopics of disability; and Katherine W. Sweaney's article on the online anatomization of an amnesiac's brain reminds us of the high stakes for medicine and science in the public display of knowledge-making. Working at the intersection of fat and critical race studies Scott Stoneman discusses the body politics of the film Precious. Katerie Gladdys and Deshae E. Lott reflect on their lyrical installation about life with mechanical ventilation and Ann Fudge Schormans and Adrienne Chambon examine how image-making by persons with intellectual disabilities can intervene in ableist-defined social space. With attention to queer theory and transnationalism Michael Gill considers the British web-based RTV program The Specials where young men labeled as intellectually disabled fashion their erotic self-understandings as they discuss and appreciate an ensemble of Thai kathoey performers. Concentrating on the global politics of organ transplantation Donna McCormack critically examines feature films that mediate questions of community ethics and mobility. The volume is further enriched by the inclusion of an interview in which Danielle Peers Melisa Brittain and Robert McRuer discuss the significance of crip possibilities in art and academia. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Review of Education Pedagogy and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379312

Pedagogy Praxis and Purpose in Education Recent years have shown the growth of federal legislation and programs having a profound impact on educational policy and practice and a decline in reliance on broadly based educational justifications. Paralleling this development has been the emergence of well-endowed and influential private foundations and an increase in corporate influence in shaping policy. In this volume the authors consider the discourse rhetoric and underlying values that sustain these developments alongside those that underlie more longstanding and competing educational theories and practices. This volume highlights the importance of recognizing opposing conceptualizations of education—some more educationally productive than others— and their core values approaches to student learning strengths and weaknesses and justification. The authors analyze and critique what Jane Roland Martin has referred to as ‘the deep structure of educational thought’ and seek improved educational policy and practice with particular reference to curriculum and pedagogy. It features a comparative analysis of competing discourses including autocratic control limited personal development and praxis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286689

Pedagogy and Human MovementTheory Practice Research Across the full range of human movement studies and their many sub-disciplines established institutional practices and forms of pedagogy are used to (re)produce valued knowledge about human movement. Pedagogy and Human Movement explores this pedagogy in detail to reveal its applications and meanings within individual fields. This unique book examines the epistemological assumptions underlying each of these pedagogical systems and their successes and limitations as ways of (re)producing knowledge related to physical activity the body and health. It also considers how the pedagogical discourses and devices employed influence the ways of thinking practice dispositions and identities of those who work in the fields of sport exercise and other human movement fields. With a scope that includes physical education exercise and sports science sports sociology and cultural studies kinesiology health promotion human performance and dance amongst other subjects Pedagogy and Human Movement is the most comprehensive study of pedagogical cultures in human movement currently available. It is an invaluable resource for anybody with an interest in human movement studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677349

Pedagogy And The Politics Of HopeTheory Culture And Schooling: A Critical Reader Henry A. Giroux is one of the most respected and well-known critical education scholars social critics and astute observers of popular culture in the modern world. For those who follow his considerably influential work in critical pedagogy and social criticism this first-ever collection of his classic writings augmented by a new essay is a mus Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317195

Pedagogy and the Politics of the BodyA Critical Praxis Working within the relatively new perspective on the body as a zone of critical praxis Shapiro lays the foundation for the theory and practice of a somatically oriented critical pedagogy." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978096

Pedagogy for Creative Problem Solving This book provides students and practising teachers with a solid research-based framework for understanding creative problem solving and its related pedagogy. Practical and accessible it equips readers with the knowledge and skills to approach their own solutions to the creative problem of teaching for creative problem solving. First providing a firm grounding in the history of problem solving the nature of a problem and the history of creativity and its conceptualisation the book then critically examines current educational practices such as creativity and problem solving models and common classroom teaching strategies. This is followed by a detailed analysis of key pedagogical ideas important for creative problem solving: creativity and cognition creative problem solving environments and self regulated learning. Finally the ideas debated and developed are drawn together to form a solid foundation for teaching for creative problem solving and presented in a model called Middle C. Middle C is an evidence-based model of pedagogy for creative problem solving. It comprises 14 elements each of which is necessary for quality teaching that will provide students with the knowledge skills structures and support to express their creative potential. As well as emphasis on the importance of self regulated learning a new interpretation of Pólya's heuristic is presented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704657

Pedagogy in PovertyLessons from Twenty Years of Curriculum Reform in South Africa As South Africa transitioned from apartheid to democracy changes in the political landscape as well as educational agendas and discourse on both a national and international level shaped successive waves of curriculum reform over a relatively short period of time. Using South Africa as a germane example of how curriculum and pedagogy can interact and affect educational outcomes Pedagogy in Poverty explores the potential of curricula to improve education in developing and emerging economies worldwide and ultimately to reduce inequality.  Incorporating detailed empirical accounts of life inside South African classrooms this book is a much-needed contribution to international debate surrounding optimal curriculum and pedagogic forms for children in poor schools. Classroom-level responses to curriculum policy reforms reveal some implications of the shifts between a radical progressive approach and traditional curriculum forms. Hoadley focuses on the crucial role of teachers as mediators between curriculum and pedagogy and explores key issues related to teacher knowledge by examining the teaching of reading and numeracy at the foundational levels of schooling.  Offering a data-rich historical sociology of curriculum and pedagogic change this book will appeal to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of education sociology of education curriculum studies educational equality and school reform and the policy and politics of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204068

Pedagogy in the Novels of J.M. CoetzeeThe Affect of Literature Critically analyzing the representation of pedagogy in the novels of J.M. Coetzee this insightful text illustrates the author’s profound conception of learning and personal development as something which takes place well beyond formal education. Bringing together critical and educational theory Pedagogy in the Novels of J.M. Coetzee examines depictions of pedagogy in novels including Age of Iron Elizabeth Costello Disgrace and Childhood of Jesus. Engaging with Coetzee’s varied literary use of pedagogical themes such as motherhood maternal love and the importance of childhood interactions reading and experiences chapters demonstrate how Coetzee foregrounds pedagogy as intrinsic to the formation of human actors society and civilization. The text thereby aptly explores and broadens our understanding of education - what it is what it achieves and how it can affect and shape human existence. This text will be of great interest to graduate and postgraduate students academics researchers and professionals in the fields of pedagogy postcolonial studies educational theory and philosophy and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039001

Pedagogy of Commitment This first English translation of Pedagogy of Commitment takes readers deep into the acts and meaning of living a life of community and social commitment. Paulo Friere discusses how for teachers specifically this commitment is not only to students to the underprivileged or to the education of those who speak a different language but to the transformation of the self to become more deeply responsive to the needs of social transformations. More than any other Freire book this speaks directly and plainly to the lives of individuals and to teachers. It is an inspiring and passionate call from a global giant of progressive education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519734

Pedagogy of Indignation This is the first English translation of the last book written by Paulo Freire. Pedagogy of Indignation delves ever deeper into the themes that concerned him throughout his life. The book begins with a series of three deeply moving reflective "pedagogical letters" to the reader about the role of education for one's development of self. He also speaks directly to the reader about the relationship to risk in one's life and he delves deeper than before into the daily life tensions between freedom and authority. Building on these interconnected themes Freire sharpens our sense of the critical faculties of children and how a teacher may work with children to help them realize their potential intellectually and as human beings. Subsequent chapters explore these topics in relation to the wider social world: the social constitution of the self in the work of educators; critical citizenship; and the necessity of teaching "from a position" about the world that goes beyond literacy programs to include the legacy of colonialism in peoples' resistance movements today. The book's poignant interludes written by Ana Maria Araujo Freire reveal Paulo's thoughts about the content of this book as he was completing it during the last weeks and days of his life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632902

Pedagogy of MultiliteraciesRewriting Goldilocks A CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title 2012! Based on case studies from public schools in Toronto Canada this book chronicles an inspiring five-year journey to develop thinking about and teaching literacy for the 21st century. The research which was classroom-based and developed by public school teachers in collaboration with university researchers was stimulated by an ethnographic study at Joyce Public School to track children learning to read in an era of multiliteracies. Following the kindergarteners’ interest in Goldilocks and the Three Bears Lotherington asked the principal: What would Goldilocks look like retold through the eyes of the children? The resulting classroom experiment to transform learning to read a storybook into multimodal collaborative story-telling sparked the development of an award-winning school-university learning community dedicated to the development of multimodal literacies in the culturally diverse urban classroom. Pedagogy of Multiliteracies tells the evolving story of teachers’ trial-and-error interventions to engage children in multiple modes of expression involving structured play with contemporary media. Using the complex texts created the teachers carve spaces to welcome the voices of children and the languages of the community into the English-medium classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849869

Pedagogy of Solidarity Famous Brazilian educational and social theorist Paulo Freire presents his ideas on the importance of community solidarity in moving toward social justice in schools and society. In a set of talks and interviews shortly before his death Freire addresses issues not often highlighted in his work such as globalization post-modern fatalism and the qualities of educators for the 21st century. His illuminating comments are supplemented with commentaries by other well-known scholars such as Ana Maria Araujo Freire Walter de Oliveira Norman Denzin Henry Giroux and Donaldo Macedo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329650

Pedal PowerThe Quiet Rise of the Bicycle in American Public Life This book examines the surging national interest in bike-friendly public policies and argues that this growth is likely to escalate. Currents in U.S. culture that have supported the dominance of the car are edging toward exhaustion. At the same time other factors including congestion contentious and unreliable energy resources rising pollution and global warming support the expansion of the bike's use. A surprising array of political organizations visionary politicians and colorful individuals powers this movement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632896

Peddling PanaceasPopular Economists in the New Deal Era As the Great Depression dragged on without a recovery Americans were avid for anything that would help them to understand its causes and possible solutions. During this period orthodox economists were largely discredited both in the White House and among the public. Three of the most popular and influential figures of the period - Edward A. Rumely Stuart Chase and David Cushman Coyle - were not trained in economics. In Peddling Panaceas Gary Dean Best analyzes their remedies for the Depression their proposals for permanent economic reform and their influence. Each of these men represented a principal economic faction within the New Deal. The inflationists within the New Deal found support from the Committee for the Nation which was largely the creation of Edward Rumely. Rumely's committee was influential in the early New Deal but largely passed into eclipse by early 1934. The planners within the New Deal were represented in popular magazines and books by Stuart Chase who was an engineer and accountant before he began to expound on economics. An early advocate of collectivism Chase's influence waned after the Supreme Court invalidated two early successes the NRA and the AAA. David Cushman Coyle a structural engineer who like many engineers during the Depression fancied himself an economist may be taken as the voice of the followers of Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis within the New Deal. Always influential they became more prominent after the invalidation of the NRA in 1935. These three popular economists not only influenced policy but also educated the American public about the Depression. Scarcely a month went by without an essay by Chase or Coyle in the popular magazines of the decade and both were also prolific authors of books and pamphlets. Their views and influence help us understand the economic and political climate of the 1930s. Peddling Panaceas will be of interest to economists cultural historians political scientists and sociologists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126180

Pederasts and OthersUrban Culture and Sexual Identity in Nineteenth-Century Paris Examine how a community of support in Nineteenth-Century Paris became a blueprint for modern sexual identity! A unique social history Pederasts and Others: Urban Culture and Sexual Identity in Nineteenth-Century Paris is a valuable addition to the growing field of gay and lesbian studies. The book examines the interaction between the city's male homosexual subculture and Parisian authority figures who attempted to maintain political and social order during the early years of the French Third Republic by using laws against public indecency and sexual assault to treat same-sex sexuality as a crime. Faced with a constant cycle of surveillance harassment and arrest the city's gay men survived the hostile urban environment by forming a community of support that had a widespread and lasting influence on the development of modern sexual identities. Pederasts and Others: Urban Culture and Sexual Identity in Nineteenth-Century Paris is based on a statistical analysis of more than 800 working-class and middle-class men who were arrested or investigated by Parisian police between 1873 and 1879. Their stories presented through long and short case studies represent nearly 2 000 names recorded by police in “Pederasts and Others ” a ledger detailing the arrests of male homosexuals for public offenses against decency and other minor offenses. (The term “pederast” identified those suspected of same-sex sexual activity not the modern definition that indicates homosexual relations with a minor.) The ledger entries reveal specific habits attitudes values and characteristics about these men that set them apart—the same traits that identified them as part of a community based on their behavior and relationships. Pederasts and Others: Urban Culture and Sexual Identity in Nineteenth-Century Paris examines: the forces of authority the laws regarding same-sex sexual behavior the role of the police the role of the magistrates the role of the doctors the common characteristics of the city's male homosexual subculture the sexual behaviors of the Paris underground the geography of the subculture and takes an expanded look at three case studies: “A Decadent Aristocrat and A Delinquent Boy” “Pederasts Prostitutes and Pickpockets” “Love and Death in Gay Paris” Pederasts and Others: Urban Culture and Sexual Identity in Nineteenth-Century Paris also includes tables appendices and maps linked to statistical data. The book is an essential resource for historians sociologists sexologists criminologists and other scholars working in the fields of gay and lesbian studies urban studies social and cultural history and French history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057285

Pedestrian DynamicsMathematical Theory and Evacuation Control Homeland security transportation and city planning depend upon well-designed evacuation routes. You can’t wait until the day of to realize your plan won’t work. Designing successful evacuation plans requires an in-depth understanding of models and control designs for the problems of traffic flow construction and road closures and the intangible human factors. Pedestrian Dynamics: Mathematical Theory and Evacuation Control clearly delineates the derivation of mathematical models for pedestrian dynamics and how to use them to design feedback controls for evacuations. The book includes: Mathematical models derived from basic principles Mathematical analysis of the model Details of past work MATLAB® code 65 figures and 400 equations Unlike most works on traffic flow this book examines the development of optimal methods to effectively control and improve pedestrian traffic flow. The work of a leading expert it examines the differential equations applied to conservation laws encountered in the study of pedestrian dynamics and evacuation control problem. The author presents new pedestrian traffic models for multi-directional flow in two dimensions. He considers a range of control models in various simulations including relaxed models and those concerned with direction and magnitude velocity commands. He also addresses questions of time cost and scalability. The book clearly demonstrates what the future challenges are and provides the tools to meet them. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218359

Pedestrians Urban Spaces and HealthProceedings of the XXIV International Conference on Living and Walking in Cities (LWC September 12-13 Today citizens advocate greater environmental sustainability better services and the improvement of urban quality by promoting safer mobility and health. Addressing these issues Pedestrians Urban spaces and Health contains the papers presented at the XXIV International Conference "Living and Walking in Cities" (Brescia Italy 12-13 September 2019). The contributions discuss town planning issues look at best practices and research findings across the broad spectrum of urban and transport planning with particular attention to the safety of pedestrians in the city. The main topics of the book are: Walking experiences Urban spaces and Redevelopment Healthy cities (as Urban resilience and for Weakest users) Pedestrians Urban spaces and Health is a powerful plea for a multi-disciplinary and comprehensive approach to urban mobility and planning and will be of interest to academics consultants and practitioners interested in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367461713

Pediatric Behavioral Nutrition FactorsEnvironment Education and Self-Regulation In Pediatric Behavioral Nutrition Factors: Environment Education and Self-Regulation the editor carefully selected each chapter individually to provide a nuanced look at how environment education and self-regulation impact pediatric nutrition. All the various factors that intertwine with and influence nutrition are not yet known and we often assume that poor nutrition is a socioeconomic issue. This is a massive multifaceted topic. The articles in this compendium make clear that this simplistic assumption is not accurate; they were chosen to present as accurate a total image as possible based on recent research. The final chapters offer innovative interventions that should become the foundation for ongoing investigation.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884952

Pediatric Clinical OphthalmologyA Color Handbook This clinically oriented volume reviews the signs symptoms and treatment of common ocular diseases and disorders in infants and children. Ocular disorders are of major significance as they often provide clues to the presence not only of systemic diseases but also of other congenital malformations. By means of concise text supported by a wealth of color illustrations the authors' aim is to enable the reader to reach a fast and accurate diagnosis to ensure early treatment which may ultimately prevent the occurrence of further disease.This book is useful for all those who care for affected children including pediatricians primary care and emergency physicians trainee ophthalmologists optometrists and medical students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840761511

Pediatric Colorectal and Pelvic Reconstructive Surgery This book provides comprehensive coverage of the anatomical and physiological aspects of complex colorectal and pelvic malformations. Also described are the surgical protocols for this specialized field within pediatric surgery. The benefits of high-level collaboration between surgical services when treating these anomalies are explained as are treatment algorithms and care of complications. Includes evaluation and management of the newborn Describes surgical interventions of the newborn and when a primary repair versus a staged approach is required  Explains the value of laparoscopy and deciding in which cases to use it  Looks at the importance of a transition program to adulthood Pediatric surgeons worldwide and the teams in which they work will benefit from this well illustrated and comprehensive work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367136475

Pediatric Colorectal and Pelvic SurgeryCase Studies This new handbook teaches and explains the key principles in the management of complex pediatric colorectal diagnoses. By using case-based presentations radiographic images operative images with Multiple Choice Questions to test knowledge this book serves as an invaluable educational tool. ‘Learning Points’ are included and the text includes comprehensive explanatory chapters. The 60 cases included encompass the full range of pediatric conditions  and the additional learning material completes this unique handbook. The e-book further enhances the learning experience for all clinicians involved in the treatment of children suffering from colorectal disorders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138715783

Pediatric Dermatology and DermatopathologyA Concise Atlas Pediatric dermatology is a fast-growing specialty and there is a real need for accessible and up-to-date educational resources. With this in mind the authors have produced a new concise edition of the landmark four-volume textbook Pediatric Dermatology and Dermatopathology. This new text takes account of the latest developments in the field while distilling the most salient ideas from the original classic textbook. This is an ideal reference for dermatologists pediatricians and those training to specialize in pediatric dermatology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396756

Pediatric Emergency MedicineIllustrated Clinical Cases Second Edition This book includes 200 clinical cases which present as emergencies. Congenital and acquired conditions affecting all body systems in infants and children are covered including allergy abuse burns fractures and other trauma feeding problems foreign bodies genetic disorders infections poisoning haematology oncology and much more. Cases appear in random order reflecting actual practice in emergency medicine and reinforcing skills in investigation diagnosis and treatment. It is superbly illustrated with high-quality radiographic images and photographs and is indispensable for all health professionals dealing with emergencies involving children. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482230291

Pediatric Emergency UltrasoundA Concise Guide This concise portable manual provides practitioners and future practitioners with a basic guide to pediatric emergency ultrasound enabling them to learn the fundamentals of bedside ultrasound and use these to refresh their skills prior to or when performing it on a patient. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138332287

Pediatric GastroenterologyA Color Handbook Highly Commended BMA Medical Book Awards 2015 During the past 20 years there has been an explosion of clinical basic science and translational research leading to a better understanding of the physiology and disease processes in the gastrointestinal system of children. Endoscopic techniques have improved correlation of radiographic and biopsy findings with disease have become better defined and advances in transplant care have led to markedly improved survival even in the smallest of infants.Pediatric Gastroenterology: A Color Handbook explores the entirety of pediatric gastroenterology including the gastrointestinal tract liver pancreas and associated nutrition radiographic and endoscopic considerations. It covers a large number of diverse topics and provides a basic overview of pediatric gastrointestinal disease. The book presents multitude of endoscopic histologic and radiographic images as well as illustrations and metabolic pathways to convey a better understanding of disease processes. It also includes a list of recommended readings provided by the chapter authors giving you a solid introduction to pediatric gastroenterology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840762020

Pediatric Hair DisordersAn Atlas and Text Third Edition Hair problems in child patients present a particular problem for clinicians: dermatologists pediatricians and family physicians can all worry they may not be up to date with what may be happening in the other specialties potentially involved. Written by authors with an international reputation the new third edition of Pediatric Hair Disorders is full of clinical pictures with a clear and concise text to help with the diagnosis of each entity. It will be helpful for all clinicians in training and in practice needing a quick and very visual resource to help with clinical diagnosis and to be confident they are using the best recommended techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498707770

Pediatric Heart Failure The first book of its kind this reference describes current diagnostic and treatment strategies for acute and chronic heart failure in the fetus neonate child and young adult-encompassing every aspect of pediatric heart failure including historical perspectives the latest technologies in mechanical circulatory support and recent information on the psychosocial aspects of heart failure in children. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393243

Pediatric Life Care Planning and Case Management Pediatric Life Care Planning and Case Management provides a comprehensive and unique reference that goes beyond the clinical discussion to include legal and financial aspects life expectancy data and assistive technology. It also includes case samples of actual plans related to specific conditions. The book is divided into five parts: Normal Growth and Development of Children describes the normal growth and development and the cognitive and psychosocial development of children. The Roles of the Life Care Plan Team details the roles of members of a life care plan team from the pediatric care manager and life care planner to the vocational rehabilitation consultant among others. Chronic Conditions and Disability States offers guidelines for life care planning for children with a wide range of chronic health conditions and disabilities including traumatic injuries and organ transplants. Forensic Considerations examines life care planning in legal cases life expectancy issues and life care plan foundation strategies and requirements. Special Issues discusses assistive technology medical homes funding sources and ethical issues in caring for children with special needs—including a mother’s perspective on caring for her son. With contributions from highly respected professionals this text provides a guide for life care planners health-care professionals education specialists insurance decision makers attorneys and families who work with children with special health-care needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439803585

Pediatric Nail Disorders This is a highly illustrated guide to the diagnosis and management of nail conditions in children. With new material on genetics and on developments such as dermoscopy it will be invaluable as a reliable clinical reference for both dermatologists and pediatricians as well as those in family practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498720458

Pediatric Nasal and Sinus Disorders The first and only source to offer a detailed and authoritative review of every aspect of nasal and sinus disorders in children this reference provides an impressive collection of reviews on topics ranging from disease mechanisms and immunodefense to diagnosis medical management and surgical strategy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393045

Pediatric Neurology The fundamental goal of the revised edition of this acclaimed text is to provide comprehensive practical and straightforward information about the developing nervous system that is as relevant to those embarking on careers in pediatric neurology as it will be to the experienced practitioner who cares for infants children and adolescents. New to this edition are chapters on tumors of the nervous system autism and related conditions and practice parameters in child neurology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138704169

Pediatric NeuropsychologyThe Stein Family Fellow and Drexel University Symposium First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727526

Pediatric PathologyA Course Review This book serves as a quick study guide during the stages of examination preparation for the pediatric pathology boards. The material covers most of the major topics in pediatric pathology including the fetal perinatal infant child and organ system pathology. It includes a short quiz containing 115 questions with photomicrographs for each and an answer key inserted at the end of the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498723534

Pediatric Radiotherapy Planning and Treatment By becoming knowledgeable about optimal treatment methods designed specifically for childhood cancers members of a radiotherapy team can help improve both pediatric cancer survival statistics and patients’ quality of life. Pediatric Radiotherapy Planning and Treatment is the first single focused resource available for health care providers to accurately plan and deliver radiation therapy to children. The first section of the book discusses the statistics of pediatric cancer incidence and survival. It also reviews the literature on radiation-induced secondary malignancies addressing the use of intensity-modulated radiation therapy (IMRT) in children. The second section presents disease-specific chapters. Each chapter in this section gives a clinical overview of the disease describes treatment planning and delivery concepts and guidance and surveys late effects and organ tolerance doses. Many of the techniques presented can be readily translated to any radiotherapy department. The book also explores the historical background underpinning current treatment paradigms which reveals the tremendous creativity of radiation oncologists and physicists in addressing difficult treatment dilemmas. Medical physicists dosimetrists radiation oncologists and others in a pediatric radiotherapy team must understand pediatric cancers and know how to accurately and safely implement optimal treatments to minimize late effects and maximize the chance for cure or palliation. The methods and clinical background in this book help these health care providers—even those with no formal training in pediatric radiotherapy—recognize the differences between pediatric cancers and adult cancers and then design and administer an appropriate treatment plan. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420085099

Pediatric Regional Anesthesia This book provides a precise description of safe and reliable procedures for regional anesthesia in children. It covers the advantages and disadvantages specific features related to the pediatric range of ages and the practical importance of the described procedures. Written in two main parts emphasis is placed on scientific basis and technical approach. It includes both anatomical and psychological aspects of pain as well as detailed viewpoints of parents children surgeons and anesthetists. This book is a must for all anesthesiologists and will be particularly useful to students of medicine and anesthesiology and nurses working with intensive care units. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744253

Pediatric RheumatologyA Color Handbook Physicians caring for children with rheumatic disease need a varied and highly developed set of clinical skills including general pediatrics immunology musculoskeletal medicine and the management of chronic diseases.With these requirements in mind the authors of this concise handbook emphasize the most frequently recognized symptom complexes in children. Their initial focus is on musculokeletal diseases that may have multi-organ involvement. They then discuss systemic lupus erythematosis vasculitis scleroderma and other auto-inflammatory diseases. Concise text is supported by a wealth of photos and tables.The book is of use to all young doctors/residents in pediatrics rheumatology and general medicine to primary care physicians and all those in related health disciplines caring for children with rheumatic disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840761573

Pediatric School PsychologyConceptualization Applications and Strategies for Leadership Development In today’s schools it is imperative that school-based mental health professionals be adequately trained in the knowledge and impact of pediatric health disorders on children’s academic social and emotional progress and performance. This book will provide practitioners and researchers with the most relevant and up-to-date information concerning conceptual models and applications of intervention and prevention strategies in pediatric school psychology. Rather than making specific disorders the book’s primary focus the authors discuss practical topics such as improving adherence promoting successful school reintegration reducing stress and enhancing coping skills improving pain management and enhancing quality of life. Prevention strategies covered include developing multi-tiered programs monitoring program effectiveness and quality of implementation and programming for sustainability. A unique feature of this book is its emphasis on developing leaders in pediatric school psychology with chapters devoted to important topics including program development and evaluation grant writing and manuscript reviewing and preparation. An accompanying CD contains PowerPoint presentations and guidelines for practice to assist with lectures and describes strategies for application in clinical and school settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415871105

Pediatric Sinusitis and Sinus Surgery Comprehensively addressing the various aspects of sinus disease in children this reference describes the entire spectrum of pediatric sinusitis management surgery and control-opening with sections on anatomy and pathophysiology; demonstrating approaches in diagnostic work-up and medical therapy; detailing surgical management; and considering topics such as sinusitis complications comorbidity tonsillectomy adenoidectomy cystic fibrosis and allergy or immune deficiency; this guide is a stand-alone source for anyone involved in pediatric sinus disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392055

Pediatric TraumaPathophysiology Diagnosis and Treatment Second Edition Injuries cause more than half of all childhood deaths and a large proportion of pediatric trauma care is provided by non-pediatric specialists. This book provides an update of current practice backed by evidence-based recommendations in four sections: 1) Trauma systems for children including epidemiology organization of pediatric trauma care disaster planning and systems for mass pediatric casualties and community injury prevention programs. 2) General principles of resuscitation and supportive care. 3) Specific injuries commonly seen in children including from child abuse. 4) Rehabilitation communication long-term outcomes and performance improvement methods to monitor outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498749237

Pediatric TumorsImmunological and Molecular Markers This monograph explains the considerable impact that monoclonal antibodies and molecular probes have had on the diagnosis of tumor types and sub-types. It explains how radiolabelled monoclonal antibodies have also been used as imaging agents to try to improve the oncologist's ability to define residual tumor deposits after combination chemo/radiotherapy. Finally the childhood malignancies that still have a poor prognosis are presented and new novel ways of therapy are explained. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451066

Pedodiversity Soil diversity (pedodiversity) is part of our natural and cultural heritage. The preservation of the pedosphere is essential for the protection of the biosphere and the Earth’s systems the regulation of climate and for world food security. In this book reputed international experts discuss the state of the art of pedodiversity analysis—analyzing the relationships among biodiversity pedodiversity landform diversity lithodiversity and land use diversity. The first of its kind the book is intended to be a combined handbook historical account of pedodiversity research and essay on its future challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380199

Pedro Páez's History of Ethiopia 1622 / Volume I This book in two volumes contains an annotated English translation of the História da Ethiópia by the Spanish Jesuit missionary priest Pedro Páez (Pêro Pais in Portuguese) 1564-1622 who worked in the Portuguese padroado missions first in India and then in Ethiopia long thought to be the kingdom of the legendary Prester John. His history of Ethiopia was written in Portuguese in the last ten years of his life and survives in only two manuscripts. The translation by Christopher J. Tribe is based on the new critical edition of the Portuguese text by Isabel Boavida Hervé Pennec and Manuel João Ramos which was published in Lisbon in 2008. They are also the editors of this English version. The History of Ethiopia is an essential source for several areas of study - from the history of the Catholic missions in that country and the relations between the European religious orders to the history of art and religions; from the history of geographical exploration to the ideological contextualization of the Ethiopian kingdom; from material culture to Abyssinian political and territorial administration; and from an analysis of local circumstances to changes in human ecology in the Horn of Africa and the Indian Ocean. It is a repository of empirical knowledge on the political geography religion customs flora and fauna of Ethiopia. It combines travel narrative with a historico-ethnographic monograph and is a chronicle of the activities of Jesuit missionaries in their Ethiopian mission. It also reworks a wide variety of documents including the first translations into a European language of a number of Ethiopian literary texts from royal chronicles to hagiographies. It complements other early accounts of Ethiopia by Ludovico de Varthema Francisco Alvares Castanhoso Bermudez Arnold von Harff Manoel de Almeida Bahrey Alessandro Zorzi Jerónimo Lobo and Václav Prutky all published by The Hakluyt Society. Media > Books > Print Books Hakluyt Society 9781908145000

Pedro Páez's History of Ethiopia 1622 / Volume II This book in two volumes contains an annotated English translation of the História da Ethiópia by the Spanish Jesuit missionary priest Pedro Páez (Pêro Pais in Portuguese) 1564-1622 who worked in the Portuguese padroado missions first in India and then in Ethiopia long thought to be the kingdom of the legendary Prester John. His history of Ethiopia was written in Portuguese in the last ten years of his life and survives in only two manuscripts. The translation by Christopher J. Tribe is based on the new critical edition of the Portuguese text by Isabel Boavida Hervé Pennec and Manuel João Ramos which was published in Lisbon in 2008. They are also the editors of this English version. The History of Ethiopia is an essential source for several areas of study - from the history of the Catholic missions in that country and the relations between the European religious orders to the history of art and religions; from the history of geographical exploration to the ideological contextualization of the Ethiopian kingdom; from material culture to Abyssinian political and territorial administration; and from an analysis of local circumstances to changes in human ecology in the Horn of Africa and the Indian Ocean. It is a repository of empirical knowledge on the political geography religion customs flora and fauna of Ethiopia. It combines travel narrative with a historico-ethnographic monograph and is a chronicle of the activities of Jesuit missionaries in their Ethiopian mission. It also reworks a wide variety of documents including the first translations into a European language of a number of Ethiopian literary texts from royal chronicles to hagiographies. It complements other early accounts of Ethiopia by Ludovico de Varthema Francisco Alvares Castanhoso Bermudez Arnold von Harff Manoel de Almeida Bahrey Alessandro Zorzi Jerónimo Lobo and Václav Prutky all published by The Hakluyt Society. Media > Books > Print Books Hakluyt Society 9781908145017

Peel and the Conservative Party 1830-1850 Sir Robert Peel dominated political life for more than two decades and has been described as the 'founder of modern conservatism.' This book analyzes the career of Sir Robert Peel in relation to the development of the Conservative Party in the early 19th century. It discusses Peel's conception of Conservatism and his work as Prime Minister. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171534

Peer Counselling in SchoolsA Time to Listen Originally published in 1996 this book is about the role of peer-helping in alleviating interpersonal difficulties among young people in school settings. It is based on real-life experience on the part of the two editors and their contributors in training and developing peer-counselling services in local schools in order to strengthen policies on bullying equal opportunities and related personal issues. Young people’s experience of being actively engaged in helping their peers has a positive effect on self-esteem and heightens a sense of responsibility and citizenship in the young people involved. The book seeks to help teachers educational psychologists social workers and others working with young people to appreciate the value of peer counselling and to introduce it into their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280069

Peer Interaction and Second Language Learning Peer Interaction and Second Language Learning synthesizes the existing body of research on the role of peer interaction in second language learning in one comprehensive volume. In spite of the many hours that language learners spend interacting with peers in the classroom there is a tendency to evaluate the usefulness of this time by comparison to whole class interaction with the teacher. Yet teachers are teachers and peers are peers – as partners in interaction they are likely to offer very different kinds of learning opportunities. This book encourages researchers and instructors alike to take a new look at the potential of peer interaction to foster second language development. Acknowledging the context of peer interaction as highly dynamic and complex the book considers the strengths and limitations of peer work from a range of theoretical perspectives. In doing so Peer Interaction and Second Language Learning clarifies features of effective peer interaction for second language learning across a range of educational contexts age spans proficiency levels and classroom tasks and settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895729

Peer Learning in Higher EducationLearning from and with Each Other While peer learning is often used informally by students - and for many can form an essential part of their HE experience - this book discusses methods of developing more effective learning through the systematic implementation of peer learning approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172425

Peer Mentoring in Criminal Justice Peer mentoring is an increasingly popular criminal justice intervention in custodial and community settings. Peer mentors are community members often with lived experiences of criminal justice who work or volunteer to help people in rehabilitative settings. Despite the growth of peer mentoring internationally remarkably little research has been done in this field. This book offers the first in-depth analysis of peer mentoring in criminal justice. Drawing upon a rigorous ethnographic study of multiple community organisations in England it identifies key features of criminal justice peer mentoring. Findings result from interviews with people delivering and using services and observations of practice. Peer Mentoring in Criminal Justice reveals a diverse practice which can involve one-to-one sessions group work or more informal leisure activities. Despite diversity five dominant themes are uncovered. These include Identity which is deployed to inspire change and elevate knowledge based on lived experiences; Agency or a sense of self-direction which emerges through dialogue between peers; Values or core conditions including caring listening and taking small steps; Change which can be a terrifying and difficult struggle yet can be mediated by mentors; and Power which is at play within mentoring relationships and within the organisations contexts and ideologies that surround peer mentoring. Peer mentoring offers mentors a practical opportunity to develop confidence skills and hope for the future whilst offering inspiration care empathy and practical support to others. Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars in criminology sociology cultural studies social theory and those interested in learning about the social effects of peer mentoring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228743

Peer Power The Peer Power Program is a peer training program designed for middle high school and higher education students focusing on 8 core skills: Attending Empathizing Summarizing Questioning Genuineness Assertiveness Confrontation and Problem Solving. Through a series of exercises games and self-awareness techniques youth and adults involved in the program can gain the basic communication and mediation skills necessary to effectively help their peers. The professional strategies book provides the program leader/facilitator with clear and easy to follow guidelines for implementing the Peer Power Program. Picking up where Book One left off the leader's guide to Book Two proceeds through the same series of Modules that are found in the Book Two Student Workbook. For each exercise in the student Workbook this leader's guide provides instructions for introducing and implementing the exercise time and material requirements description of its purpose and goal and application assignments. Equipped with the professional strategies book the program leader (teacher school counselor juvenile center officer mental health professional and human resource professional) can quickly and confidently work through the Peer Power curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410343

Peer Power Book OneStrategies for the Professional Leader: Becoming an Effective Peer Helper and Conflict Mediator The Peer Power Program is a peer training program designed for middle high school and higher education students focusing on 8 core skills: Attending Empathizing Summarizing Questioning Genuineness Assertiveness Confrontation and Problem Solving. Through a series of exercises games and self-awareness techniques youth and adults involved in the program can gain the basic communication and mediation skills necessary to effectively help their peers. The professional strategies book provides the program leader/facilitator with clear and easy to follow guidelines for implementing the Peer Power Program. After an overview of the peer program philosophy training structure and goals the leader's guide proceeds through the thirteen Modules that are found in the student Workbook. For each exercise in the student Workbook this leader's guide provides instructions for introducing and implementing the exercise time and material requirements description of its purpose and goal and application assignments. Equipped with the professional strategies book the program leader (teacher school counselor juvenile center officer mental health professional and human resource professional) can quickly and confidently work through the Peer Power curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173187

Peer Power Book OneWorkbook: Becoming an Effective Peer Helper and Conflict Mediator The Peer Power Program is a peer training program designed for middle high school and higher education students focusing on 8 core skills: Attending Empathizing Summarizing Questioning Genuineness Assertiveness Confrontation and Problem Solving. Through a series of exercises games and self-awareness techniques youth and adults involved in the program can gain the basic communication and mediation skills necessary to effectively help their peers. Peer Power  Book One Workbook brings the participating students through first of all understanding their role as a peer helper understanding themselves based on much of the Myers Briggs Type Indicator and the Asset Building Model. Next it takes the participant through eight core skills. The last part of the book indicates strategies for implementing peer work into practice. These strategies include limits setting through ethical guidelines taking care of themselves conflict resolving skills and putting peer helping into action. The Workbook provides clear instructions for the skills-focused guided exercises in a format that is accessible and enjoyable for students in the Peer Power Program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129610

Peer Power Book TwoWorkbook: Applying Peer Helper Skills The Peer Power Program is a peer training program designed for middle high school and higher education students focusing on 8 core skills: Attending Empathizing Summarizing Questioning Genuineness Assertiveness Confrontation and Problem Solving. Through a series of exercises games and self-awareness techniques youth and adults involved in the program can gain the basic communication and mediation skills necessary to effectively help their peers. Picking up where Book One left off the Peer Power Book Two: Workbook brings the participating students through a series of Modules focusing on how to apply the core skills learned in the first half of the program in real life situations. This volume covers topics such as drugs and alcohol abuse taking care of you through stress management leadership training tutoring group work enhancing sexual health disordered eating suicide prevention coping with loss highway traffic safety bullying reduction mentoring crisis management character education problem gambling prevention and tobacco prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133020

Peer Prejudice and DiscriminationThe Origins of Prejudice This award-winning book provides an analysis of the genetic/evolutionary cultural/historical and developmental aspects of prejudice and discrimination. It emphasizes how certain genetic/evolutionary mechanisms are utilized to both produce and prevent prejudice and discrimination from occurring or to modify these behaviors once established. The goals of the book are to help us understand the limitations of interventions and increase tolerance and acceptance of outsiders. Peer Prejudice and Discrimination Second Edition is ideal for advanced-level courses on prejudice and/or discrimination taught in departments of psychology education and sociology as well as a valuable addition to any serious scholars personal library. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410606228

Peer Pressure Peer PreventionThe Role of Friends in Crime and Conformity Criminological research has largely neglected the possibility that positive peer influence is a potentially powerful source of social control. Quantitative methods tease out cause effect and spuriousness in the relationship between peer delinquency and personal delinquency but these methods do little or nothing to reveal how and why peers might influence each other toward--or away from--deviance. Costello and Hope take a first step toward uncovering the mechanisms of peer influence drawing on quantitative and qualitative data collected from two convenience samples of university students. Their quantitative analyses showed that positive peer influence occurs most frequently among those who associate with the most deviant peers and self-report the most deviance contrary to predictions drawn from social learning theories. Their qualitative data revealed a variety of methods of negative influence including encouraging deviant behavior for others' amusement a motive for peer influence never before reported in the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951693

Peer ProgramsAn In-Depth Look at Peer Programs: Planning Implementation and Administration The Peer Power Program is a peer training program designed for middle high school and higher education students focusing on 8 core skills: Attending Empathizing Summarizing Questioning Genuineness Assertiveness Confrontation and Problem Solving. Through a series of exercises games and self-awareness techniques youth and adults involved in the program can gain the basic communication and mediation skills necessary to effectively help their peers. An overview of peer helping Peer Programs explains the value of and techniques for helping non-professionals learn to help others one-on-one in small groups and in groups of classroom size. Intended to be of use to those responsible for planning implementing and/or administering peer programs this text should also convince those who are not directly involved that peer helping is a worthwhile undertaking â€“ reducing drug and alcohol abuse dropouts violence and conflict HIV and AIDS pregnancy stress and negative peer pressure. New features of this edition include: updated rationale for peer programs updated highlights from current evaluation added professionalism- CPPE. Certified Program Programmatic Standards Rubric and others CD of forms to customize for all phases of the Peer Program step-by-step guide of new and current programs This book is an indispensable guide for learning important aspects of training peer helpers and as a resource book for a wide range of professional peer helpers such as: administrators; managers; teachers; counselors; ministers; religious educators; social workers; psychologists; human resource personnel and others in the helping professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131064

Peer Supervision in Coaching and MentoringA Versatile Guide for Reflective Practice Supervision is increasingly required for a coach’s and a mentor's professional development and engaging in reflective practice with peers can be a valuable way of meeting these needs. Peer supervision brings unique challenges though including the possibility of collusion or stagnating at a shared developmental level. This book is written by practicing professional supervisors who engage in peer supervision themselves and train communities of coaches and mentors. It guides practitioners to develop and integrate their range of individual and group reflective practice activities alongside professional supervision. It draws upon essential theory and methodology explores challenges and ethical dilemmas faced within peer supervision and provides concrete guidance useful techniques and helpful templates. This practical guide will be vital reading for individual coaching and mentoring practitioners and peer learning groups including within communities universities and/or training programs. It will also support professional supervisors and organizations developing coaching cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061309

Peer Support in the Primary Playground This book is an essential resource to develop playground relationships. Increasingly schools are working very closely with their children helping them to develop the skills needed to take charge of their own actions and encourage responsible attitudes towards others in the school. The programme for children outlined in this book 'Playground Champions' is a primary playground peer support initiative which: trains older children to support their peers in solving issues within the playground by focusing on rebuilding relationships rather than apportioning blame; encourages children to see the viewpoint of others and to create their own mutually agreeable solutions; and helps to establish emotional health and well-being safety and happiness. The programme is structured easy to follow and can be used by teachers and teaching assistants within the school. These printable training materials and resources are comprehensive and can be readily adapted to suit the needs of individual children and schools. The programme fits into the current national initiatives such as Every Child Matters Social and Emotional Aspects of Learning (SEAL) Citizenship and National Healthy Schools and demonstrates good practice for the annual school self-evaluation form (SEF) and Ofsted. It can also add to the evidence required for the school's disability equality scheme showing that they are committed to disability equality and eliminating bullying and harassment. When properly implemented it will help to develop confidence and improve self-esteem in pupils as well as improving behaviour and reducing stress leading to a happier and healthier school environment. It is suitable for age: 4-11. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174358

Peer-Group Mentoring for Teacher Development Supporting new teachers is a common challenge globally and the European Commission has recently emphasised the need to promote a lifelong continuum of teachers’ professional development by building bridges between pre-service and in-service teacher education. Peer-Group Mentoring for Teacher Development introduces and contextualises for an international audience a new model for teachers’ professional development; Peer Group Mentoring (PGM). It is based on the constructivist view of learning the idea of shared expertise and the ‘Model of Integrative Pedagogy’ which emphasises the integration of different forms of expert knowledge in professional development. This book explores the theoretical and practical background for developing the peer-group mentoring model and provides important contextual information about the Finnish school system in which it was conceptualised and also about teacher education. It presents several empirical studies on applying the PGM model with primary and secondary school teachers in different school contexts and outlines future challenges; examining peer-group mentoring in the framework of wider practice architectures of teacher education. The book is an indispensable reference tool for educationalists and education researchers interested in collaborative and dialogic learning teacher professional development and school administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529372

Peering Behind the CurtainDisability Illness and the Extraordinary Body in Contemporary Theatre First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994843

Peers Helping PeersPrograms For The Preadolescent First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203767832

PEERS® for Young AdultsSocial Skills Training for Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Social Challenges PEERS® for Young Adults presents the first evidence-based group treatment program for young adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder as well as other neurodevelopmental disorders and social challenges. Inside readers will find a critical step forward in the dissemination of effective behavioral interventions for young adults in the form of 16 engaging group session outlines that are both user-friendly and backed by empirical research. Each session is accompanied by homework assignments and practice suggestions designed to reinforce the group’s understanding of the skills learned during each meeting. This practical resource will prove to be an invaluable reference for any clinician or educator working with this population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238718

Peer-to-Peer ComputingApplications Architecture Protocols and Challenges While people are now using peer-to-peer (P2P) applications for various processes such as file sharing and video streaming many research and engineering issues still need to be tackled in order to further advance P2P technologies. Peer-to-Peer Computing: Applications Architecture Protocols and Challenges provides comprehensive theoretical and practical coverage of the major features of contemporary P2P systems and examines the obstacles to further success. Setting the stage for understanding important research issues in P2P systems the book first introduces various P2P network architectures. It then details the topology control research problem as well as existing technologies for handling topology control issues. The author describes novel and interesting incentive schemes for enticing peers to cooperate and explores recent innovations on trust issues. He also examines security problems in a P2P network. The final chapter addresses the future of the field. Throughout the text the highly popular P2P IPTV application PPLive is used as a case study to illustrate the practical aspects of the concepts covered. Addressing the unique challenges of P2P systems this book presents practical applications of recent theoretical results in P2P computing. It also stimulates further research on critical issues including performance and security problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439809341

Peer-to-Peer Lending with Chinese Characteristics: Development Regulation and Outlook Literature on China's finance in the West has focused on "financial repression" in its highly regulated financial markets. However fundamental changes in China's financial system are underway and China's peer-to-peer (P2P) lending is now the largest in the world. This book uses exclusive researches interviews and surveys to bring readers a clear picture of the rapidly developing P2P lending industry in China. It is comprised of two parts. The first part is a comprehensive analysis of China's P2P lending industry. It outlines the factors behind the meteoric rise of P2P lending in China and also the challenges its rapid rise has posed. The second part is a panoramic survey of China's P2P lending industry with study of typical cases which could also provide reference to the analysis in the first part. Besides it introduces the existing relevant regulations regulators likely upcoming regulatory measures as well as the diverse body of new financial institutions appearing with the development of the industry to analyse in-depth the current functioning of the industry in China and its lending practices through a large scale survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516673

Peirce Charles Sanders Peirce (1839-1914) is generally regarded as the founder of pragmatism and one of the greatest ever American philosophers. Peirce is also widely known for his work on truth his foundational work in mathematical logic and an influential theory of signs or semiotics. Albert Atkin introduces the full spectrum of Peirce’s thought for those coming to his work for the first time. The book begins with an overview of Peirce’s life and work considering his early and long-standing interest in logic and science and highlighting important views on the structure of philosophical thought. Atkin then explains Peirce’s accounts of pragmatism and truth examining important later developments to these theories. He then introduces Peirce’s full accounts of semiotics examines his foundational work on formal and graphical logic and introduces Peirce’s account of metaphysics the least understood aspect of his philosophy. The final chapter considers Peirce’s legacy and influence on the thought of philosophers such as John Dewey and Richard Rorty as well as highlighting areas where Peirce’s ideas could still provide important insights for contemporary philosophers. Including chapter summaries suggestions for further reading and a glossary this invaluable introduction and guide to Peirce’s philosophy is essential reading for those new to his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415488327

Peirce for Architects Ideas gain legitimacy as they are put to some practical use. A study of Charles Sanders Peirce (1839-1914) supports this pragmatism as a way of thinking about truth and meaning. Architecture has a strong pragmatic strand not least as we think of building users architecture as a practice the practical demands of building and utility. After all Vitruvius placed firmness and delight in the company of utilitas amongst his demands on architecture. Peirce (pronounced 'purse') was a logician and so many of his ideas are couched in terms of formal propositions and their limitations. His work appeals therefore to many architects grappling with the digital age and references to his work cropped up in the Design Methods Movement that developed and grew from the 1950s. That movement sought to systematise the design process contributing to the idea of the RIBA Plan of Work computer-aided design and various controversies about rendering the design process transparent and open to scrutiny. Peirce’s commitment to logic led him to investigate the basic elements of logical statements notably the element of the sign. His best-known contribution to design revolves around his intricate theory of semiotics the science of signs. The study of semiotics divided around the 1980s between advocates of Peirce’s semiotics and the broader more politically charged field of structuralism. The latter has held sway in architectural discourse since the 1980s. Why this happened and what we gain by reviving a Peircean semiotics is the task of this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319585

Peirce on Perception and ReasoningFrom Icons to Logic The founder of both American pragmatism and semiotics Charles Sanders Peirce (1839–1914) is widely regarded as an enormously important and pioneering theorist. In this book scholars from around the world examine the nature and significance of Peirce’s work on perception iconicity and diagrammatic thinking. Abjuring any strict dichotomy between presentational and representational mental activity Peirce’s theories transform the Aristotelian Humean and Kantian paradigms that continue to hold sway today and in so doing forge a new path for understanding the centrality of visual thinking in science education art and communication. The essays in this collection cover a wide range of issues related to Peirce’s theories including the perception of generality; the legacy of ideas being copies of impressions; imagination and its contribution to knowledge; logical graphs diagrams and the question of whether their iconicity distinguishes them from other sorts of symbolic notation; how images and diagrams contribute to scientific discovery and make it possible to perceive formal relations; and the importance and danger of using diagrams to convey scientific ideas. This book is a key resource for scholars interested in Perice’s philosophy and its relation to contemporary issues in mathematics philosophy of mind philosophy of perception semiotics logic visual thinking and cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372408

Peirce's Account of PurposefulnessA Kantian Perspective This book presents a systematic interpretation of Charles S. Peirce’s work based on a Kantian understanding of his teleological account of thought and inquiry. Departing from readings that contrast Peirce’s treatment of purpose end and teleology with his early studies of Kant Gabriele Gava instead argues that focusing on Peirce’s purposefulness as a necessary regulative (in the Kantian sense) condition for inquiry and semiotic processes allows for a transcendental interpretation of Peirce’s philosophical project. The author advances this interpretation through presenting original views on aspects of Peirce’s thought including: a detailed analysis of Peirce’s ‘methodeutic’ and ‘speculative rhetoric ’ as well as his ‘critical common-sensism’; a comparison between Peirce’s and James’ pragmatisms in view of the account of purposefulness Gava puts forth; and an examination of the logical relationships that order Peirce’s architectonic classification of the sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498891

Peirce's Speculative GrammarLogic as Semiotics Peirce’s Speculative Grammar: Logic as Semiotics offers a comprehensive philologically accurate and exegetically ambitious developmental account of Peirce’s theory of speculative grammar. The book traces the evolution of Peirce’s grammatical writings from his early research on the classification of arguments in the 1860s up to the complex semiotic taxonomies elaborated in the first decade of the twentieth century. It will be of interest to academic specialists working on Peirce the history of American philosophy and pragmatism the philosophy of language the history of logic and semiotics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887032

Peiresc's OrientAntiquarianism as Cultural History in the Seventeenth Century The ten essays published in this volume were written over the space of a decade but they were conceived from the start as a coherent whole presenting Peiresc's study of discrete languages and literatures of the Near East and North Africa. For Peiresc the student of the Classical past this described the eastern and southern space in which the Greeks and Romans lived and strove. For Peiresc the Christian this was the world of the Bible that impacted upon the Greeks and Romans. And for Peiresc of the Mediterranean (for he was born in Aix spent much time in Marseille and lived outside of the region for only 6 of his 57 years) this was the territory that his friends and colleagues sailed to lived in and usually came back from. The convergence of these axes in the life of one man and a man of singular intellectual power and charm whose vast personal paper arsenal had survived makes this such a compelling project. The essays are arranged in a roughly chronological order. They follow the course of Peiresc’s own projects from his early encounter with the ancient Near East in Greek and Roman literature through his engagement with Arabic to his deepening kowledge of rabbinic texts to the wider world of the new oriental studies of the seventeenth century which he helped create: Samaritan Coptic and Ethiopic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110298

PEM Electrolysis for Hydrogen ProductionPrinciples and Applications An ever-increasing dependence on green energy has brought on a renewed interest in polymer electrolyte membrane (PEM) electrolysis as a viable solution for hydrogen production. While alkaline water electrolyzers have been used in the production of hydrogen for many years there are certain advantages associated with PEM electrolysis and its relevance to renewable energy sources. PEM Electrolysis for Hydrogen Production: Principles and Applications discusses the advantages of PEM electrolyzers over alkaline electrolyzers presents the recent advances of hydrogen PEM fuel cells accelerating the large-scale commercialization of PEM electrolysis and considers the challenges that must be addressed before PEM electrolysis can become a commercially feasible option. Written by international scientists in PEM electrolysis and fuel cell research areas this book addresses the demand for energy storage technologies that store intermittent renewable energy and offers the most complete and up-to-date information on PEM electrolysis technology and research. The authors: Cover the fundamental applications of PEM electrolysis Review the state-of-the-art technologies and challenges related to each of the components of the PEM electrolysis Address failure analysis and review available failure diagnostic tools Provide future direction for researchers and technology developers PEM Electrolysis for Hydrogen Production: Principles and Applications provides a fundamental understanding of the requirements and functionalities of certain components and attributes of the PEM electrolysis technology that are common for both PEM fuel cells’ and electrolyzers’ hydrogen applications for energy storage. Beneficial to students and professionals the text serves as a handbook for identifying PEM electrolysis failure modes and diagnosing electrolyzer performance to improve efficiency and durability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138775497

PEM Fuel Cell Diagnostic Tools PEM Fuel Cell Diagnostic Tools presents various tools for diagnosing PEM fuel cells and stacks including in situ and ex situ diagnostic tools electrochemical techniques and physical/chemical methods. The text outlines the principles experimental implementation data processing and application of each technique along with its capabilities and weaknesses. The book covers many diagnostics employed in the characterization and determination of fuel cell performance. It discusses commonly used conventional tools such as cyclic voltammetry electrochemical impedance spectroscopy scanning electron microscopy and transmission electron microscopy. It also examines special tools developed specifically for PEM fuel cells including transparent cells cathode discharge and current mapping as well as recent advanced tools for diagnosis such as magnetic resonance imaging and atomic force microscopy. For clarity the book splits these diagnostic methodologies into two parts—in situ and ex situ. To better understand the tools PEM fuel cell testing is also discussed. Each self-contained chapter provides cross-references to other chapters. Written by international scientists active in PEM fuel cell research this volume incorporates state-of-the-art technical advances in PEM fuel cell diagnosis. The diagnostic tools presented help readers to understand the physical and chemical phenomena involved in PEM fuel cells. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113343

PEM Fuel Cell Durability Handbook Two-Volume Set While PEM fuel cells are highly efficient environmentally friendly sources of power their durability hinders the commercialization of this technology. With contributions from international scientists active in PEM fuel cell research PEM Fuel Cell Durability Handbook Two-Volume Set provides a comprehensive source of state-of-the-art research in the field. The handbook looks at how to overcome the technical challenges of PEM fuel cell technology and drive the technology toward increased commercialization. The two volumes in the set cover numerous durability-related issues in the development of PEM fuel cells. The first volume analyzes failure modes that result in the insufficient durability of PEM fuel cells. Supplying a handy toolbox for practical work the second volume brings together the different types of diagnostic tools currently used by PEM fuel cell researchers. By providing an understanding of fuel cell performance degradation and failure modes this two-volume handbook helps readers develop new materials and design novel fuel cells that mitigate their degradation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439839218

PEM Fuel Cell Failure Mode Analysis PEM Fuel Cell Failure Mode Analysis presents a systematic analysis of PEM fuel cell durability and failure modes. It provides readers with a fundamental understanding of insufficient fuel cell durability identification of failure modes and failure mechanisms of PEM fuel cells fuel cell component degradation testing and mitigation strategies against degradation. The first several chapters of the book examine the degradation of various fuel cell components including degradation mechanisms the effects of operating conditions mitigation strategies and testing protocols. The book then discusses the effects of different contamination sources on the degradation of fuel cell components and explores the relationship between external environment and the degradation of fuel cell components and systems. It also reviews the correlation between operational mode such as start-up and shut-down and the degradation of fuel cell components and systems. The last chapter explains how the design of fuel cell hardware relates to failure modes. Written by international scientists active in PEM fuel cell research this volume is enriched with practical information on various failure modes analysis for diagnosing cell performance and identifying failure modes of degradation. This in turn helps in the development of mitigation strategies and the increasing commercialization of PEM fuel cells. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138118195

PembaSpontaneous Living Spaces Pemba: Spontaneous Living Spaces looks at self-built dwellings and settlements in the case study city of Pemba in the Cabo Delgado region of Mozambique.   Self-built houses born from need in haste and with limited economical resources are often considered to be temporary structures but frequently become an integral part of the urban fabric representative of a local culture of living. The study is part of the Spontaneous Living Spaces research project and through a variety of documentation tools it investigates the evolution of the architectural and urban elements that characterize self-built dwellings in Pemba.   The evolution of the spontaneous living culture creates new forms of living in the city connected to local cultural expressions and the environment. These are placed in relation to the traditional and contemporary living cultures settlement trends and the natural environment.   Covering a history of housing in Mozambique and unpacking four settlement types in Pemba this book is written for academics professionals and researchers in architecture and planning with a particular interest in African architecture and urbanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367499976

Penal Culture and HyperincarcerationThe Revival of the Prison What are the various forces influencing the role of the prison in late modern societies? What changes have there been in penality and use of the prison over the past 40 years that have led to the re-valorization of the prison? Using penal culture as a conceptual and theoretical vehicle and Australia as a case study this book analyses international developments in penality and imprisonment. Authored by some of Australia’s leading penal theorists the book examines the historical and contemporary influences on the use of the prison with analyses of colonialism post colonialism race and what they term the ’penal/colonial complex ’ in the construction of imprisonment rates and on the development of the phenomenon of hyperincarceration. The authors develop penal culture as an explanatory framework for continuity change and difference in prisons and the nature of contested penal expansionism. The influence of transformative concepts such as ’risk management’ ’the therapeutic prison’ and ’preventative detention’ are explored as aspects of penal culture. Processes of normalization transmission and reproduction of penal culture are seen throughout the social realm. Comparative contemporary and historical in its approach the book provides a new analysis of penality in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269774

Penal Cultures and Female Desistance This book makes a unique contribution to the internationalisation of criminological knowledge about gender and desistance through a qualitative cross-national exploration of the female route out of crime in Sweden and England. By situating the female desistance journey in diverse penal cultures the study addresses two major gaps in the literature: the neglect of critical explorations of gender in desistance-related processes and the lack of internationally comparative perspectives on the lived experience of desistance. Grounded in a feminist methodology – underpinned by a critical humanist perspective – this book draws on 24 life-story narrative interviews with female desisters across Sweden and England. The discussion covers departure points qualitative experiences of criminal justice as well as barriers and ‘ladders’ in the female route out. While some cross-national symmetry is detected particularly in the areas of victimisation and issues around short custodial sentences overall the findings indicate that diverse macro-processes and models especially in terms of 'inclusive' versus 'exclusive' penal cultures effectually 'trickle down' to the women in this study and produce different micro-experiences of desistance. Providing new qualitative evidence of the 'Nordic Exceptionalism thesis’ this book finds that comparatively the Swedish model offers a macro-context supported and reflected in allied meso-practices which is more conducive to the formation of female desistance narratives. This unique comparative study marks a step-change in desistance literature and will be essential reading for those engaged in the disciplines of penology rehabilitation gender and crime and offender management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367481995

Penal Exceptionalism?Nordic Prison Policy and Practice In the growing field of comparative criminal justice the Nordic countries are regularly used as exceptions to the global move towards growing rates of imprisonment and tougher less welfare-oriented crime-control policies. Why are the Nordic penal institutions viewed as so ‘different’ from a non-Nordic vantage point? Are Nordic prisons and penal policies in fact positive exceptions to the general rule? If they are what exactly are the exceptional qualities and why are the Nordic societies lucky enough to have them? Are there important overlooked examples of Nordic ‘bad practice’ in the penal area? Could there be a specifically Nordic way of doing prison research contributing to the gap between internal and external perspectives? In considering – among others – the above questions this book explores and discusses the Nordic jurisdictions as contexts for the specific penal policies and practices that may or may not be described as exceptional. Written by leading prison scholars from the Nordic countries as well as selected researchers from the English-speaking world ‘looking in’ this book will be particularly useful for students of criminology and practitioners across the Nordic countries but also of relevance in a wider geographical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415672955

Penal Populism Sentencing Councils and Sentencing Policy Public outcries and political platforms based on misinformation and misconceptions about the criminal justice system and current sentencing practice occur all too often in democratic societies. Penal Populism Sentencing Councils and Sentencing Policy attempts to address this problem by bringing together important contributions from a number of distinguished experts in the field.Penal Populism presents theoretical perspectives on the role of the public in the development of sentencing policy. It places particular emphasis on the emerging role of sentencing commissions advisory councils or panels in a number of English speaking countries: Australia New Zealand the United States the United Kingdom Scotland and South Africa.The book explains expands and develops the existing literature that looks at public attitudes to justice and the role that the 'public' can play in influencing policy. Written in a scholarly yet accessible style Penal Populism asks the critical questions: should 'public opinion' or preferably 'public judgment' be relevant to court decision-making to institutional decision-making and to the political process? And if so how? Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781315820095

Penal Power and Colonial Rule This book provides an account of the distinctive way in which penal power developed outside the metropolitan centre. Proposing a radical revision of the Foucauldian thesis that criminological knowledge emerged in the service of a new form of power – discipline – that had inserted itself into the very centre of punishment it argues that Foucault’s alignment of sovereign disciplinary and governmental power will need to be reread and rebalanced to account for its operation in the colonial sphere. In particular it proposes that colonial penal power in India is best understood as a central element of a liberal colonial governmentality. To give an account of the emergence of this colonial form of penal power that was distinct from its metropolitan counterpart this book analyses the British experience in India from the 1820s to the early 1920s. It provides a genealogy of both civil and military spheres of government illustrating how knowledge of marginal and criminal social orders was tied in crucial ways to the demands of a colonial rule that was neither monolithic nor necessarily coherent. The analysis charts the emergence of a liberal colonial governmentality where power was almost exclusively framed in terms of sovereignty and security and where disciplinary strategies were given only limited and equivocal attention. Drawing on post-colonial theory Penal Power and Colonial Rule opens up a new and unduly neglected area of research. An insightful and original exploration of theory and history this book will appeal to students and scholars of Law Criminology History and Post-colonial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944817

Penal Practice and Penal Policy in Ancient Rome Using Roman literary and legal sources this book assesses Roman penal policy through an in-depth examination of six high-profile criminal cases ranging from the Bacchanalian trials in 186 BC to the trials for treason and magic in the fourth century. Identifying Roman attitudes to crime and punishment this book brings out contrasts and developments in those attitudes. O.F. Robinson examines Roman criminal legislation (both that laid down by Justinian and that codified and confirmed by him) as well as Roman attitudes both juristic and philosophical to the purposes of punishment including deterrence retribution reform protection of the public and how they were modified over time. The author also discusses arguments for fixed as against flexible penalties and the changes made in the actual punishments and in those to whom they were applied. This book is an essential tool for any specialist student or researcher wishing to learn more about Roman values from their approach to crime and punishment Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518437

Pencils of Cubics and Algebraic Curves in the Real Projective Plane Pencils of Cubics and Algebraic Curves in the Real Projective Plane thoroughly examines the combinatorial configurations of n generic points in RP². Especially how it is the data describing the mutual position of each point with respect to lines and conics passing through others. The first section in this book answers questions such as can one count the combinatorial configurations up to the action of the symmetric group? How are they pairwise connected via almost generic configurations? These questions are addressed using rational cubics and pencils of cubics for n = 6 and 7. The book’s second section deals with configurations of eight points in the convex position. Both the combinatorial configurations and combinatorial pencils are classified up to the action of the dihedral group D8. Finally the third section contains plentiful applications and results around Hilbert’s sixteenth problem. The author meticulously wrote this book based upon years of research devoted to the topic. The book is particularly useful for researchers and graduate students interested in topology algebraic geometry and combinatorics. Features: Examines how the shape of pencils depends on the corresponding configurations of points Includes topology of real algebraic curves Contains numerous applications and results around Hilbert’s sixteenth problem About the Author: Séverine Fiedler-le Touzé has published several papers on this topic and has been invited to present at many conferences. She holds a Ph.D. from University Rennes1 and was a post-doc at the Mathematical Sciences Research Institute in Berkeley California. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138590519

Penelope Fitzgerald and the Consolation of Fiction Christopher J. Knight’s Penelope Fitzgerald and the Consolation of Fiction is a study of the British author Penelope Fitzgerald (1916 – 2000) attending to her nine novels especially as viewed through the lens both of "late style" (she published her first novel The Golden Child at age sixty) and in her words of "consolation that is for doubts and fears as well as for naked human loss." As in Shakespeare’s late religiously inflected romances the two concerns coincide; and Fitzgerald’s ostensible comedies are marked by a clear experience of the tragic and the palpable sense of a world that verges on the edge of indifference to human loss. Yet Fitzgerald her late age pessimism notwithstanding seeks (with the aid of her own religious understandings) in each of her novels to wrestle meaning consolation and even comedy from circumstances not noticeably propitious. Or as she herself memorably spoke of her own "deepest convictions": "I can only say that however close I’ve come by this time to nothingness I have remained true to my deepest convictions—I mean to the courage of those who are born to be defeated the weaknesses of the strong and the tragedy of misunderstandings and missed opportunities which I have done my best to treat as a comedy for otherwise how can we manage to bear it?" The recipient of Britain’s Booker Prize and America’s National Book Critics Circle Award Penelope Fitzgerald’s reputation as a novelist and author more generally has grown since her death significantly to the point that she is now widely judged one of Britain’s finest writers comparable in worth to the likes of Jane Austen George Eliot and Virginia Woolf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884642

Penelope Halls Soc Ser Ils 186 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868587

Penetration and Permeability of ConcreteBarriers to organic and contaminating liquids This book is an investigation into the barrier qualities of concrete. The transport of fluids in particular organic and contaminating liquids through concrete can lead to water and soil pollution. This is a world-wide problem on which there is little published material. This state-of-the-art report redresses the balance and sets out current knowledge on all aspects of the problem testing methods and indicates the need for further research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659516

Penetration Testing volume 1Proceedings of the second European symposium on penetration testing Amsterdam 24-27 May 1982 Conference Proceedings of the second European symposium on penetration testing Amsterdam 24-27 May 1982. This volume includes soil penetration tests- congresses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743959

Penitence Preaching and the Coming of the Reformation Why did the Reformation take root in some places and not others? Although many factors were involved the varying character of penitential preaching across Europe in the decades prior to the Reformation was an especially important contributor to the subsequent receptivity of evangelical ideas. In this book several collections of model sermons are studied to provide an overview of late medieval teaching on penitence. What emerges is a pattern of differing emphases in different geographical locations with the characteristic emphases of the penitential message in each region suggesting how such teaching prepared the ground for both the appeal and the reputation of Luther's message. People heard and interpreted the new theology using the late medieval penitential understandings and expectations they had been taught. The variety of teaching found in the Church left different regions vulnerable or resistant to evangelical critiques and alternatives. Despite current academic claims that the establishment of the Reformation cannot have resulted from lay religious understanding this study offers evidence that theological ideas did reach beyond religious elites to promote a degree of popular support for the Reformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247199

Penitence in the Age of Reformations This volume is comprised of thirteen essays that explore penitential teachings and practices from the late fifteenth to the early seventeenth centuries in Western Europe and its colonies. Together the essays reveal that in this period penitence was an increasingly important force shaping the individual and society. Consequently the authors argue penitence is central to our understanding of early modern Christianity as it was taught and experienced in everyday life. From Germany to France and to the Americas Catholics turned to traditional forms of penitence not only to save individual souls but also to assert their confessional identity. For their part Protestants established distinctive penitential approaches and institutions in accordance with their own understandings of sin and salvation. In thus examining the treatment of post-baptismal sin across chronological and confessional boundaries the volume breaks new ground in the history of penance. The volume concludes with a postscript assessing the ways in which the essays enrich the current state of scholarship on penitence and encourage further research. Katharine Jackson Lualdi is an independent scholar. Anne T. Thayer is Assistant Professor of Church History at Lancaster Theological Seminary Lancaster Pennsylvania. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247205

Pension Fund Economics and FinanceEfficiency Investments and Risk-Taking Pension fund benefits are crucial for pensioners’ welfare and pension fund savings have accumulated to huge amounts covering a major part of world-wide institutional investments. However the literature on pension fund economics and finance is rather limited caused in part to limited data availability. This book contributes to this literature and focuses on three important areas. The first is pension fund (in)efficiency which has a huge impact on final benefits particularly when annual spoilage accumulates over a lifetime. Scale economies pension plans complexity and alternative pension saving plans are important issues.The second area is investment behavior and risk-taking. A key question refers to the allocation of investments over high risk/high return and relatively safe assets. Bikker investigates whether pension funds follow the life-cycle hypothesis: more risk and return for pension funds with young participants. Many pension funds are rather limited in size which may raise the question how financially sophisticated the pension fund decision makers are: rather professionals or closer to unskilled private persons? The third field concerns two regulation issues. How do pension fund respond to shocks such as unexpected investment returns or changes in life expectancy? What are the welfare implications to the beneficiary for different methods of securing pension funding: solvency requirements a pension guarantee fund or sponsor support? This groundbreaking book will challenge the way pension fund economics is thought about and practiced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877750

Pension Reform in Latin America First published in 1998 this volume initially focused on Chilean pension reform on which the author has published elsewhere before moving onto Latin America more widely with coverage extending from 1990 to the reform in Costa Rica and the Mexican pension reform in 1997. It emerged in the wake of reforms including in Peru (1993) Argentina and Colombia (1994) and Uruguay (1996). Particular focus is given to the new individual capitalization pension plans along with arguments on the ignoring of pension schemes and its consequences the connection of pension schemes to the labour market and the impact of pension schemes on the least advantaged. The Chilean model in particular has received praise from the IMF and the World Bank and these Latin American pension reforms will be of interest as a paradigm for other countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331297

Pension Reforms in Central Eastern and Southeastern EuropeFrom Post-Socialist Transition to the Global Financial Crisis This book traces and analyzes the legislation and implementation of pension reforms in four Central Eastern and Southeastern European countries: Croatia Hungary Poland and Slovenia. By comparing the political economy of their policymaking processes it seeks to pinpoint regularities between institutional settings actor constellations decision-making strategies and reform. Guardiancich employs a historical institutionalist framework to analyze the policies actors and institutions that characterized the period between the collapse of socialism and the global financial crisis of 2008-2011. He argues that viable pension reforms should not be seen simply as an event but rather as a continuing process that must be fiscally socially and politically sustainable. In particular the primary goal of a pension scheme is to reduce poverty provide adequate retirement income and insure against the risks of old age within given fiscal constraints and this will happen only if the scheme enjoys continuing political support at all levels. To this end the author individuates those institutional characteristics of countries that increase the consistency of reforms and lower the likelihood of policy reversals in time. Pension Reforms in Central Eastern and Southeastern Europe will be of interest to students and scholars of political science political economy social policy and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822214

Pensions Politics and the ElderlyHistoric Social Movements and Their Lessons for Our Aging Society This is an historical exploration of the US pensioner movements of the late 1920s through to the early 1950s and the insights they offer policy analysts and researchers on how the forthcoming retirement of the Baby-Boom generation could proceed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500850

Pensions in Development This title was first published in 2001. Challenging conventional approaches to the delivery of sustainable "social protection" to the elderly in developing countries (DCs) and assessing their implications this work discusses the appropriateness of the public management of funded systems in DCs with relatively large formal sectors. The combination of social assistance approaches to social protection for the elderly facilitates the formation of an original unbiased "pensions in development" approach. Arguing for expeditious implementation of non-contributory tax (or aid) financed universal old-age "pensions" provision in all DCs and advocating industry flexibility and inclusivity the book provides a treatment of a growing issue in worldwide development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721746

Pensions in the NetherlandsOpinions of Working People on Supplementary Pensions Like Japan the Netherlands has an aging population. As a consequence the affordability of old-age pensions is under pressure. The labour market is also changing with people more often changing jobs or choosing to become self-employed. Both trends raise the question of whether the pension system in its current form still meets the needs of working people today and in the future. The Dutch Ministry of Social Affairs and Employment asked the Netherlands Institute for Social Research scp to carry out a study of the support for solidarity in the Dutch supplementary pension system. Do working people still want to build up their pension in a collective system? What social trends are relevant here? Do employees prefer solidarity or choice? And to what extent do they express a preference for collective or individual pension schemes? This report answers these questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789037707717

Pensions: Challenges and Reforms Throughout the developed world public and private pension schemes face major challenges that are creating irresistible pressures for reform. Major structural changes in Latin America and in Central and Eastern Europe have led to particularly fierce pressure. Two member states of the European Union - Italy and Sweden - have introduced radical reform of their public pensions systems; controversial pension reforms have been proposed in France and Germany; and the British government has been widely criticized over its pension reforms and its 2002 white paper. This exceptional volume examines the challenges faced by pension schemes in the advanced economies and the reforms that have been introduced to tackle these challenges. A team of international contributors provides an up-to-date invaluable analysis of different aspects of pension problems prospects and reforms. The book incorporates cross-national chapters as well as a focus on individual countries including Belgium Brazil Colombia Finland Greece Italy Sweden the UK and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391043

Pentecostal Theology for the Twenty-First CenturyEngaging with Multi-Faith Singapore In our post 9/11 world where there is a growing religious fundamentalism and when both exclusion and easy tolerance are inadequate options this book offers a creative alternative arguing that Pentecostalism has the potential to be a peaceful harbinger of plurality. The potential lies in its spirituality - a lively pneumatology and eschatology. The eschatological Spirit is seen as orientated towards the other crossing boundaries in redemptive embrace transcending exclusion and easy tolerance. This book's non-Western perspective and the empirical contextual study of Singapore's multicultural and multi-faith context are unique contributions to religion and society. This is a book for students pastors teachers and theologians concerned for an approach to mission that is sensitive to their context who want to learn from a creative theological voice from what has been perhaps the largest religious movement in history and who see the immense potential in lively theology by Christians of the Chinese diaspora who can speak to the many millions of ethnic Chinese Christians. This book will also appeal to those outside Christianity who are interested in its attempts to engage with a complex multi-ethnic and multi-religious situation such as that in Singapore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273863

PentonvilleA Sociological Study of an English Prison First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863926

Penury into PlentyDearth and the Making of Knowledge in Early Modern England Penury into Plenty: Dearth and the Making of Knowledge in Early Modern England is an original examination of cultural meanings of dearth and famine in England at the turn of the sixteenth century. It focuses on the socio-economic and ecological crises of the 1590s investigating the effects of widespread fears of famine on mundane activities and knowledge making by analyzing the remedial measures undertaken by the early modern English to illustrate their commitment to resource management. The activities theories and publications of the prolific ‘dearth scientist’ Sir Hugh Platt are considered alongside other forms of literature such as sermons plays poetry and prose fiction to explain not only what dearth or famine meant in the period but how contemporaries understood sustainable resource management. By drawing upon environmental economic scientific and literary history and theory Penury into Plenty allows modern readers to see that sustainability is not a wholly modern concept and the investigation of cultural forms of ecological consciousness and social consequences of past environmental change is vital for understanding contemporary concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870843

People Aid and Institutions in Socio-economic RecoveryFacing Fragilities An estimated 2 billion people live in countries affected by fragility conflict and violence. Extreme poverty is increasingly concentrated in these areas and governments and international agencies seek avenues to enable socio-economic recovery and to support people as they try to rebuild their lives and livelihoods. People Aid and Institutions in Socio-economic Recovery: Facing Fragilities provides an in-depth understanding of people’s strategies in the face of conflict and disaster-related fragility and examines how policies and aid interventions enable their socio-economic recovery – or fail to do so. Through field-based research the book captures the complex and unfolding realities on the ground exploring the interfaces between economic social and institutional change. This provides a rich and unique vantage point from which to reflect on the impact of recovery policies. The book provides a set of cross-cutting findings that aim to inform policy and practice. The detailed case studies of the book lay bare key dynamics of recovery. Set against the findings from two chapters that review the literature the cases provide evidence-based lessons for socio-economic recovery. The chapters combine qualitative and quantitative methodologies and form a valuable resource to researchers and postgraduate students of disaster management conflict humanitarian aid and social reconstruction and development management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914513

People Care and Work in the Home Introducing novel theoretical empirical and practical investigations with case studies from UK Europe South America and South East Asia the book offers a novel global outlook on how contemporary homes are facing genuine challenges from operational economic spatial social and wellbeing perspectives. The changing demographics of our modern society have inevitably impacted the dynamics and relationships within the home from being personal and private to that of multiple work relationships; domestic work care for older people or supporting people with special needs. Whilst the home is a concept universally experienced permeating every aspect of our lives it remains an entity whose influence on health and wellbeing is poorly understood. This book brings together 17 different contributions from scholars researchers and practitioners from different disciplinary and professional backgrounds including three feature articles by leading figures such as Lord Best and Baroness Hollins. The chapters are organised within three parts that look at the triangle of people + work + care in the home. At a time when homes are increasingly becoming local hubs for care and wellbeing this volume is a critical and useful addition to current literature in the social sciences humanities economics culture care and wellbeing in the domestic sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422998

People Land and TimeAn Historical Introduction to the Relations Between Landscape Culture and Environment This major new text provides an introduction to the interaction of culture and society with the landscape and environment. It offers a broad-based view of this theme by drawing upon the varied traditions of landscape interpretation from the traditional cultural geography of scholars such as Carl Sauer to the 'new' cultural geography which has emerged in the 1990s. The book comprises three major interwoven strands. First fundamental factors such as environmental change and population pressure are addressed in order to sketch the contextual variables of landscapes production. Second the evolution of the humanised landscape is discussed in terms of processes such as clearing wood the impact of agriculture the creation of urban-industrial complexes and is also treated in historical periods such as the pre-industrial the modern and the post-modern. From this we can see the cultural and economic signatures of human societies at different times and places. Finally examples of landscape types are selected in order to illustrate the ways in which landscape both represents and participates in social change.The authors use a wide range of source material ranging from place-names and pollen diagrams to literature and heritage monuments. Superbly illustrated throughout it is essential reading for first-year undergraduates studying historical geography human geography cultural geography or landscape history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138483

People Land and Water in the Arab Middle EastEnvironments and Landscapes in the Bilad ash-Sham The result of twenty-five years of research with different tribal groups in the Arabian peninsula this study focuses on ethnographic descriptions of Arab tribal societies in five regions of the peninsula with comparative material from others. Having become aware of the depth in time of Arab tribal structures the authors have developed a view of Arabic tribal discourse where 'tribe' is seen as essentially an identity that confers access to a social structure and its processes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079257

People Land and WaterParticipatory Development Communication for Natural Resource Management In natural resource management research best practice implies the participation of community members research or development teams and other stakeholders to jointly identify research and development parameters and contribute to decision making. Ideally the research or development process itself generates a situation of empowerment in which participants transform their vision and become able to take effective action. Used increasingly widely in resource management this process is known as Participatory Development Communication (PDC). This book presents conceptual and methodological issues related to the use of PDC to facilitate participation amongst stakeholders in a variety of natural resource management initiatives. Each chapter presents in-depth experiences from Asia and Africa to highlight different ways in which this process can be achieved. The book describes the major issues involved in applying PDC to natural resource management practices and research discusses the challenges and the difficulties linked to such an approach and offers insights and lessons from research and experience in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978126

People Not Psychiatry Originally published in 1973 this book is about people and psychiatry. About people who rejected psychiatry as it was generally practised at the time people who sought for and found alternative ways of caring for and healing one another. The author who had been active in radical alternatives to psychiatry for some time offers us a programme based not on drugs repression and a ‘questionable’ expertise but on human caring greater awareness of the body deeper communication between persons and a willingness to let the emotions flow. It is a challenging alternative which came at a time when the viability of scientific theoretical and chemical approaches to distress were being questioned at all levels of society. This alternative includes the new direct methods of healing (making whole) such as Encounter Gestalt Bioenergetics Psychofantasy – methods that do not do things to people but allow them to feel their way into change through experiment flow and choice. The main focus of the book is People not Psychiatry (PNP) the network set up by the author in 1969. PNP is open to all and people in it help one another in times of stress and crisis if they are asked to and when they are needed. One of the main assets of these networks is that they are an alternative and they are there. The book tells the story of PNP’s birth and growth. It is a personal story a moving story a story about people. In addition the book contains some lively theoretical discussion both simple and clear in the course of which the author tentatively offers his own theory of neurosis – that many people become victims of the primitive logic patterns laid down in infancy patterns that become reinforced through fear and habit and have to be dissolved or replaced if we are to enjoy a full healthy free-flowing life. The book is directed at doctors patients consultants nurses psychologists social workers therapists in fact anyone involved in any way in the field of psychiatry. It is also offered to all those whom psychiatry touches that it to say – everyone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624580

People Place and Global OrderFoundations of a Networked Political Economy Globalization and technology are combining to change socio-economic relationships. The pace of change and uncertainty of the world of work – no job for life zero-hours contracts diminished pension rights and a growing delivery dependence on digital networks over human contact – are creating a profound unease that may be unprecedented in the Western world. If organizational patterns are not sufficiently adjusted and businesses continue as usual we run the risk of alienating entire groups within society with many feeling ‘left behind’. Using deliberately accessible language for students and the general reader the authors draw upon socially innovative models of economic organization from the nineteenth century to present a model to master this new economy for the common good. The book illustrates with practical examples how digital networks can be leveraged and provides a common checklist to identify suitable conditions for organizations to flourish and provide the means to more effectively evaluate opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197643

People Places and PolicyKnowing contemporary Wales through new localities The Open Access version of this book available at www.tandfebooks.com has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license.Set within the context of UK devolution and constitutional change People Places and Policy offers important and interesting insights into ‘place-making’ and ‘locality-making’ in contemporary Wales. Combining policy research with policy-maker and stakeholder interviews at various spatial scales (local regional national) it examines the historical processes and working practices that have produced the complex political geography of Wales.This book looks at the economic social and political geographies of Wales which in the context of devolution and public service governance are hotly debated. It offers a novel ‘new localities’ theoretical framework for capturing the dynamics of locality-making to go beyond the obsession with boundaries and coterminous geographies expressed by policy-makers and politicians. Three localities – Heads of the Valleys (north of Cardiff) central and west coast regions (Ceredigion Pembrokeshire and the former district of Montgomeryshire in Powys) and the A55 corridor (from Wrexham to Holyhead) – are discussed in detail to illustrate this and also reveal the geographical tensions of devolution in contemporary Wales.This book is an original statement on the making of contemporary Wales from the Wales Institute of Social and Economic Research Data and Methods (WISERD) researchers. It deploys a novel ‘new localities’ theoretical framework and innovative mapping techniques to represent spatial patterns in data. This allows the timely uncovering of both unbounded and fuzzy relational policy geographies and the more bounded administrative concerns which come together to produce and reproduce over time Wales’ regional geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871505

People Planet and ProfitSocio-Economic Perspectives of CSR It is no longer the case that it’s only society which benefits from CSR actions. A corporation actually helps itself when operating sustainably and does well because of its triple bottom line actions. The editors of People Planet and Profit believe that whilst Corporate Social Responsibility is by now a familiar concept to academics or practitioners insufficient attention has been paid to the end product of CSR in practice which they define in terms of social and economic developmental effect. The contributions in this edited volume explain the developmental aspect of CSR from a conceptual perspective and provide empirical evidence of the impact of CSR delivery on stakeholders in different corners of the World. The emphasis is on what corporations take from and give back to their stakeholders whilst trying to behave in a corporately responsible fashion. Stakeholders including employees customers host communities governments and NGOs have diverse interests and expectations of CSR. This gives rise to questions about whether the activities corporations support are the ones today’s stakeholders need; whether the CSR programmes being delivered are adequate; and about the relationship between the corporations’ view of what constitutes CSR and that of the supposed beneficiaries. This book offers thoughtful answers to these questions and assesses the outcomes of corporate activities both in developed and developing countries and regions in terms of economic progress and social and political advancement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409466499

People Plants and Protected AreasA Guide to in Situ Management Conservation of plant resources is often focused on seed banks and botanical gardens. However the two authors of this volume present a comprehensive conservation strategy that complements this ex-situ approach with practical guidance on in-situ management and conservation of plant resources. The book aims to facilitate better management of protected areas and to illustrate new approaches to conservation of plants within their landscapes. It draws on concepts from forestry the agricultural sciences anthropology ethnology and ethnobotany and should be useful to practitioners academics and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407114

People Power and Place (Routledge Revivals)Perspectives on Anglo-American politics Examining the genral character and key issues of local politics People Power and Place discusses the effect of local government policieson the general population and identifies those who gain or lose under them. Based on a comparitive investigation of Britain and the United States the book explores the changing influences of institutions and individuals in local political systems and activity. This perspective first published in 1991 illustrates the role of national international and historical factors in the evolution of local government as well as outlining the practice of local politics in both countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612180

People Process and CultureLean Manufacturing in the Real World Examining Lean processes in the context of the authors’ academic research in-progress  People Process & Culture: Lean Manufacturing in the Real World illustrates the impact of culture on the implementation of Lean Manufacturing (LM) across various geographic and cultural areas. It identifies cultural values as examined against Lean manufacturing disciplines and derives culturally based Lean Manufacturing (LM) values. It then assesses these cultural values in light of specific LM components such as PULL systems and TPM to demonstrate varying perspectives and applications. Illustrates global cultural influences on Lean implementation Uses academic research as the foundation of the material Examines the many Lean components currently in use around the world Building on the continued prominence of LM as the preferred operational approach the book supplies time-tested advice to help you sort through the flood of information on Lean techniques and culture. It examines the numerous Lean components currently being deployed successfully around the world and identifies the limitations that can result from the varying interpretations and applications of Lean systems. Lean culture is all about Lean vision mission and values. This book not only identifies the Lean values required but also supplies the understanding to integrate these values across all levels of your organization. The book will be especially helpful to international corporate managers working to demystify the sometimes hard-to-understand characteristics of Lean transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466557895

People & Politics in Urban America First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459298

People and Buildings There is at the present time a continuing interest in relating the behavioral sciences to design disciplines. Sociologists and social psychologists have been added to faculties of architecture schools where they off er seminars and participate as programming specialists and design critics in studio courses. Behavioral scientists in many European countries have collaborated with architects and planners in design work undertaken by governmental ministries and more recently have been participating in the work of private design fi rms. Similar developments are now common in the United States.In this fascinating study of the "ecology of buildings " biologists anthropologists sociologists psychologists and architects analyze the effect of working and living spaces on human behavior. Focusing on such contemporary social problems as the influence of the physical environment on psychological stress mental illness family disorganization urban violence and delinquency the contributors show that we must respect the constraints that the environment and the nature of man impose on human adaptability.The selections in People and Buildings have been written primarily by scientists and designers working in the behavioral mode. The selections within each part have been arranged to provide an ordered argument or exploration of the general topic with which the part as a whole deals. To facilitate the reader's appreciation of the argument each selection is preceded by a short prefatory statement. In view of the fact that a single article or preface can hardly be representative of the depth of the literature that has developed around an argument Gutman has included an annotated bibliography which is keyed to the selections through the use of subheadings. A new introduction by Nathan Glazer has been prepared for this edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529700

People and ChangeAn Introduction To Counseling and Stress Management How to capitalize on change -- as a key feature of modern living - - is the central theme of this work. Incorporating the major theoretical advances psychology has made during the last thirty years People and Change describes how clinical levels of psychological difficulty can develop and how problems such as phobias depression shyness marital and sexual disharmony obsessions and over-indulgence are treated. Although a psychology text People and Change offers an unusually broad scope. The text acknowledges the interplay of somatic vulnerabilities environmental influences large individual differences and various other factors that can be involved in the complex stress process that leads to bad habits. The ability of the individual to adapt to change through self-knowledge is stressed throughout this important book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785431

People and Culture in ConstructionA Reader Construction is one of the largest and most people-intensive industrial sectors. In many countries however construction is also one of the most highly criticized in terms of its employment practices and industrial relations. People and culture are too often seen as variables that must be manipulated in the cause of improved productivity. This important new work provides an essential corrective to the current literature by focusing on people and culture rather than sector efficiency. It presents the latest thinking from a diversity of perspectives derived from a major ESRC seminar series and invited contributions from leading researchers. Its interdisciplinary approach draws together industry and research and is international in its relevance. Through several multidisciplinary themes People and Culture in Construction: explores the industry's labour market and the major influences on employment patterns examines how to improve the image and reality of the construction sector as an employer looks at the forces shaping the industry and implications for its stability considers the current composition of the workforce and the potential impacts of workforce diversification analyzes the impact of government targets and policies on construction working practices and culture investigates how to address the skills shortfall currently affecting the industry's performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978102

People and Education in the Third World First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432970

People and EnvironmentA Global Approach First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150935

People and EnvironmentBehavioural Approaches in Human Geography First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315845258

People And EnvironmentDevelopment For The Future First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315831022

People and Industries Dr Chaloner considers economic history to be a branch of what the French call the historical sciences and believes that it is impossible to treat usefully of the rise decline and metamorphosis of industries and economics without some consideration of the part played by the efforts of individual men and women in these processes. In this collection of essays first published in 1963 he provides biographies of certain entrepreneurs inventors and engineers together with historical surveys of some vital industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371236

People and Performance What is management? What is a manager? How is a business organized and how can managers use people's strengths more effectively? What is the relationship between management today and the society and culture it seeks to direct? These and many more questions are discussed in Peter Drucker's classic survey of management thought and practice. People and Performance is the ideal volume for those who want the essence of Drucker's thinking but with limited time at their disposal. It spans all the main dimensions of management and its themes are based on Drucker's direct experience as an adviser to businesses government departments public institutions and as a widely sought lecturer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145580

People and PlaceThe Extraordinary Geographies of Everyday Life An innovative introduction to Human Geography exploring different ways of studying the relationships between people and place and putting people at the centre of human geography. The book covers behavioural humanistic and cultural traditions showing how these can lead to a nuanced understanding of how we relate to our surroundings on a day-to-day basis.  The authors also explore how human geography is currently influenced by 'postmodern' ideas stressing difference and diversity. While taking the importance of these different approaches seriously as ways of thinking about the role of place in peoples' everyday lives the book also tries to encapsulate what has been so vibrant and exciting about human geography over the last couple of decades. By using examples to which students can relate - such as how they imagine and represent their home the way they avoid certain spaces how they move through retail spaces where they choose to go to university how they use the Internet how they represent other nations and so on - the authors show how geography shapes everyday life in a manner that is seemingly mundane yet profoundly important. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836679

People and Politics in Urban America Second Edition First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012028

People and ProductsConsumer Behavior and Product Design By examining the interface between consumer behavior and new product development People and Products: Consumer Behavior and Product Design demonstrates the ways in which consumers contribute to product design enhance product utility and determine brand identity. With increased connectedness and advances in technology consumers and marketers are more closely connected than ever before. Yet consumer behavior texts often overlook the application of the subject to product design testing and success. This is the first book to explore this interface in detail exploring such issues as: the attributes and qualities that consumers demand from products and services and social and cultural forces to be aware of; design and form and how they facilitate product usage; technological developments and the ways they have changed how consumers interact with products; product disposal and sustainability; emerging and future trends in consumer behavior and product development and design. This exciting volume is relevant to anyone interested in marketing consumer behavior product development technology engineering design and brand management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812253

People and Profits?The Search for A Link Between A Company's Social and Financial Performance What is the relationship between the social performance of companies and their financial performance? More colloquially can a firm effectively attend to both people and profits as it conducts its business? This question has been investigated in no fewer than 95 empirical studies published since 1972. The authors have assembled a compendium of this research to give researchers and practitioners alike a broad overview of these 95 studies and a systematic database detailing the content of each one. This book provides a comprehensive portrait of this research literature. It begins with a broad orientation to the literature exploring why the link between social and financial performance has been subject to continual inquiry and often heated debate. The authors then present an integrated overview of the 95 studies. Through the charts and tables the authors illuminate the nature of the studies conducted; the data samples selected for investigation; the ways in which financial and social performance have been measured; and the overall tally of results. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138160576

People and Rail SystemsHuman Factors at the Heart of the Railway Following on from 2005's Rail Human Factors: Supporting the Integrated Railway this book brings together an even broader range of academics and practitioners from around the world to share their expertise and experience on rail human factors. The content is both comprehensive and cutting-edge featuring more than 55 chapters addressing the following topics: ¢ Passengers and public ¢ Driver performance and workload ¢ Driving and cognition ¢ Train cab and interfaces: simulation and design ¢ Routes signage signals and drivability ¢ Signalling and control of the railway ¢ Planning for the railway ¢ Engineering work and maintenance ¢ Level crossings ¢ Accidents and safety ¢ Human error and human reliability ¢ SPADs: signals passed at danger ¢ Human factors integration and standards ¢ Impairments to performance ¢ Staff competencies and training. People and Rail Systems: Human Factors at the Heart of the Railway will be invaluable for all those concerned with making railways safer more reliable of higher quality and more efficient. It will be essential reading for policy-makers researchers and industry around the world. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315247182

People and Self Management People and Self Management leads the reader through all the skills needed for today's supervisor/team leader including: how to assess and improve your workplace performance; the essential skills of effective self management; the management of change. The Team Leader Development Series is an essential tool towards gaining the Supervisory Management Award. Consisting of four practical and interactive textbooks this series will be invaluable not only to students but also as a guide individuals and organisations seeking to improve their business performance at the first level of management.Key learning features: Learning Objectives to enable the reader to assess the knowledge gained throughout the series. Activities to put the learning into practice. Case studies - 'true-life' scenarios! Workbased Assignments which will provide evidence for S/NVQ portfolios. Language is straightforward and direct contextualised to relate to team leaders and supervisory managers working in a wide range of industry sectors. Influential protagonists in the field will be alluded to as appropriate to support the learning. Action plan to take the learning forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433335

People and SocietiesRom Harré and Designing the Social Sciences Rom Harré has pushed the boundaries of our thinking about people and societies and has challenged the orthodox philosophy of science and social psychology. His countless books and articles have inspired generations of scholars in philosophy psychology linguistics cognitive science and social theory. The diversity of his work makes that some see him as a leading figure in the critical realist school of philosophy of science other as a key player in developing a social constructionist approach to psychology. The present volume brings together a careful selection of his key writings and presents them in a framework that stresses the evolution of his thinking as well as the place of his thinking in ongoing debates in different disciplines. The overall theme is the study of people and their ways of life. This is the first book that gives readers a systematic introduction in the conceptual universe of this towering figure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882034

People and the Competitive Advantage of PlaceBuilding a Workforce for the 21st Century In the new global economy where rapid technological change is the norm the skills of the workforce are a key to local economic vitality. This practical book shows how cities and regions can invest in their long-term prosperity by expanding opportunities to ensure that all citizens have competitive skills and by aligning workforce development systems to existing and emerging industry needs. Clearly written generously illustrated with an effective blend of theory and practice "People and the Competitive Advantage of Place" documents the challenges and opportunities involved in workforce development effective approaches for resolving contemporary problems what traps to avoid and strategies for investing in the workforce of the future. The author integrates ideas and techniques from the fields of workforce development economic development and community development to present a comprehensive guide to approaching workforce needs from a city or region-wide perspective. Each chapter presents lessons from relevant research; experiences from private public and community-based approaches; and evaluations of what is working and why. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701844

People and Their Opinions Utilizing both a critical thinking approach and a comparative perspective throughout the text Sobel and Shiraev provide comprehensive coverage of public opinion while also teaching students the basic skills necessary for measurement understanding and interpreting. Written in an accessible and engaging manner this text provides a unique and practical introduction to the field of public opinion. The book begins by ‘schooling the reader in how to think critically and then helps students apply those techniques as they encounter the concepts of public opinion. The text also employs a comparative perspective demonstrating the effect and nature of public opinion in other countries while also placing American public opinion in context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458949

People and Themes in Homer's Odyssey Published in 1970 this important work interprets the poem with a focus on the idiosyncrasies of its originally oral composition. In part I the main themes of the Odyssey such as ‘guest-friendship’ and ‘testing’ are investigated. The incorporation of these and other themes such as ‘omens’ and the ‘homecomings of the Achaeans’ into the dramatic construction of the whole epic is also examined. In Part II the main characters of the Odyssey are described: the Suitors Telemachus Odysseus and Penelope. So too are Theoclymenus and Laertes whom traditional criticism has maligned or disregarded. The analysis of the characters tries to illumine features which are challenging for the contemporary reader. In the conclusion the ‘plan’ of the Odyssey is reconstructed. The author argues that it would probably have been performed over the course of three days: two sessions each day with each recitation maintaining its own artistic unity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978119

People Changing PlacesNew Perspectives on Demography Migration Conflict and the State While migration and population settlement have always been an important feature of political life throughout the world the dramatic changes in the pace direction and complexity of contemporary migration flows are undoubtedly unique. Despite the economic benefits often associated with global regional and internal migration the arrival of large numbers of migrants can exacerbate tensions and give rise to violent clashes between local populations and recent arrivals. This volume takes stock of these trends by canvassing the globe to generate new conceptual empirical and theoretical contributions. The analyses ultimately reveal the critical role of the state as both an actor and arena in the migration-conflict nexus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360766

People Count!Networked Individuals in Global Politics People Count! rests on a single but important premise: As the world shrinks and becomes ever more complex so have people-as "networked individuals"-become ever more central to the course of events. This book seeks to depict a new era by analyzing the basic roles people occupy in their family community and society including the wider world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632889

People First!The School Leader's Guide to Building and Cultivating Relationships with Teachers This book is a concise guide for school leaders who want to create good relationships with their teachers. It offers easy-to-implement ideas that will help you unite with teachers to increase student achievement together. People First provides research-based and practitioner-developed tips and strategies for administrators instructional leaders teacher leaders and professional development specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472594

People of Ancient AssyriaTheir Inscriptions and Correspondence Was Assyria merely a more brutal more uncivilized and less interesting offshoot of the culture created by Sumerians and Babylonians in Southern Mesopotamia at the dawn of history? Do the Assyrian reliefs that fill our museums give a complete picture of the phenomenon that was Assyria? Was the contribution of this people to world culture merely an incredibly effective military organization? The answers to these questions are sought here in this detailed book from 1963 referring to personal documents of the time in the letters Assyrians wrote to one another rather than in the annals of the rulers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817982

People of the EarthAn Introduction to World Prehistory Understand major developments of human prehistory People of the Earth: An Introduction to World Prehistory 14/e provides an exciting journey though the 7-million-year-old panorama of humankind's past. This internationally renowned text provides the only truly global account of human prehistory from the earliest times through the earliest civilizations.  Written in an accessible way for beginning students People of the Earth shows how today's diverse humanity developed biologically and culturally over millions of years against a background of constant climatic change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205968022

People of the EarthAn Introduction to World Prehistory People of the Earth is a narrative account of the prehistory of humankind from our origins over 3 million years ago to the first pre-industrial civilizations beginning about 5 000 years ago. This is a global prehistory which covers prehistoric times in every corner of the world in a jargon-free style for newcomers to archaeology. Many world histories begin with the first civilizations. This book starts at the beginning of human history and summarizes the latest research into such major topics as human origins the emergence and spread of modern humans the first farming and the origins of civilization. People of the Earth is unique in its even balance of the human past its readily accessible style and its flowing narrative that carries the reader through the long sweep of our past. The book is highly illustrated and features boxes and sidebars describing key dating methods and important archaeological sites. This classic world prehistory sets the standard for books on the subject and is the most widely used prehistory textbook in the world. It is aimed at introductory students in archaeology and anthropology taking survey courses on the prehistoric past as well as more advanced readers. It will also appeal to students of human responses to climatic and environmental change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722965

People of the MediterraneanAn Essay in Comparative Social Anthropology The Mediterranean countries have long attracted the attention of social anthropologists from Frazer and Durkheim to the present day. In this volume first published in 1977 Dr Davis reviews the extensive anthropological material collected and published by people who have worked in the area and claims that social anthropologists have a distinctive opportunity to compare similar kinds of institution and process in a variety of contexts – political economic bureaucratic religious. He examines countries tribes and communities stretching from Spain all the way round the Mediterranean and back along the coast of North Africa. In chapters on economics stratification politics family and kinship he has found it possible and sensible to set Albanian and Berber tribesmen beside each other and to discuss Italian and Lebanese peasants in the same paragraph. The result is both a survey of the anthropological material and an essay in comparison founded on a critique of the work of his predecessors and colleagues. The last chapter is an account of the uses anthropologists have made of the historical sources available to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929029

People on the MoveForced Population Movements in Europe in the Second World War and its Aftermath Europe has a long history of state-led population displacement on ethnic grounds. The nationalist argument of ethnic homogeneity has been a crucial factor in the mapping of the continent. At no time has this been more the case than during and after the Second World War. Both under the aggressive expansionism of the Third Reich and after Germany's defeat millions were brutally forced out of their homelands. Presenting a history from the top as well as the bottom People on the Move reconstructs the complex map of forced population displacements that took place across Europe during and immediately after the Second World War. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136392

People Over ProcessLeadership for Agility This book helps participants in agile software development environments learn to become leaders. Facilitative leaders should be at every level of the organization from individual contributor to informal team leader to managers of all stripes -- it takes much focus and intentionality from senior organizational leaders who have special obligations in creating successful lean and agile development environments. But beyond the principles of facilitative leadership for agility People over Process provides tips and demonstrative scenes for the more important and common software meetings: architecture simulations project planning team configurations retrospectives and more. The author fully illustrates the principles and shares proven techniques for the most important leadership events in agile projects. While this book focuses on facilitating extraordinarily well-prepared meetings it serves as a metaphor for leadership more broadly. The leader’s obligation to help their team make rigorous fact-based decisions; to gain broad input and have participants aligned on the outcomes and next steps; and to do so in an efficient way that respects the time of the participants is as relevant to every-day leadership activity as it is to conducting meetings. The author mixes background and explanation with demonstration -- in this case the story of an agile project at the fictitious Pacifica Bank. The scenario constructed at Pacifica illustrates the concepts of effective leadership and productive workplace environments. The book concentrates on the flow of software from understanding what is needed through design development testing and deployment. Essentially the author provides a simple and powerful model of leadership examples and tips. This is not a cookbook on how to lead -- It is a set of principles and examples. All leaders must find their own way for their team their organization and their unique challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367341886

People Power and Political ChangeKey Issues and Concepts This book examines the upsurge in mass popular protest against undemocratic regimes. Relating early revolutions to recent global trends and protests it examines the significance of ‘people power’ to democracy. Taking a comparative approach this text analyses unarmed uprisings in Iran 1977-79 Latin America and Asia in the 1980s Africa from 1989-1992 1989 in Eastern Europe and ex-Soviet states after 2000 right up to the 2011 ‘Arab Spring’. The author assesses the influence on people power of global politics and trends such as the growth of international governmental organizations and international law citizen networks operating across borders and emerging media (like Twitter and Wikileaks). Although stressing the positive potential of people power this text also examines crucial problems of repression examples of failure and potential political problems disintegration of empires and the role of power rivalries. Drawing from contemporary debates about democratization and literatures on power violence and nonviolence from both academic sources and media perspectives this text builds an incisive analytical argument about the changing nature of power itself. People Power and Political Change is a must read for students and scholars of democratic theory international politics and current affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415580496

People Power in an Era of Global CrisisRebellion Resistance and Liberation A quarter of a century has now passed since the historic popular uprising that led to the overthrow of the Ferdinand Marcos dictatorship in the Philippines. The mass movement known as the "People’s Power Revolution" was not only pivotal to the democratic transition within the Philippines but it also became an inspiration for subsequent mass movements leading to further democratic transitions throughout the Third World and in the former Communist bloc in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. However the neoliberal economic policies subsequently pursued by newly democratic governments throughout the Third World led all but the most celebratory observers to note the constrained and limited nature of these formal political transitions. This volume poses the question of the extent to which ‘people’s power’ has been able to play an active role resisting neoliberalism and deepen substantive democracy and social justice. Through a series of case studies of the regions and individual countries of Asia Africa Latin America and Eastern Europe the contributions in the volume provide a new set of original and in-depth critical assessments of the nature of the longer-term impact of the democratic transitions commencing in the 1980s and continuing until the present and questioning their impact and potential influence on human dignity freedom justice and self-determination and thus opening new avenues of enquiry into the future of democracy. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625258

People Skills at Work Wouldn’t you like to achieve better work results advance your career navigate the workplace effortlessly and more easily balance work success with personal well-being? Who doesn’t want the secret recipe for that? While there may not be a single one size fits all answer developing a people skills toolkit can put you on the right path. An exploration of the ways in which people skills can be acquired and developed People Skills at Work discusses new career development tools the role of professional commitment statements psychological contracts and how to work with difficult people. Manage interpersonal relationships in the workplace Improve communications with coworkers and constituencies Work with people of different ages gender and backgrounds Handle conflicts with co-workers and clients Shaped by the authors’ experience the book reflects their professional and personal integration of many different sources of knowledge and experience. The book uses a practical approach to address critical social skills career advancement and professionalism and how the different career stages affect key relationships. Each chapter elucidates the development of a specific skill and includes examples sets benchmarks and examines the particular skill’s relationship to the other skills presented in the book. Good people skills are no longer on the "nice to have" list; in most work settings they are simply a must. Very few people can escape the reality that their success usually requires having good people skills too. This book gives you the tools to improve interpersonal relationships communications job performance and interaction with people of different ages genders and backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781420093858

People Skills for Public Managers This book fills the need for a communication-based public sector framed book. The authors combine just enough basic theory about communication with specific skill development in areas of immediate interest to those who work in the public sector. It also features a strong "practice" orientation with plentiful boxed applications (Insights from the Field Skill Development boxes Case Studies). It concludes with an especially useful summary chapter that describes the ten essential skills for successful communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765643513

People Under ThreePlay work and learning in a childcare setting Services for young children have gone through a period of rapid transformation in recent years which have been paralleled by great advances in our knowledge of early child development. However care and education in the first three years of life continues to be a neglected area. Thoroughly updated to take account of key policy and practice changes in childcare provision this landmark text translates child development theory and research into everyday practice. All the practical ideas in the book have been developed and tested in nurseries family and children’s centres and include the importance of providing opportunities for adventurous and exploratory play for babies and toddlers understanding and responding to children's emotional needs and offering personalized and sensitive care. The book also explores different ways of working with parents and the role of early years settings and practitioners in helping to keep children safe. It includes chapters on: Childcare policy and services Planning spaces for living learning and playing Babies in day care Heuristic play with objects Mealtimes Learning out of doors Leading and managing a childcare centre Involving and working with parents Safeguarding children People Under Three is an established practical text for all those training to work with young children or managing day care facilities. Focusing on the care and learning of very young children it is designed specifically for those who look after them day by day as well as being a useful resource for social work students and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665216

People With HIV and Those Who Help ThemChallenges Integration Intervention In this guidebook People With HIV and Those Who Help Them author Dennis Shelby uses the reported experiences of HIV-positive men to chart the course of living with HIV. He offers a consistent clinical-theoretical framework that encompasses the vast range of clinical problems clinicians may encounter in their work with HIV-positive individuals across the span of infection.This book provides a detailed account of the many psychological transformations that infected people experience. People With HIV and Those Who Help Them enables clinicians and students to better address the problems commonly encountered in clinical practice with persons with HIV. Clinicians will be able to gain perspective on the process of knowing one is infected infected men will see their process mirrored and validated and family friends and partners of infected men will gain a greater appreciation for the experience of their relative friend and partner. As clinicians have gained experience in working with HIV-positive people they have become increasingly aware of the complexity of successful clinical intervention with HIV-related problems. In his book Shelby “breaks down” this complex process into its component aspects: psychological impact of HIV infection the process of adapting to the knowledge of infection the dynamic process involved with HIV infection common problems and solutions encountered by infected people case examples that illustrate the clinical framework intensive psychotherapy and HIV infectionThe study that is the basis for this book charts the initial psychological impact and many changes and transformations of the experience of being HIV-positive. While infected people are often encouraged to maintain hopeful outlooks and to think of themselves as living with HIV rather than dying from it it is often a long and arduous process to achieve and maintain this perspective. People With HIV and Those Who Help Them is a guide to help those with HIV to keep a positive outlook on life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800929

People with Profound & Multiple Learning DisabilitiesA Collaborative Approach to Meeting First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138151383

People Without Rights (Routledge Revivals)An Interpretation of the Fundamentals of the Law of Slavery in the U.S. South First published in September 1992 the book traces the nature and development of the fundamental legal relationships among slaves masters and third parties. It shows how the colonial and antebellum Southern judges and legislators accommodated slavery’s social relationships into the common law and how slave law evolved in different states over time in response to social political economic and intellectual developments. The book states that the law of slavery in the US South treated slaves both as people and property. It reconciles this apparent contradiction by demonstrating that slaves were defined in the law as items of human property without any legal rights. When the lawmakers recognized slaves as people they burdened slaves with added legal duties and disabilities. This epitomized in legal terms slavery’s oppressive social relationships. The book also illustrates how cases in which the lawmakers recognized slaves as people legitimized slavery’s inhumanity. References in the law to the legal humanity of people held as slaves are shown to be rhetorical devices and cruel ironies that regulated the relative rights of the slaves’ owners and other free people that were embodied in people held as slaves. Thus it is argued that it never makes sense to think of slave legal rights. This was so even when the lawmakers regulated the individual masters’ rights to treat their slaves as they wished. These regulations advanced policies that the lawmakers perceived to be in the public interest within the context of a slave society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669719

People’s Tribunals Human Rights and the LawSearching for Justice People’s Tribunals are independent peaceful grassroots movements created by members of civil society to address impunity that is associated with ongoing or past atrocities. As such they offer society an alternative history and create a space for healing and reconciliation to take place that may otherwise be stifled by political agendas and legal technicalities. Since the 1960’s People’s Tribunals have grown and developed to address many kinds of situations from genocide to environmental degradation. This book presents a balance of academic and practitioner perspectives on People’s Tribunals. It explores key questions relating to their formation and roles and discusses what they can offer to victims and survivors. The volume provides an introduction to the subject theoretically informed discussion reflecting different perspectives and a range of contributions focusing on different types of People’s Tribunals and various aspects of their operation. The authors analyse advantages and disadvantages of these movements in a variety of contexts. The impact and contribution they have in the international criminal law and international human rights context is also discussed. The book will be welcomed by those interested in international criminal law human rights environmental justice transitional justice and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200060

People’s WarVariants and Responses Far from being an anachronism much less a kit-bag of techniques people’s war raises what has always been present in military history irregular warfare and fuses it symbiotically with what has likewise always been present politically rebellion and the effort to seize power. The result is a strategic approach for waging revolutionary warfare the effort “to make a revolution.” Voluntarism is wedded to the exploitation of structural contradiction through the building of a new world to challenge the existing world through formation of a counterstate within the state in order ultimately to destroy and supplant the latter. This is a process of far greater moment than implied by the label “guerrilla warfare” so often applied to what Mao and others were about. This volume deals with the continuing importance of Maoist and post-Maoist concepts of people’s war. Drawing on a range of examples that include Peru Colombia Bolivia the Caucasus and Afghanistan the collection shows that the study of people’s war is not just an historical curiosity but vital to the understanding of contemporary insurgent and terrorist movements. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Small Wars & Insurgencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374143

People-Centered Social InnovationGlobal Perspectives on an Emerging Paradigm Social Innovation is emerging as an alternate interdisciplinary development pathway of knowledge and practice that aims to understand and address contemporary complexities and multi – dimensional social realities. BEPA (2011) defines social innovation as ‘innovations that are social in both their ends and means’. However though Social Innovation is a widely-used term; its conceptual understanding and the specific relation to social change remains under explored. People Centered Social Innovation: Global perspectives on an Emerging Paradigm attempts to revisit and extend the existing understanding of Social Innovation in practice by focusing upon the lived realities of marginalized groups and communities. The emerging field of people-centered development is placed in dialogue with theory and concepts from the more established field of social innovation to create a new approach; one that adopts a global perspective engaging with very different experiences of marginality across the global north and south. Theoretically ‘People Centered Social Innovation: Global Perspectives on an Emerging Paradigm’ draws upon ‘northern’ understandings of change and improvement as well as ‘southern’ theory concerns for epistemological diversity and meaning making. The result is an experiment aimed at reimagining research and practice that seriously needs to center the actor in processes of social transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392170

People-Focused Knowledge Management The business environment has changed. Sharper competition requires organizations to exhibit greater effectiveness in their operations and services and faster creation of new products and services—all hallmarks of the knowledge economy. Up until now most of the knowledge management literature has focused on technology systems or culture. This book moves to the next stage to focus on the people—the knowledge workers themselves. Noted expert Karl Wiig synthesizes recent research findings in cognitive science and related fields to describe how people actually work. He focuses on how people learn remember make decisions solve problems and act—in general how knowledge relates to work behavior. By understanding how people work managers can improve effectiveness to gain competitive advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154513

People-Party-Policy Interplay in IndiaMicro-dynamics of Everyday Politics in West Bengal c. 2008 – 2016 This book analyses the political transition in West Bengal India which witnessed longest democratically elected Left regime of the world. It examines and compares micro-dynamics of political practices in India and delineates underlying political themes of state politics. The author explores the politics of land reform and the anti-land-acquisition movements which were critical points in the contemporary history of Bengal in independent India. The volume further delves into the caste and communal politics which had been latent until the Left Front’s loss in the state as well as the what sets apart politics in West Bengal from other Indian states. Based on thorough ethnographic research this volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of South Asian studies politics and political processes sociology and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138615434

People-Plant RelationshipsSetting Research Priorities Presenting the latest research on cross-cultural people-plant relationships this volume conveys the psychological physiological and social responses to plants and the significant role these responses play in improved physical and mental health. With chapters written by field experts it identifies research priorities and methodologies and outlines the steps for developing a research agenda to aid horticulturalists in their work with social scientists to gain a better understanding of people-plant relationships. This resource covers a wide array of topics including home horticulture and Lyme disease indoor plants and pollution reduction and plants and therapy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449582

People's Capitalism?A Critical Analysis of Profit-Sharing and Employee Share Ownership First published in 1989. In the decade before this book was originally published employee share ownership and profit sharing had increased markedly as successive governments introduced fiscal legislation promoting their uses. Yet how successful had ‘people’s capitalism’ been? The Glasgow study was a major empirical investigation into this issue and was a response to the need for an independent assessment. It discusses how attitudes to ownership had changed and how these in turn related to attitudes to work. It also addresses the implications of profit sharing and employee share ownership for industrial relations both for individual companies and at a national level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560239

People's History and Socialist Theory (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1981 this book brings together different types of work by numerous fragmented groups in the field of Marxist history and puts them in dialogue with each other. It takes stock of then recent work explores the main new lines and looks at the political and ideological circumstances shaping the direction of historical work past and present. The scope of the book is international with contributions on African history fascism and anti-fascism French labour history and the transition from feudalism to capitalism. It also incorporates feminist history and gives attention to some of the leading questions raised for social history by the women’s movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671317

People's LawyersCrusaders for Justice in American History Throughout America's history lawyers with a crusading zeal have through their moral stance intellectual integrity and sheer brilliance made use of the law to fight social injustice. In short biographical chapters the authors tell the stories of ten of these lawyers. Some are well known: Thurgood Marshall; William Kunstler; Louis Brandeis; Morris Dees; Clarence Darrow; and Ralph Nader. Others are not so well known but deserve to be. All are fascinating and influential attorneys and examination of their lives illuminates key issues in American history. An annotated bibliography; a chronology of the person's life and work; and a helpful table detailing their most prominent cases accompany each chapter. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063599

Peoples of Sierra LeoneWestern Africa Part II Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238329

Peoples of South-West Ethiopia and Its BorderlandNorth Eastern Africa Part III Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234123

Peoples of the Central Cameroons (Tikar. Bamum and Bamileke. Banen Bafia and Balom)Western Africa Part IX Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239524

Peoples of the Horn of Africa (Somali Afar and Saho)North Eastern Africa Part I Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234031

Peoples of the Lake Nyasa RegionEast Central Africa Part I This volume originally published in 1950 discusses the tribes around Lake Nyasa. The rationale for treating the tribes here as members of a single ethnographic province is that the region whose literature has been surveyed is vast and the ethnic distinctions between its inhabitants have been confused by raids and migrations over centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229808

Peoples of the Middle Niger Region Northern NigeriaWestern Africa Part XV Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240834

Peoples of the Niger-Benue Confluence (The Nupe. The Igbira. The Igala. The Idioma-speaking Peoples)Western Africa Part X Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239975

Peoples of the PacificThe History of Oceania to 1870 Presenting the history of the inhabitants of the Pacific Islands from first colonization until the spread of European colonial rule in the later 19th century this volume focuses specifically on Pacific Islander-European interactions from the perspective of Pacific Islanders themselves. A number of recorded traditions are reproduced as well as articles by Pacific Island scholars working within the academy. The nature of Pacific History as a sub-discipline is presented through a sample of key articles from the 1890s until the present that represent the historical evolution of the field and its multidisciplinary nature. The volume reflects on how the indigenous inhabitants of the Pacific Islands have a history as dynamic and complex as that of literate societies and one that is more retrievable through multidisciplinary approaches than often realized. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247175

Peoples of the Plateau Area of Northern NigeriaWestern Africa Part VII Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239456

Peoples of the USSRAn Ethnographic Handbook First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315475417

People's PowerCuba's Experience With Representative Government The study on which this book is based began in 1986 with the fifth legislative session of the Cuban municipal assemblies. The research on which the book is based was supported in part by grants from the City University of New York PSC/CUNY Research Foundation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282592

People's Republic of China Volumes I and III: Natural Resources Population and Social Life; II: Policies and Implications of Structural Reform This title was first published in 2002. This two volume set collects in a conveniently accessible form the most influential articles by leading authorities in the study of China. It provides an international reference work combined with an authoritative introduction by the editor. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315194646

People's Republic of China Volumes I and III: Natural Resources Population and Social Life; II: Policies and Implications of Structural Reform This title was first published in 2002. This two volume set collects in a conveniently accessible form the most influential articles by leading authorities in the study of China. It provides an international reference work combined with an authoritative introduction by the editor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721166

People's SpacesCoping Familiarizing Creating Who controls space? Powerful corporations institutions and individuals have great power to create physical and political space through income and influence. People’s Spaces attempts to understand the struggle between people and institutions in the spaces they make. Current literature on cities and planning often looks at popular resistance to institutional authority through open mass-movement protest. These views overlook the fact that subaltern classes are not often afforded the luxury of open organized political protest. People’s Spaces investigates individual’s diverse approaches in reconciling the difference between their spatial needs and spatial availability. Through case studies in Southeast Asia India Nepal and Central Asia the book explores how people accommodate their spatial needs for everyday activities and cultural practices within a larger abstract spatial context produced by the power-holders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720298

People's War This book first published in 1969 casts a critical eye over the problem of insurgency. The author sees insurgency not just as a matter of technique – military tactics or organizational skill – nor as the result of ‘force and fraud’ but as ‘people’s war’: the conditions in which the mass of the people become involved voluntarily or otherwise on either side. He quotes Nasution’s statement ‘The guerrilla movement is only the result not the cause of the problem’. People’s war brings the peasantry hitherto ignorant apathetic or rejected into the political process. For ‘war is … the continuation of politics by other means’. In Asia this was essentially a peasant’s war arising when peasant grievances interests or demands cannot be met under the existing ‘legitimate’ but urban or landowner-orientated system of rule. It shows little understanding to blame outside intervention when peasant – and nationalist – unrest leads to revolt. The Chinese Communists did not owe success to Soviet aid the Vietminh to Chinese assistance or the Vietcong to North Vietnamese intervention. The conclusion applies to governments as to insurgents: no amount of outside aid can win the war for them if they themselves are incapable and the people – on whom they depend for support – have no will to fight. This book based on first-hand experience of the area and on study of original sources offers (1) an analysis of ‘people’s war’ in China Indochina and Vietnam (2) a critique of US policy in Laos and Vietnam and (3) a comparison with counter-measures in Malaya the Philippines and Indonesia. It is both original and constructive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898349

People-to-People Diplomacy in Israel and PalestineThe Minds of Peace Experiment The Minds of Peace Experiment is a small-scale Israeli-Palestinian public negotiating congress. The exercise invites Israeli and Palestinian delegations to publicly negotiate solutions to their struggle over a limited period of sessions. The initiative is designed to demonstrate the peacemaking power of a major public negotiating congress to evaluate its potential outcomes and to get support for its establishment. Scholars from different disciplines describe and analyze the enterprise. They provide valuable lessons for improving and elaborating the initiative which has been conducted in major universities around the U.S. Canada and in Israel-Palestine. The intention is to add a fresh perspective to the efforts to build a revolutionary peacemaking process in the Israeli-Palestinian case. The Minds of Peace Experiment is a fascinating laboratory for people-to-people diplomacy and negotiation. The exercise succeeded to demonstrate how people from all walks of life and the entire political spectrum can reach peace agreements while their leaders face major problems in their relationship. The book intends to provoke critical and fruitful discussion among those who are interested in negotiation diplomacy and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. This book was published as a special issue of Israel Affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829113

Pepper Mountain First published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541893

Peptide and Protein Drug Analysis Furthering efforts to simulate the potency and specificity exhibited by peptides and proteins in healthy cells this remarkable reference supplies pharmaceutical scientists with a wealth of techniques for tapping the enormous therapeutic potential of these molecules-providing a solid basis of knowledge for new drug design.Provides a broad comprehensive overview of peptides and proteins as mediators of cell movement proliferation differentiation and communication.Written by more than 50 leading international authorities Peptides and Protein Drug Analysisdiscusses strategies for dealing with the complexity of peptides and proteins in conformational flexibility and amino acid sequence variability analyzes drug formulations facilitated by solid-phase peptide synthesis and recombinant DNA technology examines chemical purity analysis by high-pressure chromatographic capillary electrophoretic gel electrophoretic and isoelectric focusing methods highlights drug design elements derived from protein folding bioinformatics and computational chemistry demonstrates uses of unnatural mutagenesis and combinatorial chemistry explores mass spectrometry protein sequence and carbohydrate analysis illustrates bioassays and other new functional analysis methods surveys spectroscopic techniques such as ultraviolet fluorescence Fourier transform infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) addresses ways of distinguishing between levels of therapeutic and endogenous agents in cells reviews structural analysis tools such as ultracentrifugation and light X-ray and neutron scattering and more!Featuring over 3400 bibliographic citations and more than 500 tables equations and illustrations Peptide and Protein Drug Analysis is a must-read resource for pharmacists; pharmacologists; analytical organic and pharmaceutical chemis Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399269

Peptides and Protein Phosphorylation This comprehensive volume focuses on the ways in which synthetic peptides have been exploited in order to expand our understanding of the molecular mechanisms involved in protein phosphorylation. It recognizes that virtually all physiological processes are regulated by protein phosphorylation. It discusses the use of synthetic peptides in studying the catalytic mechanism and regulation of protein kinases. It also includes the chemical synthesis of phosphorylated peptides and preparation of specific antisera. This incredible work has lead to the development of a new generation of peptide inhibitors with potencies of greater magnitude than those previously known. Everyone involved with biochemistry and molecular biology will find this one-of-a-kind resource fascinating and filled with useful information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896342

Perceived Discrimination in the NetherlandsA Study on Experiences with Discrimination of Different Groups in Different Domains and on Diffe This book aims to chart the extent to which residents of the Netherlands perceive that they are subject to discrimination from the perspectives of group identities discrimination grounds and societal domains. In addition it highlights the consequences that people attach to their experiences. The study shows that different types of perceived discrimination are associated with different groups and are related to the way in which groups are perceived in Dutch society. Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037706994

Perceived Health and Adaptation in Chronic Disease Chronic diseases have become predominant in Western societies and in many developing countries. They affect quality of life and daily activities and require regular medical care. This unique monograph will bring readers up to date with chronic disease research with a focus on health-related quality of life and patient perception of the impact of the diseases and health intervention as well as psychological adaptation to the disease. It considers the application of concepts and measures in medical and psychological clinical practice and in public health policies. Informed by theory philosophy history and empirical research chapters will indicate how readers might advance their own thinking learning practice and research. The book is intended to be provocative and challenging to enhance discussion about theory as a key component of research and practice.  Perceived Health and Adaptation in Chronic Disease will be of interest to researchers and academics alike. It boasts a wide range of contributions from leading international specialists from Australia Canada Denmark France Germany the Netherlands Spain Sweden the UK and the USA. This has also allowed the book to provide readers with a multidisciplinary approach.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224455

Perceiving Acting and KnowingToward an Ecological Psychology Originally published in 1977 the chapters in this volume derive from a conference on Perceiving Acting and Knowing held by the Center for Research in Human Learning at the University of Minnesota in 1973. The volume was intended to appeal not just to the specialist or the novice but to anyone sufficiently interested in psychology to have obtained a sense of its history at the time. Through these essays the authors express a collective attitude that a careful scrutiny of the fundamental tenets of contemporary psychology may be needed. In some essays specific faults in the foundations of an area are discussed and suggestions are made for remedying them. In other essays the authors flirt with more radical solutions namely beginning from new foundations altogether. Although the authors do not present a monolithic viewpoint a careful reading of all their essays under one cover reveals a glimpse of a new framework by which theory and research may be guided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205055

Perceiving Events and Objects Beginning with his doctoral dissertation in 1950 which introduced the study of event perception and the application of vector analysis to perception Gunnar Johansson has been a seminal figure in the field of perception. His work on biomechanical motion in the 1970s challenged conventional notions and stimulated great interest among experimental psychologists and students of machine vision. In 1989 Johansson published his latest theoretical synthesis the optic sphere theory an innovative conceptualization that goes beyond his earlier proposals. This volume presents -- for the first time -- an extensive precis of the out-of-print classic 1950 monograph prepared by Johansson. It also includes a representative set of Johansson's important publications produced over the ensuing four decades. These papers served as the springboard for a set of original essays by a distinguished group of North American and European scientists. Part critical commentary part elaboration and part seeking new directions the entire collection makes for a singularly rich treatment of the perception of objects and events. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978140

Perceiving the AffordancesA Portrait of Two Psychologists Perceiving the Affordances is a personal history and intellectual autobiography of Eleanor Gibson the groundbreaking research psychologist who was influential in the founding of the theory of perceptual development. It is also a biography of her husband James J. Gibson who was a major perceptual theorist and the founder of the ecologically-oriented theory of perception. This is the story of their lives together and how each came to make particular contributions. This book is of interest to people who study perception perceptual development infancy developmental psychology and the history of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650779

Perceiving Truth and Ceasing DoubtsWhat Can We Learn from 40 Years of China’s Reform and Opening-Up? China has experienced tremendous developmental success since its reform and opening-up policy in 1978. What has contributed to China’s high-speed economic growth? What lessons can be learned from China’s successful case? What might be the challenges that China would face on its path to becoming a high-income country? These are some critical questions this book addresses. Based on the facts and economic logic this book briefly narrates the history of China’s successful development in the past 40 years and explains why China's reform and opening-up has boosted the high-speed growth of its economy. Recognizing the change in the stage of economic development the author reveals the emerging challenges facing China when transitioning from a middle-income country to a high-income country. He proposes that the country should transition from the demographic dividend to reform dividend to sustain the long-term development. With its scholarly analysis and plain language this book would not only attract scholars and students in economics and China studies but also readers interested in the development of the Chinese economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859084

PerceptanalysisThe Rorschach Method Fundamentally Reworked Expanded and Systematized First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978157

Perception The philosophical issues raised by perception make it one of the central topics in the philosophical tradition. Debate about the nature of perceptual knowledge and the objects of perception comprises a thread that runs through the history of philosophy. In some historical periods the major issues have been predominantly epistemological and related to scepticism but an adequate understanding of perception is important more widely especially for metaphysics and the philosophy of mind. For this reason Barry Maund provides an account of the major issues in the philosophy of perception that highlights the importance of a good theory of perception in a range of philosophical fields while also seeking to be sensitive to the historical dimension of the subject. The work presents chapters on forms of natural realism; theories of perceptual experience; representationalism; the argument from illusion; phenomenological senses; types of perceptual content; the representationalist/intentionalist thesis; and adverbialist accounts of perceptual experience. The ideas of among others Austin Dretske Heidegger Millikan Putnam and Robinson are considered and the reader is given a philosophical framework within which to consider the issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710631

Perception Conscious perceptual experiences are not only one of the most pervasive and familiar mental states that we enjoy in our lives as minded creatures but they are also the most fundamental source of our knowledge of the world in which we live. An understanding of perception is therefore essential to both understanding who we are and how we engage with the world in which we live. Although philosophical thinking about perception is as old as philosophy itself the late 20th and early 21st centuries have seen a resurgence of interest in this core philosophical topic which has seen it become one of the hottest topics in contemporary philosophy. The proposed collection will therefore provide the reader with the historical background needed to understand the key concerns of contemporary philosophy of perception (Volume I) as well as a detailed understanding of the different theories that attempt to address those concerns (Volume II). In addition to this the collection will also provide the reader with an appreciation for the many ways in which philosophical and empirical scientific approaches to perception interact with one another (Volume III) and will introduce the reader to both historical and contemporary attempts to move our thinking about perception beyond the central case of vision (Volume IV). Each volume will contain a newly-written introduction by the editor that will both overview the contents of that particular volume and connect that volume to the general themes of the collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903975

Perception Cognition and DevelopmentInteractional Analyses This volume is based on a conference held at Dartmouth College’s Minary Conference Center in Holdemess New Hampshire June 4 -7 1981. The conference brought together a number of investigators whose separate lines of inquiry bear in significant ways on the relationships among perception cognition and development. The purpose was to consider interactions among these basic processes not only as a critical facet of the research programs of the participants but also as a central conceptual problem for current theoretical psychology. First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315792316

Perception Cognition and Aesthetics This volume addresses key questions related to how content in thought is derived from perceptual experience. It includes chapters that focus on single issues on perception and cognition as well as others that relate these issues to an important social construct that involves both perceptual experience and cognitive activities: aesthetics. While the volume includes many diverse views several prominent themes unite the individual essays: a challenge to the notion of the discreet and non-temporal unit of perception a challenge to the traditional divide between perception and cognition and a challenge to the traditional divide between unconscious and conscious intentionality. Additionally the chapters discuss the content of perceptual experience the value of traditional notions of content disjunctivism adverbialism and phenomenal experience. The final section of essays dealing with perception and cognition in aesthetics features work in experimental aesthetics and unique perspectives from artists and gallerists working outside of philosophy. Perception Cognition and Aesthetics is a timely volume that offers a range of unique perspectives on debates in philosophy of mind surrounding perception and cognition. It will also appeal to scholars working in aesthetics and art theory who are interested in the ways these debates influence our understanding of art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615939

Perception Conscience and Will in Ancient Philosophy This book is about the human mind in ancient philosophy with a focus on sense perception a subject that Richard Sorabji has previously treated more in articles than in books. But it finishes with chapters offering a distinctive view on moral conscience and will. Sense perception raises the further questions of the mind-body relation of self-awareness of infinite divisibility and the continuum of the capacities of animals and children and of the relation between perception and reason. On all topics the introduction interconnects the papers and presents fresh material to fill out the picture. For the topic that has proved most popular the physiological process in sense perception a bibliography is provided as well as the latest update. The introduction interconnects the papers and fills out the picture by reference to other writings and to further thoughts. On the final topic the will it takes account of a different view that appeared only when the book was in preparation. The picture of the main topics shows that each continued to develop into a richer and richer account throughout the 1200 year course of Ancient Greek Philosophy up to 600 CE. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409446699

Perception and Action: Recent Advances in Cognitive NeuropsychologyA Special Issue of Cognitive Neuropsychology Perception and Action have long been considered as two separate information processes and have accordingly been investigated in relative isolation from one another. However it is now acknowledged that perception and action are functionally related. This special issue presents original contributions from cognitive neuroscientists and cognitive neuropsychologists who address this area from different complementary perspectives. Functional imaging investigations have recently extended to the study of several cognitive processes involved in the recognition of actions or body parts. Two papers report on brain-activation experiments in healthy human subjects during the recognition of hand positions and during the perception of human actions. The visual mechanisms underlying the perception of biological movements are investigated in normal subjects with the use of the apparent motion paradigm. Several papers deal with neuropsychological cases with apraxic patients with Parkinson patients and with an agnosic patient. The study of perception and action is relevant to psychopathology as attested to by the work on autistic patients. A review paper on willed action and its physiological basis is also presented. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877177

Perception and Agency in Shared Spaces of Contemporary Art This book examines the interconnections between art phenomenology and cognitive studies. Contributors question the binary oppositions generally drawn between visuality and agency sensing and thinking phenomenal art and politics phenomenology and structuralism and subjective involvement and social belonging. Instead they foreground the many ways that artists ask us to consider how we sense think and act in relation to a work of art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884895

Perception And Cognition Of Music This text comprises of reviews of work relating to music and mind. It presents a range of approaches from the psychological through the computational to the musicological. The reviews were selected from papers submitted at the Third International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition Liege 1994 to illustrate the wide range of perspectives now being adopted in studying how humans make and respond to music. The book is divided ino five sections. The first part illustrates the role of analysis and ethnomusicology in understanding cultural determinants of musical behaviour. The second part charts what is known about aquisition of musical competence from pre-birth through to the expert performer. The evidence accumulated about specific areas of the brain which control musical thinking and behaviour is examined in Part Three. The fourth part examines how neurological behavioural and artificial intelligence approaches are converging to shed light on processes in auditory perception. Finally Part Five highlights the important developments in how we conceptualize the way in which musical structures are represented in the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877092

Perception and Control of Self-motion This book presents studies of self-motion by an international group of basic and applied researchers including biologists psychologists comparative physiologists kinesiologists aerospace and control engineers physicians and physicists. Academia is well represented and accounts for most of the applied research offered. Basic theoretical research is further represented by private research companies and also by government laboratories on both sides of the Atlantic. Researchers and students of biology psychology physiology kinesiology engineering and physics who have an interest in self-motion -- whether it be underwater in space or on solid ground -- will find this volume of interest. This book presents studies of self-motion by an international group of basic and applied researchers including biologists psychologists comparative physiologists kinesiologists aerospace and control engineers physicians and physicists. Academia is well represented and accounts for most of the applied research offered. Basic theoretical research is further represented by private research companies and also by government laboratories on both sides of the Atlantic. Researchers and students of biology psychology physiology kinesiology engineering and physics who have an interest in self-motion -- whether it be underwater in space or on solid ground -- will find this volume of interest. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807683

Perception and ImagingPhotography as a Way of Seeing When you look at an image what do you see think and feel? How do you want your audience to react when they view your work? For over 30 years the late Richard Zakia helped photographers enrich their creative vision through his classic book Perception and Imaging. Now he is joined by co-author John Suler who extensively studied and worked with images throughout his career as a clinical psychologist. Together they present their insights into the principles of perception memory color time space shapes illusion subliminals rhetoric personality style and photo critique. Unlike any other book Perception and Imaging will give you an extensive understanding of how photography relates to art design advertising psychology and philosophy as well as what makes photography unique among the image-making disciplines. Whether you are a beginner or a professional this information will help you appreciate photography not simply as a mastering of technique and composition but as a way of truly seeing especially now in the digital age. – New sections about photo sharing in social media and online groups devoted to photography critique – Includes inspirational images from some of the world’s most well-known photographers including Henri Cartier-Bresson Man Ray and Ansel Adams – A comprehensive discussion of the "decisive moment" photo its vital ingredients and why some consider it the essence of photography – New sections about body language in photographs camera angles aspect ratios self portraits and selfies and how memory and personality affect photography Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212190

Perception and Information Perception is about the reception selection acquisition transformation and organization of sensory information. This book originally published in 1976 discusses a number of aspects of human perception within a theoretical framework in which man is considered as a processor of information. The main emphasis is on visual perception with particular reference to looking and pattern recognition; selective listening and speech recognition are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691643

Perception and Its DevelopmentA Tribute To Eleanor J. Gibson We have acquired important new knowledge about the nature and development of perception in recent years and the insights of Eleanor Jack Gibson have had a prominent role in guiding the search for that knowledge.  The purpose of this volume is to honor her continuing conrbution to our understanding of perception. First published in 1979. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315787114

Perception and Production of Fluent Speech Originally published in 1980 this title looks at the mental processes involved in producing and understanding spoken language. Although there had been several edited volumes on speech in the previous ten years this volume was unique in that it deals exclusively with perception and production of fluent speech. The chapters in this volume contributed to by distinguished scientists from psychology linguistics and computer science deal with such questions as: How are ideas encoded into sound? How does a speaker plan an utterance? How are words recognized? What is the role of knowledge in speech perception? In short how do people communicate with each other using speech? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194250

Perception and Reality in Kant Husserl and McDowell How does perception give us access to external reality? This book critically engages with John McDowell’s conceptualist answer to this question by offering a new exploration of his views on perception and reality in relation to those of Immanuel Kant and Edmund Husserl. In six chapters the book examines these thinkers’ respective theories of perception lucidly describing how they fit within their larger philosophical views on mind and reality. It thereby not only reveals the continuity of a tradition that underlies today’s fragmented scholarly landscape but also yields a new critique of McDowell’s conceptualist theory. In doing so the book contributes to the ongoing bridging of traditions by combining analytic philosophy Kantian philosophy and phenomenology. Perception and Reality in Kant Husserl and McDowell will appeal to scholars and students working in the history of philosophy phenomenology Kantian philosophy and in particular the philosophy of perception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441807

Perception and Reality in the Modern Yugoslav ConflictMyth Falsehood and Deceit 1991-1995 In this book the author has tried bridge the gap between the common perception of the Yugoslav conflict as portrayed in the media and the actual grim reality with which he was dealing as an EU monitor on the ground. Drawing on original material from both UN and ECMM sources he has identified the true origin of Former Yugoslavia's wars of dissolution and critically examines the programme of violence which erupted in 1991 and eventually culminated in 1995 in the vicious dismemberment of a sovereign federal republic with seat at the United Nations. In doing so he highlights the duplicitous behaviour of all parties to the conflict; the double standards employed throughout by the United States in its foreign policy; the lengths to which the Sarajevo government manipulated the international media to promote a 'victim' status; the contempt in which UN peace-keepers were ultimately held by all sides; and the manner in which Radovan Karadzic was sacrificed at the altar of political expediency when the real culprits were Slobodan Milosevic and his acolyte General Ratko Mladic. This book the first by an EU Monitor with actual experience of the conflict tells the real story of the modern Yugoslav conflict 1991-1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650243

Perception and the Inhuman GazePerspectives from Philosophy Phenomenology and the Sciences The diverse essays in this volume speak to the relevance of phenomenological and psychological questioning regarding perceptions of the human. This designation human can be used beyond the mere identification of a species to underwrite exclusion denigration dehumanization and demonization and to set up a pervasive opposition in Othering all deemed inhuman nonhuman or posthuman. As alerted to by Merleau-Ponty one crucial key for a deeper understanding of these issues is consideration of the nature and scope of perception. Perception defines the world of the perceiver and perceptual capacities are constituted in engagement with the world – there is co-determination. Moreover the distinct phenomenology of perception in the spectatorial mode in contrast to the reciprocal mode deepens the intersubjective and ethical dimensions of such investigations. Questions motivating the essays include: Can objectification and an inhuman gaze serve positive ends? If so under what constraints and conditions? How is an inhuman gaze achieved and at what cost? How might the emerging insights of the role of perception into our interdependencies and essential sociality from various domains challenge not only theoretical frameworks but also the practices and institutions of science medicine psychiatry and justice? What can we learn from atypical social cognition psychopathology and animal cognition? Could distortions within the gazer’s emotional responsiveness and habituated aspects of social interaction play a role in the emergence of an inhuman gaze? Perception and the Inhuman Gaze will interest scholars and advanced students working in phenomenology philosophy of mind psychology psychiatry sociology and social cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405625

Perception and Understanding in Young ChildrenAn Experimental Approach Originally published in 1974: ‘This book sets forth a theory of cognitive development based on simple but powerful processes of inference. The theory is applied with great ingenuity and freshness to complex phenomena found during intellectual development. Dr Bryant has written an important and original book.’ (J.S. Bruner) ‘In this elegant timely and brief volume Dr Bryant produces strong experimental evidence which not only challenges Piaget’s ideas but even more importantly synthesizes the old and new findings into a newer theory of perceptual development. The importance of this book lies both in its demonstration of elegant experimental techniques in working with young children and in the optimism it will eventually bring to all concerned with their education. Realizing that children can make deductive inferences at an early age educators will have to rethink some of their approaches to the teaching of young children. The studies related to the understanding of number have crucial implications for the future teaching of mathematics. This book will cause many people to take fresh thoughts on the subjects here dealt with and so it can be strongly recommended for all students of child development.’ (William Yule British Journal of Psychiatry) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691896

Perception as Information DetectionReflections on Gibson’s Ecological Approach to Visual Perception This book provides a chapter-by-chapter update to and reflection on of the landmark volume by J.J. Gibson on the Ecological Approach to Visual Perception (1979). Gibson’s book was presented a pioneering approach in experimental psychology; it was his most complete and mature description of the ecological approach to visual perception. Perception as Information Detection commemorates develops and updates each of the sixteen chapters from Gibson’s volume. The book brings together some of the foremost perceptual scientists in the field from the United States Europe and Asia to reflect on Gibson’s original chapters expand on the key concepts discussed and relate this to their own cutting-edge research. This connects Gibson’s classic with the current state of the field as well as providing a new generation of students with a contemporary overview of the ecological approach to visual perception. Perception as Information Detection is an important resource for perceptual scientists as well as both undergraduates and graduates studying sensation and perception vision cognitive science ecological psychology and philosophy of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312961

Perception Beyond GestaltProgress in vision research How does the brain piece together the information required to achieve object recognition figure-ground segmentation object completion in cases of partial occlusion and related perceptual phenomena? This book focuses on principles of Gestalt psychology and the key issues which surround them providing an up-to-date survey of the most interesting and highly debated topics in visual neuroscience perception and object recognition. The volume is divided into three main parts: Gestalt and perceptual organisation attention aftereffects and illusions and color vision and art perception. Themes covered in the book include: - a historical review of Gestalt theory and its relevance in modern-day neuroscience- the relationship between perceptive and receptive fields- a critical analysis of spatiotemporal unity of perception- the role of Gestalt principles in perceptual organization- self-organizing properties of the visual field- the role of attention and perceptual grouping in forming non-retinotopic representations- figural distortions following adaptation to spatial patterns- illusory changes of brightness in spatial patterns- the function of motion illusions as a tool to study Gestalt principles in vision- conflicting theories of color vision and the neural basis of it- the role of color in figure-ground segmentation- chromatic assimilation in visual art and perception- the phenomena of colored shadows.Including contributions from experts in the field this book will provide an essential overview of current research and theory on visual perception and Gestalt. It will be key reading for researchers and academics in the field of visual perception and neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138669802

Perception of Form and Forms of Perception First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781753

Perception of PrintReading Research in Experimental Psychology In the late 1970s reading research had become a true interdisciplinary endeavour with flavours of anthropology artificial intelligence cognitive psychology educational psychology linguistics neuroscience and instructional technology. Given appropriate integration results from these diverse perspectives can enhance our understanding of reading behaviour tremendously both in its acquisition and in its skilled functioning. Thus the enthusiasm for such interdisciplinary interaction had been quite intense for some time. In the years before publication the National Reading Conference had been doing everything possible to accelerate this interaction. Originally published in 1981 the chapters in this book are the fruits of that effort. The research focuses on specifying skills in identifying alphabetical elements and the rules that govern their combination on constructing models that characterize the recognition of individual words and the interpretation of texts and on discovering what factors are responsible for blocking the normal acquisition process in many children. Chapters 2 to 12 of this book reflect these changing foci. They are nevertheless sandwiched by two chapters that deal with the historical background and future outlook of reading instruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210783

Perception Through Experience The term ‘visual perception’ covers a very wide range of psychological functions. This title originally published in 1970 which provides a broad survey of this vast field of knowledge would have proved a valuable general account for students taking degree courses in psychology at the time. Professor Vernon examines a large number of experiments carried out over the previous twenty years their findings the conclusions drawn from them and – equally important – the still unanswered questions which some of them raised. As the title suggests Professor Vernon considers that – while much knowledge of the simpler perceptual processes had been gained in laboratory experiments – perhaps too little investigation had been undertaken into the more complex processes which normally determine understanding of and response to environment: the processes of identification and classification that depend to a considerable extent on learning memory attention reasoning and language. An extensive bibliography is provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203617

PerceptionAn Annotated Bibliography Originally published in 1976 the bibliography presented here was intended to provide a useful research tool for scholars and students of perception. The primary concentration of the authors’ efforts has been on the philosophical literature during the period of 1935-1974. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692114

PerceptionAnd our Knowledge of the External World First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870789

PerceptionFrom Sense to Object Originally published in 1982 this book introduces the student to the central problem of all perceptual theories: just how does the perceiver identify particular objects? In focusing on the problem Dr Wilding provides a coherent well organized framework for its study bypassing the conventional split between perception and reaction time evidence which was common to most textbooks at the time. The author draws on evidence from a wider number of research traditions and argues that each has a contribution to make to any account of perception. Throughout he emphasizes the methodological basis of the research discussed in order to provide students with a solid foundation for their own practical work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206632

Perceptions and RepresentationsThe Theoretical Bases of Brain Research and Psychology Originally published in 1978 this study examines the shortcomings of some theoretical approaches to psychological and neurophysiological mechanisms at the time. Keith Oatley illustrates the extent of these shortcomings by showing how inefficient brain researchers – using their present approaches – would be in trying to understand a computer which is considerably simpler than the human brain. He concludes that we need better theories than those usually espoused in psychology and goes on to expound a theory of cognitive representation and inference in perception which began with Helmholtz more than a hundred years ago but which can now be given substance and formal structure in artificial intelligence programs. The author deploys this theory to give an account of some fundamental problems such as how we see a three-dimensional world and how the brain copes so well with incomplete sensory data and with damage to its own components. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699823

Perceptions of China and White House Decision-Making 1941-1963Spears of Promise Shields of Truth This book assesses and evaluates the decision-making behavior of United States presidents and their chief advisers from Roosevelt to Kennedy pertaining to China. Seeking to dispel with the notion that each administration sought policy outcomes on the basis of a rational decision-making model Bartley highlights the contradictions of adopted presidential decision-making processes and the nature of domestic politics as playing prejudicial and debilitating roles. The book demonstrates that elite decision-making processes interacted with assumptions made about Chinese behavior interests and attitudes only superficially and in some cases not at all. Misinformation and misperception were the natural outcomes. Reinforced by the politics of McCarthyism at home intellectual debate on China policy was squashed parochialism and nuance were shunned and information was closed off. Ultimately a divorce between the norm of behavior and the search for rational policy was registered in each administration. The net result was a lasting and destructive cognitive dissonance: to fit expectations of a China reality constructed information was ignored overlooked and distorted. Offering new insights into the China policies of consecutive administrations from 1941 to 1963 this volume will be of great interest to scholars and students of American foreign policy security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271923

Perceptions of Climate Change from North IndiaAn Ethnographic Account Perceptions of Climate Change from North India: An Ethnographic Account explores local perceptions of climate change through ethnographic encounters with the men and women who live at the front line of climate change in the lower Himalayas. From data collected over the course of a year in a small village in an eco-sensitive zone in North India this book presents an ethnographic account of local responses to climate change resource management and indigenous environmental knowledge.  Aase Kvanneid’s observations cast light on the precarious reality of climate change in this region and bring to the fore issues such as access to water NGO intervention and climate information for farmers. In doing so she also explores classic topics in the study of rural India including ritual gender social hierarchy and political economy. Overall this book shows how the cause and effect of climate change is perceived by those who have the most to lose and explores how the impact of climate change is being dealt with on a local and global scale. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of the anthropology of climate change environmental sociology and rural development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421434

Perceptions of Criminal Justice In recent decades research into the legitimacy of criminal justice has convincingly demonstrated the importance of procedural justice to citizens’ sense of trust and confidence in legal authorities and their resulting willingness to conform to the law and cooperate with the legal authorities. Reversing the age-old question ‘why do people break the law?’ theories of procedural justice have provided insight into the factors that encourage people to abide by the law suggesting that experiences of procedural fairness are crucial to achieving compliance with the law and to enhancing the legitimacy of criminal justice. While these studies are important in showing that legal authorities need to pay attention to the fairness judgements of the people involved in legal procedures the focus on showing the importance of procedural justice has had the ironic consequence of distracting researchers from studying the equally important question of what fairness means to the people involved in legal proceedings. In one of the first studies on procedural justice to use a qualitative research design the author provides the reader with detailed and insightful descriptions of the elements that determine how victims and defendants assess the fairness of their contact with the police and the courts. Focusing on both the pre-trial and the post-trial phases this book will be of interest to academics and students engaged in the study of the psychology of law procedural justice and the legitimacy of criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961289

Perceptions of Health & Illnes First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138150928

Perceptions of MarginalityTheoretical Issues and Regional Perceptions of Marginality in Geographical Space First published in 1998 this volume takes an international approach theoretical and regional perceptions and experiences of marginality along with some key case studies in Arctic North America Greenland Aboriginal Australia and the Republic of Ireland. Its contributors are geographers from all over the world. It is part of a series which aims to publish new scientific work on the dynamism of the marginal and critical regions of the world and concentrates on understanding marginality and its processes the human process and its agents comparative approaches and different policy responses to economic social and environmental problems along with studying the human response to global change and its implications for marginalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331136

Perceptions of Retailing in Early Modern England Whilst there has been much recent scholarly work on retailing during the early modern period less is known about how people at the time perceived retailing both as onlookers artists and commentators and as participants. Centred on the general theme of perceptions the authors address this gap in our knowledge by looking at a different aspect of consumption. They focus on two ancillary themes: the first is location and how contemporaries perceived the settlements in which there were shops; the other is distance. Pictures prints novels diaries and promotional literature of the tradespeople themselves provide much of the evidence. Many of these sources are not new to historians but they have not been scrutinized and analysed with the questions in mind that are posed here. The methodology to be employed has been developed by Nancy Cox over the last decade and is used successfully in her book The Complete Tradesman and in the compilation of the forthcoming Dictionary of Traded Goods and Commodities 1550-1800. This book will find a ready market with scholars concerned with British social and economic history in the early modern period. Although it is first and foremost a book written by historians for historians it nevertheless borrows concepts and approaches from various disciplines concerned with theories of consumption material culture and representational art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266407

Perceptions of the Body and Sacred Space in Late Antiquity and Byzantium Perceptions of the Body and Sacred Space in Late Antiquity and Byzantium seeks to reveal Christian understanding of the body and sacred space in the medieval Mediterranean. Case studies examine encounters with the holy through the perspective of the human body and sensory dimensions of sacred space and discuss the dynamics of perception when experiencing what was constructed represented and understood as sacred. The comparative analysis investigates viewers’ recognitions of the sacred in specific locations or segments of space with an emphasis on the experiential and conceptual relationships between sacred spaces and human bodies. This volume thus reassesses the empowering aspects of space time and human agency in religious contexts. By focusing on investigations of human endeavors towards experiential and visual expressions that shape perceptions of holiness this study ultimately aims to present a better understanding of the corporeality of sacred art and architecture. The research points to how early Christians and Byzantines teleologically viewed the divine source of the sacred in terms of its ability to bring together – but never fully dissolve – the distinctions between the human and divine realms. The revealed mechanisms of iconic perception and noetic contemplation  have the potential to shape knowledge of the meanings of the sacred as well as to improve our understanding of the liminality of the profane and the sacred. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592530

Perceptions of the Crusades from the Nineteenth to the Twenty-First CenturyEngaging the Crusades Volume One Engaging the Crusades is a series of volumes which offer windows into a newly emerging field of historical study: the memory and legacy of the crusades. Together these volumes examine the reasons behind the enduring resonance of the crusades and present the memory of crusading in the modern period as a productive exciting and much needed area of investigation. Perceptions of the Crusades from the Ninetenth to the Twenty-First Century explores the ways in which the crusades have been used in the last two centuries including the varying deployment of crusading rhetoric and imagery in both the East and the West. It considers the scope and impact of crusading memory from the nineteenth and into the twentieth century engaging with nineteenth-century British lending libraries literary uses of crusading tales wartime postcard propaganda memories of Saladin and crusades in the Near East and the works of modern crusade historians. Demonstrating the breadth of material encompassed by this subject and offering methodological suggestions for continuing its progress Perceptions of the Crusades from the Ninetenth to the Twenty-First Century is essential reading for modern historians military historians and historians of memory and medievalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066014

Perceptions of the European Union in New Member StatesA Comparative Perspective The book explores the views of elites alongside those of the wider population in the European Union. The chapters place the new member states – and the potential candidate Serbia – on the map of Europe in this context for the first time. The volume's comparative method goes beyond the standard old member states versus new member states divide. It assesses regional differences within Central Europe and evaluates the problem of European and national identity formation perception of external threats to the EU (including Russia) differences between economic and political elite views about the integration process and the connection between national performance and public opinion about Europe. Even though in each country positive views are dominant about the integration process heterogeneous views prevail behind the image of a unifying Europe. The book’s major contribution is that it makes the new member states more visible and provides hard evidence while remaining theoretically driven. Furthermore it covers the most important topics that emerge in studies concerning European integration. The book is intended for those interested in European integration in general but Central and Eastern European comparativists will find it particularly useful. This book was published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874824

Perceptions of the European Union’s Identity in International Relations This book examines the perception of European Union’s identity by the main actors in international relations. Analysing issues related to public discourse in third countries as demonstrated by amongst others their political elites civil society and think-tanks the book highlights a ‘normative gap’ with regards to the European Union's self-definition/perception and its perception in the international environment. It also shows that the European Union’s perception of normative power in international relations is not shared consistently by the main principal actor yet is differentiated relative to geographical area and scope of activities undertaken by the EU. It demonstrates that the perception of the EU’s normative identity is a source of the crisis of the European Union as an effective and significant player in the international arena. This book will be of key interest to scholar and students of European Union politics European politics/studies European integration identity politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663865

Perceptual and Emotional EmbodimentFoundations of Embodied Cognition Volume 1 This two-volume set provides a comprehensive overview of the multidisciplinary field of Embodied Cognition. With contributions from internationally acknowledged researchers from a variety of fields Foundations of Embodied Cognition reveals how intelligent behaviour emerges from the interplay between brain body and environment. Covering early research and emerging trends in embodied cognition Volume 1 Perceptual and Emotional Embodiment is divided into four distinct parts bringing together a number of influential perspectives and new ideas. Part one opens the volume with an overview of theoretical perspectives and the neural basis of embodiment before part two considers body representation and its links with action. Part three examines how actions constrain perception of the environment and part four explores how emotions can be shaped and structured by the body and its activity. Building on the idea that knowledge acquisition retention and retrieval are intimately interconnected with sensory and motor processes Foundations of Embodied Cognition is a landmark publication in the field. It will be of great interest to researchers and advanced students from across the cognitive sciences including those specialising in psychology neuroscience intelligent systems and robotics philosophy linguistics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805811

Perceptual Development in Early InfancyProblems & Issues First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203782125

Perceptual Development in infancyThe Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology Volume 20 First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203771143

Perceptual Digital ImagingMethods and Applications Visual perception is a complex process requiring interaction between the receptors in the eye that sense the stimulus and the neural system and the brain that are responsible for communicating and interpreting the sensed visual information. This process involves several physical neural and cognitive phenomena whose understanding is essential to design effective and computationally efficient imaging solutions. Building on advances in computer vision image and video processing neuroscience and information engineering perceptual digital imaging greatly enhances the capabilities of traditional imaging methods. Filling a gap in the literature Perceptual Digital Imaging: Methods and Applications comprehensively covers the system design implementation and application aspects of this emerging specialized area. It gives readers a strong fundamental understanding of theory and methods providing a foundation on which solutions for many of the most interesting and challenging imaging problems can be built. The book features contributions by renowned experts who present the state of the art and recent trends in image acquisition processing storage display and visual quality evaluation. They detail advances in the field and explore human visual system-driven approaches across a broad spectrum of applications including: Image quality and aesthetics assessment Digital camera imaging White balancing and color enhancement Thumbnail generation Image restoration Super-resolution imaging Digital halftoning and dithering Color feature extraction Semantic multimedia analysis and processing Video shot characterization Image and video encryption Display quality enhancement This is a valuable resource for readers who want to design and implement more effective solutions for cutting-edge digital imaging computer vision and multimedia applications. Suitable as a graduate-level textbook or stand-alone reference for researchers and practitioners it provides a unique overview of an important and rapidly developing research field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077409

Perceptual Organization Originally published in 1981 perceptual organization had been synonymous with Gestalt psychology and Gestalt psychology had fallen into disrepute. In the heyday of Behaviorism the few cognitive psychologists of the time pursued Gestalt phenomena. But in 1981 Cognitive Psychology was married to Information Processing. (Some would say that it was a marriage of convenience.) After the wedding Cognitive Psychology had come to look like a theoretically wrinkled Behaviorism; very few of the mainstream topics of Cognitive Psychology made explicit contact with Gestalt phenomena. In the background Cognition's first love – Gestalt – was pining to regain favor. The cognitive psychologists' desire for a phenomenological and intellectual interaction with Gestalt psychology did not manifest itself in their publications but it did surface often enough at the Psychonomic Society meeting in 1976 for them to remark upon it in one of their conversations. This book then is the product of the editors’ curiosity about the status of ideas at the time first proposed by Gestalt psychologists. For two days in November 1977 they held an exhilarating symposium that was attended by some 20 people not all of whom are represented in this volume. At the end of our symposium it was agreed that they would try in contributions to this volume to convey the speculative and metatheoretical ground of their research in addition to the solid data and carefully wrought theories that are the figure of their research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201323

Perceval/ParzivalA Casebook This volume in the Arthurian Characters and Themes series treats the fascinating character of Perceval the naive and flawed but gifted youth who becomes the Grail hero in some texts and yet is eclipsed in others by Galahad. Also includes eight musical examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978164

PerchlorateEnvironmental Problems and Solutions The development of analytical methods for identifying widespread perchlorate contamination brought about an explosion of research into the environmental problems and their potential solutions along with a corresponding increase in the availability of information. Unlike reference works that focus on only a few aspects of this contaminant Perchlorate: Environmental Problems and Solutions offers a comprehensive single source of information on perchlorate contamination in the environment. Summarizing the state of the science and developments in engineering the book describes: Common sources of perchlorateIts behavior in the environmentMethods for analyzing perchlorate in environmental samplesPotential risks to human health and the environmentRegulatory standards and criteriaTechniques for remediating environmental contaminationThe authors illustrate these points with case studies of perchlorate contamination in soil groundwater and surface water. These case studies provide perspective on issues commonly faced by scientists engineers and managers of perchlorate-impacted sites. Organized to follow the logical sequence of identifying and solving contamination problems the book provides the foundation necessary to understand perchlorate's occurrence environmental behavior regulatory status and remediation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390457

Percutaneous Interventions for Congenital Heart Disease Percutaneous Interventions for Congenital Heart Disease is written for pediatric cardiologists specializing in interventional cardiology and need a step-by-step guide to carrying out procedures as well as adult cardiologists. Covering all kinds of interventions in congenital heart disease and the new field of structural heart disease the book examines:Acquired valvular heart diseasePost-myocardial infarction ventricular septal defects PFO closureClosure of the left atrial appendage Paravalvular leak closure Techniques for treating diseases of the aortaHybrid proceduresAn essential text on how to perform interventional cardiology for congenital heart disease in both the pediatric and adult patient this expertly written work will help to overcome barriers between pediatric and adult cardiologists and pave the way for new cardiovascular interventionalists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389369

Percutaneous Mitral Leaflet RepairMitraClip Therapy for Mitral Regurgitation Mitral regurgitation (MR) affects millions of patients worldwide. It is a progressive condition that can worsen when left untreated possibly leading to compensatory remodeling of the left ventricle. This can result in reduced functional capacity poor quality of life repeat hospitalizations and even death from heart failure. Open arrested heart surgery has until now been the therapeutic treatment of choice. However many high-risk patients cannot tolerate traditional heart surgery and continue to suffer from severe MR.In Percutaneous Mitral Leaflet Repair: MitraClip Therapy for Mitral Regurgitation international experts discuss the clinical application of percutaneous mitral valve therapies for this subsect of patients focusing on the MitraClip device. These new therapeutic developments will form an essential component of the interventional cardiologists’ armamentarium in treating MR patients and will be of interest to every practicing cardiologist. Key topics include:An overview of the anatomy and pathophysiology of the mitral valvular complex and MR EVEREST trial outcomes and the development of percutaneous edge-to-edge repairUpdates on the global experience with this new therapyPatient selection and the role of percutaneous therapies for high-risk patientsEchocardiographic guidance including practical tips for the use of transesophageal echocardiography during a procedureStep-by-step techniques plus tips and tricks for getting the best results for your patientsSpecial considerations for treating the returning MR repair patient Discussion of the European experience since CE approval Future directions in percutaneous mitral valve therapies  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576721

Peremptory International Legal Norms and the Democratic Rule of Law Peremptory International Legal Norms and the Democratic Rule of Law explores the risks to the democratic State inherent in the attempt to divorce the notion of democratic rule of law from respect for and adherence to peremptory international legal norms which allow for no derogation therefrom such as the prohibition of torture and inhumane treatment or punishment by the State. The chapters address with specific current case examples in what ways the democratic rule of law within certain democratic States risks being undermined through those States acquiescing to the erosion of peremptory international law norms in the domestic and international context. The book therefore explores the question of in what ways such democratic State acquiescence in effect may ultimately disrupt the investment within the State in the shared culture of core human rights values that underlies democratic rule of law itself and highlights the fragility of that shared culture. The contributors argue for a renewed commitment in principle and practice to the democratic rule of law and to its human rights international normative underpinnings. Peremptory International Legal Norms and the Democratic Rule of Law will be of great interest to scholars of international law human rights and democracy. The chapters originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367419899

Perestroika at the Crossroads The contributors to this volume have undertaken an assessment of the Soviet Union as it enters the last decade of the 20th century. Organized to cover each major area of policy initiative (or response) the collection surveys the Gorbachev reform agenda and its successes and failures to date in various fields including culture economics ideology law politics federalism and the nationality problem and foreign policy vis-a-vis the West Eastern Europe and the Third World. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315489452

Perestroika Era Politics: The New Soviet Legislature and Gorbachev's Political ReformsThe New Soviet Legislature and Gorbachev's Political Reforms This book is an evaluation of the new legislative politics in the Soviet Union. The contributors examine the uneven progress of electoral and constitutional reform the composition organisation staffing and procedures of the Congress of People's Deputies and the Supreme Soviet the development of factions movements and parties on the left on the right and of the nationalist bent the path of executive-legislative relations and case studies of the role of the legislature on domestic and foreign policy realms. This book should prove of interest to students of Soviet politics political parties and legislative politics as well as for anyone interested in the struggle of political ideas forces and institutions in the USSR today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488493

Perestroika From BelowSocial Movements In The Soviet Union This book represents the first comprehensive assessment of the world of social movements and collective action in the Soviet Union and provides the information to expand our knowledge and potentially our comprehension of the dramatic processes taking place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282608

Perestroika In Eastern EuropeHungary's Economic Transformation 19451988 In this analytical history of the reform process in Hungary Gabor Revesz traces the country's efforts to transform a planned economy into a system of market socialism. He covers the assumptions objectives political pressures and limitations that have shaped the reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298074

Perestroika in the CountrysideAgricultural Reform in the Gorbachev Era This book is a collection of seven papers originally given at the 1989 meetings of the American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. The authors come from the fields of economics history and political science and are all specialists in the field of Soviet and East European agriculture. The first essay by David Macey assesses Gorbachev's agricultural reform in light of the experience of the Stolypin reforms at the beginning of the century. The essays by Jim Butterfield and Ed Cook examine the impediments to successful reform from the perspective of a political scientist and an economist. Karen Brooks and Don Van Atta concentrate their attention on the efforts to introduce lease contracting into agriculture. D.Gale Johnson's essay examines the economic effects of trade liberalization in agriculture. The final paper by Michael Marrese suggests that there are lessons for the Soviet Union to be learned from the Hungarian experience namely that the changes in agriculture must be comprehensive and that the party can win over popular support if its agricultural policies succeed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315489131

Perestroika In The Soviet RepublicsDocuments On The National Question "The political and economic changes that occurred in the Soviet Union in the six and one-half years of Mikhail Gorbachev's tenure as General Secretary were breathtaking in their scope and rapidity going far beyond most observeiS' expectatiom. Certainly the process of refonn which we call perestroilal transfonned the ossified one-party socialist state that had prevailed underGorbachev's predecessors. The reasons for embarking on such a coume of reform were varied-eamomic aism and a decline in the Soviet state's ability to provide social welfare services for its citizens an increasingly apathetic population and a tense international environment-all of these factoiS convinced the Soviet leadeiShip of the necessity of drastic change. The policies of Gorbachev set refonn in motion: freeing public expression (glllsnost); encouraging economic decentralization and private initiative; and creating a more cooperative relationship with the West." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282622

Perfect Competition and the Transformation of Economics Frank Machovec argues that the assumption of perfect information has done untold economic damage. It has provided the rationale for active state intervention and has obscured the extent to which entrepreneurial activity depends upon the exploitation of asymmetric information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865815

Perfect Simulation Exact sampling specifically coupling from the past (CFTP) allows users to sample exactly from the stationary distribution of a Markov chain. During its nearly 20 years of existence exact sampling has evolved into perfect simulation which enables high-dimensional simulation from interacting distributions.Perfect Simulation illustrates the application of perfect simulation ideas and algorithms to a wide range of problems. The book is one of the first to bring together research on simulation from statistics physics finance computer science and other areas into a unified framework. You will discover the mechanisms behind creating perfect simulation algorithms for solving an array of problems.The author describes numerous protocol methodologies for designing algorithms for specific problems. He first examines the commonly used acceptance/rejection (AR) protocol for creating perfect simulation algorithms. He then covers other major protocols including CFTP; the Fill Machida Murdoch and Rosenthal (FMMR) method; the randomness recycler; retrospective sampling; and partially recursive AR along with multiple variants of these protocols. The book also shows how perfect simulation methods have been successfully applied to a variety of problems such as Markov random fields permutations stochastic differential equations spatial point processes Bayesian posteriors combinatorial objects and Markov processes. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377199

PerfectionismA Relational Approach to Conceptualization Assessment and Treatment Grounded in decades of influential research this book thoroughly examines perfectionism: how it develops its underlying mechanisms and psychological costs and how to target it effectively in psychotherapy. The authors describe how perfectionistic tendencies--rooted in early relational and developmental experiences--make people vulnerable to a wide range of clinical problems. They present an integrative treatment approach and demonstrate ways to tailor interventions to the needs of individual clients. A group treatment model is also detailed. State-of-the-art assessment tools are discussed (and provided at the companion website). Throughout the book vivid clinical illustrations make the core ideas and techniques concrete. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528721

Perfluoroalkyl Substances in the EnvironmentTheory Practice and Innovation Per- and polyfluorinated alkyl substances (PFAS) often referred to as per- (and poly) fluorinated compounds (PFCs) have been used for years in many everyday¾ and some lifesaving¾ products. However their use has been linked to adverse health effects in humans a problem compounded by their persistence in the environment. This book discusses the various challenges of PFAS in our environment today including their historical use as well as their chemical and toxicological properties. It also presents robust discussion of analytical challenges and special considerations in sampling. The work goes on to give practical recommendations for dealing with these compounds in today's dynamic regulatory landscape and includes several chapters on various remediation techniques. Key Features: Comprehensive overview of per- and polyfluorinated alkyl substances (PFAS) historical use and chemical/physical properties which help us understand their persistence transport and transformation pathways in the environment In-depth analysis of PFAS toxicology Detailed descriptions of conventional and state-of-the-art remediation technologies Practical recommendations for dealing with PFAS in a dynamic regulatory landscape Robust discussion of important sampling and analytical considerations Perfluoroalkyl Substances in the Environment: Theory Practice and Innovation explores the challenges across the topical areas of regulation and management toxicology environmental remediation and analytical sampling and analysis.Readers will find this text helpful in understanding complexities associated with PFAS and informing management strategies to effectively protect this and future generations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498764186

Perform SuzhouA Course in Intermediate to Advanced Spoken Mandarin Perform Suzhou is a task- and performance-oriented textbook course for Chinese study abroad programs serving intermediate- to advanced-level learners. Performance is the key concept; developing communication skills through role playing. Field performance tasks enable students learning Chinese to refine and solidify communication skills by executing real-life tasks in the target culture before reporting on their experiences in the classroom. The dialogues presented form the basis for improvisation for related contexts equipping students to respond appropriately in new situations. Perform Suzhou is composed of staged units drills exercises and culture notes with accompanying audio. The textbook is accompanied by audio and Action! China  the supporting workbook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590007

PerformalismForm and Performance in Digital Architecture Today with the advent of digital media technologies and the ability to conceptualize express and produce complex forms using digital means the question of the status of the architectural form is once again under consideration. Indeed the computer liberated architecture from the tyranny of the right angle and enabled the design and production of non-standard buildings based on irregular geometry. Yet the questions concerning the method of form expression in contemporary architecture and its meaning remain very much open. Performalism takes up this discussion defines it and presents changes in form conception in architecture followed by their repercussions. The book is supported by a wealth of case studies from some of the top firms across the globe and contributed to by some of the top names in this field. With a unique and insightful emphasis on professional practice this is essential reading for all architects aspiring and practicing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583619

Performance Identity and the Neo-Political Subject This book stages a timely discussion about the centrality of identity politics to theatre and performance studies. It acknowledges the important close relationship between the discourses and practices historically while maintaining that theatre and performance can enlighten ways of being with others that are not limited by conventional identitarian languages. The essays engage contemporary theatre and performance practices that pose challenging questions about identity as well as subjectivity relationality and the politics of aesthetics responding to neo-liberal constructions and exploitations of identity by seeking to discern describe or imagine a new political subject. Chapters by leading international scholars look to visual arts practice digital culture music public events experimental theatre and performance to investigate questions about representation metaphysics and politics. The collections seeks to foreground shared universalist connections that unite rather than divide visiting metaphysical questions of being and becoming and the possibilities of producing alternate realities and relationalities. The book asks what is at stake in thinking about a subject a time a place and a performing arts practice that would come ‘after’ identity and explores how theatre and performance pose and interrogate these questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509657

Performance & Consciousness First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079851

Performance Acceleration Management (PAM)Rapid Improvement to Your Key Performance Drivers Organizations around the world are rating their improvement efforts as not producing the desired long-term results. Dr. Harrington’s research indicates that this occurs because organizations are using the latest improvement tools and approaches without first defining how they want to change their organization’s culture environment and key performance drivers.Organizations must first define what controllable factors drive business results. They then must define how they want to change these key performance drivers and behavioral patterns. Only then can they select a customized set of tools and approaches that will bring about the desired transformation.The first book in the Little Big Book Series Performance Acceleration Management (PAM): Rapid Improvement to Your Key Performance Drivers explains how to accelerate the rate of change and improvement in your organization to exceed your customers’ expectations. It introduces the PAM approach to accelerated performance improvement and explains how to use it to bring about significant change to your organization’s long-term performance. Supplying answers to commonly asked questions the book provides you with the understanding to: Conduct an improvement requirements assessment Define key drivers and develop vision statements for each Define desired behavioral patterns and performance goals Develop individual key performance driver (KPD) transformation plans Develop and implement a five-year combined PAM plan Obtain approval from the executive team Delving into more than 50 years of experience helping organizations implement improvement approaches H. James Harrington highlights key opportunities to add value to your organization. With over 1 400 different improvement tools available today this book provides a set of tools to define how you want to change your organization’s key performance drivers and then develop a customized accelerated approach to achieve the desired transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466572577

Performance ActionThe Politics of Art Activism Performance Action looks to advance the understanding of how art activism works in practice by unpacking the relationship between the processes and politics that lie at its heart. Focusing on the UK but situating its analysis in a global context of art activism the book presents a range of different cases of performance-based art activism including the anti-oil sponsorship performances of groups like Shell Out Sounds and BP or not BP? the radical pedagogy project Shake! the psychogeographic practice of Loiterers Resistance Movement and the queer performances of the artist network Left Front Art. Based on participatory ethnographic research Performance Action brings together a wealth of first-hand accounts and interviews followed by in-depth analysis of the processes and politics of art activist practice. The book is unique in that it adopts an interdisciplinary approach that borrows concepts and theories from the fields of art history aesthetics anthropology sociology and performance studies and proposes a new framework for a better understanding of how art activism works focusing on processes. The book argues that art activism is defined by its dual nature as aesthetic-political practice and that this duality and the way it is manifested in different processes from the building of a shared collective identity to the politics of participation is key towards fully understanding what sets apart art activism from other forms of artistic and political practice. The book is aimed at both specialist and non-specialist audiences offering an accessible and engaging way into new theoretical contributions in the field of art activism as well as on wider subjects such as participation collective identity prefiguration and institutional critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862541

Performance Analysis and Synthesis for Discrete-Time Stochastic Systems with Network-Enhanced Complexities The book addresses the system performance with a focus on the network-enhanced complexities and developing the engineering-oriented design framework of controllers and filters with potential applications in system sciences control engineering and signal processing areas. Therefore it provides a unified treatment on the analysis and synthesis for discrete-time stochastic systems with guarantee of certain performances against network-enhanced complexities with applications in sensor networks and mobile robotics. Such a result will be of great importance in the development of novel control and filtering theories including industrial impact.Key FeaturesProvides original methodologies and emerging concepts to deal with latest issues in the control and filtering with an emphasis on a variety of network-enhanced complexitiesGives results of stochastic control and filtering distributed control and filtering and security control of complex networked systemsCaptures the essence of performance analysis and synthesis for stochastic control and filteringConcepts and performance indexes proposed reflect the requirements of engineering practiceMethodologies developed in this book include backward recursive Riccati difference equation approach and the discrete-time version of input-to-state stability in probability Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570927

Performance Analysis in Team Sports Filling an important gap in performance analysis literature this book introduces the key concepts and practical applications of performance analysis for team sports. It draws on cutting-edge research to examine individual and collective behaviours across an array of international team sports. Evidencing the close relationship between coaching and performance analysis it promotes a better understanding of the crucial role of performance analysis in team sports for achieving successful results. This book not only presents a variety of different ways to analyse performance in team sports but also demonstrates how scientific data can be used to enrich performance analysis. Part one delineates the main guidelines for research in performance analysis discussing the characteristics of team sports coaching processes variables characterizing performance and methods for team member interaction analysis. Part two drills down into performance analysis across a range of team sports including soccer basketball handball ice hockey volleyball and rugby. Performance Analysis in Team Sports is an essential companion for any course or research project on sports performance analysis or sports coaching and an invaluable reference for professional analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825840

Performance Analysis of Queuing and Computer Networks Performance Analysis of Queuing and Computer Networks develops simple models and analytical methods from first principles to evaluate performance metrics of various configurations of computer systems and networks. It presents many concepts and results of probability theory and stochastic processes. After an introduction to queues in computer networks this self-contained book covers important random variables such as Pareto and Poisson that constitute models for arrival and service disciplines. It then deals with the equilibrium M/M/1/∞queue which is the simplest queue that is amenable for analysis. Subsequent chapters explore applications of continuous time state-dependent single Markovian queues the M/G/1 system and discrete time queues in computer networks. The author then proceeds to study networks of queues with exponential servers and Poisson external arrivals as well as the G/M/1 queue and Pareto interarrival times in a G/M/1 queue. The last two chapters analyze bursty self-similar traffic and fluid flow models and their effects on queues. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367387228

Performance Analysis of Sport IX Performance analysis techniques help coaches athletes and sport science support officers to develop a better understanding of sport performance and therefore to devise more effective methods for improving that performance. Performance Analysis of Sport IX is the latest in a series of volumes that showcase the very latest scientific research into performance analysis helping to bridge the gap between theory and practice in sport. Drawing on data from a wide variety of sports the book covers every key topic and sub-discipline in performance analysis including: analysis of technique technical effectiveness tactical evaluation studying patterns of play motor learning and feedback work rate and physical demands performance analysis technology analysis of elite athletes and teams effectiveness of performance analysis support observational analysis of injury risk analysis of referees Effective performance analysis is now an essential component of the high performance strategy of any elite sport team or individual athlete. This book is therefore essential reading for any advanced student or researcher working in performance analysis and invaluable reading for any sport science support officer coach or athletic trainer looking for ways to improve their work with athletes Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870313

Performance and Cultural Politics Performance and Cultural Politics is a groundbreaking collection of essays which explore the historical and cultural territories of performance written by the foremost scholars in the field. The essays exploring performance art theatre music and dance range from Oscar Wilde to Eric Clapton; from the Rose Theatre to U.S. Holocaust museums. The topic includes: * Sex Play: Stereotype Pose and Dildo * Grave Performances: The Cultural Politics of Memory * Genealogies: Critical Performances * Identity Politics: Passing Carnival and the Law In the concluding section `Performer's Performance' performance artist Robbie McCauley offers the practitioner's perspective on performance studies. Interdisciplinary thought-provoking and rich in new ideas Performance and Cultural Politics is a landmark in the emerging field of performance studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004297

Performance and Ecology: What Can Theatre Do? In comparison with Literary Studies and Media and Film Studies the disciplines of Theatre and Performance with their strong anthropocentric heritage have been relatively slow in responding to such things as climate change species extinction or pollution and toxicity etc. However in the wake of recent work on animals cyborgs and objects as well as publications with a specific focus on ecology and environment there are real signs that theatre and performance scholars are beginning to make their own contribution to the Environmental Humanities. But if theatre critics are engaged in new forms of ecocritical analysis it is worth posing a pertinent question from the outset: namely what can theatre do ecologically? In this book leading researchers and practitioners seek to answer that question from a number of perspectives and with diverse methodologies. Topics include: reflections on rehearsal processes scores for performance site-based interventions ideas of conflict investigations of temporality and time ecology ecospectating and the experience of disappointment. Taken together these essays make an important intervention in the emergent (inter)disciplines of the Environmental Humanities and further our understanding of the ecological potential of Theatre and Performance in ways that are cautious tentative but also generative. This book was originally published as a special issue of Green Letters: Studies in Ecocriticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554719

Performance and Image Enhancing Drugs and SubstancesIssues Influences and Impacts In the pursuit of more muscle enhanced strength sustained endurance and idealised physiques an increasing number of elite athletes recreational sport enthusiasts and body-conscious gym-users are turning to performance and image enhancing drugs and substances (PIEDS). In many instances such use occurs with little regard for the health social and economic consequences.  This book presents a nuanced evidence-based examination of PIEDS. It provides a classification of PIEDS types physical impacts rates of use user profiles legal and sporting status and remedial program interventions covering both elite and recreational use. It offers the perfect guide to assist students government policy makers and sport managers in understanding the complex issues surrounding PIEDS consumption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492950

Performance and Knowledge Part of the series Key Concepts in Indigenous Studies this book focuses on the concepts that recur in any discussion of nature culture and society among the indigenous. This final volume in the five-volume series deals with the two key concepts of performance and knowledge of the indigenous people from all continents of the world. With contributions from renowned scholars activists and experts across the globe it looks at issues and ideas of the indigenous peoples in the context of imagination creativity performance audience arts music dance oral traditions aesthetics and beauty in North America South America Australia East Asia and India from cultural historical and aesthetic points of view. Bringing together academic insights and experiences from the ground this unique book with its wide coverage will serve as a comprehensive guide for students teachers and scholars of indigenous studies. It will be essential reading for those in social and cultural anthropology tribal studies sociology and social exclusion studies cultural studies media studies and performing arts literary and postcolonial studies religion and theology politics Third World and Global South studies as well as activists working with indigenous communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367615765

Performance and PhenomenologyTraditions and Transformations This book offers a timely discussion about the interventions and tensions between two contested and contentious fields performance and phenomenology with international case studies that map an emerging 21st century terrain of critical and performance practice. Building on the foundational texts of both fields that established the performativity of perception and cognition Performance and Phenomenology continues a tradition that considers experience to be the foundation of being and meaning. Acknowledging the history and critical polemics against phenomenological methodology and against performance as a field of study and category of artistic production the volume provides both an introduction to core thinkers and an expansion on their ideas in a wide range of case studies. Whether addressing the use of dead animals in performance actor training the legal implications of thinking phenomenologically about how we walk or the intertwining of digital and analog perception each chapter explores a world comprised of embodied action and thought. The established and emerging scholars contributing to the volume develop insights central to the phenomenological tradition while expanding on the work of contemporary theorists and performers. In asking why performance and phenomenology belong in conversation together the book suggests how they can transform each other in the process and what is at stake in this transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376507

Performance and Popular MusicHistory Place and Time Since the emergence of rock'n'roll in the early 1950s there have been a number of live musical performances that were not only memorable in themselves but became hugely influential in the way they shaped the subsequent trajectory and development of popular music. Each in its own way introduced new styles confronted existing practices shifted accepted definitions and provided templates for others to follow. Performance and Popular Music explores these processes by focusing on some of the specific occasions when such transformations occurred. An international array of scholars reveal that it is through the (often disruptive) dynamics of performance - and the interaction between performer and audience - that patterns of musical change and innovation can best be recognised. Through multi-disciplinary analyses which consider the history place and time of each event the performances are located within their social and professional contexts and their immediate and long-term musical consequences considered. From the Beatles and Bob Dylan to Michael Jackson and Madonna from Woodstock and Monterey to Altamont and Live Aid this book provides an indispensable assessment of the importance of live performance in the practice of popular music and an essential guide to some of the key moments in its history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089980

Performance and PracticeOral Narrative Traditions Amongst Teenagers in Britain and Ireland First published in 1997 this volume takes a dive into methods of teenage storytelling including questions of believability fashionability rebellious spirit the supernatural personal narratives and riddles along with an archive of texts collected by the author intended to illuminate and inform the analysis. It builds on the extensive work of Peter and Iona Opie on the same subject involving children of all ages and explores connections to folklore and narrative variations from a performative perspective. Michael Wilson shares their findings that children continue to cherish their traditional lore in the face of modern technological entertainment. His study is similar in responding to the poor status and even denial of a teenage narrative tradition inspired by both short and extended narratives which he experienced daily. Wilson hoped to give academic depth and breadth to the storytelling renaissance and giving teenage storytellers their rightful place in our ongoing oral narrative tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331754

Performance and Productivity in Public and Nonprofit Organizations The revised edition of this accessible text provides a balanced assessment and overview of state-of-the-art organizational and performance productivity strategies. Public and nonprofit organizations face demands for increased productivity and responsiveness and this practical guide offers strategies based on current research and scholarship that respond to these challenges. The book's comprehensive coverage includes: rationale for productivity and performance improvement; evolution of productivity improvement; the quality paradigm; customer service; information technology; traditional approaches to productivity improvement; re-engineering and restructuring; partnering and privatization; psychological contracts; and community based strategies. In addition to updating the examples of the first edition this new edition also highlights the growing use of enterprise funds partnership models of privatization and web-based service delivery. Each chapter concludes with a useful summary and all-new application exercises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701509

Performance and Professional Wrestling Performance and Professional Wrestling is the first edited volume to consider professional wrestling explicitly from the vantage point of theatre and performance studies. Moving beyond simply noting its performative qualities or reading it via other performance genres  this collection of essays offers a complete critical reassessment of the popular sport. Topics such as the suspension of disbelief simulation silence and speech physical culture and the performance of pain within the squared circle are explored in relation to professional wrestling  with work by both scholars and practitioners grouped into seven short sections:   Audience Circulation Lucha Gender Queerness Bodies Race A significant re-reading of wrestling as a performing art Performance and Professional Wrestling makes essential reading for scholars and students intrigued by this uniquely theatrical sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937239

Performance and the Politics of SpaceTheatre and Topology From its very beginnings theatre has been both an art and a public space shared by actors and spectators. As a result its entity and history is intimately tied to politics: a politics of inclusion and exclusion of distributions and placements of spatial appropriation and utopian concepts. This collection examines what is at stake when a theatrical space is created and when a performance takes place; it asks under what circumstances the topology of theatre becomes political. The book approaches this issue from various angles taking theatre as a cultural paradigm for political dimensions of space in its respective historical context. Visiting the political dimensions of theatrical space in both theatre history and contemporary performance the volume responds to the so-called spatial turn in cultural and historical studies and questions a politics of aesthetics that is discussed in continental philosophy. The book visits different levels and linkages between aesthetic theory and geography art and sociology architecture and political theory and geometry and history shedding new light on theatre politics and space thereby transforming this historically intertwined triad into a transdisciplinary theme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937024

Performance AnxietiesStaging Psychoanalysis Staging Race Performance Anxieties looks at the on-going debates over the value of psychoanalysis for feminist theory and politics--specifically concerning the social and psychical meanings of racialization. Beginning with an historicized return to Freud and the meaning of Jewishness in Freud's day Ann Pellegrini indicates how "race" and racialization are not incidental features of psychoanalysis or of modern subjectivity but are among the generative conditions of both. Performance Anxieties stages a series of playful encounters between elite and popular performance texts--Freud meets Sarah Bernhardt meets Sandra Bernhard; Joan Riviere's masquerading women are refigured in relation to the hard female bodies in the film Pumping Iron II: The Women; and the Terminator and Alien films. In re-reading psychoanalysis alongside other performance texts Pellegrini unsettles relations between popular and elite performance and performative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699911

Performance Art in the Second Public SphereEvent-based Art in Late Socialist Europe Performance Art in the Second Public Sphere is the first interdisciplinary analysis of performance art in East Central and Southeast Europe under socialist rule. By investigating the specifics of event-based art forms in these regions each chapter explores the particular critical roles that this work assumed under censorial circumstances. The artistic networks of Yugoslavia Hungary Latvia Lithuania Poland Romania East Germany and Czechoslovakia are discussed with a particular focus on the discourses that shaped artistic practice at the time drawing on the methods of Performance Studies and Media Studies as well as more familiar reference points from art history and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735265

Performance as ResearchKnowledge methods impact Performance as Research (PAR) is characterised by an extraordinary elasticity and interdisciplinary drive. Performance as Research: Knowledge Methods Impact celebrates this energy bringing together chapters from a wide range of disciplines and eight different countries. This volume focuses explicitly on three critical often contentious themes that run through much discussion of PaR as a discipline: Knowledge - the areas and manners in which performance can generate knowledge Methods - methods and methodologies for approaching performance as research Impact - a broad understanding of the impact of this form of research These themes are framed by four essays from the book's editors contextualising their interrelated conversations teasing out common threads and exploring the new questions that the contributions pose to the field of performance. As both an intervention into and extension of current debates this is a vital collection for any reader concerned with the value and legitimacy of performance as research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068711

Performance Assessment and Enrichment of Anaerobic Methane Oxidizing Microbial Communities from Marine Sediments in Bioreactors Anaerobic oxidation of methane (AOM) coupled to sulfate reduction (AOM-SR) is a biological process mediated by anaerobic methanotrophs (ANME) and sulfate reducing bacteria. It has scientifi c and societal relevance in regulating the global carbon cycle and biotechnological application for treating sulfate-rich wastewater. This research aimed to enhance the recent knowledge on ANME distribution and its enrichment in different bioreactor confi gurations i.e. membrane bioreactor (MBR) biotrickling fi lter (BTF) and high pressure bioreactor (HPB). Marine sediment from Ginsburg mud volcano Gulf of Cadiz was used as inoculum in the BTF and MBR. The BTF operation showed the enrichment of ANME in the biofi lm especially ANME-1 (40%) and ANME-2 (10%). Whereas the dominancy of ANME-2 and Desulfosarcina aggregates was observed in the MBR. Moreover HPB study was performed by using highly enriched ANME-2 community from Captain Arutyunov mud volcano. During the study of HPB at different temperature and pressure conditions the incubation at 10 MPa pressure and 15ËšC was observed to be the most suitable condition for the studied AOM-SR community. Furthermore AOM-SR activity in the coastal sediments from marine Lake Grevelingen (the Netherlands) was explored and the microbial community was characterised which was dominated by ANME-3 among known ANME types. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138330214

Performance Assessment in Strength and Conditioning It is an essential skill for any strength and conditioning coach to be able to reliably assess the physical performance of their athletes and communicate the results and their implications to performers and coaches alike. Performance Assessment in Strength and Conditioning is the first textbook to clearly and coherently suggest the most appropriate and reliable methods for assessing and monitoring athletes’ performance as well as including detailed sections on testing considerations and the interpretation and application of results. The book explores the full range of considerations required to reliably assess performance including questions of ethics and safety reliability and validity and standardised testing before going on to recommend (through a comparison of field- and laboratory-based techniques) the optimal methods for testing all aspects of physical performance including: injury risk jump performance sprint performance change of direction and agility strength power aerobic performance body composition Closing with a section on interpreting presenting and applying results to practice and illustrated with real-life case study data throughout Performance Assessment in Strength and Conditioning offers the most useful guide to monitoring athlete performance available. It is an essential text for upper-level strength and conditioning students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789387

Performance Assurance for IT Systems Performance Assurance for IT Systems emphasizes the importance of addressing performance and technology-related issues from the beginning of the planning process at the feasibility and bid stages. It promotes the concept of Performance Assurance throughout the entire system lifecycle covering technology relevant processes and people-related topics. This accessible jargon-free book shows how to meet the increasing pressure to deliver proposals and systems in shorter timescales emphasizing pragmatic cost-effective and well-designed systems. The book consists of two major parts: Part I covers the processes deployed throughout the system lifecycle including the choice of technologies client requirements sizing stress testing and capacity management; Part II provides a technology foundation made up of brief primers on hardware and software technologies discussing key factors that influence performance and helping management make informed decisions on technical risk. The author includes references to problems encountered on "real life" projects and provides insight valuable to a variety of IT professionals from technical architects and developers to IT management. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367394011

Performance Auditing of Public Sector Property Contracts PPP/PFI contracts often share a number of features: they run over a very long period of time; they are conceived without a complete understanding of how requirements may change and despite the rhetoric they tend to create a context where dispute and litigation rather than partnership are the norm. In this environment effective auditing is essential to ensure that projects are delivering what the end-user requires. Audits are both a public sector right and a matter of good management sense. Performance Auditing of Public Sector Property Contracts is a practical guide to performance auditing for public sector property managers with a series of guidelines for auditors of public sector property contracts. The book concentrates on Facilities Management contracts. Lori Keating explains the basis for the process; how to retain balance independence and rigour and how to audit intangible performance measures and other tricky areas. The book follows an audit process from commencement to conclusion and contains a discussion of factors that contribute to the success of any audit. It is essential reading for public sector auditors PPP project managers and contractors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566089992

Performance AutoethnographyCritical Pedagogy and the Politics of Culture This book is a manifesto. It is about rethinking performance autoethnography about the formation of a critical performative cultural politics about what happens when everything is already performative when the dividing line between performativity and performance disappears. This is a book about the writing called autoethnography. It is also about what this form of writing means for writers who want to perform work that leads to social justice. Denzin’s goal is to take the reader through the history major terms forms criticisms and issues confronting performance autoethnography and critical interpretive. To that end many of the chapters are written as performance texts as ethnodramas. A single thesis organizes this book: the performance turn has been taken in the human disciplines and it must be taken seriously. Multiple informative performance models are discussed: Goffman’s dramaturgy; Turner’s performance anthropology; performance ethnographies by A. D. Smith Conquergood and Madison; Saldana’s ethnodramas; Schechter’s social theatre; Norris’s playacting; Boal’s theatre of the oppressed; and Freire’s pedagogies of the oppressed. They represent different ways of staging and hence performing ethnography resistance and critical pedagogy. They represent different ways of "imagining and inventing and hence performing alternative imaginaries alternative counter-performances to war violence and the globalized corporate empire" (Schechner 2015). This book provides a systematic treatment of the origins goals concepts genres methods aesthetics ethics and truth conditions of critical performance autoethnography. Denzin uses the performance text as a vehicle for taking up the hard questions about reading writing performing and doing critical work that makes a difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066298

Performance Based Budgeting Performance Based Budgetingis the next volume in the ASPA Classics series. It covers the most influential paramount research articles published on public budgeting and finance. The book will surely be of great interest and use to anyone concerned with public budgeting and anyone enrolled in or teaching a course on this topic in an MPA program or a doctoral program in public administration public affairs political science or economics/public finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098797

Performance Budgeting for State and Local Government Provides a comprehensive theoretical and practical framework for informing budget decisions based on the efficiency and effectiveness of service delivery. The authors enliven the text with references to their original research and personal experiences with performance measurement citizen satisfaction surveys and financial management practices. This edition includes increased coverage of cost accounting procedures and of citizen participation in performance management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701813

Performance Budgeting ReformTheories and International Practices Using theoretical frameworks to explore the political organizational and cultural dynamics of performance budgeting this book examines the adoption of performance budgeting in a variety of countries how it has been implemented and why it succeeded or failed. Chapters include case studies from a wide range of continents and regions including the U.S. Africa Asia Australia Europe Latin America and the Middle East. Each case study pays careful attention to the unique historical political and cultural contexts of reform and closely examines how performance informed the budgetary process. Chapters investigate theory-driven analysis focusing on common themes related to international policy diffusion organizational change stakeholder politics and gaming communication and information management principal–agent dynamics and institutional constraints. Contributors include both scholars and seasoned practitioners with extensive experience in implementing or advising performance budgeting reforms. With emphases on both theories and practices this book is written for graduate courses in public budgeting and comparative public administration providing theoretical insights into budgeting reforms in developing countries as well as practice-relevant and actionable recommendations for current and future policymakers and budget reformers.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483293

Performance Coaching for Complex ProjectsInfluencing Behaviour and Enabling Change Performance Coaching for Complex Projects recognises a world of complex undertakings for which the common transactional mindsets and methodologies will not produce the required results. The author advocates instead the novel concept that the project manager or team leader should coach the team as part of their role. Managing complexity requires greater use of influence and less reliance on coercion. Learning how to recognise the clues that reveal personal preferences character traits and motivations will allow you to communicate in a way that recognises how different team members see the world. Team coaching helps the project team work together to think through their issues and then collectively implement the solution. Tony Llewellyn has structured his book in two parts. Part I looks at the challenges of complexity and makes the case for a shift from a transactional directive mindset to a transformational coaching philosophy. Part II introduces a model of project team coaching including the processes and methodologies that have been shown to be effective in improving team performance. Complex projects are invariably messy not least because of the human factors associated with them. Performance Coaching for Complex Projects is essential reading for anyone responsible for managing in uncertain challenging and changing environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737580

Performance Comparison and Organizational Service ProvisionU.S. Hospitals and the Quest for Performance Control Exploring the mechanisms underlying performance comparisons Performance Comparison and Organizational Service Provision investigates how such assessments shape hospitals’ service provision and medical professionals’ work. With a focus on U.S. health care this study outlines how medical quality was defined and compared in the hospital sector from the late 19th century to the present. Developing a novel theoretical framework to investigate performance comparisons several different forms of internal and external performance assessments are contrasted throughout this period. The transformative effects of these comparisons on hospitals’ relationships to patients insurers regulators and staff are analyzed and their ramifications for current hospital care are explored. Drawing on this analysis the book examines the controversial nature of these measures and the struggles among hospital managers patients physicians and policy makers to determine hospital quality. Affording a deeper understanding of how performance comparisons influence organizational service provision the book will be of interest to researchers in a broad range of fields including organization studies accountability and evaluation health care and policy research as well as practitioners in hospital care and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367565169

Performance ContractingExpanding Horizons Second Edition Performance Contracting is a must-read for those concerned about energy and the environment. It examines state-of-the-art facts and pragmatic realities from financing to measurement and verification and includes up-to-date how-to's for both end users and energy service companies. Readers will find expert advice on RFPs and RFQs tips on making an energy project investment worthy and guidelines for effectively negotiating and developing energy services agreements. They will also learn the key strategies for managing risks both from a user's and a service provider's point of view as well as ways to expand business and serve customers more effectively. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151258

Performance Evaluation and Benchmarking Computer and microprocessor architectures are advancing at an astounding pace. However increasing demands on performance coupled with a wide variety of specialized operating environments act to slow this pace by complicating the performance evaluation process. Carefully balancing efficiency and accuracy is key to avoid slowdowns and such a balance can be achieved with an in-depth understanding of the available evaluation methodologies. Performance Evaluation and Benchmarking outlines a variety of evaluation methods and benchmark suites considering their strengths weaknesses and when each is appropriate to use.Following a general overview of important performance analysis techniques the book surveys contemporary benchmark suites for specific areas such as Java embedded systems CPUs and Web servers. Subsequent chapters explain how to choose appropriate averages for reporting metrics and provide a detailed treatment of statistical methods including a summary of statistics how to apply statistical sampling for simulation how to apply SimPoint and a comprehensive overview of statistical simulation. The discussion then turns to benchmark subsetting methodologies and the fundamentals of analytical modeling including queuing models and Petri nets. Three chapters devoted to hardware performance counters conclude the book.Supplying abundant illustrations examples and case studies Performance Evaluation and Benchmarking offers a firm foundation in evaluation methods along with up-to-date techniques that are necessary to develop next-generation architectures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392161

Performance Evaluation in the Human Services Performance Evaluation in the Human Services is a practical specific book for managers on how to conduct performance evaluations. The book moves beyond the traditional rating scale and focuses on a new model involving the employee in the evaluation process. It stresses the need for evaluation scales to match the job description in a manner that is educational future-oriented and time-saving. Managers who must conduct performance reviews will find that this book presents a unique advancement on the use of behaviorally anchored rating scales for evaluation. The authors focus on the developmental/educational components of evaluation and stress employee empowerment as a result of evaluation.The authors have created an employee review system with three core components. The new appraisal model works on a “One Size Fits All” philosophy. It can be applied to all employees while the exact evaluating qualities differ as each job description does. Fundamental features of this new evaluative model include: the use of the “Benchmark” concept a scale which indicates the level of the organization’s expectations and balances the administrative (evaluative) components and professional (developmental) issues BARS Behaviorally Anchored Rating Scales CORE and A LA CARTE Dimensions which allows for evaluation of generic aspects of performance and job specific components the use of traditional approaches to evaluation such as trait-based scales and forced comparison techniquesThe rating system in Performance Evaluation in the Human Services serves as a means of identifying areas for middle and upper managers to identify areas for employees’professional growth and self-development. This approach is goal-oriented and can change and grow with the employee and the organization. Most importantly it is built by both staff and management to be used as a tool for working together to define specific job requirements and how these requirements can be met and evaluated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978171

Performance Evaluation of Industrial SystemsDiscrete Event Simulation in Using Excel/VBA Second Edition Basic approaches to discrete simulation have been process simulation languages (e.g. GPSS) and event-scheduling type (e.g. SIMSCRIPT). The trade-offs are that event-scheduling languages offer more modeling flexibility and process-oriented languages are more intuitive to the user. With these considerations in mind authors David Elizandro and Hamdy Taha embarked on the development of a new discrete simulation environment that is easy to use yet flexible enough to model complex production systems. They introduced this environment Design Environment for Event Driven Simulation (DEEDS) in Simulation of Industrial Systems: Discrete Event Simulation in Using Excel/VBA. The DEEDS environment is itself an Excel/VBA add-in. Based on this foundation the second edition now titled Performance Evaluation of Industrial Systems: Discrete Event Simulation in Using Excel/VBA incorporates the use of discrete simulation to statistically analyze a system and render the most efficient time sequences designs upgrades and operations. This updated edition includes new visualization graphics for DEEDS software  improvements in the optimization of the simulation algorithms a new chapter on queuing models and an Excel 2007 version of the DEEDS software. Organized into three parts the book presents concepts of discrete simulation covers DEEDS and discusses a variety of applications using DEEDS. The flexibility of DEEDS makes it a great tool for students or novices to learn concepts of discrete simulation and this book can form the basis of an introductory undergraduate course on simulation. The expanded depth of coverage in the second edition gives it a richness other introductory texts do not have and provides practitioners a reference for their simulation projects. It may also be used as a research tool by faculty and graduate students who are interested in "optimizing" production systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439871348

Performance Evaluation of Micro Irrigation ManagementPrinciples and Practices This new volume in the Innovations and Challenges in Micro Irrigation series covers an array of technologies to estimate evapotranspiration and to evaluate parameters that are needed in the management of micro irrigation with worldwide applicability to irrigation management in agriculture. Topics include recent evapotranspiration research performance evaluation of filters and emitters evaluation of fertigation and ground water with treated wastewater effluent performance of pulse drip irrigated potato under organic agriculture practices in sandy soils impact of polyethylene mulch on micro irrigated cabbage and tree injection irrigation. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883207

Performance HubsEngaging Teams in Focused Continuous Improvement A must-read for all managers leaders and change agents Performance Hubs: Engaging Teams in Focused Continuous Improvement supplies a proven system for engagement that allows teams to use their own data understand the need for performance improvement and drive improvements at their own level. Highlighting common pitfalls in improvement initiatives it provides the tools to help you avoid the disinterested cultural response to improvement efforts that is all too common in organizations suffering from initiative overload.The book details a comprehensive solution to help all employees visualize operational performance. It explains how to cascade the right metrics across all levels of your business to trigger the appropriate use of Lean/Six Sigma tools and techniques into strategic process areas. Demonstrating how to link all continuous improvement activities to address the key issues affecting performance the book: Explains what a performance hub is and provides the clarity needed for full organizational deployment Describes the four key headings under which a performance hub is configured Follows the natural implementation sequence of events for successful deployment of Performance Hubs Includes Top Tips in each chapter to aid in smooth implementation and to enable sustained results This book and electronic tool kit available on the book's page at https://www.crcpress.com/9781439861349 provide all the working documents—including project management aids templates and slides—you and your teams will need to get started. Clarifying how to make continuous improvement a daily habit across all segments of your organization the authoritative advice provided in these pages will help you align all improvement activities with the current and future needs of your business. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439861332

Performance Improvement in Construction Management Novel research in construction management is often distant from existing practice. This collection of reviews serves to bridge this gap under three major themes: innovation organisation and human behaviour and methods and tools. It outlines a series of successful collaborative projects between industry and the academic and research communities. Many of the authors have worked in technology transfer as change agents resolving industrially-relevant problems by using scientifically-based research. The book reveals the source of ideas data and results to provide a useful resource for researchers academics and graduate students and a challenging guide for senior industry managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978188

Performance Improvement in Hospitals and Health SystemsManaging Analytics and Quality in Healthcare 2nd Edition Healthcare Organizations offer significant opportunities for change and improvement in their overall performance. Hospitals and clinics are generally large complex and inefficient and need serious development in process workflow and management systems which will ultimately lead to better patient and financial outcomes. The National Academy of Medicine has stated that hospital systems are broken and that they must begin by "… improving hospital efficiency and patient flow and using operational management methods and information technologies." In fact costs and quality are two of the important aspects of the "triple aim" in healthcare. One area that offers significant potential for improvement is through the application of performance improvement methods to patient and process flows. Performance improvement has a significant impact on a hospital’s over financial and strategic performance. Performance improvement involves the deployment of quantitative and scientific methods to model and influence the functioning of organizations. Performance improvement professionals are tasked with managing a variety of activities such as deploying new information technologies serving as project managers for construction events re-engineering departmental process workflow eliminating bottlenecks and improving the flow and movement of patients between resource-intensive clinical areas. All of these are high risk and require use of advanced sophisticated methods to improve efficiency and quality while minimizing disruptions from change. This updated edition is a comprehensive and concise guide to performance improvement in healthcare. It describes the management engineering principles focused on designing optimal management and information systems and processes. Case studies and examples are integrated throughout all chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138296404

Performance in a Militarized Culture The long cultural moment that arose in the wake of 9/11 and the conflict in the Middle East has fostered a global wave of surveillance and counterinsurgency. Performance in a Militarized Culture explores the ways in which we experience this new status quo. Addressing the most commonplace of everyday interactions from mobile phone calls to traffic cameras this edited collection considers: How militarization appropriates and deploys performance techniques How performing arts practices can confront militarization The long and complex history of militarization How the war on terror has transformed into a values system that prioritizes the military The ways in which performance can be used to secure and maintain power across social strata Performance in a Militarized Culture draws on performances from North Central and South America; Europe; the Middle East; and Asia to chronicle a range of experience: from those who live under a daily threat of terrorism to others who live with a distant imagined fear of such danger. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740808

Performance in the Twenty-First CenturyTheatres of Engagement Performance in the Twenty-First Century: Theatres of Engagement addresses the reshaping of theatre and performance after postmodernism. Andy Lavender argues provocatively that after the ‘classic’ postmodern tropes of detachment irony and contingency performance in the twenty-first century engages more overtly with meaning politics and society. It involves a newly pronounced form of personal experience often implicating the body and/or one’s sense of self. This volume examines a range of performance events including work by both emergent and internationally significant companies and artists such as Rimini Protokoll Blast Theory dreamthinkspeak Zecora Ura Punchdrunk Ontroerend Goed Kris Verdonck Dries Verhoeven Rabih Mroué Derren Brown and David Blaine. It also considers a wider range of cultural phenomena such as online social networking sports events installations games-based work and theme parks where principles of performance are in play. Performance in the Twenty-First Century is a  compelling and provocative resource for anybody interested in discovering how performance theory can be applied to cutting-edge culture and indeed the world around them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415592352

Performance Indicators in Social Care for Older People The growing focus on performance review and monitoring means that awareness and use of performance indicators has increased throughout a number of public services. Set within a national context this book reviews the historical development and measurement issues of performance indicators within social care and the public sector for older people. It then provides an approach to effective local performance measurement in services for older people and an organizing framework within which organizations can arrange their performance appraisal for older people's services. The development of performance review in social care of older people is examined as is the process of developing local performance measures and engaging staff in enquiry and quality management. The book also reviews the process of developing performance indicators and their utilization at an agency level. Performance Indicators in Social Care for Older People will be of particular interest in the UK for local service providers who are developing approaches for local performance review. It will also be of interest internationally especially in countries where services for older people are currently developing in a similar direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378971

Performance Management and BudgetingHow Governments Can Learn from Experience This book provides a fresh look at the process by which governments hold themselves accountable to their citizens for performance. Unlike the plethora of other books in the field it examines all aspects of the Performance Management and Budgeting issue not only from the federal state and local perspectives but also internationally in both developing and developed countries.Covering both conceptual and theoretical frameworks in performance management and budget the book analyzes the effectiveness of different approaches. Featuring insights from a group of distinguished contributors it ties current performance management approaches into the century-old literature on public sector reform and management and presents arguments for and against performance management as well as recommendations on how to improve the enterprise. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701806

Performance Management for School ImprovementA Practical Guide for Secondary Schools The recently introduced Performance Management (PM) arrangements for headteachers and teachers will replace the existing appraisal systems for schools in England. The introduction of PM places a significant responsibility upon governors strategically and upon senior and middle managers operationally.This is a manual for middle managers and head teachers in secondary schools. It offers support and guidance on the new performance management legislation the practical issues surrounding its introduction and strategies for successful implementation.The book will include sections on how to integrate PM into the school's other management processes what roles and responsibilities need to be carried out and managing the performance of teachers and headteachers. It will also cover the appraisal cycle setting objectives classroom observation and selecting and appointing team leaders. The book also discussed auditing monitoring evaluating and reporting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162662

Performance Management in HealthcareFrom Key Performance Indicators to Balanced Scorecard Performance management often referred to as process management is a strategy that can be used to achieve an optimum mix of quality safety patient satisfaction and solvency. The basis of performance management is the effective use of resources as measured by quantifying processes and outcomes using key performance indicators (KPIs) – core measures that gauge the performance of an organization in particular areas. There is more to performance management than selecting a few KPIs from a list and feeding them into a graphical dashboard system. It’s about behavior change leadership and vision. Written for administrators clinical staff process improvement managers and information technology personnel of healthcare organizations this second edition provides the knowledge necessary to provide the leadership and vision for a performance measurement initiative. This practical resource provides a high-level review of the quality/safety initiatives in healthcare describes the implementation process from an IT perspective and offers high-level clinical financial and cultural details. It features an extensive listing of clinical and non-clinical KPIs: a glossary including financial medical and operational terms; and appendices of organizations and sources of indicators and benchmarks. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138104532

Performance Management in Nonprofit OrganizationsGlobal Perspectives With increased competition for external funding technological advancement and public expectations for transparency not-for-profit and non-governmental organizations are facing new challenges and pressures. While research has explored the roles of accounting accountability and performance management in nonprofit organizations we still lack evidence on the best practices these organizations implement in the areas of accountability and performance management. This book collects and presents that evidence for the first time offering insights to help nonprofits face these new challenges head-on. Performance Management in Nonprofit Organizations focuses on both conventional and contemporary issues facing nonprofits presenting evidence-based insights from leading scholars in the field. Chapters examine the design implementation and working of accounting accountability governance and performance management measures providing both retrospective and contemporary views as well as critical commentaries on accounting and performance related issues in nonprofit organizations The book's contributors also offer critical commentaries on the changing role of accounting and performance management in this sector. This research-based collection is an interesting and useful read for academics practitioners students and consultants in nonprofit organizations and is highly accessible to accounting and non-accounting audiences alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339941

Performance Management in the 21st CenturySolutions for Business Education and Family Fulfilling the need for research on leadership management motivation and human development 21st Century Performance Management: Solutions for Business Education and the Family reveals how businesses and other institutions have suffered due to neglect of those skills.Based on concepts pioneered by longtime leadership specialist Dr. Jones 21st Century Performance Management: Solutions for Business Education and the Family tells how anyone in a supervisory capacity can help others become more highly motivated more productive and more successful in all walks of life.Features Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409750

Performance Management in the Public Sector In times of rising expectations and decreasing resources for the public sector performance management is high on the agenda. Increasingly the value of the performance management systems themselves is under scrutiny with more attention being paid to the effectiveness of performance management in practice. This new edition has been revised and updated to examine: performance in the context of current public management debates including emerging discussions on the New Public Governance and neo-Weberianism; the many definitions of performance and how it has become one of the most contested agendas of public management; the so-called perverse effects of using performance indicators; the technicalities of performance measurement in a five step process: prioritising measurement indicator development data collection analysis and reporting; and the future challenges and directions of performance management Performance Management in the Public Sector 2nd edition offers an approachable insight into a complex theme for practitioners and public management students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738101

Performance Management:Concepts Skills and Exercises This comprehensive text provides an engaging examination of the entire process of performance management. It balances concepts with practical skill-based exercises and gives readers both an understanding of performance management and the ability to manage performance. An online Instructor's Manual is available to adopters and free PPTs are available through the author's website. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765626585

Performance ManagementHappiness and Keeping Pace with Technology The entrance of fast-paced technology into the workplace necessitates a proper re-look into performance management whether it is in education marketing finance or information technology. Maintaining happiness and wellbeing despite the pressure of performance at work is a serious challenge. Happiness is not only important for work performance but also for the physical and mental health of human beings. This book provides different concepts theories and methods to better understand the relationship between performance and happiness in the context of work in this information and technology era. Various domains of performance management are covered in the context of management and information technology including topics related to the performance of digital wallets from the customer's point of view; evaluating the sustainability of micro-finance institutions; challenges in employee retention; problems the workforce faces in IT and management; dimensions of happiness for women in the workplace; the role of happiness in building a meaningful life; and the quality of work life. The findings are useful for practical applications in management and business scenarios. They also provide informative insights for researchers academicians industry professionals and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367466671

Performance ManagementMonitoring Teaching in the Primary School This research-based book offers practical guidance on how to go about performance management. Based on experience of working with schools and running courses and using the latest research on business strategies appropriate for education it: o looks at what performance management means in practice o offers advice on how to go about monitoring o explains how to use data from pupil assessments o suggests ways to judge the effectiveness of teaching through analysing children's work o gives guidance on monitoring planning assessment and observing lessons o proposes how to 1853467693reas for development set objectives and draw up action plans o contains useful photocopiable formats o uses case study material to illustrate potential problems and good practice Throughout the purpose is to help schools and teachers to be more effective. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138166745

Performance Measurement and Leisure Management The issue of performance measurement in the leisure industry is increasingly important from both theoretical (academic) and applied (practitioner) perspectives. Managers need accurate indications of how their organisations are performing to inform their decisions. Policymakers need an evidence base for their decisions regarding public leisure services. Students and researchers in leisure management are increasingly turning their attention to the principles and evidence of performance measurement as an aid to management decision-making. The chapters in this text each present a different case study of performance measurement. They cover a wide range of sectors in the leisure industry including public recreation centres theme parks play facilities sport organisations hospitality and the Olympic Games. The evidence from these cases covers examples from three different continents and five different countries. All the chapters report empirical research and all the cases explore managerial implications. However results are presented with clearly explained statistical analysis which can be easily understood by a non-academic audience. The book will be useful for leisure management students researchers and practitioners. The chapters provide both reviews of the relevant literature and propose new measurement models based on original data. This book was previously published as a special issue of Managing Leisure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849142

Performance Measurement and Theory In this volume first published in 1983 the editors aim to achieve an understanding of performance from a variety of theoretical perspectives. The papers in this volume will not only spur further research but will also provide an opportunity for some careful considerations of how performance is measured in various applied settings. The book is divided into four major areas; intraindividual issues interdividual/organizational dynamics methodology and philosophies. This title will be of interest to students of business studies psychology and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792097

Performance Measurement in Local Sustainability Policy Local officials are responsible for a number of important tasks that have a significant impact on the quality of life of most Americans. Arguably the policy choices made by local governments in the United States more directly impact individual well-being than do the choices made at any other level of government. From zoning decisions to the creation of parks and the maintenance of sidewalks and trails local governments are largely responsible for direct services to the public and can provide the necessary tools and skills to create an attractive and vibrant community. And yet one area of significant importance for both individuals and for the country as a whole local sustainability is a relatively new policy area for many American municipalities. For example how many local governments are adopting sustainability policies and plans? How are those initiatives performing? Without an honest and robust examination of both the effectiveness and the efficiency of local sustainability policies the success of the entire sustainability movement in the United States is uncertain. This book provides readers with a comprehensive understanding of what constitutes local sustainability and why it matters.  Focusing closely on environmental initiatives economic development issues and social equity concerns each chapter offers both an account of the sustainability policies being adopted and a close exploration of the performance measurement activities of cities in that policy area. Readers are introduced to the metrics that American cities are using to measure the performance of their sustainability efforts as well as benchmarks and comparison statistics that may be used to develop and evaluate the performance assessment efforts in their own sustainability programs. Students of public administration urban planning and political science – as well as public officials – will find this book useful to understand the complexity of sustainability and local government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373056

Performance Measurement in Philanthropic FoundationsThe Ambiguity of Success and Failure The growth of philanthropic foundations in numbers and significance raises two immediate questions. First what makes for success and failure of foundations’ projects and activities? Second what yardsticks or benchmarks are used to measure performance and track goal attainment? The purpose of this book is to delve deeper into the complex set of issues that lie behind the performance and wider impact of philanthropy. Performance Measurement in Philanthropic Foundations looks at the strengths and weaknesses of philanthropic foundations which are independent of both the market and ballot box and yet open to signal and incentive deficiencies. The authors use in-depth case studies from different countries to illustrate the problems and challenge much of the conventional wisdom on foundation "success" and "failure." The book also outlines the main contours of a proactive governance and management style to address those problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062443

Performance Measurement Systems in Banks Given the significant changes in the banking environment and the resultant pressures on banks to change their systems and procedures this book is a timely reference that provides a comprehensive analytical overview of changes in the performance measurement system (PMS) of banks in the post-financial crisis era. It explores the factors that influence such changes and examines banks’ consequential responses to institutional pressures. It is an invaluable resource for researchers and practitioners to gain insights into the concept of PMS change in both developed and developing economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504328

Performance MeasurementBuilding Theory Improving Practice This volume in the "ASPA Classics" series compiles the most influential contributions to the theory and practice of performance measurement that have been published in various journals affiliated with the American Society for Public Administration. The book includes major sections of original text along with the readings and provides students and practitioners with a handy reference source for theory development and practice improvement in performance measurement. The coverage is broad including methods and techniques for developing effective performance measurement systems building performance-based management systems and sustaining performance-based budgeting. The articles are all classics in the field that have endured the test of time and are considered 'must reads' on performance measurement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701783

Performance MeasurementCurrent Perspectives and Future Challenges Over the course of the past few years teaching research and practice has underscored the importance of performance measurement and criterion development as topics of great interest considerable debate and some misunderstanding. It has also become clear that the field needs to address a compendium of research applications and issues. Performance Measurement: Current Perspectives and Future Challenges brings together internationally recognized leaders in the field and each examines the subject matter in a way that has never been done--focusing on the dynamic nature of work and the tremendous demands being placed on assessment and measurement as core organizational activities. It also uniquely uses their expertise to provide critical pointers to not only the practical implications of work in the field but also to the new and continuing issues to be addressed and research to be conducted. The book will be useful to both scientists and practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315820996

Performance of Bituminous and Hydraulic Materials in PavementsProceedings of the Fourth European Symposium Bitmat4 Nottingham UK 11-12 April 2002 This volume contains contributions from international experts reflecting the rapid advances in the design of new improved bitumen and hydraulic bound composites the trends in the use of waste and recycled materials and up-to-date methods of testing and evaluation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743928

Performance of Bolting Materials in High Temperature Plant ApplicationsConference Proceedings 16-17 June 1994 York UK This book discusses the technology of high-temperature bolting materials and the design considerations of high-temperature bolted joints. It is based on the second international conference on high-temperature creep resistant materials held in York. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448905

Performance of Exemplar Buildings in UseBridging the Performance Gap This report reviews the operational performance of three public-sector office buildings designed to achieve energy and water efficiency over the longer term based on a study carried out in 2010–2012. The study funded by BRE Trust the Cabinet Office and the Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) highlights the benefits and challenges of environmental design in relation to the building handover process and the management of facilities. It reviews the issues faced by designers clients and building managers in bridging the gap between designed performance and actual operational performance over a building’s lifetime. While the buildings evaluated are all public sector many of the lessons learned from this study are equally applicable to the private sector. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848064324

Performance of Explosives and New Developments There is considerable scope for improving the outcome of any blasting operation through basic understanding and application of the principles of blasting science and technology. The main objective of Performance of Explosives and New Developments is to sensitize the practitioner to critically examine the various empirical approaches in blasting which may have been in use for a long time but lack any sound material basis. On the other hand where the empirical approaches have proven of value significant additional improvement can be achieved through better understanding of the underlying process. None of the components involved in a blasting operation should be treated in isolation as they are all interlinked. Fragmentation of rock by blasting represents the first stage in the size reduction process which is essential to extraction of valuable minerals and metals. Therefore understanding the performance of the explosive and initiators under actual field conditions and critical assessment of the blast results afterwards are central to effective blast design improved productivity and novel applications. Performance of Explosives and New Developments presents the state of the art on explosive energy its utilization in blasting and some new developments and innovative applications and is aimed at academics and practitioners in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621427

Performance of Photovoltaic Systems in Non-Domestic Buildings This report provides information on the design and operational factors affecting the performance of photovoltaic (PV) systems in non-domestic buildings. It is aimed at decision makers developers architects and engineers involved during the conceptual stages of PV projects on buildings and will inform system design decisions at the earliest stages. The report uses monitoring data from real buildings and recent research. It focuses on commercial systems but also draws on experience in the domestic sector. Appendices contain background information on PV for those in the building industry with limited knowledge of the technology and its use in building systems. The report does not aim to be a design tool but provides key information for use in developing a PV building project in order to help maximise energy generation performance. It reviews the background to PV systems performance measurement their use in buildings including building integration methods performance design choices and operational issues affecting performance as well as system costs and carbon savings. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848062313

Performance Optimization of Digital Communications Systems Because fine-tuning the parameters of a system is critical to a developer's success Performance Optimization of Digital Communications Systems examines particular optimization problems in digital communications presenting analytical techniques in combination with SystemView and MATLAB® simulations. Consisting of ten chapters this monograph presents a unique method for determining the quality of a communications channel - a great advantage to any company that uses this method. The book presents a method for the transmission of proprietary data. It also describes the means to reduce the peak-to-average power ratio and introduces optimal phase shifters for multicarrier communication systems.This volume contains numerous illustrations and includes appendices that offer optimization puzzles MATLAB scripts and some newly discovered properties of flat-spectrum and spectrum-shaped waveforms. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367453770

Performance Pay for Teachers The first widespread incentive pay scheme was initiated in UK schools in 2000. This book is the result of monitoring the whole process from its inception. The authors visited schools observed lessons and solicited the views and experiences of a large collection of teachers and headteachers. Their discoveries are presented in this lively book. They include the views of teachers who were successful in crossing the threshold those who weren't and those who chose not to apply and headteachers who had to make the decisions. The book focuses on the following schemes: * headteachers' experiences of training* the outcomes in their own school* their relationship with external assessors* their hopes and fears for the future* their assessment of the influence on classroom practice* what did teachers change and not change in their teaching as a result of performance management* what means they employed to further their own professional development. This timely book is a useful resource for anyone involved in education whether it be a classroom teacher headteacher administrator or policy-maker. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203357972

Performance Planning and ReviewMaking employee appraisals work Managing employees' performance is central to the role of every manager. Yet few organisations or managers are satisfied with their performance management systems - and few employees look forward to their performance reviews. This discontent has two main causes: first employees' performance is often managed in isolation from the plans and targets of the work group or business unit; and second the organisation is using inappropriate systems and methods of performance management.Performance Planning and Review describes how systematic performance management - planning monitoring reviewing rewarding and developing what individual employees and work teams do - is the key to organisational success in today's complex and competitive world. Using practical examples the author outlines the options available to organisations and managers and discusses how to work out what is best for your organisation.Performance Planning and Review has been popular with managers human resources specialists students and others since its original publication. This new edition has been substantially revised to capture the latest research and good practice. It includes extensive coverage of new techniques like 360-degree feedback and to open up new areas such as performance planning and review for teams. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116684

Performance PracticeA Dictionary-Guide for Musicians First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867054

Performance PsychologyTheory and Practice Anyone who has ever competed in a sport taken an exam or appeared on stage understands the importance of performing at the right time. Those who excel in these conditions often develop ways to cope with the stress involved but what cognitive and emotional strategies allow some people to thrive under pressure whilst others are inhibited by it? In Performance Psychology: Theory and Practice Stewart Cotterill examines not only how stressful situations can affect performance but also the means by which we can reach our potential regardless. Featuring chapters on decision-making emotion resilience and mental toughness cognition and perception ageing and experience confidence and recovery this is the definitive textbook in the field mapping the core theoretical concepts but also offering practical guidance on how performance can be improved. Also including chapters on motor skills and nutrition it is a complete and comprehensive overview of this growing field of study. Including study questions and further reading in each chapter Performance Psychology: Theory and Practice will appeal not only to students and researchers across applied psychology but also coaches and performers looking for ways to realize their potential when it really matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831292

Performance Research 1.3 The question of illusion and reality - the relationship of representation and lived experience to the arts and to broader philosophical considerations - continues to be a central issue in contemporary performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419292

Performance Research 9:4 Dec 2 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473126

Performance Research: Letters from Europe Europe is a continent in a state of rapid - and frequently unsettling transition. In the past five years a total of twelve new states have emerged in a continent in which only five countries can boast of having had stable borders for more than a hundred years. Accompanied by in-depth articles and interviews discussing European performance today Letters From Europe uses the framing device of the letter - letters from theatre makers artists and critics - to present an intensive up-to-date survey of the performance forms of the new Europe and their relationship with the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419223

Performance Research: On America On America will respond to the powerful presence in contemporary culture of aesthetic forms and political strategies derived from North America. Counterpointing Letters from Europe this book will address the use and abuse of images of and from North America the deconstruction in performance theory and practice of North American art film and performance and the presentation of America as genre and fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473188

Performance Research: On Ritual Performance Research: On Ritual will examine a range of ritual practices bordering on or intended to be seen as theatre. It will explore both historical and systematic connections between ritual and theatre present the work of contemporary artists and reflect on the role and meaning of ritual for theatrical purposes in the late 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473225

Performance Review in Local Government First published in 1998 this volume responds to the increase in performance review driven by government policies and examines the performance environment and processes for local government. Rob Ball explores the political and managerial environment before moving onto service planning performance indicators and the Citizen’s Charter along with case studies. It is hoped to be of particular interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students of public administration or public management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332799

Performance StudiesAn Introduction Richard Schechner's pioneering textbook is a lively accessible overview of the full range of performance with primary extracts student activities key biographies and over 200 images of global performance. The publication of Performance Studies: An Introduction was a defining moment for the field. This fourth edition has been revised with two new chapters up-to-date coverage of global and intercultural performances and an in-depth exploration of the growing international importance of performance studies. Among the book’s topics are the performing arts and popular entertainments rituals play and games social media the performances of the paleolithic period and the performances of everyday life. Supporting examples and ideas are drawn from the social sciences performing arts poststructuralism ritual theory ethology philosophy and aesthetics. Performance Studies: An Introduction features the broadest and most in-depth analysis possible. Performance Studies: An Introduction is the definitive overview for undergraduates at all levels and beginning graduate students in performance studies the performing arts and cultural studies. This new edition is also supported by a fully updated companion website offering a variety of interactive resources teaching tools and research links. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284562

Performance SuccessPerforming Your Best Under Pressure Performance Success teaches a set of skills so that a musician can be ready to go out and sing or play at his or her highest level working with energies that might otherwise be wasted in unproductive ways. This is a book of skills and exercises prepared by a master teacher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472990

Performance Tasks and Rubrics for Early Elementary MathematicsMeeting Rigorous Standards and Assessments Performance tasks are highly effective tools to assist you in implementing rigorous standards. But how do you create evaluate and use such tools? In this bestselling book educational experts Charlotte Danielson and Pia Hansen explain how to construct and apply performance tasks to gauge students’ deeper understanding of mathematical concepts at the early elementary level. You’ll learn how to: Evaluate the quality of performance tasks whether you’ve written them yourself or found them online; Use performance tasks for instructional decision-making and to prepare students for summative assessments; Create your own performance tasks or adapt pre-made tasks to best suit students’ needs; Design and use scoring rubrics to evaluate complex performance tasks; Use your students’ results to communicate more effectively with parents. This must-have second edition is fully aligned to the Common Core State Standards and assessments and includes a variety of new performance tasks and rubrics along with samples of student work. Additionally downloadable student handout versions of all the performance tasks are available as free eResources from our website (www.routledge.com/97811389069891) so you can easily distribute them to your class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906891

Performance Tasks and Rubrics for High School MathematicsMeeting Rigorous Standards and Assessments Performance tasks are highly effective tools to assist you in implementing rigorous standards. But how do you create evaluate and use such tools? In this bestselling book educational experts Charlotte Danielson and Elizabeth Marquez explain how to construct and apply performance tasks to gauge students’ deeper understanding of mathematical concepts at the high school level. You’ll learn how to: Evaluate the quality of performance tasks whether you’ve written them yourself or found them online; Use performance tasks for instructional decision-making and to prepare students for summative assessments; Create your own performance tasks or adapt pre-made tasks to best suit students’ needs; Design and use scoring rubrics to evaluate complex performance tasks; Use your students’ results to communicate more effectively with parents. This must-have second edition is fully aligned to the Common Core State Standards and assessments and includes a variety of new performance tasks and rubrics along with samples of student work. Additionally downloadable student handout versions of all the performance tasks are available as free eResources from our website (www.routledge.com/9781138906990) so you can easily distribute them to your class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906990

Performance Tasks and Rubrics for Middle School MathematicsMeeting Rigorous Standards and Assessments Performance tasks are highly effective tools to assist you in implementing rigorous standards. But how do you create evaluate and use such tools? In this bestselling book educational experts Charlotte Danielson and Elizabeth Marquez explain how to construct and apply performance tasks to gauge students’ deeper understanding of mathematical concepts at the middle school level. You’ll learn how to: Evaluate the quality of performance tasks whether you’ve written them yourself or found them online; Use performance tasks for instructional decision-making and to prepare students for summative assessments; Create your own performance tasks or adapt pre-made tasks to best suit students’ needs; Design and use scoring rubrics to evaluate complex performance tasks; Use your students’ results to communicate more effectively with parents. This must-have second edition is fully aligned to the Common Core State Standards and assessments and includes a variety of new performance tasks and rubrics along with samples of student work. Additionally downloadable student handout versions of all the performance tasks are available as free eResources from our website (www.routledge.com/9781138906914) so you can easily distribute them to your class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906914

Performance Tasks and Rubrics for Upper Elementary MathematicsMeeting Rigorous Standards and Assessments Performance tasks are highly effective tools to assist you in implementing rigorous standards. But how do you create evaluate and use such tools? In this bestselling book educational experts Charlotte Danielson and Joshua Dragoon explain how to construct and apply performance tasks to gauge students’ deeper understanding of mathematical concepts at the upper elementary level. You’ll learn how to: Evaluate the quality of performance tasks whether you’ve written them yourself or found them online; Use performance tasks for instructional decision-making and to prepare students for summative assessments; Create your own performance tasks or adapt pre-made tasks to best suit students’ needs; Design and use scoring rubrics to evaluate complex performance tasks; Use your students’ results to communicate more effectively with parents. This must-have second edition is fully aligned to the Common Core State Standards and assessments and includes a variety of new performance tasks and rubrics along with samples of student work. Additionally downloadable student handout versions of all the performance tasks are available as free eResources from our website (www.routledge.com/9781138906969) so you can easily distribute them to your class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906969

Performance Theatre and the Poetics of Failure What does it mean to "fail" in performance? How might staging failure reveal theatre’s potential to expand our understanding of social political and everyday reality? What can we learn from performances that expose and then celebrate their ability to fail? In Performance Theatre and the Poetics of Failure Sara Jane Bailes begins with Samuel Beckett and considers failure in performance as a hopeful strategy. She examines the work of internationally acclaimed UK and US experimental theatre companies Forced Entertainment Goat Island and Elevator Repair Service addressing accepted narratives about artistic and cultural value in contemporary theatre-making. Her discussion draws on examples where misfire the accidental and the intentionally amateur challenge our perception of skill and virtuosity in such diverse modes of performance as slapstick and punk. Detailed rehearsal and performance analysis are used to engage theory and contextualise practice extending the dialogue between theatre arts live art and postmodern dance.  The result is a critical account of performance theatre that offers essential reading for practitioners scholars and students of Performance Theatre and Dance Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203846179

Performance Theory Few have had quite as much impact in both the academy and in the world of theatre production as Richard Schechner. For more than four decades his work has challenged conventional definitions of theatre ritual and performance. When this seminal collection first appeared Schechner's approach was not only novel it was revolutionary: drama is not just something that occurs on stage but something that happens in everyday life full of meaning and on many different levels. Within these pages he examines the connections between Western and non-Western cultures theatre and dance anthropology ritual performance in everyday life rites of passage play psychotherapy and shamanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127913

Performance Through Learning Performance Through Learning is a practical guide to the key issues surrounding knowledge management from a human resource perspective and provides incisive insights into developing a strategy linked to organizational learning. The authors present a framework and model that practitioners within organizations can adapt to increase performance through learning using knowledge management tools. The book is divided into two parts and includes: *An overview of theory *Case studies and practitioner stories from a range of KM initiatives *Tools and techniques for implementing an effective KM strategy. Written by a respected international author team the book provides an understanding of the theory that supports knowledge management in the current business environment. Drawing upon real-life examples across a variety of organizational settings from large global financial and professional services firms to multinational oil and mining companies to a small charity in the voluntary sector Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146549

Performance Tuning of Scientific Applications With contributions from some of the most notable experts in the field Performance Tuning of Scientific Applications presents current research in performance analysis. The book focuses on the following areas.Performance monitoring: Describes the state of the art in hardware and software tools that are commonly used for monitoring and measuring performance and managing large quantities of data Performance analysis: Discusses modern approaches to computer performance benchmarking and presents results that offer valuable insight into these studiesPerformance modeling: Explains how researchers deduce accurate performance models from raw performance data or from other high-level characteristics of a scientific computationAutomatic performance tuning: Explores ongoing research into automatic and semi-automatic techniques for optimizing computer programs to achieve superior performance on any computer platformApplication tuning: Provides examples that show how the appropriate analysis of performance and some deft changes have resulted in extremely high performancePerformance analysis has grown into a full-fledged sophisticated field of empirical science. Describing useful research in modern performance science and engineering this book helps real-world users of parallel computer systems to better understand both the performance vagaries arising in scientific applications and the practical means for improving performance.Read about the book on HPCwire and insideHPC Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383305

Performance Under Stress The world is a dangerous place and recent events have served to make it less safe. There are many arenas of conflict and even combat across the world. Such situations are the quintessential expression of stress; you stand in imminent danger and live with the knowledge that you may be attacked injured or even killed at any moment. How do people perform under these conditions? How do they keep a heightened level of vigilance when nothing may happen in their immediate location for weeks or even months? What happens when the bullets actually start flying? How is it you distinguish friend from foe and each from innocent bystanders when in immediate peril of your life? Can we design technology to help people make good decisions in these ultimately hazardous situations? To what degree does your membership in a team act to dissipate these particular effects? Can we generate sufficiently stressful field exercises to simulate these conditions and can we train and/or select those most able to withstand such adverse conditions? How will the next generation of servicemen deal with these inherent problems? These are the sorts of questions that Performance Under Stress addresses. This book is derived largely from a multiple-year multiple university initiative (MURI) on stress and soldier performance on the modern electronic battlefield. It involved leading researchers from many institutions who have brought their individual expertise to bear on these crucial contemporary concerns. United by a common research framework these groups attacked the issue from different methodological and conceptual approaches ranging from traditional laboratory modeling and experimentation to realistic simulations; from involved field exercises to personal experiences of actual combat conditions. The insights generated have been distilled and presented as a benchmark of current understanding and provide future directions for research in this arena. Although this work focuses on soldier stress and soldier performance the principles that are derived extend well beyond this single application. Their findings can be applied to people facing the demands of the business world or research as much as to those who meet life or death situations such as homeland security first responders and law enforcement personnel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074910

Performance: A Critical Introduction Since its original publication in 1996 Marvin Carlson's Performance: A Critical Introduction has remained the definitive guide to understanding performance as a theatrical activity. It is an unparalleled exploration of the myriad ways in which performance has been interpreted its importance to disciplines from anthropology to linguistics and how it underpins essential concepts of human society. In this comprehensively revised and updated third edition Carlson tackles the pressing themes and theories of our age with expanded coverage of : the growth and importance of racial and ethnic performance; the emergence of performance concerned with age and disability; the popularity and significance of participatory and immersive theatre; the crucial relevance of identity politics and cultural performance in the twenty-first century. Also including a fully updated bibliography and glossary this classic text is an invaluable touchstone for any student of performance studies theatre history and the performing and visual arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281684

PerformanceAn Alphabet of Performative Writing Performance uses the alphabet as an organizational device to present a series of short pieces that approach performance from multiple perspectives and various compositional strategies. Pelias’s essays poetry dialogue personal narratives quick speculations and other literary genres explore the key themes in this field encapsulating the essence of performance studies for the novice and providing food for thought for the expert. Its brief evocative and reflexive pieces introduce performative writing as a method of research for those in performance and many other fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611322873

Performance-Based Fire Engineering of Structures Major events—notably the Broadgate fire in London New York’s World Trade Center collapse and the Windsor Tower fire in Madrid—as well as the enlightening studies at the Cardington fire research project have given international prominence to performance-based structural fire engineering. As a result structural fire engineering has increasingly attracted the interest not only of fire and structural engineers but also of researchers and students. And studies in recent years have generated a vast number of findings. Performance-Based Fire Engineering of Structures summarizes the latest knowledge on performance-based approaches to structural fire engineering enabling readers to critically assess research in the field. Whereas most recent books have been mainly concerned with dissemination of principles encapsulated in established codes of practice such as the Eurocodes this work addresses in depth: Global structural behaviour and modelling Progressive collapse of structures in fire and the importance of connection robustness The integrity of compartmentation in fire Structural fire engineering under realistic fire conditions and its implications for material properties The limitations of research results and design methods The unexploited potential for advanced fire engineering design This authoritative book draws on the work of internationally active researchers who were core members of the European Network project’s COST C26 working group on fire resistance. It helps readers develop a thorough understanding of how to use advanced fire engineering design to improve structural safety and reduce construction costs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074927

Performance-Based Fire Safety Design Master an Approach Based on Fire Safety Goals Fire Scenarios and the Assessment of Design AlternativesPerformance-Based Fire Safety Design demonstrates how fire science can be used to solve fire protection problems in the built environment. It also provides an understanding of the performance-based design process deterministic and risk-based analysis techniques development of design fire scenarios trial design development and analysis and building lifecycle management. Develop a Strategy That Meets the Fire Safety Goals for a BuildingTopics addressed include designing to protect people from fire design of detection systems smoke control systems and structural fire resistance addressing computational and design uncertainty and fire testing to support design development or evaluation.Identifies key attributes of performance-based designReviews the advantages and disadvantages of performance-based design over specification-based prescriptive designProvides a series of steps offering a framework/process for performance-based designPerformance-Based Fire Safety Design focuses on the development and application of performance-based fire safety design approaches. Written by leading experts in the field this text addresses the unique features and uses of a building and helps you gain a better understanding of how a building will perform in the event of a fire. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870270

Performance-Based Learning & Assessment in Middle School Science This book contains a collection of performance tasks and easy-to-use assessment tools ready to be photocopied and distributed to your students. The tasks in this book ask students to write letters prepare posters create charts and graphs prepare 3D models write skits take surveys and otherwise apply what they have learned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435704

Performance-Based Management SystemsEffective Implementation and Maintenance Expectations for performance management systems continue to grow in the public sector. Yet few administrators know how to effectively implement and sustain these systems. Performance-Based Management Systems: Effective Implementation and Maintenance supports practical efforts to build and maintain performance management systems in public organizations explaining obstacles to measurement efforts and providing guidance on how to overcome them. The book begins by exploring performance measurement as a key element of performance-based management systems. It discusses its legacy and its limitations and offers competing explanations of the factors that constrain its effective use. Next it focuses on building theory in support of practice through a mixed methods approach. It examines research reconciling the conflicting explanations for the lack of proper use of performance measurement information. Then it offers new insights for developing a context-sensitive model of performance measurement that can lead to effective practices. The third part develops these insights into a pragmatic model of performance-based management. It provides a realistic explanation of the contributions of performance measurement and gives advice derived from current practice. The author concludes by highlighting the rationale methods and findings of two studies that served as the foundation for this book. She also provides final suggestions of how to move practice and theory forward. This volume explains why performance measurement is not more widely used in the public sector and explores how implementation of performance measurement can be improved with insights gained from extant literature on public policy organizational politics and culture and knowledge utilization. Mastery of this material will enable practitioners to understand how to effectively implement policies that will positively impact their organizations and their employees. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089973

Performance-Based MedicineCreating the High Performance Network to Optimize Managed Care Relationships With healthcare making the transition from volume-based reimbursement programs to value-based approaches understanding performance measurement is vital to optimize payment and quality outcomes. Performance-Based Medicine: Creating the High Performance Network to Optimize Managed Care Relationships guides readers through the maze of definitions and discussions related to value-based purchasing healthcare delivery and pricing. It tackles the question of how hospitals HMOs physician groups and employers can arrive at an optimized reimbursement cost and coverage access decision that is attractive to consumers yet fulfills the need for a working margin. The book begins by looking at HMOs and the three key factors—reimbursement coordination and performance—that have led toward performance-based contracting. Laying the foundation for clearer communication between physician hospitals and purchasers the author defines important concepts in the discussion from efficiency and cost effectiveness to quality. He focuses on key issues of organizational structure management and measuring the outcomes of quality. Discussing pay-for-performance the book examines programs in the US and offers case studies of countries succeeding in the development of care management. It explores options for reengineering the healthcare delivery system among them transitional case management programs and specialist data sharing. It also covers the use of information technology in healthcare delivery. This timely book will be of interest to managers vendors employers and insurers who have tried everything to lower cost but are discovering that all care is not equal and that matching the right doctor with the right service for the right patient can be done. Helping readers build a path between where they are and where they want to be it offers an outline of tasks to move from a disorganized collection of care components to a seamless arrangement of high-performance care-givers. The book is directed at the senior management level for those who are learning metrics and are trying to define performance to become more sophisticated in monitoring and leveraging this vital data in a complex marketplace of contradictory terms and ill-defined outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439812884

Performance-Based Optimization of StructuresTheory and Applications Performance-Based Optimization of Structures introduces a method to bridge the gap between structural optimization theory and its practical application to structural engineering. The Performance-Based Optimization (PBO) method combines modern structural optimisation theory with performance based design concepts to produce a powerful technique for use in structural design. This book provides the latest PBO techniques for achieving optimal topologies and shapes of continuum structures with stress displacement and mean compliance constraints.The emphasis is strongly placed on practical applications of automated PBO techniques to the strut-and-tie modelling of structural concrete which includes reinforced and prestressed concrete structures. Basic concepts underlying the development of strut-and-lie models design optimization procedure and detailing of structural concrete are described in detail. Alternative approaches to topology optimization are also introduced. The book contains numerous practical design examples illustrating the nature of the load transfer mechanism of structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863951

Performative Approaches in Arts EducationArtful Teaching Learning and Research In Performative Approaches in Arts Education researchers artists and practitioners from philosophy and the arts elaborate on what performative approaches can contribute to 21st century arts education. Introducing new perspectives on learning the contributors provide a central international perspective developing a paradigm in which the artist teacher and researcher’s form of teaching is enmeshed with content and human agency is entangled with non-human matter.The book explores issues connected to both teaching and learning in the arts engaging in debates about the value of meaning making in the artistic process the way social ethos can guide performative approaches and the changes in education that performative approaches can bring.Performative Approaches in Arts Education will be of great interest to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of arts education philosophy of education and education research methods. It will also appeal to teachers and teacher educators artists and teaching artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662127

Performative Approaches to Education ReformsExploring Intended and Unintended Effects of Reforms Morphing as they Move The purpose of this book is to investigate with conceptualization how reforms change educational organizations and subjectivities and how educational organizations change reforms. The book gives an account of the power of conceptual endeavors with close readings of empirical material.The book elaborates this through empirical investigations of the intertwinement of different educational reforms of policies standards and everyday educational lives across the globe. As well as telling stories of reforms and how they transform and are transformed by the educational organizations and subjects they engage the book highlights how a careful enactment of methodologies and critiques might enable a tracing of not only intended but also unintended effects of reforms. In this way the book explores performative approaches to education reform and thus attempts to nuance the idea of causality and linearity in the implementation of education reforms.Engaging with performative approaches this book scrutinizes how reforms are involved with the creation and shaping of the world and thus offers insight into what happens when reforms are borrowed translated and taken up in a range of ways. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730895

Performative Democracy fresh appreciation of the events of 1989 as we approach their 20th anniversary in 2009 Performative Democracy explores a potential in political life that easily escapes theorists: the indigenously inspired enacting of democracy by citizens. Written by one who experienced an emerging public sphere within Communist Poland the book seeks to identify the conditions for performativity-performing politics--in public life. It examines a broad spectrum of cultural social and political initiatives that facilitated the non-violent transformation of an autocratic environment into a democratic one. Examples of performativity range from experimental student theater through the engaged political thinking of dissident Adam Michnik the alternative culture and the Solidarity movement to the drama of the Round Table Talks (and their striking parallels in South Africa) and finally the post-1989 efforts of feminist groups and women artists to defend the recently won right of free public discourse. The book argues that performative democracy with its improvisational mode and imaginative solutions deserves a legitimate place in our broader reflections on democracy. Matynia describes how two apparent miracles of recent history-that communism in Poland was brought down without violence and that apartheid in South Africa was ended without a bloodbath-were the results of hard work and a new approach to change that she calls "performative democracy." Matynia reveals amazing parallels between the drama of Poland's Round Table Talks in 1989 and the Truth Commissions in South Africa in 1994. Matynia describes how experimental student theater groups though subsidized by a totalitarian regime afraid of any authentic public life created little pockets of public space for free and meaningful expression that were augmented by uncensored underground publishing and further expanded by the Solidarity movement into a democratic society within the totalitarian state. Matynia describes in a personal way how in the 1970s student theater groups planted the seeds of an authentic public sphere how underground publishers nurtured freedom of expression and social criticism and how after democratic elections women artists in the 1990s fought to sustain the newly won right to free public discourse. Matynia traces in vivid human terms the democratic aspirations and practices that led to democratic change in Poland but went largely unnoticed by western media and policymakers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632872

Performativity Cultural Construction and the Graphic Narrative Performativity Cultural Construction and the Graphic Narrative draws on performance studies scholarship to understand the social impact of graphic novels and their sociopolitical function. Addressing issues of race gender ethnicity race war mental illness and the environment the volume encompasses the diversity and variety inherent in the graphic narrative medium. Informed by the scholarship of Dwight Conquergood and his model for performance praxis this collection of essays makes links between these seemingly disparate areas of study to open new avenues of research for comics and graphic narratives. An international team of authors offer a detailed analysis of new and classical graphic texts from Britain Iran  India and Canada as well as the United States. Performance Social Construction and the Graphic Narrative draws on performance studies scholarship to understand the social impact of graphic novels and their sociopolitical function. Addressing issues of race gender ethnicity race war mental illness and the environment the volume encompasses the diversity and variety inherent in the graphic narrative medium. This book will be of interest to students and scholars in the areas of communication literature comics studies performance studies sociology languages English and gender studies and anyone with an interest in deepening their acquaintance with and understanding of the potential of graphic narratives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217969

Performativity Politics and the Production of Social Space Theories of performativity have garnered considerable attention within the social sciences and humanities over the past two decades. At the same time there has also been a growing recognition that the social production of space is fundamental to assertions of political authority and the practices of everyday life. However comparatively little scholarship has explored the full implications that arise from the confluence of these two streams of social and political thought. This is the first book-length edited collection devoted explicitly to showcasing geographical scholarship on the spatial politics of performativity. It offers a timely intervention within the field of critical human geography by exploring the performativity of political spaces and the spatiality of performative politics. Through a series of geographical case studies the contributors to this volume consider the ways in which a performative conception of the "political" might reshape our understanding of sovereignty political subjectification and the production of social space. Marking the 20th anniversary of the publication of Judith Butler’s classic Bodies That Matter (1993) this edited volume brings together a range of contemporary geographical works that draw exciting new connections between performativity space and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954007

Performativity and Performance From the age of Aristotle to the age of AIDS writers thinkers performers and activists have wresteled with what "performance" is all about. At the same moment "performativity"--a new concept in language theory--has become a ubiquitous term in literary studies. This volume grapples with the nature of these two key terms whose traces can be found everywhere: in the theatre in the streets in philosophy in questions of race and gender and in the sentences we speak. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699928

Performativity and Performance in Baroque Rome A new interest in the study of early modern ritual ceremony formations of personal and collective identities social roles and the production of meaning inside and outside the arts have made it possible to talk today about a performative turn in the humanities. In Performativity and Performance in Baroque Rome scholars from different fields of research explore performative aspects of Baroque culture. With examples from the politics of diplomacy and everyday life from theatre music and ritual as well as from architecture painting and sculpture the contributors demonstrate how broadly the concept of performativity has been adopted within different disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107793

Performed Ethnography and CommunicationImprovisation and Embodied Experience Performed Ethnography and Communication explores the relationships between these three key terms addressing the impact of ethnography and communication on the cutting edge of performance studies. Ranging from digital performance improvisation and the body to fieldwork and staged collaboration this volume is divided into two main sections: "Embodied technique and practice " which addresses improvisation devised theatre-making and body work to consider what makes bodies move sound behave mean or appear differently and the effects of these differences on performance; "Oral history and personal narrative performance " which is concerned with the ways personal stories and histories might be transformed into public events looking at questions of perspective ownership and reception. Including specific historical and theoretical case studies exercises and activities and practical applications for improvisation ethnography and devised and digital performance Performed Ethnography and Communication represents an invaluable resource for today’s student of performance studies communication studies or cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789029

Performed Imaginaries In this collection of essays performance studies scholar and artist Richard Schechner brings his unique perspective to bear upon some of the key themes of society in the 21st century. Schechner connects the avantgarde and terror the counter-cultural movement of the 1960s/70s and the Occupy movement; self-wounding art popular culture and ritual; the Ramlila cycle play of India and the way imagination structures reality; the corporate world and conservative artists. Schechner asks artists to redeploy Nehru's Third World as a movement not of nations but of like-minded culture workers who must propose counter-performances to war violence and the globalized corporate empire. With characteristic brio Schechner urges us to play for keeps. "Playing deeply is a way of finding and embodying new knowledge" he writes. Performed Imaginaries ranges through some of the key moves within Schechner’s oeuvre and challenges today’s experimental artists activists and scholars to generate a new third world of performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788695

Performer Training and TechnologyPreparing Our Selves Performer Training and Technology employs philosophical approaches to technology including postphenomenology and Heidegger’s thinking to examine the way technology manifests influences and becomes used in performer training discourse and practice. The book offers in-depth discussions of present and past performer training practices through a lens that has never been applied before; considers the employment of key digital artefacts; and develops a series of analytical tools that can be useful in scholarly and practical explorations. An array of intriguing subjects are covered including the role of electric lights in Stanislavsky’s work on concentration; the use of handheld tools such as sticks in Zarrilli’s psychophysical training and Meyerhold’s Biomechanics; the emergence of new forms of training in relation to motion capture technology; and the way the mobile phone complicates notions and practices of attention in learning and training contexts. This book is of vital relevance to performer training scholars and practitioners; theatre performance and dance scholars and students; and especially those interested in philosophies of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677814

Performer TrainingDevelopments Across Cultures Performer Training is an examination of how actors are trained in different cultures. Beginning with studies of mainstream training in countries such as Poland Australia Germany and the United States subsequent studies survey: · Some of Asia's traditional training methods and recent experiments in performer training · Eugenio Barba's training methods · Jerzy Grotowski's most recent investigations · The Japanese American NOHO companies attempts at integrating Kyogen into the works of Samuel Beckett · Descriptions of the training methods developed by Tadashi Suzuki and Anne Bogart at their Saratoga International Theatre Institute · Recent efforts to re-examine the role and scope of training like Britain's International Workshop Festival and the European League of Institutes of Arts masterclasses · The reformulation of the use of emotions in performer training known as Alba Emoting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079981

Performers and Their ArtsFolk Popular and Classical Genres in a Changing India Introduction  Part I: Caste Community and performance  A ritual performance of Kerala Vayala Vasudevan PillaiThe Patuas of Bengal Makbul IslamBards and goddesses: The Pombalas in Tirupati Anand AkundyExplorations in the art forms of the Cindu madigas in Andhra Y A Sudhakar Reddy and R R HarischandraCaste identity and performance in a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176020

Performing ActionArtistry in Human Behavior and Social Research In recent years the social sciences and the humanities have drawn closer to each other in thought and method. This rapprochement has led to new perceptions of human behaviour by sociologists as well as new methodological orientations. Sociologist Joseph R. Gusfield draws upon drama and fiction to show how human action is shaped by the formal dimensions of performance.Gusfield first defines the concept of behaviour as artistic performance. He then analyses routine and classic social research reports as literary performances in qualitative and quantitative terms. Next he moves to social movements and public actions demonstrating how objects and events are products of the interpretation and reflection of individuals. He draws upon literary and artistic conventions to deal with issues of representation and meaning. In the first and last chapters Gusfield provides a conceptual summary examining the relation between sociology as science and art arguing that sociological methods are neither science nor art but partake of both.Following the philosopher Paul Ricouer Gusfield shows how human behaviour can be read as a text always telling the participant or observer "something about something." Performing Action will be of interest to sociologists psychologists and students of aesthetics and critical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856119

Performing American Identity in Anti-Mormon Melodrama In the late nineteenth century melodramas were spectacular entertainment for Americans. They were also a key forum in which elements of American culture were represented contested and inverted. This book focuses specifically on the construction of the Mormon villain as rapist murderer and Turk in anti-Mormon melodramas. These melodramas illustrated a particularly religious world-view that dominated American life and promoted the sexually conservative ideals of the cult of true womanhood. They also examined the limits of honorable violence and suggested the whiteness of national ethnicity. In investigating the relationship between theatre popular literature political rhetoric and religious fervor Megan Sanborn Jones reveals how anti-Mormon melodramas created a space for audiences to imagine a unified American identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849876

Performing Arctic SovereigntyPolicy and Visual Narratives The Arctic is 5.5 million square miles and has been inhabited by humans for thousands of years yet it is still a frontier of development. But who owns the Arctic?This book charts the history of performances of sovereignty over the Arctic in the policy and visual representations of the US Canada and Russia. Focusing on narratives of the effective occupation of territory found in postage stamps it offers a novel analysis of Arctic sovereignty. Issues such as climate change plastics pollution and resource development continue to impact the future of this space centred around the North Pole. Who is responsible for the region? This book examines how countries have absorbed Arctic territory into their national consciousness examining the choice of and use of symbols and images in postage stamps. It looks at the story of how these countries have represented their Arctic frontiers and territorial peripheries.The book argues that the performance of policy in these regions has caused relative sovereignty to become a reality. It provides an intriguing account of how these countries have in their distinctive ways established legitimised and reinforced their political authority in these regions. This book will appeal to Geographers and is recommended supplementary reading for students in political history and regional studies of the North. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606770

Performing Arts and Therapeutic Implications Presenting an alternative perspective this book proposes that performing arts forge an emotional bond between the performer and the audience making the act of performance a therapeutic and restorative experience and not merely recreational. Studying the life-experiences of six artists and their unique engagement with three art forms — music drama and dance — the book highlights the physical emotional mental and spiritual effects of performing arts both on the performers and the audience. More importantly it takes the current understanding of the therapeutic role of arts beyond a deficit model of health that focuses on their use in curing illnesses disabilities and imbalances towards a more positive growth-centric model that relates them to promoting holistic mental health well-being and happiness. It thus bridges the gap between the theoretical understanding of creative arts therapy and the practical experience of performing arts in non-therapeutic settings. Further it assumes increasing relevance with respect to fast-changing lifestyles to which stress and ill-health are often attributed. The book will appeal to artists educators and researchers of performing arts applied psychology counselling and therapy and cultural studies as well as interested general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660106

Performing Arts Center Management Performing arts centers (PACs) are an integral part of the cultural and creative industries significantly influencing the cultural social and economic vitality of communities around the world. Virtually all PACs are community-based and serve the public interest whether structured as a public nonprofit for-profit or hybrid entity. However there is a lack of knowledge about the important community role of performing arts centers especially those that mainly host and present work produced by other arts organizations. This gap is startling given the ubiquitous presence of PACs in urban centers small communities as well as colleges and universities. This co-edited reference book provides valuable information at the intersection of theory and practice in the professional field of executive leadership of performing arts centers. Drawing on the expertise of leading academics consultants and executives this book focuses on institutions and practices in the United States and is contextualized within additional fields such as cultural planning urban revitalization and economic development. Performing Arts Center Management aims to provide valuable theoretical conceptual empirical and practice-based information to current and future leaders in creative and cultural industries management. It serves as a unique reference for researchers university students civic leaders urban planners public venue managers and arts administrators aspiring to improve or advance their work in successfully managing performing arts centers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339958

Performing Arts in Changing SocietiesOpera Dance and Theatre in European and Nordic Countries around 1800 Performing Arts in Changing Societies is a detailed exploration of genre development within the fields of dance theatre and opera in selected European countries during the decades before and after 1800. An introductory chapter outlines the theoretical and ideological background of genre thinking in Europe starting from antiquity. A further fourteen chapters cover the performing genres as they developed in England France Germany and Austria and follow the dissemination and adaptation of the corresponding genres in minor and major cities in the Nordic countries. With a strong emphasis on the role that pragmatic and contextual factors had in defining genres the book examines such subjects as the dancing masters in Christiania (Oslo) circa 1800 the repertory and travels of an itinerant acrobat and his wife in Norway in the 1760s and the influence of Enlightenment ideas on bourgeois drama in Denmark. Including detailed analyses in the light of material political and social factors this is a valuable resource for scholars and researchers in the fields of musicology opera studies and theatre and performance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243180

Performing Arts in TransitionMoving between Media Artists especially from dance and performance art as well as opera are involved to an increasing degree in the transfer between different media not only in their productions but also the events materials and documents that surround them. At the same time the focus on that which remains has become central to any discussion of performance. Performing Arts in Transition explores what takes place in the moments of transition from one medium to another and from the live performance to that which "survives" it. Case studies from a broad range of interdisciplinary scholars address phenomena such as:The dynamics of transfer between the performing and visual arts.The philosophy and terminologies of transitioning between media. Narratives and counternarratives in historical re-creations. The status of chronology and the document in art scholarship. This is an essential contribution to a vibrant multidisciplinary and international field of research emerging at the intersections of performance visual arts and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732356

Performing Asian TransnationalismsTheatre Identity and the Geographies of Performance This book makes a significant contribution to interdisciplinary engagements between Theatre Studies and Cultural Geography in its analysis of how theatre articulates transnational geographies of Asian culture and identity. Deploying a geographical approach to transnational culture Rogers analyses the cross-border relationships that exist within and between Asian American British East Asian and South East Asian theatres investigating the effect of transnationalism on the construction of identity the development of creative praxis and the reception of works in different social fields. This book therefore examines how practitioners engage with one another across borders and details the cross-cultural performances creative opportunities and political alliances that result. By viewing ethnic minority theatres as part of global — rather than simply national — cultural fields Rogers argues that transnational relationships take multiple forms and have varying impetuses that cannot always be equated to diasporic longing for a homeland or as strategically motivated for economic gain. This argument is developed through a series of chapters that examine how different transnational spatialities are produced and re-worked through the practice of theatre making drawing upon an analysis of rehearsals performances festivals and semi-structured interviews with practitioners. The book extends existing discussions of performance and globalization particularly through its focus on the multiplicity of transnational spatiality and the networks between English-language Asian theatres. Its analysis of spatially extensive relations also contributes to an emerging body of research on creative geographies by situating theatrical praxis in relation to cross-border flows. Performing Asian Transnationalisms demonstrates how performances reflect and rework conventional transnational geographies in imaginative and innovative ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383340

Performing Authorship in the Nineteenth-Century Transatlantic Lecture Tour Expanding our understanding of what it meant to be a nineteenth-century author Amanda Adams takes up the concept of performative embodied authorship in relationship to the transatlantic lecture tour. Adams argues that these tours were a central aspect of nineteenth-century authorship at a time when authors were becoming celebrities and celebrities were international. Spanning the years from 1834 to 1904 Adams’s book examines the British lecture tours of American authors such as Frederick Douglass Harriet Beecher Stowe and Mark Twain and the American lecture tours of British writers that include Harriet Martineau Charles Dickens Oscar Wilde and Matthew Arnold. Adams concludes her study with a discussion of Henry James whose American lecture tour took place after a decades-long absence. In highlighting the wide range of authors who participated in this phenomenon Adams makes a case for the lecture tour as a microcosm for nineteenth-century authorship in all its contradictions and complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271296

Performing Baroque Music Listeners performers students and teachers will find here the analytical tools they need to understand and interpret musical evidence from the baroque era. Scores for eleven works many reproduced in facsimile to illustrate the conventions of 17th and 18th century notation are included for close study. Readers will find new material on continuo playing as well as extensive treatment of singing and French music. The book is also a concise guide to reference materials in the field of baroque performance practice with extensive annotated bibliographies of modern and baroque sources that guide the reader toward further study. First published by Ashgate (at that time known as Scolar Press) in 1992 and having been out of print for some years this title is now available as a print on demand title. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276994

Performing Beauty in Participatory Art and Culture This book investigates the notion of beauty in participatory art an interdisciplinary form that necessitates the audience’s agential participation and that is often seen in interactive art and technology-driven media installations. After considering established theories of beauty for example Plato Alison Hume Kant Gadamer and Santayana through to McMahon and Sartwell Heinrich argues that the experience of beauty in participatory art demands a revised notion of beauty; a conception that accounts for the performative and ludic turn within various art forms and which is in a broader sense a notion of beauty suited to a participatory and technology-saturated culture.Through case studies of participatory art he provides an art-theoretical approach to the concept of performative beauty; an approach that is then applied to the wider context of media and design artefacts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869274

Performing BlacknessEnactments of African-American Modernism Performing Blackness offers a challenging interpretation of black cultural expression since the Black Arts Movement of the 1960s. Exploring drama music poetry sermons and criticism Benston offers an exciting meditation on modern black performance's role in realising African-American aspirations for autonomy and authority. Artists covered include: * John Coltrane* Ntozake Shange * Ed Bullins * Amiri Baraka * Adrienne Kennedy * Michael Harper. Performing Blackness is an exciting contribution to the ongoing debate about the vitality and importance of black culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388303

Performing CitizenshipSocial Movements across the Globe In this book Tamar Groves and Inbal Ofer explore the effects of social movements' activism on the changing practices and conceptions of citizenship. Presenting empirically rich case studies from Latin America Asia and Europe leading experts analyze the ways in which the shifting balance of power between nation-state economy and civil society over the past half century affected social movements in their choice of addressees and repertoires of action. Divided into two parts the first part focuses on citizenship as a form of political and cultural participation. The three case studies that make up this section look into the ways in which social movements' activism prompted a critical re-evaluation of two central questions: Who can be considered a citizen? And what forms of political and cultural participation effectively enable citizens to exercise their rights? The second section focuses on citizenship as a form of community building. The three case studies that are included in this section address the ways in which activism fosters new forms of advocacy and communication leading to the emergence of new communities and assigning qualities of fraternity to the status of citizenship. Throughout most of the 20th century social movements' literature focused on the challenges these entities posed to the state since it was the state that had the capacity and willingness to grant social and economic concessions. This situation started to shift in the late 1960s. By the 1980s the existing configuration between the state civil society and the economy was increasingly challenged by market penetration. Accordingly we witness a proliferation of social movements that no longer target state institutions or do so only partially. Their repertoires of action interact continuously with everyday practices re-shaping demands within specific organizational legislative and political contexts. As a result such activism expands the understanding of the concept of citizenship so as to include demands relating to livelihood; division of resources; the production and dissemination of knowledge; and forms of civic participation and solidarity. Written for scholars who study social movements citizenship and the relationship between the state and civil society over the past half century this book provides a fresh insight on the nature of citizenship; increasingly framing the condition of being a citizen in terms of performance and on-going practices rather than simply in relation to the attainment of a formal status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370642

Performing CitizenshipUndocumented Migrants in the United States Undocumented migrants in the United States raise compelling questions about political legitimacy obligation and citizenship. If they are truly members of their communities should they have a voice in the laws and policies that impact their lives? Should their interests be considered especially in light of exploitation by employers the possibility of detention and the threat of deportation? This book argues that we do indeed owe certain moral and political obligations to those individuals who have been living and contributing to their communities regardless of whether they initially arrived without documents. McThomas' argument is based on flipping the way we think about political obligation and state-granted citizenship. Instead of the conventional understanding that the conferral of rights by the state obligates citizens to perform certain duties  she argues that the performance of civic duties and obligations – "performing citizenship" – should trigger corresponding rights and protections. The book combines theory and practice to make this argument analyzing state-level legislative debates about extending driving privileges and in-state tuition rates to undocumented residents. Consistent with the book’s main argument we see contested notions of what constitutes citizenship in these debates and a growing acknowledgment that those who perform citizenship deserve certain rights and privileges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599642

Performing Commedia dell'Arte 1570-1630 Performing Commedia dell’Arte 1570-1630 explores the performance techniques employed in commedia dell’arte and the ways in which they served to rapidly spread the ideas that were to form the basis of modern theatre throughout Europe. Chapters include one on why what and how actors improvised one on acting styles including dialects voice and gesture; and one on masks and their uses and importance. These chapters on historical performance are followed by a coda on commedia dell’arte today. Together they offer readers a look at both past and present iterations of these performances. Suitable for both scholars and performers Performing Commedia dell’Arte 1570-1630 bears on essential questions about the techniques of performance and their utility for this important theatrical form. Winner of Ennio Flaiano Award in Italianistica 2020. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085650

Performing Cultural TourismCommunities Tourists and Creative Practices While experiential staging is well documented in tourism studies not enough has been written about the diverse types of experiences and expectations that visitors bring to the tourist space and how communities respond to or indeed challenge these expectations. This book brings together new ideas about cultural experiences and how communities creative producers and visitors can productively engage with competing interests and notions of experience and authenticity in the tourist environment. Part I considers the experiences of communities in meeting the needs of cultural tourists in an international context. Part II analyses the relationships between individualcultural tourists the community and digital technology. Finally Part III responds to new methodologies in relation to interactions between government and regional policy and community development. Focusing on the way in which communities and visitors ‘perform’ new forms of cultural tourism Performing Cultural Tourism is aimed at undergraduate students researchers academics and a diverse range of professionals at both private and government levels that are seeking to develop policies and business plans that recognize and respond to new interests in contemporary tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369125

Performing Digital ActivismNew Aesthetics and Discourses of Resistance From the emergence of digital protest as part of the Zapatista rebellion to the use of disturbance tactics against governments and commercial institutions there is no doubt that digital technology and networks have become the standard features of 21st century social mobilisation. Yet little is known about the historical and socio-cultural developments that have transformed the virtual sphere into a key site of political confrontation. This book provides a critical analysis of the developments of digital direct action since the 1990s. It examines the praxis of electronic protest by focussing on the discourses and narratives provided by the activists and artists involved. The study covers the work of activist groups including Critical Art Ensemble Electronic Disturbance Theater and the electrohippies as well as Anonymous and proposes a new analytical framework centred on the performative and aesthetic features of contemporary digital activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873295

Performing DigitalMultiple Perspectives on a Living Archive Digital technologies have transformed archives in every area of their form and function and as technologies mature so does their capacity to change our understanding and experience of material and performative cultural production. There has been an exponential explosion in the production and consumption of video online and yet there is a scarcity of knowledge and cases about video and the digital archive. This book seeks to address that through the lens of the project Circus Oz Living Archive. This project provides the case study foundation for the articulation of the issues challenges and possibilities that the design and development of digital archives afford. Drawn from eight different disciplines and professions the authors explore what it means to embrace the possibilities of digital technologies to transform contemporary cultural institutions and their archives into new methods of performance representation and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598990

Performing Early Modern Trauma from Shakespeare to Milton An examination of political and cultural acts of commemoration this study addresses the way personal and collective loss is registered in prose poetry and drama in early modern England. It focuses on the connection of representation of violence in literary works to historical traumas such as royal death secularization and regicide. The author contends that dramatic and poetic forms function as historical archives both in their commemoration of the past and in their reenactment of loss that is part of any effort to represent traumatic history. Incorporating contemporary theories of memory and loss Thomas Anderson here analyzes works by Shakepeare Marlowe Webster Marvell and Milton. Where other studies about violent loss in the period tend to privilege allegorical readings that equate the content of art to its historical analogue this study insists that artistic representations are performative as they commemorate the past. By interrogating the difficulty in representing historical crises in poetry drama and political prose Anderson demonstrates how early modern English identity is the fragile product of an ambivalent desire to flee history. This book's major contribution to Renaissance studies lies in the way it conceives the representations of violent loss-secular and religious-in early modern texts as moments of failed political and social memorialization. It offers a fresh way to understand the development of historical and national identity in England during the Renaissance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274853

Performing Embodiment in Samuel Beckett's Drama The representation and experience of embodiment is a central preoccupation of Samuel Beckett’s drama one that he explored through diverse media. McMullan investigates the full range of Beckett’s dramatic canon for stage radio television and film including early drama mimes and unpublished fragments. She examines how Beckett’s drama composes and recomposes the body in each medium and provokes ways of perceiving conceiving and experiencing embodiment that address wider preoccupations with corporeality technology and systems of power. McMullan argues that the body in Beckett’s drama reveals a radical vulnerability of the flesh questioning corporeal norms based on perfectible autonomous or invulnerable bodies but is also the site of a continual reworking of the self and of the boundaries between self and other. Beckett’s re-imagining of the body presents embodiment as a collaborative performance between past and present flesh and imagination self and other including the spectator / listener. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634205

Performing EmotionsGender Bodies Spaces in Chekhov's Drama and Stanislavski's Theatre In Performing Emotions Peta Tait's central argument is that performing emotions in realism is also performing gender identity. Emotions are phenomena that are performable by bodies which have cultural identities. In turn these create cultural spaces of emotions. This study integrates scholarship on realist drama theatre and approaches to acting with interdisciplinary theories of emotion phenomenology and gender theory. With chapters devoted to masculinity and femininity specifically as well as to emotions generally it investigates social beliefs about emotions through Chekhov's four major plays in translation and English language commentaries on Constantin Stanislavski's direction (of the play's first productions) and his approaches to acting and Olga Knipper's acting of the central women characters. Emotions exists as social relationships; they are imagined and embodied as gendered. Tait demonstrates how theatrical emotions are predicated on social performances and vice versa. In Chekhov's plays which came to dominate a twentieth century theatre of emotions characters interpret their emotions intertextually in relation to other theatrical and fictional narratives of emotions. Tait here interrogates these plays as sustained explorations of the inherent theatricality of characters expressing emotions from their phenomenological awareness. A theatrical language of gendered interiority is produced in the acting of emotions in Stanislavski's early realistic theatre. Alternatively remapping the performances of emotional bodies can destabilise the culturally constructed boundary separating an inner private self and an outer social self in culturally produced geographies of emotions. As Tait shows emotions can be performed as indivisible spatialities. Performing Emotions integrates theories of theatre gender identity and emotion to investigate how sexual difference impacts on the representations of emotions. The book develops an accumulative analysis of the meanings of emotions in twentieth century realist drama theatre and acting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263598

Performing Ethnicity Performing GenderTranscultural Perspectives Performance and performativity are important terms for a theorization of gender and race/ethnicity as constitutive of identity. This collection reflects the ubiquity diversity and (historical) locatedness of ethnicity and gender by presenting contributions by an array of international scholars who focus on the representation of these crucial categories of identity across various media including literature film documentary and (music) video performance. The first section "Political Agency " stresses instances where the performance of ethnicity/gender ultimately aims at a liberating effect leading to more autonomy. The second section "Diasporic Belonging " explores the different kinds of negotiations of ethnic performances in multi-ethnic contexts. The third part "Performances of Ethnicity and Gender" scrutinizes instances of the combined performance of ethnicity and gender in novels films and musical performances. The last section "Cross-Ethnic Traffic" contains a number of contributions that are concerned with attempts at crossing over from "one ethnicity into another" by way of performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878689

Performing FaithChristian Music Identity and Inculturation in Indonesia This book is a study of music inculturation in Indonesia. It shows how religious expression can be made relevant in an indigenous context and how grassroots Christianity is being realized by means of music. Through the discussion of indigenous expressions of Christianity the book presents multiple ways in which Indonesians reiterate their identity through music by creatively forging Christian and indigenous elements. This study moves beyond the discussion (and charge) of syncretism showing that the inclusion of local cultural manifestations is an answer to creating a truly indigenous Christian expression. Marzanna Poplawska while telling the story of Indonesian Christians and the multiple ways in which they live Christianity through music emphasizes the creative energy and agency of local people. In their practices she finds optimism for the continuing existence of many traditional genres and styles. Indonesian Christians perform their Christian faith through music dance and theater generating innovative cultural products that enrich the global Christian heritage. The book is addressed to a broad spectrum of readers: scholars from a variety of disciplines – music religion anthropology especially those interested in interactions between Christianity and indigenous cultures; general music lovers and World Music enthusiasts eager to discover musics outside of European realm; as well as Christian believers church musicians and choir directors curious to learn about Christian music beyond Euro-American context. Students of religion sacred music (ethno)musicology theater and dance will also benefit from learning about a variety of indigenous arts employed in Christian churches in Indonesia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587052

Performing Fantasy and Reality in Contemporary Culture We frequently engage with that which we consciously perceive not to be real yet fantasy despite its pervasive presence and strong role in everyday life through its connection to identities communities desires and meanings has yet to be properly defined and researched. This book examines fantasy from a performance theory perspective. Drawing on multidisciplinary literature it presents ethnographic and art-based research on live action role-playing games to explore fantasy as a bodily and negotiated phenomenon that involves various kinds of engagement with one’s surroundings. Overall this book is a study of various forms and roles that fantasy can take on as part of contemporary Western culture. The study suggests that fantasy emerges as a different type of interpretation of normalised performance and reality and can thus provide individuals with the tools to wield agency in everyday life. The book will appeal to scholars of sociology cultural and media studies literature and performance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478940

Performing Gender and Comedy: Theories Texts and Contexts First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078335

Performing Home Performing Home is the first sustained study of the ways in which artists create artworks in and in response to domestic dwellings. In the context of growing interest in ideas and practices that cross between architecture arts practice and performance it is valuable to understand what happens when artists make work in and about specific buildings. This is particularly important with domestic dwellings which can be bound up with experiences issues practices and understandings of home. The book focuses on a range of recent artistic projects to identify and investigate critical ways by which artists practise domestic dwellings. In doing so it addresses the ways in which artists enquire into a dwelling are resident in a dwelling adapt the form of a dwelling practise a mobile dwelling and make a dwelling. By considering these practices together Andrews demonstrates the breadth and significance of recent artistic engagement in and with domestic dwellings and highlights the contribution that artistic practice can make to the ways in which we understand the form and practice of a building. Performing Home will be of particular relevance to scholars students and practitioners in architecture art and performance to those in geography material culture and cultural studies and to anyone seeking to make sense of the place in which they live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787451

Performing Homer: The Voyage of Ulysses from Epic to Opera The epic poems the Iliad and the Odyssey attributed to Homer are among the oldest surviving works of literature derived from oral performance. Deeply embedded in these works is the notion that they were intended to be heard: there is something musical about Homer's use of language and a vivid quality to his images that transcends the written page to create a theatrical experience for the listener. Indeed it is precisely the theatrical quality of the poems that would inspire later interpreters to cast the Odyssey and the Iliad in a host of other media-novels plays poems paintings and even that most elaborate of all art forms opera exemplified by no less a work than Monteverdi's Il ritorno di Ulisse in patria. In Performing Homer: The Voyage of Ulysses from Epic to Opera scholars in classics drama Italian literature art history and musicology explore the journey of Homer's Odyssey from ancient to modern times. The book traces the reception of the Odyssey though the Italian humanist sources—from Dante Petrarch and Ariosto—to the treatment of the tale not only by Monteverdi but also such composers as Elizabeth Jacquet de la Guerre Gluck and Alessandro Scarlatti and the dramatic and poetic traditions thereafter by such modern writers as Derek Walcott and Margaret Atwood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409445630

Performing IdentitiesCelebrating Indigeneity in the Arts Performing Identities brings together essays by scholars artists and activists engaged in understanding and conserving rapidly disappearing local knowledge forms of indigenous communities across continents. It depicts the imaginative transactions evident in the interface of identity and cultural transformation raising the issue of cultural rights of these otherwise marginalized communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815373193

Performing in ComedyA Student's Guide Ian Wilkie contends that comic acting is a distinct art form and as such demands a unique skillset. By exploring the ways in which performance choices and improvised moments can work in conjunction with texts themselves Performing in Comedy offers an indispensable practical tool for enhancing comic performance. This volume is a must-read for any actors directors or students who work with comic texts. Wilkie synthesises theories and principles of comedy with practical tips and re-evaluates the ways in which these ideas can be used by the performer. Most importantly these skills – timing focus awareness – are teachable rather than being innate talents. Exercises interviews and guides to further resources enhance this comprehensive exploration of comic acting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913882

Performing Indigenous Identities on the Contemporary Australian StageLand People Culture Over the past 50 years Indigenous Australian theatre practice has emerged as a dynamic site for the discursive reflection of culture and tradition as well as colonial legacies leveraging the power of storytelling to create and advocate contemporary fluid conceptions of Indigeneity. Performing Indigenous Identities on the Contemporary Australian Stage offers a window into the history and diversity of this vigorous practice. It introduces the reader to cornerstones of Indigenous Australian cultural frameworks and on this backdrop discusses a wealth of plays in light of their responses to contemporary Australian identity politics. The in-depth readings of two landmark theatre productions Scott Rankin’s Namatjira (2010) and Wesley Enoch & Anita Heiss’ I Am Eora (2012) trace the artists’ engagement with questions of community consolidation and national reconciliation carefully considering the implications of their propositions for identity work arising from the translation of traditional ontologies into contemporary orientations. The analyses of the dramatic texts are incrementally enriched by a dense reflection of the production and reception contexts of the plays providing an expanded framework for the critical consideration of contemporary postcolonial theatre practice that allows for a well-founded appreciation of the strengths yet also pointing to the limitations of current representative approaches on the Australian mainstage. This study will be of great interest to students and scholars of Postcolonial Literary Performance and Theatre Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367242725

Performing InterdisciplinarityWorking Across Disciplinary Boundaries Through an Active Aesthetic Performing Interdisciplinarity proposes new ways of engaging with performance as it crosses collides with integrates and/or disturbs other disciplinary concerns. From Activism and Political Philosophy to Cognitive Science and Forensics each chapter explores the relationships between performance and another discipline. Including cross-chapter discussions which address the intersections between fields Performing Interdisciplinarity truly examines the making of meaning across disciplinary conventions. This is a volume for performance practitioners and scholars who are living learning writing teaching making and thinking at the edges of their specialisms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678859

Performing KamishibaiAn Emerging New Literacy for a Global Audience Kamishibai (paper-theater) a Japanese picture-storytelling medium is gaining global interest as we move from a text-based culture to one that emphasizes multiple semiotic systems and performance. This is the first volume to explore the potential of kamishibai as a dynamic "new" interactive medium for teaching multimodal communication and shows how synchronizing oral visual and gestural modes develops students’ awareness of all modes of communication as potential resources in their learning. By examining the multiple modes involved in kamishibai through actual student performances over several venues this volume overturns commonly held expectations about literacy in the classroom and provides a critical perspective on assumptions about other media. It offers much-needed information about a medium that is attracting interest from educators academics and artists worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084766

Performing La MestizaTextual Representations of Lesbians of Color and the Negotiation of Identities This book first published in 2000 explores the intersections of race gender and gay identities in writings by contemporary American lesbians of colour in order to show how this subject is sometimes ignored sometimes brutalised and is very rarely able to survive on her own terms by constructing her own identity acts of cultural revision. The author places the lesbian of colour in the context of current identity theories showing the ever-present blind spots within current theoretical paradigms she then reads a variety of writings by lesbians of colour describing the possibilities that exist for these subjects in textual and social realities. The author shows the varied communities that threaten the existence of this subject as well as the limits that dictate the subject's ability to create her self. By bridging Judith Butler's Gender Trouble and Gloria Anzaldua's New Mestiza she describes how lesbians of colour can survive numerous sites of hostility by constructing a positive identity within her home community through revising cultural traditions and history. After considering the power of these acts of revision the author calls for the empowered performance of the mestiza state - the state of contradiction wherein the lesbian of colour finds herself. This book is the first to analyse creative and theoretical works by African American Asian American Latina and Native American communities and writers through the lens of lesbian studies. Authors include recognised figures such as Audre Lorde Ana Castillo and Paula Gunn Allen as well as lesser known authors like Best Brant Natashia Lopez and Willyce Kim. It provides a corrective to Butler's empowering but essentially white vision of performing identity so that lesbians of colour can claim their identities and remain tied to their own cultural traditions. Ultimately the author asks for a reconsideration of the value of identity studies that articulate monolithic identities and whose analyses perpetuate what they seek to disrupt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789752

Performing Masculinity in English University Drama 1598-1636 Referencing early modern English play texts alongside contemporary records accounts and statutes this study offers an overdue assessment of the relationship between the dramatic efforts of the universities and early modern male identity. Taking into account the near single-sex constitution of early modern universities the book argues that performances of university plays and student responses to them were key ways of exploring and shaping early modern masculinity. Christopher Marlow shows how the plays dealt with their academic and social contexts and analyses their responses to competing versions of masculinity. He also considers the implications of university authority and royal patronage for scholarly performances of masculinity; the effect of the literary traditions of classical friendship and platonic love on academic representations of male behaviour; and the relationship between university drama and masculine initiation rituals. Including discussion of the Parnassus trilogy Club Law and works by Thomas Randolph William Cartwright John Milton and others this study shines new light on long neglected aspects of the golden age of English drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409410195

Performing MasculinityBody Self and Identity in Modern Fiji Geir Henning Presterudstuen provides an ethnographic account of howmen in the multicultural urban centres of Fiji perceive construct andperform masculinities in the context of rapid social change. Theoreticallyinformed by critical feminist theories postcolonialism R.W. Connell’s workon masculinities and a Bourdieuan conceptualization of the body thisbook explores how notions of masculinity manhood and the male bodyare shaped by the conflicting social forces of Fijian tradition modernity commercialization and urbanization.The book provides a timely intervention from the grassroots level in theglobal south into an ongoing discourse about men and masculinities thathas long been dominated by voices from Europe and the US. Combiningclassic ethnography with innovative social analysis Presterudstuen’sbook is suitable for students and academics with an interest in genderand social change and for scholars across a variety of disciplinesincluding anthropology gender studies sociology pacific studies andinternational development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350183841

Performing Maternity in Early Modern England Performing Maternity in Early Modern England features essays that share a common concern with exploring maternity's cultural representation performative aspects and practical consequences in the period from 1540-1690. The essays interrogate how early modern texts depict fertility conception delivery and gendered constructions of maternity by analyzing a wealth of historical documents and images in conjunction with dramatic and non-dramatic literary texts. They emphasize that the embodied repeated and public nature of maternity defines it as inherently performative and ultimately central to the production of gender identity during the early modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251854

Performing Memory in Art and Popular Culture This volume pursues a new line of research in cultural memory studies by understanding memory as a performative act in art and popular culture. The authors take their cue from the observation that art and popular culture enact memory and generate processes of memory. They do memory and in this doing of memory new questions about the cultural dimensions of memory arise: How do art objects and artistic practices perform the past in the present? What is their relationship to the archive? Does the past speak in the performed past (or do we speak to it)? To what purpose do objects "recall"? And for whom do they recollect? Here authors combine a methodological focus on memory as performance with a theoretical focus on art and popular culture as practices of remembrance. The essays in the book thus analyze what is at stake in the complex processes of remembering and forgetting of recollecting and disremembering of amnesia and anamnesis that make up cultural memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642249

Performing NervesFour Plays Four Essays On Hysteria Academic interest in hysteria has burgeoned in recent decades. The topic has been probed by feminist theorists cultural studies specialists literary scholars anthropologists sociologists psychologists medical and art historians as well as novelists. The hysteric is construed as a powerless voiceless subject marginalised by the forces of the patriarchy that have been the root cause of their distress dissembling and disablement.  In Performing Nerves Anna Furse interweaves her artistic and academic practice drawing on her own performance texts to explore four different versions of debilitating hysteric suffering. Each text is extensively annotated revealing the dramaturgical logic and in turn the historical medical and cultural contexts behind their protagonists' illnesses which are argued as environmentally caused in each case. This unique reflective insight into a playwright and director’s craft offers not only an account of how mental suffering can manifest in different contexts and times from the 19th century to today but also a breadth of access to the ideas that can motivate creative research. This book is an invaluable resource for scholars of theatre studies performance studies dramaturgy 20th-century history gender studies and medical humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389366

Performing Nordic HeritageEveryday Practices and Institutional Culture The performance of heritage takes place in prestigious institutions such as museums and archives in officially sanctioned spaces such as jubilees and public monuments but also in more mundane ephemeral and banal cultural practices such as naming of phenomena viewing exhibitions or walking in the countryside. This volume examines the performance of Nordic heritage and the shaping of the very idea of Norden in diverse contexts in North America the Baltic and the Nordic countries and examines the importance of these places as sites for creating and preserving cultural heritage. Offering rich perspectives on a part of Europe which has not been the centre of discussion in the Anglophone world this volume will be of value to a wide readership including cultural historians museum practitioners policy-makers and scholars of heritage ethnology and folkloristics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255852

Performing Nostalgia: Migration Culture and Creativity in South Albania Migration studies is an area of increasing significance in musicology as in other disciplines. How do migrants express and imagine themselves through musical practice? How does music help them to construct social imaginaries and to cope with longings and belongings? In this study of migration music in postsocialist Albania Eckehard Pistrick identifies links between sound space emotionality and mobility in performance provides new insights into the controversial relationship between sound and migration and sheds light on the cultural effects of migration processes. Central to Pistrick’s approach is the essential role of emotionality for musical creativity which is highlighted throughout the volume: pain and longing are discussed not as a traumatising end point but as a driving force for human action and as a source for cultural creativity. In addition the study provides a fascinating overview about the current state of a rarely documented vocal tradition in Europe that is a part of the mosaic of Mediterranean singing traditions. It refers to the challenges imposed onto this practice by heritage politics the dynamics of retraditionalisation and musical globalisation. In this sense the book constitutes an important study to the dynamics of postsocialism as seen from a musicological perspective. Winner of the 2017 Stavro Skendi Book Prize for Achievement in Albanian Studies Society for Albanian StudiesDr. Pistrick's book in the committee's judgment impressively connects ethnomusicology anthropology and migration studies. Linking sound with space and emotionality it offers a new understanding of the role of the oral tradition within Albanian communities in particular its ability to deal creatively with painful experiences and the realities of migration.Association for Slavic East European & Eurasian Studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598334

Performing NostalgiaShifting Shakespeare and the Contemporary Past In this trenchant work Susan Bennett examines the authority of the past in modern cultural experience and the parameters for the reproduction of the plays. She addresses these issues from both the viewpoints of literary theory and theatre studies shifting Shakespeare out of straightforward performance studies in order to address questions about his plays and to consider them in the context of current theoretical debates on historiography post-colonialism and canonicity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003085

Performing Pedagogy in Early Modern EnglandGender Instruction and Performance Performing Pedagogy in Early Modern England: Gender Instruction and Performance features essays questioning the extent to which education an activity pursued in the home classroom and the church led to mirrored and was perhaps even transformed by moments of instruction on stage. This volume argues that along with the popular press the early modern stage is also a key pedagogical site and that education”performed and performative”plays a central role in gender construction. The wealth of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century printed and manuscript documents devoted to education (parenting guides conduct books domestic manuals catechisms diaries and autobiographical writings) encourages examination of how education contributed to the formation of gendered and hierarchical structures as well as the production reproduction and performance of masculinity and femininity. In examining both dramatic and non-dramatic texts via aspects of performance theory this collection explores the ways education instilled formal academic knowledge but also elucidates how educational practices disciplined students as members of their social realm citizens of a nation and representatives of their gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275447

Performing Political Opposition in RussiaThe Case of the Youth Group Oborona Drawing on fieldwork conducted in Moscow and St. Petersburg among the political opposition’s youth group Oborona (Defence) this ground-breaking work brings forward a multifaceted and colourful image of the life of political opposition activists in a restricted political environment. Existing studies on youth political activism in Russia have mainly dealt with the pro-Kremlin youth movements such as Nashi while youth opposition activism has been studied very little. Lyytikäinen contributes to this gap by showing how youth are also actively organizing against the current government and how Russian oppositional youth activist practices are diverse and constantly evolving.Theoretically this book contributes to discussions on activist identities as well as to an understanding of social movements and protest by analysing political protests as social performances. The research illustrates how Soviet continuities and liberal ideas are entangled in Russian political activism to create new post-socialist political identities and practices. It also questions the idea of Russian democratization being tied to its totalitarian past and that of western-type liberal democracy being the goal of this process. Instead the book proposes that Russian political culture should be analysed on its own and as an entanglement of various interacting systems of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596439

Performing Popular MusicThe Art of Creating Memorable and Successful Performances This book explores the fundamentals of popular music performance for students in contemporary music institutions. Drawing on the insights of performance practice research it discusses the unwritten rules of performances in popular music what it takes to create a memorable performance and live popular music as a creative industry. The authors offer a practical overview of topics ranging from rehearsals to stagecraft and what to do when things go wrong. Chapters on promotion recordings and the music industry place performance in the context of building a career. Performing Popular Music introduces aspiring musicians to the elements of crafting compelling performances and succeeding in the world of today’s popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585065

Performing Race and Torture on the Early Modern Stage Performing Race and Torture on the Early Modern Stage provides the first sustained reading of Restoration plays through a performance theory lens. This approach shows that an analysis of the conjoined performances of torture and race not only reveals the early modern interest in the nature of racial identity but also how race was initially coded in a paradoxical fashion as both essentially fixed and socially constructed. An examination of scenes of torture provides the most effective way to unearth these seemingly contradictory representations of race because depictions of torture often interrogate the incongruous desire to substitute the visible and manipulable materiality of the body for the more illusive performative nature of identity. In turn Performing Race and Torture on the Early Modern Stage challenges the long-standing assumption that early modern conceptions of race were radically different in their fluidity from post-Enlightenment ones by demonstrating how many of the debates we continue to have about the nature of racial identity were engendered by these seventeenth-century performances. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203935354

Performing Salome Revealing Stories With its first public live performance in Paris on 11 February 1896 Oscar Wilde's Salomé took on female embodied form that signalled the start of 'her' phenomenal journey through the history of the arts in the twentieth century. This volume explores Salome's appropriation and reincarnation across the arts - not just Wilde's heroine nor Richard Strauss's - but Salome as a cultural icon in fin-de-siècle society whose appeal for ever new interpretations of the biblical story still endures today. Using Salome as a common starting point each chapter suggests new ways in which performing bodies reveal alternative stories narratives and perspectives and offer a range and breadth of source material and theoretical approaches. The first chapter draws on the field of comparative literature to investigate the inter-artistic interpretations of Salome in a period that straddles the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the Modernist era. This chapter sets the tone for the rest of the volume which develops specific case studies dealing with censorship reception authorial reputation appropriation embodiment and performance. As well as the Viennese premiere of Wilde's play embodied performances of Salome from the period before the First World War are considered offering insight into the role and agency of performers in the production and complex negotiation of meaning inherent in the role of Salome. By examining important productions of Strauss's Salome since 1945 and more recent film interpretations of Wilde's play the last chapters explore performance as a cultural practice that reinscribes and continuously reinvents the ideas icons symbols and gestures that shape both the performance itself its reception and its cultural meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252851

Performing Shakespeare UnrehearsedA Practical Guide to Acting and Producing Spontaneous Shakespeare Performing Shakespeare Unrehearsed: A Practical Guide to Acting and Producing Spontaneous Shakespeare outlines how Shakespeare’s plays can be performed effectively without rehearsal if all the actors understand a set of performance guidelines and put them into practice. Each chapter is devoted to a specific guideline demonstrating through examples how it can be applied to pieces of text from Shakespeare’s First Folio how it creates blocking and stage business and how it enhances story clarity. Once the guidelines have been established practical means of production are discussed providing the reader with sufficient step-by-step instruction to prepare for Unrehearsed performances. This book is written for the actor and performer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352105

Performing the Everyday in Henry James's Late Novels Focusing on James's last three completed novels - The Ambassadors The Wings of the Dove and The Golden Bowl - Maya Higashi Wakana shows how a microsociological approach to James's novels radically revises the widespread tradition of putting James's characters into historical and cultural contexts. Wakana begins with the premise that day-to-day living is inherently theatrical and thus duplicitous and goes on to show that James's art relies significantly on his powerful sense of the agonizing and even dangerous complications of mundane face-to-face rituals that pervade his work. Centrally informed by social thinkers such as G. H. Mead and Erving Goffman Wakana's study discloses the richness complexity and singularity of the interpersonal connections depicted in James's late novels. Persuasively argued and rich in original close readings her book makes an important contribution to James's studies and to theories of social interaction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600048

Performing the PastA Study of Israeli Settlement Museums A nostalgic interest in the past is a well-recognized feature of fast-changing contemporary societies. It finds its expression in a variety of history-making practices of which the establishment of local heritage museums is a major manifestation in many parts of the world today. Katriel develops a communication-centered perspective on the study of heritage museums and -- by extension -- other tourist sites highlighting the role of discourse in these institutionalized yet vernacular contexts of cultural production social legitimation and identity formation. Descriptive and critical in orientation this book combines a close analysis of museum discourse with an exploration of such larger issues as: * the socio-cultural role of museums as arenas for the production of collective memory * the ideological and performative constraints that shape museum presentations * the interfacing of verbal and visual codes of communication in the context of material displays * the dialectical interplay of the local and the global in contemporary life and * the interpenetration of the personal and the communal in vernacular processes of narrative production. Of interest to scholars in communication linguistics anthropology history museum studies tourism intercultural communication middle eastern studies or those with interests in narratives material culture and ethnography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811979

Performing the Politics of Translation in Modern JapanStaging the Resistance Performing the Politics of Translation in Modern Japan sheds new light on the adoption of concepts that motivated political theatres of resistance for nearly a century and even now underpin the collective understanding of the Japanese nation. Grounded in the aftermath of the Meiji Restoration in 1868 and analyzing its legacy on stage this book tells the story of the crucial role that performance and specifically embodied memory played in the changing understanding of the imported Western concepts of "liberty" (jiyÅ«) and "revolution" (kakumei). Tracing the role of the post-Restoration movement itself as an important touchstone for later performances it examines two key moments of political crisis. The first of these is the Proletarian Theatre Movement of the 1920s and '30s in which the post-Restoration years were important for theorizing the Japanese communist revolution. The second is in the postwar years when Rights Movement theatre and thought again featured as a vehicle for understanding the present through the past. As such this book presents the translation of "liberty" and "revolution" not through a one-to-one correspondence model but rather as a many-to-many relationship. In doing so it presents a century of evolution in the dramaturgy of resistance in Japan. This book will be useful to students and scholars of Japanese history society and culture as well as literature and translation studies alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192402

Performing the SelfWomen's Lives in Historical Perspective That the self is ‘performed’ created through action rather than having a prior existence has been an important methodological intervention in our understanding of human experience. It has been particularly significant for studies of gender helping to destabilise models of selfhood where women were usually defined in opposition to a male norm. In this multidisciplinary collection scholars apply this approach to a wide array of historical sources from literature to art to letters to museum exhibitions which survive from the medieval to modern periods. In doing so they explore the extent that using a model of performativity can open up our understanding of women’s lives and sense of self in the past. They highlight the way that this method provides a significant critique of power relationships within society that offers greater agency to women as historical actors and offers a challenge to traditional readings of women’s place in society. An innovative and wide-ranging compilation this book provides a template for those wishing to apply performativity to women’s lives in historical context.This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739218

Performing the StateCritical encounters with performance measurement in social and public policy Performance measurement is now a key management tool used by government to assess and enhance public services. It is also used as a tool for public sector transparency and accountability. Despite these noble objectives performance measurement can also generate counterproductive and sometimes paradoxical outcomes. This book innovatively conceptualises performance measurement as a ‘policy instrument’. Such an approach necessarily invites careful and critical examination of instances of the formation application and contestation of particular performance measurement regimes the tools used to measure performance the way in which performance data is produced and used and the complex dynamics between professionals managers and service users that arise from these practices. The book provides detailed empirical examples of performance measurement in the delivery of health schooling and child welfare services as well as the problematics of assessing national wellbeing. Instead of a form of scientific and rational management performance measurement is revealed as an intrinsically contested socio-politically charged and value laden practice. The book concludes that to succeed in delivering authentic performance improvements public sector managers must be aware of these complex paradoxical dynamics and the circumstances that make performance measurement perform. This book was originally published as a special issue of Policy Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891091

Performing Tourist Places This book looks at the making and the consuming of places in the contemporary world. Illustrated through various case-studies from Denmark it considers how places performances and peoples intersect. It examines the fascinating circumstances through which visitors to a place in part produce that place through their performances. Places are intertwined with people through various systems that generate and reproduce performances in and of that place. These systems comprise networks of ’hosts guests buildings objects and machines’ that contingently realize particular performances of specific places. The studies featured here develop an exciting ’new mobility’ paradigm emerging within the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269415

Performing Under PressurePsychological Strategies for Sporting Success Performing Under Pressure is an essential resource on improving sporting performance in high-pressure situations. Perry’s work guides coaches and athletes through nine key elements of the sporting mindset to help athletes to perform at the highest standards even under the most pressurized of situations. This valuable read includes empirically-based advice on areas such as embracing competition; building confidence concentration and focus; maintaining emotional control; learning from and coping with failure or injury; being braver; and being able to push harder. Perry also provides 64 strategies to support each sporting mindset offering not just the evidence as to why they work but exactly how to implement them. This book uniquely offers those supporting athletes a toolkit of sport psychology strategies and interventions in a way that is evidence-based accessible and engaging whether you are starting out studying sport psychology on a sports science course or are a coach of many years' standing for both elite and amateur athletes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333171

Performing Virginity and Testing Chastity in the Middle Ages This book challenges the belief that female virginity can be reliably and unambiguously defined tested and verified. Kelly analyses a variety of medieval Western European texts - including medical treatises and their Classical antecedents - and historical and legal documents. The main focus is the representation of both male and female virgins in saints' legends and romances. The author also makes a comparative study of examples from contemporary fiction television and film in which testing virginity is a theme. Performing Virginity and Testing Chastity in the Middle Ages presents a compelling and provocative study of the parodox of bodily and spiritual integrity as both presence and absence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758246

Perfumed Garden V7 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415605892

PericlesCritical Essays Pericles: Critical Essays brings together the most essential critical essays and theatrical reviews of Shakespeare's play from the late 17th century to the present providing a representative gathering of critical opinion of Pericles over the centuries. David Skeele's introduction identifies the critical issues and problems the play has raised cites and evaluates significant critical works and gives readers a guide to research on the play. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055120

Periglacial GeomorphologyBinghamton Geomorphology Symposium 22 This book first published in 1992 contains the proceedings of the 22nd Binghamton Geomorphology Symposium and highlights the quantity and diversity of periglacial geomorphic research being undertaken in Arctic and alpine environments. The articles explore a variety of geomorphic processes and examine the potential impacts of global change on the nature and extent of permafrost and seasonal ice phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367464509

Perikles and his Circle Perikles the creator of the reputation of Classical Athens was an enigmatic figure. This book traces Perikles' development from a somewhat hesitant though left-leaning politician to a mature statesman fully committed to expanding Athens' maritime empire and using the material benefits of that empire to improve the ordinary lives of Athenian citizens. Podlecki examines Perikles' actions and interactions with a large and varied circle of friends acquaintances and political adversaries and shows how his circle of friends advised and influenced his development as a leader. Perikles the 'first citizen' as Thucydides termed him was a man characterised by a subtle versatility and tenacity of purpose. Of paramount importance was that Athenians be made to appreciate their superiority and also develop a willingness to assert it even if that meant war with the Spartans and their allies. Podlecki examines the wealth of sources and documentation on Perikles to provide a lucid account of the achievements of the man which is both comprehensive and eminently readable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670661

Peril and Protection in British Courtship NovelsA Study in Continuity and Change Peril and Protection in British Courtship Novels: A Study in Continuity and Change explores the use and context of danger/safety language in British courtship novels published between 1719 and 1920. The term "courtship novel" encompasses works focusing on both female and male protagonists’ journeys toward marriage as well as those reflecting the intertwined nature of comic courtship and tragic seduction scenarios. Through careful tracking of peril and protection terms and imagery within the works of widely-read influential authors Professor Chavis provides a fresh view of the complex ways that the British novel has both maintained the status quo and embodied cultural change. Lucid discussions of each novel arranged in chronological order shed new light on major characters’ preoccupations values internal struggles and inter-actional styles and demonstrate the ways in which gender ideology and social norms governing male-female relationships were not only perpetuated but also challenged and satirized during the course of the British novel’s development. Blending close textual analysis with historical/cultural and feminist criticism this multi-faceted study invites readers to look with both a microscopic lens at the nuances of figurative and literal language and a telescopic lens at the ways in which modifications to views of masculinity and femininity and interactions within the courtship arena inform the novel genre’s evolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367508999

Perilous PolicingCriminal Justice in Marginalized Communities Policing and police practices have changed dramatically since the 9/11 terrorist attacks and those changes have accelerated since the summer of 2014 and the death of Michael Brown at the hands of then-police officer Darren Wilson in Ferguson Missouri. Since the November 2016 election of Donald Trump as president many law enforcement practitioners policy makers and those concerned with issues of social justice have had concerns that there would be seismic shifts in policing priorities and practices at the federal state county and local and tribal levels that will have significant implications for constitutional rights and civil liberties protections particularly for people of color. Perilous Policing: Criminal Justice in Marginalized Communities provides a much-needed interrogatory to law enforcement practices and policies as they continue to evolve during this era of uncertainty and anxiety. Key topics include the police and marginalized populations the use of technology to surveil individuals and groups the emergence of the Black Lives Matter movement and the erosion of the police narrative the use of force (particularly deadly force) against people of color the role of the police in immigration enforcement the "war on cops " and police militarization. Thomas Nolan’s critique of current practice and his preliminary conclusions as to how to navigate contemporary policing away from the pitfalls of discredited and counterproductive practices will be of interest to advanced undergraduates and graduate students in Policing Criminology Justice Studies and Criminal Justice programs as well as to researchers law enforcement professionals and police policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026707

Perilous PowerThe Middle East and U.S. Foreign Policy Dialogues on Terror Democracy War and Justice The volatile Middle East is the site of vast resources profound passions frequent crises and long-standing conflicts as well as a major source of international tensions and a key site of direct US intervention. Two of the most astute analysts of this part of the world are Noam Chomsky the preeminent critic of U.S foreign policy and Gilbert Achcar a leading specialist of the Middle East who lived in that region for many years. In their new book Chomsky and Achcar bring a keen understanding of the internal dynamics of the Middle East and of the role of the United States taking up all the key questions of interest to concerned citizens including such topics as terrorism fundamentalism conspiracies oil democracy self-determination anti-Semitism and anti-Arab racism as well as the war in Afghanistan the invasion and occupation of Iraq the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the sources of U.S. foreign policy. This book provides the best readable introduction for all who wish to understand the complex issues related to the Middle East from a perspective dedicated to peace and justice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632865

Perilous ProspectsThe Peace Process And The Arab-israeli Military Balance Nobody understands the delicate and dangerous balance of power in the Middle East better than Anthony Cordesman. In Perilous Prospects he supplies the first account of the military and security concerns arising out of the Israeli-Palestinian peace process and the recent assassination of Prime Minister Rabin.Cordesman considers a number of possible Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317201

Perils of the Seas and Inherent Vice in Marine Insurance Law The Supreme Court ruling in Global Process System Inc. v Syarikat Takaful Malaysia Berhad (The Cendor MOPU) created a shock wave in the London marine insurance market as the Supreme Court decision changed the boundaries of doctrine with respect to the meaning of ‘perils of the sea’ and ‘inherent vice’. Both phrases play an important role in the insurance market affecting both assureds and insurers and their respective interests under all classes of marine insurance policies. This book reviews the origin of the clauses ‘perils of the sea’ and ‘inherent vice’ by tracing back through the early cases in order to understand the origin and noting how and why the changes occurred. It will examine how the law has been developed in the recent cases and discuss whether the Supreme Court case The Cendor MOPU has overruled the previous cases in terms of the clauses ‘inherent vice’ and ‘perils of the sea’. Considering the impact of The Cendor MOPU decision with respect to the Marine Insurance Act 1906 as well as the standard Institute Cargo Clauses it evaluates whether the decision is consistent with these things and discusses the effect of the decision on recent cases and on the insurance market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339807

Perinatal Biochemistry Intrauterine development and birth constitute an uninterrupted sequence of events that have a molecular physiologic background. Perinatal Biochemistry presents a comprehensive review of this subject. Specific topics addressed include maternal metabolism during pregnancy maternal insulin resistance embryonic and fetal metabolism and fuel consumption the fetal pancreas growth factors brain metabolism and biochemical adaptations to early extrauterine life. The book will be useful to biochemists and physiologists interested in perinatology; clinicians working in areas related to maternal health gestational development and delivery; gynecologists neonatologists; pediatricians; endocrinologists; and internists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068624

Perinatal Growth and Nutrition Preterm infants grow poorly after birth and very commonly develop ex utero growth restriction (EUGR). However the risks and benefits of catch-up growth in preterm infants must be weighed and evidence addressing this warrants examination. Perinatal Growth and Nutrition explores the reasons for EUGR and the long-term effects on developmental outcome and on metabolic risks. It provides clear information on the risks and benefits of faster post-natal growth and catch-up growth in preterm infants and offers tools for better assessment of growth and earlier identification of faltering growth.This book is divided into three sections. The first section covers advances in preterm infant growth standards diagnosis and causes of EUGR and assessments of preterm infant diets. The second section considers the extensive human literature on the effects of in utero and ex utero growth restriction and catch-up growth on long-term metabolic outcomes—such as obesity insulin resistance type 2 diabetes and cardiac disease—and long-term neurodevelopmental outcomes including cognition. It also examines evidence for the effect of growth on these outcomes in term and preterm infants. The final section of the book considers ways to reduce the incidence of EUGR in preterm infants and when EUGR does occur to optimize catch-up growth. Topics include assessment of dietary requirements of the diverse population of preterm infants examination of tools for prescribing nutrition to neonatal intensive care unit patients consideration of whether to customize or generalize nutrient intake and fortification of human milk. In addition the last chapter proposes using a Z-score growth chart for improved interpretation of growth data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033689

Perinatal LossA Handbook for Working with Women and Their Families The death of a baby is one of the most painful experiences anyone can imagine. This practical compassionate text guides professionals in providing the best possible care through the physical and emotional pain of a pregnancy loss from early miscarriage to neonatal death enabling patients and their families to grieve. Written by two professionals with extensive experience in the field the book inspires confidence for those confronted with this challenging task. It focuses on common issues that inhibit good care and addresses the traditionally difficult topics. Healthcare staff assisting patients during this time often require support of their own and this is also addressed with constructive inspirational approaches and ideas for professional training. Perinatal Loss: a handbook for working with women and their families offers insights information and support for managing pregnancy loss for all professionals and students including nurses sonographers midwives doctors (including obstetricians and general practitioners) chaplains and morticians. 'This is an important and warmly welcomed book which thoroughly endorses the key aims of Sands (Stillbirth & Neonatal Death Society). In particular it demonstrates a forceful commitment to improving care for bereaved families whilst acknowledging the difficult task that staff undertake when caring for them. This handbook encompasses all aspects of perinatal loss giving due care and attention to the many different circumstances and exploring the thoughts and feelings which are experienced when a baby dies at any gestation.' From the Foreword by Julia Gray Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199806

Perinatal Mental Health and the Military FamilyIdentifying and Treating Mood and Anxiety Disorders This multi-disciplinary resource provides an overview of perinatal mental and physical health issues within the military population. Perinatal mental health has far-reaching implications for military readiness. The text provides insights to the effects of military culture on identification evaluation and treatment of perinatal mood and anxiety disorders and is an invaluable resource for military and civilian primary and behavioral health providers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924789

Perinatal Mental HealthA Sourcebook for Health Professionals APPRAISAL AND REVALIDATION SERIES The new Appraisal and Revalidation Series helps doctors demonstrate their competence to the standard expected by the General Medical Council and to the standard expected if they are recognised as having 'special clinical interests'. It helps doctors gather evidence of their performance for appraisal and revalidation portfolios. This fifth book in the series examines the practical ways to identify learning and service needs within the areas of substance abuse palliative care musculoskeletal conditions and prescribing practice. It also provides guidance on how to collect data to demonstrate learning competence performance and service delivery standards. All general practitioners and those with special clinical interests and primary care organisation leads will find this book essential reading. For more information on other titles in this series please click here Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379302

Perinatal Programming Perinatal factors are critical in the 'programming' of behavioral endocrine and immunologic outcomes of adult life. Exposure to many factors in utero can drive fetal development along specific trajectories. Perinatal factors can also affect many diverse systems that have significant implications for long-term health outcomes. The findings from basic research are so diverse and suggest implications in many different arenas. Bringing together these findings this book explores the evidence linking the role of early life events to long-term physical and psychological health outcomes. It pulls the research together and communicates the findings to the wider scientific and clinical communities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391447

Period Reproduction Buckram HatsThe Costumer’s Guide Whether you’re in a professional or a community theatre part of a historical re-enactment or teaching costume construction a well-made hat provides a much-needed finishing touch to a costume. Period Reproduction Buckram Hats: The Costumer’s Guidebook is your one-stop resource for learning how to recreate historically accurate buckram hats. Each chapter is devoted to the construction of a particular hat beginning with a historical image and followed by an list of the exact amount of fabric tools and materials needed and the estimated time to complete the construction. Every chapter contains a brief historical background on each hat a pattern step-by-step instructions process photographs and ideas for altering the pattern to fit your unique production. This book not only provides instruction for the exacting reproduction of historic hats but it also guides and encourages you to alter patterns and techniques to create your own designs. The final chapters outline general millinery principles that can be applied to almost any hat allowing you to customize your project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138017276

Periodical Acquisitions and the Internet This book first published in 1999 reveals emerging trends in selecting acquiring and accessing electronic journals. This book stresses the need for librarians to understand copyright and contract laws the complexity of the Internet business environment and the need for constant training in order to take full advantage of electronic information. It offers proven methods collection development procedures and problem-solving techniques that keep up with the changes in collection librarianship and help librarians provide patrons with advanced and easy-to-use resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369880

Perioperative Anesthetic Care of the Obese Patient The only available resource to provide cutting-edge in-depth coverage of the links between obesity and anesthesia in surgery the reader-friendly Handbook of Perioperative Anesthesia: Complications and Challenges of the Obese Patient guides the practicing anesthesiologist through each stage of surgery for the obese patient. This clinically relevant text thoroughly illustrates the unique challenges and complications the anesthesiologist faces when supervising and administering drug delivery during surgery. Practical and hands-on this source also advises the anesthesiologist on how to avoid potential risks and ensure speedy patient recovery post-operation. Easily referenced this handbook clearly addresses treatment and management of the obese patient in the three chronological stages of surgery:Preoperative – includes information on systemic patient evaluation and surgery preparation emphasizing related areas of concern in the obese patient (cardiac pulmonary endocrine and others) to help the anesthesiologist foresee how a patient will fare during surgeryIntraoperative – provides a thorough discussion of the latest in procedural technique drug and fluid administration patient monitoring and airway managementPostoperative – steps the anesthesiologist can take following surgery to optimize patient results In addition this handbook explores special situations that anesthesiologists may encounter during surgery including the needs of pregnant and pediatric patients as well as patients with needs outside of the hospital setting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385101

Perioperative Fluid Therapy Perioperative fluid therapy requires the correct selection amount and composition of fluids based on the patient's underlying pathology state of hydration and type and duration of surgical stress. Filling a gap in the literature this source provides a solid foundation to practical perioperative fluid management fluid solutions and the utiliz Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429166020

Perioperative PracticeFundamentals of Homeostasis Written by experienced nurse lecturers and a theatre nurse Perioperative Practice highlights and explains the biological processes which can be disrupted by a major surgical procedure. Using the concept of homeostasis as a framework the authors look at issues common to all surgical procedures such as the influence of anaesthesia on the nervous system or perioperative pain management. Individual chapters cover: the human body and principles of homeostasis the surgical approach and endoscopic procedures perioperative influences on body fluid homeostasis perioperative influences on immunological homeostasis and wound healing perioperative influences on cardiovascular homeostasis perioperative influences on respiratory homeostasis anaesthesia stress and surgery pain and pain relief in the perioperative patient. Generously illustrated in colour and black and white the text features further learning activities and useful summaries of key points. It provides an important resource and supporting text for all nurses undertaking courses in theatre work or related areas or already working in such areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415233101

Peripheral Dopamine Pathophysiology First Published in 1989 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the role of Dopamine in the Periphery. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367230944

Peripheral LymphFormation and Immune Function First published in 1985: This book deals with the physiology and pathophysiology of the peripheral i.e. prenodal lymph. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367235215

Peripheral Vascular Disease in Primary Care 'Peripheral vascular disease is common and has a significant adverse effect on the quality of life. A general practice with a list size of 6000 patients will have approximately 30 symptomatic patients with peripheral vascular disease' - Anita Sharma Peripheral vascular disease is a commonly neglected condition and therefore often presents in an advanced stage or in a life-threatening manner. General practitioners can play a vital role by making early diagnoses prompt referrals and in coordinating vascular risk factor management in primary care. This book is a concise and practical guide to recognising managing and reducing the cardiovascular risk factors in patients with peripheral vascular disease (PVD). Completely up-to-date it offers clear direction for all primary care professionals. 'A pleasure for any busy professional to read and an excellent source and reference book for all primary care professionals. Students nurses and registrars will be surprised with the descriptions of various pathologies simply explained which they will seldom have noticed while working on hospital wards.' Dr Michael Taylor in his Foreword 'A welcome source of knowledge and information particularly for those working in the primary care setting with the aim of improving their standards of care.' - Dr Deepak Bhatnagar in his Foreword 'Anita Sharma is an experienced practising GP whose book on PVD offers new insights for primary care professionals and is a generous contribution to the work of primary care practitioners everywhere.' - Gail Richards in her Foreword Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194351

Peripheral Visions of Economic DevelopmentNew frontiers in development economics and the history of economic thought This book explores peripheral visions on economic development both in the sense that it deals with specific issues of economic development and underdevelopment in countries at the periphery of the world economy and in terms of its exploration of the economic thinking developed in those regions particularly in Latin America. Bringing together an international group of historians of thought economic historians and development economists from Latin America Europe and other parts of the world this volume is highly credited and is an excellent contribution to development economic studies. This book is divided into four parts. Following the introduction the first set of papers describes the evolution of core-periphery perspectives in key contributions by Raúl Prebisch Oskar Lange Albert Hirschman Celso Furtado and Homero Cuevas. The second set discusses the links between unbalanced productive structures and external trade in peripheral countries. The third set contains papers on critical episodes in the development of monetary and financial systems in Latin America during the 19th and 20th centuries. The fourth set deals with geographical and institutional aspects of path dependence in the governance of external trade and in the development of liberties property rights and economic education in Europe Latin America and Africa. Several chapters make use of hitherto unexplored archival material. Other chapters draw attention to important episodes or literatures that have largely gone unnoticed in the English-speaking world. Yet others combine conceptual innovations with work on new historical data and other sources hitherto not utilized in such contexts. This book is ideal for those who study and research development economics history of economic thought and economic history especially in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110819

Peripheries Architects are now more than ever part of an interdisciplinary context. The emergence of creative art-based practices film making post-disaster designs and slum management as part of the architecture discourse and curriculum is an indication of how broad architecture has become and the extent to which it has already merged peripheral practices into its core. This new volume in the AHRA Critiques Series is a statement about how broad complex influential and ironically central architecture has become in the contemporary culture economy and society despite the marginal position the profession currently occupies. Peripheries questions and challenges the boundaries of architectural research by bringing together subjects and relevant streams of investigation some of which rarely feature in architectural research and practice titles. Divided into four themes Places of Formation and Insight Practices at the Edge People on the Margins and Edge Readings each section presents a selection of high calibre interdisciplinary research papers from a range of renowned contributors including Stephen Walker Gerry Adler Dana Vais and author Glen Patterson. The volume also includes a Dialogue between Murray Fraser Christine Boyer and Kim Dovey. Each section interrogates a peripheral aspect of the built environment and brings to the fore peripheral case studies. Chapters discuss architecture in United States Lebanon Egypt Japan Romania and Europe. Hence the book takes Architectural humanities discussions to new cultures societies and practices and towards a global level of influence and impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640305

Perishable Material Culture in PrehistoryInvestigating the Missing Majority Perishable Material Culture in Prehistory provides new approaches and integrates a broad range of data to address a neglected topic organic material in the prehistoric record. Providing news ideas and connections and suggesting revisionist ways of thinking about broad themes in the past this book demonstrates the efficacy of an holistic approach by using examples and cases studies. No other book covers such a broad range of organic materials from a social and object biography perspective or concentrates so fully on approaches to the missing components of prehistoric material culture. This book will be an essential addition for those people wishing to understand better the nature and importance of organic materials as the ’missing majority’ of prehistoric material culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537933

Peri-Urban ChinaLand Use Growth and Integrated Urban–Rural Development The urban-rural relationship in China is key to a sustainable global future. This book is particularly interested in peri-urbanization in China the process by which fringe areas of cities develop. Recent institutional change has helped clarify property rights over collective land facilitating peri-urban area development. Chapters in this book explore how rural industrialization has changed the landscape and rules about land use in peri-urban areas. It looks at the role of rural industrialization and provides a detailed exploration of peri-urbanization theory policy and its evolution in China. Leading discussions find out how fragmented bottom-up industrialization urbanization and lax governance have led to a series of social and environmental problems. The progress in redevelopment of peri-urban areas was initially slow due to the spatial lock-in effect. This book offers practical solutions to environmental issues and explains how policymakers have the potential to redevelop a future collaborative inclusive and sustainable approach to peri-urban areas.This in-depth approach to urbanization will be useful to academics in urban planning and governmental organizations. It will also be advantageous to NGOs and professionals involved in urban planning public administration as well as land-use work in China and other developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730734

Perma/Culture:Imagining Alternatives in an Age of Crisis In the face of what seems like a concerted effort to destroy the only planet that can sustain us critique is an important tool. It is in this vein that most scholars have approached environmental crisis. While there are numerous texts that chronicle contemporary issues in environmental ills there are relatively few that explore the possibilities and practices which work to avoid collapse and build alternatives. The keyword of this book’s full title 'Perma/Culture ' alludes to and plays on 'permaculture' an international movement that can provide a framework for navigating the multiple 'other worlds' within a broader environmental ethic. This edited collection brings together essays from an international team of scholars activists and artists in order to provide a critical introduction to the ethico-political and cultural elements around the concept of ‘Perma/Culture’. These multidisciplinary essays include a varied landscape of sites and practices from readings from ecotopian literature to an analysis of the intersection of agriculture and art; from an account of the rewards and difficulties of building community in Transition Towns to a description of the ad hoc infrastructure of a fracking protest camp. Offering a number of constructive models in response to current global environmental challenges this book makes a significant contribution to current eco-literature and will be of great interest to students and researchers in Environmental Humanities Environmental Studies Sociology and Communication Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152444

Permanent DisquietPsychoanalysis and the Transitional Subject Permanent Disquiet: Psychoanalysis and the Transitional Subject comprises the first English language translation of some of Michel Émile de M’Uzan’s key writings alongside an invaluable glossary by Murielle Gagnebin of M’Uzan’s work. Together they give a thorough overview of his key thinking. The first part of the book sees de M’Uzan exploring the compatibility between creativity (particularly creative writing) and psychoanalytic practice and includes an exchange with Jean-Bertrand Pontalis. The second part focuses on M’Uzan’s key psychoanalytic concept – "permanent disquiet". Freud stated that the purpose of psychoanalysis was to transform neurotic suffering into common unhappiness. De M’Uzan built on this idea in his career and examined what it means for the clinical process for the analyst to step back not to try and force happiness onto the patient but instead to accept and allow them to find for themselves their own state of ‘permanent disquiet’. Drawing on Freud and Winnicott and including an invaluable glossary of de M’Uzan’s own psychoanalytic terms this book brings de M’Uzan’s powerful theory to the anglophone psychoanalytic world for the first time. Permanent Disquiet: Psychoanalysis and the Transitional Subject will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists globally who are interested in French psychoanalytic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193676

Permanent Liminality and ModernityAnalysing the Sacrificial Carnival through Novels This book offers a comprehensive sociological study of the nature and dynamics of the modern world through the use of a series of anthropological concepts including the trickster schismogenesis imitation and liminality. Developing the view that with the theatre playing a central role the modern world is conditioned as much by cultural processes as it is by economic technological or scientific ones the author contends the world is to a considerable extent theatrical - a phenomenon experienced as inauthenticity or a loss of direction and meaning. As such the novel is revealed as a means for studying our theatricalised reality not simply because novels can be understood to be likening the world to theatre but because they effectively capture and present the reality of a world that has been thoroughly ’theatricalised’ - and they do so more effectively than the main instruments usually employed to analyse reality: philosophy and sociology. With analyses of some of the most important novelists and novels of modern culture including Rilke Hofmannsthal Kafka Mann Blixen Broch and Bulgakov and focusing on fin-de-siècle Vienna as a crucial ’threshold’ chronotope of modernity Permanent Liminality and Modernity demonstrates that all seek to investigate and unmask the theatricalisation of modern life with its progressive loss of meaning and our deteriorating capacity to distinguish between what is meaningful and what is artificial. Drawing on the work of Nietzsche Bakhtin and Girard to examine the ways in which novels explore the reduction of human existence to a state of permanent liminality in the form of a sacrificial carnival this book will appeal to scholars of social anthropological and literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367184667

Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives Despite two decades of massive strides in research and development on control strategies and their subsequent implementation most books on permanent magnet motor drives still focus primarily on motor design providing only elementary coverage of control and converters. Addressing that gap with information that has largely been disseminated only in journals and at conferences Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives is a long-awaited comprehensive overview of power electronic converters for permanent magnet synchronous machines and control strategies for variable-speed operation. It introduces machines power devices inverters and control and addresses modeling implementation control strategies and flux weakening operations as well as parameter sensitivity and rotor position sensorless control. Suitable for both industrial and academic audiences this book also covers the simulation low cost inverter topologies and commutation torque ripple of PM brushless DC motor drives. Simulation of the motor drives system is illustrated with MATLAB® codes in the text. This book is divided into three parts—fundamentals of PM synchronous and brushless dc machines power devices inverters; PM synchronous motor drives and brushless dc motor drives. With regard to the power electronics associated with these drive systems the author: Explores use of the standard three-phase bridge inverter for driving the machine power factor correction and inverter control Introduces space vector modulation step by step and contrasts with PWM Details dead time effects in the inverter and its compensation Discusses new power converter topologies being considered for low-cost drive systems in PM brushless DC motor drives This reference is dedicated exclusively to PM ac machines with a timely emphasis on control and standard and low-cost converter topologies. Widely used for teaching at the doctoral level and for industrial audiences both in the U.S. and abroad it will be a welcome addition to any engineer’s library. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221489

Permanent Magnetism One of the first books to approach magnetism from a metal physics perspective Permanent Magnetism presents research ideas that are being translated into commercial reality for ferrite and Nd-Fe-B magnets and follows the discovery of interstitial intermetallic materials. Written by well-known authors the book contains a comprehensive yet concise treatment of the fundamental theory underlying permanent magnetism and illustrates applications with modern permanent magnetic materials including ceramics and intermetallic compounds. Each chapter contains worked examples to reinforce applications and the appendices include detailed mathematics and tabular data on material properties. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743829

Permanently Online Permanently ConnectedLiving and Communicating in a POPC World Permanently Online Permanently Connected establishes the conceptual grounds needed for a solid understanding of the permanently online/permanently connected phenomenon its causes and consequences and its applied implications. Due to the diffusion of mobile devices the ways people communicate and interact with each other and use electronic media have changed substantially within a short period of time. This megatrend comes with fundamental challenges to communication both theoretical and empirical. The book offers a compendium of perspectives and theoretical approaches from leading thinkers in the field to empower communication scholars to develop this research systematically exhaustively and quickly. It is essential reading for media and communication scholars and students studying new media media effects and communication theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245006

Permeability and Stability of Lipid Bilayers This book presents a comprehensive and coherent picture of how molecules diffuse across a liquid that is on average only two molecules thick. It begins by characterizing bilayers structurally using X-ray diffraction and then mechanically by measuring elastic moduli and mechanisms of failure. Emphasis is placed on the stability and mechanical properties of plant membranes that are subject to very large osmotic and thermal stresses. Using this information the transport of molecules of increasing complexity across bilayers is analyzed. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203743805

Permeable Reactive BarrierSustainable Groundwater Remediation Remediation of groundwater is complex and often challenging. But the cost of pump and treat technology coupled with the dismal results achieved has paved the way for newer better technologies to be developed. Among these techniques is permeable reactive barrier (PRB) technology which allows groundwater to pass through a buried porous barrier that either captures the contaminants or breaks them down. And although this approach is gaining popularity there are few references available on the subject. Until now. Permeable Reactive Barrier: Sustainable Groundwater Remediation brings together the information required to plan design/model and apply a successful cost-effective and sustainable PRB technology. With contributions from pioneers in this area the book covers state-of-the-art information on PRB technology. It details design criteria predictive modeling and application to contaminants beyond petroleum hydrocarbons including inorganics and radionuclides. The text also examines implementation stages such as the initial feasibility assessment laboratory treatability studies (including column studies) estimation of PRB design parameters and development of a long-term monitoring network for the performance evaluation of the barrier. It also outlines the predictive tools required for life cycle analysis and cost/performance assessment. A review of current PRB technology and its applications this book includes case studies that exemplify the concepts discussed. It helps you determine when to recommend PRB what information is needed from the site investigation to design it and what regulatory validation is required. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138775589

Permission to NarrateExplorations in Group Analysis Psychoanalysis Culture Permission to Narrate develops exciting new theory and explorations for group analysis. They are diverse in range and from differing bases in theory and research aim to cast light on how clients find voice and speak out in groups and the importance of rhetoric in the understanding of communication. It addresses the ways in which silenced submerged and less confident voices emerge finding permission and narration often against the odds. Positioning and dialogical theory is used to show how such voices are caught up in and defined by discourses and also how we can transcend the definitions and positions into which we are thrown. Accessible clinical and historical examples bring theory to life. Permission to Narrate also uses applied group analytic theory to consider the cultural role and rhetoric of monsters and what these representations tell us about the position in which human beings conceive themselves. Also explored using applied group theory are the meetings of Alcoholics Anonymous and Quakers both serving as remarkable examples of different alternative group formations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203629

Permit Trading in Different Applications Permit trading is an environmental policy instrument that has received increasing levels of attention over recent years. Coming from the field of air quality management with the European CO2 emissions trading system being the most prominent example it enters new fields of application such as land use policy and biodiversity protection water quality and water quantity trading. This book gives an overview of these recent developments and discusses the possibilities and limits of permit trading in environmental policies. The advantages of permit trading are not only seen with respect to economic efficiency which leads to achieving the environmental target at minimum cost but also with respect to the instrument’s environmental effectiveness. By setting a cap for the overall emissions a given environmental target can be met. This makes permit trading an interesting case for many environmental fields where safeguarding the environmental target plays a dominant role. Against this background permit trading is discussed in environmental policy fields where it has not been considered before for example land use management biodiversity protection and water trading. Permit Trading in Different Applications analyses the properties of permit trading: its possibilities and limitations its design options and its restrictions on a more general level. It demonstrates how lessons learnt in established policy fields like air quality management can be transferred to new and emerging fields of application. This collection will provide students and practitioners in environmental sciences and policy with valuable research into instrument choice and design with respect to permit trading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241312

Permitted And Prohibited DesiresMothers Comics And Censorship In Japan Desire is both of and beyond the everyday. In an ad for running shoes for example the figure of a man jogging at dawn on the Serengeti Plain both evokes a fantasyof escape and invokes a disciplinary norm to stay fit. The bottom line for thead of course is to create a desire to consume the promise being that with thepurchase of these shoes the consumer can realize yet also transcend the daily exhortationto perform.To say this differently there is something both real and phantasmic about desire.Yet this notion seems contradictory. Isn't there a difference between the desireto be fit for example which is realizable realistic and in these senses realand the desire to escape routine everydayness which for most of us is inescapablemost of the time? But is exercise real or phantasmic? Certainly noteveryone works out and even those who make exercise a part of their reality maydo so in order to pursue a fantasy about themselves. And are escapes from dailyroutines phantasmic or real? An escape from the everyday is far more realizablefor some people than even fitness. But here too what is fantasy blends into (andbecomes indistinguishable from) the real: A vacation away from work may be ameans of ensuring a higher level of work performance when one returns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282639

Permutation DesignBuildings Texts and Contexts In design the problems that designers are called upon to solve can be regarded as a problem of permutations. A permutation is an ordered arrangement of elements in a set. In our case the set is design and the elements are design components such as lines shapes forms or spaces. Traditionally such arrangements are done by human designers who base their decision-making process either on intuition or on random sampling until a valid solution is found. However in both cases the solution found may be an acceptable one but cannot be labeled as "the best possible solution" due to the subjective or arbitrary nature of the selection process. In contrast by harnessing the potential of computational design these elements can be arranged in all possible ways and then the best ones are chosen based on specific criteria. By presenting a complete list of permutation-based arrangements the "best solution" will eventually reveal itself by excluding all other possible solutions. This book comprehensively addresses theories techniques and examples of permutation design in order to fully demonstrate to the reader the full range of possibilities this method represents. The significance of such an approach to design is enormous paradigmatic and far-reaching. It provides an alternative method for design analysis synthesis and evaluation that is based on computational force rather than pure human intelligence alone. In contrast to human-based random sampling or intuition permutation-based design offers the assurance of an optimum design since any possible alternative design can be eliminated. From a practical point of view this methodology offers a paradigmatic shift away from the current state of design practice where arbitrariness repetition and redundancy often exist. From a theoretical viewpoint this new paradigm will offer alternative insights into the value of human creativity intuition and intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644501

Permutations of OrderReligion and Law as Contested Sovereignties Permutations of Order makes an innovative and important contribution to current discussions about the relationship between religion and law bringing together theoretically informed case studies from different parts of the world relating to various types of politico-legal settings and religions. This volume also deals with contemporary legal/religious transfigurations that involve "permutations " meaning that elements of "legal" and "religious" acts of ordering are at times repositioned within each realm and from one realm to the other. These permutations of order in part result from the fact that in ethnographic settings like those examined here "legal" and "religious" realms are relational to-and in certain cases even constitutive of-each other and they result in categoric transpositions and new social positionalities through which among other things "the legal" and "the religious" are blended. Permutations of Order is a work that transcends convention identifies new and theoretically overarching themes and will be of strong interest to researchers and policy-makers seeking a comparative focus on the intersections and disjunctions of religion and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276406

Pernicious ToleranceHow Teaching to Accept Differences Undermines Civil Society Recent decades have seen a consistent effort by the American educational establishment to instruct schoolchildren about the importance of "appreciating differences " all in the name of "tolerance " so as to quell burgeoning "hate." In Pernicious Tolerance Robert Weissberg argues that educators' endless obsession with homophobia sexism racism and other alleged hateful disorders is part of a much larger ongoing radical ideological quest to transform America by first capturing education.In pursuing their objectives radical pedagogues have abandoned the idea of tolerance of what some find objectionable. In its place they have adopted a fantasy—that tolerance can be replaced with a blank-check appreciation of diversity. Weissberg argues that this approach is guaranteed to promote civil strife. In rejecting a more workable version of tolerance today's professional educators risk civic disaster in an effort to achieve legitimacy for those they believe are unfairly marginalized stigmatized underappreciated and otherwise disdained.Weissberg also addresses the issue of an ever-expanding welfare state not only concerned with our material being but critically also with our "mental health " defined as beliefs about the vulnerable or victims in waiting—women ethnic and racial minorities homosexuals and others. He shows that this therapeutic state does not stop at imploring good thinking; it goes much further and criminalizes evil thoughts as if thinking poorly of those at risk is tantamount to inflicting bodily harm. There is substantial collateral damage in this quest for tolerance; it facilitates intellectual sloth while raising anti-intellectualism to an honored professional norm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412845793

Perovskite Solar CellsTechnology and Practices The increasing use of metal halide perovskites as light harvesters has stunned the photovoltaic community. The book Perovskite Solar Cells: Technology and Practices covers the basics and provides up-to-date research in the field of perovskite photovoltaics—a fast trending branch of the thin film photovoltaic generation. This comprehensive handbook provides a broad and overall picture of perovskite solar cells (PSCs) starting with the history of development and revolution of PSCs. The authors then delve into electron-transporting materials hole-transporting materials and lead-free alternatives. An important chapter on tandem solar cells is also included. The chapters discuss how different layers in PSCs are fabricated and function and how their roles are as important as the perovskite layer itself. It explores what has been done and what can probably be done to further improve the performance of this device. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887281

Perpetrating GenocideA Criminological Account Focusing on the relationship between the micro level of perpetrator motivation and the macro level normative discourse this book offers an in-depth explanation for the perpetration of genocide. It is the first comparative criminological treatment of genocide drawn from original field research based substantially on the author’s interviews with perpetrators and victims of genocide and mass atrocities combined with wide-ranging secondary and archival sources. Topics covered include: perpetration in organizations genocidal propaganda the characteristics of perpetrators decision-making in genocide genocidal mobilization coping with killing perpetrator memory and trauma moral rationalization and transitional justice. An interdisciplinary and comparative analysis this book utilizes scientific methods with the objective of gaining some degree of insight into the causes of genocide and genocide perpetration. It is argued that genocide is more than a mere intellectual abstraction – it is a crime with real consequences and real victims. Abstraction and objectivity may be intellectual ideals but they are not ideally humane; genocide is ultimately about the destruction of humanity. Thus this book avoids presenting an overly abstract image of genocide but rather grounds its analysis in interviews with victims and perpetrators of genocide in Rwanda Burundi Uganda Bosnia Cambodia Bangladesh and Iraq. This book will be highly useful to students and scholars with an interest in genocide and the causes of mass violence. It will also be of interest to policy-makers engaged with the issues of genocide and conflict prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194826

Perpetrators Accomplices and Victims in Twentieth-Century PoliticsReckoning with the Past These studies examine the ways in which succeeding democratic regimes have dealt with or have ignored (and in several cases sugar-coated) an authoritarian or totalitarian past from 1943 to the present. They treat the relationship with democratization and the different ways in which collective memory is formed and dealt with or ignored and suppressed. Previous books have examined only restricted sets of countries such as western or eastern Europe or Latin America. The present volume treats a broader range of cases than any preceding account and also a much broader time-span investigating diverse historical and cultural contexts and the role of national identity and nationalism studying the aftermath of both fascist and communist regimes in both Europe and Asia in an interdisciplinary framework while the conclusion provides a more complete comparative perspective than will be found in any other work. The book will be of interest to historians and political scientists and to those interested in fascism communism legacies of war democratization collective memory and transitional justice. This book was previously published as a special issue of Totalitarian Movements and Political Religions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850247

Perpetrators and Perpetration of Mass ViolenceAction Motivations and Dynamics As the most comprehensive edited volume to be published on perpetrators and perpetration of mass violence the volume sets a new agenda for perpetrator research by bringing together contributions from such diverse disciplines as political science sociology social psychology history anthropology and gender studies allowing for a truly interdisciplinary discussion of the phenomenon of perpetration. The cross-case nature of the volume allows the reader to see patterns across case studies bringing findings from inter alia the Holocaust the genocides in Rwanda and the former Yugoslavia and the civil wars in Cambodia and Côte d’Ivoire into conversation with each other.The chapters of this volume are united by a common research interest in understanding what constitutes perpetrators as actors what motivates them and how dynamics behind perpetration unfold. Their attention to the interactions between disciplines and cases allows for the insights to be transported into more abstract ideas on perpetration in general. Amongst other aspects they indicate that instead of being an extraordinary act perpetration is often ordinary that it is crucial to studying perpetrators and perpetration not from looking at the perpetrators as actors but by focusing on their deeds and that there is a utility of ideologies in explaining perpetration when we differentiate them more carefully and view them in a more nuanced light. This volume will be vital reading for students and scholars of genocide studies human rights conflict studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591489

Perpetrators of Intimate Partner Sexual ViolenceA Multidisciplinary Approach to Prevention Recognition and Intervention Research shows that intimate partner sexual violence (IPSV) is the most common form of sexual assault. Professional focus is often on the victim but more information is needed about the perpetrators in order to have a fuller understanding of this crime. The very nature of IPSV – sexual assault within a relationship – means that professionals who work with victims must understand the dynamics of perpetrators as well. This new book will distill the knowledge that exists about perpetrators of IPSV. It includes chapters by authors who have worked directly with IPSV perpetrators and covers important subjects such as addressing IPSV in batterer groups police management strategies the danger of IPSV to children the different types of violence perpetrators use and prevention approaches for young people. There is also still a widely held view that rapists are strangers in alleyways. This book is intended to educate professionals about who is a perpetrator as well as to highlight the very real danger these perpetrators represent including a heightened risk of lethality. The contributors look at the social context of IPSV and the implications for prevention and provide hands-on knowledge to practitioners in a number of fields. The book may also be used within the academic context in fields such as social work sociology counseling psychology medicine nursing criminal justice and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910454

Perpetua's PassionThe Death and Memory of a Young Roman Woman Perpetua's Passion studies the third-century martyrdom of a young woman and places it in the intellectual and social context of her age. Conflicting ideas of religion family and gender are explored as Salisbury follows Perpetua from her youth in a wealthy Roman household to her imprisonment and death in the arena. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610916

Persecution International Refugee Law and RefugeesA Feminist Approach This book explores the ambit of the notion of persecution in international law and its relevance in the current geopolitical context more specifically for refugee women. The work analyses different models for interpreting the notion of persecution in international refugee law through a comparative lens. In particular a feminist approach to refugee law is adopted to determine to what extent the notion of persecution can apply to gender related forms of violence and what are the challenges in doing so. It proposes an interpretive model that would encourage decision makers to interpret the notion of persecution in a manner that is sufficiently protective and relevant to the profiles of refugees in the 21st century most particularly to refugee women. The book will be of interest to academics and students in the field of public international law international human rights law international humanitarian law immigration law European law and refugee law as well as those working in the areas of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893507

Persecution and Toleration in Protestant England 1558-1689 This fascinating work is the first overview of its subject to be published in over half a century. The issues it deals with are key to early modern political religious and cultural history.The seventeenth century is traditionally regarded as a period of expanding and extended liberalism when superstition and received truth were overthrown. The book questions how far England moved towards becoming a liberal society at that time and whether or not the end of the century crowned a period of progress or if one set of intolerant orthodoxies had simply been replaced by another.The book examines what toleration means now and meant then explaining why some early modern thinkers supported persecution and how a growing number came to advocate toleration. Introduced with a survey of concepts and theory the book then studies the practice of toleration at the time of Elizabeth I and the Stuarts the Puritan Revolution and the Restoration. The seventeenth century emerges as a turning point after which for the first time a good Christian society also had to be a tolerant one. Persecution and Toleration is a critical addition to the study of early modern Britain and to religious and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144897

Persephone Rises 1860–1927Mythography Gender and the Creation of a New Spirituality Over the course of the nineteenth century the figure of Persephone rapidly evolved from what was essentially a decorative metaphor into a living goddess who embodied the most spiritual aspects of ancient Greek religion. In the first comprehensive survey of the Persephone myth in English and American literature of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries Margot Louis explores the transformation of the goddess to provide not only a basis for understanding how the study of ancient history informed the creation of a new spirituality but for comprehending the deep and bitter tensions surrounding gender that interacted with this process. Beginning with an overview of the most influential ancient texts on Persephone and references to Persephone in Chaucer Shakespeare Milton and Romantic period writing Louis shows that the earliest theories of matriarchy and patriarchal marriage emerged in the 1860s alongside the first English poems to explore Persephone's story. As scholars began to focus on the chthonic Mystery cults and particularly on the Eleusinian Mysteries of Demeter and Persephone poets and novelists explored the divisions between mother and daughter occasioned by patriarchal marriage. Issues of fertility and ritual resonate in Thomas Hardy's Tess of the d'Urbervilles and Willa Cather's My Antonia while the first advance of a neo-pagan spirituality as well as early feminist critiques of male mythography and of the Persephone myth emerge in Modernist poems and fictions from 1908 to 1927. Informed by the latest research and theoretical work on myth Margot Louis's fascinating study shows the development of Victorian mythography in a new light; offers original takes on Victorian representations of gender and values; exposes how differently male and female Modernists dealt with issues of myth ritual and ancient spirituality; and uncovers how deeply the study of ancient spirituality is entwined with controversies about gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247090

Perseverance Poster The Perseverance Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070547

Persia (RLE Iran A) This volume is a fascinating portrait of a part of the world uneasily balanced between many loyalties – East and West European and Arabic. The coronation of the Shah in 1967 marked the end of the need for foreign aid and Iran emerged from her struggles to become the leading nation in the Middle East. Written before the crippling Iran-Iraq war broke out this book looked forward to Iran’s great future which in the author’s opinion could only be achieved if she broke with her traditions to form a new material and spiritual synthesis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203833193

Persia (RLE Iran A)History and Heritage This book traces the history and culture of Persia one of the world’s oldest civilisations from pre-history down to the present time.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203830260

Persia and its People (RLE Iran A) This volume gives a popular description of Iran and was the result of the author’s extensive travelling in the country and close knowledge of its people and customs over a period of 3 years at the turn of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203833148

Persia and the Persian QuestionVolume One This is the recording of a six month long journey to Persia as well as previous travels in neighbouring areas. The book also describes the communications maintained with the Persian authorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978201

Persia and the Victorians (RLE Iran A) The impact of Persian life and literature upon Victorian England was tremendous. It found its public demonstration in the visit of the Shah but the number of men of letters who turned to the Persian classics for inspiration were as numerous as they were great: William Jones Charles Murray Edward Browne George Borrow Richard Burton Edward Palmer and of course Fitzgerald translator of the Rubaiyat. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203833186

Persian Academic Reading Persian Academic Reading (PAR) is the first textbook for advanced learners of Persian/Farsi who are interested in learning academic Persian. No other textbook teaches skills required to comprehend modern academic Persian. This textbook includes passages selected from a diverse number of fields including history philosophy cultural studies political sciences economics literature religious studies and tourism. The book covers the essential reading skills an advanced learner needs to understand texts in humanities and social sciences. Numerous exercises in each unit help learners master many frequent terms and phrases in modern academic Persian. A variety of exercises ensure maximized exposure to current discourses in academic Persian. Each unit offers several optional exercises for learners who would like to practise writing in academic Persian. Unlike many other textbooks the contents of the book are all authentic passages published in Persian journals. This selection guarantees the reliability and validity of each text. Instead of dealing with fictitious texts by one single author readers are provided with real texts of different styles and tastes. This textbook comprises fourteen units and can be a serious choice for students of undergraduate and graduate levels with a strong background in modern Persian. It can also help practitioners and professionals interested in Persian to improve their knowledge of academic Persian. This book comes with a comprehensive key to assist learners interested in self-study. Persian Academic Reading (PAR) is a pioneering textbook in accommodating the reading skills of learners who would like to unlock doors to a plethora of academic texts in Persian.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065291

Persian Authorship and Canonicity in Late Mughal DelhiBuilding an Ark Writing in the eighteenth century the Persian-language litterateurs of late Mughal Delhi were aware that they could no longer take for granted the relations of Persian with Islamic imperial power relations that had enabled Persian literary life to flourish in India since the tenth century C.E.Persian Authorship and Canonicity in Late Mughal Delhi situates the diverse textual projects of ‘Abd al-Qādir “Bīdil” and his students within the context of politically threatened but poetically prestigious Delhi exploring the writers’ use of the Perso-Arabic and Hindavi literary canons to fashion their authorship. Breaking with the tendency to categorize and characterize Persian literature according to the dynasty in power this book argues for the indirectness and complexity of the relations between poetics and politics. Among its original contributions is an interpretation of Bīdil’s Sufi adaptation of a Braj-Avadhi tale of utopian Hindu kingship a novel hypothesis on the historicism of Sirāj al-Din ‘Alī Khān “Ārzū”s oeuvre and a study of how Bindrāban Dās “Khvushgū" entwined the contrasting models of authorship in Bīdil and Ārzū to formulate his voice as a Sufi historian of the Persian poetic tradition. The first book-length work in English on ‘Abd al-Qādir “Bīdil” and his circle of Persian literati this is a valuable resource for students and scholars of both South Asian and Iranian studies as well as Persian literature and Sufism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876449

Persian CalligraphyA Corpus Study of Letterforms This book is an exploratory adventure to defamiliarize calligraphy especially Persian Nastaliq calligraphic letterforms and to look beyond the tradition that has always considered calligraphy as pursuant to and subordinate to linguistic practices. Calligraphy can be considered a visual communicative system with different means of meaning-making or as a medium through which meaning is made and expression is conveyed via a complex grammar. This study looks at calligraphy as a systematic means in the field of visual communication rather than as a one-dimensional and ad hoc means of providing visual beauty and aesthetic enjoyment. Revolving around different insights of multimodal social semiotics the volume relies on the findings of a corpus study of Persian Nastaliq calligraphy. The research emphasizes the way in which letterforms regardless of conventions in language are applied as graphically meaningful forms that convey individual distinct meanings. This volume on Persian Nastaliq calligraphy will be inspirational to visual artists designers calligraphers writers linguists and visual communicators. With an introduction to social semiotics this work will be of interest to students and scholars interested in visual arts media and communication and semiotics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209049

Persian CarpetsThe Nation as a Transnational Commodity Persian Carpets: the Nation As a Transnational Commodity tracks the Persian carpet as an exotic and mythological object as a commodity and as an image from mid-nineteenth-century England to contemporary Iran and the Iranian diaspora. Following the journey of this single object the book brings issues of labor into conversation with the politics of aesthetics. It focuses on the carpet as a commodity which crosses the boundaries of private and public religious and secular culture and economy modern and traditional home and diaspora and art and commodity to tell the story of transnational interconnectivity. Bringing transnational feminist cultural studies ethnography and network studies within the same frame of reference this book sheds light on Orientalia as civilizational objects that emerged as commodities in the encounter between the West and the many directly or indirectly colonized Middle Eastern and West Asian cultures focusing on the specific example of Persian carpets as some of the most extensively valued and traded objects since colonial modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138290259

Persian DocumentsSocial History of Iran and Turan in the 15th-19th Centuries After the Mongol period Persian was the official written language in Iran Central Asia and India. A vast amount of documents relating to administration and social life were produced and yet unlike Ottoman and Arabic documents Persian historical resources have received very little critical attention. This book is the first to use Persian Documents as the sources of social history in Early Modern Iran and Central Asia. The contributors examine four distinct elements of the documents:* the formal aspects of the sources are initially inspected* the second part focuses on newly discovered sources* the most abundant documents of the period - waqf deeds - are individually studiedIn this way the reader is led to realize the importance of Persian documents in gaining an understanding of past urban and rural societies in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665834

Persian GrammarFor Reference and Revision This is a book for reference and revision especially for those in the early stages of studying the Persian language. It uses the official reformed spelling and gives attention to handwriting educated standard and educated colloquial pronunciation and the important polite forms. The grammar is explained with copious examples all shown both in Persian script and in Roman transliteration. The grammatical themes are grouped logically and there are cross-references appendices and a subject index to facilitate the search for the right form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029559

Persian Language Literature and CultureNew Leaves Fresh Looks Critical approaches to the study of topics related to Persian literature and Iranian culture have evolved in recent decades. The essays included in this volume collectively demonstrate the most recent creative approaches to the study of the Persian language literature and culture and the way these methodologies have progressed academic debate. Topics covered include; culture cognition history the social context of literary criticism the problematics of literary modernity and the issues of writing literary history. More specifically authors explore the nuances of these topics; literature and life poetry and nature culture and literature women and literature freedom of literature Persian language power and censorship and issues related to translation and translating Persian literature in particular. In dealing with these seminal subjects contributors acknowledge and contemplate the works of Ahmad Karimi Hakkak and other pioneering critics analysing how these works have influenced the field of literary and cultural studies.Contributing a variety of theoretical and inter-disciplinary approaches to this field of study this book is a valuable addition to the study of Persian poetry and prose and to literary criticism more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871307

Persian Linguistics in Cultural Contexts Korangy and Sharifian’s groundbreaking book offers the first in-depth study into cultural linguistics for the Persian language. The book highlights a multitude of angles through which the intricacies of Persian and its many dialects and accents wherever spoken can be examined. Linguistics with cultural studies as its backdrop is not a new phenomenon; however with this text we are afforded an insight into the complex relationship that exists between human cognizance and human expression in this ancient civilization. This study helps develop an innovative understanding of history intent and meaning as understood by a culture and by a people in this case the Persian-speaking folk of Iran. The chapters are insightful resources for analyzing and augmenting our knowledge of linguistics under the rubric of Persian culture but also for proposing and foregrounding new ideas in this field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601345

Persian Literature and ModernityProduction and Reception Persian Literature and Modernity recasts the history of modern literature in Iran by elucidating the bonds between the classical tradition and modernity and exploring textual generic and discursive formations through heterodoxical investigations. This is first done through the rehabilitation of concepts embedded in tradition including the munāzirah (debate) AhrÄ«man (the demonic) tajarrud (radical aloneness) and naÌ„riz̤aÌ„yatiÌ„ (discontent). Following this are broader structural and processual treatments including the emergence of the genre of the social novel the international dimension of Persian and Persianate canon formation and the development of salvage ethnography and anthropological discourse in Iran. Covering literary experiments from the twelfth to the twentieth centuries the chapters in this volume make a case for stepping outside the bounds of orthodox literary scholarship in Iranian studies with its associated political and orientalist determinants in order to provide a more nuanced conception of literary modernity in Iran.Offering an alternative reading of modernity in Persian literature this book is an invaluable resource for scholars and students interested in the history of modern Iran and Persian Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663605

Persian Metaphysics and MysticismSelected Works of 'Aziz Nasaffi One of the foremost 13th-century Persian mystics 'Aziz Nasaffi with his simple manner of explaining God His Essence Attributes and Acts provides the western reader with an overview of all the major interpretations of medieval Islamic thought. Providing the first comprehensive selection in English of Nasaffi's treatises Dr Ridgeon's work offers the western student of Islam a much-needed guide to the speculative and practical dimensions of Sufism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869851

Persian Sufi PoetryAn Introduction to the Mystical Use of Classical Persian Poems Focuses on the poems rather than on their authors. Surveys the development of Persian mystical poetry dealing first with the relation between Sufism and literature and then with the four main genres of the tradition: the epigram the homiletic poem love poetry and symbolic narrative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026237

PersianA Comprehensive Grammar Persian: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to the grammar system for intermediate to advanced learners of Persian. It presents an accessible and systematic description of the language focusing on real patterns of use in contemporary Persian. The book is organised to promote a thorough understanding of Persian; its structure its sound system and the formation of words phrases and sentence construction. It offers a stimulating analysis of the complexities of the language providing clear explanations and examples of each point. Persian: A Comprehensive Grammar is the essential reference work on Persian grammar for all learners and users of the language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927032

Persian-English DictionaryIncluding Arabic Words and Phrases in Persian Literature First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203168967

Persistence and ChangeProceedings of the First International Conference on Event Perception First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781449

Persistence of Poverty in India What distinguishes Persistence of Poverty from most other poverty studies is the way in which it conceptualises the problem. This volume offers a variety of alternative analytical perspectives and fresh insights into poverty that are key to addressing the problem. In looking at the day to day lived realities of the poor the volume points out that in order to understand poverty one must take into account the wider system of class and power relations in which it is rooted.  This volume suggests that ‘democracy in India may be as big a part of the problem as it is of the solution.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099661

Persistence Poster The Persistence Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363683

Persistent Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT) ChemicalsTechnical Aspects Policies and Practices Developed from the efforts of a multiyear international project examining how persistent bioaccumulative and toxic (PBT) chemicals are evaluated and managed Persistent Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT) Chemicals: Technical Aspects Policies and Practices focuses on improving the processes that govern PBTs. Incorporating science and policy literature—as well as interviews and panel discussions featuring experts from around the world—this book provides you with an international perspective of PBT policies (centering on Europe Asia and North America) and reveals major findings and recommendations for improving PBT science laws and policies. It includes case studies of specific chemicals provides an introduction to the overall subject of toxic chemicals and weighs in on science and policy expansion for PBTs. It also provides summary tables of important PBTs and discussions on the number of PBTs in commerce weight of evidence approaches market deselection and international management. The text: Assesses the history current practice and future of PBT management Considers the roles scientific data modeling and conventions play in identifying and regulating PBTs Explores the number of PBTs in commerce and the growing role of weight of evidence (WOE) in the making of PBT determinations Identifies issues that are likely to come up in WOE judgments Examines international national subnational and regional PBT policies Includes a comprehensive and easy-to-understand analysis of PBT science and policy This book reviews the current science policies and practices surrounding the regulation of PBTs. It also provides relevant research recommendations and suggestions for improving the management and oversight of PBTs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138792944

Persistent ModellingExtending the Role of Architectural Representation With contributions from some of the world’s most advanced thinkers on this subject this book is essential reading for anyone looking at new ways of thinking about the digital within architecture. It speculates upon implications of Persistent Modelling for architectural practice reconsidering the relationship between architectural representation and architectural artefact particularly in the fields of responsive and adaptive architectures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415594073

Persistent Permeability?Regionalism Localism and Globalization in the Middle East With the collapse of the Middle East peace process the 'war on terrorism' and US-led intervention in Iraq the question of Middle East regionalism(s) has reached a new salience. Will such developments usher in a new wave of transnational politics as events reverberate through a Middle East made even more permeable by new information technologies and transregional religious networks? Or will authoritarian states successfully insulate themselves from such effects? What impact will globalization have on local identities and local politics? To what extent might issues of regional permeability be mediated by class gender ethnicity population migration or other factors? The contributors to Persistent Permeability? address such questions from a variety of analytical perspectives. In doing so they offer a valuable contribution essential for all those interested in Middle East politics and international relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247083

Persistent Poverty In Rural America A team of anthropologists economists geographers political scientists social workers and sociologists examine the leading explanations for why poverty persists in rural America. Their findings discredit established theories such as the culture of poverty and suggest new explanations for rural poverty and new directions for antipoverty programs Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298104

Persistent RuskinStudies in Influence Assimilation and Effect Examining the wide-ranging implications of Ruskin's engagement with his contemporaries and followers this collection is organized around three related themes: Ruskin's intellectual legacy and the extent to which its address to working men and women and children was realised in practice; Ruskin's followers and their sites of influence especially those related to the formation of collections museums archives and galleries representing values and ideas associated with Ruskin; and the extent to which Ruskin's work constructed a world-wide network of followers movements and social gestures that acknowledge his authority and influence. As the introduction shows Ruskin's continuing digital presence is striking and makes a case for Ruskin's persistent presence. The collection begins with essays on Ruskin's intellectual presence in nineteenth-century thought with some emphasis on his interest in the education of women. This section is followed by one on Ruskin's followers from the mid-nineteenth century into twentieth-century modernism that looks at a broad range of cultural activities that sought to further repudiate or exemplify Ruskin's work and teaching. Working-class education the Ruskinian periodical plays and science fiction are all considered along with the Bloomsbury Group's engagement with Ruskin's thought and writing. Essays on Ruskin abroad-in America Australia and India round out the collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409400769

Persistent State Weakness in the Global Age Persistent State Weakness in the Global Age addresses the question of why state weakness in the global era persists. It debunks a common assumption that state weakness is a stop-gap on the path to state failure and state collapse. Informed by a globalization perspective the book shows how state weakness is frequently self-reproducing and functional. The interplay of global actors policies and norms is analyzed from the standpoint of their internalization in a weak state through transnational networks. Contributors examine the reproduction of partial and discriminatory rule at the heart of persistent state weakness drawing on a wide geographical range of case studies including the Middle East the Balkans the post-Soviet states and sub-Saharan Africa. The study of state-weakening dynamics related to institutional incapacity colonial and war legacies legitimacy gaps economic informality democratization and state-building provides an insight into durability and resilience of weak states in the global age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600093

Persistent UnderdevelopmentChange and Economic Modernization in the West Indies First published in 1996 this insightful and informative text examines the post-emancipation and recent economic history of the Commonwealth Caribbean. Jay R. Mandle offers an explanation of the region’s continuing underdevelopment. Through the use of an analytical framework derived from the works of Marx and Kuznets the book focuses attention on technological change as the driving force behind economic modernization. Persistent Underdevelopment begins by exploring how plantation agriculture had a limiting effect on industrial growth. Ultimately plantation dominance receded; technological stagnation continued however and under British colonial policy the Caribbean failed to modernise. The post-World War II era brought new efforts at modernisation through the economic policies of the left regimes of Manley Burnham and Bishop. The concluding chapters point the way to policies that would enable the Caribbean to escape its current poverty and become an effective participant in world markets finally achieving the goal of modern economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849883

Persistent Young OffendersAn Evaluation of Two Projects Based on some of the most interesting research of the last ten years this book discusses effective practice in work with persistent young offenders. It contrasts two major evaluations of projects for juvenile offenders one of which was successful and the other less so. The projects Freagarrach and CueTen were funded by The Scottish Office and the Scottish Executive. Freagarrach was evaluated over five years from 1995 and CueTen over three years (its entire lifespan) from 1996. This book makes the findings of these projects available to a wider readership setting them in a wider discursive framework than is appropriate in a government report. The authors identify the factors that made Freagarrach a more successful project than CueTen arguing that an understanding of these factors is important in drawing general conclusions from the experience of the two projects and that this is particularly the case because some of these factors have received little attention in recent discussions of 'what works' in community-based programmes for offenders. This is a detailed and thorough study of work with juvenile offenders which will be of particular value to those interested in less punitive approaches. It will be of interest both to practitioners and to academics in criminology social policy and social work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600109

Persisters and Desisters in Crime from Adolescence into AdulthoodExplanation Prevention and Punishment Too many juvenile delinquents persist in their offending into adulthood. They constitute a major burden for individual victims for businesses and the justice system all contributing to the total cost of crime for society. Focusing on the transition between juvenile offending and adult crime this book examines research based on Dutch European and North-American studies on the persistence and discontinuity of offending between late adolescence and early adulthood. Presenting empirical studies showing why persistence or discontinuity take place the book provides up-to-date information on preventive and remedial interventions to promote discontinuity of offending amongst young adults. From the same team who produced 'Tomorrow's Criminals' this book will be a valuable resource for criminologists criminal justice professionals psychologists sociologists and psychiatrists interested in juvenile and young adult offenders as well as those interested in what makes career criminals and youth who reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274457

Person and ObjectA Metaphysical Study First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884205

Person Memory (PLE: Memory)The Cognitive Basis of Social Perception Originally published in 1980 this title came about after many late night discussions between the authors during a 3-week workshop on Mathematical Approaches to Person Perception in 1974. In subsequent meetings a mutual interest emerged in the development of cognitive information processing metaphors for human thought and their application to problems of social perception memory and judgment. Within the context of modern research on social cognition the most distinctive aspects of the authors’ work was its empirical focus on how people cognitively represent people in memory and its theoretical emphasis on models of cognitive organization and process. They concluded that an adequate theory of social memory was the necessary foundation for solutions to many questions concerning social perception and judgment that had dominated the 1974 workshop. This volume summarizes work conducted between 1974 and 1979 on social memory by these authors. In addition to six chapters summarizing individual research programs the volume includes a general introduction and a concluding theoretical integration. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978218

Personal Social and Emotional Development in the Early Years Foundation Stage The Practical Guidance in the Early Years Foundation Stage series will assist practitioners in the smooth and successful implementation of the Early Years Foundation Stage. Each book gives clear and detailed explanations of each aspect of Learning and Development and encourages readers to consider each area within its broadest context to expand and develop their own knowledge and good practice. Practical ideas and activities for all age groups are offered along with a wealth of expertise of how elements from the practice guidance can be implemented within all early years settings. The books include suggestions for the innovative use of everyday ressources popular books and stories. Using the clear and accessible material in this book practitioners will be guided through the process of helping children develop an understanding of themselves; to help them gain independence and to become excited and motivated about their learning. Practical examples and ideas are linked to the Practice Guidance to ensure that practitioners feel confident in their ability to support and develop children's emotional well-being and social skills as well as develop their own knowledge and understanding of this important aspect of the EYFS. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609521

Personal Social and Moral Education Originally published in 1994 this book enables primary school teachers to take steps to make Personal Social and Moral Education (PSME) central to the work of their schools. Links to the National Curriculum are implicit and explicit throughout the book and the author covers ways in which whole staffs are to be involved in the development of PSME. Case studies of good reflective teaching are taken from many curriculum areas and from rural and urban schools. The author draws out the lessons they impart with insight precision and principle emphasising the values of openness encouragement sensitivity and respect for the children and adults engaged in the development of personal social and moral values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367458126

Personal Achievement Log (PAL)10 Days of Maximum Teaching Success First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411050

Personal Aggressiveness and War First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758161

Personal and Cultural Shadows of Late MotherhoodJungian Psychoanalytic Views Personal and Cultural Shadows of Late Motherhood explores the topic of delayed motherhood from a Jungian psychoanalytic perspective using both quantitative and qualitative research methods including interview transcripts diaries dreams and Jung's world renowned Word Association Experiment. It provides a unique contribution to our understanding of the pressures faced by women today on the topic of delayed motherhood. We may consider an affect to be in place when a woman allows her relationship to her body and its procreative capacity to slip away from consciousness only to awaken at a point when redeeming her past choices becomes a hunger. This book delves into personal cultural and collective spheres of influence that have been split off waiting for the right moment to reintegrate. Working with Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis and Jung’s Word Association Experiment the author identifies aspects of the psyche arousing late procreative desire and considers the differing accounts of maternal and paternal parents within affective experience of growing up female beside a male sibling. The book examines women’s procreative identity in midlife identifies complexes of a personal cultural and collective nature and considers how the role of mother is psychosocially performed taking in feminist psychoanalytical thinking as well as Queer theory to explore new meanings for late motherhood. This book will be of great interest to clinicians researchers academics postgraduate students of Jungian psychoanalysis gender theory psychosocial studies and those travelling alongside a woman's journey into later motherhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138349780

Personal Autonomy and Social OppressionPhilosophical Perspectives Personal Autonomy and Social Oppression addresses the impact of social conditions especially subordinating conditions on personal autonomy. The essays in this volume are concerned with the philosophical concept of autonomy or self-governance and with the impact on relational autonomy of the oppressive circumstances persons must navigate. They address on the one hand questions of the theoretical structure of personal autonomy given various kinds of social oppression and on the other how contexts of social oppression make autonomy difficult or impossible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731523

Personal Autonomy in Plural SocietiesA Principle and its Paradoxes This volume addresses the exercise of personal autonomy in contemporary situations of normative pluralism. In the Western liberal tradition from a strictly legal and theoretical perspective the social individual has the right to exercise the autonomy of his or her will. In a context of legal plurality however personal autonomy becomes more complicated. Can and should personal autonomy be recognized as a legal foundation for protecting a person’s freedom to renounce what others view as his or her fundamental ‘human rights’? This collection develops an interdisciplinary conceptual framework to address these questions and presents empirical studies examining the gap between the principle of personal autonomy and its implementation. In a context of cultural diversity this gap manifests itself in two particular ways. First not every culture gives the same pre-eminence to personal autonomy when examining the legal effects of an individual’s acts. Second in a society characterized by ‘weak pluralism’ the legal assessment of personal autonomy often favours the views of the dominant majority. In highlighting these diverse perspectives and problematizing the so-called ‘guardian function’ of human rights i.e. purporting to protect weaker parties by limiting their personal autonomy in the name of gender equality fair trial etc. this book offers a nuanced approach to the principle of autonomy and addresses the questions of whether it can effectively be deployed in situations of internormativity and what conditions must be met in order to ensure that it is not rendered devoid of all meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884499

Personal Autonomy in Society People are socially situated amid complex relations with other people and are bound by interpersonal frameworks having significant influence upon their lives. These facts have implications for their autonomy. Challenging many of the currently accepted conceptions of autonomy and of how autonomy is valued Oshana develops a 'social-relational' account of autonomy or self-governance as a condition of persons that is largely constituted by a person’s relations with other people and by the absence of certain social relations. She denies that command over one's motives and the freedom to realize one's will are sufficient to secure the kind of command over one's life that autonomy requires and argues against psychological procedural and content neutral accounts of autonomy. Oshana embraces the idea that her account is 'perfectionist' in a sense and argues that ultimately our commitment to autonomy is defeasible but she maintains that a social-relational account best captures what we value about autonomy and best serves the various ends for which the concept of autonomy is employed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265202

Personal AutonomyBeyond Negative and Positive Liberty The concept of personal autonomy is central to discussions about democratic rights personal freedom and individualism in the marketplace. This book first published in 1986 discusses the concept of personal autonomy in all its facets. It charts historically the discussion of the concept by political thinkers and relates the concept of the autonomy of the individual to the related discussion in political thought about the autonomy of states. It argues that defining personal autonomy as freedom to act without external constraints is too narrow and emphasises instead that personal autonomy implies individual self-determination in accordance with a chosen plan of life. It discusses the nature of personal autonomy and explores the circumstances in which it ought to be restricted. In particular it argues the need to restrict the economic autonomy of the individual in order to promote the value of community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703148

Personal Branding for Entrepreneurial Journalists and Creative Professionals Personal Branding for Entrepreneurial Journalists and Creative Professionals outlines and describes the complete process of building and growing a successful personal brand. Focused on the independent journalist or creative professional in the new digital marketplace Sara Kelly gives readers the ability to create the sort of personal brand that not only stands out but remains relevant for years to come. Features such as exercises and worksheets will guide readers in creating the various components of their personal brand and case studies of real-world branding scenarios will allow readers to analyze the practical aspects of implementing a personal brand. Covering theory and practice this text is a powerful resource for modern journalists multimedia storytellers and content creators hoping to ply their talents online and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218475

Personal Capitalism and Corporate GovernanceBritish Manufacturing in the First Half of the Twentieth Century This book is specifically aimed at addressing a gap in the study of the evolution of corporate governance in Britain. In particular its key theme the relationship between corporate governance and personal capitalism in British manufacturing in the first half of the twentieth century provides the means for a systematic and critical examination of the dominant Chandlerian paradigm that the long-running persistence of personal capitalism shaped the governance of British manufacturing firms well into the twentieth century and acted to erode their competitive performance. The book helps to identify those aspects of corporate governance that have undergone change with some critical observations on the magnitude of change and those aspects which have displayed characteristics of continuity. The empirical spine of this book is set out in a series of case studies which provide the basis for the examination of corporate governance in Britain during the period c. 1900 to 1950. By focusing particularly on the responses of a range of businesses to the turbulent environment of the inter-war years this volume offers an insight into a much neglected yet vital area of business and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255005

Personal Carbon Trading Personal carbon trading is rapidly moving up the political agenda as recognition grows of its potential to address urgent issues of climate change and natural resource use. Under personal carbon trading schemes a carbon allowance would be allocated to each individual to be used and traded in the same way as in national and international carbon trading schemes. This volume presents the latest research on personal carbon trading at different scales - from the effects on the individual communities and organisations to its place in national EU (including the EU ETS) and global policy landscapes. It presents key research on the economic and policy barriers and implications and will be essential reading for anyone involved in emissions trading research or policymaking. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849776721

Personal Care in an Impersonal WorldA Multidimensional Look at Bereavement The purpose of this volume is to ask and propose a positive answer to the question: "Can we attend to the personhood of individuals within systems and cultures which are mass oriented?" One of the most interesting changes in contemporary thinking has been the emphasis on the unique person. While the distinction between a person (a unique rational being) and individual (one of several similar things) has long existed it is in the twentieth century that we seem to have become fully conscious of this distinction. There is good reason for such as emphasis today. Repeatedly in this century the case of the person was deemed less important than some policy. Innocent persons slaughtered in the name of some "ism " political bombings and kidnappings and mass unemployment to name but a few. The cause of our dehumanization seems to be the reduction of the individual person to a part of the political economic or religious system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315223926

Personal CausationThe Internal Affective Determinants of Behavior First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315825632

Personal Conflict ManagementTheory and Practice Personal Conflict Management 2nd edition details the common causes of conflict showcases the theories that explain why conflict happens presents strategies for managing conflict and invites consideration of the risks of leaving conflict unsettled. This book also explores how gender race culture generation power emotional intelligence and trust affect how individuals perceive conflict and choose conflict tactics. Detailed attention is given to the role of listening and both competitive and cooperative negotiation tactics. Separate chapters explain how to deal with bullies and conflict via social media. The volume caps off its investigation of interpersonal conflict with chapters that: provide tools to analyze one’s conflicts and better choose strategic responses; examine the role of anger and apology during conflict; explore mediation technique; and evaluate how conflict occurs in different situations such as family intimacy work and social media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210998

Personal Construct Psychology in Clinical PracticeTheory Research and Applications First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178991

Personal ConsultancyA model for integrating counselling and coaching Making the case for an integrated approach to the practices of counselling psychotherapy and coaching Personal Consultancy provides a coherent and systematic framework for working with clients. Nash Popovic and Debra Jinks use their experience in the area of integrative practice to demonstrate how this wider approach can be a more comprehensive way of helping clients than coaching or counselling on its own. The authors explain how a range of techniques and approaches from various one-to-one practices can be brought together under the framework of Personal Consultancy creating a method that is systematic ethical and professional but not limited by any particular theoretical bias or preconceptions. With chapters by guest authors who discuss their perspectives on the approach and its application across various contexts Personal Consultancy demonstrates that it is possible to combine the reparative work normally associated with counselling with the more proactive goal-oriented approach of coaching. The result is a method that allows clients to have their counselling and their coaching needs met within one relationship and which allows the practitioner more flexibility and freedom than when using a single approach. Personal Consultancy will be essential reading for practicing coaches and counsellors especially those already integrating the two approaches or those looking to do so as well as students and those in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833936

Personal Decisions in the Public Square This work looks into how why and when people pursue things in life that they desire those that make their existence attractive and worth living. Robert A. Stebbins calls this "Positive Sociology " the study of what people do to organize their lives such that they become substantially rewarding satisfying and fulfilling. Western society has many challenges: crime drug addiction urban pollution daily stress domestic violence and overpopulation. Significant levels of success in avoiding these problems brings a noticeable measure of tranquility but it does not necessarily generate a positive life.Personal Decisions in the Public Square draws upon in large part the sociology of leisure a "happy science." Among the basic concepts in the sociology of leisure are activity and human agency. The centrality of positive activity is one of its hallmarks and separates it from other social science specialties. Stebbins's positive sociology centers on conceptual roots found in the "serious leisure" perspective. This theoretical framework synthesizes three main forms of leisure (serious casual and project-based) while showing their distinctive features similarities and interrelationships. Positive sociology also considers two other domains of life: work and non-work obligations.This new approach focuses on the pursuit of "that which makes life worth living." Stebbins explores goals that are important to all people such as negotiating the right work/family or obligation/leisure balance and the tricky relationship between money and happiness. Research scientists or the general public may find the ideas presented in this volume help them better understand and negotiate situations by showing how to approach them in a positive way rather than as "problems" that need to be solved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847520

Personal Development Groups for Trainee CounsellorsAn Essential Companion Personal development (PD) groups are a key feature of many counsellor training programmes. Personal Development Groups for Trainee Counsellors: An Essential Companion is a comprehensive and accessible study guide written by experienced tutors and lecturers to support students with their PD group work and other personal development activities helping students to get the most out of these experiences. This essential resource is aimed primarily at those who are new to counsellor training. It will also be useful for anyone who wants to understand more about the nature of PD groups and how these can be used effectively. Case studies questions and activities encourage readers to reflect on different topics and on themselves including looking at how to improve self-care and how mindfulness can help. The book looks at the historical background to PD groups; how they can be used effectively and also real-life experiences from both tutors and recent students. Other chapters invite the reader to develop their self-awareness through gaining an understanding of how ethics relationships and identity are developed. There is a discussion about the merits or otherwise of mandatory personal therapy for trainees and also a discussion about the use of supervision. Finally other important aspects of personal development are discussed including personal therapy supervision self-care and mindfulness. Personal Development Groups for Trainee Counsellors will be of use to counsellor trainees on undergraduate and postgraduate diplomas to introduce them to PD groups and other essential activities. It will also be highly informative to those who are on counselling certificate courses to introduce them to aspects of personal development as well as for tutors to support them in their work as PD group facilitators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479289

Personal Development Plans for DentistsThe New Approach to Continuing Professional Development Healthcare has suffered from a series of scandals where trust and patient confidence has been questioned. This timely book examines recent case studies involving every aspect of healthcare provision including the Shipman and Alder Hey cases. It shows how positive lessons can be learnt from these experiences to improve health and healthcare. The contributors offer practical advice based on their extensive and broad experience on how to regain trust between patient and practitioner following these difficulties. They demonstrate how doctors and other healthcare professionals can introduce ways to reduce error and mistrust and describe how to work better with press the public and patients. It is essential reading for all healthcare professionals policy makers shapers and commentators and those representing patient groups. 'The context of this volume is clear - the Bristol paediatric cardiac surgery debacle the Alder Hey scandal around retention and use of dead children's organs without consent and the Harold Shipman murders largely of elderly women in their own homes by their own GP. No surprise then that a first analysis suggests a breakdown of trust. But what the various authors argue for in this volume is both a more careful commentary and a series of complex responses. Real change is gradual a response to a narrative rather than to a single shock to the system. Professional leadership cross-disciplinary working with patients and the public is what will rebuild trust trust based on honesty on listening and on a strong sense of shared values. But it is possible and desirable. The authors have hit on what is 'essentially the 'way through this'!' Julia Neuberger in the Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376196

Personal Diplomacy in the EUPolitical Leadership and Critical Junctures of European Integration At a time when the economic troubles and bailouts of Greece and other European economies are casting significant doubt on the future viability of the Eurozone and the EU it is crucial to examine the origins of the political will and leadership that is necessary to move the integration process forward. This book makes a significant conceptual and empirical contribution by elucidating the extent to which the integration process hinges not on institutions and norms but on the relations among leaders. Vogt conducts a comparative diplomatic history of three critical junctures in the process of European integration: the creation of the Common Market (1955–1957) British accession (1969–1973) and the introduction of the Euro (1989–1993). He illustrates how personal diplomacy leadership constellations and the dynamics among leaders enable breakthroughs or inhibit accords. He also reveals how the EU’s system of top-level decision-making that privileges institutionalised summitry has operated in the past and suggests – in a separate chapter – why it has come to atrophy and prove more dysfunctional of late. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604698

Personal DisclosuresAn Anthology of Self-Writings from the Seventeenth Century The seventeenth century saw a dramatic increase in self-writing-from the private jotting down of personal thoughts in an irregular and spontaneous way to the carefully considered composition of extended autobiographical narrative and deliberate self-fashioning for public consumption. Recent anthologies of women's writing drawing to some extent on this rich but relatively little-known archive have demonstrated the importance of studying such material to gain insight into female lives in that era. Personal Disclosures is innovative in that it stimulates and facilitates comparative analysis of female and male representations of the self and of gendered constructions of identity and experience by presenting a broad range of extracts from both women's and men's autobiographical writings. The majority of the extracts have been freshly edited from original seventeenth-century manuscripts and books. Exploiting all kinds of text-diaries journals logs testimonies memoirs letters autobiographies-the anthology also encourages consideration of topics central to current scholarly interest: religious experience the body communities the family encounters with new lands and peoples and the conceptualization and writing of the self. A General Introduction discusses early modern autobiographical writing and there are substantial introductions to each of the six sections together with detailed suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247069

Personal Disorder and Family Life This work looks into how why and when people pursue things in life that they desire those that make their existence attractive and worth living. Robert A. Stebbins calls this "Positive Sociology " the study of what people do to organize their lives such that they become substantially rewarding satisfying and fulfilling. Western society has many challenges: crime drug addiction urban pollution daily stress domestic violence and overpopulation. Significant levels of success in avoiding these problems brings a noticeable measure of tranquility but it does not necessarily generate a positive life.Personal Decisions in the Public Square draws upon in large part the sociology of leisure a "happy science." Among the basic concepts in the sociology of leisure are activity and human agency. The centrality of positive activity is one of its hallmarks and separates it from other social science specialties. Stebbins's positive sociology centers on conceptual roots found in the "serious leisure" perspective. This theoretical framework synthesizes three main forms of leisure (serious casual and project-based) while showing their distinctive features similarities and interrelationships. Positive sociology also considers two other domains of life: work and non-work obligations.This new approach focuses on the pursuit of "that which makes life worth living." Stebbins explores goals that are important to all people such as negotiating the right work/family or obligation/leisure balance and the tricky relationship between money and happiness. Research scientists or the general public may find the ideas presented in this volume help them better understand and negotiate situations by showing how to approach them in a positive way rather than as "problems" that need to be solved. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126227

Personal Effectiveness 'Personal Effectiveness' encourages managers to develop self-knowledge and apply this to their behaviour both in relation to their own job performance and in the role of leading and managing others. Through reviewing progress within your area of managerial responsibility you will improve your own opportunities and prospects as well as build the ability to identify the strengths and weaknesses of others. "Personal Effectiveness" inspires managers to continuously develop and upgrade their set of skills knowledge and behaviours to be appropriate for effective leadership in the 21st century. 'Personal Effectiveness' introduces managers to the idea of effective performance and the underlying techniques and approaches required in terms of behaviour and skills to achieve effective performance. The authors follow the Personal Competency Model currently in favour and anticipate future developments within the model. The behaviours or competencies which underpin effective performance in modern management are addressed and those behaviours associated with the Personal Competency Model are explored and developed.This third edition of Personal Effectiveness incorporates new self-assessment templates to enable the manager to identify personal strengths and weaknesses in each element of the relevant competency within the model as appropriate to each chapter. The checklist of associated behaviours the full Personal Competency Model and the various units of competence (performance) underpinned by the competencies (behaviour and skills) can now be found in the three associated appendices. A number of additional concepts and models as well as some new scenarios have been introduced throughout the text and the links to the Institute"s Module (where relevant) have now been identified at the beginning of the chapters.The text is suitable for use on the Chartered Management Institutes Diploma Level course on Understanding Yourself and "Personal Development Planning". It is also suitable for NVQ national units of managerial competence and personal competency required to perform at management level 4. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169609

Personal EffectsReading the Journal of Marie Bashkirtseff This book examines the genre and gender issues at stake in Marie Bashkirtseff's bid to go public with the personal. It explores the discursive strategies by which Bashkirtseff writes her journal from the private context of its keeping to a public context of reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602871

Personal Enmity in Roman Politics (Routledge Revivals)218-43 BC The Roman Republic was governed by a small group of men who agreed far more than they disagreed on the fundamental questions facing the state. The details of their public behaviour can thus only be understood in relation to the idiosyncrasies deeply embedded in Roman political culture one of the most important of which was that of personal hatred – ‘inimicitia’. Personal Enmity in Roman Politics first published in 1987 explores how ‘inimicitia’ could arise and how it was often central in the formation of political factions. In particular groups opposing such powerful figures as Pompey and Caesar might be united by nothing more than common hatred of the individual. An important feature too was the criminal trial because of the highly personal nature of the Roman adversary system at the time: Epstein argues that personal factors were more important than political ones in the famous trials of the late Republic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780170

Personal Epistemology and Teacher Education Personal Epistemology and Teacher Education edited by Joanne Brownlee Gregg Schraw and Donna Berthelsen provides an international perspective on teachers’ personal epistemology or beliefs about the nature of knowledge and knowing. Research from The Netherlands Cyprus Australia United States Canada Norway and Taiwan is presented to provide diverse viewpoints on personal epistemology for early childhood primary secondary and tertiary teaching contexts. The text provides a platform for cutting-edge theory and research about how personal epistemology can be applied to the context of teacher education thereby making explicit the connection between personal epistemology and teaching and students’ learning outcomes. Topics include: Cultural differences in teacher epistemology and the impact on students’ learning Teachers’ epistemological beliefs and inclusion Teachers’ epistemology and reading lessons citizenship education and teaching science Epistemology in a social context Teachers’ epistemological beliefs and student autonomy Teacher education and analysis of preservice and practicing teachers Implications of teachers’ epistemological beliefs Connections to future practice Teacher education and teacher behaviours are fore-grounded across the topics with an emphasis on the origin and composition of teachers’ epistemological beliefs and how universities motivate change through formal teacher education. Teaching behaviours are discussed in relation to how teachers’ beliefs are related to the curricular and pedagogical choices that they make in their classrooms assessment of learning outcomes and classroom management practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849159

Personal EpistemologyThe Psychology of Beliefs About Knowledge and Knowing This is the first book to provide a comprehensive overview of the theoretical and methodological approaches to the study of personal epistemology from a psychological and educational perspective. Both theory building and empirical research have grown dramatically in the past decade but until now this work has not been pulled together in a single volume. That is the mission of this volume whose state-of-the-art theory and research are likely to define the field for the next 20 years. Key features of this important new book include: *Pioneering Contributors--The book provides current perspectives of each of the major theoreticians and researchers who pioneered this growing field as well as contributions from new researchers. *Diverse Perspectives--The contributors represent a variety of perspectives including education educational psychology developmental psychology higher education and science and mathematics education. *Editorial Integration--Opening and closing chapters by the editors set out key issues confronting the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135710

Personal Ethics and Ordinary HeroesThe Social Context of Morality Personal Ethics and Ordinary Heroes: The Social Context of Morality examines what it means to be an authentic hero and provides real-life narratives that underscore the ethical principles guiding decision-making in the justice system and beyond. This engaging work revolves around a collection of excerpts from students studying ethics and social justice. The essays were responses to an invitation to write about and discuss a hero in their lives who motivated them to be more just compassionate and morally responsible persons. These essays collected over several years portray shared meanings of heroism rooted in themes like sacrifice perseverance and wisdom. The authors set student narratives in dialogues related to ethics and leadership that are both entertaining and useful for contemporary students and practitioners. This book illustrates the lessons of ethics in criminal and social justice practice and makes them tangible to students. Fostering the benefits of experiential learning it brings real meaning to students of criminal justice as well as professionals in the criminal justice field and other areas of human and social service practice. It is an essential accompaniment to primary texts used in ethics courses and training seminars. This book is intended for use in undergraduate classes in applied human sciences and services like criminal justice criminology social work and political science. It is particularly well-suited for classes in the areas of ethics organizations and administration and leadership. It is also worthwhile reading for the active justice practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347031

Personal Experiences of Psychological Therapy for Psychosis and Related Experiences For those struggling with experiences of psychosis therapy can be beneficial and even life changing. However there is no single type of therapy and a great range and diversity of therapeutic approaches have been developed to help different individuals’ needs which makes deciding which approach is most helpful for an individual not a straightforward choice. Personal Experiences of Psychological Therapy for Psychosis and Related Experiences uniquely presents personal accounts of those who have received therapy for psychosis alongside professional clinical commentary on these therapies giving multiple perspectives on what they involve and how they work. Presented in a clear and accessible way each chapter includes accounts of a variety of different therapies including cognitive behavioural therapy trauma-focused therapy open dialogue and systemic family therapy. The reader is encouraged to explore not only the clinical basis for these therapies but also understand what the treatments mean for the person experiencing them as well as their challenges and limitations. The book also explores the importance of the individual’s relationship with the therapist. As a whole the perspectives presented here provide unique insight into a range of widely used psychological therapies for psychosis. With its special combination of personal experiences and concise introductions to different therapies this book offers a valuable resource for academics and students of psychiatry clinical psychology psychotherapy mental health care and mental health nursing. It will also be essential reading for those considering treatment their friends and families as well as mental health professionals including psychiatrists clinical psychologists psychotherapists and nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090507

Personal Growth Through Adventure First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178397

Personal History and Health Scientists philosophers and storytellers often question why human beings appear to remain constant while existing in a state of change at the same tune. Among those who explore and expose dramatic conflicts between human stability and flux the number of behavioral scientists has remained relatively low - that is until Leo Srole followed the progress of a large cohort of people in his Midtown Longitudinal Study. This statistical project was designed to analyze mental health and assess human biological social and psychological change. New York's Upper East Side was the study's focus a sociologically insular community consisting of loosely differentiated neighborhoods with a population of generalizable significance that transcended individual characteristics. Midtowners studied hi 1954 then reinterviewed in 1974 were the subjects of analysis. After a twenty-year hiatus Srole's eagerly awaited findings and outcomes are available.Personal History and Health by Ernest Joel Millman is a posthumous synthesis of Leo Srole's seminal behavioral study. This book presents the principal findings of MLS - with emphasis on adult mental health predictors not cause-and-effect relationships. Srole used such biophysical correlates as gender and generation mental health and history of somatic disorders and the statistical methods of multiple correlation and regression analysis to predict average mental health. Through this work Srole's pioneering exploration of social age and adult mental health - in particular how they differed for the women and men of the Midtown Longitudinal Study - has been completed. Personal History and Health is the conclusive long-range view of those changes.These are Srole's final perspectives on mental health. As was characteristic of him it is not exploratory or confirmatory nor does it declare conclusions; rather it raises questions. Millman offers an accessible yet sophisticated presentation of sociomedical sampling and analysis in language which may be understood by statistically unsophisticated readers placing all of the explanations details figures and tables in comprehensive statistical appendices. This book will appeal to those in the mental health field sociomedical scientists and those with interest in the socioeconomic correlates of health status and/or social mobility in urban society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513044

Personal Identity Who am I? What is a person? What does it take for a person to persist from one time to another? What is the relation between the mind and the body? These are just some of the questions that constitute the problem of personal identity one of the oldest and most fundamental of philosophical questions. Personal Identity Third Edition is a clear and comprehensive introduction to these questions and more. Harold Noonan places the problem of personal identity in the context of more general puzzles about identity discussing the major historical theories and more recent debates. The book also includes essential historical and philosophical background to the problem of personal identity as found in the arguments of Locke Reid and Hume among others. The third edition of Personal Identity has been thoroughly reviewed in light of advances in the latest literature and research. This includes significant revision to the important problems of the simple and complex distinction and its relation to reductionism; temporal parts; and the distinction between perdurance and endurance theorists. Noonan also includes an up to date examination of personal identity and memory and personal identity and animalism particularly the work of Shoemaker Parfit Olson and hybrid theorists. Including helpful chapter summaries and annotated further reading at the end of each chapter Personal Identity Third Edition is essential reading for all students of philosophy of mind and metaphysics as well as students interested in ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092846

Personal Identity and Applied EthicsA Historical and Philosophical Introduction 'Soul' 'self' ‘substance’ and 'person' are just four of the terms often used to refer to the human individual. Cutting across metaphysics ethics and religion the nature of personal identity is a fundamental and long-standing puzzle in philosophy. Personal Identity and Applied Ethics introduces and examines different conceptions of the self our nature and personal identity and considers the implications of these for applied ethics. A key feature of the book is that it discusses a range of different approaches to personal identity; philosophical religious and cross-cultural including perspectives from non-Western traditions. Within this comparative framework Andrea Sauchelli examines the following topics: Early views of the soul in Plato Christianity and Descartes The Buddhist 'no-self' views and the self as a fiction Confucian ideas of our nature and the importance of self-cultivation as constitutive of the self Locke's theory of personal identity as continuity of consciousness and memory and objections by Butler and Reid as well as contemporary critics The theory of 'animalism' and arguments concerning embodied theories of personal identity Practical and narrative theories of personal identity and moral agency Personal identity and issues in applied ethics including abortion organ transplantation and the idea of life after death Implications of life-extending technologies for personal identity. Throughout the book Sauchelli also considers the views of important recent philosophers such as Sydney Shoemaker Bernard Williams Derek Parfit Marya Schechtman and Christine Korsgaard placing these in helpful historical context. Chapter summaries a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading make this a refreshing approachable introduction to personal identity and applied ethics. It is an ideal text for courses on personal identity that consider both western and non-western approaches and that apply theories of personal identity to ethical problems. It will also be of interest to those in related subjects such as religious studies and history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185692

Personal Identity and Buddhist PhilosophyEmpty Persons Since the publication of Mark Siderits' important book in 2003 much has changed in the field of Buddhist philosophy. There has been unprecedented growth in analytic metaphysics and a considerable amount of new work on Indian theories of the self and personal identity has emerged. Fully revised and updated and drawing on these changes as well as on developments in the author's own thinking Personal Identity and Buddhist Philosophy second edition explores the conversation between Buddhist and Western Philosophy showing how concepts and tools drawn from one philosophical tradition can help solve problems arising in another. Siderits discusses afresh areas involved in the philosophical investigation of persons including vagueness and its implications for personal identity recent attempts by scholars of Buddhist philosophy to defend the attribution of an emergentist account of personhood to at least some Buddhists and whether a distinctively Buddhist antirealism can avoid problems that beset other forms of ontological anti-foundationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472446459

Personal Identity and Literature In Personal Identity and Literature Hogan examines what makes an individual a particular unique self. He draws on cognitive and affective science as well as literary works - from Walt Whitman and Frederick Douglass to Dorothy Richardson Alice Munro and J. M. Coetzee. His scholarly analyses are also intertwined with more personal reflections  on for example his mother’s memory loss. The result is a work that examines a complex topic by drawing on a unique range of resources from empirical psychology and philosophy to novels films and biographical experiences. The book provides a clear systematic account of personal identity that is theoretically strong but also unique and engaging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210687

Personal Identity and ResurrectionHow Do We Survive Our Death? What happens to us when we die? According to Christian faith we will rise again bodily from the dead. This claim raises a series of philosophical and theological conundrums: is it rational to hope for life after death in bodily form? Will it truly be we who are raised again or will it be post-mortem duplicates of us? How can personal identity be secured? What is God's role in resurrection and everlasting life? In response to these conundrums this book presents the first ever joint work of leading philosophers and theologians on life after death. This is an impressive demonstration of interdisciplinary cooperation between philosophy and theology. Various models are offered which depict what resurrection into an incorruptible post-mortem body might look like. Therefore this book is an indispensable resource for anyone interested in the doctrine of bodily resurrection - be they philosophers theologians scholars in religious studies or believers interested in examining their faith. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600147

Personal Identity and Self-Consciousness Personal Identity and Self-Consciousness is about persons and personal identity. What are we? And why does personal identity matter? Brian Garrett using jargon-free language addresses questions in the metaphysics of personal identity questions in value theory and discusses questions about the first person singular. Brian Garrett makes an important contribution to the philosophy of personal identity and mind and to epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007109

Personal InfluenceThe Part Played by People in the Flow of Mass Communications First published in 1955 "Personal Influence" reports the results of a pioneering study conducted in Decatur Illinois validating Paul Lazarsfeld's serendipitous discovery that messages from the media may be further mediated by informal "opinion leaders" who intercept interpret and diffuse what they see and hear to the personal networks in which they are embedded. This classic volume set the stage for all subsequent studies of the interaction of mass media and interpersonal influence in the making of everyday decisions in public affairs fashion movie-going and consumer behavior. The contextualizing essay in Part One dwells on the surprising relevance of primary groups to the flow of mass communication. Peter Simonson of the University of Pittsburgh has written that "Personal Influence was perhaps the most influential book in mass communication research of the postwar era and it remains a signal text with historic significance and ongoing reverberations...more than any other single work it solidified what came to be known as the dominant paradigm in the field which later researchers were compelled either to cast off or build upon." In his introduction to this fiftieth-anniversary edition Elihu Katz discusses the theory and methodology that underlie the Decatur study and evaluates the legacy of his coauthor and mentor Paul F. Lazarsfeld. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529724

Personal Insolvency The Pocket Lawyer series is designed for members of the public who want 'how to' guidance in situations that would normally require expert advice. Each title:  written by experts in their field contains all the information you need in one book has an accessible and user-friendly layout and structure is supported by a companion website providing free updates and ready-to-use documents and letters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843145769

Personal Insolvency Law Regulation and Policy As the radical reforms contained in the Enterprise Act 2002 have come fully on-stream Personal Insolvency Law has become a major focus of attention. At the same time all evidence points to increasing levels of personal debt with the consequential rise in bankruptcies. Personal Insolvency Law Regulation and Policy therefore provides a timely evaluation of the current state of English law in this important area. The volume presents a critical analysis of the regimes of bankruptcy and individual voluntary arrangement in the context of current policy goals. It examines the impact of the Insolvency Act 2000 and the Enterprise Act 2002 and discusses the treatment of bankruptcy within the global economy. The book will be a valuable guide for students and academics engaged in the study of this increasingly important branch of private law. The study will also be of value to practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257573

Personal Knowledge ManagementIndividual Organizational and Social Perspectives Individuals need to survive and grow in changing and sometimes turbulent organizational environments while organizations and societies want individuals to have the knowledge skills and abilities that will enable them to prosper and thrive. Personal Knowledge Management (PKM) is a means of coping with complex environmental changes and developments: it is a form of sophisticated career and life management. Personal Knowledge Management is an evolving concept that focuses on the importance of individual growth and learning as much as on the technology and management processes traditionally associated with organizational knowledge management. This book looks at the emergence of PKM from a multi-disciplinary perspective and its contributors reflect the diverse fields of study that touch upon it. Relatively little research or major conceptual development has so far been focused on PKM but already significant questions are being asked such as 'is there an inherent conflict between personal and organizational knowledge management and how best do we harmonize individual and organizational goals?' This book will inform stimulate and challenge every reader. By delving both deeply and broadly into its subject the distinguished authors help all those concerned with 'knowledge work' and 'knowledge workers' to see how PKM supports and affects individuals organizations and society as a whole; to better understand the concepts involved and to benefit from relevant research in this important area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600154

Personal Mobilities Living in a contemporary developed society means having access to a myriad of ways to communicate. One can either use public or private transport to meet others and talk face to face or use a variety of communication networks like mobile or fixed telephones or the internet to travel virtually. Personal Mobilities provides a systematic study of personal movement focusing on the dimensions of space individuals societies and technologies. Kellerman examines a variety of personal mobilities including air transportation through several perspectives examining the human need for movement their anchoring within wider societal trends commonalities and differences among mobility technologies and international differences. Although spatial mobility seems geographical by its very nature the topic has been so far treated only partially and mainly by sociologists. Personal Mobilities highlights geographical as well as sociological aspects and is the first book to focus solely on personal mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653794

Personal Narratives of Black Educational LeadersPathways to Academic Success Challenging misconceptions related to Black academic achievement this volume provides original perspectives on the policies initiatives and factors that facilitate the success of students of color as they progress along the educational pipeline. Grounded in an anti-deficit framework this book offers personal narratives of Black educational leaders and professionals who discuss aspects of their educational experiences and pathways to success. With takeaways for research and practice the individual narratives that comprise this book add to the conversation and advance important lessons gained from personal stories about achieving success for Blacks and other minority students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660758

Personal Problems of Conduct and Religion Originally published in 1932 Professor McKenzie author of ‘Souls in the Making’ had been deeply interested for years in helping those afflicted with nervous troubles moral conflicts or religious doubts. Each chapter of this book deals with some concrete problem which he had actually faced with one of his patients. He was convinced that many of the severer forms of neuroticism could be prevented if treated with understanding and that many a parent could have been saved from making a fatal mistake in coping with a ‘difficult’ child if they had only been taught to deal with such. The practical character of this book can best be judged by a glance at a few of the topics discussed: ‘An Adolescent Problem’ ‘The Problem of Growing Up’ ‘The Troubles of Old Age’ ‘Psychology of Sleeplessness’ ‘The Delinquent Child’ ‘Our Regrets and Our Fears’ ‘Psychology of Faith’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681071

Personal Productivity The author explores the careers and private lives of the first two African-American boxing champions in order to define the history of race relations and the black press at the time. The major events and fights are organized around the themes of segregation and the significance to black Americans. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315493299

Personal Project PursuitGoals Action and Human Flourishing Personal Project Pursuit is the first book to feature Brian Little's highly respected personal projects analysis (PPA) one of the pioneering theories in contemporary personality and motivational psychology. The book examines both the internal and external dynamics of personal goals and projects and clearly demonstrates that human flourishing is enhanced when individuals are engaged in the pursuit of personal projects. The book opens with the theory and methodologies of personal projects research. The historical perspective on the development of the two dominant research perspectives from personality and developmental psychology is explored. Section II examines the internal dynamics and competing demands of goal formulation and project inception. The third part accentuates the role that social ecologies play in shaping the nature and outcomes of personal projects. These chapters highlight the importance of interpersonal relationships organizational contexts and the societal and cultural expectations in affecting the pursuit of personal projects. Ideas for orchestrating the environment to enhance human flourishing are explored. Section IV demonstrates how personal projects can illuminate and enhance human flourishing from psychological well being to physical health. The book concludes with applications for enhancing human flourishing from individual counseling to public policy. Personal Project Pursuit is intended for advanced students researchers and practitioners in personality social developmental industrial/organizational health environmental clinical and counseling psychology interested in motivation and well being. An excellent supplemental text for courses on personality motivation positive psychology well being personal and life span development the book's applied focus will appeal to counselors and rehabilitation/occupational therapists. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315089928

Personal Relationships Across Cultures Is falling in love the same the world over? What makes a 'happy marriage' in different cultures? How does our society influence us in the way we raise our children? Is modern life incompatible with intimacy? In this innovative new text Robin Goodwin challenges many of the established views on relationships by considering how different cultures view different relationships (love marriage friendship the family sexual relations). By discussing fundamental differences in values between cultures alongside other key influences such as social class and education he explores why these differences occur and how different political and historical events have challenged existing patterns of relationships. Finally drawing on research from all parts of the world he considers how we can use this knowledge to help different communities across the globe cope with their most pressing relational challenges. Dr Robin Goodwin is Reader in Psychology in the Department of Human Sciences at Brunel University London. He publishes widely on relationships and culture and lectures about his work across the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203434161

Personal Relationships Across the Lifespan Personal Relationships Across the Lifespan presents a comprehensive and up-to-date account of the role of personal relationships in people's lives.Highlighting areas of special significance and research interest at each major life-stage Patricia Noller Judith A. Feeney and Candida Peterson examine how close relationships develop over time and influence individual adjustment. They explore a wide range of relationships including some that are often neglected such as those with siblings adult children and elderly parents. They also look at alternative family forms such as single-parent families and step-families and address important themes such as intimacy conflict and power.With insightful discussion of the theory and methods typically used by researchers working in this area Personal Relationships Across the Lifespan is an ideal resource for students and researchers of both relationships and lifespan development. It will also be of interest to practitioners such as social workers and family therapists working with clients with relational concerns and anyone wanting to learn more about the nature of relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172579

Personal Relationships and Personal Networks The effort to understand personal relationships has traditionally focused on the individual characteristics of participants. Personal Relationships and Personal Networks takes this analysis a step further focusing on research linking participants' feelings and actions within a given personal relationship to the larger social context surrounding it. Author Malcolm R. Parks expands on the idea that the initiation development maintenance and dissolution of relationships are inextricably connected to each participant's social network-a perspective that allows for a better appreciation of our connection to the world and a greater understanding our significant power as social actors. This book offers a new way to consider basic notions about how relationships form such as how particular people meet and how relationships are started. Among many findings the volume demonstrates that individuals in relationships feel closer and generally more connected when they also have a greater amount of contact with the members of each other's personal networks and when they believe that network members support their relationship. Additional topics discussed include how this social context model is applicable to different types of relationships; how participants interact with network members; how social networks are involved in the deterioration of personal relationships; and what drives change in relationships. Students researchers and professionals in a wide variety of disciplines such as communication psychology sociology anthropology family studies clinical psychology public health nursing education and social work will find this book useful as will anyone seeking to better understand their own personal relationships. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089911

Personal RelationshipsThe Effect on Employee Attitudes Behavior and Well-being We know that positive fulfilling and satisfying relationships are strong predictors of life satisfaction psychological health and physical well-being. This edited volume uses research and theory on the need to belong as a foundation to explore various types of relationships with an emphasis on the influence of these relationships on employee attitudes behaviors and well-being. The book considers a wide range of relationships that may affect work attitudes specifically supervisory co-worker team customer and non-work relationships. The study of relationships spans many sub-areas within I/O Psychology and Social Psychology including leadership supervision mentoring work-related social support work teams bullying/interpersonal deviance and the work/non work interface. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389781

Personal RelationshipsTheir Structures and Processes First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781586

Personal Resilience for Healthcare StaffWhen the Going Gets Tough If people and organisations in healthcare cannot care for themselves how can they care for the populations and communities they exist to serve? Healthcare professionals and their organisations are subject to growing pressures including regular reviews and reorganisations coping with the impact of an aging population financial pressures shrinking of career prospects and enhanced expectations of what a healthcare system can do - all within a fierce media spotlight. Many healthcare staff also experience physical and psychological stress caused by long working hours. This practical guide has been written specifically for individuals who are experiencing anxieties engendered by working in healthcare. It examines the reasons why healthcare organisations are susceptible to these difficulties and considers the possible causes of such stress. By adopting a workbook format it suggests practical ways personal resilience can be developed and enhanced and offers tools to stimulate thought and assist this process. Human resource managers counsellors training and development professionals coaches mentors and leadership consultants within healthcare organisations will also find this workbook enlightening. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199837

Personal Response SystemsAn International Report of a New Home Care Service This important new book describes the origins developments and current status of personal response systems a new means for persons at risk who live alone to get help in case of emergency. In Personal Response Systems experts from ten countries report on the status achievements and challenges involved in setting up distributing and operating personal response systems (PRS). Experienced authors from a variety of backgrounds describe the technology economics and social effects of PRS and its integration into existing health and housing programs. Professionals who provide home health services will find important information about the most efficient and cost effective designs of personal response systems. They will learn how to evaluate and recommend the most appropriate systems for their clients with the assistance of this valuable new book. Research on the frequency and types of emergencies and the many psychological and social benefits to users of this new technology and their families are also discussed. Personal Response Systems covers systems in a number of countries including Japan Israel Sweden New Zealand and Germany. Authors representing universities social agencies and manufacturing plants provide a balanced thorough presentation of the subject. These authors discuss: the technology of personal response systems demographic trends how to set up a PRS in a community the integration of PRS into housing for the elderly and disabled benefits to consumers and health care systems the effects of PRS on family relationships emergencies best suited for PRS analysis of how future technology will expand the medical and protective functions of PRSHealth care planners social workers physicians case managers housing developers and managers and others involved in caring for the elderly or disabled will find a valuable store of information in this comprehensive volume. They will be able to evaluate more quickly the most appropriate PRS services for their clients and tenants. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315825380

Personal RoboticsReal Robots to Construct Program and Explore the World Many companies are now offering robots that are geared to the casual electronics hobbyist both in kit form and as fully assembled models. This book gives an overview of available robot products ranging from the simple to the complex. Interested readers will be able to find the robot kit that matches their skill level and pocketbook. Beginners may want to try a robot that is already fully assembled or a kit with pre-assembled electronics. Other readers may opt for kits that require soldering and electronic experience. Other criteria a reader will be able to review include motion systems (robots that roll on wheels or walk on legs or robot arms) available sensors (from none to a wide range) and programming complexity (how the robot is programmed). If its not really a robot its not in this book. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138465756

Personal Safety for Health Care Workers This book is aimed at employers managers and professional and administrative staff in the health care services. GP practices home visits and the hospital are all covered. Despite growing evidence of violence against health care workers some employers have been slow to acknowledge the risks faced in both primary and secondary health care settings. Personal Safety for Health Care Workers provides the tools to investigate the risks involved and to develop policy and practice to ensure staff safety. It also deals with the vexed question of under-reporting. Part I deals with the respective roles and responsibilities of employers and employees and offers guidance on developing a workplace personal safety policy. Workplace design and management are addressed and guidelines provided for health care workers when away from their normal work base. Part 2 gives detailed guidelines for use by individual workers in a variety of work situations. Part 3 considers training issues and contains a number of sample training programmes with handouts. The message of this book is that prevention is better than cure - proper attention to risk can reduce both the incidence of aggression and its development into violent acts. The aim is to achieve the dual effect of protecting health care workers and also of providing services in a more sensitive way. Good practice implies a responsibility to ensure that health care can be delivered in conditions of safety for staff and patients alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138431096

Personal Safety for Social Workers This book is aimed at employers managers and staff in social work agencies. Historically there has been a slowness to acknowledge the risks which social workers routinely face and some employers have adopted a re-active approach waiting for incidents to occur before taking action. They are thus placed in the position of having to make policy 'on the hoof' and at a time of crisis. Support to staff who have been attacked has been patchy and in some instances sadly lacking. The absence of agreed procedures for dealing with violent attacks can leave the staff concerned feeling unsupported anxious and stressed. Social work staff in their turn may have experienced feelings of guilt when they have been unable to prevent aggression or assault; at best they may lack confidence in the level of understanding and support their line managers will show and at worst they may feel that they will be blamed for the incident. As a result there is a tendency towards under reporting violent acts. For these reasons a joint approach to the problem is urged which involves social workers support staff and managers. Personal Safety for Social Workers examines the special issues which social workers and their employers need to address. Part 1 reviews some of the information now available about violence in social work settings and within the context of violence in society at large. The respective roles and responsibilities of employers and employees are discussed and guidance offered on developing a workplace personal safety policy and on the steps which will need to be taken for effective implementation. Advice is given on developing procedures for reporting violent incidents and for providing after-care to staff who have been on the receiving end of violence. This section of the book also looks at the ways in which the design and management of the workplace can enhance personal safety and provides guidelines to social workers on the issues to consider when working away Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467583

Personal SecurityA Guide for International Travelers Maintain peace of mind while you are working or living abroad—wherever and however you travel.As an international traveler you know there are risks. But are you doing everything you can to protect yourself and your belongings? Whether you are traveling for work or pleasure Personal Security: A Guide for International Travelers enables you to prevent security incidents and react in life-saving ways during a crisis. This comprehensive manual answers questions such as: Which criteria should you use for selecting the safest hotel or airline? How to deal with corrupt officials? What are special considerations for women families elderly or travelers with disabilities? What support can you expect from your organization and what are your responsibilities? Benefit from lessons learned from leading experts and seasoned travelers Learn how criminals select their targets and manipulate situations whether for street crime or serious attack such as kidnapping or terrorism See yourself from the local perspective Deal with common travel inconveniences and stress factors proactively Improve your situational awareness Increase your effectiveness by realistically assessing threats Make the most out of the opportunities that traveling brings Tanya Spencer has traveled extensively to high-risk destinations and has trained 1000s of people how to safely navigate the complexities of international travel. Emphasizing prevention the book covers medical cultural and political considerations so you understand exactly what you must do before and while you are abroad. It provides flexible frameworks models and tools that allow you to easily apply the wealth of tips and advice to any travel situation you might face. Before your next trip benefit from these time-tested strategies for proactively managing travel risks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466559448

Personal Styles & Effective Performance Tens of thousands of professionals have attended David W. Merrill's acclaimed "Style Awareness Workshops" The goal: improvement of interpersonal effectiveness skills-inspiring better communication improved productivity and a more harmonious working environment.Students preparing for business management or sales careers can also benefit from Merrill's techniques presented in Personal Styles & Effective Performance.Merrill's approach emphasizes the interrelationships between behavior and social style-encouraging students to consider how their own actions influence responsiveness from others. Those actions tend to be rooted in one of four primary social styles: Analytical Amiable Driving and Expressive-which readers are invited to compare and contrast with their own styles as a starting point for potential improvement.First published in 1981 Personal Styles & Effective Performance continues to be a popular resource for the self-improvement minded. By learning its lessons now tomorrow's business professionals can have the edge in interpersonal effectiveness-one of the most important facets of a successful career. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409521

Personal Styles in NeurosisImplications for Small Group Psychotherapy and Behaviour Therapy Originally published in 1981 the inadequacies of the ‘medical model’ for the understanding and psychological treatment of neuroses were widely recognized. A number of alternative approaches had arisen in response but most of the models were theoretical and little experimental support was documented. One of the most pressing needs at the time was for a system of classification which could predict the behaviour of different types of neurotic patient under different treatments and thus provide a framework for the selection of patients for small group psychotherapy and for behaviour therapy. The authors of this title develop such a framework involving the matching of patient therapist and treatment according to certain adjustment strategies such as ‘direction of interest’ ‘conservatism’ ‘convergent-divergent thinking’ ‘openness to inner experience’ and ‘control’. The ‘personal style’ of an individual is defined by these strategies and by the patient’s expectations from treatment. The authors collected a considerable amount of original research material over many years and their evidence demonstrates the fundamental importance of ‘personal style’ in treatment allocation and response. The new approach which they propose will be of interest not only to academic psychologists but to those in the mental health professions actively engaged in psychotherapy and behaviour therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801875

Personal SustainabilityExploring the Far Side of Sustainable Development Transition to sustainability is stuck and academic research has not resulted in significant change so far. A large void in sustainability research and the understanding of sustainable development is an important reason for this. Personal Sustainability seeks to address this void opening up a whole cosmos of sustainable development that has so far been largely unexplored. Mainstream academic economic and political sustainable development concepts and efforts draw on the macro level and tend to address external collective and global processes. By contrast the human individual intra- and inter-personal aspects on the micro level are often left unaddressed. The authors of Personal Sustainability invite the reader on a self-reflecting journey into this unexplored inner cosmos of sustainable development focusing on subjective mental emotional bodily spiritual and cultural aspects. Although these are intrinsically human aspects they have been systematically ignored by academia. To establish this new field in sustainability research means to leave the common scientific paths and expand the horizon. Together with authors from cultural studies philosophy anthropology psychology sociology psychiatry aesthetics and economics and supported by contributions from practitioners this book portrays different approaches to personal sustainability and reflects on their potentials and pitfalls paving the way to cultures of sustainability. This book will be of great interest to researchers and students in the field of sustainability and sustainable development as well as researchers from philosophy anthropology psychology sociology cultural studies ethnology educational research didactics aesthetics economics business and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367853020

Personal TrainingTheory and Practice Personal Training: Theory and Practice Second Edition draws together in one unique volume the personal practical and business skills central to becoming a successful personal trainer. This accessible book introduces you to the fundamentals of applied exercise prescription and programme design as well as advanced concepts including nutritional intervention postural analysis and the psychology of behaviour change. Key Features- updated to reflect advances in training methodology and techniques in line with requirements for professional qualification- key points boxes chapter summaries and a glossary of scientific and technical concepts to aid understanding- full colour illustrations and photos to support visual learning- case studies and sample exercise plans to help you put theory into practice- supported by online resources such as self-assessment tests downloadable forms and session sheets at www.routledge.com/cw/crossley Personal Training: Theory and Practice is the ideal companion and handy reference for those embarking on a career in personal training as well as experienced trainers. Reviews of the first edition: 'the ideal companion to turn you from an amateur into a professional sports trainer...the only title tailored to meet the needs of UK-based personal training.' Work Out'a gem of a book...clearly written and presented which makes it easy for both fitness professionals and lay people to understand. Definitely worth buying.' Health and Fitness Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444145465

Personal Transferable Skills in Accounting Education RPD The development of generic skills (often referred to as ‘soft skills’) in accounting education has been a focus of discussion and debate for several decades. During this time employers and professional bodies have urged accounting educators to consider and develop curricula which provide for the development and assessment of these skills. In addition there has been criticism of the quality of accounting graduates and their ability to operate effectively in a global economy. Embedding generic skills in the accounting curriculum has been acknowledged as an appropriate means of addressing the need to provide ‘knowledge professionals’ to meet the needs of a global business environment. Personal Transferable Skills in Accounting Education illustrates how generic skills are being embedded and evaluated in the accounting curriculum by academics from a range of perspectives. Each chapter provides an account of how the challenge of incorporating generic skills in the accounting curriculum within particular educational environments has been addressed. The challenges involved in generic skills development in higher education have not been limited to the accounting discipline. This book provides examples which potentially inform a wide range of discipline areas. Academics will benefit from reading the experiences of incorporating generic skills in the accounting curriculum from across the globe. This book was originally published as a themed issue of Accounting Education: an international journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818309

Personal Transformations in Small GroupsA Jungian Perspective First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177918

Personal Transport and the Greenhouse Effect The issue of 'sustainability' in the developed world is nowhere more critical than in the field of personal travel which in many countries has become the fastest-growing contributor to global warming. Unless the use of cars can be brought under control there is little chance of meeting government targets for reducing greenhouse emissions. Personal Transport and the Greenhouse Effect sets out the steps that could be taken to lessen the conflict between personal mobility and long-term environmental security. It provides a detailed analysis of the policy options available for limiting carbon dioxide emissions and highlights the limitations of technological measures in solving the problem. Instead the book's 12-point plan for sustainability shows how a significant reduction in emissions requires the use of all the policy measures available. This valuable contribution to a crucial area of debate covering energy transport policy and the environment will be essential reading for policy makers planners and students alike. Peter Huges is deputy editor of Local Transport Today and has contributed to a wide range of publications including The Daily Telegraph The Guardian New Scientist and Energy Policy. Originally published in 1993 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978225

Personalising Library Services in Higher EducationThe Boutique Approach In an economic climate where cuts are becoming the norm a boutique library service may seem a contradiction. In some academic libraries the trend is still towards centralisation programmes or offering generic services. However the student as the customer now has an even greater vested interest in the learning process as their financial commitment increases and they are demanding better services. Personalised library services are tailored with a specific clientele in mind and will provide the enhanced service demanded by today's students. These services need not cost more money; but they do require inventive and customer-facing staff. They celebrate and promote collaborative ventures along with excellent communication and marketing. This book unpacks the boutique model and is full of practical advice supported by a unique set of case studies reflecting international practice including Australian American and Russian and UK library services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399858

Personalities War and DiplomacyEssays in International History Combines essays on the "personality dimension" in the 19th and 20th century international history placing in a proper historical perspective the impact of individual diplomats politicians and military strategists on foreign policy-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881945

Personality First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875388

Personality Cognition and Social Interaction Originally published in 1981 this volume presents the domain of personality as a fuzzy set that includes features previously identified with cognitive and social psychology. Few of the individual contributions are centrally concerned with individual differences and cross-situational stability but these traditional themes certainly appear in several of the chapters. The remaining chapters deal with the general processes mediating the interaction between the person and the social environment filling out the fuzzy set of personality psychology. Part 1 seeks to locate contemporary trends in the cognitive psychology of personality against a backdrop of historical events. The chapters in Part 2 discuss some of the cognitive processes mediating social behaviour. Part 3 contains contributions concerned with the rules by which people make judgments about objects in the social world. The self a dominant topic in personality theory and research is treated extensively in Part 4. Although many of the chapters are explicitly concerned with the relations between cognition and action – after all most human interaction takes the form of judgments and communication – the contributions in Part 5 make the links to overt behaviour. Finally Part 6 offers two discussions of the previous contributions from the perspective of cognitive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694033

Personality Design and MarketingMatching Design to Customer Personal Preferences It is a marketing truism that products should be shaped around the preferences of customers not designers and that a design or advert that is effective with one personality type may not be effective with another. Since purchasing intent can be increased by providing products that appeal to particular types of customers an understanding of the impact of personality on design will help maximise the effectiveness of design and advertising efforts. Gloria Moss brings together contributions from leading experts in academia and industry including Professor Judi Harris Dr Ceri Sims Professor Paul Springer Holly Buchanan and the late Bill Wylie. This book reveals the extent to which design and advertising effectiveness can be improved through an understanding of the personalities of a range of stakeholders. While the impact of demographic factors (age class geographical location) is the object of considerable research the impact of personality on production and preference aesthetics has been greatly overlooked. It is only by grouping together research conducted on diverse fields that a larger picture of the impact of personality on design production and preference aesthetics can be constructed. Personality Design and Marketing will be of great interest to those who would like to see the effectiveness of design and marketing enhanced whether it is those working in the area of design or marketing or general management. It shows the extent to which preferences vary according to personality and the limitations of a one-size-fits-all approach to design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566087844

Personality Human Development and CultureInternational Perspectives On Psychological Science (Volume 2) This is the second of two volumes which together present the main contributions from the 29th International Congress of Psychology held in Berlin in 2008   written by international leaders in psychology from around the world. The authors present a variety of approaches and perspectives that reflect cutting-edge advances in psychological science. Personality Human Development and Culture provides an overview of advances in several areas of psychology such as clinical health social developmental and cross-cultural psychology. One section of the volume is dedicated solely to emotions and health and addresses state-of-the-art work on the regulation of self health social relations and emotions such as passion. Other sections deal with development and personality issues as well as conceptual cultural and ethnic approaches to modern psychology. The global perspective of this collection illustrates research being undertaken on all five continents and emphasizes the cultural diversity of the contributors. This book will be an invaluable resource for researchers professionals teachers and students in the field of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650809

Personality (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1913 Jevons’ Personality marries the disciplines of philosophy and psychology in order to question the existence of personality and the arguments surrounding it. Intriguingly Jevons suggests that if a person can question their own personality and existence by extension they can also question the personality and existence of God. The book is arranged into four chapters based on a series of lectures delivered in Oxford in 1912: these discuss such areas as the relationship between science psychology and personality; the argument that "there are changes but no things which change" and consequently there are changes but no persons who change; and the concepts of individualism and unity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814974

Personality and Assessment After many "out-of-print" years this volume has been reissued in response to an increasing demand for copies. This reflects that the fundamental questions that motivated this book thirty years ago are still being asked. But more important the answers -- or at least their outlines -- now seem to be in sight. In 1968 this book stood as an expression of a paradigm crisis in its critique of the state of personality psychology. The last three decades have been filled with controversy and debate about the dilemmas raised here and then with renewal and fresh discoveries. It therefore seems especially timely to revisit the pages which posed the challenges. Mischel outlined the need to encompass the situation in the study of personality but with a focus on the acquired meaning of stimuli and on the situation as perceived viewing the individual as a cognitive-affective being who construes interprets and transforms the stimulus in a dynamic reciprocal interaction with the social world. He focused on the idiographic analysis of personality that had originally motivated the field and the complexity discriminative facility and uniqueness of the individual and sought to connect the expressions of personality to the individual's behavior -- that is to what people do and not just what they say. Even the intrinsically contextualized "if...then..." expressions of the personality system -- its essential behavioral signatures -- were foreshadowed in this book that fired the opening salvo in a search for "a truly dynamic personality psychology." Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138144415

Personality and Family DevelopmentAn Intergenerational Longitudinal Comparison This unique volume presents the results of a study of 200 German families over a period of 16 years from 1976 to 1992. This study--the findings of which yield a host of new insights into the dynamics of cross-generational personality and family development--is based on an ecopsychological framework comprising four levels of developmental analyses: * individual level--personality development critical life events and corresponding coping strategies; * dyadic relationships level--changes in parent-child relationships across time and development of marital relationships; * family relationship level--development of family climate and its impact on current dyadic relationships; and * contextual/ecological level--perceived changes in societal conditions corresponding patterns of personality and coping strategies. The authors focus on the important ideas and keep methodological details to a minimum in the text. Technical issues having to do with data analysis etc. are discussed in an appendix. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138882874

Personality and Intellectual Competence This book provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art review of personality and intelligence as well as covering other variables underlying academic and occupational performance. Personality and Intellectual Competence is a unique attempt to develop a comprehensive model to understand individual difference by relating major personality dimensions to cognitive ability measures academic and job performance and self-assessed abilities as well as other traditional constructs such as leadership and creativity. It will be essential reading for anyone interested in personality intelligence and the prediction of future achievement in general.Personality and Intellectual Competence is an outstanding account of the relationship between major individual differences constructs. With its informative summary of the last century of research in the field this book provides a robust and systematic theoretical background for understanding the psychological determinants of future achievement. The authors have sought to combine technical expertise with applied interests making this a groundbreaking theoretical tool for anyone concerned with the scientific prediction of human performance. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410612649

Personality and Mental IllnessAn Essay in Psychiatric Diagnosis First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874862

Personality and Organizations Personality has always been a predictor of performance. This book of original chapters is designed to fulfill a need for a contemporary treatment of human personality in work organizations. Bringing together top scholars in the field this book provides a comprehensive study of the role of personality in organizational life. Utilizing a personality perspective scholars review the role of personality in groups job satisfaction leadership stress motivation organizational climate and culture and vocational interests. In addition the book looks at more classical topics in personality at work including the measurement of personality personality-performance linkages faking and person-organization fit. Complete in both conceptual material and reviews of the literature across the variety of domains in which personality plays a role at work this handbook borrows the idea that personality plays out in many ways in organizations and not just a correlate of task performance. The editors believe that this book supports this belief--that personality in its many conceptualizations is a useful lens through which to shed understanding on the broadest array of contemporary topics in industrial/organizational psychology and organizational behavior. Graduate students and researchers interested in the contributions of personality to almost any topic in which they may have interest will find it valuable. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650786

Personality and Person Perception Across Cultures Neither human nature nor personality can be independent of culture. Human beings share certain social norms or rules within their cultural groups. Over 2000 years ago Aristotle held that man is by nature a social animal. Similarly Xun Kuang (298-238 B.C.) a Chinese philosopher pointed out that humans in social groups can not function without shared guidance or rules. This book is designed to provide readers with a perspective on how people are different from and similar to each other --both within and across cultures. One of its goals is to offer a practical guide for people preparing to interact with those whose cultural background is different from their own. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012462

Personality and Personality DisordersThe Science of Mental Health First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203822845

Personality and Problems of Adjustment First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868686

Personality and Psychological Disorders In recent years the assumption that there is a significant connection between normal psychological and biological differences and the development of psychological disorders has grown and research in this area has developed rapidly.This textbook written by internationally known psychologists with expertise in both the areas of abnormal and differential psychology aims to integrate evidence and idea from healthy personality and temperament on the one hand and psychological disorders on the other. This is achieved by viewing personality traits as predispositions to disorder and by questioning how far the causes of various disorders can be seen as an extension or exaggeration of processes underlying normal personality or temperament. These main themes are discussed using a biological perspective i.e. based on the theory that personality can be deconstructed into a number of basic dimensions (of biological origin) that also act as vulnerability factors for disorder.This is a second-level textbook for undergraduate students of psychology but will also be recommended for health professionals and their trainees psychiatrists clinical psychologists and nurses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203766309

Personality and Social Behavior The study of the relationship between the person and the situation has had a long history in psychology. Many theories of personality are set on an interpersonal stage and many social phenomena are played out differently as the cast of characters change. At times the study of persons and situations has been contentious however recent interest in process models of personality and social interaction have focused on the ways people navigate influence and are influenced by their social worlds. Personality and Social Behavior contains a series of essays on topics where a transactional analysis of the person and situation has proved most fruitful. Contributions span the personality and social psychology spectrum and include such topics as new units in personality; neuroscience perspectives on interpersonal personality; social and interpersonal frameworks for understanding the self and self-esteem; and personality process analyses of romantic relationships prejudice health and leadership. This volume provides essential reading for researchers with an interest in this core topic in social psychology and may also be used as a text on related upper-level courses. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650793

Personality and Social Psychology at the InterfaceNew Directions for Interdisciplinary Research: A Special Issue of personality and Social P This special issue provides a view of the past present and future of the field of personality and social psychology as an interdisciplinary endeavor. Collectively the articles illustrate the vital contributions that can be made pursuing the reciprocal connections between personality/social psychology and psychobiology; developmental psychology; comparative psychology and evolutionary biology; clinical and health psychology; communication studies; organizational studies and systems theory; and cultural anthropology. The papers reflect the collective past and present of the field and set an agenda for a collective future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467415

Personality and the Fate of Organizations Personality and performance are intricately linked and personality has proven to have a direct influence on an individual's leadership ability and style team performance and overall organizational effectiveness. In Personality and the Fate of Organizations author Robert Hogan offers a systematic account of the nature of personality showing how to use personality to understand organizations and to understand  evaluate select deselect and train people. This book brings insights from a leading industrial organizational psychologist who asserts that personality is real and that it determines the careers of individuals and the fate of organizations. The author’s goal is to increase the reader’s ability to understand other people—how they are alike how they are different and why they do what they do. Armed with this understanding readers will be able to pursue their personal social and organizational goals more efficiently. A practical reference this text is extremely useful for MBA students and for all those studying organizational psychology and leadership. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315089904

Personality And The Frontal LobesAN INVESTIGATION OF THE PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF DIFFerent Types "First Published in 1999 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882393

Personality and the Prediction of Job PerformanceMore Than the Big Five: A Special Issue of Human Performance The three primary papers in this special issue explore personality measurement in both directions that is more narrow and specific and more broad and heterogeneous. The first paper reviews research on conditional reasoning with a focus on the construct of aggression. Next tolerance for contradiction is explored which is defined as a mode of thinking that accepts and even thrives on apparent contradictory information. The last primary paper covers core self evaluation which combines measures of four traits: locus of control self-esteem generalized self-efficacy and emotional stability. The special issue concludes with provocative and insightful critique and commentary of the three primary papers. It notes some important points of criticism but is primarily positive and laudatory of these research programs. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138424876

Personality as an Affect-processing SystemToward An Integrative Theory At least since Hippocrates human beings have been trying to describe and analyze the behavioral and cognitive consistencies now referred to as personality. And in recent decades no less than in the preceding centuries they have generated a bewildering variety of construals and constructs. In this landmark book Jack Block who has spent more than 50 years studying the many facets of personality takes a long look at current debates and finds common ground on which to construct an integrative model. Perceiving more congruence among disparate formulations than has hitherto been appreciated he elaborates his vision of personality as an adaptive system that enables the individual to maintain equilibrium in an environment that is both threatening and engaging. Taking in and organizing information and maintaining nondisruptive levels of anxiety while responding to outer and inner demands are the tasks of this system which consists of a perceptual apparatus and a control apparatus operating in delicate balance. After presenting his model of personality Block discusses its intellectual history and its connections to major current alternatives. He lays out some implications for practitioners confronted by dysfunction. Finally he traces the developmental origins of personality. Provocative innovative and analytical Personality as an Affect-Processing System: Toward an Integrative Theory points to new directions for all those who seek to understand human psychological functioning. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653800

Personality Assessment The first edition of Personality Assessment provided an overview of the most popular self-report and performance-based personality assessment instruments. The chapter authors were key members in creating or developing the research base for the eight test instruments covered in the book. The text was geared with graduate-level clinical school and counseling psychology courses in mind. While still retaining all the attractive features of the first edition this revision will reflect the advances in the field since 2008. Chapter contributors updated and expanded on reliability and validity data clinical utility multicultural considerations and implications for therapeutic assessment. Another distinctive feature of this second edition is a companion website that features ancillary materials such as PowerPoints and test banks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415527057

Personality Assessment in AmericaA Retrospective on the Occasion of the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Society for Personality Assessment Whereas most psychology books discuss current or future trends this one focuses on the past. It consists of a collection of important and historically significant writings by a select group of men and women who over the past 50 years were honored by their colleagues for their distinguished contributions to the field of personality assessment. Published from 1939 through 1989 most of the papers were SPA Presidential addresses or presentations by the recipients of the Society's Distinguished Contributions Award. Taken as a whole they provide a unique perspective on the evolution of personality assessment in America from the perspective of those who have made important contributions to that history. The writings are not merely of historical interest but intrinsically important scientific contributions some of which were in danger of being lost or forgotten. The editors feel it is important to preserve and pass on this valuable legacy for the education and edification of later generations. It is not only its historical perspective that makes this book unique. This book provides first-hand discussions of crucial issues in personality assessment written by the gifted men and women who were actually grappling with these problems at the time without knowing what the outcomes would be. Readers will find that these papers provide insights not only into the conflicts and controversies but also into the ideas attitudes and emotions of the men and women who took part in them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978249

Personality Assessment in DepthA Casebook Comprised of five unique and extended case studies Personality Assessment in Depth examines contemporary clinical problems that are familiar to clinicians but have not been explored extensively in the personality assessment field. Each case study demonstrates the test protocols of the Rorschach test Thematic Apperception Test MMPI or MCMI and Human Figure Drawings. Important clinical questions and areas of theoretical concern are examined including differential diagnosis of disorders of affect and personality in light of contemporary viewpoints about these disturbances personality and adaptation accompanying neuropsychological deficit and stages of development including differentiating these from personality characteristics viewed longitudinally the latter demonstrated by a noteworthy comparison of two evaluations of the same patient first as a 15-year-old adolescent and then as a 25-year-old adult. A battery of performance and self report personality instruments are applied to the cases allowing the author to integrate findings across multiple tests and thereby expose clinical psychology students to personality assessment in a broad perspective. Cases are discussed comprehensively relying on a thorough consideration of thematic content examined alongside formal test scores. Further the Rorschach findings are examined using both the Exner Comprehensive System and the recently-introduced Rorschach Performance Assessment System approaches. The cases are considered using a broad psychodynamic framework for interpretation employing classical ego psychology object relations and self psychological theoretical perspectives.  This is an essential casebook for professionals and students demonstrating the depth and richness of personality considered alongside the empirical foundations of personality assessment.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415800433

Personality Assessment in the DSM-5 The DSM-5 promises to be a major reformulation of psychopathology and no section is likely to change diagnostic practice more than that of personality pathology. Unlike the DSM-IV the DSM-5 personality disorders will be conceptualized as involving core deficits in interpersonal and self-functioning and will utilize a hybrid assessment model involving both pathological trait dimensions and a limited set of personality disorder types. These changes are based on empirical and theoretical work conducted during the era of DSM-III/IV but nevertheless there is significant disagreement among personality assessors regarding the DSM-5 proposal. In this volume several members of the DSM-5 work group offer rationales for the proposal and offer empirical evidence regarding suggested changes and several personality assessment researchers critique the proposal and offer alternative conceptualizations. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Personality Assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377066

Personality Assessment Paradigms and MethodsA Collaborative Reassessment of Madeline G This book is an update of Paradigms of Personality Assessment by Jerry Wiggins (2003 Guilford) a landmark volume in the personality assessment literature. The first half of Wiggins (2003) described five major paradigms: psychodynamic (as exemplified by the Rorschach and TAT) narrative (interview data) interpersonal (circumplex instruments) multivariate (five-factor instruments) and empirical (MMPI). In the second half of the book expert representatives of each paradigm interpreted test data from the same patient Madeline.  In this follow-up personality experts describe innovations in each of the major paradigms articulated by Wiggins since the time of his book including the advancement of therapeutic assessment validation of the Rorschach Performance Assessment System development of a multimethod battery for integrated interpersonal assessment publication of the Restructured Form of the MMPI-2 and integration of multivariate Five-Factor Model instruments with personality disorder diagnosis. These innovations are highlighted in a reassessment of Madeline 17 years later.  This book which provides a rich demonstration of trans-paradigmatic multimethod assessment by leading scholars in the personality assessment field in the context of one of the most interesting and thorough case studies in the history of clinical assessment will be a useful resource for students researchers and practicing clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310162

Personality AssessmentA Critical Survey Originally published in 1964 the aim of this book was to analyse the psychological processes involved in understanding personality and to consider how the psychologist could help in making more accurate assessments. Professor Vernon discusses in detail the scientific status of psychoanalytic and other ‘depth’ theories of motivation the value of different types of psychotherapeutic treatment and counselling the influence of upbringing on the development of personality and the effectiveness of projective techniques. He also examines the reasons for the highly variable results obtained with personality tests and questionnaires. As well as providing a balanced review of theories of personality and of various types of test this work made a fresh contribution to developing improved techniques of assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716529

Personality Cult and Politics in Mugabe’s Zimbabwe This book approaches perceptions of Robert Gabriel Mugabe within Zimbabwe and beyond during his period in power and towards the end of his time in government. The book examines how Mugabe became the focus of a thriving personality cult  studying the argument that Mugabe could be regarded as the founder of a new religious movement in Zimbabwe and the Global South. The contributors analyse the use of ideology and mythology in promoting Mugabe’s hegemony in Zimbabwe looking at the appropriation of religious ideas by the Mugabe government and the impact this had on perceptions of Mugabe both within Zimbabwe and beyond. Focusing on the final years of Mugabe’s rule the chapters provide new insights into how different actors including politicians African Traditional Religions African Independent/Initiated Churches Pentecostal churches the media and others deployed religious idioms to support or critique Mugabe at a time when his tenure was coming under serious threat. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Southern African politics and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367899028

Personality DevelopmentA Psychoanalytic Perspective Personality Development is a comprehensive overview of infant observation and personality development. It starts at inter-utero life and goes through to adulthood focusing on the emotional tasks involved at each stage of development and the interplay of internal processes and external circumstances. Contents include: * intra-uterine life and the experience of birth * babyhood: becoming a person in the family * the toddler and the wider world * the latency period. Using clinical and observational material it will be of interest to those teaching personality development courses as well as mental health and child care professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203130636

Personality DevelopmentTheoretical Empirical and Clinical Investigations of Loevinger's Conception of Ego Development Jane Loevinger's innovative research methodology psychometric rigor and theoretical scope have attracted the attention of numerous scholars and researchers. Empirical investigations employing Loevinger's Washington University Sentence Completion Test of ego development (WUSCT) have appeared with increasing frequency and total more than 300 studies. Following the publication of the first comprehensive revision of the scoring manual for the WUSCT this volume reflects on the strengths and limitations of Loevinger's developmental model. It is divided into sections that correspond with four broad questions that can be raised about Loevinger's developmental model: * What is its scope and intellectual tradition? * What evidence is there for construct validity? * What is its relationship to other social-developmental models? * What is its clinical relevance to Loevinger's model of ego development? This four-part grouping provides a framework for effectively organizing the present material and frequently the questions raised in one section are addressed in other sections as well. In the concluding chapter Loevinger addresses some of the ideas that are proposed by the various authors. She also presents the origin of the ego development concept by recounting its history. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012325

Personality Disorders The new edition of Personality Disorders continues to provide an in-depth guide to personality disorders assessment and treatment across varied patient groups and settings. Grounded in scholarly review and illustrated with a diversity of case studies this book covers familiar ground with comprehensive detail including the description of personality disorders diagnosis epidemiology aetiology and treatment strategies. Furthermore this new edition reflects changes in the new ICD-11 and DSM-5 assessment instruments and state-of-the-art insights from theory-driven research. Part of the popular ‘Clinical Psychology: A Modular Course’ series Personality Disorders offers excellent coverage on all aspects of personality disorder and will be extremely informative for students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138483057

Personality Disorders and Eating DisordersExploring the Frontier Personality Disorders and Eating Disorders explores and defines the multifaceted relationship between these two fields in a cogent synthesis of prevalence etiology and treatment. The book brings together leading specialists in both fields with a clinical focus on such topical issues as genetics drug abuse and childhood trauma—as they relate to each field and as they affect the relationship between the two disorders. Therapists who treat eating disorders will find the material on treatment approaches especially helpful in formulating interventions with particularly difficult patients. Therapists who work with patients with personality disorders will find that the interface between personality and eating disorders is relevant to various aspects of self-destructive behavior observed in these individuals. This unique book enhances the assessment and treatment of individuals suffering from personality disorders and eating disorders and it augments the understanding of both populations while establishing a foundation for discussing each as they interface with one another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861267

Personality Disorders in Older AdultsEmerging Issues in Diagnosis and Treatment As the average age of the population rises mental health professionals have become increasingly aware of the critical importance of personality in mediating successful adaptation in later life. Personality disorders were once thought to "age out " and accordingly to have an inconsequential impact on the lives of the elderly. But recent clinical experience and studies underscore not only the prevalence of personality disorders in older people but the pivotal roles they play in the onset course and treatment outcomes of other emotional and cognitive problems and physical problems as well. Clearly mental health professionals must further develop research methods assessment techniques and intervention strategies targeting these disorders; and they must more effectively integrate what is being learned from advances in research and theory into clinical practice. Inspired by these needs the editors have brought together a distinguished group of behavioral scientists and clinicians dedicated to understanding the interaction of personality and aging. Offering a rich array of theoretical perspectives (intrapsychic interpersonal neuropsychological and systems) they summarize the empirical literature present phenomenological case reports and review psychodynamic cognitive-behavioral and pharmacological treatment approaches. This comprehensive state-of-the-art guide will be welcomed by all those who must confront the complexity and the challenge of working with this population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002845

Personality DisordersCurrent Research and Treatments As with a number of specific areas in the medical professions the field of personality disorders has experienced a period of rapid growth and development over the past decade. This volume is designed to offer the student practitioner and researcher with a single source for the most up-to-date research and treatment writing on a variety of specific areas within the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861144

Personality DisordersNew Symptom-Focused Drug Therapy Originally published in 1997 using 50 pharmacological case studies this title illustrates how chronic and difficult psychiatric disorders ranging from paranoid to obsessive-compulsive personality disorder can be responsive to treatment. Readers are first taught to translate DSM-IV diagnostic criteria to identifiable and treatable symptom correlates which are then targeted for treatment using rationally chosen medications or combinations of medication along with psychotherapy. Since medications rapidly control dysfunctional symptoms psychotherapy becomes much more effective enabling psychotherapists and patients to focus on underlying psychosocial issues and conflicts. Personality Disorders can help you acquire an understanding of general diagnostic and treatment concepts the ability to identify target symptoms and the knowledge to select medications to address each symptom identified. As a result psychotherapy will become less time-consuming and costly and therapeutic results will be felt more quickly--desirable goals in this managed care environment.This guidebook prepares you for effective treatment of personality disorders by exploring: symptom correlates of all personality disorders medication groups with dosage guidelines clinically relevant explanations for choice of symptoms and medications clinical profiles of new antidepressants and antipsychotics intelligent use of modern rational polypharmacy Clinicians seeking to modernize and refine their approaches to treating personality disorders will learn effective drug therapy treatments that produce rapid results. Personality Disorders helps psychiatrists primary care physicians psychologists psychiatric residents counselors social workers and nurses who manage personality disorders to understand that patients’ dysfunctional thoughts perceptions and behaviors are symptoms mediated by the brain. Medical students and clinical psychology students learn to approach personality disorders in the same clinically precise manner they would use when learning to treat nonpsychiatric illness.Personality Disorders is an important resource for dispelling the myth that personality disorders are permanent and un-responsive to treatment as it walks readers through successful intervention strategies step by step and disorder by disorder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136468

Personality in Social Theory Debate about "self " "person " or "individuality" has come to be recognized as a crisis of modern times. Since it is our fashion to call problems that are either poorly formulated or inadequately resolved by empirical investigation "philosophic " a would-be "science of personality" may be labelled philosophic though they could as easily be called logical or empirical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529731

Personality in the Social Process First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138467392

Personality PathologyDevelopmental Perspectives Personality pathology is rooted in early development and affects a wide range of affects behaviours and cognitive processes. Every year thousands of articles about the etiology pf personality pathology are published in various professional or scientific reviews. There is a growing distance between the generalist's practice and our increasingly precise scientific knowledge. However no one can read everything and therefore it behoves us to ask ourselves the following questions: is the most recent better than what came before? Is the measurable and demonstrable necessarily clinically interesting? Must what interests the clinician be measured and proved? Whilst theory and clinical research are becoming increasingly precise innumerable socio-economic forces are pressing for a simplification in clinical practice. "Shrinks" are fashionable! They are everywhere: in the workplace on television on the radio. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757271

Personality PresentersTelevision's Intermediaries with Viewers Television presenters are key to the sociability of the medium speaking directly to viewers as intermediaries between audiences and those who are interviewed perform or compete on screen. As targets of both great affection and derision from viewers and the subjects of radio internet magazine and newspaper coverage many have careers that have lasted almost as long as post-war television itself. Nevertheless as a profession television presenting has received little scholarly attention. Personality Presenters explores the role of the television presenter analysing the distinct skills possessed by different categories of host and the expectations and difficulties that exist with regard to the promotion of the various films books consumer and cultural products with which they are associated. The close involvement of presenters with the content that they present is examined while the impact of the presenters' own celebrity on the tasks that they perform is scrutinised. With a focus on non-fiction entertainment shows such as game shows lifestyle and reality shows chat daytime and talk shows this book explores issues of consumer culture advertising and celebrity as well as the connection of presenters with ethical issues. Offering detailed case studies of internationally recognised presenters as well comparisons between national presenters from the UK and Australia Personality Presenters provides a rich discussion of television presenters as significant conduits in the movement of ideas. As such it will appeal to sociologists as well as those working in the fields of popular culture cultural and media studies and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279490

Personality PsychologyThe Basics Personality Psychology: The Basics provides a jargon-free and accessible overview of the discipline focusing on why not all individuals think feel speak or act the same way in the same situation. The book offers a brief history of the area covering a range of perspectives on personality including psychodynamic behaviourist humanistic and cognitive approaches. Also featuring fascinating case studies to richly illustrate the theories discussed the text looks at influential theories and related research within each of the major schools of thought in personality psychology. Rigorously examining the fundamental principles of personality psychology the author concludes by outlining the future of the area in relation to cutting edge research and potential future trends. Exploring the major personality theories that seek to explain why people behave as they do in eight reader-friendly chapters and written in accordance with British Psychological Society (BPS) guidelines regarding content in Individual Differences this is an essential introduction for students who are approaching personality psychology for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172909

Personality Research Methods and TheoryA Festschrift Honoring Donald W. Fiske Donald W. Fiske's professional life and collaborations are themselves a textbook in the development of the field of personality. From the field's early origins in personnel selection rating accuracy and psychotherapy outcomes to its current status of theoretical and methodological maturity -- complete with mid-life crises -- the field has been fundamentally changed by Fiske's work and the changes have influenced generations of scholars. This festschrift is a celebration of Fiske's impact but not merely of his impact on the history of personality research. Instead the volume focuses on ongoing debates and issues that have been framed or influenced by Fiske's work. The festschrift's three sections are organized around three themes in Fiske's writings -- themes that also correspond to three periods in his career. This volume examines current thinking about what can be known about personality how constructs relevant to personality psychology are best measured and how to approach specific research problems in personality and related fields. The contributors create an eminent cross-section of the development and current status of personality methods. In addition to Fiske's eminent contemporaries the contributors to this volume include Fiske's former students collaborators and his two children both of whom are behavioral scientists. The accomplishments of his students colleagues and children testifies to the range of psychologists who have benefited from his scholarly and practical wisdom. This collection is a valuable textbook for an advanced graduate course as well as appealing as a scholarly resource. Many of the contributors are renown psychological leaders who have made available their latest original thoughts. The book concludes with an essay by Fiske offering his perspective on the central themes: behavioral and social science metatheory methods and strategies. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806815

Personality Structure and Human InteractionThe Developing Synthesis of Psychodynamic Theory How has a theory of man as a social being to be formulated if we are to do justice to his individuality to the subtle ways in which his love and hate compete within his relations with others and to the anxieties and resistances he shows when he seeks to change himself? To answer this question is the task which the author sets himself. After assessing Freud's basic principles the author proceeds to make a uniquely comprehensive review of subsequent theoretical contributions to psychoanalysis with special emphasis on the work of Fairbairn and Melanie Klein. From a background of philosophy theology and social studies the author went on to take a personal psychoanalysis and to become a full time psychotherapist and it is from this combination of wide knowledge and intensive work with people beset by conflicts in their relations with themselves and others that he evolves his views. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104832

Personality Structure and Measurement Originally published in 1969 this book deals extensively with the description and measurement of personality. Beginning with a statement of the principles of typological research in psychology set against the background of general taxonomic principles in biology the study discusses in detail results and generalisations from the Eysencks’ previous work. The second part of the book describes several large-scale studies using personality questionnaires prepared by the authors as well as the standard ones of Cattell and Guilford. There is a comparative study of the Eysenck Cattell and Guilford inventories which analyses the degree to which similar factors can be found in these three instruments and discusses areas of agreement and disagreement between the three authors. The third part deals with personality studies in children and includes a chapter on personality structure in subnormal subjects. These studies are concerned with discovering the extent to which personality structure changes with increasing age and to what extent it is possible to measure personality in younger children. They also examine sex differences in personality structure and show quite marked differences between the sexes on a number of primary personality traits. The results of the Eysencks’ work in this field directed new light on the structure of personality and cast doubt on many widely accepted findings of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840910

Personality Tests and Assessments Originally published in 1953 this book provided the first comprehensive account of methods of personality assessment by a British author. It starts with a short survey of personality theory pointing out the difficulties in any method of testing or assessment. Next it describes the weaknesses of the common interview method. (Throughout the emphasis is on methods which are usable in educational or vocational guidance and selection not on methods which are mainly of scientific interest.) Thereafter it takes up each main type of technique – tests based on physique or psychological measures on expressive movement such as gestures and handwriting tests of behaviour (including War Office Selection Board ‘house party’ methods) ratings and rating scales questionnaires and so-called projective techniques. The evidence for or against each test or method is surveyed and numerous references provided for relevant literature. Illustrative excerpts are given of many of the more promising tests and some pictorial illustrations. British work in this field at the time is covered completely and an attempt is made to provide a fair summary of the main contributions of American and other psychologists of the day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716666

Personality TheoriesDevelopment Growth and Diversity This text provides a comprehensive introduction to the key personality theorists by combining biographical information on each theorist with his or her contributions to the field including her or his ranking among the world’s most respected psychologists. In addition Allen provides a tabular format–that is a running comparison between the major theorists allowing students to analyze new theories against theories learned in previous chapters. The unique style of Allen's book is strengthened through his conversational tone enabling students to easily grasp an understanding of the key people and movements in the field of personality. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315665115

Personality Topics in Honor of Jerry S. WigginsA Special Issue of Multivariate Behavioral Research First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203764312

Personality Traits in Online Communication Authoritative and illuminating this book demonstrates how we reveal the secrets of our character through the disclosures we make about ourselves in the online world. The author expertly explores whether online information about people derived from their search patterns personal detail disclosures and the language they use when posting text are all related to their personalities. The Internet era has given rise to an enormous explosion of data that is refreshed daily on a massive scale. The growth of online social network sites has created opportunities for more and more people to reveal intimate details about themselves and their lives. While some of these disclosures are consciously made other more subtle forms of person profiling can be produced by examining patterns in our online behavior and the language we use in our online posts. As this book will show techniques have been developed which enable researchers to build detailed personality profiles of people without their awareness by examining online behaviour and psycholinguistic analysis. Establishing how unlocking the full potential of ‘big data’ is dependent on having the right analytical tools that can be applied speedily and cost-effectively on a massive scale the author also asks how powerful these methods are and can they really be used to influence us in the way their critics fear and proponents claim. Explaining how we reveal the secrets of our character through the disclosures we make about ourselves in the online world this is fascinating reading for students and academics in psychology linguistics computer science and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367237158

Personality Variables in Social Behavior Originally published in 1977 the aim of this volume was to demonstrate in a concrete way the relevance of some of the most important individual variables for various domains of social behaviour. Eminent researchers at the time contributed original chapters that provided an up-to-date perspective on theory and research on important and widely used personality constructs. This volume should serve as a text for advanced level students seeking a historical introduction to specific personality variables and a survey of theory and research on the most widely used personality dimensions of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138854666

Personality: A Topical ApproachTheories Research Major Controversies and Emerging Findings Many texts attempt to bridge theory and research. They include one or two pages dealing with important theorists--Jung Adler Freud et al.--inserted into chapters focused on academic studies. In most cases the discussion fails to do justice to the theorists and the relationship between the ideas and the empirical work is often tenuous at best. This book takes a different approach. An alternative to Ewen's An Introduction to Theories of Personality this book features a chapter on each major type of theory followed by a separate chapter reviewing the relevant research controversies and emerging findings. Although it incorporates material from the previous text there are substantial differences. Personality: A Topical Approach devotes more attention to psychological research and considerably less attention to the more minor and abstruse aspects of various theories. Chapters are devoted to the following theories: *pychoanalytically-oriented *tait *cgnitive *self-humanistic and *behaviorism. While the book emphasizes major research foci (the Big Five personality factors self-efficacy self-esteem and more) it also includes a chapter on research methods and coverage of issues often omitted from other texts such as dream interpretation cognitions and the Holocaust scientific inquiry and near-death experiences. The book also provides study questions a "help" section and a glossary. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763827

Personality: Evolutionary Heritage and Human Distinctiveness This innovative study focuses on seven inherent personality traits humans share with primates; activity fearfulness impulsivity sociability altruism aggressiveness and dominance. The author discusses these traits from the dual perspective of our evolutionary history and our human uniqueness. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978256

PersonalityMeasurement and Theory Originally published in 1983 and written in the tradition of the British School of Psychology Spearman Burt Eysenck Cattell this book from a well-known author was exceptional at the time in its attempt to wed quantification and psychological theory in the study of personality. The student is presented with a discussion of the different methods of measuring personality and the various findings which have been made. The results are then discussed in the light of psychological theories of personality and here the author stresses the need for a theory with a properly quantified bias. However the emphasis on findings from measurement and not the measurement itself makes the book psychological truly about personality and not simply another text on psychological measurement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905108

PersonalityThe Psychometric View Although the psychometric view of personality is well established it is little dealt with in most textbooks. Personality: the Psychometric View describes clearly the methods and findings of the psychometric testing of personality. Leading author Paul Kline discusses the theory of personality testing and the main types of personality test as well as their practical application to occupational educational and clinical psychology. Personality: the Psychometric View is the only text on the psychometric view of personality which is written with enough clarity to be suited to students. It will be valuable to all students of psychology as well as postgraduates designing tests and those in education and the social sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203168431

Personalized MedicinePromises and Pitfalls Personalized Medicine: Promises and Pitfalls broadly explores the tailoring of medical treatment to a patient’s characteristics needs and preferences during all stages of care including prevention diagnosis treatment and follow-up. The book’s goal is to explain the science behind personalized medicine what impact it may have on specific diseases and some of the repercussions of a personalized medical approach on our medical institutions. Novel personalized therapeutic treatments and their scientific basis are discussed by covering topics as diverse as genomics proteomics epigenetics integrative medicine stem cells and the factors that influence personal health. A personalized medical system also requires patient involvement in developing a healthy lifestyle and so this book touches on topics such as the individual’s family history present and past lifestyle nutrition exercise levels and stress factors. By explaining these broad topics in personalized medicine and the science behind them we discover how personalized medicine can have a positive impact on an individual’s health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498714914

Personalized Nutrition as Medical Therapy for High-Risk Diseases Personalized nutrition involves the formulation of individualized nutritional recommendations to promote and maintain health based on an individual's genetic makeup and other unique intrinsic and extrinsic factors. Implementing personalized nutrition plans for individuals with certain diseases or who are in danger of developing health conditions could help control the onset and severity of symptoms. Personalized Nutrition as Medical Therapy for High-Risk Diseases offers a practical guide for physicians seeking to provide tailored dietary recommendations to their patients with disease treatment modulation and prevention in mind.   The book focuses on the biological mechanisms of specific diseases and provides evidence for how personalized nutrition positively impacts them. It explores conditions including cardiovascular diseases hypertension hypercholesteromia diabetes obesity Crohn's disease as well as multiple pediatric renal and psychological disorders.   Features: ·        Includes case studies that document how people respond differently towards food depending on their genetic structure and other factors. ·        Discusses genome wide association studies (GWIMS) to understand the interplay between genetic susceptibility and dietary interactions. ·        Provides users information to effectively implement personalized nutrition into practice. ·        Identifies possible challenges to the implementation of personalized nutritional interventions in a clinical setting.   This book is for medical practitioners and will also appeal to researchers and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138082687

Personalized NutritionPrinciples and Applications From one person to the next optimal health is governed by a huge array of minor genetic differences. When modulated by a variety of food bioiactives these differences result in changes in gene expression and subsequent phenotypic expression. Combining biomedical and social science with contributions from leaders in both fields Personalized Nutrition: Principles and Applications illustrates molecular physiological epidemiological and public health aspects with examples from major diseases and discusses the behavioral ethical and consumer perspectives that will influence a successful introduction of personalized nutrition. Divided into three sections the book answers pertinent questions crucial to the mainstream acceptance of personalized nutrition: to what extent is this personal diet-and-health relationship practically valid? how can nutrition science demonstrate this? And what is the proposition of stakeholders in society including the consumer?The book begins with an overview of the state-of-the-science in nutrigenomic technologies including transcriptomics proteomics and metabolomics. It covers the use of genomics technology for a better understanding of the molecular mechanisms involved in major diet-related chronic disorders such as chronic inflammation cardiovascular disease diabetes cancer and obesity. Section two compares the practices and opinions of scientists food companies consumers competitive athletes and health care providers on the subject of personalized nutrition. It reviews marketing potential consumer attitudes and the ethical issues surrounding personalized advice. The final section focuses on humanitarian concerns related to developing countries and calls for international efforts to develop best practices collaboration and dataset sharing. The authors also consider ongoing innovations in food technology nutrigenomics and food delivery systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388713

Person-Centred Care in PsychiatrySelf-Relational Contextual and Normative Perspectives One of the paradoxes about psychiatry is that we have never known more about and better treated mental disorders yet there exists so much unease about the practice of mental healthcare. Patients feel still stigmatized psychiatrists are struggling with their roles in a rapidly changing system of healthcare there is lack of consensus about what mental disorders are and what the focus of psychiatry should be. Person-Centred Care in Psychiatry: Self Relational Contextual and Normative Perspectives offers a distinctive approach to two important linked conceptual issues in psychiatry: the relation between self context and psychopathology; and the intrinsic normativity of psychiatry as a practice. Divided in two parts this book shows how the clinical conception of psychopathology and psychiatry as normative practice are intrinsically connected and how the normative practice model can be conceived as a natural extension of the analysis of the web of relations that sustain illness behaviour as well as professional role fulfilment. Person-Centred Care in Psychiatry brings these topics together for the first time against the backdrop of unease about scientistic tendencies within psychiatry in an interconnected discussion that will be of interest to academics and professionals with an interest in the philosophy of psychology psychiatry and mental health-care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197391

Person-Centred Counselling SupervisionPersonal and Professional Each preceding book in the Living Therapy series provides a demonstration of the application of the person-centred approach to counselling and psychotherapy to clients presenting with particular issues. To complement these this book focuses more on the supervisory element of the therapeutic process. It brings together examples of supervision sessions from the Living Therapy series and presents each one as an example of person-centred supervisory practice of person-centred counselling. The supervision sessions deal with a range of issues that arise when working with clients who are seeking counselling in order to resolve difficulties from a wide range of difficult human experience. Each supervision session is introduced with a summary of the background and points for discussion are included at the end of each chapter to stimulate further thought and debate. The book does not attempt to demonstrate a definitive way to apply person-centred principles to supervision but does demonstrate core principles. It will prove valuable to experienced and novice supervisors and to those uncertain about supervising counsellors working in areas outside their own professional experience. It should also be read by counsellors in training who are preparing to be supervised for whom the book offers insights into this collaborative process. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378053

Person-centred Health CareBalancing the Welfare of Clinicians and Patients Person-centred health care is increasingly endorsed as a key element of high-quality care yet in practice it often means patient-centred health care. This book scrutinizes the principle of primacy of patient welfare which although deeply embedded in health professionalism is long overdue for critical analysis and debate. It appears incontestable because patients have greater immediate health needs than clinicians and the patient-clinician encounter is often recognized as a moral enterprise as well as a service contract. However Buetow argues that the implication that clinician welfare is secondary can harm clinicians patients and health system performance. Revaluing participants in health care as moral equals this book advocates an ethic of virtue to respect the clinician as a whole person whose self-care and care from patients can benefit both parties because their moral interests intertwine and warrant equal consideration. It then considers how to move from values including moral equality in health care to practice for people in their particular situations. Developing a genuinely inclusive concept of person-centred care – accepting clinicians as moral equals – it also facilitates the coalescence of patient-centred care and evidence-based health care. This reflective and provocative work develops a constructive alternative to the taken-for-granted principle of primacy of patient welfare. It is of interest to students and academics in the health and caring sciences philosophy ethics medical humanities and health management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280710

Person-centred Primary CareSearching for the Self Primary care grounded in the provision of continuous comprehensive person-centred care is of paramount importance in the delivery of accessible and effective health care around the world. The central notion of person-centred care however relies on often-unexamined concepts of self or understandings of what it means to be a person and an agent. This cutting-edge book explores contemporary pressures on the sense of self for both patient and health professional within a consultation and argues that building new concepts of the self is essential if we are to reinvigorate the central tenets of person-centred primary care.Contemporary trends such as shared decision-making between health professionals and patients and promoting self-management assume those involved are able to make their own decisions and take action. In practice however medicine often opts for reductionist perspectives of patients as passive mechanical systems and diseases as puzzles. At the same time huge political and organisational changes mean time and resources are scarce putting further pressure on consultations. This book discusses how we can start to resolve these tensions. The first part considers problems posed by the increasing bureaucratisation of primary care the impact of information technology in the consultation the effects of chronic disease on our sense of self and how an emphasis on biology over biography leads to over-diagnosis. The second part proposes solutions based on a strong ontology of consciousness concepts of creative capacity coherence and engagement and will show how these can enhance the self-esteem of patients and doctors and benefit their therapeutic dialogue. Combining theoretical perspectives from philosophy sociology and healthcare research with insights drawn from clinical practice this edited volume is suitable for those researching and studying primary healthcare communication and relationships in heal Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885786

Person-Centred Therapy100 Key Points Person-centred therapy rooted in the experience and ideas of the eminent psychotherapist Carl Rogers is widely practised in the UK and throughout the world. It has applications in health and social care the voluntary sector and is relevant to work with people who are severely mentally and emotionally distressed. As well as being a valuable sourcebook and offering a comprehensive overview this edition includes updated references and a new section on recent developments and advances. The book begins with a consideration of the principles and philosophy underpinning person-centred therapy before moving to a comprehensive discussion of the classical theory upon which practice is based. Further areas of discussion include: The model of the person including the origins of mental and emotional distress The process of constructive change A review of revisions of and additions to person-centred theory Child development styles of processing and configurations of self The quality of presence and working at relational depth Criticisms of the approach are addressed and rebutted and the application of theory to practice is discussed. The new final section is concerned with advances and developments in theory and practice including: Counselling for Depression The Social Dimension to Person-Centred Therapy Person-Centred Practice with People experiencing Severe and Enduring Distress and at the ‘Difficult Edge’ A Review of Research Throughout the book attention is drawn to the wider person-centred literature to which it is a valuable key. Person-Centred Therapy will be of particular use to students scholars and practitioners of person-centred therapy as well as to anyone who wants to know more about one of the major psychotherapeutic modalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743716

Person-Environment Psychology and Mental HealthAssessment and Intervention In recent years mental health professionals who have traditionally focused on the emotional state of the individual have come to realize that problems arise from the unique interactions between particular individuals and environments. From necessity they are beginning to look at context; no longer can they place the responsibility for mental health on the shoulders of the person alone. Most attention has been paid to the impact of educational and work settings but it is clear that all life settings contribute meaningfully to positive psychological adaptation and must be considered in any attempt to understand a person's difficulties. This book explores the crucial ramifications of new theory and research in person-environment psychology for assessment and intervention. All practitioners seeking to deliver effective mental health services to adolescents and adults will learn from it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138003095

Personhood and Social RoboticsA psychological consideration An exponentially growing industry human robot interaction (HRI) research has drawn predominantly upon psychologists’ descriptions of mechanisms of face-to-face dyadic interactions. This book considers how social robotics is beginning unwittingly to confront an impasse that has been a perennial dilemma for psychology associated with the historical ‘science vs. art’ debate. Raya Jones examines these paradigmatic tensions and in tandem considers ways in which the technology-centred discourse both reflects and impacts upon understanding our relational nature. Chapters in the book explore not only how the technology-centred discourse constructs machines as us but also how humans feature in this discourse. Focusing on how the social interaction is conceptualised when the human-robot interaction is discussed this book addresses issues such as the long-term impact on persons and society authenticity of relationships and challenges to notions of personhood. By leaving aside terminological issues Jones attempts to transcend ritual of pitching theories against each other in order to comprehensively analyse terms such as subjectivity self and personhood and their fluid interplay in the world that we inhabit. Personhood and Social Robotics will be a key text for postgraduate students researchers and scholars interested in the connection between technology and human psychology including psychologists science and technology studies scholars media studies scholars and humanists. The book will also be of interest to roboticists and HRI researchers as well as those studying or working in areas of artificial intelligence and interactive technologies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359098

Personhood in the Byzantine Christian TraditionEarly Medieval and Modern Perspectives Bringing together international scholars from across a range of linked disciplines to examine the concept of the person in the Greek Christian East Personhood in the Byzantine Christian Tradition stretches in its scope from the New Testament to contemporary debates surrounding personhood in Eastern Orthodoxy. Attention is paid to a number of pertinent areas that have not hitherto received the scholarly attention they deserve such as Byzantine hymnography and iconology the work of early miaphysite thinkers as well as the relevance of late Byzantine figures to the discussion. Similarly certain long-standing debates surrounding the question are revisited or reframed whether regarding the concept of the person in Maximus the Confessor or with contributions that bring patristic and modern Orthodox theology into dialogue with a variety of contemporary currents in philosophy moral psychology and political science. In opening up new avenues of inquiry or revisiting old avenues in new ways this volume brings forward an important and on-going discussion regarding concepts of personhood in the Byzantine Christian tradition and beyond and provides a key stimulus for further work in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591564

Personification in the Greek WorldFrom Antiquity to Byzantium Personification the anthropomorphic representation of any non-human thing is a ubiquitous feature of ancient Greek literature and art. Natural phenomena (earth sky rivers) places (cities countries) divisions of time (seasons months a lifetime) states of the body (health sleep death) emotions (love envy fear) and political concepts (victory democracy war) all appear in human usually female form. Some have only fleeting incarnations others become widely-recognised figures and others again became so firmly established as deities in the imagination of the community that they received elements of cult associated with the Olympian gods. Though often seen as a feature of the Hellenistic period personifications can be found in literature art and cult from the Archaic period onwards; with the development of the art of allegory in the Hellenistic period they came to acquire more 'intellectual' overtones; the use of allegory as an interpretative tool then enabled personifications to survive the advent of Christianity to remain familiar figures in the art and literature of Late Antiquity and beyond. The twenty-one papers presented here cover personification in Greek literature art and religion from its pre-Homeric origins to the Byzantine period. Classical Athens features prominently but other areas of both mainland Greece and the Greek East are well represented. Issues which come under discussion include: problems of identification and definition; the question of gender; the status of personifications in relation to the gods; the significance of personification as a literary device; the uses and meanings of personification in different visual media; personification as a means of articulating place time and worldly power. The papers reflect the enormous range of contexts in which personification occurs indicating the ubiquity of the phenomenon in the ancient Greek world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247014

Personnel Administration in an Automated Environment Here is what the experts have to say about the effects of computer applications on selected facets of personnel administration in libraries. Senior library managers systems librarians and library educators with a special interest in automation analyze the changes in the workplace that have already occurred and discuss those that will confront library professionals in the future. Personnel Administration in an Automated Environment covers the latest issues and research on the topic. Among the subjects dealt with are education and compensation of automation librarians the nature of jobs in an automated library the opportunities for innovation and change in technical library jobs new personnel issues as a result of automating users’services changing staff requirements in mid-sized academic libraries the intersection of library and computer center tasks and the impact of computerization on job satisfaction and performance evaluation. Administrators personnel officers and department heads in mid-sized to large libraries with computer-based operations will find both research-based results and reasonable speculation on everyday problems. A bibliography of the most recent books and articles will be useful to scholars of the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801506

Personnel Issues in Reference Services This book first published in 1986 discusses reference personnel concerns and problems and offers suggestions to administration and management for improving reference personnel performance and staff development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374105

Personnel Management in Government Agencies and Nonprofit Organizations The long-awaited new edition of this highly praised text includes full coverage of policy issues and professional practice in nonprofit organizations as well as at federal state and local levels of government. Retaining its accessible writing style this sixth edition: examines the latest management theories (such as employee engagement and motivation) and current issues including disability privatization merit systems and family and medical leave; roots the discussion in public policy issues providing students with a better understanding of the actors involved and the broader context of personnel administration;      provides abundant pedagogical tools including learning objectives summaries and discussion questions to guide student understanding and foster critical thinking; includes exercises and case studies throughout the book for individual or group work helping students apply public personnel management concepts to real world situations. In addition to full coverage of the increasingly important role of personnel management in nonprofit organizations this new edition has been thoroughly updated to include timely material on the effects of the 2008 global recession public service contracting public sector unions security concerns performance measurement remote management management of volunteers the challenges and opportunities of developing an organizational culture and lessons from the experiences of countries around the world. This is a textbook that is ideally suited to prepare students to manage people effectively whether in government nonprofit organizations NGOs or in the private sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682122

Personnel Management in GovernmentPolitics and Process With over 20 million people on its payroll the government is the largest employer in the country. Managing people who do the nation’s work is of critical importance to politicians government leaders and citizens alike. Personnel Management in Government: Politics and Process eighth edition examines the progress and innovations that public personnel professionals are making to address changes in the political legal and managerial environment of government. It provides students with a comprehensive understanding of human resource management within its historical and political context in the public sector. A number of new developments are addressed in the eighth edition including discussion of: Human resource management in nonprofit organizations in an all-new dedicated chapter Current and future challenges to recruitment and hiring including the use of social media in recruitment Privatization and contracting out The rise of employment "at will" policies Digital technology or "digitalization" in HRM and the need to enhance cybersecurity Managing performance with human capital analytics Increased reliance on telework States’ attacks on public sector labor unions HRM changes under the Trump administration Since publication of the first edition in 1977 Personnel Management in Government has addressed issues not yet considered mainstream but that have proven central to the development of the field over time. This long-standing but no less innovative textbook is required reading for all students of public government and non-profit personnel management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338043

Personnel Planning and Occupational Choice This book first published in 1974 explores the processes by which organisations (and larger entities) attempt to influence their populations (and prospective future populations). The author examines these processes in regards to systematic analysis with a focus on one key area of behaviour namely individual mobility within and between the occupational and educational sectors. This title will be of interest to students of business studies and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785778

Personnel Selection and AssessmentIndividual and Organizational Perspectives The impetus for this volume came from the editors' belief that most current research and thinking about personnel selection and assessment in organizations considered only the perspective of the employer. The job applicant seeking to join the organization or the employee being considered for promotion or reassignment was typically given little attention from the designers of employment or assessment systems. They believed that this imbalance had several negative implications: 1. Organizational selection and assessment appeared to be the principal area within work and organizational psychology that had forgotten a basic tenet of the profession of psychology namely that the welfare of the individual is paramount. 2. A lack of concern for the individuals who were being assessed could result in additional criticisms of psychological assessment in employment settings. 3. The acceptability of selection and assessment devices and systems may impact in (largely) unknown ways on the decisions of individuals to apply for jobs or transfers thus affecting the selection ratio and potential utility of such systems. 4. Individual reactions to the characteristics of assessment and selection devices could affect the accuracy of the information obtained about those individuals adversely affecting the reliability and validity of resulting personnel decisions. Informally discussing these concerns with their professional colleagues the editors found that others were similarly troubled. Their next response was to organize a three day conference bringing together a number of researchers in applied psychology to present papers and participate in discussions related to balancing individual and organizational needs in selection and assessment. Revisions of the papers presented at this conference form the core of this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978263

Personnel Selection and Classification Bringing together several key elements needed to identify the most promising themes for future research in selection and classification this book's underlying aim is to improve job performance by selecting the right persons and matching them most effectively with the right jobs. An emphasis is placed on current innovative research approaches which in some cases depart substantially from traditional approaches. The contributors -- consisting of professionals in measurement personnel research and applied and military psychology -- discuss where the quantum advances of the last decade should take us further. Comprehensive coverage of the selection and classification domain is provided including a broad range of topics in each of the following areas: performance conceptualization and measurement individual differences and selection and classification decision models. The presentations in each of these areas are integrated into a set of coherent themes. This integration was the product of structured group discussions which also resulted in a further evolution of some of the ideas presented. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978270

Persons And Their MindsA Philosophical Investigation Persons and Their Minds compares the conflicting claims of mindism and personism and argues for placing persons at the center of philosophy of mind. Mindism stems from Descartes takes the spectator stance and makes the mind the subject of mental verbs such as ?know ? ?think ? and ?believe.? Personism stems from Wittgenstein and Ryle takes the ag Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317218

Persons and their MindsTowards an Integrative Theory of the Mediated Mind Today’s approaches to the study of the human mind are divided into seemingly opposed camps. On one side we find the neurosciences with their more or less reductionist research programs and on the other side we find the cultural and discursive approaches with their frequent neglect of the material sides of human life. Persons and their Minds seeks to develop an integrative theory of the mind with room for both brain and culture. Brinkmann’s remarkable and thought-provoking work is one of the first books to integrate brain research with phenomenology social practice studies and actor-network theory all of which are held together by the concept of the person.   Brinkmann’s new and informative approach to the person the mind and mental disorder give this book a wide scope. The author uses Rom Harré’s hybrid psychology as a meta-theoretical starting point and expands this significantly by including four sources of mediators: the brain the body social practices and technological artefacts. The author draws on findings from cultural psychology and argues that the mind is normative in the sense that mental processes do not simply happen but can be done more or less well and thus are subject to normative appraisal.   In addition to informative theoretical discussions this book includes a number of detailed case studies including a study of ADHD from the integrated perspective. Consequently the book will be of great interest to academics and researchers in the fields of psychology philosophy sociology and psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178574

Perspective Projections and DesignTechnologies of Architectural Representation The essays selected for this book presented in chronological order discuss various aspects of image-making technologies geometrical knowledge and tools for architectural design focusing in particular on two historical periods marked by comparable patterns of technological and cultural change. The first is the Renaissance; characterized by the rediscovery of linear perspectives and the simultaneous rise of new formats for architectural drawing and design on paper; the second the contemporary rise of digital technologies and the simultaneous rise of virtual reality and computer-based design and manufacturing. Many of the contributing authors explore the parallel between the invention of the perspectival paradigm in early-modern Europe and the recent development of digitized virtual reality. This issue in turn bears on the specific purposes of architectural design where various representational tools and devices are used to visualize bi-dimensional aspects of objects that must be measured and eventually built in three-dimensional space. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715574

Perspective in Perspective Originally published in 1983 this book is about the way we see things – or think we do which is by no means the same – and about the ways in which we have tried to reproduce that visual concept in diagrams pictures photographs films and television. Whatever the medium if any degree of realism is intended some use of perspective is inevitable and some understanding of it can aid the appreciation of the result. But here the technicalities of perspective geometry are treated as far as possible non-technically by a common-sense approach. Students would-be artists or architects are warned in the Preface that they will travel second-class in the author’s train of thought (the ‘general reader’ coming first) but they may well find the journey worthwhile in that it provides a background to a subsequent more detailed studies. Lawrence Wright shows that every form of perspective representation has some innate falsity but that most such forms offer an adequate makeshift; that rules of geometry often need to be bent; that labour-saving dodges and shortcuts exist. As he says perspective drawing like politics is an art of the possible. In reading this book beginners may find it all simpler than they had supposed though the established expert may in some interesting respects find just the opposite. The general reader may thereafter find himself seeing things – and representations of them – in a new light. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220409

Perspective Poster The Perspective Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363676

Perspectives by IncongruityFirst of the Year Diversity and "perspective by incongruity" dene the approach to changing times in this fourth volume of the First of the Year series. Insights come from interesting minds in unobvious juxtapositions. First's roster of irreverent—and holy!—regulars includes Amiri Baraka Bernard Avishai Uri Avnery Chuck D Diane di Prima Fr. Rick Frechette Donna Gaines Lawrence Goodwyn Roxane Johnson W.T. Lhamon Jr. Philip Levine Kanan Makiya Bongani Madondo Greil Marcus Charles O'Brien Judy Oppenheimer Tom Smucker Fredric Smoler A.B. Spellman Scott Spencer Robert Farris Thompson Richard Torres David Waldstreicher and Armond White.Their angles on history and history in the making are enhanced by contributions from new members of First's family of defamiliarizers such as Peter Brown Wesley Brown Mark Dudzic Robert Hullot-Kentor and Aram Saroyan.Perspectives by Incongruity touches down in Kashmir Haiti South Africa and Indonesia. There's a vital section devoted to the Arab Spring. But the volume homes in on the U.S.A. as well digging into race and class structures of feeling (and fantasy). It means to comprehend the Obama era in real time. Music is key to Perspectives by Incongruity's offbeat truth-telling. Contributors sound off on Jay Z and Kanye West mambo and Afropop Dylan and Coltrane Sun Ra and Arcade Fire. First's meaning is (as ever) in the mix. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412843119

Perspectives For Change In Communist Societies To what degree has political social and economic change been stimulated by the impact of the past and present policies of Communist political systems? Perhaps more important to what extent has the momentum for change stimulated by past policies been frustrated by the nature of these systems? This volume an interdisciplinary and international work based on a symposium presented at the October 1976 Annual Conference of the American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies addresses these questions. The contributors collectively assess the extent of change generated by the policies of social mobilization as they are channeled and contained within the Communist political systems. Clearly and perceptively they analyze selected aspects of change—or its absence—in the political social and economic life of the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282677

Perspectives from Systemic Functional Linguistics This innovative collection brings together contributions from established and emerging scholars highlighting the "appliability" of Systemic Functional Linguistics and the ways in which theoretical and analytical conclusions drawn from its applications can inform and advance the study of language. The book discusses SFL’s theoretical foundations and development in recent years to demonstrate its evolution into a more effective analytical tool. Building on this theoretical framework the volume showcases the theory’s applications in case studies exploring four sub-disciplines of language study: multilingual studies; translation studies; language learning and language teaching; and genre analysis. This all-inclusive volume demonstrates both Systemic Functional Linguistics’ efficacy as a means of theoretical analysis but also its value as a unique approach to the study of language and meaning making this an indispensable resource for researchers and scholars in applied linguistics discourse analysis genre studies translation studies and multilingualism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592424

Perspectives from the European Language PortfolioLearner autonomy and self-assessment Using constructivist principles and autonomous learning techniques the ELP has pioneered innovative and cutting edge approaches to learning languages that can be applied to learning across the spectrum. Although articles on the success of the ELP project have appeared in some academic journals Perspectives from the European Language Portfolio is the first book to report on and contextualise the project’s innovative techniques for a wider educational research audience. During the last ten years the ELP has increasingly become a reference tool for language learning and teaching in primary secondary and tertiary educational settings all around Europe. The editors of this volume believe that there is a need to reflect on the significant contribution that the ELP has delivered for language learning and teaching and to critically evaluate its achievements. This volume offers a range of investigations from theoretical studies to practical cases around these issues and includes: relevant contributions of the ELP to language pedagogy; assessing the impact of the ELP on pedagogical research and practice; exploring and defining pathways for future developments; Reflective learning. This book is intended for a readership of language teachers and researchers across Europe. It will be of particular relevance to those engaged in language learning and teaching within the Common European Framework of Reference supporting independent learning and developing a language curriculum whether in school adult further or higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675550

Perspectives from Young Children on the Margins In spite of our apparently connected global environment people are becoming less connected. Digital communication leads to fewer face-to-face engagements and many young children are separated from their parents for extended periods. The post-truth phenomenon has resulted in mistrust between policymakers and the people they serve whilst increased immigration has led to some rich countries adopting a protectionist stance that transforms collaboration into separatism. At its 2014 meeting the European Early Childhood Education Research Association’s Young Children’s Perspectives Special Interest Group considered how these issues were affecting young children particularly the many thousands entering Europe at that time as refugees and migrants escaping conflict in their home countries. Many of those displaced young children found themselves situated on the margins of their new contexts. The feeling of being ‘othered’ can be existential for any young child experiencing liminality yet a sense of belonging is important for young children’s well-being and development of identity: the feeling of belonging lies at the core of social inclusion. This book the idea for which arose out of this meeting is drawn from leading edge empirical studies and reveals the diverse experiences of young children’s marginalisation. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Early Childhood Education Research Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664268

Perspectives in Behavioral MedicineEating Regulation and Discontrol First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203782095

Perspectives in Child Care Policy Child care law and policy issues generate very strong emotions and some crucial questions concerning the role of the state. For instance under what circumstances should the state be able to intervene and use the force of the law to protect children? Do children have similar rights to adults? Such questions are matters of controversial debate and in the light of well publicised child abuse cases official inquiries and a government review led to the passing of the Children Act in 1989.Perspectives in Child Care Policy presents four different value perspectives on child care policy - laissez-faire; state paternalism; defence of the birth family and children's rights. These perspectives differ in their underlying values concepts and assumptions concerning children families the rights and powers of parents and the role of the state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158054

Perspectives in Creativity In Perspectives in Creativity experts in the psychology of creativity take stock of the field by examining their own experiences. The contributors relate how they embarked on their work how their ideas developed what in their thinking remained the same what had changed and how they evaluate their successes and failures.The introductory chapter provides a historical context for subsequent contributions. J. P. Guilford then describes the development of the field of creativity from the perspective of the Structure of Intellect model. Donald W. MacKinnon describes his work at the Institute of Personality Assessment and Research. J. W. Getzels and Mihalyi Csikszentmihalyi recount in the following chapter how though starting with a conception of creativity as a problem-solving process they were driven through their work with artists to a conception of creativity as also a problem-finding process. In the fifth chapter Frank M. Andrews describes his investigations of the social and psychological factors in scientific laboratories.Frank Barron examines the problem of creativity and alienation. Anne Roe analyzes the sources and development of paintings as reported by twenty artists. In the following chapter Salvatore Maddi examines the widely held belief that social integration and a permissive environment are conducive to creative endeavor. In chapter 9 Calvin Taylor and Richard Ellison describe the development of the Utah program of assessment and intervention with regard to the creativity of children in the classroom. Next Sidney Parnes discusses his work on "brainstorming" and its emphasis on a balance between imagination and judgment freedom and discipline. George Prince tells of the development of "synectics" since its early formulation and recounts its application to creative production in industry. E. Paul Torrance then examines recent creativity in the schools and describes his own efforts in devising diagnostic tests and educati Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126265

Perspectives in Crystallography Crystallography is one of the most multidisciplinary sciences with roots in fields as varied as mathematics physics chemistry biology materials science computation and earth and planetary science. The structural knowledge gained from crystallography has been instrumental in acquiring new levels of understanding in numerous scientific areas. Perspectives in Crystallography provides an overview of the current state of the field reviews its historical origins and explains how crystallography contributes to the sustainability of life. This book resonates with the recent United Nations and UNESCO International Year of Crystallography a celebration of its achievements and importance undertaken with the International Union of Crystallography.The author of this book is the editor in chief of Crystallography Reviews where some of the contents have been previously published. Here subjects of interest to specialists and non-specialists have been brought together in a single source. The book opens with a description of the ways to explain crystallography to diverse general audiences. It also addresses various topics in crystallography including:The evolution and importance of synchrotron radiation to crystallographyThe structural chemistry and biology of colouration in marine crustaceaPredicting protonation states of proteins versus crystallographic experimentationThe book then offers a projection of crystal structure analysis in the next 100 years and concludes by emphasizing the societal impacts of crystallography that allow for sustainability of life.Perspectives in Crystallography offers a threefold look into the past present and long-term development and relevance of crystal structure analysis. It is concerned not only with the state of the field but with its role in the perpetuation of life on earth. As such it is a reference of vital interest to a bro Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377229

Perspectives in Economic and Social History 1-25 Contains the first ten books from the series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935457

Perspectives in Economic and Social History 1–10 Contains the first ten books from the series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848932777

Perspectives in Group PsychotherapyA Theoretical Background This book originally published in 1972 aims to provide a theoretical framework for group therapists to guide them through the mass of variables which beset them. Its scope therefore is extremely broad for it also touches on philosophy psychology sociology communication and general systems theory. In the last chapter certain simple conclusions are drawn concerning the relationship between group and psycho-dynamics. The book will be of some interest to those who have already had some experience of small medium or large groups and who want to think about their work in more general terms: it is not yet widely realised how radically different and how potentially powerful are the implications of group procedures not only for therapy but in such fields as education industry and politics. Freud recognised this when he pointed out the dilemma of having to procure for the group precisely those features which were characteristic of the individual and which are extinguished in him by the formation of the group. Whilst the problem for the individual is the intrusion of unconscious factors for the group it is the group’s equivalent of consciousness namely communication and organization which is in a quandary. The group model differs crucially from the psychological but they may relate in the sense that as Freud indicated neurosis represents a recapitulation within the individual of mankind’s group history. The unconscious mind then is a group phenomenon. In other words group theory turns psychoanalysis upside down and begins at the point where Freud left off relating neurosis to its social sources. In the light of the group approach therefore neurosis and certain of the psychoses can be viewed as localized deposits of unresolved group experiences within the individual whether they be past current or an expectation of the future; a feature which makes traumatic neuroses more understandable since they cannot be explained in terms of infantile neurosis. The author suggests the possibility of a new development in group techniques namely that of large group therapy freed of community ties or training considerations in which attitudes and ideologies make themselves evident not as cloudy idealistic non sequiturs but as crucial and clearly definable climates which either impede or promote communication and the flow of information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812352

Perspectives In Jewish Population Research Addressing methodological and substantive research problems common to local Jewish population studies the contributorsto this book present the most recent research findings on suchproblems as how to design studies that will make a contributionto social science knowledge as well as have a strong impacton the planning process; methods of sampling that will optimizethe trade-offs between costs and accuracy; how to develop acomparative framework so that results from individual communitiesmay be fruitfully understood in a larger context; and whichquestions should be asked in surveys and how. Detailed essaysdiscuss every step of the research process. The book includesa compendium of findings from several recent. population studiesas well as an annotated inventory of questionnaire items allof which should prove useful to researchers and communitiesplanning to undertake Jewish population studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282684

Perspectives in Medical GeographyTheory and Applications for Librarians Medical geography is a fascinating area of rapidly evolving study that aims to analyse and improve worldwide health issues based on the geographical factors which have an impact on them. Perspectives in Medical Geography will appeal to both novice and seasoned researchers looking to be informed on the latest theories and applications in the field. Chapters represent a wide range of industries ranging from private/public universities to private companies to non-profit foundations. Contributors describe ways in which map and geography librarians can engage in public health research – creating data standards archiving map collections and providing mapping/GIS services. In addition to compiling current theories and practices related to medical geography this volume also features commentaries from two pre-eminent geography librarians sharing their perspectives on this emerging field and how map and geographic information librarians can engage in health-related research through their profession. This book was originally published as two special issues of the Journal of Map & Geography Libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061415

Perspectives in Professional Child and Youth Care Here are the information ideas and inspiration that will help child care workers in their daily struggle to provide better care for children youth and families. Perspectives in Professional Child and Youth Care is a much-needed sourcebook of readings on the current state of the art of professional child and youth care in North America. Some of the leading practitioners academicians researchers and administrators provide a “child care perspective ” writing about what they--on the front lines--perceive as the most pressing issues and significant topics in the field today including the nature of child and youth care current issues in education and training therapeutic program issues key support functions in child and youth programs the changing work environment and new roles and developing professionalism in the field of child and youth care. This enormously insightful book will be valuable for use in academic courses and training workshops as well as for individual child and youth care professionals and practitioners from related disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804040

Perspectives in Role EthicsVirtues Reasons and Obligation Although our moral lives would be unrecognisable without them roles have received little attention from analytic moral philosophers. Roles are central to our lives and to our engagement with one another and should be analysed in connection with our core notions of ethics such as virtue reason and obligation. This volume aims to redress the neglect of role ethics by confronting the tensions between conceptions of impartial morality and role obligations in the history of analytic philosophy and the Confucian tradition. Different perspectives on the ethical significance of roles can be found by looking to debates within professional and applied ethics by challenging existing accounts of how roles generate reasons by questioning the hegemony of ethical reasons and by exploring the relation between expertise and virtue. The essays tackle several core questions related to these debates: What are roles and what is their normative import? To what extent are roles and the ethics of roles central to ethics as opposed to virtue in general and obligation in general? Are role obligations characteristically incompatible with ordinary morality in professions such as business law and medicine? How does practical reason function in relation to roles? Perspectives in Role Ethics is an examination of a largely neglected topic in ethics. It will appeal to a broad range of scholars in normative ethics virtue ethics non-Western ethics and applied ethics interested in the importance of roles in our moral life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497993

Perspectives in Social Work Perspectives in Social Work was originally published in 1977 and provides a text for social workers in training to use. The book argues for a more philosophical approach to both understanding and doing social work and seeks to establish simple and basic elements in social work asking questions such as: what should a social worker be able to do? What should a social worker know and believe? Does social work actually work? In answering these questions the book offers a wide ranging and critical review of literature of the time and looks at social work as a method of altruism. This book is still topical today and acts as a useful document on the subject of social work both through the discussions within and through the lens of modern change. It will be of particular interest to those studying the history and changes in social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365193

Perspectives in Sociology From its first edition in 1979 Perspectives in Sociology has provided generations of undergraduates with a clear reassuring introduction to the complications of sociological theory. This revised and updated edition features: a completely rewritten general introduction and conclusion; all-new introductions to each part clarifying how each one builds on what came before; an updated set of formative questions at the end of each chapter; a comprehensive glossary of key terms. While retaining its emphasis and wealth of information on the founding figures of sociology this sixth edition includes new tools that will allow students from related disciplines to access relevant sociological material quickly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793545

Perspectives In U.s. Marxist Anthropology An assessment of current trends in Marxist anthropology thiscollection of essays reflects both the unifying force of Marxist thoughtand the diversity of contemporary anthropology. Linked by a commonapproach-a shared commitment to Marxist analysis-the contributorslook at a variety of phenomena including the problems of labor andwork in terms of a coherent theory of Marxism. Examining political economic and ethnic situations the authors discuss social structures ideology and class formation. This unique volume warrants the attentionof both Marxists and non-Marxists in anthropology and ofscholars in other fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282691

Perspectives of Divorced TherapistsCan I Get It Right for Couples? Through interviews with divorced therapists from diverse cultures philosophies and generations this book explores how a therapist’s divorce impacts their work with clients in couples therapy. Interviewees speak of their own experiences with trauma recovery countertransference self-disclosure resilience and other issues during and after divorce. These experiences are also correlated to previous studies exploring the counseling process and variables that might affect the outcome. Through the stories of other professionals therapists will gain insight into developing self-awareness and utilizing the person-of-the-therapist model to successfully navigate the impact of their own life crisis as they work with clients. This text will provide enlightenment and courage for divorced or divorcing therapists as well as any therapist who lives through the experience of managing their own relationship struggles while continuing to lean in and support their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240476

Perspectives of National Elites on European CitizenshipA South European View Over the last two decades the process of European integration has become interwoven with the theme of citizenship and the debate on the democratic quality of the EU and of its institutions has become more salient. What are the views about Europe which emerge when we interrogate the national elites of the four large South European countries Greece Italy Portugal Spain and what is their vision of a supra-national citizenship in its different facets? Are these views sufficiently homogeneous and do they distinguish themselves from those of the rest of the European Union to the point of enabling us to talk about a "distinctive region of Europe"? Which interpretation(s) of European citizenship emerges from a systematic exploration of these opinions? Using a set of survey and textual data collected in the framework of the IntUne project the authors attempt to provide some original answers to these questions. This book was published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686204

Perspectives of the Silent MajorityAir Pollution Livelihood and Food Secuity - Indepth Studies Through PRA Methods on Community Perspective This title was first published in 2001. This text is an exercise in learning from the voices of the communities living in Indian villages near urban areas. It is concerned primarily with learning what these communities have to say on their well-being and livelihoods and is therefore an attempt to record and register as much as possible of what these communities say. Agriculture in urban areas of Haryana and Uttar Pradesh plays an important role for livelihoods and in supplying foodstuffs to communities and markets. It constitutes a major source of income both for landowners and labourers. The study then looks at the relationship between agriculture and urban areas and the phenomenon of industrialization/urbanization. In presenting these perspectives the farmers gave insights into some related issues such as the role of agriculture in their livelihoods the nature of agricultural constraints and the the impact of air pollution on quality of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721487

Perspectives On A Changing ChinaEssays In Honor Of Professor C. Martin Wilbur This collection of essays represents current research in modern (post-1800) Chinese history. All contributors are former students of Professor C. Martin Wilbur one of the great names in the China field over the past forty years who recently retired from a long tenure as modern Chinese historian at Columbia University. While diverse in their subje Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298166

Perspectives on Accounting and Finance in China (RLE Accounting) The rush of entrepreneurial activity in China has been watched with interest by the financial world. This book the result of an international symposium on Chinese accounting and financial management assesses the little-known accounting scene in China which up until 1978 remained behind closed doors. Divided into four sections the volume covers: Chinese perspectives on accounting the business and financial structure of China including the re-emergence of a Chinese stock market the regulatory framework of accounting in China and comparisons with international accounting standards; the impact of current reforms in Chinese accounting practice the emergence of a new accounting profession in China. The concluding chapter provides an overview of the cultural context of the reforms which took place in the 1990s. By using comparisons with other Asian countries’ accounting systems like Taiwan the contributors to the volume give an analysis of the state of accountancy in China during the 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978294

Perspectives on African Witchcraft This volume draws on a range of ethnographic and historical material to provide insight into witchcraft in sub-Saharan Africa. The chapters explore a variety of cultural contexts with contributions focusing on Cameroon Central African Republic Ghana Mali Ethiopia and Eritrean diaspora. The book considers the concept of witchcraft itself the interrelations with religion and medicine and the theoretical frameworks employed to explain the nature of modern African witchcraft representations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889500

Perspectives on Agrammatism Agrammatic aphasia (agrammatism) resulting from brain damage to regions of the brain involved in language processing affects grammatical aspects of language. Therefore research examining language breakdown (and recovery) patterns in agrammatism is of great interest and importance to linguists neurolinguists neuropsychologists neurologists psycholinguists and speech and language pathologists from all over the world. Research in agrammatism studied across languages and from different perspectives provides information about the grammatical structures that are affected by brain damage their nature and how language (and the brain) recovers from brain damage. The chapters in this book focus on the symptoms that arise in agrammatic aphasia at the lexical morphological and sentence level and address these impairments from neurolinguistic neuropsychological and neurological perspectives. Special attention is given to methods for assessment and treatment of agrammatism and to the neurobiological changes that can result from the treatments. Perspectives on Agrammatism provides an up-to-date overview of research that has been done over the past two decades. With contributions from the most influential aphasiologists from Europe and the United States it provides an indispensable reference for students and academics in the field of language disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138118454

Perspectives on American GovernmentReadings in Political Development and Institutional Change The second edition of this much-admired book offers an accessible and coherent selection of readings illustrating for students the depth and contours of how American politics has developed over time. Grounded in foundational debates classic political science scholarship and the best contemporary analysis of American political development this reader invites students to probe the historical dynamics that brought the United States to where it is today and how those dynamics are likely to affect its future course. This well-designed and up-to-date reader is an invitation to instructors to draw your students into a deeper conversation on the key themes and topics in each section of your course. The second edition features: Revised introductions and selections 33 new readings Expanded sections on civil rights and civil liberties. Jillson and Robertson have carefully edited each selection to ensure readability and fidelity to the original arguments. Their insightful editorial introductions frame the context in which these topics are studied and understood. Several key pedagogical tools help students along the way: An introductory essay provides an overview of American political development and current examples of why history matters Chapter introductions to provide necessary context situating the readings in broader debates Head notes at the start of each reading to contextualize that selection Questions for Discussion at the end of each chapter prompting students to draw out the implications and connections across readings Further Reading lists at the end of each chapter to guide student research The broad readings in this volume take seriously the effort to present materials that help students make sense of the historical changes and institutional developments that are essential for understanding American government and politics today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415735223

Perspectives on American Music 1900-1950 The essays in this collection reflect the range and depth of musical life in the United States during the first half of the twentieth century. Contributions consider the rise and triumph of popular forms such as jazz swing and blues as well as the contributions to art music of composers such as Ives Cage and Copland among others. American contributions to music technology and dissemination and the role of these forms in extending the audience for music is also a focus. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203054703

Perspectives on Anger and EmotionAdvances in Social Cognition Volume Vi In this volume Berkowitz develops the argument that experiential and behavioral components of an emotional state are affected by many processes: some are highly cognitive in nature; others are automatic and involuntary. Cognitive and associative mechanisms theoretically come into play at different times in the emotion-cognition sequence. The model he proposes therefore integrates theoretical positions that previously have been artificially segregated in much of the emotion-cognition literature. The breadth of the implications of Berkowitz's theory is also reflected in the diversity of this book's companion chapters. Written by researchers whose work focuses on both social cognition and emotion these articles provide important insights and possible extensions of the "cognitive-neoassociationistic" conceptualization developed in the target article. Although each chapter is a valuable contribution in its own right this volume taken as a whole is a timely and important contribution both to social cognition and to research and theory on emotion per se. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806754

Perspectives on Anton Bruckner A century after his death Anton Bruckner still remains one of the most complex and enigmatic creative personalities of the nineteenth century. A leading avant-garde figure of his generation he was an accomplished performer and teacher in addition to being a great composer; few people in the history of western music can boast his level of achievement in all these areas combined. This book a collection of essays written by an international group of scholars offers diverse theoretical and musicological perspectives on Bruckner the composer-teacher-performer. Facets of his formidable theoretical training and his application of it as part of the compositional process are explored. A variety of analytical methodologies is used to examine the Second through to the Ninth Symphonies the heart of the composer’s mature repertoire. Finally aspects of Bruckner’s career as a teacher and performer his complex personality his influence and dissemination of his music are considered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263345

Perspectives on Athlete-Centred Coaching Underpinned by a philosophy of empowerment athlete-centred approaches to coaching are defined by a style that promotes learning through ownership responsibility initiative and awareness. Perspectives on Athlete-Centred Coaching offers an in-depth theoretical examination of player-focused coaching models and provides professional guidance for practising coaches. Written by a cast of world-leading scholars and practitioners and offering a breadth of approaches to and critiques of the application of athlete-centred coaching the book covers topics including: • athlete-centred coaching and holistic development • coaching tactical creativity • athlete-centred coaching in disability sport • team culture and athlete-centred coaching • developing thinking players through Game Sense coaching • supporting athlete wellbeing • athlete-centred coaching and Teaching Games for Understanding • athlete-centred coaching in masters sport. Based on the latest research and offering the most comprehensive enquiry into this central area of coaching theory Perspectives on Athlete-Centred Coaching is important reading for any students and lecturers of sports coaching or physical education and practising coaches across any sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103900

Perspectives on Autoimmunity First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide to autoimmunity. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244170

Perspectives On Behavioral ScienceThe Colorado Lectures The behavioral sciences—anthropology sociology psychology economics geography political science—have reached a turning point as we enter the decade of the 1990s. Freed from a strict emulation of classical science methodology while benefiting from the remarkable advances in biology and the other "hard" sciences scholars in the behavioral scie Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282714

Perspectives on Behavioral Self-RegulationAdvances in Social Cognition Volume XII The feedback model of self-regulation developed by the authors of the lead article in this volume has been one of the most successful theoretical formulations of regulatory processes to date. The range of phenomena to which this framework potentially applies is evident from its ability to incorporate implications of other conceptualizations as diverse as catastrophe theory and dynamic systems theory. The diversity of issues and approaches dealt with by Carver and Scheier is matched by the companion articles which are written from perspectives ranging across developmental psychology cognitive science clinical psychology and organizational decision making as well as mainstream social cognition. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410601186

Perspectives on BehaviourA Practical Guide to Effective Interventions for Teachers First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138132795

Perspectives on Behavioural Interventions in Palliative and End-of-Life Care The challenges faced by individuals and families at the end of life are still incredibly diverse and many behavioural interventions and clinical approaches have been developed to address this great diversity of experiences in the face of dying and death helping providers to care for their clients. Perspectives on Behavioural Interventions in Palliative and End-of-Life Care is an accessible resource that collates and explores interventions that can be used to address a wide range of behavioural psychological social and spiritual issues that arise when people are facing advanced chronic or life-limiting illness. With perspectives from experienced clinicians providers and caregivers from around the world this book offers a strong foundation in contemporary evidence-based practice alongside seasoned practice insights from the field. Its chapters explore: Interventions to enhance communication and decision making The management of physical and mental health symptoms Meaning-Centred Psychotherapy for cancer patients Dignity Therapy Interventions embracing cultural diversity and intersectionality. Together with Perspectives on Palliative and End-of-Life Care: Disease Social and Cultural Context the book provides a foundation for collaborative international and interprofessional work by providing state-of science information on behavioural interventions addressing mental health and wellness. It is of interest to academics researchers and postgraduates in the fields of mental health medicine psychology and social work and is essential reading for healthcare providers and trainees from psychosocial and palliative medicine social work and nursing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488154

Perspectives on British Rural Planning Policy 1994-97 First published in 1999 this volume explores the issue of rural planning which has become a complex activity in which policies in one area have important ramifications in other policy areas. It is thus very important for all those involved in rural planning affairs to remain not only up to date but to place recent developments in a longer perspective. This new series aims to answer all these needs by providing an accurate and informed account of recent developments in North American British and European rural policy and critiques of policy implementation and its impacts from new material and from analyses of published research findings. This second volume in the series covers the last few years of the John Major administration until the election of the Tony Blair government in May 1997. It is divided into six chapters: overview of changes affecting all rural planning activities; the environment; town and country planning; extensive land uses; nature conservation and recreation; and social land economic issues. The next British volume will cover the entire period of the current government with successive volumes covering each new government as it unfolds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332447

Perspectives on Care at Home for Older People Demographic and epidemiological changes mean that frail older people have come to be seen as an expensive problem for health care systems. The challenge for professionals and policy-makers is to find ways to respond to the coming crisis by delivering high-quality care in the home. This collection offers a critical analysis of home care policy and practice. It focuses on how high-quality care is provided and the practices and policies that support this. It offers case studies (both policy- and practice-oriented empirical studies) from countries that share a basic orientation to social welfare: Canada Denmark Finland Iceland Sweden and the United Kingdom. The nine chapters set out a critical agenda for the development of "good" practices in challenging times. This book is essential reading for students practitioners and researchers who wish to understand diverse problems in care provision for frail older persons and the complexities of policy responses in different health and social care contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849890

Perspectives on ChangeWhat Academics Consultants and Managers Really Think About Change Despite the plethora of books on change there appears is a notable gap in the field; rarely is the authentic and candid voice of change practitioners heard. Seldom are those most closely involved in the management of change given (or seek) the opportunity to write about their personal experiences and reflexiveness. Nor is this just a case of practicing managers not being given a voice or feeling that they cannot be frank and open about what they do. How often do academics candidly state what they actually do when they are faced with managing change in their own institutions or when they are called on in a consultancy capacity? Similarly it is rare for full-time consultants to be candid about what it is they actually do: instead they tend to have a well-honed sales pitch which lays out a logical change process directed at helping the client to achieve success. Yet when academics consultants and practicing managers are prepared to speak candidly about what they really do a richer messier but more illuminating picture of change emerges. The aim of Perspectives on Change is to move beyond the ‘do as I say’ approach of most change books and to encourage academics consultants and managers to say candidly what it is they really do and what they really think about change and how it should be managed. The Editors of this book Burnes and Randall have over 60 years of experience between them of studying and teaching change management acting as consultants and actually managing change projects. They are therefore well aware of the differences and contradictions between what academics consultants and managers say about change in public and what they say in private and do in practice. Perspectives on Change will offer students and practitioners of change a unique opportunity to understand change in practice. In addition it will also contribute to the Rigour-Relevance debate by giving a different and perhaps more realistic perspective on the nature of the gap between theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339965

Perspectives on Civil ReligionVolume 3 This title was first published in 2002: Perspectives on Civil Religion introduces the concept of civil religion examines the use of the concept in recent scholarship and investigates examples of civil religion in the contemporary world. The book sets out to explore tensions and complexities in the relationship between the 'sacred' and the 'secular' and draws on two major case studies for in-depth illustration of key issues. It looks first at the development of rituals of remembrance from the American civil war British and American responses to the two world wars and the controversial Vietnam Veterans Memorial in Washington. It then considers civil religion in the Italian city of Siena especially in relation to the Palio of Siena and Sienese devotion to the Virgin. The five textbooks and Reader that make up the Religion Today Open University/Ashgate series are: From Sacred Text to Internet; Religion and Social Transformations; Perspectives on Civil Religion; Global Religious Movements in Regional Context; Belief Beyond Boundaries; Religion Today: A Reader Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727090

Perspectives on Classification in Synthetic SciencesUnnatural Kinds This volume launches a new series of contemporary conversations about scientific classification. Most philosophical conversations about kinds have focused centrally or solely on natural kinds that is kinds whose existence is not dependent on the scientific process of synthesis. This volume refocuses conversations about classification on unnatural or synthetic kinds via extensive study of three paradigm cases of unnatural kinds: nanomaterials stem cells and synthetic biology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298101

Perspectives on Classifier Constructions in Sign Languages Classifier constructions are universal to sign languages and exhibit unique properties that arise from the nature of the visual-gestural modality. The major goals are to bring to light critical issues related to the study of classifier constructions and to present state-of-the-art linguistic and psycholinguistic analyses of these constructions. It is hoped that by doing so more researchers will be inspired to investigate the nature of classifier constructions across signed languages and further explore the unique aspects of these forms. The papers in this volume discuss the following issues: *how sign language classifiers differ from spoken languages; *cross-linguistic variation in sign language classifier systems; *the role of gesture; *the nature of morpho-syntactic and phonological constraints on classifier constructions; *the grammaticization process for these forms; and *the acquisition of classifier forms. Divided into four parts groups of papers focus on a particular set of issues and commentary papers end each section. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653817

Perspectives on Cognitive Dissonance Published in 1976 Perspectives on Cognitive Dissonance is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203767672

Perspectives on Cognitive Neuropsychology Originally published in 1988 neuropsychology had evolved considerably in the decade prior to publication. Methods of research had changed new topics of interests had emerged and there had also been an ongoing debate as to the objectives of the field. This evolution had most radically affected the study of cognitive disorders – an area that had developed particularly rapidly in the years before and that ultimately became a field of inquiry in its own right that of cognitive neuropsychology. The contributors to this volume all share a fascination with the new perspectives for understanding how the mind works that have arisen from the study of impaired cognition. Yet and this was very characteristic of the state of the art in cognitive neuropsychology at the time they disagreed on many important issues even those pertaining to the most basic assumptions of their discipline. Therefore the first part of this book is devoted to an attempt to define and clarify these basic issues and to the confrontation of alternative views. The remaining parts present original studies on several topics of particular interest in cognitive neuropsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639126

Perspectives on Cognitive Task AnalysisHistorical Origins and Modern Communities of Practice This volume is the first comprehensive history of task analysis charting its origins from the earliest applied psychology through to modern forms of task analysis that focus on the study of cognitive work. Through this detailed historical analysis it is made apparent how task analysis has always been cognitive. Chapters cover the histories key ideas and contributions to methodology of a number of communities of practice including: Sociotechnics European Work Analysis Naturalistic Decision Making Cognitive Systems Engineering Ethnography Human Factors. Further integrative chapters focus on the purposes of cognitive task analysis. It is shown how all the various communities of practice are living in the same scientific universe though are in many ways distinctive in terms of their key concerns and main theories. It is a historiography of task analysis and the people who invented task analysis. It is also an explanatory primer on what cognitive task analysis is all about and what it can do. Perspectives on Cognitive Task Analyis will be of value to professionals in allied disciplines who might come to rely on cognitive task analysis in their system development programs. It will be invaluable to students who need to know what task analysis and cognitive task analysis are really all about. For practitioners of cognitive task analysis  this volume is a major presentation of what their scientific universe is all about. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138004283

Perspectives on Complementary and Alternative Medicine: A Reader Complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) is an emerging and increasingly popular group of treatments therapies and philosophies of health and wellbeing. It is a fascinating and fast-changing area of social life which also poses an interesting challenge to current healthcare delivery and policy making. This reader presents a lively and engaging collection of classic controversial and new readings on CAM and covers issues including: changes in the way CAM is developing and being delivered holism and what this concept means to CAM practice changes in consumption and the health consumer that have lead to increased interest in CAM the safety and effectiveness of CAM treatments how integration is being achieved in contemporary society. The text provides insight into many of the current and complex issues surrounding CAM and will appeal to everyone who is concerned with or who has an interest in complementary and alternative healthcare. The book will be essential reading for students of CAM health studies nursing medicine and allied health subjects as well as medical sociology and modern health policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203698372

Perspectives on Conceptual ChangeMultiple Ways to Understand Knowing and Learning in a Complex World Perspectives on Conceptual Change presents case study excerpts illustrating the influence on and processes of students' conceptual change and analyses of these cases from multiple theoretical frameworks.Researchers in reading education have been investigating conceptual change and the effects of students' prior knowledge on their learning for more than a decade. During this time this research had been changing from the general and cognitive--average effects of interventions on groups of students--to the specific and personal--individuals' reactions to and conceptual change with text structures. Studies in this area have begun to focus on the social contextual and affective influences on conceptual change. These studies have potential to be informed by other discourses. Hence this book shows the results of sharing data--in the form of case study excerpts--with researchers representing varying perspectives of analyses. Instances of learning are examined from cross disciplinary views. Case study authors in turn respond to the case analyses. The result is a text that provides multiple insights into understanding the learning process and the conditions that impact learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045108

Perspectives On ConservationEssays on America's Natural Resources A collection of papers based on those prepared by authorities who participated in the 1958 RFF forum including contributions by Samuel Hays and John Kenneth Galbraith. Originally published in 1958 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064420

Perspectives on Contemporary PakistanGovernance Development and Environment This book analyses problems of governance development and environment affecting contemporary Pakistan; issues that lie at the centre of federal and provincial policy deliberations formulation and implementation. The book offers a comprehensive assessment of the policies or lack thereof. Authors from a variety of disciplines empirically and conceptually evaluate latest developments events and data regarding law and order economic under-performance social intolerance and climate crisis. The book offers varied perspectives on state sovereignty civil-military relations spousal violence rural development CPEC nuclear governance and transboundary climate risk. Arguing that the conclusions should be adopted by the social political and economic stakeholders of Pakistan as well as the region at the higher level of governability the book demonstrates that it would both boost national morale and inspire individuals to further investigate to come up with innovative solutions. Examining some of the most pressing and persistent problems Pakistan and South Asia is facing the book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of Political Science in particular South Asian Politics Development Studies and Environmental Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435295

Perspectives on Corporate Citizenship A number of disparate but interconnected forces such as deregulation and globalization rapid advances in communications technology and the rise in the power of the consumer and civil society have now combined to bring corporate responsibility to prominence in many corporate boardrooms. In this information age the ramifications of not addressing best practice in environment workplace marketplace and community could range from bad press coverage to complete market exclusion. These are perilous times for the social construct of modern capitalism.In today's society successful companies will increasingly be those that recognize that they have responsibilities to a range of stakeholders that go beyond compliance with the law. If in the past the focus was on enhancing shareholder value now it is on engaging stakeholders for long-term value creation. This does not mean that shareholders are not important or that profitability is not vital to business success but that in order to survive and be profitable a company must engage with a range of stakeholders whose views may vary greatly. If in the past corporate social responsibility was simply seen as profitability plus compliance plus philanthropy now responsible corporate citizenship means companies being more aware of and understanding the societies in which they operate. This means senior executives and managers being able to deal with a wide range of issues including greater accountability human rights abuses sustainability strategies corporate governance codes workplace ethics stakeholder consultation and management.The aim and scope of Perspectives on Corporate Citizenship is to help capture and distil these and other emerging trends in terms of content context and processes in one concise volume. With contributions from the *crème de la crème* of leading thinkers from around the world Perspectives on Corporate Citizenship is essential reading for students scholars and all serious thinkers on one of the most critical issues of our time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282369

Perspectives on Corporate Social Responsibility Over the last decade the question of the relationship between organizations and society has been subject to much debate often of a critical nature. The decade has seen protests concerning the actions of organizations exposures of corporate exploitation and unfolding accounting scandals. At the same time ethical behaviour and a concern for the environment have been shown to have a positive correlation with corporate performance. The nature of corporate social responsibility is therefore a topical one for businesses and academics. There are however many different perspectives upon what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how this might be applied within organizations. The authors involved are respected academics from a variety of disciplines from around the world. The contributions to this book investigate theoretical perspectives on the topic the application in practice of socially responsible behaviour and the ethical dimension of such behaviour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315247007

Perspectives on Crime Reduction This title was first published in 2000:  The papers in this volume are concerned with the prevention of crime. Like other books in the International Library the text is intended primarily for reference by those who need to reflect upon what criminology has had to say about important contemporary concerns of criminal policy. The papers present a kind of history of ideas which together trace the emergence of some key components of contemporary thinking about reducing crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731851

Perspectives on Degas The first comprehensive assessment of Degas's legacy to be published in over two decades Perspectives on Degas unites a team of international scholars to analyze Degas's work artistic practice and unique methods of pictorial problem-solving. Established scholars and curators show how recent trends in art historical thinking can stimulate innovative interpretations of Degas's paintings prints sculptures and drawings and reveal new ideas about his place in the art historical narrative of the nineteenth-century avant-garde. Questions posed by contributors include: what interpretive approaches are open to a new generation of art historians in the wake of a vast body of existing scholarship on nineteenth-century art? In what ways can feminist analyses of Degas's works continue to yield new results? Which of Degas's works have received less attention in critical literature to date and what does study of them reveal? As the centenary of Degas's death approaches this book offers a timely re-evaluation of the critical literature that has developed in response to Degas's work and identifies ways in which the further study of this artist's multi-facetted output can deepen our understanding of the wider scientific literary and artistic ideas that circulated in France during the latter decades of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316140

Perspectives On Development In Mainland China The contributors to this book explore a variety of issues concerned with mainland China's political processes military structure and economic development among them changes in both the ideological superstructure and the organizational base of Chinese politics; the problem of succession; military strategies and civil-military relations; the use o Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282721

Perspectives on Drug Use in the United States Here you’ll find perceptive critical analyses of areas of concern within the field that have important implications for both research endeavors and clinical intervention. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315791494

Perspectives on Early Islamic MysticismThe World of al-ḤakÄ«m al-TirmidhÄ« and his Contemporaries This monograph explores the original literary produce of Muslim mystics during the eighth–tenth centuries with special attention to ninth-century mystics such as al-TustarÄ« al-MuḥāsibÄ« al-Kharrāz al-Junayd and in particular al-ḤakÄ«m al-TirmidhÄ«. Unlike other studies dealing with the so-called ‘Formative Period’ this book focuses on the extant writings of early mystics rather than on the later ṢūfÄ« compilations. These early mystics articulated what would become a hallmark of Islamic mysticism: a system built around the psychological tension between the self (nafs) and the heart (qalb) and how to overcome it. Through their writings already at this early phase the versatility fluidity and maturity of Islamic mysticism become apparent. This exploration thus reveals that mysticism in Islam emerged earlier than customarily acknowledged long before Islamic mysticism became generically known as Ṣūfism. The central figure of this book is al-ḤakÄ«m al-TirmidhÄ« whose teaching and inner world focus on themes such as polarity the training of the self the opening of the heart the Friends of God (al-awliyāʾ) dreams and visions divine language mystical exegesis and more. This book thus offers a fuller picture than hitherto presented of the versatility of themes processes images practices terminology and thought models during this early period. The volume will be a key resource for scholars and students interested in the study of religion ṢūfÄ« studies Late Antiquity and Medieval Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415302838

Perspectives on Early Keyboard Music and Revival in the Twentieth Century The twentieth-century revival of early music unfolded in two successive movements rooted respectively in nineteenth-century antiquarianism and in rediscovery of the value of original instruments. The present volume is a collection of insights reflecting the principal concerns of the second of those revivals focusing on early keyboards and beginning in the 1950s. The volume and its authors acknowledge Canadian harpsichordist Kenneth Gilbert (b. 1931) as one of this revival’s leaders. The content reflects international research on early keyboard music sources instruments theory editing and discography. Considerations that echo throughout the book are the problematics of source attributions progressive institutionalization of early music historical instruments as agents of artistic change and education antecedents and networks of the revival seen as a social phenomenon the impact of historical performance and the quest for understanding style and genre. The chapters cover historical performance practice source studies edition theory and form and instrument curating and building. Among their authors are prominent figures in performance music history editing instrument building and restoration and theory some of whom engaged with the early keyboard revival as it was happening. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881283

Perspectives on Econometrics and Applied EconomicsA Tribute to Sir Clive Granger This volume is dedicated to the memory and the achievements of Professor Sir Clive Granger economics Nobel laureate and one of the great econometricians and applied economists of the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. It comprises contributions from leading econometricians and applied economists who knew Sir Clive and interacted with him over the years and who wished to pay tribute to him as both a great economist and econometrician and as a great man. This book was originally published as a special issue of Applied Financial Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693080

Perspectives on Energy Poverty in Post-Communist Europe This book explores the issue of energy poverty in post-communist Europe and shows how it is viewed and addressed through public policies. Energy poverty is severely affecting many parts of the European Union but up until now only a few comparative analyses have been developed to understand the phenomenon and its diversity throughout the region. Filling this gap this volume focuses specifically on the Eastern European region drawing on contributions that cover a wide range of countries including Germany Hungary Poland and Romania. This region has undergone significant transitions over the past three decades but as the contributions demonstrate it still faces major challenges to providing clean and affordable energy to its citizens and renovating existing housing stock. The chapters explore the extent of energy poverty in each country and examine the drivers while casting light on how policy-makers tackle the issue through a critical examination of the instruments implemented to help energy poor people. This book will be of great interest to researchers in the fields of energy policy and comparative politics to policy-makers in post-communist countries and EU institutions and also to other relevant actors such as companies and NGOs who focus on issues of energy poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430528

Perspectives on English Revolutionary Republicanism Perspectives on English Revolutionary Republicanism takes stock of developments in the scholarship of seventeenth-century English republicanism by looking at the movements and schools of thought that have shaped the field over the decades: the linguistic turn the cultural turn and the religious turn. While scholars of seventeenth-century republicanism share their enthusiasm for their field they have approached their subject in diverse ways. The contributors to the present volume have taken the opportunity to bring these approaches together in a number of case studies covering republican language republican literary and political culture and republican religion to paint a lively picture of the state of the art in republican scholarship. The volume begins with three chapters influenced by the theory and methodology of the linguistic turn before moving on to address cultural history approaches to English republicanism including both literary culture and (practical) political culture. The final section of the volume looks at how religion intersected with ideas of republican thought. Taken together the essays demonstrate the vitality and diversity of what was once regarded as a narrow topic of political research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409455677

Perspectives on Environmental History in East AsiaChanges in the Land Water and Air This edited volume engages with some of the most dynamic themes in current research on East Asian environmental history including agricultural science war and the environment imperial forestry oceanic history and the history of energy. Chapters in this book supply an overview of environmental history as a rapidly expanding field continuing to generate valuable insights into the mutually constitutive relationship between human societies and the biophysical environment. The book is divided into three parts: Part I consists of three chapters related to land use while Part II includes five chapters that focus on water a topic of perennial concern among environmental historians of East Asia especially as it relates to irrigation food production and marine fisheries. Part III consists of two chapters discussing the impact of new technologies on air quality in addition to the history of energy in East Asia which has emerged as an important area of inquiry at the intersection between both environmental history and the history of science and technology. Perspectives on Environmental History in East Asia: Changes in the Land Water and Air will appeal to students and scholars of East Asian studies environmental history and environmental sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473860

Perspectives on Ethical Leadership Ethical leadership has come to the forefront of management thought in the twenty-first century in the wake of breaches of judgement and integrity that have plagued international markets. This volume assembles an international cadre of management scholars to explore questions surrounding ethical leadership. Using a variety of methods and approaches this collection of studies examines how people determine the ethicality of their leaders the complex connection of trust and those perceptions and how that affects positive employee outcomes in the private and public sectors. Issues are explored both from the standpoint of behaving unethically and behaving ethically at the individual and firm levels. The diversity of approaches and penetrating insight makes this a valuable resource for anyone interested in understanding the dynamics of ethics and leadership. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Change Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015494

Perspectives on European Development CooperationPolicy and Performance of Individual Donor Countries and the EU Events of the past twenty years including the Cold War and the War on Terror have meant that the environments of international development co-operation have changed extensively with dramatic consequences for development policies and North-South relations in general. Perspectives on European Development Cooperation takes stock of such changes describing and analyzing the new European development agenda including the role of the European Union. Essays by prominent authorities in the field examine the development policies of individual donor countries and focus on the principles and objectives governing aid strategies and the performances of these policies. This book will be of interest to students of development studies and those involved in determining development policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203028766

Perspectives on Evil and ViolenceA Special Issue of personality and Social Psychology Review Within the past decade there has been an intensified concern about pervasive and serious harmdoing that has drawn the attention of researchers. The primary objective of this special issue is to consider the contributions of social and personality psychology toward understanding the perception of sustained harmdoing and to assess the implications (theoretical methodological and philosophical) for the field of undertaking research in this area. The authors represented in this issue have each made significant contributions to the study of harmdoing and evil and their articles deal with a variety of conceptual and empirical perspectives on harmdoing. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315799292

Perspectives on Female Sex OffendingA Culture of Denial The issue of child sexual abuse has gained widespread attention over the last three decades but minimal attention has been paid to sexual abuse by women. Victims of female sex offenders have been virtually ignored or neglected from serious study. Consequently we have little knowledge of the experience of victims or of professional perspectives on female sex offending. Myriam Denov fills these critical gaps in the literature by examining the life histories and experiences of both male and female victims of female sex offenders and by investigating the impact and consequences of the sexual abuse. She also explores professional responses to female sex offending and the ways in which police officers and psychiatrists have understood portrayed and managed such cases. In addition to filling the substantial empirical void that surrounds the issue the book contributes to policy and practice issues relating to victims and to the training of different professional groups involved in child sex abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250000

Perspectives on Feminist Political Thought in European HistoryFrom the Middle Ages to the Present Spanning six centuries of political thought in European history this book puts the ideas of thinkers from Christine de Pizan to Simone de Beauvoir in the broader contexts of their time. This intriguing collection of essays shows that feminism is not a varient of modern radical discourse but a mode of analysing the issues of authority power and virtue that have been at the heart of European political thought from the middle ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166905

Perspectives on Financing Innovation Although much has been written about innovation in the past several years not all parts of the innovation lifecycle have been given the same treatment. This volume focuses on the important first step of arranging financing for innovation before it is made and explores the feedback effect that innovation can have on finance itself. The book brings together a diverse group of leading scholars in order to address the financing of innovation. The chapters address three key areas intellectual property venture capital and financial engineering in the capital markets in order to provide fresh and insightful analyses of current and future economic developments in financing innovation. Chapters on intellectual property cover topics including innovation in law-making orphan business models and the use of intellectual property to protect financial engineering innovations and developing intellectual property regimes in Brazil Russia India and China. The book also covers the tax treatment of venture capital founders the treatment of preferred stock by the Delaware Courts asset-backed lending hedge funds and corporate governance for small businesses after the Dodd-Frank financial reform bill. The book will be of interest to scholars practitioners and students in law innovation finance and business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685109

Perspectives on Framing Language comprises a major mark of humans compared with other primates and is the main vehicle for social interaction. A major characteristic of any natural language is that the same communication idea or intention can be articulated in different ways—in other words the same message can be "framed" differently. The same medical treatment can be portrayed in terms chance of chance of success or chance of failure; energy reduction can be expressed in terms of savings per day or savings per year; and a task can be described as 80% completed or 20% uncompleted. In this book contributors from a variety of disciplines—psychology linguistics marketing political science and medical decision making—come together to better understand the mechanisms underlying framing effects and assess their impact on the communication process. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978300

Perspectives on Game-Based Coaching This book offers new perspectives on game-based coaching (GBC) one of the most important practices for session design and instructional delivery in sport coaching. GBC emphasises the sport coach as educator and the development of ‘thinking players’ and this book demonstrates what that means in practice. It brings together leading and innovative thinkers and practitioners in coaching pedagogy and aims to stimulate reflection by the reader on their own coaching practice. Reviewing recent theoretical developments and current research in GBC the book provides in-depth examples on how research can be applied in practice including the use of digital video games immersive scenario-based coaching narratives and the Game Sense approach as ‘play with purpose’. Representing the most up-to-date and engaging introduction to the theory and practice of GBC this book is invaluable reading for all students of physical education and sport coaching as well as practising coaches and coach educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440473

Perspectives on Genetic Discrimination Over the past 15 years a series of empirical studies in different countries have shown that our increasing genetic knowledge leads to new forms of exclusion disadvantaging and stigmatization. The spectrum of this "genetic discrimination" ranges from disadvantages at work via problems with insurance policies to difficulties with adoption agencies. The empirical studies on the problem of genetic discrimination have not gone unnoticed. Since the beginning of the 1990s a series of legislative initiatives and statements both on the national level and on the part of international and supranational organizations and commissions have been put forward as ways of protecting people from genetic discrimination. This is the first book to critically evaluate the empirical evidence and the theoretical usefulness of the concept of "genetic discrimination." It discusses the advantages and limitations of adopting the concept and offers a more complex account distinguishing between several dimensions and forms of genetic discrimination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952447

Perspectives on German Popular Music In this book native popular musicologists focus on their own popular music cultures from Germany Austria and Switzerland for the first time: from subcultural to mainstream phenomena; from the 1950s to contemporary acts. Starting with an introduction and two chapters on the histories of German popular music and its study the volume then concentrates on focused detailed and yet concise close readings from different perspectives (including particular historical East and West German perspectives) mostly focusing on the music and its protagonists. Moreover these analyses deal with very original specific genres such as Schlager and Krautrock as well as transcultural genres such as Punk or Hip Hop. There are additional chapters on characteristically German developments within music media journalism and the music industry. The book will contribute to a better understanding of German Austrian and Swiss popular music and will interconnect international and especially Anglo-American studies with German approaches. The book as a consequence will show close connections between global and local popular music cultures and diverse traditions of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363069

Perspectives on GramsciPolitics culture and social theory Antonio Gramsci is widely known today for his profound impact on social and political thought critical theory and literary methodology. This volume brings together twelve eminent scholars from humanities and social sciences to demonstrate the importance and relevance of Gramsci to their respective fields of inquiry. They bring into focus a number of central issues raised in Gramsci’s Prison Notebooks and in such other writings as his Prison Letters including: hegemony common sense civil society subaltern studies cultural analysis media and film studies postcolonial studies international relations linguistics cultural anthropology and historiography. The book makes an important and up-to-date contribution to the many academic debates and disciplines which utilize Gramsci’s writings for theoretical support; the essays are highly representative of the most advanced contemporary work on Gramsci. Contributors include: Michael Denning – highly respected in the field of cultural studies; Stephen Gill – an eminent figure in international relations; Epifanio San Juan Jr. – a major writer in post-colonial theory; Joseph Buttigieg —translator of Gramsci’s Prison Notebooks — ; Stanley Aronowitz a distinguished sociologist Marcia Landy — an important scholar of film studies; and Frank Rosengarten — editor of Gramsci’s Prison Letters. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of political philosophy economics film and media studies sociology education literature post-colonial studies anthropology subaltern studies cultural studies linguistics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849166

Perspectives on GratitudeAn interdisciplinary approach Psychologists philosophers theologians and educationalists have all lately explored various conceptual moral psychological and pedagogical dimensions of gratitude in a rapidly expanding academic and popular literature. However while the distinguished contributors to this work hail from these distinct disciplines they have been brought together in this volume precisely in recognition of the need for a more interdisciplinary perspective on the topic. While further developing such more familiar debates in the field as whether it is appropriate to feel grateful in circumstances in which there is no obvious benefactor whether it is proper to feel grateful to those who have benefited one only from a sense of duty and whether it makes sense to be grateful if so doing colludes with injustice the essays in this collection explore a wide variety of fresh conceptual psychological and moral issues. For example in addition to identifying some new moral paradoxes about gratitude and seeking a generally more morally discriminating approach to gratitude education relations are explored between gratitude and humility forgiveness and appreciation and the religious and spiritual dimensions of the concept are also given much overdue attention. By drawing together serious academic engagement with the study of gratitude and a serious attempt to undertake this within an interdisciplinary perspective Perspectives on Gratitude will be of value to academics and graduate students in the fields of philosophy psychology and theology as well as other research-based disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372516

Perspectives on Greek PhilosophyS.V. Keeling Memorial Lectures in Ancient Philosophy 1992-2002 Title first published in 2003. In commemoration of the philosophical interests of Stanley Victor Keeling the annual lectures in his memory highlight the interest and importance of ancient philosophy for contemporary study of the subject. This volume brings together the Keeling lectures from leading international figures in ancient and modern philosophy presented between 1992 and 2002. Including contributions from Bernard Williams and Martha Nussbaum lectures range across topics such as 'Intrinsic Goodness' Necessity Fate and Determinism and Quality of Life extending from Plato through Aristotle to the Stoics. Edited and with a preface by R. W. Sharples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707856

Perspectives on Gustav Mahler Gustav Mahler's music continues to enjoy global prominence both in live or recorded performance and within broader ranges of critical perception and cultural sensibility. In recognition of such a profile this volume brings together a unique collection of essays exploring the diverse methods and topics characteristic of recent advances in Mahler scholarship. The book's international group of contributors is actively involved not only in bringing fresh approaches to Mahler research in areas such as analysis sketch studies and reception history but also in examining hitherto neglected issues of cultural and biographical interpretation performance practice and compositional aesthetic thereby illustrating the developing vitality and scope of this field. Engaging with its subject from reconstructive documentary theoretical analytical discursive and interpretative viewpoints this volume provides a wide spectrum of contexts in which continuing debate about Mahler's life and works can flourish. Its varied themes and strategies nevertheless collectively recognize and negotiate the shifting space both between the composer's life and his artistic creativity and between the musical results of that creativity and the critical-analytical process. The essays in this book accordingly fill certain gaps in the scholarly understanding of the composer and re-orientate Mahler studies towards some of the central concerns of contemporary musicological thinking. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089874

Perspectives on History In Part 1 of this book originally published in 1980 the focus is on certain claims of R. G. Collingwood regarding the nature of historical understanding of Charles Beard about the possibility of an objective reconstruction of the past and of J. W. N. Watkins concerning the reducibility of what historians say about social events and processes to what could have been said about relevant human individuals. Part 2 analyses the way certain historians have distinguished between causes and other explanatory conditions in disputing A. J. P. Taylor’s account of the origins of the Second World War. Part 3 discusses the attempt of Oswald Spengler in Decline of the West to determine the meaning or significance of the historical process as a whole in the criticism of which many themes of the earlier chapters recur. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191693

Perspectives on Human Memory and Cognitive AgingEssays in Honor of Fergus Craik Divided into four parts the first section of this book deals with levels of processing and memory theory the second addresses working memory and attention the third deals with cognitive aging and the last addresses neuroscience perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650816

Perspectives on Human-Animal CommunicationInternatural Communication Despite its inherent interdisciplinarity the Communication discipline has remained an almost entirely anthropocentric enterprise. This book represents early and prominent forays into the subject of human-animal communication from a Communication Studies perspective an effort that brings a discipline too long defined by that fallacy of division human or nonhuman into conversation with animal studies biosemiotics and environmental communication as well as other recent intellectual and activist movements for reconceptualizing relationships and interactions in the biosphere. This book is a much-needed point of entry for future scholarship on animal-human communication as well as the whole range of communication possibilities among the more-than-human world. It offers a groundbreaking transformation of higher education by charting new directions for communication research policy formation and personal and professional practices involving animals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921870

Perspectives on Ignorance from Moral and Social Philosophy This edited collection focuses on the moral and social dimensions of ignorance—an undertheorized category in analytic philosophy. Contributors address such issues as the relation between ignorance and deception ignorance as a moral excuse ignorance as a legal excuse and the relation between ignorance and moral character. In the moral realm ignorance is sometimes considered as an excuse; some specific kind of ignorance seems to be implied by a moral character; and ignorance is closely related to moral risk. Ignorance has certain social dimensions as well: it has been claimed to be the engine of science; it seems to be entailed by privacy and secrecy; and it is widely thought to constitute a legal excuse in certain circumstances. Together these contributions provide a sustained inquiry into the nature of ignorance and the pivotal role it plays in the moral and social domains. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873998

Perspectives on ImpactLeading Voices On Making Systemic Change in the Twenty-First Century Perspectives on Impact brings together leaders from across sectors to reflect on our approaches to social change. Sharing diverse examples from their work these authors show how we must think more systemically and work more collaboratively to move the needle on the biggest social humanitarian and environmental challenges facing our world. Chapters by: Niko Canner Shanti Nayak and Cynthia Warner (Incandescent) Duncan Green (OxFam) Farah Ramzan Golant (Girl Effect kyu) Sara Holoubek (Luminary Labs) Joi Ito (MIT Media Lab) Leila Janah (Samasource LXMI Samaschool) Amirah Jiwa George Kronnisanyon Werner (Republic of Liberia) Chris Larkin (IDEO.org) Eric Maltzer (Medora Ventures Middlebury College) Jane Nelson (Harvard Kennedy School) Craig Nevill-Manning and Prem Ramaswami (Sidewalk Labs) Jacqueline Novogratz (Acumen) Deena Shakir (GV formerly Google Ventures) Jose Miguel Sokoloff (MullenLowe Group) Lara Stein (TEDx Women's March Global) Piyush Tantia (ideas42) Fay Twersky (William & Flora Hewlett Foundation) Sherrie Rollins Westin and Shari Rosenfeld (Sesame Workshop) Perspectives on Impact and its sister book Perspectives on Purpose bring together leading voices from across sectors to discuss how we must adapt our organizations for the twenty-first century world. Perspectives on Impact focuses on the recalibration of social impact approaches to tackle complex humanitarian social and environmental challenges; Perspectives on Purpose looks at the shifting role of the corporation in society through the lens of purpose.  You can find Perspectives on Purpose: Leading Voices on Building Brands and Businesses for the Twenty-First Century here: https://www.amazon.com/Perspectives-Purpose-Building-Businesses-Twenty-First/dp/036711237X   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112479

Perspectives on Imperialism and DecolonizationEssays in Honour of A.F. Madden First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978287

Perspectives on India's Political Economy This volume contains some of the core foundational contributions on the broad theme of the political economy of India’s development. These have been culled from the numerous writings of public personages thinkers and academic writers over the past century. The extant collections of readings on development economics usually contain readings from academic economists like Sen Bhagwati Bardhan Dreze Basu etc. The purpose of this collection is to point out to the lay reader that there is a world of writing on development that is outside the realms of academia. Accordingly we look at the contributions of figures like Mahatma Gandhi Jawaharlal Nehru Babasaheb Ambedkar Ram Manohar Lohia etc. who too had thought hard and deep about the process of India’s development. The present volume is a purposive selection of 23 articles out of the 75 pieces published earlier in four volumes with the title Economic Development of India by Routledge in 2015. This selection is brought out with the aim of retaining the flavour of the theme under discussion in a succinct single cover volume with a new introduction that ruminates on the recent developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501782

Perspectives on Individual Differences Affecting Therapeutic Change in Communication Disorders This volume examines the ramifications of individual differences in therapy outcomes for a wide variety of communication disorders. In an era where evidence-based practice is the clinical profession's watchword each chapter attacks this highly relevant issue from a somewhat different perspective. In some areas of communication disorders considering the variance brought by the client into the therapeutic 'mix' has a healthy history whereas in others the notion of how individual client profiles mesh with therapy outcomes has rarely been considered. Through the use of research results case study descriptions and speculation the contributors have creatively woven what we know and what we have yet to substantiate into an interesting collection of summaries useful for therapy programming and designing clinical research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978317

Perspectives on Industrial Ecology Business-as-usual in terms of industrial and technological development – even if based on a growing fear of pollution and shortages of natural resources – will never deliver sustainable development. However the growing interest in recent years in the new science of industrial ecology (IE) and the idea that industrial systems should mimic the quasi-cyclical functions of natural ecosystems in an 'industrial food chain' holds promise in addressing not only short-term environmental problems but also the long-term holistic evolution of industrial systems. This possibility requires a number of key conditions to be met not least the restructuring of our manufacturing and consumer society to reduce the effects of material and energy flows at the very point in history when globalisation is rapidly increasing them. This book sets out to address the theoretical considerations that should be made implicit in future research as well as practical implementation options for industry. The systematic recovery of industrial wastes the minimisation of losses caused by dispersion the dematerialisation of the economy the requirement to decrease our reliance on fuels derived from hydrocarbons and the need for management systems that help foster inter-industry collaboration and networks are among the topics covered. The book is split into four sections. First the various definitions of IE are outlined. Here important distinctions are made between industrial metabolism and IE. Second a number of different industrial sectors including glass petroleum and electric power are assessed with regard to the operationalisation of industrial ecology. Eco-industrial Parks and Networks are also analysed. Third the options for overcoming obstacles that stand in the way of the closing of cycles such as the separation and screening of materials are considered and finally a number of implications for the future are assessed. The contributions to Perspectives on Industrial Ecology come from the leading thinkers working in this field at the crossroads between a number of different disciplines: engineering ecology bio-economics geography the social sciences and law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282086

Perspectives on Information Information is everywhere and defines everything in today's society. Moreover information is a key concept in a wide range of academic disciplines from quantum physics to public policy. However these disciplines all interpret the concept in quite different ways. This book looks at information in several different academic disciplines - cybernetics ICT communications theory semiotics information systems library science linguistics quantum physics and public policy. Perspectives on Information brings clarity and coherence to different perspectives through promoting information as a unifying concept across the disciplinary spectrum. Though conceived as a contribution to the ongoing conversation between academic disciplines into the nature of information the deliberately accessible style of this text (reflecting the authors’ backgrounds at The Open University) will be make it valuable for anyone who needs to know something more about information. Given the ubiquity of information in the 21st century that means everyone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802216

Perspectives on Intellectual Capital Perspectives on Intellectual Capital bridges the disciplinary gaps and facilitates knowledge transfer across disciplines featuring views on intellectual capital from the fields of accounting strategy marketing human resource management operations management information systems and economics. It also offers interdisciplinary views on intellectual capital from the perspectives of public policy knowledge management and epistemology. By analyzing the various perspectives Editor Bernard Marr is able to present a truly comprehensive understanding of what intellectual capital is including the "state of the art" thinking about it in each discipline the common key trends and the trajectories for future developments learning and practice. Contributors include many of the leading thinkers in their respective disciplines: Mie Augier and David Teece on the Economic Perspective Bernard Marr and Goran Roos on the Strategy Perspective Baruch Lev Leandro Canibano and Bernard Marr on the Accounting Perspective; Sudi Sudarsanam Ghulam Sorwar and Bernard Marr on the Finance Perspective; Jan Mourtisen Per Nikolaj Bukh and Bernard Marr on the Reporting Perspective; Lisa Fernstrom on the Marketing Perspective; Ulf Johanson on the HR Perspective; L. Martin Clotier and E. Richard Gold on the Legal Perspective; Partick H. Sullivan on the Intellectual Property Perspective; Giovanni Schiuma Antonio Lerro and Daniela Carlucci on the Interfirm Perspective; Ahmed Bounfour and Leif Edvinsson on the Public Policy Perspective; J-C Spender and Bernard Marr on a Knowledge-Based Perspective; Goran Roos on An Epistemology Perpsective. Foreword by Robert Grant.Bernard Marr is a Research Fellow in the Centre for Business Performance at Cranfield School of Management UK and Visiting Professor University of Basilicata Italy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154964

Perspectives on Intercultural PsychotherapyAn Igbo Group Analyst’s Search for Social and Cultural Identity In Perspectives on Intercultural Psychotherapy Okeke Azu-Okeke explores cultural identity by drawing on his own experience as the first and only Black trainee in an Institute for Group Analysis in London and the impact this has had on his work as a lecturer and supervisor as well as research from his group analysis sessions over many years to contribute a deeper awareness of the serious aspects of colonialism.Drawing from the perspective of an Igbo man of the older generation who grew up in two conflicting cultures the traditional Igbo culture of Nigeria and that of the British colonialists Okeke provides a thorough study of how cultural identity can influence research and practice in whatever form it takes: the academic the theoretical the economic and the psychological. The book discusses how ignoring deeply held social and spiritual values can alienate many trainees and potential clients from participating in the professions of psychotherapy and counselling. It also reflects on the author’s research into traditional Igbo methods of healing and compares these with Western models especially of group analysis and discusses how mutual learning can be achieved. This book will be of great interest to counsellors and psychotherapists; arts therapists; sociologists and anthropologists; policy makers engaged in health and social care policies; practitioners of alternative medicine; social workers and mental health workers at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582661

Perspectives on International Marketing - Re-issued (RLE International Business) Marketing strategy is constantly adapting in the changing environment of International Business. This book draws together an eminent and international body of researchers to analyse recent changes in world markets and marketing practices. It analyses codifies and challenges existing literature on the subject; it offers industry specific studies of international marketing practices and their relative successes; and it presents valuable research findings on the increasingly important markets of China and Japan. The book is a three-fold contribution to the study and practice of International Marketing. Blending empirical studies with critical theory the collection sheds much desired light on this important and often-neglected area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752091

Perspectives on International SecuritySpeeches and Papers for the 50th Anniversary Year of the International Institute for Strategic Studies Like most years in the 50-year history of the International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) 2008 saw events that could have significant consequences for international relations and global balances of power. These included the election of Barack Obama as US president; the brief war in Georgia which caused the West to look at Russia with more watchful eyes; and a cataclysmic crisis in the worlds financial markets that seemed to threaten globalisation and even capitalism and to herald a period of greater economic austerity. Even as these events occurred the security issues and risks that have been the core focus of the work of the IISS during the past half-century continued to loom large among them nuclear proliferation and the relations between the major powers. In addition to these perennial themes was another set of issues that has in recent times risen higher on the international security agenda including the security ramifications of natural disasters and environmental dangers such as climate change. In its anniversary year the IISS held several high-level conferences around the world. Speeches given at these events addressed all of these issues and this Adelphi Paper offers a selection of them. The speakers were statesmen senior military officers high officials and international security experts. All were concerned first and foremost with the pressing issues of the moment as their duties required them to be. But the fact that they also addressed recurrent themes testifies to the enduring nature of the strategic challenges faced by policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458758

Perspectives on Jewish Though First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978324

Perspectives On KashmirThe Roots Of Conflict In South Asia This work examines the long-standing conflict between India and Pakistan over Kashmir exploring the issues from the perpsectives of all the actors involved. The contributors reevaluate the Kashmir problem in the context of the revival of the dispute in 1990 and as an outgrowth of the politics of integration and separatism in South Asia since the p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298197

Perspectives on Korean MusicVolume 1: Preserving Korean Music: Intangible Cultural Properties as Icons of Identity As Korea has developed and modernized music has come to play a central role as a symbol of national identity. Nationalism has been stage managed by scholars journalists and from the beginning of the 1960s by the state as music genres have been documented preserved and promoted as 'Intangible Cultural Properties'. Practitioners have been appointed 'holders' or in everyday speech 'Human Cultural Properties' to maintain perform and teach exemplary versions of tradition. Over the last few years the Korean preservation system has become a model for UNESCO's 'Living Human Treasures' and 'Masterpieces of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Mankind'. In this volume Keith Howard provides the first comprehensive analysis in English of the system. He documents court music and dance Confucian and shaman ritual music folksongs the professional folk-art genres of p'ansori ('epic storytelling through song') and sanjo ('scattered melodies') and more as well as instrument making food preparation and liquor distilling - a good performance after all requires wine to flow. The extensive documentation reflects considerable fieldwork discussion and questioning carried out over a 25-year period and blends the voices of scholars government officials performers craftsmen and the general public. By interrogating both contemporary and historical data Howard negotiates the debates and critiques that surround this remarkable attempt to protect local and national music and other performance arts and crafts. An accompanying CD illustrates many of the music genres considered featuring many master musicians including some who have now died. The preservation of music and other performance arts and crafts is part of the contemporary zeitgeist yet occupies contested territory. This is particularly true when the concept of 'tradition' is invoked. Within Korea the recognition of the fragility of indigenous music inherited from earlier times is balanced by an awareness of the need to maintain identity as lifestyles change in response to modernization and globalization. Howard argues that Korea and the world is a better place when the richness of indigenous music is preserved and promoted. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246987

Perspectives on Language Assessment LiteracyChallenges for Improved Student Learning Perspectives on Language Assessment Literacy describes how the elements of language assessment literacy can help teachers gather information about when and how to assess learners and about using the appropriate assessment tools to interpret results in a fair way. It provides highlights from past and current research descriptions of assessment processes that enhance LAL case studies from classrooms and suggestions for professional dialogue and collaboration. This book will help to foster continuous learning empower learners and teachers and make them more confident in their assessment tasks and reassure decision makers that what is going on in assessment meets international benchmarks and standards. It addresses issues like concepts and challenges of assessment the impacts of reflective feedback on assessment the ontogenetic nature of assessment literacy the reliability of classroom-based assessment and interfaces between teaching and assessment. It fills this gap in the literature by addressing the current status and future challenges of language assessment literacy. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of language assessment literacy and English language teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859695

Perspectives on Learning and Memory First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802190

Perspectives On Learning DisabilitiesBiological Cognitive Contextual More children than ever before are being labeled as learning disabled (LD) including some who in the past would have been labeled mentally retarded. At the same time the category of gifted learning disabled has become widely accepted and some parents as well as teachers are trying to have their children labeled as LD in order to render them elig Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317225

Perspectives on Legal EducationContemporary Responses to the Lord Upjohn Lectures This edited collection offers a critical overview of the major debates in legal education set in the context of the Lord Upjohn Lectures the annual event that draws together legal educators and professionals in the United Kingdom to consider the major debates and changes in the field. Presented in a unique format that reproduces classic lectures alongside contemporary responses from legal education experts this book offers both an historical overview of how these debates have developed and an up-to-date critical commentary on the state of legal education today. As the full impact of the introduction of university fees the Legal Education and Training Review and the regulators’ responses are felt in law departments across England and Wales this collection offers a timely reflection on legal education’s legacy as well as critical debate on how it will develop in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614512

Perspectives on Literature and TranslationCreation Circulation Reception This volume explores the relationship between literature and translation from three perspectives: the creative dimensions of the translation process; the way texts circulate between languages; and the way texts are received in translation by new audiences. The distinctiveness of the volume lies in the fact that it considers these fundamental aspects of literary translation together and in terms of their interconnections. Contributors examine a wide variety of texts including world classics poetry genre fiction transnational literature and life writing from around the world. Both theoretical and empirical issues are covered with some contributors approaching the topic as practitioners of literary translation and others writing from within the academy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210554

Perspectives On LossA Sourcebook Losses are integral to the human experience but they sometimes unfold in subtle ways. Loss is not just about death but can encompass a number of situations such as those gradual losses experienced by the elderly: loss of vision mental capacity or hope. Intended to stimulate ideas and research in the new area of psychological aspects of loss this sourcebook collects the writing of a set of distinguished scholars representing psychology and related fields. The author presents a case for a broadly-construed field of loss-both personal and interpersonal-that would complement other fields such as death and dying traumatology and stress and coping. No other volume is as comprehensive in its treatment of this intriguing subject. The book begins with an introduction to the concept of loss and discusses the definition of the term and the salience of the topic in the general public in the 1990s. Contributors were chosen to represent some of the most interesting current work on different types of loss and adaptation in the whole of the social and behavioral sciences. Contents cover such diverse subjects as loss in intimate relationships disability chronic illness genocide sports unemployment and homelessness. The book concludes with a commentary section on loss theory and research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803562

Perspectives on Manet Bringing forth fresh perspectives on Manet's art by established scholars this volume places this compelling and elusive artist's painted Å“uvre within a broader cultural context and links his artistic preoccupations with literary and musical currents. Rather than seeking consensus on his art through one methodology or focusing on one crucial work or period this collection investigates the range of Manet's art in the context of his time and considers how his vision has shaped subsequent interpretations. Specific essays explore the relationship between Manet and Whistler; Emile Zola's attitude toward the artist; Manet's engagement with moral and ethical questions in his paintings; and the heritage of Charles Baudelaire and Clement Greenberg in critical responses to Manet. Through these and other analyses this volume illuminates the scope of Manet's career and indicates the crucial position the artist held in generating a modernist avant-garde aesthetic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251571

Perspectives on Mass Communication History This unique volume is based on the philosophy that the teaching of history should emphasize critical thinking and attempt to involve the student intellectually rather than simply provide names dates and places to memorize. The book approaches history not as a cut-and-dried recitation of a collection of facts but as multifaceted discipline. In examining the various perspectives historians have provided the author brings a vitality to the study of history that students normally do not gain. The text is comprised of 24 historiographical essays each of which discusses the major interpretations of a significant topic in mass communication history. Students are challenged to evaluate each approach critically and to develop their own explanations. As a textbook designed specifically for use in graduate level communication history courses it should serve as a stimulating pedagogical tool. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812235

Perspectives on Memory Research (PLE:Memory)Essays in Honor of Uppsala University's 500th Anniversary Originally published in 1979 this book contains papers presented at a conference held in 1977 to celebrate the 500th anniversary of the University of Uppsala. Beyond the commemoration the main reason for this conference was to get students of memory together to discuss and evaluate the memory research that had already been carried out was presently underway and to speculate about the type of research in this area that would be carried out in the future. The contributors were specifically asked to concentrate on overall theoretical and metatheoretical questions at the cost of empirical problems. With chapters from many of the leading experts in the field this is an opportunity to enjoy some of their early insights. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138994850

Perspectives on Mental RepresentationExperimental and Theoretical Studies of Cognitive Processes and Capacities Originally published in 1982 the editors felt that their field was clearly in need of explanatory accounts for many different areas. This volume presents statements of the status of research in several areas by scholars at the forefront of the discipline. It tries at the same time to juxtapose theoretical and experimental perspectives in order to display some of the major lines of tension in the field. Divided into 5 parts it covers: Theoretical Perspectives; Experimental Studies in Processing; Neuropsychological Studies in Processing; Studies in Development; followed by Commentary on some specific chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698376

Perspectives on Modern ChinaFour Anniversaries The conveners (the editors of this book) of the September 1989 Four Anniversaries China Conference in Annapolis asked the contributors to look back from that point in time to consider four major events in modern Chinese history in the perspective of the rapid changes that were shaping the Chinese society economy polity and sense of place in the world in the 1980s a time when China was making rapid strides toward becoming more integrated with the outside world. With contributions by distinguished scholars in the field the four anniversaries considered are the High Qing the May Fourth Movement forty years of communism in China and ten years of the Deng era. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288772

Perspectives on Nationalism and War This volume considers recent studies that move beyond primordialism and its antithesis social constructivism to search for new insights to illuminate the nature of nationalism and its link to war. The authors also explore the role of shared interests the history of peoples elites and states political imperatives propaganda and psychological predispositions. This combination provides a brillant new look at nationalism and war-one that delves deeply into ethnic identity and the willingness of people to fight and die for nation-states. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315075808

Perspectives on Organizational Fit This book concerns how employees consider their work lives how well they fit their jobs the work setting other people and what is important and valued in their organizations. Perspectives on Organizational Fit a new book in SIOP's Organizational Frontiers Series takes a scholarly look at fit in organizations: the relationship between individuals and the environments in which they find themselves. As the volume extends upon recent advances in fit theory the contributors address how fit theory is used within selection recruitment diversity and leadership teams. It also explores the integration of different fit perspectives and clarifies the methodological and statistical issues that plague fit research. The burgeoning interest in fit issues makes this book especially timely. It is comprised of three parts that cover: new directions in fit processes as well as micro and macro levels of analysis; methodological and statistics issues that pertain to conducting fit research; and reflections from the chapter authors and the continuing challenges of future research in fit theory. Perspectives on Organizational Fit is appropriate for researchers and professionals in the areas of human resource management organizational behavior and industrial organizational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650823

Perspectives on Palliative and End-of-Life CareDisease Social and Cultural Context Individuals and families face challenges at the end of life that can vary significantly depending on social and cultural contexts yet more than ever is now known about the needs that cut across the great diversity of experiences in the face of dying and death. A number of behavioural interventions and clinical approaches to addressing these needs have been developed and are available to help providers care for clients and assist them in achieving their goals. Perspectives on Palliative and End-of-Life Care: Disease Social and Cultural Contexts explores how these interventions can be used to address a range of issues across social and cultural contexts for those in need of end of life care. With perspectives from experienced clinicians providers and caregivers from around the world the book offers a strong foundation in contemporary evidence-based practice alongside seasoned practice insights from the field and explores interventions for people as diverse as HIV caregivers in Africa and individuals dying with dementia. In addition readers will learn about the process of caring for individuals with chronic illnesses including severe mental illness; weigh the impact of policy regulations on the availability of and access to palliative care and interventions; and be able to compare the different issues experienced by family caregivers and formal caregivers. As the companion volume to Perspectives on Behavioural Interventions in Palliative and End-of-Life Care this book will be of interest to a wide variety of individuals such as academics researchers and postgraduates in the fields of mental health medicine psychology and social work. It will also be essential reading for healthcare providers and trainees from psychosocial and palliative medicine social work and nursing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488161

Perspectives on Palliative Care for Children and Young PeopleA Global Discourse Advances in medical science and technology are saving the lives of more children worldwide than ever. Some survive and live out a normal life expectancy others have a life-limiting/life-threatening diagnosis where death may come early and still others will live on well past projected life trajectories into adulthood. With so many different care pathways children parents and communities often find themselves facing challenges for which neither they nor their healthcare systems are prepared. This book opens a global discussion of these issues. Extending Rita Pfund's text Palliative Care Nursing of Children and Young People it invites paediatric palliative care professionals parents and children from around the globe to share their knowledge and experience. This book is of vital interest to palliative care professionals parents policy makers and academics. It is an important move towards ensuring that all children and their families regardless of geographical location gender ethnicity or socio-economic class have equal and guaranteed access to comprehensive paediatric palliative care services. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383637

Perspectives on Perception and Action Originally published in 1987 this title aimed to present an eclectic and biased account of the status of perception-action relationships in various fields at the time. The chapters can be divided into three sections. The first focuses on motor control a neglected topic in the past and hence deserving the role of the starting point of this volume. In addition motor control provides a good background to discuss the clear sensory and perceptual effects. However motor processes are also highly relevant to perception which was usually less emphasized in the literature at the time. Therefore a special section is devoted to motor processes in perception together with the issue of integrating information from different sources. The book concludes with a section on attention and selection of perceptual information for subsequent action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645707

Perspectives on Persian PaintingIllustrations to Amir Khusrau's Khamsah This is a detailed study of the illustrations to Amir Khusrau's Khamsah in which twenty discourses are followed by a brief parable and four romances. Amir Khusrau (1253-1325) lived the greater part of adventurous life in Delhi; he composed in Persian and also in Hindi. From the point of view of manuscript illustration his most important work is his Khamsah (Quintet'). Khusrau's position as a link between cultures of Persia and India means that the early illustrated copies of the Khamsah have a particular interest. The first extant exemplar is from the Persian area in the late 14th century but a case can be made that work was probably illustrated earlier in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978331

Perspectives on Peter Maxwell Davies "As a composer one forgets in time the fine detail of composition processes which produced past work... it must be left to scholars to recreate slowly and painstakingly earlier creative processes." Peter Maxwell Davies. In the eight essays presented here leading scholars of the music of Peter Maxwell Davies explore some of the composer's creative processes. David Roberts Peter Owens and Richard McGregor examine Davies's employment of pitch-class sets and other models evident in his sketch material while Joel Lester looks at the serial elements that produce structure and effect in the work Ave Maris Stella. The political literary and musical influences evident in the 1987 opera Resurrection and in subsequent orchestral works come under scrutiny from John Warnaby. Davies's use of older dramatic forms and ritual is the focus of Michael Burden's examination of his music theatre. The composer's own descriptions of his compositional process contain distinctly modernist overtones as Arnold Whittall suggests in the concluding essay in the volume. The sustained textural multiplicity evident in much of Davies's music points to this modernism. It is a multiplicity mirrored in the variety of approaches taken by the commentators in this volume. The differing points of view on offer complement and contrast each other allowing the reader to appreciate the different levels on which Davies's music works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275096

Perspectives on PlaceTheory and Practice in Landscape Photography Perspectives on Place provides an inspiring insight into the territory of landscape photography. Using a range of historic and contemporary examples Alexander explores the rich and diverse history of landscape photography and the many ways in which contemporary photographers engage with the landscape and their surroundings.Bridging theory and practice this book demonstrates how mastering a variety of different photographic techniques can help you communicate ideas explore themes and develop more abstract concepts. With practical guidance on everything from effective composition to managing challenging lighting conditions and working with different lenses and formats you’ll be able to build your own varied and creative portfolio.Each chapter concludes with discussion questions and an assignment encouraging you to explore key concepts and apply different photographic techniques to your own practice. Richly illustrated with images from some of the world’s most influential photographers Perspectives on Place will help you to explore the visual qualities of your images and represent your surroundings more meaningfully. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472533890

Perspectives on PlayLearning for Life This text offers innovative multi-disciplinary perspectives on the subject of play in a range of environments: the classroom playground home and local community. Chapters include observation notes case studies and comprehensive illustrations of ideas in action as well as encouragement for the reader to stop and reflect on their own practice with questions for consideration. Extensively revised and with new contributions this third edition explores the theory and clearly demonstrates how to take the theory from the academic classroom and apply it to practice in a child's setting. New features include: an up-to-date exploration of the latest policy developments and research including Ofsted's 2015 Early Years Report and the 2017 EYFS Statutory Framework an exploration of globalisation and technology and critical analysis of children’s leisure time screen interaction and virtual experiences international perspectives on play and the connections between play and mental health brand new practical examples woven throughout accompanied by additional full-colour photos Perspectives on Play is an invaluable resource for any student studying within childhood studies playwork programmes or training to teach at early years or primary level. It is also ideal for early years primary and play practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367116

Perspectives on PlayLearning for Life This brand new text breaks the mould of books on the subject of play currently on the market. It explores debates and further develops the theory of play relating cutting-edge theory to examples of practice taken from a broad range of multi-disciplinary perspectives. Each author brings their own perspective to the subject based on rich and diverse experience examining play-based activities from a wide variety of settings: the classroom the playground the home and local community. Each chapter is illustrated throughout with observation notes case studies interviews and discussions encouraging you not only to critically evaluate current research but to reflect on ways in which you could develop and improve your own practice. Perspectives on Play will be an invaluable resource for any student studying within childhood studies playwork programmes or training to teach at early years or primary level. The book is also ideal for early years primary and play practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415735872

Perspectives on Plowden (RLE Edu K) The Plowden Report Children and their Primary Schools (1967) had a huge impact on education in the latter 20th century but at the time was labelled as left-wing and of no practical use to the problems of education in the 1960s. The contributors to this volume were all concerned with the educational thinking of the Plowden Report and its appropriateness or otherwise to the educational needs of the day. In quarters where the Plowden Report was treated as an authoritative textbook the views in this volume provide a valuable critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751339

Perspectives on Presidential LeadershipAn International View of the White House In 2011 Barack Obama invited ten distinguished biographers to the White House to ask them one question: which past American president should I emulate? This was not the first time Obama asked scholars this but the answer he received would differ as presidential legacies waxed and waned. In 2008 Obama chose Lincoln; in 2009 Reagan; and in 2010 Theodore Roosevelt. Perspectives on Presidential Leadership is an examination of presidential legacy and in particular an analysis of the first ever UK ranking of American presidents which took place in 2011. In thirteen chapters thirteen individual presidential administrations are assessed. Some presidents have been considered a success others a failure; both types are featured in these thirteen case studies in a measured attempt to understand how the perception of presidential leadership evolves shifts and contorts across three centuries of American politics. The case studies also derive from the expertise of the collected British Irish and Canadian authors all of whom are leading scholars in their fields and many of which took part in the 2011 survey. At a time when understanding presidential legacy is in high demand this book offers a unique international perspective. Through extended commentary and inter-disciplinary study of the UK perspective it provides groundbreaking research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696372

Perspectives On Psychology This is a title in the modular "Principles in Psychology Series" designed for A-level and other introductory courses aiming to provide students embarking on psychology courses with the necessary background and context. One aspect of this is to consider contemporary psychology in the light of its historical development. Another aspect is to examine some of the major controversies which have dominated psychology over the centuries. Yet another aspect is to consider some of the major areas of psychology eg social developmental cognitive in terms of what they have to offer in the quest for an understanding of human behaviour.; The book also addresses key issues which need to be considered as psychology matures into a fully fledged experimental and scientific discipline. For example how much do laboratory experiments tell us about how people behave in the real world? And how far is it ethically permissable for psychologists to go in their pursuit of knowledge? Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804705

Perspectives on Public Space in Rome from Antiquity to the Present Day This volume provides readers interested in urban history with a collection of essays on the evolution of public space in that paradigmatic western city which is Rome. Scholars specialized in different historical periods contributed chapters in order to find common themes which weave their way through one of the most complex urban histories of western civilization. Divided into five chronological sections (Antiquity Middle Ages Renaissance Baroque Modern and Contemporary) the volume opens with the issue of how public space was defined in classical Roman law and how ancient city managers organized the maintenance of these spaces before moving on to explore how this legacy was redefined and reinterpreted during the Middle Ages. The third group of essays examines how the imposition of papal order on feuding families during the Renaissance helped introduce a new urban plan which could satisfy both functional and symbolic needs. The fourth section shows how modern Rome continued to express strong interest in the control and management of public space the definition of which was necessarily selective in this vastly extensive city. The collection ends with an essay on the contemporary debate for revitalizing Rome's eastern periphery. Through this long-term chronological approach the volume offers a truly unique insight into the urban development of one of Europe’s most important cities and concludes with a discuss of the challenges public space faces today after having served for so many centuries as a driving force in urban history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409463696

Perspectives on PurposeLeading Voices on Building Brands and Businesses for the Twenty-First Century Perspectives on Purpose brings together industry leaders to advocate for a more human-centered and socially-conscious future for businesses. Sharing stories from their work at companies like Ben & Jerry’s Sephora Airbnb Diageo VF Corporation and Hyatt these authors demonstrate how weaving purpose into the profit-making core of business helps companies do good and do well. Foreword by Jessica Alba and Christopher Gavigan Co-founders of The Honest Company Chapters by: Jorge Aguilar (Prophet) Tom Andrews (TJALeadership SYPartners) Maryam Banikarim (Hyatt NBC Universal Gannett Univision) Ila Byrne and Ryan Hunter (Diageo) Corrie Conrad (Sephora) Alexandra Dimiziani (TwentyFirstCenturyBrand Airbnb) Ambika Gautam Pai (Wolf & Wilhelmine) Heidi Hackemer (And So We Hunt) Sam Hornsby (TRIPTK) Jonathan Jackson (Harvard University Blavity) Sam Liebeskind (Gin Lane Wolff Olins) Rob Michalak (Ben & Jerry's) Thomas Ordahl (Landor) Frank Oswald (Columbia University) Sarah Potts (Thorn) Matthew Quint (Columbia Business School) Haley Rushing (The Purpose Institute) Letitia Webster (VF Corporation) Freya Williams (Futerra) Perspectives on Purpose and its sister book Perspectives on Impact bring together leading voices from across sectors to discuss how we must adapt our organizations for the twenty-first century world. Perspectives on Purpose looks at the shifting role of the corporation in society through the lens of purpose; Perspectives on Impact focuses on the recalibration of social impact approaches to tackle complex humanitarian social and environmental challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112370

Perspectives on Radio and TelevisionTelecommunication in the United States This textbook describes the field of radio and television in the United States presents the material in a manner the reader can grasp and enjoy and makes the book useful for the classroom teacher. Written for adaptation to individual teaching situations the book is divided by subject matter into logical chapter divisions that can be assigned in the order appropriate for specific course students. Each chapter stands by itself but the book is also an integrated whole. It is easy to understand at first reading by beginning radio-television majors or nonmajor elective students alike. To give readers a complete picture of the field subjects such as ethics careers and rivals to U.S. commercial radio and television are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978348

Perspectives on Research Assessment in Architecture Music and the ArtsDiscussing Doctorateness Research in the creative fields of architecture design music and the arts has experienced dynamic development for over two decades. The research in these practice- and arts-based fields has become increasingly mature but has also led to various discussions on what constitutes doctoral proficiency in these fields. The term ‘doctorateness’ is often used when referring to the assessment of the production of doctoral research and the research competence of research students but in architecture and the arts the concept of doctorateness has not yet attained a clearly articulated definition. The assessment of quality has been practiced by way of supervising mentoring and the evaluation of dissertations but much less discussed. This book offers perspectives on how to qualify and assess research in architecture music and the arts. It creates a broader arena for discussion on doctorateness by establishing a framework for its application to creative fields. The book is grouped into three sections and includes contributions from international experts in the various fields working in Australia Belgium Brazil Canada Norway Sweden Switzerland Spain the Netherlands and the UK. The first section offers general frameworks for further conceptualising doctorateness in the fields in question. It is followed by a section that describes and discusses various experiences concerns and visions on the production and assessment of doctoral research reporting from doctoral programmes in different stages of development. The third section includes future-oriented perspectives on knowledge-building processes and asks how the ongoing profound changes in academia could influence the concept of quality in both doctoral process and product. The book presents different perspectives on research assessment practices and developments of relevant criteria in the practice-based and creative fields of architecture and the arts. The contributions propose ways of framing this issue conceptually show the need for awareness of the specific context and tradition programmes develop and give proposals for various potential trajectories for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342200

Perspectives on RetranslationIdeology Paratexts Methods Perspectives on Retranslation: Ideology Paratexts Methods explores retranslation from a variety of aspects and reflects methodological and theoretical developments in the field. Featuring eleven chapters each offering a unique approach the book presents a well-rounded analysis of contemporary issues in retranslation. It brings together case studies and examples from a range of contexts including France the UK Spain the US Brazil Greece Poland modern Turkey and the Ottoman Empire. The chapters highlight a diversity of cultural settings and illustrate the assumptions and epistemologies underlying the manifestations of retranslation in various cultures and time periods. The book expressly challenges a Eurocentric view and treats retranslation in all of its complexity by using a variety of methods including quantitative and statistical analysis bibliographical studies reception analysis film analysis and musicological paratextual textual and norm analysis. The chapters further show the dominant effect of ideology on macro and micro translation decisions which comes into sharp relief in the specific context of retranslation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571440

Perspectives on School at Seven Years Old This volume looks at the social and intellectual forces which the child encounters in class-room and playground from the parent’s point of view. School and home are seen as the separate yet overlapping worlds of childhood – for some children more uncompromisingly separated than for others. In the social development of the child school functions as a link between the kinds of demands (and immunities) which are characteristic of family life and those which the child will discover in the wider society of adulthood. The authors provide a meeting-point for developmental psychology sociology and education to the illumination of all three. There is a concern with the daily life of ‘ordinary’children in ‘ordinary’ families. School reluctance – rather than the more clinical school phobia or truancy – is delicately probed. The back-up that parents provide at home directly or indirectly is objectively evaluated yet with empathy for parents’ and teachers’ anxieties about their roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750424

Perspectives on School Crisis ResponseReflections from the Field This book offers a unique collection of narrative case studies that capture the responses of mental health professionals to tragedies in schools and are designed to connect key concepts and skills with real life application. By citing evidence-based theories and interventions with vivid real world accounts this volume aims to highlight the multi-phased multi-disciplinary nature of school crisis response while emphasizing the need for effective coordination and collaboration. It provides a powerful professional development resource for school crisis teams psychologists counselors social workers nurses resource officers administrators and teachers and training university students who will face similar situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236912

Perspectives on School LearningSelected Writings of John B. Carroll First Published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060163

Perspectives on Sentence Processing One of the liveliest forums for sharing psychological linguistic philosophical and computer science perspectives on psycholinguistics has been the annual meeting of the CUNY Sentence Processing Conference. Documenting the state of the art in several important approaches to sentence processing this volume consists of selected papers that had been presented at the Sixth CUNY Conference. The editors not only present the main themes that ran through the conference but also honor the breadth of the presentations from disciplines including linguistics experimental psychology and computer science. The variety of sentence processing topics examined includes: * how evoked brain potentials reflect sentence comprehension * how auditory words are processed * how various sources of grammatical and nongrammatical information are coordinated and used * how sentence processing and language acquisition might be related. This distinctive volume not only presents the most exciting current work in sentence processing but also places this research into the broader context of theorizing about it. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806457

Perspectives on Social MediaA Yearbook Perspectives on Social Media presents the most current research on the effectiveness of social media across sectors. Progress in finding better applications for social media relies on the difficult task of integrating media technologies into fields such as engineering marketing health learning art tourism and the service industry. This book is based on cutting-edge creative work among top international researchers and renowned designers and provides readers with a preview of the most visionary outcomes in the field of social media. Some of the major topics that the book discusses are: New social media design Sense of community in web applications App design and development for mobile devices.  Perspectives on Social Media uniquely builds on recent disputes among the top scholars around the world thus including the dynamics of knowledge-sharing and cross-fertilization that one would expect to happen on the web but that are rarely found in a book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854160

Perspectives on Social Psychology Originally published in 1977 this volume was intended to provide a relatively elementary and clear overview of some of the more important approaches to social psychology at the time. There are a number of perspectives on this discipline but here instead of traditional theoretical approaches (e.g. field theory role theory or S-R) the point of view is from the general perspective. The first chapter approaches social psychology as an experimental science with the history and philosophic traditions discussed as well as the current state of the field. Other chapters approach the discipline from the perspectives of symbolic interaction social development and ethology. The final chapter is devoted to the uses of mathematical models in social psychology. This volume was intended to serve as a helpful integration of the field and will still be useful as a text in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138837829

Perspectives on Social PsychologyA Psychology of Human Being This groundbreaking new textbook takes a different perspective on social psychology focused on the social and cultural worlds we inhabit and encompassing a wide range of core social psychology topics – from the self to relationships gender to health racism to mental distress. Taking a critical approach this book explores how qualitative methods and interpretational analyses can be used to examine human behaviour and what it is like living in today’s media-led world. It explicitly challenges all forms of Othering taking a fresh look at human values embodiment agency communication thinking and feeling. It goes beyond the individualising scientific approach taken by traditional psychology instead concentrating on the psychology of what makes us human – qualities like empathy and compassion courage and dignity kindness and sympathy – and how we can nurture them. Offering a fascinating alternative to existing resources and enhanced by carefully chosen full-colour illustrations the book and associated companion website include original pedagogical features such as reflective exercises further resources and a glossary offering opportunities for readers to customise their learning experience. Featuring a course mapping section that sets out how the text can be used in relation to psychology curriculum requirements and common course structures this interdisciplinary resource provides accessible and engaging reading for students studying psychology and other disciplines including sociology cultural studies politics and media studies as well as applied areas such as nursing policing and management. It is also for anyone who is interested in what psychology can tell us about our lives and place in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501348

Perspectives on Software DocumentationInquiries and Innovations This book is designed to address the randomness of the literature on software documentation. As anyone interested in software documentation is aware the field is highly synthetic; information about software documentation may be found in engineering computer science training technical communication management education and so on. "Perspectives on Software Documentation" contains a variety of perspectives all tied together by the shared need to make software products more usable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315223919

Perspectives On Southwestern Prehistory Recent archaeoglogical work in the American Southwest and Northern Mexico has fueled a great deal of regionally specific research: archaeologists faced with an avalanche of new and unassimilated data tend to foucs on their own areas to the exclusion of the broader panregional view. "Perspectives on Southwestern Prehistory" advocates the larger f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298203

Perspectives On Strategic Defense Bringing together proponents and opponents of the Strategic Defense Initiative this book includes original essays by leading experts on every aspect of the issue. The collection provides a valuable introduction to the many complex questions involved in any serious consideration of the SDI. The contributors explore such issues as the strategic impl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298210

Perspectives on Supervision This reader-friendly and stimulating volume indispensable to anyone interested in supervision from a systemic perspective emerged from a conference organised jointly by the Institute of Family Therapy and the Tavistock Clinic in London. It is focused on developments within supervisions and reflects the increasing need for clinical supervisors in advanced level family training courses. The central theme of the book is the application of systemic thinking to the field of supervision. The complexities of topics involved in this area are fully engaged by the many contributors. The book is organised into four main sections each ending with a useful and unifying commentary from the editors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105235

Perspectives on Supported Collaborative Teacher Inquiry Supported collaborative teacher inquiry (SCTI) describes the process of professional development in which teacher teams build collaborative structures for the purpose of inquiring into aspects of their own instructional practice. Professional development performed collaboratively and grounded in "the work teachers do" is a highly effective forum for challenging existing beliefs about content learners and teaching and using data and research to reflect on and possibly change instructional practice. The contributors to this volume describe supported collaborative inquiry as a framework for teacher professional development and provide specific empirical evidence found in examples of SCTI. The chapters focus on the building of collaborative support structures nurturing an inquiry stance progressing through an inquiry process and the various kinds of support mechanisms necessary to engage in SCTI. This seminal work in teacher research will be of interest to scholars students teachers and administrators seeking insight into teacher education teacher leadership and teacher inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650830

Perspectives on the American Way of WarThe U.S. Experience in Irregular Conflict Perspectives on the American Way of War examines salient cases of American experience in irregular warfare focusing upon the post-World War II era. This book asks why recent misfires have emerged in irregular warfare from an institutional professional and academic context which regularly produces evidence that there is in fact no lack of understanding of both irregular challenges and correct responses. Expert contributors explore the reasoning behind the inability to achieve victory however defined and argue that what security professionals have failed to fully recognize even today is that what is at issue is not warfare suffused with politics but rather the very opposite politics suffused with warfare. Perspectives on the American Way of War will be of great interest to scholars of war and conflict studies strategic and military studies insurgency and counterinsurgency and terrorism and counterterrorism. The book was originally published as a special issue of Small Wars & Insurgencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406882

Perspectives on the Environment (Volume 2)Interdisciplinary Research Network on Environment and Society Published in 1995 the essays in this book are papers presented to the second conference of the Interdisciplinary Research Network on the Environment and Society (IRNES) held in Sheffield in September 1993. It follows "Perspectives on the Environment" (ed. Holder et al 1993 Avebury) to continue the dissemination of the work of IRNES members to a wider audience. Part I explores the social dimensions of environmental technology in the form of an examination of the construction of global climate models a critical analysis of the discourses associated with agricultural biotechnologies and the environmental implications of building technologies. Part II explores national and international politics of the environment in Britain the Ukraine and Burma Thailand and Indonesia. Part III deals with planning for sustainability in Japan and Britain. Part IV examines theories of democracy and the state both nationally and in the form of the European Union's principle of subsidiary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321632

Perspectives on the History of Higher EducationVolume 24 2005 The early twentieth century witnessed the rise of middle-class mass periodicals that while offering readers congenial material also conveyed new depictions of manliness liberal education and the image of business leaders. "Should Your Boy Go to College?" asked one magazine story; and for over two decades these middle-class magazines answered in numerous permutations with a collective "yes!" In the course of interpreting these themes they reshaped the vision of a college education and created the ideal of a college-educated businessman.Volume 24 of the Perspectives on the History of Higher Education: 2005 provides historical studies touching on contemporary concerns--gender high-ability students academic freedom and in the case of the Barnes Foundation the authority of donor intent. Daniel Clark discusses the nuanced changes that occurred to the image of college at the turn of the century. Michael David Cohen offers an important corrective to stereotypes about gender relations in nineteenth-century coeducational colleges. Jane Robbins traces how the young National Research Council embraced the cause of how to identify and encourage superior students as a vehicle for incorporating wartime advances in psychological testing. Susan R. Richardson considers the long Texas tradition of political interference in university affairs. Finally Edward Epstein and Marybeth Gasman shed historical light on the recent controversy surrounding the Barnes Foundation.The volume also contains brief descriptions of twenty recent doctoral dissertations in the history of higher education. This serial publication will be of interest to historians sociologists and of course educational policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529762

Perspectives on the History of Higher EducationVolume 25 2006 Volume Twenty-Five of Perspectives on the History of Higher Education the silver anniversary edition offers three fresh contributions to the understanding of American higher education in the nineteenth century and three historical perspectives on topics of contemporary concern.The divergent paths of antebellum colleges in the North and South have long been recognized. Stephen Tomlinson and Kevin Windham discuss Alva Woods who moved from Calvinist New England to preside over the new University of Alabama. Woods personified the commitment to evangelical Protestantism and rigid student discipline that prevailed in northern colleges of that era but in Tuscaloosa confronted the sons of planters raised to respect mainly independence power and the Southern code of honor. Adam Nelson considers geology a crucially important science in early America that existed on the periphery of higher education but eventually exerted pressure for intellectual modernization. He portrays the small community of scientific pioneers who sought the latest scientific knowledge from Europe surveyed the mineral wealth of American states and advocated for science in the college curriculum.Beginning in the 1930s the National Research Council waged an organized campaign to encourage academic patenting and centralize it within one organization. Jane Robbins explains the crosscurrents of interests that plagued and eventually scuttled that effort but that set the stage for the contemporary practice of university patenting. Robert Hampel examines how for more than four decades students at Yale University took a major responsibility for learning into their own hands by publishing a Critique of courses. He analyzes these documents to determine if their aims were to identify easy or challenging offerings and finds that this effort produced highly responsible articles. A review essay by Doris Malkmus sheds new light on the experience of co-eds in post-bellum universities and normal schools while one by Nancy Diamond discusses the university presidency and deftly shows that examining presidential lives can offer telling perspective on the evolution of the university.Roger L. Geiger is Distinguished Professor of Higher Education at the Pennsylvania State University. He has edited the Perspectives on the History of Higher Education Annual since 1993. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529755

Perspectives on the History of Higher EducationVolume 26 2007 This volume of Perspectives opens with two contrasting perspectives on the purpose of higher education at the dawning of the university age--perspectives that continue to define the debate today. First A. J. Angulo recreates the controversy surrounding the founding and early years of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Whether presented as an alternative to or a repudiation of the prevailing classical liberal education MIT was rejected as inherently inferior by college defenders. Second is George Levesque's penetrating reappraisal of Yale president Noah Porter (1870-1886). Known almost solely for his role as a college defender Porter is revealed as a vigorous scholar who became fixated with preserving the strengths of Yale College. As these matters were vigorously debated during these years Porter's position was superseded by more powerful forces.Considering the cliches about liberal domination of higher education it is seldom appreciated that the conservative movement has had a presence on campus throughout the postwar era. Jennifer de Forrest uses the reorganization of several conservative foundations to offer a critical appraisal of their impact. Known as the "four sisters " the Bradley Foundation the Scaife Foundations the Smith Richardson Foundation and the Olin Foundation have been sharply focused on winning student support by funding conservative scholars and networking organizations as well as student groups and newspapers.The tempestuous state of academic publishing is made more vivid by the clash of colorful characters. At the dawn of modern academic publishing the Educational Review published by Columbia's Nicholas Murray Butler was the foremost journal in its field. Paul McInerny interweaves the history of this journal with the educational issues of the late nineteenth century and the remarkable career of Columbia's longtime president. An additional actor is James McKeen Cattell a noted psychologist and prolific academic publisher. As a Columbia professor Cattell was also a thorn in the side of President Butler. In 1917 Butler fired Cattell for criticizing the war effort an egregious breach of academic freedom even for those early times. Events took an ironic turn however when Cattell later acquired Butler's former Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529779

Perspectives On The HolocaustEssays In Honor Of Raul Hilberg This volume brings together original historical literary and philosophical analyses of the Holocaust by some of the world's leading scholars including Yehuda Bauer Christopher R. Browning George Steiner Alvin H. Rosenfeld Richard L. Rubenstein Robert Wolfe Eberhard Jackel Peter Hayes and John K. Roth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282769

Perspectives on the Internationalisation of Higher Education Internationalisation of the contemporary university has become a pervasive and powerful development theme during the past three decades. In many countries higher education is now a major export industry. The UK has longstanding experience of overseas student recruitment international partnerships between universities and trans-national education. It has led the world in the development of the quality assurance of overseas activities. This collection of essays brings together articles published in the journal of the UK Association of University Administrators (AUA). Several of the pieces are members of AUA whilst others are by authors who work in other countries. Overall in this volume there is a practitioner focus that provides the reader with lessons learnt by those with experience of implementing policies to promote the internationalisation of higher education. We are interested both in how universities can manage the challenges that they face and in how the experience of students can be enhanced by participation in internationalisation. Because the AUA has an enduring commitment to the professionalization of management and administration readers of this anthology will find accessible focussed and brief articles that are solution-oriented. This book was originally published as a special issue of Perspectives: Policy and Practise in Higher Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321895

Perspectives on the Memorandum First published in 1997 this volume provides an accessible yet comprehensive update on the Government’s Memorandum of Good Practice on Video Recorded Interviews with Child Witnesses for Criminal Proceedings. A wide range of authors with direct experience of the Memorandum provide both an introduction to its development and a contemporary critique of its implementation. This is a unique volume offering a multi-disciplinary assessment of policy practice and research issues concerning the Memorandum its role and implementation. It is invaluable reading for all professionals working with children in the fields of child protection and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332874

Perspectives on the Music of Christopher FoxStraight Lines in Broken Times Christopher Fox (1955) has emerged as one of the most fascinating composers of the post-war generation. His spirit of experimentalism pervades an oeuvre in which he has blithely created his own version of a range of contemporary musical practices. In his work many of the major expressions of European cultural activity - Darmstadt Fluxus spectralism postminimalism and more - are assimilated to produce a voice which is uniquely resonant and multifaceted. In this the first major study of his work musicologists composers thinkers and practitioners scrutinize aspects of Christopher Fox's music each exploring elements that relate to their own distinct areas of practice tracing Fox's compositional trajectory and situating it within post-war contemporary European music practice. Above all this book addresses the question: How can one person dip his fingers into so many paint pots and yet retain a coherent compositional vision? The range of Fox's musical concerns make his work of interest to anyone who wants to study the development of so-called new music spanning the latter twentieth century into the twenty first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027094

Perspectives on the Performance of French Piano Music Perspectives on the Performance of French Piano Music offers a range of approaches central to the performance of French piano music of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The contributors include scholars and active performers who see performance not as an independent activity but as a practice enriched by a wealth of historical and analytical approaches. To underline the usefulness of contextual understanding for performance each author highlights the choices performers must confront with examples drawn from particular repertoires and composers. Topics explored include editorial practice the use of early recordings emergent disciplines such as analysis-and-performance and traditions passed down from teacher to student. Themes that emerge demonstrate the importance of editions as a form of communication the challenges of notation the significance of detail and of deeper continuity the importance of performing and teaching traditions and the influence of cross disciplinary frameworks. A link to a set of performed examples on the frenchpianomusic.com website allows readers to hear and compare performances and interpretations of the music discussed. The volume will appeal to musicologists and analysts interested in performance performers students and piano teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269699

Perspectives on the Renaissance MedalPortrait Medals of the Renaissance The papers published in this book were delivered at two conferences held in conjunction with the exhibition " The Currency of Fame: Portrait Medals of the Renaissance" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763752

Perspectives on the Sociology of EducationAn Introduction First published in 1981 this book provides a basic introduction to the sociology of education. It brings together many of the principal arguments in order to help the student reach an understanding of the multitude of conflicting opinions theoretical positions and biases within the field. The work considers the structures within which the child the family and the classroom are located focusing on the theory and the ways in which they can be used to explain the workings of the educational system. It introduces not only the work of classical educational sociologists such as Durkheim Weber and Marx but also more recent scholars such as Halsey Becker and Althusser. With a global coverage the book emphasizes the implications of the developments of the sociology of education for educational policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789011

Perspectives on the Study of Speech Published in the year 1982 Perspectives on the Study of Speech is a valuable contribution to the field of Cognitive Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203780862

Perspectives on Thinking Learning and Cognitive Styles This volume presents the most comprehensive balanced and up-to-date coverage of theory and research on cognitive thinking and learning styles in a way that: * represents diverse theoretical perspectives; * includes solid empirical evidence testing the validity of these perspectives; and * shows the application of these perspectives to school situations as well as situations involving other kinds of organizations. International representation is emphasized with chapters from almost every major leader in the field of styles. Each chapter author has contributed serious theory and/or published empirical data--work that is primarily commercial or that implements the theories of others. The book's central premise is that cognitive learning and thinking styles are not abilities but rather preferences in the use of abilities. Traditionally many psychologists and educators have believed that people's successes and failures are attributable mainly to individual differences in abilities. However for the past few decades research on the roles of thinking learning and cognitive styles in performance within both academic and nonacademic settings has indicated that they account for individual differences in performance that go well beyond abilities. New theories better differentiate styles from abilities and make more contact with other psychological literatures; recent research in many cases is more careful and conclusive than are some of the older studies. Cognitive learning and thinking styles are of interest to educators because they predict academic performance in ways that go beyond abilities and because taking styles into account can help teachers to improve both instruction and assessment and to show sensitivity to cultural and individual diversity among learners. They are also of interest in business where instruments to assess styles are valuable in selecting and placing personnel. The state-of-the-art research and theory in this volume will be of particular interest to scholars and graduate students in cognitive and educational psychology managers and others concerned with intellectual styles as applied in educational industrial and corporate settings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410605986

Perspectives On Thinking And ReasoningEssays In Honour Of Peter Wason This collection of essays focuses on three reasoning problems devised by Peter Wason - the selection task the 2-4-6 task and the THOG problem - which have had a considerable influence since their invention.; The reasons why people make so many errors in these seemingly simple tasks are still not fully understood. A variety of different theoretical perspectives have been used in trying to explain performance. These include the mental models approach the pragmatic reasoning approach and the mental logic approach. This book contains chapters which discuss all these theories. Other chapters review the literature or offer alternative theoretical perspectives. A final chapter by Peter Wason describes how he came to create the tasks discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877061

Perspectives on Travel Writing Ranging from the early modern to the postcolonial and dealing mainly with encounters in Europe the Americas and the Middle East Perspectives on Travel Writing is a collection of new essays by international scholars that examines some of the various contexts of travel writing as well as its generic characteristics. Contributions examine the similarities between autobiography and memoir fiction and travel writing and attempt to define travel writing as a genre. Utilising a variety of approaches the essays display a shared concern with what travel writing does and how it does it. The effects of encounter and border-crossing on gender 'race' and national identity are considered throughout. The collection begins with a review of some of the problems and issues facing the scholar of travel writing and moves on to a detailed discussion of the qualities of travel writing and its related forms. It then presents in chronological order a number of case studies before closing with a critical discussion of approaches to the subject. An essay collection with broad historical and geographical coverage this volume should appeal to students and researchers of travel and travel-related literatures from across the Humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255753

Perspectives on Violence and Violent Death This book examines violence. It looks at the nature and types of violence the causes of violence and the emotional wake left by violent episodes. In the twentieth century the world experienced two world wars and countless other wars. Many millions died violent deaths from murder death squads purges riots revolutions ethnic cleansing rape robbery domestic violence suicide gang violence terrorist acts genocide and in many other ways. As we entered the twenty-first century we experienced 9/11 the Red Lake School deaths suicide bombers and more mass death brought about by the actions of governments revolutionaries terrorists and still more wars. The need to better understand violence both lethal and non-lethal to become aware of the many forms of violence and to learn how to survive in the aftermath of violent death are the focus of "Perspectives on Violence and Violent Death." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785099

Perspectives on WelfareExperience of Minority Ethnic Groups in Scotland First published in 1997 this volume examines the issue that throughout Britain studies of social health and housing services have found discrimination insensitive practices and lack of awareness of the needs of a multi-racial population. The relationships between these services and their minority ethnic users remain problematic. This book focuses on the lessons offered by the Scottish experience. Original research-based contributions focus in turn on housing services social work and health services examining the perspectives of service users and their needs and experiences and comparing the perspectives of professionals in each field. The implications of these perspectives for policy both local and national are explored in the context of recent national developments. Methodological issues are discussed throughout the book and the complementarity of different research perspectives explored. Housing social work and health professionals throughout Britain will find sensitive discussion here of issues which face them daily in their work. Researchers will find original data explored in the context of nationally relevant research issues and policies. Scottish researchers and practitioners will find detailed discussion of how far the Scottish experience is distinctive how far it offers lessons for the national picture and how far it can learn from elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332379

Perspectives On Western Art Vol.1Source Documents And Readings From The Ancient Near East Through The Middle Ages This anthology of readings related to Western art history explains specific works of art illustrated in Janson's History of Art and De la Croix and Tansey's Gardner's Art Through the Ages in terms of the ideas beliefs and concerns of the people and cultures who created the art. It brings a new understanding of art because it shows the social and cultural basis of major works of art through history. The ten sections are Ancient Near East; Egyptian; Aegean; Greek; Etruscan; Roman; early Christian Byzantine and Islamic; early Medieval; Romanesque; and Gothic. The readings have been drawn from many areas of intellectual and social history including religion philosophy literature science economics and law. Each selection is preceded by an introductory note which discusses the readings in terms of its subject and theme its source and usage and its relevance to the study of the work of art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367094836

Perspectives On Western ArtSource Documents And Readings From The Renaissance To The 1970s This anthology of readings related to Western art history explains specific works of art illustrated in Janson's History of Art and De la Croix and Tansey's Gardner's Art Through the Ages in terms of the ideas beliefs and concerns of the people and cultures who created the art. It brings a new understanding of art because it shows the social and cultural basis of major works of art through history. The ten sections are Ancient Near East; Egyptian; Aegean; Greek; Etruscan; Roman; early Christian Byzantine and Islamic; early Medieval; Romanesque; and Gothic. The readings have been drawn from many areas of intellectual and social history including religion philosophy literature science economics and law. Each selection is preceded by an introductory note which discusses the readings in terms of its subject and theme its source and usage and its relevance to the study of the work of art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367094874

PerspectivesKey Concepts for Understanding the Curriculum Each chapter of this book is devoted to a separate concept which is analysed in terms of its major features. Follow-up questions at the end of each chapter are designed to challenge the reader to reflect on the specific issues raised. Vol I is largely introductory dealing with students' and teachers' perspectives of curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605216

Persuasion and Communication in Sport Exercise and Physical Activity How can we use persuasion methods to make people more physically active and improve their sport and exercise experiences? How can instructors coaches athletes and practitioners most effectively communicate their messages to others? Persuasion and Communication in Sport Exercise and Physical Activity is the first book to consider the applications of persuasion frameworks within activity-related contexts while also summarizing the major developments relating to communication topics in these settings. It provides a state of the art review of the key developments challenges and opportunities within the field. It brings together international experts from the fields of social health and sport and exercise psychology to give theoretical overviews insights into contemporary research themes and practical implications as well as agendas for future research. Covering topics such as changing attitudes towards exercise social influence persuasive leadership and communicating with people with physical disabilities this book provides a contemporary approach to persuasion and communication in a sport exercise and physical activity setting. It is an important text for upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as academics in the fields of Sport and Exercise Science Kinesiology Health and Physical Activity Promotion and related areas of Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407759

Persuasion Ethics Today Persuasion Ethics Today explores persuasive communication in the fields of advertising promotions public relations and integrated marketing communication and is designed for course use in advertising curricula. Ethical questions have become increasingly important in today’s media landscape and issues of regulation privacy and convenience are the subjects of heated debate among consumers industry professional policy makers and interest groups. With the explosion of social media mobile devices tracking technologies and behavioral targeting the ethical issues about persuasion continue to increase in importance. This book’s goal is to offer a broad introduction to the ethical standards challenges understanding and decision-making strategies involved in the practice of persuasion. Persuasion Ethics Today links real world persuasive communication activities to fundamental philosophies of ethics. It also offers tools for students and practitioners to engage with ethical dilemmas in a systematic way and jumpstart debates about the right ethical choices in an increasingly complex media and social environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765644725

Persuasion in Clinical PracticeHelping People Make Changes By the end of this book you are going to be part of an exclusive group. The skill-sets you are about to learn will help you become one of a select few who can time and time again help people make changes in any clinical encounter.A" Persuading and influencing are most effective as cooperative ventures that recognise the needs and wishes a person already has but feels unable or disempowered to decide or act upon. Persuasion in Clinical Practice aims to improve outcomes for patients by helping them to change their own attitudes and behaviours more easily in pursuit of better health and well-being. Drawing on fields such as motivational interviewing the Stages of Change model positive psychology and neuro-lingusitic programming (NLP) the book provides skills and tactics to help clinicians avoid communicational roadblocks find what is really important to patients why they want it and then empower them to make changes in key areas such as: * lifestyle adjustments * coming to terms with chronic or serious illness * learning coping strategies and behaviours * overcoming fear of change. Encompassing a five-step strategy for any change consultation Persuasion in Clinical Practice is packed with information and approaches to enhance knowledge skills attitudes and understanding in influencing change. This book will be essential reading for family doctors and other health professionals supporting behavioural change in their patients. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383521

Persuasion in Society Persuasion in Society Third Edition introduces readers to the rich tapestry of persuasive technique and scholarship interweaving rhetorical critical theory and social science traditions. This text examines current and classical theory through the lens of contemporary culture encouraging readers to explore the nature of persuasion and to understand its impact in their lives. Employing a contemporary approach authors Jean G. Jones and Herbert W. Simons draw from popular culture mass media and social media to help readers become informed creators and consumers of persuasive messages. This introductory persuasion text offers: A broad-based approach to the scope of persuasion expanding students’ understanding of what persuasion is and how it is effected. Insights on the diversity of persuasion in action through such contexts as advertising marketing political campaigns activism and social movements and negotiation in social conflicts. The inclusion of "sender" and "receiver" perspectives enhancing understanding of persuasion in practice. Extended treatment of the ethics of persuasion featuring opposing views on handling controversial issues in the college classroom for enhanced instruction. Case studies showing how and why people fall for persuasive messages demonstrating how persuasion works at a cognitive level. Discussion questions exercises and key terms for very nearly every chapter. The core of this book is that persuasion is about winning beliefs and not arguments and that communicators who want to win that belief need to communicate with their audiences. This new edition of Persuasion in Society continues to bring this core message to readers with updated case studies examples and sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825666

Persuasion in Your Life Persuasion in Your Life 2nd Edition speaks directly to the student by focusing on real-life experiences from critically viewing persuasive public campaigns to making business and health care decisions. This new edition concludes with a new chapter on the assessment of persuasive messages. It also features new chapter-opening vignettes that immediately apply concepts to daily life as well as "What You’ve Learned" reviews for comprehension. Students and instructors can use the wealth of online resources that accompany this text including an instructor manual Power Point slides test questions and more. Through its use of rhetoric criticism and social scientific research this book helps readers understand analyze and use persuasion in their life and career.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689602

Persuasions and PrejudicesAn Informal Compendium of Modern Social Science 1953-1988 Review essays and statements written for special occasions may reveal as much about the writer as those written about; this is the presumption undergirding this collection of thirty-five years of criticism and commentary by Irving Louis Horowitz. For this volume he selected his comments on famous near famous and infamous sociologists political scientists and assorted literary figures in between. Taken as a whole this volume will surprise and delight readers who are acquainted with Horowitz's other works as well as those who are interested in the people he writes about.The book covers notable social scientists from Arendt to Zetterberg and such major figures in between as Becker Bell de Jouvenel Mills Parsons Solzhenitsyn and more than eighty others who have had an effect on the contemporary social and political landscape. Each is critically examined sometimes positively other times negatively. Horowitz was a major figure in his own right and his writing here displays the kind of refreshing frankness experts will expect and the general reader will appreciate.The underlying assumption behind the volume giving its disparate parts a unified characteristic is that together these observations on others amount to a general perspective on social science held by the author. Whether his larger ambition is accepted or disputed there is no doubt that the volume provides a standard against which to measure the literary quality of writing in the world of professional social research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862899

PersuasionSocial Inflence and Compliance Gaining First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315664194

PersuasionSocial Influence and Compliance Gaining Now in its sixth edition Persuasion: Social Influence and Compliance Gaining continues to boast an accessible voice and vibrant aesthetic that appeals to undergraduate students of communication psychology advertising and marketing. In addition to presenting established theories and models this text encourages students to develop and apply general conclusions about persuasion in real-world settings. Along the way students are introduced to the practice of social influence in an array of contexts (e.g. advertising marketing politics interpersonal relationships social media groups) and across a variety of topics (e.g. credibility personality deception motivational appeals visual persuasion). The new edition features an expanded treatment of digital and social media up-to-date research on theory and practice and enhanced discussions of topics such as political campaigning emotional marketing olfactory influence and ethics. Instructors can also use the book’s downloadable test bank instructor’s manual and PowerPoint slides in preparing course material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630611

PersuasionSocial Influence and Compliance Gaining 5e (International Student Edition) Persuasion: Social Influence and Compliance Gaining first helps students understand established theories and models of persuasion.  It then encourages them to develop and apply general conclusions about persuasion in real-world settings. The 5th edition explores how social media continues to be a form of influence but it also looks at grassroots movements such as the Tea Party and Occupy Wall Street and traditional forms of persuasion such as advertising marketing and political campaigning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090873

PersuasionThe Hidden Forces That Influence Negotiations Persuasion: The Hidden Forces That Influence Negotiations represents the first book of its kind to package and present persuasion principles in an innovative international and interdisciplinary fashion. This easy-to-understand book is the culmination of seminal research findings spanning across decades and disciplines – psychology philosophy negotiations decision-making logic law and economics among others – from esteemed experts around the world. Persuasion provides a series of short simple-to-use intellectual tools to go above and beyond merely describing "what to think"– but "how to think" in a persuasion influence and negotiation context –across a diverse array of disciplines sectors and situations from boardrooms to classrooms for the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375690

Persuasive Advertising for Entrepreneurs and Small Business OwnersHow to Create More Effective Sales Messages Here is the perfect book for entrepreneurs and small business owners who want to know how to create effective advertising on an affordable budget. Persuasive Advertising for Entrepreneurs and Small Business Owners shows you how to plan and execute money-making advertisements and commercials--on a workable budget. Jay Granat an experienced marketing professional and ad man provides readers with a practical understanding of advertising principles media selection copywriting consumer behavior and persuasive advertising methods in promotional efforts. These principles have important implications and Jay Granat shows you how to utilize them and stay within your means. Successful cases from across the media--television print direct mail radio transit and public relations representing construction law medicine publishing retail businesses restaurants and others--highlight various prosperous approaches to persuasive advertising.Written specifically for entrepreneurs and small business owners Granat’s book is the first to explain how to use persuasive tactics and strategies. Ideal for established small business owners and those starting such a venture this manual makes affordable advertising an easier step on the path to success. In addition to analyzing many aspects of advertising this manual outlines appropriate networking and public relations strategies for entrepreneurs and small business owners. Granat teaches you how to construct money-making advertising and to recognize when your sales messages are effective and when the messages need to become more persuasive. To help illustrate the power of effective sales messages he includes examples of his own advertising successes and failures. You will be better equipped to foresee when your own advertising campaigns are more likely to succeed or more likely to fail and how to reverse a failing campaign. Descriptions of the advantages and disadvantages of each advertising medium assist with the question of how to construct effective and persuasive selling messages for specific media.Whether you are looking for advice on how to plan a marketing/advertising campaign ways to familiarize yourself with each medium available and select a medium to carry your messages or how to use mind-set advertising you will find it in Persuasive Advertising for Entrepreneurs and Small Business Owners. This abundance of useful information is ideal for copywriters brand managers entrepreneurial institutes business professors communications professionals readers of Inc. Success and Entrepreneur advertising and marketing students and of course entrepreneurs and small business owners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863856

Persuasive Communication Providing an accessible integration of theory and research methods this text prepares students to critically analyze persuasive appeals and to design effective messages and campaigns. The book draws on key ideas from both communication and social psychology to explore the mutual influence of cognitive and affective processes and the characteristics and production of messages. It gives the reader a solid grasp of foundational issues in persuasion research the core components of persuasive transactions and major theoretical models. Instructive concrete examples illustrate applications of the concepts in such settings as health promotion political campaigns the courtroom and advertising.   New to This Edition *Engaging topic boxes on college drinking attitudes about same-sex marriage the "birther" movement and other timely issues. *New or expanded discussions of the integrative model of behavioral prediction the use of guilt appeals social media individualized tailoring of political messages and numerous other topics. *The latest data and theoretical perspectives. *Epilogue on current and future trends in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526840

Persuasive Communication and Drug Abuse Prevention The history of drug abuse prevention campaigns suggests limitations in producing measurable changes in behavior. In the past there was concern over the possibility of such publicity actually encouraging interest in drug use rather than discouraging such behavior. Although little or no scientifically sound empirical evidence has been found to support such a view several social science textbooks still refer to this as something of which to be wary. Reviews of early research appear to indicate inadequate methods and a lack of rigor in theory testing. In recent years however research in communication and its uses in drug abuse prevention has become considerably more sophisticated and communication is being used far more effectively. In this book the editors bring together some of the most successful drug abuse prevention researchers in the country -- along with other experts in this field or in persuasive communication -- to address use and effects of both mass media and interpersonal strategies. This collection illustrates just how far the study of public influence through mass media has come especially regarding such a vital relevant issue as drug abuse prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516242

Persuasive CommunicationHow Audiences Decide This updated and expanded edition of Persuasive Communication offers a comprehensive introduction to persuasion and real-world decision making. Drawing on empirical research from social psychology neuroscience business communication research cognitive science and behavioral economics Young reveals the thought processes of many different audiences—from investors to CEOs—to help students better understand why audiences make the decisions they make and how to influence them. The book covers a broad range of communication techniques richly illustrated with compelling examples including resumes speeches and slide presentations to help students recognize persuasive methods that do and do not work. A detailed analysis of the emotions and biases that go into decision making arms students with perceptive insights into human behavior and helps them apply this understanding with various decision-making aids. Students will learn how to impact potential employers clients and other audiences essential to their success. This book will prove fascinating to many and especially useful for students of persuasion rhetoric and business communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920378

Persuasive ImageryA Consumer Response Perspective This volume synthesizes and advances existing knowledge of consumer response to visuals. Representing an interdisciplinary perspective contributors include scholars from the disciplines of communication psychology and marketing. The book begins with an overview section intended to situate the reader in the discourse. The overview describes the state of knowledge in both academic research and actual practice and provides concrete sources for scholars to pursue. Written in a non-technical language this volume is divided into four sections: Image and Response - illustrates the difficulty encountered even in investigating the basic influences processes and effects of "mere exposure" to imagery. Image and Word - presents instances in which the line between words and pictures is blurred such as the corporate logo which is often pictorial in nature but communicates on an abstract level usually attributed to words. Image and the Ad - contributes to our appreciation for the exquisite variations among advertising texts and the resultant variability in response not only to different ads but among different viewers of the same ad. Image and Object - carries the inquiry of visual response over the bridge toward object interaction. Having traveled a path that has gone from the precise working of the brain in processing visual stimuli all the way to the history of classical architecture readers of this volume will have a new respect for the complexity of human visual response and the research that is trying to explain it. It will be of interest to those involved in consumer behavior consumer psychology advertising marketing and visual communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861305

Perturbation Methods for Engineers and Scientists Perturbation Methods for Engineers and Scientists examines the main techniques of perturbation expansions applied to both differential equations and integral expressions. It describes several fluid dynamics applications including aerofoils boundary layers in momentum heat and mass transfer. In addition it applies the multiple scale technique to the description of surface roughness effects in lubrication. The book's intuitive rather than formal approach enables these advanced techniques to be used by scientists and engineers as well as by students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402846

Perturbation Methods for Engineers and Scientists The subject of perturbation expansions is a powerful analytical technique which can be applied to problems which are too complex to have an exact solution for example calculating the drag of an aircraft in flight. These techniques can be used in place of complicated numerical solutions. This book provides an account of the main techniques of perturbation expansions applied to both differential equations and integral expressions. Features include a non-rigorous treatment of the subject at undergraduate level not available in any other current text; contains computer programs to enable the student to explore particular ideas and realistic case studies of industrial applications; a number of practical examples are included in the text to enhance understanding of points raised particularly in the areas of mechanics and fluid mechanics; presents the main techniques of perturbation expansion at a level accessible to the undergraduate student. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743775

Perturbation Theories for the Thermodynamic Properties of Fluids and Solids This book Perturbation Theories for the Thermodynamic Properties of Fluids and Solids provides a comprehensive review of current perturbation theories—as well as integral equation theories and density functional theories—for the equilibrium thermodynamic and structural properties of classical systems. Emphasizing practical applications the text avoids complex theoretical derivations as much as possible. It begins with discussions of the nature of intermolecular forces and simple potential models. The book also presents a summary of statistical mechanics concepts and formulae. In addition it reviews simulation techniques providing background for the performance analyses of theories executed throughout the text using simulation data.Chapters describe integral equation theories theoretical approaches for hard-sphere fluid or solid systems and perturbation theories for simple fluids and solids for monocomponent and multicomponent systems. They also cover density functional theories for inhomogeneous systems and perturbative and nonperturbative approaches to describe the structure and thermodynamics of hard-body molecular fluids. The final chapter examines several more challenging systems such as fluids near the critical point liquid metals molten salts colloids and aqueous protein solutions.This book offers a thorough account of the available equilibrium theories for the thermodynamic and structural properties of fluids and solids with special focus on perturbation theories emphasizing their applications strengths and weaknesses. Appropriate for experienced researchers as well as postgraduate students the text presents a wide-ranging yet detailed view and provides a useful guide to the application of the theories described. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380250

Peru This book focuses on the topography the political system the economy the culture and the population of Peru providing a foundation for the understanding and forecasting of Latin America's course for the near future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298234

Peruvian ArchaeologyA Critical History This book offers a unique critical perspective on the history of Peruvian archaeology by a native scholar. Leading Peruvian archaeologist Henry Tantaleán illuminates the cultural legacy of colonialism beginning with “founding father” Max Uhle and traces key developments to the present. These include the growth of Peruvian institutions; major figures from Tello and Valcárcel to Larco Rowe and Murra; war political upheaval and Peruvian regimes; developments in archaeological and social science theory as they impacted Andean archaeology; and modern concerns such as heritage neoliberalism and privatization. This post-colonial perspective on research and its sociopolitical context is an essential contribution to Andean archaeology and the growing international dialogue on the history of archaeology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329926

Pervasive Animation This new addition to the AFI Film Readers series brings together original scholarship on animation in contemporary moving image culture from classic experimental and independent shorts to digital animation and installation. The collection - that is also a philosophy of animation - foregrounds new critical perspectives on animation connects them to historical and contemporary philosophical and theoretical contexts and production practice and expands the existing canon. Throughout contributors offer an interdisciplinary roadmap of new directions in film and animation studies discussing animation in relationship to aesthetics ideology philosophy historiography visualization genealogies spectatorship representation technologies and material culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807241

Pervasive Communications Handbook In an emergency availability of the pervasive communications environment could mean the difference between life and death. Possibly one of the first guides to comprehensively explore these futuristic omnipresent communications networks the Pervasive Communications Handbook addresses current technology (i.e. MAC protocols and P2P-based VoD architecture) and developments expected in the very near future when most people and places will be virtually connected through a constant and perpetual exchange of information. This monumental advance in communications is set to dramatically change daily life in areas ranging from healthcare transportation and education to commerce and socialization. With contributions from dozens of pioneering experts this important reference discusses one-to-one one-to-many and many-to-one exchanges of information. Organized by the three key aspects—technology architecture and applications—the book explores enabling technologies applications and services location and mobility management and privacy and trust. Citing the technology’s importance to energy distribution home automation and telecare among other areas it delves into topics such as quality of service security efficiency and reliability in mobile network design and environment interoperability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112506

Pervasive Computing in Healthcare With skyrocketing costs due to the increase in the elderly population a rapid increase in lifestyle-related and chronic diseases demand for new medical treatments and technologies and a shortage in the number of available clinicians nurses and other caregivers the challenges facing the healthcare industry seem insurmountable.  However by transforming the current model into a more distributed and highly responsive healthcare processing model patients can take control of their own health in the form of wellness management preventive care and proactive intervention. Pioneering the concepts of this newly emerging field Pervasive Computing in Healthcare provides an introduction to and is the first known comprehensive resource on the application of pervasive computing in healthcare. The book begins with an overview of healthcare diseases disabilities and computer science principles. It describes challenges in using computers in large modern hospitals how current software and hardware technology is evolving to meet these challenges and new pervasive technologies for people with cognitive disabilities. Identifying the main usage models and applications for mobile and personal health the book explores sensors and wearable technologies.  It also examines current research in assistive technologies challenges associated with human factors and the usability of healthcare systems and methods for technology innovation.  The book concludes by presenting user evaluations with a special focus on real-world deployment and assessment of the technology. Pervasive healthcare is an exciting emerging research area that is bound to play an important role in an increasingly aging society. Providing a solid foundation on which current and future researchers and practitioners can build and use to further their endeavours Pervasive Computing in Healthcare addresses a set of related technologies and concepts that help integrate healthcare more seamlessly Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389888

Pervasive ComputingConcepts Technologies and Applications This book introduces fundamental concepts and theories in pervasive computing as well as its key technologies and applications. It explains how to design and implement pervasive middleware and real application systems covering nearly all aspects related to pervasive computing. Key technologies in the book include pervasive computing-oriented resource management and task migration mobile pervasive transaction human computer interface and context collection-oriented wireless sensor networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574604

Pervasive GamesTheory and Design Quickly emerging from the fast-paced growth of mobile communications and wireless technologies pervasive games take gaming away from the computer screen and back to the three-dimensional world. Now games can be designed to be played in public spaces like shopping malls conferences museums and other non-traditional game venues. Game designers need to understand how to use the world as a gamespace-and both the challenges and advantages of doing so. This book shows how to change the face of play-who plays when and where they play and what that play means to all involved. The authors explore aspects of pervasive games that concern game designers: what makes these games compelling what makes them possible today and how they are made. For game researchers it provides a solid theoretical philosophical and aesthetic understanding of the genre. Pervasive Games covers everything from theory and design to history and marketing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138427792

Pervasive Information Systems Today's ubiquitous computing technology is imbedded in everyday objects from cars to clothes to shipping containers whose location context and state can be monitored instantly processed and acted upon. This new volume in the "Advances in Management Information Systems" series provides an in-depth review of the state-of-the-art practices and research opportunities in a new era where information technology resides in physical space. Written for both scholars and practitioners "Pervasive Information Systems" is organized into three sections each investigating a distinct part of the subject. Part I focuses on the design challenges of Pervasive Information Systems (PS) and discusses issues relating to the coordination of PS through middleware structures as well as issues related to the efficient deployment of PS. Part II discusses the challenges and limitations of deploying pervasive technologies to support domestic corporate and public systems. Part III presents two emerging research fields of PS - design for aesthetics and PS evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692817

Pervasive PreventionA Feminist Reading of the Rise of the Security Society `The Prevention Society' is a definition that can otherwise be summarized as: the information society the risk society the surveillance society or the insecure society. This book shows the connections and differences between these explanations whilst providing a gender reading of the ways in which social control manifests itself through precautionary measures. Today’s diffuse and pervasive prevention imperative symbolizes both a self-defining doctrine and the justification for a means of repression segregation and exclusion. From bodies to daily life and preventative war Pervasive Prevention investigates the effects of this imperative for social control its connection with neo-liberal hegemonic ideology and the centrality in its dealings with women and the feminine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260214

Perverse PsychologyThe pathologization of sexual violence and transgenderism Psychology defines people who take pleasure in the suffering of others as having a form of mental illness while media representations frame such behaviour as ‘evil’. This is hotly contested territory not least where sexual violence is concerned – violence which feminist voices argue is related to power rather than sex. Perverse Psychology examines psychiatric constructions of sexual violence and transgender people from the 19th century until the latest DSM-5 diagnoses. It uses discourse analysis to interrogate the discursive boundaries between 'normal' and 'abnormal' rape as well as the pathologization of gender and sexual diversity. The book illuminates for the first time the parallels between psychiatry’s construction of gender diversity and sexual violence and leads us to question whether it is violence that the profession finds so intriguing or the gender nonconformity it represents. Perverse Psychology is ideal reading for postgraduate students and researchers in the fields of critical psychology discourse analysis feminism transgender people LGBT psychology and the history of psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848721739

Perverse Taiwan Host of the first gay pride in the Sinophone world Taiwan is well-known for its mushrooming of liberal attitudes towards non-normative genders and sexualities after the lifting of Martial Law in 1987. Perverse Taiwan is the first collection of its kind to contextualize that development from an interdisciplinary perspective focusing on its genealogical roots sociological manifestations and cultural representations. This book enriches and reorients our understanding of postcolonial queer East Asia. Challenging a heteronormative understanding of Taiwan’s past and present it provides fresh critical analyses of a range of topics from queer criminality and literature in the 1950s and 1960s to the growing popularity of cross-dressing performance and tongzhi (gay and lesbian) cinema on the cusp of a new millennium. Together the contributions provide a detailed account of the rise and transformations of queer cultures in post-World War II Taiwan. By instigating new dialogues across disciplinary divides this book will have broad appeal to students and scholars of Asian studies and queer studies especially those interested in history anthropology literature film media and performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138349995

Perversion and Modern JapanPsychoanalysis Literature Culture How did nerves and neuroses take the place of ghosts and spirits in Meiji Japan? How does Natsume Soseki’s canonical novel Kokoro pervert the Freudian teleology of sexual development? What do we make of Jacques Lacan’s infamous claim that because of the nature of their language the Japanese people were unanalyzable? And how are we to understand the re-awakening of collective memory occasioned by the sudden appearance of a Japanese Imperial soldier stumbling out of the jungle in Guam in 1972? In addressing these and other questions the essays collected here theorize the relation of unconscious fantasy and perversion to discourses of nation identity and history in Japan. Against a tradition that claims that Freud’s method as a Western discourse makes a bad ‘fit’with Japan this volume argues that psychoanalytic reading offers valuable insights into the ways in which ‘Japan’ itself continues to function as a psychic object. By reading a variety of cultural productions as symptomatic elaborations of unconscious and symbolic processes rather than as indexes to cultural truths the authors combat the truisms of modernization theory and the seductive pull of culturalism. This volume also offers a much needed psychoanalytic alternative to the area studies convention that reads narratives of all sorts as "windows" offering insights into a fetishized Japanese culture. As such it will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Japanese literature history culture and psychoanalysis more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691437

PerversionA Jungian Approach Theoretical understanding of perversion is neglected in analytical psychology and narrowly developed in psychoanalysis where it traditionally refers to sexual perversion. Etymological exploration of the word "perversion" including its use in religious moral sociological and legal contexts reveals a wider meaning than that adopted in psychoanalysis. The aim of the author is to revise the psychoanalytic model through the introduction of Jungian concepts that extend the understanding of perversion beyond the bounds of sexuality to a more general relational context. By describing the development of psychoanalytic thinking on perversion in detail the author is able to highlight the central differences between the Freudian and Jungian interpretive traditions and to explain why Jungian ideas on perversion have remained underdeveloped leading to the absence of a unique or available Jungian contribution to the theory of perversion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490304

PerversionA Lacanian Psychoanalytic Approach to the Subject Lacan's psychoanalytic take on what makes a pervert perverse is not the fact of habitually engaging in specific "abnormal" or transgressive sexual acts but of occupying a particular structural position in relation to the Other. Perversion is one of Lacan's three main ontological diagnostic structures structures that indicate fundamentally different ways of solving the problems of alienation separation from the primary caregiver and castration or having limits set by the law on one's jouissance. The perverse subject has undergone alienation but disavowed castration suffering from excessive jouissance and a core belief that the law and social norms are fraudulent at worst and weak at best. In Perversion Stephanie Swales provides a close reading (a qualitative hermeneutic reading) of what Lacan said about perversion and its substructures (i.e. fetishism voyeurism exhibitionism sadism and masochism). Lacanian theory is carefully explained in accessible language and perversion is elucidated in terms of its etiology characteristics symptoms and fundamental fantasy. Referring to sex offenders as a sample she offers clinicians a guide to making differential diagnoses between psychotic neurotic and perverse patients and provides a treatment model for working with perversion versus neurosis. Two detailed qualitative clinical case studies are presented—one of a neurotic sex offender and the other of a perverse sex offender—highlighting crucial differences in the transference relation and subsequent treatment recommendations for both forensic and private practice contexts. Perversion offers a fresh psychoanalytic approach to the subject and will be of great interest to scholars and clinicians in the fields of psychoanalysis psychology forensic science cultural studies and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501293

PerversionPsychoanalytic Perspectives/Perspectives on Psychoanalysis Perversion - its ubiquity in infantile life and its persistence in the psychical and sexual lives of some adults - was a central element of Freud's lifelong work. The problem of perversion has since been revisited by many psychoanalytic schools with the result that Freud's original view of perversion has been replaced by numerous - often c Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325909

Perversions of Fascism Contemporary versions of evil demonise modern "fascists" "totalitarian threats" and "Hitlers". As if not obscure enough fascist evil has been equivocally linked with perversion. This book reveals that both fascism and perversion implicate the non-symbolisable kernel in politics which becomes the source of their mystification. It argues that Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325916

PerversionsDeviant Readings by Mandy Merck First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428850

PerversionThe Erotic Form of Hatred This book focuses on the subject of the development of masculinity and femininity. It shows that the perverse scene aims not only at denying castration but also at securing a more solid basis for a jeopardized sexual identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325886

Perverts by Official OrderThe Campaign Against Homosexuals by the United States Navy This candid book documents for the first time the U.S. Navy’s use of entrapment in pursuit of homosexuals in and around Newport Rhode Island during the early twentieth century. This most extensive systematic persecution of gays in American history occurred with the approval of Navy Secretary Josephus Daniels and Assistant Secretary Franklin Roosevelt as dozens of sailors were ordered to identify and even seduce gay men in order to report their names to the authorities. Noted historian Lawrence Murphy reveals the details of this sordid campaign that ultimately generated a national scandal and first raised issues of gay rights and governmental persecution of homosexuals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864167

Perymedes the Blacksmith and Pandosto by Robert GreeneA Critical Edition First published in 1988 Perymedes and the Blacksmith and Pandosto by Robert Greene: A Critical Edition considers two prose works by Robert Greene - Perymedes the Blacksmith and Pandosto - alongisde a critical commentary including in relation to Perymedes the Blacksmith an examination of Perymedes as a framework tale and an exploration of the poems and in relation to Pandosto a consideration of the analogues and sources and the popularity of Pandosto. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110185

Pessimism - Bailey First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315001739

Pessimism and British War Policy 1916-1918 This analysis of Britains war policy during the last years of the Great War argues that it was strongly affected by a mood of pessimism. The policy was revised after the defeats suffered by the allies in 1917 so much so that Britain almost "tumbled into peace" the following year. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761260

Pessoa in an International WebInfluence and Innovation This book locates the importance of Portugal's outstanding modernist poet and writer Fernando Pessoa in both a European and an international tradition. It evaluates the influence exerted on Pessoa's own work by his inheritance from earlier writers and thinkers in Portugal and elsewhere in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907747939

Pessoa's Geometry of the AbyssModernity and the Book of Disquiet Paulo De Medeiros concentrates on some aspects of the Book of Disquiet in the hope of contributing to what he see as the fundamental task of relating Fernando Pessoa to other modernist writers and addressing the theoretical questions Pessoa's texts raise in a comparative manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601171

Pest Control: Cultural And Environmental Aspects The field of pest control research of increasing importance in a world short of food has been plagued for many years by a variety of problems among them (1) the instability (including pesticide resistance) of many control techniques (2) the continuing need for improved pest management methods to increase world food supplies and (3) the environmental and social hazards of currently used pesticides. What historical or other factors affect the ability of science to generate useful new technologies to alleviate these three major problems? Are there barriers to cooperation among the different pest control specialists? This book attempts to answer these questions examining past events and projecting likely impacts on contemporary pest management systems. The authors--sociologists economists lawyers ecologists political scientists and pest control scientists--examine the social economic political and ethical factors that are important in shaping pest management systems as well as developmental patterns that show the importance of these factors in shaping today's systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367282783

Pest Management In TransitionWith A Regional Focus On The Interior West This volume examines current pest control strategies introduces new alternatives for pest control in the interior West and documents successful integrated pest management programs from across the nation. The contributors include leaders in alternative pest control research representatives of regional and federal agencies grower organizations i Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367298258

PestalozziHis Thought and its Relevance Today This book first published in 1967 begins with a description of Pestalozzi’s life in which the factors which influenced his development are outlined and the history of his educational institutes described. The author then presents Pestalozzi’s most important educational ideas in a systematic way. Dealing first with the various aspects of his ‘Method’ the author goes on to consider certain features of Pestalozzi’s theories which are of special interest – his views on discipline on the role of teachers and parents and on general and vocational education. This title will be of interest to students of history and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217157

Pesticide Formulation and Adjuvant Technology Pesticide Formulation and Adjuvant Technology brings together experts from industry academia regulatory offices and the legal profession to provide a complete and international reference on agrichemical formulations and modern adjuvant technology. Global specialists discuss key topics from scientific and technical issues to regulatory and legal aspects including: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448561

Pesticide Interactions in Crop ProductionBeneficial and Deleterious Effects Pesticide Interactions in Crop Production: Beneficial and Deleterious Effects evaluates the effects of pesticides on plants by exploring the physical chemical biological and ecological interactions of pesticides that influence a crop. The effects of pesticides on the environment and on the crop pests themselves are considered as well. Specific topics addressed include iatrogenic responses the fate of pesticides applied to cereals under field conditions the persistance of pesticides on target crops the effect of pesticides on soil symbionts and the role of ecological agriculture on conventional and organic cropping systems. Pesticide Interactions in Crop Production: Beneficial and Deleterious Effects will be an important volume for agriculturalists phytologists mycologists soil biologists plant pathologists tropical ecologists arboriculturalists and other researchers interested in the effects of pesticides on crops and soil. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896359

Pesticide Policy Production Risk and Producer WelfareAn Econometric Approach to Applied Welfare Economics The use of pesticides to control agricultural pests both benefits farm production and imposes health and environmental costs on producers and society. This title first published in 1988 includes an application of the author’s methodology to tomato production in which Antle illuminates the roles that alternative methods of pest management play in producer welfare. He also develops a more general empirical framework for studying producer welfare under uncertainty – a framework in which production risk sequential decision making and attitudes toward risk are integrated. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944237

Pesticide ProfilesToxicity Environmental Impact and Fate Pesticide Profiles: Toxicity Environmental Impact and Fate is like three books in one-it is a profile containing specific information about 137 pesticides a primer of environmental toxicology and an extensive trade name index. Profiles of each pesticide contain regulatory information toxicity assessments environmental fate data physical properties and acceptable exposure limit values. What these values and data mean in terms of human toxicity is clearly interpreted as well. The book also describes the meaning of carcinogenicity and how it is assessed in non-technical terms the non-expert can understand. Readers with a technical background are provided with the data to make their own judgments.In addition to information about specific pesticides there are sections on general classes of pesticides such as organophosphates. This information allows readers to make inferences about any pesticide in a class even if a profile is not provided. Pesticide Profiles: Toxicity Environmental Impact and Fate goes beyond the usual listings of toxicity values or environmental half-lives to offer a broad understanding to readers of various backgrounds and interests. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401054

Pesticide Regulation HandbookA Guide for Users Pesticide handlers have never had an easy time keeping abreast of the regulations that affect them but it is getting even more difficult as public pressure adds more layers of new rules. At the same time there's a trend toward making the individual applicant more responsible for knowing the rules and for getting more training. This is the only volume that in clear language describes the system the current issues in regulation and the science behind them for the user. It can be helpful for the beginner the veteran or anyone who needs a reference encompassing the entire range of pesticide regulatory issues such as groundwater endangered species recordkeeping worker protection and more. There's also an exclusive first-ever compilation of the rules in all 50 states and the District of Columbia for the training and testing required to become a certified applicator-something that varies considerably from state to state. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572617

Pesticide Removal by Combined Ozonation and Granular Activated Carbon Filtration This research aimed to identify and understand mechanisms thar underlie the beneficial effect of ozonation on removal of pesticides and other micropollutants by Granular Activated Carbon (GAC) filtration. This allows optimization of the combination of these two processes termed Biological Activated Carbon filtration. The study concluded that ozonation significantly improves removal of atrazine by GAC filtration not only due to the wellknown effect of oxidation of atrazine but also due to the effect of partical oxidation of Background Organic Matter (BOM) present in water. Ozone-induced oxidation of BOM was found to improve adsorption of atrazine in GAC filters. Biodegradation of atrazine in these filters wasnot demonstrated. Higher GAC's adsorption capacity for atrazine and faster atrazine's mass transfer in filters with ozonated rather than non-ozonated influent were explained as due to ozonated BOM. Both can be attributed to enhanced biodegradability and reduced adsorbsbility of partially ozidated BOM compounds resulting in their increased biodegradation and decreased adsorption in GAC filters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743744

Pesticide Residues in Coastal Tropical EcosystemsDistribution Fate and Effects The coastal tropics comprise some of the most sensitive and yet the most understudied ecosystems in the world. Coastal plains and river valleys are also home to agriculture on a vast scale and it is not surprising to find that streams and rivers receive the majority of agricultural runoff carrying the residues of insecticides fungicides and other pesticides into estuaries and coastal zones. There is a growing awareness of the urgent need to develop strategies to help productive healthy and economically viable agriculture to coexist with natural resources. Pesticide Residues in Tropical Coastal Ecosystems brings together toxicology experts from around the world to assess pesticide burdens in many of the major food-producing tropical countries. It provides a unique set of case studies chronicling pesticide usage and its ecotoxicological impact in coastal regions. A practical guide to recent research findings and applications it is essential reading for environmental professionals ecotoxicologists marine chemists and agrochemists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454685

Pesticide Risk in Groundwater Pesticide pollution of groundwater results from agricultural practices the properties of the substance and its behavior in the soil environment and the characteristics of aquifers and their vulnerability. Pesticide Risk in Groundwater provides an overview of the main issues concerning pesticide pollution of groundwater worldwide.The book is divided into five sections. Section I reviews experimental data of groundwater monitoring to indicate the extent of the problem on a global basis. Based on this evaluation herbicides are examined in depth. Section II describes predictive approaches to estimate the distribution and fate of pesticides and includes a chapter devoted to hydrogeological aspects affecting the vulnerability of aquifers. The third section evaluates pesticides in relation to their toxicology. It critically examines the criteria and procedures by the World Health Organization (WHO) and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to define quality objectives and compares the monitoring data on pesticides in groundwater with their quality objectives. Section IV evaluates various strategies to control and prevent groundwater pollution problems. Different water treatment options are described from a technical and economic point of view. The main preventative actions include the chemical approach the agronomic approach and the land use approach. The final section reviews the state of the art of drinking water regulations in the EEC the United States and other OECD countries. The author describes the economic implications of groundwater pollution and its control and exemplifies with a real case study. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138743734

Pesticides and agricultureProfit politics and policy Pesticides have played a critical but sometimes controversial role in the development of agriculture. This book provides an authoritative account of the development of the modern pesticides industry. It discusses the emergence of major pesticide companies such as Bayer Monsanto Rhone Poulenc Dow DuPont Ciba-Geigy Syngenta BASF and ICI. It covers their competitive strategies such as product development mergers/acquisitions and diversification. Individual company strategies are placed in the context of broader developments in agriculture which have driven the evolution of the industry from the Pre-Productionist period to the contemporary world of Post-Productivism and the Sustainability Paradigm. It also reviews how companies have responded to changing national and international policy towards the role of pesticides in agriculture and efforts to regulate their use. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9780429022098

Pesticides and Global HealthUnderstanding Agrochemical Dependence and Investing in Sustainable Solutions This concise accessible introduction to understanding agricultural chemicals and public health combines a broad synthesis on a global scale with rich ethnographic narratives on a human scale. Drawing on epidemiology policy analysis and social science research on the global commodity chain the authors describe the system of global agrochemical dependence that constitutes a major threat to human health. Then they draw readers into the lush mountainsides of highland Guatemala telling personal stories of farmers their experiences with public health programs their struggles against agrichemical dependence and their innovations in sustainable agriculture. Finally they show how this kind of qualitative multi-level analysis holds practical lessons for public health. This engaging brief text is an ideal supplement for courses in global health introducing students to key concepts with broad coverage and engrossing ethnographic detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323054

Pesticides in Stream Sediment and Aquatic BiotaDistribution Trends and Governing Factors More than 20 years after the ban of DDT and other organochlorine pesticides pesticides continue to be detected in air rain soil surface water bed sediment and aquatic and terrestrial biota throughout the world. Recent research suggests that low levels of some of these pesticides may have the potential to affect the development reproduction and behavior of fish and wildlife and possibly humans.Pesticides in Stream Sediment and Aquatic Biota: Distribution Trends and Governing Factors assesses the occurrence and behavior of pesticides in bed sediment and aquatic biota-the two major compartments of the hydrologic system where organochlorine pesticides are most likely to accumulate. This book collects for the first time results from several hundred monitoring studies and field experiments ranging in scope from individual sites to the entire nation. Comprehensive tables provide concise summaries of study locations pesticides analyzed and study outcomes.Comprehensive and extensively illustrated Pesticides in Stream Sediment and Aquatic Biota: Distribution Trends and Governing Factors evaluates the sources environmental fate geographic distribution and long-term trends of pesticides in bed sediment and aquatic biota. The book focuses on organochlorine pesticides but also assesses the potential for currently used pesticides to be found in bed sediment and aquatic biota. Topics covered in depth include the effect of land use on pesticide occurrence mechanisms of pesticide uptake and accumulation by aquatic biota and the environmental significance of observed levels of pesticides in stream sediment and aquatic biota. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579043

Pesticides in Surface WatersDistribution Trends and Governing Factors Pesticde use in agriculture and non-agriculture settings has increased dramatically over the last several decades. Concern about adverse effects on the environment and human health has spurred an enormous amount of research into their environmental behavior and fate. Pesticides in Surface Waters presents a comprehensive summary of this research.
Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429062797

Pesticides in the AtmosphereDistribution Trends and Governing Factors Most people know about the presence and health effects of pesticide residues in the water they drink. However they may not realize the impact of atmospheric transportation and deposition of pesticides on water quality. Scientific studies of pesticides in various atmospheric matrices (air rain snow aerosols and fog) provide some of the answers. Pesticides in the Atmosphere focuses on the review and interpretation of direct measurements of pesticides in the environment. An exhaustive compilation the book examines hundreds of studies in detailed tabular listings with accompanying maps that include such features as spatial and temporal domain studies target analytes detection limits and compounds detected.Working with the foundation of forty years of scientific studies the editors synthesize this research to characterize the common threads and main conclusions. They use this information to identify where we need to improve our understanding of pesticides in the atmosphere and their significance to water quality.Pesticides in the Atmosphere serves as a resource text and reference to a wide spectrum of scientists water managers and students. It includes extensive compilations of references interpretive analyses and conclusions. For those not familiar with the atmospheric transportation and deposition of pesticides it provides a comprehensive introduction.Features Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579654

PesticidesEvaluation of Environmental Pollution Pesticides play an important role in controlling pests that carry diseases and threaten crop production. In recent years however there has been increased concern about the adverse impacts of pesticides and their degradation products on public health and the environment. A considerable amount of work is being done to develop nonchemical methods of pest control but it is not yet feasible to dispense with the use of chemical pesticides. Pesticides: Evaluation of Environmental Pollution brings together in a single volume current knowledge on environmental pollution caused by pesticides. It helps readers evaluate the effects that pesticide residues have in all compartments of the environment.Featuring contributions by eminent scientists from around the world the book gives an overview of the fate and transport of pesticides and their degradation in the environment. Detailing the sources concentration and hazards of residues it examines their effects in humans birds and mammals fish soil invertebrates soil microflora aquatic invertebrates water milk products and more. The book also addresses endocrine-disrupting pesticides and explores biopesticides as alternatives to chemical pesticides.A review of data on the potential hazards of pesticides this reference will be of interest to readers working in the areas of chemical crop protection and pollution management. It adds a balanced perspective to the debate between those who think that pesticides should be banned and those who consider the continued use of large quantities to be necessary for the survival of humanity.See also Handbook of Pesticides: Methods of Pesticide Residues Analysis (CRC Press 2009). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865191

Pestilence in Medieval and Early Modern English Literature Pestilence in Medieval and Early Modern English Literature examines three diseases--leprosy bubonic plague and syphilis--to show how doctors priests and literary authors from the Middle Ages through the Renaissance interpreted certain illnesses through a moral filter. Lacking knowledge about the transmission of contagious diseases doctors and priests saw epidemic diseases as a punishment sent by God for human transgression. Accordingly their job was to properly read sickness in relation to the sin. By examining different readings of specific illnesses this book shows how the social construction of epidemic diseases formed a kind of narrative wherein man attempts to take the control of the disease out of God's hands by connecting epidemic diseases to the sins of carnality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762663

Pests Diseases and Disorders of Peas and BeansA Colour Handbook Anthony Biddle is among the most respected scientists in the pea and bean industry worldwide. Nigel Cattlin has an international reputation for agricultural and horticultural photography of the highest order. They have created between them a concise and practical guide to the protection of pea and bean crops with descriptions of symptoms linked throughout to photographs and to notes on prevention and control.Intensive production of peas and beans can often result in the increased incidence of pests and diseases putting crops at risk from yield loss or reduction in quality. The book deals systematically with pests and with the fungal bacterial and viral diseases affecting peas and beans from seedling to produce. It assists the reader in the early and rapid recognition of problems and provides guidance in dealing with them.Pests Diseases and Disorders of Peas and Beans is of value as a field guide for growers advisers and extension workers and as a lasting reference for researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453145

Pests and Pathogens: Management Strategies The need and demand to feed the ever-increasing global population pose major challenges for increasing crop productivity in an eco-friendly manner. The cultivation of crops under input-intensive conditions has however resulted in an enhanced vulnerability of high-yielding cultivars to a multitude of pests and pathogens at all phenological stages. The disease spectrum and intensity are continuously changing because of the dynamic nature of crop systems pests and pathogens. Disease management has therefore become the major functional component of the crop production systems. This reference volume and manual covers the complete spectrum of current issues in pest and pathogen disease management: Insect pests: pathogens of rice sorghum chickpea and castor and their management; Molecular marker-assisted breeding and transgenic crops for disease management; Management of forest insect pests; Effect of climate change on insects pathogens plants and pesticide usage; Botanicals & microbial pesticides and insect resistance to synthetic pesticides and Integrated pest management and bioinformatics' solutions. The text is supported by a full color photograph section. Most chapters represent studies down in India and South East Asia. Scientists and practitioners working in other subtropical and tropical areas will also benefit from the information and strategies provided in this volume. Edited by three experienced specialists this volume will benefit researchers and professionals in crop science plant diseases and bioinformatics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415665766

Pests of Fruit CropsA Colour Handbook Second Edition Pests of Fruit Crops: A Colour Handbook Second Edition provides an up-to-date illustrated account of the various pests of fruit crops throughout Europe many of which (or their close relatives) are also present in non-European countries. In fact several pose problems on fruit crops worldwide. This authoritative book focuses on insect and mite pests affecting fruit hop and nut crops in both temperate and subtropical climates. Pome fruits stone fruits cane fruits strawberries bush fruits hops grapevines citrus fruits nuts figs and olives all receive attention.For ease of reference this new edition has been significantly rearranged so that under genera species of pests are now listed alphabetically and nomenclature has been updated. The pests most of which are illustrated are described and details are given of their life histories distribution and status. Damage caused is also indicated. The work is profusely illustrated with over 1 150 superb colour photographs and is an essential and invaluable source of reference for both professional and lay readers—including extension workers consultants scientists students fruit growers and private gardeners. To help readers locate information on pests of interest alternative names for genera and species and frequently used colloquial names are cross-referenced in the pest index. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034228

Pests of Ornamental Trees Shrubs and FlowersA Colour Handbook Second Edition Ornamental trees shrubs and flowers have always been extremely popular and there is large demand—whether in gardens or parks—for alpines bedding plants cacti cut flowers house plants and pot plants as well as herbaceous plants ornamental grasses shrubs and trees. The first edition of this comprehensive and beautifully illustrated book was extremely successful and it has now been fully revised and updated. The second edition contains over 60 new pests and almost 90 new color photographs.The book opens with a review of the main features of insects mites and other major pest groups. The principles of pest control of ornamental plants are discussed followed by sections on the various pests. Each major order and family is considered in turn with details of their status host range world distribution diagnostic features and biology. Descriptions of the characteristic damage caused are also given.Pests of Ornamental Trees Shrubs and Flowers provides a unique source of permanent reference for all involved in the recognition biology and control of the pests of ornamental crops including professionals scientists and students in agriculture horticulture and entomology and amateur gardeners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034068

Pet Death In "Pet Death" Dr. Straub addresses issues and feelings commonly encountered after the death of a pet. Practical guidelines are provided for coping with feelings of loss and sorrow. Many questions arise from the difficult topic of euthanasia and in this book the medical aspect of this procedure is explained in plain language. "Are your other pets grieving?" and "Should I get another pet right away?" are other questions addressed. Dr. Straub and others openly share their personal accounts of pet loss. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785105

Pet Loss Grief and Therapeutic InterventionsPractitioners Navigating the Human-Animal Bond This book recognizes and legitimizes the significance of pet and animal loss by exploring the various expressions of trauma and grief experienced by those who work with live with or own an animal or pet. The chapters of Pet Loss Grief and Therapeutic Interventions weave together cutting-edge research with best practices and practical clinical advice for working with grieving clients. Beginning with an overview of the human–animal bond the book guides readers through the many facets of pet loss including topics such as animal hospice and euthanasia offering a comprehensive account of one of the field’s most rapidly emerging areas. Designed to help mental health professionals support clients coping with pet loss the collection explores personal narratives current theories up-to-date research and future directions. This unique and comprehensive book will be of interest to students clinicians academicians and researchers in the fields of counseling psychology and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585577

Pet Loss and ChildrenEstablishing a Health Foundation Explaining the concept of death to a child is a very difficult confusing and uncomfortable experience for a parent educator or therapist and it is a topic that is often first introduced by the loss of a pet - sometimes a child's earliest exposure to loss and grief. There is an undeniably special bond that develops between people and their pets especially between animals and young children and while the death of a pet can be devastating to an adult children are often deeply affected by such a loss. Without readily available outlets for their feelings the trauma of pet loss can remain with a child for life and without help many adults feel inadequate and not up to the task. The aim of this book is to provide therapists counselors educators parents social workers veterinarians and physicians with resources to help children cope with the loss of a pet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145818

Pet Loss and Human Emotion second editionA Guide to Recovery This updated edition of Pet Loss and Human Emotion is a step-by-step guide to leading clients through this special kind of grief. Includes resources and a section on pet loss and natural disasters. As society accepts that grieving over the death of a loved one is not only normal but healthy and necessary grieving over the loss of a pet is often seen differently. Expressed feelings often go unvalidated when in truth pet loss is a unique form of grief that can be quite intense and debilitating increasing an individual's vulnerability to subsequent stress and leaving them feeling isolated and misunderstood. Pet loss needs to be addressed by therapists and others in the helping professions to better enable them to help their clients through the loss of their companion animals. This unique guide is written for all professionals helping clients deal with the loss of a pet and serves as a practical introduction to the field of human-animal bonding. Citing several case studies it describes various techniques for helping clients when the bond with a pet is broken. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133693

Pet Photography 101Tips for taking better photos of your dog or cat Selected Tips and Photographs From Pet Photography 101 by Andrew Darlow: Tip #1 Should you buy a DSLR or a high-end Point and Shoot (a.k.a. a compact camera) to photograph your pets and other family members? What about a camera that can do both stills and video? Andrew gives an overview of what's out there and how to find just the right camera (or cameras) for you and your family. He also covers tips for taking better photos with your camera phone/smartphone. Tip #24 Learn how to find inexpensive yet powerful handheld reflectors around the house in your local hardware store or at another retailer and find out what specific light stands and accessories you can use to hold them in place. Also learn techniques for using the sun as a "lightbulb in the sky." Tip #49 Valuable tips for getting your pets to stand still so that you can get great photographs of them (this is the pet photography question Andrew is most frequently asked!). Other suggestions in this tip include ways to get your pets moving around in interesting ways for better still photos or video clips. Tip #83 This tip covers an important yet often overlooked topic-organizing your photos. Andrew introduces the process and links to an online step-by-step tutorial with downloadable folders for keeping your images organized (whether you use Mac or Windows). Tip #99 This tip covers the reasons why continuous-tone photo prints from a photo lab or retail store are a great option. It also includes additional resources including a link to a 4 x 6-inch calibration file on the companion site to help make sure you are getting proper color density and sharpness. The book's companion site: www.PhotoPetTips.com contains additional links tips and information as well as free excerpts-including all of Chapter 2 as a free downloadable PDF. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472273

Petain Pétain (1856-1951) remains one of the most controversial figures in the history of modern France. He was saviour of his country at Verdun in 1916 during the First World War but tried for treason as head of state of the collaborationist Vichy government after World War II. Were his actions those of a traitor? - or a patriot facing the total disintegration of his country? In exploring the actions of this controversial figure Nicholas Atkin also reveals the divisions and uncertainties of France herself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425200

Petascale ComputingAlgorithms and Applications Although the highly anticipated petascale computers of the near future will perform at an order of magnitude faster than today’s quickest supercomputer the scaling up of algorithms and applications for this class of computers remains a tough challenge. From scalable algorithm design for massive concurrency toperformance analyses and scientific visualization Petascale Computing: Algorithms and Applications captures the state of the art in high-performance computing algorithms and applications. Featuring contributions from the world’s leading experts in computational science this edited collection explores the use of petascale computers for solving the most difficult scientific and engineering problems of the current century. Covering a wide range of important topics the book illustrates how petascale computing can be applied to space and Earth science missions biological systems weather prediction climate science disasters black holes and gamma ray bursts. It details the simulation of multiphysics cosmological evolution molecular dynamics and biomolecules. The book also discusses computational aspects that include the Uintah framework Enzo code multithreaded algorithms petaflops performance analysis tools multilevel finite element solvers finite element code development Charm++ and the Cactus framework. Supplying petascale tools programming methodologies and an eight-page color insert this volume addresses the challenging problems of developing application codes that can take advantage of the architectural features of the new petascale systems in advance of their first deployment. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367387891

Pete Seeger in His Own Words Long an icon of American musical and political life Pete Seeger has written eloquently in a diverse array of publications but nowhere is his life story more personally chronicled than in these his private writings documents and letters stored for decades in his family barn. Pete Seeger: His Life in His Own Words collects Seeger's letters notes published articles rough drafts stories and poetry - creating the most intimate picture yet available of Seeger as a musician an activist and a family man. The book covers the passions personalities and experiences of a lifetime of struggle - from the pre-WWII labour movement and the Communist Party to Woody Guthrie the Civil Rights movement and the struggle against the war in Vietnam. The portrait that emerges is not of a saint but a flesh-and-blood man struggling to understand his time and his place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052182

Peter Abelard and HeloiseCollected Studies These essays provide original reflections and new evidence for the lives and work of an outstanding medieval couple Peter Abelard and Heloise. The main themes of the author's studies are the careers and the thought of Peter Abelard his philosophy theology and monastic teaching his relationship in marriage and in religious life with Heloise and their correspondence. The essays now brought together in a single volume show how much is still to be learned from the presentation of new evidence and the opening of new enquiries about the lives and calamities of Peter Abelard and Heloise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582746

Peter AbelardPhilosophy and Christianity in the Middle Ages Originally published in 1970 Peter Abelard provides an exploration into the social and religious background to the story of Abelard and Heloise. The book presents the twelfth century as an age of renaissance which saw the revival of Greek philosophy and Roman law a renaissance just as important as that which was to come three centuries later. Through an examination of the life of Peter Abelard the book offers an insight into this age of enlightenment in which dialects flourished and religious thought began to break away from the bonds of traditionalism. Peter Abelard will appeal to those with an interest in religious and social history medieval history and the story of Abelard and Heloise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367623166

Peter Berger and the Study of Religion Peter Berger is the most influential contemporary sociologist of religion. This collection of essays is the first in-depth study of his contribution to the field providing a comprehensive introduction to his work and to current thought in the study of religion. Themes addressed include: * Berger on religion and theology* Religion spirituality and the discontents of modernity* Secularization and de-secularizationA postscript by Peter Berger responding to the essays completes this overview of this major figure's work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203206805

Peter Berger on Modernization and ModernityAn Unvarnished Overview With particular attention to his work on modernization and modernity as construed by a sociologist of knowledge this book offers a sympathetic exposition and evaluation of Peter Berger’s work as one of the world’s most accomplished and influential sociologists. In the context of an examination of Berger’s ongoing work on the social construction of reality styles of consciousness the role of science-based technology pluralism and other pertinent topics the author also considers Berger’s unique and thoughtful approach to research and theorizing. Berger’s method of ‘sociological tourism’ which departs sharply from the current emphasis in the social sciences on ever more complex and ostensibly rigorous statistical procedures provides a refreshing move away from the increasingly esoteric and sometimes alienating methodological self-consciousness that characterizes contemporary sociology. With this distinctive approach this book will appeal to scholars and students of sociology who share Berger’s interest. The importance of modernization and modernity on a world scale is undeniable and a deeper understanding of their nature and consequences will also benefit members of the intelligent laity who are not sociological specialists but are open to new ideas that are clearly explained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208165

Peter Brook: Oxford to Orghast Peter Brook is known internationally as a theatre visionary and a daring experimenter on the cutting-edge of performance and production. This book concentrates on Brook's early years and his innovative achievements in opera television film and the theatre. His productions are viewed separately in chronological order suggesting Brook's developing and changing interests. The authors include thought-provoking interviews with Brook (and with numerous outstanding artists who have worked with him) and bring to the reader penetrating critiques of Brook's theories and practices as a man of the theatre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059647

Peter Chrysologus Peter Chrysologus is the first book to offer an introduction to the life of Peter Chrysologus and a selection of his most important sermons in translation as well as his letter to Eutyches. Bishop Peter of Ravenna preached before the imperial family for nearly two decades (c. 430-450) after the imperial capital was moved to Peter’s See of Ravenna in 402 by Emperor Honorius. With the Empire’s elite directly before him Peter also had the problems of 5th century Monophysitism behind him. As such his homilies stress the incarnate Christ’s ability to change lives by reuniting mortal humans with their life-giving God. The thorough introduction explores the figure of Peter beginning with the obscure biographies telling of his early life to his becoming Metropolitan of Ravenna situating his elevation in the wider socio-political context of the powerful court of Valentinian III and the 5th century Roman West. It also looks at the significant influence his legacy had on future generations. Translated into a modern idiom this collection of sermons makes the preaching and pastoral wisdom of this key figure accessible to modern readers. It is an invaluable tool for anyone working on early Christian theology and the Early Church as well as students of Late Antiquity and the Western Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641822

Peter Floris his Voyage to the East Indies in the Globe 1611-1615The Contemporary Translation of his Journal This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1934. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315600253

Peter Gabriel From Genesis to Growing Up Ever since Peter Gabriel fronted progressive rock band Genesis from the late 1960s until the mid 1970s journalists and academics alike have noted the importance of Gabriel's contribution to popular music. His influence became especially significant when he embarked on a solo career in the late 1970s. Gabriel secured his place in the annals of popular music history through his poignant recordings innovative music videos groundbreaking live performances the establishment of WOMAD (the World of Music and Dance) and the Real World record label (as a forum for musicians from around the world to be heard recorded and promoted) and for his political agenda (including links to a variety of political initiatives including the Artists Against Apartheid Project Amnesty International and the Human Rights Now tour). In addition Gabriel is known as a sensitive articulate and critical performer whose music reflects an innate curiosity and deep intellectual commitment. This collection documents and critically explores the most central themes found in Gabriel's work. These are divided into three important conceptual areas arising from Gabriel's activity as a songwriter and recording artist performer and activist: 'Identity and Representation' 'Politics and Power' and 'Production and Performance'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453680

Peter Maxwell DaviesA Source Book This title was first published in 2002. Sir Peter Maxwell Davies is one of Britain's most distinguished composers. This source book documents as much of the material on his music as is available to 2001. As Richard McGregor points out in his foreword to the volume Stewart Craggs has made valuable advances in sorting out the origins of many unknown works and gleaning details of many private compositions. The book also supplies details of those unknown works which haven't appeared in any previous catalogues including broadcasts of early works from the BBC Archives. With information given on first performances manuscript locations and recordings in addition to details of composition dates authors/librettists durations commissions and dedications amongst much else this book is a key reference source for all those interested in Peter Maxwell Davies and his music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718623

Peter of Spain Questiones super libro De Animalibus AristotelisCritical Edition with Introduction This book presents an edition of the Questiones super libro De Animalibus Aristotelis a work by one of the greatest philosophers and physicians of the 13th century Peter of Spain (later Pope John XXI 1205-1277). He took as the basis for his work the translation from the Arabic made in Toledo around 1220 by Michael Scotus which included three important Aristotelian treatises. Preceding the critical edition Dr Navarro offers an introduction to the person and works of Peter of Spain the intellectual context of the 13th century characterized by Scholasticism and an Aristotelian Renaissance and a short analysis of the linguistics and form of the Questiones. She also analyses the sources on which Peter drew Greco-Latin Arabo-Jewish and of course late antique and medieval treatises showing that the text was not exclusively zoological in nature but discusses important medical and philosophical topics illustrating his extensive knowledge of both the Aristotelian corpus and 13th-century medicine. The text (divided into XIX books) is not a mere commentary about animals but rather as the title shows a collection of questions in the Salernitan manner the use of which was considered most appropriate for analysis and communication in the medieval scientific community to which Peter of Spain belonged. Alongside methodological and zoological problems Peter of Spain discusses important questions disputed among the scholars of the period including the location hierarchy motion function and parts of the principal organs the five senses and many other medical issues such as reproduction illnesses or growth. Finally Dr Navarro includes a glossary that contains proper names (mainly those of the authorities and sources quoted by Petrus Hispanus) animal names (and their parts and substances) and the names of plants metals and the like. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882174

Peter Orlovsky a Life in WordsIntimate Chronicles of a Beat Writer Until now the poet Peter Orlovsky who was Allen Ginsberg's lover for more than forty years has been the neglected member of the Beat Generation. Because he lived in Ginsberg's shadow his achievements were seldom noted and his contributions to literature have not been fully recognised. Now this first collection of Orlovsky's writings traces his fascinating life in his own words. It also tells for the first time the intimate story of his relationship with Ginsberg. Drawn from previously unpublished journals correspondence photographs and poems Peter Orlovsky a Life in Words begins as Orlovsky is discharged from the Army; follows the young man through years of self-doubt and details his first meeting with Ginsberg in San Francisco from his own perspective. In never-before-heard detail Orlovsky describes his travels around the world with Ginsberg Kerouac Burroughs and Corso. The book also delves into the contradictions that ultimately defined him: best known as Ginsberg's lover Orlovsky was heterosexual and always longed to be with women; his spirit was prescient of the flower children of the sixties - especially his inclinations toward devotion and love - but in the end his use of drugs took its toll on his body and mind silencing one of the most original and inspiring voices of his generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055824

Peter Pan's Shadows in the Literary Imagination This book is a literary analysis of J.M. Barrie’s Peter Pan in all its different versions -- key rewritings dramatisations prequels and sequels -- and includes a synthesis of the main critical interpretations of the text over its history. A comprehensive and intelligent study of the Peter Pan phenomenon this study discusses the book’s complicated textual history exploring its origins in the Harlequinade theatrical tradition and British pantomime in the nineteenth century. Stirling investigates potential textual and extra-textual sources for Peter Pan the critical tendency to seek sources in Barrie’s own biography and the proliferation of prequels and sequels aiming to explain contextualize or close off Barrie’s exploration of the imagination. The sources considered include Dave Barry and Ridley Pearson’s Starcatchers trilogy Régis Loisel’s six-part Peter Pan graphic novel in French (1990-2004) Andrew Birkin’s The Lost Boys series the films Hook (1991) Peter Pan (2003) and Finding Neverland (2004) and Geraldine McCaughrean’s "official sequel" Peter Pan in Scarlet (2006) among others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849693

Peter Paul Rubens and the Counter-Reformation Crisis of the Beati moderni Peter Paul Rubens and the Crisis of the Beati Moderni takes up the question of the issues involved in the formation of recent saints - or Beati moderni (modern Blesseds) as they were called - by the Jesuits and Oratorians in the new environment of increased strictures and censorship that developed after the Council of Trent with respect to legal canonization procedures and cultic devotion to the saints. Ruth Noyes focuses particularly on how the new regulations pertained to the creation of emerging cults of those not yet canonized the so-called Beati moderni such as Jesuit founders Francis Xavier and Ignatius Loyola and Filippo Neri founder of the Oratorians. Centrally involved in the book is the question of the fate and meaning of the two altarpiece paintings commissioned by the Oratorians from Peter Paul Rubens. The Congregation rejected his first altarpiece because it too specifically identified Filippo Neri as a cult figure to be venerated (before his actual canonization) and thus was caught up in the politics of cult formation and the papacy’s desire to control such pre-canonization cults. The book demonstrates that Rubens' second altarpiece although less overtly depicting Neri as a saint was if anything more radical in the claims it made for him. Peter Paul Rubens and the Crisis of the Beati Moderni offers the first comparative study of Jesuit and Oratorian images of their respective would-be saints and the controversy they ignited across Church hierarchies. It is also the first work to examine provocative Philippine imagery and demonstrate how its bold promotion specifically triggered the first wave of curial censure in 1602. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735760

Peter Strawson The British philosopher Peter Strawson has helped shape the development of philosophy for over fifty years. His work has radically altered the philosophical concept of analysis returned metaphysics to centre stage in Anglo-American philosophy and has transformed the framework for subsequent interpretations of Kantian philosophy. In this the first introduction to Strawson's ideas Clifford Brown focuses on a selection of Strawson's most important texts and close and detailed examination of the arguments and contributions to debates (with for example Russell Quine and Austin) which have done the most to establish Strawson's formidable reputation. Each chapter provides clear exposition of a central work and explores the ways in which other philosophers have responded to Strawson's initiatives. Brown shows how Strawson's philosophical approach has been to seek better understanding of particular concepts or concept-groups and to draw out an awareness of parallels and connections among them that sheds new light over an apparently familiar landscape. The central thoughts in logic and language with which Strawson began his career are shown to have remained constant throughout while manifesting their applications across an even broader range of philosophical topics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712116

Peter the Great Peter the Great whose reign saw the explosion of Russia onto the European scene has become a legendary figure in history as well as the subject of abiding controversy over the past two decades. Does he deserve the title 'The Great'? Was he 'enlightened' or 'barbaric'? Were his domestic reforms planned or introduced as a direct result of the needs of war? Peter the Great answers key questions about his territorial expansion and domestic reforms. It reflects existing controversies and allows the reader to consider the views of a range of historians - Russian English and American. The author avoids a narrative approach in order to focus on analysing issues that students are expected to address in their essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315014524

Peter the Great An excellent introduction to the formidable life and career of Peter the Great and his impact on Russia. M.S. Anderson assesses his aims and achievements at home and abroad and examines the pressures and restrictions that shaped his attitudes and limited his actions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149045

Peter Winch This is the first introduction to the ideas of the British philosopher Peter Winch (1926-97). Although author of the hugely influential "The Idea of a Social Science" (1958) much of Winch's other work has been neglected as philosophical fashions have changed. Recently however philosophers are again seeing the importance of Winch's ideas and their relevance to current philosophical concerns. In charting the development of Winch's ideas Lyas engages with many of the major preoccupations of philosophy of the past forty years. The range of Winch's ideas becomes apparent and his importance clearly underlined. Lyas offers more than an assessment of the work of one man: it introduces in a sympathetic and judicious way a powerful representative of an important and demanding conception of philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710884

Peterborough and the SokeArt Architecture and Archaeology The British Archaeological Association Conference held at Peterborough in 2015 provided a welcome opportunity for a new analysis of the cathedral’s architecture sculpture and artistic production and a reassessment of the relationship between the former abbey the city and its institutions and the Soke over which it held sway. This ambitious volume casts new light on the Roman occupation of the Nene valley and the rich Anglo-Saxon sculptural and manuscript context that preceded the construction of the present cathedral as well as exploring the vital Romanesque tradition of the Soke and the essential contribution of the Barnack quarries. But inevitably the most exciting new disclosures concern the church: its high-quality building campaigns during the 12th to 16th centuries its abbots’ tombs and the reconstruction of the lost 14th-century High Altar screen from descriptions and loose fragments. Peterborough has attracted the attention of antiquarian scholars since its sacking by Cromwell’s men during the Civil War and as its secrets are gradually revealed it continues to stimulate the historical imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173821

Petitions and PowerA Story of the Migrants of a Dam in China Using the way of storytelling this book examines the petitions of the migrants of a dam in China. With the intensive and thorough analysis of the unique logic behind the petitions it explores the complex relationship between Chinese peasants and governments where people may find the key to the mysteries of Chinese society. As the first academic monograph which systematically studies petition the peculiar Chinese social phenomenon this book describes the collective action of the rural migrants who had fallen into poverty due to the construction of a dam in China’s Three Gorges area. By investigating the ups and downs of the petitions it reveals the operating mechanism of Chinese counties the conflicts between the officials and the masses as well as Chinese political culture especially the subtle process of the contest of powers. It observes that the peasants’ pursuit of justice not only temporarily maintains the balance of interests but also makes the legitimacy of the party-state been reproduced. With substantial first-hand materials and empirical analyses this book will be a valuable reference for scholars and students to study Chinese politics and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589714

Petrarch and Boccaccio in the First Commentaries on Dante’s CommediaA Literary Canon Before its Official Birth This text proposes a reinterpretation of the history behind the canon of the Tre Corone (Three Crowns) which consists of the three great Italian authors of the 14th century – Dante Petrarch and Boccaccio. Examining the first commentaries on Dante’s Commedia the book argues that the elaboration of the canon of the Tre Corone does not date back to the 15th century but instead to the last quarter of the 14th century. The investigation moves from Guglielmo Maramauro’s commentary – circa 1373 and the first exegetical text in which we can find explicit quotations from Petrarch and Boccaccio – to the major commentators of the second half of the 14th century: Benvenuto da Imola Francesco da Buti and the Anonimo Fiorentino. The work focuses on the conceptual and poetic continuity between Dante Petrarch and Boccaccio as identified by the first interpreters of the Commedia demonstrating that contemporary readers and intellectuals immediately recognized a strong affinity between these three authors based on criteria not merely linguistic or rhetorical. The findings and conclusions of this work are of great interest to scholars of Dante as well as those studying medieval poetry and Italian literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341992

Petrarch the Poet (Routledge Revivals)An Introduction to the 'Rerum Vulgarium Fragmenta' In this critical and historical interpretation of Petrarch’s major Italian work the collection of poems he called the Rerum vulgarium fagmenta Peter Hainsworth presents Petrarch as a poet of outstanding sophistication and seriousness occupied with issues which are still central to debates about poetry and language. In the Rerum vulgarium fragmenta Petrarch reformed the received Italian tradition creating a new kind of lyric poetry. In particular he found solutions to the intellectual linguistic and imaginative problems which Dante’s Divine Comedy posed for the succeeding generation of poets. Petrarch the Poet illumines the complexities of Petrarch’s poetic vision which is simultaneously a form of autobiographical narrative a poetic encyclopaedia and a meditation on the nature of poetry. The book will appeal to Italian specialists to those interested in European poetry of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance and also to readers interested generally in the nature and function of poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740463

Petrarch's English Laurels 1475–1700A Compendium of Printed References and Allusions The powerful influence of Petrarch on the development of Renaissance vernacular poetry has long been recognized as one of the major factors in early modern cultural history; this work provides a far more comprehensive catalogue of the direct evidence for that influence in England than any yet available. Following the model of Boswell's Dante's Fame in England (1999) it offers an itemized presentation year by year of printed citations translations and allusions with complete bibliographical information quotations of the relevant passages and brief commentary. The most fully studied aspect of Petrarch's influence his love poetry as a model for imitation remains paramount: a model by turns slavishly imitated ruthlessly mocked and searchingly reworked sometimes all at the same time. But the significance of other aspects of his legacy are also documented with new fullness: notably his Latin prose works-especially his encyclopedic moral treatise On the Remedies of Both Kinds of Fortune popular throughout the period-and his polemics against the Avignon papacy which earned him a strong reputation in England as an angry moral prophet and champion of what would become the Protestant cause. The picture here presented provides new texture and complexity for any further discussion of Petrarch in the English Renaissance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379619

Petre TuteaBetween Sacrifice and Suicide Petre Tutea (1902-91) was one of the outstanding Christian dissident intellectuals of the Communist era in Eastern Europe.  Revered as a saint by some he spent thirteen years as a prisoner of conscience and twenty-eight years under house arrest at the hands of the Securitate.  This book explores his unique response to the horrors of torture and 're-education' and reveals the experience of a whole generation detained in the political prisons. Tutea’s understanding of human needs and how they can be fulfilled even amidst extreme adversity not only reflects huge learning and great brilliance of mind but also offers a spiritual vision grounded in personal experience of the Romanian Gulag.  Following the fall of the Ceausescus he has begun to emerge as a significant contributor to ecumenical Christian discourse and to understanding of wider issues of truth and reconciliation in the contemporary world.   As Tutea's pupil and scribe for twelve years as a psychiatrist and as a theologian Alexandru Popescu is uniquely placed to present the work of this twentieth-century Confessor of the faith.  Drawing on bibliographical sources which include unpublished or censored manuscripts and personal conversations with Tutea and with other prisoners of conscience in Romania Popescu presents extensive translations of Tutea which make his thought accessible to the English-speaking reader for the first time.   Through his stature as a human being and his authority as a thinker Petre Tutea challenges us to question many of our assumptions. The choice he presents between ’sacrifice’ and ’moral suicide’ focuses us on the very essence of religion and human personhood. Resisting any ultimate separation of theology and spirituality his work affirms hope and love as the sole ground upon which truth can be based. At the same time hope and love are not mere ideal emotions but are known and lived in engagement with the real world - in politics economics science ecol Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246956

Petrie's Ptolemaic and Roman Memphis Memphis was one of the great melting pots of Mediterranean and African culture during the reigns of the heirs of Alexander and under the Roman Empire a vibrant and complex community well after the end of the age of its ancient Pharaonic founders. For too long its importance during this critical period has been wrongly eclipsed by the younger city of Alexandria. This book challenges such assumptions by taking a closer look at Memphis through the lens of the rich material excavated there by Flinders Petrie over a century ago and exhibited in University College London‘s Petrie Museum. These finds bring alive the diversity of the city‘s inhabitants and raise questions still relevant today about the representations and realities of ethnic groups. This book presents the excavation background to the finds their manufacturing processes and their cultural implications. It is accompanied by a CD ROM that illustrates this informative and neglected material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404854

Petroleum and Gas Field Processing Many oil production processes present a significant challenge to the oil and gas field processing facilities and equipment design. The optimization of the sequential operations of handling the oil–gas mixture can be a major factor in increasing oil and gas production rates and reducing operating costs. Petroleum and Gas Field Processing provides an all-inclusive guide to surface petroleum operations and solves these and other problems encountered in the field processing of oil and gas. Fully revised and updated to reflect major changes over the past decade or so this second edition builds on the success attained in the first edition. It delivers an expanded and updated treatment that covers the principles and procedures related to the processing of reservoir fluids for the separation handling treatment and production of quality petroleum oil and gas products. With five new chapters this second edition covers additional subjects in particular natural gas economics and profitability oil field chemicals and piping and pumps. The book also contains worked-out examples and case studies from a variety of oil field operations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482255928

Petroleum and Marine Technology Information GuideA bibliographic sourcebook and directory of services First published in 1981 as the Offshore Information Guide this guide to information sources has been hailed internationally as an indispensable handbook for the oil gas and marine industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450052

Petroleum And Mexico's Future Addressing the effects of the 1982 crisis through the late 1980s on Mexico's economic and political systems and assessing the country's potential for entering a period of strong economic growth contributors to this volume focus on oil the primary source of Mexico's foreign exchange earnings and on trade with the United States the primary mean Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298265

Petroleum Company Operations and Agreements in the Developing Countries Originally published in 1984 this study focuses on petroleum agreements between non-OPEC LDCs with oil-importing LDCs and how issues such as high oil prices affect each country. The information presented in this study was drawn from interviews with petroleum officials in petroleum companies petroleum ministries and unpublished documents such as contracts and focussing on case studies of countries such as Peru Guatemala and Malaysia. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185043

Petroleum Conservation in the United StatesAn Economic Analysis The author develops an economic framework for analyzing state regulation of oil and gas and concludes that existing regulations fall short of assuring optimum well spacing production rates use of associated gas and exploration. Originally published in 1971. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064093

Petroleum Economics and Engineering This book explains how to apply economic analysis to the evaluation of engineering challenges in the petroleum industry. Discussion progresses from an introduction to the industry through principles and techniques of engineering economics to the application of economic methods. Packed with real-world examples and case studies demonstrating how to calculate rate of return discounted cash flow payout period and more Petroleum Economics and Engineering Third Edition assists petroleum engineers chemical engineers production workers management and executives in sound economic decision-making regarding the design manufacture and operation of oil and gas plants equipment and processes. The fully revised third edition is updated to reflect key advancements in petroleum technology and expanded to include chapters on middle stream operations known as surface petroleum operations (SPO) and natural gas processing and fractionation. By looking globally at the hydrocarbon industry the improved text offers the reader a more complete picture of the petroleum sector which includes the global processes of exploration production refining and transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466506664

Petroleum Fluid Phase BehaviorCharacterization Processes and Applications This book deals with complex fluid characterization of oil and gas reservoirs emphasizing the importance of PVT parameters for practical application in reservoir simulation and management. It covers modeling of PVT parameters QA/QC of PVT data from lab studies EOS modeling PVT simulation and compositional grading and variation. It describes generation of data for reservoir engineering calculations in view of limited and unreliable data and techniques like downhole fluid analysis and photophysics of reservoir fluids. It discusses behavior of unconventional reservoirs particularly for difficult resources like shale gas shale oil coalbed methane reservoirs heavy and extra heavy oils. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626386

Petroleum Industry Regulation within Stable States This book addresses the challenges facing stable democratic states in dealing with oil companies in order to secure general welfare gains. Political stability means that such states should be able to take a longer term perspective. The principal topic considered is petroleum industry regulation but the insights extend to other non-renewable natural resources. A particular issue addressed is the question of tax competition between producing countries. Within the context of company/government relations the book considers such current topics as the challenges of dealing with merged companies and the strategic choices facing tax authorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259041

Petroleum Industry TransformationsLessons from Norway and Beyond Taking the case of the Norwegian petroleum industry as its vantage point the book discusses the question of industrial transformations in resource-based industries. The book presents new empirically-based analyses of the development of the petroleum industry with an emphasis on three ongoing transformation processes: Technological upgrading and innovation in upstream petroleum. Globalisation of the petroleum industry and suppliers’ experiences of entering foreign markets. Diversification into and out of petroleum – and the potential for new growth paths after oil. Drawing together a range of key thinkers in this field this volume addresses the ways in which the petroleum industry and its supply industry has changed since the turn of the millennium. It provides recommendations for the development of resource economies in general and petroleum economies in particular. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of energy policy and economics natural resource management innovation studies and the politics of the oil and gas sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367518790

Petroleum ProductsInstability And Incompatibility This book provides an overview of the chemical and physical concepts of instability and incompatibility of petroleum and liquid fuels. It helps the petroleum refinery personnel to handle liquid fuels from other sources as feedstocks for the refinery system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448998

Petroleum Radiation Processing Radiation-thermal cracking of oil feedstock has the potential to offer a solution to many of the challenges the oil industry is facing. Radiation-induced chain cracking reactions in hydrocarbons at lowered temperatures initiated the development of improved technological approaches combining the advantages of radiation-thermal cracking and low-temperature feedstock processing. However researchers still face obstacles in the practical application of theory and experimental data and the literature presents contradictions that need to be sorted out for further development of this technology.Petroleum Radiation Processing fills an information gap providing systematic descriptions of the fundamentals of radiation-induced cracking reactions in hydrocarbons. It analyzes the basic experiments that have brought about the rapid development of radiation technology for petroleum radiation processing during the last decades. The book provides a detailed introduction to radiation methods based on radiation-thermal and low-temperature cracking of hydrocarbons emphasizing high-viscous oil feedstocks that are difficult to process by conventional methods—such as heavy and high-paraffinic crude oil fuel oil and bitumen. It helps readers understand the mechanisms and kinetics of low-temperature radiation cracking. The book addresses the application of promising radiation methods for solving critical environmental issues such as oil desulfurization and regeneration of used lubricants and other used oil products. Examining experimental data as well as theoretical and technical approaches it summarizes research progress in the field of petroleum radiation processing providing a useful reference on the theory and technology of hydrocarbon radiation processing for chemical technologists researchers and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379155

Petroleum RefiningTechnology Economics and Markets Sixth Edition For four decades Petroleum Refining has guided thousands of readers toward a reliable understanding of the field and through the years has become the standard text in many schools and universities around the world offering petroleum refining classes for self-study training and as a reference for industry professionals. The sixth edition of this perennial bestseller continues in the tradition set by Jim Gary as the most modern and authoritative guide in the field. Updated and expanded to reflect new technologies methods and topics the book includes new discussion on the business and economics of refining cost estimation and complexity crude origins and properties fuel specifications and updates on technology process units and catalysts. The first half of the book is written for a general audience to introduce the primary economic and market characteristics of the industry and to describe the inputs and outputs of refining. Most of this material is new to this edition and can be read independently or in parallel with the rest of the text. In the second half of the book a technical review of the main process units of a refinery is provided beginning with distillation and covering each of the primary conversion and treatment processes. Much of this material was reorganized updated and rewritten with greater emphasis on reaction chemistry and the role of catalysis in applications. Petroleum Refining: Technology Economics and Markets is a book written for users the practitioners of refining and all those who want to learn more about the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466563001

Petroleum Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties A strong foundation in reservoir rock and fluid properties is the backbone of almost all the activities in the petroleum industry. Suitable for undergraduate students in petroleum engineering Petroleum Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties Second Edition offers a well-balanced in-depth treatment of the fundamental concepts and practical aspects that encompass this vast discipline. New to the Second Edition Introductions to Stone II three-phase relative permeability model and unconventional oil and gas resources Discussions on low salinity water injection saturated reservoirs and production trends of five reservoir fluids impact of mud filtrate invasion and heavy organics on samples and flow assurance problems due to solid components of petroleum Better plots for determining oil and water Corey exponents from relative permeability data Inclusion of Rachford-Rice flash function Plateau equation and skin effect Improved introduction to reservoir rock and fluid properties Practice problems covering porosity combined matrix-channel and matrix-fracture permeability radial flow equations drilling muds on fluid saturation wettability concepts three-phase oil relative permeability petroleum reservoir fluids various phase behavior concepts phase behavior of five reservoir fluids and recombined fluid composition Detailed solved examples on absolute permeability live reservoir fluid composition true boiling point extended plus fractions properties viscosity based on compositional data and gas-liquid surface tension Accessible to anyone with an engineering background the text reveals the importance of understanding rock and fluid properties in petroleum engineering. Key literature references mathematical expressions and laboratory measurement techniques illustrate the correlations and influence between the various properties. Explaining how to acquire accurate and reliable data the author describes coring and fluid sampling methods issues related to handling samples for core analyses and PVT studies. He also highlights core and phase behavior analysis using laboratory tests and calculations to elucidate a wide range of properties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439876367

Petroleum Spills in the Marine EnvironmentThe Chemistry and Formation of Water-In-Oil Emulsions and Tar Balls This book covers research completed between 1981 and May 1985 and includes: reviews of recent studies sitings and investigations at spills-of-opportunity as well as results of recent arctic and sub-Arctic oil weathering experiments and observations on the behavior of crude oil in the presence of ice. Topics covered include the following: laboratory studies of formation and stability of water-in-oil emulsions; selected case histories of the more detailed chemistry studies of mousse behavior and long term fate in near-coastal and open ocean oil spills/blowouts; tar ball formation and distribution; and algorithms and computer programs to simulate the formation of water-in-oil emulsion. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896380

Petroleum TaxationSharing the Oil Wealth: A Study of Petroleum Taxation Yesterday Today and Tomorrow Petroleum taxation is the universal instrument through which governments seek to determine the crucial balance between the financial interests of the oil companies and the owners of the resource. This book addresses how governments have and continue to approach this problem the impacts of different policy choices and how these are being adapted to changing business conditions. Carole Nakhle presents the reader with an illuminating and robust analysis of the entire taxation story from the basic theoretical considerations through to advanced computations applied to various tax regimes. Nakhle’s main argument is that petroleum taxation is a subject of complexity variety and subject to continued evolution being surrounded and shaped by multifaceted geological technical and market factors together with unpredictable political influences. The author challenges the assumption that perfect models of petroleum taxation can be designed and applied to countries and circumstances around the world arguing that an ideal structure exists only in theory but can be nonetheless a useful benchmark against which to test proposed fiscal systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541909

Petrology of Polygenic Mafic-Ultramafic Massifs of the East Sakhalin Ophiolite Association The monograph is concerned with results of studies of petrology of mafic-ultramafic massifs as part of the East Sakhalin ophiolite association. It generalizes and interprets a large body of data (mainly original data) on geology petrography petrochemistry and geochemistry of rocks; mineralogy and geochemistry of rock-forming and accessory minerals; chromite and platinum contents and isotopic age of zircons from rocks of the typical mafic-ultramafic massifs of the East Sakhalin ophiolite association: Berezovka Shel’ting Komsomol’sk and South Schmidt. Gabbroids from the Berezovka massif contain ultramafic xenoliths. Ultramafic rocks are locally cut by gabbroid and pyroxenite veins. Three spatially close but genetically autonomous bodies are distinguished in the structure of the massifs under study: protrusion of upper-mantle restitic ultramafic rocks (harzburgites lherzolites and dunites); intrusion of orthomagmatic gabbroids (gabbronorites gabbro and norites) that cuts it; and contact-reaction zone located along the boundaries between gabbroid intrusion and ultramafic protrusion which consists of hybrid ultramafic rocks (wehrlites websterites clinopyroxenites and their olivine- and plagioclase-containing varieties) and hybrid gabbroids (melano- and mesocratic olivine gabbronorites and gabbro as well as troctolites). The hybrid ultramafic rocks and gabbroids are the product of interaction between mafic melts and restitic ultramafic rocks. Taking into account the later formation of the gabbroid intrusions compared to the ultramafic protrusions the massifs in question are determined as polygenic. The idea of their polygenic formation is supported by data on the isotopic age of zircons from the Berezovka massif rocks. In this monograph the author develops his earlier proposed concept of polygenic formation of mafic–ultramafic massifs belonging to ophiolite associations. The book addresses a wide circle of petrologists and practicing geologists as well as senior-year students and postgraduates studying problems of mafic-ultramafic magmatism. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574017

Pets 'When I play with my cat who knows if I am not a pastime to her more than she is to me?' - Michel de Montaigne. Why do we live with pets? Is there something more to our relationship with them than simply companionship? What is it we look for in our pets and what does this say about us as human beings? In this fascinating book Erica Fudge explores the nature of this most complex of relationships and the difficulties of knowing what it is that one is living with when one chooses to share a home with an animal. Fudge argues that our capacity for compassion and ability to live alongside others is evident in our relationships with our pets those paradoxical creatures who give us a sense of comfort and security while simultaneously troubling the categories human and animal. For what is a pet if it isn't a fully-fledged member of the human family? This book proposes that by crossing over these boundaries pets help construct who it is we think we are. Drawing on the works of modern writers such as J. M. Coetzee Elizabeth Marshall Thomas and Jacques Derrida Fudge shows how pets have been used to think with and to undermine our easy conceptions of human animal and home. Indeed "Pets" shows our obsession with domestic animals that reveals many of the paradoxes contra - dictions and ambiguities of life. Living with pets provides thought-provoking perspectives on our notions of possession and mastery mutuality and cohabitation love and dominance. We might think of pets as simply happy loved additions to human homes but as this captivating book reveals perhaps it is the pets that make the home and without pets perhaps we might not be the humans we think we are. For anyone who has ever wondered like Montaigne what their cat is thinking it will be illuminating reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153950

Pets and Domesticity in Victorian Literature and CultureAnimality Queer Relations and the Victorian Family Addressing the significance of the pet in the Victorian period this book examines the role played by the domestic pet in delineating relations for each member of the "natural" family home. Flegel explores the pet in relation to the couple at the head of the house to the children who make up the family’s dependents and to the common familial "outcasts" who populate Victorian literature and culture: the orphan the spinster the bachelor and the same-sex couple. Drawing upon both animal studies and queer theory this study stresses the importance of the domestic pet in elucidating normative sexuality and (re)productivity within the familial home and reveals how the family pet operates as a means of identifying aberrant failed or perverse familial and gender performances. The family pet that is was an important signifier in Victorian familial ideology of the individual family unit’s ability to support or threaten the health and morality of the nation in the Victorian period. Texts by authors such as Clara Balfour Juliana Horatia Ewing E. Burrows Bessie Rayner Parkes Anne Brontë George Eliot Frederick Marryat and Charles Dickens speak to the centrality of the domestic pet to negotiations of gender power and sexuality within the home that both reify and challenge the imaginary structure known as the natural family in the Victorian period. This book highlights the possibilities for a familial elsewhere outside of normative and restrictive models of heterosexuality reproduction and the natural family and will be of interest to those studying Victorian literature and culture animal studies queer studies and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871734

Pets and Mental Health This fascinating new book addresses the most recent research and provocative findings on the use of pets in mental health therapy. The historical basis of using pets in therapy is reviewed and numerous examples are provided of results incurred from prescribing pets to disabled lonely incarcerated and institutionalized individuals. The author provides convincing evidence of the therapeutic value of animals in making us happier healthier and more sociable. Although the terms human-animal bond and pet-facilitated therapy are relative newcomers to the scientific literature the concepts they encompass have been with us for centuries. BACKCOVER COPY Research has shown that animals can promote humor laughter play and a sense of importance in people. This fascinating book explores the provocative findings on the use of pets in mental health therapy. Although the terms human-animal bond and pet-facilitated therapy are relative newcomers to the scientific literature the concepts they encompass have been with us for centuries. The historical basis of using pets in therapy is reviewed and numerous examples show the astonishing results of prescribing pets to disabled lonely incarcerated and institutionalized individuals. Odean Cusack animal lover and writer provides convincing evidence of the therapeutic value that animals have in making us happier healthier and more sociable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784618

Pets and the ElderlyThe Therapeutic Bond Here is an excellent “how-to” guide for initiating pet-facilitated therapy programs with the elderly. Pets and the Elderly is a practical book that explains how to implement carefully planned programs in residential and nursing homes and in geriatric and psychiatric hospitals with pets in residence or as visitors. The authors review past research building a strong case for the therapeutic use of pets in the rehabilitation of older persons. They also share innovative program suggestions testimonials from participants of successful programs a comprehensive questionnaire for program evaluation and the advantages and disadvantages of using various pets highlighting their therapeutic potential the training and care required and much more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804408

Pets and the Family This major work summarizes the recent research and findings on the interactions of pets and their owners and the social and emotional benefits that may be derived by families who have pets. Social and health scientists explore the pervasiveness of the animal/human bond and the high prevalence of pets in U.S. households including pets and children pets and the elderly pets as factors of stability and instability in family relationships and pets as therapy for ill grieving and disabled family members. With this carefully researched book researchers and family health professionals can better understand the complexities of family/animal interaction and can pursue further study into this increasingly important subject in contemporary society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784656

Petty Capitalism In Spanish AmericaThe Pulperos Of Puebla Mexico City Caracas And Buenos Aires This book describes how people of limited means within the Spanish American economy managed to get started and survive as entrepreneurs between 1750 and 1850. Based on ten years of research and a wide variety of primary and secondary sources Professor Kinsbruner's cross-cultural profile of small retail grocers offers significant insights that cont Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282813

Pevsner: The BBC YearsListening to the Visual Arts Pevsner: The BBC Years gives the first full account of Sir Nikolaus Pevsner’s engagement with the BBC at a time when both were the dominant institutions in their own fields -- Pevsner as the most persuasive figure in architecture and art history the BBC as the country's sole broadcaster. A German emigré Pevsner was not at first trusted to speak on the air and was only invited to appear at the very end of the war in spite of his growing eminence in academia and publishing. With the arrival of the Third Programme in 1946 however he quickly became a broadcasting celebrity and one whom senior BBC figures regarded as essential and novel listening. Pevsner: The BBC Years looks at the sudden rise in Pevsner’s standing at the BBC at what he was admired for and at the circumstances surrounding his being commissioned in the mid-1950s to give the first series of Reith Lectures on an arts subject -- the relationship between visual expression and national identity. The book explains the roles played by Geoffrey Grigson Basil Taylor Anna Kallin and Leonie Cohn in advancing Pevsner's BBC career analyses the literary character of his broadcasting and considers the function of his talks as an extension of European belletrism. It also demonstrates the significance of his concurrent editorship of the King Penguin series of books. In addition Pevsner: The BBC Years documents the unravelling of Pevsner's reputation. It shows how he was caught between changing fashions in media culture and damaged by doubts about the safety of his ideas both within the BBC and externally among British conservatives who found him too radical and American radicals who found him too conservative. In Pevsner: The BBC Years correspondence from the BBC’s archives provides a case study of scholarly thought being exposed to independent scrutiny -- a process with lessons for today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570146

Pevsner: The Complete Broadcast TalksArchitecture and Art on Radio and Television 1945-1977 This book brings together the surviving texts of the 113 talks on art and architecture that we know of given by the art historian Sir Nikolaus Pevsner on radio and television between 1945--1977. It includes the seven texts of the 1955 Reith Lectures in their original broadcast form as well as lectures that Pevsner gave in German (for the BBC in London and RIAS in Berlin) and on the radio in New Zealand. These talks are important as an example of the attempt by the BBC in particular to provide intellectual programming for the mass population. The talks are important for what they reveal about changing tastes in the treatment of the arts as a broadcast topic as well as offering a case study of the development of one particular historian's approach to a subject that was gaining ground in universities as a direct result of his popularisation of it. They show what topics were thought to be central to the artistic agenda in the mid-years of the last century whether from an academic or journalistic perspective and reveal the mode and manner of academic engagement with the public over the period. Forty-six of these talks were published in 2002 on the centenary of Pevsner's birth in a trade edition. At the time his reputation as an active force in architectural thinking had long been eclipsed and interest in him had waned. Since then there has been a turn-around in tastes and Pevsner's role within his chosen field is now being actively studied and discussed by a new generation for whom he is central to an understanding of the 20th century. There is therefore a real need for this book. In addition to containing twice the number of talks as the previous volume it is supplemented with explanatory introductions footnotes and citations. It also reveals as far as this is possible alternative versions of Pevsner’s texts as they appeared at different stages in the original production process. As such this edition can be relied on by academics as scholarly and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246928

PfMP® Exam Practice Tests and Study Guide Recognizing the importance of portfolio management the Project Management Institute (PMI®) has launched a new certification entitled the Portfolio Management Professional (PfMP®). PfMP® Exam Practice Tests and Study Guide is the most comprehensive resource available to help you prepare for and pass the PfMP® certification exam. It provides coverage that is current with The Standard for Portfolio Management Third Edition and the PfMP® Examination Content Outline (ECO) 2013.The book consists of five sections each of which corresponds to one of the five domains described in the ECO. Each section includes study hints a list of major topics that may be encountered on the exam and 20 multiple-choice practice questions that illustrate the applicable task from the ECO. Each section also includes an answer sheet and answer key with the rationale for each correct answer and references to the Standard. Supporting references are also listed at the end of the book for each of the domains covered on the exam.Written by Dr. Ginger Levin co-author of best-selling PMP® and PgMP® study guides the book includes two complete practice tests each consisting of 170 questions that follow the blueprint of the actual PfMP® exam as described in the ECO. For example— 25 percent of the questions relate to Strategic Alignment 20 percent relate to Governance 25 percent relate to Portfolio Performance 15 percent relate to Portfolio Risk Management 15 percent relate to Communications Management The two accompanying online tests feature a proprietary scoring algorithm to help you determine if you are Proficient Moderately Proficient or Below Proficient in each domain. Earning the PfMP® certification is a prestigious accomplishment. By studying this book and using the practice exams provided you will significantly improve your chances of passing the exam the first time around. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482251005

PgMP® Exam Challenge! Up to date with the third edition of PMI’s Program Management Standard The PgMP® Exam Challenge! contains more than 300 practice questions to help readers hone their knowledge and test their skills. It covers all five of the program management domains: Strategic Program Management Program Management Life Cycle Benefits Management Stakeholder Management and Governance. It also examines all of the sub domains of the lifecycle domain. With an easy-to-use format this is an ideal resource for those preparing to take the PgMP exam. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482202083

PgMP® Exam Practice Test and Study Guide PgMP® Exam Practice Test and Study Guide Fourth Edition is the book you need to pass the Program Management Professional (PgMP®) exam the first time around. It reflects recent revisions based on PMI®'s Standard for Program Management - Third Edition (2013).Based on best practices that complement PMI®’s standards this is the most comprehensive and up-to-date resource available to help you prepare for the exam with new and changed terminology. It includes a list of the major topics covered on the exam organized by the five performance domains—strategic program management program life cycle benefits management stakeholder management and governance—as presented in the Program Management Professional Examination Content Outline. It also includes helpful tips on how to make the most of the time you have available to prepare for the exam. Just like its bestselling predecessors this indispensable study guide includes 20 multiple-choice practice questions for each domain along with a comprehensive answer key. The program life cycle domain includes 20 questions for each of the five phases. Each question also has a plainly written rationale for each correct answer with bibliographic references for further study.Two challenging 170-question practice tests that simulate the actual exam are included in the book and online so you can retake them as many times as necessary. They also include a rationale and reference.Scores for the online tests are presented as if each question is rated similarly but this edition also includes a new component: the authors’ own weighting system for the level of difficulty for each question. This system will show you what they feel meets the exam’s criteria for Proficient Moderately Proficient and below Proficient. You then will see your scores by domain in both approaches.Supplying an insider's look at the questions terminology and sentence construction you will encounter on the day of the exam this indispensable study tool is designed to help you pass the exam and achieve the highly sought after PgMP® certification. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482201352

PgMP® Exam Test PreparationTest Questions Practice Tests and Simulated Exams In addition to test questions in each of the five domains and two practice tests in print and online this all-in-one study guide also contains flashcards for learning terms. This book is current with The Standard for Program Management Fourth Edition and its author is the second person in the world to have earned the PgMP® certification. The online versions of the practice test simulate taking the actual exams and provide scoring as above target target below target or needs improvement. Answers come with explanations and references. Questions are written to improve reading skills and teach how to select the best answer which are key to passing the exam. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138579798

PgMP® Practice Test Questions1000+ Practice Exam Questions for the PgMP® Examination Up to date with the fourth edition of PMI’s Program Management Standard PgMP®  Practice Test Questions: 1000+ Practice Exam Questions for the PgMP®  Examination contains more than 1 000 practice questions to help readers hone their knowledge and test their skills. It covers all five of the program management domains: Strategic Program Management Program Management Life Cycle Benefits Management Stakeholder Management and Governance. It also examines all of the sub domains of the lifecycle domain. With an easy-to-use format this is an ideal resource for those preparing to take the PgMP® exam. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367001131

Phaenias of EresusText Translation and Discussion Phaenias of Eresus (c. 375–300 BC) was a member of Aristotle's school the "Peripatos" or "Lyceum " and a friend and compatriot of Aristotle's successor Theophrastus. Phaenias's scholarly interests stretched from strictly philosophical treatises to chronology and the history of philosophy and poetry; to the lives fortunes and manners of death of tyrants; to biographical and historical themes and details of famous Athenians; to botanical and zoological issues; and even entertaining "novelistic" stories and strange reports (Mirabilia).This volume includes new scholarship with translation of source texts for the writings thought and influence of Phaenias (whose name also appears as "Phanias"and "Phainias") as well as essays that take up various areas of his life and work in greater detail.The chapters of Phaenias of Eresus cover a remarkable range of intellectual areas which is in keeping with the varied interests of the early Peripatetics in general. Phaenias is thus an ideal model for exploring issues of specialization and differentiation in research in the early Peripatos. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737641

Phage Display In Biotechnology and Drug Discovery Phage Display in Biotechnology and Drug Discovery Second Edition provides a comprehensive view of the impact and promise of phage display in drug discovery and biotechnology. Building on the success of its previous edition the book discusses current theories principles and methods in the field and demonstrates applications for peptide phage display protein phage display and the development of novel antibodies. The book provides readers with an overview of the amazing breadth of the impact that phage display technology has had on the study of proteins in general as well as the development of proteins. It will be a valuable resource for those interested in using phage display and recombinant antibodies in basic research and drug discovery. Key Features: Describes the basic principles of phage display and the methods and systems that have been developed for key applications Outlines applications for peptide phage display in the development of vaccines and high- throughput screens as well as the exploration of protein–protein interactions and enzyme substrate characteristics Details the use of phage display in the engineering of protein stability the identification and mapping of protein–protein interactions and the development of catalysts Provides broad coverage of the impact of phage display technology on the development of protein therapeutics Presents expert opinions on future challenges in the field Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894679

Phagocytes and Cellular Immunity First Published in 1979: Each of the first two papers deal with the particular cellular component and its role in containing appropriate pathogen. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367227258

Phallic Critiques (Routledge Revivals)Masculinity and Twentieth-Century Literature Phallic Critiques first published in 1984 is a study of ‘masculine’ styles of writing in the twentieth century – an age according to Virginia Woolf when ‘virility has become self-conscious’. Writers who carry macho values to their extreme often subscribe to the popular feeling that writing is an effeminate activity for a real man to be engaged in. Consequently they attempt to forge ‘masculine’ style of writing in an effort to redeem language from its sexually suspect nature. These styles reveal much about the ambiguous and paradoxical attitudes of men towards their own masculine role. Peter Schwenger demonstrates the international nature of ‘masculine’ styles. His study ranges from such American authors as Norman Mailer Ernest Hemingway and Philip Roth to figures like Yukio Mishima Alberto Moravia and Michel Leiris. This book should be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830196

PhantasmagoriaSociology of Opera First published in 1999 this original and entertaining sociological study takes a comprehensive and critical view of opera as unique cultural artefact as loss making ‘industry’ as institution with a ‘museum’ culture and as consumed commodity of rare distinction and elaborate ritual. Specific chapters deal with opera within the contexts of musicological analysis auratic art and fetishized taste: opera as business and as ‘museum’: singers’ opera: producers’ opera and audiences’ opera. There is also a chapter on ‘opera’: popular commercialised fragments of opera outside the opera house consumed by and through all manner of reproduced means: CD video Three Tenors concerts: film and TV soundtracks: advertising jingles etc. Despite the supposed popularisation and successful commercial exploitation of ‘opera’ during the past decade or so this study concludes that opera remains an art-form institution and ritual of relative inaccessibility and exclusiveness. The commercial interest in and profitability of ‘opera’ do not translate into new ‘popular’ audiences in the opera house. The increased dependency of opera companies on corporate funding in the face of retreating government subsidies may have brought a new ‘elite’ audience into the expensive seats pandered to by the introduction of surtitles etc. but the traditional ‘elite’ has succeeded in closing down entry to opera in other select venues where opera continues to confirm and maintain their select identity and prestige of their life-style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353596

Phantasy in Everyday LifeA Psychoanalytic Approach to Understanding Ourselves Over the past fifty years dramatic ideas and discoveries have arisen out of the work of analysts. In Phantasy in Everyday Life the author is mainly concerned with Melanie Klein's contribution to the field and with everyday application of her theories. Central to the author's theme is Melanie Klein's concept of phantasy - the unconscious Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325923

Phantom Limbs and Body Integrity Identity DisorderLiterary and Psychoanalytic Reflections Phantom Limbs and Body Integrity Identity Disorder discusses the conditions of Phantom Limb Syndrome and Body Integrity Identity Disorder together for the first time exploring examples from literature film and psychoanalysis to re-ground theories of the body in material experience. The book outlines the ways in which PLS and BIID involve a feeling of rupture underlined by a desire for wholeness using the metaphor of the mirror-box (a therapeutic device that alleviates phantom limb pain) to examine how fiction is fundamentally linked to our physical and psychical realities. Using diverse examples from theoretical and fictional works including thinkers such as Sigmund Freud Jacques Lacan Maurice Blanchot D.W. Winnicott and Georges Perec and films by Powell and Pressburger and Quentin Tarantino each chapter offers a detailed exploration of the mind/body relationship and experiences of fragmentation bodily ownership and symbolic reconstitution. By tracing these concepts the monograph demonstrates ways in which fiction can enable us to understand the psychosomatic conditions of PLS and BIID more thoroughly while providing new ways of reading psychoanalysis literary theory and fictional works. The first book to analyse BIID in relation to PLS Phantom Limbs and Body Integrity Identity Disorder will be essential reading for academics and literary readers interested in the body psychoanalysis English literature literary theory film and disability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280017

Phantoms of the ClinicFrom Thought-Transference to Projective Identification As Freud predicted there has always been great anxiety about the place of psychoanalysis in contemporary life particularly in relation to its ambiguous and complicated relationship to the realm of science. There is also a long history of widespread resistance in both academia and medicine to anything associated with the world of the supernatural; very few people in their professional lives at least are willing to admit a serious interest in occult phenomena. As a result paranormal traces have all but vanished from the psychoanalytic process - though not without leaving a residue. This residue remains  the author argues in the acceptably "clinical" guise of projective identification a concept first formulated by Melanie Klein and widely used in contemporary psychoanalysis to suggest a different variety of transference and transference-like phenomena between patient and analyst that seem to occur outside the normal range of the sensory process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758810

Pharaohs Fellahs & Explorers First published in 2013. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315828497

Pharmaceutical Accumulation in the EnvironmentPrevention Control Health Effects and Economic Impact A Proactive Approach to Improving and Protecting the Environment The accumulation of pharmaceuticals in the environment is a growing concern the magnitude of which has not been determined yet cannot be ignored. Touting the benefits of research and discovery as it relates to a pharmaceutical presence in the environment Pharmaceutical Accumulation in the Environment: Prevention Control Health Effects and Economic Impact explores ways to effectively minimize the harmful impact of environmental contaminants. It considers current practice in the field provides a historical reference and presents effective methods for detecting and containing low levels of environmental contaminants. It also offers practical suggestions for mobilizing private and public resources. Discusses Health Impacts and Risks to Humans and Other Living Species The contributors of this work consider important environmental contaminants that include pharmaceuticals personal care products and special products such as contrast agents and illicit drugs. This book describes current health impact concerns methods for assessing risk and lessening the negative impact on health through research and analysis. It examines the costs of wastewater treatment and considers ways to potentially reduce the effect of environmental contaminants in treated water and in the soil. It looks at what may be done about contaminated soil and landfills addresses the costs of contaminant elimination and suggests ways to get rid of contaminants sensibly and consistently. It also includes case histories and chapters authored by specialists who are experts in their fields. Developed as a reference for professionals and senior undergraduate and graduate students in environmental science/ecotoxicology the text proposes advancements and applications that can help control pharmaceutical accumulation and improve the environment. It serves as a resource for those in the pharmaceutical industries personal care product industries and related areas; scientists and researchers in related areas; as well as environmental protection agencies physicians and medical personnel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466517455

Pharmaceutical and Medical Applications of Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Since the completion of the first edition of this book major developments have occurred in the pharmaceutical industry that have shaped the field of near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy. A new initiative from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to modernize regulations of pharmaceutical manufacturing and drug quality has helped position NIR spectroscopy as an effective tool for pharmaceutical testing. Pharmaceutical and Medical Applications of Near-Infrared Spectroscopy: Second Edition reflects these developments and brings readers an up-to-date summary of how this technique is being applied to pharmaceutical manufacturing.Topics include:The origins and principles of NIR spectroscopy including early instrumentation spectroscopic theory and light-particle interactionThe physics of each instrument type the strengths and weaknesses of each and the manufacturers that produce themThe possible advantages of using NIR methods for monitoring or controlling blending as well as practical concerns for mixing processesNIR spectroscopy as applied to traditional granulation drug layering and film coating of beads or granulesPharmaceutical assays including qualitative analysis quantitative analysis determination of actives in tablets and capsules and considerations for intact dosage form analysisSteps involved in the validation and acceptance of an NIR spectroscopy method including quality assurance qualification and verification of instruments and the International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) guidelinesMedical applications including those related to blood glucose measurements tissue and major organ analysis fetal analysis and cancer researchProviding comprehensive coverage of NIR spectroscopy from theory mathematics application and mechanics of NIR analysis the book supplies ample references to facilitate further rese Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377977

Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Manufacturing Computer Systems Validation Validation of computer systems is the process that assures the formal assessment and report of quality and performance measures for all the life-cycle stages of software and system development its implementation qualification and acceptance operation modification requalification maintenance and retirement (PICS CSV PI 011-3). It is a process that demonstrates the compliance of computer systems functional and non-functional requirements data integrity regulated company procedures and safety requirements industry standards and applicable regulatory authority’s requirements. Compliance is a state of being in adherence to application-related standards or conventions or regulations in laws and similar prescriptions. This book which is relevant to the pharmaceutical and medical devices regulated operations provides practical information to assist in the computer validation to production systems while highlighting and efficiently integrating worldwide regulation into the subject. A practical approach is presented to increase efficiency and to ensure that the validation of computer systems is correctly achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138041189

Pharmaceutical Applications of Membrane Sensors A one-of-a-kind book discussing drug-membrane sensors in pharmaceutical analysisPharmaceutical Applications of Membrane Sensors is the first book to deal with the theory of drug-membrane sensors as well as applications of such devices in pharmaceutical analysis. The book contains three main parts. The three major sections of the book cover the design and principles of membrane drug sensors the use of membrane sensors in the analysis of pharmaceuticals and various aspects of drug release monitoring by membrane sensors. Detailed analytical methods for more than 400 organic pharmaceuticals assayed by membrane sensor techniques are presented.Pharmaceutical Applications of Membrane Sensors will be a valuable reference for specialists in analytical and pharmaceutical chemistry electroanalytical chemistry medicine pharmaceutical sciences and pharmacology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896397

Pharmaceutical Autonomy and Public Health in Latin AmericaState Society and Industry in Brazil’s AIDS Program Brazil has occupied a central role in the access to medicines movement especially with respect to drugs used to treat those with the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) that causes the acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). How and why Brazil succeeded in overcoming powerful political and economic interests both at home and abroad to roll-out and sustain treatment represents an intellectual puzzle. In this book Matthew Flynn traces the numerous challenges Brazil faced in its efforts to provide essential medicines to all of its citizens. Using dependency theory state theory and moral underpinnings of markets Flynn delves deeper into the salient factors contributing to Brazil’s successes and weaknesses including control over technology creation of political alliances and instrumental use of normative frameworks and effectively explains the ability of countries to fulfill the prescription drug needs of its population versus the interests and operations of the global pharmaceutical industry Pharmaceutical Autonomy and Public Health in Latin America is one of the only books to provide an in-depth account of the challenges that a developing country like Brazil faces to fulfill public health objectives amidst increasing global economic integration and new international trade agreements. Scholars interested in public health issues HIV/AIDS and human rights but also to social scientists interested in Latin America and international political economy will find this an original and thought provoking read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314351

Pharmaceutical BiocatalysisChemoenzymatic Synthesis of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients This volume provides an insight into the future strategies for commercial biocatalysis with a focus on sustainable technologies together with chemoenzymatic and biotechnological approaches to synthesize various types of approved and new active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) via proven and latest synthetic routes using single-step biocatalytic or enzyme cascade reactions. Many of these drugs act as enzyme inhibitors as discussed in a chapter with a variety of examples. The targeted enzymes are involved in diseases such as different cancers metastatic and infectious diseases osteoporosis and cardiovascular disorders. The biocatalysts employed for API synthesis include hydrolytic enzymes alcohol dehydrogenases laccases imine reductases reductive aminases peroxygenases cytochrome P450 enzymes polyketide synthases transaminases and halogenases. Many of them have been improved with respect to their properties by engineering methods. The book discusses the syntheses of drugs including alkaloids and antibiotics non-ribosomal peptides antimalarial and antidiabetic drugs prenylated xanthones antioxidants and many important (chiral) intermediates required for the synthesis of pharmaceuticals. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800808

Pharmaceutical BiocatalysisDrugs Genetic Diseases and Epigenetics Volume 7 of the Jenny Stanford Series on Biocatalysis deals with several different aspects of pharmaceuticals which include not only various applications of drugs and their metabolism but also natural resources for active pharmaceutical ingredients as well as the removal of pharmaceutical pollution. In detail novel approaches for developing microbial fermentation processes to produce vitamin B6 using microorganisms are described together with novel routes for vitamin B6 biosynthesis. The other topics discussed are new approaches for producing the successful anticancer drug Taxol from naturally occurring precursors molecular farming through plant engineering as a cost-effective means to produce therapeutic and prophylactic proteins and successful screening of potent microorganisms producing L-asparaginase for various chemotherapeutic applications. Furthermore microbial biotransformations in the production and degradation of fluorinated pharmaceuticals are described. The other chapters inform the reader about the biotransformation of xenobiotics/drugs in living systems the degradation of pharmaceuticals by white-rot fungi and their ligninolytic enzymes and the removal of pharmaceutical pollution from municipal sewage using laccase. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877145

Pharmaceutical BiocatalysisFundamentals Enzyme Inhibitors and Enzymes in Health and Diseases This book provides an overview of the world market of therapeutic enzymes and enzyme inhibitors rare diseases orphan drugs the costs of drug development and therapies and enzymes in downstream processing of pharmaceuticals. It discusses carbonic anhydrase inhibitors and their multiple drug interactions carboxylesterase inhibitors for pharmaceutical applications employment of inhibitors for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases use of engineered proteins bioactive peptides and fibrinolytic enzymes for thrombolytic therapy and enzymes important for the design and development of new drugs/drug metabolites such as aldehyde oxidases and cytochrome P450 enzymes and the role the latter play in vascular biology and pathophysiology. The treatment of cancer is explored in connection with enzymatic amino acid deprivation therapies and new drugs that act as chemical degraders of oncogenic proteins. The book also introduces the resistance mechanisms of cancer. Furthermore it provides an insight into the relationship between pathological conditions of cardiovascular disease and oxidative stress. The text also focuses on the potential use of nanoparticles as carriers for enzymes with medical relevance computer-aided drug design for the identification of multi-target directed ligands and the development of improved therapeutics through a glycan-“designer” approach. It concludes with an introduction to the chemoenzymatic synthesis of drugs. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800617

Pharmaceutical BiocatalysisImportant Enzymes Novel Targets and Therapies This volume of Pharmaceutical Biocatalysis starts with a discussion on the importance of biocatalytic synthesis approaches for a sustainable and environmentally friendly production of pharmaceuticals and active pharmaceutical ingredients. Among the enzymes discussed in detail with respect to their pharmaceutical relevance are cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases playing an important role in modulating signal transduction in various cell types; human DOPA decarboxylase related to Parkinson's disease and aromatic amino acid decarboxylase deficiency; and phospholipase D enzymes as drug targets. Isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 and 2 mutations are novel therapeutic targets in acute myeloid leukemia. An additional chapter is devoted to the use of enzymes for prodrug activation in cancer therapy. The other topics include small-molecule inhibitors targeting receptor tyrosine kinases in cancer β-Lactams and related compounds as antibacterials non-vitamin K oral anticoagulants for the treatment of thromboembolic diseases and the molecular mechanisms for statin pleiotropy and its clinical relevance in cardiovascular diseases. The last chapter is a review of lysosomal storage disorders with an overview of approved drugs for treating these disorders by enzyme replacement therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877138

Pharmaceutical Biotechnology Since the publication of the first edition of Pharmaceutical Biotechnology over a decade ago a not-so-subtle shift in the meaning of the term "biotechnology" has occurred. It has come to mean something very specific namely the development of drug substances with large protein and polypeptide molecules. These substances can be used as drugs in their own right but may also be used to manipulate cellular DNA in order to produce a required molecule that is believed to have desirable properties in the treatment of a disease. Accordingly the second edition of this popular text reflects that change of definition by including new material that explores the development of these protein-based therapeutic substances.See what's new in the Second Edition:Expanded coverage of the formulation of proteinsAdditional information on proteins used as drug delivery systemsDetailed discussion of interactions between proteins and phospholipids Increased information on proteomics and gene therapyExploration of pulmonary administration and oral delivery of proteinsA broad review of vaccinesDiscussion of genetic engineering and genomicsChallenges and issues involved in the development and the production of a drug Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392208

Pharmaceutical BiotechnologyFundamentals and Applications Third Edition Completely revised text that reflects to emergent trends and cutting-edge advances in pharmaceutical biotechnology this Third Edition provides a well-balanced framework for understanding every major aspect of pharmaceutical biotechnology including drug development production dosage forms administration and therapeutic developments. New chapte Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429145810

Pharmaceutical Coating Technology This book is the definitive work on the theory and practice of pharmaceutical tablet and pellet coating. It describes both the practical and theoretical aspects of tablet coating including the equipment and methods used in laboratory development scale-up and production systems More...as well as automation and validation. This book also discusses the problems of conforming to world-wide regulations and the hazards of environmental pollution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448813

Pharmaceutical Computer Systems ValidationQuality Assurance Risk Management and Regulatory Compliance Thoroughly revised to include the latest industry developments the Second Edition presents a comprehensive overview of computer validation and verification principles and how to put them into practice. To provide the current best practice and guidance on identifying and implementing improvements for computer systems the text extensively reviews r Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429137624

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms - Parenteral MedicationsVolume 2: Facility Design Sterilization and Processing This three-volume set of Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications is an authoritative comprehensive reference work on the formulation and manufacture of parenteral dosage forms effectively balancing theoretical considerations with the practical aspects of their development. As such it is recommended for scientists and engineers in the Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429142260

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms - Parenteral MedicationsVolume 3: Regulations Validation and the Future This three-volume set of Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications is an authoritative comprehensive reference work on the formulation and manufacture of parenteral dosage forms effectively balancing theoretical considerations with the practical aspects of their development. As such it is recommended for scientists and engineers in the Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429142277

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms - Tablets The ultimate goal of drug product development is to design a system that maximizes the therapeutic potential of the drug substance and facilitates its access to patients. Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets Third Edition is a comprehensive resource of the design formulation manufacture and evaluation of the tablet dosage form an Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429191794

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug DeliveryRevised and Expanded Completely revised and updated this third edition of Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery elucidates the basic principles of pharmaceutics biopharmaceutics dosage form design and drug delivery – including emerging new biotechnology-based treatment modalities. The authors integrate aspects of physical pharmacy chemistry biology and biopharmaceutics into drug delivery.  This book highlights the increased attention that the recent spectacular advances in gene therapy and nanotechnology have brought to dosage form design and drug delivery. With the expiration of older patents and generic competition the biopharmaceutical industry is evolving faster than ever. Apart from revising and updating existing chapters on the basic principles this edition highlights the emerging emphasis on drug discovery antibodies and antibody-drug conjugates as therapeutic moieties individualized medicine including patient stratification strategies targeted drug delivery and the increasing role of modeling and simulation. Although there are numerous books on pharmaceutics and dosage forms most cover different areas of the discipline and do not provide an integrated approach. The integrated approach of this book not only provides a singular perspective of the overall field but also supplies a unified source of information for students instructors and professionals saving their time and money. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482253627

Pharmaceutical Dosage FormsCapsules Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Capsules covers the development composition and manufacture of capsules. Despite the important role that capsules play in drug delivery and product development few comprehensive texts on the science and technology of capsules have been available for the research and academic environments. This text addresses this gap discussing how capsules provide unique capabilities and options for dosage form design and formulation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781841849768

Pharmaceutical Dosage FormsDisperse Systems Stressing the theory involved in formulating suspensions emulsions and colloidal drug products this Second Edition of a well-received reference test highlights typical formulations the avoidance of formulation pitfalls and compliance with established regulatory principles. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067368

Pharmaceutical Dosage FormsDisperse Systems This third volume of the second edition offers information on specialized products such as emulsions liposomes polymers and polymeric pharmaceutical excipients. It explains the requirements for conducting clinical research and obtaining marketing approval for new drug products Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400606

Pharmaceutical Dosage FormsParenteral Medications Completely updated and enlarged to three volumes (originally published as two volumes) the Second Edition of Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications examines every important aspect of sterile drug products. This volume (3) offers comprehensive coverage of medical devices quality assurance and regulatory issues.;This in-depth reference and text: discusses regulatory requirements in record-keeping based on the US Food and Drug Administration's (FDA) Current Good Manufacturing Practices; places special emphasis on methods of detecting counting and sizing particles; offers new perspectives on contemporary validation concepts and how they affect the validation process; explains current FDA enforcement activities the voluntary compliance policy select court cases and how these relate to parenterals; provides recent materials on the use of audits as a means of verifying the efficacy of manufacturing control systems; highlights new US regulations for medical devices; and examines quality assurance including new information on biological control tests for medical device materials.;With the contributions of leading experts volume 3 of Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications is intended as a day-to-day reference for pharmacists medical device manufacturers quality control and regulatory personnel chemists and drug patent and litigation attorneys as well as a text for upper-level undergraduate graduate and continuing-education students in the pharmaceutical sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743676

Pharmaceutical Drug Product Development and Process OptimizationEffective Use of Quality by Design Pharmaceutical manufacturers are constantly facing quality crises of drug products leading to an escalating number of product recalls and rejects. Due to the involvement of multiple factors the goal of achieving consistent product quality is always a great challenge for pharmaceutical scientists. This volume addresses this challenge by using the Quality by Design (QbD) concept which was instituted to focus on the systematic development of drug products with predefined objectives to provide enhanced product and process understanding. This volume presents and discusses the vital precepts underlying the efficient effective and cost effective development of pharmaceutical drug products. It focuses on the adoption of systematic quality principles of pharmaceutical development which is imperative in achieving continuous improvement in end-product quality and also leads to reducing cost time and effort while meeting regulatory requirements. The volume covers the important new advances in the development of solid oral dosage forms modified release oral dosage forms parenteral dosage forms semisolid dosage forms transdermal drug delivery systems inhalational dosage forms ocular drug delivery systems nanopharmaceutical products and nanoparticles for oral delivery. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888721

Pharmaceutical Engineering Change Control Written especially for the pharmaceutical industry professional this book addresses each part of the life-cycle of engineering change control. It covers issues in the EU and US and describes the operational requirements and responsibilities that ensure change controls are effectively applied and recorded. Providing guidance on how to demonstrate that a change control system is working the book includes chapters on computer validation customization of the change process to each project's needs and case histories and anecdotes illustrate key points and provide a basis for change control training. It gives readers a toolbox for ensuring that adequate controls are implemented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394745

Pharmaceutical Experimental Design This useful reference describes the statistical planning and design of pharmaceutical experiments covering all stages in the development process-including preformulation formulation process study and optimization scale-up and robust process and formulation development.Shows how to overcome pharmaceutical technological and economic constraints on experiment design!Directly comparing the advantages and disadvantages of specific techniques Pharmaceutical Experimental Design· offers broad detailed up-to-date descriptions of designs and methods not easily accessible in other books· reviews screening designs for qualitative factors at different levels· presents designs for predictive models and their use in optimization· highlights optimization methods such as steepest ascent optimum path canonical analysis graphical analysis and desirability· discusses the Taguchi method for quality assurance and approaches for robust scaling up and process transfer· details nonstandard designs and mixtures· analyzes factorial D-optimal design and offline quality assurance techniques· reveals how one experimental design evolves from another· and more!Featuring over 700 references tables equations and drawings Pharmaceutical Experimental Design is suitable for industrial research and clinical pharmaceutical scientists pharmacists and pharmacologists; statisticians and biostatisticians; drug regulatory affairs personnel; biotechnologists; formulation analytical and synthetic chemists and engineers quality assurance personnel; all users of statistical experimental design in research and development; and postgraduate and postdoctoral research workers in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447748

Pharmaceutical Experimental Design and Interpretation Completely revised and updated Pharmaceutical Experimental Design and Interpretation Second Edition explains the major methods of experimental design and evaluation such as multivariate sequential and principal components analysis. With new sections on neural networks artificial intelligence fractional designs and optimization techniques this source will prove invaluable to anyone involved in the design and execution of pharmaceutical research studies and the interpretation of study data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391188

Pharmaceutical Extrusion Technology The first edition of Pharmaceutical Extrusion Technology published in 2003 was deemed the seminal book on pharmaceutical extrusion. Now it is expanded and improved just like the usage of extrusion has expanded improved and evolved into an accepted manufacturing technology to continuously mix active pharmaceutical ingredients with excipients for a myriad of traditional and novel dosage forms. Pharmaceutical Extrusion Technology Second Edition reflects how this has spawned numerous research activities in addition to hardware and process advancements. It offers new authors expanded chapters and contains all the extrusion related technical information necessary for the development manufacturing and marketing of pharmaceutical dosage forms.Key Features:Reviews how extrusion has become an accepted technology to continuously mix active pharmaceutical ingredients with excipientsFocuses on equipment and process technologyExplains various extrusion system configurations as a manufacturing methodology for a variety of dosage formsPresents new opportunities available only via extrusion and future trendsIncludes contributions of experts from the process and equipment fields Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735081

Pharmaceutical Formulation Development of Peptides and Proteins The rapid advances in recombinant DNA technology and the increasing availability of peptides and proteins with therapeutic potential are a challenge for pharmaceutical scientists who have to formulate these compounds as drug products. Pharmaceutical Formulation Development of Peptides and Proteins Second Edition discusses the development of therapeutic peptides and proteins from the production of active compounds via basic pre-formulation and formulation to the registration of the final product. Providing integrated solutions this book discusses: The synthesis of peptides and the biotechnological production of proteins through recombinant DNA technology The physicochemical characteristics and stability of peptides and proteins The formulation of proteins as suspensions solutions and (mostly freeze-dried) solids The opportunities and challenges of non-parenteral delivery of peptides and proteins Risk factors specifically the development of an unwanted immune response A simulation approach to describe the fate of peptides and proteins upon administration to a biological system The documentation required to register a protein-based drug Scientists in the pharmaceutical industry and academia as well as postgraduate students in pharmaceutical science will find this a valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439853887

Pharmaceutical Industry and Public Policy in Post-reform India This book examines the impact of economic reforms in India on the pharmaceutical industry and access to medicines. It traces the changing production and trade pattern of the industry research and development (R&D) preferences and strategies of Indian pharmaceutical firms patent system alongside pricing policy measures and their shortcomings. It also analyses the public health financing system in India driven largely by out-of-pocket expenditure — about 60 per cent — and characterised by very high share of medicines in total health expenditure. A masterful insight into a topical area the work will be indispensable to those working on pharmaceutical industry and public policy. It will be of interest to researchers scholars students and policy-makers of economics industrial policy public policy intellectual property rights and health financing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815375999

Pharmaceutical Industry Practices on Genotoxic Impurities A great deal of confusion and uncertainty over genotoxic impurity (GTI) identification assessment and control exists in the pharmaceutical industry today. Pharmaceutical Industry Practices on Genotoxic Impurities strives to facilitate scientific and systematic consensus on GTI management by presenting rationales strategies methods interpretations practices and case studies from the pharmaceutical industry. Featuring the contributions of industry leaders from nine major pharmaceutical companies this authoritative text: Explores the safety quality and regulatory aspects of GTIs Provides an overview of the latest FDA and EMEA guidelines Explains the how and why of various GTI control tactics and practices Describes genotoxicity evaluation acceptable exposure calculation and analytical methods for testing Includes real-life examples of GTI control in drug substance and drug product development processes Containing case studies from large and small pharmaceutical firms in multiple geographical regions Pharmaceutical Industry Practices on Genotoxic Impurities supplies an overview of—and a current framework for—GTI control in the pharmaceutical industry demonstrating how proper management of GTIs can occur with the appropriate guidance a firm grasp of the practical implications and effective information sharing between disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874202

Pharmaceutical Inhalation Aerosol Technology Third Edition This fully revised and updated third edition of Pharmaceutical Inhalation Aerosol Technology encompasses the scientific and technical foundation for the rationale design componentry assembly and quality performance metrics of therapeutic inhalers in their delivery of pharmaceutical aerosols to treat symptoms or the underlying causes of disease. It focuses on the importance of pharmaceutical engineering as a foundational element of all inhaler products and their application to pulmonary drug delivery. The expanded scope considers previously unaddressed aspects of pharmaceutical inhalation aerosol technology and the patient interface by including aerosol delivery lung deposition and clearance that are used as measures of effective dose delivery. Key Features: Provides a thoroughly revised and expanded reference with authoritative discussions on the physiologic pharmacologic metabolic molecular cellular and physicochemical factors influencing the efficacy and utilization of pharmaceutical aerosols Emphasizes the importance of pharmaceutical engineering as a foundational element of all inhaler products and their application to pulmonary drug delivery Addresses the physics chemistry and engineering principles while establishing disease relevance Expands the ‘technology’ focus of the original volumes to address the title more directly Offers an impressive breadth of coverage as well as an international flavour from outstanding editors and contributors Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138063075

Pharmaceutical Isothermal Calorimetry Pharmaceutical Isothermal Calorimetry discusses the application of isothermal calorimetric techniques to challenges encountered during the rational design and development of novel drugs and drug delivery systems. Providing a comprehensive review of recent research and trends this book contains an expert discussion of research and applications to pharmaceutical characterization and formulation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390204

Pharmaceutical Marketing in the 21st Century Pharmaceutical Marketing in the 21st Century helps professionals in the pharmaceutical field anticipate and prepare for market changes and advances and it guides them in adjusting their marketing strategies to remain competitive in the coming era. Ideal for product managers planners and strategists this book puts the past twenty years of pharma Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429090646

Pharmaceutical MarketingA Practical Guide Designed as a practical guide for the pharmaceutical industry this book covers how to apply cutting-edge marketing concepts and tools to the real-world intricacies of marketing a heavily regulated product whose success is determined not by the actual end-user but by various industry stakeholders. From creating a worldwide vision that cascades int Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429134180

Pharmaceutical MetricsMeasuring and Improving R & D Performance 'What gets measured gets fixed' and this is as true of the pharmaceutical industry as any other. The problem is that pharmaceutical businesses are complex. Drug research and development involves extended and expensive processes; defining appropriate metrics for these processes is not easy yet ineffective or misguided metrics can be more damaging than none at all. David Zuckerman's Pharmaceutical Metrics is an extremely practical guide to selecting a system selling it to top management choosing and defining the right metrics for your system communicating and displaying the results. And because metrics are about how to shape and develop your business he explores how to deploy them organization-wide and make sure that they are driving business improvement. In order to reflect the needs of different types of pharmaceutical company the author uses four sample companies throughout the book to illustrate the principles for 'big pharma' 'micro pharma' a virtual development company and a CRO. This highly practical book provides a step-by-step guide to creating a state-of-the-art strategy-driven metrics system for pharmaceutical R&D supported by case studies of the techniques applied and tips for optimizing the system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254763

Pharmaceutical Packaging Handbook Pharmaceutical Packaging Handbook provides a complete overview of the role that packaging plays in the development and delivery of pharmaceuticals and medical devices. Supplying a thorough examination of the industry in size and scope the book covers drug dosage forms vaccines biologically produced products and medical foods.Features:Discusses Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429163333

Pharmaceutical Patent Protection and World Trade LawThe Unresolved Problem of Access to Medicines Patents including pharmaceutical patents enjoy extended protection for twenty years under the TRIPs Agreement. The Agreement has resulted in creating a two-tier system of the World Trade Organisation Member States and its implementation has seen the price of pharmaceutical products skyrocket putting essential medicines beyond the reach of the common man. The hardest hit populations come from the developing and least developed countries  which have either a weak healthcare system or no healthcare at all where access to essential and affordable medicines is extremely difficult to achieve.Pharmaceutical Patent Protection and World Trade Law studies the problems faced by these countries in obtaining access to affordable medicines for their citizens in light of the TRIPS Agreement. It explores the opportunities that are still open for some developing countries to utilise the flexibilities available under the TRIPS Agreement in order to mitigate the damage caused by it. The book also examines the interrelationship between the world governing bodies and the right to health contained in some of the developing country’s national constitutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590918

Pharmaceutical Pelletization Technology This book serves as a formulation and processing guide during the development of pelletized dosage forms. It provides the pharmaceutical technologist with basic information about the design aspects of the relevant processing equipment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066231

Pharmaceutical Perspectives of Nucleic Acid-Based Therapy Emphasizing its uses in cancer and cardiovascular and autoimmune diseases Pharmaceutical Perspectives of Nucleic Acid-Based Therapy presents a comprehensive account of gene therapy from development in the laboratory to clinical applications. Internationally acclaimed scientists discuss the potential use of lipids peptides and polymers for the in vivo delivery of nucleic acids the genesis of structure-synthesis-function interrelationships and the evolutionary approaches of these gene carriers. The book also addresses the influence of a viable gene expression system on disease by controlling gene regulation transcription translation and replication. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454883

Pharmaceutical Photostability and Stabilization Technology Based on a training course developed by Dr. Joseph T. Piechocki and other experts in this field whose contributions appear in this book for two International Meetings on the Photostability of Drugs and Drug Products this text clarifies the guidelines set by the International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) and provides a comprehensive background in the scientific principles involved in photostability testing.  Presenting the advantages and disadvantages of various procedures so the reader can select and utilize the most appropriate technique best-suited to their needs this source includes references to current literature in the field and offers an opinion on future opportunities and challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390358

Pharmaceutical Powder Compaction Technology Compaction of powder constituents—both active ingredient and excipients—is examined to ensure consistent and reproducible disintegration and dispersion profiles. Revised to reflect modern pharmaceutical compacting techniques this second edition of Pharmaceutical Powder Compaction Technology guides pharmaceutical engineers formulation scientists and product development and quality assurance personnel through the compaction formulation process and application. This unique reference covers: The physical structure of pharmaceutical compacts Bonding phenomena that occur during powder compaction Compression mechanisms of pharmaceutical particles Theories and basic principles of powder compaction New topics include: Compaction data analysis techniques The migration of powder constituents into commercial manufacture Instrumentation for compaction Compaction functionality testing which is likely to become a USP requirement Design space for compaction Metrics required for scalability in tablet compression Interactive compaction and preformulation database for commonly used excipients Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420089172

Pharmaceutical Powder ComPattion Technology This unique reference examines the modern pharmaceutical compacting techniques used to form tablets out of powders-describing the physical structure of pharmaceutical compacts the bonding phenomena that occur during powder compaction and the compression mechanisms of pharmaceutical particles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401573

Pharmaceutical Preformulation and FormulationA Practical Guide from Candidate Drug Selection to Commercial Dosage Form Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation: A Practical Guide from Candidate Drug Selection to Commercial Dosage Form reflects the mounting pressure on pharmaceutical companies to accelerate the new drug development and launch process as well as the shift from developing small molecules to the growth of biopharmaceuticals. The book meets the ne Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429147654

Pharmaceutical Process Design and Management A quality product or service is the successful and profitable outcome of organising resources as judged by the final customer. Every business unit needs processes in order to do this effectively; and all processes must be documented so that achievements can be measured and future improvements planned and implemented. Pharmaceutical Process Design and Management takes a step-wise approach to process management. It presents the various elements comprising a process (man machine materials method and environment); it looks at quality control and quality assurance tools for quality improvements and ways of structuring a process into discrete fully accountable elements; it proposes that for processes to run successfully all operators must be the initial problem-solvers; finally it illustrates how with the right tools every problem can be broken down into solvable elements. Learn how to deploy a science and risk-based approach to pharmaceutical manufacturing by taking a fundamental approach to process design and management and as a consequence keep your customers satisfied and your profits healthy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255500

Pharmaceutical Process Engineering With step-by-step methods of drug production and knowledge of major unit operations and key concepts of pharmaceutical engineering this guide will help to improve communication among the varied professionals working in the pharmaceutical industry. Key features: REVISION OF A BESTSELLER - Updates include recent advances in the field to keep pharmac Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429142208

Pharmaceutical Product DevelopmentIn Vitro-In Vivo Correlation During the last two decades the pharmaceutical industry has been under pressure to reduce development costs and the time needed to bring drugs to market in order to maximize return on investment and bring treatments to patients sooner. To meet these ends pharmaceutical scientists working in the differing areas of pharmacy pharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics are collaborating to address physicochemical and biological issues in the early stages of development to avoid problems in later stages. In Vitro-In Vivo Correlation (IVIVC) is a multidisciplinary tool that has been successfully applied in testing the effectiveness of a drug substance. The only comprehensive guide available on IVIVC this source illustrates the emerging importance of IVIVC in the drug development process and covers the most recent advances and regulatory perspectives on the role of IVIVC in the pharmaceutical industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453176

Pharmaceutical Product DevelopmentInsights Into Pharmaceutical Processes Management and Regulatory Affairs Pharmaceutical product development is a multidisciplinary activity involving extensive efforts in systematic product development and optimization in compliance with regulatory authorities to ensure the quality efficacy and safety of resulting products. Pharmaceutical Product Development equips the pharmaceutical formulation scientist with extensive and up-to-date knowledge of drug product development and covers all steps from the beginning of product conception to the final packaged form that enters the market and lifecycle management thereof. Applications of core scientific principles for product development are also thoroughly discussed in conjunction with the latest approaches involving design of experiment and quality by design with comprehensive illustrations based on practical case studies of several dosage forms. The book presents pharmaceutical product development information in an easy-to-read mode with simplified theories case studies and guidelines for students academicians and professionals in the pharmaceutical industry. It is an invaluable resource and hands-on guide covering managerial regulatory and practical aspects of pharmaceutical product lifecycle management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498730778

Pharmaceutical Production FacilitiesDesign and Applications Pharmaceutical Production Facilities: Design and Applications considers the concepts and constraints that have to be considered in the design of small medium and large scale production plants. The layout along with the flow of materials and personnel through facilities are considered with reference to ensuring compliance with current good manufacturing practice. The book explains how clean rooms have developed and how recent regulations affect their design. The latest concepts for reducing contamination levels from the operator and the product are discussed. It assess current changes in standards and quality control and makes suggestions for the "ideal production environment" to enable standards to be validated to current standards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400620

Pharmaceutical Public Policy As the most common health-care intervention prescription drug use shares the most important characteristics of the health-care system in the United States. When everything works well it makes possible breathtakingly successful applications of science to the prevention and cure of human suffering. But everything doesn’t always work well. Pharmaceutical Public Policy provides the understanding and framework required for effective organization financing and delivery of pharmaceutical products and services. It supplies an overview of the policy process as well as the roles of legislation and regulation in pharmaceutical policy. The book identifies the goals objectives and key policy issues of concern to stakeholders involved in the development of products use of pharmaceuticals in healthcare and administration of insurance programs by both the private and government sectors. Policy issues examined include the appropriateness of prescribing and patient adherence.Addressing questions of access quality and cost the book considers the operation of the Affordable Care Act and Medicare Part D. It details the responsibilities of Federal providers of pharmaceutical care and private and public payers such as managed care organizations pharmacy benefit managers Medicare and Medicaid.The book covers the policies and practices involved in promoting pharmaceutical products. It also considers pharmacoeconomics as a response to market failure. Finally the book describes the market the role of the manufacturer drug shortages and the responsibilities of the FDA. The book includes a Foreword by Jerry Avorn MD Professor of Medicine Harvard Medical School; and Chief Division of Pharmacoepidemiology and Pharmacoeconomics Brigham and Woman’s Hospital. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498748506

Pharmaceutical Quality Systems When a pharmaceutical company decides to build a Quality System it has to face the fact that there aren't any guideline that define exactly how such a system has to be built. With terms such as quality system quality assurance and quality management used interchangeably even defining the system's objectives is a problem. This book provides a practical guide to building a quality system. Beginning with explanations of key terms and concepts it covers ISO 9000 and GMP and how to combine them and includes a matrix showing their similarities and differences. Implementation reviews illustrate how Quality (Management) Systems have been installed successfully in pharmaceutical companies. Also covered are the individual components of a Quality System; auditing validation and supplier qualification systems; and Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398705

Pharmaceutical Research Democracy and ConspiracyInternational Clinical Trials in Local Medical Institutions Clinical trials used to be conducted overwhelmingly in the US and Europe but for a range of economic technical and ethical reasons the number of multicentre studies recruiting subjects in different regions of the World has grown exponentially. New medicines are tested in vast research networks involving several countries hospitals and other medical institutions and hundreds of individual subjects. In Pharmaceutical Research Democracy and Conspiracy Edison Bicudo examines the connections between global and local scales exploring how it is possible for social actors as different as global companies and patients of local hospitals to come together and establish social relationships that may last many years. He also identifies the implications of these global-local relationships for the financial technical and cultural structures of the participating hospitals. His study draws on fieldwork conducted in five countries: the UK Spain France Brazil and South Africa. Shining a light on the social mediations that enable the encounter between these rationalities the author concludes that this has the practical effect of subjecting countries hosting trials to institutional engineering. Hospitals and research agencies create new sometimes surprising institutional arrangements to cope with international research projects which change relations between physicians and patients as they acquire new roles as clinical investigators and research subjects. Frequently such shifts deviate the institutional structures of medical institutions away from democratic and towards conspiratorial schemes. The book reviews the concept of mediation in sociological thought proposes further developments in Habermas’ theory of communicative action and offers some political reflection about the role of institutions in contemporary democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472423573

Pharmaceutical Stress TestingPredicting Drug Degradation Second Edition The second edition of Pharmaceutical Stress Testing: Predicting Drug Degradation provides a practical and scientific guide to designing executing and interpreting stress testing studies for drug substance and drug product. This is the only guide available to tackle this subject in-depth. The Second Edition expands coverage from chemical stability into the physical aspects of stress testing and incorporates the concept of Quality by Design into the stress testing construct / framework. It has been revised and expanded to include chapters on large molecules such as proteins and antibodies and it outlines the changes in stress testing that have emerged in recent years. Key features include: A renowned Editorial team and contributions from all major drug companies reflecting a wealth of experience. 10 new chapters including Stress Testing and its relationship to the assessment of potential genotoxic degradants combination drug therapies proteins oligonucleotides physical changes and alternative dosage forms such as liposomal formulations Updated methodologies for predicting drug stability and degradation pathways Best practice models to follow An expanded Frequently Asked Questions section This is an essential reference book for Pharmaceutical Scientists and those working in Quality Assurance and Drug Development (analytical sciences formulations chemical process project management). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439801796

Pharmaceutical Supply ChainDrug Quality and Security Act Error-proofing in the production process of pharmaceuticals isn’t just a matter of good business it has life-and-death implications for consumers. To that end the 2013 Drug Quality and Security Act in large part requires new mandates on tracking and tracing chain of custody in the supply chain. Pharmaceutical Supply Chain: Drug Quality and Security Act overviews the new mandate and its implications including implementation strategies for track-and-trace programs along with presenting a fuller understanding of the mechanics of intergovernmental policies and oversights. The book focuses on the delicate balance between protecting the public through legislation against negligent compounding pharmacies and protecting patients by assuring a supply of needed compounded drugs by not over-regulating the industry. The author discusses lessons learned from the earlier e-pedigree initiatives the technology advances that enable supply chain security and how the industry will need to respond to the myriad of threats facing the pharmaceutical drug supply chain and comply with this act. He goes in depth into each segment of the pharmaceutical drug supply chain describing the industry segment and how it will need to adapt to the new act. By incorporating real-world examples of industry leaders the book underlines the contributions of individuals who have made a difference through innovations and execution. It also addresses how laws are made and specifically how the Drug Quality and Security Act was passed by Congress and signed into law. In an industry that is so big you may feel that you cannot make a difference. This book provides you with key insights on how the forward supply chain process should work and how anyone can make a difference at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482258936

Pharmaceutical Unit OperationsCoating This book is a complete authoritative resource on the coating of tablets capsules and other solid dosage forms of therapeutic agents. Fourteen authors cover the industry's technologies. The book begins with a full discussion of the primary processes -- sugar coating film coating and microencapsulation -- as well as the rationale for coating methodologies formulations processing methods and equipment and cleaning. Then it explores automation of the coating process including hardware and software requirements. Finally the book examines major stability and quality control issues. Regulations underlie all discussions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400330

Pharmaceutical WaterSystem Design Operation and Validation Second Edition A major new work on all aspects of water the most used raw material ingredient in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries-used as an excipient in pharmaceutical formulations as a cleaning agent and as a separately packaged product diluent.Drawing on the author's extensive field experience with more than 400 pharmaceutical and related wat Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429144431

Pharmaceuticals to NutraceuticalsA Shift in Disease Prevention Recently there has been a fundamental shift in the global health and wellness industry from disease treatment to preventing chronic diseases. The use of nutraceuticals and functional foods in prevention efforts could lead to a decreased dependency on drugs. The pharmaceutical industry recognizes this shift; however serious concerns have arisen regarding the claimed efficacy quality and safety of products used as medical foods. This book examines the consumer and industry mindshift including the scientific evidence of these foods as effective adjuncts to pharmacotherapy during all stages of treatment of various diseases thus indicating that pharmaceuticals and nutraceuticals can and should coexist. It details quality safety and efficacy of foods drugs and nutrients; marketing and product positioning; regulatory perspectives; biomarkers and metabolites; probiotics; food/drug interactions; and future industry trends. In addition food bioactives represent diet-based molecules that perform physiological roles related to disease prevention and treatment. As such a considerable overlap exists between food bioactives and drugs—this book presents the case for comparing and contrasting foods versus drugs in several models of health and disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482260755

Pharmaceuticals-Where's the Brand Logic?Branding Lessons and Strategy Insights and analysis that challenge current thought on consumer branding theory and strategy Pharmaceutical companies need to go beyond simply relying on strong sales forces and innovative research and development to succeed. Effective branding strategy is essential. Pharmaceuticals—Where’s the Brand Logic?: Branding Le Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429092268

PharmacoeconomicsFrom Theory to Practice In this era of finite budgets healthcare rationing medication shortages and the global aging and burgeoning of populations numerous stakeholders in the healthcare arena must understand the basic principles of pharmacoeconomics and how these may be correctly applied to facilitate drug development rationing patient segmentation disease management and pricing model development. Pharmacoeconomics: From Theory to Practice Second Edition focuses on how to more efficiently and rationally leverage these healthcare resources not by restricting access to necessary services but by using them more efficiently. This updated volume arms decision makers with the tools they need to make wise choices in an area where the stakes are extremely high—the health of the global population. Key Features: Introduces the major concepts and principles of Pharmacoeconomics Gives updated information about pharmacoeconomic models value-based pricing novel modelling methodologies and international utilization of these modalities in government the pharmaceutical industry and health care settings Demonstrates the full range of ethical and moral issues as well as overall public health and commercial concerns that are often involved in decisions entailing pharmacoeconomic issues Presents both theory and methodology discussions including real-world examples in each chapter 'The methods and application of  pharmacoeconomics are rapidly evolving so the new edition of this textbook is very timely. It provides an excellent introduction for those new to the field whether they be students professionals within the pharmaceutical industry or health care professionals more generally. A particularly useful feature of the book is that it gives an introduction both to the main methods used in pharmacoeconomics studies and how these studies are used in decisions about the reimbursement or appropriate use of medicines in several countries.'  - Michael Drummond Professor of Health Economics University of York Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138589834

Pharmacoepidemiology This volume is comprised of papers presented at the Third International Conference on Pharmacoepidemiology held September 9-11 1987 in Minneapolis Minnesota. The book is divided into four sections which reflect the four themes of the conference: Social Impact of Pharmacoepidemiology; Drug Epidemiology and the Law; Drug Surveillance; and Drugs Populations and Outcomes: Specific Studies. The collection of papers discusses the social and legal impact of epidemiology the system of checks and balances that is necessary for the field the importance of core support for researchers and the goal of an enlightened and informed public including the media consumer advocates and the courts. Contributing authors offer perspectives from academia practice government industry and the law. Numerous tables and figures are included to illustrate many of the papers within the text. This book offers substantial reading for epidemiologists and individuals interested in the field of pharmacoepidemiology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451028

Pharmacogenetics The only source on the subject to offer both an overview and a disease-based approach this reference text spans the wide array of technical methodological regulatory and ethical issues related to pharmacogenetics and stresses the impact of pharmacogenetic data on patient care and management. Providing expertly selected references tables and f Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429116667

Pharmacogenetics of Breast CancerTowards the Individualization of Therapy Pharmacogenetics is becoming increasingly relevant in the diagnosis treatment and recovery of cancer patients. A major problem facing oncologists is the outstanding varied efficacy of treatment. Promising advances in pharmacogenetics have allowed the development of effective agents which will enable personalized cancer chemotherapy to become rout Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429137723

Pharmacogenomics of Alcohol and Drugs of Abuse Pharmacogenomics is the basis of personalized medicine which is said to be the medicine of the future. Understanding genetic variation in drug and alcohol response is vital for professionals working in rehabilitation programs. The same principles that are applicable for therapeutic drugs are also applicable for drugs of abuse. Pharmacogenomics can supplement traditional therapeutic drug monitoring potentially predicting correct dosage before initiation of the drug therapy. Applying these principles to testing and treatment Pharmacogenomics of Alcohol and Drugs of Abuse discusses the role of the clinical laboratory in the practice of personalized medicine. With contributions from a range of experts the book presents the genetic aspects of alcohol metabolism and other drugs including marijuana cocaine and amphetamines. In addition to basic pharmacogenomic aspects the book addresses slate and trait markers of drugs of abuse so readers can consider setting appropriate biomarker tests in their clinical laboratory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381493

Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Data AnalysisConcepts and Applications Second Edition Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Data Analysis: Concepts and Applications teaches everyday biological data analysis to the undergraduate and graduate levels. Through numerous examples and over 100 tutorials scientists learn how to use PK/PD seamlessly in a variety of practical areas from simple plasma kinetics multi-compartment models nonlinear kinetics plasma protein binding pharmacodynamic models turnover concepts receptor binding functional adaption and rebound dose-response-time data analysis inter-species scaling and a lot more. A substantial effort has been invested into the new pharmacokineticsand pharmacodynamics including many new and updated Case Studies. The text develops a logical real-world approach to data and reasoning showing the reader how to: Think both analytically and visually about data Use graphics to make a point Impove your pattern recognition ability Make sound decisions Strategize your data analyses Appreciate more fully the exciting field of Quantitative Pharmacology Media > Books > Print Books Swedish Pharmaceutic 9789198299106

Pharmacokinetics and Toxicokinetics Pharmacokinetics and Toxicokinetics provides an overview of pharmacokinetics and toxicokinetics in a comprehensible interrelated and applied manner. It integrates the principles held in common by both fields through a logical and systematic approach. The book presents mathematical descriptions of physiological processes employed in different approaches to PK/TK modeling. It focuses on emphasizing general principles and concepts rather than isolated observations. Above all the book is an effort to blend the pharmaceutical and toxicological aspects of both fields. The systematic compilation of mathematical concepts and methodologies allows readers to decide on relevant concepts and approaches for their research scientific or regulatory decisions or for offering advance courses and seminars. This is an invaluable resource for scientists in the pharmaceutical sciences clinical sciences and environmental health sciences as well as those involved in drug discovery and development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482221343

Pharmacokinetics for the Pharmaceutical Scientist Major presentation of pharmacokinetics by a leading international expert. Methods for: estimating drug disposition parameters from data obtained after intravascular or extravascular drug administration estimating rate and extent of drug bioavailability and comparing rate and extent of drug availability following administration of several different dosage forms of a drug. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402402

Pharmacological and Psychosocial Treatments in Schizophrenia Pharmacological and Psychosocial Treatments in Schizophrenia provides a succinct clinical overview of key areas pertinent to the holistic treatment of people with schizophrenia and in particular puts firmly back onto the agenda the importance of psychosocial treatments. The latest data concerning the newer antipsychotic agents and clinical guidelines for their use are reviewed. The real emphasis however is on the psychosocial interventions for specific aspects of schizophrenia symptomatology and disability that have been shown to offer major benefits to recovery in the disorder and yet have failed to have a high profile in the literature as more effective biological treatments have become available. This book offers practical guidance on effective strategies for use in both clinical settings and in the family context placing the patient (and their family) once again at the centre of therapeutic endeavours. Encouraging professionals to offer a broader therapeutic approach this book will offer real hope to therapists patients and families of what can be achieved if psychosocial interventions complement the many psychopharmacological treatments available today. Key topics include: female patients treatment resistance the substance abuser patient family intervention helping the patient at work managing violent behaviour first episode psychosis and rating scales in schizophrenia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781842145340

Pharmacological Research on Traditional Herbal Medicines A concise overview of some of the findings and topics related to the pharmacology and clinical applications of traditional herbal therapeutics. It addresses the current and potential roles for herbal medicine in the context of our evolving health-care systems. Introducing many pharmacological advances made the work also describes the modern theories and scientific methodologies applied to today's studies on herbal medicines and new drug development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138457249

Pharmacological Therapies for Peripheral Vascular Disease Patients with peripheral vascular disease (PVD) are at increased risk of death when compared with age-matched healthy controls. They are also whether symptomatic or not six times more likely to die within ten years when compared to patients without the disease. This excess mortality exists even if coronary artery disease is not clinically present and makes the treatment of PVD a highly important and pressing topic. In this fully up-to-date text Dr. Mukherjee and his excellent team of twenty-one contributors present the reader with all of the currently available clinical information for treating PVD patients effectively. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392628

Pharmacological Treatment of College Students with Psychological Problems Get valuable insights into best practices and procedures for treatment Mental health practitioners across the country are increasingly treating students by combining the use of psychotropic medication with psychotherapy. Pharmacological Treatment of College Students with Psychological Problems explores in detail this uncritically accepted exponential expansion of the practice. Leading psychiatrists psychologists and social workers discuss the crucial questions and problems encountered in this widespread practice and also present specific and differing models of combined therapy. This book critically examines several of the key issues practices and competing perspectives. Professionals working in college mental health are provided with valuable insights into best practices and procedures in split and integrated treatment. Various clinicians beyond the psychiatric field are prescribing psychotropic medications with increasing frequency. Pharmacological Treatment of College Students with Psychological Problems presents a wide range of viewpoints on this issue offering evidence arguments and recommendations to clearly illustrate the need for increased attention to the use of psychotropic medications and show how psychotherapy may be safer and more beneficial. Chapters include discussions on withdrawing from medication successfully long term perturbation effects and differing models of combined therapy in practice. This resource is comprehensively referenced. Topics in Pharmacological Treatment of College Students with Psychological Problems include: identification of the key issues and practices of combining psychotropic medication with counseling in treatment elements of two separate university counseling centers and how they provide combined treatment emerging research on perturbation effects of use of psychotropic medications best practices in the combined treatment in college settings key unresolved questions that need further research bringing a more sophisticated level in the practice of combined treatment with college students Pharmacological Treatment of College Students with Psychological Problems is a valuable resource for all professionals from seasoned professionals to beginning practicum students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864358

Pharmacology and Aphasia This book provides clinicians and researchers with the current state-of-the-art on the pharmacological treatment of aphasia. The focus is on the role of different pharmacological agents to improve aphasia associated with stroke and to attenuate language dissolution in degenerative conditions like Alzheimer’s disease and primary progressive aphasia. This book is the first one that addresses these topics. Leaders in the field provide tutorial reviews on how focal brain injury and degeneration impact on the normal the activity of different neurotransmitter systems and how drugs combined or not with rehabilitation can improve language and communication deficits. This is nicely illustrated by studies on single cases and case series describing the beneficial effects of interventions combining drugs with evidence-based rehabilitation techniques. Throughout the volume future directions to refine testing aimed to detect gains in language and non-language cognitive deficits promoted by drug treatment are highlighted. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in the rehabilitation of aphasia and related cognitive disorders. This book was originally published as a special issue of Aphasiology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738921

Pharmacology and Therapeutics of Airway Disease Emphasizing state-of-the-art pharmacological and therapeutic approaches in controlling pathophysiological processes in the airways Pharmacology and Therapeutics of Airway Disease reviews normal and abnormal physiological biochemical and molecular aspects of the respiratory tract.Covering the basic mechanisms of inflammatory cell activation and pathophysiology in disease therapeutic ways of controlling inflammation reversing or preventing airflow obstruction and symptomatic treatments of advanced disease. Written as a concise clinical reference guide covering the current and future airway disease treatments this text encompasses: pathophysiology of respiratory tract diseases the methods of measuring airway and clinical responses the concepts upon which many treatments are used in COPD and asthma conditions the way in which these treatments work and how new treatments can be discovered and tested in various patient groups state-of-the-art pharmacological and therapeutic approaches in controlling pathophysiological processes in the airways normal and abnormal physiological biochemical and molecular aspects of the respiratory tract basic mechanisms of inflammatory cell activation and pathophysiology in disease therapeutic ways of controlling inflammation ways of reversing or preventing airflow obstruction and symptomatic treatments of advanced disease Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384999

Pharmacology and Treatment of Substance AbuseEvidence and Outcome Based Perspectives Given the prevalence of substance abuse in general clinical populations it is important for healthcare providers to have knowledge and skill in the treatment of these problems. Evidence-Based Practice (EBP) involves the integration of the best evidence with clinical expertise and patient values. This text is designed as a bridge for practitioners that will provide up-to-date evidence reviews as well as information on how to best keep up with emerging trends in the field.  The editors have gathered expert authors to provide a much needed summary of the current status of the evidence based practice for both the assessment and treatment of specific substance use disorders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203893357

Pharmacology in 7 Days for Medical Students Pharmacological knowledge among medical students can have a very short 'half life': students often fail not because they have failed to study but because they have been unable to retain key knowledge and reproduce it in an exam setting. This book takes an alternative route to the conventional approach of comprehensively exploring each individual drug and its features: not only can such an approach overwhelm and make knowledge retention difficult but the current exam format makes questions structured in this way unlikely anyway. Instead of aiming to be completely comprehensive it examines drugs systematically by classifications mechanisms of action therapeutic uses and side effects enabling students to gain the distilled functional grasp of pharmacology that their exams actually demand quickly and clearly. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379265

Pharmacology Mind Maps for Medical Students and Allied Health Professionals Pharmacology Mind Maps is meant as a concise companion for the pharmacology students enabling them to revise the subject in a short time through the innovative and effective technique of mind maps after understanding the subject from a standard reference textbook. This handy manual provides the subject information in a condensed form helping in last minute revision. Mind mapping is slowly taking over traditional methods and techniques and is explored extensively for a subject like pharmacology which is both an essential as well as a difficult subject to master for a medical student. This book will thus help the students to read revise and recollect the subject easily and rapidly. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138351240

Pharmacotherapy of ObesityOptions and Alternatives Primarily intended for physicians and health care professionals who are treating obese patients this book explores current and future options for drug treatment of obesity puts them into perspective against available alternative treatments. Distinguished scientists and clinical investigators provide reviews of each individual topic covering a wide range of subjects from pathophysiology of obesity to the benefits of weight loss. The core sections on pharmacotherapy deal with currently available drugs and drugs in pre-clinical development complemented with sections on non-drug treatment and general therapeutic aspects to provide an integrated view of therapeutic approaches to the treatment of obesity and its associated syndromes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394165

Pharmacy Finance and ManagementYour Questions Answered First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315381053

Pharmacy Informatics Applies the Principles of Informatics to the Pharmacy ProfessionEmphasizes Evidence-Based Practice and Quality Improvement ApproachesLeading the way in the integration of information technology with healthcare Pharmacy Informatics reflects some of the rapid changes that have developed in the pharmacy profession. Written by educators and professionals at the forefront in this field the book shows how informatics plays a central role in providing productive and efficient healthcare services. After defining pharmacy informatics the text explores the information and biomedical technologies that are the drivers of change. It then discusses the basics of maintaining the reliability and security of computers in a connected world the need for standardization in the healthcare industry and effective strategies for searching evaluating and managing the wide variety of information resources available today. The next section covers the types of information systems that exist in hospitals and pharmacies including bar coding. The book then presents tools for evidence-based practice computerized clinical pharmacokinetics methods clinical decision support and data mining methods to improve therapy reduce adverse outcomes and cut costs. The final section examines various developments driven by the Internet and how current informatics solutions must evolve to maximize their potential.The continual growth and increasing complexity of therapeutic information necessitate new ways for effectively handling medical data and ultimately providing better patient care. This book discusses how these changes affect pharmacy students and practicing pharmacists preparing them for what lies ahead in this evolving field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384807

Pharmacy Law Desk Reference Your primary source for information on the legal issues of pharmaceutical practice care and activityToday’s pharmacist is faced with legal ethical and moral concerns in making the transition from traditional pharmacy practice to an expanded role in clinical pharmacy and patient drug management services. Pharmacy Law Desk Reference is a primer on the legal aspects of pharmaceutical practice providing background on foundational legal concepts and guidance on the Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) and the Federal Trade Commission. This unique book examines the major topics that impact pharmaceutical care including professional liability insurance; the need for supportive personnel in pharmacy practice; patent law trademarks and copyrights; law and ethics; business law; HIPAA privacy in the pharmacy; electronic prescribing; and medication error reporting. Handy tables figures and exhibits make complex information easy to access and understand.The better pharmacists understand the regulatory and legislative framework that shapes their practice the better they will be able to carry out their responsibilities to patients. Pharmacy Law Desk Reference offers a broad scope on established legal subjects the current direction of the profession and important contemporary topics that affect the clinical role of the practicing pharmacist. Each chapter is authored by a nationally recognized authority on one or more aspect of pharmacy law and many of the contributors are active in the American Society of Pharmacy Law. Topics addressed in Pharmacy Law Desk Reference include: telepharmacy collaborative drug therapy management trade secrets and trade secret protection anti-competitive practices the threat of civil and criminal liability the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) FDA inspections consumer protection laws credentialing pharmacy compounding accreditation employment contracts Medicaid and Medicare controlled substance registration and prescription orders forged prescription orders and many morePharmacy Law Desk Reference is a comprehensive resource on the professional legal and contemporary issues in pharmacy practice. It is a primary reference guidebook for pharmacy practitioners leaders of state and national pharmacists associations members of state boards of pharmacy educators and students and an essential addition to all pharmacy libraries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049327

Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice discusses the many factors impinging on daily practice and the place of pharmacy in the delivery of health care. The book goes beyond simply considering how pharmacy is practised and draws on a diverse range of disciplines including sociology social policy psychology anthropology history and health economics with each contributor bringing a unique perspective and insight into that practice. In this fully updated edition the content and presentation have been thoroughly revised and new material added to reflect the many changes that have occurred in the last edition particularly in pharmacy and health policy and professional regulation and development. The book provides the background and context for issues currently impacting professional practice and which will determine how pharmacy will develop in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482253429

PharmacyWhat It Is and How It Works Now fully updated for its fourth edition Pharmacy: What It Is and How It Works continues to provide a comprehensive review of all aspects of pharmacy from the various roles pathways and settings of pharmacists to information about how pharmacy works within the broader health care system. Beginning with a brief historical perspective on the field the book discusses the many facets of the pharmacy profession. It describes the role of pharmacists in different settings and provides information ranging from licensing requirements to working conditions highlighting the critical role of pharmacists within the health care system. The author examines the drug use process with sections on distribution prescribing dispensing and pricing. He also discusses the role of pharmacy support personnel. A chapter on informatics explores how pharmacy has evolved through information technology and automation. Additional chapters cover poison control pharmaceutical care pharmacy organizations the drug approval process and career development. Designed for classroom and professional use the book contains numerous tools to facilitate comprehension including: Learning objectives to help readers focus on the goals of each chapter Informative tables and figures summarizing data Summary paragraphs tying in salient points Discussion questions and exercises to test assimilation "Challenges" which place the material in broader context Websites and references to encourage further study This valuable text provides a look into the profession that is both broad and deep supplying a one-stop introduction to a promising career in pharmacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138038356

Pharoah'S Gateway To Eternity First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994867

Phase Behavior of Petroleum Reservoir Fluids Developed in conjunction with several oil companies using experimental data for real reservoir fluids Phase Behavior of Petroleum Reservoir Fluids introduces industry standard methods for modeling the phase behavior of petroleum reservoir fluids at different stages in the process. Keeping mathematics to a minimum this book discusses sampling characterization compositional analyses and equations of state used to simulate various pressure–volume–temperature (PVT) properties of reservoir fluids. Featuring new figures references and updates throughout this Second Edition: Adds simulation results for PVT data obtained with the PC-SAFT equation Describes routine and EOR PVT experiments with enhanced procedural detail Expands coverage of sampling compositional analyses and measurement of PVT data Phase Behavior of Petroleum Reservoir Fluids Second Edition supplies a solid understanding of the phase behavior of the various fluids present in a petroleum reservoir providing practical knowledge essential for achieving optimal design and cost-effective operations in a petroleum processing plant. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852231

Phase Change Material-Based Heat SinksA Multi-Objective Perspective Phase-change Material based heat sinks and associated optimization remains a topic of great interest as evident from the increasing number of citations and new applications and miniaturization. Often the multi objective perspective of such heat sinks is ignored. This book introduces the readers to the PCM based heat sinks and Multi objective optimization. The authors have also included interesting in house experimental results on the "Rotating heat sinks" which is a first of a kind work. Useful to budding thermal researchers and practicing engineers in the field this book is also a great start for students to understand the cooling applications in electronics and an asset to every library in a technical university. Since this book not only gives a critical review of the state of the art but also presents the authors' own results. The book will encourage motivate and let the reader consider pursuing a research career in electronic cooling technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367344030

Phase Equilibria in Ionic Liquid Facilitated Liquid-Liquid Extractions This book provides a comprehensive overview of ionic liquid based separation techniques. The glimpse of thermodynamic predictive models along with global optimization techniques will help readers understand the separation techniques at molecular and macroscopic levels. Experimental and characterization techniques are coupled with model based predictions so as to provide multicomponent data for the scientific community. The models will focus more on the a-priori based predictions which gives higher emphasis on hydrogen-bonded systems. Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) technique will also eventually help the readers to apply optimization technique to an extraction process. The overriding goal of this work is to provide pathways for leading engineers and researchers toward a clear understanding and firm grasp of the phase equilibria of Ionic Liquid systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573799

Phase Estimation in Optical Interferometry Phase Estimation in Optical Interferometry covers the essentials of phase-stepping algorithms used in interferometry and pseudointerferometric techniques. It presents the basic concepts and mathematics needed for understanding the phase estimation methods in use today. The first four chapters focus on phase retrieval from image transforms using a single frame. The next several chapters examine the local environment of a fringe pattern give a broad picture of the phase estimation approach based on local polynomial phase modeling cover temporal high-resolution phase evaluation methods and present methods of phase unwrapping. The final chapter discusses experimental imperfections that are liable to adversely influence the accuracy of phase measurements. Responding to the push for the deployment of novel technologies and fast-evolving techniques this book provides a framework for understanding various modern phase estimation methods. It also helps readers get a comparative view of the performance and limitations of the approaches. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033658

Phase Transformations and Heat Treatments of Steels The perpetual flow of understanding between phase transformation that controls grain/microstructures and heat treatment which decides the size of grains/microstructures of steels is not well articulated in the perspective of undergraduate students. In Phase Transformations and Heat Treatments of Steels theories of phase transformation have been used to obtain a desirable phase or combination of phases by performing appropriate heat treatment operations leading to unification of both the concepts. Further it includes special and critical heat treatment practices case studies local and in-service heat treatments curative and preventive measures of heat treatment defects for several common and high-performance applications. Features: Presents fundamentals of phase transformation in steels Analyzes basics of phase transformation due to heat treatment of steel under various environmental conditions Explains application of heat treatment for different structural components Discusses heat treatment defects and detection Emphasizes heat treatment of special steels and in-situ heat treatment practices Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367028688

Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys (Revised Reprint) Expanded and revised to cover developments in the field over the past 17 years and now reprinted to correct errors in the prior printing Phase Transformation in Metals and Alloys Third Edition provides information and examples that better illustrate the engineering relevance of this topic. It supplies a comprehensive overview of specific types of phase transformations supplemented by practical case studies of engineering alloys. New in the Third Edition: Computer-aided calculation of phase diagrams Recent developments in metallic glasses The Scheil method of calculating a CCT diagram from a TTT diagram Expanded treatment of the nucleation and growth of polygonal ferrite and bainite New case studies covering copper precipitation hardening of very low carbon bainitic steel and very fine carbide-free bainite Detailed treatment of strain-induced martensite provides a theoretical background to transformation-induced plasticity (TRIP) steels Unique Presentation Links Theory to ApplicationAdding new case studies detailed examples and exercises drawn from current applications the third edition keeps the previous editions popular easy-to -follow style and excellent mix of basic and advanced information making it ideal for those new to the field. The book‘s unique presentation links basic understanding of theory with application in a gradually progressive yet exciting manner. Based on the author‘s teaching notes the book takes a pedagogical approach and provides examples for applications and problems that can be readily used for exercises. PowerPoint illustrations available with qualifying course adoptions Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458079

Phase Transformations of Elements Under High Pressure As laboratories replace heavy hydraulic presses and bulky high-pressure chambers with miniature diamond anvils traditional heaters with laser heating and continue to improve methods of shock compression there has been considerable new data obtained from the high-pressure high-temperature modification of pure elements. The dense metallic modification of elements shows the potential for achieving superconductivity akin to theoretical predictions.Phase Transformations of Elements Under High Pressure contains the latest theoretical and experimental information on nearly 100 elements including first-and second-phase transitions melting lines crystal structures of stable and metastable phases stability of polymorphic modifications and other useful properties and data. It emphasizes features such as changes in the liquid state amorphization and metallization and provides temperature-pressure diagrams for every element. The book also describes the transitions of polymeric forms of fullerene crystal modifications of elements stable under high pressures and provides data that confirms their superconducting and magnetic properties.This handbook will be a lasting reference for scientists in a broad range of disciplines including solid-state physics chemistry crystallography mineralogy and materials science. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220475

Phase Transitions in Solids Under High Pressure The use of high-pressure techniques has become popular for studying the nature of substances and phenomena occurring in them especially as a means of obtaining new materials (synthesis under high pressure) and processing known materials (hydroextrusion). A product of many years of research by the authors and their colleagues Phase Transitions in Solids under High Pressure discusses the relationships of phase transformations in solids under high pressure the mechanism of these transformations crystal geometry the effect of deformation the conditions of formation and preservation of the high-pressure phases under normal pressure.The book begins with an introduction that describes the relationship of the thermodynamics of phase transformations and the kinetics of the transformations. This is followed by a chapter explaining the equipment and mostly original procedures for investigating phase transformation in solids under high hydrostatic and quasi-hydrostatic pressures. The book covers phase transformations under high pressure in a wide temperature range in the elements carbon silicon germanium titanium zirconium iron gallium and cerium as well as in titanium- and iron-based alloys and AIBVII AIIBVI and AIIIBV compounds.In addition the book examines the kinetics of phase transformations in iron-based alloys in isobaric–isothermal conditions. The authors present results for phase transformations in deformation under high pressure describe several non-trivial effects associated with phase transformations under high pressure and analyze the kinetics and hysteresis of high-temperature and low-temperature phase transformations. They conclude by describing the role of investigations under high pressure for determining general relationships governing phase transformations in solids. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466594241

Phenolic Compounds in FoodCharacterization and Analysis Phenolic compounds one of the most widely distributed groups of secondary metabolites in plants have received a lot of attention in the last few years since the consumption of vegetables and beverages with a high level of such compounds may reduce risks of the development of several diseases. This is partially due to their antioxidant power since other interactions with cell functions have been discovered. What’s more phenolic compounds are involved in many functions in plants such as sensorial properties structure pollination resistance to pests and predators germination processes of seed development and reproduction. Phenolic compounds can be classified in different ways ranging from simple molecules to highly polymerized compounds. Phenolic Compounds in Food: Characterization and Analysis deals with all aspects of phenolic compounds in food. In five sections the 21 chapters of this book address the classification and occurrence of phenolic compounds in nature and foodstuffs; discuss all major aspects of analysis of phenolic compounds in foods such as extraction clean-up separation and detection; detail specific analysis methods of a number of classes of phenolic compounds from simple molecules to complex compounds; describe the antioxidant power of phenolic compounds; and discuss specific analysis methods in different foodstuffs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498722964

Phenolics in Food and Nutraceuticals Phenolics in Food and Nutraceuticals is the first single-source compendium of essential information concerning food phenolics. This unique book reports the classification and nomenclature of phenolics their occurrence in food and nutraceuticals chemistry and applications and nutritional and health effects. In addition it describes antioxidant activity of phenolics in food and nutraceuticals as well as methods for analysis and quantification. Each chapter concludes with an extensive bibliography for further reading. Food scientists nutritionists chemists biochemists and health professionals will find this book valuable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395094

Phenological Synchrony and Bird MigrationChanging Climate and Seasonal Resources in North America Bird migration is a well-researched phenological event. However few studies in North America have investigated the effects of climate change and extreme weather on the relationships of migratory avian species and their seasonal resources. This is a critical gap in knowledge that limits our ability to prioritize management and conservation applications throughout the annual cycle. Phenological Synchrony and Bird Migration: Changing Climate and Seasonal Resources in North America explores critical linkages between migratory birds their seasonal resources and shifts in climate change and weather events. Gathered from projects conducted during spring or fall migration the book covers topics such as: Conservation and management considerations for migratory birds throughout the United States with respect to climate change The relation of climate on the wintering grounds to spring migration of short- and long-distance migratory birds The relationships of migratory birds and their seasonal resources and the nature of these relationships in the face of climate change and extreme weather events at stopover habitats in both spring and fall migration With contributions from over 40 researchers and published in collaboration with and on behalf of the American Ornithological Society this volume in the highly-regarded Studies in Avian Biology series will help readers understand the effects of climate change on migratory birds and will provide a solid basis for further inquiry and research in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138575783

Phenomenal ConsciousnessUnderstanding the Relation Between Experience and Neural Processes in the Brain How can the fine-grained phenomenology of conscious experience arise from neural processes in the brain? How does a set of action potentials (nerve impulses) become like the feeling of pain in one's experience? Contemporary neuroscience is teaching us that our mental states correlate with neural processes in the brain. However although we know that experience arises from a physical basis we don't have a good explanation of why and how it so arises. The problem of how physical processes give rise to experience is called the 'hard problem' of consciousness and it is the contemporary manifestation of the mind-body problem. This book explains the key concepts that surround the issue as well as the nature of the hard problem and the several approaches to it. It gives a comprehensive treatment of the phenomenon incorporating its main metaphysical and epistemic aspects as well as recent empirical findings such as the phenomenon of blindsight change blindness visual-form agnosia and optic ataraxia mirror recognition in other primates split-brain cases and synaesthesia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711416

Phenomenological Approaches to Sport The study of sport is often thought of simply in terms of the sport sciences. This book explains how a phenomenological approach is capable of revealing the nature and meanings of sport in ways that are beyond the reach of the sciences and how the very concepts required by sport science stand in need of philosophical explanation. The book has a 'didactic' intention seeking to present and discuss ideas and tools developed in the phenomenological tradition in order to illuminate issues in sport in such a way as to be understandable for those without any previous knowledge or background. There are clear and straightforward accounts of the ideas of central thinkers such as Husserl Heidegger Merleau-Ponty and Patočka and applications of central ideas to the analysis of particular issues such as the nature of risk sports the feint in football the problem of the instant replay the role of the sport psychologist the idea of 'bodily perception' and the concept of 'transhumanism' in relation to performance enhancement. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport Ethics and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853041

Phenomenological BioethicsMedical Technologies Human Suffering and the Meaning of Being Alive Emerging medical technologies are changing our views on human nature and what it means to be alive healthy and leading a good life. Reproductive technologies genetic diagnosis organ transplantation and psychopharmacological drugs all raise existential questions that need to be tackled by way of philosophical analysis. Yet questions regarding the meaning of life have been strangely absent from medical ethics so far. This book brings phenomenology the main player in the continental tradition of philosophy to bioethics and it does so in a comprehensive and clear manner. Starting out by analysing illness as an embodied contextualized and narrated experience the book addresses the role of empathy dialogue and interpretation in the encounter between health-care professional and patient. Medical science and emerging technologies are then brought to scrutiny as endeavours that bring enormous possibilities in relieving human suffering but also great risks in transforming our fundamental life views. How are we to understand and deal with attempts to change the predicaments of coming to life and the possibilities of becoming better than well or even eventually surviving death? This is the first book to bring the phenomenological tradition including philosophers such as Martin Heidegger Edith Stein Maurice Merleau-Ponty Jean-Paul Sartre Hans-Georg Gadamer Paul Ricoeur Hans Jonas and Charles Taylor to answer such burning questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629967

Phenomenological Creep Models of Composites and NanomaterialsDeterministic and Probabilistic Approach The use of new engineering materials in the aerospace and space industry is usually governed by the need for enhancing the bearing capacity of structural elements and systems improving the performance of specific applications reducing structural weight and improving its cost-effectiveness. Crystalline composites and nanomaterials are used to design lightweight structural elements because such materials provide stiffness strength and low density/weight. This book reviews the effect of high temperature creep on structural system response and provides new phenomenological creep models (deterministic and probabilistic approach) of composites and nanomaterials. Certain criteria have been used in selecting the creep functions in order to describe a wide range of different behavior of materials. The experimental testing and evaluation of time variant creep in composite and nanomaterials is quite complex expensive and at times time consuming. Therefore the analytical analysis of creep properties and behavior of structural elements made of composite and nanocomposite materials subjected to severe thermal loadings conditions is of great practical importance. Composite elements and heterogeneous materials from which they are made make essential changes to the classical scheme for constructing the phenomenological creep model of composite elements because it reflects the specificity of the composite material and manifests itself in the choice of two basic functions of the creep constitutive equation namely memory and instantaneous modulus of elasticity functions. As such the concepts and analytical techniques presented here are important. But the principal objective of this book is to demonstrate how nonlinear viscoelastic engineering creep theory can be incorporated into the general theory of mechanics of materials so that composite components can be designed and analyzed. The results are supported by step-by-step practical structural design examples and will be useful for structural engineers code developers as well as material science researchers and university faculty. The phenomenological creep models presented in this book provide a usable engineering approximation for many applications in composite engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138506015

Phenomenological Inquiry in EducationTheories Practices Provocations and Directions Phenomenological Inquiry in Education is an edited collection of 16 chapters that offers a fascinating and diverse range of approaches and views about phenomenological inquiry as applied in educational research. Written by a group of international scholars concerned about understanding lived experience the editors assemble theoretical ideas methodological approaches and empirical research to create a distinctive transdisciplinary outlook. Embodying many unique and useful insights the book provokes thought about the possibilities for phenomenology in contemporary educational research. The international contributors highlight what an exploration of lived experience can offer qualitative research and extend on methodologies commonly used in educational research. By grounding phenomenological inquiry in the complexities of doing research across discipline areas in education the writers of the book forge links between theory and empirical research and give their unique perspectives about how phenomenological ideas are being and might be employed in educational research. The book is thus carefully crafted to address both phenomenology as a philosophical tradition and its possibilities for educational research. This scholarly work will appeal to educational researchers as well as those in broader social research. It taps into the growing international interest in phenomenological research in education which brings attention to lived experience and the highly important affective dimension of learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250317

Phenomenological Reflections on ViolenceA Skeptical Approach Following up on his previous book Violence and Phenomenology James Dodd presents here an expanded and deepened reflection on the problem of violence. The book’s six essays are guided by a skeptical philosophical attitude about the meaning of violence that refuses to conform to the exigencies of essence and the stable patterns of lived experience. Each essay tracks a discoverable sometimes familiar figure of violence while at the same time questioning its limits and revealing sites of its resistance to conceptualization. Dodd’s essays are readings as much as they are reflections; attempts at interpretation as much as they are attempts to push concepts of violence to their limits. They draw upon a range of different authors—Sartre Levinas Schelling Scheler and Husserl—and historical moments but without any attempt to reduce them into a series of examples elucidating a comprehensive theory. The aim is to follow a path of distinctively episodic and provisional modes of thinking and reflection that offers a potential glimpse at how violence can be understood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372330

Phenomenologies of the CityStudies in the History and Philosophy of Architecture Phenomenologies of the City: Studies in the History and Philosophy of Architecture brings architecture and urbanism into dialogue with phenomenology. Phenomenology has informed debate about the city from social sciences to cultural studies. Within architecture however phenomenological inquiry has been neglecting the question of the city. Addressing this lacuna this book suggests that the city presents not only the richest but also the politically most urgent horizon of reference for philosophical reflection on the cultural and ethical dimensions of architecture. The contributors to this volume are architects and scholars of urbanism. Some have backgrounds in literature history religious studies and art history. The book features 16 chapters by younger scholars as well as established thinkers including Peter Carl David Leatherbarrow Alberto Pérez-Gomez Wendy Pullan and Dalibor Vesely. Rather than developing a single theoretical statement the book addresses architecture’s relationship with the city in a wide range of historical and contemporary contexts. The chapters trace hidden genealogies and explore the ruptures as much as the persistence of recurrent cultural motifs. Together these interconnected phenomenologies of the city raise simple but fundamental questions: What is the city for how is it ordered and how can it be understood? The book does not advocate a return to a naive sense of ’unity’ or ’order’. Rather it investigates how architecture can generate meaning and forge as well as contest social and cultural representations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138567436

Phenomenology Language and the Social Sciences This book looks at two ‘revolutions’ in philosophy – phenomenology and conceptual analysis which have been influential in sociology and psychology. It discusses humanistic psychiatry and sociological approaches to the specific area of mental illness which counter the ultimately reductionist implications of Freudian psycho-analytic theory. The book originally published in 1973 concludes by stating the broad underlying themes of the two forms of humanistic philosophy and indicating how they relate to the problems of theory and method in sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978386

Phenomenology Naturalism and ScienceA Hybrid and Heretical Proposal Arguing for the compatibility of phenomenology and naturalism this book also refashions each. The opening chapters begin with a methodological focus which seeks to curb the "over-bidding" characteristic of both traditional transcendental phenomenology and scientific naturalism. Having thus opened up the possibility that the twain might meet it is in the detailed chapters on matters where scientific and phenomenological work overlap and sometimes conflict – on time body and others – that the book contests some of the standard ways of understanding the relationship between phenomenological philosophy and empirical science and between phenomenology and naturalism. Without invoking a methodological move of quarantine in which each is allocated to their proper and separate domains the book outlines the significance of the first-person perspective characteristic of phenomenology – both epistemically and ontologically – while according due respect to the relevant empirical sciences. The book thus renews phenomenology and argues for its ongoing relevance and importance for the future of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594527

Phenomenology Uncertainty and Care in the Therapeutic Encounter Phenomenology Uncertainty and Care in the Therapeutic Encounter is the latest in a series of books where Mark Leffert explores the therapeutic encounter as both process and situation; looking for evidence of therapeutic effectiveness rather than accepting existing psychoanalytic concepts of theory or cure without question. Mark Leffert focuses on the uncomfortable fact that analysts and therapists can and do make many mistaken assumptions and false moves within their clinical practice and that there is a tendency to ignore the significant levels of uncertainty in what they do. Beginning with a discussion of the phenomenology of the self and its relations with the world the book moves on to  explore the notion that interdisciplinary discourse both opens up possibilities in the therapeutic encounter but also imposes healthy constraints on what can be thought or theorized about psychoanalytically. Phenomenology Uncertainty and Care in the Therapeutic Encounter contributes a new understanding of familiar material and brings a new focus to the care-giving and healing aspects of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy leading to a shift in the analyst’s identity from that of one who analyses to one who cares for and heals. This book will be of interest to Psychoanalysts and psychotherapists neuroscientists and academics in the fields of psychiatry comparative literature and literature and the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415812603

Phenomenology and Educational Theory in ConversationBack to Education Itself Phenomenology and Educational Theory in Conversation challenges the abstract-technical understanding of education to orient the reader to the importance of relationality intersubjectivity and otherness to renew and reclaim the educational project. This book treats education as a matter of existence relationality and common human concerns. It offers readers an alternative language to reveal and challenge the humanistic encounters that often disappear in the shadows of neoliberalism. The phenomenologists and educational theorists featured here offer insights that connect fully and concretely with the everyday lives of educators and students. They offer another language by which to understand education that is counter to the objectifying instrumentalist language prevalent in neoliberal discourse. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of pedagogy phenomenology educational theory and progressive education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209889

Phenomenology and EducationSelf-consciousness and its Development This volume of essays brings a phenomenological focus to bear on the subject of education in order to provide a fruitful stimulus for educational philosophy. It is for philosophers psychologists sociologists and indeed anyone who seeks to understand the perennially interesting questions about the nature of self-consciousness and how our view of it might affect our thinking about education. Originally published in 1978 the essays explore some of the main phenomenological and existentialist themes in relation to the development of consciousness. Two deal with Kierkegaard’s concern for our need to know the world that is true for ourselves and with the part that imagination plays here. There are two on the development of thinking based round Piaget’s work on the child’s concept of causality and an alternative view proposed by Merleau-Ponty. The role of memory in education is considered and a distinction drawn between mere memorizing and that process of remembering which enables an individual to develop his self-image. Other essays discuss some of the child’s problems in establishing himself in the adult world and explore the contact between child and teacher. The effects of bringing up a child in isolation from other children is considered with reference to Jean-Paul Sartre’s account of his childhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978355

Phenomenology and EschatologyNot Yet in the Now This book brings together a world-renowned collection of philosophers and theologians to explore the ways in which the resurgence of eschatological thought in contemporary theology and the continued relevance of phenomenology in philosophy can illuminate each other. Through a series of phenomenological analyses of key eschatological concepts and detailed readings in some of the key figures of both disciplines this text reveals that phenomenology and eschatology cannot be fully understood without each other: without eschatology phenomenology would not have developed the ethical and futural aspects that characterize it today; without phenomenology eschatology would remain relegated to the sidelines of serious theological discourse. Along the way such diverse themes as time death parousia and the call are re-examined and redefined. Containing new contributions from Jean-Yves Lacoste Claude Romano Richard Kearney Kevin Hart and others this book is necessary reading for anyone interested in the intersection of contemporary philosophy and theology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600345

Phenomenology and ExistentialismAn Introduction Professor Grossman’s introduction to the revolutionary work of Husserl Heidegger and Sartre studies the ideas of their predecessors too explaining in detail Descartes’s conception of the mind Brentano’s theory of intentionality and Kierkegaard’s emphasis on dread while tracing the debate over existence and essence as far back as Aquinas and Aristotle. For a full understanding of the existentialists and phenomenologists we must also understand the problems that they were trying to solve. This book originally published in 1984 presents clearly how the main concerns of phenomenology and existentialism grew out of tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978362

Phenomenology and Marxism Originally published in English in 1984 this collection of essays documents a dialogue between phenomenology and Marxism with the contributors representing a cross-section from the two traditions. The theoretical and historical presuppositions of the phenomenology inaugurated by Husserl are very different from those of the much older Marxist tradition yet as these essays show there are definite points of contact communication and exchange between the two traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994874

Phenomenology and Naturalism At present ‘naturalism’ is arguably the dominant trend in both Anglo-American and European philosophy. Owing to the influence of the works of W.V.O. Quine Wilfred Sellars and Hillary Putnam among others naturalism both as a methodological and ontological position has become one of the mainstays of contemporary analytic approaches to knowledge mind and ethics. From the early 1990s onward European philosophy in the English-speaking world has been witnessing a turn from the philosophies of the subjects of phenomenology hermeneutics and existentialism and a revival of a certain kind of vitalism whether Bergsonian or Nietzschean and also of a certain kind of materialism that is close in spirit to Spinoza’s Ethics and to the naturalism and monism of the early Ionian thinkers. This book comprises essays written by experts in both the European and the Anglo-American traditions such as John Sallis David Papineau David Cerbone Dan Zahavi Paul Patton Bernhard Weiss Jack Reynolds and Benedict Smith who explore the limit of naturalism and the debate between naturalism and phenomenology. This book also considers the relation between Deleuze’s philosophy and naturalism as well as the critique of phenomenology by speculative realism. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Philosophical Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229863

Phenomenology and Pedagogy in Physical Education Phenomenology is a philosophical approach to the study of consciousness and subjective experience. In recent years it has become a more prominent element of the social scientific study of sport and a core component of the important emergent concept of physical literacy. This book is the first to offer a philosophically-sound investigation of phenomenological perspectives on pedagogy in physical education. The book argues that phenomenology offers a particularly interesting theoretical approach to physical education because of the closely embodied relationship between the knowledge object (the actions activities and practices of movement) and the knowing subject (the pupil). Drawing on the work of key phenomenological thinkers but also exploring the implications of this work for teaching practice the book helps to illuminate our understanding of important concepts in physical education such as practical knowledge skill acquisition experience and ethics. This is fascinating reading for any serious student or researcher working in physical education or the philosophy or sociology of sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308664

Phenomenology and the Extreme Sport Experience Understanding the motivations behind those who partake in extreme sports can be difficult for some. If the popular conception holds that the incentive behind extreme sports participation is entirely to do with risking one’s life then this confusion will continue to exist. However an in-depth examination of the phenomenology of the extreme sport experience yields a much more complex picture. This book revisits the definition of extreme sports as those activities where a mismanaged mistake or accident would most likely result in death. Extreme sports are not necessarily synonymous with risk and participation may not be about risk-taking. Participants report deep inner transformations that influence world views and meaningfulness feelings of coming home and authentic integration as well as a freedom beyond the everyday. Phenomenologically these experiences have been interpreted as transcendent of time other space and body. Extreme sport participation therefore points to a more potent life-enhancing endeavour worthy of further investigation. This book adopts a broad hermeneutic phenomenological approach to critique the assumed relationship to risk-taking the death wish and the concept of "No Fear" in extreme sports and repositions the experience in a previously unexplored manner. This is valuable reading for students and academics interested in Sports Psychology Social Psychology Health Psychology  Tourism Leisure Studies and the practical applications of phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374501

Phenomenology and the Idea of Europe The meaning of Europe exceeds its territorial limits and is not fully ascribable either to the events that characterized its history or to the institutions that regulated the lives of its inhabitants. Europe is all this and yet it represents much more: a political concept and project a cultural enterprise and a system of power whose legitimacy is currently challenged by a series of internal and external crises that jeopardize its survival. There is no single definition that can describe what ‘Europe’ is as this word evokes unity as much as division solidarity and conflicts progress and decadence and coexistence and colonization. Besides all this Europe is also a philosophical idea that especially during the twentieth century has captured the imaginations of many thinkers. Among these is the father of phenomenology Edmund Husserl as well as some of his followers such as Merleau-Ponty Levinas and Patočka. The objective of this book is to investigate how phenomenological philosophy addresses the great complexity of the idea of Europe. This involves tackling key problems that pertain not just to phenomenology and its method but that reflects the contemporary social and political situation within a European frame: identity and heritage democratization and integration end and renewal and Euroscepticism and Eurocentrism. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of the British Society for Phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891961

Phenomenology and the Post-Secular TurnContemporary Debates on the 'Return of Religion' Are we living in a ‘post-secular age’ and can phenomenology help us better understand the discontents of secularism? From Habermas’ claim that the secular hypothesis has failed for democratic reasons to the fact that religion far from its predicted dwindling is as strong as ever (or even stronger than before) some have concluded that secularism as we know it is over. Others have questioned whether we have ever truly been secular if the concept applies only to European societies or whether the very notion of religiosity is merely a weapon of pacification in the hands of Western universalism. The post-secular notion thus lingers between sociological fact and philosophical theory and it is the latter that we need to investigate if we want to confront the challenges that any ‘return of religion’ entails.Although phenomenology has furnished manifold devices to rethink religious experience in a post-metaphysical way its investigations often remain individualistic and beholden to unproductive dichotomies. This volume assembles investigations into secularism’s discontents by addressing religion’s role in forming the fabric of contemporary societies and unveiling new constellations of faith and reason beyond many beloved modernist dichotomies (e.g. theism/atheism myth/Enlightenment fundamentalism/tolerance) that often go under-investigated.This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Philosophical Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588588

Phenomenology and the Science of BehaviourAn Historical and Epistemological Approach The value of psychology as a science has been challenged in phenomenology and in other epistemological trends. The main objective of this book is to draw the attention of students of human and animal behaviour to important achievements in phenomenological psychology and comparative physiology which are mostly overlooked although they offer a genuine approach to subjective experience in relation to behavioural regulations. The work of Brentano Stumpf Husserl Politzer Katz Michotte Buytendijk and many others is analysed from this epistemological standpoint. The significance of the phenomenological approach for the biology of behaviour is discussed. The meaning of Sherrington's physiology of the behavioural field is evaluated in the same framework. Basic reading for students of experimental psychology comparative psychology and ethology this book will appeal particularly to those interested in the philosophy of psychology and biology. Originally published in 1977. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978379

Phenomenology and the Social WorldThe Philosophy of Merleau-Ponty and its Relation to the Social Sciences The term ‘phenomenology’ has become almost as over-used and emptied of meaning as that other word from Continental Philosophy namely ‘existentialism’. Yet Husserl who first put forward the phenomenological method considered it a rigorous alternative to positivism and in the hands of Merleau-Ponty a disciple of Husserl in France phenomenology became a way of gaining a disciplined and coherent perspective on the world in which we live. When this study originally published in 1977 there were only a few books in English on Merleau-Ponty’s philosophy. It introduced the reader and suggested how his thought might throw light on some of the assumptions and presuppositions of certain contemporary forms of Anglo-Saxon philosophy and social science. It also demonstrates how phenomenology seeks to unite philosophy and social science rather than define them as mutually exclusive domains of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994881

Phenomenology and the Transcendental The aim of this volume is to offer an updated account of the transcendental character of phenomenology. The main question concerns the sense and relevance of transcendental philosophy today: What can such philosophy contribute to contemporary inquiries and debates after the many reasoned attacks against its idealistic aprioristic absolutist and universalistic tendencies—voiced most vigorously by late 20th century postmodern thinkers—as well as attacks against its apparently circular arguments and suspicious metaphysics launched by many analytic philosophers? Contributors also aim to clarify the relations of transcendental phenomenology to other post-Kantian philosophies most importantly to pragmatism and Wittgenstein’s philosophical investigations. Finally the volume offers a set of reflections on the meaning of post-transcendental phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210561

Phenomenology as Qualitative ResearchA Critical Analysis of Meaning Attribution Phenomenology originated as a novel way of doing philosophy early in the twentieth century. In the writings of Husserl and Heidegger regarded as its founders it was a non-empirical kind of philosophical enquiry. Although this tradition has continued in a variety of forms ‘phenomenology’ is now also used to denote an empirical form of qualitative research (PQR) especially in health psychology and education. However the methods adopted by researchers in these disciplines have never been subject to detailed critical analysis; nor have the methods advocated by methodological writers who are regularly cited in the research literature. This book examines these methods closely offering a detailed analysis of worked-through examples in three influential textbooks by Giorgi van Manen and Smith Flowers and Larkin. Paley argues that the methods described in these texts are radically under-specified and suggests alternatives to PQR as an approach to qualitative research particularly the use of interview data in the construction of models designed to explain phenomena rather than merely describe or interpret them. This book also analyses and aims to develop the implicit theory of ‘meaning’ found in PQR writings. The author establishes an account of ‘meaning’ as an inference marker and explores the methodological implications of this view. This book evaluates the methods used in phenomenology-as-qualitative-research and formulates a more fully theorised alternative. It will appeal to researchers and students in the areas of health nursing psychology education public health sociology anthropology political science philosophy and logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359104

Phenomenology in FranceA Philosophical and Theological Introduction This book is an introduction to French phenomenology in the post-1945 period. While many of phenomenology’s greatest thinkers—Husserl Heidegger Sartre and Merleau-Ponty—wrote before this period Steven DeLay introduces and assesses the creative and important turn phenomenology took after these figures. He presents a clear and rigorous introduction to the work of relatively unfamiliar and underexplored philosophers including Jean-Louis Chrétien Michel Henry Jean-Yves Lacoste Jean-Luc Marion and others. After an introduction setting out the crucial Husserlian and Heideggerian background to French phenomenology DeLay explores Emmanuel Levinas’s ethics as first philosophy Henry’s material phenomenology Marion’s phenomenology of givenness Lacoste’s phenomenology of liturgical man Chrétien’s phenomenology of the call Claude Romano’s evential hermeneutics and Emmanuel Falque’s phenomenology of the borderlands. Starting with the reception of Husserl and Heidegger in France DeLay explains how this phenomenological thought challenges boundaries between philosophy and theology. Taking stock of its promise in light of the legacy it has transformed DeLay concludes with a summary of the field’s relevance to theology and analytic philosophy and indicates what the future holds for phenomenology. Phenomenology in France: A Philosophical and Theological Introduction is an excellent resource for all students and scholars of phenomenology and continental philosophy and will also be useful to those in related disciplines such as theology literature and French studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244979

Phenomenology of Perception First published in 1945 Maurice Merleau-Ponty’s monumental Phénoménologie de la perception signalled the arrival of a major new philosophical and intellectual voice in post-war Europe. Breaking with the prevailing picture of existentialism and phenomenology at the time it has become one of the landmark works of twentieth-century thought. This new translation the first for over fifty years makes this classic work of philosophy available to a new generation of readers. Phenomenology of Perception stands in the great phenomenological tradition of Husserl Heidegger and Sartre. Yet Merleau-Ponty’s contribution is decisive as he brings this tradition and other philosophical predecessors particularly Descartes and Kant to confront a neglected dimension of our experience: the lived body and the phenomenal world. Charting a bold course between the reductionism of science on the one hand and "intellectualism" on the other Merleau-Ponty argues that we should regard the body not as a mere biological or physical unit but as the body which structures one’s situation and experience within the world. Merleau-Ponty enriches his classic work with engaging studies of famous cases in the history of psychology and neurology as well as phenomena that continue to draw our attention such as phantom limb syndrome synaesthesia and hallucination. This new translation includes many helpful features such as the reintroduction of Merleau-Ponty’s discursive Table of Contents as subtitles into the body of the text a comprehensive Translator’s Introduction to its main themes essential notes explaining key terms of translation an extensive Index and an important updating of Merleau-Ponty’s references to now available English translations. Also included is a new foreword by Taylor Carman and an introduction to Merleau-Ponty by Claude Lefort. Translated by Donald A. Landes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834339

Phenomenology of PluralityHannah Arendt on Political Intersubjectivity Winner of the 2018 Edwin Ballard Prize awarded by the Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology This book develops a unique phenomenology of plurality by introducing Hannah Arendt’s work into current debates taking place in the phenomenological tradition. Loidolt offers a systematic treatment of plurality that unites the fields of phenomenology political theory social ontology and Arendt studies to offer new perspectives on key concepts such as intersubjectivity selfhood personhood sociality community and conceptions of the "we." Phenomenology of Plurality is an in-depth phenomenological analysis of Arendt that represents a viable third way between the "modernist" and "postmodernist" camps in Arendt scholarship. It also introduces a number of political and ethical insights that can be drawn from a phenomenology of plurality. This book will appeal to scholars interested in the topics of plurality and intersubjectivity within phenomenology existentialism political philosophy ethics and feminist philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887575

Phenomenology of PracticeMeaning-Giving Methods in Phenomenological Research and Writing Max van Manen offers an extensive exploration of phenomenological traditions and methods for the human sciences. It is his first comprehensive statement of phenomenological thought and research in over a decade. Phenomenology of practice refers to the meaning and practice of phenomenology in professional contexts such as psychology education and health care as well as to the practice of phenomenological methods in contexts of everyday living. Van Manen presents a detailed description of key phenomenological ideas as they have evolved over the past century; he then thoughtfully works through the methodological issues of phenomenological reflection empirical methods and writing that a phenomenology of practice offers to the researcher. Van Manen’s comprehensive work will be of great interest to all concerned with the interrelationship between being and acting in human sciences research and in everyday life. Max van Manen is the editor of the series Phenomenology of Practice https://www.routledge.com/series/PPVM Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329445

Phenomenology of SocialityDiscovering the ‘We’ Phenomenological accounts of sociality in Husserl Heidegger Merleau-Ponty Sartre Scheler Schütz Stein and many others offer powerful lines of arguments to recast current predominantly analytic discussions on collective intentionality and social cognition. Against this background the aim of this volume is to reevaluate critically and in contemporary terms the rich phenomenological resources regarding social reality: the interpersonal collective and communal aspects of the life-world (Lebenswelt). Specifically the book pursues three interrelated objectives: it aims 1.) to systematically explore the key phenomenological aspects of social reality; 2.) to offer novel state-of-the-art assessments of both central and lesser-known proponents of the phenomenology of sociality (Gurwitsch Löwith von Hildebrand or Walther) and 3.) to contextualize this elaborate body of work in light of contemporary social cognition research the growing literature in analytic social ontology and current trends in moral psychology moral phenomenology and social and political philosophy. The collection brings together original articles by a host of prominent scholars and upcoming young talents to provide a comprehensive and up-to-date treatment of the topic. It will be essential reading for those studying phenomenological accounts of intersubjectivity empathy and community including analytic social moral and political philosophers and will also be of interest for social scientists and social psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499027

Phenomenology of the Broken Body Some fundamental aspects of the lived body only become evident when it breaks down through illness weakness or pain. From a phenomenological point of view various breakdowns are worth analyzing for their own sake and discussing them also opens up overlooked dimensions of our bodily constitution. This book brings together different approaches that shed light on the phenomenology of the lived body—its normality and abnormality health and sickness its activity as well as its passivity. The contributors integrate phenomenological insights with discussions about bodily brokenness in philosophy theology medical science and literary theory. Phenomenology of the Broken Body demonstrates how the broken body sheds fresh light on the nuances of embodied experience in ordinary life and ultimately questions phenomenology’s preunderstanding of the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731885

Phenomenology of the NewbornLife from Womb to World Many children spend their first days weeks and sometimes months in a neonatal intensive care unit as a consequence of prematurity congenital anomalies or birth complications. Their medical needs are thoughtfully appraised and attended to yet some questions are rarely asked: What experiences do these newborns have? What experiences are we giving them? How can we and do we understand what their lives are like? What are the interventions and actions of medical care actually like for them? Michael van Manen explores the experiential life of newborn infants with particular consideration for those newborns who require medical care. Drawing on contemporary research findings from physiology psychology biology and other disciplines he offers phenomenological insights and raises thought-provoking questions as to how we ought to understand and care for such young children. In our contemporary world it is often the experiences of inception of first contact with those who seem most distant foreign or even alien that we need to try to apprehend and understand. The inceptual lives of newborn infants challenges us to explore those experiences phenomenologically – to investigate the originary meanings of early life experiences. Phenomenology of the Newborn is an essential text for researchers seeking to employ phenomenology for the study of neonatal life and related concerns that may seem inaccessible to other more traditional qualitative and quantitative methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486379

Phenomenology of ThinkingPhilosophical Investigations into the Character of Cognitive Experiences This book draws connections between recent advances in analytic philosophy of mind and insights from the rich phenomenological tradition concerning the nature of thinking. By combining both analytic and continental approaches the volume arrives at a more comprehensive understanding of the mental process of "thinking" and the experience and manipulation of objects of thought. Contributors scrutinize aspects of thinking that have a common grounding in both the phenomenological and analytic tradition: perception language logic embodiment and situatedness due to individual history or current experience. This collection serves to broaden and enrich the current debate over "cognitive phenomenology " and lays the foundations for further dialogue between analytic and continental approaches to the phenomenal character of thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387171

Phenomenology of Youth Cultures and GlobalizationLifeworlds and Surplus Meaning in Changing Times This edited collection brings together scholars who draw on phenomenological approaches to understand the experiences of young people growing up under contemporary conditions of globalization. Phenomenology is both a philosophical and pragmatic approach to social sciences research that takes as central the meaning-making experiences of research participants. One of the central contentions of this book is that phenomenology has long informed critical empirical approaches to youth cultures yet until recently its role has not been thusly named. This volume aims to resuscitate and recuperate phenomenology as a robust empirical theoretical and methodological approach to youth cultures. Chapters explore the lifeworlds of young people from countries around the world revealing the tensions risks and opportunities that organize youth experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484917

Phenomenology: The Basics Phenomenology: The Basics is a concise and engaging introduction to one of the dominant philosophical movements of the 20th century. This lively and lucid book provides an introduction to the essential phenomenological concepts that are crucial for understanding great thinkers such as Husserl Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty. Written by a leading expert in the field Dan Zahavi examines and explains key questions such as: • What is a phenomenological analysis? • What are the methodological foundations of phenomenology? • What does phenomenology have to say about embodiment and intersubjectivity? • How is phenomenology distinguished from and related to other fields in philosophy? • How do ideas from classic phenomenology relate to ongoing debates in psychology and qualitative research? With a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading the book considers key philosophical arguments around phenomenology making this an ideal starting point for anyone seeking a concise and accessible introduction to the rich and complex study of phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216709

PhenomenologyA Contemporary Introduction The central task of phenomenology is to investigate the nature of consciousness and its relations to objects of various types. The present book introduces students and other readers to several foundational topics of phenomenological inquiry and illustrates phenomenology’s contemporary relevance. The main topics include consciousness intentionality perception meaning and knowledge. The book also contains critical assessments of Edmund Husserl’s phenomenological method. It argues that knowledge is the most fundamental mode of consciousness and that the central theses constitutive of Husserl’s "transcendental idealism" are compatible with metaphysical realism regarding the objects of thought perception and knowledge.     Helpful tools include introductions that help the reader segue from the previous chapter to the new one chapter conclusions and suggested reading lists of primary and some key secondary sources.    Key Features: Elucidates and engages with contemporary work in analytic epistemology and philosophy of mind Provides clear prose explanations of the necessary distinctions and arguments required for understanding the subject Places knowledge at the center of phenomenological inquiry Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367497392

PhenomenologyResponses and Developments After Husserl the study of phenomenology took off in different directions. The ambiguity inherent in phenomenology - between conscious experience and structural conditions - lent itself to a range of interpretations. Many existentialists developed phenomenology as conscious experience to analyse ethics and religion. Other phenomenologists developed notions of structural conditions to explore questions of science mathematics and conceptualization. "Phenomenology: Responses and Developments" covers all the major innovators in phenomenology - notably Sartre Merleau-Ponty and the later Heidegger - and the major schools and issues. The volume also shows how phenomenological thinking encounters a limit a limit most apparent in the aesthetical and hermeneutical development of phenomenology. The volume closes with an examination of the furthering of the division between analytic and continental philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656127

Phenomics As our ability to acquire massive amounts of information about genome variation accelerates it is becoming increasingly clear that to make maximum use of this information we also need well-structured systematic data on the phenotypic consequences of genomic changes. Phenomics is the new discipline of using standardized measurement techniques to characterize the phenotypic effects of random or systematic genome modifications (for example randomly generated mutations or systematic gene knockouts). This approach is now being used in an increasing range of species and systems. In this book experts working in phenomics in most of the major species and systems that are currently being studied present overviews of the field from their different but overlapping perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378929

Pheromone Communication In Social InsectsAnts Wasps Bees And Termites  Bringing together for the first time prominent researchers in social insect pheromone communication including nestmate recognition this book looks at ants wasps bees and termites highlighting areas of convergence and divergence among these groups and identifying areas that need further investigation. Presenting broad synthetic overviews as Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367298289

Phil MayHis Life and Work 1864-1903 This title was first published in 2002: Phil May (1864-1903) was one of the two outstanding British black and white artists of the 1890s - the other was Aubrey Beardsley. The work of both artists displays a masterly use of line to create character but rather than focusing on subjects drawn from polite English society May's world is that of ordinary people at the public house the club the race-course the theatre and the East End. May spent some years in Australia before returning to achieve general acclaim as a foremost illustrator. He contributed humorous pen-and-ink drawings to popularist publications such as "The Daily Graphic" and "Punch" and became highly regarded by fellow artists James McNeill Whistler and Joseph Pennell. In this book Simon Houfe offers insights into the interface between the artist's life and work bringing into view an innovative figure working at the height of one of the most dazzling periods for black and white art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738492

Philadelphia GentlemenThe Making of a National Upper Class This proper Philadelphia story starts with the city's golden age at the close of the eighteenth century. It is a classic study of an American business aristocracy of colonial stock with Protestant affiliations as well as an analysis of how fabulously wealthy nineteenth-century family founders in Boston New York and Philadelphia supported various exclusive institutions that in the course of the twentieth century produced a national upper-class way of life. But as that way of life became an end of itself instead of an effort to consolidate power and control the upper-class outlived its function; this argues Baltzell is precisely what took place in the Philadelphia class system.Philadelphia Gentlemen emphasizes that class is largely a matter of family whereas an elite is largely a matter of individual achievement. The emphasis in Philadelphia on old classes in contrast to the emphasis in New York and Boston on individual achievement and elite striving helps to explain the dramatically different outcomes of ruling class domination in major centers of the Eastern Establishment. In emphasizing class membership or family prestige the dynamics of industrial and urban life passed by rather than through Philadelphia. As a result in the race for urban preeminence Philadelphia lost precious time and eventually lost the struggle for ruling preeminence as such.When the book initially appeared it was hailed by The New York Times as "a very very important book." Writing in the pages of the American Sociological Review Seymour Martin Lipset noted that "Philadelphia Gentlemen says important things about class and power in America and says them in ways that will interest and fascinate both sociologists and laymen." And in the American Historical Review Baltzell's book was identified simply as "a gold mine of information." In short for sociologists historians and those concerned with issues of culture and the economy this is indeed a classic of modern social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529793

PhiladelphiaPatricians and Philistines 1900-1950 An unorthodox historian known and respected for his work on the grand conflicts of nations and civilizations John Lukacs has peopled a smaller canvas in this volume with seven colourful figures who flourished in Philadelphia before 1950. Their stories are framed by chapters that describe the city in 1900 and in 1950.The Philadelphians selected are a political boss Boies Penrose; a magazine mogul Edward Bok; an elegant writer Agnes Repplier; an impetuous diplomat William C. Bullitt; a lawyer George Wharton Pepper; a prophet of decline Owen Wister; and a great art collector Albert C. Barnes. The political boss was perhaps the most monumental political figure of his age. The magazine mogul was the most famous embodiment of the American success story during his lifetime. The now almost forgotten writer was the Jane Austen of the essay. The diplomat was the most brilliant of ambassadors. The terrible-tempered collector was a radical proponent of his unusual theory of art.Through these seven portraits Lukacs paints a picture of Philadelphia that is "like all living things having the power to change out of recognition and yet remain the same." This work is a must read for all historians—and Philadelphians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855976

Philanthropists and Foundation Globalization The modern American foundation as an instrumentality for charitable and philanthropic giving is in many ways a unique and complex social/economic/political institution. This is particularly the case for foundations with large assets. As a social phenomenon the foundation has deep roots in the past. At the beginnings of any degree of civilization charitable giving and rudimentary forms of foundations emerge. This is the case in many regions of the world. The pattern is consistent: once enough property or wealth beyond primitive human needs is accumulated some of it begins to be set aside for what the donors of such wealth consider worthwhile purposes.The serious literature contributing greatly to public perception of philanthropy and foundations has been relatively sparse. Much of what is available is quantitative and statistical in nature. There has been limited objective attention to the motives or reasons spurring individual philanthropists to engage or not to engage in creating foundations; such motivation needs historical and comparative analysis. Major investigations and studies of foundations together with ancillary national regional and international organizations to facilitate such study have received spotty consideration.Philanthropists and Foundation Globalization addresses three interrelated aspects of foundation history. First it reviews biographical-historical profiles of the founding philanthropists and their heirs engaged in international giving. Second it discusses major governmental and non-governmental investigations and studies of foundations including domestic ones and also foreign ones in which U.S. participants have played a prominent role spanning the period 1912 to the present. Third it chronicles foundation developments and activities in Europe at the close of the twentieth century. The volume provides a historical account of some U.S. foundations' international activity in a particular region in a specific time period and their accomplishments. In addition to its other accomplishments this volume is the first effort to place the Soros MacArthur Templeton and Kerkorian foundations in a global context. This is a major contribution to an important new area of public and academic interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513051

Philanthropists in Higher EducationInstitutional Biographical and Religious Motivations for Giving The main purpose of this book is to explore and understand the motivation behind major donations to higher education and what the role of religion is in these motivations. Features interviews with major donors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860918

Philanthropy and Early Twentieth-Century British Literature Philanthropy and Early Twentieth-Century British Literature explores the relationship between British literature and philanthropy at the end of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries examining the works of E. M. Forster Rebecca West W. B. Yeats Roger Fry Wyndham Lewis Virginia Woolf and Vita Sackville-West. This book considers how writers in the modernist period drew on the liberal welfare reforms the adoption of scientific methods in charity the Cambridge tradition of public service the Irish nationalist movement and the influence of the Victorian woman philanthropist in order to advocate for an individualist art revolutionize their aesthetics redefine ideals of hospitality and beneficence and affirm the national social and economic liberation of the modern subject. Contrary to popular interpretations presenting modernism as a break with Victorian values Dr. Radeva-Costello argues philanthropic engagements are at the heart of early twentieth-century literature. The writers discussed in this book had a sophisticated knowledge of the philanthropy debates and of their power to transform twentieth-century notions about how to govern how to conceive of national class and gender boundaries and how to market the work of the professional artist in the real world. In keeping with the strong archival and historicizing approach of the "New Modernist Studies" of recent years this book also analyses the rich contextual detail of early modernist magazines contemporary and archival periodicals and government publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663414

Philanthropy and LightCarnegie Libraries and the Advent of Transatlantic Standards for Public Space Walter Gropius associated standardisation with promoting civilisation in 1935 yet Andrew Carnegie’s influence on the proliferation of pattern book public library plans internationally predated these observations by 50 years. Through the first twenty years of his programme he supported the erection of almost three thousand public buildings across Britain and America. Though better acknowledged in the US than the UK this philanthropic contribution radically extended the scope of public provision and remains incomparable in its scale and scope in both nations. Frequently engraved with the self-deifying slogan Let there be Light open access to navigate these new interior public spaces after work coincided with the first provision of electric light. Towards the end of the nineteenth century professional groups had sought to specify minimum standards of natural light and air for schools and hospitals. However the commercial quantification of electricity accelerated the development of a readily comparable vocabulary to prescribe adequate quantities of light for all tasks regardless of their location or orientation. Seeking to gauge the extent of universal values this book concentrates on the design and performance of a handful of early Carnegie library buildings in Britain and America identifying their response to contemporary design theory but also by contrast to their respective local environmental contexts. It examines whether their standards of provision were equitable and if these privately financed public buildings were the first roots of generically standardised public environments to be shared transatlantically. The book also argues that the public library building type can provide a datum for acknowledging the twentieth century legacy of shared international environmental standards for public spaces more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118300

Philanthropy and Society A comprehensive introduction to the field of philanthropy Philanthropy and Society challenges the reader to think deeply about the role of philanthropic institutions in shaping and bettering the communities they serve and civil society as a whole. While all agree that the function of philanthropic organizations is to maximize the impact of grant making there is little consensus on how to do that. This book focuses on two trends that have emerged: strategic philanthropy and increasing diversity equity and inclusion in philanthropy. Amidst persistent societal inequities the proliferation of philanthropy leaves one wondering about the potential of this expanding industry to influence social change as well as include constituents beyond donors and their staff. The book offers several case studies of different types of foundations from around the world that demonstrate several tactics used to develop plans that are both strategic and inclusive. Upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students of philanthropy as well as professionals will come away from this book with a more nuanced and practical sense of the challenging questions the field of philanthropy faces and the different ways they can be tackled. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731417

Philanthropy and the Funding of the Church of England 1856–1914 The changing relationship between the church and its supporters is key to understanding changing religious and social attitudes in Victorian Britain. Using the records of the Anglican Church’s home-missionary organizations Flew charts the decline in Christian philanthropy and its connection to the growing secularization of society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669065

Philanthropy and the Future of Science and Technology An increasingly important and often overlooked issue in science and technology policy is recognizing the role that philanthropies play in setting the direction of research. In an era where public and private resources for science are strained the practices that foundations adopt to advance basic and applied research needs to be better understood. This first-of-its-kind study provides a detailed assessment of the current state of science philanthropy. This examination is particularly timely given that science philanthropies will have an increasingly important and outsized role to play in advancing responsible innovation and in shaping how research is conducted. Philanthropy and the Future of Science and Technology surveys the landscape of contemporary philanthropic involvement in science and technology by combining theoretical insights drawn from the responsible research and innovation (RRI) framework with empirical analysis investigating an array of detailed examples and case studies. Insights from interviews conducted with foundation representatives scholars and practitioners from a variety of sectors add real-world perspective. A wide range of philanthropic interventions are explored focusing on support for individuals institutions and networks with attention paid to the role that science philanthropies play in helping to establish and coordinate multi-sectoral funding partnerships. Novel approaches to science philanthropy are also considered including the emergence of crowdfunding and the development of new institutional mechanisms to advance scientific research. The discussion concludes with an imaginative look into the future outlining a series of lessons learned that can guide how new and established science philanthropies operate and envisioning alternative scenarios for the future that can inform how science philanthropy progresses over the coming decades. This book offers a major contribution to the advancement of philanthropic investment in science and technology. Thus it will be of considerable interest to researchers and students in public policy public administration political science science and technology studies sociology of science and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334922

Philanthropy and the Philanthropy SectorAn Introduction Offering an introduction to modern philanthropy with regard to the commitment and willingness of citizens funds churches and businesses to contribute voluntarily to society Philanthropy and the Philanthropy Sector: An Introduction attempts to map philanthropy and promote a better understanding of its characteristics and features. After years of division in welfare state debates between the role and responsibilities of government and the market a renewed focus on philanthropy has shown that many societies also harbour an important and growing voluntary sector. Something special is happening at the macro-societal level as the traditional government-market dyad is being broken by a renewed interest in this ’third way’. Intended for students scientists administrators policymakers politicians fundraisers philanthropists and philanthropic organizations this book adopts a social policy approach to look at philanthropy alongside other social arrangements and provide an invaluable introduction for all those interested in this fascinating social mechanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472412805

Philanthropy and Voluntary Action in the First World WarMobilizing Charity This book challenges scholarship which presents charity and voluntary activity during World War I as marking a downturn from the high point of the late Victorian period. Charitable donations rose to an all-time peak and the scope and nature of charitable work shifted decisively. Far more working class activists especially women became involved although there were significant differences between the suburban south and industrial north of England and Scotland. The book also corrects the idea that charitably-minded civilians’ efforts alienated the men at the front in contrast to the degree of negativity that surrounds much previous work on voluntary action in this period. Far from there being an unbridgeable gap in understanding or empathy between soldiers and civilians the links were strong and charitable contributions were enormously important in maintaining troop morale. This bond significantly contributed to the development and maintenance of social capital in Britain which in turn strongly supported the war effort. This work draws on previously unused primary sources notably those regarding the developing role of the UK’s Director General of Voluntary Organizations and the regulatory legislation of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704946

Philanthropy in England In these works Professor Jordan studies the origins of modern social and cultural institutions in England. He is concerned with the momentous shift which occurred in men's aspirations for their society in the course of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries as reflected in the charities which were established by gifts and bequests. In a fascinating account of the measures taken by the Tudors and Stuarts to deal with the problem of poverty Jordan concludes that it was principally dealt relieved by an immense outpouring of charitable wealth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315829777

Philanthropy in England 1480 - 1660A study of the Changing Patterns of English Social Aspirations This study documents a momentous shift which occurred in men's aspirations for their society in the course of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. The author has examined gifts and bequests left for charitable causes over a period of nearly two centuries. in ten English counties in order to assess the changing pattern of social aspirations and observe the different 'velocities of change' among the several social classes. Professor Jordan examines the problem of poverty in the early modern world and discusses the various measures taken by the Tudors and Stuarts to deal with the needs of the poor. He concludes that poverty was principally relieved by an immense outpouring of charitable wealth. This wealth flowed principally from an urban aristocracy determined not only to care for the hopelessly destitute but so to enlarge the 'area of opportunity' so that poverty could be prevented. At the same time the Elizabethan law of charitable uses marshalled this generous wealth into effective agencies. The study closes with a full assessment of the noble achievements of the period: the founding of a widespread and effective system of education the establishment of almshouses in all parts of England and extraordinairy adn fertile experiments with the several agencies of social rehabilitation. The author records in this voluma a great and enduring historical achievement; he records as well the triumph of the secular preoccupations of mankind. This book was first published in 1959. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715543

Philanthropy in PracticePragmatism and the Impact of Philanthropic Action Philanthropic foundations are experiencing a crisis of professional identity. They attract considerable hopes due to an unusually high degree of independence and freedom of manoeuvre which theoretically places them in a privileged position to find novel solutions to societies’ most severe and intractable problems. However the field is said to suffer from a pervasive lack of orientation as to how these aspirations can be realized. Compared to other professions it can be said that there exists neither reliable knowledge nor established practices which might guide the strategy development and the daily practice of foundations. This void is frequently filled by changing fads which present easy to grasp recipes and often make bold promises of how foundations can change the world. Yet none of them has ever met these expectations. Philanthropy in Practice shows how philanthropic organizations can effectively address this predicament. Drawing on the public philosophy of Pragmatism it argues that to be effective they need to go for the solution of social problems of middle range. The book puts at center stage the crucial role of niches in terms of bounded protected and stable social spaces which are rich in resources. They render possible the experiments required to develop effective interventions and facilitate the retention of novel solutions to social problems. The model builds upon and is illustrated by four in-depth case studies from the UK Germany and Switzerland. With its sharp analytical eye and substantial evidence Philanthropy in Practice will reshape the way we think about the questions of what impact philanthropy can reasonably hope to achieve and by which means. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884147

Philanthropy in the History of American Higher Education A work that can truly be described as an underground masterpiece Sears' Philanthropy in the History of American Higher Education was written as a dissertation seventy years ago and subsequently published as a "Bulletin" by the United States Bureau of Education in 1922. It has been much spoken of and little read since then. As Roger L. Geiger points out in his new opening essay this volume can still be read with wide interest and great profit. This is a tribute to the quality of mind and diligence of its author.The special quality of this volume is its close connection of educational philosophies of the past linked firmly to the educational philanthropies of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The scope of coverage is broad-ranging: from the great universities to the manual labor colleges. But it is more than quantitative research that the reader will find. For Sears from start to finish while appreciating the benefits which foundations bestow fully appreciated the continuing risks of such outside support. For Sears the overwhelming impulse of philanthropy has been the encouragement of the public good or at least the support of a healthy notoriety for the donors and recipients alike. But he also notes that a democratic society must never be expected to take massive gifts on faith. He urged that even a "grain of danger" should be weeded out if it carries with it the potential for the bias and special interest.This edition is graced by a fine essay that gives a deep background to the life and work of Jesse Brundage Sears. It covers his origins in rural Missouri his move to Stanford University and work for Ellwood P. Cubberly and his later work on the history of philanthropy. For individuals interested in the history of education the structure of financing higher education and the data on which social policy has been made this will be indispensable reading. Roger L. Geiger author of the recently published work To Advance Knowledge: The Growth of American Research Universities 1900-1940 and other works in education at The Pennsylvania State University. This volume is the twelfth volume in the Transaction Studies in Philanthropy and Society edited by Richard Magat of The Foundation Center. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513068

Philip AugustusKing of France 1180-1223 This is the first major study in English of the reign of Philip Augustus who ruled France from 1180 - 1223. Outshone for posterity by his flamboyant contemporaries the Angevin family of Henry II and his feuding sons Philip was in fact far more successful than any of them astutely playing them off against each other and recovering for the French crown their vast estates in Northern France including Normandy itself. As well as reasserting the power of the Capetian monarchy he was also leader of the Third Crusade. Drawing together all the threads in the life of one of France's most forceful rulers this new study offers a study of the nature of monarchy in late medieval Europe as well as an insight into a subtle and secretive personality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177987

Philip Doddridge and the Shaping of Evangelical Dissent Evangelical Dissent in the early eighteenth century had to address a variety of intellectual challenges. How reliable was the Bible? Was traditional Christian teaching about God humanity sin and salvation true? What was the role of reason in the Christian faith? Philip Doddridge (1702-51) pastored a sizeable evangelical congregation in Northampton England and ran a training academy for Dissenters which prepared men for pastoral ministry. Philip Doddridge and the Shaping of Evangelical Dissent examines his theology and philosophy in the context of these and other issues of his day and explores the leadership that he provided in evangelical Dissent in the first half of the eighteenth century. Offering a fresh look at Doddridge’s thought the book provides a criticial examination of the accepted view that Doddridge was influenced in his thinking primarily by Richard Baxter and John Locke. Exploring the influence of other streams of thought from John Owen and other Puritan writers to Samuel Clarke and Isaac Watts as well as interaction with contemporaries in Dissent the book shows Doddridge to be a leader in and shaper of an evangelical Dissent which was essentially Calvinistic in its theology adapted to the contours and culture of its times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597887

Philip II Any assessment of Philip II's rule assumes the appearance of a paradox. In analysing the nature and impact of Philip II's rule and government the author seeks to examine the extent of the changes in royal finance the economic and social issues the impact of religion -- both within Spain and throughout its Empire -- and the aims and motives behind the king's foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836570

Philip Larkin (Routledge Revivals) Philip Larkin is recognised as one of the most important writers to have emerged in Britain since the Second World War. First published in 1982  Andrew Motion’s study begins with an account of Larkin’s life and literary background and discusses his literary relationship with Hardy and Yeats and his association with the Movement. He analyses Larkin’s two novels and assesses his three mature collections. Throughout the book much reference is made to uncollected reviews and articles and occasionally to unpublished manuscripts. Rather than developing the familiar line on Larkin as an empirical and melancholy writer Andrew Motion explores the Symbolist and transcendent element in his work and emphasises its range and variety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415573146

Philip Melanchthon and the English Reformation This book explores the hitherto neglected relationship between the English Reformation and the Lutheran scholar Philip Melanchthon (1497-1560). It looks at how Henry following his break with Rome flirted with Lutheranism as a doctrine to replace Catholicism before the eventual collapse of the policy and its replacement with a more moderate reform programme under Cranmer. It then goes on to investigate how Melanchthon as the leading proponent of Lutheranism influenced successive royal governments both positively and negatively as they struggled to impose their own brand of doctrinal conformity on the English church. By refracting the well known narrative of the English Reformation through the lens of Melanchthon new light is shed on many events that have puzzled historians. The study provides fascinating new perspectives on such questions as why Henry suddenly abandoned his Lutheran policy why Cromwell fell from power in 1540 and even insights into Elizabeth's personal beliefs. By tying events in England into the context of the wider European Reformation through the work of Philip Melanchthon this book offers fresh insights into the nature and development of early evangelical Protestantism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246918

Philip Roth (Routledge Revivals) On its original publication in 1982 this book was the first full-length study of Philip Roth as a major twentieth-century writer. As well as setting the novelist’s work in the context of Jewish-American writing (and Jewish-American families) and twentieth-century American politics the book explores the characteristic paradoxes in Roth: self-disgust and self-consciousness restraint and letting go nausea and appetite energy and frustration stylishness and vulgarity surrealism and the mundane. Roth is a highly literary and referential character and an assessment is made of the conflicting influnces on his work of Kafka Chekov Gogol Henry James Melville and Henry Youngman a Jewish nightclub and Vaudeville comic. In addition a close examination of his anxious revolting garrulous heroes their mothers their marriages their shrinks and their shiksas is undertaken and a deep seriousness is discovered co-existing with Roth’s comic brashness and bravura. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415567992

Philip Roth ConsideredThe Concentrationary Universe of the American Writer First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978393

Philip Sidney and the Poetics of Renaissance Cosmopolitanism Celebrations of literary fictions as autonomous worlds appeared first in the Renaissance and were occasioned paradoxically by their power to remedy the ills of history. Robert E. Stillman explores this paradox in relation to Philip Sidney's Defence of Poesy the first Renaissance text to argue for the preeminence of poetry as an autonomous form of knowledge in the public domain. Offering a fresh interpretation of Sidney's celebration of fiction-making Stillman locates the origins of his poetics inside a neglected historical community: the intellectual elite associated with Philip Melanchthon (leader of the German Reformation after Luther) the so-called Philippists. As a challenge to traditional Anglo-centric scholarship his study demonstrates how Sidney's education by Continental Philippists enabled him to dignify fiction-making as a compelling form of public discourse-compelling because of its promotion of powerful new concepts about reading and writing its ecumenical piety and its political ambition to secure through natural law (from universal 'Ideas') freedom from the tyranny of confessional warfare. Intellectually ambitious and wide-ranging this study draws together various elements of contemporary scholarship in literary religious and political history in order to afford a broader understanding of the Defence and the cultural context inside which Sidney produced both his poetry and his poetics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600376

Philip Skippon and the British Civil WarsThe "Christian Centurion" Philip Skippon was the third-most senior general in parliament’s New Model Army during the British Civil Wars. A veteran of European Protestant armies during the period of the Thirty Years’ War and long-serving commander of the London Trained Bands no other high-ranking parliamentarian enjoyed such a long military career as Skippon. He was an author of religious books an MP and a senior political figure in the republican and Cromwellian regimes. This is the first book to examine Skippon’s career which is used to shed new light on historical debates surrounding the Civil Wars and understand how military events of this period impacted upon broader political social and cultural themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367460105

Philippe de Remi's La Manekine Published in 1988: This book with a new critical edition facing-page translation and commentary on the context that shapes both of them attempts to present one clear vision of La Manekine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198596

Philippe Lacoue-Labarthe(Un)Timely Meditations This book focuses on Philippe Lacoue-Labarthe's oeuvre within a timely framework and on the counterpoint to this being organized around areas of Lacoue-Labarthe's oeuvre that appear to be untimely in their relation to narratives of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601188

Philippine Pagans (1938)The Autobiographies of Three Infugaos Published in 1938 this book contains the autobiographies of Ngidulu Bugan Nak Manghe and Kumiha three tribespeople from the Ifuagos province in the Phillippines. A fascinating ethnological and anthropological resource Barton a celebrated scholar on the Philippines shares with the reader his long term study of three Ifugao natives. With a final essay on an Ifugao liberal this book provides an observation on Phillippine pagan tribal life and culture in the early 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602144

Philippine PoliticsPossibilities and Problems in a Localist Democracy Philippine political history especially in the twentieth century challenges the image of democratic evolution as serving the people and does so in ways that reveal inadequately explored aspects of many democracies. In the first decades of the twenty-first century the Philippines has nonetheless shown gradual socioeconomic "progress". This book provides an interpretive overview of Philippine politics and takes full account of the importance of patriotic Philippine factors in making decisions about future political policies. It analyses whether regional and local politics have more importance than national politics in the Philippines. Discussing cultural traditions of patronism it also examines how clan feuds localize the state and create strong local policies. These conflicts in turn make regional and family-run polities collectively stronger than the central state institution. The book goes on to explore elections in the Philippines and in particular the ways in which politicians win democratic elections the institutionalized role of public money in this process and the role that media plays. Offering a new interpretive overview of Philippine progress over many decades the author notes recent economic and political changes during the current century while also trying to advance ideas that might prove useful to Filipinos. Presenting an in-depth analysis of the problems and possibilities of politics and society in the Philippines the book will be of interest to those researching Southeast Asian Politics Political History and Asian Society and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492332

Philippine Security in the Age of TerrorNational Regional and Global Challenges in the Post-9/11 World As the twelfth most populous nation the Philippines’ diverse religious and ethnic population makes it an ideal example of the changing tenet of what is deemed national security—post 9/11. Issues previously considered social or public are now viewed as security issues. Food production is now analyzed in the context of food security and environmental degradation is now a part of environmental security. This broadened perspective is not unique to the Philippines but—thanks to the island nation’s long struggle with issues of Muslim radicalism democracy and globalization—it serves as a model worth studying. And no one is better positioned to take on this study than Rommel C. Banlaoi Chairman and Executive Director of the Philippine Institute for Peace Violence and Terrorism Research. In Philippine Security in the Age of Terror: National Regional and Global Challenges in the Post-9/11 World Banlaoi illustrates the increasing complexity of the issues. Divided into three sections the book explores why a nation’s security can no longer be just about its military or only about what is happening within its borders. Section I reviews issues specific to the Philippine people including politics national identity globalization and local and military security. Section II moves to bilateral security issues to report on security interests and collaborations with the United States China and Australia—as well as with India Japan and Russia. Section III examines selected global regional and multilateral issues such as maritime security piracy and the ASEAN Regional Forum. The comprehensive approach and coverage within the book reflects the author’s diverse interests as a scholar of politics security terrorism and international relations. More importantly it documents an intellectual journey that national policymakers across the world need to consider if they hope to achieve the shift in thinking that will promote the well-being of the world’s populations as the strategic centerpiece of any war on terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374201

Philodemus on Rhetoric Books 1 and 2Translation and Exegetical Essays First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861190

Philo's Alexandria First-century Alexandria vied with Rome to be the greatest city of the Roman empire. More than half a million people lived in its cosmopolitan four square miles. It was a major centre for international trade and shipping. Little remains of Alexandria's golden age. Few papyrus records of the city survive. Archaeologists' attempts to reveal its past have been frustrated by years of subsidence earthquakes and continuous demolition and rebuilding. Our main guide to the city is Philo an Alexandrian Jew who sometimes inadvertantly incorporated information about his home city into his copious religious writings. In this compelling new study Dorothy I. Sly searches through Philo's treatises for information about Alexandria. By recognising his shortcomings and prejudices and questioning his judgements she builds up an authentic picture of life in the first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642859

Philosemitism Antisemitism and 'the Jews'Perspectives from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century Philosemitism Antisemitism and 'the Jews' both honours and carries on the work of The Rev. Dr. James Parkes (1896-1981) a pioneer in the many different fields involving the study of Jewish/non-Jewish relations. The collection is designed to examine both the specific and broader themes of Parkes' life work in relation to tolerance and intolerance. From antiquity to today Jews have often been defined as 'aliens'; these essays consider the effects of such legislative and socio-cultural exclusion on the self-definition of the dominant society. Philosemitism Antisemitism and 'the Jews' employs an interdisciplinary framework bringing together the work of scholars from both sides of the Atlantic and Israel who work in history theology political philosophy legal theory and literary studies. Eminent historians and theorists of tolerance and intolerance including Gavin Langmuir David Theo Goldberg Norman Solomon and Tony Kushner are joined by younger scholars researching new developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253988

Philosophers and Religious Leaders Philosophers and Religious Leaders provides a synopsis of the lives and legacies of 200 men and women from the areas of religion and philosophy who have "changed the world." These individuals have developed extended or exemplified ideas fundamental to the way human beings perceive the meaning and purpose of their own lives and of their societies. Some have challenged prevailing convictions and worked for immediate change during their lifetimes; others have proposed new modes of thinking that have flourished only after their passing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062822

PhilosophiaThe Thought of Rosa Luxemborg Simone Weil and Hannah Arendt First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159488

Philosophic Classics Volume IIIModern Philosophy  Esteemed for providing the best available translations Philosophic Classics: Modern Philosophy features complete works or complete sections of the most important works by the major thinkers as well as shorter samples from transitional thinkers. First published in 1961 Forrest E. Baird's revision of Philosophic Classics continues the tradition of providing generations of students with high quality course material. Using the complete works or where appropriate complete sections of works this anthology allows philosophers to speak directly to students.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138374034

Philosophic Classics Volume IVNineteenth-Century Philosophy This anthology of readings in contemporary Western philosophy focuses on 19th-century philosophers who represent a variety of responses to the issue of their day: whether or not there was a knowable nonhuman rational order upon which thinking persons could willfully choose to act. The selections are readable and accessible yet remain faithful to the original works. Accompanying the text are drawings diagrams photographs and a timeline; all of which allow the reader to really study the major philosophical thinkers of the 19th-century: Bentham Wollstonecraft Fichte Hegel Schopenhauer Comte Feuerbach Mill Kierkegaard Marx Peirce James and Nietzche. For anyone interested in owning a collection of works from the greatest philosophical thinkers in the 19th-century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373945

Philosophic Classics Volume V20th-Century Philosophy For courses in 20th-century Philosophy recent Continental Philosophy Anglo-American Philosophy; as part of courses in Contemporary Philosophy; or courses on Epistemology or Metaphysics that take a historical approach. This anthology in 20th-century philosophical classics includes recent European and American philosophers and contains texts that are presently seen as classics or as emerging classics. It features complete works or complete sections of works. Includes introductions to each philosopher an abundance of drawings diagrams photographs and a timeline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373952

Philosophic Classics: Ancient Philosophy Volume I This seventh edition of Philosophic Classics Volume I: Ancient Philosophy includes essential writings of the most important Greek philosophers along with selections from some of their Roman followers. In updating this edition editor Forrest E. Baird has continued to follow the same criteria established by the late Walter Kaufmann when the Philosophic Classics series was first established: (1) to use complete works or where more appropriate complete sections of works (2) in clear translations (3) of texts central to the thinker’s philosophy or widely accepted as part of the "canon." To make the works more accessible to students most footnotes treating textual matters (variant readings etc.) have been omitted and important Greek words have been transliterated and put in angle brackets. In addition each thinker is introduced by a brief essay composed of three sections: (1) biographical (a glimpse of the life) (2) philosophical (a résumé of the philosopher’s thought) and (3) bibliographical (suggestions for further reading).  New to this seventh edition: Changes in translations: New translations of Plato’s Apology and Phaedo and Aristotle’s Nichomachean Ethics and Politics from the acclaimed Focus Philosophical Library Series. New translations of Plato’s Euthyphro and Crito. New translations of Epicurus’s Letter to Herodotus Letter to Menoeceus and Principal Doctrines. New translation of the Parmenides fragments. Additional material: Gorgias’s model oration Encomium on Helen which gives a defense of Helen of Troy. A selection from Plato’s Gorgias on nature <physis> versus convention or law <nomos>. Additional material from the opening of Plato’s Symposium to contextualize the dialogue. Additional material from Plato’s Republic (Book IX) on the tri-partite soul. Additional material from Aristotle’s Metaphysics (Book IV 1-4 7) on the nature of being and the so-called "three rules of thought." A brief selection from Porphyry’s Life of Plotinus giving a sense of the person. Updated and reorganized bibliographies. To allow for all these changes a section of Book V from Plato’s Republic has been dropped. Those who use this first volume in a one-term course in ancient philosophy will find more material here than can easily fit a normal semester. But this embarrassment of riches gives teachers some choice and for those who offer the same course year after year an opportunity to change the menu. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235021

Philosophic Classics: Asian Philosophy Volume VI Accessible to today‘s readers this anthology of readings is a survey of Asian thought in India and China. It strikes a balance between major and minor figures and features the best available translations of texts complete works or complete sections of works which are both central to each thinker or school and are widely accepted to be part of the emerging Asian canon. Introductions to each historical period and to each thinker photographs and a timeline help to keep learners focused throughout. For individuals interested in learning about World Religions Asian thought or Chinese and Indian philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418752

Philosophic Classics: From Plato to Derrida First published in 1961 Forrest E. Baird's revision of Philosophic Classics continues the tradition of providing generations of students with high quality course material. Using the complete works or where appropriate complete sections of works this anthology allows philosophers to speak directly to students. Esteemed for providing the best available translations Philosophic Classics: From Plato to Derrida features complete works or complete sections of the most important works by the major thinkers as well as shorter samples from transitional thinkers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457461

Philosophic ClassicsAncient Philosophy Volume I First published in 1961 Forrest E. Baird's revision of Philosophic Classics continues the tradition of providing generations of students with high quality course material. Using the complete works or where appropriate complete sections of works this anthology allows philosophers to speak directly to students. Esteemed for providing the best available translations Philosophic Classics: Ancient Philosophy features complete works or complete sections of the most important works by the major thinkers as well as shorter samples from transitional thinkers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457362

Philosophic WhigsMedicine Science and Citizenship in Edinburgh 1789-1848 Philosophic Whigs explores the links between scientific activity and politics in the early nineteenth century. Through a study of the Edinburgh medical school L.S. Jacyna analyses the developments in medical education in the context of the social and political relationships within the local Whig community. Philosophic Whigs is a fascinating study of the links between science and the society that produces it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755344

Philosophical Analysis and Education (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 1) When originally published in 1965 this book reflected some of the new thinking among philosophers regarding the role of the discipline in its investigation of central issues in educaton. The essays are grouped into four major sections: The Nature and Function of Educational Theory; The Context of Educational Discussion; Conceptions of Teaching; and The Essence of Education. The concepts dealt with are of the first importance to any practical or theoretical discussion in education and the editor provides a generous introduction to the essays to aid the reader in his analysis of the issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650847

Philosophical and Cultural Interpretations of Russian Modernisation In this book the expert international contributors attempt to answer questions such as: How far is it possible to attribute change in contemporary Russia as due to cultural factors? How does the process of change in cultural institutions reflect the general development of Russia? Are there certain philosophical ideas that explain the Russian interpretation of a modern state? This edited volume elaborates on processes of Russian modernisation regarding a wide range of factors including the use of modern technology elements of civil society a reliable legal system high levels of education equality among citizens freedom of speech religion and trade. The main focus is on the Putin era but historical backgrounds are also discussed adding context. The chapters cover a wide spectrum of research fields from philosophy and political ideas to gender issues language the education system and the position of music as a constituent of modern identity. Throughout the book the chapters are written so as to introduce experts from other fields to new perspectives on Russian modernisation and de-modernisation processes. It will be of great interest to postgraduates and scholars in Philosophy Politics IR Music and Cultural Studies and of course Russian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472472120

Philosophical and Cultural ValuesEthics in Schools The principal's value system should guide every decision that is made in the school. This book shows that the ways in which school leaders influence student achievement are guided by their philosophical and cultural beliefs and their value systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466067

Philosophical and Foundational Issues in Measurement Theory Measurement theory has only recently become recognized as a legitimate specialized field of inquiry. This text covers a wide range of issues of central concern to contemporary measurement theorists and a broad range of philosophical perspectives are represented. The formalist representationalist approach defines measurement as the assignment of numbers to entities and events to represent their properties and relations. It also states that measurement theory is supposed to analyze the concept of a scale of measurement describe various types of scales and their uses and formulate the conditions required for the existence of scales of various types. Since this approach dominates contemporary measurement theory the volume begins with essays by some of its leading architects. In order to allow for diverse points of view the book also includes articles that attempt to broaden this approach and several that even criticize the approach. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978409

Philosophical and Scientific Perspectives on Downward Causation Downward causation plays a fundamental role in many theories of metaphysics and philosophy of mind. It is strictly connected with many topics in philosophy including but not limited to: emergence mental causation the nature of causation the nature of causal powers and dispositions laws of nature and the possibility of ontological and epistemic reductions. Philosophical and Scientific Perspectives on Downward Causation brings together experts from different fields—including William Bechtel Stewart Clark and Tom Lancaster Carl Gillett John Heil Robin F. Hendry Max Kistler Stephen Mumford and Rani Lill Anjum —who delve into classic and unexplored lines of philosophical inquiry related to downward causation. It critically assesses the possibility of downward causation given different ontological assumptions and explores the connection between downward causation and the metaphysics of causation and dispositions. Finally it presents different cases of downward causation in empirical fields such as physics chemistry biology and the neurosciences. This volume is both a useful introduction and a collection of original contributions on this fascinating and hotly debated philosophical topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372309

Philosophical Applications Of Cognitive Science One of the most fruitful interdisciplinary boundaries in contemporary scholarship is that between philosophy and cognitive science. Now that solid empirical results about the activities of the human mind are available it is no longer necessary for philosophers to practice armchair psychology.In this short accessible and entertaining book Alvin Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320034

Philosophical Approaches to Cormac McCarthyBeyond Reckoning This book is the first edited collection to explore the role of philosophy in the works of Cormac McCarthy significantly expanding the scope of philosophical inquiry into McCarthy’s writings. There is a strong and growing interest amongst philosophers in the relevance of McCarthy’s writings to key debates in contemporary philosophy for example debates on trauma and violence on the relationship between language and world and the place of the subject within history temporality and borders. To this end the contributors to this collection focus on how McCarthy’s writings speak to various philosophical themes including violence war nature history materiality and the environment. Emphasizing the form of McCarthy’s texts the chapters attend to the myriad ways in which his language effects a philosophy of its own beyond the thematic content of his narratives. Bringing together scholars in contemporary philosophy and McCarthy Studies and informed by the release of the Cormac McCarthy Papers the volume reflects on the theoretical relationship between philosophical thinking and literary form. This book will appeal to all scholars working in the rapidly-growing field of McCarthy Studies Philosophy and Literature and to philosophers working on a wide range of problems in ethics aesthetics epistemology Philosophy of Nature and Philosophy of Film across ancient modern and contemporary philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667870

Philosophical Approaches to Demonology In contradistinction to the many monographs and edited volumes devoted to historical cultural or theological treatments of demonology this collection features newly written papers by philosophers and other scholars engaged specifically in philosophical argument debate and dialogue involving ideas and topics in demonology. The contributors to the volume approach the subject from the perspective of the broadest areas of Western philosophy namely metaphysics epistemology logic and moral philosophy. The collection also features a plurality of religious cultural and theological views on the nature of demons from both Eastern and Western thought in addition to views that may diverge from these traditional roots. Philosophical Approaches to Demonology will be of interest to philosophers of religion theologians and scholars working in philosophical theology and demonology as well as historians cultural anthropologists and sociologists interested more broadly in the concept of demons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595234

Philosophical Approaches to the Devil This collection brings together new papers addressing the philosophical challenges that the concept of a Devil presents bringing philosophical rigor to treatments of the Devil. Contributors approach the idea of the Devil from a variety of philosophical traditions methodologies and styles providing a comprehensive philosophical overview that contemplates the existence nature and purpose of the Devil. While some papers take a classical approach to the Devil drawing on biblical exegesis other contributors approach the topic of the Devil from epistemological metaphysical phenomenological and ethical perspectives. This volume will be relevant to researchers and scholars interested in philosophical conceptions of the Devil and related areas such as philosophers of religion theologians and scholars working in philosophical theology and demonology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144173

Philosophical Basics of Ecology and Economy In today's world – despite the dramatic anthropogenic environmental changes – a proper understanding of the relationship between humanity and nature requires a certain detachment. The pressing problems in their whole extent will only be fully understood and solved with comprehensive and patient analysis. Accordingly this book develops new perspectives on fundamental questions of biology ecology and the economy integrated within a framework of a terminology specially devised by the authors. By illuminating the epistemological backgrounds of ecological-economic research the authors lay foundations for interdisciplinary environmental research and offer guidelines for practical action. In close contact to the findings of present-day biology and economics they demonstrate the fruitfulness as well as the shortcomings of modern science for the understanding of the proper place of humankind in nature.. Frequently current problems in the fields of economics ecology politics philosophy and biology are discussed in a kind of "dialogue" with thinkers and poets like Bacon Quesnay Kant Goethe and Novalis. On the other hand the book offers traits of the Anglo-Saxon tradition of thought: a precise analytical approach to theory and a pragmatic approach to action. Both approaches are used by the authors complementarily. Thus the authors lay the foundations for an ecological economical and political practice which is able to tackle concrete environmental problems on an encompassing and long-term basis. This translated volume will be of great use and interest to students of ecology economics and in particular environmental education sustainable development and environmental ethics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516907

Philosophical Commentaries by George BerkeleyTranscribed From the Manuscript and Edited with an Introduction by George H. Thomas Explanator This edition of George Berkeley’s Philosophical Commentaries first published in 1989 provides an accurate transcription of Berkeley’s manuscript and introduction to set it in perspective extensive notes to aid in interpreting it and a full index to facilitate the use of it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137984

Philosophical DarwinismOn the Origin of Knowledge by Means of Natural Selection Philosophers have not taken the evolution of human beings seriously enough. If they did argues Peter Munz many long standing philosophical problems would be resolved. One of philosophical concequences of biology is that all the knowledge produced in evolution is a priori i.e. established hypothetically by chance mutation and selective retention not by observation and intelligent induction. For organisms as embodied theories selection is natural and for theories as disembodied organisms it is artificial. Following Popper the growth of knowledge is seen to be continuous from the amoeba to Einstein'. Philosophical Darwinism throws a whole new light on many contemporary debates. It has damaging implications for cognitive science and artificial intelligence and questions attempts from within biology to reduce mental events to neural processes. More importantly it provides a rational postmodern alternative to what the author argues are the unreasonable postmodern fashions of Kuhn Lyotard and Rorty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756037

Philosophical Delusion and its TherapyOutline of a Philosophical Revolution Philosophical Delusion and its Therapy provides new foundations and methods for the revolutionary project of philosophical therapy pioneered by Ludwig Wittgenstein. The book vindicates this currently much-discussed project by reconstructing the genesis of important philosophical problems: With the help of concepts adapted from cognitive linguistics and cognitive psychology the book analyses how philosophical reflection is shaped by pictures and metaphors we are not aware of employing and are prone to misapply. Through innovative case-studies on the genesis of classical problems about the mind and perception and on thinkers including Locke Berkeley and Ayer the book demonstrates how such autonomous habits of thought systematically generate unsound intuitions and philosophical delusions whose clash with reality or among each other gives rise to ill-motivated but maddening problems. The book re-examines models of therapeutic philosophy due to Wittgenstein and J. L. Austin and develops an approach that may let us overcome philosophical delusions and the problems they engender. In this way the book explains where and why therapy in called for in philosophy and develops techniques to carry it out. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849906

Philosophical Dimensions of Personal Construct Psychology This book traces the philosophical history of Personal Construct Psychology through the broad and complex tradition of phenomenology and thinkers such as Spinoza Hegel and Heidegger. The author also gives credit to the influence of general creative and dramatic literature across a variety of cultures. Specific issues addressed in depth include the position of Personal Construct Psychology with regard to philosophy of science determinism and free will concepts of mental illness and the implications for social and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007123

Philosophical Dimensions of Public Policy At the mid-point of the twentieth century many philosophers in the English-speaking world regarded political and moral philosophy as all but moribund. Thinkers influenced by logical positivism believe that ethical statements are merely disguised expressions of individual emotion lacking propositional force or that the conditions for the validation of ethical statements could not be specified or that their content however humanly meaningful is inexpressible.Philosophical Dimensions of Public Policy presents thirty-four articles written by research scholars numerous fields-philosophy political theory medicine law biology economics ecology and sociology-treating a broad range of topics in practical philosophy. The Institute for Philosophy and Public Affairs has been home for these ideas pioneering a distinctive method of conducting inquiry into the moral dimensions of public life and contributing to public discussion and deliberation. Members of the Institute reject the idea that public philosophy means reaching into the philosopher's tool-kit and "applying" prefabricated theories to particular problems. They set in motion a dialogue between the distinctive moral features of practical problems and the more general moral theories or considerations that seem most likely to elucidate these problems.The volume is divided into five areas: "Politics Civic Life and Moral Education"; "Diversity Identity and Equal Opportunity"; "Human Rights Development Ethics and International Justice"; "Biotechnology Genetic Research and Health Policy"; and "Natural Environment Human Communities."Philosophical Dimensions of Public Policy presents empirical data and philosophical arguments with the intention of informing public policy and public deliberation. Scholars as well as graduate and undergraduate students are certain to find it useful to their research work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126357

Philosophical Dimensions Of The Constitution In theclosing decades of the eighteenth century the newly independent colonies along the mid-Atlantic coast of North America commenced an unprecedented public debate concerning the principles of civil government. The debate culminated in 1787 with the Philadelphia convention where the United States Constitution was drafted and adopted. After rati Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298296

Philosophical Discussion in Moral EducationThe Community of Ethical Inquiry In recent years there has been an increase in the number of calls for moral education to receive greater public attention. In our pluralist society however it is difficult to find agreement on what exactly moral education requires. Philosophical Discussion in Moral Education develops a detailed philosophical defence of the claim that teachers should engage students in ethical discussions to promote moral competence and strengthen moral character. Paying particular attention to the teacher's role this book highlights the justification for and methods of creating a classroom community of ethical inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758406

Philosophical Essays First published in 1910 Philosophical Essays is one of Bertrand Russell’s earliest works and marks an important period in the evolution of thought of one of the world’s most influential thinkers. This selection of seven essays displays Russell's incisiveness and brilliance of exposition in the examination of ethical subjects and the nature of truth. Insightful and highly accessible these essays are as illuminating today as they were on first publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135031

Philosophical Essays First published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824710

Philosophical Essays Against Open Theism This new collection of philosophically rigorous essays critiques the interpretation of divine omniscience known as open theism focusing primarily on philosophically motivated open theism and positing arguments that reject divine knowledge of future contingents in the face of the dilemma of freedom and foreknowledge. The sixteen new essays in this collection written by some of the most renowned philosophers on the topic of divine providence represent a philosophical attempt to seriously consider open theism. They cover a wide variety of issues including: the ontology of time systematic metaphysics perfect being theology the Christian doctrine of the Incarnation the problem of evil and the nature of divine knowledge in general. Philosophical Essays Against Open Theism advances the discussion by wrestling against the assertions of open theism and will be of interest to both proponents and opponents of this controversial issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799998

Philosophical EthicsAn Historical And Contemporary Introduction Why is ethics part of philosophy? Stephen Darwall's Philosophical Ethics introduces students to ethics from a distinctively philosophical perspective one that weaves together central ethical questions such as ?What has value?? and ?What are our moral obligations?? with fundamental philosophical issues such as ?What is value?? and ?What can a moral Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317232

Philosophical Experiments and Observations Shortly after Hooke died in 1703 his miscellaneous papers and unpublished manuscripts were entrusted to Richard Waller who edited and published some of them in a volume titled The Posthumous Works of Robert Hooke (1705; reprinted Frank Cass 1968). Waller himself died however before he was able to complete the task of republishing Hooke’s papers and they were eventually handed on to William Derham. After delaying for what some of Hooke’s followers thought to be a scandalously long time Derham finally published this volume in 1726. It contains numerous papers and notes by Hooke as well as a number of important papers and letters written by Hooke’s contemporaries and found evidently among Hooke’s literary remains. This is an exact facsimile reproduction of Derham’s edition of the Philosophical experiments and Observations of the late Eminent Dr. Rober Hooke (1726) except that an analytical table of contents prepared by the General Editor has been added. First Published in 1967. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760331

Philosophical Explorations of New and Alternative Religious Movements Philosophy of religion is focused chiefly on theism. Yet there are a growing number of new and alternative religious movements that would also benefit from philosophical scrutiny. This book is the first collection of philosophical essays by a team of international authors focusing on new and alternative religious movements. The book begins with an examination of the definition of new religious movements before offering an introduction to and an analysis of core beliefs held by particular movements including: Scientology Raelianism Siddha Yoga the Arica School the Church of the Latter Day Saints (Mormonism) Pantheism Digital Theology New Atheism and the Word of Faith movement. Contributors offer an analysis of one or more of the core tenets of the religious movement providing readers with both an insight into the group and the methodology of philosophy of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268258

Philosophical Foundations for the Curriculum In this book first published in 1978 Allen Brent sets out to explore some of the questions raised by theorists and philosophers regarding curriculum. He starts by investigating whether all knowledge is the product of social conditions of particular times or places or whether there is some kind of universal framework implicit in the claims to knowledge which men make. He looks at the work of Plato Newman Freire and Hirt and how each of them in a strikingly different way they have tried to give us an objective basis for curriculum judgements and how the validity of that basis is attacked by contemporary sociologists of knowledge. This book is aimed primarily at students who are concentrating on the philosophy of education or curriculum theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692466

Philosophical Foundations of Leadership The nature of leadership and the human qualities that promote or inhibit it have a long history in Western thought and remain a central concern in modern societies. Crises in leadership may arise from either human failings or social complexities that defeat or reject those most qualified to lead. While most contemporary political or social commentators on such crises tend to focus on external circumstances David Cawthon examines classical thinkers from Plato to Nietzsche to offer a historical and philosophical perspective on the intrinsic qualities of leadership and how these qualities are coded into the souls of some but not of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865173

Philosophical Foundations of the Three Sociologies An extended historical and philosophical argument this book will be a valuable text for all students of the philosophy of the social sciences. It discusses the serious alternatives to positivist and empiricist accounts of the physical sciences and poses the debate between naturalism and anti-naturalism in the social sciences in new terms. Recent materialist and realist philosophies of science make possible a defence of naturalism which does not make concessions to positivism and which recognizes the force of several of the anti-positivist arguments from the main anti-naturalist (neo-Kantian) tradition. The author presents a critical evaluation of empiricist and positivist theories of knowledge and investigates some classic attempts at using them to provide the philosophical foundation for a scientific sociology. He takes the Kantian critique of empiricism as the starting point for the main anti-positivist and anti-naturalist philosophical approaches to the social studies. He goes on to investigate the inadequacy of post-Kantian arguments from Rickert Weber Winch and others both against non-positivist forms of naturalism and as the possible source of a distinctive philosophical foundation for the social studies. The book concludes with a critical investigation of the Marxian tradition and an attempt to establish the possibility of a materialist and realist defence of the project of a natural science of history which escapes the fundamental flaws of both positivist and neo-Kantian attempts at philosophical foundation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978416

Philosophical Inquiries into Pregnancy Childbirth and MotheringMaternal Subjects Philosophical inquiry into pregnancy childbirth and mothering is a growing area of interest to academic philosophers. This volume brings together a diverse group of philosophers to speak about topics in this reemerging area of philosophical inquiry taking up new themes such as maternal aesthetics and pursuing old ones in new ways such as investigating stepmothering as it might inform and ground an ethics of care. The theoretical foci of the book include feminist existential ethical aesthetic phenomenological social and political theories. These perspectives are then employed to consider many dimensions of pregnancy childbirth and mothering which are of central importance to human existence but are only rarely discussed in philosophical cannons. Topics include pregnancy and embodiment breast-feeding representations – or the lack thereof – of pregnant and birthing women adoption and post-partum motherhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902480

Philosophical Inquiry with ChildrenThe Development of an Inquiring Society in Australia Philosophy in schools in Australia dates back to the 1980s and is rooted in the Philosophy for Children curriculum and pedagogy. Seeing potential for educational change Australian advocates were quick to develop new classroom resources and innovative programs that have proved influential in educational practice throughout Australia and internationally. Behind their contributions lie key philosophical and educational discussions and controversies which have shaped attempts to introduce philosophy in schools and embed it in state and national curricula. Drawing together a wide range of eminent scholars and practitioners in the field of educational philosophy this anthology the first of its kind provides not only a historical narrative but an opportunity to reflect on the insights and experiences of the authors that have made history. The collection is divided into three parts. The overarching theme of Part I is the early years of Philosophy for Children in Australia and how they informed the course that the ‘philosophy in schools movement’ would take. Part II focuses on the events and debates surrounding the development and production of new materials including arguments for and against the suitability of the original Philosophy for Children curriculum. In Part III key developments relating to teaching philosophy in schools are analysed. This collection of diverse views critical appraisals and different perspectives of historical currents is intended to stimulate thought-provoking questions about theory and practice and to increase general awareness both nationally and internationally of the maturation of philosophy in schools in Australia. It is also intended to encourage readers to identify emerging ideas and develop strategies for their implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362963

Philosophical Issues in Education The philosophy of education is an important component of most education courses. The subject is often split into two traditions one emphasising the use of analytic philosophy the other engaging in radical social criticism. This book first published in 1982 brings together the strengths of both traditions and takes stock of the debate. This study provides an interesting introduction to all the major philosophical issues in education which is different to many other works on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692947

Philosophical Issues in Indian CinemaApproximate Terms and Concepts This book interrogates the vocabulary used in theorizing about Indian cinema to reach into the deeper cultural meanings of philosophies and traditions from which it derives its influences. It re-examines terms and concepts used in film criticism and contextualizes them within the aesthetics poetics and politics of Indian cinema. The book looks at terms and concepts borrowed from the scholarship on American and world cinema and explores their use and relevance in describing the characteristics and evolution of cinema in India. It highlights how realism romance and melodrama in the context of India appear in a culturally singular way and how the aggregation of constituent elements – like songs action comedy – in Indian film can be traced to classical theatre and other diverse religious and philosophical influences. These influences have characterized popular film and drama in India which present all aspects of life for a diverse nation. The author explores concepts like ‘fantasy’ ‘family’ and ‘patriotism’ by using various examples from films in India and outside as well as practices in the other arts. He identifies the fundamental logic behind the choices made by film-makers in India and discusses concepts which allow for a fresh theorizing on Indian cinema’s characteristics. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers of film studies media studies cultural studies literature cultural history and South Asian studies. It will also be useful for general readers who are interested in learning more about Indian cinema its forms origins and influences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367361822

Philosophical LogicA Contemporary Introduction Introductory logic is generally taught as a straightforward technical discipline. In this book John MacFarlane helps the reader think about the limitations of presuppositions of and alternatives to classical first-order predicate logic making this an ideal introduction to philosophical logic for any student who already has completed an introductory logic course. The book explores the following questions. Are there quantificational idioms that cannot be expressed with the familiar universal and existential quantifiers? How can logic be extended to capture modal notions like necessity and obligation? Does the material conditional adequately capture the meaning of 'if'—and if not what are the alternatives? Should logical consequence be understood in terms of models or in terms of proofs? Can one intelligibly question the validity of basic logical principles like Modus Ponens or Double Negation Elimination? Is the fact that classical logic validates the inference from a contradiction to anything a flaw and if so how can logic be modified to repair it? How exactly is logic related to reasoning? Must classical logic be revised in order to be applied to vague language and if so how? Each chapter is organized around suggested readings and includes exercises designed to deepen the reader's understanding. Key Features: An integrated treatment of the technical and philosophical issues comprising philosophical logic Designed to serve students taking only one course in logic beyond the introductory level Provides tools and concepts necessary to understand work in many areas of analytic philosophy Includes exercises suggested readings and suggestions for further exploration in each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737655

Philosophical LogicAn Introduction First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147577

Philosophical Methodology: The Armchair or the Laboratory? What methodology should philosophers follow? Should they rely on methods that can be conducted from the armchair? Or should they leave the armchair and turn to the methods of the natural sciences such as experiments in the laboratory? Or is this opposition itself a false one? Arguments about philosophical methodology are raging in the wake of a number of often conflicting currents such as the growth of experimental philosophy the resurgence of interest in metaphysical questions and the use of formal methods. This outstanding collection of specially-commissioned chapters by leading international philosophers discusses these questions and many more. It provides a comprehensive survey of philosophical methodology in the most important philosophical subjects: metaphysics epistemology philosophy of language philosophy of mind phenomenology philosophy of science ethics and aesthetics. A key feature of the collection is that philosophers discuss and evaluate contrasting approaches in each subject offering a superb overview of the variety of methodological approaches - both naturalistic and non-naturalistic - in each of these areas. They examine important topics at the heart of methodological argument including the role of intuitions and conceptual analysis thought experiments introspection and the place that results from the natural sciences should have in philosophical theorizing. The collection begins with a fascinating exchange about philosophical naturalism between Timothy Williamson and Alexander Rosenberg and also includes contributions from the following philosophers: Lynne Rudder Baker Matt Bedke Greg Currie Michael Devitt Matthew C. Haug Jenann Ismael Hilary Kornblith Neil Levy E.J. Lowe Kirk Ludwig Marie McGinn David Papineau Matthew Ratcliffe Georges Rey Jeffrey W. Roland Barry C. Smith Amie L. Thomasson Valerie Tiberius Jessica Wilson and David W. Smith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415531320

Philosophical Papers First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823560

Philosophical Perspectives on Contemporary Ireland This is the first book to bring a philosophical lens to issues of socio-political and cultural importance in twenty-first century Ireland. While the social political and economic landscape of contemporary Ireland has inspired extensive scholarly debate both within and well beyond the field of Irish Studies there is a distinct lack of philosophical voices in these discussions. The aim of this volume is to enrich the fields of Philosophy and Irish Studies by encouraging a manifestly philosophical exploration of contemporary issues and concerns. The essays in this volume collectively address diverse philosophical questions on contemporary Ireland by exploring a variety of themes including: diaspora exile return; women’s bodies and autonomy; historic injustices and national healing; remembering and commemoration; institutionalization and containment; colonialism and Ireland as "home"; conflict and violence; Northern Ireland and the peace process; nationalism patriotism and masculinities; ethnicity immigration and identity; and translation art and culture. Philosophical Perspectives on Contemporary Ireland marks a significant contribution to contemporary theorizations of Ireland by incorporating both Irish and transatlantic perspectives. It will appeal to a broad audience of scholars and advanced students working in philosophy Irish Studies feminist theory history legal studies and literary theory. Beyond academia it will also engage those interested in contemporary Ireland from policy and civil society perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189365

Philosophical Perspectives on EmpathyTheoretical Approaches and Emerging Challenges Empathy—our capacity to cognitively or affectively connect with other people’s thoughts and feelings—is a concept whose definition and meaning varies widely within philosophy and other disciplines. Philosophical Perspectives on Empathy advances research on the nature and function of empathy by exploring and challenging different theoretical approaches to this phenomenon. The first section of the book explores empathy as a historiographical method presenting a number of rich and interesting arguments that have influenced the debate from the Nineteenth Century to the present day. The next group of essays broadly accepts the centrality of perspective-taking in empathy. Here the authors attempt to refine and improve this particular conception of empathy by clarifying the intentionality of the perspective taker’s emotion the perspective taker’s meta-cognitive capacities and the nature of central imagining itself. Finally the concluding section argues for the re-evaluation or even rejection of empathy. These essays advance alternative theories that are relevant to current debates such as narrative engagement and competence attunement or the sharing of mental states and the "second-person" model of empathy. This book features a wide range of perspectives on empathy written by experts across several different areas of philosophy. It will be of interest to researchers and upper-level students working on the philosophy of emotions across ethics philosophy of mind philosophy of psychology and the history of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584334

Philosophical Perspectives on Moral and Civic EducationShaping Citizens and Their Schools Many people place great stock in the importance of civic virtue to the success of democratic communities. Is this hope well-grounded? The fundamental question is whether it is even possible to cultivate ethical and civic virtues in the first place. Taking for granted that it is possible at least three further questions arise: What are the key elements of civic virtue? How should we cultivate these virtuous dispositions? And finally how should schools be organized in order to make the education of citizen possible? These interrelated questions are the focus of this collection. By considering these questions from a variety of philosophical perspectives ranging from moral psychology philosophy of education and political philosophy the nine essays assembled here advance our understanding of the challenges we face in trying to shape children to be virtuous citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138506404

Philosophical Perspectives on Play Philosophical Perspectives on Play builds on the disciplinary and paradigmatic bridges constructed between the study of philosophy and play in The Philosophy of Play (Routledge 2013) to develop a richer understanding of the concept and nature of play and its relation to human life and value. Made up of contributions from leading international thinkers and inviting readers to explore the presumptions often attached to play and playfulness the book considers ways that play in ‘virtual’ and ‘real’ worlds can inform understandings of each critiquing established norms and encouraging scepticism about the practice and experience of play. Organised around four central themes -- play(ing) at the limits aesthetics metaphysics/ontology and ethics -- the book extends and challenges notions of play by drawing on issues emerging in sport gaming literature space and art with specific attention paid to disruption and danger. It is intended to provide scholars and practitioners working in the spheres of play education games sport and related subjects with a deeper understanding of philosophical thought and to open dialogue across these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707597

Philosophical Perspectives on Religious DiversityBivalent Truth Tolerance and Personhood Addressing the question of what kind of theoretical foundations are required if we wish to have a constructive attitude towards different religions this book scrutinizes aspects of the human condition personhood and notions of (exclusive) truth and tolerance.In the book Wolterstorff suggests that persons have hermeneutic and related competences that account for their special dignity and that this dignity implies the right to practice religion freely. Margolis emphasizes the contingent character of all religious pursuits – being products of a unique form of evolution humans need to create convincing purposes in an otherwise purposeless world. Respondents criticize both views with an eye on the question of whether those views promote religious tolerance.Grube criticizes the tendency for interreligious dialogue to be pursued under the parameters of an exclusive bivalent notion of truth according to which something is necessarily false if it is not true. Under those parameters religions that differ from the (one) true religion must be false. This explains why religious pluralists attempt to minimize the differences between religions at all costs and why others suggest implausibly strong concepts of tolerance. As an alternative Grube proposes to drop exclusive concepts of truth and to conduct interreligious dialogue under the parameters of the concept of justification which allows for pluralisation. The following discussion takes up this criticism of bivalence and its consequences for dealing with religious otherness. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Philosophy and Theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891114

Philosophical Perspectives on Ruins Monuments and Memorials This collection of newly published essays examines our relationship to physical objects that invoke commemorate and honor the past. The recent destruction of cultural heritage in war and controversies over Civil War monuments in the US have foregrounded the importance of artifacts that embody history. The book invites us to ask: How do memorials convey their meanings? What is our responsibility for the preservation or reconstruction of historically significant structures? How should we respond when the public display of a monument divides a community? This anthology includes coverage of the destruction of Palmyra and the Bamiyan Buddhas the loss of cultural heritage through war and natural disasters the explosive controversies surrounding Confederate-era monuments and the decay of industry in the U.S. Rust Belt. The authors consider issues of preservation and reconstruction the nature of ruins the aesthetic and ethical values of memorials and the relationship of cultural memory to material artifacts that remain from the past. Written by a leading group of philosophers art historians and archeologists the 23 chapters cover monuments and memorials from Dubai to Detroit from the instant destruction of Hiroshima to the gradual sinking of Venice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504691

Philosophical Perspectives on the Engineering Approach in BiologyLiving Machines? Philosophical Perspectives on the Engineering Approach in Biology provides a philosophical examination of what has been called the most powerful metaphor in biology: The machine metaphor. The chapters collected in this volume discuss the idea that living systems can be understood through the lens of engineering methods and machine metaphors from both historical theoretical and practical perspectives. In their contributions the authors examine questions about scientific explanation and methodology the interrelationship between science and engineering and the impact that the use of engineering metaphors in science may have for bioethics and science communication such as the worry that its wide application reinforces public misconceptions of the nature of new biotechnology and biological life. The book also contains an introduction that describes the rise of the machine analogy and the many ways in which it plays a central role in fundamental debates about e.g. design adaptation and reductionism in the philosophy of biology.  The book will be useful as a core reading for professionals as well as graduate and undergraduate students in courses of philosophy of science and for life scientists taking courses in philosophy of science and bioethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380788

Philosophical Perspectives on the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict This volume addresses a number of philosophical problems that arise in consideration of the century-old conflict between Israeli Jews and Palestinian Arabs. Consisting of essays by fifteen contributors (including both Israeli and Palestinian philosophers) and a lengthy introduction by the editor it deals with rights to land sovereignity self-determination the existence and legitimacy of states cultural prejudice national identity intercommunal violence and religious intransigence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701776

Philosophical Problems of Behavioural Economics The goal of behavioural economics is to improve the explanatory and predictive power of economics. This can be achieved by using theoretical and methodological resources of psychology. Its fundamental idea is that the relationship between psychology and economics cannot be subsumed under standard philosophical accounts of intertheoretical relations. Philosophical Problems of Behavioural Economics argues that behavioural economics is best understood as an attempt to deidealize economic theory guided by psychological research. Behavioural economics deconstructs the model of decision-making by adding different elements. Based on this understanding behavioural economics has a number of tasks: first it has to identify which economic theory needs to be challenged; second it aims to identify factors which need to be modelled within economic theories of choice and modify the theory accordingly; and finally it has to create models that explain economic phenomena based on the new theory. This book analyses the different stages of this deconstruction process and shows how the scientific disciplines of economics and psychology are connected by it. This volume develops a new account of intertheoretical relations based on the idea of deidealization and thus contributes to debates within the philosophy of social science. It is suitable for those who are interested in or study economic theory and philosophy economic psychology and philosophy of social science.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321949

Philosophical Reflections on Mothering in Trauma Philosophical Reflections on Mothering in Trauma examines the lived experience of mothering children who have been seriously harmed by others. Using an interdisciplinary approach that employs a feminist phenomenology and an emphasis on narrative theory this ground-breaking work gives voice to experiences of trauma and of mothering not ordinarily heard in philosophical discourses. With a philosophical lens Melissa Burchard examines the challenges faced by families during the adoption and parenting of abused children. In doing so Burchard argues that the investigation of traumatic experience poses questions that philosophers must address if we are to improve collective understanding of the human condition. These questions centre around the epistemological implications of traumatic experience the role of power and privilege in abusive relationships and the interconnected issues of morality and moral agency in trauma problematic desires engendered in traumatic circumstances and therapeutic responses to trauma. The book expresses ways in which mothering wounded children can if we are deeply engaged and reflective shift our understandings of what it means to be parents to be children to love to know to construct a self to feel desire to nurture to coerce and to live in the ambiguity of not knowing which decisions are right and which are wrong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299771

Philosophical Reflexivity and Entrepreneurship Research "‘Philosophy is inescapable’. This is the powerful mantra and call to action of this authoritative and informative collection of essays. Acting upon the conviction that empirical scrutiny only takes us so far in understanding the full nature of entrepreneurship this text provides a set of thoughtful and refreshing commentaries on the different ways in which philosophical assumptions shape entrepreneurship research. Entrepreneurship scholarship will be richer for the reading of it."Denise Elaine Fletcher Professor of Entrepreneurship and Innovation University of Luxembourg Luxembourg."This book offers the reader a variety of philosophical ideas and approaches to spur reflection on taken for granted assumptions about what entrepreneurship is and the ways entrepreneurship scholars understand this phenomenon.  The chapters in this book go beyond critiquing current ideas and perspectives rather the book opens up important lines of inquiry in such topic areas as: uncertainty the imagination social construction critical realism and the nature of failure. I expect that many of the insights from this book will provide directions for major avenues of entrepreneurship scholarship over the next decade. Scholars who want clues about the future direction of the entrepreneurship field would be wise to explore this book."William B. Gartner Bertarelli Foundation Distinguished Professor of Family Entrepreneurship Babson College USA Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734558

Philosophical RhetoricThe Function of Indirection in Philosophical Writing This book originally published in 1989 discusses an issue central to all philosophical argument – the relation between persuasion and truth. The techniques of persuasion are indirect and not always fully transparent. Whether philosophers and theoreticians are for or against the use of rhetoric they engage in rhetorical practice none the less. Focusing on Plato Descartes Kant Kierkegaard Nietzsche and Wittgenstein this book uncovers philosophical rhetoric at work and reminds us of the rhetorical arena in which philosophical writings are produced and considered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691483

Philosophical Studies First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822969

Philosophical TasksAn Introduction to Some Aims and Methods in Recent Philosophy First published in 1972 Philosophical Tasks was written to identify and examine some central themes in contemporary Anglo-American philosophy. The book explores the claim that philosophy is essentially linguistic and considers in particular such topics as philosophy and science fact and language conceptual analysis first- and second-order tasks scepticism ordinary language and conceptual frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367746612

Philosophical Theories of Probability The Twentieth Century has seen a dramatic rise in the use of probability and statistics in almost all fields of research. This has stimulated many new philosophical ideas on probability. Philosophical Theories of Probability is the first book to present a clear comprehensive and systematic account of these various theories and to explain how they relate to one another. Gillies also offers a distinctive version of the propensity theory of probability and the intersubjective interpretation which develops the subjective theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203132241

Philosophical Works of Etienne Bonnot Abbe De CondillacVolume 1 This highly readable translation of the major works of the 18th- century philosopher Etienne Bonnot Abbe de Condillac a disciple of Locke and a contemporary of Rousseau Voltaire and Diderot shows his influence on psychiatric diagnosis as well as on the education of the deaf the retarded and the preschool child. Published two hundred years after Condillac's death this translation contains treatises which were until now virtually unavailable in English: A Treatise on Systems A Treatise of the Sensations Logic. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802817

Philosophical Works of Etienne Bonnot Abbe De CondillacVolume II This is the first English translation of Condillac's most influential works: the Essay on the Origins of Human Knowledge (1746) and Course for Study of Instruction of the Prince of Parma (1772). The Essays lay the foundation for Condillac's theory of mind. He argues that all mental operations are in fact sensory processes and nothing more. An outgrowth of Locke's empirical account of ideas and sensations as a source of knowledge Condillac's theory goes beyond Locke's foundations introducing his universal method for understanding any complex entity: the reduction of all matters to their origins and then to their simplest forms. The Course originally written to teach Prince Ferdinand of Parma to think and to develop good habits of mind following the principle of association of ideas covers grammar writing reasoning thinking and ancient and modern history. Philip writes in the introduction: "[the] mind is moldable to reason and to 'nature' which gave it a model and provides the ultimate authority for all it can know or do." Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802220

Philosophies and Practices of Emancipatory NursingSocial Justice as Praxis *** Awarded First Place in the 2015 AJN Book of the Year Award in two categories - "History and Public Policy" and "Professional Issues" *** This anthology presents the philosophical and practice perspectives of nurse scholars whose works center on promoting nursing research practice and education within frameworks of social justice and critical theories. Social justice nursing is defined by the editors as nursing practice that is emancipatory and rests on the principle of praxis which is practice aimed at attaining social justice goals and outcomes that improve health experiences and conditions of individuals their communities and society. There is a lack in the nursing discipline of resources that contain praxis approaches and there is a need for new concepts models and theories that could encompass scholarship and practice aimed at purposive reformation of nursing other health professions and health care systems. Chapters bridge critical theoretical frameworks and nursing science in ways that are understandable and useful for practicing nurses and other health professionals in clinical settings in academia and in research. In this book nurses’ ideas and knowledge development efforts are not limited to problems and solutions emerging from the dominant discourse or traditions. The authors offer innovative ways to work towards establishing alternative forms of knowledge capable of capturing both the roots and complexity of contemporary problems as distributed across a diversity of people and communities. It fills a significant gap in the literature and makes an exceptional contribution as a collection of new writings from some of the foremost nursing scholars whose works are informed by critical frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793407

Philosophies of DifferenceNature Racism and Sexuate Difference Philosophies of Difference engages with the concept of difference in relation to a number of fundamental philosophical and political problems. Insisting on the inseparability of ontology ethics and politics the essays and interview in this volume offer original and timely approaches to thinking nature sexuate difference racism and decoloniality. The collection draws on a range of sources including Latin American Indigenous ontologies and philosophers such as Henri Bergson Jacques Derrida Luce Irigaray Immanuel Kant Maurice Merleau-Ponty Charles Mills and Eduardo Viveiros de Castro. The contributors think embodiment and life by bringing continental philosophy into generative dialogue with fields including plant studies animal studies decoloniality feminist theory philosophy of race and law. Affirming the importance of interdisciplinarity Philosophies of Difference contributes to a creative and critical intervention into established norms limits and categories. Invoking a conception of difference as both constitutive and generative this collection offers new and important insights into how a rethinking of difference may ground new and more ethical modes of being and being-with. Philosophies of Difference unearths the constructive possibilities of difference for an ethics of relationality and for elaborating non-anthropocentric sociality.The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue in Australian Feminist Law Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585945

Philosophies of ExistenceAn Introduction to the Basic Thought of Kierkegaard Heidegger Jaspers Marcel Sartre This book first published in 1969 examines the ‘philosophies of existence’ or Existentialism and the field’s leading philosophers. These philosophers the book argues wished to distinguish themselves from other philosophies in their structure and approach – and it is that structure that this book takes care to analyse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138523

Philosophies of India Originally published in 1973. The volume is divided into four sections: The introduction places the position of the Buddhist Tantras within Mahayana Buddhism and recalls their early literary history especially the Guhyasamahatantra; the section also covers Buddhist Genesis and the Tantric tradition. The foundations of the Buddhist Tantras are discussed and the Tantric presentation of divinity; the preparation of disciples and the meaning of initiation; symbolism of the mandala-palace Tantric ritual and the twilight language. This section explores the Tantric teachings of the inner Zodiac and the fivefold ritual symbolism of passion. The bibliographical research contains an analysis of the Tantric section of the Kanjur exegesis and a selected Western Bibliography of the Buddhist Tantras with comments.     Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706626

Philosophies of Islamic EducationHistorical Perspectives and Emerging Discourses The study of Islamic education has hitherto remained a tangential inquiry in the broader focus of Islamic Studies. In the wake of this neglect a renaissance of sorts has occurred in recent years reconfiguring the importance of Islam’s attitudes to knowledge learning and education as paramount in the study and appreciation of Islamic civilization. Philosophies of Islamic Education stands in tandem to this call and takes a pioneering step in establishing the importance of its study for the educationalist academic and student alike.  Broken into four sections it deals with theological pedagogic institutional and contemporary issues reflecting the diverse and often competing notions and practices of Islamic education. As a unique international collaboration bringing into conversation theologians historians philosophers teachers and sociologists of education Philosophies of Islamic Education intends to provide fresh means for conversing with contemporary debates in ethics secularization theory child psychology multiculturalism interfaith dialogue and moral education. In doing so it hopes to offer an important and timely contribution to educational studies as well as give new insight for academia in terms of conceiving learning and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195885

Philosophies of MulticulturalismBeyond Liberalism This edited collection offers a comparative approach to the topic of multiculturalism including different authors with contrasting arguments from different philosophical traditions and ideologies. It puts together perspectives that have been largely neglected as valid normative ways to address the political and moral questions that arise from the coexistence of different cultures in the same geographical space. The essays in this volume cover both historical perspectives taking in the work of Hobbes Tocqueville and Nietzsche among others and contemporary Eastern and Western approaches including Marxism anarchism Islam Daoism Indian and African philosophies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264017

Philosophies of Polar Law Analysing the most important concepts and problems of the philosophy of polar law this book focuses on the legal regimes relating to both the Arctic and Antarctic. The book addresses the most fundamental concepts and problems of polar law looking beyond the apparent biophysical similarities and differences of the two polar regions to tackle the distinctive legal problems relating to each polar region. It examines key legal–philosophical areas of the philosophy of law around legal interpretation; the role of nation states reflected in concepts of territorial sovereignty – whether recognised or merely asserted the exercise of jurisdiction and the philosophical justifications for such claims; as well as indigenous rights land rights civil commons and issues of justice. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of polar law land law heritage law international relations in the polar regions and the wider polar social sciences and humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618558

Philosophies Of ScienceFeminist Theories This book presents the current feminist critique of science and the philosophy of science in such a way that students of philosophy of science philosophers feminist theorists and scientists will find the material accessible and intellectually rigorous.Contemporary feminist debate as well as the debate brought on by the radical critics of scienc Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317249

Philosophising the Dialogos Way towards Wisdom in EducationBetween Critical Thinking and Spiritual Contemplation Philosophising the Dialogos Way towards Wisdom in Education proposes the innovative and holistic Dialogos approach to practical philosophy as a way of facilitating wisdom-oriented pedagogy. The book encourages individual and collective development through dialectical interplays between personal life philosophical concepts and subject matter.Based on two decades of the author’s reflective pedagogical practice research this book develops a philosophy of dialogical relationships. It analyses approaches to philosophical practice and suggests facilitation moves and philosophical exercises that can be adapted across educational levels school subjects and higher education disciplines. Chapters provide examples of transformative philosophical group dialogues and suggest pathways towards multi perspective thinking mutual understanding and wisdom in culturally diverse contexts. Philosophising the Dialogos Way towards Wisdom in Education can be used as a holistic approach to democracy education peace education education for sustainable living and wellbeing. The book will be of great interest to academics researchers and students in the fields of teacher education philosophy of education and higher education. It will also appeal to practising professionals such as teachers and teacher educators in secondary and higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671655

Philosophy Computing and Information Science Over the last four decades computers and the internet have become an intrinsic part of all our lives but this speed of development has left related philosophical enquiry behind. Featuring the work of computer scientists and philosophers these essays provide an overview of an exciting new area of philosophy that is still taking shape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710764

Philosophy Dialogue and EducationNine Modern European Philosophers Philosophy Dialogue and Education is an advanced introduction to nine key European social philosophers: Martin Buber Mikhail Bakhtin Lev Vygotsky Hannah Arendt Emmanuel Levinas Maurice Merleau-Ponty Simone Weil Michael Oakeshott and Jürgen Habermas. This detailed yet highly readable work positions the socio-political views of each philosopher within a European tradition of dialogical philosophy; and reflects on the continuing theoretical relevance of the work of each to education generally and to critical pedagogy. The discussion in each chapter is informed by materials drawn from various scholarly sources in English and is enriched by materials from other languages particularly French German and Russian. This enhances the comparative European cultural perspective of the book; and connects the work of each philosopher to wider intellectual political and social debates.     The book will appeal to academics postgraduates and researchers working in philosophy philosophy of education and in educational cultural and social studies more generally. Advanced undergraduate students would also benefit from the book’s discussion of primary sources and the authors’ suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363338

Philosophy Ethics and Public Policy: An Introduction What makes a policy work? What should policies attempt to do and what ought they not do? These questions are at the heart of both policy-making and ethics. Philosophy Ethics and Public Policy: An Introduction examines these questions and more. Andrew I. Cohen uses contemporary examples and controversies mainly drawn from policy in a North American context to illustrate important flashpoints in ethics and public policy such as: public policy and globalization: sweatshops; medicine and the developing world; immigration marriage family and education: same-sex marriage; women and the family; education and Intelligent Design justifying and responding to state coercion: torture; reparations and restorative justice the ethics of the body and commodification: the human organ trade and factory farming of animals. Each chapter illustrates how ethics offers ways of prioritizing some policy alternatives and imagining new ones. Reflecting on various themes in globalization markets and privacy the chapters are windows to enduring significant debates about what states may do to shape our behavior. Overall the book will help readers understand how ethics can frame policymaking while also suggesting that sometimes the best policy is no policy. Including annotated further reading this is an excellent introduction to a fast-growing subject for students in Philosophy Public Policy and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814171

Philosophy Ethics and a Common HumanityEssays in Honour of Raimond Gaita The work of Raimond Gaita in books such as Good and Evil: An Absolute Conception A Common Humanity and The Philosopher’s Dog has made an outstanding and controversial contribution to philosophy and to the wider culture. In this superb collection an international team of contributors explore issues across the wide range of Gaita’s thought including the nature of good and evil philosophy and biography the unthinkable Plato and ancient philosophy Wittgenstein the religious dimensions of Gaita’s work aspects of the Holocaust and aboriginal reconciliation in Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573994

Philosophy God and Motion In the post-Newtonian world motion is assumed to be a simple category which relates to the locomotion of bodies in space and is usually associated only with physics. This book shows this to be a relatively recent understanding of motion and that prior to the scientific revolution motion was a broader and more mysterious category applying to moral as well as physical movements. Simon Oliver presents fresh interpretations of key figures in the history of western thought including Plato Aristotle Aquinas and Newton examining the thinkers’ handling of the concept of motion. Through close readings of seminal texts in ancient and medieval cosmology and early modern natural philosophy the books moves from antique to modern times investigating how motion has been of great significance within theology philosophy and science. Particularly important is the relation between motion and God following Aristotle traditional doctrines of God have understood the divine as the ‘unmoved mover’ while post-Holocaust theologians have suggested that in order to be compassionate God must undergo the motion of suffering. The text argues that there may be an authentically theological as well as a natural scientific understanding of motion. This volume will prove a major contribution to theology the history of Christian thought and to the growing field of science and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849180

Philosophy Neuroscience and Consciousness Explaining consciousness is one of the last great unanswered scientific and philosophical problems. Immediately known familiar and obvious consciousness is also baffling opaque and strange. This introduction to the problems posed by consciousness discusses the most important work of cognitive science neurophysiology and philosophy of mind of the past thirty years and presents an up to date assessment of the issues and debates. The reader is first introduced to the way that consciousness has been thought about in the history of philosophy and psychology. The author then presents an informal and largely non-technical account of the properties of consciousness that are thought to be the most paradigmatic and problematic. Recent scientific work on consciousness from neurophysiological studies of the brain and evolutionary studies of the development of consciousness to computational theories of the mind are then examined and the philosophical problems that these accounts raise are systematically introduced. The final chapters of the book consider more practical matters by addressing self-deception neuroses the unconscious and notions of the self before concluding with an assessment of the future for psychology and the philosophy of mind. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315478777

Philosophy Obligation and the LawBentham’s Ontology of Normativity This book presents a comprehensive investigation of the notion of obligation in Bentham’s thought. For Bentham obligation is a fictitious – namely linguistic – entity whose import and truth lie in empirical perceptions of pain and pleasure ‘real’ entities.This work explores Bentham’s fictionalism and aims to identify the general features that ethical fictitious entities (including obligation) share with other kinds of fictitious entities. The book is divided into two parts: the first examines the ontological and epistemological foundations of Bentham’s distinction between real and fictitious entities; the second part addresses the normative and motivational aspects of moral and legal notions.This book reveals the centrality of the following issues to Bentham’s legal reform: logic theory of language physics metaphysics metaethics axiology moral psychology the structure of practical reasoning and action with reference to the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589349

Philosophy Psychoanalysis and EmancipationCollected Papers of Herbert Marcuse Volume 5 Edited by Douglas Kellner and Clayton Pierce Philosophy Psychoanalysis and Emancipation is the fifth volume of Herbert Marcuse's collected papers. Containing some of Marcuse’s most important work this book presents for the first time his unique syntheses of philosophy psychoanalysis and critical social theory directed toward human emancipation and social transformation. Within philosophy Marcuse engaged with disparate and often conflicting philosophical perspectives - ranging from Heidegger and phenomenology to Hegel Marx and Freud - to create unique philosophical insights often overlooked in favor of his theoretical and political interventions with the New Left the subject of previous volumes. This collection assembles significant and in some cases unknown texts from the Herbert Marcuse archives in Frankfurt including:  critiques of positivism and idealism Dewey’s pragmatism and the tradition of German philosophy philosophical essays from the 1930s and 1940s that attempt to reconstruct philosophy on a materialist base Marcuse’s unique attempts to bring together Freud and philosophy philosophical reflections on death human aggression war and peace Marcuse’s later critical philosophical perspectives on science technology society religion and ecology. A comprehensive introduction by Douglas Kellner Tyson Lewis and Clayton Pierce places Marcuse’s work in the context of his engagement with the main currents of twentieth century politics and philosophy. An Afterword by Andrew Feenberg provides a personal memory of Marcuse as scholar teacher and activist and summarizes the lasting relevance of his radical thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371694

Philosophy Religious Studies and Myth First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994898

Philosophy Science and HistoryA Guide and Reader Philosophy Science and History: A Guide and Reader is a compact overview of the history and philosophy of science that aims to introduce students to the groundwork of the field and to stimulate innovative research. The general introduction focuses on scientific theory change assessment discovery and pursuit. Part I of the Reader begins with classic texts in the history of logical empiricism including Reichenbach’s discovery-justification distinction. With careful reference to Kuhn’s analysis of scientific revolutions the section provides key texts analyzing the relationship of HOPOS to the history of science including texts by Santayana Rudwick and Shapin and Schaffer. Part II provides texts illuminating central debates in the history of science and its philosophy. These include the history of natural philosophy (Descartes Newton Leibniz Kant Hume and du Châtelet in a new translation); induction and the logic of discovery (including the Mill-Whewell debate Duhem and Hanson); and catastrophism versus uniformitarianism in natural history (Playfair on Hutton and Lyell; de Buffon Cuvier and Darwin). The editor’s introductions to each section provide a broader perspective informed by contemporary research in each area including related topics. Each introduction furnishes proposals including thematic bibliographies for innovative research questions and projects in the classroom and in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898317

Philosophy Science and PsychoanalysisA Critical Meeting The perennial interest in psychoanalysis shows no signs of abating and the longevity of psychoanalytic theory is seen in the varied extensions and elaborations of Freudian thinking in the fields of neuroscience and cognitive theory. Nevertheless the scientific standing of psychoanalysis has long been questioned and developments in the fields of the philosophy of science and psychology require a fresh assessment of the scientific standing of psychoanalysis. While there are a range of views on the topic of whether psychoanalysis is in fact scientific any satisfactory approach to understanding mind and behaviour requires an approach that is at once both philosophic and scientific. Accordingly to even approach the question regarding the scientific nature of psychoanalysis a foundation comprising a sophisticated conceptual and philosophical framework is required. This volume represents the junction where philosophy science and psychoanalysis meet and presents arguments critical and supportive of the scientific standing of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491899

Philosophy Science and Religion for Everyone Philosophy  Science and Religion for Everyone brings together these great truth-seeking disciplines and seeks to understand the ways in which they challenge and inform each other. Key topics and their areas of focus include: • Foundational Issues – why should anyone care about the science-and-religion debate? How do scientific claims relate to the truth? Is evolution compatible with design? • Faith and Rationality – can faith ever be rational? Are theism and atheism totally opposed? Is God hidden or does God simply not exist? • Faith and Science - what provides a better explanation for the origin of the universe—science or religion? Faith and physics: can they be reconciled? Does contemporary neuroscience debunk religious belief? Creationism and evolutionary biology - what constitutes science and what constitutes pseudo-science? • Practical Implications – is fundamentalism just a problem for religious people? What are the ethical implications of the science-and-religion debate? Do logic and religion mix? This book is designed to be used in conjunction with the free ‘Philosophy Science and Religion’ MOOC (massive open online course) created by the University of Edinburgh and hosted by the Coursera platform (www.coursera.org). This book is also highly recommended for anyone looking for a concise overview of this fascinating discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234215

Philosophy Society and the Cunning of History in Eastern Europe Philosophy Society and the Cunning of History in Eastern Europe charts the intellectual landscape of twentieth century East-Central Europe under the unifying theme of 'precariousness' as a mode of historical existence. Caught between empires often marked by catastrophic historic events and grand political failures the countries of East-Central Europe have for a long time developed a certain intellectual self-representation a culture that not only helps them make some sense of such misfortunes but also protects them somehow from a collapse into nihilism. An interdisciplinary study of this sophisticated culture of survival and endurance has been long overdue. Not only is it charming and worth studying in its own right but with the re-integration of the 'new Europe' into the 'old' one and the emergence on the 'Western' European intellectual scene of many authors from the 'East ' such a culture will also shape the European mind of the 21st century. This volume decodes and explores this culture of 'precariousness' from the complementary angles of philosophy political theory intellectual history and literary studies. Expert contributors look at a wide range of topics from philosophical martyrdom to collective suffering to geographical fatalism and explore the works of key authors in the field including Cioran Kołakowski Kertész Bauman and Žižek. This book was originally published as a special issue of Angelaki: The Journal of the Theoretical Humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118478

Philosophy Theology and Mysticism in Medieval IslamTexts and Studies on the Development and History of Kalam Vol. I The first volume of the collected major articles of Richard M. Frank pioneering student of Islamic theology (kalam) contains fifteen essays. It includes his early studies classic but inaccessible for many in their original publication on the text and terminology of Graeco-Arabic translations (De anima Themistius on the Metaphysics Plotinus in Syriac 'anniya) and the terminology of early kalam. Other articles deal with Islamic theology and its early development especially in its relation to philosophy (in particular the kalam of Jahm ibn Safwan and al-Ghazali) and the text and translation of two short dogmatic works by the mystic al-Qushayri. The collection is prefaced by a fascinating autobiographical memoir which traces the intellectual development of the author and the reasoning that led him from study to study to his discovery of the way of thinking of the theologians and to an understanding of the essential core of Islamic theology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003110378

Philosophy After PostmodernismCivilized Values and the Scope of Knowledge Formulating a new approach to philosophy which instead of simply rejecting postmodern thought tries to assimilate some of its main features Paul Crowther identifies conceptual links between value knowledge personal identity and civilization understood as a process of cumulative advance.To establish these links Crowther deploys a mode of analytic philosophy influenced by Cassirer. This approach recontextualizes precisely those aspects of postmodernism which appear superficially to be fuel for the relativist fire. This method also enables him to illuminate some of the great practical dangers of the postmodern era - most notably the widespread inability or unwillingness to distinguish between signs and reality. Crowther renews analytic philosophy as a searching form of conceptual and cultural critique that pushes beyond the limits of postmodern thought.Essential reading for advanced students and academics interested in Twentieth Century Philosophy Philosophy After Postmodernism will also be of value to scholars working in the fields of Cultural Studies and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754101

Philosophy and Aesthetics James Manns presents a readable and entertaining examination of the most serious questions posed by the arts and our relation to them. In a clear and engaging fashion he explores the central issues in aesthetics: aesthetic judgment the nature and role of criticism the elusiveness of the concept of art and communication through art and he critically (but sympathetically) considers that principal theories of art that focus on expression form and representation. Through the use of extensive entertaining and current examples (including film) Manns conveys the solid basics relating to the history and development of aesthetic theories tries out these various theories against the art of the last half century then outlines his own view revolving around the artist's intention and the act of communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315479415

Philosophy and Computer Science Colburn (computer science U. of Minnesota-Duluth) has a doctorate in philosophy and an advanced degree in computer science; he's worked as a philosophy professor a computer programmer and a research scientist in artificial intelligence. Here he discusses the philosophical foundations of artificial intelligence; the new encounter of science and philosophy (logic models of the mind and of reasoning epistemology); and the philosophy of computer science (touching on math abstraction software and ontology). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701769

Philosophy and Connectionist Theory The philosophy of cognitive science has recently become one of the most exciting and fastest growing domains of philosophical inquiry and analysis. Until the early 1980s nearly all of the models developed treated cognitive processes -- like problem solving language comprehension memory and higher visual processing -- as rule-governed symbol manipulation. However this situation has changed dramatically over the last half dozen years. In that period there has been an enormous shift of attention toward connectionist models of cognition that are inspired by the network-like architecture of the brain. Because of their unique architecture and style of processing connectionist systems are generally regarded as radically different from the more traditional symbol manipulation models. This collection was designed to provide philosophers who have been working in the area of cognitive science with a forum for expressing their views on these recent developments. Because the symbol-manipulating paradigm has been so important to the work of contemporary philosophers many have watched the emergence of connectionism with considerable interest. The contributors take very different stands toward connectionism but all agree that the potential exists for a radical shift in the way many philosophers think of various aspects of cognition. Exploring this potential and other philosophical dimensions of connectionist research is the aim of this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876088

Philosophy and Desire First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822136

Philosophy and Educational Foundations What models in the social sciences underlie existing or proposed patterns of educational practice? What theories of knowledge inform such models and thus arguably sanction such practice? In this book first published in 1983 the author seeks some tentative answers. Wittgenstein’s understanding of ‘family resemblance’ and Chomsky’s ‘linguistic universals’ are interpreted contrary to Hamlyn as reconcilable notions that can both illuminate and refine Hirst’s understanding of ‘categorical concepts’. In the light of such a reformulated theory Brent suggest ways in which a unified model of the social sciences could yield a unified curriculum theory. This title will be of interest to students of the philosophy of education and curriculum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692565

Philosophy and EducationAn introduction to key questions and themes Written specifically for education studies students this accessible text offers a clear introduction to philosophy and education. It skilfully guides readers through this challenging and sometimes complex area bringing key philosophical ideas and questions to life in the context and practice of education. There is also a companion website to accompany the book featuring live weblinks for each activity which can be visited at www.routledge.com/cw/haynes. The authors consider the implications of educational trends and movements through a variety of philosophical lenses such as Marxism utopianism feminism and poststructuralism. The book explores enduring themes such as childhood and contemporary issues such as the teaching of critical thinking and philosophy in schools. Features include: a range of individual and group activities that invite questioning and discussion case studies and examples from a variety of formal and informal education settings and contexts reference to philosophically informed practices of research reading writing and teaching suggestions for further reading in philosophy and education overviews and - and key questions for each chapter Drawing on readers’ experiences of education the book reveals the connections between philosophical ideas and educational policy and practice. Part of the Foundations in Education Studies series this timely textbook is essential reading for students coming to the study of philosophy and education for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536189

Philosophy and Film Philosophy and Film moves from broad theoretical reflections on film as a medium to concrete examinations of individual films. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760321

Philosophy and FilmBridging Divides This volume collects twenty original essays on the philosophy of film. It uniquely brings together scholars working across a range of philosophical traditions and academic disciplines to broaden and advance debates on film and philosophy. The book includes contributions from a number of prominent philosophers of film including Noël Carroll Chris Falzon Deborah Knight Paisley Livingston Robert Sinnerbrink Malcolm Turvey and Thomas Wartenberg. While the topics explored by the contributors are diverse there are a number of thematic threads that connect them. Overall the book seeks to bridge analytic and continental approaches to philosophy of film in fruitful ways. Moving to the individual essays the first two sections offer novel takes on the philosophical value and the nature of film. The next section focuses on the film-as-philosophy debate. Section IV covers cinematic experience while Section V includes interpretations of individual films that touch on questions of artificial intelligence race and film and cinema’s biopolitical potential. Finally the last section proposes new avenues for future research on the moving image beyond film. This book will appeal to a broad range of scholars working in film studies theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351691

Philosophy and Gender How are ‘philosophy’ and ‘gender’ implicated? Throughout history philosophers—mostly men though with more women among their number than is sometimes supposed—have often sought to specify and justify the proper roles of women and men and to explore the political consequences of sexual difference. The last forty years however have seen a dramatic explosion of critical thinking about how philosophy is a gendered discipline; there has also been an abundance of philosophical work that uses gender as a central analytic category. In particular feminist philosophy has become established as a major field of inquiry and it is now complemented by related emerging areas including the philosophy of race and the philosophy of sex and love. For those working in Philosophy and Gender dizzying questions such as the following arise: What justifications were used historically for the exclusion or inclusion of women in political life and what is their contemporary resonance? How is what counts as knowledge shaped by gender norms? What metaphysical questions about identity are raised by sex change? How might some feminist philosophies risk reproducing racist assumptions about what it means to be a woman while some critical philosophies of race assume a masculine subject? What does it mean to say that moral theories are gendered? Addressing the need for an authoritative and comprehensive reference work to enable users to answer these and other questions and to make sense of—and to navigate around—an ever more complex corpus of scholarly literature Philosophy and Gender is a new title in Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Philosophy series. Edited by Cressida J. Heyes it is a four-volume collection of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. It features critical analysis of gender as it relates to philosophy of mind and language epistemology metaphysics logic ethics social and political thought aesthetics and philosophy of science; it is also distinctive in showing how feminist thought has been intertwined in both analytic and continental traditions. The collection reconfigures ‘gender and philosophy’ into an integrated field of inquiry while providing an invaluable resource for scholars in all disciplines who need to know how to think critically about gender. In so doing it responds to recent curriculum developments while providing a crucial reference guide for theoretically minded scholars across the humanities and social sciences. Supplemented with a full index and including an introduction newly written by the editor which places the assembled materials in their historical and intellectual context Philosophy and Gender is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415571142

Philosophy and History of PsychologySelected works of Elizabeth Valentine In the World Library of Psychologists series international experts themselves present career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key articles salient research findings and their major practical theoretical contributions. Elizabeth Valentine has an international reputation as an eminent scholar and pioneer in the field of philosophy and history of psychology. This selection brings together some of her best work over the last thirty years. A specially written introduction gives an overview of her career and contextualises the selection in relation to changes in the field during this time. The first section on ‘Philosophy’ covers work on different theoretical approaches to psychology introspection and the study of consciousness the mind-body problem and different types of explanation in psychology including reductionism. The second section ‘From Philosophy to History’ includes work on the philosophical psychologists G. F. Stout and James Sully among others. The third section on ‘History’ covers Valentine’s more recent historical work on the development of psychology in London – both institutional and biographical – and includes accounts of both Bedford College and University College and the role of pioneer women psychologists. The book enables the reader to trace developments in the philosophy and history of psychology over the last thirty years. It will appeal to anyone with interests in these areas as well as being an invaluable resource for graduate and advanced undergraduate courses in conceptual and historical issues. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848722743

Philosophy And Homosexuality For a balanced discussion of the main social medical and philosophical aspects of homosexuality here is the ideal book. Written by philosophers of science each comprehensive chapter takes a critical look at research on the etiology of homosexuality. Read Philosophy and Homosexuality and examine the evidence for both the sociobiological and hormonal explanations of homosexuality and study the definitions of sexual orientation and how they have affected research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864211

Philosophy and Illusion First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884212

Philosophy And Its Epistemic Neuroses This book argues that analytical philosophy and radical theory alike stand in an ambivalent relationship with skepticism. It explains structuralism feminist theory and critical theory to outline a therapeutic alternative to philosophical theoreticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282851

Philosophy and Life Writing In this volume scholars from a number of academic disciplines illuminate how a range of philosophers and other thoughtful individuals addressed the complex issues surrounding philosophy and life writing.The contributors interrogate the writings of Teresa of Avila Jean-Jacques Rousseau John Stuart Mill Wilhelm Dilthey Walter Benjamin Albert Camus Bryan Magee Mikhail Bakhtin Maurice Merleau-Ponty and Judith Butler who range in time from the sixteenth to the twenty-first centuries.As this volume demonstrates the relationship between philosophy and life writing has become an issue of urgent interdisciplinary concern. This book was originally published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664282

Philosophy And Linguistics In the 1960s and 1970s questions about the semantics of natural languages were of central concern to the vast majority of analytic philosophers. The work of Chomsky Davidson Grice Donnellan Kaplan Kripke and Putnam was widely read by non-specialists. The three main branches of linguistics that are of special philosophical significance-syntax Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298326

Philosophy and LiteratureA Book of Essays Bringing together eight previously published essays by M. W. Rowe and a substantial new study of Larkin this book emphasizes the profound affinities between philosophy and literature. Ranging over Plato Shakespeare Goethe Arnold and Wittgenstein the first five essays explore an anti-theoretical conception of philosophy. This sees the subject as less concerned with abstract arguments that result in theories than with prompts intended to induce clarity of vision and psychical harmony. On this understanding philosophy looks more like literature than logic. Conversely the last four essays argue that literature is centrally concerned with truth and abstract thought and that literature is therefore a more cognitive and philosophical enterprise than is commonly supposed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391050

Philosophy and MystificationA Reflection on Nonsense and Clarity Philosophy and Mystification reflects on the nature methods and resources of philosophic enquiry are carefully grounded in the central problems that have dogged Western philosophy in the modern era: logical necessity machine intelligence the relation of science and religion determinism scepticism and the questions of foundations and origins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757416

Philosophy and Myth in Karl Marx In Karl Marx's early writing (first made available many years after his death) his economic interpretation of history and his concept of communism were set in a comprehensive philosophical framework. Marx's main preoccupation at this time was with man estranged from himself in an alienated world: a subjective almost religious theme.Taking full account of these earlier writings Robert Tucker critiques and reinterprets Marx's thought. He shows how its origins can be located in earlier German philosophers in particular Kant Hegel and Feuerbach. Reconstructing the genesis of Marxism in its founder's own mind he clarifies Marx's mystifying contention that Marxism represented Hegelianism turned 'on its head'. He then presents a new interpretation based on close textual analysis of the relation between Marx's early philosophical system and the subsequent materialist conception of history as expounded in the later and best known writings of Marx and Engels. Against this background Tucker presents Das Kapital as a work belonging to the post-Hegelian mythical development of Germany philosophy. Considering in turn the genesis of Marxism and the underlying continuity of his thought from the early writings to Das Kapital Tucker shows the theme of alienation is central throughout.In the years since the book was first written comments and criticism have encouraged Tucker to change his position somewhat. This is explained in a new introduction that goes beyond the interpretative enterprise of the rest of the book to assess Marx in relation to contemporary concerns: first it presents a critique of Marx's treatment of alienation and then it comments on the moot problem of the continuing relevance of his social and economic thought. On the latter point his views have matured and altered during the intervening years and he now finds the economic and social aspects of Marx's thought considerably more relevant than he did before. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529809

Philosophy and National Development in NigeriaTowards a Tradition of Nigerian Philosophy What does it imply for Nigerian philosophers to conscientiously and engagingly reflect on Nigeria as a place of philosophy and as a dynamic plural context of socioeconomic political cultural and ethnic problems? Any answer to this question automatically constitutes the opening salvo to the reflection on the evolution of a Nigerian tradition of philosophy and philosophizing. This book represents such an initial salvo in in its attempt to hammer out the conditions for the possibility of a Nigerian tradition of philosophy by placing that endeavor in between the triadic challenges of the Nigerian political economy the African philosophical theorizing and the global epistemological hegemony. How do these three dynamics condition the evolution and functional relevance of the philosophical enterprise in Nigeria? How have Nigerian philosophers responded to them? What is Nigerian philosophy? How can there be a "Nigerian" philosophy when there are no Nigerians? This book is also an attempt to contribute to the trajectory of philosophy education in Nigeria within the context of a postcolonial educational system and university dynamics that stultifies the role of the intellectuals in development. From Plato to Wiredu from Bodunrin to Bourdieu and from Heidegger and Nietzsche to Fanon Mignolo and Santos the book traces a trajectory of dynamics rethinking of existing paradigms and epistemological assumptions that could enable a robust evolution of a Nigerian tradition of philosophy that possesses sufficient clout to confront its historicity and its place in Nigeria’s development impasse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590680

Philosophy and Nature Sports Nature sports such as skiing climbing and surfing have had a significant influence on Western popular culture since the mid-twentieth century and participation in such sports continues to grow. Written in a clear and accessible style this important book provides a comprehensive philosophical analysis of nature sports. Philosophy and Nature Sports offers an engaging inquiry into how nature sports differ from mainstream sports how these differences are related to their value as human activities and the role of the environments in which such sports take place. Addressing the claim that the most distinctive feature of nature sports is the relationship between participants and the natural world the book also examines a wide range of topics such as ethics risk gender construction the social role of nature sport subcultures and the aesthetic experiences of nature sports athletes. Tying these together is the question of what it is that attracts us to nature sports and why they hold meaning for us.  This is a valuable resource for students and academics in fields such as alternative sports alternative sport subcultures sport philosophy sport and social issues ethics and phenomenology. It is also a fascinating read for outdoor educators and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367520328

Philosophy and Ordinary LanguageThe Bent and Genius of our Tongue What is philosophy about and what are its methods? Philosophy and Ordinary Language is a defence of the view that philosophy is largely about questions of language which to a large extent means ordinary language. Some people argue that if philosophy is about ordinary language then it is necessarily less deep and difficult than it is usually taken to be but Oswald Hanfling shows us that this isn't true.Hanfling a leading expert in the development of analytic philosophy covers a wide range of topics including scepticism and the definition of knowledge free will empiricism folk psychology ordinary versus artificial logic and philosophy versus science. Drawing on philosophers such as Austin Wittgenstein and Quine this book explores the nature of ordinary language in philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173316

Philosophy and Pedagogy of Early Childhood In recent years new discourses have emerged to inform the philosophy and pedagogy of early childhood. This collection brings together contributions from leading scholars in early childhood education and each chapter engages with the critical task of reformulating early childhood education and the philosophy of the child with a specific focus on pedagogy. The contributors to Philosophy and Pedagogy of Early Childhood explore pedagogy through a philosophical lens and discuss themes including intersubjectivity alterity ethics and creative experience. Although these themes are addressed in very different ways each invokes a call to teachers to consider their own position in the dialogical process of learning and suggests that pedagogy is necessarily situated provisional compositional and discursive. Such critical and philosophical inquiry is a welcome antidote in an era of pedagogical certainty and standards-based agendas. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Philosophy and Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022884

Philosophy and PhilosophersAn Introduction to Western Philosophy This revised and updated edition of a standard work provides a clear and authoritative survey of the Western tradition in metaphysics and epistemology from the Presocratics to the present day. Aimed at the beginning student it presents the ideas of the major philosophers and their schools of thought in a readable and engaging way highlighting the central points in each contributor's doctrines and offering a lucid discussion of the next-level details that both fills out the general themes and encourages the reader to pursue the arguments still further through a detailed guide to further reading. Whether John Shand is discussing the slow separation of philosophy and theology in Augustine Aquinas and Ockham the rise of rationalism British empiricism German idealism or the new approaches opened up by Russell Sartre and Wittgenstein he combines succinct but insightful exposition with crisp critical comment. This new edition will continue to provide students with a valuable work of initial reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161993

Philosophy and Political Economy This volume is one of the most remarkable works in the history of economic thought. First published in 1893 its principal significance rests in its argument that economic theory however technical or pragmatic is necessarily formed by and derives its meaning from larger moral and philosophical systems and assumptions. Bonar traces the inexorable presence of this moral and philosophical element in a vast though highly nuanced survey of the economic aspect of major thinkers from Plato to Darwin and demonstrates how modern economic thought in turn grew out of one or another branch of philosophy. Bonar begins with a consideration of Plato and Aristotle examining their conceptions of wealth production and distribution and civil society. Discussions of the Stoics Epicurians and early Christianity explore complications introduced by these bodies of thought. His analysis of the classical and medieval world is followed by an extensive treatment of the concept of natural law from the Renaissance through the Enlightenment describing its influence and its relation to ideas of natural rights. The book's later sections concentrate on the dominant modes of ninteenth-cen-tury thought: utilitarianism idealism and materialism. Bonar identifies and explores the philosophical topics on which the conduct of technical economic analysis makes assumptions: human nature and human wants the nature and role of the state the relation of the individual to society the nature and origin of property and the role of ideals in socioeconomic life. He concludes by examining the implications for economics of the theory of evolution arising from the work of Darwin and others. The continuing interest of this volume for economists philosophers and sociologists lies in Bonar's contention that at the heart of the relationship of philosophy to economics is the problem of order: the ongoing need to reconcile conflicts between freedom and control continuity and change hierarchy and equality. In his reading the fundamental question to which philosophy and economics are both brought to bear is that of changing the structure of power and opportunity in the social economy. This is in short a classic in the history of economics as well as the economic element in intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865272

Philosophy and Political EconomyIn Some of Their Historical Relations This classic text first published in 1893 was the first attempt to present a view of the relations of philosophy and economics through the whole of their history. In tracing the history of this relationship the author begins by examining the work of the ancient philosophers and continues with the followers of the theory of natural law. He then explores the utilitarian economics and the ‘idealistic economics’. This title will be of interest to students of the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243897

Philosophy and Politics at the PrecipiceTime and Tyranny in the Works of Alexandre Kojève Philosophy and Politics at the Precipice maintains that political philosopher Alexandre Kojève (1901–68) has been both famously misunderstood and famous for being misunderstood. Kojève was famously understood by interpreters for seeing an "end of history" (an end that would display universal free democracies and even freer markets) as critical to his thought. He became famously misunderstood when interpreters at the end of the twentieth century placed such an end at the center of his thought. This book reads Kojève again â€“ as a thinker of time not its end. It presents Kojève as a philosopher and precisely as a time phenomenologist rather than as a New Age guru. The book shows how Kojève’s time is inherently political and indeed tyrannical for being about his understanding of human relation. However  Kojève’s views on time and tyranny prove his undoing for making rule impossible because of  what the book terms the "time-tyrant problem." Kojève’s entire political corpus is best understood as an attempt to rectify this problem. So understood Philosophy and Politics at the Precipice provides fresh perspective on the true nature of Kojèvian irony Kojève’s aims in the Strauss–Kojève exchange and how Kojève at his best captures a philosophical phenomenological time one that marks some of the most dynamic and unique events of the twentieth century. Headlines have largely erased the notion that history has ended. Philosophy and Politics at the Precipice on the other hand provides the philosophical justification for arguing that the end of the last millennium was not an end and that for his view of time Kojève remains a thinker for the times ahead.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735845

Philosophy and PsychiatryProblems Intersections and New Perspectives This groundbreaking volume of original essays presents fresh avenues of inquiry at the intersection of philosophy and psychiatry. Contributors draw from a variety of fields including evolutionary psychiatry phenomenology biopsychosocial models psychoanalysis neuroscience neuroethics behavioral economics and virtue theory. Philosophy and Psychiatry’s unique structure consists of two parts: in the first philosophers write five lead essays with replies from psychiatrists. In the second part this arrangement is reversed. The result is an interdisciplinary exchange that allows for direct discourse and a volume at the forefront of defining an emerging discipline. Philosophy and Psychiatry will be of interest to professionals in philosophy and psychiatry as well as mental health researchers and clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708166

Philosophy and Psychical Research First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884281

Philosophy and Rabbinic CultureJewish Interpretation and Controversy in Medieval Languedoc Philosophy and Rabbinic Culture is a study of the great and curiously underappreciated engagement of a Medieval European Jewish community with the philosophic tradition. This lucid description of the Languedocian Jewish community's multigenerational cultivation of - and acculturation to - scientific and philosophic teachings into Judaism fulfils a major desideratum in Jewish cultural history. In the first detailed account of this long-forgotten Jewish community and its cultural ideal the author gives an expansive reappraisal of the role of the philosophic interpretation in rabbinic culture and medieval Judaism. Looking at how the cultural ideal of Languedocian Jewry continued to develop and flourish throughout the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries with particular reference to the literary style and religious teaching of the great Talmudist Menahem ha-Meiri Stern explores issues such as Meiri’s theory of "civilized religions" including Christianity and Islam controversy over philosophy and philosophic allegory in Languedoc and Catalonia and the cultural significance of the medical use of astrological images. This book will be of great interest to scholars and students of Religion of Judaism in particular and of Philosophy History and Medieval Europe as well as those interested in Jewish-Christian relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203884195

Philosophy and Religion The present volumes makes some of Hägerström’s most important writings available to English readers. At the same time because of Hägerström’s influence it should contribute to an increased awareness of the nature of Swedish philosophical reflection in the twentieth century. This edition first published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871236

Philosophy and Science in the Islamic World The basis of Muslim philosophy and science is the instruction buried in the Quran. At an early date this tradition was enlarged and strengthened by the infiltration into Muslim culture of Greek philosophy and science through the translation of Greek classics by Muslims. The Indian tradition of thought also made its contribution to this intellectual leaven. This book traces the development and interaction of these strands in Muslim thinking. The author is concerned to show both how philosophy and science are related to specifically religious thought and how they have made distinctive contributions to method and discovery. The impact of secularisation on the Muslim world puts these traditions under considerable strain and it is interesting to define how far this pressure is a productive and fertile one. The current century has seen a Renaissance of Muslim science and philosophy; this book sets the new achievements clearly against their historical background. First published in 1988. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912687

Philosophy and Scientific Realism Originally published in 1963. In an introductory chapter the author argues that philosophy ought to be more than the art of clarifying thought and that it should concern itself with outlining a scientifically plausible world view. Early chapters deal with phenomenalism and the reality of theoretical entities and with the relation between the physical and biological sciences. Free will issues of time and space and man’s place in nature are covered in later chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849913

Philosophy and Teacher EducationA Reinterpretation of Donald A.Schon's Epistemology of Reflective Practice Published in 1999 this text sets out to give a reinterpretation of Schon's work. It breaks new ground by looking systematically at the entirety of his writings by identifying critical difficulties with Schon's work and by subjecting his work to reinterpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367159

Philosophy and the Arts in Central Europe 1500-1700Teaching and Texts at Schools and Universities Published in 1999. The articles in this collection focus on instruction - and writings arising from that instruction - in philosophy and the arts during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries with emphasis on Central Europe. The introduction brings together and expands upon many of the topics discussed - and conclusions reached - in the remaining seven articles. Four of these articles are devoted to examining the significance of two ancient authors (Aristotle and Cicero) and of two more recent ones (Petrus Ramus and Bartholomew Keckermann). The article on Keckermann is based in part on previously unpublished biographical and bibliographical source materials. Two concepts - encyclopedia and philosophy - as utilized in the 16th and 17th centuries constitute the subject matter of separate articles. And one article focuses primarily on curriculum plans written during the 16th and early 17th centuries. These eight articles are based on a wide array of printed and manuscript source materials which are cited together with library/archive locations and call numbers and which are made more easily accessible through three indices at the conclusion of this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367746

Philosophy and the Climate CrisisHow the Past Can Save the Present This book explores how the history of philosophy can orient us to the new reality brought on by the climate crisis. If we understand the climate crisis as a deeply existential one it can help to examine the way past philosophers responded to similar crises in their times. This book explores five past crises each involving a unique form of collective trauma. These events—war occupation exile scientific revolution and political revolution—inspired the philosophers to remake the whole world in thought to construct a metaphysics. Williston distills a key intellectual innovation from each metaphysical system: • That political power must be constrained by knowledge of the climate system (Plato) • That ethical and political reasoning must be informed by care or love of the ecological whole (Augustine) • That we must enhance the design of the technosphere (Descartes) • That we must conceive the Earth as an internally complex system (Spinoza) • And that we must grant rights to anyone or anything—ultimately the Earth system itself—whose vital interests are threatened by the effects of climate change (Hegel). Philosophy and the Climate Crisis will be of great interest to students and scholars of climate change environmental philosophy and ethics and the environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367506803

Philosophy And The Computer The contributors set out to demonstrate the influence of the computer - not just in the philosophy of mind where the influence has been enormous but also in epistemology metaphysics logic and the philosophy of mathematics. Even ethics and ethical reasoning have been explored through the use of the computer. Indeed the lead contribution by Nobel Laureate Herbert Simon argues that it is no exaggeration to speak of a "computational turn" in philosophy to match the much-celebrated (and maligned) "linguistic turn" of a previous generation. Of particular interest are the examinations of the wide range of applications of computational methods the innovative instructional computer programs and the discussions of the ethical implications of computer use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282875

Philosophy and the Human ParadoxEssays on Reason Truth and Identity This book collects essays by Alan Montefiore on the role philosophy plays in the formation of the self and how philosophical questions regarding the nature of reason truth and identity inform ethics and politics. It offers a comprehensive overview of Montefiore’s influential non-dogmatic philosophical voice. Throughout his 70-year career Montefiore sought to bridge the analytic/continental divide and develop a new way of thinking about philosophy. He defines philosophy as the search for a higher-order understanding of whatever the situation or activity in which one may be involved or engaged an understanding which may be achieved and expressed by and in a variety of different forms of philosophical persuasion and which may serve to shed new light on particular problems. The book’s essays half of which are previously unpublished are divided into two thematic sections. The first focuses on the nature of philosophy while the second addresses the relationship between philosophy and moral and political responsibilities. Philosophy and the Human Paradox will be of interest to philosophers and students who work on ethics Kantian and post-Kantian continental philosophy and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423117

Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203851098

Philosophy and the Martial ArtsEngagement This is the first substantial academic book to lay out the philosophical terrain within the study of the martial arts and to explore the significance of this fascinating subject for contemporary philosophy. The book is divided into three sections. The first section concerns what philosophical reflection can teach us about the martial arts and especially the nature and value of its practice. The second section deals with the other direction of the dialectical interplay between philosophy and the martial arts: how the martial arts can inform philosophical issues important in their own right. Finally because many of the notable martial arts are of Asian origin there are particularly close links between the arts and Asian philosophies – and Buddhism in particular – and therefore the last section is devoted to this topic. The essays in this collection deal with a wide range of philosophical issues: normative ethics meta-ethics aesthetics phenomenology the philosophy of mind Ancient Greek and Buddhist thought. By demonstrating the very real nature of the engagement between the martial arts and philosophy this book is essential reading for any serious student or scholar with an interest in the martial arts Eastern philosophy the philosophy of sport or the study of physical culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016606

Philosophy and the Sciences for Everyone What is the origin of our universe? What are dark matter and dark energy? What is our role in the universe as human beings capable of knowledge? What makes us intelligent cognitive agents seemingly endowed with consciousness? Scientific research across both the physical and cognitive sciences raises fascinating philosophical questions. Philosophy and the Sciences For Everyone introduces these questions and more. It begins by asking what good is philosophy for the sciences before examining the following questions: The origin of our universe Dark matter and dark energy Anthropic reasoning in philosophy and cosmology Evolutionary theory and the human mind What is consciousness? Intelligent machines and the human brain Embodied Cognition. Each chapter includes an introduction summary and study questions and there is a glossary of technical terms. Designed to be used on the corresponding Philosophy and the Sciences online course offered by the University of Edinburgh this book is also a superb introduction to central topics in philosophy of science and popular science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785434

Philosophy and the Sciences in Antiquity Originally published in 2005. There has been much discussion in scholarly literature of the applicability of the concept of 'science' as understood in contemporary English to ancient Greek thought and of the influence of philosophy and the individual sciences on each other in antiquity. This book focuses on how the ancients themselves saw the issue of the relation between philosophy and the individual sciences. Contributions from a distinguished international panel of scholars cover the whole of antiquity from the beginnings of both philosophy and science to the later Roman Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391067

Philosophy and the Social Sciences Published in the year 2004 Philosophy and the Social Sciences is a valuable contribution to the field of Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833982

Philosophy and the Study of EducationNew Perspectives on a Complex Relationship Combining contributions from international academics and practitioners this new text develops students’ ability to philosophise as well as learn about philosophy and education. It considers issues concerned with the interface between education and wider society but goes beyond this to explore education and philosophy at a micro level: the teacher–learner relationship. It challenges and empowers students to use philosophy as a tool within education as a set of theories to understand education and as a potential means to develop solutions to problems as they occur within practice. Assuming no pre-existing philosophical background Philosophy and the Study of Education explores complex topics including: encouraging young people to criticise and challenge all authority; the limits of a religious-based education; the desire for ‘alternative facts’ or ‘truths’; the second-class status of vocational pursuits; the inherent struggle in the teacher–student relationship; the relationship between emotion morality and autonomy in teaching. Including discussion questions and further recommended reading this thought-providing book will support and inspire all those on Education Studies Childhood Studies and Youth Studies courses in developing a critical perspective and understanding the true value of philosophy within education.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138583764

Philosophy and the Teacher First published in 1976. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160743

Philosophy and TheatreAn Introduction The relationship between philosophy and theatre is a central theme in the writings of Plato and Aristotle and of dramatists from Aristophanes to Stoppard. Where Plato argued that playwrights and actors should be banished from the ideal city for their suspect imitations of reality Aristotle argued that theatre particularly tragedy was vital for stimulating our emotions and helping us to understanding ourselves. Despite this rich history the study of philosophy and theatre has been largely overlooked in contemporary philosophy. This is the first book to introduce philosophy and theatre. It covers key topics and debates presenting the contributions of major figures in the history of philosophy including: what is theatre? How does theatre compare with other arts? theatre as imitation including Plato on mimesis truth and illusion in the theatre including Nietzsche on tragedy theatre as history theatre and morality including Rousseau’s criticisms of theatre audience and emotion including Aristotle on catharsis theatre and politics including Brecht’s Epic Theatre. Including annotated further reading and summaries at the end of each chapter Philosophy and Theatre is an ideal starting point for those studying philosophy theatre studies and related subjects in the arts and humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604512

Philosophy and Theology in the Middle Ages In the ancient world being a philosopher was a practical alternative to being a christian. Philosophical systems offered intellectual practical and moral codes for living. By the Middle Ages however philosophy was largely though inconsistently incorporated into Christian belef. From the end of the Roman Empire to the Reformation and Renaissance of the sixteenth century Christian theologians had a virtual monopoly on higher education. The complex interaction between theology and philosophy which was the result of the efforts of Christian leaders and thinkers to assimilate the most sophisticated ideas of science and secular learning into their own system of thought is the subject of this book. Augustine as the most widely read author in the Middle Ages is the starting point. Dr Evans then discusses the classical sources in general which the medieval scholar would have had access to when he wanted to study philosophy and its theological implications. Part I ends with an analysis of the problems of logic language and rhetoric. In Part II the sequence of topics - God cosmos man follow the outline of the summa or systematic encyclopedia of theology which developed from the twelfth century as a text book framework. Does God exist? What is he like? What are human beings? Is there a purpose to their lives? These are the great questions of philosophy and religion and the issues to which the medieval theologian addressed himself. From `divine simplicity' to ethics and politics this book is a lively introduction to the debates and ideas of the Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160538

Philosophy and Theory in Educational ResearchWriting in the margin Philosophy and Theory in Educational Research: Writing in the margin explores the practices of reading and writing in educational philosophy and theory. Showing that there is no ‘right way’ to approach research in educational philosophy but illustrating its possibilities this text invites an engagement with philosophy as a possibility – and opening possibilities – for educational research. Drawing on their own research and theoretical and philosophical sources the authors investigate the important issue of what it means to read and write when there is no prescribed structure. Innovative in its contribution to the literature this edited volume enlightens readers in three ways. The volume focuses on the practices of reading and writing that are central to research in educational philosophy suggesting that these practices constitute the research rather than simply reporting it. It is not a prescriptive guide and should not be read procedurally. Rather it is intended to illustrate the possibilities for this kind of research and to suggest starting points for those pursuing research projects. Finally attention is given to the ways in which conducting educational philosophy can be educative in itself both to the researcher in writing it and to its audience in reading it. With contributions from international scholars in the field of educational philosophy this book is a valuable guide for practitioner-researchers taught postgraduate and doctoral students and early career researchers in university education departments. Academic staff teaching research methods and seeking to introduce their students to philosophy-as-research without wishing to offer a prescriptive ‘how to’ guide will also find this book of particular interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899186

Philosophy as a Literary ArtMaking Things Up Despite philosophers’ growing interest in the relation between philosophy and literature in general over the last few decades comparatively few studies have been published dealing more narrowly with the literary aspects of philosophical texts. The relationship between philosophy and literature is too often taken to be "literature as philosophy" and very rarely "philosophy as literature." It is the dissatisfaction with this one-sidedness that lies at the heart of the present volume. Philosophy has nothing to lose by engaging in a serious process of literary self-analysis. On the contrary such an exercise would most likely make it stronger more sophisticated more playful and especially more self-reflexive. By not moving in this direction philosophy places itself in the position of not following what has been deemed since Socrates at least the worthiest of all philosophical ideals: self-knowledge. This book was originally published as a special issue of The European Legacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298040

Philosophy as Translation and the Understanding of Other Cultures The existential crises involved in translation are part of our political life especially in times when the closing of borders symbolized by Brexit and the triumph of Donald Trump present new challenges to those living lives of immigrancy and those waiting at the borders. How to resist the emotive tide of populism and in particular the language that legitimates exclusion? How to confront the anxieties of inclusion? These challenges are increasingly pressing. The 2016 Conference of the International Network of Philosophers of Education sought to address such concerns through the theme ‘Philosophy as translation and the understanding of other cultures’. The chapters included here represent the breadth and richness of that conference addressing questions of ethics desire religious understanding intercultural philosophy and practices of higher education and teacher education. The processes of translation they discuss are not limited to linguistic translation as conventionally understood. Instead translation is taken to be a window through which to understand how we as linguistic beings are constantly in a process of transformation and how our personal and cultural identities are hence also already involved in processes of translation. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethics & Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588410

Philosophy Bundle RC First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681438

Philosophy by Women22 Philosophers Reflect on Philosophy and Its Value What is philosophy why does it matter and how would it be different if women wrote more of it? At a time when the importance of philosophy and the humanities in general is being questioned and at a time when the question of gender equality is a huge public question 22 women in philosophy lay out in this book how they think of philosophy what they actually do and how that is applied to actual problems. By bringing together accounts of the personal experiences of women in philosophy this book provides a new understanding of the ways in which the place of women in philosophy has changed in recent decades while also introducing the reader to the nature and the value of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332631

Philosophy Comes to DinnerArguments About the Ethics of Eating Everyone is talking about food. Chefs are celebrities. "Locavore" and "freegan" have earned spots in the dictionary. Popular books and films about food production and consumption are exposing the unintended consequences of the standard American diet. Questions about the principles and values that ought to guide decisions about dinner have become urgent for moral ecological and health-related reasons. In Philosophy Comes to Dinner twelve philosophers—some leading voices some inspiring new ones—join the conversation and consider issues ranging from the sustainability of modern agriculture to consumer complicity in animal exploitation to the pros and cons of alternative diets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415806831

Philosophy for A LevelMetaphysics of God and Metaphysics of Mind Philosophy for A Level is an accessible textbook for the new 2017 AQA Philosophy syllabus. Structured closely around the AQA specification this textbook covers the two units Metaphysics of God and Metaphysics of Mind in an engaging and student-friendly way. With chapters on ‘How to do philosophy’ exam preparation providing students with the philosophical skills they need to succeed and an extensive glossary to support understanding this book is ideal for students studying philosophy. Each chapter includes: argument maps that help to develop students’ analytical and critical skills comprehension questions to test understanding discussion questions to generate evaluative argument explanation of and commentary on the AQA set texts ‘Thinking harder’ sections cross-references to help students make connections bullet-point summaries of each topic. The companion website hosts a wealth of further resources including PowerPoint slides flashcards further reading weblinks and handouts all structured to accompany the textbook. It can be found at www.routledge.com/cw/alevelphilosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690400

Philosophy for A2: Unit 3Key Themes in Philosophy 2008 AQA Syllabus Philosophy for A2: Unit 3 is the definitive textbook for students of the current AQA Advanced Level syllabus. Structured very closely around the AQA specifications for Unit 3: Key Themes in Philosophy it introduces the student to each of the core themes: philosophy of mind political philosophy epistemology and metaphysics moral philosophy philosophy of religion. All chapters are helpfully subdivided into short digestible passages and include: quiz questions to test core knowledge discussion questions to deepen understanding  'going further' sections for advanced study  text boxes highlighting key definitions and arguments  cross-references to help students make connections  lively illustrations diagrams and a glossary. In addition a chapter on exam preparation contains a wealth of helpful hints and tips on revision and exam techniques. Written by an experienced philosopher and A Level consultant Philosophy for A2: Unit 3 is an essential companion for all students of A2 Level philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127630

Philosophy for A2: Unit 4Philosophical Problems 2008 AQA Syllabus Philosophy for A2: Unit 4 is the definitive textbook for students of the current AQA Advanced Level syllabus for philosophy. Structured very closely around the AQA specifications for Unit 4: Philosophical Problems Michael Lacewing helps students to engage with and understand the arguments of the five key texts: Hume's An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding Plato's The Republic Mill's On Liberty Descartes' Meditations Nietzsche's Beyond Good and Evil. All chapters are helpfully subdivided into short digestible passages and include: quiz questions to test core knowledge discussion questions to deepen understanding 'going further' sections for advanced study text boxes highlighting key definitions and arguments cross-references to help students make connections. In addition a chapter on exam preparation contains a wealth of helpful hints and tips on revision and exam techniques. Written by an experienced philosopher and A Level consultant Philosophy for A2: Unit 4 is an essential companion for all students of A2 Level philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129368

Philosophy for A2Ethics and Philosophy of Mind Philosophy for A2 is an engaging textbook for the new AQA A2 Philosophy syllabus. Structured closely around the AQA specification this textbook covers the two units Ethics and Philosophy of Mind in a comprehensive and student-friendly way. All of the anthology texts are explained and commented on and woven into the discussion of the syllabus. With chapters on ‘How to Do Philosophy’ and exam preparation this textbook provides students with the philosophical skills they need to succeed. Each chapter includes: explanation and commentary of the AQA anthology texts comprehension questions to test understanding discussion questions to generate evaluative argument 'going further' sections for advanced study cross-references to help students make connections bullet-point summaries of each topic. The companion website hosts a wealth of further resources including PowerPoint slides flashcards further reading weblinks and handouts all structured to accompany the textbook. It can be found at www.routledge.com/cw/alevelphilosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837874

Philosophy for AS and A LevelEpistemology and Moral Philosophy Philosophy for AS and A Level is an accessible textbook for the new 2017 AQA Philosophy syllabus. Structured closely around the AQA specification this textbook covers the two units shared by the AS and A Level Epistemology and Moral Philosophy in an engaging and student-friendly way. With chapters on 'How to do philosophy' exam preparation providing students with the philosophical skills they need to succeed and an extensive glossary to support understanding this book is ideal for students studying philosophy. Each chapter includes: argument maps that help to develop student’s analytical and critical skills comprehension questions to test understanding discussion questions to generate evaluative argument explanation and commentary on the AQA set texts ‘Thinking harder’ sections cross-references to help students make connections bullet-point summaries of each topic. The companion website hosts a wealth of further resources including PowerPoint slides flashcards further reading weblinks and handouts all structured to accompany the textbook. It can be found at www.routledge.com/cw/alevelphilosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690394

Philosophy for AS2008 AQA Syllabus Philosophy for AS is the definitive textbook for students of the current AQA Advanced Subsidiary Level. Structured closely around the examination specifications it covers the two units of the AS Level in an exceptionally clear and student-friendly style. As an invitation to philosophy the book encourages and enables students to engage philosophically with the following syllabus topics: reason and experience Why should I be governed? Why should I be moral? the idea of God persons knowledge of the external world tolerance the value of art God and the world the debate about free will and determinism. Each chapter contains an introduction to the basic ideas arguments and objections of the issue and a development section which clarifies the previous material introduces more complex ideas and encourages students to link up ideas and draw new implications. To aid student learning and revision each chapter includes: comprehension questions to test core knowledge discussion questions to deepen understanding 'going further' sections for advanced study cross-references to help students make connections helpful summaries and a glossary. In addition a chapter on exam preparation contains a wealth of helpful hints and tips on revision and exam techniques. Written by an experienced philosopher and A Level consultant Philosophy for AS is an essential course book for all students of AS Level philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126640

Philosophy for ASEpistemology and Philosophy of Religion Philosophy for AS is an accessible textbook for the new 2014 AQA Advanced Subsidiary Philosophy syllabus. Structured closely around the AQA specification this textbook covers the two units Epistemology and Philosophy of Religion in an engaging and student-friendly way. With chapters on 'How to do philosophy' exam preparation providing students with the philosophical skills they need to succeed and an extensive glossary to support understanding this book is ideal for students studying philosophy. Each chapter includes: explanation and commentary of the AQA anthology texts comprehension questions to test understanding discussion questions to generate evaluative argument 'going further' sections for advanced study cross-references to help students make connections bullet-point summaries of each topic. The companion website hosts a wealth of further resources including PowerPoint slides flashcards further reading weblinks and handouts all structured to accompany the textbook. It can be found at www.routledge.com/cw/alevelphilosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793934

Philosophy for Children in Confucian SocietiesIn Theory and Practice This book contributes to the theory and practice of Philosophy for Children (P4C) with a special emphasis on theoretical and practical issues confronting researchers and practitioners working in contexts that are strongly influenced by Confucian values and norms. It includes writings by prominent P4C scholars from four Confucian societies viz. Mainland China Hong Kong Taiwan and Japan. These writings showcase the diversity of the P4C model providing a platform for researchers and practitioners to tell their stories in their own Confucian cultural contexts. The research stories in the first part of the book are concerned with assessing the impact of traditional Confucian norms promoting critical thinking reconstructing the notion of community of inquiry creating moral winds integrating philosophy into the school curriculum and localizing teaching methods and materials. Four issues are discussed in the second part of the book: the tension between Confucianism and powerful thinking; cultural challenges for practitioners; the transformation of harmony; and the conception of family. Taken as a whole the book provides fresh insights into whether and how P4C’s Westerninfluenced theories and practices are compromised when they are applied in non-Western or rather Confucian contexts. A must-read for anyone interested in the theory and practice of P4C and Confucianism in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137274

Philosophy for ChildrenTheories and praxis in teacher education Philosophy for Children (P4C) is a movement that teaches reasoning and argumentative skills to children of all ages. This book looks at the progress that P4C has made in the UK in addressing issues of literacy critical thinking PSHE education for sustainable development and wider issues such as bullying. Chapters identify the different theories and practices that have emerged and discuss the necessity for a reflective approach that P4C brings to education. The book highlights how this movement can fit into the early years primary and secondary curriculum and the challenges and rewards that come with it. Chapters include: The Evolution of Philosophy for Children in the UK Pedagogical Judgement Negotiating meaning in classrooms: P4C as an exemplar of dialogic pedagogy The impact of P4C on teacher educators Being and becoming a philosophical teacher This will be an invaluable guide for all those interested in P4C and studying courses on Early Childhood Studies Education Studies and Initial Teacher Training courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191754

Philosophy for Everyone Philosophy for Everyone begins by explaining what philosophy is before exploring the questions and issues at the foundation of this important subject. Key topics in this new edition and their areas of focus include: Moral philosophy – the nature of our moral judgments and reactions whether they aim at some objective moral truth or are mere personal or cultural preferences; and the possibility of moral responsibility given the sorts of things that cause behavior; Political philosophy – fundamental questions about the nature of states and their relationship to the citizens within those states Epistemology – what our knowledge of the world and ourselves consists in and how we come to have it; and whether we should form beliefs by trusting what other people tell us; Philosophy of mind – what it means for something to have a mind and how minds should be understood and explained; Philosophy of science – foundational conceptual issues in scientific research and practice such as whether scientific theories are true; and Metaphysics - fundamental questions about the nature of reality such as whether we have free will or whether time travel is possible. This book is designed to be used in conjunction with the free ‘Introduction to Philosophy’ MOOC (massive open online course) created by the University of Edinburgh’s Eidyn research centre and hosted by the Coursera platform (www.coursera.org/course/introphil).This book is also highly recommended for anyone looking for a short overview of this fascinating discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672949

Philosophy for Graduate StudentsMetaphysics and Epistemology When graduate students start their studies they usually have sound knowledge of some areas of philosophy but the overall map of their knowledge is often patchy and disjointed. There are a number of topics that any contemporary philosopher working in any part of the analytic tradition (and in many parts of other traditions too) needs to grasp and to grasp as a coherent whole rather than a rag-bag of interesting but isolated discussions. This book answers this need by providing a overview of core topics in metaphysics and epistemology that is at once accessible and nuanced. Ten core topics are explained and their relation to each other is clearly set out. The book emphasizes the utility of the concepts and distinctions it covers for philosophy as a whole not just for specialist discussions in metaphysics or epistemology. The text is highly readable and may be used as the basis of a course on these topics. Recommendations for reading are included at the end of each chapter divided into essential and further readings. The text is also suitable for people approaching philosophy from other disciplines as an accessible primer to the central topics concepts and distinctions that are needed to engage meaningfully in contemporary philosophical debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930506

Philosophy for Young ChildrenA Practical Guide With this book any teacher can start teaching philosophy to children today! Co-written by a professor of philosophy and a practising primary school teacher Philosophy for Young Children is a concise practical guide for teachers. It contains detailed session plans for 36 philosophical enquiries - enough for a year’s work - that have all been successfully tried tested and enjoyed with young children from the age of three upwards. The enquiries explore a range of stimulating philosophical questions about fairness the environment friendship inclusion sharing right and wrong manners beauty pictures the emotions dreaming and reality. All the stories drawings and photographs that you’ll need to carry out the enquiries are provided and can be used with your children directly from the book. Each step-by step enquiry includes: The philosophical topic and the aim of the enquiry The stimuli you’ll need Questions to ask the children Possible answers to help move the discussion forward Ideas to help you summarise and extend the enquiry. If you are an Early Years or primary school teacher this complete resource will enable you to introduce philosophy to your children quickly and with confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619745

Philosophy Goes to the MoviesAn Introduction to Philosophy Now emulated in several competing publications but still unsurpassed in clarity and insight Philosophy Goes to the Movies: An Introduction to Philosophy Third Edition builds on the approach that made the two earlier editions so successful. Drawing on many popular and some lesser known films from around the world Christopher Falzon introduces students to key areas in philosophy like: • Ethics • Social and Political Philosophy • The Theory of Knowledge • The Self and Personal Identity • Critical Thinking Perfect for beginners this book guides the reader through philosophy using illuminating cinematic works like Avatar Inception Fight Club Wings of Desire Run Lola Run A Clockwork Orange Blade Runner Dirty Harry and many other films. The fully revised and updated Third Edition features: an expanded introduction that provides a new discussion of the relationship between film and philosophy; new material on notable philosophers such as Aristotle Merleau-Ponty and Rawls; and coverage of new topics like virtue ethics and what Socrates offers for critical thinking. An updated glossary references and bibliography and a filmography are also included in the Third Edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538169

Philosophy in a Time of CrisisDon Isaac Abravanel: Defender of the Faith The expulsion from Spain did not only result in the destruction and dispersion of Spanish Jewry but led to a crisis in Jewish faith. Don Isaac Abravanel provided a systematic treatment of the main philosophical and theological beliefs of Judaism in an attempt to resolve the inner doubts of his co-religionists. In their Italian exile his son Judah too recognized that Jews were now living in a new cultural world but he forged a different road for Jews to pursue in their entry into the culture of the Renaissance. This book presents a picture of one family facing the challenges of a new era in Jewish history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037447

Philosophy in America First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884144

Philosophy in Cultural Theory Philosophy in Cultural Theory boldly crosses disciplinary boundaries to offer a philosophical critique of cultural theory today. Drawing on the legacy of Walter Benjamin Peter Osborne looks critically at central philosophical debates in cultural theory such as:* the relationship between sign and image* the technological basis of cultural form* the conceptuality of art* the place of fantasy in human affairs.It will appeal to those in philosophy cultural studies and art theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824475

Philosophy in Schools In 1972 Matthew Lipman founded the Institute of Advancement for Philosophy for Children (IAPC) producing a series of novels and teaching manuals promoting philosophical inquiry at all levels of schooling. The programme consisted of stories about children discussing traditional topics of ethics values logic reality perception and politics as they related to their own daily experiences. Philosophy for Children has been adapted beyond the IAPC texts but the process remains one of an open community of inquiry in which teachers promote respect conceptual clarity critical judgement and active listening without imposing their own ideas. Philosophy in Schools describes the successes and difficulties in implementing this community of inquiry model. The book covers topics including the formation of non-didactic courses in ethics the difficulties of fitting a post-compulsory philosophy course into a standard curriculum framework and the political assumptions of adopting this model in a low socio-economic school. The contributions also ask deeper questions about how a genuine community of inquiry model is incompatible with conventional models of schooling with their positioning of the discipline of philosophy in the curriculum. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Philosophy and Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309739

Philosophy in SchoolsAn Introduction for Philosophers and Teachers All of us ponder the big and enduring human questions—Who am I? Am I free? What should I do? What is good? Is there justice? Is life meaningful?—but this kind of philosophical interrogation is rarely carefully explored or even taken seriously in most primary and secondary school settings. However introducing philosophy to young people well before they get to college can help to develop and deepen critical and creative thinking foster social and behavioral skills and increase philosophical awareness. Philosophy in Schools: An Introduction Philosophers and Teachers is an invaluable resource for students and practitioners who wish to learn about the philosophy for children movement and how to work its principles into their own classroom activities. The volume provides a wealth of practical information including how to train educators to incorporate philosophy into their daily lessons best practices and activity ideas for every grade level and assessment strategies. With contributions from some of the best practitioners of philosophy for children Philosophy in Schools is a must-have resource for students of philosophy and education alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942950

Philosophy in Social Work Originally published in 1978 Philosophy in Social Work is a collection of papers that invites reflective consideration of the philosophical issues arising out of social work. The work stemmed from a series of meetings at the University of Glasgow designed to encourage philosophers to look at traditional problems raised in the comparatively unfamiliar setting of social work and social service and for social workers to see the place for philosophical reflection on what they are doing. Among the subjects discussed in the collection are discretion rights charity and the Welfare State the morality of law and the politics of probation authority and the social workers and social work and ideology. The underlying theme of all the papers is the away in which philosophy can revive discussion of beliefs and values in social work. It also asks philosophers to intensify their treatment of concrete issues of social significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368521

Philosophy in the American WestA Geography of Thought Philosophy in the American West explores the physical ecological cultural and narrative environments associated with the western United States reflecting on the relationship between people and the places that sustain them.   The American West has long been recognized as having significance. From Crèvecoeur’s early observations in Letters from an American Farmer (1782) to Thoreau’s reflections in Walden (1854) to twentieth-century thoughts on the legacy of a vanishing frontier "the West" has played a pivotal role in the American narrative and in the American sense of self. But while the nature of "westernness" has been touched on by historians sociologists and especially novelists and poets this collection represents the first attempt to think philosophically about the nature of "the West" and its influence on us. The contributors take up thinkers that have been associated with Continental Philosophy and pair them with writers poets and artists of "the West". And while this collection seeks to loosen the cords that tie philosophy to Europe the traditions of "continental" philosophy—phenomenology hermeneutics deconstruction and others—offer deep resources for thinking through the particularity of place. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Philosophy as well as those working in Ecocriticism and the Environmental Humanities more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367489502

Philosophy in the ClassroomImproving your Pupils' Thinking Skills and Motivating Them to Learn Ever had difficulty inspiring your children to consider and discuss philosophical concepts? Philosophy in the Classroom helps teachers tap in to children‘s natural wonder and curiosity. The practical lesson plans built around Aesop‘s fables encourage children to formulate and express their own points of view enabling you to lead rich and rewarding philosophical discussions in the primary classroom. This highly practical and engaging classroom companion: prompts students to consider serious moral issues in an imaginative and stimulating way uses Aesop's fables as a springboard to pose challenging questions about the issues raised provides fifteen key themes including happiness wisdom self-reliance and judging others as the basis for classroom discussion. uses powerful and creative drawings to illustrate activities and photocopiable resources. Philosophy in the Classroom is an invaluable resource for any primary school teacher wanting to engage their students in meaningful philosophical reflection and discussion. Ron Shaw has many years of classroom experience and is the author of more than forty books helping primary and secondary school students to improve their thinking skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411104

Philosophy in the Roman EmpireEthics Politics and Society Drawing on unusually broad range of sources for this study of Imperial period philosophical thought Michael Trapp examines the central issues of personal morality political theory and social organization: philosophy as the pursuit of self-improvement and happiness; the conceptualization and management of emotion; attitudes and obligations to others; ideas of the self and personhood; constitutional theory and the ruler; the constituents and working of the good community. Texts and thinkers discussed range from Alexander of Aphrodisias Aspasius and Alcinous via Hierocles Seneca Musonius Epictetus Plutarch and Diogenes of Oenoanda to Dio Chrysostom Apuleius Lucian Maximus of Tyre Pythagorean pseudepigrapha and the Tablet of Cebes. The distinctive doctrines of the individual philosophical schools are outlined but also the range of choice that collectively they presented to the potential philosophical 'convert' and the contexts in which that choice was encountered. Finally Trapp turns his attention to the status of philosophy itself as an element of the elite culture of the period and to the ways in which philosophical values may have posed a threat to other prevalent schemes of value; Trapp argues that the idea of 'philosophical opposition' though useful needs to be substantially modified and extended. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270794

Philosophy in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth CenturiesConversations with Aristotle This volume offers an important re-evaluation of early modern philosophy. It takes issue with the received notion of a ’revolution’ in philosophical thought in the 17th-century making the case for treating the 16th and 17th centuries together. Taking up Charles Schmitt’s formulation of the many ’Aristotelianisms’ of the period the papers bring out the variety and richness of the approaches to Aristotle rather than treating his as a homogeneous system of thought. Based on much new research they provide case studies of how philosophers used developed and reacted to the framework of Aristotelian logic categories and distinctions and demonstrate that Aristotelianism possessed both the flexibility and the dynamism to exert a continuing impact - even among such noted ’anti-Aristotelians’ as Descartes and Hobbes. This constant engagement can indeed be termed ’conversations with Aristotle’. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246888

Philosophy in the Time of Economic CrisisPragmatism and Economy For over 2000 years economics was studied in the West as a branch of ethics or moral philosophy. Presently though few economists and no textbook in economic orthodoxy claim any close connection between economic science and philosophy. However might the current ‘crises’ in economics and in the economics profession have their deep roots in the separation of economics from philosophy and ethics?  American pragmatism among the various contemporary philosophic traditions lends itself specially to dialogue with economics because of its view of philosophy as an instrument for solving the real concrete problems of human life both personal and social. The essays in this volume drawing heavily on the tradition of pragmatism suggest that the economic crises of our time (the 2008 collapse of real estate and finance markets) might not be merely technical in nature - that is the result of faulty applications of economic tools by politicians and policy makers based up conventional economic models - but also due to the faulty philosophical assumptions underlying those models. These essays suggest that the overcoming of our current economic crises requires that economists once again become moral philosophers or that philosophers once again engage themselves in economic matters.  In either case this volume aims to foster dialogue between the two disciplines and in that way contribute to the improvement of contemporary economic life.This book is suitable for those who study political economy economic theory and economic philosophy.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594671

Philosophy Mathematics Educ First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994904

Philosophy of Action from Suarez to Anscombe Accounts of human and animal action have been central to modern philosophy from Suarez and Hobbes in the sixteenth century to Wittgenstein and Anscombe in the mid-twentieth century via Locke Hume Kant and Hegel among many others. Philosophies of action have thus greatly influenced the course of both moral philosophy and the philosophy of mind. This book gathers together specialists from both the philosophy of action and the history of philosophy with the aim of re-assessing the wider philosophical impact of action theory. It thereby explores how different notions of action agency reasons for action motives intention purpose and volition have affected modern philosophical understandings of topics as diverse as those of human nature mental causation responsibility free will moral motivation rationality normativity choice and decision theory criminal liability weakness of will and moral and social obligation. In so doing it reinterprets the history of modern philosophy through the lens of action theory while also tracing the origins of contemporary questions in the philosophy of action back across half a millennium. This book was originally published as a special issue of Philosophical Explorations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367510220

Philosophy of ActionA Contemporary Introduction This book offers an accessible and inclusive overview of the major debates in the philosophy of action. It covers the distinct approaches taken by Donald Davidson G.E.M. Anscombe and numerous others to answering questions like "what are intentional actions?" and "how do reasons explain actions?" Further topics include intention practical knowledge weakness and strength of will self-governance and collective agency. With introductions conclusions and annotated suggested reading lists for each of the ten chapters it is an ideal introduction for advanced undergraduates as well as any philosopher seeking a primer on these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642744

Philosophy of ArtA Contemporary Introduction Philosophy of Art is a textbook for undergraduate students interested in the topic of philosophical aesthetics.It introduces the techniques of analytic philosophy as well as key topics such as the representational theory of art formalism neo-formalism aesthetic theories of art neo-Wittgensteinism the Institutional Theory of Art. as well as historical approaches to the nature of art.Throughout abstract philosophical theories are illustrated by examples of both traditional and contemporary art including frequent reference to the avant-garde in this way enriching the readers understanding of art theory as well as the appreciation of art.Unique features of the textbook are:* chapter summaries* summaries of major theories of art and suggested analyses of the important categories used when talking and thinking of art* annotated suggested readings at the ends of chapters.Also available in this series:Epistemology Pb: 0-415-13043-3: £12.99Ethics Pb: 0-415-15625-4: £11.99Metaphysics Pb: 0-415-14034-X: £12.99Philosophy of Mind Pb: 0-415-13060-3: £11.99Philosophy of Religion Pb: 0-415-13214-2: £12.99 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203197233

Philosophy of ArtAesthetic Theory and Practice This book addresses issues in the philosophy of art through the lenses of the three broad areas of philosophy: metaphysics epistemology and axiology. It surveys many important and pervasive topics connected to a philosophical understanding of art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813347196

Philosophy of Biology This major new series in the philosophy of science aims to provide a new generation of textbooks for the subject. The series will not only offer fresh treatments of core topics in the theory and methodology of scientific knowledge but also introductions to newer areas of the discipline. Furthermore the series will cover topics in current science that raise significant foundational issues both for scientific theory and for philosophy more generally. Biology raises distinct questions of its own not only for philosophy of science but for metaphysics epistemology and ethics. This comprehensive new textbook for a rapidly growing field of study provides students new to the subject with an up-to-date presentation of the key philosophical issues. Care is taken throughout to keep the technicalities accessible to the non-biologist but without sacrificing the philosophical subtleties. The first part of the book covers the philosophical challenges posed by evolution and evolutionary biology beginning with Darwin's central argument in the Origin of the Species. Individual chapters cover natural selection the selfish gene alternative units of selection developmental systems theory adaptionism and issues in macroevolution. The second part of the book examines philosophical questions arising in connection with biological traits function nature and nurture and biological kinds. The third part of the book examines metaphysical questions biology's relation with the traditional concerns of philosophy of science and how evolution has been introduced into epistemological debates. The final part considers the relevance of biology to questions about ethics religion and human nature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712017

Philosophy Of Biology Perhaps because of it implications for our understanding of human nature recent philosophy of biology has seen what might be the most dramatic work in the philosophies of the ?special? sciences. This drama has centered on evolutionary theory and in the second edition of this textbook Elliott Sober introduces the reader to the most important issues of these developments. With a rare combination of technical sophistication and clarity of expression Sober engages both the higher level of theory and the direct implications for such controversial issues as creationism teleology nature versus nurture and sociobiology. Above all the reader will gain from this book a firm grasp of the structure of evolutionary theory the evidence for it and the scope of its explanatory significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098681

Philosophy of Biology Before Biology The use of the term "biology" to refer to a unified science of life emerged around 1800 (most prominently by scientists such as Lamarck and Treviranus although scholarship has indicated its usage at least 30-40 years earlier). The interplay between philosophy and natural science has also accompanied the constitution of biology as a science.Philosophy of Biology Before Biology examines biological and protobiological writings from the mid-eighteenth century to the early nineteenth century (from Buffon to Cuvier; Kant to Oken; and Kielmeyer) with two major sets of questions in mind: What were the distinctive conceptual features of the move toward biology as a science?What were the relations and differences between the "philosophical" focus on the nature of living entities and the "scientific" focus?This insightful volume produces a fresh but also systematic perspective both on the history of biology as a science and on the early versions of in the 1960s in a post-positivist context the philosophy of biology. It will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as history of science philosophy of science and biology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661625

Philosophy of Computational Cultural Neuroscience This book aims to illuminate theoretical and methodological advances in computational cultural neuroscience and the implications of these advances for philosophy. Philosophical studies in computational cultural neuroscience introduce core considerations such as culture and computation and the role of scientific and technological progression for the advancement of cultural processes. The study of how cultural and biological factors shape human behaviour has been an important inquiry for centuries and recent advances in the field of computational cultural neuroscience allow for novel insights into the computational foundations of cultural processes in the structural and functional organization of the nervous system. The author examines the computational foundations of the mind and brain across cultures and investigates the influence of culture on the computational mind and brain. The book explores recent advances in the field providing novel insights on topics such as artificialism reconstructionism and intelligence. Philosophy of Computational Cultural Neuroscience is fascinating reading for students and academics in the field of neuroscience who wish to take a cultural or philosophical approach to their studies and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347512

Philosophy of Cultural Neuroscience The goal of this volume is to highlight theoretical and methodological advances in cultural neuroscience and the implications of theoretical and empirical advances in cultural neuroscience for philosophy. The study of cultural and biological factors that contribute to human behavior has been an important inquiry for centuries and recent advances in the field of cultural neuroscience allow for novel insights into how cultural and biological factors shape mind brain and behavior. Theoretical and empirical advances in cultural neuroscience which investigate the origins of culture may shed light on philosophical issues of the mind and science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138947511

Philosophy of EconomicsA Contemporary Introduction Philosophy of Economics: A Contemporary Introduction is the first systematic textbook in the philosophy of economics. It introduces the epistemological metaphysical and ethical problems that arise in economics and presents detailed discussions of the solutions that have been offered. Throughout philosophical issues are illustrated by and analysed in the context of concrete cases drawn from contemporary economics the history of economic ideas and actual economic events. This demonstrates the relevance of philosophy of economics both for the science of economics and for the economy. This text will provide an excellent introduction to the philosophy of economics for students and interested general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415881173

Philosophy of Education Never before published this book features George Herbert Mead's illuminating lectures on the Philosophy of Education at the University of Chicago during the early 20th century. These lectures provide unique insight into Mead's educational thought and reveal how his early psychological writings on the social character of meaning and the social origin of reflective consciousness was central in the development of what Mead referred to as his social conception of education. The introduction to the book provides an overview of Mead's educational thought and places it against the wider social intellectual and historical background of modern educational concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594515316

Philosophy of Education The first edition of Nel Noddings' Philosophy of Education was acclaimed as the 'best overview in the field' by the journal Teaching Philosophy and predicted to 'become the standard textbook in philosophy of education' by Educational Theory. This classic text originally designed to give the education student a comprehensive look at philosophical thought in relation to teaching learning research and educational policy has now been updated to reflect the most current thinking in the field. A revised chapter on Logic and Critical Thinking makes the topic more accessible to students and examines how critical thinking plays a role in light of the new Common Core standards. Philosophy of Education introduces students to the evolution of educational thought from the founding fathers to contemporary theorists with consideration of both analytic and continental traditions. This is an essential text not only for teachers and future teachers but also for anyone needing a survey of contemporary trends in philosophy of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349725

Philosophy of Education (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 14)An Introduction This volume provides an introduction to the philosophy of education which will enable students meeting the subject for the first time to find their way among the many specialized volumes. It deals in a non-technical way with the more important issues raised in a philosophical approach to education and gives a clear idea of the scope of the subject. After discussing different theories of the aims of education whether mechanistic or organic the author addresses practical issues - for example about the curriculum the distinction between education and indoctrination the role of authority and discipline and the place of religious and moral teaching. Finally he deals with some important aspects of education and the influence of different political structures on the philosophy of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650854

Philosophy of Education II A new title from Routledge’s Major Works series Major Themes in Education Philosophy of Education II is a five-volume ‘mini library’ of the very best scholarship. It is an essential successor collection to Philosophy of Education (1998) (978-0-415-12944-2) edited by Paul Hurst and Patricia White and described by the Bulletin of the UK-Japan Education Forum as "indispensable for libraries". Philosophy of Education was the first comprehensive collection of the field’s canonical and cutting-edge research; this new collection takes full account of the numerous important developments that have taken place since its appearance. Moreover Philosophy of Education II also includes coverage of many new areas and topics outwith the scope of the first collection. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the learned editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Philosophy of Education II is a crucial work of reference. It is destined to be valued by scholars students and researchers as a vital resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830096

Philosophy of Education in ActionAn Inquiry-Based Approach Philosophy of Education in Action is an innovative inquiry-based introductory text that invites readers to study philosophy of education through the lens of their own observations and experiences. Structured according to a "Wonder Model of Inquiry " each chapter begins by posing a fundamental What if question about curriculum pedagogy and the role of the school before investigating the various philosophical perspectives that guide and influence educational practices. Classroom vignettes and examples of actual schools and educational programs help to ground philosophical perspectives in real-world scenarios while the book’s unique inquiry-based approach leads students to both think critically about philosophical questions and apply the concepts to their own teaching. Features of the text include: What if questions that structure each chapter to pique students' curiosity stimulate creativity and promote critical thinking. Authentic classroom vignettes that encourage students to analyze what it means to "do" philosophy and to reflect upon their own practices examine their role in the educational process and articulate their own philosophical beliefs. A concluding section asking readers to imagine and design their own hypothetical school or classroom as a project-based means of analyzing synthesizing and evaluating the different philosophies discussed. Accessible and thought-provoking Philosophy of Education in Action provides a dynamic learning experience for readers to understand and apply philosophy in educational practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843059

Philosophy of Education in the Era of Globalization Terrorism ethnocentrism religious tension competition over limited resources war - these are just a few of the problems and challenges that have emerged in today's global economy. Globalization both implies and requires economic interdependence; and this should bring with it a heightened sense of the interconnectedness of the participating societies. But unfortunately as recent events indicate rather than our having formed a global community today's society is more fragmented than ever. In light of this education faces some formidable new challenges. How do we prepare future citizens for the world they will live in? How do we teach future generations to embrace the paradox of accepting the value of multiculturalism despite the conflicts it has produced? How do we instill religious tolerance in a time when fundamentalism has become inextricably tied with terrorism? How do we promote economic growth in the face of overpopulation and its depletion of resources? The authors of this collection of essays explore these and related challenges and they suggest some novel ways of dealing with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653831

Philosophy of EducationAn Encyclopedia First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866522

Philosophy of Emotion Emotions punctuate almost all significant events in our lives but their nature causes and consequences are among the least well understood aspects of human experience. It is easier to express emotions than to describe them and even harder to analyse and explain them. Despite their apparent familiarity emotions are an extremely subtle and complex topic. Unfortunately the topic was neglected by philosophers and scientists in the past. In recent decades however interest in the emotions has grown considerably among scholars and students from many disciplines as well as among the public at large. If there is to be any progress in this theoretically and practically important field not only is a broad philosophical examination of basic concepts and issues essential (drawing both on analytical philosophy and phenomenology) but also an interdisciplinary approach that combines philosophical analysis with other types of scientific research (such as psychology anthropology history sociology and brain sciences). The clarification of basic emotional concepts as well as the unification of linguistic usages across disciplines and natural languages are necessary for integrating the growing body of interdisciplinary emotional research (e.g. does the traditional German "Gefühl" correspond to "feeling" or to "emotion"? and what about "Stimmung"?). The contemporary philosophy of emotions is equipped for this integrative task. It can provide us with a better and more comprehensive picture of the nature of emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906648

Philosophy of Evolutionary BiologyVolume I The impact of evolutionary theory on the philosophy of science has been no less profound than its impact on the science of biology itself. Advances in this theory provide a rich set of examples for thinking about the nature of scientific explanation and the structure of science. Many of the developments in our understanding of evolution resulted from contributions by both philosophers and biologists engaging over theoretical questions of mutual interest. This volume traces some of the most influential exchanges in this field over the last few decades. Focal topics include the nature of biological functions adaptationism as an explanatory and methodological doctrine the levels of selection debate the concepts of fitness and drift and the relationship of evolutionary to developmental biology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246871

Philosophy of Human RightsA Systematic Introduction An introductory text to the philosophy of human rights this book provides an innovative systematic study of the concepts ideas and theories of human rights. It examines the principal philosophical issues that arise in specific areas of rights such as women’s rights minority rights or disability rights and addresses the human rights aspects of world problems such as global poverty and humanitarian intervention. Along with the presentation of these established subjects the book provides a vibrant critique of both the liberal fundamentals of human rights and the legal and political aspects of the concrete practice by individuals and organizations. Key Features: Presents a thorough philosophical introduction to human rights for anyone from any subject (e.g. international law politics public policy philosophy). While grounded in philosophy demonstrates a clear organized understanding of real-world aspects of the field with a deep analysis of vital current issues. Is attentive to critical stances on human rights and to stultifying privations in the field. Offers a well-organized overall structure moving from historical treatment to conceptual analysis to a set of current issues and finally to criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787353

Philosophy of Human RightsTheory and Practice Combining the sustained coherent perspective of an authored text with diverse authoritative primary readings Philosophy of Human Rights provides the context and commentary students need to comprehend challenging rights concepts. Clear accessible writing thoughtful consideration of primary source documents and practical everyday examples pertinent to students' lives enhance this core textbook for courses on human rights and political philosophy. The first part of the book explores theoretical aspects including the nature justification content and scope of rights. With an emphasis on contemporary issues and debates the second part applies these theories to practical issues such as political discourse free expression the right to privacy children's rights and victims' rights. The third part of the book features the crucial documents that are referred to throughout the book including the Universal Declaration of Human Rights the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women the African Charter on Human Rights and Peoples' Rights and many more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097400

Philosophy of Language Philosophy of Language provides a comprehensive meticulous survey of twentieth-century and contemporary philosophical theories of meaning. Interweaving the historical development of the subject with a thematic overview of the different approaches to meaning the book provides students with the tools necessary to understand contemporary analytic philosophy. Beginning with a systematic look at Frege’s foundational theories on sense and reference Alexander Miller goes on to offer a clear exposition of the development of subsequent arguments in the philosophy of language. Communicating a sense of active philosophical debate the author confronts the views of the early theorists taking in Frege Russell and logical positivism and going on to discuss the scepticism of Quine Kripke and Wittgenstein. The work of philosophers such as Davidson Dummett Searle Fodor McGinn Wright Grice and Tarski is also examined in depth.The third edition has been fully revised for enhanced clarity and includes:· a short introduction for students outlining the importance of the philosophy of language and the aims of the book;· two substantial new sections on Philip Pettit’s "ethocentric" account of rule-following and on Hannah Ginsborg’s "partial reductionism" about rule-following and meaning;· the addition of chapter summaries and study questions throughout designed to promote greater understanding and engagement;· updated guides to further reading at the end of every chapter.This well-established and sophisticated introduction to the philosophy of language is an unrivalled guide to one of the liveliest and most challenging areas of philosophy and is suitable for use on undergraduate degrees and in postgraduate study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718974

Philosophy of Language and Webs of Information The nature of propositions and the cognitive value of names have been the focal point of philosophy of language for the last few decades. The advocates of the causal reference theory have favored the view that the semantic contents of proper names are their referents. However Frege’s puzzle about the different cognitive value of coreferential names has made this identification seem impossible. Geirsson provides a detailed overview of the debate to date and then develops a novel account that explains our reluctance even when we know about the relevant identity to substitute coreferential names in both simple sentences and belief contexts while nevertheless accepting the view that the semantic content of names is their referents. The account focuses on subjects organizing information in webs; a name can then access and elicit information from a given web. Geirsson proceeds to extend the account of information to non-referring names but they have long provided a serious challenge to the causal reference theorist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108097

Philosophy of LanguageA Contemporary Introduction Philosophy of Language introduces the student to the main issues and theories in twentieth-century philosophy of language. Topics are structured in three parts in the book. Part I Reference and Referring Expressions includes topics such as Russell's Theory of Desciptions Donnellan's distinction problems of anaphora the description theory of proper names Searle's cluster theory and the causal-historical theory. Part II Theories of Meaning surveys the competing theories of linguistic meaning and compares their various advantages and liabilities. Part III Pragmatics and Speech Acts introduces the basic concepts of linguistic pragmatics includes a detailed discussion of the problem of indirect force and surveys approaches to metaphor.Unique features of the text:* chapter overviews and summaries* clear supportive examples* study questions* annotated further reading* glossary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203138496

Philosophy of LanguageA Contemporary Introduction Now in its third edition Philosophy of Language: A Contemporary Introduction introduces students to the main issues and theories in twenty-first-century philosophy of language focusing specifically on linguistic phenomena. Author William G. Lycan structures the book into four general parts. Part I Reference and Referring includes topics such as Russell's Theory of Descriptions (and its objections) Donnellan's distinction problems of anaphora the Description Theory of proper names Searle's Cluster Theory and the Causal-Historical Theory. Part II Theories of Meaning surveys the competing theories of linguistic meaning and compares their various advantages and liabilities. Part III Pragmatics and Speech Acts introduces the basic concepts of linguistic pragmatics and includes a detailed discussion of the problem of indirect force. Part IV The Expressive and the Figurative examines various forms of expressive language and what "metaphorical meaning" is and how most listeners readily grasp it. Features of Philosophy of Language include: chapter overviews and summaries; clear supportive examples; study questions; annotated lists of further reading; a glossary. Updates to the third edition include: an entirely new chapter "Expressive Language" (Chapter 14) covering verbal irony sarcasm and pejorative language (particularly slurs); the addition in several chapters of short sections on pretense theories addressing (1) puzzles about reference (2) irony and (3) metaphor; a much expanded discussion of Relevance Theory particularly its notion of ad hoc concept construction or "loosening and tightening " and the application of that to metaphor; new discussion of Cappelen and Lepore's skepticism about content-dependence; up-to-date coverage of new literature further reading lists and the bibliography as well as an improved glossary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504585

Philosophy of LawAn Introduction Philosophy of Law: An Introduction provides an ideal starting point for students of philosophy and law. Setting it clearly against the historical background Mark Tebbit quickly leads readers into the heart of the philosophical questions that dominate philosophy of law today. He provides an exceptionally wide-ranging overview of the contending theories that have sought to resolve these problems. He does so without assuming prior knowledge either of philosophy or law on the part of the reader. The book is structured in three parts around the key issues and themes in philosophy of law: What is the law? – the major legal theories addressing the question of what we mean by law including natural law legal positivism and legal realism. The reach of the law – the various legal theories on the nature and extent of the law’s authority with regard to obligation and civil disobedience rights liberty and privacy. Criminal law – responsibility and mens rea intention recklessness and murder legal defences insanity and philosophies of punishment. This new third edition has been thoroughly updated to include assessments of important developments in philosophy and law in the early years of the twenty-first century. Revisions include a more detailed analysis of natural law new chapters on common law and the development of positivism a reassessment of the Austin–Hart dispute in the light of recent criticism of Hart a new chapter on the natural law–positivist controversy over Nazi law and legality and new chapters on criminal law extending the analysis of the dispute over the viability of the defences of necessity and duress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827461

Philosophy Of LawAn Introduction To Jurisprudence In this revised edition two distinguished philosophers have extended and strengthened the most authoritative text available on the philosophy of law and jurisprudence. While retaining their comprehensive coverage of classical and modern theory Murphy and Coleman have added new discussions of the Critical Legal Studies movement and feminist jurisprudence and they have strengthened their treatment of natural law theory criminalization and the law of torts. The chapter on law and economics remains the best short introduction to that difficult controversial and influential topic.Students will appreciate the careful organization and clear presentation of complicated issues as well as the emphasis on the relevance of both law and legal theory to contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813308487

Philosophy of LeisureFoundations of the good life What is leisure? How does leisure relate to leading a good life? This critical and intelligent study interrogates the basic principles of leisure and demonstrates the continuing relevance of these questions for our society today. It not only explores the traditional philosophical concepts at the heart of leisure studies but also pursues new possibilities for reconceptualising leisure that have emerged from recent developments in society technology and the broader discipline of philosophy itself. Approaching leisure from a philosophically inquisitive perspective the book argues that leisure revolves around the pursuit of happiness human flourishing and well-being making it both a state of mind and a state of being. Its exploration of the meaning of leisure addresses key issues such as identity ethics spirituality human experience freedom technology embodiment  well-being the fundamental properties of leisure and the challenge of offering a meaningful definition. Revitalising the subject of leisure studies with its originality Philosophy of Leisure: Foundations of the Good Life is fascinating reading for all students and scholars of leisure studies philosophy sociology psychology and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369108

Philosophy of Lifelong Education This book first published in 1987 provides a rigorous philosophical analysis of lifelong education. The author presents his arguments simply and directly so that the book is accessible to students who are new to philosophy and adult education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693234

Philosophy of Logic (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1971 Professor Putnam's essay concerns itself with the ontological problem in the philosophy of logic and mathematics - that is the issue of whether the abstract entities spoken of in logic and mathematics really exist. He also deals with the question of whether or not reference to these abstract entities is really indispensible in logic and whether it is necessary in physical science in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581257

Philosophy of Logical Systems This book addresses the hasty development of modern logic especially its introducing and embracing various kinds of artificial languages and moving from the study of natural languages to that of artificial ones. This shift seemed extremely helpful and managed to elevate logic to a new level of rigor and clarity. However the change that logic underwent in this way was in no way insignificant and it is also far from an insignificant matter to determine to what extent the "new logic" only engaged new and more powerful instruments to answer the questions posed by the "old" one and to what extent it replaced these questions with new ones. Hence this movement has generated brand new kinds of philosophical problems that have still not been dealt with systematically. Philosophy of Logical Systems addresses these new kinds of philosophical problems that are intertwined with the development of modern logic. Jaroslav Peregrin analyzes the rationale behind the introduction of the artificial languages of logic; classifies the various tools which were adopted to build such languages; gives an overview of the various kinds of languages introduced in the course of modern logic and the motifs of their employment; discusses what can actually be achieved by relocating the problems of logic from natural language into them; and reaches certain conclusions with respect to the possibilities and limitations of this "formal turn" of logic. This book is both an important scholarly contribution to the philosophy of logic and a systematic survey of the standard (and not so standard) logical systems that were established during the short history of modern logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405632

Philosophy of Love Sex and MarriageAn Introduction How is love different from lust or infatuation? Do love and marriage really go together "like a horse and carriage"? Does sex have any necessary connection to either? And how important are love sex and marriage to a well-lived life? In the Second Edition of this lively lucid and comprehensive book Raja Halwani explores and elucidates the nature uses and ethics of romantic love sexuality and marriage. It is structured in three parts: Love examines the nature of romantic love and how it differs from other types of love such as friendship and parental love. It also investigates the relationship of love to morality and asks what limits morality puts on romantic love and even whether romantic love is inherently moral. Sex demonstrates the difficulty in defining sex and the sexual and examines what constitutes good and bad sex in terms of pleasure "naturalness " and moral permissibility. It discusses the nature of sexual desire and its connection to objectification and virtue all the while looking at specific sexual engagements such as pornography BDSM and raced desires. Marriage traces the history of the institution and describes the various forms in which marriage exists and the reasons why people marry. It also investigates the necessity of marriage and ways in which it requires reform. Updates and Revisions in the Second Edition Expands the coverage of love and morality from one to two chapters incorporating much of the recent literature on love as a moral emotion. Includes a new chapter on sex and virtue ethics. Ends each of the chapters on sex with an "applied" topic such as pornography BDSM prostitution racial sexual desires and adultery. Increases coverage of the nature and purpose of marriage including debates surrounding same-sex marriage but also moving beyond these debates to include issues on minimal marriage temporary marriage polygamy and other forms of marriage. Updates the Further Reading and Study Questions sections at the end of each chapter and provides an up-to-date comprehensive bibliography at the back of the book. Includes new discussions of topics on the nature of love; love and reasons; distinctions between two types of romantic love; love and its connections to moral theories; definitions of crucial sexual concepts; objectification; virtue and sex; racial sexual desires; and the definition of marriage and whether it is important as an institution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280205

Philosophy of Manufactures Andrew Ure (1778-1857) was a professor at the University of Glasgow and an enthusiast for the Industrial Revolution’s new systems of manufacturing. As we know a consequence of these new developments was the redundancy of many workers just as we are experiencing today with ‘downsizing’ and ‘reengineering’. This study details the creation of the general education system as an answer to the need for less self-willed and intractable workmen which were unfit to become "components of a mechanical system". In our times of permanent technological revolution this is an excellent insight into the roots of industrial progress. Understanding rural workers' shock and their need to readapt to a new urban factorial reality and the white collar workers’ dilemma of social security or entrepreneurship is achieved by this fascinating and important book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978423

Philosophy of Mathematics Mathematics is everywhere and yet its objects are nowhere. There may be five apples on the table but the number five itself is not to be found in on beside or anywhere near the apples. So if not in space and time where are numbers and other mathematical objects such as perfect circles and functions? And how do we humans discover facts about them be it Pythagoras’ Theorem or Fermat’s Last Theorem? The metaphysical question of what numbers are and the epistemological question of how we know about them are central to the philosophy of mathematics. These and related philosophical questions are of particular interest because of mathematics’ unusual status. Mathematics is exceptional in that on the one hand it appears unhesitatingly true—no one doubts that 2 + 3 = 5—but on the other as just noted it is not about the physical world. This ambivalent status is what gives the philosophy of mathematics its special interest. The philosophy of mathematics is also one of the oldest academic fields more or less coeval with philosophy itself. But contemporary philosophy of mathematics is rather different from its pre-twentieth-century antecedents largely for three reasons. The first is that since the seventeenth century mathematics has become integral to science. Science has over the past few centuries become increasingly mathematical and indeed the fundamental science of nature physics is today recognised as a branch of applied mathematics. The second is that mathematics underwent a transformation in the course of nineteenth century: having started the century as a rather traditional-looking science of quantity it emerged a hundred years later a radically transformed abstract theory of structure. The final factor in the transformation of the philosophy of mathematics is the rise of modern logic. Developed by Frege Cantor and others in the late nineteenth century modern logic pervades contemporary mathematics philosophy and computer science and has had an immeasurable effect on the philosophy of mathematics. These volumes will collect the major works in this major field with a focus on the last few decades. The anthology will include technical work which interprets philosophically significant mathematical results or subfields of mathematics as well as purely philosophical writing aimed at those without advanced mathematics. The collection should be of interest to both philosophers and mathematicians as well as to anyone who is susceptible to wondering what the main intellectual tool used in science economics and finance and indeed everyday life is ultimately about. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886667

Philosophy of Mathematics and EconomicsImage Context and Perspective With the failure of economics to predict the recent economic crisis the image of economics as a rigorous mathematical science has been subjected to increasing interrogation. One explanation for this failure is that the subject took a wrong turn in its historical trajectory becoming too mathematical. Using the philosophy of mathematics this unique book re-examines this trajectory.Philosophy of Mathematics and Economics re-analyses the divergent rationales for mathematical economics by some of its principal architects. Yet it is not limited to simply enhancing our understanding of how economics became an applied mathematical science. The authors also critically evaluate developments in the philosophy of mathematics to expose the inadequacy of aspects of mainstream mathematical economics as well as exploiting the same philosophy to suggest alternative ways of rigorously formulating economic theory for our digital age. This book represents an innovative attempt to more fully understand the complexity of the interaction between developments in the philosophy of mathematics and the process of formalisation in economics.Assuming no expert knowledge in the philosophy of mathematics this work is relevant to historians of economic thought and professional philosophers of economics. In addition it will be of great interest to those who wish to deepen their appreciation of the economic contours of contemporary society. It is also hoped that mathematical economists will find this work informative and engaging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592431

Philosophy of Meaning Knowledge and Value in the 20th CenturyRoutledge History of Philosophy Volume 10 The twentieth century brought enormous change to subjects such as language metaphysics ethics and epistemology. This volume covers the major developments in these areas and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143197

Philosophy of Meaning Knowledge and Value in the Twentieth CenturyRoutledge History of Philosophy Volume 10 Volume 10 of the Routledge History of Philosophy presents a historical survey of the central topics in twentieth century Anglo-American philosophy. It chronicles what has been termed the 'linguistic turn' in analytic philosophy and traces the influence the study of language has had on the main problems of philosophy. Each chapter contains an extensive bibliography of the major writings in the field.All the essays present their large and complex topics in a clear and well organised way. At the end the reader finds a helpful Chronology of the major political scientific and philosophical events in the Twentieth Century and an extensive Glossary of technical terms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203030684

Philosophy of MediaA Short History of Ideas and Innovations from Socrates to Social Media Since the late-1980s the rise of the Internet and the emergence of the Networked Society have led to a rapid and profound transformation of everyday life. Underpinning this revolution is the computer – a media technology that is capable of not only transforming itself but almost every other machine and media process that humans have used throughout history. In Philosophy of Media Hassan and Sutherland explore the philosophical and technological trajectory of media from Classical Greece until today casting a new and revealing light upon the global media condition. Key topics include: the mediation of politics the question of objectivity automata and the metaphor of the machine analogue and digital technological determinism. Laid out in a clear and engaging format Philosophy of Media provides an accessible and comprehensive exploration of the origins of the network society. It is essential reading for students of philosophy media theory politics history and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908338

Philosophy of MedicineAn Introduction  What kind of knowledge is medical knowledge? Can medicine be explained scientifically? Is disease a scientific concept or do explanations of disease depend on values? What is "evidence-based" medicine? Are advances in neuroscience bringing us closer to a scientific understanding of the mind? The nature of medicine raises fundamental questions about explanation causation knowledge and ontology – questions that are central to philosophy as well as medicine. This book introduces the fundamental issues in philosophy of medicine for those coming to the subject for the first time including: • understanding the physician–patient relationship: the phenomenology of the medical encounter. • Models and theories in biology and medicine: what role do theories play in medicine? Are they similar to scientific theories? • Randomised controlled trials: can scientific experiments be replicated in clinical medicine? What are the philosophical criticisms levelled at RCTs? • The concept of evidence in medical research: what do we mean by "evidence-based medicine"? Should all medicine be based on evidence? • Causation in medicine. • What do advances in neuroscience reveal about the relationship between mind and body? • Defining health and disease: are explanations of disease objective or do they depend on values? • Evolutionary medicine: what is the role of evolutionary biology in understanding medicine? Is it relevant? Extensive use of empirical examples and case studies are included throughout including debates about smoking and cancer the use of placebos in randomised controlled trials controversies about PSA testing and research into the causes of HIV. This is an indispensable introduction to those teaching philosophy of medicine and philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501095

Philosophy of Mind This book explores a range of issues in the philosophy of mind with the mind-body problem as the main focus. It serves as a stimulus to the reader to engage with the problems of the mind and try to come to terms with them and examines Descartes's mind-body dualism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319410

Philosophy of Mind and PhenomenologyConceptual and Empirical Approaches This volume identifies and develops how philosophy of mind and phenomenology interact in both conceptual and empirically-informed ways. The objective is to demonstrate that phenomenology as the first-personal study of the contents and structures of our mentality can provide us with insights into the understanding of the mind and can complement strictly analytical or empirically informed approaches to the study of the mind. Insofar as phenomenology as the study or science of phenomena allows the mind to appear this collection shows how the mind can reappear through a constructive dialogue between different ways—phenomenological analytical and empirical—of understanding mentality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371960

Philosophy of Mind in AntiquityThe History of the Philosophy of Mind Volume 1 Spanning 1200 years of intellectual history â€“ from the 6th century BCE emergence of philosophical enquiry in the Greek city-state of Miletus to the 6th century CE closure of the Academy in Athens in 529 â€“ Philosophy of Mind in Antiquity provides an outstanding survey of philosophy of mind of the period. It covers a crucial era for the history of philosophy of mind examining the enduring and controversial arguments of Plato and Aristotle in addition to the contribution of the Stoics and other key figures.Following an introduction by John Sisko fifteen specially commissioned chapters by an international team of contributors discuss key topics thinkers and debates including:the Presocratics Plato cognition Aristotle intellect natural science time mind perception and body the Stoics Galen andPlotinus.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind ancient philosophy and the history of philosophy Philosophy of Mind in Antiquity is also a valuable resource for those in related disciplines such as Classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734138

Philosophy of Mind in the Early and High Middle AgesThe History of the Philosophy of Mind Volume 2 Philosophy of Mind in the Early and High Middle Ages provides an outstanding overview to a tumultuous 900-year period of discovery innovation and intellectual controversy that began with the Roman senator Boethius (c480-524) and concluded with the Franciscan theologian and philosopher John Duns Scotus (c1266-1308). Relatively neglected in philosophy of mind this volume highlights the importance of philosophers such as Abelard Duns Scotus and the Persian philosopher and polymath Avicenna to the history of philosophy of mind.Following an introduction by Margaret Cameron twelve specially commissioned chapters by an international team of contributors discuss key topics thinkers and debates including:mental perception;Avicenna and the intellectual abstraction of intelligibles;Duns Scotus;soul will and choice in Islamic and Jewish contexts;perceptual experience;the systematization of the passions;the complexity of the soul and the problem of unity;the phenomenology of immortality;morality; andthe self.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind medieval philosophy and the history of philosophy Philosophy of Mind in the Early and High Middle Ages is also a valuable resource for those in related disciplines such as Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734152

Philosophy of Mind in the Early Modern and Modern AgesThe History of the Philosophy of Mind Volume 4 The early modern period is arguably the most pivotal of all in the study of the mind teeming with a variety of conceptions of mind. Some of these posed serious questions for assumptions about the nature of the mind many of which still depended on notions of the soul and God. It is an era that witnessed the emergence of theories and arguments that continue to animate the study of philosophy of mind such as dualism vitalism materialism and idealism.Covering pivotal figures in philosophy such as Descartes Hobbes Kant Leibniz Cavendish and Spinoza Philosophy of Mind in the Early Modern and Modern Ages provides an outstanding survey of philosophy of mind of the period. Following an introduction by Rebecca Copenhaver sixteen specially commissioned chapters by an international team of contributors discuss key topics thinkers and debates including:Hobbes Descartes’ philosophy of mind and its early critics consciousness the later Cartesians Malebranche Cavendish Locke Spinoza Descartes and Leibniz perception and sensation desires mental substance and mental activity Hume andKant.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind enlightenment philosophy and the history of philosophy Philosophy of Mind in the Early Modern and Modern Ages is also a valuable resource for those in related disciplines such as religion history of psychology and history of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734114

Philosophy of Mind in the Late Middle Ages and RenaissanceThe History of the Philosophy of Mind Volume 3 Characterized by many historically significant events such as the invention of the printing press the discovery of the New World and the Protestant Reformation the years between 1300 and 1600 are a remarkably rich source of ideas about the mind. They witnessed a resurgence of Aristotelianism and Platonism and the development of humanism. However philosophical understanding of the complex arguments and debates during this period remain difficult to grasp.Philosophy of Mind in the Late Middle Ages and Renaissance provides an outstanding survey of philosophy of mind in this fascinating and still controversial period and examines the thought of figures such as Aquinas Suárez and Ficino.Following an introduction by Stephan Schmid thirteen specially commissioned chapters by an international team of contributors discuss key topics thinkers and debates including:mind and method the mind and its illnesses the powers of the soul Averroism intentionality and representationalism theories of (self-)consciousness will and its freedom external and internal senses Renaissance theories of the passions the mind–body problem and the rise of dualism andthe ‘cognitive turn’.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind medieval philosophy and the history of philosophy Philosophy of Mind in the Late Middle Ages and Renaissance is also a valuable resource for those in related disciplines such as religion literature and Renaissance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734145

Philosophy of Mind in the Nineteenth CenturyThe History of the Philosophy of Mind Volume 5 Between the publication of Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason in 1781 and Husserl’s Ideas in 1913 the nineteenth century was a pivotal period in the philosophy of mind witnessing the emergence of the phenomenological and analytical traditions that continue to shape philosophical debate in fundamental ways. The nineteenth century also challenged many prevailing assumptions about the transparency of the mind particularly in the ideas of Nietzsche and Freud whilst at the same time witnessing the birth of modern psychology in the work of William James.Covering the main figures of German idealism to the birth of the phenomenological movement under Brentano and Husserl Philosophy of Mind in the Nineteenth Century provides an outstanding survey to these new directions in philosophy of mind.Following an introduction by Sandra Lapointe fourteen specially commissioned chapters by an international team of contributors discuss key topics thinkers and debates including:German idealism Bolzano Johann Friedrich Herbart Ernst Mach Helmholtz Nietzsche William James Sigmund Freud Brentano’s early philosophy of mind Meinong Christian von Ehrenfels Husserl andNatorp.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind continental philosophy and the history of philosophy Philosophy of Mind in the Nineteenth Century is also a valuable resource for those in related disciplines such as psychology religion and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734169

Philosophy of Mind in the Twentieth and Twenty-First CenturiesThe History of the Philosophy of Mind Volume 6 While the philosophical study of mind has always required philosophers to attend to the scientific developments of their day from the twentieth century onwards it has been especially influenced and informed by psychology neuroscience and computer science.Philosophy of Mind in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries provides an outstanding survey of the most prominent themes in twentieth-century and contemporary philosophy of mind. It also looks to the future offering cautious predictions about developments in the field in the years to come.Following an introduction by Amy Kind twelve specially commissioned chapters by an international team of contributors discuss key topics thinkers and debates including:the phenomenological tradition the mind–body problem theories of consciousness theories of perception theories of personal identity mental causation intentionality Wittgenstein and his legacy cognitive science andfuture directions for philosophy of mind.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind and philosophy of psychology Philosophy of Mind in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries is also a valuable resource for those in related disciplines such as psychology and cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734121

Philosophy of Mind: The Basics Philosophy of Mind: The Basics is a concise and engaging introduction to the fundamental philosophical questions and theories about the mind. The author Amy Kind a leading expert in the field examines central issues concerning the nature of consciousness thought and emotion. The book addresses key questions such as: What is the nature of the mind? What is the relationship between the mind and the brain? Can machines have minds? How will future technology impact the mind? With a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading Philosophy of Mind: The Basics is an ideal starting point for anyone seeking a lively and accessible introduction to the rich and complex study of philosophy of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807822

Philosophy of MindA Contemporary Introduction The book is intended as a reader-friendly introduction to issues in the philosophy of mind including mental–physical causal interaction computational models of thought the relation minds bear to brains and assorted -isms: behaviorism dualism eliminativism emergentism functionalism materialism neutral monism and panpsychism. The Fourth Edition reintroduces a chapter on Donald Davidson and a discussion of ‘Non-Cartesian Dualism’ along with a wholly new chapter on emergence and panpsychism. A concluding chapter draws together material in earlier chapters and offers what the author regards as a plausible account of the mind’s place in nature. Suggested readings at the conclusion of each chapter have been updated with a focus on accessible non-technical material. Key Features of the Fourth Edition Includes a new chapter 'Emergence and Panpsychism' (Chapter 13) reflecting growing interest in these areas Reintroduces and updates a chapter on Donald Davidson 'Radical Interpretation' (Chapter 8) which was excised from the previous edition Updates 'Descartes' Legacy' (Chapter 3) to include a discussion of E. J. Lowe's arresting 'Non-Cartesian Dualism' also removed from the previous edition Includes a highly revised final chapter which draws together much of the previous material and sketches a plausible account of the mind’s place in nature Updated 'Suggested Reading' lists at the end of each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138581012

Philosophy of MindAn Overview for Cognitive Science Specifically designed to make the philosophy of mind intelligible to those not trained in philosophy this book provides a concise overview for students and researchers in the cognitive sciences. Emphasizing the relevance of philosophical work to investigations in other cognitive sciences this unique text examines such issues as the meaning of language the mind-body problem the functionalist theories of cognition and intentionality. As he explores the philosophical issues Bechtel draws connections between philosophical views and theoretical and experimental work in such disciplines as cognitive psychology artificial intelligence linguistics neuroscience and anthropology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315808062

Philosophy of Molecular MedicineFoundational Issues in Research and Practice Philosophy of Molecular Medicine: Foundational Issues in Theory and Practice aims at a systematic investigation of a number of foundational issues in the field of molecular medicine. The volume is organized around four broad modules focusing respectively on the following key aspects: What are the nature scope and limits of molecular medicine? How does it provide explanations? How does it represent and model phenomena of interest? How does it infer new knowledge from data and experiments? The essays collected here authored by prominent scientists and philosophers of science focus on a handful of mainstream topics in the philosophical literature such as causation explanation modeling and scientific inference. These previously unpublished contributions shed new light on these traditional topics by integrating them with problems methods and results from three prominent areas of contemporary biomedical science: basic research translational and clinical research and clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736699

Philosophy of MusicAn Introduction This lively and lucid introduction to the philosophy of music concentrates on the issues that illuminate musical listening and practice. It examines the conceptual debates relevant to the understanding and performing of music and grounds the philosophy to practical matters throughout. Ideal for a beginning readership with little philosophical background the author provides an overview of the central debates enlivened by a real sense of enthusiasm for the subject and why it matters. The book begins by filling in the historical background and offers readers a succinct summary of philosophical thinking on music from the Ancient Greeks to Eduard Hanslick and Edmund Gurney. Chapter 2 explores two central questions: what is it that makes music or to be precise some pieces of music works of art? And what is the work of music per se? Is it just what we hear the performance or is it something over and above that something we invent or discover? Chapter 3 discusses a problem pecullar to music and one at the heart of philosophical discussion of it can music have a meaning? And if so what can it be? Chapter 4 considers whether music can have value. Are there features about music that make it good features which can be specified in criteria? Is a work good if and only if it meets with the approval of an ideally qualified listener? How do we explain differences of opinion? Indeed why do we need to make judgements of the relative value of pieces of music at all? This engaging and stimulating book will be of interest to students of aesthetics musical practitioners and the general reader looking for a non-technical treatment of the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712307

Philosophy of NatureRethinking naturalness The concept of naturalness has largely disappeared from the academic discourse in general but also the particular field of environmental studies. This book is about naturalness in general – about why the idea of naturalness has been abandoned in modern academic discourse why it is important to explicitly re-establish some meaning for the concept and what that meaning ought to be. Arguing that naturalness can and should be understood in light of a dispositional ontology the book offers a point of view where the gap between instrumental and ethical perspectives can be bridged. Reaching a new foundation for the concept of ‘naturalness’ and its viability will help raise and inform further discussions within environmental philosophy and issues occurring in the crossroads between science technology and society. This topical book will be of great interest to researchers and students in Environmental Studies Environmental Philosophy Science and Technology Studies Conservation Studies as well as all those generally engaged in debates about the place of ‘man in nature’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355564

Philosophy of NonsenseThe Intuitions of Victorian Nonsense Literature 'Jean-Jacques Lecercle's remarkable Philosophy of Nonsense offers a sustained and important account of an area that is usually hastily dismissed. Using the resources of contemporary philosophy - notably Deleuze and Lyotard - he manages to bring out the importance of nonsense' - Andrew Benjamin University of Warwick Why are we and in particular why are philosophers and linguists so fascinated with nonsense? Why do Lewis Carroll and Edward Lear appear in so many otherwise dull and dry academic books? This amusing yet rigorous new book by Jean-Jacques Lecercle shows how the genre of nonsense was constructed and why it has proved so enduring and enlightening for linguistics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175631

Philosophy of PainUnpleasantness Emotion and Deviance Over recent decades pain has received increasing attention as philosophers psychologists and neuroscientists try to answer deep and difficult questions about it. What is pain? What makes pain unpleasant? How is pain related to the emotions? This volume provides a rich and wide-ranging exploration of these questions and important new insights into the philosophy of pain. Divided into three clear sections – pain and motivation pain and emotion and deviant pain – the collection covers fundamental topics in the philosophy and psychology of pain. These include pain and sensory affect the neuroscience of pain pain and rationality placebos and pain and consciousness. Philosophy of Pain: Unpleasantness Emotion and Deviance is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind philosophy of psychology cognitive and behavioral psychology as well as those in health and medicine researching conceptual issues in pain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734091

Philosophy of Personal Identity and Multiple Personality As witnessed by recent films such as Fight Club and Identity our culture is obsessed with multiple personality—a phenomenon raising intriguing questions about personal identity. This study offers both a full-fledged philosophical theory of personal identity and a systematic account of multiple personality. Gunnarsson combines the methods of analytic philosophy with close hermeneutic and phenomenological readings of cases from different fields focusing on psychiatric and psychological treatises self-help books biographies and fiction. He develops an original account of personal identity (the authorial correlate theory) and offers a provocative interpretation of multiple personality: in brief "multiples" are right about the metaphysics but wrong about the facts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849173

Philosophy Of Physics The study of the physical world had its origins in philosophy and two-and-one-half millennia later the scientific advances of the twentieth century are bringing the two fields closer together again. So argues Lawrence Sklar in this brilliant new text on the philosophy of physics.Aimed at students of both disciplines Philosophy of Physics is a broad overview of the problems of contemporary philosophy of physics that readers of all levels of sophistication should find accessible and engaging. Professor Sklar's talent for clarity and accuracy is on display throughout as he guides students through the key problems: the nature of space and time the problems of probability and irreversibility in statistical mechanics and of course the many notorious problems raised by quantum mechanics.Integrated by the theme of the interconnectedness of philosophy and science and linked by many references to the history of both disciplines Philosophy of Physics is always clear while remaining faithful to the complexity and integrity of the issues. It will take its place as a classic text in a field of fundamental intellectual importance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367317263

Philosophy of Population HealthPhilosophy for a New Public Health Era Population health has recently grown from a series of loosely connected critiques of twentieth-century public health and medicine into a theoretical framework with a corresponding field of research—population health science. Its approach is to promote the public’s health through improving everyday human life: afford-able nutritious food clean air safe places where children can play living wages etc. It recognizes that addressing contemporary health challenges such as the prevalence of type 2 diabetes will take much more than good hospitals and public health departments. Blending philosophy of science/medicine public health ethics and history this book offers a framework that explains analyses and largely endorses the features that define this relatively new field. Presenting a philosophical perspective Valles helps to clarify what these features are and why they matter including: searching for health’s "upstream" causes in social life embracing a professional commitment to studying and ameliorating the staggering health inequities in and between populations; and reforming scientific practices to foster humility and respect among the many scientists and non- scientists who must work collaboratively to promote health. Featuring illustrative case studies from around the globe at the end of all main chapters this radical monograph is written to be accessible to all scholars and advanced students who have an interest in health—from public health students to professional philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358624

Philosophy of Religion in the Renaissance The Philosophy of Religion is one result of the Early Modern Reformation movements as competing theologies purported truth claims which were equal in strength and different in contents. Renaissance thought from Humanism through philosophy of nature contributed to the origin of the modern concepts of God. This book explores the continuity of philosophy of religion from late medieval thinkers through humanists to late Renaissance philosophers explaining the growth of the tensions between the philosophical and theological views. Covering the work of Renaissance authors including Lull Salutati Raimundus Sabundus Plethon Cusanus Valla Ficino Pico Bruno Suárez and Campanella this book offers an important understanding of the current philosophy/religion and faith/reason debates and fills the gap between medieval and early modern philosophy and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596941

Philosophy of ReligionA Contemporary Introduction Keith Yandell's Philosophy of Religion: A Contemporary Introduction was one of the first textbooks to explore the philosophy of religion with reference to religions other than Christianity. This new revised edition explores the logical validity and truth claims of several world religions—Christianity Judaism Islam Hinduism Buddhism and Jainism—with updated streamlined discussions on important topics in philosophy of religion such as: Religious pluralism Freedom and responsibility Evidentialist Moral Theism Reformed Epistemology Doxastic Practice Epistemology The problem of evil Ontological and cosmological arguments Other new features include updated Questions for Reflection and new Annotated Bibliographies for each chapter as well as an updated Glossary. This exciting new edition much like its classic predecessor is sure to be a classroom staple for undergraduate students studying philosophy of religion as well as a comprehensive introductory read for anyone interested in the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415963701

Philosophy of ReligionAn Introduction with Readings With the entry-level student in mind Stuart Brown guides the reader through three main topics: whether or not there is life after death; whether or not there is a powerful beneficent intelligence controlling the universe; and the nature and appropriate defence of religious belief or faith. Each chapter is linked to readings by commentators on religion and belief such as David Hume John Hick Richard Dawkins and William James. Key features also include activities and exercises chapter summaries and guides to further reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754665

Philosophy of ReligionIndian Philosophy First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053981

Philosophy of Science Logic and Mathematics in the 20th CenturyRoutledge History of Philosophy Volume 9 The twentieth century witnessed the birth of analytic philosophy. This volume covers some of its key movements and philosophers including Frege and Wittgenstein's Tractatus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143173

Philosophy Of Science And Its Discontents The most important and exciting recent development in the philosophy of science is its merging with the sociology of scientific knowledge. Here is the first text book to make this development available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298357

Philosophy of Science and Race First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880983

Philosophy of Science and SociologyFrom the Methodological Doctrine to Research Practice Originally published in 1983. This book concentrates on the impact of philosophy of science on sociology and other disciplines. It argues that the impact of the philosophy of science on sociology from the rise of the Vienna Circle until the mid-1980s resulted in a deep-reaching and in the author’s view undesirable methodological reorientation in sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849920

Philosophy of ScienceA Contemporary Introduction Any serious student attempting to better understand the nature methods and justification of science will value Alex Rosenberg and Lee McIntyre’s updated and substantially revised fourth edition of Philosophy of Science: A Contemporary Introduction. Weaving lucid explanations with clear analyses the volume is a much- used thematically oriented introduction to the field. The fourth edition has been thoroughly rewritten based on instructor and student feedback to improve readability and accessibility without sacrificing depth. It retains however all of the logically structured extensive coverage of earlier editions which a review in the journal Teaching Philosophy called “the industry standard” and “essential reading.” Key Features of the Fourth Edition: Revised and rewritten for readability based on feedback from student and instructor surveys. Updated text on the problem of underdetermination social science and the realism/antirealism debate. Improved continuity between chapters. Revised and updated Study Questions and annotated Suggested Readings at the end of each chapter. Updated Bibliography. For a list of relevant online primary sources please visit: www.routledge.com/9781138331518. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331518

Philosophy of ScienceA Contemporary Introduction Any serious student attempting to better understand the nature methods and justification of science will value Alex Rosenberg’s updated and substantially revised Third Edition of Philosophy of Science: A Contemporary Introduction. Weaving together lucid explanations and clear analyses the volume is a much-used thematically oriented introduction to the field. New features of the Third Edition include more coverage of the history of the philosophy of science more fully developed material on the metaphysics of causal and physical necessity more background on the contrast between empiricism and rationalism in science and new material on the structure of theoretical science (with expanded coverage of Newtonian and Darwinian theories and models) and the realism/antirealism controversy. Rosenberg also divides the Third Edition into fifteen chapters aligning each chapter with a week in a standard semester-long course. Updated Discussion Questions Glossary Bibliography and Suggested Readings lists at the end of each chapter will make the Third Edition indispensable either as a comprehensive stand-alone text or alongside the many wide-ranging collections of articles and book excerpts currently available. Read our interview with Alex Rosenberg What exactly is philosophy of science – and why does it matter? here: www.routledge.com/u/alexrosenberg Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415891776

Philosophy of ScienceA Unified Approach Philosophy of Science: A Unified Approach combines a general introduction to philosophy of science with an integrated survey of all its important subfields. As the book’s subtitle suggests this excellent overview is guided methodologically by "a unified approach" to philosophy of science: behind the diversity of scientific fields one can recognize a methodological unity of the sciences. This unity is worked out in this book revealing all the while important differences between subject areas. Structurally this comprehensive book offers a two-part approach which makes it an excellent introduction for students new to the field and a useful resource for more advanced students. Each chapter is divided into two sections. The first section assumes no foreknowledge of the subject introduced and the second section builds upon the first by bringing into the conversation more advanced complementary topics. Definitions key propositions examples and figures overview all of the core material. At the end of every chapter there are selected readings and exercises (with solutions at the end of the book). The book also includes a comprehensive bibliography and an index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829366

Philosophy of ScienceAn Introduction to the Central Issues The book is a translation of the second edition of a much-used and research-based Chinese textbook. As a succinct and issue-based introduction to the Western philosophy of science the book brings eight focal issues in the field to the fore and augments each topic by incorporating Chinese perspectives. Followed by an overview of the historical framework and logical underpinnings of the philosophy of science the book thoroughly discusses eight issues in the discipline: (1) the criteria of cognitive meaning (2) induction and confirmation (3) scientific explanation (4) theories of scientific growth (5) the demarcation between science and pseudoscience (6) scientific realism and empiricism; (7) the philosophy of scientific experimentation (8) science and value. Not confined to Western mainstream discourse in this field the book also introduces voices of Chinese philosophers of note and adopts a stance that productively combines logical empiricism and Kuhnianism both of which tend to be covered in less detail by many English language textbooks. In the final chapter the author offers a prognosis regarding the future of the discipline based on recent trends.This book will be of value to students who study philosophy of science and hope to gain a better understanding of science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840812

Philosophy of ScienceAn Overview for Cognitive Science This text focuses on two major issues: the nature of scientific inquiry and the relations between scientific disciplines. Designed to introduce the basic issues and concepts in the philosophy of science Bechtel writes for an audience with little or no philosophical background. The first part of the book explores the legacy of Logical Positivism and the subsequent post-Positivistic developments in the philosophy of science. The second section examines arguments for and against using a model of theory reduction to integrate scientific disciplines. The book concludes with a chapter describing non-reductionist approaches for relating scientific disciplines using psycholinguistic and cognitive neuroscience models. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802084

Philosophy of ScienceThe Historical Background This anthology of selections from the works of noted philosophers affords the student an immediate contact with the unique historical background of the philosophy of science. The selections many of which have not been readily accessible follow the development of the philosophy of science from 1786 to 1927. Each selection is preceded by a brief introduction by the editor designed to familiarize the reader with a particular philosopher and provide insights into his work.Joseph J. Kockelmans divides the selections into several sections. Part 1 from 17861850 includes chapters by Immanuel Kant on the metaphysical foundations of natural science John Frederick William Herschel on experience and the analysis of phenomena William Whewell on the nature and conditions of inductive science and John Stuart Mill on induction and the law of universal causation; part 2 from 18701899 includes chapters by Hermann Von Helmholtz on the origin and significance of geometrical axioms William Stanley Jevons on the philosophy of inductive inference John Bernard Stallo on the kinetic theory of gasses and the conditions of the validity of scientific hypotheses Ernst Mach on the economical nature of physical inquiry Karl Pearson on perceptual and conceptual space Emile Boutroux on mechanical laws Heinrich Hertz on the appropriateness correctness and permissibility of scientific theories and Ludwig Boltzmann on the fundamental principles and basic equations of mechanics.The third part covering the first decade of the twentieth century includes chapters by Henri Jules Poincare on science and reality Charles Peirce on Induction Pierre Marie Duhem on the laws of physics William Ostwald on energetism and mechanics Emile Meyerson on identity of thought and nature as the final goal of science Ernst Cassirer on functional concepts of natural science; part 4 from 19101927 includes chapters by Charles Dunbar Broad on phenomenalism Alfred North Whitehead on time space and material Bertrand Russell on the world of physics and the world of sense Norman Robert Cambbell on the meaning of science Moritz Schlick on basic issues of the philosophy of natural science and Percy Williams Bridgman on the concepts of space time and causality.Philosophy of Science provides a concise single volume text to the discipline and enables students to understand and evaluate the various trends in our contemporary philosophy of science.Joseph J. Kockelmans is professor emeritus of philosophy at the Pennsylvania State Univers Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529823

Philosophy of ScienceVolume 1 From Problem to Theory Originally published as Scientific Research this pair of volumes constitutes a fundamental treatise on the strategy of science. Mario Bunge one of the major figures of the century in the development of a scientific epistemology describes and analyzes scientific philosophy as well as discloses its philosophical presuppositions. This work may be used as a map to identify the various stages in the road to scientific knowledge.Philosophy of Science is divided into two volumes each with two parts. Part 1 offers a preview of the scheme of science and the logical and semantical took that will be used throughout the work. The account of scientific research begins with part 2 where Bunge discusses formulating the problem to be solved hypothesis scientific law and theory.The second volume opens with part 3 which deals with the application of theories to explanation prediction and action. This section is graced by an outstanding discussion of the philosophy of technology. Part 4 begins with measurement and experiment. It then examines risks in jumping to conclusions from data to hypotheses as well as the converse procedure.Bunge begins this mammoth work with a section entitled "How to Use This Book." He writes that it is intended for both independent reading and reference as well as for use in courses on scientific method and the philosophy of science. It suits a variety of purposes from introductory to advanced levels. Philosophy of Science is a versatile informative and useful text that will benefit professors researchers and students in a variety of disciplines ranging from the behavioral and biological sciences to the physical sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529830

Philosophy of ScienceVolume 2 From Explanation to Justification Originally published as Scientific Research this pair of volumes constitutes a fundamental treatise on the strategy of science. Mario Bunge one of the major figures of the century in the development of a scientific epistemology describes and analyzes scientific philosophy as well as discloses its philosophical presuppositions. This work may be used as a map to identify the various stages in the road to scientific knowledge.Philosophy of Science is divided into two volumes each with two parts. Part 1 offers a preview of the scheme of science and the logical and semantical took that will be used throughout the work. The account of scientific research begins with part 2 where Bunge discusses formulating the problem to be solved hypothesis scientific law and theory.The second volume opens with part 3 which deals with the application of theories to explanation prediction and action. This section is graced by an outstanding discussion of the philosophy of technology. Part 4 begins with measurement and experiment. It then examines risks in jumping to conclusions from data to hypotheses as well as the converse procedure.Bunge begins this mammoth work with a section entitled "How to Use This Book." He writes that it is intended for both independent reading and reference as well as for use in courses on scientific method and the philosophy of science. It suits a variety of purposes from introductory to advanced levels. Philosophy of Science is a versatile informative and useful text that will benefit professors researchers and students in a variety of disciplines ranging from the behavioral and biological sciences to the physical sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529847

Philosophy of SculptureHistorical Problems Contemporary Approaches Sculpture has been a central aspect of almost every art culture contemporary or historical. This volume comprises ten essays at the cutting edge of thinking about sculpture in philosophical terms representing approaches to sculpture from the perspectives of both Anglo-American and European philosophy. Some of the essays are historically situated while others are more straightforwardly conceptual. All of the essays however pay strict attention to actual sculptural examples in their discussions. This reflects the overall aim of the volume to not merely "apply" philosophy to sculpture but rather to test the philosophical approaches taken in tandem with deep analyses of sculptural examples. There is an array of philosophical problems unique to sculpture namely certain aspects of its three-dimensionality physicality temporality and morality. The authors in this volume respond to a number of challenging philosophical questions related to these characteristics. Furthermore while the focus of most of the essays is on Western sculptural traditions there are contributions that features discussion of sculptural examples from non-Western sources. Philosophy of Sculpture is the first full-length book treatment of the philosophical significance of sculpture in English. It is a valuable resource for advanced students and scholars across aesthetics art history history performance studies and visual studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615953

Philosophy of Sex and LoveAn Opinionated Introduction Writing for non-specialists and students as well as for fellow philosophers this book explores some basic issues surrounding sex and love in today's world among them consent objectification non-monogamy racial stereotyping and the need to reconcile contemporary expectations about gender equality with our beliefs about how love works. Author Patricia Marino argues that we cannot fully understand these issues by focusing only on individual desires and choices. Instead we need to examine the social contexts within which choices are made and acquire their meanings. That perspective she argues is especially needed today when the values of individualism self-expression and self-interest permeate our lives. Marino asks how we can fit these values which govern so many areas of contemporary life with the generosity caring and selflessness we expect in love and sex. Key Features of Philosophy of Sex and Love: An Opinionated Introduction Offers a contemporary problems-based approach to the subject helping readers better understand and address current issues and controversial questions Includes coverage of sex and love as they intersect with topics like disability race medicine and economics Considers not only the ethical but also the broadly social and political dimensions of sex and love Includes a helpful introduction and conclusion in each chapter and is written throughout in a clear and straightforward style with examples and signposts to help guide the student and general reader A comprehensive and up-to-date bibliography provides a valuable tool for anyone’s further research Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391000

Philosophy of Sexuality This text offers a broad range of topics relating to the philosophy of sexuality. These include: morality; adultery; sex and gender differences; romantic love; gender-based speech; marriage; family and parenthood; feminism; and others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315284613

Philosophy of Social Science Philosophy of Social Science provides a tightly argued yet accessible introduction to the philosophical foundations of the human sciences including economics anthropology sociology political science psychology history and the disciplines emerging at the intersections of these subjects with biology. Philosophy is unavoidable for social scientists because the choices they make in answering questions in their disciplines force them to take sides on philosophical matters. Conversely the philosophy of social science is equally necessary for philosophers since the social and behavior sciences must inform their understanding of human action norms and social institutions. The fifth edition retains from previous editions an illuminating interpretation of the enduring relations between the social sciences and philosophy and reflects on developments in social research over the past two decades that have informed and renewed debate in the philosophy of social science. An expanded discussion of philosophical anthropology and modern and postmodern critical theory is new for this edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349732

Philosophy of Social ScienceA Contemporary Introduction The Philosophy of Social Science: A Contemporary Introduction examines the perennial questions of philosophy by engaging with the empirical study of society. The book offers a comprehensive overview of debates in the field with special attention to questions arising from new research programs in the social sciences. The text uses detailed examples of social scientific research to motivate and illustrate the philosophical discussion. Topics include the relationship of social policy to social science interpretive research action explanation game theory social scientific accounts of norms joint intentionality reductionism causal modeling case study research and experimentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898256

Philosophy of Song and SingingAn Introduction In Philosophy of Song and Singing: An Introduction Jeanette Bicknell explores key aesthetic ethical and other philosophical questions that have not yet been thoroughly researched by philosophers musicologists or scientists. Issues addressed include: The relationship between the meaning of a song’s words and its music The performer’s role and the ensuing gender complications social ontology and personal identity The performer’s ethical obligations to audiences composers lyricists and those for whom the material holds particular significance The metaphysical status of isolated solo performances compared to the continuous singing of opera or the interrupted singing of stage and screen musicals   Each chapter focuses on one major musical example and includes several shorter discussions of other selections. All have been chosen for their illustrative power and their accessibility for any interested reader and are readily available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790674

Philosophy of Space and TimeAnd the Inner Constitution of Nature First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871090

Philosophy of SufferingMetaphysics Value and Normativity Suffering is a central component of our lives. We suffer pain. We fall ill. We fail and are failed. Our loved ones die. It is a commonplace to think that suffering is always and everywhere bad. But might suffering also be good? If so in what ways might suffering have positive as well as negative value? This important volume examines these questions and is the first comprehensive examination of suffering from a philosophical perspective. An outstanding roster of international contributors explore the nature of suffering pain and valence as well as the value of suffering and the relationships between suffering morality and rationality. Philosophy of Suffering: Metaphysics Value and Normativity is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind philosophy of psychology cognitive and behavioral psychology as well as those in health and medicine researching conceptual issues regarding suffering and pain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361787

Philosophy of TechnologyAn Introduction for Technology and Business Students Philosophy of Technology: An introduction for technology and business students is an accessible guide to technology’s changes their ubiquitousness and the many questions these raise. Designed for those with no philosophical background in mind it is ideal for technology and engineering students or specialists who want to learn to think critically about how their work influences society and our daily lives. The technological business environment and daily experiences are the starting point of the book and the authors’ reflect upon these practices from a philosophical point of view. The text goes on to present a critical analysis of the subject including development manufacturing sales and marketing and the use of technological products and services. The abstract ideas are made easier to grasp with a story-telling approach: a vivid history of the discipline and colourful portraits of the core thinkers in this domain as well as four case studies drawing from various engineering disciplines to demonstrate how philosophy can and should influence technology in practice. The first comprehensive introduction to this vibrant young sub-discipline in over 20 years this is an ideal textbook for students of technology and engineering beginning a course or project in the philosophy of their subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904392

Philosophy of the FilmEpistemology Ontology Aesthetics Examines the overlap between film and philosophy in three distinct ways: epistemological issues in film-making and viewing; aesthetic theory and film; and film as a medium of philosophical expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760058

Philosophy of the Talmud This is a new presentation of the philosophy of the Talmud. The Talmud is not a work of formal philosophy but much of what it says is relevant to philosophical enquiry including issues explored in contemporary debates. In particular the Talmud has original ideas about the relation between universal ethics and the ethics of a particular community. This leads into a discussion on the relation between morality and ritual and also about the epistemological role of tradition. The book explains the paradoxes of Talmudic Judaism as arising from a philosophy of revolution stemming from Jewish origins as a band of escaped slaves determined not to reproduce the slave-society of Egypt. From this arises a daring humanism and an emphasis on justice in this world rather than on other-worldly spirituality. A strong emphasis on education and the cultivation of rationality also stems from this. Governing the discussion is a theory of logic that differs significantly from Greek logic. Talmudic logic is one of analogy not classification and is peculiarly suited to discussions of moral and legal human situations. This book will be of interest to those in the fields of philosophy religion and the history of ideas whether students teachers and academics or the interested general reader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037058

Philosophy of the Unconscious First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822952

Philosophy of Time and Perceptual Experience This book explores the important yet neglected relationship between the philosophy of time and the temporal structure of perceptual experience. It examines how time structures perceptual experience and through that structuring the ways in which time makes perceptual experience trustworthy or erroneous. Sean Power argues that our understanding of time can determine our understanding of perceptual experience in relation to perceptual structure and perceptual error. He examines the general conditions under which an experience may be sorted into different kinds of error such as illusions hallucinations and anosognosia. Power also argues that some theories of time are better than others at giving an account of the structure and errors of perceptual experience. He makes the case that tenseless theory and eternalism more closely correspond to experience than tense theory and presentism. Finally the book includes a discussion of the perceptual experience of space and how tenseless theory and eternalism can better support the problematic theory of naïve realism. Philosophy of Time and Perceptual Experience originally illustrates how the metaphysics of time can be usefully applied to thinking about experience in general. It will appeal to those interested in the philosophy of time and debates about the trustworthiness of experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667085

Philosophy of Western MusicA Contemporary Introduction This is the first comprehensive book-length introduction to the philosophy of Western music that fully integrates consideration of popular music and hybrid musical forms especially song. Its author Andrew Kania begins by asking whether Bob Dylan should even have been eligible for the Nobel Prize in Literature given that he is a musician. This motivates a discussion of music as an artistic medium and what philosophy has to contribute to our thinking about music. Chapters 2-5 investigate the most commonly defended sources of musical value: its emotional power its form and specifically musical features (such as pitch rhythm and harmony). In chapters 6-9 Kania explores issues arising from different musical practices particularly work-performance (with a focus on classical music) improvisation (with a focus on jazz) and recording (with a focus on rock and pop). Chapter 10 examines the intersection of music and morality. The book ends with a consideration of what ultimately music is. Key Features Uses popular-song examples throughout but also discusses a range of musical traditions (notably rock pop classical and jazz) Explains both philosophical and musical terms when they are first introduced Provides publicly accessible Spotify playlists of the musical examples discussed in the book Each chapter begins with an overview and ends with questions for testing comprehension and stimulating further thought along with suggestions for further reading Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138628731

Philosophy of Wilhelm Dilthey First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006420

Philosophy on FieldworkCase Studies in Anthropological Analysis How does one teach analysis in anthropology and other field-based sciences? How does one engage analytically with philosophical ideas and concepts in ways that do not merely “apply” these ideas and concepts but that “interrogate” them. And how do students learn to employ critical ideas in such a way as to understand something about the world they study? Philosophy on Fieldwork provides “show-don’t-tell” answers to these questions. In 35 analytical “master class” chapters philosophy meets anthropological critique as world-leading anthropologists introduce the thinking of one of their favourite philosophers and apply it critically to the analysis of an ethnographic case. Featuring critical figures in contemporary Western philosophy Nils Bubandt and Thomas Wentzer and contributors revela how Western philosophy can bring analytical insight to social analysis while also explicitly critiquing Western philosophy by putting it to work within anthropological studies from around the world allowing non-Western and non-elite life experience and ontologies to speak back to it. Philosophy on Fieldwork answers a critical need for empirically based essays that also introduce a specific philosopher’s key concepts in a succinct way while applying them to a concrete case in a critical but also straightforward and pedagogical fashion. This is a must-read for students of anthropological theory and philosophers alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086253

Philosophy Rhetoric V 7 First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865494

Philosophy through Film In Philosophy through Film Amy Karofsky and Mary M. Litch use recently released well-received films to explore answers to classic questions in philosophy in an approachable yet philosophically rigorous manner. Each chapter incorporates one or more films to examine one longstanding philosophical question or problem and assess some of the best solutions that have been offered to it. The authors fully integrate the films into their discussion of the issues using them to help students become familiar with key topics in all major areas of Western philosophy and master the techniques of philosophical argumentation. Revised and expanded changes to the Fourth Edition include: A brand new chapter on the mind-body problem (chapter 4) which includes discussions of substance dualism physicalism eliminativism functionalism and other relevant theories. The replacement of older movies with nine new focus films: Ad Astra Arrival Beautiful Boy Divergent Ex Machina Her Live Die Repeat: Edge of Tomorrow A Serious Man and Silence. The addition of two new primary readings to the appendix of source materials: excerpts from Patricia Smith Churchland’s "Can Neurobiology Teach Us Anything about Consciousness?" and Frank Jackson’s "What Mary Didn’t Know." The inclusion of a Website with a Story Lines of Films by Elapsed Time for each focus film. The films examined in depth are: Ad Astra Arrival Beautiful Boy Crimes and Misdemeanors Divergent Equilibrium Ex Machina Gone Baby Gone Her Inception Live Die Repeat: Edge of Tomorrow The Matrix Memento Minority Report Moon A Serious Man Silence Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408503

Philosophy through Film Many of the classic questions of philosophy have been raised illuminated and addressed in celluloid. In this Third Edition of Philosophy through Film Mary M. Litch teams up with a new co-author Amy Karofsky to show readers how to watch films with a sharp eye for their philosophical content. Together the authors help students become familiar with key topics in all of the major areas in Western philosophy and master the techniques of philosophical argumentation. The perfect size and scope for a first course in philosophy the book assumes no prior knowledge of philosophy.  It is an excellent teaching resource and learning tool introducing students to key topics and figures in philosophy through thematic chapters each of which is linked to one or more "focus films" that illustrate a philosophical problem or topic. Revised and expanded the Third Edition features: A completely revised chapter on "Relativism " now re-titled "Truth" with coverage of the correspondence theory the pragmatist theory and the coherence theory. The addition of four new focus films: Inception Moon Gone Baby Gone God on Trial. Revisions to the General Introduction that include a discussion of critical reasoning. Revisions to the primary readings to better meet the needs of instructors and students including the addition of three new primary readings: excerpts from Bertrand Russell’s The Problems of Philosophy from William James’ Pragmatism: A New Way for Some Old Ways of Thinking and from J. L. Mackie’s "Evil and Omnipotence". Updates and expansion to the companion website including a much expanded list of films relevant to the various subfields of philosophy. Films examined in depth include:  Hilary and Jackie The Matrix Inception Memento Moon I Robot Minority Report Crimes and Misdemeanors Gone Baby Gone Antz Equilibrium The Seventh Seal God on Trial Leaving Las Vegas Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839327

Philosophy Through Storytelling This is an accessible beginners manual with all you need to run philosophy groups with children or adults. Whether you work with school pupils students or adults philosophy offers the opportunity to develop thinking skills that have both personal and academic application. This practical manual contains detailed guidance and a set of short stories for running philosophy groups. It is ideal for use in schools the sessions can be used in a variety of environments and with participants of all ages from five to 95. In each session the participants start with a warm-up examine a key stimulus generate questions from that stimulus agree to focus on one question and share and challenge and develop views on that question. Finally they consider how well the process went warm-down and end the session. Using this approach to philosophy is an excellent way to challenge thinking and to encourage interaction as some participant responses show: 'It's much more worth listening to than I expected' 'It is great to hear what others think and believe' and 'I feel I know the people in my group much better'. This title is particularly ideal for schools using the P4C (Philosophy for Children) method and for adult special needs group leaders. This accessible manual helps you to introduce philosophy to your group and will change how you and your students think about themselves and others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174297

Philosophy Through The Looking-GlassLanguage Nonsense Desire It is generally accepted that language is primarily a means of communication. But do we always mean what we say – must we mean something when we talk? This book explores the other side of language where words are incoherent and meaning fails us. it argues that this shadey side of language is more important in our everyday speech than linguists and philosophers recognize. Historically this other side of language known as has attracted more attention in France than elsewhere. It is particularly interesting because it brings together texts from a wide range of fields including fiction poetry and linguistics. The author also discusses the kind of linguistics that must be developed to deal with such texts a linguistics which makes use of psychoanalytic knowledge. This tradition of writing has produced a major philosopher Gilles Deleuze. This book provides an introduction to his work an account of his original theory of meaning and an analysis of the celebrated Anti-Oedipus which takes délire as one of its main themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697065

Philosophy: The Basics ‘Philosophy: The Basics deservedly remains the most recommended introduction to philosophy on the market. Warburton is patient accurate and above all clear. There is no better short introduction to philosophy.’ - Stephen Law author of The Philosophy Gym Philosophy: The Basics gently eases the reader into the world of philosophy. Each chapter considers a key area of philosophy explaining and exploring the basic ideas and themes including: Can you prove God exists? How do we know right from wrong? What are the limits of free speech? Do you know how science works? Is your mind different from your body? Can you define art? How should we treat non-human animals? For the fifth edition of this best-selling book Nigel Warburton has added an entirely new chapter on animals revised others and brought the further reading sections up to date. If you’ve ever asked ‘what is philosophy?’ or wondered whether the world is really the way you think it is this is the book for you. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693165

Philosophy: The Classics Now in its fourth edition Philosophy: The Classics is a brisk and invigorating tour through the great books of western philosophy. In his exemplary clear style Nigel Warburton introduces and assesses thirty-two philosophical classics from Plato’s Republic to Rawls’ A Theory of Justice. The fourth edition includes new material on: Montaigne Essays Thomas Paine Rights of Man R.G. Collingwood The Principles of Art Karl Popper The Open Society and Its Enemies Thomas Kuhn The Structure of Scientific Revolutions With a glossary and suggestions for further reading at the end of each chapter this is an ideal starting point for anyone interested in philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534666

PhilosophyAn Innovative Introduction: Fictive Narrative Primary Texts and Responsive Writing Philosophy: An Innovative Introduction features a unique engaging approach to introduce students to philosophy. It combines traditional readings and exercises with fictive narratives starring central figures in the history of the field from Plato to Martin Luther King Jr. The book makes innovative use of compelling short stories from two writers who have prominently combined philosophy and fiction in their work. These narratives illuminate pivotal aspects of the carefully selected classic readings that follow. This gives students two ways to understand the philosophical positions: through indirect argument in fiction and through direct deductive presentations. Study questions and writing exercises accompany each set of readings and help students grasp the material and create their own arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097233

Philosophy's Nature: Husserl's Phenomenology Natural Science and Metaphysics This book offers a systematic interpretation of the relation between natural science and metaphysics in Husserl’s phenomenology. It shows that Husserl’s account of scientific knowledge is a radical alternative to established methods and frameworks in contemporary philosophy of science. The author’s interpretation of Husserl’s philosophy offers a critical reconstruction of the historical context from which his phenomenological approach developed as well as new interpretations of key Husserlian concepts such as metaphysics idealization life-world objectivism crisis of the sciences and historicity. The development of Husserl’s philosophical project is marked by the tension between natural science and transcendental phenomenology. While natural science provides a paradigmatic case of the way in which transcendental phenomenology ontology empirical science and metaphysics can be articulated it has also been the object of philosophical misunderstandings that have determined the current cultural and philosophical crisis. This book demonstrates the ways in which Husserl shows that our conceptions of philosophy and of nature are inseparable. Philosophy’s Nature will appeal to scholars and advanced students who are interested in Husserl and the relations between phenomenology natural science and metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439125

Philosphy Without Metaphysics Philosophy means ‘love of wisdom ’ but author Edmond Holmes fears the encroaching dominance of intellect over feeling. In this title Holmes argues that metaphysics’ reliance on intellect and pure reason undermines the study of philosophy. Rather Holmes suggests a return to intuitional philosophy combining thought and feeling. First published in 1930 this title will be ideal for students interested in Philosophy and Western Civilisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125971

Philostratus (Routledge Revivals)Biography and Belles Lettres in the Third Century A.D. This study of Philostratus first published in 1986 presents the Greek biographer’s treatment of both sophists and holy men in the social and intellectual life of the early Roman Empire which also displays his own distinctive literary personality as a superficial dilettante and an engrossing snob. Through him we gain a glimpse of the rhetorical schools and their rivalries as well as a bizarre portrayal of the celebrated first-century holy man Apollonius of Tyana long loathed by his later Christian press as a Pagan Christ. Rarely does a biographer’s reputation revolve round the charge that he forged his principal source. Graham Anderson’s account produces new evidence which supports Philostratus’ credibility but it also extends the charges of ignorance and bias in his handling of fellow-sophists. Philostratus is intended for any reader interested in the social cultural and literary history of the Roman Empire as well as the professional classicist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138013285

Philostratus: Interpreters and Interpretation Philostratus is one of the greatest examples of the vitality and inventiveness of the Greek culture of his period at once a one-man summation of contemporary tastes and interests and a strikingly individual re-inventor of the traditions in which he was steeped. This Roman-era engagement with the already classical past set important precedents for later understandings of classical art literature and culture. This volume examines the ways in which the labyrinthine Corpus Philostrateum represents and interrogates the nature of interpretation and the interpreting subject. Taking ‘interpretation’ broadly as the production of meaning from objects that are considered to bear some less than obvious significance it examines the very different interpreter figures presented: Apollonius of Tyana as interpreter of omens dreams and art-works; an unnamed Vinetender and the dead Protesilaus as interpreters of heroes; and the sophist who emotively describes a gallery full of paintings depicting in the process both the techniques of educated viewing and the various errors and illusions into which a viewer can fall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593926

PhobiaA Reassessment This volume in the seminal Encyclopaedia of Psychoanalysis Series is a daring reassessment of the psychoanalytic theory of phobia from numerous schools of thought. This book should illuminate why psychoanalysis has been under-used in the treatment of phobia - is it simply that other treatments are more successful or is it a symptom of today's "q Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325930

Phobic GeographiesThe Phenomenology and Spatiality of Identity Despite recent estimates that there are currently 10 million people in the UK suffering from phobias there is a substantial and conspicuous gap in existing academic literature and research on this topic. This book addresses this gap in relation to geography literature but also extending beyond this field to connect with a wide range of academics health professionals and phobic 'others' whose ideas are (re)formed by fear. In doing so it provides non-clinical specifically geographical insights into phobia of relevance for its sufferers and expands human geographical understandings of the relations between gender embodiment space and mental health via a study of agoraphobia. This book argues that a critical geographic perspective is better placed to take account of the importance of wider social contexts and relations and can give a fully spatialised account of the disorder more faithful to the way sufferers actually describe their experiences. By drawing attention to some of the more unusual ways that people relate to each other and to their environments we can illuminate some ordinarily taken for granted aspects of personal geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277922

Phocion the Good (Routledge Revivals) Plutarch’s Life of Phocion has not been closely analysed since 1840. Laurence Trittle’s study first published in 1988 offers a new assessment of this significant and complex personality whilst illuminating the political climate in which he thrived. Though often thought to be of humble origin Phocion was educated in Plato’s Academy rose to prominence in the innermost circles of Athenian political life and was renowned as a soldier throughout the Greek world. Professor Trittle traces the origins and development of the historical tradition that so shaped an image of the "Good" Phocion so that his actual achievements as a politician and general were all but lost. He can thus now be seen in the context of fourth-century Athens: as a major political leader a worthy opponent of Philip of Macedon and a champion of a politics of justice rather than of the traditional politics of enmity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748896

Phoenix Leadership for BusinessAn Executive's Strategy for Relevance and Resilience The world continues to ride a wave of turmoil challenging leaders like never before. New laws competitive markets and the need to respond to the demands of corporate boards and stockholders unnerve even the most senior of leaders resulting in progressively shorter tenures of those in leadership positions. The modern leader needs to be increasingly resilient and their leadership must be entirely relevant to their organizations and the industry. Phoenix Leadership for Business: An Executive's Strategy for Relevance and Resilience provides a brand new innovative concept that of the Phoenix Leader with proven strategies and approaches to evolve your leadership approach to one that is flexible powerful and effective. This book utilizes the strong metaphor of a Phoenix and identifies all of the necessary techniques that leaders need to improve profitability resource management and organizational success thus improving their relevance to the company. This book introduces a new paradigm created by Val Gokenbach for leadership in complex organizations and provides effective strategies that will guide leaders in the business field. Val possesses a doctoral degree in Management and organizational leadership and over 40 years of experience as a healthcare executive. She is also a leadership consultant professor executive coach and author on leadership topics. You as a business leader will learn to reinvent yourself by putting her proven concepts into effect to become a Phoenix in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138542617

Phoenix LeadershipThe Healthcare Executive’s Strategy for Relevance and Resilience Today’s healthcare leaders are facing challenges unlike ever before. New healthcare laws reimbursement models and regulations unnerve even the most senior of leaders resulting in increasingly shorter tenures of those in leadership positions. The modern healthcare leader needs to be increasingly resilient but all relevant to their organizations and the industry. Phoenix Leadership: The Healthcare Executive’s Strategy for Relevance and Resilience provides a brand new innovative concept that of the Phoenix Leader with proven strategies and approaches to evolve your leadership approach to one that is flexible powerful and effective. The attributes of the Phoenix Leader include: A strong sense of self Effective interpersonal relationships Ability to build an empowered workforce Innovative Resilience This book introduces a brand-new paradigm created by Val Gokenbach for leadership in complex organizations and provides effective strategies that will guide leaders in the healthcare field. Val possesses a doctoral degree in Management and organizational leadership and has been a healthcare executive for over 40 years. She is also a leadership consultant professor executive coach and author on leadership topics. You as a healthcare leader will learn to reinvent yourself by putting her proven concepts into effect to become a Phoenix in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138032279

Phoenix Rising – Leadership + Innovation in the New EconomyLessons in Long-Term Thinking from Global Family Enterprises How can tech-forward companies institutions and non-profits stay relevant long term in today’s fast changing global economy? Written for leaders seeking proven strategies this book by a veteran business advisor and leadership coach explains what large organizations can learn from family enterprises and vice versa. When survival is threatened by disruption or growth has stalled the book shows why seasoned leaders and rising leaders from both family and non-family organizations should join forces for mutual benefit of combining innovation and long term thinking. Florence Tsai advances the field of family business studies with new evolutionary models organizational frameworks and case studies of dozens of leading family companies including IBM Corning and New York Times. The book addresses growing problems of disruption—challenges best addressed by seasoned and rising leaders working together since they have complimentary skills. Seniors bring stability and judgment while rising leaders understand new markets and introduces innovative ideas. The world’s best family enterprises are masters of survival; what they can learn from non-family companies is how to stay nimble when change is accelerating at rates never seen before. Non-family organizations facing trust gaps can learn from successful family enterprises’ laser focus on stakeholder engagement. Families like Levi Strauss or Hermès have built trusted brands for generations. Facing disruption Tsai explains how non-family organizations can insert long term thinking into the DNA of your organization by observing how enterprising families with enduring competitive advantages accomplish it. Strategies include how to develop future-forward mindsets supportive of innovation culture; how to nurture rising leaders who are intrapreneurs entrepreneurs and portfolio builders and prepare them to lead in their thirties. Phoenixes rising are the next-generation leaders who lead their family enterprise through intentional transformation in response to inevitable changes and yield successful growth. The book describes this mechanism in detail. Legendary Phoenixes profiled in this book include Irénée du Pont in the U.S. whose tech innovation at Eleutherian Mills transformed the gun powder industry; David René de Rothschild in France who rebuilt a banking business from scratch; and John Elkann of Fiat in Italy who led the Agnelli family through a succession crisis to emerge stronger. Stories of successful next generation innovators include John D. Rockefeller Jr. in the U.S. Cristina Stenbeck of AB Kinnevik in Sweden; and Mikkel Vestergaard inventor of LifeStraw in Switzerland. With insights drawn from more than a decade of working closely with leading business families and advising the Chairmen and CEOs of their companies the author argues that if we want to be guided by their long term success it’s the pioneer spirit of the family leaders plus the enterprising culture of the families themselves not so much their products or their famous companies that we should pay attention to. Written for the hackers and for the master architects Phoenix Rising spotlights principled wealth creation and the shared value that comes from doing good while doing good business engaging partners and stakeholders sustainably for the lasting benefit of oneself and society. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138346680

PhoenixFascism in Our Time A great deal of effort has been expended by Anglo-American scholars in an attempt to isolate past and contemporary "fascisms " "neofascisms " "cryptofascisms " and "latent" fascisms in the modern world. A. James Gregor's Phoenix: Fascism in Our Time offers an insightful history of the intellectual rationale for Benito Mussolini's fascism. His work examines the complex rationale provided by major Italian intellectuals. The book provides a list of recurrent features that helps to identify the generic phenomenon. This lucid account reviews seriously neglected aspects of intellectual history describing the socioeconomic and political conditions that precipitate and sustain fascism. Gregor shows that Italian fascism was supported by a responsible and credible rationale. His account of that rationale permits us to understand the appeal fascism as an ideal has exercised over elites and masses in the twentieth century. Gregor offers a credible list of traits in showing how instances of fascism can be identified when they first appear. The last chapters of the work are devoted to a case study of the newly emergent post-Soviet Russian nationalism and its affinities with historic fascism. Gregor discusses the implications of the rise of generic fascism in the former Soviet Union and post-Maoist China.This timely volume now available in paperback offers an alternative to conventional mechanical interpretations of the major historical events of the twentieth century. Phoenix is must reading for scholars and policymakers dealing with European history between the two world wars and will be instructive for anyone interested in prospects for a fascist ideology in the new millennium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529861

Phone Coaching in Dialectical Behavior Therapy This is the first comprehensive guide to phone coaching in dialectical behavior therapy (DBT)--an integral part of treatment that many clinicians find challenging. What are the principles and goals of phone coaching? What limits should be set? How can a therapist manage suicide risk during a brief call? DBT expert Alexander Chapman addresses these and other critical practical questions in this accessible book. He provides guidelines for coaching core DBT distress tolerance and emotion regulation skills; coaching "dos and don'ts"; and tips for structuring each call's beginning middle and end. Featuring many concrete examples strategies and model dialogues the book includes a key chapter on suicide crisis calls. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462537358

PhoneGap BuildDeveloping Cross Platform Mobile Applications in the Cloud PhoneGap is a standards-based open-source development framework that can be deployed to any mobile device without losing the features of the native app—allowing for access to device contacts the local file system camera and media on multiple platforms without requiring users to write a single line of code.Ideal for intermediate to advanced users PhoneGap Build: Developing Cross Platform Mobile Applications in the Cloud offers the comprehensive coverage you need to harness the power of this dynamic tool. It provides complete coverage of the cloud computing platform and the theories behind cloud computing using a series of engaging examples.The book explains the differences between existing mobile platforms the different types of browsers they support and the programming languages and integrated development environment required to develop apps for each of them. It then describes how PhoneGap makes the task of developing cross-platform mobile apps easier. This book will teach you how to use: HTML5 CSS3 and JavaScript to develop apps for devices across various mobile operating systems PhoneGap Build to develop mobile apps in the cloud PhoneGap with Sencha Touch and jQuery Mobile Back end databases to store and retrieve information The text starts with simpler applications and gradually moves toward describing advanced concepts and how to exploit different application programming interfaces and methods. By the time you finish the book you will learn how to develop feature-rich mobile applications that can run on the cloud to support different platforms.Supplying authoritative guidance and proven best practices for designing cloud-based applications the book is an ideal reference for cloud system developers architects and IT professionals. It is also suitable for use in instructional settings. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374829

Phoneme Track Workbook This photocopiable workbook links with the Phoneme Track CD-ROM published by SEMERC to support phonics work within the National Literacy Strategy focusing on hearing identifying segmenting and blending of phonemes. Without specific phoneme awareness training phonics can make no sense and spellings of words can only be learned by rote - reading is there fore not able to be automatic. Research indicates that all young readers benefit from explicit assistance with phonemic awareness and many need more intensive training. The book is suitable for Key Stage 1 and 2 pupils and older learners with specific phonological difficulties. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203063880

Phonetic and Phonological Aspects of Geminate Timing Using acoustic studies of Bernese Hungarian Levantine Arabic and Madurese the author argues that differences in geminate timing are ultimately correlated with whether a language is syllable-or mora-timed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978430

Phonetics for Communication Disorders This comprehensive textbook offers a basic introduction to phonetics in an applied systematic presentation that equips the communication disorders student to deal with the wide range of speech types that will be encountered in a clinic. While the major discussion is articulatory speech acoustics are also examined. Illustrations of sample spectrograms appear in tandem with the more traditional articulatory drawings. Two CDs of sound examples accompany the textbook. This comprehensive textbook offers a basic introduction to phonetics in an applied systematic presentation that equips the communication disorders student to deal with the wide range of speech types that will be encountered in a clinic. While the major discussion is articulatory speech acoustics Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805573

Phonetics in English Language Teaching After a period during which pronunciation teaching has been somewhat out of favour in English Language Teaching (ELT) interest has revived in recent years. It is important therefore that sources are made available for applied linguists better to understand past approaches to pronunciation teaching. This new six-volume collection co-published by Routledge and Editions Synapse  assembles all the key material in a one-stop reference resource. The collection gathers includes seminal texts by Harold Palmer A. Lloyd James and C. K. Ogden and major works by Edmund Tilley H. A. Harman and J. D. O’Connor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800953

PhoneticsThe Science of Speech In their comprehensive new introduction to phonetics Ball and Rahilly offer a detailed explanation of the process of speech production from the anatomical initiation of sounds and their modification in the larynx through to the final articulation of vowels and consonants in the oral and nasal tracts. This textbook is one of the few to give a balanced account of segmental and suprasegmental aspects of speech showing clearly that the communication chain is incomplete without accurate production of both individual speech sounds (segmental features) and aspects such as stress and intonation (suprasegmental features). Throughout the book the authors provide advice on transcription primarily using the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Students are expertly guided from basic attempts to record speech sounds on paper to more refined accounts of phonetic detail in speech. The authors go on to explain acoustic phonetics in a manner accessible both to new students in phonetics and to those who wish to advance their knowledge of key pursuits in the area including the sound spectrograph. They describe how speech waves can be measured as well as considering how they are heard and decoded by listeners discussing both physiological and neurological aspects of hearing and examining the methods of psychoacoustic experimentation. A range of instrumentation for studying speech production is also presented. The next link is acoustic phonetics the study of speech transmission. Here the authors introduce the basic concepts of sound acoustics and the instrumentation used to analyse the characteristics of speech waves. Finally the chain is completed by examining auditory phonetics and providing a fascinating psychoacoustic experimentation used to determine what parts of the speech signal are most crucial for listener understanding. The book concludes with a comprehensive survey and description of modern phonetic instrumentation from the sound spectrograph to magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203767252

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Book 1: Building BasicsIntroducing Sounds and Letters Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils of any age with special educational needs the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Book 1: Building Basics introduces basic sounds and explores their relationship with letters. It focuses on sounds and letters where there is a simple 1:1 correspondence between the two and explores the sounds in simple words that follow the pattern of vowel-consonant or consonant-vowel-consonant. Sounds are grouped into seven sets with each set containing more than 50 engaging activities including: sound story dynamic blending reading race spot the word and spelling challenge. Thorough guidance is provided on how to deliver each activity as well as a lesson planner template handy word lists and posters for teachers and teaching assistants to use to support learning. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This book is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488373

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Book 2: Building WordsWorking on Word Structure with Basic Sounds Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils with special educational needs of any age the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Book 2: Building Words reinforces pupils’ knowledge of the basic sounds explored in Book 1 and uses these to build words with a more complex structure. It focuses on words of three four and five sounds and words are grouped according to their pattern of vowels and consonants. Each chapter contains more than 50 engaging activities including: odd one out sound boxes busy words oops! correct the spelling and writing challenge. An additional chapter on capital letters allows pupils to practice identifying and working with these letters. Thorough guidance is provided on how to deliver each activity as well as a lesson planner template handy word lists and posters for teachers to use to support learning. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This book is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488410

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Book 3: Sound by Sound Part 1Discovering the Sounds Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils with special educational needs of any age the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Book 3: Sound by Sound Part 1 focuses on discovering complex sounds and their relationship with letters and letter combinations. Each chapter explores a key sound (sh/ th/ ng/ ch/ k/ qu/ f/ l/ s) and contains over 40 engaging activities including: sound exchange word scramble spot the spelling word detective and writing challenge. Thorough guidance is provided on how to deliver each activity as well a lesson planner template a handy list of high frequency words and posters for teachers and teaching assistants to use to support learning. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This book is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488434

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Book 4: Sound by Sound Part 2Investigating the Sounds Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils of any age with special educational needs the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Book 4: Sound by Sound Part 2 focuses on investigating complex sounds and their relationship with letters and letter combinations. Each chapter explores a key sound (o-e/ z/ ee/ a-e/ er/ e/ ow) and contains over 40 engaging activities including: sound sums word tech word tracker making better sentences and spelling challenge. Thorough guidance is provided on how to deliver each activity as well a lesson planner template a handy list of high frequency words and posters for teachers and teaching assistants to use to support learning. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This book is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313521

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Book 5: Sound by Sound Part 3Exploring the Sounds Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils of any age with special educational needs the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Book 5: Sound by Sound Part 3 focuses on exploring complex sounds and their relationship with letters and letter combinations. Each chapter explores a key sound (oy/ oo/ u/ i-e/ aw/ air/ ar) and contains over 40 engaging activities including: reading race bits missing spot the spelling word detective and writing challenge. Thorough guidance is provided on how to deliver each activity as well a lesson planner template a handy list of high frequency words and posters for teachers and teaching assistants to use to support learning. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This book is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313583

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Book 6: Sound by Sound Part 4Surveying the Sounds Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils of any age with special educational needs the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Book 6: Sound by Sound Part 4 focuses on surveying complex sounds and their relationship with letters and letter combinations. Each chapter explores a key sound (s/ l/ b&d/ o/ i/ u-e) as well as looking at consonants in greater detail and contains over 40 engaging activities including sound story flippies sound swap word tech and spelling challenge. Thorough guidance is provided on how to deliver each activity as well a lesson planner template a handy list of high frequency words and posters for teachers and teaching assistants to use to support learning. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each of use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This book is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313637

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Book 7: Multisyllable MagicRevising the Main Sounds and Working on 2 3 and 4 Syllable Words Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils of any age with special educational needs the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Book 7: Multisyllable Magic focuses on revising the main complex sounds from previous books and working on words with 2  3 and 4 syllables. It also explores words with key suffixes (-tion/ -sion/ -ture/ -sure/ -cious/ -cial). Each chapter contains 10 engaging activities including syllable jigsaw sounds like a syllable syllable trap and spelling challenge plus handy highlighted word cards. Thorough guidance is provided on how to deliver each activity as well as a lesson planner template to support learning. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This book is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313682

Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs Set Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs is a complete structured multisensory programme for teaching reading and spelling making it fun and accessible for all. This fantastic seven-part resource offers a refreshingly simple approach to the teaching of phonics alongside activities to develop auditory and visual perceptual skills. Specifically designed to meet the needs of pupils with special educational needs of any age the books break down phonics into manageable core elements and provide a huge wealth of resources to support teachers in teaching reading and spelling. Each book in the series gradually builds on children’s understanding of sounds and letters and provides scaffolded support for children to learn about every sound in the English language. Offering tried and tested material which can be photocopied for each of use this is an invaluable resource to simplify phonics teaching for teachers and teaching assistants and provide fun new ways of learning phonics for all children. This set is accompanied by a companion resource 'Phonics for Pupils with Complex SEND '  to be used alongside the Phonics for Pupils with Special Educational Needs programme. The activities from Books 1-6 of the programme are adapted to be accessible for non-verbal pupils including AAC users and those with physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353640

Phonological Acquisition and Phonological Theory Much of the work currently conducted within the framework of Universal Grammar and language learnability focuses on the acquisition of syntax. However the learnability issues are just as applicable to the domain of phonology. This volume is the first to gather research that assumes a sophisticated phonological framework and considers the implications of this framework for language acquisition -- both first and second. As such this book truly deals with phonological acquisition rather than phonetic acquisition. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138994911

Phonological Augmentation in Prominent Positions Phonologically prominent or "strong" positions are well known for their ability to resist positional neutralization processes such as vowel reduction or place assimilation. However there are also cases of neutralization that affect only strong positions as when stressed syllables must be heavy default stress is inserted into roots or word-initial onsets must be low in sonority. In this book Jennifer Smith shows that phonological processes specific to strong positions are distinct from those involved in classic positional neutralization effects because they always serve to augment the strong position with a perceptually salient characteristic. Formally positional augmentation effects are modeled by means of markedness constraints relativized to strong positions. Because positional augmentation constraints are subject to certain substantive restrictions as seen in their connection to perceptual salience this study has implications for the relationship between functional grounding and phonological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861496

Phonological AwarenessFrom Research to Practice Translating cutting-edge research into practical recommendations for assessment and instruction this book has helped thousands of readers understand the key role of phonological awareness in the development of reading writing and spelling. It clearly shows how children's knowledge about the sound structure of spoken language contributes to literacy acquisition. Evidence-based strategies are described for enhancing all learners' phonological awareness and effectively supporting those who are struggling (ages 3–17). The book discusses ways to tailor instruction and intervention for a broad range of students including English language learners (ELLs) and those with reading or language disorders.New to This Edition:*Incorporates over a decade of important advances in research assessment and instruction.*Chapter on ELLs plus additional insights on ELLs woven throughout the book including new case studies.*Chapter on spelling development.*Significantly revised coverage of children with complex communication needs. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462532889

Phonological Disorders in ChildrenTheory Research and Practice Originally published in 1991 the recent developments in the study of phonological disorders in children had led to a fruitful interaction between speech pathology and phonology. It is one aspect of the application of linguistic theory to the study of speech and language disorders which had opened up a new field clinical linguistics. This book brings together the concerns of the linguist and the speech pathologist; the essays chosen share the quality of not discussing theory or therapy without addressing the implications one has for the other. By concentrating on recent work the editor hoped to stimulate further discussion in this important and fast growing area of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138350489

Phonological Encoding and Monitoring in Normal and Pathological Speech This book reports recent research on mechanisms of normal formulation and control in speaking and in language disorders such as stuttering aphasia and verbal dyspraxia. The theoretical claim is that such disorders result both from deficits in a component of the language production system and interactions between this component and the system that 'monitors' for errors and undertakes a corrective behaviour. In particular the book focuses on phonological encoding in speech (the construction of a phonetic plan for utterances) on verbal self-monitoring (checking for correctness and initiating corrective action if necessary) and on interactions between these processes. Bringing together sixteen original chapters by leading international researchers this volume represents a coherent statement of current thinking in this exciting field. The aim is to show how psycholinguistic models of normal speech processing can be applied to the study of impaired speech production. This book will prove invaluable to any researcher student or speech therapist looking to bridge the gap between the latest advances in theory and the implications of these advances for language and speech pathology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877443

Phonological Processes in LiteracyA Tribute to Isabelle Y. Liberman This impressive volume contains the edited proceedings of a symposium held in honor of Isabelle Y. Liberman whose teaching and writings laid the foundation for contemporary views of reading disability. Her work has influenced ways of thinking about the nature of the problem and ways of working with children and adults who experience unusual difficulty in learning to read. The symposium covered four themes that were central to Dr. Liberman's research on reading acquisition and disability: the development of phonological awareness the relationship between phonological awareness and success in learning to read and write the investigation of other phonological processes associated with reading and writing performance and the implications of current research on these matters for reading instruction. The text includes a paper on each topic followed by commentaries which introduce additional research findings and theoretical considerations -- all by leading researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437760

Phonological Skills and Learning to Read This book sets out to integrate recent exciting research on the precursors of reading and early reading strategies adopted by children in the classroom. It aims to develop a theory about why early phonological skills are crucial in learning to read and shows how phonological knowledge about rhymes and other units of sound helps children learn about letter sequences when beginning to be taught to read. The authors begin by contrasting theories which suggest that children's phonological awareness is a result of the experience of learning to read and those that suggest that phonological awareness precedes and is a causal determinant of reading. The authors argue for a version of the second kind of theory and show that children are aware of speech units called onset and rime before they learn to read and spell. An important part of the argument is that children make analogies and inferences about these letter sequences in order to read and write new words. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315785110

Phonological Skills and Learning to Read In this classic edition of their ground-breaking work Usha Goswami and Peter Bryant revisit their influential theory about how phonological skills support the development of literacy. The book describes three causal factors which can account for children’s reading and spelling development: pre-school phonological knowledge of rhyme and alliteration the impact of alphabetic instruction on knowledge about phonemes links between early spelling and later reading.  This classic edition includes a new introduction from the authors which evaluates research from the past 25 years. Examining new evidence from auditory neuroscience statistical modelling and orthographic database analyses as well as new data from cognitive developmental psychology and educational studies the authors consider how well their original ideas have stood up to the test of time. Phonological Skills and Learning to Read will continue to be essential reading for students and researchers in language and literacy development and those involved in teaching children to read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907485

Phonology for Communication Disorders This textbook describes the approaches to phonology that are most relevant to communication disorders. It examines schools of thought in theoretical phonology and their relevance to description explanation and remediation in the clinical context. A recurring theme throughout the book is the distinction between phonological theories that attempt elegant parsimonious descriptions of phonological data and those that attempt to provide a psycholinguistic model of speech production and perception. This book introduces all the relevant areas of phonology to the students and practitioners of speech-language pathology and is a companion volume to the authors’ Phonetics for Communication Disorders. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315785219

Phonology in English Language TeachingAn International Approach Phonology in English Language Teaching is an introductory text specifically directed at the needs of language teachers internationally. Combining an overview of English phonology with structured practical guidance this text shows how phonology can be applied in the classroom.An introductory chapter provides the philosophical framework followed by separate chapters on the phonology of consonants vowels and prosody. As well as presenting core material on English phonology the book explores the relationship of orthography to the English sound system from a historical and a present-day perspective. The final chapter focuses on lesson design and provides practical advice to teachers on diagnosing and responding to students' pronunciation difficulties.As central themes the book examines English seen from the perspective of international usage and considers the relationship of phonology to communication and the broader language curriculum. Consistent with its practical and communicative orientation each chapter concludes with pedagogical exercises and ideas for classroom and community research projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167414

PhonologyA Cognitive View Designed to acquaint the reader with the field of phonology -- the study of the systems of linguistically significant sounds -- this book begins with a brief introduction to linguistics and a discussion of phonology's place within that field. It then goes on to cover a variety of topics including the nature of phonological units phonological rules which types of phenomena interest phonologists and the evolution of phonological theory. Suitable for many applications this volume assumes no previous knowledge of linguistics. An excellent text for use in first or second year phonology courses it will also be of value to those involved in cognitive science neuroscience artificial intelligence and computer science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056806

Phosphate in Paediatric Health and Disease Phosphate in Pediatric Health and Disease provides a state-of-the-art overview of normal physiology pathophysiology genetics clinical and therapeutic aspects of different types of phosphate homeostasis in early life. The book reviews the developmental physiology of phosphate metabolism from the fetus to the adolescent. It describes the pathophysiologic mechanisms associated with perturbations in phosphate homeostasis as well as discusses the different clinical conditions related to abnormal mineral metabolism parathyroid hormone and vitamin D in infancy childhood and adolescence and the modern diagnostic and therapeutic modalities. This book will benefit pediatricians endocrinologists neurologists nutritionists and researchers in the field of mineral metabolism. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896403

Phosphate in SoilsInteraction with Micronutrients Radionuclides and Heavy Metals Edited by One of the Best Specialists in Soil Science Recent studies reveal that Phosphorus (P) in the form of phosphate a macronutrient essential for plant growth and crop yields can influence the bioavailability retention and mobility of trace elements metal(loid)s and radio nuclides in soils. When this occurs phosphates can affect the dynamics of heavy metals and influence soil characteristics impacting soil mobility and toxicity. Phosphate in Soils: Interaction with Micronutrients Radionuclides and Heavy Metals utilizes the latest research to emphasize the role that phosphate plays in enhancing or reducing the mobility of heavy metals in soil and the soil-water-plant environment. It provides an in-depth understanding of each heavy metal species and expands on phosphate interactions in geological material. Composed of 12 chapters this text: Provides an overview of the reactions of metal(loid)s and common P compounds that are used as fertilizer in soils Emphasizes the effect of phosphorus on copper and zinc adsorption in acid soils Discusses findings on the influence of phosphate compounds on speciation mobility and bioavailability of heavy metals in soils as well as the role of phosphates on in situ and phytoremediation of heavy metals for contaminated soils Places emphasis on the influence of phosphate on various heavy metals species in soils and their solubility/mobility and availability Provides extensive information on testing various high phosphate materials for remediation of heavy metal micronutrients and radionuclides contaminated sites Explores the reactivity of heavy metals micronutrients and radionuclides elements in several soils Presents a case study illustrating various remediation efforts of acidic soils and remediation of Cu Zn and lead (Pb) contaminated soils around nonferrous industrial plants Emphasizes the significance of common ions (cations and anions) on phosphate mobility and sorption in soils and more The author includes analytical and numerical solutions along with hands-on applications and addresses other topics that include the transport and sorption modeling of heavy metals in the presence of phosphate at different scales in the vadose zone. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138803183

Phosphates As Food Ingredients There is an enormous quantity of literature including numerous patents on the functions and applications of phosphates in foods. No attempt has been made to review every publication as such an exhaustive review would require a sizeable book. Anyone interested in further details on any topic covered in this treatise should consult the references listed at the end of the chapter. The bibliographies provided in the references for each topic should provide more thorough coverage. It is hoped that the references cited are those with the most useful information on the phosphate applications and their effects on foods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896410

Phosphates in Food Phosphates in Food provides the first comprehensive analysis of phosphates used in food processing in almost 20 years. The book describes the nomenclature structure chemistry and analytical procedures for phosphates in foods. Interactions between added and some natural phosphates and food components (particularly proteins carbohydrates lipids and metal ions) are examined in relation to using phosphates in food processing for such purposes as increasing the water-holding capacity of proteins improving emulsification preventing gelation and delaying lipid oxidation. The book also discusses the use of phosphates in specific food groups such as milk and dairy products; meats poultry and fish; fruits and vegetables; bakery products and cereals; and miscellaneous food products including beverages fats and oils sugar and confectionery products eggs and derivatives and specialty products. An extensive section discussing the importance of phosphates as microbial agents is presented and is followed by a final section that examines the nutritional and health implications of elevated phosphate intake. The book contains 1 135 references 43 tables and 34 figures making it an ideal reference resource for researchers in food sciences microbiology and nutrition; food and chemical industries; and regulatory agencies within local state and federal governments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743591

Phosphatidylcholine Metabolism This book is the first to be published as a single source reference on phosphatidylcholine metabolism. It provides a cogent and timely summary of research in this topic.Beginning with a chapter by Eugene Kennedy providing an historical perspective; the book proceeds to describe the latest developments in enzymes involved in phosphatidylcholine biosynthesis. Biological chemists students and investigators in the field of lipid metabolism will find this book of great benefit in their research. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068495

Phospholipid Metabolism in Cellular Signaling Phospholipids are no longer considered exclusively as the building blocks of biomembranes but are now regarded to be exceptionally important to cellular signalling.Another conclusion resulting from studies over the past several years is that no single general scheme for the role of phospholipids during cell activation can be drawn as representative of all cells. This book presents a comprehensive view of the recent advances made in certain major research areas within the field of phospholipid metabolism in cellular signalling. Topics discussed within this volume include lipid composition of cellular membranes and their organization in biological systems the dynamic aspects of phospholipid metabolism and its regulation by extracellular stimuli and the role of newly discovered glycosyl-phosphatidylinositols in insulin action . The book also discusses two biologically active phospholipids: the sphingolipids and ether-linked glycerophospholipids (the platelet activating factor). Phospholipid Metabolism in Cellular Signaling is an important research reference that should be considered required reading by all scientists and graduate students working on cell activation (e.g. growth factors hormones and oncogenes). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896427

Phospholipid-Binding Antibodies First published in 1991. Historically phospholipid binding antibodies were important in the study of syphilis. During the 1980s there was a resurgence of new interest in these antibodies due to reported associations with recurrent thrombosis fetal loss and other clinical disorders. Because of the variety of reported clinical associations and their occurrence in systemic autoimmune disorders these antibodies have become important in many medical fields such as clinical immunology rheumatology hematology and obstetrics and gynecology. Phospholipid-Binding Antibodies provides in-depth reviews by specialists in these clinical areas and covers topics including the biochemistry of phospholipids their role in coagulation phospholipid immunology and lupus anticoagulant and antiphospholipid antibodies by solid phase immunoassays. Other topics include thrombosis and fetal loss as well as the role of phospholipid binding antibodies in these disorders. Antiphospholipid Syndrome and its reported clinical associations is also discussed. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429278129

Phospholipids Handbook Employing a multidisciplinary approach to phospholipid research this work catalogues the current knowledge of this class of molecules and details the general chemical physical and structural properties of phospholipid monolayers and bilayers. Phospholipid applications are also covered. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203743577

Phosphor Handbook A benchmark publication the first edition of the Phosphor Handbook set the standard for references in this field. Completely revised and updated this second edition explores new and emerging fields such as nanophosphors nanomaterials UV phosphors quantum cutters plasma display phosphors sol-gel and other wet phosphor preparation techniques preparation through combustion bioluminescence phosphors and devices and new laser materials such as OLED. It also contains new chapters on the applications of phosphors in solid state lighting photoionization of luminescent centers in insulating phosphors and recent developments in halide-based scintillators.The handbook provides a comprehensive description of phosphors with an emphasis on practical phosphors and their uses in various kinds of technological applications. It covers the fundamentals namely the basic principles of luminescence the principle phosphor materials and their optical properties. The authors describe phosphors used in lamps cathode-ray tubes x-ray and ionizing radiation detection. They cover common measurement methodology used to characterize phosphor properties discuss a number of related items and conclude with the history of phosphor technology and industry. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222066

Phosphorene: Physical Properties Synthesis and Fabrication This book is the first attempt to systematically present the knowledge and research progress of phosphorene another elemental 2D material that can be exfoliated by mechanical or liquid methods as the intensively studied graphene. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the synthesis growth characterization and applications of phosphorene. It also compiles cutting-edge research in the related field with respect to thermal conduction transistors and electrochemical applications and encompasses the intrinsic properties (structural electronic defective and phononic) of phosphorene. This book provides detailed mechanisms of phenomena observed for phosphorene. It will benefit graduate students of physics chemistry electrical and electronics engineering and materials science and engineering; researchers in nanoscience working on phosphorene and similar 2D materials; and engineers and anyone involved in nanotechnology nanoelectronics materials preparation and device fabrication based on layered materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774642

Phosphoric AcidPurification Uses Technology and Economics The rise and rationalization of the industrial phosphates industry have gone hand in hand with the development and maturation of technologies to purify phosphoric acid. In the 1960s and 70s driven by the exponential sales growth of the detergent-builder sodium tripolyphosphate chemical producers raced to develop processes that would provide a sufficiently pure phosphoric acid feedstock for manufacture to undercut thermal phosphoric acid made from phosphorus. As environmental and political pressure led to a collapse in demand for sodium tripolyphosphate in the 1990s the commercial pressures to rationalize at plant and corporate levels rose such that only the fittest survived. Phosphoric Acid: Purification Uses Technology and Economics the first and only book of its kind to be written on this topic covers the development of purification technologies for phosphoric acid especially solvent extraction describing the more successful processes and setting this period in the historical context of the last 350 years. Individual chapters are devoted to the key derivative products which are still undergoing active development as well as to sustainability and how to approach the commissioning of these plants. The text is aimed at students of chemistry chemical engineering business and industrial history and to new entrants to the industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077416

Phosphorous Dendrimers in Biology and NanomedicineSyntheses Characterization and Properties Dendrimers which are hyperbranched synthetic macromolecules have attracted researchers’ increasing interest over the last three decades owing to their numerous properties in particular in the fields of biology and nanomedicine. This book is an up-to-date collection of the most recent achievements in the use of dendrimers in nanomedicine exemplified by phosphorus-containing dendrimers. Starting with the synthesis and characterization of phosphorus dendrimers the book discusses their use as biomaterials carriers of biological entities and anti-inflammatory drugs; in bioimaging; and against prion diseases Alzheimer’s HIV and cancer. It compares phosphorus dendrimers with other types of dendrimers. Supplemented with numerous references and abundant illustrations the book opens new perspectives for the researchers working on dendrimers. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774338

Phosphors for Energy Saving and Conversion Technology This text deals with the advantages of rare earth activated phosphors for the development of solid state lighting technology and in enhancing the light conversion efficiency of Si solar cells. The book initiates with a short overview of the atomic and semiconductor theory followed by introduction to phosphor its working mechanism role of rare earth ions in the lighting and PV devices and host materials being used. Further it introduces the applications of inorganic phosphor for the development of green energy and technology including advantages of UP/DC conversion phosphor layers in the enhancing the cell response of PV devices.Key Features:Focuses on discussion of phosphors for both solid state lighting and photovoltaics applicationsProvides introduction for practical applications including synthesis and characterization of phosphor materialsIncludes broad in-depth introduction of semiconductors and related theoryEnhances the basic understanding of optical properties for rare earth phosphorsCovers up-conversion and down-conversion phosphor for energy harvesting applications Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571221

PhosphorsSynthesis and Applications Rare earth–doped luminescent materials play an integral role in modern life because of their tremendous applications ranging from scintillators color displays fluorescent lamps and intensifying screens to dosimetry of ionizing radiations. Written and edited by prominent luminescence researchers this book details cutting-edge research on luminescence materials and is illustrated throughout with excellent figures and references. It will appeal to anyone involved in luminescence research and its applications especially advanced undergraduate- graduate- and postgraduate-level students of spectroscopy solid state physics luminescence material synthesis and optical properties and researchers working on the synthesis of optical materials the characterization of luminescence materials solid state lighting radiation dosimetry luminescence and phosphor applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774499

Phosphorus and Nitrogen Removal from Municipal WastewaterPrinciples and Practice Second Edition This valuable new book offers practical guidance regarding the design and operation of systems for reducing effluent nitrogen and phosphorus. The principles of nitrogen and phosphorus removal are discussed including sources of nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewater removal options nitrogen and phosphorus transformations in treatment process selection and treatment. The book also covers the design and operation of nitrogen and phosphorus removal systems including system options system design facility design facility costs and operation. Practical case studies are provided as examples of successful system implementations that may be able to help you decide what will work best in your plant. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743546

Phosphorus Biogeochemistry of Sub-Tropical Ecosystems Phosphorus is one of the major nutrients limiting the productivity of terrestrial wetland and aquatic ecosystems. Over the last decade several research projects were conducted on Florida's ecosystems from state and federal agencies and private industry to address water quality issues and to develop management practices to control nutrient loads. Phosphorus Biogeochemistry in Sub-Tropical Ecosystems is the first thorough study of the role of phosphorus in ecological health and water quality ever published. Because of its vast and extensively studied ecosystems Florida has often served as a national laboratory on current and future trends in ecosystem management. The reader will find studies at all levels of biological organization from the cellular to entire ecological communities. The book is a definitive study of the role and behavior of phosphorus deposition in the upland/wetland/aquatic environment.The papers presented in this book are organized in specific groups: ecological analysis and global issues biogeochemical transformations biogeochemical responses transport processes phosphorus management and synthesis. Although Florida's ecosystems are used as a case study the results presented have global applications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075707

Phosphorus Management in Crop Production The world population is projected to reach nine billion by 2050 and in the coming years global food demand is expected to increase by 50% or more. Higher crop productivity gains in the future will have to be achieved in developing countries through better natural resources management and crop improvement. After nitrogen phosphorus (P) has more widespread influence on both natural and agricultural ecosystems than any other essential plant element. It has been estimated that 5.7 billion hectares of land worldwide contain insufficient amounts of available P for sustainable crop production and P deficiency in crop plants is a widespread problem in various parts of the world. However it has been estimated that worldwide minable P could last less than 40 years. For sustaining future food supplies it is vital to enhance plant P use efficiency. To bring the latest knowledge and research advances in efficient management of P for economically viable and environmentally beneficial crop production in sustainable agriculture Phosphorus Management in Crop Production contains chapters covering functions and diagnostic techniques for P requirements in crop plants P use efficiency and interactions with other nutrients in crop plants management of P for optimal crop production and environmental quality and basic principles and methodology regarding P nutrition in crop plants. The majority of research data included are derived from many years of field greenhouse and lab work hence the information is practical in nature and will have a significant impact on efficient management of P-fertilizers to enhance P use efficiency improve crop production promote sustainable agriculture and reduce P losses through eluviations leaching and erosion to minimize environmental degradation. A comprehensive book that combines practical and applied information Phosphorus Management in Crop Production is an excellent reference for students professors agricultural research scientists food scientists agricultural extension specialists private consultants fertilizer companies and government agencies that deal with agricultural and environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498705868

Phosphorus NMR in Biology NMR is a technique that can spoil you. It is true that it is not as sensitive as some of the spectroscopic methods but the quality of the information and the incredible ease of sample preparation make it one of the tools that have opened new vistas in biological research. This volume is intended to show how those vistas can range from the molecule to the microbe to man himself. Further it is what prompts the rather broad title. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896441

PhosphorusChemistry Biochemistry and Technology Sixth Edition Over two decades have passed since the fifth edition of Phosphorus: Chemistry Biochemistry and Technology. Major advances in chemistry materials science electronics and medicine have expanded and clarified the role of phosphorus in both our everyday appliances and groundbreaking research. Significantly expanded updated and reorganized this sixth edition organizes and explains vital phosphorus research and relevant information available in highly specialized reviews and references on select related topics. An authoritative and comprehensive review of phosphorus chemistry and related technology Phosphorus: Chemistry Biochemistry and Technology covers historical academic industrial agricultural military biological and medical aspects of phosphorous. Furthermore it offers a starting point for more extended studies of the highly specialized branches of phosphorus chemistry. Although this book deals with a small fraction of the > 106 known phosphorus compounds it thoroughly covers the simpler derivatives and most key compounds of economic sociological and biological importance. Extensively updated and expanded with tables figures equations structural formulae and references it is ideal for scientists in related fields seeking a rapid introduction to phosphorus chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439840887

Phossy Jaw and the French Match WorkersOccupational Health and Women In the Third Republic The 1898 suppression of white phosphorous in the French match industry was a victory of organized labour. At a time when most French workers did not have the power to effect changes in the health and safety conditions of their work the match workers succeeded. At a time when most French women were not unionised and did not pursue effective action on occupational health problems French women in the match industry succeeded. This book first published in 1989 examines their actions and provides the definitive account of their success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280830

Photo Op52 Weekly Ideas for Creative Image-Making  Photo Op is a photo projects book with a difference. Featuring 52 inspirational ideas backed up by jargon-free practical guidance it is packed with cliche-busting images from some of the best brightest hottest photographers working in the Flickr community - many of whom already have a cult following. This book offers a weekly dose of creative inspiration for photographers and images-makers of all levels and features diverse challenges ranging from quick-fire results to more immersive techniques. Photographers and image-makers are always on the lookout for inspiration and guidance and Photo Op provides both in a fun accessible format that will kick-start creativity enhance skills and build confidence behind the lens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372153

Photoacoustic Imaging and Spectroscopy Photoacoustics promises to revolutionize medical imaging and may well make as dramatic a contribution to modern medicine as the discovery of the x-ray itself once did. Combining electromagnetic and ultrasonic waves synergistically photoacoustics can provide deep speckle-free imaging with high electromagnetic contrast at high ultrasonic resolution and without any health risk. While photoacoustic imaging is probably the fastest growing biomedical imaging technology this book is the first comprehensive volume in this emerging field covering both the physics and the remarkable noninvasive applications that are changing diagnostic medicine. Bringing together the leading pioneers in this field to write about their own work Photoacoustic Imaging and Spectroscopy is the first to provide a full account of the latest research and developing applications in the area of biomedical photoacoustics. Photoacoustics can provide functional sensing of physiological parameters such as the oxygen saturation of hemoglobin. It can also provide high-contrast functional imaging of angiogenesis and hypermetabolism in tumors in vivo.  Discussing these remarkable noninvasive applications and so much more this reference is essential reading for all researchers in medical imaging and those clinicians working at the cutting-edge of modern biotechnology to develop diagnostic techniques that can save many lives and just as importantly do no harm. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219097

Photoacoustic Tomography The concept of photoacoustic tomography (PAT) emerged in the mid-1990s and the field of PAT is now rapidly moving forward. Presenting the research of a well-respected pioneer and leading expert Photoacoustic Tomography is a first-of-its-kind book covering the underlying principles and practical applications of PAT in a systematic manner. Written in a tutorial format the text: Addresses the fundamentals of PAT the theory on photoacoustic effect image reconstruction methods and instrumentation Details advanced methods for quantitative PAT which allow the recovery of tissue optical absorption coefficient and/or acoustic properties Explores the development of several image-enhancing schemes including both software and hardware approaches Examines array-based PAT systems that are the foundation for the realization of 2-D 3-D and 4-D PAT Discusses photoacoustic microscopy (PAM) and combinations of PAT/PAM with other imaging methods Considers contrast-agents-based molecular PAT with both nontargeted and cell receptor–targeted methods Describes clinical applications and animal studies in breast cancer detection osteoarthritis diagnosis seizure localization intravascular imaging and image-guided cancer therapy Photoacoustic Tomography is an essential reference for graduate students researchers industry professionals and those who wish to enter this exciting field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482261035

Photo-Activated Sludge: A Novel Algal-Bacterial Biotreatment for Nitrogen Removal from Wastewater Nitrogen rich wastewaters (10-400 mg N L-1) are usually produced by municipal industrial and agricultural wastes such as effluents from anaerobic treatments. These represent a risk to the environment due to the high nutrient concentrations (nitrogen and phosphorous) which can cause eutrophication of water bodies deteriorating the quality of the ecosystems. As a solution the potential nitrogen removal capacity of a novel bio-treatment system namely the Photo-Activated Sludge (PAS) which is composed of microalgae and bacteria consortia is presented in this thesis. This novel bio-treatment is based on the symbiosis between microalgae nitrifiers and heterotrophic bacteria (microalgal-bacterial consortia). Experimental work using photobioreactors for the cultivation of microalgae and bacteria under sequencing batch conditions showed that microalgal-bacterial consortia can remove ammonium 50% faster than solely microalgal consortia. The increase in ammonium removal rates was due to the action of nitrifying bacteria supplied with oxygen produced by algae. Nitrification was the main ammonium removal mechanism within the microalgal-bacterial biomass followed by algal uptake and nutrient requirements for bacterial growth. Carbon oxidation and denitrification were the main removal mechanisms for organic carbon. Hence the role of algae within the microalgal-bacterial system is to provide oxygen to support the aerobic processes. The microalgal-bacterial system offers the possibility of reducing the hydraulic retention time which can decrease the large area requirements often demanded by algal systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367178864

Photoassimilate Distribution Plants and Crops Source-Sink Relationships Adopting an interdisciplinary approach to the study of photoassimilate partitioning and source-sink relationhips this work details the major aspects of source-sink physiology and metabolism the integration of individual components and photoassimilate partitioning and the whole plant source-sink relationships in 16 agriculturally important crops. The work examines in detail the components of carbon partitioning such as ecology photosynthesis loading transport and anatomy and discusses the impact of genetic environmental and agrotechnical factors on the parts of whole plant source-link physiology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743539

PhotobiographyPhotographic Self-writing in Proust Guibert Ernaux Mace This book offers an intriguing account of photobiographic works ranging from texts containing metaphorical photographs through ekphrastic narratives to photo-texts. It is dedicated to the writers who embody an attitude towards the self through the photographic: Proust Guibert Ernaux and Mace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601331

Photobiology Of Low-Power Lase This book provides information on current and promising developments in lasers. It is useful to researchers looking for concise information about a particular endeavor and engineers who would like to understand the basic facts of the laser applications in their respective occupations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003077282

PhotocatalysisPrinciples and Applications Photocatalysis reactions carried out in the presence of a semiconductor and light is rapidly becoming one of the most active areas of chemical research with applications in areas such as electrochemistry medicine and environmental chemistry Photocatalysis: Principles and Applications stresses the development of various types of photocatalytic semiconductors including binary ternary quaternary and composite and their modifications by metallization sensitization and doping to enhance their photocatalytic activities. In addition to describing the principles and mechanisms of photocatalysis it also discusses other possible applications of photocatalysis such as use as antifouling agents controlling air pollution by degrading contaminants present in the environment self-cleaning of glasses and tiles in the presence of light/artificial light green composites wastewater treatment hydrogen generation and inactivation of microorganisms. The book also describes medical applications and summarizes efforts in the field of photosplitting of water as a newer energy source and photoreduction of carbon dioxide for providing synthetic fuels and also a step towards mimicking photosynthesis.Introduces the basic principle of photocatalysis.Provides an overview of the types of semiconductors their immobilization and modifications to make them more active.Gives possible applications of photocatalysis in wastewater treatment and strategy to combat against different kinds of pollutions like water air and soil.Summarizes efforts in the field of photosplitting of water as a newer energy source and photoreduction of carbon dioxide for providing synthetic fuels and as a step towards mimicking photosynthesis.Discusses inactivation of different kinds of microorganisms.Covers medical applications.

Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870638

Photochemical Water SplittingMaterials and Applications Cleavage of water to its constituents (i.e. hydrogen and oxygen) for production of hydrogen energy at an industrial scale is one of the "holy grails" of materials science. That can be done by utilizing the renewable energy resource i.e. sunlight and photocatalytic material. The sunlight and water are abundant and free of cost available at this planet. But the development of a stable efficient and cost-effective photocatalytic material to split water is still a great challenge. To develop the effective materials for photocatalytic water splitting various type of materials with different sizes and structures from nano to giant have been explored that includes metal oxides metal chalcogenides carbides nitrides phosphides and so on. Fundamental concepts and state of art materials for the water splitting are also discussed to understand the phenomenon/mechanism behind the photoelectrochemical water splitting. This book gives a comprehensive overview and description of the manufacturing of photocatalytic materials and devices for water splitting by controlling the chemical composition particle size morphology orientation and aspect ratios of the materials. The real technological breakthroughs in the development of the photoactive materials with considerable efficiency are well conversed to bring out the practical aspects of the technique and its commercialization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367869915

Photochemistry of Organic Molecules in Isotropic and Anisotropic Media This text discusses di-p-methane rearrangements via radical-cation intermediates the photo-Fries rearrangement in organized media and of biologically active compounds electron transfer leading to fragmentation dimerization and nucleophilic capture and the characterization and reactivity of photochemically generated phenylene bis(diradical) species. The authors reveal experimental and computational techniques for the study of phenylene-linked carbenes and nitrenes. Brimming with over 900 references Photochemistry of Organic Molecules in Isotropic and Anisotropic Media is crucial for professionals and students in photochemistry; chemical engineering; materials and semiconductor science; and organic inorganic and physical chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395513

Photocommunication Across MediaBeginning Photography for Professionals in Mass Media Photocommunication Across Media is a must-have for aspiring mass media professionals who are striving to compete in the new landscape of convergence journalism and media. You will learn principles of photography both still and video and how to incorporate them into your storytelling. That’s no longer a specialty skill—in today’s world of media it’s a necessity. Editors Ross Collins and Keith Greenwood collaborate with highly accomplished photographers to make the concepts and techniques of today’s mass media photography accessible to all readers. Photocommunication Across Media speaks directly to journalists advertisers and professional communicators who want to round out their toolkit without sifting through dense texts meant specifically for photographers and photojournalists. This guide edited by experts who teach these concepts to the next generation of media professionals is everything you need to know—and nothing you don’t—to take the next step for your career in communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121553

PhotoconductivityArt: Science & Technology Featuring detector technology capable of sensing even a few photons this valuablereference guide provides criteria for selecting techniques and equipment appropriate tovarious types of faint signals. It highlights many important facets of photoconductivityand photodetection including the measurement of weak photosignals in the presence ofnoise ... statistics relating to the creation annihilation and transport of charge carriers... and time-dependent behavior photoquenching negative photoconductivity andphotosensitivity.Complete with more than 125 diagrams and tables Photoconductivity: Art Science and Technology gives special attention to modem two-dimensionalphotodetectors . . . describes various configurations for experimental techniques inphotoconductivity measurements . . . surveys band structure properties with usefulreference to such contemporary structures as n-i-p-i and modulation doped materials .. .illustrates the concept of noise in photoconductors and its role in detector technology .. .and observes unusual photoconducting properties in diluted magnetic semiconductors.Photoconductivity: Art Science and Technology serves as an indispensableresource for optical electrical laser and aerospace engineers physicists materialsscientists photonic scientists and graduate students interested in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450816

Photodegradation and Light Stabilization of Heterochain Polymers Photodegradation and light stabilization are very important aspects of polymer aging. Polymer degradation includes different types of processes: thermodegradation oxidation acting of ozone photodegradation radiation hydrolysis mechanical degradation and biodegradation. It is very important to know the mechanism of polymer degradation in order to select stabilizers against the degradation. This volume presents the analysis of achievements in the field of photodegradation of polymers. It includes first of all data of Russian investigators who have decisively contributed in the development of this field of knowledge (the schools headed by academicians V.V. Korshak N.M. Emanuel N.S. Enikolopov A.A. Berlin and many others). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446260

Photodermatology Covering the entire array of photodermatological topics necessary to stand at the head of thisburgeoning discipline this source contains expertly written chapters that offer recommendationsand guidelines from opinion-forming international authorities. Reviewing the entire range ofphotodermatoses as well as the management treatment identification and assessment of theseconditions this source includes discussions of narrow and broadband UVB PUVA photopheresis UVA1 therapy and photodynamic therapy the principles and medical and cosmetic uses of lasers and similar sources and appendices on phototesting photopatch testing and the development of phototherapy units to stand at the forefront of this burgeoning dermatological subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453190

Photodynamic TherapyBasic Principles and Clinical Applications Covering all aspects of photodynamic therapy 70 expert contributors from the fields of photochemistry photobiology photophysics pharmacology oncology and surgery provide multidisciplinary discussions on photodynamic therapy - a rapidly-developing approach to the treatment of solid tumours.;Photodynamic Therapy: Basic Principles and Clinical Applications describes the molecular and cellular effects of photodynamic treatment; elucidates the complex events leading to photodynamics tissue destruction particularly vascular and inflammatory responses; discusses the principles of light penetration through tissues and optical dosimetry; examines photosensitizer pharmacology and delivery systems; reviews in detail photosensitizer structure-activity relationships; illustrates novel devices that aid light dosimetry and fluorescence detection; and extensively delineates clinical applications including early diagnosis and treatment.;A comprehensive and up-to-date reference this book should be useful for oncologists pharmacologists surgeons photobiologists optical engineers laser technicians biologists physicists chemists and biochemists involved in cancer research as well as graduate-level students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066897

Photoelectrochemical Solar Conversion SystemsMolecular and Electronic Aspects Providing new insights into the molecular and electronic processes involved in the conversion of sunlight into chemical products Photoelectrochemical Solar Conversion Systems: Molecular and Electronic Aspects begins with an historical overview and a survey of recent developments in the electrochemistry of semiconductors and spectroscopic techniques. It then provides a comprehensive introduction to the science of conversion cells reviews current issues and potential directions and covers a wide range of materials from organic to inorganic cells. Employing a tutorial organization with balanced coverage of electrochemistry and solar energy conversion this book covers:The conversion of sunlight into chemical energy and different actual conversion conceptsElectrochemical methods for the construction and characterization of electrolyte-metal-oxide-semiconductor contacts (EMOS) in the nanodimensions the so-called nano-emitter concept including the electrochemical formation of metal clusters of catalytic metals and the formation of passivating layers by anodizationThe fundamentals of electrocatalysis with emphasis on the hydrogen evolution reaction and the electrochemical CO2 reductionClassical and quantum mechanical theories of electron transfer reactions in metal-electrolyte interfaces and their relation with surface electronicsThe physicochemical characterization of the model system Si-SiOx-metal-electrolyte by means of modern electrochemical surface and spectroscopic methodsImprovements of conversion efficiency by means of optical effects for example the generation of surface plasmons by nano-dimensioned arrangements of optically active metals Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380687

Photographers and ResearchThe role of research in contemporary photographic practice This ground-breaking book situates research at the heart of photographic practice asking the key question: What does research mean for photographers? Illuminating the nature and scope of research and its practical application to photography the book explores how research provides a critical framework to help develop awareness extend subject knowledge and inform the development of photographic work. The authors consider research as integral to the creative process and through interviews with leading photographers explore how photographers have embedded research strategies into their creative practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844322

Photographic and Descriptive Musculoskeletal Atlas of ChimpanzeesWith Notes on the Attachments Variations Innervation Function and Synony Chimpanzees including common chimpanzees and bonobos are our closest living relatives. This book which is the first photographic and descriptive musculoskeletal atlas of the genus Pan adopts the same format as the photographic atlases of Gorilla and Hylobates previously published by the same authors. These three books are part of a series of monographs that will set out the comparative and phylogenetic context of the gross anatomy and evolutionary history of the soft tissue morphology of modern humans and their closest relatives. The atlas which includes detailed high-quality photographs of musculoskeletal structures from most anatomical regions of the body as well as textual information about the attachments innervation function and weight of the respective muscles is based on dissections of up to 12 chimpanzees and on an extensive review of the literature. It provides an updated review of the anatomical variations within chimpanzees as well as an extensive list of the synonyms used in the literature. The book is designed for students teachers and researchers studying primatology comparative anatomy functional morphology zoology and physical anthropology and to medical students doctors and researchers who are curious about the origin evolution homology and variations of the musculoskeletal structures of modern humans. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380359

Photographic and Descriptive Musculoskeletal Atlas of Gibbons and Siamangs (Hylobates)With Notes on the Attachments Variations Innervation This book is the first photographic and descriptive musculoskeletal atlas of Hylobates and adopts the same format as the photographic atlas of Gorilla published by the same authors in 2010. These two books are part of a series of monographs that will set out the comparative and phylogenetic context of the gross anatomy and evolutionary history of the soft tissue morphology of modern humans and their closest relatives. This atlas which includes detailed high-quality photographs of musculoskeletal structures from most anatomical regions of the body as well as textual information about the attachments innervation and weight of the respective muscles is based on dissections and on an extensive review of the literature. It provides an updated review of the anatomical variations within hylobatids as well as an extensive list of the synonyms used in the literature to designate the structures we discuss. The atlas will be of interest to students teachers and researchers studying primatology comparative anatomy functional morphology zoology and physical anthropology and to medical students doctors and researchers who are curious about the origin evolution homology and variations of the musculoskeletal structures of modern humans. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381509

Photographic and Descriptive Musculoskeletal Atlas of GorillaWith Notes on the Attachments Variations Innervation Synonymy and Weight of Even though the gorilla is our closest living relative information about its anatomy and particularly its musculature is scarce. This book is the first photographic and descriptive musculoskeletal atlas of the gorilla. It includes high-quality photographs of musculoskeletal structures from most anatomical regions of the body along with textual information about the attachments innervations and weight of the reported muscles. The atlas is an up-to-date review of the anatomical variations within gorillas as well as an extensive list of the synonyms used in the literature to designate the structures covered in the book. It also contains dissection observations of other primates and vertebrates which are crucial for examining and understanding the homologies between the muscular structures of gorillas humans and other taxa. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113237

Photographic and Descriptive Musculoskeletal Atlas of Orangutanswith notes on the attachments variations innervations function and synony Orangutans together with chimpanzees and gorillas are our closest living relatives. Photographic and Descriptive Musculoskeletal Atlas of Orangutans  the first photographic and descriptive musculoskeletal atlas of the genus Pongo adopts the same format as the photographic atlases of Gorilla Pan and Hylobates previously published by the same authors. These four books are part of a series of monographs that will set out the comparative and phylogenetic context of the gross anatomy and evolutionary history of the soft tissue morphology of modern humans and their closest relatives. The present atlas which includes detailed high-quality photographs of musculoskeletal structures from most anatomical regions of the body as well as textual information about the attachments innervation function and weight of the respective muscles is based on dissections of five orangutans and on an extensive review of the literature. It provides an updated review of the anatomical variations within orangutans as well as an extensive list of the synonyms used in the literature to designate the structures we discuss. It will be of interest to students teachers and researchers studying primatology comparative anatomy functional morphology zoology and physical anthropology and to medical students doctors and researchers who are curious about the origin evolution homology and variations of the musculoskeletal structures of modern humans. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380014

Photographic CompositionA Visual Guide A note from the author Richard Zakia P. H. Emerson reminds us that Every artist is at first an amateur. One of the great American photographers of the 20th Century Edward Weston as a young photographer only got honourable mention in a photographic contest sponsored by an amateur camera magazine. Ansel Adams Paul Strand and others also began as amateurs. Wynn Bullock began his outstanding photographic career later in life when he was in his 40s Today in our digital age everyone is a photographer. Recognizing this and the fact that there are some basic proven guidelines for creating winning photographs we put together this highly visual book especially for beginning photographers who want to improve their photography. In doing so we discovered that some professional photographers also found it helpful. One can think of our book as a visual grammar that will help you better compose what you desire to express and to do so with clarity. However amazing the subject or technically excellent the photography the single biggest factor in deciding whether a photograph is good or bad is how well it is composed. Photographic Composition Visualized offers a unique take on this fundamental issue by offering instruction in a visual format - the book is laid out in a unique spread format of a beautiful image on one page with an in-depth break down of why the rule of composition works in the image but also how a photographer can apply it to their own photography. Inspirational instructive and most importantly visually stunning and beautiful photography master Richard Zakia teaches the lessons he has learned from over 40 years as a photographer. This is the book every photographer needs to own in order to create the outstanding images they always wanted to - but didn't know how. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472242

Photographic PossibilitiesThe Expressive Use of Concepts Ideas Materials and Processes The long-awaited new edition of this seminal text features clear reliable step-by-step instructions on innovative alternative and traditional photographic processes. Over and above a full update and revision of the technical data there are new sections on digital negative making electrophotography and self-publishing. Foremost practioners including Edward Bateman Dan Burkholder Tom Carpenter Mark Osterman France Scully Osterman Jill Skupin Burkholder Brian Taylor and Laurie Tümer have contributed their expertise to this edition. Perfect for practitioners or students of handmade photography the book covers classic black-and-white film and paper processes hand-coated processes like Cyanotype and Platinum/Palladium. Also featured is an enhanced section on gum bichromate invaluable instruction on workflow and the integration of digital promoting the effective union of one’s concepts materials and processes. The book showcases work and commentary from more than 150 international artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999244

Photographing FlowersExploring Macro Worlds with Harold Davis Capture stunning macro floral images with this gorgeous guide by acclaimed photographer Harold Davis. You'll learn about different types of flowers macro equipment basics and the intricacies of shooting different floral varieties in the field and in the studio. Harold also shows you techniques in the Photoshop darkroom that can be applied to flower photography to help you get the most out of your images. Beautiful and authoritative this guide to photographing flowers is a must-read for every photographer interested in flower photography. Photographing Flowers will also win a place in the hearts of those who simply love striking floral imagery.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240820736

Photographing the HolocaustInterpretations of the Evidence Atrocities committed by the Nazis during the Holocaust were photographed more intensely that any before. In the time since the images were taken they have been subjected to a perplexing variety of treatments: variously ignored suppressed distorted and above all exploited for propaganda purposes. With the use of many photographs including some never before seen this book traces the history of this process and asks whether the images can be true representations of the events they were depicting. Yet their provenance Janina Struk argues has been less important that the uses to which a wide range of political interests has put them from the desperate attempts of the war-time underground to provide hard evidence of the death camps to the memorial museums of Europe the US and Israel today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135661

Photographing TutankhamunArchaeology Ancient Egypt and the Archive They are among the most famous and compelling photographs ever made in archaeology: Howard Carter kneeling before the burial shrines of Tutankhamun; life-size statues of the boy king on guard beside a doorway tantalizingly sealed in his tomb; or a solid gold coffin still draped with flowers cut more than 3 300 years ago. Yet until now no study has explored the ways in which photography helped mythologize the tomb of Tutankhamun nor the role photography played in shaping archaeological methods and interpretations both in and beyond the field. This book undertakes the first critical analysis of the photographic archive formed during the ten-year clearance of the tomb and in doing so explores the interface between photography and archaeology at a pivotal time for both. Photographing Tutankhamun foregrounds photography as a material technical and social process in early 20th-century archaeology in order to question how the photograph made and remade ‘ancient Egypt’ in the waning age of colonial order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350038516

Photographing WaterdropsExploring Macro Worlds with Harold Davis Capturing the fleeting dynamic world contained within the tiniest of water droplets is one of the most challenging photographic endeavors. Like many things the challenge is worth the effort - when done with skill these images can become some of the most unique shots you've ever taken. In this gorgeous guide packed with creative insipration alongside technical expertise award-winning photographer Harold Davis shows you how he creates his stunning water drop images. From challenges to working with constantly  moving subjects and reflected light to basic info on which equipment works best this book will help all macro-loving photographers turn their lens on water water  everywhere.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240820729

Photography Anthropology and HistoryExpanding the Frame Photography Anthropology and History examines the complex historical relationship between photography and anthropology and in particular the strong emergence of the contemporary relevance of historical images. Thematically organized and focusing on the visual practices developed within anthropology as a discipline this book brings together a range of contemporary and methodologically innovative approaches to the historical image within anthropology. Importantly it also demonstrates the ongoing relevance of both the historical image and the notion of the archive to recent anthropological thought. As current research rethinks the relationship between photography and anthropology this volume will serve as a stimulus to this new phase of research as an essential text and methodological reference point in any course that addresses the relationship between anthropology and visuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255968

Photography Humanitarianism Empire With their power to create a sense of proximity and empathy photographs have long been a crucial means of exchanging ideas between people across the globe; this book explores the role of photography in shaping ideas about race and difference from the 1840s to the 1948 Declaration of Human Rights. Focusing on Australian experience in a global context a rich selection of case studies – drawing on a range of visual genres from portraiture to ethnographic to scientific photographs – show how photographic encounters between Aboriginals missionaries scientists photographers and writers fuelled international debates about morality law politics and human rights.Drawing on new archival research Photography Humanitarianism Empire is essential reading for students and scholars of race visuality and the histories of empire and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350027435

Photography Natural History and the Nineteenth-Century MuseumExchanging Views of Empire The Victorian era heralded an age of transformation in which momentous changes in the field of natural history coincided with the rise of new visual technologies. Concurrently different parts of the British Empire began to more actively claim their right to being acknowledged as indispensable contributors to knowledge and the progress of empire. This book addresses the complex relationship between natural history and photography from the 1850s to the 1880s in Britain and its colonies: Australia New Zealand and to a lesser extent India. Coinciding with the rise of the modern museum photography’s arrival was timely and it rapidly became an essential technology for recording and publicising rare objects and valuable collections. Also during this period the medium assumed a more significant role in the professional practices and reputations of naturalists than has been previously recognized and it figured increasingly within the expanding specialized networks that were central to the production and dissemination of new knowledge. In an interrogation that ranges from the first forays into museum photography and early attempts to document collecting expeditions to the importance of traditional and photographic portraiture for the recognition of scientific discoveries this book not only recasts the parameters of what we actually identify as natural history photography in the Victorian era but also how we understand the very structure of empire in relation to this genre at that time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331160

Photography Reconstruction and the Cultural History of the Postwar European City Examining imagery of urban space in Britain France and West Germany up to the early 1960s this book reveals how photography shaped individual architectural projects and national rebuilding efforts alike. Exploring the impact of urban photography at a pivotal moment in contemporary European architecture and culture this book addresses case studies spanning the destruction of the war to the modernizing reconfiguration of city spaces including ruin photobooks about bombed cities architectural photography of housing projects and imagery of urban life from popular photomagazines as well as internationally renowned projects like UNESCO’s Paris Headquarters Coventry Cathedral and Berlin’s Gedächtniskirche. This book reveals that the ways of seeing shaped in the postwar years by urban photography were a vital aspect of not only discourses on the postwar city but also debates central to popular culture from commemoration and modernization to democratization and Europeanization. This book will be a fascinating read for researchers in the fields of photography and visual studies architectural and urban history and cultural memory and contemporary European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474234962

Photography Temporality and ModernityTime Warped This book examines the photography’s unique capacity to represent time with a degree of elasticity and abstraction. Part object-study part cultural/philosophical history it examines the medium’s ability to capture and sometimes "defy" time while also traveling as objects across time-and-space nexuses. The book features studies of understudied widespread practices: studio portraiture motion studies panoramas racing photo finishes composite college class pictures planetary photography digital montages and extended-exposure images. A closer look at these images and their unique cultural/historical contexts reveals photography to be a unique medium for expressing changing perceptions of time and the anxiety its passage provokes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544314

Photography Truth and Reconciliation Photography Truth and Reconciliation charts the connections between photography and a crucial issue in contemporary social history. The book examines the prevalence of photography in cultural responses to processes of truth and reconciliation and argues that photographs are a valuable means through which stories can be retold and historiography can be rethought. Five compelling case studies from Argentina Canada Australia South Africa and Cambodia underscore the special role that this medium has played in facilitating processes of recovery and in reconstructing suppressed histories even when a documentary record of the events does not exist. The diverse practices addressed in this book – including artistic protest institutional archival legal and personal photography – prompt a new consideration of photography’s links to presence place time spectatorship and justice. Collectively these practices attest to photography’s key role in transitional justice and in shaping historical understanding internationally. Important reading for students taking photography visual culture history and media studies courses Photography Truth and Reconciliation explores key historical and theoretical themes including photography and testimony international discourses on human rights and justice and problematic notions of public and collective memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474296069

Photography 4.0: A Teaching Guide for the 21st CenturyEducators Share Thoughts and Assignments An invaluable resource for photography educators this volume is a survey of photographic education in the first decade of the 21st Century. Drawing upon her 25 years of teaching experience and her professional network Michelle Bogre spoke with 47 photo educators from all over the world to compile this diverse set of interviews. The themes of these conversations explore: Why students should study photography The value of a formal photography degree Teaching philosophies Whether video and multimedia should be an essential part of a photographic curricula The challenges of teaching photography today Changes in photographic education overall The second half of the book shares 70 photography assignments of varying level of difficulty from these educators some paired with examples of how students completed them. This book will inspire and invigorate any photography educator’s curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815215

Photography and CollaborationFrom Conceptual Art to Crowdsourcing Photography and Collaboration offers a fresh perspective on existing debates in art photography and on the act of photography in general. Unlike conventional accounts that celebrate individual photographers and their personal visions this book investigates the idea that authorship in photography is often more complex and multiple than we imagine – involving not only various forms of partnership between photographers but also an astonishing array of relationships with photographed subjects and viewers. Thematic chapters explore the increasing prevalence of collaborative approaches to photography among a broad range of international artists – from conceptual practices in the 1960s to the most recent digital manifestations. Positioning contemporary work in a broader historical and theoretical context the book reveals that collaboration is an overlooked but essential dimension of the medium’s development and potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350008311

Photography and Cultural Heritage in the Age of NationalismsEurope's Eastern Borderlands (1867–1945) The second half of the 19th century was a time of extensive political upheaval in central east Europe that saw the negotiation of conflicting territorial claims in the region by the Russian Austrian and Prussian empires. The post-WW1 settlement gave rise to the formation of the independent nation states of Poland Lithuania Ukraine Latvia and Belarus. Less well know is that this same period was also an era of keen photographic activity. During this time of empire- state- and nation-building cultural heritage was a potent vehicle and a provider of collective memory and identity.This innovative account analyses the relationship between politics history cultural heritage and photography in central east Europe between 1859 and 1945. To understand the work photographs ‘do’ in the construction of cultural heritage the author analyses a wide range of little-known photographic archives created by contemporary professional and amateur photographers. Their work was extensively exploited in contemporary debates appearing in albums books journals exhibitions museum exhibits postcards and newspapers aimed at both scientific and popular and national and international publics. An extensive analysis of how photographic practices and outcomes were applied borrowed copied appropriated and transmitted shows how photography was used to exert or subvert power on the one hand and as a tool in constructing and negotiating group identities on the other. By weaving photography and its patterns of making dissemination and archival survival through major historical narratives this volume reveals the centrality of photography and visual discourse at pivotal moments of modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472585660

Photography and CyprusTime Place and Identity Formerly a British colony the island of Cyprus is now a divided country where histories of political and cultural conflicts as well as competing identities are still contested. Cyprus provides the ideal case study for this innovative exploration extensively illustrated of how the practice of photography in relation to its political cultural and economic contexts both contributes and responds to the formation of identity. Contributors from Cyprus Greece the UK and the USA representing diverse disciplines draw from photography theory art history anthropology and sociology to explore how the island and its people have been represented photographically. They reveal how the different gazes- colonial political gendered and within art photography- contribute to the creation of individual and national identities and by extension to the creation and re-creation of imagery of Cyprus as place. While Photography and Cyprus focuses on one geographical and cultural territory the questions this book asks and the themes and arguments it follows apply also to other places characterized by their colonial heritage. The intriguing example of Cyprus thus serves as a fitting test-ground for current debates relating to photography place and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780766539

Photography and Doubt Recent decades have seen photography’s privileged relationship to the real come under question. Spurred by the postmodern critique of photography in the 1980s and the rise of digital technologies soon thereafter scholars have been asking who and what built this understanding of the medium in the first place. Photography and Doubt reflects on this interest in photography’s referential power by discussing it in rigorously historical terms. How was the understanding of photographic realism cultivated in the first place? What do cases of staged and manipulated photography reveal about that realism’s hold on audiences across the medium’s history? Have doubts about photography’s testimonial power stimulated as much knowledge as its realism? Edited by Sabine T. Kriebel and Andrés Mario Zervigón Photography and Doubt is the first multi-authored collection specifically designed to explore these questions. Its 13 original essays illustrated with 73 color images explore cases when the link between the photographic image and its referent was placed under stress and when photography was as attuned to its myth-making capabilities as to its claims to authenticity. Photography and Doubt will serve as a valuable resource for students and scholars in art history visual and media studies philosophy and the history of science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914612

Photography and FailureOne Medium's Entanglement with Flops Underdogs and Disappointments Throughout photography’s history failure has played an essential recurring part in the development and perceived value of this medium. Exploring a range of failures – individual and institutional technological and historiographical – Photography and Failure asks what it means to fail and considers how this narrative of failure has shaped our understanding of photography. From the trial-and-error beginnings of photochemistry to poor business decisions influenced by fickle public opinion and taste the founders and early practitioners of photography frequently faced bankruptcy and ignominy. Alongside these individual ‘failures’ this collection of essays examines the role of museums in rediscovering preserving and presenting photographs within institutions as well as technological limitations such as the problematic panoramic lens or the digital archival failures of Snapchat. Moving beyond the physical photograph and these processes the book also investigates the limitations of photographs themselves as purveyors of truth time space documentary realism and social change whether these failures are used to effect or not. Finally the book probes the historiographical failures affecting the discipline drawing on key debates such as the perceived over-emphasis on European and American photography and the place of photography theory in contemporary art practice. Blurring the boundaries between traditional binaries of art and non-art photography amateur and professional practice and individual and corporate perspectives Photography and Failure presents a new approach to understanding and evaluating photographic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474293389

Photography and History in Colonial Southern AfricaShades of Empire This book studies the relationship between photography and history in colonial Southern Africa using a series of encounters with Southern African photographic archives to reflect on photography as a distinct historical form. Through use of private and public archives images produced by African itinerant photographers white settlers and colonial state institutions this book explores the relationship between photography and history in colonial Southern Africa. Late nineteenth century Cape Colonial prison albums police photographs from German Southwest Africa African studio portraits identity documents travel permits and passports from the 1920s and 1930s visual studies of whiteness and blackness authored by settler photographers South African dompas photographs from the 1950s and 1960s and aerial photography from the Eastern Cape in the mid-twentieth century are examined to highlight the ways in which photographic images cut across conventional institutional boundaries and complicate rigid distinctions between the private and the public the political and the aesthetic the colonial and the vernacular or the subject and the object. Photography and History in Colonial Southern Africa argues that rather than understanding photographs as a means of preserving and recreating the past in the present we can value them for how they evoke at once the need for and the limits of historical reconstruction. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of colonial history photographic history visual media and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343016

Photography and Imagination As the prototypical exemplar of modern visual technology photography was once viewed as a way to enable vision to bypass imagination producing more reliable representations of reality. But as an achievement of technological modernity photography can also be seen as a way to realize a creation of the imagination more vividly than can painting or drawing. Photography and Imagination investigates from diverse points of view focusing on both theory and practice the relation between these two terms. The book explores their effect on photography’s capacity through various forms and modalities of imaginative investments and displacements to affect even reality itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314375

Photography and Its Origins Recent decades have seen a flourishing interest in and speculation about the origins of photography. Spurred by rediscoveries of ‘first’ photographs and proclamations of photography’s death in the digital age scholars have been rethinking who and what invented the medium. Photography and Its Origins reflects on this interest in photography’s beginnings by reframing it in critical and specifically historiographical terms. How and why do we write about the origins of the medium? Whom or what do we rely on to construct those narratives? What’s at stake in choosing to tell stories of photography’s genesis in one way or another? And what kind of work can those stories do? Edited by Tanya Sheehan and Andrés Mario Zervigón this collection of 16 original essays illustrated with 32 colour images showcases prominent and emerging voices in the field of photography studies. Their research cuts across disciplines and methodologies shedding new light on old questions about histories and their writing. Photography and Its Origins will serve as a valuable resource for students and scholars in art history visual and media studies and the history of science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722902

Photography and Its Publics Photography is a ubiquitous part of the public sphere. Yet we rarely stop to think about the important role that photography plays in helping to define what and who constitute the public. Photography and Its Publics brings together leading experts and emerging thinkers to consider the special role of photography in shaping how the public is addressed seen and represented.This book responds to a growing body of recent scholarship and flourishing interest in photography's connections to the law society culture politics social change the media and visual ethics.Photography and Its Publics presents the public sphere as a vibrant setting where these realms are produced contested and entwined. Public spheres involve yet exceed the limits of families interest groups identities and communities. They are dynamic realms of visibility discussion reflection and possible conflict among strangers of different race age gender social and economic status. Through studies of photography in South America North America Europe and Australasia the contributors consider how photography has changed the way we understand and locate the public sphere. As they address key themes including the referential and imaginative qualities of photography the transnational circulation of photographs online publics social change violence conflict and the ethics of spectatorship the authors provide new insight into photography's vital role in defining public life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350054967

Photography and Migration Written in the context of unprecedented dislocation and a global refugee crisis this edited volume thinks through photography’s long and complex relationship to human migration. While contemporary media images largely frame migration in terms of trauma victimhood and pity so much more can be said of photography’s role in the movement of people around the world. Cameras can document enable or control human movement across geographical cultural and political divides. Their operators put faces on forced and voluntary migrations making visible hardships and suffering as well as opportunity and optimism. Photographers include migrating subjects who take pictures for their own consumption not for international recognition. And photographs themselves migrate with their makers subjects and viewers as the very concept of photography takes on new functions and meanings. Photography and Migration places into conversation media images and other photographs that the contributors have witnessed collected or created through their diverse national regional and local contexts. Developed across thirteen chapters this conversation encompasses images histories and testimonies offering analysis of new perspectives on photography and migration today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244405

Photography and OntologyUnsettling Images This edited collection explores the complex ways in which photography is used and interpreted: as a record of evidence as a form of communication as a means of social and political provocation as a mode of surveillance as a narrative of the self and as an art form. What makes photographic images unsettling and how do the re-uses and interpretations of photographic images unsettle the self-evident reality of the visual field? Taking up these themes this book examines the role of photography as a revelatory medium underscored by its complex association with history memory experience and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374299

Photography and PlaceSeeing and Not Seeing Germany After 1945 As a recording device photography plays a unique role in how we remember places and events that happened there. This includes recording events as they happen or recording places where something occurred before the photograph was taken commonly referred to as aftermath photography. This book presents a theoretical and historical analysis of German photography of place after 1945. It analyses how major historical ruptures in twentieth-century Germany and associated places of trauma memory and history affected the visual field and the circumstances of looking. These ruptures are used to generate a new reading of postwar German photography of place. The analysis includes original research on world-renowned German photographers such as Thomas Struth Thomas Demand Michael Schmidt Boris Becker and Thomas Ruff as well as photographers largely unknown in the Anglophone world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597907

Photography and September 11thSpectacle Memory Trauma It is all but impossible to think of September 11th 2001 and not at the same time recall an image. The overwhelmingly visual coverage in the world's media pictured a spectacle of terror from images of the collapsing towers to injured victims and fatigued firefighters. In the days weeks and months that followed this vast collection of photographs continued to circulate relentlessly. This book investigates the psychological impact of those photographs on a stunned American audience. Drawing on trauma theory this book asks whether the prolonged exposure of audience to photographs was cathartic or damaging. It explores how first the collective memory of the event was established in the American psyche and then argues that through repetitive use of the most powerful pictures the culture industry created a dangerously simple 9/11 metanarrative. At the same time people began to reclaim and use photography to process their own feelings most significantly in 'communities' of photographic memorial websites. Such exercises were widely perceived as democratic and an aid to recovery. This book interrogates that assumption providing a new understanding of how audiences see and process news photography in times of crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474286213

Photography and SurrealismSexuality Colonialism and Social Dissent David Bate examines automatism and the photographic image the Surrealist passion for insanity ambivalent use of Orientalism use of Sadean philosophy and the effect of fascism of the Surrealists. The book is illustrated wtih a wide range of surrealist photographs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103745

Photography and the Contemporary Cultural ConditionCommemorating the Present In this book Osborne demonstrates why and how photography as photography has survived and flourished since the rise of digital processes when many anticipated its dissolution into a generalised system of audio-visual representations or its collapse under the relentless overload of digital imagery. He examines how photography embodies contributes to and even in effect critiques how the contemporary social world is now imagined how it is made present and how the concept and the experience of the Present itself is produced. Osborne bases his discussions primarily in cultural studies and visual cultural studies. Through an analysis of different kinds of photographic work in distinct contexts he demonstrates how aspects of photography that once appeared to make it vulnerable to redundancy turn out to be the basis of its survival and have been utilised by much important photographic work of the last three decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589103

Photography and the LawRights and Restrictions Photographers and publishers of photographs enjoy a wide range of legal rights including freedom of expression and of publication. They have a right to create and publish photographs. They may invoke their intellectual moral and property rights to protect and enforce their rights in their created and/or published works. These rights are not absolute. This book analyses the various legal restrictions and prohibitions which may affect these rights.Photography and the Law investigates the legal limitations faced by professional and amateur photographers and photograph publishers under Irish UK and EU Law. Through an in-depth discussion of the personal rights of the public including the right not to be harassed the book gives a clear analysis of the current legal standpoint on the relationship between privacy and freedom of expression. Additionally the book looks at the reconciliation of photographers’ rights with the state’s interest in public security and defence alongside the enforcement of ethical and moral codes. Comparative legal standing in the European Union is used as a springboard to further analyse Irish and UK statutes and case law including recent reforms and current proposals for future change. The book ends with pertinent suggestions of the necessary reforms and enactments required to rebalance the relationship between the personal rights of individuals the state’s duties and the protection of photographers’ and photograph publishers’ rights.By clearly explaining the theoretical and conceptual reasoning behind the current law alongside proposed reforms the book will be a useful tool for any student or academic interested in photography law privacy and media law alongside professional and amateur photographers and photograph publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584115

Photography as ActivismImages for Social Change You want to look through the lens of your camera and change the world. You want to capture powerful moments in one click that will impact the minds of other people. Photographic images are one of the most popular tools used to advocate for social and environmental awareness. This can be as close to home as drug use prostitution or pollution or as far away as famine war and the plight of refugees and migrant workers. One well-known example of an activist photographer would be landscape photographer Ansel Adams who trudged to Washington with stunning images of the American west to advocate protecting these areas. His images and testimony were instrumental in creating the National Park System and garnering specific protection for Yellowstone National Park. More recently Robert Glenn Ketchum's images of Alaska's Arctic National Wildlife Refuge raised awareness of why this area should be protected. Nigel Barker's seal photographs advocates against seal clubbing. What is your cause and how can you use your camera to make the world a better place?This book provides a comprehensive theory of and history of photography as activism. It also includes interviews with contemporary photographers. It is a call to action for young photographers to become activists a primer of sorts with advice for how to work with NGOs and non-profits how to work safely in conflict zones and with suggestions for distribution on websites blogs and interactive agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240812755

Photography Beyond Technique: Essays from F295 on the Informed Use of Alternative and Historical Photographic Processes Photography is not dying and has not died. It has been an ever-changing medium since its earliest days and while near-obsession with the technology of the day may have defined photography over the course of its existence photography is so much more than hardware and software. Photography is communication whether chemical or digital tangible or ephemeral in form. Photography Beyond Technique is a compelling selection of essays and images that reveal the thoughts and methods of some of today’s most exciting contemporary photographers. These artists employ alternative historical or handmade processes and techniques and they share a comprehensive view of the medium: that the choice of photographic process is just as important as the selection of subjects. While other books concentrate solely on process or theory or artistic intent none focus on photography in which these decisions are considered inseparable. These 20 essays originally presented at the annual F295 symposium and seminar series provide a thought-provoking read for anyone interested in photography as an art form and as a medium through which to view the world. Includes: "Looking Backward Seeing Forward: Reframing Visual History" by Robert Hirsch "Mystery Memory and Narrative" by Martha Casanave "Finding Confidence: Combining Process with Purpose" by Mark Osterman "Photograph Material and Metaphor" by Jerry Spagnoli Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817561

Photography CareersFinding Your True Path Photography Careers offers students an indispensable guide to beginning their professional journeys as photographers. This book presents the variety of career options available to those entering the competitive and comprehensive world of photography. With the insight and advice from industry mavens and the author himself Photography Careers will help you change the way you evaluate your strengths as an artist and find your place in the photography community. Features include: Interviews with successful young professional photographer in a wide range of photographic specialties from fashion photography to cinematography and other industry related fields such as retouching fine art sales and photo editing Tips for how to find unique approaches in a saturated market Best practices for student looking at graduate programs a budding career and as a personal business Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780293

Photography FAQs: Black and White Photography FAQs: Black and White covers every aspect of black & white photography from capturing the image to filtration to developing and printing an image and successful presentation.The title offers detailed responses to the key reader-defined questions drawn from photographic workshops consumer press and internet forums and as such is an invaluable and handy reference.The Photography FAQs series is a comprehensive pocket-size reference for the amateur photographer in the field (or the studio). Each title is formulated as an encyclopaedia of 50 questions and answers covering every aspect of the key photography subjects that come up again and again including genres such as landscape portraiture and travel and shooting in monochrome. Each topic is supported by lively accessible text inspirational images and clear easy-to-navigate design that makes this series a quick-and easy reference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103776

Photography FAQs: Portraits Photography FAQs: Portraits is an introduction to the school of photography concerned with the most engaging of subjects: other people.Formulated as an encyclopaedia of questions and answers across 50 topics this book covers every aspect of portrait photography from hardware to lighting composition to software.It offers detailed responses to key reader-defined questions drawn from photographic workshops consumer press and Internet forums. As such it is an invaluable and handy reference.The Photography FAQs series is a comprehensive pocket-size reference for the amateur photographer in the field (or the studio). Each title is formulated as an encyclopaedia of 50 questions and answers covering every aspect of the key photography subjects that come up again and again including genres such as landscape portraiture and travel and shooting in monochrome. Each topic is supported by lively accessible text inspirational images and clear easy-to-navigate design that makes this series a quick-and easy reference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103783

Photography for Surveyors Visual images play an integral part in the surveying  development and sale of a property. However obtaining high quality images can often prove a challenging task. Photography for Surveyors provides even the most amateur photographer with the skills required to produce the highest quality images in the day to day surveying environment. With the increasing importance of the visual portfolio and online presence this book is an essential guide for all those professionals looking to enhance their skills with a camera and subsequently raise their professional profile. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138179035

Photography in and out of AfricaIterations with Difference This book offers a range of perspectives on photography in Africa bringing research on South African photography into conversation with work from several other places on the continent including Angola the DRC Kenya Mali Morocco Nigeria Ethiopia and Eritrea. The collection engages with the history of photography and its role in colonial regulatory regimes; with social documentary photography and practices of self-representation; and with the place of portraits in the production of subjectivities as well as contemporary and experimental photographic practices. Through detailed analyses of particular photographs and photographic archives the chapters in this book trace how photographs have been used both to affirm colonial worldviews and to disrupt and critique such forms of power. This book was originally published as a special issue of Social Dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023645

Photography in Educational ResearchCritical reflections from diverse contexts Photography in education involves the use of photographs to engage research participants in representing and reflecting upon their own experiences. This book explores how photographic images can be used in a range of educational settings in different cultural contexts as a method of facilitating communication and reflection on significant issues in people’s lives. It considers the opportunities that are created through the use of photography as a visual research method and addresses fundamental issues about identity representation participation and power which underlie participatory practice. Bringing together a variety of international contributors chapters describe and reflect on experiences of using photography situating them in a critical framework to provoke informed applications of these processes. The collection adopts a broad view of education considering voices of people of different ages who are at various stages on their educational journey or who have diverse perspectives on their educational experience: young British Muslims trainee science teachers audiologists teachers of deaf children mobile teacher educators working in conflict zones young people with disabilities community workers and school students in countries as diverse as Australia Burma Cyprus England Ethiopia Kenya the United States and Sudan. Photography in Educational Research will be key reading for educational researchers postgraduate students studying research methods and ethics tutors working in higher education and individual practitioners and teams within schools interested in young people’s voices ethnicity mental health global citizenship and school development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291072

Photography in IndiaFrom Archives to Contemporary Practice Photography’s prominence in the representation and experience of India in contemporary and historical times has not guaranteed it a position of sustained attention in research and scholarship. For a technology as all pervasive as photography and a country as colossal as India this scenario is somewhat of an anomaly. Photography in India explores elements of the past present and future of photography in the context of India through speculation and reflection on photography as an artistic documentary and everyday practice. The perspectives of writers theorists curators and artists are selectively brought to bear upon known as well as previously unseen photographic archives together with changes in photographic practice that have been synchronous with contemporary India’s rapid urban and rural transformation and the technological shift from chemistry and light to programming and algorithms. Essential reading for anyone interested in Indian photography this book binds insights into a history of photography with its contemporary development consolidating wide-ranging thinking on the topic and setting the agenda for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350141384

Photography ReframedNew Visions in Contemporary Photographic Culture At a critical point in the development of photography this book offers an engaging detailed and far-reaching examination of the key issues that are defining contemporary photographic culture. Photography Reframed addresses the impact of radical technological social and political change across a diverse set of photographic territories: the ontology of photography; the impact of mass photographic practice; the public display of intimate life; the current state of documentary and the political possibilities of photographic culture. These lively accessible essays by some of the best writers in photography together go deep into the most up-to-date frameworks for analysing and understanding photographic culture and shedding light on its histories. Photography Reframed is a vital road map for anyone interested in what photography has been what it has become and where it is going. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350137745

Photography Theory Photography Theory presents forty of the world's most active art historians and theorists including Victor Burgin Joel Snyder Rosalind Krauss Alan Trachtenberg Geoffrey Batchen Carol Squiers Margaret Iversen and Abigail Solomon-Godeau in animated debate on the nature of photography. Photography has been around for nearly two centuries but we are no closer to understanding what it is. For some people a photograph is an optically accurate impression of the world for others it is mainly a way of remembering people and places. Some view it as a sign of bourgeois life a kind of addiction of the middle class whilst others see it as a troublesome interloper that has confused people's ideas of reality and fine art to the point that they have difficulty even defining what a photograph is. For some the whole question of finding photography's nature is itself misguided from the beginning. This provocative second volume in the Routledge The Art Seminar series presents not one but many answers to the question what makes a photograph a photograph? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944141

Photography: A Critical Introduction Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in higher education and for introductory college courses this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. Individual chapters cover: Key debates in photographic theory and history Documentary photography and photojournalism Personal and popular photography Photography and the human body Photography and commodity culture Photography as art This revised and updated fifth edition includes: New case studies on topics such as: materialism and embodiment the commodification of human experience and an extended discussion of landscape as genre. 98 photographs and images featuring work from: Bill Brandt Susan Derges Rineke Dijkstra Fran Herbello Hannah Höch Karen Knorr Dorothea Lange Chrystel Lebas Susan Meiselas Lee Miller Martin Parr Ingrid Pollard Jacob Riis Alexander Rodchenko Andres Serrano Cindy Sherman and Jeff Wall. Fully updated resource information including guides to public archives and useful websites. A full glossary of terms and a comprehensive bibliography. Contributors: Michelle Henning Patricia Holland Derrick Price Anandi Ramamurthy and Liz Wells. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854290

Photography: History and Theory Photography: History and Theory introduces students to both the history of photography and critical theory. From its inception in the nineteenth century photography has instigated a series of theoretical debates. In this new text Jae Emerling therefore argues that the most insightful way to approach the histories of photography is to address simultaneously the key events of photographic history alongside the theoretical discourse that accompanied them. While the nineteenth century is discussed the central focus of the text is on modern and contemporary photographic theory. Particular attention is paid to key thinkers such as Baudelaire Barthes and Sontag. In addition the centrality of photography to contemporary art practice is addressed through the theoretical work of Allan Sekula John Tagg Rosalind Krauss and Vilém Flusser. The text also includes readings of many canonical photographers and exhibitions including: Atget Brassai August Sander Walker Evans The Family of Man Diane Arbus Lee Friedlander Cindy Sherman Bernd and Hilla Becher Sebastaio Salgado Jeff Wall and others. In addition Emerling provides close readings of key passages from some major theoretical texts. These glosses come between the chapters and serve as a conceptual line that connects them. Glosses include: Roland Barthes "The Rhetoric of the Image" (1964) Susan Sontag Regarding the Pain of Others (2002) Michel Foucault on the archive (1969) Walter Benjamin "Little History of Photography" (1931) Vilém Flusser Towards a Philosophy of Photography (1983) A substantial glossary of critical terms and names as well as an extensive bibliography make this the ideal book for courses on the history and theory of photography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415778558

PhotographyA 21st Century Practice Finally here is a photography textbook authored in the 21st century for 21st century audiences. Photography: A 21st Century Practice speaks to the contemporary student who has come of age in the era of digital photography and social media where every day we collectively take more than a billion photographs. How do aspiring photographers set themselves apart from the smartphone-toting masses? How can an emerging photographic artist push the medium to new ground? The answers provided here are innovative inclusive and boundary shattering thanks to the authors’ framework of the "4Cs": Craft Composition Content and Concept. Each is explored in depth and packaged into a toolbox the photographic student can immediately put into practice. With a firm base in digital imaging the authors also shed new light on chemical-based photographic processes and address the ways in which new technology is rapidly expanding photographic possibilities. In addition Photography: A 21st Century Practice features: • 12 case studies from professional practice featuring established photographic artists and showcasing the techniques concepts modes of presentation and other professional concerns that shape their work. • Over 40 student assignments that transform theory into hands-on experience. • 800 full-color images and 200 illustrations including photographs by some of the world’s best-known and most exciting emerging photographic artists and illustrations that make even complex processes and ideas simple to understand. • More than 50 guided inquiries into the nature of photographic art to jump start critical thinking and group discussions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350038561

PhotographyThe Key Concepts Providing a thorough and comprehensive introduction to the study of photography this second edition of Photography: The Key Concepts has been expanded and updated to cover more fully contemporary changes to photography. Photography is a part of everyday life; from news and advertisements to data collection and surveillance to the shaping of personal and social identity we are constantly surrounded by the photographic image. Outlining an overview of photographic genres David Bate explores how these varied practices can be coded and interpreted using key theoretical models. Building upon the genres included in the first edition – documentary portraiture landscape still life art and global photography – this second edition includes two new chapters on snapshots and the act of looking. The revised and expanded chapters are supported by over three times as many photographs as in the first edition examining contemporary practices in more detail and equipping students with the analytical skills they need both in their academic studies and in their own practical work.An indispensable guide to the field Photography: The Key Concepts is core reading for all courses that consider the place of photography in society within photographic practice visual culture art media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350107953

PhotographyThe Unfettered Image We live in a time in which photographs have become extraordinarily mobile. They can be exchanged and circulated at the swipe of a finger across a screen. The digital photographic image appears and disappears with a mere gesture of the hand. Yet this book argues that this mobility of the image was merely accelerated by digital media and telecommunications. Photographs from the moment of their invention set images loose by making them portable reproducible  projectable reduced in size and multiplied. The fact that we do not associate analogue photography with such mobility has much to do with the limitations of existing histories and theories of photography which have tended to view photographic mobility as either an incidental characteristic or a fault. Photography : The Unfettered Image traces the emergence of these ways of understanding photography but also presents a differently nuanced and materialist history in which photography is understood as part of a larger development of media technologies. It is situated in much broader cultural contexts: caught up in the European colonial ambition to "grasp the world" and in the development of a new artificial "second nature" dependent on the large-scale processing of animal and mineral materials. Focussing primarily on Victorian and 1920s–30s practices and theories it demonstrates how photography was never simply a technology for fixing a fleeting reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782556

Photojournalism and Citizen JournalismCo-operation Collaboration and Connectivity If everyone with a smartphone can be a citizen photojournalist who needs professional photojournalism? This rather flippant question cuts to the heart of a set of pressing issues where an array of impassioned voices may be heard in vigorous debate. While some of these voices are confidently predicting photojournalism's impending demise as the latest casualty of internet-driven convergence others are heralding its dramatic rebirth pointing to the democratisation of what was once the exclusive domain of the professional. Regardless of where one is situated in relation to these stark polarities however it is readily apparent that photojournalism is being decisively transformed across shifting uneven conditions for civic participation in ways that raise important questions for journalism’s forms and practices in a digital era. This book's contributors identify and critique a range of factors currently recasting photojournalism's professional ethos devoting particular attention to the challenges posed by the rise of citizen journalism. This book was originally published as two special issues in Digital Journalism and Journalism Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143244

Photojournalism and the Origins of the French Writer House Museum (1881-1914)Privacy Publicity and Personality Why did writers' private homes become so linked to their work that contemporaries began preserving them as museums? Photojournalism and the Origins of the French Writer House Museum addresses this and other questions by providing an overview of the social forces that brought writers' homes to the forefront of the French imagination at the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth. This study analyzes representations of the apartments and houses of Corneille Hugo Balzac Dumas Sand Zola Loti Montesquiou Mallarmé and Proust among others arguing that the writer's home became a contested space and an important part of the French patrimony at this time. This is the first book to emphasize the house museum as an essentially modern construct and to trace the history of ideas leading to its institutionalization in twentieth-century France. The interdisciplinary study also brings new attention to the importance of photojournalism for fin-de-siècle France - and brings to light fascinating and forgotten examples of 'at home' photography by Dornac and Henri Mairet. Elizabeth Emery provides a fresh and compelling perspective on conjunctions between visual literary and material cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251564

Photojournalism DisruptedThe View from Australia Photojournalism Disrupted addresses the unprecedented disruptions in photojournalism over the last decade with a particular focus on the Australian news media context. Using a mixed methods approach the book assesses the situation facing press photographers and their employers in the supply of professional imagery for news storytelling. Detailed qualitative case studies looking at special events and crisis reporting complement a longitudinal study of sourcing practices around everyday events. Additionally interviews with industry professionals offer insights into how news organizations are managing significant structural change. Ultimately the book argues that photojournalism is being reshaped in line with wider industrial disruptions that have led to the emergence of a highly casualized workforce. As a comprehensive study of contemporary photojournalism practices Photojournalism Disrupted is ideal for scholars and students internationally as well as (photo)journalists and media professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316775

PhotojournalismAn Ethical Approach Originally published in 1991. "A photojournalist is a mixture of a cool detached professional and a sensitive involved citizen. The taking of pictures is much more than F-stops and shutter speeds. The printing of pictures is much more than chemical temperatures and contrast grades. The publishing of pictures is much more than cropping and size decisions. A photojournalist must always be aware that the technical aspects of the photographic process are not the primary concerns." This book addresses ethics in photojournalism in depth with sections on the philosophy in the discipline on pictures of victims or disaster scenes on privacy rights and on altering images. As important and interesting today as when it was first in print. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928329

PhotojournalismThe Professionals' Approach Photojournalism: The Professionals' Approach is the definitive book on photojournalism delivering a blend of insightful interviews with professionals practical techniques and high-impact photographs. This edition features updates on social media in photojournalism shooting video on smart phones and the use of drones to cover the news. It also includes revised chapters on audio and video and additional international case studies including among others approaches to covering the Arab Spring the Ukrainian Revolution and resurgent white supremacy in South Africa. New interviews and case studies bring readers on assignment with industry greats whose experiences provide a guide on how to take your work from a hobby to a profession. The revised and expanded business chapter goes the next step and outlines how to make a living in photojournalism. Often called the "bible" of the industry Photojournalism continues to be the must-have reference for photojournalists that it has been for nearly 40 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101364

Photon-hadron Interactions In these classic lectures Feynman analyses the theoretical questions related to electron and photon interactions at high energies. These lectures are based on a special topics course taught by Feynman at Caltech in 1971 and 1972. The material is dealt with on an advanced level and includes discussions of vector meson dominance and deep inelastic scattering. The possible consequences of the parton model are also analyzed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091200

Photonic Biosensors for Traumatic Brain Injury This reference examines the host of emerging photonic biosensors presented as case studies for a variety of application including innovative medical imaging  Alzheimer’s disease and chronic traumatic encephalopathies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482207200

Photonic CrystalsPrinciples and Applications This book provides a broad overview of photonic crystals and as the title suggests covers their principles and applications. It is written from a physics point of view with an emphasis on materials science. Equations are well explained and often completely avoided to increase the readability of the book. The book is divided into eight chapters starting with a brief introduction. The second chapter deals with different dimensionalities of the photonic crystals and their properties. The third chapter is very interestingly written and provides a survey of the various synthesis methods used for production of photonic crystals including chemical routes lithography and self-assembly of colloidal photonic crystals. Chapters 4–8 constitute the bulk of the book and provide examples of applications of these photonic crystals. Chapter 4 offers a good explanation of optical switching. Bandgap and defect mode switching are also brought into focus along with many other mechanisms—14 different switching mechanisms in all including thermal electro and magneto switching. Frequency tuning of photonic crystal filters with special attention to nanosize photonic crystals is illustrated providing a direct perspective on applications of these materials in integrated photonic circuits. The transition from chapter 5 to 6 dealing with photonic crystal lasers is smooth especially after a clear description of frequency tuning. Here one- to three-dimensional photonic lasers are explained along with laser oscillations produced by a variety of microcavity methods. Metallodielectric and liquid-crystal photonic lasers are equally well illustrated. Chapter 7 introduces logic devices based on photonic crystals. This chapter clearly explains with the help of simple illustrations how to obtain AND OR and XOR logic gates. Chapter 8 concludes the book by presenting possible applications including gas chemical fluid and cell sensing; their workings are very well described from a fundamental point of view. The diagrams and illustrations are appropriate and eye catching. There are ample references; thus readers are able to find more detailed information to satisfy their curiosity if the book does not suffice. Even though the introduction provides basics of these photonic crystals I do get the impression that the bigger picture is missing. A nonexpert may not understand the direct application of such materials right from the beginning of the book. A flowchart or a diagram of these photonic crystals illustrating applications in daily life at the beginning of the book could attract a broader readership. In this regard I believe that this book is most adapted to physicists with a materials science background or vice versa. However one should take into consideration that the principles of photonic crystals cannot be explained without physics and therefore the quality of this book remains intact and could very well serve as a textbook for future physicists. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267304

Photonic Devices and Systems This work describes all the major devices used in photonic systems. It provides a thorough overview of the field of photonics detailing practical examples of photonic technology in a wide range of applications. Photonic systems and devices are discussed with a mathematical rigor that is precise enough for design purposes yet highly readable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743515

Photonic MEMS DevicesDesign Fabrication and Control Photonic MEMS devices represent the next major breakthrough in the silicon revolution. While many quality resources exist on the optic and photonic aspect of device physics today’s researchers are in need of a reference that goes beyond to include all aspects of engineering innovation. An extension on traditional design and analysis Photonic MEMS Devices: Design Fabrication and Control describes a broad range of optical and photonic devices from MEMS optical switches and bandgap crystal switches to optical variable attenuators (VOA) and injection locked tunable lasers. It deals rigorously with all these technologies at a fundamental level systematically introducing critical nomenclature. Each chapter also provides analysis techniques equations and experimental results. The book focuses not only on traditional design analysis but also provides extensive background on realistic simulation and fabrication processes. With a clear attention to experimental relevance this book provides the fundamental knowledge needed to take the next-step in integrating photonic MEMS devices into commercial products and technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386948

Photonic Signal Processing Second EditionTechniques and Applications This Second Edition of "Photonic Signal Processing" updates most recent R&D on processing techniques of signals in photonic domain from the fundamentals given in its first edition. Several modern techniques in Photonic Signal Processing (PSP) are described: Graphical signal flow technique to simplify the analysis of the photonic transfer functions plus its insights into the physical phenomena of such processors. The resonance and interference of optical fields are presented by the poles and zeros of the optical circuits respectively. Detailed design procedures for fixed and tunable optical filters. These filters "brick-wall-like" now play a highly important role in ultra-broadband (100GBaud) to spectral shaping of sinc temporal response so as to generate truly Nyquist sampler of the received eye diagrams 3-D PSP allows multi-dimensional processing for highly complex optical signals Photonic differentiators and integrators for dark soliton generations. Optical dispersion compensating processors for ultra-long haul optical transmission systems. Some optical devices essentials for PSP. Many detailed PSP techniques are given in the chapters of this Second Edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498769938

Photonics and Fiber OpticsFoundations and Applications The combination of laser and optoelectronics with optical fiber technology can enhance the seamless activities of fiber-optic communications and fiber-sensor arena. This book discusses foundations of laser technology non-linear optics laser and fiber-optic applications in telecommunication and sensing fields including fundamentals and recent developments in photonics technology. Accumulated chapters cover constituent materials techniques of measurement of non-linear optical properties of nanomaterials photonic crystals and pertinent applications in medical high voltage engineering and in optical computations and designing logic gates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367134570

Photonics Modelling and Design Photonics Modeling and Design delivers a concise introduction to the modeling and design of photonic devices. Assuming a general knowledge of photonics and the operating principles of fibre and semiconductor lasers this book: Describes the analysis of the light propagation in dielectric media Discusses heat diffusion and carrier transport Applies the presented theory to develop fibre and semiconductor laser models Addresses the propagation of short optical pulses in optical fibres Puts all modeling into practical context with examples of devices currently in development or on the market Providing hands-on guidance in the form of MATLAB® scripts tips and other downloadable content Photonics Modeling and Design is written for students and professionals interested in modeling photonic devices either for gaining a deeper understanding of the operation or to optimize the design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138809383

PhotonicsPrinciples and Practices Since the invention of the laser our fascination with the photon has led to one of the most dynamic and rapidly growing fields of technology. An explosion of new materials devices and applications makes it more important than ever to stay current with the latest advances. Surveying the field from fundamental concepts to state-of-the-art developments Photonics: Principles and Practices builds a comprehensive understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of photonics from the basics of light waves to fiber optics and lasers. Providing self-contained coverage and using a consistent approach the author leads you step-by-step through each topic. Each skillfully crafted chapter first explores the theoretical concepts of each topic and then demonstrates how these principles apply to real-world applications by guiding you through experimental cases illuminated with numerous illustrations. Coverage is divided into six broad sections systematically working through light optics waves and diffraction optical fibers fiber optics testing and laboratory safety. A complete glossary useful appendices and a thorough list of references round out the presentation. The text also includes a 16-page insert containing 28 full-color illustrations. Containing several topics presented for the first time in book form Photonics: Principles and Practices is simply the most modern comprehensive and hands-on text in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222288

Photons and Quantum Fluctuations Based on a special ONR seminar Photons and Quantum Fluctuations draws together discoveries in nonclassical or "silent" light for research workers and postgraduates in quantum optics. With nonclassical light noise is reduced in amplitude below that expected by previous applications of the uncertainty principles. Historians of science who wish to ponder the philosophical implications of these developments may also find this a useful volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403386

Photons Nonlinear Optics This book provides an introduction to quantum optics for experimental physicists and for college students who have studied quantum mechanics. Its distinguishing feature is its emphasis on multimode fields with correlating different-frequency modes notably on their phenomenological description and on the practical methods of generating them. The phenomena described in this book provide an opportunity to study nonrelativistic quantum electrodynamics and to master many important concepts of theoretical physics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743508

PhotopolymersPhotoresist Materials Processes and Applications Advancements in photopolymers have led to groundbreaking achievements in the electronics print optical engineering and medical fields. At present photopolymers have myriad applications in semiconductor device manufacturing printed circuit boards (PCBs) ultraviolet (UV) curing printing plates 3-D printing microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and medical materials. Processes such as photopolymerization photodegradation and photocrosslinking as well as lithography technology in which photofabrications are performed by images of photopolymers have given rise to very large-scale integrated (VLSI) circuits microproducts and more. Addressing topics such as chemically amplified resists immersion lithography extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography and nanoimprinting Photopolymers: Photoresist Materials Processes and Applications covers photopolymers from core concepts to industrial applications providing the chemical formulae and structures of the materials discussed as well as practical case studies from some of the world’s largest corporations. Offering a state-of-the-art review of progress in the development of photopolymers this book provides valuable insight into current and future opportunities for photopolymer use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466517288

Photosensitive Glass and Glass-Ceramics This book will discuss how glass and glass ceramic interact with light both transiently and permanently. Ways that light permanently alter the properties of glass and glass ceramic like the color refractive index and mechanical and chemical behaviors will be included. Each photochromatic phenomenon will be discussed in detail from the physical and chemical origin to the method fabrication and ultimately to their utilization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875121

Photosensitive PolyimidesFundamentals and Applications This is the first book to provide an in-depth presentation of photosensitive polyimides for electronic and photonic applications. The authors are leading specialists in this field from Japan Europe and the U.S.From the PrefaceAromatic polyimides were developed originally as thermostable flexible polymer films for space applications. Now polyimides have found widespread use in the manufacture of electronic devices and have been employed in increasingly diverse areas of electronics and information technology. In addition to their excellent thermal stability and high processability a wide range of chemical and physical properties provided by molecular engineering makes polyimides highly versatile in the electronics and information industries.Lithography of polyimides is an inevitable process in using polyimides for microelectronic fields and hence increasing research has been devoted to developing photosensitive polyimides which make it unnecessary to use photoresists for patterning polyimides and diminishing markedly the number of steps in fabrication of various electronic devices.In addition the development of technology of photosensitive polyimides is expected to play a great role in manufacturing photonic devices in the near future when the design and control of hyper fine structures . . . including higher thermal stability and better processability would be essential. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743423

Photosensitization of Porphyrins and Phthalocyanines Photosensitization of Porphyrins and Phthalocyanines covers the scentific background to porphyrins and phthalocyanines and applications of the compounds especially for the application for photosensitization. It also has a review of advances in research and applications in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396985

Photoshop 3D for Animators Photoshop is not just for photographers anymore. Photoshop 3D for Animators is one of the only titles available that discusses 3D Photoshop techniques specifically for animators. Now with Adobe CS5 3D Digital artists can integrate 3D models into Photoshop or create 3D models in Photoshop with the high capability to customize edit and animate. With Photoshop 3D for Animators explore the new 3D tools and techniques that will enhance your animation pipeline and workflows with the Adobe Suite softwares including After Effects and Flash. Explore the ins and outs of Adobe Photoshop and expand your 3D expertise with the comprehensive guide to Adobe 3D toolset for animators. Customize Adobe CS5 tools for your specific animation workflow and integrate your 3D models with Adobe Flash and the entire Adobe Suite platform with ease. Learn to manipulate 3D images as well as import 3D content from the Adobe creative suite. With in-depth step-by-step tutorials explore lighting digital painting texturing and rendering for 2D and 3D the power of Adobe Photoshop software. Enhance your digital workflow and expand your expertise with this hands-on guide to Photoshop CS5. Includes a DVD with source files working samples and models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456242

Photoshop CC: Essential SkillsA guide to creative image editing New to Photoshop? Looking to unlock the impressive power of Photoshop CC? Want to master image editing techniques and achieve professional-level results? Then Photoshop CC: Essential Skills is the resource you need. This book and companion website’s proven combination of real world image editing examples step-by-step projects and professional advice from two internationally recognized authors and Adobe Photoshop Ambassadors delivers an essential learning experience for beginner to intermediate Photoshop users. This self-study guide to Photoshop CC covers the foundational skills for photographers and image editors to get started before moving onto more advanced image editing and photomontage techniques. A complete section of step-by-step imaging projects and 10+ hours of video tutorials on the companion website hone image editing skills to yield expert-quality results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715713

Photoshop CS3 Essential Skills Brimming with beautiful pictures this successful book guides you through a project-based progressive curriculum so that you can build all the essential skills to enhance photographs creatively and professionally with Photoshop CS3. If you are an aspiring professional enthusiastic amateur photographer or a student learning photography digital imaging art and design or design graphics you'll be amazed at the stunning results you can achieve!New! DVD is included FREE. Additional learning materials include full-resolution royalty-free images to download for trying-out your new techniques over 8 hours of QuickTime movie tutorials to support the practical projects Presets from layer styles to curves shapes and gradients indispensable RAW files for editing practiceAnd don't miss the companion website with updates practice material and more at www.photoshopessentialskills.com!"The perfect companion guide for Photoshop users of multiple levels." Photoshop Creative Magazine"This book provides excellent coverage of Photoshop as a digital darkroom tool as well as covering a truly amazing amount of background information. It is very readable and is truly a gem."Mark Lewis Director Mount Saint Mary College USAThe Essential Skills Photography Series from Focal Press uniquely offers a structured learning experience for photographers of all ages with both the underlying theory and loads of invaluable 'how to' and real-life practice projects - all from the most talented photography practitioners/educators in the world.Each subject includes: learning objectives for each section - for class use or self-study color images of student and teacher/author work activities to check learning outcomes a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401112

Photoshop CS6: Essential Skills Combining real word examples step-by-step projects and professional advice Photoshop CS6: Essential Skills provides you with the ultimate learning experience. Written by two internationally recognized authors and Adobe Photoshop Ambassadors this book and DVD package gives you a guided tour of everything you need to know to master image editing and achieve stunning results. Broken into three parts this self-study guide to Photoshop covers all the foundation skills to get you started before moving on to more advanced image editing and photomontage techniques to develop you skills even further. A complete section of step-by-step imaging projects and the 12+ hours of DVD video tutorials will hone your image editing skills to give you professional quality results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240522685

Photoshop Effects for Portrait Photographers Want to offer your clients more to chose from? Here's how: award winning photographer Christopher Grey has developed techniques to enhance portrait photography using the creative applications available in Photoshop. Photoshop Effects for Portrait Photographers contains detailed explanations of how to replicate many darkroom techniques with Photoshop (Dodging Burning Vignettes etc.) as well as camera and earlier technology techniques (Short Focus High Speed Film Grain Hand Coloring etc.). Grey has also developed almost two dozen ways to replicate traditional painterly and illustrative techniques such as Rough Charcoal Sketch Wet Watercolor Silkscreen and Oil Chalk. Images available for downloading at http://www.ChristopherGrey.com/booksamples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401136

Photoshop for Video Master the graphic design and production skills required of today's video editors and motion graphic professionals with this comprehensive guide to the video tools in Adobe Photoshop CS3 Extended. Every page is filled with techniques to help the video professional make graphics for use in television video the Internet and DVD. Lively discourse full-color presentations and hands-on tutorials demonstrate everything you need to know about how to combine still and moving images. Fundamental concepts such as transparency pixel aspect ratio and alpha channels are made precisely clear and advanced techniques show how to use Photoshop as a character generator color corrector and animation tool.This edition features expanded coverage of DVD and motion graphics design as well as addressing recent developments in High Definition video 3D models and 32-bit imaging. This indispensable reference includes: real-world solutions for making graphics for video introduction to third party plug-ins automation and shortcut methods that cut production time profiles of notable editors and motion graphic artists that include their favorite tips and tricksThe DVD offers a hands-on multimedia experience with hundreds of images to work on tutorials to complete and 2 � hours of video training to watch.Authored in CS3 CS4 updates are provided to readers by the publisher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452978

Photoshop Made Simple If you want to know how to: get the most from any image retouch and edit photographs prepare photographs for the web or print quickly access the power of Photoshop create special effects with text and imagesthen Photoshop Made Simple is for you! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436275

Photostability of Drugs and Drug Formulations Providing the guidance needed for formulation handling and quality control of photolabile drugs Photostability of Drugs and Drug Formulations Second Edition explores the significance of new information on drug photoreactivity in a pharmaceutical context. Completely revised and updated with chapter authors drawn from an international panel of experts the book supplies the background necessary for planning standardized photochemical stability studies as a part of drug development and formulation work. It contains comprehensive coverage of the physical and chemical aspects of drug photoreactivity formulation stability testing and drug design/discovery in one resource.The contents have been reorganized to focus on the standardization of photostability testing of drug substances and products in vitro photoreactivity screening of drugs and various aspects of the formulation of photoreactive substances. The information on in vitro screening of drug photoreactivity is of great relevance for scientists who are developing and validating a set of testing protocols to address photosafety. Discussing kinetic and chemical aspects of drug photodecomposition as well as the practical problems frequently encountered in photochemical stability testing this book helps you design a test protocol and interpret the results. FeaturesAssists non-experts in this field design a test protocol and interpret the resultsCovers in vitro and in vivo aspects of interactions between drugs and lightExplores the kinetic and chemical aspects of drug photodecompositionDiscusses the problems frequently encountered in photochemical stability testingProvides guidance on how to address photosafety assessments and labeling requirements of potentially photoreactive drugsHighlights the practical implications of drug photodecomposition from a pharmaceutical viewpointOffers specific guidance in photos Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394103

PhotosynthesisGenetic Environmental and Evolutionary Aspects This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.In order to function and survive plants produce a wide array of chemical compounds not found in other organisms. Photosynthesis requires a large array of pigments enzymes and other compounds to function and these chemicals have multiple practical uses in the human world as well with applications to agriculture forestry and horticulture. This book presents an important collection of research and studies on the physiology of photosynthesis. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692630

Photosynthetic Protein-Based Photovoltaics Ever since the discovery of the photoelectric effect researchers have been trying to improve the efficiency of converting sunlight into electricity through photovoltaic devices. Photosynthetic organisms provide clues for harvesting sunlight and storing the energy in chemical forms. This book offers a concise overview of the fundamental concepts of photosynthesis and the emerging photovoltaic technologies casting light on the symbiotic relation between these spheres of science. Although there are many books about the fundamentals of photosynthesis and the various aspects of the photosynthetic processes this is the first volume to focus on the prospects of studying the photosynthetic proteins understanding and applying their properties to design prospective solar energy conversion devices that are sustainable and efficient. All in all the book aims to bring together the present know-how on organic photovoltaics and dye-sensitized solar cells with that of the emerging bio-photovoltaics and the underlying physics of photosynthesis to foster a more eclectic research that would converge towards a sustainable energy technology for the future. The book mainly serves as a bridge to connect biochemists who study photosynthetic proteins and physicists and engineers who design and develop photovoltaic devices. Scientists engineers and students in the fields of photosynthetic research and solar energy research can use this book as a ready reference.   Key selling features: Covers both methods and bio-based materials needed to build bio-based photovoltaics Focuses on both techniques and applications Summarizes the advantages and limitations of various techniques Contributors from multiple disciplines integrate the knowledge of photosynthetic proteins and the physics/engineering of photovoltaic devices. Includes adaptive designs and techniques used in other types of solar cells to for the design of protein-based PVs Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498724890

Phototherapy and Therapeutic Photography in a Digital Age The digital age has brought about a world-wide evolution of phototherapy and therapeutic photography. This book provides both a foundation in phototherapy and therapeutic photography and describes the most recent developments. Phototherapy and Therapeutic Photography in a Digital Age is divided into three sections: In the first an introduction and overviews from different perspectives; in the second approaches and contexts including phototherapy re-enactment phototherapy community phototherapy self-portraiture family photography. This is followed by a conclusion looking at the future of phototherapy and therapeutic photography in terms of theory practice and research. The book is for anyone interested in the therapeutic use of photographs. It will be of particular interest to psychological therapists and especially psychotherapists counsellors psychologists and art therapists as well as photographers and others wishing to explore further the use of photographs therapeutically within their existing practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667364

Phototherapy Treatment Protocols This is a step-by-step manual of protocols for ultraviolet light therapy in the dermatologist's office. It provides technical information for UVB PUVA outpatient daycare RePUVA UVA/UVB combination hand and foot therapy scalp treatments and hydrotherapy. It contains examples of patient education handouts consent forms laboratory flow sheets forms for insurance companies tools for the quantitative measurement of psoriasis severity and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498754620

Phototruth Or Photofiction?Ethics and Media Imagery in the Digital Age This text examines the use of images in journalistic contexts and the manipulation of these images to accomplish varying objectives. It provides a framework for critical discussion among professionals educators students and concerned consumers of newspapers magazines online journals and other nonfiction media. It also offers a method of assessing the ethics of mass-media photos which will help visual journalists to embrace new technologies while preserving their credibility. Phototruth or Photofiction? also: *recounts the invention of photography and how it came to be accorded an extraordinary degree of trust; *details how photos were staged painted composited and otherwise faked long before digital technology; *lists contemporary image-altering products and practices; *details many examples of manipulated images in nonfiction media and lists rationales offered in defense of them; *explains how current ethical principles have been derived; *lays groundwork for an ethical protocol by explaining conventions of taking processing and publishing journalistic photos; and *offers tests for assessing the appropriateness of altered images in non-fiction media. Each chapter is followed by "Explorations" designed to facilitate classroom discussion and to integrate into those interactions the students' own perceptions and experiences. The book is intended for students and others interested in the manipulation of images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141735

Photovoice Research in Education and BeyondA Practical Guide from Theory to Exhibition Photovoice is a form of participatory action research which has been gaining use and momentum since its inception in the mid-1990s. Within the enactment of this methodology research participants are invited to document aspects of their lives through photography and then provide written or oral accounts of the images they create. Designed to situate participants as experts on their lives and their experiences photovoice is a powerful and visceral approach to policy change efforts. In this book the photovoice methodology is conceptualized as being comprised of eight steps: identification invitation education documentation narration ideation presentation and confirmation. Each of the steps is explained and expanded upon and insights are drawn from the extant photovoice literature and the author’s personal experience. In addition attention is given to the history of photography and inquiry theoretical underpinnings and aims of the methodology ethical considerations methods and procedures approaches to data analysis and photovoice exhibitions. Finally the author has attended to some aspects of photovoice that have historically been left unattended such as: building a conceptual framework for a photovoice study viewing the photovoice exhibition as a site of inquiry and thinking through the ways in which ever-evolving photography technologies can and should impact decision-making throughout the photovoice process. While many texts exist that touch on and/or address photovoice this is the first book solely dedicated to the entirety of the photovoice methodology — from theory to exhibition. Built as a practical guide readers will find a wealth of information resources and advice within this book. Educators students and academic researchers will find this an accessible and compassionate text one that will be a trusted companion while on the photovoice project journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851481

Photovoltaic and Photo-refractive Effects in Noncentrosymmetric Materials Ferroelectric materials in addition to possessing the unique property of a reversible spontaneous polarization exhibit a range of other significant and useful properties. These include high values of piezoelectric pyroelectric nonlinear optic electrooptic photorefractice and dielectric permittivity coefficients. Another fascinating property of ferroelectric materials is their photovoltaic effect. Photovoltaic effects have been extensively studied in the past in symmetric materials such as silicon. This volume is the first concentrated treatment of the characteristics theory and potential applications of the photovoltaic effect in noncentrosymmetric materials which include ferroelectrics and piezoelectrics. The book also deals with the relationship between the photovoltaic and the photorefractive effects. The latter has already been well-studied and is finding many applications in optical processing and computing. This volume should prove to be an important text as well as a comprehensive reference source for basic and applied researchers working on photovoltaic photorefractive and other photoeffects in ferroelectrics and related materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743416

Photovoltaic Engineering Handbook The Photovoltaic Engineering Handbook is the first book to look closely at the practical problems involved in evaluating and setting up a photovoltaic (PV) power system. The author's comprehensive knowledge of the subject provides a wealth of theoretical and practical insight into the different procedures and decisions that designers need to make. Unique in its coverage the book presents technical information in a concise and simple way to enable engineers from a wide range of backgrounds to initiate assess analyze and design a PV system. It is beneficial for energy planners making decisions on the most appropriate system for specific needs PV applications engineers and anyone confronting the practical difficulties of setting up a PV power system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743393

Photovoltaic LaboratorySafety Code-Compliance and Commercial Off-the-Shelf Equipment Photovoltaic Laboratory: Safety Code-Compliance and Commercial Off-the-Shelf Equipment is the only textbook that offers students the opportunity to design build test and troubleshoot practical PV systems based on commercially available equipment. Complete with electrical schematics layouts and step-by-step installation instructions this hands-on laboratory manual: Promotes "safety first" by covering working in extreme weather conditions personal protective equipment working at heights electrical safety and power tool safety Includes chapters on trade math DC/AC electrical circuits and assessing a property for a photovoltaic system (e.g. surveying the available space shading and solar harvest) Discusses aspects of mechanical and electric integration specific to different roof types and characterizing a PV module under different levels of irradiation and ambient temperature Addresses the design installation and testing of off-grid PV systems with DC-only loads and with DC and AC loads as well as 2.4 kw DC grid-tied PV systems with microinverters and string inverters Trains students on exactly the sort of equipment that they will encounter in the field so they gain valuable experience and skills that translate directly to real-world applications Photovoltaic Laboratory: Safety Code-Compliance and Commercial Off-the-Shelf provides in-depth project-driven instruction on everything from attaching brackets and flashing to modeling PV cells modules and arrays. This textbook is ideal preparation for those seeking a career in the PV industry—from system installers and designers to quality assurance and sales/marketing personnel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482244434

Photovoltaic System DesignProcedures Tools and Applications Introducing a Reliable Green Technology That Can Help Improve System PerformanceSolely centered on photovoltaic (PV) system sizing and the tools used for PV system analysis and design Photovoltaic System Design: Procedures Tools and Applications emphasizes the importance of using solar PV technologies for a number of end-use applications and examines growing interest in solar PV-based projects on a global scale. Written for the system designer/project developer/manufacturer dedicated to correctly sizing a PV system the book outlines various aspects of PV technology applications and programs. It describes key attributes system design requirements influence on climatic and site-specific parameters utilization of simulation procedures and expected performance. The author includes actual case studies for system designing procedures adopted by various companies and provides a framework for working through both direct and indirect variables under the actual system designing phase. A vital resource essential to your collection this book: Touches upon the role of renewable energy technologies in a holistic energy scenario Makes a clear categorization of off-grid and on-grid PV applications and discusses advantages and limitationsConsiders the potential of solar radiation availability Introduces PV system sizing procedures via the modern use of simulation softwaresPresents an analysis of actual PV power plant sites when designed via the use of simulation softwareDetermines the weak links in a PV systemBrings out the importance of capacity building initiatives vis-à-vis the available range of PV simulation software tools and proceduresPhotovoltaic System Design: Procedures Tools and Applications provides a clear understanding of the issues that can affect the operation and smooth running of PV facilities and aids in determining photovoltaic system sizing procedures from a variety of end-use considerations. The book encompasses civil mechanical electrical geotechnical and power systems engineering and is useful to industry professionals involved in solar power plant design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574635

Photovoltaic Systems Engineering The primary purpose of PV Systems Engineering is to provide a comprehensive set of PV knowledge and understanding tools for the design installation commissioning inspection and operation of PV systems. During recent years in the United States more PV capacity was installed than any other electrical generation source. In addition to practical system information this new edition includes explanation of the basic physical principles upon which the technology is based and a consideration of the environmental and economic impact of the technology. The material covers all phases of PV systems from basic sunlight parameters to system commissioning and simulation as well as economic and environmental impact of PV. With homework problems included in each chapter and numerous design examples of real systems the book provides the reader with consistent opportunities to apply the information to real-world scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736330

Photovoltaics and Architecture Photovoltaic systems (PVs) produce electricity directly from solar radiation and are becoming more widespread as their advantages become apparent. This new guide provides an overview of how PVs work and how they are incorporated in the design of buildings giving designers a good idea of the variety and flexibility of PVs and of their design and aesthetic potential. Seven contemporary case studies illustrate the use and application of photovoltaic systems. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138154780

Photovoltaics for Commercial and Utilities Power Generation Photovoltaics for Commercial and Utilities Power Generation is an in-depth review of the solar industry development and present day state-of-the-art. It emphasizes current and future applications of photovoltaic equipment in the commercial and utility energy sectors highlighting its use in large scale power generating plants operating in the U.S. deserts. The book reviews all key aspects of the photovoltaic technologies from a theoretical point of view looking closely at their design parameters materials manufacturing quality and performance. It also covers the practical applications focusing on large scale photovoltaics as a major alternative energy source. The author examines the advantages and disadvantages of each of today’s solar technologies and projects them into the future in search of optimized niche markets and maximum utilization. Key technical issues related to: manufacturing and test procedures product quality and safety field performance environmental impact and other issues are thoroughly analyzed. Lack of standardized manufacturing processes and operating procedures fluctuating political and regulatory policies and the different financing legal and marketing aspects of the solar industry are amidst the topics discussed in detail as well. Photovoltaics for Commercial and Utilities Power Generation provides a 360 degree view of today’s solar energy products and the related manufacturing and operating procedures. It exposes the issues plaguing the solar industry with the ultimate goal of finding the best solutions as needed to bring photovoltaic technologies to acceptable level of efficient reliable and cost-effective operation in large scale power generation plants. Large scale PV power generation is one of the keys to meeting the energy and environmental demands of the 21st century. This book identifies the major issues and suggests solutions to the obstacles hindering the large scale deployment of photovoltaics in the U.S. and abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781439856314

Photovoltaics for ProfessionalsSolar Electric Systems Marketing Design and Installation For the building industry the installation of photovoltaic systems has become a new field of activity. Interest in solar energy is growing and future business prospects are excellent. Photovoltaics for Professionals describes the practicalities of marketing designing and installing photovoltaic systems both grid-tied and stand-alone. It has been written for electricians technicians builders architects and building engineers who want to get involved in this expanding industry. It answers all the beginner's questions as well as serving as a textbook and work of reference provides designers and installers with practical specialist knowledge needed to design and install high quality solar electric systems and gives a comprehensive overview of the major photovoltaic market sectors. Photovoltaics for Professionals contains over 100 full colour illustrations and covers: Marketing and promoting photovoltaics Solar cells PV modules and the solar resource Grid-tied PV systems Stand-alone PV systems Practical step-by-step examples are described of how to go about installing systems right from the first customer contact and many useful tips are given to help avoid mistakes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139114

Photovoltaics in BuildingsA Design Handbook for Architects and Engineers The integration of photovoltaics (PV) into buildings goes beyond energy saving by providing a clean and elegant way of actually generating electricity. There are already numerous successful examples and rapid technological improvements promise expansion of PV's present niche market to that of a major energy provider of the 21st century. This handbook is the outcome of a five year programme which took place under the auspices of the International Energy Agency. Architects and solar experts from 13 countries addressed the wide range of engineering and architectural issues involved in the successful integration of PV into buildings. It demonstrates how to maximise the overall solar contribution to the building; integrate PV effectively with the building structure; clarify the relationship of PV with other elements of the building's energy system; optimise the system economics. It forms a thorough design guide that covers all aspects if the subject and will enable all building designers engineers and property owners to make the integration of PV into buildings an architecturally appealing and energetically effective option. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870106

Photovoltaics in Cold Climates Providing electric power to remote cold regions at high latitude or altitude can be an expensive and technically challenging task. Photovoltaics (PV) provide a reliable and cost-effective solution yet their potential is underdeveloped in part because of a lack of knowledge about their effectiveness in cold climates. This book illustrates the potential and the techniques for using PV in cold climates. The book starts with a general section illustrating how PV can be applied in cold climates with a succinct overview of the main considerations and chapters covering both the solar resource and the economics. It then covers the effects of cold climates on PV systems looking at the issues around the array and electronics the battery and energy management. The third section covers design considerations and possible configurations (stand alone/battery systems hybrid systems seasonal storage and system simulation). The next part covers installation and operation and the book concludes with several case studies. The book will be invaluable both for all managers charged with providing power to cold climates whether for dwellings other buildings or technical installations and for all technicians engineers installers and researchers working on such installations. It will also be of great interest to those working with PV in any form or interested to see PV technology reach its full potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138422940

Photovoltaics in the Urban EnvironmentLessons Learnt from Large Scale Projects The concept of cities as potential photovoltaic power plants is rapidly gaining prominence but until now there has been no large scale study of the impacts of such development on urban fabric and infrastructure or on inhabitants. This book based on wide-ranging studies supported by the European Commission and International Energy Agency is the first to properly address these issues. It sets out by looking at the implications on planning policy of PV in the urban environment and giving an overview of the implementation and occupation processes. It then moves on to present detailed case studies from a range of European cites examining the role of large scale PV installations in urban renewal and new urban area development stretching back over 15 years. It ends with a review of technical guidelines for PV and regulation/legalities surrounding planning building and grid connection. The book will form an essential resource for planners and developers who are considering including large scale PV in their plans and who want to understand what has (or hasn't) worked and why. Published with Intelligent Energy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978447

PHPP IllustratedA designer's companion to the Passivhaus Planning Package Passive House is a leading low energy building standard. An important tool for designing Passive House buildings is the Passive House Planning Package (PHPP). This book is an essential guide to the PHPP and sets out clear and easy-to-follow steps for inputting and understanding a building in PHPP. Fully-revised and updated this new edition provides essential updates on the latest version of the Planning Package - an essential read for any architects designers and students wanting utilise the PHPP as a design tool. A short pragmatic guide ideal for the time-poor A very visual easy-to-use guide allowing you to quickly get to grips with PHPP Designed for both practitioners and students - you don't need prior experience of low-energy or Passive House design. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859467756

Phrase and SubjectStudies in Music and Literature This book includes a collection of interdisciplinary essays that provide a valuable introduction to the field of literature and music mapping the contours of recent research and investigating the mutual aesthetic influence of the two arts and their common historical ground. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604172

Phrase Structures in CompetitionVariation and Change in Old English Word Order This book investigates variation and change in Old English word order with special emphasis on the position of the verb. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978454

Phraseology in Legal and Institutional SettingsA Corpus-based Interdisciplinary Perspective This volume presents a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of major developments in the study of how phraseology is used in a wide range of different legal and institutional contexts. This recent interest has been mainly sparked by the development of corpus linguistics research which has both demonstrated the centrality of phraseological patterns in language and provided researchers with new and powerful analytical tools. However there have been relatively few empirical studies of word combinations in the domain of law and in the many different contexts where legal discourse is used. This book seeks to address this gap by presenting some of the latest developments in the study of this linguistic phenomenon from corpus-based and interdisciplinary perspectives. The volume draws on current research in legal phraseology from a variety of perspectives: translation comparative/contrastive studies terminology lexicography discourse analysis and forensic linguistics. It contains contributions from leading experts in the field focusing on a wide range of issues amply illustrated through in-depth corpus-informed analyses and case studies. Most contributions to this book are multilingual featuring different legal systems and legal languages. The volume will be a valuable resource for linguists interested in phraseology as well as lawyers and legal scholars translators lexicographers terminologists and students who wish to pursue research in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313050

Phrenology and the Origins of Victorian Scientific Naturalism Through a reassessment of phrenology Phrenology and the Origins of Victorian Scientific Naturalism sheds light on all kinds of works in Victorian Britain and America which have previously been unnoticed or were simply referred to with a vague 'naturalism of the times' explanation. It is often assumed that the scientific naturalism familiar in late nineteenth century writers such as T.H. Huxley and John Tyndall are the effects of a 'Darwinian revolution' unleashed in 1859 on an unsuspecting world following the publication of The Origin of Species. Yet it can be misleading to view Darwin's work in isolation without locating it in the context of a well established and vigorous debate concerning scientific naturalism. Throughout the nineteenth century intellectuals and societies had been discussing the relationship between nature and man and the scientific and religious implications thereof. At the forefront of these debates were the advocates of phrenology who sought to apply their theories to a wide range of subjects from medicine and the treatment of the insane to education theology and even economic theories. Showing how ideas about naturalism and the doctrine of natural laws were born in the early phrenology controversies in the 1820s this book charts the spread of such views. It argues that one book in particular The Constitution of Man in Relation to External Objects (1828) by George Combe had an enormous influence on scientific thinking and the popularity of the 'naturalistic movement'. The Constitution was one of the best-selling books of the nineteenth century being published continuously from 1828 to 1899 and selling more than 350 000 copies throughout the world many times more than Dawin's The Origin of Species. By restoring Combe and his work to centre stage it provides modern scholars with a more accurate picture of the Victorians' view of their place in Nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249080

Phycobiliproteins This volume provides a detailed examination of phycobiliproteins the photosynthetic antenna pigments found in algae. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896465

PhycobiotechnologyBiodiversity and Biotechnology of Algae and Algal Products for Food Feed and Fuel Named #1 of 15 Best New Biotechnology Books to Read in 2021 by BookAuthority. This volume explores and explains the vast uses and benefits of algae as food feed and fuel. It covers the most advanced applications of algae in the food and feed industries and for environmental sustainability. With chapters written by experts and which were extensively reviewed by many well-known subject experts and professionals Phycobiotechnology: Biodiversity and Biotechnology of Algae and Algal Products for Food Feed and Fuel provides an abundance of valuable information. Algae are a genetically diverse group of organisms with a wide range of physiological and biochemical characteristics that have unique capabilities in the fields of agriculture pharmaceuticals industry and environment. Algae hold the potential to become the planet’s next major source of energy and a vital part of the solution for climate change and dependence on fossil fuels. Many varieties of algae are also known to be an abundant source of vitamins minerals and other nutrients that can boost the human immune system. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888967

Phyllanthus SpeciesScientific Evaluation and Medicinal Applications The genus Phyllanthus has over 1 000 species distributed worldwide many of which have been used indigenously for the treatment of a variety of ailments for generations. Researchers have developed ways to analyze the potential of these plants and demonstrated the pharmacological action and various chemical entities present in each of them. They have validated the folklore claims and used this knowledge to design cost-effective and reliable sources of medicine. The first book to exclusively examine the genus Phyllanthus Phyllanthus Species: Scientific Evaluation and Medicinal Applications begins with a systematic classification and identification manual for various plants in the genus followed by the scientific evaluation of the species for modern medicinal use. This reference compiles cutting edge research from countries around the world including the UK Malaysia India Indonesia Spain Cuba and China. Topics covered include phylogenetic analysis of Phyllanthus chemistry of the genus anti-cancer anti-diabetic and chemo- protective effects genotoxicity clinical trials involving Phyllanthus and various formulations containing different plants from the genus Phyllanthus. Phyllanthus Species: Scientific Evaluation and Medicinal Applications describes in detail the taxonomy cultivation and marketing identification of geographic and genetic hot spots chemistry scientific evaluation and clinical trials of various species of Phyllanthus. Written for researchers and educators in academia industry agriculture and the interested general public this book’s up-to-date references make it a powerful resource providing first-hand information on Phyllanthus. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112537

Phylogenetic SystematicsHaeckel to Hennig Phylogenetic Systematics: Haeckel to Hennig traces the development of phylogenetic systematics against the foil of idealistic morphology through 100 years of German biology. It starts with the iconic Ernst Haeckel—the German Darwin from Jena—and the evolutionary morphology he developed. It ends with Willi Hennig the founder of modern phylogenetic systematics. Written in English the book presents a unique perspective on a vast body of German biological literature.The book also offers a perspective on German biology in the Third Reich. The author looks at how idealistic morphology and phylogenetic systematics represented two antagonistic traditions in German biology the first organicist-holistic the latter empiricist-positivistic. In addition he explains the ways in which both traditions acquired socio-political and ideological connotations culminating in their accommodation to different strands of Nazi ideology.The book’s nine chapters summarize a century of the conceptual development of systematics describe both the history and philosophy of phylogenetic approaches to the understanding of the history of life examine the role of important people such as Haeckel Gegenbauer Portman von Bertalanffy Stresemann and Hennig and critically evaluate the impact and influence of Nazism on evolutionary biology.Chapter titles include: The Evolutionary Turn in Comparative Anatomy; Of Parts and Wholes; The Turn against Haeckel; The Rise of Holism in German Biology; The Rise of German ("Aryan") Biology; Ganzheitsbiologie; The Ideological Instrumentalization of Biology; A New Beginning: From Speciation to Phylogenetics; and Grundzüge: The Conceptual Foundations of Phylogenetic Systematics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367876456

Phylogenetics of Bees Bees are flying insects of the order Hymenoptera closely related to wasps and ants. The ancestors of bees are assumed to be predatory wasps which switched to pollen consumption. Further bees co-evolved with flowering plants and divided into several species according to climatic conditions. Widely known bees are western bees Apis mellifera and eastern bees Apis cerana. This book sheds light on features of evolution phylogenesis speciation adaptation to environment and taxonomy of bees. It will be of particular relevance to evolutionists geneticists taxonomists ecologists population geneticist and breeders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138504233

Phylogenomic Data AcquisitionPrinciples and Practice Phylogenomics is a rapidly growing field of study concerned with using genome-wide data—usually in the form of DNA sequence loci—to infer the evolution of genes genomes and the Tree of Life. Accordingly this discipline connects many areas in biology including molecular and genomic evolution systems biology molecular systematics phylogeography conservation genetics DNA barcoding and others. With the advent of Next Generation Sequencing in addition to advances in computer hardware and software over the past decade researchers can now generate unparalleled phylogenomic datasets that are helping to illuminate many areas in the life sciences. This book is an introduction to the principles and practices of gathering these data. Phylogenomic Data Acquisition: Principles and Practice is intended for a broad cross-section of biologists and anyone else interested in learning how to obtain phylogenomic data using the latest methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367869809

PhylogenomicsA Primer Phylogenomics: A Primer Second Edition is for advanced undergraduate and graduate biology students studying molecular biology comparative biology evolution genomics and biodiversity. This book explains the essential concepts underlying the storage and manipulation of genomics level data construction of phylogenetic trees population genetics natural selection the tree of life DNA barcoding and metagenomics. The inclusion of problem-solving exercises in each chapter provides students with a solid grasp of the important molecular and evolutionary questions facing modern biologists as well as the tools needed to answer them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367028497

PhylogenomicsA Primer Phylogenomics: A Primer is for advanced undergraduate and graduate biology students studying molecular biology comparative biology evolution genomics and biodiversity. Itexplores the origins of organic life on the planet examines the use of scientific databases to understand the function of proteins within organisms and provides insight into the interpretation of linear sequence information in the context of organismal change. This book explains the essential concepts underlying the storage and manipulation of genomics level data construction of phylogenetic trees population genetics natural selection thetree of life DNA barcoding and metagenomics. The inclusion of problem-solving exercises in each chapter provides students with a solid grasp of the important molecular and evolutionary questions facing modern biologists as well as the tools needed to answer them. Online exercises are also available to assist students in working with the programs and databases used to analyze phylogenomic data. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815342113

Phylogeny Anatomy and Physiology of Ancient Fishes This book on ancient fishes unites the work of many specialists coming from different areas of biology. Hagfishes lungfishes Chondrosteans and Holosteans constitute the main subject of study. Fossil records and extant species are compared to establish the conservation or the degeneration of specific characters. However phylogenetic relationships have mostly been revisited in the light of new molecular and developmental data. The morphology of several organs is also revisited. This volume includes a phylogenetic account of the cardiac outflow tract and the particulars of the heart and circulation in lungfishes. The control of breathing and the lung-swim bladder issue is discussed. The developmental anatomy of the sturgeon gut and accounts of the gut structure in lungfishes and garfishes are also included. Biochemical and physiological aspects of the behavior of lungfishes and gars are presented. Reports on the fish olfactory system and on the amazing slime glands of hagfishes are also covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377526

Phylogeny and Evolution of Bacteria and Mitochondria Life on earth began with bacteria which now colonize every corner of the planet. As the ancestors of mitochondria bacteria are also fundamental for our cells. Most bacteria look alike but have very different functions. Therefore knowing the functional profile of bacteria helps understand their impact on our life. This book provides a wealth of information on the functional evolution of bacteria in  a novel and coherent way. The book is aimed towards scientists as well as those who are curious about the world of bacteria and their relationships with mitochondria the powerhouses of our cells and us. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138501683

Phylogeography and Population Genetics in Crustacea Recently technological progress and the rise of DNA barcoding efforts have led to a significant increase in the availability of molecular datasets on intraspecific variability. Carcinologists and other organismal biologists who want to use molecular tools to investigate patterns on the scale of populations face a bewildering variety of genetic markers analytical methods and computer programs from which to choose. A modern overview of population genetic and phylogeographic studies Phylogeography and Population Genetics in Crustacea offers insights to guide research on intraspecific genetic variation in crustaceans.Combining theory and case studies of current best practices the book helps researchers select methods of analysis and interpret their results. The theoretical chapters discuss the potential of currently used and upcoming molecular markers in the context of marine non-model species. They also gather practical tips and address the effect of seldom-discussed sources of error such as spatial and temporal variation stochasticity and choice of statistical parameters. Case studies of marine and limnic crustaceans from around the world highlight the importance and diversity of sources of population structure in intraspecific variation. Written by an international team of 46 leading experts the book showcases the use and analysis of molecular markers including mitochondrial and nuclear DNA sequence data coding and non-coding sequences microsatellites and cytogenetics. It gives researchers and students a valuable summary of current knowledge on the processes that shape genetic variability and geographic distribution patterns in space and time.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381998

PhylonymsA Companion to the PhyloCode Phylonyms is an implementation of PhyloCode which is a set of principles rules and recommendations governing phylogenetic nomenclature. Nearly 300 clades - lineages of organisms - are defined by reference to hypotheses of phylogenetic history rather than by taxonomic ranks and types. This volume will document the Real World uses of PhyloCode and will govern and apply to the names of clades while species names will still be governed by traditional codes. Key Features Provides clear regulations for implementing new guidelines for naming lineages of organisms incorporates expressly evolutionary and phylogenetic principles Works with existing codes of nomenclature Eliminates the reliance on rank-based classification in favor of phylogenetic relationships Related Titles: Rieppel O. Phylogenetic Systematics: Haeckel to Hennig (ISBN 978-1-4987-5488-0) Cantino P. D. and de Queiroz K. International Code of Phylogenetic Nomenclature (PhyloCode) (ISBN 978-1-138-33282-9). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138332935

Physical Acoustics and Metrology of Fluids The interaction of sound waves with the medium through which they pass can be used to investigate the thermophysical properties of that medium. With the advent of modern instrumentation it is now possible to determine the speed and absorption of sound with extremely high precision and through the dependence of those quantities on variables like temperature pressure and frequency to gain a sensitive measure of one or more properties of fluid. This has led to renewed interest in such measurements and in the extraction of thermophysical properties of gases and liquids there from. Physical Acoustics and Metrology of Fluids describes both how to design experiments to achieve the highest possible accuracy and how to relate the quantities measured in those experiments to the thermophysical properties of the medium. A thorough theoretical examination of the alternative experimental methods available is designed to guide the experimentalist toward better and more accurate methods. This theoretical analysis is enhanced and complemented by an in-depth discussion of practical experimental techniques and the problems inherent within them. Bringing together the fields of thermodynamics kinetic theory fluid mechanics and theoretical acoustics plus a wealth of information about practical instruments this book represents an essential reference on the design and execution of valuable experiments in fluid metrology and physical acoustics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403034

Physical Activity and Educational AchievementInsights from Exercise Neuroscience A growing body of research evidence suggests that physical activity can have a positive effect on educational achievement. This book examines a range of processes associated with physical activity that are of relevance to those working in education – including cognition learning memory attention mood stress and mental health symptoms – and draws on the latest insights from exercise neuroscience to help explain the evidence. With contributions from leading scientists and educationalists from around the world this book cuts through the myths to interrogate the relationship between physical activity and educational achievement in children adolescents and young adults in a variety of cultural and geographical contexts. Examining both the benefits and risks associated with physical activity from the perspectives of exercise science and educational psychology it also looks ahead to ask what the limits of this research might be and what effects it might have on the future practice of education. Physical Activity and Educational Achievement: Insights from Exercise Neuroscience is fascinating reading for any student academic or practitioner with an interest in exercise science and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233518

Physical Activity and Learning After SchoolThe PAL Program Every school day more than 10 million children attend after-school programs in the United States. This book provides a research-based blueprint for offering students in grades 1-5 innovative programming that combines intensive physical activity and social–emotional skills development with academic enrichment in reading mathematics and social studies. Presented is an integrative approach that has been developed and tested to meet the needs of all students including those in high-poverty schools. The volume includes explicit guidance for setting up a program implementing cognitively engaging physical games and learning activities working effectively with mixed-age groups and monitoring outcomes. Reproducible forms and lesson plans can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462532674

Physical Activity And Mental Health First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138994928

Physical Activity and Public Health Practice Physical activity remains a critical area of research as we consider cost-effective measures for lowering the chronic disease epidemic worldwide. In our increasingly automated society many adults and children are not active at health-enhancing levels. In Physical Activity and Public Health Practice a panel of respected researchers summarizes essential topics in physical activity and community health and guides public health practitioners and researchers in understanding the positive impact that physical activity has on a host of disease states.Focusing on the benefits of physical activity across the human lifespan with emphasis on primary and secondary prevention of chronic diseases and conditions the book examines: Historical insights into physical activity and health Public health philosophy and approaches to understanding health concerns Application of public health strategies to increase physical activity in youth adults and older adults Known and effective policy and environmental approaches applied to various settings including schools worksites and the community The role of physical activity on growth and development and in relation to obesity Methods for measuring physical fitness and applying U.S. Physical Activity Guidelines for exercise prescriptions How to promote physical activity among hard-to-reach populations A goal of all physical activity health promotion advocates is to increase the opportunity for citizens to live active healthy lives. Understanding the immense role physical activity plays in human health is critical to shaping programs and policies that will benefit the population. This volume catalogs the latest research and provides a window into future possibilities for creating healthier communities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439849514

Physical Activity and Student Learning Discussions of physical activity in schools often focus on health-related outcomes but there is also evidence for its integral role in academic achievement cognition and psychological adjustment. Written by a scientist-practitioner Physical Activity and Student Learning explores the effects of physical activity within the broader context of educational psychology research and theory and brings the topic to a wider audience. With chapters on positive school behavior executive function and interventions this concise volume is designed for any educational psychology or general education course that includes physical activity in the curriculum. This book establishes physical activity as an important part of all learning—not just physical education and recess—and will be indispensable for student researchers and both pre- and in-service teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138348745

Physical Activity and the Abdominal VisceraResponses in Health and Disease Physical Activity and the Abdominal Viscera is the first book to examine the response of the visceral organs to acute and chronic physical activity in cases of both health and disease. Bringing together a previously disparate body of research Professor Roy Shephard sets out the physiology function during exercise pathology of disease and role of physical activity in preventing and managing disease in the visceral organs. Working systematically through the viscera the book first identifies the response to exercise and pathologies of the liver gall bladder and biliary tract then goes on to examine the function of the kidneys and bladder and finally covers issues including the spleen sickle cell disease and prostate cancer. Providing a clear and well-structured guide to the relationship between the visceral organs and physical activity Physical Activity and the Abdominal Viscera is a vital reference text for academics and upper-level students in sports medicine and clinical exercise physiology and for health professionals in preventive medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741386

Physical Activity and the Gastro-Intestinal TractResponses in health and disease The organs of the gastro-intestinal tract play an essential role in sustained physical activity but their consideration in exercise-related literature has to this point been limited. Physical Activity and the Gastro-Intestinal Tract is the first book to explain the function and response to exercise of the gastro-intestinal system in cases of both health and disease and helps to shed light on the role they play in acute and chronic exercise. Professor Roy Shephard synthesises previously disparate research to explain the physiology function pathology of disease and role of exercise in both health and chronic disease covering topics including: physical activity and the oesophagus gastro-duodenal function and physical activity physical activity and peptic ulcers physical activity and gastro-oesophageal cancers physical activity and the function of the large bowel physical activity and chronic intestinal inflammation. With each chapter including a thorough bibliography and signposts to further reading Physical Activity and the Gastro-Intestinal Tract provides a complete reference for understanding how exercise affects the function of the digestive organs. It is an important text for academics and upper-level students in sports medicine and exercise physiology and for health professionals in preventative medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244146

Physical Activity AssessmentA Lifecourse Approach Lifecourse research in physical activity tracks long-term trends in physical activity behaviours and gives an insight into the link between a physically active lifestyle and later-life health outcomes. However the complexity of physical activity behaviours and the analytical issues posed by lifecourse research present researchers with real challenges in accurately assessing the relationship between lifelong physical activity and health. Physical Activity Assessment: A Lifecourse Approach is the first book to approach the assessment of physical activity for health from a lifecourse perspective and provide students and researchers with much-needed guidance on conducting lifecourse studies. The book provides readers with a thorough grounding in physical activity assessment from across the lifecourse perspective and evaluates current methods of measurement including comparison studies criterion methods subjective assessment methods and physical activity monitors. It then goes on to offer guidance on the optimal measurement techniques of physical activity across the lifecourse suggesting how data should be collected analysed and quantified in light of modern technology and global connectivity and what these methods mean for physical activity guidelines and interventions and public health outcomes. Offering a unique and novel combination of theoretical grounding and quantitative research guidance this is important reading for any students taking modules in physical activity measurement or physical activity and health and any researchers conducting lifecourse physical activity studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059993

Physical Activity in Diverse PopulationsEvidence and Practice The health benefits associated with regular physical activity are now widely recognized. This book examines how social determinants such as race ethnicity socioeconomic status sexual orientation and disability can impact on physical activity and its associated health outcomes. It explores the social cultural political and environmental factors that influence engagement in physical activity in a range of diverse populations and presents evidence-based culturally appropriate strategies for targeting and promoting physical activity participation. Each chapter considers how the social determinants that impact on health are formed by the environments in which people live work learn and play. Incorporating a series of original case studies this book analyzes physical activity behaviors in groups such as: African Americans Latinos Asian Americans and Native Americans military veterans and physically disabled populations low-income populations rural populations LGBT populations. It also includes a variety of useful features such as key terms summary points and critical thinking questions as well as a chapter on international perspectives. Physical Activity in Diverse Populations: Evidence and Practice is vital reading for any course touching on social factors in physical activity behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674578

Physical Activity in Natural SettingsGreen and Blue Exercise Exercise interactions with green and blue spaces offer low-cost non-invasive solutions to public health challenges—particularly around mental health and obesity—and issues around environmental sustainability. Physical Activity in Natural Settings brings together multi-disciplinary international research on physical activity health and the natural environment offering evidence-based guidance on implementing nature-based solutions at individual patient and population levels. Divided over four sections the book assesses the current research landscape explores the underlying psychological and physiological mechanisms of the benefits of green exercise details applied examples of physical activity in natural settings and suggests future directions for research and practice. It features contributions from experts from around the world and covers topics including: Self-determination nature and wellbeing Visual cognition and multisensory stimuli Nature’s role in growing resilience Physical education and nature Mindfulness and green exercise Positive psychology and pro-environmental behaviour Timely and prescient and showcasing real-life examples of green exercise prescription Physical Activity in Natural Settings is fascinating and important reading for any students or researchers in the psychology or physiology of physical activity and health physical education or outdoor studies and policy-makers and health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138894310

Physical ActivityA Multi-disciplinary Introduction Physical activity and its relationship to health is one of the great issues of our age. The causes of and solutions to physical inactivity are complex and multi-dimensional and therefore the subject needs to be studied and understood from a variety of perspectives. This is the first textbook to provide a truly multi-disciplinary introduction to physical activity studies. Offering a complete foundation to the subject it covers the basics of every core discipline from biochemistry public health and biomechanics to physiology sport psychology and sociology. It introduces a full range of topics across the physical activity curriculum including behaviour change motor skill development nutrition exercise prescription public health policy and physical education providing a well-balanced and international perspective on each important issue. There is also a strong emphasis throughout the book on the practical applied dimensions of physical activity including innovative approaches to promotion and intervention tailored to every age range and environment. Physical Activity: A Multi-disciplinary Introduction is an indispensable companion to any course or degree programme with an emphasis on physical activity and health. A variety of exclusive eResources to aid teaching and learning are also available via the Routledge website. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696624

Physical Actor TrainingWhat Shall I Do with the Body They Gave Me? If as an actor your body is your 'instrument' - and the only way you can express the internal impulses of the character you’re playing - what happens when the body-mind ‘psychophysical’ connection is lost? Andrei Droznin Russia's foremost teacher of physical actor training calls this loss the 'desomatization' of the human body and argues that these connections urgently need to be restored for full expressivity. This is a genuinely unique book which links theory to practice by a man who has worked at the very top of Russian theatre; a movement specialist who has taught at the Moscow Art Theatre as well as drama schools all over the world. Beautifully translated by Natasha Fedorova  this volume will excite and inspire a new generation of English-language readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901940

Physical Agents in the Environment and WorkplaceNoise and Vibrations Electromagnetic Fields and Ionizing Radiation This book explores environmental physical agents and their potential effect on public and occupational health. It considers the theory current research and applications of physical agents including noise ionizing radiation protection and non ionizing radiation protection and explores the monitoring measurement modeling and mitigation of each of these.Features:Covers all three physical agents in one comprehensive book Presents the latest results from research as well as theoryContributed to by a panel of international experts Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571818

Physical and Emotional Hazards of a Performing CareerA special issue of the journal Musical Performance. First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079967

Physical and Information Models in Geography (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1967 this book explores the theme of geographical generalization or model building. It is composed of eight of the chapters from the original Models in Geography published in 1967. The first chapter broadly outlines geographical generalization and examines the nature and function of generalized statements ranging from conceptual models to scale models in a geographical context. The following chapter deals with model theory in a wider scientific framework and the rest of the book discusses models of physical systems and information models. The book considers model-type generalizations that are applied in the three fields of geomorphology meteorology and climatology and hydrology before focusing on the transference of information and ideas in geography. This text represents a robustly anti-idiographic statement of modern work in one of the major branches of geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658867

Physical and Social Influences on People with Senile Dementia in Residential Care Published in 1993. The Increasing numbers of very elderly people in the population and the decreased use of long-stay hospitals are leading to pressure for services in the community for people with dementia. Residential care plays an important role in the care of such people and developing new innovative services and monitoring the quality of care in existing institutions are important policy issues. The book describes an investigation into the relationship between the residential care environment and the welfare of residents with senile dementia. Unlike many studies of residential care the study included aspects of both the physical and social environment and examined the impact on residents over time. The study used some innovative approaches to assessing the impact of the environment of residents and the book describes a model using quantitative techniques to analyse outcomes for residents. The policy issues and provide pointers for specifying standards for the care of residents with senile dementia. The potential for innovative schemes building on the results of the study is discussed and the concept of ‘informal care homes’ is introduced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608436

Physical Basis of Cell-Cell Adhesion The Present book is aimed at providing a readable account of physical methods and results required to measure cell adhesion and interpret experimental data. Since on the one hand readability seemed a major quality for a book and on the other hand the problems posed referred to a wide range of domains of physics chemistry and biology completeness had to sacrificed. Indeed a whole book would not suffice to quote the relevant literature (and many more authors would be required to have read it). Hence only a limited number of topics were selected for reliability of methods availability of enough experimental results to illustrate basic conception or potential use in the future. These were discussed in three sections. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657390

Physical Biology of the Cell Physical Biology of the Cell is a textbook for a first course in physical biology or biophysics for undergraduate or graduate students. It maps the huge and complex landscape of cell and molecular biology from the distinct perspective of physical biology. As a key organizing principle the proximity of topics is based on the physical concepts that unite a given set of biological phenomena. Herein lies the central premise: that the appropriate application of a few fundamental physical models can serve as the foundation of whole bodies of quantitative biological intuition useful across a wide range of biological problems. The Second Edition features full-color illustrations throughout two new chapters a significantly expanded set of end-of-chapter problems and is available in a variety of e-book formats. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815344506

Physical Chemistry Textbook of Physical Chemistry together with the companion books on organic chemistry and inorganic chemistry meets the complete requirements of undergraduate students of chemistry across India. In a book comprising all the classical topics which span physical chemistry including chemical kinetics electrochemistry and thermodynamics among others uniformity in the depth of coverage of each topic is not easy to attain in view of the disjointed pace of growth of each discipline. Nevertheless care has been taken to ensure that the material in this book will sustain the interest of students and motivate them to learn physical chemistry. In order to aid students every chapter contains the Objectives at the beginning and Key Points at the end. Various aspects of physical chemistry are dealt with in a lucid manner and interesting related matter is highlighted in boxes. The derivations are given in a comprehensible manner. Since physical chemistry involves numericals several worked examples complement the text. The exercises at the end of each chapter in particular will be extremely valuable to sharpen the problem-solving skills and direct the student towards appreciating the nuances of physical chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466511835

Physical Chemistry This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.Physical chemistry covers diverse topics from biochemistry to materials properties to the development of quantum computers. Physical chemistry applies physics and math to problems that interest chemists biologists and engineers. Physical chemists use theoretical constructs and mathematical computations to understand chemical properties and describe the behavior of molecular and condensed matter. Their work involves manipulations of data as well as materials. Physical chemistry entails extensive work with sophisticated instrumentation and equipment as well as state-of-the-art computers. This new volume presents a selection of articles on topics in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692616

Physical Chemistry for Chemists and Chemical EngineersMultidisciplinary Research Perspectives This volume is based on different aspects of chemical technology that are associated with research and the development of theories for chemical engineers helping to bridge the gap between classical analysis and modern real-life applications. Taking an interdisciplinary approach the authors present the current state-of-the-art technology in key materials with an emphasis on the rapidly growing technologies.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886550

Physical Chemistry for Engineering and Applied Sciences Physical Chemistry for Engineering and Applied Sciences is the product of over 30 years of teaching first-year Physical Chemistry as part of the Faculty of Applied Science and Engineering at the University of Toronto. Designed to be as rigorous as compatible with a first-year student’s ability to understand the text presents detailed step-by-step derivations of the equations that permit the student to follow the underlying logic and of equal importance to appreciate any simplifying assumptions made or mathematical tricks employed. In addition to the 600 exercises and end-of-chapter problems the text is rich in worked non-trivial examples many of which are designed to be inspiring and thought-provoking. Step-by-step derivation of all equations enables the student to smoothly follow the derivation by sight and can be understood relatively easily by students with moderate skills and backgrounds in mathematics. Clear and accessible Physical Chemistry for Engineering and Applied Sciences includes: The answers to all of the 112 worked examples 99 exercises following many of the worked examples and 496 end-of-chapter problems Topics not normally seen in introductory physical chemistry textbooks (ionic reaction rates activities and activity coefficients) or not regularly explained in much detail (electrochemistry chemical kinetics) with an eye on industrial applications Special appendices that provide detailed explanations of basic integration and natural logarithms for students lacking a background in integral calculus An in-depth chapter on electrochemistry in which activities and activity coefficients are used extensively as required for accurate calculations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466518469

Physical Chemistry for Engineering and Applied SciencesTheoretical and Methodological Implications This new volume Physical Chemistry for Engineering and Applied Sciences: Theoretical and Methodological Implications introduces readers to some of the latest research applications of physical chemistry. The compilation of this volume was motived by the tremendous increase of useful research work in the field of physical chemistry and related subjects in recent years and the need for communication between physical chemists physicists and biophysicists. This volume reflects the huge breadth and diversity in research and the applications in physical chemistry and physical chemistry techniques providing case studies that are tailored to particular research interests. It examines the industrial processes for emerging materials determines practical use under a wide range of conditions and establishes what is needed to produce a new generation of materials. The chapter authors affiliated with prestigious scientific institutions from around the world share their research on new and innovative applications in physical chemistry. The chapters in the volume are divided into several areas covering developments in physical chemistry of modern materials polymer science and engineering nanoscience and nanotechnology Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886277

Physical Chemistry for the Chemical and Biochemical Sciences By providing an applied and modern approach this volume will help readers understand the value and relevance of studying case studies and reviews on chemical and biochemical sciences. Presenting a wide-ranging view of current developments in applied methodologies in chemical and biochemical physics research the papers in this collection all written by highly regarded experts in the field examine various aspects of chemical and biochemical physics and experimentation. In the first section of this volume many topics are covered such as trends in polymeric gas separation membranes trends in polymer/organoclay nanocomposites synthesis of the hybrid metal-polymer nanocomposite oxidation of polypropylene-graphite nanocomposites and investigation on the cleaning process of gas emissions. In section two several case studies and reviews in biochemical sciences are reported. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881494

Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules Written by a chemical physicist specializing in macromolecular physics this book brings to life the definitive work of celebrated scientists who combined multidisciplinary perspectives to pioneer the field of polymer science. The author relates firsthand the unique environment that fostered the experimental breakthroughs underlying some of today’s most widely accepted theories mathematical principles and models for characterizing macromolecules. Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules employs the unifying principles of physical chemistry to define the behavior structure and intermolecular properties of macromolecules in both solution and bulk states. The text explains the experimental techniques such as light scattering and results used to support current theories. Examining both equilibrium and transport properties the book describes the properties of dilute semi-dilute and concentrated polymer solutions including compressible fluids. It then covers amorphous liquids and glasses and polymer networks. The final chapters discuss the properties of solutions containing stiff-chain molecules and polyelectrolytes. Topics also include the macromolecular nature of rubber elasticity viscoelasticity and the distribution of relaxation times associated with the glass transition. By explaining the experimental and mathematical basis for the theories and models used to define macromolecular behavior Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules demonstrates how these techniques and models can be applied to analyze and predict the properties of new polymeric materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389383

Physical Chemistry of MacromoleculesMacro to Nanoscales Knowledge of thermodynamics is a necessary tool for describing and understanding the physical behavior of new polymers and polymer blends for instance compatibility of components rheological properties morphological features and mechanical properties. This book summarizes in a fairly comprehensive manner the recent technical research accomplishments in the area of thermodynamics characterizations and applications of polymer blends. In the first chapter an overview of thermodynamic behaviors of non-equilibrium polymers is discussed. In the consecutive chapters different properties of polymer blends are discussed including surface tension transition crystallization morphology and flow behaviors. Miscibility and molecular characterizations of polymer blends are also covered in this book. Applications to various systems are reviewed and both experimental concerns and references are supplied. In this time when science has such a strong tendency for diversification this book demonstrates the relevance of one’s own activities with neighboring branches of activities. This book is unique in that the mathematics of the physics of polymers are minimized in order not to discourage the interest of a junior or senior undergraduate or new graduate student by an unnecessarily rigorous approach. However book aims to widen the readers’ general knowledge with a better understanding of the physics of polymers. Applications to various systems are reviewed and both experimental concerns and references are supplied. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895642

Physical Chemistry Research for Engineering and Applied Sciences - Three Volume Set This 3-volume set covers new research and applications on physical chemical for engineering and applied sciences. Volume 1 discusses the principles and technological implications of industrial chemistry and biochemical physics. Volume 2 presents some fascinating phenomena associated with the remarkable features of high performance polymers and also provides an update on applications of modern polymers. In Volume 3 the various categories of high performance materials and their composites are discussed and the book also provides up-to-date synthesis details properties characterization and applications for such systems in order to give readers and users better information to select the required material. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880596

Physical Chemistry Research for Engineering and Applied Sciences Volume OnePrinciples and Technological Implications The aim of this book is to provide both a rigorous view and a more practical understandable view of industrial chemistry and biochemical physics. This book is geared toward readers with both direct and lateral interest in the discipline. This volume is structured into different parts devoted to industrial chemistry and biochemical physics and their applications. Every section of the book has been expanded where relevant to take account of significant new discoveries and realizations of the importance of key concepts. Furthermore emphases are placed on the underlying fundamentals and on acquisition of a broad and comprehensive grasp of the field as a whole. With contributions from experts from both the industry and academia this book presents the latest developments in the identified areas. This book incorporates appropriate case studies explanatory notes and schematics for more clarity and better understanding. This new book: • Highlights some important areas of current interest in biochemical physics and chemical processes • Focuses on topics with more advanced methods • Emphasizes precise mathematical development and actual experimental details • Analyzes theories to formulate and prove the physicochemical principles • Provides an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state of the art of complex materials Topics include: • Photoelectrochemical properties of films of extra-coordinated tetrapyrrole compounds and their relationship with the quantum chemical parameters of the molecules • Bio-structural energy criteria of functional states in normal and pathological conditions • The ozone resistance of covulcanizates butadiene–nitrile rubbers with chlorinated ethylene–propylene–diene elastomers • Ways of regulation of release of medicinal substances from chitosan films • Environmental durability of powder polyester paint coatings • Ozone decomposition • Design and synthesis of its derivative with enhanced potential to scavenge hypochlorite radical scavenging capacity of n-(2-mercapto-2-methylpropionyl)-L-cysteine • Bacterial poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) as a biodegradable polymer for biomedicine • Designing analysis and industrial use of the dynamic spray scrubber • Magnetic properties of organic paramagnet • The effect of antioxidant drug mexidol on bioenergetic processes and nitric oxide formation in the animal tissues Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880534

Physical Chemistry Research for Engineering and Applied Sciences Volume ThreeHigh Performance Materials and Methods This volume presents the various categories of high performance materials and their composites and provides up-to-date synthesis details properties characterization and applications for such systems to give readers and users better information to select the required material. The volume provides the following features: • Includes a wide range of high performance and engineering materials • Details the synthesis and properties of each of new materials • Presents practical industrial applications • Contains material written by some of the world’s most well-known and respected experts in the field Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880589

Physical Chemistry Research for Engineering and Applied Sciences Volume TwoPolymeric Materials and Processing This book presents some fascinating phenomena associated with the remarkable features of high performance polymers and also provides an update on applications of modern polymers. It offers new research on structure–property relationships synthesis and purification and potential applications of high performance polymers. The collection of topics in this book reflects the diversity of recent advances in modern polymers with a broad perspective that will be useful for scientists as well as for graduate students and engineers. The book helps to fill the gap between theory and practice. It explains the major concepts of new advances in high performance polymers and their applications in a friendly easy-to-understand manner. The book opens with a presentation of classical models moving on to increasingly more complex quantum mechanical and dynamical theories. Coverage and examples are drawn from modern polymers. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880572

Physical ChemistryA Modern Introduction Second Edition Designed for a two-semester introductory course sequence in physical chemistry Physical Chemistry: A Modern Introduction Second Edition offers a streamlined introduction to the subject. Focusing on core concepts the text stresses fundamental issues and includes basic examples rather than the myriad of applications often presented in other more encyclopedic books. Physical chemistry need not appear as a large assortment of different disconnected and sometimes intimidating topics. Instead students should see that physical chemistry provides a coherent framework for chemical knowledge from the molecular to the macroscopic level. The book offers: Novel organization to foster student understanding giving students the strongest sophistication in the least amount of time and preparing them to tackle more challenging topics Strong problem-solving emphasis with numerous end-of-chapter practice exercises over two dozen in-text worked examples and a number of clearly identified spreadsheet exercises A quick review in calculus via an appendix providing the necessary mathematical background for the study of physical chemistry Powerful streamlined development of group theory and advanced topics in quantum mechanics via appendices covering molecular symmetry and special quantum mechanical approaches Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113992

Physical Cleaning of CoalPresent Developing Methods This book provides a detailed account of recent developments in physical coal cleaning methods including: Relative density Electrical conductivity Magnetic susceptibility surface chemistry characteristics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896489

Physical Components of Tensors Illustrating the important aspects of tensor calculus and highlighting its most practical features Physical Components of Tensors presents an authoritative and complete explanation of tensor calculus that is based on transformations of bases of vector spaces rather than on transformations of coordinates. Written with graduate students professors and researchers in the areas of elasticity and shell theories in mind this text focuses on the physical and nonholonomic components of tensors and applies them to the theories. It establishes a theory of physical and anholonomic components of tensors and applies the theory of dimensional analysis to tensors and (anholonomic) connections. This theory shows the relationship and compatibility among several existing definitions of physical components of tensors when referred to nonorthogonal coordinates. The book assumes a basic knowledge of linear algebra and elementary calculus but revisits these subjects and introduces the mathematical backgrounds for the theory in the first three chapters. In addition all field equations are also given in physical components as well. Comprised of five chapters this noteworthy text: Deals with the basic concepts of linear algebra introducing the vector spaces and the further structures imposed on them by the notions of inner products norms and metrics Focuses on the main algebraic operations for vectors and tensors and also on the notions of duality tensor products and component representation of tensors Presents the classical tensor calculus that functions as the advanced prerequisite for the development of subsequent chapters Provides the theory of physical and anholonomic components of tensors by associating them to the spaces of linear transformations and of tensor products and advances two applications of this theory Physical Components of Tensors contains a comprehensive account of tensor calculus and is an essential reference for graduate students or engineers concerned with solid and structural mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482263824

Physical Culture Ethnography and the BodyTheory Method and Praxis The corporeal turn toward critical empirically grounded studies of the body is transforming the way we research physical culture most evidently in the study of sport. This book brings together original insights on contemporary physical culture from key figures working in a variety of disciplines offering a wealth of different theoretical and philosophical ways of engaging with the body while never losing site of the material form of the research act itself. Contributors spanning the disciplines of sociology anthropology communications and sport studies highlight conceptual methodological and empirical approaches to the body that include observant-participation feminist ethnography autoethnography physical cultural studies and phenomenology. They provide vivid case studies of embodied research on topics including basketball boxing cycling dance fashion modelling and virtual gaming. This international collection not only reflects on the most important recent developments in embodied research practices but also looks forward to the continuing importance of the body as a focus for research and the possibilities this presents for studies of the active moving body in physical culture and beyond. Physical Culture Ethnography and the Body: Theory method and praxis is fascinating reading for all those interested in physical cultural studies the sociology of sport and leisure physical education or the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247553

Physical Culture and Sport in Soviet SocietyPropaganda Acculturation and Transformation in the 1920s and 1930s From its very inception the Soviet state valued the merits and benefits of physical culture which included not only sport but also health hygiene education labour and defence. Physical culture propaganda was directed at the Soviet population and even more particularly at young people women and peasants with the aim of transforming them into ideal citizens. By using physical culture and sport to assess social cultural and political developments within the Soviet Union this book provides a new addition to the historiography of the 1920s and 1930s as well as to general sports history studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629669

Physical Design for 3D Integrated Circuits Physical Design for 3D Integrated Circuits reveals how to effectively and optimally design 3D integrated circuits (ICs). It also analyzes the design tools for 3D circuits while exploiting the benefits of 3D technology. The book begins by offering an overview of physical design challenges with respect to conventional 2D circuits and then each chapter delivers an in-depth look at a specific physical design topic. This comprehensive reference: Contains extensive coverage of the physical design of 2.5D/3D ICs and monolithic 3D ICs Supplies state-of-the-art solutions for challenges unique to 3D circuit design Features contributions from renowned experts in their respective fields Physical Design for 3D Integrated Circuits provides a single convenient source of cutting-edge information for those pursuing 2.5D/3D technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498710367

Physical Development in the Early Years Foundation Stage The Practical Guidance in the Early Years Foundation Stage series will assist practitioners in the smooth and successful implementation of the Early Years Foundation Stage. Each book gives clear and detailed explanations of each aspect of Learning and Development and encourages readers to consider each area within its broadest context to expand and develop their own knowledge and good practice. Practical ideas and activities for all age groups are offered along with a wealth of expertise of how elements from the practice guidance can be implemented within all early years settings. The books include suggestions for the innovative use of everyday ressources popular books and stories. This book will both raise the awareness of readers to how physical development impacts on all areas of learning and general development. The author encourages practitioners to think about what physical activity actually means for children and the importance of balancing risk and challenge providing opportunities for children to be active and interactive and to use their senses to learn about the world around them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824208

Physical DramaturgyPerspectives from the Field What is physical dramaturgy? While the traditional dramaturg shares research intellectually the physical dramaturg does so viscerally and somatically. By combining elements of text history dramatic structure and the author’s intent with movement analysis and physical theatre pedagogies the physical dramaturg gives actors the opportunity to manifest their work in a connected and intuitive manner and creates a field that is as varied and rich as the theatre itself. Physical Dramaturgy: Perspectives from the Field explores the ways in which this unique role can benefit the production team during the design and rehearsal phases of both traditional and devised productions. Individual chapters look at new ways of approaching a wealth of physical worlds from the works of Shakespeare and other period playwrights to the processes of Jerzy Grotowski Lloyd Williamson Richard Schechner and Michael Chekhov and devising original works in a variety of contexts from Pig Iron Dell’Arte International Bill Bowers and mime Tectonic Theater Project and Liz Lerman’s Dance Exchange. This anthology gives dramaturgs actors and directors new ways of looking at existing methods and provides examples of how to translate combine and adapt them into new explorations for training rehearsal or research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682887

Physical Education As academic thinking about and around physical education continues to flourish and develop this new title in the Routledge series Major Themes in Education meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by David Kirk of the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research at the University of Bedfordshire this Routledge Major Work set is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions that cover all of the major themes in physical education. With a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Physical Education is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by specialists in physical education and scholars working in related areas—as well as by educational policy-makers and professionals—as a vital one-stop research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578059

Physical Education Curriculum And CultureCritical Issues In The Contemporary Crisis This collection of studies addresses contemporary issues and problems in the physical education curriculum. While each of the chapters illustrates the diverse range of practical curriculum issues currently facing physical education the continuities between them also suggest a certain commonality of experience in Britain North America and Au tralia. In each it is difficult not to detect at least some rumblings of the various crises - environmental political economic social - that are increasingly impacting on everyday lives in the present and shaping thoughts and plans for the future. The editors stress that physical education is a part of social life and is therefore a key site for the production and legitimation of important cultural mores values and symbols. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420816

Physical Education Sport and SchoolingStudies in the Sociology of Physical Education In Britain the physical education curriculum has been experiencing a period of unrest. For many teachers the practices of decades have become problematic features of their curriculum and teaching. This book first published in 1986 explores the experiences of teachers and pupils in programmes of physical education from a sociological perspective. In explores a range of issues relating to the organisation and management of physical education departments deviancy and dissent in sport gender inequalities and the concepts of community education and leisure education. This title will be of interest to students of sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221260

Physical Education 5-11A guide for teachers Physical Education 5-11 is about lighting or relighting a fire in all those who have the privilege and the responsibility of teaching children physical education in Primary schools today. It is written at a time of great change: a revised Primary curriculum; an increased drive to raise achievement and potentially a narrowing of curricular scope in favour of literacy and numeracy. It is little wonder that teachers are looking for certainty and answers to questions such as:- What do I teach in PE? What do I need to know about children’s development? What does good teaching look like in PE? How can I assess such a practical subject effectively?   This new and updated edition provides answers to those questions covers issues in Physical Education and provides a wealth of practical advice on teaching across the stages of the new 2014 curriculum. Drawing upon the author’s experiences as a teacher coach lecturer and adviser it delivers a justification for PE as an essential element in the Primary curriculum imbues a theory into practice approach that provides readers with clarity instils confidence and offers a licence to teach all practical aspects of PE effectively and creatively underpinned by knowledge of children’s development their learning and the critical professional issues in PE today. This book is the essential companion to inform and inspire students and practising teachers in this most dynamic and exciting of subjects! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635325

Physical Education and Curriculum Study (Routledge Revivals)A Critical Introduction The Curriculum is the focal point for the study of educational practice. It is the area in which individual group and societal needs and interests meet and is consequently the source of much friction and contention. This book first published in 1988 introduces students to some of the major points of debate; in particular the role of curriculum-based study in the development of physical education and the credibility of the subject as an educational activity. David Kirk emphasises the beneficial effects of physical education and suggests ways in which instructive programmes can be created. A practical and interesting title this reissue will be of particular value to students and teachers of sport science and educational practitioners more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730723

Physical Education for AllDeveloping Physical Education in the Curriculum for Pupils with Special Difficulties First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138165960

Physical Education Futures Can we imagine a future in which physical education in schools no longer exists? In this controversial and powerful meditation on physical education David Kirk argues that a number of different futures are possible. Kirk argues that multi-activity sport-based forms of physical education have been dominant in schools since the mid-twentieth century and that they have been highly resistant to change. The practice of physical education has focused on the transmission of de-contextualised sport-techniques to large classes of children who possess a range of interests and abilities where learning rarely moves beyond introductory levels. Meanwhile the academicization of physical education teacher education since the 1970s has left teachers less well prepared to teach this programme than they were previously suggesting that the futures of school physical education and physical education teacher education are intertwined. Kirk explores three future scenarios for physical education arguing that the most likely short-term future is ‘more of the same’. He makes an impassioned call for radical reform in the longer-term arguing that without it physical education faces extinction. No other book makes such bold use of history to interrogate the present and future configurations of the discipline nor offers such a wide-ranging critique of physical culture and school physical education. This book is essential reading for all serious students and scholars of physical education and the history and theory of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677363

Physical Education in Nursery and Infant Schools First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418608

Physical Education in Primary SchoolsAccess for All First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138155374

Physical Education in Schools At a time when PE has become a compulsory part of the National Curriculum this book focuses on the role of PE and sport in schools. This edition includes sections on the National Curriculum vocational education GNVQ and GCSE. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421127

Physical Education in the Early Years This book begins with an overview of the first months of a child's life with an indication of the major movement milestones which all children should reach before they enter the pre-school phase. The rest of the book gives information about developing children's physical skills in dance games and gymnastics throughout the pre-school and infant school phase. It also addresses many of the contemporary issues surrounding the delivery of the PE curriculum in schools including the assessment of pupil's performance.This book will help students teachers and curriculum leaders deliver a sound PE education to children aged 3-7 and will also prove useful to all those involved in early years education. Pauline Wetton is currently a lecturer in education and an assistant director of sport at the University of Durham.The Teaching and Learning in the First Three Years at School series is edited by Joy Palmer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158078

Physical Education Teacher Education in a Global Policy Space This book seeks to focus attention on physical education teacher education (PETE) by building the knowledge base and broadening the geographical theoretical and innovative writing about PETE PETE teacher educators and those who shape and experience PETE. Teacher competence is a major factor in influencing student learning. Teacher educator competence is also a key factor in preparing high-quality teachers for schools. Therefore there is a high value in focussing on who teacher educators are and which knowledge bases can inform careful program design as well as pedagogical and assessment strategies around the intended processes of teacher learning. Developed around a framework for studying teacher education insights into two key elements of teacher education are used to structure the content of this book. Five of the six chapters focus on pedagogies of teacher education while the last chapter explores the lives of an international cohort of teacher educators and their motives for engagement in research. Based on elements presented and those provided in the framework an agenda exploring pressing issues for teacher education is posed. This book was originally published as a special issue of Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344474

Physical Environments and AgingCritical Contributions of M. Powell Lawton to Theory and Practice A tribute and guide to M. Powell Lawton's groundbreaking work! Dr. M. Powell Lawton who died in January 2001 was arguably the most significant thinker researcher and practitioner in environment-behavior studies within the field of gerontology. The authors of Physical Environments and Aging represent three generations of internationally recognized researchers whose lives and work were greatly influenced by both Lawton the professional and Lawton the man. This book presents their assessment of his contributions to environmental theory purpose-built housing community study long-term care settings and other related topics. Many of the contributors also share personal anecdotes that illustrate how Lawton's professional visions were shaped by his remarkable intellect and personality. Physical Environments and Aging examines many aspects of environmental gerontology including: housing policy reform and home modification place therapy philosophic foundations of environment-aging studies the future of theory practice and policy in the field the role of neighborhoods More than just an homage Physical Environments and Aging is also a practical guide to the field offering you tractable theory useful methods and measures and functional research overviews in the realms of everyday experience of older adults. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044002

Physical Examination Procedures for Advanced Practitioners and Non-Medical PrescribersEvidence and rationale Second edition Physical Examination Procedures for Advanced Practitioners and Non-Medical Prescribers provides readers with the necessary knowledge and skills to conduct successful physical examinations of adult patients. This evidence-based book organized by anatomical system features tables that list physical examination procedures along with potential pathologies. Quick reference summaries for performing each examination are also included. In addition the book features a chapter on mental health with a checklist covering the main criteria for a thorough mental health examination. Readers can test their skills by answering case study questions at the end of each chapter. Reflective stories are also included to demonstrate the difficulties encountered in everyday practice and to remind readers of the important professional and ethical issues surrounding their work. This book is designed as an aide-mémoire for use in practice or revision for exams but can also be a useful resource for medical students teachers of physical examination skills and other qualified health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482231809

Physical Fitness and Athletic PerformanceA Guide for Students Athletes and Coaches Sports Science has increasingly developed both as an area of research and as a university subject. This book gives an authoritative account of the biological basis of athletic performance and training based on an analysis of scientific and medical research in the area. The findings are presented in such a way that anyone involved in training for high-level sport will find the information accessible and of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178243

Physical Fitness Laboratories on a Budget This lab manual is designed to benefit those colleges and universities that offer courses with lab components in physical fitness exercise physiology and healthy lifestyles but do not have the facilities and/or budget to allow students to train in high-tech laboratory settings. This long-overdue book-essential for sports and exercise science departments on a budget-provides meaningful lab experiences that don't require sophisticated and expensive equipment. The labs were written and designed to be self-administered or administered to others. Readers will find the book an essential resource for any career involving physical fitness and performance testing. This book's clear and concise layout makes it an ideal tool both for learning and for practical application in professional settings. The book includes 31 labs divided into eight units: Introductory labs Aerobic fitness Fatigue thresholds Muscular strength Muscular endurance Muscular power Body composition and body build Flexibility Labs include these features: Background Terms and Abbreviations Equipment (and pricing) Procedures Equations Sample Calculations Worksheets Tables Extension Activities and References. The manual also includes a table of units and conversions a list of equipment and vendors a Glossary and an Index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138078369

Physical Geography: The Basics Physical Geography: The Basics is a concise and engaging introduction to the interactions systems and processes that have shaped and continue to shape the physical world around us. This book introduces five key aspects of the study of physical geography: atmosphere weather and climate systems the carbon cycle and historic and contemporary climate change plate tectonics weathering erosion and soils the role of water and ice in shaping the landscape and impacting human activity the patterns of plant and animal life and human impacts upon them. The book features diagrams maps and a glossary to aid understanding of key ideas and suggestions for further reading to allow readers to develop their interest in the subject – making Physical Geography: The Basics the ideal starting point for anyone new to the study of geography and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415559300

Physical Hazards of the Workplace The recognition and control of  hazards in the work environment are the cornerstone of every company’s safety and health plan. Every workplace contains dangers especially those devoted to technology machinery and potentially hazardous material. This book provides you with the information you need to understand the regulations that provide for facility safety and their successful implementation for profitable management of any business. FEATURES Explores both occupational and environmental hazards Describes the workplace threats from machines confined spaces chemicals personnel cumulative trauma environmental issues electricity noise fire and explosion and the risk of falling Provides measures to protect the eyes the head the respiratory system the circulatory system and more Details common fire protection countermeasures from an experienced firefighter and fire instructor Addresses ladders scaffolding and OSHA fall protection standards Includes sections on PPE laser safety and forklifts Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466557031

Physical Layer Security in Wireless Communications Physical layer security has recently become an emerging technique to complement and significantly improve the communication security of wireless networks. Compared to cryptographic approaches physical layer security is a fundamentally different paradigm where secrecy is achieved by exploiting the physical layer properties of the communication system such as thermal noise interference and the time-varying nature of fading channels.Written by pioneering researchers Physical Layer Security in Wireless Communications supplies a systematic overview of the basic concepts recent advancements and open issues in providing communication security at the physical layer. It introduces the key concepts design issues and solutions to physical layer security in single-user and multi-user communication systems as well as large-scale wireless networks.The book starts with a brief introduction to physical layer security. The rest of the book is organized into four parts based on the different approaches used for the design and analysis of physical layer security techniques: Information Theoretic Approaches: introduces capacity-achieving methods and coding schemes for secure communication as well as secret key generation and agreement over wireless channels Signal Processing Approaches: covers recent progress in applying signal processing techniques to design physical layer security enhancements Game Theoretic Approaches: discusses the applications of game theory to analyze and design wireless networks with physical layer security considerations Graph Theoretic Approaches: presents the use of tools from graph theory and stochastic geometry to analyze and design large-scale wireless networks with physical layer security constraints Presenting high-level discussions along with specific examples illustrations and references to conference and journal articles this is an ideal reference for postgraduate students researchers and engineers that need to obtain a macro-level understanding of physical layer security and its role in future wireless communication systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466567009

Physical Limits to Economic GrowthPerspectives of Economic Social and Complexity Science The debate on the physical limits and constraints to the economic growth of globalized society is now widespread. This book explores the physical and economic aspects of the conflict between humans with their thoughtless focus on growth through material production and environmental constraints.In the context of the looming shortage of material resources and the latest science on climate change Physical Limits to Economic Growth offers new insights which provide a broad and comprehensive picture of the conflict between humans and environmental constraints. The authors’ approach goes beyond the boundaries of specialized disciplines to explore climate change resource depletion technical innovation and the interactions between these within the socio-economic-institutional systems we live in. This volume looks at opportunities for rethinking these systems if we moved away from fossil fuel dependence while considering the status of current mainstream economic thinking around this subject.Physical Limits to Economic Growth provides a genuine interdisciplinary examination of the physical limits to economic growth. It will be of interest to both students and academics in various disciplines in the areas of natural sciences climate change and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593506

Physical Literacy across the World Physical Literacy across the World records the progress of the concept of physical literacy over the last decade. It examines developments issues and controversies in physical literacy studies and looks at how the concept has been implemented around the world. Contributions from practitioners and researchers across the world tell unique stories of the way physical literacy is changing perceptions of physical activity through research and the generation of scholarly writing the creation of new national and local policies and the development of partnerships with a range of professions. The book argues that physical literacy has value beyond formal education such as in occupational and recreational settings as well as for early years children and older people and shows how life story methods can explain our physical literacy journeys. At root it sets out a case for the significance and value of physical literacy as making a notable contribution to human flourishing. This is important reading for anyone with an interest in physical activity health and well-being sport studies physical education or the philosophy related to physical activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571556

Physical Mathematics and Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations This volume consists of the proceedings of the conference on Physical Mathematics and Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations held at West Virginia University in Morgantown. It describes some work dealing with weak limits of solutions to nonlinear systems of partial differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442153

Physical MetallurgyPrinciples and Design Physical metallurgy is one of the main fields of metallurgical science dealing with the development of the microstructure of metals in order to achieve desirable properties required in technological applications. Physical Metallurgy: Principles and Design focuses on the processing–structure–properties triangle as it applies to metals and alloys. It introduces the fundamental principles of physical metallurgy and the design methodologies for alloys and processing. The first part of the book discusses the structure and change of structure through phase transformations. The latter part of the books deals with plastic deformation strengthening mechanisms and mechanical properties as they relate to structure. The book also includes a chapter on physical metallurgy of steels and concludes by discussing the computational tools involving computational thermodynamics and kinetics to perform alloy and process design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138627680

Physical Methods for Materials Characterisation This completely revised and expanded new edition covers the full range of techniques now available for the investigation of materials structure and accurate quantitative determination of microstructural features within materials. It continues to provide the best introductory resource for understanding the interrelationship between microstructure and physical mechanical and chemical properties as well as selection and application of techniques for both basic and applied studies. In particular changes have been made to reflect developments in analysis of nanoscale and biological materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482245233

Physical Methods for Microorganisms Detection This volume presents detection and identification methods for bacteria and yeast. Chapters are written by expert laboratory practitioners and instrument makers and focuses on those methods that show widespread practical application such as ATP luminescence. Food applications include rapid detection and quantitation of bacteria in raw milk pasteurized milk other dairy products and raw meat. Other topics include brewing applications for beverages starter culture monitoring clinical analyses blood and urine analysis procedures analysis of aerosols bioprocess safety and biodeterioration. This book is a must for microbiologists in food quality labs and clinical labs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896496

Physical modelling in coastal engineeringProceedings of an international conference Newark Delaware August 1981 Coastal engineering is a field which has grown in importance over the last forty years as mankind has utilised and become dependent on the coastlines of the world to a greater extent.  The activities in the field include the study of wave dynamics shoreline erosion and protection harbor and breakwater design dredging technology estuary mechanics and storm surge calculations as well as offshore structural design.  In all of these areas the level of actvity is high and the state of art has imporved dramatically since the 1940's.  An important aspect of all these areas of research is the use of model studies. This volume consists of a number of papers which cover various aspects of physical modelling in coastal engineering including the generation of waves in the laboratory the modelling of sediment transport and the application to various engineering problems.  The intent is to provide the reader with an overview of the research actvities of indviduals who represent major laboratories in their countries: to include Denmark Scotland Canada the People's Republic of China  England the Netherlands and the U.S. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743379

Physical Modelling in Geotechnics Volume 1Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics (ICPMG 2018) Physical Modelling in Geotechnics collects more than 1500 pages of peer-reviewed papers written by researchers from over 30 countries and presented at the 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics 2018 (City University of London UK 17-20 July 2018). The ICPMG series has grown such that two volumes of proceedings were required to publish all contributions. The books represent a substantial body of work in four years. Physical Modelling in Geotechnics contains 230 papers including eight keynote and themed lectures representing the state-of-the-art in physical modelling research in aspects as diverse as fundamental modelling including sensors imaging modelling techniques and scaling onshore and offshore foundations dams and embankments retaining walls and deep excavations ground improvement and environmental engineering tunnels and geohazards including significant contributions in the area of seismic engineering. ISSMGE TC104 have identified areas for special attention including education in physical modelling and the promotion of physical modelling to industry. With this in mind there is a special themed paper on education focusing on both undergraduate and postgraduate teaching as well as practicing geotechnical engineers. Physical modelling has entered a new era with the advent of exciting work on real time interfaces between physical and numerical modelling and the growth of facilities and expertise that enable development of so called ‘megafuges’ of 1000gtonne capacity or more; capable of modelling the largest and most complex of geotechnical challenges. Physical Modelling in Geotechnics will be of interest to professionals engineers and academics interested or involved in geotechnics geotechnical engineering and related areas. The 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics was organised by the Multi Scale Geotechnical Engineering Research Centre at City University of London under the auspices of Technical Committee 104 of the International Society for Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering (ISSMGE). City University of London are pleased to host the prestigious international conference for the first time having initiated and hosted the first regional conference Eurofuge ten years ago in 2008. Quadrennial regional conferences in both Europe and Asia are now well established events giving doctoral researchers in particular the opportunity to attend an international conference in this rapidly evolving specialist area. This is volume 1 of a 2-volume set. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138344198

Physical Modelling in Geotechnics Volume 2Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics (ICPMG 2018) Physical Modelling in Geotechnics collects more than 1500 pages of peer-reviewed papers written by researchers from over 30 countries and presented at the 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics 2018 (City University of London UK 17-20 July 2018). The ICPMG series has grown such that two volumes of proceedings were required to publish all contributions. The books represent a substantial body of work in four years. Physical Modelling in Geotechnics contains 230 papers including eight keynote and themed lectures representing the state-of-the-art in physical modelling research in aspects as diverse as fundamental modelling including sensors imaging modelling techniques and scaling onshore and offshore foundations dams and embankments retaining walls and deep excavations ground improvement and environmental engineering tunnels and geohazards including significant contributions in the area of seismic engineering. ISSMGE TC104 have identified areas for special attention including education in physical modelling and the promotion of physical modelling to industry. With this in mind there is a special themed paper on education focusing on both undergraduate and postgraduate teaching as well as practicing geotechnical engineers. Physical modelling has entered a new era with the advent of exciting work on real time interfaces between physical and numerical modelling and the growth of facilities and expertise that enable development of so called ‘megafuges’ of 1000gtonne capacity or more; capable of modelling the largest and most complex of geotechnical challenges. Physical Modelling in Geotechnics will be of interest to professionals engineers and academics interested or involved in geotechnics geotechnical engineering and related areas. The 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics was organised by the Multi Scale Geotechnical Engineering Research Centre at City University of London under the auspices of Technical Committee 104 of the International Society for Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering (ISSMGE). City University of London are pleased to host the prestigious international conference for the first time having initiated and hosted the first regional conference Eurofuge ten years ago in 2008. Quadrennial regional conferences in both Europe and Asia are now well established events giving doctoral researchers in particular the opportunity to attend an international conference in this rapidly evolving specialist area. This is volume 2 of a 2-volume set. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138344228

Physical Modelling in GeotechnicsProceedings of the 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics (ICPMG 2018) July 17- Physical Modelling in Geotechnics collects more than 1500 pages of peer-reviewed papers written by researchers from over 30 countries and presented at the 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics 2018 (City University of London UK 17-20 July 2018). The ICPMG series has grown such that two volumes of proceedings were required to publish all contributions. The books represent a substantial body of work in four years. Physical Modelling in Geotechnics contains 230 papers including eight keynote and themed lectures representing the state-of-the-art in physical modelling research in aspects as diverse as fundamental modelling including sensors imaging modelling techniques and scaling onshore and offshore foundations dams and embankments retaining walls and deep excavations ground improvement and environmental engineering tunnels and geohazards including significant contributions in the area of seismic engineering. ISSMGE TC104 have identified areas for special attention including education in physical modelling and the promotion of physical modelling to industry. With this in mind there is a special themed paper on education focusing on both undergraduate and postgraduate teaching as well as practicing geotechnical engineers. Physical modelling has entered a new era with the advent of exciting work on real time interfaces between physical and numerical modelling and the growth of facilities and expertise that enable development of so called ‘megafuges’ of 1000gtonne capacity or more; capable of modelling the largest and most complex of geotechnical challenges. Physical Modelling in Geotechnics will be of interest to professionals engineers and academics interested or involved in geotechnics geotechnical engineering and related areas. The 9th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics was organised by the Multi Scale Geotechnical Engineering Research Centre at City University of London under the auspices of Technical Committee 104 of the International Society for Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering (ISSMGE). City University of London are pleased to host the prestigious international conference for the first time having initiated and hosted the first regional conference Eurofuge ten years ago in 2008. Quadrennial regional conferences in both Europe and Asia are now well established events giving doctoral researchers in particular the opportunity to attend an international conference in this rapidly evolving specialist area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138559752

Physical Nonequilibrium in SoilsModeling and Application Physical Nonequilibrium in Soils provides cutting-edge knowledge on physical nonequilibrium phenomena in soils offering unique insight into the complexity of our physical world. With 18 chapters comprising the book topics cover soil properties fluid properties mechanistic models transfer function geostatistics fractal analysis cellular-automation fluids coupling of physical and chemical nonequilibrium models confirming and quantifying physical nonequilibrium in soils analytical solutions field-scale research environmental impacts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579289

Physical Oceanographic Processes of the Great Barrier Reef Physical Oceanographic Processes of the Great Barrier Reef is the first comprehensive volume describing the water circulation and its influence in controlling the distribution of marine life on the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. The book uses exhaustive field and numerical studies to show how the influence of the salient topography occurs at all scales. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896502

Physical OceanographyA Mathematical Introduction with MATLAB Accessible to advanced undergraduate students Physical Oceanography: A Mathematical Introduction with MATLAB® demonstrates how to use the basic tenets of multivariate calculus to derive the governing equations of fluid dynamics in a rotating frame. It also explains how to use linear algebra and partial differential equations (PDEs) to solve basic initial-boundary value problems that have become the hallmark of physical oceanography. The book makes the most of MATLAB’s matrix algebraic functions differential equation solvers and visualization capabilities. Focusing on the interplay between applied mathematics and geophysical fluid dynamics the text presents fundamental analytical and computational tools necessary for modeling ocean currents. In physical oceanography the fluid flows of interest occur on a planet that rotates; this rotation can balance the forces acting on the fluid particles in such a delicate fashion to produce exquisite phenomena such as the Gulf Stream the Jet Stream and internal waves. It is precisely because of the role that rotation plays in oceanography that the field is fundamentally different from the rectilinear fluid flows typically observed and measured in laboratories. Much of this text discusses how the existence of the Gulf Stream can be explained by the proper balance among the Coriolis force wind stress and molecular frictional forces. Through the use of MATLAB the author takes a fresh look at advanced topics and fundamental problems that define physical oceanography today. The projects in each chapter incorporate a significant component of MATLAB programming. These projects can be used as capstone projects or honors theses for students inclined to pursue a special project in applied mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781584888307

Physical OpticsPrinciples and Practices Since the invention of the laser our fascination with the photon has led to one of the most dynamic and rapidly growing fields of technology. As the reality of all-optical systems comes into focus it is more important than ever to stay current with the latest advances in the optics and components that enable photonics technology. Comprising chapters drawn from the author's highly anticipated book Photonics: Principles and Practices Physical Optics: Principles and Practices offers a detailed and focused treatment for anyone in need of authoritative information on this critical area underlying photonics.Using a consistent approach the author leads you step-by-step through each topic. Each skillfully crafted chapter first explores the theoretical concepts of each topic and then demonstrates how these principles apply to real-world applications by guiding you through experimental cases illuminated with numerous illustrations. The book works systematically through the principles of waves diffraction interference diffraction gratings interferometers spectrometers and several aspects of laser technology to build a thorough understanding of how to study and manipulate the behavior of light for various applications. In addition it includes a four-page insert containing several full-color illustrations as well as a chapter on laboratory safety.Containing several topics presented for the first time in book form Physical Optics: Principles and Practices is simply the most modern detailed and hands-on text in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222264

Physical Plant Equipment Fundamentals Physical Plant Equipment Fundamentals un-complicates the care and repair of common plant equipment--providing direction to mechanics and electricians furthering their base understanding through referenced examples. It addresses many of the knowledge gaps of the untrained and/or inexperienced maintenance mechanic but both fledgling and journeyman level repair personnel can benefit from the instruction and advice it offers The book is organized into four sections: Essential Plant Systems and Equipment; Associated Accessories and Mechanisms; Operations and Maintenance Support and Plant Engineering Principles and Norms. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781138616097

Physical Principles of Wireless Communications Updated and expanded Physical Principles of Wireless Communications Second Edition illustrates the relationship between scientific discoveries and their application to the invention and engineering of wireless communication systems. The second edition of this popular textbook starts with a review of the relevant physical laws including Planck’s Law of Blackbody Radiation Maxwell’s equations and the laws of Special and General Relativity. It describes sources of electromagnetic noise operation of antennas and antenna arrays propagation losses and satellite operation in sufficient detail to allow students to perform their own system designs and engineering calculations.Illustrating the operation of the physical layer of wireless communication systems—including cell phones communication satellites and wireless local area networks—the text covers the basic equations of electromagnetism the principles of probability theory and the operation of antennas. It explores the propagation of electromagnetic waves and describes the losses and interference effects that waves encounter as they propagate through cities inside buildings and to and from satellites orbiting the earth. Important natural phenomena are also described including Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation ionospheric reflection and tropospheric refraction.New in the Second Edition: Descriptions of 3G and 4G cell phone systems Discussions on the relation between the basic laws of quantum and relativistic physics and the engineering of modern wireless communication systems A new section on Planck’s Law of Blackbody Radiation Expanded discussions on general relativity and special relativity and their relevance to GPS system design An expanded chapter on antennas that includes wire loop antennas Expanded discussion of shadowing correlations and their effect on cell phone system design The text covers the physics of Geostationary Earth Orbiting satellites Medium Earth Orbiting satellites and Low Earth Orbiting satellites enabling students to evaluate and make first order designs of SATCOM systems. It also reviews the principles of probability theory to help them accurately determine the margins that must be allowed to account for statistical variation in path loss. The included problem sets and sample solutions provide students with the understanding of contemporary wireless systems needed to participate in the development of future systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439878972

Physical Processes in Inorganic Scintillators During the last ten to fifteen years researchers have made considerable progress in the study of inorganic scintillators. New scintillation materials have been investigated novel scintillation mechanisms have been discovered and additional scintillator applications have appeared. Demand continues for new and improved scintillation materials for a variety of applications including nuclear and high energy physics astrophysics medical imaging geophysical exploration radiation detection and many other fields. However until now there have been no books available that address in detail the complex scintillation processes associated with these new developments.Now a world leader in the theory and applications of scintillation processes integrates the latest scientific advances of scintillation into a new work Physical Processes in Inorganic Scintillators. Written by distinguished researcher Piotr Rodnyi this volume explores this challenging subject explains the complexities of scintillation from a modern point of view and illuminates the way to the development of better scintillation materials.This unique work first defines the fundamental physical processes underlying scintillation and governing the primary scintillation characteristics of light output decay time emission spectrum and radiation hardness. The book then discusses the complicated mechanisms of energy conversion and transformation in inorganic scintillators. The section on the role of defects in energy transfer and scintillation efficiency will be of special interest. Throughout the author does not offer complicated derivations of equations but instead presents useful equations with practical results. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138743352

Physical Properties and Data of Optical Materials Research and applications in optical engineering require careful selection of materials. With such a large and varied array to choose from it is important to understand a material's physical and optical properties before making a selection. Providing a convenient concise and logically organized collection of information Physical Properties and Data of Optical Materials builds a thorough background for more than 100 optical materials and offers quick access to precise information.Surveying the most important and widely used optical materials this handy reference includes data on a wide variety of metals semiconductors dielectrics polymers and other commonly used optical materials. For each material the editors examine the crystal system; natural and artificial growth and production methods along with corrosives and processing; thermal electrical and mechanical properties; optical properties such as transmittance and reflectance spectra ranging from UV to IR wavelengths; and where applicable applications for spectroscopy and miscellaneous remarks such as handling concerns and chemical properties. Numerous tables illustrate important data such as numerical values of optical constants for important wavelength regions extinction and absorption coefficients and refractive index.Physical Properties and Data of Optical Materials offers a collection of data on an unprecedented variety of fundamental optical materials making it the one quick-lookup guide that every optical scientist engineer and student should own. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221397

Physical Properties of Diamond and Sapphire Focusing on the physical properties of diamond and sapphire this monograph provides readers with essential details on crystal structure and growth mechanical properties thermal properties optical properties light scattering of diamond and sapphire crystals and sapphire lasers. Various physical properties are comprehensively discussed: Mechanical properties include hardness tensile strength compressive strength and Young’s modulus. Thermal properties include thermal expansion specific heat and thermal conductivity. Optical properties of diamond and sapphire include transmission refractive index and absorption. Light scattering includes Raman scattering and Brillouin scattering. Sapphire lasers include chromium-doped and titanium-doped lasers. Aimed at researchers and industry professionals working in materials science physics electrical engineering and related fields this monograph is the first to concentrate solely on physical properties of these increasingly important materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367235086

Physical Properties of FoodsNovel Measurement Techniques and Applications With higher food quality in increasing demand by consumers there is continuous pressure on food engineers to meet market needs. One of the critical challenges is to use modern technology and knowledge to develop new processes for improving food quality. Given the global food marketplace there is also a greater need for a means of objectively classifying and differentiating foods. Physical properties determined by measurable physical parameters profoundly affect food quality and can be used for these determinations. Physical Properties of Foods: Novel Measurement Techniques and Applications presents a wide range of these practical low-cost techniques to characterize physical properties without destroying the food. The book presents principles and measurement techniques highlighting the latest methods and their ability to replace the traditional costly time-consuming ones. It also covers the application of the measurements to classify and differentiate various foods including fruits vegetables cereals and dairy and meat products. The text gathers up-to-date procedures for determining the most important physical parameters that characterize food quality many of which have not previously been sufficiently described in the literature and delivers them in one useful volume. It includes methods based on a variety of technologies such as electronics spectroscopy mechanics and acoustic response—which can be applied to a wide range of foods. With a focus on practical application of novel techniques chapters specify method details the type of food to which it has been applied the accuracy its ability to replace traditional techniques as well as whether it can be installed on line. Written by internationally renowned engineers and scientists this reference offers crucial information in an easily accessible format for engineers researchers and those in the food industry—all who will benefit from the cutting-edge practices described for measuring parameters that affect food quality and food characterization. The text is also an excellent resource for students and university researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198487

Physical Properties of Materials Third Edition Designed for advanced undergraduate students and as a useful reference book for materials researchers Physical Properties of Materials Third Edition establishes the principles that control the optical thermal electronic magnetic and mechanical properties of materials. Using an atomic and molecular approach this introduction to materials science offers readers a wide-ranging survey of the field and a basis to understand future materials. The author incorporates comments on applications of materials science extensive references to the contemporary and classic literature and 350 end-of-chapter problems. In addition unique tutorials allow students to apply the principles to understand applications such as photocopying magnetic devices fiber optics and more. This fully revised and updated Third Edition includes new materials and processes such as topological insulators 3-D printing and more information on nanomaterials. The new edition also now adds Learning Goals at the end of each chapter and a Glossary with more than 500 entries for quick reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138605107

Physical Properties of Materials for Engineers Physical Properties of Materials for Engineers Second Edition introduces and explains modern theories of the properties of materials and devices for practical use by engineers. Introductory chapters discuss both classical mechanics and quantum mechanics to demonstrate the need for the quantum approach. Topics are presented in an uncomplicated manner; extensive cross-references are provided to emphasize the inter-relationships among the physical phenomena. Illustrations and problems based on commercially-available materials are included where appropriate. Physical Properties of Materials for Engineers Second Edition is an excellent introduction to solid state physics and practical techniques for students and workers in aerospace industry chemical engineering civil engineering electrical engineering industrial engineering materials science and mechanical and metallurgical engineering. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068082

Physical Properties of Materials For EngineersVolume 2 Practicing engineers will find this text helpful in getting up to date. Readers with some familiarity with this field will be able to follow the presentations with ease. Engineering students and those taking physics courses will find this book to be a useful source of examples of applications of the theory to commercially available materials as well as for uncomplicated explanations of physical properties. In many cases alternate explanations have been provided for clarity.An effort has been made to keep mathematics as an unsophisticated as possible withoutwatering down or distorting the concepts. In practically all cases only a master of elementary calculus is required to follow the derivations. All of thealgebra is shown and no steps in the derivations are considered to be obvious to the reader. Explanations are provided in cases where more advanced mathematics is employed The problems have been designed to promote understanding rather than mathematical or computational skill. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896519

Physical Properties of Materials For EngineersVolume 3 Practicing engineers will find this text helpful in getting up to date. Readers with some familiarity with this field will be able to follow the presentations with ease. Engineering students and those taking physics courses will find this book to be a useful source of examples of applications of the theory to commercially available materials as well as for uncomplicated explanations of physical properties. In many cases alternate explanations have been provided for clarity.An effort has been made to keep mathematics as an unsophisticated as possible withoutwatering down or distorting the concepts. In practically all cases only a master of elementary calculus is required to follow the derivations. All of thealgebra is shown and no steps in the derivations are considered to be obvious to the reader. Explanations are provided in cases where more advanced mathematics is employed The problems have been designed to promote understanding rather than mathematical or computational skill. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896526

Physical Properties of Plant and Animal Materials: v. 1: Physical Characteristics and Mechanical Properties This collection of essays by both Western and East European experts examines the efforts to develop strategies for dealing with the environmental crisis both by governments and at the grassroots level of newly emerging green movements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062325

Physical Security and Environmental Protection Manage a Hazard or Threat Effectively and Prevent It from Becoming a Disaster When disaster strikes it can present challenges to those caught off guard leaving them to cope with the fallout. Adopting a risk management approach to addressing threats vulnerability and risk assessments is critical to those on the frontline. Developed with first responders at the municipal state provincial and federal level in mind Physical Security and Environmental Protection guides readers through the various phases of disaster management including prevention mitigation preparedness response and recovery. It contains the steps and principles essential to effectively managing a hazard or threat preventing it from becoming a disaster. From the Initial Threat Assessment to Response and Recovery Operations Considering both natural and manmade disasters this text includes sections on hazard analysis emergency planning effective communication and leadership. It covers threat assessment examines critical infrastructure protection and addresses violent behavior. The text also outlines protection strategies; discussing strategy management identifying suspicious behavior and detailing how to avoid a potential attack. The text includes an overview on developing force protection plans security plans and business continuity plans. The book also addresses response and recovery operations explores post-incident stress management and poses the following questions: What hazards exist in or near the community? How frequently do these hazards occur? How much damage can they cause? Which hazards pose the greatest threat? This text includes the tools and information necessary to help readers develop business continuity force protection and emergency preparedness plans for their own group or organization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074934

Physical Security and SafetyA Field Guide for the Practitioner How-To Guide Written By Practicing Professionals Physical Security and Safety: A Field Guide for the Practitioner introduces the basic principles of safety in the workplace and effectively addresses the needs of the responsible security practitioner. This book provides essential knowledge on the procedures and processes needed for loss reduction protection of organizational assets and security and safety management. Presents Vital Information on Recognizing and Understanding Security Needs The book is divided into two parts. The first half of the text Security and Safety Planning explores the theory and concepts of security and covers: threat decomposition identifying security threats and vulnerabilities protection and risk assessment. The second half Infrastructure Protection examines the overall physical protection program and covers: access and perimeter control alarm systems response force models and practical considerations for protecting information technology (IT). Addresses general safety concerns and specific issues covered by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and fire protection regulations Discusses security policies and procedures required for implementing a system and developing an attitude of effective physical security Acts as a handbook for security applications and as a reference of security considerations Physical Security and Safety: A Field Guide for the Practitioner offers relevant discourse on physical security in the workplace and provides a guide for security risk management and safety professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482227024

Physical Sensors for Biomedical Applications The material in this book is based upon a two-day workshop on solid state physical sensors for biomedical applications held in Huron Ohio December 8-9 1977. The individual sections of the book are based upon presentations made by the authors at the workshop. Each presentation was transcribed and given to the authors for revision. Also transcribed are the discussions had following each presentation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896533

Physical TheatresA Critical Introduction This new edition of Physical Theatres: A Critical Introduction continues to provide an unparalleled overview of non-text-based theatre from experimental dance to traditional mime. It synthesizes the history theory and practice of physical theatres for students and performers in what is both a core area of study and a dynamic and innovative aspect of theatrical practice. This comprehensive book: traces the roots of physical performance in classical and popular theatrical traditions looks at the Dance Theatre of DV8 Pina Bausch Liz Aggiss and Jérôme Bel examines the contemporary practice of companies such as Théatre du Soleil Complicite and Goat Island focuses on principles and practices in actor training with reference to figures such as Jacques Lecoq Lev Dodin Philippe Gaulier Monika Pagneux Etienne Decroux Anne Bogart and Joan Littlewood. Extensive cross references ensure that Physical Theatres: A Critical Introduction can be used as a standalone text or together with its companion volume Physical Theatres: A Critical Reader to provide an invaluable introduction to the physical in theatre and performance. New to this edition: a chapter on The Body and Technology exploring the impact of digital technologies on the portrayal perception and reading of the theatre body spanning from onstage technology to virtual realities and motion capture; additional profiles of Jerzy Grotowski Wrights and Sites Punchdrunk and Mike Pearson; focus on circus and aerial performance new training practices immersive and site-specific theatres and the latest developments in neuroscience especially as these impact on the place and role of the spectator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782112

Physical Therapy and Massage for the Dog Interest in canine massage and physical therapy has grown as greater emphasis is placed on the general fitness and agility of dogs as pets and as sporting animals. This book details the prevention management and treatment of movement and allied disorders. It encompasses detailed assessments treatment programmes that involve hands-on therapy along with dynamic remedial and strengthening techniques using exercise plans.Following succinct discussion of the relevant canine anatomy and physiology the authors provide chapters on each of the key topics: movement and muscles; exercise; preparation for sports performance; rehabilitation techniques; massage and physical therapy; and common relevant pathologies affecting dogs.Physical Therapy and Massage for the Dog is of interest to all those involved in canine welfare including veterinary practitioners veterinary students therapists dog owners and dog trainers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138324190

Physical Therapy and the Stroke PatientPathologic Aspects and Clinical Management This important new book focuses on the subject of cerebrovascular accidents. All physical therapists will benefit from this comprehensive examination of the pathologic and clinical features of common ischemic and hemorrhagic disorders that may culminate in the familiar signs and symptoms of stroke. The symptoms diagnosis and treatment alternatives available in the care of stroke patients are discussed. Each chapter thoroughly addresses various challenges in the management of stroke patients who are commonly encountered in hospitals nursing homes and rehabilitation settings giving the reader an appreciation of the variability of involvement among stroke patients. The authors present illustrated case studies emphasizing common clinical situations in which stroke occurs and discuss the medical and surgical approaches to stroke management including risks and complications which may occur following a stroke. Other issues include the factors underlying strength deficits in stroke patients methods for measuring motor deficits and causes evaluation and treatment of the hemiplegic shoulder. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859897

Physical Violence in American Families The informative and controversial findings in this book are based on two path-breaking national surveys of American families. Both show that while the family may be the central locus of love and support it is also the locus of risk for those who are physically assaulted. The book provides a wealth of information on gender differences and similarities in violence and on the effects of gender roles and inequality.Two landmark American studies of violence from the National Family Violence survey form the basis of this book. Both show that while the family may be the central locus of love and support it is also the locus of risk for those who are being physically assaulted. This is particularly true for women and children who are statistically more at risk of assault in their own homes than on the streets of any American city. Physical Violence in American Families provides a wealth of information on gender differences and similarities in violence and on the effects of gender roles and inequality. It is essential for anyone doing empirical research or clinical assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529878

Physical-Chemical Mechanics of Disperse Systems and Materials Physical–Chemical Mechanics of Disperse Systems and Materials is a novel interdisciplinary area in the science of the disperse state of matter. It covers the broad spectrum of objects and systems with dimensions ranging from nanometers to millimeters and establishes a fundamental basis for controlling and tuning the properties of these systems as well as the processes taking place in them. Physical–chemical mechanics focuses on the analysis of the complex physical–chemical interfacial phenomena taking place both in the transition of a dispersed system into a material such as in the course of pressing sintering hydration hardening and sol-gel transitions and in the course of the dispersion of bulk materials taking place in milling mechanical treatment friction and wear and fracturing. These studies are based on thorough experimental investigation of contact interactions between particles in these processes. The book is divided into two sections. The first section covers basic principles of the formation stability and rupture of contacts between particles in different media and in surfactant solutions as well as the properties of coagulation structures and their rheology. The second section covers surface phenomena taking place in solid-like structures with phase contacts and in compact bodies with an emphasis on several applications and processes as well as the special role of the Rehbinder effect. Where appropriate and relevant the book presents essays on specific significant and principal studies such as the damageability of crystal and glass surfaces the strength of industrial catalysts the nano-mechanisms of cement hardening the role of the structure-mechanical barrier in the stabilization of fluorinated systems and contact interactions in papermaking. It also devotes attention to experimental methods used in physical–chemical mechanics the direct measurement of contact strength and relevant instrumentations. The book utilizes the content used over many years in lecture courses and includes fundamental material on colloid and surface chemistry the strength of materials rheology and tensors which makes it well suited for novices and experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466567092

Physicalism The primary aim of this study is to dissolve the mind-body problem. It shows how the ‘problem’ separates into two distinct sets of issues concerning ontology on the one hand and explanation on the other and argues that explanation – whether or not human behaviour can be explained in physical terms – is the more crucial. The author contends that a functionalist methodology in psychology and neurophysiology will prove adequate to explain human behaviour. Defence of this thesis requires: an examination of the mental/physical dichotomy and its rejection in favour of a distinction between psychological and physical terms; a description and discussion of functionalism in psychology and neurophysiology showing how the notorious problem of the necessary intensionality of psychological terms may be circumvented; an examination of the role of computer simulation in psycho-physical research; and an explanation of how the phenomena of sentience fit the functional framework. The book concludes that the thesis presented is in all essentials that of Aristotle; Aristotle had no ‘mind-body problem’ and were it not for a subsequent over-obsession with Cartesian scepticism we need not have had one either. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825987

Physically SpeakingA Dictionary of Quotations on Physics and Astronomy Physically Speaking: A Dictionary of Quotations on Physics and Astronomy provides the largest published collection of quotations pertaining to physics and astronomy. Some quotes are profound others are wise some are witty but none are frivolous. Here you will find quotations from the most famous to the unknown. The extensive author and subject indexes provide you with the perfect tool for locating quotations for practical use or pleasure and you will soon enjoy discovering what others have said on topics ranging from anti-matter to x-rays.This book can be read for pleasure or used as a handy reference by students scientific readers and the more general reader who is interested in who has said what on physics and astronomy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429642

Physician AlignmentConstructing Viable Roadmaps for the Future Through healthcare reform payment modifications transparency and a renewed focus on value the healthcare industry is changing its organizational structure from one of a multitude of individual entities to one of a system-of-care model. This restructuring and subsequent alignment of information presents new risks and opportunities for physicians hospitals and other healthcare providers.Emphasizing effective interactions between physicians and the health system Physician Alignment: Constructing Viable Roadmaps for the Future examines the different ways physicians and hospitals can create systems to not only survive but thrive through the changes facing healthcare. It draws on experienced authors in the area of physician purchasing to explain the various integrative models for physicians and hospitals. Provides an accessible introduction to the different types of healthcare delivery models Covers the various types of integration—starting with the simplest and evolving into full employment models with full integration Includes helpful information for doctors considering a transition to physician employment Highlights emerging trends in healthcare Explaining how these systems should be constructed and aligned the book provides healthcare organizations with a roadmap for planning for the future. The book concludes with a chapter on accountable care organizations and patient-centered medical homes that moves from the conceptual to administrative embodiments of the principles of an integrated health system as we now know it. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466504769

Physician Assisted SuicideExpanding the Debate Physician Assisted Suicide is a cross-disciplinary collection of essays from philosophers physicians theologians social scientists lawyers and economists. As the first book to consider the implications of the Supreme Court decisions in Washington v. Glucksburg and Vacco v. Quill concerning physician-assisted suicide from a variety of perspectives this collection advances informed reflective vigorous public debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811369

Physician Integration & AlignmentIPA PHO ACOs and Beyond Today with physician and hospital reimbursement being cut and tied to quality incentives physicians and health plans are revisiting the concept of integration. Payers are demanding that the industry do more with less without sacrificing quality of care. As a result physicians again find themselves integrating and aligning with hospitals that have the resources they lack or must develop together.Written by an acknowledged expert in the field of physician integration and managed care contracting Physician Integration & Alignment: IPA PHO ACOs and Beyond examines physician integration and alignment in the current healthcare market. It outlines the common characteristics of integrated groups and various organizational structures and also explains how you can avoid making the same mistakes of the past. Filled with suggestions and ideas from successfully integrated practices the book: Identifies industry drivers for the resurgence of integrated models and the need for aligned models Provides a look at the common characteristics of integrated and aligned groups and how the components can work together Discusses antitrust and other regulatory concerns present when considering the right organizational and management structure Offers time- and money-saving checklists lessons learned models and templates—saving you thousands of dollars in consulting fees Maria K. Todd provides readers with the vision and practical tools needed to organize their business entities in a manner that will maximize economic clout and provide quality of care for both the hospital and physician group. This much-needed resource includes helpful insights on topics such as declining physician reimbursement declining margins physician shortages physician-hospital competition rising practice investment requirements the return to capitation as a payment mechanism and recent changes in the relationships between physicians and health systems.Maria currently is the principle of the largest globally integrated health delivery system in the world with over 6 000 hospitals and 85 000 physicians spanning 95 countries. She has developed more than 200 integrated and aligned IPAs PHOs ACOs MSOs and healthcare clusters in her career. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439813089

Physician Investigator HandbookGCP Tools and Techniques Second Edition A comprehensive guide for physicians conducting clinical research this second edition addresses a broader research perspective. It includes information on the implications of the ICH Guidelines current FDA regulations and an Internet address directory. Everything the clinical trial manager planner monitor and investigator need to know about the design establishment monitoring and close-out of a trial is in this book. The chapters address the elements of clinical research professional interactions FDA regulations and good clinical practices guidelines investigational agent management designing a study and protocol development conducting the study and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396428

Physician of the American RevolutionJonathan Potts Originally published in 1979 this was the first biography of Jonathan Potts a prominent Pennsylvania Quaker and physician who served in the Continental army during the Revolutionary War. It was also the first study to be published since 1931 of the role of medical doctors in the northern campaigns. No detailed memoir by an army physician or surgeon has survived to document the conditions they faced. The military career of Dr. Potts reconstructed here from source materials including first-hand accounts by Potts and his contemporaries provides considerable information to fill this historical gap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367642327

Physicians and Political EconomySix Studies of the Work of Doctor Economists Why did Economics in its formative phase have so much input from medically educated writers? The innovations that physicians brought to their economic discourse played a key role in shaping the future of the discipline and this volume draws together the work of leading international academics to address this fascinating topic. This book examines the life and work of six doctor-economists: Petty Locke Barbon Mandeville Quesnay and Juglar. The central chapters each examine an individual writer discussing the available details of medical education and practice economic contributions and possible links between the two. Peter Groenwegen himself provides a contextual introduction and concluding overview drawing together the disparate findings to suggest which medical topics were the most inspirational for subsequent economies. This groundbreaking study will prove essential reading for historians of economic thought and will also interest medical historians general historians and philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010123

Physicians and the Peace Movement First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978461

Physicians as LeadersWho How and Why Now? This practical work has clinical guidelines and advice on controlling symptoms as well as showing doctors and carers how to provide physical and psychological comfort. It helps the clinician to develop a scientific approach to managing symptoms. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378244

Physicians At Work Patients In PainBiomedical Practice And Patient Response In Mexico This ethnographic study offers a detailed picture of how modern biomedicine is altered when practised in a developing country. Addressing the question of therapeutic outcome Dr Finkler examines various aspects of biomedicine that influence patient response. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282905

Physicochemical Aspects of Food Engineering and Processing Physical and chemical interactions between various constituents resulting from processing operations often lead to physical sensory and nutritional changes in foods. Combining important information on processing and food quality Physicochemical Aspects of Food Engineering and Processing describes the effects of various processing technologies on quality changes of different major foods in an integrative manner.Written by Physicochemical Experts in Food Engineering & Processing Part I critically reviews the physicochemical property changes of different foods undergoing selected processes such as microencapsulation frying microwave-assisted thermal processing high-pressure processing pulsed electric field processing and freezing. This section also includes a chapter on the effects of various processing technologies on microbial growth and inactivation. Part II focuses on multiphase food systems made of proteins seafoods red meats and pet foods and the physicochemical changes they undergo when being processed. Physicochemical Aspects of Food Engineering and Processing covers the engineering processing and quality angles equally. It is an extremely useful resource for academic and industrial researchers seeking an up-to-date overview of the increasingly important combination of both sides of food research and development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383732

Physico-Chemical Properties of Nanomaterials Throughout human history we have long encountered the combination of promise risk and uncertainty that accompanies emerging technologies. Nanotechnology is a recent example of an emerging technology that promises to drastically improve existing products as well as allow for creative development of new goods and services. This new technology also has its potential downsides. Industry academia and regulatory agencies are all working overtime to assess risks accurately while keeping up with the pace of development. Subtle changes in the physicochemical properties of engineered nanomaterials (ENMs) can influence their toxicity and behavior in the environment and so can be used to help control potential ENM risks. This book attempts to encompass the state of the science regarding physicochemical characterization of ENMs. It illuminates the effort to understand these properties and how they may be used to ensure safe ENM deployment in existing or future materials and products. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774802

Physico-Mathematical Theory of High Irreversible Strains in Metals Presents a new physical and mathematical theory of irreversible deformations and ductile fracture of metals that acknowledges the continuous change in the structure of materials during deformation and the accumulation of deformation damage. Plastic deformation viscous destruction evolution of structure creep processes and long-term strength of metals and stress relaxation are described in the framework of a unified approach and model. The author then expands this into a mathematical model for determining the mechanical characteristics of quasi-samples of standard mechanical properties in deformed semi-finished products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367201517

Physics and Applications of Dilute Nitrides Since their development in the 1990s it has been discovered that diluted nitrides have intriguing properties that are not only distinct from those of conventional semiconductor materials but also are conducive to various applications in optoelectronics and photonics. The book examines these applications and presents a broad and in-depth look at the basic electronic and optical properties of diluted nitrides.The aim of Physics and Applications of Diluted Nitrides is to provide graduate students researchers and engineers with a comprehensive overview of the present knowledge and future perspectives of diluted nitrides.Co-authored by a group of leading scientists in the field this book brings the reader up to speed on the development and current state of diluted nitride applications as well as the technologies to be developed in the near future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578305

Physics and Applications of Negative Refractive Index Materials Ever since the first experimental demonstration was reported in 2000 the interest in metamaterials and left-handed media that exhibit a negative refractive index has increased exponentially. Surveying this explosive growth Physics and Applications of Negative Refractive Index Materials covers the fundamental physical principles and emerging engineering applications of structured electromagnetic metamaterials that yield a negative refraction as well as other unexpected physical properties. It provides detailed explanations on the history development and main achievements of metamaterials.Making it easy to access relevant up-to-date information on the field the authors bring together the most important and influential papers related to metamaterials. They present the principles of negative refraction and compare the uniqueness of novel metamaterials with other media that exhibit similar properties. The book discusses the design optimization and testing of structured metamaterials as well as applications of metamaterials at frequencies ranging from radio wave to optical. It also explores novel concepts and phenomena such as the perfect lens for super-resolution imaging hyper lenses that couple the near-field to radiative modes electromagnetic cloaking and invisibility and near-field optical imaging. Connecting theoretical ideas to recent experimental techniques and results this state-of-the-art book enables an understanding of the basic principles of and research contributions to metamaterials with negative refractive index and their electromagnetic properties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577483

Physics and Chemistry at Low Temperatures Tunneling reactions in chemistry are characterized by the low-temperature limit when the classical contribution is negligible. Many practical applications benefit from the lack of heat and have a deep physical basis. Interesting advantages of chemical synthesis at low temperatures have also been demonstrated. This book covers fundamental and practical aspects of the processes and experimental and theoretical methods used in the field. The chapters are written by leading scientists who have very strong experience in the selected topics and many practical recommendations can be found in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267519

Physics and Chemistry of Classical MaterialsApplied Research and Concepts This book provides a comprehensive presentation of the concepts properties and applications of classical materials. It also provides the first unified treatment for the broad subject of classical materials. The authors use a fundamental approach to define the structure and properties of a wide range of solids on the basis of the local chemical bonding and atomic order present in the material. Emphasizing the physical and chemical origins of different material properties this important volume focuses on the most technologically important materials being utilized and developed by scientists and engineers. This new book: • Provides a collection of chapters that highlight some important areas of current interest in polymer products and chemical processes •Focuses on topics with more advanced methods • Emphasizes precise mathematical development and actual experimental details • Analyzes theories to formulate and prove the physicochemical principles • Provides an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state of the art of complex materials • Familiarizes the reader with new aspects of the techniques used in the examination of polymers including chemical physicochemical and purely physical methods of examination • Describes the types of techniques now available to the chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities limitations and applications This book presents peer-reviewed chapters and survey articles on review research and development in the fields of classical materials. The wide coverage makes this book an excellent reference book for researchers and graduate students on the subject. The new topics covered in this book will be an excellent resource for industries and academic researchers as well. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880459

Physics and Chemistry of Graphene (Second Edition)Graphene to Nanographene Graphene has been attracting growing attentions in physics chemistry and device applications after the discovery of micromechanically cleaved graphene sheet by A. Geim and K. Novoselov who were awarded the 2010 Nobel Prize in Physics. The electronic structure of graphene which is described in terms of massless Dirac fermions brings about unconventional electronic properties which are not only an important basic issue in condensed matter physics but also a promising target of cutting-edge electronics/spintronics device applications. Meanwhile from chemistry aspect graphene is the extreme of condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon molecules extrapolated to infinite size. Here the concept on aromaticity which organic chemists utilize is applicable. Interesting issues appearing between physics and chemistry are pronounced in nanosized graphene (nanographene) as we recognize the importance of the shape of nanographene in understanding its electronic structure. This book comprehensively discusses the fundamental issues related to the electronic magnetic and chemical properties of condensed polycyclic hyodrocarbon molecules nanographene and graphene. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800389

Physics and Chemistry of GrapheneGraphene to Nanographene From a chemistry aspect graphene is the extrapolated extreme of condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon molecules to infinite size. Here the concept on aromaticity which organic chemists utilize is applicable. Interesting issues appearing between physics and chemistry are pronounced in nano-sized graphene (nanographene) as we recognize the importance of the shape of nanographene in understanding its electronic structure. In this book the fundamental issues on the electronic magnetic and chemical properties of condensed polycyclic hyodrocarbon molecules nanographene and graphene are comprehensively discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814241489

Physics and Chemistry of Nano-structured Materials The development of nanostructured materials represents a new and fast evolving application of recent research in physics and chemistry. Novel experimental tools coupled with new theory have made this possible. Topics covered in this book include nanocrystals semiconductor heterostructures nanotubes nanowires and manipulation and fabrication techniques. The core of the book consists of ten lectures by five distinguished researchers Paul Alivisatos D.D. Awschalom Sumio Iijima Charles Lieber and Phaedon Avouris presented at an Advanced Study Institute in Hong Kong in January 1999. It should interest materials physicists and chemists as well as materials scientists with an interest in the growth and characterisation of sophisticated materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399283

Physics and Chemistry of Photochromic Glasses Photochromic glasses are among the most widespread types of glasses due largely to their popular use in sunglasses. These glasses are used not only in sunglasses but also in various opto-electronic devices that have been developed and produced throughout the world. Until now information about photochromic glasses has been widely dispersed in the literature much of which was published in Russian and therefore of limited accessibility to the Western world. Physics and Chemistry of Photochromic Glasses brings together the combined knowledge and understanding of photochromic glasses from these publications. Coverage includes the structure optical properties coloration and bleaching mechanisms technology and metrology of these interesting materials. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067986

Physics and Mechanics of Amorphous Polymers Topics covered in this text include: structural aspects of polymers; molecular mobility in amorphous solid polymers; non-elastic deformation of solid amorphous polymers; mechanical experiments; interpretation of results; physical ageing of amorphous polymers; and glass transition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743331

Physics and Mechanics of Soil Liquefaction The workshop aims to provide a fundamental understanding of the liquefaction process necessary to the enhancement of liquefaction prediction. The contributions are divided into eight sections which include: factors affecting liquefaction susceptibility and field studies of liquefaction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743317

Physics and Metaphysics in Descartes and in his Reception This volume explores the relationship between physics and metaphysics in Descartes’ philosophy. According to the standard account Descartes modified the objects of metaphysics and physics and inverted the order in which these two disciplines were traditionally studied. This book challenges the standard account in which Descartes prioritizes metaphysics over physics. It does so by taking into consideration the historical reception of Descartes and the ways in which Descartes himself reacted to these receptions in his own lifetime. The book stresses the diversity of these receptions by taking into account not only Cartesianisms but also anti-Cartesianisms and by showing how they retroactively highlighted different aspects of Descartes’ works and theoretical choices. The historical aspect of the volume is unique in that it not only analyzes different constructions of Descartes that emerged in the 18th 19th and 20th centuries but also reflects on how his work was first read by philosophers across Europe. Taken together the essays in this volume offer a fresh and up-to-date contribution to this important debate in early modern philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351448

Physics and MetaphysicsTheories of Space and Time Jennifer Trusted's new book argues that metaphysical beliefs are essential for scientific inquiry. The theories presuppositions and beliefs that neither science nor everyday experience can justify are the realm of metaphysics literally `beyond physics'. These basic beliefs form a framework for our activities and can be discovered in science common sense and religion. By examining the history of science from the eleventh century to the present this book shows how religious and mystical beliefs as well as philosophical speculation have had a considerable role in motivating scientists and inspiring scientific inquiry. Physics and Metaphysics presupposes no technical knowledge of either philosophy or science. It is an ideal introduction to science and the important forces that have shaped its history and ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009264

Physics Curiosities Oddities and Novelties An Enlightening Way to Navigate through Mind-Boggling Physics Concepts Physics Curiosities Oddities and Novelties highlights unusual aspects of physics and gives a new twist to some fundamental concepts. The book covers both classical and modern physics in an engaging straightforward style. The author presents perplexing questions that often lack satisfying answers. He also delves into the stories of famous and eccentric past scientists. Many examples reveal interesting ideas including how: Newton had trouble determining the mass of the moon An electric motor is an electric generator run in reverse Time travel that violates causality is not possible Schrödinger’s cat may be both dead and alive and there may be two of each one of us to observe the two possibilities Particle physics and the basic laws of thermodynamics can appear simple yet are very complicated Accessible to nonspecialists and beginning students this book provides insight into physics using minimal mathematics and jargon. It summarizes many fascinating aspects of physics employing only essential formulas. Some familiar formulas are written in standard form while other equations are written in words for greater clarity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466576353

Physics for Animators Achieving believable motion in animation requires an understanding of physics that most of us missed out on in art school. Although animators often break the laws of physics for comedic or dramatic effect you need to know which laws you’re breaking in order to make it work. And while large studios might be able to spend a lot of time and money testing different approaches or hiring a physics consultant smaller studios and independent animators have no such luxury. This book takes the mystery out of physics tasks like character motion light and shadow placement explosions ocean movement and outer space scenes making it easy to apply realistic physics to your work. Physics concepts are explained in animator’s terms relating concepts specifically to animation movement and appearance. Complex mathematical concepts are broken down into clear steps you can follow to solve animation problems quickly and effectively. Bonus companion website at www.physicsforanimators.com offers additional resources including examples in movies and games links to resources and tips on using physics in your work. Uniting theory and practice author Michele Bousquet teaches animators how to swiftly and efficiently create scientifically accurate scenes and fix problem spots and how and when to break the laws of physics. Ideal for everything from classical 2D animation to advanced CG special effects this book provides animators with solutions that are simple quick and powerful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415842976

Physics for Diagnostic Radiology With every chapter revised and updated Physics for Diagnostic Radiology Third Edition continues to emphasise the importance of physics education as a critical component of radiology training. This bestselling text helps readers understand how various imaging techniques work from planar analogue and digital radiology to computed tomography (CT) nuclear medicine and positron emission tomography (PET) to ultrasound imaging and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). New to the Third Edition Material on digital receptors Emphasis on the differences between analogue and digital images Coverage of multi-slice CT and three-dimensional resolution dual energy applications and cone beam CT Special radiographic techniques including subtraction techniques and interventional radiology New chapter on PET with discussion of multi-modality imaging (PET/CT) Additional material on radiation doses and risks to patients New chapter covering picture archiving and communication system (PACS) teleradiology networks archiving and related factors A summary of the main teaching points at the beginning of each chapter After an introductory chapter on basic physics the book follows the x-ray imaging process: production of x-rays interaction with the patient radiation measurement the image receptor the radiological image and image quality assessment. It then covers more advanced x-ray techniques as well as imaging with radioactive materials. The text also focuses on radiobiology risk and radiation protection and imaging with non-ionising radiation. The final chapter discusses data handling in a modern electronic radiology department. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420083156

Physics for Technology Second Edition This text provides an introduction to the important physics underpinning current technologies highlighting key concepts in areas that include linear and rotational motion energy work power heat temperature fluids waves and magnetism. This revision reflects the latest technology advances from smart phones to the Internet of Things and all kinds of sensors. The author also provides more modern worked examples with useful appendices and laboratories for hands-on practice. There are also two brand new chapters covering sensors as well as electric fields and electromagnetic radiation as applied to current technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815382928

Physics from Planet Earth - An Introduction to Mechanics Expose Your Students to the Elegant World of Physics in an Enticing Way Physics from Planet Earth - An Introduction to Mechanics provides a one-semester calculus-based introduction to classical mechanics for first-year undergraduate students studying physics chemistry astronomy or engineering. Developed from classroom-tested materials refined and updated for over ten years at Colgate University the book guides students on a journey beyond standard approaches that use blocks projectiles and inclined planes to grander themes involving interplanetary travel exoplanets asteroid collisions and dark matter. Beginning students are often bewildered by the rapid-fire presentation of physical concepts mathematics and problem-solving strategies in traditional introductory textbooks. In contrast this text: Introduces the three conservation laws (momentum energy and angular momentum) as fundamental laws of nature from which secondary concepts such as force and torque are derived Organizes topics around the conservation laws avoiding the typical "math overload" that confronts students at the start of standard courses Motivates and illustrates many topics through real contemporary applications in astronomy planetary science and space travel After reviewing the basic mathematical tools needed to study mechanics the text addresses the conservation of momentum and applications such as gravity-assisted space travel and rocket propulsion. It next discusses Newton’s Laws and numerous space- and astronomy-based applications. The text then presents evidence for a second conservation principle energy which allows us to describe motion as a function of position rather than time. The book also explores the conservation of angular momentum and a variety of applications including pulsars orbital eccentricity and gyroscopes. The text concludes with a discussion of dark matter dark energy and the ultimate fate of the universe. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439867839

Physics of Coal and Mining Processes Around the world on average four coal miners die for each million tons of coal recovered. Improving the safety of mining work while responding to the need for increased coal production however is impossible without further development of the physics of mining processes. A relatively new branch of science it tackles problems that arise during mineral products recovery particularly safety issues such as rock failures coal and gas outbursts and methane explosions. The first book to present a unifying methodology for addressing problems such as outbursts and explosions of methane in coal mining Physics of Coal and Mining Processes integrates theoretical and experimental research on coal and bearing rocks and examines the anthropogenic processes that occur during deep underground mining. The book summarizes the results of recent and established research including studies conducted at the Institute of Physics of Mining Processes of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine headed by the author. Key topics covered include rock mass in multi-component compressive stress fields and phase conditions of methane in coal. The book also examines state-of-the-art instrumentation and physical methods of analysis among them x-ray analysis of coal structures combined with computer simulation and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy combined with gas chromatography. Bridging the gap between the academic theory and the practice of coal mining the book proposes novel methods to predict rock mass condition control gas-dynamic phenomena and estimate safe mining loads. A useful reference for scientists technicians and engineers working in the coal industry it also offers an overview of the physics of mining processes for students pursuing careers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074941

Physics of Continuous MatterExotic and Everyday Phenomena in the Macroscopic World Physics of Continuous Matter: Exotic and Everyday Phenomena in the Macroscopic World Second Edition provides an introduction to the basic ideas of continuum physics and their application to a wealth of macroscopic phenomena. The text focuses on the many approximate methods that offer insight into the rich physics hidden in fundamental continuum mechanics equations. Like its acclaimed predecessor this second edition introduces mathematical tools on a "need-to-know" basis.New to the Second EditionThis edition includes three new chapters on elasticity of slender rods energy and entropy. It also offers more margin drawings and photographs and improved images of simulations. Along with reorganizing much of the material the author has revised many of the physics arguments and mathematical presentations to improve clarity and consistency. The collection of problems at the end of each chapter has been expanded as well. These problems further develop the physical and mathematical concepts presented. With worked examples throughout this book clearly illustrates both qualitative and quantitative physics reasoning. It emphasizes the importance in understanding the physical principles behind equations and the conditions underlying approximations. A companion website provides a host of ancillary materials including software programs color figures and additional problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865115

Physics of Continuous MediaA Collection of Problems With Solutions for Physics Students This textbook is based on lectures and tutorials given for several years at the Physics Department of Novosibirsk State University. It is constructed as a set of problems followed by detailed solutions and may act as a complementary text for standard courses on the physics of continuous media. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450496

Physics of Continuous MediaProblems and Solutions in Electromagnetism Fluid Mechanics and MHD Second Edition Based on the author’s many years of lectures and tutorials at Novosibirsk State University and the University of Manchester Physics of Continuous Media: Problems and Solutions in Electromagnetism Fluid Mechanics and MHD Second Edition takes a problems-based approach to teaching continuous media. The book’s problems and detailed solutions make it an ideal companion text for advanced physics and engineering courses. Suitable for any core physics program this revised and expanded edition includes a new chapter on magnetohydrodynamics as well as additional problems and more detailed solutions. Each chapter begins with a summary of the definitions and equations that are necessary to understand and tackle the problems that follow. The text also provides numerous references throughout including Landau and Lifshitz’s famous course of theoretical physics and original journal publications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466517639

Physics Of Creep And Creep-Resistant Alloys Unique in its approach this introduction to the physics of creep concentrates on the physical principles underlying observed phenomena. As such it provides a resource for graduate students in materials science metallurgy mechanical engineering physics and chemistry as well as researchers in other fields. Following a brief mathematical treatment the authors introduce creep phenomena together with some empirical laws and observations. The mechanisms of creep and diffusion under varying experimental conditions are subsequently analysed and developed. The second half of the text considers alloying in greater detail as well as exploring the structure and properties of superalloys and stress effects in these materials. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203979846

Physics of Electronic Ceramics (2 Part) This book includes papers presented at a conference held at the University of Florida in 1969 on aspects of the technology of electronic ceramics in terms of the underlying science upon which the technology depends. It is intended for users of electronic ceramics and teachers in this field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064794

Physics of Intense Beams in Plasmas Physics of Intense Beams in Plasmas is a comprehensive description of the interaction between extremely intense particle beams and plasmas. The emphasis is on experimental beam-plasma physics but the necessary theory is also explained-much of which is innovative and original. Central to the book is the discussion of beam instabilities emphasizing their hydrodynamic nature. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402495

Physics of Mammographic Imaging Due to the increasing number of digital mammograms and the advent of new kinds of three-dimensional x-ray and other forms of medical imaging mammography is undergoing a dramatic change. To meet their responsibilities medical physicists must constantly renew their knowledge of advances in medical imaging or radiation therapy and must be prepared to function at the intersection of these two fields. Physics of Mammographic Imaging gives an overview on the current role and future potential of new alternatives to mammography in the context of clinical need complementary approaches and ongoing research.This book provides comprehensive coverage on the fundamentals of image formation image interpretation analysis and modeling. It discusses the use of mammographic imaging in the detection diagnosis treatment planning and monitoring of breast cancer. Expert authors give a balanced summary of core topics such as digital mammography contrast-enhanced mammography stereomammography breast tomosynthesis and breast CT. The book highlights the use of mammographic imaging with complementary breast imaging modalities such as ultrasound MRI and nuclear medicine techniques. It discusses critical issues such as computer-aided diagnosis perception and quality assurance.This is an exciting time in the development of medical imaging with many new technologies poised to make a substantial impact on breast cancer care. This book will help researchers and students get up to speed on crucial developments and contribute to future advances in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576646

Physics of Materials Few areas of science are as interdisciplinary as materials science. Chemistry physics mechanical engineering and mathematics each play a part within it. The role of physics is to describe the objects effects and phenomena at different scales (micro- meso- and macroscopic) as precisely as possible.  Physics of Materials addresses this description at the elementary level. Based on an undergraduate level course taught at the Ecole Polytechnique France the main emphasis is on the conduction related phenomena (electronic properties) and the plastic behavior (ionic properties) of materials such as metals and alloys semiconductors and ceramics. It assumes a basic grounding in statistical physics quantum mechanics and elasticity but does not require prior knowledge of solid-state physics to which it will serve as a useful introduction. The presentation of the course is followed by several examination problems with solutions which cover various specific applications of the general concepts and which will enable readers to test their understanding of these concepts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078210

Physics of Microwave DischargesArtificially Ionized Regions in the Atmosphere A comprehensive and unique account of the creation of artificially ionized layers in the middle and upper atmosphere using powerful radio waves. Major physical mechanisms associated with the formation of the ionized region are studied in detail. The main part of the author's research is devoted to problems associated with the breakdown mechanisms for radio frequency discharges in air. A special chapter deals with breakdown in intersecting pulsed beams and the effects of recombination diffusion and atmospheric winds on the stability of the structure. The kinetics of the plasma produced are also described. The authors examine possibilities of inducing changes in the chemical composition of the upper atmosphere by means of radio frequence heating with promising effects on the concentration of constituents such as ozone. The feasibility of using this phenomenon for; ozone healing - in connection with the ozone holes in the polar regions is investigated. The text is a timely treatment of key topics in the field of ionospheric modification. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743287

Physics of Nuclear RadiationsConcepts Techniques and Applications Physics of Nuclear Radiations: Concepts Techniques and Applications makes the physics of nuclear radiations accessible to students with a basic background in physics and mathematics. The main text avoids calculus with detailed derivations deferred to endnotes and appendices. The text explains meanings and the significance of equations in detail to be understandable to audiences from various disciplines. Rather than convince students one way or the other about the hazards of nuclear radiations the text empowers them with tools to calculate and assess nuclear radiations and their impact. It discusses the meaning behind mathematical formulae as well as the areas in which the equations can be applied. After reviewing the physics preliminaries the author addresses the growth and decay of nuclear radiations the stability of nuclei or particles against radioactive transformations and the behavior of heavy charged particles electrons photons and neutrons. He then presents the nomenclature and physics reasoning of dosimetry covers typical nuclear facilities (such as medical x-ray machines and particle accelerators) and describes the physics principles of diverse detectors. The book also discusses methods for measuring energy and time spectroscopies before concluding with applications in agriculture medicine industry and art. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439857779

Physics of Optoelectronics Physics of Optoelectronics focuses on the properties of optical fields and their interaction with matter. Understanding that lasers LEDs and photodetectors clearly exemplify this interaction the author begins with an introduction to lasers LEDs and the rate equations then describes the emission and detection processes.The book summarizes and reviews the mathematical background of the quantum theory embodied in the Hilbert space. These concepts highlight the abstract form of the linear algebra for vectors and operators supplying the "pictures" that make the subject more intuitive. A chapter on dynamics includes a brief review of the formalism for discrete sets of particles and continuous media. It also covers the quantum theory necessary for the study of optical fields transitions and semiconductor gain. This volume supplements the description of lasers and LEDs by examining the fundamental nature of the light that these devices produce. It includes an analysis of quantized electromagnetic fields and illustrates inherent quantum noise in terms of Poisson and sub-Poisson statistics. It explains matter-light interaction in terms of time-dependent perturbation theory and Fermi's golden rule and concludes with a detailed discussion of semiconductor emitters and detectors. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221007

Physics of PET and SPECT Imaging PET and SPECT imaging has improved to such a level that they are opening up exciting new horizons in medical diagnosis and treatment. This book provides a complete introduction to fundamentals and the latest progress in the field including an overview of new scintillator materials and innovations in photodetector development as well as the latest system designs and image reconstruction algorithms. It begins with basics of PET and SPECT physics followed by technology advances and computing methods quantitative techniques multimodality imaging instrumentation pre-clinical and clinical imaging applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466560130

Physics of Radiation and Climate Our current climate is strongly influenced by atmospheric composition and changes in this composition are leading to climate change. Physics of Radiation and Climate takes a look at how the outward flow of longwave or terrestrial radiation is affected by the complexities of the atmosphere’s molecular spectroscopy. This book examines the planet in its current state and considers the radiation fluxes including multiple scattering photochemistry and the ozone layer and their impact on our climate overall. Starting from the physical fundamentals of how electromagnetic radiation interacts with the various components of the Earth’s atmosphere the book covers the essential radiation physics leading to the radiative transfer equation. The book then develops the central physics of the interaction between electromagnetic radiation and gases and particles: absorption emission and scattering. It examines the physics that describes the absorption and emission of radiation using quantum mechanics and scattering using electromagnetism. It also dedicates a detailed chapter to aerosols now recognized as a key factor of climate change. Written to be used for a first course in climate physics or a physics elective the text contains case studies sample problems and an extensive reference list as a guide for further research. In addition the authors: Provide a complete derivation of molecular spectroscopy from quantum mechanical first principles Present a formal derivation of the scattering of radiation by molecules and particles Include the latest results from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fifth Assessment Report (IPCC AR5) Physics of Radiation and Climate shows how radiation measurements are used to aid our understanding of weather and climate change and provides an introduction to the atmosphere. This book covers the key branches of physics with a specific focus on thermodynamics electromagnetism and quantum mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466572058

Physics of Radiofrequency Capacitive Discharge This book describes the physical mechanism of high-frequency (radio-frequency) capacitive discharge (RFCD) of low and medium pressure and the properties of discharge plasma in detail. The main properties and characteristics of RFCD the features of electric breakdown in a high-frequency field are also investigated. The properties of near-electrode layers of a spatial discharge the nature of the electric field in them and the processes of charge transport to electrodes are explored. The work is intended for scientists engaged in gas discharge physics and low-temperature plasmas graduate students and students of physics physical chemistry and relevant specialties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571627

Physics of Sailing Breaking down the complicated concepts of speed acceleration torque fluid mechanics and surface physics Physics of Sailing provides a lively easily accessible introduction to the basic science underlying the sport of sailing. It illustrates the many ways physics can be used to understand the principles of sailboat propulsion and how a scientific understanding of the boat wind and water can lead to more skillful sailing. After a brief but insightful tour of the history of sailing the book explores the physics involved in making faster sailing crafts for both upwind and downwind sailing including Newton‘s impact theory of fluid resistance and lift and drag phenomena. It compares possible sail shapes presents measurements of hull smoothness and describes wind turbulence the nature of water waves and the structure of wakes. Using the physics of optics the author also explains the connection between water‘s appearance and the wind. Along with a glossary of sailing terms he includes many examples throughout to illustrate the concepts in practice. Avoiding unnecessary formalisms this book skillfully applies the principles of fluid mechanics to sailboat technology and the art of sailing. It should help you become a more knowledgeable sailor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429727

Physics of Schottky Electron SourcesTheory and Optimum Operation The Schottky electron emitter is a predominant electron-emitting source in today’s electron beam equipment. This book comprehensively covers the Schottky emitter dealing with its theoretical as well as practical aspects. The main questions that are addressed in this book are: what is the Schottky electron emitter? How does it work? And how do its properties affect the performance of electron beam equipment? The focus is on the direct link between the operating conditions of the source and the properties of the beam at the target level. This coupling is made clear by discussing the effect of the operating conditions and the geometry of the source and gun on the emission properties of the emitting surface the effect of Coulomb interactions on the brightness and energy spread in the first few millimeters of the beam path and the effect of the operating conditions and the shape of the emitter on the consequences of the beam at the target. The final chapter combines all these effects to demonstrate that there is a trade-off to be made between brightness energy spread and shape stability. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364799

Physics of Semiconductors and Nanostructures This book is a comprehensive text on the physics of semiconductors and nanostructures for a large spectrum of students at the final undergraduate level studying physics material science and electronics engineering. It offers introductory and advanced courses on solid state and semiconductor physics on one hand and the physics of low dimensional semiconductor structures on the other in a single text book. Key Features Presents basic concepts of quantum theory solid state physics semiconductors and quantum nanostructures such as quantum well quantum wire quantum dot and superlattice In depth description of semiconductor heterojunctions lattice strain and modulation doping technique Covers transport in nanostructures under an electric and magnetic field with the topics: quantized conductance Coulomb blockade and integer and fractional quantum Hall effect Presents the optical processes in nanostructures under a magnetic field Includes illustrative problems with hints for solutions in each chapter Physics of Semiconductors and Nanostructures will be helpful to students initiating PhD work in the field of semiconductor nanostructures and devices. It follows a unique tutorial approach meeting the requirements of students who find learning the concepts difficult and want to study from a physical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482223040

Physics Of Space PlasmasAn Introduction This textbook was developed to provide seniors and first-year graduate students in physical sciences with a general knowledge of electrodynamic phenomena in space. Since the launch of the first unmanned satellite in 1957 experiments have been performed to study the behavior of electromagnetic fields and charged particles. There is now a considerable amount of data on hand and many articles including excellent review articles have been written for the specialists. However for students new researchers and non-specialists a need still exists for a book that integrates these observations in a coherent way. This book is an attempt to meet that need by using the theory of classical electrodynamics to unify space observations. The contents of this book are based on classroom notes developed for an introductory space physics course that the author has taught for many years at the University of Washington. Students taking the course normally have had an undergraduate course in electricity and magnetism but they come with very little knowledge about space. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367282929

Physics of the Invisible SunInstrumentation Observations and Inferences Physics of the invisible Sun: Instrumentation Observations and Inferences provides a new updated perspectives of the dramatic developments in solar physics mainly after the advent of the space era. It focusses on the instrumentation exploiting the invisible windows of the electromagnetic spectrum for observing the outer fainter layers of the Sun. It emphasizes on the several technical and observational challenges and proceeds to discuss the discoveries related to energetic phenomena occurring in the transition region and corona. The book begins with giving a brief glimpse of the historical developments during the pre- and post-telescopic periods of visible and spectroscopic techniques ground-based optical and radio observing sites. Various types of telescopes and back-end instrumentation are presented based on photometry spectroscopy and polarimetry using the Zeeman and Hanle effects for measurement of magnetic fields and Doppler effect for radial velocity measurements.  The book discusses theoretical and observational inferences based on detection of solar neutrinos and helioseismology as the probes of the hidden solar interior and tests of solar standard models. The characteristic properties and observational signatures of global solar p- and g-oscillations modes developments in local helioseismology and asteroseismology are discussed. The role of the solar magnetic field and differential rotation in the activity and magnetic cycles prediction methodologies and dynamo models are described. Observing the Sun in IR at the longer and the UV EUV XUV X-rays and gamma-rays at the shorter wavelengths are covered in detail. Observational challenges at each of these wavelengths are presented followed by the instrumentation for detection and imaging that have resulted in enhancing the understanding of various solar transient phenomena such as flares and CMEs. The outer most corona is described as a dynamic expanding component of the Sun from the theoretical and observational perspectives of the solar wind. It then discusses the topics of the Interplanetary magnetic field slow and fast solar wind interaction with magnetised and non-magnetised objects of the solar system the space weather and the physics of the heliosphere. The chapter on the future directions in solar physics presents a brief overview of the new major facilities in various observing windows and the future possibilities of observing the Sun from ground and vantage locations in space. Features:   Systematic overview of the developments in instrumentation observational challenges and inferences derived from ground-based and space-borne solar projects. Advances in the understanding about the solar interior from neutrinos and helioseismology. Recent research results and future directions from ground- and space-based observations. This book may serve as a reference book for scientific researchers interested in multi-wavelength instrumentation and observational aspects of solar physics. It may also be used as a textbook for a graduate-level course. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197442

Physics of Thermal TherapyFundamentals and Clinical Applications The field of thermal therapy has been growing tenaciously in the last few decades. The application of heat to living tissues from mild hyperthermia to high-temperature thermal ablation has produced a host of well-documented genetic cellular and physiological responses that are being researched intensely for medical applications particularly for treatment of solid cancerous tumors using image guidance. The controlled application of thermal energy to living tissues has proven a great challenge requiring expertise from multiple disciplines thereby leading to the development of many sophisticated pre-clinical and clinical devices and treatment techniques. Physics of Thermal Therapy: Fundamentals and Clinical Applications captures the breadth and depth of this highly multidisciplinary field. Focusing on applications in cancer treatment this book covers basic principles practical aspects and clinical applications of thermal therapy. An overview of the fundamentals shows how use of controlled heat in medicine and biology involves electromagnetics acoustics thermodynamics heat transfer and imaging sciences. The book discusses challenges in the use of thermal energy on living tissues and explores the genetic cellular and physiological responses that can be employed in the fight against cancer from the physics and engineering perspectives. It also highlights recent advances including the treatment of solid tumors using image-guided thermal therapy microbubbles nanoparticles and other cutting-edge techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576639

Physics to a Degree Physics to a Degree provides an extensive collection of problems suitable for self-study or tutorial and group work at the level of an undergraduate physics course. This novel set of exercises draws together the core elements of an undergraduate physics degree and provides students with the problem solving skills needed for general physics' examinations and for real-life situations encountered by the professional physicist. Topics include force momentum gravitation Bernoulli's Theorem magnetic fields blackbody radiation relativistic travel mechanics near the speed of light radioactive decay quantum uncertainty and much more. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315273839

Physiological Models in MicrobiologyVolume I Physiological Models in Microbiology consists of two volumes. Volume I considers models of basic growth processes and the effects of environmental factors on microbial growth. Volume II describes models of secondary processes in particular microbial death spore germination chemotaxis and surface growth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896557

Physiological Models in MicrobiologyVolume II Physiological Models in Microbiology consists of two volumes. Volume I considers models of basic growth processes and the effects of environmental factors on microbial growth. Volume II describes models of secondary processes in particular microbial death spore germination chemotaxis and surface growth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896540

Physiological Psychology Physiological psychology deals with the interaction between ‘under the skin’ physiological variables and the personal and social context in which organisms live. Originally published in 1975 much of this book has relevance for the understanding of human action: knowledge of physiological mechanisms underlying psychological functions can throw light on conditions such as obesity schizophrenia and the emotional disorders and on procedures such as psychosurgery and drug therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191839

Physiological PsychologyAn Introduction Originally published in 1987 this title was designed as a textbook for first degree students of psychology and provides an introduction to the major topics within the subject of physiological psychology. The aim was to cover these major subject areas and at the same time to provide indications of advances made in the previous two decades. Today the book is still suitable for all levels of study from beginning students to final year level who wish to cover historical aspects of physiological psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192294

Physiology Biophysics and Biomedical Engineering Physiology Biophysics and Biomedical Engineering provides a multidisciplinary understanding of biological phenomena and the instrumentation for monitoring these phenomena. It covers the physical phenomena of electricity pressure and flow along with the adaptation of the physics of the phenomena to the special conditions and constraints of biological systems. While the text focuses on human biological systems some of the principles also apply to plants bacteria and other animals. The first section of the book presents a general introduction to physiological systems and describes specialized methods used to record electrical events from biological tissue. The next part examines molecules involved in cell transport and signaling as well as the proteins relevant in cells’ ability to contract and generate tension. The text goes on to cover the properties of the heart blood and circulation and the monitoring of cardiac and circulatory function. It then discusses the importance of the interrelationship of pressures and flows in organ systems such as the lungs and kidneys and details the organization and function of the nervous system. After focusing on the systems used to monitor signals the book explores modeling biomechanics and emerging technologies including the progressive miniaturization of sensors and actuators in biomedical engineering. Developed from the authors’ courses in medical biophysics and biomedical instrumentation this book shows how biophysics and biomedical engineering have advanced modern medicine. It brings together the physical principles underlying human physiological processes and the physical methods used to monitor these processes. Requiring only basic mathematical knowledge the text supplements mathematical formulae with qualitative explanations and illustrations to encourage an intuitive grasp on the processes discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420065138

Physiology & Biochemistry Of Uterus In Pregnancy & Labor First Published in 1986 this book offers a full comprehensive guide to the uterus and how it’s affected by pregnancy and childbirth. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244569

Physiology and Anatomy for Nurses and Healthcare PractitionersA Homeostatic Approach Third Edition This book focuses on the homeostatic principles of human physiology and anatomy discussing the influence of homeostatic control failure in producing some of the common illnesses that nurses and healthcare practitioners are likely to encounter during their careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454729

Physiology and Biotechnology Integration for Plant Breeding   Global demand for wheat rice corn and other essential grains is expected to steadily rise over the next twenty years. Meeting this demand by increasing production through increased land use is not very likely; and while better crop management may make a marginal difference most agriculture experts agree that this anticipated deficit must be made up through increased crop yields. The first resource of its kind Physiology and Biotechnology Integration for Plant Breeding assembles current research in crop plant physiology plant biotechnology and plant breeding that is aimed toward improving crop plants genetically while supporting a productive agriculture ecosystem. Highly comprehensive this reference provides access to the most innovative perspectives in crop physiology – with a special emphasis on molecular approaches – aimed at the formulation of those crop cultivars that offer the greatest potential to increase crop yields in stress environments. Surveys the current state of the field as well as modern options and avenues for plant breeders and biotechnologists interested in augmenting crop yield and stability With the contributions of plant scientists from all corners of the globe who are actively involved in meeting this important challenge Physiology and Biotechnology Integration for Plant Breeding provides readers with the background information needed to understand this cutting-edge work as well as detailed information on present and potential applications. While the first half of the book establishes and fully explains the link between crop physiology and molecular biology the second part explores the application of biotechnology in the effective delivery of the high yield and environmentally stable crop plants needed to avert the very real possibility of worldwide hunger. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394622

Physiology and Ecology of Fish Migration Forest trees cover 30% of the earth's land surface providing renewable fuel wood timber shelter fruits leaves bark roots and are source of medicinal products in addition to benefits such as carbon sequestration water shed protection and habitat for 1/3 of terrestrial species. However the genetic analysis and breeding of trees has lagged behind that of crop plants. Therefore systematic conservation sustainable improvement and pragmatic utilization of trees are global priorities. This book provides comprehensive and up to date information about tree characterization biological understanding and improvement through biotechnological and molecular tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466595132

Physiology and Nutrition for Amateur Wrestling Physiology and Nutrition for Amateur Wrestling is essential reading for amateur wrestlers and their coaches with a desire to learn about physiological training and nutrition for their sport.   Written by Charles Paul Lambert PhD a competitive wrestler and academic expert in high-intensity exercise this book describes the primary physiological systems involved in amateur wrestling. Readers will learn how to substantially optimize performance and discover ways to improve body composition specific to the sport of amateur wrestling.   The book addresses important issues including relative energy deficiency in sport debates around weight loss the specificities of training and nutrition for female wrestlers as well as strategies on keeping fit in the years after a competitive career.   Features: Discusses strategies for monitoring overall training load to prevent overtraining and optimize training Includes optimal nutritional fueling plans for wrestlers written by a Certified Coach with USA Wrestling and compares different dietary approaches to losing weight and fat Provides optimal rehydration and refueling plans based on situational needs in the post-weigh-in period   Both scientific and practical Physiology and Nutrition for Amateur Wrestling will appeal to wrestlers high-school and college coaches and those working in applied physiology research and exercise science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367370947

Physiology for Anaesthesiologists Anaesthesiologists regularly administer potent and potentially toxic drugs that profoundly interfere with fundamental physiological functions such as breathing cardiac output blood pressure the protective reflexes and the perception of pain. Reviewing all aspects of human physiology Physiology for Anaesthesiologists provides a working knowledge of physiological principles and their application to anaesthesia and intensive care. The text covers the various systems of the human body from the central nervous system to the liver and kidneys. The reader gains an understanding not only of each system discussed but also of how each of those physiological systems interact with each other. The section on pain for example explains how the body warns of dysfunction in one or more systems. In addition to covering the core material for professional examinations some topics not usually dealt with in textbooks for anaesthetists are also covered such as the impact of anaesthesia and surgery on the immune system. Written in a clear and concise style the book supplies up-to-date information to trainees in anaesthesiology and related specialities preparing for professional examinations: both editors have a wealth of experience in these subjects. The book also helps established anaesthesiologists and those in other related specialities who want to keep up with recent developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393762

Physiology of MolluscsA Collection of Selected Reviews Two-Volume Set Physiology of Molluscs: A Collection of Selected Reviews is an informative two-volume sent that brings together some of the most important recent and unique developments in molluscan physiology. Volume One focuses on shell structure mineralization the dynamics of calcium transport shell drilling byssus proteins locomotion and reproduction. Volume Two includes reviews on the neural mechanisms of learning reproductive behavior responses to environmental stress and hormones and neurotransmitters. With the rapid development of cutting-edge proteomic molecular biological and cellular imaging techniques our understanding of molluscan physiology specifically in the areas of neurobiology reproductive biology and shell formation has increased exponentially over the last several years. With contributions from some of the world’s leading experts in the field of molluscan physiology this valuable two-volume set fills this void and will serve as an important resource for researchers professors and students. Chapters report on a variety of recent developments and new understanding including • biology of byssus threads • physiology of reproduction in cephalopods • learning and memory of molluscs • endocrine disruption in molluscs • nautilus biology and behavior • cephalopod locomotion • neuronal circuitry in molluscs • reproductive endocrinology • bioactive peptides in molluscs The reviews in these two volumes will make a significant contribution to our understanding not only of molluscan physiology but also the physiology of animals in general. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884082

Physiology of Neurons Thanks to tremendous technical advances in molecular biology and cellular imaging after those in electrophysiology there is now a deep understanding of the physiology of nerve cells and their synaptic interconnections. The complexity of the brain emerges from the communication and interaction between billions of these elements. This book explores systematically and didactically the details of neuronal physiology covering membrane biophysics receptor physiology sensory transduction and synaptic transmission with its selective pharmacology. Readers of the book will be fully equipped to understand the functions and possibilities of the key units of the brain’s parallel computations. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815346005

Physiology of Rubber Tree LatexThe Laticiferous Cell and Latex- A Model of Cytoplasm The present work is based on the study of the laticiferous system in Hevea. It therefore covers anatomical histological and cytological research on laticifers and latex together with biochemical and enzymological investigation of latex in vitro. Integration of all these studies led to the investigation of the physiology of the laticiferous function. The work described includes the most important results obtained over a period of nearly a century and the most recent work which has yet to be published. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896595

Physiology of Soybean Plant The book provides in-depth knowledge on the physiology of soybean. It is written lucidly systematically and in depth. The book provides recent information and findings explained with illustrations to express the ideas and concepts vividly to university students and researchers and provides a better understanding of the improvement of the productivity of soybean to cope with the future demand. It describes the physiology of growth development flowering pod development and seed yield as well as C O N and Oil metabolisms – their hormonal regulations under normal and stress environmental conditions. Molecular approaches are also described. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367543983

Physiology of Sports In this book an international group of sports scientists examine the major sports and the physiological demands of each. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458208

Physiology of Stressed Crops Vol. 1Hormone Relations The present multi-volume treatise has been planned to discuss important aspects of the crop-plant physiological aspects viz. hormones nutrients cell membranes and induced proteins as related to different types of stresses each in separate volumes. Another type of stress which can be classed under biotic environmental (sil) or chemical viz. the stress of allelochemicals which has not been discussed before as a stress factor will be discussed in a separate volume emphasizing its practical/ ap-plied aspects rather than mentioning only the allelopathic effects. In this volume on Hormone Relations different stresses have been arranged in order of their importance and work done. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813635

Physiology of the Pea Crop Rich in bibliographic references this book presents the current status of knowledge on the physiology of the pea crop. It draws on contributions from plant physiologists and researchers in various other disciplines who have been working together for many years on the production of plants rich in proteins. The text first discusses vegetative and reproductive development growth under non-limiting conditions and the nitrogen nutrition of the pea crop. It then explores the effects of the abiotic and biotic stresses on the development as well as the growth and nitrogen uptake by the plant. The book concludes with a global model of the functioning of the pea crop which is proposed as a tool for the diagnosis of the yield-limiting factors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384241

Physique Fitness and Performance Totally revised and updated this second edition of the well-received Physique Fitness and Performance retains the unique integrated approach of its predecessor examining the relationship of structure to function in human performance. Far surpassing the limited focus of standard exercise and fitness books it combines the morphological study of physique relative to body structure body size and body composition with the applied interaction of muscular cardiovascular motor and metabolic system capacities abilities and skills developed and acquired through exercise and training programs. Establishing a background and history for the current prevalent interrelationships between physique and physical performance the book begins by outlining the morphological physical motor and metabolic component areas of study involved in physical training. Part One introduces the study of the structure-function relationships relating body structure size and composition to fitness and physical performance. Part Two and Part Three present an overview of the quantitative and qualitative study of physical and physiological conditioning motor learning and motor control specifically regarding the development of motor skill within general/open loop and specific/closed loop parameter guidelines. It also covers fatigue and its physiological and psychological effects on training processes. Part Four explores nutrition and the utilization of carbohydrates fats proteins water vitamins and minerals during physical training. It includes an overview of lipids lipoproteins cholesterol and atherosclerosis; dietary goals and guidelines; and risk factors relating to heart disease and obesity within health and fitness parameter guidelines. Finally extensive appendices present the pertinent figures tables and forms used in evaluation and programming.Including chapter summaries glossaries and references as well as detailed and extensive appendices for me Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388942

Physique and Characteran investigation of the nature of constitution and of the Theory First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875401

Phytochemical Dictionary of the Leguminosae The "Phytochemical Dictionary of the Leguminosae" is the first of a new type of reference source giving phytochemical records for all legumes (plants in the Pea family - Leguminosae or Fabaceae). The precise chemical substances found the organs in which they occur (eg the leaf or the seed) and the bibliographic citation are given for each plant species recorded. These are accompanied by extensive supporting botanical chemical geographical and bibliographic information for each plant and substance. Over 4 000 chemical substances occurring in 2 000 plant species are contained within 20 000 entries. The Leguminosae is one of the world's most economically important groups of plants including peas beans soya and chickpeas and provides the world's major source of nitrogen fixed from the atmosphere. As this book contains detailed comprehensive and up-to-date phytochemical data on this family available for the first time in a single source it will prove invaluable to all those working in the food pharmaceutical and agrochemical industries as well as in botanical natural product and taxonomic research. This new work has been compiled as a joint project by two specialist organisations the International Legume Database & Information Service (ILDIS) and the Chapman & Hall Chemical Database (CHCD). Coverage includes both wild and cultivated species from all over the world. The primary literature used is current to mid-1992. The book is divided into two volumes the first containing the Plant Section and the second the Chemical Section. The two are linked by extensive cross-referencing and each section has its own indexes. Volume 1 of the dictionary is unique in that it lists not only all legume species from which chemical substances are reported but also lists under each species what the substances are and in which organs they occur. The substances are grouped together under types of compounds and the original sources are cited. This part is organized alphabetically by genus and species name followed by a Plant Name Index and Plant Constituent Index. This part of the dictionary may be used in two ways. By selecting a plant species of interest the reader will see the precise listing of substances reported and the organs in which they occur. Alternatively by using the Plant Constituent Index the reader should find a full listing of all legume species from which a particular substance is reported and from which the main entries for these plant species can be located. Each species entry is annotated with the plant's geographical distribution its taxonomic details (common name synonyms used in the phytochemical literature etc.) botanical data on for example life form and economic uses and reference citations. The problems of nomenclature and synonymy have been overcome for both plant names and substance names. Plant names and classification have been verified using the ILDIS plant taxonomic database: records for the same species originally published under different names are united in the dictionary. Similarly substance names and classes have been verified using the Chapman & Hall Chemical Database: records for the same substance under different names in the literature are likewise united in the dictionary. Volume 2 is a Chemical Dictionary giving key chemical data on all substances occurring in the Leguminosae matching those reported in Part 1. This part is taken from the Chapman & Hall Chemical Database and its layout and format is uniform with the renowned Dictionary of Organic Compounds. Each substance has (where appropriate): alternative names structure diagram Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number molecular formula and weight and Type of Compound. These substances are indexed by Chemical Name Molecular Formula and CAS Registry Number to allow rapid location of the information required. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780367811471

Phytochemicals from Medicinal PlantsScope Applications and Potential Health Claims Phytochemicals from Medicinal Plants: Scope Applications and Potential Health Claims explores the importance of medicinal plants and their potential benefits for human health. This book looks at bioactive compounds from medicinal plants the health benefits of bioactive compounds the applications of plant-based products in the food and pharmaceutical industries. The first section discusses available sources of bioactive compounds from medicinal plants biochemistry structural composition potential biological activities and how bioactive molecules are isolated from medicinal plants. The authors examine the applications of bioactive molecules from a health perspective looking at the pharmacological aspects of medicinal plants the phytochemical and biological activities of different natural products and ethnobotany/and medicinal properties and also present a novel dietary approach for disease management. The book goes on to examine the plant-based products are used and can be used in various sectors of the food and pharmaceutical industries.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887953

Phytochemicals in CitrusApplications in Functional Foods Citrus fruits have long been popular around the world due to their good flavor taste high nutritional value and their healthy properties. Citrus is well known as a rich source of vitamin C. Citrus fruits also contain many other functional bioactive phytochemicals including terpenoids triterpenes flavonoids amino acids phenolic acids mineral constituents and polysaccharides which are beneficial to human health. Citrus fruits are generally recognized as an outstanding source of biologically active compounds related to both nutritional and nutraceutical values. Phytochemicals in Citrus: Applications in Functional Foods focuses on up-to-date information on chemical properties of citrus fruits citrus food products and their health benefits. The 16 chapters in the book provide a knowledge base on the chemical composition bioactive components biochemical properties food use and health benefits of citrus fruits. The information in this book will help readers to better understand the health benefits of citrus fruits and products and their dietary applications. The book is a unique reference for food science professionals engaged in functional foods and nutritional dietary management. The book can also serve as a handy reference for college and university students majoring in food science nutrition pharmaceutical science and horticultural science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742726

Phytochemicals in Goji BerriesApplications in Functional Foods Goji berries (Lycium barbarum) which are widely distributed in Northwestern China Southeastern Europe and the Mediterranean areas have traditionally been employed in Chinese medicine from ancient times. Goji berries also known as wolfberry have become increasingly popular in the Western world because of their nutritional properties often advertised as a superfood in Europe and North America. With the development of analysis methods various chemical constituents have been identified including carbohydrates carotenoids flavonoids betaine cerebroside -sitosterol amino acids trace elements vitamins and other constituents. Polysaccharides have been identified as one of the major active ingredients responsible for biological activities. Phytochemicals in Goji Berries: Applications in Functional Foods a volume in the Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals Series provides information about the chemical biochemical botanic properties bioactive components and health benefits of Goji berries. It also discusses postharvest storage technology processing technology and the development and utilization of Goji berry by-products in medicinal foods and functional foods as well as addressing food safety issues. Features: Provide information on Goji fruit origin and growing conditions distribution and biochemical properties Discusses such medicinal properties and health benefits of Goji berries as the capacity to lower blood pressure treat anemia maintain cholesterol levels in the normal range and decrease risk of cardiovascular disease. Additionally Goji berries have anti-inflammatory and anti-tumor properties among others Includes information on traditional products new products and innovative processing technologies This book will serve college and university students majoring in food science nutrition pharmaceutical science and botanical science. It also will serve as a unique reference for food science professionals pursuing functional foods marketing expansion as well as nutritional dietary management. Readers will obtain sound scientific knowledge of the nutritional value and health benefits of the different Goji berry products such as juice cake soup snacks and medicinal foods. Also available in the Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals series: Korean Functional Foods: Composition Processing and Health Benefits edited by Kun-Young Park Dae Young Kwon Ki Won Lee Sunmin Park (ISBN 978-1-4987-9965-2) Phytochemicals in Citrus: Applications in Functional Foods edited by Xingqian Ye (ISBN 978-1-4987-4272-6) Food as Medicine: Functional Food Plants of Africa by Maurice M. Iwu (ISBN 978-1-4987-0609-4) For a complete list of books in the series please visit our website at https://www.crcpress.com/Functional-Foods-and-Nutraceuticals/book-series/CRCFUNFOONUT Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367076344

Phytochemicals in Health and Disease "… well-written and the content is clearly presented. … There are plentiful figures and tables which are effectively labeled and adequately support the content. …highly recommended for academic and special libraries. …effectively presents current research on phytochemicals in a readable manner."- E-Streams "This landmark volume shows how far the field has advanced … . This important volume is filled with reports on what the editors term as the 'new era' in the study of phytochemicals in which we move from the 'eat more vegetable and fruit' admonition to more detailed information on the biology molecular biology regulatory function and role in human health of phytochemicals. … All workers in phytochemicals should get themselves a copy of this valuable book." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394288

Phytochemicals in Nutrition and Health Are soy isoflavones neuroprotective? Just how different is one species of Echinacea from another? Which phytochemicals will be effective as therapeutic agents in vivo? Supported by solid scientific research Phytochemicals in Nutrition and Health helps provide answers to these and other probing questions concerning the mechanisms of action associated with beneficial phytochemical groups. It examines new areas such as the efficacy and safety of medicinal herbs the use of biotechnology to manipulate and enhance the phytochemical profiles of various plants and the pharmacokinetics of phytochemicals in humans.The editors also expand discussion presented in their previous books on phytochemicals. They explore new research on phytochemicals in the Vaccinium family (cranberries blueberries and bilberries) wine and oilseeds and the biological activity of Echinacea in humans. Additional chapters present new information about isothiocyanates lycopene carotenoids other than beta-carotene tocotrienols and phytoestrogens. Highlighting phytochemicals that have significant potential for promoting health or preventing disease Phytochemicals in Nutrition and Health expands discussions of appropriate research methodologies and new technologies in this exciting field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455002

PhytochemicalsAging and Health The fastest growing demographic in both developed and developing societies around the world the elderly bring unique medical and financial health-care burdens. In response to this phenomenon a large and growing body of research is directed toward the science of healthy aging.  A substantial amount of observational data points to the consumption of a plant-based diet as a factor in lowering the risk of multiple chronic degenerative age-related diseases. The 6th International Phytochemical Conference Phytochemicals: Aging and Health focused on the particular concerns of nutrition in the aging population as well as new aspects of research methodology real-world applications and updates or expansions of previously introduced topics. Drawn from the illustrious panel of scientists and researchers who spoke at the conference Phytochemicals: Aging and Health begins by highlighting the prevailing theories on aging including dietary manipulation and the role of phytochemical medicinals or supplements in health. Contributions present state-of-the-art methodologies for polyphenolic analysis bioavailability and metabolism—crucial tools that answer pressing questions such as “are there age related changes in flavonoid bioavailability?” The following chapters provide research results on botanicals and inflammation green tea formulations and skin health and the effects of phytochemicals on vision brain function and cardiovascular disease. The book concludes with forward-looking discussions on applying nutrient–gene interaction research findings to individual dietary recommendations along with the step-by-step process to commercialize botanical products for allergy relief. Continuing to introduce the highest-quality groundbreaking research Phytochemicals: Aging and Health provides pragmatic information for food companies supplement manufacturers and researchers interested in developing functional foods and nutraceuticals for the aging population. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387440

PhytochemicalsHealth Promotion and Therapeutic Potential Increasing knowledge of the various protective effects of phytochemicals has sparked interest in further understanding their role in human health. Phytochemicals: Health Promotion and Therapeutic Potential is the seventh in a series representing the emerging science with respect to plant-based chemicals. Drawn from the proceedings at the Seventh International Phytochemical Conference Phytochemicals: Health Promotion and Therapeutic Potential the book contains chapters written by conference presenters along with those of additional invited authors whose research focuses on the biological activities and clinical outcomes associated with phytochemical consumption. The book begins with a discussion of major research that has contributed to the widespread interest in phytochemicals and health promotion. This is followed by an exploration of the beneficial effects of polyphenols in healthy aging and against a host of illnesses and disorders including cancer cardiovascular disease inflammation and ulcers. The contributors also examine various aspects of phytochemicals related to bone and brain health obesity and metabolic disease. The book concludes by presenting methodologies for assessing the bioavailability of carotenoids and offers additional insight into Momordica cochichinensis Spreng a fruit not commonly known in the Western world and a rich source of lycopene and beta-carotene. While promising advancements have been made in this field opportunities for progress still exist concerning bioavailability efficacy genomics and synergistic mechanisms. This book is destined to stimulate increased interest in research regarding these compounds their biological activities and the application of these findings to therapeutic alternatives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466551626

PhytochemicalsNutrient-Gene Interactions Understanding phytochemical–gene interactions provides the basis for individualized therapies to promote health as well as prevent and treat disease. The authors of Phytochemicals: Nutrient–Gene Interactions examine the interactions between phytochemicals and the human genome and discuss the impact these interactions have on health aging and chronic conditions such as inflammation heart disease obesity type II diabetes mellitus and cancer. Keeping pace with the most important trends in phytochemical research the authors accentuate the latest understanding on the use of controlled clinical trials new screening technologies and the completed human genome project for researching the pharmacokinetics safety and efficacy of phytochemicals. The book covers a balanced range of topics beginning with experimental strategies and methodologies for identifying significant interactions between diet genetic variants and different markers of cardiovascular disease inflammation and obesity. Different authors explain the mechanisms of protective action that link diets rich in omega-3 fatty acids unsaturated fats fruits vegetables and whole grains with a decreased risk of chronic and degenerative diseases. They also review and summarize epidemiological research on plant-based foods and dietary patterns supporting the beneficial role of phytochemicals in health promotion and disease prevention. Phytochemicals: Nutrient–Gene Interactions illustrates the growing role of nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics in disease prevention and in the responsible development of safe and effective phytochemical products within the food pharmaceutical and supplement industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391119

Phytochemistry 3-Volume SetVolume 1: Fundamentals Modern Techniques and Applications; Volume 2: Pharmacognosy Nanomedicine and Contempo The 3-volume set Phytochemistry covers a wide selection of topics in phytochemistry and provides a wealth of information on the fundamentals new applications methods and modern analytical techniques state-of-the-art approaches and computational techniques. With chapters from professional specialists in their fields from around the world the volumes deliver a comprehensive coverage of phytochemistry. Phytochemistry is a multidisciplinary field so this book will appeal to students in both upper-level students faculty researchers and industry professionals in a number of fields including biological science biochemistry pharmacy food and medicinal chemistry systematic botany and taxonomy ethnobotany conservation biology plant genetic and metabolomics evolutionary sciences and plant pathology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887625

Phytochemistry of Piper betle Landraces Piper betle (betel vine) a pan-Asiatic tropical plant which can also grow under mild subtropical areas is essentially grown for leaves which are chewed with array of additives besides slaked lime. The plant is cultivated widely in India and its surrounding areas. Phytochemistry of Piper betel landraces presents a brief on the distribution historical and cultural aspects and properties ascribed to this plant in the ancient texts. Phytochemical and pharmacological information has also been included to underscore the importance of this plant in the present time. A detailed account on metabolic profiling employing modern methods is included  such as real-time direct analysis of the flight mass spectrometric method and chemometric analysis for characterization of the available biodiversity and signatures specific to gender and geographical location. It was also possible to identify the gender of unknown landraces with the help of principal component analysis. Features: Elaborates on the chemical diversity within Piper betle. Piper betle leaves have mouth freshening antimicrobial compounds. Use of chemical signatures for the identification of different Piper betle landraces their gender and geographical locations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367859657

Phytochemistry of Plants of Genus Ocimum Ocimum species has been used as a traditional remedy for various ailments such as arthritis bronchitis cold conjunctivitis diarrhea dysentery and flatulence as well as for healing wounds and lowering blood glucose level. These are characterized by variations in their morphology such as the shape size and pigmentation of leaves which cause differences in chemical composition and affect the commercial value of this genus. This book describes phytochemical investigations of Ocimum species using LC-MS/MS instruments to study qualitative and quantitative variations of phytochemicals in different Ocimum species. Features: Collection of Ayurvedic features and scientific analytical and pharmacological evidence of most important medicinal plants of genus Ocimum. Chemical signatures for the identification of Ocimum species. Easy-to-use analytical procedure for quality control of plants of Ocimum species and its herbal products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857530

Phytochemistry of Plants of Genus Phyllanthus Several Phyllanthus species are widely used in traditional medicine and herbal formulation for the treatment of a variety of ailments such as flu dropsy diabetes jaundice and bladder calculus. The medicinal properties of these species are due to the presence of lignans flavonoids tannins alkaloids and terpenoids. Phyllanthin and hypophyllanthin are the major lignans from Phyllanthus species having estrogenic properties that reduce toxicity and vascular tension and protect hepatocytes. This book deals with the importance of separation techniques in screening of major lignans flavonoids and terpenoids in Phyllanthus species using HPLC/UPLC coupled with mass spectrometric techniques. Features: Collection of Ayurvedic features and scientific evidence of important medicinal plants. Screening of major lignans flavonoids and terpenoids in plant parts/whole plant extracts and their geographical variations in Phyllanthus amarus. Easy-to-use analytical procedure for the quality control of Phyllanthus and its products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857554

Phytochemistry of Plants of Genus Piper Piper is the representative genus of family Piperaceae. Piper species are pan-tropical in distribution and found in both the hemispheres. As the king of all spices black pepper Piper nigrum led to the global expeditions culminating in the discovery of India and the new world. Piper species have been reported to possess various pharmacological activities such as insecticidal antibacterial anti-inflammatory antiplatelet anti-hypertensive antithyroid antitumor activities and hepatoprotective properties. Botanical authentication of the plants of Piper species is difficult because of the morphological similarity among the species. This book describes ultra-performance liquid chromatography coupled with triple quadrupole electrospray tandem mass spectrometry in multiple reactions monitoring (MRM) mode to study the quantitative variation of thirteen bioactive markers in different plant parts of ten Piper species. Features: Collection of Ayurvedic features and scientific evidence of the most important medicinal plants of Piper species. Describes chemical signatures for identification of Piper species. Provides easy-to-use analytical procedure for quality control of Piper species and its products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857578

Phytochemistry of Plants of Genus Rauvolfia Rauvolfia species commonly known as Sarpagandha has been traditionally used in Ayurveda for curing high blood pressure hypertension snake bites fever and mental illnesses. Due to its wide variety and differences in chemical composition it is necessary to develop an efficient and reliable method for rapid screening and determination of phytochemicals in the extracts of the Rauvolfia species. This book will provide qualitative and quantitative comparative phytochemical investigations of selected medicinal plants from the Rauvolfia genus using liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) techniques. The results will help in assuring the efficacy and safety of Rauvolfia herbal products. Features: Collection of Ayurvedic features and scientific evidence of important medicinal plants. Discusses chemical signatures for the identification of Rauvolfia (Sarpagandha) and its products. Easy-to-use analytical procedure for quality control of Rauvolfia and its products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857523

Phytochemistry of Tinospora cordifolia Tinospora cordifolia stem is used as a tonic vitalizer and as a remedy for metabolic disorders to treat allergies diabetes dysentery jaundice heart diseases leprosy rheumatoid arthritis skin diseases and urinary disorders. It shows anti-inflammatory analgesic antipyretic actions and immunosuppressive effects. This book focuses on providing gender and geographical location-based differences in the phytoconstituents of T. cordifolia by the liquid chromatography mass spectrometric method. These methods have potential use in the quality control of T. cordifolia and the screening of herbal preparations. Features: Compilation of ayurvedic features of one of the most important plants of the Indian system of medicines. Useful for all ayurvedic practitioners researchers faculty students and herbal product manufacturers. Application of advance hyphenated LC-MS techniques for variation study in phytoconstituents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367859640

PhytochemistryVolume 1: Fundamentals Modern Techniques and Applications This first book in this three-volume set provides comprehensive coverage of a wide range of topics in phytochemistry. With chapters from professional specialists from key institutions around the world the volume starts with an introduction to phytochemistry and details the fundamentals. Part II discusses the state-of-the-art modern methods and techniques in phytochemical research while Part III provides an informative overview of computational phytochemistry and its applications. Part IV presents novel research findings in the discovery of drugs that will be effective in the treatment of diseases. The chapters are drawn carefully and integrated sequentially to aid flow consistency and continuity. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887595

PhytochemistryVolume 2: Pharmacognosy Nanomedicine and Contemporary Issues As volume 2 of this three-volume set on phytochemistry this book features chapters that comprehensively review a selection of important recent advances in ethnopharmacology and alternative and complementary medicines. It also presents many informative chapters on the medicinal potential of phytochemicals in the treatment and management of various diseases such as cancer diabetes diabetic nephropathy autoimmune diseases neurological disorders male infertility and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887601

PhytochemistryVolume 3: Marine Sources Industrial Applications and Recent Advances This volume presents chapters that discuss secondary metabolites of marine origin the industrial applications of phytochemicals and recent advances in phytochemical research. It considers production of secondary metabolites and accumulations through in vitro cultures and also reviews the effects of natural products as biopesticides and as eco-friendly corrosion inhibitors. In addition the volume discusses the effects of the environment on the distribution of phytochemicals and the roles of phytochelatins and heavy metal tolerance in plants. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887618

Phytoestrogens In Functional Foods Polyphenol phytoestrogens - bioactives found in specific foods and beverages - impart antioxidant phytoestrogenic antiproliferative and enzyme modulating activities within the human metabolic system. It is believed that these compounds protect against several forms of cancer cardiovascular and neurodegenerative diseases osteoporosis and menop Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429113802

Phytohormones in Soils Microbial Production & Function Details the various physiological responses in plants caused by microbially derived phytohormones--examining the microbial synthesis of the five primary classes of plant hormones. Exploring novel methods for improving symbiotic associations vital for plant growth and development. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812256

Phytomedicine and Alzheimer’s Disease Alzheimer's disease one of the most rapidly growing neurodegenerative disorders is characterized by a progressive loss of memory. Despite several advances in the field of medical therapeutics a viable treatment for Alzheimer's disease would be of great importance. Medicinal plants represent a largely untapped reservoir of natural medicines and potential sources of anti-Alzheimer’s drugs. The structural diversity of their phytoconstituents makes these plants a valuable source of novel lead compounds in the quest for drugs to treat Alzheimer's disease. Based on traditional literature and up-to-date research various new therapeutically active compounds have been identified from phytoextracts which could be useful in the treatment of cognitive disorders. Phytomedicine and Alzheimer’s Disease presents information on Mechanistic aspects of neurodegeneration in Alzheimer’s disease and the role of phytochemicals as restorative agents Understanding the complex biochemical aspects of Alzheimer’s disease Pre-clinical approaches to evaluating drugs to target Alzheimer’s disease Assessing alternative approaches to treating Alzheimer’s disease and the role of alternative medicine to delay the symptomatic progression of this disease Epigenetic changes in Alzheimer’s disease and possible therapeutic or dietary interventions This book serves as an excellent resource for scientific investigators academics biochemists botanists and alternative medicine practitioners who work to advance the role of phytomedicines in treating Alzheimer’s disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367332020

PhytomedicineResearch and Development Phytomedicine has become more important and gained constant improvement today for the betterment of health. Herbal medicine plays a significant role in the development of new drugs contrary to the modern medicinal systems. For more than a decade there has been a drastic improvement in phytomedicine across the world. This growth has reached a higher level in development by pharmaceutical industries everywhere. People have drifted toward herbal medication and practices for their food and health care. Therefore in order to create abundant interest in the research of phytosciences this book is one of the better reference tools. The bioactive compounds in plants need to be explored to know the scientific value and therapeutic properties of the medicinal plants against many diseases. This book contains chapters that are relevant to the advanced research in herbal medicines and will enlighten readers to the importance of medicinal plants as daily sources of nutrition and cures for diseases. This book highlights the unique features of the plants that have not been studied so far for their therapeutic potential. To prove the efficacy of medicinal plants they have to be studied examined and scientifically verified. Hence this book will better serve the researchers working under different aspects of phytomedicine. Features • The information provided through scientific validation is useful to study the pharmacological activity of herbals and their administration in the modern era. • The readers can find clear understanding in the research and development of phytopharmaceutical drugs. • The ideas incorporated in each chapter reveal the knowledge gained in studying the biological activities of the compounds present in the plant which are indeed most worthy for the development of drugs. • The harvesting of new ideology toward modern scientific technologies that are employed in the field of pharmacological research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857592

Phytopathogenic Bacteria and Plant Diseases The field of Phytobacteriology is rapidly advancing and changing because of recent advances in genomics and molecular plant pathology but also due to the global spread of bacterial plant diseases and the emergence of new bacterial diseases. So there is a need to integrate understanding of bacterial taxonomy genomics and basic plant pathology that reflects state-of-the-art knowledge about plant-disease mechanisms. This book describes seventy specific bacterial plant diseases and presents up-to-date classification of plant pathogenic bacteria. It would be of great help for scientists and researchers in conducting research on ongoing projects or formulation of new research projects. The book will also serve as a text book for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of disciplines of Phytobacteriology and Plant Pathology. Contains latest and updated information of plant pathogenic bacteria till December 2018 Describes seventy specific bacterial diseases Presents classification of the bacteria and associated nomenclature based on Bergey’s Manual Systematic Bacteriology and International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology Discusses practical and thoroughly tested disease management strategies that would help in controlling enormous losses caused by these plant diseases Reviews role of Type I-VI secretion systems and peptide- or protein-containing toxins produced by bacterial plant pathogens Briefs about plants and plant products that act as carriers of human enteric bacterial pathogens like emphasizing role of seed sprouts as a common vehicle in causing food-borne illness Dr B. S. Thind was ex-Professor-cum-Head Department of Plant Pathology Punjab Agricultural University Ludhiana India. He has 34 years of experience in teaching research and transfer of technology. He has conducted research investigations on bacterial blight of rice bacterial stalk rot of maize bacterial blight of cowpea bacterial leaf spot of green gram bacterial leaf spot of chillies and bacterial soft rot of potatoes. He also acted as Principal Investigator of two ICAR-funded research schemes entitled "Detection and control of phytopathogenic bacteria from cowpea and mungbean seeds from 1981 to 1986 and "Perpetuation variability and control of Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae the causal agent of bacterial blight of rice" from 1989 to 1993 and also of a DST funded research scheme "Biological control of bacterial blight sheath blight sheath rot and brown leaf spot of rice" from 1999 to 2002. He also authored a manual entitled "Plant Bacteriology" and a text book entitled "Phytopathogenic Procaryotes and Plant Diseases" published by Scientific Publishers (India). He is Life member of Indian Phytopathological Society Indian Society of Plant Pathologists Indian Society of Mycology and Plant Pathology and Indian Science Congress Association. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367197155

Phytopathology in Plants This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.This volume includes the latest research into the diseases that affect non-vascular plants. The chapters bring to light the most recent studies of pathogen identification disease etiology disease cycles economic impact plant disease epidemiology plant disease resistance how plant diseases affect humans and animals pathosystem genetics and management of plant diseases. The information provided here helps readers to stay current with this field’s ongoing research and ever-developing knowledge base. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692807

Phytopharmaceuticals for Brain Health Research studies demonstrate diet and proper nutrition in conjunction with cognitive mental social and physical activities can significantly help in improving brain health with advancing age and potentially reduce the risk of cognitive decline. These studies of phytopharmaceuticals and medicinal plants demonstrate the efficacy of Huperzine A berry anthocyanins trans-resveratrol Ginkgo biloba Bacopa monniera Centella asiatica tocotrienols and palm oil in boosting brain health and physical well-being. In addition consumption of marine fishes and general seafood is recommended for long-term nutritional intervention to preserve mental health hinder neurodegenerative processes and sustain cognitive capacities in humans. Omega-3 and omega-6 polyunsaturated fatty acids n-3/n-6 PUFAs flavonoids and antioxidants prevent the initiation and progression of many neurological disorders. This book is a comprehensive review of phytopharmaceuticals impacting brain health with emphasis on diverse applications in food and nutrition sciences biomedicine neurology and other scientific and medical fields. It details available methods and contains numerous references making this the perfect guide for scientists who want to explore the fascinating world of phytopharmaceuticals with relation to brain health. Phytopharmaceuticals for Brain Health appeals to a diverse range of readers in industry medical doctors research and academia including biologists biochemists food scientists nutritionists and health professionals. Overall this book brings a classic scenario of neurological problems to possible amelioration using novel nutraceuticals and functional foods.       Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498757676

Phytopharmaceuticals in Cancer Chemoprevention During the past decade a significant amount of research has been conducted on phytopharmaceuticals. Today a growing body of evidence demonstrates the efficacy of a wide variety of natural products and affirms their potential in the treatment of cancer. Phytopharmaceuticals in Cancer Chemoprevention focuses on the role of natural supplements in cancer prevention and therapy. The first section covers cancer epidemiology as well as cancer statistics current therapies and potential toxicities involved with existing cancer drugs. The second section begins by discussing the pathophysiology of cancer including mechanistic and molecular aspects of cancer biology and then explains the etiology of breast cancer lung cancer prostate cancer tobacco and cancer and gastrointestinal tract cancers and concludes with the various risk factors related to obesity exercise and aging. The third section covers phytopharmaceuticals and focuses on cancer health risk factors and the protective abilities of various natural products. The final section features commentary on cancer susceptibility and the value of natural remedies for healthy living.With contributions from a diverse panel of renowned scientists and cancer biologists this book covers a broad spectrum of phytopharmaceuticals in relation to their prospective roles in the future of cancer prevention and treatment. It is a valuable resource for nutrition scientists oncologists and dietitians in their efforts to conquer the challenge of cancer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393687

PhytoPrinciples and Resources for Site Remediation and Landscape Design Winner of the 2017 CBHL Literature Award of Excellence in Landscape Design and Architecture Phyto presents the concepts of phytoremediation and phytotechnology in one comprehensive guide illustrating when plants can be considered for the uptake removal or mitigation of on-site pollutants. Current scientific case studies are covered highlighting the advantages and limitations of plant-based cleanup. Typical contaminant groups found in the built environment are explained and plant lists for mitigation of specific contaminants are included where applicable. This is the first book to address the benefits of phytotechnologies from a design point of view taking complex scientific terms and translating the research into an easy-to-understand reference book for those involved in creating planting solutions. Typically phytotechnology planting techniques are currently employed post-site contamination to help clean up already contaminated soil by taking advantage of the positive effects that plants can have upon harmful toxins and chemicals. This book presents a new concept to create projective planting designs with preventative phytotechnology abilities ‘phytobuffering’ where future pollution may be expected for particular site programs. Filled with tables photographs and detailed drawings Kennen and Kirkwood's text guides the reader through the process of selecting plants for their aesthetic and environmental qualities combined with their contaminant-removal benefits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814157

Phytoremediation of Contaminated Soil and Water Phytoremediation is an exciting new technology that utilizes metal-accumulating plants to rid soil of heavy metal and radionuclides. Hyperaccumulation plants are an appealing and economical alternative to current methods of soil recovery. Phytoremediation of Contaminated Soil and Water is the most thorough literary examination of the subject available today.The successful implementation of phytoremediation depends on identifying plant material that is well adapted to specific toxic sites. Gentle remediation is then applied in situ or at the contamination site. No soil excavation or transport is necessary. This severely contains the potential risk of the pollutants entering the food chain. And it's cost effective.The progress of modern man has created many sites contaminated with heavy metals. The effected land is toxic to plants and animals which creates considerable public interest in remediation. But the commonly used remedies are ex situ which poses an expensive dilemma and an even greater threat. Phytoremediation offers the prospect of a cheaper and healthier way to deal with this problem. Read Phytoremediation of Contaminated Soil and Water to learn just how far this burgeoning technology has developed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399436

Phytoremediation of Emerging Contaminants in Wetlands Phytoremediation with wetland plants is an eco-friendly aesthetically pleasing cost-effective solar-driven passive technique that is useful for cleaning up environmental pollutants with low to moderate levels of contamination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815385103

Phytoremediation of Environmental Pollutants Phytoremediation aids to augment bioremediation as it uses broad range plants to remediate soil sediment surface water and ground water that have been contaminated with toxic metals organic pesticides and radionuclides. This book serves to disseminate detailed up to date knowledge regarding the various aspects of phytoremediation and plant-microbe interaction. The book highlights process and molecular mechanisms for industrial waste detoxification during phytoremediation in wetland plants role of endophytic bacteria for phytoremediation of environmental pollutants constructed wetland treatment system for treatment and recycling of hazardous wastewater amongst other relevant topics.Key Features:Focuses on phytoremediation process for different pollutants mainly heavy metal detoxification in the presence of other co-pollutants.Includes plant-soil-microbe interactions in phytoremediations and remediation of contaminated water.Explores life cycle assessment of industrial waste contaminated site with organic pollutants.Discusses hyperaccumulator versus non-hyperaccumulator plants for environmental waste management.Includes bacterial assisted phytoremediation and siderophore formation in specific environmental conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572532

Phytoremediation of Hydrocarbon-Contaminated Soils Interest in phytoremediation as a solution for contaminants in groundwater and soil has exploded. The project documented in Phytoremediation of Hydrocarbon Contaminated Soils presents innovative technology for environmental clean up using in situ treatment. It describes the results of a field study focusing on hydrocarbon contamination especially polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in surface and near surface soils.The field demonstration used soils contaminated with aged diesel fuels. The random block design enabled the investigators to test the statistical difference in the effects of different vegetated and unvegetated treatments. They tested the degradation of diesel and polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon components in plots containing three different vegetation treatments two grasses and a legume and a non-vegetated control.Part one of the monograph gives a complete and thorough account of the results of the field study. Part two covers the design and potential costs of a full-scale implementation of the demonstration system as well as the performance and potential application of the new technology. Phytoremediation of Hydrocarbon Contaminated Soils supplies quantitative results about the use of vegetation in soil remediation. The information given on the niches and limitations of the technologies allows for a more informed selection of remedial solutions for environmental cleanup. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399542

Phytosterols as Functional Food Components and Nutraceuticals Analyzes food and biological samples of phytosterols and discusses plant sterol analysis with respect to functional foods. Investigates the safety of phytosterols and phytosterol esters and associated health risks including potential impact on cancer development and the lowering of cholesterol levels. Details the chemistry occurrence and biological effects of phytosterol oxides. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446628

PhytotechnologiesRemediation of Environmental Contaminants Phytotechnologies: Remediation of Environmental Contaminants highlights the use of natural and inherent traits of plants and associated microbes to exclude accumulate or metabolize a variety of contaminants with the goal of efficiently and sustainably decontaminating the biosphere from unwanted hazardous compounds. Contributed by an international team of authors the book ensures a balance between theory and practice without compromising the basic conceptual framework of Phytotechnologies. Divided into three major sections the book: Introduces contaminants and contaminated sites and also highlights the significance of genus Brassica and vetiver grass species for varied environmental contaminants’ remediation Presents an exhaustive exploration of potential strategies for enhancing plants and associated microbes-mediated environmental contaminants’ remediation Overviews major physiological biochemical and genetic-molecular mechanisms responsible for plant tolerance and adaptation to varied environmental contaminants A one-stop source of cutting edge answers and time-saving access Phytotechnologies: Remediation of Environmental Contaminants is a common platform for engineers environmental microbiologists plant physiologists and molecular biologists with the common aim of sustainable solutions to vital environmental issues. In short the book provides a conceptual overview of ecosystems approaches and phytotechnologies and their cumulative significance in relation to various environmental problems and potential solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439875186

Piaget Evolution and Development Based on the 25th Anniversary Symposium of the Jean Piaget Society this book represents cutting-edge work on the mechanisms of cognitive social and cultural development. The authors-anthropologists biologists historians of science paleontologists and psychologists-believe that a rebirth is in progress relating to the study of these mental developments. This volume seeks to illuminate this rebirth. The varied findings and approaches reported reveal that contemporary comparative research on mental development is in a phase of differentiation and integration. Far from being global and fused this comparative study is a flowering field of diverse disciplinary approaches empirical phenomena scholarly topics and theoretical perspectives. It focuses on the comparative phylogeny ontogeny and history of mentation-most notably on the comparative onset and offset ages velocity extent sequencing organization of thought symbol and value development. The world's leading authorities on the subject discuss the implications of the study of evolution for our models of the ontogenetic origins development and history of mentation as well as determine the constraints that evolution imposes on mental development. Bringing the current interest in primate cognition to bear on studies of cognitive development in humans this book will be of interest cognitive developmentalists primatologists and comparitive psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002593

Piaget Vygotsky & BeyondFuture issues for developmental psychology and education This collection of original contributions by leading researchers celebrates the 1996 centenary of the births of the two most seminal figures in education and developmental psychology - Jean Piaget and Lev Vygotsky. Research in their footsteps continues worldwide and is growing.What are the implications for the future for this extensive programme? Which of the large body of findings has proved most important to current research? Based around five themes these original contributions cover educational intervention and teaching social collaboration and learning cognitive skills and domains the measurement of development and the development of modal understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757003

Piaget and Knowing This book was first published in 1977. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715772

Piaget and the Foundations of Knowledge First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802718

Piaget Or the Advance of KnowledgeAn Overview and Glossary This unusual volume presents an overview of Jean Piaget's work in psychology--from his earliest writings to posthumous publications. It also contains a glossary of the essential explanatory concepts found in this work. The focus is on Piaget's psychological studies and on the underlying epistemological theses. The book may be consulted in various ways depending on whether one is looking for an introduction to Piaget's theory details about a particular concept a survey of his body of work or a historical perspective. Readers who are relatively unfamiliar with Piaget's ideas and seek access to them through this book will not necessarily proceed in the same way as those who are acquainted with Piaget's work and wish to refresh synthesize or complete their knowledge. The volume is divided into two major sections with several subdivisions as follows: * The Chronological Overview presents Piaget's early ideas and the most important sources of his inspiration and reviews his research work dividing it into four main periods plus a transitional one. * The Glossary covers a number of explanatory concepts which are essential to Piaget's theory. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763711

Piaget Today Originally published in 1987 the contributors bring their different orientations to the study of child development and genetic epistemology to show the continuing value of Piaget's theory and its fruitfulness in providing insights which permit the advancement of science. This volume contains the proceedings of the VIIth Advanced Course of the "Fondation Archives Jean Piaget" held at the University of Geneva in 1985. The lectures and discussions included in this volume will help the reader to understand Piaget in the context of twentieth-century science and philosophy and to consider the present and future of the theory as it was seen at the time of original publication. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848722620

Piaget VygotskyThe Social Genesis Of Thought This book is the outcome of a long and passionate debate among world experts about two of the most pivotal figures of psychology: Jean Piaget and Lev Vygotksy. The occasion was a week-long advanced course held at the Jean Piaget Archives in Geneva. The most interesting outcome of the meeting is that in spite of differences in aims and scopes (epistemogenesis versus psychogenesis) in units of analysis (events versus action) and in social contents (Swiss capitalism versus Soviet communism) both Piaget and Vygotsky reached a similar conclusion: knowledge is constructed within a specific material and social context. Moreover their views complement each other perfectly: where Vygotsky insists on varieties of psychological experiences Piaget shows how out of diversity grows universality so much so that the most communist of the two is not necessarily the one who was so labelled. This book is not only of interest to developmental social and learning psychologists but also deals with issues pertinent to education epistemology language thought and cognition anthropology and philosophy. It is likely to shed some light on the state of affairs in psychology for the general reader too because it is clear and precise straightforward and uses virtually no jargon. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804644

Piaget's Logic This book was first published in 1985. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715789

Piaget's Theory This book was first published in 1979. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715796

Piaget's TheoryProspects and Possibilities This volume marks the 20th Anniversary Symposium of the Jean Piaget Society. Some of the American contributors were among the first to introduce Piaget to developmental and educational psychology in the United States while some of the international contributors worked with Piaget to develop his program of genetic epistemology and continue to make significant contributions to it. Within this volume the possibility of Piaget's paradigm is reviewed not only as the stuff of normal science yielding fascinating empirical questions that linger within it but also and more importantly as the stuff of revolutionary science with continuing potential to comprehensively structure our thinking about developmental theory. The constructive contribution Piaget's theory has for developmental theory emerges as four central themes in the volume: understanding the intentional or semantic aspect of mental life without abandoning the Piagetian assumption that is rational and committed to truth testing; examining mental life and its development as a dialectical relation of function and structure--a relation Piaget introduced in his study of the developmental relation between procedural and operational knowledge; exploring new and interdisciplinary perspectives on equilibration as the driving force of constructive adaptive processes; understanding social and historical forces in individual and cultural development--not necessarily as forces antithetical to Piaget's perspective but as forces that take on new meaning within his framework which avoids erroneous dichotomies such as the distinction between subjective and objective knowledge. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763155

Piano PedagogyA Research and Information Guide Piano Pedagogy: A Research and Information Guide provides a detailed outline of resources available for research and/or training in piano pedagogy. Like its companion volumes in the Routledge Music Bibliographies series it serves beginning and advanced students and scholars as a basic guide to current research in the field. The book will includes bibliographies research guides encyclopedias  works from other disciplines that are related to piano pedagogy current sources spanning all formats including books journals audio and video recordings and electronic sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978478

Piano-Hinged DissectionsTime to Fold! A dissection involves cutting a polygon into pieces in such a way that those pieces form another polygon; for a hinged dissection the pieces must be attached by hinges. A piano hinge is "a long narrow hinge with a pin running the entire length of its joint." So unlike regular hinged dissections which swing or twist (around single point of hinge) piano-hinged dissections fold along an edge. This book discusses the history methods and variations of these dissections and is rich with illustrations that clearly depict the cuts of the dissections and three-dimensional simulations of the dissections in the process of being folded. A CD that includes video recordings of select dissections being transformed accompanies the book. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367446253

PIC16F1847 Microcontroller-Based Programmable Logic Controller Three Volume Set Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) have been used extensively and are offered in terms of functions program memories and the number of inputs/outputs (I/Os) ranging from a few to thousands. With a focus on how to design and implement a PLC this set explains hardware and associated basic concepts intermediary and advanced concepts of PLC (using PIC16F1847 microcontroller). Flowcharts are provided to help the understanding of macros (instructions). Twenty application examples to show how to use the PIC16F1847-Based PLC in different control applications related files for hardware and software components and appendices are also provided. Aimed at researchers and graduate students in electrical engineering power electronics robotics and automation sensors this book: Explains how to design and use a PIC16F1847 microcontroller-based PLC including easy to use software structures. Covers concepts like Contact and Relay Based Macros Flip-Flop Macros Timer Macros Counter Macros and Comparison Macros. Presents arithmetical and logical macros to carry out arithmetical and logical operations to be used for 8-bit or 16-bit variables and/or constant values. Illustrates program control macros to enable or disable a block of PLC program or to move execution of a program from one place to another. Discusses the implementation of Sequential Function Chart (SFC) elements with up to 24 steps. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367506537

PIC16F1847 Microcontroller-Based Programmable Logic ControllerAdvanced Concepts The PIC16F1847-Based PLC project supports up to 4 analog inputs and 1 analog output 1 High Speed Counter 2 PWM (pulse width modulation) outputs 1 Drum Sequencer Instruction with up to 16 steps the implementation of Sequential Function Charts (SFCs) with up to 24 steps. This volume presents advanced concepts of the PIC16F1847-Based PLC project and consists of topics like program control high speed counter and PWM macros. It further explains memory related drum sequencer instruction sequential functional charts and analog input and output modules. Aimed at researchers and graduate students in electrical engineering power electronics robotics and automation sensors this book: Presents program control macros to enable or disable a block of PLC program or to move execution of a program from one place to another. Proposes a High-Speed Counter and four PWM Macros for high speed counting and PWM operations. Develops memory related macros to enable the user to do memory read/write operations. Provides a Drum Sequencer instruction with up to 16 steps and 16 outputs on each step. Discusses the implementation of Sequential Function Chart (SFC) elements with up to 24 steps. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367506483

PIC16F1847 Microcontroller-Based Programmable Logic ControllerHardware and Basic Concepts Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) have been used extensively and are offered in terms of functions program memories and the number of inputs/outputs (I/Os) ranging from a few to thousands. With a focus on how to design and implement a PLC this volume explains hardware and associated basic concepts of PLC. Authors have used PIC16F1847 microcontroller with: 8192 words of Flash program memory 1024 bytes of SRAM data memory 256 bytes of EEPROM data memory the maximum operating speed of 32 MHz 16-level deep hardware stack an enhanced instruction set consisting of 49 single-word instructions. Flowcharts are provided to help the understanding of macros (instructions). Aimed at researchers and graduate students in electrical engineering power electronics robotics and automation sensors this book: Explains how to design and use a PIC16F1847 microcontroller-based PLC. Provides easy to use software structures written by using the PIC Assembly programming language. Describes a PLC from a designer's perspective. Explains the basic hardware and basic software structures of the PIC16F1847 based PLC. Focuses on concepts like Contact and Relay Based Macros Flip-Flop Macros Timer Macros Counter Macros and Comparison Macros. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367506391

PIC16F1847 Microcontroller-Based Programmable Logic ControllerIntermediate Concepts The volume focusses on intermediate concepts of the PIC16F1847-Based PLC project and covers arithmetical operation ability of PLCs logical function performers and operations like AND NAND OR NOR. Further it explains shift and rotate macros moving bits in a register to right or left and selection macros enabling one value to be selected from several given values according to certain criteria. Demultiplexer circuit is illustrated which is used to send a signal to one of many devices. Finally it explains decoder priority encoder and conversion macros. All the concepts are supported using flowcharts. Aimed at researchers and graduate students in electrical engineering power electronics robotics and automation sensors this book: Presents arithmetical and logical macros to carry out arithmetical and logical operations to be used for 8-bit or 16-bit variables and/or constant values. Provides shift and rotate macros to do arithmetical or logical shift and rotate operations to be used for 8-bit or 16-bit variables. Proposes selection macros to enable the user to do 8-bit or 16-bit move load selection maximum minimum limiting multiplexing and byte multiplexing operations. Develops demultiplexer macros decoder macros and priority encoder macros to be used as combinational circuits. Presents conversion macros to provide functions to convert given data from one format to another one. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367506438

Picking Judges What defines a president? Is it policymaking? A good relationship with the American people? Or is it legacy? Most would argue that legacy imprints a president in the American consciousness. A president's federal judicial appointees may be his or her most lasting political legacy. Because federal judges serve for life their legal policymaking endures long after a president's term in office is over. Presidents who care about serving their mandate who desire to maximize their policy agenda and who wish to influence the nation's constitutional fabric appoint as many federal judges as possible.This new volume in the Presidential Briefings series shows how the president's appointment power has expanded beyond its bare constitutional outlines. In exercising their constitutional powers while paying heed to political opportunities presidents and the Senate have together created our modern judicial appointment politics. Presidents consider a host of demographic and ideological factors candidate qualities and electoral politics.Nancy Maveety examines the dynamics of screening and choosing judicial nominees and analyses the institutional calculus in securing their confirmation in the face of senatorial obstruction. Maveety shows how a president can adapt to particular circumstances and provides an outline for synergistically staffing the federal judiciary thus securing a legacy for all time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863308

Pico-solar Electric SystemsThe Earthscan Expert Guide to the Technology and Emerging Market This book provides a comprehensive overview of the technology behind the pico-solar revolution and offers guidance on how to test and choose quality products. The book also discusses how pioneering companies and initiatives are overcoming challenges to reach scale in the marketplace from innovative distribution strategies to reach customers in rural India and Tanzania to product development in Cambodia product assembly in Mozambique and the introduction of ‘pay as you go’ technology in Kenya. Pico-solar is a new category of solar electric system which has the potential to transform the lives of over 1.6 billion people who live without access to electricity. Pico-solar systems are smaller and more affordable than traditional solar systems and have the power to provide useful amounts of electricity to charge the increasing number of low power consuming appliances from mobile phones e-readers and parking metres to LED lights which have the power to light up millions of homes in the same way the mobile phone has connected and empowered communities across the planet. The book explains the important role pico-solar has in reducing reliance on fossil fuels while at the same time tackling world poverty and includes useful recommendations for entrepreneurs charities and governments who want to participate in developing this exciting and rapidly expanding market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823593

Pictorial Atlas of Soilborne Fungal Plant Pathogens and Diseases The Pictorial Atlas of Soilborne Fungal Plant Pathogens and Diseases describes the soilborne fungal diseases caused by Oomycetes Zygomycetes Ascomycetes Basidiomycetes and Deuteromycetous (Anamorphic) fungi. Soilborne fungal diseases are significant as both environmental and agricultural problems yet it is difficult to understand the ecology of pathogenic fungi and its effective control. This book provides very detailed information on many of the commonly and not so commonly encountered groups of soilborne fungi diseases. It will be a useful reference for those teaching and conducting research in mycology plant pathology soilborne plant diseases and the ecology of fungal communities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138294592

Pictorial Framing in Moral PoliticsA Corpus-Based Experimental Study This book seeks to extend research on framing beyond linguistic and cognitive perspectives by examining framing in visual and multimodal texts and their impact on moral cognition and attitudes. Drawing on perspectives from frame semantics blending theory relevance theory and pragmatics the volume establishes a model of "pictorial framing" arguing that subtle alterations in the visual presentation of issues around judgment and choice in such texts impact perception and applies this framework to a range of case studies from Egyptian British and American cartoons and illustrations. The book demonstrates the affordances of applying this framework in enhancing our understanding of both the nature of word-image relations and issues of representation in the op-ed genre but also in other forms of media more generally. The volume will be of particular interest to students and scholars in multimodality critical discourse analysis cognitive linguistics social psychology and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732806

Pictorial Narrative in the Nazi PeriodFelix Nussbaum Charlotte Salomon and Arnold Daghani This book investigates creative responses to the Nazi period in the work of three artists Felix Nussbaum Charlotte Salomon and Arnold Daghani focusing on their use of pictorial narrative. It analyses their contrasting aesthetic strategies and their innovative forms of artistic production. In contrast with the autonomous modernist art object their works were explicitly linked with the historical conditions under which they were produced – the pressures of persecution and exile. Conditions in the slave labour camps and ghettos in the Ukraine which shaped the paintings and drawings of Daghani are contrasted with the experiences of exile in Belgium and France which inspired Nussbaum and Salomon. In defiance of conventional artistic practice they produced word-image combinations that can be read as narrative sequences incorporating specific references to political events. While there has been a wealth of literary philosophical and historical studies relating to the Holocaust aesthetic debate has developed less extensively. This is the first comparative study of three artists who are only belatedly achieving recognition and the recent reception of their work is evaluated. By identifying the aesthetic principles and narrative strategies underlying their work the book reassesses their achievement in creating new forms of modernism with an unmistakable political momentum. This book was published as a special issue of Word & Image. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978942

Picture as Spectre in Diderot Proust and Deleuze This book explores the work of spectres in Denis Diderot's Salons Marcel Proust's A la recherche du temps perdu and Gilles Deleuze's Francis Bacon logique de la sensation. It examines the extent to which Diderot Proust and Deleuze are able to resist the 'Marcellus complex'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602888

Picture Books for the Literacy HourActivities for Primary Teachers First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138179653

Picture Composition Behind each shot there lies an idea or purpose. When setting up a shot the camera operator can employ a range of visual techniques that will clearly communicate the idea to an audience. Composition is the bedrock of the operator's craft yet is seldom taught in training courses in the belief that it is an intuitive personal skill. Peter Ward shows how composition can be learned to enhance the quality of your work. Based on the author's own practical experience the book deals with the methods available for resolving practical production questions such as: Does the shot composition accurately reflect the idea that initiated the shot? Will the content and method of presenting the subject accurately convey the idea? Major innovations in television and film production since the previous edition have affected the styles of composition such as wide-screen and the use of mini DV cameras. These new technologies and their implications for picture composition are addressed in this new edition. A new colour plate section is also being included to update the section on colour. If you are a practising camera operator trainee camera operator student or lecturer on a television or film production course or simply a video enthusiast wishing to progress to a more professional standard you will find this book essential in enhancing the quality of your work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132740

Picture Perception in Animals Animal researchers commonly present pictures to their subjects usually birds or monkeys in order to infer how natural objects are perceived and conceptualised or to discover the brain mechanisms underlying these abilities. This unique book questions the premise of this experimental approach and asks whether or not pictures can be considered as ecologically valid and realistic stimuli for animals.Leading researchers in comparative psychology and neuroscience address such questions as: "Can animals recognise objects of scenes in pictures despite variations in viewpoints?; "How do animals perceive faces?" and "Is there an equivalence in animals' minds between pictures and the objects they represent?". The result is an authoritative and cutting-edge survey of current knowledge in the field which underlines the advantages limits and risks of using pictures to infer cognitive abilities or brain mechanisms in animal studies.Picture Perception in Animals will be essential reading for comparative psychologists anthropologists and neuroscientists working in picture perception. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203782880

Picturebooks Pedagogy and Philosophy Contemporary picturebooks open up spaces for philosophical dialogues between people of all ages. As works of art picturebooks offer unique opportunities to explore ideas and to create meaning collaboratively. This book considers censorship of certain well-known picturebooks challenging the assumptions on which this censorship is based. Through a lively exploration of children’s responses to these same picturebooks the authors paint a way of working philosophically based on respectful listening and creative and authentic interactions rather than scripted lessons. This dialogical process challenges much current practice in education. The authors propose that a courageous and critical practice of listening is central to the facilitation of mutually educative dialogue. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of education studies philosophy of education literacy teaching and learning children’s literature childhood and pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817929

Picturebooks: Representation and Narration This volume discusses the aesthetic and cognitive challenges of modern picturebooks from different countries such as Denmark France Germany Norway Spain Sweden United Kingdom and USA. The overarching issue concerns the mutual relationship between representation and narration by means of the picturebooks’ multimodal character. Moreover this volume includes the main lines of debate and approaches to picturebooks by international leading researchers in the field. Topics covered are the impact of paratexts and interpictorial allusions the relationship between artists’ books crossover picturebooks and picturebooks for adults the narrative defiance of wordless picturebooks the representation of emotions in images and text and the depiction of hybrid characters in picturebooks. The enlargement of the picturebook corpus beyond an Anglo-American picturebook canon opens up new horizons and highlights the diverging styles and genre shifts in modern picturebooks. This tendency also demonstrates the influence of specific authors and illustrators on the appreciation of the picturebook genre as in the case of Astrid Lindgren’s picturebooks and the picturebooks created by renowned illustrators such as Anthony Browne Wolf Erlbruch Stian Hole and Bruno Munari. This book will be the definite contribution to contemporary picturebook research for many years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547476

PicturebooksBeyond the Borders of Art Narrative and Culture The picturebook is now recognized as a sophisticated art form that has provided a space for some of the most exciting innovations in the field of children’s literature. This book brings together the work of expert scholars from the UK the USA and Europe to present original theoretical perspectives and new research on picturebooks and their readers. The authors draw on a variety of disciplines such as art and cultural history semiotics philosophy cultural geography visual literacy education and literary theory in order to revisit the question of what a picturebook is and how the best authors and illustrators meet and exceed artistic narrative and cultural expectations. The book looks at the socio-historical conditions of different times and countries in which a range of picturebooks have been created pointing out variations but also highlighting commonalities. It also discusses what the stretching of borders may mean for new generations of readers and what contemporary children themselves have to say about picturebooks. This book was originally published as a special issue of the New Review of Children’s Literature and Librarianship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814188

Pictures and PoperyArt and Religion in England 1660–1760 The part religion played in questions of national identity in early modern England is a familiar historical theme yet little work has been done on how this worked culturally. Nowhere is this more visible than in the seeming contradiction of a militantly Protestant nation such as England that had a high regard for Catholic art. It is this dichotomy the tensions between art and anti-Catholicism that forms the central investigation of this book. During the late seventeenth and eighteenth century religious art was closely identified with idolatry and the use of images was one of the most obvious markers of the boundary between Protestantism and Catholicism. This manifested itself in an unease about the status of the religious image in English society which was articulated in religious tracts anti-Catholic propaganda polemical debate court cases and numerous other places. In light of these attacks upon 'idolatry' the fact that a great deal of Catholic art was so highly regarded and sought after seems puzzling. By discussing English attitudes towards the works of Italian painters (including Raphael Michelangelo and Domenichino) and the ways in which native artists sought appropriately Protestant ways of emulating them this volume offers a fascinating perspective on the dichotomy that existed between English appreciation and disapproval of Catholic culture. By taking this cultural and artistic approach and applying it to the broader historical themes a new and invigorating way of understanding religion and national identity is offered. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246840

Pictures at an ExhibitionSelected Essays on Art and Art Therapy Originally published in 1989 Pictures at an Exhibition brings together a rich collection of essays representing the diversity of views and approaches among professionals towards art and psychoanalysis and art therapy. The editors both of whom are practising art therapists and art therapy educators have arranged the contributions so that they may be read in a way similar to looking at pictures in a gallery: they can be glanced at briefly or lingered over read consecutively or dipped into at random. Artists art therapists psychotherapists psychiatrists and art historians will all find something of interest and something to stimulate thought and discussion. Contributions include innovative papers on the relationship between artists’ lives and the subject-matter of their work; the work of Kandinsky Picasso Magritte Moore Lear and Genet is looked at in particular. Generously illustrated the book also highlights the importance of language and culture in attempting to understand imagery. Each contribution is linked by editorial comments drawing together the threads of concern which are common to art and psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839938

Pictures-within-Pictures in Nineteenth-Century Britain Repainting the work of another into one’s own canvas is a deliberate and often highly fraught act of reuse. This book examines the creation display and reception of such images. Artists working in nineteenth-century London were in a peculiar position: based in an imperial metropole yet undervalued by their competitors in continental Europe. Many claimed that Britain had yet to produce a viable national school of art. Using pictures-within-pictures British painters challenged these claims and asserted their role in an ongoing visual tradition. By transforming pre-existing works of art they also asserted their own painterly abilities. Recognizing these statements provided viewers with pleasure in the form of a witty visual puzzle solved and with prestige in the form of cultural knowledge demonstrated. At stake for both artist and audience in such exchanges was status: the status of the painter relative to other artists and the status of the viewer relative to other audience members. By considering these issues this book demonstrates a new approach to images of historic displays. Through examinations of works by J.M.W. Turner John Everett Millais John Scarlett Davis Emma Brownlow King and William Powell Frith this book reveals how these small passages of paint conveyed both personal and national meanings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353091

Picturing ChildrenConstructions of Childhood Between Rousseau and Freud The representation of children in modern European visual culture has often been marginalized by Art History as sentimental and trivial. For this reason the subject of childhood in relation to art and its production has largely been ignored. Confronting this dismissal this unique collection of essays raises new and unexpected issues about the formation of childhood identity in the nineteenth century and makes a significant contribution to the development of inter-disciplinary studies within this area. Through a range of stimulating and insightful case studies the book charts the development of the Romantic ideal of childhood starting with Rousseau’s Emile and attends to its visual social and psychological transformations during the historical period from which Freud’s psychoanalytic theories eventually emerged. Foremost scholars such as Anne Higonnet Carol Mavor Susan Casteras and Linda A. Pollock uncover the means by which children became an important conduit for prevailing social anxieties and demonstrate that the apparently ’timeless’ images of them that proliferated at the time should be understood as complex cultural documents. Over 50 illustrations enhance this rich and fascinating volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272880

Picturing Courtiers and Nobles from Castiglione to Van DyckSelf Representation by Early Modern Elites This interdisciplinary study examines painted portraiture as a defining metaphor of elite self-representation in early modern culture. Beginning with Castiglione’s Book of the Courtier (1528) the most influential early modern account of the formation of elite identity the argument traces a path across the ensuing century towards the images of courtiers and nobles by the most persuasive of European portrait painters Van Dyck especially those produced in London during the 1630s. It investigates two related kinds of texts: those which following Castiglione model the conduct of the ideal courtier or elite social conduct more generally; and those belonging to the established tradition of debates about the condition of nobility –how far it is genetically inherited and how far a function of excelling moral and social behaviour. Van Dyck is seen as contributing to these discussions through the language of pictorial art. The book will be of interest to scholars working in art history cultural history early modern history and Renaissance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439088

Picturing Marie Leszczinska (1703-1768)Representing Queenship in Eighteenth-Century France Portraits of Queen Marie Leszczinska (1703-1768) were highly visible in eighteenth-century France. Appearing in royal châteaux and after 1737 in the Parisian Salons the queen's image was central to the visual construction of the monarchy. Her earliest portraits negotiated aspects of her ethnic difference French gender norms and royal rank to craft an image of an appropriate consort to the king. Later portraits by Maurice-Quentin de La Tour Carle Van Loo and Jean-Marc Nattier contributed to changing notions of queenship over the course of her 43 year tenure. Whether as royal wife devout consort or devoted mother Marie Leszczinska's image mattered. While she has often been seen as a weak consort this study argues that queenly images were powerful and even necessary for Louis XV's projection of authority. This is the first study dedicated to analyzing the queen's portraits. It engages feminist theory while setting the queen's image in the context of portraiture in France courtly factional conflict and the history of the French monarchy. While this investigation is historically specific it raises the larger problem of the power of women's images versus the empowerment of women a challenge that continues to plague the representation of political women today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668587

Picturing Science Producing Art First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699942

Picturing Scotland through the Waverley NovelsWalter Scott and the Origins of the Victorian Illustrated Novel Innovative and accessibly written Picturing Scotland examines the genesis and production of the first author-approved illustrations for Sir Walter' Scott's Waverley novels in Scotland. Consulting numerous neglected primary sources Richard J. Hill demonstrates that Scott usually seen as disinterested in the mechanics of publishing actually was at the forefront of one of the most innovative publishing and printing trends the illustrated novel. Hill examines the historical precedents influences and innovations behind the creation of the illustrated editions tracking Scott's personal interaction with the mechanics of the printing and illustration process as well as Scott's opinions on visual representations of literary scenes. Of particular interest is Scott's relationships with William Allan and Alexander Nasmyth two important early nineteenth-century Scottish artists. As the first illustrators of the Waverley novels their work provided a template for one of the more lucrative publishing phenomena. Informed by meticulous close readings of Scott's novels and augmented by a bibliographic catalogue of illustrations Picturing Scotland is an important contribution to Scott studies the development of the illustrated novel and publishing history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600437

Picturing the FamilyMedia Narrative Memory Whether pasted into an album framed or shared on social media the family photograph simultaneously offers a private and public insight into the identity and past of its subject. Long considered a model for understanding individual identity the idea of the family has increasingly formed the basis for exploring collective pasts and cultural memory. Picturing the Family investigates how visual representations of the family reveal both personal and shared histories evaluating the testimonial and social value of photography and film.Combining academic and creative practice-based approaches this collection of essays introduces a dialogue between scholars and artists working at the intersection between family memory and visual media. Many of the authors are both researchers and practitioners whose chapters engage with their own work and that of others informed by critical frameworks. From the act of revisiting old personal photographs to the sale of family albums through internet auction the twelve chapters each present a different collection of photographs or artwork as case studies for understanding how these visual representations of the family perform memory and identity. Building on extensive research into family photographs and memory the book considers the implications of new cultural forms for how the family is perceived and how we relate to the past. While focusing on the forms of visual representation above all photographs the authors also reflect on the contextualization and ‘remediation’ of photography in albums films museums and online. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474283601

Picturing the Lame in Italian Art from Antiquity to the Modern Era The presence of the orthopedically impaired body in art is so pervasive that paradoxically it has failed to attract the attention of most art historians. In Picturing the Lame in Italian Art from Antiquity to the Modern Era Livio Pestilli investigates the changing meaning that images of individuals with limited mobility acquired through the centuries. This study evinces that in distinct opposition to the practice of classical artists who manifested a lack of interest in the subject of lameness since it was considered 'a defect or a deformity' and deformity a 'want of measure which is always unsightly ' their Early Christian counterparts depicted them profusely because images of the miraculous healing of the lame became the reassuring sign of universal acceptance and the promise of a more equitable existence in this life or the next. In the Middle Ages instead when voluntary poverty came to be associated with the necessary condition of faithfulness to Christ the indigent lame along with others who were forced to beg for a living became the image of the alter Christus. This view was to change in the Renaissance and Baroque periods when with the resurgence of classical and Pauline ideals that condemned the idle representations of the orthopedically impaired became associated with swindlers freeloaders and parasites. This fascinating story came basically to an end in the Eighteenth century when with the revival of the Greek ideal of the Beautiful the lame gradually left center stage to be relegated again to the margins of the visual arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200268

Picturing the 'Pregnant' Magdalene in Northern Art 1430-1550Addressing and Undressing the Sinner-Saint Examining innovations in Mary Magdalene imagery in northern art 1430 to 1550 Penny Jolly explores how the saint’s widespread popularity drew upon her ability to embody oppositions and embrace a range of paradoxical roles: sinner-prostitute and saint erotic seductress and holy prophet. Analyzing paintings by Rogier van der Weyden Quentin Massys and others Jolly investigates artists’ and audiences’ responses to increasing religious tensions expanding art markets and changing roles for women. Using cultural ideas concerning the gendered and pregnant body Jolly reveals how dress confirms the Magdalene’s multivalent nature. In some paintings her gown’s opening laces betray her wantonness yet simultaneously mark her as Christ’s spiritually pregnant Bride; elsewhere ’undress’ reconfirms her erotic nature while paradoxically marking her penitence; in still other works exotic finery expresses her sanctity while celebrating Antwerp’s textile industry. New image types arise as when the saint appears as a lovesick musician playing a lute or as a melancholic contemplative longing for Christ. Some depictions emphasize her intercessory role through innovative pictorial strategies that invite performative viewing or relate her to the mythological Pandora and Italian Renaissance Neoplatonism. Throughout the Magdalene’s ambiguities destabilize readings of her imagery while engaging audiences across a broad social and religious spectrum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270138

Picturing the Wolf in Children's Literature From the villainous beast of “Little Red Riding Hood” and “The Three Little Pigs ” to the nurturing wolves of Romulus and Remus and Rudyard Kipling’s The Jungle Book the wolf has long been a part of the landscape of children’s literature. Meanwhile since the 1960s and the popularization of scientific research on these animals children’s books have begun to feature more nuanced views. In Picturing the Wolf in Children’s Literature Mitts-Smith analyzes visual images of the wolf in children’s books published in Western Europe and North America from 1500 to the present. In particular she considers how wolves are depicted in and across particular works the values and attitudes that inform these depictions and how the concept of the wolf has changed over time. What she discovers is that illustrations and photos in works for children impart social cultural and scientific information not only about wolves but also about humans and human behavior. First encountered in childhood picture books act as a training ground where the young learn both how to decode the “symbolic” wolf across various contexts and how to make sense of “real” wolves. Mitts-Smith studies sources including myths legends fables folk and fairy tales fractured tales fictional stories and nonfiction highlighting those instances in which images play a major role including illustrated anthologies chapbooks picture books and informational books. This book will be of interest to children’s literature scholars as well as those interested in the figure of the wolf and how it has been informed over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636667

Picturing Women's Health The essays in this collection examine women in diverse roles; mother socialite prostitute celebrity medical practitioner and patient. The wide range of commentators allows a diverse picture of women’s health in this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875954

PicturingDescription and Illusion in the Nineteenth Century Novel First published in 1979. Most of the great nineteenth century novelists strove to render in words the people and places that they invented and most readers of fiction picture in their imagination these characters and scenes. This book investigates both types of ‘picturing’ exploring the principles and problems concerned and sheds light on the workings of fiction — reassessing a number of famous novels in the process. By so doing this work relates the academic study of the novel to the writing and reading of fiction and the teaching of creative writing. This book will appeal to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648920

PID TuningA Modern Approach via the Weighted Sensitivity Problem The PID controller is the most common option in the realm of control applications and is dominant in the process control industry. Among the related analytical methods Internal Model Control (IMC) has gained remarkable industrial acceptance due to its robust nature and good set-point responses. However the traditional application of IMC results in poor load disturbance rejection for lag-dominant and integrating plants. This book presents an IMC-like design method which avoids this common pitfall and is devised to work well for plants of modest complexity for which analytical PID tuning is plausible. For simplicity the design only focuses on the closed-loop sensitivity function including formulations for the H∞ and H2 norms. Aimed at graduate students and researchers in control engineering this book: Considers both the robustness/performance and the servo/regulation trade-offs Presents a systematic optimization-based approach ultimately leading to well-motivated model-based and analytically derived tuning rules Shows how to tune PID controllers in a unified way encompassing stable integrating and unstable processes Finds in the Weighted Sensitivity Problem the sweet spot of robust optimal and PID control Provides a common analytical framework that generalizes existing tuning proposals Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367343729

Pidgin and Creole Languages This book defines and describes the linguistic features of these languages and considers the dynamic developments that bring them into being and lead to changes in their structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138412828

Pidgins and Creoles This new four volume collection Pidgins and Creoles will showcase the major areas of research and their achievements in this multidisciplinary field. The collection will include both works that represent the status quo as well as those that are controversial in nature but which have nevertheless functioned as major catalysts for the production of knowledge. An important focus of the volumes will be to critically assess existing models truths research agendas and methodological frameworks in the research on these languages. While the bulk of research to date has principally investigated so-called English-lexified creoles the volumes will also draw on work carried out on the range of such languages crucially including not just creoles but also pidgins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841871

Pidgins and Creoles The focus of this study is upon those pidgins and creoles which are English based and which have arisen since the fifteenth century. The book examines the widespread nature of the pidgin/creole phenomenon and evaluates the current definitions of the terms and the theories which have been advanced to account for their existence. The author considers the potential of pidgins and creoles as literary media and as vehicles for education. She looks at the sociological and psychological implications of using pidgins and creoles in the classroom and examines the position of American `Black English' and `London Jamaican' in the pidgin/creole continuum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151253

Pidgins and Creoles Pidgins and creoles have always attracted a great deal of interest - academic and otherwise - but in recent decades they have become increasingly important as a field of linguistic inquiry. Placing pidgins and creoles in the wider setting of linguistic theory this book bridges the gap between introductory material and primary material revising students' knowledge of the field as well as acquainting them with key areas of debate in pidgin and creole studies. The author provides a carefully balanced introduction to theoretical aspects of creolistics as well as an even-handed discussion of influences on pidgins and creoles which is well illustrated with rare examples of longer texts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824857

Pidgins and Creoles vol I This new four volume collection Pidgins and Creoles will showcase the major areas of research and their achievements in this multidisciplinary field. The collection will include both works that represent the status quo as well as those that are controversial in nature but which have nevertheless functioned as major catalysts for the production of knowledge. An important focus of the volumes will be to critically assess existing models truths research agendas and methodological frameworks in the research on these languages. While the bulk of research to date has principally investigated so-called English-lexified creoles the volumes will also draw on work carried out on the range of such languages crucially including not just creoles but also pidgins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841918

Pidgins and Creoles vol II This new four volume collection Pidgins and Creoles will showcase the major areas of research and their achievements in this multidisciplinary field. The collection will include both works that represent the status quo as well as those that are controversial in nature but which have nevertheless functioned as major catalysts for the production of knowledge. An important focus of the volumes will be to critically assess existing models truths research agendas and methodological frameworks in the research on these languages. While the bulk of research to date has principally investigated so-called English-lexified creoles the volumes will also draw on work carried out on the range of such languages crucially including not just creoles but also pidgins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841925

Pidgins and Creoles vol III This new four volume collection Pidgins and Creoles will showcase the major areas of research and their achievements in this multidisciplinary field. The collection will include both works that represent the status quo as well as those that are controversial in nature but which have nevertheless functioned as major catalysts for the production of knowledge. An important focus of the volumes will be to critically assess existing models truths research agendas and methodological frameworks in the research on these languages. While the bulk of research to date has principally investigated so-called English-lexified creoles the volumes will also draw on work carried out on the range of such languages crucially including not just creoles but also pidgins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841932

Pidgins and Creoles vol IV This new four volume collection Pidgins and Creoles will showcase the major areas of research and their achievements in this multidisciplinary field. The collection will include both works that represent the status quo as well as those that are controversial in nature but which have nevertheless functioned as major catalysts for the production of knowledge. An important focus of the volumes will be to critically assess existing models truths research agendas and methodological frameworks in the research on these languages. While the bulk of research to date has principally investigated so-called English-lexified creoles the volumes will also draw on work carried out on the range of such languages crucially including not just creoles but also pidgins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841949

Pieces of the Musical World: Sounds and Cultures Pieces of the Musical World: Sounds and Cultures is a fieldwork-based ethnomusicology textbook that introduces a series of musical worlds each through a single "piece." It focuses on a musical sound or object that provides a springboard from which to tell a story about a particular geographic region introducing key aspects of the cultures in which it is embedded contexts of performance the musicians who create or perform it the journeys it has travelled and its changing meanings. A collaborative venture by staff and research ethnomusicologists associated with the Department of Music at SOAS University of London Pieces of the Musical World is organized thematically. Three broad themes: "Place" "Spirituality" and "Movement" help teachers to connect contemporary issues in ethnomusicology including soundscape studies music and the environment the politics of identity diaspora and globalization and music and the body. Each of the book's fourteen chapters highlights a single musical "piece" broadly defined spanning the range of "traditional " "popular" "classical" and "contemporary" musics and even sounds which might be considered "not music." Primary sources and a web site hosting recordings with interactive listening guides a glossary of musical terms and interviews all help to create a unique and dynamic learning experience of our musical world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723114

Piece-wise and Max-Type Difference EquationsPeriodic and Eventually Periodic Solutions Piece-wise and Max-Type Difference Equations: Periodic and Eventually Periodic Solutions is intended for lower-level undergraduate students studying discrete mathematics. The book focuses on sequences as recursive relations and then transitions to periodic recursive patterns and eventually periodic recursive patterns. In addition to this it will also focus on determining the patterns of periodic and eventually periodic solutions inductively. The aim of the author throughout this book is to get students to understand the significance of pattern recognition as a mathematical tool. Key Features Can provide possible topics for undergraduate research and for bachelor’s thesis Provides supplementary practice problems and some open-ended research problems at the end of each chapter Focusses on determining the patterns of periodic and eventually periodic solutions inductively Enhances students’ algebra skills before moving forward to upper level courses Familiarize students with the topics before they start undergraduate research by providing applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138313507

Piecing Together the PastThe Interpretation of Archaeological Data Originally published in 1956 this concise book brought together wisdom from V. Gordon Childe based upon 10 years of his lectures on the principles of archaeological classification terminology and interpretive concepts. It examines meanings of technical terms and methodologies used in prehistoric archaeology for those new to the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817258

Piercing the Corporate Veil in Latin American JurisprudenceA comparison with the Anglo-American method This book is a comparative law study exploring the piercing of the corporate veil in Latin America within the context of the Anglo-American method. The piercing of the corporate veil is a remedy applied in exceptional circumstances to prevent and punish an inappropriate use of the corporate personality. The application of this remedy and the issues it involves has been widely researched in Anglo-American jurisdictions and until recently little attention has been given to this subject in Latin America. This region has been through internal political conflicts that undermined economic development. However rise of democratic governments has created the political stability necessary for investment and economic development meaning that the corporate personality is now more commonly used in Latin America. Consequently corporate personality issues have become a subject of study in this region. Drawing on case studies from Mexico Colombia Brazil and Argentina Piercing the Corporate Veil in Latin American Jurisprudence examines the ingenuity of Latin American jurisdictions to deal with corporate personality issues and compares this method with the Anglo-American framework. Focusing in particular on the influence of two key factors- legal tradition and the uniqueness of each legal system- the author highlights both similarities and differences in the way in which the piercing of the corporate veil is applied in Latin American and Anglo-American jurisdictions. This book will be of great interest to scholars of company and comparative law and business studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614529

Piero Sraffa Unorthodox Economist (1898-1983)A Biographical Essay Piero Sraffa's work has had a lasting impact on economic theory and yet we know surprisingly little about the man behind it. This is the first intellectual biography of Sraffa and it details his working relationship with thinkers as diverse as Gramsci Keynes Wittgenstein as well as discussing the genesis of his major works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880863

Piero Sraffa: The Man and the ScholarExploring His Unpublished Papers Previously published as special issues of The European Journal of the History of Economic Thought and The Review of Political Economy this volume contains the papers devoted to the life and work of Piero Sraffa. Sraffa was a leading intellectual of the twentieth century. He was brought to Cambridge by John Maynard Keynes and had an important impact on the philosopher Ludwig Wittgenstein. He received the golden medal Söderström of the Swedish Academy of Sciences for his edition of David Ricardo's Works and Correspondence and he is the author of Production of Commodities by Means of Commodities one of the most often cited book in economics. Using hitherto unpublished material from Sraffa's literary heritage kept at Trinity College Cambridge the papers throw new light on the intellectual development of the young Sraffa and correct several of the received views on him and his contribution. Themes covered concern his: objectivism rediscovery and reformulation of the classical theory of value and distribution criticism of Alfred Marshall's analysis relationship with his Cambridge colleagues and friends biography around the time when he left Italy for the UK friendship with Wittgenstein and his impact on the latter's thinking. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878607

Piero SraffaHis Life Thought and Cultural Heritage This is a lively intellectual biography of a leading protagonist of 20th century culture and his relations with other protagonists such as Gramsci Keynes and Wittgenstein. The book includes an authoritative interpretation of his main work Production of Commodities by Means of Commodities a survey of the debates which followed its publication and hence of the subsequent research strategies undertaken by different 'Sraffian schools' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010086

Piero Sraffa's Political EconomyA Centenary Estimate A century after his birth this volume presents a re-assessment of the life and work of Piero Sraffa one of the great economists of the twentieth century. From his anti-Marshallian articles of 1925 and 1926 to his classic work on the theory of capital Production of Commodities by Means of Commodities Sraffa's contribution to the study of economics is closely examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758260

Pierre Bayle's Cartesian MetaphysicsRediscovering Early Modern Philosophy In his magnum opus the Historical and Critical Dictionary Pierre Bayle offered a series of brilliant criticisms of the major philosophical and theological systems of the 17th Century. Although officially skeptical concerning the attempt to provide a definitive account of the truths of metaphysics there is reason to see Bayle as a reluctant skeptic. In particular Todd Ryan contends that Bayle harbored deep sympathy for the attempt by Descartes and his most innovative successor Nicolas Malebranche to establish a metaphysical system that would provide a foundation for the new mechanistic natural philosophy while helping to secure the fundamental tenets of rational theology. Through a careful analysis of Bayle’s critical engagement with such philosophers as Spinoza Leibniz Locke and Newton it is argued that despite his reputation as a skeptic Bayle was not without philosophical commitments of his own. Drawing on the full range of Bayle’s writings from his early philosophical lectures to his final controversial writings Ryan offers detailed studies of Bayle’s treatment of such pivotal issues as mind-body dualism causation and God’s relation to the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538633

Pierre Boulez and the PianoA Study in Style and Technique Pierre Boulez's first piano pieces date from his youth prior to his studies in Paris with Messiaen and his subsequent meteoric rise to international acclaim as the leader of the musical avant-garde during the 1950s. His most recent published work is a solo piano piece Une page d’éphéméride written some sixty years after his first attempts at composition. The piano has remained central to Boulez's creative work throughout his career and although his renown as a conductor has to some extent overshadowed his other achievements it was as a performer of his own piano music that his practical gifts first found expression. Peter O'Hagan has given performances of various unpublished piano works by Boulez including Antiphonie from the Third Sonata and Trois Psalmodies. In this study he considers Boulez's writing for the piano in the context of the composer's stylistic evolution throughout the course of his development. Each of the principal works is considered in detail not only on its own terms but also as a stage in Boulez's ongoing quest to invent radical solutions to the renewal of musical language and to reinvigorate tradition. The volume includes reference to hitherto unpublished source material which sheds light on his working methods and on the interrelationship between works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610286

Pierre BoulezA World of Harmony First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145092

Pierre Bourdieu This short critical introduction to Pierre Bourdieu's thought is a model of clarity and insight. Where Bourdieu's own writings are often complex even ambiguous Richard Jenkins is direct concise and to the point. He emphasizes Bourdieu's contributions to theory and methodology while also dealing in detail with his substantive studies of education social stratification and culture. His book provides the best short English-language introduction to Bourdieu's work.'As Jenkins points out in the final pages of his book criticism can be the sincerest form of flattery. I particularly relished his critical approach to the work of Bourdieu and believe that he has written a timely introduction which both undergraduates and experienced teachers will find stimulating and enjoyable.'- Mike Hepworth University of Aberdeen Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129290

Pierre Bourdieu This short critical introduction to Pierre Bourdieu's thought is a model of clarity and insight. Where Bourdieu's own writings are often complex even ambiguous Richard Jenkins is direct concise and to the point. He emphasizes Bourdieu's contributions to theory and methodology while also dealing in detail with his substantive studies of education social stratification and culture. His book provides the best short English-language introduction to Bourdieu's work.'As Jenkins points out in the final pages of his book criticism can be the sincerest form of flattery. I particularly relished his critical approach to the work of Bourdieu and believe that he has written a timely introduction which both undergraduates and experienced teachers will find stimulating and enjoyable.'- Mike Hepworth University of Aberdeen Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015583

Pierre Bourdieu Organization and Management Pierre Bourdieu the French sociologist philosopher and anthropologist has been widely studied and analyzed in academic circles particularly in sociology where his ideas about power relations in social life helped to define the contemporary field. While many other sociological theories and figures have been extensively discussed and analyzed within the contexts of organization studies and management Bourdieu’s ideas have until recently been largely ignored. Offering an authoritative evaluation of Bourdieu’s work this book provides readers with conceptual frameworks empirical examples and methodological considerations for advancing theory and research in management and organization studies. This book presents an in-depth review of the relevance of Bourdieu’s social theory for organization and management studies outlining the key aspects of Bourdieu’s approach and situating his work in its historical and intellectual context of the time. An outline of the treatment of Bourdieuan theory by management and organization scholars and a critique of the selective reception of his work are offered. The first edited collection to explore the benefits of Bourdieuan sociology for a management audience this book is relevant for theory research and practice and will appeal to an international scholarly audience of academics and research students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339972

Pierre Bourdieu and Physical Culture The work of French sociologist anthropologist and philosopher Pierre Bourdieu has been influential across a set of cognate disciplines that can be classified as physical culture studies. Concepts such as field capital habitus and symbolic violence have been used as theoretical tools by scholars and students looking to understand the nature and purpose of sport leisure physical education and human movement within wider society. Pierre Bourdieu and Physical Culture is the first book to focus on the significance of Bourdieu’s work for and in physical culture. Bringing together the work of leading and emerging international researchers it introduces the core concepts in Bourdieu’s thought and work and presents a series of fascinating demonstrations of the application of his theory to physical culture studies. A concluding section discusses the inherent difficulties of choosing and using theory to understand the world around us. By providing an in-depth and multi-layered example of how theory can be used across the many and varied components of sport leisure physical education and human movement this book should help all serious students and researchers in physical culture to better understand the importance of social theory in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208339

Pierre BourdieuKey Concepts The French social philosopher Pierre Bourdieu is now recognised as one of the major thinkers of the twentieth century. In a career of over fifty years Bourdieu studied a wide range of topics: education culture art politics economics literature law and philosophy. Throughout these studies Bourdieu developed a highly specialised series of concepts that he referred to as his "thinking tools" which were used to uncover the workings of contemporary society. Pierre Bourdieu: Key Concepts highlights his most important concepts and examines them in detail. Each chapter deals with an individual concept and is written to be of immediate use to the student with little or no previous knowledge of Bourdieu. This new edition of the leading text is entirely revised and updated and includes new essays on Methodology Politics and Social Space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655304

Pierre Legendre Lessons III God in the MirrorA Study of the Institution of Images In the context of our increasingly global legal order Pierre Legendre’s God in the Mirror reconsiders the place of law within the division of existing bodies of knowledge. Navigating the texts of Ovid Augustine Roman jurists medieval canon lawyers Freud Lacan the notebooks of Leonardo de Vinci and the paintings of Magritte this third volume of Pierre Legendre’s Lessons focuses on the relation of the subject to the institution of images. Legendre tracks the origins and vicissitudes of the specular metaphor within western history carrying out a critique of its dependence on the discourse of the Imago Dei. A crucial landmark within Legendre’s ongoing reconsideration of a medieval ‘revolution of interpretation’ this book dissociates the western normative tradition from its mythic foundation separating theology and law. It thereby documents the advent of modern rational doubt as a new legal foundation or ground: one that for Legendre was not only a revolutionary invention but one that produced the modern European idea of the State. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233270

Pierre Teilhard De Chardin on People and Planet Humanity's relationship to nature is central to the work of Pierre Teilhard de Chardin an influential priest and scientist of the twentieth century. Teilhard believed that spiritual development must be viewed alongside material development and that evolutionary theory lies at the heart of humanity's understanding of its place in the world. 'Pierre Teilhard de Chardin on People and Planet' argues that Teilhard's cosmic mysticism and intense interest in both cosmological and evolutionary sciences are highly relevant to current debates about how best to construct a meaningful spirituality. The book offers a critical revision of Teilhard's thought in the light of current debates in evolutionary science eco-theology and environmental ethics. The essays present fresh interpretations of Teilhard's work and point to the significance of his thought in the contemporary study of science and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164673

Piers Plowman and ProphecyAn Approach to the C-Text Originally published in 1991 Piers Plowman: An Approach to the C-Text studies what might be called the "mindscape" of Piers Plowman. The book argues that the C-text poem is inspired by the writings of the biblical prophets. The book outlines the fourteenth-century background and discusses the idea of prophecy and how the biblical prophets were read as well as the role of literary models such as Wyclif and Joachim of Fiore. By examining the specific aspects of the poem the book shows imaginative connections between the poem and the prophets offering a unique perspective that Langland’s prophetic stance is complementary to other approaches to the poem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206918

Piers PlowmanCritical Approaches Originally published in 1969 Piers Plowman is a collection of 12 original essays by leading academics on Piers Plowman. As a combined volume this collection forms a substantial introduction and a comprehensive account of the poem its background and textual problems. The book’s essays reflect the diversity and vigour of criticism in the field of medieval literature and opens new perspectives in the study of one of its finest poems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202699

Pieter Bruegel and the Culture of the Early Modern Dinner Party Mining a rich interdisciplinary mix of sources including stoneware jugs personal correspondence paintings inventories and literature written for the dining room this study offers a critical and entirely original examination of the function of early modern images for the people who owned and viewed them. The study explores the emergence functions and material culture of the Antwerp dinner party during the heady days of the mid-sixteenth century when Antwerp’s art market was thriving and a new wealthy non-noble class dominated the city. The author recontextualizes some of Bruegel’s work within the cultural nexus of the dining room where material culture and theatrical performance met humanist wit and the desire for professional advancement. The narrative also touches on the reception of Northern art in Lombardy on intersections among painting material culture and theater and on intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246003

Pieter Bruegel the ElderArt Discourse in the Sixteenth-Century Netherlands Pieter Bruegel the Elder: Art Discourse in the Sixteenth-Century Netherlands examines the later images by Bruegel in the context of two contemporary discourses - art theoretical and convivial. The first concerns the purely visual interactions between artists and artistic practices that unfold in pictures which often transgress the categorical boundaries modern scholars place on their work such as sacred and profane antique and modern and Italian and Northern. In this context the images themselves - those of Bruegel his contemporaries and predecessors - make up the primary source material from which the author argues. The second deals with the dialogue that occurred between viewers in front of pictures and the way in which pictorial strategies facilitated their visual experience and challenged their analytical capabilities. In this regard the author expands his base of primary sources to include convivial texts dialogues and correspondences and texts by rhetoricians and Northern humanists addressing art theoretical issues. Challenging the conventional wisdom that the artist eschewed Italianate influences this study demonstrates how Bruegel's later peasant paintings reveal a complicated artistic dialogue in which visual concepts and pictorial motifs from Italian and classical ideas are employed for a subject that was increasingly recognized in the sixteenth century as a specifically Northern phenomenon. Similar to the Dutch rhetorician societies and French Pléiade poets who cultivated the vernacular language using classical Latin the function of this interpictorial discourse the author argues was not simply to imitate international trends a common practice during the period but to use it to cultivate his own visual vernacular language. Although the focus is primarily on Bruegel's later work the author's conclusions are applied to sketch a broader understanding of both the artist himself and the vibrant artistic dialogue occurring in the Netherl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252806

Pieties in TransitionReligious Practices and Experiences c.1400–1640 This significant and innovative collection explores the changing piety of townspeople and villagers before during and after the Reformation. It brings together leading and new scholars from England and the Netherlands to present new research on a subject of importance to historians of society and religion in late medieval and early modern Europe. Contributors examine the diverse evidence for transitions in piety and the processes of these changes. The volume incorporates a range of approaches including social cultural and religious history literary and manuscript studies social anthropology and archaeology. This is therefore an interdisciplinary volume that constitutes a cultural history of changing pieties in the period c. 1400-1640. Contributors focus on a number of specific themes using a range of types of evidence and theoretical approaches. Some chapters make detailed reconstructions of specific communities groups and individuals; some offer perceptive and useful analyses of theoretical and comparative approaches to transition and to piety; and others closely examine cultural practices ideas and tastes. Through this range of detailed work which brings to light previously unknown sources as well as new approaches to more familiar sources contributors address a number of questions arising from recent published work on late medieval and early modern piety and reformation. Individually and collectively the chapters in this volume offer an important contribution to the field of late medieval and early modern piety. They highlight for the first time the centrality of processes of transition in the experience and practice of religion. Offering a refreshingly new approach to the subject this volume raises timely theoretical and methodological questions that will be of interest to a broad audience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600451

Pietism in Germany and North America 1680–1820 This collection explores different approaches to contextualizing and conceptualizing the history of Pietism particularly Pietistic groups who migrated from central Europe to the British colonies in North America during the long eighteenth century. Emerging in German speaking lands during the seventeenth century Pietism was closely related to Puritanism sharing similar evangelical and heterogeneous characteristics. Dissatisfied with the established Lutheran and Reformed Churches Pietists sought to revivify Christianity through godly living biblical devotion millennialism and the establishment of new forms of religious association. As Pietism represents a diverse set of impulses rather than a centrally organized movement there were inevitably fundamental differences amongst Pietist groups and these differences - and conflicts - were carried with those that emigrated to the New World. The importance of Pietism in shaping Protestant society and culture in Europe and North America has long been recognized but as a topic of scholarly inquiry it has until now received little interdisciplinary attention. Offering essays by leading scholars from a range of fields this volume provides an interdisciplinary overview of the subject. Beginning with discussions about the definition of Pietism the collection next looks at the social political and cultural dimensions of Pietism in German-speaking Europe. This is then followed by a section investigating the attempts by German Pietists to establish new religiously-based communities in North America. The collection concludes with discussions on new directions in Pietist research. Together these essays help situate Pietism in the broader Atlantic context making an important contribution to understanding religious life in Europe and colonial North America during the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382701

Pietro Aretino: Subverting the System in Renaissance Italy The essays gathered together in this volume follow the career of the sixteenth-century courtier-poet Pietro Aretino. Part One introduces the author during the 1520s in Rome with his remarkable first comedy La Cortigiana. With Aretino’s move to Venice (1527) he found a congenial life-long home in which he could flourish. Yet the transition from courtier poet to poligrafo vernacular writer for the popular press was slow and difficult before he adopted a new career model derived from Erasmus; even then he contemplated abandoning Italy for the Ottoman Empire. Part Two examines his work as a satirist in the mid-thirties with the Ragionamenti the dialogues that branded him a pornographer when the satiric targets lost their immediacy. He augmented the satiric writings by creating the visual persona of a satirist in various media - woodcut author portraits in books engravings and particularly portrait medals. The complementary verbal-visual relationship is the subject of this pairing. Aretino’s religious writings have not been taken seriously until quite recently. The two essays presented here trace Aretino’s associations with Erasmians spirituali heretics and apostates arguing that his own convictions were sincere suggesting that he became a Nicodemite during the gathering Counter-Reformation repression of the 1540s. The concluding essays consider two examples of Aretino’s continuing influence in different media visual arts and literature: on the brilliant eccentric artist Giuseppe Arcimboldo and on a great English comedy Ben Jonson’s Volpone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409464358

Pietro Porcinai and the Landscape of Modern Italy Born in Florence in 1910 Pietro Porcinai grew up on the classic grounds of the Villa Gamberaia in Settignano where his father served as head gardener. Although he studied agriculture in college Porcinai’s true interest lay in the landscape architecture practice he founded in 1938. Early projects centered in the area of Arezzo whose style reflected modern­ized traditional models. In the postwar era the office flourished producing modern gardens of remarkable design and use of plants. In these works Porcinai convincingly demonstrated the affinity between historical architecture and landscapes un­compromisingly modern. During his long and productive career he also consulted on autostrada planning and designed public parks memorials and even a Pinocchio theme park-at times collaborating with noted architects such as Renzo Piano Carlo Scarpa and Oscar Niemeyer. This book the first English-language study on Pietro Porcinai provides a comprehensive and richly illustrated overview of his life and remarkable achievements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297104

Pietro Von Abano Volume 3 of the SELECTED WORKS OF Louis Spohr 1784-1859- Pietro von Abano. At about this time one of his pupils the twenty-three-year-old Carl Friedrich Curschmann who had ambitions to compose an opera showed Spohr a libretto that had been adapted from Ludwig Tieck's novel Pietro von Abano oder Petrus Apone eine Zaubergeschichte (Breslau 1825) by the Kassel lawyer and poet Carl Pfeiffer. Spohr was immediately impressed by the libretto and having dissuaded Curschmann from going ahead with the project probably on the grounds that he was too inexperienced for such a major undertaking he came to an agreement with Curschmann and Pfeiffer that he should set it himself. Including the plot script and screenshots of the original music documents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315055329

Piety and Family in Early Modern EuropeEssays in Honour of Steven Ozment At first sight the subjects of piety and family life may appear to have little in common. Yet as the essays in this volume make clear there are in fact a number of shared features and points of contact that make the study of these issues a particularly fertile area for scholars of the Reformation period. Whether it be the concept of an individual's relationship with God - so often articulated in familial terms the place of domestic devotions or the difficulties that faced families split by rival confessional beliefs and mixed marriages this book demonstrates how piety and family life were interwoven in the social and theological landscape of early modern Europe. Inspired by the works of Steven Ozment the volume is divided into two sections each of which deals with a particular concern of his writings. The first four chapters address issues of Reformation theology and the medieval heritage whilst the remaining seven examine the spiritual life of families. Together they underline how modern scholarship by broadening its conceptual outlook and bringing together seemingly unrelated subjects can provide a more sophisticated understanding of the past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246819

Piety and Patienthood in Medieval Islam How did pious medieval Muslims experience health and disease? Rooted in the prophet’s experiences with medicine and healing Muslim pietistic literature developed cosmologies in which physical suffering and medical interventions interacted with religious obligations and spiritual health. This book traces the development of prophetic medical literature and religious writings around health and disease to give a new perspective on how patienthood was conditioned by the intersection of medicine and Islam. The author investigates the early and foundational writings on prophetic medicine and related pietistic writings on health and disease produced during the Islamic Classical Age. Looking at attitudes from and towards clerics physicians and patients sickness and health are gradually revealed as a social gendered religious and cultural experience. Patients are shown to experience certain sensoria that are conditioned not only by medical knowledge but also by religious and pietistic attitudes. This is a fascinating insight into the development of Muslim pieties and the traditions of medical practice. It will be of great interest to scholars interested in Islamic Studies history of religion history of medicine science and religion and the history of embodied religious practice particularly in matters of health and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591038

Piety and Politics in Britain 14th–15th CenturiesThe Essays of John A.F. Thomson This volume explores a range of topics during a turbulent period in British history with particular emphasis on political change and popular piety. On the eve of the Reformation religious beliefs were shaped by a church which was falling under the growing control of the state and by responses to England's one and only heretical movement Lollardy. In political life gradual disengagement from a cross-Channel political world was followed by civil war and the eventual rise of a strong Tudor monarchy. As this volume demonstrates in a number of ways the impact of many of these macro changes was felt across the British Isles not just in England. But the studies presented here frequently explore major change through the experience of the middling sort: the gentry active in local government the English merchants and Scottish immigrants making important life choices in major cities or the industrious clerics charged with the routine administration of the church. By looking at the case studies of these men in more detail we begin to appreciate that even in this age of great change there were profound continuities which carried through into the sixteenth century. Along the way too new light is thrown on the authorship date and redaction of texts which continue to shape our understanding of late medieval British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409446361

Piety and PoliticsCatholic Revival and the Generation of 1905-1914 in France In this book first published in 1984 Paul Cohen examines the Catholic revival among the young French intelligentsia prior to the First World War. He explores this intellectual revival by studying that period’s "talas" the Catholic students at the elite Ecole Normale Supérieure and devotes his attention to some of the highest-profile coverts such as Charles Péguy and Jacques Maritain. This title will be of interest to students of nineteenth- and twentieth-century religious and social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138070271

Piety and PowerGender and Religious Culture in the American Colonies 1630-1700 First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873407

Piety and ResponsibilityPatterns of Unity in Karl Rahner Karl Barth and Vedanta Desika This book analyzes the writings of Karl Rahner Karl Barth and Vedanta Desika to disclose how each construes "piety" and "responsibility" as integral to each other. It explores a fundamental unity of love of God and love of neighbour in ecumenical and interreligious frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080102

Piety and the PeopleReligious Printing in French 1511–1551 Did the 16th-century Reformation influence French language and culture? This book the fullest available bibliography of religious printing in French during the early Reformation provides the materials to answer this question. It assembles information on all known printed editions in French on religious subjects during the crucial period 1511-51 (up to the Edict of Chateaubriant) giving full bibliographical details library locations and references in secondary literature. An alphabetical list is complemented by a chronological list and by an analysis of editions by printers and publishers. The work provides the fullest checklist available of works and editions produced from all parts of the religious spectrum both Roman Catholic and Protestant. It reveals who were the most active and influential writers which were the most popular texts and which were the most active printing centres in the field of religious printing in French. The chronological survey shows the immense growth in publications triggered by the Reformation movement and reveals the radical change in religious sensibility during the period from contemplative meditation to polemical debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246802

Piezoelectric ActuatorsControl Applications of Smart Materials Currently many smart materials exhibit one or multifunctional capabilities that are being effectively exploited in various engineering applications but these are only a hint of what is possible. Newer classes of smart materials are beginning to display the capacity for self-repair self-diagnosis self-multiplication and self-degradation. Ultima Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429147463

Piezoelectric Materials and DevicesApplications in Engineering and Medical Sciences Piezoelectric Materials and Devices: Applications in Engineering and Medical Sciences provides a complete overview of piezoelectric materials covering all aspects of the materials starting from fundamental concepts. The treatment includes physics of piezoelectric materials their characteristics and applications. The author uses simple language to explain the theory of piezoelectricity and introduce readers to the properties and design of different types of piezoelectric materials such as those used in engineering and medical device applications. This book: Introduces various types of dielectrics and their classification based on their characteristics Addresses the mathematical formulation of piezoelectric effects and the definition of various piezoelectric constants Describes the structure and properties of practical piezoelectric materials such as quartz lead zirconate titanate barium titanate zinc oxide and polyvinylidene fluoride Covers the entire gamut of piezoelectric devices used in engineering and medical applications Discusses briefly the use of piezoelectric materials for energy harvesting and structural health monitoring Explores new developments in biomedical applications of piezoelectric devices such as drug delivery blood flow and blood pressure monitoring robotic operating tools etc. Elaborates on design and virtual prototyping of piezoelectric devices through the use of FE software tools ANSYS and PAFEC Giving design engineers scientists and technologists the information and guidance they will need to adopt piezoelectric materials in the development of smart devices this book will also motivate engineering and science students to initiate new research for developing innovative devices. Its contents will be invaluable to both students and professionals seeking a greater understanding of fundamentals and applications in the evolving field of piezoelectrics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077423

Pig Health Key features: Contains the contributions of international experts from the UK USA Australia Spain and Taiwan Includes over 1 500 high-quality illustrations Maintaining the health of pigs is vital in pig farming and production. This new book written by experts from around the world focuses on the health of pigs first with coverage of the disorders of pigs organised by clinical sign and body system. The book explores environmental medicine and then health maintenance. Treatment options are discussed emphasizing a reduction in antimicrobial use and an increased awareness of a holistic approach to treatment. The book includes over 1 500 high-quality illustrations to enhance the clinical description as well as a wealth of high-quality videos to test the reader in making differential diagnoses with treatment options. Quizzes at the end of each section also encourage reflective learning. Clinical examination of the individual pig and groups are covered along with environmental medicine making this the ideal reference for veterinary practitioners and students. Those interested in population medicine (poultry aquaculture cattle and small ruminant and apiaries) will particularly enjoy the holistic approach to veterinary medicine. All those who appreciate the many talents of pigs will enjoy the practical approach to managing the health of their animals. This book moves veterinary science forward promoting health rather than treating disease. It will be your number one reference for keeping your pigs healthy.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367893408

Pile Design and Construction Practice Written to Eurocode 7 and the UK National AnnexUpdated to reflect the current usage of Eurocode 7 along with relevant parts of the British Standards Pile Design and Construction Practice Sixth Edition maintains the empirical correlations of the original—combining practical know how with scientific knowledge —and emphasizing relevant principles and applications of soil mechanics and design. Contractors geotechnical engineers and engineering geologists responsible for designing and constructing piled foundations can find the most current types of pile piling equipment and relevant methods in this latest work. The book summarizes recent changes including new codified design procedures addressing design parameters and partial safety factors. It also presents several examples many based on actual problems.Broad and Comprehensive In Its Coverage Contains material applicable to modern computational practiceProvides new sections on the construction of micropiles and CFA piles pile-soil interaction verification of pile materials piling for integral bridge abutments use of polymer stabilising fluids and moreIncludes calculations of the resistance of piles to compressive loads pile groups under compressive loading piled foundations for resisting uplift and lateral loading and the structural design of piles and pile groupsCovers marine structures durability of piled foundations ground investigations and pile testingAddresses miscellaneous problems such as machinery foundations underpinning mining subsidence areas geothermal piles and unexploded ordnancePile Design and Construction Practice Sixth Edition serves as a comprehensive guide for practicing geotechnical engineers and engineering geologists. This text also works as a resource for piling contractors and graduate students studying geotechnical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659011

Piles and Pile Foundations Piled foundations are generally designed using empirical methods in particular the traditional capacity based approach on which the majority of codes of practice are based. However in recent years the analysis of pile groups and piled rafts has undergone substantial development in the light of new research and the mechanisms for the interactions between piles soil and rafts or caps have been largely clarified. Paradoxically with relatively large piled rafts it has been found that a design based on the criterion of serviceability with the limitation of absolute and/or differential settlement not only allows a more rational and economical design but is also simpler and more reliable than one based on the traditional approach. This book provides an overview of present design practice of piled foundations under both vertical and horizontal loads and then a presentation of recent advances in the analysis and design of piled rafts. Altogether it forms a thorough guide to the design and analysis of efficient and effective piled rafts and it also serves as a useful design handbook for traditional pile foundations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865443

Pilgrimage Politics and Place-Making in Eastern EuropeCrossing the Borders Since the beginning of the anthropology of pilgrimage scant attention has been paid to pilgrimage and pilgrim places in central eastern and south-eastern Europe. Seeking to address such a deficit this book brings together scholars from central eastern and south-eastern Europe to explore the crossing of borders in terms of the relationship between pilgrimage and politics and the role which this plays in the process of both sacred and secular place-making. With contributions from a range of established and new academics including anthropologists historians and ethnologists Pilgrimage Politics and Place-Making in Eastern Europe presents a fascinating collection of case studies and discussions of religious political and secular pilgrimage across the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269781

Pilgrimage and Politics in Colonial BengalThe Myth of the Goddess Sati From the late nineteenth century onwards the concept of Mother India assumed political significance in colonial Bengal. Reacting against British rule Bengali writers and artists gendered the nation in literature and visual culture in order to inspire patriotism amongst the indigenous population. This book will examine the process by which the Hindu goddess Sati rose to sudden prominence as a personification of the subcontinent and an icon of heroic self-sacrifice. According to a myth of cosmic dismemberment Sati’s body parts were scattered across South Asia and enshrined as Shakti Pithas or Seats of Power. These sacred sites were re-imagined as the fragmented body of the motherland in crisis that could provide the basis for an emergent territorial consciousness. The most potent sites were located in eastern India Kalighat and Tarapith in Bengal and Kamakhya in Assam. By examining Bengali and colonial responses to these temples and the ritual traditions associated with them including Tantra and image worship this book will provide the first comprehensive study of this ancient network of pilgrimage sites in an art historical and political context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472489449

Pilgrimage beyond the Officially SacredUnderstanding the Geographies of Religion and Spirituality in Sacred Travel Pilgrimage beyond the Officially Sacred: Understanding the Geographies of Religion and Spirituality in Sacred Travel examines the many ways in which pilgrimage engages with sacredness delving beyond the officially recognized and often religiously conceived pilgrimage sites. As scholarship examining the lived experiences of pilgrims and tourists has demonstrated pilgrimage need not be religious in nature nor be officially sanctioned; rather they can be 'hyper-meaningful' voyages set apart from the everyday profane life—in a word they are sacred. Separating the social category of 'religion' from the 'sacred ' this volume brings together a multidisciplinary group of scholars employing perspectives from anthropology geography sociology religious studies theology and interdisciplinary tourism studies to theorize sacredness its variability and the ways in which it is officially recognized or condemned by power brokers. Rich in case studies from sacred centers throughout the world the contributions pay close attention to the ways in which pilgrims central authorities site managers locals and other stakeholders on the ground appropriate negotiate shape contest or circumvent the powerful forces of the sacred. Delving ‘beyond the officially sacred ’ this collective examination of pilgrimages—both well-established and new religious and secular authorized and not—presents a compelling look at the interplay of secular powers and the transcendent forces of the sacred at these hyper-meaningful sites. Providing a blueprint for how work in the anthropology and geography of religion and the fields of pilgrimage and religious tourism may move forward Pilgrimage beyond the Officially Sacred will be of great interest to an interdisciplinary field of scholars. The chapters were originally published as a special issue in Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441197

Pilgrimage in the Hindu TraditionSalvific Space Salvific space is one of the central ideas in the Hindu traditions of pilgrimage and concerns the ability of space especially sites associated with bodies of water such as rivers and lakes to grant salvific rewards. Focusing on religious historical and sociological questions about the phenomenon this book investigates the narratives rituals history and structures of salvific space and looks at how it became a central feature of Hinduism. Arguing that salvific power of place became a major dimension of Hinduism through a development in several stages the book analyses the historical process of how salvific space and pilgrimage in the Hindu tradition developed. It discusses how the traditions of salvific space exemplify the decentred polycentrism that defines Hinduism. The book uses original data from field research as well as drawing on main textual sources such as Mahābhārata the Purāṇas the medieval digests on pilgrimage places (tīrthas) and a number of Sthalapurāṇas and Māhātmyas praising the salvific power of the place. By looking at some of the contradictions in and challenges to the tradition of Hindu salvific space in history and in contemporary India the book is a useful study on Hinduism and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844667

Pilgrimage in the Marketplace The study of pilgrimage often centres itself around miracles and spontaneous populist activities. While some of these activities and stories may play an important role in the emergence of potential pilgrimage sites and in helping create wider interest in them this book demonstrates that the dynamics of the marketplace including marketing and promotional activities by priests and secular interest groups create the very consumerist markets through which pilgrimages become established and successful – and through which the ‘sacred’ as a category can be sustained. By drawing on examples from several contexts including Japan India China Vietnam Europe and the Muslim world author Ian Reader evaluates how pilgrimages may be invented shaped and promoted by various interest groups. In so doing he draws attention to the competitive nature of the pilgrimage market revealing that there are rivalries borrowed ideas and alliances with commercial and civil agencies to promote pilgrimages. The importance of consumerism is demonstrated both in terms of consumer goods/souvenirs and pilgrimage site selection rather than the usual depictions of consumerism as tawdry disjunctions on the ‘sacred.’ As such this book reorients studies of pilgrimage by highlighting not just the pilgrims who so often dominate the literature but also the various other interest groups and agencies without whom pilgrimage as a phenomenon would not exist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647763

Pilgrimage in Tibet The Western image of Tibet as a sacred land is in many ways a mythical construction. But the Tibetans themselves have traditionally mapped out their land in terms of areas of sacred space and pilgrimage ensuring a high degree of mobility within all classes of Tibetan society. Pilgrims travelled to local regional and national centres throughout recorded Tibetan history. In recent years pilgrimage has resumed in areas where it had been forbidden by the Chinese authorities and has now become one of the most prominent religious expressions of Tibetan national identity.In this major new work leading scholars of Asian pilgrimage traditions discuss historical and contemporary aspects of pilgrimage within the Tibetan cultural world. Myths and legends material conditions textual sources a modern pilgrim's impressions political and economic influences biographies and contemporary developments - all these and many other issues are examined here. The result is an informative and often entertaining work which contributes greatly to our knowledge of the history and culture of Tibet as well as the wider issues of religious power and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862302

Pilgrimage to Jerusalem and the Holy Land 1187–1291 This book presents new translations of a selection of Latin and French pilgrimage texts - and two in Greek - relating to Jerusalem and the Holy Land between the fall of Jerusalem to Saladin in 1187 and the loss of Acre to the Mamluks in 1291. It therefore complements and extends existing studies which deal with the period from Late Antiquity to Saladin's conquest. Such texts provide a wealth of information not only about the business of pilgrimage itself but also on church history topography architecture and the social and economic conditions prevailing in Palestine in this period. Pilgrimage texts of the 13th century have not previously been studied as a group in this way; and because the existing editions of them are scattered across a variety of rather obscure publications they tend to be under-utilized by historians despite their considerable interest. For instance they are often more original than the texts of the 12th century representing first-hand accounts of travellers rather than simple reworkings of older texts. Taken together they document the changes that occurred in the pattern of pilgrimage after the fall of Jerusalem in 1187 during its brief reoccupation by the Franks between 1229 and 1244 and during the period from 1260 onwards when the Mamluks gradually took military control of the whole country. In the 1250s-60s for example because of the difficulties faced by pilgrims in reaching Jerusalem itself there developed an alternative set of holy sites offering indulgences in Acre. The bringing of Transjordan southern Palestine and Sinai under Ayyubid and later Mamluk control also encouraged the development of the pilgrimage to St Catherine's monastery on Mount Sinai in this period. The translations are accompanied by explanatory footnotes and preceded by an introduction which discusses the development of Holy Land pilgrimage in this period and the context dating and composition of the texts themselves. The book concludes with a comprehensive list of sources and a detailed index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107250

Pilgrimage to the National ParksReligion and Nature in the United States National Parks – ‘America’s Best Idea’ – were from the first seen as sacred sites embodying the God-given specialness of American people and American land and from the first they were also marked as tourist attractions. The inherent tensions between these two realities ensured the parks would be stages where the country’s conflicting values would be performed and contested. As pilgrimage sites embody the values and beliefs of those who are drawn to them so Americans could travel to these sacred places to honor experience and be restored by the powers that had created the American land and the American enterprise. This book explores the importance of the discourse of nature in American culture arguing that the attributes and symbolic power that had first been associated with the ‘new world’ and then the ‘frontier’ were embodied in the National Parks. Author Ross-Bryant focuses on National Parks as pilgrimage sites around which a discourse of nature developed and argues the centrality of religion in understanding the dynamics of both the language and the ritual manifestations related to National Parks. Beyond the specific contribution to a richer analysis of the National Parks and their role in understanding nature and religion in the U.S. this volume contributes to the emerging field of ‘religion and the environment ’ larger issues in the study of religion (e.g. cultural events and the spatial element in meaning-making) and the study of non-institutional religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109339

Pilgrimage Tourism of Diaspora Africans to Ghana This book explores why and how Ghana has been cast as a pilgrimage destination for people of African descent especially African Americans. It provides ethnographic insight into the transnational networks of people and ideas entangled in Ghana's pilgrimage tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060210

PilgrimageTimothy Gabashvili's Travels to Mount Athos Constantinople and Jerusalem 1755-1759 A remarkable record of a pilgrimage through Turkey Greece and the Levant. The Introduction examines the historical background to his travels and life which ended in poverty and exile. Also included are a historically annotated gazetteer and extensive bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994935

Pilgrims and Pilgrimage in Ancient Greece This volume explores the religious motivations for pilgrimage and reveals the main preoccupations of worshippers in Ancient Greece.Dillon examines the main sanctuaries of Delphi Epidauros and Olympia as well as the less well-known oracle of Didyma in Asia Minor and the festivals at the Isthmus of Corinth. He discusses the modes of travel to the sites means of communication between pilgrims and the religious and ritual practices at the sanctuaries themselves.A unique insight into pilgrimage in Ancient Greece is presented focusing on the diverse aspects of pilgrimage; the role of women and children the religious festivals of particular ethnic groups and the colourful celebrations involving music athletics and equestrian events. Pilgrims and Pilgrimage in Ancient Greece is an accessible and fascinating volume which reveals how the concept of pilgrimage contributes to Greek religion as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692502

Pilgrims and Pilgrimages as Peacemakers in Christianity Judaism and Islam Pilgrimages can be analysed as acts of conflict - such as the Crusades - or also as platforms for relationship building and rapprochement between religions. With a set of contributions from leading experts in the field this book explores the concept of pilgrimage in Christianity Judaism and Islam. Some specific examples of pilgrimages that helped to strengthen links between different religions or civilisations are explored ranging from Europe to Asia and from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century. Even though every pilgrimage that is investigated here has helped to link different worlds the case studies show that this relationship rarely led to a better in inter-understanding. Nowadays peaceful coexistence seems to be its greatest achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273443

Pilgrims and PoliticsRediscovering the Power of the Pilgrimage The objective of this book is to analyse the historical relationships between the phenomenon of Christian pilgrimage and political power within Europe from the Middle Ages up to the present day. It establishes a discussion in which the twelve contributors to the volume can compare very different situations such as the medieval pilgrimages and politics in the Latin East as part of warfare and conflict resolution the significance and reality of pilgrimages in late medieval England or in Rome during the papacy of Innocent III the 'two-way traffic' pilgrimages in the Tuscan city of Lucca or the pilgrimages in Eastern European countries as an aspect of opposition to communist power. A major focus is on the pilgrimages to Santiago de Compostela an important Christian sanctuary from the time of the discovery of the tomb of the apostle St James in the 9th century. Topics covered include the Way of St James as seen through medieval Muslim sources the political reading of the apostolic cult as an ideological instrument of the propaganda of the Asturian monarchy Santa Maria de Roncesvalles as an example of political involvement in the assistance of the Jacobean pilgrims the Order of St John as protector of the medieval pilgrims to Santiago de Compostela or the nationalist use of the pilgrimages as an element of national unification and internal cohesion during the Spanish Civil War. The final chapter provides a broader global perspective on pilgrimages up to present times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271821

Pilgrims’ Castle (‘Atlit) David’s Tower (Jerusalem) and Qal‘at ar-Rabad (‘Ajlun)Three Middle Eastern Castles from the Time of the Crusades First published in 1997 this collection includes papers on Crusader-era architecture in Palestine with a focus on ‘Atlit the castle of ‘Ajlun and on the Citadel of Jerusalem both the papers and sites of which have previously been difficult to access. The volume is presented partly to repair the very real deficit in the literature on Crusader architecture and partly as a fitting memorial to the author who died in 1992. ‘Atlit in particular held a special significance for C.N. Johns being the site of his first major project as a field archaeologist. His Guide to ‘Atlit a masterly summary of his findings remains the most complete and comprehensive account of the castle and its suburb. The studies collected here pay tribute to their author’s enduring contribution to the medieval archaeology of the Near East. The first part of the book deals with the ‘Pilgrim’s Castle’ the great Templar fortress and town at ’Atlit. The significance of Johns’ excavations at this site has been relatively neglected because it remains in a military area inaccessible to visitors and because almost the entire stock of his major publication was lost in 1947. This ‘Guide to ’Atlit’ a synthesis of historical archaeological and architectural research on the monument is reprinted here together with all the interim reports relating to the medieval period. Also included are Johns’ studies on the Citadel of Jerusalem the ‘Tower of David’ and on the Islamic castle of ‘Ajlun. Together they represent a fundamental contribution to the study of the period of the Crusades and to the military architecture of the Middle Ages. The notes by Denys Pringle bring the accounts up to date in the light of recent research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386884

Piling Engineering Piling is a fast moving field and recent years have seen major advances in theory methods testing procedures and equipment. Some of these changes have been driven by the need for economies and efficiency reduced spoil production and new methods of pile bore support. Advances in theoretical analyses allow pile design to be refined so that piles and pile groups perform to better advantage.This third edition of the well established book has been comprehensively updated. It provides an accessible and well-illustrated account of design techniques methods of testing and analysis of piles with a marked emphasis on practice but with design methods that incorporate the most recent advances in piling theory. Piling Engineering is written for geotechnical engineers consultants and foundation contractors. It is also a useful reference for academics and advanced students on courses in piling practical site investigation and foundation design and construction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659387

Pillaging the EmpireGlobal Piracy on the High Seas 1500-1750 Between 1500 and 1750 European expansion and global interaction produced vast wealth. As goods traveled by ship along new global trade routes piracy also flourished on the world’s seas. Pillaging the Empire tells the fascinating story of maritime predation in this period including the perspectives of both pirates and their victims. Brushing aside the romantic legends of piracy Kris Lane pays careful attention to the varied circumstances and motives that led to the rise of this bloodthirsty pursuit of riches and places the history of piracy in the context of early modern empire building. This second edition of Pillaging the Empire has been revised and expanded to incorporate the latest scholarship on piracy maritime law and early modern state formation. With a new chapter on piracy in East and Southeast Asia Lane considers piracy as a global phenomenon. Filled with colorful details and stories of individual pirates from Francis Drake to the women pirates Ann Bonny and Mary Read this engaging narrative will be of interest to all those studying the history of Latin America the Atlantic world and the global empires of the early modern era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765638427

Pilot Judgment and Crew Resource Management This is the first comprehensive book on pilot judgment. It provides a clear understanding of pilot judgment emphasizing how it can be applied to improving safety in aviation. The author brings together a rich store of personal flying experiences combined with a strong base of personal academic research to support the concepts presented. The book gives not only a strong emphasis to the application of judgment to aviation but also lays particular stress on the principles needed in how to learn teach and evaluate judgment. For pilots the main benefits to be gained from the book will be a foundation of knowledge and teaching to enable them to make better safer decisions. For flight instructors it teaches how to teach and evaluate judgment in flight students. In addition to pilots and flight instructors the readership obviously includes aviation classroom instructors scientists doing aviation-related research and aviation safety specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263109

Pilot Mental Health Assessment and SupportA practitioner's guide The presentation of mental illness at work has different implications and consequences depending on the specific nature of the job work context regulatory framework and risks for the employee organisation and society. Naturally there are certain occupational groups where human factors and/or mental illness could impair safety and mental acuity and with potentially devastating consequences. For pilots the medical criteria for crew licensing are stipulated by regulatory aviation authorities worldwide and these include specific mental illness exclusions. The challenge of assessment for mental health problems is however complex and the responsibility for psychological screening and testing falls to a range of different specialists and groups including AMEs (authorised aviation medical examiners) GPs and physicians airline human resources departments psychologists human factor specialists and pilots themselves. Extending and developing the ideas of Aviation Mental Health (2006) which described a range of psychological issues and problems that may affect pilots and the consequences of these this book presents an authoritative comprehensive and practical guide to modern evidence-based practice in the field of mental health assessment treatment and care. It features contributions from experts in the field drawn from several countries professions and representing a range of aviation-related organisations displaying a range of different skills and methods that can be used for the clinical assessment of pilots and in relation to specific mental-health problems and syndromes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222038

Pilot Protective Relaying This text concentrates on the fundamentals of protective relaying and aims to provide lasting information in intelligible language. It covers the relative qualities of modern transmission line systems communications channels three-terminal applications and program design for microprocessors and also supplies an encyclopaedic bibliography listing professional papers useful to the relay engineer. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743249

Pilot SelectionPsychological Principles and Practice This comprehensive book describes in practical terms - underpinned by research - how recruitment selection and psychological assessment can be conducted amongst pilots. The chapters emphasize evidence-based and ethical selection methods for different pilot groups. It includes chapters written by experts in the field and also covers related areas such as air traffic controllers and astronauts. The book is written for airline managers senior pilots responsible for recruitment and training human resources specialists human factors and safety specialists occupational health doctors psychologists AMEs practitioners or academics involved in pilot selection. Robert Bor DPhil CPsychol CSci FBPsS HonFRAeS UKCP Reg EuroPsy is a Registered and Chartered Clinical Counselling and Health Psychologist Registered Aviation Psychologist and Co-Director of the Centre for Aviation Psychology. Carina Eriksen MSc DipPsych CPsychol FBPsS BABCP is an HCPC Registered and BPS Chartered Consultant Counselling Psychologist and Registered Aviation Psychologist. Todd P. Hubbard B.A. M.S. Aeronautical Sciences Ed.D. Applied Educational Studies in Aviation Lt. Col. USAF (ret.) is the Clarence E. Page Professor of Human Factors research University of Oklahoma. Ray King Psy D. J.D. is a licensed clinical psychologist recently retired from the U.S. Air Force currently with the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138588738

Pilots and ManagementIndustrial Relations in the U.K. Airlines Airline pilots in various countries around the world have made determined use of industrial action. The use of strike action by the pilots challenges the view that militant trade unionism is confined to lower-paid workers and is associated with a left-wing political orientation. This phenomenon provides the author with an opportunity for singling out the basic factors underlying attitudes and behaviour in industrial relations. His starting point is a ‘systems model’ of industrial relations which is submitted to critical examination and refined enhancing its usefulness as a research methodology. In particular he stresses the importance of personality elements in the parties to the disputes. The book first published in 1972 also provides an analysis of the development of the airlines and their institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138628915

Pimpin' Ain't EasySelling Black Entertainment Television Launched in 1980 cable network Black Entertainment Television (BET) has helped make blackness visible and profitable at levels never seen prior in the TV industry. In 2000 BET was sold by founder Robert L. Johnson a former cable lobbyist to media giant Viacom for 2.33 billion dollars. This book explores the legacy of BET: what the network has provided to the larger US television economy and more specifically to its target African-American demographic. The book examines whether the company has fulfilled its stated goals and implied obligation to African-American communities. Has it changed the way African-Americans see themselves and the way others see them? Does the financial success of the network - secured in large part via the proliferation of images deemed offensive and problematic by many black communities - come at the expense of its African-American audience? This book fills a major gap in black television scholarship and should find a sizeable audience in both media studies and African-American studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941867

Pina Bausch This newly-updated second edition explores Pina Bausch’s work and methods by combining interviews first-hand accounts and practical exercises from her developmental process for students of both dance and theatre. This comprehensive overview of her work offers new and exciting insight into the theatrical approach of a singular performance practitioner. This is an essential introduction to the life and work of one of the most significant choreographers/directors of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. As a first step towards critical understanding and as an initial exploration before going on to further primary research Routledge Performance Practitioners offer unbeatable value for today’s student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385592

Pina Bausch’s Aggressive TendernessRepurposing Theater through Dance Pina Bausch’s Aggressive Tenderness: Repurposing Theater through Dance maps Bausch’s pieces alongside methodologies of key theater and film practitioners. This book includes discussion of a variety of Bausch pieces including Sacre du Printemps (Rite of Spring 1975) Kontakthof (Meeting Place 1978) Café Müller (Café Mueller 1978) Nelken (Carnations 1982) Arien (Arias 1985) and Vollmond (Full Moon 2006). Beginning with her approach as one avenue of dance dramaturgy the author connects the content expressed in these pieces with theoretical conversations works from other artists inspired by Bausch and her own experiences providing an examination that is both academic and personally insightful. Arendell reads all of these theatrical and film approaches into Bausch’s work to highlight how the time frame involves a cross-pollination between Bausch and the other artists that looks both backward and forward in its influences. Ideal for students of dance and theater Pina Bausch’s Aggressive Tenderness shows how Bausch’s Tanztheater speaks a kinaesthetic language one that Arendell translates into a somaesthetic exploration to pair a repurposed body ethic with movements that present new forms of embodiment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407810

Pinhole PhotographyFrom Historic Technique to Digital Application A respected guide for creatives artists and photographers alike Pinhole Photography is packed with all the information you need to understand and get underway with this wonderfully quirky creative technique. Covering pinhole photography from its historical roots pinhole expert Eric Renner founder of pinholeresource.com fully explores the theory and practical application of pinhole in this beautiful resource.Packed with inspiring images instructional tips and information on a variety of pinhole cameras for beginner and advanced photographers this classic text now offers a new chapter on digital imaging and more in depth how-to coverage for beginners as well as revised exposure guides and optimal pinhole charts. With an expanded gallery of full-color photographs displaying the creative results of pinhole cameras along with listings of workshops pinhole photographer's websites pinhole books and suppliers of pinhole equipment this is the one guide you need to learn the craft and navigate the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137738

Pink HerringsFantasy Object Choice and Sexuation Pink Herrings engages in a re-examination of six of Freud's cases via Lacan's account of sexuation. Specifically the book outlines a theoretical framework in which sexuation is understood as a 'choice' made in response to the fact of the sexual non relationship. In making this choice unconscious fantasy allows for the circulation of object a which bear traces of jouissance. Drawing upon Lacan's distinction between phallic and other jouissance Pink Herrings examines the four positions outlined in Lacan's formula of sexuation and maps these onto the six case studies. In so doing Pink Herrings not only brings new life and insights to the cases but also clears a path to what is referred to as a 'clinic of sexuation'. Such a clinic would not replace existing Lacanian psychoanalytic practice (with its focus on the structures of neurosis perversion and psychosis) but instead provide additional avenues through which to explore the operations of fantasy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201748

Pink Tax and the LawDiscriminating Against Women Consumers The emergence of the terms ‘pink tax’ and ‘tampon tax’ in everyday language suggests that women who already suffer from an economic disadvantage due to the gender wage gap are put in an even more detrimental position by means of ‘discriminatory consumption taxes’. This book is the first conducting a legal analysis to establish to what extent this public perception is accurate.Does the practice of ‘pink tax’ effectively amount to a tax in the legal sense? Does the so-called ‘tampon tax’ genuinely constitute an anomaly within the general consumption tax system? Most importantly can these two ‘taxes’ be legally qualified as discriminatory? This book provides scientific answers to these questions. It first cuts through the existent information clutter by elucidating the pertinent economic sociological and psychological components of the practices referred to as ‘pink tax’ and ‘tampon tax’. It then proceeds with a thorough legal analysis of all relevant aspects to determine whether women are indeed subject to discriminatory consumption taxes.It is well-established that women earn less than men. This book investigates if they simultaneously pay more due to ‘discriminatory consumption taxes’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606954

Pinocchio Puppets and ModernityThe Mechanical Body This study assesses the significance of Pinocchio in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries in addition to his status as the creature of a nineteenth century traversed by a cultural enthusiasm for dummies puppets and marionettes. This collection identifies him as a figure characterized by a 'fluid identity ' informed with transition difference joie de vivre otherness displacement and metamorphosis making Pinocchio a truly modern indeed postmodern and posthuman cultural icon. Pinocchio Puppets and Modernity explores this crucial and as yet little visited field reassessing Pinocchio's genealogy and progeny as well as illuminating both the wider context and more specific cultural manifestations of the mechanical-human interface in the domains of theatre the fine arts literature radio and even virtual reality coherently with the digital metamorphosis of our times. The wide-ranging scope of this exploration encompasses Italian French and English literature dummies and marionettes in modernist and contemporary theatre the fairytale tradition and traditional and contemporary painting as well as the older and newer media of radio television cinema and the Internet. The diverse comparative and multimedia focus of this original discussion testifies to the enduring transcultural legacy of Pinocchio. Eminently sellable as a traditional cultural icon Pinocchio is equally impactful and relevant for a globalized multicultural and virtual society from Collodi to Disney and beyond. Katia Pizzi is Senior Lecturer in Italian at the Institute of Germanic & Romance Studies School of Advanced Study University of London. She has published volumes on cultural identities including A City in Search of an Author (2001) and The Cultural Identities of European Cities (2010) and on children's literature and illustration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890960

Pinocchio Goes PostmodernPerils of a Puppet in the United States In the first full-length study in English of Carlo Collodi's The Adventures of Pinocchio the authors show how the checkered history of the puppet illuminates social change from the pre World War One era to the present. The authors argue that most Americans know a trivialized diluted version of the tale one such source is Disney's perennial classic. The authors also discover that when adults are introduced to the 'real' story they often deem it as unsuitable for children. Placing the puppet in a variety of contexts the authors chart the progression of this childhood tale that has frequently undergone dramatic revisions to suit America's idea of children's literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708408

PINSTRIPE PATRONAGE Political patronage - awarding discretionary favors in exchange for political support - is alive and well in 21st century America. This book examines the little understood patronage system showing how it is used by 'pinstripe' elites to subvert the democratic process. 'Pinstripe patronage' thrives on the billions of dollars distributed by government for the privatisation of public services. Martin and Susan Tolchin introduce us to government grants specified for the use of an individual corporation or community and 'hybrid agencies' with high salaries for top executives and board members. In return for this corporate welfare pinstipe partons giving politicians the ever-increasing funds needed to conduct their political campaigns. As budget cuts begin to bite the authors argue that it is time to clamp down on the corrupt practice of pinstripe patronage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632827

Pinter at 70A Casebook This comprehensive and authoritative casebook includes cornerstone essays on Pinter's creative process his politics film adaptations and acting career. It also includes a collection of photos found nowhere else that document Pinter's "golden time"--his early acting days in Ireland-- a substantial introduction a chronology and bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203952801

Pioneer Violin Virtuose in the Early Twentieth CenturyMaud Powell Marie Hall and Alma Moodie: A Gendered Re-Evaluation Tatjana Goldberg reveals the extent to which gender and socially constructed identity influenced female violinists’ ‘separate but unequal’ status in a great male-dominated virtuoso lineage by focussing on the few that stood out: the American Maud Powell (1867–1920) Australian-born Alma Moodie (1898–1943) and the British Marie Hall (1884–1956). Despite breaking down traditional gender-based patriarchal social and cultural norms becoming celebrated soloists and greatly contributing towards violin works and the early recording industry (Powell and Hall) they received little historical recognition. Goldberg provides a more complete picture of their artistic achievements and the impact they had on audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728748

Pioneer Visual NeuroscienceA Festschrift for Naomi Weisstein This book honors Naomi Weisstein’s foreshortened span of work published from 1964 to 1992. Naomi Weisstein was a pioneer in the areas we now call visual neuroscience visual cognition and cognitive neuroscience. Her enthusiastic pursuit of the mind was infectious inspiring many others to take up the challenge. Despite her time as an active researcher being cut short Weisstein’s impact was far reaching and long lasting and many of her ideas and insights foreshadowed today’s active areas of inquiry into the inner workings of the mind. Comprising contributions from leading scholars in the field Pioneer Visual Neuroscience outlines Weisstein’s many contributions to the study of visual perception and processing and their effects on the field today.This volume will be of interest to anyone interested in visual perception visual cognition and cognitive neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048393

Pioneering African-American Women in the Advertising BusinessBiographies of MAD Black WOMEN Much has been written about the men and women who shaped the field of advertising some of whom became legends in the industry. However the contributions of African-American women to the advertising business have largely been omitted from these accounts. Yet evidence reveals that some trailblazing African-American women who launched their careers during the 1960s Mad Men era went on to achieve prominent careers. This unique book chronicles the nature and significance of these women’s accomplishments examines the opportunities and challenges they experienced and explores how they coped with the extensive inequities common in the advertising profession. Using a biographical narrative approach this book examines the careers of these important African-American women who not only achieved managerial positions in major mainstream advertising agencies but also established successful agencies bearing their own names. Based on their words and memories this study reveals experiences which are intriguing triumphant bittersweet and sometimes tragic. These women’s stories comprise a vital part of the historical narrative on women and African-Americans in advertising and will be instructive not only to scholars of advertising and marketing history but to future generations of advertising professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369929

Pioneering Economic Reform in China's Special Economic ZonesThe Promotion of Foreign Investment and Technology Transfer in Shenzhen First published in 1999 this volume assessed the economic situation of Shenzhen in Guangdong Province China including its trade connections with Hong Kong and foreign investments in the area. Designated as one of four Special Economic Zones (SEZ) as part of China’s domestic economic reform in 1979 Weiping Wu examines Shenzhen’s economic situation in the context of Hong Kong’s transition just two years prior to publication in 1997. Wu explores the developments in Shenzhen in local policy labor costs export performance domestic linkages and complementarity with Hong Kong as a result of Hong Kong’s closer connection with the Shenzhen trade area. Shenzhen’s suitability can then be assessed in its role as an SEZ to experiment with and digest western technology and management techniques for inland China and as a buffer between China and the wider world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330177

Pioneering Health in London 1935-2000The Peckham Experiment The Peckham Experiment conducted between 1935 and 1950 in the London Pioneer Health Centre was one of the most talked-about social experiments of the 20th century. Families from the South London neighbourhood of Peckham were invited to use the facilities of a radiantly modern building. They were encouraged to freely choose and organize their leisure activities taking advantage of a swimming pool a gymnasium and a self-service cafeteria. In doing so both their health status and interaction with other members of the nascent centre-community were closely observed by a team of physicians.The first research monograph on the history of the experiment building on archival sources this book combines a micro-historical perspective with methods from the history of science. It shows how bio-medical holism and evolutionary theories typical of the interwar years informed research on social life in the centre. But it also reveals that the "guinea pigs" too were trying to make sense of the research they were taking part in. The outcome was an ambiguous social laboratory that generated new insights into the power of social groups to self-organize which were soon discussed all over the world – and continue to haunt British political debates today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584573

Pioneering Healthcare LawEssays in Honour of Margaret Brazier This book celebrates Professor Margaret Brazier’s outstanding contribution to the field of healthcare law and bioethics. It examines key aspects developed in Professor Brazier’s agenda-setting body of work with contributions being provided by leading experts in the field from the UK Australia the US and continental Europe. They examine a range of current and future challenges for healthcare law and bioethics representing state-of-the-art scholarship in the field.The book is organised into five parts. Part I discusses key principles and themes in healthcare law and bioethics. Part II examines the dynamics of the patient–doctor relationship in particular the role of patients. Part III explores legal and ethical issues relating to the human body. Part IV discusses the regulation of reproduction and Part V examines the relationship between the criminal law and the healthcare process.Chapter 10 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138861091_oachapter10.pdf  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597757

Pioneering Paths in the Study of FamiliesThe Lives and Careers of Family Scholars Meet the men and women whose groundbreaking work elevated the field of family studies! In Pioneering Paths in the Study of Families: The Lives and Careers of Family Scholars you'll find 40 autobiographies written by leading scholars in sociology family studies psychology and child development. Their fascinating stories demonstrate how their family experiences educational opportunities and occupational endeavors not only shaped the disciplines they chose but also shaped the theoretical perspectives they utilized and the topics they researched. From the editors: “These autobiographies document the experiences of scholars from the early twentieth century to the present. The descriptions of early influences on their education of their graduate school experiences and of their academic career paths provides a wealth of valuable material. Since four of these scholars have died and a number are in their eighties or older these histories provide rich case studies on factors that influence the decision to go to college get married pursue an advanced degree make specific occupational choices and investigate certain topics. These autobiographies also detail the barriers that early women scholars in the social sciences faced.” The scholars whose lives you will learn about in Pioneering Paths in the Study of Families include: Joan Aldous Katherine R. Allen Pauline Boss Carlfred B. Broderick Wesley R. Burr Catherine Street Chilman Harold T. Christensen Marilyn Coleman Rand D. Conger Randal D. Day William J. Doherty Evelyn Millis Duvall Glen H. Elder Jr. Bernard Farber Margaret Feldman Mark A. Fine Greer Litton Fox Frank F. Furstenberg Viktor Gecas Harold D. Grotevant Gerald Handel Michael E. Lamb Ralph LaRossa Gary R. Lee Helena Znaniecka Lopata Harriette P. McAdoo Hamilton McCubbin Brent C. Miller Phyllis Moen Gerhard Neubeck Gary W. Peterson Ira L. Reiss John Scanzoni Walter R. Schumm Barbara H. Settles Laurence Steinberg Suzanne K. Steinmetz Sheldon Stryker Marvin B. Sussman Irv Tallman Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049792

Pioneers Leaders and Followers in Multilevel and Polycentric Climate Governance Pioneers Leaders and Followers in Multilevel and Polycentric Climate Governance focuses on pioneers leaders and followers as central drivers for international climate change governance innovations. A burgeoning literature has identified pioneers and leaders as central drivers for international climate change governance innovations. A wide range of actors (such as international organisations the European Union NGOs corporations and cities) have been identified as potential and actual climate pioneers and/or leaders. Despite this much of the academic debate is still largely focused on states. To address this research gap this volume focuses primarily on non-state actors in different multilevel and polycentric governance structures. The chapters offer a critical analysis of the different types of actors (e.g. the EU corporate actors NGOs and cities) who can act as pioneers and/or leaders at different levels of climate governance (including the international supranational regional national and local) encompassing non-state and state actors. The volume provides a clear conceptualisation of pioneers leaders and followers while assessing their motives capacities styles and strategies. It examines critically the dynamic interrelationship between leaders and pioneers on the one hand and followers and laggards on the other. Moreover it analyses how multilevel and polycentric climate governance structures enable and/or constrain climate pioneers leaders and followers. This volume will be of great use to scholars of environmental governance climate change and international governance. The chapters were originally published as a special issue in Environmental Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367467593

Pioneers Passionate Ladies and Private EyesDime Novels Series Books and Paperbacks Despite efforts of contemporary reformers to curb the availability of dime novels series books and paperbacks Pioneers Passionate Ladies and Private Eyes reveals how many readers used them as means of resistance and how fictional characters became models for self-empowerment. These literary genres whose value has long been underestimated provide fascinating insight into the formation of American popular culture and identity. Through these mass-produced widely read books Deadwood Dick Old Sleuth and Jessie James became popular heroes that fed the public’s imagination for the last western frontier detective tales and the myth of the outlaw. Women particularly those who were poor and endured hard lives used the literature as means of escape from the social economic and cultural suppression they experienced in the nineteenth century. In addition to the insight this book provides into texts such as “The Bride of the Tomb ” the Nick Carter Series and Edward Stratemeyer’s rendition of the Lizzie Borden case readers will find interesting information about: the roles of illustrations and covers in consumer culture Bowling Green’s endeavor to digitize paperback and pulp magazine covers bibliographical problems in collecting and controlling series books the effects of mass market fiction on young girls Louisa May Alcott’s pseudonym and authorship of three dime novels special collections competition among publishersA collection of work presented at a symposium held by the Library of Congress Pioneers Passionate Ladies and Private Eyes makes an outstanding contribution to redefining the role of popular fiction in American life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978485

Pioneers in Early Childhood EducationThe roots and legacies of Rachel and Margaret McMillan Maria Montessori and Susan Isaacs Rachel and Margaret McMillan Maria Montessori and Susan Isaacs have had a major impact on contemporary early years curriculum theory and practice. This new book introduces students and practitioners to the ideas philosophies and writings of these key early thinkers in early childhood education and show how they relate to quality early years provision today. The book explores the influences that shaped the ideas values and beliefs of each pioneer and clearly demonstrates how they have each contributed to our knowledge of young children’s learning and development. It then examines these in the context of current policy to highlight the key ideas that practitioners should consider when reflecting on their own practice. Features include: Summaries of each pioneers‘ ideas and their influence on contemporary practice Practical examples to illustrate key principles Reflective questions to encourage practitioners to develop and improve their own practice Written to support the work of all those in the field of early childhood education this book will be invaluable to students and practitioners that wish to fully understand the lasting legacies of these four influential women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637824

Pioneers in Forensic ScienceInnovations and Issues in Practice This book highlights the contributions of leading forensic science practitioners iconic figures who have been integral in both establishing current scientific and medicolegal practices and innovative evidence collection testing and analysis methods. Such professionals include Henry Lee Michael Baden William Bass Jay Siegel John Butler Cyril Wecht Vincent Di Maio Marcella Fierro Barry Fisher and more. Previously unpublished interviews with these pioneers in the field expressly undertaken for the purposes this book examine the last 30 years—past trends that have shaped the field—as well as current and emerging trends that have and will shape the future of forensic science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498785297

Pioneers in MarketingA Collection of Biographical Essays Pioneers in Marketing: A Collection of Biographical Essays discusses eight historically important marketing scholars whose careers collectively spanned over 100 years. An introductory chapter describes the role of biography in the study of marketing thought and introduces the eight subjects in this collection. Subsequent chapters describe the lives of Edward David Jones Simon Litman Henry Charles Taylor Percival White George Burton Hotchkiss Theodore N. Beckman David D. Monieson and William R. Davidson focusing on their intellectual and professional contributions to the marketing discipline. The biographies are based on rare archival materials some personal interviews and analysis of the subjects’ major works. The final chapter draws lessons from the collection for marketing students and teachers. Several important discoveries are reported that suggest opportunities for further research. These stories will inform and inspire students of marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415891936

Pioneers in Peace PsychologyDoris K. Miller: A Special Issue of Peace and Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467347

Pioneers in Public HealthLessons from History The public health movement involved numerous individuals who made the case for change and put new practices into place. However despite a growing interest in how we understand history to inform current evidence-based practice there is no book focusing on our progressive pioneers in public health and environmental health. This book seeks to fill that gap. It examines carefully selected public and environmental health pioneers who made a real difference to the UK’s health some with international influence. Many of these pioneers were criticised in their life-times yet they had the strength of character to know what they were doing was fundamentally right and persevered often against many odds. Including chapters on: Thomas Fresh John Snow Duncan of Liverpool Margaret McMillan George Cadbury Christopher Addison Margery Spring Rice and others.  This book will help readers place pioneers in a wider context and to make more sense of their academic and practitioner work today; how evidence (and what was historically understood by it) underpins modern day practice; and how these visionary pioneers developed their ideas into practice some not fully appreciated until after their own deaths. Pioneers in Public Health sets the tone for a renewed focus on research into evidence-based public and environmental health which has become subject of growing international interest in recent years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059450

Pioneers in the TropicsThe Political Organisation of Japanese in an Immigrant Community in Brazil This study of a substantial Japanese immigrant community in Brazil concentrates on its development of a political organization to cope with internal problems of co-operation and conflict and to deal with the outside world of Brazilian politicians and merchants. After many early troubles the immigrants developed pepper growing as a cash crop and now seem on the way to prosperity. The analysis which makes use of the concept of network interaction is of relevance to all interested in community migration and development of new rural settlements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136491

Pioneers of a ProfessionChartered Accountants to 1879 This book first published in 1986 analyses the lives and careers of the founding members of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland. Contemporary professional accountancy owes its formal beginnings to the nineteenth-century Scottish accountants who formed the first professional bodies and this book provides valuable insights for the accounting historian on the backgrounds education work styles and integrity of those early accountants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367532550

Pioneers of Child PsychoanalysisInfluential Theories and Practices in Healthy Child Development This book describes the lives and theories of the pioneer child psychoanalysts who created the field of child psychoanalysis and contributed to the understanding of child development. It aims to expose emerging professionals in the field of psychoanalysis to theories of infant experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491707

Pioneers of Genocide Studies From the early efforts that emerged in the struggle against Nazism and over the past half century the field of genocide studies has grown in reach to include five genocide centers across the globe and well over one hundred Holocaust centers. This work enables a new generation of scholars researchers and policymakers to assess the major foci of the field develop ways and means to intervene and prevent future genocides and review the successes and failures of the past.The contributors to Pioneers of Genocide Studies approach the questions of greatest relevance in a personal way crafting a statement that reveals one's individual voice persuasions literary style scholarly perspectives and relevant details of one's life. The book epitomizes scholarly autobiographical writing at its best. The book also includes the most important works by each author on the issue of genocide.Among the contributors are experts in the Armenian Bosnian and Cambodian genocides as well as the Holocaust against the Jewish people. The contributors are Rouben Adalian M. Cherif Bassiouni Israel W. Charney Vahakn Dadrian Helen Fein Barbara Harff David Hawk Herbert Hirsch Irving Louis Horowitz Richard Hovannisian Henry Huttenbach Leo Kuper Raphael Lemkin James E. Mace Eric Markusen Robert Melson R.J. Rummel Roger W. Smith Gregory H. Stanton Ervin Staub Colin Tatz Yves Ternan and the co-editors. The work represents a high watermark in the reflections and self-reflections on the comparative study of genocide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849746

Pioneers of Interpersonal Psychoanalysis This volume brings together 14 classic papers by interpersonal pioneers. Collectively these papers not only demonstrate the coherence and explanatory richness of interpersonal psychoanalysis; they anticipate the emphasis on relational patterns and analyst-analysand interaction that typifies much recent theorizing. Each paper receives a substantial introduction from a leading contemporary interpersonalist.The pioneers of interpersonal psychoanalysis are: H. Sullivan F. Fromm-Reichmann J. Rioch C. Thompson R. Crowley E. Schachtel E. Tauber E. Fromm H. Bone E. Singer D. Schecter J. Barnett S. Arieti and J.Schimel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784465

Pionniers du droit occidental au Moyen Age 'Pioneers' seems fitting to Professor Gouron to describe the jurists (civilists) of the 12th-century Latin West that were the bearers of a new science born in Bologna about 1100. Away from Bologna these pioneers were isolated scattered from Scotland to Styria or Catalonia and no more than one hundred can now be identified. These people and their manuscripts and the relationships between them are the subject of this collection the fifth in the Variorum series by André Gouron himself to be regarded as a pioneer in this field of research. This volume brings together twenty-two studies which have appeared since 1997 in widely scattered publications often hard to access along with additional notes and indexes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375093

Pip and BunnyBunny Visits London Bunny Visits London is the third book in the invaluable ‘Pip and Bunny’ collection; a set of six picture books with an accompanying handbook and e-resources carefully written and illustrated to support the development of visual and literary skills. By inspiring conversation and imagination the books promote emotional and social literacy in the young reader.   Designed for use within the early years setting or at home each story explores different areas of social and emotional development. The full set includes: six beautifully illustrated picture books with text and vocabulary for each a handbook designed to guide the adult in using the books effectively ‘Talking Points’ relating to the child’s own world ‘What’s the Word?’ picture pages to be photocopied downloaded or printed for language development detailed suggestions as to how to link with other EYFS areas of learning.   The set is designed to be used in both individual and group settings. It will be a valuable resource for teachers SENCOs (pre-school and reception) Early Years Staff (nursery preschool and reception) EOTAs Educational Psychologists Counsellors and Speech Therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190200

Pip and BunnyPip and the Flyaway Balloon Pip and the Flyaway Balloon is the second book in the invaluable ‘Pip and Bunny’ collection; a set of six picture books with an accompanying handbook and e-resources carefully written and illustrated to support the development of visual and literary skills. By inspiring conversation and imagination the books promote emotional and social literacy in the young reader.   Designed for use within the early years setting or at home each story explores different areas of social and emotional development. The full set includes: six beautifully illustrated picture books with text and vocabulary for each a handbook designed to guide the adult in using the books effectively ‘Talking Points’ relating to the child’s own world ‘What’s the Word?’ picture pages to be photocopied downloaded or printed for language development detailed suggestions as to how to link with other EYFS areas of learning.   The set is designed to be used in both individual and group settings. It will be a valuable resource for teachers SENCOs (preschool and reception) Early Years Staff (nursery pre-school and reception) EOTAs Educational Psychologists Counsellors and Speech Therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189051

Pip and BunnyPip at Home Pip at Home is the sixth book in the invaluable ‘Pip and Bunny’ collection; a set of six picture books with an accompanying handbook and e-resources carefully written and illustrated to support the development of visual and literary skills. By inspiring conversation and imagination the books promote emotional and social literacy in the young reader.   Designed for use within the early years setting or at home each story explores different areas of social and emotional development. The full set includes: six beautifully illustrated picture books with text and vocabulary for each a handbook designed to guide the adult in using the books effectively ‘Talking Points’ relating to the child’s own world ‘What’s the Word?’ picture pages to be photocopied downloaded or printed for language development detailed suggestions as to how to link with other EYFS areas of learning.   The set is designed to be used in both individual and group settings. It will be a valuable resource for teachers SENCOs (pre-school and reception) Early Years Staff (nursery preschool and reception) EOTAs Educational Psychologists Counsellors and Speech Therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191108

Pip and BunnyPip at the Seaside Pip at the Seaside is the fourth book in the invaluable ‘Pip and Bunny’ collection; a set of six picture books with an accompanying handbook and e-resources carefully written and illustrated to support the development of visual and literary skills. By inspiring conversation and imagination the books promote emotional and social literacy in the young reader.   Designed for use within the early years setting or at home each story explores different areas of social and emotional development. The full set includes: six beautifully illustrated picture books with text and vocabulary for each a handbook designed to guide the adult in using the books effectively ‘Talking Points’ relating to the child’s own world ‘What’s the Word?’ picture pages to be photocopied downloaded or printed for language development detailed suggestions as to how to link with other EYFS areas of learning.   The set is designed to be used in both individual and group settings. It will be a valuable resource for teachers SENCOs (pre-school and reception) Early Years Staff (nursery preschool and reception) EOTAs Educational Psychologists Counsellors and Speech Therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191047

Pip and BunnyPip’s Dream Pip’s Dream is the first book in the invaluable ‘Pip and Bunny’ collection; a set of six picture books with an accompanying handbook and e-resources carefully written and illustrated to support the development of visual and literary skills. By inspiring conversation and imagination the books promote emotional and social literacy in the young reader.   Designed for use within the early years setting or at home each story explores different areas of social and emotional development. The full set includes: six beautifully illustrated picture books with text and vocabulary for each a handbook designed to guide the adult in using the books effectively ‘Talking Points’ relating to the child’s own world ‘What’s the Word?’ picture pages to be photocopied downloaded or printed for language development detailed suggestions as to how to link with other EYFS areas of learning.   The set is designed to be used in both individual and group settings. It will be a valuable resource for teachers SENCOs (pre-school and reception) Early Years Staff (nursery preschool and reception) EOTAs Educational Psychologists Counsellors and Speech Therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188399

Pip and BunnyThe Cheeky Ostrich The Cheeky Ostrich is the fifth book in the invaluable ‘Pip and Bunny’ collection; a set of six picture books with an accompanying handbook and e-resources carefully written and illustrated to support the development of visual and literary skills. By inspiring conversation and imagination the books promote emotional and social literacy in the young reader.   Designed for use within the early years setting or at home each story explores different areas of social and emotional development. The full set includes: six beautifully illustrated picture books with text and vocabulary for each a handbook designed to guide the adult in using the books effectively ‘Talking Points’ relating to the child’s own world ‘What’s the Word?’ picture pages to be photocopied downloaded or printed for language development detailed suggestions as to how to link with other EYFS areas of learning.   The set is designed to be used in both individual and group settings. It will be a valuable resource for teachers SENCOs (pre-school and reception) Early Years Staff (nursery preschool and reception) EOTAs Educational Psychologists Counsellors and Speech Therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191085

Pipejacking & Microtunnelling Covers development of trenchless technology; pipejacking and microtunnelling methods equipment: shields and tunnel boring machines; pipejacking: line drive pit top side; equipment: microtunnelling; design concepts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864729

Piping and Valves This volume in the Fundamentals for the Water and Wastewater Main Operator series covers the basics of piping and valves in water and wastewater plants including details on fittings strainers filters traps and control systems. The book explains how pipes and valves are used to feed materials (e.g. chemicals) into influents and effluents and siphon off unwanted liquid and gaseous by-product. Also covered is how pipes are developed into systems and subsystems and coordinated into a plant-wide functioning unit. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474901

Piping Design Handbook This encyclopedic volume covers almost every phase of piping design - presenting procedures in a straightforward way.;Written by 82 world experts in the field the Piping Design Handbook: details the basic principles of piping design; explores pipeline shortcut methods in an in-depth manner; and presents expanded rules of thumb for the piping design engineer.;Generously illustrated with over 1575 figures display equations and tables the Piping Design Handbook is for chemical mechanical process and equipment design engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402853

Piracy Pillage and Plunder in AntiquityAppropriation and the Ancient World Piracy Pillage and Plunder in Antiquity explores appropriation in its broadest terns in the ancient world from brigands mercenaries and state-sponsored "piracy" to literary appropriation and the modern plundering of antiquities. The chronological extent of the studies in this volume written by an international group of experts ranges from about 2000 BCE to the 20th century. The geographical spectrum in similarly diverse encompassing Africa the Mediterranean and Mesopotamia allowing readers to track this phenomenon in various different manifestations. Predatory behaviour is a phenomenon seen in all walks of life. While violence may often be concomitant it is worth observing that predation can be extremely nuanced in its application and it is precisely this gradation and its focus that occupies the essential issue in this volume. Piracy Pillage and Plunder in Antiquity will be of great interest to those studying a range of topics in antiquity including literature and art cities and their foundations crime warfare and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341005

Piracy and Captivity in the Mediterranean1550-1810 Piracy and Captivity in the Mediterranean explores the early modern genre of European Barbary Coast captivity narratives from the sixteenth to the nineteenth century. During this period the Mediterranean Sea was the setting of large-scale corsairing that resulted in the capture or enslavement of Europeans and Americans by North African pirates as well as of North Africans by European forces turning the Barbary Coast into the nemesis of any who went to sea. Through a variety of specifically selected narrative case studies this book displays the blend of both authentic eye witness accounts and literary fictions that emerged against the backdrop of the tumultuous Mediterranean Sea. A wide range of other primary sources from letters to ransom lists and newspaper articles to scientific texts highlights the impact of piracy and captivity across key European regions including France Italy Germany the Netherlands Portugal Spain Scandinavia and Britain as well as the United States and North Africa. Divided into four parts and offering a variety of national and cultural vantage points Piracy and Captivity in the Mediterranean addresses both the background from which captivity narratives were born and the narratives themselves. It is essential reading for scholars and students of early modern slavery and piracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640276

Piracy and Intellectual Property in Latin AmericaRethinking Creativity and the Common Good Piracy and Intellectual Property in Latin America is the first sustained effort to present an alternative framework for understanding piracy and contemporary challenges to global discourses on intellectual property (IP) in the Americas. While piracy might just look like theft and derivative reproduction from the perspective of many right-holders the contributors to this volume go beyond this economic-driven logic and show how practices of copying are in fact practices of reinvention that reflect the rich social networks and forms of creativity authorship commerce and consumption that characterize informal economies. From a perspective informed by contemporary scenarios in Mexico Brazil Chile Argentina Peru Guatemala and the United States they engage in a discussion of alternatives that—predicated on the importance of protecting culture—allow for other ways of conceiving prosperity at local national regional and global levels. Examples discussed include video games clothing trinkets music film TV and books. Designed to help understand the broader implications of IP and piracy for the field of Latin American studies this book will be a major contribution to Global South studies as well as to the growing bibliography on globalization informal markets and piracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423995

Piracy and the English Government 1616–1642Policy-Making under the Early Stuarts Piracy and the English Government 1616-1642 explodes the myth that England was ’a nation of pirates’ arguing that the English people were far more often victims of piracy. The costs to the economy and society resulting from piracy which are critically examined here for the first time reveal that not only were hundreds of English ships lost to pirates in the period but an astonishing number of men women and children (approximately 8 000) were carried away to Barbary by pirates and sold into slavery. The response of the government to these losses which posed significant political problems for the early Stuart government are explored and related to broader political concerns and influences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246789

Piracy in QumranThe Battle Over the Scrolls of the Pre-Christ Era In December 1991 a two-volume edition of Dead Sea Scroll photographs was issued by the Biblical Archaeology Society an American group headed by Hershel Shanks. It included an essay written by Dr. Elisha Qimron an Israeli scholar noted for his work in the language of the Dead Sea Scrolls. Publication of this reconstruction and transcription resulted in a lawsuit in Israel and the United States between Qimron and Shanks. Piracy in Qumran analyzes this legal controversy which rocked the scholarly world of Biblical and archaeological studies at the time and which still resonates today.Qimron's long years of research so as to decipher one of the scrolls that dated from the years immediately preceding the Christian Era led him to revolutionary conclusions. He had controversial ideas about the ancient laws of purity of the Essenes the authors of the scrolls and their problematic relationships with the two main streams of Judaism. Read or reconstructed differently this same text might yield very different conclusions.The emphasis in Raphael Israeli's volume is on legal and moral aspects of intellectual property law as it relates to works of historical reconstruction. There are questions about whether Qimron's work constitutes something original the fruit of his creativity (and thus is copyrightable) versus whether it is merely a copy of an ancient blurred text in the public domain reconstructed by a modern author. This book does not simply take a position with respect to the matter of Qimron versus Shanks it asks the reader to consider the controversy's implications for such topics as freedom of press.Although there are other books available about the Dead Sea Scrolls no other study examines the social and cultural implications of this crisis in such detail. The story itself is intriguing for those who are not specialists in the subject but are generally interested in the issues raised by the controversy. It will be of intense interest to scholars and students of religion or international law and historians of the Dead Sea Scrolls. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513082

Piracy in Southeast AsiaTrends Hot Spots and Responses This book combines multi-disciplinary ethnographic and theoretical approaches to examine piracy in Southeast Asia and the regional and international responses to this threat. During the piracy boom of the early to mid-2000s the issue of piracy in Southeast Asia received substantial academic attention. Recent scholarship however has shifted the focus to Somali piracy and the resurgence of piracy in Southeast Asia has largely been neglected in the academic community. This volume seeks to remedy this gap in the current literature. The primary aim is to examine how piracy has evolved in Southeast Asia over the past ten years to address why piracy has re-emerged as a security threat to evaluate efforts at maintaining security in regional waters and to offer an analysis of what might be expected in the next decade. The contributions are drawn from academics policy makers and military officers covering a range of disciplines including international relations socio-cultural anthropology security studies history law and Asian studies. Taken together the contributions in this volume provide a better understanding of contemporary piracy in Southeast Asia and suggest avenues to successfully combat piracy in this region. This book will be of much interest to students of maritime security Asian politics security studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602809

Piracy in the Levant1827-8 A selection from the papers of the commander in chief of the Mediterranean station Sir Edward Codrington which shows the British government’s determined policy following on from the bombardment of Algiers to try to end attacks on trade in that sea. The target on this occasion was ‘privateers’ operating out of the impoverished Aegean islands whose inhabitants had long used these methods to sustain their economies and who were exploiting the opportunities created by the Greek war of independence from the Turks to do so. Codrington tackled the problem in two ways – by bringing pressure on the Greek provisional government and on local authorities to control their own subjects and by direct action where they failed to act. This volume reproduces the reports of the frigate and sloop captains who carried out this task culminating in the destruction of the pirate fleet and military occupation of their stronghold at Grabusa Crete where the frigate Cambrian was wrecked on a rock at the harbour entrance. These operations are a striking example of the enforcement of the Pax Britannica on an unwilling population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780853540281

Pirates and Mutineers of the Nineteenth CenturySwashbucklers and Swindlers The first volume devoted to literary pirates in the nineteenth century this collection examines changes in the representation of the pirate from the beginning of the nineteenth century through the late Victorian period. Gone were the dangerous ruffians of the eighteenth-century novel and in their place emerged a set of brooding and lovable rogues as exemplified by Byron's Corsair. As the contributors engage with acts of piracy by men and women in the literary marketplace as well as on the high seas they show that both forms were foundational in the promotion and execution of Britain's imperial ambitions. Linking the pirate's development as a literary figure with the history of piracy and the making of the modern state tells us much about race class and evolving gender relationships. While individual chapters examine key texts like Treasure Island Dickens's 1857 'mutiny' story in Household Words and Peter Pan the collection as a whole interrogates the growth of pirate myths and folklore throughout the nineteenth century and the depiction of their nautical heirs in contemporary literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251878

Pirates and Other AdventuresRole Play in the Early Years Drama Activities for 3-7 year-olds This series responds to the increasing awareness of role play as an exciting and effective approach to enhance children's learning. Each book provides a selection of themed drama activities that develop a range of skills while drawing on children's natural ability to play. Through their imaginative engagement with fictional worlds children acquire new knowledge and understanding. Pirates and Other Adventures includes activities on: pirate adventures Cinderella Jack and the Beanstalk. User-friendly visual and easy to read this series is a must for classroom teachers nursery nurses playgroup leaders and learning support assistants within pre-school and Key Stage 1 settings who are unfamiliar or wary of role play but want to incorporate it into their teaching. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138144569

Pitcairn IslandLife and Death in Eden Pitcairn Island was a tiny uninhabited Eden when in January 1790 Fletcher Christian and eight sailors together with six Polynesian men twelve Tahitian women and one baby landed from HMS Bounty. There they burned their boat thus eliminating any chance of a voluntary return to the known world. Their disappearance was to remain a mystery for twenty years. This book discusses the purposes of the Bounty’s voyage the mutiny and its consequences but goes further than any previous publications to relate the gripping drama of subsequent events on Pitcairn - of the fifteen men who landed on the island only one was alive when they were discovered twelve had been brutally murdered by their companions and one had commited suicide. The role of the women in shaping events on the island and their input into the unique identity of the community is fully considered for the first time. Their support for the men as rival groups-Tahitians or Europeans-or their concern for individuals largely decided which men lived and died while the women themselves commited some of the murders. Conflicts over property race and gender brought this group close to total destruction. But out of the clashes of cultures and individual wills between European mutineers and Pacific islanders came in a brief space of time the new community of ’Pitcairn Islanders’: a thriving society based on progressive laws relating to sexual equality and the environment with significant resonances for the reader some two centuries later. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246765

Pitch Tweet or Engage on the StreetHow to Practice Global Public Relations and Strategic Communication Pitch Tweet or Engage on the Street offers a modern guide for how to practice public relations and strategic communication around the globe. Drawing upon interviews with public relations professionals in over 30 countries as well as the author’s own experience as a global public relations practitioner in the United Nations and in U.S. President Barack Obama’s administration this book explains how to adapt public relations strategies messages and tactics for countries and cultures around the globe. The book begins by explaining key cultural differences which require practitioners to adapt their approaches before discussing how to build and manage a global public relations team and how to practice global public relations on behalf of corporations non-profit organizations and governments. Then the book takes readers on a tour of the world explaining how to adapt their campaigns for Asia-Pacific Europe the Middle East the Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa. Along the way readers are introduced to practitioners around the globe and case studies of particularly successful campaigns – from a public relations "siege" that successfully ended an epidemic of violence in Kenya to the remarkable P.R. strategy adopted by Bordeaux wineries in China that led to a staggering 26 900 percent increase in sales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916050

Pitch Tweet or Engage on the StreetHow to Practice Global Public Relations and Strategic Communication The second edition of Pitch Tweet or Engage on the Street offers a modern guide for how to adapt public relations strategies messages and tactics for countries and cultures around the globe. Drawing on interviews with public relations professionals in over 30 countries as well as the author’s own experience the book explains how to build and manage a global public relations team how to handle global crisis communication and how to practice global public relations on behalf of corporations non-profit organizations and governments. It takes readers on a tour of the world explaining how to adapt their campaigns for Asia-Pacific Europe the Middle East the Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa. Along the way readers are introduced to practitioners around the globe and case studies of particularly successful campaigns. This new edition includes updates to country profiles to reflect changes in each local context as well as expanded coverage of social media and the role of influencer engagement and a brand-new chapter on global crisis communication. The book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate public relations students as well as practitioners in intercultural markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188528

Pitfall or PanaceaThe Irony of U.S. Power in Occupied Japan 1945-1952 The main purpose of this book is to shed light on the limitations of the American hegemony in occupied Japan. Previous studies share the assumption that the United States was in a near-monopoly position to shape the postwar development in Japan as well as in the Asia-Pacific region. The book goes on to modify the prevailing view that American hegemony not only eroded under its own weight but was never absolute in any case. Japan a former enemy eventually became America's main regional ally in the Asia-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653848

Pitfalls in Prescribingand How to Avoid Them Five percent of all accident and emergency admissions are caused by prescribed medicines. This figure rises to an alarming twelve percent in elderly patients. This may be through inappropriate use or dosage side effects drug:drug interactions failing metabolism in the liver and reduced excretion by the kidneys. Also erratic compliance with drug taking by a large proportion of patients complicates and sometimes worsens iatrogenic harm. This practical guide details the most common errors made in prescribing and is ideal for day-to-day use. The clear accessible language used throughout makes for quick and easy reference. It clarifies complex scientific issues and presents them in a practical format indispensable for professional life. It is highly recommended for all prescribers clinical pharmacists medical students and Foundation Year doctors. It is also a vital resource in the medication review now required for the Quality and Outcomes Framework for General Practitioners in England. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383644

Pituitary Function and Immunity First published in 1986 the influence of hormones secreted or regulated by the pituitary gland on the immune system is examined in detail including discussions of adrenocorticotropic hormone glucocorticoids catecholamines growth hormone insulin prolactin gonadotropins sex steroid hormones and thyroid hormones. The relative importance of various hormones in immunoregulation is considered and evidence for interaction between the immune and neurohormonal systems is presented. The possible effects of hormonal immunomodulation in reproduction infections and parasitic disease autoimmu-nity and cancer are examined. This comprehensive reference serves both basic and clinical researchers and practitioners in immunology microbiology endocrinology reproduction biology neurology oncology psychology medicine and veterinary medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367234096

Pivotal Research in Early LiteracyFoundational Studies and Current Practices This reader-friendly text examines the key foundational studies in early literacy. It addresses such essential questions as how research informs current practices and where the field still needs to go to provide the best learning opportunities for all children. Each chapter describes the methods and findings of seminal studies critically assesses their long-term impact on practice and policy and offers takeaways for the classroom. Leading authorities--including several authors of the original pivotal studies--cover 12 essential aspects of language development literacy development and home and community literacy experiences in PreK–2.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462536177

Pixel Art for Game Developers Is the art for your video game taking too long to create? Learning to create Pixel Art may be the answer to your development troubles. Uncover the secrets to creating stunning graphics with Pixel Art for Game Developers. The premier how-to book on Pixel Art and Pixel Art software it focuses on the universal principles of the craft.The book provides an introduction to Pixel Art its utility foundational elements and concepts such as light and shadow. It offers tutorials on creating animations and serves as a functional guide for the most common methodology in 2D game development.Gamers love the retro feel of Pixel Art and lucky for you it is easy to create. You'll love the tiny file sizes that will reduce compile times and help your game run faster. Providing you with the skills to create the characters and environments needed for 2D games this book will help you: Create tilesets to build game environments Understand light and shadow Work efficiently with pixels Use atmospheric and linear perspective Create professional-quality Pixel Art This book has chapters dedicated to theory as well as step-by-step tutorials both of which describe the process explicitly. Whether you are an artist programmer indie developer or certified public accountant after reading this book you'll understand the steps necessary to create production-quality Pixel Art graphics.Praise for the Book:Pixel Art and Pixel Art games are very popular and the technique is a great way for independent creators to create very good-looking games with limited resources. It’s frankly shocking that there hasn’t been a resource like this before ... a very timely book.—Chris Totten George Mason University Washington DC USA Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482252309

PJ Harvey and Music Video Performance PJ Harvey’s performances are premised on the core contention that she is somehow causing ’trouble’. Just how this trouble can be theorised within the context of the music video and what it means for a development of the ways we might conceptualise ’disruption’ and think about music video lies at the heart of this book. Abigail Gardner mixes feminist theory and critical models from film and video scholarship as a rich means of interrogating Harvey’s work and redefining her disruptive strategies. The book presents a rethinking of the masquerade that allies it to cultural memory precipitated by Gardner’s claim that Harvey’s performances are conversations with the past specifically with visualised memories of archetypes of femininity. Harvey’s masquerades emerge from her conversations and renegotiations with both national and transatlantic musical visual and lyrical heritages. It is the first academic book to present analysis of Harvey’s music videos and opens up fresh avenues into exploring what is at stake in the video work of one of Britain’s premier singer-songwriters. It extends the discussion on music video to consider how to make sense of the rapidly developing digital environment in which it now sits. The interdisciplinary nature of the book should attract readers from a range of subject areas including popular music studies cultural studies media and communication studies and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598051

Place Diversity and Solidarity In many countries particularly in the Global North established forms of solidarity within communities are said to be challenged by the increasing ethnic and cultural diversity of the population. Against the backdrop of renewed geopolitical tensions â€“ which inflate and exploit ethno-cultural rather than political-economic cleavages â€“ concerns are raised that ethnic and cultural diversity challenge both the formal mechanisms of redistribution and informal acts of charity reciprocity and support which underpin common notions of community. This book focuses on the innovative forms of solidarity that develop around the joint appropriation and the envisaged common future of specific places. Drawing on examples from schools streets community centres workplaces churches housing projects and sporting projects it provides an alternative research agenda from the 'loss of community' narrative. It reflects on the different spatiotemporal frames in which solidarities are nurtured the connections forged between solidarity and citizenship and the role of interventions by professionals to nurture solidarity in diversity. This timely and original work will be essential reading for those working in human geography sociology ethnic studies social work urban studies political studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218904

Place Health and DiversityLearning from the Canadian Experience Although health equity and diversity-focussed research has begun to gain momentum there is still a paucity of research from health geographers that explicitly explores how geographic factors such as place space scale community and location inform multiple axes of difference. Such axes can include residential location age sex gender race/ethnicity culture religion socio-economic status marital status sexual orientation education level and immigration status. Specifically focussing on Canada’s rapidly changing society which is becoming increasingly pluralized and diverse this book examines the place-health-diversity intersection in this national context. Health geographers are well positioned to offer a valuable contribution to diversity-focussed research because place is inextricably linked to differential experiences of health. For example access to health care and health promoting services and resources is largely influenced by where one is physically and socially situated within the web of diversity. Furthermore applying geographic concepts like place in both the physical and social sense allows researchers to explore multiple axes of difference simultaneously. Such geographic perspectives as presented in this book offer new insights into what makes diverse people in diverse places with access to diverse resources (un)healthy in different ways in Canada and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668327

Place Identity and National Imagination in Post-war Taiwan In the struggles for political and cultural hegemony that Taiwan has witnessed since the 1980s the focal point in contesting narratives and the key battlefield in the political debates are primarily spatial and place-based. The major fault line appears to be a split between an imposed identity emphasizing cultural origin (China) and an emphasis on the recovery of place identity of ‘the local’ (Taiwan). Place Identity and National Imagination in Postwar Taiwan explores the ever-present issue of identity in Taiwan from a spatial perspective and focuses on the importance of and the relationship between state spatiality and identity formation. Taking postwar Taiwan as a case study the book examines the ways in which the Kuomintang regime naturalized its political control territorialized the island and created a nationalist geography. In so doing it examines how why and to what extent power is exercised through the place-making process and considers the relationship between official versions of ‘ROC geography’ and the islanders’ shifting perceptions of the ‘nation’. In turn by addressing the relationship between the state and the imagined community Bi-yu Chang establishes a dialogue between place and cultural identity to analyse the constant changing and shaping of Chinese and Taiwanese identity. With a diverse selection of case studies including cartographical development geography education territorial declaration and urban planning this interdisciplinary book will have a broad appeal across Taiwan studies geography cultural studies history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302501

Place Memory and HealingAn Archaeology of Anatolian Rock Monuments Place Memory and Healing: An Archaeology of Anatolian Rock Monuments investigates the complex and deep histories of places how they served as sites of memory and belonging for local communities over the centuries and how they were appropriated and monumentalized in the hands of the political elites. Focusing on Anatolian rock monuments carved into the living rock at watery landscapes during the Late Bronze and Early Iron Ages this book develops an archaeology of place as a theory of cultural landscapes and as an engaged methodology of fieldwork in order to excavate the genealogies of places. Advocating that archaeology can contribute substantively to the study of places in many fields of research and engagement within the humanities and the social sciences this book seeks to move beyond the oft-conceived notion of places as fixed and unchanging and argues that places are always unfinished emergent and hybrid. Rock cut monuments of Anatolian antiquity are discussed in the historical and micro-regional context of their making at the time of the Hittite Empire and its aftermath while the book also investigates how such rock-cut places springs and caves are associated with new forms of storytelling holy figures miracles and healing in their post-antique life. Anybody wishing to understand places of cultural significance both archaeologically as well as through current theoretical lenses such as heritage studies ethnography of landscapes social memory embodied and sensory experience of the world post-colonialism political ecology cultural geography sustainability and globalization will find the case studies and research within this book a doorway to exploring places in new and rewarding ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587632

Place Pedagogy and PlayParticipation Design and Research with Children Place Pedagogy and Play connects landscape architecture with education psychology public health and planning. Over the course of thirteen chapters it examines how design and research of places can be approached through multiple lenses – of pedagogy and play and how children as competent social agents are engaged in the process of designing their own spaces – and brings a global perspective to the debate around child-friendly environments. Despite growing evidence of the benefits of nature for health wellbeing play and learning children are increasingly spending more time indoors. Indeed new policy ideas and public campaigns suggest how children can become better connected with nature yet linking outdoor space to pedagogy is largely overlooked in research. By focusing on three themes within these debates place and play; place and pedagogy; and place and participation this book explores a variety of angles to show that best practice requires dialogue between research disciplines designers educationists and psychologists and a move beyond seeing the spaces children inhabit as the domain only of childhood professionals. Through illustrated case studies this book presents a wider picture of the state of childhood today and offers practical solutions and further research avenues that promote a more holistic and internationally focused perspective on place pedagogy and play for built-environment professionals.     Chapter 12 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086374

Place Policy and PoliticsDo Localities Matter? The past ten years have seen local government in the UK facing two major challenges: to survive in the face of Thatcher government hostility and to adapt to enormously powerful forces of economic restructuring which have also been encouraged by government policies. The key aspects of these changing fortunes of British towns explored in this important new book is the ability of individual localities to exercise any control over their own growth and decline. Place Policy and Politics examines local political initiatives seeking to influence economic and social development in seven sharply contrasting localities ranging from the outer council estates of Merseyside to the boom towns of Cheltenham and Swindon. Throughout their analysis the contributors drawn from a wide range of social science disciplines address the vital questions in the debate over local policy initiatives including: To what extent are localities able to harness trends in the national and international economy to provide jobs and a better standard of living for their inhabitants? Why do local authorities vary in their capacity to initiate economic policy? To what extent do national urban and other policies inhibit or encourage their efforts? How might central government modify its policies to facilitate the prospering of localities? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424043

Place Race and Identity FormationAutobiographical Intersections in a Curriculum Theorist's Daily Life In this work of curriculum theory Ed Douglas McKnight addresses and explores the intersections between place (with specific discussion of Kincheloe’s and Pinar’s conceptualization of place and identity) and race (specifically Winthrop Jordan’s historical analysis of race as an Anglo-European construction that became the foundation of a white mythos). To that end he employs a form of narrative construction called curriculum vitae (course of life)—a method of locating and delineating identity formation which addresses how theories of place race and identity formation play out in a particular concrete life. By working through how place racializes identity and existence the author engages in a long Southern tradition of storytelling but in a way that turns it inside out. Instead of telling his own story as a means to romanticize the sins of the southern past he tells a new story of growing up within the "white" discourse of the Deep South in the 1960s and 70s tracking how his racial identity was created and how it has followed him through life. Significant in this narrative is how the discourse of whiteness and place continues to express itself even within the subject position of a curriculum theorist teaching in a large Deep South university. The book concludes with an elaboration on the challenges of engaging in the necessary anti-racist complicated conversation within education to begin to work through and cope with heavy racialized inheritances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342494

Place Space and Mediated CommunicationExploring Context Collapse Place Space and Mediated Communication explores how new communications technologies are able to disrupt our spatial understanding and in so doing reorganize the boundaries of human experience: a phenomenon that can rightly be described as ‘context collapse’. Individual essays investigate ‘context collapse’ in a variety of geographical and temporal settings including: the US drone war in Pakistan social media and sexuality in Paris privacy and privilege in Brazil and videogames and resistance in Iran. This cross-disciplinary collection of essays demonstrates how communication and space are co-constituted and models exciting new paths of inquiry for researchers. Place Space and Mediated Communication is suitable for students and scholars of media and communication studies cultural studies urban studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138227927

Place- and Community-Based Education in Schools Place- and community-based education â€“ an approach to teaching and learning that starts with the local â€“ addresses two critical gaps in the experience of many children now growing up in the United States: contact with the natural world and contact with community. It offers a way to extend young people’s attention beyond the classroom to the world as it actually is and to engage them in the process of devising solutions to the social and environmental problems they will confront as adults. This approach can increase students’ engagement with learning and enhance their academic achievement. Envisioned as a primer and guide for educators and members of the public interested in incorporating the local into schools in their own communities this book explains the purpose and nature of place- and community-based education and provides multiple examples of its practice. The detailed descriptions of learning experiences set both within and beyond the classroom will help readers begin the process of advocating for or incorporating local content and experiences into their schools. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203858530

Place and ExperienceA Philosophical Topography The first edition of Place and Experience established Jeff Malpas as one of the leading philosophers and thinkers of place and space and provided a creative and refreshing alternative to prevailing post-structuralist and postmodern theories of place. It is a foundational and ground-breaking book in its attempt to lay out a sustained and rigorous account of place and its significance. The main argument of Place and Experience has three strands: first that human being is inextricably bound to place; second that place encompasses subjectivity and objectivity being reducible to neither but foundational to both; and third that place which is distinct from but also related to space and time is methodologically and ontologically fundamental. The development of this argument involves considerations concerning the nature of place and its relation to space and time; the character of that mode of philosophical investigation that is oriented to place and that is referred to as ‘philosophical topography’; the nature of subjectivity and objectivity as inter-related concepts that also connect with intersubjectivity; and the way place is tied to memory identity and the self. Malpas draws on a rich array of writers and philosophers including Wordsworth Kant Proust Heidegger and Donald Davidson. This second edition is revised throughout including a new chapter on place and technological modernity especially the seeming loss of place in the contemporary world and a new Foreword by Edward Casey. It also includes a new set of additional features such as illustrations annotated further reading and a glossary which make this second edition more useful to teachers and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291430

Place and IdentityThe Performance of Home The UK is experiencing a housing crisis unlike any other. Homelessness is on the increase and more people are at the mercy of landlords due to unaffordable housing. Place and Identity: Home as Performance highlights that the meaning of home is not just found within the bricks and mortar; it is constructed from the network of place space and identity and the negotiation of conflict between those – it is not a fixed space but a link with land ancestry and culture. This book fuses philosophy and the study of home based on many years of extensive research. Richardson looks at how the notion of home or perhaps the lack of it can affect identity and in turn the British housing market. This book argues that the concept of ‘home’ and physical housing are intrinsically linked and that until government and wider society understand the importance of home in relation to housing the crisis is only likely to get worse. This book will be essential reading for postgraduate students whose interest is in housing and social policy as well as appealing to those working in the areas of implementing and changing policy within government and professional spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352044

Place and Placelessness Revisited Since its publication in 1976 Ted Relph’s Place and Placelessness has been an influential text in thinking about cities and city life across disciplines including human geography sociology architecture planning and urban design. For four decades ideas put forward by this seminal work have continued to spark debates from the concept of placelessness itself through how it plays out in our societies to how city designers might respond to its challenge in practice. Drawing on evidence from Australian British Japanese and North and South American urban settings Place and Placelessness Revisited is a collection of cutting edge empirical research and theoretical discussions of contemporary applications and interpretations of place and placelessness. It takes a multi-disciplinary approach including contributions from across the breadth of disciplines in the built environment – architecture environmental psychology geography landscape architecture planning sociology and urban design – in critically re-visiting placelessness in theory and its relevance for twenty-first century contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381990

Place and Politics (Routledge Library Editions: Political Geography)The Geographical Mediation of State and Society The first part of the book is concerned with developing the place perspective. Three dimensions of place are put forward: locale and sense of place describe the objective and subjective dimensions of local social arrangements within which political behaviour is realized; location refers to the impact of the ‘macro-order’ to the fact that a single place is one among many and that the social life of a place is embedded in theworkings of the state and the world economy. The second part of the book provides detailed examinations of American and Scottish politics using the place perspective. Contrary to the view that place or locality is important only in ‘traditional societies’ this book argues that place is of continuing significance in even the most ‘advanced’ societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798663

Place and Politics in Latin American Digital CultureLocation and Latin American Net Art This volume explores one of the central issues that has been debated in internet studies in recent years: locality and the extent to which cultural production online can be embedded in a specific place. The particular focus of the book is on the practices of net artists in Latin America and how their work interrogates some of the central place-based concerns of Latin(o) American identity through their on- and offline cultural practice. Six particular works by artists of different countries in Latin America and within Latina/o communities in the US are studied in detail with one each from Uruguay Chile Argentina Colombia the US-Mexico border and the US. Each chapter explores how each artist represents place in their works and in particular how traditional place-based affiliations or notions of territorial identity end up reproduced re-affirmed or even transformed online. At the same time the book explores how these net.artists make use of new media technologies to express alternative viewpoints about the locations they represent and use the internet as a space for the recuperation of cultural memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548930

Place and Progress in the Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Critical assessments of Elizabeth Gaskell have tended to emphasise the regional and provincial aspects of her writing but the scope of her influence extended across the globe. Building on theories of space and place the contributors to this collection bring a variety of geographical industrial psychological and spatial perspectives to bear on the vast range of Gaskell’s literary output and on her place within the narrative of British letters and national identity. The advent of the railway and the increasing predominance of manufactory machinery reoriented the nation’s physical and social countenance but alongside the excitement of progress and industry was a sense of fear and loss manifested through an idealization of the country home the pastoral retreat and the agricultural south. In keeping with the theme of progress and change the essays follow parallel narratives that acknowledge both the angst and nostalgia produced by industrial progress and the excitement and awe occasioned by the potential of the empire. Finally the volume engages with adaptation and cultural performance in keeping with the continuing importance of Gaskell in contemporary popular culture far beyond the historical and cultural environs of nineteenth-century Manchester. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880132

Place and Space in the Medieval World This book addresses the critical terminologies of place and space (and their role within medieval studies) in a considered and critical manner presenting a scholarly introduction written by the editors alongside thematic case studies that address a wide range of visual and textual material. The chapters consider the extant visual and textual sources from the medieval period alongside contemporary scholarly discussions to examine place and space in their wider critical context and are written by specialists in a range of disciplines including art history archaeology history and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367470463

Place and Spirit in TaiwanTudi Gong in the Stories Strategies and Memories of Everyday Life Based on field-work in Taiwan this book examines the ancient indigenous religious cult of Tudi Gong both as a religio-social phenomenon and as an appropriate medium for exploring and analysing the social changes that have been occurring in contemporary Taiwan and the people's strategic adaptations to these changes. In this comprehensive ethnography of Tudi Gong Dell'Orto engages in a theoretical discussion of the practices processes and strategies of ethnography and ethnographic writing and contributes to the construction of an anthropology of place by analysing a number of key concepts related to the notion of place and space. The study combines the use of personal ethnography with raconteurs' own accounts as a way of tracing senses of place and memories of the past. This is a pioneering foundation text for an anthropology of non domestic place and space and brings the most important recent work of social geographers into the field of anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861618

Place and the Politics of Identity In the last two decades new political subjects have been created through the actions of the new social movements; often by asserting the unfixed and `overdetermined' character of identity. Further in attempting to avoid essentialism people have frequently looked to their territorial roots to establish their constituency. A cultural politics of resistance as exemplified by Black politics feminism and gay liberation has developed struggles to turn sites of oppression and discrimintion into spaces of resistance. This book collects together perspectives which challenge received notions of geography; which are in danger of becoming anachronisms without a language to articulate the new space of resistance the new politics of identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140042

Place and the Scene of Literary Practice The act of writing is intimately bound up with the flow and eddy of a writer’s being-within-the-world; the everyday practices encounters and networks of social life. Exploring the geographies of literary practice in the period 1840-1910 this book takes as its focus the work or craft of authorship exploring novels not as objects awaiting interpretation but as spatial processes of making meaning. As such it is interested in literary creation not only as something that takes place - the situated nature of putting pen to paper - but simultaneously as a process that escapes such placing. Arguing that writing is a process of longue durée the book explores the influence of family and friends in the creative process it draws attention to the role that travel and movement play in writing and it explores the wider commitments of authorial life not as indicators of intertextuality but as part of the creative process. In taking this seventy year period as its focus this book moves beyond the traditional periodisations that have characterised literary studies such as the Victorian or Edwardian novel the nineteenth-century or early twentieth-century novel or Romanticism social realism and modernism. It argues that the literary environment was not one of watershed moments; there were continuities between writers separated by several decades or writing in different centuries. At the same time it draws attention to a seventy year period in which the value of literary work and culture were being contested and transformed. Place and the Scene of Literary Practice will be key reading for those working in Human Geography particularly Cultural and Historical Geography Literary Studies and Literary History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244149

Place AttachmentAdvances in Theory Methods and Applications Following on from the ground-breaking first edition which received the 2014 EDRA Achievement Award this fully updated text includes new chapters on current issues in the built environment such as GIS and mapping climate change and qualitative approaches. Place attachments are powerful emotional bonds that form between people and their physical surroundings. They inform our sense of identity create meaning in our lives facilitate community and influence action. Place attachments have bearing on such diverse issues as rootedness and belonging placemaking and displacement mobility and migration intergroup conflict civic engagement social housing and urban redevelopment natural resource management and global climate change. In this multidisciplinary book Manzo and Devine-Wright draw together the latest thinking by leading scholars from around the globe including contributions from scholars such as Daniel Williams Mindy Fullilove Randy Hester and David Seamon to capture significant advancements in three main areas: theory methods and applications. Over the course of fifteen chapters using a wide range of conceptual and applied methods the authors critically review and challenge contemporary knowledge identify significant advances and point to areas for future research. This important volume offers the most current understandings about place attachment a critical concept for the environmental social sciences and placemaking professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223496

Place Brand Formation and Local Identities This innovative book explores micro-level neighborhood branding and the creation of distinct local identities in neighborhoods. It begins by situating place branding literature at the neighborhood level and then gives consideration to what the core components of a neighborhood brand might be. It does so by drawing on extensive interviews with key actors in the United States such as government officials Realtors economic development professionals urban planners and neighborhood residents. Core topics such as belonging and community identity nostalgia idealism and recreation are explored. The book concludes with a proposed working definition of neighborhood brands and branding that stakeholders can use to promote and market their neighborhoods accordingly – or avoid branding them entirely. This book offers a novel contribution to place branding and destination management literatures by moving beyond the dominant macro-level narratives. It will be of interest to scholars and students studying in urban planning tourism destination branding marketing public administration and policy and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500044

Place BrandingConnecting Tourist Experiences to Places Place branding as a field of research is still in a state of infancy. This book seeks to address this offering a theory of place branding based on the tourist experience keeping in mind the roles of stakeholders both public and private organisations and DMOs in managing the place brand. Place Branding: Connecting Tourist Experiences to Places seeks to build a customer-based view of place branding through focusing on the individual as a tourist who travels to undertake a memorable experience. The place is the key creator of this experience which begins well before the travel-to and ends well after the travel-back. Individuals choose the places where to go collect information on them ask for advice and suggestions from fellow travellers give feedback when they come back and talk a lot about their experience spreading word-of-mouth. The book enables readers to understand how the tourist experience can be managed as a brand. Readers are exposed to a variety of problems methodological approaches and geographical areas which allows them to adapt frames to different contexts and situations. This book is recommended reading for students and scholars of business marketing tourism urban studies and public diplomacy as well as practitioners business consultants and people working in public administration and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472455925

Place in ResearchTheory Methodology and Methods Bridging environmental and Indigenous studies and drawing on critical geography spatial theory new materialist theory and decolonizing theory this dynamic volume examines the sometimes overlooked significance of place in social science research. There are often important divergences and even competing logics at work in these areas of research some which may indeed be incommensurable. This volume explores how researchers around the globe are coming to terms - both theoretically and practically - with place in the context of settler colonialism globalization and environmental degradation. Tuck and McKenzie outline a trajectory of critical place inquiry that not only furthers empirical knowledge but ethically imagines new possibilities for collaboration and action. Critical place inquiry can involve a range of research methodologies; this volume argues that what matters is how the chosen methodology engages conceptually with place in order to mobilize methods that enable data collection and analyses that address place explicitly and politically. Unlike other approaches that attempt to superficially tag on Indigenous concerns decolonizing conceptualizations of land and place and Indigenous methods are central not peripheral to practices of critical place inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793445

Place Meaning and AttachmentAuthenticity Heritage and Preservation Revolutions have gripped many countries leading to the destruction of buildings places and artifacts; climate change is threatening the ancestral homes of many the increasingly uneven distribution of resources has made the poor vulnerable to the coercive efforts by the rich and social uncertainty has led to the romanticizing of the past. Humanity is resilient but we have a fundamental need for attachment to places buildings and objects. This edited volume will explore the different meanings and forms of place attachment and meaning based on our histories and conceptualization of material artifacts. Each chapter examines a varied relationship between a given society and the meaning formed through myth symbols and ideologies manifested through diverse forms of material artifacts. Topics of consideration examine place attachment at many scales including at the level of the artifact human being building urban context and region. We need a better understanding of human relationships to the past our attachments to the events and places and to the external influences on our attachments. This understanding will allow for better preservation methods pertaining to important places and buildings and enhanced social wellbeing for all groups of people. Covering a broad range of international perspectives on place meaning from the United States to Europe Asia to Russia and Africa to Australia this book is an essential read for students academics and professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232658

Place ReinventionNorthern Perspectives Through an interdisciplinary range of case studies from across the Northern rim of Europe this volume shows how place reinvention as a concept affects not only global cities but also marginal regions. Linking place reinvention to the economic the symbolic and the political production of space the volume puts forward insights into how 'marginal areas' understand their role in the global competition between places and regions through their branding strategies playing with representations of the unique and the ordinary urban and rural reindustrialization and cultural economy. It also shows how and why some places seem to retain and strengthen their uniqueness whilst others are losing their local distinctiveness in the struggle to survive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267787

Place Temporality: Time Rhythm and Urban Design Some cities are characterised by a vivid and contrasting sense of time and so are particular places within cities. Fast cities are represented as complex busy and agitated while in contrast slow cities are conceived as somewhat easy to understand quiet and ordered. And within cities specific urban places are perceived to be temporally distinct. Some are perceived fast as they form hectic hubs of activity and movement whereas slow places are often experienced as temporary halts in the city breathing occasions and also moments of silence and encounter. These common temporal experiences of particular cities and places suggest the sense of time as not only somewhat intersubjective but also location or place-specific. As people go about performing their tasks in everyday life they perform time collectively. Moreover as everyday urban life accelerates and home - work distances increase and affect personal and social times time increasingly becomes a conscious and collective objectivity. Starting off by questioning what actually influences the sense of time and how this expresses itself in urban environment this book then examines the value of the everyday sense of time and rhythmicity in urban space and explores how urban designers can understand and ultimately play a role in the creation of temporally unique both sensorial and affective places in the city. Whilst focusing on urban place-temporality the book defies conventional urban design perspectives on the aesthetics of urban places and the environment which at predominantly focus on the visual dimension and the materiality of space. Instead by using theories and concepts from the field of music it brings forward an alternative approach which looks at urban spaces through the filter of time and rhythmicity and with it experience sensoriality and performativity. It explores the everyday sense of time as an indicator of quality in urban space and how everyday rhythms of social life nature and physical space shape meaningful temporal experiences in city spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472468703

Place to Shine A First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433250

Place/Culture/Representation Spatial and cultural analysis have recently found much common ground focusing in particular on the nature of the city. Place/Culture/Representation brings together new and established voices involved in the reshaping of cultural geography. The authors argue that as we write our geographies we are not just representing some reality we are creating meaning. Writing becomes as much about the author as it is about purported geographical reality. The issue becomes not scientific truth as the end but the interpretation of cultural constructions as the means. Discussing authorial power discourses of the other texts and textuality landscape metaphor the sites of power-knowledge relations and notions of community and the sense of place the authors explore the ways in which a more fluid and sensitive geographer's art can help us make sense of ourselves and the landscapes and places we inhabit and think about. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140288

Place-based Curriculum DesignExceeding Standards through Local Investigations Place-based Curriculum Design provides pre-service and practicing teachers both the rationale and tools to create and integrate meaningful place-based learning experiences for students. Practical classroom-based curricular examples illustrate how teachers can engage the local and still be accountable to the existing demands of federal state and district mandates. Coverage includes connecting the curriculum to students’ outside-of-school lives; using local phenomena or issues to enhance students’ understanding of discipline-based questions; engaging in in-depth explorations of local issues and events to create cross-disciplinary learning experiences and creating units or sustained learning experiences aimed at engendering social and environmental renewal. An on-line resource (www.routledge.com/9781138013469) provides supplementary materials including curricular templates tools for reflective practice and additional materials for instructors and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138013469

Place-based Economic Development and the New EU Cohesion Policy The new EU Cohesion Policy is one of the largest integrated development policies in the Western world and one of the largest of such programmes anywhere in the world. The reforms to the EU Cohesion Policy contain many different elements each of which interlink in order to provide a cohesive overall framework. Some of the key elements in the reforms however relate to the conditionalities employed and their effects on policy governance and the control mechanism the smart specialization approach to policy prioritization and resource allocation the underlying place-based logic of the policy and the overall results orientation and evaluation emphasis of the policy. In each of the areas of the EU Cohesion Policy reforms many different scholars from the fields of regional studies regional science and economic geography have played important roles in shaping the new policy and the chapters here highlight these increasing interactions between the policy and academic spheres of debate. The collection of essays in this book each deal with specific aspects of these critical elements of the Cohesion Policy reforms. In particular they examine some of the strengths and weaknesses of these individual elements and allowing for a better understanding of the origins and backgrounds of many of the ideas underpinning these reforms. This book was previously published as a special issue of Regional Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191399

Place-Based Education in the Global AgeLocal Diversity "Polished clear insightful and meaningful.... This volume amounts to nothing less than a complete rethinking of what progressive education can be at its best and how education can be reconceptualized as one of the central practices of a genuinely democratic and sustainable society.... It is the kind of book that has the potential to be transformative." Stephen Preskill University of New Mexico "The editors and contributors are pioneers in the field of educational theory policy and philosophy.... They are opening new areas of inquiry and educational reform in ways that promise to make this book in very short time into a classic.... The practical applications and experiments included reveal the richness of grassroots initiatives already underway to bring educational theory and policy down to earth. While spanning the richest and deepest intellectual ideas and concepts the stories told are the types that practitioners and teachers will be able to relate to in their daily undertakings." Madhu Suri Prakash The Pennsylvania State University This volume – a landmark contribution to the burgeoning theory and practice of place-based education – enriches the field in three ways: First it frames place-based pedagogy not just as an alternative teaching methodology or novel approach to environmental education but as part of a broader social movement known as the "Anew localism" which aims toward reclaiming the significance of the local in the global age. Second it links the development of ecological awareness and stewardship to concerns about equity and cultural diversity. Third it presents examples of place-based education in action. The relationship between the new localism and place-based education is clarified and the process of making connections between learners and their wider communities is demonstrated. The book is organized around three themes: Reclaiming Broader Meanings of Education; Models for Place-Based Learning; and Global Visions of the Local in Higher Education   This is a powerfully relevant volume for researchers teacher educators and students across the fields of curriculum theory educational foundations critical pedagogy multicultural education and environmental education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315769844

Place-Based Evaluation for Integrated Land-Use Management In recent years there has been an increasing emphasis placed on local and regional integration in major planning projects and infrastructure development including roads rail and waterways. This emphasis is not only on integrating various projects but also integrating them with related issues such as housing industry environment and water. In other words land-use planning and infrastructure management have become more spatially-oriented. This book brings together experts in the fields of spatial planning land-use and infrastructure management to explore the emerging agenda of spatially-oriented integrated evaluation. It weaves together the latest theories case studies methods policy and practice to examine and assess the values impacts benefits and the overall success in integrated land-use management. In doing so the book clarifies the nature and roles of evaluation and puts forward guidance for future policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668747

Place-Based Spaces for Networked Learning With the boundaries of place softened and extended by digital communications technologies learning in a networked society necessitates new distributions of activity across time space media and people; and this development is no longer exclusive to formally designated spaces such as school classrooms lecture halls or research laboratories. Place-based Spaces for Networked Learning explores how qualities of physical places make both formal and informal education in a networked society possible. Through a series of investigations and case studies it illuminates the structural composition and functioning of complex learning environments. This book offers a wealth of key design elements and attributes for productive learning that educational designers can reuse in multiple contexts. The chapters examine how places are modified expanded or supplemented by networking technologies and practices in order to create spaces in which learners can collaboratively develop new understandings connections and capabilities. Utilizing a range of diverse but complementary perspectives from anthropology archaeology architecture geography psychology sociology and urban studies Place-based Spaces for Networked Learning addresses how material places and digital spaces are understood; how sense can be made of new assemblages and configurations of tasks tools and people; how the real-time analysis of new flows of data can inform and entertain users of a space; and how access to the digital realm changes our experiences with both places and other people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850880

Place-KeepingOpen Space Management in Practice Place-Keeping presents the latest research and practice on place-keeping – that is the long-term management of public and private open spaces – from around Europe and the rest of the world. There has long been a focus in urban landscape planning and urban design on the creation of high-quality public spaces or place-making. This is supported by a growing body of research which shows how high-quality public spaces are economically and socially beneficial for local communities and contribute positively to residents’ quality of life and wellbeing. However while large amounts of capital are spent on the creation of open spaces little thought is given to and insufficient resources made available for the long-term maintenance and management of public spaces or place-keeping. Without place-keeping public spaces can fall into a downward spiral of disrepair where anti-social behaviour can emerge and residents may feel unsafe and choose to use other spaces. The economic and social costs of restoring such spaces can therefore be considerable where place-keeping does not occur. Place-Keeping also provides an accessible presentation of the outputs of a major European Union-funded project MP4: Making Places Profitable Public and Private Open Spaces which further extends the knowledge and debate on long-term management of public and private spaces. It will be an invaluable resource for students academics and practitioners seeking critical but practical guidance on the long-term management of public and private spaces in a range of contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856683

Place-making and Urban DevelopmentNew challenges for contemporary planning and design The regeneration of critical urban areas through the redesign of public space with the intense involvement of local communities seems to be the central focus of place-making according to some widespread practices in academic and professional circles. Recently new expertise maintains that place-making could be an innovative and potentially autonomous field competing with more traditional disciplines like urban planning urban design architecture and others. This book affirms that the question of 'making better places for people' should be understood in a broader sense as a symptom of the non-contingent limitations of the urban and spatial disciplines. It maintains that research should not be oriented only towards new technical or merely formal solutions but rather towards the profound rethinking of disciplinary paradigms. In the fields of urban planning urban design and policy-making the challenge of place-making provides scholars and practitioners a great opportunity for a much-needed critical review. Only the substantial reappraisal of long-standing (technical cultural institutional and social) premises and perspectives can truly improve place-making practices. The pressing need for place-making implies trespassing undue disciplinary boundaries and experimenting a place-based approach that can innovate and integrate planning regulations strategic spatial visioning and urban development projects. Moreover the place-making challenge compels urban experts and policy-makers to critically reflect upon the physical and social contexts of their interventions. In this sense facing place-making today is a way to renew the civic and social role of urban planning and urban design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360358

Place-making for the Imagination: Horace Walpole and Strawberry Hill Drawing together landscape architecture and literature Strawberry Hill the celebrated eighteenth-century ’Gothic’ villa and garden beside the River Thames is an autobiographical site where we can read the story of its creator Horace Walpole. This 'man of taste' created private resonances pleasure and entertainment - a collusion of the historic the visual and the sensory. Above all it expresses the inseparable integration of house and setting and of the architecture with the collection all specific to one individual a unity that is relevant today to all architects landscape designers and garden and country house enthusiasts. Avoiding the straightforward architectural description of previous texts this beautifully illustrated book reveals the Gothic villa and associated landscape to be inspired by theories that stimulate 'The Pleasures of the Imagination' articulated in the series of essays by Joseph Addison (1672-1719) published in the Spectator (1712). Linked to this argument it proposes that the concepts behind the designs for Strawberry Hill are not based around architectural precedent but around eighteenth-century aesthetics theories antiquarianism and matters of 'Taste'. Using architectural quotations from Gothic tombs Walpole expresses the mythical idea that it was based on monastic foundations with visual links to significant historical figures and events in English history. The book explains for the first time the reasons for its creation which have never been adequately explored or fully understood in previous publications. The book develops an argument that Walpole was the first to define theories on Gothic architecture in his Anecdotes of Painting (1762-71). Similarly innovative The History of the Modern Taste in Gardening (1780) is one of the first to attempt a history and theory of gardening. The research uniquely evaluates how these theories found expression at Strawberry Hill. This reassessment of the villa and its associated l Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270220

PlacemakingAn Urban Design Methodology End-users provide the most valuable perspective and insights into how public social space should function. Much of the failure of urban settings can be related to over-structured urban environments which deterministically prescribe usage constraining instead of enabling socio-spatial performance. Planning decisions by specialists should be made with the participation of the end-user to minimise uncertainty as far as possible creating enabling environments. Placemaking: An Urban Design Methodology presents a methodology that evaluates the preferences of urban dwellers and synthesises these with the planning specialist’s expertise better representing all views. Author Derek Thomas integrates the Sondheim Methodology with means to understanding cultural clues to create a matrix methodology that links planning primers with planning actions. A unique new tool for community planners this book emphasises the importance of the community while taking into account the expertise of the planner in creating public spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381976

Placement and Routing of Electronic Modules This practical guide presents and compares the fundamental theories and techniques of placement and routing and provides important new approaches to solving specific problems.;Focusing on highly reliable methods for good manufacturing capability Placement and Routing of Electronic Modules: discusses the mathematical basis for placement and routing including set combinatorial and graph theories; explicates the definitions structures and relationships of tree types and gives methods of finding minimum trees; furnishes useful techniques for placing and routing high-density modules; supplies ways to determine the work-space area needed for placement and routing; shows how to estimate the number of layers necessary to complete routing; explains via minimization to reduce work-space area facilitate manufacture and reduce the number of layers; demonstrates a variety of search strategies for paths connecting two nodes on a work space with obstacles; and much more. Containing over 300 illustrative examples figures and tables that clarify concepts and enhance understanding Placement and Routing of Electronic Modules should be a useful tool for electrical and electronics mechanical reliability process and manufacturing engineers; computer scientists; applied mathematicians; and graduate-level students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402426

Placements and Work-based Learning in Education StudiesAn introduction for students Written specifically for education studies students this accessible text offers a clear introduction to placements and work-based learning providing an insight into work in schools and education settings. Including case studies to illustrate the diversity of placements and workplace opportunities it explores the theory and practice of working in educational contexts and supports students as they develop the skills and aptitudes that enhance their employability. With the aim of helping students to prepare for and get the most out of their work placements chapters include: the nature of work-based learning on placement; preparing for your placement; placements in schools and other educational settings; learning on field trips and study visits; working with students with specific learning difficulties/dyslexia on placement; international placements. Part of the Foundations of Education Studies series this textbook is essential reading for students undertaking courses in Childhood Studies Child and Youth Studies and Education Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839076

Placenta Accreta Syndrome Placenta accreta comprises a spectrum of disorders where all or part of the placenta becomes attached to the muscular wall of the uterus which can result in life-threatening hemorrhage at the time of delivery. Previous surgical procedures (including cesarean delivery) and placenta previa are important risk factors and the incidence is dramatically increasing. This important practical guide to how clinicians should diagnose and manage placenta accreta will be an invaluable reference for all obstetricians and maternal-fetal specialists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498745963

PlacentaThe Tree of Life Long regarded as biological waste the placenta is gaining momentum as a viable product for clinical use. Due to their unique properties placental cells and derivatives show great promise in curing various diseases. Utilizing contributions from world-renowned experts Placenta: The Tree of Life considers the therapeutic potential of these cells. It examines new stem cell–based strategies and highlights recent studies that advance the range of treatment for a number of illnesses. Emphasizing the potential research and therapeutic use of stem cells the book discusses the development structure and functions of the human placenta. It introduces overall aspects of the immune system explains some of the immune mechanisms during pregnancy and shows the role of the placenta in these mechanisms. Current scientific research is presented that focuses on the mechanisms of action underlying the therapeutic benefit of cells isolated from different placental regions. An exhaustive examination this pivotal work: Considers how perinatal cells may represent an important source for cell therapy approaches in the near future in both human and veterinary medicine Describes the clinical potential of placenta-derived cells in regenerative medicine—specifically in neurological disorders metabolic liver diseases inflammatory diseases and autoimmune diseases Explains how cells isolated from different placental tissues share basic properties Placenta: The Tree of Life summarizes the advantages of perinatal tissue as a source of cells with therapeutic potential and is designed for use in the study of genetics stem cell science placental function reproductive biology regenerative medicine and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498700269

Places Affordances AtmospheresA Pathic Aesthetics This book offers a diverse understanding and practical approach towards the growing area of atmosphere research in the context of philosophy geography and architecture. It begins by tracing back to the model of experience called the "pathic". Drawing on the phenomenology of theorists Hermann Schmitz and Gernot Böhme introductory chapters offer a grounding for the beginnings of pathic research. The chapters go on to apply pathic framework to a range of practical cases from theatre studies to education. Atmospheres are often defined as affects one feels in a "lived space" and researchers are becoming more interested in the emotions we feel in natural and artificial environments across day to day life. By providing a critical re-evaluation of phenomenology and aesthetics the book brings a series of unexplored and controversial subjects to light opening up a new context for thinking about our everyday life and experiences inscribed within aesthetics politics literature spatial practices and pedagogy and effectively merging abstract philosophy and concrete practice. This book is particularly poignant in the emerging field of Atmosphere and New Aesthetics research. Practitioners academics and researchers working within Cultural Geography Aesthetics Art and Philosophy will find this book extremely valuable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389373

Places for Two-year-olds in the Early YearsSupporting Learning and Development Grounded in recent research on the challenges of working with two-year-olds Places for Two-year-olds in the Early Years explores how this often overlooked age group is presented in policy and practice and discusses why working with two-year-olds can be both exciting and highly rewarding. The book builds on theoretical understandings of child development high-quality provision and pedagogical practice to offer practical solutions for working effectively with two-year-olds and their families in a variety of early years settings. Chapters focus on the specific needs of two-year-olds and the accompanying demands made on settings and practitioners. Many topics are also approached from a practical perspective prompting readers to consider their own experiences of working with two-year-olds. The book explores: understandings of ‘high quality’ education and care varying workforce requirements and professional development how practitioners develop knowledge(s) about working with two-year-olds physical and social environments for two-year-olds the role of the adult or key person in supporting children’s development provision of services for disadvantaged two-year-olds. With reflective questions and annotated further reading included throughout Places for Two-year-olds in the Early Years is essential reading for practitioners policy-makers and students involved in this often overlooked area of early years provision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185296

Places In The Primary School Using a cross-curricular approach Wiegand discusses the knowledge necessary for preparing children for life in a pluralist society. Looking at theories of education for citizenship environment education and economic and industrial understanding it examines the evidence for what children know and feel about their own country other countries and people in "distant" places. He offers practical suggestions for curriculum planning and classroom activities in the primary school and examines ways in which project work on different localities can be initiated and developed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046210

Places of Encounter Volume 1Time Place and Connectivity in World History Volume One: To 1600 Places of Encounter provides a place-based approach to world history focusing on specific locations at critical moments when human history was transformed as a result of encounters-physical political cultural intellectual and religious. Original contributed essays by leading academics in the field explore places from Hadar to Xi'an Salvador to New York and numerous other locations that have produced historical shockwaves and significant global impact throughout history. With a chronologically organized table of contents each chapter dissects a particular moment in history with personal commentary from each contributor a narrative of the location's historical significance at the time and a section on significant global connections. Primary sources and discussion questions at the end of each chapter allow students a view into the lives of individuals of the time. Students will experience the narrative of historic individuals as well as modern scholars looking back over documentation to offer their own views of the past providing students with the perfect opportunity to see how scholars form their own views about history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813347370

Places of Encounter Volume 2Time Place and Connectivity in World History Volume Two: Since 1500 Places of Encounter provides a place-based approach to world history focusing on specific locations at critical moments when human history was transformed as a result of encounters?physical political cultural intellectual and religious. Original contributed essays by leading academics in the field explore places from Hadar to Xi'an Salvador to New York and numerous other locations that have produced historical shockwaves and significant global impact throughout history. With a chronologically organized table of contents each chapter dissects a particular moment in history with personal commentary from each contributor a narrative of the location's historical significance at the time and a section on significant global connections. Primary sources and discussion questions at the end of each chapter allow students a view into the lives of individuals of the time. Students will experience the narrative of historic individuals as well as modern scholars looking back over documentation to offer their own views of the past providing students with the perfect opportunity to see how scholars form their own views about history.This text can be purchased as two volumes providing a breadth of information for survey courses in world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813347394

Places of MemoryWhiteman's Schools and Native American Communities While visiting New Mexico the author was struck with the opportunity the state presents to explore the school-community relationship in rural religious and multiethnic sociocultural settings. In New Mexico the school-community relationship can be learned within four major culture groups -- Indian Spanish-American Mexican and Anglo. Together studies of these culture groups form a portrait of schooling in New Mexico further documenting the range of ways that host communities in our educationally decentralized society use the prerogatives of local control to "create" schools that fit local cultural inclinations. The first of four planned volumes this book studies the Pueblo Indians and Indian High School. The school is a nonpublic state-accredited off-reservation boarding school for more than 400 Indian students. A large majority of the students are from Pueblo tribes while others are from Navajo and Apache tribes. As a state-accredited school it subscribes to curricular safety and other requirements of New Mexico. As a nonpublic school devoted to Indian students it has the prerogative to be as distinctive as the ethnic group it serves. USE SHORT BLURB COPY FOR CATALOGS: This ethnography of the Pueblo Indians and Indian High School epxlores some of the ways that host communities in our decentralized society use the perogatives of local consul to create schools that fit local cultural inclinations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045177

Places of Refuge The need for specific legal arrangements governing ships in distress and places of refuge is one of the most topical problems in both public and private maritime law. The headline grabbing shipping disasters involving the loss of the Erika (1999) and the Prestige (2002) attracted the attention of the IMO the Comité Maritime International the European Union national maritime authorities around the globe and the maritime industry in general. Ultimately the impact of pollution on local economies and the environment was enough to arouse the concern of a broad swathe of public opinion. Places of Refuge provides clarity on: • The scope of the right of access • The conditions under which coastal authorities may deny access • The liability of authorities granting or denying access • The basis and the conditions of financial securities • The obligation to establish contingency plans Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122883

Places of the ImaginationMedia Tourism Culture Recent years have seen an explosive growth in the phenomenon of people visiting locations from popular novels films or television series. Places of the Imagination presents a timely and insightful analysis of this form of media tourism exploring the question of how best to explain the increasing popularity of media tourism within contemporary culture. Drawing on extensive empirical and interview material this book examines the representation of landscapes in popular narratives that have inspired media tourism whilst also investigating the effects over time of such tourism on local landscapes and the processes by which tourists appropriate the landscape experiencing and accommodating them into their imagination. Oriented around three central case studies of popular television detective shows famous films and classic literature Places of the Imagination develops a new theoretical understanding of media tourism. As such it will appeal to sociologists and cultural geographers as well as those working in the fields of media and cultural studies popular and fan culture tourism and the sociology of leisure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602260

Places of the SoulArchitecture and environmental design as a healing art For Christopher Day architecture isn’t just about the appearance of buildings but how they’re experienced as places to be in. Occupants’ experience can differ radically from designers’ intentions as their concerns and thinking differ. Additionally multi-sensory ambience spatial sequential experience and embodied spirit resonate in the human soul. Sustainable design means much more than energy-efficiency: if sustainable buildings don’t also nourish the soul occupant-building interaction will lack care and eco-technologies won’t be used efficiently. This major revision of his classic text builds on more than forty years of experience ecological design across a range of climates cultures and budgets and 25 years hands-on building. Treating buildings as environments intrinsic to their surroundings the book explores consensus design economic and social sustainability and how a listening approach can grow architectural ideas organically from the interacting sometimes conflicting requirements of place people and situation. This third edition comprehensively revised to incorporate new knowledge and address new issues continues Day’s departure from orthodox contemporary architecture offering eye-opening insights and practical design applications. These principles and guidelines will be of interest and value to architects builders planners developers and homeowners alike. Reviews of the first edition ... one of the seminal architecture books of recent times Professor Tom Wooley Architects Journal The 'bible' of many architects and those interested in architecture. Centre for Alternative Technology ... an inspiration to all those who care about the influence of the environment on Man’s health and well-being. Barrie May The Scientific and Medical Network At last an architect has written a sensitive and caring book on the effects of buildings on all our lives. Here’s Health This gentle book offers a route out of the nightmare of so much callous modern construction. I was inspired. Colin Amery The Financial Times Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702430

Places on the MarginAlternative Geographies of Modernity The debate on modernity and postmodernity has awakened interest in the importance of the spatial for cultural formations. But what of those spaces that exist as much in the imagination as in physical reality? This book attempts to develop an alternative geography and sociology of space by examining `places on the margin'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142046

Placing Animals in the NeolithicSocial Zooarchaeology of Prehistoric Farming Communities This book presents a new perspective on the social milieu of the Early and Middle Neolithic in Central Europe as viewed through relations between humans and animals food acquisition and consumption as well as refuse disposal practices. Based on animal bone assemblages from a wide range of sites from a period of over 2 000 years originating in both the North European Plain lowlands and the loess uplands the evidence explored in the book represents the Linear Band Pottery Culture (LBK) the Lengyel Culture and the Funnel Beaker Culture (TRB) allowing us to follow the dynamic development of early farmers from their emergence in the area north of the Carpathians up to their consolidation and stabilization in this new territory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605735

Placing Nature on the Borders of Religion Philosophy and Ethics The natural world has been "humanized": even areas thought to be wilderness bear the marks of human impact. But this human impact is not simply physical. At the emergence of the environmental movement the focus was on human effects on "nature." More recently however the complexity of the term "nature" has led to fruitful debates and the recognition of how human individuals and cultures interpret their environments. This book furthers the dialogue on religion ethics and the environment by exploring three interrelated concepts: to recreate to replace and to restore. Through interdisciplinary dialogue the authors illuminate certain unique dimensions at the crossroads between finding value creating value and reflecting on one's place in the world. Each of these terms has diverse religious ethical and scientific connotations. Each converges on the ways in which humans both think about and act upon their surroundings. And each radically questions the damaging conceptual divisions between nature and culture human and environment and scientific explanation and religious/ethical understanding. This book self-consciously reflects on the intersections of environmental philosophy environmental theology and religion and ecology stressing the importance of how place interprets us and how we interpret place. In addition to its contribution to environmental philosophy this work is a unique volume in its serious engagement with theology and religious studies on the issues of ecological restoration and the meaning of place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409420446

Placing ShadowsLighting Techniques for Video Production A mix of theory and practical applications Placing Shadows covers the physical properties of light and the selection of proper instruments for the best possible effect. For the student advanced amateur and pros trying to enhance the look of their productions this book examines the fundamentals and is also a solid reference for tips on better performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169586

Placing Students at the Heart of Creative Learning Placing Students at the Heart of Creative Learning shows teachers of key stages 2 and 3 how to introduce creativity into what is often seen as a prescriptive and stifling curriculum and addresses the tensions that can exist between the requirement to follow the curriculum and the desire to employ innovative pedagogies. It offers readers a range of practical and realistic ways that curriculum changing ideas can be applied to individual projects classrooms and even entire schools. This book tracks the imaginative initiatives undertaken by six schools as they have worked to change their curriculum and teaching in order to put student experiences at the core of the learning process. Stating its observations and suggestions in a refreshingly straightforward and practicable manner this book explores: Why a new creative curriculum is needed for the 21st century How to encourage teachers and pupils to ‘own’ the curriculum The role that pupil voice plays in a creative curriculum The environment needed to creatively manipulate the curriculum How to introduce innovation to teaching practice What actually works – considering the limits and possibilities of creative pedagogy Providing case studies and examples of the ways in which teachers have delivered the curriculum in a creative way Placing Students at the Heart of Creative Learning is an invaluably beneficial guide for all those involved in engaging and teaching young people in key stages 2 and 3. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415570015

Placing the Border in Everyday Life Bordering no longer happens only at the borderline separating two sovereign states but rather through a wide range of practices and decisions that occur in multiple locations within and beyond the state’s territory. Nevertheless it is too simplistic to suggest that borders are everywhere since this view fails to acknowledge that particular sites are significant nodes where border work is done. Similarly border work is more likely to be done by particular people than others. This book investigates the diffusion of bordering narratives and practices by asking ’who borders and how?’ Placing the Border in Everyday Life complicates the connection between borders and sovereign states by identifying the individuals and organizations that engage in border work at a range of scales and places. This edited volume includes contributions from major international scholars in the field of border studies and allied disciplines who analyze where and why border work is done. By combining a new theorization of border work beyond the state with rich empirical case studies this book makes a ground-breaking contribution to the study of borders and the state in the era of globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218635

Placing the Plays of Christopher MarloweFresh Cultural Contexts Focusing upon Marlowe the playwright as opposed to Marlowe the man the essays in this collection position the dramatist's plays within the dramaturgical ethical and sociopolitical matrices of his own era. The volume also examines some of the most heated controversies of the early modern period such as the anti-theatrical debate the relations between parents and children Machiavaelli¹s ideology the legitimacy of sectarian violence and the discourse of addiction. Some of the chapters also explore Marlowe's polysemous influence on the theater of his time and of later periods but most centrally upon his more famous contemporary poet/playwright William Shakespeare. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600666

Plagiarism and Imitation Duri CbA Study in Critical Distinctions This book defines the attitude of English writers between 1500 and 1625 toward the question of literary property rights of imitation of what today is called plagiarism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761055

Plague Print and the ReformationThe German Reform of Healing 1473�1573 This book surveys a neglected set of sources German plague prints and treatises published between 1473 and 1573 in order to explore the intertwined histories of plague print medicine and religion during the Reformation era. It argues that a particularly German reform of healing flourished in printed texts during the Renaissance and Reformation as physicians and clerics devised innovative responses to the era’s persistent epidemics. These reforms are "German" since they reflect the innovative trends that originated in or were particularly strong within German-speaking lands including the rapid growth of vernacular print Protestantism and new interest in alchemy and the native plants of Northern Europe that were unknown to the ancients. Their reforms are also "German" in the sense that they unfolded mainly in vernacular print which encouraged physicians to produce local knowledge grounded in personal experience and local observations as much as universal theories. This book contributes to the history of medicine and science by tracing the growth of more empirical forms of medical knowledge. It also contributes to the history of the Renaissance and Reformation by uncovering the innovative contributions of various forgotten physicians. This book presents the broadest study of German plague treatises in any language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881603

Plague and the City Plague and the City uncovers discourses of plague and anti-plague measures in the city during the medieval  early modern and modern periods and explores the connection between plague and urban environments including attempts by professional bodies to prevent or limit the outbreak of epidemic disease. Bringing together leading scholars of plague working across different historical periods this book provides an inter-disciplinary study of plague in the city across time and space. The chapters cover a wide range of periods geographical locations and disciplinary approaches but all seek to answer significant questions including whether common motives can be identified and how far knowledge about plague was based on an understanding of the urban space. It also examines how maps and photographs contribute to understanding plague in the city through exploring the ways in which the relationship between plague and the urban environment has been visualised from the poisoned darts of plague winging their way towards their victims in the votive pictures from the Renaissance to the mapping of the spread of disease in late nineteenth-century Bombay and photographing Honolulu’s great plague fire in 1900. Containing a series of studies that illuminate plague’s urban connection as a key social and political concern throughout history Plague and the City is ideal for students of early modern history and of the early modern city and plague more specifically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326125

Plague HospitalsPublic Health for the City in Early Modern Venice Developed throughout early modern Europe lazaretti or plague hospitals took on a central role in early modern responses to epidemic disease in particular the prevention and treatment of plague. The lazaretti served as isolation hospitals quarantine centres convalescent homes cemeteries and depots for the disinfection or destruction of infected goods. The first permanent example of this institution was established in Venice in 1423 and between the fifteenth and eighteenth centuries tens of thousands of patients passed through the doors. Founded on lagoon islands the lazaretti tell us about the relationship between the city and its natural environment. The plague hospitals also illustrate the way in which medical structures in Venice intersected with those of piety and poor relief and provided a model for public health which was influential across Europe. This is the first detailed study of how these plague hospitals functioned where they were situated who worked there what it was like to stay there and how many people survived. Comparisons are made between the Venetian lazaretti and similar institutions in Padua Verona and other Italian and European cities. Centred on the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries during which time there were both serious plague outbreaks in Europe and periods of relative calm the book explores what the lazaretti can tell us about early modern medicine and society and makes a significant contribution to both Venetian history and our understanding of public health in early modern Europe engaging with ideas of infection and isolation charity and cure dirt disease and death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245891

Plague in the Early Modern WorldA Documentary History Plague in the Early Modern World presents a broad range of primary source materials from Europe the Middle East North Africa China India and North America that explore the nature and impact of plague and disease in the early modern world. During the early modern period frequent and recurring outbreaks of plague and other epidemics around the world helped to define local identities and they simultaneously forged and subverted social structures recalibrated demographic patterns dictated political agendas and drew upon and tested religious and scientific worldviews. By gathering texts from diverse and often obscure publications and from areas of the globe not commonly studied Plague in the Early Modern World provides new information and a unique platform for exploring early modern world history from local and global perspectives and examining how early modern people understood and responded to plague at times of distress and normalcy. Including source materials such as memoirs and autobiographies letters histories and literature as well as demographic statistics legislation medical treatises and popular remedies religious writings material culture and the visual arts the volume will be of great use to students and general readers interested in early modern history and the history of disease. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362499

Plagues and EpidemicsInfected Spaces Past and Present Until recently plagues were thought to belong in the ancient past. Now there are deep worries about global pandemics. This book presents views from anthropology about this much publicized and complex problem. The authors take us to places where epidemics are erupting waning or gone and to other places where they have not yet arrived but where a frightening story line is already in place. They explore public health bureaucracies and political arenas where the power lies to make decisions about what is and is not an epidemic. They look back into global history to uncover disease trends and look ahead to a future of expanding plagues within the context of climate change. The chapters are written from a range of perspectives from the science of modeling epidemics to the social science of understanding them. Patterns emerge when people are engulfed by diseases labeled as epidemics but which have the hallmarks of plague. There are cycles of shame and blame stigma isolation of the sick fear of contagion and end-of-the-world scenarios. Plague it would seem is still among us. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086376

Plain Language and Ethical ActionA Dialogic Approach to Technical Content in the 21st Century Plain Language and Ethical Action examines and evaluates principles and practices of plain language that technical content producers can apply to meet their audiences’ needs in an ethical way. Applying the BUROC framework (Bureaucratic Unfamiliar Rights-Oriented and Critical) to identify situations in which audiences will benefit from plain language this work offers in-depth profiles show how six organizations produce effective plain-language content. The profiles show plain-language projects done by organizations ranging from grassroots volunteers on a shoe-string budget to small nonprofits to consultants completing significant federal contacts. End-of-chapter questions and exercises provide tools for students and practitioners to reflect on and apply insights from the book. Reflecting global commitments to plain language this volume includes a case study of a European group based in Sweden along with results from interviews with plain-language experts around the world including Canada England South Africa. Portugal Australia and New Zealand. This work is intended for use in courses in information design technical and professional communication health communication and other areas producing plain language communication. It is also a crucial resource for practitioners developing plain-language technical content and content strategists in a variety of fields including health literacy technical communication and information design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741040

Plain Pottery Traditions of the Eastern Mediterranean and Near EastProduction Use and Social Significance The evolution and proliferation of plain and predominantly wheel-made pottery presents a characteristic feature of the societies of the Near East and Eastern Mediterranean since the fourth millennium B.C. This plain pottery has received little detailed archaeological attention in comparison to aesthetically more pleasing and chronologically sensitive decorated traditions. Yet their simplicity and standardization suggest they are products of craft specialists the result of high-volume production and therefore important in understanding the social systems in early complex societies. This volume-reevaluates the role and significance of plain pottery traditions from both historically specific perspectives and from a comparative point of view;-examines the uses and functions of this pottery in relation to social negotiation and group identity formation;-helps scholars understand cross-regional similarities in development and use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580906

Plains Cree Morphosyntax This book explores several topics in Cree morphology syntax and discourse structure. Cree an Algonquian language is non-configurational: the grammatical relations of subject and object are not expressed by word order or other constituent structure relations as they are in a configurational language like English. Instead subjects and objects are expressed by means of the inflection on the verb. Cree is typical of non-configurational languages in allowing a great deal of word order variation. This study examines in detail aspects of the Plains Cree dialect giving a valuable insight into the structure of this endangered language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978508

Plan A is for AutismUsing the Affects Model to Promote Positive Behaviour This practical resource provides an original multi-element approach leading to planned individual interventions. Drawn from the author's extensive knowledge of autism it enables those living and working with children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) to jointly plan for change. This resource will: provide an overview of the behaviours of children with autism explore the underlying reasons why children with autism act and react as they do consider quite carefully who is impacted by the behaviour of the child with autism with what outcomes for emotional well-being explore how to make a difference in the shorter term by using the Keep It Simple (KIP) model help you to implement a unique and individual intervention plan for the child with autism using the AFFECTS plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301412

Plan and Market Under Socialism This title was first published in 1967. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037915

Plan for Reconstruction First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006666

Plan for the PlanetA Business Plan for a Sustainable World The world struggles with increasing threats to global sustainability caused by population growth overuse of fresh water resources depletion of biodiversity and reliance on non-renewable energy sources. There is an urgent need for an overall plan to address these challenges in a coordinated and effective manner. Whether in government business community or as an individual we need to begin acting a lot smarter faster and more collaboratively if we are going to avert the potential devastating impacts on this planet. Plan for the Planet outlines a co-ordinated approach to tackling the global challenges we face which can be implemented at every level. Using proven business management wisdom and principles this book provides perhaps the most comprehensive and robust framework within which business government and the community can work together to build a sustainable world. Whether you want to understand how to prepare your organisation and yourself to deal successfully with the global challenges or seize the opportunities which are fast developing with the emergence of the sustainability revolution you will benefit from reading this timely book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409445890

Planar Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry Planar Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry focuses on a relatively new approach to chemical analysis in general and to separation science in particular. It is the first book to systemically cover the theoretical background techniques instrumentation and practical applications of planar chromatography–mass spectrometry as a hyphenated tool of analytical chemistry. It also examines the high and as-yet unexploited potential of planar chromatography–mass spectrometry for analytical use in scientific investigations.This book overviews the combination of planar chromatography a relatively simple and cost-effective separation step for determining complex mixtures of compounds with mass spectrometry an efficient highly instrumental and relatively expensive technique that enables rapid identification of separated chemical species. It covers electrophoretic–mass spectrometry methods and applications which are considered planar chromatographic techniques and are increasingly being exploited in proteomic and molecular biology studies as well as for medical diagnostic purposes. It also provides a selection of applications such as drug control and forensic and food analysis including more difficult substances such as carbohydrates and lipids.The book advocates growth in using planar chromatography–mass spectrometry in laboratories that have appropriate equipment but have not yet employed the techniques in combination. It also describes the use of a relatively inexpensive commercial system that can be adopted by laboratories currently working without the coupled methodology. Aiming to improve power and efficiency when other analytical methods are inadequate Planar Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry encourages separation science practitioners in academia and industry to combine the two methods for enhanced results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575274

Planar Multibody DynamicsFormulation Programming with MATLAB® and Applications Second Edition Planar Multibody Dynamics: Formulation Programming with MATLAB® and Applications Second Edition provides sets of methodologies for analyzing the dynamics of mechanical systems such as mechanisms and machineries with coverage of both classical and modern principles. Using clear and concise language the text introduces fundamental theories computational methods and program development for analyzing simple to complex systems. MATLAB is used throughout with examples beginning with basic commands before introducing students to more advanced programming techniques. The simple programs developed in each chapter come together to form complete programs for different types of analysis. Features Two new chapters on free-body diagram and vector-loop concepts demonstrate that the modern computational techniques of formulating the equations of motion is merely an organized and systematic interpretation of the classical methods A new chapter on modeling impact between rigid bodies is based on two concepts known as continuous and piecewise methods A thorough discussion on modeling friction and the associated computational issues The short MATLAB® programs that are listed in the book can be downloaded from a companion website Several other MATLAB® programs and their user manuals can be downloaded from the companion website including: a general purpose program for kinematic inverse dynamic and forward dynamic analysis; a semi-general-purpose program that allows student to experiment with his or her own formulation of equations of motion; a special-purpose program for kinematic and inverse dynamic analysis of four-bar mechanisms The preceding three sets of programs contain animation capabilities for easy visualization of the simulated motion A greater range of examples problems and projects   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138096127

Planar Phonology and Morphology First published in 1991. In this study the author investigates the proper treatment of harmony processes in phonological theory. The data examined lead to a formulation of morphologically governed harmony processes which involves multi-planar representations. The analysis of multi-planar harmony leads into a discussion of Plane Conflation and Bracket Erasure in Lexical Phonology. This title will be of great interest to students of linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608313

Planaria: A Model for Drug Action and Abuse The study of drug action has benefitted greatly from the development and use of in vivo model systems. In model systems manipulations and observations can be more rigorously controlled and screens of novel therapeutic agents can be more safely conducted.No single model system provides all of the possible advantages. At one end mammalian models allow the study of complex behavioral patterns and the most complex of cognitive functioning. At the other end models using simple organisms such as C. elegans allow the application of the most sophisticated and recent molecular biology and other innovative techniques. The major purpose of the present book is to highlight another model—one that we believe occupies a uniquely important position. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446086

Plane and Geodetic Surveying Plane and Geodetic Surveying blends together theory and practice conventional techniques and satellite-based methods to provide the ideal book for students of surveying. It gives detailed guidance on how and when the principal surveying instruments (total stations levels and navigational satellite receivers) should be used. It fully and clearly explains the concepts and formulae needed to convert instrument readings into useful and reliable results. It offers rigorous explanations of the theoretical background to surveying while at the same time providing a wealth of useful advice about conducting a survey in practice. The book also contains an accompanying least square adjustment program that is available for free download.What’s New in the Second Edition:Revises and updates the text to reflect recent developments in satellite navigation laser scanners and total stationsProvides a more rigorous treatment of how to calculate and use mean earth curvature in geodetic geometryIncludes substantial additional information on precise levelling spherical and ellipsoidal geometry trigonometric heighting and setting outOffers a fuller description of mapping systems including the State Plane Coordinate SystemThis book is essential for all students of surveying and for practitioners who need a ‘stand-alone’ text for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868246

Planet Savers301 Extraordinary Environmentalists Protecting the planet is everyone's work. But we all have our own heroes in whatever area we are working. Planet Savers brings together the varied stories of the hundreds of movers and shakers that have spoken up throughout history and taken action to defend the world from pollution deforestation species loss and climate change.  From Theodore Roosevelt to Al Gore; from Francis of Assisi to David Attenborough – and from hundreds more men and women that you will know little if anything about. Scientists artists business people priests lawyers poets politicians activists and more from every continent of the world. Their work has enthused us about the natural world and warned us that we must do much more to preserve it. The Indian woman who became the world's first environmental martyr; the Baptist Reverend who asked "What Would Jesus Drive?"; the Quaker big game hunter who set up the first conservation organisation; the Shakespearian actor who revolutionised organic gardening; and the housewife whose campaign against toxic waste forced a President to act.  The book is a cornucopia of people who from time immemorial have put their careers reputations and lives on the line to protect our planet from its governing inhabitants – the human race. Today as thousands of species of animals and plants are faced with extinction thousands of years of indigenous knowledge is lost in the face of technological advance and we become more and more aware of the potential doomsday scenario of a warming world we need Planet Savers more than ever.  Our inspiration can be the 301 environmental lives portrayed in this book. These people cared enough to do something about it. Planet Savers is both a tribute and a catalyst: a tribute to the people that loved the planet enough to want to act to save it and a catalyst for the people who will be inspired to act after reading it. New Planet Savers are at work right now in rainforests and megacities; in community centres and boardrooms; at road protests and in courtrooms all over the world. If this book has one great aim it is to inspire you the reader to join them.  It is a book that every home should own. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280327

Planet Sport Sport generates some of the most intense feelings and levels of commitment. It is big business globally but also the source of the most powerful personal identifications and individual and collective pleasures. Sporting events are routine and embodied whether in the gym on the field or at the training ground and they are also spectacular for example in mega events at the stadium or for followers at a distance through the media of television radio and the Internet. Large numbers of people are caught up in personal and collective investment and public engagement with sport. Why does it matter so much? In this book Woodward demonstrates why sport matters and how arguing that we should take sport seriously and explore what is social about it. Sport is not just another domain to which social theories can be applied; it is also distinctive and generates new ways of thinking about social issues and debates. Sport is affected by the global economy and social political and cultural processes – but it also shapes the wider social terrain of which it is part. Sport reproduces inequalities as well as offering opportunities. It is not always a level playing field. Sport is more than play. Planet Sport is an engaging and concise introduction to some of the big issues in contemporary debates about sport in globalised societies and will appeal to students academics and general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681124

Planet UtopiaUtopia Dystopia and Globalisation The key figure of the capitalist utopia is the individual who is ultimately free. The capitalist’s ideal society is designed to protect this freedom. However within Planet Utopia: Utopia Dystopia Globalisation Featherstone argues that capitalist utopian vision which is most clearly expressed in theories of global finance is no longer sustainable today. This book concerns the status of utopian thinking in contemporary global society and the possibility of imagining alternative ways of living outside of capitalism. Using a range of sociological and philosophical theories to write the first intellectual history of the capitalist utopia in English Featherstone provokes the reader into thinking about ways of moving beyond this model of organising social life through sociological modes of thought. Indeed this enlightening volume seeks to show how utopian thinking about the way people should live has been progressively captured by capitalism with the result that it is difficult to imagine alternatives to capitalist society today. Presenting sociology and sociological thinking as a utopian alternative to the capitalist utopia Planet Utopia will appeal to postgraduate and postdoctoral students interested in subjects including Sociology Social Theory Cultural Studies Cultural Theory and Continental Philosophy.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864255

Planetary Gear Trains This book provides comprehensive information for various planetary gear trains with practical applications and comprehensive references to technical articles. In the text's chapters readers can find all the information needed for various types of gear trains with illustrations and examples. The authors help gear designers to creatively understand the design of gears as well as master the mechanical calculations needed. Planetary Gear Trains is the most comprehensive and up-to-date work available in this key technical area. The book reflects not only teaching but also the practical experience of the authors. It was developed under the motto "From practice to practice". Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138311855

Planetary Geodesy and Remote Sensing Although lunar exploration began in the 1960s the moon and other planets have many long-standing unanswered questions about planetary environments origin formation and evolution magnetization of crustal rocks internal structure and possible life. However with the recent development of planetary geodesy and remote sensing with higher spatial and spectral resolution have come new opportunities to explore and understand the moon and planets in greater detail. Written by well-established international scientists in the planetary science and remote sensing fields Planetary Geodesy and Remote Sensing presents the latest methods and techniques of planetary geodesy and remote sensing. The book discusses the latest results in planetary science including theory methods measurements topography gravity and magnetic field atmosphere and ionosphere geomorphology volcano craters internal structure and water. The book also highlights comparative studies with the earth in the atmosphere geomorphology and interiors of the planets. It discusses future missions and future objectives of planetary exploration and science using the latest advances in remote sensing. With chapters contributed by a stellar list of pioneers and experts the book provides new insight on the application of new technologies and the observations in planetary geodesy. It is suitable for those working in the field as well as for planetary probe designers engineers and planetary geologists and geophysicists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868864

Planetary Memory in Contemporary American Fiction This book considers the ways in which contemporary American fiction seeks to imagine a mode of ‘planetary memory’ able to address the scalar and systemic complexities of the Anthropocene – the epoch in which the combined activity of the human species has become a geological force in its own right. Authors examine the recent emergence of a literary and cultural imaginary of planetary memory an imaginary which attempts to give form to the complex interrelations between human and non-human worlds between local national and global concerns and perhaps most importantly between historical and geological pasts presents and futures. Chapters highlight distinct regions and landscapes of the US - from the Appalachians to the South West the Rust Belt New York City Alaska New Orleans and the Rocky Mountains – in order to examine how the ecological economic and historical specificity of these environments is underpinned by their implication on networks of planetary significance and scope. Overall the collection aims to study develop and recognise new models of cultural memory and anxious anticipation as they emerge and evolve thus opening new conversations about practices of remembering and remembrance on an increasingly fragile planet. This book was originally published as a special issue of Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519773

Planetary Remote Sensing and Mapping The early 21st century marks a new era in space exploration. The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) of the United States The European Space Agency (ESA) as well as space agencies of Japan China India and other countries have sent their probes to the Moon Mars and other planets in the solar system. Planetary Remote Sensing and Mapping introduces original research and new developments in the areas of planetary remote sensing photogrammetry mapping GIS and planetary science resulting from the recent space exploration missions. Topics covered include: Reference systems of planetary bodies Planetary exploration missions and sensors Geometric information extraction from planetary remote sensing data Feature information extraction from planetary remote sensing data Planetary remote sensing data fusion Planetary data management and presentation Planetary Remote Sensing and Mapping will serve scientists and professionals working in the planetary remote sensing and mapping areas as well as planetary probe designers engineers and planetary geologists and geophysicists. It also provides useful reading material for university teachers and students in the broader areas of remote sensing photogrammetry cartography GIS and geodesy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138584150

Planetary ScienceThe Science of Planets around Stars Second Edition Since the publication of the popular first edition stellar and planetary scientists have produced numerous new observations theories and interpretations including the "demotion" of our former ninth planet Pluto as a dwarf planet. Covering all of these new discoveries Planetary Science: The Science of Planets around Stars Second Edition explains the science associated with the planets the stars they orbit and the interactions between them. It examines the formation evolution and death of stars and the properties of the Sun that influence the planets of the Solar System. Along with more problems this second edition adds new material and improves some analytical treatments. The book consists of two main components. For students unfamiliar with stellar properties or the overall structure of the Solar System the first part gives a general picture of the system as a whole and the interrelationships of the bodies within it. It presents an overview of the nature of stars and the Solar System as well as important results obtained by scientific analysis. The second component is a set of 43 appendices describing the majority of the underlying science required to explain the main features of the Solar System. These appendices cover a variety of specialized topics from mineralogy to the mechanical interactions of radiation and matter. End-of-chapter problems give students a quantitative understanding of stellar and solar system phenomena. The text shows how useful estimates of various quantities can be made even when characteristics of the system are not known with any precision. While the problems can be completed with a hand calculator students are encouraged to use the Fortran computer programs provided on the book’s CRC Press web page. Avoiding excessive details this textbook offers a comprehensive account of stellar and planetary topics. It is suitable for students from a range of disciplines including astronomy geology and earth sciences. The book provides students with an understanding of the nature of the Solar System and the influences that govern its behavior helping them develop an appreciation of the forces that can influence our planet in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466563155

PlanktonGuide to Their Ecology and Monitoring for Water Quality This Second Edition of Plankton is a fully updated introduction to the biology ecology and identification of plankton and their use in monitoring water quality. It includes expanded illustrated descriptions of all major groups of freshwater coastal and marine phytoplankton and zooplankton and a new chapter on teaching science using plankton. Best practice methods for plankton sampling and monitoring programs are presented using case studies along with explanations of how to analyse and interpret sampling data. Healthy waterways and oceans are essential for our increasingly urbanised world. Yet monitoring water quality in aquatic environments is a challenge as it varies from hour to hour due to stormwater and currents. Being at the base of the aquatic food web and present in huge numbers plankton are strongly influenced by changes in environment and provide an indication of water quality integrated over days and weeks. Plankton are the aquatic version of a canary in a coal mine. They are also vital for our existence providing not only food for fish seabirds seals and sharks but producing oxygen cycling nutrients processing pollutants and removing carbon dioxide from our atmosphere. This new edition: contains a new chapter on Plankton in the Classroom has greatly expanded coverage of coastal and marine phytoplankton explains the role of plankton in aquatic ecosystems and its usefulness as a water quality indicator updates and details best practice in methodology for plankton sampling and monitoring programs brings together widely-scattered information on freshwater and coastal phytoplankton and zooplankton and provides a list of up-to-date references.  Plankton is an invaluable reference for teachers and students environmental managers ecologists estuary and catchment management committees and coastal engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367030162

Plan-making for SustainabilityThe New Zealand Experience Around the introduction of Agenda 21 at Rio in 1991 some countries like the Netherlands and New Zealand were already leading the way with quite innovative approaches to environmental planning. Focusing on the New Zealand government's innovations in sustainable and environmental planning particularly the Resource Management Act of 1991 this book highlights planning and governance under devolved and co-operative mandates. It uses multiple methods to evaluate the quality of policy statements and district plans prepared by regional and local councils respectively as well as the various inter- and intra-organizational and institutional factors affecting them. It also analyses the quality of the plans' implementation through the consensus or permits process and the quality of the environmental outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258938

Planned BehaviorThe Relationship between Human Thought and Action Psychologists regard the relationship between attitudes and behavior as a key to understanding human behavior. Here leading researchers discuss basic and applied issues relating to how human thought translates into action. The contributors focus on the theory of planned behavior a model of attitude-behavior relations that takes into account not just attitudes but also the influence of significant others around us issues of personal agency and motivation.The book begins with an overview of the theory of planned behavior from the initial impetus to better understand attitude-behavior relations through the theory of reasoned action to the theory of planned behavior. Among the applied issues discussed in subsequent chapters are using the model to predict homeless persons' use of services understanding the motivation underpinning suicide in an at-risk sample and experimentally manipulating antecedents of risky driving behavior. More methodologically oriented chapters explore how the theory of planned behavior may be developed in the future. Several chapters discuss the potential integration of the theory of planned behavior with social identity theory and goal theory; other chapters discuss the key components of the theory of planned behavior and whether the theory might usefully be extended with the concept of descriptive norms.This book considers a full spectrum of important developments that enhance our understanding of the theory of planned behavior and efforts to extend it. From applications to new avenues for research the chapters that make up this book address important issues surrounding theoretical and practical approaches to addressing problems in attitude-behavior research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529885

Planned ChangeWhy Kurt Lewin's Social Science is Still Best Practice for Business Results Change Management and Human Progress "Gil Crosby has accomplished what most of us in the world of applied behavioral science in general and OD and T-Group training in particular have not—making the theoretical father of our work accessible. Thus this book is a gift and with it we can understand more deeply and teach others more accurately what Lewin actually stated and meant. Moreover the book is reader-friendly visually appealing and humorous rather than academically boring. Thank you Gil!" Dr. W. Warner Burke E.L. Thorndike Professor of Psychology and Education Teachers College Columbia University Kurt Lewin (1890-1947) was a visionary psychologist and social scientist who used rigorous research methods to establish an approach to planned change that is both practical and reliable. He mentored and inspired most of the early professionals who came to identify themselves as practitioners of organization development (OD). He also fostered the emergence of the experiential learning method known as the T-group which uniquely structures group dynamics into a laboratory for dramatic individual and team development. In the early days most OD professionals learned much about themselves and about group dynamics through T-group experiences. Lewin’s methods though little known yield consistent business results such as increased performance and improved morale. His approaches have the rare impact of not just changing behavior but changing the beliefs that underlie behavior. Sadly most OD professionals today— business and organizational leaders community organizers and people in general—have never read any of Lewin’s actual writing beyond a quote or two. Indeed some in the OD profession have rejected or distanced themselves from what they think Lewin taught even though they and many others seem to know very little about his methods or history. Because Lewin was a prolific writer one of the author’s main goals is to organize his immense body of published work so that readers can easily explore the source material and form their own opinions. Essentially this book is aimed at introducing Lewin in a new way both simplified yet substantial enough to guide anyone who is trying to plan change whether at the individual group/team organizational or societal levels. Lewin was not trying to create methods for OD professionals alone (or for social scientists as he regarded himself). In his interventions he taught those how to do their own version of planned change. He believed social science might be the light that helps create a brighter future for humanity. This text transfers this knowledge to a broad audience so that each reader can more successfully implement organizational and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367535728

Planned Organizn Chang Ils 158 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863599

Planner's Estimating GuideProjecting Land-Use and Facility Needs The United States faces enormous changes in the next 25 years. Arthur C. (Chris) Nelson starts this book with a few projections: The population will grow by one-third to 375 million. We will need 60 million new housing units to house these people. There will be 60 percent more jobs requiring 50 billion additional square feet of nonresidential s Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330309

Planning Delivering and Assessing GNVQsA Practical Guide to Achieving the "G" Units This work provides a guide to GNVQ assessor units that teachers must work towards and is directly linked to the teacher's role in the planning and implementation of GNVQs. It provides examples and case studies across a number of different occupational areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420809

Planning Doing and Reviewing As Early Years care and education comes under closer outside scrutiny the number of practitioners moving into managerial roles is constantly increasing this book focuses on how to make policy work in practice: clarifying the manager‘s responsibilities and his or her duty to lead exploring the use of policy and procedures why we have procedure how to create procedures and how to put it into practice offering advice on effective planning how to monitor progress and activity and tips on feedback and reflection providing links to Ofsted. This is a must-have for students assessors nursery nurses with an interest in career development into management and anyone working within a early-years environment in a managerial role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421905

Planning Housing and Infrastructure for Smart Villages Some 7.3 billion people currently live on the planet. Of these 3.4 billion live in rural areas. In just a few regions—Latin America the Middle East and North Africa—less than 50 per cent of poverty is now located in rural areas. But for the rest of the world's regions between 55 per cent and 80 per cent of the poor continue to live in the countryside. Progress is being made but much of the knowhow needed is not disseminated outside of a small coterie of professionals who work in the area. With urban development attracting a great deal of attention lately poorer rural areas deserve the same and new knowledge for empowerment of rural communities is urgently needed. This book provides an overview of current thinking and practices that have emerged over the last thirty years for uplifting rural communities in developing economies. Drawing on a body of knowledge across a spectrum of relevant disciplines this book provides a range of innovative ideas for rural planning housing and infrastructure development. Governments in many emerging economies where rural poverty is often most acute have attempted to improve livelihoods. Approaches and techniques that have been used for urban development are often not applicable to rural communities. Studies show that money allocated for rural development is often not effectively spent due to distance lack of infrastructure lack of education poverty and other factors. Meanwhile the gap in development between the city and country continues to grow sometimes leading to social and political instability in both developing and developed countries. This book seeks to provide a guidebook for meeting such challenges. Through in-depth enquiry of global practices and thinking about rural development and selected case studies the authors argue that careful consideration must be given to incorporating issues of resilience resourcefulness and the involvement of communities at grassroots levels in realising the transformation of rural settlements into Smart Villages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365655

Planning Instruction and AssessmentEffective Teaching Practices This entry in the James H. Stronge Research-to-Practice Series focuses on specific strategies teachers can use to improve the quality of their instruction. Studies have shown teacher quality to be the top indicator of student achievement with the effects of good teachers apparent even as students move on to successive grades. In this book Grant Hindman and Stronge explore the relationship between teacher effectiveness and student learning. They provide a bridge between research-based theories and practical classroom applications. Templates planning forms and other reproducibles help teachers make a noticeable impact on student success using proven techniques and practices. Topics include tiered lessons using assessment data and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144538

Planning Law and EconomicsThe Rules We Make for Using Land Planning Law and Economics sets out a new framework for applying a legal approach to spatial planning showing how to improve the practice and help achieve its aims. The book covers planning laws citizens' rights and property rights asking ‘What rules do we want to make and where necessary enforce? And how do we want to apply them in planning practice?’ This book sets out in general and illustrated with concrete examples how the three types of law mentioned above are unavoidably involved in all types of spatial planning. The book also makes clear that these laws can be combined in different ways each way a particular approach to the practice of spatial planning (regulative planning structuring markets pro-active planning collaborative planning etc.). Throughout the book shows what legal approaches can be taken to spatial planning and uses a four-part framework to evaluate the effects of choosing such an approach. The spatial planning should be effective legitimate morally just and economically sound. In particular the book details why the economic effects for society are important and how spatial planning affects how the economic resources of land and buildings are used. The book will be invaluable to students and planners to understand the relationship between their actions and the basic principles of the rule of law in a democratic liberal society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085572

Planning Markets and Rural Housing This book analyses the key forces affecting the affordability of rural homes in Britain and the changing shape of housing markets. It takes as its starting point demographic trends impacting upon rural communities and upon market dynamics. From this point it explores consequent patterns of housing affordability examining changing opportunities in the rental and sale markets at different spatial scales. The book also focuses on how markets are analysed and how data are selectively used to demonstrate low levels of affordability or a lack of need for additional housing in small village locations. Building on the demographic theme the book considers the housing implications of an aging population before the focus finally shifts to community initiative in the face of housing undersupply and planning's future role in delivering and procuring a more constant and predictable supply of affordable homes. In a speculative conclusion the book ends by examining the current political trajectory in England and the prospects for housing in the countryside in the context of localism and neighbourhood planning at a village level. This book was published as a special issue of Planning Practice and Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798366

Planning Politics and City-MakingA Case Study of King's Cross Whilst there is extensive literature analysing the design and function of new buildings and places the actual process through which development proposals are actually fashioned – through complex negotiation and deal making involving many different stakeholders with different agendas – is largely undocumented. Conventional planning theory tends to assume a logical rational and linear decision-making process which bears little relationship to reality. This book aims to shed some light on that reality. The King’s Cross scheme is one of the largest and most complex developments taking place in Britain today. The planning negotiations which took six years were probably some of the most exhaustive debates around a development ever. A report of over 600 pages of technical information was eventually presented to the committee and after two evenings and ten hours of presentations and debate the committee approved the scheme by just two votes. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466353

Planning Renovating Expanding and Constructing Library Facilities in Hospitals Academic Medical Get the tools to meet the challenge of building or renovating a library!The challenge of renovating or constructing a library requires organizational skill resourcefulness creativity and willingness to compromise. Planning Renovating Expanding and Constructing Library Facilities in Hospitals Academic Medical Centers and Health Organizations presents thirteen insightful case studies revealing how many libraries have been have been built or renovated using innovations designed to meet a specific organization's needs. Each study plainly highlights objectives methods results and conclusions and reviews the design of the completed library. Ideas and approaches are presented clearly showing the designing refurbishing and refurnishing of existing library space; the merging of library collections and services; and the construction of multimillion dollar library buildings—with each study explaining proven strategies which can be used or adapted to fit the reader’s own circumstances. Planning Renovating Expanding and Constructing Library Facilities in Hospitals Academic Medical Centers and Health Organizations explains the steps in the planning process including needs analysis goal setting and public relations as well as the practical considerations of packing and unpacking. The contributors are noted library authorities intimately involved in every facet of the construction procedure and cost accounting and the book includes helpful photographs illustrations tables and appendices to clarify and help practicing librarians and library students alike fully understand the strategies needed to create a functional library facility that fulfills expectations.Planning Renovating Expanding and Constructing Library Facilities in Hospitals Academic Medical Centers and Health Organizations includes case studies of: a resource library moved into a basement renovations to the Osler Library at McGill University Montreal Quebec construction of the Booker Health Services Library at the Jersey Shore University Medical Center a merger of two libraries at Trinitas Hospital Elizabeth New Jersey the renovation of a small hospital library designing a new library in a historic naval hospital the Hope Fox Eccles Clinical Library Renovation Project expansion and renovation of the Welch Medical Library at Johns Hopkins University and much more!Planning Renovating Expanding and Constructing Library Facilities in Hospitals Academic Medical Centers and Health Organizations is an insightful resource for educators students and librarians of all types. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785639

Planning Risk and Property DevelopmentUrban regeneration in England France and the Netherlands Urban regeneration schemes involving a wide range of actors and dependent on private investment are increasingly deployed in Europe’s cities with the aim of delivering private merit and public goods. This book explores the relationships objectives and strategies of the actors engaging in these schemes in cities of three advanced European economies. It researches the outcomes of actor interactions as these transform under the influence of changing market circumstances and associated risks. The book focuses on the way this change is reflected in the provision of mixed-use developments within a context of increasingly polarised housing markets and urban growth patterns. It argues that although these schemes can and do deliver much-needed dwellings their exposure to market risks may in many cases cause them to fall short of the desired socio-economically sustainable outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415481113

Planning Teaching and Class Management in Primary Schools First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138149168

Planning a Community Oral History Project The second book in the five-volume Community Oral History Toolkit walks you through all the planning steps to travel from an idea to a completed collection of oral history interviews. Informed by an extensive survey of oral historians from across the country this guide will get you started on firm ground so you don’t get mired in unforeseen problems in the middle of your project. Designed especially for project administrators it identifies participants and responsibilities that need to be covered and details planning needs for everything from budgeting to technology and from legal issues to ethics. Planning a Community Oral History Project sets the stage for the implementation steps outlined in Volume 3 Managing a Community Oral History Project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611322446

Planning a Course This practical guide demonstrates how to plan a new course or overhaul a current one. There are practical tips to help make planning easier. This edition includes information on using the Internet as part of a course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180833

Planning Abu DhabiAn Urban History Abu Dhabi’s urban development path contrasts sharply with its exuberant neighbour Dubai. As Alamira Reem puts it Abu Dhabi capital of the United Arab Emirates since 1971 ‘has been quietly devising its own plans … to manifest its role and stature as a capital city’. Alamira Reem a native Abu Dhabian and urban planner and researcher who has studied the emirate’s development for more than a decade is uniquely placed to write its urban history. Following the introduction and description of Abu Dhabi’s early modern history she focuses on three distinct periods dating from the discovery of oil in 1960 and coinciding with periods in power of the three rulers since then: Sheikh Shakhbut bin Sultan Al Nahyan (1960–1966) Sheikh Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan (1966–2004) and Sheikh Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan (2004–). Based on archival research key interviews and spatial mapping she analyses the different approaches of each ruler to development; investigates the role of planning consultants architects developers construction companies and government agencies; examines the emergence of comprehensive development plans and the policies underlying them; and assesses the effects of these many and varied influences on Abu Dhabi’s development. She concludes that while much still needs to be done Abu Dhabi’s progress towards becoming a global sustainable city provides lessons for cities elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664800

Planning Across Borders in a Climate of Change The fixity or mobility of borders are key themes within the border studies literature and have useful critical application to urban and environmental planning through theory pedagogy and practice. This offers potential for transformative change through the processes of re-bordering and re-orienting established boundary demarcations in ways that support and promote sustainability in a climate of change. Planning Across Borders in a Climate of Change draws on a range of diverse case studies from Australasia North and South America Europe Africa the Middle East and Asia and offers the application of border theory concepts and principles to planning as a critical lens. It applies this lens to a range of international case studies in key areas such as climate change adaptation food security spatial planning critical infrastructure and urban ecology. This collection fills an important gap in the border studies literature bringing climate change considerations to bear on planning. It should be of interest to students scholars and professionals in the field of urban and environmental planning climate change adaptation border studies urban studies human and political geography environmental studies and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210103

Planning Adult LearningIssues Practices and Directions Originally published in 1987 this book challenged readers to consider the political issues agency practices and social directions of planning adult learning programs and services at the time. It confronts the subject of planning from the perspective of federally constituted countries where policies of decentralization generally prevail. It proposes that the concept of adult education may be too narrow to accommodate the breadth of adult learning in many different sectors not only the Education sector. In clarifying main issues surrounding planning of adult learning the book opens up new horizons for thinking about a field which heretofore had at best appeared conceptually confusing and politically unclear. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146092

Planning Advertisements The purpose of every advertisement is to sell the thing which it advertises. Looking at the full range of the planning involved in the advertising business Planning Advertisements first considers the initial stage where the advertisement practitioner—advertiser relationship is paramount before looking at the planning stages needed for all types of advertising ranging from direct mail to hoardings. First published in 1935. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994959

Planning African Development First published in 1981 this book concerns specifically the Kenyan experience with regards to development planning but given that the problems of hunger poverty and underdevelopment manifest themselves in slightly different forms across all African countries this book has considerable relevance to development planning across the African continent.The first set of essays in this collection address the question of development which is undoubtedly Africa’s highest development priority. The second grouping of essays considers issues in project planning and asks questions concerning cost method outcome and evaluation of various projects in Kenya Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849937

Planning After PetroleumPreparing Cities for the Age Beyond Oil The past decade has been one of the most volatile periods in global petroleum markets in living memory and future oil supply security and price levels remain highly uncertain. This poses many questions for the professional activities of planners and urbanists because contemporary cities are highly dependent on petroleum as a transport fuel. How will oil dependent cities respond and adapt to the changing pattern of petroleum supplies? What key strategies should planners and policy makers implement in petroleum vulnerable cities to address the challenges of moving beyond oil? How might a shift away from petroleum provide opportunities to improve or remake cities for the economic social and environmental imperatives of twenty-first-century sustainability? Such questions are the focus of contributors to this book with perspectives ranging across the planning challenge: overarching petroleum futures governance transition and climate change questions the role of various urban transport nodes and household responses ways of measuring oil vulnerability and the effects on telecommunications ports and other urban infrastructure. This comprehensive volume – with contributions from and focusing on cities in Australia the UK the US France Germany the Netherlands and South Korea – provides key insights to enable cities to plan for the age beyond petroleum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504584

Planning Against the PoliticalDemocratic Deficits in European Territorial Governance This book brings together a number of highly innovative and thought provoking contributions from European researchers in territorial governance-related fields such as human geography planning studies sociology and management studies. The contributions share the ambition of highlighting troubling contemporary tendencies where spatial planning and territorial governance can be seen to circumscribe or subvert ‘due democratic practice’ and the democratic ethos. The book also functions as an introduction to some of the central strands of contemporary political philosophy discussing their relevance for the wider field of planning studies and the development of new planning practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827706

Planning an Appropriate Curriculum in the Early YearsA guide for early years practitioners and leaders students and parents Now its fourth edition Planning an Appropriate Curriculum in the Early Years offers a comprehensive guide for early years practitioners and students on how to plan and implement a suitable curriculum for the children in an Early Years setting. It examines the key roles and responsibilities of practitioners working in Early Years settings and those with responsibility for leading and managing provision for EYFS in primary schools. Completely revised and updated in line with the Statutory Framework for the Early Years Foundation Stage latest research evidence and OFSTED requirements this book covers the following aspects of the Early Years including: what we mean by planning an appropriate curriculum in the early years; transition from nursery to school and into Year 1; defining quality learning and play in the early years assessment procedures and examples; integration of two-year-olds into school; the role played by parents and carers in children’s learning and development; the ways in which vulnerable children are provided for; examples of planning material developed by practitioners. With case studies of good practice and questions for reflective practice and group work this timely fourth edition will be welcomed by students and practitioners looking to provide high quality and effective learning experiences for the under-fives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905757

Planning and Citizenship Planning is undergoing a period of profound change and risks losing meaning and authority by becoming merely a tool for financial speculation and generating capital. Planning and Citizenship seeks to rediscover planning’s technical and theoretical roots by reconstructing the memory of planning through the lens of the changing relationship between planning and citizenship. Tracing the historical relationship between planning and citizenship through a single thread Luigi Mazza employs three ancient models – those of Hippodamus Romulus and Ancient China – to understand the foundations of spatial governance and citizenship. Paying particular attention to classic case studies of American cities this book moves through the development of central planning theories by key thinkers like Geddes Cerdà Howard Abercrombie and Lefebre. Analysing the role of government in promoting social citizenship and symbolic values through planning Mazza takes into account the changing role of government in planning including concepts of neoliberalism and the minimal State. Providing critical debate over the current role of spatial governance in planning and citizenship Planning and Citizenship offers a unique historical analysis of a crucial topic in planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381938

Planning and Community EquityA Component of APA's Agenda for America's Communities This thought-provoking book exhorts planners to establish community development programs that achieve greater social and economic equity. Some of the 13 chapters urge planners to incorporate community equity concerns into traditional planning areas such as transportation and economic development. Others challenge planners to get more involved in so Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330170

Planning And Conducting Applied Agricultural Research This study focuses on applied research as a service to a client with a problem that research can help solve. Because applied research has a definite purpose there is usually a time constraint a deadline by which the work must be completed as well as a limit on the resources the client has available or is willing to use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367282967

Planning and Conducting Formative Evaluations Formative evaluation is the process of reviewing of pilot stage courses in order to determine strengths and weaknesses before the programme of instruction is finalized. This text offers practical guidance on the main methods used to gather and analyze data on course effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153691

Planning and ConflictCritical Perspectives on Contentious Urban Developments Planning and Conflict discusses the reasons for conflicts around urban developments and analyzes their shape in contemporary cities. It offers an interdisciplinary framework for scholars to engage with the issue of planning conflicts focusing on both empirical and theoretical inquiry. By reviewing different perspectives for planners to engage with conflicts and not simply mediate or avoid them Planning and Conflict provides a theoretically informed look forward to the future of engaged responsive city development that involves all its stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835855

Planning and Control of Manufacturing Operations Effective planning and control of manufacturing operations allows businesses to achieve maximum profitability by reducing uncertainty at all stages of the manufacturing process. In this book John Kenworthy offers an easy to follow overview of the principles and practice of manufacturing control with the emphasis throughout on practical approaches and techniques rather than on theoretical discussion. The author demonstrates that many problems are common to different types of manufacturing enterprises and offers practical solutions which can lead to a dramatic increase in overall performance. Sales forecasting distribution planning capacity planning scheduling and continuous improvement policies are among the subject areas covered. Exercises at the end of each chapter help readers assimilate important points. This book will be an invaluable aid not only for industrial managers who are responsible for manufacturing planning and control but also students trainers and anyone wishing to increase their understanding of manufacturing control systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072036

Planning and Design for Future Informal SettlementsShaping the Self-Constructed City This is the first book to address future informal settlements at the global scale. It argues that to foster favourable conditions for the sustainable evolution of future informal cities planners must consider the same issues that are paramount in formal urban developments such as provision of: balanced land uses energy efficiency and mobility water management and food sufficiency governance and community participation productivity and competitiveness identity and sense of place Planning and Design for Future Informal Settlements makes a call for responsible action to address the urban challenges of the developing world suggesting that the vitality of informality coupled with spatial design and good management can support the efficient use of resources in better places to live. The book analyses the strengths and weaknesses of informal urbanism and the challenges faced by the fast growing cities of the developing world. Through case studies it demonstrates the contributions and limitations of different attempts to plan ahead for urban growth from the creation of formal housing and urban infrastructures for self-built dwellings to the improvement of existing informal settlements. It provides a robust framework for planners and designers policy-makers NGOs and local governments working to improve living conditions in developing cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595040

Planning and Design for Sustainable Urban Mobility ABRIDGEDGlobal Report on Human Settlements 2013 ABRIDGED First Published in 2014. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723190

Planning and Design for Sustainable Urban MobilityGlobal Report on Human Settlements 2013 Urban transport systems worldwide are faced by a multitude of challenges. Among the most visible of these are the traffic gridlocks experienced on city roads and highways all over the world. The prescribed solution to transport problems in most cities has thus been to build more infrastructures for cars with a limited number of cities improving public transport systems in a sustainable manner. However a number of challenges faced by urban transport systems – such as greenhouse gas emissions noise and air pollution and road traffic accidents – do not necessarily get solved by the construction of new infrastructure. Planning and Design for Sustainable Urban Mobility argues that the development of sustainable urban transport systems requires a conceptual leap. The purpose of ‘transportation’ and ‘mobility’ is to gain access to destinations activities services and goods. Thus access is the ultimate objective of transportation. As a result urban planning and design should focus on how to bring people and places together by creating cities that focus on accessibility rather than simply increasing the length of urban transport infrastructure or increasing the movement of people or goods. Urban form and the functionality of the city are therefore a major focus of this report which highlights the importance of integrated land-use and transport planning. This new report of the United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UN-Habitat) the world’s leading authority on urban issues provides some thought-provoking insights and policy recommendations on how to plan and design sustainable urban mobility systems. The Global Report on Human Settlements is the most authoritative and up-to-date global assessment of human settlements conditions and trends. Preceding issues of the report have addressed such topics as Cities in a Globalizing World The Challenge of Slums Financing Urban Shelter Enhancing Urban Safety and Security Planning Sustainable Cities and Cities and Climate Change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723183

Planning and Design of Engineering Systems This newly updated book offers a comprehensive introduction to the scope and nature of engineering work taking a rigorous but common sense approach to the solution of engineering problems. The text follows the planning modelling and design phases of engineering projects through to implementation or construction explaining the conceptual framework for undertaking projects and then providing a range of techniques and tools for solutions. It focuses on engineering design and problem solving but also involves economic environmental social and ethical considerations. This third edition expands significantly on the economic evaluation of projects and also includes a new section on intractable problems and systems involving a discussion of wicked problems and soft systems methodology as well as the approaches to software development. Further developments include an array of additional interest boxes worked examples problems and up-to date references. Case studies and real-world examples are used to illustrate the role of the engineer and especially the methods employed in engineering practice. The examples are drawn particularly from the fields of civil and environmental engineering but the approaches and techniques are more widely applicable to other branches of engineering. The book is aimed at first-year engineering students but contains material to suit more advanced undergraduates. It also functions as a professional handbook covering some of the fundamentals of engineering planning and design in detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138031906

Planning and Designing Healthcare FacilitiesA Lean Innovative and Evidence-Based Approach The planning and design of healthcare facilities has evolved over the previous decades from "function follows design" to "design follows function." Facilities stressed the functions of healthcare providers but patient experience was not fully considered. The design process has now crucially evolved and currently the impression a hospital conveys to its patients and community is the primary concern. The facilities must be welcoming comfortable and exude a commitment to patient well-being. Rapid changes and burgeoning technologies are now major considerations in facility design. Without flexibility hospitals face quicker obsolescence if designs are not forward-thinking. Planning and Designing Healthcare Facilities: A Lean Innovative and Evidence-Based Approach explores recent developments in hospital design. Medical facilities have been adapted to the requirements of clinical functions. Recently the needs of patients and clinical pathways have been recognized. With the patient at the center of the process the flow of tasks becomes the guiding principle as hospital design must employ evidence-based thinking and process management methods such as Lean become central. The authors explain new concepts to reduce healthcare delivery cost but keep quality the primary consideration. Concepts such as sustainability (i.e. Green Hospitals) and the use of new tools and technologies such as information and communication technology (ICT) Lean and evidence-based planning and innovations are fully explained. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138032262

Planning and Designing the IP Broadcast FacilityA New Puzzle to Solve This book provides a comprehensive understanding of the technology architecture physical facility changes and – most importantly – the new media management workflows and business processes to support the entire lifecycle of the IP broadcast facility from an engineering and workflow perspective. Fully updated this second edition covers the technological evolutions and changes in the media broadcast industry including the new standards and specifications for live IP production the SMPTE ST2110 suite of standards the necessity of protecting against cyber threats and the expansion of cloud services in opening new possibilities. It provides users with the necessary information for planning organizing producing and distributing media for the modern broadcast facility. Key features of this text include: Strategies to implement a cost-effective live and file-based production and distribution system. A cohesive big-picture viewpoint that helps you identify how to overcome the challenges of upgrading your plant. The impact live production is having on the evolution to IP. Case studies serve as recommendations and examples of use. New considerations in engineering and maintenance of IP and file-based systems. Those in the fields of TV cable IT engineering and broadcast engineering will find this book an invaluable resource as will students learning how to set up modern broadcast facilities and the workflows of contemporary broadcasting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405618

Planning and Development in EducationAfrican Perspectives This reissue first published in 1986 offers a comprehensive treatment of educational development in four countries in West and East Africa: Nigeria Uganda Kenya and Tanzania. The author focuses on the role of education in promoting or hindering national development; the way the educational system varies in response to societal and dialectical forces; the place of education in major theories of change and development; and the contribution made by education to economic social and political development. Clearly and concisely written the book will be of interest to teachers administrators educational planners and scholars in comparative education and the history of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849944

Planning and Environmental Impact Assessment in Practice Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a fast-growing field of land-use planning affecting many disciplines. At present UK Government legislation requires EIA for certain types of development. Subject to a further new European directive an EIA will be required for all policies plans and programmes. Planning and Environmental Impact Assessment in Practice provides a practical introduction to the subject and relates the theory to the practice through extensive use of case studies. Edited by Joe Weston the book draws on contributions from a number of practising experts in the field and covers topics such as: assessing the need for EIAs; the environmental team; scoping and public participation; internal and external consultation; local lobbying; local authority review and decision-making; public enquiries; monitoring the impacts; pollution control; and the lessons to be learned. Planning and Environmental Impact Assessment in Practice provides a practical introduction to EIA for final year undergraduate and postgraduate MSc courses in planning geography civil engineering building and estate management and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166820

Planning and Implementing Assessment This title outlines a set of principles and analytical methods that can be adapted to different assessment scenarios designed to enable readers to construct their own effective methods for assessment. Guidelines for design and methods of planning choosing and implementation are provided. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315041858

Planning and Installing Bioenergy SystemsA Guide for Installers Architects and Engineers Bioenergy is relied upon worldwide as a modern solution for local energy supply and waste managements. With clear technical details data tables and illustrative pictures explaining the fundamentals of different bioenergy projects this guide reviews the main technologies and offers relevant best-practice examples. Beginning with an overview of the technologies and types of systems available the guide is packed with essential 'know-how' on anaerobic digestion bio-fuel small-scale ovens large-scale boilers and gasifiers. Each technology is explained by examining the overall system and its components planning operation maintenance installation and economics. Information is given on both heat and combined heat and power. In addition international legal framework and data on selected regional national and international support programmes are provided. In short this book describes the key features of different bioenergy technologies and offers professionals expert guidance for installation. It will be a cherished resource for engineers and architects alike who are working in new projects farmers keen to explore this technology and practitioners or students with a specialized and practical interest in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138381834

Planning and Installing Micro-Hydro SystemsA Guide for Designers Installers and Engineers An essential addition to the Earthscan Planning & Installing series Planning and Installing Micro-Hydro Systems provides vital diagrams pictures and tables detailing the planning and installing of a micro-hydro system including information on the maintenance and economics once an installation is running. The book covers subjects such as measuring head and flow ecological impacts scheme layouts practical advice calculations and turbine choice. Archimedes screws are also covered in detail as well as the main conventional choices relevant to small sites. Micro-hydro refers to hydropower systems with a power rating of 100kW or less. A 100kW system will produce 100 standard units of electricity in one hour. These systems have been popular in some sparsely populated or mountainous countries for a number of years but now new technology less stringent regulation of grid connected generators and standardised turbine designs are encouraging more widespread interest in micro-hydro in the developed world. The renewable energy sector is growing at a remarkable rate and whilst much attention has so far focused on solar and wind technologies Europe and elsewhere have great potential for generating power from small scale hydroelectric installations. This book is aimed at site owners designers and consultants who are looking to develop schemes in the micro-hydro scale – 5 to 100kW – although the concepts are applicable to smaller and larger schemes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844075386

Planning and Installing Photovoltaic SystemsA Guide for Installers Architects and Engineers New third edition of the bestselling manual from the German Solar Energy Society (DGS) showing you the essential steps to plan and install a solar photovoltaic system. With a global focus it has been updated to include sections on new technology and concepts new legislation and the current PV market. Updates cover: new developments in inverter and module technology market situation worldwide and outlook integration to the grid (voltage stabilization frequency remote control) new legal requirements for installation and planning operational costs for dismantling and recycling feed-in management new requirements for fire protection new requirements in Europe for electric waste (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE) and the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances (RoHS). Also providing information on current developments in system design economic analysis operation and maintenance of PV systems as well as new software tools hybrid and tracking systems. An essential manual for installers engineers and architects it details every subject necessary for successful project implementation from the technical design to the legal and marketing issues of PV installation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713436

Planning and Installing Solar Thermal SystemsA Guide for Installers Architects and Engineers Solar thermal systems available today offer efficiency and reliability. They can be applied in different conditions to meet space- and water-heating requirements in the residential commercial and industrial building sectors. The potential for this technology and the associated environmental benefits are significant. This fully updated edition of 2004's bestselling guide offers clear guidance on planning and installing a solar thermal system crucial to the successful uptake of this technology. All major topics for successful project implementation are included. Beginning with resource assessment and an outline of core components it details solar thermal system design installation operation and maintenance for single households large systems swimming pool heaters solar air and solar cooling applications. Details on how to market solar thermal technologies a review of relevant simulation tools and data on selected regional national and international renewable energy programmes are also provided. In short the book offers comprehensive guidance for professionals who wish to install solar thermal technology and is a highly valued resource for architects and engineers alike who are working on new projects electricians roofers and other installers craftsmen undertaking vocational training and anyone with a specialized and practical interest in this field. Published with DGS Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138381858

Planning and LGBTQ CommunitiesThe Need for Inclusive Queer Spaces Although the last decade has seen steady progress towards wider acceptance of lesbian gay bisexual transgendered and queer (LGBTQ) individuals LGBTQ residential and commercial areas have come under increasing pressure from gentrification and redevelopment initiatives. As a result many of these neighborhoods are losing their special character as safe havens for sexual and gender minorities. Urban planners and municipal officials have sometimes ignored the transformation of these neighborhoods and at other times been complicit in these changes. Planning and LGBTQ Communities brings together experienced planners administrators and researchers in the fields of planning and geography to reflect on the evolution of urban neighborhoods in which LGBTQ populations live work and play.  The authors examine a variety of LGBTQ residential and commercial areas to highlight policy and planning links to the development of these neighborhoods. Each chapter explores a particular urban context and asks how the field of planning has enabled facilitated and/or neglected the specialized and diverse needs of the LGBTQ population. A central theme of this book is that urban planners need to think "beyond queer space" because LGBTQ populations are more diverse and dispersed than the white gay male populations that created many of the most visible gayborhoods. The authors provide practical guidance for cities and citizens seeking to strengthen neighborhoods that have an explicit LGBTQ focus as well as other areas that are LGBTQ-friendly.  They also encourage broader awareness of the needs of this marginalized population and the need to establish more formal linkages between municipal government and a range of LGBTQ groups. Planning and LGBTQ Communities also adds useful material for graduate level courses in planning theory urban and regional theory planning for multicultural cities urban geography and geographies of gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798168

Planning and Making Crowns and Bridges This highly successful text which has achieved wide acclaim among practitioners and is a recommended text in the major dental schools has again been revised and updated to keep it at the forefront of clinical practice. As before the intention is to help solve real clinical problems by guiding dentists to make the right initial decision and then Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429165047

Planning and Management in Distance Education Online distance education and training is being adopted throughout the world as a cost-effective flexible answer to widening access for all. This enthusiasm has led to many initiatives and policies from governments to encourage online learning at international national regional and institutional levels. Also changes in distance learning continue to take place as a result of educational discourse and innovations in ICT. Distance learning courses are therefore under pressure to reform and successful management of external policy planning and internal change management is key to the implementation and maintenance of reforms.World-class leaders researchers and practitioners share their experiences research and critical reflection in this book providing guidance on how to balance quality management with quality learning. Subjects covered include policy and planning institutional management management of processes quality assurance and accreditation and internationalization.This book will aid anyone involved in running or wanting to implement distance education to effectively manage an online learning programme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164871

Planning and Managing Agricultural and Ecological Experiments A text addressing the essential issues required to undertake satisfactory comparative agricultural and ecological experiments. It offers an integrated presentation with the focus strongly placed on the planning and execution of experiments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401594

Planning and Managing Smaller EventsDownsizing the Urban Spectacle Planning and Managing Smaller Events: Downsizing the Urban Spectacle explores the role of smaller scale events in contributing to the renewal and development of urban societies. This book adopts a case study approach to examine a diverse range of events taking place in towns and cities in Europe Asia and North America. This volume begins by defining and classifying these kinds of events and then verifying if and how they can provide opportunities for cities and towns without the disadvantages of world-famous large events. It concludes by discussing the growing regional scale of urban phenomena and their transition in post-metropolitan spaces. Planning and Managing Smaller Events: Downsizing the Urban Spectacle will be of interest to government officials and policy makers involved in economic development urban planning parks arts/culture as well as students and researchers interested in urbanism event management tourism and recreation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218157

Planning and Monitoring Design Work With the rise of "design and build" many more organisations are having to undertake design work; new project organisational structures are developing and many people are migrating into new roles. As a result of these changing times it is more important than ever that we understand that design work needs managed in a different way to many other construction operations. Planning and Monitoring of Design Work describes how to plan and control the progress of design work in the construction industry. It considers how the input of different design specialists should be integrated from inception to site operations to meet cost time and quality objectives. The book provides a practical guide to the methodologies for the better planning of construction projects and explains how planning and monitoring can help a construction organisation obtain good quality design information for tendering and construction purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430020

Planning and Observation of Children under Three The most rapid and significant phase of development occurs in the first three years of a child’s life. The Supporting Children from Birth to Three series focuses on the care and support of the very youngest children. Each book takes a key aspect of working with this age group and gives clear and detailed explanations of relevant theories together with practical examples to show how such theories translate into good working practice. Effective planning and observation are fundamental to young children’s learning and development. Learning opportunities for children need to be relevant for their age group realistic and challenging. Drawing on recent research this book explains why the planning cycle is so important and looks at the links between observation planning and assessment. Taking a holistic approach to supporting children’s learning it shows how a range of observation strategies can provide insight into children’s social emotional physical and cognitive development and practically demonstrates how practitioners can develop appropriate planning and observation techniques for babies and toddlers. Features include: clear explanation of relevant theories case studies and examples of good practice focus points for readers questions for reflective practice Providing a wealth of practical ideas and activities this handy text encourages explores all aspects of planning and observation with the under threes to help practitioners ensure effective outcomes for the youngest children in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612685

Planning and Organising the SENCO YearTime Saving Strategies for Effective Practice Managing Pupil Assessment and IEPs the allocation of support and monitoring of provision dealing with outside agencies in-service training and development plans budget plans and getting value for money and reporting to Governors. New or aspiring SENCOs in both primary and secondary schools will find this book a great support. Senior managers wishing to develop their staff and institutions that provide in-service training will also find this book fits their needs. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138167476

Planning and Organizing Personal and Professional Development Chris Sangster’s book is a practical step-by-step guide to personal and professional development that covers the strategy techniques and philosophy behind the process. Lifelong learning the shift from trainer-centred delivery to learner-centred development and the opportunities provided by new technologies place considerable onus on individuals to take responsibility for their own learning. This guide will help trainers and facilitators to enable learners to do just that. There are at least three different participants involved in any meaningful and sustainable process of personal development at work - the learner his or her line manager and mentor(s) and the training (or development support) function. Chris Sangster provides a route map for each of these three roles. He offers a simple compelling triangular model to illustrate the interaction of each and places particular emphasis on ’learning outcomes’ - as opposed to inputs focusing attention and objective measurement on learning that manifests itself through application achievement and changes in behaviour. Whether you are looking for a complete and holistic process for developing your people or a highly readable guide to unravelling the myths of development - such as the confusion between personal and professional development - this book has it all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383364

Planning and Place in the CityMapping Place Identity Under the influence of globalization the centres of many cities in the industrialised world are losing their place identity the set of cultural markers that define a city’s uniqueness and make it instantly recognisable. A key task for planners and residents working together is to preserve that unique sense of place without making the city a parody of itself. In Planning and Place in the City Marichela Sepe explores the preservation reconstruction and enhancement of cultural heritage and place identity. She outlines the history of the concept of placemaking and sets out the range of different methods of analysis and assessment that are used to help pin down the nature of place identity. This book also uses the author's own survey-based method called PlaceMaker to detect elements that do not feature in traditional mapping and identifies appropriate planning interventions. Case studies investigate cities in Europe North America and Asia which demonstrate how surveys and interviews can be used to draw up an analytical map of place identity. This investigative work is a crucial step in identifying cultural elements which will influence what planning decisions should be taken in the future. The maps aim to establish a dialogue with local residents and support planners and administrators in making sustainable changes. The case studies are amply illustrated with survey data sheets photos and coloured maps. Innovative and broad-based  Planning and Place in the City lays out an approach to the identification and preservation of place and cultural heritage suitable for students academics and professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664769

Planning and Power in IranEbtehaj and Economic Development under the Shah First Published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035307

Planning and Profit in the Urban Economy   This book was first published in 1977. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860420

Planning and Profits in Socialist Economies This study of economic reforms throughout Eastern Europe covers the history of attempts at decentralization. The book: * Describes the centralized model and compares its requirements with the realities of socialist countries * Discusses the economic policies of the post-Stalinist period * Examines the origin of the reforms which began in 1956 culminating in the Soviet economic reform of 1965 and the rehabilitation of profit. Countries covered include the former USSR the former East Germany and Hungary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866460

Planning and the Growth of the Firm Originally published in 1978. The type of firm focused upon in this study is the large manager-controlled business organisation although the analysis is not restricted to this kind of entity as firms of all shapes and sizes are finding it increasingly necessary to plan particularly in environments characterised by rapid innovation and technological change. After an initial survey of various growth theories the book analyses the vehicles of growth as well as the constraints so that the process of growth is seen in the context of corporate planning and also within the context of planning in the economy as a whole. Some of the more important contributions to the economic theory of business behaviour are brought together and the implications of these works for micro-economic theory and managerial economics are determined. Particular emphasis is placed upon Marris’s growth model and the theme of balanced growth – through the analysis of the diversification and financial aspects of planning – is developed. The planning process is also discussed within the public sector and selected case studies of local authority defence and health planning are examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391951

Planning and the HeritagePolicy and procedures This is a clear guide to heritage legislation in the UK. It is set out in plain non-legal language and will guide the planner developer architect or conservationist through the legislation explaining the policy and procedures which govern the protection of historic buildings as well as providing clear explanations of the issues involved including listing planning appeals and grants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978515

Planning and the Intelligence of InstitutionsInteractive Approaches to Territorial Policy-Making Between Institutional Design and Institution-Building This title was first published in 2001. The hierarchical approach of regional planning institutions is facing crisis. In an era of globalization the conditions of urban growth dynamics is dependent on innovation entrepreneurial and economic structures and socio-political and institutional forces. As a result the notion of 'region' has become more about social interaction than geographical location. This volume examines how institutions must adapt and modify their roles to suit this changing pattern of development by implementing more consensus-based approaches. Using in-depth analysis of an innovative state-sponsored approach to growth management planning in the USA it assesses the effectiveness and success of putting into place more flexible concerted and negotiated approaches to issues such as inter-institutional relations and inter-governmental co-ordination. In what will be an essential contribution to the debate surrounding the future of regional planning and the role of institutions the volume highlights the limits and opportunities of these new policy approaches and will be a key resource for planners policy makers and researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706552

Planning and the Price Mechanism (Routledge Revivals)The Liberal-Socialist Solution First published in 1948 this book outlines a solution to contemporary economic problems in the post-war years. This solution aims to make the best use of our price mechanism free initiative and competition but also involves the socialization of certain monopolistic concerns and the state control of the price mechanism in such a way as to maintain full employment to achieve an equitable distribution of income and property and to restore equilibrium to our balance of payments. It is an outline of that middle way which the author calls the Liberal-Socialist solution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415621670

Planning and Urban Growth in Nordic Countries **This book was originally printed as a hardback in 1991. The paperback released in 2011 is a reprint of the original**Planning and Urban Growth in Nordic Countries examines urban development and planning in Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden. Emphasis is on the period from the mid-nineteenth century to the present day and the authors of each 'country-study' look at their own national developments against the background of those in other Nordic countries well as the rest of Europe and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511889

Planning and Using Time in the Foundation Stage Operating on two levels this book aims to help students and practitioners understand how to plan and use time effectively within the foundation stage setting. The book examines how children learn and play at different times of day how they fiction when they might be tired or hungry and how best to organize the learning day with this in mind. The authors discuss the issue of environment how children relate to different areas within their own room and what happens when routines of time and place are altered. The book also discusses how to develop children's understanding of time and how to incorporate the theme of time into children's play. The book includes: practical activities and examples that will allow children to fully comprehend the concept of time advice on how to create time for children to learn through play inquiry and investigation sections on how time can be used to include parents colleagues and the local community. This book provides in-depth analysis of how effective use of time can be beneficial for parents children and staff in early years setting. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315065403

Planning and Zoning New York City Two unique events shaped the magnificent unnatural geography of New York City and created its sense of place: the Commissioners' Plan of 1811 and the zoning resolution of 1916. The first imprinted Manhattan with a two-dimensional plan a rectangular grid defined by broad north-south avenues multiple east-west cross streets and by its standard units: blocks of two hundred feet by six hundred to eight hundred feet. The second determined the city's three-dimensional form by restricting uses by district by limiting the maximum mass of a building allowed on a given site.This book addresses the fundamental challenge facing every American municipality: Can zoning - the basic tool of municipal land-use control - balance growth and equity? As New York plans for the future the nation's foremost commentators on urban planning architecture land-use law and design discuss the accomplishments of New York's zoning laws and explore alternative scenarios for guiding the city's future development.The chapters in this book were originally prepared for a symposium on the history and future of planning in New York City. The authors provide a skillful blend of urban history architectural review economic analysis and social commentary. Contributors include such experts as Jonathan Barnett Sigurd Grava Frances Halsband Jerold Kayden Brian Kintish Eric Kober Michael Kwartler Larry Littlefield Norman Marcus R. Susan Motley Richard A. Plunz Peter D. Salins Richard L. Schaffer John Shapiro Robert A. M. Stern Roy Strickland Marilyn Taylor Robert F. Wagner Jr. and Carol Willis. This book is essential reading for planners architects historians developers and municipal officials concerned with guiding the future of America's cities. Its lessons are vital for every city in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513099

Planning ArmageddonBritain the United States and the Command of Western Nuclear Forces 1945-1964 Planning Armageddon provides the first detailed account of Britain's Command Control Intelligence and Communications infrastructure. A central theme of the book is the British-American atomic relationship and its implications for NATO strategy. Based on the recollections of officials and military officers in both Britain and the United States and employing recently declassified government documents Planning Armageddon presents a systematic analysis of British involvement in nuclear planning from Hiroshima to the development of Polaris. At the same time it provides an important examination of the operational weaknesses of the British nuclear deterrent and the potential hazards presented by unwarranted secrecy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002302

Planning Asian CitiesRisks and Resilience In Planning Asian Cities: Risks and Resilience Stephen Hamnett and Dean Forbes have brought together some of the region’s most distinguished urbanists to explore the planning history and recent development of Pacific Asia’s major cities. They show how globalization and the competition to achieve global city status has had a profound effect on all these cities. Tokyo is an archetypal world city. Singapore Hong Kong and Seoul have acquired world city characteristics. Taipei and Kuala Lumpur have been at the centre of expanding economies in which nationalism and global aspirations have been intertwined and expressed in the built environment. Beijing Hong Kong and Shanghai have played key sometimes competing roles in China’s rapid economic growth. Bangkok’s amenity economy is currently threatened by political instability while Jakarta and Manila are the core city-regions of less developed countries with sluggish economies and significant unrealized potential. But how resilient are these cities to the risks that they face? How can they manage continuing pressures for development and growth while reducing their vulnerability to a range of potential crises? How well prepared are they for climate change? How can they build social capital so important to a city’s recovery from shocks and disasters? What forms of governance and planning are appropriate for the vast mega-regions that are emerging? And given the tradition of top-down centralized state-directed planning which drove the economic growth of many of these cities in the last century what prospects are there of them becoming more inclusive and sensitive to the diverse needs of their populations and to the importance of culture heritage and local places in creating liveable cities? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832205

Planning Atlanta More than any other major U.S. city Atlanta regularly reinvents itself. From the Civil War’s devastation to the 1996 Olympic boom to the current housing crisis the city’s history is a cycle of rise and fall ruin and resurgence. In Planning Atlanta two dozen planning practitioners and thought leaders bring the story to life. Together they trace the development of projects like Freedom Parkway and the Jimmy Carter Presidential Library. They examine the impacts of race relations on planning and policy. They explore Atlanta’s role as a 19th-century rail hub—and as the home of the world’s busiest airport. They probe the city’s economic and environmental growing pains. And they look toward new plans that will shape Atlanta’s next incarnation. Read Planning Atlanta and discover a city where change is always in the wind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611901269

Planning Australia’s Healthy Built Environments Planning Australia’s Healthy Built Environments shines a quintessentially Australian light on the links between land use planning and human health. A burgeoning body of empirical research demonstrates the ways urban structure and governance influences human health—and Australia is playing a pivotal role in developing understandings of the relationships between health and the built environment. This book takes a retrospective look at many of the challenges faced in pushing the healthy built environment agenda forward. It provides a clear and theoretically sound framework to inform this work into the future. With an emphasis on context and the pursuit of equity  Jennifer L. Kent and Susan Thompson supply specific ways to better incorporate idiosyncrasies of place and culture into urban planning interventions for health promotion. By chronicling the ways health and the built environment scholarship and practice can work together Planning Australia’s Healthy Built Environments enters into new theoretical and practical debates in this critically important area of research. This book will resonate with both health and built environment scholars and practitioners working to create sustainable and health-supportive urban environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670924

Planning by ConsentThe Origins and Nature of British Development Control **Please note this is an unedited paperback reprint of the hardback originally published in 2003** The British system of universal development control celebrated its 50th anniversary in 1997. Remarkably the system has survived more or less intact but the experience of the 1980s has left large questions unanswered about the relevance and effectiveness of the system. This book traces the history of the development control system in Britain from early modern times to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873919

Planning by Design (PxD)-Based Systematic Methodologies The book shows how to use Planning by Design (PxD) for developing working models to any type of subject area. Section 1 describes the nature of planning in general the formula of planning the features that make it systematic the essence of PxD and developing and using the working model. Section 2 demonstrates personal application of creative planning to real life cases and practical working models on different subject areas. The book provides a general planning "master guide" that shows how to develop a working model of any definable subject matter. This objective will be accomplished by introducing the concepts the process and the methodology of PxD. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367658045

Planning By Law and Property Rights Reconsidered Countries which take spatial planning seriously should take planning law and property rights also seriously. There is an unavoidable logical relationship between planning law and property rights. However planning by law and property rights is so familiar and taken for granted that we do not think about the theory behind it. As a result we do not think abstractly about its strengths and weaknesses about what can be achieved with it and what not how it can be improved how it could be complemented. Such reflections are essential to cope with current and future challenges to spatial planning. This book makes the (often implicit) theory behind planning by law and property rights explicit and relates it to those challenges. It starts by setting out what is understood by planning by law and property rights and investigates - theoretically and by game simulation - the relationships between planning law and property rights. It then places planning law and property rights within their institutional setting at three different scales: when a country undergoes enormous social and political change when there is fundamental political debate about the power of the state within a country and when a country changes its legislation in response to European policy. Not only changing institutions but also global environmental change pose huge challenges for spatial planning. The book discusses how planning by law and property rights can respond to those challenges: by adaptive planning) by adaptable property rights and by public policies at the appropriate geographical level. Planning by law and property rights can fix a local regime of property rights which turns out to be inappropriate but difficult to change. It questions whether such regimes can be changed and whether planning agencies can make such undesirable lock-ins less likely by reducing market uncertainty and if so by what means. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256941

Planning Change in the Workplace Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454149

Planning Chicago In this volume the authors tell the real stories of the planners politicians and everyday people who shaped contemporary Chicago starting in 1958 early in the Richard J. Daley era. Over the ensuing decades planning did much to develop the Loop protect Chicago’s famous lakefront and encourage industrial growth and neighborhood development in the face of national trends that savaged other cities. But planning also failed some of Chicago’s communities and did too little for others. The Second City is no longer defined by its past and its myths but by the nature of its emerging postindustrial future. This volume looks beyond Burnham’s giant shadow to see the sprawl and scramble of a city always on the make. This isn’t the way other history books tell the story. But it’s the Chicago way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611900804

Planning Chinese Agriculture First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315031354

Planning Commissioners GuideProcesses for Reasoning Together This step-by-step guidebook gets new commissioners off on the right foot and helps experienced commission members navigate their roles. The authors all practicing planners have worked extensively with planning commissions for decades. They have watched commissioners scramble up a steep learning curve sit in the hot seat of controversy and st Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330217

Planning Commissioners GuideProcesses for Reasoning Together Across the country communities rely on their planning commissions for guidance. But who guides the planning commissioners? This step-by-step guidebook gets new commissioners off on the right foot and helps experienced commission members navigate their roles. The authors all practicing planners have worked extensively with planning commissions for decades. They have watched commissioners scramble up a steep learning curve sit in the hot seat of controversy and strive to make sound decisions for the places they call home. In this helpful handbook the authors share ideas insights and information to help commissioners succeed. Eight detailed chapters cover everything from the nuts and bolts of development applications to the nuances of legal issues to the part commissioners play in long-range planning. Readers will learn how to prepare for their first commission meeting review a development plan invite productive public input and steer clear of ethical dilemmas. Added resources include a glossary of planning terms a list of training resources and the American Planning Association’s Statement of Ethical Principles in Planning. For anyone serving on a planning commission The Planning Commissioners Guide is essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611900613

Planning Continuing Professional Development Continuing professional development (CPD) aims to maintain or improve the quality of professional performance. So far it tends to have been designed for specific professional groups such as teachers doctors architects or engineers. Approaches as a result have often been local separatist or idiosyncratic in nature. This book first published in 1987 argues that CPD designers should consider strategies used for professional groups other than their own. This title will be useful to anyone with a responsibility for developing and implementing courses and also to practitioners themselves as well as to students of business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287228

Planning Creative Literacy Lessons This book builds on the guidance given by the Primary Strategy for Literacy. By 'filling in the gaps' that the planning documentation leaves the book provides teachers with the structures and ideas to plan creatively and effectively for their children whilst following and enhancing the recommendations of the strategy. It includes: clear and practical ways to plan units of work that embrace reading writing speaking and listening in exciting and active ways examples of effective practice using children's work that highlight the effects of creative planning suggestions for texts and resources that can be included in half-termly and termly planning. Written by a team of leading educationalists and teacher educators in the primary literacy field this edited collection is a must-have for primary teachers wishing to inject creativity into the planning of their literacy lessons. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138142145

Planning Cultures and HistoriesThe evolution of Planning Systems and Spatial Development Patterns This book addresses the influences of planning cultures and histories on the temporal evolution of planning systems and spatial development. As well as providing an international comparative perspective on these issues the contributions to the book also engage in a search for new conceptual frameworks and alternative points of view to better understand and explain these differences. The book makes three main academic contributions. First it catalogues some of the key changes in planning systems and the impact on spatial development patterns. Second it examines the interrelationship between planning cultures and histories from a path-dependency perspective. Third it discusses the variations in physical development patterns resulting from different planning cultures and histories. Chapters from different parts of the European continent present evidence at different scales to illustrate these aspects. In all cases the specific combinations of political ideological social economic and technological factors are important determinants of urban and regional planning trajectories as well as spatial development patterns. This book was previously published as a special issue of European Planning Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029425

Planning Cultures in EuropeDecoding Cultural Phenomena in Urban and Regional Planning Bringing together an interdisciplinary team from across the EU this book connects elements of cultural and planning theories to explain differences and peculiarities among EU member states. A 'culturized planning model' is introduced to consider the 'rules of the game': how culture affects planning practices not only on an explicit 'surface' but also on a 'hidden' implicit level. The model consists of three analytical dimensions: 'planning artifacts' 'planning environment' and 'societal environment'. This book adopts these dimensions to compare planning cultures of different European countries. This sheds light not only on the organizational or institutional structure of planning but also the influence of deeper cultural values and layers on planning and implementation processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255661

Planning Ethics Over the past fifty years professional understanding of planning has changed markedly. In the past planning was primarily described as a technical activity involving data collection analysis and synthesis of physical plans and supporting policies. Now planning is seen as a much broader set of human activities encompassing the physical world and also the realm of public and social services. Not surprisingly planners' discussions of ethics have evolved. Professional ethics is regarded by many planners to be limited to a set of rules of behavior regarding interactions with the public sources of data government officials and one another.This shift is symbolized by the evolution of the labels by which ethics is known: from a circumscribed view of professional ethics to a broader concept of ethics in planning; both of which are discussed in this book. Sue Hendler argues that planners recognize that every act of planning pursues certain human values and is a series of statements about what we take to be right or wrong and what we take to represent the highest priorities of the society.Planning Ethics explores planning within alternative moral theories including liberalism communitarianism environmentalism and feminism. The contributors illustrate the application of these ethical principles in specific planning contexts encompassing community development land conversion waste management electric power planning and education planning. This is the next generation of thinking on ethics and planning. It will be a centerpiece of every planning curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529908

Planning Facilities for Sci-Tech Libraries This book first published in 1983 presents some useful guidelines for librarians contemplating planning sci-tech library facilities along with a number of reports on actual examples of such projects representing a variety of sci-tech library types. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363451

Planning for a Better Urban Living Environment in Asia This title was first published in 2000. Asia has developed very rapidly in the last quarter of the century and will be a main focus of the world in the 21st century. With rapid growth and development the urban areas in the region are undergoing dramatic changes. An appreciation of the heterogeneous nature of Asian cities and the related planning practices is the first step to understand various urban development problems in the region. This book is a consolidated effort by prominent scholars in Asian planning schools to explore urban development and planning practices in Asia. The book reflects on and examines some of the past and current challenges and considers future prospects of urban and regional planning environment housing redevelopment and conservation and planning education in Asia. This book should be useful to students teachers researchers and professionals and people who are interested in urban development planning and environment in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728967

Planning for a Better Urban Living Environment in Asia First published in 2000 this volume explores how Asia has developed very rapidly in the last quarter of the century and will be a main focus of the world in the 21st century. With rapid growth and development the urban areas in the region are undergoing dramatic changes. An appreciation of the heterogeneous nature of Asian cities and the related planning practices in the first step to understand various urban development problems in the region. This book is a consolidated effort by prominent scholars in Asian planning schools to explore urban development and planning practices in Asia. The book reflects on and examines some of the past and current challenges and considers future prospects of urban and regional planning environment housing redevelopment and conservation and planning education in Asia. This book should be useful to students teachers researchers professionals and people who are interested in urban development planning and environment in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326866

Planning for a City of CultureCreative Urbanism in Toronto and New York Planning for a City of Culture gives us a new way to understand how cities use arts and culture in planning fostering livable communities and creating economic development strategies to build their brand attract residents and tourists and distinguish themselves from other urban centers worldwide. While the common thinking on creative cities may coalesce around the idea of one goal––economic development and branding––this book turns this idea on its head. Goldberg-Miller brings a new fresh perspective to the study of creative cities by using policy theory as an underlying construct to understand what happened in Toronto and New York in the 2000s. She demystifies the processes and outcomes of stakeholder involvement exogenous and endogenous shocks and research and strategic planning as well as warning us about the many pitfalls of neglecting critical community voices in the burgeoning practice of creative placemaking. This book is an essential resource in examining the development and sustainability of the global trend of integrating arts and culture in city planning and urban design that has become an international phenomenon. Perfect for students scholars and city-lovers alike Planning for a City of Culture illuminates the ways that this creative city trend went global with the two case study cities serving as perfect illustrations of the power and promise of arts and culture in current and future municipal strategies.   Please visit Shoshanah Goldberg-Miller's website for more information and research: www.goldberg-miller.com   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595163

Planning for a Material World Today urban scholars think of cities and regions as evolving through networks of human associations technologies and natural ecologies. This being the case planners are faced with the task of navigating a profoundly material world. Planning with and for humans alone is unacceptable: in the unfolding of urban processes non-human things cannot be ignored. This inclusive vision has consequences for how planners envision the connections among norms technologies and life-worlds as well as how they design and implement their plans.  The contributors to this volume utilize a variety of examples – ecologically-sensitive regional planning in Naples (Italy); congestion pricing in New York City; and public participation in Europe among others – to explore how planners engage a heterogeneous and restless world. Inspired by assemblage thinking and actor-network theory each chapter draws on this "new materialism" to acknowledge in quite pragmatic ways that spatial politics is a process of becoming that is inseparable from the materiality of urban practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392878

Planning for a Sustainable Environment This study explains how confronting ever-greater environmental pressures we can plan for and achieve a sustainable environment. The book focuses on urban development as population and resources and often the most severe environmental problems are concentrated in cities. It looks at the nature of environmental planning and at the main areas where changes have to be made: in energy policy waste disposal and pollution control construction transport and infrastructure. The book concludes with chapters on planning a sustainable city and on how to bring the necessary changes and institutional arrangements about. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181434

Planning for a Sustainable Future Sustainable Development is now firmly on the planning agenda and is an issue neither practitioner nor academic can afford to ignore. Planning for a Sustainable Future provides a multi-disciplinary overview of sustainability issues in the land use context focusing on principles and their application the legal political and policy context and the implication of sustainable development thinking for housing urban design and property development as well as waste and transport. The book concludes by considering how sustainable and unsustainable impacts alike can be measured and modelled providing real tools to move beyond rhetoric into practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857601

Planning for AuthentiCITIES Authenticity resonates throughout the urbanizing world. As cities’ commercial corridors and downtowns start to look increasingly the same and gentrification displaces many original neighborhood residents we are left with a sense that our cities are becoming "hollowed out " bereft of the multi-faceted connections that once rooted us to our communities. And yet in a world where change is unrelenting people long for authentic places. This book examines the reasons for and responses to this longing considering the role of community development in addressing community and neighbourhood authenticity. A key concept underscoring planning’s inherent challenges is the notion of authentic community ranging from more holistic and yet highly market-sensitive conceptions of authentic community to appreciating how authenticity helps form and reinforce individual identity. Typically developers emphasize spaces’ monetary exchange value while residents emphasize neighbourhoods’ use value—including how those spaces enrich local community tradition and life. Where exchange value predominates authenticity is increasingly implicated in gentrification taking us further from what initially made communities authentic. The hunger for authenticity grows in spite and because of its ambiguities. This edited collection seeks to explore such dynamics asking alternately "How does the definition of ‘authenticity’ shift in different social political and economic contexts?" And "Can planning promote authenticity? If so how and under what conditions?" It includes healthy scepticism regarding the concept along with proposals for promoting its democratic inclusive expression in neighbourhoods and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384922

Planning for Children's Play and LearningMeeting children’s needs in the later stages of the EYFS Praise for 3rd edition: 'Experienced practitioners and students will find a host of new ideas to help them create interesting environments and starting points to promote young children's learning.' - Early Years Update April 2009 'Planning for Children's Play and Learning includes practical guidance and ideas on creating stimulating learning environments indoors and outdoors planning exciting learning experiences.' - Early Years Update September 2009 This new edition of Planning for Children’s Play and Learning has been fully updated to reflect the revised Early Years Foundation Stage and in line with current policy and practice. It recognises the importance of play as a context for teaching learning and assessment and links theory with practical examples to show practitioners how they can best support the children in their care. With new material on learning stories language development ICT and the home learning environment the book includes practical guidance and ideas on: • creating stimulating learning environments indoors and out • planning exciting focus activities and experiences • responding to children’s individual interests and supporting personalised learning • sound observational practice and how to assess children’s learning and development within the EYFS framework • developing genuine partnerships with parents and learning links with home. Incorporating ‘Key Points for Good Practice’ within each chapter and direct links to the EYFS  this is a key text for all practitioners working with children in the later stages of the EYFS. It is also ideal for students pursuing Qualified Teacher Status in the Early Years and EYT Status and for those enrolled in courses in Early Childhood Studies and Foundation Degrees in Early Years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632768

Planning for Climate ChangeA Reader in Green Infrastructure and Sustainable Design for Resilient Cities This book provides an overview of the large and interdisciplinary literature on the substance and process of urban climate change planning and design using the most important articles from the last 15 years to engage readers in understanding problems and finding solutions to this increasingly critical issue. The Reader’s particular focus is how the impacts of climate change can be addressed in urban and suburban environments—what actions can be taken as well as the need for and the process of climate planning. Both reducing greenhouse gas emissions as well as adapting to future climate are explored. Many of the emerging best practices in this field involve improving the green infrastructure of the city and region—providing better on-site stormwater management more urban greening to address excess heat zoning for regional patterns of open space and public transportation corridors and similar actions. These actions may also improve current public health and livability in cities bringing benefits now and into the future. This Reader is innovative in bringing climate adaptation and green infrastructure together encouraging a more hopeful perspective on the great challenge of climate change by exploring both the problems of climate change and local solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391685

Planning for Climate ChangeStrategies for Mitigation and Adaptation for Spatial Planners Climate change is changing the context of spatial planning and shaping its priorities. It has strengthened its environmental dimension and has become a new rationale for coordinating actions and integrating different policy priorities. This book sets out the economic social and environmental challenges that climate change raises for urban and regional planners and explores current and potential responses. These are set within the context of recent research and scholarly works on the role of spatial planning in combating climate change. Addressing both mitigation measures for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and adaptation to the effects of climate change the book provides an overview of emerging practice with analysis of the drivers of policy change and practical implementation of measures. It scopes planning issues and opportunities at different spatial scales drawing on both the UK and international experiences and highlighting the need to link global and local responses to shared risks and opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978522

Planning for Coexistence?Recognizing Indigenous rights through land-use planning in Canada and Australia Planning is becoming one of the key battlegrounds for Indigenous people to negotiate meaningful articulation of their sovereign territorial and political rights reigniting the essential tension that lies at the heart of Indigenous-settler relations. But what actually happens in the planning contact zone - when Indigenous demands for recognition of coexisting political authority over territory intersect with environmental and urban land-use planning systems in settler-colonial states? This book answers that question through a critical examination of planning contact zones in two settler-colonial states: Victoria Australia and British Columbia Canada. Comparing the experiences of four Indigenous communities who are challenging and renegotiating land-use planning in these places the book breaks new ground in our understanding of contemporary Indigenous land justice politics. It is the first study to grapple with what it means for planning to engage with Indigenous peoples in major cities and the first of its kind to compare the underlying conditions that produce very different outcomes in urban and non-urban planning contexts. In doing so the book exposes the costs and limits of the liberal mode of recognition as it comes to be articulated through planning challenging the received wisdom that participation and consultation can solve conflicts of sovereignty. This book lays the theoretical methodological and practical groundwork for imagining what planning for coexistence might look like: a relational decolonizing planning praxis where self-determining Indigenous peoples invite settler-colonial states to their planning table on their terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490406

Planning for Community-based Disaster Resilience WorldwideLearning from Case Studies in Six Continents We are witnessing an ever-increasing level and intensity of disasters from Ecuador to Ethiopia and beyond devastating millions of ordinary lives and causing long-term misery for vulnerable populations. Bringing together 26 case studies from six continents this volume provides a unique resource that discusses in considerable depth the multifaceted matrix of natural and human-made disasters. It examines their bearing on the loss of human and productive capital; the conduct of national policies and the setting of national development priorities; and on the nature of international aid and bilateral assistance strategies and programs of donor countries. In order to ensure the efficacy and appropriateness of their support for disaster survivors international agencies humanitarian and disaster relief organizations scholars non-governmental organizations and members of the global emergency management community need to have insight into best practices and lessons learned from various disasters across national and cultural boundaries. The evidence obtained from the numerous case studies in this volume serves to build a worldwide community that is better informed about the cultural and traditional contexts of such disasters and better enabled to prepare for respond to and finally rebuild sustainable communities after disasters in different environments. The main themes of the case studies include: • the need for community planning and emergency management to unite in order to achieve the mutual aim of creating a sustainable disaster-resilient community coupled with the necessity to enact and implement appropriate laws policies and development regulations for disaster risk reduction; • the need to develop a clear set of urban planning and urban design principles for improving the built environment’s capacities for disaster risk management through the integration of disaster risk reduction education into the curricula of colleges and universities; • the need to engage the whole community to build inclusive governance structures as prerequisites for addressing climate change vulnerability and fostering resilience and sustainability. Furthermore the case studies explore the need to link the existence and value of scientific knowledge accumulated in various countries with decision-making in disaster risk management; and the relevance and transferability from one cultural context to another of the lessons learned in building institutional frameworks for whole community partnerships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601581

Planning For Computing In Higher EducationProceedings Of The 1979 Educom Fall Conference This volume addresses planning for the use of computing and information resources on college and university campuses. The contributors consider computer applications in the areas of instruction research and administration and analyze these from the viewpoints of faculty administrators and computer center directors. One focus of the book which Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282974

Planning For DroughtToward A Reduction Of Societal Vulnerability Droughts and their management are a serious challenge to water resource professionals. While droughts predominate in arid regions their frequency and severity in more temperate regions with more abundant rainfall have been on the rise. Drought Management and Planning for Water Resources provides an essential collection of planning and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282981

Planning for Ethnic Tourism Ethnic tourism has emerged as a means that is employed by many countries to facilitate economic and cultural development and to assist in the preservation of ethnic heritage. However while ethnic tourism has the potential to bring economic and social benefits it can also significantly impact traditional cultures ways of life and the sense of identity of ethnic groups. There is growing concern in many places about how to balance the use of ethnicity as a tourist attraction with the protection of minority cultures and the promotion of ethnic pride. Despite the fact that a substantial literature is devoted to the impacts of ethnic tourism little research has been done on how to plan ethnic tourism attractions or to manage community impacts of tourism. This book addresses the need for more research on planning for ethnic tourism by exploring the status and enhancement of planning strategies for ethnic tourism development. The book develops the case of a well-known ethnic tourist destination in China -Xishuangbanna Yunnan. It analyzes how ethnic tourism has been planned and developed at the study site and examines associated socio-cultural and planning issues. The authors evaluate the perspectives of four key stakeholder groups (the government tourism entrepreneurs ethnic minorities and tourists) on ethnic tourism through on-site observation interviews with government officials planners and tourism entrepreneurs surveys of tourists and ethnic minority people and evaluation of government policies plans and statistics. This book is unique in its emphasis on planning and in its focus on China rapidly emerging as a major player in tourism with applications for tourism around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270572

Planning for Greying CitiesAge-Friendly City Planning and Design Research and Practice Planning for Greying Cities: Age-Friendly City Planning and Design Research and Practice highlights how modern town planning and design act as a positive force for population ageing taking on these challenges from a user-oriented perspective. Although often related to 'healthy city' concepts the contexts of age-friendly cities and communities (AFCC) were not emphasized until the early 2000s. Planning for Greying Cities is the first book to bring together fundamental and cutting-edge research exploring dimensions of age-friendly cities in different spatial scales. Chapters examine the ageing circumstances and challenges in cities communities and rural areas in terms of land use planning urban design transport planning housing disaster resilience and governance and empowerment with international case studies and empirical research results of age-friendly environment studies. It is essential reading for academics and practicians in urban planning gerontology transport planning and environmental design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331900

Planning for GrowthUrban and Regional Planning in China Planning for Growth: Urban and Regional Planning in China provides an overview of the changes in China’s planning system policy and practices using concrete examples and informative details in language that is accessible enough for the undergraduate but thoroughly grounded in a wealth of research and academic experience to support academics. It is the first accessible text on changing urban and regional planning in China under the process of transition from a centrally planned socialist economy to an emerging market in the world. Fulong Wu a leading authority on Chinese cities and urban and regional planning sets up the historical framework of planning in China including its foundation based on the proactive approach to economic growth the new forms of planning such as the ‘strategic spatial plan’ and ‘urban cluster plans’ that have emerged and stimulated rapid urban expansion and transformed compact Chinese cities into dispersed metropolises. And goes on to explain the new planning practices that began to pay attention to eco-cities new towns and new development areas. Planning for Growth: Urban and Regional Planning in China demonstrates that planning is not necessarily an ‘enemy of growth’ and plays an important role in Chinese urbanization and economic growth. On the other hand it also shows planning’s limitations in achieving a more sustainable and just urban future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814423

Planning For Higher EducationBackground And Application This book focuses on some of the last decade's more significant writing about developments in higher education planning organizing the wide-ranging commentaries and studies to show the administrator the faculty member and the informed layman what the current status of higher education appears to be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367282998

Planning for Information Systems Edited by one of the best-known and most widely respected figures in the field "Planning for Information Systems" is a comprehensive single source overview of the myriad ideas and processes that are identified with IS planning. While many chapters deal with high level strategic planning the book gives equal attention to on-the-ground planning issues.Part I 'Key Concepts of IS Planning' focuses on how IS planning has evolved over the years; business-IS strategic alignment; and the role of dynamic organizational capabilities in leveraging IS competencies. Part II 'The Organizational IS Planning Process ' describes IS planning in terms of critical success factors and includes a knowledge-based view of IS planning; a practical assessment of strategic alignment; the IT budgeting process; the search for an optimal level of IS strategic planning; and the role of organizational learning in IS planning.Part III 'IS Investment Planning' deals with predicting the value that an IS project may have; a 'rational expectations' approach to assessing project payoffs; assessing the social costs and benefits of projects; an options-based approach to managing project risks; planning for project teams; and the moderating effects of coordinated planning. Part IV 'Goals and Outcomes of IS Planning' considers information strategy as a goal and/or outcome of IS planning; IT infrastructure as a goal or outcome; competitive advantage as a goal or outcome; e-process partnership chains; and planning successful Internet-based projects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701745

Planning for Public Transport AccessibilityAn International Sourcebook Bringing together a comparative analysis of the accessibility by public transport of 23 cities spanning four continents this book provides a "hands-on" introduction to the evolution rationale and effectiveness of a new generation of accessibility planning tools that have emerged since the mid-2000s. The Spatial Network Analysis for Multimodal Urban Transport Systems (SNAMUTS) tool is used as a practical example to demonstrate how city planners can find answers as they seek to improve public transport accessibility. Uniquely among the new generation of accessibility tools SNAMUTS has been designed for multi-city comparisons. A range of indicators are employed in each city including: the effectiveness of the public transport network; the relationship between the transport network and land use activity; who gets access within the city; and how resilient the city will be. The cities selected enable a comparison between cities by old world–new world; public transport modes; governance approach; urban development constraints. The book is arranged along six themes that address the different planning challenges cities confront. Richly illustrated with maps and diagrams this volume acts as a comprehensive sourcebook of accessibility indicators and a snapshot of current policy making around the world in the realm of strategic planning for land use transport integration and the growth of public transport. It provides a deeper understanding of the complexity opportunities and challenges of twenty-first-century accessibility planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668365

Planning for Retail DevelopmentA Critical View of the British Experience Written by a leading expert in the field this is the first thorough critical review of retail planning policy in Britain (including Scotland and Wales). It covers recent changes in government policy and guidance and examines retail policy within a broader economic and social context. Planning for Retail Development explains key events and debates in the evolution of retail planning policy at central and local government levels since the 1960s and draws contrasts between the 1980s a period in which retail developers were encouraged by central government to expand away from town centres and the more recent emphasis on protection and promotion of town centres as the most appropriate location for new development. The book develops a critical evaluation of past and present retail planning policies based upon analyses of retailers’ objectives and of typical consumer shopping behaviour. Relationships between retail planning and wider societal concerns including sustainable development social inclusion and urban regeneration are also examined and analysed and guidelines for future policy objectives and content are drawn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650878

Planning for Schematic Learning in the Early YearsA practical guide What are schemas and why should you know about them? How can schemas be identified in young children? What does schematic learning look like and how does it meet the needs of individual children? All children are different they look different sound different behave in different ways and crucially they learn differently. It is a constant challenge in Early Years settings and Reception classes to provide opportunities that are relevant and valuable for all the children. Being able to recognise and identify schemas in young children enables practitioners to plan a play-based curriculum that allows for individualised learning based around each child’s interests that will support the next steps of their development. Drawing on current research the book clearly explains what schemas are and how they can be identified in children. Looking at how settings can plan to incorporate schemas into their schemes and topics and providing real life examples of schematic learning in practice features include: Examples of schemas alongside descriptions of common behaviour patterns A chapter on using schemas to support children with additional needs Photocopiable key checklists to help identify different schemas Guidance on developing schemas to support children in their next steps Advice on using schemas to aid the transition to Key Stage 1   Including case studies and photographs to illustrate practice this highly practical book aims to inspire practitioners teachers and students to be creative in the way they work with children and ensure the best for those in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697125

Planning for Small Town Change Change is inevitable in all communities: they both grow and decline. Planning is a means by which we have sought to manage this change. It has not always succeeded in providing the types of settlements and environments which many residents and others want either because it is operating with the wrong policies or because it is failing to ensure that the right policies are effectively implemented. These failings have opened planning to criticism by a dominant neoliberal orthodoxy which shapes an increasingly difficult environment in which planning has to operate. Planning for Small Town Change builds on an underexploited selection of international research and the authors’ English case studies to consider the efficacy of planning for change. Drawing on insightful small town experiences three themes emerge: understanding and conceptualising change; appreciating the potential within place; and the mechanisms for planning and delivery. The research draws on many examples of how key actors have made a significant difference to specific places and provides important insights into how the planning process can be better matched to the long-term and complex challenges faced. Whilst small town experiences are often neglected they are found to be particularly insightful in understanding the potential roles of local communities and the importance of place quality when planning for change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025660

Planning for SustainabilityCreating Livable Equitable and Ecological Communities How can human communities sustain a long-term existence on a small planet? This challenge grows ever more urgent as the threat of global warming increases. Planning for Sustainability presents a wide-ranging intellectually well-grounded and accessible introduction to the concept of planning for more sustainable and livable communities. The text explores topics such as how more compact and walkable cities and towns might be created how local ecosystems can be restored how social inequalities might be reduced how greenhouse gas emissions might be lowered and how more sustainable forms of economic development can be brought about. The second edition has been extensively revised and updated throughout including an improved structure with chapters now organized under three sections: the nature of sustainable planning issues central to sustainable planning and scales of sustainable planning. New material includes greater discussion of climate change urban food systems the relationships between public health and the urban environment and international development. Building on past schools of planning theory Planning for Sustainability lays out a sustainability planning framework that pays special attention to the rapidly evolving institutions and power structures of a globalizing world. By considering in turn each scale of planning—international national regional municipal neighborhood and site and building—the book illustrates how sustainability initiatives at different levels can interrelate. Only by weaving together planning initiatives and institutions at different scales and by integrating efforts across disciplines can we move towards long-term human and ecological well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809894

Planning for Tall Buildings In a time of recession the challenge of building and planning for tall buildings has become even more complex; the economics of development legislative and planning frameworks and the local politics of development must be navigated by those wishing to design and construct new tall buildings which fit within the fabric of their host cities. This book is a timely contribution to the debate about new tall buildings and their role and effect on our cities.  It is divided into two main parts. In part one the relationship between tall buildings and planning is outlined followed by an exploration of the impacts that construction of tall buildings can have. It focuses in particular on the conservation debates that proposals for new tall buildings raise. The first part ends with an analysis of the way in which planning strategies have evolved to deal with the unique consequences of tall buildings on their urban locations. The second part of the book focuses on seven examples of medium-sized cities dealing with planning and conservation issues and implications that arise from tall buildings. These have been chosen to reflect a wide range of methods to either encourage or to control tall buildings that cities are deploying. The case studies come from across the western world covering England (Manchester Liverpool Newcastle and Birmingham) Norway (Oslo) Ireland (Dublin) and Canada (Vancouver) and represent a broad spectrum of approaches to dealing with this issue.In drawing together the experiences of these varied cities the book contributes to the ongoing debate about the role of the tall building in our cities their potential impacts and experiences of those who use and inhabit them.  The conclusions outline how cities should approach the strategic planning of tall buildings as well as how they should deal with the consequences of individual buildings particularly on the built heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581080

Planning for the Early Years Foundation Stage The Practical Guidance in the Early Years Foundation Stage series will assist practitioners in the smooth and successful implementation of the Early Years Foundation Stage. Each book gives clear and detailed explanations of each aspect of Learning and Development and encourages readers to consider each area within its broadest context to expand and develop their own knowledge and good practice. Practical ideas and activities for all age groups are offered along with a wealth of expertise of how elements from the practice guidance can be implemented within all early years settings. The books include suggestions for the innovative use of everyday ressources popular books and stories. Planning for the Early Years Foundation Stage complements the six Learning area books in this series by explaining the basis of clear planning and how it links to careful observation and assessment. Useful examples are provided throughout Planning across the Early Years Foundation Stage will raise awareness of what is needed within early years settings explain the who when and whys of observation assessment and planning and making useful links to each of the other books in the series.   Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315881300

Planning for the UnplannedRecovering from Crises in Megacities First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870380

Planning for Urban QualityUrban Design in Towns and Cities Rapid regeneration of city areas has placed the quality of urban design high on public and policy agendas worldwide. Planning for Urban Quality examines the achievement of quality in the urban environment in a planning context. Tracing urban design from its roots the authors draw on both historical and current practices to examine the key physical political and economic forces at play and the social pressures and impacts brought about by both failures and achievements in urban design. This highly illustrated critique of towns and cities draws on examples from across Western Europe South Africa and USA to examine both public and private sector development practices controls and fiscal policies within a diverse range of localities. The authors indicate the need for a reinstitution of region-provincial approaches for closer co-ordination bewteen sectors and revised fiscal policies in planning and development in order to enhance the quality of urban social experience and environments. Providing a deeper understanding of the many diverse strands of Urban Quality the authors provide a firm basis from which to analyse urban planning achievements and to assess the relevance and value of urban scapes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754467

Planning for Wicked ProblemsA Planner's Guide to Land Use Law Efforts to teach students pursuing graduate degrees in urban and regional planning are often frustrated by the "case books" that have been prepared for use by law professors teaching similar courses.  Dawn Jourdan and Eric J. Strauss have attempted to take their concerns to heart in the design of this Planning for Wicked Problems: A Planner's Guide to Land Use Law. Each chapter begins with a planning problem that is complex and has no "correct" answer.  Students should answer this hypothetical before reading the subsequent sections of each of the chapters. The second section of each chapter provides a primer for each topic.  This primer is meant to summarize the basic principles of the law and to identify the types of questions relevant to planners when such issues arise.  The third section of each chapter includes a series of edited court opinions.  The cases selected have been identified by American Institute of Certified Planners as those fundamental to planning education. Each chapter concludes with an answer to the proposed wicked planning problem.  Planning for Wicked Problems has been written to demonstrate to future planners how the law may be a useful tool in helping them invent solutions to wicked planning problems. The book features a companion website for additional study and review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012950

Planning in a Global Era Globalization was the buzzword of the last decade. Advances in communication technology computing and air travel have all contributed to the establishment of what has been referred to as a 'network society' that encompasses the globe. Such arguments clearly have a significance on planning - an activity which has been concerned with controlling and shaping the use of space. This volume brings together contributions from across the world in order to address some of the questions that arise from such global changes. The opening section addresses the globalization debate directly raising some theoretical issues and exploring the planning implications across a range of world cities. This is followed by an exploration of the way the theoretical debate about planning may need to advance to encompass contemporary forces. A number of more specific accounts addressing the need for adaptation are offered. The final section focuses on two aspects - housing and sustainability - which persist as 'wicked problems' and are likely to remain at the top of the agenda in the third millennium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263994

Planning in Contemporary AfricaThe State Town Planning and Society in Cameroon Why do authorities in post-colonial African states continue to employ European or Western planning models? What are the implications for different societal groups of adopting such models? Several decades following independence this outstanding volume provides in-depth empirical research to uncover the answers to such questions. The book focuses in particular on Cameroon the only African country to have been colonized by three different European powers: Germany Britain and France. It discusses the nature of the state in peripheral capitalist countries and sets current planning and land use policies in their historical colonial and post-colonial contexts. The author then proceeds to examine key planning issues such as housing land ownership sustainable development environmental and waste management transportation infrastructure and gender. In addition to analyzing the impact of colonialism and imperialism on the built environment in Cameroon in particular and sub-Saharan Africa in general the book also addresses global issues about urbanism and will be particularly relevant to those interested in planning regional studies and development and development geography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246703

Planning in Crisis?Theoretical Orientations for Architecture and Planning In recent years a formidable gulf has opened up between planning theory and practice. Over the past four decades planning academics have developed strong theories and created models to accompany and elucidate the planning process. However many planning practitioners have resisted the notion that theory can play a positive role in the solution of concrete planning problems This volume provides a comprehensive overview of all the main planning theories and models while also introducing an innovative new model and a set of tools. Modeled on the theories of Mario Bunge this dynamic new approach allows planners to achieve a better understanding of the complexities involved in the role of planners and their impact on the built environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259935

Planning in Eastern Europe (Routledge Revivals) Planning is particularly important in Eastern Europe since most spatial change and economic planning are the products of centralised decision-making which in turn is the product of a systematic socio-political ideology. Planning is therefore an important key to understanding society economy and spatial change in Eastern Europe. This book which was first published in 1987 provides a comprehensive overview of planning in Eastern Europe. Each chapter discusses the nature of planning in the country in question and the changes which have taken place since 1945 and examines regional economic land-use environmental protection and urban design policies and their achievements in the post- 1945 period. Introductory chapters discuss the physical economic and political background of the area and a conclusion considers overall successes and failures and discusses likely future developments. This book is ideal for students of geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853393

Planning in EuropeUrban and Regional Planning in the EEC Originally published in 1984 Planning Urban Europe is a volume of essays reviewing the systems of town and country planning that operate within the member-states of the European Economic Community. The book looks at how the community’s institutions and policies relate to the activity of planning and contributions are written by experts native to the country of study. Each contribution focuses on the scope and style of planning in that country as opposed to detailed accounts of planning legislation. The book will be of value to practitioners students and officials wanting to gain an insight into planning elsewhere in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485693

Planning in Health Promotion WorkAn Empowerment Model Community development planning and partnerships have become important terms in health promotion but up until now debate around these concepts have been discussed more in planning science than in public health literature. Roar Amdam draws on theories and new empirical evidence from local regional and international planning and public health in order to develop a new model for health promotion: empowerment planning. Much health promotion planning has focused on top-down approaches and while efforts to be participative are made it is often without having a clear understanding of how community empowerment can be accommodated within health promotion programs. Amdam’s innovative concept combines top-down and bottom-up approaches to enable people to take more responsibility for their own health and for individual and collective capacity building. Planning in Health Promotion Work is suitable for all students and researchers of health promotion and health planning and development whilst the numerous applied examples make it an invaluable resource for policymakers and practitioners working in public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820059

Planning in Indigenous AustraliaFrom Imperial Foundations to Postcolonial Futures Planning in settler-colonial countries is always taking place on the lands of Indigenous peoples. While Indigenous rights identity and cultural values are increasingly being discussed within planning its mainstream accounts virtually ignore the colonial roots and legacies of the discipline’s assumptions techniques and methods. This ground-breaking book exposes the imperial origins of the planning canon profession and practice in the settler-colonial country of Australia. By documenting the role of planning in the history of Australia’s relations with Indigenous peoples the book maps the enduring effects of colonisation. It provides a new historical account of colonial planning practices and rewrites the urban planning histories of major Australian cities. Contemporary land rights native title and cultural heritage frameworks are analysed in light of their critical importance to planning practice today with detailed case illustrations. In reframing Australian planning from a postcolonial perspective the book shatters orthodox accounts revising the story that planning has told itself for over 100 years. New ways to think and practise planning in Indigenous Australia are advanced. Planning in Indigenous Australia makes a major contribution towards the decolonisation of planning. It is essential reading for students and teachers in tertiary planning programmes as well as those in geography development studies postcolonial studies anthropology and environmental management. It is also vital reading for professional planners in the public private and community sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909984

Planning in Plain EnglishWriting Tips for Urban and Environmental Planners In this volume the author draws from more than a decade of editing experience to explain how to craft clear understandable and highly readable planning documents. The author suggests ways to overcome planners' most common writing foibles: acronymns jargon and overuse of the passive voice. And the author provides handy lists to transform mushy nouns into powerful verbs pare down bloated sentences and translate ""bureaucratese"" into everyday language. The author even includes practice exercises designed to help you recognize and overcome bad writing habits. But even the best writing skills won't help if your document is organized poorly and aimed at the wrong audience.The author also explains why it's essential to know who your readers are before you start writing and how to organize your work so that it will be easy to understand and use." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367092702

Planning in TaiwanSpatial Planning in the Twenty-First Century As a newly industrialised country with highly successful economic growth and political liberation in a short period of time Taiwan has been viewed as a model for other aspiring countries and regions. This volume focuses on the connection between planning institution and practice and the country’s future in terms of political institutions and economic and environmental sustainability. The book starts by providing a history of planning in Taiwan and situates contemporary Taiwanese planning in the wider global context. The contributors go on to cover challenges to planning urban change legal planning land problems the development of industrial land community planning conservation ecological land use planning for natural disasters and transportation planning. The conclusion discusses the challenges for Taiwan in the twenty-first century. Planning in Taiwan will be of interest to students and academics working on comparative planning development and politics urban studies and conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994966

Planning in Ten Words or LessA Lacanian Entanglement with Spatial Planning This book takes a Lacanian and related post-structuralist perspective to demythologize ten of the most heavily utilised terms in spatial planning: rationality the good certainty risk growth globalization multi-culturalism sustainability responsibility and 'planning' itself. It highlights that these terms and others are mere 'empty signifiers' meaning everything and nothing. Based on international examples of planning practice and process Planning in Ten Words or Less suggests that spatial and urban planning is largely based on the construction and deployment of ideological knowledge claims. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274716

Planning in the Face of ConflictThe Surprising Possibilities of Facilitative Leadership Bikers and hikers. Sex workers and social conservatives. Agencies and activists. The people involved in planning for a site—or a community—can be like the Hatfields and McCoys. And the process brings them together face to face and toe to toe. How can planners take conflicted communities from passionate demands to practical solutions? Facilitative leadership offers helpful answers. Cornell University’s John Forester has produced a dozen profiles of planning practitioners known for their successes in helping communities turn contentious conflicts into practical consensus. This remarkable book tells their stories in their own words. Lisa Beutler shows the way she got California’s off-highway vehicle users and recreationists on the same track. Michael Hughes shares the search for common ground for HIV prevention in Colorado. Shirley Solomon recalls how lessons learned in South Africa helped her build trust between Native Americans and county officials in the Pacific Northwest. Forester and his panel of experts offer no simplistic formulas but a great deal of practical guidance. From mind mapping to the Hawaiian concept of Ho’ oponopono (making things right) readers will come away with a wealth of ideas they can use to move from the heat of confrontation to the light of creative solutions in their communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611901184

Planning in the Moment with Two and Three Year OldsChild-initiated Play in Action Children are most engaged â€“ and therefore learn best â€“ when they are following their own interests. In this book Anna Ephgrave shows how her acclaimed ‘planning in the moment’ approach can be used with two and three year olds with dramatic results for both children and staff. It reveals the impact that free-flowing child-initiated play has on very young children’s wellbeing making them feel safe secure and consequently helping them to be fully engaged in their learning. The first part of the book clearly explains the principles of child-initiated play and demonstrates how practitioners can create the best possible environment for very young children also looking at the resources and practices that need to be in place for them to flourish. There is detailed guidance on the role of the practitioner including how adults should observe children’s play before deciding how – or if – to interact in that moment to ensure that each interaction moves learning forward and supports the child’s unique development. The second part of the book tracks some of the events from each month in the toddler room of an outstanding preschool following a cohort of children through a year to show how the setting moved from topic-based adult-led activities to a fully child-led way of working. Key features include: Over 350 full colour photos to illustrate practice Specific guidance on using the ‘in the moment’ approach with all children including those with additional needs Advice on working with parents individual children and groups Examples of individual learning journeys Photocopiable templates of ‘focus-child’ sheets Covering all aspects of practice from the organization of the room and outdoor environment to the routines and boundaries that ensure children are safe and happy this book is essential reading for anyone who works with two and three year olds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140151

Planning in the Moment with Young ChildrenA Practical Guide for Early Years Practitioners and Parents Young children live in the here and now. If adults are to make a real difference to their learning they need to seize the moments when children first show curiosity and support their next steps immediately. This book embraces the concept of planning "in the moment" and emphasises the critical role of the adult in promoting child-led learning giving early years practitioners the confidence and insight to work and plan in the moment and enabling the children in their care to live learn play and develop in the here and now. Planning in the Moment with Young Children maintains a strong link to practice providing numerous examples of how practitioners can integrate spontaneous planning and rich adult–child interactions into their everyday practice and early years curricula. From timetabling to setting clear rules creating enabling environments keeping records and making use of a variety of materials the book demonstrates the multitude of ways in which practitioners can encourage child autonomy and respond to the unique needs of each child. Examples from practice are rooted in theory fully contextualised and exemplified by original documentation sourced from the author’s own experiences and from a wide variety of settings.   Key features include: over 180 full colour photographs to illustrate practice; photocopiable pages including planning sheets documentation and activity sheets; advice on working with parents individual children and groups; tailored guidance on working with children at different stages of development from birth to age 6 years; relevance to a range of settings including childminders pre-schools nurseries and schools. When children are allowed to select where with what and how to play they are truly invested in their play they become deeply involved and make dramatic progress. This book is an outstanding testament to a responsive and child-led way of working in early years environments. Practitioners will be guided inspired and supported to work spontaneously and reactively – planning as they go and celebrating the results! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080393

Planning in the UKAgendas for the New Millennium This title was first published in 2003:The advent of the Labour government in 1997 provoked major change in the political landscape of the UK. Priorities changed and different themes moved to the top of the agenda such as local democracy community transparency sustainability and co-ordinated or 'joined-up' thinking. Many of the new priorities such as community empowerment involved a reappraisal of the purpose and procedures of planning while others changed the legislative and institutional frame within which planning operated. This indispensable volume traces and analyzes the implications for planning created by this political shift. Presenting an overview of the general debates on contemporary UK planning the book proceeds to identify four major areas as key themes for planning in the third millennium. These are: the new institutional context; ensuring social inclusion and participation; promoting sustainability; and the debate over building at higher densities on Brownfield sites. Illustrated with in-depth case studies the book provides a timely and important examination of the current state of planning in the UK and suggests best-case scenarios for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736924

Planning in the USAPolicies Issues and Processes This extensively revised and updated fourth edition of Planning in the USA continues to provide a comprehensive introduction to the policies theory and practice of planning. Outlining land use urban planning and environmental protection policies this fully illustrated book explains the nature of the planning process and the way in which policy issues are identified defined and approached. This full colour edition incorporates new planning legislation and regulations at the state and federal layers of government updated discussion on current economic issues and examples of local ordinances in a variety of planning areas. Key updates include: a new chapter on planning and sustainability; a new discussion on the role of foundations and giving to communities; a discussion regarding the aftermath of Katrina in New Orleans; a discussion on deindustrialization and shrinking cities; a discussion on digital billboards; a discussion on recent comprehensive planning efforts; a discussion on land banking; a discussion unfunded mandates; a discussion on community character; a companion website with multiple choice and fill the blank questions and ‘test yourself’ glossary terms. This book gives a detailed account of urbanization in the United States and reveals the problematic nature and limitations of the planning process the fallibility of experts and the difficulties facing policy-makers in their search for solutions. Planning in the USA is an essential book for students planners and all who are concerned with the nature of contemporary urban and environmental problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506977

Planning Knowledge and Research The field of urban planning is far-reaching in breadth and depth. This is due to the complex nature of cities regions and development processes. The knowledge domain of planning includes social economic technological environmental and political systems that continue to evolve and expand rapidly. Understanding these systems is an inter-disciplinary endeavor at the scale of several academic fields. The wide range of topics considered by planning educators and practitioners are often based on varying definitions of "planning" and modes of planning practice. This unique book discusses various elements and contributions to urban planning research to show that seemingly disparate topics do in fact intersect and together contribute to ways of understanding urban planning. The objective is not to discuss how to "do" research but rather to explore the context of urban planning scholarship with implications for the planning academy and planning practice. This edited volume includes chapters contributed by a diverse range of planning scholars who consider the corpus of planning scholarship both historically and critically in their area of expertise. It is essential reading for students of planning research and planning theory from around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233768

Planning Later LifeBioethics and Public Health in Ageing Societies This book examines the relevance of modern medicine and healthcare in shaping the lives of elderly persons and the practices and institutions of ageing societies. Combining individual and social dimensions Planning Later Life discusses the ethical social and political consequences of increasing life expectancies and demographic change in the context of biomedicine and public health. By focusing on the field of biomedicine and healthcare the authors engage readers in a dialogue on the ethical and social implications of recent trends in dementia research and care advance healthcare planning or the rise of anti-ageing medicine and prevention. Bringing together the largely separated debates of individualist bioethics on the one hand and public health ethics on the other the volume deliberately considers the entanglements of envisioning evaluating and controlling individual and societal futures. So far the process of devising and exploring the various positive and negative visions and strategies related to later life has rarely been reflected systematically from a philosophical sociological and ethical point of view. As such this book will be crucial to those working and studying in the life sciences the humanities and the social sciences particularly in the areas of bioethics social work gerontology and aging studies healthcare and social service sociology social policy and geography and population studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350079

Planning Law and Practice The law relating to town and country planning has a major impact upon the physical environment and affects private citizens landowners and developers alike. This third  edition is a comprehensive text for students practitioners and members of the general public on this difficult area of law. Following the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 the third edition of Planning Law and Practice contains a complete revision of plan-making and the control of development as well as incorporating recent case law. Together this provides up-to-date details of the operation of the current English planning system. The successful format adopted in the first edition of this book which was awarded the Gold Award for Best Reference Work by the Chartered Institute of Building in 1999 has been retained. Planning legislation is dealt with in the main chapters while further chapters use relevant case law to amplify the sometimes complex statutory material. In addition the book outlines other areas of land law such as European legislation non-planning controls and public investment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138142961

Planning Law and Practice in Northern Ireland Each of the jurisdictions within the UK and Ireland is refining the operational characteristics of its planning system and while there are some common practices it is also the case that there are substantive divergences. In each territory the planning template is fundamentally shaped within a dynamic legal context and thus students and practitioners of planning need accessible informative and up-to-date literature dealing with this matter. Planning Law and Practice in Northern Ireland provides an interpretive narrative of the statutes case law and planning procedures that have shaped its planning system with due regard being given to the combined influences emanating from European Union UK and Northern Ireland planning governance. The contributions in this book explore the evolution of planning in Northern Ireland and discuss key facets of development management enforcement environmental law equality property law and professional ethics. This book makes an important contribution to the wider literature in this field and provides an essential reference to students planning practitioners and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342071

Planning London An introduction to the problems and practices of planning in London. The authors address the question of what contributions the land-use planning system has made and could make to resolving decrepit public transport congestion noise dirt crime poverty begging homelessness. They analyse these conflicts in terms of history jobs housing transport and the quality of the environment - and considers future options. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203975602

Planning Los Angeles Los Angeles isn’t planned; it just happens. Right? Not so fast! Despite the city’s reputation for spontaneous evolution a deliberate planning process shapes the way Los Angeles looks and lives. Editor David C. Sloane a planning professor at the University of Southern California has enlisted 30 essayists for a lively richly illustrated view of this vibrant metropolis. Planning Los Angeles launches a new series from APA Planners Press. Each year Planners Press will bring out a new study on a major American city. Natives newcomers and out-of-towners will get insiders’ views of today’s hot-button issues and a sneak peek at the city to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611900040

Planning Made Easy Developing a program to train planning commissioners and zoning board members takes a lot of time and effort. This manual makes the process easier. It covers the basics of community planning zoning subdivision regulation and ethics. With chapters organized in discrete modules it's ideal for both self-study and classroom use. Narratives explain general planning principles. Exercises encourage users to think about the planning issues in their communities. And worksheets reinforce important concepts. A complementary training guide Training Made Easy is also available. Planning Made Easy is published as looseleaf pages in a three-ring notebook. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351179096

Planning Major InfrastructureA Critical Analysis This book analyses the planning and policy world of major infrastructure as it is moving now in Europe and the UK. Have some countries managed to generate genuine consensus on how the large changes are progressed?  What can we learn from the different ways countries manage these challenges to inform better spatial planning and more intelligent political steering? Case studies of the key features of policy and planning approaches in France Germany the Netherlands Spain and the UK are at the core of Planning Major Infrastructure.   This includes the different regimes introduced in England and Wales and Scotland brought in by reforms since 2006.  High speed rail renewable energy deployment water management waste treatment – all raise critical planning issues. The case studies connect to the big issues of principle which haunt this field of public policy: how can democratic legitimacy be secured?  How can ecological and economic transitions be managed?  What is the appropriate role of the national government in each of these areas as against other levels?  What part has the EU played and should it be involved in the future?  These are some of the central themes raised in this innovating exploration of this currently high profile field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669559

Planning Metropolitan Australia Australia has long been a highly (sub)urbanized nation but the major distinctive feature of its contemporary settlement pattern is that the great majority of Australians live in a small number of large metropolitan areas focused on the state capital cities. The development and application of effective urban policy at a regional scale is a significant global challenge given the complexities of urban space and governance. Building on the editors’ previous collection The Australian Metropolis: A Planning History (2000) this new book examines the recent history of metropolitan planning in Australia since the beginning of the twenty-first century. After a historical prelude the book is structured around a series of six case studies of metropolitan Melbourne Sydney Adelaide Perth the fast-growing metropolitan region of South-East Queensland centred on Brisbane and the national capital of Canberra. These essays are contributed by some of Australia’s leading urbanists. Set against a dynamic background of economic change restructured land uses a more diverse population and growing spatial and social inequality the book identifies a broad planning consensus around the notion of making Australian cities more contained compact and resilient. But it also observes a continuing gulf between the simplified aims of metropolitan strategies and our growing understanding of the complex functioning of the varied communities in which most people live. This book reflects on the raft of planning challenges presented at the metropolitan scale looks at what the future of Australian cities might be and speculates about the prospects of more effective metropolitan planning arrangements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367501952

Planning Olympic LegaciesTransport Dreams and Urban Realities When a city wins the right to hold the Olympics one of the oft cited advantages to the region is the catalytic effect upon the urban and transport projects of the host cities. However with unparalleled access to documents and records Eva Kassens-Noor questions and challenges this fundamental assertion of host cities who claim to have used the Olympic Games as a way to move forward their urban agendas In fact transport dreams to stage the "perfect games" of the International Olympic Committee and the governments of the host cities have lead to urban realities that significantly differ from the development path the city had set out to accomplish before winning the Olympic bid. Ultimately it is precisely the IOC’s influence – and the city’s foresight and sophistication (or lack thereof) in coping with it – that determines whether years after the Games there are legacies benefitting the former hosts. The text is supported by revealing interviews from lead host city planners and key documents which highlight striking discrepancies between media broadcasts and the internal communications between the IOC and host city governments. It focuses on the inside story of the urban and transport change process undergone by four cities (Barcelona Atlanta Sydney and Athens) that staged the Olympics and forecasts London and Rio de Janeiro’s urban trajectories. The final chapter advises cities on how to leverage the Olympic opportunity to advance their long-run urban strategic plans and interests while fulfilling the International Olympic Committee’s fundamental requirements. This is a uniquely positioned look at why Olympic cities have – or do not have – the transport and urban legacies they had wished for. The book will be of interest to planners government agencies and those involved in organizing future Games. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689717

Planning Politics & State First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000077

Planning PowerTown Planning and Social Control in Colonial Africa With a multidisciplinary perspective Planning Power examines British and French colonial town and country planning efforts in Africa. Drawing out similarities in the colonial administrative and economic strategies of the two powers rather than emphasizing the differences the book offers an unusually nuanced view of African planning systems in a time of upheaval and political change. In showing how the colonial authorities sought to gain political and social control in Africa it can be seen how their will to exert political power influenced every area of planning practice during this era. This unique comparative analysis of British and French colonial town planning – covering the entire sub-Saharan African region – takes theories from a wide range of disciplines including political science history urban and regional planning economics and geography to paint a comprehensive picture of the subject. Written by a prolific researcher and writer in the political-economy of urban and regional planning in Africa Planning Power is valuable reading for students and academics in a range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books UCL Press 9781138978539

Planning PracticeCritical Perspectives from the UK Planning Practice: Critical Perspectives from the UK provides the only comprehensive overview of contemporary planning practice in the UK. Drawing on contributions from leading researchers in the field it examines the tools contexts and outcomes of planning practice. Part I examines planning processes and tools and the extent to which theory and practice diverge covering plan-making Development Management planning gain public engagement and place-making. Part II examines the changing contexts within which planning practice takes place including privatisation and deregulation devolution and multi-level governance increased ethnic and social diversity growing environmental concerns and the changing nature of commercial real estate. Part III focuses on how planning practice produces outcomes for the built environment in relation to housing infrastructure economic progress public transport and regeneration. The book considers what it means to be a reflective practitioner in the modern planning system the constraints and opportunities that planners face in their daily work and the ethical and political challenges they must confront. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384847

Planning Process DramaEnriching teaching and learning Process drama is now firmly established internationally as a powerful and dynamic pedagogy. This clear and accessible book provides a practical step-by-step guide to the planning of process drama. Grounded in theory and illustrated in practice it identifies and explains the principles of planning and shows how they can be applied across age ranges and curricula. Drawing on the authors’ wide-ranging practical experience and research examples are built up and run throughout the book at each step showing how and why the teachers’ planning decisions were made. This second edition features: a wider range of examples illustrating the planning principles in practice two completely new chapters: one deals with planning for diverse learner groups and the other moves the reader on from the pre-action planning phase to the ‘planning on your feet’ required as the drama unfolds. incorporated new material to reflect recent understanding of how learning takes place Written as a conversation between reader and authors Planning Process Drama will help practitioners to update and refine their practice and strengthen their understanding skills and confidence. Planning Process Drama will be an essential guide for students undertaking initial teacher training at primary level in addition to both Drama and English at secondary level and a Masters in Drama in Education. It will also prove to be valuable reading for specialist and non-specialist teacher in both the primary and secondary sectors who teach or wish to teach process drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508636

Planning Public Library BuildingsConcepts and Issues for the Librarian Planning a new or refurbished public library means considering not only facilities for collections services staff and users but examining also the local context reviewing the library image and developing relationships with other community facilities and agencies. This book examines the entire gamut of challenges confronting the planning and development of contemporary public libraries; their mission their roles and key issues such as lifelong learning social inclusion community and cultural needs regeneration and funding. The helpful presentation and readable style guides the librarian through the preliminary information-gathering and decision-making process that ensures a successful library building for all concerned. Using practical case studies plans and photographs the author tackles the critical issues of siting size plans and design concepts and provides a helpful guide to weighing up the alternatives of refurbished converted and new buildings. Separate chapters focus on the planning briefing and construction process; security safety and sustainability; key characteristics of successful buildings; identity decor and signage; and interior layout and facilities. The text draws together a vast resource of real library examples from all over the world which provide best practice models and lessons to learn. For funding authorities librarians and architects of public libraries this is a highly informative book that will help to ensure wise decision-making and prevent costly mistakes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257160

Planning Quality Project Management of (EMR/EHR) Software Products When hospitals began implementing their electronic medical records/electronic health records systems (EMR/HER) the pharmaceutical companies that were conducting clinical trials at those hospitals wanted to sue the date from those systems instead of having the hospitals enter the data in their EHR systems and also in the study data entry system. However the FDA regulations would require that the hospital systems be "validated". The hospitals and the companies developing the systems argued that was "over-regulation." HIMSS published their Developer Code of Conduct where they said instead they would use Quality Management techniques. This book covers how to use Quality Management (ISO 9001) to develop computer systems specifically EMR systems. It gives a basic introduction to how to implement computer systems. It also covers the topic of compliance because the hospitals are required to comply with regulations other than FDS regulations. The book also discusses the topics of risk management and conducting audits both of which are part of ISO 9001 quality management of computer systems. The book is designed to give the reader an introduction to the things you have to do when implementing a computer system that has to satisfy some standards and where the accuracy of the information could impact the accuracy of a person’s medical treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138310186

Planning Research in Hospitality and Tourism Planning Research in Hospitality and Tourism provides an accessible concise and practical guide to planning conducting and analysing research in tourism and hospitality. The authors skilfully introduce the basic principles and techniques of research in the international hospitality and tourism sectors and provide detailed guidance on both quantitative and qualitative methods of research. It includes a variety of features throughout to aid students’ understanding and offers practical tips to help students overcome any potential research issues. Building on the success of the first edition the volume has been fully revised and updated and contains new chapters on mixed methods and how to make best use of recent technology in research practices. The second edition also benefits from: • increased coverage of research design strategies including sampling ethnography and experimental design • inclusion of computer-mediated data collection techniques such as online interviews online focus groups and online observation (netnographic research) • new and updated international case studies and extracts with a more even spread of tourism and hospitality examples of research • online student and lecturer resources including PowerPoint slides and a test bank of multiple choice and true/false questions for each chapter.    Written by three leading scholars with experience of both the industry and university courses globally this insightful text is an essential resource for all tourism and hospitality research students and early career research professionals around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852167

Planning SingaporeThe Experimental City Two hundred years ago Sir Stamford Raffles established the modern settlement of Singapore with the intent of seeing it become ‘a great commercial emporium and fulcrum’. But by the time independence was achieved in 1965 the city faced daunting problems of housing shortage slums and high unemployment. Since then Singapore has become one of the richest countries on earth providing in Sir Peter Hall’s words ‘perhaps the most extraordinary case of economic development in the history of the world’. The story of Singapore’s remarkable achievements in the first half century after its independence is now widely known. In Planning Singapore: The Experimental City Stephen Hamnett and Belinda Yuen have brought together a set of chapters on Singapore’s planning achievements aspirations and challenges which are united in their focus on what might happen next in the planning of the island-state. Chapters range over Singapore’s planning system innovation and future economy housing biodiversity water and waste climate change transport and the potential transferability of Singapore’s planning knowledge. A key question is whether the planning approaches which have served Singapore so well until now will suffice to meet the emerging challenges of a changing global economy demographic shifts new technologies and the existential threat of climate change. Singapore as a global city is becoming more unequal and more diverse. This has the potential to weaken the social compact which has largely existed since independence and to undermine the social resilience undoubtedly needed to cope with the shocks and disruptions of the twenty-first century. The book concludes however that Singapore is better-placed than most to respond to the challenges which it will certainly face thanks to its outstanding systems of planning and implementation a proven capacity to experiment and a highly developed ability to adapt quickly purposefully and pragmatically to changing circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482340

Planning Small and Mid-Sized TownsDesigning and Retrofitting for Sustainability Small and mid-sized suburban towns house two-thirds of the world’s population and current modes of planning for these municipalities are facing challenges of both philosophy and form. Common approaches that have prevailed in past decades no longer sustain new demands and require innovative thinking. Rather than dismissing small and mid-sized towns as unattractive suburban sprawl Planning Small and Mid-Sized Towns offers ideas and methods on how small isolated and edge towns can be designed and retooled into sustainable affordable and adaptable communities. Coverage includes: the evolution of small towns mobility and connectivity neighborhood and sustainable dwelling design town centers and urban renewal economic sustainability and wealth generation and more. With numerous case studies from North America and Europe and over 150 color photographs maps and illustrations Planning Small and Mid-Sized Towns is a valuable practical resource for professional planners and urban designers as well as students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539302

Planning Strategic InteractionAttaining Goals Through Communicative Action In an earlier era the communication field was dominated by the study of mediated and unmediated message effects during which considerable research focused on the attitudinal and action consequences of exposure to messages. A more catholic purview of the communication process exists today. This more encompassing perspective does not deny the importance of studying message effects but raises the additional question of how individuals generate messages in the first place. While the earlier era of communication research was dominated by studies that focused on attitude and behavior change as primary dependent variables such variables as message comprehension have begun to emerge in this new era. The focus on communication and cognition has led paradoxically to a more intense focus on social interaction processes. The theory and research presented in this volume seeks to strike a balance between the internal workings of the individual cognitive system on the one hand and the outer world of social interaction on the other. Whether or not the theory and research stands the test of time it is clear that complete cognitive accounts of social interaction cannot confine themselves to mere descriptions of the cognitive structures and processes that are responsible for message production and comprehension. Explicit links must be made between these cognitive structures and processes and the workings of social interaction. This work takes a modest step in that direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978546

Planning Sustainable Cities and RegionsTowards More Equitable Development As global warming advances regions around the world are engaging in revolutionary sustainability planning - but with social equity as an afterthought. California is at the cutting edge of this movement not only because its regulations actively reduce greenhouse gas emissions but also because its pioneering environmental regulation market innovation and Left Coast politics show how to blend the "three Es" of sustainability--environment economy and equity. Planning Sustainable Cities and Regions is the first book to explain what this grand experiment tells us about the most just path moving forward for cities and regions across the globe. The book offers chapters about neighbourhoods the economy and poverty using stories from practice to help solve puzzles posed by academic research. Based on the most recent demographic and economic trends it overturns conventional ideas about how to build more livable places and vibrant economies that offer opportunity to all. This thought-provoking book provides a framework to deal with the new inequities created by the movement for more livable - and expensive - cities so that our best plans for sustainability are promoting more equitable development as well. This book will appeal to students of urban studies urban planning and sustainability as well as policymakers planning practitioners and sustainability advocates around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956643

Planning Sustainable CitiesAn infrastructure-based approach Planning Sustainable Cities: An infrastructure-based approach provides an analytical framework for urban sustainability focusing on the services and performance of infrastructure systems. The book approaches infrastructure as a series of systems that function in synergy and are directly linked with urban planning. This method streamlines and guides the planning process while still highlighting detail each infrastructure system is decoded in four "system levels". The levels organize the processes highlight connections between entities and decode the high-level planning and decision making process affecting infrastructure. For each system level strategic objectives of planning are determined. The objectives correspond to the five focus areas of the Zofnass program: Quality of life Natural World Climate and Risk Resource Allocation Leadership. Developed through the Zofnass Program at the Harvard Graduate School of Design this approach integrates the key infrastructure systems of Energy Landscape Transportation Waste Water Information and Food and explores their synergies through land use planning engineering economics and policy. The size and complexity of infrastructure systems means that multiple stakeholders facing their own challenges and agendas are involved in planning; this book creates a common collaborative platform between public authorities planners and engineers. It is an essential resource for those seeking Envision Sustainability Professionals accreditation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669959

Planning Sustainable CitiesGlobal Report on Human Settlements 2009 Current urban planning systems are not equipped to deal with the major urban challenges of the twenty-first century including effects of climate change resource depletion and economic instability plus continued rapid urbanization with its negative consequences such as poverty slums and urban informality. These planning systems have also to a large extent failed to meaningfully involve and accommodate the ways of life of communities and other stakeholders in the planning of urban areas thus contributing to the problems of spatial marginalization and exclusion. It is clear that urban planning needs to be reconsidered and revitalized for a sustainable urban future. Planning Sustainable Cities reviews the major challenges currently facing cities and towns all over the world the emergence and spread of modern urban planning and the effectiveness of current approaches. More importantly it identifies innovative urban planning approaches and practices that are more responsive to current and future challenges of urbanization. The Global Report on Human Settlements is the most authoritative and up-to-date global assessment of human settlements conditions and trends. It is an essential reference for researchers academics public authorities and civil society organizations all over the world. Preceding issues of the report have addressed such topics as Cities in a Globalizing World The Challenge of Slums Financing Urban Shelter and Enhancing Urban Safety and Security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315541389

Planning Sustainable Transport Transport choices must be transformed if we are to cope with sustainability and climate change but this can only be done if we understand how complex transport systems work. Straightforward choices are never made between one transport mode and another; door-to-door movements of both people and freight use combinations of different modes of transport. This book offers a cross-disciplinary overview of transport systems and the ways in which they interact with urban and regional planning decisions and environmental issues. It offers a thoughtful critique of existing methodology and policy raising issues providing facts explaining linkages and particularly  stimulating debate. The book methodically explores the definitions trends problems objectives and policies of transport planning. In particular the author looks at land use as a major determinant of the nature and extent of the demand for transport concluding that the management of land use has to be a key element of any sustainable transport policy. Planning Sustainable Transport will be essential reading for today’s transport specialists planners and property developers. It will also be useful to postgraduate students in planning and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713917

Planning the Built Environment Planning the Built Environment takes a systematic technical approach to describing how urban infrastructures work. Accompanied by detailed diagrams illustrations tables and reference lists the book begins with landforms and progresses to essential utilities that manage drainage wastewater power and water supply. A section on str Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330101

Planning the Corporate Reputation (RLE Marketing) This book reveals the importance of seeking and building an identifiable and favourable corporate identity for the enterprise. The subject is pursued in all its aspects from the stage of basic market research right through to organization and control of the corporate plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994973

Planning the Curriculum for Pupils with Special Educational NeedsA Practical Guide This second edition is revised and updated to take full account of recent developments in special needs. The core of the book focuses on planning for well-differentiated curriculum implementation. It describes a variety of models that explore progression continuity relevance and inclusion for pupils with special educational needs. The authors also offer an analysis of curriculum management issues in the light of the theoretical and statutory background since the latest revisions of the National Curriculum and the Code of Practice. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138149175

Planning the Great MetropolisThe 1929 regional plan of New York and its environs As the Regional Plan Association embarks on a Fourth Regional Plan there can be no better time for a paperback edition of David Johnson’s critically acclaimed assessment of the 1929 Regional Plan of New York and Its Environs. As he says in his preface to this edition the questions faced by the regional planners of today are little changed from those their predecessors faced in the 1920s. Derided by some accused by others of being the root cause of New York City’s relative economic and physical decline the 1929 Plan was in reality an important source of ideas for many projects built during the New Deal era of the 1930s. In his detailed examination of the Plan Johnson traces its origins to Progressive era and Daniel Burnham’s 1909 Plan of Chicago. He describes the making of the Plan under the direction of Scotsman Thomas Adams its reception in the New York Region and its partial realization. The story he tells has important lessons for planners decision-makers and citizens facing an increasingly urban future where the physical plan approach may again have a critical role to play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885721

Planning the MegacityJakarta in the Twentieth Century Planning the Megacity examines the dramatic transformation of Jakarta over the past century. In 1900 the colonial capital of the Netherland Indies then known as Batavia was a compact city of approximately 150 000 inhabitants.  During the next hundred years but especially after 1950 it was transformed into the sprawling ‘megacity’ of more than 9 million in an urbanized region that boasted nearly 18 million by 2000.  How this metamorphosis took place and what it meant for the life of Jakartans are questions central to the story of the city as is the role of both local and national leaders in the control and manipulation of processes of growth. As Christopher Silver reveals Jakarta’s place as Indonesia’s most prestigious city and its capital city subjected it to conflicting approaches to planning and placed its development within the vortex of national development. He reveals how colonialism the struggle for independence and for improving the national condition together with aspirations for economic modernization contributed to the distinctive character of Southeast Asia’s largest metropolitan area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665711

Planning the Night-time City The night-time economy represents a particular challenge for planners and town centre managers. In the context of liberalised licensing and a growing culture around the '24-hour city' the desire to foster economic growth and to achieve urban regeneration has been set on a collision course with the need to maintain social order. Roberts and Eldridge draw on extensive case study research undertaken in the UK and internationally to explain how changing approaches to evening and night-time activities have been conceptualised in planning practice. The first to synthesise recent debates on law health planning and policy this research considers how these dialogues impact upon the design management development and the experience of the night-time city. This is incisive and highly topical reading for postgraduates academics and reflective practitioners in Planning Urban Design and Urban Regeneration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609064

Planning the Pacific Northwest The Pacific Northwest is green to the extreme. Yet a day trip can go from pristine wilderness to downtown Seattle Portland or Vancouver. How are these commercial and cultural hot spots keeping nature and growth in balance - and what's coming next? Trace the path from forests and fish to bikes and brews as Planning the Pacific Northwest continues the APA Planners Press series on how planning shapes major American cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611901283

Planning the Pre-5 SettingPractical Ideas and Activities for the Nursery Written for teachers nursery nurses students and parents by experienced nursery staff this is an essential guide to organizing resourcing and teaching in pre-school settings. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138176997

Planning The Total LandscapeA Guide To Intelligent Land Use Rapid changes in land use especially in growing metropolitan areas have created problems that increasingly indicate an urgent need for techniques and procedures for making intelligent land-use decisions. This book identifies the potential undesirable effects of land-use changes and provides techniques for estimating and minimizing them. Based on several years of research conducted by a team of thirty-four faculty and assistants the study shows how planners and decision makers can benefit from such contemporary planning tools as remote sensing statistical analysis and computer technology as well as a variety of evaluation procedures. Part 1 describes the problems of contemporary urbanization and offers a set of planning principles and tools for working with the environmental landscape. These principles and tools are the basis of the procedures detailed in Part 2; the assessment procedures in turn are an essential part of the two current planning approaches—the holistic landscape approach and the parametric approach—described in Part 3. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283001

Planning Theory This four-volume collection covers planning theory in conjunction with social political economic and cultural theory. The set is organized both chronologically and thematically beginning with the key trends in the nineteenth century but primarily concentrating on the subsequent periods which start from the rise of systematized city planning a century ago and flourished after the mid-twentieth-century social scientific challenges to the technical preoccupations of planning. In each period the main theoretical movements are introduced through some of the most prominent contemporary writers reflecting the various approaches in the best scholarship. Planning Theory includes a full index and a comprehensive introduction newly written by Ali Madanipour which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and advanced students as a vital research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746366

Planning Theory for Practitioners This book is recommended reading for planners preparing to take the AICP exam. In this new book the author bridges the gap between theory and practice. The author describes an original approach-Feedback Strategy-that builds on the strengths of previous planning theories with one big difference: it not only acknowledges but welcomes politics-the bogeyman of real-world planning. Don't hold your nose or look the other way  the author advises planners but use politics to your own advantage. The author admits that most of the time planning theory doesn't have much to do with planning practice. These ideas rooted in the planner's real world are different. This strategy employs everyday poltiical processes to advance planning trusts planners' personal values and professional ethics and depends on their ability to help clients articulate a vision. This volume will encourage not only veteran planners searching for a fresh approach but also students and recent graduates dismayed by the gap between academic theory and actual practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351179454

Planning TheoryA Search for Future Directions Theory and practice in city planning have never been known for their compatibility. The planner dealing with stresses such as the personalities at work in a board meeting and coping with the realities of fund raising political realities and the like can find little guidance in the theory of the trade. The issues of poverty groups whether rural or urban the provision of services and the packaging of them are seemingly insuperable. The sheer frustration in the inability to deliver which so many planners feel can result in considerable impatience and a questioning of the relevance of theory.The editors argue that this state of affairs though understandable is unacceptable. While short-range meliorismwithout sense of perspective may be good for the practitioner's individual psyche the cost may be borne by the long-run best interests of the groups to be served. The risks of a lack of perspective and the experiences generated by this phenomenon are too serious in their implications to permit the process to continue.In this new age of anxiety it is essential for both planners and theorists to understand their roles as well as provide guidance in shaping them. Burchell and Sternlieb have thus gathered here a variety of individuals all of whom in their separate and distinct fashions are seasoned both in practice and in theory. The book is divided into five sections: Physical Planning in Change Social Planning in Change Public Policy Planning in Change Economic Planning in Change and a final section detailing the roles of planners and who they are. These shared puzzlements and insights will prove useful to all practitioners and theorists in the planning field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412848619

Planning to Teach WritingA practical guide for primary school teachers Written by an experienced teacher and literacy consultant Planning to Teach Writing offers an easy-to-use tried-and-tested framework that will reduce teachers’ planning time while raising standards in writing. Using the circles planning approach it provides fresh inspiration for teachers who want to engage and enthuse their pupils with exciting and varied hooks into writing including picture books short stories novels and films.Exploring effective assessment practice each chapter puts the needs and interests of pupils at the forefront of planning and models how to design units of work that will lead to high-quality writing outcomes in any primary school classroom. The book uses a simple formula for success: 1 Find the gaps in learning for your students. 2 Choose a hook that you know will engage your students. 3 Select a unit plan that you know will support you to get the best writing out of your students. 4 Tailor it. 5 Teach it! With a fantastic range of hooks to inspire teaching and learning Planning to Teach Writing ensures successful planning that will maximise engagement enjoyment and achievement. This book is an accessible and necessary resource for any teacher planning to teach writing in their classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844414

Planning to Work Efficiently Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454170

Planning Under Pressure Planning under Pressure offers managers planners consultants and students a comprehensive and authoritative guide to the Strategic Choice Approach which has gradually been attracting worldwide recognition as a fresh versatile and practical approach to collaborative decision-making under uncertainty. Starting from basic principles the book uses helpful diagrams and clear explanations to demonstrate practical ways of approaching daunting decision problems; of devising possible ways forward; and of working effectively towards agreed courses of action. Along he way decision makers are helped to cope with diverse sources of uncertainty – technical political managerial – in a strategic manner.In this extended third edition the authors have added short contributions from 21 users from seven countries. These new contributors present lessons from their varied experiences in adapting the Strategic Choice Approach to guide decision-making and learning in settings ranging from the re-routing of a controversial city carnival procession to national policy for the management of nuclear waste. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140059

Planning Urban PlacesSelf-Organising Places with People in Mind Urban change is often difficult because we are dealing with people’s elusive notions of place and perception time and change. Urban design and planning in a changing urban context so that it remains relevant for people is elusive because the idea of place is embedded in memory and identity – but whose memory and whose identity? This book seeks to understand the urban change dynamic so that the planning of urban places aligns with the dynamic of people’s perception of place. Planning Urban Places examines the premise that building cities is a concrete business surrounded by a shifting context. It discusses the notion of urban design and placemaking from the perspective of place perception and cognitive psychology place philosophy and human geography. It also considers network theory to help illustrate the self-organising paradigm of small word network theory for planning urban places. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297029

Planning Wild CitiesHuman–Nature Relationships in the Urban Age This book critically engages with the contemporary challenges and opportunities of wild cities in a climate of change.  A key focus of the book is exploring the nexus of possibilities for wild cities and the eco-ethical imagination needed to drive sustainable and resilient urban pathways. Many now have serious doubts about the prospects for humanity to live within cities that are socially just and responsive to planetary limits. Is it possible for planning to better serve protect and nurture our human and non-human worlds? This book argues it is. Drawing on international literature and Australian case examples this book explores issues around climate change colonization urban (in)security and the rights to the city for both humans and nature. It is within this context that this book focuses on the urgent need to better understand how contemporary cities have changed and the relational role of planning within it. Planning Wild Cities will be of particular interest to students and scholars of planning urban studies and sustainable development and for all those invested in re-shaping our ‘wild’ city futures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917927

Planning with ComplexityAn Introduction to Collaborative Rationality for Public Policy In an era of rapid change uncertainty and hyperpartisanship when wicked problems abound tools for solving public problems are more essential than ever. The authors lay out a new theory for collaborative practice in planning public administration and public policy. Planning with Complexity provides both theoretical underpinnings and extensive case material on collaboration and offers ways of understanding and conducting effective practice. Collaborative rationality means collaboration that is inclusive informed grounded in authentic dialogue and that results in wise and durable outcomes. The scholar-practitioner author team builds on more than 40 years of research teaching and practice addressing environmental issues housing and transportation. This second edition updates the case studies and adds new examples reflecting the global spread of collaborative practices. It builds on insights that have recently emerged in the literature. More than 75 new references have been incorporated along with new tables. This book is essential for students educators scholars and reflective practitioners in public policy fields in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552067

Planning within Complex Urban Systems Imagine living in a city where people could move freely and buildings could be replaced at minimal cost. Reality cannot be further from such. Despite this imperfect world in which we live urban planning has become integral and critical especially in the face of rapid urbanization in many developing and developed countries. This book introduces the axiomatic/experimental approach to urban planning and addresses the criticism of the lack of a theoretical foundation in urban planning. With the rise of the complexity movement the book is timely in its depiction of cities as complex systems and explains why planning from within is useful in the face of urban complexity. It also includes policy implications for the Chinese cities in the context of axiomatic/experimental planning theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346133

Planning Your Qualitative Research Thesis and ProjectAn Introduction to Interpretivist Research in Education and the Social Sciences The new edition of Planning Your Qualitative Research Thesis and Project provides easily accessible worked examples and valuable models which can be used as guides for plans and proposals. By demonstrating the thought and forward planning that is required when proposing a credible interpretivist study this book provides the reader with all the theory and practical understanding necessary to conduct a successful qualitative research project. This new edition provides examples of contemporary topics related to a range of countries across the developed and developing world and new chapters which include: An example of a ‘perspectives‘ study Policy studies and the interpretivist paradigm Life history studies Interactionist historical studies The interpretivist paradigm and research based on ‘problem focused‘ ideas With chapters and studies providing contemporary and relevant examples this new edition is the perfect introductory guide for students looking to complete their first qualitative thesis project. Bridging the gap between theory and practice it is an accessible introduction and an invaluable resource for early stage doctoral students and for students undertaking research and enquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815349037

Plans for Better Behaviour in the Primary School This work suggests strategies for working with children who can't settle down to work who have angry outbursts who demand constant attention or who display a whole range of challenging behaviours. The book's special format allows the reader to look up the specific type of behaviour and see a range of tactics to help him or her deal with the situation in the short term and then to consider what might be done in the longer term to prevent recurrence. No more ploughing through dense text - this is all at your fingertips. By drawing on the good practice of many practioners and by looking at the most commonly experienced behavioural difficulties the authors suggest approaches that really work. This is a behaviour handbook that should appeal to every teacher and teaching assistant and prove a useful resource for learning mentors behaviour support staff and educational psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138154155

Plant AlkaloidsA Guide to Their Discovery and Distribution Plant Alkaloids: A Guide to Their Discovery and Distribution serves as a record of both the positive and negative results obtained in the screening of more than 20 000 plant species for alkaloids in a forty-year search for new medicinal agents and other pharmacological substances. Designed to increase general knowledge of the Plant Kingdom this book equips present and future generations of phytochemists with the skills and knowledge necessary for developing new alkaloid compounds. Recording the results of screening tests from approximately 400 genera of plants found primarily in zones beneath 45? N Latitude Plant Alkaloids contributes to the efforts to calculate and safeguard the resources of the rainforests of the world. By offering results `from the field 'Plant Alkaloids surpasses the tradition of books on alkaloid chemistry that only emphasize the chemical and physical properties of known compounds their established structures biogenetic origins taxonomic usefulness and pharmacological actions. These results in many cases constitute the first record of the probable presence of alkaloids in the species under study. By documenting both positive and negative results Plant Alkaloids directs the search for potentially new and useful compounds while alleviating much of the time and expense of screening plants where results have already been obtained.An invaluable reference book for scientists in any of the life sciences Plant Alkaloids provides a general index containing references to standard works on alkaloid chemistry and the subject?s vast literature. In addition to offering a description of the size of each plant family and its economic importance this book also lists the genera and species of each plant tested according to accepted taxonomic names and notes disagreement over taxonomic assignment where it exists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743218

Plant- and Marine- Based Phytochemicals for Human HealthAttributes Potential and Use This new book Plant- and Marine- Based Phytochemicals for Human Health: Attributes Potential and Use provides insight with scientific evidence on the use of medicinal plants in the treatment of certain diseases. It describes bioactive compounds of marine and plant origin that have been discovered to be advantageous for human health shedding new light on the potential of phytochemicals on human health and contributing to the ocean of knowledge on phytochemistry and pharmaceutical biology. In addition the role of plant-based pharmaceuticals is also discussed as an example of innovative uses of plant product. This book addresses the importance of phytochemicals from plants and marine life. It divided in four parts:  Bioactive compounds in medicinal plants: status and potential Plant-based pharmaceuticals in human health: review Therapeutic attributes of mushroom cereal grains and legumes Innovative use of medicinal plants This compendium will be useful for the students and researchers as well as for industry professionals working in the food nutraceuticals and herbal industries. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886703

Plant Biochemical Regulators A textbook for a graduate or advanced undergraduate course in biotechnology in a wide range of fields concerned with plants. Describes the use of both endogenous and introduced biochemical regulators to manipulate plant responses. Annotation copyright Book News Inc. Portland Or. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066729

Plant Biochemistry Plant Biochemistry focuses on the molecular and cellular aspects of each major metabolic pathway and sets these within the context of the whole plant. Using examples from biomedical environmental industrial and agricultural applications it shows how a fundamental understanding of plant biochemistry can be used to address real-world issues. It illustrates how plants impact human activity and success in terms of their importance as a food supply and as raw materials for industrial and pharmaceutical products and considers how humans can benefit from exploiting plant biochemical pathways.   All chapters in this second edition have been substantially revised to incorporate the latest research developments and case studies include updates on progress in developing novel plants and plant products. The artwork now in full color superbly illustrates the key concepts and mechanisms presented throughout.   Key features: Presents each topic from the cellular level to the ecological and environmental levels placing it in the context of the whole plant. Biochemical pathways are represented as route maps showing how one reaction interacts with another both within and across pathways. Includes comprehensive reading lists with descriptive notes to enable students to conduct their own research into topics they wish to explore further The wide-ranging approach of this book emphasizes the importance of teaching and learning plant biochemical pathways within the framework of what the pathway does and why it is needed. Illustrates the fundamental significance of plants in terms of their importance as a food supply as raw materials and as sources of novel products.   Plant Biochemistry is invaluable to undergraduate students who wish to gain insight into the relevance of plant metabolism in relation to current research questions and world challenges.  It should also prove to be a suitable reference text for graduates and researchers who are new to the topic or who wish to broaden their understanding of the range of biochemical pathways in plants. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815344995

Plant Biotechnology Plant Biotechnology comprehensively covers different aspects of the subject based on the latest outcomes of this field. Topics such as tissue culture nutrient medium micronutrients macronutrients solidifying agents/supporting systems and growth regulators have been dealt with extensively. The book also discusses in detail plant genetic engineering for productivity and performance resistance to herbicides insect resistance resistance to abiotic stresses molecular marker aided breeding molecular markers types of markers and biochemical markers. Different aspects of important issues in plant biotechnology commercial status and public acceptance biosafety guidelines gene flow and IPR have been also thoroughly examined. This book caters to the needs of graduate postgraduate and researchers. Please note: This volume is Co-published with The Energy and Resources Institute Press New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367175047

Plant Biotechnology Two-Volume Set Recent advances in the development of transgenic plants have revolutionized our concepts of sustainable food production cost-effective alternative energy strategies microbial biofertilizers and biopesticides and disease diagnostics through plant biotechnology. As a result a number of transgenic plants have been developed with improved traits. With the advancement of plant biotechnology many of the customary approaches are out of date. This new two-volume set Plant Biotechnology provides a plethora of current knowledge on new as well as fresh approaches that are necessary to address biological problems in plant food production. The volumes provide an informative tour of plant biotechnology covering the basics of biotechnology to recent advances taking a thorough look at applications as well. The editors have brought together a respected group of contributors who address the most recent techniques and their applications in plant biotechnology. Volume 1 covers the principles techniques and applications while Volume 2 delves into transgenics stress management and biosafety issues. The volumes share recent information related to recent methods of genetic transformation gene silencing development of transgenic crops biosafety issues microbial biotechnology oxidative stress plant disease diagnostics and management and more. Broken into subsections the two volumes cover: History scope and importance of plant biotechnology Plant tissue culture Techniques in molecular biology Molecular markers and QTL mapping Genetic transformation Gene silencing in plant Transgenic crops and biosafety Microbial biotechnology Oxidative stress Plant disease diagnostics and management This two-volume set will be a valuable resource for research and university libraries as well as for the many students engaged in plant biotechnology studies as well as faculty and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885829

Plant Biotechnology Volume 1Principles Techniques and Applications This book first of this new two-volume set provides an informative tour of the basics of biotechnology to recent advances in biotechnology. Knowledge of new and fresh approaches is a prerequisite to solving plant biological problems and to this end the editors have brought together a group of contributors who address the most recent techniques and their applications in plant biotechnology. The chapters discuss some recent techniques such as TILLING (Targeting Induced Local Lesions In Genomes) advances in molecular techniques to study diversity protein purification and methods and analysis in protein-protein interaction detection. The volume also covers molecular markers and QTL mapping including four chapters that deal with different molecular markers development of mapping populations and association mapping for dissecting the genetic basis of complex traits in plants in sufficient detail. The knowledge of biotechnology techniques and their applications will be valuable for researchers and scientists as well as for the many students engaged in plant biotechnology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885805

Plant Biotechnology Volume 2Transgenics Stress Management and Biosafety Issues This volume is the second of the new two-volume Plant Biotechnology set. This volume covers many recent advances in the development of transgenic plants that have revolutionized our concepts of sustainable food production cost-effective alternative energy strategies microbial biofertilizers and biopesticides and disease diagnostics through plant biotechnology. With the advancements in plant biotechnology many of the customary approaches are out of date and an understanding of new updated approaches is needed. This volume presents information related to recent methods of genetic transformation gene silencing development of transgenic crops biosafety issues microbial biotechnology oxidative stress and plant disease diagnostics and management. Key features: Provides an in-depth knowledge of various techniques of genetic transformation of plants chloroplast and fungus Describes advances in gene silencing in plants Discusses transgenic plants for various traits and their application in crop improvement Looks at genetically modified foods and biodiesel production Describes biotechnological approaches in horticultural and ornamental plants Explores the biosafety aspect associated with transgenic crops Considers the role of microbes in sustainable agriculture Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885812

Plant Breeding For Stress Environments This publication opens with the inevitable introduction moves on to the present traditional approach to breeding for yield stability and then enumerates a detailed discussion of the physiological approach to breeding for resistance to specific stresses. Not all environmental stresses are covered omitting those for which little can be said today on practical breeding solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896618

Plant BreedingTheory And Practice This book attempts to present a readable format on plant breeding principles and their application based on the collective experience of the three authors but with a heavy dependence on the scientific literature. Modem pedagogy recognizes that teaching can occur when students are motivated to learn. Subject matter must be communicated in an interesting appealing and understandable fashion. In preparing the text every effort has been made to translate pertinent plant breeding references into a clear logical and comprehensible format for those studying the challenging and dynamic field of plant breeding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367283018

Plant Cell Biology While there are a few plant cell biology books that are currently available these are expensive methods-oriented monographs. The present volume is a textbook for "upper" undergraduate and beginning graduate students." This textbook stresses concepts and is inquiry-oriented. To this end there is extensive use of original research literature. As we live in an era of literature explosion one must be selective. These judgements will naturally vary with each investigator. Input was sought from colleagues in deciding the literature to include. In addition to provision of select research literature this volume presents citations and summaries of certain laboratory methods. In this connection the textbook stresses quantitative data to enhance the student?s analytical abilities. Thus the volume contains computer-spread sheets and references to statistical packages e.g. Harvard Graphics and Statistica. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407701

Plant Cell Culture Plant cell culture is an essential methodology in plant sciences with numerous variant techniques depending on the cell type and organism. Plant Cell Culture provides the reader with a concise overview of these techniques including basic plant biology for cell culture basic sterile technique and media preparation specific techniques for various plant cell and tissue types including applications tissue culture in agriculture horticulture and forestry and culture for genetic engineering and biotechnology. This book will be an essential addition to any plant science laboratory's bookshelf. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781003076940

Plant Cell Culture Secondary MetabolismToward Industrial Application Plant cell cultures are used extensively in studies of secondary metabolism for the biosynthesis of pharmaceuticals flavors essences and pigments. This book highlights recent developments in the in vitro growth of cultured plant cells and in the production of valuable secondary metabolites. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138743208

Plant Chromosomes The past two decades have brought with them remarkable progress in plant chromosomal research. The chromosome structure has been clarified in great detail enabling identification of gene sequences at the microscopic level which has aided the analysis of biodiversity. Knowledge of chromosome structure has played a crucial role in the improvement of crop species and has far-reaching implications. The manipulation and engineering of chromosomes involves a panoply of novel methods combining conventional and modern techniques of biotechnology. A working knowledge of such techniques is essential for today's students and researchers and the plant system because of totipotency requires special treatment. This treatise covers all the latest methods involved in the study of evolution biodiversity chromosome manipulation and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455651

Plant ChromosomesLaboratory Methods Finally - a guide to cytological techniques written specifically for the plant chromosome researcher and student. Plant Chromosomes: Laboratory Methods thoroughly covers all important approaches to the study of plant chromosomes. It reviews each specific approach and describes requisite experimental techniques. These practical descriptions cover basic standard techniques as well as the most recent research advances and state-of-the-art technologies. Plant Chromosomes: Laboratory Methods allows you to build on the knowledge of its expert authors who have first-hand experience with the ins and outs of each approach. Through hundreds of trouble-shooting suggestions it also helps you avoid experimental pitfalls by providing invaluable tips at critical points in the experimental process. This book gives you the information you need to improve the power of your plant chromosome research - saving you time and effort in the process. No other single volume contains so much practical information on this topic. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203743195

Plant ClosingsInternational Context and Social Costs PLANT CLOSED--A sign of the times? These two words have had profound meaning for workers in every factory and office across the country. Millions of workers who have already been displaced by closings have had to pick up the pieces of shattered lives and get on with the business of living. Those who are still working are faced with the insecurity of wondering whether they might find the gates closed some morning when they arrive at work. The number of plant closings and the threat of future closings have raised many questions.What has been happening to the American economy that has resulted in major companies closing their doors? What forces within the international and national political economies are converging to reshape the labor force eliminating jobs in manufacturing and expanding employment in the lower wage insecure manufacturing sector? What happens to displaced workers their families and the community in which they work?In Plant Closings the authors examine the reasons plants close and the social economic and psychological consequences. A variety of causes are identified including capital flight decreasing profit rates and the pursuit of lower labor costs. Through the analysis of a case study the authors examine the changing health patterns political attitudes and financial stability of displaced workers. There is also discussion of the impact on the community at large and on the individual institutions within the community. Finally the authors analyze legislation that addresses the human and social costs of unemployment.Carolyn C. Perrucci is professor of sociology in the Department of Sociology and Anthropology at Purdue University. Robert Perrucci is professor of sociology in the Department of Sociology and Anthropology at Purdue University. Dena B. Targ is professor in the Department of Child Development and Family Studies at Purdue University. Harry R. Targ is professor in the Department of Political Science at Purdue University. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351328968

Plant ConservationAn Ecosystem Approach In this the latest in the People and Plants series plant conservation is described in the context of livelihoods and development and ways of balancing the conservation of plant diversity with the use of plants and the environment for human benefit are discussed. A central contention in this book is that local people must be involved if conservation is to be successful. Also examined are ways of prioritizing plants and places for conservation initiatives approaches to in situ and ex situ conservation and how to approach problems of unsustainable harvesting of wild plants. Roles for botanists foresters sociologists development workers and others are discussed. This book acts as a unifying text for the series integrating case studies and methodologies considered in previous volumes and pointing out in a comprehensive accessible volume the valuable lessons to be learned. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772181

Plant Cytogenetics Cytogenetics plays an important role in understanding the chromosomal and genetic architecture of plant species. Plant Cytogenetics Third Edition follows the tradition of its predecessors presenting theoretical and practical aspects of plant cytogenetics. Chapters describe correct handling of plant chromosomes methods in plant cytogenetics cell division reproduction methods chromosome nomenclature karyotype analysis chromosomal aberrations genome analysis transgenic crops and cytogenetics in plant breeding. This new edition begins with a brief introduction on the historical aspect of cytogenetics and flows directly into handling of plant chromosomes by classical and modern cytological techniques classical Mendelian Genetics brief description of cell division and chromosome identification by karyotype analysis. The comprehension of cytogenetics is incomplete without information on the role of aneuploidy in associating a gene on a particular chromosome and the book covers these methodologies as a primary topic. Covering classical to modern cytogenetics the book presents to the reader the crucial role of cytogenetics in improving crops. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439884188

Plant Development and Biotechnology Biotechnology revolutionized traditional plant breeding programs. This rapid change produced new discussions on techniques and opportunities for commerce as well as a fear of the unknown. Plant Development and Biotechnology addresses the major issues of the field with chapters on broad topics written by specialists. The book applies an informal style that addresses the major aspects of development and biotechnology with minimal references without sacrificing information or accuracy. Divided into five primary parts this volume explores how the field emerged from its early theoretical base to the technical discipline of today. It also covers progress being made with genetically engineered plants providing a snapshot of the field's controversial present. Part III discusses methods for preparing media creating solutions and dilutions and accomplishing sterile culture work. It investigates common methods for visualizing and documenting studies and quantifying responses of tissue culture in research.Part IV delivers the essential foundation of plant tissue culture introducing the three types of commonly used culture regeneration systems. Part V integrates propagation techniques with other methodologies for the modification and manipulation of germplasm.Part VI concludes with special sections. Subjects include in vitro plant pathology recent research into genetic and phenotypic variation the mechanics of commercial plant production and the importance of clean cultures and problems associated with maintaining in vitro cultures. The final chapter analyzes entrepreneurship in the field and outlines the do's and don'ts to consider when launching an enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394042

Plant Disease ManagementPrinciples and Practices This book attempts to provide to provide concise critical synthetic and up-to-date coverage of different aspects of plant disease management. The first eleven chapters are devoted to principles and related aspects and the remining seven to management practices based on them. The book attempts to capture some of the images of such rapidly expanding fields as host-parasite recognition and biotechnology even at the risk of making the subject a bit conceptual. This book is intended to serve as a text for advanced undergraduate and graduate students of plant pathology and related disciplines and as a reference source for teachers researchers students and technologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896625

Plant Diseases Of Viral Viroid Mycoplasma And Uncertain Etiology The adverse impact of plant diseases is felt around the world. In this book the contributors analyze the nature and origins of pathogens that affect some economically important food and fiber crops. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367283025

Plant Engineers and Managers Guide to Energy Conservation Completely revised and updated this tenth edition of a bestseller covers both management and technical strategies for slashing energy costs by as much as 40 percent in industrial facilities. It discusses cogeneration gas distributed generation technologies steam system optimization geothermal heat pumps energy outsourcing electricity purchasing strategies and power quality case studies. It also provides guidelines for life cycle costing electrical system optimization lighting and HVAC system efficiency improvement mechanical and process system performance building energy loss reduction financing energy projects and more. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151623

Plant EthicsConcepts and Applications Large parts of our world are filled with plants and human life depends on interacts with affects and is affected by plant life in various ways. Yet plants have not received nearly as much attention from philosophers and ethicists as they deserve. In environmental philosophy plants are often swiftly subsumed under the categories of "all living things" and rarely considered thematically. There is a need for developing a more sophisticated theoretical understanding of plants and their practical role in human experience. Plant Ethics: Concepts and Applications aims at opening a philosophical discussion that may begin to fill that gap. The book investigates issues in plants ontology ethics and the role of plants and their cultivation in various fields of application. It explores and develops important concepts to shape and frame plants-related philosophical questions accurately including new ideas of how to address moral questions when confronted with plants in concrete scenarios. This edited volume brings together for the first time and in an interdisciplinary spirit contemporary approaches to plant ethics by international scholars of established reputation. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of Philosophy and Ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367855994

Plant Food By-ProductsIndustrial Relevance for Food Additives and Nutraceuticals This volume takes an eco-friendly approach to examining the advantages of using plant food by-products as food additives and nutraceuticals turning solid wastes into value-added items. The chapters written by researchers and professionals working in the plant food industry look at ways to make effective use of plant by-products by harnessing the power of the antimicrobial and nutraceutical power of plant and herb extracts. The measures and techniques discussed here will also help to improve the economics of processing crops. The chapter authors cover a range of issues including the economic and environmental benefits of utilizing plant food by-products extraction technologies plant tissues as a source of nutraceutical compounds and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886406

Plant Genetic Resources and Food SecurityStakeholder Perspectives on the International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture The International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture (ITPGRFA) is a pivotal piece of recent legislation providing a route map for the use of such resources for sustainable agriculture and food security. Plant Genetic Resources and Food Security explains clearly the different interests and views at stake between all players in the global food chain. It touches upon many issues such as international food governance and policy economic aspects of food and seed trade conservation and sustainable use of food and agricultural biodiversity hunger alleviation ecological concerns consumers' protection fairness and equity between nations and generations plant breeding techniques and socio-economic benefits related to food local economies. The book shows that despite the conflicting interests at stake players managed to come to an agreement on food and agriculture for the sake of food security and hunger alleviation in the world. Published with the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations and with Bioversity International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712064

Plant Genome AnalysisCurrent Topics in Plant Molecular Biology Plant Genome Analysis presents outstanding analyses of technologies as well as explanations of molecular technology as it pertains to agriculture. Advances in genome analysis including DNA amplification (DAF and RAPD) markers RFLPs and microsatellites are reviewed by accomplished scientists many of whom are the developers of the technique. Articles by patent lawyers experienced in plant biotechnology present the legal viewpoint.Chapters focus on special elements of genome analysis such as the:use of antisense technologyinvestigation of telomeresproduction of plant YACsimportance of cell cycle genes in plants. Other chapters focus on specialized topics of genome analysis. These include a description of antisense technology in the study of photosynthesis and a comprehensive review of the characterization and isolation of plant telomere including their use in varietal discrimination. A detailed anaysis of cytoplasmic male sterility in the french bean that focuses on the mitochondrial genome is described. The book provides a chapter on the production of yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs) carrying soybean DNA. Genes of the cell cycle in plants and their importance in developmental processes are presented as well as detailed chapters on the molecular mapping of trees (apples and pines) and nodulation-related genes in legumes. A comprehensive index and a complete glossary are included. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068907

Plant Growth and Leaf-Applied Chemicals The aim of this volume is to provide a compendium of state of the art overview chapters by leading research from diverse scientific fields who share a common involvement in understanding and utilizing the interactions between chemicals and plant leaves. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896632

Plant Growth Regulating ChemicalsVolume I The purpose of this two-volume work is to make available both to the investigator and user on a crop by crop basis the latest information on the use of chemicals to regulate plant growth and development. Emphasis is given to the major crops and to those which the most success has been achieved. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896649

Plant Growth Regulating ChemicalsVolume II The purpose of this two-volume work is to make available both to the investigator and user on a crop by crop basis the latest information on the use of chemicals to regulate plant growth and development. Emphasis is given to the major crops and to those which the most success has been achieved. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896656

Plant Hunter In Tibet First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978553

Plant IdentificationCreating User-Friendly Field Guides for Biodiversity Management An important prerequisite for successful conservation is a good understanding of what we seek to conserve. Nowhere is this more the case than in the fight to protect plant biodiversity which is threatened by human activity in many regions worldwide. This book is written in the belief that tools that enable more people to understand biodiversity can not only aid protection efforts but also contribute to rural livelihoods. Among the most important of those tools is the field guide. Plant Identification provides potential authors of field guides with practical advice about all aspects of producing user-friendly guides which help to identify plants for the purposes of conservation sustainable use participatory monitoring or greater appreciation of biodiversity. The book draws on both scientific and participatory processes supported by the experience of contributors from across the tropics. It presents a core process for producing a field guide setting out key steps options and techniques available to the authors of a guide and through illustration helps authors choose methods and media appropriate to their context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427105

Plant Image AnalysisFundamentals and Applications The application of imaging techniques in plant and agricultural sciences had previously been confined to images obtained through remote sensing techniques. Technological advancements now allow image analysis for the nondestructive and objective evaluation of biological objects. This has opened a new window in the field of plant science. Plant Image Analysis: Fundamentals and Applications introduces the basic concepts of image analysis and discusses various techniques in plant imaging their applications and future potential. Several types of imaging techniques are discussed including RGB hyperspectral thermal PRI chlorophyll fluorescence ROS and chromosome imaging. The book also covers the use of these techniques in assessing plant growth early detection of disease and stress fruit crop yield plant chromosome analysis plant phenotyping and nutrient status both in vivo and in vitro. The book is an authoritative guide for researchers and those teaching in the fields of stress physiology precision agriculture agricultural biotechnology and cell and developmental biology. Graduate students and professionals using machine vision in plant science will also benefit from this comprehensive resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466583016

Plant InvadersThe Threat to Natural Ecosystems A practical guide to the protection and management of ecosystems against invasions by non-indigenous plant species. The authors seek to offer an accessible account of the subject and how to protect natural habitats. The majority of countries suffer from invasive plants and there are case studies from North America Europe Australia South and South East Asia and the Pacific and Atlantic islands. There is also a list of invasive species with their countries of origin and regions of introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158733

Plant LipidsBiology Utilisation and Manipulation New research tools have revealed many surprising aspects of the dynamic nature of lipids and their participation in processes such as recognition intra- and inter-cellular signalling deterrence and defense against pathogens membrane trafficking and protein function. This is in addition to new information on the more established roles of plant lipids as structural components of membranes and as long-term storage products. Plant lipids are also increasingly being seen as sources of a new generation of environmentally friendly biodegradable and renewable industrial products including biopolymers and high-grade lubricants.Plant Lipids: Biology Utilisation and Manipulation provides a broad overview of plant lipid research and its many applications. Linking various disciplines the editor brings together researchers from major international laboratories to review the history and current state of progress in this quickly evolving field. The text starts by providing a fascinating historical perspective on the study of plant lipids from its inception as a branch of alchemy in the seventeenth century to the current post-genomic era. It then offers a detailed discussion on the formation modification and utilization of fatty acids. This is followed by an exploration of the major classes of macromolecular structures formed by plant lipids including bilayer membranes and storage bodies. From there the contributors consider other types of macromolecular lipid assemblies in plants examining proteins and the key plant lipid structure - the cuticle. The final chapters look at diverse classes of plant lipids that are linked to various aspects of signaling. This text provides an excellent resource for researchers and professionals in plant biochemistry molecular biology biotechnology and genetics in both the academic and industrial sectors. It also meets the needs of students looking for a comprehensive introduction to this field as well as direction for fut Media > Books > E-books Blackwell 9780367813123

Plant MindsA Philosophical Defense The idea that plants have minds can sound improbable but some widely respected contemporary scientists and philosophers find it plausible. It turns out to be rather tricky to vindicate the presumption that plants do not have minds for doing so requires getting clear about what plants can do and what exactly a mind is. By connecting the most compelling empirical work on plant behavior with philosophical reflection on the concept of minds Plant Minds aims to help non-experts begin to think clearly about whether plants have minds. Relying on current consensus ideas about minds and plants Chauncey Maher first presents the best case for thinking that plants do not have minds. Along the way however he unearths an idea at the root of that case the idea that having a mind requires the capacity to represent the world. In the last chapter he defends a relatively new and insightful theory of mind that rejects that assumption making room for the possibility that plants do have minds primarily because they are alive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258467

Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility Manual As soil and crop management procedures have become more complex County Agricultural Agents farm advisors consultants and fertilizer and chemical dealers have had to specialize in some aspect of soil fertility and crop nutrition management procedures limiting their ability to provide a range of advice and services. Most farmers and growers can no longer turn to just one source for the information and instruction needed to achieve their production goals. With over 70 percent new material the second edition of the Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility Manual discusses the principles determining how plants grow and the elements essential for successful crop production with a focus on the principles of soil fertility and plant nutrition. The book covers physical and chemical properties of soil chemical and organic fertilizers soil acidity and alkalinity liming and liming materials and micronutrients essential to plant growth. It also describes elements toxic to plants soil testing and plant analysis. The topics and discussion in this self-contained book are practical and user-friendly yet comprehensive enough to cover material presented in upper-level soil and plant science courses. It allows practitioners with general background knowledge to feel confident applying the principles presented to soil/crop production systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439816097

Plant OMICS and Crop Breeding Due to the advent of state-of-the-art technologies in the field of biotechnology much progress has been achieved since the last decade. OMICS technologies are being extensively used to address various issues pertaining to agriculture. Recent advances in genomics transcriptomics proteomics and metabolomics techniques have revolutionized the understanding of genetic response of plants to various biotic and abiotic stresses. Strategic application of this revolutionary technology will eventually lead towards attaining sustainability in agriculture. This new book Plant OMICS and Crop Breeding addresses this important issue. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884556

Plant Pathogen Detection and Disease Diagnosis This work provides information on the detection identification and differentiation of all microbial plant pathogens - presenting modern protocols for rapid diagnosis of diseases based on biological physical chemical and molecular properties. It contains methods for the selection of disease-free seeds and vegetatively propagated planting materials and quarantine techniques for screening newly introduced plant materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397029

Plant Pathogenesis and Disease Control Environmental pollution resulting from widespread pesticide application has become a serious worldwide problem. Plant Pathogenesis and Disease Control is an important new reference that addresses this problem by exploring the biochemical and molecular mechanisms of plant pathogenesis and emphasizing the use of "pest control agents" rather than "pesticides" for plant disease control. Topics examined include pathogenicity the resistance of plants against pathogens the offensive and defensive struggle between hosts and parasites methods for using natural defense mechanisms to develop environmentally sound disease control agents and the use of modern biotechnology for plant disease control. The book will be an essential reference for phytopathologists plant biochemists pesticide chemists mycologists plant cell technologists and agricultural researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449698

Plant PathogensDetection and Management for Sustainable Agriculture Addressing the most critical issues in the management of emerging diseases throughout the world experts in plant pathology from internationally renowned institutes share their research and examine key literature. They look at both traditional pathology and advanced biotechnological and molecular diagnosis and integrated management practices. This book is divided into four parts covering viral and fungal disease detection and management nematode diseases and management bio-control and biotechnological approaches and impact of climate change. The authors look at the challenges of crop protection against diseases caused by plant pathogens for the most economically important crops. The establishment and management of plant diseases using conventional and eco-friendly methods are discussed with an emphasis on the use of beneficial microbes and modern biotechnological approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887885

Plant Pathology Plant Pathology explores the topic of plant pathology and aligns classic studies and knowledge in the topic with the current state of research in an accessible format. The text is supported by summary tables of key information and where appropriate schematic diagrams to reinforce difficult concepts such as the process of disease infection cell-to-cell recognition and plant breeding mechanisms used to develop resistant cultivars. The compendium of diseases focuses on important and major economic disease organisms from a number of crop and ornamental plants including a dedicated section on fruit crops. The compendium is supported by original photographs photomicrographs and electron micrographs of key pathogens and the development of structures such as the haustoria and the hypha and show processes of cellular degradation. The section on applied disease management contains short case studies highlighting key disease organisms affecting the crops of a range of growers illustrating the environment disease symptoms and control strategies these growers are currently using to mitigate loss of production. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815344834

Plant Pathology Concepts and Laboratory Exercises Continuing in the tradition of its predecessors this new edition combines an informal easy to read style with a thorough introduction to concepts and terminology of plant pathology. After reviewing fundamental concepts the book discusses groups of plant pathogens and molecular tools for studying them pathogen interactions epidemiology and disease control and special topics in plant pathology. The book details various disease-causing organisms including viruses fungi prokaryotics nematodes and various biotic agents. It also examines various plant-pathogen interactions molecular attack strategies extracellular enzymes host defenses and disruption of plant function. New in the Third Edition Molecular plant-fungal interactions Expanded treatment of molecular tools Advanced biocontrol concepts How to use and care for microscopes Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466500815

Plant Physiology This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. The field of plant physiology includes the study of all chemical and physical processes of plants from the molecular-level interactions of photosynthesis and the diffusion of water minerals and nutrients within the plant to the larger-scale processes of plant growth dormancy and reproduction. This new book covers a broad array of topics within the field. Plant Physiology focuses on the study of the internal activities of plants including research into the molecular interactions of photosynthesis and the internal diffusion of water minerals and nutrients. Also included are investigations into the processes of plant development seasonality dormancy and reproductive control. The chapters focus on various aspects of plant physiology including phytochemistry; interactions within a plant between cells issues and organs; ways in which plants regulate their internal functions; and how plants respond to conditions and variations within the environment. Given the environmental crises brought about by pollution and climate change this is a particularly vital area of study since stress from water loss changes in air chemistry or crowding by other plants can lead to changes in the way a plant function.  Readers of this book will gain the information they need to stay current with the latest research being done in this essential field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692692

Plant Propagation Concepts and Laboratory Exercises Includes a DVD Containing All Figures and Supplemental Images in PowerPoint This new edition of Plant Propagation Concepts and Laboratory Exercises presents a robust view of modern plant propagation practices such as vegetable grafting and micropropagation. Along with foundation knowledge in anatomy and plant physiology the book takes a look into the future and how cutting edge research may impact plant propagation practices. The book emphasizes the principles of plant propagation applied in both temperate and tropical environments. In addition to presenting the fundamentals the book features protocols and practices that students can apply in both laboratory and field experiences. The book shows readers how to choose the best methods for plant propagation including proper media and containers as well as performing techniques such as budding cutting layering grafting and cloning. It also discusses how to recognize and cope with various propagation challenges. Also included are concept chapters highlighting key information laboratory exercises anticipated laboratory results stimulating questions and a DVD containing all the figures in the book as well as some supplemental images. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466503878

Plant Protoplasts The present book thus emphasizes the importance of plant protoplasts for fundamental research. This book is intended to be used b senior undergraduates graduate students and research scientists in plant biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896670

Plant Resources for Food Fuel and Conservation Agriculture and food production have a large footprint on the landscape globally and compete for space with land for nature conservation. This book explores the competition between the food needs of a growing human population and the conservation of biodiversity as intensified by the emerging use of crops for energy production. As concern about the impact of greenhouse gas emissions on climate grows and oil prices increase energy production from agricultural crops has become a significant industry. At the same time growth in food demand due to population growth has been accelerated by growing affluence associated with economic growth in major developing countries increasing per capita consumption. Consumers are concerned that the price of food will continue to increase sharply as a result of this competition but a loss of biodiversity may be another major outcome. Drawing on his expertise in plant conservation genetics the author provides a balanced appraisal of the potential for developing new or improved crops for food or bioenergy production in the context of climate change while at the same time protecting biodiversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866911

Plant Responses to Environmental StressesFrom Phytohormones to Genome Reorganization: From Phytohormones to Genome Reorganization Emphasizing the unpredictable nature of plant behaviour under stress and in relation to complex interactions of biological pathways this work covers the versatility of plants in adapting to environmental change. It analyzes environmentally triggered adaptions in developmental programmes of plants that lead to permanent heritable DNA modifications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743157

Plant RootsThe Hidden Half Fourth Edition The decade since the publication of the third edition of this volume has been an era of great progress in biology in general and the plant sciences in particular. This is especially true with the advancements brought on by the sequencing of whole genomes of model organisms and the development of "omics" techniques. This fourth edition of Plant Roots: The Hidden Half reflects these developments that have transformed not only the field of biology but also the many facets of root science. Highlights of this new edition include: The basics of root research and their evolution and role in the global context of soil development and atmosphere composition New understandings about roots gained in the post-genomic era for example how the development of roots became possible and the genetic basis required for this to occur The mechanisms that determine root structure with chapters on cellular patterning lateral root and vascular development the molecular basis of adventitious roots and other topics Plant hormone action and signaling pathways that control root development including new chapters on strigolactones and brassinosteroids Soil resource acquisition from agricultural and ecological perspectives Root response to stress with chapters that address the impact of the genomic revolution on this topic Root-rhizosphere interactions from beneficial microorganisms to detrimental nematodes Modern research techniques for the field and the lab Each chapter not only presents a clear summation of the topic under discussion but also includes a vision of what is to be expected in the years to come. The wide coverage of themes in this volume continues the tradition that makes this work recognized as a fundamental source of information for root scientists at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439846483

Plant Sanitation for Food Processing and Food Service Comprehensive and accessible this book presents fundamental principles and applications that are essential for food production and food service safety. It provides basic practical information on the daily operations in a food processing plant and reviews some of the industry's most recent developments. Formerly titled Food Plant Sanitation this second edition discusses nine additional food processing industries and contains 14 new chapters. Among others new topics include sanitation in food transportation and sanitation of fresh produce in retail establishments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466577695

Plant Secondary Metabolites Three-Volume Set Plant secondary metabolites are organic compounds that aid in the growth and development of plants but are not required for the plant to survive by fighting off herbivores pests and pathogens. These plant secondary metabolites have been used since early times in various medicines and food products for beneficial health purposes and are still r Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883580

Plant Secondary Metabolites Volume OneBiological and Therapeutic Significance This volume Plant Secondary Metabolites: Volume 1: Biological and Therapeutic Significance presents important information on the curative and therapeutic roles of secondary metabolites that are present in different natural food groups. The book showcases the applications of herbal-based food group and also includes the effective utility of other plant-based food categories as well. In addition to the clinical role of secondary metabolites other natural sources such as micro-algae and bacterial cellulose are also presented as efficacious sources of functional components. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883528

Plant Secondary Metabolites Volume ThreeTheir Roles in Stress Eco-physiology This third book in the three-volume Plant Secondary Metabolites examines the relationship between environmental stress and the physiology of plants leading to stimulation of secondary metabolites. Various stressors are discussed including plant and soil interfaces changing climate elements essential plant nutrients pest insects plant pathogens and microrganisms and more. The chapters written by experienced experts also address the diverse utilization of plant-originated secondary metabolites and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883566

Plant Secondary Metabolites Volume TwoStimulation Extraction and Utilization This second book in the three-volume Plant Secondary Metabolites covers the stimulation extraction and utilization of plant secondary metabolites which are organic compounds that aid in the growth and development of plants but which are not required for the plant to survive by fighting off herbivores pests and pathogens. These plant secondary metabolites have been used since early times in various medicines and food products for beneficial health purposes and are still relevant and popular today. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883542

Plant Secondary Metabolites for Human HealthExtraction of Bioactive Compounds This new book deals with recent advanced research on natural products and health-promoting foods that work to reduce the risk of diseases while enhancing overall well-being. Plant-based functional foods are known to contain compounds (also referred to as phytochemicals) in the leaves stems flowers and fruits of certain plants. These plant products are drawing the attention of researchers because of their demonstrated beneficial effects against disease particularly diabetes hypertension cancer neurodegenerative diseases among others. The medicinal and nutritional use of plant secondary metabolites is a hot topic and has been receiving extensive attention from both health professionals and the public. This book presents new information on the extraction of bioactive compounds from plants plant-based drugs and the innovative use of plant-based drugs for human health. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887663

Plant Specialized MetabolismGenomics Biochemistry and Biological Functions Recent advances in science have clarified the role of plant specialized metabolites (classically known as plant secondary metabolites) which cannot be considered only bioactive molecules used for human health but also pivotal factors for the global ecosystem. They play major roles in plant life evolution and mutualism. To provide the reader a general view of plant specialized metabolites it is important to consider both the biochemistry and the functional/ecological role of these important compounds. Around 200 000 specialized metabolites are formed by a wide array of plant metabolic pathways from numerous plant taxa and through learning how other species (including human beings) rely on them. Plant Specialized Metabolism: Genomics Biochemistry and Biological Functions will provide the reader with special insights into the sophisticated nature of these metabolites and their various and valuable uses based on the most recent findings in science. The field of plant specialized metabolism has witnessed tremendous growth in the past decade. This growth has had a profound impact on multiple disciplines in life science including biochemistry metabolism enzymology natural product chemistry medicinal chemistry chemical ecology and evolution. It also has yielded valuable knowledge and technology readily applicable in various industries such as agriculture horticulture energy renewable chemicals and pharmaceuticals. The book focuses on the molecular background of secondary metabolite biosynthesis their functional role and potential applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726283

Plant Stress BiologyProgress and Prospects of Genetic Engineering This unique book covers the molecular aspects of plant stress and the various industrial applications. Chapters cover many important topics in the biology of plant stress including morphological and physiological changes of plants due to accumulation of pollutants; the types of stress for enhanced biofuel production from plant biomass; plant adaptation due to different types of environmental stresses; potential applications of microRNAs to improve abiotic stress tolerance in plants; plant resistance to viruses and the molecular aspects; photosynthesis under stress conditions; plant responses to weeds pests pathogens and agrichemical stress conditions; and plant responses under the stress of drought. Key features: • Describes the different types of plant stress • Details the current and possible applications of plant stress biology • Presents several case studies that include applications of plant stress • Explores plant stress biology for applications in biofuel science Plant Stress Biology: Progress and Prospects of Genetic Engineering will be useful for researchers in diverse fields as well as for plant biologists environmental biologists faculty and students. The book will also be helpful for further advancement of research in the area of plant stress biology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771889254

Plant Structure This book is a fundamental guide to understanding plant structure offering plant scientists plant biologists and horticulturalists in practice academic life and in training. It includes a combination of concise scientific text and superb color photographs and drawings focusing on structure at anatomical histological and fine structure levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407619

Plant SystematicsAn Integrated Approach Fourth Edition This fourth edition of Plant Systematics is completely revised and updated. It incorporates the updated International Code of Nomenclature for Algae Fungi and Plants (Shenzhen Code 2018) the new version of PhyloCode (Beta version of Phylocode 5 2014) APweb version 14 (September 2018) revised Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification (APG IV 2016) new Pteridophyte Phylogeny Group Classification (PPG I 2016) besides the updates since the publication of third edition. The book is a blend of classical fundamental aspects and recent developments especially in the field of molecular systematics cladistics and computer identification. Special attention has been given to information on botanical nomenclature identification molecular systematics and phylogeny of angiosperms. The complicated concepts of phylogeny taxometrics and cladistics have been explained with a view to providing a comparison between these diverse but interactive fields of study. An attempt has been made to build upon a common example when exploring different methods especially in procedures of identification taxometrics and cladistics. The major systems of classification are evaluated critically. Discussion on major families of Pteridophytes Gymnosperms and Angiosperms especially those of major phylogenetic interest form a major portion of this edition. The ebook includes nearly 500 color photographs set out in 36 pages covering plants from different parts of the world. In addition 305 black & white illustrations have been included to provide a better understanding of the plants covered in the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367250881

Plant Tissue Culture Development and Biotechnology Under the vast umbrella of Plant Sciences resides a plethora of highly specialized fields. Botanists agronomists horticulturists geneticists and physiologists each employ a different approach to the study of plants and each for a different end goal. Yet all will find themselves in the laboratory engaging in what can broadly be termed biotechnology. Addressing a wide variety of related topics Plant Tissue Culture Development and Biotechnology gives the practical and technical knowledge needed to train the next generation of plant scientists regardless of their ultimate specialization. With the detailed perspectives and hands-on training signature to the authors previous bestselling books Plant Development and Biotechnology and Plant Tissue Culture Concepts and Laboratory Exercises this book discusses relevant concepts supported by demonstrative laboratory experiments. It provides critical thinking questions concept boxes highlighting important ideas and procedure boxes giving precise instruction for experiments including step-by-step procedures such as the proper microscope use with digital photography along with anticipated results and a list of materials needed to perform them. Integrating traditional plant sciences with recent advances in plant tissue culture development and biotechnology chapters address germplasm preservation plant growth regulators embryo rescue micropropagation of roses haploid cultures and transformation of meristems. Going beyond the scope of a simple laboratory manual this book also considers special topics such as copyrights patents legalities trade secrets and the business of biotechnology. Focusing on plant culture development and its applications in biotechnology across a myriad of plant science specialties this text uses a broad range of species and practical laboratory exercises to make it useful fo Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138416024

Plant Tissue Culture Concepts and Laboratory Exercises Alternating between topic discussions and hands-on laboratory experiments that range from the in vitro flowering of roses to tissue culture of ferns Plant Tissue Culture Concepts and Laboratory Exercises Second Edition addresses the most current principles and methods in plant tissue culture research. The editors use the expertise of some of the top researchers and educators in plant biotechnology to furnish students instructors and researchers with a broad consideration of the field. Divided into eight major parts the text covers everything from the history of plant tissue culture and basic methods to propagation techniques crop improvement procedures specialized applications and nutrition of callus cultures. New topic discussions and laboratory exercises in the Second Edition include "Micropropagation of Dieffenbachia " "Micropropagation and in vitro flowering of rose " "Propagation from nonmeristematic tissue-organogenesis " "Variation in culture" and "Tissue culture of ferns."It is the book's extensive laboratory exercises that provide a hands-on approach in illustrating various topics of discussion featuring step-by-step procedures anticipated results and a list of materials needed. What's more editors Trigiano and Gray go beyond mere basic principles of plant tissue culture by including chapters on genetic transformation techniques and photographic methods and statistical analysis of data. In all Plant Tissue Culture Concepts and Laboratory Exercises Second Edition is a veritable harvest of information for the continued study and research in plant tissue culture science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407763

Plant Tolerance to Environmental StressRole of Phytoprotectants Global climate change affects crop production through altered weather patterns and increased environmental stresses. Such stresses include soil salinity drought flooding metal/metalloid toxicity pollution and extreme temperatures. The variability of these environmental conditions pared with the sessile lifestyle of plants contribute to high exposure to these stress factors. Increasing tolerance of crop plants to abiotic stresses is needed to fulfill increased food needs of the population. This book focuses on methods of improving plants tolerance to abiotic stresses. It provides information on how protective agents including exogenous phytoprotectants can mitigate abiotic stressors affecting plants. The application of various phytoprotectants has become one of the most effective approaches in enhancing the tolerance of plants to these stresses. Phytoprotectants are discussed in detail including information on osmoprotectants antioxidants phytohormones nitric oxide polyamines amino acids and nutrient elements of plants. Providing a valuable resource of information on phytoprotectants this book is useful in diverse areas of life sciences including agronomy plant physiology cell biology environmental sciences and biotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138559172

Plant Virus Vector Stressing the key role vectors play spread of virus diseases this volume represents the priorities in practical plant virus research and ways in which their control or management should be sought through an understanding of the practical and environmental aspects of the interactions of viruses with their vectors and their environment. It provides an in-depth understanding of the vectors their biology dispersal movement and migration contemporary canvases of epidemiology and the management of virus diseases keeping in view the globalization of agriculture as also the viruses and their quarantine requirements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112018

Plant VirusesDiversity Interaction and Management Plant viruses are significant as they affect our food supply and are capable of rapidly spreading to new plant species so a comprehensive study of plant viruses is important in understanding their pathogenesis and prevention. This book focuses on the plant virus evolution their molecular classification epidemics and management. The key features in the book includes genome organization translation and replication virus-coded proteinases structure of virus particles cell receptors and host range the RNA polymerase quasispecies dynamics and virus evolution and its natural habitats. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138061514

Plant VirusesVolume I: Structure and Replication This book deals with the structure and replication of plant viruses viroids satellites of plant viruses and spiroplasmas and neatly sums up the state of our knowledge about these aspects of these pathogens.Published information about single-stranded positive-sense RNA plant viruses is far greater than for any other group of plant pathogens.The book caters to the needs of students as well as researchers and is illustrated with micrographs figures of postulated models and genetic maps Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896694

Plant VirusesVolume II: Pathology Plant viruses are of considerable interest to the science of biology and their study has contributed significantly to the elucidation of several mysteries of traditional and molecular biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896687

Plant Vitamins This unique book provides a comprehensive up-to-date collection of information on the genetic factors agronomic production methods and environmental factors that impact the content of vitamins in plants. The effect of various biotic and abiotic stress factors is discussed and the possible role of some vitamins in plant tolerance to stress factors is also investigated. The book features eye-opening data on vast vitamin variations among farmer-cultivated plants as well as an extensive comparison between foods grown organically and those grown by conventional methods.With increasing evidence supporting the role of some vitamins in reducing risks of various forms of human cancer this book provides timely information for researchers teachers and students in agronomy horticulture plant physiology food sciences and human nutrition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896700

Plantation Crops Plunder and PowerEvolution and exploitation Over the last five centuries plantation crops have represented the best and worst of industrialized agriculture – "best" through their agronomic productivity and global commercial success and "worst" as examples of exploitative colonialism conflict and ill-treatment of workers. This book traces the social political and evolutionary history of seven major plantation crops – sugarcane banana cotton tea tobacco coffee and rubber. It describes how all of these were domesticated in antiquity and grown by small landowners for thousands of years before European traders and colonists sought to make a profit out of them. The author relates how their development and spread were closely associated with government expansionist policies. They stimulated the exploration of far off lands were the focus of major conflicts and led to the enslavement of both native and displaced peoples. From the southern United States Latin America and the Caribbean to Asia and Africa plantation crops turned social structures upside down leading to revolution and government change. The economies of whole countries became tied to the profits of these plantations leading to internal power struggles to control the burgeoning wealth. Open warfare routinely broke out between the more powerful countries and factions for trade dominance. This book shows that from the early 1500s to today at least one of the plantation crops was always at the center of world politics and that this still continues today for example with the development of oil palm plantations in Southeast Asia. Written in an accessible style it is fascinating supplementary reading for students of  agricultural environmental and colonial history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285767

Plantation PoliticsForest plantations in development Plantations are playing an increasingly important part in the development and the economies of the South. Plantation Politics is the first book to examine their rationale and purpose exposing the misconceptions and myths that have surrounded their role and describing the contribution they can make to sustainable development. At their best industrial plantations can become a major asset to local development by providing raw materials infrastructure employment income and environmental and recreational services. At their worst plantations usually imposed from a 'top-down' perspective and ignoring local needs values and rights have monopolized land in times of food shortage degraded wild animal and plant populations and destroyed habitats and landscapes. The contributors analyse the conditions appropriate for both simple and complex plantations and the contributions each can make. Complex plantations whether established from scratch or within natural forest are more suitable in most cases where they are subject to numerous different claims and needs. However their ownership management and silviculture present new challenges � challenges which without the carefully researched guidelines offered here current policy and research may well be ill-equipped to take up. Caroline Sargent is the Director and Stephen Bass is the Associate Director of the Forestry Programme at the International Institute for Environment and Development. Originally published in 1992 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066882

Plantation Societies in the Era of European Expansion The emergence of a widespread ’plantation complex’ in which slave labour produced crops such as sugar on large estates funded by European capital was a phenomenon of the New World. This book shows how the institution of slavery was transformed by the demand for labour in the Americas to fill the gap between conquerors and vanquished Indians and to work in mines workshops ranches and above all on the new plantations that were established to exploit the empty lands. The essays use quantitative methodology to draw conclusions about slave existence and demography and examine the profitability and varying degrees of harshness of slave systems in different regions. They also consider the questions of manumission and slave resistance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246680

Plantations Proletarians and Peasants in Colonial Asia This volume originated in a conference on 'Capitalist Plantations in Colonial Asia' held at the Centre for Asian Studies of the University of Amsterdam and Free University of Amsterdam in September 1990. The contributions to this collection focus on the production of rubber sugar tea and several less strategic plantation crops in colonial Indochina Java Malaya the Philippines India Ceylon Mauritius and Fiji (although geographically anomalous both the latter are included because of the centrality to their sugar plantations of indentured labour from India). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315827889

Plantations Privatization Poverty and PowerChanging Ownership and Management of State Forests Private sector delivery of state services is increasingly common worldwide and state forest plantation management is no exception. Increasingly governments are transferring rights and responsibilities to the private sector for state-owned plantations. Some claim that this is the road to achieving sustainable forest management greater contributions to local livelihoods and poverty reduction others disagree. This book examines the evidence and explores the many issues raised by these changing relationships between the state the private sector and local livelihoods. Experiences from around the world are described through seven case studies from Australia China Chile India New Zealand South Africa and the United Kingdom and key lessons and clear guidance are provided on how governments can best achieve a balance between private and public involvement while continuing to deliver the key social goods and services expected by all citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994980

Plant-Based Diets for Succulence and Sustainability This collection takes an interdisciplinary look at how the transformation towards plant-based diets is becoming more culturally acceptable economically accessible technically available and politically viable. We offer strategies for achieving sustainable food systems without having to forgo succulence sensuality and sacredness of food. Shifting food systems is one of humanity’s biggest challenges and greatest opportunities. This book explores adaptable and health-promoting plant-based diets which by their nature can support nourishing environmental social ethical political and economic outcomes. In this book detailed descriptions are provided of what constitutes a healthy plant-based diet and active lifestyle. Readers are invited to engage with a community of practitioners delving more deeply into strategies for transitioning societies to greater succulence and sustainability. Throughout the first section of the book environmental challenges and opportunities for reversing climate change are highlighted as our most urgent action. The focus then turns to global food systems and the intersections that are undermining human and animal health. The final section offers preventative approaches and encourages reorienting systems of law economics and education to exemplify integrity coordination coherence and compassion. This book will be of interest to students and academics as well as policy professionals in all fields engaging with complex issues and systems analyses. It will be of value to those working in health services policy development agriculture economic development and social change as it provides steps to enhance well-being pathways to increase jobs in the green economy and practical ideas to reverse greenhouse gas emissions. It may also be a superb guide for individuals and families looking to become vibrant eaters and leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385405

Plant-Environment Interactions With contributions from experts in various specialties Plant-Environment Interactions discusses recent advances in cellular and molecular regulation of stress tolerance. This third edition reviews new research in stress signal perception cellular mechanisms and genetic manipulation of stress tolerance for each individual stress. It addresses how Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429191336

Planting DesignConnecting People and Place Landscape designers have long understood the use of plants to provide beauty aesthetic pleasure and visual stimulation while supporting a broad range of functional goals. However the potential for plants in the landscape to elicit human involvement and provide mental stimulation and restoration is much less well understood.  This book meshes the art of planting design with an understanding of how humans respond to natural environments. Beginning with an understanding of human needs preferences and responses to landscape the author interprets the ways in which an understanding of the human-environment interaction can inform planting design. Many of the principles and techniques that may be used in planting design are beautifully illustrated in full colour with examples by leading landscape architects and designers from the United Kingdom Europe North America and Asia including: Andrea Cochran Andrea Cochran Landscape Architecture San Francisco CA Design Workshop Inc. Richard Hartlage Land Morphology Seattle WA Shunmyo Masuno Japan Landscape Consultants Ltd. Yokohama Piet Oudolf Hummelo The Netherlands Melody Redekop Vancouver Christine Ten Eyck Ten Eyck Landscape Architects Inc. Austin TX Kongjian Yu Turenscape Ltd. Beijing. The book stimulates thought provides new direction and assists the reader to find their own unique design voice. Because there are many valid processes and intentions for landscape design the book is not intended to be overly prescriptive. Rather than presenting a strict design method and accompanying set of rules Planting Design provides information insight and inspiration as a basis for developing the individual designer’s own expression in this most challenging of art forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138026056

Plants People and CultureThe Science of Ethnobotany Is it possible that plants have shaped the very trajectory of human cultures? Using riveting stories of fieldwork in remote villages two of the world’s leading ethnobotanists argue that our past and our future are deeply intertwined with plants. Creating massive sea craft from plants indigenous shipwrights spurred the navigation of the world’s oceans. Today indigenous agricultural innovations continue to feed clothe and heal the world’s population. One out of four prescription drugs for example were discovered from plants used by traditional healers. Objects as common as baskets for winnowing or wooden boxes to store feathers were ornamented with traditional designs demonstrating the human ability to understand our environment and to perceive the cosmos. Throughout the world the human body has been used as the ultimate canvas for plant-based adornment as well as indelible design using tattoo inks. Plants also garnered religious significance both as offerings to the gods and as a doorway into the other world. Indigenous claims that plants themselves are sacred is leading to a startling reformulation of conservation. The authors argue that conservation goals can best be achieved by learning from rather than opposing indigenous peoples and their beliefs. KEY FEATURES • An engrossing narrative that invites the reader to personally engage with the relationship between plants people and culture • Full-color illustrations throughout—including many original photographs captured by the authors during fieldwork • New to this edition—"Plants That Harm " a chapter that examines the dangers of poisonous plants and the promise that their study holds for novel treatments for some of our most serious diseases including Alzheimer’s and substance addiction • Additional readings at the end of each chapter to encourage further exploration • Boxed features on selected topics that offer further insight • Provocative questions to facilitate group discussion Designed for the college classroom as well as for lay readers this update of Plants People and Culture entices the reader with firsthand stories of fieldwork spectacular illustrations and a deep respect for both indigenous peoples and the earth’s natural heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345909

Plants And Harappan SubsistenceAn Example Of Stability And Change From Rojdi This book aims to interpret the archeobotanical remains at the site of Rojdi in northwest India with reference to diet and environment and within a socio-economic framework. It discusses artifactual material which associates it with the 'Harappan Cultural Tradition'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283056

Plants and Human Conflict Perhaps the least appreciated dramatis personae in human history are plants. Humans like all other animals cannot produce their own food as plants do through photosynthesis and must therefore acquire organic material for survival and growth by eating plants or by eating other animals that eat plants. Humans depend on plants not only as a food source but also as building and clothing materials and as sources of medicines psychoactive substances spices pigments and more. With plants being such valuable resources it is therefore not surprising that plants have been involved in practically all violent conflicts among different human societies. Ironically plants have also been the source of materials to construct weapons or weapon parts. Wars have always constituted a large part of human history and the overall theme of this book is that to understand the history of violent human conflict we need to understand what specific materials plants make that people find so useful and worth fighting over and what roles such plant products have played in specific conflicts. To do so Plants and Human Conflict begins with a chapter explaining the basic biological facts of the interdependence between plants and humans and the subsequent seven chapters describe the physical and chemical properties of specific plant products demonstrating how the human need for these products has led to wars as well as contributed to the prosecution of wars. These chapters recount some well-known (and some lesser known) historical events in which plants have played a central role. This book uniquely combines the modern scientific knowledge of plants with the human history of war introducing readers to a new paradigm that will make them reconsider their understanding of human history as well as to bring about a greater appreciation of plant biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138615304

Plants and Indigenous Medicine and DietBiobehavioral Approaches First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company.  Humans have long been acute observers of their biological surroundings and have been involved in dynamic relationships with ambient flora and fauna since the development of the earliest medical systems and food-getting technologies. Human-plant interactions can then be viewed as one expression of a population’s encounter with their environment and have been the subject of considerable interest in various disciplines which seek to understand how the use of plants affects patterns of health and disease. The aim of this volume is to promote a bio-behavioral focus for indigenous plant research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060385

Plants and PeopleOrigin and Development of Human--Plant Science Relationships An exploration of the relationship between plants and people from early agriculture to modern-day applications of biotechnology in crop production Plants and People: Origin and Development of Human–Plant Science Relationships covers the development of agricultural sciences from Roman times through the development of agricultural experiment stations in the United States to the rise of agri-business. It underscores the symbiotic relationship and mutuality that define the intertwined histories of plants and people. It does not merely present the latest science but puts the sciences themselves in the context of history. The book provides the science chronology and history that undergird the relationships between humans and plants. It discusses plant anatomy physiology and reproduction; evolution of plants and people; early uses of plants; the rise of agriculture in both Old and New Worlds; creation of land grant universities and agricultural experiment stations; the Green Revolution; plant biotechnology; and the future of plant sciences in feeding the growing human population. The agricultural sciences were not a product of the nineteenth century but of the careful observation and advice of Roman writers who lived some 2000 years ago. This book reveals the malleability of the sciences the people who practice them and the plants that are the focus of scientific research. The author is careful to distinguish between basic and applied science while recognizing that the agricultural sciences pursue both. He also challenges the traditional notion that basic research necessarily yields practical results. The book demonstrates how plants and the agricultural sciences have shaped the everyday world we inhabit. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498707084

Plants for Environmental Studies One of the problems of using plants in environmental studies is finding current information. Because plants play a key role in environmental studies from the greenhouse effect to environmental toxicological studies information is widely scattered over many different fields and in many different sources. Plants for Environmental Studies solves that problem with a single comprehensive source of information on the many ways plants are used in environmental studies. Written by experts from around the world and edited by a team of prominent environmental specialists this book is the only source of complete information on environmental impacts mutation statistical analyses relationships between plants and water algae plants in ecological risk assessment compound accumulations and more. Encompassing algae and vascular plants in both aquatic and terrestrial environments this book contains a diverse collection of laboratory and in situ studies methods and procedures using plants to evaluate air water wastewater sediment and soil. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429144035

Plants for Human Survival and Medicine This book reports the potential plants for human survival explored medicinal aspects of the ongoing research and development for discovering new molecules new drugs new leads ethnic-traditional applications and nutraceutical values of plants. It provides a baseline data and information on plants and their hidden knowledge for human health. This is build upon based on twenty-five excellent research articles and hundreds of potential life-saving plants used by different ethnic tribes of Himalaya as food shelter and medicine in their day-to-day life. Various research studies and clinical trials mentioned in the book will add and contribute a lot in discovering quick leads for medicine formulations and products development. In addition to research suggestions and valuation of plants for humans contained within each of the articles an introduction section emphasizes particular research avenues for attention in the drug development programmes. As the reader will note these compilations represent a wide collection of views reflecting the diversity of sciences and interests of thousands of ideas that enabled thoughtful deliberations from a wide range of scientific perspectives. Please note: This title is co-published with New India Publishing Agency New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367818944

Plants in Contemporary PoetryEcocriticism and the Botanical Imagination Positioned within current ecocritical scholarship this volume is the first book-length study of the representations of plants in contemporary American English and Australian poetry. Through readings of botanically-minded writers including Les Murray Louise Glück and Alice Oswald it addresses the relationship between language and the subjectivity agency sentience consciousness and intelligence of vegetal life. Scientific philosophical and literary frameworks enable the author to develop an interdisciplinary approach to examining the role of plants in poetry. Drawing from recent plant science and contributing to the exciting new field of critical plant studies the author develops a methodology he calls "botanical criticism" that aims to redress the lack of emphasis on plant life in studies of poetry. As a subset of ecocriticism botanical criticism investigates how poets engage with plants literally and figuratively materially and symbolically in their works. Key themes covered in this volume include plants as invasives and weeds in human settings; as sources of physical and spiritual nourishment; as signifiers of region home and identity; as objects of aesthetics and objectivism; and crucially as beings with their own perspectives voices and modes of dialogue. Ryan demonstrates that poetic imagination is as essential as scientific rationality to elucidating and appreciating the mysteries of plant-being. This book will appeal to a multidisciplinary readership in the fields of ecocriticism ecopoetry environmental humanities and ecocultural studies and will be of interest to researchers in the emerging area of critical plant studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667627

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 3Sedges-Rushes This volume represents the third in the series of illustrated lists of the plants of Central Asia. It presents a taxonomic account of the families of sedges Araceae duckweed and rushes in the vegetation of Central Asia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447496

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 4Gramineae (Grasses) This volume focuses on the family Gramineae which represents one of the largest and economically most important families of flowering plants. It constitutes a vast herbaria collection of 74 genera and 354 species of this family and covers 18 more species of grasses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447137

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 5Verbenaceae-Scrophulariaceae This book presents a taxonomic account of families of order Tubiflora namely Verbenaceae Labiatae Solanaceae and Scrophulariceae which contain several interesting endemic genera and species that are important for understanding the developmental history of Central Asian flora. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447120

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 6Equisetaceae-Butomaceae Bibliography This volume provides a taxonomic account of horsetails club-mosses conifers joint-firs and several small families of monocotyledons standing at the beginning of the Engler system from Typhaceae to Butomaceae as well as a supplementary bibliographic list of works on the flora of Central Asia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447113

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 7Liliaceae to Orchidaceae This book presents a taxonomic account of Central Asian families Liliaceae Dioscoreaceae Amaryllidaceae Iridaceae and Orchidaceae and all monocotyledonous plants. It covers 43 genera with 191 species of these families. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446901

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 8bLegumes Genus: Oxytropis This book provides a taxonomic account of one of the largest genera of Leguminosae and the largest in the Central Asian flora genus Oxytropis DC. The genus is represented by 153 species of which 62 are endemic to the region and 78 are endemic to the Central Asian territory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446871

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 13Plumbaginaceae Oleaceae Buddlejaceae Gentianaceae Menyanthaceae This volume deals with leadwort (Plumbaginaceae) olive (Oleaceae) butterfly-bush (Buddlejaceae) gentian (Gentianaceae) buck-bean (Menyanthaceae) dogbane (Apocynaceae) and milkweed (Asclepiadaceae) families. The book includes 4 plates and 5 maps of distribution ranges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453213

Plants of Central Asia - Plant Collection from China and Mongolia Vol. 14ACompositae (Anthemideae) This volume of the illustrated lists of plants of Central Asia (within the People?s Republics of China and Mongolia) treats the tribe Anthemideae of the largest family of Compositae. Many members of this tribe specially wormwoods tansy Brachanthemum play the most important role in the vegetative cover of Central Asia as coenosis-forming agents (edificators) in steppes and barren lands. This tribe comprises several endemic and relict plants. As in the preceding volumes keys are provided for the genera and species and for each species references to nomenclature its ecology and geographic distribution. Ill.: 6 plates 8 maps of distribution ranges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453220

Plants of Commercial Values This book reports the present scenario and importance of commercial valuable plant species builds upon the excellent twenty one research articles. Highly prized plants mentioned as domestic and industrial value are Bunium persicum Dysoxylum binectariferum Magnolia campbellii Morchella esculenta Tinospora cordifolia Woodfordia fructicosa Plantago ovata Nobel prized plant Artemisia annua subsistence of Spinifex littoreus tissue culture raised banana plant growth promoting bacteria systematic of starch grains scientific propagation techniques for improvement of plants sustainability of Mucuna pruriens and phytochemical screening of Eulaliopsis binata Himalayan rhododendrons Cyperus pangorei and Vigna radiata. Aromatic plants are valued for their aromatherapy flavour and fragrance. Besides chemical constituents uses and diversity of aromatic wealth of Himalaya is also discussed. Current investigation reports of biological chemical pharmacological and clinical parameters mentioned in different section of this compilation will add and contribute more values in discovering new leads for product development from plants. As the reader will note these book represent a wide collection of views reflecting the diversity of sciences and interests of thousands of ideas that enabled thoughtful deliberations for future aspects. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. This title is co-published with New India Publishing Agency. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367819361

Plants Of The Bible First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978577

Plants that Fight Cancer Second Edition Plants that Fight Cancer Second Edition is a compilation that reviews cancer treatment and research-based information on the plant kingdom as the source of both known and novel chemical moieties and mixtures many of them still under identification. This new edition follows the organization of the first book with a considerable expansion of content that more than doubles the volume of information. Divided into four segments the first part is dedicated to a review of our current knowledge of cancer the different types and incidence the molecular pathways of the disease and the various treatment protocols with an emphasis on chemotherapy. The second part is a brief journey in pharmacognosy with detailed information about each of the fourteen different chemical groups of plant secondary metabolites their use in cancer chemotherapy and updated information on the biotechnological production of the most representative compounds in clinical practice. The third part of the book comprises six chapters dedicated to either plant chemotherapeutical approaches to specific cancer types (e.g. bladder prostate) or specific groups of plant secondary metabolites with novel and promising properties for cancer treatment (e.g. naphthoquinones lectins phenanthridone alkaloids). The fourth part containing investigative information on almost 300 individual plant species with established anticancer properties either on a clinical or in vitro level is with no doubt the most analytical. This new edition contains chapters on cytotoxic phenanthridone alkaloid constituents of the Amaryllidaceae; naphthoquinone-contained anticancer terrestrial plants; polyphenols and cancer immunology; medicinal plant product-based fabrication nanoparticles (Au and Ag) and their anticancer effects; bladder and prostate cancer; and plant lectins in cancer treatment. FEATURES • Provides efficient information for all kinds of cancer and plant chemotherapeutical approaches to specific cancer types • Discusses specific groups of plant secondary metabolites with novel and promising properties for cancer treatment • Provides scientific information for medicinal uses of various plants • Contains analytical information on almost 300 individual plant species with established anticancer properties either on a clinical or in vitro level • Focuses on plant genera and species that are either already used in cancer chemotherapy or have been identified with antitumor and antileukemic properties to a bigger or lesser extent Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726405

Plants with Anti-Diabetes Mellitus Properties The incidence and severity of diabetes mellitus is increasing worldwide presenting a significant burden to society both in economic terms and overall well-being. Fortunately time-tested anti-diabetes mellitus plant foods exist that are safe and could be effective in addressing this condition when consumed judiciously with a concomitant change in lifestyle.Plants with Anti-Diabetes Mellitus Properties presents an exhaustive compilation of the anti-diabetes mellitus activities of more than 1000 plants occurring worldwide. The author provides a brief botanical description distribution pharmacological properties and phytochemicals where appropriate. A list of traditional medicinal plants used to treat diabetes but not tested for anti-diabetic activity is also given.This unique reference highlights anti-diabetes mellitus plant foods along with a list of the edible parts of plants with anti-diabetes mellitus properties. Anti-diabetes mellitus nutraceuticals are described with guidelines for the development of food supplements and formulations of diets appropriate for diabetic patients. This is a valuable source of information for researchers students doctors diabetic patients and other individuals wanting to learn more about plant-based treatments for diabetes mellitus. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574963

Plant-Soil Slope Interaction This inter-disciplinary book provides the latest advanced knowledge of plant effects on vegetated soil properties such as water retention capability water permeability function shear strength slope hydrology movements and failure mechanisms and applies this knowledge to the solution of slope stability problems. It is the first book to cover in detail not only the mechanical effects of root reinforcement but more importantly the hydrological effects of plant transpiration on soil suction soil shear strength and water permeability. The book also offers a fundamental understanding of soil-plant-water interaction. Analytical equations are provided for predicting the combined hydrological and mechanical effects of plant roots on slope stability. A novel method is also given for simulating transpiration-induced suction in a geotechnical centrifuge. Application of this method to the study of the failure mechanisms of vegetated slopes reinforced by roots with different architectures is discussed. This book is essential reading for senior undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as researchers in civil engineering geo-environmental engineering plant ecology agricultural science hydrology and water resources. It also provides advanced knowledge for civil engineers seeking "green" engineering solutions to combat the negative impact of climate change on the long-term engineering sustainability of infrastructure slopes. Professionals other than civil engineers such as ecologists agriculturists botanists environmentalists and hydrologists would also find the book relevant and useful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197558

Plasma and Fluid TurbulenceTheory and Modelling Theory and modelling with direct numerical simulation and experimental observations are indispensable in the understanding of the evolution of nature in this case the theory and modelling of plasma and fluid turbulence. Plasma and Fluid Turbulence: Theory and Modelling explains modelling methodologies in depth with regard to turbulence phenomena and turbulent transport both in fluids and plasmas. Special attention is paid to structural formation and transitions.In this detailed book the authors examine the underlying ideas describing turbulence turbulent transport and structural transitions in plasmas and fluids. By comparing and contrasting turbulence in fluids and plasmas they demonstrate the basic physical principles common to fluids and plasmas while also highlighting particular differences. The book also discusses the application of these ideas to neutral fluids. Part I presents a general introduction to turbulence and structural formation in fluids and plasmas and Part II explains methodologies for fluid turbulence. In Part III the authors describe the subjects in magnetohydrodynamics in particular dynamo problems. The final section Part IV considers plasma turbulence and transport. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454708

Plasma and Fusion ScienceFrom Fundamental Research to Technological Applications In this new book an interdisciplinary and international team of experts provides an exploration of the emerging plasma science that is poised to make the plasma technology a reality in the manufacturing sector. The research presented here will stimulate new ideas methods and applications in the field of plasma science and nanotechnology. Plasma technology applications are being developed that could impact the global market for power electronics mineral and other fuel commodities. Currently plasma science is described as a revolutionary discipline in terms of its possible impact on industrial applications. It offers potential solutions to many problems using emerging techniques. In this book the authors provide a broad overview of recent trends in field plasma science and nanotechnology. Divided into several parts Plasma and Fusion Science: From Fundamental Research to Technological Applications explores some basic plasma applications and research space and atmospheric plasma nuclear fusion and laser plasma and industrial applications of plasma. A wide variety of cutting-edge topics are covered including: • basic plasma physics • computer modeling for plasma • exotic plasma (including dusty plasma) • industrial plasma applications • laser plasma • nuclear fusion technology • plasma diagnostics • plasma processing • pulsed power • space astrophysical plasma • plasma and nanotechnology Pointing to current and possible future developments in plasma science and technology the diverse research presented here will be valuable for researchers scientists industry professionals and others involved in the revolutionary field of plasma and fusion science. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884532

Plasma Applications for Material ModificationFrom Microelectronics to Biological Materials This book is an up-to-date review of the most important plasma-based techniques for material modification from microelectronics to biological materials and from fusion plasmas to atmospheric ones. Each its technical chapters is written by long-experienced internationally recognised researchers. The book provides a deep and comprehensive insight into plasma technology and its associated elemental processes and is illustrated throughout with excellent figures and references to complement each section. Although some of the topics covered can be traced back several decades care has been taken to emphasize the most recent findings and expected evolution.  The first time the word ‘plasma’ appeared in print in a scientific text related to the study of electrical discharges in gases was 1928 when Irving Langmuir published his article ‘Oscillations in Ionized Gases’. It was the baptism of the predominant state of matter in the known universe (it is estimated that up to 99% of matter is plasma) although not on earth where the conditions of pressure and temperature make normal the states of matter (solid liquid gas) which in global terms are exotic. It is enough to add energy to a solid (in the form of heat or electromagnetic radiation) to go into the liquid state from which gas is obtained through an additional supply of energy. If we continue adding energy to the gas we will partially or totally ionise it and reach a new state of matter plasma made up of free electrons atoms and molecules (electrically neutral particles) and ions (endowed with a positive or a negative electric charge). Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9781003119203

Plasma Astrophysics The twentieth century has witnessed the transformation of astronomy from celestial mechanics to astrophysics. While optical telescopes may have presented a peek into the structure of the constituents of the universe such as stars and galaxies new windows of observation have revealed far more amorphous objects from nebulae and sheets to filaments and voids whose "violent" processes include flares shocks accretion disks and jets. In these processes plasma is often the constituent matter-- as well as the medium through which the astrophysical setting becomes so violent. In this graduate level text Tajima and Shibata offer a new synthesis starting where classic works on plasma physics left off. Beginning with a view of plasma astrophysics through fundamental processes of quasi-magnetostatic equilibria quasi-hydrostatic equilibria and non-equilibria the authors go on to develop unique approaches to violent astrophysical plasmas-- as opposed to the more quiescent laboratory variety-- and their processes. The text continues with an exploration of the fundamental processes in hydrostatic magnetostatic and gravitational objects. The final chapter is devoted to a discussion of the applications of plasma astrophysics to cosmology anticipating future developments in this exciting field.This text will be of enormous use to graduate-- and some advanced undergraduate-- students as well as to physicists entering the field of plasma physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091934

Plasma Deposited Thin Films In Summary the objective of this book is to present in one volume a review of the plasma deposition process and the present understanding of the most important and widely used plasma deposited thin film materials devices and their applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896717

Plasma Discharge in LiquidWater Treatment and Applications Plasma methods that effectively combine ultraviolet radiation active chemicals and high electric fields offer an alternative to conventional water treatment methods. However knowledge of the electric breakdown of liquids has not kept pace with this increasing interest mostly due to the complexity of phenomena related to the plasma breakdown process. Plasma Discharge in Liquid: Water Treatment and Applications provides engineers and scientists with a fundamental understanding of the physical and chemical phenomena associated with plasma discharges in liquids particularly in water. It also examines state-of-the-art plasma-assisted water treatment technologies. The Physics & Applications of Underwater Plasma Discharges The first part of the book describes the physical mechanism of pulsed electric breakdown in water and other liquids. It looks at how plasma is generated in liquids and discusses the electronic and bubble mechanism theories for how the electric discharge in liquid is initiated. The second part of the book focuses on various water treatment applications including: Decontamination of volatile organic compounds and remediation of contaminated water Microorganism sterilization and other biological applications Cooling water treatment Drawing extensively on recent research this one-stop reference combines the physics and applications of electric breakdown in liquids in a single volume. It offers a valuable resource for scientists engineers and students interested in the topic of plasmas in liquids. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074958

Plasma ElectronicsApplications in Microelectronic Device Fabrication Beyond enabling new capabilities plasma-based techniques characterized by quantum radicals of feed gases hold the potential to enhance and improve many processes and applications. Following in the tradition of its popular predecessor Plasma Electronics Second Edition: Applications in Microelectronic Device Fabrication explains the fundamental physics and numerical methods required to bring these technologies from the laboratory to the factory. Emphasizing computational algorithms and techniques this updated edition of a popular monograph supplies a complete and up-to-date picture of plasma physics computational methods applications and processing techniques. Reflecting the growing importance of computer-aided approaches to plasma analysis and synthesis it showcases recent advances in fabrication from micro- and nano-electronics MEMS/NEMS and the biological sciences. A helpful resource for anyone learning about collisional plasma structure function and applications this edition reflects the latest progress in the quantitative understanding of non-equilibrium low-temperature plasma surface processing and predictive modeling of the plasma and the process. Filled with new figures tables problems and exercises it includes a new chapter on the development of atmospheric-pressure plasma in particular microcell plasma with a discussion of its practical application to improve surface efficiency.The book provides an up-to-date discussion of MEMS fabrication and phase transition between capacitive and inductive modes in an inductively coupled plasma. In addition to new sections on the phase transition between the capacitive and inductive modes in an ICP and MOS-transistor and MEMS fabrications the book presents a new discussion of heat transfer and heating of the media and the reactor. Integrating physics numerical methods and practical applications this book equips you with the up-to-date understanding required to scale up lab breakthroughs into industrial innovations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034150

Plasma FibronectinStructure and Functions This volume deals with a multifunctional plasma and tissue protein fibronectin which participates in many significant biological and pathophysiological actions presenting the information concerning structure and describing the interactions of fibronectin with fibrinogen and fibrin. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451677

Plasma Harmonics Plasma harmonics is a new field of laser spectroscopy. The use of the solid elements of the periodic table together with thousands of complex solid-state samples largely extends the range of materials employed in plasma harmonics in contrast to the few light rare gases that are typically used. Thus the exploration of practically any available solid-state material through nonlinear spectroscopy comprising laser ablation and harmonic generation can be considered a new tool for materials science. Plasma harmonic spectroscopy exploits the spectral and structural properties of various ablated solid-state materials by propagating short laser pulses through laser-produced plasma and generating high-order harmonics of ultrashort laser pulses. The book describes the special features of plasma harmonics in laser-produced ablation plumes and discusses a wide range of nonlinear medium characteristics that can be produced by varying the conditions of laser plume production on the surface of a solid. This book compiles and details cutting-edge research in science and medicine from the interdisciplinary team of the Michigan Nanotechnology Institute for Medicine and Biological Sciences who are currently revolutionizing drug delivery techniques through the development of engineered nanodevices. Edited by Istvan J Majoros and James Baker Jr. two prominent nanotechnology researchers this book is designed for workers involved in nanotechnology macromolecular science cancer therapy or drug delivery research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463300

Plasma Physics and Engineering Plasma plays an important role in a wide variety of industrial processes including material processing environmental control electronic chip manufacturing light sources and green energy not to mention fuel conversion and hydrogen production biomedicine flow control catalysis and space propulsion. Following the general outline of the bests Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429190759

Plasma Physics and Engineering Plasma Physics and Engineering presents basic and applied knowledge on modern plasma physics plasma chemistry and plasma engineering for senior undergraduate and graduate students as well as for scientists and engineers working in academia; research labs; and industry with plasmas laser and combustion systems. This is a unique book providing a clear fundamental introduction to all aspects of modern plasma science describing all electric discharges applied today from vacuum to atmospheric pressure and higher from thermal plasma sources to essentially cold non-equilibrium discharges. A solutions manual is available for adopting professors which is helpful in relevant university courses. Provides a lucid introduction to virtually all aspects of modern plasma science and technology Contains an extensive database on plasma kinetics and thermodynamics Includes many helpful numerical formulas for practical calculations as well as numerous problems and concepts This revised edition includes new material on atmospheric pressure discharges micro discharges and different types of discharges in liquids Prof. Alexander Fridman is Nyheim Chair Professor of Drexel University and Director of C. & J. Nyheim Plasma Institute. His research focuses on plasma approaches to biology and medicine to material treatment fuel conversion and environmental control. Prof. Fridman has almost 50 years of plasma research in national laboratories and universities of Russia France and the United States. He has published 8 books and received numerous honors for his work including Stanley Kaplan Distinguished Professorship in Chemical Kinetics and Energy Systems George Soros Distinguished Professorship in Physics the State Prize of the USSR Plasma Medicine Award Kurchatov Prize Reactive Plasma Award and Plasma Chemistry Award. Prof. Lawrence A. Kennedy is Dean of Engineering Emeritus and Professor of Mechanical Engineering Emeritus at the University of Illinois at Chicago and Professor of Mechanical Engineering Emeritus at the Ohio State University. His research focuses on chemically reacting flows and plasma processes. He is the author of more than 300 archival publications and 2 books the editor of three monographs and served as Editor–in-Chief of the International Journal of Experimental Methods in Thermal and Fluid Science. Professor Kennedy was the Ralph W. Kurtz Distinguished Professor of Mechanical Engineering at OSU and the Stanley Kaplan University Scholar in Plasma Physics at UIC. Prof. Kennedy is also the recipient of numerous awards such as the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Heat Transfer Memorial Award (2008) and the Ralph Coats Roe Award from ASEE (1993). He is a Fellow of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers the American Physical Society the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics and the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498772211

Plasma Physics via Computer Simulation Divided into three main parts the book guides the reader to an understanding of the basic concepts in this fascinating field of research. Part 1 introduces you to the fundamental concepts of simulation. It examines one-dimensional electrostatic codes and electromagnetic codes and describes the numerical methods and analysis. Part 2 explores the mathematics and physics behind the algorithms used in Part 1. In Part 3 the authors address some of the more complicated simulations in two and three dimensions. The book introduces projects to encourage practical work Readers can download plasma modeling and simulation software — the ES1 program — with implementations for PCs and Unix systems along with the original FORTRAN source code. Now available in paperback Plasma Physics via Computer Simulation is an ideal complement to plasma physics courses and for self-study. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315275048

Plasma PhysicsAn Introduction Encompasses the Lectured Works of a Renowned Expert in the Field Plasma Physics: An Introduction is based on a series of university course lectures by a leading name in the field and thoroughly covers the physics of the fourth state of matter. This book looks at non-relativistic fully ionized nondegenerate quasi-neutral and weakly coupled plasma. Intended for the student market the text provides a concise and cohesive introduction to plasma physics theory and offers a solid foundation for students wishing to take higher level courses in plasma physics. Mathematically Rigorous but Driven by Physics This work contains over 80 exercises—carefully selected for their pedagogical value—with fully worked out solutions available in a separate solutions manual for professors. The author provides an in-depth discussion of the various fluid theories typically used in plasma physics. The material presents a number of applications and works through specific topics including basic plasma parameters the theory of charged particle motion in inhomogeneous electromagnetic fields plasma fluid theory electromagnetic waves in cold plasmas electromagnetic wave propagation through inhomogeneous plasmas magnetohydrodynamical fluid theory and kinetic theory. Discusses fluid theory illustrated by the investigation of Langmuir sheaths Explores charged particle motion illustrated by the investigation of charged particle trapping in the earth’s magnetosphere Examines the WKB theory illustrated by the investigation of radio wave propagation in the earth’s ionosphere Studies the MHD theory illustrated by the investigation of solar wind dynamo theory magnetic reconnection and MHD shocks Plasma Physics: An Introduction addresses applied areas and advanced topics in the study of plasma physics and specifically demonstrates the behavior of ionized gas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466594265

Plasma Processing of Nanomaterials We are at a critical evolutionary juncture in the research and development of low-temperature plasmas which have become essential to synthesizing and processing vital nanoscale materials. More and more industries are increasingly dependent on plasma technology to develop integrated small-scale devices but physical limits to growth and other challenges threaten progress. Plasma Processing of Nanomaterials is an in-depth guide to the art and science of plasma-based chemical processes used to synthesize process and modify various classes of nanoscale materials such as nanoparticles carbon nanotubes and semiconductor nanowires. Plasma technology enables a wide range of academic and industrial applications in fields including electronics textiles automotives aerospace and biomedical. A prime example is the semiconductor industry in which engineers revolutionized microelectronics by using plasmas to deposit and etch thin films and fabricate integrated circuits. An overview of progress and future potential in plasma processing this reference illustrates key experimental and theoretical aspects by presenting practical examples of: Nanoscale etching/deposition of thin films Catalytic growth of carbon nanotubes and semiconductor nanowires Silicon nanoparticle synthesis Functionalization of carbon nanotubes Self-organized nanostructures   Significant advances are expected in nanoelectronics photovoltaics and other emerging fields as plasma technology is further optimized to improve the implementation of nanomaterials with well-defined size shape and composition. Moving away from the usual focus on wet techniques embraced in chemistry and physics the author sheds light on pivotal breakthroughs being made by the smaller plasma community. Written for a diverse audience working in fields ranging from nanoelectronics and energy sensors to catalysis and nanomedicine this resource will help readers improve development and application of nanomaterials in their own work. About the Author: R. Mohan Sankaran received the American Vacuum Society’s 2011 Peter Mark Memorial Award for his outstanding contributions to tandem plasma synthesis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077430

Plasma Simulations by Example The study of plasmas is crucial in improving our understanding of the universe and they are being increasingly utilised in key technologies such as spacecraft thrusters plasma medicine and fusion energy. Providing readers with an easy to follow set of examples that clearly illustrate how simulation codes are written this book guides readers through how to develop C++ computer codes for simulating plasmas primarily with the kinetic Particle in Cell (PIC) method. This text will be invaluable to advanced undergraduates and graduate students in physics and engineering looking to learn how to put the theory to the test. Features: Provides a step-by-step introduction to plasma simulations with easy to follow examples Discusses the electrostatic and electromagnetic Particle in Cell (PIC) method on structured and unstructured meshes magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) and Vlasov solvers Covered topics include Direct Simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC) collisions surface interactions axisymmetry and parallelization strategies. Lubos Brieda has over 15 years of experience developing plasma and gas simulation codes for electric propulsion contamination transport and plasma-surface interactions. As part of his master’s research work he developed a 3D ES-PIC electric propulsion plume code Draco which is to this date utilized by government labs and private aerospace firms to study plasma thruster plumes. His Ph.D obtained in 2012 from George Washington University USA focused on a multi-scale model for Hall thrusters utilizing fluid-kinetic hybrid PIC codes. He has since then been involved in numerous projects involving development and the use of plasma simulation tools. Since 2014 he has been teaching online courses on plasma simulations through his website: particleincell.com. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138342323

Plasma Surface Modification and Plasma Polymerization In current materials R&D high priority is given to surface modification techniques to achieve improved surface properties for specific applications requirements. Plasma treatment and polymerization are important technologies for this purpose. This book provides a basic and thorough presentation of this subject. This is probably the first book Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429156854

Plasma Surface Modification of Polymers: Relevance to Adhesion This book is a collection of invited papers (previously published in special issues of the Journal of Adhesion Science and Technology) written by internationally recognized researchers actively working in the field of plasma surface modification. It provides a current comprehensive overview of the plasma treatment of polymers. In contrast to plasma polymerization plasma surface modification reactions do not cause thin-film deposition and can therefore only modify the surface properties of organic substrates. Plasma surface modifications are fast efficient methods for improving the adhesion properties and other surface characteristics of a variety of polymeric materials. The focus of this volume is on adhesion phenomena surface properties and the surface characterization of plasma-treated materials. This book opens with a critical review of the plasma surface modification of polymers for improved adhesion. The remainder of the papers are divided into two sections one dealing with the characterization of plasma-treated surfaces and the second concerned with various practical applications of plasma-treated surfaces Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449469

Plasma Waves Extended and revised Plasma Waves 2nd Edition provides essential information on basic formulas and categorizes the various possible types of waves and their interactions. The book includes modern and complete treatments of electron cyclotron emission collisions relativistic effects Landau damping quasilinear and nonlinear wave theory and tunneling equations. The broad scope encompasses waves in cold warm and hot plasmas and relativistic plasma waves. Special chapters deal with the effects of boundaries inhomogeneities and nonlinear effects. The author derives all formulae and describes several fundamental wave experiments allowing for a greater appreciation of the subject. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367802721

Plasmonic Nanoguides and Circuits In this book the authors concentrate on the surface Plasmon (SP) waveguide configurations ensuring nanoscale confinement and review the current status of this rapidly emerging field considering different configurations being developed for nanoscale plasmonic guides and circuits. Both fundamental physics and application aspects of plasmonics are reviewed in detail by the world's leading experts. A unique feature of this book is its strong focus on a particular subfield of plasmonics dealing with subwavelength (nanoscale) waveguiding an area which is especially important in view of the explosively growing interest in plasmonic interconnects and nanocircuits. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429066429

Plasmonic ResonatorsFundamentals Advances and Applications Plasmonic resonators composed of metallic micro- and nanostructures belong to the category of excited-state physics on resonances from gigahertz to petahertz. Dynamical physics is in contrast to ground-state physics which includes thermal states and is connected to diverse applications to enhance existing photo-induced effects and phenomena such as plasmon-enhanced photoluminescence and Raman scattering. This book has three main aims: to provide fundamental knowledge on plasmonic resonators to explain diverse plasmonic resonators and to stimulate further development in plasmonic resonators. Plasmon-related studies which are sometimes called plasmonics and include a substantial portion of metamaterials have shown significant development since the 1980s. The piled-up results are too numerous to study from the beginning but this book summarizes those results including the history (past) all the possible types of plasmonic resonators (present) and their wide range of applications (future). It provides the basics of plasmons and resonant physics for undergraduate students the systematic knowledge on plasmonic resonators for graduate students and cutting-edge and in-depth information on plasmon-enhancement studies for researchers who are not experts in plasmonics and metamaterials thereby benefitting a wide range of readers who are interested in the nanotechnology involving metallic nanostructures. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745062

Plasmonics and Super-Resolution Imaging Plasmonics is an emerging field mainly developed within the past two decades. Due to its unique capabilities to manipulate light at deep subwavelength scales plasmonics has been commonly treated as the most important part of nanophotonics. Plasmonic-assisted optical microscopy techniques especially super-resolution microscopy have shown tremendous potential and attracted much attention. This book aims to collect cutting-edge studies in various optical imaging technologies with advanced performances that are enabled or enhanced by plasmonics. The basic working principles development details and potential future direction and perspectives are discussed. Edited by Zhaowei Liu a prominent researcher in the field of super-resolution microscopy this book will be an excellent reference for anyone in the field of nanophotonics plasmonics and optical microscopy. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669917

Plasmonics in Chemistry and Biology Over the past decade plasmonic nanoparticles have been the subject of extensive research owing to their remarkable optical properties. These properties arise from a collective oscillation of the conductive electrons at the nanoparticle surface under light irradiation known as localized surface plasmon (LSP). LSP is characterized by (i) a strong absorption and scattering of the light depending on the geometrical parameters of the nanoparticles and (ii) a strong amplification of the local field in the vicinity of the nanoparticles.  Quite recently it was shown that the activation and the initiation of chemical reactions or physical processes can be facilitated using LSP excitation. Such exploitation presents two main advantages: an enhanced yield and a fine control of chemical reactions at the nanoscale. These topics have become very active and are in line with molecular plasmonics. This book explores this new field and provides a broad view on the exploitation of plasmonics in chemical and biological fields. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800037

Plastic Cameras: Toying with Creativity Take a tour of the burgeoning world of plastic cameras and low-tech photography in this fun and funky guide to creating the most artistic pictures of your life! Whether you're an experienced enthusiast or toy camera neophyte you'll find this guide full of tantalizing tips fun facts and absolutely striking photographs taken with the lowest tech tools around. You'll learn how to prep your plastic camera their advantages and quirks and what film to feed it. You'll also explore what makes a good subject vignetting multiple exposures panoramas close-ups night photography color flash problems and solutions and so much more. Michelle Bates also takes you from a negative to either prints or pixels so that you can show off your photos and jump on the toy-camera revolution! Contributors include: Michael Ackerman Thomas Michael Alleman Erin Antognoli Jonathan Bailey James Balog Michelle Bates Phil Bebbington Gyorgy Beck Susan Bowen Laura Corley Burlton David Burnett Susan Burnstine Nancy Burson Perry Dilbeck Jill Enfield fotovitamina Annette Elizabeth Fournet Brigitte Grignet Eric Havelock-Bailie Christopher James Michael Kenna Wesley Kennedy Teru Kuwayama Louviere and Vanessa Mary Ann Lynch Anne Arden McDonald Ted Orland Sylvia Plachy Dan Price Becky Ramotowski Nancy Rexroth Francisco Mata Rosas Richard Ross Franco Salmoiraghi Rosanna Salonia Jennifer Shaw Nancy Siesel Mark Sink Kurt Smith Sandy Sorlien Pauline St. Denis Harvey Stein Gordon Stettinius Ryan Synovec Rebecca Tolk Marydorsey Wanless Shannon Welles Matthew Yates Dan Zamudio. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472266

Plastic Conversion ProcessesA Concise and Applied Guide The explosion of plastic material development continues to generate a proliferation of conversion processes and variants of these methods. Unfortunately most books on plastics conversion focus on a single process such as injection molding limiting their usefulness to readers without prior knowledge of the field. Few if any single-source texts adequately describe and compare each of the plastic conversion processes together. Plastic Conversion Processes: A Concise and Applied Guide addresses that need. It provides a basic overview of each of the seven major conversion processes which account for the creation of more than 97 percent of all plastics products today. This detailed guide assembles and integrates the wealth of information scattered throughout various literature to provide a basic yet complete illustration of plastic conversion processes. Learn Methods to Compare Evaluate and Select the Best Process for Your Product This book is unique in that it employs an all-encompassing approach offering more than a mere overview of basic theory and application related to each major process. Chapters begin with a process-attribute table to serve as a quick guide and then briefly describe a particular conversion process. To ensure comprehensive understanding of each method and how it works sections include a short history and detailed explanation of the particular equipment tooling and materials used as well as general piece part design guidelines and case studies gleaned from real-life experience. There is a plastic term for every letter of the alphabet making it one of the most complex fields in science. A "quick reference" section at the end of the book includes an exhaustive collection of more than 350 terms definitions acronyms and a key process characteristics comparison chart. Supplemented with photos diagrams and illustrations t Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138434844

Plastic Deformation of Nanostructured Materials Plastic Deformation of Nanostructured Materials offers comprehensive analysis on the most important data and results in the field of materials strength and mechanics. This reference systematically examines the special features of the mechanical behavior and corresponding structural mechanisms of crystal structure defects with grain sizes that range from meso- to micro- levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573201

Plastic FilmsTechnology and Packaging Applications This is a complete illustrated guide and reference to today's plastic films for packaging. All significant aspects of plastic films for packaging are clearly and concisely presented: from materials processes and machinery to applications and regulatory social and economic considerations. More than 70 schematics illustrate materials processes and package constructions. More than 30 tables provide important reference data in convenient form. The authors are leading authorities on plastic packaging films with first-hand experience in the R&D of many of today's widely used films. Published in cooperation with the Institute of Packaging Professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450205

Plastic Optical Fiber SensorsScience Technology and Applications Plastic Optical Fiber Sensors cover the fundamentals and applications of a new class of fiber sensors. With contributions from leading academics in the area this book covers the theory of plastic optical fiber sensors or (POFs) as well as applications in oil gas biotechnology and energy fields. Using multiple examples the editors showcase the advantageous characteristics of POFs such as ease of handling large diameter inexpensive peripheral components and simple termination tools. By doing so the editors assert that there has been a proliferation of the use of POFs in new consumer products. The book also highlights uses for building various products such as a POF sensor for oil trucker valve monitoring a monitoring system for high voltage substation switch an oil leaking sensor for offshore platforms and a solar tracker for illumination. Including over 300 black and white images this book would be highly beneficial for professionals in manufacturing as well as academics in universities particularly those who use optical fiber sensors on a regular basis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138298538

Plasticity in the Central Nervous SystemLearning and Memory Catalyzed by the development of new neurobiological and behavioral techniques as well as new conceptual and theoretical approaches to the study of the relationship between brain and behavior research exploring brain functions enabling learning and memory has greatly accelerated in recent years. The chapters in this book reflect current theoretical approaches to the study of brain and memory and provide new insights concerning the cellular bases of memory and the differential involvement of brain systems in different forms of memory. By presenting up-to-date summaries of research investigating brain mechanisms underlying learning and memory these chapters help to place current findings in appropriate theoretical context and further stimulate research inquiry attempting to understand how the brain makes memory. Divided into three sections coverage in this volume includes: * a discussion of pharmacological approaches to the study of brain and memory; * a review of experiments using a variety of techniques including brain lesions brain grafting and electrophysiological recording to investigate the role of different brain regions in learning and memory; and * an examination of molecular analyses of events associated with memory formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876507

PlasticityFundamentals and Applications Explores the Principles of Plasticity Most undergraduate programs lack an undergraduate plasticity theory course and many graduate programs in design and manufacturing lack a course on plasticity—leaving a number of engineering students without adequate information on the subject. Emphasizing stresses generated in the material and its effect Plasticity: Fundamentals and Applications effectively addresses this need. This book fills a void by introducing the basic fundamentals of solid mechanics of deformable bodies. It provides a thorough understanding of plasticity theory introduces the concepts of plasticity and discusses relevant applications. Studies the Effects of Forces and Motions on Solids The authors make a point of highlighting the importance of plastic deformation and also discuss the concepts of elasticity (for a clear understanding of plasticity the elasticity theory must also be understood). In addition they present information on updated Lagrangian and Eulerian formulations for the modeling of metal forming and machining. Topics covered include: Stress Strain Constitutive relations Fracture Anisotropy Contact problems Plasticity: Fundamentals and Applications enables students to understand the basic fundamentals of plasticity theory effectively use commercial finite-element (FE) software and eventually develop their own code. It also provides suitable reference material for mechanical/civil/aerospace engineers material processing engineers applied mechanics researchers mathematicians and other industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074965

Plastics Fabrication and Recycling Derived from the fourth edition of the well-known Plastics Technology Handbook Plastics Fabrication and Recycling presents the molding and fabrication processes of plastics as well as several important features of plastics recycling. The book begins with a discussion of different types of molds and dies including compression molding injection molding blow molding thermoforming reaction injection molding extrusion and pultrusion. It then covers spinning casting reinforcing foaming compounding and coating processes as well as powder molding adhesive bonding and plastics welding techniques. The authors also explore the decoration of plastics including painting operations printing processes hot stamping in-mold decorating embossing electroplating and vacuum metallizing. They conclude with an overview on key aspects of plastics recycling developments in the field and waste recycling problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387129

Plastics in AutomobilesU.S. Materials Applications and Markets This book provides a basic understanding of the major products technologies applications marketing practices and competitive scenario of the plastic automotive business in U.S. It offers current market estimates of the most important polymers broken down by specific automotive application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449360

Plastics NowOn Architecture’s Relationship to a Continuously Emerging Material Plastics Now addresses one primary question: why do we build with plastics the way that we do? For decades plastics have been described over and over again as "the future " yet we still do not know precisely what to do with them. Billie Faircloth argues that this inertia is due to plastics’ indecipherability which has prevented them from becoming fully known. The author tracks the process by which plastics became defined as a class of building materials. Drawing on original data from industry press original timelines hundreds of historical and contemporary images advertisements dating to the 1940s and technical data this unconventional book explores the emergence of plastics as a building material and presents new findings. Plastics Now takes a provocative approach that calls on architects to participate in the redefinition of plastics for our time. This is essential reading for professional architects and architecture students to engage with our shared history with the plastics industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804517

Plastics Products Design Handbook This book provides information on complexities peculiarities and limitations of various molding processes and the comparative advantages and disadvantages of the possible plastic products manufacturing techniques to permit an ideal match of good design and processing. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064886

Plastics Reinforcement and Industrial Applications When combined with reinforcing agents plastics can be used for a number of high-temperature applications. Plastics Reinforcement and Industrial Applications provides a detailed discussion on plastics polymers and reinforcing agents (including organic and natural biomaterials). Focused specifically on improving the mechanical thermal and electrical stability of plastics by combining them with reinforcing agents this book explains the background of reinforced plastics and describes how they work. The book examines reinforcing agents that include glass fibers carbon fibers carbon nanotubes graphite talc and minerals and commonly used plastics such as polyamides polyesters polyethylene terephthalate and epoxy resins. It also introduces newer plastics such as polyimides polysulfones polyethersulfone polyphenylene sulfide and polyether ether ketones. It highlights recent developments in the field that include the use of nanocomposites for manufacturing sports equipment and other applications of nanoparticles in polymer reinforcement. In addition use of this material can aid in the production of plastics utilized in the construction of aircraft and light weight automobiles. The author covers a wide range of applications that may be applied in general engineering automotive aerospace building materials electronics and microelectronics power sources medical and bioengineering. He also includes material on natural fibers used for reinforcement and green chemistry applications.Suitable for use in the metals and plastics industries Plastics Reinforcement and Industrial Applications is an ideal resource for polymer and material scientists and chemical and mechanical engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377465

Plastics Technology Handbook Updated throughout to reflect advances over the last decade the Fifth Edition continues the handbook’s tradition of authoritative coverage of fundamentals production methods properties and applications of plastics and polymer-based materials. It covers tooling for plastics fabrication processes thermoplastics thermosetting plastics foamed plastics reinforced plastics plastisols and new developments in mold design. It also discusses rubber compounding and processing technologies. More recent developments in polymer fabrication and processing including electrospinning electrografted coating polymer-metal hybrid joining flex printing and rapid prototyping/ 3D printing are also presented. The handbook highlights advanced materials including natural and synthetic gfnanosize polymers their unusual properties and innovative applications as well as polymer-carbon nanocomposites graphene-based polymer nanocomposites smart healable polymer composites smart polymer coatings electroactive polymers polymer nanomaterials and novel nano-/microfibrillar polymer composites. It offers updates on polymer solar battery development plastics recycling and disposal methods new concepts of "upcycling" and single-polymer composites renewable synthetic polymers biodegradable plastics and composites and toxicity of plastics. The book also provides an overview of new developments in polymer applications in various fields including packaging building and construction corrosion prevention and control automotive aerospace applications electrical and electronic applications agriculture and horticulture domestic appliances and business machines medical and biomedical applications marine and offshore applications and sports. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498786218

Plate Buckling in Bridges and Other Structures Covers theory and background of local buckling presenting simple design calculations which address this intriguing phenomenon. Attempts to master the process of buckling are described citing both successes and failures. A number of failure case studies are presented as well. The final section of the book presents easy-to-follow design examples which conform to the latest Eurocode. Intended to introduce senior students in Bridge and Structural Engineering to the phenomenon of buckling with special focus on thin-walled plated bridge girders. Suitable as a course instruction guide for its highly visual and descriptive style. Moreovere a good reference on buckling for practising and consulting engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389451

Plate TectonicsAn Insider's History Of The Modern Theory Of The Earth Can anyone today imagine the earth without its puzzle-piece construction of plate tectonics? The very term "plate tectonics " coined only thirty-five years ago is now part of the vernacular part of everyone's understanding of the way the earth works.The theory research data collection and analysis that came together in the late 1960's to cons Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367317270

Plated StructuresStability and strength This book discusses various aspects of the design of a plate girder and focuses on the associated stability problems in shear. It deals with stability problems in compression such as those met in box girder flanges and ship hulls and is helpful for structural designers and post-graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367871611

Plates and ShellsTheory and Analysis Fourth Edition Noted for its practical accessible approach to senior and graduate-level engineering mechanics Plates and Shells: Theory and Analysis is a long-time bestselling text on the subjects of elasticity and stress analysis. Many new examples and applications are included to review and support key foundational concepts. Advanced methods are discussed and analyzed accompanied by illustrations. Problems are carefully arranged from the basic to the more challenging level. Computer/numerical approaches (Finite Difference Finite Element MATLAB) are introduced and MATLAB code for selected illustrative problems and a case study is included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032453

Platform StrategyHow to Unlock the Power of Communities and Networks to Grow Your Business During the last decade platform businesses such as Uber Airbnb Amazon and eBay have been taking over the world. In almost every sector traditional businesses are under attack from digital disrupters that are effectively harnessing the power of communities. But what exactly is a platform business and why is it different? In Platform Strategy Laure Claire Reillier and Benoit Reillier provide a practical guide for students digital entrepreneurs and executives to understand what platforms are how they work and how you can build one successfully. Using their own "rocket model" and original case studies (including Google Apple Amazon) they explain how designing igniting and scaling a platform business requires learning a whole new set of management rules. Platform Strategy also offers many fascinating insights into the future of platforms their regulation and governance as well as how they can be combined with other business models. Benoit Reillier and Laure Claire Reillier are co-founders of Launchworks a leading advisory firm focused on helping organizations develop and scale innovative business models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472480248

Platform Trial Designs in Drug DevelopmentUmbrella Trials and Basket Trials Platform trials test multiple therapies in one indication one therapy for multiple indications or both. These novel clinical trial designs can dramatically increase the cost-effectiveness of drug development leading to life-altering medicines for people suffering from serious illnesses possibly at lower cost. Currently the cost of drug development is unsustainable. Furthermore there are particular problems in rare diseases and small biomarker defined subsets in oncology where the required sample sizes for traditional clinical trial designs may not be feasible. The editors recruited the key innovators in this domain. The 20 articles discuss trial designs from perspectives as diverse as quantum computing patient’s rights to information and international health. The book begins with an overview of platform trials from multiple perspectives. It then describes impacts of platform trials on the pharmaceutical industry’s key stakeholders: patients regulators and payers. Next it provides advanced statistical methods that address multiple aspects of platform trials before concluding with a pharmaceutical executive’s perspective on platform trials. Except for the statistical methods section only a basic qualitative knowledge of clinical trials is needed to appreciate the important concepts and novel ideas presented.   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367732639

PlatformIts Rise and Progress - 2 Volume Set First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315034324

PlatinotypeMaking Photographs in Platinum and Palladium with the Contemporary Printing-out Process Platinotype: Making Photographs in Platinum and Palladium with the Contemporary Printing-out Process describes the mechanisms and chemistry of platinum/palladium printing in safe and practical ways. Clearly presented formulae allow the printer to work with platinum palladium or varying combinations of both. The printed-out image appears fully during exposure and only requires simple and safe steps for clearing to a stable archival state. The authors explain what makes the image how all necessary components are prepared and used and the kind of paper and negative needed to make prints. More than just a technical manual the book underscores the authors' belief that printing is a creative scientific and philosophic way of working. The book presents an outstanding collection of prints by over 40 artists all made with this printing-out process. The artists' notes and comments offer insights into their methods and thinking and a large number of full-page reproductions serve as a valuable reference for the aspiring printer. The book includes: A list of supplies and equipment A detailed chemical glossary A Quick-start section in the Preface Summary sheets and workflows for each step of the process Instructions for making traditional negatives with Pyro PMK and digital negatives Explanation of the chemistry and dynamics of paper and how to use buffered papers Instructions for controlling hydration processes and humidity Instructions for preparing each chemical solution needed for the process Discussion about the aesthetics of the platinum/palladium print Explanation of the relationships between light image and expression A detailed troubleshooting list Recommendations from conservators about processing handling and conservation Contemporary artists using the printing-out platinum/palladium process. Learning how to make platinum/palladium prints has been cloaked in a mystique of difficulty. Platinotype presents the process as a set of clearly explained and defined steps. Like other books in the series Platinotype is a detailed and inspiring manual accessible to both novices and experts and illustrative of the contemporary arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415952

Plato First published in 1981 this unique study discusses the evolution of Plato's thought through the actual developments in Athenian democracy the book also demonstrates Plato's continuing responses to changes in political theory and argues for a new understanding of Plato's goals for the state and his ultimate concern for the moral well-being of the citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415611541

Plato In this engaging introduction Constance Meinwald shows how Plato has shaped the landscape of Western philosophy. She provides much-needed historical context and helps readers grapple with Plato’s distinctive use of highly crafted literary masterpieces for philosophical purposes. Meinwald examines some of Plato’s most famous discussions of human questions concerning erōs the capacities and immortality of our psyche human excellence and the good life and Plato’s controversial ideas about culture society and political organization. She shows how Plato makes a sketch of his theory of Forms foundational in this work and she offers illuminating readings of texts concerned with the development of the theory and its relationship to Greek science and mathematics. Throughout Meinwald draws expertly on Plato’s dialogues to present a lively and accessible picture of his philosophy. Including a chronology glossary of terms and suggestions for further reading Plato is an ideal introduction to arguably the greatest of all Western philosophers and is essential reading for students of ancient philosophy and classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415379113

Plato Plato (c.428-347 BCE) stands at the beginning of many debates that have continued throughout the history of philosophy. His literary career spanned fifty years and the influence of his ideas and those of his followers pervaded philosophy throughout antiquity. Andrew Mason's lucid and engaging introduction draws on recent scholarship to offer a fresh general survey of Plato's philosophy. Aware of the methodological challenges that confront any writer on Plato Mason handles the issue of Plato's intellectual development and relationship with Socrates with an assured grasp. Thematically structured the book begins with Plato's principal contribution to metaphysics the 'Theory of Forms' which forms a necessary background to his thought in many areas. His theory of knowledge which is intimately linked with the Forms is explored in detail along with Plato's views of the soul an important theme in itself and an entry point to discussion of his ethics one of Plato's major concerns. Finally the book deals with two areas of Plato's thought which have had an especially important historical impact not confined to academic philosophy: his theory of God and nature and his aesthetics. Throughout Mason highlights the continuing themes in Plato's work and how they develop from one dialogue to another. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711638

Plato Utilitarianism and Education (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 3) Three lines of argument are central to this book: that Plato's views as expounded in the Republic indicate that he was a utilitarian; that utilitarianism is the only acceptable ethical theory; that these conclusions have significant repercussions for education. Throughout the book the exposition of utilitarianism and the interpretation of the Republic are closely linked. The author assesses the nature of recent Platonic criticism and provides a critical summary of the Republic. He expounds and defends utilitarianismn and examines in greater depth the consequences for education of accepting a utilitarian position showing how for example from this standpoint such key terms in educational debate as 'autonomy' and 'self-development' must be reassessed as educational objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650885

Plato (Routledge Revivals)Plato: The Written and Unwritten Doctrines First published in 1974 J. N. Findlay's work argues persuasively for a new interpretation of the Platonic writings. He believes that Plato's Unwritten Doctrines were present in the background of all the great philosopher's mature written work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693554

Plato and Aristotle on ConstitutionalismAn Exposition and Reference Source First published in 1998 this volume compares the political ideals and ideas of Plato and Aristotle to examine whether they are relevant in that era of American constitutional crisis. The author Raymond Polin felt that debate had been hampered by focusing too strongly on America’s existing constitutional system and hoped that exploring the roots of Western political tradition and alternative conceptions of constitutionalism might increase the kind of understanding humanity should seek. He considers concepts of constitutionalism gives summary accounts of the philosophers’ lives and times identify their key political ideas and reproduces some of their work verbatim with the aim being to serve as a textbook for constitutional education. It will be of interest to teachers and students of the American system of government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329911

Plato and Aristotle's Ethics This volume emanating from the Fourth Keeling Colloquium in Ancient Philosophy presents essays and comments by nine outstanding scholars of ancient philosophy which examine the influence of Plato on the development of Aristotle's ethics. The essays focus on the role of pleasure in happiness and the good life (Christopher Taylor and Sarah Broadie) the irreducibility of ethical concepts to value-neutral concepts (Anthony Price and Sarah Broadie) the relation of virtue to happiness (Roger Crisp and Christopher Rowe Terry Irwin and Sir Anthony Kenny) the role of the requirement of self-sufficiency in determining the content of happiness (John Cooper and Sir Anthony Kenny) and the question of whether the just man should be a participant in the political life of his city (Richard Kraut and Christopher Rowe). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258556

Plato and Education (RLE Edu K) This introduction to Plato’s philosophical and educational thought examines Plato’s views and relates them to issues and questions that occupy philosophers of education. Robin Barrow stresses the relevance of Plato today while introducing the student both to Plato’s philosophy and to contemporary educational debate. In the first part of the book the author examines Plato’s historical background and summarizes the Republic. Successive chapters are concerned with the critical discussion of specific educational issues. He deals with questions relating to the impartial distribution of education taking as a starting point Plato’s celebrated dictum that unequals should be treated unequally. He examines certain methodological concepts such as ‘discovery-learning’ and ‘play’ and also raises the wider question of children’s freedom. He looks critically at the content of the curriculum and discusses Plato’s theory of knowledge and attitude to art. Finally Robin Barrow discusses Plato’s view of moral education and the related problem of what constitutes moral indoctrination   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751216

Plato and Hegel (RLE: Plato)Two Modes of Philosophizing about Politics Hegel and Plato are united as political theorists by the convergence of their philosophical aspirations. But their political writings manifest the general disparities involved in their particular ways of seeking to fulfil these aspirations. Professor Browning compares the political thought of Plato and Hegel by locating their political theorizing within the context of their divergent modes of philosophizing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751513

Plato and His Contemporaries (RLE: Plato)A Study in Fourth Century Life and Thought This book helps understand Plato’s writings by describing the circumstances in which they were produced. The author begins with an account of Plato’s life and development and a brief analysis of some of the more difficult points arising from the criticism of Plato’s writings. The remainder of the work considers the total setting – political literary and philosophical – in which Plato’s writings were produced. There are extensive appendices on the Platonic Epistles Aristotle and the Theory of Ideas and on the post-Aristotelian tradition. The result is both a lucid account of Plato himself and a comprehensive view of culture in fifth century Greece. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628983

Plato and His Dialogues First published in 1931 this book explores the nature and importance of Plato’s dialogues. The book was written for an audience of non-scholarly men and women who want to know something about one of the most remarkable thinkers of the Western world. The chapters were originally delivered as broadcast talks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957916

Plato and LevinasThe Ambiguous Out-Side of Ethics In the second half of the twentieth century ethics has gained considerable prominence within philosophy. In contrast to other scholars Levinas proposed that it be not one philosophical discipline among many but the most fundamental and essential one. Before philosophy became divided into disciplines Plato also treated the question of the Good as the most important philosophical question. Levinas's approach to ethics begins in the encounter with the other as the most basic experience of responsibility. He acknowledges the necessity to move beyond this initial dyadic encounter but has problems extending his approach to a larger dimension such as community. To shed light on this dilemma Tanja Staehler examines broader dimensions which are linked to the political realm and the problems they pose for ethics. Staehler demonstrates that both Plato and Levinas come to identify three realms as ambiguous: the erotic the artistic and the political. In each case there is a precarious position in relation to ethics. However neither Plato nor Levinas explores ambiguity in itself. Staehler argues that these ambiguous dimensions can contribute to revealing the Other’s vulnerability without diminishing the fundamental role of unambiguous ethical responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870574

Plato and Modern Law This audacious collection of modern writings on Plato and the Law argues that Plato's work offers insights for resolving modern jurisprudential problems. Plato's dialogues in this modern interpretation reveal that knowledge of the functions of law based upon intelligible principles can be reformulated for relevance to our age. Leading interpreters of Plato: Vlastos Hall Strauss Weinrib Annas and Morrow are included in the collection. The editor supplies an insightful introduction and extensive bibiography to the collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089737

Plato and Parmenides First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822945

Plato and Socrates (RLE: Plato)A Comprehensive Bibliography 1958-1973. This valuable work of reference provides a comprehensive bibliography on all scholarly work that was published on Plato and Socrates during the years 1958-73. It thus forms an important addition to Harold Cherniss’s bibliography which covered the years 1950-7. The author has sought to include all materials primarily concerned with Socrates and Plato together with other works which make a contribution to our understanding of the two philosophers. The bibliography is arranged by topic and there are cross-references at the end of each section. The works in each category are arranged chronologically and then alphabetically (by author) within each year. An effort has been made to distinguish when a book has had more than one edition and when an article has been reprinted. Additionally the author has listed reviews of books and dissertations as these have come to his attention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751551

Plato and the Creation of the Hebrew Bible Plato and the Creation of the Hebrew Bible for the first time compares the ancient law collections of the Ancient Near East the Greeks and the Pentateuch to determine the legal antecedents for the biblical laws. Following on from his 2006 work Berossus and Genesis Manetho and Exodus Gmirkin takes up his theory that the Pentateuch was written around 270 BCE using Greek sources found at the Great Library of Alexandria and applies this to an examination of the biblical law codes. A striking number of legal parallels are found between the Pentateuch and Athenian laws and specifically with those found in Plato's Laws of ca. 350 BCE. Constitutional features in biblical law Athenian law and Plato's Laws also contain close correspondences. Several genres of biblical law including the Decalogue are shown to have striking parallels with Greek legal collections and the synthesis of narrative and legal content is shown to be compatible with Greek literature. All this evidence points to direct influence from Greek writings especially Plato's Laws on the biblical legal tradition. Finally it is argued that the creation of the Hebrew Bible took place according to the program found in Plato's Laws for creating a legally authorized national ethical literature reinforcing the importance of this specific Greek text to the authors of the Torah and Hebrew Bible in the early Hellenistic Era. This study offers a fascinating analysis of the background to the Pentateuch and will be of interest not only to biblical scholars but also to students of Plato ancient law and Hellenistic literary traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878368

Plato and the English Romantics (RLE: Plato) This book tackles the problematic relationship between Platonic philosophy and Romantic poetry between the intellect and the emotions. Drawing on contemporary critical theory especially hermeneutics and deconstruction the author shows that a dialogue between thinking and poetizing is possible. The volume yields many new insights into both Platonic and Romantic texts and forms an important work for scholars and students of Greek philosophy Romantic literature and critical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007697

Plato and the Individual (RLE: Plato) This book explores the life-history of the individual within the context of Plato’s social thought. The author examines Plato’s treatment of the principal crises in an individual life - birth educational selection sex the individual’s contract with society old age death and life after death – and provides an unprecedented analysis of Plato’s theory of genetics as it appears in the Timaeus. Comparisons are made with contemporary developments in anthropology sociology and comparative myth but without losing sight of the fact that Plato whilst having much to say to the modern world was not a modern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007703

Plato on Rhetoric and LanguageFour Key Dialogues Plato on Rhetoric and Language presents for the first time in one volume four key Platonic dialogues on rhetoric and language in complete contemporary translations: the Ion the Protagoras the Gorgias and the Phaedrus. Previously those interested in reading or teaching these dialogues had to acquire several books typically having introductions that portrayed Plato's philosophy as strictly anti-rhetorical. The introduction to this volume treats Plato's discussions of the language arts as central to his philosophical practice. Reflecting current critical discussions about the significance of ambiguities and inconsistencies in the dialogues the introduction approaches them as enacting the dialogical and rhetorical practice of philosophy rather than as expositions of doctrine. Readers are thus invited to participate in the dialogues as vital philosophical conversations about issues that animate contemporary rhetorical and literary thought today. Specific features of this text include: * four key dialogues on rhetoric and language presented in one volume in complete contemporary translations; * an introduction that discusses the complexities of Plato's dialogues and views on language writing dialogue rhetoric and poetics in a readable style; * brief introductions to each dialogue that point out the major features of the dialogue as well as raise questions to stimulate thoughtful reading; * an expanded bibliography for those interested in pursuing further critical discussion of the texts; and * an index to key terms and concepts covered in the introduction and dialogues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135536

Plato 's Metaphysics of Education (RLE: Plato) This volume provides a comprehensive learned and lively presentation of the whole range of Plato’s thought but with a particular emphasis upon how Plato developed his metaphysics with a view to supporting his deepest educational convictions. The author explores the relation of Plato’s metaphysics to the epistemological ethical and political aspects of Plato’s theory of education and shows how Plato’s basic positions bear directly on the most fundamental questions faced by contemporary education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751575

Plato Today (RLE: Plato) Plato was born around 2 500 years ago. He lived in a small city-state in Greece and busied himself with the problems of his fellow Greeks a people living in scattered cities around the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. In all he tried to do for the Greeks he failed. Why then should people in the modern world bother to read what he had to say? Does it make sense to go to a Greek thinker for advice on the problems of an age so different from his own? To anyone who has questioned the relevance of Plato to the modern world Richard Crossman’s lively book provides a brilliant reply. The problems facing Plato’s world bear striking parallels to ours today the author maintains so who better to turn to than Plato the most objective and most ruthless observer of the failures of Greek society. Crossman’s engaging text provides both an informed introduction to Greek ideas and an original and controversial view of Plato himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751544

Plato: The Man and His Work (RLE: Plato) This book provides an introduction to Plato’s work that gives a clear statement of what Plato has to say about the problems of thought and life. In particular  it tells the reader just what Plato says and makes no attempt to force a system on the Platonic text or to trim Plato’s works to suit contemporary philosophical tastes. The author also gives an account that has historical fidelity - we cannot really understand the Republic or the Gorgias if we forget that the Athens of the conversations is meant to be the Athens of Nicias or Cleon not the very different Athens of Plato’s own manhood. To understand Plato’s thought we must see it in the right historical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751582

Plato: The Midwife's Apprentice (RLE: Plato) In Plato’s Theaetetus Socrates is portrayed as a midwife to the intellect a metaphor for his task as a dialectician as he seeks to help give birth to wisdom. Thus it is that the author refers to Plato as the midwife’s apprentice. This volume represents an attempt to provide a more manageable account of the author’s two volume magnum opus An Examination of Plato’s Doctrines. An accessible and lucid introduction to Plato’s ideas is provided which nonetheless challenges traditional interpretations. In particular the author is concerned to offer an interpretation of the significance of what Plato said. The chapters are arranged by topic for ease of comprehension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751537

Plato: Timaeus and Critias (RLE: Plato) Plato’s Timaeus was his only cosmological dialogue and for almost thirteen hundred years it provided the basis in the West for educated people’s general view of the natural world. The author provides a translation of this important work together with the Critias – the source of the legendary tale of Atlantis. He has taken particular care to provide an accurate rendering of Plato’s words and to avoid putting his own or any other interpretation on the works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751599

Plato’s Exceptional City Love and Philosopher This book reconnoiters the appearances of the exceptional in Plato: as erotic desire (in the Symposium and Phaedrus) as the good city (Republic) and as the philosopher (Ion Theaetetus Sophist Statesman). It offers fresh and sometimes radical interpretations of these dialogues. Those exceptional elements of experience – love city philosopher – do not escape embodiment but rather occupy the same world that contains lamentable versions of each. Thus Pappas is depicting the philosophical ambition to intensify the concepts and experiences one normally thinks with. His investigations point beyond the fates of these particular exceptions to broader conclusions about Plato’s world. Plato’s Exceptional City Love and Philosopher will be of interest to any readers of Plato and of ancient philosophy more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367424473

Plato’s PragmatismRethinking the Relationship between Ethics and Epistemology Plato’s Pragmatism offers the first comprehensive defense of a pragmatist reading of Plato. According to Plato the ultimate rational goal is not to accumulate knowledge and avoid falsehood but rather to live an excellent human life. The book contends that a pragmatic outlook is present throughout the Platonic corpus. The authors argue that the successful pursuit of a good life requires cultivating certain ethical commitments and that maintaining these commitments often requires violating epistemic norms. In the course of defending the pragmatist interpretation the authors present a forceful Platonic argument for the conclusion that the value of truth has its limits and that what matters most are one’s ethical commitments and the courage to live up to them. Their interpretation has far-reaching consequences in that it reshapes how we understand the relationship between Plato’s ethics and epistemology. Plato’s Pragmatism will appeal to scholars and advanced students of Plato and ancient philosophy. It will also be of interest to those working on current controversies in ethics and epistemology Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367445423

Plato�s LabyrinthSophistries Lies and Conspiracies in Socratic Dialogues This original and stimulating study of Plato's Socratic dialogues rereads and reinterprets Plato's writings in terms of their dialogical or dramatic form. Taking inspiration from the techniques of Umberto Eco Jacques Derrida and Leo Strauss Aakash Singh Rathore presents the Socratic dialogues as labyrinthine texts replete with sophistries and lies that mask behind them important philosophical and political conspiracies. Plato's Labyrinth argues that these conspiracies and intrigues are of manifold kinds – in some Plato is masterminding the conspiracy; in others Socrates or the Sophists are the victims of the conspiracies. With supplementary forays ('intermissions') into the world of Xenophon and the Sophists the complex and evolving series of overlapping arguments that the book lays out unfold within an edgy and dramatic narrative. Presenting innovative readings of major texts â€“ Plato's Parmenides Republic Symposium and Meno as also Homer's Odyssey â€“ this work is an ambitious attempt to synthesize philological political historical and philosophical research into a classical text-centred study that is at once of urgent contemporary relevance. This book aims to revitalize the study of ancient Greek thought in all its diverse disciplinary richness and will interest students and scholars across the social sciences and humanities especially those in philosophy Greek and classical studies language and literature politics media and culture studies theatre and performance studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367892906

Platonic Coleridge This book traces Coleridge's discovery of a Plato marginalised in the universities and examines his use of German sources on the 'divine philosopher'. It compares Coleridge's figurations of poetic inspiration with models in the Platonic dialogues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602901

Platonism Naturalism and Mathematical Knowledge This study addresses a central theme in current philosophy: Platonism vs Naturalism and provides accounts of both approaches to mathematics crucially discussing Quine Maddy Kitcher Lakoff Colyvan and many others. Beginning with accounts of both approaches Brown defends Platonism by arguing that only a Platonistic approach can account for concept acquisition in a number of special cases in the sciences. He also argues for a particular view of applied mathematics a view that supports Platonism against Naturalist alternatives. Not only does this engaging book present the Platonist-Naturalist debate over mathematics in a comprehensive fashion but it also sheds considerable light on non-mathematical aspects of a dispute that is central to contemporary philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809772

Platonism and Christian Thought in Late Antiquity Platonism and Christian Thought in Late Antiquity examines the various ways in which Christian intellectuals engaged with Platonism both as a pagan competitor and as a source of philosophical material useful to the Christian faith. The chapters are united in their goal to explore transformations that took place in the reception and interaction process between Platonism and Christianity in this period. The contributions in this volume explore the reception of Platonic material in Christian thought showing that the transmission of cultural content is always mediated and ought to be studied as a transformative process by way of selection and interpretation. Some chapters also deal with various aspects of the wider discussion on how Platonic and Hellenic philosophy and early Christian thought related to each other examining the differences and common ground between these traditions. Platonism and Christian Thought in Late Antiquity offers an insightful and broad ranging study on the subject which will be of interest to students of both philosophy and theology in the Late Antique period as well as anyone working on the reception and history of Platonic thought and the development of Christian thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340954

Platonism and Positivism in Psychology Psychology is a field of many paradoxes. Since its earliest beginnings as a natural science psychologists have been in search of their proper subject matter. Today they are in less agreement than ever. In this classic text originally published as What Man Has Made of Man Mortimer J. Adler goes to the root of the problem. He shows that psychology is simultaneously a particular social science and a branch of philosophical knowledge.These two parts must be distinguished from yet related to each other if sound philosophical analysis is to replace bad "philosophizing " which scientific psychologists too often use to describe their research findings. Adler also examines the scientific contribution of psychoanalysis by distinguishing it from Freud's meta-psychology which he shows to be an inadequate statement of the traditional or classical philosophical positions.Adler believes that psychology is crucially important in modern culture. It is theoretically important because it is central to the errors of modern philosophy. It has practical significance because economic moral and political doctrines are determined by the view that man reviews his own nature. To understand the history of modern times and to correct its normative deviations we must according to Adler consider what man has made of man. This engaging analytical study will be a valuable tool for psychologists psychoanalysts philosophers and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529946

Platonism Pagan and ChristianStudies in Plotinus and Augustine This title was first published in 2001. A collection of fifteen studies which explore topics in the psychology and philosophy of mind of Plotinus Augustine and Boethius as well as the development of Augustine's views on history and Roman religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728660

Plato's CosmologyThe Timaeus of Plato First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822938

Plato's Dialectic on WomanEqual Therefore Inferior With the birth of the feminist movement classicists philosophers educational experts and psychologists all challenged by the question of whether or not Plato was a feminist began to examine Plato’s dialogues in search of his conception of woman. The possibility arose of a new focus affecting the view of texts written more than two thousand years in the past. And yet in spite of the recent surge of interest on woman in Plato no comprehensive work identifying his position on the subject has yet appeared. This book considers not only the totality of Plato’s texts on woman and the feminine but also their place within both his philosophy and the historical context in which it developed. But this book is not merely a textual study situating the subject of woman philosophically and historically; it also uncovers the implications hidden in the texts and the relationships that follow from them. It draws an image of the Platonic woman as rich and full as the textual and historical information allows offering new and sometimes unexpected results beyond the topic of woman illuminating aspects of Plato’s work that are of relevance to Platonic studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243071

Plato's Euthyphro and the Earlier Theory of Forms (RLE: Plato)A Re-Interpretation of the Republic Plato’s Euthyphro is important because it gives an excellent example of Socratic dialogue in operation and of the connection of that dialectic with Plato’s earlier theory of Forms. Professor Allen’s edition of the dialogue provides a translation with interspersed commentary aimed both at helping the reader who does not have Greek and also elucidating the discussion of the earlier Theory of Forms which follows. The author argues that there is a theory of Forms in the Euthyphro and in other early Platonic dialogues and that this theory is the foundation of Socratic dialogue. However he maintains that the theory in the early dialogues is a realist theory of universals and this theory is not to be identified with the theory of Forms found in the Phaedo Republic and other middle dialogues since it differs on the issues of ontological status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751506

Plato's Gods This book presents a comprehensive study into Plato's theological doctrines offering an important re-valuation of the status of Plato's gods and the relation between metaphysics and theology according to Plato. Starting from an examination of Plato's views of religion and the relation between religion and morality Gerd Van Riel investigates Plato's innovative ways of speaking about the gods. This theology displays a number of diverging tendencies - viewing the gods as perfect moral actors as cosmological principles or as celestial bodies whilst remaining true to traditional anthropomorphic representations. Plato's views are shown to be unified by the emphasis on the goodness of the gods in both their cosmological and their moral functions. Van Riel shows that recent interpretations of Plato's theology are thoroughly metaphysical starting from aristotelian patterns. A new reading of the basic texts leads to the conclusion that in Plato the gods aren't metaphysical principles but souls who transmit the metaphysical order to sensible reality. The metaphysical principles play the role of a fated order to which the gods have to comply. This book will be invaluable to readers interested in philosophical theology and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754607014

Plato's Invisible CitiesDiscourse and Power in the Republic This book offers an original and detailed reading of Plato's Republic one of the most influential philosophical works in the emergence of Western philosophy. The author discusses the Republic in terms of discursive events and political acts. Plato's act is placed in the context of a politico-discursive crisis in Athens at the end of the fifth and the beginning of the fourth century B.C that gave rise to the dialogue's primary question that of justice. The originality of Dr. Ophir lies in the way he reconstructs the Republic's different spatial settings - utopian mythical dramatic and discursive - using them as the main thread of his interpretation. Against the background of Plato's critique of the organisation of civic-space in the Greek polis the author relates the spatial settings in the Plato text to each other. This provides a basis for a re-examination of the relationship between philosophy and politics which Plato's work advocates and which it actually enacted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755337

Plato's Life and Thought (RLE: Plato)With a Translation of the Seventh Letter R. S. Bluck’s engaging volume provides an accessible introduction to the thought of Plato. In the first part of the book the author provides an account of the life of the philosopher from Plato’s early years through to the Academy the first visit to Dionysius and the third visit to Syracuse and finishing with an account of his final years. In the second part contains a discussion of the main purpose and points of interest of each of Plato’s works. There is a chapter on Plato’s central doctrine the Theory of Ideas and a translation of Plato’s Seventh Letter which not only provides valuable additional material for the study of Plato’s thought but also contains a vivid account of many incidents in Plato’s life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627047

Plato's Meno In Focus In one volume this book brings together a new English translation of Plato's Meno a selection of illuminating articles on themes in the dialogue published between 1965 and 1985 and an introduction setting the Meno in its historical context and opening up the key philosophical issues which the various articles discuss. A glossary is provided which briefly introduces some of the key terms and indicates how they are translated. The Meno is an excellent introduction to Plato and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009004

Plato's PhaedoA Translation of Plato's Phaedo First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822921

Plato's Philebus (RLE: Plato) The Philebus is hard to reconcile with standard interpretations of Plato’s philosophy and in this pioneering work Donald Davidson seeks to take the Philebus at face value and to reassess Plato’s late philosophy in the light of the results. The author maintains that the approach to ethics in the Philebus represents a considerable return to the methodology of the earlier dialogues. He emphasizes Plato’s reversion to the Socratic elenchus and connects it with the startling reappearance of Socrates as the leading voice in the Philebus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632256

Plato's Republic (Vol 2)The Greek Text First published in 1894 this book consists of essays by professors Jowett and Campbell about the classic Greek philosopher Plato and his famous and widely read dialogue The Republic which is considered one the world’s most influential works. Plato is believed to be the pivotal figure in the development of Western philosophy and the editors explore this throughout the book along with relations to other Greek dialogues and authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179632

Plato's Theaetetus Originally published in 1990. This book discusses in a philosophically responsible and illuminating way the progress of the dialogue and its separate sections to improve our understanding of Plato’s work on Theaetetus. An early coverage of this dialogue this investigation predated a surge in study of Plato’s piece which examined Socratic and pre-Socratic thought. The author’s argument is that the Theaetetus engages in re-evaluation of earlier doctrines of middle-period Platonism as well as reaffirming theories about knowledge. An important work in Platonic studies and epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908697

Plato's Theory of Art First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822914

Plato's Theory of Education First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822907

Plato's Theory of EthicsThe Moral Criterion and the Highest Good First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822891

Plato's Theory of Knowledge First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822884

Plato's Theory of Knowledge (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1962 this book provides a systematic account of the development of Plato’s theory of knowledge. Beginning with a consideration of the Socratic and other influences which determined the form in which the problem of knowledge first presented itself to Plato the author then works through the dialogues from the Meno to the Laws and examines in detail Plato’s progressive attempts to solve the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635875

Plato's Use of Fallacy (RLE: Plato)A Study of the Euthydemus and some Other Dialogues There are many fallacious arguments in the dialogues of Plato. The author argues that Plato was fully conscious of the fallacious character of at least an important number of these arguments and that he sometimes made deliberate use of fallacy as an indirect means of setting forth certain of his fundamental philosophical views. Plato introduces them the author maintains for the purpose of working out their implications. Plato is thus able to expose them for what they are to clear away possible lines of attack upon his own position and even to show that when the proper correction is applied his own views receive support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007710

Platypus and FlyTargeting l Blends Fly is sneaky and very cheeky. He likes to tease and annoy other creatures around him. Then he meets Platypus who is ready for lunch. The race is on but who will win? This picture book targets /l/ blends and is part of Speech Bubbles 2 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Picture books are sold individually or in a pack. There are currently two packs available – Speech Bubbles 1 and Speech Bubbles 2. Please see further titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367648879

Plautus in PerformanceThe Theatre of the Mind Plautus was Ancient Rome's greatest comic playwright Shakespeare drew heavily on his plots and his legacy is prevalent throughout modern drama. In this expanded edition of his successful book one of America's foremost Classical scholars introduces performance criticism to the study of Plautus' ancient drama. In addition to the original detailed studies of six of the dramatists's plays the methodology of performance criticism the use of conventions and the nature of comic heroism in Plautus this edition includes new studies on: * the induction into the world of the play * the scripted imitation of improvisation * Plautus's comments on his previous work * the nature of 'tragicomedy'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079691

Plaxis IntroductoryStudent Pack and Tutorial Manual 2010 The Student Pack contains the introductory versions of PLAXIS 2D and PLAXIS 3D software and a special version of the Tutorial Manual 2010. PLAXIS software is based on the Finite Element Method (FEM) and intended for 2-Dimensional and 3-Dimensional geotechnical analyses of deformation and stability of soil structures as well as groundwater flow and used in geo-engineering applications such as excavation foundations embankments and tunnels. Though the various lessons deal with a wide range of interesting practical applications this Tutorial Manual is intended to help new users become familiar with PLAXIS. The lessons should therefore not be used as a basis for practical projects. This Tutorial Manual does not provide theoretical background information on the Finite Element Method nor does it explain the details of the various soil models available in the program. The latter can be found in the Material Models Manual included in the full manual and the theoretical background is given in the Scientific Manual. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9789076016108

Play Creativity and Social MovementsIf I Can't Dance It’s Not My Revolution As we play we step away from stark reality to conjure up new possibilities for the present and our common future. Today a new cohort of social activists are using it to create social change and reinvent democratic social relations. In contrast to work or routine play must be free. To the extent that it is it infuses a high-octane burst of innovation into any number of organizational practices and contexts and invites social actors to participate in a low-threshold highly democratic process of collaboration based on pleasure and convivial social relations. Despite the contention that such activities are counterproductive movements continue to put the right to party on the table as a part of a larger process of social change as humor and pleasure disrupt monotony while disarming systems of power.   Through this book Shepard explores notions of play as a social movement activity considering some of the meanings applications and history of the concept in relation to social movement groups ranging from Dada and Surrealism to Situationism the Yippies to the Young Lords ACT UP to the Global Justice anti-gentrification community and anti-war movements of recent years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849197

Play Creativity and Digital Cultures Recent work on children's digital cultures has identified a range of literacies emerging through children's engagement with new media technologies. This edited collection focuses on children's digital cultures specifically examining the role of play and creativity in learning with these new technologies. The chapters in this book were contributed by an international range of respected researchers who seek to extend our understandings of children's interactions with new media both within and outside of school. They address and provide evidence for continuing debates around the following questions: What notions of creativity are useful in our fields? How does an understanding of play inform analysis of children's engagement with digital cultures? How might school practice take account of out-of-school learning in relation to digital cultures? How can we understand children's engagements with digital technologies in commercialised spaces? Offering current research theoretical debate and empirical studies this intriguing text will challenge the thinking of scholars and teachers alike as it explores the evolving nature of play within the media landscape of the 21st-century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807876

Play Dreams And Imitation In Childhood First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864459

Play Gender TherapySelected Papers of Eleanor Galenson Eleanor Galenson had a remarkable career whose singular focus was her life-long interest in the maturational and psychosexual vicissitudes of infancy and early childhood. The selection of her writings in this volume highlight her approach to the study of the early years of life and in particular her contributions to understanding the developmental significance of the very young child's discovery of sexual difference and the ways in which each child expresses this through play symbolization and language. Interviews that Galenson gave to Milton Senn and Lucy LaFarge provide a Prologue to the Volume. They introduce the reader to her voice and portray the milieu within which she matured and worked as a pediatrician researcher and psychoanalyst. Papers are organized in three parts that illustrate different facets of Galenson's thinking and work: Symbolization Thought and Language; Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity; and The Tripartite Therapeutic Model. Parts 1 and 2 are introduced by Patricia Nachman and Lucy LaFarge respectively colleagues and friends of Galenson who are deeply familiar with her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200260

Play Performance and IdentityHow Institutions Structure Ludic Spaces Play helps define who we are as human beings. However many of the leisurely/ludic activities people participate in are created and governed by corporate entities with social political and business agendas. As such it is critical that scholars understand and explicate the ideological underpinnings of played-through experiences and how they affect the player/performers who engage in them.This book explores how people play and why their play matters with a particular interest in how ludic experiences are often constructed and controlled by the interests of institutions including corporations non-profit organizations government agencies religious organizations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs). Each chapter explores diverse sites of play. From theme parks to comic conventions to massively-multiplayer online games they probe what roles the designers of these experiences construct for players and how such play might affect participants' identities and ideologies. Scholars of performance studies leisure studies media studies and sociology will find this book an essential reference when studying facets of play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738488

Play Philosophy and Performance Play Philosophy and Performance is a cutting-edge collection of essays exploring the philosophy of play. It showcases the most innovative interdisciplinary work in the rapidly developing field of Play Studies. How we play and the relation of play to the human condition is becoming increasingly recognised as a field of scholarly inquiry as well as a significant element of social practice public policy and socio-cultural understanding. Drawing on approaches ranging through morality and ethics language and the nature of reality aesthetics digital culture and gaming and written by an international group of emerging and established scholars this book examines how our performance at play describes shapes and influences our performance as human beings. This is essential reading for anybody with an interest in leisure education childhood gaming the arts playwork or many branches of philosophical enquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340667

Play Physical Activity and Public HealthThe Reframing of Children's Leisure Lives Are children playing less than they used to? Are rising obesity rates linked to a decline in children’s time to play freely? These and other related questions have filled the pages of newspapers magazines and scholarly journals for the past decade. Researchers and journalists have attributed these issues to societal changes around children’s lives and leisure the growth of structured and organised activities and increasing perceptions of risk in children’s play. Play Physical Activity and Public Health presents a discussion of the way modern notions of play are rendering children’s leisure activities less free and less engaged in simply for fun. Based on original qualitative research and analysis of contemporary media from Canada and elsewhere this book argues that the growing health concerns around childhood play entail a paradox: by advocating promoting discussing and re-directing children’s play a new form of children’s leisure is emerging - one that is purpose-driven instrumentalised for health and ultimately less free. We explore how play has become goal-oriented a means to health ends and how the management of pleasure in play as well as diverse risk discourses around play continue to limit and constrain possibilities for children and families to play and engage in leisure freely. Incorporating past critiques of this trend in play we argue for research and practice to create new possibilities and ways of thinking about children's play leisure fun and childhood that are less constrained and managed and importantly less geared towards health goals. This is a valuable resource for students of the sociology of sport kinesiology sports and health psychology education public health and childhood studies. It is also an important read for school teachers public health practitioners psychologists physical education teachers academics and parents interested in how children’s leisure lives are being shaped by the growing and diverse discussions around play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896263

Play and Creativity in Art Teaching In Play and Creativity in Art Teaching esteemed art educator George Szekely draws on his two classic volumes Encouraging Creativity in Art Lessons and From Play to Art to create a new book for new times. The central premise is that art teachers are not only a source of knowledge about art but also a catalyst for creating conditions that encourage students to use their own ideas for making art. By observing children at play and using props and situations familiar to them teachers can build on children’s energy and self-initiated discoveries to inspire school art that comes from the child’s imagination. The foundation of this teaching approach is the belief that the essential goal of art teaching is to inspire children to behave like artists that art comes from within themselves and not from the art teacher. Play and Creativity in Art Teaching offers plans for the study of children’s play and for discovering creative art teaching as a way to bring play into the art room. While it does not offer a teaching formula or a single set of techniques to be followed it demystifies art and shows how teachers can help children find art in familiar and ordinary places accessible to everyone. This book also speaks to parents and the important roles they can play in supporting school art programs and nourishing the creativity of their children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662536

Play and Friendship in Inclusive Autism EducationSupporting learning and development  Taking an innovative approach to autism and play this practical text focuses on the particular form play and friendship takes for children with autism and their peers. Autistic children have clear preferences for play with sensory-perceptual experience remaining a strong feature as they develop. Play and Friendship in Inclusive Autism Education offers a framework for supporting children’s development through play with step-by-step guidance on how to facilitate the playful engagement of children with autism. Up to date research findings and relevant theoretical ideas are presented in an accessible and practical way highlighting what theory means to ordinary practice in schools whilst focusing on practical knowledge in autism education. Split into five chapters this book covers some of the main issues surrounding inclusive education and play: discourses and definitions of play the difference between play and playfulness autism play and the inclusion agenda in education the nature of sensory-perceptual experience in children’s play cultures effective ways of supporting children’s friendships. With practical guidance on how to support children with autism through play this book will be essential reading for teachers learning support assistants SENCos and play workers as well as professionals working in an advisory capacity. Students studying courses that cover autism will also find Play and Friendship in Inclusive Autism Education a valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138842137

Play and Learning in the Early YearsAn Inclusive Approach Play is crucial to every child's development. Use these practical strategies to ensure all children benefit from learning through play. Includes: Short case studies that illustrate how strategies work in practice Practical topical information on how to include all children in day-to-day activities Explanation of how different types of SEN can affect a child's play Advice on how to address different behaviours seen during play Photocopiable resources Written for practitioners in all pre-school settings as well as students parents and childminders. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203822784

Play and Literacy in Early ChildhoodResearch From Multiple Perspectives This volume brings together studies research syntheses and critical commentaries that examine play-literacy relationships from cognitive ecological and cultural perspectives. The cognitive view focuses on mental processes that appear to link play and literacy activities; the ecological stance examines opportunities to engage in literacy-related play in specific environments; and the social-cultural position stresses the interface between the literacy and play cultures of home community and the school. Examining play from these diverse perspectives provides a multidimensional view that deepens understanding and opens up new avenues for research and educational practice. Each set of chapters is followed by a critical review by a distinguished play scholar. These commentaries' focus is to hold research on play and literacy up to scrutiny in terms of scientific significance methodology and utility for practice. A Foreword by Margaret Meek situates these studies in the context of current trends in literacy learning and instruction. Earlier studies on the role of play in early literacy acquisition provided considerable information about the types of reading and writing activities that children engage in during play and how this literacy play is affected by variables such as props peers and adults. However they did not deal extensively as this book does with the functional significance of play in the literacy development of individual children. This volume pushes the study of play and literacy into new areas. It is indispensable reading for researchers and graduate students in the fields of early childhood education and early literacy development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089720

Play and Participation in Contemporary Arts Practices This book engages debates in current art criticism concerning the turn toward participatory works of art. In particular it analyzes ludic participation in which play and games are used organizationally so that participants actively engage with or complete the work of art through their play. Here Stott explores the complex and systematic organization of works of ludic participation showing how these correlate with social systems of communication exhibition and governance. At a time when the advocacy of play and participation has become widespread in our culture he addresses the shortage of literature on the use of play and games in modern and contemporary arts practice in order to begin a play theory of organization and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067233

Play and playfulness for public health and wellbeing The role of play in human and animal development is well established and its educational and therapeutic value is widely supported in the literature. This innovative book extends the play debate by assembling and examining the many pieces of the play puzzle from the perspective of public health. It tackles the dual aspects of art and science which inform both play theory and public health policy and advocates for a ‘playful’ pursuit of public health through the integration of evidence from parallel scientific and creative endeavors. Drawing on international research evidence the book addresses some of the major public health concerns of the 21st century – obesity inactivity loneliness and mental health – advocating for creative solutions to social disparities in health and wellbeing. From attachment at the start of life to detachment at life’s ending in the home and in the workplace and across virtual and physical environments play is presented as vital to the creation of a new ‘culture of health’. This book represents a valuable resource for students academics practitioners and policy-makers across a range of fields of interest including play health the creative arts and digital and environmental design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541689

Play and PlayworkNotes and Reflections in a time of Austerity Bringing together authors from a range of academic disciplines and research backgrounds – united as standard-bearers for the child’s right to play – and set against a backdrop evoking play’s critical essence this book documents the rise and fall of an explosive period of political interest in play in the UK. Has the withdrawal of so much state funding damaged the playwork profession forever? Has the battle for recognition of the significance of play in child development been lost? Why is children’s happiness always so low on the agendas of our politicians? The invaluable contributions in this book identify the lessons learned and the opportunities that may be available to those determined to maintain the struggle for a greater recognition of the importance of children’s play in an era defined by the oppressive politics of austerity. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367531751

Play and Power The power of play so central to psychoanalytic theory and practice is conjoined to the social psychological or socio-politically coloured concept of power giving rise to many fruitful discussions of how these concepts manifest themselves in clinical work with children groups and adults. The inspiration for this book was the 3-section EFPP conference in Copenhagen in May 2007 with the main theme "Play and Power". At the conference and in the book this theme is presented both inside and outside the therapeutic space. It is amply illustrated in clinical cases from individual psychotherapies with children and adults and from group analysis. Most of the examples are with hateful or resigned children and adults who have been exposed to extremely damaging or unhelpful environments and who demonstrate convincingly some of the devastating consequences that abuse of power in the real world may have. Play and power are also explored in the broader context of the community however. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106850

Play and Reflection in Donald Winnicott's Writings The third book in the Winnicott Clinic Lecture Series contains a lecture from the author on Winnicott's theory on play. He discusses Winnicott's view on the importance of play and then moves on to presenting his own somewhat contradictory view on it. The author provides an innovative and provocative perspective on the subject inviting people to think independently rather than accepting theories already laid out for them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105518

Play and the Artist’s Creative ProcessThe Work of Philip Guston and Eduardo Paolozzi Play and the Artist’s Creative Process explores a continuity between childhood play and adult creativity. The volume examines how an understanding of play can shed new light on processes that recur in the work of Philip Guston and Eduardo Paolozzi. Both artists’ distinctive engagement with popular culture is seen as connected to the play materials available in the landscapes of their individual childhoods. Animating or toying with material to produce the unforeseen outcome is explored as the central force at work in the artists’ processes. By engaging with a range of play theories the book shows how the artists’ studio methods can be understood in terms of game strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138054257

Play and Wellbeing In an era of increasingly patient-centered healthcare understanding how health and illness play out in social context is vital. This volume opens a unique window on the role of play in health and wellbeing in widely varied contexts from the work of Patch Adams as a hospital clown to an Australian facility for dementia treatment to a New Zealand preschool after an earthquake to a housing complex where Irish children play near home. Across these and other featured studies play is shown to be shaman-like in its transformative dynamics marshaling symbolic resources to re-align how patients construe and experience illness. Even when illness is not an issue play promotes wellbeing by its power to reimagine invigorate enliven and renew through sensory engagement physical activity and symbolism. Play levels social barriers and increases flexible response facilitating both shared social support and creative reassessment. This book challenges assumptions that play is inefficient and unproductive with highly relevant evidence that playful processes actually work hard to dislodge unproductive approaches and thereby aid resilience. Solid research evidence in this book charts the course and opens the agenda for taking play seriously for the sake of health. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309036

Play Better GamesEnabling Children with Autism to Join in with Everyday Games Ordinary games are an important vehicle for children's learning. They provide a powerful naturally occurring learning environment that is physical playful and fun. Playing games requires interpersonal skills in language thought social behavior creativity self-regulation and skilful use of the body. When children play games together they develop the following key capacities: •Cooperative behavior•Focused attention•Social understanding•Holding information in mind•Motor spatial and sequential planning•Self-regulation e.g impulse control coping with excitement controlled exertion•Collaborative behavior and negotiation•Self-expression and creativity.Games provide a social experience that is emotionally compelling where children laugh and have fun and do not realise they are interacting problem solving negotiating and cooperating with each other.Play Better Games is designed to help practitioners and parents to think about what might prohibit their children from joining in with games and plan effective strategies for support. It will be of benefit to teachers therapists group works play workers midday supervisors and support workers as well as to parents and siblings of children with autism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174020

Play DirectingAnalysis Communication and Style Play Directing describes the various roles a director plays from selection and analysis of the play to working with actors and designers to bring the production to life. The authors emphasize that the role of the director as an artist-leader collaborating with actors and designers who look to the director for partnership in achieving their fullest most creative expressions. The text emphasizes how the study of directing provides an intensive look at the structure of plays and acting and of the process of design of scenery costume lighting and sound that together make a produced play. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315665078

Play from Birth to TwelveContexts Perspectives and Meanings In light of recent standards-based and testing movements the issue of play in child development has taken on increased meaning for educational professionals and social scientists. This third edition of Play From Birth to Twelve offers comprehensive coverage of what we now know about play and its guiding principles dynamics and importance in early learning. These up-to-date essays written by some of the most distinguished experts in the field help educators psychologists anthropologists parents health service personnel and students explore a variety of theoretical and practical ideas such as: all aspects of play including historical and diverse perspectives as well as new approaches not yet covered in the literature how teachers in various classroom situations set up and guide play to facilitate learning how play is affected by societal violence media reportage technological innovations and other contemporary issues play and imagination within the current scope of educational policies childrearing methods educational variations cultural differences and intellectual diversity New chapters in the third edition of Play From Birth to Twelve cover current and projected future developments in the field of play such as executive function neuroscience autism play in museums "small world" play global issues media and technology. The book also suggests ways to support children’s play across different environments at home in communities and within various institutional settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804135

Play in Child Development and PsychotherapyToward Empirically Supported Practice Child psychotherapy is in a state of transition. On the one hand pretend play is a major tool of therapists who work with children. On the other a mounting chorus of critics claims that play therapy lacks demonstrated treatment efficacy. These complaints are not invalid. Clinical research has only begun. Extensive studies by developmental researchers have however strongly supported the importance of play for children. Much knowledge is being accumulated about the ways in which play is involved in the development of cognitive affective and personality processes that are crucial for adaptive functioning. However there has been a yawning gap between research findings and useful suggestions for practitioners. Play in Child Development and Psychotherapy represents the first effort to bridge the gap and place play therapy on a firmer empirical foundation. Sandra Russ applies sophisticated contemporary understanding of the role of play in child development to the work of mental health professionals who are trying to design intervention and prevention programs that can be empirically evaluated. Never losing sight of the complex problems that face child therapists she integrates clinical and developmental research and theory into a comprehensive up-to-date review of current approaches to conceptualizing play and to doing both therapeutic play work with children and the assessment that necessarily precedes and accompanies it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138003149

Play in Creative Problem-solving for Planners and Architects In Play in Creative Problem-solving for Planners and Architects "play" is defined explored and demonstrated as a critical catalyst in creative problem-solving processes. The book defines the current psychological research into play and creative problem-solving explores the necessary integration of the two and exemplifies for students and practitioners the use of play in creative endeavors; and the role that play serves in separating linear from creative problem-solving approaches. Play is explored regarding its elements (tools skills environment) characteristics (a free activity without failure) and attitude as it relates to and activates the creative process with the focus on urban design planning architecture and landscape architecture. The book re-establishes the whole mind-body thinking process of play as a means of object-learning; to provide designers and planners with alternative ways of design-thinking; and to challenge the over-utilization of digital technologies in creative processes. Creative problem-solving requires an appreciation for ambiguity uncertainty of outcome complexity that leads to the discovery of novelty and innovation. The book incorporates examples and exercises in play activities related to the design and planning fields and exercises related to play-tools and skills for students and professionals. It also defines terms used in play and creativity psychology; provides examples and structure for play and creative problem-solving activities; describes the type and use of appropriate play-tools; contains an extensive bibliography on play and creative problem-solving texts; and provides significant illustrations making it fundamental reading for students and professionals in urban design and planning fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120051

Play in Family Therapy This classic volume now completely revised has helped tens of thousands of therapists integrate play therapy and family therapy techniques in clinical practice. Eliana Gil demonstrates a broad range of verbal and nonverbal strategies for engaging all family members--including those who are ambivalent toward therapy--and tailoring interventions for different types of presenting problems. Numerous case examples illustrate ways to effectively use puppets storytelling art making the family play genogram drama and other expressive techniques with children adolescents and their parents. Gil offers specific guidance for becoming a more flexible creative practitioner and shows how recent advances in neuroscience support her approach. Photographs of client artwork are included. New to This Edition Incorporates 20 years of clinical experience and the ongoing development of Gil's influential integrative approach. All-new case material. Discusses how current brain research can inform creative interventions. Heightened focus on personal metaphors complete with detailed suggestions for exploring and processing them. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526451

Play in Healthcare for AdultsUsing play to promote health and wellbeing across the adult lifespan PLAY. We all do it: wordplay love play role-play; we play cards play sport play the fool and play around. And that’s just the grown-ups! It features in every aspect of our lives whether we call it by that or another name. We all do it but why do we do it? What does it mean to play and what if any difference does it make to our lives? Most crucially and central to the theme of this book is the question ‘Does play have a positive impact on our health and wellbeing and consequently a role in modern healthcare delivery?’ The contributors to this book provide a comprehensive overview of how play and play-based activities can be used throughout the adult lifespan to promote health and wellbeing within the context of healthcare service delivery for patients their families and communities and for the staff involved in their care. Responding to current global health concerns such as obesity coronary heart disease dementia and mental health the book argues that play and playfulness offer a means of protection promotion and recovery of positive health and wellbeing. The human tendency for play and playfulness as essential to personal growth and development lie at the heart of the discussion. This book will be of interest to all those working in health or social care settings including nursing social work and allied health students and professionals and those working within the therapeutic disciplines of art therapy music therapy and recreation alliances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931244

Play in HealthcareUsing Play to Promote Child Development and Wellbeing The importance of play in children’s health and care services both as a form of therapy and as a distraction is often overlooked. This unique text promotes developmentally appropriate provision within healthcare settings for children and young people and provides an introduction to the underpinning knowledge and skills. Covering core content – such as the role of play in child development relevant anatomy and physiology the concept of resilience health promotion developing appropriate provision and working in diverse healthcare settings – each chapter: makes links with the NHS Knowledge and Skills Framework and the Children’s Workforce’s Common Core of Skills and Knowledge begins with an overview of the chapter objectives contains a variety of activities such as reflective exercises case studies and practical tasks that will promote both skills and knowledge needed in the workplace. concludes with a selection of additional useful resources and further reading suggestions. Designed for all healthcare professionals who work with children and young people including those studying to become health play specialists and children’s nurses this text provides practical examples of how all members of the multidisciplinary team can help to support children’s play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712934

Play in Philosophy and Social Thought To understand play we need a bottom-up phenomenology of play. This phenomenology highlights the paradox that it is the players who play the game but it is also the game which makes us players. Yet what is it that plays us when we play? Do we play the game or does the game play us? These questions concern the relation between the playing subject and play as something larger than the individual – play as craft play as rhythm play between normality and otherness even play as religion as a sense of spiritual play between self and other. This goes deeper than the welfare-political or educational intention to make people play or play more or to advise individuals to play in a correct and useful way. Exploring topics such as identity otherness and disability as well as activities including skiing yoga dance and street sport this interdisciplinary study continues the work of the late Henning Eichberg and sheds new light on the questions that play at the borders of philosophy anthropology and the sociology of sport and leisure. Play in Philosophy and Social Thought is a fascinating resource for students of philosophy of sport cultural studies sport sciences and anthropological studies. It is also a thought-provoking read for sport and play philosophers sociologists anthropologists cultural studies scholars and practitioners working with play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519759

Play it Again: Cover Songs in Popular Music Covering”the musical practice of one artist recording or performing another composer's song”has always been an attribute of popular music. In 2009 the internet database Second Hand Songs estimated that there are 40 000 songs with at least one cover version. Some of the more common variations of this "appropriationist" method of musical quotation include traditional forms such as patriotic anthems religious hymns such as Amazing Grace Muzak's instrumental interpretations Christmas classics and children's songs. Novelty and comedy collections from parodists such as Weird Al Yankovic also align in the cover category as does the "larcenous art" of sampling and technological variations in dance remixes and mash-ups. Film and television soundtracks and advertisers increasingly rely on versions of familiar pop tunes to assist in marketing their narratives and products. The cover phenomenon in popular culture may be viewed as a postmodern manifestation in music as artists revisit reinterpret and re-examine a significant cross section of musical styles periods genres individual records and other artists and their catalogues of works.The cover complex with its multiple variations issues contexts and re-contextualizations comprises an important and rich popular culture text. These re-recordings represent artifacts which embody artistic social cultural historical commercial biographical and novel meanings. Through homage allusion apprenticeship and parody among other modes these diverse musical quotations express preserve and distribute popular culture popular music and their intersecting historical narratives. Play it Again represents the first collection of critical perspectives on the many facets of cover songs in popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250031

Play OutHow to develop your outside space for learning and play Do you know how to manage physical risks and encourage children to go out and test their own boundaries without fear or failure? How can you create a stimulating outdoor area that offers irresistible learning opportunities for young children? Does your outdoor learning environment support young children’s emerging life skills of confidence perseverance creativity decision making and leadership  Play Out! is an inspirational accessible and pragmatic set of resources aimed at all those involved with improving the use design and management of outdoor spaces in early years settings. It provides a step-by-step guide for planning and implementing physical changes to outdoor environments in order to facilitate high quality learning and play experiences. Physical and outdoor play has a major impact on the intellectual emotional and social development of young children. Drawing on Learning through Landscapes experience in working with thousands of early years settings this book provides the tools for settings to assess what they already have work through what their needs are and inspires them to take the next steps forward to make physical and practical improvements to their outside area. Featuring a CD ROM with a comprehensive and fully adaptable audit tool plus activities and case study resources to support your work the handy toolkit provides: Step-by step guidance on project management and how to plan improvements to your space Tools for engaging your whole school community Practical activity ideas to involve children and adults A wide range of case studies to illustrate how real life settings have improved their outdoor space This full colour illustrated resource will make it as easy as possible for managers practitioners and parents to plan and manage an outdoor improvement project involving children at the core of the work and linking the process and the improved outside environment to the aims of the Early Years Foundation Stage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656351

Play ReadingsA Complete Guide for Theatre Practitioners Play Readings: A Complete Guide for Theatre Practitioners demystifies the standards and protocols of a play reading demonstrating how to create effective and evocative readings for those new to or inexperienced with the genre. It examines all of the essential considerations involved in readings including the use of the venue pre-reading preparations playwright/director communication editing/adapting stage directions casting using the limited rehearsal time effectively simple "staging" suggestions working with actors handling complex stage directions talkbacks and limiting the use of props costumes and music. A variety of readings are covered including readings of musicals operas and period plays for comprehensive coverage of this increasingly prevalent production form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841307

Play Therapy Book & DVD Bundle This package combines Garry Landreth's bestselling textbook Play Therapy: The Art of the Relationship 3rd Edition with a 50-minute video demonstration of Landreth working with a young girl in Child Centered Play Therapy: A Clinical Session. The DVD shows Landreth in a complete unscripted play therapy session interrupted only by an audio commentary provided by the author himself highlighting key moments in the session. The video originally produced and filmed by the Play Therapy Institute is now offered in this special training set at a substantial savings over the combined retail price of the book and DVD if purchased individually. Additional student and instructor activities and exercises have also been developed specifically for this package tying the book and video content together even more in order to make this a unique and dynamic learning tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415623902

Play Therapy Interventions to Enhance Resilience The importance of therapeutic play in helping children recover from adversity has long been recognized. This unique volume brings together experts on resilience trauma and play therapy to describe effective treatment approaches in this key area. The book begins by providing guiding principles for intervention and describing the specific properties of play that promote resilience. Subsequent chapters delve into clinical applications including such strategies as storytelling and metaphors sand play art therapy play therapy adaptations for school settings group interventions and the use of therapeutic writing. Rich case studies and vignettes demonstrate creative ways to bolster at-risk children's strengths and enhance their natural capacity to thrive. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462520466

Play Therapy Theories and PerspectivesA Collection of Thoughts in the Field This book explores the multitude of thoughts theories opinions methods and approaches to play therapy in order to highlight the unity and diversity of theory and perspective in the field. Each chapter is a common question related to play therapy to which ten established and experienced play therapists share their thoughts theoretical perspectives and opinions. The key characteristics of a well-trained play therapist the role of technology in play therapy the importance of speaking the client’s language and many more frequently asked play therapy questions and topics are explored. The reader will learn about the umbrella of play therapy thought and practice and connect with perspectives that might align with their own theoretical preferences. This book will be of interest to a wide range of mental health professionals working with children and adolescents. Those new to play therapy and those who are seasoned veterans will appreciate value and hopefully be challenged by the differing viewpoints surrounding many play therapy topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418373

Play Therapy TodayContemporary Practice with Individuals Groups and Carers Play Therapy Today brings together the work of renowned practitioners and academics currently working and researching in therapeutic play and play therapy and presents a range of ground-breaking methods for practising with groups individuals and parents and carers. Providing an overview of new or revitalised topics in play therapy each chapter presents the relevant theoretical underpinnings and principles of practice a guide to implementing the method and case study vignettes of the approach in practice. The three sections include chapters on: the Therapeutic Touchstone model and the development of the therapeutic relationship an overview of the use of individual play therapy techniques with children in a hospital setting and an overview of Yasenik and Gardner’s Play Therapy Dimensions Model with an in-depth exploration of the dimension of consciousness from both a theoretical and practical play-based orientation. Jennings’ Embodiment-Project-Role model and its implementation in group work the practical use of puppets in educational and therapeutic settings the therapeutic value of working with groups in the outdoors and the use of play in groups for children with a variety of sensory intellectual and physical disabilities. Stagnitti’s adaptation of the ‘Learn to Play’ programme for parent/carer use Group Theraplay with peer groups and parent/child dyads and how a neurosequential approach supports case conceptualization and play therapy practice with families. The book provides practitioners with up-to-date effective and practical techniques that they can put into immediate use in their clinical work with children and their families. It is an important resource for trainee newly qualified and seasoned play therapists play therapy supervisors and trainers. It will also be of interest to social workers teachers psychologists child psychotherapists and other health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855068

Play Therapy with Children and Adolescents in Crisis This widely used practitioner resource and course text now significantly revised is considered the most comprehensive guide to working with children who have experienced major losses family upheavals violence in the school or community and other traumatic events. Leading experts present a range of play and creative arts therapy techniques in chapters organized around in-depth case examples. Informed by the latest knowledge on crisis intervention and trauma the fourth edition encompasses work with adolescents as well as younger children. Each chapter concludes with instructive questions for study or reflection.New to This Edition*Expanded age range: now includes expressive therapy approaches for adolescents.*More attention to traumatic stress reactions and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD); several chapters address complex trauma.*Extensively revised with the latest theory practices and research; many new authors.*Additional topics: parental substance abuse group work with adolescents chronic medical conditions animal-assisted play therapy and courtroom testimony and more. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462531271

Play TherapyA Comprehensive Guide to Theory and Practice This authoritative work brings together leading play therapists to describe state-of-the-art clinical approaches and applications. The book explains major theoretical frameworks and summarizes the contemporary play therapy research base including compelling findings from neuroscience. Contributors present effective strategies for treating children struggling with such problems as trauma maltreatment attachment difficulties bullying rage grief and autism spectrum disorder. Practice principles are brought to life in vivid case illustrations throughout the volume. Special topics include treatment of military families and play therapy interventions for adolescents and adults. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526444

Play TherapyThe Art of the Relationship Play Therapy: The Art of the Relationship is the newest incarnation of Garry Landreth’s comprehensive text on creating therapeutic relationships with children through play. It details the Child-Centered Play Therapy model which stresses the importance of understanding the child’s world and perspective. This approach facilitates the play therapy process while allowing therapist and client to fully connect. Professors who have taught a course based on the previous edition will be pleased to find the core message intact but updated with a significant body of recent research. Expanded to cover additional topics of interest the new edition includes: a full chapter on current research in play therapy new sections on supervising play therapists legal and ethical issues and multicultural concerns 30 new photographs that show the author demonstrating techniques in-session practical tips for working with parents instructions on play room set-up and materials online instructor resources. The Third Edition will feel both familiar and fresh to educators and trainers who have relied on Landreth’s text for years. The guidelines transcripts and case examples offered help therapists govern sensitive issues at every stage of the therapeutic process from the first meeting to the end of the relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415886819

Play using Natural Materials First Published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315831169

Play: Psychoanalytic Perspectives Survival and Human Development Is play only a children’s activity? How is the spontaneous play of adults expressed? What is the difference between “play” and “game”? What function does play have during war? Play:Psychoanalytic Perspectives Survival and Human Development explores the importance of play in the life of the individual and in society. Most people associate psychoanalysis with hidden and “negative” instincts like sexuality and aggressiveness very seldom with “positive urges” like the importance of love and empathy and almost never with play. Play which occupies a special place in our mental life is not merely a children’s activity. Both in children and adults the lack of play or the incapacity to play almost always has a traumatic cause – this book also shows the crucial importance of play in relation to the survival in warfare and during traumatic times. In this book Emilia Perroni argues that whether we regard play as a spontaneous creation or whether we see it as an enjoyable activity with defined rules (a game) that it is impossible to conceive human existence and civilization without it. The papers collected in this book are the results of the research offered on the subject of play by several Israeli therapists from different psychoanalytic schools Freudian Jungian Kleinian Winnicottian and Self-Psychology. Other contributions are from Israeli researchers and academics from various fields such as literature music art theatre and cinema contemporary psychoanalysis and other disciplines.   Play: Psychoanalytic Perspectives Survival and Human Development offers new ways to think about and understand play as a search for meaning and as a way of becoming oneself. This book will be of interest to psychoanalysts researchers therapists parents teachers and students who are interested in the application of psychoanalytic theory to their fields including students of cultural studies art music philosophy. Emilia Perroni is a clinical psychologist supervisor at the School of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy at the University of Tel Aviv and the Bar Ilan University. She has a private practice in Jerusalem and in Tel Aviv. She is a member of the Israeli Association of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy the Israeli Association of Psychotherapy she is an Associated-Member of the Israeli Institute of Jungian Psychology and Research Fellow at the Van Leer Institute in Jerusalem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415682084

Play-Based Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Developmental Disabilities Play-Based Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Developmental Disabilities contains a wide selection of play therapy interventions for use with children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders dysregulation issues or other neurodevelopmental disorders. The structured interventions focus on improvement in social skills emotional regulation connection and relationship development and anxiety reduction. Special considerations for implementing structured interventions and an intervention tracking sheet are also presented. This valuable tool is a must have for both professionals and parents working on skill development with these populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100985

Play-Based Interventions for Childhood Anxieties Illustrating the power of play for helping children overcome a wide variety of worries fears and phobias this book provides a toolkit of play therapy approaches and techniques. Coverage encompasses everyday fears and worries in 3- to 12-year-olds as well as anxiety disorders and posttraumatic problems. Leading practitioners describe their approaches step by step and share vivid illustrative case material. Each chapter also summarizes the research base for the interventions discussed. Key topics include adapting therapy to each child's developmental level engaging reluctant or less communicative clients and involving parents in treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462534708

Play-Based Interventions for Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorders Play-Based Interventions for Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorders explores the most recognized researched and practical methods for using play therapy with the increasing number of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs) and shows clincians how to integrate these methods into their practices. Using a diverse array of play-based approaches the book brings together the voices of researchers and practicing clinicians who are successfully utilizing play and play-based interventions with children and adolescents on the autism spectrum. It also examines the neurobiological underpinnings of play in children on the autism spectrum and the overall effect of play on neuro-typical and neuro-atypical development. Finally through careful integration of theory with real-world clinical case application each chapter also shows clinicians how to incorporate a particular treatment approach and make it a viable and effective part of their work with this challenging clinical population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110885

Playboy of the Western World First published in 1979. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203168363

Playbuilding as Qualitative ResearchA Participatory Arts-Based Approach This book is for both art-based researchers and research-informed artists exploring the theatrical genre known as Collective Creation or Playbuilding. Performers generate data around chosen topics— from addiction and sexuality to qualitative research—by compiling scenes from their disparate voices. Audience members become involved in the investigation and the performed scenes do not end the conversation but challenge and extend it. Through discussion and audience participation the process examines how knowledge is defined and how data is mediated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315422497

Playful LearningEvents and Activities to Engage Adults Offering an innovative and dynamic approach to adult learning Playful Learning explores the potential of play in adulthood with the goal of helping educators corporate trainers and event designers incorporate play-based activities for adults into both educational and work settings. Through a comprehensive overview of the value of play in adulthood this book responds to the growing popularity of playful events for adults in academic and business settings designed to promote higher levels of engagement. Drawing on the authors’ own decades of experience at the forefront of the field this helpful reference incorporates strategies and techniques for bringing play into any learning design. Examples and case studies of successful playful design at conferences training events and in higher education illustrate what effective playful event design looks like in practice. With a multi-sector appeal that spans business education and entertainment while bringing together practice and theory in an accessible manner Playful Learning is a must-have resource for researchers practitioners managers and administrators alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496446

Playful PerformersAfrican Children's Masquerades African children develop aesthetic sensibilities at an early age roughly from four to fourteen years. By the time they become full-fledged adolescents they may have had up to ten years experience with various art forms--masking music costuming dancing and performance. Aesthetic learning is vital to their maturation. The contributors to this volume argue that the idea that learning the aesthetics of a culture only occurs after maturity is false as is the idea that children wearing masks is only play and is not to be taken seriously.Playful Performers is a study of children's masquerades in Africa. The contributors describe specific cases of young children's masking in the areas of west central and southern Africa which also happen to be the major areas of adult masquerading. The volume reveals the considerable creativity and ingenuity that children exhibit in preparing costumes masks and musical instruments and in playing music dancing singing and acting. The book includes over 50 pages of black and white photographs which illustrate and elaborate upon the authors' main points. The editors describe general categories of children's masquerades. In each of the three masking categories children's relationships to their parents and other adults differ from a close relationship to some independence to almost complete independence. No other major work has covered this aspect of African children at this age level. The book offers a challenging perspective on young children seeing them as active agents in their own culture rather than passive recipients of culture as taught by parents and other elders. It will be interesting reading for anthropologists art historians educators and African studies specialists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513105

Playfulness in Shakespearean Adaptations Four hundred years after William Shakespeare’s death his works continue to not only fill playhouses around the world but also be adapted in various forms for consumption in popular culture including in film television comics and graphic novels and digital media. Drawing on theories of play and adaptation Playfulness in Shakespearean Adaptations demonstrates how the practices of Shakespearean adaptations are frequently products of playful and sometimes irreverent engagements that allow new ‘Shakespeares’ to emerge revealing Shakespeare’s ongoing impact in popular culture. Significantly this collection explores the role of play in the construction of meaning in Shakespearean adaptations—adaptations of both the works of Shakespeare and of Shakespeare the man—and contributes to the growing scholarly interest in playfulness both past and present. The chapters in Playfulness in Shakespearean Adaptations engage with the diverse ways that play is used in Shakespearean adaptations on stage screen and page examining how these adaptations draw out existing humour in Shakespeare’s works the ways that play is used as a pedagogical aid to help explain complex language themes and emotions found in Shakespeare’s works and more generally how play and playfulness can make Shakespeare ‘relatable ’ ‘relevant ’ and entertaining for successive generations of audiences and readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256463

Playing and Learning OutdoorsThe Practical Guide and Sourcebook for Excellence in Outdoor Provision and Practice with Young Children Fully updated to reflect the current status and understandings regarding outdoor provision within early childhood education frameworks across the UK this new edition shows early years practitioners how to get the very best from outdoor play and learning for the enjoyment health and education of young children up to age seven. This invaluable resource gives sound practical guidance for providing: play with water sand and other natural materials; experiences with plants growing and living things; movement and physical play; construction imaginative and creative play; and explorations into the locality and community just beyond your garden. This full-colour third edition has been further developed to act as a comprehensive source book of relevant materials books and resources supporting the core ingredients of high-quality outdoor provision while each chapter also includes extensive collections of children’s picture books relating to the themes within each chapter. Playing and Learning Outdoors has become the essential practical guide to excellence in outdoor provision and pedagogy for all early years services. This lively inspiring and accessible book will help every educator to develop truly successful and satisfying approach to learning through play outdoors for every child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599765

Playing and Reality What are the origins of creativity and how can we develop it - whether within ourselves or in others? Not only does Playing and Reality address these questions it also tackles many more that surround the fundamental issue of the individual self and its relationship with the outside world. In this landmark book of twentieth-century psychology Winnicott shows the reader how through the attentive nurturing of creativity from the earliest years every individual has the opportunity to enjoy a rich and rewarding cultural life. Today as the 'hothousing' and testing of children begins at an ever-younger age Winnicott's classic text is a more urgent and topical read than ever before. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462212

Playing and Reality RevisitedA New Look at Winnicott's Classic Work Playing and Reality Revisited is the first volume of a new IPA series dedicated to the greatest writings of psychoanalysis. More than forty years after its publication Donald W. Winnicott's Playing and Reality is still a source of inspiration for numerous psychoanalysts. The authors have invited some of the most eminent specialists of Winnicott's thinking to write on the most significant themes that the author discovered and highlighted brillantly in his book. They show how such concepts as transitional object and phenomena the use of an object and mirroring remain essential today and explore the way in which Winnicott conceived playing creativity cultural experience and adolescence demonstrating their contemporary relevance. This book is both an homage to Winnicott and a fascinating extension of his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200253

Playing Bit Parts in Shakespeare Playing Bit Parts in Shakespeare is a unique survey of the small supporting roles - such as foils feeds attendants and messengers - that feature in Shakespeare's plays. Exploring such issues as how bit players should conduct themselves within a scene and how blank verse or prose may be spoken to bring out the complexities of character-definition Playing Bit Parts in Shakespeare brings a wealth of insights to the dynamic of scenic construction in Shakespeare's dramaturgy. M.M. Mahood explores the different functions of minimal characters from clearing the stage to epitomizing the overall effect of the comedy or tragedy and looks at how they can extend the audience's knowledge of the social world of the play. She goes on to describe the entire corpus of minimal roles in a selection of six plays: * Richard III * The Tempest * King Lear * Antony & Cleopatra * Measure for Measure * Julius Caesar This new edition comes enhanced with a new Appendix 'Who Says What' especially designed to aid directors in making decisions about the speaking parts of the minimal characters. It also comes complete with an index of characters (including line references) as well as a detailed general index. An invaluable aid for directors and actors in the rehearsal room this perceptive and informative volume is equally of interest to students studying and writing about Shakespeare's plays. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152885

Playing for ChangeMusic and Musicians in the Service of Social Movements Although music is known to be part of the great social movements that have rocked the world its specific contribution to political struggle has rarely been closely analyzed. Is it truly the 'lifeblood' of movements as some have declared or merely the entertainment between the speeches? Drawing on interviews case studies and musical and lyrical analysis Rosenthal and Flacks offer a brilliant analysis and a wide-ranging look at the use of music in movements in the US and elsewhere over the past hundred years. From their interviews the voices of Pete Seeger Ani DiFranco Tom Morello Holly Near and many others enliven this highly readable book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594517891

Playing GamesAn introduction to the philosophy of sport through dialogue What is sport? Why does sport matter? How can we use philosophy to understand what sport means today? This engaging and highly original introduction to the philosophy of sport uses dialogue – a form of philosophical investigation – to address the fundamental questions in sport studies and to explore key contemporary issues such as fair play gender drug use cheating entertainment and identity. Providing a clear informative and accessible introduction to the philosophy of sport every chapter includes current sporting examples as well as review questions and guides to further reading. The dialogue form enables students to engage in debate and raise questions while encouraging them to think from the perspectives of athlete coach spectator and philosopher. The issues raised present real and complex ethical dilemmas that relate to a variety of sports from around the world such as soccer athletics baseball basketball hockey and tennis. No other book brings this rich subject to life through the use of dialogue making this an indispensable companion to any course on the philosophy or ethics of sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917279

Playing God?Genetic Determinism and Human Freedon Since the original publication of Playing God? in 1996 three developments in genetic technology have moved to the center of the public conversation about the ethics of human bioengineering. Cloning the completion of the human genome project and most recently the controversy over stem cell research have all sparked lively debates among religious thinkers and the makers of public policy. In this updated edition Ted Peters illuminates the key issues in these debates and continues to make deft connections between our questions about God and our efforts to manage technological innovations with wisdom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024226

Playing Hard at LifeA Relational Approach to Treating Multiply Traumatized Adolescents Playing Hard at Life brings contemporary relational thinking to bear on the psychodynamic treatment of a notably difficult group of young patients. Working with New York City teenagers who have survived the wars of inner-city life and Israeli teenage soldiers who have survived the wars of the Middle East author Etty Cohen documents the extraordinary challenges of forming a treatment alliance with these shattered youngsters of engaging them psychodynamically and of working toward a viable termination.  The result is not only a poignant record of courage and committment (on the part of patient and therapist alike) but also a valuable extension of modern trauma theory to adolescence as a developmental stage with its own challenges and requirements.The heart and strength of Cohen's book is her vivid documentation of hands-on encounters with her adolescent patients seen both individually and in group.  Cohen makes plain that with young people so horrendously traumatized treatment assures a necessarily improvisational character.  And yet she argues even in the type of pragmatic encounters dictated by massive and repeated trauma contemporary relational theory provides a compass with which to navigate through the rocky shoals of the clinical work.  Again and again the reader is shocked by just how much happened to these adolescents astonished at how resilient they proved to be and finally moved by how much Cohen was able to accomplish with them.  Her relational approaches to these treatments teamed with her realization that work with multiply traumatized adolescents cannot be structured in the manner of conventioanl therapy makes this book an invaluable timely and deeply sobering contribution to the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005624

Playing Hide and Seek This collection of short wordless picture books helps to support children with speech language and communication needs as they develop their expressive sentence and narrative skills through storytelling. Each book is comprised of six colourful images that follow a simple everyday routine such as ‘Brushing Teeth’ ‘Having a Haircut’ and ‘Walking the Dog’. Unlike traditional picture books they follow a film scroll effect showing the progression of time and allowing the child to follow the story to its resolution. Because of their simplicity the books can support children as they move from simple to intermediate sentence levels as well as encouraging them to consider additional elements of language such as cause and effect sequencing and inference. This resource includes: Ten beautifully illustrated picture books each following a simple pattern of routine disruption and resolution An accompanying guidebook including story scripts cue questions and prompts for using the resource to support additional skills Although developed specifically to help children with speech language and communication needs this set is suitable for any child who requires support and practice in developing their speech. It is an invaluable resource for speech and language therapists teaching staff and caregivers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429323621

Playing It StraightUncovering Gender Discourse in the Early Childhood Classroom In particular this book uses alternative theoretical perspectives to focus on how young children are 'doing' gender in kindergarten classroom.Rather than relying exclusively on biological and socialization theories of gender construction Blaise breaks down theoretical barriers with new understandings of how gender is socially and politically constructed by young children. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203623039

Playing on WordsA Guide to Luciano Berio's Sinfonia Luciano Berio's Sinfonia (1968) marked a return by the composer to orchestral writing after a gap of six years. This in-depth study demonstrates the central position the work occupies in Berio's output. David Osmond-Smith discusses the way in which Berio used the Bororo myth described in Levi-Strauss's Le cru et le cuit as a framework for Sinfonia. This is one of many influences in the work which also include Joyce's 'Sirens' chapter from Ulysses Beckett's The Unnameable and the scherzo from Mahler's 2nd Symphony. The listener who takes refuge in the score of Sinfonia argues Osmond-Smith finds there a maze of allusions to things beyond the score. It is some of those allusions that this book seeks to illuminate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089713

Playing OutsideActivities ideas and inspiration for the early years Making outdoor teaching and learning work in practice is now a key priority for all early years practitioners. Playing Outside provides clear and detailed guidance on all aspects of outdoor play illustrated with over 100 colour photographs. This bestselling book has been fully updated throughout to incorporate the Early Years Foundation Stage and includes completely new photographs case studies and ideas for resources. To help promote physical activity healty and well educated children this book provides: practical activities that cover all aspects of learning; photographs illustrating good practice and imaginative use of equipment; examples of work from a range of settings; help and advice on suppliers of equipment. Written for all practitioners working in schools nurseries and pre-school settings this book is essential reading for those who wish to provide inspiring outdoor play opportunities for the children in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604802

Playing Sick?Untangling the Web of Munchausen Syndrome Munchausen by Proxy Malingering and Factitious Disorder Taken from bizarre cases of real patients Playing Sick? is the first book to chronicle the devastating impact of phony illnesses--factitious disorders and Munchausen syndrome--on patients and caregivers alike. Based on years of research and clinical practice Playing Sick? provides the clues that can help practitioners and family members recognize these disorders avoid invasive procedures and sort out the motives that drive people to hurt themselves and deceive others. With insight and years of hands-on experience Feldman shows how to get these emotionally ill patients the psychiatric help they need. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203955611

Playing SickPerformances of Illness in the Age of Victorian Medicine Few life occurrences shaped individual and collective identities within Victorian-era society as critically as witnessing or suffering from illness. The prevalence of illness narratives within late nineteenth-century popular culture was made manifest on the period’s British and American stages where theatrical embodiments of illness were indisputable staples of actors’ repertoires.Playing Sick: Performances of Illness in the Age of Victorian Medicine reconstructs how actors embodied three of the era’s most provocative illnesses: tuberculosis drug addiction and mental illness. In placing performances of illness within wider medicocultural contexts Meredith Conti analyzes how such depictions confirmed or resisted salient constructions of diseases and the diseased. Conti’s case studies which range from Eleonora Duse’s portrayal of the consumptive courtesan Marguerite Gautier to Henry Irving’s performance of senile dementia in King Lear help to illuminate the interdependence of medical science and theatre in constructing nineteenth-century illness narratives. Through reconstructing these performances Conti isolates from the period’s acting practices a lexicon of embodied illness: a flexible set of physical and vocal techniques that performers employed to theatricalize the sick body. In an age when medical science encouraged a gradual decentering of the patient from their own diagnosis and treatment late nineteenth-century performances of illness symbolically restored the sick to positions of visibility and consequence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733919

Playing the Canterbury TalesThe Continuations and Additions Playing the Canterbury Tales addresses the additions continuations and reordering of the Canterbury Tales found in the manuscripts and early printed editions of the Tales. Many modern editions present a specific set of tales in a specific order and often leave out an entire corpus of continuations and additions. Andrew Higl makes a case for understanding the additions and changes to Chaucer's original open and fragmented work by thinking of them as distinct interactive moves in a game similar to the storytelling game the pilgrims play. Using examples and theories from new media studies Higl demonstrates that the Tales are best viewed as an "interactive fiction " reshaped by active readers. Readers participated in the ongoing creation and production of the tales by adding new text and rearranging existing text and through this textual transmission they introduced new social and literary meaning to the work. This theoretical model and the boundaries between the canonical and apocryphal texts are explored in six case studies: the spurious prologues of the Wife of Bath's Tale John Lydgate's influence on the Tales the Northumberland manuscript the ploughman character and the Cook's Tale. The Canterbury Tales are a more dynamic and unstable literary work than usually encountered in a modern critical edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409427285

Playing the Cello 1780-1930 This innovative study of nineteenth-century cellists and cello playing shows how simple concepts of posture technique and expression changed over time while acknowledging that many different practices co-existed. By placing an awareness of this diversity at the centre of an historical narrative George Kennaway has produced a unique cultural history of performance practices. In addition to drawing upon an unusually wide range of source materials - from instructional methods to poetry novels and film - Kennaway acknowledges the instability and ambiguity of the data that supports historically informed performance. By examining nineteenth-century assumptions about the very nature of the cello itself he demonstrates new ways of thinking about historical performance today. Kennaway’s treatment of tone quality and projection and of posture bow-strokes and fingering is informed by his practical insights as a professional cellist and teacher. Vibrato and portamento are examined in the context of an increasing divergence between theory and practice as seen in printed sources and heard in early cello recordings. Kennaway also explores differing nineteenth-century views of the cello’s gendered identity and the relevance of these cultural tropes to contemporary performance. By accepting the diversity and ambiguity of nineteenth-century sources and by resisting oversimplified solutions Kennaway has produced a nuanced performing history that will challenge and engage musicologists and performers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270299

Playing the Identity CardSurveillance Security and Identification in Global Perspective National identity cards are in the news. While paper ID documents have been used in some countries for a long time today's rapid growth features high-tech IDs with built-in biometrics and RFID chips. Both long-term trends towards e-Government and the more recent responses to 9/11 have prompted the quest for more stable identity systems. Commercial pressures mix with security rationales to catalyze ID development aimed at accuracy efficiency and speed. New ID systems also depend on computerized national registries. Many questions are raised about new IDs but they are often limited by focusing on the cards themselves or on "privacy."  Playing the Identity Card shows not only the benefits of how the state can "see" citizens better using these instruments but also the challenges this raises for civil liberties and human rights. ID cards are part of a broader trend towards intensified surveillance and as such are understood very differently according to the history and cultures of the countries concerned. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203927137

Playing the UnconsciousPsychoanalytic Interviews with Children Using Winnicott's Squiggle Technique This book offers a most interesting view of the application of the Winnicott squiggle game outside the context of therapeutic consultations. It concentrates on describing the inner mechanisms for coping which came to light in the psychoanalytical squiggle interviews with the children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325961

Playing the Violin Drawing on twenty years of teaching experience author Mark Rush systematically builds the fundamentals of violin playing from the ground up. The book focuses on proper setup from how to stand to holding the violin to the best way to move the bow. These are fundamental components necessary for success and the earlier these good habits are established the better. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786711

Playing Video GamesMotives Responses and Consequences From security training simulations to war games to role-playing games to sports games to gambling playing video games has become a social phenomena and the increasing number of players that cross gender culture and age is on a dramatic upward trajectory. Playing Video Games: Motives Responses and Consequences integrates communication psychology and technology to examine the psychological and mediated aspects of playing video games. It is the first volume to delve deeply into these aspects of computer game play. It fits squarely into the media psychology arm of entertainment studies  the next big wave in media studies. The book targets one of the most popular and pervasive media in modern times and it will serve to define the area of study and provide a theoretical spine for future research.This unique and timely volume will appeal to scholars researchers and graduate students in media studies and mass communication psychology and marketing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203873700

Playing with ... K This diverse and practical resource presents activities games and ideas to support children who have speech sound difficulties between the age of 3 - 7 (older if used with children with a learning difficulty) eg developmental delay disordered speech sounds developmental apraxia of speech. The book is divided into seven main sections: mouth exercises (oro-motor exercises); single sounds (k); short words - consonant + vowel eg car key cow; longer words that begin with the speech sound k - consonant + vowel + consonant eg comb can cap; longer words that end with k eg book bike duck; words with more than one syllable that begin with k eg cooker coffee camel caterpillar; and using words in sentences. Each section provides the opportunity for the child to hear the speech sound in isolation and in words before they try to say it (ie receptive and expressive activities). Includes: different activities to practise listening and saying the target sound/word; drilling games - ie the opportunity to hear the speech sound in isolation and in words and to say them in increasingly challenging sequences in a game format; games that can be played with the picture cards of the words the child is working on; and an auditory bombardment section composed of funny rhymes containing the words the child has been working on in the section. The resource contains simple accessible information on the development of speech sounds and specific information about the speech sound k. Examples of session plans using the resource are included in the book to help users plan work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889233

Playing with ... P This comprehensive resource presents activities games and ideas to support the development of speech sounds in children aged 3-7 (or older if the child has learning difficulties). The book is divided into nine sections including: Single sounds - p; short words - consonant + vowel eg pea pie; Longer words - consonant + vowel + consonant eg peach pin; even longer words - consonant + vowel + consonant + vowel eg pepper poppy paper; and using phrases and words in sentences. Each section provides the opportunity for the child to hear the speech sound in isolation and in words before they try to say it (ie receptive and expressive activities). It includes: different activities to practise listening and saying the target sound/word; drilling games - ie the opportunity to hear the speech sound in isolation and in words and to say them in increasingly challenging sequences in a game format; games that can be played with the picture cards of the words the child is working on; and an auditory bombardment section composed of funny rhymes containing the words the child has been working on in the section. This flexible resource is interactive and aims to make speech sound work enjoyable memorable and fun. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889158

Playing with ... S Playing with S is a resource book for Nursery Practitioners Teachers Teaching Assistants Carers Speech and language Therapists and Speech and Language Therapy Assistants to use in order to help children to say S in their talking. It contains activities games and ideas to use with children aged from 3 - 7 years old. It can also be used with older children who have learning difficulties. Each section contains simple easy-to-follow instructions and practical tips to help support the child. All the materials can be photocopies and instructions are given to help make resources for activities. There are progress sheets in each section to record progress in a fun way. Sample session plans are also included. The resource: Is divided into eleven sections which follow the acquisition of speech sounds in typically developing children; mouth (oro-motor exercises); single speech sound; short words that begin with the speech sound; longer words that begin with the speech sound s; words that end with the speech sound; words that begin or end with s and have more than one syllable; words that have the speech sound s in the middle of the word; opportunities to use all the words presented in the resource in phrases and sentences in a variety of activities and games; instructions and resources for games which can be played with words from all the sections in the book to provide extra practise; ideas for working on saying s in words and sentences in the nursery classroom and home; and session plans containing ideas for using this resource with children. There are ideas for making the activities more challenging in the sections and tips on how to make the activities easier so you can tailor what you are doing to suit each individual child. Age 3-7 302 pp A4 Wire-0-bound + CD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889646

Playing with DynamiteA Personal Approach to the Psychoanalytic Understanding of Perversions Violence and Criminality The author brings together a generous selection derived from her many literary gems in which she illustrates her groundbreaking-and sometimes explosive-studies of female sexuality and perversions perverse transference malignant bonding perverse motherhood and the impact upon children of viewing domestic violence. Along with these are vivid descriptions of group analytic psychotherapy with forensic patients and uniquely of the joint group treatment of incest survivors and perpetrators. She also outlines the development of forensic psychotherapy as a new field of clinical and academic endeavour and her involvement in this. In a series of interviews with Brett Kahr she describes her professional journey from being trained by Horacio Etchegoyen in her native Argentina followed by an eye-opening period at the Menninger Clinic then eventually to London and a distinguished career at the Portman Clinic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757424

Playing with FireQueer Politics Queer Theories The last five years have witnessed the birth of a vibrant new group of young scholars who are writing about queer law politics and policy--topics which are no longer treated as of interest only to lesbians and gay men but which now garner the attention of political theorists of all stripes. Playing With Fire--the first scholarly collection on queer politics by US political theorists--opens the intersection of lesbian and gay studies and political theory to a wide audience. It covers a wide range of issues including: the theory of queer identities; the contrasts among ethnic racial and sexual identities; the debate between liberals and communitarians; the right to privacy; and the meaning of equal citizenship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760505

Playing with GenderThe Comedies of Goldoni "This work takes gender as its point of entry into the comedies of Carlo Goldoni (1707-93). The dramatization of femininity and masculinity is explored in conjunction with that of other social categories (class the family and age). The plays reinforce the patriarchal association of femininity with the body with spectacle and with theatricality while the dramatic backdrop of Venice and carnival provides a context for the staging of issues relating to identity disguise and fashion. In the plays pretence and theatricality vie with bourgeois Enlightenment values of morality honesty and respectability to produce dramatic tension with distinct gender implications." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351196833

Playing with NatureHistory and Politics of Environment in North-East India North East India is called nature’s gift to India. It is mountainous thickly forested nourished by massive rainfall has massive rivers has a diverse wildlife inhabited a number of forest dwellers called tribes who cherished environmentalist ethos. The region has been experiencing environmental depletion which was a result of colonial policies exploitation of its ecological and mineral resources large scale trans-border immigration and settlement of people establishment of the plantation industry through deforestation and the dependence of the dairy industry on grazing and other factors. This books depicts the precariousness of the environmental situation and traces the history and politics of such degeneration with a view to raise the consciousness of the people of the region towards their environment and save it from further aggravation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280632

Playing with PurposeAdventures in Performative Social Science Distilling decades of work spanning their prestigious careers Mary M. and Kenneth J. Gergen make a strong case for enriching the social sciences through performative work. They present a unique exploration of the origins of performative social science and provide an intellectually rich overview of its significance in the field as well as its evolving potential. Many of their own performance pieces are included in the volume. The authors envision a broadening of the social sciences making it more accessible to non-experts and opening up new dialogues between society and science—and changing the world in the process. Social scientists and researchers will gain a valuable new perspective from this insightful tome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598745467

Playing with PurposeHow Experiential Learning Can Be More Than a Game Playing with Purpose shows how a facilitator coach manager people developer or trainer can invent or reinvigorate an artificial learning experience and make it so much more than a game. The authors look at a range of dilemmas challenges and problems faced by anyone wanting to run memorable training sessions classes and project meetings and then demonstrate how to get powerful lessons from the simplest of household and office objects and situations. The exercises and ideas outlined provide a focused examination of a range of training aims and outcomes including leadership teamwork communications equality and diversity feedback and personal effectiveness; as well as general energisers closers and problems to be solved. Steve Hutchinson and Helen Lawrence believe that seeing their sustainable creative approach to experiential learning explicitly laid out will give you the confidence to develop your own solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409408055

Plays and Other Writings Originally published in 1990 this volume is a full translation from Hungarian of Men of God; 1944; The Front; Homecoming; Old People; The Child; Balance; Power; Encounter; and Persephone: Play in Two Acts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149499

Plays and their Makers up to 1576 This volume forms part of the 5 volume set Early English Stages 1300-1660. This set examines the history of the development of dramatic spectacle and stage convention in England from the beginning of the fourteenth century to 1660. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008653

Playwork Practice at the MarginsResearch Perspectives from Diverse Settings Playwork Practice at the Margins explores the circumstances where playwork practice intersects with practice from diverse contexts and settings encompassing disciplines such as health education early intervention and community development. Each chapter focuses on a research project situated in a unique setting or space such as zoos hospitals refuges and rainforests. In these settings the authors reflect on Playwork Principles and consider these in relation to the theory research design and findings of their project. By presenting research from settings at the margins of traditional playwork the authors use shared values and principles to consider the significance of playwork when embedded in transdisciplinary work. The book is underpinned by a model of reflective thinking that is used to examine how playwork practice is intertwined with knowledge from other disciplines. With a range of international contributions from both researchers and practitioners this is the ideal text for academics and researchers in the fields of early childhood education allied health community development and social work disciplines as well as human geographers and practitioners in children’s services worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319165

Playwright Space and Place in Early Modern PerformanceShakespeare and Company Analyzing Elizabethan and Jacobean playtexts for their spatial implications this innovative study discloses the extent to which the resources and constraints of public playhouse buildings affected the construction of the fictional worlds of early modern plays. The study argues that playwrights were writing with foresight inscribing the constraints and resources of the stages into their texts. It goes further to posit that Shakespeare and his playwright-contemporaries adhered to a set of generic conventions rather than specific local company practices about how space and place were to be related in performance: the playwrights constituted thus an overarching virtual 'company' producing playtexts that shared features across the acting companies and playhouses. By clarifying a sixteenth- to seventeenth-century conception of theatrical place Tim Fitzpatrick adds a new layer of meaning to our understanding of the plays. His approach adds a new dimension to these particular documents which-though many of them are considered of great literary worth-were not originally generated for any other reason than to be performed within a specific performance context. The fact that the playwrights were aware of the features of this performance tradition makes their texts a potential mine of performance information and casts light back on the texts themselves: if some of their meanings are 'spatial' these will have been missed by purely literary tools of analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268692

Playwrights in RehearsalThe Seduction of Company Playwrights in Rehearsal is an inside look at the writer's role in the creative process of bringing his or her words to life on stage. Susan Letzler Cole granted rare access to some of the major playwrights of our time recounts her participation in rehearsal with Arthur Miller Sam Shepard Tony Kushner and Suzan-Lori Parks and others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022536

Playwrights on TelevisionConversations with Dramatists Playwrights on Television features interviews with writers of award-winning stage plays and celebrated television shows reflecting on the successes and challenges of being a playwright in the post-network television era. In these conversations eighteen dramatists consider their professional paths and creative choices from training and education to thoughts on craft and technique and discuss a range of issues relevant to the development of dramatic writing today. Theatergoers and TV aficionados alike will find new perspectives on the journeys traveled by some of their favorite plays and series such as The Affair The Americans Boardwalk Empire GLOW House of Cards Insecure Mad Men Orange Is the New Black Shameless She’s Gotta Have It Vida and The West Wing. A valuable resource for aspiring stage and television writers as well as theater and media scholars investigating the works of these dramatists Playwrights on Television sheds light on the role of the contemporary playwright in the latest Golden Age of television. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352242

Playwriting Across the Curriculum This book is a guide to introducing the craft of playwriting into the secondary English curriculum at key stage 3 using the TEEP (Teacher Effectiveness Enhancement Programme) framework. The authors also provide a particular focus on applying this versatile scheme of work to other areas of the curriculum including Citizenship and PSHE. Playwriting Across the Curriculum also contains schemes of work for: pupils with special educational needs (SEN) pupils with English as an additional language (EAL) adaptation to Adult Literacy Core Curriculum. Its coverage of specific plays as part of the scheme ensures that students will engage with contemporary writing in their learning. This is an essential resource for anyone wanting to teach playwriting at secondary school level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415590969

Plea Bargaining in National and International LawA Comparative Study Plea bargaining is one of the most important and most discussed issues in modern criminal procedure law. Based on historical and comparative legal research the author has analysed the wide-spread use of plea bargaining in different criminal justice systems. The book sets out in-depth studies of consensual case dispositions in the UK examining how plea bargaining has developed and spread in England and Wales. It also goes on to discusses in detail the problems that this practise poses for the rule of law by avoiding procedural safe-guards. The book draws on empirical research in its examination of the absence of informal settlements in the former GDR offering a unique insight into criminal procedure in a socialist legal system that has been little studied. Drawing on her research findings the author goes on to discuss the extent to which plea bargaining should be developed in the International Criminal Court in The Hague as the question of this practise is set to be one of the seminal debates in the development of international criminal procedures in the new International Criminal Court. Plea Bargaining in National and International Law will be of particular interest to academics and students of international criminal law criminal procedures and comparative law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016866

Plea For A Measure Of Abnormality First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869240

Please Allow Me to Introduce Myself: Essays on Debut Albums Debut albums are among the cultural artefacts that capture the popular imagination especially well. As a first impression the debut album may take on a mythical status whether the artist or group achieves enduring success or in rare cases when an initial record turns out to be an apogee for an artist. Whatever the subsequent career trajectory the debut album is a meaningful text that can be scrutinized for its revelatory signs and the expectations that follow. Please Allow Me to Introduce Myself: Essays on Debut Albums tells the stories of 23 debut albums over a nearly fifty year span ranging from Buddy Holly and the Crickets in 1957 to The Go! Team in 2004. In addition to biographical background and a wealth of historical information about the genesis of the album each essay looks back at the album and places it within multiple contexts particularly the artist’s career development. In this way the book will be of as much interest to sociologists and historians as to culture critics and musicologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256989

Please Help Me With This FamilyUsing Consultants As Resources In Family Therapy First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883710

Pleasure Power and TechnologySome Tales of Gender Engineering and the Cooperative Workplace How are the pleasures of making things work turned into processes of domination? Are there links between gender and military institutions? Does eroticism have something to do with engineering? In this book first published in 1989 Sally Hacker explores the answers to these and other provocative questions about our attitudes toward work and leisure. Drawing from her broad experience as a sociologist feminist and student of engineering Hacker helps us to understand the impact of technology on our society and how feminist principles can be used to make work life more egalitarian and more humane. In the first part of the book the author examines various examples of the masculinization of power ranging from military institutions to the mechanisation of farm labour computer technology and affirmative action. In the second part Hacker presents the results of her research on Mondragon the world’s largest cooperative workplace located in Spain. Hacker reaches surprising conclusions about gender and technology at Mondragon where in spite of the community’s egalitarian philosophy gender inequality was as pervasive as in capitalist and socialist systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245266

Pleasure Profit ProselytismBritish Culture and Sport at Home and Abroad 1700-1914 This book examines aspects of sport which Britain nurtured within its own culture and also transmitted to overseas territories with the expansion of empire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062486

Pleasure And InstinctA STUDY IN THE PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN ACTION First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875463

Pleasure And PainA Theory of the Energic Foundation of Feeling First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882560

Pleasures TakenPerformances of Sexuality and Loss in Victorian Photographs Lewis Carroll's photographs of young girls Julia Margaret Cameron's photographs of Madonnas and the photographs of Hannah Cullwick "maid of all work" pictured in masquerade - Carol Mavor addresses the erotic possibilities of these images exploring not ony the sexualities of the girls maids and Madonnas but the pleasures taken - by the viewer the photographer the model - in imagining these sexualities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135647

Plebiscites And SovereigntyThe Crisis Of Political Illegitimacy Throughout the world civil wars secessionist struggles wars of national liberation and irredentist movements are producing casualties and refugees at a staggering rate. In an environment of international turmoil traditional modes of inter-state diplomacy are often ineffective when political legitimacy and sovereignty self-determination and te Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298531

Pledging AllegianceLearning Nationalism at the El Paso-Juarez Border Offering a critical ethnography of education at the U.S.-Mexico border Pledging Allegiance explores how public schools teach cultural and national values explicitly and implicitly. Susan J. Rippberger and Kathleen A. Staudt illuminate the complex overlays of culture and learning through the eyes of students teachers and administrators in U.S. and Mexican schools. This book examines nationalism and civic ritual bilingualism technology and classroom organization to discover how educators along the border impart senses of national and cultural identity to their students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616697

Pleistocene Mammals of Europe This book provides a comprehensive treatment of all the Pleistocene species in Europe classified according to modern taxonomic principles. For each species there is a description of its descent and migration history its range and its mode of life. The first version of this book was a semipopular paperback in the Swedish Aldus series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529953

Plenitude of PowerThe Doctrines and Exercise of Authority in the Middle Ages: Essays in Memory of Robert Louis Benson 'I study power' - so Robert Louis Benson described his work as a scholar of medieval history. This volume unites papers by a number of his students dealing with matters central to Benson's historical interests - ecclesiastical institutions and administration emperorship and papacy canon law political ideology and historiography. The justification and exercise of political power is considered in two chapters that look at how the hagiography of a late Roman military saint Maurice was harnessed in the 11th century to the discussion of the power exercised by both emperor and pope and how both pious purpose and political pretext animated the Hohenstaufen emperors' suppression of heresy. Three subsequent chapters focus on the Church: a study of the legal commentaries that taught that the 'authority to bind and loose' in a specific ecclesiastical matter could be determined by the opinions of 'the elders of the province'; an argument that Innocent III's administration of the Roman church represented a model for the ordering of all Christian society; and an inquiry into the doctrinal formation of the 'territorial principle' in the exercise of jurisdiction by papal legates. The late Middle Ages provides the focus for two additional studies namely an exploration of the issues of power and authority in the charitable institutions of Cologne in the 13th-14th centuries and the argument that the current desire for universal standards of governmental conduct in the area of basic human rights hearkens back to natural law theory as outlined in the 15th century by Nicholas of Cusa. Two historiographical studies round out the volume: an estimation of modern research regarding the political theology of late antiquity and a reflection on Benson's own contribution to historical scholarship. Together these papers both epitomize and further develop Benson's distinctive approach to the study of the Middle Ages while themselves making their own important contribution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315600871

Plenty and WantA Social History of Food in England from 1815 to the Present Day What did Queen Victoria have for dinner? And how did this compare with the meals of the poor in the nineteenth century? This classic account of English food habits since the industrial revolution answers these questions and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141018

Pleural Disease Updated to reflect the latest scientific advances and technologies in the diagnosis and treatment of pleural diseases this new Second Edition explores the structure and function of these diseases and malignancies from tuberculosis and asbestos to pleurisy and pneumothorax. Edited by leading international authorities in pulmonary medicine this comprehensive guide is an invaluable resource for pulmonologists radiologists and critical care physicians. Pleural Disease Second Edition highlights:molecular and diagnostic approachesinterventional applications including pleural thoracentesis and closed biopsy chest tube insertion pleural lavage medical thoracoscopy and VATSbiomarkers and proteomicstranslational medicine approaches new treatment methodologies and clinical manifestationsvarious diagnostic tests and the importance of clinical evaluation in the differential diagnosis of a pleural effusionnew surgical and non-surgical techniques to identify and diagnose pleural diseases including: medical thoracoscopy pleural lavage intrapleural fibrinolytics image-guidedsmall bore catheters video-assisted thoracoscopic surgery (VATS) pleuroperitoneal shunt and extrapleural pneumonectomy Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384562

Pleural Ultrasound for CliniciansA Text and E-book With a large volume of ultrasound images and teaching videos Pleural Ultrasound for Clinicians: A Text and E-book is a print and interactive digital resource that provides practical guidance for all those undertaking pleural ultrasound investigations and procedures. With clear precise instructions for clinical practice it will help clinicians:Recognise normal anatomy as well as common pleural pathologies Perfect techniques for ultrasound-guided pleural procedures Learn how to choose the correct ultrasound equipment for their departmentTest their knowledge through the self-assessment and revision sections Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576158

Pleurocarpous MossesSystematics and Evolution The shift from traditional taxonomic methods to data-oriented analytical cladistic methodologies has led to a better understanding of biological processes and more accurate classifications for a wide range of organisms including mosses. Pleurocarpous Mosses: Systematics and Evolution explores the impact of these methods through recent breakthroughs in research on the evolution and phylogeny of pleurocarpous mosses. This book emphasizes the use of cutting-edge analytical methods morphological characters and the use of morphological and molecular data in systematics. It investigates the interrelationships within various moss families in which pleurocarpous morphology appears and their related taxa. The authors examine higher-level relationships to construct the backbone phylogeny of the group and set up relations within subgroups. They present new results derived from molecular data phylogenetic analyses and a variety of analytical methods used to evaluate the processes of morphological evolution including growth patterns leaf structure and other morphological features. The final chapters explore the fossil history of pleurocarpous mosses and discuss a proposed timeline for the evolution of critical nodes. They also address wider evolutionary questions relevant to the origin and maintenance of species diversity. In addition to upgrading the current knowledge of this complex group of organisms Pleurocarpous Mosses: Systematics and Evolution also raises the standards of analysis and offers a paradigm for resolving phylogenetic relationships and classifying lesser-known taxonomic groups. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389239

Plight and Fate of Children During and Following Genocide Plight and Fate of Children During and Following Genocide examines why and how children were mistreated during genocides in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Among the cases examined are the Australian Aboriginals the Armenian genocide the Holocaust the Mayans in Guatemala the 1994 Rwanda genocide and the genocide in Darfur. Two additional chapters examine the issues of sexual and gender-based violence against children and the phenomenon of child soldiers.Following an introduction by Samuel Totten the essays include: "Australia's Aboriginal Children"; "Hell is for Children"; "Children: The Most Vulnerable Victims of the Armenian Genocide"; "Children and the Holocaust"; "The Fate of Mentally and Physically Disabled Children in Nazi Germany"; "The Plight and Fate of Children vis-a-vis the Guatemalan Genocide"; "The Plight of Children During and Following the 1994 Rwandan Genocide"; "Darfur Genocide"; "Sexual and Gender-Based Violence against Children during Genocide"; and "Child Soldiers." Contributors include: Colin Tatz Henry C. Theriault Asya Darbinyan Rubina Peroomian Jeffrey Blutinger Amanda Grzyb Elisa von Joeden-Forgey Sara Demir Hannibal Travis and Samuel Totten.The editor and several of the contributors have personally investigated and witnessed the aftermath of genocidal campaigns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513129

Plight and Fate of Women During and Following Genocide The plight and fate of female victims during the course of genocide is radically and profoundly different from their male counterparts. Like males female victims suffer demonization ostracism discrimination and deprivation of their basic human rights. They are often rounded up deported and killed. But unlike most men women are subjected to rape gang rape and mass rape. Such assaults and degradation can and often do result in horrible injuries to their reproductive systems and unwanted pregnancies. This volume takes one stride towards assessing these grievances and argues against policies calculated to continue such indifference to great human suffering.The horror and pain suffered by females does not end with the act of rape. There is always the fear and reality of being infected with HIV/AIDS. Concomitantly there is the possibility of becoming pregnant.Then there is the birth of the babies. For some the very sight of the babies and children reminds mothers of the horrific violations they suffered. When mothers harbor deep-seated hatred or distain for such children it results in more misery. The hatred may be so great that children born of rape leave home early in order to fend for themselves on the street.This seventh volume in the Genocide series will provoke debate discussion reflection and ultimately action. The issues presented include ongoing mass rape of girls and women during periods of war and genocide ostracism of female victims terrible psychological and physical wounds the plight of offspring resulting from rapes and the critical need for medical and psychological services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847599

Pliny on Art and SocietyThe Elder Pliny's Chapters On The History Of Art Pliny sketches a theory of advancing moral decline and extravagance in the course of which he gives a detailed account of six centuries of classical art and a fascinating sketch of the world of the rich Roman collector. Isager's is the first full treatment of this subject for over a hundred years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388693

Pliny’s Defense of Empire Despite perennial interest in Pliny the Elder’s Natural History the world’s first encyclopedia as a record of the prodigious the quotidian and the useful in Rome in the first century AD for centuries Pliny has been derided as little more than an inept compiler of facts and marvels intellectually incapable of formulating a cogent argument supported through the selective marshaling of his materials. In Pliny’s Defense of Empire Laehn offers a radical reinterpretation of the architecture of Pliny’s encyclopedia exposing fundamental errors in the inherited understanding of the text traceable to its initial reception in ancient Rome. Recognition of the text’s true structure reveals that Pliny’s encyclopedia is in fact a first-rate work of political philosophy constituting an apology for Roman imperial expansionism grounded in a sophisticated account of human nature. Correcting the accreted errors and prejudices of nearly 2 000 years of faulty Plinian scholarship Laehn critically examines one of the most persuasive apologies for the Roman Empire ever written and succeeds in rehabilitating the Elder Pliny as one of the world’s greatest political thinkers. An excellent resource and a must read for scholars in political theory philosophy and classical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943018

Plot First published in 1970 this work examines ‘Plot’ as a literary term. It traces the two and contrary ways of considering the word: the Aristotelian and the neo-classic interpretations. It then goes on to examine the methods by which the idea of plot has been expanded in modern criticism through a proliferation of critical terms clustering around a vital idea of poiesis and through the development of time theories both literary and philosophical which describe the action of creation. In doing so the book leads the reader from the standard definition of plot as a hackneyed mechanical term to its enormous possibilities as both a definition and an action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283039

Plotinus Plotinus (AD 205–270) was the founder of Neoplatonism whose thought has had a profound influence on medieval philosophy and on Western philosophy more broadly. In this engaging book Eyjólfur K. Emilsson introduces and explains the full spectrum of Plotinus’ philosophy for those coming to his work for the first time. Beginning with a chapter-length overview of Plotinus’ life and works which also assesses the Platonic Aristotelian and Stoic traditions that influenced him Emilsson goes on to address key topics including: Plotinus’ originality the status of souls Plotinus’ language the notion of the One or the Good Intellect including Plotinus’ holism the physical world the soul and the body including emotions and the self Plotinus’ ethics Plotinus’ influence and legacy. Including a chronology glossary of terms and suggestions for further reading Plotinus is an ideal introduction to this major figure in Western philosophy and is essential reading for students of ancient philosophy and classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415333498

Plotinus Porphyry and IamblichusPhilosophy and Religion in Neoplatonism This selection of twenty-five essays by Andrew Smith is devoted to Neoplatonism and especially to Plotinus and Porphyry. It deals with Plotinus' development of the Platonic Forms and includes a lengthy assessment of Porphyry's contribution to the Platonic tradition. The themes also embrace a number of issues that have become particularly prominent in the more recent growth of interest in these philosophers of late antiquity. For example the importance of practical ethical activity is examined particularly in the case of Plotinus and it is argued from several perspectives that a theoretical basis for reconciling the life of contemplation with that of everyday living may be found in his metaphysics. This also involves his speculations on time and eternity as well as his observations about human consciousness. A closer examination of the role of religion magic and myth in the life of the philosopher reveals a much richer and more nuanced appreciation of their importance than has been accorded them by an earlier generation of scholars. In particular the contribution of Iamblichus is recognised as a profound attempt to account for divine activity in the world and the first attempt to propose a solution to the problems involved in presenting metaphysics of religious ritual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409421689

Plotinus on the Appearance of Time and the World of SenseA Pantomime Plotinus (c.205-70) was a Neoplatonist philosopher his work posthumously published by Porphyry and divided into six books nine tractates each called the Enneads. In this book Majumdar makes a valuable addition to the literature on his work especially Ennead III.7(45)11-13 - in particular explaining Plotinus' cosmology using the genus-species model of soul coordinating the literature on the appearance of time and the cosmos with that on the larger issue of Plotinian "emanation" and examining the role of tolma and the restless nature of soul in this conjoint appearance. This book investigates Plotinian "emanation " its laws of poiesis (contemplative making ) and the roles of nature matter logos (rational formative principle) and contemplation and highlights the subtler details of Plotinus' cosmology by disentangling conceptual issues about the nature of soul and self ("we") and their impact on the process of generation of time and the cosmos. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265028

Plotinus-Arg Philosophers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203011478

Plots and ParanoiaA History of Political Espionage in Britain 1790-1988 Britain’s secret state exists to protect her from ‘enemies within’. It has always aroused controversy; on the one hand it is credited with preventing wars revolutions and terrorism and on the other it is accused of subverting democratically elected governments and luring innocents to death. What is the true story? The book first published in 1992 delves beneath the myths and deceptions surrounding the secret service to reveal the true nature and significance of covert political policing in Britain from the ‘spies and bloodites’ of the eighteenth century to today’s MI5. This title will be of interest to students of modern history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954489

Plotting Squatting Public Purpose and PoliticsLand Market Development Low Income Housing and Public Intervention in India This title was first published in 2003. Since independence in 1947 India has undergone a phase of rapid urbanization. New planning laws have been passed new organizations established public policy documents and discussion papers prepared and a host of land and housing schemes have been implemented. Still however the vast majority of urban expansion is an unplanned process that takes the form of squatting and illegal or semi-legal land subdivision. By looking in detail at two rapidly growing cities in Andhra Pradesh (Vijayawada and Viaskhapatnam) this book explores cultural physical-spatial political and economic determinants of the allocation of urban land and of urban growth in India in historical context. It focuses on the interplay between the government and the organizations in charge of their implementation and the private sector on the other. Special attention is given to the conditions of the urban poor with the changes in their socio-economic conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715387

Plotting Early Modern LondonNew Essays on Jacobean City Comedy With the publication of Brian Gibbons's Jacobean City Comedy thirty-five years ago the urban satires by Ben Jonson John Marston and Thomas Middleton attained their 'official status as a Renaissance subgenre' that was distinct by its farcical humour and ironic tone from 'citizen comedy' or 'London drama' more generally. This retrospective genre-building has proved immensely fruitful in the study of early modern English drama; and although city comedies may not yet rival Shakespeare's plays in the amount of editorial work and critical acclaim they receive both the theatrical contexts and the dramatic complexity of the genre itself and its interrelations with Shakespearean drama justly command an increasing level of attention. Looking at a broad range of plays written between the 1590s and the 1630s - master-pieces of the genre like Eastward Ho A Trick to Catch the Old One The Dutch Courtesan and The Devil is an Ass blends of romance and satire like The Shoemaker's Holiday and The Knight of the Burning Pestle and bourgeois oddities in the Shakespearean manner like The London Prodigal - the twelve essays in this volume re-examine city comedy in the light of recently foregrounded historical contexts such as early modern capitalism urban culture the Protestant Reformation and playhouse politics. Further they explore the interrelations between city comedy and Shakespearean comedy both from the perspective of author rivalry and in terms of modern adaptations: the twenty-first-century concept of 'popular Shakespeare' (above all in the movie sector) seems to realign the comparatively time- and placeless Shakespearean drama with the gritty noisy and bustling urban scene that has been city comedy's traditional preserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266568

Plug-in to After EffectsThird Party Plug-in Mastery Take your After Effects projects to the next level by mastering its third-party plug-ins. Whether it's keying and compositing adding particles of swirling smoke to a composition or importing XML files from Final Cut Pro third-party plug-ins can greatly enhance your After Effects capabilities. From sexy effects and graphics enhancements to workflow automation and file conversion it's all covered in this lavishly illustrated full-color book.Coverage of hundreds of essential third-party plug-ins is provided showing you when why and how to use each plug-in. Plug-ins for color style effects distortions warps transitions lens flares text and graphical elements and more are all covered in depth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240815657

Plumbing Students setting out for a career in plumbing need a clear concise and comprehensive textbook to help them study for their Technical Certificate and Level 2 NVQ � and this book meets all those needs.Steve Muscroft expertly guides you through each of the key areas and processes in plumbing from the basics through cold and hot water systems to health and safety and best practice on site.The best way to learn something is to do it for yourself � so along with the theory this book is full of practical advice and guidance on how to get the job done. Every chapter is packed with colour photographs and diagrams to make learning easier. To help reinforce understanding each section features self-test exercises based on the standard City and Guilds assessment method. Steve Muscroft�s Plumbing isn�t just a guide to passing the exam � it goes into much more detail than other textbooks Extra material on key topics outside the core syllabus and references to additional resources and organisations make this book a handy companion as you begin your plumbing career. For the price of a spanner can you afford to be without it! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458376

Plunging to Leviathan?Exploring the World's Political Future "With his accustomed skill and ingenuity Graber makes a case for the future unification of the world without the necessity of global war." Robert Carneiro American Museum of Natural History Can we predict the world's political future? The surprising wealth of research critiqued in this book suggests that earlier assessments of world trends pointed too pessimistically toward the likelihood of a future repressive world-state. Offering an impressive analysis of long-term historical patterns population and social changes Graber presents a fresh look at current trends. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632803

Plural LovesDesigns for Bi and Poly Living When limitations are removed from loving (and from lovemaking) new worlds of possibility are opened. This book presents insiders’ viewpoints on bisexual/polyamorous living!With historical and theoretical perspectives testimonials reports from the field and creative writing Plural Loves: Designs for Bi and Poly Living examines group marriage polyfidelity cheating solo-sex (and group solo-sex) utopian communities tantric expression and sacred eroticism transculturalization and much more. This book explores the common ground shared by the bisexual and polyamorist movements and addresses the ways bisexual polyamory has been portrayed in films and literature in the United States and Europe. Editor Serena Anderlini-D’Onofrio even includes a candid chapter recounting her erotic experiences with a Catholic priest from Africa—and their meaning in the context of bisexual polyamory.Plural Loves: Designs for Bi and Poly Living presents: insider perspectives from members of polygamous groups including the polyamorous circle “Komaja” and the Trent Polyamory Society insights into the benefits of self-sex for singles/couples/poly people a look at poly living as tantric expression an examination of the way polyamory is addressed in three modern texts: Love Without Limits Loving More: The Polyfidelity Primer and The Ethical Slut—and in the work of two nineteenth-century novelists J. K. Huysmans and Leopoldo Alas and of three twentieth century dramatists Noel Coward Joe Orton and Shelagh Delaney an analysis of portrayals of polyamorous people in American and foreign films including When Two Won’t Do Y tu mama también Teorema Something for Everyone Sunday Bloody Sunday Straight to the Heart Henry and June Threesome Dallas Doll Friend of the Family French Twist and Go Fish. a contribution from Deborah Taj Anapol about poly practices indigenous to Hawaii plus a fascinating chapter by well-known feminist/sex activist Betty Dodson that places masturbation in the context of homosexual activity (it is a same-sex activity after all) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864051

Plural MasculinitiesThe Remaking of the Self in Private Life Plural Masculinities offers a contemporary portrait of the plural dynamics and forms of masculinity emphasizing the multiple even contradictory pathways through which men are remaking their identities. Proceeding from the premise that it is impossible to fully understand masculinity without considering its connection with family change and women's change it places men and masculinities within the realm of family life examining men's practices and discourses in their relationships with women and their changing femininities. Combining an empirical study based in Portugal with cross-national analyses of attitudes towards ideal gender arrangements in Europe and the USA this book examines the various ways in which men come to define their identities and will appeal to those working in the fields of masculinities gender studies and the sociology of the family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267763

Plural Medical Systems In The Horn Of Africa: The Legacy Of Sheikh Hippocrates First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978584

Plural Medicine Tradition and Modernity 1800-2000 Research into 'colonial' or 'imperial' medicine has made considerable progress in recent years whilst the study of what is usually referred to as 'indigenous' or 'folk' medicine in colonized societies has received much less attention. This book redresses the balance by bringing together current critical research into medical pluralism during the last two centuries. It includes a rich selection of historical anthropological and sociological case-studies that cover many different parts of the globe ranging from New Zealand to Africa China South Asia Europe and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758321

Plural PastsPower Identity and the Ottoman Sieges of Nagykanizsa Castle Through a study of a variety of Ottoman and modern Turkish accounts of the Ottoman-Habsburg sieges of Nagykanizsa Castle (1600-01) including official documents correspondence histories and more literary genres such as gazavatnames [campaign narratives] Plural Pasts explores Ottoman literacy practices. By considering the diverse roles that the various accounts served – construction of identities forging of diplomatic alliances and legitimization of political ideologies and geo-political imaginations – it explores the cultural and socio-political significance the various accounts had for different audiences. In addition it interweaves theoretical reflection with textual analysis. Using the sieges of Nagykanizsa as a case study it offers a sophisticated contribution to ongoing historiographical arguments: namely how historians construct hierarchies of primary sources and judge some to be more truthful or more valuable than others; how texts are assigned to particular genres based on perceived epistemological status – as story or history fact or fiction; and the circular role that historians and their histories play in constructing reflecting and reinforcing cultural and political imaginaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882105

Pluralism Democracy and Political KnowledgeRobert A. Dahl and his Critics on Modern Politics The political discontent or malaise that typifies most modern democracies is mainly caused by the widely shared feeling that the political freedom of citizens to influence the development of their society and related to this their personal life has become rather limited. We can only address this discontent when we rehabilitate politics the deliberate joint effort to give direction to society and to make the best of ourselves. In Pluralism Democracy and Political Knowledge Hans Blokland examines this challenge via a critical appraisal of the pluralist conception of politics and democracy. This conception was formulated by above all Robert A. Dahl one of the most important political scholars and democratic theorists of the last half century. Taking his work as the point of reference this book not only provides an illuminating history of political science told via Dahl and his critics it also offers a revealing analysis as to what progress we have made in our thinking on pluralism and democracy and what progress we could make given the epistemological constraints of the social sciences. Above and beyond this the development and the problems of pluralism and democracy are explored in the context of the process of modernization. The author specifically discusses the extent to which individualization differentiation and rationalization contribute to the current political malaise in those countries which adhere to a pluralist political system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268746

Pluralism Politics and the MarketplaceThe Regulation of German Broadcasting Since the mid-1980s broadcasting in the Federal Republic of Germany has been extensively re-regulated. The traditional duopoly of the public broadcasters Ard and ZDF has been challenged by new private networks in both radio and television. In two historic judgements handed down in 1986 and 1987 the Federal Constitutional Court set out terms for a new dual order of private and public broadcasting. But how were the guidelines of the court interpreted in practice? Pluralism Politics and the Marketplace traces the economic and political influences which shaped the emergence of a pluralistic broadcasting system in the federal republic and examines the conflicts between public and private broadcasting both in West Germany and in the European Community as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978591

Pluralism and CorporatismThe Political Evolution of Modern Democracies First published in 1980. In Pluralism and Corporatism the author examines the ‘pluralist' conception of democratic advanced industrial societies and shows to what extent an alternative conception the ‘corporatist' society is more appropriate today. The book reviews criticisms of standard conceptions of industrial society and draws empirical support for some new approaches from the politics of Britain France Germany Holland Belgium Italy Japan and the United States: an analysis which shows that there are tendencies everywhere towards the fragmentation of government responsibility and its assumption both by governmental and organised group bureaucracies. The author argues that this pattern of policy-making is in fact in conflict with standards of behaviour which are fundamental to the ideal of representative and accountable democratic government. Both critical review and analysis are organised in a way which will maximise the usefulness of Pluralism and Corporatism as a theoretical complement to those more standard texts in comparative government which already provide a study in-depth of individual countries. It seeks to review changing political culture political economy party and interest intermediation bureaucratic influence constitutional effects on political behaviour and the international constraints upon government which arise from interdependence. It will become essential reading for courses on the politics of advanced industrial societies and particularly of Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221003

Pluralism and Liberal Neutrality The crisis of liberalism is in its claim to endorse neutral procedures that allow individuals and groups to pursue their own good when the very possibility of such neutrality is affected by the growth of plural societies and resulting divisions of loyalty. This collection explores this crisis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037158

Pluralism and Liberal Politics In this book Robert Talisse critically examines the moral and political implications of pluralism the view that our best moral thinking is indeterminate and that moral conflict is an inescapable feature of the human condition. Through a careful engagement with the work of William James Isaiah Berlin John Rawls and their contemporary followers Talisse distinguishes two broad types of moral pluralism: metaphysical and epistemic. After arguing that metaphysical pluralism does not offer a compelling account of value and thus cannot ground a viable conception of liberal politics Talisse proposes and defends a distinctive variety of epistemic pluralism. According to this view certain value conflicts are at present undecidable rather than intrinsic. Consequently epistemic pluralism countenances the possibility that further argumentation enhanced reflection or the acquisition of more information could yield rational resolutions to the kinds of value conflicts that metaphysical pluralists deem irresolvable as such. Talisse’s epistemic pluralism hence prescribes a politics in which deep value conflicts are to be addressed by ongoing argumentation and free engagement among citizens; the epistemic pluralist thus sees liberal democracy is the proper political response to ongoing moral disagreement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704052

Pluralism and Political GeographyPeople Territory and State In this comprehensive study problems of racial and religious division are examines in places as diverse as Northern Ireland and the West Bank. Territorial and spatial expression intergovernmental relationships in federal states alliance blocs within the United Nations and American foreign policy are among the wide range of subjects covered. The problems are considered using both traditional and radical approaches but throughout the book argues that apply the concept of pluralism isn the best way of understanding the political geography of the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959002

Pluralism and Unity?Methods of Research in Psychoanalysis This book compiles the papers presented at an International Conference "Pluralism of Sciences: The Psychoanalytic Method between Clinical Conceptual and Empirical Research" in 2002. It provides the variety and diversity of psychoanalytic research cultures in different psychoanalytic societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322748

Pluralism Comes of AgeAmerican Religious Culture in the Twentieth Century This acclaimed work surveys the varied course of religious life in modern America. Beginning with the close of the Victorian Age it moves through the shifting power of Protestantism and American Catholicism and into the intense period of immigration and pluralism that has characterized our nation's religious experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701738

Pluralism in ManagementOrganizational Theory Management Education and Ernst Cassirer Analytic philosophy has come to dominate organizational theory and management education despite criticism from several notable scholars. The European continental philosophical tradition on the other hand is seen by some as a counterpoint to US- and UK-dominated functionalistic organizational theories. These two very different schools of thought are now largely practiced in isolation from one another. Late nineteenth and early twentieth century philosopher Ernst Cassirer served as a mediating force and facilitated a fruitful dialogue between the two schools until he was forced to leave Germany when the Nazi party came to power. In Pluralism in Management author Eirik J. Irgens utilizes Ernst Cassirer’s pluralistic philosophy in order to investigate how different but connected forms of knowing including art myth religion science and history may help us become better organizational scholars and management educators. With a special emphasis on the complementary qualities of art and science Irgens builds on Cassirer to discuss how art and science represent two different but complementary channels to reality in contrast with each other but not in conflict or contradiction and the challenge of developing "two-eyed" managers. Revitalizing Cassirer’s almost forgotten philosophy the book illustrates the value of philosophical application to organizational study and the need for bringing together the best of the humanities and the science based management traditions in order to improve management education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415886178

Pluralism in Political Analysis The theory of democratic pluralism has long provided the dominant ideal and description of politics in industrial societies with competing party systems. The purpose of this classic collection including some of the leading theorists of the late 1960s is to subject this theory to systematic scrutiny. The authors examine the work of such pluralists as Robert Dahl David Truman Adolf Berle Arthur Bentley Joseph Schumpeter and Walter Lippmann as well as of such critics of pluralist theory as C. Wright Mills Herbert Marcuse Henry Kariel and Grant McConnell.Voicing the respective points of view of science economics philosophy and psychology the authors converge in their agreement that the conventional pluralist interpretation of contemporary politics requires significant revision. The views of these diverse critics coalesce into the outline of what they see as a more enlightened political ideal and a more relevant descriptive theory. This collective portrait offers a provocatively new interpretative framework for the understanding of the politics of contemporary industrial society.Connolly includes a sophisticated discussion of such concepts as power decision-making politics and interest groups and devotes considerable attention to the need to promote positive change particularly where the pluralist system shows bias against certain segments of society as well as against some dimensions of social life affecting everyone's existence in the society. Intended for use in Comparative Government Contemporary Political Theory Political Parties and Pressure Groups and advanced courses in American Government this volume remains a challenging resource for those dealing with the nature and possible change of the organization of contemporary democratic society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529960

Pluralism in the Middle AgesHybrid Identities Conversion and Mixed Marriages in Medieval Iberia The challenges of cultural and religious diversity that face European and American societies today are not a new phenomenon. People in the Middle Ages lived in pluralistic societies and they found highly interesting ways of dealing with religious and cultural diversity. While religious and political authorities commanded people to stick to their kind some people explored the borderland between religious identities. In medieval Iberia Christians and Muslims challenged the legal authorities’ prohibitions against crossing religious and cultural boundaries when they engaged in mixed marriages between Muslims and Christians or converted from one religion to the other. By examining the topics of conversion and mixed marriages in legal texts of Muslim and Christian origin Pluralism in the Middle Ages explores the construction of boundaries as well as the reasons explaining such constructions. It demonstrates that the religious and social boundaries were not static nor were they similarly defined by Islamic and Christian medieval cultures. Moreover the book argues that Muslims and Christians in medieval Iberia did not constitute clearly separated groups since various categories of people haunted the boundaries between them: false converts employing taqiya strategy (taking on an outward Christian identity while practicing Islam in secret) those engaged in mixed marriages or interreligious sexual relations (and their children) and converts whose conversion may be perceived as sincere or insincere total or partial. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415881319

PluralismThe Philosophy and Politics of Diversity Cultural moral and religious diversity is a pervasive feature of modern life yet has only recently become the focus of intellectual debate. Pluralism is the first book to tackle philosophical pluralism and link pluralist themes in philosophy to politics. A range of essays investigates the philosophical sources of pluralism the value of pluralism and liberalism and difference in pluralism including writings on women and the public-private distinction.This is a valuable source for students of philosophy politics and cultural studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824505

Pluralistic Economics and Its History This volume is a history of economics â€“ as it was interpreted discussed and established as a discipline â€“ in the 20th century. It highlights the pluralism of the discipline and brings together leading voices in the field who reflect on their lifelong work. The chapters draw on a host of traditions of economic thought  including pre-classical classical Marxian neoclassical  Sraffian post-Keynesian Cantabrigian and institutionalist traditions in economics. Further the volume also looks at the history of economics in India and its evolution as a discipline since the country’s independence.  This book will appeal to students researchers and teachers of economics and intellectual history as well as to the interested general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367232351

Pluralistic TherapyDistinctive Features Pluralistic Therapy: Distinctive Features offers an introduction to what is distinctive about this increasingly popular method. Written by one of the co-founders of pluralistic therapy and a leading UK figure in counselling and psychotherapy this book describes 15 theoretical features and 15 practical techniques for practitioners. Pluralistic therapy is a flexible integrative approach to counselling and psychotherapy which has also found applications in fields such as mental health life coaching and careers guidance. Pluralistic Therapy: Distinctive Features will provide an essential guide to students and practitioners of psychotherapy or an allied area of practice who are open to learning about new ideas and techniques from current interdisciplinary research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202894

Plurilingualism in Teaching and LearningComplexities Across Contexts Assembling a rich and diverse range of research studies on the role of plurilingualism across a wide variety of teaching and learning settings this book supports teacher reflection and action in practical ways and illustrates how researchers tease out and analyze the complex realities of their educational environments. With a focus on education policies teaching practices training and resourcing this volume addresses a range of mainstream and specialized contexts and examines the position of learners and teachers as users of plurilingual repertoires. Providing a close look into the possibilities and constraints of plurilingual education this book helps researchers and educators clarify and strengthen their understandings of the links between language and literacy and offers them new ways to think more rigorously and critically about the language ideologies that shape their own beliefs and approaches in language teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228498

Pluriverse (Routledge Revivals)An Essay in the Philosophy of Pluralism Pluriverse the final work of the American poet and philosopher Benjamin Paul Blood was published posthumously in 1920. After an experience of the anaesthetic nitrous oxide during a dental operation Blood came to the conclusion that his mind had been opened that he had undergone a mystical experience and that he had come to a realisation of the true nature of reality. This title is the fullest exposition of Blood’s esoteric Christian philosophy-cum-theology which though deemed wildly eccentric by commentators both during his lifetime and later in the twentieth century was nonetheless one of the most influential sources for American mystical-empiricism. In particular Blood’s thought was a major inspiration for William James and can be seen to prefigure the latter’s concept of Sciousness directly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018198

Plutarch and the Historical Tradition These essays by experts in the field from five countries examine Plutarch's interpretative and artistic reshaping of his historical sources in representative lives. Diverse essays treat literary elements such as the parallelism which renders a pair of lives a unit or the themes which unify the lives. Others consider the selecting combining simplifying and enlarging employed in composition. The construction of a Plutarchian life the essays demonstrate required careful selection and creative reworking of the historical material available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513333

Plutarch’s Three Treatises on AnimalsA Translation with Introductions and Commentary This volume offers a new translation of Plutarch’s three treatises on animals—On the Cleverness of Animals Whether Beasts Are Rational and On Eating Meat—accompanied by introductions and explanatory commentaries. The accompanying commentaries are designed not only to elucidate the meaning of the Greek text but to call attention to Plutarch’s striking anticipations of arguments central to current philosophical and ethological discourse in defense of the position that non-human animals have intellectual and emotional dimensions that make them worthy of inclusion in the moral universe of human beings. Plutarch’s Three Treatises on Animals will be of interest to students of ancient philosophy and natural science and to all readers who wish to explore the history of thought on human–non-human animal relations in which the animal treatises of Plutarch hold a pivotal position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570849

P-M AnalysisAN ADVANCED STEP IN TPM IMPLEMENTATION In this large-format implementation manual TPM experts explain P-M Analysis. (A methodology that makes zero losses a reality in your TPM program.) P-M Analysis is designed to help your TPM teams analyze and eliminate chronic problems that have been neglected or unresolved in the past.Chronic quality defects and other chronic losses are hard to eradicate because they typically have multiple interrelated causes that vary with every occurrence. Common improvement strategies like cause-and-effect analysis are usually ineffective in dealing with such complex problems. P-M Analysis was specially developed to overcome the weaknesses of traditional methods. It offers a rigorous 8-step method for ensuring that all possible factors are identified and investigated.Through P-M Analysis teams really get in touch with their equipment. Its unique skill-building process improves technological know-how while delivering solutions to persistent problems. The first four steps of this rigorous 8-step program help teams isolate and understand the root causes of defects and failures within main equipment mechanisms and peripheral systems. The final four steps provide a systematic approach for effectively controlling those causes.A critical concept in P-M Analysis is physical analysis -- a way of thinking about how defects and failures are generated that forces us to look at the physical principles involved and to quantify the changes in the relationship between the equipment mechanisms and product parts involved. When a proper physical analysis is carried out teams are far less likely to overlook important factors or to waste time pursuing unrelated ones. Although not a cure-all P-M Analysis has reduced chronic losses to zero and raised technological expertise in many manufacturing environments.This illustrated implementation manual provides a thorough step-by-step procedure for implementing P-M Analysis along with practice exercises and graded examples. It is an u Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138409576

PMI-PBA® Exam Practice Test and Study Guide The PMI-PBA® Exam Practice Test and Study Guide attempts to address all your questions and concerns by providing two of the most sought-after study aids: memory maps and practice questions. The systematic use of memory maps helps aid in the efficient recall of information and can boost confidence during the exam. Well-crafted practice questions are fantastic study aids that can be used to track your progress as you learn new concepts introduce you to the complex sentence structure that is likely to appear on the exam and concentrate your studies by domain essentially preparing you to pass the very challenging PMI-PBA® Exam in the allotted four hours. In addition to study hints and exam topics this book provides references to tools and techniques that should be incorporated into your work immediately. For each of the five domains outlined in the PMI Professional in Business Analysis (PMI-PBA)® Examination Content Outline 2013 (the ECO) twenty practice questions test your knowledge. Also included is a challenging 200-question practice exam which is representative of the actual exam. To enhance your studies a timed online simulated exam is also provided. At the end of the simulated exam you can see your score per the number of questions you answered correctly. These exam questions are crafted to foster learning and reinforce content; they are not obscure or overly complicated but rather are representative of the actual exam. Knowing what to do must be translated into doing what you know. This book helps you prepare for the PMI-PBA® exam by instilling knowledge and encouraging critical thinking. As a result the skills attained can lead to improved project success and outcomes and you’ll have a much stronger understanding of the material along with the tools and techniques of business analysis. PMI-PBA® is a registered trademark of the Project Management Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138054479

PMP® Exam Challenge! Preparing for and passing the PMP® exam is no small feat. Although the number of certified PMP®s continues at a phenomenal rate the exam failure rate remains uncommonly high. PMP® Exam Challenge! is designed to help readers pass the exam by giving them an easy-to-use highly portable publication containing key relevant topics they are certain to encounter on the exam. Featuring 660 practice questions this sixth edition completely reflects the PMBOK® Guide Fifth Edition and covers the guide’s ten knowledge areas. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466599826

PMP® Exam PreparationTest Questions Practice Test and Simulated Exam Fully updated to be aligned with the Project Management Body of Knowledge® (PMBOK® Guide) Sixth Edition this study guide is structured per the PMP® Examination Content Outline (ECO) 2015 edition which is the blueprint for the PMP® exam. The study guide has a chapter of 50 questions for each performance domain in the ECO: initiating planning executing monitoring and controlling and closing. The study guide also provides access to a 200-question on-line test that simulates the experience of taking the actual PMP® examination. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780815379102

Pneumatic Actuating Systems for Automatic EquipmentStructure and Design Automation is quickly becoming the standard across nearly every area of manufacturing. Pneumatic actuators play a very important role in modern automation systems yet until now there has been no book that takes into account the recent progress not only in the pneumatic systems themselves but also in the integration of mechatronics electronic cont Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429125621

Poaching Wildlife Trafficking and Security in AfricaMyths and Realities A worldwide surge in poaching and wildlife trafficking is threatening to decimate endangered species. This crisis also threatens the security of human beings in ways ignored until recently by decision-makers slow to begin to treat what is typically viewed as a ‘conservation issue’ as serious crime. Over the past decade as the scale and profitability of poaching and wildlife trafficking have grown politicians journalists and campaigners throughout the world have begun to take notice – they are offering striking appraisals of the threat posed not only to endangered species but also to human populations. Many of these appraisals however are made in the absence of a detailed body of empirical research and analysis to underpin them. The result is the growth of a range of myths and misperceptions around the security threats posed particularly as they relate to Africa. Poaching Wildlife Trafficking and Security in Africa examines the most common narratives on poaching wildlife trafficking and security. It critically analyses the dominant discourses on poaching and wildlife trafficking as threats to human security as drivers of conflict as funders of terrorism and as a focus for organised crime. In doing so it seeks to sort myth from reality to clarify how poaching and wildlife trafficking as much cited threats to security can most accurately be conceived. Such a study is crucial to the efforts of stakeholders now rightly looking to respond not just to the threat posed to endangered species but also to the security and wellbeing of human beings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743779

Pocket Book of Electrical Engineering Formulas Pocket Book of Electrical Engineering Formulas provides key formulas used in practically all areas of electrical engineering and applied mathematics. This handy pocket-sized guide has been organized by topic field to make finding information quick and easy. The book features an extensive index and is an excellent quick reference for electrical engineers educators and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138422155

Pocket Book of Integrals and Mathematical Formulas Pocket Book of Integrals and Mathematical Formulas 5th Edition covers topics ranging from precalculus to vector analysis and from Fourier series to statistics presenting numerous worked examples to demonstrate the application of the formulas and methods. This popular pocket book is an essential source for students of calculus and higher mathematics courses. It also provides an easy-to-use accessible reference for mathematicians engineers scientists and others seeking vital mathematical formulas concepts and definitions. Enlarging the type without sacrificing special topics involving financial mathematics and number theory this 5th Edition: Includes several classic calculus applications that illustrate the power and practical use of calculus Discusses an interesting offshoot of Fermat’s last theorem namely "near misses" Reformats and revises the table of integrals for improved clarity and accuracy Through careful selection of topics and detail Pocket Book of Integrals and Mathematical Formulas 5th Edition remains a portable yet comprehensive resource for students and professionals containing the most important mathematical formulas for engineering and scientific applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498704755

Pocket Clinical Examiner This pocket-sized guide to clinical examination is ideal for medical students and junior doctors seeking a convenient handbook for use in busy clinical settings. It starts by discussing how to take a patient history. Each subsequent chapter focuses on a specific system or part of the body. The book covers the cardiovascular respiratory and abdominal systems. It discusses examination of the cranial nerves and the neurological system of the limbs. Specific chapters focus on the breast skin hand shoulder hip and knee. The authors also discuss how to present findings and how to write a report. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444172393

Pocket Dictionary of Food Safety With tentacles that reach into several biological and medical sciences including epidemiology infectious diseases community medicine and public health food science has become a truly interdisciplinary discipline. To compete successfully in this field you must have a basic understanding of these related areas. Practical portable and easy to use Pocket Dictionary of Food Safety provides a collection of terms and definitions as well as an extensive list of biological organisms. The book delivers a comprehensive list of definitions that are commonly used in the food industry and in the testing of food products as well as in food service facilities and restaurants. Classifying and organizing food safety terms from various sources into alphabetical listings the dictionary covers: Food microbiology Food chemistry Food quality assurance Foodborne incidents Food regulations Standards Equipment Although the author draws information from numerous disciplines the book keeps its focus tightly on food safety making it an excellent resource for students educators and anyone involved in the growing handling preparation packaging or serving of any food product as well as for anyone in biochemistry or biology educational programs inside and beyond the food industry. It makes an ideal companion to other technical and industry materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426535

Pocket ECGs for Nurses The ECG is one of the most commonly used investigations in contemporary medicine. Interpretation of the ECG can appear daunting but it is actually relatively straightforward as long as a systematic approach is taken. Pocket ECGs for Nurses assists with this task by providing a detailed yet readable introduction to ECG interpretation supplemented by clinical information about how to act based on its findings. The book begins by covering the basics of cardiac anatomy and physiology and how these relate to the ECG. It then guides nurses on how to perform a high-quality ECG recording interpret it and make sense of common ECG abnormalities. The book also includes a guide to ambulatory and bedside monitoring as well as useful chapter summaries. This pocketbook is an essential reference for the non-specialist who needs to be able to record and perform a basic and safe interpretation of an ECG. Written in plain language with clear explanations bullet lists and summaries throughout this handy guide will benefit nurses as well as paramedics and other allied health professionals in recording and reading ECGs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498705936

Pocket Guide for Hospitality Managers A concise practical guide that provides the skills and knowledge for current and future managers across the hospitality industry. The book provide a concise resource for all emerging hospitality managers and for academics preparing students for careers within the hospitality industry.With a ‘how to do’ agenda the authors offer a practical guide to the skills and knowledge needed by those who will be managing bars restaurants and hotels in the fast moving hospitality retailing contexts. Written in a non-academic style this book will be a valuable resource for students and early career managers working in the hospitality sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001885823

Pocket Guide For Textbook Of Pharmocotherapy The Pocket Guide for the Textbook of Pharmacotherapy for Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Disorders is a quick reference guide for psychiatrists therapists social workers and other practitioners to give them the bottom line about each group of medications. This guide which discusses the use of psychiatric drugs in patients under 18 accompanies this author team's complete book Textbook of Pharmacotherapy for Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Disorders.Clinical indications dosage guidelines side effects common drug interactions and most tables are retained and updated in this new guide. In addition the guide includes new research findings that have been published recently. This guide assumes the reader has done a complete assessment of all non-pharmacologic methods before treating the patient with medication. It also assumes that the reader has a working knowledge of the types of medication available for treating psychiatric illnesses. Once everything is taken into account the practitioner can accurately determine the advantages and disadvantages of a specific treatment and relay that to the patient. Above all the Pocket Guide for the Textbook of Pharmacotherapy for Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Disorders provides the reader with the practical guidelines to safely and effectively prescribe medication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203777879

Pocket Guide For The Textbook Of Pharmacotherapy For Child And Adolescent psychiatric disorders First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203777138

Pocket Guide to Bacterial Infections Pocket Guide to Bacterial Infections provides information pertinent to the behaviour of bacterial cells during their interactions with different cell types of multiple host systems. This book will present the role of various bacterial pathogens affecting the host system. The book is to be organized flexibly so that chapters and topics are arranged with continuity from the former chapters. Each chapter has been made as self-contained as possible to promote this flexibility. This book will discuss each of the virulence properties of the bacteria with reference to their interacting hosts in a larger perspective. Kwey selling features: Summarizes the role various bacterial pahtogens affect the host system Reviews recent advances for combating different types of bacterial infections that infect different body parts Designed as an effective teaching and research tool providing up to date information on bacterial infections Defines important terms Written in a readable and direct writing style Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138054899

Pocket Guide to Business Finance ****This is a pocket-sized version of the A4 pictorial guide***Whatever the shape or size of a business they all have one thing in common - they hope to make money. A major factor in determining success is the ability of management to control its finances. Business Finance painlessly demystifies the process of accounting and the understanding of business finance. Follow the adventures of a small-time entrepreneur and his finance director as she helps him turn his business from a potential casualty of the 'Death Valley Curve' into an efficient profit-making success story. Balance sheets profit and loss statements cash flow working capital depreciation cash flow forecasting budgeting and gearing are all explained making this the book to guide readers safely through the jargon jungle of financial management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166110

Pocket Guide to Crime Scene Photography This handy pocket guide is an essential field guide to crime scene photography. The authors have used limited technical terms and jargon to distill concepts down to understandable step-by-step methodologies. The book highlights best practices that apply to most any crime scene but specialized instructions—pertaining to unique evidence and crime scenes that present challenging conditions—are also provided. The book introduces concise comprehensive checklists for photographing such evidence as tire tracks dust impressions fingerprints luminescence from trace blood search reagents and more. This convenient reference allows police professionals investigators and crime scene analysts and technicians to improve their proficiency to achieve professional reliable results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498768238

Pocket Guide to Gene Level Diagnostics in Clinical Practice Pocket Guide to Gene Level Diagnostics in Clinical Practice is an abbreviated pocket-size quick-reference guide that provides a point-by-point synopsis of the vast wealth of information contained in CRC Handbook of Gene Level Diagnostics in Clinical Practice. All sections and subsections in the Pocket Guide are cross-referenced to corresponding pages in the Handbook. The book works well on its own as a quick reference but also can be used in conjunction with the larger Handbook for detailed coverage and references to specific information.Pocket Guide to Gene Level Diagnostics in Clinical Practice also includes extensive supplements featuring material not included in the Handbook. These are intended to provide an up-dated practical source of information useful to anyone involved in molecular diagnostic research and/or service. Supplements are cross-referenced to the main text of the Pocket Guide that complement and enhance the material covered.Pocket Guide to Gene Level Diagnostics in Clinical Practice will be a handy reference for professionals and students in pathology biotechnology biology and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138430129

Pocket Guide to Mycological Diagnosis The Pocket Guide to Mycological Diagnosis provides useful and concise information for microbiologists and professionals diagnosing the most medically relevant fungal species. Cellular and molecular techniques immunological methods and more accurate microscopy equipment available in most mycology laboratories now make diagnosis more routine. Furthermore information regarding medical mycology including identification of specific fungal pathogens is widely available. This book helps mycologists address the emerging challenges of diagnosis. Key Features Succinct summary of fungal disease diagnosis Includes opportunistic fungal infections that can afflict immunocompromised patients Permits the identification of common fungal pathogens Reviews antifungal drugs Related Titles Ghannoum M. A. & John R. Perfect eds. Antifungal Therapy 2nd ed. (ISBN 978-1-4987-6814-6)Miyaji M. ed. Animal Models in Medical Mycology (ISBN 978-1-3158-9059-3)Razzaghi-Abyaneh M. M. Shams-Ghahfarokhi and M. Rai eds. Medical Mycology: Current Trends and Future Prospects (ISBN 978-1-4987-1421-1) Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138055933

Pocket Guide to Selling Services and Products First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167629

Pocket Guide to TQM Another new book in the popular and original series of pictorial guides - John Oakland cuts through the complex concepts and confusing jargon associated with implementing Total Quality and Peter Morris presents the information in his inimitable pictorial style. This book will show students and managers what they need to understand about TQM in the simplest clearest and most memorable form. Professor John Oakland is undoubtedly the British guru of quality management. Following a successful industrial career in research and production management he has developed a pragmatic approach to introducing TQM which he and his colleagues have used successfully in literally thousands of organizations. He is founder and Executive Chairman of OAKLAND Consulting Plc. and Head of the European Centre for TQM at the University of Bradford Management Centre. Also published by Butterworth-Heinemann are John Oakland's bestselling Total Quality Management (now in its second edition) and Cases in Total Quality Management. Peter Morris is the creative force behind the illustrations in all Butterworth-Heinemann's pictorial guides. Originally trained as an art teacher he spent several years as an industrial designer in Canada before returning to England to design educational and training materials for the University of Sussex. His experience working on industrial contracts convinced him quite rightly that cartoons are frequently the best way to illustrate the abstractions of business life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152106

Pocket Handbook of Nonhuman Primate Clinical Medicine Sources of clinical treatment information on nonhuman primates are generally scattered across journals textbooks conferences personal conversations and more. However when a clinician on the treatment floor is faced with a patient requiring an immediate treatment decision time spent on making an informed decision becomes a critical factor. An alternative to conducting a literature search in time-sensitive situations the Pocket Handbook of Nonhuman Primate Clinical Medicine supplies guidance and initial direction on diagnosis and treatment including working doses based on past case experience. It is the frank to-the-point nature of the writing that makes readers feel as if they had just asked a colleague how to approach a clinical problem and obtained a quick "what you need to know" answer. The chapter authors draw on personal experience to describe commonly encountered clinical conditions and how to treat these cases—including not only the "dos" but also the "don’ts." This format gives readers easy access to clinical signs diagnostic criteria and options for treatment. The Pocket Handbook of Nonhuman Primate Clinical Medicine is a convenient concise case-based handbook written by and for clinicians in charge of the diagnosis and treatment of nonhuman primate patients. Available in both print and electronic formats this handbook saves readers from having to wade through pages of data and case studies to find answers when time is a factor on the clinic floor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439867280

Pocket Handbook of Small Animal Medicine Concise problem-oriented and accessibly designed the this book focuses on the essentials of medicine and surgery of the dog and cat. The book’s helps start the process of case management and resolution. It includes tips and hints on interpretation of physical signs diagnostic tests and management of common presenting conditions. The book presents algorithms used to assist decision-making specifically in clinical presentations and critical care. It also supplies commonly used drugs their dosage rates and precautions in tabular form. Color diagrams and photos illustrate key points. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840761740

Pocket On Call This genuinely pocket-sized guide to being on call is ideal for medical students and newly qualified junior doctors seeking a convenient and concise handbook to refer to in busy clinical settings. Clear concise and systematic Pocket on Call contains exactly what you need to make rapid and appropriate decisions without overwhelming or extraneous information.With this book in your pocket you’ll be equipped to tackle being on call appropriately and with confidence. Answering the questions that are not always addressed in the lecture theatre with this book as an indispensable companion the inexperienced doctor will be equipped to tackle being on call appropriately and with confidence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444185034

Pocket Prescriber 2015 Prescriber 2015 is a concise up to date prescribing guide. It contains all the ‘must have’ information that junior doctors nurse prescribers and medical students need at their fingertips. Key features: A–Z list of the 500 most commonly prescribed drugs with each entry containing the key prescribing information Focuses on safety issues warnings drug errors and adverse effects Practical guidance on drug selection plus protocols and guidelines Advice and reference information for complicated prescriptions Concise management summaries for the common medical emergencies Includes the European Resuscitation Council algorithms Clinically useful reminders of basic pharmacology (e.g. receptor profiles) Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747844

Pocket Prescriber Emergency Medicine Drug prescribing errors are a common cause of hospital admission and adverse reactions can have devastating effects some even fatal. Pocket Prescriber Emergency Medicine is a concise up-to-date prescribing guide containing all the "must have" information on a vast range of drugs that staff from junior doctors to emergency nurses nurse prescribers paramedics and other pre-hospital providers may encounter in the emergency setting. Key features: • A–Z list of over 500 of the most commonly prescribed drugs with each entry containing the key prescribing information • Safety issues warnings drug errors and adverse effects • Practical guidance on drug selection plus protocols and resuscitation guidelines • Advice and reference information for complicated prescriptions • Concise management summaries for common medical and surgical emergencies • Essential advice for pain relief—from acute pain management to procedural sedation • Clinically useful reminders of key facts from basic pharmacology to acute poisoning syndromes Pocket Prescriber Emergency Medicine supplies all your information needs concerning commonly prescribed drugs at a glance enabling on-the-spot decision-making to provide the highest standard of care whilst mitigating prescribing errors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444176643

Pocket Prescriber Psychiatry Pocket Prescriber Psychiatry is a concise up-to-date prescribing guide containing all the "must-have" information that psychiatrists and mental health professionals need to know. This book provides the key essential information for all mental health professionals prescribing drugs and is essential for psychiatrists mental health nurses primary care physicians psychologists psychotherapists and counsellors and anyone caring for people with mental health issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444176667

Pocket Tutor Chest X-Ray Interpretation Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance on subjects that medical students and foundation doctors need help with ‘on the go’ at a highly-affordable price that puts them within reach of those rotating through modular courses or working on attachment. Topics reflect information needs stemming from today’s integrated undergraduate and foundation courses: Common presentations Investigation options (e.g. ECG imaging) Clinical and patient-orientated skills (e.g. examinations history-taking) The highly-structured bite-size content helps novices combat the ‘fear factor’ associated with day-to-day clinical training and provides a detailed resource that students and junior doctors can carry in their pocket. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836860

Pocket Tutor Clinical Examination Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance on subjects that medical students and foundation doctors need help with ‘on the go’ at a highly-affordable price that puts them within reach of those rotating through modular courses or working on attachment. Topics reflect information needs stemming from today’s integrated undergraduate and foundation courses: Common presentations Investigation options (e.g. ECG imaging) Clinical and patient-orientated skills (e.g. examinations history taking). The highly-structured bite-size content helps novices combat the ‘fear factor’ associated with day-to-day clinical training and provides a detailed resource that students and junior doctors can carry in their pocket. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836785

Pocket Tutor ECG Interpretation NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836716

Pocket Tutor Heart Disease NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836327

Pocket Tutor Neurological Examination Second Edition NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836709

Pocket Tutor Obstetrics Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance on subjects that medical students and foundation doctors need help with ‘on the go’ at a highly-affordable price that puts them within reach of those rotating through modular courses or working on attachment. Topics reflect information needs stemming from today’s integrated undergraduate and foundation courses: Common presentations Investigation options (e.g. ECG imaging) Clinical and patient-orientated skills (e.g. examinations history-taking). The highly-structured bite-size content helps novices combat the ‘fear factor’ associated with day-to-day clinical training and provides a detailed resource that students and junior doctors can carry in their pocket. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836747

Pocket Tutor Ophthalmology Second Edition NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836617

Pocket Tutor Orthopaedics Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance on subjects that medical students and foundation doctors need help with “on the go” at a highly affordable price that puts them within reach of those rotating through modular courses or working on attachment. Common investigations (ECG imaging etc) Clinical skills (patient examination etc.) Clinical specialties that students perceive as too small to merit a textbook (psychiatry renal medicine) Key points Practical accessible introduction to a subject that students find daunting but which juniors will encounter as part of orthopaedic and emergency rotations Logical sequential content: relevant basic science; then chapters devoted to the clinical essentials of orthopaedics and the disorders and injuries seen most commonly in practice Descriptions of common disorders are enhanced by Clinical Scenarios (Patient presents with...) which help students and trainees to recognise and manage common presenting problems Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781907816994

Pocket Tutor Otolaryngology Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance on subjects that medical students and foundation doctors need help with ‘on the go’ at a highly-affordable price that puts them within reach of those rotating through modular courses or working on attachment. Topics reflect information needs stemming from today’s integrated undergraduate and foundation courses: Common presentations Investigation options (e.g. ECG imaging) Clinical and patient-orientated skills (e.g. examinations history taking). The highly-structured bite-size content helps novices combat the ‘fear factor’ associated with day-to-day clinical training and provides a detailed resource that students and junior doctors can carry in their pocket. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836884

Pocket Tutor Paediatric Clinical ExaminationSecond Edition Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance at a highly-affordable price on subjects that medical students foundation doctors and a range of other practitioners need help with ‘on the go’. The highly-structured bite-size content helps novices combat the fear factor associated with day-to-day clinical training and provides a handy reference that students and junior doctors can carry with them at all times. Pocket Tutor Paediatric Clinical Examination is an indispensable guide to the examination of children a challenging part of clinical practice for medical students and junior doctors as it involves dealing with newborn babies through to teenagers (often also the child’s parents or guardians) and requires different communication skills and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836891

Pocket Tutor Surface Anatomy Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance at a highly-affordable price on subjects that medical students foundation doctors and a range of other practitioners need help with ‘on the go’. The highly-structured bite-size content helps novices combat the fear factor associated with day-to-day clinical training and provides a handy reference that students and junior doctors can carry with them at all times. Pocket Tutor Surface Anatomy is an indispensable guide to a subject that is increasingly important on today’s medical courses and a crucial preamble to the study of clinical skills and procedures indeed to the study of all medicine and surgery. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836822

Pocket Tutor Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836686

Pocket Tutor Understanding ABGs and Lung Function Tests Titles in the Pocket Tutor series give practical guidance on subjects that medical students and foundation doctors need help with ‘on the go’ at a highly-affordable price that puts them within reach of those rotating through modular courses or working on attachment. Topics reflect information needs stemming from today’s integrated undergraduate and foundation courses: Common presentations Investigation options (e.g. ECG imaging) Clinical and patient-orientated skills (e.g. examinations history taking). The highly-structured bite-size content helps novices combat the ‘fear factor’ associated with day-to-day clinical training and provides a detailed resource that students and junior doctors can carry in their pocket. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836853

Podcast Academy: The Business Podcasting BookLaunching Marketing and Measuring Your Podcast Exclusive Podcast Academy training now available in a book!Podcast Academy the leader in audio/video podcast and new media education brings you their first book Podcast Academy: The Business Podcasting Book based on their seminars. Written by industry experts this book brings you practical experience that you can apply to your own business. It covers planning content creation legal considerations branding marketing advertising monetization and much more. The authors and contributors have been behind many of the earliest corporate podcasts and share their knowledge success and real-world experience with you. Podcasting is changing the way organizations are communicating with their customers prospects and the media. It is an essential new medium for any company looking to extend their communications outreach and expand their brand awareness. This applies for companies organizations charities schools and groups that range in size from small to Fortune 500 enterprises. If you are thinking about podcasting as a medium for your organization The Business Podcasting Book will give you a solid understanding of how to create your own company's voice measure your efforts and maximize your opportunity. Implement your podcasting strategy now! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149908

Poems from KoreaFrom the Earliest Era to the Present The Koreans according to the Chinese chronicles are ‘the people who enjoy singing and dancing’ and who regaled their gods with dance and song. Since then poetry has been an essential part of Korean life and has been regarded as the highest of the arts. In this first comprehensive anthology of Korean poetry in English first published in 1974 Peter Lee has selected and translated a wide variety of poems ranging from the Silla Dynasty in 57 BC to the middle of the twentieth century. The poems chosen reflect not only the native Korean tradition but also the great tradition of Chinese poetry. They often possess a deep lyrical quality many are rich in religious overtones or derive their beauty from contemplation of nature and through many of the poems runs the feeling of the closeness of Korean life to the earth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279240

Poems Of Wine & Revelry First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994997

Poetic Encounters in the AmericasRemarkable Bridge Poetic Encounters in the Americas: Remarkable Bridge examines the ways in which U.S. and Latin American modernist canons have been in cross-cultural mutually enabling conversation especially through the act of literary translation. Examining eighteen U.S. and Latin American poets my book is one of the few works of criticism to present case studies in U.S. and Latin American poetries in dialogues that highlight the social life and imaginative encounters obtained through methodologies of translation and innovations in poetic technique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367015

Poetic GestureMyth Wallace Stevens and the Desirous Motions of Poetic Language First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866897

Poetic InquiryCraft Method and Practice Poetic Inquiry: Craft Method and Practice examines the use of poetry as a form of qualitative research representation and method used by researchers practitioners and students from across the social sciences and humanities. It serves as a practical manual for using poetry in qualitative research through the presentation of varied examples of Poetic Inquiry. It provides how-to exercises for developing and using poetry as a qualitative research method. The book begins by mapping out what doing and critiquing Poetic Inquiry entails via a discussion of the power of poetry poets’ and researchers’ goals for the use of poetry and the kinds of projects that are best suited for Poetic Inquiry. It also provides descriptions of the process and craft of creating Poetic Inquiry and suggestions for how to evaluate and engage with Poetic Inquiry. The book further contends with questions of method process and craft from poets’ and researchers’ perspectives. It shows the implications for the aesthetic and epistemic concerns in poetry and furthers transdisciplinary dialogues between the humanities and social sciences. Faulkner shows the importance of considering the form and function of Poetic Inquiry in qualitative research through discussions of poetry as research method poetry as qualitative analysis and representation and Poetic Inquiry as a powerful research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486959

Poetic Language and Political Engagement in the Poetry of Keats In this incisive volume Siler traces the uneasy relationship between the content of Keats' poems and social history. In the process he discovers that the early poems are linked with the mission statement of the radical journal Annals of the Fine Arts whilst the poems after Endymion reveal a poet more concerned with the nature of poetic representation--its why and wherefore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543019

Poetic ResistanceEnglish Women Writers and the Early Modern Lyric This title was first published in 2002: Pamela Hammons' study contributes to the booming field of early modern women writers by contextualizing and analyzing a unique configuration of underexamined women's texts. By examining how 17th-century English women's composition of lyrics intersects significantly with the social experiences of the writers the book challenges assumptions that have limited the study of early modern women's writing and reveals the power of lyrics in women's reconceiving or changing of their positions in society. Here Hammons reconsiders how generic conventions were employed as a means by which women writers could borrow from socially sanctioned poetic traditions to express potentially subversive views of their social roles as mothers religious leaders widows and poets. Although the narrative concentrates on early modern lyrics it also treats contemporary plays epics prose polemics conversion narratives religious treatises newsbook articles and Biblical texts in building its arguments. The study engages extensively with issues concerning manuscript and social texts in the context of print culture through the close examination of a variety of textual practices. It provides a thorough yet subtle grounding in recent feminist criticism the social history of the family and the history of authorship practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741614

Poetic ResistanceEnglish Women Writers and the Early Modern Lyric This title was first published in 2002: Pamela Hammons' study contributes to the booming field of early modern women writers by contextualizing and analyzing a unique configuration of underexamined women's texts. By examining how 17th-century English women's composition of lyrics intersects significantly with the social experiences of the writers the book challenges assumptions that have limited the study of early modern women's writing and reveals the power of lyrics in women's reconceiving or changing of their positions in society. Here Hammons reconsiders how generic conventions were employed as a means by which women writers could borrow from socially sanctioned poetic traditions to express potentially subversive views of their social roles as mothers religious leaders widows and poets. Although the narrative concentrates on early modern lyrics it also treats contemporary plays epics prose polemics conversion narratives religious treatises newsbook articles and Biblical texts in building its arguments. The study engages extensively with issues concerning manuscript and social texts in the context of print culture through the close examination of a variety of textual practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741607

Poetic RevelationsWord Made Flesh Made Word: The Power of the Word III This book explores the much debated relation of language and bodily experience (i.e. the 'flesh') considering in particular how poetry functions as revelatory discourse and thus relates to the formal horizon of theological inquiry. The central thematic focus is around a 'phenomenology of the flesh' as that which connects us with the world being the site of perception and feeling joy and suffering and of life itself in all its vulnerability. The voices represented in this collection reflect interdisciplinary methods of interpretation and broadly ecumenical sensibilities focusing attention on such matters as the revelatory nature of language in general and poetic language in particular the function of poetry in society the question of Incarnation and its relation to language and the poetic arts the kenosis of the Word and human embodiment in relation to the word 'enfleshed' in poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472468307

Poetics and Politics of Shame in Postcolonial Literature Poetics and Politics of Shame in Postcolonial Literature provides a new and wide-ranging appraisal of shame in colonial and postcolonial literature in English. Bringing together young and established voices in postcolonial studies these essays tackle shame and racism shame and agency shame and ethical recognition the problem of shamelessness the shame of willed forgetfulness.  Linked by a common thread of reflections on shame and literary writing the essays consider specifically whether the aesthetic and ethical capacities of literature enable a measure of stability or recuperation in the presence of shame’s destructive potential. The obscenity of the in-human both in the colonial setting and in aftermaths that show little sign of abating entails the acute significance of shame as a subject for continuing and urgent critical attention.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193102

Poetics Birth NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415903684

Poetics of Cinema Bringing together twenty-five years of work on what he has called the "historical poetics of cinema " David Bordwell presents an extended analysis of a key question for film studies: how are films made in particular historical contexts in order to achieve certain effects? For Bordwell films are made things existing within historical contexts and aim to create determinate effects. Beginning with this central thesis Bordwell works out a full understanding of how films channel and recast cultural influences for their cinematic purposes. With more than five hundred film stills Poetics of Cinema is a must-have for any student of cinema. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941898

Poetics of CritiqueThe Interdisciplinarity of Textuality Title first published in 2003. Poetics of Critique breaks new ground in its pursuit of a formal and critical language of interdisciplinarity. The "founding" disciplines within the humanities - theology philosophy and literature - are brought together here in a shared space but one that reconstitutes the very nature of each and any discipline. Readings alternate between discursive analysis and imaginative revisioning; texts alternate between those of the critical thinker (Kant Nietzsche Gadamer) and those of the novelist the poet and the playwright (Bulgakov Goethe Kundera Sophocles). In this movement between traditions a fusion at once organic and dynamic takes place: theologian philosopher and artist become one and a pure interdisciplinarity begins to emerge into view. Andrew Hass draws us into a new critical-poetic sensibility by which we may explore the ultimate questions of human existence and divine reality with new vigor and sustain or indeed revitalize our deep passion for the fundamental question of truth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709959

Poetics of Luxury in the Nineteenth CenturyKeats Tennyson and Hopkins Beginning with John Keats and tracing a line of influence through Alfred Lord Tennyson and Gerard Manley Hopkins Betsy Tontiplaphol draws on established narratives of the nineteenth century's social and literary developments to describe the relationship between poetics and luxury in an age when imperial trade and domestic consumerism reached a fevered pitch. The "luscious poem " as Tontiplaphol defines it is a subset of the luxurious a category that suggests richness in combination with enclosure and intimacy. For Keats Tontiplaphol suggests the psychological virtues of luscious experience generated a new poetics one that combined his Romantic predecessors' sense of the ameliorative power of poetry with his own revaluation of space both physical and prosodic. Her approach blends cultural context with close attention to the formal and affective qualities of poetry as she describes the efforts of Keats and his equally”though differently”anxious Victorian inheritors to develop textual spaces as luscious as the ones their language describes. For all three poets that effort entailed rediscovering and reinterpreting the list or catalogue and each chapter's textual and formal analyses are offered in counterpoint to careful examination of the century's luscious materialities. Her book is at once a study of influence a socio-historical critique and a form-focused assessment of three century-defining voices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268197

Poetics of Self and Form in Keats and ShelleyNietzschean Subjectivity and Genre Beginning with a reassessment of contemporary romantic studies this book provides a modern critical comparison of Keats and Shelley. The study offers detailed close readings of a variety of literary genres (including the romance lyric elegy and literary fragment) adopted by Keats and Shelley to explore their poetic treatment of self and form. The poetic careers of Keats and Shelley embrace a tragic affirmation of those darker elements latent in the earlier writings to meditate on their own posthumous reception and reputation. Fresh readings of Keats and Shelley show how they conceive of the self as fictional and anticipate Nietzsche's modern theories of subjectivity. Nietzsche's conception of the subject as a site of conflicting fictions usefully measures this emergent sense of poetic self and form in Keats and Shelley. This Nietzschean perspective enriches our appreciation of the considerable artistic achievement of these two significant second-generation romantic poets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887797

Poetics of the EarthNatural History and Human History Poetics of the Earth is a work of environmental philosophy based on a synthesis of eastern and western thought on natural and human history. It draws on recent biological research to show how the processes of evolution and history both function according to the same principles. Augustin Berque rejects the separation of nature and culture which he believes lies at the root of the environmental crisis. This book proposes a three stage process of "re-worlding" (moving away from the individualized self to become a part of the common world) "re-concretizing" (understanding the meaning and historical development of words and things) and "re-engaging" (reconsidering the relationship between history and subjectivity at every level of being) in order to bring western thought on nature and culture into sustainable harmony and alignment.This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of environmental studies environmental philosophy Asian studies and the natural sciences.                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729806

Poetics of the Iconotext Poetics of the Iconotext makes available for the first time in English the theories of the respected French text/image specialist Professor Liliane Louvel. A consolidation of the most significant theoretical materials of Louvel's two acclaimed books L'Oeil du Texte: Texte et image dans la littérature anglophone and Texte/Image: Images à lire textes à voir this newly conceived work introduces English readers to the most current thinking in French text/image theory and visual studies. Focusing on the full spectrum of text/image relations from medieval illuminated manuscripts to digital books Louvel begins by introducing key terms and situating her work in the context of significant debates in text/image studies. Part II introduces Louvel's s typology of pictorial saturation through which she establishes a continuum along which to measure the effect of the most figurative to the most literal images upon writerly and readerly textual 'spaces.' Part III adopts a phenomenological approach towards the reading-viewing experience as expressed in conceptual categories that include the trace focal range synesthesia and rhythm and speed. The result is a provocative interplay of the categorical and the subjective that invites readers to think at once more precisely and more inventively about texts images and the intersections between the two. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409400318

Poetry Method and Education ResearchDoing Critical Decolonising and Political Inquiry Poetry can be both political and pedagogical. It is utilised in a variety of ways in research to enhance critique analyse and express different voices. Poetry Method and Education Research brings together international scholars to explore issues as diverse as neoliberalism culture decolonising education health and teacher identities. A key strength of the book is its attention to poetry as a research method including discussions of "how to" engage with poetry in research as well as including a range of research poems. Poetry is thus framed as both a method and performance. Authors in this book address a wide variety of questions from different perspectives including how to use poetry to think about complex issues in education where poetry belongs in a research project how to write poetry to generate and analyse "data" and how poetry can represent these findings. This book is an essential resource for students and researchers in education programmes and those who teach in graduate research methods courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193881

Poetry Philosophy and Theology in ConversationThresholds of Wonder: The Power of the Word IV This volume is a collection of essays that explains how literature philosophy and theology have explored the role of wonder in our lives particularly through poetry. Wonder has been an object of fascination for these disciplines from the Greek antiquity onwards yet the connections between their views on the subject are often ignored in subject specific studies. The book is divided into three parts: Part I opens the conversation on wonder in philosophy Part II is given to theology and Part III to literary perspectives. An international set of contributors including poets as well as scholars have produced a study that looks beyond traditional chronological geographical and disciplinary boundaries both within the individual essays themselves and in respect to one another. The volume’s wide historical framework is punctuated by four poems by contemporary poets on the theme of wonder. An unconventional foray into one of the best-known themes of the European tradition this book will be of great interest to scholars of literature theology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636231

Poetry Politics and CultureArgument in the Work of Eliot Pound Stevens and Williams A salient feature of modern poetics is its direct connection with cultural history and politics. Among the great American poets of the twentieth century Wallace Stevens and William Carlos Williams offer a significant contrast with T. S. Eliot and Ezra Pound. Where the latter advocated a theocentric or reactionary response to the cultural crises of modernity the former affirmed an essentially humanist and democratic social and aesthetic ethos. In Poetry Politics and Culture Harold Kaplan offers a penetrating comparative study of these representative and distinctively influential poets.All four poets wrote in an atmosphere of cultural crisis following World War I caught as they were between outmoded belief systems and various forms of artistic and political nihilism. While each believed in poetry as a source of cultural values and beliefs they nevertheless experienced loss of confidence in their own vocation in a world characterized by scientific rationalist thinking and the mundane struggle for survival. For each therefore the poetic imagination was a means of restoring order or building a new civilization out of chaos. In trying to define a revitalized culture the four exemplified the perennial quarrel between Europe and America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529977

Poetry Politics and CultureEssays on Indian Texts and Contexts This book maps the journey of the Indian poetic imagination—in Hindi Panjabi and Indian English—from its original quasi-spiritual longings to its activist interventions in the public domain. As Indian poetry of the post-1990s gravitates towards a non-Orientalised postcolonial nationalism it seeks to rewrite and disseminate the shifting coordinates of nationalist imagination in terms of the dissent of the subaltern discontents of the nation. The book is interdisciplinary: it studies Indian poetry from the new emerging imperatives of postcolonialism new historiography (subaltern dalit and diasporas) nationalism and cultural studies. Covering the two major north Indian languages—Hindi and Punjabi—along with poetry in Indian English the book is a close textual study of about 150 poetry collections in these languages. It is path-breaking in its study of secular poetry written in the so-called vernaculars with critical attention to its participation in the political as well as cultural processes of nation-making. This cutting-edge book should be of interest to scholars of Indian writings in English Hindi and Panjabi gender studies dalit and diaspora studies postcolonial poetry and to students reading South Asian literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138384200

Poetry Practical Theology and Reflective Practice This groundbreaking study offers an innovative critical analysis of poetry as a resource for reflective practice in the context of continuing professional development. In the contemporary drive in all professions for greater rigour in education training and development little attention is paid to the inner shape of learning and meaning-making for individuals and groups especially ways in which individuals are formed for the task of their work. Building on empirical research into the author’s professional practice the book takes the use of poetry in clergy continuing ministerial development as a case-study to examine the value of poetry in professional learning. Setting out the advantages and limitations of poetry as a stimulant for imaginative critical reflexivity and formation within professional reflective practice the study develops a practical model for group reflection around poetry distilling pedagogical approaches for working effectively with poetry in continuing professional development. Drawing together a number of strands of thinking about poetry Practical Theology and reflective practice into a tightly argued study the book is an important methodological resource. It makes available a range of primary and secondary sources offering researchers into professional practice a model of ethnographic research in Practical Theology which embraces innovative methods for reflexivity and theological reflection including the value of auto-ethnographic poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472484253

Poetry Therapy and Emotional Life Poetry Therapy and Emotional Life explores the thoughts of poets therapists and counsellors in relation to the human condition with a practical component on how poetry can be used in therapeutic work. Concentrating on the theories of Freud Jung Rogers Berne Perls and Ellis the book examines topics such as human motivation experience and neurosis. It encourages readers to take a fresh and enthusiastic approach to their work as counsellors therapists or writers and appeals to anyone with a love of poetry or writing as a means of self expression. The text contains a wealth of poetic examples both traditional and modern along with samples from clients in creative writing groups schools and healthcare settings. Psychological therapists and counsellors health and social care workers and writers alike will find this very accessible book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781857758603

Poetry Against the WorldPhilip Larkin and Charles Tomlinson in Contemporary Britain Poetry Against the World: Philip Larkin and Charles Tomlinson in Contemporary Britain brings together two major poets who espouse opposite aesthetic ambitions yet are both taken as paragons of Englishness in order to ask how they pitch their poetry against an inhospitable world. This book explores how these two representative poets seek to redress an "age of demolition" through their poetry and how their audiences react to the types of redress they propose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664947

Poetry and Autobiography This collection makes a critical and creative intervention into ongoing debates about the relationship between poetry and autobiography. Drawing on recent theories of life writing the essays in the first part of this volume provide new analyses of works by a range of poets dating from the early modern period to the present day. Exploring the autobiographical resonances of poems by Martha Moulsworth Mina Loy Anne Sexton Joe Brainard Edward Kamau Braithwaite and Gwyneth Lewis the authors here examine the extent to which discourses of truth and authenticity have been implicated in traditional interpretations of lyric poetry. In doing so they endeavour to illuminate the complex intersections – and divergences – of poetry and autobiography asking what these forms might learn from each other about issues of shared concern from questions of identity and textuality to those of reference and audience. The creative reflections which form the second part of the collection develop and respond to these questions in various suggestive and original ways; here poetry and prose are used in order to test the relationship between poetry and life writing and to explore issues of memory time place subjectivity and voice. This book was published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315873497

Poetry and Belief in the Work of T. S. Eliot This title first published in 1961 explores the general background of attitudes beliefs and ideas from which Eliot’s works have originated. This study examines the influences of Eliot’s work and includes Eliot’s personal views as told to the author. The book also looks at technique structure and imagery of his poetry. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122956

Poetry and Criticism before Plato (Routledge Revivals) Aristotle is justly famed as the founder of literary criticism but he was not its inventor: his approach was shaped not only by the ideas newly current in the fourth century but also by the literature critical attitudes and language which he inherited. It is this inheritance which concerns the author of Poetry and Criticism Before Plato first published in 1969: setting the words of poets and critics side by side. The relationship between the poets and the Muses and Plato’s account of poetic inspiration and metaphorical language are both discussed. In the later chapters Professor Harriott traces the emergence of critical techniques and vocabulary as revealed in the writings of philosophers sophists and dramatists. Finally the two surviving passages of practical criticism are investigated: the literary contest between Aeschylus and Euripides in the Frogs of Aristophanes and Socrates’ exegesis of a poem by Simonides in Plato’s Protagoras. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749152

Poetry and Ecology in the Age of Milton and Marvell The focus of this study is the perception of nature in the language of poetry and the languages of natural philosophy technology theology and global exploration primarily in seventeenth-century England. Its premise is that language and the perception of nature vitally affect each other and that seventeenth-century poets primarily John Milton Andrew Marvell and Henry Vaughan but also Margaret Cavendish Thomas Traherne Anne Finch and others responded to experimental proto-science and new technology in ways that we now call 'ecological' - concerned with watersheds and habitats and the lives of all creatures. It provides close readings of works by these poets in the contexts of natural history philosophy and theology as well as technology and land use showing how they responded to what are currently considered ecological issues: deforestation mining air pollution drainage of wetlands destruction of habitats the sentience and intelligence of animals overbuilding global commerce the politics of land use and relations between social justice and justice towards the other-than-human world. In this important book Diane McColley demonstrates the language of poetry the language of responsible science and the language of moral and political philosophy all to be necessary parts of public discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252745

Poetry and Identity in Quattrocento Naples Poetry and Identity in Quattrocento Naples approaches poems as acts of cultural identity and investigates how a group of authors used poetry to develop a poetic style while also displaying their position toward the culture of others. Starting from an analysis of Giovanni Pontano’s Parthenopeus and De amore coniugali followed by a discussion of Jacopo Sannazaro’s Arcadia Matteo Soranzo links the genesis and themes of these texts to the social political and intellectual vicissitudes of Naples under the domination of Kings Alfonso and Ferrante. Delving further into Pontano’s literary and astrological production Soranzo illustrates the consolidation and eventual dispersion of this author’s legacy by looking at the symbolic value attached to his masterpiece Urania and at the genesis of Sannazaro’s De partu Virginis. Poetic works written in neo-Latin and the vernacular during the Aragonese domination in this way are examined not only as literary texts but also as the building blocks of their authors’ careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472413550

Poetry and its Contexts in Eleventh-century Byzantium Byzantine poetry of the eleventh century is fascinating yet underexplored terrain. It presents a lively view on contemporary society is often permeated with wit and elegance and is concerned with a wide variety of subjects. Only now are we beginning to perceive the possibilities that this poetry offers for our knowledge of Byzantine culture in general for the intellectual history of Byzantium and for the evolution of poetry itself. It is moreover sometimes in the most neglected texts that the most fascinating discoveries can be made. This book the first collaborative book-length study on the topic takes an important step to fill this gap. It brings together specialists of the period who delve into this poetry with different but complementary objectives in mind covering the links between art and text linguistic evolutions social functionality contemporary reading attitudes and the like. The authors aim to give the production of 11th-century verse a place in the Byzantine genre system and in the historic evolution of Byzantine poetry and metrics. As a result this book will to use the expression of two important poets of the period "offer a small taste" of what can be gained from the serious study of this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118515

Poetry and PrayerThe Power of the Word II Interdisciplinary and ecumenical in scope Poetry and Prayer offers theoretical discussion on the profound connection between poetic inspiration and prayer as well as reflection on the work of individual writers and the traditions within which they stand. An international range of established and new scholars in literary studies and theology offer unique contributions to the neglected study of poetry in relation to prayer. Part I addresses the relationship of prayer and poetry. Parts II and III consider these and related ideas from the point of view of their implementation in a range of different authors and traditions offering case studies from for example the Bible Dante Shakespeare and Herbert as well as twentieth-century poets such as Thomas Merton Denise Levertov W.H. Auden and R.S. Thomas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053229

Poetry and PsychoanalysisThe Opening of the Field Poetry and Psychoanalysis: The Opening of the Field provides a guide to applying a poet’s imagination and precision of language to the healing endeavours of psychoanalysis while making a lucid journey through 2 000 years of transformative poetry from Virgil Dante and Blake to the contemporary poet Claudia Rankine. Patients enter treatment with the hope of being recognized and the hope for transformation of a painful experience. David Shaddock shows how poetry can guide psychoanalysts towards meeting that hope. The book is based on the proposition that an accurate recognition of what is leads to the opening of what could be. The imaginative space that opens between poem and reader or therapist and patient can be a place of healing and transformation. Poetry and Psychoanalysis will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists interested in using literature and creativity as inspiration for both their clinical work and personal growth as well as all who love poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699013

Poetry and RepetitionWalt Whitman Wallace Stevens John Ashbery This book examines the function of repetition in the work of Walt Whitman Wallace Stevens and John Ashbery. All three poets extensively employ and comment upon the effects of repetition yet represent three distinct poetics considerably removed from one another in stylistic and historical terms. At the same time the three are engaged in a highly interesting relation to each other - a relation readers tend to explain in terms of repetition by positing Whitman and Stevens as the two alternative 'beginnings' out of which Ashbery emerges. Krystyna Mazur analyses the work of the three poets to discern patterns that may operate across a relatively broad spectrum of examples as well as to consider the variety of ways in which repetition can structure a poetic text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011656

Poetry and the AnthropoceneEcology biology and technology in contemporary British and Irish poetry This book asks what it means to write poetry in and about the Anthropocene the name given to a geological epoch where humans have a global ecological impact. Combining critical approaches such as ecocriticism and posthumanism with close reading and archival research it argues that the Anthropocene requires poetry and the humanities to find new ways of thinking about unfamiliar spatial and temporal scales about how we approach the metaphors and discourses of the sciences and about the role of those processes and materials that confound humans’ attempts to control or even conceptualise them. Poetry and the Anthropocene draws on the work of a series of poets from across the political and poetic spectrum analysing how understandings of technology shape literature about place evolution and the tradition of writing about what still gets called Nature. The book explores how writers’ understanding of sciences such as climatology or biochemistry might shape their poetry’s form and how literature can respond to environmental crises without descending into agitprop self-righteousness or apocalyptic cynicism. In the face of the Anthropocene’s radical challenges to ethics aesthetics and politics the book shows how poetry offers significant ways of interrogating and rendering the complex relationships between organisms and their environments in a world increasingly marked by technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597457

Poetry and the Leningrad Religious-Philosophical Seminar 1974-1980Music for a Deaf Age The Religious-Philosophical Seminar meeting in Leningrad between 1974-1980 was an underground study group where young intellectuals staged debates read poetry and circulated their own typewritten journal called ‘37’. The group and its journal offered a platform to poets who subsequently entered the canon of Russian verse such as Viktor Krivulin (1944-2001) and Elena Shvarts (1948-2010). Josephine von Zitzewitz’s new study focuses on the Seminar’s identification of culture and spirituality which allowed Leningrad’s unofficial culture to tap into the spirit of Russian modernism as can be seen in ‘37’. This book is thus a study of a major current in twentieth-century Russian poetry and an enquiry into the intersection between literary and spiritual concerns. But it also presents case studies of five poets from a special generation: not only Krivulin and Shvarts but also Sergei Stratanovskii (1944-) Oleg Okhapkin (1944-2008) and Aleksandr Mironov (1948-2010). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598426

Poetry and the Question of ModernityFrom Heidegger to the Present Interest in Martin Heidegger was recently reawakened by the revelations in his newly published ‘Black Notebooks’ of the full terrible extent of his political commitments in the 1930s and 1940s. The revelations reminded us of the dark allegiances co-existing with one of the profoundest and most important philosophical projects of the twentieth century—one that is of incomparable importance for literature and especially for poetry which Heidegger saw as embodying a receptiveness to Being and a resistance to the instrumental tendencies of modernity. Poetry and the Question of Modernity: From Heidegger to the Present is the first extended account of the relationship between Heidegger’s philosophy and the modern lyric. It argues that some of the best-known modern poets in German and English from Paul Celan to Seamus Heaney and Les Murray are in deep imaginative affinity with Heidegger’s enquiry into finitude language and Being. But the work of each of these poets challenges Heidegger because each appeals to a transcendence taking place in language that is inseparable from the motion of encounter with embodied others. It is thus poetry which reveals the full measure of Heidegger’s relevance in redefining modern selfhood and poetry which reveals the depth of his blindness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894276

Poetry and the Realm of the Public IntellectualThe Alternative Destinies of Gabriela Mistral Cecilia Meireles and Rosario Castellanos This book examines the relationship between poetry and the public sphere as it is addressed in the work of three of the most important Latin American women poets namely Gabriela Mistral Cecilia Meireles and Rosario Castellanos of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604189

Poetry and the Religious ImaginationThe Power of the Word What is the role of spiritual experience in poetry? What are the marks of a religious imagination? How close can the secular and the religious be brought together? How do poetic imagination and religious beliefs interact? Exploring such questions through the concept of the religious imagination this book integrates interdisciplinary research in the area of poetry on the one hand and theology philosophy and Christian spirituality on the other. Established theologians philosophers literary critics and creative writers explain by way of contemporary and historical examples the primary role of the religious imagination in the writing as well as in the reading of poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548800

Poetry and UselessnessFrom Coleridge to Ashbery W.H. Auden famously claimed "poetry makes nothing happen." That may or may not be the case but the idea that poetry makes nothing happen has itself been extremely influential and has made a great deal happen in the world.  This book examines several of the main currents in literary history as that influential idea flows through poetry and into the wider world. Since the invention of the idea it has influenced theories of education; helped legitimize the entry of the middle class into political life; spawned ideas of symbolism that are still with us; formed a bulwark protecting literary culture from the commercial world; helped create the artistic subculture of bohemia; informed queer discourse and identity; and helped create both contemporary literary taste and the institutions that support it. Through chapters on figures from Coleridge and Tennyson to Yeats Eliot Auden Gertrude Stein and John Ashbery we see how maintaining that poetry has no use in the world has been and remains a very powerful—and useful—idea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207366

Poetry as Discourse First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708743

Poetry as MethodReporting Research Through Verse This book takes an interdisciplinary approach to using and creating poetry for conducting and reporting social research. It includes examples of poetry interviews of poets and practical exercises that will enhance the discussion of poetry writing as a method. When used as a teaching guide this book will encourage students to consider the importance of form and function in poetry for qualitative methods. It also answers the question of how to teach the creation and evaluation of poetry it combats the perception that poetry is too difficult or mysterious to use as research and that only poets should be concerned with poetic craft. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598744019

Poetry as ResistanceIslam and Ethnicity in Postcolonial Pakistan Focusing on the culturally and historically rich Siraiki-speaking region often tagged as ‘South Punjab’ this book discusses the ways in which Siraiki creative writers have transformed into political activists resisting the self-imposed domination of the Punjabi–Mohajir ruling elite. Influenced by Sufi poets their poetry takes the shape of both protest and dialogue. This book reflects upon the politics of identity and the political complications which are a result of colonisation and later neo-colonisation of Pakistan. It challenges the philosophy of Pakistan — a state created for Muslims — which is now taking the shape of religious fanaticism while disregarding ethnic and linguistic issues such as that of Siraiki. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662407

Poetry as TestimonyWitnessing and Memory in Twentieth-century Poems This book analyzes Holocaust poetry war poetry working-class poetry and 9/11 poetry as forms of testimony. Rowland argues that testamentary poetry requires a different approach to traditional ways of dealing with poems due to the pressure of the metatext (the original traumatic events) the poems’ demands for the hyper-attentiveness of the reader and a paradox of identification that often draws the reader towards identifying with the poet’s experience but then reminds them of its sublimity. He engages with the work of a diverse range of twentieth-century authors and across the literature of several countries even uncovering new archival material. The study ends with an analysis of the poetry of 9/11 engaging with the idea that it typifies a new era of testimony where global secondary witnesses react to a proliferation of media images. This book ranges across the literature of several countries cultures and historical events in order to stress the large variety of contexts in which poetry has functioned productively as a form of testimony and to note the importance of the availability of translations to the formation of literary canons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899093

Poetry of the Romantic Period First published in 1980. This title provides a critical and historical account of poetry written between 1780 and 1835. The author has been especially concerned to place the great poems and poets of the age in the context of the conventions and traditions in which they wrote offering new perspectives on familiar works. Poems still famous are examined often in relation to works of a similar kind fashionable at the time but now neglected and these unconventional groupings throw fresh light on Romantic poetry as a whole. An appendix is included designed to be read as a supplement to the main text serving both as a chronology and as a brief guide to works that do not fall within the scope of the main argument. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195639

Poetry Off the PageTwentieth-Century British Women Poets in Performance This study examines the performed poetry of Charlotte Mew Anna Wickham Edith Sitwell Stevie Smith Liz Lochhead and Jackie Kay as an alternative radical tradition of British poetry developed to convey women's experience. Through a historical treatment in which the poets are discussed in pairs the chapters trace how these six women used a performative poetry to deal with difficulties regarding women's representation: from simply presenting difference in the case of Mew and Wickham to deconstructing difference in the case of Sitwell and Smith to avoiding the recapture of cultural imagery in the case of Lochhead and Kay. Laura Severin claims that twentieth-century British women poets have been neglected by both feminist and more traditional literary critics because they cannot be read within available literary frameworks. Feminist criticism in particular has overlooked the value of other poetic ancestries by locating the only radical tradition of modern poetry in fractured form. At least one alternative radical tradition can be found in a narrative and performed poetry that maximizes its transgressive potential with multiple framing devices. Though a female poet always experiences difficulty in controlling both cultural imagery and her own public presentation these framing devices work together both to deconstruct the essentialized category of woman and to recover the multiplicity of women's experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246628

Poetry TherapyTheory and Practice For decades poetry therapy has been formally recognized as a valuable form of treatment and it has been proven effective worldwide with a diverse group of clients. The second edition of Poetry Therapy written by a pioneer and leader in the field updates the only integrated poetry therapy practice model with a host of contemporary issues including the use of social media and slam/performance poetry. It’s a truly invaluable resource for any serious practitioner educator or researcher interested in poetry therapy bibliotherapy writing and healing or the broader area of creative/expressive arts therapies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812574

Poetry TodayA Critical Guide to British Poetry 1960-1995 This is the most authoritative and up to date survey of contemporary British poetry 1960-1995. It is the third version but second edition published by Longman of a successful survey that first appeared 30 years ago and provides a succinct and accessible overview of British poets movements and themes ideal for English courses and the general reader alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158665

Poetry: The Basics Now in its third edition Poetry: The Basics remains an engaging exploration of the world of poetry. Drawing on examples ranging from Chaucer to children's rhymes Cole Porter to Carol Ann Duffy and from around the English-speaking world it shows how any reader can understand and gain more pleasure from poetry. Exploring poetry’s relationship to everyday language and introducing major genres and technical aspects in an accessible way it is a clear introduction to how different types of poetry work through the study of details and of whole poems. With a revised chapter on the different practices and ideas in the writing of poetry now including sections on film poetry and digital poetics this is a must read for all students of English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823365

Poets and Puritans Originally published in 1915 the essays in this book deal with 9 English writers – as diverse in outlook and temperament as Bunyan and Boswell; poets and Puritans and men who were neither. The book examines each writer in his historical and social context – facing problems in art or religion and life in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367626631

Poets Of Action - Wilson Knight First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606714

Point BlankGuns and Violence in America By 1990 there were approximately 200 million guns in private hands in the United States and around half of American households contained a gun. Over 30 000 people a year are killed with guns in suicides homicides and accidents and Americans use guns for defensive purposes as many as a million times a year. There is little doubt that gun violence and control are issues of vital importance and they continue to inspire national debate. It is doubtful however that most gun debates are worth listening to. Not surprisingly they generally leave their participants exactly where they began with their biases intact and onlookers perplexed. Written deliberately to counter an atmosphere of hysteria and extremism Point Blank now in paperback offers logical argument supported by empirical information. It confronts fundamental questions head-on. On its initial publication in 1993 Point Black won the Michael J. Hindelang Award of the American Society of Criminology for the book that "made the most outstanding contribution to criminology " Point Blank reports both original research and assesses existing evidence drawn from a wide variety of academic disciplines including criminology sociology law and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529984

Point Cloud Data Fusion for Enhancing 2D Urban Flood Modelling Modelling urban flood dynamics requires proper handling of a number of complex urban features. Although high-resolution topographic data can nowadays be obtained from aerial LiDAR surveys such top-view LiDAR data still have difficulties to represent some key components of urban features. Incorrectly representing features like underpasses through buildings or apparent blockage of flow by sky trains may lead to misrepresentation of actual flood propagation which could easily result in inadequate flood-protection measures. Hence proper handling of urban features plays an important role in enhancing urban flood modelling. This research explores present-day capabilities of using computer-based environments to merge side-view Structure-from-Motion data acquisition with top-view LiDAR data to create a novel multi-source views (MSV) topographic representation for enhancing 2D model schematizations. A new MSV topographic data environment was explored for the city of Delft and compared with the conventional top-view LiDAR approach. Based on the experience gained the effects of different topographic descriptions were explored for 2D urban flood models of (i) Kuala Lumpur Malaysia for the 2003 flood event; and (ii) Ayutthaya Thailand for the 2011 flood event. It was observed that adopting the new MSV data as the basis for describing the urban topography the numerical simulations provide a more realistic representation of complex urban flood dynamics thus enhancing conventional approaches and revealing specific features like flood watermarks identification and helping to develop improved flood-protection measures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138306172

Point of Care Ultrasound Made Easy Point of Care Ultrasound Made Easy (POCUSME) is an exciting and innovative book that aims to teach all healthcare professionals how to do simple and clinically relevant ultrasound scanning at the point of care. This book will help you solve clinical problems at the bedside across a range of specialty areas including: trauma emergency medicine respiratory medicine cardiology general surgery otolaryngology and vascular surgery. Straightforward and practical and designed for clinicians who are generally unfamiliar with ultrasound scanning it will make a positive difference to your clinical practice and help improve the delivery of optimised patient care. So read the book grab an ultrasound machine and please embrace the Point of Care Ultrasound movement! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367349585

Point of PurchaseHow Shopping Changed American Culture This accessible smart and expansive book on shopping's impact on American life is in part historical stretching back to the mid-19th century yet also has a contemporary focus with material on recent trends in shopping from the internet to Zagat's guides.Drawing inspiration from both Pierre Bourdieu's work and Walter Benjamin's seminal essay on the shopping arcades of 19th-century Paris Zukin explores the forces that have made shopping so central to our lives: the rise of consumer culture the never-ending quest for better value and shopping's ability to help us improve our social status and attain new social identities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656533

Point of View (Routledge Revivals)A Linguistic Analysis of Literary Style The purpose of Point of View first published in 1990 is twofold: from the perspective of linguistics to analyse the discourse structure of texts; from the perspective of literary studies to explain certain non-linguistic aspects of the texts in terms of linguistic form. This study therefore aims to provide a balanced and sufficiently comprehensive account of the relationship between linguistic form and point of view. It will be of particular value to literature students with an interest in linguistics and literary style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779532

Point Processes There has been much recent research on the theory of point processes  i.e. on random systems consisting of point events occurring in space or time.  Applications range from emissions from a radioactive source occurrences of accidents or machine breakdowns or of electrical impluses along nerve fibres to repetitive point events in an individual's medical or social history. Sometimes the point events occur in space rather than time and the application here raneg from statistical physics to geography.  The object of this book is to develop the applied mathemathics of point processes at a level which will make the ideas accessible both to the research worker and the postgraduate student in probability and statistics and also to the mathemathically inclined individual in another field interested in using ideas and results.  A thorough knowledge of the key notions of elementary probability theory is required to understand the book but specialised "pure mathematical" coniderations have been avoided.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203743034

Point Processes and Their Statistical Inference Maintaining the excellent features that made the first edition so popular this outstanding reference/text presents the only comprehensive treatment of the theory of point processes and statistical inference for point processes-highlighting both pointprocesses on the real line and sp; .tial point processes. Thoroughly updated and revised to reflect changes since publication of the firstedition the expanded Second EdiLion now contains a better organized and easierto-understand treatment of stationary point processes ... expanded treatment ofthe multiplicative intensity model ... expanded treatment of survival analysis . ..broadened consideration of applications ... an expanded and extended bibliographywith over 1 000 references ... and more than 3('() end-of-chapter exercises. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580032

Point Set Theory Investigations by Baire Lebesgue Hausdorff Marczewski and othes have culminated invarious schemes for classifying point sets. This important reference/text bringstogether in a single theoretical framework the properties common to these classifications.Providing a clear thorough overview and analysis of the field Point Set Theoryutilizes the axiomatically determined notion of a category base for extending generaltopological theorems to a higher level of abstraction ... axiomatically unifies analogiesbetween Baire category and Lebesgue measure . .. enhances understanding of thematerial with numerous examples and discussions of abstract concepts ... and more.Imparting a solid foundation for the modem theory of real functions and associated areas this authoritative resource is a vital reference for set theorists logicians analysts andresearch mathematicians involved in topology measure theory or real analysis. It is anideal text for graduate mathematics students in the above disciplines who havecompleted undergraduate courses in set theory and real analysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450946

Point Sources and Multipoles in Inverse Scattering Theory Over the last twenty years the growing availability of computing power has had an enormous impact on the classical fields of direct and inverse scattering. The study of inverse scattering in particular has developed rapidly with the ability to perform computational simulations of scattering processes and led to remarkable advances in a range of applications from medical imaging and radar to remote sensing and seismic exploration. Point Sources and Multipoles in Inverse Scattering Theory provides a survey of recent developments in inverse acoustic and electromagnetic scattering theory. Focusing on methods developed over the last six years by Colton Kirsch and the author this treatment uses point sources combined with several far-reaching techniques to obtain qualitative reconstruction methods. The author addresses questions of uniqueness stability and reconstructions for both two-and three-dimensional problems.With interest in extracting information about an object through scattered waves at an all-time high Point Sources and Multipoles in Inverse Scattering Theory provides a valuable source of information from both the mathematical and applications perspectives. It offers insight into the general recovery of information from incomplete data and has direct practical relevance to work on image reconstruction. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138404113

PointingWhere Language Culture and Cognition Meet Pointing has captured the interest of scholars from various fields who study communication. However ideas and findings have been scattered across diverse publications in different disciplines and opportunities for interdisciplinary exchange have been very limited. The editor's aim is to provide an arena for such exchange by bringing together papers on pointing gestures from disciplines such as developmental psychology psycholinguistics sign-language linguistics linguistic anthropology conversational analysis and primatology. Questions raised by the editors include: *Do chimpanzees produce and comprehend pointing gestures in the same way as humans? *What are cross-cultural variations of pointing gestures? *In what sense are pointing gestures human universal? *What is the relationship between the development of pointing and language in children? *What linguistic roles do pointing gestures play in signed language? *Why do speakers sometimes point to seemingly empty space in front of them during conversation? *How do pointing gestures contribute to the unfolding of face-to-face interaction that involves objects in the environment? *What are the semiotic processes that relate what is pointed at and what is actually "meant" by the pointing gesture (the relationship between the two are often not as simple as one might think)? *Do pointing gestures facilitate the production of accompanying speech? The volume can be used as a required text in a course on gestural communication with multidisciplinary perspectives. It can also be used as a supplemental text in an advanced undergraduate or graduate course on interpersonal communication cross-cultural communication language development and psychology of language. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650892

PointlessThe Reality behind Quantum Theory This book examines how major interpretations of quantum theory are progressing toward a more unified understanding and experience of nature. It offers subtle insights to address core issues of wave-particle duality the measurement problem the mind/body problem determinism/indeterminism/free will and the nature of consciousness. It draws from physics consciousness studies and ‘ancient Vedic science’ to outline a new holistic interpretation of quantum theory. Accessible and thought-provoking it will be profoundly integrating for scholars and researchers in science and technology in philosophy and also in South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367337193

Point-of-care Glucose Detection for Diabetic Monitoring and Management This book unravels the role of Point-of-Care (POC) glucose monitoring as an essential part of diabetes management. It provides the reader with an in-depth knowledge and understanding of diabetes management including:the need for POC glucose monitoringthe glucose detection technologies (invasive noninvasive and continuous) being used in the POC devicesthe analytical performance characteristics pros and cons of the POC devices developed to datethe importance and role of glycated hemoglobin (HbA1c) monitoring for diabetes management the various POC devices and analyzers for the determination of HbA1c.This is the first book to provide complete up-to-date information on POC glucose detection technologies and devices for diabetic monitoring and management. It will be an important reference for healthcare professionals biomedical engineers researchers economists and policy makers. This book also serves as an asset and teaching aid for professionals and researchers in diabetic monitoring and management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574055

Point-of-Use/Point-of-Entry for Drinking Water Treatment This excellent book is ideal for everyone in the water treatment field including water treatment managers operators supervisors consultants laboratories and regulators. The vast amount of information the practical approach and the thoroughness make this a widely used reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896724

Points of Viewing Children's Thinking This book is about learning and ethnography in the context of technologies. Simultaneously it portrays young people's "thinking attitudes" in computer-based learning environments and it describes how the practice of ethnography is changing in a digital world. The author likens this form of interaction to "the double helix " where learning and ethnography are intertwined to tell an emergent story about partnerships with technology. Two school computer cultures were videotaped for this study. Separated not only by geography -- one school is on the east coast of New England and the other on the west coast of British Columbia on Vancouver Island -- they are also separated in other ways: ethnic make-up and inner-city vs. rural settings to name only two. Yet these two schools are joined by a strong thread: a change in their respective cultures with the advent of intensive computer-use on the part of the students. Both school communities have watched their young people gain literacy and competence and their tools have changed from pen to computer video camera multimedia and the Internet. Perhaps most striking is that the way they think of themselves as learners has also changed: they see themselves as an active participant in the pilot's seat or director's chair as they chart new connections between diverse and often unpredictable worlds of knowledge. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805818

Points of ViewStories of Psychopathology First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462007

Poised for Peak Performance in HealthcareA Practical Approach to Execute Expense Reduction and Revenue Enhancement Initiatives The current healthcare system is under attack by market government and consumer forces. To stay solvent organizations must be performing at the top of their game. This book provides detailed instructions to bring organizations to the next level of performance by teaching all the secrets straight from the healthcare consultant’s playbook in less than 100 days. This book defines the coming challenges in the healthcare environment and provides a 10-step solution to develop the infrastructure for peak performance. These solutions include detailed implementation plans software reports metrics and the top projects that yield the highest financial rewards. This is the first book of its kind to not just discuss the top strategies but also provide step-by-step instructions to achieve results. The book defines the strategy the tactics the infrastructure the targets the solutions the barriers and the leadership required to achieve a high performing organization. With these simple instructions any organization with the will to achieve a brighter future can be poised for success in the next decade in less than 100 days. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138039667

Poison Medicine and Disease in Late Medieval and Early Modern Europe This book presents a uniquely broad and pioneering history of premodern toxicology by exploring how late medieval and early modern (c. 1200–1600) physicians discussed the relationship between poison medicine and disease. Drawing from a wide range of medical and natural philosophical texts—with an emphasis on treatises that focused on poison pharmacotherapeutics plague and the nature of disease—this study brings to light premodern physicians' debates about the potential existence nature and properties of a category of substance theoretically harmful to the human body in even the smallest amount. Focusing on the category of poison (venenum) rather than on specific drugs reframes and remixes the standard histories of toxicology pharmacology and etiology as well as shows how these aspects of medicine (although not yet formalized as independent disciplines) interacted with and shaped one another. Physicians argued for instance about what properties might distinguish poison from other substances how poison injured the human body the nature of poisonous bodies and the role of poison in spreading and to some extent defining disease. The way physicians debated these questions shows that poison was far from an obvious and uncontested category of substance and their effort to understand it sheds new light on the relationship between natural philosophy and medicine in the late medieval and early modern periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588267

Poison Damsels First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978614

Poisoned ProsperityDevelopment Modernization and the Environment in South Korea A study of environmental degradation this work presents the environmental problems of South Korea. The effects of rapid industrialisation and modernisation are documented along with the choices and actions which are available to the country. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315285658

Poisoned Words: Slander and Satire in Early Modern France Poisoned Words: Slander and Satire in Early Modern France Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604202

Poisoning the IvyThe Seven Deadly Sins and Other Vices of Higher Education in America "This is a dirty book about higher education." So begins Michael Lewis's provocative new book one that calls into question the conventional wisdom and about the excellence of American higher education. Lewis argues that teaching and research on America's campuses are plagued by mis- and malfeasance. He further argues that these troubles are the paradoxical implications of professorial self-conceptions. The academic claim of moral and ethical specialness according to Lewis unexpectedly creates an environment where hack work or even no work at all is tolerated and in some cases actually rewarded. Through his chapters on "The Seven Pedagogical Sins" and "The Bad Joke of Scholarship " the author traces the trajectory of the effects of collective denial on the quality of education in America. In his final chapter Lewis offers a series of reforms intended to reverse faculty permissiveness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503455

Poisonous ParentingToxic Relationships Between Parents and Their Adult Children How does the toxicity associated with particular parenting styles affect attachment? How do the contaminated views of themselves that children of poisonous parents have affect their relationships into adulthood? Like physicians clinicians do not want to amputate but they sometimes find it necessary in order to preserve the health of the larger system. Poisonous Parenting shows clinicians how to recognize the effects of poisonous parenting in adult children and how to heal the scars created by parents' toxic attitudes and behaviors. Readers will come away from the book understanding ways to counteract the effects of  poisonous parenting so that clients can recover and lead a healthy life. They'll also learn techniques for determining when a relationship can be salvaged when to proceed with caution and when to disconnect in order to keep the poison from spreading.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415879088

PoisonsAn Introduction for Forensic Investigators A unique book on recognition and investigation of criminal poisoning for investigators of all backgrounds and stages of their careers. Poisons: An Introduction for Forensic Investigators is a concise yet comprehensive overview of toxicants and unanticipated circumstances in which poisoning occurs. This book expands awareness of poisoning possibilities heightens recognition of the toxic potential of many substances and provides information to aid in focusing investigations. Poisons discusses life-threatening toxic substances and agents that modify behavior to achieve criminal goals. These include drugs that facilitate sexual assaults and robberies and those found in medical child abuse and drug-product tampering. More than 230 case studies illustrate both unintentional and intentional poisoning and highlight situations where poisoning may not immediately be apparent. Information is included in pertinent criminal poisoning cases to illustrate the temperament of poisoners their relationship to victims their basis for poison selection and their method of administration. Since Poisons is written by a single author the discussions format educational level and terminology remain consistent to aid crime scene investigators homicide detectives forensic scientists death investigators toxicologists medical examiners attorneys and students. The book's more than 650 references are an asset to frame knowledge as well as a resource to return to again and again. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498703826

Poka-yoke (Spanish)Mejorando la Calidad del Producto Evitando los Defectos Muchas cosas pueden ir mal en un entorno de trabajo. Cada dia hay oportunidades para cometer errores que resultaran en defectos. Los defectos son despilfarro y si no se descubren frustran las espectativas del cliente sobre la calidad. Detras del poka-yoke esta la conviccion de que no es aceptable producir incluso un pequeno numero de articulos defectuosos. Durante mas de 200 visitas a fbricas Japonesas Productivity ha presenciado el impacto de simples mecanismos poka-yoke instalados por los propios trabajadores para evitar la ocurrencia de defectos. En este libro 240 ejemplos poka-yoke despertaran su imaginacion para planificar e implantar sistemas de prevencion de errores.Contenido:Errores de proceso Errores de montaje Errores de ensamble Inclusion de items erroneos Errores de insercion Omisiones en montaje Omisiones en proceso Errores de medicion Errores dimensionales Omision de operaciones Errores de operacion Errores de pegado Errores de inspeccion Errores de cableado Errores de pintura Errores de impresion Desalineamientos Errores en preparacion de mquinas Errores de embalaje Desajuste de plantillas y utiles Errores de lavado Problemas miscelaneos Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138464131

Poland Between The SuperpowersSecurity Versus Economic Recovery This book examines the foreign and domestic policies of Poland since World War II in light of the country's relations with the Soviet Union and the United States. Dr. Rachwald focuses on three salient goals of Polish foreign policy: security guaranteed both by alliance with the Soviet Union and by support for the idea of European collective securi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298579

Poland in the Single MarketPolitics economics the euro By all accounts the case of Poland and its segue to market economy and democracy is a success story: 30 years of uninterrupted growth and development infrastructure expansion and modernization of the economy and society. Epochal changes have unfolded in a timespan of merely three decades. Change has taken place so fast that children born in late 1980s and onwards cannot remember what life in Poland under communism was like and cannot relate to it. Also many elderly people easy victims of romanticizing their own youth tend to forget. As a result the uniqueness of Polish transition and transformation the boldness and efficiency of reforms and the success that Polish society mastered together tend to be undermined today both domestically and internationally. Poland has now been a member of the EU for more than 15 years. During that time Poland’s image on the EU scene evolved from newcomer through ‘model child’ champion of growth to – in some respects – a maverick. This volume’s objective is to remind society old and young researchers scholars and practitioners that Poland’s success is an outcome of well-thought out and bold structural reforms implemented in a swift and timely manner of society’s support for these reforms and of third actors’ benign assistance. Looking back on the 30 years since the collapse of communism and at the over 15 years of EU membership this book offers an interdisciplinary comprehensive and critical insight into factors and processes that have led to today’s Poland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249823

Poland Since 1944A Portrait Of Years Much more than a recitation of well-known highlights from contemporary Polish history this invaluable reference work provides a balanced and comprehensive year-by-year treatment of cumulatively powerful events. Jakub Karpiński a prominent Polish intellectual and former dissident incorporates his own insight and analysis of political trends as he Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298586

Poland Within the European UnionNew Awkward Partner or New Heart of Europe? This book examines the first five years of Polish EU membership. The combination of Poland’s potential power as a major and possibly controversial player in both the region and Europe as a whole and the apparent salience of Euroscepticism in domestic electoral politics at the core of the Polish government and party system presented the possibility that Poland would be a ‘new awkward partner’ in Europe. However although Poles may have voted for EU-critical parties in large numbers no ‘Eurosceptic backlash’ has emerged. In fact far from being a ‘new awkward partner’ Poland has tried to portray itself as the ‘new heart of Europe’ and it certainly came to be increasingly perceived as such in Brussels and by its European allies. This book focuses on two linked questions. Firstly what impact has Poland had upon the EU as a new member state? Secondly how has becoming an EU member impacted upon public attitudes towards the EU and Polish domestic politics particularly on its party and electoral politics? Szczerbiak provides the first detailed empirical case study of the impact of Poland’s EU membership on its politics and of Poland's impact on the EU. The book also makes broader theoretical contributions to our understanding of EU relations with its member states. As a result of the above this book will be of interest to students and scholars of European Politics political science and European integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376700

Poland's EU Accession This book examines the process of Poland’s accession negotiations to the European Union between 1998-2003. An empirical study based on Robert Putnam’s two-level game model it charts the influence and role of key domestic actors and groups on the negotiations especially in three critical controversial areas - areas where EU accession threatened to bring about a profound transformation to Polish life - agriculture with particular emphasis on direct payments and production quotas; the purchase of real estate by foreigners; and the free movement of labour. This book demonstrates the complex interaction between the domestic and international level of negotiations and furthermore shows how critical this link can be to negotiation outcomes at the international level. It reveals how susceptible Poland’s negotiation process was to domestic pressure particularly public opinion and interest groups. Drawing heavily on qualitative analysis – such as press releases news wires policy documents as well as quantitative analyses such as the use of opinion polls and supported by in-depth unrestricted interviews with key Polish decision-makers this book examines the dynamics of policy formation in Poland and shows how this translated into the final conditions of accession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481442

Poland's Post-War Dynamic of Migration This title was first published in 2001. The first comprehensive combined socio-economic and political analysis of the trends and mechanisms of international migration from and into Poland since 1945 from the point of view of the forthcoming enlargement of the European Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726543

Poland's Post-War Dynamic of Migration This title was first published in 2001. The first comprehensive combined socio-economic and political analysis of the trends and mechanisms of international migration from and into Poland since 1945 from the point of view of the forthcoming enlargement of the European Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189426

Poland's TransformationA Work in Progress Poland has carried out two peaceful revolutions in the span of one generation: first the self-limiting movement of Solidarity which undermined the legitimacy of Communism and then a negotiated transfer of power from Communism to free market democracy. Today while Poland is seen as a success story and is joining political and economic associations in the democratic West Poles themselves seem downcast. They ask: is social anomie a price worth paying for a successful transformation? In making moral compromises with an outgoing tyranny can one avoid cynicism and disappointment with democracy?Zbigniew Brzezinski professor of American Foreign Policy at Johns Hopkins University has calledPolish Transformation"a work that provides a comprehensive as well as incisive overview of the extraordinary difficult and historically unprecedented process of transforming an increasingly corrupt and decayed totalitarian system into a modern democracy."John Lenczowski director of the Institute of World Politics adds that "this extremely useful volume explains the essential elements of the post-communist political transition in Poland. Its authors convey...the cultural and ideological underpinnings that can be captured only by authorities who have developed over a lifetime that special sixth sense for detecting the elusive and unquantifiable soul of a country."Radek Sikorski the executive director of the New Atlantic Initiative at the American Enterprise Institute writes that "we should be grateful to the authors and editors of this thoughtful volume for asking questions which remain relevant for that uncomfortably large part of humanity that still lives under totalitarian or authoritarian regimes." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138529991

PolandThe Conquest of History Poland pioneered the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe. Domestic reformism and the negotiated abdication of ruling elites in 1989 have structured the country's politics in the 1990s. But the division between the communist and Solidarity camps continues to cause problems for a potential reform coalition aiming to complete modernisation through the restructuring required for EU membership. Secular-Catholic and rural-urban conflicts and well as the growing regional split between the north-west and south-east have fragmented political life and the party system. Nevertheless Poland has made remarkable steps in the consolidation of democracy and the development of her political system whilst maintaining social stability; she is also successfully transcending her historical security dilemma of open western and eastern frontiers and stronger aggressive neighbours by embedding herself in Europe through membership of NATO and the EU. Poland is overcoming her historical problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059678

Polanyi in times of populismVision and contradiction in the history of economic ideas The rise of populism across Europe and the US – first in the wake of the 2008 global financial crisis and then in the shape of Donald Trump’s presidential campaign and the Brexit vote in 2016 – are indicative of a seismic shift in the terrain of economic ideas in public discourse. Settled liberal norms concerning ever-increasing international market expansion and the political integration required to sustain it have been decisively upset by political forces that whilst once on the fringes now dominate economic debate. How might we make sense of this ideological breakdown and what might we hope for next? This book turns to the work of Karl Polanyi for answers developing the expansive historicised approach to political economy that Polanyi pioneered. Holmes provides a wide-ranging history of economic ideas read in terms of a series of hopeful theoretical visions of order in which political social and ecological contradictions could be transcended in one way or another. Through this the book demonstrates that the failing utopian visions of pre-2008 economic orthodoxy which have formed the backdrop to the rise of populism today are only the latest in a series that stretches across economic thought in Western modernity as a whole. This book will interest students and scholars of IPE political science sociology anthropology law and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367904173

Polar MicrobiologyThe Ecology Biodiversity and Bioremediation Potential of Microorganisms in Extremely Cold Environments Pollution has accompanied polar exploration since Captain John Davis’ arrival on the Antarctic continent in 1821 and has become an unavoidable consequence of oil spills in our polar regions. Fortunately many of the organisms indigenous to Polar ecosystems have the ability to degrade pollutants. It is this metabolic capacity that forms the basis for bioremediation as a potential treatment for the hydrocarbons that contaminate the pristine polar environments. The only book to cover the breadth of microbial ecology and diversity in polar regions with an emphasis on bioremediation Polar Microbiology: The Ecology Biodiversity and Bioremediation Potential of Microorganisms in Extremely Cold Environments examines the diversity of polar microorganisms and their ability to degrade petroleum hydrocarbon contaminants in polar terrestrial and aquatic environments. Providing a unique perspective of these microorganisms in extremely cold temperatures the book focuses on their taxonomy physiology biochemistry population structure bioremediation potential and potential for biotechnology applications. Leading investigators in the field provide complete coverage of the microbiology relevant to the study of biodiversity and biodegradation of pollutants in the Arctic and Antarctic including: Microbial extremophiles living in cold and subzero temperature environmentsGenetics and physiology of cold adaptation of microorganismsBiodegradative microbial consortia in a defined closed environmentMolecular characterization of biodegradative microbial populations Molecular approaches to assess biodegradation of petroleum hydrocarbons Environmental impact of hydrocarbon contaminationMicrobial biodiversity across Antarctic desertsBy bringi Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384593

Polar ResearchTo The Present And The Future Highlighting twenty years of U.S. scientific research conducted since the International Geophysical Year (IGY) of 1957-58 this volume marks a turning point in the history of polar investigations and provides a lucid summary of the contributions of many distinguished scientists. The authors provide an overview of major polar research programs past and present; explore concepts derived from highly interrelated aspects of physical and life sciences; and seek to offer a glimpse of future polar science and polar development. The introduction briefly describes major physical biological and interdisciplinary research programs as well as the magnitude extent and international character of contemporary polar science. Twenty years of polar biological investigations are then reviewed and subsequent chapters address principles and advances in meteorology physical oceanography glaciology and the geological evidence that hears on the origin of Antarctica. These physical sciences delineate a matrix for the polar biospheres and provide a background for understanding the major categories of structure and dynamic functioning of the marine ecosystem polar marine mammals adaptational physiology and terrestrial biotic adaptations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283148

Polarimetric Radar ImagingFrom Basics to Applications The recent launches of three fully polarimetric synthetic aperture radar (PolSAR) satellites have shown that polarimetric radar imaging can provide abundant data on the Earth’s environment such as biomass and forest height estimation snow cover mapping glacier monitoring and damage assessment. Written by two of the most recognized leaders in this field Polarimetric Radar Imaging: From Basics to Applications presents polarimetric radar imaging and processing techniques and shows how to develop remote sensing applications using PolSAR imaging radar. The book provides a substantial and balanced introduction to the basic theory and advanced concepts of polarimetric scattering mechanisms speckle statistics and speckle filtering polarimetric information analysis and extraction techniques and applications typical to radar polarimetric remote sensing. It explains the importance of wave polarization theory and the speckle phenomenon in the information retrieval problem of microwave imaging and inverse scattering. The authors demonstrate how to devise intelligent information extraction algorithms for remote sensing applications. They also describe more advanced polarimetric analysis techniques for polarimetric target decompositions polarization orientation effects polarimetric scattering modeling speckle filtering terrain and forest classification manmade target analysis and PolSAR interferometry. With sample PolSAR data sets and software available for download this self-contained hands-on book encourages you to analyze space-borne and airborne PolSAR and polarimetric interferometric SAR (Pol-InSAR) data and then develop applications using this data. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219332

Polarimetric SAR ImagingTheory and Applications Radar polarimetry has been highly sought after for its use in the precise monitoring of Earth's surface. Polarimetric SAR Imaging explains the basic concepts of polarimetry and its diverse applications including: deforestation tree classification landslide detection tsunamis volcano eruptions and ash distribution snow accumulation rice field monitoring urban area exploration ship detection among other applications. The explanations use actual data sets taken by Advanced Land Observing Satellite (ALOS and ALOS2). With the increasing problems presented by climate change there is a growing need for detailed earth observation using polarimetric data. As the treatment of vector nature of radar waves is complex there is a gap between the theory and the application. Polarimetric SAR Imaging: Theory and Applications addresses and fills this gap.   Features: Provides cutting-edge polarimetric applications for earth observation with full color images. Includes detailed descriptions of theory equations expansions and flowcharts and numerous real examples. Explains concepts data analysis and applications in simple and clear language aimed at an intuitive comprehension. Provides specific and unique examples of PolSAR images derived from actual space and airborne systems (ALOS/ALOS2 PiSAR-x/L) Covers the wide range of the radar polarimetry especially the decomposition of the polarimetry data an original method developed by the author using the Japanese polarimetric SAR data Illustrated in full color using images generated by polarimetric techniques this book is easy to understand and use for both student and expert and is an excellent resource both in the classroom and in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367478315

Polarisation Arrogance and DogmatismPhilosophical Perspectives Polarisation intransigence and dogmatism in political and moral debate have in recent years threatened to overwhelm many Western-style democracies where for centuries reasoned argument has been a hallmark feature of tackling disagreement. For many people this marks a worrying deterioration in the moral and political climate threatening to create a divisive environment of "us" versus "them". In this superb collection a team of international contributors examine these pressing issues from a philosophical perspective. Topics explored include: the problem of "deep disagreements"; martial conceptions of argumentation and the motivation to argue to win; epistemic egocentrism; intellectual trust; bullshit and dogmatism; intellectual humility and the internet; epistemic and "tribal" arrogance and authoritarianism; empathy and polarisation; and epistemic rights violations. Polarisation Arrogance and Dogmatism: Philosophical Perspectives will be of great interest to researchers in political philosophy applied and social epistemology ethics and feminist philosophy as well as those working in politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367260859

Polarised Light in Science and Nature This book describes a number of simple methods for showing that light is polarised and determining the direction of vibration. It is based on a demonstration lecture called 'Polar Explorations in Light' developed for young audiences at the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455849

Polarity And WarThe Changing Structure Of International Conflict A fundamental transformation is underway in the structure of the international political system with changes in both the definition and the distribution of power in world politics. But the precise extent of those changes and their implications for the conduct of foreign affairs remain unclear. The contributors to this book draw upon a common data base to provide the most current assessment available of the relationships among power alliance polarity and international conflict in today's emerging world system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283155

Polarized Light Polarized light is a pervasive influence in our world—and scientists and engineers in a variety of fields require the tools to understand measure and apply it to their advantage. Offering an in-depth examination of the subject and a description of its applications Polarized Light Third Edition serves as a comprehensive self-study tool complete with an extensive mathematical analysis of the Mueller matrix and coverage of Maxwell’s equations. Links Historical Developments to Current Applications and Future Innovations This book starts with a general description of light and continues with a complete exploration of polarized light including how it is produced and its practical applications. The author incorporates basic topics such as polarization by refraction and reflection polarization elements anisotropic materials polarization formalisms (Mueller–Stokes and Jones) and associated mathematics and polarimetry or the science of polarization measurement. New to the Third Edition: A new introductory chapter Chapters on: polarized light in nature and form birefringence A review of the history of polarized light and a chapter on the interference laws of Fresnel and Arago—both completely re-written A new appendix on conventions used in polarized light New graphics and black-and-white photos and color plates Divided into four parts this book covers the fundamental concepts and theoretical framework of polarized light. Next it thoroughly explores the science of polarimetry followed by discussion of polarized light applications. The author concludes by discussing how our polarized light framework is applied to physics concepts such as accelerating charges and quantum systems. Building on the solid foundation of the first two editions this book reorganizes and updates existing material on fundamentals theory polarimetry and applications. It adds new chapters graphics and color photos as well as a new appendix on conventions used in polarized light. As a result the author has re-established this book’s lofty status in the pantheon of literature on this important field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315217789

Polarized Light and Optical Systems Polarized Light and Optical Systems presents polarization optics for undergraduate and graduate students in a way which makes classroom teaching relevant to current issues in optical engineering. This curriculum has been developed and refined for a decade and a half at the University of Arizona’s College of Optical Sciences. Polarized Light and Optical Systems provides a reference for the optical engineer and optical designer in issues related to building polarimeters designing displays and polarization critical optical systems. The central theme of Polarized Light and Optical Systems is a unifying treatment of polarization elements as optical elements and optical elements as polarization elements. Key Features Comprehensive presentation of Jones calculus and Mueller calculus with tables and derivations of the Jones and Mueller matrices for polarization elements and polarization effects Classroom-appropriate presentations of polarization of birefringent materials thin films stress birefringence crystal polarizers liquid crystals and gratings Discussion of the many forms of polarimeters their trade-offs data reduction methods and polarization artifacts Exposition of the polarization ray tracing calculus to integrate polarization with ray tracing Explanation of the sources of polarization aberrations in optical systems and the functional forms of these polarization aberrations Problem sets to build students’ problem-solving capabilities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498700566

Polarized Light and the Mueller Matrix Approach An Up-to-Date Compendium on the Physics and Mathematics of Polarization Phenomena Polarized Light and the Mueller Matrix Approach thoroughly and cohesively integrates basic concepts of polarization phenomena from the dual viewpoints of the states of polarization of electromagnetic waves and the transformations of these states by the action of material media. Through selected examples it also illustrates actual and potential applications in materials science biology and optics technology. The book begins with the basic concepts related to two- and three-dimensional polarization states. It next describes the nondepolarizing linear transformations of the states of polarization through the Jones and Mueller–Jones approaches. The authors then discuss the forms and properties of the Jones and Mueller matrices associated with different types of nondepolarizing media address the foundations of the Mueller matrix and delve more deeply into the analysis of the physical parameters associated with Mueller matrices. The authors proceed to interpret arbitrary decomposition and other interesting parallel decompositions as well as compare the powerful serial decompositions of depolarizing Mueller matrix M. They also analyze the general formalism and specific algebraic quantities and notions related to the concept of differential Mueller matrix. The book concludes with useful approaches that provide a geometric point of view on the polarization effects exhibited by different types of media. Suitable for novices and more seasoned professionals this book covers the main aspects of polarized radiation and polarization effects of material media. It expertly combines physical and mathematical concepts with important approaches for representing media through equivalent systems composed of simple components. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482251555

Polarons and BipolaronsAn Introduction This book provides a comprehensive review of the subject of polaron and a thorough account of the sophisticated theories of the polaron. It explains the concept of the polaron physics in as simple a manner as possible and presents the theoretical techniques and mathematical derivations in great detail. Anybody who follows this book will develop a solid command over the subject both conceptually and technically and will be in a position to contribute to this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482244885

Polder PoliticsThe Re-Invention of Consensus Democracy in the Netherlands This title was first published in 2001: Under the name of the "polder model" the Dutch model of democracy has received favourable attention from journalists administrators and political leaders. This book presents a thorough analysis of Dutch democracy as a specimen of consensus democracy. The Dutch administrative tradition of consensus consultation and compromise is reflected in current trends towards networks and new interactive technologies. This insightful account is an excellent resource for courses on European studies comparative politics public policy and administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315203164

Poled Polymers and Their Applications to SHG and EO Devices Poled polymers doped with nonlinear optically active chromophores combine the large second order nonlinearity of the dopant dye molecules with the optical quality of the polymer. The material design flexibility afforded to doped polymers makes them attractive in a large variety of devices and applications. This book addresses the critical science and technology issues in the development and application of poled polymers with an emphasis on the stabilization of poled polymers and their special applications to second harmonic generation (SHG) and electro-optic (EO) devices. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078197

Polemical PapersEssays on the Philosophy of Life and Death First published in 1997 this valuable volume is a collection of previously published clear non-technical essays brought together in this volume on a wide range of polemical topics including war and peace love and sex and life and its meanings. Written between 1979 and 1994 the papers lucidly approach human questions which are of issues to both academic philosophers and the wider popular audience. Jenny Teichman’s polemics have been written with wit and gusto and her writing displays a talent for puncturing the pretensions of highly reputable thinkers and landing some well-placed blows. Much amusement can be derived from this book along with much instruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332270

PolemicCritical or Uncritical These new essays by leading scholars examine some famous and less well-known instances of polemical encounters. The essays are enhanced by an interview with Gayatri Spivak specially conducted by Jane Gallop for this volume Historically rigorous theoretically astute and sometimes wickedly funny Polemic makes criticism a critical issue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203020302

PolemicLanguage as Violence in Medieval and Early Modern Discourse If terms are associated with particular historical periods then ’polemic’ is firmly rooted within early modern print culture the apparently inevitable result of religious controversy and the rise of print media. Taking a broad European approach this collection brings together specialists on medieval as well as early modern culture in order to challenge stubborn assumptions that medieval culture was homogenous and characterized by consensus; and that literary discourse is by nature ’eirenic’. Instead the volume shows more clearly the continuities and discontinuities especially how medieval discourse on the sins of the tongue continued into early modern discussion; how popular and influential medieval genres such as sermons and hagiography dealt with potentially heterodox positions; and the role of literary especially fictional debate in developing modes of articulating discord as well as demonstrating polemic in action in political and ecclesiastical debate. Within this historical context the position of early modern debates as part of a more general culture of articulating discord becomes more clearly visible. The structure of the volume moves from an internal textual focus where the nature of polemic can be debated through a middle section where these concerns are also played out in social practice to a more historical group investigating applied polemic. In this way a more nuanced view is provided of the meaning role and effect of ’polemic’ both broadly across time and space and more narrowly within specific circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472425065

Poles Apart CbSolidarity and The New Poland First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995024

Poles Apart PbSolidarity and The New Poland First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315799919

Poli Sci FiAn Introduction to Political Science through Science Fiction Poli Sci Fi: An Introduction to Political Science through Science Fiction allows readers students and instructors to explore the multiple worlds of science fiction while gaining a firm grasp of core political science concepts. This carefully composed text is comprised of sixteen brief chapters each of which takes a prominent science fiction film or television episode and uses it to explore fundamental components of political science. The book is designed to serve as a supplemental text for undergraduate political science courses especially Introduction to Political Science. The structure and content of the volume is shaped around the organization and coverage of several leading texts in this area and includes major parts devoted to theory and epistemology political behavior institutions identity states and inter-state relations. Its emphasis on science fiction—and particularly on popular movies and television programs—speaks to the popularity of the genre as well as the growing understanding that popular culture can be an extraordinarily successful vehicle for communicating difficult yet foundational concepts especially to introductory level college students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639775

Police Administration This national best-selling text examines police administration from multiple perspectives: a systems perspective (emphasizing the interrelatedness among units and organizations); a traditional structural perspective (administrative principles management functions and the importance of written guidelines); a human behavioral perspective (the human element in organizations); and a strategic management perspective (communications and information systems performance evaluation strategies and tactics and prevailing and promising approaches to increasing effectiveness of police agencies). Coverage of management functions and organizational principles is streamlined while providing a stronger emphasis on diversity principles and on developing police agencies as learning organizations. A concluding chapter covers contemporary issues including community engagement collaboration privatization globalization police legitimacy police diversity predictive policing police technology evidence-based policing learning organizations emotional intelligence (EQ) and servant leadership. Case studies based on real-life events invite students to practice managing the conflicting circumstances and Modern Policing blog posts offer news and developments in the policing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389236

Police and Law Enforcement Ethics This new collection is a contribution to the literature on police ethics specifically the philosophical literature on ethical issues that arise in police enforcement of the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472441102

Police and Military DogsCriminal Detection Forensic Evidence and Judicial Admissibility It is essential that those in the criminal justice system understand the tasks that police dogs perform and the evidence that their work produces. Police and Military Dogs: Criminal Detection Forensic Evidence and Judicial Admissibility examines the use of police and military dogs for a wide variety of functions and explores canine biology and behavior as it applies to police work.The book begins with an overview of the changes that have occurred in the field in the past four decades as discoveries have been made about canine capabilities. The author examines how a canine handler’s work with a skilled police dog canaffect the subsequent investigation and prosecution of the crime. He discusses optimal procedures for finding and processing evidence and describes the boundaries of admissibility of evidence produced by police dogs. The book examines themany diverse detection functions police dogs are being trained to perform ranging from cadaver detection to the discovery of explosives. It also describes the use of dogs to apprehend criminals and in search and rescue operations.Written for a wide audience including canine handlers forensic scientists attorneys and the judiciary this volume covers topics pertinent to all aspects of the police dog in contemporary law enforcement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866556

Police and Policing in the Twentieth Century Between the mid-nineteenth century and the present the British police gained and to a large extent maintained a reputation as the 'best in the world' largely due to their ability to maintain order through consent rather than coercion. Much recent research however has pointed out that the label 'golden age' is an over-simplification of British policing in this period. This volume reprints a series of the most up-to-date and relevant articles which deal with: the ways that police organisation was structured and reformed; the nature of the policing task in this period; who carried this task out (with particular attention to the arrival of policewomen); and some of the crises and ongoing areas of concern (such as the policing of prostitution) which they faced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629542

Police and Policing Law This collection of essays focuses on law and society research examining how police manage the job put to them and the extent to which the law figures in what they do. In step with law and society scholarship many of the articles are empirical explorations of the ways in which law enforcement workson the ground in a variety of policing contexts ranging from patrol to police interrogation. The collection also includes an introduction outlining the broad scope of police research across the socio-legal tradition as well as a selection of essays evaluating police discretion in the areas of race and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391074

Police and Profiling in the United StatesApplying Theory to Criminal Investigations Traditionally criminal profiling texts have focused exclusively on the technicalities of conducting an investigation but recent developments in criminal justice have encouraged greater consideration of the related fields of psychiatry forensics and sociology. Highlighting the current paradigm shift in criminology towards a cross-disciplinary understanding of behavior Police and Profiling in the United States: Applying Theory to Criminal Investigations provides investigators with the insight necessary to view events data and evidence in the context of contemporary theory. Topics include: Classical and determinist views on criminal behavior and social theories on crime Inductive and deductive logic and the dangers of fallacies in logical reasoning Childhood deviant behaviors and research on the historical search for an explanation of criminal behavior Developing typologies based on different criminal characteristics Sexually based offenses serial and rage killings and hero complex killers The critical role of crime scenes in investigations and the Locard exchange principle The value of geographic profiling in solving crimes and modern approaches such as COMPSTAT Balancing the role of victims in crime solving with concern for their well-being The book concludes with scintillating profiles of 13 of the most notorious serial killers. Written in a practical and approachable manner this book enables investigators to combine theory instinct and hunches with contemporary technology to construct a solid criminal profile. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466504356

Police and Society in Brazil In Brazil where crime is closely associated with social inequality and failure of the criminal justice system the police are considered by most to be corrupt inefficient and violent especially when occupying poor areas and they lack the widespread legitimacy enjoyed by police forces in many nations in the northern hemisphere. This text covers hot-button issues like urban pacification squads gangs and drugs as well as practical topics such as policy dual civil and military models and gender relations. The latest volume in the renowned Advances in Police Theory and Practice Series Police and Society in Brazil fills a gap in English literature about policing in a nation that currently ranks sixth in number of homicides. It is a must-read for criminal justice practitioners as well as students of international policing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878313

Police and the Unarmed Black Male CrisisAdvancing Effective Prevention Strategies Presenting both historical and contemporary discussions and coverage this book provides an in-depth and critical analysis of police brutality and the killing of unarmed black males in the United States of America. Within the book contributors cover five key areas: the historical context and contemporary evidence of police brutality of unarmed black people in the USA; the impact of police aggression on blacks’ well-being; novel strategies for prevention and intervention; the advancement of a cordial relationship between police and black communities; and how best to equip the next generation of scholars and professionals. Each contributor provides a simple-to-understand thought-provoking and creative recommendation to address the perennial social ill of police brutality of black males making this book an excellent resource for students scholars and professionals across disciplinary spectrums. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234973

Police Cooperation and Sovereignty in the EUNorway’s Lessons for Europe The State and the police are traditionally seen as closely connected phenomena. Today however rapid EU legal developments mean that European police forces are no longer tied to a specific national legal context or a specific territory in the way they used to be. Norway is not a member of the EU. Or is it? This book shows that although it lacks formal membership status Norway has become part of almost all of the major EU police cooperation measures and agreements. Not only does this mean that foreign police forces may operate on Norwegian territory and vice versa but in addition a wide range of EU regulations and cooperation instruments are incorporated directly into Norwegian law. With the increased focus on international and transnational police cooperation in mind what does it mean to be a sovereign state in Europe today? This book combines strong legal and theoretical analyses of a specific national system to show how this country is tied to and dependent on a wider international and supranational system of legal rules technologies and concepts. This makes the book relevant not only for the Norwegian prosecution and police authorities but also for readers outside Norway interested in exploring how and whether the police as a modern state function has changed through the implementation of international cross-border cooperation mechanisms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588748

Police Corruption and Police Reforms in Developing Societies Much of the literature on police corruption and police reforms is dominated by case studies of societies classified as developed. However under the influence of globalization developing societies have become a focal point of scholarly interest and examination. Police Corruption and Police Reforms in Developing Societies provides critical analyses of the extent and nature of police corruption and misconduct in developing societies. It also examines police reform measures that have been implemented or are still necessary to control and mitigate the effects of police corruption in developing societies.This book offers a comprehensive and authoritative account of the causes and consequences of police corruption. It also relates lessons learned from police reform efforts that have been made in a wide cross section of developing societies spanning several continents.The book is divided into five sections covering:Theoretical and analytical perspectives on police corruption and police reforms including the role of the rule of law and training as a reform toolCase studies on African societiesCase studies on societies in Asia and the PacificCase studies on societies in Latin America and the CaribbeanA concluding chapter containing thorough summaries of all other chapters for quick scanning and referencePolice Corruption and Police Reforms in Developing Societies is a significant contribution to shifting attention from the dominance of developed societies in the literature on police corruption and police reforms. It also bridges the gap between research and practice with an editor and contributors who bring a wealth of practical experience to their analyses. Their combined efforts in this book provide new insights on the problem of police corruption in developing societies as well as approaches and challenges to police reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598136

Police Corruption in Comparative PerspectiveBuilding Trust in the Police in India and China How has rapid economic modernization in China and India impacted upon policing? To what extent are the two police forces trusted by its citizens? Do the police carry out their duties in a fair and unbiased fashion? What does police corruption look like and why does it persist? And what are the influencing factors in decision-making at the moments-of-truth? Filling the lacuna of research into the police in China and India this book offers a unique comparative study of the prevalence nature and organization of police corruption in these countries. This book provides key insights into the relationships between rapid economic modernisation urbanisation and crime and its effects on police organisational culture and behaviour as well as on ethical decision making. Moreover this book performs an audit on which country is better placed to tackle corruption and professionalise their police service. It offers a major contribution to comparative research on criminal justice. It is essential reading for all policing scholars and will be of interest to students of criminology social and political sciences development studies Asian studies and post-colonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321567

Police Corruption in the NYPDFrom Knapp to Mollen Police Corruption in the NYPD: From Knapp to Mollen explores how the New York Police Department experienced two major investigations within a quarter of a century. It compares the states of corruption within the NYPD during the Knapp and Mollen commissions examining why corruption continued and why the revealed ethical breaches became more serious. It also discusses how corruption was enhanced even after accountability and responsibility were assigned to department administration. The book gives in-depth discussions of the Knapp and Mollen reports and relates the history and relevance of efforts to combat corruption and to improve police practices. It uses empirical data from interviews and current NYPD recruit training documents as reference materials in examining police practices. It also identifies failures of leadership that contributed to the systemic ethical degeneration of the NYPD. Police Corruption in the NYPD goes beyond the training of ethics and enforcement by delving into the departmental failures that permit officers to develop from being merely unethical to becoming criminals. By presenting and analyzing theories of corruption from current authorities it lays a foundation for critical discussion and comparison between commissions as well as current department ethical training and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498721530

Police CorruptionExploring Police Deviance and Crime Policing and corruption are inseparable. This book argues that corruption is not one thing but covers many deviant and criminal practices in policing which also shift over time. It rejects the 'bad apple' metaphor and focuses on 'bad orchards' meaning not individual but institutional failure. For in policing the organisation work and culture foster can encourage corruption. This raises issues as to why do police break the law and crucially 'who controls the controllers'? Corruption is defined in a broad multi-facetted way. It concerns abuse of authority and trust; and it takes serious form in conspiracies to break the law and to evade exposure when cops can become criminals. Attention is paid to typologies of corruption (with grass-eaters meat-eaters noble-cause); the forms corruption takes in diverse environments; the pathways officers take into corruption and their rationalisations; and to collusion in corruption from within and without the organization. Comparative analyses are made of corruption scandal and reform principally in the USA UK and the Netherlands. The work examines issues of control accountability and the new institutions of oversight. It provides a fresh accessible overview of this under-researched topic for students academics police and criminal justice officials and members of oversight agencies. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843927303

Police CorruptionPreventing Misconduct and Maintaining Integrity While many police officers undertake their work conforming to the highest ethical standards the fact remains that unethical police conduct continues to be a recurring problem around the world. With examples from a range of jurisdictions Police Corruption: Preventing Misconduct and Maintaining Integrity examines the causes of police misconduct and explores applied strategies designed to maximize ethical conduct and identify and prevent corruption.Analyzes the roots of corruptionIntroducing the phenomenon of police officer misconduct the book provides an analysis of unethical behavior its effects and different causal factors. The author examines the impact on the community and the police themselves the dilemma of establishing universal ethical principles and ways of identifying and measuring misconduct problems. The remainder of the text examines applied strategies designed to maximize ethical conduct and prevent corruption. A myriad of proven strategiesExploring a wide range of approaches the book discusses best practices in the recruitment of ethical applicants strategies for dealing with misconduct risk reduction strategies and early warning and intervention systems along with advanced strategies such as drug and alcohol testing integrity tests and the use of covert surveillance. The text also explores the role of independent external oversight bodies that audit police strategies and conduct their own investigation. The final chapter on ethical leadership emphasizes the need to go beyond a checklist of rules with leadership that values requires and models integrity in all aspects of police work. Examples from around the worldTaking a global approach this volume recognizes that policing is prone to the same potential problems of corruption and misconduct everywhere in the world. Highlighting Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866013

Police Courts in Nineteenth-Century Scotland Volume 1Magistrates Media and the Masses Taking the form of two companion volumes Police Courts in Nineteenth-Century Scotland represents the first major investigation into the administration experience impact and representation of summary justice in Scottish towns c.1800 to 1892. Each volume explores diverse but complementary themes relating to judicial practices relationships experiences and discourses through the lens of the same subject matter: the police court. Volume 1 with the subtitle Magistrates Media and the Masses provides an institutional social and cultural history of the establishment development and practice of police courts. It explores their rise purpose and internal workings and how justice was administered and experienced by those who attended them in a variety of roles. Special attention is given to examining how courtroom discourse was represented in print culture the role of the media in providing a discursive commentary on summary justice and the ways in which magistrates and the police engaged in a law and order dialogue with the press. Throughout consideration is given to uncovering the relationship between magistrates the courts the police and the wider community and to charting the implications of the rise of summary justice and the ’police-man’ state for the urban masses (as evidenced through prosecution conviction and punishment patterns). Volume 2 with the subtitle Boundaries Behaviours and Bodies explores through themed case studies how police courts shaped conceptual spatial temporal and commercial boundaries by regulating every-day activities pastimes and cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409442455

Police Courts in Nineteenth-Century Scotland Volume 2Boundaries Behaviours and Bodies Volume 2 of this two-volume companion study into the administration experience impact and representation of summary justice in Scotland explores the role of police courts in moulding cultural ideas social behaviours and urban environments in the nineteenth century. Whereas Volume 1 subtitled Magistrates Media and the Masses analysed the establishment development and practice of police courts Volume 2 subtitled Boundaries Behaviours and Bodies examines through themed case studies how these civic and judicial institutions shaped conceptual spatial temporal and commercial boundaries by regulating every-day activities pastimes and cultures. As with Volume 1 Boundaries Behaviours and Bodies is attentive to the relationship between magistrates the police the media and the wider community but here the main focus of analysis is on the role and impact of the police courts through their practice on cultural ideas social behaviours and environments in the nineteenth-century city. By intertwining social cultural institutional and criminological analyses this volume examines police courts’ external impact through the matters they treated considering how concepts such as childhood and juvenile behaviour violence and its victims poverty migration health and disease and the regulation of leisure and trade were assessed and ultimately affected by judicial practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472449672

Police CultureThemes and Concepts Police culture has for over half a century attracted interest from academics students policy-makers police institutions and the general public. However the literature of this area has proven to be diverse sprawling and prone to contradiction which has led to an enthralling yet intricate body of knowledge that whilst continuing to provoke interest and debate has largely escaped any wider commentary. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the area of police culture primarily by situating it in the context of the literature of organisational culture. From this starting point the idea of police culture is developed as an occupationally-situated response to the uniqueness of the police role and one in which our understanding is at times hindered by the challenges of definitional operational and analytical concerns. The book then charts the development of our understanding of the concept through traditional explanations to the contemporary highlighting in turn the tensions that exist between the elements of continuity in the police world and those of change. Police culture: themes and concepts draws on research from the 1950s to the 21st century from the UK USA and elsewhere to show how the historical trajectory of police work from its early origins through to the late modern present have imbued it with a complexity that is undermined by deterministic explanations that seek to simplify the social world of the police officer. This book will be of interest to academics and students studying the sociology of policing as well as criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502597

Police CustodyGovernance Legitimacy and Reform in the Criminal Justice Process Police custody acts as an important gateway to the criminal justice process. Much is at stake here for both staff and suspects as what happens in police custody can have important consequences further down the line. This book offers a timely contribution to research on police custody which has been largely neglected for the last decade and it is the first to examine the growing role given to civilians employed by the police or by private security companies within police custody areas. The book draws on a mixed-method study of two custody areas one publicly-run and the other largely privately-run. This empirical analysis explores anew suspects’ experiences of police custody from arrest to charge including their access to due process rights such as phone calls legal advice and detention reviews as well as shedding light on the hitherto unexplored working relationships between the police civilian police staff (public and private) legal advisers doctors appropriate adults and drug workers. These findings on the police custody process are used to examine pertinent socio-legal and theoretical matters connected to due process the role of the police in policing as well as procedural justice and legitimacy. The book integrates issues which are topical and of utmost empirical theoretical and political significance meaning that it is likely to have a broad appeal to students academics practitioners and policy-makers with an interest in the criminal justice process policing and the sociology of law. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9780415627757

Police Detectives in History 1750–1950 While the history of the uniformed police has prompted considerable research the historical study of police detectives has been largely neglected; confined for the most part to a chapter or a brief mention in books dealing with the development of the police in general. The collection redresses this imbalance. Investigating themes central to the history of detection such as the inchoate distinction between criminals and detectives the professionalisation of detective work and the establishment of colonial police forces the book provides a the first detailed examination of detectives as an occupational group with a distinct occupational culture. Essays discuss the complex relationship between official and private law enforcers and examine the ways in which the FBI in the U.S.A. and the Gestapo in Nazi Germany operated as instruments of state power. The dynamic interaction between the fictional and the real life image of the detective is also explored. Expanding on themes and approaches introduced in recent academic research of police history the comparative studies included in this collection provide new insights into the development of both plain-clothes policing and law enforcement in general illuminating the historical importance of bureaucratic and administrative changes that occurred within the state system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246611

Police EthicsThe Corruption of Noble Cause Police Ethics Fourth Edition provides an analysis of corruption in law enforcement organizations. The authors argue that the noble cause—a commitment to “doing something about bad people”—is a central “ends-based” police ethic. This fundamental principle of police ethics can paradoxically open the way to community polarization and increased violence however when officers violate the law on behalf of personally held moral values. This book is about the power that police use to do their work and how it can lead police to abuse their positions at the individual and organizational levels. It provides students of policing with a realistic understanding of the kinds of problems they will confront in the practice of police work. This timely new edition offers police administrators direction for developing agency-wide corruption prevention strategies and a re-written chapter further expands our level of understanding of corruption by covering the Model of Circumstantial Corruptibility in detail. The fourth edition also discusses critical ethical issues relating to the relationship between police departments and minority communities including Black Lives Matter and other activist groups. In the post-Ferguson environment this is a crucial text for students academicians and law enforcement professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061170

Police in SchoolsAn Evidence-based Look at the Use of School Resource Officers This co-authored book critically reviews existing literature on school resource officer (SRO) programs and presents a thorough evaluation of an SRO program offered by Peel Regional Police in Ontario Canada. The implementation of a SRO program is a controversial response to school violence and safety issues. While some call for an increased use of police in schools others are pushing to remove police from schools or at least to end their involvement in routine discipline. Though many SRO programs exist around the world little systematic research has been conducted on the topic. The study reported in this book represents the largest and most comprehensive assessment of such programs to date. The research by Duxbury and Bennell indicates that SRO programs can provide real value for students school staff policing organizations and society but benefits rely on having programs that are well-designed that the right officers are selected for SRO roles and that the initiative has support from major stakeholders. Given the current conversations regarding the costs and benefits of having police officers in schools there is a clear need to determine the value that investment in these types of proactive policing programs creates. The book provides researchers SROs police agencies school boards school administrators teachers parents and students with information about: the activities that SROs are involved in how SROs can collaborate with schools to create safe learning environments and whether (and how) such programs benefit the police schools students and society. Easy-to-digest charts facilitate understanding and anonymized reflections from SROs school staff and students are presented throughout the book to provide context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198855

Police in the Age of Improvement The study of police history in Scotland has largely been neglected. Little is known about the Scottish police's origins development and character despite growing interest in the machinery of law enforcement in other parts of the United Kingdom. This book seeks to remedy this deficiency. Based on extensive archival research its central aim is to provide an in-depth analysis of the economic social intellectual and political factors that shaped police reform development and policy in Scottish burghs during the 'Age of Improvement'. The key issues addressed include: the workings of traditional forms of law enforcement and why these were increasingly deemed to be unsuitable by the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries; why and in what ways the pattern nature and origins of police development in urban Scotland differed from elsewhere in Britain; in what ways the Scottish police model compared and contrasted with other British models; the impact of police reform on urban governance and the struggle between social groups for control of the local state; the concerns and priorities behind police policy. In addressing these questions Police in the Age of Improvement moves beyond many of the 'problem-response' interpretations which have preoccupied many police historians and locates reform within the wider contexts of urban improvement municipal administration and Scottish Enlightenment thought. It will be essential reading for anyone interested in the history of policing urban management and social change in the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627771

Police Integrity in South Africa Policing in South Africa has gained notoriety through its extensive history of oppressive law enforcement. In 1994 as the country’s apartheid system was replaced with a democratic order the new government faced the significant challenge of transforming the South African police force into a democratic police agency—the South African Police Service (SAPS)—that would provide unbiased policing to all the country’s people. More than two decades since the initiation of the reforms it appears that the SAPS has rapidly developed a reputation as a police agency beset by challenges to its integrity. This book offers a unique perspective by providing in-depth analyses of police integrity in South Africa. It is a case study that systematically and empirically explores the contours of police integrity in a young democracy. Using the organizational theory of police integrity the book analyzes the complex set of historical legal political social and economic circumstances shaping police integrity. A discussion of the theoretical framework is accompanied by the results of a nationwide survey of nearly 900 SAPS officers probing their familiarity with official rules their expectations of discipline within the SAPS and their willingness to report misconduct. The book also examines the influence of the respondents’ race gender and supervisory status on police integrity. Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars of criminology policing sociology political science as well as to police administrators interested in expanding their knowledge about police integrity and enhancing it in their organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639652

Police Integrity Management in AustraliaGlobal Lessons for Combating Police Misconduct In the past two decades Australia has been the site of major police misconduct scandals and inquiries leading to reform initiatives at the cutting edge of police integrity management practices. Presenting interviews with key informants and an analysis of key documents Police Integrity Management in Australia: Global Lessons for Combating Police Misconduct offers a comprehensive study conducted from 2008 to 2010 of strategies and systems in Australia. Providing a rare overview and critique of a full suite of policies institutions and programs adopted to combat misconduct in policing this volume: Outlines the global problem of police misconduct and its effects Summarizes current knowledge about best practices in the field the reality of corruption in Australia and the reform agenda that has driven major change and experimentation Presents current integrity strategies in place in Australia covering the rationales evidence of effectiveness and difficulties Explores undercover stings drug and alcohol testing mediation of complaints ethics training and regulating the police use of force Organized logically for ease of navigation each chapter contains an "Emerging Issues" section highlighting some of the more promising and/or innovative integrity strategies as well as looming concerns and ethical issues. The book concludes with an overall evaluation of the data presented in the body of the book assessing the strengths and weaknesses of the Australian system and the implications for adoption of these strategies in other police departments around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866945

Police Investigative Interviews and InterpretingContext Challenges and Strategies Police interviews with suspects and witnesses provide some of the most significant evidence in criminal investigations. Frequently challenging they require special training and skills. This interaction process is further complicated when the suspect or witness does not speak the same language as the interviewer. A professional reference that can be used in police training or in any venue where an interpreter is used Police Investigative Interviews and Interpreting: Context Challenges and Strategies provides solutions for the range of interview demands found in today’s multilingual environments. Topics include:What interpreting is the skills required and the role of interpreters in any job contextInvestigative interviewing in law enforcementConcerns about interpreter intervention and its impact on interview outcomesThe value of word-based over meaning-based interpretation in police and legal contextsNonlinguistic factors that can have an impact on the interpreting process The book explores the multi-faceted dynamics of conducting investigative interviews via interpreters and examines current investigative interviewing paradigms. It offers strategies to help interpreters and law enforcement officers and provides examples of interpreted interview excerpts to enable understanding. Although the subject matter and the examples in this book are largely limited to police interview settings the underlying rationale applies to other professional areas that rely on interviews to collect information including customs procedures employer-employee interviews and insurance claim investigations.This book is part of the CRC Press Advances in Police Theory and Practice Series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870126

Police Leadership and AdministrationA 21st-Century Strategic Approach William Walsh and Gennaro Vito have adapted the strategic management process to the police organizational world in this innovative new text Police Leadership and Administration: A 21st-Century Approach. Focusing principally on the police executive this book covers pioneering management techniques for leaders facing the challenges of today’s complex environment providing the police practitioner instruction in planning setting direction developing strategy assessing internal and external environments creating learning organizations and managing and evaluating the change process. It also tackles how to handle the political economic social and technical considerations that differ from one community to the next. Police Leadership and Administration trains individuals to search for solutions rather than relying on old formulas and scientific management principles. It shows how to tailor responses to the unique problems and issues that professionals are likely to face in the field of law enforcement providing a foundation with which to adapt to an ever-changing criminal justice climate. This book is essential for forward-thinking police leadership courses in colleges and professional training programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373018

Police Leadership in a DemocracyConversations with America's Police Chiefs Every day the media floods the airwaves with their often-contradictory version of the role and behavior of the police force. Based on this you might think that police officers either brutally enforce their own interpretation of the nation‘s laws or use all the modern tools available to carefully and persistently uncover the special clues that lead to the identification and arrest of suspected criminals. Based on interviews with 26 police chiefs Police Leadership in a Democracy: Conversations with America‘s Police Chiefs takes a poignant journey through the minds of the men and women who have risen to the top of a profession essential to the country‘s safety and security. The book‘s interview format gives a voice to police chiefs from cities and regions as diverse as Newark New Jersey; Lenexa Kansas; and Richmond California. They discuss their visions for their departments and the challenges they faced bringing that vision to fruition including mistakes made along the way. The chiefs speak candidly about their relationships with mayors unions community leaders and their own officers. Highlighting the importance of these inherently challenging relationships chiefs assess their strengths and in some cases their failures. They explain their approaches to working with the community to reduce crime and the difficulties involved in gaining support for these community policing efforts. Though their jurisdictions were different the chiefs universally recognized the fundamental need to develop and support their police officers while building strong relationships between the community and the political structure of the city. Opening a window to the day-to-day realities of police leadership this book offers a realistic view of the challenges of motivating street cops to enforce the law in a way that helps citizens build trust in it and in them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458666

Police Liability and Risk ManagementTorts Civil Rights and Employment Law Law enforcement agencies and their employees are continually at risk for potential liability related to torts civil rights violations and employment law issues. Litigation may involve suits by the public against officers and the administration actions by the administration against officers or actions by officers against the administration or members of the public they serve. Knowledge of these risks and understanding how they arise are essential to law enforcement officers administrators and their legal counsel.Police Liability and Risk Management: Torts Civil Rights and Employment Law is written by an attorney and a 34-year law enforcement veteran who knows his way around the streets and the courtroom. Dr. Robert J. Girod combines decades of teaching and practical experience with legal and academic education to compile this practical source of case law and risk management principles. The book is designed to help law enforcement professionals reduce police liability and avoid the risk of litigation—or in the event a lawsuit does arise—to manage liability and defend themselves. In our litigious society suits involving the law enforcement community are becoming a more common occurrence and can destroy an officer’s career or cast a pall on an entire department. By understanding the laws governing these types of issues law enforcement professionals are better able to monitor the sources of liability and implement risk management strategies to shield their policies practices procedures and protocols from the danger of liability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466593121

Police MilitarizationUnderstanding the Perspectives of Police Chiefs Administrators and Tactical Officers The increased militarization of the police in the United States has been a topic of controversy for decades brought to the public eye in notable events such as the Los Angeles Police Department’s use of battering rams in the 1980s and the siege of the Weaver family at Ruby Ridge Idaho in the 1990s among others. The issue of police militarism has been back at the forefront of criminal justice policy discussions in the wake of the militaristic police response to the protests that took place after the fatal shooting of Michael Brown by a police officer in Ferguson Missouri in 2014. This book examines the issue of militarization in a post-Ferguson environment from the perspective of those inside policing.Drawing from a variety of data—including historical analysis of newspaper articles to examine the use of firearms in policing; original data from police respondents attending the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s National Academy in Quantico Virginia; interviews with police chiefs and tactical officers regarding their direct experiences; and a sample of National Academy attendees reporting on the deployment of patrol rifles in policing—this work provides a nuanced look at police militarization that will inform future conceptual discussions and empirical research into the phenomenon. Considerations identified for police policy-makers include politics media leadership and marketing. These themes are explored in detail suggesting multiple dimensions both theoretical and empirical to better understand policing and policy making this book an excellent resource for students scholars and professionals in law enforcement political science and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857141

Police Misconduct Complaint Investigations Manual The Police Misconduct Complaint Investigations Manual provides a timely and unique step-by-step approach to conducting or reviewing police misconduct investigations whether a complaint involves a lower-level allegation of discourtesy or more serious concerns such as excessive force or criminal behavior. Utilizing real-life examples and updated case law to illustrate points it provides best practices for investigating police action resulting in misconduct complaints. The Manual’s comprehensive approach includes detailed procedures and policy considerations from intake through case closure and discusses data tracking reporting on trends selecting and training investigative staff civilian oversight and a host of special issues that can arise with police misconduct complaints. The Manual is suitable for both sworn personnel and civilians handling or reviewing investigations and whether working internally for a police department or externally in oversight or another capacity. The guidance provides detailed examples of witness interview questions and types of evidence to collect with discussion on making difficult credibility determinations and approaches to analyzing the information gathered to arrive at a recommended finding. Review questions are found at the end of most chapters for use in academic or investigative training environments. Police officers engaged in the often complex and challenging work of public safety deserve and expect objective thorough and timely handling of complaints. Complainants and other stakeholders seek accountability and transparency when an officer behaves in a way that raises questions about their professionalism. The Complaint Investigations Manual provides instruction on handling misconduct complaints in a manner that will ensure the goals of law enforcement and stakeholders are met. The authors intentionally use a broad approach to make the Manual relevant and easy to use by law enforcement personnel civilians in oversight or other capacities who work on police misconduct matters and the criminal justice academic community. It is a critical primer for internal affairs investigators police managers law enforcement leaders auditing professionals civilian oversight practitioners government representatives community advocates criminal and social justice students and all others in pursuit of fair thorough and timely investigations of police misconduct complaints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404352

Police MisconductA Global Perspective This book explores the different types of police misconduct including the use of excessive force. It also explores what types of officers become involved in illegal misconduct steps jurisdictions may take to prevent such problems and discusses who should police the police. Also included is a historical analysis of police misconduct discussions on the legal restrictions designed to prevent police misconduct and steps that the jurisdiction may take to limit their liability. Ancillary material is available with course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498753340

Police on CameraSurveillance Privacy and Accountability Police body-worn cameras (BWCs) are at the cutting edge of policing. They have sparked important conversations about the proper role and extent of police in society and about balancing security oversight accountability privacy and surveillance in our modern world. Police on Camera address the conceptual and empirical evidence surrounding the use of BWCs by police officers in societies around the globe offering a variety of differing opinions from experts in the field. The book provides the reader with conceptual and empirical analyses of the role and impact of police body-worn cameras in society. These analyses are complimented by invited commentaries designed to open up dialogue and generate debate on these important social issues. The book offers informed critical commentary to the ongoing debates about the implications that BWCs have for society in various parts of the world with special attention to issues of police accountability and discretion privacy and surveillance. This book is designed to be accessible to a broad audience and is targeted at scholars and students of surveillance law and policy and the police as well as policymakers and others interested in how surveillance technologies are impacting our modern world and criminal justice institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342439

Police Performance AppraisalsA Comparative Perspective Police performance appraisal is one of the most important components of law enforcement management—affecting the quality of the services a department delivers as well as the satisfaction of its employees. Therefore it is crucial that the performance appraisal process is conducted in an effective and equitable manner. Police Performance Appraisals: A Comparative Perspective employs the comparative case study approach to evaluate systems in police departments in two diverse locales—Ankara Turkey and Toledo Ohio. The study seeks to determine whether there are any common trends or obvious similarities that transcend national and cultural boundaries. From this information best practices can be identified to improve the system of any police organization.The data from the survey raises a host of issues essential to police management. Are traditional or modern appraisal systems more preferable to police personnel? Are field and command officers’ perceptions of the performance evaluation instruments in their departments similar or do they differ from those of their subordinates? Asking these and other critical questions the authors also examine the relationship between the officer’s perception of the appraisal system and his or her rank taking into account level of education gender age and years of service. Employing both qualitative and quantitative methodologies this study yields important findings and valuable insights for police organizations as to which characteristics an appraisal process should have for the best quality system. Lessons learned from this study should provide guidance to future efforts to design better appraisal systems and may also contribute to heightened focus on nationwide assessments of evaluation practices and standards for police organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865320

Police Photography Quality photographs of evidence can communicate details about crime scenes that otherwise may go unnoticed making skilled forensic photographers invaluable assets to modern police departments. For those seeking a current and concise guide to the skills necessary in forensic photography Police Photography Seventh Edition provides both introductory and more advanced information about the techniques of police documentation. Completely updated to include information about the latest equipment and techniques recommended for high-quality digital forensic photography this new edition thoroughly describes the techniques necessary for documenting a range of crime scenes and types of evidence including homicides arson and vehicle incidents. With additional coverage of topics beyond crime scenes such as surveillance and identification photography Police Photography Seventh Edition is an important resource for students and professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781455777631

Police Powers and Citizens’ RightsDiscretionary Decision-Making in Police Detention Police detention is the place where suspects are taken whilst their case is investigated and a case disposal decision is reached. It is also a largely hidden but vital part of police work and an under-explored aspect of police studies. This book provides a much-needed comparative perspective on police detention. It examines variations in the relationship between police powers and citizens’ rights inside police detention in cities in four jurisdictions (in Australia England Ireland and the US) exploring in particular the relative influence of discretion the law and other rule structures on police practices as well as seeking to explain why these variations arise and what they reveal about state-citizen relations in neoliberal democracies. This book draws on data collected in a multi-method study in five cities in Australia England Ireland and the US. This entailed 480 hours of observation as well as 71 semi-structured interviews with police officers and detainees. Aside from filling in the gaps in the existing research this book makes a significant contribution to debates about the links between police practices and neoliberalism. In particular it examines the police not just the prison as a site of neoliberal governance. By combining the empirical with the theoretical the main themes of the book are likely to be of utmost importance to contemporary discussions about police work in increasingly unequal societies. As a result it will also have a wide appeal to scholars and students particularly in criminology and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661595

Police Problem Solving Offering a balanced approach to problem-solving issues in a complex and changing world this book focuses specifically on the subject of problem solving in policing. Featured selections include chapters on domestic security disorderly youth auto theft prostitution gang delinquency and crime in public housing. Other notable selections discuss the role of supervising police personnel engaged in problem solving advances in using this approach in criminal investigations solving serial crimes preparing for terrorism and developing patrol officers as effective first responders to active violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158641

Police Psychology Into the 21st Century As we approach the 21st century there is a discernable shift in policing from an incident-driven perspective to a proactive problem solving stance often described as "community policing." In this volume a panel of 21 psychologists examine the changing directions in policing and how such changes impact on psychological service delivery and operational support to law enforcement agencies. The book describes existing and emerging means of providing psychological support to the law enforcement community in response to police needs to accommodate new technology community-oriented problem solving technology crime prevention and sensitivity to community social changes. Senior psychologists who are sworn officers federal agents and civilian employees of federal state and local law enforcement agencies comprise the team of chapter authors. Their perspectives encompass their collective experience "in the trenches" and in law enforcement management and administrative support roles. They discuss traditional applications of psychology to police selection training and promotion processes and in trauma stress management and evaluation of fitness for duty. Concerns related to police diversity and police family issues are also addressed as are unique aspects of police stress management. Additional chapters are dedicated to establishing psychological service functions that currently are less familiar to police agencies than they are to other government and private sector service recipients. These chapters are devoted to police psychologists as human resource professionals as human factors experts in accommodating to new technology and to new legal requirements as organizational behavioral experts and as strategic planners. This text is recommended reading for two groups: *police and public safety administators whose work takes them--or should take them--into contact with police psychologists; *practicing and would-be police psychologists concerned with the emerging trends in the application of psychology to police and other public safety programs. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138978652

Police Reform from the Bottom UpOfficers and their Unions as Agents of Change What role can and should police unions and rank-and-file officers play in driving and shaping police reform? Police unions and their members are often viewed as obstructionist and conservative not as change agents. But reform efforts are much more likely to succeed when they are supported by the rank-and-file and line officers have knowledge skills and insights that can be invaluable in promoting reform. Efforts to involve police unions and rank-and-file officers in police reform are less common than they should be but they are increasing and there is a good deal to learn about policing police reform and participatory management from the efforts made to date. In this pioneering volume an international cross-disciplinary collection of scholars and police unionists address a range of neglected questions both empirical and theoretical about the place of police officers themselves in the process of reform – what it has been and what it could be. They provide a fresh view of police reform as occurring from the bottom up rather than the top down. This book will be highly useful for practitioners and scholars who have a serious interest in the possibilities and limits of police organizational change. This book is based on special issues of Police Practice and Research and Policing and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686792

Police Reform in China With nearly 20 percent of the world’s population located in China what happens there is significant to all nations. Sweeping changes have altered the cultural landscape of China and as opportunities for wealth have grown in recent years so have opportunities for crime. Police Reform in China provides a rare and insightful glimpse of policing in the midst of such change. The book begins with a historical account of police reform in the region since 2000. Next it discusses the difficulties encountered in trying to understand Chinese policing such as outdated perceptions misinformation cultural ignorance ideological hegemony and problems with paternalistic attitudes. The book recommends studying China from a local perspective informed by local research and data suggesting that understanding China requires a cultural shift to the Chinese way of life in "thinking" and more importantly "feeling." The author then summarizes selected policy papers from Gongan Yanjiu a leading international policy journal. He first documents how the thinking and aspirations of various generations of Chinese leaders from Mao to Deng and now Jiang and Hu came to affect Chinese policing in theory and practice. He then addresses the emergence of a police legitimacy crisis as evidenced by the deterioration of public image and rebellions against police authority. Demonstrating how old ideologies are increasingly in conflict with the values and lifestyles of a new mentality the book discusses steps that can be taken to improve professionalism. The final chapters investigate such problems as abuses of discretion and the improper use of firearms and highlight the importance of understanding the Chinese people culture values and interests in order to truly effectuate successful police reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111868

Police Reserves and VolunteersEnhancing Organizational Effectiveness and Public Trust Reductions in police department funding have raised the importance of volunteers in enhancing organizational performance improving community trust and confidence and at times accomplishing basic tasks to maintain public safety and security. During a period when police administrators are asked to do more with less and to engage in smarter community-oriented policing citizen volunteers are an invaluable resource. Police Reserves and Volunteers is an invaluable primer for those looking to understand the benefits and challenges involved in the use of the volunteers within global law enforcement agencies. Using cases from a range of specialists and precincts this edited volume provides a rare window into police administration from the state legislation that regulates police reserves in California to the local models observed in many counties and cities across the United States. Police Reserves and Volunteers offers volunteers local elected officials and law enforcement straightforward guidelines to enhance police goals and build public trust in local communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472665

Police Responses to People with Mental IllnessesGlobal Challenges According to the World Health Organisation during their lifetime more than one quarter of all individuals will develop one or more mental or behavioural disorders. Given prevalence data like this it is not surprising that wherever they reside on the planet many persons suffering from a mental disorder or as is more commonly termed in popular parlance a mental illness are likely to come into contact with police at some stage in their lives. Indeed research conducted in a number of countries suggests that about 10 per cent of all community police work involves some form of interaction with a person with a mental illness. From a police perspective these encounters are not only frequent but also often sensitive and challenging. Despite the difficulties associated with this important aspect of community policing surprisingly scant attention has been given to the development of empirically tested and established best practice approaches to managing police interactions with persons with mental illnesses. The literature that does exist is principally derived from North American sources although more recent and interesting developments have been reported in Australia and the United Kingdom. The principal aim of Police Responses to People with Mental Illnesses is to seek to reduce this gap in the literature by providing an international overview of some of the latest research and policy developments in the field and the challenges still to be confronted in many places in overcoming cultural and associated barriers to protecting the rights of the mentally ill. This book was originally published as a special issue of Police Practice and Research: An International Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377318

Police SuicideIs Police Culture Killing Our Officers? There is no question that more police officers die from suicide than those killed in the line of duty. The suicide and attempted suicide of police officers is a mental health concern that has been neglected for far too long.Police Suicide: Is Police Culture Killing Our Officers? provides realistic insight into the life of a police officer through a police officer’s eyes. Presenting invaluable lessons learned by a Chicago police officer with more than 20 years of experience it supplies detailed accounts of what an officer goes through to survive on the streets as well what he or she gives up in return.A must-read for every new recruit and anyone currently working in law enforcement this book addresses the critical issues involved with an occupation in policing. Providing comprehensive coverage of the subject it includes coverage of police culture stress and burnout personal issues emotional survival suicide prevention risk factors and PTSD. The book is practical enough for line officers and has enough theory for an academic course on police stress and suicide.We need to do a better job of preparing police for this stress and a better job caring for our officers throughout their careers. If we do so we will have better police officers and we will be better served as a society. This book is a primer in that direction.From problems on the street and administrative struggles to personal and family matters this book provides readers with proven methods for coping with the emotional and physical issues police officers face each day while on the street and at home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482234992

Police SuicideRisk Factors and Intervention Measures This text makes a primary and informed contribution to a subject that is under-researched in the UK — the suicide of those who work in the UK police service — by offering an analysis of UK case studies of officers and staff who have either completed suicide or experienced suicide ideation and referring to the likely prime suicide precipitators in these situations. This analysis is followed by an examination of literature that discusses general and police-specific suicide. The text then examines intervention measures and support mechanisms that are currently offered to those working in the police service as well as other measures that might be introduced in the future. Designed for criminal justice professionals and affected laypeople including the families of those in the police service Police Suicide is a crucial text for any who have an interest in the holistic and psychological welfare of police officers and staff. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138050822

Police Use of ForceImportant Issues Facing the Police and the Communities They Serve Police use of force has been a major concern for police departments and citizens in the United States since the 1840s when police first started carrying guns. Starting with a historical introduction Police Use of Force presents readers with critical and timely issues facing police and the communities they serve when police encounters turn violent. Dr. Palmiotto offers in-depth coverage of the use of force deadly force non-lethal weapons militarization of policing racism and profiling legal cases psychology perception and training and violence prevention. Police Use of Force also investigates many case studies both famous (Rodney King) and contemporary (Ferguson MO). Essential reading for both criminal justice professionals and academics this text places police conflict within a complex modern context inviting cogent conversation in the classroom and the precinct. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873745

Police Without BordersThe Fading Distinction between Local and Global The Fifteenth Annual International Police Executive Symposium brought together 65 police executives government officials academics and researchers to discuss issues relating to all aspects of policing in a global community. It focused on policing without borders the need for national and international cooperation among policing agencies and the need for cooperation between the police the academic community private policing agencies and the general public. Drawn from the presentations made at this symposium and supplemented with additional input from eminent experts Police Without Borders: The Fading Distinction between Local and Global reflects the current status of research on this timely and critical topic.Topics discussed include:Policing activity human rights and corruptionFemale policing in India compared to other countriesChallenges and obstacles in policing in Slovenia China Asia and the PacificStrategies for preventing juvenile delinquency in Japan and Hong KongThe threat caused by nonreturnable arrest warrants in CanadaAn insider’s look at the United Kingdom’s Integrated Special Branch an intelligence unitVirtual organized crime in cyberspaceA successful public housing safety initiative in the Eastern District of New YorkHighlighting individual differences in police theory style and practice around the world this volume opens a dialogue in which police agencies and academics can learn from other cultures recognize their similarities and move towards an improved global policing methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865030

Police Work and IdentityA South African Ethnography This is a book about the men and women who police contemporary South Africa. Drawing on rich original ethnographical data it considers how officers make sense of their jobs and how they find meaning in their duties. It demonstrates that the dynamics that lead to police abuses and scandals in transitional and neo-liberalising regimes such as South Africa can be traced to the day-to-day experiences and ambitions of the average police officer. It is about the stories they tell themselves about themselves and their social worlds and how these shape the order they produce through their work. By focusing on police officers this book positions the individual in primacy over the organisation asking what policing looks like when motivated by the pursuit of ontological security in precarious contexts. It acknowledges but downplays the importance of police culture in determining officers’ attitudes and behaviour and reminds readers that most officers’ lives are entangled in and shaped by a range of social political and cultural forces. It suggests that a job in the South African Police Service (SAPS) is primarily just that: a job. Most officers join the organisation after other dreams have slipped beyond reach their presence in the Service being almost accidental. But once employed they re-write their self-narratives and enact carefully choreographed performances to ease managerial and public pressure and to rationalize their coercive practices. In an era where ‘evidence’ and ‘what works’ reigns supreme and where ‘cop culture’ is often deemed a primary socializing force this book emphasises how officers’ personal histories ambitions and vulnerabilities remain central to how policing unfolds on the street. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227302

Police WorkPrinciples and Practice This book provides a highly readable account of police work. It builds upon Introduction to Police Work (Rogers and Lewis 2007) to provide a comprehensive in depth and critical understanding of policing in today's diverse society. Police Work: Principles and Practice meets the need for an increasingly sophisticated and professional approach to training within the police whether this is carried out within police forces themselves or within higher education institutions. Written in an accessible style by current and former police practitioners and a nationally recognized expert on the National Intelligence Model this book focuses â€“ in line with the government's agenda for workforce modernization â€“ on three key areas of policing: community investigation and intelligence. It introduces readers to many important areas through the use of definition boxes scenario boxes highlighting good practice points to note boxes flowcharts and diagrams as well as a wide range of questions and exercises to help apply their knowledge to different situations and scenarios. This book will be essential reading for those on probationer training programmes and a valuable resource for students taking courses in policing and criminology more generally where an advanced level of understanding of the nature of police work is required. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781843925316

Police-Citizen Relations Across the WorldComparing sources and contexts of trust and legitimacy Police-citizen relations are in the public spotlight following outbursts of anger and violence. Such clashes often happen as a response to fatal police shootings racial or ethnic discrimination or the mishandling of mass protests. But even in such cases citizens’ assessment of the police differs considerably across social groups. This raises the question of the sources and impediments of citizens’ trust and support for police. Why are police-citizen relations much better in some countries than in others? Are police-minority relations doomed to be strained? And which police practices and policing policies generate trust and legitimacy? Research on police legitimacy has been centred on US experiences and relied on procedural justice as the main theoretical approach. This book questions whether this approach is suitable and sufficient to understand public attitudes towards the police across different countries and regions of the world. This volume shows that the impact of macro-level conditions of societal cleavages and of state and political institutions on police-citizen relations has too often been neglected in contemporary research. Building on empirical studies from around the world as well as cross-national comparisons this volume considerably expands current perspectives on the sources of police legitimacy and citizens’ trust in the police. Combining the analysis of micro-level interactions with a perspective on the contextual framework and varying national conditions the contributions to this book illustrate the strength of a broadened perspective and lead us to ask how specific national frameworks shape the experiences of policing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227692

Policies Politics and the Future of Lifelong Learning This text focuses on the political context of lifelong learning. It addresses the background European and policy elements of lifelong learning as well as providing a detailed consideration of the linkage of educational and political issues in this subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421370

Policies and Plans for Rural People (Routledge Revivals)An International Perspective This edited collection first published in 1988 was the first title to bring international perspectives into the field of rural planning. Using a comparative approach and a broad range of case studies including Britain Scandinavia the U.S.S.R. and New Zealand the authors review the major problems faced within rural areas and policy responses to these problems. Each study deals with the political and institutional frameworks involved in the management of rural areas and the means by which policies have been implemented. With an introduction from Paul Cloke that places rural policies and plans within the context of the state this reissue will be of great value to any students with an interest in the planning and organisation of rural communities across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714587

Policies and Politics in Malaysian EducationEducation Reforms Nationalism and Neoliberalism This book draws on elements of critical social theory research on globalization neo liberalism and education and Malaysian Studies to understand the interplay of globalization nationalism cultural politics and ethnicized neoliberalism in shaping the educational reforms in Malaysia. Using the Malaysia Education Blueprint 2013-2025 (MEB) as a case study a catalyst and a context this collection critically explores some of the complex historical and contemporary push-pull politics and factors shaping Malaysia’s education system its reform and the experience of Malaysians – and others – within it. The authors in this volume focus on the interplay of neoliberalism nationalism ethnic and cultural politics in shaping the educational reforms in Malaysia. Their work captures and seeks to understand the enduring though changing hierarchy of access and differentiated rights to educational social and economic resources and opportunities experienced by different individuals and collectives including those involved in the neoliberal enterprise of international education. It looks at how inequities have been re-configured in different educational spaces in Malaysia and at how these inequities have been addressed through reform policies and practices. The book will be a shaper and critical contributor to the assessment of the Malaysian Education Blueprint and related policies. It will also have wider relevance globally as a critical approach to policy discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272777

Policies and Procedures for Data SecurityA Complete Manual for Computer Systems and Networks Here’s your how-to manual for developing policies and procedures that maintain the security of information systems and networks in the workplace. It provides numerous checklists and examples of existing programs that you can use as guidelines for creating your own documents. You’ll learn how to identify your company’s overall need for data security; how to research any measures already being taken; how to develop employee awareness of security procedures; and how to devise an effective program that will get support from all members of your organization—from senior managers to end users. Topics covered include: developing the policy and mission statements; the four key elements of data classification; volume contents; establishing a review panel; creating the employee awareness program; monitoring company/employee compliance; and computer and information security laws. This results-oriented manual also gives you a list of further resources and data security definitions. Thomas R. Peltier has numerous years of field experience in corporate information security and is a member of the Advisory Council of the Computer Security Institute (CSI). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412187

Policies for a Small PlanetFrom the International Institute for Environment and Development First published in 1992. The world is not living within its means. Current development policies in both industrial and developing countries are wasting resources and destroying the commons on which we all depend. The world is set on a path of deepening poverty and a deteriorating environment. New policies are needed to achieve sustainable development. This book presents an integrated series of essays on the policies for sustainable development from one of the leading policy research institutes on environment and development issues. It concentrates on the developing world and looks at the specific sectors to which the policies have to be applied. Beginning with a discussion of what constitutes sustainable development it goes on to deal with the institutional arrangements needed to mobilise human resources for change and the economic policies for sustainable natural resource management. It then examines the policies needed in agriculture urban development industry forests drylands energy use finance population and consumption. Throughout it demonstrates how those directly involved are best placed to manage their environments and resources. Policies must support the experience and resourcefulness of local people. Sustainable development requires that they control their own futures. This title will be of great interest to students of Environmental Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190989

Policies for Cleaner TechnologyA New Agenda for Government and Industry Clean technology does not just aim to dilute or detoxify industrial waste. It aims to eliminate it by re-engineering the entire production cycle. As industry is constrained by regulations on the one hand and consumer pressure on the other energy-efficient resource-efficient and pollution-free production becomes imperative. It will be the next stage of industrial development. Using extensive empirical analysis of a range of different industrial sectors this book shows how cleaner technology can be implemented above all by the companies themselves. It looks at regulatory initiatives and focuses on how firms themselves can introduce the new technologies systems and polices required. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071152

Policies for Common Security The basic idea of common security is not complex. It is that no country can obtain security in the long run simply by taking unilateral decisions about its own military forces. This is because security depends also on the actions and reactions of potential adversaries. Security has to be found in common with those adversaries. These ideas were considered in a SIPRI conference held in 1983. The conference had two main objectives. The first was to undertake a critical examination of the concept. The second was to consider the implications of the idea for policy in general and for disarmament and arms control policy in particular. Originally published in 1985 this book contains revised versions of some of the papers presented at the conference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229542

Policies for Diversity in Education The emphasis in this book shifts to the coordination of practice into schools regional and national policies and the power and interest groups concerned with educational difficulties and disability. In the opening section the authors review the location of power in the systems; the impact of Local Management of Schools case studies of Union policy the National Curriculum Council and voluntary societies. They then look at one threatened element of the power structure - the local education authorities. They examine the features of local authority policy and attempt to systematise local policy. The experience of families is examined in their relationships with professionals particularly during the preparation of Statements of Special Educational Need. This is followed by sections on services for under-fives integrating education and the authors provide examples of changing school policies and the practices that have arisen from them; supporting the learning of all pupils in primary and secondary schools changing the role of special schools ensuring that girls and boys are provided with equal opportunities writing a development plan and the experience of a teacher with a disability. They then examine policies and practices in education after school and finish with theories of integration and disability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420939

Policies lost in translation? Unravelling water reform processes in African waterscapes Since the 1980s a major change took place in public policies for water resources management. The role of governments shifted under this reform process from an emphasis on investment in the development operation and maintenance of water infrastructure to a focus on managing water resources systems by stipulating general frameworks and defining key principles for water allocation. This interdisciplinary research examines how this water reform process unfolds within four African waterscapes that are historically constituted by natural and social processes. The study analyzes the interplay between public policies designed and implemented by government agencies and the institutions that govern access to and control over water resources among groups of agricultural water users. The findings of this research show that the water reform policies have led to similar outcomes in dissimilar contexts and that water policy only to a limited extent leads to progressive institutional change concerning agricultural water use especially in this neoliberal era. Moreover this research shows that excluding targeted investments in the development of hydraulic infrastructure for historically disadvantaged groups has narrowed the options of the governments to redress the colonial legacy and the capacity of small-scale farmers to move their livelihood beyond subsistence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029439

Policification of Early Childhood Education and CareEarly Childhood Education in the 21st Century Vol III The third volume in the Early Childhood Education in the 21st Century: International Teaching Family and Policy Perspectives miniseries focuses on research highlights and policy aspects of early childhood education and care from 22 different countries around the world. This volume provides a platform for authors to discuss and debate the implications of research findings on current practices that reflect policies of each country. The research presented spans from challenges in teacher training to case studies of family practices around early child development to problematise the key components of teacher education and family practices that impact young children’s education and care. By problematising the key issues chapter authors discuss the shifting paradigm of early childhood education and the importance of future research in informing these changes. Offering key policy and practice insights across 19 different countries this book is a must-read for early childhood educators researchers early childhood organisations policy makers and those interested to know more about early childhood within an international perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303959

Policing Popular Culture and Political EconomyTowards a Social Democratic Criminology Robert Reiner has been one of the pioneers in the development of research on policing since the 1970s as well as a prolific writer on mass media and popular culture representations of crime and criminal justice. His work includes the renowned books The Politics of the Police and Law and Order: An Honest Citizen's Guide to Crime and Control an analysis of the neo-liberal transformation of crime and criminal justice in recent decades. This volume brings together many of Reiner's most important essays on the police written over the last four decades as well as selected essays on mass media and on the neo-liberal transformation of crime and criminal justice. All the work included in this important volume is underpinned by a framework of analysis in terms of political economy and a commitment to the ethics and politics of social democracy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409426363

Policing Port Security and Crime ControlAn Ethnography of the Port Securityscape Ports are the vital hubs of the maritime transport industry and crucial to the flow of global trade. The protection of this global supply chain from crime and terrorism is a fundamental objective of port security and is a landscape beset by new challenges and changes post 9/11. Building on multi-sited ethnographic fieldwork in two major European ports Yarin Eski discusses how operational policing and security realities and identities are established and examines how industrial commercialization has aggravated security issues. Policing Port Security and Crime Control offers a compelling empirically balanced account of the attitudes and practices of port police officers and security officers exploring the everyday realities and ambitions of these street-level professionals as they seek to (re)establish a meaningful occupational identity. In doing so this book presents a criminological understanding of the way that security questions and procedures are integrated into the daily lives of those that protect the industrial port sites where they themselves must interrupt the global supply chain in order to defend it. Exploring topics such as port security management multi-agency policing port theft drug trafficking human smuggling and terrorism this book offers a major contribution to the growing literature on transnational crime and security and is one of the first to offer an ethnographic approach to port security. This book is interdisciplinary and will appeal to criminologists sociologists ethnographers and those engaged with policing and security studies as well as professionals in the field of multi-agency policing border control security and governance of the port and wider maritime industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494367

Policing Race and Racism Over recent years race has become one of the most important issues faced by the police. This book seeks to analyse the context and background to these changes to assess the impact of the Lawrence Inquiry and the MacPherson Report and to trace the growing emphasis on policing as an 'antiracist' activity proactively confronting racism in both crime and non-crime situations. Whilst this change has not been wholly or consistently applied it does represent an important change in the discourse that surrounds police relations with the public since it changes the traditional role of the police as 'neutral arbiters of the law'. This book shows why race has become the most significant issue facing the British police and argues that the police response to race has led to a consideration of fundamental issues about the relation of the police to society as a whole and not just minority groups who might be most directly affected. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924685

Policing Surveillance and Social Control This book reports the result of research carried out in a busy London police station on the role and impact of closed-circuit television (CCTV) in the management and surveillance of suspects - the most thorough example of the use of CCTV by the police in the world. It focuses on the use of CCTV in a very different environment to that in which its impact has previously been studied and draws upon the analysis of CCTV footage suspects' backgrounds and extensive interviewing of both police officers and suspects. The research is situated in the context of concerns about the human rights implications of the use of CCTV and challenges criminological and social theory in its conceptualisation of the role of their police their governance and the use of CCTV. It raises key questions about both the future of policing and the treatment of suspects in custody. A key theme of this book is the need to move away from a narrow focus on the negative intrusive face of surveillance: as this study demonstrates CCTV has another 'face' - one that potentially watches and protects. Both 'faces' need to be examined and analysed simultaneously in order to understand the impact and implications of electronic surveillance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627849

Policing Across Organisational BoundariesDevelopments in Theory and Practice This book promotes new theoretical frameworks and research questions that seek to advance knowledge of policing across internal and external organisational boundaries specifically at the structural level of analysis. It addresses police theory policy and practice and also provides new directions for future research on intra- and inter-organisational policing.Analysing boundaries is of increasing global importance for policing policy and practice. Boundaries reflect the division-of-labour inherent to complex organisations and their specialist units. In order to operate effectively however these boundaries must be crossed and strong and reliable linkages must be built. Intra-organisationally it is vital to understand how specialist units form and function and interact with other units. Inter-organisationally it is fundamental to recognise the place of boundaries in contexts such as international police cooperation.Chapter 3 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367182915_oachapter3.pdfChapter 4 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367182915_oachapter4.pdf  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728304

Policing Across the WorldIssues for the Twenty-First Century This wide-ranging text provides an overview of policing across different societies and considers the issues facing the US and British police in a wider international context. The book is designed as a coherent introduction to the police. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203500842

Policing American IndiansA Unique Chapter in American Jurisprudence Bias prejudice and corruption riddle the history of US jurisprudence. Policing American Indians: A Unique Chapter in American Jurisprudence explores these injustices specifically the treatment of American Indians. A mix of academic research as well as field experience this book draws on author Laurence French’s more than 40 years of experience with American Indian individuals and groups. It illustrates how despite changes in the law to correct past injustices a subculture of discrimination often persists in law enforcement whether by a prosecutor or a street cop.The book provides specific examples of the role of police in extra-legal confrontations with American Indians as well as examples of using the US military to police American Indians. It covers the ways in which US policy regarding American Indians has changed since the country’s birth including recent changes in policy as a response to issues of national security following the terrorist attacks of September 11 2001.Policing American Indians takes an interdisciplinary approach that includes criminology sociology anthropology cultural psychology and historical analysis of geopolitics. It challenges actual historical practices of the basic concepts of due process and justice for all espoused by the American criminal justice system. It also adds a nuanced cultural dimension to the history of policing in American history to give you a more detailed image of unjust behavior in the history of American criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871727

Policing America's Educational Systems Policing America’s Educational Systems edited by John Harrison Watts describes methods of policing modern educational settings covering both K-12 public school and public or private colleges and universities. Using topical examples subject-matter experts introduce the history of policing in elementary and high schools the legal context governing educational institutions and ways to assess risk and prevent or respond to crime including active-shooter incidents. The opening section covers primary and secondary education while the second focuses on postsecondary educational settings. A final section offers a theoretical approach to understanding campus crime and discusses the role of counseling and mental health in keeping students safe. A concluding chapter looks at the future of policing in education. Contributors bring both academic and practitioner experience to each topic covered and useful features include learning objectives chapter summaries key terms and discussion questions that further explore the issues and controversies covered in that section. This textbook is designed for courses in school or campus policing within criminal justice social work and sociology programs and is also appropriate for in-service training for professionals involved in school or campus policing and safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498784986

Policing and Crime Control in Post-apartheid South Africa Once a marginal political issue crime control now occupies a central place on the social political and economic agenda of contemporary liberal democracies. Nowhere more so than in post-apartheid South Africa where the transition from apartheid rule to democratic rule was marked by a shift in concern from political to criminal violence. In this book Anne-Marie Singh offers a comprehensive account of policing transformations in post-apartheid South Africa. Her analysis of crime and mechanisms for its control is linked to an analysis of neo-liberal policies providing the basis for a critique of existing analyses of liberal democratic governance. Themes addressed in the book include the exercise of coercive authority state and non-state expertise in policing the 'rationally-choosing' criminal and the importance of developing an active and responsible citizenship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603496

Policing and Human RightsThe Meaning of Violence and Justice in the Everyday Policing of Johannesburg Policing and Human Rights analyses the implementation of human rights standards tracing them from the nodal points of their production in Geneva through the board rooms of national police management and training facilities to the streets of downtown Johannesburg. This book deals with how the unprecedented influence of human rights combined with the inability by police officers to ‘live up’ to international standards has created a range of policing and human rights vernaculars – hybrid discourses that have appropriated transmogrified and undercut human rights. Understood as an attempt by police officers as much as by the police as a whole to recover a position from which to act and to judge these vernaculars reveal the compromised ways in which human rights are â€“ and are not â€“ implemented. Tracing how in South Africa human rights have given rise to new forms of popular justice informal ‘private’ policing and provisional security arrangements Policing and Human Rights delivers an important analysis of how the dissemination and implementation of human rights intersects with the post-colonial and post-transformation circumstances that characterise many countries in the South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833165

Policing and MediaPublic Relations Simulations and Communications This book examines the relationship between police media and the public and analyses the shifting techniques and technologies through which they communicate. In a critical discussion of contemporary and emerging modes of mediatized police work Lee and McGovern demonstrate how the police engage with the public through a fluid and quickly expanding assemblage of communications and information technologies. Policing and Media explores the rationalities that are driving police/media relations and asks; how these relationships differ (or not) from the ways they have operated historically; what new technologies are influencing and being deployed by policing organizations and police public relations professionals and why; how operational policing is shaping and being shaped by new technologies of communication; and what forms of resistance are evident to the manufacture of preferred images of police. The authors suggest that new forms of simulated and hyper real policing using platforms such as social media and reality television are increasingly positioning police organisations as media organisations and in some cases enabling police to bypass the traditional media altogether. The book is informed by empirical research spanning ten years in this field and includes chapters on journalism and police policing and social media policing and reality television and policing resistances. It will be of interest to those researching and teaching in the fields of Criminology Policing and Media as well as police and media professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632133

Policing and Mental HealthTheory Policy and Practice This book explores the relationship between policing and mental health. Police services around the world are innovating at pace in order to develop solutions to the problems presented and popular models are being shared internationally. Nevertheless disparities and perceptions of unfairness remain commonplace. Innovations remain poorly funded and largely unproven. Drawing together the insights of eminent academics in the UK the US Australia and South Africa the edited collection evaluates the condition of mental health and policing as an interlocked policy area uncovering and addressing a number of key issues which are shaping police responses to mental health. Due to a relative lack of academic texts pertaining to developments in England and Wales the volume contains a distinct section on relevant policies and practices. It also includes sections on US and Australian approaches focusing on Crisis Intervention Teams (CITs) Mental Health Intervention Teams (MHITs) stressors and innovations from Boston in the US to Queensland in Australia. Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars in policing criminology sociology mental health cultural studies social theory and those interested in learning about the condition and trajectory of police responses to mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600492

Policing and Public ManagementGovernance Vices and Virtues Policing and Public Management takes a new perspective on the challenges and problems facing the governance of police forces across the UK and the developed world. Complementing existing texts in criminology and police studies Morrell and Bradford draw on ideas from the neighbouring fields of public management and virtue ethics to open the field up to a broader audience. This forms the basis for an imaginative reframing of policing as something that either enhances or diminishes "the public good" in society. The text focuses on two cross-cutting aspects of the relationship between the police and the public: public confidence and public order. Extending award-winning work in public management and drawing on extensive and varied data sources Policing and Public Management offers new ways of seeing the police and of understanding police governance. This text will be valuable supplementary reading for students of public management policing and criminology as well as others who want to be better informed about contemporary policing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138044180

Policing and Punishment in Nineteenth Century Britain In the years between 1750 and 1868 English criminal justice underwent significant changes. The two most crucial developments were the gradual establishment of an organised regular police and the emergence of new secondary punishments following the restriction in the scope of the death penalty. In place of an ill-paid parish constabulary functioning largely through a system of rewards and common informers professional police institutions were given the task of executing a speedy and systematic enforcement of the criminal law. In lieu of the severe and capriciously-administered capital laws a penalty structure based on a proportionality between the gravity of crimes and the severity of punishments was erected as arguably a more effective deterrent of crime. This book first published in 1981 examines the impact of these two important developments and casts new light on the way in which law enforcement evolved during the nineteenth century. This title will be of interest to students of history and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942677

Policing and the Legacy of Lawrence February 2009 marked the 10th Anniversary of the publication of the Inquiry into the events surrounding the investigation of the murder of Stephen Lawrence. This book marks this anniversary and examines various dimensions of the impact of Lawrence on policing policy and practice. It identifies a series of dimensions and processes associated with British policing in terms of the role that the Lawrence agenda has had on forming and/or shaping policy and practice in that particular area and in doing so assesses the extent to which the original recommendations and issues raised within the Lawrence Inquiry have been reflected in policy practice and importantly policing outcomes in service delivery. The book integrates practitioner and academic reflection on the impact of Lawrence and includes contributions from some of the key policing figures who were involved in post-Lawrence implementation and development programmes. As such the book will be of interest to both an academic police studies/criminology audience and police-practitioner audiences. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926498

Policing and the Media Policing and the Media provides an up-to-date overview of the changing dynamics and dimensions of the relationships that exist on the British police-media nexus. Factual fictional and factional representations of policing in the media are the major - and for a great many citizens probably the sole - influence in shaping their perceptions and opinions about crime law and order community safety police efficiency and integrity not to mention the efficacy of criminal justice and penal policy. This book deals with all three representations noting the lines between such clear divisions are increasingly blurred and the concepts of reality realism and representation slippery and complex. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924654

Policing and the Mentally IllInternational Perspectives In countries with democratic traditions police interactions with the mentally ill are usually guided by legislative mandates giving police discretion and possibly resulting in referrals for assistance and treatment. But all too frequently the outcome of these interactions is far less therapeutic and leads to a cycle of arrests and ultimately incarceration. Stemming from an initiative in Memphis Tennessee two decades ago police departments in many parts of the world have set up specific programs with crisis intervention teams to facilitate police contact with the mentally ill. Policing and the Mentally Ill: International Perspectives examines how these types of programs have fared in jurisdictions across the world. The book begins with developments in North America and Europe—traditionally the locus of much of the innovation and change in policing and related areas. It demonstrates how a number of jurisdictions in Europe have only recently begun to recognize therapeutic intervention with the mentally ill as a priority issue and still frequently suffer from a lack of significant resources. The largest section of the book focuses on Australia where local law enforcement agencies have displayed a remarkable enthusiasm for and commitment to change in their management of interactions with citizens with mental illness. Finally the book examines the particular challenges of providing humane and effective policing for persons with mental illnesses in parts of the developing world. These challenges often involve dealing with entrenched cultural beliefs and practices based on superstition fear and prejudice regarding persons thought to be mentally ill.Interactions between police and persons with mental illnesses comprise an important and sensitive aspect of everyday policing. The 16 chapters in this book offer a wide range of cross-cultural perspectives on this essential aspect of policing enabling police practitioners to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866730

Policing and the Politics of Order-Making This anthology explores the political nature of making order through policing activities in densely populated spaces across Africa Asia and Latin America. Based on ethnographic research the chapters analyze this complex with respect to marginalized young men in Haiti community policing members and national politicians in Swaziland as well as other individual and collective actors engaged in policing and politics in Indonesia Swaziland Ghana South Africa Mexico Bolivia Haiti and Sierra Leone. What these contexts have in common is a plurality of order-making practices. Not one institution monopolizes the means of violence or a de facto sovereign position to do so. A number of interests are played out simultaneously entailing re-negotiations over the very definition of what ‘order’ is. How and by whom a particular order is enforced is contested at times violently so and is therefore inherently political. In the existing literature on weak states legal pluralism and policing in the Global South it is seldom made explicit that making order is a route to power and positions of political decision-making. It is this gap in the literature that this anthology fills as it analyses the politics at stake in processes of order-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211223

Policing beyond Macpherson The book will explore the impact of the Lawrence Report since it was published in 1999. Upon publication Home Secretary Jack Straw promised that the Macpherson Inquiry would lead to real change in the policing of minority ethnic communities in Britain. Several senior police officers made similar pledges and insisted that the benchmark against which their commitment should be judged should be the extent to which progress was made 'on the ground'. In the aftermath of the report a host of initiatives have addressed issues ranging from police liaison with victims first aid training to stop and search procedures and police complaints. As well as exploring the many ways in which the Lawrence Report has impacted on the police service and on society more widely this collection assesses the extent to which in retrospect the Macpherson Inquiry has led to significant changes to policing and highlights areas where future efforts ought to be concentrated. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138177383

Policing Change Changing PoliceInternational Perspectives First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315861487

Policing CitiesUrban Securitization and Regulation in a 21st Century World Policing Cities brings together international scholars from numerous disciplines to examine urban policing securitization and regulation in nine countries and the conceptual issues these practices raise. Chapters cover many of the world’s major cities including New York Beijing Paris London Berlin Mexico City Johannesburg Rio de Janeiro Boston Melbourne and Toronto as well as other urban areas in Britain United States South Africa Germany Australia and Georgia. The collection examines the activities and reforms of the traditional public police but also those of emerging public and private policing agents and spaces that fall outside the public police’s purview and which previously have received little attention. It explores dramatic changes in public policing arrangements and strategies exclusion of urban homeless people new forms of urban surveillance and legal regulation and securitization and militarization of urban spaces. The core argument in the volume is that cities are more than mere background for policing securitization and regulation. Policing and the city are intimately intertwined. This collection also reveals commonalities in the empirical interests methodological preferences and theoretical concerns of scholars working in these various disciplines and breaks down barriers among them. This is the first collection on urban policing regulation and securitization with such a multi-disciplinary and international character. This collection will have a wide readership among upper level undergraduate and graduate level students in several disciplines and countries and can be used in geography/urban studies legal and socio-legal studies sociology anthropology political science and criminology courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838498

Policing Cooperation Across BordersComparative Perspectives on Law Enforcement within the EU and Australia This book provides new insights into police cooperation from a comparative socio-legal perspective. It presents a broad analysis of comparable police cooperation strategies in two systems: the EU and Australia. The evolution of regulatory trends and cooperation models is analysed for both systems and possible transferable strategies identified. Drawing on interviews with practitioners in the EU and Australia this book highlights a number of areas where the EU can be compared to a federal system and addresses the advantages and disadvantages of being a Union or a federation of states with a view to police cooperation practice. Particular topics addressed are the evolution of legal frameworks regulating police cooperation informal cooperation strategies Joint Investigation Teams Europol and regional cooperation. These instruments foster police cooperation but could be improved with a view to cooperation practice by learning from regulatory techniques and practitioner experiences of the respective other system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267121

Policing Critical IncidentsLeadership and Critical Incident Management The aim of this book is to examine the qualities of leadership and decision-making in the police service. Based on groundbreaking research using unique advanced methods for examining policing in complex critical incident environments the book focuses principally on a series of police debriefs following live major critical incidents. It captures the views of the Senior Investigating Officers (SIOs) who worked on these cases and draws upon the very rich set of experiences that they have had in dealing with complex stressful and demanding enquiries. The book provides an introduction to new methods for exploring leadership and decision-making in critical incidents. It will be an essential resource for developers of police training in leadership and decision-making senior police officers involved in critical incident management organisational psychologists who work within policing and for students whose area of study covers policing decision-making or criminal investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138174399

Policing Cyber Hate Cyber Threats and Cyber Terrorism What are cyber threats? This book brings together a diverse range of multidisciplinary ideas to explore the extent of cyber threats cyber hate and cyber terrorism. This ground-breaking text provides a comprehensive understanding of the range of activities that can be defined as cyber threats. It also shows how this activity forms in our communities and what can be done to try to prevent individuals from becoming cyber terrorists. This text will be of interest to academics professionals and practitioners involved in building social capital; engaging with hard to reach individuals and communities; the police and criminal justice sector as well as IT professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254589

Policing CybercrimeNetworked and Social Media Technologies and the Challenges for Policing Cybercrime has recently experienced an ascending position in national security agendas world-wide. It has become part of the National Security Strategies of a growing number of countries becoming a Tier One threat above organised crime and fraud generally. Furthermore new techno-social developments in social network media suggest that cyber-threats will continue to increase. This collection addresses the recent 'inertia' in both critical thinking and the empirical study of cybercrime and policing by adding to the literature seven interdisciplinary and critical chapters on various issues relating to the new generation of cybercrimes currently being experienced. The chapters illustrate that cybercrimes are changing in two significant ways that are asymmetrical. On the one hand cybercrime is becoming increasingly professionalised resulting in ’specialists’ that perform complex and sophisticated attacks on computer systems and human users. On the other the ‘hyper-connectivity’ brought about by the exponential growth in social media users has opened up opportunities to ‘non-specialist’ citizens to organise and communicate in ways that facilitate crimes on and offline. While largely distinct these developments pose equally contrasting challenges for policing which this book addresses. This book was originally published as a special issue of Policing and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025271

Policing Digital Crime By its very nature digital crime may present a number of specific detection and investigative challenges. The use of steganography to hide child abuse images for example can pose the kind of technical and legislative problems inconceivable just two decades ago. The volatile nature of much digital evidence can also pose problems particularly in terms of the actions of the 'first officer on the scene'. There are also concerns over the depth of understanding that 'generic' police investigators may have concerning the possible value (or even existence) of digitally based evidence. Furthermore although it is perhaps a cliché to claim that digital crime (and cybercrime in particular) respects no national boundaries it is certainly the case that a significant proportion of investigations are likely to involve multinational cooperation with all the complexities that follow from this. This groundbreaking volume offers a theoretical perspective on the policing of digital crime in the western world. Using numerous case-study examples to illustrate the theoretical material introduced this volume examine the organisational context for policing digital crime as well as crime prevention and detection. This work is a must-read for all academics police practitioners and investigators working in the field of digital crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257443

Policing Drugs First published in 1998 this influential volume develops previous research by the author and explores issues and solutions regarding the roles of law enforcement drug referral and official and media reactions. Section one analyzes the rationale for drug enforcement and evaluates the strengths and weaknesses of four main approaches. It looks at the pressure on the police to take action in local drugs markets particularly within a context where the police emphasize their responsiveness to public demands in a more "consumerist" age. Section two examines welfarist policies directed towards drug users and minor drug offenders. Section 3 focuses on the media and coverage of crack-cocaine and ecstasy in the 1990s - particularly where these have been based upon police briefings and reports. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325753

Policing European MetropolisesThe Politics of Security in City-Regions Understanding the politics of security in city-regions is increasingly important for the study of contemporary policing. This book argues that national and international governing arrangements are being outflanked by various transnational threats including the cross-border terrorism of the attacks on Paris in 2015 and Brussels in 2016; trafficking in people narcotics and armaments; cybercrime; the deregulation of global financial services; and environmental crime. Metropolises are the focal points of the transnational networks through which policing problems are exported and imported across national borders as they provide much of the demand for illicit markets and are the principal engines generating other policing challenges including political protest and civil unrest. This edited collection examines whether and how governing arrangements rooted in older systems of national sovereignty are adapting to these transnational challenges and considers problems of and for policing in city-regions in the European Union and its single market. Bringing together experts from across the continent Policing European Metropolises develops a sociology of urban policing in Europe and a unique methodology for comparing the experiences of different metropolises in the same country. This book will be of value to police researchers in Europe and abroad as well as postgraduate students with an interest in policing and urban policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226534

Policing for London This title presents the findings of the Policing for London project an independent investigation into policing in London in the wake of the death of Stephen Lawrence and the subsequent MacPherson Report. The main aim of the project was to identify the factors the police in London needed to consider in order to deliver an equitable and effective service to the people of London in the 21st century. The book sets out the findings of this project in terms of what Londoners wanted and needed for their policing whether the Metropolitan Police was aware of the public's expectations whether they met these expectations and to examine how policing in London could be improved in the future. It also identifies a number of key policy issues in the light of its findings - for example in relation to the centralisation or devolution of decision making specialisation of function performance management policing philosophies and partnership and the need to regain the confidence of ethnic minority groups. In identifying the key issues facing policing in London this book provides a vital blueprint for addressing the question of police reform in the country as a whole - at a time of intense debate and concern about the future role of the police. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138415812

Policing Gender Class And Family In Britain 1800-1945 This book is intended for undergraduate courses on modern British history women's history courses on family sexuality and childhood. Women's studies history of education sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978669

Policing Gender and Alicia Giménez Bartlett's Crime Fiction Alicia Giménez Bartlett’s popular crime series written in Spanish and organized around the exploits of Police Inspector Petra Delicado and Deputy Inspector Fermin Garzon is arguably the most successful detective series published in Spain during the previous three decades. Nina L. Molinaro examines the tensions between the rhetoric of gender differences espoused by the woman detective and the orthodox ideology of the police procedural. She argues that even as the series incorporates gender differences into the crime series formula it does so in order to correct women naturalize men’s authority sanction social hierarchies and assuage collective anxieties. As Molinaro shows with the exception of the protagonist the women characters require constant surveillance and modification often as a result of men’s supposedly intrinsic protectiveness or excessive sexuality. Men by contrast circulate more freely in the fictional world and are intrinsic to the political psychological and economic prosperity of their communities. Molinaro situates her discussion in Petra Delicado’s contemporary Spain of dog owners ¡Hola! Russian cults and gated communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472457035

Policing Global MovementTourism Migration Human Trafficking and Terrorism The movement of humans across borders is increasing exponentially—some for benign reasons others nefarious including terrorism human trafficking and people smuggling. Consequently the policing of human movement within and across borders has been and remains a significant concern to nations. Policing Global Movement: Tourism Migration Human Trafficking and Terrorism explores the nature of these challenges for police governments and citizens at large. Drawn from keynote and paper presentations at a recent International Police Executive Symposium meeting in Malta the book presents the work of scholars and practitioners who analyze a variety of topics on the cutting edge of global policing including:Western attempts to reform the policing of sex tourists in the Philippines and Gambia Policing the flow of people and goods in the port of RotterdamPolicing protestors and what happened at the 2010 G20 Summit in TorontoMexico’s use of the military in its war against drug traffickingPublic–private cooperation in the fight against organized crime and terrorism in AustraliaRecommendations for police reform in AfghanistanSweden’s national counterterrorism unitTreatment of asylum seekers in a privately run detention center in South AfricaThe policing of human trafficking for the sex trade in sub-Saharan Africa Vietnam Australia and Andhra Pradesh IndiaExamining areas of increasing concern to governments and citizens around the world this timely volume presents critical international perspectives on these ongoing global challenges that threaten the safety of humans worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867096

Policing Global RegionsThe Legal Context of Transnational Law Enforcement Cooperation This book provides a stocktake and comparative socio-legal analysis of law enforcement cooperation strategies in four different regions of the world: the European Union (EU) North America Greater China and Australasia. The work analyses law enforcement cooperation mechanisms within the socio-legal framework of global normmaking. The strategies addressed range from legal frameworks facilitating cooperation to formal and informal police networks and cooperation practices. The study also takes into account crime-specific engagement for example campaigns focusing on drug crimes terrorism financial crime kidnappings and other offences. It explores challenges in policing practice and human rights protection in each region that could be countered by existing strategies in another. As regions usually develop more advanced cooperation mechanisms than exist at a global scale strategies found in the former could help find solutions for the latter. To map existing strategies and assess their impact on both human rights and policing practice this study relies on an assessment of the primary and secondary literature sources in each region as well as interviews with practitioners ranging from senior police officers to prosecutors government officials customs and military staff. This book presents a valuable resource for academics and postgraduate students as well as policing and criminal justice practitioners government officials and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407018

Policing Hate CrimeUnderstanding Communities and Prejudice In a contemporary setting of increasing social division and marginalisation Policing Hate Crime interrogates the complexities of prejudice motivated crime and effective policing practices. Hate crime has become a barometer for contemporary police relations with vulnerable and marginalised communities. But how do police effectively lead conversations with such communities about problems arising from prejudice? Contemporary police are expected to be active agents in the pursuit of social justice and human rights by stamping out prejudice and group-based animosity. At the same time police have been criticised in over-policing targeted communities as potential perpetrators as well as under-policing these same communities as victims of crime. Despite this history the demand for impartial law enforcement requires police to change their engagement with targeted communities and kindle trust as priorities in strengthening their response to hate crime. Drawing upon a research partnership between police and academics this book entwines current law enforcement responses with key debates on the meaning of hate crime to explore the potential for misunderstandings of hate crime between police and communities and illuminates ways to overcome communication difficulties. This book will be important reading for students taking courses in hate crime as well as victimology policing and crime and community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226596

Policing Images In recent years the police have become one of the most watched and most visible organisations and across the media there has been constant interest in the police. In such a situation the police themselves have been intensely concerned with promoting projecting and protecting the police image. This book is concerned to document and to explain this image work the activities in which the police engage that construct and project images of policing. Drawing upon first-hand research with the police themselves (including such examples as the way the South Yorkshire Police handled the Miners Strike and the Hillsborough stadium disaster) the book includes a detailed look at police press and public relations officers at work and at operational policing and police work. Its broader argument is that image work has the capacity to both legitimate policing and to mask problems of legitimation. At a time of intense debate about the future role and nature of the police this book makes a key contribution and raises important questions about the implications of police image work for both democratically accountable policing and the wider transformations in society being brought about by the media and its management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627832

Policing in America In the field of law enforcement in the United States it is essential to know the contemporary problems being faced and combine that knowledge with empirical research and theoretical reasoning to arrive at best practices and an understanding of policing. Policing in America Eighth Edition provides a thorough analysis of the key issues in policing today and offers an issues-oriented discussion focusing on critical concerns such as personnel systems organization and management operations discretion use of force culture and behavior ethics and deviance civil liability and police-community relations. A critical assessment of police history and the role politics played in the development of American police institutions is also addressed as well as globalization terrorism and homeland security. This new edition not only offers updated research and examples it also incorporates more ways for the reader to connect to the content through learning objectives discussion questions and "Myths and Realities of Policing" boxes. Video and Internet links provide additional coverage of important issues. With completely revised and updated chapters Policing in America Eighth Edition provides an up-to-date examination of what to expect as a police officer in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323311489

Policing in an Age of AusterityA postcolonial perspective Policing in an Age of Austerity uniquely examines the effects on one key public service: the state police of England and Wales. Focusing on the major cut-backs in its resources both in material and in labour it details the extent and effects of that drastic reduction in provision together with related matters in Scotland and Northern Ireland. This book also investigates the knock-on effect on other public agencies of diminished police contribution to public well-being. The book argues that such a dramatic reduction in police services has occurred in an almost totally uncoordinated way both between provincial police services and also with regard to other public agencies. While there may have been marginal improvements in effectiveness in certain contexts the British police have dramatically failed to seize the opportunity to modernize a police service that has never been reformed to suit modern exigencies since its date of origin in 1829. British policing remains a relic of the past despite the mythology by which it increasingly exports its practices and officers to (especially) transitional societies. Operating at both historical and contemporary levels this book furnishes a mine of current information. Critically it also emphasizes the extent to which British policing has traditionally concentrated on the lowest socio-economic stratum of society to the neglect of the policing of the more powerful. Policing in an Age of Austerity will be of interest to academics and professionals working in the fields of criminal justice development studies and transitional and conflicted societies as well as those with an interest in the social schisms caused by the current financial crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691925

Policing in France The eminent contributors to a new collection Policing in France provide an updated and realistic picture of how the French police system really works in the 21st century. In most international comparisons France typifies the "Napoleonic" model for policing one featuring administrative and political centralization a strong hierarchical structure distance from local communities and a high priority on political policing. France has undergone a process of pluralization in the last 30 years. French administrative and political decentralization has reemphasized the role of local authorities in public security policies; the private security industry has grown significantly; and new kinds of governing models (based on arrangements such as contracts for service provision) have emerged. In addition during this period police organizations have been driven toward central government control through the imposition of performance indicators and a top-down decision was made to integrate the national gendarmerie into the Ministry of Interior. The book addresses how police legitimacy differs across socioeconomic generational territorial and ethnic lines. An analysis of the policing of banlieues (deprived neighborhoods) illustrates the convergence of contradictory police goals police violence the concentration of poverty and entrenched opposition to the states’ representatives and questions policing strategies such as the use of identity checks. The collection also frames the scope of community policing initiatives required to deal with the public’s security needs and delves into the security challenges presented by terrorist threats and the nuances of the relationship between policing and intelligence agencies. Identifying and explaining the diverse challenges facing French police organizations and how they have been responding to them this book draws upon a flourishing French-language literature in history sociology political science and law to produce this new English-language synthesis on policing in France. This book is a valuable resource for researchers and practitioners working in and around French policing as well as students of international law enforcement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135249

Policing in Hong Kong This book is one of the first to document the challenges and opportunities facing the Hong Kong police force following the reversion of political authority from the UK to China in 1997. Thematically organized and oriented towards those issues of greatest concern to the public such as police accountability assaults on police police deployment surveillance powers and policing across borders it provides a detailed discussion of these and other contemporary issues. The opening chapter sets the work within historical context while the final chapter provides a comparison of policing in Hong Kong with public security in the PRC. The book will be of value to students and researchers working in the area of comparative policing and comparative criminal justice as well as police professionals and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278769

Policing in Hong KongHistory and Reform The HKP (Hong Kong Police) ‘Asia’s Finest’ is a battle-tested professional organization with strong leadership competent staff and deep culture. It is also a continuously learning and reforming agency in pursuit of organisational excellence. Policing in Hong Kong: History and Reform is the first and only book on the development of the Hong Kong Police from an inside out and bottom up perspective. Written by a scholar and veteran of the HKP it is an amalgamation of indigenous theory and supporting data.Part One begins by describing the development of police studies in Hong Kong as an emerging field since the 1990s. It supplies an analytical and empirical construct of colonial policing as well as a theoretical assessment. It discusses the nature topologies conduct impact and assessment of police reform. The book demonstrates how colonial policing in Hong Kong and elsewhere takes on the community’s local color and hue in practice. Colonial policing in Hong Kong is "policing with Chinese characteristics."Part Two tracks the history of the HKP’s formation in the 1840s and examines how colonial policing in Hong Kong has changed over time. It describes the HKP’s four distinctive reform periods: the formation period (1845) the reorganisation period (1872) the modernisation period (1950s) and finally the decolonisation period (1990s). It argues that HKP reform in the1950s was the pivotal point in transforming the HKP from a colonial force into a civil one by way of localisation legalisation modernisation communalisation and organisation. Overall the book questions previously accepted colonial history and in doing so contributes to our understanding of challenges and opportunities facing HKP after the reversion of political authority from England to China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866952

Policing in IsraelStudying Crime Control Community and Counterterrorism "It is hoped that through this series it will be possible to accelerate the process of building knowledge about policing and help bridge the gap between the two worlds—the world of police research and police practice. This is an invitation to police scholars and practitioners across the world to come and join in this venture."—Dilip K. Das PhD Founding President International Police Executive Symposium (IPES) and Founding Editor-in-Chief Police Practice and Research: An International Journal (PPR) from the PrefacePolicing in Israel presents important advances in Israeli police science during the past decade. It demonstrates how empirical research in countries outside the traditional research domains of the United States Europe and Australia can provide comparative legitimacy to key concepts and findings in policing. It also addresses innovative questions in the study of police showing that there is much to learn about the police enterprise by looking to Israel.The studies included in this book contribute to the policing literature in three significant ways. They replicate findings from English-speaking countries on key issues such as hot-spots policing thereby supporting the validity of the findings and enabling a wider scope of generalization. Also they utilize unique Israeli conditions to address questions that are difficult to test in other countries such as in counterterrorism. Finally they ask innovative questions in the study of policing that are yet to be addressed elsewhere.Aside from providing better knowledge about policing in Israel the broader advances in police science that the book illustrates play an important role. It contributes to major areas of contemporary interest in policing literature including crime control police–community relationships and policing terrorism. Policing in Israel gives you not only a broad picture of Israeli policing and police research in the past decad Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873042

Policing in TaiwanFrom authoritarianism to democracy The police in Taiwan played a critical role in the largely peaceful transition from an authoritarian regime to a democracy. While the temptation to intervene in domestic politics was great the top-down pressure to maintain a neutral standing facilitated an orderly regime change. This is the first monograph to examine the role of the police as a linkage between the state and civil society during the democratic transition and the role of the police in contemporary Taiwan. Starting with a brief history of Taiwan this book examines the development of policing in Taiwan from a comparative environmental historical operational philosophical and political perspective; considers the role of the police in the democratic transition; and draws comparisons between police cultures in the East and in the West – both now and in the past. Taiwan operates as a modern country within an East Asian culture and this book shows that Taiwan’s move towards democracy may have political ramifications for the rest of the nations in the area. Including references to literature on policing in China and the U.S this book about Taiwan police may serve as a springboard for academics and students to learn about similar cultures in this important area of the world. Policing in Taiwan will be of interest to academics and students who are engaged in the study of criminology criminal justice policing studies and Asian studies as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666030

Policing International Trade in Endangered SpeciesThe CITES Treaty and Compliance A comprehensive examination of the way in which the Convention on the International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) is implemented and policed. CITES is one of the oldest international environmental agreements and has been responsible for some striking conservation successes. But given the way it has evolved there are also some critical weaknesses that unscrupulous countries and commercial interests can exploit especially regarding information institutions and enforcement. The convention needs reform and this book gives a trenchant critique including practical and effective recommendations for change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071954

Policing Major EventsPerspectives from Around the World Whenever a major event requires police intervention questions are raised about the nature of the police response. Could the police have prevented the conflict been better prepared reacted more quickly? Could they have acted more forcefully or brought the altercation under control more effectively? Based upon real case studies of events from all over the world this volume explores the complex set of factors comprising the policing of major events. Topics covered include: Police procedures in Serbia in response to sporting events and violence The 2010 World Cup in South Africa as a model of best practice in governance structures along with the region’s struggles in routine policing initiatives Security operations at the 2010 Winter Olympic Games in Canada and the Summer Olympic and Paralympic Games in London in 2012 Community involvement to curb terrorist insurgency in North Eastern Nigeria Governmental response to Hurricane Katrina in Louisiana and Texas Revisions made to NYPD protocols following the September 11 attacks Policing strategies for major events on Aboriginal and tribal lands across Canada Other topics include the police/protestor relationship and low-profile versus high-profile policing strategies in crowd control the growing strategy of private security in working with public police forces and enhancing public safety in post-conflict regions. The concepts presented in Policing Major Events: Perspectives from Around the World will enable police departments to improve their readiness for policing major events across a diverse set of events and socio-political contexts. This book is a co-publication with the International Police Executive Symposium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138374812

Policing NightlifeSecurity Transgression and Urban Order Nightlife is a place of both real and imagined risk a ‘frontier’ (Melbin 1978) where apparent freedom and transgression are closely linked and where regulation of leisure and collective intoxication has been diffused throughout an expanding network of state and private actors. This book explores Sydney’s contemporary night-time economy as the product of an intersection of both local and global transformations as policing comes to incorporate more and more ‘private’ personnel empowered to regulate ‘public’ drinking and nightlife. Policing Nightlife focuses on the historical and social conditions cultural meanings and regulatory controls that have shaped both public and private forms of policing and security in contemporary urban nightlife. In so doing it reflects more broadly on global changes in the nature of contemporary policing and how aspects of neoliberalism and the ideal of the ‘24-hour city’ have shaped policing security and night-time leisure. Based on a decade of research and interviews with both police and doorstaff working in nightlife settings it explores the effectiveness of policies governing policing and private security in the night-time economy in the context of media political and public debates about regulation and the gendered and highly masculine aspects of much of this work. An accessible and compelling read this book will appeal to students and scholars of criminology policing sociology and those interested in understanding the debates surrounding security policing and contemporary urban nightlife. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488809

Policing Non-Citizens Criminologists are increasingly turning their attention to the many points of intersection between immigration and crime control. This book discusses the detection of unlawful non-citizens as a distinct form of policing which is impacting on a growing range of agencies and sections of society. It constitutes an important contribution not only to the literature on policing but also to the field of border control studies within criminology. Drawing on the work of Clifford Shearing Ian Loader and P.A.J. Waddington it offers new theoretical approaches to the study of police powers and practice.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811293

Policing Northern Ireland This book provides an account and analysis of policing in Northern Ireland providing an account and analysis of the RUC (Royal Ulster Constabulary) from the start of 'the troubles' in the 1960s to the early 1990s through the uneasy peace that followed the 1994 paramilitary ceasefires (1994-1998) and then its transformation into the Police Service of Northern Ireland following the 1999 Patten Report. A major concern is with the reform process and the way that the RUC has faced and sought to remedy a situation where it faced a chronic legitimacy deficit. Policing Northern Ireland focuses on three key aspects of the police legitimation process: reform measures which are implemented to redress a legitimacy crisis; representational strategies which are invoked to offer positive images of policing; and public responses to these various strategies. Several key questions are asked about the ways in which the RUC has sought to improve its standing amongst nationalists: first what strategies of reform has the RUC implemented? second what forms of representation has the RUC employed to promote and portray itself in the positive terms that might secure public support? third how have nationalists responded to these initiatives? The theoretical framework and analysis developed in the book also highlights general issues relating to the implications of police legitimacy and illegitimacy for social conflict and divisions and their management and/or resolution in relation to transitional societies in particular. In doing so it makes a powerful contribution to wider current debates about police legitimacy police-community relations community resistance and conflict resolution. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926528

Policing Organized CrimeIntelligence Strategy Implementation When criminal activity is as straightforward as a child’s game of cops and robbers the role of the police is obvious but today’s bad guys don’t always wear black. In fact the most difficult criminals to cope with are those who straddle the gray divide between licit and illicit activity. Many of these nefarious sorts operate on the fringe of society often acting the part of businesspersons meeting the demands of otherwise law-abiding clientele with illegally procured or delivered goods. Others specially trained to occupy positions of responsibility make the most of position and special knowledge to partake of ill-gotten gains. Then there are the organized crime families and syndicates who make use of common business models to turn dubious undertakings into profitable ventures.Policing Organized Crime: Intelligence Strategy Implementation addresses these very real types of modern criminals. It examines the methods and motives of those operating on the fringes of society including more obvious outlaws as well as less obvious lawyers businesspeople and bankers social outcasts as well as devoted family people. Written by Petter Gottschalk an internationally respected police expert in organized crime this book details the workings of entrepreneurial crime through the use of case studies from around the world. He presents strategies that will alter the thinking and investigative styles of those police charged with the responsibility of preventing and putting a stop to business crimes. Implementation of an effective intelligence strategy is a key element in his thinking. He demonstrates the shrewd skill set required to bring down those criminals who twist the rules of supply and demand with business models designed to maximize illegal gain.This important resource is a volume in the Advances in Police Theory and Practice Series which features the work of international experts who provide researchers and those i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864286

Policing PoliticsSecurity Intelligence and the Liberal Democratic State Numerous allegations of abuse of power have been made against the domestic security intelligence agencies in the United Kingdom such as police special branches and MI5. These include the improper surveillance of trade unionists and peace activists campaigns of mis-information against elected politicians and even the elimination' of people believed to be engaged in political violence. Drawing on extensive foreign material and making use of the social science concepts of information power and law this book develops a framework for the comparative analysis of these agencies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043776

Policing PregnancyThe Law and Ethics of Obstetric Conflict Are pregnant women entitled to the same rights of self-determination and bodily integrity as other adults? This is the fundamental question underlying recent high-profile legal interventions in situations when pregnant women and healthcare staff do not agree on management options or appropriate behaviour. Courts on both sides of the Atlantic have sometimes answered that they are not and the law has at times been manipulated to enforce compliance with medical recommendations. This is the first book of its kind to offer a comprehensive assessment of healthcare law as applied to the unique situation of pregnancy. Drawing on case material from both the UK and the USA it describes the trend towards 'policing pregnancy' and explores the emergence of the concept of 'maternal-foetal conflict' - and why in the author's view this would be more appropriately labelled 'obstetric conflict'. Suggestions are made for alternative approaches that better safeguard the overall well-being of pregnant women and their future children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257948

Policing Prostitution 1856–1886Deviance Surveillance and Morality Focusing on the ports dockyards and garrison towns of Kent this study examines the social and economic factors that could cause a woman to turn to prostitution and how such women were policed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661844

Policing Public Disorder This book draws on a wide range of studies of collective conflict and the policing of crowds and social movements to provide an understanding of the causes and management of public disorder. It seeks to describe and explain the processes by which the police interpret and respond to instances of public disorder to account for variations in their strategies and tactics and to identify the conditions in which police interventions (or inaction) may serve to enhance or reduce the potential for wider confrontation. In addition to providing a penetrating review and critique of relevant theory the author employs a combination of existing studies and first-hand research to explore the lessons both practical and theoretical of recent examples of British and American urban disorders the policing of worldwide anti-globalisation protests (such as the British G8 protests of 2005) and the activities of British football fans abroad between 1990 and 2006. These case studies are brought together to provide an engaging and sharply focused explanation and evaluation of contemporary police methods for avoiding or controlling public disorder. Policing Public Disorder will be essential reading for anyone with an interest in policing crowd behaviour and issues around public order and disorder. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926535

Policing Scotland This is the first modern book on policing in Scotland and aims to provide an up-to-date and authoritative account of recent developments taking full account of the impact of devolution and the work of the Scottish assembly. A concern throughout is to look at Scottish policing within a broader UK and comparative context assessing both differences and similarities with policing south of the border. Contributors to the book are drawn from both academics and practitioners and include chapters on the history and development of policing in Scotland its structure and organisation Scottish devolution and policing the role of policing within the wider Scottish criminal justice system crime and policing community policing in Scotland policing drugs policing and youth justice human rights legislation and Scottish policing and the management of Scottish policing. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926542

Policing Scotland This fully updated and expanded second edition of Policing Scotland takes account of recent developments in Scottish policing and criminal justice against the backdrop of a dynamic political landscape and looming fiscal constraints in public services. The book offers contributions from both academics and practitioners and not only shows police at work in contemporary Scotland but also gives some insight into those areas where policing is carried out by non-police people and organisations.It seeks to identify what it is about Scottish policing that is distinctly Scottish the main characteristics of modern policing in Scotland how these have developed over the recent past and what they have become today. In answering these questions the book analyses policing in Scotland in the context of the new and emerging ideas about the nature purposes and methods of policing that are developing elsewhere in the world and seeks to determine how far Scottish policing is maintaining its own traditions or simply becoming a localised example of wider global trends.The second edition of this popular text introduces new chapters on crime investigation police unionism ethnic minorities policing violence and forensic science as well as incorporating a major new theme which seeks to explain how those responsible for policing Scotland set about dealing with current issues such as terrorism and organised crime. This book makes a significant contribution to the current debate on policing in Scotland and as such is an essential text for academics and those interested in policing issues. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9780203118160

Policing Serious Crime in ChinaFrom 'Strike Hard' to 'Kill Fewer' Despite a resurgence in the number of studies of Chinese social control over the past decade or so no sustained work in English has detailed the recent developments in policy and practice against serious crime despite international recognition that Chinese policing of serious crime is relatively severe and that more people are executed for crime in China each year than in the rest of the world combined. In this book the author skilfully explores the politics practice procedures and public perceptions of policing serious crime in China focusing on one particular criminal justice practice – anti-crime campaigns – in the period of transition from planned to market economy from the 1980s to the first years of the twenty-first century. Susan Trevaskes analyzes the elements that led to the Hard Strike becoming the preferred method of attacking the growing problem of serious crime in China before going on to examine the factors surrounding the failure of the Hard Strike as a way of addressing the main problems of serious crime in China today that is drug trafficking and organized crime . Drawing on a rich variety of Chinese sources Serious Crime in China is an original and informed read for scholars of China criminologists generally and the international human rights community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854962

Policing Sex This collection focuses attention on an important but academically neglected area of contemporary operational policing: the regulation of consensual sexual practices. Despite the high-level public visibility of and debate about policing in relation to violent and abusive sexual crimes (from child sexual abuse to adult rape) very little public or scholarly attention is paid to the policing of consensual sexual practices in contemporary societies. Whilst ‘sexual life’ is commonly understood to be a matter of ‘private life’ that is beyond formal social control this book shows that policing is implicated in the regulation of a wide range of consensual sexual practices. This book brings together a well known and respected group of academics from a range of disciplines to explore the role of the police in shaping the boundaries of that aspect of our lives that we imagine to be most intimate and most our own. The volume presents a ‘snap shot’ of policing in respect of a number of diverse areas – such as public sex pornography and sex work – and considers how sexual orientation structures police responses to them. The authors critically examine how policing is implicated in the social moral and political landscape of sex and contrary to the established rhetoric of politicians and criminal justice practitioners continues to intervene in the private lives of citizens. It is essential supplementary reading for courses in criminology law policing sociology of deviance gender and sexuality and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668064

Policing Sexual Assault Policing Sexual Assault provides a detailed account of current police practice in the UK in response to sexual assault. The authors use case studies and interviews to find out why when the number of rape cases has almost trebled since 1985 the proportion of cases resulting in a conviction has dropped from 24% to 8.6%. Chapters cover: an overview of existing research police culture police recording practices the role of the Crime Prosecution Service male rape analysis of the judicial process interviews with complainants and first-hand accounts of their experiences proposals for reform. The authors place their findings within the context of theoretical debates about domestic and sexual violence and examine the gap between official condemnations of male violence as enshrined in law and the realities of the victims' (male and female) experiences - whereby the violence is too often condoned. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056714

Policing Structures This book examines the structures that support the policing organisation internally and externally including its partners within the criminal justice system. It has been written for students of policing especially those undertaking qualifications under the new Police Education Qualifications Framework (PEQF) undergraduates who study the police as part of a criminology or criminal justice degree or similar and those with a general interest in the police organisation in England and Wales. It includes chapters on: The historical context of police structure. Accountability governance and control in the police. Local national and international police structures. The partnership between the police and the criminal justice system. The future structure of policing. Throughout the chapters are ‘important point boxes’ which emphasise the key parts of each topic. At the end of each chapter are reflective questions useful websites and a further reading list all of which reinforces students’ knowledge and furthers their professional development. Written in clear and direct style this book will appeal to students of policing criminology criminal justice cultural studies and law. It is essential reading for students taking a degree in Professional Policing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433680

Policing TerrorismResearch Studies into Police Counterterrorism Investigations Based primarily upon information from the UK Special Branch Counterterrorism Unit Policing Terrorism: Research Studies into Police Counterterrorism Investigations takes you through the mechanics of a counterterrorism investigation. A combination of legal and empirical research this entry in the Advances in Police Theory and Practice book series examines subjects that include surveillance intelligence gathering and informants. It also addresses practical obstacles in counterterrorist investigations.The first section of the book conducts a comparative study of laws governing terrorist investigations in the UK US Canada and Australia. It compares the legal definition of terrorism in each country and how it has been incorporated into the statutes regarding terrorism—except in the case of the US which has not established a definition of terrorism. The book locates similarities in the legal jurisdictions of cooperating countries and discusses how legal gaps can create difficulties for international cooperation.The second section contains empirical studies on practical aspects of terrorist investigations and the activities of terrorist organizations. It evaluates operational officers’ discretion in using the powers granted to them and analyzes terrorist organizations’ methods in radicalizing and recruiting people to their causes. It also explores the critical role of informants in gathering intelligence covering a broad range of issues including integrity risk assessment ethics of handling informants police interrogation of suspects and the use of informants at trial.With many governments currently at a high threat level increased international cooperation among counterterrorism agencies is imperative. Policing Terrorism presents several pathways to generating more effective cooperation. It provides you with information on factors that help or hurt cooperation while suggesting what can be done to improve curr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869366

Policing the 2012 London OlympicsLegacy and Social Exclusion The summer Olympic Games are renowned for producing the world’s biggest single-city cultural event. While the Olympics and other sport mega-events have received growing levels of academic investigation from a variety of disciplinary approaches relatively little is known about how such occasions are experienced directly by local host communities and publics. This ethnography examines the everyday policing of the London Borough of Newham in relation to the London 2012 Olympics. It explains how police defined monitored prioritized contained and investigated ‘Olympic-related’ crime and how ‘Olympic-related’ policing connected to the policing of Newham. The authors examine how the threat of terrorism impacted on the everyday policing of the 2012 Olympics as well as the exaggeration of other threats to the Games – such as youth gangs – for political reasons. The book also explores local resistance to Olympic policing and the legacy of the Games with regard to policing local housing demographics and social exclusion. Discussing the lessons that can be learned for the future staging of sporting mega-events this book will appeal to scholars and students with interests in sport policing crime and criminology mega-events event management urban studies global studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371074

Policing the Home Front 1914-1918The control of the British population at war The civilian police during the First World War in Great Britain were central to the control of the population at home. This book will show the detail and challenges of police work during the First World War and how this impacted on ordinary people’s daily lives. The aim is to tell the story of the police as they saw themselves through the pages of their best-known journal The Police Review and Parade Gossip in addition to a wide range of other published archival and private sources.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664411

Policing the MarketsInside the Black Box of Securities Enforcement Set against the backdrop of the recurring waves of financial scandal and crisis to hit Canada the US the UK and Europe over the last decade this book examines the struggles of securities enforcement agencies to police the financial markets. While allegations of regulatory failure in this realm are commonplace and are well documented in policy and legal scholarship James Williams seeks to move beyond these conventional accounts arguing that they are based on a limited view of the regulatory process and overlook the actual practices and dilemmas of enforcement work. Informed by interviews with police regulators lawyers accountants and investor advocates along with a wealth of documentary materials the book is rooted in a uniquely interdisciplinary social science perspective. Peering inside the black box of enforcement it examines the organizational professional geographical technological and legal influences that shape securities enforcement as a distinctly knowledge-based enterprise. The result of these influences Williams argues is the production of a very particular vision of financial disorder which captures certain forms of misconduct while overlooking others a reflection not of incompetence or capture but of the unique demands and constraints of the regulatory craft. Providing a very different and much needed account of the challenges faced by regulators and enforcement agencies this book will be of enormous interest to current research on enforcement regulation and governance both within and beyond the financial realm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720182

Policing the Sex IndustryProtection Paternalism and Politics The exponential growth of sexual commerce migration and movement of people into the sex industry as well as localised concerns about transactional sex are key areas of interest across the urban west. Given the complex regulatory frameworks under-which the sex industry manifests the role of the police is significant. Policing the Sex Industry draws on the research and expertise of academics and practitioners presenting advanced scholarship across a range of countries and spaces. Unpicking the relationship between police practice and commercial sex whilst speaking to the current policy agendas Policing the Sex Industry explores key issues including: trafficking decriminalisation localised impacts of punitive policing approaches uneven policing approaches hate-crime approaches and the impact of policing on trans sex workers. A dynamic and incisive contribution to existing research Policing the Sex Industry will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as researchers at all levels interested in fields including Criminology Sociology Gender Politics and Women’s Studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375140

Policing the Victorian CommunityThe Formation of English Provincial Police Forces 1856-80 The year 1856 saw the first compulsory Police Act in England (and Wales). Over the next thirty years a class society came to be policed by a largely working-class police. This book first published in 1984 traces the process by which men made themselves into policemen translating ideas about work and servitude about local government and local community servitude and the ideologies of law and central government into sets of personal beliefs. By tracing the evolution of a policed society through the agency of local police forces the book illustrates the ways in which a society at many levels and from many perspectives understood itself to operate and the ways in which ownership servitude obligation and the reciprocality of social relations manifested themselves in different communities. This title will be of interest to students of criminology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943735

Policing Transnational CrimeLaw Enforcement of Criminal Flows As the threats posed by organised crime and terrorism persist law enforcement authorities remain under pressure to suppress the movement or flows of people and objects that are deemed dangerous. This collection provides a broad overview of the challenges and trends of the policing of flows. How these threats are constructed and addressed by governments and law enforcement agencies is the unifying thread of the book. The concept of flows is interpreted broadly so as to include the trafficking of illicit substances trade in antiquities and legal and illegal migration including cross-border travel by members of organised crime groups or ‘foreign fighters’. The book focuses especially on the responses of governments and law enforcement agencies to the changing nature and intensity of flows. The contributors comprise a mix of lawyers sociologists historians and criminologists who address both formal legal and practical on-the-ground approaches to the policing of flows. The volume invites reflection on whether the existing tool kit of governments and law enforcement agencies is adequate in this changing environment and how it could be modernised for example by increased reliance on technology or by reappraising the role of the private sector. As such the book will be useful not only for academics and practitioners who work on security-related matters but also more generally to those who are interested in what the near-term future of policing is likely to look like and how the balance between law enforcement on the one hand and human rights and civil liberties on the other can be achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354635

Policing Twentieth Century IrelandA History of An Garda Síochána The twentieth century was a time of rapid social change in Ireland: from colonial rule to independence civil war and later the Troubles; from poverty to globalisation and the Celtic Tiger; and from the rise to the fall of the Catholic Church. Policing in Ireland has been shaped by all of these changes. This book critically evaluates the creation of the new police force an Garda Síochána in the 1920s and analyses how this institution was influenced by and responded to these substantial changes. Beginning with an overview of policing in pre-independence Ireland this book chronologically charts the history of policing in Ireland. It presents data from oral history interviews with retired gardaí who served between the 1950s and 1990s giving unique insight into the experience of policing Ireland the first study of its kind in Ireland. Particular attention is paid to the difficulties of transition the early encounters with the IRA the policing of the Blueshirts the world wars gangs in Dublin and the growth of drugs and crime. Particularly noteworthy is the analysis of policing the Troubles and the immense difficulties that generated. This book is essential reading for those interested in policing or Irish history but is equally important for those concerned with the legacy of colonialism and transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899988

Policing Undocumented MigrantsLaw Violence and Responsibility Migration policing experiments such as boat turn-backs and offshore refugee processing have been criticised as unlawful and have been characterised as exceptional. Policing Undocumented Migrants explores the extraordinarily routine powerful and above all lawful practices engaged in policing status within state territory. This book reveals how the everyday violence of migration law is activated by making people ‘illegal’. It explains how undocumented migrants are marginalised through the broad discretion underpinning existing frameworks of legal responsibility for migration policing. Drawing on interviews with people with lived experience of undocumented status within Australia perspectives from advocates detailed analysis of legislation case law and policy this book provides an in-depth account of the experiences and legal regulation of undocumented migrants within Australia. Case studies of street policing immigration raids transitions in legal status such as release from immigration detention and character based visa determination challenge conventional binaries in migration analysis between the citizen and non-citizen and between lawful and unlawful status. By showing the organised and central role of discretionary legal authority in policing status this book proposes a new perspective through which responsibility for migration legal practices can be better understood and evaluated. Policing Undocumented Migrants will be of interest to scholars and practitioners working in the areas of criminology criminal law immigration law and border studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279363

Policing White-Collar CrimeCharacteristics of White-Collar Criminals Combating white-collar crime is a challenge as these criminals are found among the most powerful members of society including politicians business executives and government officials. While there are many approaches to understanding this topic Policing White-Collar Crime: Characteristics of White-Collar Criminals highlights the importance of police intelligence in confronting these crimes and criminals and focuses on the identification retrieval storage and application of information resources. Combining theory with case examples of some of the most notorious criminal enterprises in recent years the book explores:White-collar crime typologies and characteristicsThe roles and structure in a white-collar crime enterpriseSociological perspectives on why women are substantially less involved in white-collar crimeWhy chief executives are vulnerable to the lure of white-collar crimeCharacteristics of victims who fall prey to these crimesTheoretically based yet practitioner-oriented this book offers a unique study of the contingent approach to policing white-collar criminals—emphasizing the essential elements of information management strategy knowledge management strategy information technology strategy and value configuration in law enforcement. By implementing the techniques presented in this volume law enforcement organizations can better develop and implement detection and prevention methods. This effective use of the critical element of police intelligence is a powerful tool for circumventing the tactics of white-collar criminals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868352

Policing: A short history This book provides an overview of the history of policing in the UK. Its primary aim is to investigate the shifting nature of policing over time and to provide a historical foundation to today's debates. Policing: a short history moves away from a focus on the origins of the 'new police' and concentrates rather on broader (but much neglected) patterns of policing. How was there a shift from communal responsibility to policing? What has been expected of the police by the public and vice versa? How have the police come to dominate modern thinking on policing? The book shows how policing - in the sense of crime control and order maintenance - has come to be seen as the work which the police do even though the bulk of policing is undertaken by people and organisations other than the police. This book will be essential reading for anybody interested in the history of policing on how differing perceptions emerged on the function of policing on the part of the public the state and the police and in today's intense debates on what the police do. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924715

Policing: An introduction to concepts and practice This book provides a highly readable introduction to the role and function of the police and policing examining the issues and debates that surround this. It looks at the 'core functions' of the police the ways in which police functions have developed their key characteristics and the challenges they face. From the outset questions are asked about the conceptual contestability and ambiguity of policing and different views of police roles are addressed in turn: policing as social control crime investigation managing risk policing as community justice and as a public good. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924708

Policing: Toward an Unknown Future The enclosed papers are the culmination of a project Dr. John Crank and Dr. Colleen Kadleck carried out assessing issues facing the police into the early 21st century. The papers are future oriented in the sense that they anticipate trends visible today. Everywhere the contributing scholars found that the organizational concept practice and function of the police were undergoing transition. Yet the seeming state-level hardening of the police function was ubiquitous. Two themes were noteworthy. On the one hand in developing or ‘second world’ countries police face endemic problems of corruption organized crime and drugs. Police in response are undergoing centralization and intensification of law enforcement activities. In countries with first world economies – Canada the United States and Australia – contributors discovered trends toward expansion of the police function a trend described by Brodeur as toward 'high policing'. It reflects the growing reliance on surveillance for crime control and for the tracking of minority indigenous and immigrant populations in crime prevention efforts. The results suggest that governments sometimes encouraged by their citizenry seem increasingly to rely on the police to deal with a broad array of social as well as criminal problems. This book was originally published as a special issue of Police Practice and Research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315873473

Policy Teacher Education and the Quality of Teachers and Teaching This edited collection brings together papers written by a number of experienced international academics who share a passion for promoting research-informed high-quality pre-service and in-service teacher education that makes a positive difference to the lives of teachers and their students. Taken together the contributions to this book represent a call to arms for all who lead education policy at local regional and national levels teacher educators and schools themselves to engage in sustained and productive collaboration. Topics include: the centrality of empathy to the classroom ‘practical theorising’ that is a central part of all good teachers’ armoury; the possibilities for collaborative professionalism which enables them to extend and enrich their thinking commitment and capacity for resilience; the pedagogical reasoning habits of mind critical reflection knowledge and skills that lead to the best classroom practices. Only when the voices of stakeholders at all these levels are brought together heard and enacted are students in all schools in all contexts and in all jurisdictions likely to receive the quality of education to which all are entitled. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Teachers and Teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367694593

Policy & Management British Civil Servic First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401358

Policy Actors Policy analysis has always attended to the role of elite actors but much less often has the policy activity of ‘street level’ actors been attended to. The ‘implementation’ paradigm has tended to caricature the level of practice in terms of ‘resistors’ or policy failure and ignored the demanding creative and complex processes of enacting policy. The move from policy texts to policy in action involves sophisticated processes of interpretation and translation as well as at times opposition subversion and strategic compliance. The chapters in this book in different ways seek to get inside the policy process to understand what policy actors really do – how they manage impossible and multiple policy expectations how they attempt to do policy with limited resources in conditions often unimagined by those who write policy and how they translate abstract policy formulations into things that are doable immediate and relevant. The collection re-writes the policy process and offers new ways of researching policy and policy outcomes. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Education Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887117

Policy Analysis as Problem SolvingA Flexible and Evidence-Based Framework Drawing extensively from real-life cases Policy Analysis as Problem Solving helps students develop the analytic skills necessary to advise government officials and nonprofit executives on a wide range of policy issues. Unlike other texts Policy Analysis as Problem Solving employs a pragmatic heterodox approach to the field. Whereas most texts on policy analysis are anchored in microeconomics emphasizing economic efficiency this book takes a broader view using realistic examples to illustrate the full scope of policy analysis. The book provides succinct but thorough discussions of the key elements of the policy-analytic process including problem definition objectives and criteria development of alternative policy options and analysis of these alternatives. The text’s practical approach and extensive downloadable resources—which include interviews case studies and further readings—will be of enormous benefit to both students and instructors of policy analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630178

Policy Analysis in the Twenty-First CenturyComplexity Conflict and Cases The field called policy analysis focused originally on the formulation of new policies and was structured to give advice to those in the top reaches of government agencies. Within several decades the field moved beyond the formulation stage of the policy process (creating new policies) to agenda setting implementation and evaluation of existing policies. New skill sets emerged and staff were found in many parts of the policy world. Despite these changes there has been little attention paid to the possible shifts in the relationship between analysts and clients and students of policy analysis often enter the world of work with little exposure to the situations they might face. Policy Analysis in the Twenty-First Century is designed to familiarize students with the diversity of experiences that they can expect to face in their practitioner role.  Author Beryl Radin bases the discussion on case studies that illustrate realities in the current policy analysis environment. Set in very different environments (including both US and international settings) the players in the cases illustrate three different stages of a career (beginning the career mid-career and people at the end of their career). The cases are based on realistic situations and demonstrate the volatility and complexity of the decision environments. At the same time they provide attention to the analysts’ personal values and career goals. This book will be required reading for faculty and masters level students in both public management and policy analysis classes. It may also be used in executive programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225438

Policy Analysis of Transport Networks Interdisciplinary contributors from across Europe and the USA join together in this book to provide a timely overview of the latest theories and policies related to transport networks. They cover topical issues such as: environmental benefits of substitution of aviation by high speed trains; incident management; impacts of aviation deregulation; and time savings in freight transport. The book also breaks new ground on the development of new methods of cost benefit analysis and other approaches in policy analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278189

Policy AnalysisConcepts and Practice Often described as a public policy “bible ” Weimer and Vining remains the essential primer it ever was. Now in its sixth edition Policy Analysis provides a strong conceptual foundation of the rationales for and the limitations to public policy. It offers practical advice about how to do policy analysis but goes a bit deeper to demonstrate the application of advanced analytical techniques through the use of case studies. Updates to this edition include: A chapter dedicated to distinguishing between policy analysis policy research stakeholder analysis and research about the policy process. An extensively updated chapter on policy problems as market and governmental failure that explores the popularity of Uber and its consequences. The presentation of a property rights perspective in the chapter on government supply to help show the goal tensions that arise from mixed ownership. An entirely new chapter on performing analysis from the perspective of a public agency and a particular program within the agency’s portfolio: public agency strategic analysis (PASA). A substantially rewritten chapter on cost–benefit analysis to better prepare students to become producers and consumers of the types of cost–benefit analyses they will encounter in regulatory analysis and social policy careers. A new introductory case with a debriefing that provides advice to help students immediately begin work on their own projects. Policy Analysis: Concepts and Practices remains a comprehensive serious and rich introduction to policy analysis for students in public policy public administration and business programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216518

Policy and Education Written specifically for education studies students this accessible text offers a clear introduction to education policy. It aims to help the reader understand what is meant by educational policy how policy can be made and the main discourses that have driven education. Capturing the essential aspects of educational policy over the last thirty years the book provides an overview of political themes in education demonstrating how education policy has progressed and the effect this and politics have had on schools. It then covers key themes such as performance choice and professionalism to show how education policy is constructed and implemented and how this has impacted on education in practice. Features include: • activities that can be undertaken individually or as a group to promote discussion • annotated further reading lists; • chapter overviews and summaries Written as part of the Foundations in Education Studies series this timely textbook is essential reading for students coming to the study of education policy for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697583

Policy and Governance in Post-Conflict SettingsTheory & Practice Post-conflict societies are commonly constructed as weak fragile and failed states. Economic recovery risks of renewed violent conflict natural resource degradation and poverty alleviation become prioritized agendas of donor countries and international institutions. Billions of dollars on development policy and governance reform have been invested. However misapplication ineffectiveness and foreign aid dependency have become a controversial debate on "whose policy whose governance and whose outcomes." To understand the problems the author employs a blend of social constructionism and discourse theory to establish a platform for understanding and discussing hegemonic aid conditionality on recipient governments. The theories also help analyze how the meanings of "post-conflict governance" are socially economically and politically constructed and used in state building state apparatuses institutional building and policy-making process. He reveals that the philosophical and theoretical knowledge that underlies the interface between the mode of governance and policy design create the consensus of values norms and indicators between experts public servants donors and communities in post-conflict settings. The author also shares illuminating case studies by way of his considerable wealth of experience leading reconstructive efforts in Afghanistan and Cambodia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482248548

Policy and Governance in the Water-Energy-Food NexusA Relational Equity Approach This book discusses the balance of priorities within the Water-Energy-Food (WEF) nexus and its impact on policy development and implementation highlighting innovative perspectives in adopting a holistic approach to identify analyse and manage the nexus component interdependencies. Due to increasing demands for natural resources the WEF nexus has emerged as a response to the numerous global challenges. Addressing WEF challenges often involves balancing multiple and competing priorities and identifying and managing interrelations synergies and trade-offs between the three components of the nexus. In this volume the authors focus on the dynamics between multiple stakeholders such as governments businesses NGOs and local communities when addressing WEF challenges by adopting a nexus approach. The book argues that effective engagement of multiple stakeholders can address difficulties arising from the introduction of an integrated approach to WEF policy design and implementation increasing the potential benefits. The book also looks at the effect of international relations and regional power struggles on resolving cross-border WEF nexus issues. Case studies are drawn from Kenya Central Asia USA and Peru highlighting key themes such as how collaborative governance enabled and facilitated by relational equity management can be viewed as an innovative way to reconcile competing priorities. The combination of theoretical and case study chapters makes the book of interest to a wide audience including scholars and advanced students of sustainable development agriculture and food studies water and energy policy design and governance as well as to practitioners working in the fields of water energy and food security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357372

Policy and Law in Heritage Conservation This book has been developed in association with the Cultural Heritage Department of the Council of Europe. It examines key themes and objectives for the protection of the architectural and archaeological heritage in a range of European countries. The analysis of individual countries and the group as a whole gives an assessment of how advanced current mechanisms are and the ongoing problems that remain to be managed in order to safeguard the 'common heritage'. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138172531

Policy and Marketing Strategies for Digital Media With digital media becoming ever more prevalent it is essential to study policy and marketing strategies tailored to this new development. In this volume contributors examine government policy for a range of media including digital television IPTV mobile TV and OTT TV. They also address marketing strategies that can harness the unique nature of digital media’s innovation production design and accessibility. They draw on case studies in Asia North America and Europe to offer best practices for both policy and marketing strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305946

Policy and Operations in the Mediterranean1912-1914 The documents in this focus on the Mediterranean in the years 1912 to 1914 are grouped in four sections each with an informative Introduction. The first covers the debate on British policy in the Mediterranean which occurred soon after Winston Churchill became First Lord of the Admiralty as well as the conversations between Britain and France in the years before the start of the Great War at both naval and diplomatic levels. The second section records the movement of the German battle-cruiser Goeben and the light cruiser Breslau in the days between July 27 and August 14 1914. The escape of the Goeben and Breslau from the British Mediterranean fleet after the declaration of war was the grounds for a Court of Enquiry and the Court Martial of Rear-Admiral E.C.T. Troubridge which are reported in the third section. And the fourth part deals with British naval activity with particular reference to Turkey and Turkish waters after these two German ships succeeded in reaching the Dardanelles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423447

Policy and Planning as Public ChoiceMass Transit in the United States First published in 1999 this book applies formal economic measures to the passenger and taxpayer benefits of public transit service in the United States under a public choice analytical framework. Approximately 400 local transit budgets have been renewed annually for more than 25 years. These budgets epitomize Braybrooke and Linblom’s concept of 'disjointed incrementalism' and Buchanan’s concept of 'Public Choice' since local legislators funded transit despite constant academic criticism of transit performance. On the other hand Braybrooke and Lindblom and Buchanan show that local budgets capture benefits that traditional planning analysis does not grasp. This is borne out in analysis in the book. Indeed far from draining society transit returns five dollars in benefits for each one dollar of public subsidy. After explaining the analytical framework in Chapter 1 four chapters are devoted to measuring the value of transit benefits. The concluding chapter draws out the implications of this approach and of benefit measurement for policy and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000011

Policy and Politics in EducationSponsored Grant-maintained Schools and Religious Diversity This title was first published in 2000:  This is an examination of the sponsored grant-maintained schools initiative. These schools were an attempt to increase the diversity of schools within the state-maintained sector so families would have a greater choice when selecting the most desirable school for their children. Thus allowing schools to be run by religious and ethnic minority groups. The book considers and analyzes the political nature of the policy formulation and implementation. It examines the way the 1993 Education Act came to be formulated and follows its path within the changing social economic and political context of the years 1993 to 1998. The text examines the background to the applications for funding from religious minority and other groups and discusses the implications of such a changes in funding policy in the context of the 1998 School Standard and Framework Act. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736467

Policy and Politics in State Budgeting States are the key to contemporary government reform efforts in the United States but we know very little about their relative effectiveness at resource allocation and their actual capacity to absorb additional fiscal and managerial responsibilities. This path-breaking study examines state budget offices as institutional actors with special attentio to the role of budget examiners. Drawing on empirical findings from field studies of eleven states in the American heartland the authors demonstrate how budgeting at the state level has become more policy-oriented requiring complex decision making by budget analysts. The incrementalist model of budgetary decision-making thus gives way to a multiple rationalities model. The authors illustrate the decision-making model with the story of two office examiners who have distinctly different orientations as they begin their work and contrast the different decision nationalities that come into play for them at different points in a typical budget cycle. The book includes a comprehensive bibliography of historical and modern writings on state budgeting operations activities and decision-making; state budgeting cycles; and the state-level policy development process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701721

Policy and Politics in Teacher EducationInternational perspectives During the last 20 years governments around the world have paid increasing attention to the recruitment preparation and retention of teachers. Teacher supply and teacher quality have become significant policy issues taken up by policy-makers at the highest levels. This is because teachers are now seen by many governments as the ‘lynch-pin’ of educational economic and social reform. This volume grew out of a recognition by the Editors of the growing significance of teacher education policy and a curiosity about international trends and differences. The book brings together nine papers from leading academics around the world: from the UK (England and Scotland) the USA Australia Singapore and Belgium plus a joint paper comparing Namibia and the USA. Taken together the papers reveal the complexities and contradictions of international trends. On the one hand they demonstrate that there is indeed a common direction of travel along the lines encouraged by international bodies such as the OECD. At the same time however the papers also reveal important differences among countries in terms of how they are addressing common aspirations as well as some apparent contradictions within the policies of individual nations. This book was based on the special issue of Teachers and Teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664431

Policy and Practice in European Human Resource ManagementThe Price Waterhouse Cranfield Survey This volume first published in 1994 lays out and considers the evidence of trends in HRM in a variety of areas: overall strategy the role and education of HR professionals recruitment training and development pay industrial relations communication flexibility equal opportunities and EC social policy. Because the research examined data at the organisational level the book is able to provide a unique analysis of what is happening in HRM in the very different cultures of European states both EC and EFTA. This volume is an indispensable source for all teachers and students of European HRM practices and policies. This book will also be a key reference source for practitioners wishing to understand HRM in the various European countries and to ‘benchmark’ their organisation against current practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294530

Policy and Practice in Multicultural and Anti-Racist EducationA case study of a multi-ethnic comprehensive school This fascinating case study first published in 1990 of how policies work out in a real school setting is placed in the context of the wider debate about multi-cultural anti-racist education. This book also makes suggestions for the shaping of future policy. This book should be of interest to lecturers and students of education and sociology.< Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222465

Policy and Practice in Primary Education Detailed accounts of two influential initiatives of the 1990s whose educational and political lessons remain highly relevant: systemic and pedagogic reform in one of Britain‘s largest cities and the controversialthree wise men government enquiry into primary teaching to which it led. Alexander's controversial and widely-read report on primary education in Leeds has now been revised as a major study of policy initiatives in primary education and their impact on practice. The book examines an ambitious programme of local reform aimed at improving teaching and learning in the primary schools of one of Britain's largest cities. It addresses important questions about children's needs the curriculum classroom practice and school management. When first published Robin Alexander's report was hailed as `seminal' and `the most important document since Plowden' but it was also quoted and misquoted in support of widely opposed political and media agendas. This new edition retains Part I from the first edition detailing the impact of Leeds LEA's programme for educational reform. However it also provides a totally new and greatly extended Part II which gives an insider's account of the sequel to the Leeds report - the government's 1992 'three wise men' report. There is also a new introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418431

Policy and Practice in Science Education for the GiftedApproaches from Diverse National Contexts Gifted education has come to be regarded as a key national programme in many coutnries and gifted education in science disciplines is now being recognised to be of major importance for economic and technological development. Despite these initiatives and developments internationally there are very few discussions on gifted education in science drawing upon practices and experiences in different national contexts. In support of an international dialogue between researchers and practitioners often working within isolated traditions this book offers information on key influential approaches to science education for gifted learners and surveys current policy and practice from a diverse range of educational contexts. The volume offers an informative introduction for those new to studying gifted science education as well as supporting the development of the field by offering examples of critical thinking about key issues and accounts of the influences at work within education systems and the practical complexities of providing science education for the gifted. The contributions draw upon a variety of research approaches to offer insights into the constraints and affordancxes of working within particular policy contexts and the strengths and challenges inherent in different approaches to practice. Chapters include: Teaching science to the gifted in English state schools: locating a compromised 'gifted & talented' policy within its systemic context Models of education for science talented adolescents in the United States: Past present and likely future trends Navigating the shifting terrain between policy and practice for gifted learners in Tanzania Science education for female indigenous gifted students in the Mexican context Gifted Science Education in the Context of Japanese Standardization This book will appeal to scholars practitioners and policy makers who are in the field of gifted science education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365858

Policy And Practice In The Management Of Tropical Watersheds This book describes the upper watershed technologies and quotes successful examples. It is concerned with the less researched and often less-tractable land-use problems of rural areas involving the management of croplands plantations forests and rangelands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283162

Policy and Pragmatism in the Conflict of Laws This title was first published in 2001. After languishing for decades in the domains of rigid doctrinalism and confusing theory the conflict of laws is increasingly being recognized as an important area of law to a global community. To demonstrate its importance Michael Whincop and Mary Keyes transcend the divide between the English pragmatic tradition and the circularity of American policy-based theory. They argue that the law governing multistage conflicts can minimize the social costs of litigation increase the extent of co-ordination facilitate private ordering and limit regulatory monopolies and cross-border spillovers. Pragmatic in outlook and economic in methodology they pursue these themes across a broad range of doctrinal issues and offer valuable links to parallel analyses in domestic contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703346

Policy and Strategic Behaviour in Water Resource Management Water resource management throughout the world is a very complicated issue involving various aspects and dimensions and a well-coordinated set of policies. A well-designed water policy is a multi-faceted concerted intervention which could be specific to just one set of political and physical socio-economic conditions. A framework to analyse the interaction between policy design and implementation can assist in improving both of these in various physical economic and political situations. This book focuses on the interaction between policy making and strategic behaviour of policy makers water users and other stakeholders and how policy analysis and other analytical tools from the field of game theory and negotiation can improve policy design. The book presents analysis by high-level policy makers and policy analysts from various countries to share experience regarding specific policy issues that are relevant to almost any country in the world but may have been addressed differently in each country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978676

Policy and the Popular The book is an interdisciplinary exploration of the complexities of ‘popular’ culture as a category of public policy. It approaches the notions of ‘cultural policy’ and ‘popular culture’ flexibly examining what each comes to mean explicitly or implicitly in relation to the other. This generates a rich variety of approaches but also a number of identifiable commonalities. We start from the proposition that 'popular culture' is largely absent as an explicit category of arts policy and debate today. The ‘arts’ are still in practice construed in terms of elite culture (despite claims to the contrary) while artefacts such as popular music television fashion and so on are assumed to figure among the cultural or creative ‘industries’ giving the popular a set of narrowly economic professional and commodity connotations. And yet the popular is in a range of ways powerfully present as an implicit dimension of public policy and as a catalyst of cultural practices and attitudes. This apparent paradox underpins the proposal. The book is a collaboration between two UK-based institutions: the University of Leeds’s Popular Cultures Research Network and the well established Centre for Cultural Policy Studies at the University of Warwick. This book was originally published as a special issue of International Journal of Cultural Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698078

Policy And/spec Sale/avail Hard Only The misuse and abuse of tropical watersheds in developing countries are a matter of concern to everyone working in development. Watersheds not only hold the key to erosion control water storage and thus drought alleviation and agricultural success but are also critical to downstream users. Using a combination of theory and practice the author ex Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283179

Policy Change & Discourse in Europe A new examination of the actual place of discourse in democratic policymaking. It tackles key questions such as when and how does discourse matter during major political institutional change? and what is the power of Europeanization in domestic and international policy changes? This new study delivers enlightening answers to these key questions by examining policy discourse Europeanization and the classic variables of politics in their institutional context. It presents sophisticated theoretical analysis grounded in empirically-rich comparative case studies on security and defense cooperation international negotiations on trade and agricultural policy deregulation of telecommunications and banking and reform of anti-discrimination policy. This is a Special Issue of the leading journal West European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874091

Policy change in the Area of Freedom Security and JusticeHow EU institutions matter The EU plays an increasingly important role in issues such as the fight against organised crime and the management of migration flows transforming the Area of Freedom Security and Justice (AFSJ) into a priority of the EU’s political and legislative agenda. This book investigates whether institutional change - the gradual communitarisation of the AFSJ - has triggered policy change and in doing so explores the nature and direction of this policy change. By analysing the role of the EU’s institutions in a systematic theory-informed and comparative way it provides rich insights into the dynamics of EU decision-making in areas involving high stakes for human rights and civil liberties. Each chapter contains three sections examining: the degree of policy change in the different AFSJ fields ranging from immigration and counter-terrorism to data protection the role of EU institutions in this process of change a case study determining the mechanisms of change. The book will be of interest to practitioners students and scholars of European politics and law EU policy-making security and migration studies as well as institutional change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138237742

Policy Change under New Democratic Capitalism Democratic capitalism in developed countries has been facing an unprecedented crisis since 2008. Its political manageability is declining sharply. Both democracy and capitalism now involve crucial risks that are significantly more serious than those observed in earlier periods. The notion of policy regimes has gained new significance in analysing the possibilities for a post-neoliberal alternative. Policy innovations directed towards an economic breakthrough require both political leadership and a new economic theory. The processes of political decision making have become quite distant from the public realm and a limited number of economic and political elites exert influence on public policy. This book examines from a policy regime perspective how developed countries attempt to achieve such a breakthrough at critical junctures triggered by economic crises. It initially assesses the nature of the present crisis and identifies the actors involved. Thereafter it provides an analytical definition of a crisis stressing that most crises contain within them the potential to be turned into an opportunity. Finally it presents a new analytical design in which we can incorporate today’s more globalized and fluid context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365995

Policy Choice in Local Responses to Climate ChangeA Comparison of Urban Strategies Since the 1990s ‘beliefs’ ‘ideas’ or ‘knowledge’ as well as processes of communicative interactions such as persuasion argumentation and learning have received increasing attention in social science for the understanding of political changes. This book makes a significant contribution to this scholarly debate and will be of interest to practitioners showing on one side how climate change has received more and more attention in policy making at the local level and changed the urban agenda and on the other how different the responses of cities to this global challenge are – and how these differences between cities can be explained. This book was previously published as a special issue of Urban Research and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022747

Policy Coherence and EU Development Policy The principle of policy coherence has been the object of a contentious debate in the European Union’s external relations though discussions have been mainly limited to its foreign policy and its ability to speak with one voice in the international arena. Despite being institutionalised in the Treaty of Maastricht policy coherence for development (PCD) which implies taking into account the needs and interests of developing countries in non-aid policies failed to make headway in the European Union remaining the unheeded concern of some NGOs and a small group of Member States. A change of direction occurred in the early 2000s when the European Commission taking advantage of a number of favourable conditions and using an astute strategy managed to set an ambitious agenda for the European Union. This volume analyses the linkages between aid and various non-aid policies namely trade agriculture fisheries security migration and the social dimension of globalisation. Its aim is to shed new light on the EU’s policy-making process by looking at the nexus between various policy sub-systems and on the role that the EU wants to play in the international arena by looking at the impact of its policies on international development. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849203

Policy Coherence in Development Co-operation In the 1990s a shared conviction emerged among aid donors that their policies should be more coherent. The drive towards increased policy coherence came as a response to a state of policy incoherence. The shifting grounds of policy coherence in development co-operation are outlined in this volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038100

Policy Competition and Foreign Direct Investment in Europe First published in 1999 this volume recognised how widespread attention has been given to charting how the global rise in investment flows has caused numerous changes in the operation of economies – such as the globalisation of production and increasing international economic interdependency. Less research has been made on the role of government policy in promoting FDI. This book based on a report for the OECD Development Centre examines the rising competition between European governments to attract mobile investment projects and its impact on the use of different policy areas to influence FDI decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328013

Policy Conflicts in Post-Mao China: A Documentary Survey with AnalysisA Documentary Survey with Analysis This is a collection of essays exploring the deep-rooted problems presented by the Three Gorges dam project that the Chinese government are trying to disguise or supress brought together by Dai Qing an investigative journalist at the risk of her own freedom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315494975

Policy Convergence in the UK and GermanyBeyond the Third Way? Policy convergence and policy learning have emerged as central themes in the study of public policy in recent years. This book complements the rich literature on theoretical aspects as well as individual case studies by undertaking a systematic comparison of policy convergence between two specific countries the UK and Germany. Both are member-states of the EU and face similar policy challenges across a number of policy sectors; as such both are ideally suited to such a comparison. In particular in the late 1990s the social-democratic governments of both countries explicitly sought to develop common solutions under the heading of the ‘Third Way’. By including analyses of not only of institutions but also of key areas of domestic and foreign policy this volume makes a unique contribution to the study of public policy in two of the EU’s key member-states. This book is also a dedication to  Professor William Paterson who has contributed immensely to the field of German Studies in Britain. This book was previously published as a special issue of German Politics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995031

Policy Discourses Gender and EducationConstructing Women's Status Despite over thirty years of activism and legislation to eliminate discrimination parity has yet to be achieved for women in academe. This book describes policy discourse analysis as a framework for considering how those involved in policy-making efforts may make use of discourses that inadvertently undermine the intended effect of the policies they set forth. Allan illustrates the methods of policy discourse analysis by describing their use in a study of twenty-one women's commission reports. In so doing she highlights the important work of university women's commissions while uncovering policy silences and making visible the powerful discourses framing gender equity policy initiatives in higher education. Her findings reveals how dominant discourses of femininity access professionalism race and sexuality contribute to constructing women's status in complex and at times contradictory ways. This important volume will interest researchers across a number of disciplines including policy studies  educational leadership higher education and cultural studies of education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203939611

Policy Discourses in Malaysian EducationA nation in the making Since independence in 1957 Malaysia has become a globally-recognised industrial trading partner. With a 60% Muslim population it also enjoys the reputation of being a moderate and peaceful nation. However with just a short time left to realising its Vision 2020 of developed nationhood the pathway of nation building still seems ambiguous. There is a brewing tension in its race and ethnic relations which has permeated the various fronts namely politics society economics and education. This book analyses the education policies that have been formulated and implemented in Malaysia since independence. It demonstrates how these policy enactments have influenced the nation’s growth and transformation and the challenges faced in creating a model of equity and multicultural co-existence among its racially and ethnically diversified people. Shedding light on these issues it points towards the major mending that is needed for Malaysia to become a truly developed nation. Chapters include: Education of ethnic minorities in Malaysia: Contesting issues in a multiethnic society Access and equity issues in Malaysian higher education Graduate employability in government discourse: A critical perspective This comprehensive book is a case study on Malaysia that will supplement researchers and advance students in their understanding of a multi-racial society’s perspective and attitude towards education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604612

Policy Entrepreneurship and Elections in JapanA Political Biogaphy of Ozawa Ichirō Ozawa Ichirō is one of the most important figures in Japanese politics having held the positions of Chief Secretary of the Liberal Democrat Party and after defection from the LDP President of the Democratic Party of Japan. Ozawa has distinctive ideas that set him apart from the average Japanese politician he believes in the concept of the independence of the individual as opposed to the importance of the group and as a policy entrepreneur he has had a huge impact on political change not only advocating but precipitating institutional change in a key political area – the election system. Using extensive interview data from key players in the political arena this book examines Ozawa's struggle to normalize alternation in office between two competingpolitical parties – particularly significant given the results of the 2009 election which handed over power to the Democratic Party of Japan – and how he has used his entrepreneurial talents to precipitate and carry out institutional change. Not only a political biography but also an in-depth analysis of the Japanese political and electoral systems this book will be of huge interest to anyone interested in Japanese politics and electoral systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016903

Policy Entrepreneurship in EducationEngagement Influence and Impact Policy Entrepreneurship in Education aims to build the confidence and skills of education academics in securing higher impact for their work. It offers guidance and identifies methods of capturing and measuring impact as well as practical advice in helping academics engage policy makers and influence society with their research.   Written specifically for the field of education the book utilises domestic and international examples to illustrate those policy entrepreneurship activities which advance impact and appeal to international audiences who are increasingly concerned with how higher education studies in education can make a difference on the ground.   Combining theory and practice the book employs a practical approach to doing policy entrepreneurship. It is a unique offering that will appeal to all who have an academic or practical interest in policy change and how to affect this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138214606

Policy EntrepreneurshipAn Asian Perspective Policy entrepreneurs engage in collaborative action to promote broad societal changes. They distinguish themselves from other political actors through their willingness to promote policy innovations that are new within specific contexts. Policy Entrepreneurship: An Asian Perspective showcases an exciting collection of new research studies. Previous studies of policy entrepreneurship within specific contexts across this vast region have confirmed the explanatory power of the concept even though the political systems under investigation are distinct from the political system in the United States where the notion of policy entrepreneurship was coined. This book is the first ever comprehensive compilation of research on policy entrepreneurship in Asia and focused on policy change in China India Indonesia Singapore and Thailand. All the studies gathered here assess the agency of policy entrepreneurs within broader structures that present them with both opportunities and constraints. In their different ways each chapter explores how structural changes specific strategies used by policy entrepreneurs and the practice of boundary spanning shape policy agendas. The scholarship on display offers an inspiring treasure trove of ideas insights concepts and research strategies. This book will prompt newer scholarship on policy entrepreneurs and the crucial role they play in contemporary politics in Asia and globally. The chapters in this book were originally published in the Journal of Asian Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367506476

Policy Evaluation with Computable General Equilibrium Models Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) modelling is a relatively new field in economics however it is rapidly becoming one of the most useful tools for policy evaluation. This book applies CGE modelling to some of the most urgent international economic policy problems including the Kyoto Protocol pension reform and income taxation and also analyses the methodological issues that arise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865969

Policy Expertise in Contemporary Democracies In the world of Wikipedia blogging and citizen journalism where huge masses of information and the capability to disseminate opinions thoughts and ideas is available at the click of a mouse what is the role and impact of political experts? The contributors to this insightful and original volume argue that across the western world in general the political expert occupies as important a role today as at any time in the past. The ubiquity of information and the fact that the experts and the organizations to which they are affiliated may be viewed as having an ideological agenda has not diminished their role influence or status. Governments and the media still rely on them for information and advice whilst organizations in civil society need them in order to provide the evidence arguments and policy recommendations that are essential to having a voice in the public conversation. By examining how these policy experts and their think tanks continue to exert influence across a range of modern western democracies a better understanding of the role of policy expertise and an examination of how it may develop and evolve throughout the rest of the world is reached. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452508

Policy For Agricultural Research The contributors to this volume based on the Agriculture Research Seminars held annually at the University of Minnesota examine the role of government multinationals and the emerging private sector (in both domestic and international contexts) in determining agricultural research policy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367298654

Policy Implications of Evolutionary and Institutional Economics This collection is inspired by the coming retirement of Professor Wolfram Elsner. It presents cutting-edge economic research relevant to economic policies and policy-making placing a strong focus on innovative perspectives. In a changing world that has been shaken by economic social financial and ecological crises it becomes increasingly clear that new approaches to economics are needed for both theoretical and empirical research; for applied economics as well as policy advice. At this point it seems necessary to develop new methods to reconsider theoretical foundations and especially to take into account the theoretical alternatives that have been advocated within the field of economics for many years. This collection seeks to accomplish this by including institutionalist evolutionary complexity and other innovative perspectives. It thereby creates a unique selection of methodological and empirical approaches ranging from game theory to economic dynamics to empirical and historical-theoretical analyses. The interested reader will find careful reconsiderations of the historical development of institutional and evolutionary theories enlightening theoretical contributions interdisciplinary ideas as well as insightful applications. The collection serves to highlight the common ground and the synergies between the various approaches and thereby to contribute to an emerging coherent framework of alternative theories in economics. This book is of interest to those who study political economy economic theory and philosophy as well as economic policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611436

Policy In EvolutionThe U.s. Role In China's Reunification The reunification of Taiwan with China is one of the most important policy issues of our time. The issue has broad strategic political economic and moral ramifications for the U.S. as well as for Chinese on both sides of the Taiwan Strait. The People's Republic of China (PRC) has assigned top political priority to reunification and has made the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283209

Policy Instruments for Environmental and Natural Resource Management Thomas Sterner's book is an attempt to encourage more widespread and careful use of economic policy instruments. The book compares the accumulated experiences of the use of economic policy instruments in the U.S. and Europe as well as in rich and poor countries in Asia Africa and Latin America. Ambitious in scope it discusses the design of instruments that can be employed in any country in a wide range of contexts including transportation industrial pollution water pricing waste fisheries forests and agriculture. While deeply rooted in economics Policy Instruments for Environmental and Natural Resource Management is informed by political legal ecological and psychological research. The new edition enhances what has already been widely hailed as a highly innovative work. The book includes greatly expanded coverage of climate change covering aspects related to policy design international equity and discounting voluntary carbon markets permit trading in United States and the Clean Development Mechanism. Focusing ever more on leading ideas in both theory and policy the new edition brings experimental economics into the main of its discussions. It features expanded coverage of the monitoring and enforcement of environmental policy technological change the choice of policy instruments under imperfect competition and subjects such as corporate social responsibility bio-fuels payments for ecosystem services and REDD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781617260988

Policy Integration for Complex Environmental ProblemsThe Example of Mediterranean Desertification The quest for policy integration crystallized in the 1990s as awareness was growing that the current supply of narrow sectoral and little coordinated or even overlapping and conflicting policies could not cope efficiently and effectively with contemporary complex cross-cutting and interdependent socio-environmental problems. Combining and coordinating policies properly promises to address this institutional misfit "add value" to policies support planning at national and sub-national levels and facilitate the transition to sustainable development more generally. This book proposes a comprehensive conceptualization of policy integration and negotiates pertinent theoretical methodological and applied issues from the perspective of selected EU policies - rural development regional development transport social economic environmental water resources and biodiversity policy. Mediterranean desertification an exceptionally complex socio-environmental problem is used as an illustrative example as the idea for this book transpired while researching the topic of policy making to combat desertification in the context of MEDACTION an EU-funded research project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259034

Policy Issues In Microcomputer Applications For Developing Countries The growth of microcomputer applications in industrialized countries is predicated on an existing base that includes the ready availability of affordable hardware and software trained personnel capable maintenance efficient communication systems and a benign environment. This report covers a range of such policy-related topics as the ready availability of affordable hardware and software trained personnel capable maintenance efficient communication systems and a benign environment a checklist of critical issues for developing-country policymakers and recommendations for programs and projects for support by the international donor community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283216

Policy Legitimacy Science and Political AuthorityKnowledge and action in liberal democracies Voters expect their elected representatives to pursue good policy and presume this will be securely founded on the best available knowledge. Yet when representatives emphasize their reliance on expert knowledge they seem to defer to people whose authority derives not politically from the sovereign people but from the presumed objective status of their disciplinary bases. This book examines the tensions between political authority and expert authority in the formation of public policy in liberal democracies. It aims to illustrate and better understand the nature of these tensions rather than to argue specific ways of resolving them. The various chapters explore the complexity of interaction between the two forms of authority in different policy domains in order to identify both common elements and differences. The policy domains covered include: climate geoengineering discourses; environmental health; biotechnology; nuclear power; whaling; economic management; and the use of force. This volume will appeal to researchers and to convenors of post-graduate courses in the fields of policy studies foreign policy decision-making political science environmental studies democratic system studies and science policy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332761

Policy Logics and Institutions of European Space Collaboration Focusing on European collaboration outside of the European Union (EU) this volume deepens the analysis of the current status of space policy in Europe looking at the roles and functions of the institutions of European space collaboration and what influences the interests and strategies of experts and policy-makers. Providing a new conceptual framework the book also develops an innovative perspective for understanding the interactions between international and domestic policy-making as well as a comprehensive analysis of how European states collaborate in a security-sensitive area such as space. This invaluable work is suitable for courses on and specialists in European studies international relations and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378704

Policy Makers on PolicyThe Mais Lectures Monetary policy is still one of the most contested areas of modern economics  and since the original publication of Policy Makers on Policy much has changed. This new edition collects contributions from leading policy makers and practitioners to reflect on the aims and objectives of monetary policy and on what it can achieve combining the old chapters from Gordon Brown Tony Blair Kenneth Clarke Geoffrey Howe Nigel Lawson and others  with new perspectives from Mervyn King Jean-Claude Trichet Ernst Welteke Otmar Issing and Alastair Darling. A new far-reaching introduction from the editors Forrest Capie and Geoffrey Wood puts these important contributions to the discussion of economic policy in the new context. They look at what lessons can be learnt from the earlier discussions what anticipations of present difficulties can be found in them and what in other words  the comparatively recent past teaches us about how to deal with the turbulent present. The second edition of Policy Makers on Policy brings together otherwise inaccessible commentaries and reflections on policy by those involved in making it along with a commentary on and context for their remarks. Thus the book will be of great interest and use to students of economics and politics and indeed anyone with an interest in current economic developments and their roots in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384255

Policy Makers on PolicyThe Mais Lectures In this volume a wide range of leading policy makers and practitioners reflect on the aims and objectives of monetary policy and on what it can achieve The contributors include: * Tony Blair * Sir Samuel Brittan * Gordon Brown * Kenneth Clarke * Eddie George * Geoffrey Howe * Nigel Lawson * Peter Liley * Gordon Richardson * Lionel Robbins * Jonathon Sacks * Hans Tietmeyer. Policy Makers on Policy represents twenty five years of monetary policy. This topical collection brings together major politicians and thinkers and will be of great interest to anyone concerned with contemporary policy-making economics or politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855120

Policy Making at the Second Tier of Local Government in EuropeWhat is happening in Provinces Counties Départements and Landkreise in the o Debates about multi-level governance have led to a profound restructuring of regional and local government. The second level of local government is under review in most European countries with the aim to strengthen the institutional capacity of municipalities or to develop appropriate institutional structures for governing fragmented urban areas. This book provides a thematic and cross-national analysis of the key actors in local government that form the crucial components of effective and democratic policy making. Focussing on the second tier of local government it examines new empirical data on councillors from this level of government in 15 European countries and integrates important variables such as party politics notions of democracy finance multi-level settings. Divided into five parts it addresses: Attitudes of county/provincial councillors towards administrative and territorial reforms; Their role perceptions and role behaviour; Their political orientation; Actor constellations and governance arrangements; Political socialization and recruitment professionalization and career patterns of county/provincial councillors. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of local government urban studies regional studies political science sociology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371014

Policy Making in the Public InterestA Text and Workbook for Local Government Policy Making in the Public Interest is the first text and workbook to provide a short and firmly focused introduction to local government policy making techniques. Each chapter introduces core policy concepts and competencies and concludes with exercises that encourage the reader to apply the theme of the chapter to a practical policy issue in local government such as city-planning community-economic development public safety programming utility planning developing regional partnerships and sustainable growth and development. The exercises explore issues students are likely to analyze as interns or observe in a service learning assignment with local government. For practitioners and elected officials the exercises focus on issues commonly confronted on the job. This unique approach is designed specifically to lead the reader to a complete and multi-dimensional understanding of ‘the public interest’ and to provide tools for identifying and adopting local government policies that will support it. An accompanying eResource page contains grading forms to evaluate verbal presentations and analytical work PowerPoint slides downloadable forms for students and practitioners as well as links and resources. Policy Making in the Public Interest is an essential text and workbook for classes in public policy or local government operations a vital self-guided handbook for managers and elected officials and a useful resource and instructional guide for workshops. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064812

Policy Networks Under PressurePollution Control Policy Reform and the Power of Farmers First published in 1998 this book examines how established policy networks and the broader context within which they are embedded influence the choice of policy when change has been put on the agenda. It criticises the existing network literature for being predominantly descriptive for having little to say on the choice of policy and for omitting the analysis of the broader political structures which have consequences for meso-level policy making. In order to reinforce the explanatory power of policy network analysis the book develops both a meso and a macro-level theoretical model. They help to explain why policy change is more radical in some settings than in others. The theoretical arguments are tested by the use of detailed comparisons of agri-environmental policy making in Denmark and Sweden and of agricultural policy reforms in the European Union and Sweden. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362970

Policy ProcessA Reader In this new edition of his classic reader Michael Hill seeks to make the selected extracts reflect a more European outlook on the processess of policy-making and implementation. With reference to the third edition of his popular textbook The Policy Process in the Modern State Hill has maintained the thematic approach of the first edition looking in turn at approaches to policy making in Europe power bureaucracy and the State the rationality/incrememtalism debate the role of organisational theory in policy implementation street-level bureaucracy and discretion. Already praised as one of the best readers available in thisfield Michael Hill's new edition will be even more valued as a reference and teaching resource by students and lecturers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176522

Policy Reform and the Development of Democracy in Eastern Europe Integrating the international pressures emanating from the Washington Consensus with an analysis of domestic interest representation this book explores the political consequences of privatization and the progress of democracy in Eastern Europe. Chris Hasselmann investigates whether the issue of pension reform offers a natural controlled experiment with which to explore both issues throughout the region and the former Soviet Union. The volume will prove of value to those with an interest in public policy and governance issues the politics of Eastern Europe and political theory more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391081

Policy Responses to the Radical Right in France and GermanyPublic Actors Policy Frames and Decision-Making Based on research fieldwork conducted in France and Germany this study seeks to explain how public actors have taken part in the regulation of the expression of right-wing radicalism. The author compares these two neighbouring countries which have framed the struggle against right-wing radicalism differently. German political and state actors have constructed a public policy responding to political radicalism whilst in France the radical right is primarily handled in the political arena. The text evaluates how these two Western European democracies address the paradox of tolerance (i.e. the fact that liberal democracies may restrain rights they value such as freedom of speech in order to repress intolerant forces that threaten democracy). This book is core reading for scholars and students interested in the spread of far-right politics in contemporary democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347390

Policy Sectors in Comparative Policy Analysis StudiesVolume Four Volume Four of the Classics of Comparative Policy Analysis "Policy Sectors in Comparative Policy Analysis Studies" contains chapters concerned with comparison within disciplinary policy sectors. The volume contains detailed analyses of policies within six major policy sectors and illustrates the important differences that exist across policies healthcare environment education social welfare immigration and science and technology.The reader will find some common aspects and dimensions – theoretical or methodological – across all policy domains as well as differences dictated by the characteristics of the discipline or the locus in which the policy point at issue takes place. Indeed some scholars have argued that the differences and similarities that exist across and within policy sectors can transcend the differences or similarities across political systems. "Policy Sectors in Comparative Policy Analysis Studies" will be of great interest to scholars and learners of public policy and social sciences as well as to practitioners considering what can be reliably contextualized learned facilitated or avoided through lesson-drawing. The chapters were originally published as articles in the Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis which in the last two decades has pioneered the development of comparative public policy. The volume is part of a four-volume series the Classics of Comparative Policy Analysis including Theories and Methods Institutions and Governance Regional Comparisons and Policy Sectors. Each volume showcases a different new chapter comparing domains of study interrelated with comparative public policy: political science public administration governance and policy design authored by the JCPA authored by the JCPA co-editors Giliberto Capano Michael Howlett Leslie A. Pal and B. Guy Peters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332720

Policy Studies: Review AnnualVolume 3 This book deals with the most pressing policy problem in 1978 inflation. It introduces a quite different anti-inflation strategy into the discussion—wage and price controls. The book examines the economic effects of trucking regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513181

Policy Studies: Review AnnualVolume 6 This book seeks to reflect the changes that are under way within the policy studies community. It presents varying analytic and methodological strategies employed in the policy analysis field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513211

Policy Styles and Policy-MakingExploring the Linkages Richardson et al.’s respected and seminal Policy Styles in Western Europe (1982) shed valuable light on how countries tend to establish long-term and distinctive ways to make policies that transcend short-term imperatives and issues. This follow-up volume updates those arguments and significantly expands the coverage consisting of 16 carefully selected country-level case studies from around the world. Furthermore it includes different types of political regimes and developmental levels to test more widely the robustness of the patterns and variables highlighted in the original book. The case studies – covering countries from the United States Canada Germany and the UK to Russia Togo and Vietnam – follow a uniform structure combining theoretical considerations and the presentation of empirical material to reveal how the distinct cultural and institutional features of modern states continue to have implications for the making and implementation of public policy decisions within them. The book is essential reading for students and scholars of public policy public administration comparative politics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085688

Policy Styles in Western Europe (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1982 Policy Styles in Western Europe considers the growth of the modern state in the 1980s and examines the implications of this for the making and implementation of public policy decisions. It argues that the business of government was simply easier in the 1970s and that the growth of the modern state has meant an expansion of public policies with the state widening in areas of societal activity. This book looks at the similarities and differences that exist among the countries of Western Europe. Whilst it is increasingly clear that most policy problems arise from areas of concern common to all Western democracies for example unemployment inflation and crime this book focuses on whether or not individual countries exhibit characteristic policy styles in response to them. In this volume the country-studies consider the main characteristics of the individual policy processes in relation to a simple typology of political styles. Each author considers a series of central questions: the relationship between the government and other actors in the policy process; the degree to which policy-making has become sectorised and segmented; and the broad approach to problem solving in terms of anticipatory or reactive styles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641326

Policy That Works for Forests and PeopleReal Prospects for Governance and Livelihoods Since its original publication by the International Institute for Environment and Development in 1999 Policy That Works for Forests and People has been recognised as the most authoritative study to date of policy processes that affect forests and people. Providing a thorough analysis of the issues options and factors that determine different outcomes and bolstered by a major annex containing tools and tactics the book offers clear and practical advice on how to formulate manage and implement policies appropriate to different contexts. These are policies that result in real improvements in the governance use and economic benefits that can flow from forests to those who depend upon them. This book is essential reading for policy-makers forestry practitioners and academics and students in all areas of forest policy management and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427099

Policy Transfer and Learning in Public Policy and ManagementInternational Contexts Content and Development A typical image of the making and administration of policy suggests that it takes place on an incremental basis involving public servants their ministers and to a more limited extent a variety of interest groups. Yet much policy making is based on similar policy developed in other jurisdictions and in the major international organizations such as the WTO and the OECD. In other words significant aspects of nationally developed policies are copied from elsewhere in what is described as a process of policy transfer and learning. Hence studies of policy transfer have pointed to a distinct limitation in most existing theoretical and empirical explanations as to how policy is made and implemented through their neglect of the role of policy transfer and learning. Moreover policy transfer is not only a concern of academics but a growing concern for governments. The latter are concerned to improve the performance of their policy and several have placed a greater more systematic focus on policy transfer as a means to increasing performance. This book presents a variety of cases from differing national and international contexts that enable a valuable comparative analysis that is absent from most literature currently available and that suggest a number of exciting research directions with implications for policy making transference and implementation in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691819

Policy Transfer and Norm CirculationTowards an Interdisciplinary and Comparative Approach Policy Transfer and Norm Circulation brings together various fields in the humanities and social sciences to propose a renewed analysis of policy transfer and norm circulation by offering cross-regional case studies and providing both a comprehensive and innovative understanding of policy transfer. The book introduces a constructive interdisciplinary dialogue and comparative approach highlighting the partial and fragmented understanding of policy transfer and the questions and challenges in the study of policy transfer in three parts. Firstly notions of transfer and circulation including law (political) economy sociology and history; secondly a focus on European studies and the transfer of norms both within and outside the EU; and finally an examination within a broader IR context. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of European Union politics/studies international relations public policy economics and law as well as practitioners dealing with regional integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299030

Policy Transfer in Global Perspective The world of public policy is becoming increasingly small due to dramatic changes in global communications political and economic institutional structures and to nation states themselves. This book evaluates the implications of these changes and challenges for both the study and the practice of policy transfer and provides a unique understanding of the relationship between systemic globalizing forces and the increasing scope and intensity of policy transfer activity. It provides: an explanation of policy transfer as a process of organizational learning; an insight into how and why such processes are studied by policy scientists; an evaluation of its use by policy practitioners; and the first published collection of policy transfer case studies between developed countries from developed to developing countries and from developing countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246574

Policy within and Across Developing Nations First published in 1998 policy WITHIN developing nations includes: (1) Economic policy such as economic growth without inflation or sectors of unemployment; (2)Technology policy such as encouraging the ad option of improved technologies for health energy transportation agriculture manufacturing and the environment; (3) Social policy such as education facilities and merit treatment across ethnic groups genders age groups economic classes and geographical regions; (4) Political policy such as multiple sources of ideas from different government levels branches interest groups and parties; (5) Legal policy such as compliance with the law by street people business people and government people. Policy ACROSS developing nations includes: (1) International economic policy such as trade tariffs exchange rates and factory relocation; (2) International technology policy such as patents copyrights trademarks and other aspects of technology transfer; (3) International social policy such as immigration refugees and cross-border ethnic friction; (4) International political policy such as human rights and the role of sanctions; (5) International legal policy such as the drug trade human rights business transactions torts and property rights across national boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327108

Policymaking Communication and Social Learning Policymaking Communication and Social Learning presents Sir Geoffrey Vickers's seminal essays on policymaking and related issues facing modern Western culture. These essays many of them published here for the first time illustrate the range of Sir Geoffrey's thought and also articulate certain recurrent themes. He portrays a unique view of policymaking building on his notion of "appreciation" and focusing on the processes of reflection and communication in setting and changing the tacit norms which govern our conduct. These themes culminate in his perception of the emerging challenges facing the professions and in what he sees as the educational requirements implied by these challenges.Vickers was a master of the English language. He writes vividly blending concrete example with more general statement. As a result this volume will appeal to a wide audience concerned with issues of public governance regulation communication ecology value conflict and resolution the modern role of the professions education and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513235

Policymaking for Citizen Behavior ChangeA Social Marketing Approach Social marketing is a discipline unfamiliar to many policymakers often confused with the more frequently applied and studied fields of social media behavioral economics or social change. Social marketing is a growing field and methodology however that has been successfully applied to improve public health prevent injuries protect the environment engage communities and improve financial well-being. Policymaking for Citizen Behavior Change is designed to demonstrate the ways in which social marketing can be an effective and efficient tool to change citizens’ behavior and how to advocate for and support its appropriate application. Providing a 10-Step Planning Model and examining a variety of social marketing cases and tools including more than 40 success stories Policymaking for Citizen Behavior Change is core reading for current policymakers as well as all those studying and practicing social marketing particularly in the public sector. It’s also worthwhile supplementary reading for those studying public policy public administration environmental justice public health and other programs on how to effect social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696006

Policymaking for Critical InfrastructureA Case Study on Strategic Interventions in Public Safety Telecommunications Originally published in 2005. By weaving together three distinct fields - public policy technology studies and management of critical infrastructure - this volume shows how public policy can help to improve the management of large technical systems. A much-needed analytical framework based on approaches drawn from established work in science and technology studies is applied to a case study of the development of a new public safety service for mobile telephones. This example of emerging growth and change in critical infrastructure allows Gordon Gow to identify current problem areas and to refine a more general set of strategies aimed at improving public policy processes in the management of technology. The work also discusses a range of contemporary issues in telecom policy and regulation such as public consultation technical standards network unbundling and interconnection. This insightful work provides observations and recommendations for policy makers regulators industry and consumer groups alike furthering the improved coordination of efforts across these domains of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391098

Policymaking In MexicoFrom Boom To Crisis This book is a study of economic policymaking in Mexico focusing upon the sexenio (the six-year term) of Lopez Portillo—the era of the petroleum boom the 1982 economic crisis and the eventual bank nationalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283247

Policymaking under Adversity This groundbreaking study systematically treats recent policymaking trends starting with a reconsideration of salient theoretical issues of policymaking and its study and culminating with a survey of current policy-related predicaments in various countries. Dror proposes that the task for social science research is to uncover underlying causes of policymaking inadequacies. Standard research methods Dror states have been unable to uncover the realities of important decisions made inside governments. In order to gain an understanding of pressing predicaments he believes that policymakers need to examine the foundations of contemporary practices of present assumptions and that they need a multiplicity of approaches to policymaking.After prescribing a set of requirements that policymaking must satisfy in order to adequately respond to challenges Dror posits several improvements needed in education and in policy decision making. The book concludes with an extensive bibliography including numerous important German works not found in other English-language studies. This book supplements the earlier basic theory and models propounded in Dror's Public Policymaking Reexamined by dealing with current trends. As a guide to public policy literature and related works it will be invaluable to students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530010

Polish Entrepreneurs and American EntrepreneursA Comparative Study of Role Motivations First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978683

Polish Migration to the UK in the 'New' European UnionAfter 2004 Since the 2004 enlargement of the European Union over half a million Polish migrants have registered to work in the United Kingdom constituting one of the largest migration movements in contemporary Europe. Drawing on research undertaken across a wide range of disciplines - history economics sociology anthropology film studies and discourse analysis - and focusing on both the Polish and British aspects of this phenomenon - both emigration and immigration - this edited collection investigates what is actually new about this migration flow what its causes and consequences are and how these migrants' lives have changed by moving to the United Kingdom. As the first book to deal with Polish migration to the United Kingdom Polish Migration to the UK in the 'New' European Union will appeal to scholars across a range of social sciences whose work concerns migration and the migration process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254183

Polish Romantic DramaThree Plays in English Translation This is the first volume in English to be devoted entirely to Polish Romantic drama. It contains translations of three major plays: Forefathers; Eve Part III by Adam Mickiewics; The Un-Divine Comedy by Zygmunt Krasinski; and Fantazy by Juliusz Slowacki. In his highly informative introduction Professor Segel discusses the plays against the background of the Romantic movement in Poland and points out their ideological and artistic importance. As products of a revolutionary Poland; they were written and published in Paris by writers who either resettled there after the Insurrection of 1830 or otherwise identified with the Great Emigration; they are permeated with the spirit of Romantic Rebellion with pleas for universial justice and with queries concerning the role of the poet in society. Brillant productions of the plays in Poland in the late nineteenth and early twentieth-centuries gave impetus to an entire tradition of modern Polish theatrical experimentation as well as dramatic writing which extends to the present day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078861

Polish Shipping Under Communism This title was first published in 2001. A look at Polish shipping under communism arguing that it was one of the great achievements of the Communist years. Michael Roe's point is to examine how the political and economic system of the time combined through an industry achieve aims other than those of a conventional capitalist economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705258

Polish Transition Ten Years OnProcesses and Perspectives First published in 1999 this volume features articles from specialists in finance on the economic transformation of Poland from a planned approach to a market-based system after the advent of Post-Communist Europe. Despite apparent exemplary progress in the Polish experience the transitional process has revealed numerous deep divisive and complex problems. These include rising disparity of incomes growing unemployment and disillusionment with the early reform process. This book takes the opportunity of being ten years on from the point of transition to reflect upon its effects. It offers a unique dual approach: first a selection of articles on the transition followed by a case study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332102

Polish: A Comprehensive Grammar Polish: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to the grammar system for intermediate to advanced learners of Polish. It presents an accessible and systematic description of the language focusing on real patterns of use in contemporary Polish. The Grammar is a comprehensive work and an invaluable resource for students and anyone interested in linguistics and the way modern Polish works. Features include: coverage of all parts of speech full cross referencing well selected and illuminating examples. The book is organised in such a way to promote a thorough understanding of Polish at all levels of structure; the sound system formation of word and phrases and sentence construction. It offers a stimulating analysis of the complexities of the language providing clear explanations and examples of each point. Polish: A Comprehensive Grammar is the essential reference work on Polish grammar for all learners and users of the language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415475419

Polish: An Essential Grammar Polish: An Essential Grammar is a user-friendly guide to all the important structures of this fascinating language. Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Polish in short readable sections. Key features include: a new chapter on studying an inflected language including detailed analysis of a typical text comprehensive descriptions of the parts of speech covered information presented clearly and logically in table form a wealth of real-life examples nine clearly-presented appendices. This grammar is an invaluable asset to anyone wishing to master the Polish language as it is spoken today. Two companion books Basic Polish: A Grammar and Workbook and Intermediate Polish: A Grammar and Workbook provide more detailed practice in the language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415595599

Polite PoliticsA Sociological Analysis of an Urban Protest in Hong Kong This title was first published in 2000:  This book contributes to social movement theory and to an understanding of Hong Kong politics through analysis of an urban housing protest movement. The theoretical approach adopted is a multi-level one and seeks to show the influence of the political context the resources available to the groups concerned the actors’ interpretations of their situation and their strategy preferences. This approach fills a gap in social movement theory because most theoretical frameworks focus on a single level of analysis. The book also aims to help researchers in the field to re-examine the current development of social movement theories and to learn the specific trajectory of urban social movements in Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740174

Polite PoliticsA Sociological Analysis of an Urban Protest in Hong Kong This title was first published in 2000:  This book contributes to social movement theory and to an understanding of Hong Kong politics through analysis of an urban housing protest movement. The theoretical approach adopted is a multi-level one and seeks to show the influence of the political context the resources available to the groups concerned the actors’ interpretations of their situation and their strategy preferences. This approach fills a gap in social movement theory because most theoretical frameworks focus on a single level of analysis. The book also aims to help researchers in the field to re-examine the current development of social movement theories and to learn the specific trajectory of urban social movements in Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740235

Political Accountability Political accountability forms a cornerstone of modern democracy: it directs the political system towards the public interest and allows the exercise of the principles of autonomy and self-determination that lie at the core of democratic politics. Sadly existing democracies with their large centralized bureaucracies have evolved in ways that progressively undermine the ability of citizens to keep their representatives accountable and political regimes responsive. Far from reversing this trend the neoliberal reforms introduced since the 1980s have increased that accountability gap. Globalization and the alleged passage from 'government' to 'governance' have aggravated the problem further. The notion of accountability that survives these changes is a problematic form of auditing carried out by a constellation of quangos autonomous agencies and NGOs whose own accountability is problematic. This volume collects the main contributions to current debates on political accountability. It explores the challenges traditional conventions of accountability face today at the domestic trans- and international levels and indicates the distinctive solutions those challenges require. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246567

Political Activism across the Life Course How do people of different ages experience and engage with politics in their everyday lives and how do these experiences and engagements change over their life course and across different generations? Age life course and generation have become increasing important experiences for understanding political participation and political outcomes and current policies of austerity across the world are affecting people of all ages. This book contributes towards an interdisciplinary understanding of the temporalities of everyday political encounters. At a time when social science is struggling to understand the rapid and unexpected changes to contemporary political landscapes the contributors to this book present examples of activism and politics across everyday experiences of homes communities online platforms local environment playgrounds and educational spaces. The research takes ethnographic biographical and action research approaches and the studies described feature interlocutors as young as four and as old as ninety-two who reside in European North and South America and South Asia. This is an eclectic text that brings together a number of themes and ideas not typically associated with political activism and is intended for students and academic researchers across the humanities social and political sciences interested in the temporalities of everyday political participation. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Social Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385332

Political Adaptation In Sa'udi ArabiaA Study Of The Council Of Ministers Examining the evolution of the Sa'udi government from 1901 to 1983 a period of major social and political transformation Dr Huyette looks at the ways in which a traditional elite the Al Sa'ud has managed to surmount the formidable obstacles of tribal and regional differences compounded by rapid modernization. The Council of Ministers formed in 1953 is one method developed by the Sa'udis to cope with these problems and represented the first step toward a national administrative system. Dr. Huyette traces the Council's antecedents as well as the changes in its membership procedures and responsibilities and the concomitant changes in the political elite and its style of leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298715

Political Advertising in the United States Political advertising is as important as ever ad spending records are broken each election cycle and the volume of ads aired continues to increase. Political Advertising in the United States is a comprehensive survey of the political advertising landscape and its influence on voters. The authors co-directors of the Wesleyan Media Project draw from the latest data to analyze how campaign finance laws have affected the sponsorship and content of political advertising how 'big data' has allowed for more sophisticated targeting and how the Internet and social media has changed the distribution of ads. With detailed analysis of presidential and congressional campaign ads and discussion questions in each chapter this accessibly written book is a must-read for students scholars and practitioners who want to understand the ins and outs of political advertising. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349756

Political Advocacy and American PoliticsWhy People Fight So Often About Politics Political Advocacy and American Politics provides a detailed explanation as to why citizens engage in interpersonal advocacy in the United States. Sean Richey and J. Benjamin Taylor eloquently show how the campaigns social media and personality and partisanship affect one's propensity for candidates which often leads to arguments about politics. Using original qualitative survey and experimental studies Richey and Taylor demonstrate the causes of political advocacy over time in the political environment and at the individual level. While some worry about the incivility in American politics Richey and Taylor argue political talk where conflict is common is caused by high-activity democratic processes and normatively beneficial individual attributes. Furthermore Richey and Taylor argue that advocacy—when conceptualized as a democratic "release valve"—is exactly the kind of conflict we might expect in a vibrant democracy. Political Advocacy and American Politics: Why People Fight So Often About Politics is ideal for university students and researchers yet it is also accessible to any reader looking to learn more about the role campaigns and personal attributes play in the decision to advocate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275570

Political AestheticsCulture Critique and the Everyday Political Aesthetics highlights the complex and ambiguous connections of aesthetics with social cultural and political experiences in contemporary societies. If today aesthetics seems a rather overused term mixing a variety of historical realities and complex personal states of being its relevance as a connecting agent between individual state and society is stronger than ever. The actual context of political and economic crisis generates new relations between official imposed aesthetics and the resistance and critiques they trigger. Considered beyond the poles of power and protest the book examines how traditional or innovative artistic practices may acquire unexpected capacities of subversion. It nourishes the current debate around the new political stakes of aesthetics as an inviolable right of ordinary citizens an essential element of empowerment and agency in a democratic every day. It will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations political culture and political aesthetics as well as critical sociology and history. It will also be useful for some broad courses in media studies cultural studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377504

Political Agendas for EducationFrom Make America Great Again to Stronger Together Following the epic contentious 2016 presidential election Joel Spring’s ongoing documentation and analysis of political agendas for education reflect the major political issues since 2012. Here he examines the 2016 education planks of the Republican Democratic Libertarian and Green Parties using their official platforms and other statements speeches given by each candidate and media reports and publications. Each party’s position is linked to previous political movements in education. Spring offers an alternative agenda for American schools including a proposed education amendment to the U.S. Constitution and replacing human capital agendas with goals emphasizing education for a long life and happiness. Taking a fresh look at the social and political forces educational research and ideologies shaping their educational agendas and a comparative approach the book stimulates reflection and discussion. Updates and changes in the Sixth Edition: Betsy DeVos’s education agenda supporting vouchers free market competition and for-profit schools and its relationship to the education section of the 2016 Republican platform The important role religion and culture played in the evolution of Republican education policies after the school prayer and Bible decisions of the 1960s The influence of human capital economics on Democratic education proposals How No Child Left Behind and Democratic President Barack Obama opened doors to the growth of the for-profit education industry and investment bankers The 2016 Democratic positions on the cost of higher education and student loan debts The Democratic left as represented by the 2016 campaign of Democrat Bernie Sanders and his influence on the presidential candidate Hillary Clinton and the Democratic Party platform The education proposals of the Green and Libertarian parties Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138041103

Political AgroecologyAdvancing the Transition to Sustainable Food Systems Political Agroecology is the first book to offer a systematic and articulated reflection on Political Agroecology from the Agroecological perspective. It defines the disciplinary field responsible for designing and producing actions institutions and regulations aimed at achieving agrarian sustainability. In short it aims to build a political theory that makes the scaling-up of agroecological experiences possible turning them into the foundation of a new and alternative food regime. The book proposes theoretical practical and epistemological foundations of a new theoretical and practical field of work for agroecologists: Political Agroecology. It establishes a framework for a common agroecological strategy covering the different levels of collective action and the different instruments with which it can be developed. This will be essential reading for agroecologists environmentalists farming and food communities and an ideal textbook for advanced agroecology courses in universities. Key features: Offers a unique state of the art on this fundamental new topic: Political Agroecology Presents a complete introduction to the political and institutional aspects of Agroecology covering the whole food system Offers an important tool for searching agrarian sustainability Provides a broad epistemological theoretical and methodological focus exploring the connection between the different levels and scales involved in agroecological theory and practice Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138369221

Political Alienation and Political Behavior Why do people adopt attitudes of political alienation--attitudes of estrangement from or lack of identification with the political system? Why do some politically alienated people react to their alienation by engaging in revolutionary behavior while others similarly alienated--become reformers or ritualists and still others simply drop out of political activity?In Political Alienation and Political Behavior David C. Schwartz attempts to answer these questions challenging accepted theories of social status and economic difficulties and developing a completely new three variable psychological theories to explain alienation. Based on observations of threat from value conflict perceived personal inefficacy and perceived systemic inefficacy the theory includes a process model for predicting political behavior.The book is organized into a definition and discussion of the concept of political alienation including reviews and critiques of relevant scholarly and popular literature; a theoretical explanation of the causes and consequences of alienation; presentation of data; research reports testing the author's explanation of political alienation; tests of a process model explaining the consequences of alienation; and a summary of the major findings of the research indicating some of the directions that future research might profitably take.Fascinating reading for social scientists this well-written book will be important to teachers and students concerned with U.S. politics and more generally with the relationship of economic social and psychological forces manifested in political behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530027

Political and Civic EngagementMultidisciplinary perspectives Based upon a three-year multi-disciplinary international research project Political and Civic Participation examines the interplay of factors affecting civic and political engagement and participation across different generations nations and ethnic groups and the shifting variety of forms that participation can take. The book draws upon an extensive body of data to answer the following key questions: Why do many citizens fail to vote in elections? Why are young people turning increasingly to street demonstrations charitable activities consumer activism and social media to express their political and civic views? What are the barriers which hinder political participation by women ethnic minorities and migrants? How can greater levels of engagement with public issues be encouraged among all citizens? Together the chapters in this volume provide a comprehensive overview of current understandings of the factors and processes which influence citizens’ patterns of political and civic engagement. They also present a set of evidence-based recommendations for policy practice and intervention that can be used by political and civil society actors to enhance levels of engagement particularly among youth women ethnic minorities and migrants. Political and Civic Participation provides an invaluable resource for all those who are concerned with citizens’ levels of engagement including: researchers and academics across the social sciences; politicians and political institutions; media professionals; educational professionals and schools; youth workers and education NGOs; and leaders of ethnic minority and migrant organizations and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704687

Political and Constitutional Transitions in North AfricaActors and Factors The transformations which are taking place in the Arab world are dynamic processes characterised by a number of variables that one can refer to as actors and factors. The implications of the Arab uprisings are important for the world at large; the Arab world’s successes and failures at this crucial moment may well serve as a model for other nations. Political and Constitutional Transitions in North Africa focuses on five Northern African countries- Tunisia Egypt Morocco Libya and Algeria- examining specific institutions and actors participating in the political upheavals in North Africa since 2011 and placing them in a comparative perspective in order to better understand the processes at work. This book addresses issues pertinent to North African and Middle Eastern Studies comparative constitutional law political science and transitional studies and it contains contributions by experts in all these fields. Providing a significant contribution to the understanding of events that followed the immolation of Mohamed Bouazizi in Tunisia this book is a valuable contribution to North African Studies Middle Eastern Studies  Comparative Constitutional Law and Transitional Studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348887

Political And Economic Determinants of Population Health and Well-Being:Controversies and Developments The field of social inequalities in health continues its vigorous growth in the early years of the 21st century. This volume following in the footsteps of Vicente Navarro's edited collection The Political Economy of Social Inequalities is a compilation of recent contributions to the areas of social epidemiology health disparities health economics and health services research. The overarching theme is to describe and explain the evergrowing health inequalities across social class race and gender as well as neighborhood city region country and continent. The approach of this book is distinctly multi- trans- and interdisciplinary: the fields of public health population health epidemiology economics sociology political science philosophy medicine and history are all represented here. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231068

Political and Economic Foundations in Global Studies Political and Economic Foundations in Global Studies provides an innovative introductory examination of the global forces shaping the world today seen through political and economic lenses. Along with its companion Social and Cultural Foundations in Global Studies the book exposes students to the historical contours of and the key concepts and processes that underlie the interconnections among individuals societies organizations and governments. As in the rest of Routledge’s Global Studies series the Foundations books employ a two-part strategy: conceptual underpinnings explored in the first part are enlivened by case studies in the second. Special features magnify the utility of the text: • Text boxes are employed to expand and emphasize specific material: they are used to open up the coverage to related topics or to call attention to especially critical material such as historical milestones or key vocabulary. • Resource boxes offer links that point readers to sources—mostly online—on the topics discussed and establish a rich archive of additional material for readers to draw on. • At the same time back-of-chapter References and Further Research lists help students to trace the material used by authors or to follow more general leads relating to the topics covered in the chapters. • Images highlight specific details of the case studies helping to bring the subjects alive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765644237

Political And Economic Transformation In East Central Europe  This is an examination of the progress that Croatia the Czech Republic Hungary Poland Slovakia and Slovenia have made in the process of transformation since the collapse of the Soviet bloc. Looking at issues such as democratization the transition to a market economy and the new orientations in foreign policy this book provides a report of th Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298791

Political And Economic Trends In The Middle EastImplications For U.s. Policy This book explores the rapid changes in the economics and politics of the Middle East which profoundly influence U.S. policy and interests in the region. The contributors examine elements in the economic picture including falling oil prices and the uncertainty surrounding OPEC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283346

Political and Humanitarian Responses to Syrian Displacement This book examines Syrian displacement since the start of the 2011 conflict. It considers how neighboring refugee-hosting states – namely Jordan Turkey and Lebanon – have responded to Syrian refugees as well as how the international humanitarian community has assisted and protected refugees and internally displaced persons (IDPs). Miller examines Syrian displacement as it relates to EU and US policies and relates Syrian displacement to broader themes and debates on the international refugee regime and humanitarian intervention.The book argues that displacement is not a mere symptom or byproduct of the conflict in Syria but a key variable that must be addressed with any peace plan or strategy for ending the conflict and rebuilding Syria. Responses to displacement should therefore not just be thought of in a humanitarian context but also as a political security and economic issue.Drawing on media reports research briefs scholarly books and articles NGO reports and UN research to contextualize and critically analyze the blur of headlines and rhetoric on Syria the book seeks to shed light on the political and humanitarian responses to displacement. It seeks to inform policymakers practitioners and scholars about the current Syrian displacement situation helping to make sense of the complex web of literature on Syrian refugees and IDPs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607470

Political and Institutional Transition in North AfricaEgypt and Tunisia in Comparative Perspective The year 2011 will go down in history as a turning point for the Arab world. The popular unrest that swept across the region and led to the toppling of the Ben Ali Mubarak and Qaddhafi regimes in Tunisia Egypt and Libya has fundamentally altered the social economic and political outlooks of these countries and the region as a whole.This book assesses the transition processes unleashed by the uprisings that took place in Egypt and Tunisia in 2011. The wave of unrest and popular mobilisation that swept through these countries is treated as the point of departure of long and complex processes of change manipulation restructuring and entrenchment of the institutional structures and logics that defined politics. The book explores the constitutive elements of institutional development namely processes of constitution making electoral politics the changing status and power of the judiciary and the interplay between the civilian and the military apparatuses in Egypt and Tunisia. It also considers the extent to which these two countries have become more democratic as a result of their institutions being more legitimate accountable and responsive at the beginning of 2014 and from a comparative perspective. The impact of temporal factors in shaping transition paths is highlighted throughout the book. The book provides a comprehensive assessment of political and institutional transition processes in two key countries in North Africa and its conclusions shed light on similar processes that have taken place throughout the region since 2011. It will be a valuable resource for anyone studying Middle Eastern and North African politics area studies comparative institutional development and democratisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589905

Political and Legal Approaches to Human Rights This collection explores and illustrates issues arising from ‘political’ approaches to human rights in contrast to the more traditional ‘moral’ approaches. Moral approaches conceptualize and justify human rights in terms of priority rights which are both universal and moral. In contrast political approaches focus on those human rights practices involved in the development and operation of human rights institutions laws and political process all in relative independence from their alleged moral foundations. The book contributes to the understanding and analysis of ‘political approaches’ including consideration of their diversity and discussion of their strengths and weaknesses. The choice of contributors presents a balance between those theorists who favour some version of the political approach and those who are dubious about the perceived advantages. The chapters are grouped together in parts which constitute the distinctive issues addressed in the book.At a time when there is considerable uncertainty concerning their conceptual clarity operation feasibility and their normative justifications this volume will be of interest to those involved with the theory and practice of human rights within law schools and in politics and philosophy departments. It will also provide a useful resource for human rights practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886981

Political and Legal Obligation At a point in history marked by dramatic challenges to the existing political and social order the question of legal and political obligation emerges as a focal point of international concern. Amid the clamor for radical change in the established order theories of political obligation demand renewed examination. In this volume eighteen leading specialists in the legal philosophical and political science aspects of the question offer their views on this timely topic. Part I examines the nature of moral legal and political obligation. The first essay presents a set of definitions that denies the very existence of obligation. While the second essay disagreeing particularly with respect to the relationship of political to moral tenets and the third discussing the highly complex interplay between law and morality. The following essay approaches obligation as existing in the context of an established political and legal system and stresses the importance of evaluating the negative consequences of challenges to the law as well as those arising from the absence of challenges. The next paper maintains that political obligation is so complex that its very existence depends upon rational deliberation in particular contexts. The fifth explores four significant theories but accepts only the one based on the broadest definition of obligation. While the final essay in this part considers political obligation a unique and generalized moral obligation. Part II takes up the conditions of obligation and of obedience. The first essay in this part discusses the conditions necessary to generate a "felt obligation." The second paper concentrates on exposing key obstacles to empirical proof that behavior is or is not motivated by "felt obligation." While the third draws upon a large body of literature and court decisions dealing with compliance to the law. The forth essay is a case study of Rome probes the role of obligation during that city's seven centuries of existence without a police force and the ultimate breakdown of the system. Against the background of the thinking of Hobbes Hume Rousseau and particularly Aristotle the final essay in this section propounds the theory that any specific form of government has a direct bearing on the obedience of those governed. Part III highlights ethical considerations that arise out of civil disobedience. The first essay proposes a rather restrictive definition of civil disobedience and then embarks on a surprising examination of his subject in the light of the traditional arguments for "just war." Following that a broader examination of disobedience emphasizing a contextual approach and applying as a test the likelihood of public good that will result from disobedience is explained in the second paper. The third points out the inadequacy of many traditional tests and definitions of civil disobedience and warns against possible oversimplification that conceals significant issues that warrant exposition. While the forth evolves a theory that limits the obligation of alienated residents. Immediately following this the next essay explores civil disobedience in the unusual context of the totalitarian regime. In the final chapter the essays consider the ideas and thought of Gandhi and their relevance to Western politics.Scholars and students in the areas of law philosophy and political science will find this volume a vital addition to their libraries.. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530034

Political and Military Sociology an Annual ReviewVolume 44 Democracy Security and Armed Forces The latest volume of the Political and Military Sociology annual review features empirical research on topics that focus on security military training culture and the challenges of bureaucracy law and violence in democracies. The articles cover an impressive geographic range from Europe to Africa and to the Middle East.Two essays address threats to democratic polities by corrupt governmental and legal institutions and by electoral violence and intimidation. The first argues that a culture of "dualism" in Greece helps produce problems. The second analyzes the power of military student fraternities in Nigeria arguing that democracy is threatened by these organizations.Two contributors then address the security and military challenges in Iraq. The first argues that successful military advisors must play dual roles as both peacekeeper-diplomats and warriors. The second poses that Iraqi government policies privileging the Shia population have alienated other groups—and helped support for groups such as ISIS. The final essay analyzes the acculturation of new soldiers to Zimbabwean military life through the training experiences of recruits.The volume also includes reviews of recent books on military and security matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864268

Political and Military SociologyThe European Refugee Crisis This special edition of Political and Military Sociology: An Annual Review encompasses a full range of coverage on the European refugee crisis. Contributions include a focus on the characteristics and motivations of modern-day migrants an analysis of the inconsistent standards displayed by the European Union and the militarization happening across parts of Europe in response. The volume leads with a discussion on the identity of the refugees: who are they and what are their reasons for leaving their homelands? Following chapters cover the response across Europe in countries including Serbia Greece Turkey and Italy. The penultimate chapter examines the European Union’s inadequate response to the unfolding crisis  and the book concludes with a central analysis of the agreements between the EU and transit countries with remarks on the unintended consequences that have emerged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591745

Political and Military SociologyVolume 38: An Annual Review Political and Military Sociology continues a mission of publishing cutting-edge research on some of the most important issues in civil-military relations. In this inaugural volume of the new annual publication Won-Taek Kang tackles the issue of nostalgia for Park Chung Hee in South Korea and analyzes why many South Koreans today appear to miss the deceased dictator. Ryan Kelty Todd Woodruff and David R. Segal focus on the role identity of U.S. combat soldiers as they balance competing demands made by the military profession on the one hand and solders' family and personal relations on the other.D. Michael Lindsay considers the impact that social contact has on military and civilian participants in the elite White House Fellowship program and analyzes how social contact affects the confidence in the U.S. military that civilian fellows later show. Analyzing letters to the editor of a local newspaper Chris M. Messer and Thomas E. Shriver consider how community activists attempt to frame the issue of environmental degradation in the context of a local dispute over the storage of radioactive waste. David Pion-Berlin Antonio Uges Jr. and Diego Esparza analyze the recent emergence of websites run by Latin American militaries and consider why these militaries choose to advertise their activities on the Internet.Political and Military Sociology also includes reviews of important new books in civil-military relations political science and military sociology. Included here are discussions of books about U.S. war crimes in Vietnam civil-military relations in contemporary China the structural transformation of the U.S. Army Japanese security policy American treatment of POWs the Bonus March and the GI Bill.The series will be of broad interest to scholars of civil-military relations political science and political sociology. It will continue the tradition of peer review that has guaranteed it a place of importance among research publications in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842808

Political and Military SociologyVolume 40: An Annual Review Several contributions in this volume focus on the modern Middle East with other articles examining justifications for war the return of war veterans white nationalists and the activities of the Moral Majority.Maria Markantonatou addresses the blurring of distinctions between civilians and combatants. Udi Lebel investigates how the IDF is being changed by the increasing number of religious-Zionists recruited. Orlee Hauser argues that the experiences of women in the IDF vary depending on their positions and assignments. Bruce McDonald compares the performance of the Feder-Ram and augmented Solow models in accounting for economic growth in Iran. Neema Noori examines the interrelationship of war the state and mobilization in Iran. Molly Clever examines the justifications for war employed by both state and non-state actors. Christina Knopf uses relational dialectics to examine US veteran transitions. David Bugg and Dianne Dentice analyze attitudes and perceptions of white nationalists. Finally Aaron Davis considers the rise of the Illinois state chapter of the Moral Majority in the 1980s.This volume in the Political and Military Sociology series also includes reviews of important new books in civil-military relations political science and military sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851497

Political and Military SociologyVolume 41 The Social Implications of National Defense: An Annual Review Political and Military Sociology Volume 41 explores the social elements and impact of national defense. The origin of government is a response to a society's common interest in security and defense. In recent years security and defense issues and government responses have become increasingly prominent in societies around the world. Despite intermittent pushes for privatization however security and defense have remained core functions of government.In this volume Bruce D. McDonald III investigates the historiography of the defense-growth relationship. Lachezar G. Anguelov and Robert J. Eger III consider the social impact with a case study of the Republic of Serbia. Maximiliano Mendieta and Bruce D. McDonald III consider the social spillovers of the sector that arise after the completion of a soldier's service. Paul Kellogg considers why some countries have fared well when others have been slow to rebound. Hamid E. Ali studies pork barrel spending in the United States. Susan Sample Brandon Valeriano and Choong-Nam Kang broaden the understanding of the defense sector to include its output. Hamid E. Ali and Ubah A. Adan conclude the volume with a study on conflict and infant and child mortality rates.Traditionally national defense is viewed solely in military terms. As part of their national security objectives many defense sectors have undertaken a variety of social programs. While the existence of social programs is known what remains uncertain is how they spill over from the sector to society at-large and what is the impact of that spillover. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852647

Political and Military SociologyVolume 42 Military Perceptions and Perceptions of the Military: An Annual Review This volume of Political and Military Sociology focuses on the perceptions and identities of those serving in the military using survey or interview data to explore those perceptions. A range of military forces are examined including those of the United States Israel Norway and Denmark.The first article using survey data from Denmark compares the views of Danish soldiers to civilians. The second article looks at the effects of military education upon the attitudes and values of soldiers. The third article explores Israeli soldiers' attitudes regarding formal military education. The fourth article addresses the impact of Norwegian soldiers' self-identity on military performance.In a different vein the survey results of the fifth article show that support for soldiers on active duty in Iraq and Afghanistan does not necessarily translate into support for veterans. Military lawyers in the Israel Defense Forces are the subject of the sixth article. This volume concludes with an article that argues that military service should be offered as a legal policy alternative to incarceration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854726

Political and Military SociologyVolume 43 Political Attitudes Perceptions and Culture: An Annual Review This volume encompasses a wide range of empirical research on a variety of topics that are related by their focus on the importance of attitudes culture and perceptions. The significance of public attitudes the impact of cultural norms and the perceptions of military officers and civilians are all analysed in the seven articles in this latest edition of Political and Military Sociology.The first essay asserts that military memoirs should be taken seriously as objects of scholarly analysis. Using the Minorities at Risk Dataset the second article examines the effects of globalization on ethnic conflict in 106 countries from 1985 to 2002. The next focuses on Canadian attitudes toward military expenditures following the September 11th terrorist attacks. The fourth examines the attitudes of Texans toward recent US wars the draft and military service generally.The fifth essay explores the role of the media in promoting democracy and democratic attitudes in southern Africa. Using survey data the following article addresses the extent to which higher education promotes more tolerant attitudes among Israeli Jews toward Israeli Arabs. The volume concludes with a study of US warrant officers that shows how the rank has evolved over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856997

Political and Protest Theatre after 9/11Patriotic Dissent This collection documents and examines political and protest theatre produced between the 9/11 attacks in 2001 and Obama’s election in 2008 by British and American artists responding to their own governments’ actions and policies during this time. The plays take up topics such as the ongoing wars on terror Blair’s support of U.S. policies the flawed intelligence that led to the Iraq war and illegal detentions and torture at Abu Ghraib. The authors argue that engaged artists faced a radically different sociopolitical context for their work after 9/11 compared to earlier social protest movements and new forms of theatre and different emotional strategies were necessary to meet the challenges. The subtitle Patriotic Dissent suggests the double stance of many artists-- influenced by patriotic expressions of national solidarity yet critical of the ways that patriotic language was put to use against others. The articles represent a broad range of theatre: Broadway musicals documentary theatre adaptations of classical theatre new plays by British playwrights street performances and installations and musical concerts. The contributors’ case studies evaluate the effectiveness of important instances of political theatre and protest from this decade arguing for the significance relevance and continuing necessity for evolving forms of political theatre today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745703

Political and Religious Ideas in the Works of Arnold Schoenberg The original essays in this collection chronicle the transformation of Arnold Schoenberg's works from music as pure art to music as a vehicle of religious and political ideas during the first half of the twentieth century. This interdisciplinary volume includes contributions from musicologists music theorists and scholars of German literature and of Jewish studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978850

Political and Social Influences on the Education of ChildrenResearch from Bosnia and Herzegovina This book investigates the effects of social and political change on the provision of primary education in post-communist and post-war contexts. Focusing on Bosnia and Herzegovina the author considers educational developments in post-communist countries of central and Eastern Europe the effects of the civil conflict that occurred 1992-95 and the consequences of the peace settlement. In order to present a picture of the development of primary education in Bosnia and Herzegovina and the importance of political ideology on education provision chapters discuss instances of the impact of external political influences educational provision being drawn from neighbouring countries and illustrate how the political war is continuing. Political and Social Influences on the Education of Children provides insights into lessons learned for education in countries with a changing political state and considers what the future might hold for primary education provision in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Political and Social Influences on the Education of Childrenis key reading for researchers scholars and postgraduate students interested in educational developments in post-communist countries and education in areas of conflict. This book will also appeal to those interested in the political and social history of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358930

Political and Social Philosophy This volume consists of many of Lacordaire’s writings on social and political issues many of which have been out of print for a long time and some of which appeared in this volume when originally published for the time in English. The central theme of the book is that the Christian solution of all the great social and political problems is liberal and democratic Christian doctrine being based on the equality of souls. It argues that Christian fraternal charity is a stronger force than mere humanitarian brotherhood or political socialism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706022

Political Anthropology Politics: a static network of structural and functional models? Is it a "given" set of rules statuses and procedures? Or a dynamic process a continuum related to the past as well as to the present and continually influenced by pressures within and outside of a society? Taking the latter view of the nature of political behavior the editors of Political Anthropology here present an original compilation of papers that thoroughly assess contemporary anthropological research and theory on political phenomena and explore the sources and maintenance of political power. One of the aims of this book is to take tentative steps toward resolving the developing crisis by investigating the structure of political action revealed in empirical data. Within the general framework of political dynamics the book uses processes such as decision making the judicial process the disturbance and settlement of policy issues the application of sanctions and the outcome of disputes among other things. These items will find their places as components of phases in the major sequence. Investigating societies from Africa to Alaska politics is shown to be a global phenomenon--a "human process of action" centering on the conflict between the "common good" and "interests of groups " and on the resolution or extension of that conflict by the religious structural sociocultural and psychological pressures within and external to a social grouping. Essential reading for anyone concerned with the nature of political process Political Anthropology presents a fresh important and comprehensive overview of the "wind of change" currently abroad in the study of political behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530102

Political AnthropologyPower And Paradigms Politics is all about power and power--its composition creation and use--pervades this unique and clearly written assessment of the paradigms by which anthropologists explain and understand political phenomena. In Political Anthropology Donald V. Kurtz examines how anthropologists think about politics political organizations and problems fund Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317287

Political Approaches to Educational Administration and Leadership This collection explores the political philosophy and theory foundations for educational administration and leadership as they influence our understanding analysis and practice in the field. The first section "Political Philosophy: The Foundations " discusses the work of such writers as Machiavelli Kant and Hegel Hayek Habermas and Bourdieu as their theories apply to the educational context. The second section "Political Analysis: The Critique " examines various types of political analyses such as the politics of the policy process minority politics civil society micro-politics community politics and cosmopolitan theory. The last section "Current Political Controversies: The Practice " addresses current topical issues of a political nature including the serving of the state economic agenda the democratisation of educational organisations the neo-conservative agenda and globalisation. The broad international perspective from which these topics are covered makes this volume an excellent addition to the fields of educational leadership organizational studies and educational administration theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897402

Political Argument (Routledge Revivals) Since its publication in 1965 Brian Barry's seminal work has occupied an important role in the revival of Anglo-American political philosophy. A number of ideas and terms in it have become part of the standard vocabulary such as the distinction between "ideal-regarding" and "want-regarding" principles and the division of principles into aggregative and distributive. The book provided the first precise analysis of the concept of political values having trade-off relations and its analysis of the notion of the public interest has also been significant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610827

Political ArithmeticA Symposium of Population Studies Encompassing the areas of economics sociology social biology and genetics and drawing on studies from the UK and Australia this volume charts and analyses the factors affecting population growth. Chapters include:* The international decline in fertility* The changing structure of the family* Educational opportunities* Concepts of race. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016979

Political AscentContemporary Islamic Movements In North Africa Islamic movements in North Africa have historically been distinguished from their counterparts in other parts of the Arab world because they have demonstrated a marked willingness to work within the political system and have at times even been officially recognized and allowed to participate in local and national elections. As a result Islamic thi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317294

Political Aspects of the Economic Monetary Union This title was first published in 2002: Concentrating on the myriad political aspects of European Monetary Union (EMU) this volume places the EMU and the European Union (EU) in a global context. It should be useful for scholars and students of European studies economics modern history and international relations. Libraries and embassies should also find it a valuable reference tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730182

Political Behavior In The Arab States This vivid portrayal of political and social behavior in the Arab states offers new perspectives to the student and scholar of the Middle East. It also illustrates the effectiveness of survey research as an analytical tool for investigating political social and economic problems in Arab societies. The only book of its kind—dealing in a comprehensive and interdisciplinary fashion with the political and social behavior of individuals in the Arab world—it fills a gap in the materials available for courses on the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283377

Political Bodies/Body PoliticThe Semiotics of Gender 'Political Bodies/Body Politic' draws on feminism gender studies and queer theory to examine how myth symbol and ritual express belief systems. The book explores the operation of gender in a variety of social and historical contexts ranging from feminist speculative fiction and systems of belief to popular culture and ancient historical texts. 'Political Bodies/Body Politic' makes an original contribution to religious and feminist studies in its examination of gender in human communication and belief systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711171

Political BrandingMore Than Parties Leaders and Policies This book demonstrates the progress that has been made on political branding research across international contexts. It focuses on the critical application of new concepts and frameworks generating a deeper understanding of unexplored settings and positioning research from multiple perspectives. It is important to consider different typologies of international political brands particularly as we have witnessed huge changes across political landscapes from Brexit the rise of President Trump the surge in populism and the development of sustainable-climate change movements. Given that there are many potential typologies and non-traditional political brands this volume investigates different typologies and alternative political brands with the support of new and under-developed theoretical lens from multiple perspectives and contexts. These include Canada Iceland India Indonesia and the United States of America. This book provides areas of reflection and explicit calls for further research which in turn will advance insight into political brands and enhance our understanding of political marketing in action. This is a must-read guide for setting out the implications of theory and practice for multiple stakeholders including political marketers political scientists politicians political party organizers brand managers and scholars across a wide range of social science disciplines. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Political Marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367492274

Political Broadside Ballads of Seventeenth-Century EnglandA Critical Bibliography Political broadsides are a fascinating window on to the tumultuous political and cultural landscape of the seventeenth century. This is the first truly accurate bibliography of its kind providing correct publication dates for many of the texts for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930148

Political Budgeting Across Europe Budgeting is a key aspect of governmental behaviour. Research on budgeting has taken various theoretical and methodological approaches and these differences have prevented scholars from discussing their common topic. In this collection we have gathered a group of prominent scholars to explore the intermingling of budgets and politics from an assortment of theoretical and methodological perspectives. It highlights not only the breadth of current research but also the range of what remains underexplored. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891213

Political Campaign CommunicationInside and Out Now in its third edition Political Campaign Communication: Inside and Out examines the intricacies of political campaigning through the eyes of both an academic and a political consultant. Unlike others in its field this text takes a broad view of political campaigning discussing both theories and principles along with topics such as political socialization the role of money ethics and critical events. This new edition delves into ongoing changes in the American political environment with fuller examinations of women and gender the involvement of social media in political campaigning political money and ethics. Advanced undergraduate and graduate students of political communication can make use of updated chapter-by-chapter discussion questions and online practice quizzes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291829

Political Campaign CraftsmanshipA Professional's Guide to Campaigning for Public Office Over one billion dollars are spent in presidential election years on an expensive art form: political campaigns. Many political observers believe that at least half that amount is wasted. But which half? Edward Schwartzman answers that question based upon experience gained in seventy-five campaigns. Political Campaign Craftsmanship treats both the art and science of campaigning describing the procedures basic to modern professional campaigning. This practical guide to campaigns covers the entire process and gives specific strategies for every phase. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530119

Political Campaigning Elections and the InternetComparing the US UK France and Germany The Internet first played a minor role in the 1992 U.S. Presidential election and has gradually increased in importance so that it is central to election campaign strategy. However election campaigners have until very recently focused on Web 1.0: websites and email. Political Campaigning Elections and the Internet contextualises the US Presidential campaign of 2008 within three other contests: France 2007; Germany 2009; and the UK 2010. In offering a comparative history of the use of the Internet as an election tool the authors are able to test the optimistic view that the Internet is transforming elections while also mapping the role the Internet plays and performs for parties and candidates. Lilleker and Jackson offer in-depth analysis demonstrating how interactive Web 2.0 online tools including weblogs social networking sites and file-sharing sites are utilised and evaluate the role of these tools in the marketing and branding of parties and candidates. Examining the interactivity between candidate party and voter this important book will be of strong interest to students and scholars of political science elections international relations and political communication. It will be of value to those within public relations marketing and related communication and media programmes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203829431

Political Campaigns in the United States A Choice Highly Recommended Title—January 2017 This book is an interpretive analysis of political campaigns in America: instead of focusing on how campaigns are designed and run it investigates the role campaigns play in our American politics and the close symbiosis between campaigns and those politics. The text examines how campaigns are an important manifestation of how we "do" politics in this country. Hallmarks of this text include: showing how campaigns can undermine our democracy and asking how democratic they—and by extension our politics--really are; demonstrating that the ability of the media to accurately fairly and deeply report on campaigns has been severely compromised both because of the growing "distance" between campaigns and media outlets and because of the structure of "Big Media" corporate ownership and its tight relationship to "Big Money." It asks important questions about the media including: How do the media reporters in particular cover campaigns? What pressures and forces shape what and how they present campaigns? What is the impact of the ever-increasing chasm separating campaigns and the media? How does the close tie between corporate mainstream media and Super PAC money affect campaign coverage? How does the ability of campaigns and media to segment voters into ever-smaller slices influence how campaigns are covered? tracking the continuing growth of unregulated private unaccountable "dark money" in campaigns as a threat to our democratic elections and politics. Democracy rests fundamentally on transparency and accountability – sunlight – and our campaign laws and norms now allow and encourage exactly the opposite largely because of decisions by the United States Supreme Court. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181861

Political Candidate SelectionWho Wins Who Loses and Under-Representation in the UK The "secret garden of politics" where some win and others lose their candidate selection bids and why some aspirant candidates are successful while others fail have been enduring puzzles within political science. This book solves this puzzle by proposing and applying a universally applicable multistage approach to discover the relationship between selection rules selectors’ biases aspirants’ attributes and selection outcomes. Rare party and survey data on winning and losing candidates and insider views on what it takes to win a selection contest at multiple selection stages are compared and used to reveal the inner workings of the secret garden. With a primary focus on the British Labour party over several elections the findings challenge many long-held assumptions about why some aspirant candidate types are successful over others and provides real-world and controversial solutions to addressing women’s and other marginalised groups’ descriptive underrepresentation. As such it provides a much-needed fresh look at party selection processes and draws new conclusions as to why political underrepresentation occurs and should inform policies to remedy it. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of gender and ethnicity in politics political parties and candidate selection and more broadly to the study of political elites comparative politics sociology labour studies gender race and disability studies and to practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039513

Political Capacity And Economic Behavior Given today's heightened competition between national economies in the global marketplace many have come to believe that government intervention is needed in order for a country to maximize its economic well-being. But to what extent can even the most capable government act to attract investment and enhance economic growth without creating or exac Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317300

Political Catholicism and EuroscepticismThe Deviant Case of Poland in Comparative Perspective This book explores the phenomena of both Political Catholicism and the growth of Euroscepticism across Eastern and Western Europe. It focuses in particular on Political Catholicism in Poland but sets this in its wider European context. It examines the nature of Political Catholicism as a political movement discusses the circumstances in which Political Catholicism which has traditionally been pro-European can turn to being Eurosceptic and argues that Political Catholicism in Poland is a special case because of its Catholic-nationalist nature. The book concludes by assessing the role religion plays in the politics of modern Europe and outlines the implications for the future studies of European integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884185

Political Change Democratic Transitions and Security in Southeast Asia The fragility of democracy in Southeast Asia is a subject of increasing concern. While there has been significant movement in the direction of democratisation the authoritarian tendencies of popularly elected leaders and the challenges posed by emerging security threats have given rise to a shared concern about the return of military rule in the region. This book examines the nature of political transitions in Southeast Asia and why political transitions towards political liberalisation and democracy have often failed to take off. It considers political systems in Southeast Asia that have gone through significant periods of transition but continue to face serious challenges toward democratic consolidation. Some key questions that the book focuses on are – Are emerging democracies in the region threatened by weak failed or authoritarian leadership? Are political institutions that are supposed to support political changes toward democratisation weak or strong? How can democratic systems be made more resilient? and What are the prospects of democracy becoming the defining political landscape in Southeast Asia? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995000

Political Change and Constitutionalism in AfricaEmerging Trends Political Change and Constitutionalism in Africa examines the complexities of government and obstacles facing constitutional democracy in transitional African societies. The chapters provide a critical conceptual framework to probe interpret and understand the dimensions of current and impending challenges to constitutional government in the African continent. The contributors explain why deep inequalities and harsh repression persist in most transitional African countries despite constitutionally guaranteed rights and the ongoing practical efforts to expand participation through political liberalization. The book demonstrates the importance of sustaining in public confidence in democracy and provides provocative ideas about how to deal with new prodigious configurations of power that are stubbornly resisting real institutional change. Political Change and Constitutionalism in Africa will be of interest to scholars of African politics and constitutional politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023300

Political Change and Environmental Policymaking in Mexico This book explores environmental policymaking in Mexico as a vehicle to understanding the broader changes in the policy process within a system undergoing a democratic transformation. It constitutes the first major analysis of environmental policymaking in Mexico at the national level and examines the implementation of forestry policy in Mexico's largest rain forest the Selva Lacandona of the state of Chiapas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650908

Political Change and Territoriality in IndonesiaProvincial Proliferation What makes large multi-ethnic states hang together? At a time when ethnic and religious conflict has gained global prominence the territorial organization of states is a critical area of study. Exploring how multi-ethnic and geographically dispersed states grapple with questions of territorial administration and change this book argues that territorial change is a result of ongoing negotiations between states and societies where mutual and overlapping interests can often emerge. It focuses on the changing dynamics of central-local relations in Indonesia. Since the fall of Suharto’s New Order government new provinces have been sprouting up throughout the Indonesian archipelago. After decades of stability this sudden change in Indonesia’s territorial structure is puzzling. The author analyses this "provincial proliferation" which is driven by multilevel alliances across different territorial administrative levels or territorial coalitions. He demonstrates that national level institutional changes including decentralization and democratization explain the timing of the phenomenon. Variations also occur based on historical cultural and political contexts at the regional level. The concept of territorial coalitions challenges the dichotomy between centre and periphery that is common in other studies of central-local relations. This book will be of interest to scholars in the fields of comparative politics political geography history and Asian and Southeast Asian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109346

Political Change in Macao Since the handover to the People's Republic of China in 1999 Macao has undergone a multi-faceted transformation marked by persistent bureaucratic reforms changing patterns and modes of political participation internationalization and modernization and competition and coordination with Macao’s neighbouring cities. In this original and stimulating analysis of the status of political life in Macao Sonny Lo examines the Portuguese legacy and the transition from the Portuguese administration to the legitimacy-building efforts of the new Macao Special Administrative Region (MSAR) government. This book also includes fascinating discussion of: the governing philosophy of the new Chief Executive Edmund Ho and the dynamic economic development resulting from this the changes in citizen participation the reforms directed at the bureaucracy the management of casino franchise and operations the changing political economy of regional rivalries and coordination including relations with Hong Kong Zhuhai and Shenzhen organized crime in Macao As a comprehensive study of this unique city Political Change in Macao will be an invaluable resource for students and scholars interested in Chinese studies Asian politics and the theoretical and practical dimensions of political change. Awarded the first class prize by the Macao Foundation in October 2009 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541916

Political Change in SwitzerlandFrom Stability to Uncertainty Political Change in Switzerland explains the striking recent political developments in Switzerland an important but surprisingly little known and often misunderstood country aiming to dissipate prevailing myths about Switzerland in its European context. Firstly the title provides an analysis of the way the practice and processes of Swiss politics have so dramatically changed over the last 25 years setting out the differences between outside perceptions and changing Swiss realities. Secondly it discusses how far the country has moved from the stability of the post-war period to a new era of uncertainty in which the so called Sonderfall or special case no longer seems to apply. In doing so it analyses the populist movement centred on the Swiss People’s Party examining its support and tactical operations as well as the response of the establishment to the challenges the movement poses both generally and where key questions of policy on foreigners and the EU are concerned. Finally the title explains how much of this change is related to Europe and discusses the prospects for Switzerland Europe and the EU member states in the light of this new Swiss uncertainty. The way in which globalization has imposed new stresses on Switzerland both in external policy and social terms is the key theme of the title. These stresses have in turn encouraged the growth of a new populist movement drawing on social classes previously supportive of other forces and employing aggressive new tactics creating a challenge that the establishment has found it hard to counter so that stability has been compromised. As a result Switzerland now faces two linked policy challenges to find ways of accommodating unease about immigration and to devise a realistic and widely acceptable new relationship with the EU. The book’s underlying belief is that these changes have left the country divided and uncertain about its future. This title offers in-depth analysis of Switzerland's domestic and European politics and policies. It is also innovative in trying both to bring out the European roots of recent political changes in Switzerland and of the challenges these pose to the Swiss status quo and for the evolution of the EU and member states such as the United Kingdom. This is a book for those interested in Switzerland academics business people diplomats journalists and political commentators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386440

Political Change in the Metropolis This popular text has been thoroughly updated and revised to sharpen the focus on its 'bias and change' theme include the latest data/studies informing the field and cover important new topics (e.g. flood disaster in New Orleans). Political Change in the Metropolis Eighth Edition continues to focus on the political changes that have taken place in American cities and the reactions of urban scholars to them. In addition to offering scholarly perspectives the text offers students a theoretical framework for interpreting these changing events for themselves. This framework analyzes the patterns of bias inherent in the organization and operation of urban politics giving students an in-depth look at the fascinating and constantly changing face of urban politics. Features Accessible writing style engages students in the material. Provides excellent coverage of the impact of immigrants and ethnic groups in the making of the American city. An abundance of historical material helps students better understand the origins and development of urban politics and structures. Case studies throughout the text give students an opportunity to apply important material. The text exposes students to first-rate discussions of political phenomena and empirical literature on those phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463165

Political ChangeA Collection of Essays Published in the year 1973 Political Change is a valuable contribution to the field of Politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043073

Political Changes in Taiwan Under Ma Ying-jeouPartisan Conflict Policy Choices External Constraints and Security Challenges In 2008 Ma Ying-jeou was elected President of Taiwan and the Kuomintang (KMT) returned to power after eight years of rule by the Democratic Progressive Party (DPP). Since taking power the KMT has faced serious difficulties as economic growth has been sluggish society has been polarised over issues of identity and policy and rapprochement between Taipei and Beijing has met with suspicion or reservation among large segments of Taiwanese society. Indeed while improved relations with the United States have bolstered Taiwan’s security warming cross-Strait relations have in turn made Taiwan more dependent upon and vulnerable to an increasingly powerful China. This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the return of the Kuomintang (KMT) to power and examines the significant domestic political economic social and international challenges and changes that have characterized Taiwan since 2008. It identifies the major domestic cross-Strait and foreign policy trends and addresses key issues such as elections and Taiwan’s party system; the role of the presidency and legislature; economic development; social movements; identity politics; developments in cross-Strait relations; Taiwan’s security environment and national defence policies; relations with the US and Japan. In turn the contributors look towards the final years of Ma’s presidency and beyond and the structural realities – both domestic and external – that will shape Taiwan’s future. Political Changes in Taiwan Under Ma Ying-jeou will be of great interest to students and scholars of Taiwan studies comparative politics international relations and economics. It will also appeal to policy makers working in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629103

Political ChoiceInstitutions Rules And The Limits Of Rationality This book subtitled "political actors in institutional settings" addresses the main lines of reasoning of the new political institutionalism and rational choice theory. It discusses the question: Which particular rules logics or strategies of action can be found in the realm of politics? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283391

Political Civility in the Middle East Contemporary debates about civility are shaped by the dominant liberal and secular narratives of a peaceful world of sovereign nation-states. For contemporary scholars and policy makers the challenge is to insert meaningfully the political evolution of the Middle East in the dominant liberal-democratic discourse about the current international order without invoking ill-conceived notions of Islamic exceptionalism. The analyses gathered in this book challenge conventional ‘western’ perspectives on civility as an expression of state-guaranteed free association in a non-violent space of discourse and behaviour. Considering the articulation of ‘civil’ and ‘civilized’ state-society relations in contemporary Middle Eastern polities this book proposes both conceptual and empirical insights into the dynamics of the local national and trans-national formation of civility and of the civil sphere. Bypassing traditional oppositions between the ‘western’ and ‘Islamic’ modernity it provides an account of the communicative clusters of civility that represent the everyday formations of Islamic and secular subjects in settings organized by authoritarian-inclined state institutions and practices. It examines how the grassroots formation of ‘new’ religious and secular identities/subjectivities and their relations with the ‘Other’ underpin as well as challenge and transform the state-led processes of political ordering of a national and regional community. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209367

Political CleavagesIssues Parties And The Consolidation Of Democracy In Political Cleavages: Issues Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy Alejandro Moreno argues that the political split between authoritarian and democratic ideologies is the main determinant of party competition in less-developed relatively new democracies. That is political competition is drawn between those parties that propose to furthe Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283407

Political Cohesion In A Fragile MosaicThe Yugoslav Experience This book represents the first comprehensive empirical investigation of political cohesion in the multi-ethnic state of Yugoslavia covering the entire period from the nation's independence to the present. The authors base their analysis on an extensive body of aggregate voting data from elections during both the precommunist and communist periods Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298876

Political Communication and LeadershipMimetisation Hugo Chavez and the Construction of Power and Identity The long-lasting hegemonic rule of President Hugo Chávez not only involved significant rearrangements in the control of political power in Venezuela but also shifts in the way its citizens constructed connected and interacted with politics. In this book Elena Block explores the political communication style developed by Chávez to transmit his ideologies and engage with his publics — A style that unfolded incrementally between 1998 the year of his first presidential campaign and March 13th 2013 when his death was announced after a long struggle with cancer. What sort of political communication did Hugo Chávez develop to establish hegemony in Venezuela? What made him so popular? Block argues that Chávez’s political communication style can be better understood through the concept of mimetisation a systematic sequence of communicational events and practices whereby the Venezuelan President managed to build a bond with his constituents. Applying a mixed qualitative method of collection and analysis of relevant data this phenomenon is examined via the President’s emotional use of common cultural symbols; dramatized and informalised language; savvy use of communication and media and boost of inclusive compensatory and participatory practices in which his constituents not only felt mimetically mirrored but also endowed with an identity. Shedding new light on contemporary theories of populism from the perspective of political communication and identity construction the notion of mimetisation can be adjusted and applied to study the links of populist phenomena the mediatisation of politics and government cultural appeal and identity politics in other cultures and situations in contemporary times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370215

Political Communication in ChinaConvergence or Divergence Between the Media and Political System? It is widely recognised that the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) uses the media to set the agenda for political discourse propagate official policies monitor public opinion and rally regime support. State agencies in China control the full spectrum of media programming either through ownership or the power to regulate. Political Communication in China examines the two factors which have contributed to the rapid development of media infrastructure in China: technology and commercialization. Economic development led to technological advancement which in turn brought about the rapid modernization of all forms of communication from ‘old’ media such as television to the Internet cell phones and satellite communications. This volume examines how these recent developments have affected the relationship between the CCP and the mass media as well as the implications of this evolving relationship for understanding Chinese citizens’ media use political attitudes and behaviour. The chapters in this book represent a diverse range of research methods from surveys content analysis and field interviews to the manipulation of aggregate statistical data. The result is a lively debate which creates many opportunities for future research into the fundamental question of convergence between political and media regimes. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Political Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754651

Political Communication in European Parliamentary Elections Written by a leading team of internationally distinguished political communication scholars this book offers the most comprehensive account on comparative political communication research in the context of European Parliamentary elections to date. Divided into four sections experts begin by tracing the historical and political background of European Parliamentary elections paying close attention to trends in turnout and the changing institutional role of the European Parliament (EP). Focusing mainly on the 2009 elections and using original data throughout the next two sections are devoted to campaign communication strategies and the overall media coverage of EP elections in both established and newly-accessioned members of the European Union. The concluding section focuses on the macro- and micro-level effects of European parliamentary campaigns in a comparative perspective to illustrate how campaign strategies and media coverage were received by voters in EU member states. This insightful account on the interaction between political actors the media and voters allows readers to develop a global understanding of political and media system interdependencies and on comparative political communication research more generally. Essential reading to students and scholars in political science media studies European politics and political communication as well as policy makers within the European Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273405

Political Communication in Real TimeTheoretical and Applied Research Approaches Much has been made of the speed and constancy of modern politics. Whether watching cable news retweeting political posts or receiving news alerts on our phones political communication now happens continuously and in real time. Traditional research methods often do not capture this dynamic environment. Early studies that guided the study of political communication took place at a time when transistors and FM radio television and widely distributed films technologically changed the way people gained information and developed knowledge of the world around them. Now the environment has transformed again through digital innovations. This book provides one of the first systematic assessment of real-time methods used to study the new digital media environment. It features twelve chapters—authored by leading researchers in the field—using continuous or real time response methods to study political communication in various forms. Moreover the authors explain how viewer attitudes can be measured over time message effects can be pin-­pointed down to the second of impact behaviors can be tracked and analyzed unobtrusively and respondents can naturally respond on their smartphone tablet or even console gaming system. Leading practitioners in the field working for CNN Microsoft and Twitter show how the approach is being innovatively used in the field. Political Communication in Real Time is a welcome addition to the growing field of interest in "big data" and continuous response research. This volume will appeal to scholars and practitioners in political science and communication studies wishing to gain new insights into the strengths and limitations of this approach. Political communication is a continuous process so theories applications and cognitive models of such communication require continuous measures and methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949416

Political Communication in the Online WorldTheoretical Approaches and Research Designs As a consequence of the rapid diffusion of online media the conditions for political communication and research concerning it have radically changed. Is empirical communication research capable of consistently describing and explaining the changes in political communication in the online world both from a theoretical and methodological perspective? In this book Gerhard Vowe Philipp Henn and a group of leading international experts in the field of communication studies guide the reader through the complexities of political communication and evaluate whether and to what extent existing theoretical approaches and research designs are relevant to the online world. In the first part of the book nine chapters offer researchers the opportunity to test the basic assumptions of prominent theories in the field to specify them in terms of the conditions of political communication in the online world and to modify them in view of the systematically gained experiences. The second methodological section tests the variations of content analysis surveys expert interviews and network analyses in an online environment and documents how successful these methods of empirical analysis have proven to be in political communication. Written accessibly and contributing to key debates on political communication this bookshelf essential presents an indispensable account of the necessary tools needed to allow researchers decide which approach and method is better suited to answer their online problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900080

Political Communication OnlineStructures Functions and Challenges The impact of the Internet on political communication has been significant and multifaceted: it expanded the reach of political messages; opened the floodgates of decontextualization and intercultural misunderstanding; made room for new genres and forms; and allowed for the incorporation of every previously existing communication mode into complex multilayered documents. Political Communication Online places these developments in their social and media context covers various disciplinary backgrounds and how they can contribute to a common understanding of the evolving online media landscape and proposes a novel methodological tool for the analysis of political communication online. Seizov offers an approach that places context at the core of the theoretical and methodological discussion by discussing the traits of online communication that make it a unique communication environment. The book then brings together different disciplines which have important contributions for the study of political communication online but have not been integrated for this purpose so far such as visual communication multimodal research and cognitive psychology. Seizov introduces the book’s main theoretical and methodological contribution to multimodal document analysis the annotation scheme "Imagery and Communication in Online Narratives" (ICON) and explores how the ICON approach works in practice. Taking four distinct genres of online political communication – news election campaigns NGOs and social movements – the book presents the analyses of convenience samples from each of them in detail. This text features a comprehensive theoretical discussion of vital current developments in online political communication places these developments in context and couples that with a practical demonstration of the novel methodology it proposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696853

Political CommunicationPolitics Press and Public in America In this political communication text Richard M. Perloff examines the various ways in which messages are constructed and communicated from public officials and politicians through the mass media to the ultimate receivers-the people. With a focus on the history of political communication he provides an overview of the most significant issues in the study of politics and the media. In addition to synthesizing facts and theories and highlighting the scholarly contributions made to the understanding of political communication effects Political Communication addresses such factors as the rhetorical accomplishments of American presidents the ongoing tangles between the press and the presidency and the historical roots of politics as it is practiced and studied today. It also addresses major issues about the press and politics that continually resurface such as question of press bias and the use and manipulation of media by politicians to accomplish national goals. As a comprehensive and engaging introduction to contemporary political communication this volume provides all readers with a historical perspective on American politics and press and offers a unique appreciation of the strengths and virtues of political communication in America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811832

Political CommunicationsThe General Election of 2001 This work examines political communications in British general elections. Like its predecessors it has a dual purpose: first to make available the reflections of those who participated in it; and second to provide analysis of the media the parties and public opinion polls in the campaign. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039237

Political CommunicationsWhy Labour Won the General Election of 1997 The dialogue conducted via the press television advertising and the opinion polls beween politicians and the people in the 1997 campaign and its run-up is analyzed here. Special attention is paid to the innovations and changes that marked the 1997 campaign. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044933

Political Competition and Economic Regulation Organized readable technically sound and comprehensive from both theoretical and empirical standpoints this book summarizes a vast amount of institutional historical and descriptive detail. Using case studies from the US Canada Germany and Switzerland as well as the European Union and the global economy this is the first book of its kind to examine historical evidence on how competition among states – or the lack of it – affects regulation especially labour market regulation. Edited by internationally respected scholars of economics and containing contributions from eminent economists this book reveals important implications as to whether European political integration leads to more regulation and whether globalization restrains regulation. It will be of great interest to both economists and students engaged with political economy public choice and regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806825

Political Concepts And Political Theories The study of the physical world had its origins in philosophy and two-and-one-half millennia later the scientific advances of the twentieth century are bringing the two fields closer together again. So argues Lawrence Sklar in this brilliant new text on the philosophy of physics.Aimed at students of both disciplines Philosophy of Physics is a broad overview of the problems of contemporary philosophy of physics that readers of all levels of sophistication should find accessible and engaging. Professor Sklar's talent for clarity and accuracy is on display throughout as he guides students through the key problems: the nature of space and time the problems of probability and irreversibility in statistical mechanics and of course the many notorious problems raised by quantum mechanics.Integrated by the theme of the interconnectedness of philosophy and science and linked by many references to the history of both disciplines Philosophy of Physics is always clear while remaining faithful to the complexity and integrity of the issues. It will take its place as a classic text in a field of fundamental intellectual importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317317

Political Conditionality Political conditionality involves the linking of development aid to certain standards of observance of human rights and (liberal) democracy in recipient countries. Although this may seem to be an innocent policy it has the potential to bring about a dramatic change in the basic principles of the international system: putting human rights first means putting respect for individuals and rights before respect for the sovereignty of states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978690

Political Conflict and Development in East Asia and Latin America Long run processes of socio-economic change generate prodigious problems of social conflict and social control and governments responsible for these processes must therefore manage the resultant conflict. Consequently the success or failure of a government's management of such conflicts is a crucial factor in development outcomes. This volume investigates the political struggle for development specifically in two vital regions - East Asia and Latin America. This analysis calls into question the dominant emphasis on institutional and cultural bases for stable growth. A careful historical account of the two regions is presented which permits the rigorous testing of conventional wisdoms regarding development. Of importance to a broad range of academics in the spheres of development studies politics political economy and sociology this book will also make an interesting read for those with a general interest in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650915

Political Conflict and Economic Change in Nigeria First Published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978706

Political Conflict and Exclusion in JerusalemThe Provision of Education and Social Services The political conflict over the city of Jerusalem has resulted in the breach of Palestinian Jerusalemites’ civil political and social rights. While Israel claims sovereignty over East Jerusalem it neglects to provide adequate services to the Palestinian residents of the city. The Israeli Jerusalem Municipality provides insufficient and highly politicised educational services to the Palestinians residents of the city at the same time discriminating against the other Palestinian systems that provide educational services. Political Conflict and Exclusion in Jerusalem offers a detailed description of the structure of the education sector in East Jerusalem with its four main providers; the Palestinian Authority through Awqaf schools the Israeli Authority through municipal schools the United Nations Relief and Works Agency and private schools. Its study reveals that there is no single body that oversees the provision of educational services in the city to ensure that the services provided are sufficient and of quality. Employing a qualitative research strategy with semi-structured interviews and focus groups in Palestinian and Israeli schools this book offers a comprehensive and revealing comparison of the educational services provided to both their students. It explores how Palestinian and Israeli students routinely receive vastly different learning opportunities in terms of school funding qualified staff school facilities and school programmes which as a result disempowers Palestinians and ensures an Israeli Jewish hegemony over the city. One of the few academic books on a highly pertinent topic this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Middle East Studies and a key resource for those studying the social impacts of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348849

Political Construction SitesNation Building In Russia And The Post-soviet States The dissolution of the Soviet Union has provided scholars with tremendously rich material for the study of comparative nation building. Not since the decolonization of Africa in the 1960s have so many new states been established in one stroke in one region. The post-Soviet states moreover have all the necessary prerequisites for fruitful comparis Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317324

Political Consultants and CampaignsOne Day to Sell Political Consultants and Campaigns: One Day to Sell examines the differences between how political science theory suggests campaigns should be run and how political consultants actually run campaigns. In the wake of consultants who effortlessly move from campaigners to policymakers the dearth of knowledge about the attitudes beliefs and strategies of the consultants themselves is still a glaring absence in the analysis of American politics. How can we purport to know what is happening in American political campaigns if we don't know what is on the minds of the men and women who run them? This book provides a clearer understanding of modern-day political campaigns by revealing what is on the minds of the people who run them. With original data from consultants campaign managers and professional campaign schools author Jason Johnson examines consultant behavior on message formation policy positioning candidate recruitment Internet strategy and negative advertising and compares these practices to existing political science theory. This groundbreaking research makes Political Consultants and Campaigns: One Day to Sell a must-have resource for all students of American politics campaign managers or anyone interested in how political campaigns in America are run. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813344881

Political Contexts of Educational LeadershipISLLC Standard Six Co-published with UCEA this exciting new textbook is the first to tackle the ISLLC Standard #6—the political context of education. This unique volume helps aspiring school leaders understand the dynamics of educational policy in multiple arenas at the local state and federal levels. Leaders are responsible for promoting the success of every student by understanding responding to and influencing the political social economic legal and cultural contexts in which education and learning reside. Featuring Case studies and Suggested activities this book provides an authentic illustration of the political dynamics that emanate from individual social economic and cultural issues surrounding all schools and further aspiring school leaders’ understanding of political issues through experiences. By presenting problem-posing cases theoretical grounding relevant research and implications for practice this book provides aspiring leaders with the background learning experiences and analytical tools to successfully promote student success in their contexts. Companion website – includes shared resources relevant to all ISLLC standards along with particular activities for ISLLC Standard #6 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823821

Political Correctness: A Sociocultural Black Hole This book explores the nature of political correctness as but one of the faces of today’s widespread sociocultural hypocrisy; it is a critique of a phenomenon that constitutes a threat to the Enlightenment hope that humanity might one day achieve maturity. The author identifies political correctness as a drive towards shallowness anti-intellectualism and self-flagellation – and a culture in which perception is everything. With attention to the emergence and growth of political correctness in a country Greece where it can be observed from a bottom-up perspective this volume demonstrates that although at first glance it appears as a well-intentioned social movement informed by values with which no moral and judicious person could disagree political correctness actually represents at best a distraction from graver concerns; at worst a manifestation of human foolishness and malevolence. A study of the destruction of honest and rational debate characterized by trials of intention often by social media Political Correctness: A Sociocultural Black Hole will appeal to scholars of sociology and media studies with interests in contemporary political culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367528072

Political Corruption and Political Geography First published 1997 this volume examines the way in which political corruption remains neglected as a matter of scholarly enquiry and research. There is still a powerful and traditional taboo which is quite out of the step with the topic’s real world significance and the increasing attention it receives from serious sections of the media. The book aims by systematic exposition and case study to break down that taboo and to demonstrate the topic’s importance within a framework provided by the discipline of geography. The novelty of the book is then that it considers a formerly unconsidered factor - corruption - as part of the world’s geography as both part of the geographical context in which human activity takes place and as a spatially variable condition explicable at least in part in terms of other geographies. The conclusion is that much geographical scholarship ignores this factor at the risk of its credibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330030

Political Corruption in AustraliaA Very Wicked Place? This title was first published in 2001: Despite considerable expansion the scholarly literature on political corruption has remained fragmentary often polarized consisting either of sweeping systematic statements or case-specific examples. Perry bridges this gap and proves the need for further such study in this most worthwhile examination of the place of political corruption in Australia. The Australian experience is paid thorough yet concise attention and then it is related to the concept of political corruption in its various and changing forms and interpretations. Assuming no familiarity with the central intellectual issues Perry lucidly explores them in terms of their method practice and definition with particular reference to Australia. Primarily suitable for academics interested in politics geography development studies history and sociology this book’s accessible style also makes it of interest to a general audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630970

Political Corruption in Comparative PerspectiveSources Status and Prospects Political corruption adversely affects the efficiency and effectiveness of governments slows the rate of economic development and poisons public attitudes towards the legitimacy of the state. Affecting governmental and non-governmental organizations developed and developing nations and millions of people's lives it is a subject of great interest to students from a wide variety of academic disciplines. Using a concise comparative approach based on original case studies Political Corruption in Comparative Perspective: Sources Status and Prospects provides context and clarity on this complex problem. Cases analysed include countries and organizations as diverse as the United States Brazil Russia China Israel India Pakistan NGOs and the United Nations. International contributors discuss the historical background of political corruption in a particular country region or organization and focus on the causes and consequences of that corruption before offering overviews and opinion on how the problem might be addressed. The range of cases used each contributor's depth of knowledge and consistency of style applied throughout ensures that Political Corruption in Comparative Perspective: Sources Status and Prospects is an important addition to the debate and fills a significant gap between academic study and general public knowledge of a truly global problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256996

Political Corruption in the Caribbean BasinConstructing a Theory to Combat Corruption Political corruption in the Caribbean Basin retards state economic growth and development undermines government legitimacy and threatens state security. In spite of recent anti-corruption efforts of intergovernmental and nongovernmental organizations (IGO/NGOs) Caribbean political corruption problems appear to be worsening in the post-Cold War period. This work discovers why IGO/NGO efforts to arrest corruption are failing by investigating the domestic and international causes of political corruption in the Caribbean. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942703

Political CorruptionConcepts and Contexts Corruption is once again high on the international policy agenda as a result of globalization the spread of democracy and major scandals and reform initiatives. But the concept itself has been a focus for social scientists for many years and new findings and data take on richer meanings when viewed in the context of long-term developments and enduring conceptual debates. This compendium a much-enriched version of a work that has been a standard reference in the field since 1970 offers concepts cases and fresh evidence for comparative analysis.Building on a nucleus of classic studies laying out the nature and development of the concept of corruption the book also incorporates recent work on economic cultural and linguistic dimensions of the problem as well as critical analyses of several approaches to reform. While many authors are political scientists work by historians economists and sociologists are strongly represented. Two-thirds of the nearly fifty articles are based either on studies especially written or translated for this volume or on selected journal literature published in the 1990s. The tendency to treat corruption as merely a synonym for bribery is illuminated by analyses of the diverse terminology and linguistic techniques that help distinguish corruption problems in the major languages. Recent attempts to measure corruption and to analyze its causes and effects quantitatively are also critically examined. New contributions emphasize especially: corruption phenomena in Asia and Africa; contrasts among region and regime types; comparing U.S. state corruption incidence; European Party finance and corruption; assessments of international corruption rating project; analyses of international corruption control treaties; unintended consequences of anti-corruption efforts. Cumulatively the book combines description richness analytical thrust conceptual awareness and contextual articulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530126

Political CorruptionReadings in Comparative Analysis Corruption is once again high on the international policy agenda as a result of globalization the spread of democracy and major scandals and reform initiatives. But the concept itself has been a focus for social scientists for many years and new findings and data take on richer meanings when viewed in the context of long-term developments and enduring conceptual debates. This compendium a much-enriched version of a work that has been a standard reference in the field since 1970 offers concepts cases and fresh evidence for comparative analysis.Building on a nucleus of classic studies laying out the nature and development of the concept of corruption the book also incorporates recent work on economic cultural and linguistic dimensions of the problem as well as critical analyses of several approaches to reform. While many authors are political scientists work by historians economists and sociologists are strongly represented. Two-thirds of the nearly fifty articles are based either on studies especially written or translated for this volume or on selected journal literature published in the 1990s. The tendency to treat corruption as merely a synonym for bribery is illuminated by analyses of the diverse terminology and linguistic techniques that help distinguish corruption problems in the major languages. Recent attempts to measure corruption and to analyze its causes and effects quantitatively are also critically examined. New contributions emphasize especially: corruption phenomena in Asia and Africa; contrasts among region and regime types; comparing U.S. state corruption incidence; European Party finance and corruption; assessments of international corruption rating project; analyses of international corruption control treaties; unintended consequences of anti-corruption efforts. Cumulatively the book combines description richness analytical thrust conceptual awareness and contextual articulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530133

Political Culture Change and Security Policy in Nigeria Demonstrating how political culture facilitates or distorts political preferences and political outcomes this book explores how the historical development of social conditions and the current social structures shape understandings and constrain individual and collective actions within the Nigerian political system. Political Culture Change and Security Policy examines the extent to which specific norms and socialization processes within the political and civic culture abet corruption or the proclivity to engage in corrupt practices and how they help reinforce political attitudes and civic norms that have the potential to undermine the effectiveness of government. It also delineates specific doctrinal models and strategic framework essential to the development and implementation of Nigeria’s national security policy as well as innovative approaches to national development planning.Professor Kalu N. Kalu offers an exhaustive study that integrates several quantitative models in addressing a series of theoretical and empirical questions that inform historical and contemporary issues of the Nigerian project. The general premise is that it is not enough to simply highlight the problems of the state and address the what question we must also address the why and how questions that drive political change policy preferences and competing political outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592127

Political Culture Political Science and Identity PoliticsAn Uneasy Alliance Political Culture (defined as the values beliefs and behavioral patterns underlying the political system) has long had an uneasy relationship with political science. Identity politics is the latest incarnation of this conflict. Everyone agrees that culture and identity are important specifically political culture is important in understanding other countries and global regions but no one agrees how much or how precisely to measure it. In this important book well known Comparativist Howard J. Wiarda traces the long and controversial history of culture studies and the relations of political culture and identity politics to political science. Under attack from structuralists institutionalists Marxists and dependency writers Wiarda examines and assesses the reasons for these attacks and why political culture went into decline only to have a new and transcendent renaissance and revival in the writings of Inglehart Fukuyama Putnam Huntington and many others. Today political culture now updated to include identity politics stands as one of these great explanatory paradigms in political science the others being structuralism and institutionalism. Rather than seeing them as diametrically exposed Howard Wiarda shows how they may be made complementary and woven together in more complex multicausal explanations. This book is brief highly readable provocative and certain to stimulate discussion. It will be of interest to general readers and as a text in courses in international relations comparative politics foreign policy and Third World studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359413

Political Culture Soft Interventions and Nation Building This book raises questions about cultural interventions an area of investigation somewhat overlooked in place of developing a critique of political interventions. Whilst political interventions are more explicit coercive and have a wide-reaching impact it is important also to examine the way culture is used in attempts to reconstruct society and peoples - the ‘soft’ side of statebuilding where heritage is utilised to play a role in the construction of the nation and the people in memory and identity. For it can play a role in legitimizing myths and identifying symbolic historic events and implicitly informs the construction of infrastructure institutions and other aspects of civic life. Contributors from the fields of politics anthropology archaeology and sociology examine interventions in state and nation building through cultural methods the ‘soft’ side of statebuilding including the preservation and promotion of certain heritage the politics of remembrance and monument building and the repatriation of human remains and artefacts to communities in the name of making reparations for past atrocities. These are timely contributions. Heritage and cultural is too often considered in terms of how tourism might contribute to the economy post-conflict neglecting the construction of meaning and memory through decisions about is what is preserved or not. It will be of special interest to those in the field of cultural studies archaeology and politics as well as international relations. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793569

Political Culture and Constitutionalism: A Comparative ApproachA Comparative Approach This work is a cross-national examination of the relationship between political culture and constitutionalism. The countries studied include Nigeria Turkey and Japan. Questions explored include whether constitutions must evolve and whether constitutionalism is only a western concept. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315483252

Political Culture and Participation in Rural China Despite China’s rapid urbanisation and industrialisation most Chinese still live in the vast countryside or have rural household registration. Although there was significant economic improvement in rural areas in the 1980s the rural economy has been stagnating or deteriorating since then and the book argues that the rural-urban income gap is giving rise to the potential for political instability throughout China. This book based on extensive original research including interview fieldwork in rural areas examines the nature of political culture and participation in rural China discussing issues such as the support or lack of it for democratic values; levels of political interest; the ways in which Chinese peasants interact with village and local officials; subjective factors that motivate them to vote (or not to vote) in village elections; and rural people’s views on market-oriented economic reforms local and national government and the Communist Party. The book argues that although hitherto peasants’ riots sit-ins and demonstrations have been localised and uncoordinated they are frequent and have the potential to cause serious political crises for China’s rulers. It concludes by considering the future political development of China’s vast countryside. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728270

Political Culture and the Making of Modern Nation-States This book focuses on transformations of political culture from times past to future-present. It defines the meaning of political culture and explores the cultural values and institutions of kinship communities and dynastic intermediaries including chiefdoms and early states. It systematically examines the rise and gradual universalization of modern sovereign nation-states. Contemporary debates concerning nationality nationalism citizenship and hyphenated identities are engaged. The authors recount the making of political culture in the American nation-state and look at the processes of internal colonialism in the American experience examining how major ethnic sectarian racial and other distinctions arose and congealed into social and cultural categories. The book concludes with a study of the Holocaust genocide crimes against humanity and the political cultures of violation in post-colonial Rwanda and in racialized ethno-political conflicts in various parts of the world. Struggles over legitimacy in nation-building and state-building are at the heart of this new take on the important role of political culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057842

Political Culture in France and Germany (RLE: German Politics)A Contemporary Perspective This book originally published in 1991 assesses how attitudes political orientations and social values changed during the five decades after the Second World War. The case studies in the book focus on key ‘sites’ in political culture: in France on the extreme right the cinema the impact of media personalities and changes of political discourse; in Germany on the decline of regional identities the emergence of specific issues and the concern of political parties with the effectiveness of language. This interdisciplinary study provides new insights into the way French and German people see themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838437

Political Culture in Libya Few empirical studies of Arab countries have dealt with political culture and political socialisation or focused on people's beliefs values and attitudes towards the government or political leaders mainly because the regimes have been reluctant to allow opinion to be tested. The significance of this book is that it assesses the influence of state ideology on the new generation of Libyans and examines their political culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995055

Political Culture In Vienna And Warsaw This book presents assumptions about the evolution of a political culture in Vienna and Warsaw and the factors that cause specific patterns of evolution. It explores the secular changes in social structure that are related to changes in cultural normalcy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283421

Political Development and Democratic TheoryRethinking Comparative Politics Most comparativists have assumed that democratization is best understood by looking at regimes in the transition and consolidation phases of democracy without really considering the essence of democracy - liberal rights and democratic virtues. Democracy is seen as a mechanistic process without considering the ideas that build democratic regimes. This book begins afresh by proposing that comparativists need to consider democracy to be a combination of rights and virtues and that the difficulties of democratic transitions consolidation and maintenance are essentially problems relating to balancing rights and virtues in the regime. How do we reemphasize these aspects of democracy at a time when comparative literature focuses almost solely on democratic procedure? By combining the best elements of comparative theory and liberal democratic philosophy Hood argues that comparativists can sharpen the scholarly tools we need to understand both the problems of democratization and maintaining democracy. He provides the reader with a valuable overview of comparative theory and how our abandonment of political philosophy has led to our acceptance of social science methods that can only lead to superficial analyses of democratizing regimes and established democracies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289977

Political Development TheoryThe Contemporary Debate This book examines development theory from a political persepctive. It considers modernisation theory and public policy as well as Marxism the state and the third world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833999

Political Developments in Contemporary ChinaA Guide China’s role in global events today cannot be overestimated. This book provides a comprehensive and detailed overview of contemporary political developments in China. Key topics covered include: China's international relations with its neighbours and with the international community more widely; demographic developments; Taiwan; Macao and Hong Kong Tibet Uighurs; human rights health issues (including bird flu); food contamination and defective goods; and a chronology of political developments congresses and Central Committee sessions since May 2006; the earthquake of 12 May 2008 and the 2008 Olympic Games. The book continues - and adds to – the overview of developments up to May 2006 which were covered in the author’s China: A Guide to Economic and Political Developments (2006) and is the companion volume to Economic Developments in Contemporary China: A Guide (2010) - both published by Routledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978720

Political Developments in Contemporary Russia This book provides a comprehensive overview of political developments in Russia since late 2000 following on from where the author’s previous publication The New Russia left off.  It covers all aspects of politics including the following: the highly centralized nature of power in Russia; central government and presidential elections; regional government and developments in the republics including unrest in Chechnya and the other Caucasian republics; and human rights. Taking a chronological approach it shows how politics overall has changed over the period including how the relationship between Prime Minister (formerly President) Vladimir Putin and President Dmitri Medvedev has worked out. The book continues - and adds to – the overview of developments in the author’s The New Russia (2002) and is the companion volume to Economic Developments in Contemporary Russia (2011) - both published by Routledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995062

Political Disaffection in Contemporary DemocraciesSocial Capital Institutions and Politics Citizens of many democracies are becoming more critical of basic political institutions and detached and disaffected from politics in general. This is a new comparative analysis of this trend that focuses on major democracies throughout Latin America Asia and Central Europe. It brings together leading scholars to address three key areas of the current debate: the conceptual discussion surrounding political disaffection the factors causing voters to turn away from politics the actual consequences for democracy This is a highly relevant topic as representative democracies are coming to face new developments. It deals with the reasons and consequences of the so called ‘democratic deficit’ in a systematic way that enables the reader to develop a well-rounded sense of the area and its main debates. This book is an invaluable resource for all students of political science sociology cultural studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511384

Political Discipline in a Free Society (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 40) This book traces the rise and fall of political philosophies since the 17th century. The second part of the book shows how the general technique of cumulative learning from experience applies to social legislation and social services party politics to defence strategy and to the trends that follow the modern explosion of knowledge and capital. The main argument is that social control is at its best a deliberate joint creation of and learning from social experience; and in this sense political discipline although not the same as logical or scientific discipline is like them a submission to form not force. The book gives a definite meaning to the idea of human progress and finds reason for a restoration of political hope and faith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653879

Political Discourse AnalysisA Method for Advanced Students In this accessible new textbook Isabela and Norman Fairclough present their innovative approach to analysing political discourse. Political Discourse Analysis integrates analysis of arguments into critical discourse analysis and political discourse analysis. The book is grounded in a view of politics in which deliberation decision and action are crucial concepts: politics is about arriving cooperatively at decisions about what to do in the context of disagreement conflict of interests and values power inequalities uncertainty and risk. The first half of the book introduces the authors’ new approach to the analysis and evaluation of practical arguments while the second half explores how it can be applied by looking at examples such as government reports parliamentary debates political speeches and online discussion forums on political issues. Through the analysis of current events including a particular focus on the economic crisis and political responses to it the authors provide a systematic and rigorous analytical framework that can be adopted and used for students’ own research. This exciting new text co-written by bestselling author Norman Fairclough is essential reading for researchers upper undergraduate and postgraduate students of discourse analysis within English language linguistics communication studies politics and other social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415499231

Political Discourse and Conflict ResolutionDebating Peace in Northern Ireland This book offers new insights into the close relationship between political discourses and conflict resolution through critical analysis of the role of discursive change in a peace process. Just as a peace process has many dimensions and stakeholders so the discourses considered here come from a wide range of sources and actors. The book contains in-depth analyses of official discourses used to present the peace process the discourses of political party leaders engaging (or otherwise) with it the discourses of community-level activists responding to it and the discourses of the media and the academy commenting on it. These discourses reflect varying levels of support for the peace process – from obstruction to promotion – and the role of language in moving across this spectrum according to issue and occasion. Common to all these analyses is the conviction that the language used by political protagonists and cultural stakeholders has a profound effect on progression towards peace. Bringing together leading experts on Northern Ireland’s peace process from a range of academic disciplines including political science sociology linguistics history geography law and peace studies this book offers new insights into the discursive dynamics of violent political conflict and its resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642033

Political Discourse as DialogueA Latin American Perspective We are witnessing the collapse of democracies in many parts of the world and a general tendency to the resurgence of right-wing and left-wing populisms led by authoritarian leaders. This book centres on the political dialogue in one of these democracies. The focus is on Venezuela the rich Latin American oil producing country and its transformation from a stable democracy to a very unstable and controversial revolution in which the dialogue has been occupied by only one party for 18 years. The central characters of the book are Hugo Chávez who remained in power for 14 years as the main speaker and controller and the people who either followed or opposed him in Venezuela and other countries. Contrary to critical analyses which are mainly based on social representations that conceive dialogue as implicit or normative this book proposes a dialogue-centred approach which articulates linguistics conversation analysis socio-pragmatics and political science from a critical perspective and offers the theoretical foundations and procedures for analysing micro dialogues between specific persons and the macro social dialogue which unveils the processes of domination and resistance to power. The book will be useful for scholars and students of linguistics media communication studies and political science wishing to learn more about dialogue in political interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878238

Political Discussion in Modern DemocraciesA Comparative Perspective The study of political discussion has been broken into sub-categories including deliberative democracy discursive studies dynamics of interpersonal communication and discussion network analyses with substantial numbers of books and articles covering each. However these areas are often treated distinctly and not brought together in a comprehensive and systematic way. Political Discussion in Modern Democracies: a comparative perspective reviews the breadth of the different literatures on political science and provides original comparative analyses of the nature of political discussion and its consequences on political deliberation and behaviour in numerous advanced industrial democracies worldwide. It is divided into two main sections that provide both a review of the field and context for the chapters that follow: Part I studies deliberation and discussion as the object of analysis. Part II concentrates on the consequences of political discussion and deliberation. Covering ten countries across Europe Asia and North and South America this book makes a significant contribution toward broader theories of political communication deliberative democracy discussion networks and political behaviour. It will be of interest to scholars of comparative politics political communication political behaviour governance and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882119

Political Dissidence Under NeroThe Price of Dissimulation Vasily Rudich examines dissidence under Nero from both historical and psychological perspectives and inquires into the balance of the universal and historically conditioned components of political behaviour. The careers of numerous dissident individuals and their attempts at accomodation to a hostile reality are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865418

Political Documentary Cinema in Latin America The chapters in this book show the important role that political documentary cinema has played in Latin America since the 1950s. Political documentary cinema in Latin America has a long history of tracing social injustice and suffering depicting political unrest intervening in periods of crisis and upheaval and reflecting upon questions about ideology cultural identity genocide and traumatic memory. This collection bears witness to the region's film culture's diversity discussing documentaries about workers' strikes riots and military coups against elected governments; crime poverty homelessness prostitution children's work and violence against women; urban development progress (under)development capitalism and neoliberalism; exile diaspora and border cultures; trauma and (post)memory. The chapters focus on documentaries made in Argentina Brazil Chile Cuba Mexico and Venezuela as well as on the work of Latino and diasporic Latin American political documentarians. The contributors to the anthology reflect the cultural and linguistic diversity of current Latin American film scholarship with some writing in Spanish and Portuguese from Argentina and Brazil (with their original works especially translated) and others writing in English from Australia Europe and the USA. This book was originally published as a special issue of Social Identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781658

Political Ecologies of Meat Livestock production worldwide is increasing rapidly in part due to economic growth and demand for meat in industrializing countries. Yet there are many concerns about the sustainability of increased meat production and consumption from perspectives including human health animal welfare climate change and environmental pollution.  This book tackles the key issues of contemporary meat production and consumption through a lens of political ecology which emphasizes the power relations producing particular social economic and cultural interactions with non-human nature. Three main topics are addressed: the political ecology of global livestock production trends; changes in production systems around the world and their implications for environmental justice; and existing and emerging governance strategies for meat production and consumption systems and their implications.  Case studies of different systems at varying scales are included drawn from Asia Africa the Americas and Europe. The book includes an editorial introduction to set the context and synthesize key messages for the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736954

Political Ecology and the Role of WaterEnvironment Society and Economy in Northern Yemen How can we explain the over-exploitation and degradation of natural resources in the countries of the South? Population growth poverty and problems associated with common property resource management have been common themes in this debate yet insufficient attention has been paid to how traditional political relations and local perceptions affect natural resource capture and resource allocation. This is especially evident with respect to groups and communities at the political and geographical peripheries of state influence and control for whom self-identity is constructed around notions of autonomy and food self-sufficiency. This informative book addresses this omission by discussing water resource allocation and management. It focuses in particular on the socio-economic and political contexts which influence approaches to and determine practices of water management. Taking the example of the tribal communities of the Sa’dah basin in the northern Yemen it analyzes the politics of environmental change with particular reference to groundwater resource degradation within the conceptual framework of political ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277380

Political Ecology and Tourism Political ecology explicitly addresses the relations between the social and the natural arguing that social and environmental conditions are deeply and inextricably linked. Its emphasis on the material state of nature as the outcome of political processes as well as the construction and understanding of nature itself as political is greatly relevant to tourism. Very few tourism scholars have used political ecology as a lens to examine tourism-centric natural resource management issues. This book brings together experts in the field with a foreword from Piers Blaikie to provide a global exploration of the application of political ecology to tourism. It addresses the underlying issues of power ownership and policies that determine the ways in which tourism development decisions are made and implemented. Furthermore contributions document the complex array of relationships between tourism stakeholders including indigenous communities and multiple scales of potential conflicts and compromises. This groundbreaking book covers 15 contributions organized around four cross-cutting themes of communities and livelihoods; class representation and power; dispossession and displacement; and environmental justice and community empowerment. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars in tourism geography anthropology sociology environmental studies and natural resources management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547162

Political Ecology of REDD+ in IndonesiaAgrarian Conflicts and Forest Carbon Indonesia’s commitment to reducing land-based greenhouse gas emissions significantly includes the expansion of conservation areas but these developments are not free of conflicts. This book provides a comprehensive analysis of agrarian conflicts in the context of the implementation of REDD+ (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation) and forest carbon offsetting in Indonesia a country where deforestation is a major issue. The author analyzes new kinds of transnational agrarian conflicts which have strong implications for global environmental justice in the REDD+ pilot province of Jambi on the island of Sumatra. The chapters cover: the rescaling of the governance of forests; privatization of conservation; and the transnational dimensions of agrarian conflicts and peasants' resistance in the context of REDD+. The book builds on an innovative conceptual approach linking political ecology politics of scale and theories of power. It fills an important knowledge and research gap by focusing on the socially differentiated impacts of REDD+ and new forest carbon offsetting initiatives in Southeast Asia providing a multi-scalar perspective.It is aimed at scholars in the areas of political ecology human geography climate change mitigation forest and natural resource management as well as environmental justice and agrarian studies. The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com/doi/view/10.4324/9781351066020 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582807

Political Ecology of TourismCommunity power and the environment Why has political ecology been assigned so little attention in tourism studies despite its broad and critical interrogation of environment and politics? As the first full-length treatment of a political ecology of tourism the collection addresses this lacuna and calls for the further establishment of this emerging interdisciplinary subfield. Drawing on recent trends in geography anthropology and environmental and tourism studies Political Ecology of Tourism: Communities Power and the Environment employs a political ecology approach to the analysis of tourism through three interrelated themes: Communities and Power Conservation and Control and Development and Conflict. While geographically broad in scope—with chapters that span Central and South America to Africa and South Southeast and East Asia to Europe and Greenland—the collection illustrates how tourism-related environmental challenges are shared across prodigious geographical distances while also attending to the nuanced ways they materialize in local contexts and therefore demand the historically situated place-based and multi-scalar approach of political ecology. This collection advances our understanding of the role of political economic and environmental concerns in tourism practice. It offers readers a political ecology framework from which to address tourism-related issues and themes such as development identity politics environmental subjectivities environmental degradation land and resources conflict and indigenous ecologies. Finally the collection is bookended by a pair of essays from two of the most distinguished scholars working in the subfield: Rosaleen Duffy (foreword) and James Igoe (afterword).  This collection will be valuable reading for scholars and practitioners alike who share a critical interest in the intersection of tourism politics and the environment Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592483

Political Economic Perspectives of China’s Belt and Road InitiativeReshaping Regional Integration The book begins with an overview on China’s Belt and Road Initiative highlighting its complex character as a domestic and international development strategy and offering an up-to-date evaluation of it. In response to this complexity the book attempts to highlight the Belt and Road Initiative’s double character and how it will address primary domestic development challenges that the Chinese government is facing by adding an international focus to a domestic development strategy. This in turn supports the understanding of China’s political-economic policy and strategy formulation by reminding that supporting China’s domestic development is still the primary task of its government. Even as the domestic aspect of the Belt and Road Initiative is highlighted its regional and international relevance cannot be ignored either. The Belt and Road Initiative will support a continuation of the persisting debate about the impact that China’s rise generates and to what extent China can be characterised as a satisfied status quo power or a dissatisfied revisionist power. In this context the book draws attention to the various impacts that the Belt and Road Initiative generates in different regional settings. However the book also identifies some of the limitations that China’s Belt and Road Initiative encounters despite the seemingly convincing economic goals it offers and explains why a few of the countries like India are resisting the lure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181291

Political Economy Until about two hundred years ago almost everyone faced the prospect of a life that was poor nasty brutish and short with few if any prospects for betterment. For example in today’s money annual average per-capita income during the first millennium was constant at about $500. And most of the next century saw little in the way of expanded opportunities. Indeed until the early nineteenth century annual average per-capita income was only a couple of hundred dollars higher and the average per-capita growth rate barely increased above zero. Why have societies so consistently failed to generate high standards of living and why even today do so many societies live far from the frontier of the developed world’s economic possibilities? Political Economy is a new title in the Routledge Major Works series Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences. Bringing together canonical and the best cutting-edge scholarship from economics political science law and other disciplines this four-volume collection meets the need for an authoritative reference work to address these and other fundamental questions in political economy. As serious research in and around the application of economic techniques to political issues flourishes as never before the work assembled in the first two volumes in the collection (‘Theory: Social Choice and Elections’ and ‘Elections and Institutions’) allows users to understand the fundamental constraints that political processes impose on legal frameworks. Volume III (‘Politics Law and Economic Performance’) gathers the vital scholarship on important contributions to theories of economic growth and fluctuations as well as key work on how those macroeconomic outcomes relate to politico-legal foundations. Finally Volume IV (‘Governance’) takes a ‘micro-governance’ approach exploring how for example corporate law and intra-firm politics influence the macroeconomic aggregates by which social welfare is often measured. With comprehensive introductions to each volume newly written by the editors which place the collected materials in its historical and intellectual context Political Economy is destined to be valued by scholars advanced students and policy-makers as a vital research and reference resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415576130

Political Economy Diversity and PragmatismCritical Essays in Planning Theory: Volume 2 Planning Theory has a history of common debates about ideas and practices and is rooted in a critical concern for the 'improvement' of human and environmental well-being particularly as pursued through interventions which seek to shape environmental conditions and place qualities. The second volume in this series covers in detail critical political economy the turn to diversity and critical pragmatism. It provides an authoritative collection in an accessible form of the most important and influential articles and papers along with a detailed introduction by the editors. It offers a unique reference resource for planning scholars upper-level undergraduate and post-graduate students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246543

Political Economy Growth and Liberalisation in India 1991-2008 The phenomenal growth and liberalisation of the Indian economy has been the subject of extensive scholarly documentation and competing interpretations. This book examines the key period of liberalisation in India from 1991 to 2008. It analyses the relationship between growth and liberalisation and in particular the recent ‘miracle growth rate’ and considers its sustainability in the current Indian economic environment. The book explores and re-evaluates the historical experience of planning in India between 1950 and 1980 as an alternative model of state-led economic development discusses how far current rapid growth is the result of liberalisation and how strong the case is for continued liberalisation today. The book is a significant contribution to the growing debate on economic growth and liberalisation and the broader subject of economic development in India and other developing countries. It will appeal to students researchers lecturers and all those interested in South Asia in general and India in particular. It is also an essential resource for the study of international political economy and development economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978621

Political Economy Literature & the Formation of Knowledge 1720-1850 This edited collection Political Economy Literature & the Formation of Knowledge aims to address the genealogy and formation of political economy as a knowledge project from 1720 to 1850. Through individual essays on both literary and political economic writers this volume defines and analyses the formative moves both epistemological and representational which proved foundational to the emergence of political economy as a dominant discourse of modernity. The collection also explores political economy’s relation to other discourses and knowledge practices in this period; representation in and of political economy; abstraction and political economy; fictional mediations and interrogations of political economy; and political economy and its ‘others’ including political economy and affect and political economy and the aesthetic. Essays presented in this text are at once historical and conceptual in focus and manifest literary critical disciplinary expertise whilst being of genuinely broad and interdisciplinary interest. Amongst the writers whose work is addressed are: Charles Dickens Elizabeth Gaskell David Hume Thomas Malthus Jane Marcet J. S. Mill David Ricardo and Adam Smith. The introduction by the editors sets up the conceptual theoretical and analytical framework explored by each of the essays. The final essay and response bring the concerns of the volume up to date by engaging with current economic and financial realities by respectively showing how an informed and critical history of political economy could transform current economic practices and by exploring the abundance of recent conceptual art addressing representation and the unpresentable in economic practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542136

Political Economy Public Policy and Monetary EconomicsLudwig von Mises and the Austrian Tradition Austrian economist Ludwig von Mises was one of the most original and controversial economists of the 20th century both as a defender of free-market liberalism and a leading opponent of socialism and the interventionist-welfare state. He was both the grant designer of a political economy of freedom and a trenchant detailed critic of government regulatory and monetary policies in the first half of the 20th century. This fascinating book explores the cultural currents of anti-Semitism in Austria before and after the First World War that Mises confronted as an Austrian Jew; his analysis of Austria-Hungary’s establishment of a gold standard; Mises’ multi-sided activities in the years after the World War I in stemming a hyperinflation opposing government fiscal mismanagement and resisting misguided policies during the Great Depression; and his analysis of how Europe plunged into World War II and the policies to restore freedom and prosperity in the post-war period. It also discusses the confrontation between the Austrian Economists and the Keynesians over the causes and cures for the Great Depression as well as how Mises’ "Austrian" approach to money and the business cycle contrasted with both the ideas of Joseph A. Schumpeter and the Swedish Economists of the interwar period. This volume breaks new ground in placing Ludwig von Mises’ many original views on political economy public policy and monetary economics in the historical context of his time especially during the interwar period when he was a senior economic analyst for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce and after his arrival in America during World War II. The book will therefore be of interest to students and researchers in monetary economics political economy expectations theory and the market process and the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745529

Political Economy After EconomicsScientific Method and Radical Imagination This re-incorporation of economics into political economy is one (small but not insignificant) element in a larger project: to place all of the resources of present-day social-scientific research at the service of increasing democracy in an ultimate direction toward socialism in the classic sense. An economics-enriched political economy is above all empowering: working people in general can calculate build models think theoretically and contribute to a human-worthy future rather than leaving all this to their "betters." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803060

Political Economy and CapitalismSome Essays in Economic Tradition This volume examines questions concerning the nature and behaviour of capitalism and the development of economic thought and the relation between economic thought and practice in the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751445

Political Economy and Colonial IrelandThe Propagation and Ideological Functions of Economic Discourse in the Nineteenth Century `I believe that next to good Religious education a sound knowledge of Political Economy would tend as much to tranquilize this country if not more than any other branch of knowledge that can be taught in schools.' - Cork Schools Inspector 1853 In a nineteenth century Ireland that was divided socially economically politically and denominationally consensus was sought in the new discipline of political economy which claimed to be scientifically impartial and to transcend all divisions. The authors explore the ideological mission of political economy and the reasons for the failure of that mission in the wake of the crisis induced by the great famine of 1846/47. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009301

Political Economy and Contemporary CapitalismRadical Perspectives on Economic Theory and Policy This volume covers the theoretical method macroeconomics microeconomics international trade and finance development and policy of economic theory. It incorporates various alternative approaches as well as a broad spectrum of policy issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701714

Political Economy and Globalization Based upon distinguishing capitalism from other economic systems as well as analysis of capitalist change across its stages of development Richard Westra argues that the economic tendencies we refer to as globalization constitute a world historic transition away from capitalism. Westra forcefully rejects claims from both Right and Left sides of economic debate that globalization embodies the ultimate world diffusion of capitalism. He concludes that the choice facing humanity is no longer between capitalism and socialism but between socialism and global barbarism. The argument is meticulously interwoven through four key foci of political economy - The role of Marx’s Capital in producing knowledge of capitalism The periodizing of capitalism and study of its historical models The altering trajectories of production and finance under current globalization The place of socialism in a progressive future. A central point of the book is that determinations over the capitalist substance of existing economies demand precise understanding of how in its basic operation capitalism manages to secure the economic reproducibility of human society in the first place. To make the case for the passing of capitalism from history the volume draws upon the novel Japanese Uno approach to Marxian political economy. From the pages of Political Economy and Globalization emerges a grim picture of our human future should current economic trends persist. It also offers a positive vision for socio-material betterment in redistributive eco-sensitive socialist societies of tomorrow. This is a must read book for scholars students progressive policy makers and activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694476

Political Economy and Grand StrategyA Neoclassical Realist View This book examines traditional balance of power theory from a political-economic perspective using historical examples to draw out distinctions between the liberal and realist approach and how this affects grand strategy. The realist view of the balance of power theory includes implicit assumptions that economic assets can be turned quickly into power and that states always respond to threats quickly and only with a view to the 'short-run'. These assumptions drive many of the expectations generated from traditional balance-of-power theory discouraging realists from looking at domestic sources of power which in turn undermined their ability to frame strategic decisions properly. By thinking about how power must be managed over time however we can model the choices policy-makers confront when determining expenditures on defense while keeping an eye on the impact of those costs on the economy. By emphasizing the role of the state identifying different causal patterns in domestic politics and demonstrating the importance of systemic competition this book aims to establish why a neo-classical realist approach is not only different from a liberal approach but also superior when addressing questions on grand strategy. This book will be of much interest to students of security studies international political economy grand strategy and IR theory in general. Mark R. Brawley is Professor of Political Science at McGill University Montreal Canada. He is author of several books on International Relations specialising in the connections between political economic issues and security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849210

Political Economy and IndustrialismBanks in Saint-Simonian Economic Thought The French philosopher and economist Saint-Simon (1760–1825) propounded a new political economic and social order in which the quest for economic efficiency and social justice led to putting the workers at the forefront. On his death his disciples worked to preserve his thought and developed it in numerous writings. This book explains why the Saint-Simonians could not be content with the existing economic and social order and how they planned to organise society and the role banks were to play in it. It contains a selection of old texts written by the main Saint-Simonian thinkers published in the press in French between 1826 and 1831 which show the Saint-Simonian conception of the organisation of society and the place allotted to banks. It is an indispensable reference work in understanding a current of thought which greatly contributed to the industrial expansion of the nineteenth century. This book will be of interest to postgraduate students economists historians and philosophers interested in the history of economic thought.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749992

Political Economy and Liberalism in FranceThe Contributions of Frédéric Bastiat The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive analysis of the work of Frédéric Bastiat (1801-1850) one of the towering intellectual figures of nineteenth century France. More than anyone else of his time Bastiat personified the struggle of liberalism and science against socialism and utopia. Between 1844 in 1850 his campaign for the idea of liberty and his commitment to the discipline of political economy made him one of the most vigorous champions of economic liberalism in France. Bastiat put forth one of the most ambitious interpretations of the liberalism of his time one that entailed both a critique of primitive socialism and a concern to provide political economy with a theoretical foundation. His thinking is far more sophisticated than would appear at first glance. Nor can it be confined as so many commentators would have us believe to its strictly economic dimension. The themes that Bastiat addressed – free trade competition labour among others – certainly helped to reduce it to this dimension. Yet he did not limit himself to these issues even if he dealt with them at length. He also paid close attention to the political moral social and religious dimensions. Coming as Bastiat’s writing did at a decisive moment in the history of French liberalism the very existence of his work explodes the long-standing received idea to the effect that liberalism and in particular economic liberalism is the exclusive domain of Anglo-Saxon countries. Bastiat’s work thus offers a solid rebuttal to Hayek who proclaimed "the total absence of a liberal tradition in France." This book should be of interest to students and researchers of many strands of economics as well as those looking at French liberalism and the history of social science more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241336

Political Economy and Policy Analysis Most of economics takes politics for granted. Through some (often implausible) assumptions it seeks to explain away political structures by characterizing them as stable and predictable or as inconsequential in understanding what goes on in an economy. Such attempts are misguided and this book shows how governments and political institutions are composed of people who respond to incentives and whose behavior and choices can be studied through the lens of economics. This book aims to bridge the gap between economics and politics and in doing so hopes to instill in the reader a deeper appreciation for social scientific thinking. Opening with a refresher on microeconomics and an introduction to the toolkit of political economy it ensures that the necessary building blocks are in place before building up from the level of the individual and the firm to show how a political–economic equilibrium can be achieved. The text explores how to separate primitives—the external parts of a model that we cannot affect—from outcomes—the internal parts of a model that we can. Moreover it demonstrates that economic and political issues alike can be studied within the same general framework of analysis. Political Economy and Policy Analysis offers readers the chance to gain a more sophisticated understanding of political processes economic processes and the interplay among them. Adopting an applied microeconomics approach it will be ideal for upper-level undergraduate or postgraduate courses on political economy public choice or policy analysis.  A complementary workbook with exercises and solutions that accompanies Political Economy and Policy Analysis is available for download under the eResources tab at: https://www.routledge.com/Political-Economy-and-Policy-Analysis/Merlo/p/book/9781138591783. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591783

Political Economy and ReligionEssays in the History of Economic Thought Ever since Antiquity reflections about economic problems have always been intertwined with questions relating to politics ethics and religion. From the 18th century onwards economic thought seemed to have been gradually disentangled from any other field and to have gained the status of an autonomous scientific discipline especially with the later use of mathematics. In fact the growth of economic knowledge never broke off any ties with these other fields and especially with religion and ethics even though the links with them became less obvious they only changed shape. This is what this book illustrates each chapter dealing with different periods and authors from the Middle Ages to the present times. Focusing in turn on the thought of the Scholastics Ibn Rushd (Averroes) John Calvin the French liberal Jansenists Dugald Stewart David Ricardo Henri de Saint-Simon Charles de Coux and French Christian Political Economy Auguste Comte and Émile Durkheim Henry Sidgwick Arthur Cecil Pigou and finally John Maynard Keynes the studies collected here show how religious themes played an important role in the development of economic thought. This book was originally published as a Special Issue of The European Journal of the History of Economic Thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585907

Political Economy and Soviet Socialism (Routledge Revivals) Political Economy and Soviet Socialism discusses the ideas of some of the leaders of the Russian revolution (Lenin Trotsky and Bukharin) the political economy of socialism and the problems of the contemporary USSR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684927

Political Economy and the New CapitalismEssays in Honour of Sam Aaronovitch Political Economy and the New Capitalism examines the relevance of Sam Aaronovitch's pioneering empirical studies of British capitalism in the light of modern developments. A wide range of problems are reviewed from industrial concentration today to the co-ordination of economic policies in Europe. Aaronovitch's work on the role of finance in the British economy is the subject sustained reflection. Individual chapters examine orthodox and left-wing criticisms of finance exchange rate instability and employment growth and regions in the context of European Union. This work concludes with a bibliography of the published writings of Sam Aaronovitch and collects the reflections of some of the most distinguished thinkers in economics today including: Meghnad Desai G.C. Harcourt Pat Devine Egon Matzner Malcolm Sawyer Sir Alan Budd Jan Toporowski Philip Arestis Eleni Paliginis Victoria Chick and Ben Fine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007277

Political Economy and the States of Literature in Early Modern England Crossing the disciplinary borders between political religious and economic history Aaron Kitch's innovative new study demonstrates how sixteenth-century treatises and debates about trade influenced early modern English literature by shaping key formal and aesthetic concerns of authors between 1580 and 1630. The author's analysis concentrates on a commonly overlooked period of economic history-the English commercial revolution before 1620-and utilizing an impressive combination of archival research close reading and attention to historical detail traces the transformation of genre in both neglected and canonical texts. The topics here are wide-ranging but are presented with a commitment to providing a concrete understanding of the religious political and historic context in literary thought. Kitch begins with the emerging wool trade and explosion of economic writing Spenser's glorification of commerce and the Protestant state as presented in The Faerie Queene and writers such as Thomas Nashe who drew on the same economic principles to challenge Spenser. Other topics include the reaction to the herring trade in prose satire and pamphlets the presentation of Jewish trading nations in Shakespeare and Marlowe and the tension between the crown and London merchants as reflected in Middleton's city comedies and Jonson's and Munday's pageants and court masques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276239

Political Economy as Natural TheologySmith Malthus and Their Followers Since the early 20th century economics has been the dominant discourse in English-speaking countries displacing Christian theology from its previous position of authority. This path-breaking book is a major contribution to the interdisciplinary dialogue between economics and religion.Oslington tells the story of natural theology shaping political economy in the late 18th and early 19th centuries emphasising continuing significance of theological issues for the discipline of economics. Early political economists such as Adam Smith Josiah Tucker Edmund Burke William Paley TR Malthus Richard Whately JB Sumner Thomas Chalmers and William Whewell extended the British scientific natural theology tradition of Francis Bacon Robert Boyle and Isaac Newton to the social world. This extension nourished and shaped political economy as a discipline influencing its theoretical framework but perhaps more importantly helping legitimate political economy in the British universities and public policy circles. Educating the public in the principles of political economy had a central place in this religiously driven program. Natural theology also created tensions (especially reconciling economic suffering with divine goodness and power) that eventually contributed to its demise and the separation of economics from theology in mid-19th-century Britain. This volume highlights aspects of the story that are neglected in standard histories of economics histories of science and contemporary theology.Political Economy as Natural Theology is essential reading for all concerned with the origins of economics the meaning and purpose of economic activity and the role of religion in contemporary policy debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865023

Political Economy for Human Rights Over time there has been a miscommunication between mainstream economics and human rights that has paved the way to a justificatory ideology that validates the submission of human rights to the logic of market capitalism. This book shows how the discourse of mainstream economics is intrinsically opposed to the strengthening of human rights and outlines the principles upon which a human rights-based political economy can be built.Considering a variety of recognized human rights such as the right to water and sanitation the right to social security the right to work cultural freedom and democracy this book describes how mainstream economics theory conflicts with these rights and explores alternative modes of thinking that incorporate human rights concerns into economics. Moreover the book also reflects on the teaching of political economy for human rights. It sets out that a political economy favourable to human rights must be pluralist interdisciplinary participatory de-commodified non-utilitarian and non-consequentialist. The author proposes that it must not only assume the performative character of economics but also and especially its transformative purpose. Political Economy for Human Rights will offer students academics activists and policy makers useful tools to understand some of the main contradictions of contemporary societies and new paths leading to a more just and fraternal world. It will also be of great interest to the general public concerned with human rights and economic issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728274

Political Economy for the 21st CenturyContemporary Views on the Trend of Economics This text provides an alternative to conventional economics drawing on the neoclassical and non-neoclassical insights of Lester Thurow Robert Heilbroner Alice Amsden Barry Bluestone and 11 other prominent economists from America and England. It is intended to provide productive analyses of several contemporary economic problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701707

Political Economy from BelowEconomic Thought in Communitarian Anarchism 1840-1914 Communitarian anarchism is a generic form of socialism that denies the need for a state or any other authority over the individual from above and which requires absolute belief that the individual cannot exist outside of a community of others. This book suggests that the communitarian anarchists of the nineteenth century developed and articulated a distinct tradition of economic thought. The period of this study begins with the first major writing of the French communitarian anarchist Pierre-Joseph Proudhon in 1840 and ends with the temporary burial of anarchist theorizing at the beginning of the First World War in 1914. However he tradition of communitarian anarchist economic thought did not end in 1914. The economic thought explored in this book provides a fresh perception of the fragmentation evident in many societies today especially where there is a substantial "informal economy." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176003

Political Economy from BelowEconomic Thought in Communitarian Anarchism 1840-1914 Communitarian anarchism is a generic form of socialism that denies the need for a state or any other authority over the individual from above and which requires absolute belief that the individual cannot exist outside of a community of others. This book suggests that the communitarian anarchists of the nineteenth century developed and articulated a distinct tradition of economic thought. The period of this study begins with the first major writing of the French communitarian anarchist Pierre-Joseph Proudhon in 1840 and ends with the temporary burial of anarchist theorizing at the beginning of the First World War in 1914. However he tradition of communitarian anarchist economic thought did not end in 1914. The economic thought explored in this book provides a fresh perception of the fragmentation evident in many societies today especially where there is a substantial "informal economy." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726320

Political Economy in HaitiThe Drama of Survival This important study introduces the conceptual premise that families like firms analyze their circumstances make decisions and pursue courses of action on the basis of what they perceive to be the most efficient methods for producing and reproducing survival. Combining this premise with an extraordinary assemblage of facts gleaned over the period of a decade from the streets markets and homes of Port-au-Prince the author weaves a tapestry of despair and hope which only an unusual degree of intimacy with the details of everyday life in the city could provide. The result is a considerable deepening of understanding about the politics and economics by which family members earn their livelihoods distribute resources within and between households produce life and labor from food and water provide shelter and schooling for themselves and borrow money to finance these and other activities.These different dimensions of daily existence form a web of interdependency in which change in any one dimension causes change in all the others. As Professor Pass's work demonstrates research and development assistance practices of public and private organizations in such areas as employment health housing education and credit are often irrelevant. This is because they are necessarily guided by prevailing concepts and theories with respect to the circumstances of the urban poor which sometimes do the poor considerable disservice.With the additional insight provided by a decade of participation in the design of policies programs and projects serving as a tempering influence the author does not leap to easy criticism of prevailing views and practices. He notes that ideas and interventions change in response to new understanding sometimes in ways that the producers of such understanding could never have imagined. The problem is that change is painfully slow and in desperately poor countries like Haiti waiting for change exacts an almost intolerable price from the poor.This book is a provocative yet highly original contribution which will require serious attention from scholars and practitioners of development. Appearing as it does soon after the great seaward exodus of Haitians and urban unrest culminating in the flight of the Duvalier family this timely volume will provide illumination for those seeking to understand the circumstances that press people to risk all in the name of survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530157

Political Economy of Agrarian Reform in Central and Eastern Europe First published in 1997 this volume responds to the challenges faced in post-Communist Eastern Europe in the privatization and decollectivisation of agriculture. The contributors feature specialists in agriculture finance economics and political science. They begin with discussions on the political economy of privatization and a historical overview and continue with thoughts on agricultural decollectivization in twelve countries across Eastern Europe including Albania the Baltic countries Bulgaria Slovakia and Hungary. The project reflects the basic framework of endogenous institutional change and policy analysis and uses a political economy framework to explain and interpret these agricultural trends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332775

Political Economy of Development in IndiaIndigeneity in Transition in the State of Kerala In the Global South indigenous people have been continuously subjected to top-down and often violent processes of post-colonial state and nation building. This book examines the development dilemmas of the indigenous people (adivasis) of the Indian state of Kerala. It explores the different facets of change in their lives and livelihoods in the context of modernisation under different political regimes. As part of the Indian Union Kerala followed a development approach in tune with the Government of India with regard to indigenous communities. However within the framework of India’s quasi-federal polity the state of Kerala has been tracing a development path of its own which has come to be known as the ‘Kerala model of development’. Adopting a historical political economic approach the book locates the adivasi communities in the larger contextual shifts from late colonialism through the post-independence years and critically analyses the Kerala model of development with particular reference to the adivasis’ changing political status and rights to land. It pays special attention to policy dynamics in the neoliberal phase and the actual practices of decentralisation as a way of including the socially excluded and marginalised. Offering a theoretical elaboration of the interaction between class and indigeneity based on intensive fieldwork in Kerala the book addresses adivasi development in relation to the general development experience of Kerala and goes on to relate this particular study to the global context of indigenous people’s struggles. It will be of interest to those working in the fields of South Asian Development Political Economy and South Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319608

Political Economy of Human RightsRights Realities and Realization Political Economy of Human Rights is the first complete text covering and discussing human rights from a political economy perspective. Confronting international human rights with both global and local economic-political realities this book entails a full shake-up of the UN led mission for human rights and the national strategies linked to it. It approaches human rights as not just legal resources but political tools as well aimed at not only protection of existing freedoms and entitlements but also transformation of "disabling" environments. This implies a shift in the allocation of human and financial resources from the quasi-legal international level to the national and local environments in which these rights have to be realised. In a "human dignity triangle" the author connects human rights to human development and human security. Numerous issues connected to this major focus are presented and analysed from a political economy perspective. After an introduction that familiarizes the reader with some of the key concepts used throughout the book is divided into six chapters. The first two combine a critique of the overly legal use of human rights with a reconceptualisation of their potential as powerful tools outside of the legal context. The next two chapters examine the nature of the structural challenges that face realisation both on the global and on the local level. The last two chapters analyse two major areas of the human rights deficit: the structural non-implementation of the rights of the poor and the failing protection of non-dominant collectivities. Finally a concluding chapter elaborates on the main findings and insights gained. The book combines rigorous juridical study with a focus on political-economic analysis of rights in context. Hence it aims at an interdisciplinary treatment of human rights as opposed to current texts that have a tendency to be monodisciplinary. The book should be of interest to students of human rights political economy law and conflict studies as well as those who work or research in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644488

Political Economy of Illegal Drugs With debates surrounding the decriminalisation of certain illegal drugs raging in many countries around the world this new book is a timely and sober reflection on one of the biggest social problems facing the world at large. Of interest not only to economists but also to criminologists and those involved in policy-making The Economics of Illegal Drugs is an accessible comprehensive and international review of the topic and the usefulness of applying microeconomic analysis to drug production and distribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753722

Political Economy of Media IndustriesGlobal Transformations and Challenges This book provides a critical political economic examination of the impact of increasingly concentrated global media industries. It addresses different media and communication industries from around the globe including film television music journalism telecommunication and information industries. The authors use case studies to examine how changing methods of production and distribution are impacting a variety of issues including globalization environmental devastation and the shifting role of the State.  This collection finds communication at a historical moment in which capitalist control of media and communication is the default status and so because of the increasing levels of concentration globally allows those in control to define the default ideological status. In turn these concentrated media forces are deployed under the guise of entertainment but with a mind towards further concentration and control of the media apparatuses many times in convergence with others Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602960

Political Economy of Socialism This book is an exploration into the uncharted territory of social reality. It explores social relations and politics presenting a critique of contemporary socioeconomic systems and discussions on the Marxist Doctrine of Transition. The book is intended to meet Robert Heilbroner's request. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003069706

Political Economy of StatebuildingPower after peace This volume examines and evaluates the impact of international statebuilding interventions on the political economy of post-conflict countries over the past 20 years. While statebuilding today is typically discussed in the context of ‘peacebuilding’ and ‘stabilisation’ operations the current phase of interest in external interventions to (re)build and strengthen governmental institutions can be traced back to the ‘good governance’ policies of the International Financial Institutions (IFIs) in the early 1990s. These sought political changes and improvements in the quality of governance in countries that were subject to or were seeking support under IFI-designed structural adjustment programmes. The focus of this book is specifically on state-building efforts in conflict-affected countries: countries that are emerging or have recently emerged from periods of war and violent conflict. The interventions covered in the present volume fall into three broad and overlapping categories: International administrations and transformative occupations (East Timor Iraq and Kosovo); Complex peace operations (Afghanistan Burundi Haiti and Sudan); Governance and state-building programmes conducted in the context of economic assistance (Georgia and Macedonia). This book will be of much interest to students of statebuilding humanitarian intervention post-conflict reconstruction political economy international organisations and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521574

Political Economy of StatebuildingPower after Peace This volume examines and evaluates the impact of international statebuilding interventions on the political economy of conflict-affected countries over the past 20 years. It focuses on countries that are emerging or have recently emerged from periods of war and protracted conflict. The interventions covered fall into three broad categories: international administrations and transformative occupations (East Timor Iraq and Kosovo); complex peace operations (Afghanistan Burundi Haiti and Sudan); governance and statebuilding programmes conducted in the context of economic assistance (Georgia and Macedonia). This book will be of interest to students of statebuilding humanitarian intervention post-conflict reconstruction political economy international organisations and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604789

Political Economy of the EnvironmentAn Interdisciplinary Approach This book is the culmination of several years work by a group of academics policy-makers and other professionals looking to understand how alternative economic thinking – and indeed thinking from quite different social-scientific disciplines – could enhance the mainstream economic approach to environmental and natural-resource problems. Of the editors Dietz comes from the mainstream economics tradition while Michie and Oughton draw explicitly on institutional and evolutionary economics. The various authors represent a range of disciplinary backgrounds and approaches. This book draws on the strengths of each and all of these approaches to analyse environmental issues and what can be done to tackle these through corporate and public policy. This book makes the case for an inter-disciplinary approach. Two themes which emerge repeatedly throughout the book are the need for an interdisciplinary theory of technological change and the need for a similarly interdisciplinary approach to the study of human behaviour and how it influences both production and consumption choices. The two themes are of course related. Resolving environmental questions requires an understanding of their nature of their causes and to the extent that they are anthropogenic of how to change human behaviour. These fundamental issues are the focus of the four chapters that form Part 1 of this volume. The remainder of the volume develops them in more detail.  . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799561

Political Economy of the Gulf Sovereign Wealth FundsA Case Study of Iran Kuwait Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates Using four Gulf sovereign wealth funds as case studies – Iran Kuwait Saudi Arabia and the UAE - this book examines and analyses the history governance and structure and investment strategies of the above mentioned funds in the context of on-going debates about their transparency. The book discusses how most Gulf sovereign wealth funds were established under colonial rule and have operated in the global financial system for many decades. With the increase of oil revenues it goes on to look at how the funds have broadened their asset classes and their institutional development. Debate over the transparency of sovereign wealth funds has highlighted various global practices. Recently organisational measures have been introduced for calculating possible risks from non-commercial investment incentives of funds whose politically-driven investment strategies are viewed as potentially a major threat to the national security of their host countries. Highlighting a number of incidents that triggered the transparency debate the book scrutinises the reaction of some of the Gulf sovereign wealth funds to these recent regulatory codes and strategies. It is a useful contribution to Development Political Economy and Middle East Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108660

Political Economy of the Middle East NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350929

Political Economy of the United States How have the policies of recent administrations shaped today’s economy? To what extent has federal policy contributed to growth in income inequality? Why have the parties become so polarized and how has polarization influenced economic policy? This book provides an introduction to the contemporary political economy of the United States. It examines the politics of economic policymaking the influence of federal policies and programs on the economy and the co-evolution of politics and the economy over the past five decades. Along the way it explains the causes and consequences of many contemporary phenomena such as the government’s deficits and debt and the ideological polarization of the parties. The book is divided into two parts. The first half explains how America’s political economy "works." It explains what the federal government does why it does what it does and how its policies influence the economy. The second half explains "how we got here" with a review of major political and economic developments since the 1970s all the way up to the early years of the Trump Administration. This weaving together of theory and history provides both the tools and the context so that readers can properly understand the nation’s current-day politics and policy debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490772

Political Economy of TourismA Critical Perspective Political economy in its various guises and transfigurations is a research philosophy that presents both social commentary and theoretical progress and is concerned with a number of different topics: politics regulation and governance production systems social relations inequality and development amongst many others. As a critical theory political economy seeks to provide an understanding of societies – and of the structures and social relations that form them – in order to evoke social change toward more equitable conditions. Despite the early influence of critical development studies and political economy on tourism research political economy has received relatively little attention in tourism research. Political Economy and Tourism the first volume to bring together different theoretical perspectives and discourse in political economy related to tourism. Written by leading scholars the text is organised into three sequential Parts linked by the principle that ‘the political’ and ‘the economic’ are intimately connected. Part one presents different approaches to political economy including Marxist political economy regulation comparative political economy commodity chain research and alternative political economies; Part two links key themes of political economy such as class gender labour development and consumption to tourism; and Part three examines the political economy at various geographical scales and focuses on the outcomes and processes of the political act of planning and managing tourism production. This engaging volume provides insights and alternative critical perspectives on political economy theory to expand discussions of tourism development and policy in the future. Political Economy and Tourism is a valuable text for students researchers and academics interested in Tourism and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880689

Political Economy of TransitionOpportunities and Limits of Transformation This book addresses the policy questions surrounding the challenge of transforming eastern European economies from their planned administrative past to vibrant market-based entities. Jozef van Brabant considers in turn the wider set of challenges facing these economies - stabilization privatization liberalization institution building and developing and maintaining the sociopolitical consensus - before examining the evolving role of the state. Using concrete examples from the eastern European countries throughout including the Czech Republic and Bulgaria this work systematically examines in a society-wide context the initial conditions of transformation the policy tasks ahead and the manner in which policies have been pursued. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203072752

Political Education in a Democracy In this volume the author analyzes the relationships of concepts such as socialization and political education explains those aspects of the theory and practice of democracy that are especially relevant for schools and suggests ways in which teachers can better provide for the political education of their students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753463

Political Elites and the New RussiaThe Power Basis of Yeltsin's and Putin's Regimes Political Elite and the New Russia convincingly argues that although reforms in Russia have been initiated by those close to the President in fact local and national elites have been the crucial strategic actors in reshaping Russia's economy democratising its political system and decentralising its administration.This book analyses the role of elites under Yeltsin and Putin discussing the extent to which they form a coherent political culture and how far this culture has been in step with or at odds with the reform policies of the Kremlin leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362901

Political Elites in a Democracy One of the potentially explosive issues of the modern era is a vast and growing disparity between the overwhelming predominance of elites in the decision-making process and the democratic ideal that people should participate in making decisions that vitally affect them. In this book an impressive array of political theorists offer conflicting views on the form of democratic elitism practiced in the United States.Defining the political elite as "the power holders of the body politic " Harold Lasswell explains that the division into elite and mass is universal while Robert Dahl confirms that key political economic and social decisions are indeed made by these tiny minorities. Paul Good man argues that we are now in a period of excessive centralization that he regards as "economically inefficient technologically unnecessary and humanly damaging." From another standpoint Herbert Marcuse calls for a struggle against the ideology of tolerance husbanded by the political elites in this country and Jack L. Walker contends that elitist theory has provided an unconvincing explanation of the widespread political apathy in American society.As the events of recent decades vividly demonstrate a growing number of people refuse to recognize elite rule. This many-sided work puts before the student a variety of strongly held opinions regarding the place and function of the political elite and its power. The wide range of authoritative articles makes Political Elites in a Democracy a most useful addition to every course in political science that touches on the subject of elites and political power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530164

Political Enemies in Republican Italy Political factionalism and ideological polarization have run high in Italian history. They must be taken into account in any attempt to explain the frailty of Italian public institutions – their instability inefficiency feeble legitimacy inability to win citizens’ respect and subservience to sectional interests. Moreover Italian politics since the Risorgimento can be interpreted as a 150 year-long attempt to prevent factionalism and polarization from spinning out of control and becoming disruptive for the country. This book deals with the historical question of political factionalism and ideological polarization in post-1945 Italy from the point of view of delegitimation. In our definition delegitimation occurs when one political subject denies another in principle the right to exist and in more concrete terms that of governing the country by arguing that it is incompatible with one or more of the values on which the public sphere is founded. The essays in this book chart the story of political delegitimation in post-1945 Italy as it occurred in different political parties exploited different discursive arguments was instrumental to different political projects and was met with counter-arguments aimed at defusing it or even at trying to counter-delegitimize the delegitimizers. The chapters originally published as a special issue in the Journal of Modern Italian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570580

Political Engagement of the Young in EuropeYouth in the crucible Although many scholars are convinced of the apparent civic disengagement of youth others suggest that civic participation of young people is stable and increasingly expressed through non-institutionalized forms of practicing politics. This book makes a key contribution to this discussion by asking whether the "decline or shift" paradigm is sufficient in understanding political participation of the youth. It argues that we need to move beyond this framework and develop a renewed reflection on the meaning of "civic and political engagement". It asks crucial questions such as: How can the young be educated into assuming civic and political responsibility? Why and how do young people engage in social and political action? How do the principal mediating institutions (education media and the family) contribute to new or different forms of youth civic engagement? This text contains contributions from acknowledged specialists such as Constance Flanagan Mark Elchardus Marc Hooghe and Bert Klandermans and will be of key interest to students and scholars of youth and young citizens civic & political involvement European politics youth studies sociology political participation and electoral behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371144

Political Expression and Conflict Transformation in Divided SocietiesCriminalising Politics and Politicising Crime This book considers how the social construction of crime and the criminalising of political expression impact upon different stages in a violent political conflict. The freedom to express our political opinions is regarded as an essential human right throughout most of the world and yet in defence of our security governments often place various restrictions on it. This book directly considers what these restrictions are in the context of deeply divided societies to understand how they impact upon intergroup relations in four different contexts: nonviolent movements counter-insurgency peace negotiations and post-settlement peacebuilding. Drawing on an extensive body of original interviews and archival material the volume analyses this relationship through an in-depth consideration of Northern Ireland and South Africa followed by a wider analysis of Turkey Sri Lanka Belgium and Canada. The overarching argument is that the implications of criminalising political expression depend on both its ‘target’ and the wider social reality it contributes towards. This book will be of much interest to students of conflict resolution transitional justice law and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336325

Political ExtremesA conceptual history from antiquity to the present The Western tradition of the constitutional state with its ancient roots defines political extremes as the epitome of that what must be absolutely rejected. It highlights tyranny despotism despotic rule non-autonomy ruthless enforcing of interests as ‘extreme’ contrasting this to a virtuous mean which guarantees moderation. In this volume the culmination of twenty years of extensive research Uwe Backes provides a conceptual history of the notions "extreme" and "extremism" from antiquity to the present day.   The terminological history of political extremes had been related for more then two millennia with the term mesotês used in the Aristotelian ethics and the theory of mixed constitution. Both doctrines influenced the republicanism of the North Italian city states and later the United States of America as well as British parliamentarism. The positions of moderation and extremes were not joined until the course of the French Revolution with the distinction of right- and left-wing and this is how it still exists today in the intellectual-political geography. This unique source based study reconstructs these developments from ancient times to the present.   Tracing the history of the concept of political extremism from Ancient Greece to the present day this is an invaluable resource for scholars of democracy extremism and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500500

Political Finance and Corruption in Eastern EuropeThe Transition Period One characteristic of Central and Eastern European democracies in transition is the lack of stability in terms of accountability and transparency in practices of political party financing. This key volume provides a thorough and well-structured post-communist study of political finance election campaign and party funding issues within this region focusing specifically on Central and Eastern European countries. It outlines best practices for political party and election campaign financing discusses the shortcomings of political funding schemes and highlights the scandals that emerge under investigation. Providing an illuminating analysis of how current regulations of political finance succeed in controlling the rise of political corruption the volume will be indispensable for anyone interested in the efficiency of regulation in party funding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601182

Political Financing in Developing CountriesA Case from Ghana This book argues that to fully grasp the decision-making of politicians and political actors in developing countries we must first understand how politicians finance their campaigns for office—and to whom they are indebted and expected to repay. Political Financing in Developing Countries focuses on Ghana in depth a country often held up as an example of a successful two-party democracy with regular party changes in government. However it is unlikely that candidates and political parties are wealthy enough to finance the increasing costs of campaigns and constituent demands and successful democratic outcomes could be masking a system that actually hinders development progress. Drawing on nearly 200 interviews and extensive fieldwork this book posits that political funds are extracted by an iron square of politicians bureaucrats construction contractors and political-party chairs which rigs the procurement of local-development projects to generate kickbacks. The iron square remains robust across party changes in government due to reciprocity obligations that minimize contractors’ income risks. Ultimately this web of kickbacks diminishes the quality of development by reducing the funds available for projects and distorting incentives to monitor projects. To break this iron square the book recommends replacing sealed-bid procurement—a "best practice" that ignores on-the-ground realities—with a system that accounts for income stabilization and social obligations. Overall the book argues that scholars of development should advance research on political finance to identify and then alleviate the games that decision makers must play to survive in the political sphere. Political Financing in Developing Countries will be an important and timely resource for scholars across development studies politics economics and African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429560

Political FraternityDemocracy beyond Freedom and Equality Fraternity is a feeling and a moral virtue but fraternity is also a political concept. The French Revolution proclaimed an ethical and political ideal with its three principles: liberty equality and fraternity. Since then western political philosophy has gone to great lengths to analyse the liberty and equality but has ignored and even disdained the third part of the revolutionary triad: fraternity. Forgetting or underestimating fraternity as a political category is unjustifiable. Political fraternity can help us to overcome some of the main problems with liberal egalitarianism and theories of liberty in current social and political thought and it contributes to a better understanding of the real significance of justice and democracy. In this book Angel Puyol examines the theoretical and normative challenges of the political idea of fraternity its history and meanings its role in current political philosophy its distinction regarding related concepts – such as relational equality solidarity or civic friendship – the place that political fraternity should occupy in feminist criticism and its relationship to social justice global justice and democracy in modern-day politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671709

Political Freedom This book examines the underlying theoretical issues concerning the nature of political freedom. Arguing that most previous discussions of such freedom have been too narrowly focused it explores both conservativism from Edmund Burke to its present resurgence the radical tradition of Karl Marx as well as the orthodox liberal model of freedom of John Locke John Stuart Mill and Isaiah Berlin. Political Freedom argues that these three accounts of political freedom - conservative liberal and radical - all have internal weaknesses which render them unsatisfactory.In the second part of the book George Brenkert develops an alternative theory of political freedom. Using the guiding concept of empowerment his model explores individual rights democratic participation in government and workplace and the need to provide the material and educational resources to allow individuals to effectively exercise their rights to self-determination. It is a clear and bold attack on the view that there is no link between freedom and power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755245

Political Frontiers and Boundaries (Routledge Library Editions: Political Geography) This classic work is a comprehensive treatment of the world’s political frontiers and boundaries and includes sections on boundaries in the air as well as chapters treating the subject in a regional manner covering the continets in terms of the evolution of boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814202

Political Future Fiction Vol 1Speculative and Counter-Factual Politics in Edwardian Fiction The Edwardian period was a time of great social and political change. The six texts in this edition are all notable for their imaginative portrayals of the future. This is the only critical edition of these works. Essays and introductory matter explore the themes in the novels as well as the literary-historical context they appeared in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138756298

Political Future Fiction Vol 2Speculative and Counter-Factual Politics in Edwardian Fiction The Edwardian period was a time of great social and political change. The six texts in this edition are all notable for their imaginative portrayals of the future. This is the only critical edition of these works. Essays and introductory matter explore the themes in the novels as well as the literary-historical context they appeared in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138756304

Political Future Fiction Vol 3Speculative and Counter-Factual Politics in Edwardian Fiction The Edwardian period was a time of great social and political change. The six texts in this edition are all notable for their imaginative portrayals of the future. This is the only critical edition of these works. Essays and introductory matter explore the themes in the novels as well as the literary-historical context they appeared in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138756311

Political Future FictionSpeculative and Counter-Factual Politics in Edwardian Fiction The Edwardian period was a time of great social and political change. The six texts in this edition are all notable for their imaginative portrayals of the future. This is the only critical edition of these works. Essays and introductory matter explore the themes in the novels as well as the literary-historical context they appeared in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848933484

Political GenderTexts & Contexts In recent years feminist scholars through their insistence on the key role of gender in critical analysis have brought about a profound revitalization of literary and cultural studies. This text draws together work by leading exponents in the field. The essays explore the operations of gender in the production of knowledge and the formation of cultural representations in a wide variety of contexts from German romantic poetry to the literature of AIDS from Victorian ethnography to tabloid constructions of race. All of the essays engage in problems of representation intervening in current debates in critical theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315835051

Political Genealogy After FoucaultSavage Identities Combining the most powerful elements of Foucault's theories Clifford produces a methodology for cultural and political critique called "political genealogy" to explore the genesis of modern political identity. At the core of American identity Clifford argues is the ideal of the "Savage Noble " a hybrid that married the Native American "savage" with the "civilized" European male. This complex icon animates modern politics and has shaped our understandings of rights freedom and power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203903100

Political Geographies of the Post-Soviet Union This comprehensive volume observes how after 25 years of transition and uncertainty in the countries that constituted the former Soviet Union their political geographies remain in a state of flux. The authors explore the fluid relationship between Russia by far the dominant economic and military power in the region and the other former republics. They also examine new developments towards economic blocs such as membership in the European Union or the competing Eurasian Economic Union as well as new security arrangements in the form of military cooperation and alliance structures.This book reflects the broad range of changes across this important world region by engaging in insightful analysis of current developments in Central Asia Ukraine Russia the Caucasus and separatist regions. The authors explore new state alliances and the evolving cultural and geopolitical orientations of former Soviet citizens. Some chapters also examine the dynamics of wars that have occurred in the post-Soviet space as well as how local political developments are reflected in electoral preferences and struggles over control of public spaces.The chapters in this book were originally published in the journal Eurasian Geography and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728878

Political GeographyWorld-Economy Nation-State and Locality The new and updated seventh edition of Political Geography once again shows itself fit to tackle a frequently and rapidly changing geopolitical landscape. It retains the intellectual clarity rigour and vision of previous editions based upon its world-systems approach and is complemented by the perspective of feminist geography. The book successfully integrates the complexity of individuals with the complexity of the world-economy by merging the compatible but different research agendas of the co-authors. This edition explores the importance of states in corporate globalization challenges to this globalization and the increasingly influential role of China. It also discusses the dynamics of the capitalist world-economy and the constant tension between the global scale of economic processes and the territorialization of politics in the current context of geopolitical change. The chapters have been updated with new examples – new sections on art and war intimate geopolitics and geopolitical constructs reflect the vibrancy and diversity of the academic study of the subject. Sections have been updated and added to the material of the previous edition to reflect the role of the so-called Islamic State in global geopolitics. The book offers a framework to help students make their own judgements of how we got where we are today and what may or should be done about it. Political Geography remains a core text for students of political geography geopolitics international relations and political science as well as more broadly across human geography and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058262

Political Governance and Minority RightsThe South and South-East Asian Scenario This volume brings together a collection of essays analysing the current scenario in South and Southeast Asia with respect to the position of minority groups. Based on an in-depth investigation of some of the lasting minority majority conflicts of the post-colonial period in countries that often escape comparison the articles are a rich and critic Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176419

Political History of Japan During the Meiji Era 1867-1912 First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978775

Political Ideas And Institutions In Imperial Russia Marc Raeff is one of the truly outstanding scholars of Russian history. This volume offers a sampling of the best essays from his prolific forty-year career; they span the history of Russia from the late seventeenth to the late nineteenth century. In these essays Raeff considers the problems of imperial Russian politics and administration analyzes Russia's intellectual and social history as it relates to the governance of the multiethnic empire and places the institutional and intellectual history of Russia in the context of other Western and Central European developments. Raeff's essays offer a sketch of the generation that came of age in the era of the Napoleonic Wars and the ensuing attempts at constitutional reform—the generation that laid the foundations of the modern Russian national consciousness. He explores modernization reform and liberalism in the second half of the nineteenth century the acquisition and incorporation of Russia's multiethnic population and the politics and administration of the reigns of Peter III and Catherine II. He examines how the Russian élites assimilated values from the Western and Central European Enlightenment and assesses the important intellectual and ideological effects the Enlightenment had on the nation. The volume concludes with a comparative look at the process of Westernization focusing on issues of literacy state leadership and the role of the intelligentsia. Many of these seminal essays are long out of print and hard to find. This timely volume makes Marc Raeff's insights readily available as Russia reemerges as a nation-state facing "new" challenges that are often deeply rooted in its past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283445

Political Ideas in Modern BritainIn and After the Twentieth Century The rise of the New Right and the collapse of state communism in 1989 has fundamentally changed political thinking in the late twentieth century. Rodney Barker has revised and extended his classic text - Political Ideas in Modern Britain - in the light of these changes. His accessible account of political thinking in Britain since the 1880s now includes detailed analysis of:* the demise of traditional conservatism and socialism* the rise and decline of the New Right* the growth of feminism liberalism and pluralismPolitical Ideas in Modern Britain charts the changing intellectual landscape of political thinking illustrating how contemporary political thought is both rooted in tradition and a radical transformation of it. Whether the future is liberal communitarian pluralist or simply uncertain this is an essential guide for students of British politics.Rodney Barker is Senior Lecturer in Government at the London School of Economics and Political Science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203416044

Political Ideas of Enlightenment WomenVirtue and Citizenship This edited collection showcases the contribution of women to the development of political ideas during the Enlightenment and presents an alternative to the male-authored canon of philosophy and political thought. Over the course of the eighteenth century increasing numbers of women went into print and they exploited both new and traditional forms to convey their political ideas: from plays poems and novels to essays journalism annotated translations and household manuals as well as dedicated political tracts. Recently considerable scholarly attention has been paid to women’s literary writing and their role in salon society but their participation in political debates is less well studied. This volume offers new perspectives on some better known authors such as Mary Wollstonecraft Catharine Macaulay and Anna Laetitia Barbauld as well as neglected figures from the British Isles and continental Europe. The collection advances discussion of how best to understand women’s political contributions during the period the place of salon sociability in the political development of Europe and the interaction between discourses on slavery and those on women’s rights. It will interest scholars and researchers working in women’s intellectual history and Enlightenment thought and serve as a useful adjunct to courses in political theory women’s studies the history of feminism and European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472409539

Political Ideas of the Utopian Socialists First Published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978782

Political Ideologies and the Democratic Ideal Political Ideologies and the Democratic Ideal analyzes political ideologies to help readers understand individual ideologies and the concept of ideology from a political science perspective. This best-selling title promotes open-mindedness and develops critical thinking skills. It covers a wide variety of political ideologies from the traditional liberalism and conservatism to recent developments in liberation politics the emergence of the Alt-Right and environmental politics. NEW TO THIS EDITION Focus on the recent rise of populism and an "illiberal democracy" and how this poses a real challenge to the pillars of Western Liberal democracy; A look at early Conservatives and the idea of "natural aristocracy" with focus on the thoughts of Edmund Burke; A new discussion on whether Donald Trump is really a conservative and if so to what extent this is true; An expanded look at Stalinism and the apparent rebirth of "Mao Zedong thought" in China through "Xi Jinping thought"; A more in-depth look at the rise of Hitler and the Nazi Party and how "myth" was crucial to legitimizing both the man and the party; New section on the history of American Fascism from its origins to the recent emergence of the "Alt-Right"; Expansion of the discussion around the recent protest movements Black Lives Matter and #MeToo along with the repercussions of these movements; Discussion on the obstacles facing transgender people implemented in recent years including the bathroom laws and the ban from US military service; Account of how Donald Trump has galvanized the environmental movement like never before through his ardent anti-environment policies and appointments; In-depth look at how the effects of climate change are increasingly turning people into "environmental migrants" and how the presence of these people has fueled far-right movements across Europe and the US; Additional photos throughout; An updated author-written Instructor’s Manual and Test Bank. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367235116

Political Ideologies: A Comparative ApproachA Comparative Approach Designed for classroom use this book develops a framework for the comparative analysis of political ideologies and examines the most prominent political ideologies of modern time. This revised edition has been enlarged to include feminism and environmentalism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059615

Political IdeologiesAn Introduction Now in its fourth edition  Political Ideologies: An Introduction continues to be the best introductory textbook for students of political ideologies. Completely revised and updated throughout this edition features: A comprehensive introduction to all of the most important ideologies Brand new chapters on multiculturalism anarchism and the growing influence of religion on politics More contemporary examples of twenty-first-century iterations of liberalism socialism conservatism fascism green political theory nationalism and feminism Enhanced discussion of the end of ideology debates and emerging theories of ideological formation Six new contributors. Accessible and packed with both historical and contemporary examples this is the most useful textbooks for scholars and students of political ideologies. The contributors to this volume have all taught or carried out research at the School of Politics International Studies and Philosophy of Queen’s University Belfast or have close research connections with the School. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618175

Political IdeologiesTheir Origins and Impact Comprehensive yet accessible this classic text now in its thirteenth edition follows the evolution of political thought over 300 years. Organized chronologically this text examines each ideology within a political historical economic and social context. In addition to a thorough updating of examples and data here’s what you’ll find in the new edition: Analyses of President Trump’s rollback of Obamacare trade war with China and changes to immigration taxation and environmental policy. Conservative justifications for supply-side economics and liberal rationale for drug legalization and "trigger-word" bans. Brexit’s effects on the Scottish independence movement. Resurgence of feminist protest including the Me Too movement alongside anarchist protest following Trump’s election including groups like Black Bloc and Antifa. China’s rising environmental and social problems including unrest among its heavily controlled Uighur population. Cuba’s transfer of power from the Castros to President Díaz-Canel and their fraught rapprochement with the U.S. Russia’s disinformation campaigns and alternating brinksmanship and détente between Trump and North Korea’s Chairman Kim Jong-un. The ascent of the Alt-right in the U.S. and white supremacist influence on parties in the U.S. and Europe. The continuing salience of Islamism the teetering Iran deal and ongoing degeneration of the Arab Spring to the Islamist Winter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367626

Political IlliberalismA Defense of Freedom This book deconstructs the story of liberalism that John Rawls author of Political Liberalism and many others have put forward. Peter L.P. Simpson argues that political liberalism is despotic because it denies to politics a concern with the comprehensive human good; political illiberalism overcomes this despotism and restores genuine freedom. In Political Illiberalism Simpson provides a detailed account of these political phenomena and presents a political theory opposed to that of Rawls and other proponents of modern liberalism.  Simpson analyses and confronts the assumptions of this liberalism by challenging its view of liberty and especially its cornerstone that politics should not be about the comprehensive good. He presents the fundamentals of the idea of a truer liberalism as derived from human nature with particular attention to the role and power of religion using the political thought of Aristotle the founding fathers of the United States thinkers of the Roman Empire and contemporary practice. Political Illiberalism concludes with reflections on morals in the political context of the comprehensive good. Simpson views the modern state as despotically authoritarian; consequently seeking liberty within it is illusory. Human politics requires devolution of authority to local communities on the one hand and a proper distinction between spiritual and temporal powers on the other. This thought-provoking work is essential for all political scientists and philosophy scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865227

Political Incivility in the Parliamentary Electoral and Media ArenaCrossing Boundaries This edited volume affords conceptual and analytical convergence in the study of political incivility by bringing together theoretical and empirical work of scholars from various (sub)disciplines studying political incivility within European countries and the USA. It addresses the needs and challenges of comparative research adding to a more generic theory on political incivility. Recent years have witnessed growing attention to issues of political incivility in the parliamentary electoral and media arenas with rudeness hostility and vulgarity being highly prevalent in interactions between politicians journalists and citizens. This book analyses what constitutes this political incivility its occurrence causes and effects in these various arenas using several country-specific contexts and presenting a cohesive edifice of knowledge on political incivility. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of parliamentary studies political behaviour political communication and political psychology as well as more broadly to political science communication science media studies psychology sociology and to (non-) governmental institutions and those that are concerned about the quality of democracy or public debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462734

Political Inequality in an Age of DemocracyCross-national Perspectives The world has witnessed the creation of new democracies and the maturing of old ones. Yet everywhere there is democracy there is also political inequality. Voices of everyday folk struggle to be heard; often they keep silent. Governments respond mostly to the influential and the already privileged. Our age of democracy then is the old age of inequality. This book builds on U.S. scholarship on the topic of political inequality to understand its forms causes and consequences around the world. Comprised of nine theoretical methodological and empirical chapters this path-creating edited collection contains original works by both established and young up-and-coming social scientists including those from Latin America Eastern Europe Greece and the U.S. Political Inequality in an Age of Democracy addresses the present and future of the concept of political inequality from multi-disciplinary and cross-national perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868383

Political Influence In government influence denotes one's ability to get others to act think or feel as one intends. A mayor who persuades voters to approve a bond issue exercises influence. A businessman whose promises of support induce a mayor to take action exercises influence. In Political Influence Edward C. Banfield examines the structures and dynamics of influence in determining who actually makes the decisions on vital issues in a large metropolitan area. This edition includes an introduction by James Q. Wilson who provides an intellectual profile of Banfield and a review of his life and work.Banfield locates his analysis in Chicago focusing on a broad range of representative urban issues. An introductory chapter defines Banfield's method through four leading questions: Who has influence and who is subject to it? How does influence work? What are the terms upon which influence is expended? How is action concerted by influence? Banfield's conceptual scheme is applied at three levels. He offers six case studies of political influence showing in considerable detail how influence was used in certain civic controversies. Then Banfield interprets these case studies drawing from them a set of low-level empirical generalizations. At the third and highest level of generality he explores the logical structure of significant aspects of influence and recasts the empirical findings in analytical terms developing theories that apply generally to situations involving political influence. He also defines the key roles played by officeholders the newspapers business interests the city council and minority groups.Political Influence is notable for its depth and sophistication. This rare combination of good reporting and insightful analysis is essential reading for political scientists urban affairs specialists policymakers and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530171

Political InnovationsCreative Transformations in Polity Politics and Policy Political Innovations: Creative Transformations in Polity Politics and Policy provides a theoretical framework for studies of political innovation as well as a number of empirical studies of innovations in the way policy strategies take form in the exercise of political leadership in community self-organizing in political parties and what implications informal governance has on political innovation. Public innovation has risen to the top of the agenda among governments all over the Western world. The message is clear: the public sector needs to become more innovative in order to meet the demands of modern society. There is also a growing interest in public innovation amongst students of public policy and governance who are currently working to define and conceptualize public innovation analyze drivers of and barriers to innovation in the public sector and prescribe ways to make the public sector more innovative. However researchers have so far mainly theorized studied and analyzed issues related to innovations in public services and public delivery. Few have payed attention to the fact that public service innovation takes place in a political context and that innovations in polity politics and policy are fundamental aspects of public innovation. A comprehensive research agenda on public innovation should therefore include studies of political innovation. This book will be of great value to scholars and researchers interested in Public Administration Policy Making and Innovation Public Governance and Political Leadership. It was originally published as a special issue of the Public Management Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367646127

Political Institutions in East TimorSemi-Presidentialism and Democratisation In 2002 East Timor became an independent state following a long conflict with Indonesia and went on to adopt a semi-presidential form of government. In a semi-presidential system there is a directly elected fixed-term president prime minister and government who are collectively responsible for the legislature. Over 50 countries in the world have adopted such a system. This book examines the politics of semi-presidentialism in East Timor from 2002-2012 and post-2012 political developments. It analyses the impact of semi-presidentialism on the performance of East Timor’s democracy and looks at whether semi‐presidentialism encourages power sharing between competing forces or whether it provoke a power struggle that threatens democratic stability. Using East Timor as a case study the author explains whether the adoption of semi-presidentialism helps or hinders the process of democratisation in new democracies. It is of interest to researchers in the fields of Political Science Conflict Resolution and Asian Studies in particular Southeast Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097964

Political Integration in Indian Diaspora Societies This book studies the political integration of Indian diaspora communities into their host societies. It argues that insertion occurs on an ethnic basis which enables these groups to utilise their clout and at the same time exert collective rights in matters like freedom of religion organisation and lifestyle. Drawing on case studies from South Africa America and the Caribbean the volume analyses different forms levels and patterns of groupist political integration. It examines various instances of integration such as anti-Indian apartheid laws; the life and times of Dr Sudhindra Bose one of the early Bengali intellectuals in the US; Hindutva organisations in the US/UK; as well as the introduction of the Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) Scheme by the Indian government. An important intervention in the study of ethnic groups and their integration the book will be of interest to students and researchers of diaspora studies globalization and transnational migration cultural studies minority studies sociology political studies international relations and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138346857

Political InternetState and Politics in the Age of Social Media This book investigates the Internet as a site of political contestation in the Indian context. It widens the scope of the public sphere to social media and explores its role in shaping the resistance and protest movements on the ground. The volume also explores the role of the Internet a global technology in framing debates on the idea of the nation state especially India as well as diplomacy and international relations. It also discusses the possibility of whether Internet can be used as a tool for social justice and change particularly by the underprivileged to go beyond caste class gender and other oppressive social structures. A tract for our times this book will interest scholars and researchers of politics media studies popular culture sociology international relations as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367279592

Political Invisibility and MobilizationWomen against State Violence in Argentina Yugoslavia and Liberia Political Invisibility and Mobilization explores the unseen opportunities available to those considered irrelevant and disregarded during periods of violent repression. In a comparative study of three women’s peace movements in Argentina the former Yugoslavia and Liberia the concept of political invisibility is developed to identify the unexpected beneficial effects of marginalization in the face of regime violence and civil war. Each chapter details the unique ways these movements avoided being targeted as threats to regime power and how they utilized free spaces to mobilize for peace. Their organizing efforts among international networks are described as a form of field-shifting that gained them the authority to expand their work at home to bring an end to war and rebuild society. The robust conceptual framework developed herein offers new ways to analyze the variations and nuances of how social status interacts with opportunities for effective activism. This book presents a sophisticated theory of political invisibility with historical detail from three remarkable stories of courage in the face of atrocity. With relevance for political sociology social movement studies women’s studies and peace and conflict studies it contributes to scholarly understanding of mobilization in repressive states while also offering strategic insight to movement practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465865

Political Islam World Politics and EuropeFrom Jihadist to Institutional Islamism The new and updated edition of Political Islam World Politics and Europe focusses on the shift within political Islam in light of 9/11 and the events of the Arab Spring from a jihadist struggle to institutional Islamism. Refuting what has often been referred to by commentators as the ‘moderation ’ of Islamism the second edition of this book introduces the concept of ‘institutional ’ Islamism a process which Tibi argues was accelerated in the aftermath of the Arab Spring. Both jihadist and institutional Islamism pursue the same goal of an Islamist state but disagree fundamentally on the strategy for achieving it. Whilst jihadism is committed to the idea of a (violent) Islamic world revolution institutional Islamism embraces political institutions as a means to an end. Turning to the events of the Arab Spring in Tunisia Libya and Egypt this book attempts to determine whether an abandonment of violence is enough to underpin a shift to genuine democracy. Analysing the fall of Morsi in particular Tibi questions what lessons can be learnt from his presidency and argues that this event will not change the overall trend of development from jihadism to institutional Islamism A timely addition to existing literature this book will be of interest to students and scholars studying Middle Eastern and European Politics Political Islam and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730488

Political Islam and Global MediaThe boundaries of religious identity The development of new and social networking sites as well as the growth of transnational Arab television has triggered a debate about the rise in transnational political and religious identification as individuals and groups negotiate this new triad of media religion and culture. This book examines the implications of new media on the rise of political Islam and on Islamic religious identity in the Arab Middle East and North Africa as well as among Muslim Arab Diasporas. Undoubtedly the process of globalization especially in the field of media and ICTs challenges the cultural and religious systems particularly in terms of identity formation. Across the world Arab Muslims have embraced new media not only as a source of information but also as a source of guidance and fatwas thereby transforming Muslim practices and rituals. This volume brings together chapters from a range of specialists working in the field presenting a variety of case studies on new media identity formation and political Islam in Muslim communities both within and beyond the MENA region. Offering new insight into the influence of media exposure on national political and cultural boundaries of the Islamic identity this book is a valuable resource for students and scholars of Middle Eastern politics specifically political Islam and political communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639577

Political Islam and Governance in Bangladesh The past decade has seen a marked policy focus upon Bangladesh home to nearly 150 million Muslims; it has attracted the attention of the world due to weak governance and the rising tide of Islamist violence. This book provides a broad-ranging analysis of the growth and impact of "political Islam" in Bangladesh and reactions to it. Grounded in empirical data experts on Bangladesh examine the changing character of Bangladeshi politics since 1971 with a particular focus on the convergence of governance Islamism and militancy. They examine the impacts of Islamist politics on education popular culture and civil society and the regional and extraregional connections of the Bangladeshi Islamist groups. Bringing together journalists and academics - all of whom have different professional and methodological backgrounds and field experiences which impact upon these issues from different vantage points - the book assesses Bangladesh’s own prospects for internal stability as well as its wider impact upon South Asian security. It argues that the political environment of Bangladesh the appeal of Islamist ideology to the general masses and the dynamic adaptability of Islamist organizations all demonstrate that Bangladesh will continue to focus the attention of policy makers and analysts alike. This is a timely incisive and original explanation of the rise of political Islam and Islamic militancy in Bangladesh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879089

Political Islam in Central AsiaThe challenge of Hizb ut-Tahrir The terrorist attacks in the United States on 9/11 and the U.S.-led military campaign against the Taliban regime in Afghanistan have intensified scrutiny of radical Islamic groups across Central Asia. This books offers one of the first comprehensive studies of the activities of one of the most feared - but least understood - inernational Islamist organizations in post-Soviet Central Asia: Hizb ut-Tahrir that is The Party of Islamic Liberation. By utilizing social movement theory the book analyses political Islam in Central Asia in general and the phenomenon of Hizb ut-Tahrir in particular. It reveals the critical role of its ideology (based on a selective interpretation of Islamic theology and history) in the party’s recruiting success. Using primary sources including the group’s publications and documents official reports alongside interviews with scholars security experts mullahs journalists diplomats government officials and group members it covers the rise of political Islam in the post-Soviet Central Asia alongside the origins and current status of Hizb ut-Tahrir - its leadership ideology political methodology and party structure and its rise in the region from Kazakhstan to Russia and China. Although the organization has received less international examination partly because it has advocated a non-violent approach toward its goals this book sketches its prospective future relationship to violence in this key region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673754

Political Islam in Southeast AsiaModerates Radical and Terrorists Provides an overview of the evolution of political Islam in South-east Asia.  Analyses the sources of relgious radicalism and assesses the regional terrorist and radical networks. Describes how secular democratic institutions can be strengthened and how moderate and tolerant tendencies can be promoted. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000749

Political IslamReligion and Politics in the Arab World Islamic theocracy is now firmly established in fundamentalist Iran and waves of fundamentalism are sweeping the entire Islamic world and its diaspora.This book examines the claim of those Islamists who contend that as a belief system and a way of life Islam carries with it a theory of politics and the state which should be applied unquestioningly. Ayubi traces both the intellectual sources and the socio-economic bases of Political Islam arguing that it is a modern phenomenon dating back only to the inter-war period. He describes its major proponents as urban educated and relatively young people whose energies were mobilised but whose expectations were not fulfilled by the post-independence `populist' regimes in the Arab World.Islamic movements in six countries are studied in detail. Ayubi's distinctively broad definition of politics encompasses innovative material on sex and the family and on the emerging alternative economic and social networks of Islamic banks schools and hospitals in the countries discussed.Ayubi stresses the traditional concern in Islam for the collective enforcement of morals but argues that there is no case for the commonly held misconception that politics begins from theological principles in the Arab world: the historical connection between Islam and politics can be explained as an attempt by the rulers to legitimise their actions. He suggests that radical Islamists are reversing this position by subjecting politics to their specific religious views so their movement is in some senses an anti-state one. He concludes by discussing possible intellectual responses to fundamentalism drawing on the thinking of contemporary Muslim liberals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136861

Political Issues for the Twenty-First Century Assembling accessible and informative essays on contemporary debates and future issues in politics this rewarding volume focuses on political developments in UK European and international issues and modern theoretical debates and problems. Each essay establishes the historical context before providing a speculative analysis of possible future developments. The collection presents a range of challenging and provocative accounts that deal with some of the most delicate complex and fundamental issues that affect people living in Western Europe in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246536

Political Judgement Originally published in 1983. One of the basic capacities of man as a political being is his faculty of judgement. Yet for all the books on concepts like freedom equality and authority surprisingly little attention has been given to this topic in the tradition of Western political thought. What is the nature of political judgement? What endows us as human beings with the ability to make reasonable judgements about human affairs and to judge the common world we share with others? By what means to we secure validity for our judgements? What are the underlying conditions of this human capacity and what implications does it have the understanding of politics? These questions central as they are to any reflection on politics have rarely been addressed in a systematic way. This book examines Kant’s concept of taste and Aristotle’s concept of prudence as well as recent works of political philosophy by Arendt Gadamer and Habermas all crucially influenced by Kant and Aristotle. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706077

Political Knowledge Since at least the time of Plato political scientists and philosophers have been concerned about what citizens and rulers should know if they are to be governed—and govern—well. Moreover the increasing complexity of modern societies has revivified thinking about and around the critical concept of political knowledge. Vital questions arise such as: does effective democracy demand an informed electorate? is such an aspiration realistic given the size and reach of modern governments? how can electorates compensate for their ignorance given the vast amount of information that might be necessary to make sound political judgements? or is such ignorance ‘rational’? This new collection from Routledge brings together canonical and cutting-edge research to interrogate these and other issues. Edited by leading scholars Political Knowledge assembles in four volumes the best and most important scholarship from the ancients to the work of the deliberative democrats. The collection also gathers the key survey research from the Columbia and Michigan schools down to the present. Further it makes sense of the main lines of normative debate about these findings and addresses the various causal and theoretical understandings of political knowledge and ignorance while illuminating directions for future research. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editors which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Political Knowledge is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material from less accessible books and specialized journals to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers students and policymakers it is a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415620567

Political Landscapes of Donald Trump This book delves into the life and work of President Donald Trump who is arguably the most famous and controversial person in the world today. While his administration has received enormous attention few have studied the spatial dimensions of his policies. Political Landscapes of Donald Trump explores the geographies of Trump from multiple conceptual standpoints. It contextualizes Donald and his rise to power within the geography of his victory in 2016. Several essays in the book are concerned with his white ethno-nationalist political platform and social bases of support. Others focus on Trump’s use of Twitter his ties to professional wrestling and his innumerable lies and deceits. Yet another set delves into the geopolitics of his foreign policies notably in Cuba Korea the Middle East and China. Finally it covers how his administration has addressed – or failed to address – climate change and its treatment of undocumented immigrants. This book will be of interest to anyone interested in the Trump administration as well as social scientists and the informed lay public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197001

Political Languages of Race and the Politics of Exclusion First published in 1999 Political Languages of Race and the Politics of Exclusion examines the post-race signification logic of languages used to promote and achieve the exclusion and stigmatisation of migrant groups within post-war Britain. Re-examining the time of Smethwick and Powellism as well as extensive Parliamentary debates this book develops an original thesis to show how Backbench racism became legitimated as Frontbench commons’ sense. The book argues that the achievement of the success of post-war Parliamentary racism has been made possible by the development of a ubiquitously anecdotal narrative of the travails of the ‘Forgotten Englishman’ awoken to a multi-cultural nightmare in Britain’s decaying inner cities. While the concept of ‘race’ has remained under erasure the logic of post-race signification discourse has allowed the re-making of racism in public Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326996

Political Leadership Nascent Statehood and DemocracyA comparative study Do political leaders determine whether a polity will receive a democratic future or not? Research and advocates of democracy agree on the significance of political elites for democratization yet there is a need for a more specific understanding of their role. This book develops a theory of political leadership at the point of nascent statehood to explain the emergence of resilient democracies. It employs four diverse case studies to examine the role of leadership and democratic consolidation. In doing so the book identifies certain capacities of political leaders at the critical moment of nascent statehood as decisive to the future democratic quality of their state. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations democratization studies state building leadership nationalism Middle Eastern studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683624

Political Leadership Nations and Charisma This ground-breaking and innovative book examines the influence of charisma on power authority and nationalism. The authors both apply and challenge Max Weber’s concept of ‘charisma’ and integrate it into a broader discussion of other theoretical models. Using an interdisciplinary approach leading international scholars draw on a diverse range of cases to analyse charisma in benign and malignant leaderships as well as the relationship between the cult of the leader the adulation of the masses and the extension of individual authority beyond sheer power. They discuss idiosyncratic authority and oratory and they address how political social and regional variations help explain concepts and policies which helped forge and reformulate nations national identities and movements. The chapters on particular charismatic leaders cover Abraham Lincoln Kemal Atatürk Adolf Hitler Benito Mussolini Gamal Nasser Jörg Haider and Nelson Mandela. Political Leadership Nations and Charisma will appeal to readers who are interested in history sociology political communication and nationalism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110526

Political Leadership Parties and CitizensThe personalisation of leadership Social structure may historically have been of primary importance in accounting for the attitudes and behaviour of many citizens but now changes in social structure have diminished the role played by class and religious affiliation whilst the significance of personality in political leadership has increased.  This volume explores both theoretically and empirically the increasingly important role played by the personalisation of leadership. Acknowledging the part played by social cleavages it focuses on the personal relationships and psychological dimension between citizens and political leaders. It begins by examining the changes which have taken place in the relationship among citizens the parties which they support and the leaders of these parties in a European context. The authors then assess how far the phenomena of ‘personalised leadership’ differ from country to country and the forms which these differences take. The book includes comparative case studies on Britain and Northern Ireland France Italy Poland Japan and Thailand; it concentrates on eleven prominent leaders epitomising personalised political leadership: Thatcher Blair Mitterand Chirac Le Pen Berlusconi Bossi Walesa Lepper Koizumi and Thaksin. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of political science comparative politics and political leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849982

Political Leadership Among Swat PathansVolume 19 A classic and highly influential ethnography which explores political leadership among Swat Pathans - and which emphasizes the importance of individual decision-making for wider social processes. This study describes certain aspects of the society of the Pathans of the Swat valley in the North-West Frontier Province of Pakistan. Except where other reference is given the material on which it is based was collected by the author in the period February-November 1954. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136316

Political Leadership in a Global AgeThe Experiences of France and Norway Title first published in 2003. Responses to globalisation in politics and governance at national regional and local levels of government in France and Norway are explored in this engaging study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708228

Political Leadership In NatoA Study In Multinational Diplomacy This unusual history of the first four secretaries-general of NATO and their importance in the post-war politics of Western defense is a study of diplomacy–of individuals and the impact of their personalities on international events. It can perhaps best be described in terms of what it is not. It is not for example exclusively a book on NATO nor is it a text on international organization. It is neither a history of European politics nor an analysis of East-West relations. It is not a specialized study of nuclear politics and it does not pretend to be a record of the political interplay between the United States and its European allies. Yet all of these themes appear in the work. In the course of preparing this book Dr. Jordan came to know the four secretaries-general as well as many other individuals involved in NATO since its inception. While his analysis is objective and he has thoroughly documented his observations there is also a valuable personal element in his assessment of the impact the persons who occupied this relatively little known but very important office had on the institution they headed and the international political environment in which they operated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283452

Political Leadership in the European Union The challenges that have been facing the European Union in recent years have given rise to the question: who leads the EU? This book offers a systematic analysis of political leadership in the EU. This volume offers a theoretical and conceptual analysis of political leadership in the EU. It deals with questions such as what kind of leadership is there in the different domains (such as climate change or central banking). It also examines how various EU institutions (European Commission European Parliament) exert or have exerted leadership. Furthermore it examines the role of the presidents of some of these institutions such as the European Commission the European Council the European Central Bank but also of selected national leaders. Although the book does not advance a single leadership concept the findings of the individual case studies show that the EU is by no means leaderless. The chapters originally published as a special issue in the Journal of European Integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892982

Political Liberalism and Plurinational Democracies The current context of developed societies is characterised by a number of phenomena the most significant of which are processes of economic globalisation information technologies increasing multiculturalism and the emergence of cases of national pluralism which require full political accommodation both within democracies and in the international sphere. The book examines the current state of affairs concerning the political recognition and constitutional accommodation of national pluralism in liberal democracies in the global era of the 21st century. The aim of this volume is to reveal the normative analytical and institutional shortcomings of liberal democracies in multinational contexts and to offer alternatives that theoretically refine and practically improve the recognition and political accommodation of national pluralism within the democratic polity. Through a series of analyses linked to the development of political liberalism in contemporary states the contributors analyse the direct impact on the way that democracies have treated and continue to treat national pluralism in modern-day societies. Bringing together leading scholars in the field to explore the different debates and approaches to this important issue this volume will interest researchers and students of nationalism federalism and multiculturalism as well as political actors and policy makers with a particular interest in the management of diversity in present-day liberal democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882140

Political Liberalism in Muslim Societies Having survived the process of modernization and reasserted themselves in public life religious traditions play an increasingly important public role in shaping and defining social institutions and interactions. This book examines Rawls’s theory of political liberalism in the context of Muslim societies where religion wields a significant social and political influence. Contrasting a sociological analysis with a theoretical approach the author explores the political questions brought up by religious individuals organizations and minorities and examines fundamental notions such as neutrality of state public/private distinction and individual autonomy. Offering a rich set of conceptual and normative instruments the author presents new ways to incorporate political liberalism into political discourses and advocating policy prescriptions for the advancement of democracy in Muslim societies. Independent of the focus on Muslim societies this book makes a significant contribution to the political liberalism debate. As such it will be of interest not only to students of Islam and the Middle East but also to those with an interest in political philosophy democracy religion and contemporary political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789326

Political Liberalization In BrazilDynamics Dilemmas And Future Prospects The civilian government inaugurated in Brazil in March 1985 following twenty-one years of military rule is the culmination of a slow process of liberalization that has brought greater freedom of political expression organization and activity. How the Sarney government responds to the challenges it faces and the institutional choices it must make will shape Brazil’s political evolution for years to come. Should Brazil develop a democratic system it would be the third most populous democracy in the world. Political trends in Brazil are therefore of considerable significance to Latin America and the United States. In this comprehensive analysis of the forces pushing democratization forward those opposing it and the contradictions created by the ad hoc nature of the dynamics between the two the contributors examine the legacy of two decades of authoritarian rule the choices facing the civilian government and possible future developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283469

Political LibertyA History of the Conception in the Middle Ages and Modern Times Originally published in 1988  this book explores the history of political liberty. There is an opinion that the conception of Political Liberty however important it may have been in Athens and Republican Rome disappeared in the period of the Roman Empire and in the Middle Ages and has only been recovered in the last two centuries. This work is primarily an attempt to set out the continuity of the development of the conception of Political Liberty during the Middle Ages and the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries - the development but even more the continuity of development for this has been inadequately appreciated in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179144

Political Loyalty and the Nation-State Political Loyalty and the Nation-State examines the gradual weakening of the state's ability to order the political allegiances of its subjects. At the focal centre of the book lies the question of the extent to which it is possible to invest political principles such as the rules and procedures of democracy with a sentiment of loyalty and whether political loyalty can become merely a matter of choice and personal responsibility. The authors consider theoretical issues problems of loyalty arising from population movement and case studies of conflicts of loyalty from Italy Northern Ireland and Russia. It is shown that loyalty can become decoupled from state territory and nation; that loyalties can be multiple; and that today's loyalties reflect advanced attitudes towards difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860154

Political ManagementThe Dance of Government and Politics Political Management lays out the core tools to manage government campaigns and parties. The first book to combine management concepts with politics and government it provides core theories for what Political Planning Political HR Political Organising Political Leadership and Political Reviewing involve illustrated with high level political practitioner interviews examples and political documents. The text presents the 4 Ds of Political Management - Deliberating Designing Doing and Dancing - to convey that Political Management is more of a dance than a march. Even presidents and prime ministers do not have enough formal authority to control the myriad of practitioners players processes and policies involved in 21st century governance. In this book the author demonstrates why political practitioners in campaign teams parties government departments and political offices need political management tools to utilise the resources they have available and overcome multiple obstacles that practical politics presents. By offering a clear sense of what political management involves and providing the theoretical frameworks to be used in empirical research this book will stimulate significant future study. It will be invaluable to practitioners scholars and students in politics government policy leadership management public administration and political management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367467043

Political Marketing in Retrospective and Prospective Political marketing coalesced as a subfield in the mid-1990s and in 2002 the Journal of Political Marketing began publication. This anniversary collection reviews the existing theory empirical evidence and practice of political marketing and explores emerging topics and lines of inquiry within the field. While political candidates and their campaigns are a major focus it also considers the broader range of issue advocacy and lobbying. The selections expand beyond the U.S. context to offer a much needed comparative perspective. The volume includes material on the effects of new media and technology posing questions about their direction and consequences for political actors and institutions citizens and governmental systems. Collectively the chapters illustrate the breadth and depth of a maturing field of inquiry taking the reader through a retrospective and prospective examination of the intellectual grounding and scholarship that comprise political marketing. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Political Marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946477

Political Marketing in the United States Political Marketing in the United States explores how politicians and parties utilize marketing concepts and tools providing an up-to-date and broad overview of how marketing permeates U.S. politics. The volume focuses on current and recent elections and leaders and covers a range of topics including market research marketing parties and volunteers strategy and branding communications delivery and marketing in government. The main themes and objectives of the book are to cover: New and emerging trends in political marketing practice Analysis of a broad range of political marketing aspects Empirical examples as well as useful theoretical frameworks Discussion of state/local level as well as presidential politics This is the first comprehensive treatment of the subject available and captures the field as it is rapidly growing. It is a must-read for students and scholars of political parties political communication applied politics and elections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632867

Political Marketing:Theoretical and Strategic Foundations This is the first integrated theory-to-practice text on marketing's role in the political process. It Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765629166

Political MarketingPrinciples and Applications Substantially revised throughout the third edition of Political Marketing continues to offer students the most comprehensive introduction to this rapidly growing field. It provides an accessible but in-depth guide to what political marketing is and how it is used in practice and encourages reflection on how it should be used in the future. New Features and benefits of the third edition: Fully updated throughout with new research on emerging practices in the field and ethical implications such as the use of big data authenticity and the limitations of voters as consumers in light of Brexit; A new employability section on political marketing in the workplace; Extensive pedagogical features including new peer-reviewed case studies democratic debates and fully updated practitioner perspectives best practice guides and class discussion points and assessments. Led by a leading expert in the field and including contributions from other key academics in the field this textbook is essential reading for all students of political marketing parties and elections and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353225

Political MarketingStrategic 'Campaign Culture' A guiding principle in creating Political Marketing has been to examine the ways in which culture politics and society interrelate in the field of political marketing. In the course of the book the editors and contributors consider ‘culture’ as a distinctive concept with transformative capacities that need further and deeper development in the engineering of the political marketing process. This may be introduced and consequently lead to broad formulation of a ‘campaign culture’. Indeed understanding and adapting a broader ‘campaign culture’ political marketing models may be seen as sets of pathways of key resources resulting viability in human assets forms of influence class stratification alternative flows of information or networking and intercultural knowledge – sharing activity. This book consists of 18 chapters which deal with aspects of political marketing and ‘campaign culture.’ Theoretical chapters are found first followed by two chapters that deal with theoretical issues which became a subject of research. Next presented are the articles that study aspects of electoral behavior followed by the papers that analyze aspects of nationalism & national identity. Finally the book concludes with three case studies on various issues in political marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943056

Political Meritocracy and PopulismCure or Curse? Offering the first in-depth analysis of the relationship between populism and political meritocracy this book asks why states with meritocratic systems such as Singapore and China have not faced the populist challenge to the extent that liberal-democratic states have. Is political meritocracy immune to populism? Or does it fan its flames? Exploring this puzzle the authors argue that political meritocracies are simultaneously immune and susceptible to populism. The book maintains that political meritocracy’s focus on the intellect social skills and most importantly virtue of political leaders can reduce the likelihood of populist actors rising to power; that meritocracy’s promise of upward mobility for the masses can work against elitism; and that rule by the ‘meritorious’ can help avoid crises diminishing the political opening for populism. However it also shows that meritocracy does little to eliminate grievances around political cultural and social inequality instead entrenching a hierarchy – an allegedly ‘just’ one. The book ultimately argues that the more established the system of political meritocracy becomes the more it opens the door to populist resentment and revolt. Pitched primarily to scholars and postgraduate students in political theory comparative politics Asian studies and political sociology this book fills an important scholarly gap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271022

Political Mobility of Chinese Regional LeadersPerformance Preference Promotion A monarch is usually born a member of parliament or a president is usually elected but a regional leader in China is usually orchestrated to replace his or her predecessor through an opaque process and for reasons not normally made public. The professional trajectories of Chinese regional leaders are mysterious in many ways. Their promotions and demotions can be "predictable" in terms of their age gender nationality education factions and previous engagements in the political system. Yet speaking of their capability performance opportunities and arrangements their future can also be "unexpected". Such arrangements are always originated from the Organization (zuzhi) which represents the Chinese Communist Party. What are the factors the organization considers in order to make its final decisions on nominating and appointing a regional leader? Today’s regional leaders of China will very likely become the central leaders of China in the future. By making an empirical analysis of Chinese regional leaders’ political mobility Qiao establishes a descriptive political mobility model that reveals leadership trajectories in Chinese politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141981

Political Myth First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203952825

Political Obligation "Under what conditions are obedience and disobedience required or justified? To what or whom is obedience or disobedience owed? What are the differences between authority and power and between legitimate and illegitimate government? What is the relationship between having an obligation and having freedom to act? What are the similarities and differences among political legal and moral obligations?..." Originally published in 1972 Professor Flathman discusses these crucial issues in political theory in a lucid and stimulating argument. Though mainly concerned to develop his own modified utilitarian standing point he also reviews both the classical and modern literature from Plato and Hobbes to Hare and Rawls. The treatment is philosophical but it is frequently related to practical issues of civil obedience and disobedience and in particular focuses on the relation between law obligation and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369347

Political Opposition and Democracy in Sub-Saharan Africa This book takes a closer look at the role and meaning of political opposition for the development of democracy across sub-Saharan Africa. Why is room for political opposition in most cases so severely limited? Under what circumstances has the political opposition been able to establish itself in a legitimate role in African politics? To answer these questions this edited volume focuses on the institutional settings the nature and dynamics within and between political parties and the relationship between the citizens and political parties. It is found that regional devolution and federalist structures enable political opposition to organize and gain local power as a supplement to influence at the central level. Generally however opposition parties are lacking in organization and institutionalization as well as in their ability to find support in civil society and promote the issues that voters find most important. Overall strong executive powers unchecked by democratic institutions in combination with deferential values and fear of conflict undermine legitimate opposition activity. This book was originally published as a special issue of Democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870382

Political Oppositions in Industrialising Asia Industrialization has meant sweeping social transformations across Asia. Some political commentators have predicted that the expansion of civil society and the rapid development of liberal democracy will necessarily follow. The contributors to this volume dissect the extent of political opposition in Asia and analyze the nature of new social movements outside institutional party politics which are contesting the exercise of state power. Nine original case studies explore the variety of political oppositions across Asia from non-governmental organizations and the formal opponents of the PAP in Singapore to Chinese dissidents based outside the People's Republic of China. All take up the challenge of looking at political opposition in the light of the new social phenomenon of the rising middle class or 'new rich' of Asia. Garry Rodan's hard-hitting analysis of the problems of current political theorizing in relation to Asia sets the case studies firmly in the context of wider debates about democratization. Political Oppositions in Industrialising Asia shatters complacent assumptions about the progress of liberal democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203441145

Political Organization in Central Asia and AzerbaijanSources and Documents This work contains a selection of annotated documents including party platforms and declarations of the major political groupings in the Islamic republics of the former Soviet Union. The book covers primarily the period from 1991 to 1994 which can be characterized as the first stage in the formation of a pluralistic society in these emerging states. Two divergent trends of developments can be identified from the sources: the first is a tendency toward the creation of independent states based on traditional models; the other towards independent states with Western-style democracies and pro-Russian orientation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978799

Political PapacyJohn Paul II Benedict XVI and Their Influence Pope John Paul II was famous as the most visible and politically active Pope of all time. He took his positions with great personal integrity yet his views variously pleased and angered citizens on the right and the left. His inaugural appearance as Pope in his native Poland helped spur Solidarity and the fall of the communist bloc yet he recently chided George W. Bush and Western world leaders for excessive capitalist policies citing their actions as a factor in deepening world poverty. He took exception to the Liberation Theology of Central American Church leaders who viewed the philosophy as vital to the region's future well being. His positions on family sexuality and reproductive issues have been welcomed by many but viewed as out of step with the reality of the times by many Church members. The book also considers Benedict XVI and his continuance of the conservative agenda set by John Paul II. This compact anthology is the first book to focus on the political legacy of Popes John Paul II and Benedict XVI. It brings together articles to present this legacy from a variety of viewpoints to give the reader a well-considered portrait of John Paul II and Benedict XVI--as men as world citizens and as religious leaders of a Church of one billion members who today comprise one sixth of all humanity. The final pages look to the future of the Papacy and Catholicism in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632780

Political Participation Diffused Governance and the Transformation of DemocracyPatterns of Change Although democratic governments have introduced a number of institutional reforms in part intended to increase citizens’ political involvement studies show a continued decline in regular political engagement. This book examines different forms of political participation in democracies and in what way the delegation of public responsibilities—or the diffusion of politics—has affected patterns of participation since the 1980s. The book addresses this paradox by directly investigating the impact of institutional changes on citizens’ political participation empirically. It re-analyses patterns of political participation in contemporary democracies providing an in-depth time series cross-sectional analysis that helps develop a better understanding of how variation in political participation can be explained both between countries and over time. As such it develops an institutional theoretical framework which can help to explain levels of participation and shows that instead of displaying more political apathy citizens have reallocated or displaced their activities to a broader array of forms of participation. This book will be of key interest to students and scholars of comparative politics democratization political participation and electoral politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878276

Political Participation and Democratic Capability in Authoritarian States This book provides an innovative theoretical and empirical exploration of the political participation and democratic capability of people living in authoritarian states. Merging perspectives from sociology and political science the book demonstrates that despite autocratic restrictions on opposition there is often still leeway for people to express themselves as political agents and to develop democratic capability. The first two chapters problematise political participation and develop an interdisciplinary three-domain framework that allows for critical engagement with and appreciation of the contexts and varied ways in which participatory activities occur. This framework is applied to analyse six country case studies: Singapore Jordan Belarus Cuba Nigeria and Vietnam. Drawing on a range of data sources and different analytical entry points the book investigates the substantive opportunities people have in exercising political agency and the implications for democratic capability. The book concludes by summarising the emergent themes and examining the potential of applying this method of inquiry in other political contexts. Encompassing both governmental and societal practices the book offers insights into state-society relations and their role in constructing political values and goals for participation which people negotiate and mediate to inform their choices modes and forms of civic engagement. These insights present a broad approach towards the study of participation with relevance for understanding political participation in various societies under non-democratic and democratic rule alike. This book will be useful for researchers and students interested in political dynamics and intersections with economic cultural and social aspects of development. It will also be beneficial for practitioners interested in participatory actions and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375812

Political Participation in a Changing WorldConceptual and Empirical Challenges in the Study of Citizen Engagement In the last decades political participation expanded continuously. This expansion includes activities as diverse as voting tweeting signing petitions changing your social media profile demonstrating boycotting products joining flash mobs attending meetings throwing seedbombs and donating money. But if political participation is so diverse how do we recognize participation when we see it? Despite the growing interest in new forms of citizen engagement in politics there is virtually no systematic research investigating what these new and emerging forms of engagement look like how prevalent they are in various societies and how they fit within the broader structure of well-known participatory acts conceptually and empirically. The rapid spread of internet-based activities especially underlines the urgency to deal with such challenges. In this book Yannis Theocharis and Jan W. van Deth put forward a systematic and unified approach to explore political participation and offer new conceptual and empirical tools with which to study it. Political Participation in a Changing World will assist both scholars and students of political behaviour to systematically study new forms of political participation without losing track of more conventional political activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891404

Political Participation in AsiaDefining and Deploying Political Space A combination of economic transformation political transitions and changes in media have substantially if incrementally altered the terrain for political participation globally particularly in Asia home to several of the most dramatic such shifts over the past two decades.This book explores political participation in Asia and how democracy and authoritarianism function under neoliberal economic relations. It examines changes that coincide seemingly perversely with a participation explosion: with mass street protests and ‘occupations’ energetic online contention movements of students and workers mobilization for and against democracy and more. Organized thematically in three parts – political participation in a ‘post-democratic’ context changes in the scope and character of political space and the policing of that space – this book analyzes economic regime and media shifts and how they function in tandem and both within and across states.Closely integrated comparative and theoretically driven this book will be of interest to scholars and practitioners in the fields of civil society contentious politics or social movements democratization political economy/development media and communications political geography sociology comparative politics and Asian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890476

Political Parties Party Manifestos and Elections in India 1909–2014 In the parliamentary system of government manifestos constitute and represent an important aspect of the democratic electoral politics as statements of a party’s ideology response and policy. This book offers an examination of election manifestos of different political parties in India at the national level. It explores the manifesto as an input to the policy process and presents a comparative perspective and understanding on the issues and approaches of the national political parties on key affairs. The book traces the evolution of the electoral system political parties and party manifestos in India as they emerged and developed over time. It looks at the Statutes of 1909 1919 and 1935 along with the party manifestos and elections until 1945–46. The author further analyses Constituent Assembly debates on the electoral system and the stances of political parties on national reconstruction through documents from parties including the Indian National Congress the Communist Party of India the Socialist Party Jana Sangh and the All India Scheduled Castes Federation. Covering manifestos of sixteen Lok Sabha Elections (from the first general election of 1952 to 2014) this book provides a comprehensive overview of how major political parties think on significant social economic political foreign and defence-related issues. It will be useful to scholars and researchers of political science election studies modern Indian history public administration law and governance sociology media and journalism as also to legislators and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367733339

Political Parties AbroadA New Arena for Party Politics This book analyzes parties beyond the national borders and their increasing institutionalization abroad in order to understand their development their organizational specificities their functions and their impact on the party system and national politics at home. With 12 contrasted case studies it comparatively addresses a wide range of perspectives on political parties abroad and lays the foundation for a framework of analysis of political parties abroad contributing to a better understanding of transnationalism and long-distance democracy. The generalization of overseas voting and the development of representative institutions for emigrants has transformed the civic and political links between states and their diaspora. This has also created new opportunities for political parties with the task to reach out to citizens living abroad mobilize them for elections and even organize their representation at home. This book represents the first in-depth study of an emerging phenomenon. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of political parties/party politics immigration and more broadly to democracy studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857851

Political Parties and Coalitional Behaviour in Italy Coalitional behaviour is central to the Italian system of government but has been largely neglected by research. As a result coalitions in post-war Italy have been viewed as simply unstable short-lived and incohesive. In this book the author corrects this one-sidedness by analysing Italian coalition politics as a continuous and dynamic process. His comprehensive interpretative approach takes account of other new developments in coalition studies and relates his subject both to the literature on Italian politics and to the comparative study of party systems in liberal democracies. An introductory section places Italian coalitional behaviour in a theoretical and comparative context. This inductive framework is then used as a reference for examining the historical institutional motivational internal socio-political andenvironmental dimensions of the phenomenon. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388273

Political Parties And Democracy In Central America During the 1980s superpower rivalry and regional conflicts decimated the Central American economies and eroded political systems within the region. Recent years however have witnessed remarkable political change and since 1990 popularly elected presidents have held office in all seven countries. This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367298944

Political Parties and Democracy in Turkey Since the establishment in 1945 of a constitutional democracy political parties have figured prominently in Turkish politics. This book first published in 1991 examines the role they have played. Key features of the political culture of the Turkish republic have created dilemmas for multi-party democracy: Atatürkism still exerts a powerful influence on the country’s bureaucratic and military elites. With their notion of ‘responsible leadership’ and of democracy as rational intellectual debate in pursuit of the ‘best’ policy they have expected an unrealistic degree of idealism and statesmanlike behaviour from the leaders of political parties. Three times in 1960 1971 and 1980 the military has intervened in politics – on the third occasion to undertake wholesale constitutional and legal restructuring aimed at producing ‘sensible’ politicians. Given these ambiguous circumstances what role have the political parties themselves played in the promotion and functioning of democracy in Turkey and what are their attitudes to the issues involved? This collection of essays discusses political parties since the foundation of the Turkish Republic in 1923 until the 1990s. With contributions from leading political scientists and historians of modern Turkey it is indispensable reading for all those concerned with the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644953

Political Parties and ElectionsLegislating for Representative Democracy Political Parties and Elections presents a comparative analysis of the ways in which advanced industrial democracies seek to regulate the activities of political parties in electoral contests. Actual political practice suggests that parties are crucial actors in democratic elections yet the nature and extent to which parties are regulated or even recognized as participants in the electoral process varies greatly among nations. Author Anika Gauja analyzes the electoral laws of five key common law democracies with similar parliamentary and representative traditions similar levels of economic and political development yet with significantly different electoral provisions: the United States the United Kingdom Canada Australia and New Zealand. Using the relationship between law and politics as a lens the book focuses specifically on the ways in which these jurisdictions seek to regulate the behavior of their political parties as the product of a broader normative vision of how representative democracy ought to function. In its subject matter comparative scope and interdisciplinary theoretical framework this book examines not only electoral law but also ancillary legislation such as funding regulations associations and corporations law and constitutional provisions. It also analyzes the case law that guides the interpretation of this legislation. Political Parties and Elections represents an innovative body of research comparing for the first time the electoral-legal regimes of a significant number of common law nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271166

Political Parties and PartisanshipSocial identity and individual attitudes Political Parties and Partisanship provides an up-to-date examination of the conceptualizations causes and consequences of partisanship in both new and established democracies in Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874527

Political Parties and the European Union Political Parties and the European Union offers a panoramic survey of the political parties of contemporary Europe. It covers party politics from Scandinavia to Greece focusing on how parties in the individual member states have responded to the processes of European integration. Despite a trend towards political convergence national traditions continue to shape politics across Europe. In order to reflect and do justice to the diversity of political cultures the book combines case studies comparative approaches and supranational perspectives. It examines the history of the main national parties offers new comparative perspectives on communist green and extreme right parties and analyses party politics at the European level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408289

Political Parties and the State in Post-Communist Europe It is not possible to understand the nature and functioning of post-communist political parties without understanding their relationship with the state. On the one hand few parties in the region would be able to survive and perform without state resources as they lack strong roots within the wider society. On the other hand the relatively weak states inherited from the communist period offer parties and elites opportunities for various forms of rent-seeking within state institutions. But how can we understand the relationship between parties and the state? How do the party-state links work in practice and do they exhibit any cross-national or cross-party variation? Are there any discernible patterns of party-state linkages among the post-communist democracies? Previously published as a special issue of The Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics this volume addresses these questions. The party-state linkages are analyzed alongside three analytical dimensions: state financing of parties their legal regulation and party patronage within the state institutions. The contributors bring together case studies of post-communist countries as well as cross-country comparative analysis each addressing at least one of these analytical dimensions. Besides providing a framework within which studies of party-state relationship can be undertaken the book brings comparative evidence on the extent and the manner in which parties in the region use the state for their own purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978812

Political Parties in Britain 1783-1867 The theme of Professor Evan's book is the growth of a recognizable modern party system from the much looser and often family-based attachments of the eighteenth century. He examines the significance of the terms 'Whig' and 'Tory' in the later eighteenth century and the growth of a party aligment between 1788 and 1812 - a period in which war was a major factor in polarization. He discusses the years of Tory hegemony under Liverpool and the decline of the independent member and then takes as his main themes the transition from Whigs to Liberals and from Tories to Conservatives in the period of 1830-46 which saw so much concern both with political reform and with social questions. He also examines the substantial growth of political organizations. Professor Evans goes on to deal with the paradox that though the Tory party was shattered by the corn law crisis the subsequent period to 1867 saw an increasing importance being attached to party allegiance. He also discusses the waning power of the Crown the growing importance of general elections and various areas of divergence between parties. Although the emphasis of this book is necessarily thematic a firm sense of chronology is always maintained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408159

Political Parties in the Middle East This comprehensive collection addresses the important question of political parties in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA). Written by historians political scientists and sociologists of the region the book provides a pertinent analytical framework to understand the often complex and turbulent histories of these political parties their role within the region and their prospects in the wake of the post-2011 Arab Uprisings. The authors explore a rich and varied range of case studies including Iran Turkey Palestine Egypt Lebanon and Morocco. This book examines where political parties and organizations have been crucial to shaping contemporary historical events and political contestation but also highlights their shortcomings and failures to deliver on the ambitions and hopes they had often evoked amongst their supporters. Furthermore it looks at how political parties and their activities have intersected with important issues and themes such as gender human rights international solidarity revolution and social transformation and sectarian identity. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers of political science particularly within the MENA region. It was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal of Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390966

Political Parties in the Russian Regions Since the break-up of the Soviet Union in 1991 Russia's party system has suffered a difficult and turbulent infancy. Moscow based parties have had only very limited territorial penetration and fragmentation has been one of its most significant features.Based on extensive fieldwork in three Russian regions this book examines the development of the country's party system and the role played by parties in regional politics. Using a comparative approach it scrutinises the internal structures and activities of the parties looks at their decision-making processes their everyday party life the activities of party members and the role of regional party organisations in federal and local election campaigns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362932

Political Parties in Turkey Turkey's growing international profile candidacy for the EU and persistent democracy has led to a growing interest in how that country is governed. This book provides portraits of the seven main political parties by Turkish experts who are close observers of these institutions. In addition to providing an analytical survey of Turkish politics today this volume also provides a fascinating case study on the problems of developing deep-rooted democracy conflicts between state interests amd interest groups and the evolution of party systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039206

Political Parties in Western Democracies Presents a brilliant persuasive case that American political parties so often dismissed as immature or ineffective compared with their European counterparts are in fact old and durable political organizations seriving well the needs of a pluralistic society.What chiefly distinguishes this work is the inclusion of considerable material on American partics in a comparative context to the analysis of British Scandinavian European Canadian Australian and New Zealand political parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530195

Political Parties of Eastern Europe: A Guide to Politics in the Post-communist EraA Guide to Politics in the Post-communist Era This comprehensive one-volume guide to politics in Eastern Europe provides a wealth of information on the region. The author outlines the emergent political spectrum of parties and coalitions which are described in the 20 country chapters that make up the heart of the book. Parties are classified across the political spectrum and discussed individually in terms of programs leadership and political activity. Tables at the end of each country chapter present basic political data and electoral results. A concluding essay evaluates democratic development in the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003075523

Political Parties Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 54 In this book the author proposes that parties are indispensable to modern politics and that the absence of parties suggests that a system is governed by a traditional elite which has yet to come to terms with the modern world. Without them it would be impossible to legitimize modern systems to engage the loyalty and support of the citizens. The alternative to party rule is either aristocracy or violent repression. In all systems the party widens the area from which political leaders are recruited and is thus a ‘democratising’ if not necessarily a ‘liberalising’ force. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650946

Political PartiesA Sociological Study of the Oligarchical Tendencies of Modern Democracy The principle of self-government through political parties the cornerstone of democracy has come to be regarded as a solution to the problem of nationality. This is because the principle of nationality entails the acceptance of the idea of popular government. The importance of the principle of nationality is undeniable and most of the national questions of Western Europe might be solved in accordance with this principle. Matters are complicated by geographical and strategical considerations such as the difficulty of determining natural frontiers and the frequent need to establish strategic frontiers. Moreover the principle of nationality cannot help us where nationalities barely exist or where they are entangled in inextricable confusion.The present work is a critical discussion of the problem of democracy. Michels believes that democracy as an intellectual theory and as a practical movement has entered upon a critical phase from which exit will be extremely difficult. In this book he analyzes the tendencies that oppose the realization of democracy and claims that these tendencies can be classified in three ways: dependence upon the nature of the individual; dependence upon the nature of the political structure; and dependence upon the nature of organization.This edition described by Morris Janowitz as a "classic of modern social science" and by Melvin Tumin as "the beginning of a tradition " offers a landmark study in political science. Following its original publication in 1910 the study and analysis of political parties was established as a new branch of science. Political Parties continues to be a foundation work in the literature and is a necessary addition to the libraries of contemporary political scientists sociologists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530188

Political Party Dynamics and Democracy in Sweden:Developments since the ‘Golden Age’ Sweden has often been described as a democratic forerunner with one of the world's most stable party systems and with a well-functioning parliamentary system. However the political landscape in Sweden has undergone a rapid change in recent years. The institutions of the political system – not least political parties – appear from a historical perspective to have become partly dysfunctional. The previously stable party system has become unstable. Consequently it has become more difficult to form governments and more difficult for governments to govern. The famous culture of consensus has been replaced by a harsher and more confrontational political climate; the tone in political debate has become more aggressive. During the so-called `golden age' of the party system which lasted for a few decades from the middle of the twentieth century parties could successfully mobilize broad and well-defined social interests with strong collective identities. Now other conditions apply that have dramatically changed the role of parties in the democratic process. Parties have gone from being member-based popular movements to becoming professionalized voter-orientated campaign machines. Short-sightedness and a focus on median voters mean that the established parties have become increasingly similar and populist parties have had great success in recent decades as a consequence. This volume aimed at political scientists and those interested in discussion and analysis of Swedish political party dynamics focuses on political parties in Sweden how they have changed and what the changes mean in a wider sense.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281496

Political Party Systems and Democratic Development in East and Southeast AsiaVolume II : East Asia First published in 1998 this is the second of two volumes which will be of great value to scholars and students of politics in East and Southeast Asia. A rich readable reference tool they offer extensive surveys of the history structure culture legal context and financing as well as the progress travails and prospects of political parties and electoral systems in 13 countries. The excellent introduction and the detailed country case studies demonstrate the wide range of political experiences in Asia. Rather than affirm the thesis of a common set of "Asian values" hostile to democracy they show that in much of East and Southeast Asia people want the political choice and accountability that come from free and fair electoral competition with open effective political parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332959

Political Passions and Jungian PsychologySocial and Political Activism in Analysis In this book a multidisciplinary and international selection of Jungian clinicians and academics discuss some of the most compelling issues in contemporary politics. Presented in five parts each chapter offers an in-depth and timely discussion on themes including migration climate change walls and boundaries future developments and the psyche. Taken together the book presents an account of current thinking in their psychotherapeutic community as well as the role of practitioners in working with the results of racism forced relocation colonialism and ecological damage. Ultimately this book encourages analysts scholars psychotherapists sociologists and students to actively engage in shaping current and future political socio-economic and cultural developments in this increasingly complex and challenging time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261740

Political PhenomenologyExperience Ontology Episteme In recent years phenomenology has become a resource for reflecting on political questions. While much of this discussion has primarily focused on the ways in which phenomenology can help reformulate central concepts in political theory the chapters in this volume ask in a methodological and systematic way how phenomenology can connect first-person experience with normative principles in political philosophy. The chapters are divided into three thematic sections. Part I covers the phenomenology of political experience. The chapters in this section focus on a variety of experiences that we come across in political practice. The chapters in Part II address the phenomenology of political ontology by examining the constitution of the realm of the political. Finally Part III analyzes the phenomenology of political episteme in which our political world is grounded. Political Phenomenology will be of interest to researchers working on phenomenology Continental philosophy and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193157

Political Philosophy Political philosophy perhaps even more than other branches of philosophy calls for constant renewal to reflect not just re-readings of the tradition but also the demands of current events. In this lively and readable survey Jean Hampton has created a text for our time that does justice both to the great traditions of the field and to the newest Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317331

Political Philosophy Educational Administration and Educative Leadership In this book Reynold Macpherson initiates a politically-critical theory of educative leadership as a fresh line of inquiry in the practice research and theory of educational administration and educational leadership. Divided into four parts the book introduces the sub-discipline of political philosophy to the field of educational administration management and leadership. It does this by clarifying the knowledge domain of each and identifying how four political ideologies specifically pragmatism communitarianism communicative rationalism and egalitarian liberalism have primarily informed and surreptitiously provided contestable justifications for power in the development of practice research and theory in the field of study. The book goes on to offer three case studies illustrating how political philosophy can be used to interpret how people become leaders and administrators of educational institutions and systems. Additional case studies then demonstrate how crises in governance in educational institutions and systems can be analyzed and improvements made using the tools of political philosophy. The final part uses the sub-discipline to critique the author’s decades of research into educative leadership and concludes the book by both establishing the relativity of politically-critical critique and the ideology it favours; neo-pragmatism. Political Philosophy Educational Administration and Educative Leadership will provide practitioners researchers and theorists in educational administration management and leadership with a deeper appreciation of power by formally introducing them to the assumptions limits and tools of political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291010

Political Philosophy Empathy and Political Justice In this work Matt Edge offers an innovative approach to political philosophy. He invites the reader to consider the question of political justice from an empathic perspective - if you were asked to construct a theory of justice acceptable to members of a community you were not yourself a part of how would you succeed in making your proposal acceptable? What tools would you rely on to construct such a theory and why? Equally what would make anyone qualified to write such a theory? Using empathy this remarkable natural tool human beings possess for making moral and ethical decisions and thereby placing yourself as someone on the receiving end of the very theory of justice you yourself are constructing what would you come up with? What set of alterable human structures and systems would you deem acceptable were you to find yourself in the position of a citizen living under such structures? Political Philosophy Empathy and Political Justice offers a unique and compelling account of the type of free system required to pass an empathic examination at the heart of these and related questions matters which define all human eras in the constant search for political and social justice on our diverse planet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066724

Political Philosophy and Cultural RenewalCollected Essays of Francis Graham Wilson Francis Graham Wilson was a central figure in the revival of interest in political philosophy and American political thought in the mid-twentieth century. While he is best known as a Catholic writer and conservative theorist his most significant contribution is his original interpretation of the development of American politics. Central to his thought was a process of self-interpretation by the citizenry a quest for ultimate meaning turning to a divine transcendent basis of history and shared experience. Although Wilson's writings were extensive and influential they have not been readily available for decades. Political Philosophy and Cultural Renewal brings together a coherent and representative selection of his work highlighting his concern for the common good and his belief in personal and societal restraint as an alternative to political partisanship and superficiality.Wilson's affirmation of a republican inheritance encourages contemporary students of politics to revisit the Founders' views of diffused political authority. His remarkable contribution to American political philosophy is a full-fledged theory of cultural renewal that has lost none of its relevance for contemporary political and social issues. This volume will be of interest to historians political scientists and American studies specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513297

Political Philosophy In the MomentNarratives of Freedom from Plato to Arendt Political Philosophy In the Moment uncovers the political power of narrative by both telling and explaining the stories that frame our ability to be "in the moment." In a series of eleven short stories Jim Josefson presents the history of political philosophy and Hannah Arendt’s alternative an aesthetic form of politics. In the early stories Josefson recounts how the four main traditions of political philosophy (Platonism Aristotelianism liberalism and historicism) promise truth but deny us the freedom available in reality. Then he reviews the alternative narratives offered by thinkers like Kierkegaard Nietzsche and Heidegger which influenced Arendt’s view. The final chapters chart Arendt’s route back to the Moment the freedom to read and tell a fuller story about the beauty and horrors that appear in the world. A page-turning book of short stories and a tour through the greatest works of political philosophy Political Philosophy In the Moment is as approachable comprehensible and welcoming as a fairy-tale ideally suited for students of contemporary political theory and anyone interested in political thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199166

Political Philosophy in the Twenty-First CenturyEssential Essays Moving beyond the work of Rawls and his critics this concise collection contains critical essays in contemporary political philosophy. All have been chosen for their importance and accessibility and some have been edited by their authors for inclusion in this work. Political Philosophy in the Twenty-First Century covers five main topics: equality justice liberty democracy and human rights. To assist readers the editors have also provided section introduction and study questions as well as an overall introduction explaining the background to contemporary work in political philosophy. Beginning where most other anthologies in political philosophy conclude this book can be used alone or in conjunction with any collection of historical sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813346908

Political PhilosophyFact Fiction and Vision Political philosophy is not a well-defined field. It hovers between political theory and classical philosophy. Few early political thinkers could have anticipated the most pressing political issues of our time: the need to stop global warming; the reduction of nuclear armaments; the rise of inequality between individuals and nations; and the struggle against authoritarianism particularly when it comes disguised as democracy or as socialism. Here celebrated philosopher Mario Bunge masterfully integrates socio-political theory into a philosophical exploration of power and resource distribution in the world today.Bunge contends that even recent political thinkers have generally failed to address the political underpinnings of topical issues. Environmental degradation gender and race discriminations participative democracy nationalism imperialism the North-South divide resource wars and the industrial-military complex have all largely been bypassed in political thinking. Even connections between poverty and environmental degradation and between inequality and bad health have escaped the attention of those who would call themselves political thinkers.Bunge believes that political philosophers should pay more attention to social indicators such as the standard index of income inequality and the United Nations human development index. It is pointless to write about redistributive policies unless we have a shared understanding of current wealth distribution. This is in short a modern treatise on socio-political concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855877

Political PilgrimsWestern Intellectuals in Search of the Good Society Why did so many distinguished Western Intellectuals from G.B. Shaw to J.P. Sartre and. closer to home from Edmund Wilson to Susan Sontag admire various communist systems often in their most repressive historical phases? How could Stalin's Soviet Union Mao's China or Castro's Cuba appear at one time as both successful modernizing societies and the fulfillments of the boldest dreams of social justice? Why at the same time had these intellectuals so mercilessly judged and rejected their own Western liberal cultures? What Impulses and beliefs prompted them to seek the realization of their ideals in distant poorly known lands? How do their journeys fit into long-standing Western traditions of looking for new meaning In the non-Western world?These are some of the questions Paul Hollander sought to answer In his massive study that covers much of our century. His success is attested by the fact that the phrase "political pilgrim" has become a part of intellectual discourse. Even in the post-communist era the questions raised by this book remain relevant as many Western and especially American intellectuals seek to come to terms with a world which offers few models of secular fulfillment and has tarnished the reputation of political Utopias. His new and lengthy introduction updates the pilgrimages and examines current attempts to find substitutes for the emotional and political energy that used to be invested in them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530201

Political Pluralism Disagreement and JusticeThe Case for Polycentric Democracy This book poses the question: How can we organize society in such a way that our disagreement about facts and norms works to the benefit of everyone? In response it makes the argument for polycentric democracy a political arrangement consisting of various political units that enjoy different degrees of independence.It is argued that to progress towards justice we first need to change our attitude towards reasonable disagreement. Theorists have always viewed reasonable disagreement as nuisance if not as a threat. However this work puts forward that the diversity of perspectives which underlie reasonable disagreement should be viewed as a resource to be harvested rather than a threat to be tamed. Resting on two key arguments the author proposes the idea of polycentric democracy as the most capable method of making pluralism productive. The book explores what such a political order might look like and concludes that only an institutional system which is capable of profiting from diversity such as polycentric democracy might reasonably be expected to generate an overlapping consensus. Continuing in the tradition of Karl Popper and Friedrich August von Hayek this book lies at the intersection of philosophy political economy and political theory. It will be of great interest to academics and scholars working in philosophy politics and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728892

Political Pluralism and the StateBeyond Sovereignty The concept of a sovereign nation-state is a central part in many of the debates discussing the salient issues in political science today. Yet the debate on the state is fragmented and while the sub-disciplines within political science address the various possible consequences of different processes the one thing they all share is uncertainty about the future shape and role of the state. Political Pluralism and the State is the first work in political theory to bring together IR comparative politics and political theory approaches to analyze the post-sovereign state and develop a new interpretative scheme for social and political scientists. A scheme that takes account not only of the fragmentation of the polity but also of the often ignored concurrent fragmentation of society. The book seeks to understand and interpret political pluralization as an expression of the continuous processes of cooperation and secession that define politics and legitimize institutions. It develops an alternative sovereignty-free conception of the ‘polis’ sensitive to these unavoidable processes and assesses the viability of liberal-democratic ideals in a radically pluralized world. This book will be of interest to students and scholars in philosophy politics political economy international relations sociology and other social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978836

Political PluralismA Study in Contemporary Political Theory First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822877

Political Power In Ecuador This book is a study of politics and the changing configuration of power in a developing country in which political domination during the past 155 years has almost without exception coincided with economic hegemony. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283513

Political Pressures on Educational and Social ResearchInternational perspectives  Political Pressures on Educational and Social Research draws upon a variety of theoretical and methodological approaches to consider the problems that can arise when research findings diverge from political directions for policy. Chapters explore the impacts this can have on the researchers as well as the influence it has on the research including the methodology and the publication of results. The book offers innovative ways of seeing how these connect overlap and interact revealing particular issues of concern for researchers and evaluators in the context of research internationally. Key topics include the power and positioning of research evidence based policy development ethics and the importance of research that seeks to explore and discover knowledge. The book is divided into two sections. The first presents chapters from international academics which provide a theoretical underpinning and discussion of power policy ethics and their influence on research resourcing autonomy purpose and methodology. The second section explores specific case studies and instances from the authors’ own experiences in the field. This book offers an interesting and enlightening insight into the sometimes political nature of research and will appeal to researchers evaluators and postgraduate students in the fields of education and the social sciences. It will be of particular interest to those studying research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360650

Political Principles and Indian Sovereignty Political Principles and Indian Sovereignty examines the connection between the well being of Indian people the sovereignty of Indian Nations and the democratic principles on which the United States was founded. Problems faced by Native Americans in health education and general welfare are linked to the loss of sovereignty caused by the U.S. Government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978843

Political Problems This anthology is intended to be used in Political Philosophy courses. It focuses on contemporary political problems and it is intended to be paired with any of the numerous readers which are dedicated to the history of political philosophy. History theory and political problems are the three pillars of the political philosophy course. However while the anthologies on the history of political philosophy are numerous there are relatively few sources (and even fewer single sources) that focus on contemporary political problems. This book fills that gap with the leading contemporary positions on school vouchers government support for the arts pornography same sex marriage drug legalization gun control terrorism torture capital punishment affirmative action Immigration and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457423

Political Protest and Labor Solidarity in KoreaWhite-Collar Labor Movements after Democratization (1987-1995) East Asia has undergone an intense period of economic development and accompanying social change in recent years and among the unforeseen social phenomena that have emerged are new forms of trade unions. This book analyzes the importance of such a new union movement in Korea by focusing on the promotion of social reforms by and the intensification of interunion solidarity between the white-collar movement factions. Three sectors of the white-collar movement are examined—financial hospital and research unions. In comparing their success in raising social reforms and fortifying interunion solidarity Doowon Suh considers diverse macro and micro social relations such as the structure of political opportunities organization leadership and the effects of internal labor markets. This book is an important read for those interested in industrial relations labor history and social movements in Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541930

Political Protest and Undocumented Immigrant Youth(Re-) framing Testimonio What does it mean to be a young undocumented immigrant? Current public debate on undocumented immigration provokes discussion worldwide and it is estimated that there are more than 11.1 million undocumented immigrants in the US yet what it really means to be an undocumented immigrant appears less explicitly delineated in the debate. This interdisciplinary volume applies theories from Media Cultural and Literary Studies to investigate how undocumented immigrant youth in the United States have claimed a public voice by publishing their video narratives on YouTube. Case studies show how political protest significantly shapes these videos as activists narrate and perform their ‘dispossession’ redefining their understanding of the mechanisms of immigration in the Americas and of home belonging and identity. The impact of the videos is explored as the activists connect them to Congressional bills and present their activities as a continuation of the legacy of the civil rights movements of the 1960s and 1970s. This book will be of interest to a wide range of scholars and students involved in debates on migration communication new media culture protest movements and political lobbying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378525

Political Protest in Contemporary KenyaChange and Continuities This book analyses the emergence strategies and outcomes of the struggle to embed democratic governance and constitutional order in Kenya showcasing both the power and the limits of citizen agency in the struggle to transform a postcolonial African state. Utilising data from primary interviews media and existing literature this book analyses the emergence diffusion operational strategies and outcomes of Kenyan constitutional reform struggles with a view to highlighting both the power and limits of social movement in transforming a postcolonial African state. It engages intersections of social movement and theories of democratisation to probe the production operations and outcomes of the disruptive yet creative power of the movements at the centre of the struggle to transform the Kenyan constitution. The book also appraises the "meanings" of and developments after the promulgation of the 2010 constitution with a view to illuminating the prospects for a transformative democratic political order in Kenya. This book is a useful tool in understanding the struggles specific to Kenya but also offers insights into other democratic struggles on the African continent and beyond. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of social movements and political change in Africa in general and Kenya in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280673

Political Psychology And BiopoliticsAssessing And Predicting Elite Behavior In Foreign Policy Crises The interface between psychology and politics has been an area of sustained inquiry for several decades. More recently the nexus between psychopolitical factors and international politics--linkages among biopolitics political psychology elite analysis foreign affairs and world politics--has been explored. This volume reviews and assesses the m Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283520

Political Psychology And Foreign Policy First published in 1992. One of the issues of particular interest to political psychologists centers around how foreign policy decisions are made. The psychological phenomena that political psychologists examine have to do with how individuals perceive interpret feel about an d react to their environment. The political factors have to do with the activities involved in governing or the making of public policy— that is with how the material and human resources of a collectivity are allocated. The research presented in this volume addresses 6 key questions that link psychological and political processes and the chapters are organized a round three conceptual clusters: perception studies personality studies and studies of group dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283537

Political Psychology of Turkish Political Behavior The primary motivation for this book is to focus on something crucial that is missing in Turkish political science: well-founded theories on the Turkish voter and empiricism in scholarly research. Given the absence of such theories one could ask what then the best model is for explaining a Turkish citizen’s vote choice and political behaviour and what schools of thought Turkish political science has. Unfortunately it is not possible to offer a satisfactory response to either question at this point and among the clear deficiencies in the current literature the primary one is the lack of a robust model explaining how Turkish citizens form their political attitudes engage in political participation or cast their votes. With these important questions in mind this book aims to generate an interest in the theoretical and methodological tools that one can employ to conduct research contributing to the needs of the literature particularly in political behaviour and political psychology. This book expands our understanding about the processes and the mechanisms of Turkish political behaviour and contributes to the foundations of theory building in the literature. This book was published as a special issue of Turkish Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379503

Political PsychologyNew Explorations In recent decades research in political psychology has illuminated the psychological processes underlying important political action both by ordinary citizens and by political leaders. As the world has become increasingly engaged in thinking about politics this volume reflects exciting new work by political psychologists to understand the psychological processes underlying Americans’ political thinking and action. In 13 chapters world-class scholars present new in-depth work exploring public opinion social movements attitudes toward affirmative action the behavior of political leaders the impact of the 9/11 attacks and scientists’ statements about global warming and gasoline prices. Also included are studies of attitude strength that compare the causes and consequences of various strength-related constructs. This volume will appeal to a wide range of researchers and students in political psychology and political science and may be used as a text in upper-level courses requiring a scholarly and contemporary review of major issues in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138802018

Political PsychologySituations Individuals and Cases What shapes political behavior more: the situations in which individuals find themselves or the internal psychological makeup---beliefs values and so on---of those individuals? This is perhaps the leading division within the psychological study of politics today. Political Psychology: Situations Individuals and Cases 2nd edition provides a concise readable and conceptually organized introduction to the topic of political psychology by examining this very question. Using this situationism--dispositionism framework—which roughly parallels the concerns of social and cognitive psychology—this book focuses on such key explanatory mechanisms as behaviorism obedience personality groupthink cognition affect emotion and neuroscience to explore topics ranging from voting behavior and racism to terrorism and international relations. The new edition includes a new chapter on the psychology of the media and communication. Houghton has also updated the text to analyze recent political events such as the 2012 election and to include up-and-coming research in the areas of neuroscience behavioral economics and more. Houghton's clear and engaging examples directly challenge students to place themselves in both real and hypothetical situations which involve intense moral and political dilemmas. This highly readable text will provide students with the conceptual foundation they need to make sense of the rapidly changing and increasingly important field of political psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833820

Political Public RelationsConcepts Principles and Applications The second edition of Political Public Relations offers an interdisciplinary overview of the latest theory and research in the still emerging field of political public relations. The book continues its international orientation in order to fully contextualize the field amidst the various political and communication systems today. Existing chapters have been updated and new chapters added to reflect evolving trends such as the rise of digital and social media increasing political polarization and the growth of political populism. As a singular contribution to scholarship in public relations and political communication this volume serves as an important catalyst for future theory and research. This volume is ideal for researchers and courses at the intersection of public relations political communication and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484054

Political Purpose in Trade Unions First published in 1973. In this study of trade union political activity in the period since 1945 the author demolishes much of the original rhetoric and inherited wisdom to provide an alternative insight on the entire subject of unions in politics. For his study the author has chosen to examine in detail the political interests and activities of a representative group of British unions while an extended chapter makes a comparative assessment of the American experience. This title will be of interest to scholars and students of history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327375

Political Realism And International MoralityEthics In The Nuclear Age It is always appropriate to ask whether an expedient foreign policy is morally justifiable just as it is always appropriate to ask whether a morally defensible policy is consistent with the national interest. The ongoing dialogue between morality and realpolitik gives much of foreign policy debate its characteristic bite. In this collection of essays a distinguished group of philosophers political theorists and lawyers– including Russell Hardin and Marshall Cohen–explore these contrasting themes. In essays that are at once insightful and accessible noted political thinkers examine the tension of the conflicting demands of morality and national self-interest in the context of the foundations of international order the possession and use of nuclear weapons recourse to war and the prospects for peace. A final postscript addresses the question of the responsibility of intellectuals in the national foreign policy debate. This book will appeal to scholars and students in any discipline dealing with international affairs as well as to lay readers who wish to explore the implications of taking morality and reason seriously in foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283544

Political Reason and InterestA Philosophical Legitimation of the Political Order in a Pluralistic Society This title was first published in 2000:  Politics cannot be conceived of as just a subsystem of society or as a network of particular interests. The concept of interests and their role within the normative political debate is given a new interpretation by this book which examines how political interest market mechanisms and rational choice theories exist in the light of democratic freedom and social justice. The book builds on different concepts of procedural justice from Schumpeter Buchanan and Habermas’s conceptions of democracy and the role of political compromise and coalition in the idea of consensus as a condition for political legitimation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727762

Political Reason and InterestA Philosophical Legitimation of the Political Order in a Pluralistic Society This title was first published in 2000:  Politics cannot be conceived of as just a subsystem of society or as a network of particular interests. The concept of interests and their role within the normative political debate is given a new interpretation by this book which examines how political interest market mechanisms and rational choice theories exist in the light of democratic freedom and social justice. The book builds on different concepts of procedural justice from Schumpeter Buchanan and Habermas’s conceptions of democracy and the role of political compromise and coalition in the idea of consensus as a condition for political legitimation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727816

Political Reason in the Age of IdeologyEssays in Honor of Raymond Aron A little over one hundred years after his birth and not quite twenty-five years since his death interest in the French political philosopher and sociologist Raymond Aron (1905-1983) continues to grow. Aron is now widely recognized as one of the most significant intellectual figures of the postwar period whose wide-ranging reflections played a key part in preserving liberal democracy in Europe and abroad. His sober analyses of modern society his trenchant critique of ideological politics and every form of totalitarianism and his philosophical reflections on politics and history have given powerful support to democratic liberalism throughout the western world. Aron's work combines passion and observation disinterested reflection and love of liberty in a way that is an imitable model for humane and balanced political reflection.In this stimulating collection of essays inspired by the centennial of Aron's birth a distinguished group of North American and European scholars including Pierre Manent Stanley Hoffmann Irving Louis Horowitz Liah Greenfeld Claude Lefort and Aurelian Craiutu examine four key aspects of Aron's thought and work: his educative legacy; his reflections on other philosophers and intellectuals; his distinctive approach to international relations; and the unique character of his own political reflection. The result is a masterful engagement with Aron's intellectual legacy and a thoughtful coming to terms with the political and intellectual substance of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513303

Political RebellionCauses outcomes and alternatives This volume comprises key essays by Ted Robert Gurr on the causes and consequences of organized political protest and rebellion its outcomes and strategies for conflict management. From the Castro-inspired revolutionary movements of Latin America in the 1960s to Yugoslavia’s dissolution in ethnonational wars of the 1990s and the popular revolts of the Arab Spring millions of people have risked their lives by participating in protests and rebellions. Based on half a century of theorizing and social science research this book brings together Gurr’s extensive knowledge and addresses the key questions surrounding this subject: - What grievances hopes and hatreds motivated the protesters and rebels? - What did they gain that might have offset myriad deaths and devastation? - How effective are protest movements as alternatives to rebellions and terrorism? -What public and international responses lead away from violence and toward reforms? The essays in the volume are updated and are organized around the evolving themes of the author's research including theoretical arguments interpretations and references to the evidence developed in his empirical research and case studies. The concluding essays bring theory and evidence to bear on the past and future of political violence in Africa. This book will be of much interest to student of rebellion political violence conflict studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732826

Political Reform In Francophone Africa Most African states experienced only a few fleeting years of democratic rule after independence before succumbing to authoritarianism. During the 1970s and 1980s Africans and Westerners alike came to view dictatorship to be as much a part of the region's social landscape as its grinding poverty. Yet the end of the Cold War and the sharpening of th Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317348

Political Reform in JapanLeadership Looming Large Political Reform in Japan argues that the quality of political leadership is the crucial determinant of whether parties in positions of dominance like the Liberal Democratic Party in Japan pass or reject policies such as electoral system and campaign finance reforms that could harm the party's future electoral chances. By comparing successful reform drives led by Miki Takeo Ozawa Ichiro and Koizumi Junichiro with unsuccessful reform efforts pursued by Kaifu Toshiki Miyazawa Kiichi and Kono Yonhei Alisia Gaunder forces a reconsideration of the structure versus agency debate in political science and of the conventional wisdom on Japanese politics that consensus decision-making norms and factional power balancing produce little in the way of political leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690003

Political Regimes in the Arab WorldSociety and the Exercise of Power One of the implications of Orientalism is that the Arab world as a homogenous entity is often analysed as an anomaly within the international system. This book argues that despite their differences societies across the globe ultimately construct their own history according to very similar dynamics and tensions. The methodological approach of this book using different countries within the Arab world as models offers the reader an analysis of relations between the elites and their opposition in a variety of settings. A definition of the political structure of each country is drawn from this analysis before potential future scenarios as according to country specific experts are proposed. This model provides a useful contribution to students and scholars of political science and international relations. Through providing a comparative study of the political regimes currently operating in the Arab world; their elites civil society power resources and political resistance this book illustrates that despite the image of homogeneity sometimes portrayed by the Arab world it is the multiplicity of models and heterogeneity of regimes that constitute reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109193

Political Religion and Religious PoliticsNavigating Identities in the United States Profound demographic and cultural changes in American society over the last half century have unsettled conventional understandings of the relationship between religious and political identity. The "Protestant mainline" continues to shrink in numbers as well as in cultural and political influence. The growing population of American Muslims seek both acceptance and a firmer footing within the nation’s cultural and political imagination. Debates over contraception same-sex relationships and "prosperity" preaching continue to roil the waters of American cultural politics. Perhaps most remarkably the fastest-rising religious demographic in most public opinion surveys is "none " giving rise to a new demographic that Gutterman and Murphy name "Religious Independents." Even the evangelical movement which powerfully re-entered American politics during the 1970s and 1980s and retains a strong foothold in the Republican Party has undergone generational turnover and no longer represents a monolithic political bloc. Political Religion and Religious Politics:Navigating Identities in the United States explores the multifaceted implications of these developments by examining a series of contentious issues in contemporary American politics. Gutterman and Murphy take up the controversy over the "Ground Zero Mosque " the political and legal battles over the contraception mandate in the Affordable Health Care Act and the ensuing Supreme Court Hobby Lobby decision the national response to the Great Recession and the rise in economic inequality and battles over the public school curricula seizing on these divisive challenges as opportunities to illuminate the changing role of religion in American public life. Placing the current moment into historical perspective and reflecting on the possible future of religion politics and cultural conflict in the United States Gutterman and Murphy explore the cultural and political dynamics of evolving notions of national and religious identity. They argue that questions of religion are questions of identity -- personal social and political identity -- and that they function in many of the same ways as race sex gender and ethnicity in the construction of personal meaning the fostering of solidarity with others and the conflict they can occasion in the political arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518246

Political Representation and Elections in Britain (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 12) Originally published in 1972 this edition includes expanded sections on class and voting and elites and participation in modern democracy. Many popular misconceptions - about the militancy of party activists the relations between MPs and constituents the role of TV and the fairness of the electoral system - are critically examined. Equally important is the review of representational theories from Greek to Victorian in the light of what we know today about the workings of Parliament the role of pressure groups and the mixture of rational and irrational motives in human behaviour. A range of twentieth century critiques including those of Robert Michels Joseph Schumpeter Robert Dahl and Peter Bachrach is presented. Wherever possible British experience is compared with that of the USA continental Europe or the Commonwealth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650953

Political Representation and European Union Governance This book confronts and discusses different conceptions of political representation with respect to their application to the system of multi-level governance in the European Union. Political representation is an essentially contested concept. Its meaning has evolved with the development of representative democracy at the level of the nation state and normative theories of political representation often evolved as a reflection on developing practices rather than the other way around. Since the EU is not a conventional nation state and since the effectiveness and legitimacy of classic notions of political representation at the level of the national state has also become a matter of dispute the EU has become a playground for the development of alternative or additional conceptions of democracy. The contributions to this volume evaluate these alternative conceptions with regard to both their effectiveness and their legitimacy and combine both conceptual and empirical analyses. This book was based on a special issue of  Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849999

Political Representation in IndonesiaThe Emergence of the Innovative Technocrats This book analyses the transformation of political representation in contemporary Indonesia to argue the need to better understand how political representatives use claims to engage in storytelling about themselves and the community they represent. By adopting a new approach that focuses on the cultural and performative aspects of representation and draws on a substantive evidence base of representative claims this book examines common narratives developed by Joko Widodo Tri Rismaharini Basuki Tjahaja Purnama Ridwan Kamil and Nurdin Abdullah. Through this analysis the book highlights two key foundations of their claims: technocratic focus and innovative engagement. This study considers how the ideational power generated through the representative claim-making of these leaders interacts and competes with other forms of power. Moreover the author emphasises the success of the representative claims developed by the innovative technocrats while noting the impact their emergence has had on the broader context of Indonesian politics. An empirical monograph on new and upcoming leaders in Indonesia this book will be of interest to scholars of democracy and democratisation and political change in general and Southeast Asian politics and Indonesian politics in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480308

Political Representation in Southern Europe and Latin AmericaBefore and After the Great Recession and the Commodity Crisis This collective volume - with contributions from experts on these regions - examines broader questions about the current crises (The Great Recession and The Commodity Crisis) and the associated changes in political representation in both regions. It provides a general overview of political representation studies in Southern Europe and Latin America and builds bridges between the two traditions of political representation studies affording greater understanding of developments in each region and promote future research collaboration between Southern Europe and Latin America. Finally the book addresses questions of continuity and change in patterns of political representation after the onset of the two economic crises specifically examining issues such as changes in citizens’ democratic support and trust in political representatives and institutions in-descriptive representation (in the sociodemographic profile of MPs) and in-substantive representation (in the link between voters and MPs in terms of ideological congruence and/or policy/issue orientations). This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of political elites political representation European and Latin American politics/studies and more broadly to comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022945

Political Representation in the Ancien Régime What kind of political representation existed in the Ancien Régime? Which social sectors were given a voice and how were they represented in the institutions? These are some of the issues addressed by the authors of this book from different institutional angles (monarchies and republics; parliaments and municipalities) from various European territories and finally from a connected and comparative perspective. The aim is twofold: analyse the different mechanisms of political representation before Liberalism their strengths and limitations; value the processes of oligarchisation and the possible mismatch between a libertarian model and a reality which was far from its idealised image. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335325

Political Representation in the European UnionStill democratic in times of crisis? In recent years the financial and economic crisis of 2008–9 has progressed into an equally important political and democratic crisis of the EU. These troubled times have set the framework to re-assess a number of important questions in regard to representative democracy in the EU such as the normative foundation of political representation the institutional relationship between representatives and represented the link between democracy and representation and new arenas and actors. This book examines the diverse avenues through which different sorts of actors have expressed their voices during the Euro crisis and how their various interests are translated into the decision-making process. It offers a state-of- the-art assessment of what political representation means in this context as well as a contribution to the ‘representative turn’ in democratic theory. The authors address three key themes: • The main actors and channels of political representation in the EU. • Interlocking levels of representation in the EU and the way in which national and supranational representation works. • How the European institutional system represents EU citizens through law and administration. Focusing on the importance of representation in the legitimation of democracy this book will be of interest to students and scholars of European Union politics European studies democratic theory   representation studies civil society and transnational democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683532

Political Representation in Times of BailoutEvidence from Greece and Portugal Since 2008 many European states have experienced significant challenges in adapting to austerity and political actors within these states have made significant changes in their discourses and practices. This book explores the short-term impact of the sovereign debt crisis on aspects of political representation in Greece and Portugal two of the countries that have been the most severely affected. It provides the most systematic examination to date of the attitudinal change of voters and elites regarding participation and representation and of the legitimacy of the political system in two of the bailed-out Eurozone states. By examining the congruence between elites and voters the shift in the patterns of competition and the position of both citizens and representatives on the main issues the studies contribute towards a reassessment of the validity of the responsible party model and of theories about democratic accountability. By relying on original mass and elite surveys conducted both before and after the bailouts the volume helps us understand how the EU/IMF intervention has affected partisan alignments in Greece and Portugal as well as the differences and similarities in the way political elites and civil society have adapted to severe austerity. This book was originally published as a special issue of South European Society & Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138106734

Political RepresentationRoles representatives and the represented In an ideal democracy representatives would entirely reflect citizens’ views preferences and wishes in their legislative work. However real-life democracies do not meet this ideal and citizens’ policy preferences and priorities are mirrored only inadequately. This book provides new insights on political representation. It is guided by three questions: what roles should representatives play? Who is actually or should be represented? How are the representatives (or how should they be) connected with the represented? Containing contributions from the perspectives of political theory and philosophy as well as quantitative empirical studies the volume demonstrates the need to adapt these established questions to new political realities. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of political representation and parties political theory democratic theory political philosophy and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488182

Political Repression in 19th Century Europe Originally published in 1983. The nineteenth century was a time of great economic social and political change. As Europe modernized previously ignorant and apathetic elements in the population began to demand political freedoms. There was pressure also for a freer press for the rights of assembly and association. The apprehension of the existing elites manifested itself in an intensification of often brutal form of political repression. The first part of this book summarizes on a pan-European basis the major techniques of repression such as the denial of popular franchise and press censorship. This is followed by a chronological survey of these techniques from 1815 – 1914 in each European country. The book analyzes the long and short-term importance of these events for European historical development in the 19th and 20th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200432

Political Reputation ManagementThe Strategy Myth It is widely assumed that a competitive political environment of public distrust and critical media forces political parties to manage communications and reputations strategically but is this really true? Comprehensive control of communications in a fast-moving political and media setting isoften upset by events outside the communicator’s control taking over the news agenda andchanging the political narrative.Based on interviews with leading communicators and journalists this book explores the tensions between a planned strategic communications approach and a reactive tactical one. The interviewees who over the past 15 years have been instrumental in presenting and shaping the public persona of party leaders and Prime Ministers include amongst others William Hague Ian Duncan-Smith Michael Howard David Cameron Tony Blair and Gordon Brown.It draws a unique picture of how political reputations are managed and ultimately confirms the discrepancy between what political communications management is thought to be and how communications practitioners actually operate. This book empirically reviews political communications practice in order to analyse to what degree reality matches the concepts of strategic communications management.This will be essential reading for researchers educators and advanced students in public relations communications studies and marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870553

Political ResearchAn Introduction Political Research: An Introduction has been designed to provide an excellent starting point for those new to the area of Research Methods. It assumes no prior knowledge of the subject and sets out the key issues involved in doing research in Politics. It guides students through a complex and often daunting subject by exploring the many concepts associated with the field as well as offering practical advice on research practices and information resources. Features and benefits of this textbook include: * boxed case studies in each chapter to illustrate and clarify key concepts and highlight the practical use of different research methods * a useful glossary giving easy access to definitions of key terms * a dedicated web-site containing sample material extra case studies important links and essential resources for both teachers and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203465370

Political Responsibility for Climate ChangeEthical Institutions and Fact-Sensitive Theory This book offers new perspectives on how social and political institutions can respond more effectively to climate change. Theresa Scavenius presents a concept of moral responsibility that does not address the obligations of individual citizens but instead assesses the moral responsibility of institutionalised actors such as governments parliaments and other governmental agencies. This focus on political responsibility is something that up until now has largely been neglected by moral theory but Scavenius argues in this book that accountability must be assigned to institutionalised group agents. With this new research she outlines building blocks for a new agenda of climate studies by offering an innovative approach to climate governance and democratic climate action at a time when many political initiatives have failed and crucially outlines the necessity of approaching moral dilemmas from a fact sensitive political theoretical approach. Written in a clear and engaging style this volume will be an invaluable reference for researchers interested in moral philosophy climate change environmental politics and policy and institutional theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189709

Political ReturnsIrony In Politics And Theory From Plato To The Antinuclear Movement This book presents a theory of the politics of irony and tests this theory through readings of political theory texts and through an analysis of the politics of the contemporary anti-nuclear movement and argues that political writing must be ironic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283551

Political RhetoricA Presidential Briefing Book Rhetoric is among the most important and least understood elements of presidential leadership. Presidents have always wielded rhetoric as one tool of governance—and that rhetoric was always intended to facilitate political ends such as image building persuasion of the mass public and inter-branch government persuasion. But as mass media has grown and then fragmented as the federal bureaucracy has continued to both expand and calcify and as partisanship has heightened tensions both within Congress and between Congress and the Executive rhetoric is an increasingly important element of presidential governance.Scholars have derived ways to explain how these developments and the presidents' use of rhetoric have contributed to and detracted from the health of American democracy. This briefing book offers a succinct reflection on the ways in which historical developments have encouraged the use of political rhetoric. It explores strategies of "going public" to provide some leverage over the political system and the lessons one might derive from these choices.This essential analysis written for lay readers scholars students and future presidents is the first in Transaction's innovative Presidential Briefings series. Mary E. Stuckey covers the scholarly literature with authority and offers examples of rhetoric that have lasting influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856133

Political Risk In The International Oil And Gas Industry In this book the author draws upon his training in political science and experience as an energy consultant at Atlantis Inc. It explores the conflicting interests of host and firm and discusses the way firms use political risk analyses leads us to the issue of managing political risk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283568

Political Rock Political Rock features luminary figures in rock music that have stood out not only for their performances but also for their politics. The book opens with a comparative cultural history of artists who have played important roles in social movements. Individual chapters are devoted to The Clash and Fugazi Billy Bragg Bob Dylan Rage Against the Machine Pearl Jam Sinead O'Connor Peter Gabriel Ani DiFranco Bruce Cockburn Steve Earle and Kim Gordon. These artists have been chosen for their status as rock musicians and connections to political moments movements and art. The artists and authors show that rock retains a critical strain continuing a tradition of rock politics that matters to fans activists and movements alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245631

Political Roles and Military Rulers This book represents three decades of Perlmutter's experiences and observations. The author studies the relationship between the military and politics in Middle East focusing mainly on Egypt as a case study. He concludes by analysing the effect this internal relationship has on military performance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315034898

Political Romanticism A pioneer in legal and political theory Schmitt traces the prehistory of political romanticism by examining its relationship to revolutionary and reactionary tendencies in modern European history. Both the partisans of the French Revolution and its most embittered enemies were numbered among the romantics. During the movement for German national unity at the beginning of the nineteenth century both revolutionaries and reactionaries counted themselves as romantics. According to Schmitt the use of the concept to designate opposed political positions results from the character of political romanticism: its unpredictable quality and lack of commitment to any substantive political position.The romantic person acts in such a way that his imagination can be affected. He acts insofar as he is moved. Thus an action is not a performance or something one does but rather an affect or a mood something one feels. The product of an action is not a result that can be evaluated according to moral standards but rather an emotional experience that can be judged only in aesthetic and emotive terms.These observations lead Schmitt to a profound reflection on the shortcomings of liberal politics. Apart from the liberal rule of law and its institution of an autonomous private sphere the romantic inner sanctum of purely personal experience could not exist. Without the security of the private realm the romantic imagination would be subject to unpredictable incursions. Only in a bourgeois world can the individual become both absolutely sovereign and thoroughly privatized: a master builder in the cathedral of his personality. An adequate political order cannot be maintained on such a tolerant individualism concludes Schmitt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530218

Political Science and Ideology Professor David Kettler commented at the time of initial release that this book is "writing with great poise and clarity the author says important things in a deceptively simple way about a problem of paramount significance. A fine piece of clarification blending just the right mixture of respect and impiety toward the important heroes of contemporary political science this is the kind of book I look forward to having available for our courses in political theory."Ideology though long pronounced moribund continues to play a central role in contemporary political inquiry. In this reevaluation of the true function of political science the author lays down guidelines for the construction of fruitful political interpretations in the large areas where ideological assumptions and claims cannot be adequately tested. He analyzes two representative theories of power in American society-those of the "pluralists" who affirm and the "elitists" who dispute the case for democracy-and demonstrates how personal preferences and group-oriented interests enter into the development of these concepts. Speaking to all social scientists and students engaged in the study of political processes Connolly details the methods by which the investigator-who inevitably brings his own beliefs and values to the task-can lay bare and control the ideological aspects of his own work and that of others.A critical examination of the writings of some of the leading figures in recent and contemporary political inquiry such as Karl Mannheim C. Wright Mills Robert Dahl Daniel Bell and Seymour Martin Lipset leads him to assign a decisive role for the political scientist in the creation of carefully formulated ideologies. An original mind drawing upon an exceptionally rich store of knowledge has here produced an important book which will be of immediate-and challenging-relevance to the work and studies of all scholars graduate students and majors in the field of government and to all concerned with fundamental problems in social science.William E. Connolly was Professor of Political Science at Ohio University. He has held a Horace Rackham Graduate Fellowship and has taught at the University of Michigan where he received his undergraduate and graduate training in political and social science. He is currently Krieger-Eisenhower Professor of Political Science at John Hopkins University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530225

Political Science and Political Theory First published in 1987. The key issues concepts and figures relevant to the study of political science and theory today are covered in this volume and useful suggestions for further reading are included. In political science topics range from the analysis of voting to decision making; philosophical issues from anarchism through human rights to utopianism; and the biographies deal with major thinkers such as Arendt Burke Hobbes Marx and Rousseau. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247522

Political Science in South AfricaThe Last Forty Years In 2013 and in 2014 respectively the South African Association of Political Studies (SAAPS) and Politikon (the South African Journal of Political Studies) celebrate their 40th anniversary. Also in April 2014 South Africa celebrates twenty years since the advent of the post-Apartheid democracy and the birth of the ‘rainbow nation’. This book provides a timely account of the birth and evolution of South African politics over the past four decades but also of the study of Political Science and International Relations in this country. Fourteen political scientists contribute chapters to this volume situating the study of politics within its global context and recounting the development of politics as a field of study at South African universities. The fourteen contributions evaluate the state of the discipline(s) and suggest conclusions that are surprising and in many instances unsettling not only with regards to what and how politics is taught but also how its study has variously gained and lost pertinence for South Africans’ understanding of their own polity as well as its place in the world. The implications are uncomfortable and pose interesting challenges for South African scholarship pedagogy and national self-reflection. This book was published as a special issue of Politikon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021365

Political Science in Theory and Practice: The Politics ModelThe Politics Model This text demonstrates that there is a politics model that unifies the discipline and structures its relationship to the other social sciences. It shows how this model underlies important works of applied research in all the main political science subfields. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059646

Political Science Research in Practice Nothing rings truer to those teaching political science research methods: students hate taking this course. Tackle the challenge and turn the standard research methods teaching model on its head with Political Science Research in Practice. Akan Malici and Elizabeth S. Smith engage students first with pressing political questions and then demonstrate how a researcher has gone about answering them walking them through real political science research that contributors have conducted. Through the exemplary use of a comparative case study field research interviews textual and interpretive research statistical research survey research public policy and program evaluation content analysis and field experiments each chapter introduces students to a method of empirical inquiry through a specific topic that will spark their interest and curiosity. Each chapter shows the process of developing a research question how and why a particular method was used and the rewards and challenges discovered along the way. Students can better appreciate why we need a science of politics—why methods matter—with these first-hand issue-based discussions. The second edition now includes: Two completely new chapters on field experiments and a chapter on the textual/interpretative method. New topics ranging from the Arab Spring to political torture to politically sensitive research in China to social networking and voter turnout. Revised and updated "Exercises and Discussion Questions" sections. Revised and updated "Interested to Know More" and "Recommended Resources" sections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301344

Political ScienceAn Outline For The Intending Student of Government Politics and Political Science This book originally published in 1959 makes explicit the social principles which underlie the procedures and political practice of the modern democratic state. The authors take the view that in the modern welfare state there are problems connected with the nature of law with concepts like rights justice equality property punishment responsibility and liberty and which modern philosophical techniques can illuminate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706107

Political SilenceMeanings Functions and Ambiguity The notion of ‘silence’ in Politics and International Relations has come to imply the absence of voice in political life and as such tends to be scholastically prescribed as the antithesis of political power and political agency. However from Emma Gonzáles’s three minutes of silence as part of her address at the March for Our Lives to Trump’s attempts to silence the investigation into his campaign’s alleged collusion with Russia along with the continuing revelations articulated by silence-breakers of sexual harassment it is apparent that there are multiple meanings and functions of political silence â€“ all of which intersect at the nexus of power and agency. Dingli and Cooke present a complex constellation of engagements that challenge the conceptual limitations of established approaches to silence by engaging with diverse cross-disciplinary analytical perspectives on silence and its political implications in the realms of: environmental politics diplomacy digital privacy radical politics the politics of piety commemoration international organization and international law among others. Contributors to this edited collection chart their approaches to the relationship between silence power and agency thus positing silence as a productive modality of agency. While this collection promotes intellectual and interdisciplinary synergy around critical thinking and research regarding the intersections of silence power and agency it is written for scholars in politics international relations theory international political theory critical theory and everything in between. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097353

Political Socialization Focusing on the forces underlying headlines this volume examines the processes and outcomes of political socialization-the ways in which an individual acquires the attitudes beliefs and values of the political culture from the surrounding environment and takes on a role as citizen within that political framework.Political Socialization vividly points out the contradiction currently existing between the optimism found in the traditional literature of this field and the reality of dramatic present-day incidents. This book offers a selection of papers that advance the recognized approach and set forth the new thinking on the subject. It provides a survey of both sides of this thought-provoking debate and as such remains as valid today as when it was first published in 1970.An incisive introduction by the editor defines and outlines the issues and problems involved and places the various contributions in perspective. Greenberg voices the belief that "a significant number of the young and highly educated are beginning to bring into question the legitimacy of political social and economic arrangements" and that the Vietnam War and the civil rights movement were socializing events playing as powerful a role as did the Depression for the parents of the younger generation. The debate format will provide the reader with a variety of commentary and lead them to form their own judgment on these major historical intellectual disputes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530232

Political Sociologies of the Cultural EncounterEssays on Borders Cosmopolitanism and Globalization This book offers transdisciplinary scholarship which challenges the agendas of and markers around traditional social scientific fields.  It builds on the belief that the study of major issues in the global cultural and political economies benefit from a perspective that rejects the limitations imposed by established boundaries whether disciplinary conceptual symbolic or material. Established and early career academics explore and embrace contemporary political sociology following the ‘global’ and ‘cultural’ turns of recent decades. Categories such as state civil society family migration citizenship and identity are interrogated and sometimes found to be ill-suited to the task of analyzing global complexities. The limits of global theory the challenges of global citizenship and the relationship between globalisation and situated and mobile subjects and objects are all referenced in this book. The book will be of interest to scholars of International Relations Political Science Sociology Political Sociology Social Theory Geography Area studies and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347314

Political Sociology in a Global EraAn Introduction to the State and Society Political Sociology in a Global Era provides a critical analysis of the origins nature development and transformation of the state and society historically and today examining the class nature and social basis of politics and the state in different societal settings. The book emphasizes the centrality of class relations in explaining political power and the role of the state in class-divided societies by providing powerful theoretical and empirical analyses of themes in political sociology in an era of globalization. It examines in detail the major political issues and events of our time and makes them relevant to the study of power and politics today. Some of the features of this text include: Introduces a global political sociology emphasizing the dynamics of power relations Provides a critical analysis of the role of politics and the state within the world-historical process Describes classical and contemporary theories of politics and the state Explains the origins and development of the state discussing the nature of the state its class basis and contradictions in different types of societies Considers the dynamics of the capitalist state and traces its development in Europe and the United States from the 18th century to the present Details the role of the advanced capitalist state in the global political economy at the current advanced stage of late capitalism Discusses the social movements that have been actively struggling against the capitalist state from earlier times to the present including the Arab Spring focusing on recent developments in both advanced capitalist and less-developed capitalist societies where mobilization of the masses has led to struggles against the capitalist state on a global scale Offers an original analysis of global capitalism and places it in the context of the current crisis of the global capitalist system Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051734

Political Sociology of Japanese Pacifism While Japanese pacifism is usually seen as a national policy or an ideology rooted in the provision of Article 9 of the Japanese Constitution it cannot be adequately understood without grasping Japanese social discourses on peace war and justice. The perspective of political sociology provides a more in-depth understanding of Japanese pacifism and helps us to find the reasons for the critical changes that have occurred in Japan’s policies since the mid-2000s. These changes include sending its self-defense force to Iraq and Afghanistan outside UN missions and the enactment of new security legislation in 2015. Nishikawa explores Japanese pacifism in a changing domestic and regional context from the perspective of political sociology. Getting to grips with the social bases of politics she examines whether Japan is likely to remain a pacifist country or retain its pacifist image in changing regional and global context. This book comprehensively examines Japanese pacifism by fully examining the social forces in action. Employing a multidisciplinary approach the book contributes to theoretical debates on political sociology as well as Japanese and Asian studies. Japan is in an important transitional period and Japanese pacifism is being brought into question in changing national and international contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484491

Political Space in Pre-industrial Europe Social and cultural studies are experiencing a 'spatial turn'. Micro-sites localities empires as well as virtual or imaginary spaces attract increasing attention. In most of these works space emerges as a social construct rather than a mere container. This collection examines the potential and limitations of spatial approaches for the political history of pre-industrial Europe. Adopting a broad definition of 'political' the volume concentrates on two key questions: Where did political exchange take place? How did spatial dimensions affect political life in different periods and contexts? Taken together the essays demonstrate that pre-modern Europeans made use of a much wider range of political sites than is usually assumed - not just palaces town halls and courtrooms but common fields as well as back rooms of provincial inns - and that spatial dimensions provided key variables in political life both in terms of territorial ambitions and practical governance and in the more abstract forms of patronage networks representations of power and the emerging public sphere. As such this book offers a timely and critical engagement with the 'spatial turn' from a political perspective. Focusing on the distinct constitutional environments of England and the Holy Roman Empire - one associated with early centralization and strong parliamentary powers the other with political fragmentation and absolutist tendencies - it bridges the common gaps between late medieval and early modern studies and those between historians and scholars from other disciplines. Preface commentary and a sketch of research perspectives discuss the wider implications of the essays' findings and reflect upon the value of spatial approaches for political history as a whole. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601229

Political Stakeholder MarketingWhat When Why? What is a stakeholder? Do we mean a customer a business partner legislation the financial markets – or all of these? How can we explain the rise of Donald Trump and the success of the Brexit Campaign in the UK? There has been a lot of research on the impact of voters and the media on the ability of political organizations to achieve their aims but these are not the only actors that influence political candidates and parties. Not only this but political organizations work in markets that are different to their commercial cousins on a theoretical level. In this book Robert Ormrod provides the first application of the stakeholder concept to the political marketplace. The questions he asked are not only what are the political organization’s stakeholders but also when are they stakeholders and why are they stakeholders? Political Stakeholder Marketing enriches our understanding of the fundamental differences between marketing in business and marketing in politics how these differences affect the role of stakeholders in relation to political organisations and how these differences affect how stakeholders can be categorized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724679

Political Street ArtCommunication culture and resistance in Latin America Recent global events including the ‘Arab Spring’ uprisings Occupy movements and anti-austerity protests across Europe have renewed scholarly and public interest in collective action protest strategies and activist subcultures. We know that social movements do not just contest and politicise culture they create it too. However scholars working within international politics and social movement studies have been relatively inattentive to the manifold political mediations of graffiti muralism street performance and other street art forms. Against this backdrop this book explores the evolving political role of street art in Latin America during the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. It examines the use appropriation and reconfiguration of public spaces and political opportunities through street art forms drawing on empirical work undertaken in Brazil Bolivia and Argentina. Bringing together a range of insights from social movement studies aesthetics and anthropology the book highlights some of the difficulties in theorising and understanding the complex interplay between art and political practice. It seeks to explore 'what art can do' in protest and in so doing aims to provide a useful point of reference for students and scholars interested in political communication culture and resistance. It will be of interest to students and scholars working in politics international relations political and cultural geography Latin American studies art sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384927

Political Succession in the Arab WorldConstitutions Family Loyalties and Islam Political succession is a key issue in the contemporary Middle East. In this new study the author examines the process and shows how respect for those in authority and tribal codes of loyalty have been far more influential in maintaining regimes than security institutions and political repression. The Arab world is faced by political turmoil and demands for reform. Many of the problems of the region are attributed to the form of leadership that dominates the area leadership that is authoritarian and focused on regime survival rather than political change. The book highlights the ways in which family loyalties pervade political economic and social life and how constitutions are being used to consolidate the power of ruling families in republics and monarchies. The volume explores the notion that the region’s rulers monarchic and republican are inclined to pass their power on to their sons and evaluates the use they make of family and tribal networks to maintain their power. The work sees to demonstrate that despite economic and social problems Arabs value stability and prefer an authoritarian family-based regime than government run by Islamist groups. Providing new insights into the influences on political succession in the Middle East this work will be of great interests to scholars of Middle East studies history and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850018

Political Survival and Yasukuni in Japan's Relations with China What role does the political survival of prime ministers play in Japan’s relations with China over the Yasukuni issue? Three Japanese prime ministers including Nakasone Yasuhiro Hashimoto Ryutaro and Abe Shinzo complied with China’s demands and stopped visiting the controversial Shrine in 1986 1997 and 2007 respectively. By contrast the Yasukuni controversy intensified between 2001 and 2006 when a popular Prime Minister Koizumi Junichiro was determined to pay regular homage to the Yasukuni Shrine annually. Prime Minister Abe who previously demonstrated restraint over the issue in his first term between 2006 and 2007 visited the Yasukuni unexpectedly in 2013 but not in 2014 or 2015. To explain this variation this book presents an alternative interpretation of Japan’s official responses toward China’s pressure over the Yasukuni issue between 1985 and 2015 by applying a political survival approach that highlights the domestic political legitimacy of the Japanese prime minister or the ruling party. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers of Sino-Japanese relations Japan’s foreign policy and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361510

Political Survival in PakistanBeyond Ideology Presenting a framework that incorporates macro-level forces into micro-level strategic calculations this book explains key political choices by leaders and challengers in Pakistan through the political survival mechanism. It offers an explanation for continuing polity weakness in the country and describes how political survival shapes the choices made by the leaders and challengers. Using a unique analysis that synthesizes theories of weak states quasi-states and political survival the book extends beyond rationalist accounts and the application of choice-theoretical approaches to developing countries. It challenges the focus on ideology and suggests that diverse religiously and ethnically-defined affinity groups have interests that are represented in particular ways in weak state circumstances. Extensive interviews with decision-makers and polity-participants combined with narrative accounts allow the author to examine decision-making by leaders in a state bureaucratic machinery context as well as the complex mechanisms by which dissident affinity groups may support ‘quasi-state’ options. This study can be used for comparisons in Islamic contexts and presents an interesting contribution to studies on South Asia as well as Political Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948129

Political Symbolism in Modern EuropeEssays in Honour of George L.Mosse By collectively concentrating on the theme of political symbolism in modern Europe the con-tributors to this volume have cho-sen to honor a revered teacher and colleague by developing a set of variations on one of his primary scholarly concerns. The essays deal with familiar domains in the history of European culture: reli-gion science philosophy theater popular culture and social ideologies. They attempt to focus on their individual subjects as studies of the ways in which the terms of cultural discourse have been shaped and elaborated by social position and the inherently political nature of such discourse. The essays also trace attempts to capture assent or compliance to particular world views which have had profound cultural and political consequences. Many es-says deal with the vocabularies of strategically located elites con-sciously or unconsciously shap-ing discourse to enhance their role in the Eruopean social hierar-chy. Others turn to the problem of the dynamics of symbolic recep-tion and reception by popular au-diences. A third group of thematic essays deals with case studies of world views dominated by politi-cal metaphors of group identityand differentiation which became dominant in Western Europe to-ward the end of the nineteenth century class nation sex age and race.The essays in the volume deal with: George Mosse and political symbolism; the medical model of cultural crisis in fin de siecle France; cultural uses of "fatigue" in the nineteenth century; Mar-burg neo-Kantian thought and German popular culture; the Ostjude as a cultural symbol in German anti-Semitism; the func-tion of myth and symbol in Georges Sorel; feminism and eugenics in Edwardian England; Darwinism and the working class in Germany; science and religion in early modern Europe; popular theater and socialism in fin de siecle France; political symbolism in the paintings of the German war of liberation; generational discourse in pre-World War I France; and cultural implications of national-socialist religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513327

Political Systems and the Distribution of Power Modern political anthropology began in 1940 with the first systematic comparative studies of how primitive societies maintained law and order. The focus was on government and the presence or absence of state institutions. Recently interest has shifted to the study of power to examining the manipulation of political relations and to the task of elaborating a classification of governmental systems that will throw light on the important problems for research. First published in 1965. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511308

Political Systems of East AsiaChina Korea and Japan This innovative interdisciplinary introduction to East Asian politics uses a thematic approach to describe the political development of China Japan and Koreas since the mid-nineteenth century and analyze the social cultural political and economic features of each country. Unlike standard comparative politics texts which often lack a unifying theme and employ Western conventions of the 'state' "Political Systems of East Asia" avoids these limitations and identifies a common thread running through the histories of China Korea and Japan. This common thread is Confucianism which has shaped East Asian perspectives of the universe and how it operates. The text describes and explains the ways in which each country has employed this shared tradition and how it has affected the country's internal dynamics responses to the outside world and its own political development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701677

Political Systems of Highland BurmaA Study of Kachin Social Structure The main body of the book is concerned with the theme that empirical political behaviour among the Kachin is a compromise response to the polarised political doctrines of gumsa and gumlao.. Nearly one-third of this book consists of Chapter V entitiled 'The Structural Categories of Kachin Gumsa Society'. It is concerned with the interpretation of a series of verbal concepts and their interconnections. This long chapter is placed between a relatively short account of a particular Kachin community directly observed (Chapter IV) and a series of chapters (VI VII VIII) containing secondhand ethnographic and historical evidence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136576

Political TerrorismA New Guide to Actors Authors Concepts Data Bases Theories and Literature While there is no easy way to define terrorism it may generally be viewed as a method of violence in which civilians are targeted with the objective of forcing a perceived enemy into submission by creating fear demoralization and political friction in the population under attack. At one time a marginal field of study in the social sciences terrorism is now very much in center stage. The 1970s terrorist attacks by the PLO the Provisional Irish Republican Army the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine the Japanese Red Army the Unabomber Aum Shinrikyo Timothy McVeigh the World Trade Center attacks the assault on a school in Russia and suicide bombers have all made the term "terrorism" an all-too-common part of our vocabulary.This edition of Political Terrorism was originally published in the 1980s well before some of the horrific events noted above. This monumental collection of definitions conceptual frameworks paradigmatic formulations and bibliographic sources is being reissued in paperback now as a resource for the expanding community of researchers on the subject of terrorism. This is a carefully constructed guide to one of the most urgent issues of the world today.When the first edition was originally published Choice noted "This extremely useful reference tool should be part of any serious social science collection." Chronicles of Culture called it "a tremendously comprehensive book about a subject that any who have anything to lose--from property to liberty life to limbs--should be forewarned against." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530256

Political Theologies in the Holy LandIsraeli Messianism and its Critics This book examines the role of messianism in Zionist ideology from the birth of the Zionist movement through to the present. Is shows how messianism is not just a religious or philosophical term but a very tangible political practice and theology which has shaped Israeli identity. The author explores key issues such as: the current presence of messianism in the Israeli public sphere and the debates with jewish settlers in the occupied territories after the 1967 war the difference between transcendental messianism and promethean messianism the disparity between the political ideology and political practice in the history of Israel the evolution of the messianic idea in the actions of David Ben-Gurion the debate between Martin Buber Gershom Scholem Isaiah Leibowitz J. L. Talmon and other intellectual figures with Ben-Gurion the implications of political theology and the presence of messianic ideas in Israeli politics As the first book to examine the messianism in Israeli debate since the creation of the Israeli state it will be particularly relevant for students and scholars of Political Science modern intellectual history Israel studies Judaism and messianism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850025

Political Theorists in Context NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913417

Political Theory and Community Building in Post-Soviet Russia This book revisits many aspects of current social science theories such as actor-network theory and the French school of science and technology studies to test how the theories apply in a specific situation in this case after 1991 in the city of Cherepovets in Russia home of Russia’s second biggest steel producer Severstal. Using political philosophy to analyse the down-to-earth details of the real techno-scientific problems facing the world  the book examines the role of things - and urban infrastructure in particular - in political change. It considers how the city’s infrastructure including housing ICT networks the provision of public utilities of all kinds has been transformed in recent years; examines the roles of different actors including the municipal authorities and explores citizens’ differing and sometimes contradictory images of their city. It includes a great deal of new thinking on how communities are built how common action is initiated to provide public goods and how the goods themselves - physical things – are a crucial driver of community action and community building arguably more so than more abstract social and human forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995017

Political Theory and Global Climate ActionRecasting the Public Sphere From around the world cities and regions civil society networks and businesses nongovernmental organizations and institutions for research and learning and many others are taking action on climate change. The role of these nonstate and substate actors is increasingly being recognized in the new facilitative climate regime. Political theory to date has been surprisingly silent about the scale and prospects of these actions for low-carbon climate-resilient and sustainable transformations. Idil Boran argues provocatively for the need for a widened scope of vision one that has a broader public life of climate action at its centre. While acknowledging the role of the state and the multilateral process Boran maintains that social transformation is as deeply and more continuously influenced by the engagement of a wide range of actors below and above the state whose actions are often locally anchored and inescapably interwoven across borders.Bringing concepts of the public sphere from political theory into contact with leading scholarship on transnational climate governance Political Theory and Global Climate Action launches an exploration sensitive to changing patterns of practice focused on diversity of actors driven to explore historically contingent conditions of possibility and responsive to questions of equity and justice in the context of transformations. The result is a repositioning of political thought on climate change engaging political philosophers scholars of politics and governance and drivers of climate action worldwide at nonstate and substate levels interested in the social and political meaning of their engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733155

Political Theory and the Enlarged Mentality In this book Stephen Acreman follows the development and reception of a hitherto under-analyzed concept central to modern and postmodern political theory: the Kantian ein erweiterte Denkungsart or enlarged mentality. While the enlarged mentality plays a major role in a number of key texts underpinning contemporary democratic theory including works by Arendt Gadamer Habermas and Lyotard this is the first in-depth study of the concept encompassing and bringing together its full range of expressions. A number of attempts to place the enlarged mentality at the service of particular ideals–the politics of empathy of consensus of agonistic contest or of moral righteousness–are challenged and redirected. In its exploration of the enlarged mentality the book asks what it means to assume a properly political stance and in giving as the answer ‘facing reality together’ it uncovers a political theory attentive to the facts and events that concern us and uniquely well suited to the ecological politics of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372774

Political Theory and the EnvironmentA Reassessment This collection offers a sympathetic but critical perspective on contemporary ecological political theory and gives proposals for a reorientation of some of its key aspects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038940

Political Theory and the European Union As the most developed political organisation beyond the state the EU has been regarded by many political theorists as indicative of a major shift towards post- and supranational forms of global governance as well as offering a model for how such new political forms might be organised. However as a growing number of political theorists have engaged more closely with the specifics of European integration and the operations of its institutions these idealisations have largely fallen away. The process of European integration has been less straightforward and far more contested than has been often assumed while the peculiar nature of the European political community and the uniquely complex organisation of its institutions have presented intriguing challenges to the core categories with which political theory operates. These concepts which have been developed over the last centuries with the nation-state in mind as the primary example of modern political organization cannot be applied wholesale to the EU. Concepts such as legitimacy sovereignty democracy identity citizenship constitutionalism representation solidarity etc. must be reassessed if they are to be useful for understanding and normatively scrutinising this political entity. This volume brings together some of the most important scholarly contributions over the last decades that have sought to contribute towards developing a political theory of the EU as an idiosyncratic political organisation. These contributions raise issues not only about the feasibility of attempts to construct political forms beyond the nation state but also the extent to which they may be desirable. A mixed picture emerges from the state of the art: one that emphasises the existence and importance of continuities with the past in the development of international institutions on the one hand and conceptual and practical innovations that point towards the need to break with the familiar on the other.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472428646

Political Theory and the European UnionLegitimacy Constitutional Choice and Citizenship The contributors to this book examine the issues of constitutional choice that face the governments and citizens of today's Europe. Divided into three sections this study addresses: questions of political legitimacy and the meaning of democratic deficit in the EU; the reality of what institutional reforms and decision making processes are possible; and the rights of citizenship and values that should be protected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978881

Political Theory In Transition During the past two decades there has been increasing dissatisfaction with established political categories on the grounds that they no longer fit many of the facts of contemporary life or adequately express many contemporary political ideals. Political Theory in Transition explores the principal reasons for this dissatisfaction and outlines some of the most influential responses to it.Key features of this textbook:* covers many of the important areas in political theory including: Communitarianism; Identity; Feminism; Liberalism; Citizenship; Democracy; Power; Authority; Legitimacy; Nationalism; Globalization; and the Environment* includes chapters written by some of the foremost authorities in the field of political theory* divided into four useful sections beginning with the concept of the individual and progressing to beyond the nation-state. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203502143

Political Thinking Political Theory and Civil Society This comprehensive overview of the Western tradition of political thought approaches concepts with the aim of helping readers develop their own political thinking and critical thinking skills. This text is uniquely organized around the theme of civil society — what is the nature of a civil society? why is it important? — that will engage students and help make the material relevant. Major thinkers discussed in the text are explored not only with the goal of understanding their views but also with an interest in understanding the relationship of their ideas to the notion of a civil society. DeLue and Dale contend that a civil society is important for securing the way of life that most of us value and want to preserve a way of life that allows people to live freely and place significance on their own lives. New to the Fourth Edition Connects traditional political theory to contemporary challenges to civil society including new coverage of US electoral politics the Black Lives Matter movement Citizens United and Robert Putnam’s view of the decline of social support systems. Updates the coverage of feminism and feminist thinkers including coverage of gay marriage in the context of civil society. Expands coverage of global civil society especially in terms of contemporary challenges posed by ISIS the failure of the Arab Spring and ongoing humanitarian crises in Syria Iran and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643611

Political Thought and Political HistoryStudies in Memory of Elie Kedourie This volume is limited to contributions by Professor Kedourie's previous students. It reveals the far-reaching range of his interests and the immense expanse of his horizons. The first part deals with philosophy political thought and ideology and the second with history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978898

Political Thought and the Tudor CommonwealthDeep Structure Discourse and Disguise Shining new light onto an historically pivotal time this book re-examines the Tudor commonwealth from a socio-political perspective and looks at its links to its own past. Each essay in this collection addresses a different aspect of the intellectual and cultural climate of the time going beyond the politics of state into the underlying thought and tradition that shaped Tudor policy. Placing security and economics at the centre of debate the key issues are considered in the context of medieval precedence and the wider European picture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009318

Political Thought in Ireland Since the Seventeenth Century These pioneering essays provide a unique study of the development of political ideas in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. The book breaks away from the traditional emphasis in Irish historiography on the nationalism/unionism debate to focus instead on previously neglected areas such as the role of the Scottish Enlightenment and early Irish socialism and conservatism. A wide range of original primary sources are used from pamphlets to journalism devotional tracts to poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009035

Political Thought in IslamA Study in Intellectual Boundaries This book is a study of political thought in Islam from the viewpoint of the history of ideas and the relevance of these ideas to contemporary Arabic political discourse. The author examines the use of the classical Islamic tradition (turath) and its religious and philosophical components by the three dominant Arabic political discourses: the Islamists apologists and intellectuals. The book analyzes the different assumptions advanced by these discourses and the way they propose to apply or restore the turath in the present. Exploring connections between the medieval Islamic tradition and current debates this book is essential reading for advanced students and researchers of Islam and political thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203479285

Political Thought of Hume and His ContemporariesEnlightenment Projects Intended for scholars in the fields of political theory and the history of political thought this two-volume examines David Hume's Political Thought (1711-1776) and that of his contemporaries including Smith Blackstone Burke and Robertson.   This book is unified by its temporal focus on the middle and later decades of the eighteenth century and hence on what is usually taken to be the core period of the Enlightenment a somewhat problematic term.    Covering topics such as property contract and resistance theory religious establishments the law of nations the balance of power demography and the role of unintended consequences in social life Frederick G. Whelan convincingly conveys the diversity--and creativity--of the intellectual engagements of even a limited set of Enlightenment thinkers in contrast to dismissive attitudes in some quarters toward the Enlightenment and its supposed unitary project.  Political Thought of Hume and his Contemporaries: Enlightenment Projects Vol. 1 contains six in-depth studies of issues in eighteenth-century political thought with an emphasis on topics in normative theory such as property rights the social contract resistance to oppressive government and religious liberty. The central figure is David Hume with substantial attention to Edmund Burke Adam Smith and others in the period. The introduction situates the studies in the Enlightenment and considers interpretations of that movement. Political Thought of Hume and his Contemporaries: Enlightenment Projects Vol. 2 contains six in-depth studies of eighteenth-century political thought including both normative issues and examples of Enlightenment social science including international relations and law the problem of double standards political economy demography and the causes of imperial decline. The central figure is David Hume with substantial attention to William Robertson Adam Smith Montesquieu Malthus and others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833333

Political Thought of Hume and his ContemporariesEnlightenment Projects Vol. 1 Intended for scholars in the fields of political theory and the history of political thought this two-volume examines David Hume's Political Thought (1711-1776) and that of his contemporaries including Smith Blackstone Burke and Robertson.  This book is unified by its temporal focus on the middle and later decades of the eighteenth century and hence on what is usually taken to be the core period of the Enlightenment a somewhat problematic term.    Covering topics such as property contract and resistance theory religious establishments the law of nations the balance of power demography and the role of unintended consequences in social life Frederick G. Whelan convincingly conveys the diversity--and creativity--of the intellectual engagements of even a limited set of Enlightenment thinkers in contrast to dismissive attitudes in some quarters toward the Enlightenment and its supposed unitary project.  Political Thought of Hume and his Contemporaries: Enlightenment Projects Vol. 1 contains six in-depth studies of issues in eighteenth-century political thought with an emphasis on topics in normative theory such as property rights the social contract resistance to oppressive government and religious liberty. The central figure is David Hume with substantial attention to Edmund Burke Adam Smith and others in the period. The introduction situates the studies in the Enlightenment and considers interpretations of that movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821613

Political Thought of Hume and his ContemporariesEnlightenment Projects Vol. 2 Intended for scholars in the fields of political theory and the history of political thought this two-volume examines David Hume's Political Thought (1711-1776) and that of his contemporaries including Smith Blackstone Burke and Robertson.  This book is unified by its temporal focus on the middle and later decades of the eighteenth century and hence on what is usually taken to be the core period of the Enlightenment a somewhat problematic term.    Covering topics such as property contract and resistance theory religious establishments the law of nations the balance of power demography and the role of unintended consequences in social life Frederick G. Whelan convincingly conveys the diversity--and creativity--of the intellectual engagements of even a limited set of Enlightenment thinkers in contrast to dismissive attitudes in some quarters toward the Enlightenment and its supposed unitary project.  Political Thought of Hume and his Contemporaries: Enlightenment Projects Vol. 2 contains six in-depth studies of eighteenth-century political thought including both normative issues and examples of Enlightenment social science including international relations and law the problem of double standards political economy demography and the causes of imperial decline. The central figure is David Hume with substantial attention to William Robertson Adam Smith Montesquieu Malthus and others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821637

Political Tolerance in the Global SouthImages of India Pakistan and Uganda What makes people agree to the extension of political rights to those they clearly dislike? This book moves beyond the extensive research on this question in western contexts to focus on the global south offering unique empirical studies of political tolerance in plural societies where poverty is prevalent and democratic institutions can often be fragile. Based on extensive data gathered in India Pakistan and Uganda this volume offers an account of the factors that shape the foundations of a society and its capacity to be democratic but where the need for the protection of human rights is great and where the state is either weak or even constitutes a counter-force against the rights of individuals and groups. Combining large scale survey data with in-depth interviews in each national setting the author exemplifies the great variation of factors which are related to political tolerance shedding light on the fundamental patterns existing in the organization of state-society relations and the ways in which they produce certain results owing to the manner in which the forces of modernization operate. A broad and empirically informed study of what shapes the foundations of a democratic society in modernizing nations Political Tolerance in the Global South will appeal to scholars of sociology and political science with interests in democracy human rights diversity and tolerance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366935

Political Torture in Popular CultureThe Role of Representations in the Post-9/11 Torture Debate Political Torture in Popular Culture argues that the literary filmic and popular cultural representation of political torture has been one of the defining dimensions of the torture debate that has taken place in the course of the post-9/11 global war on terrorism. The book argues that cultural representations provide a vital arena in which political meaning is generated negotiated and contested.Adams explores whether liberal democracies can ever legitimately perpetrate torture contrasting assertions that torture can function as a legitimate counterterrorism measure with human rights-based arguments that torture is never morally permissible. He examines the philosophical foundations of pro- and anti-torture positions looking at their manifestations in a range of literary filmic and popular cultural texts and assesses the material effects of these representations. Literary novels televisual texts films and critical theoretical discourse are all covered focusing on the ways that aesthetic and textual strategies are mobilised to create specific political effects.This book is the first sustained analysis of the torture debate and the role that cultural narratives and representations play within it. It will be of great use to scholars interested in the emerging canon of post-9/11 cultural texts about torture as well as scholars and students working in politics history geography human rights international relations and terrorism studies literary studies cultural studies and film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876586

Political Transformation and National Identity ChangeComparative Perspectives The major socio-political changes of the last decades have led to changing ways of being national changes in the content of national identity if not in the national categories themselves. This comparative social scientific volume takes examples of transitions to democracy (East Europe Spain) to peace (South Africa Israel Northern Ireland) and to territorial decentralization (the United Kingdom France Spain) showing in each case how socio-political change and identity change have interlocked. It defines a typology of national identity shift tracing the changing state forms which provoke national identity shift and analyzing the process of identity change its motivations and legitimations. Collecting together a wide range of examples from South Africa to the Czech Republic from the Basque Country to the Mexican and Irish borders; the book brings together an interdisciplinary group of scholars from world figures in the study of globalization and social identity to young researchers to provide a much needed theoretical clarification and empirical evidence of types of national identity shift. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978904

Political Transformations in NepalDalit Inequality and Social Justice This book offers an in-depth analysis of the interrelationship between long-standing caste discrimination in Nepal its vicious circle of impact upon the Dalit groups and the changes brought by the recent political transformations. It explores the links between identity politics Dalit struggle and Dalit rights although Dalit identity is contested within the group. The author explores the types of institutional measures that would be required to achieve social justice for Dalit in Nepal and analyses the underlying causes and nature of the deeply entrenched social economic education and political inequality manifested in the life cycle of Dalit. The book examines contemporary political transformations including state restructuring and federalism processes and explores different models of federalism by a variety of experts in detail; this is done with a view to making specific findings on the required institutional reform measures for the improvement of Dalit inclusion and representation in state mechanisms and policies. This book contributes to the literature on the caste and Dalit discourse by proposing that the hegemonic caste structure is deeply entrenched and needs to be deracinated by asserting unified group politics of recognition in Nepal. Political Transformations in Nepal will be of interest to academics working on South Asian Politics Identity Politics and Asian Social Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660666

Political Transition and Development Imperatives in India This volume explores the transition from colonial to constitutional rule in India and the various configurations of power and legitimacies that emerged from it. It focuses on the developmental structures and paradigms that provided the circumstances for this transition and the establishment of the post-colonial state. Different articles interrogate the idea of liberal constitutionalism the spaces it provides for rights and claims the assumptions it makes about citizenship and its attendant duties and the assumptions it further makes about what it can or has to become in the particular situation of India. The book locates these questions in the reconfiguration of society power and the economy since the shift in the identity of the state after Independence and deals with issues of constitution-making in a historical and political setting and its outcomes especially the centrality of law and legalisms in shaping civil society. With a companion volume on the transition to a constitutional form of governance and the consequent moulding of the citizens this book emphasises continuity and change in the context of the movement from the colonial to the constitutional order. It will be of interest to those in politics history South Asian studies policy studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662513

Political Transition and Inclusive Development in MalawiThe democratic dividend Malawi is among the few countries in sub-Saharan Africa that has witnessed significant improvements in relation to meeting the Millennium Development Goal (MDG) targets. It exhibits some of the main challenges facing African democracies while they attempt to consolidate the benefits of democratisation. Political Transition and Inclusive Development in Malawi critically analyses opportunities and constraints related to the impact of democracy on development in one of the world’s poorest countries. The book explores how and to what extent processes related to democratic and economic governance can be strengthened in order to make political and administrative authorities more responsive to development needs. It also considers characteristics of successful implementation of public policy and the effective and timely delivery of basic services in local contexts; increased citizen participation and dialogue with local government authorities; factors that enable civil society organisations to hold political and administrative officials to account; and better utilisation of academic research for improved evidence-based policy formulation and implementation. This volume will be of great interest to scholars in development studies African studies politics law and anthropology as well as policymakers and those interested in democracy governance human rights and the implementation of anti-poverty programmes development administration and decentralisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359289

Political Transition in Cambodia 1991-99Power Elitism and Democracy This book illustrates the limits to the 1990s UNTAC peacekeeping intervention in Cambodia and raises a critical challenge to the assumptions underpinning key tenets of the 'Liberal Project' as a mechanism for resolving complex severe struggles for elite political power in developing countries.The book highlights the limitations of externally imposed power-sharing. In the case of Cambodia the imagined effect was a coalition that would share power democratically. However this approach was appropriate only for resolving the superpower conflict that had created Cambodia's war. Rather than bringing long-term peace to Cambodia Roberts argues it created the temporary illusion of a democratic system that in fact recreated the military conflict and housed it in a superficial coalition.The book challenges assumptions regarding the inevitability of the globalization of liberalism as a means of ordering non-western societies. It explains the failure of democratic transition in terms of the impropriety and weakness of the plan which preceded it and in terms of the elite's traditional reliance on absolutism and resistance to the concept of 'Opposition'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315028736

Political Trials in Ancient Greece (Routledge Revivals) During the inspired years of the Athenian empire through the tragedy of its collapse to the more prosaic era that followed most of the great names in Athenian history were involved in the procedures of criminal law. Political Trials in Ancient Greece first published in 1990 explores the relationships between historical process constitution law political machinations and foreign policy concentrating on fifth and fourth century Athens and on Macedonia. These trials contribute significant details to our knowledge of such towering figures as Aeschylus Pericles Thucydides Alcibiades Socrates Demosthenes and Aristotle as well as a diverse collection of Macedonian defendants. The jurisdiction of the Areopagus trials of communities and the personal jurisdiction of the Macedonian king are also examined. Richard Bauman’s original account broadens our understanding of Greek legal institutions and of the ancient Greek approach to the law as well as the general ethos of Athenian and Macedonian society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749619

Political TrialsGordian Knots in the Law Political trials take issues of responsibility conscience representation and legitimacy which are tied in tight political and legal knots and force us to face questions about our public identity our standards for public policy and our sense of history. Ron Christenson explores how political trials especially those within the rule of law engage society's conflicting values and loyalties. He examines numerous political trials throughout history bringing into question basic foundations of law politics and society. Christenson classifies political trials according to the issues they generate in the political sphere: partisan trials are spurious legal proceedings but politically expedient; trials of corruption and insanity raise questions of public and personal responsibility; trials of dissenters involve problems of conscience; trials of nationalists highlight the nature of representation and the relationship of the part to the whole; and trials of regimes engage the most fundamental concept of both law and politics--legitimacy. Political Trials brings these considerations to bear on some of the best-known cases in history including the Gunpowder Plot; the Spanish Inquisition; the Dreyfus affair; the Nuremburg trials; trials of dissenters such as Socrates Thomas More Roger Williams and the Berrigan brothers; and trials of nationalists such as Joan of Arc Gandhi Knut Hamsun and the Irish republicans. Since the first edition appeared a number of notable political trials have raised critical issues for society. Shocking public exposures about the Guildford 4 and Maguire 7 trials shook the British criminal justice establishment while in the United States trials concerning the beating of Rodney King led up to the O.J. Simpson spectacle and a host of parallel questions. The trials of right-wing terrorists such as Paul Hill found guilty of murdering an abortion doctor and Timothy McVeigh convicted of the Oklahoma City federal building bombing parallel the case of left-wing dissenter Karl Armstrong in the 1970s. Finally the South African Truth and Reconciliation Committee provides a test case of whether a nation can not only remember but grant amnesty and achieve true reconciliation. In examining the dilemmas involved in these trials Christenson shows how they make a positive contribution to an open and democratic society. Political Trials will be an important addition to the libraries of historians legal scholars and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530263

Political Trust and the Politics of Security EngagementChina and the European Union in Africa The EU and China are often characterised as parties whose bilateral political differences still remain too large to bridge so that they have failed to convert rhetorical promises into tangible results of cooperation particularly with regards to the field of international security. Yet in terms of their bilateral interaction on security risk management in Africa; EU and Chinese naval officers jointly brought down the number of successful Somali pirate attacks in the Gulf of Aden and to a lesser extent were jointly involved in seeking a resolution to the lingering conflict in Darfur.This book asks how we can make sense as a whole of this relatively sudden shift in regards to the dealings between their respective officials on the topic of security risk management. It argues that the outcomes of Sino-European bilateral dealings on this topic are above all determined by the ability/inability of these officials to build political trust as a complex and cognitive social phenomenon. Consequently the book applies an innovative conceptual framework on political trust to explain why EU and Chinese officials bridged their ‘endemic’ political differences to practically cooperate on Somali piracy but were unable to do so when it came to their interaction on Darfur. To conclude it examines the longer term impact of this bilateral trust-building process by covering more recent examples of bilateral engagement in Libya and Mali and aims to show that although this trust-building process may be case specific ramifications may go beyond the realm of their bilateral dealings on security matters in Africa to impact wider issues of international security. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of African and Chinese politics EU politics security and maritime studies and more broadly of international relations and to governmental actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888893

Political TV This book serves as an accessible critical introduction to the broad category of American political television content. Encompassing political news and scripted entertainment Political TV addresses a range of formats including interview/news programs political satire fake news drama and reality TV. From long-running programs like Meet the Press to more recent offerings including Veep The Daily Show House of Cards Last Week Tonight and Scandal Tryon addresses ongoing debates about the role of television in representing issues and ideas relevant to American politics. Exploring political TV’s construction of concepts of citizenship and national identity the status of political TV in a post-network era and advertisements in politics Political TV offers an engaging timely analysis of how this format engages its audience in the political scene. The book also includes a videography of key and historical series discussion questions and a bibliography for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840003

Political Uses of the PastThe Recent Mediterranean Experiences This work addresses political and historiographical uses of history. A group of leading historians and thinkers discuss questions of collective identity and representation in relation to the fluctuating concept of "Past" and its changing relevance. Among the topics are Greek historiographical questions Balkan history the Armenian problem and the Plaestine historical narrative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040141

Political VictoryThe Elusive Prize of Military Wars Success in war has always been difficult to measure. What is judged successful by military leaders may not be judged so by political leadership nor by the wider public at least in a Western-style democracy. The public is generally inclined to applaud military victory but it instinctively reserves the right to ask afterwards: Was it really worth it? In Political Victory Brian Crozier looks at modern wars involving democracies to evaluate victory and defeat by the success or failure of political outcomes.Crozier begins with the two world wars where in both cases the German aggressor was defeated by three key democracies: the United States the United Kingdom and France. In World War I military victory was squandered by treaty terms that led to the advent of Hitler and Nazism. By contrast the total defeat of Nazism in 1945 left the Western Allies in charge of some two-thirds of Germany's population thus enabling the victors to convert the vanquished to democracy. Crozier also deals with the break up of empires following World War II comparing how Britain avoided full-scale war in contrast with France's violent confrontations in Southeast Asia and Algeria.America's involvement in Vietnam is analyzed in the wider context of the Cold War and the mounting challenge of international communism to Western democracies. His assessment stresses the lack of popularity in America for the idea of democratizing a region to which the U.S. has no historical or sentimental attachment. Among the smaller conflicts considered in this volume are the Suez crisis of 1956 the Falkland Island war between Britain and Argentina and the fateful Soviet involvement in Afghanistan that helped bring about the collapse of the Soviet system. Crozier concludes with analyses of the 1991 Gulf War and the Western intervention in the former Yugoslavia.Crozier's final chapters focus on looming threats around the world with particular emphasis on international terrorism and the challenge of radical Islam. Both historical and timely Political Victory will be of interest to military historians political scientists and foreign affairs specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513341

Political Violence Crises and Revolutions (Routledge Revivals)Theories and Research First published in 1983 this extraordinary study provides a comprehensive systematic evaluation of cross-national theorizing and quantitative empirical evidence on four interrelated phenomena: Political violence Crises Military Coups D’ État Revolutions. Findings from social-psychological research on aggression are integrated in this outstanding study as well as results reported in social-historical studies of revolution. The focus of the book is always on analytical perspectives and corresponding empirical evidence. The author continually highlights the sociostructural and political conditions of political violence crises and revolutions. This exceptionally detailed and systematic inventory of theories and research on a classic triad of political science (political violence crises and revolutions) also includes a remarkable bibliography encompassing over 3000 items. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687973

Political Violence and Kurds in TurkeyFragmentations Mobilizations Participations & Repertoires The Kurdish conflict is an acknowledged long-standing issue in the Middle East and the emergence of radical Kurdish nationalist movements in the 20th century played a decisive role in the evolution of political violence. Political Violence and Kurds in Turkey examines how this political violence impacts Kurds in contemporary Turkey and explores the circumstances that move human beings to violent acts. It looks at the forms political violence takes and in which times and spaces it occurs as well as the roles played by micro and macro factors. It takes a theoretical approach to violence as both producer and product of interrelations between many actors and contextualises this with studies of violence in Kurdish villages and towns. The book evaluates the three levels at which political violence operates; between the state and Kurdish movements among Kurdish groups and between Kurdish political organizations and Kurdish society and divides it into its different aspects and processes; fragmentation-segmentation (signifying intra-ethnic struggles between Kurdish actors) mobilization (the course leading the Kurdish movement to armed conflict) participation (the use of violence by individuals) and repertoires (the forms taken by political violence). Offering an in-depth analysis of the dynamics behind political violence and its use amongst Kurds in Turkey this book will be a key resource for students and scholars of Middle Eastern Kurdish Studies and Conflict Studies and offers new understanding and approaches to the study of political violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245344

Political Violence and the ImaginationComplicity Memory and Resistance Using a variety of theoretical reflections and empirically grounded case studies this book examines how certain kinds of imagination – political artistic historical philosophical – help us tackle the challenge of comprehending and responding to various forms of political violence. Understanding political violence is a complex task which involves a variety of operations from examining the social macro-structures within which actors engage in violence to investigating the motives and drives of individual perpetrators. This book focuses on the faculty of imagination and its role in facilitating our normative and critical engagement with political violence. It interrogates how the imagination can help us deal with past as well as ongoing instances of political violence. Several questions which have thus far received too little attention from political theorists motivate this project: Can certain forms of imagination – artistic historical philosophical – help us tackle the challenge of comprehending and responding to unprecedented forms of violence? What is the ethical and political value of artworks depicting human rights violations in the aftermath of conflicts? What about the use of thought experiments in justifying policy measures with regard to violence? What forms of political imagination can foster solidarity and catalyse political action? This book opens up a forum for an inclusive and reflexive debate on the role that the imagination can play in unpacking complex issues of political violence. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of the journal Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367515171

Political Violence and the Palestinian FamilyImplications for Mental Health and Well-Being What has political occupation done to Palestinian family life in the West Bank Jerusalem and the Gaza Strip?A psychological study of family members affected by unrest Political Violence and the Palestinian Family: Implications for Mental Health and Well-Being examines families living in the midst of the conflict in the Middle East to help mental health professionals social scientists counselors and students in these fields create appropriate intervention methods and provide relevant and effective services. Discussing coping social support ideology and the sociopolitical conditions of Palestinian families this comprehensive guide is the first book that specifically focuses on Palestinians. Political Violence and the Palestinian Family combines quantitative and qualitative research to clarify the sociological and psychological impacts upon Palestinian family life in the wake of the Intifada (the Palestinian uprising against Israeli occupation). This book depicts the human cost of Israeli occupation on this population and the failure of the Palestinian Authority to ameliorate the effects of violence on this society.Political Violence and the Palestinian Family discusses: political victimization and how it affects families the psychiatric symptomatology of Palestinians the psychological and somatic sequelae of political trauma techniques for successful sessions with Palestinian clients appraisal and coping techniques the values and beliefs of PalestiniansPolitical Violence and the Palestinian Family: Implications for Mental Health and Well-Being will help mental health professionals social scientists counselors and students create appropriate intervention methods and provide relevant and effective services to Palestinian clients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786322

Political Violence in Egypt 1910-1925Secret Societies Plots and Assassinations The murder of the Prime Minister Butrus Ghali in February 1910 was the first incident of its kind to take place in Egypt for over a century and it reflected the mood of Egypt's youth at the time. It also set a precedent as some of the more extreme elements of the population henceforth came to regard assassination as the only way to rid the country of those who were regarded as 'traitors' and as the most potent expression of political dissatisfaction and dissent. This study is an account of the circumstances that led to the violence and an attempt to understand the mood and motives that provoked it.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978911

Political Violence in South Asia Political violence has remained an integral part of South Asian society for decades. The region has witnessed and continued to encounter violence for achieving political objectives from above and from below. Violence is perpetrated by the state by non-state actors and used by the citizens as a form of resistance. Ethnic insurgency religion-inspired extremism and ideology-driven hostility are examples of violent acts that have emerged as challenges to the states which have responded with violence in the form of civil war and through violations of human rights disregarding international norms. This book explores various dimensions of political violence in South Asia namely in Bangladesh India Nepal Pakistan and Sri Lanka. Each chapter either speaks to an important aspect of the political violence or provides an overall picture of the nature and scope of political violence in the respective country. Political violence is understood in the larger sense of political that is above and beyond institutions and also as an integral part of social relationships where social norms and the role of individual agency play seminal roles. The contributions in this book incorporate both institutional and non-institutional dimensions of political violence. Exploring how everyday life in South Asian states and societies is transformed by the engagement with violence through direct and indirect methods this book adopts an interdisciplinary framework; diverse methods are employed – from ethnographic readings to more macro level analyses. The phenomenon is explored from historical sociological and political perspectives. This book will be useful as a supplementary text in courses on South Asian Studies in general and South Asian Politics in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360469

Political WomenThe Women's Movement Political Institutions the Battle for Women's Suffrage and the ERA Under what conditions are political elites responsive to social movements and when do social movements gain access to political elites? This book explores this question with regard to the women's movement in the US asking under what conditions are Congress and the presidency responsive to the women's movement and when will the women's movement gain access to Congress and the presidency?The book systematically compares the relation between political leaders and each of the three waves of the women's movement 1848-1889 1890-1928 and 1960-1985 in light of the political dynamics that each wave faced. The author utilizes perspectives and methods from the fields of Political Science Sociology and History to illustrate the ways in which changing political dynamics impacted the battle for both women's suffrage and the Equal Rights Amendment.A significant addition to the study of women's history and American studies Political Women illlustrates the important roles that political leaders played in the battle for women's suffrage and the ERA and demonstrates the political savvy among women suffrage activists who recognized the institutional barriers present in the US political system and fought to overcome them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694100

Political Worlds of Women Student Economy EditionActivism Advocacy and Governance in the Twenty-First Century This book examines female engagement in both traditional and unconventional political arenas including female sociability salons child-rearing and education health consumption religious reform and nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320058

Political Worlds of WomenActivism Advocacy and Governance in the Twenty-First Century Political Worlds of Women provides a comprehensive overview of women's political activism comparing formal and informal channels of power from official institutions of state to grassroots mobilizations and Internet campaigns. Illuminating the politics of identity enmeshed in local national and global gender orders this book explores women's creation of new political spaces and innovative political strategies to secure full citizenship and equal access to political power. Incorporating case studies from Africa Asia Europe and the Americas Mary Hawkesworth analyzes critical issues such as immigration and citizenship the politics of representation sexual regulation and gender mainstreaming in order to examine how women mobilize in this era of globalization. Political Worlds of Women deepens understandings of national and global citizenship and presents the formidable challenges facing racial and gender justice in the contemporary world. It is an essential resource for students and scholars of women's studies and gender politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813344959

Political Writing: A Guide to the EssentialsA Guide to the Essentials Writing well and persuasively is not only a discipline that can be learned it is one deeply rooted in the classical arts of rhetoric and polemic. This book introduces the essential skills rules and steps for producing effective political prose appropriate to many contexts from the editorial the op-ed and the polemical essay to others both weighty and seemingly slight. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765631244

Political-Military Relations and the Stability of Arab Regimes Arab leaderships have been remarkably stable since the 1970s particularly given the frequency of military coups in preceding years. Nonetheless the military remains a key force in most Arab states and political leaders must maintain its loyalty if they are to retain office. Regimes have used a range of methods to ensure the military’s backing: In Egypt President Hosni Mubarak has maintained political control largely through providing the military with private and corporate benefits; selective appointments and institutional checks are also useful instruments. Tribal relations underpin King Hussein’s political control in Jordan. Transjordanians have not only been the main beneficiaries of political power but have also occupied the key positions in the armed forces. In Syria President Hafez al-Assad has built his regime on the Alawi minority while the vast security apparatus limits the spread of sectarian class or ideological grievances in the military. President Saddam Hussein has established multiple security agencies in Iraq designed to prevent conspiracies against his regime. Regular rotations and purges ensure that few officers are in place long enough to contemplate let alone organise a coup while the severe punishments meted out to suspected plotters are a further disincentive to rebellion. In this paper Risa Brooks argues that the need for Arab regimes to maintain political control can undermine the combat potential of their armed forces. Centralising command creating overlapping commands politicising selection criteria and authorising involvement in economic activities all potentially compromise military effectiveness. The fact that regimes have successfully managed political–military relations in the past does not mean that they will automatically do so in the future. Changing social or economic conditions could upset the equilibrium in political–military relations. Regime stability cannot therefore be taken for granted Transition to new leadership is a looming issue for the key regimes in Egypt Syria and Jordan; political–military relations will play a crucial role in how it is resolved. New leaders must gain and maintain social support if they are to consolidate power. The fact that so many Middle Eastern regimes face uncertain transitions raises the sobering prospect of profound instability and change in this strategically vital region. Maintaining political control is a continuous and evolving process. A breakdown in social support for the leadership failure to detect a conspiracy within the military and economic or political change that threatens military prerogatives could all disrupt political–military relations. Current stability should not give rise to complacency. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000930

Politicians and PamphleteersPropaganda During the English Civil Wars and Interregnum The English civil wars radically altered many aspects of mid-seventeenth century life simultaneously creating a period of intense uncertainty and unheralded opportunity. Nowhere was this more apparent than in the printing and publishing industry which between 1640 and 1660 produced a vast number of tracts and pamphlets on a bewildering variety of subjects. Many of these where of a highly political nature the publication of which would have been unthinkable just a few years before. Whilst scholars have long recognised the importance of these publications and have studied in depth what was written in them much less work has been done on why they were produced. In this book Dr Peacey first highlights the different dynamics at work in the conception publication and distribution of polemical works and then pulls the strands together to study them against the wider political context. In so doing he provides a more complete understanding of the relationship between political events and literary and intellectual prose in an era of unrest and upheaval. By incorporating into the political history of the period some of the approaches utilized by scholars of book history this study reveals the heightened importance of print in both the lives of members of the political nation and the minds of the political elite in the civil wars and Interregnum. Furthermore it demonstrates both the existence and prevalence of print propaganda with which politicians became associated and traces the processes by which it came to be produced the means of detecting its existence the ways in which politicians involved themselves in its production the uses to which it was put and the relationships between politicians and propagandists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246529

Politicians and Soldiers in Ghana 1966-1972 First published in 1975. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810331

Politicians Behaving BadlyMen Women and the Politics of Sexual Harassment This book examines citizens' attitudes about sexual harassment in the #MeToo era seeking to determine how much these attitudes may have changed over the past few years. Using an innovative experimental research design the authors look at how people react to allegations of harassment made against a fictional member of Congress. They consider whether those reactions vary with the offender's party affiliation gender and response to the allegations. Appropriate for students scholars and general readers alike this book offers a timely analysis of an important political issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427993

Politicians in the PulpitChristian Radicalism in Britain from the Fall of the Bastille to the Disintegration of Chartism First published in 1999 the world of Christian radicalism in the first half of the nineteenth century is reconstructed here with thorough research by Eileen Groth Lyon. Christian radicals during this period sought to incite political action through the use of Scripture using such themes as the rights of man as founded in God’s gift of creation the deliverance of oppressed peoples and the perceived favour towards the poor shown in the Gospels. The author tracks the origin and fate of the movement for the first time from its beginnings in the eighteenth century through its implementation in the major politic agitations of the early and mid-nineteenth century to its fruition in the achievements of the campaigns for parliamentary factory and poor law reform. By focusing on the Christian radical programme Politicians in the Pulpit advances a new understanding of the most important political initiatives of early Victorian Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327160

Politicising and Policing Organised Crime The concept of ‘organised crime’ is constructed and mobilised by a milieu of complex factors and discourses including a politics of law and order and international insecurity combined with the vested interests and priorities of scholars politicians government officials and policing authorities. This book challenges existing assumptions and accepted understandings of organised crime and explores the ways in which it is amplified and reconstructed for political purposes. This book critiques how the constitution of the ‘organised crime problem’ in academic and political discourse provides the conditions necessary for the development of an extensive and international architecture of law policing surveillance and intelligence. It examines emerging challenges and future directions including the impact of technology on new problems and for transnational policing such as the ease with which the Internet enables crime to be committed across borders and for electronic communications to be protected with strong encryption hampering interception. No other text presents an integrated and comprehensive study of both the politicisation and policing of organised crime while questioning the outcomes for society at large. Drawing on international fieldwork and interviews with senior national and supranational policing personnel this book compares and contrasts various narratives on organised crime. It will be of interest to students and researchers engaged in studies of criminology criminal justice organised crime policing and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067332

Politicising the Communist PastThe Politics of Truth Revelation in Post-Communist Poland Poland is a particularly interesting case of truth revelation and transitional justice in a post-communist country. This is because of the radical change of trajectory in its approach to dealing with the communist past and the profound effect this had on Polish politics. The approach moved from 'communist-forgiving' in the early 1990s to a mild law vetting individuals for their links with the communist-era security services at the end of the decade through to a more radical vetting and opening up of the communist security service files in the mid-2000s. This book examines the detail of this changing approach. It explains why disagreements about transitional justice became so prominent to the extent that they constituted one of the main causes of political divisions. It sets the Polish approach in the wider context of transitional justice and truth revelation drawing out the lessons for newly emerging democracies both in Eastern Europe and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433581

Politicising World LiteratureEgypt Between Pedagogy and the Public Politicising World Literature: Egypt Between Pedagogy and the Public engages with postcolonial and world literature approaches to examine the worldly imaginary of the novel genre and assert the political imperative to teaching world literature. How does canonising world literature relate to societal political or academic reform? Alternating between close reading of texts and literary history this monograph studies a corpus of novels and travelogues in English Arabic French Czech and Italian to historicise Egypt’s literary relations with different parts of the world in both the modern period and the pre-modern period. In this rigorous study May Hawas argues that protagonists particularly in times of political crises locate themselves as individuals with communal or political affiliations that supersede if not actually resist national affiliations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327627

Politicization of Sexual ViolenceFrom Abolitionism to Peacekeeping In the 1990s feminist scholars on the politics of rape experienced a sudden surge of interest in their until then marginal field. Why was the 1990s the right time for rape to become an international security problem? Furthermore why suddenly in the 1990s did rape become problematized as an international issue not just by the feminist fringes of protest movements but also by intergovernmental bureaucracies? To explore these questions Carol Harrington traces the historical change in the politicization of rape as an international problem and explains how early international women's organizations gained expert authority on rape by drawing on abolitionist rhetoric of bodily integrity. She discusses why they abandoned their politicization of rape in the inter-war period and why rape only reappeared as an international security question requiring gender expertise on trauma after the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605551

Politicizing Asian American LiteratureTowards a Critical Multiculturalism This book examines U.S. multiculturalism from the perspective of Asian American writings drawing contrasts between politically acquiescent multiculturalism and politically conscious multiculturalism. Chae discusses the works of writers who have highlighted a critical awareness of Asian Americans’ social and economic status and their position as 'unassimilable aliens' 'yellow perils' 'coolies' 'modern-day high tech coolies' or as a 'model minority' which were ideologically woven through the complex interactions of capital and labor in the U.S. cultural and labor history. Chae suggests that more productive means of analysis must be brought to the understanding of Asian American writings many of which have been attempting to raise awareness of the politicizing effects of U.S. multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512909

Politico-Military Strategy of the Bangladesh Liberation War 1971 This book critically examines the politico-military strategy of India Pakistan and Bangladesh during the Bangladesh Liberation War of 1971. What began as a power struggle and cultural conflict between West and East Pakistan later compelled India to intervene—an intervention that decisively shaped and influenced the geo-politics of the region and the global order. This volume is a systematic study of the situation of events operational art and tactics cold war politics international reactions and their impact on the formulation of the national grand strategy of all three nations. The book discusses various key themes such as the creation of Pakistan and events leading to its secession the military geography of East Pakistan state of armed forces of India and Pakistan and India’s humanitarian intervention the role of Mukti Bahini and the ambiguous stance of the United Nations in the war. The book offers an appraisal of the performances of the opposing forces and reflects on the inevitability of war and its outcome. It also gives an overview of the state formation of the three nations encompassing the defining moments of the modern history of these South Asian countries and highlighting the socio-economic progress they have made half a century after the liberation war. A compelling treatise in the history of politico-military strategy this book will be of interest to scholars and researchers of politics and international relations partition studies modern history military history South Asian studies international security defence and strategic studies language politics Islamic history and refugee and diaspora studies. It will also appeal to general readers interested in the histories of Bangladesh Pakistan and India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367322694

Politics Economics and Welfare For most of this century the habit of thinking about politics and economics in terms of grand and simple alternatives has exerted a powerful influence over the minds of those concerned with economic organization. Politics Economics and Welfare is a systematic attack on the idea of all-embracing ideological solutions to complex economic problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530393

Politics Feminism and the Reformation of Gender Caught between their female gender and their aspirations in a public sphere founded on the gender role of men women face a problem that is more intractable than conventional feminist political analysis has fully recognized. In this book Jennifer Chapman addresses both the substance of the problem and feminist strategies for change.Male dominance of political elites is virtually universal and yet there is no general theory of recruitment to account for this. Jennifer Chapman uses a rigorous comparative study of political recruitment to show why different models of the process among men produce near-identical results irrespective of context. She then looks beyond this general pattern to its gender basis and to strategies for change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978980

Politics Finance and the Role of EconomicsAn Essay on the Control of Public Enterprise Originally published in 1971 when nationalized industries employed about 7 per cent of the national labour force created about 10 per cent of the gross domestic product and had annual investment programmes which were equal to those of all private manufacturing put together. Even this understates the scope of public enterprise at the time since there were many other organizations ranging from the BBC to the Public Trustee which were semi-autonomous public enterprises but not nationalized industries. Moreover the public enterprise sector continued to grow even under Conservative governments and there were many reasons for thinking that no government would succeed in reversing this trend for it was felt unlikely that as government became more complex it would disgorge many new activities which would be given a semi-autonomous that is public enterprise status. The author drawing on personal experience shows that the facts of ministerial and parliamentary control were very different from what the public and Parliament thought at the time. He describes the very great practical independence of the Boards and also how much Ministers had come to rely on persuasion (which not only can impose serious waste of time and money on both Boards and Government but is also inefficient). Ministers have least power where the aims of public enterprise are social rather than commercial. If there were no changes the growth of public enterprise to achieve social purposes would mean an important decline in the power of Parliament and Ministers. This book explores solutions to this problem and concludes that the government must build up a cadre and capacity for financial control which at the time were lacking to it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173296

Politics Gender And GenreThe Political Thought Of Christine De Pizan Christine de Pizan (ca. 1364-1429) wrote more than twenty books including poetry defenses of women critiques of war Utopian visions and general political and social commentary. This body of writing not only supported her during her lifetime but also brought her fame patronage and influence in high places. The revival of interest in her work is one of the major successes in the movement to recognize "lost" or overlooked women in the history of intellectual thought. Her courageous defense of women makes her in the eyes of most a protofeminist figure and the depth of her feminism is one of the key issues debated in these essays by the world's leading Christine scholars. Other important topics are Christine's contribution to early humanist thought and the various ways in which her unique position sheds light on medieval politics and society. This book is a valuable contribution to medieval studies and political theory as well as to the history of feminist thought. It will be essential reading for philosophers and political scientists and for medievalists in any discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283735

Politics Geography and Social Stratification (Routledge Library Editions: Political Geography) The major themes explored in this book originally published in 1986 are the political resonances of social stratification and change; the growing distance between the working class and the providers of social services; and the role of locality in social reproduction. The relationship between society and space is the subject of a major debate in developed countries. The key questions are about just how far spatial patterns and local conditions affect social relations and stratification and how far they shape collective action electoral responses and class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800397

Politics Governance and Development in Bangladesh This book explores the relationship between bureaucrats and elected politicians in Bangladesh and discusses how this impacts governance and development in the country from an empirical perspective. It looks at the interplay of politics and bureaucracy in ancient societies western democracies and in the developing world while highlighting the uniqueness of the Bangladesh experience and its indigenous contexts of local governance. The author presents a historical overview of the nature of political development shift of regimes in Bangladesh and the role of various agents and stakeholders. Through a detailed study the book provides an analytical and theoretical framework to understanding the linkages between politics and bureaucracy governance and development in South Asia and Bangladesh with implications for geopolitics and economic growth. This book will be of interest to scholars researchers and students of political economy development studies public administration comparative politics as well as to policymakers bureaucrats government bodies and especially those concerned with Bangladesh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138570689

Politics Hierarchy and Public HealthVoting Patterns in the 2016 US Presidential Election Steep socioeconomic hierarchy in post-industrial Western society threatens public health because of the physiological consequences of material and psychosocial insecurities and deprivations. Following on from their previous books the authors continue their exploration of the geography of early mortality from age-related chronic conditions of risk behaviors and their health outcomes and of infant and child mortality all due to rigid hierarchy. They divide the 50 states into those that gave their electoral college votes to Trump and those that gave theirs to Clinton in the 2016 presidential election and compare the two sets for socioeconomic and public health profiles. They deliberately apply only simple standard statistical methods in the public health analyses: t-test Mann-Whitney test bivariate regression and backward stepwise multivariate regression. The book assumes familiarity with basic statistics. The authors argue that the unequal power relations that result in eroding public health in the nation and in particular in the Trump-voting states largely cascade from the collapse of American industry and they analyze the Cold War roots of that collapse. In two largely independent chapters on economics they explore both the suppression of countervailing forces such as organized labor and the diversion of technical resources to the military as essential foundations to the population-level suffering that expressed itself in the 2016 presidential election. This interdisciplinary book has several primary audiences: creators of public policies such as legislators and governmental staff public health professionals and social epidemiologists economists labor union professionals civil rights advocates political scientists historians and students of these disciplines from public health through the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224448

Politics Identity and Mobility in Travel Writing This collection examines the intersections between the personal and the political in travel writing and the dialectic between mobility and stasis through an analysis of specific cases across geographical and historical boundaries. The authors explore the various ways in which travel texts represent actual political conditions and thus engage in discussions about national transnational and global citizenship; how they propose real-world political interventions in the places where the traveler goes; what tone they take toward political or socio-political violence; and how they intersect with political debates. Travel writing can be viewed as political in a purely instrumental sense but as this volume also demonstrates travel writing’s reception and ideological interventions also transform personal and cultural realities. This book thus examines the ways in which politics’ material effects inform and intersect with personal experience in travel texts and engage with travel’s dialectic of mobility and stasis. In spite of globalization and efforts to eradicate the colonial vision in travel writing and in travel writing criticism this vision persists in various and complex ways. While the travelogue can be a space of discursive and direct oppression these essays suggest that the travelogue is also a narrative space in which the traveler employs the genre to assert authority over his or her experiences of mobility. This book will be an important contribution for interdisciplinary scholars with interests in travel writing studies global and transnational studies women’s studies multicultural studies the social sciences and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871086

Politics Identity and Education in Central AsiaPost-Soviet Kyrgyzstan Focusing on the areas of politics identity and education this book looks at some of the most pressing and challenging issues that Kyrgyzstan faces in the post-Soviet era. It argues that Kyrgyzstan is challenged with oscillations between the old and the new on the one hand and domestic and international on the other. The book analyses the process of post-Soviet transition in today’s Kyrgyzstan by focusing on the political elites some of the major identity problems and educational issues. It discusses how Kyrgyzstan’s first president in the post-Soviet era had already been an exceptional leader even prior to the collapse of the Soviet Union in terms of his democratic and liberal tendencies. The book goes on to look at how identity is a major factor in the country shaped to a large extent by genealogical factors and patron-client mechanisms on the one hand and religious considerations on the other. Finally it highlights how education has been perceived as a very influential agent of socialization that develops not only literacy and other skills but also common attitudes and values that are considered essential to any society. By evaluating these three areas the book argues that Kyrgyzstan cannot isolate itself from the demands priorities and pressures of international actors which sometimes are in conflict with the country’s domestic conditions. It is of interest to students and scholars of Asian Studies Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302952

Politics Identity and Emotion In this wide-ranging book Paul Hoggett argues that human feelings and identities are constitutive of both personal and political life. Engaging with major debates in political theory sociology and psychoanalysis he brings fresh insights to a range of issues: dynamics of political protest intractable conflicts fundamentalism and populism the new political charismatics the nature of forgiveness and the relationship between anxiety and governance. The book is conceptually innovative and accessible carefully introducing different theories of collective emotion and group identity and making extensive use of case studies from the U.S. England and across the globe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632704

Politics Ideology and Football FandomThe Transformation of Modern Poland Football fans and football culture represent a unique prism through which to view contemporary society and politics. Based on in-depth empirical research into football in Poland this book examines how fans develop political identities and how those identities can influence the wider political culture. It surveys the turbulent history of Poland in recent decades and explores the dominant right-wing ideology on the terraces characterised by nationalism ‘traditional’ values and anti-immigrant sentiment. As one of the first book-length studies of fandom in Eastern Europe this book makes an important contribution to our understanding of society and politics in post-Communist states. Politics Ideology and Football Fandom is an important read for students and researchers studying sport politics and identity as well as those working in sports studies and political studies covering sociology of sport globalisation studies East European politics ethnic studies social movements studies political history and nationalism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344528

Politics Innocence and the Limits of Goodness First published in 1988. Moral innocence is of enduring interest because it seems to embody our ideals in their purest form. The place of moral innocence in politics is the central theme of Peter Johnson’s subtle and original book. Are there moral dispositions which are not only incompatible with politics but actually endanger it? If it is sometimes necessary to act badly in order to achieve desirable objectives what moral standpoints would exclude such a course at action? Peter Johnson demonstrates convincingly why philosophical accounts of morality past and present are unable to explain moral innocence: its full impact on politics can only be grasped by putting aside traditional theories. Literature provides the key to a deeper understanding of the relationship between politics and morality. Melville’s Billy Budd Shakespeare’s Henry VI and Graham Greene’s The Quiet American reveal moral innocence at work in political circumstances of great intensity. Through these and other literary figures we see at last the specific character of moral innocence and why it is connected with political disaster. This closely reasoned yet deeply passionate book illuminates a problem of great contemporary interest and nowhere more so than in American public life. Original in theme and content it confronts central issues of concern to the modern mind not simply to academics both teachers and taught but to all those interested in how they might be governed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246297

Politics Journalism and The Way Things WereMy Life at The Times The Hill and Politico In this book Martin Tolchin describes his journey from New York Times copy boy to White House correspondent and as founder of The Hill and co-founder of Politico. He tells of the talented and eccentric colleagues he encountered en route and the conflicts and tensions that beset him during his 40-year news career. Along the way he tracks the evolution of political journalism from mostly all-male smoke-filled newsrooms to the high-tech world of the 24/7 news cycle. As a local reporter in New York City Tolchin saw his articles change public policy and re-direct millions of dollars in public funds. Nationally Tolchin reported on some of the country’s most important political leaders including Ronald Reagan Jimmy Carter and Tip O’Neill among many others. As a Washington correspondent he was involved in Iran Contra the Anita Hill hearings on the nomination of Justice Clarence Thomas and Washington’s response to the New York City financial crisis. Mr. Tolchin writes with extraordinary candor and optimism. His story is one that will inform and inspire students scholars and general readers in an era in which fake news has sometimes overtaken legitimate reporting. He believes in the power of a free press to guard and guide free people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366124

Politics Landlords and Islam in Pakistan This book offers unique insights into the changing nature of power and hierarchy in rural Pakistan from colonial times to present day. It shows how electoral politics and the erosion of traditional patron–client ties have not empowered the lower classes. The monograph highlights the persistence of debt-bondage and illustrates how electoral politics provides assertive landlord politicians with opportunities to further consolidate their power and wealth at the expense of subordinate classes. It also critically examines the relationship between local forms of Islam and landed power. The volume will be of interest to scholars and researchers on Pakistan and South Asian politics sociology and social anthropology Islam as also economics development studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815392989

Politics Law and Ritual in Tribal Society What can we learn from tribal societies about the ways in which in a variety of social settings groups of men resolve their conflicts with other men? In order to answer this question Politics Law and Ritual in Tribal Society compares nearly forty case study societies most of them in Africa in their reconstructed pre-colonial tribal condition comparing their small-scale social relations to their large-scale social context. At the outset Gluckman explains to the reader that custom is the focus of interest of all types of anthropology. Yet his approach manifests a strong interest in economy politics and social relationships.In the volume Max Gluckman offers a succinct version of a lifetime of opinionated analysis. This material is organized by theme and the ethnographic examples appear as brief illustrations of theoretical questions. Discussed here also is the relation between disputes and struggles for power within the context of mechanisms of social control and stability.In addition Gluckman presents a step-by-step survey of the cumulative development of the anthropological analysis of tribal institutions from the nineteenth century to the present and supports the argument that anthropology is a science rather than an art. The new masterful introduction by Sally Falk Moore along with a new postscript of Gluckman's professional activities and publications provides newcomers to the work of Gluckman with deep insights into the contents as well as contexts within which the great anthropologist worked. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412846158

Politics Literature and National Character Madame Germaine de Stael is often regarded as the "mistress to an age" or (like England and Russia) one of the three great European "powers" of the 19th century. She was in some sense both but she was also an important and influential writer whose works astonishingly have not until this volume been translated into English since the early 19th century. She absorbed the leading ideas of the Enlightenment on literature politics science and the social order; turned many of them to her own uses and then bequeathed them to the 19th century which adopted much of the Enlightenment through her works. She had two related aims: by her writings on politics to guide Europe as it entered the republican era and to help it maintain its cultural legacy and liberty; and to explain all literature by its relation to social institutions (which has had a profound effect on all subsequent studies of comparative literature). Here in clear and flowing English prose that conveys both the personality and the style of the original - and that corrects the errors of earlier translations - are selections from Madame Germaine de Stael's major works including "Considerations on the Principal Events of the French Revolution" "Literature Considered in its Relation to Social Institutions" "Essay on Fiction" "On Germany" and her reflections on Russian and English as well as German national character. They make plain both her amazing modern approach to such subjects as politics literature science education and women and the tremendous repercussions her work has had. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530416

Politics Media and Democracy in AustraliaPublic and Producer Perceptions of the Political Public Sphere In Australia as in many comparable democracies the role of the media in the political process is high on the public agenda. There is a perception of widespread disillusionment with and disengagement from politics amongst voters and criticism of the media for failing to fulfil their democratic responsibilities adequately. This book evaluates public perceptions of the performance of the political media in the context of the declared aims and objectives of media producers. From there the authors present findings for improving the capacity of political media to engage and inform their audiences in ways which enhance the quality and popular legitimacy of the democratic process. These conclusions are of import not only to Australians but to observers of mediated politics in the UK the US and other countries where similar debates around the ‘crisis of public communication’ are on-going. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305816

Politics Paradigms and Intelligence FailuresWhy So Few Predicted the Collapse of the Soviet Union Washington's failure to foresee the collapse of its superpower rival ranks high in the pantheon of predictive failures. The question of who got what right or wrong has been intertwined with the deeper issue of "who won" the Cold War. Like the disputes over "who lost" China and Iran this debate has been fought out along ideological and partisan lines with conservatives claiming credit for the Evil Empire's demise and liberals arguing that the causes were internal to the Soviet Union. The intelligence community has come in for harsh criticism for overestimating Soviet strength and overlooking the symptoms of crisis; the discipline of "Sovietology" has dissolved into acrimonious irrelevance. Drawing on declassified documents interviews and careful analysis of contemporaneous literature this book offers the first systematic analysis of this predictive failure at the paradigmatic foreign policy and intelligence levels. Although it is focused on the Soviet case it offers lessons that are both timely and necessary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701639

Politics Participation And PovertyDevelopment Through Selfhelp In Kenya Focusing on the distribution of benefits in relation to class ethnicity and gender this book explores the methods to which the rural poor can organize themselves to participate in economic and social development and examines the roles that self-help organizations play in the political economy of Kenya. Dr. Thomas looks at the competition for pow Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299200

Politics Philosophy CultureInterviews and Other Writings 1977-1984 Politics Philosophy Culture contains a rich selection of interviews and other writings by the late Michel Foucault. Drawing upon his revolutionary concept of power as well as his critique of the institutions that organize social life Foucault discusses literature music and the power of art while also examining concrete issues such as the Left in contemporary France the social security system the penal system homosexuality madness and the Iranian Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138001

Politics Planning and Housing Supply in Australia England and Hong Kong In recent years many nations have asked why not enough housing is being built or when it is built why it isn't of the highest quality or in the best most sustainable locations. Politics Planning and Housing Supply in Australia England and Hong Kong examines the politics and planning of new homes in three very different settings but with shared political traditions: in Australia in England and in Hong Kong. It investigates the power-relationships and politics that underpin the allocation of land for large-scale residential schemes and the processes and politics that lead to particular development outcomes. Using a comparative framework it asks: how different systems of urban governance and planning mediate the supply of land for housing; whether and how these system differences influence the location quantity and price of residential land and the implications for housing outcomes; what can be learned from these different systems for allocating land building consensus between different stakeholders and delivering a steady supply of high quality and well located homes accessible to and appropriate for diverse housing needs. This book frames each case study in a comprehensive examination of national and territorial frameworks before dissecting key local cases. These local cases – urban renewal and greenfield growth centres in Australia new towns and strategic sites in England and major development schemes in Hong Kong – explore how broader urban planning and housing policy goals play out at the local level. While the book highlights a number of potential strategies for improving planning and housing delivery processes the real challenge is to give voice to a broader array of interests reconstituting the political process surrounding planning and housing development to prioritise homes in well-planned places for the many rather than simply facilitating investment opportunities for the few. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595064

Politics Planning and the City Politics Planning and the City is designed to introduce the complex political processes and problems of the modern city. The author begins by setting the theoretical context and discusses models of democracy power and the nature of policy. Next he examines change and the city by focusing on actual decision-making. Three major policy areas affecting the city - housing planning and the social services - are then reviewed and the post-war experiences analysed. The author concludes by discussing the consequences intended and unintended for the city adn asks whether city governments can cope with the future. This book was first published in 1980.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873957

Politics Policies and Pedagogies in EducationThe selected works of Bob Lingard In the World Library of Educationalists international experts compile career long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces of work – extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and practical contributions – so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers will be able to follow the themes and strands and see how their work contributes to the development of the field. Bob Lingard has spent the last 30 years researching and writing in universities in Australia England and Scotland about changing education policy issues. His work is written from a sociological perspective and with a commitment to social justice. He is the co-editor and co-author of 17 books and more than 100 journal articles and book chapters. In Politics Policies and Pedagogies in Education Bob Lingard provides critical sociological engagement with the politics of education. The focus is education policy and the impact of globalization including epistemological and methodological issues necessary for researching education policy today. Topics analyzed include: educational restructuring new accountabilities and testing mediatization of education policy policy as numbers the global policy field and policy borrowing pedagogies. Lingard also considers the nature of educational research today. He has selected 12 of his key writings and in a critical introduction situates and contextualizes the work against key developments in the field and in the changing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841450

Politics Policy And Culture This new set of original case studies is designed to offer an empirical counterpart to Cultural Theory (Westview 1990 ) the landmark statement of political culture theory authored by Michael Thompson Richard Ellis and Aaron Wildavsky and to extend and challenge the analysis developed there. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283759

Politics Policy and Practice in Physical Education Using the example and context of Physical Education a particularly vivid and comprehensive illustration is provided of the processes involved in the development of the National Curriculum for Physical Education in England and Wales between 1988-1995.The authors draw upon the extensive research to provide an analysis description and critique of the direct and indirect influences of central government local education authorities schools departments and teachers in the development of policy and practice in Physical Education. The highly political nature of policy developments in education and Physical Education in particular is demonstrated clearly throughout.A valuable contribution to existing literature this book helps students and researchers piece together the last ten years of policy-making in education and offers a new perspective on the future of Physical Education in the United Kingdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151048

Politics Power and Policy MakingCase of Health Care Reform in the 1990s Tracking the issues of healthcare reform through the tumultous 1990s this work opens a window on the changing dynamics of American politics from the Clinton inauguration in January 1993 through the Republican revolution of 1995 and the 1996 presidential race. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315284576

Politics Products and MarketsExploring Political Consumerism Past and Present In contemporary life the marketplace has emerged as an important arena for the practice of politics. Concerns about personal and family well-being as well as ethical or political assessment of favorable and unfavorable business and government practices become part and parcel of the marketplace of politics. This volume describes this phenomenon as political consumerism reflecting an understanding of politics as a product embedded in a complex social and normative context. Politics Products and Markets is the first general study of political consumerism. It asks fundamental questions including what is new and what is old about the phenomenon. The authors discuss the mediating role of political consumerism in the problematic relationship between markets and morality. They explore whether institutional arrangements have been developed to permit consumers and producers to assume ethical responsibility for their choices and behavior. They ask why political consumerism is presently on the rise. And they investigate the relationship between globalization and political consumerism. Part 1 "Making Money Morally " discusses how political consumerism challenges the perceived division between private interests pursued by private actors in the market and public interests pursued through political means. Part 2 "Consumer Choices and Setting of the Agenda of Politics " contains examples of how political consumerism sets the agenda of politics and discusses its democratic quality. Part 3 "Building Responsible Institutions in Multi-Risk Society " has as its central theme the development of new political consumer institutions. Part 4 "Politicizing Consumers and Change in Politics " studies the characteristics of political consumers and raises the question of whether political consumerism really is politics. This volume will be of interest to social scientists social activists and policy institutes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530423

Politics Professionals and Practitioners This book presents eight distinctive historical chapters that explore the complex relationship between politics professionals and practitioners in a range of different educational contexts. It offers a timely contribution to current debates about the contested place and status of educational professionalism in modern society. It is grounded in a firm commitment to the value that a historical perspective might bring to current and recurrent educational concerns of which educational professionalism remains key. With fresh examples from nineteenth twentieth and twenty-first century education as well as a diversity of methodological approaches and sources the book addresses a range of fundamental questions about educational professionalism. These include the wider politics of professionalism; issues of professional knowledge and expertise; what and who counts as professional within various power discourses; professional training socialisation and accreditation; and professional identities power agency autonomy regulation accountability and control. Overall there is a sense from these chapters that there is something fractured and disconnected in current discourses around educational professionalism but that there have been particular moments in the past when there was the promise of something different and possibly something more authentic. Moving beyond a narrow focus on schoolteachers as professional practitioners to embrace a wider conceptualisation of educational professionalism within higher education the churches educational leadership and quasi-professional and voluntary organisations the book represents a rich and novel contribution to the field.    The chapters in this book were originally published in various issues of History of Education and the British Journal of Religious Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133504

Politics Public Policy and Social Protection in AfricaEvidence from Cash Transfer Programmes Africa is now in a much-improved position to support its poor and vulnerable people. It has more money more policy commitment and abundant intervention programmes. Yet the number of citizens living lives of desperation or at risk of destitution is at an all-time high and still rising. What is turning such positive prospects into such a disappointing result? Politics Public Policy and Social Protection in Africa reveals key answers drawing on empirical studies of cash transfer programmes in Botswana Ghana Kenya Nigeria and Uganda. Social cash transfer might be the most effective "safety net" formula to emerge so far. The country chapters in this book explore why it works and how it might be harnessed for poverty alleviation. The studies uncover the very different motives of donors politicians and the poor themselves for making it their preferred choice; why governments are not expanding the donor-driven pilot programmes as expected and why ruling elites are not trying to help or hinder a concept which on the face of it could derail one of their most lucrative gravy trains. This book will be of value and interest to researchers and students of African politics African social policy and sociology as well as policy maker and donors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885090

Politics Race and SchoolsRacial Integration l954-l994 First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979055

Politics Religion and GenderFraming and Regulating the Veil Heated debates about Muslim women's veiling practices have regularly attracted the attention of European policymakers over the last decade. The headscarf has been both vehemently contested by national and/or regional governments political parties and public intellectuals and passionately defended by veil wearing women and their supporters. Systematically applying a comparative perspective this book addresses the question of why the headscarf tantalises and causes such controversy over issues about religious pluralism secularism neutrality of the state gender oppression citizenship migration and multiculturalism. Seeking also to establish why the issue has become part of the disciplinary practices of some European countries but not of others this work brings together an important collection of interpretative research regarding the current debates on the veil in Europe offering an interdisciplinary scope and European-wide setting. Brought together through a common research methodology the contributors focus on the different religious political and cultural meanings of the veiling issue across eight countries and develop a comparative explanation of veiling regimes. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of religion & politics gender studies and multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705134

Politics Science And CancerThe Laetrile Phenomenon At no time in U.S. history has there been a more effective challenge to medical expertise and authority than that mounted by the contemporary Laetrile movement. The efficacy of Laetrile has been debated for over twenty-five years but despite vigorous opposition from the medical community support for the purported cancer treatment continues to gro Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299224

Politics Society And Democracy Latin America This is the third of four volumes compiled in honor of Juan J. Linz and edited by H. E. Chehabi Richard Gunther Alfred Stepan and Arturo Valenzuela. Each volume presents original research and theoretical essays by Linz's distinguished collaborators students teachers and friends as well as overviews of his enormous contributions to Spanish and Latin American studies comparative politics and sociology.In Volume III leading Latin American scholars evaluate Juan Linz's contribution to the study of Latin American politics in particular his influence on studies dealing with authoritarianism democratic breakdown public opinion regime transition and the institutional conditions needed for stable democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096427

Politics Society And Nationality Inside Gorbachev's Russia The East-West Forum is a New York-based research and policy analysis organization sponsored by the Samuel Bronfman Foundation. Its goal is to bring together experts and policy leaders from differing perspectives and generations to discuss changing patterns of East-West relations. In preparing the chapters of this book the authors as with an earlier work Gorbachev~ Russia and American Foreign Policy drew upon a series of workshops initiated by the Forum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283797

Politics Statistics and Weather Forecasting 1840-1910Taming the Weather Weather forecasting is the most visible branch of meteorology and has its modern roots in the nineteenth century when scientists redefined meteorology in the way weather forecasts were made developing maps of isobars or lines of equal atmospheric pressure as the main forecasting tool. This book is the history of how weather forecasting was moulded and modelled by the processes of nation-state building and statistics in the Western world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244590

Politics Values and National Socialism The essays in this collection spanning 1925 to 1970 confirm Aurel Kolnai's place as one of the great conservative theorists of the twentieth century. Kolnai carefully analyzes the leading intellectual positions and thinkers of his day the dominant social movements and the prevailing moral influences―psychoanalysis fascism and National Socialism. He documents how they run counter to the architecture of civilization. Kolnai is relatively unknown outside philosophical circles but Politics Values and National Socialism provides an overview of his moral philosophy. In most moral philosophy books one finds pages devoted to the major theories of ethics. This volume is different. It seeks to address the larger moral question of what kind of thought works against morality and by implication how one can defend morality. Eager to protect "the surviving islands of Liberal Civilization " Kolnai's concern is really one of theory. He shows that much of what passes for moral theory is subversive of moral order. All who think that totalitarianism is a permanent threat and who suspect that ideas can quickly be dangerously distorted in times of social unrest will find plenty of clarifying ideas in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513402

Politics Values And Public PolicyThe Problem Of Methodology Addressed to the growing concerns about norms and values in policy assessment this study develops a methodology for the political evaluation of public policy. It is designed to move policy evaluation beyond its current emphasis on efficient achievement of goals focusing instead on the assessment of the acceptability of the goals themselves.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283803

Politics & Religion In Us This text examines the interaction between politics and religion in the United States from the days of the early colonial period through the 1990s. It sets the contemporary discussion of politics and religion in the larger context of the entire scope of US history and traces significant themes over time showing students how the events of the 1990s have their roots in a long process of development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203745243

Politics & Society First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177727

Politics After HopeObama and the Crisis of Youth Race and Democracy As the new administration moved beyond its first year in office Obama's politics of hope increasingly has been transformed into a politics of accommodation. To many of his supporters his quest for pragmatism and realism has become a weakness rather than a strength. By focusing on those areas where Obama grounded his own sense of possibility Giroux critically investigates the well-being and future of young people including the necessity to overcome racial injustices the importance of abiding by the promise of a democracy to come and the indisputable value of education in democracy. Giroux shows why considerations provide the ethical and political foundations for enabling hope to live up to its promises while making civic responsibility and education central to a movement that takes democracy seriously. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632766

Politics and AdministrationA Study in Government The conventional model for explaining the uniqueness of American democracy is its division between executive legislative and judicial functions. It was the great contribution of Frank J. Goodnow to codify a less obvious but no less profound element: the distinction between politics and policies principles and operations. He showed how the United States went beyond a nation based on government by gentlemen and then one based on the spoils system brought about by the Jacksonian revolt against the Eastern Establishment into a government that separated political officials from civil administrators.Goodnow contends that the civil service reformers persuasively argued that the separation of administration from politics far from destroying the democratic links with the people actually served to enhance democracy. While John Rohr in his outstanding new introduction carefully notes loopholes in the theoretical scaffold of Goodnow's argument he is also careful to express his appreciation of the pragmatic ground for this new sense of government as needing a partnership of the elected and the appointed.Goodnow was profoundly influenced by European currents especially the Hegelian. As a result the work aims at a political philosophy meant to move considerably beyond the purely pragmatic needs of government. For it was the relationships the need for national unity in a country that was devised to account for and accommodate pluralism and diversity that attracted Goodnow's legal background and normative impulses alike. That issues of legitimacy and power distribution were never entirely resolved by Goodnow does not alter the fact that this is perhaps the most important work along with that of James Bryce to emerge from this formative period to connect processes of governance with systems of democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530287

Politics and Aesthetics in Contemporary Native American LiteratureAcross Every Border Over the last twenty years Native American literary studies has taken a sharp political turn. In this book Matthew Herman provides the historical framework for this shift and examines the key moments in the movement away from cultural analyses toward more politically inflected and motivated perspectives. He highlights such notable cases as the prevailing readings of the popular within Native American writing; the Silko-Erdrich controversy; the ongoing debate over the comparative value of nationalism versus cosmopolitanism within Native American literature and politics; and the status of native nationalism in relation to recent critiques of the nation coming from postmodernism postcolonialism and subaltern studies. Herman concludes that the central problematic defining the last two decades of Native American literary studies has involved the emergence in theory of anti-colonial nationalism its variants and its contradictions. This study will be a necessary addition for students and scholars of Native American Studies as well as 20th-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874756

Politics and Aesthetics in The Diary of Virginia Woolf In this critical study Tidwell examines the conflict of aesthetics and politics in The Diary of Virginia Woolf. As a modernist writer concerned with contemporary aesthetic theories Woolf experimented with limiting the representative nature of writing. At the same time as a feminist Woolf wanted to incorporate her political interests in her fiction but overt political statement conflicted with her aesthetic ideals. Her solution was to combine innovative narrative techniques and subject matter traditionally associated with women. Tidwell analyzes several of Woolf’s novels including To the Lighthouse Jacob’s Room and Between the Acts to elucidate the diary’s technique and form  as well as to cast it as a valuable contribution to Woolf’s canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541947

Politics and African-American Ghettos The black ghetto is a byproduct of American social policy. It came into being within policies that were adopted - deliberately or inadvertently - and will persist in the absence of drastic changes in policy. "Politics and the Ghettos" searches out the policy-making processes that have created the ghetto and that maintain it. Roland L. Warren has assembled in this volume the work of researchers who examine complex forces and counter forces which result in perpetuating in our cities areas in which poverty poor housing inadequate education and involuntary segregation converge to form a black ghetto.This work present a variety of points of view strongly held and at times hotly contested searching out the relevant policymaking processes in various sectors and levels of American society. For example Norton Long discusses the ghetto's particular failing: a social and political structure based on lower-class culture and lacking strong middle-class leaders.Roland Warren suggests that the "ghetto system" does not make the individual part of the larger society but causes people to view it with fear and anger. Robert Wood examines the way big-city policy is made - or left unmade - in regard to ghettos. Charles Adrian discusses the relation of state governments to city ghettos. Daniel Elazar asserts that the current ferment for local control is a return to sound principles of American federalism based on "noncentralization territorial democracy and partnership." Charles Schottland documents the role of giant bureaucracies - in the federal government and in nongovernmental organizations in influencing social welfare policy. Whitney Young Jr. indicates political pathways open to those who desire an active part in attacking the ghetto system.This provocative work raises disturbing questions having to do with the processes through which American ghettos are created and sustained processes that must be altered if problems inherent in the black ghetto are to be attacked effectively. For concerned students scholars and laymen it affords new insights into the phenomenon of the contemporary African-American network and its perplexing durability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530294

Politics and Awe in Rudyard Kipling's Fiction There has been a resurgence of interest in Kipling among critics who struggle to reconcile the multiple pleasures offered by his fiction with the controversial political ideas that inform it. Peter Havholm takes up the challenge piecing together Kipling's understanding of empire and humanity from evidence in Anglo-Indian and Indian newspapers of the 1870s and 1880s and offering a new explanation for Kipling's post-1891 turn to fantasy and stories written to be enjoyed by children. By dovetailing detailed contextual knowledge of British India with informed and sensitive close readings of well-known works like 'The Man Who Would Be King' ' Kim' 'The Light That Failed' and 'They' Havholm offers a fresh reading of Kipling's early and late stories that acknowledges Kipling's achievement as a writer and illuminates the seductive allure of the imperialist fantasy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246505

Politics and Big DataNowcasting and Forecasting Elections with Social Media The importance of social media as a way to monitor an electoral campaign is well established. Day-by-day hour-by-hour evaluation of the evolution of online ideas and opinion allows observers and scholars to monitor trends and momentum in public opinion well before traditional polls. However there are difficulties in recording and analyzing often brief unverified comments while the unequal age gender social and racial representation among social media users can produce inaccurate forecasts of final polls. Reviewing the different techniques employed using social media to nowcast and forecast elections this book assesses its achievements and limitations while presenting a new technique of "sentiment analysis" to improve upon them. The authors carry out a meta-analysis of the existing literature to show the conditions under which social media-based electoral forecasts prove most accurate while new case studies from France the United States and Italy demonstrate how much more accurate "sentiment analysis" can prove. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194550

Politics and Change in AfricaIn Search of Stability Ignored by theoreticians and discredited by militant attackers of imperialism whose dialectical reasoning proved Africa’s impotence in global politics the continent now often appears to exist only as a reminder of the failures of indigenous rule. Until the end of the Cold War the post-colonial dividend was a near-absolute power in the hands of political elites who tolerated no opposition and manipulated the political space for their personal gain. The lot of ordinary Africans hovered between the legacy of the colonial social contract and an indifferent international community focused on the Cold War. In this book Nana Poku seeks to analyse change and continuity in contemporary African politics and society through the lens of a fundamental challenge facing leaders of all African states: how to consolidate their states and develop their societies. The author thinks afresh about politics in Africa and reflects on the way it has changed and continues to change since independence. The aim is to equip the reader with a sound understanding of continental issues to enable them to make sense of its complexities and to objectively contribute to some of the major debates which preoccupy scholars of the continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472425775

Politics And Change In Alkarak JordanA Study Of A Small Arab Town And Its District When Politics and Change in AI-Karak Jordan first appeared in 1985 it was part of a sparse but growing literature about intermediate-level politics in the Arab Middle East. A number of works had been written on national politics focused primarily on the capital and national institutions and figures.  It was an attempt to look below the national level of politics but in a context larger than the confines of a village or a single tribe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283599

Politics And Change In East GermanyAn Evaluation Of Socialist Democracy This text avoids preoccupation with "the German question" and East-West German comparisons looking at the German Democratic Republic (GDR) in its own right while recognizing that a legacy of German history and political precedent persists in the GDR as much as in the Federal Republic. It shows how the GDR is subject to the same developmental forces that appear in any urban-industrial society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283605

Politics and Change in Singapore and Hong KongContaining Contention In democratization theory Singapore continues to be a remarkable country for its extremely low level of contentious politics despite rapid economic development. In contrast many different groups in Hong Kong have taken their demands to the streets since the 1970s. Even though there is an obvious difference in the willingness of the population to actively challenge the regime the political developments of the two city-states show a similar pattern of political mobilization and government reaction. This book examines the changing pattern of contentious politics in the democratization process of these Asian city-states. It explores the causal connections between popular contention and democratization using a multi-disciplinary approach with theoretical insights from the political sciences sociology and psychology. The political process model is applied to provide further understanding of the patterns of interaction between contenders opposition groups or social movements and the ruling elite. The book argues that differences in the strategies applied by the ruling elite explain why members of the opposition were empowered or obstructed in challenging the government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627528

Politics and Change in the Middle East10e A longtime bestseller Politics and Change in the Middle East employs a multidisciplinary approach to comprehensively and evenhandedly study the region‘s past present and future. Through politics economics culture and history this text offers a rugged analytical framework that familiarizes students with the Middle East and helps them to critically evaluate contemporary developments. Thematically organized Politics and Change in the Middle East introduces students to the primary actors and issues that define the region and its role in world politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452053

Politics and Change in the Middle EastPearson New International Edition PDF eBook This book focuses on range and intensity of social changes that have occurred in the Middle East examining specific issues important to an understanding of contemporary Middle Eastern politics up to and including events in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315663234

Politics and Conflict in Governance and PlanningTheory and Practice Politics and Conflict in Governance and Planning offers a critical evaluation of manifold ways in which the political dimension is reflected in contemporary planning and governance. While the theoretical debates on post-politics and the wider frame of post-foundational political theory provide substantive explanations for the crisis in planning and governance still there is a need for a better understanding of how the political is manifested in the planning contents shaped by institutional arrangements and played out in the planning processes. This book undertakes a reassessment of the changing role of the political in contemporary planning and governance. Employing a wide range of empirical research conducted in several regions of the world it draws a more complex and heterogeneous picture of the context-specific depoliticisation and repoliticisation processes taking place in local and regional planning and governance. It shows not only the domination of market forces and the consequent suppression of the political but also how political conflicts and struggles are defined tackled and transformed in view of the multifaceted rules and constraints recently imposed to local and regional planning. Switching the focus to how strategies and forms of depoliticised governance can be repoliticised through renewed planning mechanisms and socio-political mobilisation Politics and Conflict in Governance and Planning is a critical and much needed contribution to the planning literature and its incorporation of the post-politics and post-democracy debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665166

Politics and Constitutions in Southeast Asia In recent years the constitutional landscape of Southeast Asia has changed tremendously. Against a worldwide background of liberalization globalization and democratization states in the region have begun to alter their constitutions reinforcing human rights provisions and putting in place institutional safeguards such as constitutional courts and human rights commissions. On closer examination however the picture is very complex with constitutional developments differing greatly between states. This book explores a range of current constitutional developments in the different states of Southeast Asia through a distinct political lens. Drawing on comparative and single case studies it considers various constitutional areas including constitution drafting human rights legal safeguards and the continuing role of the military sets constitutional developments in the wider political and historical context of each country and makes comparisons both with Western democracies and with other developing regions. The book concludes by assessing overall how far constitutional practices and trajectories are converging towards a liberal Western model or towards a distinctly Southeast Asian model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356042

Politics and Cosmopolitanism in a Global Age This book offers a unique reconceptualization of cosmopolitanism. It examines several themes that inform politics in a globalized era including global governance international law citizenship constitutionalism community domesticity territory sovereignty and nationalism. The volume explores the specific philosophical and institutional chall Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176945

Politics and Culture in Eighteenth-Century RussiaCollected Essays by Isabel de Madariaga This is a collection of thirteen major essays on eighteenth-century Russia by one of the most distinguished Western historians. They illustrate and explore three major themes: the development of the Russian state and Russian society in the years when Russia was changing from a minor power on the European periphery to a major actor on the continental stage; the influence of western ideas and western thought on Russian politics and culture; and the impact of the Enlightenment on Russia. This is a substantial contribution not just to the history of Russia but to early modern Europe generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160897

Politics and Culture in International HistoryFrom the Ancient Near East to the Opening of the Modern Age The current political conflicts in Somalia and Russia make the reappearance of this book as relevant as ever. Politics and Culture in International History illumines world politics by identifying the causes of conflict and war and assessing the validity of schemes for peace and unity. Bozeman maintains that political systems are grounded in cultures; thus international relations are by definition hitercultural relations. She deals exclusively with the thought patterns of the world's literate civilizations and societies between the fourth millenium B.C. and the fifteenth century A.D.In a substantial new introduction Bozeman analyzes world politics over the last half century showing how the interplay of politics and culture has intensified. She notes that the world's assembly of states is no longer held together by substantive accords on norms purposes and values but by loose agreements on the use offorms techniques and words. The causes and effects of these changes between the 1950s and 1990s are assayed by Bozeman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530300

Politics and Culture in the Developing World From decolonization and democratization to religion and gender Politics and Culture in the Developing World is a comprehensive survey of the global context of development. With in-depth and current examples from Asia Africa Latin America and the Middle East. this text examines the central political themes in the developing world. Throughout Politics and Culture in the Developing World demonstrates how globalization both accelerates change and increases interdependence between developing and developed countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430631

Politics and Democracy in Microstates Why are small states statistically more likely to have a democratic political system? By addressing this question from a qualitative and comparative methodological angle this book analyses the effects of a small population size on political competition and participation. By comparing the four microstates of San Marino (Europe) St. Kitts and Nevis (Caribbean) Seychelles (Africa) and Palau (Oceania) it provides fresh and stimulating insight concluding that the political dynamics of microstates are not as democratic as commonly believed. Instead it is found in all four cases that smallness results in personalistic politics dominance of the political executive patron-client relations between citizens and politicians and the circumvention of formal political institutions. In addition the book suggests that the study of formal institutions provides an incomplete image of microstate democracy and that informal characteristics of politics in microstates also need to be explored in order to better explain the influence of smallness on democracy. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of democracy democratization regional and decentralization studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504110

Politics And Economic Development In Since the end of civil war in 1970 Nigeria has struggled to build a stronger federal center and to reduce conflicts that have arisen from uneven development and from ethnic regional class and religious differences. This book provides a comprehensive account of the dynamic interplay between the political and economic forces that have shaped gover Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299071

Politics And Economic Development In NigeriaUpdated Edition Since the end of civil war in 1970 Nigeria has struggled to build a stronger federal center and to reduce conflicts resulting from uneven development and from ethnic regional class and religious differences. This book provides a comprehensive account of the dynamic interplay between the political and economic forces that have shaped government policies institutions and the patterns of development in Africa's most populous country. Tom Forrest identifies the major issues and challenges in Nigerian politics giving particular attention to the evolution of the federal system aspects of political competition and the nature of ruling groups. He examines the links among political demands and incentives economic strategy and capitalist development and analyzes the evolution of economic policy and performance looking specifically at the impact of large oil revenues agrarian policies and the program of economic liberalization. In a completely new chapter for this edition Forrest examines the annulment of the presidential elections in 1993 and explores the persistence of military rule the demise of the economic reform program and the intensification of the economic crisis. Assessing the prospects for economic and political change Forrest considers whether enough political coherence and legitimacy at the center can be reestablished to allow for effective economic management and more productive use of oil wealth in the years ahead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299088

Politics and Economics in the History of the European Union The Graz-Schumpeter annual lectures have grown in reputation over the years with impressive figures from academia such as Ian Steedman J. Stanley Metcalfe and Duncan K. Foley contributing their own impressive series of lectures. The books produced as a result of these lectures are no less impressive and this latest volume from Alan Milward is a typically authoritative read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653893

Politics And Economics Of External Debt CrisisThe Latin American Experience Since 1981 Latin America has been in the midst of a protracted external debt crisis due among other reasons to emergency borrowing at record-high real interest rates and the decline in the region's export proceeds. Until now most literature on the subject originated in industrial lender countries whose primary concern is the impact of the debt Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299095

Politics and Education in Argentina 1946-1962 This study focuses on the formal education system in Argentina during the 1940s the 1950s and the early 1960s. It analyzes the link between politics and education against the backdrop of changing social conditions in Argentina under the regimes of Peron Lonardi and Aramburu (the Liberating Revolution) and Frondizi by evaluating textbooks official bulletins childrens' periodicals speeches and personal interviews. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315502731

Politics and Educational ChangeAn International Survey Published in 1981. Throughout the world education is a highly contentious political issue. Politicians are involved in educational decision making at all levels and very often educational reform is as much motivated by political ideology as by educational considerations. This book which draws together the work of many leading authorities examines the current state of educational politics in many parts of the world. The book looks at the problem from a theoretical and a comparative perspective and then analyses the problem in particular areas which include North America Western Europe and Third World countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588264

Politics and Elections in Nineteenth-Century Liverpool This monograph provides a detailed account of one of England's most important cities at a crucial period in the development of popular democracy. It traces the sectarian conflicts ethnic tensions and social adjustments of Liverpool as they affected and indeed still affect the city's politics. It addresses the historical anomaly of Liverpool's loyalty to the Conservative party; anomalous because the Liberals had a firm grip on power in every other great northern city of the period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246499

Politics and Foreign Policy in the Age of George I 1714-1727 Through its focus on the relationship between foreign and domestic politics this book provides a new perspective on the often fractious and tangled events of George I’s reign (1714-27). This was a period of transition for Britain as royal authority gave way to cabinet government and as the country began to exercise increased influence upon the world stage. It was a reign that witnessed the trauma of the 1715 Jacobite Rebellion saw Britain fighting Spain as part of the Quadruple Alliance and in which Britain confronted the rise of Russia under Peter the Great. There has been relatively little new detailed work on this subject since Hatton’s biography of George I appeared in 1978 and that book while impressive devoted relatively little attention to the domestic political dimension of foreign policy. In contrast Black links diplomacy to domestic politics to show that foreign policy was a key aspect of government as well as the leading battleground both for domestic politics and for ministerial rivalries. As a result he demonstrates how party identities in foreign policy were not marginal to either policy or party but instead central to both. The research is based upon a wealth of both British and foreign archive material including State Papers Domestic Scotland Ireland and Regencies as well as Foreign. Extensive use is also made of parliamentary and ministerial papers as well as the private papers of numerous diplomats. Foreign archives consulted include papers from Hanover Osnabrück Darmstadt Marburg Munich Paris The Hague Vienna and Turin. By drawing upon such a wide ranging array of sources this book offers a rich and nuanced view of politics and foreign policy under George I. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409431398

Politics and Gender Identity in TurkeyCentralised Islam for Socio-Economic Control The creation of Turkish nationhood citizenship economic transformation the forceful removal of minorities and national homogenisation gender rights the position of armed forces in politics and the political and economic integration of Kurdish minority in Turkish polity have all received major interest in academic and policy debates. The relationship between politics and religion in Turkey originating from the early years of the Republicanism has been central to many – if not all – of these issues.This book looks at how centralized religion has turned into a means of controlling and organizing the Turkish polity under the AKP (Justice and Development Party) governments by presenting the results from a study on Turkish hutbes (mosque sermons) analysing how their content relates to gender roles and identities. The book argues that the political domination of a secular state as an agency over religion has not suppressed but transformed religion into a political tool for the same agency to organise the polity and the society along its own ideological tenets. It looks at how this domination organises gender roles and identities to engender human capital to serve for a neoliberal economic developmentalism. The book then discusses the limits of this domination reflecting on how its subjects position themselves between the politico-religious authority and their secular lives. Written in an accessible format this book provides a fresh perspective on the relationship between religion and politics in the Middle East. More broadly it also sheds light on global moral politics and illiberalism and why it relates to gender religion and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885144

Politics and Gender in IrelandThe Quest for Political Agency This book explores the relationship between women the state and democratic politics in Ireland today. It highlights the conservatism of the political culture shared by all traditions on the island and how this culture circumscribes women’s political agency in Northern Ireland and Ireland. The book explores the opportunities and obstacles to women’s participation and representation on each side of the border. The chapters take the view that public decision-making institutions and processes are subject to rules and practices that reinforce the gendered foundations of democratic politics. They document women’s continuing quest for full participation and equal representation in these male-gendered arenas. The contributors focus on the marginalised experiences of women in modern politics in Ireland and detail their efforts to challenge the masculinized status quo. The book addresses the classical issues of citizenship participation representation and equal rights in a sustained analysis of the political systems on the island. It also deals with modern issues – multiculturalism peace-building the male-gendered legislature and the unequal nature of women’s citizenship in constitutional institutional and policy contexts. The book is completed by a comprehensive appendix of all women elected to political office on the island from 1918-2013. This book was published as a special issue of Irish Political Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778214

Politics and Genre in the Works of Elizabeth Hamilton 1756–1816 In the first book-length study of the well-respected and popular British writer Elizabeth Hamilton Claire Grogan addresses a significant gap in scholarship that enlarges and complicates critical understanding of the Romantic woman writer. From 1797 to 1818 Hamilton published in a wide range of genres including novels satires historical and educational treatises and historical biography. Because she wrote from a politically centrist position during a revolutionary age Grogan suggests Hamilton has been neglected in favor of authors who fit within the Jacobin/anti-Jacobin framework used to situate women writers of the period. Grogan draws attention to the inadequacies of the Jacobin/anti-Jacobin binary for understanding writers like Hamilton arguing that Hamilton and other women writers engaged with and debated the issues of the day in more veiled ways. For example while Hamilton did not argue for sexual emancipation à la Mary Wollstonecraft and Mary Hays she asserted her rights in other ways. Hamilton's most radical advance Grogan shows was in her deployment of genre whether she was mixing genres creating new generic medleys or assuming competence in a hitherto male-dominated genre. With Hamilton serving as her case study Grogan persuasively argues for new strategies to uncover the means by which women writers participated in the revolutionary debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107809

Politics and GlobalisationKnowledge Ethics and Agency Globalisation is widely understood as a set of processes driven by technological economic and cultural change. Few have successfully defined the changing character and role of politics in global change. Political institutions such as the nation-state have been seen as undermined by globalisation or needing to respond to it. This book clarifies the tensions which global change has provoked in our understanding of politics. Politics and Globalisation suggests that globalisation is a process which is politically contested and even politically constituted. The volume presents five key intellectual and political contests in globalisation: · the extent and political significance of globalising changes in economy and society · how and how far the relations and forms of nation-state organisation are transformed · whether the given concepts and methods of political science as a discipline can be applied to global and regional politics and whether they require radical reformulation; · the role and significance of ethical questions in global change · whether global change is constituted by or denies radical political agency Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874367

Politics and Governance in BangladeshUncertain Landscapes Since its Independence in 1971 Bangladesh has made remarkable progress in terms of reducing poverty levels achieving high levels of economic growth over a sustained period of time and meeting its Millennium Development Goals (MDG) targets set by the United Nations. With some justification Bangladesh is considered an international development success story and the country appears to be well on track to meet its policy target of becoming a middle-income country by 2021 the same year the country will celebrate 50 years of Independence.This book explores the central issue of Bangladeshi politics: the weakness of governance. The coexistence of a poor governance track record and a relatively strong socioeconomic performance makes Bangladesh an intriguing case which throws up exciting and relevant conceptual and policy challenges. Structured in four sections - Political Settlement Elites and Deep Structures; Democracy Citizenship and Values; Civil Society Local Context and Political Change; Informality and Accountability – the book identifies and engages with these challenges. Chapters by experts in the field share a number of conceptual and epistemological principles and offer a combination of theoretical and empirical insights and cover a good range of contemporary issues and debate.Employing a structurally determinist perspective this book explains politics and society in Bangladesh from a novel perspective. Academics in the field of governance and politics in developing countries with a focus on South Asia and Bangladesh will welcome its publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885441

Politics and Governance in IndonesiaThe Police in the Era of Reformasi How does an authoritarian state reform its police force following a transition to democracy? In 1998 Indonesia the third largest country in the world faced just such a challenge. Policing had long been managed under the jurisdiction of the military as an instrument of the Suharto regime – and with Suharto abruptly removed from office this was about to change. Here we see how it changed and how far these changes were for the better. Based on direct observations by a scholar who was involved in the last days of the New Order and who saw how the police responded to regime change this book examines the police the new regime and how the police was disassociated from the military in Indonesia. Providing a comprehensive historical overview of the position of police in this change of regime the book focuses on two key areas: the differences between local and national levels and the politicisation associated with decentralisation. Arguing that the disassociation of the Indonesian National Police from the military has achieved only limited success the book contends that there is continued impetus for the establishment of a professional police force and modern and democratic policing which will entail effective public control of the police. A pioneering study of the police in Indonesia examining key issues in the post-Suharto era this book will be of interest to scholars of Southeast Asian politics and of policing and politics in the developing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374725

Politics and Government in Hong KongCrisis under Chinese sovereignty This book examines the government of Hong Kong since its handover to mainland China in 1997 focusing in particular on the anti-government mass protests and mobilisations in the years since 2003. It argues that Hong Kong has been poorly governed since transferring to Chinese rule and that public frustration with governmental performance including anti-subversion laws and slow democratisation has resulted in the regular and massive protests which have been rare in Hong Kong's past political development.  The book then assesses different explanations for Hong Kong's government problems including lack of social cohesion incomplete economic restructuring structural budgetary deficit severe social inequality intensifying cronyism and deficiencies within the political system itself. It goes on to discuss the implications of poor governance for legislative elections civil society and constitutional development and considers the prospects for the future.  It argues that although in the short-term the Hong Kong government has managed to maintain its popular support ratings in the longer run it is unlikely to be able to maintain its legitimacy in dealing with the fundamental challenges of government unless the current system is replaced by popular election of the government with appropriate institutional capacity and political powers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543033

Politics and GovernmentA Collection of Essays Volume 3 "POLITICS and GOVERNMENT’ of the American Cities; series. This collection brings together more than 200 scholarly articles pertaining to the history and development of urban life in the United States during the past two centuries. The articles about municipal government contained in the third volume include discussions of how rapid urbanization in the early nineteenth century produced a chain reaction creating first the need for new political institutions then the rise of machine politics and finally reform movements that designed advocated and implemented new institutional structures such as the commission and city manager forms of government. Volume 3 also includes articles that consider the nature of intergovernmental relations at the end of the twentieth century and the connections between the governments of cities and the governments of the regions surrounding them—localities states and the nation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050416

Politics and History Raymond Aron French scholar journalist philosopher sociologist and historian is internationally recognized as one of the great thinkers in the modern social sciences bringing to contemporary history the insights of both philosophy and social science. This edition focuses on Aron's lifelong attempt to bridge the gap between knowledge and action and to understand the dialectical relationship between history and politics. It is an indispensable introduction to one of the most important thinkers of our century.This volume also contains an introduction by Aron which presents an autobiographical account of his confrontation with many of the most important ideas of this century. Miriam Bernheim Conant provides perceptive commentary as well as a chronology of Aron's career and works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530317

Politics and Identity in Chinese Martial Arts Chinese martial arts is considered by many to symbolise the strength of the Chinese and their pride in their history and has long been regarded as an important element of Chinese culture and national identity. Politics and Identity in Chinese Martial Arts comprehensively examines the development of Chinese martial arts in the context of history and politics and highlights its role in nation building and identity construction over the past two centuries.   This book explores how the development of Chinese martial arts was influenced by the ruling regimes’ political and military policies as well as the social and economic environment. It also discusses the transformation of Chinese martial arts into its modern form as a competitive sport a sport for all and a performing art considering the effect of the rapid transformation of Chinese society in the 20th century and the influence of Western sports. The text concludes by examining the current prominence of Chinese martial arts on a global scale and the bright future of the sport as a unique cultural icon and national symbol of China in an era of globalisation. Politics and Identity in Chinese Martial Arts is important reading for researchers students and scholars working in the areas of Chinese studies Chinese history political science and sports studies. It is also a valuable read for anyone with a special interest in Chinese martial arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896195

Politics and Institutions in Capetian France The nine essays in this volume by Elizabeth Brown deal with the development of representative institutions and monarchial power in Capetian France. One topic covered is that of the evolution of central assemblies with case studies of the assemblies held between 1316 and 1321 illuminating the impact of theory on practice. A second topic is that of the moral implications of fiscality and of the attempts by French monarchs to regulate their policies by the teachings of moral philosophy. A particular theme is the Capetians’ insistence on reform as a central theme of good government and their successes and failures living up to their principles. The articles also examine the realm’s reactions to the monarchy’s ideals and principles emphasizing and attempting to account for the differences in attitude to government on the part of the ruler and ruled that distinguished medieval France and England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375390

Politics and Islam in Contemporary Sudan Why wasn't Islam the rallying point and battle cry of the anti-colonial movement in the Sudan? Why did the mainstream political parties and the first military regime maintain the 'secular' political structures of the colonial state? Why did the influential parties opt for an 'Islamic constitution' in the 1960s? Why did Nimeiry's regime change is course? This work attempts to answer these and related questions.Three key issues are addressed within the framework of the relationship between Islam society and politics : the manifestation of Islam in the particular context of Sudanese society; the politicisation / repoliticisation of Islam and the Islamicisation of politics; and the mechanisms that influence the rise of a specific Islamicist force or enhance calls for Islamicisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978935

Politics and Justice in RussiaMajor Trials of the Post-Stalin Era Combining a journalist's view of major trials with a political-legal analysis this text gives a picture of the politics of justice in Russia. Coverage of major court cases ranges from the 1961 trial of the currency speculators to the Communist Party trial of 1992. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701653

Politics and Leadership in North KoreaThe Guerilla Dynasty Politics and Leadership in North Korea now fully updated in this second edition presents an accessible and comprehensive account of North Korea's political economic and foreign policies since its creation in 1945. Moving away from media representations of North Korea as dangerously erratic and dysfunctional Adrian Buzo provides a thorough analysis of Kim Il Sung’s vision for the DPRK and demonstrates the consistency of the successive leaderships’ approach to politics economics and international affairs. This second edition has been fully revised and takes into account all the important events of the last fifteen years in North Korea such as: • endemic food shortages; • the steady growth of military emphasis in both politics and ideology; • the acquisition and continued development of nuclear capabilities; • the implementation and eventual failure of South Korea’s ‘sunshine policy’; • the growth of private enterprise and a consumer economy. As such it will continue to be an essential resource for students of North Korea East Asian Politics and International Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187375

Politics and Left Unity in IndiaThe United Front in Late Colonial India The historical assessments of Left unity in 1930s India misrepresent activities designed to achieve unity. The common treatment of the relationship between Indian socialists and communists emphasizes disunity and the inability to find common ground. Scholarly discussions about unity in fact highlight its impracticality and the inevitability of its failure.This book proposes that during this moment for socialists and communists unity was not just an ideal but was in fact considered to be a possible and very realizable goal. Rather than focusing exclusively on ideological fissures as the literature does the book explores the possibilities for unity. The author investigates the United Front as a conceptual framework for collaboration as a scheme for assessing the extent to which cooperation between socialists and communists was feasible and practicable during the mid-to-late-1930s in India. He employs the notion of United Front as an instrument for identifying and compensating for the prejudices which permeate sources about the cooperation between the Congress Socialist Party (CSP) and the Communist Party of India (CPI).The author challenges the historicism found in extant scholarly assessments of Left unity by illustrating the ways in which the partners engaged in united front activities and approached the common goal of Left unity despite their fragmented ideological perspectives. The book presents the United Front not as an unsuccessful phase of collaboration but rather as a concerted attempt to achieve ideological convergence and Left homogeneity which ultimately failed to radicalize Indian nationalism because in reality conditions for Left unity did not exist. The book will be of interest to academics studying South Asian history and politics in particular and socialism communism nationalism and imperialism more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889180

Politics and Leisure First published in 1988. This book provides a lucid and exceptionally well-informed account at the controversial relationship between politics and leisure. The author combines historical and sociological material to show the ways in which ‘leisure’ has often been a fiercely disputed battleground. Free time and free space have always posed a threat to political authorities while providing room for experimentation and expression for the citizenry. This has led to extensive attempts at leisure regulation; John Wilson examines the purposes and effectiveness of such regulation in the fields of games sexuality the mass media and gambling. He is able to draw on evidence of leisure planning and policy from a wide variety of political regimes from communist and socialist through social democrat to liberal conservative and fascist. The importance of the relationship between political forces and leisure in subjects as disparate as the future of the Olympic games and the future of full employment has rarely been so evident. John Wilson has provided an excellent guide to its intricacies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110895

Politics and Markets in Rural China Thirty years have passed since the beginning of the reform era in China which saw important changes in agriculture and rural organizations but it is clear that certain entrenched legacies from pre-reform China still linger on even after WTO accession most importantly the key role played by state actors and politics in the development of markets in rural China. Although increasingly diversified markets have emerged for major agricultural inputs and products their development cannot be understood without taking this role into account. Against this backdrop the contributors to this book offer a fresh account of rural politics and markets consciously linking these two realms and highlighting their interconnectedness. The book is organized in three parts addressing respectively markets for agricultural inputs and outputs as well as current policies in rural development. The perspectives adopted link macro- and micro-level analysis in each chapter and thus contribute substantially to our understanding of existing markets. As an original account of rural politics and markets in China this book will appeal to students and scholars of Chinese politics economics development studies and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415596572

Politics and Method (Routledge Revivals)Contrasting Studies in Industrial Geography This book first published in 1985 explores the connections in academic research between theoretical positions political perspectives and policy prescriptions. Five different groups of authors who have written broadly in the fields of industrial and social geography discuss this relationship and illustrate it with recent work. Around their contributions the editors have constructed a book that is both a guide to the research debate for students at all levels and a handbook with notes and questions for those about to undertake their own research projects. Though designed primarily for use on undergraduate geography urban studies and applied economics courses its broad debate on research method is important for all professional and postgraduate researchers in the social sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203858288

Politics and Morals Originally published in 1946 this book reveals Croce’s dynamic conception of liberty liberalism and the relation of individual morality to the State. The State which he discusses is more than a national government; it is a historical conception which takes in all ‘states’ - local and international. The volume provides an inspired analysis of the relation of politics and morals individual liberty free enterprise and pragmatic social judgement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143602

Politics and Oil in Kazakhstan In Kazakhstan the oil industry plays a crucial role in its economic and political life due to the country’s considerable oil revenues and accompanying conflicting interests. As an arena of political struggle this industry provides a good test case for uncovering regime maintenance techniques. This book examines the ways in which the post-Soviet Kazakh regime has managed to sustain itself in power and the regime maintenance techniques it has used in the process of establishing and upholding its position. It scrutinizes the tools that the Kazakh regime employed in order to bring the country’s oil industry under its control and while doing so shifts the emphasis from the prevalent zhuz-horde tribe and clan-based approaches to Kazakh politics towards corporatism and patron-client mechanisms of control. Based on extensive field work in Kazakhstan and in-depth interviews with high ranking representatives of companies working in Kazakhstan’s oil and gas industry both local and foreign the National Oil Company and its subsidiaries government agencies foreign diplomats journalists and representatives of oppositional parties and NGOs this book provides a comprehensive study of the issues of politics of oil and state-business relationships in Kazakhstan.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693196

Politics and Old AgeOlder Citizens and Political Processes in Britain This title was first published in 2001. Older people have been characterized by two mutually contradictory stereotypes. One the one hand they have been portrayed as a powerful lobby growing demographically and able to demand large redistributions of the nation's income in their direction. On the other hand they have been typified as a marginalized group at high risk of poverty and exclusion and in a political context largely powerless. This book examines using original research conducted by the Older People and Politics Project (OPPOL) within Exeter University's Sociology Department the reality of the impact of the increasing number of older people on the British political process. The project had three main investigative concerns: how effective are pressure groups and lobbyists for older people?; how is the power and influence of older people perceived by older people themselves and the general public?; and how are politicians responding to older people and their needs? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733190

Politics and Philosophy in Plato's Menexenus Menexenus is one of the least studied among Plato's works mostly because of the puzzling nature of the text which has led many scholars either to reject the dialogue as spurious or to consider it as a mocking parody of Athenian funeral rhetoric. In this book Pappas and Zelcer provide a persuasive alternative reading of the text one that contributes in many ways to our understanding of Plato and specifically to our understanding of his political thought.The book is organized into two parts. In the first part the authors offer a synopsis of the dialogue address the setting and its background in terms of the Athenian funeral speech and discuss the alternative readings of the dialogue showing their weaknesses and strengths. In the second part the authors offer their positive interpretation of the dialogue taking particular care to explain and ground their interpretive criteria and method which considers Plato's text not simply as a de-contextualized collection of philosophical arguments but offers a theoretically reading of the text that situates it firmly within its historical context.The book will become a reference point in the debate about the Menexenus and Plato's political philosophy more generally and marks an important contribution to our understanding of ancient thought and classical Athenian society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256135

Politics and Philosophy in the Thought of Destutt de Tracy First published in 1987. This study describes and analyses the published writings of the French philosopher Antoine Destutt de Tracy. The author focuses on the three decades from the calling of the Etats-généraux to the early years of the Restoration – the period of Tracy’s entire literary production and the period of his greatest influence and reputation. This title will be of great interest to students of history philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226015

Politics and Pitfalls of Japan EthnographyReflexivity Responsibility and Anthropological Ethics Four anthropologists Elise Edwards Ann Elise Lewallen Bridget Love and Tomomi Yamaguchi draw on their fieldwork experiences in Japan to demonstrate collectively the inadequacy of both the Code of Ethics developed by the American Anthropological Association (AAA) and the dictates of Institutional Review Boards (IRB) when dealing with messy human realities. The four candidly and critically explore the existential dilemmas they were forced to confront with respect to this inadequacy for the AAA’s code and IRBs consider neither the vulnerability and powerlessness of ethnographers nor the wholly unethical (and even criminal) deportment of some informants. As Jennifer Robertson points out in her Introduction whereas the AAA’s Code tends to perpetuate the stereotype of more advantaged fieldworkers studying less advantaged peoples IRBs appear to protect their home institutions (from possible litigation) rather than living and breathing people whose lives are often ethically compromised irrespective of the presence of an ethnographer. In her commentary Sabine Frühstück who incurred ample experience with ethical dilemmas in the course of her pathbreaking ethnographic research on Japan’s Self-Defense Forces situates the four articles in a broader theoretical context and emphasizes the link between political engagement and ethnographic accuracy. This book was previously published as a special issue of Critical Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995079

Politics and Planning in the Holy City Jerusalem is not just another city that illustrates the conflict between interests of professional planners and competing political perspectives. It is the Holy City with a history of some 3 000 years. Moreover numerous layers of historical remains have importance for intense and competitive religious and national interests. Israelis claim it as the capital of their country and Palestinians want it--or part of it--as the capital of their not yet created state.Jerusalem is also a place where more than 700 000 people live and the center of a metropolitan area with more than twice that number. Along with religious and national interests there are the customary conflicts between what various groups--property developers politicians professional planners neighborhood residents and environmental activists--want to do with the land. Politics and Planning in the Holy City describes and analyzes the tensions between politics and planning.The authors tackle the economic social and political contexts that shape conflicts. Such problems include deciding what should be called "Jerusalem" and difficulties surrounding the construction of a defense barrier to protect Israelis from Palestinian terrorists--in the framework of a multicultural city where 30 to 40 percent of its residents are Palestinians. There is dissent over locating rail lines to the city as some interests want them here there or nowhere and over building a light rail line within a city already crowded and beset with conflicting interests. The creation of a football stadium is another venue for conflict as many religious Jews view sports as a threat to their way of life.Issues include locating a site for housing new immigrants as few Jerusalemites want large numbers of newcomers in their neighborhoods and deciding which sites merit preservation in a city with many deserving candidates but severely limited resources. This volume will attract urban specialists as well as those concerned with larger political issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513365

Politics and Policies for Water Resources Management in India This comprehensive volume explores the interface between politics and policy making in the water management sector of India. The authors discuss the nature of the political discourse on water management in India and what characterizes this discourse. They also explore how this discourse has influenced the process of framing water related policies in India particularly through the ‘academics-bureaucrat-politician’ nexus and the growing influence of the civil society groups on policy makers which are the defining feature of this process and which have produced certain policy outcomes that are not supported by sufficient scientific evidence. The book reveals that the social and management sciences despite being increasingly relevant in contemporary water management are unable to impress upon traditional engineer-dominated water administration to seek solutions to complex water problems owing to a lack of interdisciplinary perspective in their research. The authors also examine the current deadlock in undertaking sectoral reforms due to existing water policies not being honoured. This collection includes several research studies which suggest legal institutional policy alternatives for addressing the problems in areas such as irrigation rural and urban water supply flood control and adaptation to climate variability and change. It was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312787

Politics and Policy in Democratic SpainNo Longer Different? Spain is different" was a favourite tourist board slogan of the Franco dictatorship. Is Spain still different? This volume provides an original series of analyses of how politics in democratic Spain has developed since the remarkable success of the transition to democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037134

Politics and Policy in GreeceThe Challenge of 'Modernisation' This rare focus on the politics of contemporary Greece explores in particular the country’s processes of public policy-making. It is more than thirty years since the restoration of democracy in Greece and in this period the country has undergone a number of major changes. Domestic political tensions have arisen from the pressures of ‘Europeanization’ as a consequence of Greece’s membership in the European Union. EU membership has helped define a ‘modernization’ project latterly associated with Premier Costas Simitis which clashes with traditional practices and paradigms. In addition other challenges have arisen: of a multi-ethnic society of the loss of faith in old ideologies and of the passage of old divisions. Greece now faces pressure to adapt to the external environment as well as to the constraints of the will and capability of the domestic system. Politics and Policy in Greece addresses core issues such as: * How far has the politics of ‘modernization’ penetrated Greek society? * How far have reforms to state-economy relations welfare systems and constitutional rights reflected a liberal agenda and how far have they reflected traditional concerns? * How has ‘modernization’ affected Greece’s relations with the European Union? Containing expert overviews and detailed case studies of the dynamics of domestic politics this accessible and informative volume is essential reading for both Greeks and non-Greeks alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315874029

Politics and Policy Making in EducationExplorations in Sociology Based on interviews with key actors in the policy-making process this book maps the changes in education policy and policy making in the Thatcherite decade. The focus of the book is the 1988 Education Reform Act its origins purposes and effects and it looks behind the scenes at the priorities of the politicians civil servants and government advisers who were influential in making changes. Using direct quotations from senior civil servants and former secretaries of state it provides a fascinating insight into the way in which policy is made. The book focuses on real-life political conflicts examining the way in which education policy was related to the ideal of society projected by Thatcherism. It looks in detail at the New Right government advisers and think tanks; the industrial lobby addressing issues such as the National Curriculum national testing and City Technical Colleges. The author sets these important issues within a clear theoretical framework which illuminates the whole process of policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008472

Politics and Politicians in Contemporary US TelevisionWashington as Fiction Bringing together well-established scholars of media political science sociology and film to investigate the representation of Washington politics on U.S. television from the mid-2000s to the present this volume offers stimulating perspectives on the status of representations of contemporary US politics the role of government and the machinations and intrigue often associated with politicians and governmental institutions. The authors help to locate these representations both in the context of the history of earlier television shows that portrayed the political culture of Washington as well as within the current political culture transpiring both inside and outside of "The Beltway." With close attention to issues of gender race and class and offering studies from contemporary quality television including popular programmes such as The West Wing Veep House of Cards The Americans The Good Wife and Scandal the authors examine the ways in which televisual representations reveal changing attitudes towards Washington culture shedding light on the role of the media in framing the public’s changing perception of politics and politicians. Exploring the new era in which television finds itself with new production practices and the possible emergence of a new ’political genre’ emerging Politics and Politicians in Contemporary U.S. Television also considers the ’humanizing’ of political characters on television asking what that representation of politicians as human beings says about the national political culture. A fascinating study that sits at the intersection of politics and television this book will appeal to scholars of popular culture sociology cultural and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595913

Politics and Post-Colonial TheoryAfrican Inflections This groundbreaking book makes sense of the complexities and dynamics of post-colonial politics illustrating how post-colonial theory has marginalised a huge part of its constituency namely Africa.Politics and Post-Colonial Theory traces how African identity has been constituted and reconstituted by examining issues such as:* negritude* the rise of nationalism* decolonisation.The book also questions how helpful post-colonial analysis can be in understanding the complexities which define institutions including:* the nation-state* civil society* human rights* citizenship.Politics and Post-colonial Theory bravely breaks down disciplinary boundaries. Its radical vision will be essential reading for all those engaged in Politics post-colonial studies and African studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203187890

Politics and PovertyA Critique of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Originally published in 1992. At its foundation FAO was conceived as an organization that would bring together health and agriculture. It would manage the world’s food output to greater advantage and improve the well-being of its people. Almost a half-century on FAO faced mounting criticism from its major funding nations professionals within the field and developing countries. The efficacy of its constitution bureaucracy and aid and even its fidelity to original ideals are questioned. This book presents an informed if irreverent insider’s view. The first part of the book sets out the structure and activities of FAO. It gives a human dimension describing the personalities that have influenced decisions and performance the motivations of its staff its location in Rome. The second part appraises FAO’S success in achieving its ultimate objective the alleviation of poverty. Throughout the concern is both for a more visionary organization to help develop a sustainable income base for the rural poor in the developing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275884

Politics and Practices of Intergovernmental Evaluation Great intellectual effort has gone into the development of sophisticated designs and methodologies to study individual policies programs and projects. Costly efforts to find the smallest evidence of a policy or program impact have been undertaken in the presumption that such data are central to policy decision making. Meanwhile the intergovernmental nature of political and policy governance has been ignored. Whether it is Canada the United States England Denmark Sweden Germany Japan or any other industrial country the governmental structure is essentially a web of interrelated policies programs and projects. To understand local responsibilities and requirements one must also understand the role that regional and national governmental agencies and administrations play. Politics and Practice of Intergovernmental Evaluation is a landmark work in the area of the evaluation of intergovernmental policies programs and projects. Comparative and cross-national in its perspective the material presented here not only provides a systematic theoretical and empirical treatment of intergovernmental evaluation but does so with case material from seven nations and the European Union. No other such comparative work exists on this topic. Contributors include: Jan Eric Furubo; Mary Henkel; Linda G. Morra; Robert V. Segsworth and Dale H. Poel; and Willi Zimmermann and Peter Knoepfel. The Politics and Practice of Intergovernmental Evaluation will be of interest to political theorists policymakers and scholars and students of government and the evaluation community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513372

Politics and ProgressA Survey of the Problems of Today In Politics and Progress Muir aims to outline the political and social aims of liberalism and how it differs from conservatism and socialism as well as philosophising what a truly liberal society would look like. Originally published in 1923 this study details the political situation as it stood then the past achievements of liberalism and what immediate problems society is facing that need to solved. This title will be of interest to students of politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641587

Politics And Public Policy In Latin America This innovative textbook focuses on the policy approach as a systematic tool for understanding Latin American political life and then outlines policymaking variations among the Latin American regimes. The authors introduce the student to the study of policymaking by examining various theoretical perspectives and then grounding those perspectives in Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283650

Politics and Purges in ChinaRectification and the Decline of Party Norms 1950-65 Drawing upon released documents memoirs and party-history works the process and impact of the political campaigns in China between 1950 and 1965 is documented. Complete with extensive interviews with Chinese scholars and former officials the book reviews the findings of the first edition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484778

Politics and RecognitionTowards a New Political Aesthetics This book outlines a new conception of political aesthetics based on the notion of order as an aesthetic category pertaining to human perception. Engaging with the thought of a range of figures including Veblen Honneth Foucault Popper and MacIntyre it explores the nature of political aesthetics as an enquiry into the ways in which politics and our perceptions shape one another and our moral choices. Moving beyond the consideration of politics as a matter of perception the author employs the concept of recognition to shed fresh light on the normative dimensions of politics before presenting a series of case studies designed to show the utility of this conception of political aesthetics for explaining contemporary urban social phenomena and political conflicts. As such Politics and Recognition will appeal to sociologists philosophers and political social theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277215

Politics and Regimes The essays grouped together in this volume look from differing angles at the crisis of condence faced by the contemporary state. What we see is the decline of the authority once associated with the Western nation-state as a source of public order and as a defender of cultural identity. Multiplying and contradictory rights claims the breakdown of a shared political frame of reference and attempts by public administration to micromanage society have all contributed to the threat to authority. What remains to be asked is whether the Western paradigm of the state can be restored to the basis of public faith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530324

Politics and Religion in India This volume examines how religion is intrinsically related to politics in India. Based on studies from states across the length and breadth of India it looks at political formations that inform political discourse on the national level and maps the trajectory of religion in politics. The chapters in this volume: discuss contemporary trends in Indian politics including Hindutva citizenship bills and mob violence; draw on fieldwork conducted across states and regions in India on critical themes including the role of religion in electoral process political campaigns and voting behaviour political and ideological mobilization and state politics vis-à-vis religion among minorities; focus on the emerging politics of the 21st century. The book will be a key reference text for scholars and researchers of politics religion sociology media and culture studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367337872

Politics and Religion in the United Kingdom This important new volume seeks to provide significant contribution to our understanding of religion and politics demonstrating through comparisons with other countries the unusually complex nature of the interaction of religion and politics in the United Kingdom. Bruce provides a detailed and comprehensive analysis of the field covering key topics including: Religion and Violence in Northern Ireland A UK-US comparison of the relationship between the church and the nation state Links between Protestantism and the rise of modern democracy The relationship between Methodism and Socialism The impact that ethnic minority status and religious values have on political alignment This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of religion politics and religious sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643672

Politics and Religion in the United States There is a complex relationship between religiosity and secularism in the American experience. America is notable both for its strict institutional separation of church and state and for the strong role that religion has played in its major social movements and ongoing political life. This book seeks to illuminate for readers the dynamics underlying this seeming paradox and to examine how the various religious groups in America have approached and continue to approach the tensions between sacred and secular. This much-anticipated revision brings Corbett and Corbett’s classic text fully up to date. The second edition continues with a thorough discussion of historical origins of religion in political life constitutional matters public opinion and the most relevant groups all while taking theology seriously. Revisions include fully updating all the public opinion data fuller incorporation of voting behavior among different religious and demographic groups enhanced discussion of minority religions such as Mormonism and Islam and new examples throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644631

Politics and Religion in ZimbabweThe Deification of Robert G. Mugabe This book illustrates how religion and ideology were used by Robert Mugabe to ward off opposition within his own party in Zimbabwe and from the West. An interdisciplinary line up of contributors argue that Mugabe used a calculated narrative of deification – presenting himself as a divine figure who had the task of delivering land freedom and confidence to black people across the world – to remain in power in Zimbabwe. The chapters highlight the appropriation and deployment of religious themes in Mugabe’s domestic and international politics reflect on the contestation around the deification of Mugabe in Zimbabwean politics across different forms of religious expression including African Traditional Religions and various strands of Christianity and initiate further reflections on the interface between religion and politics in Africa and globally. Politics and Religion in Zimbabwe will be of interest to scholars of religion and politics Southern Africa and African politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376185

Politics and Religious Consciousness in America This exploration of the tensions of politics and religion in the United States from its earliest settlement to contemporary times is the first coherent history of American religious thought and practice within the context of politics. Kelly sets forth a chronology and topology of the patterns of collaboration competition and interaction of politics and religion in America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126821

Politics and Revolution in EgyptRise and Fall of the Youth Activists In the years since the 2011 revolutions Egypt and the Arab countries in general have moved from a profound moment of hope and democratic potential to deepened authoritarianism and outright war. Among the many political actors who have seen their political prospects rise and fall are youth activists the revolutionary vanguard who spearheaded the transition process. This book offers a detailed analysis of Egypt’s revolutionary youth as a collective and non-institutionalized political actor since 2005 bringing forth in particular the organizational ideational and strategic dimensions of the social movement. It offers insights into the origins of the movement and its evolution over time the activists’ claims and objectives and the rationale behind their actions/interactions in the greater political arena. Proposing a theoretical framework that lies at the nexus of practice theory and social movement theory the book demonstrates how the foundational practices of "youth" and "revolutionary" acted as the movement’s internal culture shaping the activists’ claims and goals their organizational structures and their choice of strategies and repertoires of contention. In the context of a defunct Arab Spring and the region’s descent into deepened authoritarianism and ultra-violent conflict the book sheds light on the Egyptian uprising and the reasons for its increasingly grim outcome by providing a detailed analysis of one of its key players and both the exogenous and endogenous reasons why the revolutionary youth activists failed to achieve their goals. As the first book to assess the revolutionary youth as a social movement distinct from other forms of activism and other youth groups/parties in Egypt it will be a valuable resource for anyone with an interest in Middle East Studies the Arab Spring or social movements more generally.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593346

Politics and RhetoricA Critical Introduction Rhetoric is the art of speech and persuasion the study of argument and in Classical times an essential component in the education of the citizen. For rhetoricians politics is a skill to be performed and not merely observed. Yet in modern democracies we often suspect political speech of malign intent and remain uncertain how properly to interpret and evaluate it. Public arguments are easily dismissed as ‘mere rhetoric’ rather than engaged critically with citizens encouraged to be passive consumers of a media spectacle rather than active participants in a political dialogue. This volume provides a clear and instructive introduction to the skills of the rhetorical arts. It surveys critically the place of rhetoric in contemporary public life and assesses its virtues as a tool of political theory. Questions about power and identity in the practices of political communication remain central to the rhetorical tradition: how do we know that we are not being manipulated by those who seek to persuade us? Only a grasp of the techniques of rhetoric and an understanding of how they manifest themselves in contemporary politics argues the author can guide us in answering these perennial questions. Politics and Rhetoric draws together in a comprehensive and highly accessible way relevant ideas from discourse analysis classical rhetoric updated to a modern setting relevant issues in contemporary political theory and numerous carefully chosen examples and issues from current politics. It will be essential reading for all students of politics and political communications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706711

Politics And Social Change In Latin AmericaStill A Distinct Tradition? Third Edition Since the appearance of the first edition of this text in 1974 the book has stimulated an ongoing debate about the nature of the Latin American development process. Although the essays discuss a wide range of historical economic political and social issues they are unified in arguing that the Latin American experience of development is subject to special imperatives of analysis and interpretation not generally offered in the Western literature on development and social change. Arguing that West ern models are often inappropriate when applied to Latin America the authors explore alternative approaches to understanding the Latin American pattern of development and change. The third edition retains classic essays from earlier editions but has been extensively revised to take account of the dramatic changes in the region over the last ten years. Looking particularly at the challenges presented by redemocratization and the new pluralism the book raises the question of whether a "distinct tradition" still remains. New readings discuss the implications of U.S. foreign policy in Latin America the changing role of the church the process of democratization and human rights issues and speculate on the permanence of Latin America's more pluralistic political structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283667

Politics and Social Theory (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1989 this Routledge Revival is a major collection of essays on the competing traditions of social and political theory. The contributions by international scholars reflect the re-examination of the boundaries between the ‘political’ and the ‘social’ the ‘public’ and ‘private’ and ‘state’ and ‘society’. The reissue will be of great value to students in both sociology and political science. Bringing new arguments to bear on the debate about the place of political theory in social science the contributors discuss such issues as the different languages used by sociologists to describe the state; Marxist and socialist theory; class analysis; the welfare state; feminist political theory; and the impact of post-modernity on contemporary social thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678957

Politics and Society This carefully selected and integrated series of discourses on the central issues of political life presents Robert M. MacIver's views on ethics and politics society and the state government and political change war and peace and the conditions of a viable international order. It is both a key to the astonishing scope and versatility of MacIver's mind and a major contribution to political thought.Politics and Society elucidates some of the major themes and essential problems of political theory. Here are incisive essays on the nature of understanding in social and political science; on the discontinuities between ethics and politics that render difficult yet imperative the ordering of a multigroup society; and on the ever-present tensions between liberty and authority private interests and the common good. Here too are MacIver's assessments of the forces that make for social change and the transformations requisite to the establishment of a viable international order. And here with sensitivity and wisdom are MacIver's articulations of relevant ends and their realization through appropriate means.David Spitz provided a lengthy introduction to this volume on its first publication in 1969 assessing the importance of MacIver's teachings as well as relating these essays within the broader context of MacIver's political and social thought. The republication of this collection now attests to Spitz's conclusion:"The rewards that await the reader of these essays support my conviction that MacIver's eminent achievements in both method and vision stamp him as the most distinguished of our social and political theorists." Robert M. MacIver (1882-1970) was Lieber Professor of Political Philosophy and Sociology at Columbia University (1929-1950) and held many other academic posts directorships and honorary degrees and in 1962 came out of retirement to be chancellor of the New School for Social Research. Among his most important books were Social Causation and Community a Sociological Study.David Spitz was professor of political science at Columbia University. He was the author among other books of The Liberal Idea of Freedom. The David and Elaine Spitz Prize is awarded every year for the best book in liberal and/or democratic theory by the International Conference for the Study of Political Thought in his honor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530331

Politics and Society between ElectionsPublic Opinion in India’s States Elections are episodic; governance is routine. This book studies patterns in public opinion on politics and society between elections in India. By using the survey data covering 24 Indian states including the National Capital Region of Delhi (NCR) it will serve as State barometers of public opinion. The surveys seek to understand how politics and governance processes are nested in the social and political relationships between citizens inter se and with government functionaries. The book explores citizen perceptions about the social and political universes they inhabit in periods between elections. It examines social attitudes of citizens friendship ties across social groups gender roles and relationships; opinions on governance ease of public service access the citizen-state interface and trust in political institutions; and political attitudes and identity nationalism freedom of expression and populism. This book explores public perceptions of everyday development and governance outcomes that are shaped by how the government functions between elections: how it relates to citizens on a regular basis; how it provides routine public services to them; and how public order is maintained. An incisive study on public opinion on politics society and governance in India this book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of political science governance public policy and South Asian studies. It will also be of immense interest to bureaucrats policymakers think tanks and organisations working in the areas of development studies politics society and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367636661

Politics and Society in Israel This series of the Israeli Sociological Society whose object is to identify and clarify the major themes that occupy social research in Israel today gathers together the best of Israeli social science investigation that was previously scattered in a large variety of international journals. Each book in the series is introduced by integrative essays. Each volume focuses on a particular topic; the first volume seeks out the dynamics of conflict and integration in a new society; the second volume is concerned with the sociology of a unique Israeli social institution—the kibbutz. The third volume presents sociological perspectives on political life and culture in Israel. Articles by leading scholars deal with: historical development; political culture and ideology; political institutions and behavior; the social basis of politics; and social change. Volume III also includes a select bibliography. Contributors to Volume III (tentative): Karl W. Deutsch Yonathan Shapiro Dan Horowitz Moshe Lissak Daniel Elazar Asher Arian Charles Liebman Erik Cohen Yoram Peri Ephraim Yaar S. Smooha. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126838

Politics and Society in Modern IsraelMyths and Realities With full coverage of recent dramatic events in Israeli politics from the Rabin assassination through the May 1996 elections this work provides an up-to-date introduction to Israeli politics and society. It seeks to convey a strong sense of everyday life in Israel the nuances and contradictions of Israeli identity the ethnic composition and institutional structure of Israeli society as well as Israeli political culture and the issues that dominate the country's domestic and foreign policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701646

Politics and Society in the Developing World This book is a welcome new edition which completely updates and revises the very popular first edition Politics and Society in the Third World. Mehran Kamrava has brought the book in line with the major changes in global politics and the politics and social issues of the developing world.The book examines key issues such as democratisation: civil society organisations and NGOs 'political society' state collapse democratic bargains and transition consolidation and problems of legitimacy elections multi-party politics; industrial development; dependency theory and globalisation; the roles of the IMF and the World Bank the GATT and other multinational institutions; urbanisation; social change; the increasing influence of western values capital and institutions; urbanisation; social change; the increasing influence of western values capital and institutions; political culture: its role and impact in newly democratic developing countries; revolution; and gives more examples from Africa East Asia and rural societies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203013298

Politics and Society in the Developing World In a world seemingly surfing a wave of unprecedented affluence it is sobering to be reminded that only thirty out of nearly two hundred countries can really be classified as advanced industrialized countries. Eighty per cent of the world's population lives in the developing world. This popular concise introduction scrutinises the developing world its varied political institutions and the key social economic and environmental issues at the heart of contemporary debates. Wide-ranging and clearly written Politics and Society in the Developing World begins by providing a brisk survey of the major theoretical and methodological interpretations of the social impact of development. It then details the factors which determine the parameters of the developing world before moving on to examine its infrastructure and the crises currently facing it. The book also covers the social and economic contexts of developing societies the international arena and its impact on the developing world state-building and the tension between dictatorship and democratization. The book focuses on four policy areas: aid trade tourism and the environment.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178731

Politics And Society In Ukraine With the expansion of NATO Ukraine is frequently described as the ?linchpin? of security in Central Europe. And after Russia it is the largest and most important of the post-Soviet states. Yet it is a country about which most westerners know very little subsumed as it was for decades beneath the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. Ukrainian Pol Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317355

Politics and SuicideThe philosophy of political self-destruction Politics and Suicide argues that whilst the historical lineage of suicidal politics is recognised the fundamental significance of autodestruction to the political remains under examined. It contends that practices like suicide-bombing do not simply embody a strange or abnormal ‘suicidal’ articulation of the political but rather that the existence of suicidal politics tells us something fundamental about the political as such and thinking about political violence more broadly. Recent world events have emphatically shown our need for tools with which to develop better understandings of the politics of suicide. Through the exploration of several arresting case-studies including the ‘Kamikaze’ bombers of World War Two Jan Palach’s self-immolation in 1969 Cold War nuclear deterrence and the suicide-terrorist attacks of 9/11 Michelsen asks how we might talk of a political suicide in any of these contexts. The book charts how political processes ‘go suicidal’ and asks how we might still consider them to be political in such a case. It investigates how suicide can function as ‘politics’. A strong contribution to the fields of philosophy and international relations theory this work will also be of interest to students and scholars of political theory and terrorism & political violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377535

Politics and the AcademyArnold Toynbee and the Koraes Chair First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978959

Politics and the Art of CommemorationMemorials to struggle in Latin America and Spain Memorials are proliferating throughout the globe. States recognize the political value of memorials: memorials can convey national unity a sense of overcoming violent legacies a commitment to political stability or the strengthening of democracy. Memorials represent fitful negotiations between states and societies symbolically to right wrongs to recognize loss to assert distinct historical narratives that are not dominant. This book explores relationships among art representation and politics through memorials to violent pasts in Spain and Latin America. Drawing from curators art historians psychologists political theorists holocaust studies scholars as well as the voices of artists activists and families of murdered and disappeared loved ones Politics and the Art of Commemoration uses memorials as conceptual lenses into deep politics of conflict and as suggestive arenas for imagining democratic praxis. Tracing deep histories of political struggle and suggesting that today’s commemorative practices are innovating powerful forms of collective political action this work will be of great interest to students and scholars of international relations Latin American studies and memory studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843546

Politics and the BenchThe Judges and the Origins of the English Civil War Although there have been many studies of the English revolution and its more dramatic trials until this book was published in 1971 little attention had been paid to the Long Parliament’s attempts to impeach a number of judges. This book describes how the judges became unpopular selecting a number of themes – from the development of unanimous decision and opinions to the role of the judges as agents and supervisors of government policies. The Long Parliament viewed them as the great instrument behind evil policies and believed they had attempted to usurp the power of legislation. Charles I is seen as placing too much reliance on his judges and his failure to realize that legality could not be a perpetual answer to political dissent in the end cost him his throne. The book is intended as an introduction for undergraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367609740

Politics and the BombThe Role of Experts in the Creation of Cooperative Nuclear Non-Proliferation Agreements Epistemic communities represent networks of knowledge-based experts that help articulate cause-and-effect relationships of complex problems define the self-interests of a state or formulate specific policies for state decision makers.   However the role of these scientists and knowledgeable professionals in nuclear policy formulation is poorly understood.  Thoroughly documented and making excellent use of source material Politics and the Bomb provides refreshingly new empirical evidence and theoretical analysis of the importance of scientists and experts behind the creation of new non-proliferation agreements.  Simply not another book on nuclear proliferation Sara Z. Kutchesfahani explores the differences in the emergence composition and influence mechanisms of the epistemic communities behind the nuclear non-proliferation policy formulation in Brazilian-Argentine Agency for Accounting and Control of Nuclear Materials (ABACC) and the Nunn-Lugar Cooperative Threat Reduction (CTR) Program. In doing so she eloquently demonstrates how the role of these non-proliferation experts lead to the possibility of creating more effective non-proliferation policies in the future and hints at the need to sustain non-proliferation epistemic communities in all countries that can provide input to the global proliferation problem until it is solved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944701

Politics and the Concept of the PoliticalThe Political Imagination A recent trend in contemporary western political theory is to criticize it for implicitly trying to "conquer " "displace" or "moralize" politics. James Wiley’s book takes the "next step " from criticizing contemporary political theory to showing what a more "politics-centered" political theory would look like by exploring the meaning and value of politics in the writings of Max Weber Carl Schmitt Paul Ricoeur Hannah Arendt Sheldon Wolin Claude Lefort and Ernesto Laclau and Chantal Mouffe. These political theorists all use the concept of "the political" to explain the value of politics and defend it from its detractors. They represent state-centered republic-centered and society-centered conceptions of politics as well as realist authoritarian idealist republican populist and radical democratic traditions of political thought. This book compares these theorists and traditions of "the political" in order to defend politics from its critics and to contribute to the development of a politics-centered political theory. Politics and the Concept of the Political will be a useful resource to general audiences as well as to specialists in political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185821

Politics and the Ends of Identity First published in 1997 this volume responds to the issue that identity can no longer be taken for granted and features contributions from experts in politics history and social theory on the concepts of identity politics and selfhood in cultures around the world. Stemming from the work of Erik Erikson on the concept of identity these articles expand to include Islam Japan India and America along with a contemplation of international ideas of national sovereignty. They argue as a whole against notions of a growing global homogeneity of identity and against an ‘end to history’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332188

Politics and the EnvironmentFrom Theory to Practice Politics and the Environment has established itself as one of the most comprehensive textbooks in this area. This new edition has been completely revised and updated whilst retaining the features and the theory-to-practice focus which made the first two editions so successful. This text is designed to introduce students to the key concepts and issues which surround environmental problems and their political solutions. The authors investigate the people movements and organisations that form and implement these policies and explore the barriers which hinder successful introduction of international environmental politics. The 3rd edition has been expanded to include: The shift in focus in environmental politics from sustainable development to climate change governance An extensive discussion on climate change: including institutional national and global responses in the aftermath of the Kyoto protocol An increased international focus with more case studies from the UK Europe Australia and North America More discussion of global environmental social movements: including the US environmental organisations in particular the Green Party and the environmental justice groups This textbook is an invaluable and accessible resource for undergraduates studying environmental politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415572125

Politics and the EnvironmentRisk and the Role of Government and Industry 'An evenhanded realistic and thoughtful approach to identifying environmental problems and management goals' Stephen Zavestoski Assistant Professor of Sociology and Environmental Studies University of San Francisco '...a theoretically advanced yet accessible treatment of environmental governance drawing on an impressive range of material to investigate the roles of states and industries in addressing environmental problems.' Harriet Bulkeley Department of Geography University of Durham 'Written in the vein of critical optimism this book is pitched at the right level to inspire people trying to make pragmatic changes to their governmental and industrial systems: trying to make a difference where it counts.' Timothy Doyle Associate Professor in Geographical and Environmental Studies University of Adelaide What is the future for our environment? We face serious risks of major industrial accidents and global environmental degradation yet new technological developments promise a standard of living unimaginable only a few generations ago. Michael Howes outlines the ways in which governments have responded to environmental risk over the past four decades. He examines the key environmental issues and the claims of envirosceptics offering a new strategy for making major administrative decisions in the face of uncertainty. He explains how governments have developed environmental policy and the ongoing tensions between science industry the state social movements and electoral politics. In a clear straightforward manner he shows how to use the work of theorists Ulrich Beck Michel Foucault and John Dryzek to analyse environmental policy. He also develops a new method of measuring the effectiveness of environmental governance in developed countries. Howes draws on a wide array of sources from business government environment groups academic research and NGOs to illustrate his arguments with comparisons between the environmental policies of the UK the USA and Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164192

Politics and the Individual in France 1930-1950 Focusing on France and bringing together historians of politics literature philosophy art and film this volume sheds light on the imagination and experience of the political individual in the age of the masses between 1930 and 1950. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601348

Politics and the Internet SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY PRICE!(Valid until 3 months after publication) It is commonplace to observe that the Internet—and the dizzying technologies and applications which it continues to spawn—has revolutionized human communications. But while the medium’s impact has apparently been immense the nature of its political implications remains highly contested. To give but a few examples the impact of networked individuals and institutions has prompted serious scholarly debates in political science and related disciplines on: the evolution of ‘e-government’ and ‘e-politics’ (especially after recent US presidential campaigns); electronic voting and other citizen participation; activism; privacy and surveillance; and the regulation and governance of cyberspace. As research in and around politics and the Internet flourishes as never before this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Political Science series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing—and ever more complex—corpus of literature. Edited by William H. Dutton Director of the Oxford Internet Institute (OII) the collection gathers foundational and canonical work together with innovative and cutting-edge applications and interventions. With a full index and comprehensive bibliographies together with a new introduction by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Politics and the Internet is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as a database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers students practitioners and policy-makers it is a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415561501

Politics and the Internet in Comparative ContextViews from the cloud For many years now we have witnessed the developing use of the internet and associated technologies by political actors and organisations. Claims and counter claims have been made as its suitability as a tool to help in the struggle to re-invigorate political participation in democracies across the globe has been contested. This book charts the shifting sands of political activity in the digital age. It interrogates the hybrid nature of modern politics as online and offline actions blur the boundaries of traditional politics between ‘real-life’ co-presence and the booming virtual domain of politics. By so doing it critically reflects on the latest scholarship on the subject while concurrently advancing stimulating new insights into it. Encapsulating both the range and the diverse velocities of change in different political arenas and geographical locations this volumes seeks to map out a path if not towards the politics of tomorrow then towards a better comprehension of the politics of today. Featuring a range of international and comparative case studies presenting research on the UK US Italy France Spain Romania Africa and China this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Politics and Media Political Communication New Media studies Public Administration Sociology Communication Studies Computing and Information and Communications Technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933804

Politics and the Mass Media in Britain This fully-updated new edition of Politics and the Mass Media provides a comprehensive introduction to the role of mass communications in politics at all levels from election campaigns news reports and lobbying groups to the media activities of pressure groups.The relationship between politics politicians and the media is a matter of increasingly contentious debate as politicians' awareness of the importance of the media becomes more sophisticated amidst rapidly-advancing media technology and control.Providing a review of the nature and content of political communications and of recent theoretical developments Negrine addresses the issues surrounding today's mass media including cable and satellite television investigation of the press the relationship between the state and broadcasing institutions and the ever-present question of whether or not Britain needs a media policy. This new edition includes:* Case studies from television and the press* Fully revised text with updated sections on the press broadcasting and media legislation* Brand new chapters on Europe and globalisation Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147690

Politics and the Media in Twenty-First Century IndonesiaDecade of Democracy Every political aspirant and activist knows the media are important. But there is little agreement on how an increasingly diversified media operate in post-authoritarian transitions and how they might promote or impede the pathways to a sustainable liberal democracy in the 21st century.  This book examines the role of the media during Indonesia’s longest experiment with democratisation. It addresses two important and related questions: how is the media being transformed both in terms of its structure and content by the changing political economy of Indonesia after the fall of Suharto? And what is the potential impact of this media in enabling or hampering the development of democracy in Indonesia? The book explores the relation between the working of democratisation by examining the role of ethnic identity and nationalism; increasingly cheaper and diversified means of media production challenging state monopolies of the media; the reality of personalised and globalised media; and the challenging of the connection between a free media and democracy by global capitalism and corporate control of the media. The book argues that the dominant forces transforming Indonesia today did not arise from the singular point of Suharto’s resignation but from a set of factors which are independent from but linked to Indonesia’s internal politics and which shape its cultural industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631921

Politics and the Mediatization of School Educational PolicyThe Dog-Whistle Dynamic Despite increasing prevalence over the past three decades and a clear impact on school education policy and practice education’s connection to dog-whistle journalism and politics has not yet been fully explored. Addressing this gap Politics and the Mediatization of School Educational Policy examines the emergence and current impact of dog-whistle politics and journalism on education in Australia the US and the UK questioning what is at stake when this political dog whistle is directed at school educational policy and practice. Exploring common targets for dog-whistling such as teaching standards teacher quality and specific curriculum areas such as history sex and health education the book considers the broader social issues of xenophobia and racism as well as the decline of print media and rise of digital news sources in its place with each chapter including an in-depth discussion using peer-reviewed literature on the subject. Following the trail of dog whistles impacting in school educational policy and practice across these three countries this book explores: To what extent is the dog-whistle dynamic embedded in school educational policy and practice? To what extent does the dog-whistle dynamic affect our understanding of school educational policy and practice? How might we explain the continued flurry of dog whistles impacting school educational policy and practice? As the phenomenon of the dog whistle intensifies both nationally and internationally this timely and thought-provoking book is necessary reading for academics postgraduate researchers and all members of school communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437794

Politics and the Military in JordanA Study of the Arab Legion 1921-1957 Amidst the turmoil in the Middle East Jordan has presented a striking example of relative stability and in this study first published in 1967 Professor Vatikiotis sets out to show just how far Jordan’s stability depends on its army. The Jordan Arab Army for long better known as the Arab Legion was one of the best small fighting forces in the Middle East. Raised in 1921 by the late King Abdullah the legion helped him to pacify the tribes and establish and extend his rule and authority over a fractious society in a region of vast desert expanses. The Legion then expanded into a disciplined military institution but whereas the armies of several Arab states were involved in coups the Jordan Arab Army has no such record. In this book the author examines the particular historical conditions from which a state emerged in Jordan and the role of the Arab Legion in its creation and consolidation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706477

Politics and the Novel During the Cold War David Cautes wide-ranging study examines how outstanding novelists of the Cold War era conveyed the major issues of contemporary politics and history. In the United States and Western Europe the political novel flourished in the 1930s and 1940s the crisis years of economic depression fascism the Spanish Civil War the consolidation of Stalinism and the Second World War.Starting with the high hopes generated by the Spanish Civil War Caute then explores the god that failed pessimism that overtook the Western political novel in the 1940s. The writers under scrutiny include Hemingway Dos Passos Orwell Koestler Malraux Serge Greene de Beauvoir and Sartre. Strikingly different approaches to the burning issues of the time are found among orthodox Soviet novelists such as Sholokhov Fadeyev Kochetov and Pavlenko. Soviet official culture continued to choke on modernism formalism satire and allegory.In Russia and Eastern Europe dissident novelists offered contesting voices as they engaged in the fraught re-telling of life under Stalinism. The emergence of the New Left in the 1960s generated a new wave of fiction challenging Americas global stance. Mailer Doctorow and Coover brought fresh literary sensibilities to bear on such iconic events as the 1967 siege of the Pentagon and the execution of the Rosenbergs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862905

Politics and the Press in IndonesiaUnderstanding an Evolving Political Culture This book explores the evolving political culture in Indonesia by discussing the country's dominant political philosophies then showing how those philosophies affect the working lives of ordinary Indonesian citizens. It focuses in particular on the working lives of news journalists a group that occupies a strategic social and political position. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037607

Politics and the Press in ThailandMedia Machinations This is the first book in the English language to examine the tangled web of relationships linking newspaper owners editors and reporters with leading politicians and power-holders. Duncan McCargo has been granted unique access to the editorial meetings of Thailand's leading newspapers and drawing on this the book uncovers the contradictions and dichotomies which underlie political coverage in the Thai press. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122093

Politics and the Primary Teacher Why is primary education so high on the political agenda and so contentious? Why is the performance of primary schools so often in the media spotlight? Why should primary teachers trouble themselves with the politics of their work? Politics and the Primary Teacher is an accessible introduction to some of the thorniest aspects of a primary teacher’s role. It aims to support your understanding of the constant changes in education policy give you confidence to engage critically with current political debates and consider how you might shape your response accordingly. Including questions for reflection and selected further reading and resources it examines the complex interface between the work of a teacher and the world beyond the classroom walls. Key issues explored include: assessment testing league tables and national accountability measures the media’s impact in shaping both local and national views about education political implications of new policies such as academies and free schools conditions of work in the classroom and ‘workforce remodelling’ the curriculum its purposes and structure pedagogy and teaching methods education for citizenship health and well-being. Politics and the Primary Teacher is essential reading for all education professionals who want to think more deeply about primary education what it offers and how children families and communities are served by the primary school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415549592

Politics and the Public Interest in the Seventeenth Century (RLE Political Science Volume 27) This book examines the concept of public interest against the background of English politics from the Civil War to the coming of the Hanoverians. These years witnessed both the rise of the modern notion of the public interest as a part of ordinary political language and the growth of a social philosophy of individualism. The new ideas challenged the status quo based on order reason of state and national power in the name of legitimate self-interest and respect for the rights of the private person. In presenting a complex set of ideas in their historical context the author examines both abstract philosophies and the issues of the day as recorded in press pulpit and law courts. A chapter devoted to economic thought includes a re-assessment of the social assumptions of mercantilism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706039

Politics and the Religious Imagination Politics and the Religious Imagination is the product of a group of interdisciplinary scholars each analyzing the connections between religious narratives and the construction of regional and global politics combining a set of theoretical and philosophic insights with several case studies that represent varied geographies and religious customs. The past decade has seen increasing interest in the links between religion and politics and this edited volume seeks to take religion seriously as a motivator of action. Few studies have attempted to bring together the multi-disciplinary work in this burgeoning field of study and this work takes a global perspective using a variety of contexts including East-West relations to analyze the following key themes: the constructive and destructive hermeneutics of religious stories the relevance and importance of religion as a dominant political narrative the rise of new stories among groups as agents of change the way that religious narratives help to define and constrain the Other the manipulation of religious stories for political benefit   This work argues that it is insufficient to judge the relationship of religion and politics through mere institutional or quantitative lenses and this collection proves that while this promise of the narrative part of the social imaginary has been recognized in political theory to a certain extent its influence in the realm of empirical political science has yet to be fully considered. Combining the work of a wide range of experts this collection will be of great interests to scholars of politics philosophy religious studies and the literary influence of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870825

Politics and the Rise of the PressBritain and France 1620-1800 Politics and the Rise of the Press compares the rise of the newspaper press in Britain and France and assesses how it influenced political life and political culture. From its social economic and political sources to its importance for the middling ranks in eighteenth-century British society and its transformation after the French revolution. This detailed comparative account which also contains considerable original research on the early Scottish press will be of value to all students of French and British history of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154766

Politics and Violence in Eastern AfricaThe Struggles of Emerging States Over the fifty years between 1940 and 1990 the countries of eastern Africa were embroiled in a range of debilitating and destructive conflicts starting with the wars of independence but then incorporating rebellion secession and local insurrection as the Cold War replaced colonialism. The articles gathered here illustrate how significant widespread and dramatic this violence was. In these years violence was used as a principal instrument in the creation and consolidation of the authority of the state; and it was also regularly and readily utilised by those who wished to challenge state authority through insurrection and secession. Why was it that eastern Africa should have experienced such extensive and intensive violence in the fifty years before 1990? Was this resort to violence a consequence of imperial rule the legacy of oppressive colonial domination under a coercive and non-representative state system? Did essential contingencies such as the Cold War provoke and promote the use of violence? Or was it a choice made by Africans themselves and their leaders a product of their own agency? This book focuses on these turbulent decades exploring the principal conflicts in six key countries – Kenya Uganda Sudan Ethiopia Somalia and Tanzania. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Eastern African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059610

Politics and Violence in Israel/PalestineDemocracy versus Military Rule The Israeli regime is a paradox. Considered a democracy it has no recognized borders and controls the majority of Palestinians by military rule while the resistance of non-citizen Palestinians exerts major influence over politics and policies. Drawing on detailed academic research and a broad knowledge of Israeli politics and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict this book narrates and analyzes the political developments of the Israeli-Palestinian peace process and the conflict with Hezbollah and Hamas explaining the dangers to future negotiations and how hopes for a settlement have been dashed by the ongoing violence. The author explores the internal Israel and Palestinian politics showing how they influence the conflict and explaining the central role of military organizations in shaping the relations towards the other nation. With particular relevance to current events he analyzes the Unilateral Disengagement from Gaza and the second Lebanon War which account for the deterioration into the present violence and political crisis explaining the need for international mediation in order to reach a peace agreement and suggesting a new innovative model for future Israeli-Palestinian relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415503471

Politics and War in LebanonUnraveling the Enigma Lebanon is an exceptionally misunderstood country; its religious politics are typically misrepresented and denigrated in Western political commentary. Politics and War in Lebanon offers a lucid examination of Lebanese society and politics. Mordechai Nisan examines Lebanon in its own termson its own cultural turf. He then points to the causes of political disintegration in 1975 and explores the capacity of Lebanon to recover and retain its unique national poise.Avoiding disorienting Western stereotypes Nisan presents Lebanon in its own native frame of reference as a multi-ethnic country that operates according to its immutable and enigmatic political forms. Lebanon is different from other Arab countries as demonstrated through its very complex electoral system its tradition of cross-elite cooperation and its special sense of Lebanese national identity that differentiates it from its overbearing Syrian neighbor.Nisan explores intra-Maronite Christian feuds identifies Syria's occupation strategy analyzes the violence of the Palestinians and studies Israel's failed policy strategy and the role of Hezbollah in the Lebanese power equation. Lebanon is caught between its special historical identity as a country ofpoise creativity and liberty and the interminable warfare in the streets and villages of the country. Although its future appears dim its resilience enabled it to prevail in the past and may yet continue to do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856676

Politics as a ScienceA Prolegomenon In Politics as a Science two of the world's leading authorities on Comparative Politics Philippe C. Schmitter and Marc Blecher provide a lively introduction to the concepts and framework to study and analyze politics. Written with dexterity concision and clarity this short text makes no claim to being scientific. It contains no disprovable hypotheses no original collection of evidence and no search for patterns of association. Instead Schmitter and Blecher keep the text broadly conceptual and theoretical to convey their vision of the sprawling subject of politics. They map the process in which researchers try to specify the goal of the trip some of the landmarks likely to be encountered en route and the boundaries that will circumscribe the effort. Examples implications and elaborations are included in footnotes throughout the book. Politics as a Science is an ideal introduction for anyone interested in or studying comparative politics. “The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/doi/view/10.4324/9781003032144 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.” Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367464691

Politics at a Distance from the StateRadical and African Perspectives For decades most anti-capitalist and anti-imperialist movements identified radical transformation with capturing state power. The collapse of these statist projects from the 1970s led to a global crisis of left and working class politics. But crisis has also opened space for rediscovering alternative society-centred anti-capitalist modes of bottom-up change operating at a distance from the state. These have registered important successes in practice such as the Zapatistas in Mexico and Rojava in Syria. They have been a key influence on movements from Occupy in United States to the landless in Latin America to anti-austerity struggles in Europe and Asia to urban movements in Africa. Their lineages include anarchism syndicalism autonomist Marxism philosophers like Alain Badiou and radical popular praxis. This path-breaking volume recovers this understanding of social transformation long side-lined but now resurgent like a seed in the soil that keeps breaking through and growing. It provides case studies with reference to South Africa and Zimbabwe and includes a dossier of key texts from a century of anarchists syndicalists insurgent unionists and anti-apartheid activists in South Africa. Originating in an African summit of radical academics struggle veterans and social movements the book includes a preface from John Holloway.The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue in the Journal of Contemporary African Studies  with the addition of a new dossier on the history and voices of a century of politics at a distance from the state in South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589790

Politics at Mao's CourtGao Gang and Party Factionalism in the Early 1950s The investigation of the rise and fall of Gao Gang suggests broader implications on the nature of elite politics in the Maoist era. The illumination of basic issues in Chinese politics in the context of this case especially as regards the role of Mao Zedong is relevant not only to the initial post-1949 period of comparative but flawed party unity but also to the structural fault lines of the political system which were later to contribute so significantly to the Cultural Revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315491134

Politics By Other MeansLaw in the Struggle Against Apartheid 1980-1994 Politics by Other Means explores the fundamental question of how law can constrain political power by offering a pathbreaking account of the triumphant final decade of the struggle against apartheid. Richard Abel presents case studies of ten major legal campaigns including: challenges to pass laws; black trade union demands for recognition; state terror; censorship; resistance to the "independent" homelands; and treason trials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021584

Politics East and West: A Comparison of Japanese and British Political CultureA Comparison of Japanese and British Political Culture This title was first published in 1992: This book compares stability and change in the political culture of the relatively new Asian democracy Japan and the much older Western democracy Britain. While the democratic polity emerged incrementally and indigenously in Britain it was essentially a modern and in many ways foreign implant in Japan. By analysing long-term trends and recent changes in political attitudes support for government institutions participation voting behaviour and policy-making in the two polities the authors seek to bring us a unique perspective on these two dynamic island political cultures on opposite ends of the Eurasian land mass. This study will be useful as a supplemental text in upper-level undergraduate and graduate courses in comparative political systems or political cultures particularly those focusing on industrial democracies. It can also be used in courses on either British or Japanese politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896451

Politics Goes to the MoviesHollywood Europe and Beyond Politics Goes to the Movies introduces the topic of political representation and ideology by analyzing some of the most important politically themed films across the history of cinema in a refreshing and concise volume. Offering a survey of political cinema from 1915 to present day topics include: propaganda Communism Fascism revolutionary cinema and contemporary documentary. Using individual case studies that begin with The Birth of a Nation and end with O.J.: Made in America the book introduces how various strands of international politics have been woven through the fabric of cinema by contextualizing each film in its particular historical moment. In addition Robert Kolker offers formal analyses that explore not only overtly political themes but also how the structural properties of a film can themselves be political—how political films are made politically. Including films produced across Europe North Africa the US and Latin America this accessible and engaging book is an ideal introductory text for students of political cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787628

Politics in an Era of Divided GovernmentThe Election of 1996 and its Aftermath This book describes explains and reflects upon the 1996 presidential and congressional elections devoting equal coverage to three phases of the political process: the major party nominations the general election and the subsequent government organization. In doing so this study links elections and governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203903155

Politics in AustriaStill a Case of Consociationalism First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035789

Politics In ChileSocialism Authoritarianism and Market Democracy The third edition of Politics in Chile provides significantly updated coverage of Chilean politics and economic development from the return to civilian rule in 1990 to the 2006 election and early administration of Socialist Michelle Bachelet Chile's first woman president. Lois Hecht Oppenheim focuses on recent efforts to reconstruct democ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319427

Politics in China since 1949Legitimizing Authoritarian Rule Since the victory of the 1949 revolution the incumbency of the Chinese Communist Party has been characterized by an almost relentless struggle to legitimize its monopoly on political power. During the Mao era attempts to derive legitimacy focused primarily on mass participation in political affairs a blend of Marxist and nationalist ideology and the charismatic authority of Mao Zedong. The dramatic failure of the Cultural Revolution forced the post-Mao leadership to discard these discredited paradigms of legitimacy and move towards an almost exclusively performance based concept founded on market economic reform. The reforms during the 1980s generated a number of unwelcome but inevitable side effects such as official corruption high unemployment and significant socio-economic inequality. These factors culminated ultimately in the 1989 demonstrations in Tiananmen Square and throughout China. Since Tiananmen the party has sought to diversify the basis of its legitimacy by adhering more closely to constitutional procedures in decision making and to a certain extent by reinventing itself as a conservative nationalist party. This probing study of post-communist revolution Chinese politics sets out to discover if there is a plausible alternative to the electoral mode or if legitimacy is the exclusive domain of the multi-party system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512459

Politics in Contemporary Southeast AsiaAuthority Democracy and Political Change The countries of Southeast Asia continue to change evolve and chart courses that sometimes leave outside observers puzzled. Politics in Contemporary Southeast Asia thoroughly assesses the political challenges and changes faced by the countries of Southeast Asia in the 21st century. Focusing on political processes throughout Kingsbury introduces readers to the challenges of representation and accountability of the regional governments degrees of good governance and transparency and the role of elites and militaries in shaping or determining political outcomes. This book provides: A comprehensive but accessible introduction to political change and processes in Southeast Asia. Analytic criteria for assessment of case studies. Detailed country-specific surveys. Information based on extensive research on and work in the region. Providing cutting-edge coverage of Southeast Asian politics in all regions this highly accessible and comprehensive book is suitable for undergraduate and postgraduate courses on Southeast Asian Studies Asian Politics and Democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138889446

Politics in Developing Countries Politics in Developing Countries provides a clear and reader-friendly introduction to the key factors and themes that shape political processes in developing countries. Achieving development outcomes such as reducing poverty and inequality is only possible through efficient governance well-planned policies and careful allocation of resources but often politics in developing countries has been identified with mismanagement corruption conflict and repression of dissent. This book assesses the politics of developing countries in the period since decolonisation focusing on the ways in which states have or have not worked to the advancement of their citizens’ interests. Key topics include: Colonialism and its legacy Ethnicity and nation building Governance corruption and the role of the state Poverty and the political economy of development Aid and outside influence. Drawing on a range of case studies from around the world Politics in Developing Countries looks at the consistencies and variations between developing countries examining why some have forestalled political change by liberalising their economies and others have actively stifled calls for change. Wide-ranging and engagingly written this introductory textbook is perfect for students of politics and international development as well as for those with a general interest in the challenges faced by countries in the Global South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297210

Politics in EmotionThe Song of Telangana The work focuses on a subaltern local sovereignty movement called "Telangana" in India. Over the last ten years this movement has engaged in a massive political mobilization including strikes rallies work stoppages occupation of public spaces electoral contests 200 and more political suicides and media battles. But interestingly enough notwithstanding a political mobilization that has brought day-to-day life to a halt on a number of occasions it has remained largely invisible in international media and global politics. Fascinated by the social movement’s international invisibility as well as the causes and conditions of its eruption around a city/region that has become a showcase of new capitalist development Muppidi seeks to unpack this issue showing that this invisibility is not just intrinsically puzzling but also represents the operation of power on a global scale. Investigating the conditions of invisibility in this instance can therefore tell us something important about the way global power works to produce visibility and invisibility in the 21st century world. This book provides a unique resource for students of Postcolonalism International relations and South East Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377566

Politics in IndiaStructure Process and Policy The second edition of this textbook brings together general political theory and the comparative method to interpret socio-political phenomena and issues that have occupied the Indian state and society since 1947. It considers the progress that India has made in some of the most challenging aspects of post-colonial politics such as governance democracy economic growth welfare and citizenship. Looking at the changed global role of India its standing in the G-20 and BRICS as well as the implications of the 2014 Indian general elections for state and society this updated edition also includes sections on the changing socio-political status of women in India corruption and terrorism. The author raises several key questions relevant to Indian politics including: • Why has India succeeded in making a relatively peaceful transition from colonial rule to a resilient multi-party democracy in contrast to its South Asian neighbours? • How has the interaction of modern politics and traditional society contributed to the resilience of post-colonial democracy? • How did India’s economy moribund—for several decades following Independence—make a breakthrough into rapid growth and can India sustain it? • And finally why have collective identity and nationhood emerged as the core issues for India in the twenty-first century and with what implications for Indian democracy? The textbook goes beyond India by asking about the implications of the Indian case for the general and comparative theory of the post-colonial state. The factors which might have caused failures in democracy and governance are analysed and incorporated as variables into a model of democratic governance. In addition to pedagogical features such as text boxes a set of further readings is provided to guide readers who wish to go beyond the remit of this text. The book will be essential reading for undergraduate students and researchers in South Asian and Asian studies political science development studies sociology comparative politics and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018136

Politics in MoroccoExecutive Monarchy and Enlightened Authoritarianism Democratization and the process of political reform is a critical issue in the contemporary Middle East and North Africa. This book looks at the situation in Morocco and examines the role of the monarchy and the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Islamic and secular/liberal groupings campaigning to shape the local politics and society.  Politics in Morocco moves beyond the theoretical framework of the transition paradigm to give a thorough analysis of the dynamics of monarchical authoritarian rule and its implications. The author explores the formal and informal working mechanisms of authoritarian rule the roles and functions of secular opposition forces and the dynamics of political inclusion of Islamists in the structures of formal contestation. In doing so he sheds fresh light on how authoritarian rule under King Mohamed VI is maintained and legitimised by a wide array of formal and informal political and social networks. This in-depth investigation of political participation in Morocco offers a new perspective on the issue of democracy and monarchical rule in the Middle East. As such it will be of great interest to students and scholars of Middle Eastern and North African politics democratization studies and political Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780248

Politics in North and South KoreaPolitical Development Economy and Foreign Relations Politics in North and South Korea provides students with a comprehensive understanding of the political dynamics of the two Koreas. Giving equal weight to North and South Korea the authors trace the history of political and economic development and international relations of the Korean peninsula showing how South Korea became democratized and how Juche ideology has affected the establishment and operation of a totalitarian system in North Korea. Written in a straightforward jargon free manner this textbook utilizes both historical-institutional approaches and quantitative evidence to analyse the political dimensions of a wide variety of issues including: Legacies of early-twentieth-century Japanese colonial rule South Korean democratization and democratic consolidation South Korean diplomacy and North Korean nuclear crises The economic development of both North and South Korea The three-generation power succession in North Korea North Korean human rights issues Inter-Korean relations and reunification This textbook will be essential reading for students of Korean Politics and is also suitable for undergraduate and postgraduate courses on East Asian Politics Asian Studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647503

Politics In Northern Ireland Despite the staggering number of books related to the Northern Ireland political arena most of the literature concentrates on only a few dimensions of ?the conflict? and especially on constitutional policy and the on-going search for a resolution of the antagonisms. This original textbook the first of its kind serves as a comprehensive examinati Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317362

Politics in OrganizationsTheory and Research Considerations This edited volume in the SIOP Frontiers series is one of the first to look at the psychological factors behind politics and power in organizations. Noted contributors from schools of management psychology sociology and political science look at the theory research methodology and ethical issues related to organizational politics and climates. The book is divided into three parts: Part 1 looks at the historical evolution of the field; Part 2 integrates organizational politics with important organizational behavior constructs and/or areas of inquiry  for example in the chapter by Lisa Leslie and Michele Gelfand which discusses the implications of cross-cultural politics on expatriates and within cross-national mergers; and Part 3 focuses on individual differences and organizational politics focusing on the nature of political relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390787

Politics In PakistanThe Struggle For Legitimacy Focusing on the problems associated with Pakistan's political development this book identifies and evaluates the factors that have determined the effectiveness of the country's political institutions. Professor Hayes examines the relationship of Islamic values to political organization and public policy and discusses the basic features of the coun Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299149

Politics in Popular MoviesRhetorical Takes on Horror War Thriller and Sci-Fi Films Popular movies can be surprisingly smart about politics - from the portentous politics of state or war to the grassroots everyday politics of family romance business church and school. Politics in Popular Movies analyses the politics in many well-known films across four popular genres: horror war thriller and science fiction. The book's aims are to appreciate specific movies and their shared forms to understand their political engagements and to provoke some insightful conversations. The means are loosely related 'film takes' that venture ambitious playful and engaging arguments on political styles encouraged by recent films. Politics in Popular Movies shows how conspiracy films expose oppressive systems; it explores how various thrillers prefigured American experiences of 9/11 and shaped aspects of the War on Terror; how some horror films embrace new media while others use ultra-violence to spur political action; it argues that a popular genre is emerging to examine non-linear politics of globalisation terrorism and more. Finally it analyses the ways in which sci-fi movies reflect populist politics from the Occupy and Tea Party movements rethink the political foundations of current societies and even remake our cultural images of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055572

Politics in Russia Highly regarded for its comprehensive coverage up-to-date scholarship and comparative framework Politics in Russia is an authoritative overview of Russia's contemporary political system and its recent evolution.Area specialist Thomas Remington focuses on four areas of change in this text state structure regime change economic transformation and identity to offer a dynamic context for analyzing the post-Soviet era. With a consistent emphasis on the intersection of politics and economics and the tension between authoritarian and democratic trends no other text guides students through the complexities and ambiguities of Russian politics today like Politics in Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437814

Politics in Scotland Politics in Scotland is an authoritative introduction to the contemporary political landscape in Scotland and an essential text for undergraduate and postgraduate students of Scottish Politics. Written by leading experts in the field it is coherently organised to provide a clear and comprehensive overview of a range of themes in contemporary Scottish Politics. Key topics include: • Government and electoral behaviour. • Representation and political parties in Scotland. • Public policy and Scotland’s relationship with the rest of the world. • Scottish politics both in the run up to and after the 2014 referendum. • The Future of Scottish government and politics. This textbook will be essential reading for students of Scottish politics British Politics devolution government and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933217

Politics in Southeast AsiaDemocracy or Less This volume provides an introduction to the politics of the five key southeast Asian states - Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Thailand and the Philippines - and is intended as a textbook for undergraduate and graduate students taking courses on this subject. Using a comparative politics and political economy perspective the author focuses in particular on the degree of democracy in the five countries arguing that in all the countries considered democracy is to varying degrees imperfect. The book synthesises a wide range of scholarship and presents the material in a concise and accessible way. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029474

Politics in the Bible The Bible is fundamental to Western culture. Political philosophers from Hobbes Locke Montesquieu and Rousseau to modern political theorists such as George H. Sabine Leo Strauss and Sheldon S. Wolin have drawn upon biblical examples. American political leaders such as Thomas Paine Abraham Lincoln and William Jennings Bryan all drew heavily upon the Bible. Today most contemporary politicians display less familiarity with Scripture although many proudly proclaim themselves to be born-again Christians.Politics in the Bible has a simple goal: to help readers to think critically about how the Bible illuminates understanding of justice leadership and politics. For a political scientist there are great advantages to studying the Bible. Students of the Bible have short texts to analyze but they have a history of two thousand years of Jewish and Christian scholarly discussion. In that tradition Paul R. Abramson analyzes stories drawn from eighteen of the thirty-nine books of the Hebrew Bible and fifteen of the twenty-seven books of the New Testament.Abramson argues that the Bible is a book that should be read even by those who do not believe it has any transcendent significance. One can choose to read it as the revealed word of God as a source of Western morality as a compilation of interesting stories poetry and history or as a work of great literature. Although this book discusses selected stories that have political implications it also considers parts that have literary merit. This unusual volume may stimulate new thinking about the Bible as a source of insight into political ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513389

Politics in the Dutch EconomyThe Economics of Institutional Interaction First published in 1999 this volume surveys economic theories of political mechanisms as well as political theories of the influence of the institutional context in which decisions about social economic policies are being made. In the first half of the seventeenth century the Dutch Republic emerged as one of Europe's leading maritime powers. The political and military leadership of this small country was based on large-scale borrowing from an increasingly wealthy middle-class of merchants manufacturers and regents This volume presents the first comprehensive account of the political economy of the Dutch republic from the sixteenth to the early nineteenth century. Building on earlier scholarship and extensive new evidence it tackles two main issues: the effect of political revolution on property rights and public finance and the ability of the nation to renegotiate issues of taxation and government borrowing in changing political circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332492

Politics In The LifeboatImmigrants And The American Democratic Order As an ethnically heterogeneous but stable democracy the United States is a puzzle for students of politics. Typically the literature of democratic theory regards ethnic diversity as disruptive of a democratic polity. Politics in the Lifeboat argues that the secret to America’s success lies in the immigrant origins of its population. The author contends that far from being disruptive immigrants have been an essential part of the relatively stable American democratic order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283698

Politics in the New SouthRepublicanism Race and Leadership in the Twentieth Century This edition of Politics in the New South takes the remarkable story of the transformation of southern politics in the twentieth century up through the virtual triumph of southern Republicanism in the mid-1990s. The book explores not only the fundamental changes that have occurred - in party politics political leadership voting rights and black participation - but also the strong continuities in the political culture of the South despite a reversal of party allegiances. There is no richer or more readable introduction to the politics of the South - a region that shows us important aspects of both our past and our future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315284934

Politics in the Republic of Ireland Politics in the Republic of Ireland is now available in a fully revised fourth edition. Building on the success of the previous three editions this text continues to provide an authoritative introduction to all aspects of politics in the Republic of Ireland. Written by some of the foremost experts on Irish politics it explains analyzes and interprets the background to Irish government and contemporary political processes. Crucially it brings the student up-to-date with the very latest developments.New patterns of government formation challenges to the established political parties ever-deepening if sometimes ambivalent involvement in the process of European integration a growing role in the politics of Northern Ireland and sustained discussion of gender issues are among these developments â€“ along with evidence revealed by several tribunals of enquiry that Irish politics is not as free of corruption as many had assumed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203982563

Politics in the Republic of Ireland Politics in the Republic of Ireland is now available in a fully revised sixth edition. Building on the success of the previous five editions it continues to provide an authoritative introduction to all aspects of the government and politics in the Republic of Ireland. Written by some of the foremost experts on Irish politics it explains analyses and interprets the background to Irish government and contemporary political processes. It devotes chapters to every aspect of contemporary Irish government and politics including the political parties and elections the constitution the Taoiseach and the governmental system women and politics the role of parliament and Ireland’s place within the European Union. Bringing students up to date with the very latest developments especially with the upheaval in the Irish party system Coakley and Gallagher combine substance with a highly readable style providing an accessible textbook that meets the needs of all those who are interested in knowing how politics and government operate in Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119451

Politics In The Rural StatesPeople Parties And Processes "As the states gain prominence in the political arena and rural areas increase in population a new perception of the importance of rural state politics is called for. Frank M. Bryan investigates political processes in three rural states–Montana Mississippi and Vermont–representing the western southern and eastern regions of the United States. Using these states to note similarities and variations in the model he describes how the political systems of rural states operate overall and then presents a detailed comparative analysis of the three states in terms of political participation parties and elections and legislative policymaking. In a final essay he identifies the kinds of political patterns that may be found in rural states in the future. One major contribution of the book lies in its reliance on extensive data sets used for the first time to provide in-depth comparative treatment of rural states" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283704

Politics in Theology This new volume examines the relationship between religion and politics from a historical perspective. Contributors address specific moments in which political governance intersects with religious ideals in dramatic ways. These moments question the relationship between religious sentiments and political solutions and threaten to reorder the geopolitical landscape.These essays discuss the tensions produced by secularism in an Islamic culture the influence of Catholic theology in workers' political movements and how Hinduism has been transformed by the political process. Also featured are essays that emphasize how civil religion coincides with constitutional order and how the drama of religious tolerance and legitimization of the power of Christian hierarchy originated in the political power of the Roman emperor.This volume is an interdisciplinary effort from up-and-coming and cutting-edge scholars. Contents include: "Something as Yet Unfinished " Adam Stauffer; "Carl Schmitt Leo Strauss and the Necessity of Political Theology " Grant N. Havers; "Escape from Theology " Peter Grosvenor; "The Persistence of Civil Religion in Modern Canada " John von Heyking; "The Politicization of Hinduism and the Hinduization of Politics " Jeffery D. Long; "Ontology Plurality and Roman Catholic Social Teaching " Roland Boer; "The Pseudo-Isidorian Decretals and Church-State Conflict " Mary Sommar; "Thomas Aquinas on Providence Prudence and Natural Law " Christopher S. Morrissey; "The Mystical Body of Christ and French Catholic Action 1926-1949 " W. Brian Newsome; and "Secularism in Turkey " Oya Dursun-Ozkanca. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412843003

Politics in Western Europe TodayPerspectives Politics and Problems since 1980 Examining such issues as the welfare state the politics of unemployment and government-industry relations this work looks at the developments in western European politics up to and during the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425231

Politics in Wired NationsSelected Writings of Ithiel De Sola Pool Ithiel de Sola Pool was a pioneering social scientist a distinguished scholar of the political process and one of the most original thinkers in the development of the social sciences. Passionately engaged in politics he continued his role of leadership throughout his life building the MIT Political Science Department into an outstanding group. He organized international teams of social scientists and collaborated widely to develop the understanding of social change. He was a frequent adviser to governments as consultant and in-house critic and a successful advocate of limits on government regulation. Politics in Wired Nations presents his writings on the social and political impact of different communication systems and new telecommunications technology.Included in this volume is the first study of trends in a global information society and the first study of social networks and the "small world" phenomenon that creates new relationships and routes of informal influence and political power both domestic and international. Pool's essays on the politics of foreign trade the influence of American businessmen on Congress and changeable "unnatural" institutions of the modern world (e.g. bureaucracies mega-cities and nation-states) are herein contained. Pool describes a nonviolent revolution in freedom and political control that is possible as the world changes from the era of one-way mass communications--targeted to national audiences--to a new era of abundant high-capacity low-cost interactive and user-controlled communications on a global scale. He discusses policy choices for freedom the battlegrounds ahead and the risks of government involvement in the regulation of new telecommunication technologies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351291088

Politics Is a Joke!How TV Comedians Are Remaking Political Life Does late night political humor matter? Are late-night comedians merely entertaining or do they have the power to influence the way we think about politics and politicians? Politics Is a Joke! situates late night comedy in the historical context of political humor and demonstrates how the public turn to this venue for political information and are in turn affected by it. Using exclusive data collected by the Center for Media and Public Affairs the authors conduct a detailed and exhaustive analysis of political jokes on late night TV shows dating back to 1992 in order to pinpoint the main targets and themes of late-night comedy. Politics Is a Joke! uses a wide range of examples from jokes about politicians' physical appearance and sex scandals to jokes about Congress and even the news media to assess and understand the impact of political humor on political institutions politicians and their policies and behavior. Engagingly written with analysis of jokes from comedians like Jay Leno Conan O'Brien Jon Stewart and Stephen Colbert Politics is a Joke! is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand the crucial role late night comedy plays in our political universe - and anyone who enjoys a good laugh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813347172

Politics Latin America Politics Latin America examines the role of Latin America in the world and its importance to the study of politics with particular emphasis on the institutions and processes that exist to guarantee democracy and the forces that threaten to compromise it. Now in its third edition and fully revised to reflect recent developments in the region Politics Latin America provides students and teachers with an accessible overview of the region’s unique political and economic landscape covering every aspect of governance in its 21 countries. The book examines the international relations of Latin American states as they seek to carve out a role in an increasingly globalised world and will be an ideal introduction for undergraduate courses in Latin American politics comparative politics and other disciplines. This new edition will include:  updated references to scholarship and debates; new themes such as environmental rights women presidents the Latin American Pope Afro-Latinos and the politics of sexual diversity;  examination of demographic change and social movements; a new chapter on environmental economics and sustainable development. This book is essential reading for undergraduates taking courses in Latin American Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245020

Politics Medicine China/h This book examines and explains changes in Chinese health care policy during the 1949-1977 period. It is concerned with analyzing the reasons for policy change and deriving a coherent view of the Chinese political process from that analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283728

Politics of CatastropheGenealogies of the Unknown This book argues that catastrophe is a particular way of governing future events – such as terrorism climate change or pandemics – which we cannot predict but which may strike suddenly without warning and cause irreversible damage. At a time where catastrophe increasingly functions as a signifier of our future imaginaries of pending doom have fostered new modes of anticipatory knowledge and redeployed existing ones. Although it shares many similarities with crises disasters risks and other disruptive incidents this book claims that catastrophes also bring out the very limits of knowledge and management. The politics of catastrophe is turned towards an unknown future which must be imagined and inhabited in order to be made palpable knowable and actionable. Politics of Catastrophe critically assesses the effects of these new practices of knowing and governing catastrophes to come and challenges the reader to think about the possibility of an alternative politics of catastrophe. This book will be of interest to students of critical security studies risk theory political theory and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627382

Politics of Chinese Language and CultureThe Art of Reading Dragons An innovative text which adopts the tools of cultural studies to provide a fresh approach to the study of Chinese language culture and society. The book tackles areas such as grammar language gender popular culture film and the Chinese diaspora and employs the concepts of social semiotics to extend the ideas of language and reading. Covering a range of cultural texts it will help to break down the boundaries around the ideas and identities of East and West and provide a more relevant analysis of the Chinese and China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203344743

Politics of Civil WarsConflict Intervention & Resolution Civil war is one of the critical issues of our time. Although intrastate in nature it has a disproportionate and overwhelming effect on the overall peace and stability of contemporary international society. Organized around the themes of contested nationalism violence external intervention post-conflict reconstruction reconciliation and governance Amalendu Misra investigates why civil wars have become so widespread and how can they be contained? Particularly noteworthy is its focus on the "cycle" of conflict ranging as it does on the causes conduct and end of civil wars as well as on subsequent efforts to return post-conflict society to "normal" politics. Theoretically robust and empirically solid this book clearly charts the course of contemporary civil wars using case studies from a variety of zones of conflict including Africa Asia and Latin America to produce the most comprehensive guide to understanding civil wars in an interconnected and interdependent world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203927342

Politics of Classroom LifeClassroom Management in International Perspective First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978966

Politics of Culture in Iran This first full-length study of the history of Iranian anthropology charts the formation and development of anthropology in Iran in the twentieth century. The text examines how and why anthropology and culture became part of wider socio-political discourses in Iran and how they were appropriated and rejected by the pre- and post-revolutionary regimes. The author highlights the three main phases of Iranian anthropology corresponding broadly to three periods in the social and political development of Iran: *the period of nationalism: lasting approximately from the constitutional revolution (1906-11) and the end of the Qajar dynasty until the end of Reza Shah’s reign (1941) *the period of Nativism: from the 1950s until the Islamic revolution (1979) *the post-revolutionary period. In addition the book places Iranian anthropology in an international context by demonstrating how Western anthropological concepts theories and methodologies affected epistemological and political discourses on Iranian anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869790

Politics of Culture in Liberal ItalyFrom Unification to Fascism With chapters on theatre and opera architecture and urban planning the medieval revival and the rediscovery of the Etruscan and Roman past The Politics of Culture in Liberal Italy analyzes Italians' changing relationship to their new nation state and the monarchy the conflicts between the peninsula's ancient elites and the rising middle class and the emergence of new belief systems and of scientific responses to the experience of modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807425

Politics of Difference in Taiwan Taiwan has been hailed as a successful case of democratization. Compared with many other nations the transition from authoritarian rule occurred in a rather orderly fashion. Group consciousness emerged as a reaction to the decades-long suppression of cultural diversity under martial law as different social groups competed fiercely to exert their political subjectivity. This volume is the first study to examine the politics of difference in Taiwan. It aims to go beyond ethnic identity as the sole concern for group boundary to acknowledge the interests of other marginalized groups and to look behind reified group boundaries in order to discover group differences as mediated social relations based on overlapping boundaries rather than exclusive opposition. In exploring the politics of difference among minority groups and the problems arising from their struggle over political recognition the book challenges the assumptions that groups are ontologically given that groups are internally homogenous and that the particularistic identities have no overlap. The chapters offer a broad coverage of major social groups including ethnic minorities recent migrants gay and lesbian groups and marginalized workers. They offer perspective analyses of the ongoing struggles by minority groups to overcome subordination. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016859

Politics of DifferenceEpistemologies of Peace This book develops a notion of differences and 'otherness' beyond hegemonic and hierarchical thinking as represented by the legacies of Western philosophical and political thought. In doing so it relates to the phenomenological discourse of the twentieth century especially to Georg Simmel Alfred Schütz Emmanual Lévinas and Jacques Derrida and drafts our understanding of difference as a genuine human experience of a social and political world that is in motion and transformative rather than static and predictable. On this basis of temporalized ontology and its normative consequences differences are drafted as a positive social and political force and as powerful capacities of transformation and change. In practical terms this understanding is most important for our theorizing and acting upon peace peace-building and conflict solution. Differences now appear not as obstacle to peace and reconciliation but as lively and constructive articulations of 'otherness' and as a positive power of transformation emancipation and change. This book will be of interest to students of international relations philosophy and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933873

Politics of DisillusionmentChinese Communist Party Under Deng Xiaoping 1978-89 An analysis of the Chinese Communist Party from the time of Deng Xiaoping's return to power in 1978 to his resignation from his last major party post in the wake of the 1989 Tiananmen crisis this work traces the evolution of Deng's grand strategy to create unity and stability so that he could launch his ambitious programme to modernize China by the year 2000. The author examines the impact of Deng's goal on the events of spring 1989. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289052

Politics of Economic PlanningPapers on Planning and Economics The issue of planning prompted some of the fiercest debate in mid-twentieth century economics. Politics of Economic Planning collects together a number of papers from journals and contributed books that examine the problems of economic planning in a free society. They fall into three groups:Part 1 explains the idea of socialism and defines it in relation to democracy.Part 2 discusses problems of economic planning both in relation to political economy on the practice of planning and with the application of the theory of value to the conditions of a centrally directed economy.Part 3 examines the nature of economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708620

Politics of Education in Colonial India In retracting from the popular view that India’s modern educational policy was shaped almost entirely by Macaulay this incisive work reveals the complex ideological and institutional rubric of the colonial educational system. It examines its wide-ranging and lasting impact on curriculum pedagogy textbooks teachers’ role and status and indigenous forms of knowledge. Recounting the nationalist response to educational reforms the book reinforces three major quests: justice as expressed in the demand for equal educational opportunities for the lower castes; self-identity as manifest in the urge to define India’s educational needs from within its own cultural repertoire; and the idea of progress based on industrialization. An exceptional contribution to educational theory including a nuanced discussion of caste gender and girls’ education this book will be invaluable to teachers scholars and students of education modern Indian history and sociology of education and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660182

Politics of Educational Innovations in Developing CountriesAn Analysis of Knowledge and Power In the educational arena new ideas often compete as solutions to recurrent problems making the concept of "innovations" a widespread discursive term. While expectations are substantial for each innovation implementation of ideas has shown them to be more modest in practice. This book examines innovations in several developing countries presenting case studies of technological curricular and organizational innovations selected for their magnitude in financial investment scope and duration. The case studies explore the social and political contexts that shaped the features of these innovations and what they accomplished over time in terms of teacher cost reduction status mobility access to education and national unity. The experience of countries such as Brazil Lesotho the Philippines and Namibia and the influence of international agencies such as the World Bank are described and analyzed against theories of social and organizational change. The case studies themselves also serve as subjects for reflection on the prevailing positivist approaches to research and knowledge. The Politics of Educational Innovations should be of considerable interest to students of educational change wither in the academic world or in the fields of government and international cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138978973

Politics of EmpathyEthics Solidarity Recognition The Politics of Empathy argues that empathy is a necessary condition for ethical subjectivity and the emergence of a more compassionate world. One of the reasons empathy is important is because it gives us a sense of what it is like to be someone else. However to understand its ethical significance we need to look elsewhere. This book claims that empathy is ethically significant because uniquely it allows us to reflect critically on the nature of our own lives and sense of identity. More specifically it allows us to reflect critically on the contingency finitude and violence that define existence. It is argued that without this critical reflection a more ethical and democratic world cannot come into being. Our challenge today therefore is to establish the social and political conditions in which empathy can flourish. This will be a difficult task because powerful political and cultural forces are reinforcing the divisions between us rather than encouraging us to come together in a cosmopolitan community of mutual recognition and solidarity. However despite these limits there is hope for a brighter future. The book argues that this can only come about if the Left accepts its responsibility to articulate the contours of a new politics of internationalism and establish the foundations of a sustainable ethical community in which strangers will be accepted unconditionally. This work will be of interest to students and scholars of political theory multiculturalism and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841598

Politics of EugenicsProductionism Population and National Welfare This book analyzes whether the "new debate on genetics" owes a debt to eugenic practices by welfare democracies of 1930s and 1940s. More specifically the question is whether precisely the same "eugenic rationale" used in the 1930s is philosophical akin to a new rationality unfolding in some Western European welfare societies that find themselves trapped in the modern dilemma of choosing between increasing immigration and population growth that leads to economic prosperity on the one hand or halting immigration protecting national identity and suffering economic stagnation on the other. By analyzing policies of integration and assisted reproduction technology (ART) in Northern European nation states such as Sweden Finland Denmark as well as in Israel we find a historical continuity between "old eugenics" and current reproductive and family planning subsides and integration policies. By focusing on the concept of welfare productionism we trace a continuing rationale between the eugenic policies of the past and current investments of ART. These programs are rationalized as universal programs for the whole of the population. However in this book the authors suggest that they served the goal of reproducing a productivist national middle class which are enticed to reproduce. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of racism extremism European politics population politics and the social impact of science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676244

Politics of FearHow Republicans Use Money Race and the Media to Win "Lucidly written widely informed and uncompromisingly honest -- a valuable expose." Michael Parenti "Documents the stunning success of a network of wealthy donors and corporations in creating and sustaining a set of think tanks legal action groups and media strategies." Gary Orfield Harvard University What explains the electoral success of Republicans particularly of the ascendant neoconservatives who now dominate the Party? Based on a thorough and up-to-date examination of the New Right over twenty-five years The Politics of Fear proposes some provocative answers including globalization new technologies and a far-reaching network of right-wing think tanks and foundations. As the authors show all have opened the doors to a new politics of fear successfully waged by the neoconservatives. By manipulating insecurity the New Right has created an extraordinarily successful populist conservative movement. Utilizing extensive documentation the authors argue convincingly that the fear of immigrants and racial minorities has served as the most effective tactic in the GOP arsenal while their approach also implicates gays feminists and terrorists. The book explains why Americans have willingly supported a party that promises them security just as it delivers greater economic and political insecurity. The authors argue that despite their striking political successes neoconservatives have delivered to voters a set of policies harmful to working Americans in the way of regressive tax measures military exploits tort reform deregulation and environmental destruction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632735

Politics of ForestsNorthern Forest-industrial Regimes in the Age of Globalization Bringing together case studies from Canada the Nordic countries and Russia this book is the first to provide a comparative examination of the current transformations in the forest industry regimes and the challenges they make for the communities dependent on this industry. Questioning how globalization has influenced forest regimes the book focuses on individual forest companies and argues that they are the main motors of the industry's internationalization often without taking due consideration of the complex interrelations between society the environment and forest trade. During the current phase of globalization the sphere of material production within the forest industry has increasingly been modified by more speculative signals from the market. Both the growing role of investor interests as well as the broader societal demands for 'greening' the production chain have forced managers to be more sensitive to the performance profile and image of their companies. In conclusion the book highlights instances of processes working towards homogenization and diversity and suggests that while Anglo-American management practice is increasingly important across the northern forest regions it is also meeting with resistance due to historical and political conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276468

Politics of GazeThe Image Economy Online Going beyond the cursory reasons behind why we capture images on the move Politics of Gaze explores our contemporary practices around visual imaging and brings original conceptualisations about why we constantly capture ourselves and our environments through digital technologies. Our technologically mediated ‘everyday visuality’ has moral and ethical implications for the ways in which we construct our worlds understand world events represent ourselves commodify our environments and transact these with the wider world. Through these acts we constantly negotiate our sense of aesthetics our notions of what is private and public our depictions of the everyday and issues of security and conflict whilst constructing moral codes for a technologically-mediated society. This book argues that we have crafted a ‘Glasshouse’ society where the forms of gaze are open-ended promising us empowerment while making us endlessly vulnerable. Politics of Gaze is a vital resource for New Media studies and related fields such as photography technology studies visual communications journalism and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392588

Politics of Human Rights in Southeast Asia The divide between the West and Southeast Asia seems to be nowhere more apparent than in debates about human rights. Within these diverse geographical political and cultural climates human rights seem to have become relative and the quest for absolutes seems unattainable. In this new book Philip J Eldridge seeks to question this stalemate. He argues that the Association of Southeast Asian Nations' inclusion in United Nations' human rights treaties could be the common ground that bridges the gap between East and West. Eldridge uses topical case studies and primary research from Malaysia Indonesia East Timor and Australia to compare the effectiveness of United Nations' human rights directives on local democracies. This study presents insightful research into a hotly debated topic. As such it will be a thought-provoking resource for students of human rights politics and international relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203164976

Politics of Identity in Post-Conflict StatesThe Bosnian and Irish experience Ireland and the Balkans have come to represent divided and (re)united communities. They both provide effective microcosms of national ethnic political military religious ideological and cultural conflicts in their respective regions and as a result they demonstrate real and imaginary divisions. This book will specifically focus on the history politics and literature of Bosnia-Herzegovina and Northern Ireland while making comparative reference to some of Europe’s other disputed and divided regions. Using case-studies such as Kosovo and Serbia; Lithuania Germany Poland Russia and Belarus; Greece and Macedonia it examines ‘space’ ‘place’ and ‘border’ discourse the topography of war and violence post-war settlement and reconciliation and the location and negotiation of national ethnic religious political and cultural identities. The book will be of particular interest to scholars and students of cultural studies history politics Irish studies Slavonic studies area studies and literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371113

Politics Of Influence Ils 48 "First Published in 1998 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006673

Politics of International Human Rights Law Promotion in Western EuropeOrder versus Justice This book offers a critical reinterpretation of Western European States’ programmatic support for International Human Rights Law (IHRL) since the 1970s. It examines the systemic or structural constraints inherent to the international legal system and argues that order trumps justice in Western Europe’s promotion of international human rights norms. The book shows that IHRL evolved as a result of a tension between two forces: A European understanding of international society based on order the centrality of the State and a minimalist conception of human rights; and a civil society and UN-promoted mostly Western particularly European but broader conception of human rights based on justice. As such human rights norms emerge and develop when (some) states’ idea of order meets with advocates’ idea of justice. We are living a historical juncture of shifting tectonic plates with rising nationalism in the Global North ever growing power in the Global South and a declining presence of Europe in global affairs. The conditions under which IHRL emerged have fundamentally changed and unpacking the factors beneath the international recognition of human rights has never been more pressing. This book will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners in human rights law public international law international relations critical legal theory and in European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189112

Politics of Mass Society "The Politics of Mass Society" explores the social conditions necessary for democracy and the vulnerabilities of large scale society to totalitarian systems. Mass movements mobilize people who are alienated from the social system who do not believe in the legitimacy of the established order and who are therefore ready to engage in efforts to destroy. Contrary to the psychological approach prevalent in European doctrines of mass movements Kornhauser persuasively argues that social order is the critical factor. The greatest number of people available to mass movements are located in those segments of society that have the fewest ties to social order.The book draws on a wide range of materials - from classical political theory contemporary sociological analysis historical and intuitional studies public opinion surveys and other published and unpublished data. Kornhauser selected political phenomena in organizations communities classes and whole societies. He examined support for communism and fascism in a variety of countries in relation to rates of urbanization and industrialization employment suicide and homicide among other phenomena. In his new introduction Irving Louis Horowitz identifies Kornhauser's book as a seminal work of the great tradition in political sociology at mid-twentieth century.Kornhauser points out that modern democratic systems possess a distinct vulnerability to mass movements. He spells out and identifies factors that tend to increase or decrease this vulnerability - not least the health and strength of elites. In this way the book reveals new clues to the origins and nature of mass political movements. "The Politics of Mass Society" remains the most complete analytical account of the sociological approach to mass society in advanced industrial societies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709092

Politics of MemoryMaking Slavery Visible in the Public Space The public memory of slavery and the Atlantic slave trade which some years ago could be observed especially in North America has slowly emerged into a transnational phenomenon now encompassing Europe Africa and Latin America and even Asia – allowing the populations of African descent organized groups governments non-governmental organizations and societies in these different regions to individually and collectively update and reconstruct the slave past. This edited volume examines the recent transnational emergence of the public memory of slavery shedding light on the work of memory produced by groups of individuals who are descendants of slaves. The chapters in this book explore how the memory of the enslaved and slavers is shaped and displayed in the public space not only in the former slave societies but also in the regions that provided captives to the former American colonies and European metropoles. Through the analysis of exhibitions museums monuments accounts and public performances the volume makes sense of the political stakes involved in the phenomenon of memorialization of slavery and the slave trade in the public sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200753

Politics of MemoryThe Israeli Underground's Struggle for Inclusion in the National Pantheon and Military Commemoralization This book illustrates how a dominant political party the Mapai under the leadership of P.M. David Ben-Gurion chose to ‘hug ’ honor and commemorate ‘Her Fallen’ and ‘Her Bereaved Families ’ whilst simultaneously ignoring the fallen that were identified with the rival political party Herut led by Menachem Begin. Designing legislation and cultural policy designated for Teaching the public that those who sacrificed themselves in the Israeli War of Independence – were Hagana Members one of three Israeli undergrounds movements associated with Mapai specific ideological viewpoint. By that - the Israeli state created political legitimacy and dominance for Mapai – which was framed as the only political party which were involved with the struggle for national independence. "Her" fighters battles and casualties became part of the collective memory and national ethos. This project was implemented by refusing to acknowledge "the Other" casualties of the Eztel and Lehi underground movements wich were ideological identified with Herut Party. The state excluded their bereaved families from the wider official military bereavement circle and forced them to experience "disenfranchised grief" With no access to official commemoration or to rehabilitative support. It was only after the Likud's (ex-Herut) victory in the 1977 elections that enabled P.M. Menachem Begin to correct this "exile from national identity" and to initiate the inclusion of "His" fighters and casualties to the military cemeteries to the history books and to the state commemorations as recognizing their families as part of the National Military Bereavement circles entitled to Honors and support.A thought provoking study about the dark side of the Israeli nation building era Politics of Memory explores the politics of historiography bereavement and military commemoration and the confrontation over boundaries of national pantheon examining the effects of these factors on Israel Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864859

Politics of MigrationIndian Emigration in a Globalized World This book studies the politics surrounding Indian emigration from the 19th century to the present day. Bringing together data and case studies from across five continents it moves beyond economic and social movers of migration and explores the role of politics—both local and global—in shaping diaspora at a deeper level. The work will be invaluable to scholars and students of migration and diaspora studies development studies international politics and sociology as well as policy-makers and non-governmental organizations in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815393146

Politics of National Identity in ItalyImmigration and 'Italianità' This book focuses on the politics of national identity in Italy. Only a unified country for just over 150 years Italian national identity is perhaps more contingent than longer established nations such as France or the UK.   The book investigates when how and why the discussions about national identity and about immigration became entwined in public discourse within Italy. In particular it looks at the most influential voices in the debate on immigration and identity namely Italian intellectuals the Catholic Church the Northern League and the Left. The methodological approach is based on a systematic discourse analysis of official documents interviews statements and speeches by representatives of the political actors involved. In the process the author demonstrates that a 'normalisation' of intolerance towards foreigners has become institutionalised at the heart of the Italian state. This work will be of particular interest to students of Italian Politics Nationalism and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793681

Politics of OilA Survey This title presents key information on the oil industry world-wide and will be of interest to anyone involved in or studying the politics of oil production processing and selling. Oil has long been at the forefront of political agendas and with increased tensions in the Middle East there has never been a greater need for up-to-date reliable information on this key industry. Four sections present a through overview of current issues in the politics of oil in historical perspectives. The first section consists of essays written by a variety of academic and other experts on topics including oil and the global political economy supermajor oil companies and geopolitics oil and Iraq and environmental conflict in Nigeria. The second section is an A-Z glossary for reference of theories issues organizations countries conflicts and disputes including entries on Azerbaijan Baku-Ceyhan Pipeline Carter Doctrine Exxon Valdez Oil Spill Greenpeace Peak Oil etc. The third section includes detailed maps both regional and worldwide showing oil pipelines oil reserves production consumption and trade flows as well as statistics on petroleum reserves production consumption trade movements and imports and exports. The final section is a select bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437546

Politics of ParkingRights Identity and Property There is more to parking law than just parking penalties. Considering the ways in which law works in everyday life and in familiar places of common experience where the presence of law is not obvious this book explores the various notions of the right to park which jurisprudentially is enacted between individuals in everyday parking. From parking areas to the courtroom parking engenders disputes over equality speech legitimacy and entitlement that reach beyond the stated scope of policy. Looking beyond the obvious this book examines the contested site of the parking space as a place of socio-legal meaning where property claims and rights shape identities. Adopting a constitutive approach to the study of law the book examines how regulation of parking policy is at odds with the force of localised politics producing competing notions of legality and examples of legal semiotics within the terrain of legal geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138116924

Politics of PossibilityEncountering the Radical Imagination In the probing interviews in this vibrant new book eminent scholars struggle with some of the most crucial issues facing contemporary intellectuals. Poststructuralist philosopher Judith Butler discusses the pain of rigorous intellectual work saying that it is necessarily extremely hard labor as she examines the intersection of discourse and political action. Award-winning filmmaker philosopher and social theorist David Theo Goldberg reviews his life s work especially on issues of racism. Literary critic and feminist philosopher Avital Ronell sets out to disrupt the standard logic of signification to force readers into fresh ways of perceiving a subject at hand. Postcolonial theorist Homi Bhabha discusses how critical literacy is intimately connected to the question of democratic representation and he elaborates on how cultural difference can lead to a politics of discrimination. And neo-Marxist cultural critic Slavoj i ek takes readers on an exhilarating journey through a wide range of critical subjects." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632711

Politics of PreferenceIndia United States and South Africa Minorities based on whatever criteria—linguistic religious ethnic tribal racial or otherwise—share a distinctive contextual and social experience. Their representation in public service is important especially when there have been public policies which have historically discriminated against them. Politics of Preference: India United States and South Africa discusses the importance of offsetting past discrimination in an attempt at bringing all citizens in as active participants of their representative bureaucracies. The author a distinguished public administration comparativist brings together the uniquely large and complex cases of United States India and South Africa. In a penetrating analysis of the use of preference in the public sector the book examines three profoundly different countries—India the United States and South Africa — as they handle the challenge of integrating several different minorities into public service. The author chose these three countries—the most populous the oldest and the more nascent yet each with a history of its own that led to equal employment and other governmental policies. While there is a sprinkling of literature that examines this issue from a comparative perspective no one seems to have studied these three diverse nations and explored not only their differences but their similarities. The author of this book takes the view that it is not enough to study the environment but also explicate the context for a public policy. He provides a comprehensive study that does just that. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466503892

Politics of Quality in EducationA Comparative Study of Brazil China and Russia The question of quality has become one of the most important framing factors in education and has been of growing interest to international organisations and national policymakers for decades. Politics of Quality in Education focuses on Brazil China and Russia part of the so-called emerging nations’ BRICS block and draws on a four-year project to develop a new theoretical and methodological approach. The book builds a comparative sociohistorical and transnational understanding of political relations in education with a particular focus on the policies and practices of Quality Assurance and Evaluation (QAE). Tracking QAE processes from international organisations to individual schools contributors analyse how QAE changes the dynamics in the roles of state expertise and governance. The book demonstrates how national and sub-national actors play a central role in the adaptation modification or rejection of transnational policies. Politics of Quality in Education will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students engaged in the study of comparative and international education as well as educational policy and politics. It should also be essential reading for practitioners and policymakers. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781351362528 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487768

Politics of RecuperationRepair and Recovery in Post-Crisis Portugal Through a range of ethnographic case studies focusing on the Portuguese recovery after the economic crisis this book begins a conversation about the experience of recuperation and repair. Located in the cracks and gaps between the state and society recuperation appears as a social and infrastructural answer linked to reciprocity critical urbanity generational interweaving alternate ordering and reconnection of different bodies and histories. With chapters looking at public art in Lisbon and recuperative modes of action this collection takes a thorough look at a society in crisis and shows how the people of the community create micro-politics of resistance. Ultimately Politics of Recuperation reflects on the meaning of personal and collective resilience in Europe today as well as on the limits and interstices of contemporary politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350133051

Politics of Religion and NationalismFederalism Consociationalism and Seccession There are numerous examples of how religion and nationalism intertwine. In some cases a common religion is the fundamental marker of a nation’s identity whereas in others secular nationalism tries to hold together people of different religious beliefs. This book examines the link between religion and nationalism in contemporary polities. By exploring case studies on India Russia Israel Canada Chechnya Bosnia-Herzegovina Belgium Northern Ireland Scotland Sri Lanka Catalonia and the Basque Country it seeks to understand the relationship between these two key societal forms of diversity and assess the interaction between religious and nationalist perspectives. Expert contributors examine a variety of phenomena including secular nationalism secessionism and polities in which religious pluralism is evolving. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of political science religion and politics nationalism federalism secession political philosophy racial and ethnic politics and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238336

Politics of Religion in Western EuropeModernities in conflict? Religion is becoming increasingly important to the study of political science and to re-examine key concepts such as democracy securitization foreign policy analysis and international relations. The secularization of Europe is often understood according to the concept of ‘multiple modernities’—the idea that there may be several roads to modernity which do not all mean the eradication of religion. This framework provides support for the view that different traditions societies and groups can come to terms with the components of modernity (capitalism democracy human rights science and reason) while keeping in touch with their religious background faith and practice. Contributors examine the interaction between EU-integration processes and Western European countries such as Belgium France Luxembourg Austria Scandinavia Italy and the UK and shine fresh light on the economic and cultural contexts brought about by relationships between politics and religion including immigrant religions and new religious movements. This volume combines theoretical perspectives from political sociology and international relations to consider the role of religion as a source of power identity and ethics in institutions and societies. Politics of Religion in Western Europe will be of interest to scholars of politics religion the European Union and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415595346

Politics of ReligionA Survey This title explores some of the key issues which surround the politics of religion an area which has historically been the cause of great controversy. Today religion is still the cause of a great deal of political debate be it the teaching of the creationist theory in the United States or the relationship of church and state in Arabic countries. Four sections present a thorough overview of the politics of religion in historical perspective: Essay chapters written by a variety of academic and other experts on the major world religions and their relationship with politics and on topics including religious fundamentalism church and state and religious terrorism providing background analysis of the links between religion and politics. A – Z glossary of religions religious groups ideas and issues including entries on Agnosticism Bradford Council of Mosques Muslim Brotherhood Nirvana the World Council of Churches etc. Entries are up-to-date and cross referenced for ease of use and symbols at the end of each entry denote to which major religion(s) the entry refers. Maps for reference showing adherents to major religions worldwide adherents to religions in the Middle East and adherents to the major sub-types of Christianity. This title offers up-to-date and unbiased information that will provide a wealth of information to students academics business people and general researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437539

Politics of SegmentationParty Competition and Social Protection in Europe When political parties make policy decisions they are influenced by the competition they face from other parties. This book examines how party competition and party systems affect reforms of social protection. Featuring a historical comparison of Italy and Germany post-1945 the book shows how a high number of parties and ideological polarisation lead to fragmented and unequal social benefits. Utilising a comparative approach the author brings together two important issues in welfare state research that have been insufficiently investigated. Firstly the complex influence of party competition on social policy-making and second how some social groups enjoy better social protection than others. Moving beyond the two countries of the case study the book proposes an innovative framework for studying segmentation of social protection and applies this framework to a wider set of 15 advanced welfare states. Overall this book draws together different strands of research on political parties and on welfare states and introduces a new argument on how party politics shapes social policy. An invaluable text on the political economy of the welfare state Politics of Segmentation will be of interest to scholars of political economy social policy and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812468

Politics of SexualityIdentity Gender Citizenship This book recognises sexuality as a mainstream concept in political analysis and explores issues in the politics of sexuality that are highly salient and controversial today. These include conceptions of citizenship and nationality linked to gender and sexuality the legislation about the age of consent prostitution and 'trafficing in women' the international politics of population control abortion sexual harrassment and sexuality in the military. The international team of contributors provide a wide range of perspectives in a variety of contexts. On a national level they offer illustrative case studies from the UK Ireland the Netherlands Spain and Israel among others and on an international plane they cover the European Union the UN Conference on Population and Development and the role of the Vatican as international arbiter. Moreover the volume addresses the interaction between political discourse and the work of major theorists such as Weber Freud Foucault Irigaray and Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203169445

Politics of Social Psychology Social scientists have long known that political beliefs bias the way they think about understand and interpret the world around them. In this volume scholars from social psychology and related fields explore the ways in which social scientists themselves have allowed their own political biases to influence their research. These biases may influence the development of research hypotheses the design of studies and methods and materials chosen to test hypotheses decisions to publish or not publish results based on their consistency with one’s prior political beliefs and how results are described and dissemination to the popular press. The fact that these processes occur within academic disciplines such as social psychology that strongly skew to the political left compounds the problem. Contributors to this volume not only identify and document the ways that social psychologists’ political beliefs can and have influenced research but also offer solutions towards a more depoliticized social psychology that can become a model for discourse across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138930605

Politics of Social Research Politics of Social Research addresses itself to the question of the behavior appropriate for social scientists conducting research sponsored by or otherwise involving government agencies-our own and those of other countries. The simple patriotism that suggests that social scientists like other citizens should not hesitate to put their skills at the service of their government is questioned here and by practitioners. This is partly because of outright disagreement with government policies and partly because of the threat to independence posed by massive government funding. As this book plainly shows the problems are especially acute for social scientists working abroad where they are viewed as de facto representatives of American policy while at the same time they must accommodate to the policies of foreign governments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530362

Politics of Southern EqualityLaw and Social Change in a Mississippi County This path-breaking text deals with the effects of federal civil rights legislation on the behavior and attitudes of the inhabitants of a single county in Mississippi--Panola County. These effects are examined in the three civil rights areas of voting education and economic opportunities. By using this smaller example Frederick M. Wirt's broader interest is to show how legislation can be used to effect social change on a large scale.The need to substitute empirical knowledge for abstract speculation motivates Wirt's study. Wirt restricts his study to one county but with conclusions on comparative studies that illumine the emerging political sociology of the South. The author sketches the historical setting of Panola County emphasizing on the demographic economic and political developments in recent decades. He then examines what has actually happened in race relations as an effect of civil rights laws affecting votes schools and jobs.Wirt utilizes documentary material from federal state and county sources; local newspapers; and records from business and other groups. But his closer understanding comes from personal interviews. Because federal law is the dynamic factor setting the social system in movement the author explains the interactions between public opinion the President and the Congress which in the end resulted in the laws on votes schools and jobs. He also deals with the differing machinery of sanctions and enforcement. Law has a huge effect on social change; and Wirt draws from his empirical study a systematic inclusive statement of the factors affecting compliance with law in conditions of conventional biases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530379

Politics of Sustainable Development The concept of sustainable development was popularised by the 1987 Brundtland Report and became a central theme in the EU's Fifth Environmental Action Programme. It dominated the Rio Earth Summit and its promotion has been much in evidence in the subseque Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203992098

Politics of the EnvironmentA Survey The environment is increasingly seen at the forefront of many political agendas. Covering and analysing important topics such as the Kyoto protocol and deforestation this book provides extensive coverage of all aspects of environmental politics. This unbiased survey is of interest to students academics business people and general researchers. Four sections present a thorough overview of current issues in the politics of the environment in historical perspective. The first section consists of essays written by a variety of academic and other experts on topics including Globalization: The Environment and Development Debate; The State International Relations and the Environment; Environmental Movements; Mass Media and Environmental Politics; and The Ethical Dimensions of Global Environmental Change. The second section is an A-Z glossary of the Environment which includes detailed entries explaining terms and topics such as Acid Rain Biodiversity Ozone Layer Depletion Renewable Energy and Sustainable Development. In the third section maps show conservation areas wetlands tropical forests greenhouse gas emissions energy consumption etc. In the final section statistics offer data on issues such as greenhouse gas emissions population growth threatened species and ratification of environmental treaties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437560

Politics of the EventTime Movement Becoming Despite occupying a central role and frequently being used in the study of international politics the concept of the "event" remains in many ways unchallenged and unexplored. By combining the philosophy of Gilles Deleuze and his concept of the event with the example of 9/11 as an historical event this book problematises the role and meaning of "events" in international politics. Lundborg seeks to demonstrate how the historical event can be analysed as a practice of inscribing temporal borders and distinctions. Specifically he shows how this practice relies upon an ongoing process of capturing various movements – of thought sense experience and becoming. However the book also demonstrates how these same movements express a life and reality that elude complete capture highlighting the potential for alternative encounters with the event encounters that constantly threaten to undermine the limits and imaginary completeness of the historical event. This book offers an exciting new way of thinking about the politics of encountering events arguing that at the heart of such encounters there are always elements of uncertainty and contingency that cannot be fully resolved or fixed. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of international relations cultural studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721622

Politics of the Global Economic CrisisRegulation Responsibility and Radicalism A crucial commentary on the worst global economic crisis since the Great Depression this book argues for ‘Three Rs’ — Regulation Responsibility and Radicalism — i.e. state regulation of finance state responsibility towards society and radical social movements to fight for economic justice. It will interest scholars and researchers in international political economy politics international relations and economics as also policymakers and the informed general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660212

Politics of the Islamic TraditionThe Thought of Muhammad Al-Ghazali Over the last two centuries the Muslim world has undergone dramatic transformations impacting the Islamic tradition and throwing into question our understanding of tradition. The notion of tradition as an unmoving edifice is contradicted by the very process of its transmission and the complex role human beings play in creating and sustaining traditions is evident in the indigenous mechanisms of change within the Islamic tradition. Politics of the Islamic Tradition locates the work of Egyptian cleric Muhammad al-Ghazali within the context of this dynamic Islamic tradition with special focus on his political thought. Al-Ghazali inherited a vast and diverse heritage which he managed to reinterpret in a changing world. An innovative exploration of the change and continuity present within Muslim discourses this book brings together disparate threads of the Islamic tradition religious exegesis the contemporary Arab Middle East the Islamic state and idea of renewal in al-Ghazali’s thought. As well as being one of the first complete treatments of al-Ghazali’s works this book provides an original critical approach to tradition and its capability for innovation and change countering the dichotomy between tradition and modernity that typically informs most scholarly studies on contemporary Islam. Offering highly original insights into Islamic thought and engaging with critical notions of tradition this book is essential reading for students and scholars of Islamic Politics and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614673

Politics of the Lesser Evil In his pathbreaking book Leadership James MacGregor Burns defines a kind of leadership with an indistinguishable personal impact on society. He calls this "transformal" leadership and sees it as more than routine and calculable responses to demands. In fact he argues the more stable a liberal democracy the less freedom of action for transformal leadership. Anton Pelinka uses a wellspring of historical fact to argue that politics always means having to choose between the lesser of two evils and that democracy reduces any possibility of personal leadership.According to Pelinka Jaruzelski's politics of democratization in Poland in the 1980s (which led to the first free and competitive elections in a communist system) illustrate personal leadership hampered by democracy. Jaruzelski initiated the roundtable process that transformed Poland into a democracy; yet this process ultimately ended with his abdication. Pelinka further emphasizes contradictions between transformal leadership and democracy by comparing the leadership styles of Hitler Stalin and Mao. He de-.scribes collaboration resistance and tensions between domestic and international leadership using the American examples of Presidents Wilson Roosevelt Kennedy Johnson and Nixon and the European examples of Petain and Churchill. Pelinka then turns to the tragic fate of the Judenrate under the Nazi regime to illustrate the "lesser-evil" approach. He closes with a discussion of "moral leadership" and how abstaining from office just as Gandhi and King did may be particularly suited to stable democracies.Pelinka's unique use of rich empirical evidence from twentieth-century history is this volume's hallmark. He is critical of mainstream political theory and its neglect of deviant examples of democracies - such as Switzerland Italy and Japan where there is traditionally much less emphasis placed on leadership. Pelinka's noteworthy study will be essential reading for political scientists and theorists political philosophers and political sociologists with special interest in political ethics and contemporary historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513396

Politics of the 'Other' in India and ChinaWestern Concepts in Non-Western Contexts The social sciences have been heavily influenced by modernization theory focusing on issues of economic growth political development and social change in order to develop a predictive model of linear progress for developing countries following a Western prototype. Under this hegemonic paradigm of development the world tends to get divided into simplistic binary oppositions between the ‘West’ and the ‘rest’ ‘us’ and ‘them’ and ‘self’ and ‘other’. Proposing to shift the discussion on what constitutes the ‘Other’ as opposed to the ‘Self’ from philosophy and cultural studies to the social sciences this book explores how the structural asymmetries existing between Western discourses and the realities of the non-Western world manifest themselves in the ideas institutions and socio-political practices of India and China and in how far they shape the social scientist’s understanding of their discipline in general. It provides a counter-narrative by revealing the relativity of geographies and by showing that the conventional presentation of core elements of the Asian socio-political set-up as ‘aberrations’ from the Western models fails to acknowledge their inherent strategic character of adapting Western concepts to meet local requirements. Drawing on multiple disciplines concepts and contexts in India and China the book makes a valuable contribution to the theory and practice of politics as well as to International and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097971

Politics of UrbanismSeeing Like a City To see like a city rather than seeing like a state is the key to understanding modern politics. In this book Magnusson draws from theorists such as Weber Wirth Hayek Jacobs Sennett and Foucault to articulate some of the ideas that we need to make sense of the city as a form of political order. Locally and globally the city exists by virtue of complicated patterns of government and self-government prompted by proximate diversity. A multiplicity of authorities in different registers is typical. Sovereignty although often claimed is infinitely deferred. What emerges by virtue of self-organization is not susceptible to control by any central authority and so we are impelled to engage politically in a world that does not match our expectations of sovereignty. How then are we are to engage realistically and creatively? We have to begin from where we are if we are to understand the possibilities. Building on traditions of political and urban theory in order to advance a new interpretation of the role of cities/urbanism in contemporary political life this work will be of great interest to scholars of political theory and urban theory international relations theory and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831260

Politics of ViolenceMilitancy International Politics Killing in the name Critical thinkers like Foucault Benjamin Derrida and Žižek have long challenged the liberal separation of violence and politics by highlighting the implicit violence within political and economic structures. But in an era of international terrorism and counter-terrorism should we not also reverse the question to ask ‘what is political about violence?’ Using interviews with ex-militants from Italian leftist struggle of the 1970s and the Cypriot anti-colonial militancy of the 1950s Heath-Kelly explores the political utility of violence. Studies of conflict and international politics rarely address how killing and injuring function to win wars or overturn regimes. But by rejecting conceptions of violence as a means-to-an-end found in the works of Clausewitz and Arendt this book draws upon studies of pain to explore the ways in which armed struggle produces new political subjects and regimes and discredits others through experiences of violence. Using Elaine Scarry’s conception of pain as ‘world-destroying’ and Walter Benjamin’s delineation of violence as either lawmaking or law-preserving to frame ex-militant discussions of participation in armed struggle the book contributes a pathbreaking empirical exploration of violence to international politics literatures - moving the study of political violence away from an understanding of violence as just a means-to-an-end. Drawing out insights that have a far wider resonance and significance for the analysis of the ‘politicality’ of political violence this work will be of interest to students and scholars in areas such as international relations security studies and international relations theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289505

Politics of Visibility and BelongingFrom Russia´s “Homosexual Propaganda” Laws to the Ukraine War In this book Edenborg studies contemporary conflicts of community as enacted in Russian media from the ‘homosexual propaganda’ laws to the Sochi Olympics and the Ukraine war and explores the role of visibility in the production and contestation of belonging to a political community. The book examines what it is that determines which subjects and narratives become visible and which are occluded in public spheres; how they are seen and made intelligible; and how those processes are involved in the imagination of communities. Investigating the differentiated consequences of visibility Edenborg discusses what forms of visibility make belonging possible and what forms of visibility may be related to exclusion or violence. The book maps and analyses the practices and mechanisms whereby a state seeks to produce and shape belonging through controlling what becomes visible in public and how that which becomes visible is seen and understood. In addition it examines what forms contestation can take and what its effects may be. Advancing theoretical understanding and offering a useful way to analytically conceptualize the role of visibility in the production and contestation of political communities this work will be of interest to students and scholars of gender and sexuality politics borders citizenship nationalism migration and ethnic relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036819

Politics on the CouchCitizenship and the Internal Life This is an accessible lucid and stimulating account of the hidden psychology of politics and the hidden politics of the psyche. It is packed with original and imaginative ideas on economics nationalism "good-enough" leadership the citizen and the state women and men fatherhood and the citizen as a "therapist of the world". The author offe Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325978

Politics OnlineBlogs Chatrooms and Discussion Groups in American Democracy Despite the growth of various forms of online discussion their impact on American political life is only beginning to be examined systematically. In Politics Online Richard Davis provides a thorough analysis detailing the political attitudes behavior and demographic nature of the electronic discussion community contrasting that community with the general public. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203956700

Politics Russia Politics Russia provides the most comprehensive accessible and up-to-date introduction to all aspects of the political development of Russia in the post-communist era. Writing with the undergraduate student specifically in mind Danks’ fluent style and masterly grasp of complex material will make this an indispensable guide for many years to come.Divided into five sections Politics Russia maps a clear path towards an understanding of Russia and its politics in the twenty first century. In Part One the emergence of contemporary Russia is put into context by a consideration of the end of the USSR and the move towards democratization under Gorbachev. Part Two provides a clear-sighted and stimulating overview of the nature of the executive and the legislature in contemporary Russia. Part Three examines civil society the role of the media and the representative process.  Part Four is focussed on the policy process from foreign and defence policies to the development of domestic social policies from the provision of healthcare to education. Part Five the final provides an overall consideration the contemporary state of Russia examining the development from Yeltsin to Putin to Medvedev and considers the possible futures of the region.    The book is supported by a host of pedagogical features including: Annotated further reading lists Definitions of key political terms Short biographies of key figures  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836815

Politics South Africa South Africa’s democratic transformation in 1994 captured the attention of the international community. Politics: South Africa provides an acute appraisal of the critical moments in the history of South Africa and examines the political environment in the years following the shift to democracy. Under the leadership of the revered figure of Nelson Mandela the ‘rainbow nation’ achieved the transition with less violence than had been feared. A new generation of post-Apartheid young people has grown up and the socio-political environment is maturing. However the country still has immense challenges to overcome in delivering services to its diverse populations faced with the impact of HIV/AIDS on communities and the economic demands of development. This fully-revised second edition includes two entirely new chapters based on the author’s recent research and interviews within the country dealing with the legacy of the President Mbeki years the implications of the 2009 election and the challenges now facing the country under Jacob Zuma. Politics: South Africa is an accessible guide for students and a fascinating appraisal of a nation which has travelled a long journey but is still trying to reconcile its past. Features include:- boxed discussions of key subject areas- chronology of important events- maps- appendices of critical documents and speeches Dr Heather Deegan is a Reader in Comparative Politics at Middlesex University London. She was a Fellow of the Africa Institute of South Africa Pretoria and was a Visiting Lecturer at the University of Witwatersrand. She is the author of six books including the recently published Africa Today: Culture Economics Religion Security (2009). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144057

Politics through the Iliad and the OdysseyHobbes writes Homer Facing censorship and being confined to the fringes of the political debate of his time Thomas Hobbes turned his attention to translating Homer’s Iliad and the Odyssey from Greek into English. Many have not considered enough the usefulness of these translations. In this book Andrea Catanzaro analyses the political value of Hobbes’ translations of Homer’s works and exposes the existence of a link between the translations and the previous works of the Malmesbury philosopher. In doing so he asks:• What new information concerning Hobbes' political and philosophical thought can be rendered from mere translation?• What new offerings can a man in his eighties at the time offer having widely explained his political ideas in numerous famous essays and treatises?• What new elements can be deduced in a text that was well-known in England and where there were better versions than the ones produced by Hobbes?Andrea Catanzaro’s commentary and theoretical interpretation offers an incentive to study Hobbes lesser known works in the wider development of Western political philosophy and the history of political thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660437

Politics UK This revised and updated ninth edition of the bestselling textbook Politics UK is an indispensable introduction to British politics. It provides a thorough and accessible overview of the institutions and processes of British government a good grounding in British political history and an incisive introduction to the issues and challenges facing Britain today including the European referendum and Brexit. The ninth edition welcomes brand new material from seven new contributors to complement the rigorously updated and highly respected chapters retained from the previous edition. It delivers excellent coverage of contemporary events including a new chapter on Euro-scepticism and the European referendum an assessment of the performance of Labour’s leadership the trials and tribulations of the Liberal Democrats and UKIP and the evolving devolution debate in Scotland led by the Scottish Nationalist Party. Features of the new edition include: Britain in context boxes offering contrasting international perspectives on key themes in British politics A comprehensive ‘who’s who’ of politics in the form of Profile boxes featuring key political figures And another thing . . . pieces containing short articles written by distinguished commentators including Mark Garnett Sir David Omand Richard Wilkinson and Sir Simon Jenkins An epilogue analyzing the turbulent state of UK politics following the European referendum With chapters written by highly respected scholars in the field and contemporary articles on real-world politics from well-known political commentators this textbook is an essential guide for all students of British politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685086

Politics under the Later StuartsParty Conflict in a Divided Society 1660-1715 The first major study of party conflict in England over the later Stuart period from the reign of Charles II to its culmination under Anne. Tim Harris shows how the party configuration of subsequent British politics emerged in these crucial years. He deals not only with high politics and with the organisation of the new parties but also with the ideological roots of party strife. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836273

Politics USA Politics USA is a lively and authoritative introduction to American politics giving students a rich and varied resource for all aspects of their course. The book provides expert and comprehensive analysis of US politics and government including in-depth coverage of the presidency the Congress the Supreme Court and American foreign policy. This third edition of Politics USA has been thoroughly updated to include analysis of Challenges and policies of the first Obama administration Recent results and developments in US elections Latest major decisions of the US Supreme Court Contemporary American Foreign Policy This is an ideal introduction for students of US politics as well as anyone seeking to understand any or all aspects of politics in one of the world’s most powerful and globally influential countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408204504

Politics vs Economics in World Steel Trade There can be few industries which have generated as much political controversy as the world steel industry. Since 1968 the trade policies of both the US and the EEC have created a vicious circle of protectionism and delayed adjustment in their steel industries. In particular protectionist policies by one government have tended to lead directly to rebound protectionist policies by the other. This book first published in 1986 begins by tracing the historical roots of steel protectionism and describes the changing competitive structure of the world steel market which has led to increased government involvement in the traditional steel-making countries as they became vulnerable to imports from the newly industrialised countries. The most distinctive feature of the book is its economic analysis of a policy crisis; a crisis whose inner dynamics work against a viable solution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297753

Politics with a Human FaceIdentity and Experience in Post-Soviet Europe Politics with a Human Face presents a holistic understanding of identity formation in post-Soviet Europe arguing that since politics is fundamentally a human affair. In order to adequately understand it one needs to understand its human side first.Drawing on the thought of Dilthey Ricoeur and Plato the author employs empathy as a method together with visual and historical analysis to analyse the role of human experience in post-Soviet politics. As a result the book offers a theoretical approach for assessing influence of the non-rationalistic factors such as associative symbolism human experience political images and historical narratives in both domestic and foreign affairs.A study at the juncture of Social Sciences and Humanities Politics with a Human Face explores a number of cases including Estonia Lithuania Poland and Russia as well as the ongoing conflict in Ukraine examining issues of liminal transition ‘far-right’ movements victimhood ethnic conflict and political paradoxes. Seeking to shed light on the region’s agency and perception of both its own political and existential situation and that of the surrounding world this book constitutes a timely and original contribution to understanding the post-Soviet Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884833

Politics without PowerThe National Party Committees The national committees of the major political parties in the United States are symbols of party government. They carry forward a national heritage of peaceful change in national politics and administration. National committees are substitutes for party ideologies yet they are pretty much headless drifting organizations. Cotter and Hennessy explain why this is the case arguing that the vagueness of the committees' responsibilities between presidential elections is one of the main sources of their limitations.Politics without Power explains what the national committees are who belongs to them where they are located in relation to other politically oriented organizations what they do and what steps might be taken to make better use of them. Although the authors' descriptions in this classic volume are straightforward their recommendations are sweepingly bold. A few have been instituted in part but most have yet to be adopted. If they were it would completely change the makeup of the two committees and the political processes.Among their proposals are that the offi ces of national committeeman and committeewoman should be abolished that the national chairman of the in-party continue to be chosen by the president or candidate and the national chairman of the out-party be the titular head of that committee. The out-party should have a party council to interpret the platform and to recommend a platform to the national convention. There should be a tax credit for small contributions to the national committee or state committees and each national committee would have its own building shared with the Congressional Campaign Committees. This book will interest political scientists politicians and other students of American politics and elections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530386

Politics: The Basics Now in its fifth edition Politics: The Basics explores the systems movements and issues at the cutting edge of modern politics. A highly successful introduction to the world of politics it offers clear and concise coverage of a range of issues and addresses fundamental questions such as: • Why does politics matter? • Why obey the state? • What are the key approaches to power? • How are political decisions made? • What are the current issues affecting governments worldwide? Accessible in style and topical in content the fifth edition has been fully restructured to reflect core issues systems and movements that are at the centre of modern politics and international relations. Assuming no prior knowledge in politics it is ideal reading for anyone approaching the study of politics for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841429

Politics: The Key Concepts Politics: The Key Concepts is an up-to-date and broad-ranging introduction to the terms that lie at the heart of political discourse. Entries are drawn from areas such as political theory international politics political science and methodology. As well as explaining core established principles this informative guide explores some of the more complex topical and contested concepts from the world of politics. Concepts covered include: Capitalism Class Identity Institutionalism Referendum Marxism Pluralism Postmodernism Socialism Social Constructivism In an accessible A-Z format with helpful cross-referencing and suggestions for further reading Politics: The Key Concepts is an invaluable reference for all students of politics international relations and related courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415497404

PoliticsA Unified Introduction to How Democracy Works This comprehensive introduction to politics provides an essential template for assessing the health and workings of present day democracy by exploring how democratic processes bring public policy into line with popular preferences. Incorporating the latest findings from Big Data across the world it provides a crucial framework showing students how to deploy these for themselves providing straightforward practical orientation to the scope and methods of modern political science. Key features: Everyday politics is explained through concrete applications to democracies across the world; Predictive theories illuminate what goes on at various levels of democracy; Outlines - in easy to understand terms - the basic statistical approaches that enable empirically-informed analysis; Rich textual features include chapter summaries reviews key points illustrative briefings key concepts project and essay suggestions relevant reading all clearly explained in ‘How to Use This Book’; Provides a firm basis for institutional and normative approaches to democratic politics; Concluding section reviews other approaches to explaining politics assessing their strengths and weaknesses. Politics is an essential resource for students of political science and of key interest to economics public policy analysis and more broadly the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025090

PoliticsAn Introduction The eagerly awaited third edition of this highly respected and user-friendly text for introductory courses has been thoroughly updated to reflect the world today. Politics: An Introduction provides stimulating coverage of topics essential to the understanding of contemporary politics. It offers students necessary guidance on ways of studying and understanding politics and illustration of the many different sites at which politics is construed and conducted. Ideal for students taking combined degrees at introductory level in politics and the social sciences it emphasises the individual and social dimension of politics and covers theories and concepts in an accessible way. Fundamentally it helps students see the political and its relevance in their lives. Key features include: a revised introduction considering ‘what is politics’ and how we understand and approach its study clear and well-organised coverage of political theory political behaviour institutions and the policy process carefully crafted in-text chapter features such as ‘consider this’ thought-provoking scenarios ‘think points’ keyword definitions chapter summaries and exercises designed to enliven and extend the learning experience stimulating up-to-date examples and case studies from across the globe such as ‘fake news’ online activism the rise of populism culture wars ‘fertility tourism’ in India hydropower in Cambodia free speech in France and personality politics in Turkmenistan detailed consideration of democratisation authoritarian regimes direct democracy gender critical perspectives minority rights global capitalism social movements radical political change post-secularism and challenges and changes brought by social media. Politics: An Introduction is a broad-ranging accessible and essential guide for all students studying or beginning to study politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415571906

PoliticsCritical Essays in Human Geography Depending on the breadth or narrowness of the understanding of politics and the political "politics" in human geography is defined as either the operation of power in all social relations or the workings of power directed to or by the state. This volume avoids the two extremes by acknowledging the transformation of approaches to the political in human geography over the past few decades but also by highlighting the continued importance of the more traditional state-based conception of politics. The selected articles are clustered around six themes: new agendas in political geography state territoriality international relations and globalization internal territorial organisation and geographical scale social movements and electoral participation and identities and citizenship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246512

Polity and CrisisReflections on the European Odyssey European integration is an open-ended ongoing process which has been deeply challenged by integral world capitalism. This study explores the present EU foundational dilemma looking at the problematic relationship between the ideal model of integration and the reality of the 21st century. Including contributions from leading theorists this volume explores the ways and extent to which the present European crisis could create a politico-legal space for new possibilities and opportunities for action. The authors discuss the current role of the EU and whether it aspires to be a democratic polity or a functional organization based on inter-governmental bargaining. The chapters question whether the future of European integration after the crisis will be paved by decisions which conflict with its Treaty basis and how it might come up with alternatives which would do more than echo the compulsions of the global market. Issues are analysed from a historical perspective to see what can be learnt from its past and to explore the options for the future. With contributions from prominent international legal and political scholars the book will be of interest to academics students and policy-makers working in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636927

Polity And Society In Contemporary North Africa In the twenty-five years since the last comprehensive book on state and society in North Africa was published the nations of the Maghrib have undergone profound social political and economic changes. In this book the foremost U.S. specialists on the region and a number of prominent Maghribi scholars analyze the transformations in North Africa since independence and examine current trends that will shape the region in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283810

Pollastra and the Origins of Twelfth NightParthenio commedia (1516) with an English Translation Pollastra and the Origins of Twelfth Night addresses two closely linked and increasingly studied issues: the nature of the relation of Shakespeare's plays to Italian culture and the technology of modern theater invented in Renaissance Italy. The discovery of forgotten works by Giovanni Lappoli known as Pollastra led to publication in Italy in 1993 in a limited edition of the Italian texts with supplemental scholarship by the authors entitled Romance and Aretine Humanism in Sienese Comedy. One of those texts the comedy Parthenio has escaped the attention of theater bibliographers because it was quickly sold out in its time and only a handful of copies are known to exist today. Yet it played an important part in the birth of Italian Renaissance drama and of modern comedy in general in that it was the immediate predecessor and source of Gl'Ingannati arguably the most famous comedy of the Italian Renaissance and certainly the most imitated translated adapted all over Europe. The best known of its progeny is Shakespeare's Twelfth Night. Much has been written in Italy and England about Gl'Ingannati and Shakespeare's debt to it but nothing at all about Parthenio. This volume provides the first English translation (with the original Italian on facing pages); and presents for an international audience the theatrical scholarship from the 1993 book Romance and Aretine Humanism in Sienese Comedy augmented with new findings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357129

Pollen and SporesApplications with Special Emphasis on Aerobiology and Allergy Palynology finds applications in various fields. Some of them are taxonomy plant evolution plant breeding programmes biotechnology microbiology of water soil and air the pharmaceutical industry cosmetic industry energy food industry forensic science aerobiology allergy epidemiology meteorology fossil fuel exploration and biodiversity. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429063985

Pollen Biology and Biotechnology The author offers an overview of pollen biology and biotechnology for students and researchers in areas such as reproductive biology biotechnology aeropalynology plant breeding horticulture and forestry. Citing more than 1 500 references to pollen research the text covers topics including advances in understanding pollen tube growth the use of pollen for gene transfer and advantages and disadvantages of various pollination systems for production of species limits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407732

Pollination Services to AgricultureSustaining and enhancing a key ecosystem service It is only recently that the immense economic value of pollination to agriculture has been appreciated. At the same time the alarming collapse in populations of bees and other pollinators has highlighted the urgency of addressing this issue. This book focuses on the specific measures and practices that the emerging science of pollination ecology is identifying to conserve and promote animal pollinators in agroecosystems.  It reviews the expanding knowledge base on pollination services providing evidence to document the status trends and importance of pollinators to sustainable agricultural production. It provides practical and specific measures that land managers can undertake to ensure that agroecosystems are supportive and friendly to pollinators. It draws on the Global Pollination Project supported by UNEP/GEF and implemented by FAO and seven partner countries (Brazil Ghana India Kenya Nepal Pakistan and South Africa) which serve to provide "lessons from the field". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904408

Pollutant Studies In Marine Animals This volume attempts to summarize the joint efforts of a group of workers who developed systems for analysing marine pollution for use with marine animals and then use these systems to monitor certain select marine populations. Approach taken is to seek pollutant-induced changes in metabolite (e.g. glutathione ascorbate) concentrations in hormone concentrations in enzymes associated with pollutant metabolism (e.g. the cytochrome P-450 mixed-function oxidase system) in immunological capacity and in cellular morphology. The work reported here details the specific methods used and summarizes the results of measurement of the parameters in both pristine and exposed animals. Not all systems exhibited changes in response to the pollutants tested; these systems are also discussed here to help others avoid these potential but insensitive markers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896731

Pollutant Transfer and Transport in The SeaVolume I This book covers those subject areas considered essential for the transfer and transport of pollutants in the marine environment. This publication will stimulate discussions and interdisciplinary research relevent to pollution problems as well as serve as an educational reference book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896755

Pollutant Transfer and Transport in the SeaVolume II This book covers those subject areas considered essential for the transfer and transport of pollutants in the marine environment. This publication will stimulate discussions and interdisciplinary research relevent to pollution problems as well as serve as an educational reference book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896748

Polluted Sites This is a translation of ""Les sites pollues: traitement des sols et des eaux souterraines"" second edition. It covers: contaminated sites; environmental diagnosis; assessment of hazard; remediaiton; costs; new legal requirements; and investments and role of insurance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742976

Pollution Politics and Foreign Investment in TaiwanLukang Rebellion Lukang is a sleepy provincial town on the east coast of Taiwan. The Lukang "rebellion" was a series of well-organised mass demonstrations in 1986 and 1987 to block construction by the DuPont Corporation of a titanium dioxide plant nearby. If this protest had occurred just a few years earlier no doubt it would have been crushed by a powerful government determined to promote development at any cost. If it had been a few years later it probably would have passed unnoticed. But it came at a time just when environmental consciousness in Taiwan had reached a critical mass and as the government was introducing political reforms allowing unprecendented scope to new forms of civil action. In this atmosphere a handful of determined capable activists bent on keeping a giant multinational corporation out of their "old home" focused the attention of the entire island on Lukang raised the national consciousness about threats to the natural environment and challenged the rules that government officials and industrial leaders in Taiwan had come to take for granted. The Lukang rebellion was one of those small events with large consequences that make for interesting and significant history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701622

Pollution Abatement Strategies in Central and Eastern Europe Protecting environmental quality while pursuing economic development poses a particularly difficult challenge to the countries of Central and Eastern Europe where political and economic systems are changing rapidly following decades of environmental neglect and economic mismanagement. Advanced industrial nations also face difficult decisions about priorities and procedures for providing financial assistance to the region. In order to identify workable solutions Pollution Abatement Strategies in Central and Eastern Europe investigates some of the leading pollution problems that these countries now face and examines the link between economic restructuring and environmental improvement. Contributors to the volume assess the changes in the region's environmental conditions likely to result from economic restructuring and the benefits that might arise from improvements. They also consider the design of effective environmental policies for economies in transition including the need to introduce or reform basic economic legal and regulatory constructs. Comparisons of incentive-based versus command-and-control environmental policies suggest that despite the difficulties in implementing them incentive-based policy options are worth pursuing in Central and Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407176

Pollution and Fish Health in Tropical Ecosystems The tropical zone contains the highest diversity of fish species on the planet. Many of these species are being continuously exposed to pollutants that pose serious hazards to fish health thereby posing serious risks for entire fish populations. This book presents information about the different responses of fish to pollutants from the molecular levels to changes in behavior with emphasis on tropical species. It also discusses current topics such as the adverse effects of emerging compounds like nanoparticles and endocrine disruptor chemicals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482212877

Pollution and the AtmosphereDesigns for Reduced Emissions This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. This new compendium volume examines the significant impact of air quality on human health. Assessing air pollution in complex morphologies has become an important issue in order to implement mitigation measures and limit emissions from the most relevant sources such as waste incineration traffic emissions emissions from fuel and electricity production and household emissions. These pollutants result in adverse health effects material damage damage to ecosystems and global climate change. The book looks at these issues and is divided into several sections covering air pollution and where we came from and where we’re headed waste incineration and its impact on air quality air pollution vehicle and transportation emissions emissions from fuel and electricity production The chapters in Pollution and the Atmosphere: Designs for Reduced Emissions contain recent research looking at the two major components of air pollution: air pollution control and air-quality engineering. Air pollution control focuses on the fundamentals of air pollutant formation in process technologies and the identification of options for mitigating or preventing air pollutant emissions. Air quality engineering deals with large-scale multi-source control strategies with focus on the physics and chemistry of pollutant interactions in the atmosphere. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885133

Pollution at SeaLaw and Liability A sharp informed and thoroughly practical guide to contemporary and developing issues relating to sea pollution prepared by leading academics and practitioners with everyday hands-on experience. Pollution at Sea focuses on a number of the vital private law issues – compensation insurance contract and tort – thrown up by contemporary developments in the law of pollution. The book also intends to offer a critical analysis on emerging public law concepts such as the legal position of seafarers from the perspective of criminal law in cases of pollution and the impact of port state control as a pollution control mechanism. Pollution at Sea is divided into three parts: 1. Private Law Liability Regimes2. Rights and Liabilities of Particular Parties3. The Impact of Public Law on the Actors Concerned In part 1; various liability regimes are dissected including those which have been under the spotlight in recent years. This section has particular international appeal and many of the regimes discussed are based at least in part on international conventions agreements or practices. In part 2; the impact of pollution at sea on third parties is considered with respect to the legal position of parties that might be perused either by the victims of pollution incidents or in some cases by the parties liable by way of a recourse action. Finally in part 3; recent relevant developments particularly in the realm of public law are covered. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781842145418

Pollution Control and the Pattern of TradeGermany and the United States This title first published in 1990 is intended to assess the impact of national environmental control policies on international trade and competitiveness in general and in particular the impact of differential environmental control policies on the international trade and competiveness of the two industrialized nations Germany and the United States. To assess the impact of differential environmental control policies on trade this study applies a comparative analysis of the two countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295148

Pollution Control for the Petrochemicals Industry The petrochemicals industry is very complex and requires considerable knowledge of the individual processes to develop effective pollution control plans and processes. Information in this small book is intended to provide a base from which one can build. It is not exhaustive in describing the segments of the industry or pollution control techniques; however it does provide a basic knowledge that should lead to intelligent environmentally sound solutions to pollution prevention control and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896762

Pollution Control in United StatesEvaluating the System Pollution control a key component of U.S. environmental policy has made important progress in recent decades. Yet important problems remain and there is need for improvement in the pollution control regulatory system. This book is the most extensive evaluation of that system ever produced. It reveals many strengths and accomplishments but also illustrates serious shortcomings and the need for reform. The volume emerges from three years of research on a fragmented 'system' of institutions statutes and procedures that is often inefficient and ineffective hobbled by misplaced priorities. Part I provides an in-depth description of this system centered on the federal Environmental Protection Agency and the labyrinthine laws it must implement. The authors evaluate the federal legislation administrative decisionmaking and the state-federal division of labor that defines the system. Davies and Mazurek assess the effectiveness and efficiency of U.S. pollution control. They discuss the performance of U.S. laws and regulations in comparison with those of other nations assess the ability of the U.S. pollution control system to meet future problems and consider proposals for reform and repair. Within this far reaching analysis they include criteria that are often overlooked by policymakers and analysts including social values equity nonintrusiveness and public participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407169

Pollution Impacts on Marine Biotic Communities Pollution of estuaries and coastal marine waters is of profound ecological and societal importance. These coastal environments serve as critical habitat for a multitude of organisms and are of great commercial and recreational value to humans. Designed to meet the research monitoring and assessment needs of scientists administrators planners and managers Pollution Impacts on Marine Biotic Communities is a uniquely comprehensive reference covering pollution in coastal marine and estuarine waters. The book provides a detailed look at the short- and long-term impacts of pollutants on these ecologically important regions. Case studies that reflect a broad range of pollution problems are analyzed outlining the real-life issues and providing solutions to common problems.Despite being highly sensitive systems estuarine and coastal marine environments have served as repositories for dredge spoils sewage sludge and industrial and municipal effluents for many decades. The adverse effects of these pollutants are only now being fully realized and understood. Pollution Impacts on Marine Biotic Communities includes a basic introduction to the subject of pollution in estuarine and marine environments and also a detailed examination of specific marine pollutants. Both the coverage and the format - which includes abundant illustrations and tables - make this book a valuable reference for scientists administrators and students engaged in coastal research and planning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448073

Pollution in the AirProblems Policies and Priorities Originally published in 1973 this book has enduring relevance in the 21st Century. Asking difficult questions it encourages the reader to think about the individual and societal changes which are needed to protect the planet and the health and prosperity of future generations. Despite the title of the book it covers air water and land pollution evolution the industrial revolution the growth of technology climatology and meteorology pollution legislation and the economics of a green economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365189

Pollution in Tropical Aquatic Systems We have identified a need to draw together knowledge of physiochemical and biological aspects of pollution in tropical aquatic systems. This book results from this and we hope will assist in providing management strategies to protect these systems from pollution effects. In organising the book we have as far as possible attempted to cover the range of topics important in understanding pollution in tropical areas. Authors who are expert in their particular fields have been invited to contribute. We recognise that many topics remain uncovered but we hope will serve to assist in identifying these and stimulate interest in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896779

Pollution PreventionSustainability Industrial Ecology and Green Engineering Second Edition This new edition has been revised throughout and adds several sections including: lean manufacturing and design for the environment low impact development and green infrastructure green science and engineering and sustainability. It presents strategies to reduce waste from the source of materials development through to recycling and examines the basic concepts of the physical chemical and biological properties of different pollutants. It includes case studies from several industries such as pharmaceuticals pesticides metals electronics petrochemicals refineries and more. It also addresses the economic considerations for each pollution prevention approach. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498749541

Pollution PreventionThe Waste Management Approach to the 21st Century As the field of environmental management moves into the future its focus will be on reducing or eliminating waste pollution streams. Engineers technicians and maintenance personnel must develop proficiency and improved understanding of pollution prevention and waste control to cope with the challenges of this important area. Pollution Prevention: The Waste Management Approach to the 21st Century covers - in a thorough and clear style - the fundamentals of pollution prevention and their application to real-world problems.The book is divided into three parts: Process and Plant Fundamentals Pollution Prevention Principles and Pollution Prevention Applications. Part one examines the general subject of process and plant fundamentals equipment and calculation process diagrams and economic considerations. Part two covers the broad subject of pollution prevention options including chapters on source reduction recycling treatment methods and ultimate disposal. Part three contains chapters devoted to specific industrial applications involving pollution prevention. The text is generously supplemented with illustrative examples.Applying pollution prevention strategies - the most viable environmental management option of the future - offers a more cost-effective means of minimizing the generation of waste. Pollution Prevention: The Waste Management Approach to the 21st Century provides the basic principles required for understanding not only pollution prevention but also waste control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399115

PollutionEconomy and Environment This study originally published in 1972 examines the connections between human society and the rest of the universe that are attributable to economic activity. These include the inputs from the environment to industry such as oxygen used in the combustion of mineral fuels. Also included are the industrial outputs which are fed back into the environment in the form of waste products. An attempt will be made to establish functional relations between the extent and character of economic activity and the flow of materials in both directions between the economy and the environment. This title will be of interest to students of environmental and natural resource economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090743

Pollwatching Elections and Civil Society in Southeast Asia This title was first published in 2000:  Corruption has become a major issue in East and Southeast Asia since the financial crisis of 1997 leading to widespread political change across the region. But political corruption is not a new issue in Southeast Asia. As Pollwatching Elections and Civil Society in Southeast Asia shows through in-depth studies of Thailand and the Philippines political corruption has been a major point of contention within South East Asian countries for decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706460

Polly's Pink PaintTargeting the p Sound Polly the pig loves pink – but her friends do not. Can they work it out? This picture book targets the /p/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 1 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Please see other titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185251

Polson's Essentials of Forensic Medicine Fifth Edition Twenty-five years have passed since Cyril Polson last updated his classic text Essentials of Forensic Medicine. This much anticipated edition maintains the distinctive and popular case-based approach of the original editions but thoroughly revised to reflect modern twenty-first century practice. This fifth edition presents the reader with a united pathological and clinical perspective of all aspects of forensic medicine for the forensic practitioner and those working in allied disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780340945773

Poltiical Change in the Third World In this informative and highly readable book first published in 1988 Charles Andrain explores the ways in which public policies and socio-political beliefs and structures cause political change in the Third World. The author examines 3 types of political change: (1) transitions in political leaders and their policies (2) fundamental transformations in political structures policy priorities and political strategies for dealing with policy issues; and (3) the impact of economic education and health care policies on the society itself (including changes in unemployment inflation economic growth literacy and birth and death rates). In the first part of the book Professor Andrain presents a general overview of political change in the Third World explaining how different models of political systems explain the dynamics of political events in Latin America Asia Africa and the Middle East. In the second part of the book he then applies these models to specific changes in five developing nations: Vietnam Cuba Chile Nigeria and Iran. The book is unique in its careful blending of a policy focus with a structural analysis of nation states domestic social groups and international institutions in the often turbulent regions of the developing world. It thus provides a very useful systematic approach to political developments in the Third World that will be welcomed by students faculty and general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849975

Polyamic Acids and PolyimidesSynthesis Transformations and Structure Polyamic Acids and Polyimides surveys significant developments in basic research in the chemistry and physics of polyamic acids and polyimides over the last several years. Traditional and new topics are discussed including catalytical imidization chemical reactions at thermal treatment quantum-chemical study of synthesis and structure properties of isolated molecules and supermolecular and crystalline structures. The book will be an excellent reference for researchers practitioners and graduate students working with polyimides and related heat-resistant polymers and materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450014

Polyamines in FungiTheir Distribution Metabolism and Role in Cell Differentiation and Morphogenesis It was not until recent years that the study of polyamines their mechanisms of synthesis and the roles they play in metabolism have flourished becoming a fertile field of intense research. Polyamines in Fungi: Their Distribution Metabolism and Role in Cell Differentiation and Morphogenesis provides a complete overview of its topic. It is the first and only book to describe and analyze the roles of polyamines in fungi and compare them with the roles of polyamines in higher eukaryotes. The book contains data on the distribution of polyamines their physiological functions mechanism of synthesis and regulation phylogenetic analyses of the enzymes involved in their synthesis their use as possible targets for the control of fungal diseases and possible biotechnological and medical applications.Based on work generated by the authors in their laboratory over many years the book contains all the basic information to understand the similarities and differences of polyamine metabolism in eukaryotes. Additionally it provides an up-to-date account of the contribution and potential use of fungi as models for the basic study of polyamines in comparison with other organisms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377106

Polyamory Monogamy and American DreamsThe Stories We Tell about Poly Lives and the Cultural Production of Inequality This book introduces "the poly gaze" as a cultural tool to examine how representations of polyamory and poly lives reflect or challenge cultural hegemonies of race class gender and nation. What role does monogamy play in American Identity the American dream and U.S. exceptionalism? How do the stories we tell about intimate relationships do cultural and ideological work to maintain and legitimize social inequalities along the lines of race ethnicity nation religion class gender and sexuality? How might the introduction of polyamory or consensually non-monogamous relationships in the stories we tell about intimacy confound disrupt or shift the meaning of what constitutes a good American life? These are the questions that Mimi Schippers focuses on in this original and engaging study. As she develops the poly gaze Schippers argues for a sociologically informed and cultivated lens with which anyone regardless of their experiences with polyamory or consensual non-monogamy can read culture media images and texts against hegemony. This will be a key text for researchers and students in Gender Studies Queer Studies Cultural Studies Critical Race Studies Media Studies American Studies and Sociology. This book is accessible and indispensable reading for undergraduate student and postgraduates wanting to gain greater understanding of debates around the key concept of heteronormativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138895034

Polycultural Synthesis in the Music of Chou Wen-chung The displacement of Chou Wen-chung from his native China in 1948 forced him into Western-European culture. Ultimately finding his vocation as a composer he familiarized himself with classical and contemporary techniques but interpreted these through his traditionally oriented Chinese cultural perspective. The result has been the composition of a unique body of repertoire that synthesizes the most progressive Western compositional idioms with an astonishingly traditional heritage of Asian approaches not only from music but also from calligraphy landscape painting poetry and more. Chou’s importance rests not only in his compositions but also in his widespread influence through his extensive teaching career at Columbia University where his many students included Bright Sheng Zhou Long Tan Dun Chen Yi Joan Tower and many more. During his tenure at Columbia he also founded the U.S.-China Arts Exchange which continues to this day to be a vital stimulus for multicultural interaction. The volume will include an inventory of the Chou collection in the Paul Sacher Stiftung in Basel Switzerland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591397

Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Work AtmospheresOccurrence and Determination This book deals with the sources distribution analytical methods and monitoring of Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) in the occupational environment. It is hoped that this book will make a contribution to understanding the formation and determination of PAH in work atmosphere and that it will make a particular contribution to occupational health projects. Much of the information given in this book has been generating in studies carried out in cooperation with the Norwegian aluminium industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896212

Polycystic Kidney Disease This volume focuses on the investigatory methods applied to autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD) one of the most common human genetic diseases. ADPKD is caused by mutations in PKD1 and TRPP2 two integral membrane proteins that function as receptor/ion channels in primary cilia of tubular epithelial cells. Thus ADPKD belongs to ciliopathies a group of disorders caused by abnormal cilia formation or function. This proposed book will cover the state-of-the-art methods ranging from molecular biology biochemistry electrophysiology to tools in model animal studies. Key Features Explores the role of cilia in polycystic kidney disease Focuses on myriad state-of-the-art methods and techniques Reviews specific mutations integral to this autosomal genetic disease Includes discussions of model systems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138603899

Polycystic Ovary SyndromeA Guide to Clinical Management Clearly presented and thoroughly up to date this important text provides an overview of current knowledge of the polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) - its etiology pathology and the implications for effective medical management. In contrast with existing titles this book focuses on the difficulty in making an accurate diagnosis and the consequential problem of identifying the most effective program of management. Key features:* coherent approach integrating international contributions* first book on PCOS since the Rotterdam Consensus meeting* focuses on clinical manifestations of disease diagnostic criteria and options for management* illustrated with tables graphs and charts to explain physiologic principles.Among the most important consequences of PCOS is infertility and the authors provide clear guidance on the role of new assisted reproductive technologies to overcome this problem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392864

Polyether AntibioticsNaturally Occurring Acid Ionophores--Volume 2: Chemistry This collection of essays will stimulate the use of ionophores in different research areas. It includes information on potential breakthroughs in the halogenated derivatives of lasalocid and ethers of antibiotic A204A polyethers and analytical techniques used to unravel their complex structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451929

PolygamyA Cross-Cultural Analysis Forms of plural marriage or polygamy are practiced within most of the world's cultures and religions. The amazing variation versatility and adaptability of polygamy underscore that it is not just an exotic non-Western practice but also exists in modern Western societies. Polygamy: A Cross-cultural Analysis provides an examination and analysis of historical and contemporary polygamy. It outlines polygamy's place in anthropological theory and its rich sociocultural diversity in countries ranging from the USA and UK to Malaysia India regions of Africa and Tibet. Polygamy also addresses often difficult and controversial issues facing modern polygamists such as prejudice HIV/AIDS and women's emancipation. Polygamy: A Cross-cultural Analysis offers an anthropological overview of the fascinating yet often misunderstood institution of polygamy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086390

Polygonal Approximation and Scale-Space Analysis of Closed Digital Curves This book covers the most important topics in the area of pattern recognition object recognition computer vision robot vision medical computing computational geometry and bioinformatics systems. Students and researchers will find a comprehensive treatment of polygonal approximation and its real life applications. The book not only explains the theoretical aspects but also presents applications with detailed design parameters. The systematic development of the concept of polygonal approximation of digital curves and its scale-space analysis are useful and attractive to scholars in many fields. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895338

Polyimides and Other High Temperature Polymers: Synthesis Characterization and Applications volume 2 This volume documents the proceedings of the Second International Symposium on Polyimides and Other High Temperature Polymers: Synthesis Characterization and Applications held in Newark New Jersey December 3-6 2001. Polyimides possess many desirable attributes so this class of materials has found applications in many technologies ranging from microelectronics to high temperature adhesives to membranes.This volume contains a total of 32 papers all rigorously peer reviewed and revised before inclusion addressing many aspects and new developments in polyimides and other high temperature polymers. The book is divided into two parts: Synthesis Properties and Bulk Characterization and Surface Modification Interfacial or Adhesion Aspects and Applications. The topics covered include: synthesis and characterization of a variety of polyimides; photoalignable polyimides; high-modulus poly(p-phenylenepyromellitimide) films; structure-property relationships in polyimides; aromatic benzoxazole polymers; polybenzobisthiazoles; polyimide L-B films; transport of water in high Tg polymers; surface modification of polyimides; adhesion of metal films to polyimide and other polymers; investigation of interfacial interactions between metals and polymers; polyimide film surface properties; applications of polyimides in microelectronics as membranes for gas separation as composite films; fabrication of thin-film transistors on polyimide films; polyimide modified with fullerenes; semicrystalline polyimides for advanced composites; and wear performance of polyetherimide composite. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446789

PolyimidesFundamentals and Applications Provides coverage on the full range of topics associated with polyimides including structure polymer fundamentals and product areas. The text addresses both basic and applied aspects of the subject. It details the synthesis of polyimides polyamideimides and flourinated polyimides explains the molecular design of photosensitive polyimides and more. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203742945

Polymer and Ceramic Composite MaterialsEmergent Properties and Applications This book summarizes recent advances in the fabrication methods properties and applications of various ceramic-filled polymer matrix composites. Surface-modification methods and chemical functionalization of the ceramic fillers are explored in detail and the outstanding thermal and mechanical properties of polymer–ceramic composites the modeling of some of their thermal and mechanical parameters and their major potential applications are discussed along with detailed examples. Aimed at researchers industry professionals and advanced students working in materials science and engineering this work offering a review of a vast number of references in the polymer–ceramic field this work helps readers easily advance their research and understanding of the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138302211

Polymer and Composite Rheology An analysis of polymer and composite rheology. This second edition covers flow properties of thermoplastic and thermoset polymers and general principles and applications of all phases of polymer rheology with new chapters on the rheology of particulate and fibre composites. It also includes new and expanded detail on polymer blends and emulsions foams reacting systems and flow through porous media as well as composite processing operations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398484

Polymer and Polymer-Hybrid NanoparticlesFrom Synthesis to Biomedical Applications Polymeric and hybrid nanoparticles have received increased scientific interest in terms of basic research as well as commercial applications promising a variety of uses for nanostructures in fields including bionanotechnology and medicine. Condensing the relevant research into a comprehensive reference Polymer and Polymer-Hybrid Nanoparticles: From Synthesis to Biomedical Applications covers an array of topics from synthetic procedures and macromolecular design to possible biomedical applications of nanoparticles and materials based on original and unique polymers.The book presents a well-rounded picture of objects ranging from simple polymeric micelles to complex hybrid polymer-based nanostructures detailing synthetic procedures techniques for characterization and analysis properties and behavior in selective solvents and dispersions. Each chapter contains background and introductory information summarizing generalities on the nanosystems being discussed. The chapters also describe representative works of experts and provide in-depth focused discussions.The authors present current knowledge on the following topics:Designed synthesis of functional polymersConstruction of block copolymer micellar and nonmicellar self-assembled structuresConstruction of organic–organic hybrid nanosized particlesConstruction of organic–inorganic hybrid nanoparticles and nanoassembliesThe final chapter addresses biological applications of polymeric nanoparticles including delivery of low-molecular-weight drugs macromolecular drugs imaging and diagnostics and photodynamic therapy. Summarizing important developments in the field the authors condense relevant research into a comprehensive resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379568

Polymer Biomaterials in Solution as Interfaces and as SolidsA Festschrift Honoring the 60th Birthday of Dr. Allan S. Hoffman The articles collected in this publication have previously been published in eight special issues of the Journal of Biomaterials Science Polymer Edition in honour of Dr. Allan S. Hoffman who is known as a pioneer a leader and a mentor in the field of biomaterials. The papers from renowned scientists from all parts of the world representing the state-of-the-art in polymeric biomaterials today have been rearranged into a logical order of sections each having a distinct focus. The topics covered are: Surface Modification Characterization and Properties; Protein Adsorption; Blood Interactions; Cell Interactions; Immobilized Cell Receptor Ligands and Immobilized Cells; Immobilized Biomolecules and Synthetic Derivatives of Biomolecules; New Polymers and Applications; Biodegradable Polymers and Drug Delivery; Water-Soluble Biomolecules Sunthetic Polymers and their Conjugates; Hydrogels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449193

Polymer Blends and Alloys Distinguishing among blends alloys and other types of combinations clarifying terminology and presenting data on new processes and materials this work present up-to-date and effective compounding techniques for polymers. It offers extensive analyses on the challenging questions that surround miscibility compatibility dynamic processing interaction/phase behaviour and computer simulations for predicting behaviours of polymer mixture and interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367399740

Polymer BrushesSubstrates Technologies and Properties Polymer Brushes: Substrates Technologies and Properties covers various aspects of polymer brush technology including synthesis properties performance and applications. It presents both experimental details and theoretical insights to enable a better understanding of the brush system. After an overview of polymer brush systems the book discusses methods for grafting organic brushes from the surface of clay platelets and for the covalent grafting of PNIPAm brushes. It then describes ferrocene polymer brushes nonfouling brushes on poly(ethylene terephthalate) film surfaces brushes formed on the inner surface of cylindrical pores and the "zipper brush" approach. The authors examine the use of scanning electrochemical microscopy for analyzing brushes and compare surface-controlled atom transfer radical polymerization and surface-controlled single-electron transfer living radical polymerization. They also explore the application of polymer brushes in the chromatographic separations of viruses and proteins and the suppression of proteins and cell adhesions. The text concludes with a look at how polymer brushes are synthesized by surface-initiated iniferter-mediated polymerization. This book provides a one-stop reference on the various substrates and technologies used to synthesize polymer brushes. The hands-on information in the text will help readers choose the proper synthesis methods and materials for their system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074972

Polymer Capsules Polymers are one of the most versatile and important materials used for capsule preparation despite various others available. Suitably formulated capsules can securely protect ingredients deliver them to targeted sites and release them expeditiously improving functions and minimizing adverse effects. New polymers are constantly being explored to develop more efficient capsules as they are routinely used in pharmaceuticals consumer healthcare products nutrients and food. This book focuses on the current state of the art of polymer-based capsules and delivery systems. It describes the formulation processes of capsules developed from redox-responsive polymers and polymer-functionalized carbon nanotubes in addition to shedding light on coacervation of polymers for encapsulation. It reviews different active ingredients that can be used with polymer capsules in various products encapsulation of essential oils using such capsules and development of polymer capsules of cells and bacteriophages. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774604

Polymer Carbon Nanotube CompositesThe Polymer Latex Concept This book provides readers with a comprehensive toolbox for dispersing single-walled and multiwalled carbon nanotubes in thermoplastic polymer matrices. The book starts with an overview of all known techniques for dispersing CNTs in thermoplastic polymers and then concentrates on one of the most versatile techniques known nowadays: the so-called latex technology. Also discussed are the basic principles of this latex technology the role of the matrix viscosity on percolation threshold the importance of the intrinsic CNT quality the use of "smart" surfactants facilitating electron transport in the final composite the preparation of highly loaded master-batches which can be diluted with virgin polymer by melt-extrusion and some promising potential applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310932

Polymer CharacterizationPhysical Techniques 2nd Edition Discerning the properties of polymers and polymer-based materials requires a good understanding of characterization. This revised and updated text provides a comprehensive survey of characterization methods within its simple concise chapters. Polymer Characterization: Physical Techniques provides an overview of a wide variety of characterization methods which makes it an excellent textbook and reference. It starts with a description of basic polymer science providing a solid foundation from which to understand the key physical characterization techniques. The authors explain physical principles without heavy theory and give special emphasis to the application of the techniques to polymers with plenty of illustrations. Topics covered include molecular weight determination molecular and structural characterization by spectroscopic techniques morphology and structural characterization by microscopy and diffraction and thermal analysis. This edition contains a new chapter on surface analysis as well as some revised problems and solutions. The concise treatment of each topic offers even those with little prior knowledge of the subject an accessible source to relevant simple descriptions in a well-organized format. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138459564

Polymer Chemistry A well-rounded and articulate examination of polymer properties at the molecular level Polymer Chemistry focuses on fundamental principles based on underlying chemical structures polymer synthesis characterization and properties. It emphasizes the logical progression of concepts and provide mathematical tools as needed as well as fully derived problems for advanced calculations. The much-anticipated Third Edition expands and reorganizes material to better develop polymer chemistry concepts and update the remaining chapters. New examples and problems are also featured throughout. This revised edition: Integrates concepts from physics biology materials science chemical engineering and statistics as needed. Contains mathematical tools and step-by-step derivations for example problems Incorporates new theories and experiments using the latest tools and instrumentation and topics that appear prominently in current polymer science journals. The number of homework problems has been greatly increased to over 350 in all. The worked examples and figures have been augmented. More examples of relevant synthetic chemistry have been introduced into Chapter 2 ("Step-Growth Polymers"). More details about atom-transfer radical polymerization and reversible addition/fragmentation chain-transfer polymerization have been added to Chapter 4 ("Controlled Polymerization"). Chapter 7 (renamed "Thermodynamics of Polymer Mixtures") now features a separate section on thermodynamics of polymer blends. Chapter 8 (still called "Light Scattering by Polymer Solutions") has been supplemented with an extensive introduction to small-angle neutron scattering. Polymer Chemistry Third Edition offers a logical presentation of topics that can be scaled to meet the needs of introductory as well as more advanced courses in chemistry materials science polymer science and chemical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466581647

Polymer Coatings: Technologies and Applications Polymer Coatings: Technologies and Applications provides a comprehensive account of the recent developments in polymer coatings encompassing novel methods techniques and a broad spectrum of applications. The chapters explore the key aspects of polymer coatings while highlighting fundamental research different types of polymer coatings and technology advances. This book also integrates the various aspects of these materials from synthesis to application. Current status trends future directions and opportunities are also discussed. FEATURES Examines the basics to the most recent advances in all areas of polymer coatings Serves as a one-stop reference Discusses polymer-coated nanocrystals and coatings based on nanocomposites Describes morphology spectroscopic analysis adhesion and rheology of polymer coatings Explores conducting stimuli-responsive self-healing hydrophobic and hydrophilic antifouling and antibacterial polymer coatings Covers modeling and simulation With contributions from the top international researchers from industry academia government and private research institutions both new and experienced readers will benefit from this applications-oriented book. Sanjay Mavinkere Rangappa is a research scientist at the Natural Composites Research Group Lab Academic Enhancement Department King Mongkut’s University of Technology North Bangkok Thailand. Jyotishkumar Parameswaranpillai is a research professor at the Center of Innovation in Design and Engineering for Manufacturing King Mongkut’s University of Technology North Bangkok Thailand. Suchart Siengchin is a professor at and president of King Mongkut’s University of Technology North Bangkok Thailand. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367189211

Polymer Composites IIComposites Applications in Infrastructure Renewal and Economic Development Based on polymer conferences held in 1999 and 2001 Polymer Composites II: Composites Applications in Infrastructure Renewal and Economic Development is a collection of status reports success stories and new opportunities from specific composite applications in infrastructure renewal that provide insight to the resulting economic development and effects. This volume brings together multidisciplinary experts involved with polymer composites who validate their design construction and performance and present the role that composites play in infrastructure renewal detail the technical and regualtory barriers identify helpful agencies and estimate the possibilities of economic development. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067771

Polymer Devolatilization This work introduces the fundamental background necessary to understand polymer devolatilization. It elucidates the actual mechanisms by which the devolatilization of polymer melts progresses and discusses virtually every type of devolatilization equipment available. The work also addresses devolatilization in various geometries and types of equipment describing the use of falling strand slit single-screw co-rotating and counter-rotating twin-screw devolatilization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742914

Polymer Electrolyte Fuel CellsPhysical Principles of Materials and Operation The book provides a systematic and profound account of scientific challenges in fuel cell research. The introductory chapters bring readers up to date on the urgency and implications of the global energy challenge the prospects of electrochemical energy conversion technologies and the thermodynamic and electrochemical principles underlying the operation of polymer electrolyte fuel cells. The book then presents the scientific challenges in fuel cell research as a systematic account of distinct components length scales physicochemical processes and scientific disciplines. The main part of the book focuses on theory and modeling. Theoretical tools and approaches applied to fuel cell research are presented in a self-contained manner. Chapters are arranged by different fuel cell materials and components and sections advance through the hierarchy of scales starting from molecular-level processes in proton-conducting media or electrocatalytic systems and ending with performance issues at the device level including electrochemical performance water management durability and analysis of failure mechanisms. Throughout the book gives numerous examples of formidable scientific challenges as well as of tools to facilitate materials design and development of diagnostic methods. It reveals reserves for performance improvements and uncovers misapprehensions in scientific understanding that have misled or may continue to mislead technological development. An indispensable resource for scientifically minded and practically oriented researchers this book helps industry leaders to appreciate the contributions of fundamental research and leaders of fundamental research to appreciate the needs of industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077447

Polymer Electrolyte Fuel CellsScience Applications and Challenges This book focuses on the recent research progress on the fundamental understanding of the materials degradation phenomena in PEFC for automotive applications. On a multidisciplinary basis through contributions of internationally recognized researchers in the field this book provides a complete critical review on crucial scientific topics related to PEFC materials degradation and ensures a strong balance between experimental and theoretical analysis and preparation techniques with several practical applications for both the research and the industrial communities. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310826

Polymer Electronics Polymer semiconductor is the only semiconductor that can be processed in solution. Electronics made by these flexible materials have many advantages such as large-area solution process low cost and high performance. Researchers and companies are increasingly dedicating time and money in polymer electronics. This book focuses on the fundamental materials and device physics of polymer electronics. It describes polymer light-emitting diodes polymer field-effect transistors organic vertical transistors polymer solar cells and many applications based on polymer electronics. The book also discusses and analyzes in detail preparation techniques and device properties of polymer electronics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267847

Polymer Fiber OpticsMaterials Physics and Applications This straightforward text examines the scientific principles characterization techniques and fabrication methods used to design and produce high quality optical fibers. Polymer Fiber Optics: Materials Physics and Applications focuses on the fundamental concepts that will continue to play a role in future research and applications. This book documents the underlying physics of polymer fibers particularly aspects of light interaction and details the practical considerations for a broad range of characterization techniques used to investigate new phenomena. The book presents basic fabrication techniques and protocols that will likely remain useful as new advances address specific processing challenges. The author presents a fresh approach to standard derivations using numerous figures and diagrams to break down complex concepts and illustrate theoretical calculations. The final chapters draw attention to the latest directions in research and novel applications including photomechanical actuation electro-optic fibers and smart materials. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221335

Polymer Films in Sensor Applications Polymer films now play an essential and growing role in sensors. Recent advances in polymer science and film preparation have made polymer films useful practical and economical in a wide range of sensor designs and applications. Further the continuing miniaturization of microelectronics favors the use of polymer thin films in sensors. This new book is the first comprehensive presentation of this technology. It covers both scientific fundamentals and practical engineering aspects. Included is an extensive survey of all types of sensors and applications. The very detailed table of contents in the next pages provides full information on content. More than 200 schematics illustrate a wide variety of sensor structures and their function. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138459601

Polymer Glasses "the present book will be of great value for both newcomers to the field and mature active researchers by serving as a coherent and timely introduction to some of the modern approaches ideas results emerging understanding and many open questions in this fascinating field of polymer glasses supercooled liquids and thin films" –Kenneth S. Schweizer Morris Professor of Materials Science & Engineering University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (from the Foreword) This book provides a timely and comprehensive overview of molecular level insights into polymer glasses in confined geometries and under deformation. Polymer glasses have become ubiquitous to our daily life from the polycarbonate eyeglass lenses on the end of our nose to large acrylic glass panes holding water in aquarium tanks with advantages over glass in that they are lightweight and easy to manufacture while remaining transparent and rigid. The contents include an introduction to the field as well as state of the art investigations. Chapters delve into studies of commonalities across different types of glass formers (polymers small molecules colloids and granular materials) which have enabled microscopic and molecular level frameworks to be developed. The authors show how glass formers are modeled across different systems thereby leading to treatments for polymer glasses with first-principle based approaches and molecular level detail. Readers across disciplines will benefit from this topical overview summarizing the key areas of polymer glasses alongside an introduction to the main principles and approaches. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498711876

Polymer Interface and Adhesion Poly mer Interface and Adhesion provides the critical basis for further advancement in thisfield. Combining the principles of interfacial science rheology stress analysis and fracturemechanics the book teaches a new approach to the analysis of long standing problemssuch as: how is the interface formed; what are its physical and mechanical properties;and how does the interface modify the stress field and fracture strength of the material.The book offers many outstanding features including extensive listings of pertinent references exhaustive tabulations of the interfacial properties of polymers critical reviews ofthe many conflicting theories and complete discussions of coupling agents adhesion promotion and surface modifications. Emphasis is placed on physical concepts and mechanisms using clear understandable mathematics.Polymer Interface and Adhesion promotes a more thorough understanding of the physical mechanical and adhesive properties of multiphase polymer systems. Polymer scientistsand engineers surface chemists materials scientists rheologists as well as chemical andmechanical engineers interested in the research development or industrial applications ofpolymers plastics fibers coatings adhesives and composites need this important newsource book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742860

Polymer Interfaces and Emulsions "Presents the latest knowledge on a wide range of topics in polymer science including the dynamics preparation application and physiochemical properties of polymer solutions and colloids; the adsorption characteristics at polymer surfaces; and the adhesion properties (including acid-base) of polymer surfaces." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064978

Polymer Melt Fracture The continually growing plastics market consists of more than 250 million tons of product annually making the recurring problem of polymer melt fracture an acute issue in the extrusion of these materials. Presenting a pictorial library of the different forms of melt fracture and real industrial extrusion melt fracture phenomena Polymer Melt Fracture provides pragmatic identification and industrial extrusion defect remediation strategies based on detailed experimental and theoretical findings from the last 50 years. Distinct microscopic photos Each chapter in this comprehensive volume covers a different aspect of the science and technology relating to polymer melt fracture. The book begins with a collection of optical and scanning electron microscopy pictures. These photos show distorted capillary die extrudates for a number of commercially available polymers. The authors present a brief introduction to the basic science and technology of polymers. They explain what polymers are how they are made and how they can be characterized. They also discuss polymer rheology review the principles of continuum mechanics and define linear viscoelastic material functions. Techniques for observing and measuring fracture Next the book explains how polymer melt fracture is actually experienced in the polymer processing industry. It explains the various ways polymer melt fracture may appear during polymer melt processing in different extrusion processes. The authors provide comprehensive reviews of the polymer melt fracture literature with chapters on experimental findings and the techniques used to observe and measure polymer melt fracture and the influence of polymer architecture and polymer processing conditions on the onset and types of polymer melt fracture. Posing a hypothesis about the phenomenon the book presents the current understanding of polymer melt fracture. Mathematical equations Recognizing the importance of models for simulations that may indicate potential solutions the book discusses aspects of non-linear constitutive equations and microscopic theory and develops a macroscopic model explaining the capabilities and limitations of this approach. The book presents an overview of pragmatic tools and methods that have been used to prevent the appearance of polymer melt fracture and explains how to use them to suppress defects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034051

Polymer Mixing and Extrusion Technology Addressing the two major unit operations-mixing and extrusion-fundamental toprocessing elastomers and plastic materials this reference summarizes design equationsthat can be employed effectively in scaling up product performance parameters andcontains a thorough survey of rheological principles. In addition the book provides awealth of practical information relating molecular and compositional properties ofpolymers to processing characteristics and end-use properties so that engineers can selectpolymers suitable for specific equipment as well as products.Polymer Mixing and Extrusion Technology examines viscometric techniquesand demonstrates their importance to product quality assurance ... reviews design-relatedliterature/correlations and calculation procedures for mixing and extrusion ... definesneeds and precision standards for setting up a polymer processing laboratory so thatproduct quality control can be implemented in physical testing and processing research.. . plus more.Illustrated with over 200 diagrams tables and photographs that facilitate readers'understanding of the processes Polymer Mixing and Extrusion Technology isan authoritative source for plastics polymer and chemical engineers manufacturers ofplastics processing equipment and advanced undergraduate and graduate students in thesedisciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742853

Polymer Nanocomposite Coatings This work explores the use of composite nanotechnology for thin coatings on various substrates. It compiles recent advances in nanocomposite coatings for experienced researchers and provides background information for those new to the field. The book not only explains the synthesis of bulk nanocomposite materials it describes their application in areas such as the automotive and packaging industries. It explains how nanocomposite coatings provide a gas barrier to the substrate foil or laminate and how the coatings are used to provide properties such as anti-scratch and anti-corrosion. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074989

Polymer Nanocomposite Foams Advancements in polymer nanocomposite foams have led to their application in a variety of fields such as automotive packaging and insulation. Employing nanocomposites in foam formation enhances their property profiles enabling a broader range of uses from conventional to advanced applications. Since many factors affect the generation of nanostructured foams a thorough understanding of structure–property relationships in foams is important. Polymer Nanocomposite Foams presents developments in various aspects of nanocomposite foams providing information on using composite nanotechnology for making functional foams to serve a variety of applications.Featuring contributions from experts in the field this book reviews synthesis and processing techniques for preparing poly(methyl methacrylate) nanocomposite foams and discusses strategies for toughening polymer foams. It summarizes the effects of adding nanoclay on polypropylene foaming behavior and describes routes to starch foams for improved performance. The books also reviews progress in achieving high-performance lightweight polymer nanocomposite foams while keeping desired mechanical properties examines hybrid polyurethane nanocomposite foams and covers polymer–clay nanocomposite production.The final chapters present recent advances in the field of carbon nanotube/polymer nanocomposite aerogels and related materials as well as a review of the nanocomposite foams generated from high-performance thermoplastics. Summing up the most recent research developments in the area of polymer nanocomposite foams this book provides background information for readers new to the field and serves as a reference text for researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074996

Polymer Nanocomposites for Dielectrics Polymers have been used as dielectric materials owing to their light weight great flexibility and processability as well as high insulation properties. To enhance their performance for various desired dielectric applications fabrication of polymeric nanocomposites is believed to be one of the most effective approaches. By controlling the nanomaterial dispersion and interfacial structures with the polymer matrices in nanocomposites dielectric properties can be tailored for specific applications. This book reviews representative polymer nanocomposite systems focusing on the roles of nanodispersion interfacial structures and properties of polymer matrix materials in the dielectric properties and energy storage performance. The book reviews various dielectric relaxation models applicable to the analysis of polymer nanocomposites. It compiles the recent progress in new dielectric polymer nanocomposites based on biomaterials and hybrid nanomaterial systems for advanced dielectric applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745536

Polymer Optical Fiber Bragg GratingsFabrication and Sensing Applications Polymer optical fibers (POFs) have been regarded as a viable alternative to silica fibers in a variety of sensing applications. Fiber optic sensors offer key advantages over other sensing technologies which include immunity to electromagnetic interference compact lightweight multiplexing capability and higher sensitivity. This book gives an overview of the polymer optical fiber Bragg grating (POFBG) technology over the last 20 years covering aspects related to the fiber Bragg grating fabrication and also sensing applications. The book is split into five chapters and it is written in such a way that can provide a comprehensive and simple route to new users scientists and engineers working or wishing to work in the field of POFBGs: Describes the systems commonly employed for producing fiber Braggs gratings (FBGs) in silica fibers that can be used for the production of POFBGs; Explores different laser sources for the inscription of POFBGs; Explores the capability of using this technology at the visible and infrared region in different fiber types (e.g. step-index microstructured unclad highly birefringent) and in fibers composed of different polymer materials such as PMMA doped PMMA PS and ZEONEX; Reports the fabrication of different types of POF gratings such as uniform phase-shifted tilted chirped and long-period gratings; Shows the opportunities of POFBGs for a variety of sensing applications. The insight to the use of POFBGs provides a vision for the opportunities of this fiber optic technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138612624

Polymer PhotogravureA Step-by-Step Manual Highlighting Artists and Their Creative Practice Polymer Photogravure: A Step-by-Step Manual Highlighting Artists and Their Creative Practice is a three-part book on the non-toxic process of making ink-on-paper intaglio prints from continuous-tone photographs using water-etched photopolymer plates. Author Clay Harmon provides clear and easy to understand instructions that will enable anyone to successfully make a photogravure print. By quantifying the sensitometric behavior of polymer plates Harmon has developed a methodical approach which will enable a new printmaker to produce plates in their own studio with a minimum of time and wasted materials. Section One provides a straightforward guide to setting up the polymer photogravure studio. Section Two covers a step-by-step method of making the print from start to finish. Section Three showcases contemporary artists’ works illustrating the variety and artistic breadth of contemporary polymer intaglio printmaking. The works in these pages range from monochrome to full color and represent a variety of genres including still lifes portraits nudes landscapes urban-scapes and more. Featuring over 30 artists and 200 full-color images Polymer Photogravure is a most comprehensive overview of this printmaking process in print. Key topics covered include: Studio safety Equipment and supplies evaluated from both a cost and utility point of view A brief discussion of the types of ink-based printing Aquatint screen considerations Image preparation and positive printing on inkjet printers Paper preparation A simple and efficient polymer plate calibration process that minimizes wasted time and materials A straightforward inking wiping and printing method Advanced printing techniques such as chine collé à la poupée and printing on wood Troubleshooting guide to platemaking and printing problems Tips on editioning and portfolios A visual survey of the range of artistic expression practiced by contemporary artists Sources for supplies and recommended reading Polymer photogravure plates enable an artist to use an almost-infinite range of image color and papers to make a print. The finished prints are extremely archival consisting of only ink and paper. With Harmon’s instructions continuous tone intaglio prints are within the reach of all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366041

Polymer Processing and Characterization This book deals with the polymers different methods of synthesis and synthesis of composites as well as the different techniques used for polymer characterization. Most of the world’s industries extract the anomalous properties of polymers to make excellent cost-effective materials. Because of this the types of polymers their processing and the analysis of their various properties are very significant. Readers will gain a thorough knowledge about the processing of different types of polymers and composites made from them as well as their various applications. Suitable for classroom use but especially important for researchers this book addresses: Adhesion of amorphous polymers with vitrified bulk and surface glass transition Functionalized biopolymers and their applications A new synthesis of p-Cresol-Adipamide-Formaldehyde copolymer resin and its applications as an ion-changer Correlating performance of commercial viscosity modifiers for formulating shear stable industrial lubricants Synthesis of phthalonitrile polymers in ionic liquid and microwave media Studies on nanocomposite polymer electrolytes doped with Ca3(PO4)2 for lithium batteries Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895154

Polymer Processing InstabilitiesControl and Understanding Polymer Processing Instabilities: Control and Understanding offers a practical understanding of the various flows that occur during the processing of polymer melts. The book pays particular attention to flow instabilities that affect the rate of production and the methods used to prevent and eliminate flow instabilities in order to increase production rates and enhance manufacturing efficiency. Polymer Processing Instabilities: Control and Understanding summarizes experimental observations of flow instabilities that occur in numerous processing operations such as extrusion injection molding fiber spinning film casting and film blowing for a wide range of materials including most commodity polymers that are processed as melts at temperatures above their melting point or as concentrated solutions at lower temperatures. The book first presents the fundamental principles in rheology and flow instabilities. It relates the operating conditions with flow curves the critical wall shear stress for the onset of the instabilities and new visualization techniques with numerical modeling and molecular structure. It reviews one-dimensional phenomenological relaxation/oscillation models describing the experimental pressure and flow rate oscillations analyzes the gross melt fracture (GMF) instability and examines how traditional and non-traditional processing aids eliminate melt fracture and improve polymer processability. It supplies a numerical approach for the investigation of the linear viscoelastic stability behavior of simplified injection molding flows and examines a newly discovered family of instabilities that occur in co-extrusion.Polymer Processing Instabilities: Control and Understanding is unique in that it fills a gap in the polymer processing literature where polymer flow instabilities are not treated in-depth in any book. It summarizes state-of-the-art developments in the field particularly those of the last ten years and contains significant data based on this research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578183

Polymer Products and Chemical ProcessesTechniques Analysis and Applications This new volume presents leading-edge research in the rapidly changing and evolving field of polymer science as well as on chemical processing. The topics in the book reflect the diversity of research advances in the production and application of modern polymeric materials and related areas focusing on the preparation characterization and applications of polymers. Also covered are various manufacturing techniques. The book will help to fill the gap between theory and practice in industry. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895536

Polymer Surfaces and InterfacesAcid-Base Interactions and Adhesion in Polymer-Metal Systems This book presents the analysis of up-to-date techniques used for the determination of acid-base properties in view of their applicability to examination of solid organic and inorganic surfaces. The studies have been carried out by the authors since 1993 showing experimental data on surface properties of more than 150 polymers such as carbocatenary and heterochain polymers copolymers and their blends as well as different epoxy and rubber compositions used in adhesive joints. The adhesive ability of metal-polymer systems based on epoxy compositions polyolefins and rubbers was studied as a function of absolute difference in acid-base properties of adhesive and adherends and the possibility to predict adhesive interaction on this basis was experimentally verified. The book shows the important role that acid-base interactions play in establishing interfacial adhesive-adherent contact and outlines practical recommendations regarding parameters of quantitative estimation of acid-base surface properties that implies the relationship with adhesive ability in polymer-metal systems. Creating polymeric materials with greater strength characteristics when in contact with metals is the most important problem when adhesive joints are designed. The authors obtained experimental data for thermodynamic and acid-base properties of about 200 organic and inorganic surfaces that find a wide practical application. These results may be used as a reference source to predict the adhesive ability of different coating systems. The possibility to predict adhesive interaction of adhesive with adherend taking into account the absolute difference in their acidity and basicity was verified experimentally. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895994

Polymer ThermodynamicsBlends Copolymers and Reversible Polymerization Polymer Thermodynamics: Blends Copolymers and Reversible Polymerization describes the thermodynamic basis for miscibility as well as the mathematical models used to predict the compositional window of miscibility and construct temperature versus volume-fraction phase diagrams. The book covers the binary interaction model the solubility parameter approach and the entropic difference model. Using equation of state (EOS) theories thermodynamic models and information from physical properties it illustrates the construction of phase envelopes. The book presents nine EOS theories including some that take into account molecular weight effects. Characteristic values are given in tables. It uses the binary interaction model to predict the compositional window of miscibility for copolymer/homopolymer blends and blends of copolymers and terpolymers with common monomers. It discusses Hansen fractional solubility parameter values six phase diagram types the role of polymer architecture in phase behavior and the mathematical framework for multiple glass transition temperatures found in partially miscible polymer blends. The author also illustrates biomedical and commercial applications of nanocomposites the properties of various polymer alloys Fick’s laws of diffusion and their implications during transient events and the use of the dynamic programming method in the sequence alignment of DNA and proteins. The final chapter reviews the thermodynamics of reversible polymerization and copolymerization. Polymer blends offer improved performance/cost ratios and the flexibility to tailor products to suit customers’ needs. Exploring physical phenomena such as phase separation this book provides readers with methods to design polymer blends and predict the phase behavior of binary polymer blends using desktop computers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113497

Polymer Toughening This work provides comprehensive coverage of the basic theories and hands-on techniques of polymer toughening demonstrating the similarities in methods of measurement and toughness enhancement found in various classes of polymeric materials including foams films adhesives and moulding grade polymers. It provides a detailed overview from historical and current points of view of polymer toughening as practiced in industry and lays the theoretical groundwork for the analysis and prediction of different modes of toughening. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401429

Polymer Translocation Polymer translocation occurs in many biological and biotechnological phenomena where electrically charged polymer molecules move through narrow spaces in crowded environments. Unraveling the rich phenomenology of polymer translocation requires a grasp of modern concepts of polymer physics and polyelectrolyte behavior. Polymer Translocation discusses universal features of polymer translocations and summarizes the key concepts of polyelectrolyte structures electrolyte solutions ionic flow mobility of charged macromolecules polymer capture by pores and threading of macromolecules through pores.With approximately 150 illustrations and 850 equations the book:Avoids heavy mathematicsUses examples to illustrate the richness of the phenomenonIntroduces the entropic barrier idea behind polymer translocationOutlines conceptual components necessary for a molecular understanding of polymer translocationProvides mathematical formulas for the various quantities pertinent to polymer translocationThe challenge in understanding the complex behavior of translocation of polyelectrolyte molecules arises from three long-range forces due to chain connectivity electrostatic interactions and hydrodynamic interactions. Polymer Translocation provides an overview of fundamentals established experimental facts and important concepts necessary to understand polymer translocation. Readers will gain detailed strategies for applying these concepts and formulas to the design of new experiments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382797

Polymer Yearbook 13 Polymer Yearbook 13 brings together reviews and information on the progress of polymer science worldwide including useful and topical information such as a list of new publications in polymer science and a compilation of dissertation abstracts. This volume includes reviews of key aspects of polymer science including contributions from Russia and details of important publications. This volume also contains reviews on state-of-the-art Japanese research presented at the annual Spring and Fall meetings of the Japanese Polymer Science Society. The aim of this section is to make information on the progress of Japanese polymer science and on topics of current interest to polymer scientists in Japan more easily available worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455910

Polymeric and Nanostructured MaterialsSynthesis Properties and Advanced Applications This volume provides in-depth knowledge and recent research on polymers and nanostructured materials from synthesis to advanced applications. Leading researchers from industry academia government and private research institutions across the globe have contributed to this volume covering new research on nanocomposites polymer technology and electrochemistry. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886444

Polymeric Biomaterials2 Volume Set Third Edition Biomaterials have had a major impact on the practice of contemporary medicine and patient care. Growing into a major interdisciplinary effort involving chemists biologists engineers and physicians biomaterials development has enabled the creation of high-quality devices implants and drug carriers with greater biocompatibility and biofunctionality. The fast-paced research and increasing interest in finding new and improved biocompatible or biodegradable polymers has provided a wealth of new information transforming this edition of Polymeric Biomaterials into a two-volume set. Completely revised and expanded this state-of-the-art reference presents recent developments in polymeric biomaterials: from their chemical physical and structural properties to current applications in the medical and pharmaceutical fields.The book is organized into two volumes containing 53 authoritative chapters written by experts from around the world. The first volume Polymeric Biomaterials: Structure and Function contains information about the structure and properties of synthetic polymers including polyesters polyphosphazenes and elastomers and natural polymers such as mucoadhesives chitin lignin and carbohydrate derivatives. It also describes their blends or composites—for example metal–polymer composites and biodegradable polymeric/ceramic composites—as well as drug carriers and delivery systems gene and nucleic acids delivery and polymer synthesis and processing techniques.The second volume Polymeric Biomaterials: Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Applications addresses processing of polymeric biomaterials into specific forms that ensure biocompatibility and biodegradability for various uses in the medical and pharmaceutical arenas. The chapters address numerous medical issues including pulmonary disease cancer heart disease tissue damage and bone disease. The applications covered include a variety of drug delivery systems medical devices anticancer therapies biological uses for hydrogels nanotechnology bioartificial organs and tissue engineering. This third edition set presents new and substantially revised topics providing a comprehensive reference of the latest developments and the most up-to-date applications of biomaterials in medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570309

Polymeric BiomaterialsMedicinal and Pharmaceutical Applications Volume 2 Biomaterials have had a major impact on the practice of contemporary medicine and patient care. Growing into a major interdisciplinary effort involving chemists biologists engineers and physicians biomaterials development has enabled the creation of high-quality devices implants and drug carriers with greater biocompatibility and biofunctionality. The fast-paced research and increasing interest in finding new and improved biocompatible or biodegradable polymers has provided a wealth of new information transforming this edition of Polymeric Biomaterials into a two-volume set.This volume Polymeric Biomaterials: Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Applications contains 28 authoritative chapters written by experts from around the world. Contributors cover the following topics: Processing polymeric biomaterials into specific forms that ensure biocompatibility and biodegradability for use in various applications in the medical and pharmaceutical arenas Use of biomaterials to address medical issues such as pulmonary disease cancer heart disease tissue damage and bone disease Applications including a variety of drug delivery systems medical devices anticancer therapies biological uses for hydrogels nanotechnology bioartificial organs and tissue engineering Completely revised and expanded this state-of-the-art reference presents recent developments in polymeric biomaterials and the most up-to-date applications of biomaterials in medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380403

Polymeric BiomaterialsStructure and Function Volume 1 Biomaterials have had a major impact on the practice of contemporary medicine and patient care. Growing into a major interdisciplinary effort involving chemists biologists engineers and physicians biomaterials development has enabled the creation of high-quality devices implants and drug carriers with greater biocompatibility and biofunctionality. The fast-paced research and increasing interest in finding new and improved biocompatible or biodegradable polymers has provided a wealth of new information transforming this edition of Polymeric Biomaterials into a two-volume set.This volume Polymeric Biomaterials: Structure and Function contains 25 authoritative chapters written by experts from around the world. Contributors cover the following topics: The structure and properties of synthetic polymers including polyesters polyphosphazenes and elastomers The structure and properties of natural polymers such as mucoadhesives chitin lignin and carbohydrate derivatives Blends and composites—for example metal–polymer composites and biodegradable polymeric/ceramic composites Bioresorbable hybrid membranes drug delivery systems cell bioassay systems electrospinning for regenerative medicine and more Completely revised and expanded this state-of-the-art reference presents recent developments in polymeric biomaterials: from their chemical physical and structural properties to polymer synthesis and processing techniques and current applications in the medical and pharmaceutical fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367617974

Polymeric Drugs and Drug Delivery Systems Polymeric materials are now playing an increasingly important role in pharmaceuticals as well as in sensing devices in situ prostheses and probes and microparticle diagnostic agents. This new volume consists of twenty-two recent research-based reports on the developments in these areas of pharmaceutical and biomaterials technology. The reports were prepared by top scientists in the field and are based on current research conducted at leading laboratories in the U.S.A. Europe and Asia. These 22 chapters report the latest information in the application of polymers to biological systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455422

Polymeric FoamsInnovations in Processes Technologies and Products Polymeric foams are sturdy yet lightweight materials with applications across a variety of industries from packaging to aerospace. As demand for these materials increase so does innovation in the development of new processes and products. This book captures the most dynamic advances in processes technologies and products related to the polymeric foam market. It describes the latest business trends including new microcellular commercialization sustainable foam products and nanofoams. It also discusses novel processes new and environmentally friendly blowing agents and the development and usage of various types of foams including bead and polycarbonate polypropylene polyetherimide microcellular and nanocellular. The book also covers flame-retardant foams rigid foam composites and foam sandwich composites and details applications in structural engineering electronics and insulation. Authored by leading experts in the field this book minimizes the gap between research and application in this important and growing area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498738873

Polymeric Gas Separation Membranes Polymeric Gas Separation Membranes is an outstanding reference devoted to discussing the separation of gases by membranes. An international team of contributors examines the latest findings of membrane science and practical applications and explores the complete spectrum of relevant topics from fundamentals of gas sorption and diffusion in polymers to vapor separation from air. They also compare membrane processes with other separation technologies. This essential book will be valuable to all practitioners and students in membrane science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896786

Polymeric Materials Encyclopedia Twelve Volume Set The Polymeric Materials Encyclopedia presents state-of-the-art research and development on the synthesis properties and applications of polymeric materials. This groundbreaking work includes the largest number of contributors in the world for a reference publication in polymer science and examines many fields not covered in any other reference. With multiple articles on many subjects the encyclopedia offers you a broad-based perspective on a multitude of topics as well as detailed research information figures tables illustrations and references. Updates published as new research unfolds will continue to provide you with the latest advances in polymer science and will keep the encyclopedia at the forefront of the field well into the future.From novices to experienced researchers in the field anyone and everyone working in polymer science today needs this complete assessment of the state of the art.The entire 12-volume set will be available in your choice of printed or CD-ROM format. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811686

Polymeric Membrane Synthesis Modification and ApplicationsElectro-Spun and Phase Inverted Membranes Membranes and membrane separation techniques have grown from a simple laboratory tool to an industrial process with considerable technical and commercial impact. The book deals with both the fundamental concepts of preparation characterization and modification practical applications along with recent advancements of electro-spun and phase inverted polymeric membranes. Divided into two parts part one of this book covers the fundamental concepts and practical applications of novel electro-spun membranes while the latter covers basic concepts and further advancements of the conventional phase inverted membranes extensively.Key FeaturesCovers fundamental concepts and practical applications of electro-spun and phase inverted polymeric membranesIncludes general properties characterization preparation and modification of polymeric membranesDiscusses advanced modification of polymeric membranes (functionalization grafting) using phase inversion process and effects of solubility parameter and additives on the phase inversion processReviews electro-spun membranes for biomedical applications industrial effluents treatment and removal of water contaminantsExplores a separate economic analysis section for the discussed membranes Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570910

Polymeric Nanoparticles and Microspheres Contributors were asked to emphasize their own experience with nanoparticles or microspheres. They were also encouraged to provide aspects normally not stipulated in specialized reviews. The objective was to produce a book which although written by specialists presented a subject which could be easily understood by people in different fields of life sciences. Another goal was to set up a condensed work covering many aspects of nanoparticles and microspheres. That is the reason why although mainly dealing with synthetic drug carriers the first chapter is related to preparation and physicochemical properties of nanoparticles constructed from natural polymers. This is followed by two chapters involving the application of polymeric drug carriers in cancer therapy. The second chapter extensively describes in vitro and in vivo behaviour of purely synthetic nanoparticles. As ub the case of liposomes a problem can be that some particles are preferentially taken up by the reticuloendothelial system. Magnetic drug carriers provide a partial answer to this problem since their tropism can be managed by an external magnet. The third chapter is entirely devoted to this aspect. A brief but original application of nanoparticles is given in the fourth chapter by reviewing their use in ocular therapy. Finally two general applications of polymeric microspheres are discussed in chapters 5 and 6. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896793

Polymeric Surfactants This reference describes the important phases and applications of polymeric surface active materials - including colloid stabilization and solution properties syntheses with various techniques and uses in polymerization as stabilizers and as compatibilizers in incompatible polymer blends.;Written for scientists involved in research fields other t Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429098239

Polymeric Thermosetting CompoundsInnovative Aspects of Their Formulation Technology Engineering design teams sometimes have need of a material that may not exist because the combination of required properties is difficult to achieve. One solution is to develop a new material having the required set of properties needed in the application. During the author's 40-year career he has successfully worked on many such problems. The uniquely useful and valuable book Polymeric Thermosetting Compounds: Innovative Aspects of Their Formulation Technology presents twenty of those design problems and the solutions which resulted in patents and spin-off applications. Author Ralph Hermansen with years of experience of hands-on experience is an expert in formulating epoxies polyurethanes and other polymers into compounds that have unique properties and here he shares his knowledge and experience of attaining novel solutions to very challenging problems. He covers polymeric compounds such as coatings adhesives encapsulants transparent plastics and others. Chapters describe the design problem and define which key properties are sought in the new material. The author shares his thinking about how to approach the formulating problem and describes the experimental procedures used to eventually solve the problem. Patent information is shared as well. Once a new family of polymeric compounds is developed that technology can be used to attack new unsolved materials problems or "spin-offs " and real-life examples are provided to help readers see new applications of the technologies described in the earlier chapters. The book will be of interest to a diverse group of people. Industry professionals already in the business of selling specialty compounds may be able to add new products to their catalogs with little research cost or time by using the information in the book. Formulators trying to develop a new compound to challenging requirements may gain insight into how to make a breakthrough. The information in the book will be very valuable to companies needing these novel solutions. And younger people wondering what a career in materials science would be like get a first-hand commentary from someone who has done it. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883146

Polymers Phosphors and Voltaics for Radioisotope Microbatteries Representing the collective effort of over 30 leading scientists in Russia and the United States this is the first book written solely on the subject of nuclear batteries. It presents a rich historical discussion and original research on the conversion of nuclear materials into electrical power which can then be harvested to make long-lasting more energy efficient batteries. With this technology power-matched supplies would last decades - even centuries - using safe direct long-life stable integrated electric power from the highest energy density source available.Polymers Phosphors and Voltaics for Radioisotope Microbatteries presents the state-of-the-art in interdisciplinary research in radiochemistry tritium storage semiconductor fabrication and characterization nuclear battery fabrication and testing integration into MEMS and other electronic devices and much more. A key feature of this book is its discussion of construction materials for miniaturized radioisotope power supplies since progress in nuclear battery technology depends on characterization of functionally radiation-stable components. Though substantial progress has been made to solve problems of using integrated radioisotope batteries for micro- and nanoelectronics each author has provided an authoritative assessment and has indicated where development is needed.Research in this area has the potential to revolutionize the microelectronics industry by enabling MEMS and nanotechnology. Significant technological progress depends today on coordinated interdisciplinary research. Polymers Phosphors and Voltaics for Radioisotope Microbatteries contains diverse discussions of the problems of using radioactive material for microelectronic power needs and guides readers to future research in the area of long-life high energy-density batteries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396053

Polymers and Multicomponent Polymeric SystemsThermal Thermo-Mechanical and Dielectric Analysis In recent years multicomponent polymers have generated much interest due to their excellent properties unique morphology and high-end applications. This book focuses on thermal thermo-mechanical and dielectric analysis of polymers and multicomponent polymeric systems such as blends interpenetrating polymeric networks (IPNs) gels polymer composites and nanocomposites. Through these analyses it provides an insight into the stability of polymer systems as a function of time processing and usage. Aimed at polymer chemists physicists and engineers it also covers ASTM/ISO and other standards of various measurement techniques for systematic analysis in materials science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138598140

Polymers and Polymeric CompositesProperties Optimization and Applications This volume highlights the latest developments and trends in advanced polyblends and their structures. It presents the developments of advanced polyblends and respective tools to characterize and predict the material properties and behavior. The book provides important original and theoretical experimental results that use non-routine methodologies often unfamiliar to many readers. Furthermore chapters on novel applications of more familiar experimental techniques and analyses of composite problems are included which indicate the need for the new experimental approaches that are presented. Technical and technological development demands the creation of new materials that are stronger more reliable and more durable—materials with new properties. Up-to-date projects in creation of new materials go along the way of nanotechnology. With contributions from experts from both the industry and academia this book presents the latest developments in the identified areas. This book incorporates appropriate case studies explanatory notes and schematics for more clarity and better understanding. The book is designed as a textbook for postgraduate students as a teaching support for the faculty as a reference book for early research career beginners and as a reference book for the scientific community at large for understanding the significance of modern materials and chemical engineering. This book will be useful for chemists chemical engineers technologists and students interested in advanced nano-polymers with complex behavior and their applications This new book: • Gives an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state of the art of polyblends and composites • Familiarizes the reader with new aspects of the techniques used in the examination of polymers including chemical physicochemical and purely physical methods of examination • Describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities limitations and applications • Provides a balance between materials science and mechanics aspects basic and applied research and high-technology and high-volume (low-cost) composite development Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880497

Polymers and Pyridazines In the past few years a few articles have been published on the solid-phase synthesis of pyridazine derivatives. These methods apply to intermediates weakly bound to polymers as a result of which the ester bond is cleaved easily either during ring closure or right after it. There are few polymer-supported syntheses of heterocycles. This book Polymers and Pyridazines discusses a new strategy for polymer-supported synthesis of pyridazine derivatives with much higher reaction rates applying higher loading and much wider reaction conditions due to the more stable attachment. On the basis of the research conducted a fundamental break-through was achieved in solid-phase heterocyclic chemistry. The experiments are accompanied by colored drawings and 3D diagrams to help understand the importance of swelling and/or excess concentrations of reagents. Detailed experiments provide complete procedures with infrared difference spectra. The book will be a helpful reference for academy polymer specialists and postgraduate students studying polymer syntheses of general substrates. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800471

Polymers for Advanced TechnologiesProcessing Characterization and Applications This book provides an abundance of information about the science and application of nanoparticles in the creation of nanocomposite materials covering the synthesis properties and applications of nanomaterials. Written by experts in their fields the chapters provide important updates on a number of aspects of nanomaterials and their practical applications to create new materials particularly polymer composite materials. The book is an outgrowth of notes the authors have compiled and used to teach advanced courses on polymers for many years. Useful for engineers and researchers the book also functions as a highly practical and useful ancillary text for advanced-level students studying nanomaterials and polymer science. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895345

Polymers for Controlled Drug Delivery Polymers for Controlled Drug Delivery addresses the challenges of designing macromolecules that deliver therapeutic agents that function safely and in concert with living organisms. The book primarily discusses classes of polymers and polymeric vehicles including particulates such as latexes coacervates ion-exchange resins and liposomes as well as non-particulate vehicles such as enteric coatings mediators and bioadhesives. Other topics discussed include diffusion; biodegradation-controlled delivery; animal model studies for toxicity metabolism and elimination testing; and FDA requirements for clinical studies. Drug delivery researchers will find this book to be an invaluable reference tool. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450755

Polymers for Dental and Orthopedic Applications Recent advances not only in the creation of new polymers but also in their processing and production have ushered in huge strides in a variety of biomedical and clinical areas. Orthopedics and dentistry are two such areas that benefit immensely from developments in polymer science and technology. Polymers for Dental and Orthopedic Applications examines the most current topics in this expanding field with an emphasis on technological evolution and clinical impacts. Surveying major progress in polymer science and technology for dental maxillofacial and orthopedic applications this book provides a unique illustration of the conceptual development of novel biomaterials and processes designed to meet targeted clinical needs. Two preeminent scientists lead a close-knit team of international experts with extensive experience in product development bioengineering education and clinical applications. Ranging from polymeric materials for dental and maxillofacial application to joint repair and replacement polymeric composites and tissue engineering the book also examines topics that are common to both dental and orthopedic fields such as osseointegration and infection management. Explore the current status and future possibilities of polymeric biomaterials in Polymers for Dental and Orthopedic Applications. A unique blend of technical information and practical insight this reference fosters the continued growth of a critically important field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389857

Polymers for Electronic Applications The object of this book is to review and to discuss some important applications of polymers in electronics. The first three chapters discuss the current primary applications of polymers in semiconductor device manufacturing: polymers as resist materials for integrated circuit fabrication polyimides as electronics packaging materials and polymers as integrated circuits encapsulates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896809

Polymers for Packaging Applications This book focuses on food non-food and industrial packaging applications of polymers blends nanostructured materials macro micro and nanocomposites and renewable and biodegradable materials. It details physical thermal and barrier properties as well as sustainability recycling and regulatory issues. The book emphasizes interdisciplinary research on processing morphology structure and properties as well as applications in packaging of food and industrial products. It is useful for chemists physicists materials scientists food technologists and engineers. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895772

Polymers for Vascular and Urogenital Applications In a carefully crafted multidisciplinary skillfully focused format Polymers for Vascular and Urogenital Applications covers attributes of polymers used for vascular urological and gynecological materials. It provides a brief analysis of how the use of polymers in vascular and urogenital applications has evolved in the past five decades and outlines their common and specific functional requirements. The book provides a brief description of the evolving role of a particular family of materials and presents topics in highly integrated well-balanced authoritatively prepared segments on materials processing and in vitro and in vivo evaluation complete with case studies. Features Includes contributions from authors representing a diverse technical group of clinicians with strong science or engineering backgrounds and research interests Supplies a comprehensive link between polymeric biomaterials and their application Provides a brief description of the evolving role of a particular family of materials Discusses recent developments in applications and the rationale for present and future clinical significance This book not only integrates clinical needs with current and future research responses but also provides a comprehensive overview to foster future innovation. It illustrates how two important and dissimilar areas in medicine can be interrelated by shared biomaterials and explores the clinical paradigm that establishes the driving force for innovation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077454

Polymers in Concrete Increasing attention is being given to the use of concrete-polymer composites as high performance and multi-functional materials in the construction industry as well as in mechanical electrical and chemical engineering. Particular interest is being given to these materials in Japan and other East Asian countries. This book forms the proceedings of the Second East Asia Symposium on Polymers in Concrete (II-EASPIC) held under the auspices of the Japan Charter of ICPIC (the International Congress on Polymers in Concrete). Papers are presented by international experts from thirteen different countries. Many aspects of the subject are discussed including: new developments in the theory and practice of polymer composites; studies of their performance; appropriate manufacturing techniques and materials selection processes; their structural design; various types of concrete using polymers; methods of restoration and conservation using composites; overlays; adhesives and coating used in concrete works special innovative developments and techniques for recycling.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659523

Polymers in Concrete This broad-based introductory reference provides excellent discussions regarding the hydration of Portland cement durability problems in concrete mechanisms of concrete deterioration and interaction of polymers in concrete. It also covers properties of concrete with added polymers and practical applications of polymers in concrete. The historic background of polymers in building materials is examined and a comprehensive comparison of natural vs. synthetic polymers is provided and conveniently summarized in a tabular format. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068211

Polymers in Drug Delivery Together the nano explosion and the genomic revolution are ushering in a new frontier in drug delivery. In recent years we’ve seen how polymers can play a crucial role in controlling the rate of drug release enhancing solubility and uptake and limiting degradation and toxicity. In the very near future they may well be used to deliver gene therapy. While Polymers in Drug Delivery offers much new insight for the veteran specialist this work has been compiled with the non-specialist in mind. It includes contributions from many of the world’s leading drug delivery specialists yet avoids jargon and presents background information that initiates the next generation of scientists into the amazing work going on at the frontiers of this rapidly evolving science. Targeting specific issues at the forefront of drug delivery today this engaging volume— ·         Outlines the issues that must be considered when selecting a polymer for fabricating a drug delivery agent or other medical devices ·         Explains the more commonly used methods by which polymers may be characterized prior to use ·         Profiles polymer matrices that have been used in the formulation of solid oral dosage forms drug delivery scaffolds and hydrogels ·         Examines the issues surrounding the encapsulation of biologics within microspheres ·         Explores the use of nanoparticulates especially solid nanoparticles and nanocapsules prepared from largely-water-insoluble cyanoacrylate polymers ·         Discusses polymeric micelles and investigates the potential of soluble polymer prodrugs and polymer nanomedicines ·         Details the contribution made by polymers and dendrimers to the gene delivery effort which may one day lead to effective treatments for  largely incurable diseases  Noting a dramatic paradigm shift that is bridging the gap between materials science and life science the editor’s have compiled this volume to paint an interdisciplinary portrait of drug delivery that will challenge young scientists to turn their attention and effort towards this critical branch of biomedicine. Containing state-of-the-art information for drug delivery scientists it is also a great choice for medical and  pharmaceutical students and others seeking an in-depth introduction to the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453596

PolymersA Property Database Second Edition Scientific and Commercial Information for More Than 1 000 PolymersPolymers: A Property Database Second Edition offers a central and reliable source for scientific and commercial information on more than 1 000 polymers. Revised and updated throughout this edition features 25% new material including 50 entirely new entries that reflect advances in areas such as conducting polymers hydrogels nano-polymers and biomaterials. The second edition also comes with unlimited access to a complete fully searchable Web version of the reference. Powerful retrieval software allows users to customize their searches and refine results. Each entry includes trade names properties manufacturing processes commercial applications supplier details references and links to constituent monomers.Buy the latest print edition and gain access to a complete fully searchable Web version of the reference enhanced with powerful retrieval software that allows you to customize searches and refine results. Unlimited access to the Online Version for the lifetime of the Second EditionRevised Updated and Expanded with 25% New MaterialIncludes 50 entirely new entries reflecting the latest polymer advances  Special Introductory Price! Buy today and SAVE!Purchase the NEW Edition in Print AND Online –For One Price! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386511

PolymersStructure and Properties A concise illustrated presentation of polymer structure and bonding. The well constrtucted organization and index make the book readily usable as a reference book. Those who read the entire text will be well rewarded with a solid understanding of the fundamentals of polymer properties and possible applications. This book will most certainly remain a valuable reference for years to come. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742839

Polymer-Surfactant Systems "Chronicles recent advances in our knowledge of polymer-surfactant systems combining authoritative reviews of new experimental methods instrumentation and applications with fundamental discussions of classical methodologies and surveys of specific properties." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064756

Poly-Modeling with 3ds MaxThinking Outside of the Box Learn how to create professional models for advertising on TV and the web. Blending real-world experience and the technical aspects of poly-modeling this book shows how to ultimately create content in a dynamic efficient manner.This collection of tips tricks and techniques will give you the freedom to determine the edge flow and overall mass of your models through this free-form digital sculpting method. The accompanying website offers instructional files that show the models in progressive stages of development. In addition there is a free user forum for interactive feedback and information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400801

Polymorphism in Pharmaceutical Solids Using clear and practical examples Polymorphism of Pharmaceutical Solids Second Edition presents a comprehensive examination of polymorphic behavior in pharmaceutical development that is ideal for pharmaceutical development scientists and graduate students in pharmaceutical science. This edition focuses on pharmaceutical aspects of polymorphism a Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429147661

Polynomial Completeness in Algebraic Systems Boolean algebras have historically played a special role in the development of the theory of general or "universal" algebraic systems providing important links between algebra and analysis set theory mathematical logic and computer science. It is not surprising then that focusing on specific properties of Boolean algebras has lead to new directions in universal algebra.In the first unified study of polynomial completeness Polynomial Completeness in Algebraic Systems focuses on and systematically extends another specific property of Boolean algebras: the property of affine completeness. The authors present full proof that all affine complete varieties are congruence distributive and that they are finitely generated if and only if they can be presented using only a finite number of basic operations. In addition to these important findings the authors describe the different relationships between the properties of lattices of equivalence relations and the systems of functions compatible with them. An introductory chapter surveys the appropriate background material exercises in each chapter allow readers to test their understanding and open problems offer new research possibilities. Thus Polynomial Completeness in Algebraic Systems constitutes an accessible coherent presentation of this rich topic valuable to both researchers and graduate students in general algebraic systems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367398330

Polynomial Invariants of Finite Groups Written by an algebraic topologist motivated by his own desire to learn this well-written book represents the compilation of the most essential and interesting results and methods in the theory of polynomial invariants of finite groups. From the table of contents: - Invariants and Relative Invariants - Finite Generation of Invariants - Construction of Invariants - Poincaré Series - Dimension Theoretic Properties of Rings of Invariants - Homological Properties of Invariants - Groups Generated by Reflections - Modular Invariants - Polynomial Tensor Exterior Algebras - Invariant Theory and Algebraic Topology - The Steenrod Algebra and Modular Invariant Theory Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367449131

Polynomial Operator Equations in Abstract Spaces and Applications Polynomial operators are a natural generalization of linear operators. Equations in such operators are the linear space analog of ordinary polynomials in one or several variables over the fields of real or complex numbers. Such equations encompass a broad spectrum of applied problems including all linear equations. Often the polynomial nature of many nonlinear problems goes unrecognized by researchers. This is more likely due to the fact that polynomial operators - unlike polynomials in a single variable - have received little attention. Consequently this comprehensive presentation is needed benefiting those working in the field as well as those seeking information about specific results or techniques. Polynomial Operator Equations in Abstract Spaces and Applications - an outgrowth of fifteen years of the author's research work - presents new and traditional results about polynomial equations as well as analyzes current iterative methods for their numerical solution in various general space settings.Topics include:Special cases of nonlinear operator equationsSolution of polynomial operator equations of positive integer degree nResults on global existence theorems not related with contractionsGalois theoryPolynomial integral and polynomial differential equations appearing in radiative transfer heat transfer neutron transport electromechanical networks elasticity and other areasResults on the various Chandrasekhar equationsWeierstrass theoremMatrix representationsLagrange and Hermite interpolationBounds of polynomial equations in Banach space Banach algebra and Hilbert spaceThe materials discussed can be used for the following studiesAdvanced numerical analysisNumerical functional analysisFunctional analysisApproximation theoryIntegral and differential equation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447878

Polyphase Induction Motors AnalysisDesign and Application Generously illustrated with over 1600 dispaly equations and more than 145 drawings diagrams and photographs this book is a handy single-source reference suited to readers with a wide span of educational backgrounds and technical experience.  Comprehensive in both scope and depth this manual covers all significant aspects of the field such as Amperes Law and Faraday's Law emphasing basic explanations of motor behaviour derives all important equations and relationships required to analyze design and apply polyphase induction motors uses worldwide SI units or international MKS system of units as well as practical units used in the US and shows how to apply working equations to real-life situations with numerical examples... and more.    Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315215396

Polyploidy and Hybridization for Crop Improvement Many of our current agricultural crops are natural or agricultural hybrids (between two or more species) or polyploids (containing more than one genome or set of chromosomes). These include potato oats cotton oilseed rape wheat strawberries kiwifruit banana seedless watermelon triticale and many others. Polyploidy and hybridization can also be used for crop improvement: for example to introgress disease resistance from wild species into crops to produce seedless fruits for human consumption or even to create entirely new crop types. Some crop genera have hundreds of years of interspecific hybridization and ploidy manipulation behind them while in other genera use of these evolutionary processes for crop improvement is still at the theoretical stage. This book brings together stories and examples by expert researchers and breeders working in diverse crop genera and details how polyploidy and hybridization processes have shaped our current crops how these processes have been utilized for crop improvement in the past and how polyploidy and interspecific hybridization can be used for crop improvement in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498740661

Polysaccharide based Nano-Biocarrier in Drug Delivery This book discusses various fundamental aspects of polysaccharide based nano-biocarrier drug delivery systems and its application in the delivery of small molecules proteins peptides oligonucleotides and genes. It also discusses advances in drug delivery systems in treatment of cancer cardiovascular pulmonary and infectious diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571016

Polysaccharide Gums from Agricultural ProductsProcessing Structures and Functionality This new reference presents the most recent information on new and potential food hydrocolloids originated from agricultural products including o yellow mustard gum o flaxseed gum o cereals (wheat barley oat and corn)o psyllium fenugreek o soybean. Polysaccharide Gums from Agricultural Products: Processing Structures and Functionality addresses the basic chemistry extracting processes molecular structure and most importantly the functional properties and potential applications of new polysaccharide gums. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397999

Polysaccharide HydrogelsCharacterization and Biomedical Applications Hydrogels are an emerging area of interest in medicine as well as pharmaceutics and their physico-chemical characterization is fundamental to their practical applications. Compared with synthetic polymers polysaccharides that are widely present in living organisms and come from renewable sources are extremely advantageous for hydrogel formation. Furthermore polysaccharides are usually non-toxic and biocompatible and show a number of peculiar physico-chemical properties that make them suitable for a wide variety of biomedical applications. This book bridges the gap between the preparation of hydrogels and their characterization techniques. It aims to offer a valid support that can help the readers find appropriate keys to open the doors to the complex world of polysaccharide hydrogels. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613613

Polysaccharides in Advanced Drug Delivery This book contains selective chapters from eminent experts working in the interdisciplinary arena of material science and its use in drug delivery. From their recent research experience the readers can achieve a wide vision on the new and ongoing potentialities of polysaccharides and its application in the field of advanced drug delivery. This book contains selective polymers that were recently explored in the field of drug delivery such as starch konjac chitosan alginate and other natural polymers originated from sea. It also has one chapter exclusively on nanotechnology that explains multifaceted application of natural polymer in the field of advanced drug delivery.Note: T& F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367462208

Polysaccharides in Medicinal Applications Integrates the latest advances in polysaccharide chemistry and structure analysis with the practical applications of polysaccharides in medicine and pharmacy highlighting the role of glycoconjugates in basic biological processes and immunology. It also presents recent developments in glycobiology and glycopathology. The work covers bacterial fungal and cell-wall polysaccharides microbial and bacterial exopolysaccharides industrial gums the biosynthesis of bacterial polysaccharides and the production of microbial polysaccharides. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742815

PolysaccharidesNatural Fibers in Food and Nutrition This book reviews the evidence supporting the influence of plant fibers on our daily life by either having impacts on our nutrition or improving processed foods for human and animal feeding. By bringing new information and updating existing scientific data this book will also be a consistent source of information for both professional and non-professionals that are involved in food science and technology nutrition and even medical sciences related to human health and well-being. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033900

Polysulfide Oligomer SealantsSynthesis Properties and Applications This valuable book is devoted to problems of the synthesis vulcanization modification and study of structure and properties of highly filled sealants based on polysulfide oligomers (PSO). The book summarizes information concerning chemistry synthesis technology structure and properties of liquid thiokols and thiokol-containing polyesters. It also presents a literary survey on chemism and mechanisms for liquid thiokols vulcanization involving oxidants or through polyaddition. The book describes formulation principles of sealants their properties and application areas. The book provides research on vulcanization and modification of thiokol sealants involving thiokol-epoxy resin copolymers unsaturated polyesters and various isocyanate prepolymers. It describes studies of mechanisms underlying vulcanization of polysulphide oligomers by manganese dioxide sodium dichromate and zinc oxide and also of the structure and properties of sealants on the basis of a liquid thiokol and commercial “ТПМ-2” polymer depending on a chemical nature and the ratio of constituent oligomers. The book gives information on the influence of filling materials on vulcanization kinetics rheological and physico–mechanical properties of sealants depending on the nature of PSO. The book will be of interest to research personnel of scientific institutes and centers developing reactive oligomers and their compositions and studying their structure and properties as well as engineers working in science centers or enterprises working in the area of development production and application of polysulfide oligomers and sealants. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880299

Polytope Projects How do you know what works and what doesn't? This book contains case studies highlighting the power of polytope projects for complex problem solving. Any sort of combinational problem characterized by a large variety of possibly complex constructions and deconstructions based on simple building blocks can be studied in a similar way. Although the majority of case studies are related to chemistry the method is general and equally applicable to other fields for engineering or science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482204643

Polyurethane Casting Primer Omitting complicated chemistry concepts Polyurethane Casting Primer presents practical details on the casting of polyurethane products to assist readers in their daily work. It covers fundamental methods explores hands-on design and production topics and keeps theory to a minimum. The book fully explains casting and allied processes. Starting from a "bucket and paddle mix" open pour postcuring machining bonding and painting it discusses how to produce quality products continuously. The author describes the necessary precautions for maintaining the health and safety of workers. He covers the properties of polyurethane systems the tests and results of polyurethanes commonly used in compression and the correct grade and processing of polyurethanes for meeting customer requirements. He also reveals how to fix issues such as molding problems and premature end of life. The versatility of polyurethane enables a wide range of applications from simple noncritical parts to vital engineering products. This book guides manufacturers in designing and producing polyurethane products. Batch calculations are available for download at www.crcpress.com Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439879214

Polyurethane Foam Sorbents in Separation Science The purpose of this book is to present in a monographic and systematised form a review of all the literature devoted to polyurethane-based polymeric sorbents in separation chemistry. The primary types of sorbents dealt with are polyurethane foams and open-pore polyurethanes. The structure of the monograph follows this dichotomy. A book of this nature should stimulate thinking and incite its reader to consult the original literature. It will however not make such a consultation superfluous. A fair amount of the results described in this monograph constitute the main activity of investigation which took place in the authors laboratories during the past decade. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896816

Polyurethane SealantsTechnology & Applications Polyurethane sealants are used in many high-volume applications such as construction and automotive. This volume provides an in-depth illustrated survey of both the technology and applications. The detailed information will be useful to all those involved in the research development processing evaluation and use of sealants for high-volume applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450021

Polyurethane Shape Memory Polymers Shape memory polymers (SMPs) are some of the most important and valuable engineering materials developed in the last 25 years. These fascinating materials demonstrate remarkably versatile properties—including capacity for actuation and stimulus responsiveness—that are enabling technologists to develop applications used to explore everything from the outer reaches of space to the inside of the human body. Polyurethane Shape Memory Polymers details the fundamentals of SMP makeup as well as their shape-recovery features and their seemingly endless potential for use in applications ranging from the macro- to submicron scales. With an abundance of illustrations and vivid pictures to explain how SMPs and their composites work and how they can be used this book covers: History and most recent developments in SMPs Thermomechanical properties and behavior of the polymers and their composites Modification of SMPs and novel actuation mechanisms Large-scale surface pattern generation Multi-shape memory effect Fabrication techniques Characterization of composites A must-have reference for anyone working in the materials science and engineering fields this book outlines the properties—such as light weight low cost and ability to handle high strain—that make the easily processed SMPs so useful in fields including aerospace biomedicine and textiles. It is intended to help readers understand and apply the knowledge and techniques presented to develop new innovations that will further benefit society. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075009

Polyurethanes in Biomedical Applications Polyurethanes in Biomedical Applications studies the use of polyurethanes in implanted medical devices. This analysis describes the concepts of polymer science the manufacture of polyurethanes and the biological responses to implant polyurethanes reflecting the developments in biomaterials science and the interdisciplinary nature of bioengineering. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742785

PolyvictimizationAdverse Impacts in Childhood and Across the Lifespan This book provides an overview of the core research and theory on polyvictimization – exposure to multiple types of victimization that may have negative and potentially lifelong biopsychosocial impacts. The contributors to the volume address such topics as measurement issues in how polyvictimization should be assessed and measured; developmental risks of early childhood polyvictimization for maltreated children in foster care; gender differences in polyvictimization and its consequences among juvenile justice-involved youth; the importance of trauma-focused treatment for polyvictimized youth in the juvenile justice system; and the nature of polyvictimization in the internet era. Suited to readers who are new to the topic including graduate and undergraduate students as well as researchers and clinicians who want a concise update on the latest empirical research from the frontiers of this field this book provides findings and methodological innovations of interest to researchers and human service professionals. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Trauma & Dissociation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729509

Pomegranate Production and Marketing In the past decade many scientific studies were conducted on pomegranates revealing that pomegranate fruit flowers bark and leaves contain bioactive phytochemicals that are antimicrobial reduce blood pressure and act against diseases such as diabetes and cancer. This book presents up-to-date scientific and theoretically viable information about sustainable production storage processing and marketing of pomegranate. It discusses the past and current situation of pomegranate trade and presents simple and practical processing and storage techniques for the extending of shelf life of fresh squeezed 100% natural pomegranate juice while still retaining its safety and nutritional quality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498768504

PomegranatesAncient Roots to Modern Medicine While one may not find ancient studies that substantiate the pomegranate's curative and preventive qualities the exalted status of this fruit goes back as far as the history of agriculture itself. Allusions to the pomegranate are readily found in the oldest cultures of the Indus Valley ancient China and classical Greece as well as in the Old Testament.To modern scientists the biochemistry of the pomegranate is as equally fascinating as its storied place in literature and religion. Providing an unprecedented compilation of scientific information Pomegranates: Ancient Roots to Modern Medicine offers an exploration of the biochemistry health effects and cultivation of the pomegranate that is as authoritative as it is unparalleled. Featuring the contributions of a multidisciplinary and international team of prominent researchers it presents the latest findings on the potential human health benefits of this exceptionally polyphenol-rich fruit. As the research indicates the physiological effects of pomegranate juice constituents are remarkable in their preventive potential against two of the major chronic diseases of aging - heart disease and cancer.Many of the pioneering researchers responsible for initiating our newfound fascination with pomegranates discuss its biochemistry detailing the location and action of the phytochemicals found in the fruit's flesh peels and seeds. They present evidence of the pomegranate's impact on heart disease including its ability to enhance nitric oxide production in endothelial cells. They also reveal the significant antiproliferative and proapoptotic effects attributed to the pomegranate in battling several different types of cancer cells as well as its ability to retard tumor growth in animals.Recognizing that the pomegranate is only as valuable as it is available the editors include a substantial section on commercialization and another on plant growth and improvement. These additions mak Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446314

Pompeii and HerculaneumA Sourcebook The original edition of Pompeii: A Sourcebook was a crucial resource for students of the site. Now updated to include material from Herculaneum the neighbouring town also buried in the eruption of Vesuvius Pompeii and Herculaneum: A Sourcebook allows readers to form a richer and more diverse picture of urban life on the Bay of Naples.   Focusing upon inscriptions and ancient texts it translates and sets into context a representative sample of the huge range of source material uncovered in these towns. From the labels on wine jars to scribbled insults and from advertisements for gladiatorial contests to love poetry the individual chapters explore the early history of Pompeii and Herculaneum their destruction leisure pursuits politics commerce religion the family and society. Information about Pompeii and Herculaneum from authors based in Rome is included but the great majority of sources come from the cities themselves written by their ordinary inhabitants – men and women citizens and slaves.   Encorporating the latest research and finds from the two cities and enhanced with more photographs maps and plans Pompeii and Herculaneum: A Sourcebook offers an invaluable resource for anyone studying or visiting the sites. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666800

Pompey the Great (Routledge Revivals) To Romans of later generations the three decades between the dictatorships of Sulla and of Caesar were the age of Pompey the Great. In spite of the central role he played in Roman history he remains a shadowy figure compared with the likes of Caesar and Cicero. Pompey the Great first published in 1978 traces the career of this enigmatic character from his first appearance in public life on the staff of his father Strabo during the Social War through his early military campaigns as Sulla’s lieutenant in the Civil War 83-82 as the Senate’s general in Italy and Spain during the 70s to his first consulship with Crassus in 70. The important commands against the pirates and Mithridates the alliance with Caesar its eventual collapse into civil war and the significance of Pompey’s constitutional position for an understanding of the later Augustan settlement war are all discussed with clarity and insight. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747356

Pond Fisheries A comprehensive study of pond fisheries. Topics include the organisation and construction of fish ponds production processes in fish farms for warmwater carp and cold-water trout and irrigation networks and reservoirs constructed for multipurpose exploitation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138440715

Pondicherry Tamil Nadu and South India under French RuleFrom François Martin to Dupleix 1674-1754 This is a study of the colonization of Pondicherry Tamil Nadu and South India by the French during the eighteenth century and their interactions with the Indian rulers and populations in the political economic social and religious spheres. French Governors based in Pondicherry since François Martin up to Dupleix never acquired any territory for France through outright conquest. They or their masters in France never had any grand plan to establish a French empire in India. Some Indian rulers were friendly with the French and the English as it served their interests. The study demonstrates that the French colonizers and missionaries would not have survived in India without the collaboration of the Indian dubashes merchants certain Indian rulers and military men.This collaboration was not on an equal footing as the sepoys merchants and dubashes were always subordinate and submissive to the Europeans. Even Ananda Ranga Poullé the most famous of the Indian dubashes had to resort to the art of flattery to be in the good books of his ‘master’. European arrival and presence in India heralded the beginning of a cultural clash between the Europeans and Indians in which the former had the upper hand. There was never any partnership or ‘master-bania’ relationship between the French and the Indians. Instead the relationship had all the trappings of a ‘master-subordinate’ relationship where the subordinate even though he might be a dubash was always at the mercy of the colon­izers. The element of force aggressivity and violence was omnipresent in European presence and expansion in India in the political economic and religious fields.Please note: This title is co-published with X. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367640798

Pons Asinorum or the Future of Nonsense Democritus or the Future of Laughter Mrs Fisher or the Future of Humour Babel or the Past Presen Pons Asinorum Or The Future of Nonsense George Edinger and E J C Neep Originally published in 1929. "A most entertaining essay rich in quotation from the old masters of clownship’s craft." Saturday Review The author maintains that true nonsense must be aimless humour – the humour that makes fun as opposed to the humour that makes fun of something. 88pp   Democritus Or The Future of Laughter Gerald Gould Originally published in 1929. "Democritus is bound to be among the favourites of the series. Gould’s humour glances at history morality and humanity…wise and witty writing." Observer Democritus is intended to illustrate the prevailing fashion in laughter and on the basis of historical and philosophical principles to forecast the humour of the future. 90pp   Mrs Fisher Or The Future of Humour Robert Graves Originally published in 1928 "Mr Graves is the best man who could have been chosen to write on this subject." Daily Express "…perfectly irresponsible as a joker should be." The Times This volume analyzes humour with a solemnity which becomes almost nightmarish. 90pp     Babel Or the Past Present and Future of Human Speech Richard Paget Originally published in 1930. "…stimulating and absorbing." Journal of Education This volume discusses human speech and treats it as a growth which must be tamed if it is to fulfil its highest purpose as a symbolism for human thought. 86pp       Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706558

Pontiac's WarIts Causes Course and Consequences Pontiac’s War: Its Causes Course and Consequence 1763-1765 is a compelling retelling of one of the most pivotal points in American colonial history in which the Native peoples staged one of the most successful campaigns in three centuries of European contact. With his balanced analysis of the organization and execution of this important conflict Middleton sheds light on the military movement that forced the British imperial forces to reinstate diplomacy to retain their authority over the region. Spotlighting the Native American perspective Pontiac’s War presents a careful engaging account of how very close to success those Native American forces truly came. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941966

Poor and Homeless in the Sunshine StateDown and Out in Theme Park Nation A place like Orlando Florida is not transformed from swampland to sprawling metropolis through Peter Pan-like flights of fancy but through theme park expansions requiring developmental schemes that are tough minded and often worsen relationships between the wealthy and the poor. The homeless arrive with their own hopes and illusions which are soon shattered. The rest of the local population makes its peace with the system. Meanwhile the homeless are reduced to advocacy models that neither middle- nor working-class folks much worry about. They are modern members of Ellison's "invisible men" but they comprise a racial and social mixture unlike any other in the American landscape.This book is primarily about the dark side of this portrait the poor near-poor homeless and dispossessed who live in the midst of this verdant landscape. The phrase "down and out " has been used to describe people who are destitute or penniless since the late nineteenth century. Here the term is used in a more expansive sense as synonymous with anyone who lives near at or over the edge of financial catastrophe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513426

Poor and Pregnant in New Delhi India In this innovative contribution to the study of food gender and power Helen Vallianatos meticulously documents cultural values and beliefs dietary practaices and the nutritional and health status of mothers in Indian squatter settlements. She explores both large-scale forces incorporating critical medical anthropology and feminist theory into a biocultural paradigm and the local and individual choices New Delhi women make in interpreting cultural dietary norms based on their reproductive histories socioeconomic status family structure and other specific conditions. Her findings have significant implications for nutritional and medical anthropology and development studies and her innovative research design serves as a model for multi-method studies that use participatory research principles combine quantitative and qualitative investigations and interpret diverse types of data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403604

Poor HealthSocial Inequality before and after the Black Report The 1980 Black Report by Sir Douglas Black has kept health inequalities at the forefront of the public health agenda. This volume explores the history and development of studies and concern over health inequalities especially in relation to the 1980 report. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039305

Poor JewsAn American Awakening The popular image of the Jewish community is that it consists primarily of members of the middle and upper middle classes. But this image is far from true. Poor Jews: An American Awakening shatters once and for all the stereotype of Jewish affluence.Citing national data and descriptions of the life-styles of the Jewish poor the authors reveal unique social characteristics of the Jewish poor—including the surprising statistic that over two-thirds of the members of this group are past the age of sixty thus experiencing the compounded disadvantage of being poor elderly and deserted by the young mobile Jewish community.Reasons for the "invisibility" of Jewish poverty are examined as well as how the Jewish community has responded to poverty within its own ethnic group and Jewish attitudes toward the welfare state and charity. The lack of Jewish participation in antipoverty programs is cited along with measures which will bring them fully into this and other federal and state programs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351319447

Poor No MoreRethinking Dependency and the War on Poverty In the 1960s America set out to end poverty. Policy-makers put forth an unprecedented package of legislation funding poverty programs and empowering the poor through ineffectual employment-related education and training. However these handouts produced little change and efforts to provide education and job-training proved inconsequential boasting only a 2.8 percent decrease in the poverty rate since 1965. Decades after the War on Poverty began many of its programs failed. Only one thing really worked to help end poverty-and that was work itself the centerpiece of welfare reform in 1996.  Poor No More is a plan to restructure poverty programs prioritizing jobs above all else. Traditionally job placement programs stemmed from non-profit organizations or government agencies. However America Works the first for-profit job placement venture founded by Peter Cove has the highest employee retention rate in the greater New York City area even above these traditional agencies. When the federal government embraced the work-first ideal inspired by the success of America Works welfare rolls plummeted from 12.6 million to 4.7 million nationally within one decade. Poor No More is a paradigm-shifting work that guides the reader through the evolution of America's War on Poverty and urges policy-makers to eliminate training and education programs that waste time and money and to adopt a work-first model while providing job-seekers with the tools and life lessons essential to finding and maintaining employment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864459

Poor ReceptionMisunderstanding and Forgetting Broadcast News First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138412132

Poor RelationsThe Making of a Eurasian Community in British India 1773-1833 The sixty years between 1773 and 1833 determined British paramountcy in India. Those years were formative too for British Eurasians. By the 1820s Eurasians were an identifiable and vocal community of significant numbers particularly in the main Presidency towns. They were valuable to the administration of government although barred in the main from higher office. The ambition of their educated elite was to be accepted as British subjects not to be treated as native Indians an ambition which was finally rejected in the 1830s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995130

Poor Relief and ProtestantismThe Evolution of Social Welfare in Sixteenth-Century Emden This is a study of the organisation and practical operation of the system of poor relief in Emden from the late 15th century to the end of the 16th. The city went through dramatic economic confessional and constitutional changes during this period and so offers an ideal setting for the study of the emergence and development of a highly organised multi-jurisdictional system of social welfare in the early modern period. Utilising account books church council minutes wills contracts correspondence and guild records it focuses on the day-to-day operation of poor relief - how the many diverse institutions actually functioned. As elsewhere in Europe the Reformation did not immediately result in swift changes in poor relief; the Roman Catholic components of the administration of social welfare were dissolved and replaced gradually. It was only when the vast changes in religious social and economic life which occurred at the middle of the 16th century forced matters that the methods of relief for the needy were revolutionised. The city was flooded with refugees from the Dutch revolt there were widespread and severe economic difficulties caused by bad harvests and skyrocketing prices and the church underwent a period of intense Calvinisation; only then were Reformed institutions and methods introduced. At times religious arguments dominated the poor relief debate while at others the social welfare system was barely affected; the effectiveness of the new systems and institutions is illuminated by an analysis of the recipients of relief during the second half of the 16th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246475

Poor Relief or Poor Deal?The Social Fund Safety Nets and Social Security The social fund has been a controversial instrument of social policy in the UK since its introduction in 1988. This book brings together new research and debate on the role and effect of the social fund in relieving poverty and introduces evidence from the wider European field to allow comparison to be made with other countries' experience of providing a 'safety net' for their poorest citizens. This book opens up for wider discussion the question of how to provide help for disadvantaged groups and individuals at times of financial crisis. Addressing practical questions about how such schemes work (or fail to work) effectively the book also provides the basis for more general consideration of the overall objectives which they are expected to meet. This will contribute to new thinking about the policy goals of the social fund and other emergency payment schemes and their role in meeting broader aspirations such as cohesion inclusion and social justice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246468

Poor Women Poor ChildrenAmerican Poverty in the 1990s This work presents the most recent data on poverty family structure and participation in welfare programmes. It analyses the causes for the continuing rise in female-headed households the high rates of poverty among such families and evaluates past present and future reform policies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315481852

Poor Women Powerful MenAmerica's Great Experiment In Family Planning Poor Women Powerful Men chronicles the achievements and subsequent failure of the Louisiana Family Health Foundation the most extensive family planning program ever to operate in the United States. Martha C. Ward's even-handed account reveals the mechanisms—of politics poverty and public health policies—at work in the perpetual controversies surrounding reproductive rights and the delivery of health care services to the poor. Ward's book begins in the early 1960s when Louisiana was among the most underdeveloped states and ranked at the bottom of all scales measuring illiteracy illegitimacy and infant mortality. Despite the free statewide Charity Hospital system many routine preventive medical and public health services were not available to poor women and their children particularly if they were black. But in the mid-1960s a visionary group of doctors and health care practitioners began to clear the hurdles erected by law church and the medical-political establishment. By 1970 they had set up the first statewide family planning program for poor people in the United States. The Louisiana experiment was a spectacular success. The Ford Rockefeller and Kellogg Foundations poured millions of dollars into the program. The Great Society and War on Poverty programs placed a high priority on the health of poor mothers and infants. With the help of the population lobby—including Planned Parenthood and the Agency for International Development—the Family Health Foundation moved into Latin America and other developing areas. But in 1974 the bubble burst. Accusations of fiscal mismanagement fraudulent statistics patronage and political payoffs led to federal indictments and jail sentences for top officials. Poor women and powerful men the black and white communities and the liberal and conservative medical factions were pitted against each other. With the collapse of the program methods for handling the epidemic of adolescent pregnancies and the high infant mortality rate reverted to the state bureaucracies. Poor Women Powerful Men is the first book-length account of the Louisiana experiment. In a clear and dispassionate voice Ward demonstrates that many of the questions raised by the experiment persist. Is family planning an answer to the cycle of poverty teenage pregnancies and infant mortality? How can the conflict between private and public delivery of medical care be resolved? Where do the reproductive rights of women fit into governmentally supported birth control programs? We seem no closer today to answering these questions than the Louisiana Family Health Foundation was more than a decade ago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283834

Poorly Performing Staff in Schools and How to Manage ThemCapability competence and motivation This book will help headteachers managers and governors diagnose and tackle poor performance where it has arisen and help them to prevent poor performance in the future.The book investigates a whole range of solutions and issues and includes detailed case-studies on: remedial action disciplinary action legal and moral issues employment law dismissals and appeals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421684

Poorly Soluble DrugsDissolution and Drug Release This book is the first text to provide a comprehensive assessment of the application of fundamental principles of dissolution and drug release testing to poorly soluble compounds and formulations. Such drug products are vis-à-vis their physical and chemical properties inherently incompatible with aqueous dissolution. However dissolution methods are required for product development and selection as well as for the fulfillment of regulatory obligations with respect to biopharmaceutical assessment and product quality understanding. The percentage of poorly soluble drugs defined in classes 2 and 4 of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS) has significantly increased in the modern pharmaceutical development pipeline. This book provides a thorough exposition of general method development strategies for such drugs including instrumentation and media selection the use of compendial and non-compendial techniques in product development and phase-appropriate approaches to dissolution development. Emerging topics in the field of dissolution are also discussed including biorelevant and biphasic dissolution the use on enzymes in dissolution testing dissolution of suspensions and drug release of non-oral products. Of particular interest to the industrial pharmaceutical professional a brief overview of the formulation and solubilization techniques employed in the development of BCS class 2 and 4 drugs to overcome solubility challenges is provided and is complemented by a collection of chapters that survey the approaches and considerations in developing dissolution methodologies for enabling drug delivery technologies including nanosuspensions lipid-based formulations and stabilized amorphous drug formulations. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745451

Poor-Quality CostImplementing Understanding and Using the Cost of Poor Quality An easy-to-read and highly informative book on an extremely important subject.Provides a road map for establishing a system for the identification and elimination of poor-quality costs.Gives management at all levels an important tool for maximization of profit eliminating the concept of optimum operating quality-cost point. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451516

Pop Art and Popular MusicJukebox Modernism This book offers an innovative and interdisciplinary approach to Pop art scholarship through a recuperation of popular music into art historical understandings of the movement. Jukebox modernism is a procedure by which Pop artists used popular music within their works to disrupt decorous modernism during the sixties. Artists including Peter Blake Pauline Boty James Rosenquist and Andy Warhol respond to popular music for reasons such as its emotional connectivity issues of fandom and identity and the pleasures and problems of looking and listening to an artwork. When we both look at and listen to Pop art essential aspects of Pop’s history that have been neglected—its sounds its women its queerness and its black subjects—come into focus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374206

Pop Culture FreaksIdentity Mass Media and Society Utilizing each chapter to present core topical and timely examples  Pop Culture Freaks highlights the tension between inclusion and individuality that lies beneath mass media and commercial culture using this tension as a point of entry to an otherwise expansive topic. He systematically considers several dimensions of identity—race class gender sexuality disability—to provide a broad overview of the field that encompasses classical and contemporary theory original data topical and timely examples and a strong pedagogical focus on methods. Pop Culture Freaks encourages students to develop further research questions and projects from the material. Both quantitative and qualitative analyses are brought to bear in Kidd's examination of the labor force for cultural production the representations of identity in cultural objects and the surprising differences in how various audiences consume and use mass culture in their everyday lives. This new revised edition includes update examples and date to reflect a constantly changing pop culture landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350875

Pop Culture FreaksIdentity Mass Media and Society Love it or hate it popular culture permeates every aspect of contemporary society. In this accessibly written introduction to the sociology of popular culture Dustin Kidd provides the tools to think critically about the cultural soup served daily by film television music print media and the internet.Utilizing each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320065

Pop Culture in Language EducationTheory Research Practice Pop Culture in Language Education provides comprehensive insight on how studies of pop culture can inform language teaching and learning. The volume offers a state-of-the-art overview of empirically informed cutting-edge research that tackles both theoretical concerns and practical implications. The book focuses on how a diverse array of pop culture artifacts such as pop and rap music movies and TV series comics and cartoons fan fiction and video games can be exploited for the development of language skills. It establishes the study of pop culture and its language as a serious subfield within language education and applied linguistics and explores how studies of pop culture its language and its non-linguistic affordances can inform language education at various levels of proficiency and with various learner populations. Presenting a broad range of quantitative and qualitative research approaches including case studies on how pop culture has been used successfully in language education in and beyond the classroom this book will be of great interest for academics researchers and students in the field of language education applied linguistics psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics as well as for language teachers and materials developers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365417

Pop Culture PanicsHow Moral Crusaders Construct Meanings of Deviance and Delinquency Moral panics reveal much about a society’s social structure and the sociology embedded in everyday life. This short text examines extreme reactions to American popular culture over the past century including crusades against comic books music and pinball machines to help convey the "sociological imagination" to undergraduates. Sternheimer creates a critical lens through which to view current and future attempts of modern-day moral crusaders who try to convince us that simple solutions—like regulating popular culture—are the answer to complex social problems. Pop Culture Panics is ideal for use in undergraduate social problems social deviance and popular culture courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748063

Pop Idols and PiratesMechanisms of Consumption and the Global Circulation of Popular Music The music industry has been waging some very significant battles in recent years reacting to numerous inter-related crises provoked by globalization digitalization and the ever more extensive commercialization of public culture. These struggles are viewed by many as central to the survival of the central mediators in the consumption of popular music. These battles are not just against piracy and the sharing of digital song files on the internet. The music industry is also struggling to find ways to compete or integrate with many other forms of entertainment including films television programmes mobile phones DVDs and video games in an extremely crowded communications environment. The battles currently being fought by the music industry are about nothing less than its continued ability to create and maintain specific kinds of profitable relationships with consumers. This book presents two inter-related cases of crisis and opportunity: the music industry's epic struggle over piracy and the 'Idol' phenomenon. Both are explicit attempts to control and justify the particular ways in which the music industry makes money from popular music through specific kinds of relationships with consumers. The battles over piracy have been fought with a remarkable collection of campaigns consisting of advice coercion and argument about what is or is not the best way to consume music. From these complicated and often contradictory campaigns we form an unusually clear picture of what many within the music industry imagine their industry to be. In a complementary way 'Idol' works to demonstrate the joy and pleasure of consuming popular music the 'right' way. By creating a series of intertwined relationships with consumers around multiple sites of consumption incorporating television radio live performance traditional print media campaigns text messaging and all manner of internet-based systems of communication and 'fan management ' the producers of 'Idol' present an ideal relationship between musicians and audiences. Instead of focusing on selling CDs the music industry's digital Achilles' heel 'Idol' has given the music industry an integrated platform for displaying its expanded palette of products and venues for consumption. When understood in specific relation to the battle against piracy Fairchild's analysis of 'Idol' and the emerging promotional cultures of the music industry it exhibits shows how multiple sites of consumption and attempts to mediate and control the circulation of popular music are being used to combat the foundational challenges facing the music industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265691

Pop Music - Technology and CreativityTrevor Horn and the Digital Revolution This highly original and accessible book draws on the author‘s personal experience as a musician producer and teacher of popular music to discuss the ways in which audio technology and musical creativity in pop music are inextricably bound together. This relationship the book argues is exemplified by the work of Trevor Horn who is widely acknowledged as the most important innovative and successful British pop record producer of the early 1980s. In the first part of the book Timothy Warner presents a definition of pop as distinct from rock music and goes on to consider the ways technological developments such as the transition from analogue to digital transform working practices and as a result impact on the creative process of producing pop. Part two analyses seven influential recordings produced by Trevor Horn between 1979 and 1985: 'Video Killed the Radio Star' (The Buggles) 'Buffalo Gals' (Malcolm McClaren) 'Owner of a Lonely Heart' (Yes) 'Relax' (Frankie Goes to Hollywood) 'Slave to the Rhythm' (Grace Jones) and albums by The Art of Noise and Propaganda. These records reveal how the creative use of technology in the modern pop recording studio has informed Horn‘s work a theme that is then explored in an extensive interview with Horn himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459694

Pop Music and Easy Listening What defines pop music? Why do we consider some styles as easier listening than others? Arranged in three parts: Aesthetics and Authenticity - Groove Sampling and Industry - Subjectivity Ethnicity and Politics this collection of essays by a group of international scholars deals with these questions in diverse ways. This volume prepares the reader for the debates around pop's intricate historical aesthetic and cultural roots. The intellectual perspectives on offer present the interdisciplinary aspects of studying music and spanning more than twenty-five years these essays form a snapshot of some of the authorial voices that have shaped the specific subject matter of pop criticism within the broader field of popular music studies. A common thread running through these essays is the topic of interpretation and its relation to conceptions of musicality subjectivity and aesthetics. The principle aim of this collection is to demonstrate that pop music needs to be evaluated on its own terms within the cultural contexts that make it meaningful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629528

Pop Music ProductionManufactured Pop and BoyBands of the 1990s Pop Music Production delves into academic depths around the culture the business the songwriting and most importantly the pop music production process. Phil Harding balances autobiographical discussion of events and relationships with academic analysis to offer poignant points on the value of pure popular music particularly in relation to BoyBands and how creative pop production and songwriting teams function. Included here are practical resources such as recording studio equipment lists producer business deal examples and a 12-step mixing technique where Harding expands upon previously released material to explain how ‘Stay Another Day’ by East 17 changed his approach to mixing forever. However it is important to note that Harding almost downplays his involvement in his career. At no point is he center stage; he humbly discusses his position within the greater scheme of events. Pop Music Production offers cutting-edge analysis of a genre rarely afforded academic attention. This book is aimed at lecturers and students in the subject fields of Music Production Audio Engineering Music Technology Popular Songwriting Studies and Popular Music Culture. It is suitable for all levels of study from FE students through to PhD researchers. Pop Music Production is also designed as a follow-up to Harding’s first book PWL from the Factory Floor (2010 Cherry Red Books) a memoir of his time working with 1980s pop production and songwriting powerhouse Stock Aitken Waterman at PWL Studios. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392811

Pop MusicTechnology and Creativity - Trevor Horn and the Digital Revolution This title was first published in 2003.This highly original and accessible book draws on the author’s personal experience as a musician producer and teacher of popular music to discuss the ways in which audio technology and musical creativity in pop music are inextricably bound together. This relationship the book argues is exemplified by the work of Trevor Horn who is widely acknowledged as the most important innovative and successful British pop record producer of the early 1980s. In the first part of the book Timothy Warner presents a definition of pop as distinct from rock music and goes on to consider the ways technological developments such as the transition from analogue to digital transform working practices and as a result impact on the creative process of producing pop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711556

Pop MusicTechnology and Creativity - Trevor Horn and the Digital Revolution This title was first published in 2003.This highly original and accessible book draws on the author’s personal experience as a musician producer and teacher of popular music to discuss the ways in which audio technology and musical creativity in pop music are inextricably bound together. This relationship the book argues is exemplified by the work of Trevor Horn who is widely acknowledged as the most important innovative and successful British pop record producer of the early 1980s. In the first part of the book Timothy Warner presents a definition of pop as distinct from rock music and goes on to consider the ways technological developments such as the transition from analogue to digital transform working practices and as a result impact on the creative process of producing pop. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315198941

Pop PagansPaganism and Popular Music Paganism is rapidly becoming a religious creative and political force internationally. It has found one of its most public expressions in popular music where it is voiced by singers and musicians across rock folk techno goth metal Celtic world and pop music. With essays ranging across the US UK continental Europe Australia and Asia 'Pop Pagans' assesses the histories genres performances and communities of pagan popular music. Over time paganism became associated with the counter culture satanic and gothic culture rave and festival culture ecological consciousness and spirituality and new ageism. Paganism has used music to express a powerful and even transgressive force in everyday life. 'Pop Pagans' examines the many artists and movements which have contributed to this growing phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656479

Pope This collection of essays represents some of the best critical thinking on Pope in recent years. Professor Hammond examines the main issues in the debate in particular why Pope's writing has been so resistant to modern methodologies such as deconstruction.The essays focus on particular poems or themes and exemplify different theoretical perspectives both traditional and modern. The editor's notes clarify the differences that exist and what those differences can teach the student about theory in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158931

Pope Homer and ManlinessSome Aspects of Eighteenth Century Classical Learning The author here reassesses the concept of ‘masculinity’ and argues that it cannot be seen as an absolute standard but only as the product of perpetual conflict between competing and unstable models. The argument is sustained by a close reading of the problematic conflict between gendered values in eighteenth-century classical learning. Pope’s Homer ensured the continuation of the tradition of using the Iliad and Odyssey to teach privileged boys how to become more ‘manly’. This book examines this pedagogy in its socio-literary context and concludes that Pope’s Homer emerges as a relic of the struggle to preserve masculine dignity from the encroachments of feminine values in the text. This knowledge of classical and early modern literature has rarely been brought to bear on gender studies. First published in 1993 it remains a valuable contribution to debates concerning the reception of the Classical tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979062

Pope Alexander III (1159–81)The Art of Survival Alexander III was one of the most important popes of the Middle Ages and his papacy (1159-81) marked a significant watershed in the history of the Western Church and society. This book provides a long overdue reassessment of his papacy and his achievements bringing together thirteen essays which review existing scholarship and present the latest research and new perspectives. Individual chapters cover topics such as Alexander's many contributions to the law of the Church which had a major impact upon Western society notably on marriage his relations with Byzantium and the extension of papal authority at the peripheries of the West in Spain Northern Europe and the Holy Land. But dominant are the major clashes between secular and spiritual authority: the confrontation between Henry II of England and Thomas Becket after which Alexander eventually secured the king's co-operation and the pope's eighteen-year conflict with the German emperor Frederick I. Both the papacy and the Western Church emerged as stronger institutions from this struggle largely owing to Alexander's leadership and resilience: he truly mastered the art of survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601966

Pope Benedict XVI and the Politics of Modernity In Benedict XVI and the Politics of Modernity distinguished scholars from North America and Europe examine Pope Benedict XVI’s searching reflections on the challenges and prospects facing modern Western society. For more than five decades Joseph Ratzinger/Pope Benedict XVI has made the subject of the continued health and vitality of Western civilization a focal point of his reflections. From his early (1968) Introduction to Christianity to his later (2005) Values in a Time of Upheaval the Pope has argued that the preservation of the social political scientific and spiritual way of life that characterizes modern Western societies hinges upon our rediscovery of the unique roots and distinctive nature of Western civilization. Focusing on Pope Benedict XVI’s nuanced account as to why the modern West cannot currently afford to forget or neglect its premodern Hellenic and Christian roots this book will interest religious and nonreligious people who are concerned about the future of democracy and religion in contemporary Western societies. This book was based on a special issue of Perpsectives on Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637145

Pope Celestine III (1191–1198)Diplomat and Pastor Hyacinth Bobone (c. 1105-1198) was one of the great figures of twelfth-century Europe. Active in the Roman Curia from the 1120s a student in Paris and associated with both Peter Abelard and Arnold of Brescia he was made cardinal deacon of Santa Maria in Cosmedin in 1144 and served there during forty-seven years before being elected as pope in 1191. As curial cardinal and as papal legate in France Spain Portugal and the Empire he was deeply involved in many of the major political conflicts and ecclesiastical reforms of his time. As pope he contended with formidable secular rulers and serious setbacks for the crusading movement. His pontificate saw particularly notable developments in the fields of canon law and canonization policy while his Roman origins influenced his artistic patronage in Rome and his attitude to the city's Jews. Yet this remarkable pope has been overshadowed by his celebrated successor Pope Innocent III (1198-1216) and there has been no full-length study of his life since 1905. The fourteen studies presented here offer a fresh look at Hyacinth's early life in Rome Paris and as legate explain his relationship as cardinal and pope with the Christian kings examine his promotion of the crusade in the Holy Land on the Baltic Frontier and in the Iberian Peninsula and analyze his role as pastor and reformer. These articles written by leading experts in their respective fields inform us not only on the life of an exceptional churchman but also of the vibrant and rapidly changing times in which he lived. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246451

Pope Innocent II (1130-43)The World vs the City The pontificate of Innocent II (1130-1143) has long been recognized as a watershed in the history of the papacy marking the transition from the age of reform to the so-called papal monarchy when an earlier generation of idealistic reformers gave way to hard-headed pragmatists intent on securing worldly power for the Church. Whilst such a conception may be a cliché its effect has been to concentrate scholarship more on the schism of 1130 and its effects than on Innocent II himself. This volume puts Innocent at the centre bringing together the authorities in the field to give an overarching view of his pontificate which was very important in terms of the internationalization of the papacy the internal development of the Roman Curia the integrity of the papal state and the governance of the local church as well as vital to the development of the Kingdom of Sicily and the Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879167

Pope Innocent III and his World The year 1998 was the 800th anniversary of the election of Lotario dei Conti di Segni as Pope. At 37 he was one of the youngest men ever to hold that office and he was to become one of the most important popes in the entire history of Christianity. Together with Gregory VII he was one of the two most important popes of the Middle Ages. In his efforts to promote Christianity and defend it from its enemies Innocent played a role in the history of almost every part of Europe and its environs. He initiated both the ill-fated Fourth Crusade that ended up sacking the Greek Christian city of Constantinople and the Albigensian Crusade that devastated major parts of Southern France and led to its submission to the French crown. He promoted the crusades that accomplished the conquest and conversion of the pagans of the south Baltic coast. These papers are taken from the interdisciplinary conference Pope Innocent III and his World held in May 1997 at the Hofstra University Cultural Center New York. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246444

Popes Church and Jews in the Middle AgesConfrontation and Response The theme uniting the essays reprinted here is the attitude of the medieval Church and in particular the papacy toward the Jewish population of Western Europe. Papal consistency sometimes sorely tried in observing the canons and the principles announced by St Paul - that Jews were to be a permanent if disturbing part of Christian life - helped balance the anxiety felt by members of the Church. Clerics especially feared what they called Jewish pollution. These themes are the focus of the studies in the first part of this volume. Those in the second part explore aspects of Jewish society and family life as both were shaped by medieval realities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375116

Popper Hayek and the Open Society This is the first book to compare Karl Popper and Friedrich Hayek systematically and critically assess their contribution to the political philosophy of the Open Society. Hayes compares and contrasts their views on three key areas relevant to their political philosophy; first their views on scientific method their views on philosophy of social science and then their moral philosophy including their meta-ethical views. The author focuses on their contributions to social science methodology their ethical views about negative utilitarianism and negative rights and their contrasting views on Utopianism. He finishes by arguing that their versions of liberal political philosophy are both immune to Alastair MacIntyre's critique of liberal individualism and also meet his challenge to the Enlightenment project. Hayes' position is generally controversial in that he defends Popper and Hayek in areas where they are almost universally criticized namely Hayek's notion of the meaninglessness of social justice and Popper's claim that there is no need for induction in either scientific reasoning or common sense reasoning. One main finding in this book concerns the two major problems that bedevil modern philosophy: induction and the is-ought problem. The author proposes an original solution to the is-ought problem as well to the infinite regress problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011496

Popper and Economic MethodologyContemporary Challenges This new book under the impressive editorship of Thomas Boylan and Paschal O'Gorman explores a number of major themes central to the work of Karl Popper. The tensions that have resulted from Popperian thought are well documented. How can mainstream orthodox economics be falsifiable while privileging its core of rationality as unquestionable? This book includes expert contributions from thinkers such as Tony Lawson K. Vela Velupillai and John McCall who discuss this issue with renewed academic rigour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758680

Popper CbPopper First published in 1974. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760249

Popper’s Approach to EducationA Cornerstone of Teaching and Learning Challenging the theory of induction in teacher education this book proposes a knowledge-building framework based on the critical rationalism of philosopher of science Karl Popper. The Objective Knowledge Growth Framework developed in this book is designed to be an effective critical analysis framework for empowering teachers and schools to build and share professional knowledge. This book is essential reading for educational scholars researchers professionals policymakers and all those interested in exploring the application of Popperian philosophy to the field of education and re-envisioning educational practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381853

Popper’s Critical RationalismA Philosophical Investigation Popper’s Critical Rationalism presents Popper’s views on science knowledge and inquiry and examines the significance and tenability of these in light of recent developments in philosophy of science philosophy of probability and epistemology. It develops a fresh and novel philosophical position on science which employs key insights from Popper while rejecting other elements of his philosophy. Central theses include: Crucial questions about scientific method arise at the level of the group rather than that of the individual. Although criticism is vital for science dogmatism is important too. Belief in scientific theories is permissible even in the absence of evidence in their favour. The aim of science is to eliminate false theories. Critical rationalism can be understood as a form of virtue epistemology Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850063

Popper's LegacyRethinking Politics Economics and Science The work of Karl Popper has had extraordinary influence across the fields of scientific and social thought. Widely regarded as one of the greatest philosophers of science of the twentieth century he was also a highly influential social and political philosopher a proponent and defender of the "open society". "Popper's Legacy" examines Popper in the round analysing in particular his moral and psychological insights. Once Popper's scientific legacy is couched in political and moral terms it becomes apparent that his concern for individual autonomy does not come at the expense of institutional guidelines and social conventions. Instead these guidelines turn out to be essential sanctions for individual freedom. Popper envisions the conduct of the scientific community as paralleling the conduct of any democratically established community. Critical rationality guides the words and actions of all participants and leadership can be replaced without violence. In presenting a critical overview "Popper's Legacy" reveals the debt many intellectual movements - such as Marxism feminism and postmodernism - still owe to Popper. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712031

Popular American Recording Pioneers1895-1925 Encounter the trailblazers whose recordings expanded the boundaries of technology and brought “popular” music into America's living rooms!Popular American Recording Pioneers: 1895--1925 (winner of the 2001 Association for Recorded Sound Collections Award of Excellence in Historical Recorded Sound Research) covers the lives and careers of over one hundred musical artists who were especially important to the recording industry in its early years. Here are the men and women who brought into American homes the hits of the day--Tin Pan Alley numbers Broadway show tunes ragtime parlor ballads early jazz and dance music of all kinds.Popular American Recording Pioneers: 1895--1925 compiles rare information that was scattered in hundreds of record catalogs hobbyist magazines newspaper clippings phonograph trade journals and other sources. Look no further! This volume is the ultimate resource on the subject!You will increase your knowledge in these areas: the recording industry's formative years artists’personalities and musical styles popular music history history of recording technologyPopular American Recording Pioneers: 1895--1925 provides a unique “who's who” approach to popular music history. It is the definitive work on the music that was popular during America's coming of age. No music historian should be without this volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058497

Popular Autocracy in Greece 1936-1941A Political Biography of General Ioannis Metaxas The first major political biography of General Ioannis Metaxas who assumed dictatorial power in Greece in 1936 and oversaw the resistance to the Italian invasion in the Second World War. As a political portrait of the man the book puts much emphasis on the early career of Metaxas and his journey to state power from 1920 to 1936. Drawing heavily on original Greek sources the book makes extensive use of Metaxa's diary his correspondence and the evidence of his close friends and associates. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760956

Popular Buddhism in JapanBuddhist Religion & Culture With a foreword by Prof. Alfred Bloom. This completely new study of Japanese Shin Buddhism offers a valuable combination of historical development carefully selected readings with commentaries and illustrations. Widely welcomed both for its scope as course work reader and as a general introduction to the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315073460

Popular Children’s Literature in Britain The astonishing success of J.K. Rowling and other contemporary children's authors has demonstrated how passionately children can commit to the books they love. But this kind of devotion is not new. This timely volume takes up the challenge of assessing the complex interplay of forces that have created the popularity of children's books both today and in the past. The essays collected here ask about the meanings and values that have been ascribed to the term 'popular'. They consider whether popularity can be imposed or if it must always emerge from children's preferences. And they investigate how the Harry Potter phenomenon fits into a repeated cycle of success and decline within the publishing industry. Whether examining eighteenth-century chapbooks fairy tales science schoolbooks Victorian adventures waif novels or school stories these essays show how historical and publishing contexts are vital in determining which books will succeed and which will fail which bestsellers will endure and which will fade quickly into obscurity. As they considering the fiction of Angela Brazil Enid Blyton Roald Dahl and J.K. Rowling the contributors carefully analyse how authorial talent and cultural contexts combine in often unpredictable ways to generate - and sometimes even sustain - literary success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276710

Popular Cinema and Politics in South IndiaThe Films of MGR and Rajinikanth This work breaks new ground in the understanding of South Indian cinema and politics. Through incisive analysis and original concepts it illustrates the private public and cinematic personas of MGR and Rajinikanth. It challenges the popular and scholarly myths surrounding them and shows the constant negotiation of their on-screen and off-screen identities. The book revisits the entire political history of post-Independent Tamil Nadu through its cinema and presents a refreshing psycho-political and cultural map of contemporary South India. This absorbing volume will be an important read for scholars teachers and students of film studies culture and media studies and politics especially those interested in South India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815373179

Popular Cinema in BengalGenre Stars Public Cultures Popular Cinema in Bengal marks a decisive turn in studies of Bengali language cinema by shifting the focus from auteur and text-based studies to exhaustive readings of the film industry. The book covers a wide range of themes and issues including: generic tropes (like comedy and action); iconic figurations (of the detective and the city); (female) stars such as Kanan Bala Sadhana Bose and Aparna Sen; intensities of public debates (subjects of high and low cultures taste viewership gender and sexuality); print cultures (including posters magazines and song-booklets); cinematic spaces; and trans-media and trans-cultural traffic. By locating cinema within the crosscurrents of geo-political transformations  the book highlights the new and persuasive research that has materialised over the last decade. The authors raise pertinent questions regarding 'regional' cinema as a category in relation to 'national' cinema models and trace the non-linear journey of the popular via multiple (media) trajectories. They address subjects of physicality sexuality and its representations industrial change spaces of consumption and cinema’s meandering directions through global circuits and low-end networks. Highlighting the ever-changing contours of cinema in Bengal in all its popular forms and proposing a new historiography Popular Cinema in Bengal will be of great interest to scholars of film studies and South-Asian popular culture. The chapters were originally published in the journal South Asian History and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330828

Popular Communication Piracy and Social Change Digital piracy cultures and peer-to-peer technologies combined to spark transformations in audio-visual distribution between the late 1990s and the mid-2000s. Digital piracy also inspired the creation of a global anti-piracy law and policy regime and counter-movements such as the Swedish and German Pirate Parties. These trends provide starting points for a wide-ranging debate about the prospects for deep and lasting changes in social life enabled by piratical technology practices. This edited volume brings together contemporary scholarship in communication and media studies addressing piracy as a recombinant feature of popular communication technological innovation and communication law and policy. An international collection of contributors highlights key debates about piracy popular communication and social change and provides a lasting resource for global media studies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Popular Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030056

Popular Contention in Great Britain 1758-1834 'A rich and thoughtful book.' History 'A magnificent empirical resource accompanied by a subtle and powerful framework of interpretation...It is not often that historical scholarship is so effectively harnessed to the sociological imagination.' American Journal of Sociology 'This is a masterpiece of social movement analysis by an author at the peak of his analytical powers making full use of one of the most extensive evidence files available.' Mobilization Between 1750 and 1840 ordinary British people abandoned such time-honored forms of protest as collective seizures of grain the sacking of buildings public humiliation and physical abuse in favor of marches petition drives public meetings and other sanctioned routines of social movement politics. The change created - for the first time anywhere - mass participation in national politics. Charles Tilly is the first to address the depth and significance of the transformations in popular collective action during this period. The author elucidates four distinct phases in the transformation to mass political participation and identifies the forms and occasions for collective action that characterized and dominated each. He provides rich descriptions not only of a wide variety of popular protests but also of such influential figures as John Wilkes Lord George Gordon William Cobbett and Daniel O'Connell. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467811

Popular Culture Research in and around popular culture continues to flourish. And its study is more than ever a key component of Media and Communications Studies courses and a vital part of Cultural Studies and Cultural Sociology curricula. The sheer scale of the available research exploring popular culture—and the breadth and complexity of the canon on which it draws—makes this new four-volume Routledge collection especially timely. It answers the urgent need for a wide-ranging collection which provides ready access to the key items of scholarly literature material that is often inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books from a broad range of disciplines. Volume I (‘History and Theory’) brings together the best work on the rise of popular culture as a subject for serious academic study uncovering its roots and exploring its rapid development in the years after the Second World War. Key debates (e.g. between base and superstructure hegemony and control colonialism and postcolonialism) are traced to provide users with a clear understanding of the foundational approaches that inform the more applied examinations of popular culture in the succeeding volumes. Volume II assembles the most important thinking on ‘Ideology and Representation’ including work drawn from feminism structuralism post-structuralism and postmodernism. Volume III gathers crucial work on ‘Fissures and Fusions’ while the last volume in the set is organized around ‘Critical Departures’. Popular Culture is supplemented with a full index and includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is destined to be valued by scholars and advanced students as a vital research and reference resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415577045

Popular Culture Pedagogy and Teacher EducationInternational perspectives The integration of popular culture into education is a pervasive theme at all educational levels and in all subject areas. Popular Culture Pedagogy and Teacher Education explores how ‘popular culture’ and ‘education’ come together and interact in research and practice from an interdisciplinary perspective. The international case studies in this edited volume address issues related to: how popular culture ‘teaches’ our students and what they learn from it outside the classroom how popular culture connects education to students’ lives how teachers ‘use’ popular culture in educational settings how far teachers should shape what students learn from engagement with popular culture in school how teacher educators can help teachers integrate popular culture into their teaching Providing vivid accounts of students teachers and teacher educators and drawing out the pedagogical implications of their work this book will appeal to teachers and teacher educators who are searching for practical answers to the questions that the integration of popular culture into education poses for their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696440

Popular Culture Political Economy and the Death of FeminismWhy women are in refrigerators and other stories While some have argued that we live in a ‘postfeminist’ era that renders feminism irrelevant to people’s contemporary lives this book takes ‘feminism’ the source of eternal debate contestation and ambivalence and situates the term within the popular cultural practices of everyday life. It explores the intimate connections between the politics of feminism and the representational practices of contemporary popular culture examining how feminism is ‘made sensible’ through visual imagery and popular culture representations. It investigates how popular culture is produced represented and consumed to reproduce the conditions in which feminism is valued or dismissed and asks whether antifeminism exists in commodity form and is commercially viable. Written in an accessible style and analysing a broad range of popular culture artefacts (including commercial advertising printed and digital news-related journalism and commentary music film television programming websites and social media) this book will be of use to students researchers and practitioners of International Relations International Political Economy and gender cultural and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719384

Popular Culture and Acquisitions Here is an accessible book containing strategies to help librarians expand their popular culture collections in an organized manner. Many publications explain why libraries should collect popular culture materials; this one explains how. Packed full of useful information Popular Culture and Acquisitions provides numerous practical approaches to collecting this ever-expanding often unwieldy mass of information. It aids both beginning and experienced librarians as they sort through the vast array of materials available to them. Discussions ranging from what to collect and how to collect it to what to do with the material once it’s obtained give librarians solid information on how to establish cohesive popular culture collections.Chapters provide first-hand advice on: the importance of collection development policies problems of budgets storage and preservation working with donors methods of resource sharing what to collect for whom and for what purposes the struggle for legitimacy competition from collectors and fans locating obscure acquisitions or review sourcesPopular Culture and Acquisitions also includes chapters on how to acquire specific types of popular culture materials such as children’s series books comic books mystery and detective fiction popular recordings romance novels and tabloids. Librarians attempting to collect such materials systematically will find this book to be an invaluable guide for their efforts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859552

Popular Culture and Critical PedagogyReading Constructing Connecting This collection attempts to incorporate cultural studies into the understanding of schooling not simply addressing how students read themselves as "members" of a distinct culture but how they along with teachers and administrators read popular texts in general. The purpose of this book is to suggest some alternative directions critical pedagogy can take in its critique of popular culture by inviting multiple reading of popular texts into its analysis of schooling and seeing many forms of popular culture as critical pedagogical texts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203905296

Popular Culture and Custom in Nineteenth-Century England First published in 1982 this book is concerned with the tensions between continuity and change in customs rituals beliefs of artisans factory workers and sections of the lower middle classes in the nineteenth century. It explores a range of factors which contributed to changes in custom including the effects of urbanisation conflict over the use of public land new conceptions of public order the decline of the oral tradition and the growth of a new recreational nexus in the larger cities. Drawing on material from all parts of the British Isles the book demonstrates the enormous variety and diversity of popular tradition. This book will be of interest to those studying Victorian history.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665453

Popular Culture and Law What are the consequences when law's stories and images migrate from the courtroom to the court of public opinion and from movie television and computer screens back to electronic monitors inside the courtroom itself? What happens when lawyers and public relations experts market notorious legal cases and controversial policy issues as if they were just another commodity? What is the appropriate relationship between law and digital culture in virtual worlds on the Internet? In addressing these cutting edge issues the essays in this volume shed new light on the current status and future fate of law truth and justice in our time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089645

Popular Culture and Legal PluralismNarrative as Law Drawing upon theories of critical legal pluralism and psychological theories of narrative identity this book argues for an understanding of popular culture as legal authority unmediated by translation into state law. In narrating our identities we draw upon collective cultural narratives and our narrative/nomos obligational selves become the nexus for law and popular culture as mutually constitutive discourse.The author demonstrates the efficacy and desirability of applying a pluralist legal analysis to examine a much broader scope of subject matter than is possible through the restricted perspective of state law alone. The study considers whether presumptively illegal acts might actually be instances of a re-imagined alternative legality and the concomitant implications. As an illustrative example works of critical dystopia and the beliefs and behaviours of eco/animal-terrorists can be understood as shared narrative and normative commitments that constitute law just as fully as does the state when it legislates and adjudicates.This book will be of great interest to academics and scholars of law and popular culture as well as those involved in interdisciplinary work in legal pluralism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596392

Popular Culture and Representations of Literacy Movies are filled with scenes of people of all ages sexes races and social classes reading and writing in widely varied contexts and purposes. Yet these scenes go largely unnoticed despite the fact that these images recreate and reinforce pervasive concepts and perceptions of literacy. This book addresses how everyday literacy practices are represented in popular culture specifically in mainstream widely-distributed contemporary movies. If we watch films carefully for who reads and writes in what settings and for what social goals we can see a reflection of the dominant functions and perceptions that shape our conceptions of literacy in our culture. Such perceptions influence public and political debates about literacy instruction teachers' expectations of what will happen in their classrooms and student's ideas about what reading and writing should be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514118

Popular Culture and Social ChangeThe Hidden Work of Public Relations Popular Culture and Social Change: The Hidden Work of Public Relations argues the complicated and contradictory relationship between public relations popular culture and social change is a neglected theoretical project. Its diverse chapters identify ways in which public relations influences the production of popular culture and how alternative often community-driven conceptualisations of public relations work can be harnessed for social change and in pursuit of social justice. This book opens up critical scholarship on public relations in that it moves beyond corporate understandings and perspectives to explore alternative and eclectic communicative cultures in part to consider a more optimistic conceptualisation of public relations as a resource for progressive social change. Fitch and Motion began with an interest in identifying the ways in which public relations both draws on and influences the production of popular culture by creating promoting and amplifying particular narratives and images. The chapters in this book consider how public relations creates popular cultures that are deeply compromised and commercialised but at the same time can be harnessed to advocate for social change in supporting reproducing challenging or resisting the status quo. Drawing on critical and sociocultural perspectives this book is an important resource for researchers educators and students exploring public relations theory strategic communication and promotional culture. It investigates the entanglement of public relations popular culture and social change in different social cultural and political contexts – from fashion and fortune telling to race activism and aesthetic labour – in order to better understand the (often subterranean) societal influence of public relations activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702806

Popular Culture and the Austerity MythHard Times Today Contemporary popular culture is engaged in a rich and multi-levelled set of representational relations with austerity. This volume seeks to explore these relations to ask: how does popular culture give expression to austerity; how are its effects conveyed; how do texts reproduce and expose its mythic qualities? It provides a reading of cultural texts in circulation in the present ‘age of austerity’. Through its central focus—popular culture—it considers the impact and influence of austerity across media and textual categories. The collection presents a theoretical deconstruction of popular culture’s reproduction of and response to mythical expressions of ‘austerity’ in Western culture spanning the United Kingdom North America Europe and the Middle East and textual events from political media discourse music videogames social media film television journalism folk art food protest movements slow media and the practice of austerity in everyday life Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874384

Popular Culture and the State in East and Southeast Asia This volume examines the relations between popular culture production and export and the state in East and Southeast Asia including the urban centres and middle-classes of Taiwan South Korea Japan Singapore Indonesia Malaysia China Thailand and the Philippines. It addresses the shift in official thinking toward the role of popular culture in the political life of states brought about by the massive circulation of cultural commodities and the possibilities for attaining "soft power". In contrast to earlier studies this volume pays particular attention to the role of states and cross-state cultural interactions in these processes. It is the first major attempt to look at these issues comparatively and to provide an important corrective to the limitations of existing scholarship on popular culture in Asia that have usually neglected its political aspects. As part of this move the essays in this volume suggest a widening of disciplinary perspectives. Hitherto the preponderance of relevant studies has been in cultural and media fields anthropology or history. Here the contributors explicitly draw on other disciplinary perspectives – political science and international relations political economy law and policy studies – to explore the complex interrelationships between the state politics and economics and popular culture. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Asian culture society and politics the sociology of culture political science and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138017108

Popular Culture and the Transformation of Japan–Korea Relations This book presents essays exploring the ways in which popular culture reflects and engenders ongoing changes in Japan–Korea relations. Through a broad temporal coverage from the colonial period to the contemporary the book’s chapters analyse the often contradictory roles that popular culture has played in either promoting or impeding nationalisms regional conflict and reconciliations between Japan and Korea. Its contributors link several key areas of interest in East Asian Studies including conflicts over historical memories and cultural production grassroots challenges to state ideology and the consequences of digital technology in Japan and South Korea. Taking recent discourse on Japan and South Korea as popular cultural superpowers further this book expands its focus from mainstream entertainment media to the lived experience of daily life in which sentiments and perceptions of the "popular" are formed. It will be useful to students and scholars of Japanese and Korean studies as well as film studies media studies and cultural studies more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024444

Popular Culture as Everyday Life In Popular Culture and Everyday Life Phillip Vannini and Dennis Waskul have brought together a variety of short essays that illustrate the many ways that popular culture intersects with mundane experiences of everyday life. Most essays are written in a reflexive ethnographic style primarily through observation and personal narrative to convey insights at an intimate level that will resonate with most readers.  Some of the topics are so mundane they are legitimately universal (sleeping getting dressed going to the bathroom etc.) others are common enough that most readers will directly identify in some way (watching television using mobile phones playing video games etc.) while some topics will appeal more-or-less depending on a reader’s gender interests and recreational pastimes (putting on makeup watching the Super Bowl homemaking etc.). This book will remind readers of their own similar experiences provide opportunities to reflect upon them in new ways as well as compare and contrast how experiences relayed in these pages relate to lived experiences. The essays will easily translate into rich and lively classroom discussions that shed new light on a familiar taken-for-granted everyday life—both individually and collectively. At the beginning of the book the authors have provided a grid that shows the topics and themes that each article touches on.  This book is for popular culture classes and will also be an asset in courses on the sociology of everyday life ethnography and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833395

Popular Culture in a New Age With a Foreword by Dr. Fishwick's student--Tom Wolfe.This book redefines popular culture in the light of the revolutionary changes brought about by the information revolution and the digital divide. It explores the phenomenal growth and extension of popular culture in the last decade and ties in the vast changes brought about by technology and the Internet. In an era when American television and the Internet reach virtually every corner of the globe Popular Culture in a New Age shows how the poorly understood and often underestimated area known as popular culture affects all of our lives.Beginning with an evaluation of the millennium celebrations and the enormous error of Y2K madness Popular Culture in a New Age then moves on to the “New Gold Rush” brought about by technology and takes a hard look at its risks. The book examines a wide variety of pop culture phenomena such as carnivals celebrities and the road from nineteenth century humbuggery (P. T. Barnum's term) to today's hype.In Popular Culture in a New Age you'll learn about: the three faces of popular culture: folk fake and pop--how they relate and how they differ today's popular icons the empire of Disney World Marshall McLuhan our era's most profound and shocking electronic thinker African-American popular culture and stylePopular Culture in a New Age gives characterization to the postmodern world in a chapter on “postmodern pop ” followed by the shift from civil religion to civil disobedience and the “myth of success.” This insightful book will help you understand the way we eat think vote and respond to our fast-changing world in the era of hype spin doctors chat rooms and jargon. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865119

Popular Culture in AfricaThe Episteme of the Everyday This volume marks the 25th anniversary of Karin Barber’s ground-breaking article "Popular Arts in Africa" which stimulated new debates about African popular culture and its defining categories. Focusing on performances audiences social contexts and texts contributors ask how African popular cultures contribute to the formation of an episteme. With chapters on theater Nollywood films blogging and music and sports discourses as well as on popular art forms urban and youth cultures and gender and sexuality the book highlights the dynamism and complexity of contemporary popular cultures in sub-Saharan Africa. Focusing on the streets of Africa especially city streets where different cultures and cultural personalities meet the book asks how the category of "the people" is identified and interpreted by African culture-producers politicians religious leaders and by "the people" themselves. The book offers a nuanced strongly historicized perspective in which African popular cultures are regarded as vehicles through which we can document ordinary people’s vitality and responsiveness to political and social transformations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548992

Popular Culture In ChileResistance And Survival First published in 1991. An implicit thesis of this volume is that popular culture in Chile is more than the total of many individual biographies. It requires a new analysis of society as a whole and of social change. Too often political scientists and other social analysts have seen social change as proceeding from the top down. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283841

Popular Culture in Early Modern Europe The concept of cultural history has in the last few decades come to the fore of historical research into early modern Europe. Due in no small part to the pioneering work of Peter Burke the tools of the cultural historian are now routinely brought to bear on every aspect of history and have transformed our understanding of the past. First published in 1978 this study examines the broad sweep of pre-industrial Europe's popular culture. From the world of the professional entertainer to the songs stories rituals and plays of ordinary people it shows how the attitudes and values of the otherwise inarticulate shaped - and were shaped by - the shifting social religious and political conditions of European society between 1500 and 1800. This third edition of Peter Burke's groundbreaking study has been published to mark the thirtieth anniversary of the book's publication in 1978. It provides a new introduction reflecting the growth of cultural history and its increasing influence on 'mainstream' history as well as an extensive supplementary bibliography which further adds to the information about new research in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418318

Popular Culture in TaiwanCharismatic Modernity The growing field of popular culture studies in Taiwan can be divided into two distinct academic trends; a different analytical framework is used to examine either locally oriented popular culture or transnational pop culture. This volume combine these two academic trends firstly by revealing that localized popular culture in Taiwan is in many ways a merging of Chinese Japanese American and indigenous cultures and therefore is a form of hybridity that arose long before the term became popular. Secondly the chapters show that the transnational character of Taiwan’s pop culture is one of the more important ways that it distinguishes itself from mainland China. In other words it is precisely Taiwan’s transnational hybrid character that helps to define it as a distinctive local space. The contributors explore how traditional Chinese influences modern localized lives in Taiwan localized identity culture and politics as a contested domain with Chinese and traditional Taiwanese identities and Taiwan’s localization process as contesting Taiwan’s gravitation towards globalized Western culture. Including chapters on baseball poetry puppets and Harry Potter Popular Culture in Taiwan is an accessible and stimulating read for those studying the culture and society of Taiwan and China as well as cultural studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855099

Popular Culture in the ClassroomTeaching and Researching Critical Media Literacy This book is written for teachers researchers and theorists who have grown up in a world radically different from that of the students they teach and study. It considers the possibilities involved in teaching critical media literacy using popular culture and explore what such teaching might look like in your classroom. Published by International Reading Association Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423367

Popular Culture in the Middle East and North AfricaA Postcolonial Outlook This book explores the body and the production process of popular culture in and on the Middle East and North Africa Turkey and Iran in the first decade of the 21st century and up to the current historical moment. Essays consider gender racial political and cultural issues in film cartoons music dance  photo-tattoos graphic novels fiction and advertisements. Contributors to the volume span an array of specializations ranging across literary postcolonial gender media and Middle Eastern studies and contextualize their views within a larger historical and political moment analyzing the emergence of a popular expression in the Middle East and North Africa region in recent years and drawing conclusions pertaining to the direction of popular culture within a geopolitical context. The importance of this book lies in presenting a fresh perspective on popular culture combining media that are not often combined and offering a topical examination of recent popular production aiming to counter stereotypical representations of Islamophobia and otherness by bringing together the perspectives of scholars from different cultural backgrounds and disciplines. The collection shows that popular culture can effect changes and alter perceptions and stereotypes constituting an area where people of different ethnicities genders and orientations can find common grounds for expression and connection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779334

Popular CulturePast and Present First Published in 1981. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315002408

Popular Cultures in England 1550-1750 Explores the important aspects of popular cultures during the period 1550 to 1750. Barry Reay investigates the dominant beliefs and attitudes across all levels of society as well as looking at different age gender and religious groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144156

Popular CultureThe Metropolitan Experience First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156319

Popular Disturbances in England 1700-1832 John Stevenson has revised and expanded his standard but long-unobtainable work on Popular Protest and Public Order 1700-1870 in two self-sufficient volumes. The first (1700-1832) appeared in 1992; this is its keenly-awaited sequel. The greater part of it is entirely new and brings the analysis of popular disturbance -- and its political and economic roots -- through to modern times. Tracing the theme through from the Chartists of the late 1830s to the British Union of Fascists in the late 1930s it highlights both the changing agendas and the unchanging tensions that underlie social disorder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155626

Popular Education and Socialization in the Nineteenth Century Originally published in 1977 this volume analyzes aspects of elementary schooling in the nineteenth century and the ways in which it prepared working-class children for life in industrial Britain. The book examines: The procedures and practices of different types of schools. The ideologies guiding elementary education The social implications of curriculum content and pupils’ and parents’ attitudes to the education provided by the church and state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860611

Popular European Cinema Popular European Cinema examines the reasons why films that are most popular with audiences in any one European countha are seldom successful eslewhere. Audiences themselves represent diverse class gender and ethnic identities that complicate th equestoin of national cinema not least with recent developments in formerly communist Eastern Europe and post-colonialist Western Europe. THrough their individual studies the contribuitots ehr oven up a new area of study using the medium of film to fucus a wider discussion of popular European culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388624

Popular Evangelicalism in American Culture Popular Evangelicalism in American Culture explores the controversies complexities and historical development of the evangelical movement in America and its impact on American culture. Evangelicalism is one of the most dynamic and growing religious movements in America and has been both a major force in shaping American society and likewise a group which has resisted aspects of the modern world. Organised thematically this book demonstrates the impact of American culture on popular evangelicalism by exploring the following topics: ï‚·politics; ï‚·economics; ï‚·salvation;     millennialism; ï‚·the megachurch and electronic churches; ï‚·and popular culture.   This accessible and thought-provoking volume will interest anyone concerned with the modern-day success of the Evangelical movement in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297968

Popular Fictions First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866385

Popular Film and Television Comedy Steve Neale and Frank Krutnik take as their starting point the remarkable diversity of comedy's forms and modes - feature-length narratives sketches and shorts sit-com and variety slapstick and romance. Relating this diversity to the variety of comedy's basic conventions - from happy endings to the presence of gags and the involvement of humour and laughter - they seek both to explain the nature of these forms and conventions and to relate them to their institutional contexts. They propose that all forms and modes of the comic involve deviations from aesthetic and cultural conventions and norms and to demonstrate this they discuss a wide range of programmes and films from Blackadder to Bringing up Baby from City Limits to Blind Date from the Roadrunner cartoons to Bless this House and The Two Ronnies. Comedies looked at in particular detail include: the classic slapstick films of Keaton Lloyd and Chaplin; Hollywood's 'screwball' comedies of the 1930s and 1940s; Monty Python Hancock and Steptoe and Son. The authors also relate their discussion to radio comedy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142176

Popular Film Music and Masculinity in ActionA Different Tune Amanda Howell offers a new perspective on the contemporary pop score as the means by which masculinities not seen—or heard—before become a part of post-World War II American cinema. Popular Film Music and Masculinity in Action addresses itself to an eclectic mix of film from Elvis and Travolta star vehicles to Bruckheimer-produced blockbuster action including the work of musically-innovative directors Melvin Van Peebles Martin Scorsese Gregg Araki and Quentin Tarantino. Of particular interest is the way these films and their representations of masculinity are shaped by generic exchanges among contemporary music music cultures and film combining American cinema's long-standing investment in violence-as-spectacle with similarly body-focused pleasures of contemporary youth music. Drawing on scholarship of popular music and the pop score as well as feminist film and media studies Howell addresses an often neglected area of gender representation by considering cinematic masculinity as an audio-visual construction. Through her analyses of music’s role in action and other film genres that share its investment in violence she reveals the mechanisms by which the pop score has helped to reinvent gender—and gendered fictions of male empowerment—in contemporary screen entertainment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866563

Popular Geopolitics and Nation Branding in the Post-Soviet Realm This seminal book explores the complex relationship between popular geopolitics and nation branding among the Newly Independent States of Eurasia and their combined role in shaping contemporary national image and statecraft within and beyond the region. It provides critical perspectives on international relations nationalism and national identity through the use of innovative approaches focusing on popular culture new media public diplomacy and alternative "narrators" of the nation. By positing popular geopolitics and nation branding as contentious forces and complementary flows the study explores the tensions and elisions between national self-image and external perceptions of the nation and how this complex interplay has become integral to contemporary global affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668235

Popular GeopoliticsPlotting an Evolving Interdiscipline This book brings together scholars from across a variety of academic disciplines to assess the current state of the subfield of popular geopolitics. It provides an archaeology of the field maps the flows of various frameworks of analysis into (and out of) popular geopolitics and charts a course forward for the discipline. It explores the real-world implications of popular culture with a particular focus on the evolving interdisciplinary nature of popular geopolitics alongside interrelated disciplines including media cultural and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591625

Popular Government in the United StatesFoundations and Principles Political theory consists in clarification of language and concepts in description and analysis of institutions and behavior and in appraisal and evaluation of political events. Hyneman's theory is not one of the behavioral or functional varieties that rely on special language and concepts drawn from other disciplines than political science. It emphasizes a central concern of both conventional and behavioral theory: the distribution of "power " or what proportion of people have influence over what aspects of government. He is also interested in how power is shared divided checked and balanced.The main task of political theory Hyneman thinks is clarification of the values served by and sustaining American democracy. This task gives meaning and direction to analysis of the elements of democracy and to empirical research on the processes of democracy. In this sense political science is not "value-free"; it is most useful in pursuit of the implications of basic beliefs and ideals. These beliefs and ideals can be found in historical statements as well as inferred from institutions and behavior.Hyneman's emphasis on popular control electoral politics and equality of influence tends to challenge both of the "pluralist" and "ruling elite" schools-though it should be clear that he is not engaged in a scholastic debate. The freedom of his analysis ranging from specific reference to the professional controversies of his day is one of its strengths and a probable source of originality. He connects it explicitly to the literature of political science at critical points as it existed when originally published in 1968. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530454

Popular GovernmentIts Essence Its Permanence and Its Perils The modern presidency is increasingly seen as in trouble by all sides of the political spectrum and by people of the most diverse political views. Understanding why this is the case requires examining the basic principles of the presidency itself and there is no better place to start than William Howard Taft's Popular Government. His views on executive power and constitutional interpretation of this power are not rooted in nostalgia. Instead Taft describes how and why the Progressive Movement marked one of the major turning points in American political thought.Taft wrote out of concern over the nature of the American system itself. He sought to describe the founding principles of the country arguing that grasping these is essential for Americans' understanding of themselves as a people and for their daily exercise of citizenship. The concerns he addressed remain central today. Th at is because Taft's quarrels with the liberal-progressive tradition in politics have not yet completely played themselves out either in academic life or in the political arena.In a brilliant new introduction Sidney Pearson argues that neither Roosevelt nor Wilson should be viewed as enemies of free government by any serious student of American political thought nor should Taft be so regarded either. The concerns Taft engages remain important for any understanding of the problems that confront the American experiment in popular government. Popular Government is a basic introduction to debate about the nature of the presidency and the larger constitutional context in which such arguments take place. Th ere is no better way to gain perspective on the debate than reading this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530447

Popular Hindi CinemaAesthetic Formations of the Seen and Unseen The popular Hindi film industry is the largest in India and the most conspicuous film industry in the non-Western world. This book analyses the pivotal visual and narrative conventions employed in popular Hindi films through the combined prism of film studies and classical Indian philosophy and ritualism. The book shows the films outside Western paradigms as visual manifestations and outcomes of the evolution of classical Hindu notions and esthetic forms. These include notions associated with the Advaita-Vedānta philosophical school and early Buddhist thought concepts and dynamism stemming from Hindu ritualism rasa esthetic theories as well as Brahmanic notions such as dharma (religion law order) and mokṣa (liberation). These are all highly abstract notions which the author defines as "the unseen": a cluster of diversified concepts denoting what subsists beyond the phenomenal what prevails beyond the empirical world of saṁsāra and stands out of this world (alaukika) while simultaneously being embodied and transformed within visual filmic imagery codes and semiotics that are teased out and analyzed. A culturally sensitive reading of popular Hindi films the interpretations put forward are also applicable to the Western context. They enable a fuller understanding of religious phenomena outside the primary religious field within the vernacular arenas of popular culture and mass communication. The book is of interest to scholars in the fields of Indology modern Indian studies film media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875183

Popular Iranian Cinema before the RevolutionFamily and Nation in Filmfarsi Critics and academics have generally dismissed the commercial productions of the late Pahlavi era best known for their songs and melodramatic plots as shallow derivative ‘entertainment’. Instead they have concentrated on the more recent internationally acclaimed art films claiming that these constitute Iranian ‘national' cinema despite few Iranians having seen them. Film discourse and even fan talk have long attempted to marginalize the mainstream releases of the 1960s and 1970s with the moniker filmfarsi ironically asserting that such popular favorites were culturally inauthentic.This book challenges the idea that filmfarsi is detached from the past and present of Iranians. Far from being escapist Hollywood fare merely translated into Persian it claims that the better films of this supposed genre must be taken as both a subject of and source for modern Iranian history. It argues that they have an appeal that relies on their ability to rearticulate traditional courtly and religious ideas and forms to problematize in unexpectedly complex and sophisticated ways the modernist agenda that secular nationalist elites wished to impose on their viewers. Taken seriously these films raise questions about standard treatments of Iran's modern history. By writing popular films into Iranian history this book advocates both a fresh approach to the study of Iranian cinema as well as a rethinking of the modernity/tradition binary that has organized the historiography of the recent past. It will appeal to those interested in Iranian cinema Iranian history and culture and more broadly readers dissatisfied with a dichotomous approach to modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885403

Popular Literacies Childhood and Schooling This bold forward-thinking text offers a clear rationale for the development of curricula and pedagogy that will reflect young people’s in-school and out-of-school popular culture practices. By providing a sound theoretical framework and addressing popular culture and new technologies in the context of literacy teacher education this book marks a significant step forward in literacy teaching and learning. It takes a cross-disciplinary approach and brings together contributions from some of the world’s leading figures in the field. Topics addressed include: children’s popular culture in the home informal literacies and pedagogic discourse new technologies and popular culture in children’s everyday lives teachers working with popular culture in the classroom. This book illustrates the way in which literacy is evolving through popular culture and new technology and is an influential read for teachers students researchers and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651004

Popular LiteratureA History and Guide First Published in 1977. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315030302

Popular Manufacturing MythsEliminating Widely Held Beliefs That Reduce Competitiveness Addressing the beliefs and attitudes that can be detrimental to your organization’s competitiveness Popular Manufacturing Myths: Eliminating Widely Held Beliefs That Reduce Competitiveness offers time-tested insight into the most common myths encountered in manufacturing environments. It classifies these myths into management myths shop floor myths and if appropriate shared management and shop floor myths.Explaining the reasons why these deeply ingrained beliefs exist the book outlines remedies that can help to quickly dispel them within your organization. It presents case studies that examine these myths and includes numerous real-world examples that outline simple yet effective solutions. Some of the myths dispelled in this book include: Increasing line speed always decreases quality and creates more scrap Reducing the cost of raw materials will decrease the cost of manufacturing Increased inspection will boost quality If it is successful in R&D it will be successful in production Process problems can only be solved by changing one process parameter at a time Covering the basics of data collection tools techniques and analysis the text offers simple methods to structure your data to assist in communicating clear and logical conclusions across the organization. The author keeps the arithmetic and statistics to a minimum so readers only require a basic understanding of averaging and normal variation. However for those who wish to understand a little bit more about a particular concept technique tool or procedure the book includes an addendum chapter with more detailed explanations and sample calculations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466566606

Popular Media Social Emotion and Public Discourse in Contemporary China Since the early 1990s the media and cultural fields in China have become increasingly commercialized resulting in a massive boom in the cultural and entertainment industries. This evolution has also brought about fundamental changes in media behaviour and communication and the enormous growth of entertainment culture and the extensive penetration of new media into the everyday lives of Chinese people. Against the backdrop of the rapid development of China’s media industry and the huge growth in social media this book explores the emotional content and public discourse of popular media in contemporary China. It examines the production and consumption of blockbuster films television dramas entertainment television shows and their corresponding online audience responses and describes the affective articulations generated by cultural and media texts audiences and social contexts. Crucially this book focuses on the agency of audiences in consuming these media products and the affective communications taking place in this process in order to address how and why popular culture and entertainment programs exert so much power over mass audiences in China. Indeed Shuyu Kong shows how Chinese people have sought to make sense of the dramatic historical changes of the past three decades through their engagement with popular media and how this process has created a cultural public sphere where social communication and public discourse can be launched and debated in aesthetic and emotional terms. Based on case studies that range from television drama to blockbuster films and reality television programmes to social media sites this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Chinese culture and society media and communication studies film studies and television studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629219

Popular Media and the American RevolutionShaping Collective Memory The American Revolution—an event that gave America its first real "story" as an independent nation distinct from native and colonial origins—continues to live on in the public's memory celebrated each year on July 4 with fireworks and other patriotic displays. But to identify as an American is to connect to a larger national narrative one that begins in revolution. In Popular Media and the American Revolution journalism historian Janice Hume examines the ways that generations of Americans have remembered and embraced the Revolution through magazines newspapers and digital media. Overall Popular Media and the American Revolution demonstrates how the story and characters of the Revolution have been adjusted adapted and co-opted by popular media over the years fostering a cultural identity whose founding narrative was sculpted ultimately in revolution. Examining press and popular media coverage of the war wartime anniversaries and the Founding Fathers (particularly "uber-American hero" George Washington) Hume provides insights into the way that journalism can and has shaped a culture's evolving collective memory of its past. Dr. Janice Hume is a professor and head of the Department of Journalism in the Grady College of Journalism and Mass Communication at the University of Georgia. She is author of Obituaries in American Culture (University Press of Mississippi 2000) and co-author of Journalism in a Culture of Grief (Routledge 2008). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538435

Popular Medicine Hysterical Disease and Social Controversy in Shakespeare's England Mining a series of previously uncharted conversations springing up in 16th- and 17th-century popular medicine and culture this study explores early modern England's significant and sustained interest in the hysterical diseases of women. Kaara L. Peterson assembles a fascinating collection of medical materials to support her discussion of contemporary debates about varieties of uterine pathologies and the implications of these debates for our understanding of drama's representation of hysterica passio cases in particular among other hysterical maladies. An important aspect of the author's approach is to restore with all its nuances the debates created by early modern medical writers over attempts to define the boundaries and resonances of hysterical ailments which Peterson argues have been largely erased or elided by historicist criticism including scholarship overly focused on melancholy. One of the main goals of the book is to stress the centrality of gendered concepts of disease for the period and to reveal a whole catalog of early modern literary strategies for representing women's illnesses. Among the medical works discussed are Edward Jorden's central text A Briefe Discourse of a Disease Called the Suffocation of the Mother (1603) and contemporary plays including Shakespeare's Pericles Othello King Lear and The Winter's Tale; Webster's The Duchess of Malfi; and Chapman's Bussy D'Ambois. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272125

Popular Movements and Democratization in the Islamic World Ever since the terrorist incident of September 11th a general understanding seems to have arisen among people that the challenges posed by Islam have now acquired human and global dimensions. Popular Movements and Democratization in the Islamic World contains case studies of people’s movements in diverse areas and periods and it seeks to develop a comparative view of Islam and democracy that goes beyond the usual stereotype of Islam being incompatible with democracy. Unravelling the complexities that have arisen between Islam and democracy is the principal task of Islamic scholars and this book will undoubtedly prove a starting point for all such endeavours. While primarily intended for students and scholars this timely and important text will prove of interest even to general readers with interests in Islamic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665896

Popular Music Cultural Memory and Heritage Popular music is increasingly being represented and celebrated as an aspect of contemporary cultural history and heritage. In many places across the world popular music heritage sites – including museums archives commemorative plaques adorning buildings and what could be referred to as DIY music heritage initiatives – constitute some of the key ways in which popular music artists scenes and events are being remembered. Bringing together a selection of wide-ranging contributions the purpose of this book is to present a number of case studies from Europe and Australia that demonstrate the variety of ways in which popular music is being cast as cultural heritage and as a medium that invokes the collective memory of successive generations whose identity and sense of cultural belonging have often been indelibly inscribed by the musical soundscapes of their teen and early adult years. This book was originally published as a special issue of Popular Music and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143091

Popular Music Cultural Politics and Music Education in China While attention has been paid to various aspects of music education in China to date no single publication has systematically addressed the complex interplay of sociopolitical transformations underlying the development of popular music and music education in the multilevel culture of China. Before the implementation of the new curriculum reforms in China at the beginning of the twenty-first century there was neither Chinese nor Western popular music in textbook materials. Popular culture had long been prohibited in school music education by China’s strong revolutionary orientation which feared ‘spiritual pollution’ by Western cultures. However since the early twenty-first century education reform has attempted to help students deal with experiences in their daily lives and has officially included learning the canon of popular music in the music curriculum. In relation to this topic this book analyses how social transformation and cultural politics have affected community relations and the transmission of popular music through school music education. Ho presents music and music education as sociopolitical constructions of nationalism and globalization. Moreover how popular music is received in national and global contexts and how it affects the construction of social and musical meanings in school music education as well as the reformation of music education in mainland China is discussed. Based on the perspectives of school music teachers and students the findings of the empirical studies in this book address the power and potential use of popular music in school music education as a producer and reproducer of cultural politics in the music curriculum in the mainland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230500

Popular Music and Cultural Policy Popular music is increasingly visible in government strategies and policies. While much has been written about the expanding flow of music products and music creativity in emphasising the global nature of popular music little attention has been paid to the flow of ideas about policy formation and debates between regions and nations. This book examines specific regional and national histories and the different cultural values placed on popular music. The state emerges as a key site of tension between high and low culture music as art versus music as commerce public versus private interests the right to make noisy art versus the right to a good night’s sleep. The political economy of urban popular music is a strong focus examining attempts to combine and complement arts and cultural policies with ‘creative city’ and ‘creative industries’ strategies. The Anglophone case studies of policy contexts in Canada Britain the US and Australia reveal how the everyday influence and use of popular music is also about questions of aesthetics funding and power. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of Cultural Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057265

Popular Music and Human Rights2 volume set Popular music has long understood that human rights if attainable at all involve a struggle without end. The right to imagine an individual will the right to some form of self-determination and the right to self-legislation have long been at the forefront of popular music's approach to human rights. At a time of such uncertainty and confusion with human rights currently being violated all over the world a new and sustained examination of cultural responses to such issues is warranted. In this respect music which is always produced in a social context is an extremely useful medium; in its immediacy music has a potency of expression whose reach is long and wide. Contributors to this significant volume cover artists and topics such as Billy Bragg punk Fun-da-Mental Willie King and the Liberators Hedwig and the Angry Inch the Anti-Death Penalty movement benefit concerts benefit albums Gil Scott-Heron Bruce Springsteen Wounded Knee and Native American political resistance Tori Amos Joni Mitchell as well as human rights in relation to feminism. A second volume covers World Music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754668527

Popular Music and Human RightsVolume I: World Music Popular music has long understood that human rights if attainable at all involve a struggle without end. The right to imagine an individual will the right to some form of self-determination and the right to self-legislation have long been at the forefront of popular music's approach to human rights. At a time of such uncertainty and confusion with human rights currently being violated all over the world a new and sustained examination of cultural responses to such issues is warranted. In this respect music which is always produced in a social context is an extremely useful medium; in its immediacy music has a potency of expression whose reach is long and wide. Contributors to this significant volume cover artists and topics such as Billy Bragg punk Fun-da-Mental Willie King and the Liberators Hedwig and the Angry Inch the Anti-Death Penalty movement benefit concerts benefit albums Gil Scott-Heron Bruce Springsteen Wounded Knee and Native American political resistance Tori Amos Joni Mitchell as well as human rights in relation to feminism. A second volume covers World Music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409464044

Popular Music and Human RightsVolume II: World Music Popular music has long understood that human rights if attainable at all involve a struggle without end. The right to imagine an individual will the right to some form of self-determination and the right to self-legislation have long been at the forefront of popular music's approach to human rights. At a time of such uncertainty and confusion with human rights currently being violated all over the world a new and sustained examination of cultural responses to such issues is warranted. In this respect music which is always produced in a social context is an extremely useful medium; in its immediacy music has a potency of expression whose reach is long and wide. Contributors to this significant volume cover artists and topics such as Billy Bragg punk Fun-da-Mental Willie King and the Liberators Hedwig and the Angry Inch the Anti-Death Penalty movement benefit concerts benefit albums Gil Scott-Heron Bruce Springsteen Wounded Knee and Native American political resistance Tori Amos Joni Mitchell as well as human rights in relation to feminism. A second volume covers World Music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409464051

Popular Music and Human RightsVolume II: World Music Popular music has long understood that human rights if attainable at all involve a struggle without end. The right to imagine an individual will the right to some form of self-determination and the right to self-legislation have long been at the forefront of popular music's approach to human rights. At a time of such uncertainty and confusion with human rights currently being violated all over the world a new and sustained examination of cultural responses to such issues is warranted. In this respect music which is always produced in a social context is an extremely useful medium; in its immediacy music has a potency of expression whose reach is long and wide. Contributors to this significant volume cover artists and topics such as Billy Bragg punk Fun-da-Mental Willie King and the Liberators Hedwig and the Angry Inch the Anti-Death Penalty movement benefit concerts benefit albums Gil Scott-Heron Bruce Springsteen Wounded Knee and Native American political resistance Tori Amos Joni Mitchell as well as human rights in relation to feminism. A second volume covers World Music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754668534

Popular Music and Multimedia The focus of this collection of essays is the powerful interaction between popular music and multimedia: film television music video and video games. Written by a diverse group of scholars and published within the last fifteen years the essays examine new theories and methodologies and offer opportunities for thinking across disciplines media and hierarchies. The volume also expands the arena within which we can explore the ever-increasing and mutually affective ways that popular music and other media intertwine reflecting and shaping perceptions values and identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629610

Popular Music and Retro Culture in the Digital Era This book explores the trend of retro and nostalgia within contemporary popular music culture. Using empirical evidence obtained from a case study of fans’ engagement with older music the book argues that retro culture is the result of an inseparable mix of cultural and technological changes namely the rise of a new generation and cultural mood along with the encouragement of new technologies. Retro culture has become a hot topic in recent years but this is the first time the subject has been explored from an academic perspective and from the fans’ perspective. As such this book promises to provide concrete answers about why retro culture dominates in contemporary society.For the first time ever this book provides an empirically grounded theory of popular music retro culture and its intergenerational audience in the twenty-first century. It will appeal to advanced students of popular music studies cultural studies media studies sociology and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877248

Popular Music And Television In Britain Listening to popular music and watching television have become the two most common activities for postwar generations in Britain. From the experiences of programmes like Oh Boy! and Juke Box Jury to the introduction of 24 hour music video channels the number and variety of television outputs that consistently make use of popular music and the importance of the small screen as a principal point of contact between audiences and performers are familiar components of contemporary media operation. Yet there have been few attempts to examine the two activities in tandem to chart their parallel evolution to explore the associations that unite them or to consider the increasingly frequent ways in which the production and consumption of TV and music are linked in theory and in practice. This volume provides an invaluable critical analysis of these and other topics in newly-written contributions from some of Britain's leading scholars in the disciplines of television and/or popular music studies. Through a concentration on four main areas in which TV organises and presents popular music - history and heritage; performers and performances; comedy and drama; audiences and territories - the book investigates a diverse range of musical genres and styles factual and fictional programming historical and geographical demographics and the constraints of commerce and technology to provide the first systematic account of the place of popular music on British television. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276277

Popular Music and the Myths of Madness Studies of opera film television and literature have demonstrated how constructions of madness may be referenced in order to stigmatise but also liberate protagonists in ways that reinforce or challenge contemporaneous notions of normality. But to date very little research has been conducted on how madness is represented in popular music. In an effort to redress this imbalance Nicola Spelman identifies links between the anti-psychiatry movement and representations of madness in popular music of the 1960s and 1970s analysing the various ways in which ideas critical of institutional psychiatry are embodied both verbally and musically in specific songs by David Bowie Lou Reed Pink Floyd Alice Cooper The Beatles and Elton John. She concentrates on meanings that may be made at the point of reception as a consequence of ideas about madness that were circulating at the time. These ideas are then linked to contemporary conventions of musical expression in order to illustrate certain interpretative possibilities. Supporting evidence comes from popular musicological analysis - incorporating discourse analysis and social semiotics - and investigation of socio-historical context. The uniqueness of the period in question is demonstrated by means of a more generalised overview of songs drawn from a variety of styles and eras that engage with the topic of madness in diverse and often conflicting ways. The conclusions drawn reveal the extent to which anti-psychiatric ideas filtered through into popular culture offering insights into popular music's ability to question general suppositions about madness alongside its potential to bring issues of men's madness into the public arena as an often neglected topic for discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256859

Popular Music and the Politics of HopeQueer and Feminist Interventions In today’s culture popular music is a vital site where ideas about gender and sexuality are imagined and disseminated. Popular Music and the Politics of Hope: Queer and Feminist Interventions explores what that means with a wide-ranging collection of chapters that consider the many ways in which contemporary pop music performances of gender and sexuality are politically engaged and even radical. With analyses rooted in feminist and queer thought contributors explore music from different genres and locations including Beyoncé’s Lemonade A Tribe Called Red’s We Are the Halluci Nation and celebrations of Vera Lynn’s 100th Birthday. At a bleak moment in global politics this collection focuses on the concept of critical hope: the chapters consider making and consuming popular music as activities that encourage individuals to imagine and work toward a better more just world. Addressing race class aging disability and colonialism along with gender and sexuality the authors articulate the diverse ways popular music can contribute to the collective political projects of queerness and feminism. With voices from senior and emerging scholars this volume offers a snapshot of today’s queer and feminist scholarship on popular music that is an essential read for students and scholars of music and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055896

Popular Music and the Postcolonial Popular Music and the Postcolonial addresses the often-overlooked relationship between the fields of popular music and postcolonial studies and it has implications for ethnomusicology cultural and literary studies history sociology and political economy. Popular music in its many forms exploded in popularity following developments in sound technology and shifting population demographics in the 1960s the era of radical agitation against empires in the global south but also within the very heart of Europe. Popular music aided in fostering and documenting such resistance to violent oppression and in liberating the hearts and minds of the colonized. This collection offers a timely intervention in this field showing popular music’s role in defining or undermining certain colonial and postcolonial nations in expanding and complicating the domain of postcolonial theorists—including the "founder" of postcolonial studies Edward Said—and in decolonizing the ears of its diverse sometimes antagonistic audiences. This book was originally published as a special issue of Popular Music and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587512

Popular Music and the State in the UKCulture Trade or Industry? In an era of the rise of the free market and economic globalization Martin Cloonan examines why politicians and policymakers in the UK have sought to intervene in popular music - a field that has often been held up as the epitome of the free market form. Cloonan traces the development of government attitudes and policies towards popular music from the 1950s to the present discovering the prominence of two overlapping concerns: public order and the political economy of music. Since the music industry began to lobby politicians particularly on the issue of copyright in relation to the internet an inherent tension has become apparent with economic rationale on one side and Romantic notions of 'the artist' on the other. Cloonan examines the development of policy under New Labour; numerous reports which have charted the economics of the industry; the New Deal for Musicians scheme and the impact of devolution on music policy in Scotland. He makes the case for the inherently political nature of popular music and asserts that the development of popular music policies can only be understood in the context of an increasingly close working relationship between government and the cultural industries. In addition he argues that a rather myopic view of the music industries has meant that policy initiatives have lacked cohesion and have generally served the interests of multinational corporations rather than struggling musicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246546

Popular Music Censorship in Africa In Africa tension between freedom of expression and censorship in many contexts remains as contentious if not more so than during the period of colonial rule which permeated the twentieth century. Over the last one hundred years popular musicians have not been free to sing about whatever they wish to and in many countries they are still not free to do so. This volume brings together the latest research on censorship in colonial and post-colonial Africa focusing on the attempts to censor musicians and the strategies of resistance devised by musicians in their struggles to be heard. For Africa the twentieth century was characterized first and foremost by struggles for independence as colonizer and colonized struggled for territorial control. Throughout this period culture was an important contested terrain in hegemonic and counter-hegemonic struggles and many musicians who aligned themselves with independence movements viewed music as an important cultural weapon. Musical messages were often political opposing the injustices of colonial rule. Colonial governments reacted to counter-hegemonic songs through repression banning songs from distribution and/or broadcast while often targeting the musicians with acts of intimidation in an attempt to silence them. In the post-independence era a disturbing trend has occurred in which African governments have regularly continued to practise censorship of musicians. However not all attempts to silence musicians have emanated from government nor has all contested music been strictly political. Religious and moral rationale has also featured prominently in censorship struggles. Both Christian and Muslim fundamentalism has led to extreme attempts to silence musicians. In response musicians have often sought ways of getting their music and message heard despite censorship and harassment. The book includes a special section on case studies that highlight issues of nationality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257252

Popular Music FandomIdentities Roles and Practices This book explores popular music fandom from a cultural studies perspective that incorporates popular music studies audience research and media fandom. The essays draw together recent work on fandom in popular music studies and begin a dialogue with the wider field of media fan research raising questions about how popular music fandom can be understood as a cultural phenomenon and how much it has changed in light of recent developments. Exploring the topic in this way broaches questions on how to define theorize and empirically research popular music fan culture and how music fandom relates to other roles practices and forms of social identity. Fandom itself has been brought center stage by the rise of the internet and an industrial structure aiming to incorporate systematize and legitimate dimensions of it as an emotionally-engaged form of consumerism. Once perceived as the pariah practice of an overly attached audience media fandom has become a standardized industrial subject-position called upon to sell box sets  concert tickets new television series and special editions. Meanwhile recent scholarship has escaped the legacy of interpretations that framed fans as passive pathological or defiantly empowered taking its object seriously as a complex formation of identities roles and practices. While popular music studies has examined some forms of identity and audience practice such as the way that people use music in daily life and listener participation in subcultures scenes and tribes this volume is the first to examine music fans as a specific object of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936973

Popular Music GenresAn Introduction An accessible introduction to the study of popular music this book takes a schematic approach to a range of popular music genres and examines them in terms of their antecedents histories visual aesthetics and sociopolitical contexts. Within this interdisciplinary and genre-based focus readers will gain insights into the relationships between popular music cultural history economics politics iconography production techniques technology marketing and musical structure. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024561

Popular Music in a Digital Music EconomyProblems and Practices for an Emerging Service Industry In the late 1990s the MP3 became the de facto standard for digital audio files and the networked computer began to claim a significant place in the lives of more and more listeners. The dovetailing of these two circumstances is the basis of a new mode of musical production and distribution where new practices emerge. This book is not a definitive statement about what the new music industry is. Rather it is devoted to what this new industry is becoming by examining these practices as experiments dedicated to negotiating what is replacing an "object based" industry oriented around the production and exchange of physical recordings. In this new economy constant attention is paid to the production and licensing of intellectual property and the rise of the "social musician" who has been encouraged to become more entrepreneurial. Finally every element of the industry now must consider a new type of audience the "end user" and their productive and distributive capacities around which services and musicians must orient their practices and investments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890632

Popular Music in Evangelical Youth Culture Christian churches and groups within Anglo-American contexts have increasingly used popular music as a way to connect with young people. This book investigates the relationships between evangelical Christianity and popular music focusing particularly on electronic dance music in the last twenty years. Author Stella Lau illustrates how electronic dance music is legitimized in evangelical activities by Christians’ discourses and how the discourses challenge the divide between the ‘secular’ and the ‘sacred’ in the Western culture. Unlike other existing books on the relationships between music cultures and religion which predominantly discuss the cultural implications of such phenomenon Popular Music in Evangelical Youth Culture examines the notion of ‘spirituality’ in contemporary popular electronic dance music. Lau’s emphasis on the sonic qualities of electronic dance music opens the door for future research about the relationships between aural properties of electronic dance music and religious discourses. With three case studies conducted in the cultural hubs of electronic dance music – Bristol Ibiza and New York – the monograph can also be used as a guidebook for ethnographic research in popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109681

Popular Music in France from Chanson to TechnoCulture Identity and Society In France during the 1960s and 1970s popular music became a key component of socio-cultural modernisation as the music/record industry became increasingly important in both economic and cultural terms in response to demographic changes and the rise of the modern media. As France began questioning traditional ways of understanding politics and culture before and after May 1968 music as popular culture became an integral part of burgeoning media activity. Press radio and television developed free from de Gaulle's state domination of information and political activism shifted its concerns to the use of regional languages and regional cultures including the safeguard of traditional popular music against the centralising tendencies of the Republican state. The cultural and political significance of French music was again revealed in the 1990s as French-language music became a highly visible example of France's quest to maintain her cultural 'exceptionalism' in the face of the perceived globalising hegemony of English and US business and cultural imperialism. Laws were passed instituting minimum quotas of French-language music. The 1980s and 1990s witnessed developing issues raised by new technologies as compact discs the minitel telematics system the internet and other innovations in radio and television broadcasting posed new challenges to musicians and the music industry. These trends and developments are the subject of this volume of essays by leading scholars across a range of disciplines including French studies musicology cultural and media studies and film studies. It constitutes the first attempt to provide a complete and up-to-date overview of the place of popular music in modern France and the reception of French popular music abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277373

Popular Music Industries and the StatePolicy Notes This volume studies the relationships between government and the popular music industries comparing three Anglophone nations: Scotland New Zealand and Australia. At a time when issues of globalization and locality are seldom out of the news musicians fans governments and industries are forced to reconsider older certainties about popular music activity and their roles in production and consumption circuits. The decline of multinational recording companies and the accompanying rise of promotion firms such as Live Nation exemplifies global shifts in infrastructure profits and power. Popular music provides a focus for many of these topics—and popular music policy a lens through which to view them.The book has four central themes: the (changing) role of states and industries in popular music activity; assessment of the central challenges facing smaller nations competing within larger global music-media markets; comparative analysis of music policies and debates between nations (and also between organizations and popular music sectors); analysis of where and why the state intervenes in popular music activity; and how (and whether) music fits within the ‘turn to culture’ in policy-making over the last twenty years. Where appropriate brief nation-specific case studies are highlighted as a means of illuminating broader global debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597979

Popular Music MattersEssays in Honour of Simon Frith Simon Frith has been one of the most important figures in the emergence and subsequent development of popular music studies. From his earliest academic publication The Sociology of Rock (1978) through to his recent work on the live music industry in the UK in his desire to ’take popular music seriously’ he has probably been cited more than any other author in the field. Uniquely he has combined this work with a lengthy career as a music critic for leading publications on both sides of the Atlantic. The contributions to this volume of essays and memoirs seek to honour Frith’s achievements but they are not merely ’about Frith’. Rather they are important interventions by leading scholars in the field including Robert Christgau Antoine Hennion Peter J. Martin and Philip Tagg. The focus on ’sociology and industry’ and ’aesthetics and values’ reflect major themes in Frith’s own work which can also be found within popular music studies more generally. As such the volume will become an essential resource for those working in popular music studies as well as in musicology sociology and cultural and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669201

Popular Music PedagogiesA Practical Guide for Music Teachers Popular Music Pedagogies: A Practical Guide for Music Teachers provides readers with a solid foundation of playing and teaching a variety of instruments and technologies and then examines how these elements work together in a comprehensive school music program. With individual chapters designed to stand independently instructors can adapt this guide to a range of learning abilities and teaching situations by combining the pedagogies and methodologies presented. This textbook is an ideal resource for preservice music educators enrolled in popular music education modern band or secondary general methods coursework and K-12 music teachers who wish to create or expand popular music programs in their schools. The website includes play-alongs video demonstrations printed materials and links to useful popular music pedagogy resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266585

Popular Music Theory and AnalysisA Research and Information Guide Popular Music Theory and Analysis: A Research and Information Guide uncovers the wealth of scholarly works dealing with the theory and analysis of popular music. This annotated bibliography is an exhaustive catalog of music-theoretical and musicological works that is searchable by subject genre and song title. It will support emerging scholarship and inquiry for future research on popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871710

Popular Music: The Key Concepts Now in an updated fourth edition this popular A-Z student handbook provides a comprehensive survey of key ideas and concepts in popular music culture. With new and expanded entries on genres and subgenres the text comprehensively examines the social and cultural aspects of popular music taking into account the digital music revolution and changes in the way that music is manufactured marketed and delivered. New and updated entries include: Age and youth Black music Digital music culture K-Pop Mash-ups Philadelphia Soul Pub music Religion and spirituality Remix Southern Soul Streaming Vinyl   With further reading and listening included throughout Popular Music: The Key Concepts is an essential reference text for all students studying the social and cultural dimensions of popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680937

Popular MusicA Reference Guide This is a comprehensive guide to popular music literature first published in 1986. Its main focus is on American and British works but it includes significant works from other countries making it truly international in scope. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655294

Popular MusicA Teacher's Guide The approach of this book first published in 1982 is multi-disciplinary. Popular music it is argued is not only a musical but also a social phenomenon; the criteria needed to assess it are different from those used in the appreciation of ‘classical’ music. The first section of this guide is devoted to setting out just what those criteria should be. A second section puts forward bases for course construction that are detailed and flexible. A final section provides a list of further resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655331

Popular Musicology and IdentityEssays in Honour of Stan Hawkins Popular Musicology and Identity paves new paths for studying popular music’s entwinement with gender sexuality ethnicity class locality and a range of other factors. The book consists of original essays in honour of Stan Hawkins whose work has been a major influence on the musicological study of gender and identity since the early 1990s. In the new millennium musicological approaches have proliferated and evolved alongside major shifts in the music industry and popular culture. Reflecting this plurality the book reaches into a range of musical contexts eras and idioms to critically investigate the discursive structures that govern the processes through which music is mobilised as a focal point for negotiating and assessing identity. With contributions from leading scholars in the field Popular Musicology and Identity accounts for the state of popular musicology at the onset of the 2020s while also offering a platform for the further advancement of the critical study of popular music and identity. This collection of essays thus provides an up-to-date resource for scholars across fields such as popular music studies musicology gender studies and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322882

Popular Muslim Reactions to the Franks in the Levant 1097–1291 The issue of Muslim reactions to the Franks has been an important part of studies of both the Crusades and Islamic History but rarely the main focus. This book examines the reactions of the Muslims of the Levant to the arrival and presence of the Franks in the crusading period 1097-1291 focussing on those outside the politico-military and religious elites. It provides a thematic overview of the various ways in which these 'non-elites' of Muslim society both inside and outside of the Latin states reacted to the Franks arguing that it was they as much as the more famous Muslim rulers who were initiators of resistance to the Franks. This study challenges existing views of the Muslim reaction to the crusaders as rather slow and demonstrates that jihad against the Franks started as soon as they arrived. It further demonstrates the difference between the concepts of jihad and of Counter-Crusade and highlights two distinct phases in the jihad against the Franks: the 'unofficial jihad' - that which occurred before uniting of religious and political classes - and the 'official jihad' - which happened after and due to this unification and which has formed the basis of modern discussions. Finally the study also argues that the Muslim non-elites who encountered the Franks did not always resist them but at various times either helped or were unresisting to them thus focussing attention away from conflict and onto cooperation. In considering Muslim reactions to the Franks in the context of wider discourses this study also highlights aspects of the nature of Islamic society in Egypt and Syria in the medieval period particularly the non-elite section of society which is often ignored. The main conclusions also shed light on discourses of collaboration and resistance which are currently focussed almost exclusively on the modern period or the medieval west. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601034

Popular New OrleansThe Crescent City in Periodicals Theme Parks and Opera 1875–2015 New Orleans is unique – which is precisely why there are many Crescent Cities all over the world: for almost 150 years writers artists cultural brokers and entrepreneurs have drawn on and simultaneously contributed to New Orleans’s fame and popularity by recreating the city in popular media from literature photographs and plays to movies television shows and theme parks. Addressing students and fans of the city and of popular culture Popular New Orleans examines three pivotal moments in the history of New Orleans in popular media: the creation of the popular image of the Crescent City during the late nineteenth century in the local-color writings published in Scribner’s Monthly/Century Magazine; the translation of this image into three-dimensional immersive spaces during the twentieth century in Disney’s theme parks and resorts in California Florida and Japan; and the radical transformation of this image following Hurricane Katrina in public performances such as Mardi Gras parades and operas. Covering visions of the Crescent City from George W. Cable’s Old Creole Days stories (1873-1876) to Disneyland’s "New Orleans Square" (1966) to Rosalyn Story’s opera Wading Home (2015) Popular New Orleans traces how popular images of New Orleans have changed from exceptional to exemplary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437718

Popular Newspapers the Labour Party and British Politics 'IT'S THE SUN WOT WON IT' was the famous headline claim of Britain's most popular newspaper following the Conservative party's victory over Labour in the 1992 general election. The headline referred to a virulent press campaign against Neil Kinnock's Labour party and dramatically highlighted one of the chief features of British politics during the twentieth century - the conflict between a socialist Labour party and a capitalist popular press. Labour's frequent complaints of the political and electoral unfairness of newspaper bias meant that some commentators considered that this dispute had a heritage as old as the party itself. Others including the Labour leadership at the time argued that despite past tensions the 1992 election marked the culmination of an unprecedented campaign of vilification against the party. Popular Newspapers the Labour Party and British Politics assesses these competing claims looking not only at 1992 but both back and forward to examine the continuities and changes in newspaper coverage of British politics and the Labour party over the twentieth century. The book explores whether the popular press has lived up to its claim of being a democratic 'fourth estate' or has merely as Labour politicians have argued been a powerful 'fifth column' distorting the democratic process. Drawing on a range of previously unexamined sources this book offers the first original and comprehensive history of a fascinating aspect of British politics from Beaverbrook to Blair.James Thomas is a lecturer at the Cardiff School of Journalism Media and Cultural Studies at Cardiff University and has published articles and esays exploring the relationship between the popular press and British politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850070

Popular Polish Electronic Music 1970–2020A Cultural History Popular Polish Electronic Music 1970–2020 offers a cultural history of popular Polish electronic music from its beginning in the late 1960s/early 1970s up to the present day in the context of Polish economic social and political history and the history of popular music in this country. From the perspective of production scene industry and consumption the volume considers the issue of access to electronic instruments in the 1970s and 1980s and the variety of inspirations such as progressive rock and folk music that have contributed to the development of Polish electronic music as it is known today. The widespread contribution of Polish electronic music to film is also considered. This is a valuable resource for scholars and researchers of electronic music popular music and (Eastern) European music and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191894

Popular Politics and British Anti-SlaveryThe Mobilisation of Public Opinion against the Slave Trade 1787-1807 In 1792 400 000 people put their signature to petitions calling for the abolition of the slaves trade. This work explains how this remarkable expression of support for black people was organized and orchestrated and how it contributed to the growth of popular politics in Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156890

Popular Politics and the Quest for Justice in Contemporary China The rise of popular politics is among one the most significant social and political developments the People’s Republic of China has witnessed in the post-Mao era. People from all walks of life have responded to rising inequalities and the privatization of collective goods with a new quest for justice. Although China has remained a censorial society under the authoritarian rule of the Chinese Communist Party state-society relations are being remade by interventions of emergent publics through word and action. In this book a group of anthropologists specializing in Chinese society examine various facets of popular politics which are animated by the pursuit of justice fairness and good government. The ethnographic chapters collectively analyse how ‘the political’ arises in particular judicial situations provoking public judgements or other forms of critical engagement. Focusing on the interplay between private and public spaces between morality and law and between speech and action the contributors in this book explore how such engagements are changing Chinese society from the bottom-up. As the first systematic exploration of the relationship between popular politics emergent publics and notions of justice in contemporary China this book will be useful for students of Chinese Studies Politics and Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172657

Popular Politics in an Aristocratic RepublicPolitical Conflict and Social Contestation in Late Medieval and Early Modern Venice Popular Politics in an Aristocratic Republic explores the different aspects of political actions and experiences in late medieval and early modern Venice. The book challenges the idea that the city of Venice knew no political conflict and social contestation during the medieval and early modern periods. By examining popular politics in Venice as a range of acts of contestation and of constructive popular political participation it contributes to the broader debate about premodern politics. The volume begins in the late fourteenth century when the demographical and social changes resulting from the Black Death facilitated popular challenges to the ruling class’s power and finishes in the late eighteenth century when the French invasion brought an end to the Venetian Republic. It innovates Venetian studies by considering how ordinary Venetians were involved in politics and how popular politics and contestation manifested themselves in this densely populated and diverse city. Together the chapters propose a more nuanced notion of political interactions and highlight the role that ordinary people played in shaping the city’s political configuration as well as how the authorities monitored and punished contestation. Popular Politics in an Aristocratic Republic combines recent historiographical approaches to classic themes from political social economic and religious Venetian history with contributions on gender migration and urban space. The volume will be essential reading for students of Venetian history medieval and early modern Italy and Europe political and social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862282

Popular Politics in Nineteenth Century England Popular Politics in Nineteenth Century England provides an accessible introduction to the culture of English popular politics between 1815 and 1900 the period from Luddism to the New Liberalism. This is an area that has attracted great historical interest and has undergone fundamental revision in the last two decades. Did the industrial revolution create the working class movement or was liberalism (which transcended class divisions) the key mode of political argument? Rohan McWilliam brings this central debate up to date for students of Nineteenth Century British History. He assesses popular ideology in relation to the state the nation gender and the nature of party formation and reveals a much richer social history emerging in the light of recent historiographical developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048429

Popular PostcolonialismsDiscourses of Empire and Popular Culture Drawing together the insights of postcolonial scholarship and cultural studies Popular Postcolonialisms questions the place of ‘the popular’ in the postcolonial paradigm. Multidisciplinary in focus this collection explores the extent to which popular forms are infused with colonial logics and whether they can be employed by those advocating for change. It considers a range of fiction film and non-hegemonic cultural forms engaging with topics such as environmental change language activism and cultural imperialism alongside analysis of figures like Tarzan and Frankenstein. Building on the work of cultural theorists it asks whether the popular is actually where elite conceptions of the world may best be challenged. It also addresses middlebrow cultural production which has tended to be seen as antithetical to radical traditions asking whether this might in fact form an unlikely realm from which to question critique or challenge colonial tropes. Examining the ways in which the imprint of colonial history is in evidence (interrogated mythologized or sublimated) within popular cultural production this book raises a series of speculative questions exploring the interrelation of the popular and the postcolonial. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666149

Popular Protest And Political Culture In Modern ChinaSecond Edition This innovative and widely praised volume uses the dramatic occupation of Tiananmen Square as the foundation for rethinking the cultural dimensions of Chinese politics. Now in a revised and expanded second edition the book includes enhanced coverage of key issues such as the political dimensions of popular culture (addressed in a new chapter on C Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319434

Popular Protest in East Germany An incisive new study of dissent and protest in the German Democratic Republic focusing on the upheaval of 1989-1990. The author an active participant both in the 'Citizens' Movement' and in the street protests of that year draws upon a vast array of sources including interviews documents from the archives of the old regime and the Citizens' Movement and his own diary entries to explore the causes and processes of the East German revolution. The book is at once a lucid and vibrant narrative history and a pioneering contribution to research in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995147

Popular RadicalismThe Working Class Experience 1780-1880 This well-argued and richly-detailed book concludes that the working-class radical movement was never able to prove a serious challenge to the stability of the British state; and in fact achieved very little in these years except when operating in conjunction with the political movements and organizations of the middle class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172944

Popular Religion in Modern ChinaThe New Role of Nuo Since the early 1980s China's rapid economic growth and social transformation have greatly altered the role of popular religion in the country. This book makes a new contribution to the research on the phenomenon by examining the role which popular religion has played in modern Chinese politics. Popular Religion in Modern China uses Nuo as an example of how a popular religion has been directly incorporated into the Chinese Community Party's (CCP) policies and how the religion functions as a tool to maintain socio-political stability safeguard national unification and raise the country's cultural 'soft power' in the eyes of the world. It provides rich new material on the interplay between contemporary Chinese politics popular religion and economic development in a rapidly changing society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053236

Popular Representations of DevelopmentInsights from Novels Films Television and Social Media Although the academic study of development is well established as is also its policy implementation less considered are the broader more popular understandings of development that often shape agendas and priorities particularly in representative democracies. Through its accessible and provocative chapters Popular Representations of Development introduces the idea that while the issue of ‘development’ – defined broadly as problems of poverty and social deprivation and the various agencies and processes seeking to address these – is normally one that is discussed by social scientists and policy makers it also has a wider ‘popular’ dimension. Development is something that can be understood through studying literature films and other non-conventional forms of representation. It is also a public issue one that has historically been associated with musical movements such as Live Aid and increasingly features in newer media such as blogs and social networking. The book connects the effort to build a more holistic understanding of development issues with an exploration of the diverse public sphere in which popular engagement with development takes place. This book gives students of development studies media studies and geography as well as students in the humanities engaging with global development issues a variety of perspectives from different disciplines to open up this new field for discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415822817

Popular Song in the First World WarAn International Perspective What did popular song mean to people across the world during the First World War? For the first time song repertoires and musical industries from countries on both sides in the Great War as well as from neutral countries are analysed in one exciting volume. Experts from around the world and with very different approaches bring to life the entertainment of a century ago to show the role it played in the lives of our ancestors. The reader will meet the penniless lyricist the theatre chain owner the cross-dressing singer fado composer stage Scotsman or rhyming soldier whether they come from Serbia Britain the USA Germany France Portugal or elsewhere in this fascinating exploration of showbiz before the generalization of the gramophone. Singing was a vector for patriotic support for the war and sometimes for anti-war activism but it was much more than that and expressed and constructed debates anxieties social identities and changes in gender roles. This work accompanied by many links to online recordings will allow the reader to glimpse the complex role of popular song in people’s lives in a period of total war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585396

Popular Sovereignty in the WestPolities Contention and Ideas This book is an inquiry into the history of the idea of popular sovereignty as it has been shaped by the struggles between rulers and ruled. It builds on the notion that a thorough analysis of how the idea of popular sovereignty emerges from and interacts with a political history of contention within changing polities can help us to draw similarities and differences with our own age. Providing a historical perspective to the present day Nootens pays strong attention to the role of democratization processes and to the relationship between meanings conveyed by the idea of popular sovereignty political contention and changing representations of the governing relationship. The latter has been undergoing significant transformations in the last decades and these transformations impact significantly upon people’s rights interests wealth and capacity to decide for themselves. In order to understand popular sovereignty in an era of globalization this book argues that focus should be put on current struggles between rulers and ruled as well as on current transformations of the relationship between public and private spheres. Understanding the claims involved in current processes of contention over decision-making processes is key to understanding popular sovereignty in an era of globalization. Making an important contribution to debates on sovereignty Popular Sovereignty in the West will be of interest to students and scholars of modern political theory sovereignty and democratization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496248

Popular SpiritualitiesThe Politics of Contemporary Enchantment In our contemporary post-modern world popular forms of spirituality are increasingly engaging with notions of re-enchantment - of self and community. Not only are narratives of re-enchantment appearing in popular culture at the personal and spiritual level but also they are often accompanied by a pragmatic approach that calls for political activism and the desire to change the world to incorporate these new ideas. Drawing on case studies of particular groups including pagans witches radical faeries post-modern tourists and queer and goddess groups contributors from Australia the UK and North America discuss various forms of spirituality and how they contribute to self-knowledge identity and community life. The book documents an emerging engagement between new quasi-religious groups and political action eco-paganism post-colonial youth culture and alternative health movements to explore how social change emerges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246413

Popular Television in Eastern Europe During and Since Socialism This collection of essays responds to the recent surge of interest in popular television in Eastern Europe. This is a region where television's transformation has been especially spectacular shifting from a state-controlled broadcast system delivering national regional and heavily filtered Western programming to a deregulated multi-platform transnational system delivering predominantly American and Western European entertainment programming. Consequently the nations of Eastern Europe provide opportunities to examine the complex interactions among economic and funding systems regulatory policies globalization imperialism popular culture and cultural identity.This collection will be the first volume to gather the best writing by scholars across and outside the region on socialist and postsocialist entertainment television as a medium technology and institution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138891562

Popular TheatreA Sourcebook Bertolt Brecht turned to cabaret; Ariane Mnouchkine went to the circus; Joan Littlewood wanted to open a palace of fun. These were a few of the directors who turned to popular theatre forms in the last century and this sourcebook accounts for their attraction.Popular theatre forms introduced in this sourcebook include cabaret circus puppetry vaudeville Indian jatra political satire and physical comedy. These entertainments are highly visual itinerant and readily understood by audiences. Popular Theatre: A Sourcebook follows them around the world from the bunraku puppetry of Japan to the masked topeng theatre of Bali to South African political satire the San Francisco Mime Troupe's comic melodramas and a 'Fun Palace' proposed for London.The book features essays from the archives of The Drama Review and other research. Contributions by Roland Barthes Hovey Burgess Marvin Carlson John Emigh Dario Fo Ron Jenkins Joan Littlewood Brooks McNamara Richard Schechner and others offer some of the most important informative and lively writing available on popular theatre. Introducing both Western and non-Western popular theatre practices the sourcebook provides access to theatrical forms which have delighted audiences and attracted stage artists around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013053

Popular Theatres of Nineteenth Century France This is the only book to provide an account of how popular theatre developed from the fairground booths of the eighteenth century to become a vehicle of mass entertainment in the following century. Whereas other studies offer a traditional approach to the theatres of high culture John McCormick takes the role of impartial historian uncovering the popular theatres of the boulevards suburbs and fairgrounds. He focuses on the social and economic context in which vaudevilles pantomimes and melodramas were performed and explores the audiences who enjoyed them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514903

Popular Viennese Electronic Music 1990–2015A Cultural History The author presents a cultural history of popular Viennese electronic music from 1990 to 2015 from the perspectives of production scene and national and international reception. To illustrate this history in depth a number of case studies of the most successful and distinguished musicians are explored such as Kruder and Dorfmeister Patrick Pulsinger Tosca Electric Indigo and Sofa Surfers. The author draws on research about electronic music the relationship between music and the urban environment the history of Austria and Vienna music scenes and fandom the digital shift stardom in popular music (especially electronic music) as well as theories of postmodernism.Chapter 4 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138713918_oachapter4.pdfChapter 8 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138713918_oachapter8.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734220

Popular World Music Popular World Music Second Edition introduces students to popular music genres and artists from around the world. Andrew Shahriari discusses international music styles familiar to most students—Reggae Salsa K-Pop and more—with a comprehensive listening-oriented introduction to mainstream musical culture. Each chapter focuses on specific music styles and their associated geographic origin as well as best-known representative artists such as Bob Marley Carmen Miranda ABBA and Ladysmith Black Mambazo. The text assumes no prior musical knowledge and emphasizes listening as a pathway to learning about music and culture. The subject matter fulfills core general education requirements found today in the university curriculum. The salient musical and cultural features associated with each example are discussed in detail to increase appreciation of the music its history and meaning to its primary audience. NEW to this edition Updates to content to reflect recent developments in resources and popular music trends. Contributing authors in additional areas including Folk Metal Chinese Ethnic Minority Rock and Trinidadian Steel Drum and Soca. "Artist Spotlight" sections highlighting important artists such as Mary J. Blige Bob Marley Tito Puente Enya Umm Kulthum and more. "Ad-lib Afterthought" sections and "Questions to Consider" to prompt further discussion of each chapter. Lots of new photos! Updated and additional website materials for students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684478

Popularisation and Populism in the Visual ArtsAttraction Images This book investigates the pictorial figurations aesthetic styles and visual tactics through which visual art and popular culture attempt to appeal to "all of us". One key figure these practices bring into play—the "everybody" (which stands for "all of us" and is sometimes a "new man" or a "new woman")—is discussed in an interdisciplinary way involving scholars from several European countries. A key aspect is how popularisation and communication practices—which can assume populist forms—operate in contemporary democracies and where their genealogies lie. A second focus is on the ambivalences of attraction i.e. on the ways in which visual creations can evoke desire as well as hatred. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605886

Popularizing Japanese TVThe Cultural Economic and Emotional Dimensions of Infotainment Discourse Over the past years the view has emerged that Japanese TV is dominated by an infotainment mode of discourse. The book extends this view detailing and interpreting the cultural economic and emotional dimensions of this communication phenomenon from an ethnographic perspective. It examines the complex ways in which infotainment works in an advanced capitalist society. As such this is more than a book about Japan; it is a work that fits within media ethnography and cultural studies and appeals to readers interested in the question of how television at the heart of the global media stream successfully turns into a persuasive intimate and powerful member of a televisual audience-family through carefully engineered televisual discourses linguistic/non-linguistic component audiovisual strategies and economic and cultural elements.Drawing on ethnographic observations in TV stations in two major cities Sendai and Tokyo the book reveals several essential components embedded within infotainment discourse. Thus this book not only provides a panoramic picture of a core phenomenon in Japanese broadcasting since the 2000s but also discusses how both cultural discourses and economic considerations influence contemporary television broadcasting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583590

Popularizing National Pasts1800 to the Present Popularizing National Pasts is the first truly cross-national and comparative study of popular national histories their representations the meanings given to them and their uses which expands outside the confines of Western Europe and the US. It draws a picture of popular histories which is European in the full sense of this term. One of its fortes is the inclusion of Eastern Europe. The cross-national angle of Popularizing National Pasts is apparent in the scope of its comparative project as well as that of the longue durée it covers. Apart from essays on Britain France and Germany the collection includes studies of popular histories in Scandinavia Eastern and Southern Europe notably Romania Bulgaria Croatia Armenia Russia and the Ukraine as well as considering the US and Argentina. Cross-national comparison is also a central concern of the thirteen case studies in the volume which are each devoted to comparing between two or more national historical cultures. Thus temporality –both continuities and breaks- in popular notions of the past its interpretations and consumption is examined in the long continuum. The volume makes available to English readers probably for the first time the cutting edge of Eastern European scholarship on popular histories nationalism and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118393

Popularizing Science and Technology in the European Periphery 1800–2000 The vast majority of European countries have never had a Newton Pasteur or Einstein. Therefore a historical analysis of their scientific culture must be more than the search for great luminaries. Studies of the ways science and technology were communicated to the public in countries of the European periphery can provide a valuable insight into the mechanisms of the appropriation of scientific ideas and technological practices across the continent. The contributors to this volume each take as their focus the popularization of science in countries on the margins of Europe who in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries may be perceived to have had a weak scientific culture. A variety of scientific genres and forums for presenting science in the public sphere are analysed including botany and women teaching and popularizing physics and thermodynamics scientific theatres national and international exhibitions botanical and zoological gardens popular encyclopaedias popular medicine and astronomy and genetics in the press. Each topic is situated firmly in its historical and geographical context with local studies of developments in Spain Portugal Italy Hungary Denmark Belgium and Sweden. Popularizing Science and Technology in the European Periphery provides us with a fascinating insight into the history of science in the public sphere and will contribute to a better understanding of the circulation of scientific knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259843

Population Ethnicity And Nationbuilding This volume focuses on the linkages between ethnicity and population processes in the context of nation-building. Using historical and contemporary illustrations in a variety of countries parts of this complex puzzle are scrutinized through the prisms of sociology history political science anthropology and demography Themes of ethnic group formation and transformation persistence and assimilation demographic transitions and convergences and the processes of political mobilization and economic development are described and compared. Case studies from Southeast Asia China Africa Brazil Israel the former Soviet Union Canada Europe and the United States are presented by leading scholars. The examples illustrate the diversity of contexts that connect population ethnicity and nation-building raising new questions and comparative problems. The importance of ethnic conflict for issues of inequality and group disadvantage in the emerging societies of Asia Africa and the Middle East; in the politics of race and immigration in western societies; and in European and American history emerges from the research. The multidisciplinary emphasis addresses core themes of ethnicity and nation-building in comparative perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283896

Population Health and Nutrition in the SahelIssues in the Welfare of Selected West African Communities This collection of studies first published in 1985 describes some contemporary problems of selected pastoral and agro-pastoral communities of the West African Sahel. Several important features of the Sahel are illustrated: the significance of seasonal factors in causing periodic stress amongst people and animals the economic uncertainty introduced by interannual climactic variations as well as the role of traditional systems of social and economic organisation in providing some support during periods of need. The findings presented here are published in co-operation with the Sahel Institute a regional research organisation set up in the early 1970s with representation from eight Sahelian countries – Cape Verde Chad Gambia Mali Mauritania Niger Senegal and Upper Volta. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850094

Population Migration and Settlement in Australia and the Asia-PacificIn Memory of Graeme Hugo The chapters in this book reflect on the work of seminal Australian geographer the late Professor Graeme Hugo. Graeme Hugo was widely respected because of his impressive contributions to scholarship and policy in the fields of migration population and development which spanned several decades. This collection of works contains contributions from authors whose own research has been influenced by Hugo; and includes numerous authors who worked closely with Hugo throughout his career. The collection provides an opportunity to reflect on Hugo’s legacy and also to foreground contemporary scholarship in his key areas of research focus. The chapters are organised into two thematic threads. Part I contains works relating to ‘Population Migration and Settlement in Australia’ while Part II focuses on ‘Labour and Environmental Migration in the Asia-Pacific’. Together these two thematic threads provide broad coverage of Graeme Hugo’s key areas of research focus. The chapters also serve as a reminder of Hugo’s steadfast concern with producing careful scholarship for the public good and seek to prompt continued work in this vein.  The chapters originally published in special issues in Australian Geographer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891947

Population Mobility and BelongingUnderstanding Population Concepts in Media Culture and Society In a world of increasing mobility and migration population size and composition come under persistent scrutiny across public policy public debate and film and television. Drawing on media cultural and social theory approaches this book takes a fresh look at the concept of ‘population’ as a term that circulates outside the traditional disciplinary areas of demography governance and statistics—a term that gives coherence to notions such as community nation the world and global humanity itself. It focuses on understanding how the concept of population governs ways of thinking about our own identities and forms of belonging at local national and international levels; on the manner in which television genres fixate on depictions of overpopulation and underpopulation; on the emergence of questions of ethics of belonging and migration in relation to cities; on attitudes towards otherness; and on the use by an emergent ‘alt-right’ politics of population in ‘forgotten people’ concepts. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology geography and media and cultural studies with interests in questions of belonging citizenship and population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186876

Population Ageing in Central and Eastern EuropeSocietal and Policy Implications During the 1990s Europe became the first continent with a 'mature society' where people aged 60 years and older outnumber children and as this trend continues the resulting 'ageing societies' will differ from previous societies in their make-up in their needs and in their resource allocation. Population ageing poses an even greater challenge to the post-communist societies of Central and Eastern Europe. While still struggling to cope with the aftermath of the economic and social transition process following the breakdown of communism they are now facing even more rapid demographic change than Western Europe. This book brings together leading scholars to present an understanding of the processes underlying the very rapid population ageing in Central and Eastern Europe. In addition to discussing the main demographic drivers behind this development in each of the countries examined this volume also discusses its implications for policy healthcare provision workforces intergenerational family relations the social cohesion of future Central and Eastern European societies and the quality of life experienced by their citizens. Organised around broad geographical regions with final sections analysing the book's findings and their future implications Population Ageing in Central and Eastern Europe will be of interest to gerontologists policy makers students and scholars of population change Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278561

Population and Community Ecology for Insect Management and Conservation One of the themes of the 20th International Congress of Entomology held in Florence in August 1996 was Ecology and Population Dynamics with papers presented on single species dynamics population interactions and community ecology. This book contains a selection of the papers that were presented and gives a late-1990s picture of the latest research in this fast developing area. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429333422

Population and DemographyWorld archaeology 30:2 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405257

Population and Development The new edition of Population and Development offers an up-to-date perspective on one of the critical issues at the heart of the problems of development for all countries and especially those that seek to implement major economic and social change: the reflexive relationships between a country’s population and its development. How does population size distribution age structure and skill base affect development patterns and prospects? How has global development been affected by regional population change? Retaining the structure of the well-received first edition the book has been substantially revised and updated. The opening chapters of the book establish the theoretical and historical basis for examining the basic reflexive relationship with exploration of the Malthusian perspective and its critics to examine how population change affects development and exploration of the Demographic Transition Model and its critics to examine how why and to what extent development drives population change. These are followed by empirically rich chapters on each of the main components of population change – mortality fertility internal and international migration age structures and skill base – each elaborating key ideas with detailed and contrasting case studies from all regions of the developing world. There are concluding and more integrative discussions on population policies and global population futures. Bringing together Population Studies Development Studies and Geography the new edition of Population and Development is a key resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students across a range of programmes with specialist modules on population change. There is a large bibliography with major new sections identifying a wide range of online resources for further study. Each chapter contains a reading guide with discussion questions. The text is enlivened by a number of case studies from around the world most of which are new or have been substantially revised. Written by a leading international scholar in population the book successfully integrates cutting-edge academic research with the focus and efforts of international development agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138794429

Population and Development in the Third World Allan and Anne Findlay argue that a nation's human population is a vital resource in the development process. Changes in its composition - increased life expectancy combined with a falling birth rate for example - can have profound effects upon a society. Warfare and mass migration of male workers also have long-reaching effects on those left behind. The rapid growth of Third World populations has often incorrectly been identified as the major force preventing more rapid economic development. Population pressure has been known to generate technological breakthroughs. Their final chapter examines family planning programmes and concludes by asking who benefits most from population policies and questioning the right of developed countries to advocate family planning programmes for Third World nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417120

Population and Development of the Arab Gulf StatesThe Case of Bahrain Oman and Kuwait This thought-provoking study measures and critically examines the effects that an average population growth rate of 2.8% could have on the development of the Arab Gulf States.  It questions the ability of Gulf governments to continue providing relatively high standards of education health and employment under conditions of rapid population growth an undiversified economic base and a tribal political framework.  Within this context population growth is identified as one important variable that hinders long-term development. The book will appeal to all those interested in the Middle East demography development and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258488

Population and DevelopmentHigh and Low Fertility in Poorer Countries First published in 1978 this book explores the vital global issue of high and low fertility in poorer countries through a series of case studies by contemporary experts in the fields of development and demography. These studies examine such issues as: the relations between fertility rates and income distributions in poor societies; the question of whether or not neo-classical macro-economics are sufficient to understand and to try to engineer relations between economies and populations; and the specifics of the relations between fertility and a variety of socio-economic factors in both South Asia and West Africa. The point of the collection is to explain how very far general models can be taken and to suggest that they cannot be taken as far as those who have tended to ignore the structural complexities of and differences between various societies have implied. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880818

Population and DevelopmentThe Search for Selective Interventions First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064338

Population And EnvironmentRethinking The Debate This ambitious interdisciplinary volume places population processes in their social political and economic contexts while it considers their environmental impacts.Examining the multi-faceted patterns of human relationships the book focuses especially on the essential experiences and perspectives of poor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283858

Population And Migration Trends In Eastern Europe Eastern Europe is undergoing broad changes in demographic structure that have widened the ranges of population growth between countries and have created new problems of worker movement. This book contains both broad theoretical and conceptual essays and specific analyses of demographic structure. It provides prime examples of different methodologies both quantitative and nonquantitative in geography anthropology sociology and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283865

Population and Society in the Arab East This book first published in English in 1964 examines a wide range of topics concerning society in the Arab East. Chapters are concerned with woman and the family; religious and linguistic communities; bedouins fellas and townsmen; and the various social and economic classes and strata. While there are no special sections devoted to geography economics culture trends of thought and the historical and political developments of the Arab Eastern countries there is scarcely a page which does not touch on one or another of them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642966

Population and Strategies for National Sustainable Development First Published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979086

Population and Strategies for National Sustainable DevelopmentA guide to assist national policy makers in linking population and environment The guide serves as a resource for national-level policy makers and the staff of conservation organizations who wish to integrate population and environmental conditions in planning for sustainable development. It presents the basic rationale for linking population and environmental issues including the demonstrable impact that growth in population and consumption is having on the environment. At the same time it acknowledges the difficulty of achieving integration due to long-entrenched disciplinary and institutional specialization. The guide refrains from making blanket prescriptions but rather emphasizes that policy and planning responses must be attuned to the location-specific nature of population-environment interactions. A number of mechanisms for achieving integration are presented including placement of demographers within national planning organizations or creation of country-based networks of population and conservation professionals who meet regularly to share knowledge and experience. For those less familiar with previous research the book includes a primer on demographic change and models and frameworks for understanding the links between population dynamics (births deaths growth migration) and environmental change.Originally published in 1996 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003076674

Population Change in Europe the Middle-East and North AfricaBeyond the Demographic Divide Current demographic trends raise new questions challenges and controversies. Comparing demographic trends in Europe and the NAME-region (North Africa and the Middle East) this book demonstrates how population change interacts with changing economic landscapes social distinctions and political realities. A variety of drivers contribute to demographic change in the various regions and countries considered such as family policies economic realities the impact of educational differentials and the attitudes towards marriage. On the macro-level the new trends are restructuring the age composition of populations and are reshaping the life courses of individuals and families. In turn the impact demographic forces have on the organisation of labour markets on fiscal policies on the care of the elderly on migration flows and on political changes can be quite radical. The volume provides food for thought for those who are looking for a nuanced perspective on the background and future perspectives of demographic developments in Europe for a discussion of recent demographic and political realities in the NAME countries and for those who analyse the effects of contrasting demographic regimes on migration flows to and migration politics in Europe. Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.tandfebooks.com/page/openaccess. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546752

Population ControlReal Costs Illusory Benefits For over half a century policymakers committed to population control have perpetrated a gigantic costly and inhumane fraud upon the human race. They have robbed people of the developing countries of their progeny and the people of the developed world of their pocketbooks. Determined to stop population growth at all costs those Mosher calls "population controllers" have abused women targeted racial and religious minorities undermined primary health care programs and encouraged dictatorial actions if not dictatorship. They have skewed the foreign aid programs of the United States and other developed countries in an anti-natal direction corrupted dozens of well-intentioned nongovernmental organizations and impoverished authentic development programs. Blinded by zealotry they have even embraced the most brutal birth control campaign in history: China's infamous one-child policy with all its attendant horrors. There is no workable demographic definition of "overpopulation." Those who argue for its premises conjure up images of poverty - low incomes poor health unemployment malnutrition overcrowded housing to justify anti-natal programs. The irony is that such policies have in many ways caused what they predicted - a world which is poorer materially less diverse culturally less advanced economically and plagued by disease. The population controllers have not only studiously ignored mounting evidence of their multiple failures; they have avoided the biggest story of them all. Fertility rates are in free fall around the globe. Movements with billions of dollars at their disposal not to mention thousands of paid advocates do not go quietly to their graves. Moreover many in the movement are not content to merely achieve zero population growth they want to see negative population numbers. In their view our current population should be reduced to one or two billion or so. Such a goal would keep these interest groups fully employed. It would also have dangerous consequences for a global environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315126999

Population Dilemmas in the Middle East This study provides a general outline of Palestinian population growth between 1948 and 1987 and then focuses on the town of Nablus for a detailed analysis of the main aspects of Palestinian migration and high rates of natural increase. The author shows how the recession that struck the Arab oil economies in the early 1980s by slowing down the migratory movement shut off the valve that had afforded the Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza relief from economic pressures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044230

Population Dynamics of Commercial Fish in Inland Reservoirs This text analyzes the structure of fish populations in inland reservoirs based on absolute values of their mass. The structure of population and its changes have been examined in seven fish species from small lakes two from large lakes and seven from large reservoirs in plains. Special attention has been paid to the main indicator of the structure of population-correlation between the age of ichthyomass and mass maturation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742761

Population Genomics with R Population Genomics With R presents a multidisciplinary approach to the analysis of population genomics. The methods treated cover a large number of topics from traditional population genetics to large-scale genomics with high-throughput sequencing data. Several dozen R packages are examined and integrated to provide a coherent software environment with a wide range of computational statistical and graphical tools. Small examples are used to illustrate the basics and published data are used as case studies. Readers are expected to have a basic knowledge of biology genetics and statistical inference methods. Graduate students and post-doctorate researchers will find resources to analyze their population genetic and genomic data as well as help them design new studies. The first four chapters review the basics of population genomics data acquisition and the use of R to store and manipulate genomic data. Chapter 5 treats the exploration of genomic data an important issue when analysing large data sets. The other five chapters cover linkage disequilibrium population genomic structure geographical structure past demographic events and natural selection. These chapters include supervised and unsupervised methods admixture analysis an in-depth treatment of multivariate methods and advice on how to handle GIS data. The analysis of natural selection a traditional issue in evolutionary biology has known a revival with modern population genomic data. All chapters include exercises. Supplemental materials are available on-line (http://ape-package.ird.fr/PGR.html). Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138608184

Population Geography: Progress & Prospect (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1986 this book presents a comprehensive overview of the contemporary state of knowledge in the field of population geography. It discusses the contemporary state of the art and surveys new research developments and new thinking in the major branches of the subject. It thereby provides an introductory guide to contemporary trends and forms a reference point for future development in the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415616126

Population GeographyA Systematic Exposition This book studies the origins and development of population geography as a discipline. It explores the key concepts tools and statistical and demographic techniques that are widely employed in the analysis of population. The chapters in this book: Provide a comprehensive geographical account of population attributes in the world with a particular focus on India; Study the three major components of population change – fertility mortality and migration – that have remained somewhat neglected in the study of human geography so far; Examine the salient social demographic and economic characteristics of population along with topics such as size distribution and growth of population; Discuss major population theories policies and population–development–environment interrelations thus marking a significant departure from the traditional pattern-oriented approach. Well supplemented with figures maps and tables this key text will be an indispensable read for students researchers and teachers of human geography demography anthropology sociology economics and population studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367441548

Population Growth and Planning PolicyHousing and Employment Location in the West Midlands First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979093

Population GrowthThe Vital Revolution The population of the modern world continues to grow at a rate unprecedented in human history. How are we to explain this massive increase in the number of living people? What is its consequence now and for the future? How have populations changed in size and structure since the advent of industrial technology? Can we predict the population trends in developing countries? These and many other significant questions are dealt with in a persuasive yet accessible manner in Ronald Freedman's pivotal "Population Growth".Modern population trends are unique in historical perspective; describing them as part of a "vital revolution" is not an exaggeration. The more popular term "population explosion" is less accurate because it refers to only one aspect of the current situation - the unprecedented growth rates. In the last two centuries other important trends have developed also without precedent in all of the previous millennia of human history. While the size of population growth is very important in itself the essays in this volume demonstrate that many other aspects of structure and change in populations are equally important.In readable non-technical language these collected essays analyze the most important modern trends in world population. The essays include comprehensive discussions of population theory analyses of population trends and prospects in the United States and surveys of population trends in other major areas of the world. As a survey of current population problems this book will be a library staple for those involved in international development programs sociologists family planning workers and everyone concerned with the contemporary vital revolution in population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530461

Population Health Intervention ResearchGeographical perspectives Health geographers are well situated for undertaking population health intervention research (PHIR) and have an opportunity to be at the forefront of this emerging area of inquiry. However in order to advance PHIR the scientific community needs to be innovative with its methodologies theories and ability to think critically about population health issues. For example using alternatives (e.g. community-based participatory research) to traditional study designs such as the randomised control trial health geographers can contribute in important ways to understanding the complex relationships between population health (both intended and unintended consequences) interventions and place. Representing a diverse array of health concerns ranging across chronic and infectious diseases and research employing varied qualitative and quantitative methodologies the contributions to this book illustrate how geographic concepts and approaches have informed the design and planning of intervention(s) and/or the evaluation of health impacts. For example the authors argue that geographically targeting interventions to places of high-need and tailoring interventions to local place contexts are critically important for intervention success. Including an afterword by Professor Louise Potvin this book will appeal to researchers interested in population and public/community health and epidemiology as well as health geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668198

Population HealthAn Implementation Guide to Improve Outcomes and Lower Costs As healthcare moves from volume to value payment models and delivery systems will need to change their focus from the individual patient to a population orientation. This will move our economic model from that of a "sick system" to a system of care focused on prevention boosting patient engagement and reducing medical expenditures. This new focus will shift traditional financial accountability from the payer model to provider directed models.Population Health: An Implementation Guide to Improve Outcomes and Lower Costs covers not only the rationale for this transition but also outlines successful practice models that are built to thrive in these new market dynamics. Besides the philosophical and the cultural aspects of these new models it details the implementation and strategic initiatives required to succeed in today’s value- and population-oriented healthcare environment.Describing what population health is the book explains why it represents an opportunity for healthcare delivery systems public health agencies community-based organizations and other entities to work together to improve health outcomes in the communities they serve.The book clarifies how the new models will impact healthcare providers how to manage populations and how to handle the risk factors involved. It details new delivery models such as primary care and medical neighborhoods and outlines the value proposition of screening and prevention in assigned populations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498705554

Population in HistoryEssays in Historical Demography Volume I: General and Great Britain This large-scale comparative endeavor complete in two volumes reflects increasing concern with the population factor in economic and social change worldwide. Demographers on their side have been focusing on history. In response to this Population in History represents the work of two practitioners that have begun to work together using their combined approaches in an attempt to assess and account for population growth experienced by the West since the seventeenth century.There is a long record of interest in the history of population. But the interest now displayed is likely to be both more persistent and far more fruitful in its consequences. New studies have been initiated in many countries. And because the studies are more informed and systematic than many of those of earlier periods they are already provoking the further spread of research. A much more positive part is now also being played by national and international associations of historians and demographers. It is not unlikely that within the next fifteen or twenty years the main outlines of population change in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries will be firmly established for much of Europe.Previous research has tended to appear in specialist journals and academic publications. This volume is intended to provide a more easily accessible publication. It has been thought appropriate to include some earlier work both because of its intrinsic interest and because it provided the background and part of the stimulus to the later research. Of the twenty-seven contributions to this outstanding volume seven are unabridged reprints of earlier work; the remaining contributions are either entirely new or represent substantial revisions of work published elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530478

Population in HistoryEssays in Historical Demography Volume II: Europe and United States This large-scale comparative endeavor complete in two volumes reflects increasing concern with the population factor in economic and social change worldwide. Demographers on their side have been focusing on history. In response to this Population in History represents the work of two practitioners that have begun to work together using their combined approaches in an attempt to assess and account for population growth experienced by the West since the seventeenth century.There is a long record of interest in the history of population. But the interest now displayed is likely to be both more persistent and far more fruitful in its consequences. New studies have been initiated in many countries. And because the studies are more informed and systematic than many of those of earlier periods they are already provoking the further spread of research. A much more positive part is now also being played by national and international associations of historians and demographers. It is not unlikely that within the next fifteen or twenty years the main outlines of population change in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries will be firmly established for much of Europe.Previous research has tended to appear in specialist journals and academic publications. This volume is intended to provide a more easily accessible publication. It has been thought appropriate to include some earlier work both because of its intrinsic interest and because it provided the background and part of the stimulus to the later research. Of the twenty-seven contributions to this outstanding volume seven are unabridged reprints of earlier work; the remaining contributions are either entirely new or represent substantial revisions of work published elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530485

Population MalthusHis Life and Times This is a fascinating insight into the work of one of our greatest thinkers.  Thomas Robert Malthus (1766–1834) is best remembered today for his theories on the menace of over-population; this first ever full-length biography shows him also in his role as one of the founders of classical political economy still a controversial figure in the history of economic thought. Based on exhaustive research among contemporary sources it gives an account of Malthus’s two careers as an economist and as a professor at the East India College. Patricia James describes how at the East India College Malthus was influential in the establishment of an incorruptible Civil Service and the modern system of written examinations in circumstances which seem almost farcical today. She gives an account of his family and social life which was full of warmth and variety with an abundance of ‘characters’ as well as many famous men. People nowadays are inclined to argue in a vacuum whether Malthus is ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ about population outrunning subsistence and about the adequacy of aggregate demand in a capitalist society. Patricia James shows him in his historical setting so that the book is a study both of the man and of the age in which he lived. She believes that paradoxically if we view Malthus’s works as the period pieces they are it becomes more and not less easy to see their relevance to our own problems. Although Malthus’s search for basic principles in a changing world was confused and erratic his ideas are still illuminating to those who prefer investigation and reappraisal to the mere reiteration of dogma. This text was first published in 1975. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850087

Population Mental HealthEvidence Policy and Public Health Practice Over the last century public health efforts such as immunization safer food practices public health education and promotion improved sanitation and water purification have been very successful in eradicating and controlling a host of diseases. The result has been a dramatic improvement in health and life expectancy. However the impact that mental illnesses have on individuals and society as a whole has largely been overlooked by the discipline.This pioneering volume examines the evidence-base for incorporating mental health into the public health agenda by linking the available research on population mental health with public mental health policy and practice. Issues covered in the book include the influence of health and mental health policies on the care and well-being of individuals with mental illness the interconnectedness of physical and mental disorders the obstacles to adopting a public health orientation to mental health/mental illness and the potential application of public health models of intervention.Setting out a unique and innovative model for integrated public mental health care Population Mental Health identifies the tools and strategies of public health practice � surveillance and screening early identification preventive interventions health promotion and community action � and their application to twenty-first century public mental health policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539715

Population Persistence and Migration in Rural New York 1855-1860 This title first published in 1989 explores the population change in America during the 1800s by closely examining frontier settlement urbanisation and depopulation and emigration from rural areas of the north-eastern United States. Population Persistence and Migration in Rural New York 1855-1860 will be of interest to students of history and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138045743

Population Policy and Reproduction in SingaporeMaking Future Citizens This book examines the relationship between population policies and individual reproductive decisions in low-fertility contexts. Using the case study of Singapore it demonstrates that the effectiveness of population policy is a function of competing notions of citizenship and the gap between seemingly neutral policy incentives and the perceived and experienced disparate effects. Drawing on a substantial number of personal interviews and focus groups the book analyzes the developmental welfare state’s overarching emphasis of citizen responsibility and examines population policies that reinforce social inequalities and ignore cultural diversity. These factors combine to undermine elaborate state policy efforts in encouraging citizens’ biological reproduction. The book goes on to argue that in order to facilitate positive fertility decisions the state needs to modify the “economic production at all cost” approach and pay much more attention to the importance of social rights. This suggests that the Singapore government might profitably approach the phenomenon of very low fertility with major initiatives similar to those of other advanced industrialized societies. This book offers a significant contribution to the literature on social policy East Asian and Southeast Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785205

Population Politics in Twentieth Century EuropeFascist Dictatorships and Liberal Democracies Maria Sophia Quine demystifies the population policies of fascist regimes by looking at them in the wider context of how societies in general reacted to the profound economic changes brought by industrialization. Population Politics in Twentieth Century Europe: provides an original comparative treatment of European population policies gives the historical background to twentieth-century population policies considers topics such as racism and sexism in Nazi ideology Eugenics in England family allowance schemes in France and sterilization synthesizes the latest research in different fields and countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425415

Population PoliticsThe Choices That Shape Our Future International efforts to regulate fertility rates so that populations do not grow beyond the earth's capacity have included technical assistance and capital; improved health care conditions to lower the risk of infant mortality; increased opportunities to develop literacy; the democratization of governments; and several decades of liberal immigration and refugee policies favoring third world nations. The persistence of high fertility despite international efforts confounds demographers. 'Population Politics' brilliantly dissects the paradigm responsible for the counterproductive efforts of nations and international agencies. Abernethy a renowned anthropologist shows why policies hamper the shift to lower fertility. Ireland Indonesia Cuba China Turkey and Egypt are but a few of the countries Abernethy examines showing how economic sociocultural and agricultural factors that have caused population growth can be harnessed to stabilize population size. 'Population Politics' is a provocative examination of the influence of aid and liberal immigration policies on world population growth and often counterproductive to the role of the United States as an industrial power. This volume's uniquely interdisciplinary perspective will enlighten the lay reader as well as demographers and epidemiologists conservationists reproduction and family specialists agricultural economists and public health personnel. Virginia D. Abernethy is professor emeritus of psychiatry (anthropology) at Vanderbilt Medical School and was for 11 years the editor of the scholarly journal 'Population and Environment. Garrett Hardin is emeritus professor of human ecology in the Department of Biological Sciences and the University of California Santa Barbara. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530508

Population Pressure and Cultural Adjustment Integrating research from anthropology biology and history this provocative brilliant book proposes a theory of demographic equilibrium. The author's hypothesis is that human beings like many other species are able to adjust their population numbers to the carrying capacity of the environment. Abernethy points out that in response to perception of scarcity or abundance of resources culturally mediated values beliefs and behavioral patterns are modified in ways that can either raise or lower rates of population growth. Abernethy in this way moves beyond the ideological debates that have sundered the field of policy and population. In real world time and space cultural adjustments that balance population and resources are made over a long stretch in relatively stable or known environments. These adjustments also operate in processes that involve technological advances that appear to increase carrying capacity and these usually act to support and underwrite population growth in any given area. In her new introduction to this first paperback edition Abernethy shows how many of the cultural changes the book predicted in 1979 have come to pass. She details a complex of behaviors that favor single life-styles or small family size that have contributed to low fertility rates among native-born Americans while fertility rates among immigrants continue to climb. Population Pressure and Cultural Adjustment is not simply a theoretical slogan but discusses a rich set of different cultural situations where this homeostatic process has been disrupted or aborted. Often disruption occurs after the infusion of foreign value systems as well as new forms of technological innovation or when highly permeable social boundaries result in the importation of resources for which the limits and consequences are not fully appreciated by the host population. This work will inevitably be controversial because of its implications for the limits as well as the potential of public policy in both advanced and underdeveloped societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530515

Population ProblemsTopical Issues The effects of the rapidly expanding human population on the environment and the planet's future is a matter of increasing concern and lively debate. This timely collection of essays discusses some of the most important aspects of the population growth phenomenon and offers potential solutions. Chapters analyse population dynamics carrying capacity of the environment water and food supply effects on tribal societies and the AIDS pandemic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859088

Population Studies Demography is the scientific study of human populations. Classical demography has at its core three processes: fertility migration and mortality. To be human is to be part of the demographic process so contemporary studies of population focus not only on the implications of population size and change but also on how social influences affect individual behaviour and how actions at the individual level contribute to the composition of the population. Globally population issues are of increasing concern to governments and other policy-makers. Particularly over the last fifty years or so there have been many iterations of the population ‘problem’. From overpopulation to population ageing to ultra-low fertility this new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together the most important thinking about and theories on population to enable users to make sense of a vast—and rapidly expanding—corpus of scholarship. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editors which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Population Studies is an essential work of reference. For researchers students and policy-makers it is as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670944

Population Theories and their Economic Interpretation First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006529

Population Theory in China Professor Ma Yinchu’s New Population Theory was widely criticised and discredited in the early years of the People’s Republic of China. However in 1979 the Chinese government began to accept his hypothesis that the country could not afford more than a 2% increase in population and agreed that the population must be controlled. As a result the government began setting out campaigns to promote single-child families and measures to curb fertility in an attempt to reduce the rate of natural births. First published in 1980 H. Yuan Tien’s study demonstrates the major changes that took place in China in 1979 how the acceptance of New Population Theory affected the country as a whole and what policies were likely to be put into place as an after-effect. This title will be of interest to students of Asian Studies and International Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649699

Population Under DuressGeodemography Of Post-soviet Russia The demographic history of twentieth-century Russia has been marked by a series of tragedies. Calamitous wars revolutions civil strife and political murders have resulted in unparalleled mortality rates depressed fertility rates and sadly unprecedented demographic patterns of all types. This volume explores the most recent problems afflicting the Russian population in the post?Cold War era.The demise of the Soviet Union has brought new hardships?the collapse of the health-care system internal strife and economic disruptions?to the people and has deeply affected demographic processes throughout Russia. The contributors explore key trends from increasing mortality rates and decreasing birth rates to refugee flows into Russia and the ?brain drain? out of Russia. Problems of aging increased infant mortality and urban and rural population change are discussed in detail for each major region.Rarely has there been a better opportunity to examine the spatial economic psychological and political factors contributing to demographic stress in a current setting. These demographic processes are not only unique as a domestic social phenomenon but are also immensely significant in their global impact influencing international migration and foreign aid. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429503528

Population-Level Ecological Risk Assessment Most ecological risk assessments consider the risk to individual organisms or organism-level attributes. From a management perspective however risks to population-level attributes and processes are often more relevant. Despite many published calls for population risk assessment and the abundance of available scientific research and technical tools assessing risks to populations risk assessors worldwide still have difficulty determining how population level considerations can be integrated into environmental decision-making.Population-Level Ecological Risk Assessment establishes a framework for goals methods and data needs for different assessment applications and for integrating population-level risk assessment into risk management decisions. Beginning with a summary of legal regulatory business and other contexts the book presents population-level ecological risk assessment as an internationally recognized science-based tool and offers specific recommendations for using this tool to support environmental management decisions. It gives clear explicit operational population assessment definitions and explains the relevance of density dependence genetics and spatial considerations as well as applicable lessons from conservation biology and natural resource management. The authors provide a "tool box" of empirical and modeling methods and describe the general approaches assumptions data requirements strengths and limitations of each method. They establish a working foundation for designing and conducting population-level ecological risk assessments consistent with North American European and Japanese risk management approaches. The book concludes by highlighting key considerations needed to improve the scientific quality and interpretation of assessments. Detailed appendices include examples of population-level assessment approaches applicable to specific environmental management contexts a modeling case study and a supplemental r Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452926

Populations At Risk In AmericaVulnerable Groups At The End Of The Twentieth Century As this century draws to a close and the new one approaches the United States is still struggling with serious and persistent social problems. These troubling dilemmas including poverty homelessness discrimination and severe inequity afflict some subgroups of the population more than others and it is the plight of these at-risk groups.  This book provides keen and powerful insights into the problems affecting the "disadvantaged" populations of this nation. The contributors’ informed perspectives are critically important if we are to comprehend the scale and complexity of the obstacles to achieving an "equitable society" in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283902

Populatn Soc Arab East Ils 68 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863315

Populism Media and EducationChallenging discrimination in contemporary digital societies Based on a major research project funded by the European Commission Populism Media and Education studies how discriminatory stereotypes are built online with a particular focus on right-wing populism. Globalization and migration have led to a new era of populism and racism in Western countries rekindling traditional forms of discrimination through innovative means. New media platforms are being seen by populist organizations as a method to promote hate speech and unprecedented forms of proselytism. Race gender disability and sexual orientation are all being used to discriminate and young people are the preferred target for populist organizations and movements. This book examines how media education can help to deconstruct such hate speech and promote young people’s full participation in media-saturated societies. Drawing on rich examples from Austria Belgium Bulgaria France Italy Slovenia and the UK - countries characterized by different political and cultural contexts – Populism Media and Education addresses key questions about the meaning of new populism the nature of e-engagement and the role of education and citizenship in the digital century. With its international and interdisciplinary approach this book is essential reading for academics and students in the areas of education media studies sociology cultural studies political sciences discrimination and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359180

Populism and Collective MemoryComparing Fascist Legacies in Western Europe Right-wing populism is a global phenomenon that challenges several pillars of liberal democracy and it is often described as a dangerous political ideology because it resonates with the fascist idea of power in terms of anti-pluralism and lack of minorities’ protection. In Western Europe many political actors are exploiting the fears and insecurities linked to globalization economic crisis and mass migrations to attract voters. However while right-wing populist discourses are mainstream in certain countries they are almost completely taboo in others. Why is right-wing populism so successful in Italy Austria and France while in Germany it is marginal and socially unacceptable? It is because each country developed a certain collective memory of the fascist past which stigmatizes that past to different levels. For this reason right-wing populism can find favorable conditions to thrive in certain countries while in others it is considered as an illegitimate and dangerous idea of power. Through a comparative study of eight European countries this book shows that short-term factors linked to levels of corruption economic situation and quality of democracy interact with long-term cultural elements and collective memories in determining the social acceptability of right-wing populist discourses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225179

Populism and Heritage in EuropeLost in Diversity and Unity Populism and Heritage in Europe explores popular discourses about European and national heritage that are being used by specific political actors to advance their agendas and to prevent minority groups from being accepted into European society. Investigating what kind of effect the politics of fear has on these notions of heritage and identity the book also examines what kind of impact recent events and crises have had on the types of European memories and identities that have been promoted by the supporters of right-wing populist parties. Based on qualitative fieldwork conducted in six countries this book specifically analyses how anti-European identities are being articulated by right-wing populist individuals. Providing an analysis of the manifestos speeches and official documents of such parties the book examines how they instrumentalise xenophobia Islamophobia Euroscepticism globalisation and international trade in European spaces to mobilise the masses hit by financial crisis and refugee crisis. Drawing on in-depth interviews with the sympathisers of populist movements Kaya provides some insights into the main motivations of these individuals in resorting to nativist and populist discourses whilst also providing a thorough analysis of the use of the past and heritage by such parties and their followers. Populism and Heritage provides a unique insight into one of the most contested trends of the contemporary age. As such the book should be of great interest to those working in the fields of heritage studies cultural studies politics sociology anthropology philosophy and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313323

Populism and New Patterns of Political Competition in Western Europe This book analyses how party competition has adjusted to the success of populism in Western Europe whether this is non-populists dealing with their populist competitors or populists interacting with each other. The volume focuses on Western Europe in the period 2007–2018 and considers both right-wing and left-wing populist parties. It critically assesses the concept and rise of populism and includes case studies on Austria France Germany the Netherlands Switzerland Denmark Finland the United Kingdom Greece and Italy. The authors apply an original typology of party strategic responses to political competitors which allows them to map interactions between populist and non-populist parties in different countries. They also assess the links between ideology and policy the goals of different populist parties and how achieving power affects these parties. The volume provides important lessons for the study of political competition particularly in the aftermath of a crisis and as such its framework can inform future research in the post-Covid-19 era. This wide-ranging study will appeal to students and scholars of political science interested in populism and political competition; and will appeal to policy makers and politicians from across the political spectrum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367456

Populism and PassionsDemocratic Legitimacy after Austerity There is a consensus that right and left-wing populism is on the rise on both sides of the Atlantic from Donald Trump in the United States to Spain’s leftist Podemos. These may utilize different kinds of populist mobilizations but the fact remains that elite and mass opinion is fuelling a populist backlash. In Populism and Passions twelve scholars engage with discourse analysis democratic theory and post structural political thought to study the political logic of passion for contemporary populism. Together these interdisciplinary essays demonstrate what emotional engagement implies for the spheres of politics and the social and how it governs and mobilizes individuals. The volume presents: Theoretical and empirical implications for political analysis; Chapters on the current rise of populism both right and left-wing trends their different ideological features and their relationship with the logic of passion; Theoretical implications for the future study of populism and democratic legitimacy. A timely analysis of this political phenomena in contemporary Western democracies Populism and Passions is ideal for students and scholars in political theory comparative politics social theory critical theory cultural studies and global studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383796

Populism and Postcolonialism This book investigates the interconnections between populism and neoliberalism through the lens of postcolonialism. Its primary focus is to build a distinct understanding of the concept of populism as a political movement in the twenty-first century interwoven with the lasting effects of colonialism. This volume particularly aims to fill the gap in the current literature by establishing a clear-cut connection between populism and postcolonialism. It sees populism as a contemporary and collective political response to the international crisis of the nation-state’s limited capacity to deal with the burst of global capitalism into everyday life. Writings on Ecuador Colombia Chile Brazil Italy France and Argentina offer regional perspectives which in turn provide the reader with a deepened global view of the main features of the multiple and complex relations between postcoloniality and populism. This book will be of interest to sociologists anthropologists and political scientists as well as postgraduate students who are interested in the problem of populism in the days of postcolonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180706

Populism and PowerFarmers’ movement in western India 1980--2014 This book traces the entire trajectory of the farmers’ movement in Western India especially Maharashtra from the 1980s to the present day. It reveals the fundamental contradictions between populism as an ideology and as political power within the democratic state structure. The volume highlights the ideologies of the movement; its emergence in the wake of a perceived agrarian crisis; how it conflates economics and populism; the role of leadership; stages of development from grassroots agitations rooted in civil society to the attempts to create space within structures of democratic politics; the eventual formation of a separate political party and consequent implications. It maps the linkages between populist ideology and mass participation and their contested successes and failures in the domain of electoral politics. Further the author underlines the effectiveness of the movement in addressing class and gender equations in the region. Rich in primary archival sources and informed field studies this book will interest scholars and researchers of agrarian economy rural sociology and politics particularly those concerned with social movements in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815395966

Populism and the Crisis of Democracy3 volume set Today there is no comparable threat to Western democracies as the rise of right-wing populism. While it has played an increasing role at least since the 1990s only the social consequences of the global financial crises in 2008 have given its break that led to UK’s ‘Brexit’ and the election of Donald Trump as US President in 2016 but also promoted what has been called left populism in countries that were hit the hardest from both the banking crisis and consequential neo-liberal austerity politics in the EU like Greece and Portugal. In 2017 the French Front National (FN) attracted many voters in the French Presidential elections; we have seen the radicalization of the Alternative für Deutschland (AfD) in Germany and the formation of centre-right government in Austria. Further we have witnessed the consolidation of autocratic regimes as in the EU member states Poland and Greece. All these manifestations of right-wing populism share a common feature: they attack or even compromise the core elements of democratic societies such as the separation of powers protection of minorities or the rule of law. Despite a broad debate on the re-emergence of ‘populism’ in the transition from the twentieth to the twenty-first century that has brought forth many interesting findings a lack of sociological reasoning cannot be denied as sociology itself withdrew from theorising populism decades ago and left the field to mainly political sciences and history. In a sense Populism and the Crisis of Democracy considers itself as a contribution to start with filling this lacuna. Written in a direct and clear style this set of volumes will be an invaluable reference for students and scholars in the field of political theory political sociology and European Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367655761

Populism and the Crisis of DemocracyVolume 1: Concepts and Theory There is no threat to Western democracies today comparable to the rise of right-wing populism. While it has played an increasing role at least since the 1990s only the social consequences of the global financial crises in 2008 have given it its break that led to UK’s ‘Brexit’ and the election of Donald Trump as US President in 2016  as well as promoting what has been called left populism in countries that were hit the hardest by both the banking crisis and consequential neo-liberal austerity politics in the EU such as Greece and Portugal.In 2017 the French Front National (FN) attracted many voters in the French Presidential elections; we have seen the radicalization of the Alternative für Deutschland (AfD) in Germany and the formation of centre-right government in Austria. Further we have witnessed the consolidation of autocratic regimes as in the EU member states Poland and Greece. All these manifestations of right-wing populism share a common feature: they attack or even compromise the core elements of democratic societies such as the separation of powers protection of minorities or the rule of law.Despite a broad debate on the re-emergence of ‘populism’ in the transition from the twentieth to the twenty-first century that has brought forth many interesting findings a lack of sociological reasoning cannot be denied as sociology itself withdrew from theorising populism decades ago and largely left the field to political sciences and history. In a sense Populism and the Crisis of Democracy considers itself  a contribution to begin filling this lacuna. Written in a direct and clear style this set of volumes will be an invaluable reference for students and scholars in the field of political theory political sociology and European Studies.This volume Concepts and Theory offers new and fresh perspectives on the debate on populism. Starting from complaints about the problems of conceptualising populism that in recent years have begun to revolve around themselves the chapters offer a fundamental critique of the term and concept of populism theoretically inspired typologies and descriptions of currently dominant concepts and ways to elaborate on them. With regard to theory the volume offers approaches that exceed the disciplinary horizon of political science that so far has dominated the debate. As sociological theory so far has been more or less absent in the debate on populism only few efforts have been made to discuss populism more intensely within different theoretical contexts in order to explain its dynamics and processes. Thus this volume offers critical views on the debate on populism from the perspectives of political economy and the analysis of critical historical events the links of analyses of populism with social movement mobilisation the significance of ‘superfluous populations’ in the rise of populism and an analysis of the exclusionary character of populism from the perspective of the theory of social closure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664770

Populism and the Crisis of DemocracyVolume 2: Politics Social Movements and Extremism The contributions to this volume Politics Social Movements and Extremism take serious the fact that populism is a symptom of the crisis of representation that is affecting parliamentary democracy. Right-wing populism skyrocketed to electoral success and is now part of the government in several European countries but it also shaped the Brexit campaign and the US presidential election. In Southern Europe left-wing populism transformed the classical two parties systems into ungovernable three fractions parliaments whereas in Latin America it still presents an instable alternative to liberal democracy. The varying consequences of populist mobilisation so far consist in the maceration of the established borders of political culture the distortion of legislation concerning migrants and migration and the emergence of hybrid regimes bordering on and sometimes leaning towards dictatorship. Yet in order to understand populism innovative research approaches are required that need to be capable of overcoming stereotypes and conceptual dichotomies which are deeply rooted in the political debate. The chapters of this volume offer such new theoretical strategies for inquiringinto the multi-faceted populist phenomenon. The chapters analyse its language concepts and its relationship to social media in an innovative way draw the con -tours of left- and right-wing populism and reconstruct its shifting delimitation topolitical extremism. Furthermore they value the most significant aftermath ofpopulist mobilisation on the institutional frame of parliamentary democracy fromthe limitation of the freedom of press to the dismantling of the separation ofpowers to the erosion of citizenship rights. This volume will be an invaluablereference for students and scholars in the field of political theory politicalsociology and European Studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667436

Populism and the Crisis of DemocracyVolume 3: Migration Gender and Religion The contributions to this volume Migration Gender and Religion bring together empirically grounded and theoretically sophisticated case studies of populist responses to what are perceived to be the threats to national survival and sovereignty from ‘uncontrolled’ immigration. The demographic context – declining fertility rates and ageing populations – promotes the belief that high Muslim fertility rates are material evidence of an Islamic threat to the West to national cohesion and particularly to the safety and dignity of the women of the host community. Consequently gender plays an important part in populist ideology but populist attitudes to gender are often contradictory. Populist movements are often marked by misogyny and by policies that are typically anti-feminist in rejecting gender equality. The traditional family with a dominant father and submissive mother is promoted as the basis of national values and the remedy against social decline. The obsession with women in the public domain points to a crisis of masculinity associated with unemployment the impact of austerity packages on social status and the growth of pink collar employment. Inevitably religion is drawn into these political debates about the future of Western societies because religion in general has seen the family and mothers as essential for the reproduction of religion. Christendom has been identified by populists as providing the ultimate defence of the borders of European civilisation against Islam despite the fact that church leaders have often defended and welcomed outsiders in terms of Christian charity. Once more Christian Europe is the Abendland standing in defiance of a threatening and subversive Morgenland. This volume will be an invaluable reference for students and scholars in the field of political theory political sociology and European Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665203

Populism and the European Culture WarsThe Conflict of Values between Hungary and the EU Concern and hostility towards populism has become a distinctive feature of contemporary political culture. In Europe such concerns are frequently directed at Eurosceptics whose opposition to the European Union is often portrayed as a cultural crime. Ancient anti-democratic claims about the gullibility ignorance and irrationality of the masses are frequently recycled through the anti-populist condemnation of people who vote the wrong way. This book argues that the current outburst of anti-populist anxiety is symptomatic of a loss of faith in democracy and in the ability of the demos to assume the role of responsible citizens. Distrust of the people and of parliamentary sovereignty is reinforced by the concern that on its own liberal democracy lacks the normative foundation to inspire the loyalty and affection of ordinary citizens. Through focusing on the conflict between the European Union’s Commission and the Government of Hungary this book explores contrasting attitudes towards national sovereignty popular sovereignty and the question of tradition and the past as the main drivers of the culture war in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097438

Populism and the WebCommunicative Practices of Parties and Movements in Europe The Web plays an increasingly important role in the communication strategies of political parties and movements which increasingly utilize it for promoting ideas and ideologies as well as mobilization and campaigning strategies. This book explores the role of the Web for right-wing populist political parties and movements across Europe. Analyzing these groups’ discourses and practices of online communication it shows how social media is used to spread ideas and mobilize supporters whilst also excluding constructed ‘others’ such as migrants Muslims women or LGBT persons. Expert contributors provide evidence of a shift in the strategies of mainstream parties as they also engage in ‘Internet populism’ and suggest ways that progressive movements can and do respond to counter these developments. Topics are explored using a cross-country analysis which does not neglect the particularities of the national contexts. This work will appeal to researchers and students working in the fields of media and communication studies political theory policy analysis studies of populism racism and nationalism gender LGBT migration Islam and welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367901370

Populism in Global PerspectiveA Performative and Discursive Approach Pathbreaking theoretically and innovative in treatment Populism in Global Perspective is a seminal addition to the literature on arguably the most controversial and fervently discussed topic in political science today. The book brings together established and rising stars in the field of populism studies in an integrated set of theoretical and empirical studies centered on a discursive-performative notion of populism. Contributors argue that populist identification is relational and sociocultural and demonstrate the importance of studying populism phenomenologically together with anti-populism. The truly global series of case studies of populism in the US Western and Southern Europe Latin America South Africa the Philippines and Turkey achieves a deliberate balance of left and right instances of populism including within regions and of populism in government and opposition. Written in a style approachable to students and specialists alike the volume provides a substantial foundation for current knowledge on the topic. Populism in Global Perspective is a must read for comparativists political theorists sociologists area studies specialists and all educated readers interested in populism worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367626563

Populism in Venezuela Populism in Venezuela analyses the emergence formation reproduction and resistance to a left-wing populist project in a major world oil producer. For readers who seek to understand the historical economical and sociological contexts that gave rise to a 38 year-old mestizo-mulato Lieutenant Colonel who stormed the presidential palace in a bloody coup d’état in 1992 subsequently returned to the same palace in 1998 but this time as a democratically elected President and has been in power since this book is the right place to start. In spite of opposition attempts to oust President Hugo Chávez and his political machinery from power this ‘socialism of the twenty-first century’ hegemonic project has succeeded in creating an institutional structure designed to improve the lives of the previously excluded population. An in-depth fieldwork study of a Cuban healthcare programme named Barrio Adentro (deep in the slums) in Venezuela’s poor and rural areas and the nonviolence Manos Blancas (white hands) opposition student movement - provides a descriptive and analytical account of people’s problems from both sides in a deeply polarised society. The concluding chapter of this book examines Chávez’s intention to stay in power until 2031. An original resource for scholars students and general readers; this book not only furthers our understanding populism in Venezuela but also provides a sound method to analyse populist practices in other contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886513

Populism in Western EuropeComparing Belgium Germany and The Netherlands Despite the increasing academic interest in populism we still lack understanding of individual factors contributing to populist voting. One of the main reasons for this is that populism is almost always attached to other ideologies which makes it difficult to isolate factors. This book draws on an innovative research design by comparing the reasons to vote for six populist parties which differ remarkably in terms of their host ideology in Belgium The Netherlands and Germany. The results show that populist voters are motivated by their dissatisfaction with the functioning of democracy and a desire for more direct democracy. Furthermore it appears that populist parties do not mobilize among one specific social group although deprived groups are generally more susceptible to populist voting. Finally this study explored why some populist parties persist while others decline. Origins of party formation and how leaders organize their party internally seem the most important factors determining party persistence. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of populism European politics and contemporary political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793100

PopulismAn Introduction Populism: An Introduction is the first introduction to the theme of populism. It will introduce the principal theories definitions models and contemporary debates. A number of global case studies will be used to illustrate the concept: • Russian populism; • Latin American populism; • Italian populism; • Peronism; • Media populism; • Penal populism; • Constitutional populism. Populism will reflect on the sociology of democratic processes and investigate the evolution of political consensus in contemporary political systems. This book will appeal to academics and postgraduate students working in the field of sociology political sociology and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287167

Populist DiscourseCritical Approaches to Contemporary Politics Populist Discourse brings together experts from both linguistics and political science to analyse the language of populist leaders and the media's representation of populism in different temporal geographical and ideological contexts including Nazi Germany Sweden the Netherlands Spain Italy Portugal Austria Greece the UK the US and South America. With 17 contributions split into four sections Populist Discourse covers a variety of approaches such as corpus-based discourse analysis critical discourse analysis and political perspectives making it a timely dissection for students and researchers working in linguistics political science and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541481

Populist Nationalism in Europe and the Americas Populist nationalism fuses beliefs that citizens are being exploited by a privileged elite with claims that the national culture and interests are under threat from enemies within or without. Ideologically fluid populist nationalists decry “out-of-touch” institutions such as political parties and the mainstream press while extolling the virtues of the “people.” They claim that only populists can truly represent the nation and solve its problems and often call for unorthodox solutions that appeal to the common people. The recent spread of populist nationalism throughout the world has triggered a growing interest in the subject led mainly by journalists. The Brexit vote and the election of Donald Trump in the US have provoked a flurry of media coverage in Europe and the Americas along with parliamentary debates. Some social scientists have sought to explain the resurgence of nationalism and the spread of populism in recent decades but important questions remain and most of the scholarship has not adequately addressed the fusion of nationalism and populism. It fails to examine the combination of populism and nationalism comparatively especially the contrast between the more progressive and leftist versions such as those in Latin America and the more traditional conservative varieties that are gaining strength in Germany the United Kingdom and the United States. This interdisciplinary collection by experts on Europe and the Americas fills this void. The volume examines various experiences with populist nationalism and offers theoretical tools to assess its future. Some chapters are in-depth country case studies and others take a broader perspective but all open the door for meaningful comparison. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343078

Populist Political Communication in Europe In an increasing number of countries around the world populist leaders political parties and movements have gained prominence and influence either by electoral successes on their own or by influencing other political parties and the national political discourse. While it is widely acknowledged that the media and the role of communication more broadly are key to understanding the rise and success of populist leaders parties and movements there is however very little research on populist political communication at least in the English-speaking research literature. Originating from a research project funded by the European Cooperation in the field of Scientific and Technical Research (COST) this book seeks to advance this research. It includes examinations 24 European countries and focuses on three areas within the context of populism and populist political communication: populist actors as communicators the media and populism and citizens and populism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614826

Populist Radical Left Parties in Western Europe This book provides a comparative analysis and a systemic categorization of the Populist Radical Left Parties (PRLPs) in Western Europe. Institutional and socio-economic aspects have transformed the political culture of many modern democracies leading to the creation of radical left-wing parties who by combining a strongly populist political offer with the historical demands of the traditional left wing are capable of electoral success. This book analyzes a range of different Populist Radical Left Parties (PRLPs) in Western Europe through in-depth case studies. The author uses statutes internal documents programs election results membership data and international political literature combined with interviews with executives and national secretaries to describe and interpret the main features of PRLPs their paths of formation and political transformation. This volume will appeal to scholars and students of political science and political sociology media studies and anyone interested in trying to better understand European populism and the distinctions among its different forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496026

Populist Threats and Democracy’s Fate in Southeast AsiaThailand the Philippines and Indonesia Democracy in Southeast Asia has been explained using a number of factors including historical legacies social structures developmental levels transitional processes and institutional designs while other elements such as elite-level relations and social coalitions have been overlooked. This book offers a new explanation for democracy’s collapse or persistence in Southeast Asia today. Focusing on Thailand the Philippines and Indonesia — the three countries in the region with the most democratic experience — William Case shows that existing accounts based on contextual factors are by themselves incomplete. Hence they lead us wrongly to anticipate democracy’s persistence in Thailand and its collapse in Indonesia. They more accurately though only partially correlate with democracy’s fluctuations in the Philippines. Advancing a new argument Case shows that democracy’s fate is determined instead by the opportunities that contextual factors can provide for populist mobilization. His model enables us better to understand democracy’s breakdown in Thailand its survival in Indonesia and its slippage in the Philippines. Presenting research into vital questions over democratic durability and authoritarian backlash this book will be of interest to scholars in the field of comparative politics specifically comparative democratization and Southeast Asian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138348158

Populists and Patricians (Routledge Revivals)Essays in Modern German History First published in 1987 this collection of essays from one of the leading historians in the field is concerned with the central debates about German history from Bismarck to Hitler. David Blackbourn questions many previously held assumptions whether about the natural conservatism of the German peasantry of the ‘feudalization’ of the middle classes and offers a new angle of approach to such subjects as liberalism anti-semitism and the continuing importance of religion in German history. Bringing together social economic cultural and political history each essay is concerned with the social and political flux that characterized the period and with the problems and opportunities it presented. This reissue will be of great value to any students and academics with an interest in the history of modern Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020542

Populists in Power The main area of sustained populist growth in recent decades has been Western Europe where populist parties have not only endured longer than expected but have increasingly begun to enter government. Focusing on three high-profile cases in Italy and Switzerland – the Popolo della Libertà (PDL) Lega Nord (LN) and Schweizerische Volkspartei (SVP) – Populists in Power is the first in-depth comparative study to examine whether these parties are indeed doomed to failure in office as many commentators have claimed. Albertazzi and McDonnell’s findings run contrary to much of the received wisdom. Based on extensive original research and fieldwork they show that populist parties can be built to last can achieve key policy victories and can survive the experience of government without losing the support of either the voters or those within their parties. Contributing a new perspective to studies in populist politics Populists in Power is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as scholars interested in modern government parties and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670440

Pop-Up Civics in 21st Century AmericaUnderstanding the Political Potential of Placemaking How people associate and engage in politics in the 21st century is notably different from similar behaviors in the 20th century. Ryan Salzman examines the political potential of placemaking an increasingly popular set of behaviors that were unfamiliar to the American public until the last two decades. Placemaking exemplifies a shift that is occurring in the way Americans participate in their political system and it appears that that participation is increasingly effective in the context of American democracy. Informed by interviews surveys and material review Salzman compares the process of placemaking to traditional political and associational behaviors providing evidence that placemaking has tremendous political potential. Placemaking is an innovative set of behaviors largely understood to influence economic and community development. From painting crosswalks to community gardens Americans are engaging in their communities with real political and civic consequences. This text expands our understanding of placemaking updating the way we think about civic and political engagement in the 21st century. Pop-Up Civics in 21st Century America: Understanding the Political Potential of Placemaking will be of interest to those who study and research political behavior civil society arts and politics social movements and urban public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367260576

Pop-up Paper EngineeringCross-curricular Activities in Design Engineering Technology English and Art The techniques of creating pop-up forms are demonstrated in a series of practical lessons. The book also suggests ways in which pop-up forms can be used to enrich the study of English and art and contains illustrations of childrens work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419940

Pore Structure of Cement-Based MaterialsTesting Interpretation and Requirements Pore Structure of Cement-Based Materials provides a thorough treatment of the experimental techniques used to characterize the pore structure of materials. The text presents the principles and practical applications of the techniques used organized in an easy-to-follow and uncomplicated manner providing the theoretical background the way to analyze experimental data and the factors affecting the results. The book is the single comprehensive source of the techniques most commonly used for pore structure analysis covering simple techniques like mercury intrusion porosimetry and water absorption to the more sophisticated small-angle scattering and nuclear magnetic resonance. The book is an essential reference text for researchers users and students in materials science applied physics and civil engineering who seek a deep understanding of the principles and limitations of the techniques used for pore structure analysis of cement-based materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863838

Porfirio Diaz The fall of Porfirio Diaz has traditionally been presented as a watershed between old and new: an old style repressive and conservative government and the more democratic and representative system that flowered in the wake of the Mexican Revolution. Now this view is being challenged by a new generation of historians who point out that Diaz originally rose to power in alliance with anti-conservative forces and was a modernising force as well as a dictator. Drawing together the threads of this revisionist reading of the Porfiriato Garner reassesses a political career that spanned more than forty years and examines the claims that post-revolutionary Mexico was not the break with the past that the revolutionary inheritors claimed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144255

Porno? Chic!how pornography changed the world and made it a better place Porno? Chic! examines the relationship between the proliferation of pornography and sexualised culture in the West and social and cultural trends which have advanced the rights of women and homosexuals. Brian McNair addresses this relationship with an analysis of trends in sexualised culture since 2002 linked to a transnational analysis of change in sexual politics and sex/gender relations in a range of societies from the sexually liberalised societies of advanced capitalism to those in which women and homosexuals remain tightly controlled by authoritarian patriarchal regimes. In this accessible jargon-free book Brian McNair examines why those societies in which sexualised culture is the most liberalised and pervasive are also those in which the socio-economic and political rights of women and homosexuals have advanced the most. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415572910

Pornographic SensibilitiesImagining Sex and the Visceral in Premodern and Early Modern Spanish Cultural Production Pornographic Sensibilities stages a conversation between two fields—Medieval/Early Modern Hispanic Studies and Porn Studies—that traditionally have had little to say to each other. The collection offers innovative new approaches to the study of gendered and sexualized bodies in medieval and early modern textual production including literary and historical documents. The volume’s embrace of the interpretative tools of Porn Studies also inscribes a critical provocation: in what ways can contemporary modes of reading the past serve to freshly illuminate not only the contours of that same past but also the very critical assumptions of the present upon which fields like medieval and early modern Hispanic Studies are built? In this way Pornographic Sensibilities encourages at once both rigorous historicizations of pre- and early-modern culture and playful engagement with "presentism " considered here as a critical tool to undress the hidden assumptions of both past and present. This move substantively challenges long-held critical orthodoxies among scholars of pre-Enlightenment periods for whom the very category of "pornography" itself has often problematically been framed as an anachronism when applied to their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367503536

Pornography Indigeneity and Neocolonialism Pornography Indigeneity and Neocolonialism examines how pornography operates as a representational system that authenticates settler colonies focussing on American and Australian examples to reveal how pornography encodes whiteness pleasure colonisation and Indigeneity. This is the first text to use decolonial and queer theory to examine the role of pornography in America and Australia as part of a network of neocolonial strategies that "naturalise" occupation. It is also the first study to focus on Indigenous people in pornography providing a framework for understanding explicit representations of First Nations peoples. Pornography Indigeneity and Neocolonialism defines the characteristics of heterosexual pornography in settler colonies exposing how the landscape is presented as both exotic and domestic – a land of taboo pleasures that is tamed and occupied by and through white bodies. Examining the absence of Indigenous porn actors and arguing against the hypervisual fetishising of Black bodies that dominates racialised porn discourse the book places this absence within the context of legal political and military neocolonial Indigenous elimination strategies. This book will be of key interest to researchers and students studying porn studies media and film studies critical race studies and whiteness studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193300

Pornography Psychedelics and Technology (Routledge Revivals)Essays on the Limits to Freedom First published in 1980 Pornography Psychedelics And Technology: Essays on the Limits to Freedom focuses on the crucial connections between technological growth and the more salient features of social malaise in the latter part of the twentieth century. Professor Mishan is one of the few economists absorbed by the larger social questions and does not believe that the growth in state intervention and the decline of social liberty are simply the result of intellectual confusion and bureaucratic momentum. He sees them as unavoidable consequences of scientific and technical progress. While agreeing with many of his fellow economists in acknowledging the virtues of a competitive market economy Professor Mishan is acutely aware of its limitations. Following the growth of self-styled liberation movements seen as manifestations of a move towards a world of greater individual emancipation and fulfilment the author nevertheless groups such movements together with the rising indices of violence suicide family breakdown and hooliganism which have become indicative of a growing disorientation and social disintegration. These developments and the hazards they entail however are bound up with the rapid scientific and technological progress of the post-war world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691857

Pornography And DemocratizationLegislating Obscenity In Postcommunist Russia Explores the politics of pornography and censorship in Russia today as a facet of the overall process of creating a liberal democracy in the Former Soviet Union. In this book Paul Goldschmidt explores the politics of pornography in Russia today as a facet of the overall process of creating a liberal democracy in the Former Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283919

Pornography and The Criminal Justice System This volume assembles hundreds of cases and studies to provide the most accurate and comprehensive picture of the status of pornography in the criminal justice system. Presenting high-level research in an accessible and organized manner it explores a range of topics including investigating and prosecuting a case arguments favoring and opposing decriminalization of pornography and relationships between pornography mental disorders and crime. It also examines criminal justice responses and international laws policies attitudes and definitions of pornography in comparison to those of the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482260014

PornographyResearch Advances and Policy Considerations "...provides good coverage of the empirical literature."—Journal of Communication "...well written and presents a wide diversity of approaches to pornography."—CHOICE Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052167

PornographyThe Production and Consumption of Inequality First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949085

Poromechanics IIProceedings of the Second Biot Conference on Poromechanics Grenoble France 26-28 August 2002 These proceedings deal with the fundamentals and applications of poromechanics to geomechanics material sciences geophysics acoustics and biomechanics. They discuss the state of the art in such topics as constitutive modelling and upscaling methods. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078807

PoromechanicsProceedings of the 1st Biot conference This text features 105 papers dealing with the fundamentals and the applications of poromechanics from the Biot conference of 1998 held in Louvain-la-Neuve. Topics include: wave propogation; numerical modelling; identification of poromechanical parameters; and constitutive modelling. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078487

Porosity of CeramicsProperties and Applications Focuses on the effects of porosity and microcracking on the physical properties of ceramics particularly nominally single phase ceramics. The book elucidates the fundamental interrelationships determining the development and use of materials for actual and potential engineering needs. It aims to help in the understanding of porosity effects on other materials from ceramic composties cements and plasters to rocks metals and polymers.;College or university bookshops may order five or more copies at a special student price available on request. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274539

Porous MediaApplications in Biological Systems and Biotechnology Presenting state-of-the-art research advancements Porous Media: Applications in Biological Systems and Biotechnology explores innovative approaches to effectively apply existing porous media technologies to biomedical applications. In each peer-reviewed chapter world-class scientists and engineers collaborate to address significant problems and discuss exciting research in biological systems.The book begins with discussions on bioheat transfer equations for blood flows and surrounding biological tissue the concept of electroporation hydrodynamic modeling of tissue-engineered material and the resistance of microbial biofilms to common modalities of antibiotic treatments. It examines how biofilms influence porous media hydrodynamics describes the modeling of flow changes in cerebral aneurysms and highlights recent advances in Lagrangian particles methods. The text also covers passive mass transport processes in cellular membranes and their biophysical implications the modeling and treatment of mass transport through skin the use of porous media in marine microbiology the transport of large biological molecules in deforming tissues and applications of magnetic stabilized beds for protein purification and adsorption antibody removal and more. The final chapters present potential in situ characterization techniques for studying porous media and conductive membranes and explain the development of bioconvection patterns generated by populations of gravitactic microorganisms in porous media.Using a common nomenclature throughout and with contributions from top experts this cohesive book illustrates the role of porous media in addressing some of the most challenging issues in biomedical engineering and biotechnology. The book contains sophisticated porous media models that can be used to improve the accuracy of modeling a variety of biological processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383671

Porous Silicon: From Formation to Application: Biomedical and Sensor Applications Volume Two Porous silicon is rapidly attracting increasing interest from various fields including optoelectronics microelectronics photonics medicine chemistry and biosensing. This nanostructured and biodegradable material has a range of unique properties that make it ideal for many applications. For example the pores and surface chemistry of the material can be manipulated to change the rate of drug release from hours to months.Porous Silicon: Biomedical and Sensor Applications Volume Two is part of the three-book series Porous Silicon: From Formation to Application. It discusses applications of porous silicon in bioengineering and in various sensors including gas sensors biosensors pressure sensors mechanical sensors optical sensors and many other types. It also thoroughly reviews the fabrication parameters and applications of devices that use porous silicon.Drawing upon a vast amount of recently published literature the book guides readers through practical implementations that span environmental control chemistry spectroscopy gas chromatography microelectronics micromachining microfluidics medicine biotechnology and the car industry. It is divided into three sections that focus on:Types of sensors that use porous siliconAuxiliary devices that use porous siliconBiomedical applications such as drug delivery tissue engineering and in vivo imagingRepresenting the most recent progress in applications of porous silicon to biomedical and sensory technology this reference is indispensable for those involved in the research development and application of porous silicon in several scientific disciplines. It also serves as a starting point for the interested but unfamiliar reader to gain a thorough understanding of the unusual properties of porous silicon other porous materials and possible areas for current and future applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377120

Porous Silicon: From Formation to Application: Formation and Properties Volume One Porous silicon is rapidly attracting increasing interest in various fields including optoelectronics microelectronics photonics medicine chemistry biosensing and energy. Porous Silicon: Formation and Properties fills a gap in the literature of the field today providing a thorough introduction to current knowledge of the formation processing and properties of porous silicon. It also analyzes present and potential applications of porous silicon in technology including various devices.With contributions from an international team of well-known experts this book presents the most recent progress in the field of porous silicon. Focused chapters cover the fundamentals of silicon porosification the qualities of porous silicon including its electrical luminescent optical and thermal properties and the processing of porous silicon for use in the technology of other fields. It also gives valuable insights on what can be expected from the field in the near future.The book includes extensive references to recently published literature on the subject allowing for deeper exploration of information on the porosification process designing porous silicon-based technology and improving performance of devices fabricated using porous silicon. It is an indispensable addition to the library of any scientist or technician involved or interested in the research development and application of porous silicon. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575328

Porous Silicon: From Formation to Applications: Optoelectronics Microelectronics and Energy Technology Applications Volume Three Porous silicon is rapidly attracting increasing interest from various fields including optoelectronics microelectronics photonics medicine sensor and energy technologies chemistry and biosensing. This nanostructured and biodegradable material has a range of unique properties that make it ideal for many applications. This book the third of a three-volume set covering all aspects of porous silicon formation and applications focuses on applications of porous silicon in optoelectronics microelectronics and energy technologies.The book highlights the features of fabrication and performance of several forms of technology that incorporate porous silicon including:Photonic crystalsFuel cellsElements of integral optoelectronicsSolar cellsElectroluminescence devices (LEDs)BatteriesSupercapacitorsCold cathodesHydrogen generation and storagePorous silicon-based compositesPorous Silicon: From Formation to Applications: Optoelectronics Microelectronics and Energy Technology Applications Volume Three is an indispensable resource for scientists and engineers in industries and laboratories. It provides an updated comprehensive single source of information that was previously scattered across numerous journal articles. It contains a wealth of insights for designing and improving the performance of various porous silicon-based devices and is also a significant reference for those interested in learning more about the unusual properties of porous materials and possible areas for their application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575083

Porous SiliconFrom Formation to Application Three Volume Set Porous silicon is rapidly attracting increasing interest from various fields including biology medicine biosensing chemistry optoelectronics microelectronics sensor and energy technologies photonics telecommunications and environmental monitoring. This nanostructured and biodegradable material has a range of properties making it ideal for indicated applications. This three-volume set covers all aspects of porous silicon formation characterizations and applications.Porous Silicon: From Formation to Application provides an up-to-date single source of information on porous silicon from its creation to its impressive variety of applications. Its three volumes are thoughtfully constructed with contributions from global experts. Each book contains extensive and in-depth sections that focus on the unique properties of porous silicon its construction and its use in a wide range of fields and devices from chemical mechanical and biomedical sensors to electronics and energy source devices such as lithium batteries solar cells supercapacitors and fuel cells.The first volume gives an overview of the properties and processing of porous silicon including detailed analyses of silicon porosification using various methods. The second volume discusses applications of porous silicon in bioengineering and in various sensors. It also reviews the fabrication parameters and applications of these devices. The third volume highlights applications of porous silicon in optoelectronics photoelectronics microelectronics and energy technologies.Porous Silicon: From Formation to Application is an indispensable technical reference and guide for those involved in the research development and application of porous silicon in various areas of science and technology. It presents the latest in the research and exploitation of porous silicon as well as perspectives on developments that can be expected in the near future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570231

Porphyry in FragmentsReception of an Anti-Christian Text in Late Antiquity The Greek philosopher Porphyry of Tyre had a reputation as the fiercest critic of Christianity. It was well-deserved: he composed (at the end the 3rd century A.D.) fifteen discourses against the Christians so offensive that Christian emperors ordered them to be burnt. We thus rely on the testimonies of three prominent Christian writers to know what Porphyry wrote. Scholars have long thought that we could rely on those testimonies to know Porphyry's ideas. Exploring early religious debates which still resonate today Porphyry in Fragments argues instead that Porphyry's actual thoughts became mixed with the thoughts of the Christians who preserved his ideas as well as those of other Christian opponents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546189

Port and Harbour Engineering During the 19th century the engineering of ports and harbours became a large and specialised branch of the profession. This development began in ports in physically difficult locations and may be particularly identified with the growth of the Port of Liverpool. Stimulated by the arrival of ever-larger steamships and the heavy investment in port facilities that they demanded it spread around much of the world. The opening papers give examples of what could be achieved in antiquity; the following ones set out the advances in design and technology from 1700 to the start of this century - and note some of the failures and recurrent problems. They also illustrate the critical importance of political and economic factors in determining what the engineers achieved. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246390

Port Cities in Asia and Europe With the demise of European socialist economies and the marketization of Asian communist countries a new global capitalism has reshaped the configuration of the world economy with speed a determining factor to all transactions of information finance goods and services and people. Sea-ports that were significant for a slower but no less global economy have been undergoing transformation to stay economically and culturally relevant. Some manage to reinvent themselves as tourist cities some face decline if they do not manage to transform. This volume looks at a number of port cities in Asia and Europe that face this pressure. With contributions considering history contemporary developments contacts between ports the representation of ports and the relations between port cities and their hinterlands. This comparative study identifies many parallels between local histories and developments in the Asian and European port cities as well as new opportunities for sharing experiences and learning from the developments and decisions in similar situations in other port cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543040

Port Cities of Atlantic Iberia c. 1500–1900 Charting the evolution of the port cities of Atlantic Spain and Portugal over four centuries this book examines the often dynamic interaction between the large privileged ports of Lisbon Seville and Cadiz (the Metropoles) and the smaller ports of among others Oporto Corunna and Santander (the Second Tier). The book particularly focuses on the implications of state-sponsored commercial policies for the main ports of Atlantic Iberia during the monopoly period extending from 1503 to c.1778 and briefly considers the implications of the suppression of monopoly for these centres over the remainder of the nineteenth century. Patrick O'Flanagan employs a wealth of source material to provide a multi-faceted survey of the growth of these port cities moving deftly from local concerns to regional developments and global relationships. Beyond Spain and Portugal the book also considers the important role played by the Atlantic archipelagoes of the Canaries the Azores and Madeira. This formidable study is an essential addition to the library of those studying Atlantic Iberia historical geography and transatlantic economic relationships of this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601526

Port CitiesDynamic Landscapes and Global Networks Ports have been and continue to be critical in not just the global movement of goods but also the global movement of ideas social change and cultural phenomena including architecture and urban form. The connected points of a multi-faceted network ports profoundly affect both each other and the cities and regions to which they belong. Shipping and trade networks have created a legacy embodied in the street patterns land use and buildings of interconnected port cities. Multiple forces are at play: technological requirements elite preferences and working class needs urban policy and globalization. Port Cities brings together original scholarship by both well-published and younger scholars from multiple disciplines and builds upon long-standing research on the international exchange of architectural and planning ideas. A carefully selected series of essays examines comprehensively and globally the changing built and urban environment of selected port cities. They explore similarities dissimilarities and how sea-based networking has influenced urban landscapes and architecture socio-economic and cultural development from the nineteenth to the twenty-first centuries. The first section examines global networks linking ports and cities and explores the effect of inter-continental transfers on architecture and planning. The second part focuses on interconnected port cities in regional contexts analyzing socio-economic structures and urban and built form. The third section examines the built environment of selected cities in view of their response to changing technology transforming socio-economic networks and political contexts as well as evolving design concepts. Overall the book proposes a networked analysis of the built and urban environment arguing that international maritime networks are paradigmatic for the creation of dynamic multi-scaled and interconnected "port cityscapes." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780438

Port Economics Port Economics is the study of the economic decisions (and their consequences) of the users and providers of port services. A port works as an "engine" for economic development. This book provides a detailed discussion of port freight service users such as freight water and land carriers that have their ships and vehicles serviced and their cargoes unloaded by ports as well as passenger services such as ferry carriers which are serviced by ferry passenger ports. This text continues to enhance our understanding of port economics by exploring the economic theories supply and demand curves and the actual and opportunity costs relating to the carriers shippers and passengers who use ports. This new edition has been updated throughout. This includes: An expanded discussion of container break-bulk dry-bulk liquid-bulk and neo-bulk ports; An introduction of port service chains hinterland transport chains maritime transport chains and port multi-service congestion; A discussion of seaborne trade dry ports port centrality and connectivity and free trade zones. This updated and comprehensive introduction to port economics will be of benefit to students and researchers in their study of port economics and management. It is also of great importance to professionals who manage and operate ports as well as freight and passenger carriers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952195

Port Infrastructure Finance This book provides an expert analysis of alternative investments routes and the investment strategies available to the major port players and is a much-needed guide to expanding the investor base for private debt funding of projects from loan providers to bond investors. Port infrastructure investments are vitally important to all ports throughout the world; without these investments the competitive position of ports and of the dependent logistics sector will deteriorate. National/regional governments and the local port authorities are no longer a guaranteed source of sufficient financial input to meet the continuous port infrastructure investment needs of major ports. It is therefore increasingly crucial for ports to broaden their strategies and secure alternative streams of investment. This book provides expert insight into areas of port infrastructure finance across the main regions of Europe Asia Africa and the USA. Topics include how to estimate future demand by way of forecasting; Public-Private Partnerships; corporatisation; the pricing mechanisms for syndicated loans; European port privatisation; finance strategies for ports in Asia the USA and Africa; and a discussion of the investment strategies available to the major port players. Port Infrastructure Finance is an invaluable book for all parties involved in the port and maritime business as well as investment companies banks and other financial institutions involved in infrastructure investment. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415720069

Port JewsJewish Communities in Cosmopolitan Maritime Trading Centres 1550-1950 The history of Jews in cosmopolitan maritime trading centres is a field of research that is reshaping our understanding of how Jews entered the modern world. These studies show that the utility of Jewish merchants in an era of European expansion was vital to their acculturation and assimilation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039312

Port Management and Operations Port Management and Operations your essential guide to port management in the twenty-first century. • Provides the reader with a complete understanding of total port activity • Enables managers working in specific areas of ports to see where they fit into the port’s operation and commercial practice as a whole • Offers an analysis of the many types of ports along with the common essential elements that enable them to function including administration management economics and operations Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367570248

Port Management and Operations With 80 percent of the world’s commodities being transported by water ports are the pillars of the global economy. Port Management and Operations offers readers the opportunity to enhance their strategic thinking and problem-solving skills while developing market foresight. It examines global port management practices at the regulatory commercial technological operational financial and sociopolitical levels.This powerful sourcebook describes how seaports are being affected by the changes occurring nationally regionally and globally. Evaluating the new regulatory framework it pinpoints the industry’s implementation readiness and identifies potential problem areas. The book classifies the spectrum of interrelated port management principles strategies and activities in a logical sequence and under four cornerstones—Port Strategy and Structure Legal and Regulatory Framework Input: Factors of Production and Output and Economic Framework.Detailing best practices and the latest industry developments the book highlights emerging challenges for port managers and identifies opportunities to develop forward-thinking strategies. It examines the effectiveness of current strategies tactics tools and resources of numerous global ports and highlights the necessity of adopting a proactive stance in harmonizing the laws regulations and policies pertaining to the maritime oil and gas industries.The shipping industry has myriad complexities and this book provides maritime managers and professionals with the wide-ranging and up-to-date understanding required to thrive in today’s highly competitive and evolving environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482206753

Port Security Management Sea and freshwater ports are a key component of critical infrastructure and essential for maintaining global and domestic economies. In order to effectively secure a dynamic port facility operation one must understand the business of maritime commerce. Following in the tradition of its bestselling predecessor Port Security Management Second Edition continues to supply readers with this understanding. This fully updated edition covers the latest in continuously changing legislation regarding federal mandates securing vessels cargo security and granting employee credentials. Focusing on best practices it details real-world solutions that law enforcement authorities and security management professionals can put to use immediately.Assuming little prior knowledge of the industry the book examines port security in the context of global transportation systems. It supplies practitioners and educators with a framework for managing port security and details risk assessment and physical security best practices for securing ships and ports.The book explains how the various stakeholders including port management security government and private industry can collaborate to develop safe and secure best practices while maintaining efficient operations.Addressing the legislative measures regulatory issues and logistical aspects of port security the book includes coverage of cruise ships cargo security CT-PAT and emergency operations. Complete with a new chapter on intelligence this book is ideal for anyone with a vested interest in secure and prosperous port facilities who wants to truly understand how to best tackle the management of port security. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591639

Port State Control Port State Control Second Edition is a comprehensive publication dealing with the full implications and regulations of port State control. It provides a detailed analysis of the legal framework relating to port State control including the most recent developments in this area. It covers not only the regional agreements on port State control and the EU legislation on this subject but also the background of the port State control process its implications in practice and its effect on the ISM Code and the classification societies. The book covers topics such as: Amendments and changes to the regional port state control systems The addition of an appeal procedure to the Paris MOU Issues related to the ports of refuge and the urgency for authorities to draw up appropriate plans for places of refuge following the recent incidents The ISPS Code for maritime security in the light of newly recognised vulnerability against terrorist attacks Update to Equasis Progress with Qualship regime under US Port State Control system. This book will be an invaluable reference tool for shipping lawyers around the world. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781315089614

Port SudanThe Evolution Of A Colonial City In 1904 only the unimposing tomb of a local holy man occupied the site chosen by British officials for the construction of a modern seaport to facilitate the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan's expanded commerce. Built where no urban center had previously existed Port Sudan was the quintessential colonial city created and designed by Europeans who organized its municipal services and devised the regulations for its day-to-day management. The advantages of a created city were clear: The colonial government did not need to accommodate an indigenous urban population with its own existing social structures institutions and cultural values. This study examines the efforts of Port Sudan's builders and early administrators to tailor the urban environment to their own notions of the ideal colonial city–how it should look how it should function and how its human components should interact. It then focuses on the inter-war period describing how the rapid growth of Port Sudan and its harbor posed insurmountable challenges to the maintenance of this ideal. Although the Sudanese population within the city steadily increased their exclusion from any meaningful participation in municipal affairs during these troubled years left them physically and psychologically isolated. The situation began to change after World War II but as the study reveals conditions in the post-war era only compounded long-standing political economic and social problems in Port Sudan ensuring that the city the Sudanese inherited in 1956 still bore the marks of its colonial origins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299385

Portable Biosensing of Food Toxicants and Environmental Pollutants Biosensors are poised to make a large impact in environmental food and biomedical applications as they clearly offer advantages over standard analytical methods including minimal sample preparation and handling real-time detection rapid detection of analytes and the ability to be used by non-skilled personnel. Covering numerous applications of biosensors used in food and the environment Portable Biosensing of Food Toxicants and Environmental Pollutants presents basic knowledge on biosensor technology at a postgraduate level and explores the latest advances in chemical sensor technology for researchers. By providing useful state-of-the-art information on recent developments in biosensing devices the book offers both newcomers and experts a roadmap to this technology. In the book distinguished researchers from around the world show how portable and handheld nanosensors such as dynamic DNA and protein arrays enable rapid and accurate detection of environmental pollutants and pathogens. The book first introduces the basic principles of biosensing for newcomers to the technology. It then explains how the integration of a "receptor" can provide analytically useful information. It also describes trends in biosensing and examines how a small-sized device can have portability for the in situ determination of toxicants. The book concludes with several examples illustrating how to determine toxicants in food and environmental samples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466576322

Portable VideoNews and Field Production Portable Video presents students with the techniques and technology of single camera electronic news gathering and electronic field production. Covering everything from creative and technical recording and editing techniques to budgets and copyright issues this book shows best practices in shooting news   and narrative production developing the story writing the script current methods to capturing audio and video working with light and more. Updates feature the latest advances in techniques and equipment. New coverage includes digital workflow techniques digital cameras (including DSLRs) lighting audio and mobile. Features information on: . News gathering. Field Production. Scriptwriting and storyboards. Preproduction production postproduction. Budgeting and pricing. Framing and composition. Capturing Audio. Ethics and legal considerations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240814995

Portals and Libraries Cutting-edge information about providing access to research library usersThe ultimate goal of librarians is to provide comprehensive informational access to library users. Portals and Libraries provides an in-depth look at various libraries’ challenges and the cutting-edge technology used in providing high-quality electronic access to users through portal systems. Respected authorities detail efforts to build a new kind of search and retrieval system that includes access to the Web as well as other vital collections and academic resources. The book discusses the implementation of access systems and their supporting technology and spotlights strategies designed to encourage quality system-user feedback increase the cooperation and diligence of staff and more. Portals and Libraries comprehensively reviews library portals from their roots to their current state with a look at assorted products their implementation issues and each one’s advantages and shortcomings. The overall state of the portal system today as well as where it is heading in the future is examined in detail. The book also provides the ARL Scholars Portal Working Group Final Report from May 2002 summarizing the group’s work from its inception and includes their recommendations of key portal features and needed functions. The text includes helpful screenshots useful descriptive figures and extensive references.Portals and Libraries discusses: the history of library portals the MyLibrary@NCState Web portal after five years of use “Portals to the World” Library of Congress guide to Web resources the role integrated library systems will play in the future of portals features and services to be added to library portals for greater success portal technologies—their structures and functioning planning portal implementation online catalogs usability testing and interface design nine key issues that will impact the future of portal developmentPortals and Libraries is crucial reading for library educators and students college and research librarians in reference library system professionals and technical services professionals focused on applying cutting-edge technology to library services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051375

PortalsOpening Doorways to Other Realities Through the Senses As Alice in Wonderland discovered cave entrances tunnels spirals and mirrors can transport people to strange worlds where anything is possible. Portals investigates how we move beyond the conscious and physical world using our senses into other realities of the spiritual and the divine. Portals looks at the techniques used to alter consciousness practised by shamans monks and other religious specialists. These include the use of drugs as well as drumming chanting and meditation. The book provides a new anthropologically-grounded perspective on the wide-ranging questions about the realities of human consciousness and mystical spiritual and religious experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086406

Port-City Interplays in China China has progressed dramatically since 1978 when the country started its economic reforms and opened up to the world economy. It took only three decades for China to develop from a closed centrally planned economy with little sea-borne trade into the world's second largest economy with the largest container shipment volume in the world. The major coastal cities have been gateways linking China with the world and have experienced rapid urbanization and port growth. How has such port growth been speeded up and realized under strong state control and intervention? How have ports and their cities affected each other? What lessons can China’s port-cities learn from other countries regions and cities? What will be the next stage of port-city interplays in China in this globalizing era? Answering these questions from a geographical perspective James Wang looks into four sets of port-city relations in China: Economic and functional relations between port and city; port-city spatial relations; external network relations of cities through ports; and port-city governance. These relations formulate a conceptual framework which is used to interpret port-city interplays in individual ports and cities but also in multi-port regions such as the Pearl River Delta. Based on the author’s own research and investigations into more than 25 port cities in China over the past 18 years this book provides vivid stories about China and challenge existing theories on port development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546653

Portfolio and Programme Management DemystifiedManaging Multiple Projects Successfully You’re now responsible for a programme or you’ve got a portfolio to manage? Where do you start? Right here! Projects are not simply the bread and butter of an organisation. Form them into programmes or portfolios and they can be prioritised and integrated to deliver change to your organization in line with your strategic vision. You will be able to control costs and risks and bring together a complex series of themes effectively. This overhauled second edition now combines portfolio management as a parallel theme with programme management and it is brought in line with the current thinking of the Association for Project Management and the Project Management Institute. It is written for managers in both the public and private sectors. This new edition includes half a dozen short case studies (from Belgium’s Fortis Bank a software company local government and central government) along with more on cross-functional management. Together with Project Management Demystified also from Routledge (third edition 2007) it provides the tools to manage your projects your programmes and your portfolio to a very high level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415558341

Portfolio for the PlanetLessons from 10 Years of Impact Investing Rapid growth of the global economy has accelerated the degradation of the Earth’s most important asset: the environment. Increasing poverty and challenges arising from climate change further threaten the planet’s natural systems. With a rising global population the demand on natural resources to cover even basic human needs is intensifying – supporting businesses that promote the sustainable use of natural resources and help ensure their long-term viability is imperative. As part of a pioneering movement to harness business towards effecting environmental change The Nature Conservancy launched EcoEnterprises Fund in 2000 to provide investment capital to grow small "eco"-businesses in Latin America. There is a compelling need for financing this niche. Companies of this size truly drive change – creating the engine for economic activity and generating livelihoods for bottom of the pyramid rural peoples which brings about positive social and conservation impacts. EcoEnterprises Fund’s portfolio highlights twenty-three cutting-edge companies in expanding sectors such as organic agriculture ecotourism sustainable forestry and non-timber forest products which include innovative industry first-movers—from organic shrimp to biodynamic flowers and ready-to-drink smoothies made from the latest Amazonian berry. With a successful ten-year track record EcoEnterprises Fund has valuable learning to share – from what pitfalls to avoid when structuring investments to what types of assistance entrepreneurs in these emerging environmental sectors need most. Portfolio for the Planet translates a decade of experience into accessible lessons for both veterans and newcomers in the field: for those interested in investing in sustainable businesses discovering novel approaches to environmental conservation or seeing entrepreneurs pursue their dreams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696630

Portfolio ManagementA Strategic Approach Recognizing the importance of selecting and pursuing programs projects and operational work that add sustainable business value that benefits end users the Project Management Institute (PMI®) issued its first Standard on Portfolio Management in 2006. In 2014 it launched the Portfolio Management Professional (PfMP®) credential—which several of the experts who contributed to this book earned—to recognize the advanced expertise required of practitioners in the field.Presenting information that is current with The Standard for Portfolio Management Third Edition (2013); Portfolio Management: A Strategic Approach supplies in-depth treatment of the five domains and identifies best practices to ensure the organization has a balanced portfolio management that is critical to success. Following PMI’s standard the book is organized according to its five domains: strategic alignment governance portfolio performance management portfolio risk management and portfolio communications management.Each chapter presents the insight of different thought leaders in academia and business. Contributors from around the world including the Americas Europe the Middle East Africa and Australia supply a global perspective as to why portfolio management is essential for all types of organizations. They provide guidelines examples and models to consider along with discussion and analysis of relevant literature in the field. Most chapters reference PMI standards complement their concepts and expand on the concepts and issues that the standards mention in passing or not at all.Overall this is a must-have resource for anyone pursuing the PfMP® credential from PMI. For executives and practitioners in the field it provides the concepts you will need to address the ever-changing complexities that impact your work. This book is also suitable as a textbook for universities offering courses on portfolio management. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482251043

Portfolio Rebalancing The goal of Portfolio Rebalancing is to provide mathematical and empirical analysis of the effects of portfolio rebalancing on portfolio returns and risks. The mathematical analysis answers the question of when and why fixed-weight portfolios might outperform buy-and-hold portfolios based on volatilities and returns. The empirical analysis aided by mathematical insights will examine the effects of portfolio rebalancing in capital markets for asset allocation portfolios and portfolios of stocks bonds and commodities. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367732837

Portfolios and Reflective Practice Reflective practice is a requirement for all healthcare professionals. This essential guide will help you develop the skills to be effective as a reflective practitioner within any clinical environment. The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273760665

Portrait of a Moral Agent TeacherTeaching Morally and Teaching Morality Teaching morally and teaching morality are understood as mutually dependent processes necessary for providing moral education or the communication of messages and lessons on what is right good and virtuous in a student’s character. This comprehensive and contextualized volume offers anecdotes and experiences on how an elementary schoolteacher envisions enacts and reflects on the ethical teaching and learning of her students. By employing a personally developed form of moral education that is not defined by any particular philosophical or theoretical orientation this volume relates that classroom-based moral education can therefore be conceived of and promoted as moral agency. Accentuated by the teacher’s voice to offer the experience of being in the classroom this volume enables others to transfer relevant practices to their own teaching contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084919

Portrait of a PatronThe Patronage and Collecting of James Brydges 1st Duke of Chandos (1674–1744) Once described as 'England's Apollo' James Brydges first Duke of Chandos (1674-1744) was an outstanding patron of the arts during the first half of the eighteenth century. Having acquired great wealth and influence as Paymaster-General of Queen Anne's forces abroad Chandos commissioned work from leading artists architects poets and composers including Godfrey Kneller William Talman Sir John Vanbrugh Sir James Thornhill John Gay and George Frederick Handel. Despite his associations with such renowned figures Chandos soon gained a reputation for tasteless extravagance. This reputation was not helped by the publication in 1731 of Alexander Pope's poem 'Of Taste' which was widely regarded as a satire upon Chandos and Cannons the new house he was building near Edgware. The poem destroyed Chandos's reputation as a patron of the arts and ensured that he was remembered as a man lacking in taste. Yet as this book shows such a judgement is plainly unfair when the Duke's patronage is considered in more depth and understood within the artistic context of his age. By investigating the patronage and collections of the Duke through an examination of documentary sources and contemporary accounts it is possible to paint a very different picture of the man. Rather than the epitome of bad taste described by his enemies it is clear that Chandos was an enlightened patron who embraced new ideas and strove to establish a taste for the Palladian in England which was to define the Georgian era. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246383

Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979109

Portraits and Philosophy Portraits are everywhere. One finds them not only in museums and galleries but also in newspapers and magazines in the homes of people and in the boardrooms of companies on stamps and coins on millions of cell phones and computers. Despite its huge popularity however portraiture hasn’t received much philosophical attention. While there are countless art historical studies of portraiture contemporary philosophy has largely remained silent on the subject. This book aims to address that lacuna. It brings together philosophers (and philosophically minded historians) with different areas of expertise to discuss this enduring and continuously fascinating genre.  The chapters in this collection are ranged under five broad themes. Part I examines the general nature of portraiture and what makes it distinctive as a genre. Part II looks at some of the subgenres of portraiture such as double portraiture and at some special cases such as sport card portraits and portraits of people not present. How emotions are expressed and evoked by portraits is the central focus of Part III while Part IV explores the relation between portraiture fiction and depiction more generally. Finally in Part V some of the ethical issues surrounding portraiture are addressed. The book closes with an epilogue about portraits of philosophers.  Portraits and Philosophy tangles with deep questions about the nature and effects of portraiture in ways that will substantially advance the scholarly discussion of the genre. It will be of interest to scholars and students working in philosophy of art history of art and the visual arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189402

Portraits from MemoryAnd Other Essays ‘I have come to think that one of the main causes of trouble in the world is dogmatic and fanatical belief in some doctrine for which there is no adequate evidence.’ – Bertrand Russell Portraits from Memory Portraits from Memory is one of Bertrand Russell’s most self-reflective and engaging books. Whilst not intended as an autobiography it is a vivid recollection of some of his celebrated contemporaries such as George Bernard Shaw Sidney and Beatrice Webb and D. H. Lawrence. Russell provides some arresting and sometimes amusing insights into writers with whom he corresponded. He was fascinated by Joseph Conrad with whom he formed a strong emotional bond writing that his Heart of Darkness was not just a story but an expression of Conrad’s ‘philosophy of life’. There are also some typically pithy Russellian observations; H. G. Wells ‘derived his importance from quantity rather than quality’ whilst after a brief and fraught friendship Russell thought D. H. Lawrence ‘had no real wish to make the world better but only to indulge in eloquent soliloquy about how bad it was’. This engaging book also includes some of Russell’s customary razor-sharp essays on a rich array of subjects from his ardent pacifism liberal politics and morality to the ethics of education the skills of good writing and how he came to philosophy as a young man. These include ‘A Plea for Clear Thinking’ ‘A Philosophy for Our Time’ and ‘How I Write’. Portraits from Memory is Russell at his best and will enthrall those new to Russell as well as those already well-acquainted with his work. This Routledge Classics edition includes a new foreword by the Russell scholar Nicholas Griffin editor of The Selected Letters of Bertrand Russell. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367540845

Portraits in Early Modern English DramaVisual Culture Play-Texts and Performances Portraits in Early Modern English Drama studies the complex web of interconnections that grows out of the presentation of portraits as props in early modern English drama. Emanuel Stelzer considers this theory from the Elizabethan age up to the closing of the theatres. This book examines how the dramatic text and the subjectivities of the dramatis personae are shaped and changed through the process of observation and interpretation of pictures in the dramatic actions and dialogues.Unlike any previous study it confronts when a portrait is clearly meant not to be a miniature. This also has bearings on the effect of the picture on the audience and in terms of genre expectation. Two important questions are interrogated in the book: What were the price and value of these portraits? and What were the strategies deployed by the playing companies to show women’s portraits in a theatre without actresses? This book will be of interest to different areas of research dealing with the history of drama and literature material and visual culture studies art history gender studies and performance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729370

Portraits of Medieval Eastern Europe 900–1400 Portraits of Medieval Eastern Europe provides imagined biographies of twenty different figures from all walks of life living in Eastern Europe from 900 to 1400. Moving beyond the usual boundaries of speculative history the book presents innovative and creative interpretations of the people places and events of medieval Eastern Europe and provides an insight into medieval life from Scandinavia to Byzantium. Each chapter explores a different figure and together they present snapshots of life across a wide range of different social backgrounds. Among the figures are both imagined and historical characters including the Byzantine Princess Anna Porphyrogenita a Jewish traveller a slave the Mongol general Sübodei a woman from Novgorod and a Rus’ pilgrim. A range of different narrative styles are also used throughout the book from omniscient third-person narrators to diary entries letters and travel accounts. By using primary sources to construct the lives of and give a voice to the types of people who existed within medieval European history Portraits of Medieval Eastern Europe provides a highly accessible introduction to the period. Accompanied by a new and interactive companion website it is the perfect teaching aid to support and excite students of medieval Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701205

Portraits of Old RussiaImagined Lives of Ordinary People 1300-1745 This book introduces readers to a little-known place and time in world history – early modern Russia from its beginnings as Muscovy in the fourteenth century through the reign of Peter I (1689-1725) – by portraying the lives of representative individuals from the major levels of the society of that era. The portraits written by professional historians are imaginative reconstructions or composites of individual lives rather than biographies. The portraits are arranged into socio-political categories and include members of ruling families government servitors clerks military personnel church prelates monks provincial landowners townspeople and artisans Siberian explorers and traders free peasants serfs slaves and holy fools. Using these portraits the book brings old Russian society to life in an interesting way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765627292

Portraits of Pioneers in Developmental Psychology Utilizing an informal sometimes humorous style of writing this book brings to life 16 developmental psychologists who made a significant contribution to their field. Written by noted scholars each chapter provides a glimpse into the personal and scholarly lives of these innovative "pioneers". Some of the chapters are based on the contributor's personal acquaintance with a pioneer allowing for the introduction of previously unavailable information. Suggested Readings allow readers to delve deeper into the material and a tabular list of subjects and authors helps instructors supplement their courses in substantive areas of psychology with ease.  The introductory essay prepares the reader for a deeper understanding of the contributions of each of the pioneers. Mamie Phipps Clark had a profound impact on the education of American children.  Robert W. White pioneered a new approach to the study of persons across the lifespan.  Lois Barclay Murphy’s perspective on the strengths of developing children foreshadowed later developments in positive psychology.  Florence Goodenough pioneered new testing methods for children.  John Paul Scott was a pioneer in the field of behavior genetics. The book also highlights the many contributions of European pioneers: Jean Piaget Charlotte Bühler Heinz Werner and Lev Vygotsky. Their contributions were carried forward by J. McVicker Hunt in the U.S. and Helena Antipoff in Brazil. Arnold Gesell’s film studies of children’s development remain a landmark accomplishment. Lawrence Kohlberg pioneered the study of moral development across the lifespan. Roger Barker’s studies on aggression and leadership among children eventually led to the development of ecological psychology. Eleanor "Jackie" Gibson was famous for her work on the "visual cliff" and for her research on perception and development.  Finally Sidney Bijou had a long career delineating ways to improve the lives of children.  Pickren’s concluding essay draws connections between the pioneers and how they contributed to the advancement of the field. Intended as a supplementary text for undergraduate and/or graduate courses in the history of psychology and/or developmental child or lifespan psychology taught in psychology education and human development this engaging book also appeals to those interested in and/or teaching these subject areas. Each of the 7 volumes in the Portraits of Pioneers Series contain different profiles bringing more than 140 of psychology’s pioneers to life. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848728967

Portraits of Pioneers in Psychology This book presents a series of informal biographies about major figures in the history of psychology. A unique combination of expertise and human appeal the volume places the contributions of each pioneer in a new and fascinating perspective. For instance several of the authors use the novel approach of having the pioneers return to the present day to reflect back on their work as it relates to the here and now. Revisions of speeches given in a popular series of invited addresses at psychological conventions the chapters offer appealing glimpses into the lives of individuals who made a difference in the early years of psychology as a field of study. Each of the five volumes in this series contains different profiles thereby bringing more than 100 of the pioneers in psychology more vividly to life. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315799568

Portraits of Pioneers in Psychology This book presents a series of informal biographies about major figures in the history of psychology. A unique combination of expertise and human appeal the volume places the contributions of each pioneer in a new and fascinating perspective. For instance several of the authors use the novel approach of having the pioneers return to the present day to reflect back on their work as it relates to the here and now. Revisions of speeches given in a popular series of invited addresses at psychological conventions the chapters offer appealing glimpses into the lives of individuals who made a difference in the early years of psychology as a field of study. Each of the five volumes in this series contains different profiles thereby bringing more than 100 of the pioneers in psychology more vividly to life. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807577

Portraits of Pioneers in PsychologyVolume II A major aim of the books in this series is to promote psychology's appreciation of the neglected giants in its history. The chapters document the significance of these early contributions many of them made more than a century ago. Most of the chapters are revisions of invited addresses delivered at psychological conventions. Several of the authors are students colleagues or offspring of their pioneers and all of them are intrigued by the life and work of the psychologists about whom they have written. All of the portraits are informal; on occasion even humorous. Some are "impersonations"--telling stories in what were or might have been the pioneer's own words. This book provides source materials for teachers of undergraduate courses in psychology--particularly the history of psychology--who want to add a personal view in their lectures and offer interesting readings for their students. Each of the five volumes in this series contains different profiles thereby bringing more than 100 of the pioneers in psychology more vividly to life. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410602756

Portraits of Pioneers in PsychologyVolume III This third volume in a series devoted to luminaries in the history of psychology--features chapter authors who are themselves highly visible and eminent scholars. They provide glimpses of the giants who shaped modern cognitive and behavioral science and shed new light on their contributions and personalities often with a touch of humor or whimsy and with fresh personal insights. The animated style carefully selected details and lively perspective make the people ideas and controversies in the history of psychology come alive. The fields touched on in this and other volumes cover all of the subfields of psychology. As such all volumes of Portraits of Pioneers in Psychology will be of interest to psychologists as well as scholars in related fields. The resourceful teacher could use a selection of chapters as supplementary readings to enhance almost any course in the discipline. The major purpose of these books is to provide source materials for students and their teachers in undergraduate and graduate courses in the history of psychology. Each of the five volumes in this series contains different profiles thereby bringing more than 100 of the pioneers in psychology more vividly to life. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002791

Portraits of Pioneers in PsychologyVolume III This third volume in a series devoted to luminaries in the history of psychology--features chapter authors who are themselves highly visible and eminent scholars. They provide glimpses of the giants who shaped modern cognitive and behavioral science and shed new light on their contributions and personalities often with a touch of humor or whimsy and with fresh personal insights. The animated style carefully selected details and lively perspective make the people ideas and controversies in the history of psychology come alive. The fields touched on in this and other volumes cover all of the subfields of psychology. As such all volumes of Portraits of Pioneers in Psychology will be of interest to psychologists as well as scholars in related fields. The resourceful teacher could use a selection of chapters as supplementary readings to enhance almost any course in the discipline. The major purpose of these books is to provide source materials for students and their teachers in undergraduate and graduate courses in the history of psychology. Each of the five volumes in this series contains different profiles thereby bringing more than 100 of the pioneers in psychology more vividly to life. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315799414

Portraits of Pioneers in PsychologyVolume VI This sixth book in the Portraits of Pioneers in Psychology Series preserves the diversity that has characterized earlier volumes as it brings to life psychologists who have made substantial contributions to the field of the history of psychology. These chapters illustrate the pioneering endeavors of such significant figures and are written in a lively engaging style by authors who themselves have achieved a reputation as excellent scholars in the history of psychology. Several of the chapters are based on the author's personal acquaintance with a pioneer and new previously unavailable information about these luminaries is presented in this volume. Each of these volumes provides glimpses into the personal and scholarly lives of 20 giants in the history of psychology. Prominent scholars provide chapters on a pioneer who made important contributions in their own area of expertise. A special section in each volume provides portraits of the editors and authors containing interesting information about the relationship between the pioneers and the psychologists who describe them. Utilizing an informal personal sometimes humorous style of writing the books will appeal to students and instructors interested in the history of psychology. Each of the six volumes in this series contains different profiles thereby bringing more than 120 of the pioneers in psychology more vividly to life. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653923

Portraits of the ArtistPsychoanalysis of Creativity and its Vicissitudes Gedo's pathbreaking exploration of the psychology of creativity incorporates first-hand material drawn from his extensive clinical work with artists musicians and other exceptionally creative individuals. Using this body of clinical knowledge as conceptual anchorage he then offers illuminating reassessments of the artistic productivity of van Gogh Picasso Gauguin and Caravaggio and the literary productivity of Nietzsche Jung and Freud. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154018

Portraits of the InsaneTheodore Gericault and the Subject of Psychotherapy In the early 1820s in the gloomy aftermath of the 1789 Revolution and the Napoleonic wars the French Romantic painter Theodore Gericault (1791-1824) made five portraits of patients in an asylum or clinic. No depictions of madness before or since can compare with them for humanity straightforwardness and immediacy. Why were they painted? For whom? Art-historical ways of accounting for them open up questions about the nature of psychoanalytic interpretation. The portraits challenge us to find responses in ourselves to the face and the embodied mysteries of the other person and to our own internal (unsconscious disavowed) otherness: in this sense Gericault was a "painter-analyst". The challenge could not be more urgent in our world of suspicion of the stranger and of the medicalisation of madness. The book sketches the history of this last process from the Enlightenment through to the Revolution and its public health policies to the birth of the asylum in its interface with the penal system.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202479

Portraits Of The Japanese WorkplaceLabor Movements Workers And Managers In this groundbreaking volume one of Japan's most insightful contemporary labor analysts assesses the ?light and shadow? of Japanese-style management explaining why Japanese employees have stood apart from workers in other industrialized countries. Kumazawa brings to life the intense combination of competition and community within Japanese workpl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317379

Portraits of Women in the American West Men are usually the heroes of Western stories but women also played a crucial role in developing the American frontier and their stories have rarely been told.This anthology of biographical essays on women promises new insight into gender in the 19C American West. The women featured include Asian Americans African-Americans and Native American women as well as their white counterparts. The original essays offer observations about gender and sexual violence the subordinate status of women of color their perseverance and influence in changing that status a look at the gendered religious legacy that shaped Western Catholicism and women in the urban and rural industrial and agricultural West. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446805

Portraiture and Critical Reflections on Being This book analyzes the philosophical origins of dualism in portraiture in Western culture during the Classical period through to contemporary modes of portraiture. Dualism – the separation of mind from body - plays a central part in portraiture given that it supplies the fundamental framework for portraiture’s determining problem and justification: the visual construction of the subjectivity of the sitter which is invariably accounted for as ineffable entity or spirit that the artist magically captures. Every artist that has engaged with portraiture has had to deal with these issues and therefore with the question of being and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580602

Portraiture and Early Studio Photography in China and Japan This volume explores the early history of the photographic studio and portrait in China and Japan. The institution of the photographic studio has received relatively little attention in the history of photography; contributors here investigate various manifestations of the studio as a place and as a space that was cultural economic and creative. Its authors also look closely at the studio portrait not as images alone but also as collaborative ventures between studio operators and sitters opportunities to invent new roles images that merged the new medium with "traditional" visual practices as well as the portrait’s part in devising modern gendered nationalistic and public identities for its subjects. As the first collection of its kind Portraiture and Early Studio Photography in China and Japan analyzes the photographic likeness—its producers subjects viewers and pictorial forms—and argues for the historical significance of the photographic studio as a specific and new space central to the formation of new identities and communities. Photography’s identity as a transnational technology is thus explored through the local uses adaptations and assimilations of the imported medium presenting modern images of their subjects in specific Japanese and Chinese contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331122

Ports Cities and Global Supply Chains Global trends in policy and technology related fields are rapidly reshaping the port industry worldwide. International in scope this volume provides multidisciplinary insights into the role port cities adopt in dealing with global supply chains. Throughout the book concepts of strategic management supply chain management port and transport economics and economic and transport geography are applied to offer an in-depth understanding of the processes underlying global supply chains and associated spatial and functional dynamics in port-cities. The book also discusses policy outcomes and implications relevant to port-cities positioned in different segments of global supply chains. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275485

Ports and NetworksStrategies Operations and Perspectives Written by leading experts in the field this book offers an introduction to recent developments in port and hinterland strategies operations and related specializations. The book begins with a broad overview of port definitions concepts and the role of ports in global supply chains and an examination of strategic topics such as port management governance performance hinterlands and the port-city relationship. The second part of the book examines operational aspects of maritime port and land networks. A range of topics are explored such as liner networks finance and business models port-industrial clusters container terminals intermodality/synchromodality handling and warehousing. The final section of the book provides insights into key issues of port development and management from security sustainability innovation strategies transition management and labour issues. Drawing on a variety of global case studies theoretical insights are supplemented with real world and best practice examples this book will be of interest to advanced undergraduates postgraduates scholars and professionals interested in maritime studies transport studies economics and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472485038

Ports and the EnvironmentMaritime Policy and Management Ports are a vital part of the global economy connecting the world through maritime transport networks promoting international trade and supporting global economic growth. However port communities are increasingly concerned about the local environmental problems associated with air pollution from increased port activities. Efforts are increasingly being made into the reduction of human-induced changes to the global environment and one of the target areas is to reduce air emissions from international shipping. It appears that management of the port sector has entered into a new era not only because environmental concerns are increasingly being expressed surrounding the ports themselves but also because many of the new environmental measures associated with the shipping trade have to be enforced when ships are in port. Ports and the Environment assembles research focusing on the management of ports and the environmental issues associated with both the shipping trade and the ports themselves. By examining contemporary concerns from the perspectives of maritime policy port management and industrial efficiency this book will be provide important reference for future research and policy-making in this area. This book was originally published as a special issue of Maritime Policy & Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295285

Ports in ProximityCompetition and Coordination among Adjacent Seaports Ports in Proximity provides an overview of key contemporary research in the field through a broad range of international case studies. The concepts of strategic management supply chain management port and transport economics and economic and transport geography are applied throughout the book to offer an in-depth understanding of the processes underlying spatial and functional dynamics in port systems. The opportunities for cooperation between competing adjacent ports is examined while the avenues for further joint research are identified setting an agenda for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254770

Portugal in the European UnionAssessing Twenty-Five Years of Integration Experience This book examines the involvement of Portugal in the European integration process since the country signed the Accession Treaty in 1985. The volume elicits how Portugal has grasped opportunities and challenges emanating from its participation in the institutional regulatory and political frameworks of the European Union (EU) as these have become more intricate as well as intrusive. It scrutinizes the adjustments and transformations that have taken place in Portuguese society politics and economics as well as in the country’s international relations as engendered by its increasing enmeshment in the Community-building dynamics. It is divided into three main parts: • Part I focuses on the major changes within the domestic arena notably on the political economic and social fronts; • Part II addresses the adjustments that the Portuguese leadership had to make in order to secure the country's participation in key common policies and strategies; • Part III is centred on foreign policy and assesses and discusses the impact upon Portugal’s international relations. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of European politics EU studies comparative politics and those with a strong interest in Portugal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187559

Portugal Since The RevolutionEconomic And Political Perspectives This volume examines the economic and political circumstances in Portugal since the 1974 revolution. A succinct analysis of the central themes of Portuguese politics (drawing on public opinion surveys conducted in Portugal) is followed by a framework for analyzing the economic consequences of the coup. The authors then assess the influence of the I Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283940

PortugalFrom Monarchy To Pluralist Democracy Two basic processes—industrialization and the emergence of the nation-state—have marked the evolution of many modern societies particularly in Western Europe. Industrialization broadened the class structure of societies. With the new classes came demands for political power and influence demands that were vigorously resisted by the ruling monarchies and landowning aristocracies. And with these demands came upheaval and eventually new forms of democratic social and political organization. In Portugal’s transition from absolutist monarchy to pluralist democracy can be found an example of these transformative processes at work. Yet the experience of this nation has been largely neglected in discussions of Western European politics. With Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy Walter C. Opello Jr. brings the transformation of Portugal into sharp focus and in doing so offers interesting insights into the problems of forming a democratic regime. This profile traces Portugal’s transition to democracy within the broader context of its historical development as a nation-state documenting the effects of absolutism imperialism centralization class and regional cleavages and late industrialization on the Portuguese people their polity economy and society. Exploring the themes that have shaped the development of Portugal’s democratic structures Professor Opello also assesses the future viability of these structures in light of the country’s nondemocratic legacies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283933

Portugal's Political DevelopmentA Comparative Approach Portugal's early developmental experience created a highly centralized administrative state that continues to have a powerful influence on the nature and style of the country's government and politics. Emphasizing this theme Dr. Opello shows that contrary to the conclusions of scholars who have analyzed Portugal from Latin American or Third World perspectives Portuguese political development is more comparable to the pattern of development of West European countries especially France. He compares Portugal's political experience with that of other West European countries and concludes by speculating about the future of Portugal's fledgling democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299415

Portuguese Dutch and Chinese in Maritime Asia c.1585 - 1800Merchants Commodities and Commerce This collection of 13 essays deals with a range of topics concerning Portuguese Dutch and Chinese merchants commodities and commerce in maritime Asia in the early modern period from c. 1585-1800. They are based on exhaustive research and careful analysis of diverse sets of archival materials found around the globe. Written by a leading authority on global maritime economic history and the history of European Expansion each individual essay addresses a topic of fundamental importance to those interested in knowing more about what merchants did (with which resources and under what conditions) and how they did it what were the commodities that were incorporated into local regional intra-regional and global economies and what was the role and function of early modern maritime trade and commerce in economic development in general and especially in Asia in the early modern era from c. 1585-1800. A number of them in particular relate the individual or collective merchant experience to specific European (Portuguese and Dutch) imperial projects and their contestation amongst themselves and their indigenous neighbours over portions of the period. Collectively they form an exposition of a utilitarian view of human activity under a wide-ranging different set of circumstances and conditions but with similar patterns of behaviors and responses that are largely independent from ethnic racial or religious stereotyping. The work therefore should raise new issues and avenues of research concerning these agents and objects in European Expansion Asian and Global History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472417008

Portuguese Artists in LondonShaping Identities in Post-War Europe This book centres on four Portuguese artists’ journeys between Portugal and Britain and aims at rethinking the cultural and artistic interactions in the post-war Europe the shaping of new identities within a context of creative experimentalism and transnational dynamics and the artistic responses to political troubles. Leonor de Oliveira examines the contributions of the work of Paula Rego Barto dos Santos João Cutileiro and Jorge Vieira among other artists to shape referential images of Portuguese identity that not only responded to the purpose of breaking with dominant iconographic and aesthetic representations but also incorporated a critical perspective on contemporaneity. This title will appeal to scholars interested in art history Portuguese and European art and the mid-twentieth-century art scene. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244743

Portuguese Colonial Cities in the Early Modern World Portuguese Colonial Cities in the Early Modern World is a collection of essays on the cities of the Portuguese empire written by the leading scholars in the field. The volume like the empire it analyzes has a global scope and a chronological span of three centuries. The contributions focus on the social political and economic aspects of city life in settlements as far apart as Rio de Janeiro Mozambique Island and Nagasaki. Despite the seeming (and real) disparities between the colonial cities located in South America Africa and Asia this volume demonstrates that they possessed a range of commonalities. Beyond their shared language these cities had similar social religious and political institutions that shaped their identities. In many cases the civic bodies analyzed in these essays such as the city councils or the Misericórdias (charitable brotherhoods) no less than the convents and houses of Catholic religious orders contributed more to making these cities Portuguese than their allegiance to the crown in Lisbon. Rather than dividing the globe into Atlantic and Indian Ocean spheres Portuguese Colonial Cities in the Early Modern World takes the novel approach of bringing together analyses of the social history of these cities in order to stress their shared aspects as well as to suggest paths for fruitful comparisons. By encouraging further scholarship in this rich yet understudied subject this collection will not only further comparisons between cities found within the Portuguese empire but also raise important issues that will be of interest to historians of other European empires as well as urban historians generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249622

Portuguese Encounters with Sri Lanka and the MaldivesTranslated Texts from the Age of the Discoveries Portuguese Encounters with Sri Lanka and the Maldives: Translated Texts from the Age of the Discoveries is designed to provide access to translations of 16th- and 17th-century documents which illustrate various aspects of this encounter combining texts from indigenous sources with those from the Portuguese histories and archives. These documents contribute to the growing understanding that different groups of European colonizers - missionaries traders and soldiers - had conflicting motivations and objectives. Scholars have also begun to emphasize that the colonized were not mere victims but had their own agendas and that they occasionally successfully manipulated colonial powers. The texts in this volume help to substantiate these assertions while also illustrating the changing nature of the interactions. The present volume contains chapters covering the Portuguese arrival in Sri Lanka and their first encounters with the island and its peoples their subsequent relations with Kandy and Jaffna and a final chapter on Portuguese relations with the Maldive Islands. A historical introduction provides the context in which the documents can be read and a select bibliography indicates the most recent and authoritative secondary works on the subject Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383388

Portuguese Merchants in the Manila Galleon System1565-1600 Villamar examines the role of Portuguese merchants in the formation of the Manila Galleon as a system of trade founded at the end of the sixteenth century. The rise of Manila as a crucial transshipment port was not a spontaneous incident. Instead it came about through a complex combination of circumstances and interconnections that nurtured the establishment of the Manila Galleon system a trading mechanism that lasted two and half centuries from 1565 until 1815. Villamar analyses the establishment of the regulatory framework of the trade across the Pacific Ocean as a whole setting that provided legality to the transactions predictability to the transportation and security to the stakeholders. He looks both at the Spanish crown strategy in Asia and the emergence of a network of Portuguese merchants located in Manila and active in the long-distance trade. This informal community of merchants participated from the inception of the trading system across the Pacific with connections between Europe ports in Asia under the control of Portugal the Spanish colonies in America and the city of Manila. From its inception the newly-founded capital of the Philippines became a hub of connections attracting part of the trade that already existed in Asia. Surveying the Portuguese commercial networks from the ‘Estado da Índia’ across the ‘Spanish lake ’ this book sheds light on the early modern globalization from a truly comprehensive Iberian perspective. This is a valuable resource for scholars of Pacific and Iberian trade history and the maritime history of Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367615543

Portuguese ModernismsMultiple Perspectives in Literature and the Visual Arts This book presents a number of essays written by specialists in various fields that include literary criticism linguistics sociology history and art criticism. It offers an excellent overview of Portuguese modernism in a current challenging and encompassing manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602918

PortugueseAn Essential Grammar This new edition of Portuguese: An Essential Grammar is a practical reference guide to the most important aspects of modern European Portuguese. Combining traditional and function-based grammar the book sets out the complexities of Portuguese in short readable sections. Explanations are clear free from jargon and substantiated by examples. Throughout the emphasis is on Portuguese as used by native speakers. This third edition: reflects the new orthographic agreement; includes an expanded section on verbs and pronouns as well as a new section on syntax; provides authentic examples to illustrate grammar in context; focuses on Portuguese as used in Portugal and Africa; links to Basic Portuguese: A Grammar and Workbook which offers a valuable set of language practice exercises; includes a detailed contents list and index for easy access to information. An important addition to Routledge’s collection of grammars on the variants of Portuguese this is an ideal reference source for the learner and user of European Portuguese. It is suitable for either independent study or for students in schools colleges universities and adult classes of all types. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234352

Positional Analysis for Sustainable DevelopmentReconsidering Policy Economics and Accounting Climate change biodiversity loss pollution of land and water land-use changes lack of equality and other problems at local national and global levels represent a challenge for economics as a social science. Mainstream neoclassical economics may be able to contribute to a more sustainable society but it has also played a dominant role in a period where problems have been aggravated. A pluralist and democratic view of economics is therefore very much warranted. This book presents a multidimensional and ideologically more open view of economics: understanding economics in multidimensional terms is in accordance with the 17 sustainable development goals recognized by nations at the UN-level in 2015. Accordingly approaches to decision making and accounting at the national- and business levels have to be reconsidered. Neoclassical Cost-Benefit Analysis (CBA) with focus on the monetary dimension and an assumed consensus about a specific market ideology to be applied is not compatible with democratic societies where citizen and actors in other roles normally differ with respect to ideological orientation. Environmental Impact Statements and Multi-Criteria methods are used to some extent to broaden approaches to decision-making. In this book Positional Analysis is advocated as a multidimensional and ideologically open approach. Positional Analysis is based on a political economic conceptual framework (as part of ecological economics) that differs from neoclassical ideas of individuals firms and markets. And since approaches to decision-making and to accounting are closely connected a new theoretical perspective in economics similarly raises issues of how national and business accounting can be opened up to meet present demands among various actors in society. This perspective raises also numerous ethical questions at the science and policy interface that need to be properly addressed for sustainability decision making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341169

Positional FaithfulnessAn Optimality Theoretic Treatment of Phonological Asymmetries First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979116

Positioning IdentitiesLesbians' and Gays' Experiences with Mental Health Care How do lesbians and gays negotiate their sexual identities in mental health care contexts? How do they manage the institutional homophobia and heterosexism embedded in health care practice and practitioners? Using interpretive phenomenology Hazel Platzer overturns limiting dualisms to describe the ways in which lesbians and gays are silenced and pathologized in their mental health care encounters how they resist and how their resistance can restrict access to care. She highlights the difficulties of researching a sensitive topic with a relativelyhidden population and devises innovative techniques for handling bias and a multi-methods approach to the phenomenological study of experience and identities. She then offers proactive steps toward creating a health care environment in which lesbian and gay identities are normalized improving both access to and quality of health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403598

Positioning Taiwan in a Global ContextBeing and Becoming Positioning Taiwan in a Global Context examines modern Taiwanese culture through the prism of global cultural interactions. Challenging the view of Taiwan as a product of transience and displacement it highlights Taiwan’s subjectivity viewing the island as a site of a global development that epitomizes both resistance and negotiation in the process of cultural flows. The fourteen contributions by an international team of scholars investigate the multi-layered and multidirectional interplays between the island and the outside world exploring the impact of complex cultural encounters on the construction writing and rewriting of Taiwan in a global context. Taking an interdisciplinary approach the topics covered range from Taiwanese literature cinema food culture and tourism to cultural geography colonial history and folk religion with comparisons made with Japan China Hong Kong the Philippines and the West. Focusing on continuous cross-cultural interplays this book affords readers a deeper understanding of identity politics and a better insight into the fluidity changeability and constructionist nature of culture. As such it will be will be of great interest to students and scholars of Taiwan Studies and Cultural Studies as well as Asian film literature and popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077129

Positioning the Academic Library within the UniversityStructures and Challenges Academic libraries are facing uncertain times. The international higher education environment is very volatile and academic libraries and librarians can play a major role in helping to strategically position their parent institution within it. In doing so there needs to be clarity as to what the position of the academic library is with regard to the role and function it has within the university and how library leadership can have pan-institutional influence and impact. There are several ways in which the academic library can position itself and this collection demonstrates many of these. Strategic alignment with the university and its mission is a fundamental part of successful positioning as is being flexible adaptable and responsive to changing needs requirements and expectations. Developments in research support and scholarly communications as well as super-convergences with other academic support departments are examples of such responsiveness. These topics along with other emerging themes such as library functions and institutional partnerships and collaborations are all discussed in the book and provide the reader with a rich variety of reflections and case studies on how academic libraries from across the globe have addressed their position within their institution. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal New Review of Academic Librarianship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367687908

Positioning the BrandAn Inside-Out Approach Positioning is hot. Not only in the realm of consumer goods manufacturers but also for other companies institutions governments and even individual persons. An explosion of good quality products on the market and targeted media and advertising campaigns has led to an increasing interest from organizations as to how to strategically position their brand. Up to now only a few books on positioning were published. Positioning the Brand picks up the gauntlet with an approach based on two fundamental choices: Firstly the book was written from the perspective of the brand manager and has therefore been shaped as a practical roadmap. Secondly this book advocates a new stance on positioning teaching the reader to look from the inside-out instead of adopting the usual outside-in methodology. This inside-out approach departs from an analysis of the corporate identity enabling better fulfilment of external positioning and ensuring internal support. This book is intended for (future) managers marketing professionals and communication professionals responsible for the commercial success and reputation of a brand. The contents have a practical set-up reinforced by engaging examples and enable the reader to individually complete a positioning process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665193

Positioning Theory and Strategic CommunicationA new approach to public relations research and practice In public relations people talk about positioning an idea a persona a political ideal an ideology – but what are they talking about? Why do some positions taken by organizations crystallize in the minds of audiences while others fail?  Whilst positioning is not something new in public relations this book is the first to explicate what it involves how it works and how to do it. This is the first in-depth exploration of the possibilities of Positioning Theory for the public relations field and it adds a new perspective to the growing body of multidisciplinary work in this rich theoretical area moving the discussion away from the traditional communication plans of previous decades which fail to accommodate the changing media and opinion landscapes. The author pulls together various strands of socio-cultural theory into an analytical framework providing readers with a tool to analyse the organizational implications of public relations decisions guiding strategic decision making through realistic scenario planning. This thought-provoking book provides an alternative path to studying communication in increasingly complex environments and as such will be vital reading for researchers and educators advanced communication and public relations students and for senior public relations practitioners.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497368

Positioning YogaBalancing Acts Across Cultures What is yoga? Stereotypical images of people practicing this ancient art range from white-bearded Indian mystics chanting 'om' on mountaintops to urban fitness fanatics contorted into uncomfortable looking positions. We recognize the name but may not realize how the set of ideas and practices known as yoga moved from its birthplace on the Indian subcontinent to become a global phenomenon. Positioning Yoga considers how the recent development of yoga from its introduction to Western audiences by the Indian Swami Vivekananda at the 1893 Parliament of the World's Religions in Chicago through to the present day has generated specific forms of modern practice. Strauss takes us on an illuminating journey from India to Germany and America and back again to India. While acknowledging yogas point of origin Strauss explores how yogic practices and ideas have been transformed when they cross cultural boundaries.Yoga can be defined in many ways as an attitude a philosophic system a set of practices a way of being in the world but its definition is always located within a particular historical context. What makes yoga practitioners affiliated with Swami Sivanandas Divine Life Society of Rishikesh India - whether they hail from India North America or Europe - unique? What values around the world have supported the surging popularity of yoga over the past century? This absorbing book considers how lifestyle values have made yoga a global industry and shows how culture is produced and disseminated across boundaries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086420

Positions and Polarities in Contemporary Systemic PracticeThe Legacy of David Campbell This book provides a rich collection of the work that has been informed by the ideas of the eminent family therapist and clinical psychologist Dr David Campbell who died in August 2009. Contributors are drawn from different fields and describe models they have developed for organizational consultation training therapy and research. The book includes a range of important topics key ideas which thread through contemporary theoretical frameworks a research study into young people's experience of parental mental illness and the application of Dr Campbell's use of semantic polarity theory in supervision research and clinical practice. The innovative consultancy model developed by David Campbell with Marianne Groenbaek is elaborated here. Personal accounts of work in different contexts include a priest consulting within his community the use of self in training systemic psychotherapists the experience of consultation in academic settings and a narrative of a training course for psychiatrists. Interspersed with these chapters are David Campbell's own reflections concerning the development of his ideas and practice over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490878

Positive About Inspection Thit title was first published in 2000:  This text helps organizations prepare for inspection by the Training Standards Council. It approaches inspection using two distinct perspectives. The first is a linear account of an inspection through "diary" entries of inspector and trainer; the second is ten typical encounters during inspection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725263

Positive Action in ActionEqual Opportunities and Declining Opportunities on Merseyside First published in 1997 this volume describes very clearly the various government policies to promote equal opportunity and the context of urban policy in which they have to be implemented. Robert Moore’s important study addresses the key issue of equal opportunities through a case study of events when a change in government policy appeared to hold out the prospect of new jobs for a highly deprived inner city area. It is a model for all social research of this kind. The result is a very detailed and objective analysis of the problem of implementing equal opportunity policies in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332522

Positive Ageing and Human Resource Development Positive Ageing and Human Resource Development seeks to introduce readers to some of the major cultural issues that the current demographic changes of the workforce as the national default retirement age within the UK has moved from 60 to 67 and beyond represent for the workplace. This phenomenon is happening in other economies. It recognises there are social shifts in terms of the psychological contract and expectations of different sets of workers. Rather than seeking to extend ideas around multi-generational research eg millennials and generation X/Y it provides some contributions and commentary which may inform employers HR professionals and those interested in Human Resource Development (HRD) when considering how to plan for these challenges. It considers the concerns that HRD thinking has largely been focussed upon the development of leaders or managing people rather than how such sociological shifts may impact upon the nature of work and subsequent productivity. It recognises that many companies have failed to plan their people management strategies and talent management approaches to cope with this shift largely given their uncertainty how to address.It takes a set of contributions then which focus upon different issues broadly based around age in order to provide illustrations of some of the areas for discourse of the lived experiences of those affected by the probability of working into their late 60s or potentially even late 70s. Much of this is focussed around women’s working lives as the impact of later working represents a number of peculiar issues around the valuing of women’s work and its contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732660

Positive AgeingAn Approach Towards Transcendence This book presents a kaleidoscopic view of the positive layers of ageing as well as key interventions that can help generate and maintain positivity and well-being among the elderly. It explores the connections of ageing with spirituality nature and existentialism and leisure to encourage creativity individuation happiness and emotional detachment. It further examines various interventions such as end-of-life care mindfulness and yoga retrospection life review and so on which may improve the overall quality of life by promoting the health of the elderly individual. The book focuses on authentic ageing transpersonal gerontology the concept of the elder child geriatric interventions and caregiving and suggests practical improvements in health and facilities for the elderly. It also covers aspects of the inner life of the prolonged ailing or dying person from a mental health perspective and emphasizes the value of positive ageing. A guide to applied geriatrics and geriatric psychology with its simple style and clear methods in end-to-end praxis the book shows how mental well-being can be fostered in the elderly to help them find meaning and purpose in old age. This book will interest students teachers and researchers of psychology positive psychology geropsychology and gerontological studies sociology and social work public health medical education and geriatric nursing. It will also be useful to practitioners including psychologists counsellors gerontologists mental health professionals and NGOs working with the elderly and the interested reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367620998

Positive Alternatives to Exclusion Positive Alternatives to School Exclusion looks at what schools can do to build more harmonious communities and engage students - particularly those at risk of exclusion - more productively in all areas of school life. It describes the Positive Alternatives to School Exclusion Project a multi-phase collaborative initiative based at the School of Education University of Cambridge.Drawing on the perspectives of staff and pupils the authors provide detailed case studies of the approaches and strategies being adopted in a variety of settings (primary secondary and FE) to foster inclusion and reduce and prevent exclusion. It also identifies a number of different frameworks drawn from the case studies which can be used by practitioners working in other settings to support their own reflection and development work. Particular importance is placed throughout the book on valuing the domain of personal experience in the life of the school community. The authors explore this theme in detail suggesting ways in which it might become a priority focus of further development work in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421820

Positive and Negative Symptoms in PsychosisDescription Research and Future Directions First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203782033

Positive Art Therapy Theory and PracticeIntegrating Positive Psychology with Art Therapy Positive Art Therapy Theory and Practice outlines a clear systematic approach for combining positive psychology with art therapy’s capacity to mobilize client strengths; induce engagement flow and positive emotions; transform perceptions; build healing relationships and empowering narratives; and illuminate life purpose and meaning. Woven throughout are clinical illustrations state-of-the-art research discussion questions and reflections on how therapists can apply this approach to their work with clients and their personal and professional development. The book also includes a comprehensive list of more than 80 positive art therapy directives a robust glossary and lists of strengths and values. Written in an inviting and amusing style this manual is both entertaining and practical—an invaluable tool for any practitioner looking to apply the most current theory and research on positive psychology and art therapy to their clinical practice.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908918

Positive Behavior Support in Secondary SchoolsA Practical Guide This much-needed guide shows how to implement positive behavior support (PBS) strategies in secondary settings using a three-tiered approach. The authors adapt the core ideas of PBS to the developmental context of adolescence and the organizational structures of middle schools and junior and senior high schools. With an emphasis on data-based decision making the book provides ideas and examples for meeting the behavioral needs of all students from those with emerging concerns to those with ongoing chronic problems. It takes practitioners step by step through planning implementing evaluating and sustaining schoolwide small-group and individual interventions. In a large-size format with convenient lay-flat binding the book includes useful reproducible forms.This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series edited by T. Chris Riley-Tillman. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609189730

Positive Couple TherapyUsing We-Stories to Enhance Resilience Positive Couple Therapy: Using We-Stories to Enhance Resilience is a significant step forward in the couple literature. Utilizing a strengths-based approach it teaches therapists and couples a unique method for uncovering positive potential within a relationship. The authors demonstrate how “We stories”–created recovered and made anew–provide essential elements of connection. With vivid imagery these stories capture the couple’s sense of “We-ness ” highlighting memorable moments of compassion acceptance and respect. A shared commitment to the “We” simultaneously builds the relationship and enables each individual in the partnership to feel a greater degree of both accountability and autonomy. Couples that can find their stories share them with each other and then carry them forward to family friends and a larger community are likely to preserve a sense of mutuality that will thrive over a lifetime of partnership. Positive Couple Therapy provides simple and practical instruction for reclaiming positive stories that can catalyze hope in relationships that have become stressed and strained. The authors weave together cutting edge thinking and research in attachment theory narrative therapy neuroscience and adult development as well as their own research and clinical experience to present vivid case histories step-by-step strategies exercises questionnaires and interview techniques. They cover a range of contemporary couple experiences: couples in conflict LGBT partnerships deployed and discharged military couples and couples at various points across the life span. The authors’ unique Me (to US) Scale a 10-item tool that assesses the degree of mutuality a couple possesses at the start of treatment gives therapists of any theoretical orientation the ability to put this intervention to immediate use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824477

Positive Criminology How can we best help offenders desist from crime as well as help victims heal? This book engages with this question by offering its readers a comprehensive review of positive criminology in theory research and practice. Positive criminology is a concept – a perspective – that places emphasis on forces of integration and social inclusion that are experienced positively by target individual and groups and may contribute to a reduction in negative emotions desistance from crime and overcoming the traumatic experience of victimization. In essence positive criminology holds a more holistic view which acknowledges that thriving and disengagement from distress addiction mental illness crime deviance or victimization might be fostered more effectively by enhancing positive emotions and experiences rather than focusing on reducing negative attributes. Each chapter in this book is written by key scholars in the related fields of criminology victimology and addiction and thus assembles varied and extensive approaches to rehabilitation and treatment. These approaches share in common a positive criminology view thereby enriching our understanding of the concept and other strength-based approaches to dealing with offenders and victims. This edited book elaborates on positive criminology core ideas and assumptions; discusses related theories and innovations; and presents various benefits that this perspective can promote in the field of rehabilitation. For this reason this book will be essential reading for those engaged in the study of criminology criminal justice and victimology and may also assist scholars and professionals to help offenders desist from crime and improve victims’ well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288454

Positive DevelopmentFrom Vicious Circles to Virtuous Cycles through Built Environment Design Janis Birkeland presents the innovative new paradigm of 'Positive Development' in which the built environment provides greater life quality health amenity and safety for all without sacrificing resources or money. With a different form of design development itself can become a 'sustainability solution'. A cornerstone of this new paradigm is the eco-retrofitting of the vast urban fabric we already inhabit. The author presents a revolutionary new tool called SmartMode to achieve this end. This book challenges everyone working in or studying the areas of sustainable development planning architecture or the built environment to rethink their current ideas and practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772235

Positive EcologySustainability and the 'Good Life' Until recently there has been a widespread view that we must give up amenities of modern life in order to achieve environmental sustainability. While newspapers and other popular media tend to focus on the negative aspects of environmental change this volume examines the alternative notion of 'positive ecology'. Initially gleaned from the orientation of 'positive psychology' this argues that environmental science has been all too focused on analysing negative 'pathologies' and forgetting to provide more positive analysis and activism for sustainability. Bringing together a wide range of 'positive ecology' orientated case studies for the first time the book discusses the wider contexts of how humanity is dependent on a functioning biodiverse ecosphere of which we are only one part. It provides an original and previously undervalued approach to sustainability and suggests that work towards sustainability is not only a necessity for our children's future but necessary sensible and meaningful in the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346265

Positive Economics and Policy Objectives This book examines important issues on the relationship between economics and political values or ideologies by analysing the main branches of economic theory in an historical perspective and their impact on economic policy.The book is structured as follows:Part I: Positive Economics?1. The Positive-Normative Distinction in the History of Economic ThoughtPart II: Policy Objectives2. The Objectives of Economic Policies: An Historical Review Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016894

Positive Ethics in EconomicsVolume 14 Praxiology: The International Annual of Practical Philosophy and Methodology Economics is often accused of being "a-ethical"--lacking a moral perspective--if not altogether immoral. Its detractors criticize economic models of pure and perfect competition and claim that economics should be concerned with social effects and strive to be equitable. Yet these critics fail to understand that the discipline has many dimensions. Economics has also developed a group of concerns directly related to ethics. The presence of practical ethics is evident in the economic analysis of behavior that incorporates ethical preference altruism and a responsible calculation based on norms. It is fair today that economics differentiates ethics from purely financial matters and the discipline can be associated with morality in man's daily life.Volume 14 of the distinguished Praxiology series examine the concept of positive ethics in economics. While normative ethics moralizes economics trying to render it more "just " positive ethics is first and foremost a model for the construction of theoretical economic reasoning: It reflects on ethical practices within economics and introduces a model of reasoning that takes individual ethical behavior and its aftereffects into account. The book is divided into three parts. In "Altruism " the contributors discuss the notion of unselfish concern for the welfare of others and its place in economic practice. In "Commitment " the authors discuss reason as being central to economic theory as well as the position of ethical behavior. In "Responsibility " the idea that man is not an island unto himself but a being involved in a set of relationships is examined. If a person is simultaneously responsible for himself and others then how far does his responsibility extend?Essays on Positive Ethics in Economics is thought-provoking volume that will be of interest to economists policymakers philosophers and students of ethics and morality.JÚr¶me Ballet is senior lecturer in economics at the University of Versailles and senior research fellow at the C3ED (Economics and Ethics Center for Environment and Development). He is the editor of the online journal Ethics and Economics and has published several books and articles on ethics and economics.Damien Bazin is a research fellow at the C3ED where his specialization is economic philosophy. He is associate editor of Ethics and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513440

Positive FinanceA Toolkit for Responsible Transformation For some finance is the enemy: solely responsible for the global financial crisis and symbolic of an outdated model that is catapulting us toward social and ecological ruin. Such a view can seem tempting. The 2007-2008 meltdown of the financial system was intimately bound to the financialization of the economy and its consequences. However in reality the crisis in finance is an indicator that our economic model is obsolete. It is possible to imagine another way which would consist of seeing finance as a “toolkit” for building a solution to the crisis.Positive Finance presents a way to transform the economic model and reduce the ever-widening gulf of inequality while taking into account environmental constraints. In order to achieve this the authors argue that we must re-envision the allocation of capital in order to support social and technological innovations to design and build sustainable infrastructure and to finance the energy transition. Reinvented finance could become a powerful lever for setting these transformations in motion. This book is dedicated to proving that such leverage is within reach: here the authors present a toolkit for putting money to work in the general interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534555

Positive FocusA Groupwork Approach to Self-Harm Highly Commended in Health and Social Care in the 2016 BMA Medical Book Awards Positive Focus introduces a seven session group work framework which has been designed to support young people who self-harm. The group aims to encourage young people to develop alternative coping strategies for dealing with their feelings thereby reducing the need to self-harm. Each session includes topics such as; anger/anxiety management; relaxation; assertion/communication skills; distraction/channelling; problem solving; and self-control. Group members will receive printed information from the sessions to take away with them and build into a support reference. The sessions will enhance the individual's feelings of self-control and responsibility for their actions giving them a sense of choice about how they deal with difficult situations and feelings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889790

Positive Freedom and the Law This book explains why we should stop thinking of freedom as limited to a right to be left alone. It explores how Kantian philosophy and Jewish thought instead give rise to a concept of positive freedom. At heart freedom is inextricably linked to the obligation to respect the autonomy and dignity of others. Freedom thus requires relationships with others and provides an important source of meaning in liberal democratic societies. While individualism is said to foster detachment positive freedom fosters relations. Moving from moral theory to law duties are seen as intrinsic to rights. The book considers test cases involving the law of expression regarding authorial rights and women's prayer at Jerusalem's holy site of the Western Wall. Affirmative duties of respect are essential. Rights held by copyright owners require that all authors – including so-called users – are shown respect. Moreover rights held by the authorities at the Western Wall require that all worshippers – including those whose interpretation of Jewish law differs from that adopted by the authorities – are respected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367691462

Positive Growth and Redemption in PrisonFinding Light Behind Bars and Beyond Although the negative consequences of rising incarceration rates have been well-established criminological research has largely neglected to document psychological social and behavioral changes that occur during periods of incarceration. Drawing on an original longitudinal study of long-term French prisoners this book examines the process of desistance from crime and positive growth in prison. It offers reflections on how personal transformation can be achieved in prison particularly among individuals serving long prison sentences.  This research investigates the barriers to achieving positive growth in prison as well as the different ways in which transformation can occur behind bars. It also conceptualizes the process of abandoning crime in prison and sheds light on the cognitive social and structural factors that may trigger accelerate or hamper this process. This book explores the circumstances under which individuals can thrive in prison and identifies key features of the narratives of prisoners who have achieved positive growth. The research presented in this book also examines the intricacies of returning to society after a lengthy period of time in prison. Written in a clear and accessible style this book will be invaluable reading for those engaged in studies of criminology and criminal justice sociology criminal behavior prisons and penology. It is also aimed at a variety of audiences including academics practitioners policy-makers and prisoners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312562

Positive Interaction SkillsA Group Therapy Manual This practical photocopiable manual provides group leaders with a flexible programme to teach interaction skills that can be adapted to a wide variety of groups situations and needs. The programme will benefit anyone who lacks adequate skills or who has difficulty interacting with other people at home socially or at work for example adults with very few or no formal qualifications people with depression or schizophrenia young people in schools or people with learning disabilities. The book is filled with workable ideas and the sessions are designed to be used independently as required to meet identified needs. Full guidance notes for facilitators session plans handouts and activity guidelines are provided and this will be an invaluable resource for anyone wanting to run an interaction skills programme. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315173887

Positive Interactions with At-Risk ChildrenEnhancing Students’ Wellbeing Resilience and Success Find the tools and knowledge you need to build resilience in all children from an early age through appropriate interactions and conversations. Presenting a wide range of research in an accessible format Positive Interactions with At-Risk Children explains how to understand and assess behaviors in the context of children’s developmental stages. This book introduces Bayat's original Resilience-based Interaction Model (RIM) which combines behavioral and emotion-based theories of development to provide practical steps for early childhood teachers and professionals.  RIM features research-based practices including relationship building behavior guidance body-mind exercises for both teachers and students as well as strategies to promote strengths of character in children and aid future learning. Ideal for new and veteran educators alike Positive Interactions with At-Risk Children is an invaluable guide to early years behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087323

Positive Intervention for Pupils who Struggle at SchoolCreating a Modified Primary Curriculum Positive Intervention for Pupils who Struggle at School provides the resources and information primary teachers need to ensure a happy and effective school experience for all children particularly those who are seriously struggling. This tried and tested intervention is designed specifically for those children who have been through all the standard interventions to no avail and who are now in danger of being excluded.Explaining the thinking behind the suggested modified curriculum this innovative book considers the reasons why certain children experience difficulties and looks at how this curriculum addresses their needs and enables them to develop personal social and emotional skills. The activities are chosen to develop and enhance skills for learning including listening speaking concentrating a positive disposition and a willingness to take on new challenges. Helen Sonnet demonstrates how success has been achieved through this strategy and provides valuable information to help teachers to set up similar groups in their own schools including how to: ensure firm foundations for the group select the children who will benefit most establish the structures and routine of a successful group assess the children’s progress reintegrate children into their mainstream classes effectively. In line with government initiatives this important and effective intervention strategy can make the world of difference giving teachers new proven strategies to enable them to support children who are struggling in mainstream primary schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149991

Positive Organizational BehaviourA Reflective Approach Positive Organizational Behaviour: A Reflective Approach introduces the most recent theoretical and empirical insights on positive organizational practices addressing emerging topics such as resilience job crafting responsible leadership and mindfulness. Other books on positive approaches tend to gloss over the limitations of the positive agenda but this textbook is unique in taking a reflective approach focussing on the positive while also accommodating critical perspectives relating to power and control. Positive Organizational Behaviour provides an integrated conceptual framework evidence-based findings and practical tools to gain an understanding of the potential of positive organizational practices. This innovative new textbook will provide advanced management and psychology students with a grounding in the area and help them develop strategies for building effective and responsible organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293090

Positive Organizing in a Global SocietyUnderstanding and Engaging Differences for Capacity Building and Inclusion This book unites the latest research in diversity inclusion and positive organizational scholarship (POS) to investigate diversity and inclusion dynamics in social systems. Comprised of succinct chapters from thought leaders in the field this book covers both micro- and macro-levels of analysis covering topics such as authenticity mentorship intersectional identity work positive deviance resilience resource cultivation and utilization boundary-spanning leadership strengths-based development positive workplace interventions to promote well-being inclusive strategic planning and the role of diversity in innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725768

Positive Peace in SchoolsTackling Conflict and Creating a Culture of Peace in the Classroom Positive Peace in Schools offers a fresh and challenging perspective on the question of conflict violence and peace in schools. Drawing on the most up-to-date theory and research from the field of peace and conflict studies this book provides readers with a strong understanding of the concept of positive peace and how the dimensions of peace-keeping peace-making and peace-building can be robustly applied in schools.   This accessible book challenges educators everywhere to reconsider the nature of direct and indirect violence in schools and the structural and cultural factors that sustain it. It engages with global traditions of harmony and balance that are often neglected in Western notions of liberal securitised peace in order to suggest a model for schools that integrates inner and outer peace. The book also includes practical sections that outline restorative approaches to discipline peer mediation circle learning and classroom activities to promote mindfulness inclusion and wellbeing. Taken together these provide a philosophy and a highly effective framework for building conflict literacy and a culture of peace in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235649

Positive Pedagogy for Sport Coaching Positive Pedagogy is an athlete-centred inquiry-based approach that transforms the way we understand learning and coaching in sport. This book demonstrates how Positive Pedagogy for sport coaching (PPed) can be successfully employed across a range of sports and levels of performance while also providing insight into coaches’ experiences. Now in a fully revised and updated second edition the book introduces the key concepts that underpin Positive Pedagogy and offers detailed case studies of Positive Pedagogy in action with reflections from practising coaches. It also provides more detail and direction for coaches interested in implementing the approach. This new edition moves beyond coaching in individual sports to explain how Positive Pedagogy can be applied to all sport coaching across a wide range of sports including basketball baseball football rugby boxing swimming track and field athletics as well as strength and conditioning.  Positive Pedagogy for sport coaching both improves performance and promotes positive learning experiences across all ages and abilities. This book is invaluable reading for all sports coaching students as well as any practising coaches or physical education teachers looking to improve or even transform their professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218218

Positive Peer Culture This revision of an important and path-breaking work holds to its central argument that troubled young people can develop self-worth significance dignity and responsibility only through commitment to the positive values of helping and caring for others.An enlarged and revised edition of the authors' pioneering work on building positive youth culture Positive Peer Culture retains the practical orientation that made the original attractive to teachers and youth workers while adding new material on positive peer culture (PPC) in schools and community settings research on PPC and guidelines for maintaining program effectiveness and quality. Concepts of positive peer culture have been applied in a wide variety of educational and treatment settings including public and alternative schools group homes and residential centers. Vorrath and Brendtro describe specific procedures for getting youth "hooked on helping" through peer counseling groups and for generalizing caring behavior beyond the school or treatment environment through community-based service learning projects.The authors contend that the young people who populate our nation's schools are in desperate need of an antidote to the narcissism malaise and antisocial life-styles that have become so prevalent and that this book seeks to provide a way of meeting their increasing cry to be used in some demanding cause. On publication of the first edition Richard P. Barth Frank A. Daniels Professor for Human Services Information Policy School of Social Work University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill called Positive Peer Culture "a significant contribution to the field." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127040

Positive Plant Interactions and Community Dynamics Ever since the concept of the "struggle for life" became the heart of Darwin’s theory of evolution biologists have studied the relevance of interactions for the natural history and evolution of organisms. Although positive interactions among plants have traditionally received little attention there is now a growing body of evidence showing the effects of positive interactions between higher plant species. Written by international experts Positive Plant Interactions and Community Dynamics reviews these developments with particular emphasis on positive interactions and spatial and temporal gradients. The text addresses key issues in plant ecology and anthropogenic impacts through reviews syntheses and the proposition of new concepts. The book begins with coverage of the different approaches used over time and the tools currently available for analyzing the direction intensity and importance of plant interactions and to quantify them accurately. It explains at least in part the success of invasive plant species. The book also shows the existence of evolutionary relationships among plants a decidedly non-individualistic process which plays an important role in the organization of communities. The book’s focus then shifts to the scale at which facilitation works assessing its effects from the individual plant to the landscape level and the impacts of climate change on plant-plant interactions using case studies to illustrate underlying fundamental points relevant to all plant communities. After analyzing the role of positive and negative interactions and their relationship with biodiversity and ecosystem functioning the text reviews the role of mychorrizal symbiosis in plant-plant interactions focusing on the effect of mychorhizal-mediated facilitation on the structure and dynamics of plant communities. A good understanding of natural processes is necessary to manage natural habitats properly prevent environmental risks and secure continued ecosystem services. Clearly and concisely written this book challenges the paradigm that interactions should be considered independently with little regard to context. Addressing the complex processes at the foundation of ecosystem diversity the book promotes more rigorous experimental design and opportunities for further research developments in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116337

Positive PracticeA Step-by-Step Guide to Family Therapy Originally published in 1995 Positive Practice is for newcomers to the field of family therapy and systemic consultation including professionals from a variety of disciplines such as psychology psychiatry social work nursing child care and protection occupational therapy paediatrics and general medical practice. Positive Practice is a step-by-step approach to family therapy written both as a treatment manual and as a training resource. It describes in detail a unique approach to consulting to families with youngsters who have psychological or social problems. It covers the difficulties associated with planning the first consultation strategies for family assessment and problem formulation methods for developing a therapeutic contract and goal setting plans for conducting therapy and troubleshooting resistance and ways of concluding therapy. It includes many diagrams and checklists and is essentially jargon-free. Practical exercises are given at the end of each chapter making it an ideal training resource for any introductory course. Special issues discussed include adjunctive individual sessions convening network meetings jointly managing statutory and therapeutic responsibilities ethical decision making clinical audit and professional development. An integrative formulation model provides a focus for both guiding assessment and planning therapy. The approach to practice described in this book offers clinicians a way to integrate new ideas from the burgeoning literature on family therapy theory and research into their clinical work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721936

Positive PsychoanalysisMeaning Aesthetics and Subjective Well-Being Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy have in one way or another focused on the amelioration of the negative. This has only done half the job; the other half being to actively bring Positive Experience into patients’ lives. Positive Psychoanalysis moves away from this traditional focus on negative experience and problems and instead looks at what makes for a positive life experience bringing a new clinical piece to what psychoanalysts do: Positive Psychoanalysis and the interdisciplinary theory and research behind it. The envelope of functions entailed in Positive Psychoanalysis is an area of Being described as Subjective Well-Being. This book identifies three particular areas of function encompassed by SWB: Personal Meaning Aesthetics and Desire. Mark Leffert looks at the importance of these factors in our positive experiences in everyday life and how they are manifested in clinical psychoanalytic work. These domains of Being form the basis of chapters each comprising an interdisciplinary discussion integrating many strands of research and argument. Leffert discusses how the areas interact with each other and how they come to bear on the care healing and cure that are the usual subjects of psychoanalytic treatment. He also explores how they can be represented in contemporary psychoanalytic theory. This novel work discusses and integrates research findings phenomenology and psychoanalytic thought that have not yet been considered together. It seeks to inform readers about these subjects and demonstrates with clinical examples how to incorporate them into their clinical work with the negative helping patients not just to heal the negative but also move into essential positive aspects of living: a sense of personal meaning aesthetic competence and becoming a desiring being that experiences Subjective Well-Being. Drawing on ideas from across neuroscience philosophy and social and culture studies this book sets out a new agenda for covering the positive in psychoanalysis. Positive Psychoanalysis will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists neuroscientists and philosophers as well as academics across these fields and in psychiatry comparative literature and literature and the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960879

Positive Psychological ScienceImproving Everyday Life Well-Being Work Education and Societies Across the Globe Positive psychological science has experienced extraordinary growth over the past two decades. Research in this area is revealing new strategies and interventions for improving everyday life health and well-being work education and societies across the globe. Contributions from luminaries in the field provide excellent reviews of the selected topics summarizing empirical evidence describing measurement tools and offering recommendations for improving many aspects of our lives. Comprehensively updated this second edition not only incorporates the more recent empirical findings; three new chapters on relationships and love the importance of purpose and the stimulation of education practice have been added. Focused on peer-reviewed and theory-driven psychological science this book uniquely establishes a bridge between the intellectual movement for positive psychology and how it works in the real world. This collection of chapters will inspire the reader to creatively find new opportunities to better the human condition whether these are in our lives schools health care settings or workplaces. This book will be of interest to all psychologists and social scientists applied researchers program designers and evaluators educators leaders students and anyone interested in applying the science of positive psychology to improve everyday life and/or to promote social betterment and justice locally and globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302297

Positive Psychology and YouA Self-Development Guide This broad and innovative self-development guide shows readers how they can use scientific findings from contemporary positive psychology to enhance their lives. Containing dozens of practical exercises and real-life examples it helps bring positive psychology findings from the lab into day-to-day life. Divided into six parts and covering a wide array of themes this book is designed to help people with or without mental health problems enhance their well-being. It answers questions like: what is well-being? What are the main determinants of well-being and how can we sustain it? There are also chapters on physical exercise progressive muscle relaxation and mindfulness meditation savouring pleasures creative solution-finding and developing compassionate relationships. This non-technical and highly accessible book will be of interest to those from all backgrounds with an interest in self-development as well as mental health workers and related professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224356

Positive Psychology Coaching in Practice Positive Psychology Coaching in Practice provides a comprehensive overview of positive psychology coaching bringing together the best of science and practice highlighting current research and emphasising the applicability of each element to coaching. With an international range of contributors this book is a unique resource for those seeking to integrate positive psychology into their evidence-based coaching practice. Beginning with an overview of positive psychology coaching the book includes an assessment of theories of wellbeing an examination of mindfulness research a guide to relevant neuroscience and a review of a strengths-based approach. It also contains chapters which explore the application of ACT the role of positive psychology in wellness and resilience coaching positive leadership theory and developmental psychological theories as they relate to coaching through significant life transitions. In each chapter theory and research is thoroughly explored and applied directly to coaching practice and supported with a list of relevant resources and a case study. The book concludes with the editors’ views on the future directions of positive psychology coaching. Positive Psychology Coaching in Practice will be essential reading for professional coaches in practice and in training seeking to enhance their evidence-based practice coaching psychologists practitioners of positive psychology and academics and students of coaching coaching psychology and positive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860995

Positive Psychology for Teachers Practical actionable information about the positive behavioural approach to education is in desperately short supply and yet when implemented properly the impact on school behaviour and achievement can be enormous. Positive Psychology for Teachers aims to address this gap. Written by experienced practitioners it gives teachers simple and direct advice on how they can use the positive behavioural approach for the benefit of their pupils and schools. Based on the authors’ own experiences of intervention in school settings and evidence of its effectiveness this practical guide includes a number of vignettes and case studies illustrating how the behavioural approach has been used by teachers in a wide variety of classrooms to make their teaching more effective. Each case study will be followed by a number of suggested practical activities for classroom implementation. Throughout the book background theory is explained in a concise and easily digestible manner and activities are clearly explained with benefits and end goals clearly signposted. Areas covered include:- Whole school interventions turning around under-performance Reducing disruptive behaviour in the classroom Improving creative writing and increasing reading attainment Improving pupils’ self concepts SEN interventions including autism children with challenging behaviour and those classified as having social emotional and behavioural difficulties The difference between teachers’ treatment of boys and of girls Strategies for turning around the behaviour of very difficult pupils This practical user-friendly text is aimed directly at trainee and practising teachers but would also be very relevant to those working with trainee teachers in university departments and to educational psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686778

Positive Psychology in Higher Education Positive psychology – the scientific study of happiness – is a rapidly burgeoning field and in no area more so than education. More departments than ever are offering courses in positive psychology and demand for these courses is consistently high. Graduate programs offering concentrations in positive psychology have appeared at both masters and doctoral level. Educational institutions have expressed interest in using principles of positive psychology to inform institutional structure faculty development and pedagogy. Positive psychology has been taught and applied in higher education for almost as long as it has existed as a field but there is little in the way of published literature that brings all of these developments together. The chapters in this volume represent the use of positive psychology at all levels of higher education – from institutional practices and curricular development to pedagogy and the teaching of positive psychology content itself. This book provides an in-depth look at this exciting area of applied positive psychology which will be relevant to educators and administrators alike. This book is based on a special issue of The Journal of Positive Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631297

Positive Psychology in Search for Meaning What are the ways in which we can understand the meaning of the psychology of meaning in people’s lives? In the last century mainstream psychology has largely neglected the topic of meaning. More recently the concept has become an academically legitimate one within positive psychology and in some other speciality areas of psychology. This book contains a collection of theoretical methodological and empirical papers written by the acknowledged experts systematically working on the problems of personal meaning within the positive psychology framework. The authors investigate the possibilities and limitations of a scientific study of personal meaning and new perspectives that this concept brings to the field. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Journal of Positive Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738914

Positive Psychology in Sport and Physical ActivityAn Introduction Positive psychology (PP) is a fast-developing area of research that emphasises personal growth and the positive qualities of life. This is the first book to apply the principles and practice of PP to sport and physical activity. In attempting to help people enjoy sport sport psychology has paradoxically often focused on topics such as anxiety stress and burnout. By contrast this reader-friendly introduction to PP shows how it can improve sporting performance while also enhancing physical and mental well-being. Demonstrating the practical relevance of PP for all those who participate in sport and physical activity at any level it covers a variety of topics including: passion enjoyment and flow positive pedagogy and appreciative inquiry for sport leaders coaches and teachers gratitude mindfulness optimism and hope positive psychology coaching for sport leaders and practitioners character strengths growth mindset and resilience. With expert contributors from around the globe real-life case studies practical strategies and suggestions for future research in every chapter this book is inspirational reading for all students coaches researchers and practitioners with an interest in sport and exercise psychology mental health and well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235601

Positive PsychologyEstablished and Emerging Issues  This volume is a comprehensive review of theoretical and empirical contributions to positive psychology. It provides a scientific understanding of how human strengths help people psychologically and physically showing how stressful circumstances do not inexorably lead to negative prognoses. It examines how individuals confront challenges appreciate others and regard daily experiences as meaningful. Many of the chapters also challenge the negative disease-model approach that dominates much of the research concerning health and well-being. Chapters also address applications and future directions for the field. The broad scope makes it a key resource for undergraduates graduates researchers and practitioners in social clinical and positive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698666

Positive PsychologyThe Basics This book provides an accessible and balanced introduction to positive psychology scholarship and its applications incorporating an overview of the development of positive psychology. Positive Psychology: The Basics delineates positive psychology’s journey as a discipline takes stock of its achievements and provides an updated overview of its core topics exploring the theory research and interventions in each. Launched as a rebellious discipline just over two decades ago positive psychology challenged the emphasis of applied psychology on disease and dysfunction and offered a new more balanced perspective on human life. From its foundations in the late 20th century to recent "second-wave" theories around the importance of recognizing negative emotions this compact overview covers the key ideas and principles from research around emotional wellbeing optimism and change to posttraumatic growth and positive relationships. The first jargon-free introduction to the subject Hart introduces the reader to a range of issues including self-regulation and flow character strengths and virtues and positive relationships concluding with a chapter on how interventions can affect happiness and wellbeing. Positive Psychology: The Basics is an essential resource for students practitioners academics and anyone who is interested in understanding the essence of a life well lived. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551954

Positive PsychologyThe Science of Happiness and Human Strengths Remediating deficits and managing disabilities has been a central preoccupation for clinical psychologists. Positive Psychology in contrast is concerned with the enhancement of happiness and well-being involving the scientific study of the role of personal strengths and positive social systems in the promotion of optimal wellbeing. Alan Carr's Positive Psychology has become essential reading for anyone requiring a thorough and accessible introduction to the field. This new edition retains all the features that made the first edition so popular including: accounts of major theories and relevant research learning objectives chapter summaries research and personal development questions suggestions for further reading measures for use in research glossaries of new terms. The book has also been completely updated to take account of recent research and major advances and includes a new chapter on Positive Psychotherapy an extended account of research on character strengths and virtues and a discussion of recent ground-breaking research on emotional intelligence. This new edition of Positive Psychology will prove a valuable resource for psychology students and lecturers as well as those involved in postgraduate training in related areas such as clinical psychology social work counselling and psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415602365

Positive Psychotherapy for PsychosisA Clinician's Guide and Manual Positive Psychotherapy for Psychosis describes a new psychological intervention which for the first time applies emerging research from the field of positive psychology specifically to psychosis. The book contains guidance on adapting the approach for use in individual treatments and on providing part of the intervention either as individual sessions or by integrating Positive Psychotherapy for Psychosis sessions into other treatments. Divided into two sections – Theory and the Intervention Manual – this book offers methodologically rigorous research case studies and detailed aims and instructions for clinicians and therapists. The structured step-by-step manual for use with clients includes downloadable handouts session materials activities guides and therapist tips. The manual will be a practical positive and innovative resource for mental health professionals providing all the material needed to deliver this evidence-based approach that is designed to improve wellbeing and reduce symptoms experienced by people living with psychosis. Positive Psychotherapy for Psychosis will be of interest to mental health clinicians working with people with psychosis as well as clinical and counselling psychologists psychiatrists mental health nurses psychotherapists social workers occupational therapists support workers and peer support specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182875

Positive Pupil Management and MotivationA Secondary Teacher's Guide First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315068633

Positive Relationships in SchoolSupporting Emotional Health and Wellbeing One of the five books in the Mental Health and Wellbeing Teacher Toolkit this practical resource focuses on developing the skills necessary to build and maintain successful relationships. The book offers research-driven practical strategies resources and lesson plans to support educators and health professionals. Chapters span key topics including Communication Respecting Yourself and Others Resolving Conflict and Team Building. A complete toolkit for teachers and counsellors this book offers: • Easy-to-follow and flexible lesson plans that can be adapted and personalised for use in lessons smaller groups or 1:1 work. • Resources that are linked to the PSHE and Wellbeing curriculum for KS1 KS2 and KS3. • New research ‘Circles for Learning’ where the introduction of baby observation into the classroom by a teacher is used to understand and develop self-awareness skills for learning relationships neuroscience and awareness of others. • Sections on the development of key skills in communication skills for learning collaboration empathy and self-confidence. • Learning links learning objectives and reflection questions. Offering research-driven practical strategies and lesson plans Positive Relationships in School is an essential resource book for practitioners looking to have a positive impact on the mental health and wellbeing of the children and young people in their care: both now and in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370296

Positive Social IdentityThe Quantitative Analysis of Ethics Despite considerable work the answer to basic questions such as ‘what are our ethics and our moral norms now?’ ‘Have they changed since last year?’ ‘If so why?’ remain surprisingly illusive. This book argues that progress towards answering these questions is possible through a grounded analytical account of the cultivation of ethics and moral norms in social groups in particular places and times.Departing from the evolutionary theory of why we gain value from pro-social behaviour we argue that a coherent thread exists for how we do so through evolved social capacities that are united in the pursuit of a Positive Social Identity.Drawing on a unique quantitative dataset from Sierra Leone this book offers a theoretical framework and a preliminary guide to the systematic quantitative analysis of ethics and moral norms and how these may relate to the long term success of organisations. The results directly challenge a ‘one-size-fits-all’ universal understanding of both ethics and moral norms both within and between organisations. The costs and challenges influencing the development of ethics and moral norms and their ultimate conception of pro-sociality vary dramatically according to situation. Nowhere is this more starkly illustrated than between economically developed and developing countries.In analysing the relationship between agency and situation the role of diversity conflict inefficiency and failure to cooperate prove to be essential components of the solution of social dilemmas on which Positive Social Identity depends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595104

Positive SumImproving North-South Negotiations The claims of the developing countries for more equal participation in existing international economic arrangements have been eclipsed temporarily by global economic recession and the pressures on developing countries to adjust their economies to radically changed circumstances. But negotiations between the industrial countries of the North and the developing countries of the South will remain an important feature of international politics in the years ahead. Careful analysis of the negotiating experience of the 1970s—when the pressures of the South for reform of the international economic system reached their peak in a wide variety of international forums—can help improve the negotiating process itself as well as policy formulation.Positive Sum focuses on the relationship of the process of the negotiations of the recent past to their final outcomes. This emphasis differentiates it from the many works on North-South relations that assess results only.The volume presents eight case studies of specific North-South negotiations prepared as part of a project of the Overseas Development Council in Washington D.C. The book's emphasis is on pragmatic paths-conflict management conciliation cooperation—to mutually satisfactory solutions in asymmetrical situations. In its policy recommendations the study seeks to move the parties away from sharp divisions between the rich and strong on one side and the poor and relatively weak on the other. Its objective is to identify tactics and procedures that are more likely to deliver "positive sum" (mutually beneficial) rather than "zero-sum" (winner takes all) results. The book offers useful guidelines for negotiators and analysts of future multilateral negotiations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351317924

Positive Teacher Appraisal Through Classroom Observation First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138179202

Positive Teaching Positive Learning Positive Teaching Positive Learning offers teachers and student-teachers in training a number of practical strategies for developing and improving teaching and learning. It provides insights into very positive teacher-pupil management and learning such as ways to increase pupil involvement and give constructive feedback from assessment. The book draws together findings about pupils' and teachers' classroom practice and suggests how practical steps can be taken to create a positive attitude towards generating high expectations. It includes quoted material researched over five years through interviews with known effective teachers (identified by OFSTED) about the teaching strategies they use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472174

Positive TeachingThe Behavioural Approach Problems of classroom management and control are a recurring concern for many teachers. Disruptive behaviour and inattention hinder effective learning and impose a constant drain upon the teachers’ emotional resources. Continual nagging at children only increases teacher stress: what is needed is an effective alternative set of strategies. Originally published in 1984 Positive Teaching seeks to meets this need by presenting the behavioural approach to teaching in a clear direct and lucid way. By adopting the behavioural approach problem behaviour can be minimised or rapidly nipped in the bud when it does arise. While punishment may be used in an attempt to stop almost any kind of behaviour only the appropriate use of positive methods applied contingently immediately and consistently can teach new more adaptive behaviour. This is a crucial issue in real teaching and is rarely encountered or even discussed in most teacher education programmes. It is the central focus of Positive Teaching. This book is for all teachers from the beginning student to experienced head teachers; for those teaching in a first school and for those teaching sixth-formers; for those experiencing difficulties and for those whose authority is already well established. The behavioural approach offers practical support to those who are struggling and a rationale for the effective positive strategies of the successful. We can all improve our teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637276

Positive TherapyBuilding bridges between positive psychology and person-centred psychotherapy The applications of positive psychology are different from traditional interventions in therapy in that they are focused on building strength resilience and well-being rather than being restricted to simply treating disorder. Since the publication of the first edition of Positive Therapy there is now a comprehensive body of applied positive psychology research to which practitioners may turn in order to inform their own practice and that sees its purpose as the facilitation of human flourishing and optimal functioning. However much of this research and its implications are only now becoming more widely understood in counselling and psychotherapy. This new and expanded edition of Positive Therapy shows how the latest thinking in positive psychology can be applied to psychotherapeutic practice and specifically to person-centred therapy. Making the links between positive psychology and psychotherapy explicit Stephen Joseph describes the new tools that practitioners can draw upon to help and facilitate positive functioning in their clients. New material includes:  An update of the latest positive psychology research  A new preface explaining how positive psychology principles can now be applied to therapeutic practice  Focus on positive psychology measurement tools Positive Therapy will be essential reading for all psychotherapists counsellors social workers coaches psychologists and trainees interested in exploring how they engage with clients and the implications of this engagement in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723428

Positive Tourism Tourism affects millions of individuals numerous societies and environments in multiple nuanced and overlapping ways. While it can be viewed as a frivolous leisure pursuit or simply a large industry with potentially destructive impacts it might also be understood in terms of its effects on human fulfilment the good life and greater well-being. This book calls for positive tourism principally grounded in theories from positive psychology (the study of what makes life worth living) and the development of a body of knowledge that explains what characterises optimal tourist experiences what enables host communities to flourish and what encourages workers in tourism to thrive. Through original research studies reported in this international volume we aim to further develop this knowledge. The intersections between ongoing and traditionally inspired applications of psychology in tourism and this new thrust in psychological inquiry promise to refresh and challenge tourism research. This book will appeal to researchers and academics in tourism leisure positive psychology management and related fields as well as graduate students professionals and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368869

Positive Tourism in Africa Positive Tourism in Africa provides a crucial counter-narrative to the prevailing colonial and reductionist perspective on Africa’s tourism trajectory and future. It offers a uniquely optimistic outlook for tourism in Africa whilst acknowledging the many challenges that African countries continue to grapple with. By examining broad and localized empirical studies conceptual frameworks culturally centered paradigms and innovative methodological approaches for African contexts this book showcases the many facets of tourism in Africa that illustrate hope resilience growth and survival. This volume explores themes such as community-based tourism wildlife tourism tourism governance and leadership crisis recovery regional integration the role of indigenous knowledge event tourism and the impact of smart technologies. It acknowledges the challenges and opportunities for growth that exist in these various contexts and explores how tourism creates value for the spectrum of its participants. Including a wide selection of contributions from diverse authors many of them African this book offers an Afro-centric interpretation of tourism phenomena. It will be of great interest to students researchers and academics in the field of Tourism and African Studies as well as Development Studies and Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369405

Positive Working RelationshipsRevised Edition This book explores the skills of communication and assertive behaviour and how they enable openness and honesty to be brought into a relationship. It looks at how to develop better working relationships by applying these skills in three specific areas: negotiations meetings and conflict management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159235

Positive Youth Development in Global Contexts of Social and Economic Change The youth of the world are our most important assets. When youth develop positively they have the power to benefit themselves their families communities and societies. These tremendous benefits accrue for many generations so investments in youth represent a highly cost-effective opportunity for positive change. This is the first volume to focus globally on the effects of social and economic change on youth and on the opportunity to support youth through policy programs and interventions to develop positively despite challenges. The chapters in this volume highlight research demonstrating youth assets and resilience as well as programs and interventions that increase the likelihood that youth will thrive. Many chapters also draw attention to opportunities for youth leadership helping youth to develop their strengths as they benefit their communities. Additional chapters focus on promoting optimal youth development in the presence of adversity risk or challenge taking into consideration the potential and capacity of the young person. Finally the ecological system theory is a strong influence in many chapters that examine the inter-relationship of different social contexts such as family peers school and work. Positive Youth Development in Global Contexts of Social and Economic Change is both a vision for the future and an ideology supported by a new international vocabulary for engaging with youth development. Developed by researchers across interdisciplinary fields the volume has enormous policy implications for lawmakers given the surge in youth population in many parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670815

Positive Youth Development through Sportsecond edition Cutting through the political rhetoric about the power of sport as a tool for social change and personal improvement this book offers insight into how and why participating in sport can be good for children and young people. As the first text to focus on the role of sport in positive youth development (PYD) it brings together high-profile contributors from diverse disciplines to examine critically the ways in which sport can be used to promote youth development. Now in a fully updated revised and expanded new edition Positive Youth Development through Sport covers a wider range of disciplines including sport psychology development psychology physical education sport development and sport sociology. Its three main sections focus on: the theoretical and historical contexts of PYD quantitative and qualitative methods for assessing PYD in sport the potential of PYD in sport across different ages and abilities. With expanded guidance on how to apply positive youth development in practice this is essential reading for all students researchers educators practitioners and policy makers with an interest in youth sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138891814

Positivism Presupposition and Current Controversies (Theoretical Logic in Sociology) This volume begins by challenging the bases of the recent scientization of sociology. Then it challenges some of the ambitious claims of recent theoretical debate. The author not only reinterprets the most important classical and modern sociological theories but extracts from the debates the elements of a more satisfactory inclusive approach to these general theoretical points. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979123

Positivism and SociologyExplaining Social Life Any serious attempt to explain social life has to come to terms with sociology's positivist legacy. It is a heritage on the one hand from the seventeenth-century political arithmeticians and the later moral statisticians who believed that quantification would provide the basis for a dispassionate analysis of social affairs; and on the other hand from the nineteenth-century post-Enlightenment social philosophers who were eager to develop an empirical science of society that would enable them to control social conduct – just as the physical sciences had provided the knowledge to tame nature. Yet every debate about the relation between positivism and sociology is clouded by the diversity of uses of the term 'positivism' – uses that are so varied that some can pronounce positivism dead while others find it still the vital force that dominates sociology. The particular merit of Peter Halfpenny's book is that it makes this diversity of uses its central theme. In order to provide a clear basis from which to assess controversial questions about the contribution of the positivist traditions to sociology the book reviews twelve different important uses of the term 'positivism' that have emerged at different times since the mid-nineteenth century when Auguste Comte coined both 'positivism' and 'sociology'. This review is conducted by examining the historical development of the two independent roots of modern sociological positivism – positivist philosophy and statistics – and by analysing logical positivist philosophy which in many ways defined the course of twentieth century philosophy of the social (as well as the natural) sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995161

Possessed VictoriansExtra Spheres in Nineteenth-Century Mystical Writings In her absorbing study of nineteenth-century mystical writings Sarah Willburn formulates a new conception of individualism that offers a fresh look at Victorian subjectivity. Drawing upon extensive archival work in the British Library Willburn analyzes séance accounts novels about mediumship and metaphysical treatises to make important connections between contemporary writings on mysticism and fictional works. Willburn presents the theories of compelling characters such as Newton Crosland and Lois Waisbrooker and provides exciting new readings of well-known texts by Charlotte Brontë Eliot Martineau and Corelli. An understanding of the Victorian fascination with mysticism Willburn argues leads to a better appreciation of cultural constructions of the citizen in England and of the public sphere. She introduces two key concepts against the backdrop of popular mysticism: "possessed individualism " a model for Victorian individualism based on spiritual possession and "extra spheres " which complicate the traditional binary opposition of public and private. Together these formulations urge us to rethink our views of Victorian political economy and gender as they pertain to mystical and religious practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887902

Possession Demoniacal And OtherAmong Primitive Races in Antiquity the Middle Ages and Modern First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882416

Possession Power and the New AgeAmbiguities of Authority in Neoliberal Societies This book provides a new sociological account of contemporary religious phenomena such as channelling holistic healing meditation and divination which are usually classed as part of a New Age Movement. Drawing on his extensive ethnography carried out in the UK alongside comparative studies in America and Europe Matthew Wood criticises the view that such phenomena represent spirituality in which self-authority is paramount. Instead he emphasises the role of social authority and the centrality of spirit possession linking these to participants' class positions and experiences of secularisation. Informed by sociological and anthropological approaches to social power and practice especially the work of Pierre Bourdieu and Michel Foucault Wood's study explores what he calls the nonformative regions of the religious field and charts similarities and differences with pagan spiritualist and Theosophical traditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601588

Possession Puritanism and PrintDarrell Harsnett Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Exorcism Controversy Tells a story of injustice and passionate resistance to religious persecution in the last years of Queen Elizabeth's reign. Through an analysis of a sensational series of demonic possessions and exorcisms this book highlights the existence of controversies in print in the late Elizabethan period of the kind that would one day lead to civil war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663381

PossessionJung's Comparative Anatomy of the Psyche The first edition of this illuminating study addressed both to readers new to Jung and to those already familiar with his work offered fresh insights into a fundamental concept of analytical psychology. This revised edition has been fully updated to reflect the publication of the DSM-5. Craig Stephenson anatomizes Jung’s concept of possession reinvesting Jungian psychotherapy with its positive potential for practice. Analogizing the concept – lining it up comparatively beside the history of religion anthropology psychiatry and even drama and film criticism – offers not a naive syncretism but enlightening possibilities along the borders of these diverse disciplines. An original wide-ranging exploration of phenomena both ancient and modern Possession offers a conceptual bridge between psychology and anthropology challenges psychiatry to culturally contextualize its diagnostic manual and posits a much more fluid pluralistic and embodied notion of selfhood. It will prove essential reading for Jungian psychotherapists analytical and depth psychologists and psychiatrists as well as academics and students of anthropology mythology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856059

Possibility First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822860

Possible Selves and Higher EducationNew Interdisciplinary Insights Drawing together example studies from international contexts this edited collection provides a new and cross-disciplinary perspective on the concept of the possible self exploring its theoretical methodological and empirical uses with regards to Higher Education. Building on research which examines the ways in which possible selves are constructed through inequalities of class race and gender the book interrogates the role of imagined futures in student professional and academic lives augmenting the concept of possible selves with its origins in psychology with sociological approaches to educational inequalities and exclusionary practices. Possible Selves and Higher Education considers both the theoretical and methodological frameworks behind the concept of possible selves; the first section includes chapters that consider different theoretical insights while the second section offers empirical examples exploring how the possible selves concept has been used in many diverse higher education research contexts. With each chapter considering a different aspect of the structural barriers to or within education the examples provided range from the experiences of students and teachers in the language learning classroom to graduates entering employment for the first time and refugees seeking to rebuild lives through engagement with education. Offering a broad and diverse examination of how concepts of our future selves can affect and limit educational outcomes this book furthers the sociological dialogue concerning the relationship between individual agency and structural constraints in higher education research. It is an essential and influential text for both students and academics as well as anyone responsible for student services such as outreach and widening participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098039

Possible Worlds Haldane advanced genetics population biology and evolutionary theory. This volume emphasizes important developments in natural sciences in the early-20th century. It describes Haldane's views on society art religion and economy as seen through the eyes of a politically alert major scientist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530539

Possible Worlds Ever since Saul Kripke and others developed a semantic interpretation for modal logic 'possible worlds' has been a much debated issue in contemporary metaphysics. To propose the idea of a possible world that differs in some way from our actual world - for example a world where the grass is red or where no people exist - can help us to analyse and understand a wide range of philosophical concepts such as counterfactuals properties modality and of course the notions of possibility and necessity. This book examines the ways in which possible worlds have been used as a framework for considering problems in logic and argument analysis. The book begins with a non-technical introduction to the basic ideas of modal logic in terms of Kripke's possible worlds and then moves on to a discussion of 'possible for' and 'possible that'. The central chapters examine questions of meaning epistemic possibility temporal logic metaphysics and impossibility. Girle also investigates how the idea of a possible world can be put to use in different areas of philosophy the problems it may raise and the benefits that can be gained. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710594

Post Celtic Tiger Landscapes in Irish Fiction Post Celtic Tiger Landscapes in Irish Fiction discusses the representations of place and landscape in Irish fiction since 2008. It includes novels and short stories by William Trevor Dermot Bolger Anne Enright Donal Ryan Claire Kilroy Kevin Barry Gerard Donovan Danielle McLaughlin Trisha McKinney Billy O’Callaghan and Colum McCann. In the light of writings by geographers anthropologists and philosophers such as Doreen Massey Tim Ingold Giorgio Agamben and Jeff Malpas this book looks at the metamorphoses of place and landscape representations in fiction by confirmed or debut authors in the aftermath of a crisis with deep economic as well as cultural consequences for Irish society. It shows what place and landscape representations reveal of the past while discussing the way notions such as boundedness openness and emergence can contribute to thinking out space and place and designing future landscapes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885649

Post Critical MuseologyTheory and Practice in the Art Museum Post-Critical Museology considers what the role of the public and the experience of audiences means to the everyday work of the art museum. It does this from the perspectives of the art museum itself as well as from the visitors it seeks. Through the analysis of material gathered from a major collaborative research project carried out at Tate Britain in London the book develops a conceptual reconfiguration of the relationship between art culture and society in which questions about the art museum’s relationship to global migration and the new media ecologies are examined. It suggests that whilst European museums have previously been studied as institutions of collection heritage and tradition however ‘modern’ their focus it is now better to consider them as distributive networks in which value travels along transmedial and transcultural lines. Post-Critical Museology is intended as a contribution to progressive museological thinking and practice and calls for a new alignment of academics and professionals in what it announces as post-critical museology. An alignment that is committed to rethinking what an art museum in the twenty-first century could be as well as what knowledge and understanding its future practitioners might draw upon in a rapidly changing social and cultural context. The book aims to be essential reading in the growing field of museum studies. It will also be of professional interest to all those working in the cultural sphere including museum professionals policy makers and art managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606011

Post Keynesian Monetary Economics During the past five years crises in the US savings and loan industry commercial banks and other financial institutions have borne out the ideas that Rousseas expressed in the first edition. His main theme stresses the role of innovation in the financial sector of the economy and its implications for control of the money supply and credit as well as the larger issue of macroeconomic policy. He holds a Post-Keynesian view of an elastic and endogenous money supply that is largely founded on the "general liquidity thesis" of the Radcliffe Committee. Indeed the elasticity of the credit structure is even greater than the Radcliffe Committee originally claimed. Tables and charts are revised through 1990 and the text has been revised accordingly. An expanded preface to the revised edition makes this book very relevant to contemporary problems and policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486178

Post Normal AccidentRevisiting Perrow’s Classic Post Normal Accident revisits Perrow’s classic Normal Accident published in 1984 and provides additional insights to our sociological view of safety-critical organisations. The operating landscape of high-risk systems has indeed profoundly changed in the past 20 to 30 years but the core sociological models of safety remain associated with classics of the 1980s and 1990s. This book examines the conceptual and empirical evolutions of the past two to three decades to explore their implications for safety management based on several strands of works in various research traditions in safety (e.g. cognitive engineering and system safety high-reliability organisation sociology of safety regulatory studies) and other interdisciplinary fields (e.g. international business globalisation studies strategy management ecology). It offers a new and insightful interpretation to the challenges of today. It investigates how globalisation has reconfigured the operating landscape of high-risk systems and emphasises the importance of thinking safety through a strategic angle. This book serves as an ideal resource for the safety professionals and safety researchers from any established disciplines such as sociology engineering psychology political science or management. Features: Introduces an original analysis of popular safety writings including Normal Accident by Perrow Identifies the importance of thinking safety from a sociological angle with the help of key writers Stresses the need for greater sensitivity to strategy and "errors from the top" when it comes to the safety of high-risk systems Explains how globalisation has reconfigured the operating landscape of high-risk systems Renews our understanding of the current safety management challenges in an increasingly global risk picture   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367502287

Post Traumatic Stress DisorderCognitive Therapy with Children and Young People Post traumatic stress disorder develops after exposure to one or more terrifying events that have caused or threatened to cause the sufferer grave physical harm. This book discusses how trauma-focused cognitive therapy can be used to help children and adolescents who suffer from post traumatic stress disorder. Cognitive therapy is frequently used to treat adults who suffer from PTSD with proven results. Post Traumatic Stress Disorder provides the therapist with instructions on how CT models can be used with children and young people to combat the disorder. Based on research carried out by the authors this book covers: assessment procedures and measures formulation and treatment planning trauma focused cognitive therapy methods common hurdles. The authors provide case studies and practical tips as well as examples of self-report measures and handouts for young people and their parents which will help the practitioner to prepare for working with this difficult client group. Post Traumatic Stress Disorder is an accessible practical clinically relevant guide for professionals and trainees in child and adolescent mental health service teams who work with traumatized children and young people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203087190

Post Traumatic Stress TheoryResearch and Application Few phenomena are as widely experienced across different individuals cultures and contexts as that of traumatic stress. Whether as victims perpetrators supporters or simply observers most people can identify to some extent with the psychological and physical consequences produced by traumatic events. This text examines the nature of traumatic stress the contexts in which it occurs and the needs and coping strategies of its survivors. Topics include the survivors of rape soldiers of war and the nature of coping with loss or trauma in old age. Furthermore the roles of culture social support and more formal organizations in the ongoing process of overcoming trauma are explored as the text details the nature of traumatic experiences the needs of survivors and the challenges faced by those who wish to support and help those survivors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203768532

Post/Colonialism and the Pursuit of Freedom in the Black Atlantic Post/Colonialism and the Pursuit of Freedom in the Black Atlantic is an interdisciplinary collection of essays of wide historical and geographic scope which engages the legacy of diaspora colonialism and slavery. The contributors explore the confrontation between Africa’s forced migrants and their unwelcoming new environments in order to highlight the unique individual experiences of survival and assimilation that characterized Atlantic slavery. As they focus on the African or Afro-diasporan populations under study the chapters gauge the degree to which formal independence coming out of a variety of practices of opposition and resistance lasting centuries in some cases has translated into freedom security and a "good life."By foregrounding Hispanophone Lusophone and Francophone African and Afro-descendant concerns over and against an often Anglo-centric focus in the field the book brings a more representative approach to the area of diaspora or Black Atlantic studies offering a more complete appreciation of Black Atlantic cultural production across history and across linguistic barriers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593322

Post-2015 UN DevelopmentMaking Change Happen? In 2000 at the United Nations Millennium Summit world leaders agreed to the Millennium Declaration. The Declaration included development targets to be reached by 2015 which were to become known as the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). Progress has been made towards the achievement of the MDGs but poverty remains widespread. With the terminal year approaching the international community has begun the process of determining the goals which might follow the MDGs. While the UN is driving the process there has been very little introspection on its own organizational capacity to help countries to meet the goals and is being increasingly sidelined by other more effective development organizations and initiatives. Based on extensive original research that has critically examined the role and functions of the organizations of the UN development system this book seeks to capture in a single volume a comprehensive review of the UN’s performance and prospects for development. The contributors each offer extensive experience and familiarity—as practitioners and researchers—with the UN and development; and the book will contribute to the urgently needed debate on the reform of the UN development system at a critical juncture. The main rationale for this book and its timing is the unusual opportunity provided by the 2015 threshold to re-think the UN development system and to empower it to support a new development agenda and will be of interest to students scholars of International Organizations and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856638

Post-2020 Climate Change Regime Formation The fate of the climate change regime hangs in the balance as the UN-led negotiations try to forge a new international strategy for the post-2020 period. Since 1992 the UNFCCC and its Kyoto Protocol has been the primary legal instrument to respond to the climate challenge. However the intergovernmental process has been riddled with problems that have rendered it ineffective. The changing economic landscape has further made this country grouping problematic as some developing countries now emit more than some of their advanced counterparts. Such problems have crippled the existing regime in adequately addressing climate change. Building upon the expertise of the contributors of this volume this ground-breaking collection aims to show the way forward for the intergovernmental process. It is the first of its kind to explore the key features of the regime featuring meticulously researched pieces from leading experts in the field. Each chapter responds to the questions surrounding the political and structural limitations of the current top-down approach taken in climate negotiations and proposes various alternatives countries can take to overcome such limitations in the process of building the post-2020 climate change regime. In particular this collection underscores the concept of low-carbon development and green growth to make the climate change regime more effective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926851

Post-9/11 Espionage Fiction in the US and PakistanSpies and "Terrorists" As the events of 11 September 2001 and their aftermath influence new developments in spy fiction as a popular genre an examination of these literary narratives concerned with espionage and terrorism can reshape our approach to non-fictive representations of the same concerns. Post-9/11 Espionage Fiction in the US and Pakistan examines post-9/11 American spy fictions alongside Pakistani novels that draw upon many of the same figures tropes and conventions. As the Pakistani texts re-place spy fiction’s conventions they offer another vantage point from which to view the affective appeals common to these conventions’ usual deployment in American texts. This book argues that the appropriation by Pakistani writers of these conventions insistently tracks how the formulaic and popular nature of post-9/11 American espionage thrillers forwards and reinforces "appropriate" affective responses often linked to domestic sites and relations to "terrorism." It also analyses and compares American and Pakistani representations of the twinned figures of the spy (or his proxy) and the "terrorist " a term frequently conflated with fundamentalist. The insights of these analyses can serve as interpretive interruptions of non-fictive representations of Pakistani-US "war on terror" relations. Offering an innovative analysis of the reflection of narrative conventions in our view of the real-life events this book will attract scholars with an interest in Pakistani literature Postcolonial literature Asian Studies and Terrorism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374022

Post-9/11 Heartland HorrorRural horror films in an era of urban terrorism This book explores the resurgence of rural horror following the events of 9/11 as a number of filmmakers inspired by the films of the 1970s moved away from the characteristic industrial and urban settings of apocalyptic horror to return to American heartland horror. Examining the revival of rural horror in an era of city fear and urban terrorism the author analyses the relationship of the genre with fears surrounding the Global War on Terror exploring the films’ engagement with the political repercussions of 9/11 and the ways in which traces of traumatic events leave their mark on cultures. Arranged around the themes of dissent patriotism myth anger and memorial and with attention to both text and socio-cultural context in its interpretation of the films’ themes Post-9/11 Heartland Horror offers a series of case studies covering a ten-year period to shed light on the manner in which the Post-9/11 Heartland Horror films scrutinize and unravel the events aspirations anxieties discourses dogmas and socio-political conflicts of the post-9/11 era. As such it will appeal to scholars and students of film studies cultural studies and media studies and those with interests in the relationship between popular culture and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596408

Post-Analytic Tractatus Post-Analytic Tractatus establishes Wittgenstein's early work in the Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus as an invaluable source for exploring current debate on analytic philosophy in its origins history limits and relations with European philosophy. Drawing together new work from the leading figures in interpretation of the Tractatus - Conant and Diamond - with work by respected Wittgenstein commentators such as Kremer and Hutto together with a reprint of a relevant and striking text by Brouwer this timely collection offers a valuable resource for exploring the Tractatus' connections to approaches other than logical positivism mathematical logic and formal semantics. Examining links with the work of Leibniz Kant Kierkegaard Schopenhauer Frege Russell James Heidegger and others the contributors consider key themes in twentieth-century philosophy including symbols and expression language and metaphysics objects and signs logical form structure and syntax limits of philosophical discourse Idealism and transcendental arguments distinguishing sense and nonsense showing and saying in communication mysticism and transcendence in experience ethical and aesthetic value the worlds of solipsism and religion philosophy as an activity and as a system. Particularly timely in establishing the Tractatus as a source for comparable debates across Continental and Analytic philosophy this collection will prove of value to scholars of twentieth-century philosophy Wittgenstein and Post-Analytic philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257405

Post-Anthropocentric Social WorkCritical Posthuman and New Materialist Perspectives This book seeks to trouble taken-for-granted assumptions of anthropocentrism and humanism in social work - those which perpetuate human privilege and human exceptionalism. The edited collection provides a different imaginary for social work by introducing ways of thinking otherwise that challenge human exceptionalism. Social work is at heart a liberal humanist project informed by a strong human rights framework. This edited collection draws on the literature on affect feminist new materialism and critical posthumanism to critique the liberal framework which includes human rights. Disrupting the anthropocentrism in social work which positions humans as an elite species at the centre of world history this book develops an ethical sensibility that values entanglements of humans non-human life and the natural environment. The book provides new insights into environmental destruction human-animal relations gender inequality and male dominance as well as indigenous and settler/colonial issues and critical and green social work. It will be of interest to all scholars and students of social work community development social policy and development studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349653

Post-Apartheid Same-Sex SexualitiesRestless Identities in Literary and Visual Culture This book examines how same-sex sexualities are represented in several post-apartheid South African cultural texts drawing on a rich local archive of same-sex sexualities that includes recent fiction drama film photography and popular print culture. While the book situates these texts within the specific context of post-apartheid South Africa it also looks outwards towards transnational connectivity and cultural flows. The author uses the idea of restlessness to refer to the uneven flow of cultural tropes political sentiment ideas ideologies and representational modes across geographical boundaries across time and space and between genres presenting sexual cultures as simultaneously rooted and transnational. He focuses on how notions of race and gender in the shadow of colonialism and apartheid play out in the present and shape how sexualities are represented. This interdisciplinary book offers a conceptual entry point to several areas of study including transnationalism literary and cultural studies critical race theory gender and sexuality studies and African studies and will be of interest to students and researchers across these fields. Its inclusion of a range of textual genres extends its reach into visual culture film and media studies history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367467159

Post-Beijing 2008: Geopolitics Sport and the Pacific Rim In 2008 as few in the world are unaware China was host to the world via the Beijing Olympics. The world watched the metamorphosis of Beijing from insecure capital to confident metropolis but aware of it or not the world was also watching the symbolic assertion via the Games of a rising superpower. The Pacific Rim will be the stage on which China initially displays its new hegemonic intentions aspirations and ambitions. Thus in Post-Beijing 2008 the political economic and cultural impact of Beijing 2008 on the geopolitical future of the Pacific Rim will be discussed. This perspective analysed by some of the most distinguished academic commentators from some of the world's leading universities who are closely associated with the Pacific Rim (East and West) is original in focus and the analysis is pregnant with political possibilities. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415571715

Postborder CityCultural Spaces of Bajalta California First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810935

PostcapitalismMoving Beyond Ideology in America's Economic Crisis Debates over the role of government have intensified in the wake of America's deepest financial crisis since the Depression. This book suggests new ways of moving forward based on the policies and principles that have worked in the past. Sassower shows how American pragmatism has guided the more successful financial policies undertaken during the past century. This means that from the workplace to foreign aid Americans benefit when they collaborate with each other rather than only pursue their self-interest in competitive ways. Drawing on thinkers from Adam Smith to Keynes to Bernanke Sassower shows how a new era of postideological capitalism can emerge in the wake of the current economic crisis-renewing America's leadership for the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632681

Post-Capitalist EntrepreneurshipStartups for the 99% Post-Capitalist Entrepreneurship: Startups for the 99% details the implications of the post-capitalist society on entrepreneurship around the globe and it challenges many of our underlying assumptions about how entrepreneurs form startups and the objectives and roles or lack thereof of startup investors in a post-capitalist society. The author explores real emerging stories about different forms of post-capitalist entrepreneurship (PCE) with chapters dedicated to subjects such as platform cooperatives alternative currencies (local crypto and time banking) and the emergence of blockchain-enabled Distributed Autonomous Organizations (DAOs). This book will help aspiring and current entrepreneurs investors and policymakers to: Understand emerging trends in new forms of economic activity that will shape the future of entrepreneurial opportunities Discover new approaches to business modeling in the post venture-capital opportunity space Embrace Lean startup and collaborative startup approaches that can accelerate startups in these new markets Recognize new spaces and avoid being disintermediated by new forms of startups and financing Know why and how local governments should reshape entrepreneurship policy to support post-capitalist entrepreneurship for the 99% Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138713390

Post-Capitalist Society "The basic economic resource - 'the means of production' to use the economist's term - is no longer capital nor natural resources nor 'labour'. it is an will be knowledge." With penetrating insight Peter Drucker describes the changes that are affecting politics business and society itself. It is vital that we are aware of and understand these changes in order to benefit from the opportunities that the future has to offer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151642

Post-Capitalist Subjectivity in Literature and Anti-PsychiatryReconceptualizing the Self Beyond Capitalism Through the examination of anti-psychiatric theory and literary texts this timely and thought-provoking volume explores the possibilities of liberating our habitual patterns of perception and consciousness beyond the confines of a capitalist era. In Post-Capitalist Subjectivity in Literature and Anti-Psychiatry Skott-Myhre asks the question how might we be different if we didn’t live in a capitalist society? By drawing on Marxist and post-Marxist theory and conducting nuanced analysis of the professional writings of anti-psychiatrists including Basaglia and Laing and the work of fiction writers Kafka and García Márquez the text identifies alternative conceptualizations of the self. Focusing in particular on portrayals of institutions and the family Skott-Myhre proposes that these social systems offer new modes of reading the world and ourselves which will transform social organization and free subjectivity from dominant capitalist structures. This transdisciplinary text responds to a revitalized interest in alternatives to traditional psychology an interest in life beyond capitalism and the crisis in the traditional family. Post-Capitalist Subjectivity in Literature and Anti-Psychiatry will offer timely reading for graduate students researchers and scholars in the fields of cultural studies psychology philosophy family studies and interdisciplinary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367627348

Postcards in the LibraryInvaluable Visual Resources Postcards individually and collectively contain a great deal of information that can be of real value to students and researchers. Postcards in the Library gives compelling reasons why libraries should take a far more active and serious interest in establishing and maintaining postcard collections and in encouraging the use of these collections. It explains the nature and accessibility of existing postcard collections; techniques for acquiring arranging preserving and handling collections; and ways to make researchers and patrons aware of these collections.Postcards in the Library asserts that in most cases existing postcard collections are a vastly underutilized scholarly resource. Editor Norman D. Stevens urges librarians to help change this since postcards as items for mass consumption and often with no apparent conscious literary or social purpose are a true reflection of the society in which they were produced. Stevens claims that messages written on postcards may also reveal a great deal about individual and/or societal attitudes and ideas.Chapters in Postcards in the Library are written by librarians who manage postcard collections postcard collectors and researchers. Some of the authors have undertaken major research projects that demonstrate the ways in which postcards can be used in research and that have begun to establish a standard methodology for the analysis of postcards. They write about: major postcard collections including the Institute of Deltiology and the Curt Teich Postcard Archives the use of postcards for scholarly research postcard conservation and preservation arrangement and organization and importance and value Postcards in the Library describes the postcard collections in a variety of libraries of different kinds and sizes and indicates very real ways in which the effective use of postcard collections can result in and contribute to substantive scholarly publications. It also offers advice and suggestions on the myriad issues that libraries face in handling these ephemeral fragments of popular culture.Special collections librarians postcard collectors postcard dealers and historical societies will find the information in Postcards in the Library refreshing and practical. Libraries with established postcard collections or those thinking about developing postcard collections will use it as a valuable planning tool and start-to-finish guide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859286

Post-Christian FeminismsA Critical Approach This book explores the impact and contribution of post-theories in the field of Christian feminist theology. Post-theory is an important and cutting-edge discursive field which has revolutionized the production of knowledge in both feminism and theology. This book fills a gap by providing a text that can make authoritative statements on the use and status of post-theory in feminist theology and secondly it makes an on-going contribution to the discourse of Christian feminist theology and its liberation agenda. Distinguished and established scholars contribute conclusive essays on the most recent and exciting developments in post-theory feminism and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262973

Post-Cold War Anglo-American Military InterventionA Study of the Dynamics of Legality and Legitimacy Exploring case studies from the first Gulf War to the Syria crisis this book discusses different approaches to the use of international law and the role it plays in international power politics. Analysis of the post-Cold War overseas military involvements of Western powers has focused on their legality and legitimacy allowing for a conflation of the concepts and distracting from the true source of international legitimacy. Demonstrating compliance with international law can be helpful but it plays a secondary role to other more powerful considerations such as national interest and shared national security concerns. Exploring the key drivers for decision-makers this book identifies the impact of previous experience on the use of international law in the quest for legitimacy ahead of launching military action. Patterns in approach and of relations between close Western allies (in particular the UK and US) are identified offering valuable lessons for future strategic decision-making. This book will appeal to scholars and students of International Relations and International Law. Think Tanks focussing on International Relations and the use of force and practitioners working in the realm of foreign policy with a focus on the UN and international law will also be interested in the study and conclusions drawn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028480

Post-Cold War BordersReframing Political Space in Eastern Europe In the aftermath of the Ukraine crises borders within the wider post-Cold War and post-Soviet context have become a key issue for international relations and public political debate. These borders are frequently viewed in terms of military preparedness and confrontation but behind armed territorial conflicts there has been a broader shift in the regional balance of power and sovereignty. This book explores border conflicts in the EU’s eastern neighbourhood via a detailed focus on state power and sovereignty set in the context of post-Cold war politics and international relations.By identifying changing definitions of sovereignty and political space the authors highlight competing strategies of legitimising and challenging borders that have emerged as a result of geopolitical transformations of the last three decades. This book uses comparative studies to examine country specific variation in border negotiation and conflict and pays close attention to shifts in political debates that have taken place between the end of State Socialism the collapse of the Soviet Union and the outbreak of the Ukraine crises. From this angle Post-Cold War Borders sheds new light on change and variation in the political rhetoric of the EU the Russian Federation Ukraine and neighbouring EU member countries. Ultimately the book aims to provide a new interpretation of changes in international order and how they relate to shifting concepts of sovereignty and territoriality in post-Cold war Europe.Shedding new light on negotiation and conflict over post-Soviet borders this book will be of interest to students researchers and policy makers in the fields of Russian and East European studies international relations geography border studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666231

Post-Cold War Security Issues in the Asia-Pacific Region The Asia-Pacific region presents a challenge to international security in the post-Cold War era. Doubts as to the US' military commitment concern with Japan's security aspirations build-up of military capabilities and the nuclear ambitions of North Korea have further heightened tension. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037394

Postcolonial African CitiesImperial Legacies and Postcolonial Predicament The book focuses on contemporary African cities caught in the contradiction of an imperial past and postcolonial present. The essays explore the cultural role of colonial architecture and urbanism in the production of meanings: in the inscription of power and discipline as well as in the dynamic construction of identities. It is in these new dense urban spaces with all their contradictions that urban Africans are reworking their local identities building families and creating autonomous communities – made fragile by neo-liberal states in a globalizing world. The book offers a range of scholarly interpretations of the new forms of urbanity. It engages with issues themes and topics including colonial legacies postcolonial intersections cosmopolitan spaces urban reconfigurations and migration which are at the heart of the continuing debate about the trajectory of contemporary African cities. The collection discusses contemporary African cities as diverse as Dar Es Salaam Dakar Johannesburg Lagos and Kinshasa – offering new insights into the current state of postcolonial African cities. This was previously published as a special issue of African Identities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876665

Postcolonial African WritersA Bio-bibliographical Critical Sourcebook This reference book surveys the richness of postcolonial African literature. The volume begins with an introductory essay on postcolonial criticism and African writing then presents alphabetically arranged profiles of some 60 writers including Chinua Achebe Nadine Gordimer Bessie Head Doris Lessing Tsitsi Dangarembga Tahbar Ben Jelloun among others. Each entry includes a brief biography a discussion of major works and themes that appear in the author's writings an overview of the critical response to the author's work and a bibliography of primary and secondary sources. These profiles are written by expert contributors and reflect many different perspectives. The volume concludes with a selected general bibliography of the most important critical works on postcolonial African literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012134

Postcolonial Animalities Postcolonial Animalities co-edited by Suvadip Sinha and Amit R. Baishya brings together ten essays to consider the interfaces between "human" and "animal" and the concrete presence of animals in postcolonial cultural production. This edited collection critiques monohumanist conceptions of the "human" and considers the co-constitutiveness of imaginaries of the human with grammars of animality. One of the central contributions of this volume is to decolonize existing conceptualizations of the human-animal relationship and to consider the material representation of animals within the realm of colonial and postcolonial cultural production from the perspective of ethical alterity and alternative narratives of anticolonial and postcolonial politics. The volume also explores entanglements of race and species in colonial and neocolonial frameworks without transforming such inquiries into a zero-sum game that privileges one category over another. The essays in the volume focusing on multiple geographical locations ranging from South Asia Southeast Asia post-Ottoman Turkey the Caribbean Australia South Africa and Palestine/Israel historicizes and understands multispecies interspecies and transspecies encounters affiliations and connections in and through their localized dimensions and studies human-animal encounters in their varied and complex affective relationalities. Through such inquiries the volume considers how modes of representing animals including located forms of anthropomorphism and zoomorphism help us think-with and be-with different animals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236298

Postcolonial Approaches to Latin American Children’s Literature In this volume González explores how the effects of a traumatic colonial experience are (re)presented to Latin American children today almost two centuries after the dismantling of colonialism proper. Central to this study is the argument that the historical constraints of colonialism neocolonialism and postcolonialism have generated certain repeating themes and literary strategies in children’s literature throughout the Spanish-speaking Americas. From the outset of Spanish domination fundamental tensions emerged between the colonizers and native groups that still exist to this day. Rather than a felicitous mixing of these two opposing groups the mestizo is caught between contrasting worldviews contending explanations of reality and different values beliefs and epistemologies (that is different ways of seeing and knowing). Postcolonial subjects experience these contending cultural beliefs and practices as a double bind a no-win situation in which they feel pressured by mutually exclusive expectations and imperatives. Latin American mestizos therefore are inevitably conflicted. Despite the vastness of the geography in question and the innumerable variations in regional histories oral traditions and natural settings these contradictory demands create a pervasive dynamic that penetrates the very fabric of society showing up intentionally or not in the stories passed from generation to generation as well as in new stories written or adapted for Spanish-speaking children. The goal of this study therefore is to examine a variety of children’s texts from the region to determine how national and hemispheric perceptions of reality identity and values are passed to the next generation. This book will appeal to scholars in the fields of Latin American literary and cultural studies children’s literature postcolonial studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592974

Postcolonial AudiencesReaders Viewers and Reception Without readers and audiences viewers and consumers the postcolonial would be literally unthinkable. And yet postcolonial critics have historically neglected the modes of reception and consumption that make up the politics and pleasures of meaning-making during and after empire. Thus while recent criticism and theory has made large claims for reading; as an ethical act; as a means of establishing collective quasi-political consciousness; as identification with difference; as a mode of resistance; and as an impulsion to the public imagination the reader in postcolonial literary studies persists as a shadowy figure. This collection answers the now pressing need for a distinctively postcolonial take on the rapidly expanding area of reader and reception studies. Written by some of the top scholars in the field these essays reveal readers and reception to be varied and profoundly unstable subjects that challenge many of our assumptions and preconceptions of the postcolonial – from the notion of reading as national fellowship to the demands of an ethics of reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851559

Postcolonial Cinema Studies This collection of essays foregrounds the work of filmmakers in theorizing and comparing postcolonial conditions recasting debates in both cinema and postcolonial studies. Postcolonial cinema is presented not as a rigid category but as an optic through which to address questions of postcolonial historiography geography subjectivity and epistemology. Current circumstances of migration and immigration militarization economic exploitation racial and religious conflict enactments of citizenship and cultural self-representation have deep roots in colonial/postcolonial/neocolonial histories. Contributors deeply engage the tense asymmetries bequeathed to the contemporary world by the multiple diverse and overlapping histories of European Soviet U.S. and multi-national imperial ventures. With interdisciplinary expertise they discover and explore the conceptual temporalities and spatialities of postcoloniality with an emphasis on the politics of form the ‘postcolonial aesthetics’ through which filmmakers challenge themselves and their viewers to move beyond national and imperial imaginaries. Contributors include: Jude G. Akudinobi Kanika Batra Ruth Ben-Ghiat Shohini Chaudhuri Julie F. Codell Sabine Doran Hamish Ford Claudia Hoffmann Anikó Imre Priya Jaikumar Mariam B. Lam Paulo de Medeiros Sandra Ponzanesi Richard Rice Mireille Rosello and Marguerite Waller. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782296

Postcolonial ComicsTexts Events Identities This collection examines new comic-book cultures graphic writing and bande dessinée texts as they relate to postcolonialism in contemporary Anglophone and Francophone settings. The individual chapters are framed within a larger enquiry that considers definitive aspects of the postcolonial condition in twenty-first-century (con)texts. The authors demonstrate that the fields of comic-book production and circulation in various regional histories introduce new postcolonial vocabularies reconstitute conventional "image-functions" in established social texts and political systems and present competing narratives of resistance and rights. In this sense postcolonial comic cultures are of particular significance in the context of a newly global and politically recomposed landscape. This volume introduces a timely intervention within current comic-book-area studies that remain firmly situated within the "U.S.-European and Japanese manga paradigms" and their reading publics. It will be of great interest to a wide variety of disciplines including postcolonial studies comics-area studies cultural studies and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668853

Postcolonial Conflict and the Question of GenocideThe Nigeria-Biafra War 1967–1970 This volume is the first comprehensive and balanced historical account of the momentous Nigeria-Biafra war. It offers a multi-perspectival treatment of the conflict that explores issues such as local experiences of victims the massive relief campaigns by humanitarian NGOs and international organizations like the Red Cross the actions of foreign powers with interests in the conflict and the significance of the international public sphere in which the propaganda and public relations war about the question of genocide was waged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348595

Postcolonial Criticism Post-colonial theory is a relatively new area in critical contemporary studies having its foundations more Postcolonial Criticism brings together some of the most important critical writings in the field and aims to present a clear overview of and introduction to one of the most exciting and rapidly developing areas of contemporary literary criticism. It charts the development of the field both historically and conceptually from its beginnings in the early post-war period to the present day.The first phase of postcolonial criticism is recorded here in the pioneering work of thinkers like Aimé Césaire Frantz Fanon Edward Said and Gayatri Spivak. More recently a new generation of academics have provided fresh assessments of the interaction of class race and gender in cultural production and this generation is represented in the work of Aijaz Ahmad bell hooks Homi Bhabha Abdul JanMohamed and David Lloyd. Topics covered include negritude national culture orientalism subalternity ambivalence hybridity white settler societies gender and colonialism culturalism commonwealth literature and minority discourse. The collection includes an extensive general introduction which clearly sets out the key stages figures and debates in the field. The editors point to the variety even conflict within the field but also stress connections and parallels between the various figures and debates which they identify as central to an understanding of it. The introduction is followed by a series of ten essays which have been carefully chosen to reflect both the diversity and continuity of postcolonial criticism. Each essay is supported by a short introduction which places it in context with the rest of the author's work and identifies how its salient arguments contribute to the field as a whole.This is a field which covers many disciplines including literary theory cultural studies philosophy geography economics history and politics. It is designed to fit into the current modular arrangement of courses and is therefore suitable for undergraduate and postgraduate courses which address postcolonial issues and the 'new' literatures in English. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836525

Postcolonial Criticism and Representations of African DictatorshipThe Aesthetics of Tyranny This book provides an understanding of the kind of work that representations of African dictatorship do. It explores the contradictions that arise from postcolonial critics' simultaneous investment in aesthetics and in politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601355

Post-Colonial Cultures in France Ethnic minorities principally from Africa Asia the Caribbean and the surviving remnants of France's overseas empire are increasingly visible in contemporary France. Post-Colonial Cultures in France edited by Alec Hargreaves and Mark McKinney is the first wide-ranging survey in English of the vibrant cultural practices now being forged by France's post-colonial minorities. The contributions in Post-Colonial Cultures in France cover both the ethnic diversity of minority groups and a variety of cultural forms ranging from literature and music to film and television. Using a diversity of critical and theoretical approaches from the disciplines of cultural studies literary studies migration studies anthropology and history Post-Colonial Cultures in France explores the globalization of cultures and international migration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004921

Post-colonial Curriculum Practices in South AsiaBuilding Confidence to Speak English Post-colonial Curriculum Practices in South Asia gives a conceptual framework for curriculum design for English Language Teaching taking into account context specific features in the teaching–learning settings of post-colonial South Asia. It reveals how the attitudes prevalent in post-colonial South Asian societies towards English negatively influence English language learning. The book provides a comprehensive analysis to design a course for English language teaching that aims at building learner confidence to speak English. Based on original research the study covers Bangladesh India Pakistan and Sri Lanka. The book focuses on the context-specific nature of learners and considers a curriculum design that binds teaching materials and teaching methods together with an aligned assessment. Chapters discuss language attitudes learner characteristics and English in the context of native languages and introduce a special type of anxiety that stems from existing language attitudes in a society referred to as Language Attitude Anxiety. The book will appeal to doctoral and post-doctoral scholars in English language education students and researchers of sociolinguistics psycholinguistics as well as curriculum designers of ELT and language policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355526

Postcolonial CustodianshipCultural and Literary Inheritance This book engages with current developments in postcolonial research exploring notions of cultural transmission tradition and modernity authenticity cross-cultural aesthetics and postcolonial ethics. The author considers the ethical responsibility of the postcolonial intellectual enhancing our understanding of this topic through the concept of custodianship which may be defined as a responsibility towards the other in forms of cultural and literary inheritance. The author introduces custodianship as a central theme and a vital question for the committed intellectual today proposing original interpretations of major postcolonial texts by key figures including Anita Desai Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak Mahasweta Devi and Arundhati Roy. Through close reading and historical analysis Postcolonial Custodianship reveals that a practice of custodianship has always been an essential element of these writers’ ethical engagement yet in a way that has never been explored. The author contends that the question of custodianship should not be seen as a merely negative designation; it is by redefining the very meaning of custodianship that the ethical dimension of postcolonialism can be rediscovered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547469

Postcolonial DenmarkNation Narration in a Crisis Ridden Europe This book adopts a global approach to analysing Danish nationhood in the current context of a Europe paralysed by crises. Focusing on the global strands which have produced understandings of national selfhood as a consequence of a series of historical and contemporary global encounters it calls for the production of narratives which better capture how European nations including Denmark are shaped by narratives that cannot be understood in (national) isolation but are contingent on ideas about the nation’s globality. In historical terms this entails examining how colonialism shaped national self-perceptions; in a contemporary context it requires looking at colonialism’s unfinished business. The first chapters revisits colonialism throughout the Danish empire. In the second section the book revisits Danish (post-1945) attempts to restage global interventions and military intervention since 2000 and considers how migration since 1965 has led to a profound questioning of relationships with the non-European world – and increasingly with Europe itself. Postcolonial Denmark situates Denmark at the centre of a number of current and ever more urgent challenges facing Europe. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology political science and cultural studies with interests in Europe the Nordic region through a postcolonial a whiteness and a decolonial inspired approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897178

Postcolonial EcocriticismLiterature Animals Environment This second edition of Postcolonial Ecocriticism a book foundational for its field has been updated to consider recent developments in the area such as environmental humanities and animal studies. Graham Huggan and Helen Tiffin examine transverse relations between humans animals and the environment across a wide range of postcolonial literary texts and also address key issues such as global warming food security human over-population in the context of animal extinction queer ecology and the connections between postcolonial and disability theory. Considering the postcolonial first from an environmental and then a zoocritical perspective the book looks at: Narratives of development in postcolonial writing Entitlement belonging and the pastoral Colonial 'asset stripping' and the Christian mission The politics of eating and the representation of cannibalism Animality and spirituality Sentimentality and anthropomorphism The changing place of humans and animals in a 'posthuman' world. With a new preface written specifically for this edition and an annotated list of suggestions for further reading Postcolonial Ecocriticism offers a comprehensive and fully up-to-date introduction to a rapidly expanding field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784192

Postcolonial Encounters in International RelationsThe Politics of Transgression in the Maghreb Postcolonial Encounters in International Relations examines the social and cultural aspects of the political violence that underpinned the French colonial project in the Maghreb and the multi-layered postcolonial realities that ensued. This book explores the reality of the lives of North African migrants in postcolonial France with a particular focus on their access to political entitlements such as citizenship and rights. This reality is complicated even further by complex practices of memory undertaken by Franco-Maghrebian intellectuals who negotiate in their writings between the violent memory of the French colonial project in the Maghreb and the contemporary conundrums of postcolonial migration. The book pursues thus the politics of (post)colonial memory by tracing its representations in literary political and visual narratives belonging to various Franco-Maghrebian intellectuals who see themselves as living and writing between France and the Maghreb. By adopting a postcolonial perspective a perspective quite marginal in International Relations the book investigates a different international relations which emerges via narratives of migration. A postcolonial standpoint is instrumental in understanding the relations between class gender and race which interrogate and reflect more generally on the shared (post)colonial violence between North Africa and France and on the politics of mediating violence through complex practices of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289512

Postcolonial Europe This book presents an overview of the direct and indirect ways in which Europe continues to be influenced by its entrenched postcolonial condition. Exploring the notion of postcolonial Europe as it characterises a Europe caught at a number of crossroads it considers the distinctly European features of a range of global crises by which Europe is beset relating to migration nationalism internationalism climate change and inequality. Linking these to the legacy of European hegemony during the era of high imperialism and the inability to come to terms with the region’s increasingly provincialised status the reversal of migrant flows following the implosion of European empires and the dismantling of welfare societies initially made possible by the accumulation of wealth during colonialism the author examines the gradual disintegration of the idea of the European collectivity and the erosion of the idea that Europe is a dispenser of privileged status. A wide-ranging study of Europe’s crisis in its postcolonial era this volume will appeal to scholars of critical sociology political geography cultural studies anthropology political science and history with interests in colonialism and postcolonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418052

Postcolonial Fiction and Sacred ScriptureRewriting the Divine? This book explores the relationship between literary fiction and sacred scripture in contemporary works of fiction and thought. It presents positions that vary from a latent engagement with the divine to a very explicit upholding of a sense of dichotomy between literary text and sacred scripture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601362

Postcolonial FilmHistory Empire Resistance Postcolonial Film: History Empire Resistance examines films of the later twentieth and early twenty-first centuries from postcolonial countries around the globe. In the mid twentieth century the political reality of resistance and decolonization lead to the creation of dozens of new states forming a backdrop to films of that period. Towards the century’s end and at the dawn of the new millennium film continues to form a site for interrogating colonization and decolonization though against a backdrop that is now more neo-colonial than colonial and more culturally imperial than imperial. This volume explores how individual films emerged from and commented on postcolonial spaces and the building and breaking down of the European empire. Each chapter is a case study examining how a particular film from a postcolonial nation emerges from and reflects that nation’s unique postcolonial situation. This analysis of one nation’s struggle with its coloniality allows each essay to investigate just what it means to be postcolonial. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548497

Postcolonial Lesbian Identities in SingaporeRe-thinking global sexualities Taking lesbians in Singapore as a case study this book explores the possibility of a modern gay identity in a postcolonial society that is not dependent on Western queer norms. It looks at the core question of how this identity can be reconciled with local culture and how it relates to global modernities and dominant understandings of what it means to be queer. It engages with debates about globalization post-colonialism and sexuality while emphasising the specificity diversity and interconnectedness of local lesbian sexualities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604681

Postcolonial Literature and Challenges for the New Millennium This volume brings together an international range of postcolonial scholars to explore four distinct themes which are inherently interconnected within the globalised landscape of the early 21st century: China Islamic fundamentalism civil war and environmentalism. Through close-reading a range of literary texts by writers drawn from across the globe these essays seek to emphasise the importance of literary aesthetics in situating the theoretical underpinnings and political motivations of postcolonial studies in the new millennium. Colonial legacies especially in terms of structuring exploitative capitalist relations between countries and regions are shown to persist in postcolonial nations in the form of ‘global civil wars’ and systemic environmental waste. Chinese authoritarianism and the Indian picturesque represent less familiar forms of neo-colonialism. These essays not only engage with established writers such as Salman Rushdie and Anita Desai; they also critically reflect on work by Nadeem Aslam Mai Couto Romesh Gunesekara Bei Dao and Ma Jian. This book was originally published as a special issue of Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306295

Postcolonial LocationsNew Issues and Directions in Postcolonial Studies Postcolonial Locations seeks to clarify the meaning of ‘the postcolonial’ through close textual readings and prioritises material and located readings over more abstract theoretical discussions; it seeks to re-orient the field by providing practical explorations of what the discipline is for. The book begins with an introduction of the key theoretical debates in the field – between the universal and the particular; the global and the local – but it then goes on to demonstrate via a series of close textual readings that these distinctions are not always useful and that we can achieve a more comprehensive and complete reading of the multiple times places and texts in which colonial power is both exerted and fought. An engaging and comprehensive guide to contemporary postcolonial studies this book is essential reading for students as well as professors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051201

Postcolonial MasculinitiesEmotions Histories and Ethics Exploring the similarities and differences between and across masculinities in the Middle East and the West Postcolonial Masculinities avoids the constant reinforcement of divisions and stereotypes created by the process of 'othering' and the problematic discourse of the clash of civilisations examining instead how subjectivities in Western and Arab societies are intertwined operating through envy of the other and the desire to be at once the same and yet fundamentally separate. With a focus on England and Egypt this book reveals the manner in which masculinities are shaped in and through a history of colonialism and postcolonialism irrespective of colour ethnicity religion class sexuality or the wishes of the individual. By concentrating on the shared ground of postcolonial masculine subjectivities Postcolonial Masculinities looks beyond the dissonance often iterated between the apparently rational Western man and the apparently oppressive patriarchal Middle Eastern man. Shedding light on the shared and distinctive aspects of masculinities across the Middle East and the West whilst illuminating the influences upon them this book will appeal to social scientists with interests in cultural studies masculinities psychoanalytic theory gender and sexuality and colonialism and postcolonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268531

Postcolonial Memoir in the Middle EastRethinking the Liminal in Mashriqi Writing This book reconsiders the notion of liminality in postcolonial critical discourse today. By visiting Mashriqi writers of memoir Bugeja offers a unique intervention in the understanding of 'in-between' and ‘threshold’ states in present-day postcolonialist thought. His analysis situates liminal space as a fraught form of consciousness that mediates between conditions of historical contingency and the memorializing present. Within the present Mashriqi memoir form liminal spaces may be read as articulations of 'representational spaces' — narrative spaces that based as they are within the histories of local communities are nonetheless redolent with memorial and imaginary elements. Liminal consciousness today Bugeja argues is a direct consequence of the impact of volatile present-day memories on the re-conception of the open wounds of history. Incisive readings of life-writings by Mourid Barghouti Amin Maalouf Orhan Pamuk Amos Oz and Wadad Makdisi Cortas demonstrate the double-edged representational chasm that opens up when present acts of memorializing are brought to bear upon the elusive histories of the early-twentieth-century Mashriq. Sifting through the wide-ranging theoretical literature on liminality and challenging received views of the concept this book proposes a nuanced materialist and original rethinking of the liminal as a more vigilant outlook onto the political literary and historical predicaments of the contemporary Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115897

Post-Colonial National Identity in the PhilippinesCelebrating the Centennial of Independence This title was first published in 2002.Presenting a fresh understanding of the construction of Post-Colonial national identity in the new context of globalization this text looks at the dilemmas of the requirement to compete in the global economy and the political demands of human rights and cultural differences. The authors are concerned with the ways in which a modern state attempts to mould the identities of its citizens and the ways in which the myriad of identities in a multiethnic multicultural and multi-religious population give rise to intense contradictions. This important research will have implications beyond the Filipino case and will be of great interest to a wider audience as a reference for courses on Asian studies political science and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730908

Post-Colonial National Identity in the PhilippinesCelebrating the Centennial of Independence This title was first published in 2002.Presenting a fresh understanding of the construction of Post-Colonial national identity in the new context of globalization this text looks at the dilemmas of the requirement to compete in the global economy and the political demands of human rights and cultural differences. The authors are concerned with the ways in which a modern state attempts to mould the identities of its citizens and the ways in which the myriad of identities in a multiethnic multicultural and multi-religious population give rise to intense contradictions. This important research will have implications beyond the Filipino case and will be of great interest to a wider audience as a reference for courses on Asian studies political science and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730861

Postcolonial NostalgiasWriting Representation and Memory This book offers an original and informed critique of a widespread yet often misunderstood condition — nostalgia a pervasive human emotion connecting people across national historical and personal boundaries. Walder analyses the writings of some of those entangled in the aftermath of empire tracing the hidden connections underlying their yearnings for a common identity and a homeland and their struggles to recover their histories. Through a series of comparative reflections upon the representation in literary and related cultural forms of memory he shows how admitting the past into the present through nostalgia enables former colonial or diasporic subjects to gain a deeper understanding of the networks of power within which they are caught in the modern world and beyond which it may yet be possible to move. Considering authors as varied as V.S Naipaul J.G. Ballard Doris Lessing W.G. Sebald and Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie as well as versions of "Bushman" song Walder pursues the often wayward ambiguous paths of nostalgia as it has been represented beyond but also within Europe so as to identify some of those processes of communal and individual experience that constitute the present and by implication the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628297

Postcolonial Perspectives on Global Citizenship Education This volume bridges the gap between contemporary theoretical debates and educational policies and practices. It applies postcolonial theory as a framework of analysis that attempts to engage with and go beyond essentialism ethno- and euro-centrisms through a critical examination of contemporary case studies and conceptual issues. From a transdisciplinary and post-colonial perspective this book offers critiques of notions of development progress humanism culture representation identity and education. It also examines the implications of these critiques in terms of pedagogical approaches social relations and possible future interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788060

Postcolonial Perspectives on Postcommunism in Central and Eastern Europe A quarter of a century after the fall of the Berlin Wall and from the vantage point of a post-Cold War globalised world there is a need to address the relative neglect of postcommunism in analysis of postcolonial and neo-colonial configurations of power and influence. This book proposes new critical perspectives on several themes and concepts that have emerged within or been propagated by postcolonial studies. These themes include structures of exclusion/ inclusion; formations of nationalism structures of othering and representations of difference; forms and historical realisations of anti-colonial/anti-imperial struggle; the experience of trauma (involving issues of collective memory/amnesia and the re-writing of history); resistance as a complex of cultural practices; and concepts such as alterity ambivalence self-colonisation dislocation hegemonic discourse minority and subaltern cultures.  Taken together this volume suggests that some of the methodological instruments of postcolonial criticism can be fruitfully applied to the study of postcommunist cultures and conversely that the experience of the Soviet brand of imperialist rule in the form of communism in East-Central Europe can function as an ideological moderator in Third-World oriented Marxist-inspired postcolonial discourses. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Postcolonial Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309128

Postcolonial PlaysAn Anthology This collection of contemporary postcolonial plays demonstrates the extraordinary vitality of a body of work that is currently influencing the shape of contemporary world theatre. This anthology encompasses both internationally admired 'classics' and previously unpublished texts all dealing with imperialism and its aftermath. It includes work from Canada the Carribean South and West Africa Southeast Asia India New Zealand and Australia. A general introduction outlines major themes in postcolonial plays. Introductions to individual plays include information on authors as well as overviews of cultural contexts major ideas and performance history.Dramaturgical techniques in the plays draw on Western theatre as well as local performance traditions and include agit-prop dialogue musical routines storytelling ritual incantation epic narration dance multimedia presentation and puppetry. The plays dramatize diverse issues such as:*globalization* political corruption* race and class relations*slavery*gender and sexuality*media representation*nationalism Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006147

Postcolonial Readings of Music in World Literature This book reads representations of Western music in literary texts to reveal the ways in which artifacts of imperial culture function within contemporary world literature. Bushnell argues that Western music’s conventions for performance composition and listening established during the colonial period persist in postcolonial thought and practice. Music from the Baroque Classical and Romantic periods (Bach through Brahms) coincides with the rise of colonialism and Western music contains imperial attitudes and values embedded within its conventions standards and rules. The book focuses on the culture of classical music as reflected in the worlds of characters and texts and contends that its effects outlast the historical significance of the real composers pieces styles and forms. Through examples by authors such as McEwan Vikram Seth Bernard MacLaverty Chang-rae Lee and J.M. Coetzee the book demonstrates how Western music enters narrative as both acts of history and as structures of analogy that suggest subject positions human relations and political activity that in turn describes a postcolonial condition. The uses to which Western music is put in each literary text reveals how European art music of the seventeenth through the nineteenth centuries is read and misread by postcolonial generations exposing mostly hidden cultural structures that influence our contemporary understandings of social relations and hierarchies norms for resolution and for assigning significance and standards of propriety. The book presents strategies for thinking anew about the persistence of cultural imperialism reading Western music simultaneously as representative of imperial cultural dominance and as suggestive of resistant structures forms and practices that challenge the imperial hegemony. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108431

Postcolonial Resistance and Asian Theology Presenting a fundamental re-thinking of Asian theology this book focuses on theological indigenization in Asia in light of the postcolonial theory of resistance advanced by Homi K. Bhabha among others. Two types of anti-colonialist resistance within Asian theologies are identified and interrogated. The first is nationalistic in kind operating from a theological language that is binaristic and oppositional. The second is illustrated by that which was mounted by the three Chinese Christian thinkers whose indigenous theologies are analysed in this book as case studies. This second kind postcolonial in its character is characterized by collaboration rather than antagonistic binarism. In spite of much dissimilarity between these two kinds of resistance the book argues that they are similarly anti-colonialist and both can be equally valid in resisting colonial forces. Given that the binarism and antagonism imbedded in the Asian theological movement are historically contingent and that the sole reliance on this resistance has made the movement self-ensnaring the book suggests that the Asian theological movement widen its choice of colonial-resistant strategies. Drawing attention to the otherwise subtle politics of the Asian theological indigenization discourse this book addresses the relationship between postcolonialism and Asia contextual theology and is of interest to students and scholars of Asian Religion and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368465

Post-Colonial Shakespeares First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708767

Post-colonial struggles for a democratic Southern AfricaLegacies of Liberation National liberation one of the grand narratives of the twentieth century has left a weighty legacy of unfulfilled dreams. This book explores the ongoing struggle for legitimate accountable political leaders in postcolonial Southern Africa focusing on dilemmas arising when ex-liberation movements form the governments. While the spread of multi-party democracy to most countries in the region is to be celebrated democratic practice often has been superficial - a limited elitist politics that relies on the symbols of the liberation struggle to legitimate de facto one-party rule and authoritarian practices. Using country cases from Tanzania Swaziland Zimbabwe South Africa and Zambia the collection explores three subthemes relevant to postcolonial governance in Southern Africa: how the struggle for liberation shapes the character of political transformation the nature of rule in one-party dominant states headed by former liberation movements and the processes of governance and resistance in post-liberation contexts. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086197

Post-Colonial Studies: The Key Concepts This hugely popular A-Z guide provides a comprehensive overview of the issues which characterize post-colonialism: explaining what it is where it is encountered and the crucial part it plays in debates about race gender politics language and identity. For this third edition over thirty new entries have been added including: Cosmopolitanism Development Fundamentalism Nostalgia Post-colonial cinema Sustainability Trafficking World Englishes. Post-Colonial Studies: The Key Concepts remains an essential guide for anyone studying this vibrant field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661911

Postcolonial Theology of ReligionsParticularity and Pluralism in World Christianity This original and ambitious book considers the terms of engagement between Christian theology and other religious traditions beginning with criticism of Christian theology of religions as entangled with European colonial modernity. Jenny Daggers covers recent efforts to disentangle Eurocentrism from the meeting of the religions and investigates new constructive possibilities arising in the postcolonial context. In dialogue with Asian and feminist theologies she reflects on ways forward for relations between the religions and offers a particularist model for theology of religions standing within a classical Trinitarian framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610438

Postcolonial Theory and Autobiography Cultural theory has often been criticized for covert Eurocentric and universalist tendencies. Its concepts and ideas are implicitly applicable to everyone ironing over any individuality or cultural difference. Postcolonial theory has challenged these limitations of cultural theory and Postcolonial Theory and Autobiography addresses the central challenge posed by its autobiographical turn. Despite the fact that autobiography is frequently dismissed for its Western masculine bias David Huddart argues for its continued relevance as a central explanatory category in understanding postcolonial theory and its relation to subjectivity. Focusing on the influence of post-structuralist theory on postcolonial theory and vice versa this study suggests that autobiography constitutes a general philosophical resistance to universal concepts and theories. Offering a fresh perspective on familiar critical figures like Edward W. Said and Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak by putting them in the context of readings of the work of Jacques Derrida Gilles Deleuze and Alain Badiou this book relates the theory of autobiography to expressions of new universalisms that together with postcolonial theory rethink and extend norms of experience investigation and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759014

Postcolonial Theory and International RelationsA Critical Introduction What can postcolonialism tell us about international relations? What can international relations tell us about postcolonialism? In recent years postcolonial perspectives and insights have challenged our conventional understanding of international politics. Postcolonial Theory and International Relations is the first book to provide a comprehensive and accessible survey of how postcolonialism radically alters our understanding of international relations. Each chapter is written by a leading international scholar and looks at the core components of international relations – theories the nation geopolitics international law war international political economy sovereignty religion nationalism Empire etc. – through a postcolonial lens. In so doing it provides students with a valuable insight into the challenges that postcolonialism poses to our understanding of global politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415582889

Postcolonial Theory and the Arab-Israel Conflict Postcolonial theory is one of the main frameworks for thinking about the world and acting to change the world. Arising in academia and reshaping humanities and social sciences disciplines postcolonial theory argues that our ideas about foreigners ‘the other ’ particularly our negative ideas about them are determined not by a true will to understand but rather by our desire to conquer dominate and exploit them. According to postcolonial theory the cause of poverty tyranny and misery in the world and of failed societies around the world is Euro-American imperialism and colonialism. Previously published as a special issue of Israel Affairs this work examines and challenges postcolonial theory. In scholarly research-based papers the specialist authors examine various facets of postcolonial theory and application. First the theoretical assumption and formulations of postcolonial theory are scrutinized and found dubious. Second the deleterious impact on academic disciplines of postcolonial theory is demonstrated. Third the distorted postcolonial view of history its obsession with current events to the exclusion of the historical basis of events is exposed and corrected. Fourth an examination of Middle Eastern culture challenges the assumption that these societies have been shaped entirely and victimized by Western intrusion. Finally exploring the Arab-Israel conflict the one-sided case of postcolonial Arabism is explored and found to be faulty. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878331

Postcolonial TheoryA critical introduction Postcolonial Theory is a ground-breaking critical introduction to the burgeoning field of postcolonial studies.Leela Gandhi is the first to clearly map out this field in terms of its wider philosophical and intellectual context drawing important connections between postcolonial theory and poststructuralism postmodernism marxism and feminism. She assesses the contribution of major theorists such as Edward Said Gayatri Spivak and Homi Bhabha and also points to postcolonialism's relationship to earlier thinkers such as Frantz Fanon and Mahatma Gandhi.The book is distinctive in its concern for the specific historical material and cultural contexts for postcolonial theory and in its attempt to sketch out the ethical possibilities for postcolonial theory as a model for living with and 'knowing' cultural differences non-violently.Postcolonial Theory is a useful starting point for readers new to the field and a provocative account which opens possibilities for debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116714

Postcolonial TourismLiterature Culture and Environment This book is the first literary study of postcolonial tourism. Looking at the cultural and ecological effects of mass tourism development in highly exoticized island states that are still grappling with the legacies of western colonialism Carrigan contends that postcolonial writers not only dramatize the industry’s most exploitative operations but also provide blueprints toward sustainable tourism futures. By locating this argument in the context of interdisciplinary tourism research the study shows how imaginative literature can extend some of this field’s key theoretical concepts while making an important contribution to the interface between postcolonial studies and ecocriticism. The book also presents a framework for analyzing how an industry that is subject to constant media attention and involves a huge proportion of the global population shapes the cultural social and environmental milieux of postcolonial texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810999

Post-Colonial Trajectories in the CaribbeanThe Three Guianas This book compares and contrasts the contemporary development experience of neighbouring geographically similar countries with an analogous history of exploitation but by three different European colonisers. Studying the so-called ‘Three Guianas’ (Guyana Suriname and French Guiana) offers a unique opportunity to look for similarities and differences in their contemporary patterns of development particularly as they grapple with new and complex shifts in the regional hemispheric and global context. Shaped decisively by their respective historical experiences Guyana in tandem with the laissez-faire approach of Britain toward its Caribbean colonies was decolonised relatively early in 1966 and has maintained a significant degree of distance from London. The hold of The Hague over Suriname however endured well after independence in 1975. French Guiana by contrast was decolonised much sooner than both of its neighbours in 1946 but this was through full integration thus cementing its place within the political economy and administrative structures of France itself. Traditionally isolated from the Caribbean the wider Latin American continent and from each other today a range of similar issues – such as migration resource extraction infrastructure development and energy security – are coming to bear on their societies and provoking deep and complex changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472480453

Post-Colonial Transformation In his new book Bill Ashcroft gives us a revolutionary view of the ways in which post-colonial societies have responded to colonial control.The most comprehensive analysis of major features of post-colonial studies ever compiled Post-Colonial Transformation:* demonstrates how widespread the strategy of transformation has been* investigates political and literary resistance* examines the nature of post-colonial societies' engagement with imperial language history allegory and place* offers radical new perspectives in post-colonial theory in principles of habitation and horizonality.Post-Colonial Transformation breaks new theoretical ground while demonstrating the relevance of a wide range of theoretical practices and extending the exploration of topics fundamentally important to the field of post-colonial studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203129814

Postcolonial Transitional JusticeZimbabwe and Beyond Transitional justice processes are now considered to be crucial steps in facilitating the move from conflict or repression to a secure democratic future. This book contributes to a deeper understanding of transitional justice by examining the complexities of transition in postcolonial societies. It focuses particularly on Zimbabwe but draws on relevant comparative material from other postcolonial polities. Examples include but are not limited to African countries such as South Africa Rwanda and Mozambique. European societies such as Northern Ireland  as well as other nations such as Guatemala are also considered. While amplifying the breadth of the subject of transitional justice the book addresses the claim that transitional justice mechanisms in postcolonial countries are necessary if the rule of law and the credibility of the country’s legal institutions are to be restored. Drawing on postcolonial legal theory and especially on analyses of the relationship between international law and imperialism the book challenges the assumption that a domestic rule of law ‘deficit’ may be remedied with recourse to international law. Taking up the paradigmatic perception that international law is neutral and has fixed rules it demonstrates how complex issues which arise during postcolonial transitions require a more critical adoption of transitional justice mechanisms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728434

Postcolonial TranslationTheory and Practice This outstanding collection brings together eminent contributors (from Britain the US Brazil India and Canada) to examine crucial interconnections between postcolonial theory and translation studies. Examining the relationships between language and power across cultural boundaries this collection reveals the vital role of translation in redefining the meanings of culture and ethnic identity. The essay topics include:* links between centre and margins in intellectual transfer* shifts in translation practice from colonial to post-colonial societies.* translation and power relations in Indian languages* Brazilian cannibalistic theories in literary transfer. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203068878

Postcolonial Urban OutcastsCity Margins in South Asian Literature Extending current scholarship on South Asian Urban and Literary Studies this volume examines the role of the discontents of the South Asian city. The collection investigates how South Asian literature and literature about South Asia attends to urban margins regardless of whether the definition of margin is spatial psychological gendered or sociopolitical. That cities are a site of profound paradoxes is nowhere clearer than in South Asia where urban areas simultaneously represent both the frontiers of globalization as well as the deeply troubling social and political inequalities of the global south. Additionally because South Asian cities are defined by the palimpsestic confluence of among other things colonial oppression anticolonial nationalism postcolonial governance and twenty-first century transnational capital they are sites where the many faces of empowerment and disempowerment are elaborated. The volume brings together essays that emphasize myriad critical approaches—geospatial urban-theoretical diasporic subaltern and others. United in their critical empathy for urban outcasts the chapters respond to central questions such as: What is the relationship between the politico-economic narratives of globally emerging South Asian cities and the dispossessed? How do South Asian cities stand in relationship to the nation and conversely how might South Asians in diaspora construct these cities within larger narratives of development globalization or as sources of authentic ethnic identities? How is the very skeleton—the space the territory—of South Asian cities marked with and by exclusionary politics? How do the aesthetic and formal choices undertaken by writers determine the potential for and limit to emancipation of urban outcasts from their oppressive circumstances? Considering fiction nonfiction comics and genre fiction from India Pakistan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka; literature from the twentieth and the twenty-first century; and w Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878771

Postcolonial UrbanismSoutheast Asian Cities and Global Processes A common assumption about cities throughout the world is tht they are essentially an elaboration of the Euro-American model. Postcolonial Urbanism demonstrates the narrowness of this vision. Cities in the postcolonial world the book shows are producing novel forms of urbanism not reducible to Western urbanism. Despite being heavily colonized in the past Southeast Asia has been largely ignored in discussions about postcolonial theory and in general considerations of global urbanism. An international cast of contributors focuses on the heavily urbanized world region of Southeast Asia to investigate the novel forms of urbanism germinating in postcolonial settings such as Indonesia Thailand Singapore Hanoi and the Philippines. Offering a mix of theoretical perspectives and empirical accounts Postcolonial Urbanism presents a panoramic view of the cultures societies and politics of the postcolonial city. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203615898

Postcolonial Writing in the Era of World LiteratureTexts Territories Globalizations This book explores the debates surrounding two dynamic fields â€“ postcolonial studies and world literature. Contrary to many dominant narratives in critical theory it asserts that as an analytical framework the idea of world literature is dead: the nineteenth-century ideal of world literature had always and already been embedded in colonial histories; and also because whatever promise that ideal held out has been exhausted by postcolonial Anglophone literature. Through fresh and incisive readings of the postcolonial canon and some of its most prominent authors like Rudyard Kipling V.S. Naipaul J.M. Coetzee and Salman Rushdie the volume discusses how these Anglophone writings have used the banal and ordinary ideal of world literature to fashion out their own trajectories. Ambitious in scope this book challenges many of the existing theoretical and literary frameworks and offers a radical reimagination of the fields. The volume written in an accessible and lively prose will be indispensable for scholars and researchers of literature critical theory postcolonial studies cultural studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734282

Postcolonialism Postcolonialism is a book that examines the influence of postcolonial theory in critical geographical thought and scholarship. Aimed at advanced-level students and researchers the book is a lively stimulating and relevant introduction to ‘postcolonial geography’ that elaborates on the critical interventions in social cultural and political life this important subfield is poised to make. The book is structured around three intersecting parts – Spaces 'Identity'/hybridity Knowledge – that broadly follow the trajectory of postcolonial studies since the late 1970s. It comprises ten main chapters each of which is situated at the intersections of postcolonialism and critical human geography. In doing so Postcolonialism develops three key arguments. First that postcolonialism is best conceived as an intellectually creative and practical set of methodologies or approaches for critically engaging existing manifestations of power and exclusion in everyday life and in taken-as-given spaces. Second that postcolonialism is at its core concerned with the politics of representation both in terms of how people and space are represented but also the politics surrounding who is able to represent themselves and on what/whose terms. Third the book argues that postcolonialism itself is an inherently geographical intellectual enterprise despite its origins in literary theory. In developing these arguments and addressing a series of relevant and international case studies and examples throughout Postcolonialism not only demonstrates the importance of postcolonial theory to the contemporary critical geographical imagination. It also argues that geographers have much to offer to continued theorizations and workings of postcolonial theory politics and intellectual debates going forward. This is a book that brings critical analyses of the continued and omnipresent legacies of colonialism and imperialism to the heart of human geography but also one that returns an avowedly critical geographical disposition to the core of interdisciplinary postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677487

Postcolonialism Decoloniality and Development Postcolonialism Decoloniality and Development is a comprehensive revision of Postcolonialism and Development (2009) that explains reviews and critically evaluates recent debates about postcolonial and decolonial approaches and their implications for development studies. By outlining contemporary theoretical debates and examining their implications for how the developing world is thought about written about and engaged with in policy terms this book unpacks the difficult complex and important aspects of the relationships between postcolonial theory decoloniality and development studies. The book focuses on the importance of development discourses the relationship between development knowledge and power and agency within development. It includes significant new material exploring the significance of postcolonial approaches to understanding development in the context of rapid global change and the dissonances and interconnections between postcolonial theory and decolonial politics. It includes a new chapter on postcolonial theory development and the Anthropocene that considers the challenges posed by the current global environmental crisis to both postcolonial theory and ideas of development. The book sets out an original and timely agenda for exploring the intersections between postcolonialism decolonialism and development and provides an outline for a coherent and reinvigorated project of postcolonial development studies. Engaging with new and emerging debates in the fields of postcolonialism and development and illustrating these through current issues the book continues to set agendas for diverse scholars working in the fields of development studies geography anthropology politics cultural studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036727

Postcolonialism Feminism and Religious Discourse Contributors examine white feminist theology's misappropriations of Native North American women Chinese footbinding and veiling by Muslim women as well as the Jewish emancipation in France the symbolic dismemberment of black women by rap and sermons and the potential to rewrite and reclaim canonical stories. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023274

Postcolonialism Indigeneity and Struggles for Food SovereigntyAlternative food networks in subaltern spaces This book explores connections between activist debates about food sovereignty and academic debates about alternative food networks. The ethnographic case studies demonstrate how divergent histories and geographies of people-in-place open up or close off possibilities for alternative/sovereign food spaces illustrating the globally uneven and varied development of industrial capitalist food networks and of everyday forms of subversion and accommodation. How for example do relations between alternative food networks and mainstream industrial capitalist food networks differ in places with contrasting histories of land appropriation trade governance and consumer identities to those in Europe and non-indigenous spaces of New Zealand or the United States? How do indigenous populations negotiate between maintaining a sense of moral connectedness to their agri- and acqua-cultural landscapes and subverting or indeed appropriating industrial capitalist approaches to food? By delving into the histories geographies and everyday worlds of (post)colonial peoples the book shows how colonial power relations of the past and present create more opportunities for some alternative producer–consumer and state–market–civil society relations than others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668099

Postcolonialism Psychoanalysis and BurtonPower Play of Empire By engaging closely with the work of Richard Francis Burton (1821-90) the iconic nineteenth-century imperial spy explorer anthropologist and translator  Postcolonialism Psychoanalysis and Burton explores the White Man’s ‘imperial fantasies’ and the ways in which the many metropolitan discourses to which Burton contributed drew upon and reinforced an intimate connection between fantasy and power in the space of Empire. This original study sheds new light on the mechanisms of imperial appropriation and pays particular attention to Burton’s relationship with his alter ego Abdullah the name by which he famously travelled to Mecca and Medina disguised as a Muslim pilgrim. In this context  Grant also provides insightful readings of a number of Burton’s contemporaries such as Müller du Chaillu Darwin and Huxley and engages with postcolonial and psychoanalytic theory in order to highlight the problematic relationship between the individual and imperialism and to encourage readers to think about what it means to read colonial history and imperial narrative today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541978

Postcolonialism and IslamTheory Literature Culture Society and Film With a focus on the areas of theory literature culture society and film this collection of essays examines questions and broadens the applicability of Postcolonialism and Islam from a multifaceted and cross-disciplinary perspective. Topics covered include the relationship between Postcolonialism and Orientalism theoretical perspectives on Postcolonialism and Islam the position of Islam within postcolonial literature Muslim identity in British and European contexts and the role of Islam in colonial and postcolonial cinema in Egypt and India. At a time at which Islam continues to be at the centre of increasingly heated and frenzied political and academic deliberations Postcolonialism and Islam offers a framework around which the debate on Muslims in the modern world can be centred. Transgressing geographical disciplinary and theoretical boundaries this book is an invaluable resource for students of Islamic Studies Cultural Studies Sociolgy and Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377387

Postcolonialism and the Law Postcolonialism and the Law provides a long overdue delineation of the field of enquiry that engages with the legal programmes structures and procedures which have sustained Euro-North American supremacy on the international political stage for the past fifty years or so. Focusing on the relationship between law and the racial and colonial mechanisms of subjugation at work in the global present the contributions assembled in this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Law series attend to juridical apparatuses as they operate in concert with economic and ethical frameworks procedures and architectures. Instead of approaching law as a self-sufficient instrument of power the gathered major works expose the complex deployment and operation of legal instruments and how they—along with economic mechanisms and ethical programmes—participate in the constitution of the political space shared by both former colonial powers and colonies. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editors which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Postcolonialism and the Law is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as a database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For postcolonial theorists and lawyers as well as those working in cognate disciplines such as Critical Legal Studies Ethics Cultural Studies Race and Ethnicity Studies and Human Rights it is certain to be valued as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640169

Postcolonialism Cross-ExaminedMultidirectional Perspectives on Imperial and Colonial Pasts and the Neocolonial Present Taking a strikingly interdisciplinary and global approach Postcolonialism Cross-Examined reflects on the current status of postcolonial studies and attempts to break through traditional boundaries creating a truly comparative and genuinely global phenomenon. Drawing together the field of mainstream postcolonial studies with post-Soviet postcolonial studies and studies of the late Ottoman Empire the contributors in this volume question many of the concepts and assumptions we have become accustomed to in postcolonial studies creating a fresh new version of the field. The volume calls the merits of the field into question investigating how postcolonial studies may have perpetuated and normalized colonialism as an issue exclusive to Western colonial and imperial powers. The volume is the first to open a dialogue between three different areas of postcolonial scholarship that previously developed independently from one another: • the wide field of postcolonial studies working on European colonialism • the growing field of post-Soviet postcolonial/post-imperial studies • the still fledgling field of post-Ottoman postcolonial/post-imperial studies supported by sideways glances at the multidirectional conditions of interaction in East Africa and the East and West Indies. Postcolonialism Cross-Examined looks at topics such as humanism nationalism multiculturalism nostalgia and the Anthropocene in order to piece together a new broader vision for postcolonial studies in the twenty-first century. By including territories other than those covered by the postcolonial mainstream the book strives to reframe the “postcolonial” as a genuinely global phenomenon and develop multidirectional postcolonial perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344174

Postcolonialism Meets Economics In the last half century economics has taken over from anthropology the role of drawing the powerful conceptual worldviews that organize knowledge and inform policy in both domestic and international contexts. Until now however the colonial roots of economic theory have remained relatively unstudied. This book changes that.The wide array of contributions to this book draw on the rapidly growing body of postcolonial studies to critique both orthodox and heterodox economics. This book addresses a large gap in postcolonial studies which lacks the type of sophisticated analysis of economic questions that it displays in its analysis of culture. The intellectual and disciplinary terrain covered within this book spans economics history anthropology philosophy literary theory political science and women's studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203604113

Postcolonising the Medieval Image Postcolonial theories have transformed literary historical and cultural studies over the past three decades. Yet the study of medieval art and visualities has in general remained Eurocentric in its canon and conservative in its approaches. 'Postcolonising' as the eleven essays in this volume show entails active intervention into the field of medieval art history and visual studies through a theoretical reframing of research. This approach poses and elicits new research questions and tests how concepts current in postcolonial studies - such as diaspora and migration under-represented artistic cultures accented art making displacement intercultural versus transcultural hybridity presence/absence - can help medievalists to reinvigorate the study of art and visuality. Postcolonial concepts are deployed in order to redraft the canon of medieval art thereby seeking to build bridges between medievalist and modernist communities of scholars. Among the varied topics explored in the volume are the appropriation of Roman iconography by early medieval Scandinavian metalworkers multilingualism and materiality in Anglo-Saxon culture the circulation and display of Islamic secular ceramics on Pisan churches cultural negotiation by Jewish minorities in Central Europe and the Iberian peninsula Holy Land maps and medieval imaginative geography and the uses of Thomas Becket in the colonial imaginary of the Plantagenet court. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331412

Post-Communism and the Media in Eastern Europe This investigation of the media in Poland the Czech Republic Slovakia Hungary Romania and Bulgaria seeks to outline the legacies of communism confronting media reform and how interaction between the media state society and market has led to the particular and unique dynamics in each case. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036663

Post-Communist AestheticsRevolutions capitalism violence In this book Anca Pusca seeks to extend the aesthetic and cultural turn in international relations to an analysis of post-communist transitions in Central and Eastern Europe. Building on the philosophy of Walter Benjamin and Jacques Ranciere the work investigates how post-communist film photography theatre art museumization and architecture have creatively re-engaged with ideas of revolution communism capitalism and ethnic violence and how this in turn has helped people survive and reinvent themselves amongst the material and ideological ruins of communism. The work illustrates how popular culture has effectively targeted and re-interpreted the classical representations of the transition in order to question:• The origin – focusing on practices of re-staging memorializing and questioning the 1989 revolutions. • The unfolding â€“ focusing on the human and material consequences of significant changes in processes of production and consumption. • The potential end â€“ focusing on the illusions and disillusions surrounding the 'transition' process.  A unique take on the influence that popular culture has had and continues to have on how we understand the post-communist transitions this work will be of great interest to students and scholars of cultural and visual studies eastern European politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597696

Post-Communist and Post-Soviet ParliamentsThe Initial Decade The sudden collapse of communism stimulated both the rapid emergence of fledgling democracies and scholarly attention to the post-communist transition. These newly democratized parliaments have been described as "parliaments in adolescence". This book identifies six parliaments which exemplify the wide range of developments in the new post-communist political systems from the stable consolidated democracies to the less stable and more authoritarian states within which their respective parliaments function. Finally the post-communist parliaments are compared with the presumptively more established west European parliaments. This book bridges the usual gap in research between the post-communist parliaments and more "normal" democratic parliaments to develop a common legislative research perspective on both new and established parliaments. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879109

Post-communist Economic RevolutionsHow Big A Bang? NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780892062034

Post-Communist EU Member StatesParties and Party Systems Providing comprehensive insights into the parties and party systems of post-communist EU member states within the framework of each country's specific conditions and developments this volume examines in particular the cases of Estonia Lithuania Latvia Poland Czech Republic Slovakia Hungary and Slovenia. The book concentrates on three main themes: ideological cleavages between parties party system competition and party organization. Analytically competent and highly informative it is suitable for courses on party systems and EU politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264472

Postcommunist Film - Russia Eastern Europe and World CultureMoving Images of Postcommunism A post-communist condition has arisen from the fall of the Berlin Wall and later the Soviet Empire: this book looks at how this condition has manifested itself globally in the production of post-communist film. It argues post-communism is a shared experience on a geopolitical level unlimited by national state borders and examines post-communist cross culturalism and global totalitarianism within film. The book examines different national cinemas and dissimilar cinematic modes - from Russian blockbuster cinema to Chinese independent cinema; from Serbian city films to revolutionary films of Mozambique - all formulated as within the postcommunist condition. It considers the postcommunist film in terms of transnational and World cinema. It covers a wide range of films from small and independent filmmaking to mainstream popular cinema and explains post-communist signifiers as manifested in visual culture both inside and outside former and current communist countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731317

Post-Communist ParliamentsChange and Stability in the Second Decade At the end of the "founding" or initial decade the new parliaments of post-Communist Europe had developed two distinct types: democratic and presidentially-dominated. Whilst in the early years they had been characterised as "parliaments in adolescence " they have - through the second decade - continued to improvise but also elaborate their working relationships with both their chief executives and electorates. This book examines these adaptations in seven parliaments comparing both among them and with parliaments of west Europe. Their changes are traced through four distinct sets in context members internal structure and working relationship with the executive. This research develops a common perspective for our understanding of both new and developed legislatures by tracing the steps through which new parliaments begin adapt and become established. This book was published as a special issue of Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415560832

Post-Communist Poland – Contested Pasts and Future Identities This book explores the reinterpretations of Poland’s past which have been undertaken by Polish national and local elites since the fall of communism. It focuses on remembrance practices and traces the de-commemorating of communism to examine the ways in which collective remembering and forgetting shapes present power constellations in Poland and impacts on foreign and domestic policy. The book outlines the detail of the new hegemonic national myths which are being established but also investigates fragmentation and diversification of commemorative practices at the local level that has the most potential to challenge the dominant vision of national Polish identity historically centred on martyrdom heroism and independence as less relevant to Poland’s new aspirations for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956506

Post-communist PoliticsDemocratic Prospects In Russia And Eastern Europe NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780892062089

Post-communist Regime ChangeA Comparative Study This book seeks to explain the divergent political pathways of twenty six post-communist states following the breakdown and eventual collapse of communism in 1989-1991. Considering the trajectories of individual states between 1990 – 2007 this book challenges two central bodies of theory relating to democratization and regime change. Through a sustained analysis of global and post-communist developments within this time period the author shows that claims of an increasing asymmetry between the ‘electoral’ and ‘liberal’ elements of modern democracy have been greatly exaggerated. The author goes on to contend that in accounting for the geographical dispersion of post-communist regime forms deeper structural factors should be considered as crucial. The book is divided into the following parts:   Part I demonstrates how different conceptualisations of democracy can lead to very different conclusions about the empirical dynamics of democratization. Part II contrasts different explanations of post-communist political change and provides an integrated framework for explaining the political pathways encountered within the former Eastern Bloc.   This book will be of interest to students and scholars of post-communist studies democratization studies comparative politics and regime change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850100

Postcommunist Studies And Political ScienceMethodology And Empirical Theory In Sovietology Serious stock-taking is in progress now among practitioners of whathas been called Sovietology meaning studies of the Union of SovietSocialist Republics. The reason is that the field for the most part hadnot been expecting what happened in 1991: The USSR collapsed andwent out of existence as a unified state system governing a sixth ofthe world's territory having allowed its East European empire tofree itself from Soviet dominance somewhat earlier.It might be said in defense of Sovietology that by the beginningof the 1980s it understood that economic and political crises werebrewing in the Soviet Union and its outer empire. But the field asa whole failed to grasp the full depth of the systemic crisis in SovietRussia and the destructive or self-destructive potentialities inherentin it. As the editors of this valuable volume write in the Introduction:"Sovietology was not prepared for perestroika and postcommunism." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283964

Post-Conflict Archaeology and Cultural HeritageRebuilding Knowledge Memory and Community from War-Damaged Material Culture The human cost in any conflict is of course the first care in terms of the reduction if not the elimination of damage. However the destruction of archaeology and heritage as a consequence of civil and international wars is also of major concern and the irreversible loss of monuments and sites through conflict has been increasingly discussed and documented in recent years.  Post-Conflict Archaeology and Cultural Heritage draws together a series of papers from archaeological and heritage professionals seeking positive pragmatic and practical ways to deal with conflict-damaged sites. For instance by showing that conflict-damaged cultural heritage and archaeological sites are a valuable resource rather than an inevitable casualty of war and suggesting that archaeologists use their skills and knowledge to bring communities together giving them ownership of and identification with  their cultural heritage. The book is a mixture of the discussion of problems suggested planning solutions and case studies for both archaeologists and heritage managers. It will be of interest to heritage professionals archaeologists and anyone working with post-conflict communities as well as anthropology archaeology and heritage academics and their students at a range of levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296565

Post-Conflict Development in East Asia East Asia is a region deeply affected by conflict. Colonial ideological and national wars have left their scars and legacies on regional international and national governance. Yet East Asian post-conflict development experiences have been viewed as remarkably successful. The three largest economies of East Asia Japan China and South Korea have all experienced dramatic growth but immediately prior to their periods of expansion all experienced the devastating impacts of international conflicts and/or civil upheaval. These post-conflict development ’success’ stories do not however tell the whole tale. Other states in East Asia and in particular certain regions within some of these states while apparently emerging from similar conflictual backgrounds have experienced far less positive transitions. This volume critically assesses measurements of success in East Asian post-conflict development from a human-centered perspective. This involves a major re-evaluation of accepted accounts of domestic governance and international relations in East Asia from both a comparative and inter-disciplinary viewpoint. Case study rich this volume provides policy prescriptions for East Asian donors and actors in an effort to provide Asian solutions for Asian problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269972

Post-conflict Disarmament Demobilization and ReintegrationBringing State-building Back In This book revisits post-Cold War Disarmament Disintegration and Reintegration (DDR) programmes in the light of previous experiences of disarmament demobilisation and reintegration. In the history of North America and Europe in particular such programmes had a major impact on state-building contributing to the development of the welfare state shaping political settlements and directing government policy to maintain social peace. The authors in this important book ask what is left of these state-building dimensions in contemporary DDR programmes and whether the constraints imposed by international organisations on DDR programmes have more negative effects than positive ones. The role of political leadership in DDR processes is highlighted: can bureaucratically-driven processes deliver success? Only if political elites take full control and manage DDR programmes can there be a lasting impact on state-building. Even then most political elites avoid deep changes in their relationship with the veterans. Is there a chance of reshaping international intervention in such a way as to favour the development of a 'social contract' between political elites and veterans? In taking a historical perspective this book is unique in the existing literature on DDR and will be essential reading for policy makers students and scholars of conflict studies and those working in NGOs particularly donor agencies. This volume was produced with the contribution of the Crisis States Research Centre (LSE). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107441

Post-Conflict Heritage Postcolonial TourismTourism Politics and Development at Angkor Angkor Cambodia’s only World Heritage Site is enduring one of the most crucial turbulent periods in its twelve hundred year history. Given Cambodia’s need to restore its shattered social and physical infrastructures after decades of violent conflict and with tourism to Angkor increasing by a staggering 10 000 per cent in just over a decade the site has become an intense focal point of competing agendas. Angkor’s immense historical importance along with its global prestige has led to an unprecedented influx of aid with over twenty countries together donating millions of dollars for conservation and research. For the Royal Government however Angkor has become a ‘cash-cow’ of development. Post-conflict Heritage Postcolonial Tourism critically examines this situation and locates Angkor within the broader contexts of post-conflict reconstruction nation building and socio-economic rehabilitation. Based on two years of fieldwork the book explores culture development the politics of space and the relationship between consumption memory and identity to reveal the aspirations and tensions anxieties and paradoxical agendas which form around a heritage tourism landscape in a post-conflict postcolonial society. With the situation in Cambodia examined as a stark example of a phenomenon common to many countries attempting to recover after periods of war or political turmoil Post-conflict Heritage Postcolonial Tourism will be of particular interest to students and scholars working in the fields of Asian studies tourism heritage development and cultural and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689588

Post-Conflict LiteratureHuman Rights Peace Justice This book brings together a variety of perspectives to explore the role of literature in the aftermath of political conflict studying the ways in which writers approach violent conflict and the equally important subject of peace. Essays put insights from Peace and Conflict Studies into dialog with the unique ways in which literature attempts to understand the past and to reimagine both the present and the future exploring concepts like truth and reconciliation post-traumatic memory historical reckoning therapeutic storytelling transitional justice archival memory and questions about victimhood and reparation. Drawing on a range of literary texts and addressing a variety of post-conflict societies this volume charts and explores the ways in which literature attempts to depict and make sense of this new philosophical terrain. As such it aims to offer a self-conscious examination of literature and the discipline of literary studies considering the ability of both to interrogate and explore the legacies of political and civil conflict around the world. The book focuses on the experience of post-Apartheid South Africa post-Troubles Northern Ireland and post-dictatorship Latin America. The recent history of these regions and in particular their acute experience of ethno-religious and civil conflict make them highly productive contexts in which to begin examining the role of literature in the aftermath of social trauma. Rather than a definitive account of the subject the collection defines a new field for literary studies and opens it up to scholars working in other regional and national contexts. To this end the book includes essays on post-1989 Germany post-9/11 United States the Israeli-Palestinian conflict Sierra Leone and narratives of asylum seeker/refugee communities. This volume’s comparative frame draws on well-established precedents for thinking about the cultural politics of these regions making it a valuable resource for scholars of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873479

Post-Conflict Monuments in Bosnia and HerzegovinaUnfinished Histories At a time of dramatic struggles over monuments around the world this book examines monuments that have been erected in post-conflict Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH) since 1996. Examining the historical precedents for the high rate of monumentbuilding and its links to ongoing political instability and national animosity this book identifies the culture of remembrance in BiH as symptomatic of a broader shift: a monumentalisation and privatisation of history. It provides an argument for how to account for the politics of contemporary nation-state formation control of space trauma and revisions of history in a region that has been subject to prolonged instability and crisis. This book will be of interest to scholars in contemporary art museum studies war and conflict studies and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138424

Post-Conflict Peacebuilding and Natural Resource ManagementSix volume set Post-conflict peacebuilding efforts can fail if they do not pay sufficient attention to natural resources. Natural resources â€“ diamonds oil and minerals â€“ are frequently at the heart of historic grievances and have caused or funded at least eighteen conflicts since 1990. The same resources can play a central role in post-conflict peacebuilding providing revenue for cash-starved governments basic services for collapsed economies and means for restoring livelihoods. To date there is a striking gap in knowledge of what works what does not and how to improve peacebuilding through more effective and systematic management of natural resources. Post-Conflict Peacebuilding and Natural Resource Management addresses this gap by examining the growing literature on the topic and surveying experiences across more than forty post-conflict countries. The six-volume series includes more than 130 chapters from over 200 researchers practitioners and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712453

Post-Conflict Rebuilding and International Law This volume presents the research analysis of a range of scholars and experts on post conflict peacebuilding and international law from a variety of perspectives and missions. The selected essays show that peacebuilding like the concept of peacekeeping is not specifically provided for in the UN Charter. They also demonstrate that the record of peacebuilding like that of peacekeeping is varied and while both concepts are intrinsically linked neither lends itself to precise definition. The essays consider the historical approaches to peacebuilding such as the role played by the UN in the Congo in the early 1960s and the work of the United States and its allies in rebuilding Germany and Japan in the aftermath of World War II. Finally essays consider the major challenge for contemporary peacebuilding operations to make international administrations accountable and to ensure the involvement of the international community in helping rebuild communities and prevent the resurgence of violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110779

Post-conflict Reconstruction and Local Government The subject of local government and post-conflict reconstruction sits at the intersection of several interrelated research areas notably conflict/peacebuilding governance and political economy. This volume addresses a gap in the academic literature: whilst decentralisation is frequently included in peace agreements the actual scope and role of local government is far less frequently discussed. This gap remains despite a considerable literature on local government in developing countries more generally particularly with regard to decentralisation; but also despite a considerable and growing literature on post-conflict reconstruction. This volume provides a mixture of case study cross-case studies practitioner reflection and conceptual material on the function of local government in the context of decentralisation in post-conflict countries from both academics and policy-makers. This collection of in-depth single- and multi-country case study analysis is complemented by practitioner reflections and framed within the 2030 Agenda building on the New Urban Agenda and particularly the Sustainable Development Goal 16 to ‘promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development provide access to justice for all and build effective accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels.’ The chapters in this book were originally published in the online journal Third World Thematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273293

Post-Conflict Social and Economic Recovery in Timor-LesteRedemptive Legacies This book presents a rich ethnography of post-conflict social and economic recovery in East Timor following the end of Indonesian military occupation of the territory in 1999. It offers a longer-term analysis of the pathways to rebuilding and restoring local community life and the budding prosperity that has flowed from participation in spontaneous circular labour migration and the remittance benefits that have followed. Based on extensive comparative literature and field-based empirical research the book explores the protracted process of cultural and economic revival following a generation-long period of military repression and a sustained struggle for national independence. With a focus on the experiences of Fataluku ethno-linguistic communities in Timor-Leste the study offers nuanced perspectives on the legacies of conflict and local forms of governance the revitalisation of customary exchange and ancestral religion. Presenting both an optimistic and alternative narrative in which a traumatised population finds new hope and emergent prosperity this book highlights a renewed concern with inter-generational well-being and widespread aspirations for prosperity and material benefits following decades of deprivation. It is also an analysis of post-conflict resilience against the odds illustrating the adaptive possibilities of tradition in the context of globalisation and expectations of modernity. As a major contribution to understanding the emergence and expansion of informal transnational labour migration out of East Timor this book will be of interest to academics researchers and policy makers of contemporary Timor-Leste Southeast Asian Politics Southeast Asian Culture and Society Development Studies Anthropology and Conflict Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366681

Post-Conflict StudiesAn Interdisciplinary Approach This book examines how the violence of conflict is transformed in the post-conflict period.Post-conflict studies seek to illuminate theorise and narrate the processes by which societies transition from periods of overt and violent conflict to periods of relative stability and peace. Most of the research carried out on post-conflict societies has taken place within disciplinary bounds. In contrast this volume breaches those boundaries; though each author is grounded in a particular discipline the chapters have been written in a spirit of interdisciplinarity.The focus of the volume is how the violence of conflict is transformed in the post-conflict period into processes that the editors have categorised as criminalisation medicalisation and missionisation. Comprised of essays written by a diverse group of scholars and activists from anthropology political science international relations law education religion and military history each section of the book looks at the concept of post-conflict in a way that problematises its common usage and highlights the importance of strongly interdisciplinary research into post-conflict societies.This book will be of interest to students of war and conflict studies peace studies security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600600

Post-Conflict Transition in LebanonThe Disappeared of the Civil War Addressing one of the most pressing issues of the Lebanese Civil War (1975-1990) that is still unresolved almost 30 years later this book adopts a political sociological and anthropological approach to look at periods of transition from conflict to peace in Lebanon. Inducing a set of questions about the social and political system the post-conflict state has been pushing for a politics of amnesty and amnesia. The case study delves into the notion of transition from conflict to peace in Lebanon by looking in the case of the estimated 17 000 people who disappeared during the Civil War. Using the concept of liminality to understand the evolution of the issue over the years the book follows the trajectory of the relatives of the missing who have formed a communitas – a group sharing strong feelings of comradeship and brother/sisterhood by virtue of finding themselves in the same situation. Offering a novel way of looking at transitions the book is a significant contribution to peace studies and it will be an interest of students and academics working in human rights political science and the Middle East disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230415

Postconventional Moral ThinkingA Neo-kohlbergian Approach Although Lawrence Kohlberg provided major ideas for psychological research in morality for decades today some critics regard his work as outmoded beyond repair and too faulty for anybody to take seriously. These critics suggest that research would advance more profitably by taking a different approach. Postconventional Moral Thinking acknowledges particular philosophical and psychological problems with Kohlberg's theory and methodology and proposes a reformulation called "Neo-Kohlbergian." Hundreds of researchers have reported a large body of findings after having employed Kohlberg's theory and methods to the Defining Issues Test (DIT) therefore attesting to the relevance of his ideas. This book provides a coherent theoretical overview for hundreds of studies that have used the DIT. The authors propose reformulations in the underlying psychological and philosophical theories. This book pulls together the analysis of criticisms of a Kohlbergian approach a rationale for DIT research and new theoretical ideas and new research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003293

Postdevelopment in PracticeAlternatives Economies Ontologies Postdevelopment in Practice critically engages with recent trends in postdevelopment and critical development studies that have destabilised the concept of development challenging its assumptions and exposing areas where it has failed in its objectives whilst also pushing beyond theory to uncover alternatives in practice. This book reflects a rich and diverse range of experience in postdevelopment work bringing together emerging and established contributors from across Latin America South Asia Europe Australia and elsewhere and it brings to light the multiple and innovative examples of postdevelopment practice already underway. The complexity of postdevelopment alternatives are revealed throughout the chapters encompassing research on economy and care art and design pluriversality and buen vivir the state and social movements among others. Drawing on feminisms and political economy postcolonial theory and critical design studies the ‘diverse economies’ and ‘world of the third’ approaches and discussions on ontology and interdisciplinary fields such as science and technology studies the chapters reveal how the practice of postdevelopment is already being carried out by actors in and out of development. Students scholars and practitioners in critical development studies and those seeking to engage with postdevelopment will find this book an important guide to applying theory to practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588677

Postdigital StorytellingPoetics Praxis Research Postdigital Storytelling offers a groundbreaking re-evaluation of one of the most dynamic and innovative areas of creativity today: digital storytelling. Central to this reassessment is the emergence of metamodernism as our dominant cultural condition. This volume argues that metamodernism has brought with it a new kind of creative modality in which the divide between the digital and non-digital is no longer binary and oppositional. Jordan explores the emerging poetics of this inherently transmedial and hybridic postdigital condition through a detailed analysis of hypertextual locative mobile and collaborative storytelling. With a focus on twenty-first century storytelling including print-based and nondigital art forms the book ultimately widens our understanding of the modes and forms of metamodernist creativity. Postdigital Storytelling is of value to anyone engaged in creative writing within the arts and humanities. This includes scholars students and practitioners of both physical and digital texts as well as those engaged in interdisciplinary practice-based research in which storytelling remains a primary approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083509

Post-Disaster and Post-Conflict TourismToward a New Management Approach Post-disaster and post-conflict tourism has recently emerged as a prominent topic of research and considers new risks that jeopardize tourism travel to destinations that have recently experienced climate-related disasters civil conflicts and other challenges. This volume presents a host of innovative strategies that could be adopted by post-colonial post-conflict and post-disaster destinations to encourage travel and tourism in these areas. Policymakers are focusing their efforts on identifying and eradicating external and/or internal risks in order to protect the tourism industry in their regions in line with a new spirit that is clearly orientated toward mitigating risks. This capacity of adaptation suggests two important things that are at the heart of this book. On the one hand tourism serves as a resilient mechanism that is helping destinations in their recovery strategy. On another hand this raises ethical issues related to tourism consumption.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888141

Post-Disaster Reconstruction and ChangeCommunities' Perspectives Successful recovery following a disaster depends upon transcending the disciplinary divides of architecture engineering and planning and emphasizing the importance of community perspectives in the post-disaster reconstruction process. Effective results in community recovery mandate that we holistically examine the complex interrelationship between physical and social dimensions. Through a series of case studies Post-Disaster Reconstruction and Change: Communities' Perspectives explores community viewpoints on post-disaster aid provided by external agencies and demonstrates how equity and effectiveness are affected by community social organization power structures and leadership capacities. The book further focuses on how external aid in turn affects community livelihoods cultures and social organizations. Each chapter serves as a real-world case study based on several months of ethnographic fieldwork conducted in India Nicaragua Indonesia Sri Lanka and Argentina. Post-disaster community recovery depends on informed decisions that build on lessons learned from past experiences. This book shows how different communities have coped with and responded to various external interventions. Focusing on housing reconstruction and the restoration of livelihood the authors demonstrate that changes in settlement location morphology housing materials and design produce multiple cascading consequences for the inhabitants of reconstructed settlements. Ultimately the book establishes the importance of integrating community perspectives in policies and programs for sustainable post-disaster reconstruction—enabling greater resiliency as well as future disaster risk reduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439888155

Post-Disaster ReconstructionLessons from Aceh On Sunday 26 December 2004 a tsunami of up to 30 metres high hit the northern tip of Sumatera in Indonesia causing immediate destruction and the deaths of at least 130 000 in Indonesia alone. The scale of the devastation and ensuing human suffering prompted the biggest response endeavour to any natural disaster in history. Post-Disaster Reconstruction will be the first major book that analyses the different perspectives and experiences of the enormous post-tsunami reconstruction effort. It looks specifically at the reconstruction efforts in Aceh one of the regions most heavily-hit by the tsunami and a province that has until recently suffered nearly three decades of armed conflict. Positioning the reconstruction efforts within Aceh's multi-layered historical cultural socio-political and religious contexts the authors explore diverse experiences and assessments of the reconstruction. It considers the importance of the political and religious settings of the reconstruction the roles of communities and local non-government organisations and the challenges faced by Indonesian and international agencies. From the in-depth examination of this important case study of disaster reconstruction - significant not only because of the huge scale of the natural disaster and response but also the post-conflict issues - the editors draw together the lessons learned for the future of Aceh and make general recommendations for post-disaster and post-conflict reconstruction-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881273

Postdisciplinary Knowledge Postdisciplinary Knowledge is the first book to articulate postdisciplinarity in philosophical theoretical and methodological terms helping to establish it as an important intellectual movement of the twenty-first century. It formulates what postdisciplinarity is and how it can be implemented in research practice. The diverse chapters present a rich collection of highly creative thought-provoking essays and methodological insights. Written by a number of pioneering intellectuals with a range of backgrounds and research foci these chapters cover a broad spectrum of areas demonstrating alternative ways of producing knowledge. Essays are interspersed with dialogue encouraging a comprehensive and engaging discussion on this emerging movement. Not limited to a specific field or discipline this will be of great interest to upper-level students and researchers in a wide range of subject areas including: tourism sociology education psychology physiotherapy fine arts architecture and design as well as those with a general interest in epistemology and methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179410

Post-Dryout Heat Transfer The study of post-dryout heat transfer has generated great interest because of its importance in determining maximum clad temperature in nuclear reactor loss-of-coolant accidents (LOCAs). An associated phenomenon the deterioration of heat transfer in boiling is significant to other industrial sectors. This book provides comprehensive coverage of post-dryout heat transfer discussing such essential topics as post-dryout heat transfer in dispersed flow interpretation and use of transient data in surface rewetting by reinstatement of flow or by reducing heat flux rod bundles two-phase flow occurrences in the post-dryout region various methods for predicting ""inverted annular flow "" and new experiments for measuring thermodynamic nonequilibrium with probes in the channel. The book also presents a basis for independent safety assessment of nuclear reactors and chemical plant systems where post-dryout heat transfer may occur. Post-Dryout Heat Transfer will be a useful reference for researchers and professionals in the nuclear and chemical production industries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742754

Post-Earthquake Fire Analysis in Urban StructuresRisk Management Strategies Post-earthquake fire is one of the most complicated problems resulting from earthquakes and presents a serious risk to urban structures. Most standards and codes ignore the possibility of post-earthquake fire; thus it is not factored in when determining the ability of buildings to withstand load. This book describes the effects of post-earthquake fire on partially damaged buildings located in seismic urban regions. The book quantifies the level of associated post-earthquake fire effects and discusses methods for mitigating the risk at both the macro scale and micro scale. The macro scale strategies address urban regions while the micro scale strategies address building structures covering both existing buildings and those that are yet to be designed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498743914

Post-Ecologist PoliticsSocial Theory and the Abdication of the Ecologist Paradigm Since the late 1980s ecological thought and the European eco-movement have gone through a phase of fundamental transformation which has been widely acknowledged but not yet theorised in any satisfactory way. This important text questions why radical ecological criticism has had so little impact on contemporary society despite the urgency of the issues it highlights. The book offers a challenging theoretical critique of ecological thought itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007246

Posted Work in the European UnionThe Political Economy of Free Movement Focusing on posting of workers where workers employed in one country are send to work in another country this edited volume is at the nexus of industrial relations and European Union studies. The central aim is to understand how the regulatory regime of worker "posting" is driving institutional changes to national industrial relations systems. In the introduction the editors develop a framework for understanding the relationship of supra-national EU regulation transnational actors and national industrial relations systems which we then apply in the empirical chapters. This unique volume brings together scholars from diverse academic fields all of whom are experts on the topic of "worker posting." The book examines different aspects of the posting debate including the interactions of actors such as labour inspectorates trade unions European legal/political regulators manpower firms transnational subcontractors and posted workers. The main objective of this book is to explore the dynamics of institutional change by showing how trans- and supra-national dynamics affect European industrial relations systems. This volume will represent the "state of the art" in research on worker posting. It will also contribute to debates on European integration social dumping labour market dualization and precariousness and will be of value to those with an interest employment relations law and regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142711

Post-Education SocietyRecognising Adults as Learners Originally published in 1985 this book argues that to make sense any attempt to improve the situation must take account of what we now know about adult growth and development accepting as an operational imperative that it is as problematic and turbulent as childhood. The book claims that since adults flourish to the extent that they have a sense of personal recognition the business of education is to enable people to gain that sense of being recognised and valued through any learning they undertake. It suggests that putting adults in charge of their own learning is the logical extension of establishing a public education system and so is a necessary step towards our society becoming a democracy of learners. This important book marked a watershed in the literature on adult and continuing education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334014

Post-Election Violence in AfricaThe Impact of Judicial Independence This book explores the effect of the judiciary on the incidence of post-election violence by political actors across Africa and within African countries. It examines how variation in judicial independence can constrain or incentivize election violence among democratizing states. Using case studies and cross-national analysis the book shows that variation in levels of judicial independence from a non-independent judiciary to a quasi-independent judiciary or from a fully independent judiciary to quasi-independent judiciary increases the likelihood of strategic use of post-election violence by non-state actors. However the likelihood of post-election violence is significantly reduced in non-independent judiciaries or once countries’ judiciaries become fully independent. The author makes the theoretical argument that within unconsolidated states non-state actors that view the judiciary as semi-independent are more likely to engage in post-election violence with the purpose of creating political and professional uncertainty in order to influence assertive behaviour from judges in disputed elections. Consequently the book argues that semi-independent judiciaries or judiciaries that are neither fully controlled by the incumbent nor fully independent from the incumbent can help explain post-election violence among unconsolidated states all else being equal. This book will be of interest to scholars of election violence democratic politics law and politics and African politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271633

Poster Rails and Hangers Using the poster hanging system ensures that posters are hung correctly without the damage that results from conventional tacks or tape. Additionally the added weight from the bottom rail ensures proper hanging posture. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138071186

Post-existentialism and the Psychological TherapiesTowards a Therapy without Foundations A valuable contribution to the field by a professor of psychotherapy and author and editor of many titles in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758469

Postfeminism and HealthCritical Psychology and Media Perspectives This groundbreaking book employs a transdisciplinary and poststructuralist methodology to develop the concept of ‘postfeminist healthism ’ a twenty-first-century understanding of women’s physical and mental health formed at the intersections of postfeminist sensibilities neoliberal constructs of citizenship and the notion of health as an individual responsibility managed through consumption. Postfeminist healthism is used in this book to explore seven topics where postfeminist sensibility has the most impact on women’s health: self-help weight surgical technologies sex pregnancy responsibilities for others’ health and pro-anorexia communities. The book explores the ways in which the desire to be normal and live a good life is tied to expectations of ‘normal-perfection’ circulated across interpersonal interactions media representations and expert discourses. It diagnoses postfeminist healthism as unhealthy for both those women who participate in it and those whom it excludes and considers how more positive directions may emerge.  By exploring the under-researched intersection of postfeminism and health studies this book will be invaluable to researchers and students in psychology gender and women’s studies health research media studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123786

Postfeminism and Organization This edited book inserts postfeminism (PF) as a critical concept into understandings of work and organization. While the notion of PF has been extensively investigated in cultural and media studies it has yet to emerge within organization studies - remaining marginal to understandings of work based experiences and subjectivities. Understanding PF as a discursive cultural context not only draws on an established epistemological orientation to organizations as discursively constructed and reproduced but allows us to highlight how PF may underpin and be underpinned by other discursive regimesThis book as the first in the field draws on key international authors to explore: the contextual ‘backdrop’ of PF and its links with neo-liberalism transnational feminism and other hegemonic discourses; the different ways in which this backdrop has infiltrated organizational values and practice through the primacy attached to choice merit and individual agency as well as through the widespread perception that gender disadvantage has been ‘solved’; and the implications for organizational subjectivity and for how inequality is experienced and perceived. This book introduces postfeminism as a critical concept with contemporary importance for the study of organizations arguing for its explanatory potential when:Exploring women’s and men’s experience of managing and organizing;Investigating the gendered aspects of organizational life; Analysing the contemporary validation of the feminine and the associated feminization of management/leadership and organizations;Tracing the emergence of new femininities and masculinities within organizational contexts.The book is ideal reading for researchers working in the area of Gender and Organization Studies but is also of interest to researchers in the areas of Cultural Studies Media Studies Wom Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889586

Postfeminism and Paternity in Contemporary US FilmFraming Fatherhood This book interrogates representations of fatherhood across the spectrum of popular U.S. film of the early twenty-first century. It situates them in relation to postfeminist discourse identifying and discussing dominant paradigms and tropes that emerge from the tendency of popular cinema to configure ideal masculinity in paternal terms. It analyses postfeminist fatherhood across a range of genres including historical epics war films westerns bromantic comedies male melodramas action films family comedies and others. It also explores recurring themes and intersections such as the rejuvenation of aging masculinities through fatherhood the paternalized recuperation of immature adult masculinities the relationship between fatherhood in film and 9/11 culture post-racial discourse in representations of fatherhood and historically located formations of fatherhood. It is the first book length study to explore the relationship between fatherhood and postfeminism in popular cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710108

Postfeminism in ContextWomen Australian Popular Culture and the Unsettling of Postfeminism Postfeminism in Context studies the representation of women in Australian popular culture over the past three decades to locate postfeminism in a specific time and place. Margaret Henderson and Anthea Taylor argue that ‘postfeminism’ as a critical term has been too often deployed in ways that fail to account for historical and cultural specificity. This book analyses Australian popular culture – chick lit novels; ‘dramedy’ television shows; women’s magazines; YouTube beauty vlogs; self-help manuals; and newspapers – to reveal the tensions contradictions and ambiguities that have always been constitutive of postfeminism including in Australia. Examining how these popular forms intervene in dominant conversations about contemporary Australian femininities Postfeminism in Context maps the ways in which various aspects of Australia’s history and national identity have shaped its postfeminism. While Henderson and Taylor identify some of the limited postfeminist tropes and patterns of representation evident in comparable locales they also find that Australian popular culture has responded to feminism in a much more hopeful way. Adding some much-needed cultural specificity to the ongoing debate around this loaded term Postfeminism in Context is essential reading for those interested in Australian popular culture feminism and the gendered politics of representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138894655

Postfeminist Celebrity and MotherhoodBrand Mom This book analyzes the intersections of celebrity self-branding and "mommy" culture. It examines how images of celebrity moms playing versions of themselves on reality television social media gossip sites and self-branded retail outlets negotiate the complex demands of postfeminism and the current fashion for heroic labor intensive parenting. The cultural regime of "new momism" insists that women be expert in both affective and economic labor producing loving families self-brands based on emotional connections with consumers and lucrative saleable commodities. Successfully creating all three: a self-brand a style of motherhood and lucrative product sales is represented as the only path to fulfilled adult womanhood and citizenship. The book interrogates the classed and racialized privilege inherent in those success stories and looks for ways that the versions of branded motherhood represented as failures might open a space for a more inclusive emergent feminism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877385

Postfeminist Education?Girls and the Sexual Politics of Schooling This book challenges a contemporary postfeminist sensibility grounded not only in assumptions that gender and sexual equality has been achieved in many Western contexts but that feminism has gone ‘too far’ with women and girls now overtaking men and boys - positioned as the new victims of gender transformations. The book is the first to outline and critique how educational discourses have directly fed into postfeminist anxieties exploring three postfeminist panics over girls and girlhood that circulate widely in the international media and popular culture. First it explores how a masculinity crisis over failing boys in school has spawned a backlash discourse about overly successful girls; second it looks at how widespread anxieties over girls becoming excessively mean and/or violent have positioned female aggression as pathological; third it examines how incessant concerns over controlling risky female sexuality underpin recent sexualisation of girls' moral panics. The book outlines how these postfeminist panics over girlhood have influenced educational policies and practices in areas such as academic achievement anti-bullying strategies and sex-education curriculum making visible the new postfeminist sexual politics of schooling. Moving beyond media or policy critique however this book offers new theoretical and methodological tools for researching postfeminism girlhood and education. It engages with current theoretical debates over possibilities for girls’ agency and empowerment in postfeminist neo-liberal contexts of sexual regulation. It also elaborates new psychosocial and feminist Deleuzian methodological approaches for mapping subjectivity affectivity and social change. Drawing on two UK empirical research projects exploring teen-aged girls’ own perspectives and responses to postfeminist panics the book shows how real girls are actually negotiating notions of girls as overly successful mean violent aggressive and sexual. The data offers rich insight into girls’ gendered raced and classed experiences at school and beyond exploring teen peer cultures friendship offline and online sexual identities and bullying and cyberbullying. The analysis illuminates how and when girls take up and identify with postfeminist trends but also at times attempt to re-work challenge and critique the contradictory discourses of girlhood and femininity. In this sense the book offers an opportunity for girls to ‘talk back’ to the often simplistic either wildly celebratory or crisis-based sensationalism of postfeminist panics over girlhood. This book will be essential reading for those interested in feminism girlhood media studies gender and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415557498

Post-Fermentation and -Distillation TechnologyStabilization Aging and Spoilage While most wine and spirits books focus on vineyard and crop management or fermentation and distillation processes few address critical post process aspects of stabilization aging and spoilage. This book serves as a comprehensive source of information on post-fermentation and -distillation technology applied to wine beer vinegar and distillates in a broad spectrum. Post-Fermentation and -Distillation Technology: Stabilization Aging and Spoilage thoroughly describes all of the operations related to these products after the fermentation or distillation steps focusing on the complex issues related to their stabilization aging and spoilage. The final product must be stable against microbial activity as well as undesirable chemical and physical chemical reactions that occur in the bottle. For example clarity stability compositional adjustment style development and packaging represent the five goals of "finishing" a wine. Concerning the visual defects associated with spoilage it is crucial that wine at the point of consumption not be cloudy or contain any haze or precipitate especially white wines. Similarly it is also important to prevent unwanted microbial growth from occurring in the wine after the primary fermentation is complete affecting the flavor and aroma profile in unpredicted ways. The book addresses all of these issues and more. Moreover the discussion also involves beer vinegar and distillates giving this book a novel and interesting approach. The book combines referenced research with practical applications and case studies of novel technologies such as square barrels synthetic closures and Tetra Pak®. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498778695

Post-Fordism and SkillTheories and Perceptions This title was first published in 2000. An in-depth analysis of skill core and periphery in the context of the firm and its wider economic and product market management strategies technology and gender. The book provides a unique model through which to explain the perceptions of those involved in production in the context of a shift from the Fordist to the post-Fordist production paradigm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138746701

Post-Fukushima ActivismPolitics and Knowledge in the Age of Precarity Political disillusionment is widespread in contemporary society. In Japan the search for the ‘outside’ of a stagnant reality sometimes leads marginalised young people to a disastrous image of social change. The Fukushima nuclear disaster was the realisation of such an image triggering the largest wave of activism since the 1960s. The disaster revealed the interconnected nature of contemporary society. The protesters regretted that their past indifference to politics prefigured such a catastrophe and became motivated to protest in the streets. They did not share any totalising ideology or predetermined collective identity. Instead the activism provided a space for each body to encounter others who forced them to feel and think which also introduced an ethical dimension to their politics.In this book Azumi Tamura proposes a concept of politics as a series of endless experiments based on creative responses to unexpected forces. Instead of searching for a transcendental reference for politics she investigates an immanent force within individuals that motivates them to become involved in political action. Referencing Deleuzian philosophy Tamura provides a different epistemological and ontological approach to the social movement studies. She suggests social movements themselves generate knowledge about how one may live better in a complex society and where our lives are exposed to uncertainty. This knowledge is neither empirical knowledge nor normative political theory of ‘how we should live’. Instead social movements bring affective knowledge into politics as they offer a space for experimenting with ‘how we might live.’ The encounter with such knowledge galvanizes our desire for ‘how we want to live’ and encourages new experiments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589882

Postgraduate Medical Education and TrainingA Guide for Primary and Secondary Care This is an exploration of how the higher functions of the brain can be investigated evaluated and possibly explained. A central theme throughout the book is rationality since issues requiring rational evaluation confront many people everyday though emotional factors are often more influential in determining action. The book looks at various questions: is it possible to understand what is going on in someone else's mind?; why do people who are known very well often react irrationally in a totally different way to what is expected?; what are emotions beliefs feelings and desire? Throughout episodes from history involving famous artists and politicians are used - Gladstone and Lincoln Bach and Graupner Austen and Dickens - all providing useful examples to illustrate how rationality can provide an insight into the feeling self. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383583

Post-growth Economics and SocietyExploring the Paths of a Social and Ecological Transition We stand on the threshold of a "post-growth" world – one in which the relentless pursuit of economic growth has ceased to constitute a credible societal project. The symptoms that mark the end of an era are clear and incontrovertible: a return to the regularities of the past is illusory. The pursuit of economic growth no longer constitutes a credible societal project for ecological social and geopolitical reasons. Edited by an impressive array of experts this book identifies several areas in which we must fundamentally rethink our societal organisation. They ask what it means to abandon the objective of economic growth; how we can encourage the emergence of other visions to guide society; how global visions and local transition initiatives should be connected; which modes of governance should be associated with the required social and technological innovations. Alongside the necessary respect of ecological limits and equity in distribution the promotion of autonomy (involving all in the building of socio-political norms) could serve for guidance. The topics addressed over the chapters range from the future of work to the de-commodification of economic relations; the search for new indicators of progress to decentralized modes of governance; and from the circular economy to polycentric transitions. Each contribution brings a unique perspective a piece of a larger puzzle to be assembled. Post-growth Economics and Society is an important volume to those who study ecological economics political economy and the environment and society. It invites theorists as much as practitioners to re-explore the roots of our societal goals and play an active role in the systemic shift to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340476

Postharvest Biology and Technology of Horticultural CropsPrinciples and Practices for Quality Maintenance The ultimate goal of crop production is to provide quality produce to consumers at reasonable rates. Most fresh produce is highly perishable and postharvest losses are significant under the present methods of management in many countries. However significant achievements have been made during the last few years to curtail postharvest losses in fresh produce and to ensure food security and safety as well. These include advancements in breeding horticultural crops for quality improvement; postharvest physiology; postharvest pathology and entomology; postharvest management of fruits vegetables and flowers; nondestructive technologies to assess produce quality; minimal processing of fruits and vegetables; as well as innovations in packaging and storage technology of fresh produce. This new book Postharvest Biology and Technology of Horticultural Crops: Principles and Practices for Quality Maintenance describes the above-mentioned advancements in postharvest quality improvement of fresh horticultural produce. This book will be a standard reference work for postharvest management for the fresh produce industry. It presents important new advances that will extend the shelf life of fresh produce by retaining its safety and nutritional or sensory quality. The book covers a multitude of topics particularly advances in: • Conventional breeding approaches for fruits and vegetables • Storage of fruits and vegetables • Postharvest treatment and smart packaging • Management of pests and other postharvest diseases • Postharvest management of fresh-cut flowers • Management of medicinal and aromatic plants during postharvest • Biotechnological methods for postharvest management Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880862

Postharvest Extension and Capacity Building for the Developing World It is estimated that around 1.3 billion tons per year of food produced for human consumption which is about one-third of all food produced is either lost or wasted globally. Reduction of the postharvest losses is being considered as one of the sustainable ways to ensure world food security. Postharvest Extension and Capacity Building for the Developing World provides information on postharvest extension/outreach programs capacity building and practical methodologies for postharvest extension professionals and food science teachers food processing trainers and outreach specialists who work in the field. The book provides information on training of postharvest trainers food loss assessment methods capacity building in universities and agro-industry distance education methods models for cost effective postharvest/food processing extension work success stories and lessons learned from past projects and programs. The book is divided into four sections. Section I explains postharvest loss assessments methods Section II is on capacity building and Sections III and IV focus on training and postharvest extension models. Food loss assessment methodologies are highlighted from several high-profile institutions and it is envisioned that researchers and postharvest extension personnel will benefit from the development and field testing of a hybrid methodology incorporating the strengths and utilizing the best practices from each of the methodologies in current use. Chapters cover postharvest extension work and capacity building in a wide range of regions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138069282

Postharvest Losses Technology And EmploymentThe Case Of Rice In Bangladesh This book presents a Bangladesh case study of the farm-level postharvest system. There are two main objectives. First to use measured estimates of food loss to test (and reject) the conventional assumptions: that postharvest farm-level food losses are large; that they can be prevented cost-effectively by technical change; and that as a consequence there will be more food consumption by hungry people. Commonly none of these assumptions are true and the evidence from Bangladesh plus supporting evidence from elsewhere is used to show why they are wrong. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367283971

Postharvest Management of Horticultural CropsPractices for Quality Preservation This book presents several pre- and postharvest strategies that have been developed to modify these physiological activities resulting in increased shelf life. The book also discusses the best technologies that positively influence quality attributes of the produce including senescenal changes and afterwards the consumers’ decision to purchase the product in the marketplace. With contributions from experts with experience in both developed and developing regions the book includes chapters covering thorough discussions on postharvest management strategies of fresh horticultural commodities. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883344

Postharvest Pathology of Fresh Horticultural Produce Optimal distribution of fresh horticultural products entails prolonging their freshness and nutritional quality as long as possible after harvest. A major limitation to their marketing is decay after harvest which is caused primarily by fungal pathogens. Postharvest Pathology of Fresh Horticultural Produce provides a comprehensive resource of information about the biology and control of postharvest diseases of many fresh horticultural products citing sources from appropriate literature of any age rather than only the most recent. The etiology and symptoms of postharvest diseases and the biology of postharvest pathogens are reviewed by leading experts who are familiar with many of world’s most popular fresh fruits and vegetables and the diseases that affect them. Key aspects related to infection and epidemiology methods to minimize postharvest decay losses including use of conventional fungicides and alternative management strategies harvest and handling practices and other aspects are described for the most significant temperate subtropical and tropical fruits as well as fruit-like vegetables and leafy vegetables. Features: Provides comprehensive academic and practical reviews of postharvest diseases of fresh fruits and vegetables Discusses the economic importance etiology and epidemiology of the most significant postharvest diseases Includes quality color plates that allow the practical identification of disease symptoms Explains practical postharvest disease management actions including the use of conventional fungicides and alternatives to their use The authors summarize a massive quantity of published information and often apply their own considerable practical experience to identify and interpret the most significant information. This book is a valuable and comprehensive resource for industry professionals academics educators students consultants pest control advisors regulatory personnel and others interested in this subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138630833

Postharvest Physiological Disorders in Fruits and Vegetables This book chock full of color illustrations addresses the main postharvest physiological disorders studied in fruits and vegetables. For a wide variety of fruits and vegetables Postharvest Physiological Disorders in Fruits and Vegetables describes visual symptoms triggering and inhibiting mechanisms and approaches to predict and control these disorders after harvest. Color photographs illustrate the disorders important factors physiology and management. The book includes a detailed description of the visual symptoms triggering and inhibiting mechanisms and possible approaches to predict and control physiological disorders. The mechanisms triggering and inhibiting the disorders are discussed in detail in each chapter based on recent studies which can help readers better understand the factors regulating each disorder. The description of possible approaches to predict and control each disorder can help growers shippers wholesalers and retailers to determine the best management practices to reduce disorder incidence and crop losses. Features: Presents visual symptoms of postharvest physiological disorders that will help readers to precisely identify the disorders in fruits and vegetables Details mechanisms triggering and inhibiting the postharvest disorders Explains possible approaches to predict and control these disorders Suggests the best postharvest management approaches for each crop Although there are many scientific publications on postharvest physiological disorders there are no recent reviews or books putting together the most recent information about the mechanisms regulating as well as about the possible approaches to predict and control these disorders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035508

Postharvest Ripening Physiology of Crops Postharvest Ripening Physiology of Crops is a comprehensive interdisciplinary reference source for the various aspects of fruit ripening and postharvest behavior. It focuses on the postharvest physiology biochemistry and molecular biology of ripening and provides an overview of fruits and vegetables including chapters on the postharvest quality of ornamental plants and molecular biology of flower senescence. It describes various developments that have taken place in the last decade with respect to identifying and altering the function of ripening-related genes. Taking clues from studies in grape and tomato as model fruits the book reviews a few case studies and gives you a detailed account of molecular regulation of fruit ripening and signal transduction and internal atmospheres in relation to fruit ripening. It also presents an overview of methods utilized in fruit proteomics as well as a global proteome and systems biology analysis of fruits during ripening and discusses the basics of dormancy its molecular and physiological basis and methods to break the dormancy. The book provides an overview of the most important metabolic pathways and genes that control volatile biosynthesis in model fruits including tropical subtropical and temperate fruits with a special emphasis on fruit ripening and the role of ethylene during this process. It presents a brief description of the composition of volatiles in various fruit species and addresses the influences of preharvest factors and postharvest technologies on fruit aroma basic mechanisms responsible for postharvest flavor change in fresh produce and the potential impacts of various postharvest technologies on flavor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498703802

Postharvest Technology and Food Process Engineering Cereals legumes oilseeds fruits and vegetables are the most important food crops in the world with cereal grains contributing the bulk of food calories and proteins worldwide. Generally the supply of grains and other food can be enhanced by increasing production and by reducing postharvest losses. While food production has increased significantly over the last few decades minimizing huge postharvest losses as well as utilizing their by-products/wastes is the optimal way for a country to become self-sufficient in food. Postharvest Technology and Food Process Engineering combines these two subject areas as it covers both the primary processing of cereals pulses fruits and vegetables and utilization of by-products/biomass.This book covers postharvest food preservation and processing methods with an emphasis on grains. It is divided into five parts: Grain-Properties Drying and Dryers Grain Storage Parboiling and Milling By-Products/Biomass Utilization Food Process Engineering The text covers grain structure and composition psychrometry the theory and methods of grain drying and design testing specification and selection of grain dryers. It describes processes such as parboiling of grain hydrothermal treatment of grain and milling of rice and other grains and pulses. The text also addresses biomass utilization and conversion technologies for energy chemicals food and feed. The final section on food process engineering examines postharvest management including cooling and packaging and discusses preservation and processing factors that affect deterioration and various industrial preservation methods of fruits and vegetables. It also provides an overview of food chemistry and covers food engineering operations including fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198852

Post-Hegemonic Regionalism in the AmericasToward a Pacific–Atlantic Divide? Regionalism in Latin America and the Caribbean has experienced transformations over the last few years. After more than a decade of a hegemonic model based solely on free-market principles the regional and global transformation that occurred in the first decade of the new millennium modified the way of understanding economic development and the insertion of regional blocs in global affairs. Old initiatives have been reconsidered new schemes have emerged and new principles going beyond trade issues have modified the norms and processes of regional economic integration. This book reviews these recent transformations to depict and explain the new trends shaping regional blocs and cooperation in the Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472477422

Posthuman and Political Care Ethics for Reconfiguring Higher Education Pedagogies This book makes an important contribution to ongoing debates about the epistemological ethical ontological and political implications of relational ethics in higher education. By furthering theoretical developments on the ethics of care and critical posthumanism it speaks to contemporary concerns for more socially just possibilities and enriched understandings of higher education pedagogies. The book considers how the political ethics of care and posthuman/new feminist materialist ethics can be diffracted through each other and how this can have value for thinking about higher education pedagogies. It includes ideas on ethics which push those boundaries that have previously served educational researchers and proposes new ways of conceptualising relational ethics. Chapters consider the entangled connections of the linguistic social material ethical political and biological in relation to higher education pedagogies. This topical and transdisciplinary book will be of great interest for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of posthuman and care ethics social justice in education higher education and educational theory and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463601

Posthuman Dialogues in International Relations Posthumanism represents a significant new research direction both for International Relations and the social sciences. It emerges from questions about inter-species relations which challenge dominant perceptions of what it means to be human. Rather than seeing the human species as ‘in nature’ posthumanist thinking considers the species as ‘of nature’. The work of posthumanist thinkers has sought to dispute accepted notions of what it means to be human raising profound questions about our relations with the rest of nature. The volume commences with an overview of the influence thinkers have had on the development of posthumanist thinking. Key ideas in International Relations are interrogated and reconceptualised and specific case studies are presented with a focus on inter-species relations. The work allows for a consideration of the limits of the posthumanist move and provides space for critics to argue that such an approach opens the discipline up to a biological determinism and that a focus on inter-human relations should mark the boundaries of the discipline. The essays collected in this volume provide an overview of contributions from posthumanist thinkers with the particular intention of providing a succinct introduction to the area and should appeal to scholars and students in Politics IR and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409461913

Posthuman EthicsEmbodiment and Cultural Theory Posthuman theory asks in various ways what it means to be human in a time when philosophy has become suspicious of claims about human subjectivity. Those subjects who were historically considered aberrant and our future lives becoming increasingly hybrid show we have always been and are continuously transforming into posthumans. What are the ethical considerations of thinking the posthuman? Posthuman Ethics asks not what the posthuman is but how posthuman theory creates new imaginative ways of understanding relations between lives. Ethics is a practice of activist adaptive and creative interaction which avoids claims of overarching moral structures. Inherent in thinking posthuman ethics is the status of bodies as the site of lives inextricable from philosophy thought experiments in being and fantasies of the future. Posthuman Ethics explores certain kinds of bodies to think new relations that offer liberty and a contemplation of the practices of power which have been exerted upon bodies. The tattooed and modified body the body made ecstatic through art the body of the animal as a strategy for abolitionist animal rights the monstrous body from teratology to fabulations queer bodies becoming angelic the bodies of the nation of the dead and the radical ways in which we might contemplate human extinction are the bodies which populate this book creating joyous political tactics toward posthuman ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053618

Post-Human Institutions and OrganizationsConfronting the Matrix When the Matrix trilogy was published in the mid-1980s it introduced to mass culture a number of post-human tropes about the conscious machines that have haunted our collective imaginaries ever since. This volume explores the social representations and significance of technological developments – especially AI and human enhancement – that have started to transform our human agency. It uses these developments to revisit theories of the human mind and its essential characteristics: a first-person perspective concerns and reflexivity. It looks at how the smart machines are used as agents of change in the basic institutions and organisations that hold contemporary societies together for example in the family and the household in commercial corporations in health institutions or in the military. Its main purpose is to enrich the ongoing public discussion of the social and political implications of the smart machines by looking at the extent to which they further digitalise and bureaucratise the world in particular by asking whether they are used to develop techno-totalitarian societies that corrode normativity and solidarity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377948

Posthuman LifePhilosophy at the Edge of the Human We imagine posthumans as humans made superhumanly intelligent or resilient by future advances in nanotechnology biotechnology information technology and cognitive science. Many argue that these enhanced people might live better lives; others fear that tinkering with our nature will undermine our sense of our own humanity. Whoever is right it is assumed that our technological successor will be an upgraded or degraded version of us: Human 2.0.Posthuman Life argues that the enhancement debate projects a human face onto an empty screen. We do not know what will happen and not being posthuman cannot anticipate how posthumans will assess the world. If a posthuman future will not necessarily be informed by our kind of subjectivity or morality the limits of our current knowledge must inform any ethical or political assessment of that future. Posthuman Life develops a critical metaphysics of posthuman succession and argues that only a truly speculative posthumanism can support an ethics that meets the challenge of the transformative potential of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844658060

Posthuman Praxis in Technical Communication This collection aimed at scholars teachers and practitioners in technical communication focuses on the praxis-based connections between technical communication and theoretical movements that have emerged in the past several decades namely new materialism and posthumanism. It provides a much needed link between contemporary theoretical discussions about new materialisms and posthumanism and the practical everyday work of technical communicators. The collection insists that where some theoretical perspectives fall flat for practitioners posthumanism and new materialisms have the potential to enable more effective and comprehensive practices methodologies and pedagogies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892609

Posthumanism and Deconstructing ArgumentsCorpora and Digitally-driven Critical Analysis Posthumanism and Deconstructing Arguments: Corpora and Digitally-driven Critical Analysis presents a new and practical approach in Critical Discourse Studies. Providing a data-driven and ethically-based method for the examination of arguments in the public sphere this ground-breaking book: Highlights how the reader can evaluate arguments from points of view other than their own; Demonstrates how digital tools can be used to generate ‘ethical subjectivities’ from large numbers of dissenting voices on the world-wide-web; Draws on ideas from posthumanist philosophy as well as from Jacques Derrida Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari for theorising these subjectivities; Showcases a critical deconstructive approach using different corpus linguistic programs such as AntConc WMatrix and Sketchengine. Posthumanism and Deconstructing Arguments is essential reading for lecturers and researchers with an interest in critical discourse studies critical thinking corpus linguistics and digital humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708777

Posthumanism and Educational Research Focusing on the interdependence between human animal and machine posthumanism redefines the meaning of the human being previously assumed in knowledge production. This movement challenges some of the most foundational concepts in educational theory and has implications within educational research curriculum design and pedagogical interactions. In this volume a group of international contributors use posthumanist theory to present new modes of institutional collaboration and pedagogical practice. They position posthumanism as a comprehensive theoretical project with connections to philosophy animal studies environmentalism feminism biology queer theory and cognition. Researchers and scholars in curriculum studies and philosophy of education will benefit from the new research agendas presented by posthumanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286979

Posthumanism and Literacy EducationKnowing/Becoming/Doing Literacies Covering key terms and concepts in the emerging field of posthumanism and literacy education this volume investigates posthumanism not as a lofty theory but as a materialized way of knowing/becoming/doing the world. The contributors explore the ways that posthumanism helps educators better understand how students families and communities come to know/become/do literacies with other humans and nonhumans. Illustrative examples show how posthumanist theories are put to work in and out of school spaces as pedagogies and methodologies in literacy education. With contributions from a range of scholars from emerging to established and from both U.S. and international settings the volume covers literacy practices from pre-K to adult literacy across various contexts. Chapter authors not only wrestle with methodological tensions in doing posthumanist research but also situate it within pedagogies of teaching literacies. Inviting readers to pause slow down and consider posthumanist ways of thinking about agency intra-activity subjectivity and affect this book explores and experiments with new ways of seeing understanding and defining literacies and allows readers to experience and intra-act with the book in ways more traditional (re)presentations do not. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094413

Posthumanism and Public Health The intellectual and moral imperatives that underscore public health have sustained the idea that its fundamental scope is the study of human health illness and suffering and that these are self-evidently attributable to individuals and groups of people. This edited collection explores to what extent a shift towards more posthuman perspectives – where the status of the human as the obvious focus for our attention is de-stabilised – might catalyse complimentary or alternative accounts of common topics in public health. The collection argues that through this posthuman approach standard categories such as health illness and even the body might be re-conceived as interactions between different entities – between people other living things material objects and the environment – rather than as inherently human properties. By taking into greater account non-humans and relationships between humans and non-humans this approach offers a re-casting of traditional topics in public health and opens new opportunities for examining these. In so doing the book raises key questions about researching ‘health’; about considering the extent to which it may be productive to think about health as it interests not only human lives; and what happens to our moral and ethical commitments if we no longer put humans first. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Public Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264871

Posthumanism and the Massive Open Online CourseContaminating the Subject of Global Education Posthumanism and the Massive Open Online Course critiques the problematic reliance on humanism that pervades online education and the MOOC and explores theoretical frameworks that look beyond these limitations. While MOOCs (massive open online courses) have attracted significant academic and media attention critical analyses of their development have been rare. Following an overview of MOOCs and their corporate means of promotion this book unravels the tendencies in research and theory that continue to adopt normative views of user access participation and educational space in order to offer alternatives to the dominant understandings of community and authenticity in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940833

Posthumanism in the Novels of Kurt VonnegutMatter That Complains So Posthumanism in the Novels of Kurt Vonnegut: Matter That Complains So re-examines the prevailing critical consensus that Kurt Vonnegut was a humanist writer. While more difficult elements of his work have often been the subject of scholarly attention the tendency amongst critics writing on Vonnegut is to disavow them or to subsume them within a liberal humanist framework. When Vonnegut’s work is read from a posthumanist perspective however the productive paradoxes of his work are more fully realised. Drawing on New Materialist Eco-Critical and Systems Theory methodologies this book highlights posthumanist themes in six of Vonnegut’s most famous novels and emphasises the ways in which Vonnegut troubles human/non-human natural/artificial and material/discursive hierarchical binaries Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858551

Posthumanist Applied Linguistics Drawing on a range of contexts and data sources from urban multilingualism to studies of animal communication Posthumanist Applied Linguistics offers us alternative ways of thinking about the human predicament with major implications for research education and politics. Exploring the advent of the Anthropocene new forms of materialism distributed language assemblages and the boundaries between humans other animals and objects eight incisive chapters by one of the world's foremost applied linguistics open up profound questions to do with language and the world. This critical posthumanist applied linguistic perspective is essential reading for all researchers and students in the fields of Applied Linguistics and Sociolinguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209244

Posthumanist LearningWhat Robots and Cyborgs Teach us About Being Ultra-social In this text Hasse presents a new inclusive posthuman learning theory designed to keep up with the transformations of human learning resulting from new technological experiences as well as considering the expanding role of cyborg devices and robots in learning. This ground-breaking book draws on research from across psychology education and anthropology to present a truly interdisciplinary examination of the relationship between technology learning and humanity. Posthumanism questions the self-evident status of human beings by exploring how technology is changing what can be categorised as "human". In this book the author applies a posthumanist lens to traditional learning theory challenging conventional understanding of what a human learner is and considering how technological advances are changing how we think about this question. Throughout the book Hasse uses vignettes of her own research and that of other prominent academics to exemplify what technology can tell us about how we learn and how this can be observed in real-life settings. Posthumanist Learning is essential reading for students and researchers of posthumanism and learning theory from a variety of backgrounds including psychology education anthropology robotics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125186

Post-identity?Culture and European Integration Collective identity the emotionally powerful sense of belonging to a group is a crucial source of popular legitimacy for nations. However efforts since the 1990s to politically support European integration by using identity mechanisms borrowed from nationalism have had very limited success. European integration may require new post-national approaches to the relationship between culture and politics.This controversial and timely volume poses the logical question: if identity doesn't effectively connect culture with European integration politics what does? The book brings together leading scholars from several of the disciplines that have developed concepts of culture and methods of cultural research. These expert interdisciplinary contributors apply a startling diversity of approaches to culture linking it to facets of integration as varied as external policy the democratic deficit economic dynamism and the geography of integration. This book examines commonalities and connections within the European space as well as representations of these in identity discourses. It will be useful for students and scholars of sociology geography anthropology social psychology political science and the history of European integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867508

Post-Imperial Perspectives on Indigenous EducationLessons from Japan and Australia This book explores the impact of the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples in Japan and Australia where it has heralded change in the rights of Indigenous Peoples to have their histories cultures and lifeways taught in culturally appropriate and respectful ways in mainstream education systems. The book examines the impact of imposed education on Indigenous Peoples’ pre-existing education values and systems considers emergent approaches towards Indigenous education in the post-imperial context of migration and critiques certain professional development assessment pedagogical approaches and curriculum developments. This book will be of great interest to researchers and lecturers of education specialising in Indigenous Education as well as postgraduate students of education and teachers specialising in Indigenous Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001957

Post-Industrial AmericaA Geographical Perspective First published in 1984 this book analyses contemporary changes in industry employment education science and technology social attitudes and values in the USA leading to the emergence of a new geography of post-industrial America. David Clark emphasizes the distributional processes and trends that have occurred over the post-war period. Data are analysed by reference to the then most recent census of 1980. Throughout the book provides a valuable and very comprehensive text that will be welcomed by all those wishing to study the geography of the contemporary USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415609531

Post-industrial Labour MarketsProfiles of North America and Scandinavia In nearly all OECD countries the labour market has been in flux in recent decades. This book examines the labour markets and the institutional frameworks that condition their functioning in four different countries: Canada the United States Denmark and Sweden. Through a comparative study of these cases the book discusses the nation-specific patterns that exist in a world that seems to become increasingly subject to common social and economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979130

Post-Industrial Urban GreenspaceAn Environmental Justice Perspective Post-industrial urban spaces typically include abandoned factories disused rail lines old pits and quarries and de-commissioned landfills. In these places different visions compete for dominance with respect to current and future land uses. Neighbours often view such urban greenspace as polluted unkempt and weedy harbouring undesirable biophysical features and people. These are spaces that often become the focus of some form of revitalization reinvestment and restoration. From the perspective of civic authorities and urban planners transforming post-industrial landscapes into disciplined and tended greenspace creates the urban conditions and signals of popular contemporary taste that attract investors gentrifiers and tourists. But post-industrial spaces are also places where unique and unpredictable human and ecological associations can emerge spontaneously. Such places may contain considerable ecological integrity and biodiversity and host human populations who find a home and respite in such ecologies. They also tell stories of an industrial and urban past that should be acknowledged understood and (if suitable) celebrated. This volume explores the environmental justice and injustice dimensions of emerging urban post-industrial landscapes including the ecological politics cultural representations and aesthetics of these spaces. This book was published as a special issue of Local Environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085695

Postinternationalism and Small Arms ControlTheory Politics Security Even though impacts generated by the widespread availability and ongoing use of small arms and light weapons have not reached a magnitude sufficient to radically reorder contemporary world affairs awareness of the nature and extent of these impacts has compelled some international actors to take decisive action. Damien Rogers examines how the international community has responded to the challenge of controlling small arms and light weapons since the early 1990s. Using a postinternationalist analytic framework he specifically focuses on the maturing relationships between particular actors of world affairs and the nascent interconnectivity between their strategies for and approaches toward controlling these weapons. Furthermore the book identifies ways in which the captains of small arms industry arms brokers and chief users of these weapons are able to mitigate resist or elude the intended effects of those responses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601687

Post-Jungian Psychology and the Short Stories of Ray Bradbury and Kurt VonnegutGolden Apples of the Monkey House In this book Steve Gronert Ellerhoff explores short stories by Ray Bradbury and Kurt Vonnegut written between 1943 and 1968 with a post-Jungian approach. Drawing upon archetypal theories of myth from Joseph Campbell James Hillman and their forbearer C. G. Jung Ellerhoff demonstrates how short fiction follows archetypal patterns that can illuminate our understanding of the authors their times and their culture. In practice a post-Jungian ‘mythodology’ is shown to yield great insights for the literary criticism of short fiction. Chapters in this volume carefully contextualise and historicize each story including Bradbury and Vonnegut’s earliest and most imaginatively fantastic works. The archetypal constellations shaping Vonnegut’s early works are shown to be war and fragmentation while those in Bradbury’s are family and the wholeness of the sun. Analysis is complemented by the explored significance of illustrations that featured alongside the stories in their first publications. By uncovering the ways these popular writers redressed old myths in new tropes—and coined new narrative elements for hopes and fears born of their era—the book reveals a fresh method which can be applied to all imaginative short stories increasing understanding and critical engagement. Post-Jungian Psychology and the Short Stories of Ray Bradbury and Kurt Vonnegut is an important text for a number of fields from Jungian and Post-Jungian studies to short story theoriesand American studies to Bradbury and Vonnegut studies. Scholars and students of literature will come away with a renewed appreciation for an archetypal approach to criticism while the book will also be of great interest to practising depth psychologists seeking to incorporate short stories into therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359944

Post-Keynesian Economics This volume represents the extension of Keynes' General Theory by a group of eminent economists. Each essay takes Keynes' work as a frame of reference for criticism explorations and insights whilst adding to the superstructure on the foundation of the General Theory. The essays also provide the necessary sense of perspective with a view to examining the Keynesian contribution to economic thought and also the limitations of Keynesian economics. The international contributors include:Dudley Dillard Martin Bronfenbrenner Mabel F. Timlin William S. Vickrey Don Patinkin Howard R. Bowen Gerald M. Meier R.C.O. Matthews Shinichi Ichimura Anatol Murad Lawrence R. Klein Shigeto Tsuru Paul P. Streeten Lorie Tarshis and Franco Modigliani. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016849

Post-Keynesian Views of the Crisis and its Remedies At the end of the 20th century mainstream economics was based on theories which viewed capitalism as a self-regulating system whereby crises come about due to external shocks and would be automatically corrected by the price mechanism if it was flexible enough. Post-Keynesian economists however consider that the business cycle and the crises are endogenously generated. They recommend active policies as a response though the remedies may be worse than the illness if they are not applied at the right moment and in the right proportions. The first great recession of the 21st century offers post-Keynesian economists an opportunity to prove the realism of their models. It is also a chance to make theoretical improvements to abandon some hypotheses and to introduce new ones. This book from a top group of international economists analyzes the causes consequences and evolution of the crisis from a variety of post-Keynesian perspectives. It then presents a case for realistic and essential remedies. The book is both theoretical and applied with a global reach and a particular focus on the European debt crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902060

Post-Kleinian PsychoanalysisThe Biella Seminars The author's book combines a historical approach to the literature of Freud Klein and the Post Kleinian development with demonstrations of the central role of dream analysis. Students and practitioners of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy educationalists social scientists doctors and alll those who value the endeavour to enrich their work w Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326098

Post-Kyoto Climate GovernanceConfronting the Politics of Scale Ideology and Knowledge In the midst of human-induced global climate change powerful industrialized nations and rapidly industrializing nations are still heavily dependent on fossil fuels. Even if we arrive at a Hubbert’s peak for oil extraction in the 21st century the availability of technologically recoverable coal and natural gas will mean that fossil fuels continue to be burned for many years to come and our civilization will have to deal with the consequences far into the future. Climate change will not discriminate between rich and poor nations and yet the UN-driven process of negotiating a global climate governance regime has hit serious roadblocks. This book takes a trans-disciplinary perspective to identify the causes of failure in developing an international climate policy regime and lays out a roadmap for developing a post-Kyoto (post-2012) climate governance regime in the light of lessons learned from the Kyoto phase. Three critical policy analytical lenses are used to evaluate the inherent complexity of designing post-Kyoto climate policy: the politics of scale; the politics of ideology; and the politics of knowledge. The politics of scale lens focuses on the theme of temporal and spatial discounting observed in human societies and how it impacts the allocation of environmental commons and natural resources across space and time. The politics of ideology lens focuses on the themes of risk and uncertainty perception in complex pluralistic human societies. The politics of knowledge lens focuses on the themes of knowledge and power dynamics in terms of governance and policy designs such as marketization of climate governance observed in the Kyoto institutional regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901193

Post-LiberalismStudies in Political Thought John Gray has become one of our liveliest and most influential political philosophers. This current volume is a sequel to his Liberalisms: Essays in Political Philosophy. The earlier book ended on a sceptical note both in respect of what a post-liberal political philosophy might look like and with respect to the claims of political philosophy itself.John Gray's new book gives post-liberal theory a more definite content. It does so by considering particular thinkers in the history of political thought by criticizing the conventional wisdom liberal and socialist of the Western academic class and most directly by specifying what remains of value in liberalism. The upshot of this line of thought is that we need not regret the failure of foundationalist liberalism since we have all we need in the historic inheritance of the institutions of civil society. It is to the practice of liberty that these institutions encompass rather than to empty liberal theory that we should repair. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004648

Post-LiberalismThe Death of a Dream Liberalism is dying—despite its superficial appearance of vigour. Most of its adherents still believe it is the wave of the future but they are clinging to a sinking dream. So says Melvyn L. Fein who argues that almost none of liberalism's countless promises have come true. Under its auspices poverty was not eliminated crime did not diminish the family was not strengthened education was not improved and universal peace has not been established. These failures are not accidental; they flow directly from liberal contradictions. In Post-Liberalism Fein demonstrates why this is the case. Fein contends that an "inverse force rule" dictates that small communities are united by strong forces such as personal relationships and face-to-face hierarchies while large-scale societies are integrated by weak forces such as technology and social roles. As we become a more complex techno-commercial society the weak forces become more dominant. This necessitates greater decentralization in direct opposition to the centralization that liberals celebrate. Paradoxically this suggests that liberalism as an ideology is regressive rather than progressive. If so it must fail.Liberals assume that someday under their tutelage these trends will be reversed but this contradicts human nature and history's lessons. According to Fein we as a species are incapable of eliminating hierarchy or of loving all other humans with equal intensity. As Emile Durkheim argued humans cannot live in harmony without appropriate forms of social cohesion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864053

Postmarks from a Political Traveler As spring and summer vacations beckon this book invites and incites a whole new approach to travel. "Postmarks from a Political Traveler" is a series of travel recollections confronting the troubling topics of roots and racism polar bears and climate change anti-Americanism and the war in Afghanistan. The book opens with the story of the author s experience growing up in the Jim Crow South traveling in apartheid South Africa and living in the post-apartheid South Africa of 2009 and 2010. It explores the not-so-dissimilar roots and racism of the United States and South Africa as well as the cross-fertilization of ideas between the two countries. The next installment chronicles two trips to Churchill Manitoba where the planet s largest population of polar bears congregate each October. It recounts the dramatic changes that have occurred in both the human and the polar bear communities in just the last decade and shows how the bears have become an Arctic version of the proverbial canary in the coalmine. Then the book shifts to the author s journey back to the United States on a German freighter with a rabidly anti-American captain. Woven into this account of life aboard a long haul ship are threads of the author s travels and anti-American encounters over a decade of living in Africa and Asia. The book concludes with reflections on trips to Afghanistan in 2004 and in 2012 describing the effects of war and conflict zone politics on women education refugees and aid workers. What ties these episodes together is the author s commitment to social justice and to changing the world through travel and writing that is affirming travel as a political act." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057613

Post-MarxismAn Intellectual History This book traces the crystallisation of post-Marxism as a specific theoretical position in its own right and considers the role played in its development by post-structuralism postmodernism and second-wave feminism. It examines the history of dissenting tendencies within the Marxist tradition and considers what the future prospects of post-Marxism are likely to be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867467

Post-Marxist MarxismQuestioning the Answer Originally published in 1996 Post-Marxist Marxism is a discussion of realism in a Post-Marxist context. The book argues that this discussion must take two simultaneous routes: recognizing deconstruction as the tool of enquiry to disentangle the insufficiency of contemporary answers in political philosophy and aesthetics and reclaiming realism to move beyond the Post-Modernist tradition. To answer the issues of realism the book revisits Lucacs' and Adorno's aesthetic questions which in their different approaches prefigured the questions of the present. Central issues include totality; method; identarian and non-identarian dialects; the Enlightenment; and the end of Modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579507

Postmenopausal OsteoporosisHormones & Other Therapies The book is the first major review of menopause-associated osteoporosis post WHI. The book has in-depth sections on the pathogenesis epidemiology and diagnosis of osteoporosis. The chief focus is on medical prevention and treatment and includes chapters on hormone replacement therapy bisphosphonates selective estrogen receptor modulators (SER Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429095337

Post-Metropolitan TerritoriesLooking for a New Urbanity Processes of multi-scalar regional urbanization are occurring worldwide. Such processes are clearly distinguishable from those of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries due to the shifting concepts of both the city and the metropolis. International literature highlights how what we have historically associated with the idea of cities has long been subjected to consistent reconfiguration which involves stressing some of the typical features of the idea of "cityness". Post-Metropolitan Territories: Looking for a New Urbanity is the product of a research project funded by the Italian Ministry for Education Universities and Research (MIUR). It constitutes a thorough overview of a country that is one of Europe's most diverse in terms of regional development and performance: Italy. This book brings together case studies of a number of Italian cities and their hinterlands and looks at new forms of urbanization exploring themes of sustainability industrialization de-industrialization governance city planning and quality of life. This volume will be of great interest to academics and students who study regional development economic geography and urban studies as well as civil servants and policymakers in the field of spatial planning urban policy territorial policies and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249540

Postmodern Architecture in Socialist PolandTransformation Symbolic Form and National Identity Garish churches gabled panel blocks neo-historical tenements—this book is about these and other architectural oddities that emerged in Poland between 1975 and 1989 a period characterised by the decline of the authoritarian socialist regime and waves of political protest. During that period committed architects defied repressive politics and persistent shortages and designed houses and churches which adapted eclectic historical forms and geometric volumes and were based on traditional typologies. These buildings show a very different background of postmodernism far removed from the debates over Robert Venturi Philip Johnson or Prince Charles in Western Europe and North America—a context in which postmodern architecture stood not for world-weary irony in an economically saturated society but for individualised counter-propositions to a collectivist ideology for a yearning for truth and spiritual values and for a discourse on distinctiveness and national identity. Postmodern Architecture in Socialist Poland argues that this new architecture marked the beginning of socio-political transformation and at the same time showed postmodernism's reconciliatory potential. In light of massive historical ruptures and wartime destruction these buildings successfully responded to the contradictory desires for historical continuity and acknowledgment of rupture and loss. Next to international ideas the architects took up domestic traditions such as the ideas of the Polish school of historic conservation and long-standing national-patriotic narratives. They thus contributed to the creation of a built environment and intellectual climate that have been influential to date. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars interested in postmodern architecture and urban design as well as in the socio-cultural background and transformative potential of architecture under socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860738

Postmodern BrechtA Re-Presentation In this radical and deliberately controversial re-reading of Brecht first published in 1989 Elizabeth Wright takes a new view of the playwright giving us a more ‘Brechtian’ reading than so far achieved and making his work historically relevant here and now. The author discusses in detail Brecht’s principle theories and concepts in the light of poststructuralist theory and reassess the aesthetics and politics with regard to Marxist critics of his own day. Wright includes a re-reading of Brecht’s early works which presents them in relation to a postmodern theatre and gives critical analyses of the work of Pina Bausch Robert Wilson and Heiner Müller who use the techniques of performance theatre showing how they deconstruct Brecht’s distinction between illusion and reality and point to a postmodern understanding of their dialectical relation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683310

Postmodern CowboyC. Wright Mills and a New 21st-century Sociology More than 50 years ago C. Wright Mills heralded a new age for sociology for the 1960s and beyond. Yet his forward-looking vision also foretold some of the social conditions we associate more recently with postmodern society. This intellectual biography of Mills emphasizes early life experiences that shaped Mills's expansive vision of the future just as Kerr develops from Mills tools for confronting current and looming problems. Drawing upon little-known documents Kerr expands our knowledge about this leading 20th-century sociologist and shows how forward-looking Millsian scholarship can enhance the endeavors of sociology today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632667

Postmodern Criminology Originally published in 1997. The use of postmodern criminology’s conceptual tools offers the potential for the development of a better understanding of the various configurations of repressive forces and directions for social change. This excellent text introduces the reader to the core ideas concerning subjectivity as it is related to discourses and how the discursive construction of social reality takes place. It discusses some of the key themes dealing with both theoretical integrative work applications and recent developments in studying postmodern criminology. It is intended for students as well as those who are more familiar with the subject. This book is composed of twelve essays organized into three parts this important work contributes to the big discussion among criminologists about the postmodern aspects of crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136185

Postmodern DilemmasOutrageous Essays in Art & art Education In Postmodern Dilemmas: Outrageous Essays in Art&Art Education and Pun(k) Deconstruction: Experimental Writings in Art&Art Education jan jagodzinski presents a series of essays covering a timespan of approximately ten years. These essays chart the theory and practice of art&art education as it relates to issues of postmodernity and poststructuralism concerning representation identity politics consumerism postmodern architecture ecology phallocentrism of the artistic canon pluriculturalism media and technology and AIDS. As a former editor of The Journal of Social Theory in Art Education and a founding member for the Caucus on Social Theory in Art Education the author attempts to deconstruct the current art education paradigm which is largely based on modernist tenets and to reorient art education practice to social issues as developed in both media education and cultural studies. Part of the intent in these two volumes is to undertake a sustained critique of the 1982 Art in the Mainstream (A.I.M.) statement which continues to be considered as the core value for art education. The distinct intention of this critique is to put forward a new value base for art&art education in these postmodern times. Many of the essays raise the need to be attentive to sex/gender issues in art&art education and the need to read the artistic discourse "otherwise." There is a sustained critique of the art programs developed by the Getty Center for the Arts whose arts curriculum presents the paradigm case of late modernist thinking. Some essays are written in a provocative form that tries to accommodate such content. This is particularly the case in Pun(k) Deconstruction where architectural discourse is deconstructed and which includes an "artistic performance" given by the author in 1987. This singular set of volumes combines scholarship in the areas of gender studies aesthetics art history art education poststructuralism and cultural studies in a unique blend of theory and practice for rethinking the field of art education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045221

Postmodern Legal Feminism A collection of eight essays by Mary Joe Frug published posthumously. First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021331

Postmodern Management Theory First published in 1997 this volume asks: when was ‘The Postmodern’ in the History of Management Thought? Marta B. Calás and Linda Smircich have chosen this subtitle as entry point to the collection for several reasons. The first and most evident is that it prompts us to reflect on the inclusion of a volume on postmodern organization studies within a series of books on the history of management thought. What does such inclusion signal? Are we saying that we are past the postmodern in organization studies? That we have transcended modernity and beyond postmodernity? Similar to other social sciences organization and management studies in the Anglo-American and European academy became impressed by the styles of ‘postmodernism’ and their epistemological companions ‘poststructuralisms’ during the 1980s. For this collection we have selected twenty two journal articles published between 1985 and 1996 that we consider emblematic of postmodern endeavours in management thought as they further our understanding of how ‘truth’ (of any paradigmatic persuasion) is fashioned through particular discourses and other signifying practices. Taken together these articles address the following questions: What has the field accomplished through attempts at being postmodern? With what consequences? And where does the field stand now if it is still/already (going) after ‘the postmodern’? In our view ‘the postmodern’ cannot transcend modern management thought; it is rather part of it. Nevertheless the mere appearance of efforts towards making the field ‘postmodern’ makes it important to account for them in the history of the field. Such is the narrative that we are trying to portray in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363311

Postmodern Music/Postmodern Thought First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315054506

Postmodern PicturebooksPlay Parody and Self-Referentiality Over the past 15 years there has been a pronounced trend toward a particular type of picturebook that many would label "postmodern." Postmodern picturebooks have stretched our conventional notion of what constitutes a picturebook as well as what it means to be an engaged reader of these texts. The international researchers and scholars included in this compelling collection of work critically examine and discuss postmodern picturebooks and reflect upon their unique contributions to both the field of children’s literature and to the development of new literacies for child adolescent and adult readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543057

Postmodern PosturesLiterature Science and the Two Cultures Debate In 1996 the physicist Alan Sokal planted a hoax article in the journal Social Text mimicking the social constructionist view of science popular in the humanities and sparked into life the ’science wars’ which had been rumbling throughout the 1990s. Postmodern Postures puts this contemporary controversy into the context of earlier debates about the ’two cultures’ between F.R. Leavis and C.P. Snow and Mathew Arnold and T.H. Huxley. Through an interrogation of interdisciplinary approaches to literature and science and a discussion of the arguments surrounding postmodern culture the book formulates a literary critical methodology for literature/science criticism highlighting both the benefits and the limitations of attempts to link the two cultures. Three case studies focused through the issues of knowledge identity and time put this methodology into practice showing how ideas resonate through the culture between literature and science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246307

Postmodern Psychologies Societal Practice and Political Life First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811314

Postmodern Public Administration This widely acclaimed work provides a lively counterbalance to the standard assessment-measurement-accountability prescriptions that have made showing you did your job more important than actually doing it. Now extensively revised it articulates a postmodern theory of public administration that challenges the field to redirect its attention away from narrow technique-oriented scientism and toward democratic openness and ethics. The authors incorporate insights from thinkers like Rorty Giddens Derrida and Foucault to recast public administration as an arena of decentered practices. In their framework ideographic collisions and everyday impasses bring about political events that challenge the status quo creating possibilities for social change. "Postmodern Public Administration" is an outstanding intellectual achievement that has rewritten the political theory of public administration. This new edition will encourage everyone who reads it to think quite differently about democratic governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706962

Postmodern Revisionings of the Political First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457492

Postmodern Tales of Slavery in the AmericasFrom Alejo Carpentier to Charles Johnson First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868762

Postmodern WarThe New Politics of Conflict First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870519

Postmodernism Reason and Religion First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175266

Postmodernism Religion and the Future of Social Work Postmodernism Religion and the Future of Social Work discusses the benefits and disadvantages of the postmodern philosophy as a foundation for social work and human service practice. Social work students and practitioners will learn about the developments that have shaped postmodern thinking as they pertain to society in general as well as to the profession of social work. By exploring this increasingly popular philosophy Postmodernism Religion and the Future of Social Work provides you with methods and theories that help you evalute contemporary problems more effectively resulting in better services for your clients.Challenging traditional social work practices Postmodernism Religion and the Future of Social Work examines postmodernism in terms of a world view that is emerging along indeterminate and ambiguous lines. With the goal of helping you provide more helpful and relevant services to your clients Postmodernism Religion and the Future of Social Work discusses many themes related to postmodernism including: understanding how principles of postmodernism are characterized by ongoing change indeterminacy and relativism reviewing the historical movement of a postmodern perspective and its present implications on social work practice supporting the strengths perspective through a postmodernist approach discussing some unintended and potentially negative consequences of postmodernism that arise from uncritically adopting postmodernistic principles analyzing the nature of social work and social welfare in Britain and the Western World to gain insight into how social theory is associated with postmodernity postmodernization and post-Fordism exploring the postmodernistic relationship between institutionalized religions and social services provided by religious auspices Although postmodernism offers a new and different way of understanding social problems and of structuring social work practice this text urges you to be critical in the evaluation of its aspects and outlines some possibly negative outcomes in certain situations. In evaluating postmodernism and its relevance to social services and social problems Postmodernism Religion and the Future of Social Work offers theories and research into methods that go beyond traditional practices to assist you in providing effective and relevant services for your clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979147

Postmodernism and IslamPredicament and Promise Can West and East ever understand each other? In this extraordinary book one of the world's leading Muslim scholars explores an area which has which has been almost entirely neglected by scholars in the field - the area of postmodernism and Islam. This landmark work is startling constantly perceptive and certain to be debated for years to come. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203390085

Postmodernism and its OthersThe Fiction of Ishmael Reed Kathy Acker and Don DeLillo First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203943366

Postmodernism And Social Inquiry First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203500347

Postmodernism and the EnlightenmentNew Perspectives in Eighteenth-Century French Intellectual History First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023229

Postmodernism and the Ethics of Theological Knowledge This book establishes the necessary integration of theological knowledge with theological ethics. It does this as a response to the postmodern critique of Christianity as exemplified in Rorty and Lyotard. They argue that any claim to know God is necessarily tyrannical. Contemporary responses to such postmodern thinking often fail to address adequately the ethical critique that is made. This book redresses that balance by suggesting that our knowedge of God and love of the Other are so intimately connected that we cannot have one without the other. In the absence of love then we simply do not know God. Justin Thacker proposes that an effective theological response to postmodernity must address both knowledge and ethics in an integrated fashion as presented in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265554

Postmodernism And The Politics Of 'Culture' Postmodernism and the Politics of 'Culture' is a comparative critical analysis of the political and intellectual ambitions of postmodernist critical theory and the academic discipline of cultural studies. Katz's polemical aim is to show that cultural studies comes up short in both areas because its practitioners focus on too-narrow issues-primarily celebrating the folkways of micro-communities-while denying the very possibility of studying understanding and changing society in any comprehensive way and to any universally beneficial purpose. He argues that scholars and activists alike would do well to make use of the analytical tools of postmodernist critical theory whose practitioners acknowledge the political significance of the differences between social groups but do not consider them to be unbridgeable and so seek to develop a set of practices for creating a truly inclusive truly democratic public sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098520

Postmodernism for Historians Postmodernism is an essential approach to History.  This is the first dedicated primer on postmodernism for the historian. It offers a step-by-step guide to postmodern theory includes a guide to how historians have applied the theory and provides a review of why its critics are wrong. In simple and clear language it takes the reader through the chain of theory that developed in the 20th century to become now in the early 21st century the leading stimulant of new forms of research in History.With separate chapters on The Sign The Discourse Post/Structuralism The Text The Self and Morality this book will encourage a new critical awareness of Theory when reading books of History and when writing essays and dissertations. Armed with the principal ideas of Saussure Barthes Foucault and Derrida the historians can formulate how to combine empirical History with the excitement of fresh perspectives and new skills merged in the new moral impetus of the postmodern condition. Designed for the beginner this is the essential postmodern starting point. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169319

Postmodernism is Not What You Think 'Charles Lemert is one of the most thoughtful and interesting of sociology's postmodernists. He recurrently finds new angles of vision and is especially helpful for overcoming the pernicious opposition of 'micro' and 'macro' perspectives.' -Craig Calhoun New York University (on the first edition) Highly readable the second edition of Postmodernism Is Not What You Think responds to the widespread claim that postmodernism is over. It explains the historical connections between the postmodern and globalization. Those who wish to kill the term postmodernism still must face the facts that the former nationalistic world-system has collapsed and is slowly being replaced by a more global set of structures. The book is completely revised and updated with an entirely new section on globalization. The media and popular culture identity politics the science wars politics and cultural studies structuralism and poststructuralism and the new sociologies are also put in perspective as signs of the new social formations dawning at the end of the modern age. Lemert shows that the postmodern is less a theory than a condition of social life brought about by the trouble modernity has gotten itself into. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632650

PostmodernismA Reader  This reader provides a selection of articles and essays by leading figures in the postmodernism debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162242

PostmodernismPhilosophy and the Arts This book first published in 1990 addresses the broad cultural phenomenon that is postmodernism. The first part of the book raises some general theoretical questions about postmodernism – its language and its politics for example. The second section attends to particular ‘sites’ namely the various arts themselves and the philosophical understanding of them. Here one finds specific readings of architecture painting literature theatre photography film television dance and fashion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083295

Postmodernist and Post-Structuralist Theories of Crime This volume presents the rich and provocative historical theoretical methodological and applied developments within affirmative postmodern and post-structural criminology. This includes the evolution of thought that embraces the "linguistic turn" in crime law justice and social change. Previously-published articles authored by key thinkers are included throughout the book's five substantive sections. Collectively they represent important reflections on the current criminological landscape in which symbolic linguistic material and cultural realms of analyses are featured. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089584

Postmodernity At last a short and authoritative critical introduction to one of the most talked about and most misunderstood concepts of current times. Barry Smart provides a clear and readable discussion for students which also manages to be a shrewd and stimulating contribution to the debate about modernity and postmodernity. Brightly observed and totally trustworthy it will occupy a central place in all introductions to the concept of postmodernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149793

Postmodernity and the Fragmentation of Welfare Postmodern ideas have been vastly influential in the social sciences and beyond. However their impact on the study of social policy has been minimal. Postmodernity and the Fragmentation of Welfare analyses the potential for a postmodern or cultural turn in welfare as it treats postmodernity as an evolving canon -from the seminal works of Baudrillard Foucault and Lyotard through to recent theories of the 'risk society'. Already disorientated by globalisation new technologies and the years of new right ascendancy welfare faces a significant challenge in the postmodern. It suggests that rather than universality and state provision the new social policy will be consumerised and fragmented -a welfare state of ambivalence. With contributions from authors coming from a variety of fields offering very different perspectives on postmodernity and welfare Postmodernity and the Fragmentation of Welfare also keeps social policy's intellectual inheritance in view. By exploring ways in which theorisations of postmodernity might improve understanding of welfare issues in the 1990s and assessing the relevance of theories of diversity and difference to mainstream and critical social policy traditions this book will be and essential text for all students of social policy social administration social work and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203002278

Postmodernized Simmel Originally published in 1993  this book opens a new and major line of interpretation showing that Georg Simmel is the essential sociologist of the postmodern age. The authors trace the important contributions that Simmel's writings can make to current studies of intellectual ethics textual methodology sociological theory philosophy of history and cultural theory Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415609265

Postmonolingual Critical ThinkingInternationalising Higher Education Through Students’ Languages and Knowledge Maintaining English as the sole language of knowledge production and dissemination in universities that enrol students who speak multiple languages and those students learning other languages is questionable. This groundbreaking work calls into question the exclusive use of academic English in internationalising higher education teaching and research. By interrogating the dominant assumptions informing the monolingual mindset Postmonolingual Critical Thinking indicates that academically literate students can capably use their repertoires of languages and knowledge for educational purposes. The case for students’ languages and knowledge having a place in English-medium universities is made through evidence of the uses of Zhōngwén academic Chinese. Proposing to broaden the scope of languages used for knowledge production and dissemination this book highlights the educational potential of multilingualism. Postmonolingual Critical Thinking makes a unique proposal: that universities which recruit doctoral students from Asia create education policy practices that enable them to extend their multilingual capabilities. Arguing that by drawing on intellectual resources from their various languages students construct knowledge of critical thinking in complex interesting and potentially innovative ways this book guides higher education institutions in putting this into practice. It outlines a pragmatic approach for universities to explore the potential of multipolar multilingual education while being attentive to the tensions posed by assertions of a monolingual mindset. Postmonolingual Critical Thinking has the potential to create great change in a higher education sector which is mired by a monolingual approach to graduate training. This unique and thought-provoking book is essential reading for those in the fields of applied linguistics comparative education higher education international studies teacher education and translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409968

Postmortal SocietyTowards a Sociology of Immortality Throughout history mankind has struggled to reconcile itself with the inescapability of its own mortality. This book explores the themes of immortality and survivalism in contemporary culture shedding light on the varied and ingenious ways in which humans and human societies aspire to confront and deal with death or even seek to outlive it as it were. Bringing together theoretical and empirical work from internationally acclaimed scholars across a range of disciplines Postmortal Society offers studies of the strategies adopted and means available in modern society for trying to ‘cheat’ death or prolong life the status of the dead in the modern Western world the effects of beliefs that address the terror of death in other areas of life the ‘immortalisation’ of celebrities the veneration of the dead in virtual worlds symbolic immortality through work the implications of understanding ‘immortality’ in chemical-neuronal terms and the apparent paradox of our greater reverence for the dead in increasingly secular capitalist societies. A fascinating collection of studies that explore humanity’s attempts to deal with its own mortality in the modern age this book will appeal to sociologists anthropologists philosophers and scholars of cultural studies with interests in death and dying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085384

Postmortem Fingerprinting and Unidentified Human Remains Fingerprint identification is the most efficient rapid and cost-effective forensic identification modality. Postmortem Fingerprinting and Unidentified Human Remains is a consolidated and thorough guide to the recovery identification and management of unidentified postmortem fingerprint records - topics from postmortem fingerprint processing to database submission and case management are discussed. Additionally a postmortem processing workflow is described which delineates various basic and advanced fingerprint recovery techniques used to acquire examination-quality records.  Furthermore Postmortem Fingerprinting and Unidentified Human Remains discusses the complexity of antemortem fingerprint databases and how to access each database for humanitarian purposes bringing a modern value perspective to the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323266178

Postmortems from Game DeveloperInsights from the Developers of Unreal Tournament Black & White Age of Empire and Other Top-Selling Games The popular Postmortem column in Game Developer magazine features firsthand accounts of how some of the most important and successful games of recent years have been made. This book offers the opportunity to harvest this expertise with one volume. The editor has organized the articles by theme and added previously unpublished analysis to reveal successful management techniques. Readers learn how superstars of the game industry like Peter Molyneux and Warren Spector have dealt with the development challenges such as managing complexity software and game design issues schedule challenges and changing staff needs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080522159

Postnatal and Neonatal Midwifery Skills This pocket-sized book presented in an easy-to-follow format is designed as a tool for students and professionals to carry in any setting providing a quick reference guide to supporting women and babies during the postnatal/neonatal period. Written in an accessible way this book provides step-by-step processes for students to follow and is ideal for professionals to share with the women and families in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388918

Postnational Memory Peace and WarMaking Pasts Beyond Borders This book examines the phenomenon of modern memory as a reaction to total war an aspiration to truth-seeking provoked by the independent forces of modern war and collective violence which is transnational or postnational in character. Using examples from prose and poetry film and theatre painting and photography and music and the popular arts the author traces a narrative path through the events of the twentieth century defining the tradition of modern memory in terms of its essentially anti-militaristic anti-war character as expressed in the manner in which it represents recalled violence and atrocity. Through a series of thematic discussions of two world wars the Shoah urbicide and nuclear weapons Postnational Memory explores the formation of transnational memory drawing on examples from industrialized societies with a focus on memory of real events and their reproduction in literature and the arts often including personal recollections that link the self to the represented past. As such by asking how the concept of modern memory is constructed through the victims of war and genocide the book constitutes an alternative to national memories and hegemonic militarist or ethnocentric histories. Surveying the emergence of new transnational forms of remembering the past it will appeal to students and scholars of sociology memory studies and peace studies as well as those working in disciplines such as modern and international history cultural studies and military studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110970

Post-Occupancy Evaluation (Routledge Revivals) Post-occupancy evaluation focusing on building’s occupants and their needs provides insight into the consequences of past design decisions and forms a sound basis for creating better buildings in the future. This book first published in 1988 includes a review of the evolution of the field a conceptual frame-work for POE and pragmatic information on planning conducting and reporting POEs. Post-Occupancy Evaluation categorizes the approaches to building evaluation by describing the three levels of POE effort – indicative investigative and diagnostic each differing in terms of time resources and personnel needed. In its scope Post-Occupancy Evaluation is both comprehensive and specific; professionals in the design and planning disciplines will find it an invaluable resource for understanding the theory behind POE’s and the procedures needed to put the theory into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888326

Post-Oil Energy TechnologyThe World's First Solar-Hydrogen Demonstration Power Plant A solution to the climate and energy crisisThe reversible fuel cell (RFC) described in this volume stores solar energy and thereby makes it continuously available. This can make the building of energy-free homes and all electric transportation a reality. The foldout drawing at the back of this book also describes the detailed design of the world’s first 1 000 megawatt solar-hydrogen power plant. How is this possible?Our planet receives more solar energy in an hour than humans use in a year. In fact 5% of the Sahara could meet the total energy requirement of mankind. This energy can then be stored and transported in the form of hydrogen. Converting from an exhaustible energy economy to a clean free and inexhaustible oneIn this timely book author Béla Lipták explains why a solar-hydrogen economy is technically feasible and cost-effective. He first outlines existing conservation technologies and renewable energy processes as well as evolving technologies such as energy-free homes roof shingle solar collectors and RFCs. He goes on to discuss energy optimization techniques that could reduce the global energy consumption by one third and finally presents the detailed design of a full size solar-hydrogen power plant. It is time to harness the power of solar energyWith global energy consumption quadrupling in the last fifty years and atmospheric carbon dioxide reaching the highest level ever recorded now is the time to prevent further damage to the planet and ensure the survival of human civilization. It is debatable how much time we have before our fossil and uranium deposits are exhausted. It is also debatable how much climate change we can live with or how much of our economic resources should be devoted to stabilizing and reversing mankind’s growing carbon footprint. What is not debatable is that our resources are exhaustible and that we must not give reason for our grandchildren to ask "Why did you not act in time?". Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218779

Post-OlympismQuestioning Sport in the Twenty-First Century The Olympic ideal and the Olympic Games stand as symbols of global cooperation international understanding and the bonding of individuals through the medium of sports. However throughout the twentieth century Olympic rhetoric was often confronted by a different reality. The Games have regularly been faced by crises that have threatened the spirit of Olympism and even the Games themselves. Given the many changes that have occurred in the Olympic Games during the past century it seems reasonable to ask if this global event has a future and if so what form it might take. With this larger issue in mind the authors of Post-Olympism? ask probing questions about the following: the infamous 1936 Olympics the effect of new technologies on the Games the future impact of the 2008 Beijing Games on China and of China on the Olympics the local and regional impact of the Sydney green Olympics the Games and globalization Disneyfication racism drug abuse The book provides a useful overview of the ongoing significance of the Olympics and will be essential reading for anyone with a serious interest in the Games. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086437

Postopera: Reinventing the Voice-Body Both in opera studies and in most operatic works the singing body is often taken for granted. In Postopera: Reinventing the Voice-Body Jelena Novak reintroduces an awareness of the physicality of the singing body to opera studies. Arguing that the voice-body relationship itself is a producer of meaning she furthermore posits this relationship as one of the major driving forces in recent opera. She takes as her focus six contemporary operas - La Belle et la Bête (Philip Glass) Writing to Vermeer (Louis Andriessen Peter Greenaway) Three Tales (Steve Reich Beryl Korot) One (Michel van der Aa) Homeland (Laurie Anderson) and La Commedia (Louis Andriessen Hal Hartley) - which she terms 'postoperas'. These pieces are sites for creative exploration where the boundaries of the opera world are stretched. Central to this is the impact of new media a de-synchronization between image and sound or a redefinition of body-voice-gender relationships. Novak dissects the singing body as a set of rules protocols effects and strategies. That dissection shows how the singing body acts within the world of opera what interventions it makes and how it constitutes opera’s meanings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504967

Post-OrientalismKnowledge and Power in a Time of Terror Post-Orientalism is a sustained record of Hamid Dabashi's reflections over many years on the question of authority and power. Who gets to represent whom and by what authority? Dabashi's work picks up where Edward Said's Orientalism left off. Said traced the origin of the power of representation and the normative agency that it entails to the colonial hubris that carried a militant band of mercenary merchants military officers Christian missionaries and European Orientalists around the globe. This hubris enabled them to write and represent the people they sought to rule.Dabashi's book is not as much a critique of colonial representation as it is of the manners and modes of fighting back and resisting it. He does not question the significance of Orientalism and its principal concern with the colonial acts of representation but he provides a different angle that argues for the primacy of the question of postcolonial agency.Dabashi uses the United States as an example of a country that initiated militant acts of representation in Iraq and Afghanistan. He attempts to unearth and examine the United States' deeply rooted claim to normative and moral agency particularly in light of the world's post-9/11 political reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855808

Post-Petroleum Design Despite the growing demand for design strategies to reduce our petroleum use no one has yet brought together the lessons of the world’s leading post-petroleum designers into a single resource. Post-Petroleum Design brings them together for the first time. Readers will be introduced to the most current innovative plastic-and petroleum-free products and projects in industrial design architecture transportation electronics apparel and more. Post-Petroleum Design explores firsthand the client and consumer motivations behind the demand and shares the case studies principles best practices risks and opportunities of the world’s leading post-petroleum design experts who are already meeting that demand. It introduces 40 inspiring individuals from across the globe; people like Eben Bayer the American innovator whose company Ecovative is growing houses from mushrooms; Mohammed Bah Abba whose Zeer Pot is helping families keep produce fresh in the sweltering Nigerian summer without electricity; and the engineers at Mercedes-Benz Advanced Design Studios whose Biome car evolves from genetically engineered DNA. Post-Petroleum Design gives design professionals the information they need to research evaluate and select materials technologies and design strategies that meet the growing demand for sustainable design plastic-free materials and process energy conservation. Designer profiles studies statistics and many colour illustrations all highlight the work—some of the best design work to be found anywhere and showcased here for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853904

Post-Politics and Civil Society in Asian CitiesSpaces of Depoliticisation Bringing together an interdisciplinary group of scholars Post-Politics and Civil Society in Asian Cities examines how the concept of ‘post-politics’ has manifested across a range of Asian cities and the impact this has had on state-society relationships in processes of urban governance. This volume examines how the post-political framework—derived from the study of Western liberal democracies—applies to Asian cities. Appreciating that the region has undergone a distinctive trajectory of political development and is currently governed under democratic or authoritarian regimes the book articulates how post-political conditions have created obstacles or opportunities for civil society to assert its voice in urban governance. Chapters address the different ways in which Asian civil society groups strive to gain a stake in the development and management of cities specifically by looking at their involvement in heritage and environmental governance two inter-related components in discourses about establishing liveable cities for the future. By providing in-depth case studies examining the varying degrees to which post-political ideologies have been enacted in urban governance across Central South Southeast and East Asia this book offers a useful and timely resource for students and scholars interested in urban studies political science Asian studies geography and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278830

Post-Politics in Context As disciplines Politics and International Relations remain dominated by ideas drawn from traditions of liberal internationalism and political realism in which political imagination is preoccupied with command and order rather than with disruption and emancipation. Yet they have failed to offer adequate answers to why political action is foreclosed in contemporary times. Proposed through a historically informed engagement with seminal thinkers including Walter Benjamin Friedrich Nietzsche Gilles Deleuze and Michel Foucault and examples from films and contemporary events Ali Rıza Taşkale presents an original and much needed new perspective to interpret politics in our contemporary societies. He argues that post-politics is a counterrevolutionary logic which aims to create a society without conflict struggle and radical systemic change. Post-Politics in Context serves as seminal intervention upon the debate over the depoliticised conditions of contemporary neoliberal society as well as functioning as an introduction to the core theoretical frameworks of alternative tradition of social and political thought in a manner that is lacking in current debates about Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543478

Post-Production and the Invisible Revolution of FilmmakingFrom the Silent Era to Synchronized Sound Post-Production and the Invisible Revolution of Filmmaking studies the discourses surrounding post-production as well as the aesthetic effects of its introduction during the 1920s and 1930s by exploring the philosophies and issues faced by practitioners during this transitional transformative period.The introduction of post-production during the transition from silent cinema to the synchronized sound era in the 1920s American studio system resulted in what has been a previously unheralded and invisible revolution in filmmaking. Thereafter a film no longer arose from a live and variable combination of audio and visual in the theater as occurred during the silent film era where each exhibition was a singular event. The new system of post-production effectively shifted control of a film’s final form from the theater to the editing room. With this new process filmmakers could obtain and manipulate an array of audio elements and manufacture a permanent soundtrack. This transition made possible a product that could be easily mass-produced serving both to transform and homogenize film presentation fundamentally creating a new art form.With detailed research and analysis and nearly 50 illustrations this book is the ideal resource for students and researchers of film history and post-production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663391

Post-Queer Politics In Post-Queer Politics Ruffolo looks at the work of Foucault Butler Bakhtin Deleuze Guattari and others in his creative refocus on the queer/heteronormative dyad that has largely consumed queer studies and contemporary politics. He offers a radical and intersectional new way of thinking about class race sex gender sexuality and ability that extends beyond queer studies to be truly transdisciplinary in its focus and political implications. It will appeal to readers across a range of subjects including gender and sexuality studies philosophy cultural studies political science and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260276

Post-Recession Community College ReformA Decade of Experimentation The book analyses and evaluates several key community college reform programs that emerged after the Recession of 2008 and as a result of major initiatives in California New York Tennessee Florida Connecticut and Wisconsin. Because of the economic downturn in the early 21st Century an already eroding financial base for public higher education saw even further losses. At the same time enrollments were booming particularly in the two-year sector where many students who would have traditionally forgone a college education were now enrolling to ensure their competitiveness in a harsh labor market.  Chapters in this book examine the development and implementation of initiatives and accountability measures imposed across the states by the Obama administration and consider their effectiveness in reducing the impact of the loss of students and their role in improving courses. This book will be of interest to postgraduates and researchers exploring the history of education in the United States as well as academic administrators faculty and policy-makers with an interest in reform-based practices that have been successfully implemented in community colleges.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320796

Post-Revolutionary Chicana LiteratureMemoir Folklore and Fiction of the Border 1900–1950 This book examines how Chicana literature in three genres—memoir folklore and fiction—arose at the turn of the twentieth century in the borderlands of the United States and Mexico. Lopez examines three women writers and highlights their contributions to Chicana writing in its earliest years as well as their contributions to the genres in which they wrote. The women -- Leonor Villegas de Magnón Jovita Idar and Josefina Niggli—represent three powerful voices from which to gain a clearer understanding of women’s lives and struggles during and after the Mexican Revolution and also offer surprising insights into women’s active roles in border life and the revolution itself. Readers are encouraged to rethink Chicana lives and expand their ideas of "Chicana" from a subset of the Chicano Movement of the 1960s to a vibrant and vigorous reality stretching back into the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653930

Postrevolutionary Iran Originally published in 1998. More than half of the chapters were originally presented at the 1985 conference of the Center for Iranian Research and Analysis (CIRA) held at Rutgers The State University of New Jersey as well as additional content. The primary purpose of this book is to analyze transformations in the ideological political and socioeconomic structures of post-revolutionary Iran and to discuss government policies in order to shed light on the nature and direction of the state and society in the Islamic Republic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283988

Postrevolutionary PeruThe Politics Of Transformation Whether the nearly twelve years of military rule in Peru--between October 1968 and July 1980--are labelled a revolution œso-called revolution or simply a ‘military dictatorship’ one fact remains inescapable: the reforms and programs of the armed forces during that period profoundly altered Peruvian society. This book examines the social political and economic legacies of the military government and identifies major areas of tension that are likely to pose problems for the new civilian government. Following a review of the ideology socio-economic goals and political performance of the Institutional Revolution of the Armed Forces the authors analyze the contemporary political economy of Peru and catalog the political and economic policy alternatives available to the Belaúnde regime in the next few years. They discuss the return to partisan politics in Peru urban and rural conditions and the way in which real political power has remained with the military forces despite their surrender of formal authority. Subsequent chapters outline the IMF-imposed stabilization program revealing its devastating effects on Lima's urban poor and summarize recent Peruvian foreign policy. A final chapter draws on the prior discussion to present a critical analysis of the transitionary process from military to civilian rule in Peru. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367283995

Post-Revolutionary Politics in IranReligion Society and Power After the Islamic revolution in Iran revolutionary leaders had to compromise their ideology. The Iranian ship of state continues to drift in search of an equilibrium between revolutionary convictions and the demands of governance between religion and state and Islam and the West. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045428

Postsecondary Educational Opportunities for Students with Special Education Needs The decision to go to college is a big one. It signifies a transition into young adulthood and the increasing expectations for independence that can feel exciting liberating and daunting! For students with disabilities this transition may be even more challenging. Despite the challenges more and more students with disabilities are attending postsecondary colleges and universities. While this is certainly encouraging students with disabilities are less likely to successfully complete their postsecondary programs when compared with their general population peers. So what do we do? We can learn from our successes during early education and from successful postsecondary programs taking what we have learned and bring these lessons to scale so that fully inclusive postsecondary programs are available for all students with special education needs. This book was originally published as a special issue of European Journal of Special Needs Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367531003

Post-Secular Society Post-Secular Society argues for several characteristics of the secular: the experience of living in a secular age and the experience of living without religion as a normal condition.Religion in the West is often seen as marked by both innovation and disarray. In spite of differing approaches and perspectives of secularization rational choice and de-secularization many scholars agree that the West is experiencing a general "resurgence" of religion across most Western societies.Post-Secular Society discusses the changes in religion related to globalization and New Age forms of popular religion. The contributors review religion that is rooted in the globalized political economy and the relationship of post-secularism to popular consumer culture. Also reviewed is innovative discourse as a religious belief system theories of the post-secular religious and spiritual well-being and healing practices in Finland and environmentalism. This paperback edition includes a new preface by Peter Nynas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854825

Post-Secularism Realism and UtopiaTranscendence and Immanence from Hegel to Bloch  This book explores the contribution to recent developments in post-secularism philosophical realism and utopianism made by key thinkers in the Hegelian tradition. It challenges dominant assumptions about what the relationship between religion and our so-called "secular age" should be that have sought to reduce or even eliminate religiosity from the public sphere. It draws upon utopian thinkers within the Hegelian tradition whose work has challenged this narrow secularism. In particular it explores the importance of philosophical transcendence to Hegelian and post-Hegelian religious social and political theorising. This includes philosophers whose thinking is sympathetic or at least compatible with transcendence (such as Hegel Taylor Bhaskar and Bloch) but also those who have a reputation for rejecting transcendence and instead embracing immanence and even atheism (Feuerbach Marx and Engels). By drawing on the utopian content of these thinkers it seeks to shed new light on the importance religious ideas have played in a range of philosophical positions within the broadly Hegelian tradition from theism idealism materialism and atheism to new ideas especially new research on Hegel's so-called "panentheism". The book will be of interest to those working in the areas of post-secularism and utopian studies. It should also be of interest to academics and students of the recent turn within Critical Realism to "meta-reality" and its implications for Hegelianism and Marxism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233317

Post-Sixties Narratives as Cultural CriticismSeeking Radical Change in America This book examines the cultural criticism led by New York intellectuals from the 1960s onwards considering the influence of such critique on American collective memory and contemporary public culture. With a focus on essays that appeared in Dissent magazine—one of the most important journals of the New York intellectuals—from the year of its launch in 1954 to its most recent issue as well as representative books on American culture by Daniel Bell and Russell Jacoby the author contends that post-Sixties narratives constitute a special paradigm of cultural criticism that seek radical possibilities for societal change in the US based on a use of the 1960s as an index for understanding American cultural and political life. A study of the ways in which narratives can move beyond story-telling to have interpretative and ideological functions as a form of criticism this book will appeal to scholars of cultural studies and sociology as well as those working in the fields of linguistics and literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355555

Post-socialist InformalitiesPower Agency and the Construction of Extra-legalities from Bosnia to China This book is a comprehensive collection of key scholarship on informality from the whole post-socialist region. From Bosnia to Central Asia passing through Russia and Azerbaijan the contributions to this volume illustrate the multi-faceted and complex nature of informality while demonstrating the growing scholarly and policy debates that have developed around the understanding of informality. In contrast to approaches which tend to classify informality as ‘bad’ or ‘transitional’ – meaning that modernity will make it disappear – this edited volume concentrates on dynamics and mechanisms to understand and explain informality while also debating its relationship with the market and society. The authors seek to explain informality beyond a mere monetaristic/economistic approach rediscovering its interconnection with social phenomena to propose a more holistic interpretation of the meaning of informality and its influence in various spheres of life. They do this by exploring the evolving role of informal practices in the post-socialist region and by focusing on informality as a social organisation determinant but also looking at the way it reshapes emergent social resistance against symbolic and real political order(s). This book was originally published as two special issues of Caucasus Survey and the Journal of Contemporary Central and Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321918

Post-Socialist Political Graffiti in the Balkans and Central Europe This theoretically and empirically grounded book uses case studies of political graffiti in the post-socialist Balkans and Central Europe to explore the use of graffiti as a subversive political media. Despite the increasing global digitisation graffiti remains widespread and popular providing with a few words or images a vivid visual indication of cultural conditions social dynamics and power structures in a society and provoking a variety of reactions. Using qualitative and quantitative methods as well as detailed interdisciplinary analyses of "patriotic " extreme-right soccer-fan nostalgic and chauvinist graffiti and street art it looks at why and by whom graffiti is used as political media and to/against whom it is directed. The book theorises discussions of political graffiti and street art to show different methodological approaches from four perspectives: context author the work itself and audience. It will be of interest to the growing body of literature focussing on (sub)cultural studies in the contemporary Balkans transitology visual cultural studies art theory anthropology sociology and studies of radical politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338152

Post-Socialist Urban Infrastructures (OPEN ACCESS) Post-Socialist Urban Infrastructures critically elaborates on often forgotten but some of the most essential aspects of contemporary urban life namely infrastructures and links them to a discussion of post-socialist transformation. As the skeletons of cities infrastructures capture the ways in which urban environments are assembled and urban lives unfold. Focusing on post-socialist cities marked by neoliberalisation polarisation and hybridity this book offers new and enriching perspectives on urban infrastructures by centering on the often marginalised aspects of urban research—transport green spaces and water and heating provision. Featuring cases from West and East alike the book covers examples from Azerbaijan Bulgaria Serbia Croatia Germany Russia Georgia Lithuania Poland the Czech Republic Tajikistan and India. It provides original insights into the infrastructural back end of post-socialist cities for scholars planners and activists interested in urban geography cultural and social anthropology and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392651

Post-Soul Black CinemaDiscontinuities Innovations and Breakpoints 1970-1995 This work examines and analyzes how the cinematic image of African Americans became a fixed image with strict rules of depiction both written and unwritten. And how those very limited and under-informed images would not and could not be challenged or transformed until the power relations in the American film industry began to change and afforded blacks the opportunity at the very least to tell stories from an informed position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651011

Post-Soviet ArmeniaThe New National Elite and the New National Narrative Following the collapse of the Soviet Union Armenia has struggled to establish itself with a faltering economy emigration of the intelligentsia and the weakening of civil society. This book explores how a new national elite has emerged and how it has constructed a new national narrative to suit Armenia’s new circumstances. The book examines the importance of the Nagorno-Karabakh conflict with Azerbaijan considers the impact of fraught relations with Turkey and the impact of relations with other neighbouring states including Russia and discusses the poorly-developed role of the very large Armenian diaspora. Overall the book provides a key overview to understanding the forces shaping all aspects of present-day Armenia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230333

Post-Soviet Constitutions and Challenges of Regional IntegrationAdapting to European and Eurasian integration projects This book explores the implications of European and Eurasian integration projects for the constitutional orders of post-Soviet countries. On the one hand the process of Eurasian integration culminating in the establishment of the Eurasian Economic Union (EAEU)  led to the creation of new institutions and mechanisms influencing the domestic legal order of the participating countries. On the other hand the process of European integration epitomised through the European Union (EU) constitutes an important source of reference for domestic constitutional developments in the countries which recently concluded a new generation of Association Agreements with the EU. This book analyses the implications of both processes. The book addresses the relevant experience of the countries from Central and Eastern Europe with transitional constitutionalism mapping out the significance of European and Eurasian integration for protecting the rule of law in the post-Soviet space and identifying the constitutional implications and challenges of the EAEU and the new generation of Association Agreements. It also provides detailed country reports on national constitutional orders in the post-Soviet space and their adaptability to regional integration projects  authored by leading academics from the countries concerned providing a number of general reflections about the evolution of post-Soviet constitutions in light of European and Eurasian integration projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875466

Post-Soviet NostalgiaConfronting the Empire’s Legacies Bringing together scholars from Russia the United States and Europe this collection of essays is the first to explore the slippery phenomenon of post-Soviet nostalgia by studying it as a discursive practice serving a wide variety of ideological agendas. The authors demonstrate how feelings of loss and displacement in post-Soviet Russia are turned into effective tools of state building and national mobilization as well as into weapons for local resistance and the assertion of individual autonomy. Drawing on novels memoirs documentaries photographs and Soviet commodities Post-Soviet Nostalgia is an invaluable resource for historians literary scholars and anthropologists interested in how Russia comes to terms with its Soviet past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332655

Poststructuralism and Critical Theory's Second Generation "Poststructuralism and Critical Theory's Second Generation" analyses the major themes and developments in a period that brought continental philosophy to the forefront of scholarship in a variety of humanities and social science disciplines and that set the agenda for philosophical thought on the continent and elsewhere from the 1960s to the present. Focusing on the years 1960-1984 the volume examines the major figures associated with poststructuralism and the second generation of critical theory the two dominant movements that emerged in the 1960s: Althusser Foucault Deleuze Derrida Lyotard Irigaray and Habermas. Influential thinkers such as Serres Bourdieu and Rorty who are not easily placed in "standard" histories of the period are also covered. Beyond this thematic essays engage with issues as diverse as the Nietzschean legacy the linguistic turn in continental thinking the phenomenological inheritance of Gadamer and Ricoeur the influence of psychoanalysis the emergence of feminist thought and a philosophy of sexual difference the renewal of the critical theory tradition and the importation of continental philosophy into literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656141

Post-Structuralist Classics Modern literary theory is increasingly looking to philosophy for its inspiration. After a wave of structural analysis the growing influence of deconstruction and hermeneutic readings continues to bear witness to this. This exciting and important collection first published in 1988 reveals the diversity of approaches that mark the post-structuralist endeavour and provides a challenge to the conventional practice of classical studies and ancient philosophy. This book will be of interest to students of ancient philosophy classical studies and literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689527

Post-SustainabilityTragedy and Transformation The sustainability discourse and policy paradigm have failed to deliver. In particular they have failed to avert the dangerously disruptive climate change which is now inevitable. So if there is still a case for some transformed or revitalised version of sustainability that case must now surely be made in full acknowledgment of deep-seated paradigm-failure to date. But if we really take ourselves to be living in a post-sustainable world the issue of ‘what next?’ must be faced and the hard questions no longer shirked. What options for political and personal action will remain open on a tragically degraded planet? How will economic and community life political and social leadership and education be different in such a world? What will the geopolitics (of crisis migration and conflict) look like? Where does widespread denial come from how might it be overcome and are there any grounds for hope that don’t rest on it?The urgent challenge now is to confront such questions honestly. This collection of essays by thinkers from a diversity of fields including politics philosophy sociology education and religion makes a start.This book was originally published as a special issue of Global Discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891282

Post-Tensioned Concrete Floors Post-tensioning is the most versatile form of pre-stressing a technique which enables engineers to make the most effective use of the material properties of concrete and so to design structural elements which are strong slender and efficient. Design in post-tensioned concrete is not difficult and if done properly can contribute significantly to the economy and the aesthetic qualities of a building. Post-tensioned floors have found widespread use in office buildings and car park structures and are also frequently employed in warehouses and public buildings. However in spite of this most prestressed concrete texts devote comparatively little attention to floors concentrating instead on beam elements. This book answers the need for a comprehensive treatment of post-tensioned floor design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401757

Posttraumatic Growth in Clinical Practice From the authors who pioneered the concept of posttraumatic growth comes Posttraumatic Growth in Clinical Practice a book that brings the study of growth after trauma into the twenty-first century. Clinicians will find a framework that’s easy to use and flexible enough to be tailored to the needs of particular clients and specific therapeutic approaches. And because it utilizes a model of relating described as "expert companionship " clinicians learn how to become most empathically effective in helping a variety of trauma survivors. Clinicians will come away from this book having learned how to assess posttraumatic growth how to address it in treatment and they’ll also have a basic grasp of the ways the changes they’re promoting will be received in various cultural contexts. Case examples show how utilizing a process developed from an empirically-based model of posttraumatic growth can promote important personal changes in the aftermath of traumatic events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415645300

Posttraumatic GrowthPositive Changes in the Aftermath of Crisis That which does not kill us makes us stronger. (Nietzsche) The phenomenon of positive personal change following devastating events has been recognized since ancient times but given little attention by contemporary psychologists and psychiatrists who have tended to focus on the negative consequences of stress. In recent years evidence from diverse fields has converged to suggest the reality and pervasive importance of the processes the editors sum up as posttraumatic growth. This volume offers the first comprehensive overview of these processes. The authors address a variety of traumas--among them bereavement physical disability terminal illness combat rape and natural disasters--following which experiences of growth have been reported. How can sufferers from posttraumatic stress disorder best be helped? What does "resilience" in the face of high risk mean? Which personality characteristics facilitate growth? To what extent is personality change possible in adulthood? How can concepts like happiness and self-actualization be operationalized? What role do changing belief systems schemas or "assumptive worlds" play in positive adaptation? Is "stress innoculation" possible? How do spiritual beliefs become central for many people struck by trauma and how are posttraumatic growth and recovery from substance abuse or the crises of serious physical illnesses linked? Such questions have concerned not only the recently defined and expanding group of "traumatologists " but also therapists of all sorts personality and social psychologists developmental and cognitive researchers specialists in health psychology and behavioral medicine and those who study religion and mental health. Overcoming the challenges of life's worst experiences can catalyze new opportunities for individual and social development. Learning about persons who discover or create the perception of positive change in their lives may shed light on the problems of those who continue to suffer. Posttraumatic Growth will stimulate dialogue among personality and social psychologists and clinicians and influence the theoretical foundations and clinical agendas of investigators and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002654

Posttraumatic GrowthTheory Research and Applications Posttraumatic Growth reworks and overhauls the seminal 2006 Handbook of Posttraumatic Growth. It provides a wide range of answers to questions concerning knowledge of posttraumatic growth (PTG) theory its synthesis and contrast with other theories and models and its applications in diverse settings. The book starts with an overview of the history components and outcomes of PTG. Next chapters review quantitative qualitative and cross-cultural research on PTG including in relation to cognitive function identity formation cross-national and gender differences and similarities and differences between adults and children. The final section shows readers how to facilitate optimal outcomes with PTG at the level of the individual the group the community and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675049

Posttraumatic Play in ChildrenWhat Clinicians Need to Know From leading expert Eliana Gil this book provides child clinicians with essential knowledge and tools for evaluating and working with posttraumatic play. Such play which is often repetitive and disturbing may help resolve traumatic experiences--but can also become toxic. The book guides the clinician to determine what is going on with a given child and intervene sensitively and effectively. Evocative case material is interwoven with up-to-date information on the developmental impact of trauma and ways to facilitate children's natural reparative capacities. A reproducible assessment checklist to help clinicians differentiate between useful and dangerous posttraumatic play can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528820

Posttraumatic Stress and Substance Use DisordersA Comprehensive Clinical Handbook Posttraumatic Stress and Substance Use Disorders summarizes the state of the field from a biopsychosocial perspective addressing key domains of interest to clinicians students instructors and researchers. This book is a valuable resource and reference guide for multidisciplinary practitioners and scientists interested in the evidence-based assessment and treatment of posttraumatic stress and substance use disorders.  Chapters written by leaders in the field cover the latest research on assessment diagnosis evidence-based treatments future directions and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208988

Post-Traumatic Therapy And Victims Of Violence Frank Ochberg - one of the pioneers in the field - has brought together nationally and internationally recognized experts who have treated thousands of victims in such subspecialty areas as rape incest and battering as well as Vietnam veterans and refugees. They provide a wealth of knowledge about Post-Traumatic Therapy (PTT) within these populations. PTT is not just a series of techniques but a clinical philosophy that requires empathic understanding of the victim collaboration between therapist and client and recognition of empowerment as a therapeutic tool. PTT centers on stress and coping focuses on the strengths of the victim and is integrative with respect to biological psychological and social fears. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004542

Post-Truth Fake News and DemocracyMapping the Politics of Falsehood Western societies are under siege as fake news post-truth and alternative facts are undermining the very core of democracy. This dystopian narrative is currently circulated by intellectuals journalists and policy makers worldwide. In this book Johan Farkas and Jannick Schou deliver a comprehensive study of post-truth discourses. They critically map the normative ideas contained in these and present a forceful call for deepening democracy. The dominant narrative of our time is that democracy is in a state of emergency caused by social media changes to journalism and misinformed masses. This crisis needs to be resolved by reinstating truth at the heart of democracy even if this means curtailing civic participation and popular sovereignty. Engaging with critical political philosophy Farkas and Schou argue that these solutions neglect the fact that democracy has never been about truth alone: it is equally about the voice of the democratic people. Post-Truth Fake News and Democracy delivers a sobering diagnosis of our times. It maps contemporary discourses on truth and democracy foregrounds their normative foundations and connects these to historical changes within liberal democracies. The book will be of interest to students and scholars studying the current state and future of democracy as well as to a politically informed readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322175

Post-Truth Philosophy and Law In the wake of Brexit and Trump the debate surrounding post-truth fills the newspapers and is at the center of the public debate. Democratic institutions and the rule of law have always been constructed and legitimized by discourses of truth. And so the issue of "post-truth" or "fake truth" can be regarded as a contemporary degeneration of that legitimacy. But what precisely is post-truth from a theoretical point of view? Can it actually change perceptions of law of institutions and political power? And can it affect our understanding of society and social relations? What are its ideological premises? What are the technical conditions that foster it? And most importantly does it have anything to teach lovers of the truth? Pursuing an interdisciplinary perspective this book gathers both well-known and newer scholars from a range of subject areas to engage in a philosophical interrogation of the relationship between truth and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729028

Post-Truth Public RelationsCommunication in an Era of Digital Disinformation This book explores the purpose practice and effects of public relations (PR) at a time that has been variously described as an era of populism post-truth and fake news. It considers how PR processes have contributed to the current social condition of post-truth and what constitutes PR work in this environment. Post-Truth Public Relations: Communication in an Era of Digital Disinformation proposes that while we can now look back upon the last 80–100 years as a period of classical PR that style is being supplemented by the emergence of a post-classical form of PR that has emerged in response to the post-truth era. This new style of PR consists of a mixed repertoire of communicative work that matches the new geometry of digital media and delivers a mix of online engagement and persuasion in order to meet the needs of increasingly partisan audiences. Using contemporary case studies and original interviews with PR practitioners in several countries including China and the Philippines the book investigates how PR workers have reconciled their role as communicative intermediaries with the post-truth era of digital disinformation. This thought-provoking book will be of great interest to researchers and advanced students interested in the changing nature of PR and its practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368606

Post-Tsunami Reconstruction in IndonesiaNegotiating Normativity through Gender Mainstreaming Initiatives in Aceh This book offers a critical analysis of gender mainstreaming initiatives in the post-tsunami context in Indonesia. Aiming to challenge the terms of the debate in gender mainstreaming and disaster reconstruction efforts Jauhola offers an important contribution for the discussion of what ‘feminisms and disasters’ could be. The work provides an in-depth analysis of three governmental practices of gender mainstreaming: the use of the concept pair sex/gender; the use of gender analysis and the use of project management tools and local subversion that challenges the potential normative violence of gender mainstreaming. Providing feminist intersectional reading of gender mainstreaming the book aims to illustrate that this framework does not lack political alternatives but rather it offers an alternative focus for feminism and for the re-conceptualisation of ‘political’ and provides tools for practitioners of aid aiming to come to grips with the complexity of gender equality policy agenda and its potential violent social consequences in global politics. Drawing on extensive field research in Aceh this text is one of the first book length studies and thus provides a significant addition to Indonesian literatures on intersectional analysis of gender religion heteronormativity and feminist subversive practice. It is a vital resource for those interested in understanding global interconnections of localised disaster and conflict reconstruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125896

Post-Tsunami Recovery in ThailandSocio-cultural responses Of all the huge natural disasters that claimed the lives of thousands in Asia the Indian Ocean tsunami in 2004 was the largest estimated to have killed more than 230 000 people. The scope of damage brought about by this natural disaster urges focus on recovery and post-disaster reconstruction from several perspectives. Here we find an in-depth ethnography of Thailand and the role of culture and religion as an underpinning issue in post-disaster recovery. Following the post-tsunami recovery over five years the book provides knowledge on socio-cultural responses from affected local communities after natural hazards and is based on original material collected in Thailand after the 2004 tsunami. With a focus on how culture and religion interplay in the processes of building resilience and decreasing vulnerability it gives a deeper understanding of how disasters are experienced and dealt with on a local level. It examines survivors’ experiences of rituals and ceremonies that became a part of the survivors’ lives in new ways after the tsunami offering psychological reassurance and religious efficaciousness as well as communication links between themselves and the deceased. Using observations narratives and material from in-depth interviews with survivors relatives relief workers officials and Buddhist monks and nuns this book contributes to the research on anthropology of disaster and to the development of research on cultural resilience and religion in post-disaster recovery. It will be of interest to scholars of Disaster Studies Buddhist Studies and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476363

Postures for Non-ProliferationArms Limitation and Security Policies to Minimize Nuclear Proliferation To constrain nuclear proliferation one must in addition to designing a proliferation-resistant nuclear fuel cycle identify a set of long-term arms limitation and security policies for the major states. These policies should be capable of satisfying various security and political objectives of non-nuclear weapon states thereby minimizing their incentives to acquire independent nuclear weapon capabilities and thus collectively minimizing future nuclear proliferation. Originally published in 1979 this book attempts to identify such a comprehensive arms limitation and security regime. It reviews negotiations concerning the NPT through the end of the Review Conference of the NPT in mid-1975 and the subsequent strategic debate concerning nuclear proliferation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367509606

Post-Victorian Britain 1902-1951 This comprehensive survey of English history during the first half of the twentieth century has three main themes: the political and social consequences of the replacement of the Liberal Party by the Labour Party; the continuous development of the welfare state; and the changes in Englands imperial and international position caused by the ambitions of Germany and Japan and by the emergence of the U.S.A and the U.S.S.R as world powers. The leading personalities of the period are brilliantly portrayed and the issues challengingly presently. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432444

Postwar AmericaAn Encyclopedia of Social Political Cultural and Economic History From the outbreak of the Cold War to the rise of the United States as the last remaining superpower the years following World War II were filled with momentous events and rapid change. Diplomatically economically politically and culturally the United States became a major influence around the globe. On the domestic front this period witnessed some of the most turbulent and prosperous years in American history. "Postwar America: An Encyclopedia of Social Political Cultural and Economic History" provides detailed coverage of all the remarkable developments within the United States during this period as well as their dramatic impact on the rest of the world. A-Z entries address specific persons groups concepts events geographical locations organizations and cultural and technological phenomena. Sidebars highlight primary source materials items of special interest statistical data and other information; and Cultural Landmark entries chronologically detail the music literature arts and cultural history of the era. Bibliographies covering literature from the postwar era and about the era are also included as are illustrations and specialized indexes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701608

Post-War Borneo 1945-1950Nationalism Empire and State-Building This book examines Borneo both British Borneo – Brunei Sarawak and North Borneo – and Dutch Borneo in the period 1945-1950. Borneo then was at the crossroads. Following the Japanese Occupation the likely future status of the various Bornean territories was not at all clear and the book discusses the various factions and powers both local and international who were contending for control in this period. It examines the effects of the Japanese surrender the impact of the subsequent interregnum and Australian and British military administrations the reassertion of Dutch control the struggle for Indonesian independence and movements for local autonomy reassertion of ethnic rights interests and identity. It charts developments throughout this volatile and uncertain period up to the point at which the newly independent Republic of Indonesia emerged and a more settled period began. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956544

Postwar British PoliticsFrom Conflict to Consensus This book offers a fresh view of postwar British politics very much at odds to the dominant view in contemporary scholarship. The author argues that postwar British politics up to and including the Blair Government can be largely characterised in terms of continuity and a gradual evolution from a period of conflict over the primary aims of government strategy to one of recent relative consensus. This book provides a provocative and challenging account of the historical background to the election of the Blair Government and will be of interest to a wide audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862806

Post-War British Theatre (Routledge Revivals) Since the Second World War we have witnessed exciting often confusing developments in the British theatre. This book first published in 1976 presents an enlightening objective history of the many facets of post-war British theatre and a fresh interpretation of theatre itself. The remarkable and profound changes which have taken place during this period range from the style and content of plays through methods of acting to shapes of theatres and the organisational habits of managers. Two national theatres have been brought almost simultaneously into existence; while at the other end of the financial scale the fringe and pub theatres have kicked their way into vigorous life. The theatre in Britain has been one of the post-war success stories to judge by its international renown and its mixture of experimental vitality and polished experience. In this book Elsom presents an approach to the problems of criticism and appreciation which range beyond those of literary analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839618

Post-War British Theatre Criticism (Routledge Revivals) This book first published in 1981 sets out the critical reaction to some fifty key post-war productions of the British theatre as gauged primarily through the contemporary reviews of theatre critics. The plays chosen are each in their different ways important in their contribution to the development of the British theatre covering the period from immediately after the Second World War when British theatre fell into decline through the revival of the late 1950s to the time in which this book was first published in which British theatre enjoyed a high international reputation for its diversity and quality. This book is ideal for theatre studies students as well as for the general theatre-goer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839717

Post-war Counterinsurgency and the SAS 1945-1952A Special Type of Warfare This work details the state of British counterinsurgency knowledge by 1945 and shows how wartime special forces and unconventional warfare affected many postwar counterinsurgencies. The vital role of the Special Air Service (SAS) is revealed here for the first time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045626

Post-war Dilemmas of Sri LankaDemocracy and Reconciliation By investigating Sri Lanka as a case study this book examines whether democracy compared to authoritarianism is conducive to post-war reconciliation. The research founded on primary as well as secondary data concludes that political systems have little to do with the success or failure of post-war ethnic reconciliation. The Sri Lankan case indicated that post-war reconciliation is more contingent on the readiness of the former enemies to come together. Readiness stems from for example satisfaction in the way issues have been resolved confidence in the other party's intentions and the compulsion to coexist. If the level of satisfaction confidence and the compulsion to coexist are low the readiness to reconcile will also be low.The end of the war had a profound impact on post-war governance and ethnic relations in Sri Lanka. Hence the volume provides an in-depth analysis of the factors that led to the military victory of the Sri Lankan government over the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE) in 2009. The chapters delve into the nexus between governance and reconciliation under the first two post-war governments. Reconciliation did not materialize in this period. Instead new fault-lines emerged as attacks on the Muslim community escalated drastically. This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the nature of relations between the Sinhalese and Muslims and the Tamils and Muslims as well as the nature and causes of post-war anti-Muslim riots. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660345

Post-War French Popular Music: Cultural Identity and the Brel-Brassens-Ferré Myth Jacques Brel Georges Brassens and Léo Ferré are three emblematic figures of post-war French popular music who have been constantly associated with each other by the public and the media. They have been described as the epitome of chanson and of 'Frenchness'. But there is more to the trio than a musical trinity: this new study examines the factors of cultural and national identity that have held together the myth of the trio since its creation. This book identifies the combination of cultural and historical circumstances from which the works of these three singers emerged. It presents an innovative analysis of the correlation between this iconic trio and the evolution of national myths that nurtured the cultural aspirations of post-war French society. It explores the ways in which Brel Brassens and Ferré embody the myth of the left-wing intellectual and of the authentic 'Gaul' spirit and it discusses the ambiguous attitude of post-war French society towards gender relations. The book takes an original look at the trio by demonstrating how it illustrates the popular representation of a key issue of French national identity: the paradoxical aspiration to both revolution and the maintenance of the status quo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669355

Post-war Jewish Women's Writing in FrenchJuives Francaises Ou Francaises Juives? This monograph identifies the key preoccupations of forty-five primary texts by Jewish women published between 1945 and 2007. These texts have the potential to contribute to both a collective memory for and a history of twentieth- and twenty-first-century French-speaking Jews. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602956

Postwar Movements and Countermovements1945-Present Postwar Movements and Countermovements: 1945-Present a new title in the six-title series History Through Literature: American Voices American Themes provides insights and analysis about the history literature and cultural climate of the United States since World War II. It brings together informational text and primary documents that cover notable historic events and trends authors literary works social movements and cultural and artistic themes.Postwar Movements and Countermovements begins with an interdisciplinary chronology that identifies defines and places in context the notable historical events literary works authors' lives and cultural landmarks of the period. This is followed by a comprehensive overview essay that summarises the era's major historical trends social movements cultural and artistic themes literary voices and enduring works as reflections of each other and the spirit of the times.The core content comprises 20-30 articles on representative writers of the period along with excerpts from essential literary works that highlight a historical theme sociocultural movement or the confluence of the two. These excerpts serve the Common Core emphasis on "informational texts from a broad range of cultures and periods" including "stories drama poetry and literary nonfiction". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765683304

Postwar RenoirFilm and the Memory of Violence This book re-assesses director Jean Renoir’s work between his departure from France in 1940 and his death in 1979 and contributes to the debate over how the medium of film registers the impact of trauma. The 1930s ended in catastrophe for both for Renoir and for France: La Règle du jeu was a critical and commercial disaster on its release in July 1939 and in 1940 France was occupied by Germany. Even so Renoir continued to innovate and experiment with his post-war work yet the thirteen films he made between 1941 and 1969 constituting nearly half of his work in sound cinema have been sorely neglected in the study of his work. With detailed readings of the these films and four novels produced by Renoir in his last four decades Davis explores the direct and indirect ways in which film and Renoir’s films in particular depict the aftermath of violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695863

Post-War Security TransitionsParticipatory Peacebuilding after Asymmetric Conflicts This book explores the conditions under which non-state armed groups (NSAGs) participate in post-war security and political governance. The text offers a comprehensive approach to post-war security transition processes based on five years of participatory research with local experts and representatives of former non-state armed groups. It analyses the successes and limits of peace negotiations demobilisation arms management political or security sector integration socio-economic reintegration and state reform from the direct point of view of conflict stakeholders who have been central participants in ongoing and past peacebuilding processes. Challenging common perceptions of ex-combatants as "spoilers" or "passive recipients of aid" the various contributors examine the post-war transitions of these individuals from state challengers to peacebuilding agents. The book concludes on a cross-country comparative analysis of the main research findings and the ways in which they may facilitate a participatory inclusive and gender-sensitive peacebuilding strategy. Post-War Security Transitions will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding security governance war and conflict studies political violence and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415680806

Postwar Trends in U.S. Forest Products TradeA Global National and Regional View By the end of World War II the United States had become well integrated into the world markets for forest products. No longer can domestic prices of forest products be viewed as being wholly determined by domestic demand and supply nor even by North American supply and demand but must be viewed in a worldwide context. Originally published in 1980 this work provides a comprehensive overview of the nature of global forestry particularly as it pertains to international trade flows of forest products and analyses the role of the United States in a global context. This is a valuable resource for any student or researcher interested in environmental studies global trade relations and foreign market development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954298

Postwar Urban AmericaDemography Economics and Social Policies This unique and inexpensive book provides a demographic and economic history of urban America over the last 65 years. The growth and decline of most northern cities is contrasted with the steady growth of western and southern cities. Various urban government policies are explored including federal state and local policies. There is a chapter focusing on Detroit and its rapid decline toward bankruptcy and its recent strategies to slow recovery. The final two chapters speculate on what's next for urban America and gives suggestions for stimulating growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765646088

Post-Western Sociology - From China to Europe This book is rooted in an epistemological approach to sociology in which the boundaries between Western and non-Western sociologies are acknowledged and built on. It argues that knowledge is organised in conceptual spaces linked to paradigms and programmes which in turn are linked to ethnocentred knowledge processes; that until recently Western approaches including Post-Colonial French Social Science and American approaches have dominated non-Western theories; and that Western theories have sometimes seemed incapable of explaining phenomena produced in other societies. It goes on to argue that the blurring of boundaries between Western and non-Western sociologies is very important; and that such a Post-Western approach will mean co-production and co-construction of common knowledge the recognition of ignored or forgotten scientific cultures and a "global change" in sociology which imposes theoretical and methodological detours displacements reversals and conversions. The book brings together a wide range of Western and Chinese sociologists who explore the consequences of this new approach in relation to many different issues and aspects of sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376576

Post-Work In Post-Work Stanley Aronowitz and Jonathan Cutler have collected essays from a variety of scholars to discuss the dreary future of work. The introduction The Post-Work Manifesto provides the framework for a radical reappraisal of work and suggests an alternative organization of labor. The provocative essays that follow focus on specific issues that are key to our reconceptualization of the notion and practice of work with coverage of the fight for shorter hours the relationship between school and work and the role of welfare among others. Armed with an interdisciplinary approach Post-Work looks beyond the rancorous debates around welfare politics and lays out the real sources of anxiety in the modern workplace. The result is an offering of hope for the future--an alternative path for a cybernation where the possibility of less work for a better standard of living is possible. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699966

Post-World War II Masculinities in British and American Literature and CultureTowards Comparative Masculinity Studies Analyzing literary texts plays films and photographs within a transatlantic framework this volume explores the inseparable and mutually influential relationship between different forms of national identity in Great Britain and the United States and the construction of masculinity in each country. The contributors take up issues related to how certain kinds of nationally specific masculine identifications are produced how these change over time and how literature and other forms of cultural representation eventually question and deconstruct their own myths of masculinity. Focusing on the period from the end of World War II to the 1980s the essays each take up a topic with particular cultural and historical resonance whether it is hypermasculinity in early cold war films; the articulation of male anxieties in plays by Arthur Miller David Mamet and Sam Shepard; the evolution of photographic depictions of masculinity from the 1960s to the 1980s; or the representations of masculinity in the fiction of American and British writers such as Patricia Highsmith Richard Yates John Braine Martin Amis Evan S. Connell James Dickey John Berger Philip Roth Frank Chin and Maxine Hong Kingston. The editors and contributors make a case for the importance of understanding the larger context for the emergence of more pluralistic culturally differentiated and ultimately transnational masculinities arguing that it is possible to conceptualize and emphasize difference and commonality simultaneously. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273122

PotatoesProduction Marketing And Programs For Developing Countries Although the potato is usually thought of as a temperate-zone crop potato growing in the tropics and subtropics is spreading rapidly. In terms of the dollar value of the crop this edible root now ranks fourth in the developing world after rice wheat and maize. Nevertheless policymakers often underrate the importance of the potato as a source of employment income and food or they underestimate the potential benefits from expanding potato production and use. The payoff from applied research on potato cultivation in the tropics and subtropics is high due to the large body of scientific information from developed countries. This book summarizes the principles of potato production distribution and use. The essential facts about the potato as a crop a commodity and a food are discussed as well as the issues that scientists and policymakers should consider in setting priorities for implementing and assessing the impact of potato research and extension programs. A major premise of the book is that programs aiming to increase food supplies and reduce poverty through crop improvement need to consider not only production technology but also marketing strategies and consumption patterns. Adequate planning for agricultural research and development requires an understanding of how crops are grown marketed and used and of what potential benefits the new technologies can yield. Hence effective crop improvement programs need both technical and socioeconomic expertise. The administrators and others responsible for implementing these programs must concern themselves with the policies that impinge on the adoption and consequences of new production methods so that their countries may reap the full benefits of an increased and stable food supply. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367299460

Potent FictionsChildren's Literacy and the Challenge of Popular Culture Today's children spend more time than ever before watching television playing computer games and reading comic and pulp fiction. Many of these are directly designed by the toy and media industry. Are children therefore simply being manipulated? There is widespread concern that because of these kinds of popular fiction children do not read `quality' literature resulting in lower standards of literacy. There is also the further fear that because many of these popular media portray highly stereotyped gendered images this too will have a damaging effect on children. Mary Hilton's fascinating book proves that there is another side to the argument. We do not have to view popular culture as a threat to our children or their education. The writers of this collection show how used carefully alongside other types of literature popular culture can actually help teachers to develop literacy in a broad and positive sense. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167650

Potential Not PathologyHelping Your Clients Transform Using Ericksonian Psychotherapy This book is designed to assist counsellors who would like to use and understand the psychotherapeutic strategies of Milton Erickson but often find it confusing intimidating or unrealistic. Using colourful case studies and stories told in everyday language this work will educate and help professionals in being able to understand how to adapt and apply creative and resourceful therapy interventions based on the concepts of Ericksonian psychotherapy. It will also assist clinicians and therapists in easily implementing the concepts of Ericksonian psychotherapy into their work in order to energise and revitalise their therapy sessions. Subjects explored include client resistance and client potential the role of imagination and playfulness in the therapeutic work and the healing possibilities hidden within stories and metaphors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201403

Potential Use of Solar Energy and Emerging Technologies in Micro Irrigation This new book the fourth volume in the Innovations and Challenges in Micro Irrigation book series examines the potential of solar energy and other emerging energy technologies in micro irrigation to create sustainable energy sources. The authors discuss a variety of innovative micro irrigation system designs with a special focus on solar energy and photovoltaic (PV) energy. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883641

Potters and Patrons in Edo Period JapanTakatori Ware and the Kuroda Domain Potters and Patrons in Edo Period Japan: Takatori Ware and the Kuroda Domain traces the development of one of Japan's best-documented ceramic types from its beginnings around 1600 until the abolition of the domain system in 1871. Using historical records archaeological material from early kilns and consumer sites and the results of comparative chemical analysis this study explores the operation of Takatori as the official ceramic workshop of the Kuroda lords of one of the largest domains in Japan. Spanning cultural aesthetic economic and practical aspects this book presents Takatori ware as an ideal archetype with which to compare developments in elite ceramics in other parts of Japan throughout the Edo period. In addition to its scholarly examination of the operation of a domain-sponsored ceramics workshop over more than 250 years the book includes illustrations of examples from each of the seven Takatori workshop locations including beautiful pieces that have never before appeared in print. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246508

Pottery and the Archaeologist Collection of research papers concerning ceramic and ceramic analysis for archaeologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404847

Poultry Products ProcessingAn Industry Guide Poultry Products Processing: An Industry Guide covers all major aspects of the modern poultry further processing industry. The author provides a comprehensive guide to the many steps involved in converting poultry muscle (chicken turkey duck ratite etc.) into meat and highlights the critical points required to assure high quality and safe produ Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429133510

Poultry Products TechnologyThird Edition Now in its third edition this classic volume characterizes the science and technology of the poultry industry today defines the breadth and scope of the overall problems in the industry and points out areas where more research is needed. With special attention to recent changes in the industry the nearly two dozen updated chapters of Poultry Products Technology provide a comprehensive overview of the field examining topics which deal with the processing handling marketing and preparation of poultry meat products and by-products.Poultry Products Technology provides up-to-date information and references for food scientists food technologists dieticians and others trained in the food service industry who will at some point handle poultry products. This book supplies knowledge about how poultry and eggs are processed and prepared and how they can be used for optimum portions and services. The breadth of topics covered as listed below make it an ideal text for those just entering the field for individuals who wish to learn about the work in a particular area before starting extensive research and for those in the industry who require specific information for making decisions and projecting plans for the future:quality identification--grades and standardsquality maintenance--handling and processing poultry and eggs to prevent grade losseschemical and nutritive characteristics of poultry meat and eggsmicrobiology of eggs and poultry meatmethods of preservation--freezing drying refrigeration radiation canning smokingcooking poultry meat and eggshandling and uses of inedible by-productsmethods of analysis of eggs and egg productsDuring the last twenty years the consumption of poultry meat has and continues to increase while the consumption of eggs has steadily decreased yet both are still considered good econ Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742747

Poverty Poverty has dire consequences on the ability to fulfil one’s aspirations for life. Poverty has strong implications for social cohesion and societies’ abilities to function in harmonious ways. This book presents the readers with the core concepts latest development and knowledge about policies that work to eliminate absolute poverty. This volume shows what the consequences are for the quality of life of those living in poverty. It describes life for people in poverty in general but also deals more specifically with children in-work poverty and the elderly thus providing a life generational and global perspective on poverty including the impact on people’s happiness levels. The book also discusses policies aimed at poverty reduction such as changes to the labour market – including the risk of working poor – and shows that there is a variety of possible instruments available to reduce poverty. These range from direct provision of social security to ensuring education and a better functioning labour market. Written in an engaging and accessible style the book provides a succinct insight into the concept of poverty how to measure it the situation of poverty around the globe as well as different types of possible interventions to cope with poverty. Supporting theory with examples and case studies from a variety of contexts suggestions for further reading and a detailed glossary this text is an essential read for anyone approaching the study of poverty for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276362

Poverty Class and Gender in Rural AfricaA Tanzanian Case Study Focussing on a Fieldwork study of the West Usambaras in Tanzania this study first published in 1990 deals with processes of class formation and capitalist accumulation and the dynamics of rural poverty and gender relations. Arguing that rural differentiation is systematically reinforced by the socialist state the authors offer a critique of government intervention and discuss alternative more effective forms of policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850117

Poverty Ethnicity And Violent Crime Violent crime in America is more strongly associated with poverty and with changing social and economic conditions than with race or ethnicity and patterns of violence are changing. These are among the conclusions of Poverty Ethnicity and Violent Crime a searching analysis that draws on scholarly research from all the social and behavioral scie Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317386

Poverty Family and Kinship in a Heartland Community With a few notable exceptions sociological studies of poor native-born non-ethnic whites in rural areas are rare. This book corrects this oversight with an ethnographic study of a small poor white heartland community that the author calls "Potter Addition." The community consists of some 100 families and is located on the rural-urban fringe of a medium-sized Midwestern city.Poverty Family and Kinship in a Heartland Community is the story of three generations of rural families who one after another have been driven from the land during the last seventy-five years. Harvey argues against the grain of a number of recent studies that "Potter Addition's" poverty like much modern poverty has its origins in the productive contradictions of late capitalism. It is not the result of some moral or motivational defect of the poor themselves. At the same time he shows even as they struggle to survive their uncertain niche and learn how to adapt these families play an active role in reproducing the everyday material and cultural details of their poverty from the substance of their daily experiences.Working from this premise Harvey provides a detailed ethnographic description of "Potter Addition" and its people. The volume focuses especially on the family and kinship structures that have developed in "Potter Addition" and shows how they fit into the overall response of the poor to their uncertain and unpredictable class situation. This is a unique effort by a knowledgeable researcher who in this work boldly steps outside conventional realms of discourse in sociology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530553

Poverty Food Insecurity and Commercialization in Rural China This study first published in 1993 analyses the relationship among poverty food insecurity and commercialization in rural China by employing agricultural household models. Data are derived from a 10 000 household subsample of the annual rural household consumption and expenditure survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369009

Poverty Income and Social ProtectionInternational Policy Perspectives This book provides insights into the way social protection policy is being redefined as a result of the new commitment by governments around the world to use these programs to reduce poverty. The case studies presented show how innovations in social protection have emerged in different countries. They also discuss various aspects of social protection that will be of interest to readers. While some of the case studies are primarily descriptive and seek to document recent trends in different countries they also address important social policy issues. Others are particularly topical because they provide useful updates on recent social protection innovations. Countries discussed include Brazil Britain Chile China Indonesia South Africa and the United States. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Policy Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944138

Poverty Inequality and Growth in Developing CountriesTheoretical and empirical approaches There are many problems regarding poverty inequality and growth in developing countries in Asia and Africa. Policy makers at the national level and at international institutions such as the United Nations World Bank International Monetary Fund and others have implemented various policies in order to decrease poverty and inequality. This book provides empirical observations on Asian countries and Africa. Each chapter provides theoretical and empirical analysis on regional case studies with an emphasis on policy implications. The book will be of use to many who wish to assess and improve policies in developing countries and mitigate poverty and inequality and stimulate growth by drawing on relevant empirical research and economic theories. Clearly there have been numerous policy failures and the book aims to provide a basis for improving policies and outcomes based on relevant empirical observations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067295

Poverty Progress and Development The studies of poverty progress and development in this volume first published in 1991 by a distinguished international roster of authors and researchers aim to increase knowledge of the social mechanisms of pauperization marginalization and the exclusion of certain categories of society; to bring to light the potential and creative role of socio-cultural intellectual ethical moral and spiritual values in progress and the development process; and to examine the links and contradictions between development and progress in order to propose ways of reducing social inequalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865693

Poverty Welfare and the Disciplinary State First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203003664

Poverty Alleviation and Poverty of AidPakistan Aid effectiveness has emerged as an intensely debated issue amongst policy makers donors development practitioners civil society and academics during the past decade. This debate revolves around one important question: does official development assistance complement duplicate or disregard the local resource endowment in offering support to recipient economies?This book draws on Pakistan’s experience in responding to this question with a diverse range of examples. It focuses on a central idea: no aid effectiveness without an effective receiving mechanism. Pakistan is among the top aid recipient countries in the developing economies. It was a shining model in the sixties and it ranks among the highly underperforming countries after the new millennium. This book offers an insight into the dynamics of success and failure of Pakistan in availing foreign financial and technical assistance for human development and poverty alleviation. It draws on field experiences to present case studies on water shelter health education and health and safety at work to identify the causes and consequences of aid in relation to social reality. Findings relate to developing economies and would be of interest to a wide range of individuals within the development sector. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780367587826

Poverty Alleviation through Tourism DevelopmentA Comprehensive and Integrated Approach The book offers a comprehensive and integrated approach to the topic of tourism development and its contribution to the fight against poverty. Tourism development is credited to be a powerful source of regional development and improvement in developing countries and the focus of the book is on the world’s poorest areas and how tourism connects to the poor and unlocks opportunities to escape the poverty trap. This book takes a comprehensive and unique approach by combining a decade of research on the effects of tourism development on poverty reduction in Latin America. The book explores poverty and its impact on development at the macro and micro levels. Then it goes on to focus on tourism development and its effects on growth inequality and poverty reduction and how these dynamic relationships affect the most vulnerable groups of society. The research also documents on how the poor perceive tourism development on their lives and if they see it as an important vehicle to help them escape from poverty. Lastly the authors map the conditions under which tourism can reach the poor and how tourism can offer opportunities for impoverished areas and their residents. Combining tourism dynamics development economics poverty reduction business practices and a sustainable perspective the book takes a broad look at this important issue. The book will be informative and valuable to a higher educational audience including academia and researchers as well as practitioners policymakers and international organizations and graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881418

Poverty Amidst PlentyWorld Political Economy And Distributive Justice Edward Weisband's pioneering text is destined to transform the current teaching of world political economy at both the introductory and the advanced level. Outlining the moral principles and ethical concepts fundamental to grasping the human significance of poverty he clearly reveals what is often hinted at but rarely stated–that the political dimensions of poverty and distributive justice constitute the organizing framework of the study of world political economy. Against a backdrop of readings Professor Weisband's insightful interpretative essays generate an interdisciplinary discussion a synthesis of theoretical perspectives and value orientations providing students with a critical comprehension of the complex workings of the world economy. The essays link basic approaches to world politics and international relations international law and organization international sociology development studies and moral philosophy to give texture to such basic theories as modes of production dependency world systems unequal exchange the labor theory of value free-trade liberalism neomercantilism Marxism and neo-Marxism. Alternative value orientations are also explored including realist and neo-realist conservative and liberal egalitarian and cosmopolitan radical and materialist. Poverty Amidst Plenty combines theory and analysis with historical and normative perspectives to offer students a relevant prescriptive and most of all human picture of the far-reaching system that governs much of our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299484

Poverty and Child Health The power of purchasers exposes the weaknesses of conventional thinking on the costs and benefits of priorities. Health policy analysts now have to develop rational criteria to support decisions in a process which may be inherently intuitive. This authoritative and practical text points the way towards clear choices in resource allocation and the implications of these choices on expenditure diverted among different health care programmes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385297

Poverty and Climate ChangeRestoring a Global Biogeochemical Equilibrium Most if not all of the global biogeochemical cycles on the earth have been broken or are at dangerous tipping points. These broken cycles have expressed themselves in various forms as soil degradation and depletion ocean acidification global warming and climate change. The best proposal for an organic solution to fixing the myriad broken cycles is a deliberate investment in solutions that first acknowledge the historic roles played by both the subjugated peoples and the economic beneficiaries of the environmental exploitations of the past. Ever since Europeans made contact with the West a series of global circumstances including the genocide of the indigenous people of the Americas the enslavement and global subjugation of Africans and the emergence of Western concepts of trade dominance and capitalism have led to deleterious impacts on the global biogeochemical cycles. Addressing the broken biogeochemical cycles should be done with a clear understanding that it was not only human subjects which were subjugated but also land water and air. These three global stores must be replenished from the ideological position that poverty is not simply the absence of money but is also the lack of access to non-polluting energy sources to clean air devoid of runaway greenhouse gasses and to local conditions devoid of climate change instabilities. With this in mind the global powerbrokers can enter into a new deal with developing nations shifting the paradigm toward a new ecological approach that rewards good behavior and sets new standards of worldwide relations based on ecologic inclusivity rather than the exclusive economic arrangements currently in order. Harnessing a forward thinking approach to analyzing the current global environmental crisis this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of sustainable development political ecology sustainable agriculture climate change and environmental justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500580

Poverty and Development in ChinaAlternative Approaches to Poverty Assessment China has made huge economic strides in recent decades but poverty is still a major issue on the agenda for rural China. Poverty and Development in China analyses how poverty is recognized and measured and how people in poverty are identified literally asking: who is poor in China? Lu Caizhen’s research compares four approaches to poverty assessment: China’s official poverty identification method the participatory approach to poverty assessment the monetary approach and use of multidimensional poverty indicators. Each of these is applied to the same population of households to identify the poor in rural Wuding County Yunnan Province. The analysis shows that there is in fact very little overlap of households identified as poor by the various means and that choice of approach does matter in the outcome of who is identified as poor. This has implications at the theoretical methodological and policy levels. Lu discusses these in detail concluding that at present there is a need to shift away from poverty reduction strategies that narrowly emphasize income generation activities as these are often short-term efforts. Instead the focus should move towards a broader combination of short-term and long-term strategies to break poverty’s inter-linked structural causes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618229

Poverty and Devotion in Mendicant Cultures 1200-1450 Ever since the time of Francis of Assisi a commitment to voluntary poverty has been a controversial aspect of religious life. This volume explores the interaction between poverty and religious devotion in the mendicant orders between the thirteenth and fifteenth centuries. While poverty has often been perceived more as a Franciscan than as a Dominican emphasis this volume considers its role within a broader movement of evangelical renewal associated with the mendicant transformation of religious life. At a time of increased economic prosperity reformers within the Church sought new ways of encouraging identification with the person of Christ. This volume considers the paradoxical tension between voluntary poverty as a way of emulating Christ and involuntary poverty as situation demanding a response from those with the means to help the poor. Drawing on history literature and visual arts it explores how the mendicant orders continued to transform religious life into the time of the renaissance. The papers in this volume are organised under three headings prefaced with an introductory essay by the editors: Poverty and the Rule of Francis exploring the interpretation of poverty in the Franciscan Order; Devotional Cultures considering aspects of devotional life fostered by mendicant religious communities Franciscan Augustinian and Dominican; Preaching Poverty on the way poverty was promoted and practiced within the Dominican Order in the later Middle Ages and Renaissance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879587

Poverty and Exclusion in North and SouthEssays on Social Policy and Global Poverty Reduction Over the past decade there has been a worrying increase in poverty in the industrialised countries of the "North" while many of the developing countries of the "South" have experienced some improvement. This collection argues that there are a number of likenesses between the predicaments of North and South and that these warrant further investigation and analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811232

Poverty and Governance in South Asia Across South Asia in the last two decades there has been widespread emphasis on governance reforms aiming to reduce poverty through Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). The recent development agenda has had great impact over the region and this book finds that it largely widens the gap between the rich and poor which combined with rising inflation contributes to political instability. The book analyses the discourses of development agenda and governance crisis and provides a survey of the region by not only focusing on India Pakistan and Bangladesh but also on the smaller countries in the region such as Bhutan. Explaining three components of the development agenda as criteria for economic development – poverty reduction governance reforms and civil society participation through liberal democracy – this book explores the consequences of the neo-liberal democracy and recent development agenda coupled with governance reforms. This work argues that the political economy of South Asia is largely derived from experiences of historical colonialism and recent changes driven by contemporary rise of India as a global power after the triumph of new-liberal democracy and market capitalism in the post-cold war era. It proposes a strengthening of the instruments of endogenous governance and people's participation in South Asian countries to reduce poverty through MDGs and other development goals in combination with top-down and bottom up approaches. Offering an understanding of governance and development in the context of the South Asia this book will be of interest to academics in the fields of Political Economics International Development Studies Political Science and Governance Studies as well as policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492189

Poverty and Inclusion in Early Years Education Poverty and Inclusion in Early Years Education will help practitioners to understand the experiences of young children who are living in poverty. It examines the potentially devastating impact of poverty and social exclusion on children’s chances in later life and considers recent policy and practice reforms which have recognised the critical role played by early years settings and practitioners in guaranteeing a secure foundation for children’s future attainment. The book explores the historical political and legal aspects of policy on poverty and social exclusion before offering guidance on how practitioners can help to address the inequalities caused by poverty and break the cycle of deprivation. Chapters go on to address the practicalities of working with children families and agencies to create an inclusive early years environment and focus on issues including: developing effective partnerships with families collaborating with outside agencies encouraging awareness of different socio-economic backgrounds. With case studies reflective questions and further reading included throughout to help the reader to apply the ideas to their own practice the book will be an invaluable resource for early years practitioners students and all those wishing to promote social inclusion and tackle the impact of social exclusion and poverty in early years settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201507

Poverty and Literacy There is a mutual dependence between poverty and academic achievement creative pedagogies for low-income pupils school models that ‘beat the odds’ and the resiliency of low-income families dedicated to the academic success of their children. This book examines the connection between poverty and literacy looking at the potential roles and responsibilities of teachers school administrators researchers and policymakers in closing the achievement gap and in reducing the effects of poverty on the literacy skill development of low-income children. There are numerous suggestions about how to improve schools so that they respond to the needs of low-income children; some argue for school reform while others advocate social reform and yet others suggest combining both educational reform and social reform. Without a strong foundation in literacy children are all too often denied access to a rich and diverse curriculum. Reading and writing are passports to achievement in many other curricular areas and literacy education plays an important role in moving people out of poverty toward greater self-sufficiency post-graduation. Schools and home environments share responsibility for literacy skill development; in school literacy equals the acquisition of reading and writing skills but it is also a social practice key to social mobility. The achievement gap between low-income middle-class and upper middle-class students illustrates the power of socioeconomic factors outside school. This book was originally published as two special issues of Reading & Writing Quarterly: Overcoming Learning Difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693431

Poverty and Low Income in the Nordic Countries This title was first published in 2000:  The Nordic Council and the Nordic Council of Ministers decided in 1994 to initiate and finance a comparative study to understand better the structure and development of poverty in five Nordic countries (Denmark Finland Iceland Norway and Sweden). The main question posed is how the number of people living with low incomes has changed over time and what characterizes such households.? Since no official poverty line has been defined in the Nordic countries the comparative study examines a set of different definitions of poverty and analyzes the change in poverty rates and poverty composition in light of those different definitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703018

Poverty and Poor Law Reform in Nineteenth-Century Britain 1834-1914From Chadwick to Booth The Poor Law Amendment Act of 1834 is one of the most important pieces of social legislation ever enacted. Its principles and the workhouse system dominated attitudes to welfare provision for the next 80 years. This new Seminar Study explores the changing ideas to poverty over this period and assesses current debates on Victorian attitudes to the poor. David Englander reviews the old system of poor relief; he considers how the New Poor Law was enacted and received and looks at how it worked in practice. The chapter on the Scottish experience will be particularly welcomed as will Dr Englander's discussion of the place of the Poor Law within British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836600

Poverty and Social Exclusion in the New Russia Presenting the findings of a major research project funded by the EU (INTAS) this key volume investigates the regional ethnic and socio-cultural aspects of poverty and social exclusion in Russia in recent years. In-depth household interviews and survey data allowed teams from the UK Denmark and Russia to compare different societies and communities in Russia across several different themes: the definition of poverty in different regional ethnic and socio-cultural settings; the reproduction and formation of poverty subcultures in different societies and communities; the ethnic/national and political values of poor people; the readiness of poor people for social protest; and a comparison of Russia with other EU countries. Offering a wealth of original data collected following a period of rapid impoverishment of the Russian population the study considers the challenge this presents to Western European models of poverty and social exclusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604479

Poverty and Social ExclusionNew Methods of Analysis Poverty and inequality remain at the top of the global economic agenda and the methodology of measuring poverty continues to be a key area of research. This new book from a leading international group of scholars offers an up to date and innovative survey of new methods for estimating poverty at the local level as well as the most recent multidimensional methods of the dynamics of poverty. It is argued here that measures of poverty and inequality are most useful to policy-makers and researchers when they are finely disaggregated into small geographic units. Poverty and Social Exclusion: New Methods of Analysis is the first attempt to compile the most recent research results on local estimates of multidimensional deprivation. The methods offered here take both traditional and multidimensional approaches with a focus on using the methodology for the construction of time-related measures of deprivation at the individual and aggregated levels. In analysis of persistence over time the book also explores whether the level of deprivation is defined in terms of relative inequality in society or in relation to some supposedly absolute standard. This book is of particular importance as the continuing international economic and financial crisis has led to the impoverishment of segments of population as a result of unemployment bankruptcy and difficulties in obtaining credit. The volume will therefore be of interest to all those working on economic econometric and statistical methods and empirical analyses in the areas of poverty social exclusion and income inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241343

Poverty And Social Welfare In The United States This book was born of the author’s surprise and excitement at the sheer volume of academic work on poverty and social welfare being reported at sociological conferences around the United States in 1985 and 1986. Teachers may wish to use this book in advanced undergraduate and graduate level courses to introduce students to current debates about po Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299491

Poverty and the Critical Security Agenda Poverty and the Critical Security Agenda argues that poverty should be a central concern of security studies and critiques existing methodological approaches to poverty and 'well-being'. Using the Philippines as a case study this book is critical of approaches to poverty that portray the poor as passive objects as opposed to dynamic actors. With this in mind the relationship between poverty and democracy as a means to facilitating human security is central. Poverty acts as a major behavioural force in international relations not least for the state and therefore merits increased visibility within the research agenda. This text is highly relevant for courses on international relations methodology and critical theory development studies security studies and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391111

Poverty and the Third Way What is poverty and how can it be tackled? Taking the Third Way out of its narrow party political context this book argues that it is necessary to harness work beyond employment in order to pave a Third Way beyond capitalism and socialism. The outcome is a thought-provoking new approach towards combating poverty.Poverty and the Third Way uncovers how New Labour's employment-focussed approach causes rather than resolves poverty. Searching for another approach the authors find the seeds of an alternative 'Third Way' in radical European social democratic and ecological thought which seeks to transcend capitalism and socialism by developing work beyond employment. Exploring the reasons why such an approach is needed and how it can be implemented the authors transcend the 'there is no alternative' to capitalism school of thought dominant in many advanced economies by providing a clearly marked route map of the way towards a post-capitalist economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883369

Poverty and Vagrancy in Tudor England First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167698

Poverty and Vulnerability in Dhaka SlumsThe Urban Livelihoods Study Bangladesh has low levels of urbanization but a high urban population in absolute terms being one of the most densely populated countries in the world. Rapid urbanization in developing countries brings numerous problems and challenges; urban poverty is one important issue. This important volume presents the findings of a complex and revealing multidisciplinary cohort study conducted in the slums of Dhaka Bangladesh. Detailed information was assembled on material social and economic conditions livelihoods health and nutritional status. Together with associated qualitative work the data forms the basis for understanding groups who are vulnerable to economic and environmental shocks and stresses and for differentiating strategies which might be adaptive in situations of hardship and scarcity. The author examines many aspects of poverty and vulnerability including livelihoods work disabling illness and coping strategies the female workforce women’s negotiation and well being marital instability child labour and investments in health and nutrition and utilizes the assembled material to debate on policy options. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263949

Poverty Comparisons Poverty comparisons - such as whether poverty has increased or where it is greatest are typically clouded in conceptual and methodological uncertainties. How should individual well-being be assessed in deciding who is poor? Is a household survey a reliable guide? Where should the poverty line be drawn and does the choice matter? This monograph surveys the issues that need to be considered in answering these questions providing an accessible introduction to the most recent literature. The strengths and weaknesses of past methods are discussed and a summary of methodological recommendations is given. A number of new analytical tools are described which can greatly facilitate poverty comparisons recognising the uncertainties involved. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866217

Poverty Comparisons First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160392

Poverty Discourses in Teacher Education As economies across the world continue to struggle there is growing evidence that the vulnerable in society especially children are paying the greatest cost in terms of reduced opportunities for access to equitable life chances the most vital of these being education. Juxtaposing the ongoing failure of education systems to address disadvantage with the widespread belief in the vital importance of the training of teachers raises another issue namely that remarkably little is known about the effective preparation of pre-service teachers to ameliorate educational disadvantage and additionally that little attention appears to be given to this in most teacher preparation programmes. This book attempts to redress this balance and is structured by three themes that focus on national policy pre-service teacher preparation programmes and individual pre-service teachers. The book reveals a disheartening picture of complex patterns of inequality across and within individual countries together with an incomplete understanding of the intersectional mechanisms - political ideological social and cultural - that link poverty and educational disadvantage. Contributions from five different countries however provide evidence of positive signs that interesting innovative and intellectually sound developments are happening at a local level and offer a valuable contribution to the debate about how teacher education can create levers for change. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Journal of Education for Teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592592

Poverty in Plenty (Routledge Revivals)The Ethics of Income First published in 1931 this Routledge Revivals title reissues J.A Hobson’s analysis of financial distribution in the early years of Twentieth Century Britain. The book focuses on the moral questions that he considered to be important in regard to the economic reforms that were necessary to secure the utilisation of modern productivity for the welfare of mankind. In this work Hobson considers the wasteful working of the economic system with its over-production under-consumption and unemployment and states that these errors are due to the unfair way in which income is apportioned among the nations classes and individuals that produce it. Poverty in Plenty argues for a conscious economic government inspired by a sense of justice and humanity. It makes suggestions towards the establishment of such a government and presents business prosperity as a problem of morals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626835

Poverty in PlentyA human development report for the UK 'Poverty in Plenty breaks new ground in two ways. It is the first national Human Development Report to focus on an industrialised country and it is the first to be produced by a non-governmental organisation� While problems of poverty and deprivation are less extreme in countries such as the UK than in some other parts of the world the human development message is still highly relevant. There are many people who suffer through inadequate housing insufficient means to guarantee a nutritious diet and the absence of secure rewarding and remunerative employment' From the Foreward by Sakiko Fukuda-Parr Human Development Report Office United Nations Development Programme 'The economics that dominates Britain � loosely known as globilisation � is a kind of religion which dictates that the worship of money should take preference over common buman values like the sharing of wealth and the right to a decent life. This report reveals the power of traditional economics over our society and the way in which the lives of our grandmothers and grandfathers men and women girls and boys have been damaged and impoverished. I highly recommend it' Ann Pettifor Director Jubilee 2000 UK The UK's performance on poverty and deprivation ranks 16th out of 18 industrialised countries ? People living in Glasgow Shettleston are 3.8 times more likely to die before they are 65 years old than those living in Wokingham In industrialised countries wealth and affluence are widely perceived to be growing although not at the same rate for everyone. But economic growth is not the same as genuine human development. Poverty in Plenty applies accepted measures of human poverty � education health and employment � to the UK and assesses how our food and housing policies contribute to a sustainable way of life. It draws on the work of leading research institutes and campaigning groups to determine the real state of society in the UK. Using a range of indicators to measure livelihoods and well-being the report shows how widespread poverty is and highlights the vast geographical disparities in levels of poverty that exist within the UK. It goes on to set out what urgently needs to be done to address the sobering trends revealed and describes effective policies that will allow us to improve the current situation. The findings are of vital importance to those working on social issues in the public and voluntary sectors and to students and general readers wanting the truth behind the public statistics. Jane Seymour is an independent researcher and writer on health and environment issues. Originally published in 2000 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870144

Poverty in the History of Economic ThoughtFrom Mercantilism to Neoclassical Economics Poverty in the History of Economic Thought: From Mercantilism to Neoclassical Economics aims to describe and critically examine how economic thought deals with poverty and the poor including its causes consequences reduction and abolition. This edited volume traces the economic ideas of key writers and schools of thought across a significant period ranging from Adam Smith and Malthus through to Wicksell Cassel and Heckscher. The chapters relate poverty to income distribution asserting that poverty is not always conceived of in absolute terms and that relative and social deprivation matter also. Furthermore the contributors deal with both individual poverty and the poverty of nations in the context of international economy. By providing such a thorough exploration this book shows that the approach to poverty differs from economist to economist depending on their particular interests and the main issues related to poverty in each epoch as well as the influence of the intellectual climate that prevailed at the time when the contribution was made. This key text is valuable reading for advanced students and researchers of the history of economic thought economic development and the economics of poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354237

Poverty in Transition Economies This study addresses the experience of and responses to poverty in a range of transition economies including Russia Ukraine Hungary Slovenia Uzbekistan Romania Albania and Macedonia. It covers topics such as the definition of poverty lines and the measurement of poverty; the role of income-in-kind in supporting families; homelessness and destitution; housing; the design targeting and administration of welfare; and personal responses to economic transition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203769966

Poverty Law and Legal ActivismLives that Slide Out of View Linking critical legal thinking to constitutional scholarship and a practical tradition of US lawyering that is orientated around anti-poverty activism this book offers an original revisionist account of contemporary jurisprudence legal theory and legal activism. The book argues that we need to think in terms of a much broader inheritance for critical legal thinking that derives from the social ethics of the progressive era new left understandings of "creative democracy" and radical theology. To this end it puts jurisprudence and legal theory in touch with recent scholarship on the American left and indeed with attempts to recover the legacies of progressive era thinking the civil rights struggle and the Great Society. Focusing on the theory and practice of poverty law in the period stretching from the mid-1960s to the present day the book argues that at the heart of both critical and liberal thinking is an understanding of the lawyer as an ethical actor: inspired by faith or politics to appreciate the potential and limits of law in the struggle against economic inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862664

Poverty PolicyA Compendium of Cash Transfer Proposals Cash transfers are but one form of income supplementation and a fuller presentation of antipoverty proposals would include both transfers in-kind (such as food housing and medical care) and human investment programs aimed at increasing the earning capacity of individuals. Much discussion has centered on how to reduce poverty by getting more cash income in the hands of poor people. This collection brings together in one accessible volume the most widely discussed plans for reducing financial poverty in the United States through cash transfers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530546

Poverty Reduction - An Effective Means of Population ControlTheory Evidence and Policy This book contends that high fertility is rational in that it achieves short term economic benefit and long term old age-support for families. Wider macroeconomic effects are not the concern of the individual family. This means that the fertility choices of the poor are not a result of ignorance. The objective of this book is to drive home the fact that it is poverty that is responsible for high fertility and that until the problem of poverty is effectively dealt with the problem of high fertility will continue to persist. The book concludes with a series of policy recommendations for the eradication of poverty. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601762

Poverty Reduction of the DisabledLivelihood of persons with disabilities in the Philippines A third of poor people are disabled in the developing world. How much do we know about their livelihood with hard data? Are they entirely powerless and dependent on family members? How do they earn income? These questions have become more important than ever now that persons with disabilities (PWDs) in developing countries have awakened to rights and entitlements and that the international community started considering the incorporation of disability into the context of poverty reduction. This book highlights opportunities and challenges faced by PWDs in the developing countries. This book also illustrates the analyses with a case study which was conducted in the Philippines and this case study has made a good progress in legislation for PWDs. A field survey was jointly conducted by the Institute of Developing Economies Japan and the Philippine Institute for Development Studies in Metro Manila the capital city of the Philippines in 2008. Around 400 PWDs were interviewed and the data was investigated with econometrics. The book highlights a remarkable disparity in earnings and education among PWDs. The book also examines the positive role of organizations such as Disabled People’s Organizations and how empowerment of PWDs is made through dissemination of useful information such as programs given by the central and local governments. The book concludes that all measures i.e. education training DPOs and institutional preferences must be mobilized harmoniously to boost the livelihood of PWDs sinking in the bottom stratum in income. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315770222

Poverty Reduction of the DisabledLivelihood of persons with disabilities in the Philippines A third of poor people are disabled in the developing world. How much do we know about their livelihood with hard data? Are they entirely powerless and dependent on family members? How do they earn income? These questions have become more important than ever now that persons with disabilities (PWDs) in developing countries have awakened to rights and entitlements and that the international community started considering the incorporation of disability into the context of poverty reduction. This book highlights opportunities and challenges faced by PWDs in the developing countries. This book also illustrates the analyses with a case study which was conducted in the Philippines and this case study has made a good progress in legislation for PWDs. A field survey was jointly conducted by the Institute of Developing Economies Japan and the Philippine Institute for Development Studies in Metro Manila the capital city of the Philippines in 2008. Around 400 PWDs were interviewed and the data was investigated with econometrics. The book highlights a remarkable disparity in earnings and education among PWDs. The book also examines the positive role of organizations such as Disabled People’s Organizations and how empowerment of PWDs is made through dissemination of useful information such as programs given by the central and local governments. The book concludes that all measures i.e. education training DPOs and institutional preferences must be mobilized harmoniously to boost the livelihood of PWDs sinking in the bottom stratum in income. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056114

Poverty Reduction Strategies in Africa A fundamental question about contemporary Africa is why does Africa remain so poor long after the departure of the European Colonial domination and in the midst of so many natural resources? Poverty Reduction Strategies in Africa provides new understandings of the persistent issue of poverty in Sub-Saharan Africa and makes recommendations for policy frameworks to help African governments alleviate poverty. Each chapters uses case studies to review the old strategies for resolving the problem of poverty in the continent and make the case for new initiatives to address poverty. The contributors focus on practical and day-to-day issues as the best approach to formulate and implement poverty reduction strategies in contemporary Africa.This book is invaluable reading for students and scholars of African politics and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885328

Poverty Reduction that WorksExperience of Scaling Up Development Success �This book provides an excellent framework to analyse the experience of a wide variety of successful initiatives across the world and draws attention to critical issues that practitioners need to think about when designing poverty reduction interventions and scaling up.� Bill Tod Regional MDG Adviser SNV Asia �With its wide regional coverage and frank discussions of issues and problems encountered in designing projects that directly tackle poverty this will be a very useful reference book for NGOs INGOs and also for multilateral institutions.� Johanna Boestel Country Economist Asian Development Bank Sri Lanka Resident Mission We are now at the midpoint for achieving the Millennium Development Goals and the objective of halving poverty by 2015. Despite commendable efforts and much progress up to 750 million people are still living in absolute poverty. To lift these people out of poverty macro-economic policies must be complemented by targeted and local level poverty reduction. This book looks at twenty of the most innovative case studies of poverty reduction and Millennium Development Goal localization from fifteen countries - Afghanistan Bangladesh Cambodia China Egypt India Indonesia Malaysia Mexico Nepal Paraguay Philippines Sri Lanka Thailand and Vietnam - covering diverse issues ranging from housing and tourism to socio-economic empowerment of women health insurance and markets for livestock produce. Many of the cases started as small scale interventions by NGOs donors or government pilots but now they are being scaled up to form part of national policy or replicated across their respective countries. Yet why do some work while others do not? What are the stumbling blocks and how can they be overcome? And what lessons and principles are there for replicating and scaling up poverty reduction initiatives worldwide? This book tackles these questions and more and presents a wealth of knowledge evidence and ideas for all practitioners and researchers working to reduce poverty at the local level while aiming to achieve a global impact. Published with UNDP Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772242

Powder and Bulk Solids Handling ProcessesInstrumentation and Control Addressing key issues in the instrumentation of powder handling processes this up-to-date volumeserves as an excellent source of new ideas for designing on-line instruments as well as a helpfulguide for understanding and applying measurement principles.Describing physical and chemical principles in clear simple language Powder and BulkSolids Handling Processes provides substantial background material that lists related industrialfields and the physical representation of powder properties . . . focuses on instrumentation reviewing state variables in powder processes . . . discusses the sampling of particles from apowder bed or suspension flow as a basic method for evaluating powder handling processes ... andpresents incisive information on various methods and instruments used for on-line measurement ofpowder flow rate particle concentration in suspension level of powder in storage vessels andmore.Complete with references equations illustrations and tables this volume is essential reading forchemical mechanical systems ceramic and civil engineers instrumentation engineers in powderand bulk solid processes and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in chemical andmechanical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451288

Powder and Grains 2001 The topics discussed in this text range from quasi-static problems to dynamic problems and are divided into 15 groups such as: cohesion/cracking; wave propagation; and quasi-static behaviour. Each group contains theoretical experimental and computational approaches by researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077497

Powder MetallurgyScience Technology and Materials Since the 1920s modern powder metallurgy has been used to produce a wide range of structural powder metallurgy components self-lubricating bearings and cutting tools. The conventional method involves the production of metal powders and the manufacture of useful objects from such powders by die compaction and sintering. Powder injection molding permits the production of stronger more uniform and more complex powder metallurgy parts. A detailed discussion of powder metallurgy materials and products is given in this book. Worked examples exercises questions and problems are included in each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Universities Press 9781138075016

Powder Technology Handbook Fourth Edition The Fourth Edition of Powder Technology Handbook continues to serve as the comprehensive guide to powder technology and the fundamental engineering processes of particulate technology while incorporating significant advances in the field in the decade since publication of the previous edition. The handbook offers a well-rounded perspective on powder technologies in gas and liquid phases that extends from particles and powders to powder beds and from basic problems to actual applications. This new edition features fully updated and new chapters written by a team of internationally distinguished contributors. All content has been updated and new sections added on. Powder Technology Handbook provides methodologies of powder and particle handling technology essential to scientific researchers and practical industrial engineers. It contains contemporary and comprehensive information on powder and particle handling technology that is extremely useful not only to newcomers but also to experienced engineers and researchers in the field of powder and particle science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367862800

Powder TechnologyFundamentals of Particles Powder Beds and Particle Generation Drawing from the third edition of the bestselling Powder Technology Handbook this book is focused solely on analyzing the fundamental properties and behavior of particles and particle beds. Powder Technology: Fundamentals of Particles Powder Beds and Particle Generation concentrates on the most useful analytical methods of observation measurement modeling and prediction. This volume carefully incorporates the progressive work and vision of new authors while retaining the concepts that continue to promote innovative research and applications. The authors highlight new information and developments from areas including surface properties and analysis particle motion in fluids mechanical properties of a powder bed and the design and formation of composite particles. They explain how particles deposit coagulate and settle in various media explore different techniques for generating particles in different states and detail methods of surface modification. Particularly useful for scientists studying nanoparticle applications Powder Technology: Fundamentals of Particles Powder Beds and Particle Generation incorporates the latest developments in areas including surface properties and analysis particle motion in fluids mechanical properties of a powder bed and the design and formation of composite particles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389802

Powder TechnologyHandling and Operations Process Instrumentation and Working Hazards Drawing from the third edition of the bestselling Powder Technology Handbook this book concentrates on handling methods and unit operations for powder and particle processing techniques. Itexamines the purpose and factors involved in each process—including planning equipment measurements and other necessary considerations. This book carefully incorporates the progressive work and vision of new authors while retaining the concepts that continue to promote innovative research and applications. In addition to detailing the purpose and implementation of processes including kneading drying filtration and powder coating the authors highlight recent developments in combustion and heating electrostatic powder coating and simulation. They also emphasize practical information including multipurpose equipment instrumentation for key measurements and modeling techniques. The text concludes with a review of recent data on the health effects of small particles and the types of protective devices that are currently available. Powder Technology: Handling and Operations Process Instrumentation and Working Hazards offers material scientists and chemical engineers a well-rounded guide to utilizing particle and powder processes for a rapidly expanding array of applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389819

Powdered Detergents Facilitating the development of important processes that yield increased detersive performance from smaller dosages this work examines up-to-date and emerging process and chemical technologies used in the formulation of compact powdered detergents. It provides a survey of technological developments fundamental to powder compaction such as the replacement of traditional phosphate builders and the introduction of insoluble zeolites as particle process aids. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742716

Powders and FibersInterfacial Science and Applications New analytical methods have provided further insight into the structure surface characteristics and chemistries of increasingly small particles. However current literature offers information on only a limited number of powders being investigated. Written by renowned scientists in the field Powders and Fibers: Interfacial Science and Applications examines the most appropriate characterization methods for analyzing powders and fibers. Using these techniques the authors explore the formation and roles of various multiphase interfaces. They consider the potential for enhancing performance and highlight related applications particularly for powders and fibers.The book details characteristics such as morphology surface energetics surface ionization and electrokinetics for solid-gas solid-rubber solid-solid solid-liquid and biological interfaces. Areas of multidisciplinary interest also include the adsorption of biomolecules and biocompatibility of powders and fibers nanoparticles and nanocomposites biochips and other biomedical applications the measurement and significance of wettability recent rheological data on mixes and computer simulations used for visualizing complex solid surfaces. As interest in the behavior and applications of powders and fibers steadily increases Powders and Fibers: Interfacial Science and Applications offers a diverse approach that bridges fundamental aspects of interfacial science with applications of powders and fibers that is useful for newcomers as well as practitioners in related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453251

Power Authority Justice and RightsStudies in Political Obligations Although political scientists and their students tended prior to the seventies to approach political theory as the history of political ideas a rapid growth of interest in political theory as the analysis of political concepts led to the publication of this book. The approach outlined here remains significant today not only for its contribution to normative analysis but also because it shows how political scientists can view their subject matter with a more profound understanding of the concepts they deal with in their work.De Crespigny and Wertheimer selected fourteen essays on seven fundamental political concepts for this volume: power authority liberty equality justice rights and political obligation. These essays explore the basic ideas and values of politics and are the works of scholars with considerable reputations as theorists among their contemporaries. They continue to represent some of the best Anglo-American thinking of the century.The editors discuss the nature and possibilities of political theory and in particular they examine the adequacy of the criticisms that have commonly been directed at the main works of "traditional" political thought. They provide an incisive introduction to each chapter. These explanatory materials result in a volume that can be used as the primary text in courses in political theory and political philosophy in a course in the history of political thought or as a guide to basic issues underlying political thought irrespective of its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530607

Power Choice and VulnerabilityA Case Study in Disaster Mismanagement in South India Natural disasters make dramatic reading. Every year some area of the world is devastated by a disaster with enormous consequent loss of life and disruption to livelihoods. What can be done to alleviate this? Why are such disasters so lethal? Why do people expose themselves to such hazards? Do mitigation programmes help? What effect does aid really have on the areas that receive it? By examining one particular cyclone-prone area of Southern India in great detail over a 10-year period Peter Winchester has come up with some perceptive answers to the questions. In particular he formulates a set of five 'golden rules' for disaster management. The book will provide valuable and thought-provoking reading for anyone involved with disaster management and will be essential for all those whose work involves aid or development in disaster-prone areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995185

Power Construction and Meaning in Festivals Whether through education sport or festivity events form the basis on which we attribute cultural meaning significance and value to our lives. In this light community events have the potential to create positive and negative social cultural economic and environmental impacts within the community across a wide variety of genres and platforms.   This book offers a deeper and more critical insight into the relationships dynamics and planning processes of festivals and events and the impact this has upon authenticity cultural consumption and the local communities they serve. It does so by looking at a range of key debates in power theory event planning and design event construction experience and meaning authenticity sustainability social inclusion accessibility and sponsorship engagement. International case studies are embedded within the chapters examining the role of stakeholders local communities organisers local governments and infrastructure.   This critical event studies text is interdisciplinary and will make valuable reading for students and researchers who are interested in the relationships and dynamics involved in the construction and planning of festivals and events their immediate impact and their significance for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063228

Power Crime and Mystification First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138186

Power Culture and Economic Change in RussiaTo the undiscovered country of post-socialism 1988-2008 Utilising cutting-edge theory and unique data this book examines the role of power culture and practice in Russia’s story of post-socialist economic change and provides a framework for addressing general economic change. No other book places power and culture as centrally as this and in doing so it provides new insights not only into how Russia came to its present state under Putin but also how economies operate and change generally. In particular the importance of remaking authority and culture - creating and contesting new categories and narratives of meaning - is shown as central to Russia’s story and to the story of economies overall. Power Culture and Economic Change in Russia is an excellent research tool for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of sociology political science economics area studies and other related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019850

Power Culture and Modernity in NigeriaBeyond The Colony In this book Oluwatoyin Oduntan offers a critical intervention in the scholarly fields of Nigerian and West African history as well as towards understanding the intellectual ideas by which modern African society was formed and how it functions. The book traces the shifting dynamics between various segments of the African elite by critically analyzing existing historical accounts traditions and archival documents. First it explores the lost world of native intellectual thoughts as the perspective through which Africans experienced the colonial encounter. It thereby makes Africans central to contemporary debates about the meanings and legitimacy of colonial empires and about the African cultural experience. It shows that the resettlement of liberated and Westernized Africans in Abeokuta and after them European missionaries merchants and colonial agents from the 1840s did not dismantle preexisting power structures and social relations. Rather educated Africans and Europeans entered into and added their voices to ongoing processes of defining culture and power. By rendering a continuing narrative of change and adaptation which connects the pre-colonial to the post-colonial Power Culture and Modernity in Nigeria leads Africanist scholarship in new directions to rethink colonial impact and uncover the total creative sites of changes by which African societies were formed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590475

Power Discourse and Victimage Ritual in the War on Terror Blending concepts from 'dramatism' such as 'victimage ritual' with Foucault's approach to modern power and knowledge regimes this book presents a novel and illuminating perspective on political power and domination resulting from the global war on terrorism. With attention to media sources and political discourse within the context of the global war on terror the author draws attention to the manner in which power elites construct scapegoats by way of a victimage ritual thus providing themselves with a political pretext for extending their power and authority over new territories and populations as well as legitimating an intensification of domestic surveillance and social control. A compelling analysis of ritual rhetoric and political violence Power Discourse and Victimage Ritual in the War on Terror will be of interest to sociologists political theorists and scholars of media and communication concerned with questions of surveillance and social control political communication hegemony foreign policy and the war on terror. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115781

Power Diversity and Public Relations Power Diversity and Public Relations addresses the lack of diversity in PR by revealing the ways in which power operates within the occupation to construct archetypal practitioner identities occupational belonging and exclusion. It explores the ways in which the field is normatively constructed through discourse and examines how the experiences of practitioners whose ethnicity and class differ from the ‘typical’ PR background shape alternative understandings of the occupation and their place within it. The book applies theoretical perspectives ranging from Bourdieuvian and occupational sociology to postcolonial and critical race theory to a variety of empirical data from the UK PR industry. Diversity emerges as a product of the dialectics between occupational structures norms and practitioners’ reactions to those constraints; it follows that improving diversity is best understood as an exercise in democracy where all practitioner voices are heard valued and encompass the potential for change. This insightful text will be essential reading for researchers and students in Public Relations Communications Media Studies Promotional Industries as well as all scholars interested in the sociology of race and work relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867829

Power Economics And SecurityThe United States And Japan In Focus In this study international scholars provide an in-depth exploration of the forces shaping the balance of power in the international political arena. The contributors examine the changing relationships among economic military and political bases of power as they define national security. U.S. hegemony and its subsequent decline as well as the rise of Japan as a world economic power are detailed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299545

Power Employment and AccumulationSocial Structures in Economic Theory and Policy This book provides an interesting and refreshing collection of economic research conducted in the broadly heterodox tradition. A variety of topical issues are addressed including labor market inequalities welfare reform interest rate policies international trade and global financial instability. What unites these diverse essays is their common perspective that social institutions and structures "matter" to the performance of economies and hence should receive more attention from economists. Conventional economic thought focuses unduly on the functioning of so-called "free-markets." The persistent influence of social structures institutions and practices - and the unequal extent to which differing social constituencies are able to exert power through those structures - often receives short shrift in this traditional research. However this volume makes a significant contribution by helping to reverse this trend. The chapters all written by top economists from around North America address a range of topical issues utilizing a rich variety of methodological techniques from empirical investigations to game theory and opinion surveys. Furthermore the book which is dedicated to the memory of David M. Gordon has as its unifying theme the incorporation of structural analysis into economic science - an important goal for academics and students alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701578

Power Empowerment and Social Change This book uncovers how power operates around the world and how it can be resisted or transformed through empowered collective action and social leadership. The stakes have never been higher. Recent years have seen a rapid escalation of inequalities the rise of new global powers and corporate interests increasing impunity of human rights violations suppression of civil society and a re-shaping of democratic processes by post-truth populist and nationalist politics. Rather than looking at power through the lenses of agency or structure alone this book views power and empowerment as complex and multidimensional societal processes defined by pervasive social norms conditions constraints and opportunities. Bridging theory and practice the book explores real-world applications using a selection of frameworks tools case studies examples resources and reflections from experience to support actors to analyse their positioning and align themselves with progressive social forces. Compiled with social change practitioners students and scholars in mind Power Empowerment and Social Change is the perfect volume for anyone involved in politics international development sociology human rights and environmental justice who is looking for fresh insights for transforming power in favour of relatively less powerful people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575318

Power Identity and Miracles on a Medieval Frontier A thriving port a frontier base for the lords of Gower and a multi-cultural urban community the south Wales town of Swansea was an important centre in the Middle Ages at a nexus of multiple identities cultural practices and configurations of power. As the principal town of the Marcher lordship of Gower and seat of the Marcher lord's rule Swansea was a site of contested authority colonial control and complex interactions – and collisions – between different cultures languages and traditions. Swansea also features in the miracle collection prepared for the canonisation of Thomas Cantilupe Bishop of Hereford (d. 1282) as the setting for the intriguing case of the hanging and strange revival of the Welsh rebel William Cragh. Taking medieval Swansea and Wales as its starting point this volume brings into focus questions of place power identity and belief bringing together inter-disciplinary perspectives which span History Literary Studies and Geography / Archaeology and engaging with current debates in the fields of medieval frontier studies urban history manuscript studies and hagiography. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Medieval History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030063

Power Impartiality and Justice First published in 1998 this volume argues that two conditions need to be met for any agreement between people with conflicting desires to count as an unforced one namely that the parties argue as if they had equal power and that their antipathy to being coerced exceeds their desire to coerce others. These conditions entail objective moral principles and a theory of justice modifying and developing Rawls’ contractarian theory but without the veil of ignorance. They support Rawls on basic civil liberties and constitutional liberal democratic government including religious tolerance anti-paternalism anti-racism and anti-sexism but dispute his Difference Principle his circumstances of justice Laws of Peoples reflective equilibrium and freedom of conscience as a basic liberty. The book also gives a contractarian account of epistemology metaethics education the rationality of being moral the rights of animals and other non-persons and the rights of indigenous peoples. Writers such as Brian Barry R.S. Peters Isaiah Berlin Vinit Haksar Jurgen Habermas R.M. Hare Philip Pettit Derek Parfit Michael Smith Peter Geach Philippa Foot Bronwyn Davies Quentin Skinner and Will Kymlicka are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327979

Power Judgment and Political EvilIn Conversation with Hannah Arendt In an interview with Günther Gaus for German television in 1964 Hannah Arendt insisted that she was not a philosopher but a political theorist. Disillusioned by the cooperation of German intellectuals with the Nazis she said farewell to philosophy when she fled the country. This book examines Arendt's ideas about thinking acting and political responsibility investigating the relationship between the life of the mind and the life of action that preoccupied Arendt throughout her life. By joining in the conversation between Arendt and Gaus each contributor probes her ideas about thinking and judging and their relation to responsibility power and violence. An insightful and intelligent treatment of the work of Hannah Arendt this volume will appeal to a wide number of fields beyond political theory and philosophy including law literary studies social anthropology and cultural history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601854

Power Knowledge and Feminist ScholarshipAn Ethnography of Academia Feminist scholarship is sometimes dismissed as not quite ‘proper’ knowledge – it’s too political or subjective many argue. But what are the boundaries of ‘proper’ knowledge? Who defines them and how are they changing? How do feminists negotiate them? And how does this boundary-work affect women’s and gender studies and its scholars’ and students’ lives? These are the questions tackled by this ground-breaking ethnography of academia inspired by feminist epistemology Foucault and science and technology studies. Drawing on data collected over a decade in Portugal and the UK US and Scandinavia this title explores different spaces of academic work and sociability considering both official discourse and ‘corridor talk’. It links epistemic negotiations to the shifting political economy of academic labour and situates the smallest (but fiercest) departmental negotiations within global relations of unequal academic exchange. Through these links this timely volume also raises urgent questions about the current state and status of gender studies and the mood of contemporary academia. Indeed its sobering yet uplifting discussion of that mood offers fresh insight into what it means to produce feminist work within neoliberal cultures of academic performativity demanding increasing productivity. As the first book to analyse how academics talk (publicly or in off-the-record humour) about feminist scholarship Power Knowledge and Feminist Scholarship is essential reading for scholars and students in gender studies LGBTQ studies post-colonial studies STS sociology and education. Winner of the FWSA 2018 Book Prize competition Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233761

Power Legal Education and Law School Cultures There is a myth that lingers around legal education in many democracies. That myth would have us believe that law students are admitted and then succeed based on raw merit and that law schools are neutral settings in which professors (also selected and promoted based on merit) use their expertise to train those students to become lawyers. Based on original empirical research this book investigates this myth from myriad perspectives diverse settings and in different nations revealing that hierarchies of power and cultural norms shape and maintain inequities in legal education. Embedded within law school cultures are assumptions that also stymie efforts at reform. The book examines hidden pedagogical messages showing how presumptions about theory’s relation to practice are refracted through the obfuscating lens of curricula. The contributors also tackle questions of class and market as they affect law training. Finally this collection examines how structural barriers replicate injustice even within institutions representing themselves as democratic and open revealing common dynamics across cultural and institutional forms. The chapters speak to similar issues and to one another about the influence of context images of law and lawyers the political economy of legal education and the agency of students and faculty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199401

Power Legitimacy and the Public SphereThe Iranian Ta’ziyeh Theatre Ritual A ground-breaking study of political transformations in non-Western societies this book applies anthropological sociological and political concepts to the recent history of Iran to explore the role played by a ritual theatrical performance (Ta’ziyeh) and its symbols on the construction of public mobilisations. With particular attention to three formative phases – the 1978–79 Islamic Revolution the 1980–88 Iran–Iraq War and the 2009 Green Movement – the author concentrates on the relations between symbols of the ritual performance and the public sphere to shed light on the ways in which the symbols of Ta’ziyeh were used to claim political legitimacy. Thus the book elucidates how symbols and images of a ritual performance can be utilised by ‘tricksters’ such as political actors and fanatical religious leaders to take advantage of the prolongation of a state of transition within a society and so manipulate the public in order to mobilise crowds and movements to fulfil their own interests and concerns. An insightful analysis of political mobilisation explained in terms of a set of interrelated master concepts such as ‘liminality’ ‘trickster’ and ‘schismogenesis’ Power Legitimacy and the Public Sphere integrates theoretical empirical and ‘diagnostic’ perspectives in order to investigate and illustrate links between the public sphere and religious and cultural rituals. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology politics and anthropology with interests in social theory public mobilisations and political transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085414

Power Marginality and the Body in Medieval Islam From rulers to uninvited guests from women to thieves from dreams to names from blindness to torture - in a series of ground-breaking studies Power Marginality and the Body in Medieval Islam explores the multi-layered and complex textual universe of medieval Islam. The power of the ruler sits alongside the power of the trickster as games of detection and verbal erudition are displayed for the edification of the reader. Humour is not lacking either as male and female characters indulge in various forms of wit that redefine and recast the sacred. For much of this world the body reigns supreme: not only in illness and miracle cures but in displays of transgression and torture. Covering the range of literature from sacred text to history biography and anecdote this book provides a stimulating analysis of the world of medieval Islamic mentalités. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375437

Power National Security and Transformational Global EventsChallenges Confronting America China and Iran As the United States struggled to survive the recent recession China quietly acquired a vast amount of U.S. Treasury bills and bonds. With China now holding so much of America’s debt currency valuation issues have already caused tensions between the two superpowers. Couple this with Iran’s efforts to develop into a nuclear power in an area that lacks political stability and the United States and China could soon find themselves in a global power tug-of-war.Power National Security and Transformational Global Events: Challenges Confronting America China and Iran explores the shifts in power that have initiated major transformational events around the world. Expert contributors identify the major challenges that now confront America as a result of these transformations. Filled with authoritative insights into how current and emerging situations will impact the United States the book illustrates the policy problems and limited choices facing America. It also: Describes the information technology and social media tools that were instrumental in the Arab revolution Provides the insights of experts from the Intelligence Community on emerging issues that will soon impact America Illustrates the policy problems involved in addressing the challenges with Iran Explores the rapid growth of China’s economic wealth and military power This much-needed reference describes and analyzes the emergence of cyber power and its capabilities for cyber attack cyber warfare and cyber defense. It examines the information revolution and social media instruments such as Facebook Twitter and YouTube in terms of their role and impact on the Arab revolution. It also discusses the fallacy of the decline of the United States as a superpower in terms of its formation and distribution of power resources and its continued formidable military and national security strengths. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439884225

Power Networks and Violent Conflict in Central AsiaA Comparison of Tajikistan and Uzbekistan When the five Central Asian republics gained independence from the Soviet Union in 1991 expectations of violent conflict were widespread. Indeed the country of Tajikistan suffered a five-year civil war from 1992 to 1997. The factors that the literature on civil wars in general and on the Tajikistan civil war in particular cites as the causes of war were also present in Uzbekistan – but this country had a peaceful transition. Examining this empirical puzzle by isolating the crucial factors that caused war to break out in Tajikistan but not Uzbekistan this book applies a powerful comparative approach to the broader question of why civil wars occur. Based on fieldwork in both countries it challenges many common explanations of civil war both generally and in Tajikistan in particular. This includes highlighting the importance of elites’ power perceptions which have their origins in the interaction of structural- process- and network-related variables. Without examining these interactions macro-structural explanations alone cannot explain the occurrence of civil war in one country and its absence in another. Applying the insights of bargaining theories of war from the literature on international relations to the civil war in Tajikistan this book will be of interest to students of violent conflict civil wars Central Asia and Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377931

Power Norms and InflationA Skeptical Treatment Explanations for inflation had for a long time been ceded to the purview of economists. The acceleration in rates of inflation within advanced economies during the 1960s and 1970s however prompted sociologists and political scientists to attempt their own accounts for this phenomenon.There are two major competing explanations of the postwar inflation. One most commonly held by economists is that inflation has been produced by governments through a combination of policy errors and cynical manipulation of policy for electoral purposes. The other often advanced by sociologists and political scientists as an alternative is that inflation has been an outcome of class conflict. In his study that ranges widely over the literature in the relevant disciplines Smith examines the strengths and weaknesses of each account with particular attention to the evidence presented in support of class-conflict explanations. He concludes that on balance the policy-error/cynical-manipulation explanation is better supported than its class-conflict rival.The clarity with which Smith presents these rival accounts and the critical rigor of his scrutiny make this a work of interest to advanced students in macroeconomic theory and to policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530621

Power Perception and Foreign PolicymakingUS and EU Responses to the Rise of China This book examines the changing dynamics of power in the international arena since the end of the Cold War. Brown engages in analysis of how the United States and the European Union have responded to the so-called rise of China through an examination of how policymakers’ perceptions of China have changed over time and influenced their policy choices. This study undertakes rigorous analysis of how these perceptions have evolved between 1989 and 20092016 offering a comparative perspective on the similarities and differences between the policy discourse and behaviour within these two Western powers. Brown argues that ‘China’s rise’ is a contested notion with varied perceptions of how the implications of China’s ascendancy have shaped policy preferences in ways that are inconsistent with concerns over the threat of an impending power-transition. Combining concepts and methods derived from IR and FPA the book examines the linkages between great power politics and policymakers’ competing interpretations of key international actors and their influence upon foreign policies. The main objective of the study is to illuminate the different ways in which the US and the EU have responded to the rise of China through a close analysis of their decision-making processes and outcomes across a series of key encounters and events including the transatlantic debate over the EU’s proposal to lift its China arms embargo (2003-2005). Undertaking qualitative analysis of the development of American and European policymakers’ perceptions of China this book will be of interest to graduates and scholars of post-Cold War international politics Foreign Policy Analysis policymaking US-China relations and EU-China relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786461

Power Philosophy and EgalitarianismWomen the Family and African Americans In this book Robert C. Smith presents a philosophical and empirical examination on the subordination of women and blacks in the United States. Comparing liberalism—specifically the major social contract philosophies—and Marxism on the nature of the subordination of blacks and women and their proposals if any for women’s and black liberation Smith argues that sexual and racial equalitarianism in the United States is about politics and power. He begins with a discussion of the multiple meanings of politics and its relationship to power and an analysis of nine power bases blacks and women should acquire and manipulate in order to advance a moral and substantive equalitarianism. These power bases include money knowledge (including technology and information) religion morality authority size/solidarity charisma violence and status. Smith concludes by making a moral case for racial and sexual equalitarianism and advocates for black leadership to use the power bases available to it to make reparations for the civil rights issue of the 21st century. Power Philosophy and Egalitarianism is an essential read for all those interested in race women and politics today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367545321

Power Politics and Adult Educational AdministrationThe Case of a Liberal Arts Institution This book seeks to draw out the impacts of power politics and critical theory on the growth of adult learning in a small liberal arts college setting. Using critical theory as an analytical tool to investigate questions around budgeting academic quality and student access this volume shows how these issues are inextricably bound up with those of hegemony ideology and bureaucratic rationality. The author demonstrates too how acknowledging these influences at the outset leads to a sustainable and equitable adult learning environment. Through an emphasis on both organizational context and individual learning experiences this volume contributes new substance to the understanding of politics and power relationships in educational leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670313

Power Politics And Pentecostals In Latin America Today over forty million Latin Americans classify themselves as Protestant of which the overwhelming majority belong to some form of Pentecostalism. The rapid dissemination of Pentecostal beliefs has produced vibrant alternatives to traditional dominant culture and changed relations within the family locality and workplace. This volume introduce Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317409

Power Politics and SocietyAn Introduction to Political Sociology Power Politics and Society: An Introduction to Political Sociology discusses how sociologists have organized the study of politics into conceptual frameworks and how each of these frameworks foster a sociological perspective on power and politics in society. This includes discussing how these frameworks can be applied to understanding current issues and other "real life" aspects of politics.   This second edition incorporates new material on cultural divides in American politics emerging roles for the state  the ongoing effects of the Great Recession and recovery the 2016 election social media and the various policies introduced during the Trump administration and how they affect people’s lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138553507

Power Politics And Crime In the United States today we are on the verge of fulfilling a nightmare scenario. Parents are fearful of letting their children play in their own yards and elderly people are afraid to leave their homes. The bogeyman in this rampant panic about crime is the young black male who in the media and public image is a ?superpredator? lurking on every street corner ready to attack any prey that is vulnerable. But is crime in America really as bad as the public has been made to believe?Power Politics and Crime argues that the current panic over crime has been manufactured by the media law enforcement bureaucracies and the private prison industry. It shows how the definition of criminal behavior systematically singles out the inner-city African American. But urban minorities aren't the only victims. Although crime rates have been declining for 25 years vast amounts of money pour into the criminal justice-industrial complex diverting scarce resources from other social services such as education social welfare and health care. While in recent years downsizing has affected almost every segment of the public sector the criminal justice bureaucracies have seen an unprecedented expansion.Through ethnographic observations analysis of census data and historical research William Chambliss describes what is happening why it has come about and what can be done about it. He explores the genesis of crime as a political issue and the effect that crime policies have had on different segments of the population. The book is more than a statement about the politics of crime and punishment?it's a powerful indictment of contemporary law enforcement practices in the United States.In addition to updating the data the author has added a discussion of the "declining crime rate." Contrary to presentations in the media and by law enforcement agencies the rate has been declining for over 25 years and therefore cannot be attributed to any "get tough on crime" policies so dear to th Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096267

Power Politics and Exclusion in Organization and Management There is a long tradition of research on politics power and exclusion in areas such as sociology social policy politics women’s studies and philosophy. While power has received considerable attention in mainstream management research and teaching it is rarely considered in terms of politics and exclusion particularly where the work of women writers is concerned. This second book in the Routledge Series on Women Writers in Organization Studies analyses the ways in which women have theorised and embodied relations of power. Women like Edith Garrud who trained in the Japanese art of jujutsu confronted the power of the state to champion feminist politics. Others such as Beatrice Webb and Alva Myrdal are shown to have been at the heart of welfare reforms and social justice movements that responded to the worst excesses of industrialisation based on considerations of class and gender. The writing of bell hooks provides a necessarily uncomfortable account of the ways in which imperialism white supremacy and patriarchy inflict unspoken harm while Hannah Arendt’s work considers the ways in which different modes of organizing restrict the ability of people to live freely. Taken together such writings dispel the myth that work or business can be separated from the rest of life a point driven home by Rosabeth Moss Kanter’s observations on the ways in which power and inequality differentially structure life chances. These writers challenge us to think again about power politics and exclusion in organizational contexts. They provide provocative thinking which opens up new avenues for organization theory practice and social activism. Each woman writer is introduced and analysed by experts in organization studies. Further reading and accessible resources are also identified for those interested in knowing (thinking!) more. This book will be relevant to students researchers and practitioners with an interest in business and management organizational studies critical management studies gender studies and sociology. Like all the books in this series it will also be interest to anyone who wants to see think and act differently. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233990

Power Politics and International Events.Socio-cultural Analyses of Festivals and Spectacles Although the event management field has grown considerably over the last decade critical social-scientific studies of the international events industry are rare. This book intends to help fill this void. It focuses on power social and political relations conflicts and controversies in the context of international events popular festivals and famous spectacles. It draws on recent primary research and offers a diverse range of new and intriguing case studies for example the Arirang Festival in North Korea the Gay Games the Gymnaestrada horse-racing events the London 2012 Olympics regional and rural festivals the World Baseball Classic World Fairs/Expos and U2 concerts. The main aim of this volume is to bring the critical social-scientific analysis of events festivals and spectacles more into the core of the teaching of events management degree programmes. The book draws extensively upon the disciplines of politics sociology cultural studies and history.In the process it addresses key themes such as: •      political economy•      politics of popular culture•      the global and the local•      regionalism and globalization•      nations and nationalism•      international relations and foreign policy. This groundbreaking collection of essays is unique and innovative. It will be an essential source for students researchers and academics with a keen interest in critical social-scientific analyses of events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081901

Power Politics and Maritime Governance in the Indian Ocean The Indian Ocean is of tremendous geo-political and strategic relevance. More than eighty per cent of global seaborne trade in oil passes through the Ocean. Access to resources is under-regulated (fishing) or has yet to be conceived (deep sea bed mining) and security concerns such as piracy and the stability of strategically located states are propelling countries to rethink naval capabilities and priorities. This applies to littoral countries as well as to extra-regional powers such as China Japan European countries and the United States each of which is keenly interested in maintaining and securing open sea-lanes of communication. The revival in maritime concern is prompting new dynamics of competition and cooperation in a region that has historically been characterised by dense cultural economic and political networks. The Indian Ocean is an extensive and expansive space where no one power has been able to hold sway. Hence multilateralism and open regionalism are key contributors to stability both in terms of military as well as commercial coordination. In this issue scholars from Asia Europe and the US examine institutions and examples of maritime governance within the Indian Ocean including security arrangements evolving forms of alliance building and counter-balancing policy planning and forecasting.This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of the Indian Ocean Region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739058

Power Politics and the EmotionsImpossible Governance? How can we rethink ideas of policy failure to consider its paradoxes and contradictions as a starting point for more hopeful democratic encounters? Offering a provocative and innovative theorisation of governance as relational politics the central argument of Power Politics and the Emotions is that there are sets of affective dynamics which complicate the already materially and symbolically contested terrain of policy-making. This relational politics is Shona Hunter’s starting point for a more hopeful but realistic understanding of the limits and possibilities enacted through contemporary governing processes. Through this idea Hunter prioritises the everyday lived enactments of policy as a means to understand the state as a more differentiated and changeable entity than is often allowed for in current critiques of neoliberalism. But Hunter reminds us that focusing on lived realities demands a melancholic confrontation with pain and the risks of social and physical death and violence lived through the contemporary neoliberal state. This is a state characterised by the ascendency of neoliberal whiteness; a state where no one is innocent and we are all responsible for the multiple intersecting exclusionary practices creating its unequal social orderings. The only way to struggle through the central paradox of governance to produce something different is to accept this troubling interdependence between resistance and reproduction and between hope and loss. Analysing the everyday processes of this relational politics through original empirical studies in health social care and education the book develops an innovative interdisciplinary theoretical synthesis which engages with and extends work in political science cultural theory critical race and feminist analysis critical psychoanalysis and post-material sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138685840

Power Postcolonialism and International RelationsReading Race Gender and Class "Chowdhry and Nair along with the authors of this volume make a timely vital and deeply necessary intervention in international relations - one that informs theoretically enriches our knowledge of the world through its narratives and forces us to confront the differentiated wholeness of our humanity. Readers will want to emulate the skills and sensibilities they offer.."Naeem Inayatullah Ithaca College This work uses postcolonial theory to examine the implications of race class and gender relations for the structuring or world politics. It addresses further themes central to postcolonial theory such as the impact of representation on power relations the relationship between global capital and power and the space for resistance and agency in the context of global power asymmetries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174993

Power Presence and SpaceSouth Asian Rituals in Archaeological Context Patterns of ritual power presence and space are fundamentally connected to and mirror the societal and political power structures in which they are enacted. This book explores these connections in South Asia from the early Common Era until the present day. The essays in the volume examine a wide range of themes including a genealogy of ideas concerning Vedic rituals in European thought; Buddhist donative rituals of Gandhara and Andhra Pradesh in the early Common Era; land endowments festivals and temple establishments in medieval Tamil Nadu and Karnataka; Mughal court rituals of the Mughal Empire; and contemporary ritual complexes on the Nilgiri Plateau. This volume argues for the need to redress a historical neglect in identifying and theorising ritual and religion in material contexts within archaeology. Further it challenges existing theoretical and methodological forms of documentation to propose new ways of understanding rituals in history. This volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of South Asian history religion archaeology and historical geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367133962

Power Procedure Participation and Legitimacy in Global Sustainability NormsA Theory of Collaborative Regulation Globalisation of the market law and politics contributes to a diversity of transnational sustainability problems whose solutions exceed the territorial jurisdictional limits of nation states in which their effects are generated or occur. The rise of the business sector as a powerful global actor with a claim to participation and potential contributions as well as adverse impacts sustainability complicates the regulatory challenge. Recent decades’ efforts to govern transitions towards sustainability through public or hybrid regulation display mixed records of support and results. In combination these issues highlight the need for insights on what conditions multi-stakeholder regulation for a process that balances stakeholder power and delivers results perceived as legitimate by participants and broader society. This book responds to that need. Based on empirical experience on public-private regulation of global sustainability concerns and theoretical perspectives on transnational regulation the book proposes a new theory on collaborative regulation. This theory sets out a procedural approach for multi-stakeholder regulation of global sustainability issues in a global legal and political order to provide for legitimacy of process and results. It takes account of the claims to participation of the private sector as well as civil society organisations and the need to balance power disparities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273453

Power Profit and ProtestAustralian social movements and globalisation 'a provocative must-read text for an engaged public offering a distinctive Australian take on corporate globalism and grounding this in a robust theory of social change that emphasises material power and interests along with symbolic power and ideology'James Goodman University of Technology SydneySocial movements transformed Western societies in the 1960s and 1970s: feminism black rights the peace movement and gay liberation all radically altered how we think and how we live. What has happened to social movements since then? Can demonstrations and other forms of social activism still make a difference in Australia?Verity Burgmann argues that corporate globalisation has threatened or transformed established social movements and sparked powerful new forms of social protest. She examines the impact of globalisation and neo-liberal government policies on the feminist and indigenous rights movements showing how they have been affected by the politics of backlash after decades of success. She explores the way in which the environment movement too has been affected by rising corporate political influence. She also analyses the emergence of anti-capitalist and anti-corporate activism and the profound challenges posed by this newest of social movements to the state to society in general and to the labour movement in particular. These important factors in a changing political landscape. This book reflects on the significant changes which has taken place since Power and Protest was published in 1993. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116745

Power Realism and Constructivism Winner of the 2014 International Studies Association Theory Section Book Award Framed by a new and substantial introductory chapter the book collects Stefano Guzzini’s research on power realism and constructivism. It explores the diversity of different schools and their intrinsic tensions and fallacies by analysing both theories and their assumptions and theorists following their intellectual paths. Guzzini’s approach to the analysis of power – within and outside International Relations – provides the common theme of the book through which the theoretical state of the art in International Relations is re-assessed. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations international politics international relations theory and constructivism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663045

Power Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary WorldSocial movements networks and hierarchies This book examines issues of organisation in resistance movements discussing topics including the integration of the world system the intersection of networks with discourses of identity and the possibility of social transformation. Drawing on a number of theorists including Deleuze and Guattari authors Athina Karatzogianni and Andrew Robinson seek to reinterpret World Systems Theory in order to engage with issues of power resistance and conflict in the contemporary world. Discussing contemporary scholarship in global politics the authors consider new and developing concepts including: global cities bifurcations hegemonic transitions the relationship between capitalism and the state the position of East Asia and active and reactive network movements. Their analysis includes a very rich pool of empirical examples covering more than fifty countries and thirty resistance groups. Power Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World will be of interest to students and scholars looking for a comprehensive new theorization of the forces at work in global politics. The book provides a framework which crosses the boundaries between international relations international political economy comparative politics conflict studies social movement studies and critical theory producing a study of a highly interdisciplinary scope. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850148

Power Resistance and Liberation in Therapy with Survivors of TraumaTo Have Our Hearts Broken This book offers reflections on how liberation might be experienced by clients as a result of the therapeutic relationship. It explores how power and resistance might be most effectively and ethically understood and utilised in clinical practice with survivors of trauma. Power Resistance and Liberation in Therapy with Survivors of Trauma draws together narrative therapy Coordinated Management of Meaning (CMM) and liberation psychology approaches. It critically reviews each approach and demonstrates what each contributes to the other as well as how to draw them together in a coherent way. The book presents: an original take on CMM through the lenses of power and resistance a new way of thinking about resistance in life and therapy using the metaphor of creativity numerous case examples to support strong theory-practice links. Through the exploration of power resistance and liberation in therapy this book presents innovative ways of conceptualising these issues. As such it will be of interest to anyone in the mental health fields of therapy counselling social work or critical psychology regardless of their preferred model. It will also appeal to those interested in a socio-political contextual analysis of complex human experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415611893

Power Rule and Domination (RLE: Organizations)A Critical and Empirical Understanding of Power in Sociological Theory and Organizational Life This volume presents a critical analysis of sociological theorizing and power which enables the reader to grasp fully the nature of power rule and domination in organizational life. By making use of the discussions he recorded at a construction site the author brings the reader into contact with the everyday social world in which he locates his analysis of power and authority at both a structural and phenomenological level. This analysis is complemented by the author’s review of the literature on ‘theorizing’ by writers such as Wittgenstein Blum McHugh Phillips and Cicourel; his examination of the ‘community power debate’ between authors such as Bachrach and Baratz and Dahl; and a survey of the literature on power in its organizational aspects by Weber Simmel and the more contemporary work of Hickson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979185

Power Speed & Automation with Adobe Photoshop(The Digital Imaging Masters Series) This is a must for the serious Photoshop user! Power Speed & Automation explores how to customize and automate Photoshop to increase your speed and productivity.  With numerous step-by-step instructions the authors-two of Adobe's own software developers!- walk you through the steps to best tailor Photoshop's interface to your personal workflow; write and apply Actions; and use batching and scripts to process large numbers of images quickly and automatically.  You will learn how to build your own dialogs and panels to improve your production workflows in Photoshop the secrets of changing keyboard shortcuts and menus and ways to tune your system for optimal performance.  Writing new processes using JavaScript is also covered as well as leveraging Variables with data sets. Learn how to get more work done? more easily and quickly? with this essential guide! *This book can be used with any version of Photoshop through CS6!* Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240820835

Power Thermal Noise and Signal Integrity Issues on Substrate/Interconnects Entanglement As demand for on-chip functionalities and requirements for low power operation continue to increase as a result of the emergence in mobile wearable and internet-of-things (IoT) products 3D/2.5D have been identified as an inevitable path moving forward. As circuits become more and more complex especially three-dimensional ones new insights have to be developed in many domains including electrical thermal noise interconnects and parasites. It is the entanglement of such domains that begins the very key challenge as we enter in 3D nano-electronics. This book aims to develop this new paradigm going to a synthesis beginning between many technical aspects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367023430

Power Violence and Mass Death in Pre-Modern and Modern Times The fourteenth seventeenth and twentieth centuries in European history were marked by exceptionally intense experiences of power violence and mass death. Power Violence and Mass Death in Pre-Modern and Modern Times undertakes the ambitious and entirely new task of analyzing through comparison the importance of power violence and mass death in these centuries. Death and the excesses of power were characteristics of the twentieth century but this volume teaches about the causes and possible consequences of this oppressive individual and collective experience. We now have a more established historical perspective for understanding the importance of power and the causes and results of the rapid increase in mortality in the fourteenth and seventeenth centuries. In this way this volume makes progress towards reaching new perceptions of all three 'crisis' epochs. Appealing to a wide readership Power Violence and Mass Death in Pre-Modern and Modern Times will be of interest to scholars not only of the three centuries highlighted but also to anyone with an historical and sociological interest in the larger questions raised about the nature of power violence and mass death on European society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246253

Power Voice and Subjectivity in Literature for Young Readers This book considers one of the most controversial aspects of children’s and young adult literature: its use as an instrument of power. Children in contemporary Western society are oppressed and powerless yet they are allowed in fiction written by adults for the enlightenment and enjoyment of children to become strong brave rich powerful and independent -- on certain conditions and for a limited time. Though the best children’s literature offers readers the potential to challenge the authority of adults many authors use artistic means such as the narrative voice and the subject position to manipulate the child reader. Looking at key works from the eighteenth century to the present Nikolajeva explores topics such as genre gender crossvocalization species and picturebook images. Contemporary power theories including social and cultural studies carnival theory feminism postcolonial and queer studies and narratology are also considered in order to demonstrate how a balance is maintained between the two opposite inherent goals of children’s literature: to empower and to educate the child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636698

Power Wealth and Women in Indian Mahayana BuddhismThe Gandavyuha-sutra This book examines the concepts of power wealth and women in the important Mahayana Buddhist scripture known as the Gandavyuha-sutra and relates these to the text’s social context in ancient Indian during the Buddhist Middle Period (0–500 CE). Employing contemporary textual theory worldview analysis and structural narrative theory the author puts forward a new approach to the study of Mahayana Buddhist sources the ‘systems approach’ by which literature is viewed as embedded in a social system. Consequently he analyses the Gandavyuha in the contexts of reality society and the individual and applies these notions to the key themes of power wealth and women. The study reveals that the spiritual hierarchy represented within the Gandavyuha replicates the political hierarchies in India during Buddhism’s Middle Period that the role of wealth mirrors its significance as a sign of spiritual status in Indian Buddhist society and that the substantial number of female spiritual guides in the narrative reflects the importance of royal women patrons of Indian Buddhism at the time. This book will appeal to higher-level undergraduates postgraduates and scholars of religious studies Buddhist studies Asian studies South Asian studies and Indology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500081

Power & Authority in British Universities In facing the question ‘who runs the universities’ the authors have carried out over a period of years an extensive programme of interviews both formal and informal as well as a detailed study of documents. Their findings are written up in the language of politics – in terms of power authority influence regulation and decision making. The result is thus of value both to those with a practical interest in universities and to those with a more theoretical interest in politics or organisational behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006409

Power & Society Ils 50 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006680

Power Analysis of Trials with Multilevel Data Power Analysis of Trials with Multilevel Data covers using power and sample size calculations to design trials that involve nested data structures. The book gives a thorough overview of power analysis that details terminology and notation outlines key concepts of statistical power and power analysis and explains why they are necessary in trial design. It guides you in performing power calculations with hierarchical data which enables more effective trial design. The authors are leading experts in the field who recognize that power analysis has attracted attention from applied statisticians in social behavioral medical and health science. Their book supplies formulae that allow statisticians and researchers in these fields to perform calculations that enable them to plan cost-efficient trials. The formulae can also be applied to other sciences. Using power analysis in trial design is increasingly important in a scientific community where experimentation is often expensive competition for funding among researchers is intense and agencies that finance research require proposals to give thorough justification for funding. This handbook shows how power analysis shapes trial designs that have high statistical power and low cost using real-life examples. The book covers multiple types of trials including cluster randomized trials multisite trials individually randomized group treatment trials and longitudinal intervention studies. It also offers insight on choosing which trial is best suited to a given project. Power Analysis of Trials with Multilevel Data helps you craft an optimal research design and anticipate the necessary sample size of data to collect to give your research maximum effectiveness and efficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498729895

Power and Authority in Internet GovernanceReturn of the State? Power and Authority in Internet Governance investigates the hotly contested role of the state in today's digital society. The book asks: Is the state "back" in internet regulation? If so what forms are state involvement taking and with what consequences for the future? The volume includes case studies from across the world and addresses a wide range of issues regarding internet infrastructure data and content. The book pushes the debate beyond a simplistic dichotomy between liberalism and authoritarianism in order to consider also greater state involvement based on values of democracy and human rights. Seeing internet governance as a complex arena where power is contested among diverse non-state and state actors across local national regional and global scales the book offers a critical and nuanced discussion of how the internet is governed – and how it should be governed. Power and Authority in Internet Governance provides an important resource for researchers across international relations global governance science and technology studies and law as well as policymakers and analysts concerned with regulating the global internet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442033

Power and Crime This book provides an analysis of the two concepts of power and crime and posits that criminologists can learn more about these concepts by incorporating ideas from disciplines outside of criminology. Although arguably a 'rendezvous' discipline Vincenzo Ruggiero argues that criminology can gain much insight from other fields such as the political sciences ethics social theory critical legal studies economic theory and classical literature. In this book Ruggiero offers an authoritative synthesis of a range of intellectual conceptions of crime and power drawing on the works and theories of classical as well as contemporary thinkers in the above fields of knowledge arguing that criminology can ‘humbly’ renounce claims to intellectual independence and adopt notions and perspectives from other disciplines. The theories presented locate the crimes of the powerful in different disciplinary contexts and make the book essential reading for academics and students involved in the study of criminology sociology law politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792388

Power and Distribution TransformersPractical Design Guide This book is based on the author's 50+ years experience in the power and distribution transformer industry. The first few chapters of the book provide a step-by-step procedures of transformer design. Engineers without prior knowledge or exposure to design can follow the procedures and calculation methods to acquire reasonable proficiency necessary to designing a transformer. Although the transformer is a mature product engineers working in the industry need to understand its fundamentals oand design to enable them to offer products to meet the challenging demands of the power system and the customer. This book can function as a useful guide for practicing engineers to undertake new designs cost optimization design automation etc. without the need for external help or consultancy. The book extensively covers the design processes with necessary data and calculations from a wide variety of transformers including dry-type cast resin transformers amorphous core transformers earthing transformers rectifier transformers auto transformers transformers for explosive atmospheres and solid-state transformers. The other subjects covered include carbon footprint salculation of transformers condition monitoring of transformers and design optimization techniques. In addition to being useful for the transformer industry this book can serve as a reference for power utility engineers consultants research scholars and teaching faculty at universities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367535933

Power and Doctoral Supervision TeamsDeveloping Team Building Skills in Collaborative Doctoral Research Power and Doctoral Supervision Teams engages with the interplay of power generated through the way doctoral supervision teams are structured and how they operate in reality. The stories of experienced academic supervisors and late-stage doctoral students from a cross section of Education Humanities and Social Sciences teach us what theory and how-to guide books cannot. By using the narrative of stories to explain the models the lived experience of interpersonal power dynamics shows the promises pitfalls joys and frustrations of the various team forms. The book alerts the reader to the great variety of practices and the potential and hazards within. This book is an essential resource for doctoral research students to understand what works in team supervision; for academic supervisors who want to look at options outside of supervision or readjust their current strategies; and for academic administrators as they revise policies that apply to doctoral supervision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193904

Power and Emotion This collection is concerned with two fundamental concepts of social science– power and emotion. Power permeates all human relationships and is constitutive of social economic and political life. It stands at the centre of social and political theorizing and its study has enriched scholarship within a wide range of disciplines including sociology political science philosophy and anthropology. The conceptual cluster of emotion by contrast had a more troubled time within these same disciplines. However since the 1970’s and the advent of the ‘emotional turn’ there has been a widespread re-evaluation of emotion in and for our shared social existence and today emotions research is at forefront of contemporary social science. Yet although both concepts are now widely seen as fundamental research on these two phenomena has tended to run in parallel.This collection featuring leading international scholars seeks to unite and deploy both concepts emotion and power in a variety of ways and on a diverse array of topics such as: education organizations social movements politics ‘old’ and ‘new’ media rhetoric and in comparative intellectual history. The results are at the bleeding edge of scholarship on these concepts and will make important reading for practitioners and students working in the sociology of emotions social and political power political sociology organization studies and for sociological and political theory more generally.This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Political Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739997

Power and EnergyProceedings of the International Conference on Power and Energy (CPE 2014) Shanghai China 29-30 November 2014 Power and Energy contains 86 selected papers from the International Conference on Power and Energy (CPE 2014 Shanghai China 29-30 November 2014) and presents a wide range of topics: - Energy management planning and policy-making - Energy technologies and environment - Energy prospects - Conventional and renewable power generation - Power system management - Power transmission and distribution - Smart Grid Technologies Power and Energy will be useful to professionals and academics interested in issues related to power and energy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027824

Power and Gender in European Rural Development Since the early 1990s new public and private actors emphasizing issues such as landscape nature environment and food safety have challenged EU rural development policies. This book looks at this innovative framework and in particular the impacts of the interactions between established interests and newcomers in local power relations. Specific attention has been given to the gendered nature of these processes. Case studies from throughout Western Europe analyze local rural power relations and present overviews of the significance of rural gender relations. The book demonstrates that traditional and new forms of social organization in rural areas create new forms of political participation. Changing forms of social capital and political participation not only influence the relation between state and civil society but also male-female relationships. The book argues that the dynamics of these gendered power relations produce competing discourses which can often hinder policy making and implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391128

Power and Identity The concepts of power and identity are vital to many areas of social research. In this edited collection a prominent set of contributors explore the double relationship between power and group identity focusing on two complementary lines of enquiry: In what ways can the powerful dictate the identities of the powerless? How can the powerless redefine their identity to challenge the powerful? Each chapter is written by leading authorities in the field and investigates a particular aspect of the interplay of identity and power via a range of empirical contexts such as colonialism nationalism collective action and electoral politics. The case studies include early modern Goa under Portuguese rule the tribes of modern-day Jordan the use of sexual stereotyping and objectification by female activists seeking to transform social systems and a revisiting of the classic Stanford Prison Experiment. The chapters include contributions from a variety of social disciplines and research methodologies and together provide a comprehensive overview of a subject at the cutting-edge of social and political psychology. Power and Identity will be of great interest to researchers graduates and upper-level undergraduate students from across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721777

Power and Illicit Drugs in the Global South More than a hundred years have passed since the adoption of the first prohibitionist laws on drugs. Increasingly the edifice of international drug control and laws is vacillating under pressures of reform. Scholarship on drugs history and policy has had a tendency to look at the issue mostly in the Western hemisphere of the globe or to privilege Western narratives of drugs and drugs policy. This volume instead turns this approach upside down and makes an intellectual attempt to redefine the subject of drugs in the Global South. Opium heroin cannabis hashish methamphetamines and khat are among the drugs discussed in the contributions to the volume which spans from Sub-Saharan Africa to Southeast Asia  including the Middle East North Africa Latin America and the Indian Subcontinent. The volume also makes a powerful case for an interdisciplinary approach to the study of drugs by juxtaposing the work of historians political scientists geographers anthropologists and criminologists. Ultimately this edited volume is a rich and diverse collection of new case studies which opens up venues for further research. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585181

Power and IndependenceUrban Africans' Perception of Social Inequality First published in 1974 this study by a social anthropologist who has lived taught and researched in Nigeria explores how the Yoruba of Nigeria living in Ibadan and Lagos perceive the society in which they live. Their views on stratification and social inequality in particular are related to traditional Yoruba concepts and to their experiences in education migration and present social and occupational relationships. It is shown that in general these recent migrants and city dwellers see their society as open; they emphasise achievement rather than class opposition. Recent protest – industrial strikes in Lagos the Agbekoya peasant rebellion in Ibadan – are assessed in the light of these attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850124

Power And Industrialization In Ecuador This book is fine study of industrial policy in Ecuador. It provides a valuable model for comparison with other developing countries and examines the shift from unrestricted support for import substitution industries to stabilization policies and to export-led growth strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284046

Power and Inequality in Interpersonal Relations This book explores interpersonal situations in which weak or vulnerable people find themselves and the ways in which others help create sustain and eradicate such social dynamics. Vladimir Shlapentokh and Eric Beasley demonstrate that people can gain power over each other and then abuse this power because of unequal resource conditions. The authors define resources as the means necessary for satisfaction or achievement of needs or goals such as wealth physical strength intellectual capacity and information sexual attractiveness and status.This volume is different from existing social science books on inequality and vulnerability which address relations between people of different social positions races genders ages and places of residence confronting each other in political economic and cultural battles. This book focuses on people who become the victims of those whom they know personally—relatives colleagues neighbors.The authors argue that unequal resource distribution among members of social units is the main cause of conflict and ultimately creates situations where members of a social unit can abuse other members of the same unit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855662

Power and Influence in IndiaBosses Lords and Captains Taking cognisance of the lack of studies on leadership in modern India this book explores how leadership is practiced in the Indian context examining this across varied domains — from rural settings and urban neighbourhoods to political parties and state governments. The importance of individual leaders in the projection of politics in South Asia is evident from how political parties mobilisation of movements and the media all focus on carefully constructed personalities. Besides the politically ambitious have considerable room for manoeuvre in the institutional setup of the Indian subcontinent. This book focuses on actors making their political career and/or aspiring for leadership roles even as it also foregrounds the range of choices open to them in particular contexts. The articles in this volume explore the variety of strategies used by politically engaged actors in trying to acquire (or keep) power — symbolic action rhetorical usage moral conviction building of alliances — illustrating in the process both the opportunities and constraints experienced by them. In taking a qualitative approach and tracking both political styles and transactions this book provides insights into the nature of democracy and the functioning of electoral politics in the subcontinent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664913

Power and Influence in the Boardroom In the last decade there has been an increasing interest in the role of people management in formulating key business decisions. This book offers a counterbalance to the predominant view that Human Resource and Personnel managers have little influence in the strategy making process.The book offers guidance to Personnel / HR managers aspiring to raise their status in organisations as well as an indication of the future development of the role of people management at the highest levels of business. It will be essential reading for all those with a professional or academic interest in Human Resource Management and employment relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863972

Power and Influence in the NHSOceans Without Continents Explains the NHS as a political environment and concentrates on understanding the relationships of power rather than on the role of apparent authority. The book presents a range of management frameworks and personal examples to illustrate what a primary-care-led NHS means. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384887

Power and Its Problems in Carolingian Europe A key theme in this collection of thirteen essays is the creative tension between the Carolingian dynasty and its aristocratic followers across 250 years. The first section explores the rising dynasty's attempts to consolidate its power through war and rewards. The second section focuses on the exercise of authority through a complex system of governance and representation and the pivotal role played by the courts of Charlemagne and his successors. In the third section we see the Carolingian system undergoing a crisis of legitimacy challenged by civil war royal divorce and aristocratic encroachment on dynastic exclusivity. These essays anatomise the dynamics of power relations in the greatest empire of the early medieval west. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110038

Power and Justice in International RelationsInterdisciplinary Approaches to Global Challenges Outstanding and thought-provoking this book provides up-to-date and in-depth analyses of current developments in international politics. It highlights the (unilateral) use of force in international relations and its implication for international law the chances and risks of international criminal justice and the question of epistemic violence with regard to dominant discourses in the theory of international relations such as nation-building and intercultural dialogue. Furthermore the book focuses on conditions for global social and ecological justice in international economics against the background of financial crisis. It contributes in particular to a better understanding of the relation between power and justice in view of current global tensions while reflecting the work of the internationally acclaimed philosopher Hans Köchler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601779

Power and Knowledge in Southeast AsiaState and Scholars in Indonesia and the Philippines Examining two state-sponsored history writing projects in Indonesia and the Philippines in the 1970s this book illuminates the contents and contexts of the two projects and more importantly provides a nuanced characterization of the relationship between embodiments of power (state dictators government officials) and knowledge (intellectuals historians history). Known respectively as Sejarah Nasional Indonesia (SNI) and the Tadhana project these projects were initiated by the Suharto and Marcos authoritarian regimes against the backdrop of rising and competing nationalisms as well as the regimes’ efforts at political consolidation. The dialectics between actors and the politico-academic contexts determine whether scholarship and politics would clash mutually support or co-exist parallel with one another. Rather than one side manipulating or co-opting the other this study shows the mutual need or partnership between scholars and political actors in these projects. This book proposes the need to embrace rather than deny or transcend the entwined power/knowledge if the idea is for scholarship to realize its truly progressive visions. Analyzing the dynamics of state–scholar relations in the two countries the book will be of interest to academics in the fields on Southeast Asian history and politics nationalism historiography intellectual history postocolonial studies cultural studies  and the sociology of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344945

Power and Law in International SocietyInternational Relations as the Sociology of International Law When studying international law there is often a risk of focusing entirely on the content of international rules (i.e. regimes) and ignoring why these regimes exist and to what extent the rules affect state behavior. Similarly international relations studies can focus so much on theories based on the distribution of power among states that it overlooks the existence and relevance of the rules of international law. Both approaches hold their dangers. The overlooking of international relations risk assuming that states actually follow international law and discounting the specific rules of international law makes it difficult for readers to understand the impact of the rules in more than a superficial manner. This book unifies international law and international relations by exploring how international law and its institutions may be relevant and influence the course of international relations in international trade protection of the environment human rights international criminal justice and the use of force. As a study on the intersection of power and law this book will be of great interest and use to scholars and students of international law international relations political science international trade and conflict resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701953

Power and Leadership in European Foreign PolicyBritain France and Germany Is the support for Europe as a global power an expression of an Europeanization of foreign policy? Or is this espousal simply instrumental to enhance national power through the medium of Europe? Britain France and Germany are medium sized powers who hold global ambitions in foreign policy. Yet after the end of the Cold War the quest for a global role is increasingly pursued through the framework of the European Union. The book is a comparative study of British French and German foreign policy over the last two decades. Using the innovative role theory analysis which builds on the theoretical literature of foreign policy analysis national identity and sociological role theory this book focuses on the convergence and divergence of their foreign policy. Empirically rich with a systematic comparative analysis of speeches and interviews with policy-makers and politicians from Britain France and Germany this book offers a unique ‘insider view’ of the framing of national foreign policies and also of the evolution of the European Union as a global security actor. It will be of strong interest to students and scholars of Comparative Foreign Policy International Relations and European Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578899

Power and Legitimacy - Challenges from Russia This book sheds new light on the continuing debate within political thought as to what constitutes power and what distinguishes legitimate from illegitimate power. It does so by considering the experience of Russia a polity where experiences of the legitimacy of power and the collapse of power offer a contrast to Western experiences on which most political theory formulated in the West is based. The book considers power in a range of contexts – philosophy and discourse; the rule of law and its importance for economic development; the use of culture and religion as means to legitimate power; and liberalism and the reasons for its weakness in Russia. The book concludes by arguing that the Russian experience provides a useful lens through which ideas of power and legitimacy can be re-evaluated and re-interpreted and through which the idea of "the West" as the ideal model can be questioned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816718

Power and MethodPolitical Activism and Educational Research Power and Method demonstrates that political activism can and should be infused into the research process. Contesting the traditional assumptions that have dominated thinking about the nature and meaning of research--validity objectivity and the researcher/"subject" relationship--the volume showcases alternative methods enabling scholars to make a difference in the lives of classed gendered and raced "subjects" and grapple honestly and openly with the way power is woven into the research process. Committed to the notion that the challenge to redefine the research process faces not only educational researchers Power and Method includes contributions from scholars in the allied social sciences and the humanities. Responses from researchers working women's studies anthropology sociology and literature conclude each section and highlight common and alternative perspectives on the central themes that run throughout the volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021416

Power and Partnership in EducationParents Children and Special Educational Needs Recent legislation - the 1981 and 1993 Education Acts - have emphasized the need for parents to work as partners with professionals in the assessment of children's special educational needs. This book explores that notion of partnership and subjects it to critical scrutiny. It describes the assessment process from both the parental and professional standpoints looking in particular at the parent-professional relationship and the barriers that might inhibit effective partnerships between parents and professionals. The child's viewpoint is equally important and later chapters examine children's own accounts of the assessment process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466098

Power and Party in an English CityAn account of single-party rule Power and Party in an English City provides an account of how decisions are taken by the state at the level of locality. More specifically it is an account of the private policy-making activities of a ruling Labour group of councillors in the major English city of Newcastle-Upon-Tyne. Despite the fact that local government in most of the towns and cities of England is one-party government very little is known abotu the private behaviour of ruling party groups. In this book David Green provides a penetrating empirical study of the realities of local government. The author seeks to examine and analyse the importance of party discipline the relationship between the Labour group of councillors and the party outside the council the power of the committee chairmen the role of local patronage and the openness of the local policy-making process. The government of Newcastle is perhaps the most closely association in the public mind with T. Dan Smith the corrupt local politician. In fact Smith had left local politics in Newcastle in teh mid-1960s. How was the city being run a decade or so later? This study is however much more than an inside view of the affairs of a single authority. The last part of the book is devoted to a discussion of aspects of some traditional and modern theories of democracy and specifically to what author sees as the inadequate advocacy of participatory democracy in recent years. Green makes a major contribution to our thinking about the kind of democracy that is possible in modern large-scale societies explores weaknesses of moder theories and puts forward some original modifications to modern democratic theory in the light of a theory of knowledge which is seen as more appropriate for modern natural and social scientific activity. This book was first published in 1981. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860338

Power and Passion in Shakespeare's PronounsInterrogating 'you' and 'thou' In revealing patterns of you/thou use in Shakespeare's plays this study highlights striking and significant shifts from one to the other. Penelope Freedman demonstrates that understanding of the implications of you/thou use in early modern English has been bedevilled by overconcern with issues of power and status and her careful research analysing all the plays reveals how a fuller understanding of Shakespeare's usage can provide a key to unlock puzzles of motive and character and a glass to clarify relationships and emotions. The work focuses particularly on dialogue between men and women and sheds new light on male and female language use. The scholarship presented in this volume is augmented with tables and a glossary of linguistic terms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246277

Power and Personality This book concerns the wanting getting and giving of power. Recent advances in medicine sociology and psychology have deepened our understanding of the motives skills and experience that operate between leaders and those who are led. Since power is about decision-making it figures not only in offi cial institutions but in other organizations including political parties pressure groups trade associations business enterprises trade unions and many other types of organizations.A general theory of the political personality is set forth here. Lasswell describes the process by which power becomes a value of first importance and the way appropriate skills in exercising power are acquired. He shows that special political types such as agitators or administrators are related to basic types of character that contribute to how they lead. Finally his analysis offers original perspectives to understand democratic leadership.Lasswell offers definite suggestions for perfecting "self-observatories" in national and world affairs and for forming democratic personalities selecting and training democratic leaders and reducing destructive conflicts in human relationships. Power and Personality followed the author's 1930 work Psychopathology and Politics which was widely hailed for its pioneering approach. Power and Personality reevaluated the entire issue of the relationship between psychology and politics in the light of subsequent experience and scientific developments since publication of that earlier work. Lasswell's ideas continue to carry great weight and persuasiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530577

Power And PersuasionIdeology And Rhetoric In Communist Yugoslavia 1944-1953 When the Communist Party of Yugoslavia (CPY) took power after the Second World War it had a vision for a new and better society in which all humans would live together in peace and prosperity and in which their mutual exploitation would be eliminated. That vision required changes not only in the country's political and economic structure but in its citizen's values morals goals aesthetics and social behavior. Based on extensive archival research Lilly's study describes the CPY's struggle to realize that social and cultural transformation by means of oral written and visual persuasion in the first nine years after the war.Lilly's descriptions of party policies in such media as newspapers journals educational curricula group activities like parades workplace competitions and volunteer labor brigades and the production of both high and popular culture depict the evolving form and content of the party's persuasive rhetoric. Her archival work moreover reveals both societal reaction to such rhetoric and the extent to which party leaders adapted their persuasive policies in response to feedback from below. In this respect Lilly places her work at the intersection of cultural history cultural studies and politics by discussing how individuals and different groups perceive digest and remake culture from above in their own image.Ultimately then this study not only modifies current understandings of Yugoslavia's postwar history but informs us about the nature of state-society relations in dictatorial regimes and the complexities of cultural change. Moving beyond an interpretation of Yugoslavia's political and cultural history in the 1940s it addresses broader questions like: How do dictatorial regimes maintain power and support? How do subject populations express their views and exert influence even under oppressive conditions? When and how does persuasive rhetoric work and what are its limits? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096632

Power and Policy in Putin’s Russia The volume provides a retrospective analysis of Putin’s eight years as president between 2000 and 2008. An international group of leading specialists examine Putin’s leadership in an informed and balanced manner. The authors are drawn from Russia itself as well as from Europe America and Australasia. Coverage includes general analysis of the Putin presidency the ideology underlying the thinking of the regime issues of institutional development including coverage of parties parliament and elections developments in the federal system corruption and changes in the configuration of the elite. The impact of energy on changes in political economy provides the background to an assessment of Russia’s re-emergence as a great power in international affairs accompanied by analysis of the difficulties in Russia’s relations with its former Soviet neighbours and the European Union. The authors examine the interaction between power and policy and draw some conclusions about the dynamics of Putin’s system of government and thus of the fate of Russia. This book was published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518680

Power and Politeness in the WorkplaceA Sociolinguistic Analysis of Talk at Work Power and Politeness in the Workplace has become established as a seminal text for courses in language and professional communication. Co-authored by bestselling author Janet Holmes this text provides insights into the way we all talk at work including a wealth of material illustrating the way people communicate with each other in their ordinary everyday encounters in their workplaces. The analysis focuses in particular on how and why people "do" power and politeness in the workplace and examines the discourse strategies involved in balancing the competing demands of meeting workplace objectives and getting things done on time with maintaining good collegial workplace relationships. Drawing on a large and very varied corpus of data collected in a wide range of workplaces the authors explore specific types of workplace talk such as giving advice and instructions solving problems running meetings and making decisions. Attention is also paid to the important contribution of less obviously relevant types of workplace talk such as humour and small talk to the construction of effective workplace relationships. In the final chapter some of the practical implications of the analyses are identified. This Routledge Linguistics Classic is here reissued with a new preface from the authors covering the methods of analysis an update on the Language in the Workplace project and a look at the work in the context of recent research.  Power and Politeness in the Workplace continues to be a vital read for researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of applied linguistics and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809062

Power and Political Economy from Thatcher to BlairThe Great Enemy of Democracy? This book investigates the policies of the Thatcher Major and Blair governments and their approaches towards concentration of economic and political power. The 1979–2007 British governments have variously been described as liberal or to use a political insult and a favourite academic label neoliberal. One of the stated objectives of the Thatcher Major and Blair governments—albeit with differing focal points—was to disperse power and to empower the individual. This was also a consistent theme of the first generation of neoliberals who saw monopolies vested interests and concentration more generally as the ‘great enemy of democracy’. Under Thatcher and Major Conservatives sought to liberalize the economy and spread ownership through policies like Right to Buy and privatisation. New Labour dispersed political power with its devolution agenda granted operational independence to the Bank of England and put in place a seemingly robust antitrust framework. All governments during the 1979–2007 period pursued choice in public services. Yet our modern discourse characterises Britain as beset by endemic power concentration in markets and politics. What went wrong? How did so-called neoliberal governments which invoked liberty and empowerment fail to disperse power and allow concentration to continue recur or arise? The book will be of interest to students and scholars of contemporary British history political economy and politics as well as specific areas of study such as Thatcherism and New Labour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003014959

Power and Politics in California Now in its ninth edition Power and Politics in California continues its tradition of asking Californians to take a hard and systematic look at their state governance and engage themselves in a critical analysis of what is working what is not and what changes need to be made for the state to meet the increasingly formidable challenges it faces.The era of Arnold is now in its mid-stages and the rise of this very different political personality has had significant impacts on the state. This ninth edition provides analysis of Governor Schwarzenegger in context and looks forward to how California's fiscal condition educational system and response to diversity will play a vital role in shaping the state's politics in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430662

Power and Politics in Old Regime France 1720-1745 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755702

Power and Politics in Sustainable Consumption Research and Practice With growing awareness of environmental deterioration atmospheric pollution and resource depletion the last several decades have brought increased attention and scrutiny to global consumption levels. However there are significant and well documented limitations associated with current efforts to encourage more sustainable consumption patterns ranging from informational and time constraints to the highly individualizing effect of market-based participation. This volume featuring essays solicited from experts engaged in sustainable consumption research from around the world presents empirical and theoretical illustrations of the various means through which politics and power influence (un)sustainable consumption practices policies and perspectives. With chapters on compelling topics including collective action behaviour-change and the transition movement the authors discuss why current efforts have largely failed to meet environmental targets and explore promising directions for research policy and practice. Featuring contributions that will help the reader open up politics and power in ways that are accessible and productive and bridge the gaps with current approaches to sustainable consumption this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of sustainable consumption and the politics of sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671730

Power and Politics in Tudor EnglandEssays by G.W. Bernard Characterised by an interest in the nature and expression of power this collection of essays by George Bernard combines a number of previously published pieces with original studies. Chapters range from detailed studies of aspects of the political and religious history of the reign of Henry VIII to more general accounts of early-modern architecture the development of the Church of England and a polemical attack upon 'postmodern' historiography. The role of the nobility is a major theme. Emphasis is given to their social economic political and ideological power and the ways in which they exercised it in support of the monarchy. In-depth examinations of the falls of Anne Boleyn and Cardinal Wolsey and the relationship of the King and ministers challenge widespread views concerning the significance of factionalism. Analyses of such key events indicate that Henry VIII was very much in charge. Likely to provoke considerable debate this stimulating collection is an important contribution to Tudor history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246260

Power And PovertyDevelopment And Development Projects In The Third World This book presents case studies concerning the impact of development projects on societies at various levels of affluence and modernization. They demonstrate project variety and the ecological economic political and social contexts within which development is attempted but seldom achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284060

Power And PrejudiceThe Politics And Diplomacy Of Racial Discrimination Second Edition Since it first appeared Power and Prejudice has been hailed as a bold pioneering work dealing with one of the central and most controversial issues of our time?the relationship between racial prejudice and global conflict. Powerfully written and based on documents from archives on several continents this award-winning book convincingly demonstrates that the racial issue or what W.E.B. Du Bois called ?the problem of the twentieth century ? has profoundly influenced most major developments in international politics and diplomacy.Lauren begins with a thought-provoking discussion of the heavy burden of history's pattern of conquest and slavery wherin skin color identified master and slave conqueror and conquered. He then examines bitter twentieth-century conflicts over race including immigration exclusion and the ?Yellow Peril ? the ?Final Solution? of the Holocaust decolonization the impact of the Cold War on the civil rights movement and the global struggle against racial prejudice. In this new edition Lauren adds dimensions about Asia Latin America and the Pacific exploring the racial dimensions of immigration exclusion and warfare. He contributes significant new material about international issues regarding indigenous peoples around the world including self-determination sovereignty and discrimination. And finally he examines the dramatic events surrounding the end of apartheid in South Africa.Eloquent provocative and informed by first-rate scholarship the insights of this highly original work will appeal to general readers as well as to students and scholars from a broad range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367095949

Power and Principle in the Market PlaceOn Ethics and Economics In the global financial crisis the need to develop a new kind of economy with a closer relation between ethics and economics has become an important challenge to the international society. This book contributes to this debate by investigating different aspects of global business ethics and corporate social responsibility which are becoming more and more important in the ongoing discussions on the relation between market institutions and democratic governments. The different chapters of the book deal with fundamental philosophical issues of the ethics of the market economy including discussions of the role of the social sciences and economics in contributing to a sustainable economics and global responsibility in the twenty-first century. In this sense the book takes up the transnational debate on ethics and economics in order to contribute to a more balanced fair just and conscientious development in the world. The book starts with a European perspective on these issues based on philosophical sociological and economic views from Europe. These views are further developed in order to share thoughts of how to improve corporate social responsibility welfare and justice and the advancement of ethical principles in the international context. It is argued that in the international community good corporate citizenship as social and environmental responsibility is realized through individual and organizational cosmopolitan responsibility for fostering the common good for humanity. The chapters of the book were originally presented at a conference in Copenhagen organized together with the German Cultural Institute - the Goethe Institute of Copenhagen Copenhagen Business School and Roskilde University Denmark. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260832

Power and Privilege at an African University To the best of&nbsp;the author's&nbsp;knowledge this study conducted from July 1968 to June 1969 is the first comprehensive sociological survey of an African university.&nbsp;&nbsp; This study did not begin with a set of specific hypotheses to be tested nor does the&nbsp;research include everything of conceivable relevance to the University of Ilosho (U .I.). Instead the focus is on the political structure of U.I. on social stratification and mobility and on problems of ethnicity. These closely interrelated problems are of great importance to the development of Nigeria where U .I. is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513457

Power and Privilege in the Learning SciencesCritical and Sociocultural Theories of Learning Although power and privilege are embedded in all learning environments the learning sciences is dominated by individual cognitive theories of learning that cannot expose the workings of power. Power and Privilege in the Learning Sciences: Critical and Sociocultural Theories of Learning addresses the ways in which research on human learning can acknowledge the influence of differential access to power on the organization of learning in particular settings. Written by established and emerging scholars in the learning sciences and related fields the chapters in this volume introduce connections to critical and poststructural race theories critical disability studies queer theory settler-colonial theory and critical pedagogy as tools for analyzing dimensions of learning environments and normativity. A vital resource for students and researchers in the fields of learning sciences curriculum studies educational psychology and beyond this book introduces key literature adapts theory for application in education and highlights areas of research and teaching that can benefit from critical theoretical methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922631

Power and ProgressInternational Politics in Transition Jack Snyder is a leading American international relations scholar with an international reputation for his research on IR theory and US Foreign policy. This book collects many of his most important essays into a single volume. Exploring a liberal realist theory of international politics the book is arranged around three key subject areas: Anarchy and Its Effects The Challenges of Democratic Consolidation Empire and the Promotion of a Liberal Order With a new introduction to frame the selected essays this collection examines how developing nations evolve political systems and fit into a world dominated by liberal-democracies. It looks to the future for the current dominant powers in a changing world of international relations and at the challenges to their leadership. Featuring a new conclusion developed from the assembled chapters this is a fascinating and vital collection of scholarship from one of the most influential theorists of his generation. Power and Progress is an invaluable text for students and scholars of international relations and those interested in the debates on liberalism and realism and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415575737

Power and Protest at an American UniversityNo Confidence No Fear This book examines the successful no-confidence movement led by faculty at Saint Louis University in 2013 in an effort to unseat the university president considering the reasons for success when similar movements often fail. Through a series of chapters written by faculty from many disciplines at the university it uses a particular episode of faculty protest to shed light on wider issues concerning the circumstances in which faculty are likely to be motivated to protest the institutional frameworks that make protest possible and the strategies that get results. As such it will appeal to scholars of social movements with interests in protest and mobilization in the field of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861704

Power and ProwessThe origins of Brooke kingship in Sarawak A significant reinterpretation of Sarawak history Power and Prowess explores the network of power economic and ritual relationships that developed on the northwest coast of Borneo in the mid-nineteenth century from which a coalition led by James Brooke established the state of Sarawak. Where many authors placed Brooke in the context of nineteenth century British imperialism this study perceives him in the context of Bornean cultures and political economies. Brooke emerges from the historical record as a 'man of prowess' with the author identifying important ritual sources of Brooke's power among Malays Bidayuh and Ibans sources which derived from and expressed indigenous cultural traditions about fertility health and status.Drawing on conceptual frameworks from political science as well as recent southeast Asian historiography Power and Prowess offers a detailed political history of the period and new interpretations of Brooke's career. This study also retrieves from the historical sources previously concealed narratives which reflect the interests priorities and activities of Sarawak people themselves.J.H. WALKER lectures in political science at the University of New South Wales at the Australian Defence Force Academy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116721

Power and Responsibility in Biblical InterpretationReading the Book of Job with Edward Said 'Power and Responsibility in Biblical Interpretation' addresses the interpretive challenges now facing much biblical interpretation. Incorporating the methodologies of poststructuralism postcolonialism and liberation theology the study presents a possible methodology which integrates scholarly and vernacular hermeneutics. The approach is based on the theories of Edward Said adapting his concept of contrapuntal reading to the interpretation of 'Job'. The book sets this study in the broader context of a survey of current work in the field. The analysis of 'Job' examines the possibilities for dialogue between those interpretations that view suffering as a key theme in the book and those that do not. Interpretations of the 'Book of Job' are then compared to the psychology of suffering as experienced in various contexts today. The conclusion argues for pedagogical reform based upon the ethical and interpretive insights of contrapuntal hermeneutics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110649

Power and Ritual in the Israel Labor Party: A Study in Political AnthropologyA Study in Political Anthropology An anthropological study of a major national political party - one which dominated Israeli politics for nearly five decades and was returned to office in summer 1992. The analysis focuses on the relationship between culture and politics to explain the crucial role the Labour Party has played. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701592

Power and Security in the Information AgeInvestigating the Role of the State in Cyberspace The marriage of computers and telecommunications the global integration of these technologies and their availability at low cost is bringing about a fundamental transformation in the way humans communicate and interact. But however much consensus there may be on the growing importance of information technology today agreement is far more elusive when it comes to pinning down the impact of this development on security issues. Written by scholars in international relations this volume focuses on the role of the state in defending against cyber threats and in securing the information age. The manuscript is captivating with the significance and actuality of the issues discussed and the logical knowledgeable and engaged presentation of the issues. The essays intrigue and provoke with a number of 'fresh' hypotheses observations and suggestions and they contribute to mapping the diverse layers actors approaches and policies of the cyber security realm. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601793

Power and SocietyA Framework for Political Inquiry In Power and Society Harold D. Lasswell collaborates with a brilliant young philosopher Abraham Kaplan to formulate basic theoretical concepts and hypotheses of political science providing a framework for further inquiry into the political process. This is a classic book of political theory written by two of the most influential social scientists of the twentieth century.The authors find their subject matter in interpersonal relations not abstract institutions or organizations and their analysis of power is related to human values. They argue that revolution is a part of the political process and ideology has a role in political affairs. The importance of class both as social fact and social symbol is reflected in their detailed analysis and emphasis on merit rather than rank skill rather than status as keystones of democratic rule.The authors note that power is only one of the values and instruments manifested in interpersonal relations; it cannot be understood in abstraction from other values. Lasswell and Kaplan call for the replacement of "power politics " both in theory and in practice by a conception in which attention is focused on the human consequences of power as the major concern of both political thought and political action. The basic discussions of core concepts in political science make Power and Society of continuing importance to scholars government officials and politicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852807

Power and Subversion in ByzantiumPapers from the 43rd Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies Birmingham March 2010 This volume addresses a theme of special significance for Byzantine studies. Byzantium has traditionally been deemed a civilisation which deferred to authority and set special store by orthodoxy canon and proper order. Since 1982 when the distinguished Russian Byzantinist Alexander Kazhdan wrote that 'the history of Byzantine intellectual opposition has yet to be written' scholars have increasingly highlighted cases of subversion of 'correct practice' and 'correct belief' in Byzantium. This innovative scholarly effort has produced important results although it has been hampered by the lack of dialogue across the disciplines of Byzantine studies. The 43rd Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies in 2010 drew together historians art historians and scholars of literature religion and philosophy who discussed shared and discipline-specific approaches to the theme of subversion. The present volume presents a selection of the papers delivered at the symposium enriched with specially commissioned contributions. Most papers deal with the period after the eleventh century although early Byzantium is not ignored. Theoretical questions about the nature articulation and limits of subversion are addressed within the frameworks of individual disciplines and in a larger context. The volume comes at a timely junction in the development of Byzantine studies as interest in subversion and nonconformity in general has been rising steadily in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601324

Power and Sustainability of the Chinese State Since the start of the 21st century China has risen to the status of an important world power. This book examines Chinese power focusing in particular although not exclusively on its economic capabilities and considering how this is likely to develop in the future. It provides a detailed assessment of the key facets of Chinese power today including GDP growth multinationals and technological and scientific innovation. It identifies the key trends in these areas compares China’s experience with other important global powers such as the US and considers how this is viewed by the Chinese themselves including through the lens of their popular culture and mass media. It goes on to identify the foremost problems facing China and the Chinese state today including fiscal management and public finance poverty inequality and rural development and considers whether China is capable of overcoming these challenges and continuing its remarkable economic development. It addresses crucial questions such as the impact of globalization on Chinese power and whether Communist Party rule is sustainable for the foreseeable future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541985

Power and TerrorConflict Hegemony and the Rule of Force This updated and significantly revised edition explores the dynamics of power relationships and international negotiations and the use of terror between the United States and Western countries and the nations of the Middle East in the post-9/11 era.Chomsky looks back to patterns since World War II to show how acts of terrorism today cannot be understood outside the context of Western power and state terror throughout the world especially in the Middle East.This new edition offers the best opportunity to follow Chomsky’s analysis in its development during the ten years since 9/11. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519710

Power and the Professions in Britain 1700-1850 The modern professions have a long history that predates the development of formal institutions and examinations in the nineteenth century. Long before the Victorian era the emergent professions wielded power through their specialist knowledge and set up informal mechanisms of control and self-regulation. Penelope Corfield devotes a chapter each to lawyers clerics and doctors and makes reference to many other professionals - teachers apothecaries governesses army officers and others. She shows how as the professions gained in power and influence so they were challenged increasingly by satire and ridicule. Corfield's analysis of the rise of the professions during this period centres on a discussion of the philosophical questions arising from the complex relationship between power and knowledge. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203018859

Power and the Psychiatric ApparatusRepression Transformation and Assistance Drawing on a broad range of approaches in the fields of sociology anthropology political science history philosophy medicine and nursing Power and the Psychiatric Apparatus exposes psychiatric practices that are mobilized along the continuum of repression transformation and assistance. It critically examines taken for granted psychiatric practices both past and current shedding light on the often political nature of psychiatry and reconceptualizing its central and sensitive issues through the radical theory of figures such as Foucault Deleuze and Guattari Goffman and Szasz. As such this ground-breaking collection embraces a broad understanding of psychiatric practices and engages the reader in a critical understanding of their effects challenging the discipline’s altruistic rhetoric of therapy and problematizing the ways in which this is operationalized in practice. A comprehensive exploration of contested psychiatric practices in healthcare settings this interdisciplinary volume brings together recent scholarship from the US Canada the UK Europe and Australia to provide a rich array of theoretical tools with which to engage with questions related to psychiatric power discipline and control while theorizing their workings in creative and imaginative ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367050

Power and the PurseEconomic Statecraft Interdependence and National Security The essays here address the relationship between economic interdependence and international conflict the political economy of economic sanctions and the role of economic incentives in international statecraft. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038476

Power and Transnational Activism This book focuses on global activism and uses a power perspective to provide an in-depth and coherent analysis of both the possibilities and limitations of global activism. Bringing together scholars from IR sociology and political science this book offers new and critical insights on global activism and power. It features case studies on the following social and political issues: China and Tibet HIV/AIDS climate change child labour the WTO women and the UN the global public sphere regional integration national power world social forums policing media power and global civil society. It will be of interest to students and scholars of globalization global sociology and international politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746618

Power and Water in Central Asia Water is an irreplaceable and transient resource which crosses political boundaries in the form of rivers lakes and groundwater aquifers. The collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 led to the birth of fifteen countries including the five Central Asian republics Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Tajikistan Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan. When the USSR ceased to exist so did the centralised Soviet resource distribution system that managed the exchange and allocation of water energy and food supplies. A whole new set of international relations emerged and the newly formed Central Asian governments had to redefine the policies related to the exchange and sharing of their natural resources.This book analyses the role of state power in transboundary water relations. It provides an in–depth study of the evolution of interstate relations in Central Asia in the field of water from 1991-2015. Taking as a case study the planned construction of the Rogun and Kambarata dams in Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan the author examines various forms of overt and covert power shaping interstate relations and the way hegemonic and counter-hegemonic measures are put in place in an international river basin. He argues that the intimate correlation between the concepts of power and hegemony can offer key insights to the analysis and understanding of transboundary water relations. While the analytical focus is placed on state power the book demonstrates that hegemonic and counter-hegemonic tactics represent the ways in which power is wielded and observed.Offering fresh theoretical interpretations to the subjects of power and counter-hegemony in the Aral Sea basin this book puts forward the original circle of hydro-hegemony an analytical framework in which the various forms of power are connective in the function of hegemony. It will be of interest to scholars in the field of water and environmental politics and Central Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667351

Power and WelfareUnderstanding Citizens' Encounters with State Welfare In the welfare provision of today power takes both the shape of juridical sanctions and of attractive offers for self-development. When state institutions punish criminals remove children at risk or enforce sanctions upon welfare recipients the question of power is immediately urgent. It is less readily evident that power is at stake when institutions educate counsel or ‘empower’ citizens. This book offers a framework for understanding and analyzing these complex and implicit forms of power at play in the encounters between citizens and welfare institutions. Taking as its starting point the idea that power takes many different shapes and that different approaches to power may be necessary in the diverse contexts where citizens encounter welfare professionals the book demonstrates how significant social theorists spanning from Goffman to Foucault can be used for inquiries into these encounters. Guiding the reader from their epistemological foundations to lucid ‘state of the art’ case examples the book unpacks each of its six theoretical perspectives and explains selected key concepts and explicates their potential for analysis. The final chapter discusses the usefulness of the theoretical approaches their weaknesses and indicates some possibilities of theoretical integration. Including case studies of patients nursing home residents unemployed people homeless people and young offenders from the USA Denmark France Sweden Canada and Australia Power and Welfare is designed for students and researchers of social policy sociology anthropology political science education nursing and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817845

Power Cable Technology Power Cable Technology provides a precise understanding of the design manufacture installation and testing of a range of electric power cables—from low-voltage 1 000/1 100V cables to extra-high-voltage 400kV cables—with reference to future trends in the industry. The authors’ mantra is: know your cable. Thus the book begins with a comprehensive overview of power cable design and manufacturing through the ages and then: Describes the characteristics of the materials currently used in the production of various power cables Explains how to calculate the die orifice for drawing wires how tolerance in manufacturing affects material weight and consumption and how and why lubricants are used Addresses the formation stranding and insulation of the electrical conductors as well as the sheathing armouring and protective covering of the power cables Delivers an in-depth discussion of quality systems quality control and performance testing Covers the many nuances of cable installation including laying jointing and terminating Throughout the authors emphasise consonance between design theory and practical application to ensure production of a quality power cable at a reasonable cost. They also underscore the importance of careful handling making Power Cable Technology a must read for power cable engineers and technicians alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498709095

Power Converter Circuits This text reveals all key components of rectification inversion cycloconversion and conversion circuits. It authoritatively describes switching voltage and current relationships and converter properties operation control and performance as utilized in most practical applications. Authored jointly by a veteran scholar and an accomplished researcher in the field Power Converter Circuits highlights methods grounded in classical mathematics and includes an abundance of numerical worked examples.Features hundreds of chapter-specific problems with solutions provided separately at the end of the book Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394479

Power Converters and AC Electrical Drives with Linear Neural Networks The first book of its kind Power Converters and AC Electrical Drives with Linear Neural Networks systematically explores the application of neural networks in the field of power electronics with particular emphasis on the sensorless control of AC drives. It presents the classical theory based on space-vectors in identification discusses control of electrical drives and power converters and examines improvements that can be attained when using linear neural networks. The book integrates power electronics and electrical drives with artificial neural networks (ANN). Organized into four parts it first deals with voltage source inverters and their control. It then covers AC electrical drive control focusing on induction and permanent magnet synchronous motor drives. The third part examines theoretical aspects of linear neural networks particularly the neural EXIN family. The fourth part highlights original applications in electrical drives and power quality ranging from neural-based parameter estimation and sensorless control to distributed generation systems from renewable sources and active power filters. Simulation and experimental results are provided to validate the theories. Written by experts in the field this state-of-the-art book requires basic knowledge of electrical machines and power electronics as well as some familiarity with control systems signal processing linear algebra and numerical analysis. Offering multiple paths through the material the text is suitable for undergraduate and postgraduate students theoreticians practicing engineers and researchers involved in applications of ANNs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077461

Power Converters for Electric Vehicles Power Converters for Electric Vehicles gives an overview topology design and simulation of different types of converters used in electric vehicles (EV). It covers a wide range of topics ranging from the fundamentals of EV Hybrid EV and its stepwise approach simulation of the proposed converters for real-time applications and corresponding experimental results performance improvement paradigms and overall analysis. Drawing upon the need for novel converter topologies this book provides the complete solution for the power converters for EV applications along with simulation exercises and experimental results. It explains the need for power electronics in the improvement of performance in EV. This book: Presents exclusive information on the power electronics of EV including traction drives. Provides step-by-step procedure for converter design. Discusses various topologies having different isolated and non-isolated converters. Describes control circuit design including renewable energy systems and electrical drives. Includes practical case studies incorporated with simulation and experimental results. Power Converters for Electric Vehicles will provide researchers and graduate students in Power Electronics Electric Drives Vehicle Engineering a useful resource for stimulating their efforts in this important field of the search for renewable technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367626853

Power Couples in AntiquityTransversal Perspectives Everyone can name a couple made up of famous rich or powerful partners who cultivate a joint media image which is stronger than either of their individual identities. Since the 1980s they have been known as "power couples". Yet while the term is recent the concept is not. More than 2 000 years ago Greeks and Romans became aware of the media potential of couples and used it as an instrument to reinforce political power. Notable examples are Philip II of Macedonia and Olympias Cleopatra and Mark Antony or the Emperor Augustus and his wife Livia. Power Couples in Antiquity brings together the reflections of ten specialists on Greek and Roman power couples from the fourth century BCE to the first century CE. It is focused on the birth and the development of the "ruling couple" in the Hellenistic Greek kingdoms and in Rome between the end of the Republic and the beginning of the Empire. By taking some emblematic cases this book analyses the redistribution of public and private roles within these couples examines the sentimental bonds or the relations of domination established between partners explores how these relationships played out in private and highlights the many common points between ancient and contemporary power couples. This book offers a fascinating insight into power dynamics in the ancient world exploring not only the subtleties within these often complex relationships but also their relationships with their subjects through the cultivation and manipulation of their joint public image. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575264

Power Devices for Efficient Energy Conversion The growth of power electronics centering on inverters and converters as its key system topology has accelerated recently due to the demand for efficient power conversion. This growth has also been backed up by several evolutionary changes and breakthroughs achieved in the areas of power semiconductor device physics process technology and design. However as power semiconductor technology remains a highly specialized subject the literature on further research development and design in related fields is not adequate. With this in view two specialists of power semiconductors well known for their research and contributions to the field compiled this book as a review volume focusing on power chip and module technologies. The prime purpose is to help researchers academia and engineers engaged in areas related to power devices and power electronics better understand the evolutionary growth of major power device components their operating principles design aspects application features and trends. The book is filled with unique topics related to power semiconductors including tips on state-of-the-art and futuristic-oriented applications. Numerous diagrams illustrations and graphics are included to adequately support the content and to make the book extremely attractive as a practical and user-friendly reference book for researchers technologists and engineers as well as a textbook for advanced graduate-level and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774185

Power Distribution EngineeringFundamentals and Applications "Covering virtually all areas of distribution engineering this complete reference work examines the unique behavior of utilities and provides the practical knowledge necessary to solve real-world distribution problems. " Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214566

Power Efficiency in Broadband Wireless Communications Power Efficiency in Broadband Wireless Communications focuses on the improvement of power efficiency in wireless communication systems especially of mobile devices. Reviewing cutting-edge techniques for conserving power and boosting power efficiency the book examines various technologies and their impact on consumer devices. It considers each technology first by introducing the main physical layer components in recent wireless communication systems along with their shortcomings and then proposing solutions for overcoming these shortcomings.The book covers orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signal generation and formulation and examines the advantages and disadvantages of OFDM systems compared to alternative multiplexing. It introduces one of the main drawbacks of OFDM systems peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) and discusses several PAPR techniques. It also explains how to overcome the main drawbacks of real-world OFDM system applications.Considers power amplifier linearization for increasing power efficiency and reducing system costs and power dissipationDescribes the implementation scenario of the most promising linearization technique digital predistortionPresents some experimental demonstrations of digital predistortion when the device under test is in the loopBecause the most costly device in a communication system that has a direct impact on power efficiency and power consumption is the power amplifier the book details the behavior and characteristics of different classes of power amplifiers. Describing the evolution of the mobile cellular communication system it details a cost-effective technique to help you increase power efficiency reduce system costs and prolong battery life in next generation mobile devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378400

Power Electronic ConvertersInteractive Modelling Using Simulink Provides a step-by-step method for the development of a virtual interactive power electronics laboratory. The book is suitable for undergraduates and graduates for their laboratory course and projects in power electronics. It is equally suitable for professional engineers in the power electronics industry. The reader will learn to develop interactive virtual power electronics laboratory and perform simulations of their own as well as any given power electronic converter design using SIMULINK with advanced system model and circuit component level model. Features Examples and Case Studies included throughout. Introductory simulation of power electronic converters is performed using either PSIM or MICROCAP Software. Covers interactive system model developed for three phase Diode Clamped Three Level Inverter Flying Capacitor Three Level Inverter Five Level Cascaded H-Bridge Inverter Multicarrier Sine Phase Shift PWM and Multicarrier Sine Level Shift PWM. System models of power electronic converters are verified for performance using interactive circuit component level models developed using Simscape-Electrical Power Systems and Specialized Technology block set. Presents software in the loop or Processor in the loop simulation with a power electronic converter examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815368199

Power Electronic SystemsWalsh Analysis with MATLAB® A Totally Different Outlook on Power Electronic System Analysis Power Electronic Systems: Walsh Analysis with MATLAB® builds a case for Walsh analysis as a powerful tool in the study of power electronic systems. It considers the application of Walsh functions in analyzing power electronic systems and the advantages offered by Walsh domain analysis of power electronic systems. Solves Power Electronic Systems in an Unconventional Way This book successfully integrates power electronics as well as systems and control. Incorporating a complete orthonormal function set very much unlike the sine–cosine functions it introduces a blending between piecewise constant orthogonal functions and power electronic systems. It explores the background and evolution of power electronics and discusses Walsh and related orthogonal basis functions. It develops the mathematical foundation of Walsh analysis and first- and second-order system analyses by Walsh technique. It also describes the Walsh domain operational method and how it is applied to linear system analysis. Introduces Theories Step by Step While presenting the underlying principles of Walsh analysis the authors incorporate many illustrative examples and include a basic introduction to linear algebra and MATLAB® programs. They also examine different orthogonal piecewise constant basis functions like Haar Walsh slant block pulse functions and other related orthogonal functions along with their time scale evolution. • Analyzes pulse–fed single input single output (SISO) first- and second-order systems • Considers stepwise and continuously pulse width modulated chopper systems • Describes a detailed analysis of controlled rectifier circuits • Addresses inverter circuits Power Electronic Systems: Walsh Analysis with MATLAB® is written for postgraduate students researchers and academicians in the area of power electronics as well as systems and control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075023

Power Electronics Since its inception the Tutorial Guides in Electronic Engineering series has met with great success among both instructors and students. Designed for first and second year undergraduate courses each text provides a concise list of objectives at the beginning of each chapter key definitions and formulas highlighted in margin notes and references to other texts in the series.This volume introduces the subject of power electronics. Giving relatively little consideration to device physics the author first discusses the major power electronic devices and their characteristics then focuses on the systems aspects of power electronics and on the range and diversity of applications. Several case studies covering topics from high-voltage DC transmission to the development of a controller for domestic appliances help place the material into a practical context. Each chapter also includes a number of worked examples for reinforcement which are in turn supported by copious illustrations and end-of-chapter exercises. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138459861

Power Electronics Drives and Advanced Applications Concern for reliable power supply and energy-efficient system design has led to usage of power electronics-based systems including efficient electric power conversion and power semiconductor devices. This book provides integration of complete fundamental theory design simulation and application of power electronics and drives covering up-to-date subject components. It contains twenty-one chapters arranged in four sections on power semiconductor devices basic power electronic converters advanced power electronics converters power supplies electrical drives and advanced applications. Aimed at senior undergraduate and graduate students in electrical engineering and power electronics including related professionals this book • Includes electrical drives such as DC motor AC motor special motor high performance motor drives solar electrical/hybrid vehicle and fuel cell drives • Reviews advances in renewable energy technologies (wind PV hybrid power systems) and their integration • Explores topics like distributed generation microgrid and wireless power transfer system • Includes simulation examples using MATLAB®/Simulink and over four hundred solved unsolved and review problems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138062399

Power Electronics and Control Techniques for Maximum Energy Harvesting in Photovoltaic Systems Incentives provided by European governments have resulted in the rapid growth of the photovoltaic (PV) market. Many PV modules are now commercially available and there are a number of power electronic systems for processing the electrical power produced by PV systems especially for grid-connected applications. Filling a gap in the literature Power Electronics and Control Techniques for Maximum Energy Harvesting in Photovoltaic Systems brings together research on control circuits systems and techniques dedicated to the maximization of the electrical power produced by a photovoltaic (PV) source. Tools to Help You Improve the Efficiency of Photovoltaic Systems The book supplies an overview of recent improvements in connecting PV systems to the grid and highlights various solutions that can be used as a starting point for further research and development. It begins with a review of methods for modeling a PV array working in uniform and mismatched conditions. The book then discusses several ways to achieve the best maximum power point tracking (MPPT) performance. A chapter focuses on MPPT efficiency examining the design of the parameters that affect algorithm performance. The authors also address the maximization of the energy harvested in mismatched conditions in terms of both power architecture and control algorithms and discuss the distributed MPPT approach. The final chapter details the design of DC/DC converters which usually perform the MPPT function with special emphasis on their energy efficiency. Get Insights from the Experts on How to Effectively Implement MPPT Written by well-known researchers in the field of photovoltaic systems this book tackles state-of-the-art issues related to how to extract the maximum electrical power from photovoltaic arrays under any weather condition. Featuring a wealth of examples and illustrations it offers practical guidance for researchers and industry professionals who want to implement MPPT in photovoltaic systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466506909

Power Electronics and Motor Drives The Industrial Electronics Handbook Second Edition combines traditional and newer more specialized knowledge that will help industrial electronics engineers develop practical solutions for the design and implementation of high-power applications. Embracing the broad technological scope of the field this collection explores fundamental areas including analog and digital circuits electronics electromagnetic machines signal processing and industrial control and communications systems. It also facilitates the use of intelligent systems—such as neural networks fuzzy systems and evolutionary methods—in terms of a hierarchical structure that makes factory control and supervision more efficient by addressing the needs of all production components. Enhancing its value this fully updated collection presents research and global trends as published in the IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics Journal one of the largest and most respected publications in the field. Power Electronics and Motor Drives facilitates a necessary shift from low-power electronics to the high-power varieties used to control electromechanical systems and other industrial applications. This volume of the handbook: Focuses on special high-power semiconductor devices Describes various electrical machines and motors their principles of operation and their limitations Covers power conversion and the high-efficiency devices that perform the necessary switchover between AC and DC Explores very specialized electronic circuits for the efficient control of electric motors Details other applications of power electronics aside from electric motors—including lighting renewable energy conversion and automotive electronics Addresses power electronics used in very-high-power electrical systems to transmit energy Other volumes in the set: Fundamentals of Industrial Electronics Control and Mechatronics Industrial Communication Systems Intelligent Systems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077478

Power Electronics BasicsOperating Principles Design Formulas and Applications Power Electronics Basics: Operating Principles Design Formulas and Applications provides fundamental knowledge for the analysis and design of modern power electronic devices. This concise and user-friendly resource:Explains the basic concepts and most important terms of power electronicsDescribes the power assemblies control and passive components of semiconductor power switchesCovers the control of power electronic devices from mathematical modeling to the analysis of the electrical processesAddresses pulse-width modulation power quality control and multilevel modular and multicell power converter topologiesDiscusses line-commutated and resonant converters as well as inverters and AC converters based on completely controllable switchesExplores cutting-edge applications of power electronics including renewable energy production and storage fuel cells and electric drives Power Electronics Basics: Operating Principles Design Formulas and Applications supplies graduate students industry professionals researchers and academics with a solid understanding of the underlying theory while offering an overview of the latest achievements and development prospects in the power electronics industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655976

Power ElectronicsAdvanced Conversion Technologies Second Edition Power Electronics is a large size technology mainly covering four categories: the AC/DC rectifiers DC/DC converters DC/AC inverters and AC/AC converters. This book offers approximately 100 novel topologies of all four. The applications are used in sustainable energy generation areas such as distributed generation (DG) micro-grid (MG) smart grid (SG) systems and electrical vehicles (EV). With case studies from GE AEG Simplatroll Ltd and Chinese Power Manufacturing Co. the reader will be exposed to practical applications in industry and real-world settings. This new edition features an entirely new chapter on best switching angles to obtain lowest THD for multilevel DC/AC inverters. Additionally all chapters have been updated and include homework problems throughout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656157

Power Engineering Control and Information Technologies in Geotechnical Systems Efficient and rational use of energy is one of the main challenges at present to develop a sustainable society. Long-term economic growth is only possible with the application of technological improvements in the use of energy. This book is discussing geotechnical systems with large potential for enhancing energy efficiency. Modern manufacturing processes are complex and make ever increasing demands on the use of energy. This work involves multidisciplinary collaboration and research on aspects of energy use in geotechnical systems. The work provides many practical examples and illustrative material and it effectively connects theoretical and practical aspects of efficiency improvement of geotechnical systems. Benefiting from authors’ extensive experience in industry and academia it brings together comprehensive technical information on reducing energy consumption. It provides valuable information covering operation of mine equipment and installations and features some topics never previously published in geotechnical courses. The book is appropriate for students researches professionals and teachers interested in geotechnical systems and improving its efficiency. Field of knowledge – energy efficiency of geotechnical systems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452155

Power Engineering and Information Technologies in Technical Objects Control2016 Annual Proceedings Improved knowledge in the field of technical objects operation and control helps manufacturers to decrease energy consumption and keep construction costs low. Moreover it helps dealing effectively with environmental problems and switching to renewable forms of energy on the path of sustainable development of the society. The methods and technologies presented in this book will allow to improve the effectiveness of technical objects control and helps achieving safe economical high-quality usage of power engineering and information technologies.The book presents recent advances in power engineering electric drives transport systems power electronics cybersecurity and others. Vital issues of innovative small vehicles with using hydrogen fuel as well as boring rigs and underwater hydraulic transport pipelines are considered.The book offers a fresh look at energy-saving and energy efficiency in industry new ideas in information technologies paying much attention to interdisciplinary specification of the results obtained. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736408

Power EngineeringAdvances and Challenges Part A: Thermal Hydro and Nuclear Power Faced with the climate change phenomena humanity has had to now contend with numerous changes including our attitude environment protection and also with depletion of classical energy resources. These have had consequences in the power production sector which was already struggling with negative public opinion on nuclear energy but a favorable perception of renewable energy resources. The objective of this edited volume is to review all these changes and to present solutions for future power generation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138705852

Power EngineeringAdvances and Challenges Part B: Electrical Power Traditionally power engineering has been a subfield of energy engineering and electrical engineering which deals with the generation transmission distribution and utilization of electric power and the electrical devices connected to such systems including generators motors and transformers. Implicitly this perception is associated with the generation of power in large hydraulic thermal and nuclear plants and distributed consumption. Faced with the climate change phenomena humanity has had to now contend with changes in attitudes in respect of environment protection and depletion of classical energy resources. These have had consequences in the power production sector already faced with negative public opinions on nuclear energy and favorable perception of renewable energy resources and about distributed power generation. The objective of this edited book is to review all these changes and to present solutions for future power generation. Future energy systems must factor in the changes and developments in technology like improvements of natural gas combined cycles and clean coal technologies carbon dioxide capture and storage advancements in nuclear reactors and hydropower renewable energy engineering power-to-gas conversion and fuel cells energy crops new energy vectors biomass-hydrogen thermal energy storage new storage systems diffusion modern substations high voltage engineering equipment and compatibility HVDC transmission with FACTS advanced optimization in a liberalized market environment active grids and smart grids power system resilience power quality and cost of supply plug-in electric vehicles smart metering control and communication technologies new key actors as prosumers smart cities. The emerging research will enhance the security of energy systems safety in operation protection of environment improve energy efficiency reliability and sustainability. The book reviews current literature in the advances innovative options and solutions in power engineering. It has been written for researchers engineers technicians and graduate and doctorate students interested in power engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138319875

Power for the PeopleProtecting States' Energy Policy Interests in an Era of Deregulation Power for the People examines the tension between the social and political interests of states and the market in the case of energy policy. The author has conducted extensive research on California's experience with electricity restructuring and assesses how the diverging interests of the market vs. the state resulted in that notable failure of energy deregulation. She includes overviews of many other states and offers analysis on how states can balance their own interests with the market without imposing high costs on their citizens or the environment. This is the first book to look at deregulation from the point of view of the consumer and the states. Exceptionally clear balanced and well-written it is essential reading for anyone interested in public policy energy studies and government deregulation of services and would also be an ideal supplement for any courses in these areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701585

Power GamesA Critical Sociology of Sport Critical and radical perspectives have been central to the emergence of the sociology of sport as a discipline in its own right. This ground-breaking new book is the first to offer a comprehensive theory and method for a critical sociology of sport. It argues that class political economy hegemony and other concepts central to the radical tradition are essential for framing understanding and changing social and political relations within sport and between sport and society.The book draws upon the disciplines of politics sociology history and philosophy to provide a critical analysis of power relations throughout the world of sport while offering important new case studies from such diverse sporting contexts as the Olympics world football boxing cricket tennis and windsurfing. In the process it addresses key topics such as:* nations and nationalism* globalisation* race* gender* political economy.Power Games can be used as a complete introduction to the study of sport and society. And will be essential reading for any serious student of sport. At the same time it is a provocative book that by argument and example challenges those who research and write about sport to make their work relevant to social and political reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012698

Power Generation and the Environment Natural and man-made changes in the environment create a very complex picture. This book analyzes this picture and provides snapshots of different areas of interest and to make suggestions for future work on cleaning and stabilizing the Earth’s environment. Starting with conventional energy generation and moving on to renewable energies this book analyzes and calculates their environmental impact and the lesser known aspects of their "cradle-to-grave" life cycle such as the irreversible environmental damage done during the manufacturing of solar and wind equipment and during the installation operation and decommissioning of large scale hydro solar and wind power plants. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781482222999

Power Hybrid Circuit Design & Manufacture "Discusses the fundamental design principles capabilities and applications of power hybrid microcircuits and modules--detailing the operation of power semiconductor and passive components the properties of materials design guidelines thermal management and manufacturing technologies." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214443

Power in a Changing World EconomyLessons from East Asia This book is about power in a changing world economy. Though power is ubiquitous in the study of International Political Economy the concept is underdeveloped in formal theoretical terms. This collection of essays analyses recent experience in East Asia to advance our theoretic understanding of state power in IPE. Over the last quarter century no other region of the world has had a greater impact on the global distribution of economic resources and capabilities. China with its "peaceful rise " now stands as the second largest national economy on the face of the earth; South Korea and Taiwan have become industrial powerhouses; Hong Kong and Singapore are among the world’s most important financial centres; and new poles of growth have emerged in several southeast Asian countries – all while Japan long the region’s dominant market has slipped into seemingly irreversible decline. The volume’s nine essays contributed by leading scholars in the United States Britain and Taiwan aim to extract relevant inferences and insights from these developments for the study of state power. All are framed by a core agenda encompassing four key clusters of questions concerning the meaning sources uses and limits of power. These essays ask: What new lessons are offered for power analysis in International Political Economy? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856225

Power in a Complex Global System Can twenty-first century global challenges be met through the limited adaptation of existing political institutions and prevailing systemic norms or is a more fundamental reconstitution of governing authority unavoidable? Are the stresses evident in domestic social compacts capable of undermining the fundamental policy capacity of contemporary governments? This book inspired by the work of the distinguished scholar Peter J. Katzenstein examines these important and pressing questions. In a period of complex political transition the authors combine original research and intensive dialogue to build on Katzenstein’s innovative insights. They highlight his seminal work on variations in domestic structures on the role of ideologies of social partnership on the regionally differentiated foundations of political legitimation on diverse conceptions of "civilization " and on the idea and practice of power in a tenuous American imperium. Together the chapters map the complex terrain upon which legitimate political authority and effective policy capacity will have to be reconstituted to address twenty-first-century global regional and state-level challenges. The book will be of great interest to students and scholars in international organization global governance foreign policy analysis and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738804

Power in Business and the StateAn Historical Analysis of its Concentration It is commonplace that political power is becoming more centralized and remote: faceless people sometimes in unknown places determine our circumstances and our opportunities. This ground breaking book argues that this happened through a slow development which began before globalization.Power in Business and the State queries our freedom to make our own history. Current circumstances may be so far from our own choosing that our history is now being made for us rather than something we control ourselves. Political power is so centralized and economic power so concentrated that popular control of democratic government has become increasingly difficult.The sheer magnitude of the author's research underpinning this book and the uncluttered methodological framework in which it is presented provides a highly readable text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882232

Power in CoalitionStrategies for strong unions and social change How can we change things in an age in which governments are fixated on the bottom line and conventional protest rallies have lost their punch?Coalitions can be important tools for social change and union revitalisation. What makes them successful? What causes them to fail? Community organiser Amanda Tattersall examines successful coalitions between unions and community organisations in three countries: the public education coalition in Sydney Toronto's Ontario Health Coalition fighting to save universal health care and Chicago's living wage campaign run by the Grassroots Collaborative. She explores when and how coalitions can be a powerful strategy for social change organisational development and union renewal.Power in Coalition is essential reading for unionists community activists and anyone passionate about social change.'A fascinating insight into the potential for coalitions to restore the balance of power between governments and the communities they are supposed to serve.' - Julian Burnside AO QC'Amanda Tattersall shows that coalitions though hard work at times are the best means we have to rebalance power beat poverty and injustice and build a future that includes all of us especially the weakest.' - Tim Costello AO CEO World Vision Australia'If unions are to maximise their influence in the 21st century they must build alliances with other organisations around economic social and ecological concerns affecting humanity. This book shows it is possible to build the necessary coalitions to achieve this end.' - Jack Mundey AO instigator of the 1970s Green Bans movement in Sydney Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116738

Power in ConservationEnvironmental Anthropology Beyond Political Ecology This book examines theories and ethnographies related to the anthropology of power in conservation. Conservation thought and practice is power laden—conservation thought is powerfully shaped by the history of ideas of nature and its relation to people and conservation interventions govern and affect peoples and ecologies. This book argues that being able to think deeply particularly about power improves conservation policy-making and practice. Political ecology is by far the most well-known and well-published approach to thinking about power in conservation. This book analyzes the relatively neglected but robust anthropology of conservation literature on politics and power outside political ecology especially literature rooted in Foucault. It is intended to make four of Foucault’s concepts of power accessible concepts that are most used in the anthropology of conservation: the power of discourses discipline and governmentality subject formation and neoliberal governmentality. The important ethnographic literature that these concepts have stimulated is also examined. Together theory and ethnography underpin our emerging understanding of a new Anthropocene-shaped world. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of conservation environmental anthropology and political ecology as well as conservation practitioners and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342500

Power in Contemporary Zimbabwe In recent years the Zimbabwe crisis rendered the country and its citizens to be a typical case of ‘failed states’ the world over. Zimbabwean society was and is still confronted with different challenges which include political economic and social problems. Attempts to overcome these challenges have thrown light on the power that rests within individuals and or groups to change and even revolutionize their localities communities states and ultimately the world at large. Through experience individuals and groups have promoted ideas that have aided in changing mentalities attitudes and behaviors in societies at different levels. This book brings together contributors from various academic disciplines to reflect on and theorize the contours of power including the intrinsic and or extrinsic models of power which pertain to individuals communities and or groups in order to transform society. Reflections are on various groups such as political movements environmental movements religious groups advocacy groups gender groups to mention but a few as they struggle against marginalization discrimination exploitation and other forms of oppression showing their agency or compliance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591182

Power In Modern Societies An extensively revised and updated new edition of Olsen’s Power in Societies this book contains carefully selected and edited writings on the exercise of social power in contemporary societies. The essays cover four broad topics: power in social organization theoretical perspectives on power national power structures and power and the state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284077

Power in North-South Trade NegotiationsMaking the European Union's Economic Partnership Agreements Advancing a constructivist conceptual approach this book explains the surprising outcome of the Economic Partnership Agreements (EPAs) between the European Union and developing countries in Africa the Caribbean and the Pacific (the ACP countries). Despite the EU’s huge market power it had limited success with the EPAs; an outcome that confounds materialist narratives equating trade power with market size.Why was the EU unable to fully realise its prospectus for trade and regulatory liberalisation through the EPA negotiations? Emphasising the role of social legitimacy in asymmetrical North–South trade negotiations Murray-Evans sets the EPAs within the broader context of an institutionally complex global trade regime and stresses the agency of both weak and strong actors in contesting trade rules and practices across multilateral regional and bilateral negotiating settings. Empirical chapters approach the EPA process from different institutional angles to explain and map the genesis design promotion and ultimately limited impact of the EU’s ambitious prospectus for the EPAs.This volume will be particularly relevant to students and scholars of international trade and development and the EU as an international actor as well as those researching international political economy African politics and international trade law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584832

Power in the BloodA Handbook on Aids Politics and Communication In this single volume William N. Elwood has gathered potent evidence of the impact that the HIV/AIDS epidemic has had on the world its communities and its inhabitants and he addresses the role of communication in affecting the way in which people respond to AIDS. With a multidisciplinary group of contributors and topics ranging from political rhetoric to interpersonal discourse Power in the Blood offers a multitude of ways in which to think about power politics HIV prevention and people living with HIV. Readers will be able to use this information in class discussions program designs grant applications and research as well as in their own lives. With this volume Elwood makes a thoroughly convincing argument that communication is the key to understanding treating and preventing AIDS and he inspires further action toward the goal of ending the AIDS crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861244

Power in the ClassroomCommunication Control and Concern In the belief that power is something that is negotiated by participants in the instructional process and with the goal of understanding how communication and power interact this book looks at power and instruction in many different ways. Drawing from the lessons of the social sciences generally it examines research that has been conducted by instructional communication specialists looks at newer approaches to power presents a status report on what is now known and points to the divergent directions that offer opportunities for future scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979161

Power in the VillageSocial Networks Honor and Justice among Immigrant Families from Italy to Brazil Power in the Village explores the formation of late-nineteenth-century Italian rural society in southern Brazil through an examination of how Italian peasants in northern Italy and southern Brazil solved issues related to family honor. Looking specifically at social networks and justice practices to examine the kind of rationality that ruled individual and family behaviors the book offers an understanding of the restoration of social balance in these communities and explores the culture of immigrants particularly in issues related to honor and morality. Taking as a case study the ambush and murder of a parish priest Antonio Sorio in January 1900 in Silveira Martins a small town of Italian immigrants Vendrame offers a reinterpretation of the society of Italian immigrants in southern Brazil. She argues that rather than being an idyllic picture of a homogeneous and harmonious society the colonial settlements were places pervaded by tension solidarity and self-interest which guided individual and collective behavior. This book will be of great interest to scholars working in Italian history Brazilian history immigration history and the history of colonialism. It will also be of interest to scholars working on ethnographic and religious history as well as to social anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025175

Power Interconnection in Southeast Asia Providing an analysis of multilateral power markets this book examines power interconnection in Southeast Asia especially among the ASEAN countries. It uses evolutionary experience of electricity interconnection and trade in three international markets that have relevance for ASEAN to draw upon common global themes. Specifically it compares the Southern African Power Pool the European grid and Nord Pool. Discussing the progress made among ASEAN countries in regional energy integration with a particular focus on the Greater Mekong Sub-region interconnection it also examines the recently announced interconnection concept between Lao People’s Democratic Republic Thailand Malaysia and Singapore.Exploring the challenges facing ASEAN interconnection of power grids in the context of previous experience elsewhere in the world this book presents a template for appropriate best practice in terms of technical political and financial requirements. It will therefore be of value to decision makers interested in the political economy of energy in Southeast Asia as well as academics working on Energy Politics and Southeast Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671860

Power Investing With Basket SecuritiesThe Investor's Guide to Exchange-Traded Funds Tremendously versatile basket securities have the potential to change the way money is managed. This book provides the proper definition of the basket security a brief exploration of their true history and powerful ways to exploit their advantages. The authors explore simple yet effective ways basket securities can be used in asset management st Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429271571

Power KillsDemocracy as a Method of Nonviolence This volume newly published in paperback is part of a comprehensive effort by R. J. Rummel to understand and place in historical perspective the entire subject of genocide and mass murder or what he calls democide. It is the fifth in a series of volumes in which he offers a detailed analysis of the 120 000 000 people killed as a result of government action or direct intervention.In Power Kills Rummel offers a realistic and practical solution to war democide and other collective violence. As he states it "The solution...is to foster democratic freedom and to democratize coercive power and force. That is mass killing and mass murder carried out by government is a result of indiscriminate irresponsible Power at the center."Rummel observes that well-established democracies do not make war on and rarely commit lesser violence against each other. The more democratic two nations are the less likely is war or smaller-scale violence between them. The more democratic a nation is the less severe its overall foreign violence the less likely it will have domestic collective violence and the less its democide. Rummel argues that the evidence supports overwhelmingly the most important fact of our time: democracy is a method of nonviolence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127163

Power Management Integrated Circuits Power Management Integrated Circuits and Technologies delivers a modern treatise on mixed-signal integrated circuit design for power management. Comprised of chapters authored by leading researchers from industry and academia this definitive text: Describes circuit- and architectural-level innovations that meet advanced power and speed capabilities Explores hybrid inductive-capacitive converters for wide-range dynamic voltage scaling Presents innovative control techniques for single inductor dual output (SIDO) and single inductor multiple output (SIMO) converters Discusses cutting-edge design techniques including switching converters for analog/RF loads Compares the use of GaAs pHEMTs to CMOS devices for efficient high-frequency switching converters Thus Power Management Integrated Circuits and Technologies provides comprehensive state-of-the-art coverage of this exciting and emerging field of engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138586031

Power Mechanisms of Rotational and Cyclic Motions   From the Physiology of Machines to the Anatomy of Machines An offshoot stemming from the author’s previous book detailing the makeup and composition of a machine Power Mechanisms of Rotational and Cyclic Motions provides an in-depth analysis of machine structure and operation. An important reference for practicing mechanical engineers this book presents the kinematic diagrams of driving mechanisms in detail analyzes their motion characteristics and efficiency and addresses the lubricating problems that impact the reliability and operating life of machines. The diagrammatic representation of mechanisms is accompanied by examples of their general and detailed design main geometry calculations and recommendations for an approximate evaluation of principal dimensions. The authors consider the main stages of design including the choice and analysis of kinematic diagrams preliminary sizing embodiment and the design and dimensioning of specific elements including gears shafts bearings springs cams fasteners and others. A pivotal work the book contains details of design that include: Analysis of diagrams of mechanisms (for their kinematic effects and efficiency) Rough dimensioning of the main elements Examples of the design of mechanisms and their elements (with relevant calculations of geometry and for strength) Design of specific subassemblies and parts (including their materials and heat treatment) Choice and design of lubrication systems Intended for engineering postgraduates engineers and designers of machines Power Mechanisms of Rotational and Cyclic Motions also describes the main metals used in machinery and their mechanical characteristics and provides expressions for strength calculation. Covering a wide range of mechanisms it contains numerous examples of design of mechanisms and accompanying calculations and design hints based on the authors’ vast experience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466577640

Power of Knowledge Poster The Power of Knowledge Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537856

Power of PeersHow the Company You Keep Drives Leadership Growth and Success Birds of a feather flock together. We're all in the same boat. Great minds think alike. While just figures of speech to some they reflect a simple truth--it's the company we keep that often determines the level of personal growth and professional success we achieve in life.  Business leaders exchange information and ideas. They network to make deals and build partnerships. They work together to optimize best practices and they reach out to leaders outside their companies to accelerate growth. Simply put CEOs and business leaders provide value to one another that they can't find anywhere else. In The Power of Peers authors Leon Shapiro and Leo Bottary introduce peer advantage a concept that transcends peer influence. This is what CEOs and business leaders experience when they are more selective strategic and structured in the way they engage their peers. Peer advantage gives CEOs the insights to compete and the courage to act. The Power of Peers features stories of business leaders from a range of industries to illustrate the five essential factors for peer advantage how it impacts personal growth and why it has proven so effective in helping leaders identify future opportunities and challenges. It's what top growth-oriented executives have relied upon for decades to be successful in business and in life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561202

Power of the Talking StickIndigenous Politics and the World Ecological Crisis The Power of the Talking Stick makes the case that reaching back to the beginning of the nation-state and all through the current period of corporate-led globalisation our governments and social institutions have been engaged in activities that will ultimately extinguish the world's ecological life support systems. This book offers an alternative listening to indigenous leaders and others whose voices often go unheard in the din of contemporary culture. Sharon Ridgeway and Peter Jacques offer a stark warning but their insights are firmly grounded in traditional knowledge and provide a way to see past the politics and rescue the earth. An important resource for climate activists students and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052915

Power of UnderstandingEssays in Honour of Veikko Tahka This book published in honour of Veikko Tahka represents the synthesis of his thinking based on more than forty years' experience as a clinician researcher teacher and supervisor concerning the nature of understanding a debate in which the psychoanalytic model was used as an example. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326104

Power on DisplayThe Politics of Shakespeare's Genres First published in 1986. 'Impressively open to the complexity of cultural discourses to the ways in which one discursive form may function as a screen for another above all to the political entailment of genre.' Stephen Greenblatt.What is the relation between literary and political power? How do the symbolic dimensions of social practice and the social dimensions of artistic practice relate to one another? Power on Display considers Shakespeare's progression from romantic comedies and history plays to tragedy and romance in the light of the general process of cultural change in the period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708446

Power Partnering Power Partnering is a brilliant yet refreshingly simple approach that breaks innovative thinking and acting down into four distinct contexts allowing people to respond to complex situations in highly creative and innovative ways. In the not too distant future successful companies will be defined by their ability to manage their knowledge assets. Power partnering is one very important strategy for success. It avoids the pitfalls inherent in traditional approaches to running businesses particularly those that emphasize 'power over and control of' people. This book is concerned with creating environments of interaction where co-workers customers suppliers and customers' customers interact in meaningful and creative ways. These environments promote new ways of thinking insightful perspectives and fresh ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470026

Power Plant Centrifugal PumpsProblem Analysis and Troubleshooting In the critical work of maintaining power plant machinery operating difficulties with centrifugal pumps will inevitably occur because of the essential requirement for electric power plants to operate at all times throughout the year. The root causes and solutions for pump failure comprise major areas of study for engineers in seeking the highest availability of electricity-generating units extending time between major machinery overhauls and providing early detection of potential failure modes well in advance of machine degradation. This guide for engineers provides a comprehensive overview of the fundamentals of centrifugal pumps addressing the range of pump operating problems encountered in both fossil and nuclear power plants. The book is divided into three sequential parts: Part I - Primer on Centrifugal Pumps Part II -Power Plant Centrifugal Pump Applications and Part III - Trouble-Shooting Case Studies. Employing effective research models developed through years of experience the author draws on an extensive range of scholarship that covers the detrimental impact of power plant pump failures on overall plant performance as well as the preventative measures that aid in successful pump maintenance. After covering the performance and components of centrifugal pumps operating failure modes are covered both for fossil and nuclear power plants. This is followed by the presentation of several power plant pump troubleshooting case studies. The text also walks readers through the various other industrial applications of centrifugal pumps as in their use within petrochemical plants and in ocean vessel propulsion systems. Recognizing the warning signs of specific impending pump failure modes is essential to minimizing the financial costs of dealing with pump operating problems. To this end the author lays out a range of theoretical models and relevant examples in support of the essential work of power plant pump use and maintenance: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439813782

Power Plant Synthesis Power Plant Synthesis provides an integrated approach to the operation analysis simulation and dimensioning of power plants for electricity and thermal energy production. Fundamental concepts of energy and power energy conversion and power plant design are first presented and integrated approaches for the operation and simulation of conventional electricity production systems are then examined. Hybrid power plants and cogeneration systems are covered with operating algorithms optimization and dimensioning methods explained. The environmental impacts of energy sources are described and compared with real-life case studies included to show the synthesis of the specific topics covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138053847

Power Plays Power Works Now more than 20 years since its initial release John Fiske’s classic text Power Plays Power Works remains both timely and insightful as a theoretically driven examination of the terrain where the politics of culture and the culture of politics collide. Drawing on a diverse set of cultural sites - from alternative talk radio forums museums celebrity fandom to social problems such as homelessness - Fiske traverses the topography of the American cultural landscape to highlight the ways that ordinary people creatively construct their social identities and relationships through the use of the resources available to them while constrained by social conditions not of their own choosing. This important analysis provides a set of critical methodological and analytical tools to grapple with the complexities and struggles of contemporary social life. A new introductory essay by former Fiske student Black Hawk Hancock entitled ‘Learning How to Fiske: Theorizing Power Knowledge and Bodies in the 21st Century’ elucidates Fiske’s methods for today’s students providing them with the ultimate guide to thinking and analyzing like John Fiske; the art of ‘Learning How to Fiske’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888166

Power PlaysEnriched Uranium and Homeland Security A comprehensive exploration of how national and state security policy is effected by the production storage transportation safeguarding export and use of enriched uranium - and by extension plutonium. A wide range of geopolitical security and technical issues are examined as are the challenges presented to national and global governance. This book contributes to a new understanding of one of the most serious security implications inherent in the current rapid growth in nuclear power generation. It assesses attempts made to deal with the latent dangers to Homeland Security posed by potential misuse of enriched uranium and plutonium considering both the chances for success and the costs of failure. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601823

Power Point 2000 Made Simple About PowerPoint 2000Traditionally presenters have had to travel to reach audiences in different parts of the world. With today's technologies this is no longer necessary. Using Microsoft PowerPoint 2000 presenters can now easily and inexpensively collaborate on presentations and show them to remote audiences without leaving their offices. PowerPoint 2000 offers new ease-of-use features that speed users through presentation development and help users deliver Web-based presentations to remote audiences. Let this NEW Made Simple book guide you through the new features of PowerPoint 2000 and help you make the most of the product. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436282

Power Politics Banking Union and EMUAdjusting Europe to Germany This book examines the politics of Banking Union and EMU reform in the EU and draws lessons for what it means for international politics both in Europe and for international relations more broadly. It demonstrates that most of the reforms in Europe to break free of the Eurozone and banking crises in which Europe continues to find itself focus on building up the capacities of national authorities rather than European ones. The result is that national authorities remain largely in control of the decisions and funds that are to be deployed to prevent economic disaster if a single EU bank fails. The likely outcome is an accelerated balkanization of the European market for the foreseeable future. The book also contends that power politics and realism in particular is a defining feature of European politics with coercion and enforced national responsibility at the demand of Germany; the dominant form of institution-building that established the responsible sovereignty model and shut down the possibility of alternatives. In making this case the book demonstrates that the dominant view in international relations that power politics best explains the behaviour of states also apply to the EU.This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of the Eurozone crisis EU politics economic policy and more broadly to political economy public policy and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591717

Power Politics and the Indonesian Military Throughout the postwar history of Indonesia the military have played a key role in the politics of the country and in imposing unity on a fragmentary state. The collapse of the authoritarian New Order government of President Suharto weakened the state and the armed forces briefly lost their grip on control of the archipelago. However under President Megawati the military has again begun to assert itself and re-impose its heavy hand on control of the state most notably in the fracturing outer provinces. Based on extensive original research this book examines the role of the military in Indonesian politics. It looks at the role of the military historically examines the different ways it is involved in politics and considers how the role of the military might develop in what is still an uncertain future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370999

Power Poster The Power Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070578

Power Quality Frequency disturbances transients grounding interference…the issues related to power quality are many and solutions to power quality problems can be complex. However by combining theory and practice to develop a qualitative analysis of power quality the issues become relatively straightforward and one can begin to find solutions to power quality problems confronted in the real world.Power Quality builds the foundation designers engineers and technicians need to survive in the current power system environment. It treats power system theory and power quality principles as interdependent entities and balances these with a wealth of practical examples and data drawn from the author's 30 years of experience in the design testing and trouble-shooting of power systems. It compares different power quality measurement instruments and details ways to correctly interpret power quality data. It also presents alternative solutions to power quality problems and compares them for feasibility and economic viability.Power quality problems can have serious consequences from loss of productivity to loss of life but they can be easily prevented. You simply need a good understanding of electrical power quality and its impact on the performance of power systems. By changing the domain of power quality from one of theory to one of practice this book imparts that understanding and will develop your ability to effectively measure test and resolve power quality problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396466

Power Quality IssuesCurrent Harmonics Power Quality Issues: Current Harmonics provides solutions for the mitigation of power quality problems related to harmonics. Focusing on active power filters (APFs) due to their excellent harmonic and reactive power compensation in two-wire (single phase) three-wire (three-phase without neutral) and four-wire (three-phase with neutral) AC power networks with nonlinear loads the text:Introduces the APF technology describing various APF configurations and offering guidelines for the selection of APFs for specific application considerationsCompares shunt active filter (SHAF) control strategies for extracting three-phase reference currents evaluating their performance under a number of source voltage conditions using a proportional-integral (PI) controllerPresents PI controller-based SHAF instantaneous active and reactive power (p-q) and instantaneous active and reactive current (Id-Iq) control strategies supplying detailed MATLAB®/Simulink simulation resultsProposes SHAF control strategies using type 1 and type 2 fuzzy logic controllers (FLCs) with different fuzzy membership functions (MFs) analyzing their harmonic mitigation and DC link voltage regulationVerifies the proposed type 2 FLC-based SHAF control strategies with trapezoidal triangular and Gaussian fuzzy MFs using RT-LAB a real-time digital simulation software from OPAL-RT TechnologiesPower Quality Issues: Current Harmonics is a useful resource for those tackling electrical power quality challenges. The compensation techniques described in this book alleviate harmonic issues that can distort voltage waveforms fry a building’s wiring trigger nuisance tripping overheat transformer units and cause random end-user equipment failure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575588

Power QualityVAR Compensation in Power Systems Both deregulation in the electrical supply industry and the creation of new electricity markets present electric utility companies with the challenge of becoming more efficient without compromising quality of service. Providing new solutions for this newly deregulated paradigm Power Quality: VAR Compensation in Power Systems presents comprehensive coverage of power quality harmonics and static var compensators in one single volume. The book explains how to ensure that power quality is not affected by the harmonics generated by power electronic equipment and explains how to reduce labor costs and increase reliability of supply by employing a single pole autoreclosing scheme. It also addresses how to analyze frequency response of current transformers and voltage transformers while measuring harmonics. Based on the authors’ extensive experience in the electric supply industry Power Quality enables engineers to meet the demands of increased loads strengthen their transmission systems and ensure reliable electric supply. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219004

Power Relations in the Twenty-First CenturyMapping a Multipolar World? This volume critiques contemporary power trends by examining key bilateral dynamics between five putative ‘poles’ of the multipolar order in the twenty-first century.Written by emerging scholars and established academics this work provides a timely and authoritative analysis of one of the most controversial and compelling security debates of the twenty-first century. Adopting a detailed case study approach the volume examines contemporary great power relations between the US China Russia India and the EU. Each chapter explores the essential nature and characteristics of individual inter-state relationships in order to explicate and appraise the empirical evidence for a putative multipolar order. The volume aims to deepen understanding of power trends and critically assess the individual inter-dynamics at play. In doing so it critiques the various models offered such as the hub and spoke model (with the US remaining as the primary actor) and Zakaria’s ‘networked’ model as part of a purported ‘post-American world’. The work places each of the individual relationships into a wider strategic and political context in relation to the continued international turbulence and change that has seemed even more prominent in recent times taking into account the twin challenges of Brexit and the presidency of Donald Trump. It concludes by returning the focus to the central questions of if how and when a post-American multipolar world could develop.This volume will be of much interest to students of global security foreign policy and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594480

Power Restructuring In China And Russia The massive economic transformations and political upheavals that have been sweeping China and the Soviet Union in the final decades of the twentieth century are among the great dramas of our time. Yet the origins of these revolutionary changes are murky and their outcomes unclear. Have we witnessed the demise of an archaic authoritarian order and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317393

Power Sharing in LebanonConsociationalism Since 1820 This book studies the origins and evolution of power sharing in Lebanon. The author has established a relationship between mobilization ethnurgy (ethnic identification) memory and trauma and how they impact power sharing provisions. The book starts with the events in the 1820s when communities began to politicize their identities and which led to the first major outbreak of civil violence between the Druze and the Maronites. Consequently these troubled four decades in Lebanon led to the introduction of various forms of power-sharing arrangements to establish peace. The political systems introduced in Lebanon are: the Kaim-Makamiya (dual sub-governorship) a quasi-federal arrangement; the Mutassarifiya the prototype of a power-sharing system; the post-independence political system of Lebanon which the book refers to as semi-consociation due to the concentration of executive powers in the Presidential office; and finally the full consociation of the Taif Republic. In each of these phases there was a peculiar interaction between the non-structural elements that had a direct impact on power sharing; this led at times to instability and at other times it brought down the system as in 1840–1860 and 1975.Power Sharing in Lebanon is the first academic work that emphasizes the influence of the non-structural elements that hinder power sharing. This volume is now a key resource for students and academics interested in Lebanese Politics and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662905

Power Shift? Political Leadership and Social Media Power Shift? Political Leadership and Social Media examines how political leaders have adapted to the challenges of social media including Facebook Instagram Twitter and memes among other means of persuasion. Established political leaders now use social media to grab headlines respond to opponents fundraise contact voters directly and organize their election campaigns. Leaders of protest movements have used social media to organize and galvanize grassroots support and to popularize new narratives: narratives that challenge and sometimes overturn conventional thinking. Yet each social media platform provides different affordances and different attributes and each is used differently by political leaders. In this book leading international experts provide an unprecedented look at the role of social media in leadership today. Through a series of case studies dealing with topics ranging from Emmanuel Macron and Donald Trump's use of Twitter to Justin Trudeau's use of selfies and Instagram to how feminist leaders mobilize against stereotypes and injustices the authors argue that many leaders have found additional avenues to communicate with the public and use power. This raises the question of whether this is causing a power shift in the relationship between leaders and followers. Together the chapters in this book suggest new rules of engagement that leaders ignore at their peril. The lack of systematic theoretically informed and empirically supported analyses makes Power Shift? Political Leadership and Social Media an indispensable read for students and scholars wishing to gain new understanding on what social media means for leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609884

Power Shifts Strategy and WarDeclining States and International Conflict Marked changes in the balance of power between states in the international system are generally seen by IR scholars as among the most common causes of war. This book explains why such power shifts lead to war breaking out in some cases but not in others. In contrast to existing approaches this book argues that the military strategy of declining states is the key determinant of whether power shifts result in war or pass peacefully. More specifically Dong Sun Lee argues that the probability of war is primarily a function of whether a declining state possesses a ‘manoeuvre strategy’ or an ‘attrition strategy’. The argument is developed through the investigation of fourteen power shifts among great powers over the past two centuries. Shifts in the balance of power and the attendant risks of war remain an enduring feature of international politics. This book argues that policymakers need to understand the factors influencing the risk of war as a result of these changes in particular the contemporary shifts in power resulting from the rise of China and from the growth of nuclear proliferation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762182

Power Shifts and New Blocs in the Global Trading System  As economic powers from the developing world particularly China have emerged in the past few decades their weight has altered the balance in the global trading system. This has presented challenges in the World Trade Organisation (WTO) where the Doha Round of multilateral negotiations has dragged on for more than a dozen years. Frustrated by this stalemate many countries have sought alternatives. Among these are ‘mega-regional’ trade agreements such as the proposed Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) between the US and EU and a 16-member Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP). In this volume leading commentators – including two former heads of the WTO – examine the possible consequences of this shifting trade landscape. Is globalisation in reverse and have countries been retreating from liberalisation since the world financial crisis of 2008–09? Are the ‘mega-regional’ deals an existential threat to the WTO regime or can they be used as building blocks towards wider multilateral agreement on a broad range of issues from industrial standards to intellectual property rights. And what does it all mean for the balance of geopolitical power between the developed and developing world? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927247

Power Supply Devices and Systems of Relay Protection Power Supply Devices and Systems of Relay Protection brings relay protection and electrical power engineers a single concentrated source of information on auxiliary power supply systems and devices. The book also tackles specific problems and solutions of relay protection power supply systems and devices which are often not dealt with in the literature. The author an experienced engineer with more than 100 patents draws on his own experience to offer practical tested advice to readers. A Guide to Relay Protection Power Supply for Engineers and Technicians The first chapter reviews the electronics and primary elements of the system including transistors thyristors optocouplers logic elements and relays and their principles of operation. This background gives staff who service relay protection power supply systems the necessary electronics knowledge to help them work more effectively with the equipment. The next chapters of the book then cover built-in digital protection relay power supplies battery chargers accumulator batteries uninterruptible power supply and characteristic features of auxiliary DC systems at substations and power plants. The final chapters discuss questions and problems that engineers and technicians may face. These include insulation problems issues in auxiliary DC power supply such as voltage dips and electromagnetic disturbances such as blackouts spikes and surges. The author also explains how to address them. Suitable for beginners and experienced engineers alike the book is written for those who work with relay protection systems and with AC and DC auxiliary power systems in power plants and substations. It combines theory and practical recommendations to provide a valuable reference on power supply devices and systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075030

Power System AnalysisShort-Circuit Load Flow and Harmonics Second Edition Fundamental to the planning design and operating stages of any electrical engineering endeavor power system analysis continues to be shaped by dramatic advances and improvements that reflect today’s changing energy needs. Highlighting the latest directions in the field Power System Analysis: Short-Circuit Load Flow and Harmonics Second Edition includes investigations into arc flash hazard analysis and its migration in electrical systems as well as wind power generation and its integration into utility systems. Designed to illustrate the practical application of power system analysis to real-world problems this book provides detailed descriptions and models of major electrical equipment such as transformers generators motors transmission lines and power cables. With 22 chapters and 7 appendices that feature new figures and mathematical equations coverage includes: Short-circuit analyses symmetrical components unsymmetrical faults and matrix methods Rating structures of breakers Current interruption in AC circuits and short-circuiting of rotating machines Calculations according to the new IEC and ANSI/IEEE standards and methodologies Load flow transmission lines and cables and reactive power flow and control Techniques of optimization FACT controllers three-phase load flow and optimal power flow A step-by-step guide to harmonic generation and related analyses effects limits and mitigation as well as new converter topologies and practical harmonic passive filter designs—with examples More than 2000 equations and figures as well as solved examples cases studies problems and references Maintaining the structure organization and simplified language of the first edition longtime power system engineer J.C. Das seamlessly melds coverage of theory and practical applications to explore the most commonly required short-circuit load-flow and harmonic analyses. This book requires only a beginning knowledge of the per-unit system electrical circuits and machinery and matrices and it offers significant updates and additional information enhancing technical content and presentation of subject matter. As an instructional tool for computer simulation it uses numerous examples and problems to present new insights while making readers comfortable with procedure and methodology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075047

Power System Capacitors Since transmitting reactive power over long distances is not feasible power systems integrate power factor correction capacitors to provide local reactive power compensation. With a wide range of options available and with the tremendous changes that have occurred over the past few decades a comprehensive up-to-date book on power factor capacitors is long overdue. Power System Capacitors fills this void by providing the fundamentals applications protection issues and system impacts for a broad spectrum of capacitor applications.Power System Capacitors guides you through the practical installations with easy-to-follow step-by-step instructions. The author describes the fundamentals of capacitors focused on the power factor correction industry standards capacitor specifications protection of shunt capacitors maintenance of capacitor banks and system impact issues. He also discusses the selection of supporting equipment such as fuses circuit breakers and surge arresters; includes more than 290 illustrations 90 tables and 400 equations; and explains how to perform an economic analysis.Offering up-to-date computer-aided analysis approaches along with fundamental concepts maintenance concerns and economic analysis Power System Capacitors steers you through the selection design installation and maintenance of power factor correction capacitors used in modern power systems. This is a valuable tool for any power system engineer in industry utilities consulting and practical power system evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393168

Power System Economic and Market Operations Power system operation is one of the important issues in the power industry. The book aims to provide readers with the methods and algorithms to save the total cost in electricity generation and transmission. It begins with traditional power systems and builds into the fundamentals of power system operation economic dispatch (ED) optimal power flow (OPF) and unit commitment (UC). The book covers electricity pricing mechanisms such as nodal pricing and zonal pricing based on Security-Constrained ED (SCED) or SCUC. The operation of energy market and ancillary service market are also explored. "It covers a wide range of interesting topics which could be very useful for understanding the main phenomena ruling power systems economy (such as Optimal Power Flow analysis and unit Commitments). It addresses topics widely treated in the literature hence it is important to outline its distinctive features compared to other similar books. The book is well structured and well balanced."—Alfredo Vaccaro University of Sannio Italy Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482299045

Power System Fundamentals Smart grids are linked with smart homes and smart meters. These smart grids are the new topology for generating distributing and consuming energy. If these smart devices are not connected in a smart grid then they cannot work properly; hence the conventional power systems are swiftly changing in order to improve the quality of electrical energy. This book covers the fundamentals of power systems—which are the pillars for smart grids —with a focus on defining the smart grid with theoretical and experimental electrical concepts. Power System Fundamentals begins by discussing electric circuits the basic systems in smart grids and finishes with a complete smart grid concept. The book allows the reader to build a foundation of understanding with basic and advanced exercises that run on simulation before moving to experimental results. It is intended for readers who want to comprehensively cover both the basic and advanced concepts of smart grids. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138554436

Power System Grounding and TransientsAn Introduction ""This authoritative work presents detailed coverage of modern modeling and analysis techniques used in the design of electric power transmission systems -- emphasizing grounding and transients. It provides the theoretical background necessary for understanding problems related to grounding systems such as safety and protection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742686

Power System Load Frequency ControlClassical and Adaptive Fuzzy Approaches This title presents a balanced blend between classical and intelligent load frequency control techniques which is detrminant for continous supply of power loads. The classical control techniques introduced in this book include PID pole placement observer-based state feedback static and dynamic output feedback controllers while the intelligent control techniques explained here are of adaptive fuzzy control types. This book will analyze and design different decentralized LF controllers in order to maintain the frequency deviations of each power area within the limits and keep the tie-line power flow between different power areas at the scheduled levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573898

Power System Operations and Electricity Markets The electric power industry in the U.S. has undergone dramatic changes in recent years. Tight regulations enacted in the 1970's and then de-regulation in the 90's have transformed it from a technology-driven industry into one driven by public policy requirements and the open-access market. Now just as the utility companies must change to ensure their survival engineers and other professionals in the industry must acquire new skills adopt new attitudes and accommodate other disciplines. Power System Operations and Electricity Markets provides the information engineers need to understand and meet the challenges of the new competitive environment. Integrating the business and technical aspects of the restructured power industry it explains clearly and succinctly how new methods for power systems operations and energy marketing relate to public policy regulation economics and engineering science. The authors examine the technologies and techniques currently in use and lay the groundwork for the coming era of unbundling open access power marketing self-generation and regional transmission operations.The rapid massive changes in the electric power industry and in the economy have rendered most books on the subject obsolete. Based on the authors' years of front-line experience in the industry and in regulatory organizations Power System Operations and Electricity Markets is current insightful and complete with Web links that will help readers stay up to date. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219196

Power System Protection in Smart Grid Environment With distributed generation interconnection power flow becoming bidirectional culminating in network problems smart grids aid in electricity generation transmission substations distribution and consumption to achieve a system that is clean safe (protected) secure reliable efficient and sustainable. This book illustrates fault analysis fuses circuit breakers instrument transformers relay technology transmission lines protection setting using DIGsILENT Power Factory. Intended audience is senior undergraduate and graduate students and researchers in power systems transmission and distribution protection system broadly under electrical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032415

Power System Protective Relaying This book focuses on protective relaying which is an indispensable part of electrical power systems. The recent advancements in protective relaying are being dictated by MMPRs (microprocessor-based multifunction relays). The text covers smart grids integration of wind and solar generation microgrids and MMPRs as the driving aspects of innovations in protective relaying. Topics such as cybersecurity and instrument transformers are also explored. Many case studies and practical examples are included to emphasize real-world applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735623

Power System SCADA and Smart Grids Power System SCADA and Smart Grids brings together in one concise volume the fundamentals and possible application functions of power system supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA). The text begins by providing an overview of SCADA systems evolution and use in power systems and the data acquisition process. It then describes the components of SCADA systems from the legacy remote terminal units (RTUs) to the latest intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) data concentrators and master stations as well as:Examines the building and practical implementation of different SCADA systemsOffers a comprehensive discussion of the data communication protocols and media usageCovers substation automation (SA) which forms the basis for transmission distribution and customer automationAddresses distribution automation and distribution management systems (DA/DMS) and energy management systems (EMS) for transmission control centersDiscusses smart distribution smart transmission and smart grid solutions such as smart homes with home energy management systems (HEMs) plugged hybrid electric vehicles and morePower System SCADA and Smart Grids is designed to assist electrical engineering students researchers and practitioners alike in acquiring a solid understanding of SCADA systems and application functions in generation transmission and distribution systems which are evolving day by day to help them adapt to new challenges effortlessly. The book reveals the inner secrets of SCADA systems unveils the potential of the smart grid and inspires more minds to get involved in the development process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367658847

Power System Stability and Control With contributions from worldwide leaders in the field Power System Stability and Control Third Edition (part of the five-volume set The Electric Power Engineering Handbook) updates coverage of recent developments and rapid technological growth in essential aspects of power systems. Edited by L.L. Grigsby a respected and accomplished authority in power engineering and section editors Miroslav Begovic Prabha Kundur and Bruce Wollenberg this reference presents substantially new and revised content. Topics covered include: Power System Protection Power System Dynamics and Stability Power System Operation and Control This book provides a simplified overview of advances in international standards practices and technologies such as small signal stability and power system oscillations power system stability controls and dynamic modeling of power systems. This resource will help readers achieve safe economical high-quality power delivery in a dynamic and demanding environment. With five new and 10 fully revised chapters the book supplies a high level of detail and more importantly a tutorial style of writing and use of photographs and graphics to help the reader understand the material. New Chapters Cover: Systems Aspects of Large Blackouts Wide-Area Monitoring and Situational Awareness Assessment of Power System Stability and Dynamic Security Performance Wind Power Integration in Power Systems FACTS Devices A volume in the Electric Power Engineering Handbook Third Edition. Other volumes in the set: K12642 Electric Power Generation Transmission and Distribution Third Edition (ISBN: 9781439856284) K12648 Power Systems Third Edition (ISBN: 9781439856338) K12650 Electric Power Substations Engineering Third Edition (9781439856383) K12643 Electric Power Transformer Engineering Third Edition (9781439856291) Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439883204

Power System TransientsParameter Determination Despite the powerful numerical techniques and graphical user interfaces available in present software tools for power system transients a lack of reliable tests and conversion procedures generally makes determination of parameters the most challenging part of creating a model. Illustrates Parameter Determination for Real-World Applications Geared toward both students and professionals with at least some basic knowledge of electromagnetic transient analysis Power System Transients: Parameter Determination summarizes current procedures and techniques for the determination of transient parameters for six basic power components: overhead line insulated cable transformer synchronous machine surge arrester and circuit breaker. An expansion on papers published in the IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery this text helps those using transient simulation tools (e.g. EMTP-like tools) to select the optimal determination method for their particular model and it addresses commonly encountered problems including: Lack of information Testing setups and measurements that are not recognized in international standards Insufficient studies to validate models mainly those used in high-frequency transients Current built-in models that do not cover all requirements Illustrated with case studies this book provides modeling guidelines for the selection of adequate representations for main components. It discusses how to collect the information needed to obtain model parameters and also reviews procedures for deriving them. Appendices summarize updated techniques for identifying linear systems from frequency responses and review capabilities and limitations of simulation tools. Emphasizing standards this book is a clear and concise presentation of key aspects in creating an adequate and reliable transient model. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218984

Power System TransientsTheory and Applications Second Edition This new edition covers a wide area from transients in power systems—including the basic theory analytical calculations EMTP simulations computations by numerical electromagnetic analysis methods and field test results—to electromagnetic disturbances in the field on EMC and control engineering. Not only does it show how a transient on a single-phase line can be explained from a physical viewpoint but it then explains how it can be solved analytically by an electric circuit theory. Approximate formulas which can be calculated by a pocket calculator are presented so that a transient can be analytically evaluated by a simple hand calculation. Since a real power line is three-phase this book includes a theory that deals with a multi-phase line for practical application. In addition methods for tackling a real transient in a power system are introduced. This new edition contains three completely revised and updated chapters as well as two new chapters on grounding and numerical methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736675

Power Systems Power Systems Third Edition (part of the five-volume set The Electric Power Engineering Handbook) covers all aspects of power system protection dynamics stability operation and control. Under the editorial guidance of L.L. Grigsby a respected and accomplished authority in power engineering and section editors Andrew Hanson Pritindra Chowdhuri Gerry Sheblé and Mark Nelms this carefully crafted reference includes substantial new and revised contributions from worldwide leaders in the field. This content provides convenient access to overviews and detailed information on a diverse array of topics. Concepts covered include:Power system analysis and simulationPower system transientsPower system planning (reliability)Power electronicsUpdates to nearly every chapter keep this book at the forefront of developments in modern power systems reflecting international standards practices and technologies. New sections present developments in small-signal stability and power system oscillations as well as power system stability controls and dynamic modeling of power systems. With five new and 10 fully revised chapters the book supplies a high level of detail and more importantly a tutorial style of writing and use of photographs and graphics to help the reader understand the material. New chapters cover:Symmetrical Components for Power System AnalysisTransient Recovery VoltageEngineering Principles of Electricity PricingBusiness EssentialsPower Electronics for Renewable EnergyA volume in the Electric Power Engineering Handbook Third EditionOther volumes in the set:K12642 Ele Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381486

Power Systems Analysis Illustrated with MATLAB and ETAP Electrical power is harnessed using several energy sources including coal hydel nuclear solar and wind. Generated power is needed to be transferred over long distances to support load requirements of customers viz. residential industrial and commercial. This necessitates proper design and analysis of power systems to efficiently control the power flow from one point to the other without delay disturbance or interference. Ideal for utility and power system design professionals and students this book is richly illustrated with MATLAB® and Electrical Transient Analysis Program (ETAP®) to succinctly illustrate concepts throughout and includes examples case studies and problems. Features Illustrated throughout with MATLAB and ETAP Proper use of positive/negative/zero sequence analysis of a given one-line diagram (OLD) associated with a grid as well as finger-holding instructions to tackle a power system analysis (PSA) problem for a given OLD of a grid On-line evaluation of power flow short-circuit analysis and related PSA for a given OLD Appropriately learn the finer nuances of designing the several components of a PSA including transmission lines transformers generators/motors and illustrate the corresponding equivalent circuit Case studies from utilities and independent system operators Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498797214

Power Systems Control and ReliabilityElectric Power Design and Enhancement Focusing on power systems reliability and generating unit commitments which are essential in the design and evaluation of the electric power systems for planning control and operation this informative volume covers the concepts of basic reliability engineering such as power system spinning reserve types of load curves and their objectives and benefits the electric power exchange and the system operation constraints. The author explains how the probability theory plays an important role in reliability applications and discusses the probability applications in electric power systems that led to the development of the mathematical models that are illustrated in the book. The algorithms that are presented throughout the chapters will help researchers and engineers to implement their own suitable programs where needed and will also be valuable for students. The Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and Fuzzy Logic (FL) systems are discussed and a number of load estimation models are built for some cases where their formulas are developed. A number of developed models are presented including the Kronecker techniques Fourth-Order Runge-Kutta System Multiplication Method or Adams Method; and components with different connections and different distributions are presented. A number of examples are explained showing how to build and evaluate power plants. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888219

Power Systems Handbook - Four Volume Set This handbook on power systems consists of a set of 4 volumes. These books are carefully planned and designed to provide the state of art material on major aspects of electrical power systems short-circuit currents load flow harmonics and protective relaying. Many aspects of power systems are transparent between different types of studies and analyses; knowledge of short-circuit currents and symmetrical component is required for protective relaying and fundamental frequency load flow is required for harmonic analysis. Currently power systems large or small are analyzed on digital computers with appropriate software. However it is necessary to understand the theory and basis of these calculations to debug and decipher the results. The material is organized with sound theoretical base practical applications and case studies based on the author’s 45+ years of experience with real world problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498745369

Power TalkLanguage and Interaction in Institutional Discourse The concept of social power who holds it and how they use it is a widely debated subject particularly in the field of discourse analysis and the wider arena of sociolinguistics. In her new book Joanna Thornborrow challenges the received notion that power is necessarily held by some speakers and not by others. Through the detailed analysis of communication and interaction within a range of institutional settings she examines power as an emerging negotiated phenomenon between participants with different status and goals. Written in a clear style which combines attention to technical detail with accessibility Power Talk includes: a comprehensive introduction to the theme of power including the analytic approaches to power in language a wide-ranging discussion of theory and practice and in-depth contemporary case studies. Power Talk is the first book to focus on the topic of power in situated interaction across a range of contexts. As such it makes a timely and important contribution to the debate surrounding social power and language use and will be of value to both students and researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152250

Power Transition and International Order in AsiaIssues and challenges This edited volume examines how the transition and diffusion of power in global politics is impacting on stability and order in East and Southeast Asia. Both in the academic field of International Relations (IR) and among policymakers the big question today concerns the rise of China the relative decline of the United States and the increasing importance of East Asia in global politics. The level of impact the international power transition will have in the region remains unclear but observers agree that East and Southeast Asia a potential tinderbox for crises and conflict. This volume brings together leading scholars from around the world to assess current thinking in IR on these issues. The authors apply appropriate theories and methods of analysis in their specific area of expertise to examine the likely effects of the changing global power distribution on East and Southeast Asia. There is also said to be an ongoing diffusion of power away from states to non-state actors in the region; hence in addition to examining changing relations between the Great Powers the book will also assess the implications that other actors from terrorist groups insurgents and organised crime syndicates could have on stability and order. This book will be of much interest to students of Asian politics security studies diplomacy and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858427

Power Transition in Asia Current preoccupations with the 'rise of Asia' attest to the nascent contestation of the very idea of what the pattern of international politics should look like and how it should be practiced. In this respect the growing reference to a 'shift to the East' in global politics has become a popular shorthand for the nascent 'power transition' in world affairs. This volume offers a detailed conceptual and empirical investigation of the dynamics of power transition in Asia and details the accommodation strategies and coping mechanisms of different small and middle powers in Asia and importantly China's responses to these approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361256

Power Transmission & Distribution Second Edition Our ever-increasing dependence on electricity demands improvements in the quality of its supply. The deregulation of electric (and other) utilities the events of 9/11 and the blackouts in North America London and the Italian peninsula evidence this need. This book looks at our current transmission systems and how loop circuits can substantially improve the reliability of transmission lines essentially to provide a two-way feed to the consumer and insuring continuity of service if a fault develops on the circuit. It also covers distribution systems and includes information on how small generating units can be connected directly to the distribution system in the same manner as in larger cogenerating units. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151203

Power TransmissionsProceedings of the International Conference on Power Transmissions 2016 (ICPT 2016) Chongqing P.R. China 27-30 October 2016 This book presents papers from the International Conference on Power Transmissions 2016 held in Chongqing China 27th-30th October 2016. The main objective of this conference is to provide a forum for the most recent advances addressing the challenges in modern mechanical transmissions. The conference proceedings address all aspects of gear and power transmission technology and a range of applications. The presented papers are catalogued into three main tracks including design simulation and testing materials and manufacturing and industrial applications. The design simulation and testing track covers topics such as new methods and designs for all types of transmissions modelling and simulation of power transmissions strength fatigue dynamics and reliability of power transmissions lubrication and sealing technologies and theories and fault diagnosis of power transmissions. In the materials and manufacturing track topics include new materials and heat treatment of power transmissions new manufacturing technologies of power transmissions improved tools to predict future demands on production systems new technologies for ecologically sustainable productions and those which preserve natural resources and measuring technologies of power transmissions. The proceedings also cover the novel industrial applications of power transmissions in marine aerospace and railway contexts wind turbines the automotive industry construction machinery and robots. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032675

Power Vacuum Tubes Handbook Providing examples of applications Power Vacuum Tubes Handbook Third Edition examines the underlying technology of each type of power vacuum tube device in common use today. The author presents basic principles reports on new development efforts and discusses implementation and maintenance considerations. Supporting mathematical equations and extensive technical illustrations and schematic diagrams help readers understand the material. Translate Principles into Specific Applications This one-stop reference is a hands-on guide for engineering personnel involved in the design specification installation and maintenance of high-power equipment utilizing vacuum tubes. It offers a comprehensive look at the important area of high-frequency/high-power applications of microwave power devices making it possible for general principles to be translated into specific applications. Coverage includes power grid tubes—triodes tetrodes and pentodes—as well as microwave power tubes such as klystrons traveling wave tubes gyrotrons and other high-frequency devices. These vacuum tubes are used in applications from radio broadcasting to television radar satellite communications and more. Explore a Wide Variety of Methods in Power Vacuum Tube Design This third edition includes updates on vacuum tube technology devices applications design methods and modulation methods. It also expands its scope to cover properties of materials and RF system maintenance and troubleshooting. Explaining difficult concepts and processes clearly this handbook guides readers in the design and selection of a power vacuum tube-based system. What’s New in This Edition Includes two new chapters on properties of materials and RF system maintenance and troubleshooting Contains updates and additions in most chapters Identifies key applications for commercial and scientific research Examines the frontiers of materials science directly impacting construction reliability and performance Reviews methods of power tube design for more efficient longer-lasting tubes Features updated illustrations throughout to clarify and explain fundamental principles and implementation considerations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077485

Power Without ResponsibilityPress Broadcasting and the Internet in Britain This book attacks the conventional history of the press as a story of progress; offers a critical defence and history of public service broadcasting; provides a myth-busting account of the internet; a subtle account of the impact of social media and explores key debates about the role and politics of the media. It has become a standard book on media and other courses: but it has also gone beyond an academic audience to reach a wider public. Hailed as ‘a classic of media history and analysis’ by the Irish Times and a book that has ‘cracked the canon’ by the Times Higher it has been translated into five languages. This edition contains six new chapters. These include the press and the remaking of Britain the rise of the neo-liberal Establishment the moral decline of journalism the impact of social media and a history of attempts to reform the press. It contains new research on the relationship between programmes institutions and society. It places key UK institutions in the wider context of international affairs and their impact. The book has been updated to take account of new developments like Brexit and the rise of Jeremy Corbyn and the shift in authority and legitimacy prompted by social media. It does this with a clear explanation of how policy can shape media outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710428

Power/Knowledge/PedagogyThe Meaning Of Democratic Education In Unsettling Times The essays in this volume explore the educational implications of unsettling shifts in contemporary culture associated with postmodernism. These shifts include the fragmentation of established power blocs the emergence of a politics of identity growing inequalities between the haves and the have-nots in a new global economy and the rise in influ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317416

PowerA New Social Analysis The key to human nature that Marx found in wealth and Freud in sex Bertrand Russell finds in power. Power he argues is man's ultimate goal and is in its many guises the single most important element in the development of any society. Writting in the late 1930s when Europe was being torn apart by extremist ideologies and the world was on the brink of war Russell set out to found a 'new science' to make sense of the traumatic events of the day and explain those that would follow. The result was Power a remarkable book that Russell regarded as one of the most important of his long career. Countering the totalitarian desire to dominate Russell shows how political enlightenment and human understanding can lead to peace - his book is a passionate call for independence of mind and a celebration of the instinctive joy of human life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128088

Powerful Ideas of Science and How to Teach Them A bullet dropped and a bullet fired from a gun will reach the ground at the same time. Plants get the majority of their mass from the air around them not the soil beneath them. A smartphone is made from more elements than you. Every day science teachers get the opportunity to blow students’ minds with counter-intuitive crazy ideas like these. But getting students to understand and remember the science that explains these observations is complex. To help this book explores how to plan and teach science lessons so that students and teachers are thinking about the right things – that is the scientific ideas themselves. It introduces you to 13 powerful ideas of science that have the ability to transform how young people see themselves and the world around them. Each chapter tells the story of one powerful idea and how to teach it alongside examples and non-examples from biology chemistry and physics to show what great science teaching might look like and why. Drawing on evidence about how students learn from cognitive science and research from science education the book takes you on a journey of how to plan and teach science lessons so students acquire scientific ideas in meaningful ways. Emphasising the important relationship between curriculum pedagogy and the subject itself this exciting book will help you teach in a way that captivates and motivates students allowing them to share in the delight and wonder of the explanatory power of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188689

Powerful Occupational TherapistsA Community of Professionals 1950-1980 Powerful Occupational Therapists examines the life and times of a small group of occupational therapy leaders and scholars in a post-1950s America to market their profession as one of increasing importance. Participating in the 1950s rehabilitation the 1960s equal rights and the 1970s women’s movements these innovators being primarily women aimed to define themselves as having professional and scientific authority that was distinct from the male-dominated medical model. The community of therapists faced challenges such as that of retaining the appearance of being "ladylike" whilst doing "unladylike" tasks. This book describes the personal experiences of 12 differing occupational therapists and it identifies how a group of them strengthened and developed the profession in the face of diverse challenges. This volume would be of interest to those studying occupational therapy women and medicine and the history of medicine. This book was originally published as a special issue of Occupational Therapy in Mental Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108646

Powerful Parent PartnershipsRethinking Family Engagement for Student Success It is essential that we work together to craft powerful parent-teacher partnerships that meet the needs of today’s students and schools. In this important new book authors Robert Dillon and Melissa Nixon explain how schools and families can work together so that the needs of children are always met. Whether you’re a parent hoping to work more effectively with your child’s teacher or a principal or teacher looking for ways to understand families’ needs you’ll be able to use the strategies in this resource to improve your communication and build deeper connections. Loaded with practical takeaways and sample stories this book will help you: Clearly communicate a child’s educational goals; Make connections with other schools and school districts to build community and broaden your range of resources; Hold educators accountable without alienating them; Develop communication strategies to address difficult topics like underperformance and misbehavior; Show compassion and gratitude; And more! With the practical suggestions in this book you’ll be able to rekindle more engagement and excitement into students' learning at school and at home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394457

Powerful PedagogyTeach Better Quicker How can we teach better quicker? In Powerful Pedagogy Ruth Powley Love Learning Ideas blogger and experienced teacher and school leader debunks teaching and learning myths and shows how the more we know about pedagogy the more able we are to make informed and efficient choices about our practice saving ourselves valuable time. Focusing on building sequences of learning rather than one-off lessons it is an antidote to ‘quick fix’ books empowering teachers as professionals in possession of ‘powerful’ pedagogical knowledge that can be used to improve teaching in a sustainable way. Powerful Pedagogy draws extensively from a wide range of educational writers and research offering an accessible synthesis of what really works in the classroom. Together with strategies to put theories and research into practice each chapter contains a handy list of questions for the reflective practitioner. It explores reasons for the confusion over what constitutes effective pedagogy in recent years and presents practical research-based solutions outlining successful and efficient: Modelling of excellence Explaining for understanding Practising to fluency Questioning as assessment Testing to permanency Marking for improvement Effective planning of lessons and curriculum sequences. Powerful Pedagogy allows teachers to understand how to make the best choices about what works in the classroom improving the quality of teaching. It is an essential companion for trainee and experienced teachers in all sectors and for school leaders and educational trainers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786898

Powerful Primary GeographyA Toolkit for 21st-Century Learning Powerful Primary Geography: A Toolkit for 21st-Century Learning explores the need for children to understand the modern world and their place in it. Dedicated to helping teachers inspire children’s love of place nature and geographical adventures through facilitating children’s voice and developing their agency this book explores the way playful opportunities can be created for children to learn how to think geographically to solve real-life problems and to apply their learning in meaningful ways to the world around them. Based on the very latest research Powerful Primary Geography helps children understand change conflict and contemporary issues influencing their current and future lives and covers topics such as: • Weather and climate change • Sustainability • Engaging in their local and global community • Graphicacy map work and visual literacy • Understanding geography through the arts. Including several case studies from primary schools in Ireland this book will help aid teachers student teachers and education enthusiasts in preparing children for dealing with the complex nature of our contemporary world through artistic and thoughtful geography. Facilitating children’s engagement as local national and global citizens ensures geography can be taught in a powerful and meaningful manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226517

Powering China:Reforming the Electric Power Industry in ChinaReforming the Electric Power Industry in China This title was first published in 2002: This study of the Chinese electric power industry examines the ownership and the restructuring of the industry. The reform of the electric power industry is also seen as part of the wider economic development that has been taking place in China thus providing fresh perspectives on the changes taking place in both the economy and society more generally. Presenting a wealth of extensive research on the subject the book elucidates the power struggle between political and bureaucratic elite and explains the sensitive and volatile relationship between the central and provincial government against an increasingly complex global background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738539

PowerIts Forms Bases and Uses In one grand effort this is an anatomy of power a history of the ways in which it has been defined and a study of its forms (force manipulation authority and persuasion) its bases (individual and collective resources political mobilization) and its uses. The issues that Dennis Wrong addresses range from the philosophical and ethical to the psychological and political. Much of the work is punctuated with careful examples from history. While the author illuminates his discussion with references to Weber Marx Freud Plato Dostoevsky Orwell Hobbes Arendt and Machiavelli he keeps his arguments grounded in contemporary practical issues such as class conflicts multi-party politics and parent-child relationships.In his new introduction prepared for the 1995 edition of Power the author reconsiders the concept of power now locating it in the broader traditions of the social sciences rather than as a series of actions and actors within the sociological tradition. As a result. Wrong emphasizes such major distinctions as "power over" and "power to " and various conflations of power as commonly used. The new opening provides the reader with a deeper appreciation of the non-reductionist character of the book as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530560

Powerline Ampacity SystemTheory Modeling and Applications Civilization's demands for electricity continue to grow yet environmental regulatory and economic constraints often preclude the construction of new power plants and transmission lines. The challenge now faced by engineers equipment manufacturers and regulatory agencies is to find ways to maximize the capacity of existing power lines.Powerline Ampacity System is the first step in meeting that challenge. Along with developing a complete theory of transmission line ampacity the author uses object-oriented modeling and expert rules to build a power line ampacity system. He describes new transmission line conductor technologies and power electronics FACTS devices that can take full advantage of a dynamic line rating system. He offers examples that clearly show the economic benefit of operating an interconnected transmission network that has a diverse mix of electricity generation sources. He also discusses - with examples - generator stability enhancement by dynamic line rating. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214795

PowermaticsA Discursive Critique of New Communications Technology Originally published in 1987. This critical work is an exploration of new communications technology in its social context as a social discourse determined by other forms of inter-play. The author refers to Weber Innis Habermas and Foucault to develop her argument. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959477

Powers and Capacities in PhilosophyThe New Aristotelianism Powers and Capacities in Philosophy is designed to stake out an emerging discipline-spanning neo-Aristotelian framework grounded in realism about causal powers.  The volume brings together for the first time original essays by leading philosophers working on powers in relation to metaphysics philosophy of natural and social science philosophy of mind and action epistemology ethics and social and political philosophy.  In each area the concern is to show how a commitment to real causal powers affects discussion at the level in question. In metaphysics for example realism about powers is now recognized as providing an alternative to orthodox accounts of causation modality properties and laws. Dispositional realist philosophers of science meanwhile argue that a powers ontology allows for a proper account of the nature of scientific explanation. In the philosophy of mind there is the suggestion that agency is best understood in terms of the distinctive powers of human beings. Those who take virtue theoretic approaches in epistemology and ethics have long been interested in the powers that allow for knowledge and/or moral excellence. In social and political philosophy finally powers theorists are interested in the powers of sociological phenomena such as collectivities institutions roles and/or social relations but also in the conditions of possibility for the cultivation of the powers of individuals. The book will be of interest to philosophers working in any of these areas as well as to historians of philosophy political theorists and critical realists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138050815

Powers of the PressNewspapers Power and the Public in Nineteenth-Century England The power of the popular press presents all modern societies with difficulties. It is however a problem with a history: the hold of the press over public opinion was debated with urgency throughout the 19th century. This book looks at the ways in which individuals pressure groups political organisations and the state sought to understand the mass communications media of the 19th century and use them to influence public opinion and effect moral and social reform. Aled Jones addresses the problem by using three approaches: first he considers the 19th century theories of the influence of communications media on patterns of social thought and behaviour; then he examines attitudes towards the press in both high and popular culture; finally he explores the social and intellectual world of the reader the consumer both of the press as a commodity and of the hidden moral strategies that were built into it. The tensions between Victorian moral imperatives and the operation of the free commercial market raised issues of great public concern such as whether the mass media should be under private or public control. These tensions have dominated the way in which Britain and other western societies have thought about the newer broadcasting media but their origins are older and more complex than studies of contemporary media acknowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276796

Powers of the Prosecutor in Criminal InvestigationA Comparative Perspective This comparative analysis examines the scope of prosecutorial powers at different phases of criminal investigation in four countries: the United States Italy Poland and Germany. In all of these countries where the majority of cases are decided by forms of adjudication in which judges are often called to just confirm agreements achieved between parties the criminal investigation has become a central point of the criminal process. It is important to make a conscience determination regarding who shall be in charge of this stage of the process. Prosecutors have gained tremendous powers to influence the outcome of the criminal cases including powers once reserved only for judges. The book attempts to answer the question of whether in the system in which the role of the trial is diminishing and where the significance of criminal investigation is constantly growing should the powers of the prosecutor at the early stage of the process be enhanced. Using a problem-oriented approach that begins with the identification of a problem and then looks for potential common solutions the book provides a parallel analysis of each country along five possible spheres of prosecutorial engagement: commencing criminal investigation conducting criminal investigation undertaking the initial charging decision imposing coercive measures and discontinuing criminal investigation. Using the competing models of the adversarial versus inquisitorial approach as a framework the focus is on the prosecutor as a crucial figure of criminal process and investigation to various degrees in different systems. The insights of this comparative treatment are relevant to students and academics in criminal justice criminology law and public policy as well as policymakers government officials and others interested in legal reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003018247

PowerscapeContemporary Australian politics An innovative and exciting approach to the study of Australian politics that is guaranteed to spark students' interest.' Professor Carol Johnson University of Adelaide Powerscape is an engaging study of power relationships in the Australian political system and the community at large.' Alex Karolis Public Administration TodayPowerscape is an introduction to Australian politics designed for today's students. It outlines the core political institutions and processes and also analyses contemporary political issues and debates.Powerscape tells the story of a dynamic political system and of high levels of public engagement. Despite the prevailing view that political participation in the 21st century in many liberal-democracies is subdued this book reveals complex interactions with political processes by a wide range of players.Organised in three parts: power and democracy political actors and policy processes Powerscape systematically investigates the role of power in political life. Each chapter is introduced by a snapshot' a detailed example based on a current issue or recent event.With extended analysis of the change of government at the 2007 federal election this second edition has been fully updated. It includes new examples and new chapters on political institutions and policy-making. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116769

Power-Sharing and Political Stability in Deeply Divided Societies Nearly all the peace accords signed in the last two decades have included power-sharing in one form or another. The notion of both majority and minority segments co-operating for the purposes of political stability has informed both international policy prescriptions for post-conflict zones and home-grown power-sharing pacts across the globe. This book examines the effect of power-sharing forms of governance in bringing about political stability amid deep divisions. It is the first major comparison of two power-sharing designs – consociationalism and centripetalism - and it assesses a number of cases central to the debate including Nigeria Sri Lanka Fiji Bosnia and Herzegovina Burundi and Northern Ireland. Drawing on information from a variety of sources such as political party manifestoes and websites media coverage think tank reports and election results the author reaches significant conclusions about power-sharing as an invaluable conflict-management device. This text will be of key interest to students and scholars of ethnic conflict management power-sharing ethnic politics democracy and democratization comparative constitutional design comparative politics intervention and peace-building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683617

Power-Sharing in Conflict-Ridden SocietiesChallenges for Building Peace and Democratic Stability Based on a unique comparative study of Burundi Rwanda Ethiopia Lebanon Bosnia-Herzegovina Nepal Myanmar the Philippines and Fiji this book analyses the formal and informal arrangements defining the post-conflict political order in these countries and evaluates whether these systems strengthened or weakened the chances of establishing sustainable peace and lasting democracy. What can be learned from these cases? Each country has it unique history but they are faced with comparable challenges and dilemmas in building a democratic future. Which solutions seem to contribute to democratic stability and which do not? These questions are discussed in light of theoretical literature case studies and field interviews with the authors concluding that systems based on proportional representation offered the best prospects for including diverse and conflicting identities and building unified political systems. The book is of particular interest to students of democracy and peace-building; academics as well as decision-makers and practitioners in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576506

Power-SharingEmpirical and Normative Challenges Power-sharing is an important political strategy for managing protracted conflicts and it can also facilitate the democratic accommodation of difference. Despite these benefits it has been much criticised with claims that it is unable to produce peace and stability is ineffective and inefficient and obstructs other peacebuilding values including gender equality. This edited collection aims to enhance our understanding of the utility of power-sharing in deeply divided places by subjecting power-sharing theory and practice to empirical and normative analysis and critique. Its overarching questions are: Do power-sharing arrangements enhance stability peace and cooperation in divided societies? Do they do so in ways that promote effective governance? Do they do so in ways that promote justice fairness and democracy? Utilising a broad range of global empirical case studies it provides a space for dialogue between leading and emerging scholars on the normative questions surrounding power-sharing. Distinctively it asks proponents of power-sharing to think critically about its weaknesses. This text will be of interest to students scholars and practitioners of power-sharing ethnic politics democracy and democratization peacebuilding comparative constitutional design and more broadly Comparative Politics International Relations and Constitutional and Comparative Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173784

Pozzolanic and Cementitious Materials This volume provides an overview of the mineral admixtures used in concrete including silica fume slag rice-husk ash fly ash and natural pozzolans. It also includes the mineral/chemical composition of the admixtures their chemical reactions with cement and as a method of recycling. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138414044

PPG Signal AnalysisAn Introduction Using MATLAB® This book serves as a current resource for Photoplethysmogram (PPG) signal analysis using MATLAB®. This technology is critical in the evaluation of medical and diagnostic data utilized in mobile devices. Information and methodologies outlined in the text can be used to learn the empirical and experimental process (including data collection data analysis feature extractions and more) from inception to conclusion. This book also discusses how introduced methodologies can be used and applied as tools that will teach the user how to validate test and simulate developed algorithms before implementing and deploying the algorithms on wearable battery-driven or point-of-care devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138049710

PR 2.0How Digital Media Can Help You Build a Sustainable Brand Digital media offer many of the same characteristics – immediacy transparency and interactivity – that make one-to-one the most effective form of communication. And yet many organizations do not fully embrace them. They simultaneously underestimate and fear the power of digital communications. And yet these tools when used strategically can be an effective part of your communications plan.PR 2.0 will help you: 1.      understand how the increasing emphasis on transparency driven by corporate responsibility has changed the ways that effective organizations communicate with their stakeholders; 2.      develop a communications plan for your organization that reaches and engages the right stakeholders using the most appropriate tools and channels; 3.      demonstrate the value and “sell” the use of digital media to skeptical internal stakeholders including in the c-suite as part of your mission-advancing communications plan. You can make the most of the irrevocable changes in the way people create share receive judge and interact with information. This book offers real-world examples and practical tools to help your organization to live its values and effectively engage with those most essential to your success.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910174418

Practical AI for Cybersecurity The world of cybersecurity and the landscape that it possesses is changing on a dynamic basis. It seems like that hardly one threat vector is launched new variants of it are already on the way. IT Security teams in businesses and corporations are struggling daily to fight off any cyberthreats that they are experiencing. On top of this they are also asked by their CIO or CISO to model what future Cyberattacks could potentially look like and ways as to how the lines of defenses can be further enhanced. IT Security teams are overburdened and are struggling to find ways in order to keep up with what they are being asked to do. Trying to model the cyberthreat landscape is a very laborious process because it takes a lot of time to analyze datasets from many intelligence feeds. What can be done to accomplish this Herculean task? The answer lies in Artificial Intelligence (AI). With AI an IT Security team can model what the future Cyberthreat landscape could potentially look like in just a matter of minutes. As a result this gives valuable time for them not only to fight off the threats that they are facing but to also come up with solutions for the variants that will come out later. Practical AI for Cybersecurity explores the ways and methods as to how AI can be used in cybersecurity with an emphasis upon its subcomponents of machine learning computer vision and neural networks. The book shows how AI can be used to help automate the routine and ordinary tasks that are encountered by both penetration testing and threat hunting teams. The result is that security professionals can spend more time finding and discovering unknown vulnerabilities and weaknesses that their systems are facing as well as be able to come up with solid recommendations as to how the systems can be patched up quickly. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367437152

Practical Algorithms for 3D Computer Graphics Practical Algorithms for 3D Computer Graphics Second Edition covers the fundamental algorithms that are the core of all 3D computer graphics software packages. Using Core OpenGL and OpenGL ES the book enables you to create a complete suite of programs for 3D computer animation modeling and image synthesis. Since the publication of the first edition implementation aspects have changed significantly including advances in graphics technology that are enhancing immersive experiences with virtual reality. Reflecting these considerable developments this second edition presents up-to-date algorithms for each stage in the creative process. It takes you from the construction of polygonal models of real and imaginary objects to rigid body animation and hierarchical character animation to the rendering pipeline for the synthesis of realistic images. New to the Second Edition New chapter on the modern approach to real-time 3D programming using OpenGL New chapter that introduces 3D graphics for mobile devices New chapter on OpenFX a comprehensive open source 3D tools suite for modeling and animation Discussions of new topics such as particle modeling marching cubes and techniques for rendering hair and fur More web-only content including source code for the algorithms video transformations comprehensive examples and documentation for OpenFX The book is suitable for newcomers to graphics research and 3D computer games as well as more experienced software developers who wish to write plug-in modules for any 3D application program or shader code for a commercial games engine. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466582521

Practical Analog and RF Electronics This is a book about real-world design techniques for analog circuits: amplifiers filters injection-locked oscillators phase-locked loops transimpedance amplifiers group delay correction circuits notch filters and spectrum regrowth in digital radio frequency (RF) transmitters etc. The book offers practical solutions to analog and RF problems helping the reader to achieve high-performance circuit and system design. A variety of issues are covered such as:   How to flatten group delay of filters How to use reciprocity to advantage How to neutralize a parasitic capacitance How to deepen a notch by adding only two components to the network How to demodulate a signal using the secant waveform and its benefit How to flatten the frequency response of a diode detector When to use a transimpedance amplifier and how to maximize its performance How to recover non-return-to-zero (NRZ) data when alternating current (AC) coupling is required Why phase noise corrupts adjacent communication channels Simple method to prevent false locking in phase-locked loops How to improve the bandwidth of amplification by using current conveyors A very simple impedance matching technique requiring only one reactive component How to use optimization Quadrature distortion and cross-rail interference This book is meant to be a handbook (or a supplemental textbook) for students and practitioners in the design of analog and RF circuitry with primary emphasis on practical albeit sometimes unorthodox circuit realizations. Equations and behavioral simulations result in an abundance of illustrations following a "words and pictures" easy-to-understand approach. Teachers will find the book an important supplement to a standard analog and RF course or it may stand alone as a textbook. Working engineers may find it useful as a handbook by bookmarking some of the step-by-step procedures e.g. the section on simplified impedance matching or group delay flattening. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367542917

Practical Analog Electronics for Technicians 'Practical Analog Electronics for Technicians' not only provides an accessible introduction to electronics but also supplies all the problems and practical activities needed to gain hands-on knowledge and experience. This emphasis on practice is surprisingly unusual in electronics texts and has already gained Will Kimber popularity through the companion volume 'Practical Digital Electronics for Technicians'. Written to cover the Advanced GNVQ optional unit in electronics this book is also ideal for BTEC National A-level electronics and City & Guilds courses. Together with 'Practical Digital Electronics for Technicians' this text comprises a complete practical electronics course designed for students with little prior knowledge of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161887

Practical Analysis and Reconstruction of Shooting Incidents Practical Analysis and Reconstruction of Shooting Incidents Second Edition presents a holistic approach to shooting incident analysis and reconstruction covering the entire spectrum of related sub-disciplines of forensic science. The book reviews basic firearm design and function ammunition components and terminology explaining what constitutes pertinent evidence and appropriate results relative to autopsies forensic laboratory analysis and reenactments. The second edition features numerous additions including: Four new chapters Complete and extensive updates to all 16 original chapters Three case studies contributed by renowned professionals in the field New and revised exercises at the ends of chapters with answers provided An expanded glossary of terminology Nearly 340 figures and illustrations with several in full color New and updated references and suggested readings Appendices containing relevant terminology checklists and other resources The book details the mathematics of shooting reconstruction in clear precise language that allows readers—both those with and without extensive science backgrounds—to apply a logical thought process to the evaluation of shooting scene evidence in order to establish the probable related events to the shooting incident. This new edition provides up-to-date information for field investigators to recognize preserve document and interpret the physical evidence typically found after shooting incidents. In addition to the hundreds of illustrations the book uses both case studies and step-by-step outlines to clearly describe the required analytical processes involved in reconstructing and interpreting shooting incident scenes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498707664

Practical Analysis of Composite Laminates Composite materials are increasingly used in aerospace underwater and automotive structures. They provide unique advantages over their metallic counterparts but also create complex challenges to analysts and designers. Practical Analysis of Composite Laminates presents a summary of the equations governing composite laminates and provides practical methods for analyzing most common types of composite structural elements. Experimental results for several types of structures are included and theoretical and experimental correlations are discussed. The last chapter is devoted to practical analysis using Designing Advanced Composites (DAC) a PC-based software on the subject. This comprehensive text can be used for a graduate course in mechanical engineering and as a valuable reference for professionals in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203742594

Practical and Experimental Robotics Taking a completely hands-on approach using cheap and easily available robotics kits Practical and Experimental Robotics provides a detailed exploration of the construction theory and experiments for different types of robots. With topics ranging from basic stamp microcontrollers to biped and propeller based robots the text contains laboratory experiments examples with solutions and case studies. The authors begin with a review of the essential elements of electronics and mechanics. They describe the basic mechanical construction and electrical control of the robot then give at least one example of how to operate the robot using microcontrollers or software. The book includes a reference chapter on Basic Stamp Microcontollers with example code pieces and a chapter completely devoted to PC interfacing. Each chapter begins with the fundamentals then moves on to advanced topics thus building a foundation for learning from the ground up. Building a bridge between technicians who have hands-on experience and engineers with a deeper insight into the workings the book covers a range of machines from arm wheel and leg robots to flying robots and robotic submarines and boats. Unlike most books in this field this one offers a complete set of topics from electronics mechanics and computer interface and programming making it an independent source for knowledge and understanding of robotics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219110

Practical Applications of GIS for ArchaeologistsA Predictive Modelling Toolkit The use of GIS is the most powerful technology introduced to archaeology since the introduction of carbon 14 dating. The most widespread use of this technology has been for the prediction of archaeological site locations. This book focuses on the use of GIS for archaeological predictive modeling. The contributors include internationally recognized researchers who have been at the forefront of this revolutionary integration of GIS and archaeology as well as first generation researchers who have begun to critically apply this new technology and explore its theoretical implications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138405219

Practical Applications of Microresonators in Optics and Photonics  Assembling an international team of experts this book reports on the progress in the rapidly growing field of monolithic micro- and nanoresonators. The book opens with a chapter on photonic crystal-based resonators (nanocavities). It goes on to describe resonators in which the closed trajectories of light are supported by any variety of total internal reflection in curved and polygonal transparent dielectric structures. The book also covers distributed feedback microresonators for slow light controllable dispersion and enhanced nonlinearity. A portion of coverage is dedicated to the unique properties of resonators which are extremely efficient tools when conducting multiple applications.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138381391

Practical Applications of Phosphors Drawn from the second edition of the best-selling Phosphor Handbook Practical Applications of Phosphors outlines methods for the production of various phosphors and discusses a broad spectrum of applications. Beginning with methods for synthesis and related technologies the book sets the stage by classifying and then explaining practical phosphors according to usage. It describes the operating principle and structure of phosphor devices and the phosphor characteristics required for a given device then covers the manufacturing processes and characteristics of phosphors. The book discusses research and development currently under way on phosphors with potential for practical usage and touches briefly on phosphors that have played a historical role but are no longer of practical use. It provides a comprehensive treatment of applications including lamps and cathode-ray tubes x-ray and ionizing radiation and for vacuum fluorescent and field emission displays and covers inorganic and organic electroluminescence materials. The book also covers phosphors for plasma displays organic fluorescent pigments and phosphors used in a variety of other practical applications. Emphasizing the practical and cutting-edge nature of the material included the editors round out their coverage with a discussion of solid-state and organic laser materials. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219974

Practical Applications of Physical Chemistry in Food Science and Technology Practical Applications of Physical Chemistry in Food Science and Technology provides comprehensive information original research and reports on scientific advances in practical applications of physical chemistry in food science and technology making a special emphasis on incorporating sustainable development goals. This book demonstrates the potential and actual developments in the design and development of physical chemistry strategies and tools for the food science and technology. Chapters cover many topics in this field including nutritional and pharmaceutical properties and analysis electroanalytical and electrochemical techniques valorization of food residues bioactives and bioactivities separative extraction microencapsulation nanoemulsions and much more. Several chapters address how the food industry generates a large amount of agroindustrial waste that seriously affects the environment and present mitigation strategies and technology to use these agroindustrial waste products to produce bioactive compounds that can add value to food products. Certain fruit and vegetable species are discussed as a potential new source for its use their raw materials of use in the pharmaceutical cosmetic and food industries.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888943

Practical Approaches in Treating Adolescent Chemical DependencyA Guide to Clinical Assessment and Intervention Here at last is a comprehensive volume on the often-ignored but vitally important subject of care for the chemically dependent adolescent. The most current treatment approaches are included all focused on the unique needs of this population. For the first time a book on adolescent chemical dependence illustrates in a practical way the major issues of on-going care--from intervention and assessment through aftercare and relapse. Written by professionals who have worked extensively with chemically dependent youth Practical Approaches in Treating Adolescent Chemical Dependency will be appreciated by all in the field of chemical dependency--administrators treatment directors and certified addictions counselors as well as by social workers family therapists school guidance counselors and student assistance personnel.BACKCOVER COPY The treatment of alcoholism and drug use is a relatively young field that has developed only in the past 25 years. And as most of the expertise efforts and money have been targeted toward the chemically dependent adult population the use and abuse of substances among young people has skyrocketed.Here at last is a comprehensive book on the often-ignored but vitally important subject of care for the chemically dependent adolescent. The most current treatment approaches are included all focused on the unique needs of this population. For the first time a book on adolescent chemical dependence illustrates in a practical way the major issues of on-going care--from intervention and assessment through aftercare and relapse. Written by professionals who have worked extensively with chemically dependent youth Practical Approaches in Treating Adolescent Chemical Dependency features: a comprehensive overview of the dynamics of adolescence and the destructive impact that chemicals have upon kids a description of adolescents who are at risk for chemical dependency guidelines for making accurate assessments of chemically dependent adolescents successful programs and interventions that involve communities schools and families special insights into treating chemically dependent minority youth a review of the stages of recovery adapted to the developmental needs of adolescents a look at support groups that best facilitate the recovery process among adolescents much more Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784601

Practical Approaches to Applied Research and Program Evaluation for Helping Professionals Practical Approaches to Applied Research and Program Evaluation for Helping Professionals is a comprehensive textbook that presents master’s-level counseling students with the skills and knowledge they need to successfully evaluate the effectiveness of mental health services and programs. Each chapter aligned with 2016 Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP) standards guides counseling students through study design and evaluation fundamentals that will help them understand existing research and develop studies to best assess their own applied research questions. Readers will learn the basics of research concepts as applied to evaluative tasks the art of matching evaluative methods to questions specific considerations for practice-based evaluative tasks and practical statistical options matched to practice-based tasks. Readers can also turn to the book’s companion website to access worksheets for practitioner and student planning exercises spreadsheets with formulas for basic data analysis a sample database PowerPoint outlines and discussion questions and activities aligned to each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138070394

Practical Approaches to Bullying Originally published in 1991 this book is about bullying and victimisation in children and young people and ways of dealing with it. With the exception of Chapter 13 which is related to experiences of bullying within the borstal system superseded by Youth Custody and more recently the Unified Custodial Sentence it is about bullying in schools. The aim of this book is to help teachers school governors and parents work towards reducing the effects of behaviour which can at worst blight the lives of victims into adulthood and encourage antisocial and violent behaviour in those who get away with bullying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068162

Practical Art of Motion Picture Sound Practical Art of Motion Picture Sound 4th edition relies on the professional experience of the author and other top sound craftspeople to provide a comprehensive explanation of film sound including mixing dubbing workflow budgeting and digital audio techniques. Practically grounded with real-world stories from the trenches throughout the book also provides relevant technical data as well as an appreciation of all the processes involved in creating optimal motion picture sound. New to this edition are exclusive sound artist lessons from the field (including 2 new production cases studies) including insight from craftspeople who have worked on the latest Harry Potter and Batman films. All technological changes have been updated to reflect the most current systems. **Due to a manufacturing error the Yewdall Sound FX Library is not available on the DVD included with the book. Please visit the book's website www.focalpress.com/cw/yewdall to download the full library.** Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240812403

Practical Aspects of Rape InvestigationA Multidisciplinary Approach Third Edition This latest edition addresses rape and sexual assaults from all clinical pathological medical and legal aspects. The book focuses on the victim and covers contemporary issues in sexual violence investigative aspects of rape and sexual assault offender fantasy the personality of the offender collection of evidence medical examinations and treatment as well as trial preparation issues. Special topics include pedophiles female and juvenile offenders drug-facilitated rape sexual sadism elder abuse and sexual assault within the military. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498741965

Practical Aspects of Trapped Ion Mass Spectrometry Volume IVTheory and Instrumentation Reflecting the substantial increase in popularity of quadrupole ion traps and Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance (FT-ICR) mass spectrometers Practical Aspects of Trapped Ion Mass Spectrometry Volume IV: Theory and Instrumentation explores the historical origins of the latest advances in this expanding field. It covers new methods for trapping ions such as the Orbitrapâ„¢ the digital ion trap (DIT) the rectilinear ion trap (RIT) and the toroidal ion trap; the development and application of the quadrupole ion trap (QIT) and the quadrupole linear ion trap (LIT); and the introduction of high-field asymmetric waveform ion mobility spectrometry (FAIMS). After a combined appreciation and historical survey of mass spectrometry and a discussion of how improved capabilities for microfabrication have led to interest in arrays of ion traps the book examines the theory and practice of the Orbitrap mass analyzer the rectangular waveform-driven DIT mass spectrometer FAIMS and ion traps with circular geometries. It next discusses ion accumulation for increasing sensitivity in FT-ICR spectrometry a radio frequency-only-mode event for Penning traps in FT MS and an FT operating mode applied to a 3D-QIT. The text then presents three behavioral aspects of quadrupole rod sets before illustrating the development of the 3D-QIT in recent years. The final chapters explore photodissociation in ion traps and the chemical and photochemical studies of metal dication complexes in a 3D-QIT. In this volume that spans twenty-one chapters a stellar panel of leading experts and up-and-coming researchers presents a cohesive global and up-to-date view of the practical aspects of using trapped ion devices. A companion to Volume V: Applications of Ion Trapping Devices the book authoritatively covers the theory involved as well as the instrumentation currently used in this dynamic field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113442

Practical Aspects of Trapped Ion Mass Spectrometry Volume VApplications of Ion Trapping Devices Widely used in medical research pharmaceutical and fine chemicals industries biological and physical sciences and security and environmental agencies mass spectrometry techniques are continually under development. In Practical Aspects of Trapped Ion Mass Spectrometry: Volume V Applications of Ion Trapping Devices an international panel of aut Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429150906

Practical Atlas for Bacterial Identification Published nearly ten years ago the first edition of Practical Atlas for Bacterial Identification broke new ground with the wealth of detail and breadth of information it provided. The second edition is poised to do the same. Differing fundamentally from the first edition this book begins by introducing the concept of bacteria community intelligence as reflected in corrosion plugging and shifts in the quality parameters in the product whether it be water gas oil or even air. It presents a new classification system for bacterial communities based upon their effect and activities and not their composition.The book represents a radical departure from the classical reductionist identification of bacteria dominated by genetic and biochemical analyses of separated strains. The author takes a holistic approach based on form function and habitat of communities (consorms) of bacteria in real environments. He uses factors related to the oxidation-reduction potential at the site where the consorm is active and the viscosity of the bound water within that consorm to position their community structures within a two-dimensional bacteriological positioning system (BPS) that then allows the functional role to be defined. This book has an overarching ability to define bacterial activities as consorms in a very effective and applied manner useful to an applied audience involved in bacterial challenges.Organized for ease of use the book allows readers to start with the symptom uncover the bacterial activities and then indentify the communities distinctly enough to allow management and control practices that minimize the damage. The broad spectrum approach new to this edition lumps compatible bacteria together into a relatively harmonious consortia that share a common primary purpose. It gives a big picture view of the role of bacteria not as single strains but collectively as communities and uses this information to provide key answe Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384432

Practical Audio Electronics Practical Audio Electronics is a comprehensive introduction to basic audio electronics and the fundamentals of sound circuit building providing the reader with the necessary knowledge and skills to undertake projects from scratch. Imparting a thorough foundation of theory alongside the practical skills needed to understand build modify and test audio circuits this book equips the reader with the tools to explore the sonic possibilities that emerge when electronics technology is applied innovatively to the making of music. Suitable for all levels of technical proficiency this book encourages a deeper understanding through highlighted sections of advanced material and example projects including circuits to make alter and amplify audio providing a snapshot of the wide range of possibilities of practical audio electronics. An ideal resource for students hobbyists musicians audio professionals and those interested in exploring the possibilities of hardware-based sound and music creation. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9780367359850

Practical Bioinformatics Practical Bioinformatics is specifically designed for biology majors with a heavy emphasis on the steps required to perform bioinformatics analysis to answer biological questions. It is written for courses that have a practical hands-on element and contains many exercises (for example database searches protein analysis data interpretation) to complement the straightforward and practical topics. The chapters are focused on DNA RNA and protein sequence analysis—frequently performed subsets of the field of bioinformatics—taking the reader through the commonly asked question “what can I learn about this sequence?” A special note to established scientists: new genomic sequences are being published at an accelerating pace. Although new technology has led to unprecedented accuracy of the sequence incomplete and challenging assemblies along with imperfect predictive methods are still generating gene models that require verification. With the sequence analysis skills learned from this book features such as missing exons and incorrect termini can be easily recognized and more accurate gene models can be constructed. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815344568

Practical Biomedical Signal Analysis Using MATLAB® Practical Biomedical Signal Analysis Using MATLAB® presents a coherent treatment of various signal processing methods and applications. The book not only covers the current techniques of biomedical signal processing but it also offers guidance on which methods are appropriate for a given task and different types of data. The first several chapters of the text describe signal analysis techniques—including the newest and most advanced methods—in an easy and accessible way. MATLAB routines are listed when available and freely available software is discussed where appropriate. The final chapter explores the application of the methods to a broad range of biomedical signals highlighting problems encountered in practice. A unified overview of the field this book explains how to properly use signal processing techniques for biomedical applications and avoid misinterpretations and pitfalls. It helps readers to choose the appropriate method as well as design their own methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439812020

Practical Bomb Scene Investigation Now in its Third Edition Practical Bomb Scene Investigation explores the investigative process that improvised explosive device (IED) specialists undertake at the scene of an explosion. Providing easy-to-understand step-by-step procedures for managing and processing a bomb scene it enables investigators to find the evidence and then make sense of what is found. The book is not only a roadmap on how to find and collect evidence and assess the scene but also provides instruction on identifying the bombmaker's signature through latent print DNA explosive residue metallurgical and toolmark examination and forensic analysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498773089

Practical Budget Management in Health and Social Care Practical budget management is at the core of this book. As well as giving an insight into the way budgets behave in certain circumstances and what can be done about it the book also deals with practical steps the budget and resource manager can take to eliminate waste and reduce opportunities for fraud and collusion. Better budget management means that the organisation can concentrate greater resources on matters that will significantly enhance patient and client care. The book identifies the day-to-day issues that affect managers in health and social services and provides advice and a structured approach that facilitate both comprehension of the problem areas and possible solutions. It successfully reduces complex budget issues into manageable chunks with case studies key points tips and worked examples to aid understanding. It offers practical assistance to managers tutors students board members and other health and social care professionals. The book is third in a trilogy which provides practical solutions to the complex problems of resource financial and budget management in health and social care. "Managing in Health and Social Care" provides essential checklists for frontline staff is about process quality in financial and business management. It concentrates on doing the right thing first time every time. "Resource Management in Health and Social Care": essential checklists is about matching available resources to the environment. It deals with workplace and environmental problems associated with resource scarcity. 'Although there may be constant change to organisation and structures great improvements in care treatment and technology and ever more sophisticated ways of funding health and social care the actual act of spending money will always be the responsibility of budget managers who are in the front line. This book identifies the day-to-day issues that affect managers in health and social services and provides advice and a structured approach that facilitate both comprehension of the problem areas and possible solutions.' - William Bryans in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315377926

Practical Building Conservation 10-volume set Since the original series of Practical Building Conservation appeared in 1988 it has become a standard reference for those caring for historic buildings large and small: essential reading for architects surveyors and building managers as well as conservators. This new and much expanded set of 10 volumes has been updated to provide a fully comprehensive reference featuring the latest techniques and materials. Historic England is renowned for its expertise in the conservation of buildings gardens and archaeological sites and these books are an accessible distillation of many years of experience. They look in detail at building materials ranging from the ancient to the modern and are studded throughout with practical advice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409409441

Practical Building Conservation: Building Environment Building Environment looks at the interaction between building materials and systems and their surroundings and how this may lead to deterioration. It presents ways of assessing remedial treatments and includes discussions on occupant health and sustainable retrofitting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645580

Practical Building Conservation: Concrete A great deal of research and literature has been produced on repairing concrete structures but very little aimed at conserving the character or appearance of historic examples. This volume offers guidance as to how that should be done. It includes a brief history of the use of the material and explains the criteria for listing before assessing decay mechanisms and determining appropriate repair strategies. A bibliography and case studies are also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645658

Practical Building Conservation: Conservation Basics Conservation Basics examines the evolving theories and principles that underpin building conservation in England in the 21st century and looks at their application in practice. The process of conservation planning for the maintenance and repair of historic buildings and places is described in detail and is illustrated through case studies. Topics include understanding and assessment surveys and recording ecological considerations planning and managing maintenance and repair programmes risk management specifying works and contract procurement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645511

Practical Building Conservation: Earth Brick and Terracotta Earth Brick and Terracotta deals with fired and unfired clay products. It considers their technological evolution the processes causing deterioration and how these should be assessed and the methods used for their repair and maintenance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645535

Practical Building Conservation: Glass and Glazing Glass and Glazing looks at the conservation of one of the most important building materials and its use in windows roofing and walling. It considers the technological evolution of glass and glazing systems the processes causing deterioration and the practical application and long-term implications of common conservation materials and methods as well as of alterations to improve performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645573

Practical Building Conservation: Metals Metals deals with the conservation of a group of materials that have been used in buildings for everything from structural components and fixings to weatherproofing repairs and decoration. It covers both the iron-based and the non-ferrous metals (such as copper bronze and lead) in each case considering technological evolution deterioration processes and the practical application and long-term implications of the common conservation materials and methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645559

Practical Building Conservation: Mortars Renders and Plasters Mortars Renders and Plasters provides a broad perspective of contemporary conservation theory and practice not otherwise found in one publication describing the history physical properties and deterioration of these important materials. Methods of assessing condition and evaluating options for treatment and repair are discussed together with a range of practical conservation techniques and maintenance strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645597

Practical Building Conservation: Roofing Roofing looks at traditional roof coverings used on historic buildings. Many materials and systems have been used to provide roof coverings and the book provides information about their technological evolution the processes causing deterioration and ways of assessing problems and solutions. Repairs maintenance and conflicts with modern practices are also covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645566

Practical Building Conservation: Stone Stone considers the wide variety of historical uses from simple masonry walling through to elaborate carving and decoration. The book considers why stone decays or fails and how to assess and understand the causes before concentrating on the practical methods of treatment repair and maintenance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645528

Practical Building Conservation: Timber Timber deals with wide-ranging use of the material in historic buildings from vast structural timber-frames through to high-class joinery and simple fixings. Particular attention is paid to how and why timber decays or faults occur and the methods of assessing and dealing with this. The bulk of the book covers appropriate methods of repair and maintenance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754645542

Practical Building Forms and Agreements The purpose of this book is to help employers and their advisers (especially their Quantity Surveyors) in drawing up all the contracts required on a normal UK building project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367579883

Practical Business Negotiation Known for its accessible approach and concrete real-life examples the second edition of Practical Business Negotiation continues to equip users with the necessary practical knowledge and tools to negotiate well in business. The book guides users through the negotiation process on getting started the sequence of actions expectations when negotiating applicable language interacting with different cultures and completing a negotiation. Each section of the book contains one or two key takeaways about planning structuring verbalizing or understanding negotiation. Updated with solid case studies the new edition also tackles cross-cultural communication and communication in the digital world. Users especially non-native English speakers will be able to hone their business negotiation skill by reading discussing and doing to become apt negotiators. The new edition comes with eResources which are available at https://www.routledge.com/Practical-Business-Negotiation-2nd-Edition/Baber-Fletcher-Chen/p/book/9780367421731. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421731

Practical Cardio-Oncology This book takes a holistic view of the treatment of cardio-oncology patients from evaluating those at high risk of developing cardio-toxicity guidance for monitoring and managing patients during therapy to cardiac care of cancer survivors. Throughout this book utilizes the latest research and guidance to offer advice on treatment strategy as well as practical elements of such as training cardio-oncology nursing patient education and how to establish a cardio-oncology unit. This book focuses on the practical knowledge and skills key to successful collaboration between cardiologists and oncologists to achieve the optimum cardiac care for cancer patients. Key Features Focuses on the practical elements of cardio-oncology care Outlines the importance and process of setting up a cardio-oncology unit and cardio-oncology fellowships Provides advice and guidance on the set up and common pit falls of coordinating care for cardio-oncology patients Outlines current guidelines and potential future directions for the field of cardio-oncology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138296961

Practical Cardiovascular Pathology 2nd edition The second edition of Practical Cardiovascular Pathology provides an essential text and colour atlas helping all general pathologists to identify a wide range of cardiovascular conditions rapidly and accurately in both their diagnostic and autopsy work.With many new conditions explained and numerous new illustrations the second edition of this highly-acclaimed text will continue to be invaluable to all pathologists and trainees. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780340981931

Practical CataloguingAACR RDA and MARC21 This essential new textbook provides cataloguers with the skills needed for transition to Resource Description and Access (RDA). The book builds on John Bowman's highly regarded Essential Cataloguing and gives an introduction to Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records (FRBR) which provides the conceptual basis for RDA; discusses the differences between AACR2 and RDA; and shows the current state of play in MARC 21. Key topics are: introduction to catalogues and cataloguing standards the FRBRization of the catalogue bibliographic elements access points and headings RDA: the new standard its development structure and features AACR and RDA: the similarities and differences between the two standards the MARC21 record bringing it all together the birth of RDA and the death of MARC. The final chapter includes ten records displayed in AACR2 level 1 AACR2 level 2 RDA and MARC 21 making it easy to see the differences at a glance. There is also a fully explained worked example based on RDA Appendix M. Readership: Written at a time of transition in international cataloguing this book provides cataloguers and students with a background in general cataloguing principles the current code (AACR2) and format (MARC 21) and the new standard (RDA). The contextual chapters provide library managers with an up-to-date overview of the development of RDA in order to equip them to make the transition. The book will be essential reading for students of library and information studies and practising library and information professionals in all sectors. It will also be of great interest to the archives sector. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856046954

Practical Channel Hydraulics 2nd editionRoughness Conveyance and Afflux Practical Channel Hydraulics is a technical guide for estimating flood water levels in rivers using the innovative software known as the Conveyance and Afflux Estimation System (CES-AES). The stand alone software is freely available at HR Wallingford’s website www.river-conveyance.net. The conveyance engine has also been embedded within industry standard river modelling software such as InfoWorks RS and Flood Modeller Pro. This 2nd Edition has been greatly expanded through the addition of Chapters 6-8 which now supply the background to the Shiono and Knight Method (SKM) upon which the CES-AES is largely based. With the need to estimate river levels more accurately computational methods are now frequently embedded in flood risk management procedures as for example in ISO 18320 (‘Determination of the stage-discharge relationship’) in which both the SKM and CES feature. The CES-AES incorporates five main components: A Roughness Adviser A Conveyance Generator an Uncertainty Estimator a Backwater Module and an Afflux Estimator. The SKM provides an alternative approach solving the governing equation analytically or numerically using Excel or with the short FORTRAN program provided. Special attention is paid to calculating the distributions of boundary shear stress distributions in channels of different shape and to appropriate formulations for resistance and drag forces including those on trees in floodplains. Worked examples are given for flows in a wide range of channel types (size shape cover sinuosity) ranging from small scale laboratory flumes (Q = 2.0 1s-1) to European rivers (~2 000 m3s-1) and large-scale world rivers (> 23 000 m3s-1) a ~ 107 range in discharge. Sites from rivers in the UK France China New Zealand and Ecuador are considered. Topics are introduced initially at a simplified level and get progressively more complex in later chapters. This book is intended for post graduate level students and practising engineers or hydrologists engaged in flood risk management as well as those who may simply just wish to learn more about modelling flows in rivers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138068582

Practical Chemotherapy - A Multidisciplinary Guide The growth in chemotherapy has led to a great need for all those involved to be familiar with safe procedures based on best evidence-based practice. Practical Chemotherapy: a multidisciplinary guide is a comprehensive and straightforward guide describing over 70 widely used chemotherapy regimens helping to make their prescription and administration safer and less problematic. Checklists throughout the book are specifically tailored for the needs of each professional group involved in treatment and are intended to help prevent potentially serious mistakes that can occur. This book is unique in its practical emphasis and will be invaluable for doctors pharmacists and nurses working in oncology and haematology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377681

Practical Chinese UsageCommon Words and Phrases Practical Chinese Usage offers post-beginner to near advanced students of Chinese a guide to the most frequently misused and confusing words in the language. Entries are arranged in alphabetical order for ease of reference. Sample sentences with pinyin and English translations are provided after each explanation. Examples of typical mistakes made by students are clearly marked throughou. Each entry is annotated in accordance with the New HSK guidelines indicating the level of difficulty. Practical Chinese Usage provides students of Chinese with the necessary tools to refine their use of expressions and synonyms in order to communicate effectively in the Chinese language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579392

Practical Cinematography Filmmaking is an art but like so many art forms there are basic underlying tools and techniques and a body theoretical knowledge that must be understood and mastered before artistic expression can flourish. This book is an invaluable resource for all aspiring DoPs. Practical Cinematography can be dipped into for quick reference - perhaps to answer a specific question or deal with practical problems relating to a shoot - or read from cover to cover. It discusses the principles of cinematography and the expertise which is unique to the Director of Photography (DoP). It deals with all the basic theory such as color temperature and sensitometry and all the practical things a DoP needs to know from the make-up of the crew to how to prepare an equipment list. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174429

Practical Clinical Microbiology and Infectious DiseasesA Hands-On Guide This book offers practical tips and essential guidance for trainees and specialists in clinical microbiology and infectious diseases and healthcare professionals interested in infection management to put theoretical knowledge into daily practice. Using common clinical situations and problems as a guide the handbook is intended to support the healthcare professional from interpretation of laboratory results to consultation and infection control. Key Features Concisely covers the critical clinical microbiology and infectious disease topics with an emphasis on translating theoretical knowledge into clinical practice Provides practical guidance and solutions to commonly encountered issues and scenarios Presented in an accessible format to rapidly aid the clinician in day-to-day practice Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138721715

Practical Cloud SecurityA Cross-Industry View Melvin Greer and Kevin Jackson have assembled a comprehensive guide to industry-specific cybersecurity threats and provide a detailed risk management framework required to mitigate business risk associated with the adoption of cloud computing. This book can serve multiple purposes not the least of which is documenting the breadth and severity of the challenges that today’s enterprises face and the breadth of programmatic elements required to address these challenges. This has become a boardroom issue: Executives must not only exploit the potential of information technologies but manage their potential risks.  Key Features• Provides a cross-industry view of contemporary cloud computing security challenges solutions and lessons learned• Offers clear guidance for the development and execution of industry-specific cloud computing business and cybersecurity strategies• Provides insight into the interaction and cross-dependencies between industry business models and industry-specific cloud computing security requirements Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367658427

Practical Cold Case Homicide Investigations Procedural Manual Designed for use by investigators in any agency large or small Practical Cold Case Homicide Investigations Procedural Manual provides an overview of the means and methods by which previously reported and investigated—yet unresolved—homicides might be solved. Written by an experienced cold case investigator and consultant this convenient handbook is drawn from the author’s previous work Cold Case Homicides: Practical Investigative Techniques and follows the successful format of Vernon Geberth’s Practical Homicide Investigation: Checklist and Field Guide. The book examines the basics of case identification and reactivation providing insight into file retrieval and review. It discusses the legal aspects of cold case investigation and prosecution and explores how to take advantage of technology and forensics advances developed since the case went cold—including forensic and people-searching databases. Readers will learn how techniques used in current homicide investigations have an expanded role in cold case investigations. The convenient format features a summary and checklist template and includes simple step-by-step instructions. While cold cases are frustrating for investigators and victims’ families this book shows how modern cold case homicide investigation can best exploit the primary solvability factors of changes in technology and changes in relationships—turning the concept of time as an enemy into time as a friend. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439857014

Practical Computer Analysis of Switch Mode Power Supplies When designing switch-mode power supplies (SMPSs) engineers need much more than simple "recipes" for analysis. Such plug-and-go instructions are not at all helpful for simulating larger and more complex circuits and systems. Offering more than merely a "cookbook " Practical Computer Analysis of Switch Mode Power Supplies provides a thorough understanding of the essential requirements for analyzing SMPS performance characteristics. It demonstrates the power of the circuit averaging technique when used with powerful computer circuit simulation programs.The book begins with SMPS fundamentals and the basics of circuit averaging models reviewing most basic topologies and explaining all of their various modes of operation and control. The author then discusses the general analysis requirements of power supplies and how to develop the general types of SMPS models demonstrating the use of SPICE for analysis. He examines the basic first-order analyses generally associated with SMPS performance along with more practical and detailed methods for developing SMPS and component models. The final chapter features the circuit-averaging macromodel of the integrated circuit PWM controller illustrated through analyses of three power supplies.Practical Computer Analysis of Switch Mode Power Supplies builds a strong foundation on the principles of SMPS analysis enabling further development and advancement of the techniques while supplying meaningful insight into the process. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220765

Practical Concrete Mix Design Practical Concrete Mix Design has been compiled to help readers understand the concrete mix design methodology including formulas and tables involved in the pertinent steps. This book helps engineers understand the mix design procedure through illuminating every possible explanation for each step of mix design limitations given by standards and practical guides on tailor-making concrete to meet specific requirements. The construction industry needs engineers/experts who can reduce the costs of concrete and thereby increase their profitability. This book shows effective methods for optimizing concrete and simultaneously achieving the desired properties of concrete. It covers why how and when with respect to concrete proportioning and optimization. It further provides the necessary skills for engineers to hone their skills in doing so understanding the risks involved and troubleshooting related problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367249496

Practical Construction Management Filled with practical advice for all aspects of the construction manager's role this invaluable book fills a need for training in this essential subject to ensure greater efficiency on site and smoother client-contractor relations. Developed as a handy-reference guide for practitioners and also useful for students it covers the broad range of responsibilities associated with the role providing clear guidance and in-depth coverage of the essentials. Topics include financial responsibilities and how to handle them tender preparation people management health and safety contracts subcontracting measurement and quantities insurance and risk and many more simple and effective methods for turning construction projects into reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414440

Practical ControlsA Guide To Mechanical Systems Geared toward the HVAC professional Practical Controls: A Guide to Mechanical Systems provides a solid foundation and well-rounded understanding of the role of controls in mechanical systems design and installation. This book takes a concise look at HVAC controls and controls methods - including electrical electronic and microprocessor-based controls and control systems. Using "real world" examples it explores how various mechanical systems installed in today's facilities are best controlled. The text is a practical resource to controls contracting providing basic rules equipment guidelines rules of thumb pros and cons and do's and don'ts. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151128

Practical Copyright for Library and Information Professionals The UK's copyright legislation has been referred to as the longest most confusing and hardest to navigate in the world. This new handbook brings clarity to what would otherwise be a complex topic. The author provides sensible and realistic guidance for all library and information practitioners. Topics covered include: the copyright exceptions or permitted acts most relevant to library and information professionals Lending of print and electronic copyright materials The range of licensing solutions available to ensure that the use of copyright works is done in compliance with the law The options available for making copies of orphan works (such as where this is done as part of digitization projects) An exploration of how information professionals working in the corporate sector can copy material legitimately and highlights where this differs from practitioners working in not for profit publicly accessible libraries.  The handbook is an indispensable guide for library and information professionals; it will be useful for academics and researchers and it will also be essential reading for anyone wishing to use copyright material legitimately. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302864

Practical Copyright for Library and Information Professionals The UK's copyright legislation has been referred to as the longest most confusing and hardest to navigate in the world. This new handbook brings clarity to what would otherwise be a complex topic. The author provides sensible and realistic guidance for all library and information practitioners. Topics covered include: the copyright exceptions or permitted acts most relevant to library and information professionals lending of print and electronic copyright materials the range of licensing solutions available to ensure that the use of copyright works is done in compliance with the law the options available for making copies of orphan works (such as where this is done as part of digitization projects) an exploration of how information professionals working in the corporate sector can copy material legitimately and highlights where this differs from practitioners working in not for profit publicly accessible libraries Readership: The handbook is an indispensable guide for library and information professionals; it will be useful for academics and researchers and it will also be essential reading for anyone wishing to use copyright material legitimately. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300617

Practical Corporate Planning In this book originally published in 1980 John Argenti deliberately and systematically strips away the sophisticated methods for corporate planning to get down to a practical corporate planning process that works. This accessible book uses no jargon or maths and will be of interest to students of management and business studies. It is also aimed at chief executives managing directors and other very senior executives in companies and non-profit-making organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138564244

Practical Counselling and Helping Practical Counselling and Helping is a practical jargon-free guide to counselling. It offers clear information about how counselling and helping may be put into practice whilst acknowledging and discussing its limitations.Contents include: what is counselling and helping? basic counselling and helping strategies handling difficult situations further personal development.Drawing from a range of counselling methods and offering a useful and detailed reading list Practical Counselling and Helping will appeal to all students in the health professions and to all those professionals requiring a clear account of how they might improve their own communication skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463110

Practical Creativity at Key Stages 1 & 240 Inspiring Lessons in Drama Dance Art and Literacy Teachers looking for practical ways to incorporate art drama dance and creative writing into their primary curriculum will be inspired by this activity-based book divided into ten themed areas such as colour materials history poems and the rainforest. For each theme there are four clearly explained hands-on sessions in art drama dance and writing designed for ages 4-11. Each theme's educational value is discussed and fully supported by: the relevant National Curriculum links materials and equipment needed how to run the activity tips and troubleshooting. This book dispels the mystery surrounding art drama dance and creative writing teaching for the non-specialist and offers additional ideas for teachers already confident in these areas. It is a valuable resource which can be referred to time and time again for fresh inspiration and ideas. It includes a range of photocopiable material for direct use in the classroom illustrated by the author and her father. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405585

Practical Crime Scene Processing and Investigation Third Edition Every action performed by a crime scene investigator has an underlying purpose: to both recover evidence and capture scene context. It is imperative that crime scene investigators must understand their mandate—not only as an essential function of their job but because they have the immense responsibility and duty to do so. Practice Crime Scene Processing and Investigation Third Edition provides the essential tools for what crime scene investigators need to know what they need to do and how to do it. As professionals any investigator’s master is the truth and only the truth. Professional ethics demands an absolute adherence to this mandate. When investigators can effectively seek collect and preserve information and evidence from the crime scene to the justice system—doing so without any agenda beyond seeking the truth— not only are they carrying out the essential function and duty of their job it also increases the likelihood that the ultimate goal of true justice will be served. Richly illustrated—with more than 415 figures including over 300 color photographs—the Third Edition of this best-seller thoroughly addresses the role of the crime scene investigator in the context of: Understanding the nature of physical evidence including fingerprint biological trace hair and fiber impression and other forms of evidence Assessing the scene including search considerations and dealing with chemical and bioterror hazards Crime scene photography; scene sketching mapping and documentation; and the role of crime scene analysis and reconstruction Bloodstain pattern analysis and discussion of the body as a crime scene Special scene considerations including fire buried bodies and entomological evidence Coverage details the importance of maintaining objectivity emphasizing that every action the crime scene investigator performs has an underlying purpose: to both recover evidence and capture scene context. Key features: Outlines the responsibilities of the responding officer from documenting and securing the initial information to providing emergency care Includes three new chapters on light technology and crime scene processing techniques recovering fingerprints and castings Addresses emerging technology and new techniques in 3-D Laser scanning procedures in capturing a scene Provides a list of review questions at the end of each chapter Practice Crime Scene Processing and Investigation Third Edition includes practical proven methods to be used at any crime scene to ensure that evidence is preserved admissible in court and persuasive. Course ancillaries including PowerPoint® lecture slides and a Test Bank are available with qualified course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138047785

Practical Criticism V 4 First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415488426

Practical CriticismA Study of Literary Judgment Linguist critic poet psychologist I. A. Richards (1893-1979) was one of the great polymaths of the twentieth century. He is best known however as one of the founders of modern literary critical theory. Richards revolutionized criticism by turning away from biographical and historical readings as well as from the aesthetic impressionism. Seeking a more exacting approach he analyzed literary texts as syntactical structures that could be broken down into smaller interacting verbal units of meaning. Practical Criticism first published in 1929 is a landmark volume in demonstrating this method.Practical Criticism was born of an experiment Richards undertook to discern the psychological foundations of reading and interpretation and a means for readers to discover how they think and feel about poetry. He submitted thirteen poems for analysis without date or author given to some four hundred of his Cambridge students. Poets of stature went in undifferentiated from obscure and forgotten figures. The results were mixed at best with many of the interpretations shockingly bad. These readings were based in large part not on the texts themselves but on then-current opinions presuppositions theories and beliefs. The results led Richards to define a set of interrelated mental obstacles to intelligent and accurate reading including "irrelevant associations " "stock responses " "sentimentality " and a general misunderstanding of the purpose or "doctrine" of poetry.Richards' concerns in Practical Criticism went well beyond the merely formal. In the humanist tradition he believed that the ability to read critically and use language truthfully was culturally regenerative a necessary skill in the modern world of mass-produced art and advertising. This classic volume will be of interest to teachers of literature cultural studies specialists and intellectual historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530638

Practical CryptographyAlgorithms and Implementations Using C++ Cryptography the science of encoding and decoding information allows people to do online banking online trading and make online purchases without worrying that their personal information is being compromised. The dramatic increase of information transmitted electronically has led to an increased reliance on cryptography. This book discusses the theories and concepts behind modern cryptography and demonstrates how to develop and implement cryptographic algorithms using C++ programming language.Written for programmers and engineers Practical Cryptography explains how you can use cryptography to maintain the privacy of computer data. It describes dozens of cryptography algorithms gives practical advice on how to implement them into cryptographic software and shows how they can be used to solve security problems. Covering the latest developments in practical cryptographic techniques this book shows you how to build security into your computer applications networks and storage. Suitable for undergraduate and postgraduate students in cryptography network security and other security-related courses this book will also help anyone involved in computer and network security who wants to learn the nuts and bolts of practical cryptography. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367378158

Practical Curriculum Study Originally published in 1982. This book presents a view of how the curriculum should be studied and a model for the teaching of curriculum theory. It looks at each issue clearly and briefly and without dogmatism and offers a wide range of practical tasks. These tasks require readers to reflect upon and analyse their preconceptions about teaching; to suggest ways of planning work for their pupils and trying it out; to analyse and evaluate textbooks and worksheets; to study other teachers in action; and to consider alternative ways of organising the curriculum. The ordering is designed to encourage teachers to form systematic strategies for thinking about the curriculum and to lead to the discussion of matters of principle as a basis for practical choices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321489

Practical Customer Success ManagementA Best Practice Framework for Rapid Generation of Customer Success Practical Customer Success Management is a complete "handbook for CSMs" written by a customer success expert who has coached and trained many hundreds of customer success managers across the globe. The book is aimed at increasing both productivity and consistency of quality of output for customer success managers of all levels from relative newcomers through to seasoned professionals. The book is highly practical in nature and is packed full of good humored but very direct advice and assistance for dealing with exactly the types of real world situations CSMs face every day. Practical Customer Success Management provides a simple-to-follow best practice framework that explains what the core customer success management steps are at each stage of the customer journey to business outcome success and in what circumstances to apply those steps. It describes and explains which situations each step applies to and provides recommendations for activities or tasks that the CSM can perform to complete each step together with detailed explanations and step-by-step guidance for successfully completing each activity or task. Included in this book is an entire suite of tools and templates that enable rapid completion of each task and ensure consistency of approach both across multiple customer engagements and by multiple CSMs within a team. Each tool’s use is clearly explained within the book and CSMs are able to adapt and customize the tools to suit their own specific needs as they see fit. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367182762

Practical Data Analysis for Designed Experiments Placing data in the context of the scientific discovery of knowledge through experimentation Practical Data Analysis for Designed Experiments examines issues of comparing groups and sorting out factor effects and the consequences of imbalance and nesting then works through more practical applications of the theory. Written in a modern and accessible manner this book is a useful blend of theory and methods. Exercises included in the text are based on real experiments and real data. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742563

Practical Data Mining Used by corporations industry and government to inform and fuel everything from focused advertising to homeland security data mining can be a very useful tool across a wide range of applications. Unfortunately most books on the subject are designed for the computer scientist and statistical illuminati and leave the reader largely adrift in technical waters. Revealing the lessons known to the seasoned expert yet rarely written down for the uninitiated Practical Data Mining explains the ins-and-outs of the detection characterization and exploitation of actionable patterns in data. This working field manual outlines the what when why and how of data mining and offers an easy-to-follow six-step spiral process. Catering to IT consultants professional data analysts and sophisticated data owners this systematic yet informal treatment will help readers answer questions such as:What process model should I use to plan and execute a data mining project?How is a quantitative business case developed and assessed?What are the skills needed for different data mining projects?How do I track and evaluate data mining projects?How do I choose the best data mining techniques? Helping you avoid common mistakes the book describes specific genres of data mining practice. Most chapters contain one or more case studies with detailed projects descriptions methods used challenges encountered and results obtained. The book includes working checklists for each phase of the data mining process. Your passport to successful technical and planning discussions with management senior scientists and customers these checklists lay out the right questions to ask and the right points to make from an insider’s point of view. Visit the book’s webpage Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367381905

Practical Data Science for Information Professionals The growing importance of data science and the increasing role of information professionals in the management and use of data are brought together in Practical Data Science for Information Professionals to provide a practical introduction specifically designed for information professionals. Data science has a wide range of applications within the information profession from working alongside researchers in the discovery of new knowledge to the application of business analytics for the smoother running of a library or library services. Practical Data Science for Information Professionals provides an accessible introduction to data science using detailed examples and analysis on real data sets to explore the basics of the subject. This book will be of interest to all types of libraries around the world from large academic libraries to small research libraries. By focusing on the application of open source software the book aims to reduce barriers for readers to use the lessons learned within. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303441

Practical Data Security First published in 1993 this volume emerged in response to the genesis of the Internet and provides early considerations on issues including computer viruses cyber security and network encryption management with a particular focus on applying risk analysis to the data security of financial institutions. With the stage set by the UK Data Protection Act of 1984 and the Computer Misuse Act of 1990 this volume provides a series of useful contributions for large companies and home PCs and provides a clear introduction setting out the context and the relevant terminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331044

Practical Design and Production of Optical Thin Films Providing insider viewpoints and perspectives unavailable in any other text this book presents useful guidelines and tools to produce effective coatings and films. Covering subjects ranging from materials selection and process development to successful system construction and optimization it contains expanded discussions on design visualization dense wavelength division multiplexing new coating equipment electrochromic and chemically active coatings ion-assisted deposition and optical monitoring sensitivity. Furnishing real-world examples and know-how the book introduces Fourier analysis and synthesis without difficult mathematical concepts and equations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396039

Practical Design Calculations for Groundwater and Soil Remediation   Includes Illustrative Applications of Practical Design Calculations Written in a straightforward style and user-friendly format Practical Design Calculations for Groundwater and Soil Remediation Second Edition highlights the essential concepts and important aspects of major design calculations used in soil and groundwater remediation. Drawing from the author’s teaching and consulting experience this text provides practical information that addresses the current needs of practicing engineers scientists and legal experts in the field. What’s New in This Edition: This latest edition covers important aspects of major design calculations as well as practical and relevant working information for groundwater and soil remediation. Realistic examples are used liberally to illustrate the applications of the design calculations. Many examples are designed to assist the readers in building the right concepts. The text begins with an introductory chapter; it then illustrates the engineering calculations needed during site assessment and remedial investigation. It continues with a discussion on plume migration in soil and groundwater. It then covers the mass-balance concept reaction kinetics and types configurations and sizing of reactors. The author incorporates important design calculations for commonly used in situ and ex situ soil and groundwater remediation technologies such as soil venting air sparging air stripping bioremediation and chemical oxidation and off-gas treatment technologies. He also presents design calculations for capture zone and optimal well spacing. Includes both SI and US customary units as well as unit conversions Presents examples that directly follow the design equations Provides discussion that assists engineers in building proper concepts Practical Design Calculations for Groundwater and Soil Remediation Second Edition also serves as a reference or textbook for students dedicated to the study of site remediation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466585232

Practical Design Control Implementation for Medical Devices Bringing together the concepts of design control and reliability engineering this book is a must for medical device manufacturers. It helps them meet the challenge of designing and developing products that meet or exceed customer expectations and also meet regulatory requirements. Part One covers motivation for design control and validation design control requirements process validation and design transfer quality system for design control and measuring design control program effectiveness. Part Two discusses risk analysis and FMEA designing-in reliability reliability and design verification and reliability and design validation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395384

Practical Design of Reinforced Concrete Buildings This book will provide comprehensive practical knowledge for the design of reinforced concrete buildings. The approach will be unique as it will focus primarily on the design of various structures and structural elements as done in design offices with an emphasis on compliance with the relevant codes. It will give an overview of the integrated design of buildings and explain the design of various elements such as slabs beams columns walls and footings. It will be written in easy-to-use format and refer to all the latest relevant American codes of practice (IBC and ASCE) at every stage. The book will compel users to think critically to enhance their intuitive design capabilities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498765701

Practical Digital PreservationA How-to Guide for Organizations of Any Size A practical guide to the development and operation of digital preservations services for organizations of any size Practical Digital Preservation offers a comprehensive overview of best practice and is aimed at the non-specialist assuming only a basic understanding of IT. The book provides guidance as to how to implement strategies with minimal time and resources. Digital preservation has become a critical issue for institutions of all sizes but until recently has mostly been the preserve of national archives and libraries with the resources time and specialist knowledge available to experiment. As the discipline matures and practical tools and information are increasingly available the barriers to entry are falling for smaller organizations which can realistically start to take active steps towards a preservation strategy. However the sheer volume of technical information now available on the subject is becoming a significant obstacle and a straightforward guide is required to offer clear and practical solutions. Each chapter in Practical Digital Preservation covers the essential building blocks of digital preservation strategy and implementation leading the reader through the process. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303151

Practical Digital PreservationA How-to Guide for Organizations of Any Size A practical guide to the development and operation of digital preservations services for organizations of any size Practical Digital Preservation offers a comprehensive overview of best practice and is aimed at the non-specialist assuming only a basic understanding of IT. The book provides guidance as to how to implement strategies with minimal time and resources. Digital preservation has become a critical issue for institutions of all sizes but until recently has mostly been the preserve of national archives and libraries with the resources time and specialist knowledge available to experiment. As the discipline matures and practical tools and information are increasingly available the barriers to entry are falling for smaller organizations which can realistically start to take active steps towards a preservation strategy. However the sheer volume of technical information now available on the subject is becoming a significant obstacle and a straightforward guide is required to offer clear and practical solutions. Each chapter in Practical Digital Preservation covers the essential building blocks of digital preservation strategy and implementation leading the reader through the process. International case studies from organizations such as the Wellcome Library Central Connecticut State University Library in the USA and Gloucestershire Archives in the UK illustrate how real organizations have approached the challenges of digital preservation. Key topics include: Making the case for digital preservation Understanding your requirements Models for implementing a digital preservation service Selecting and acquiring digital objects Accessioning and ingesting digital objects Describing digital objects Preserving digital objects Providing access to users Future trends. Readership: Anyone involved in digital preservation and those wanting to get a better understanding of the process students studying library and information science (LIS) archives and records management courses and academics getting to grips with practical issues. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047555

Practical DV Filmmaking Written for the beginner Practical DV Filmmaking guides you thorough the process of making a film with low-cost digital equipment: from development through to production post-production and distribution. While the technical tools you need are fully explained the book concentrates on filmmaking principles throughout illustrating how these tools can be used to achieve stylistic approaches for innovative filmmaking.The book assumes no background knowledge in either technology or filmmaking and is divided into four key areas:*DEVELOPMENT: turn your idea into a workable script storyboard and schedule.*PRODUCTION: develop skills to shoot original short films and turn a zero-to-low budget to your advantage.*POST-PRODUCTION: learn basic editing techniques to enhance your original idea using iMovie Premiere and other popular tools.*DISTRIBUTION: set up a website and use the internet to promote your film. Includes numerous links to useful websites. Plus top tips for how to enter a film festival and a new chapter on developing a career.Projects enable you to master each step of the process taking you through different aspects of filmmaking today. Gradually you will find out where your strengths lie and how to make the most of them. The book also encourages stylistic development by intruding theoretical approaches to filmmaking. A glossary of terms plus an appendix of resources make this guide a one-stop essential handbook to DV filmmaking practice for beginners and student filmmakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134935

Practical Economics This volume compares the planning of economic conditions under the very different political systems of Soviet Russia Fascist Germany and Italy and Democratic America with some discussion of partial economic planning in Great Britain. It includes a broad survey of the successive phases of the Five Year Plans in the Soviet Union the "New Deal" in the United States and the diversion of the German economic activity to war preparation under the Nazi Four Year Plan. The author discusses the essential conditions for successful economic planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138562837

Practical Emergency Ophthalmology HandbookAn Algorithm Based Approach to Ophthalmic Emergencies This handbook is designed to help shape the thought processes of the eye clinician or trainee and guide them toward the right decision-making pathway in emergency ophthalmology situations. Chapters are titled by the way cases present to eye casualty rather than condition along with an algorithmic approach on what clinical and laboratory investigations to carry out. There is also guidance on how to perform simple procedures. It is aimed at trainees general ophthalmologists and those with an interest from allied specialties (including specialist nurses) and professions such as optometrists and emergency medicine doctors. Key Features Stresses safe and practical navigation of common eye symptoms presented in an emergency setting. Provides guidance on differential diagnosis and includes useful decision-making flowcharts. Emphasizes "how to" approach the eye casualty patient. Shows what can be expected at each stage of the eye injury patient encounter. Presents information appropriate for the entire multi-disciplinary eye casualty team Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367110277

Practical Engineering Design Every engineer must eventually face their first daunting design project. Scheduling organization budgeting prototyping: all can be overwhelming in the short time given to complete the project. While there are resources available on project management and the design process many are focused too narrowly on specific topics or areas of engineering. Practical Engineering Design presents a complete overview of the design project and beyond for any engineering discipline including sections on how to protect intellectual property rights and suggestions for turning the project into a business.An outgrowth of the editors' broad experience teaching the capstone Engineering Design course Practical Engineering Design reflects the most pressing and often-repeated questions with a set of guidelines for the entire process. The editors present two sample project reports and presentations in the appendix and refer to them throughout the book using examples and critiques to demonstrate specific suggestions for improving the quality of writing and presentation. Real-world examples demonstrate how to formulate schedules and budgets and generous references in each chapter offer direction to more in-depth information.Whether for a co-op assignment or your first project on the job this is the most comprehensive guide available for deciding where to begin organizing the team budgeting time and resources and most importantly completing the project successfully. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138422148

Practical Engineering Geology Steve Hencher presents a broad and fresh view on the importance of engineering geology to civil engineering projects. Practical Engineering Geology provides an introduction to the way that projects are managed designed and constructed and the ways that the engineering geologist can contribute to cost-effective and safe project achievement. The need for a holistic view of geological materials from soil to rock and of geological history is emphasised. Chapters address key aspects of Geology for engineering and ground modelling Site investigation and testing of geological materials Geotechnical parameters Design of slopes tunnels foundations and other engineering structures Identifying hazards Avoiding unexpected ground conditions The book is illustrated throughout with case examples and should prove useful to practising engineering geologists and geotechnical engineers and to MSc level students of engineering geology and other geotechnical subjects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415469098

Practical Engineering Geology and Practical Rock Mechanics Set This two volume set includes- Practical Engineering Geology provides an introduction to the way that projects are managed designed and constructed and the ways that the engineering geologist can contribute to cost-effective and safe project achievement. The need for a holistic view of geological materials from soil to rock and of geological history is emphasised. Chapters address key aspects of Geology for engineering and ground modelling Site investigation and testing of geological materials Geotechnical parameters Design of slopes tunnels foundations and other engineering structures Identifying hazards and Avoiding unexpected ground conditions. An Ideal Source for Geologists and Others with Little Background in Engineering or Mechanics Practical Rock Mechanics provides an introduction for graduate students as well as a reference guide for practicing engineering geologists and geotechnical engineers. The book considers fundamental geological processes that give rise to the nature of rock masses and control their mechanical behavior. Stresses in the earth's crust are discussed and methods of measurement and prediction explained. Ways to investigate describe test and characterize rocks in the laboratory and at project scale are reviewed. The application of rock mechanics principles to the design of engineering structures including tunnels foundations and slopes is addressed. The book is illustrated throughout with simple figures and photographs and important concepts are illustrated by modern case examples. Mathematical equations are kept to the minimum necessary and are explained fully the book leans towards practice rather than theory. This text: Addresses the principles of rock mechanics as it applies to both structural geology and engineering practice Demonstrates the importance of and methods of geological characterisation to rock engineering Examines the standard methods of rock mechanics testing and measurement as well as interpretation of data in practice Explains connections between main parameters both empirically as well as on the basis of scientific theory Provides examples of the practice of rock mechanics to major engineering projects Practical Rock Mechanics teaches from first principles and aids readers understanding of the concepts of stress and stress transformation and the practical application of rock mechanics theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035188

Practical English Phonetics and PhonologyA Resource Book for Students Routledge English Language Introductions cover core areas of language study and are one-stop resources for students. Assuming no prior knowledge books in the series offer an accessible overview of the subject with activities study questions sample analyses commentaries and key readings – all in the same volume. The innovative and flexible ‘two-dimensional’ structure is built around four sections – Introduction Development Exploration and Extension – which offer self-contained stages for study. Revised and updated throughout this fourth edition of Practical English Phonetics and Phonology: presents the essentials of the subject and their day-to-day applications in an engaging and accessible manner; covers all the core concepts of phonetics and phonology such as the phoneme syllable structure production of speech vowel and consonant possibilities glottal settings stress rhythm intonation and the surprises of connected speech; incorporates classic readings from key names in the discipline; outlines the sound systems of six key languages from around the world (Spanish French Italian German Polish and Japanese); is accompanied by a brand-new companion website which hosts a collection of samples provided by genuine speakers of 25 accent varieties from Britain Ireland the USA Canada Australia New Zealand South Africa India Singapore and West Africa as well as transcriptions further study questions answer keys links to further reading and numerous recordings to accompany activities in the book. This edition has been completely reorganised and new features include: updated descriptions of the sounds of modern English and the adoption of the term General British (GB); considerable expansion of the treatment of intonation including new recordings; and two new readings by David Crystal and John Wells. Written by authors who are experienced teachers and researchers this best-selling textbook will appeal to all students of English language and linguistics and those training for a certificate in TEFL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591509

Practical Environmental BioremediationThe Field Guide Second Edition Bioremediation or enhanced microbiological treatment of environments contaminated with a variety of organic and inorganic compounds is one of the most effective innovative technologies to come around this century! Practical Environmental Bioremediation: The Field Guide presents updated material case histories and many instructive illustrations to reflect the evolving image of this fast-emerging industry. Bioremediation technology has witnessed great strides towards simplifying treatability formats finding new approaches to field application more potent nutrient formulations monitoring protocols and the resulting general improvement in results. This new guide condenses all current available knowledge and presents necessary technical aspects and concepts in language that can be readily comprehended by the technical student experienced scientist or engineer the aspiring newcomer or anyone else interested in this exciting natural cleanup technique. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400736

Practical Environmental Ethics This essential volume for professionals and academics proposes a new approach to environmental ethics and to environmental policymaking in particular. All too frequently policy makers focus only on what ends should ideally be pursued ignoring whether the means have any negative unintended consequences. Such approaches tend to have a focus on consequentialist deontological virtue-cantered or care-based theories which makes them too singularly-minded. They are not suitable for dealing with the complexities of life and especially environmental policy making.Practical Environmental Ethics distinguishes between cases in which entire ecosystems are at risk threatening entire societies where collective consequences take precedence and cases in which whole ecosystems are not at risk where individual rights or duties take precedence. In doing this Iannone discusses environmental controversies not only philosophically but in the complex contexts at work within policy-making and decision-making communities. This allows for consideration of crucial concepts used in morality biology technology business economics politics and philosophy.Relying on numerous actual environmental cases Iannone helps formulate realistic ways of logically and ethically determining how environmental controversies should be addressed. Ultimately he proposes solutions that policy makers and anyone interested in this topic may utilize to clarify environmental issues and determine how to best deal with them for the greater good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863087

Practical Ethics in Occupational Health Explains the NHS as a political environment and concentrates on understanding the relationships of power rather than on the role of apparent authority. The book presents a range of management frameworks and personal examples to illustrate what a primary-care-led NHS means. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385259

Practical EthicsA Sketch of the Moral Structure of Society Originally published in 1949 this book covers both psychological and sociological aspects of moral life in Western society in the first half of the 20th Century and the historical influences on its thinking and way of behaviour. It discusses education art social structure law and religion and ethical failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367502911

Practical EthnographyA Guide to Doing Ethnography in the Private Sector Ethnography is an increasingly important research method in the private sector yet ethnographic literature continues to focus on an academic audience. Sam Ladner fills the gap by advancing rigorous ethnographic practice that is tailored to corporate settings where colleagues are not steeped in social theory research time lines may be days rather than months or years and research sponsors expect actionable outcomes and recommendations. Ladner provides step-by-step guidance at every turn--covering core methods research design using the latest mobile and digital technologies project and client management ethics reporting and translating your findings into business strategies. This book is the perfect resource for private-sector researchers designers and managers seeking robust ethnographic tools or academic researchers hoping to conduct research in corporate settings. More information on the book is available at http://www.practicalethnography.com/. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323900

Practical Experience The year out or internship in a professional practice can be the most rewarding experience in an architectural student's education. It can also be a shock to the system to find that architectural working practices are very different to architectural study. This book provides a beginner's guide to professional practice and a step-by-step guide on how to find the placement that best suits your goals. It is the fourth title in the successful 'Seriously Useful Guides...' series.In order to give you a real insight into professional experience this guide includes reallife case studies from students who have been through the experience and from practices that have taken them on. It guides you through the steps of finding a placement outlines the norms and expectations for internship in different countries and discusses codes of office behavior and professional ethics. Contemporary architecturalpractices are becoming increasingly diverse and this guide outlines some Practical experience/Internship choices providing cases studies of award wining firms that offer practical experience. These case studies range from conventional practices based on the art of building to practices based on digital media or contemporary urbanism. Finally the term 'critical practice' is becoming increasingly important and the book provides some definitions and examples of critically based architectural practices.Also in the Seriously Useful Guides Series:* The Crit* The The Portfolio* The Dissertation Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160521

Practical Extrusion Blow Molding Outline proven methods from planning and manufacture to product testing this work reports on the most effective means of producing plastics by the extrusion blow moulding process. It supplies data on materials performance standards and testing methodologies developed in industry with proven reliability and cost effectiveness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742532

Practical Finance for Property Investment Practical Finance for Property Investment provides readers with an introduction to the most fundamental concepts principles analytical methods and tools useful for making investing and financing decisions regarding income-producing property. The book begins by considering how to value income-producing property by forecasting a property’s cash flows and estimating appropriate discount rates. It then discusses how both debt and private equity are used as methods to finance a property’s acquisition. The book provides a thorough discussion of the taxation of property income as well as how investors can quantify the risks to investing in property. The book concludes with important considerations for investors when their investment thesis does not come to fruition. Practical Finance for Property Investment offers a unique and novel pedagogy by pairing each book chapter with an in-depth real-world case study which forces readers to confront the occasional tensions between finance theory and property investment practice. The book is designed for investors and students interested in learning what finance theory implies about property investment. Readers and Instructors can access electronic resources including the spreadsheets used in the textbook at the book's website: www.routledge.com/9780367333041. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333041

Practical Flow AssurancePhase Behavior Multiphase Flow and Organic Solids The aim of this text is to deliver a rich and industry-relevant discussion on flow assurance with sufficient fundamental content to facilitate learning in the classroom and sufficient application guides and examples to serve practicing engineers. The scope of the book includes a detailed and applied discussion on thermodynamics multiphase flow and hydrocarbon-based solids for flow assurance engineers currently in practice or training. The text has been organized to provide a fundamental (molecular-scale) perspective on each of the three themes while maintaining a focus on the engineering models and tools available for each theme. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498767514

Practical Fluorescence Second Edition New edition (first 1973) of an introduction to the principles and applications of all phases of luminescence spectroscopy. Contains (all rewritten) chapters on general aspects of luminescence instrumentation effects of molecular structure and environment inorganic analysis phosphorescence fluo Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066514

Practical Fluorescence Spectroscopy Presenting a detailed hands-on approach to fluorescence spectroscopy this book describes experiments that cover basic spectroscopy and advanced aspects of fluorescence spectroscopy. It emphasizes practical guidance providing background on fundamental concepts as well as guidance on how to handle artifacts avoid common errors and interpret data. Nearly 150 experiments from biophysics biochemistry and the biomedical sciences demonstrate how methods are applied in practical applications. The result is a hands-on guide to the most important aspects of fluorescence spectroscopy from steady-state fluorescence to advanced time-resolved fluorescence. Provides a complete overview of nearly 150 experiments using fluorescence spectroscopy from basic to advanced applications Presents laboratory methods using a variety of instrumental setups with detailed discussion of data analysis and interpretations Covers steady-state phenomena time-resolved phenomena and advanced methods Spans biophysical biochemical and biomedical applications Describes related concepts theory and mathematical background as well as commercially available instruments used for measurements Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439821695

Practical Forensic Psychiatry Succinct structured and focused this book concentrates on the key facts and practical day-to-day issues vital to forensic psychiatry. Includes fact-oriented practical advice and clinically relevant examples Reflects current practice and the latest laws Provides tips on testifying in legal matters Features a clear bullet point style to help readers find key facts at a glance An essential purchase for trainees in psychiatry the book is ideal both fact-oriented exam preparation. It is also valuable as a quick clinical reference for practising consultant psychiatrists and other mental health professionals working in forensic psychiatry including mental health nurses social workers psychologists and occupational therapists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444120639

Practical Fracture Mechanics in Design Theoretical treatments of fracture mechanics abound in the literature. Among the first books to address this vital topic from an applied standpoint was the first edition of Practical Fracture Mechanics in Design. Completely updated and expanded to reflect recent developments in the field the second edition of this valuable reference concisely reviews all of the fracture modes and design methodologies needed for control and prevention of structural failures in mechanical components.Practical Fracture Mechanics in Design Second Edition begins with the historical development of the field which is critical in understanding the origins and purpose of the various methodologies and equations. The book goes on to provide the fundamentals basic formulas elementary worked examples and references with an emphasis on linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM). The author also includes case studies and design problems to clarify the concepts and explain their application. New chapters cover experimental methods in fracture fracture of composite materials dynamic fracture and post mortem analysis of fracture surfaces. Providing much more than a simple introduction to fracture mechanics this critical authoritative guide supplies easy-to-use and understand tools based on hands-on experience in design emphasizing practical applications over heavily theoretical rigorous mathematical derivations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393502

Practical GIS Analysis The hard part of problem solving using GIS analysis is the selection of the proper tools. The only practical guide for solving geo-spatial problems independent of specific GIS software and hardware Practical GIS Analysis will teach you how GIS tools work and how you can use them to solve problems in both vector and grid GIS worlds. The book includes real-life applications from urban problems including real estate query irrigation analysis urban emergency response address geocoding street management resource allocation groundwater analysis auto accident analysis parcel analysis and optimal path analysis. You can test your problem-solving abilities by trying the more than eighty GIS problems (and solutions) presented in this book. If you want to learn how GIS works and what kinds of problems you can solve using it this book is for you. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454968

Practical Grammar of Modern Chinese IIFunction Words Chinese grammar is characterized by its simple structure lack of inflections and wide use of monosyllabic morphemes. With the increasing popularity of learning Chinese as a second language there is a demand for a guide to Chinese grammar that's targeted at second language learners. This four-volume set is one of the earliest and most influential works on Chinese grammar with a special focus on teaching and learning Chinese as a second language. Utilizing their rich teaching experience the authors analyze a myriad of authentic examples to describe the Chinese grammatical phenomenon and rules. This volume introduces the functional words in modern Chinese grammar which include prepositions conjunctions auxiliary verbs onomatopoeia and interjections. Since the first edition came out in 1983 this set has been revised twice and remained one of the best sellers in this topic. Practitioners and scholars of teaching Chinese as a second language as well as students with a basic knowledge of Chinese will find it a handy reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367548858

Practical Grammar of Modern Chinese IIISentence Constituents Chinese grammar is characterized by its simple structure lack of inflections and wide use of monosyllabic morphemes. With the increased popularity of learning Chinese as a second language there is a demand for a guide to Chinese grammar that's targeted at second language learners. This four-volume set is one of the earliest and most influential works of Chinese grammar with a special focus on teaching and learning Chinese as a second language. Drawing on rich teaching experience the authors analyze a myriad of real world examples to describe Chinese grammatical phenomena and rules while introducing the general grammar system of Chinese. This volume introduces sentence constituents in modern Chinese grammar including subjects objects attributes adverbials complements double references and parentheses. Since the first edition came out in 1983 this set has been revised twice and remained one of the best sellers in the field. Practitioners and scholars of teaching Chinese as a second language as well as students with a basic knowledge of Chinese will find it to be a handy reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367563011

Practical Grammar of Modern Chinese IOverview and Notional Words Chinese grammar is characterized by its simple structure lack of inflections and wide use of monosyllabic morphemes. With the increased popularity of learning Chinese as a second language there is a demand for a guide to Chinese grammar that's targeted at second language learners. This four-volume set is one of the earliest and most influential works of Chinese grammar with a special focus on teaching and learning Chinese as a second language. Drawing on rich teaching experience the authors analyze a myriad of real-world examples to describe Chinese grammatical phenomena and rules while introducing the general grammar system of Chinese. In addition the use of notional words in modern Chinese grammar is demonstrated including nouns pronouns numerals quantifiers verbs adjectives and adverbs. Since the first edition came out in 1983 this set has been revised twice and has remained one of the best sellers in the field. Practitioners and scholars of teaching Chinese as a second language as well as students with a basic knowledge of Chinese will find it to be a handy reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367562069

Practical Grammar of Modern Chinese IVSimple Sentence Compound Sentence and Discourse Chinese grammar is characterized by its simple structure lack of inflections and wide use of monosyllabic morphemes. With the increased popularity of learning Chinese as a second language there is a demand for a guide to Chinese grammar that's targeted at second language learners. This four-volume set is one of the earliest and most influential works of Chinese grammar with a special focus on teaching and learning Chinese as a second language. Drawing on rich teaching experience the authors analyze a myriad of real-world examples to describe Chinese grammatical phenomena and rules while introducing the general grammar system of Chinese. This volume introduces several simple sentence and compound sentence structures of modern Chinese grammar. In addition the authors examine discourse and other larger units of sentences in use. Since the first edition came out in 1983 this set has been revised twice and remained one of the best sellers in the field. Practitioners and scholars of teaching Chinese as a second language as well as students with a basic knowledge of Chinese will find it to be a handy reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367563103

Practical Graph Mining with R Discover Novel and Insightful Knowledge from Data Represented as a GraphPractical Graph Mining with R presents a "do-it-yourself" approach to extracting interesting patterns from graph data. It covers many basic and advanced techniques for the identification of anomalous or frequently recurring patterns in a graph the discovery of groups or clusters of nodes that share common patterns of attributes and relationships the extraction of patterns that distinguish one category of graphs from another and the use of those patterns to predict the category of new graphs. Hands-On Application of Graph Data MiningEach chapter in the book focuses on a graph mining task such as link analysis cluster analysis and classification. Through applications using real data sets the book demonstrates how computational techniques can help solve real-world problems. The applications covered include network intrusion detection tumor cell diagnostics face recognition predictive toxicology mining metabolic and protein-protein interaction networks and community detection in social networks. Develops Intuition through Easy-to-Follow Examples and Rigorous Mathematical FoundationsEvery algorithm and example is accompanied with R code. This allows readers to see how the algorithmic techniques correspond to the process of graph data analysis and to use the graph mining techniques in practice. The text also gives a rigorous formal explanation of the underlying mathematics of each technique. Makes Graph Mining Accessible to Various Levels of ExpertiseAssuming no prior knowledge of mathematics or data mining this self-contained book is accessible to students researchers and practitioners of graph data mining. It is suitable as a primary textbook for graph mining or as a supplement to a standard data mining course. It can also be used as a reference for researchers in computer information and computational science as well as a handy guide for data analytics practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439860847

Practical Guide and Spectral Atlas for Interpretive Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Interpretive spectroscopy provides a basis for the establishment of cause-and-effect relationships between NIR spectrometer response and the chemical properties of the samples. Without established cause-effect relationships the measured data has no true predictive significance. This interpretive process is key for achieving an analytical understanding of the measurement. In the expanded second edition of Practical Guide and Spectral Atlas for Interpretive Near-Infrared Spectroscopy the authors include new research editorials supplements and molecular structural formulas along with updated references and information on NIR spectra. The thoroughly updated and revised second edition offers a full library of color spectra in a larger format to ensure clarity and reader comprehension. Providing a rich set of reference information required to interpret NIR spectra for research and industrial applications this book: Offers more than 300 figures representing all the major functional groups and their NIR frequency ranges Contains over 120 pages of tables and charts illustrating overlapping spectra Covers NIR spectra for organic compounds including alkanes carboxylic acids amines dienes alkynes heterocyclic compounds amino acids and aldehydes Provides comprehensive appendices with spectra-structure correlations example spectra and other useful data for interpreting NIR spectra Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439875254

Practical Guide for Oracle SQL T-SQL and MySQL SQL is a widely used to access most databases therefore database developers and system administrators should be familiar with it. This hands-on SQL book will help beginner and intermediate users to write queries that apply complex conditions on a table. The book's unique side by side approach makes it easy for the reader to learn three major query languages in the IT industry. The author has over 20 years of experience in database design. KEY FEATURES: Contains numerous practical screenshots of Oracle SQL T-SQL MySQL statements and results. Shows the differences between Oracle SQL T-SQL and MySQL side by side. Gives a real world experience for SQL developers and database administrators. Sample data is available to work on (available on our website). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138347526

Practical Guide to Alterations and Extensions This simple-to-use practical guide to altering or extending property is invaluable to all those who are trying to ensure that the processes involved are carried out efficiently and cost-effectively. For those working or planning to work in the construction industry it will remind them of the pitfalls of local requirements building control and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408913

Practical Guide to ChIP-seq Data Analysis Chromatin immunoprecipitation sequencing (ChIP-seq) which maps the genome-wide localization patterns of transcription factors and epigenetic marks is among the most widely used methods in molecular biology. Practical Guide to ChIP-seq Data Analysis will guide readers through the steps of ChIP-seq analysis: from quality control through peak calling to downstream analyses. It will help experimental biologists to design their ChIP-seq experiments with the analysis in mind and to perform the basic analysis steps themselves. It also aims to support bioinformaticians to understand how the data is generated what the sources of biases are and which methods are appropriate for different analyses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138596528

Practical Guide to Chronic Pain Syndromes Clinically oriented and evidence-based Practical Guide to Chronic Pain Syndromes supplies pain specialists neurologists and anesthesiologists with the latest critical advances in pain management. Key features include: Sections clearly organized by specific pain syndromes Chapters with basic structural templates for fast-referencing Two supplemental sections offering in-depth discussions of medications and other treatment options Treatment recommendations for an array of syndromes including headache/facial pain and soft-tissue neuropathic rheumatological abdominal urological low back and cancer-related pain The book delivers a swift and accurate diagnosis aide for the treatment of pain syndromes and the creation of treatment plans for chronic pain patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112148

Practical Guide to Clinical Data Management The management of clinical data from its collection during a trial to its extraction for analysis has become a critical element in the steps to prepare a regulatory submission and to obtain approval to market a treatment. Groundbreaking on its initial publication nearly fourteen years ago and evolving with the field in each iteration since then the third edition of Practical Guide to Clinical Data Management includes important updates to all chapters to reflect the current industry approach to using electronic data capture (EDC) for most studies. See what’s new in the Third Edition: A chapter on the clinical trial process that explains the high level flow of a clinical trial from creation of the protocol through the study lock and provides the context for the clinical data management activities that follow Reorganized content reflects an industry trend that divides training and standard operating procedures for clinical data management into the categories of study startup study conduct and study closeout Coverage of current industry and Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approaches and concerns The book provides a comprehensive overview of the tasks involved in clinical data management and the computer systems used to perform those tasks. It also details the context of regulations that guide how those systems are used and how those regulations are applied to their installation and maintenance. Keeping the coverage practical rather than academic the author hones in on the most critical information that impacts clinical trial conduct providing a full end-to-end overview or introduction for clinical data managers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439848296

Practical Guide to Evidence Practical Guide to Evidence provides a clear and readable account of the law of evidence acknowledging the importance of arguments about facts and principles as well as rules. This fifth edition has been revised and updated to address recent changes in the law and debates on controversial topics such as surveillance and human rights. Coverage of expert evidence has also been expanded to include forensic evidence bringing the text right up-to-date. Including enhanced pedagogical support such as chapter summaries further reading advice and self-test exercises this leading textbook can be used on both undergraduate and professional courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781719

Practical Guide to Finite ElementsA Solid Mechanics Approach Assuming only basic knowledge of mathematics and engineering mechanics this lucid reference introduces the fundamentals of finite element theory using easy-to-understand terms and simple problems-systematically grounding the practitioner in the basic principles then suggesting applications to more general cases.Furnishes a wealth of practical insights drawn from the extensive experience of a specialist in the field!Generously illustrated with over 200 detailed drawings to clarify discussions and containing key literature citations for more in-depth study of particular topics this clearly written resource is an exceptional guide for mechanical civil aeronautic automotive electrical and electronics and design engineers; engineering managers; and upper-level undergraduate graduate and continuing-education students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064640

Practical Guide to Handling Motor Insurers' Bureau Claims The 1999 Uninsured Drivers Agreement applies to accidents in which an uninsured driver was involved which have occurred after 1 October 1999. Limitation periods for cases under the agreement will start to expire from 1 October 2002 after which procedural defects cannot be overcome by discontinuing and reissuing. To avoid satisfying any unpaid judgments the Motor Insurers Bureau (MIB) will be able to act on any failure by claimants solicitors to comply with the strict terms of the Agreement. In order to prepare for this those dealing with Motor Insurers Bureau claims must have watertight systems in place in order to avoid potential negligence claims. This book is an essential guide to preparing such procedures and includes a series of standard letters checklists and diary entries to guide a practitioner through each aspect of such a claim.The guide deals with the detailed provisions of the 1999 Agreement and the Revised Notes for Guidance (2002 ). The difficult tasks of handling claims against uninsured drivers and dealing with the MIB are addressed in a practical manner. All relevant recent legislation is discussed as well as claims against untraced drivers and methods of discovering road traffic insurers to prevent the necessity of involving the MIB. Guidance is also given regarding setting up a department to deal with MIB claims. The book will be indispensable for any legal executive or solicitor dealing with MIB claims particularly those handling road accident personal injury claims and all those managing teams of injury specialists. To effectively handle Motor Insurers' Bureau claims the letters and checklists in this book are essential. To save you time all the documents (letters checklists questionnaires and forms) contained in the book are available as Word documents for a fee of 10. The complete package can be sent to you by email or on disk by post. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138154704

Practical Guide to ICP-MSA Tutorial for Beginners Third Edition Written by a field insider with over 20 years experience in product development application support and field marketing for an ICP-MS manufacturer the third edition of Practical Guide to ICP-MS: A Tutorial for Beginners provides an updated reference that was written specifically with the novice in mind. It presents a compelling story about ICP-MS and what it has to offer showing this powerful ultra trace-element technique in the way it was intended—a practical solution to real-world problems.New to the third edition: New chapter: Emerging ICP-MS Application Areas – covers the three most rapidly growing areas: analysis of flue gas desulfurization wastewaters fully automated analysis of seawater samples using online chemistry procedures and characterization of engineered nanoparticles Discussion of all the new technology commercialized since the second edition. An updated glossary of terms with more than 100 new entries Examination of nonstandard sampling accessories which are important for enhancing the practical capabilities of ICP-MS Insight into additional applications in the environmental clinical/biomedical and food chemistry fields as well as new directives from the United States Pharmacopeia (USP) on determining impurities in pharmaceuticals and dietary supplements using Chapters <232> <233> and <2232> Description of the most important analytical factors for selecting an ICP-MS system taking into consideration more recent application demands This reference describes the principles and application benefits of ICP-MS in a clear manner for laboratory managers analytical chemists and technicians who have limited knowledge of the technique. In addition it offers much-needed guidance on how best to evaluate capabilities and compare with other trace element techniques when looking to purchase commercial ICP-MS instrumentation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466555433

Practical Guide to Industrial Boiler Systems This volume covers the fundamentals of boiler systems and gathers hard-to-find facts and observations for designing constructing and operating industrial power plants in the United States and overseas. It contains formulas and spreadsheets outlining combustion points of natural gas oil and solid fuel beds. It also includes a boiler operator's training guide maintenance examples and a checklist for troubleshooting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397401

Practical Guide to Industrial SafetyMethods for Process Safety Professionals A practical guide to industrial safety. It seeks to assist specialists in managing operations in industrial settings including high-risk personal exposure such as inhalation hazards and direct chemical contact. It covers hazards in the chemical process industries inhalation hazards in refineries indoor air quality management personal protective equipment process safety emergency preparedness safety in the laboratory and more. There are Web site listings NFPA hazard ratings and other sources of information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398033

Practical Guide to Inspection Testing and Certification of Electrical Installations Covers all your testing and inspection needs to help you pass your exams on City & Guilds 2391 and EAL 600/4338/6 and 600/4340/4 and Part P courses. Entirely up to date with the 18th Edition IET Wiring Regulations Step-by-step descriptions and photographs of the tests show exactly how to carry them out Completion of inspection and test certification and periodic reporting Fault finding techniques Testing 3 phase and single phase motors Supporting video footage of the tests contained in this book are available on the companion website This book covers everything you need to learn about inspection and testing with clear reference to the latest updates to the legal requirements and wiring regulations. It answers all of your questions on the basics of inspection and testing using clear and easy to remember language along with sample questions and scenarios as they will be encountered in the exams. Christopher Kitcher tells you what tests are needed and describes them in a step-by-step manner with the help of colour photographs and the accompanying website. All of the theory required for passing the inspecting and testing element of all electrical installation qualifications along with the AM2 City & Guilds 2391 certificate and the EAL 600/4338/6 and 600/4340/4 qualifications is contained within this easy-to-follow guide – along with some top tips to help you pass the exam itself. With a strong focus on the practical element of inspection and testing for NVQs or apprenticeships this is also an ideal reference tool for experienced electricians and those working in allied industries on domestic and industrial installations. www.routledge.com/cw/kitcher provides a large bank of helpful video demonstrations multiple choice questions to test your learning and further supporting materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613324

Practical Guide to Large Database Migration It is a major challenge to migrate very large databases from one system say for example to transfer critical data from Oracle to SQL Server. One has to consider several issues such as loss of data being transferred the security of the data the cost and effort technical aspects of the software involved etc. There a very few books that provide practical tools and the methodology to migrate data from one vendor to another. This book introduces the concepts in database migration with large sample databases. It provides step by step guides and screenshots for database migration tools. Many examples are shown for migrating Oracle SQL Server and MySQL databases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138391628

Practical Guide to Litigation Against the background of Lord Woolf's interim report "Access to Justice" this text includes accounts of tactical matters and practical litigation "tips" as well as descriptions of the procedures involved. Litigation is often conducted by companies who do not have much practical experience of the processes that might be expected of them. The same applies to others who become involved in litigation without actually having to conduct the procudure as lawyers. This book is intended to give a brief clear and comprehensive overview of litigation arbitration and ADR in England. Intended as a comprehensive overview of litigation arbitration and ADR in England this guide is aimed at clients and firms who are involved in or assist cases who would like to understand the process better in a non-technical way but do not want to see every statement supported by authority. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003123033

Practical Guide to Logistic Regression Practical Guide to Logistic Regression covers the key points of the basic logistic regression model and illustrates how to use it properly to model a binary response variable. This powerful methodology can be used to analyze data from various fields including medical and health outcomes research business analytics and data science ecology fisheries astronomy transportation insurance economics recreation and sports. By harnessing the capabilities of the logistic model analysts can better understand their data make appropriate predictions and classifications and determine the odds of one value of a predictor compared to another. Drawing on his many years of teaching logistic regression using logistic-based models in research and writing about the subject Professor Hilbe focuses on the most important features of the logistic model. Serving as a guide between the author and readers the book explains how to construct a logistic model interpret coefficients and odds ratios predict probabilities and their standard errors based on the model and evaluate the model as to its fit. Using a variety of real data examples mostly from health outcomes the author offers a basic step-by-step guide to developing and interpreting observation and grouped logistic models as well as penalized and exact logistic regression. He also gives a step-by-step guide to modeling Bayesian logistic regression. R statistical software is used throughout the book to display the statistical models while SAS and Stata codes for all examples are included at the end of each chapter. The example code can be adapted to readers’ own analyses. All the code is available on the author’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498709576

Practical Guide to Rock Tunneling This Practical Guide to Rock Tunneling fills an important void in the literature for a practical guide to the design and construction of tunnels in rock. Practical Guide to Rock Tunneling takes the reader through all the critical steps of the design and construction for rock tunnels starting from geotechnical site investigations through to construction supervision. The guide provides suggestions and recommendations for practitioners on special topics of laboratory testing durability of rock and acceptance for unlined water conveyance tunnels overstressing or deep and long tunnels risk-based evaluation of excavation methods contract strategies and post-construction inspections. Key considerations and lessons learned from selected case projects are presented based on the author’s extensive international experience of over 30 years and 1000 km of tunneling for civil hydropower and mining infrastructure including some of the most recognized projects in the world to date. Instead of revisiting all theory and concepts that can be found in other sources this book contains the hard learned lessons from the author’s experience in the field of Rock Tunneling gathered over 30 years of service. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138629981

Practical Guide to Safety LeadershipAn Evidence-Based Approach Leaders can shape an organisation through their behaviours and their vision. If an organisation lacks a clear vision or there is disengagement by the leadership team then the results can be disastrous. In such circumstances change is needed. When change is needed the value of safety can become a change agent. From the disciplines of leadership and safety comes the emerging topic of safety leadership. Through safety leadership workplace challenges can be rectified and the desired behaviours reinforced. These challenges can span from a lack of leadership engagement poor safety performance complacency or lack of safety ownership. Understanding how safety leadership differs from other leadership theories can give you a competitive edge which is not solely based upon financial quotas but instead based upon the moral code of ensuring the health and well-being of your employees. This book goes beyond mere safety slogans or anecdotal stories that relate to safety leadership. Instead an empirical and research-based approach will be shared which can help improve the overall culture of an organisation as well as the safety of employees. Tools case studies theories and practical applications will be shared which can help create the blueprint for organisational change that you seek. Even when things are working well constant innovation and adoption of best practices can help companies go from good to great and leave a lasting legacy for employees and customers alike. Detailing the mechanics of safety leadership this book will drive the change and results you want. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209305

Practical Guide to Sperm AnalysisBasic Andrology in Reproductive Medicine This is a reference manual for daily use in the Reproductive Medicine or Andrology laboratory which goes beyond the literature available in the scientific journals by compiling insights into a detailed and applied clinical approach. All established practitioners in Reproductive Medicine will find much of practical relevance about the latest insights into sperm selection and analysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498741514

Practical Guide to the Packaging of ElectronicsThermal and Mechanical Design and Analysis As the demand for packaging more electronic capabilities into smaller packages rises product developers must be more cognizant of how the system configuration will impact its performance. Practical Guide to the Packaging of Electronics: Second Edition Thermal and Mechanical Design and Analysis provides a basic understanding of the issues that concern the field of electronics packaging. First published in 2003 this book has been extensively updated    includes more detail where needed and provides additional segments for clarification. This volume supplies a solid foundation for heat transfer vibration and life expectancy calculations. Topics discussed include various modes of heat removal such as conduction radiation and convection; the impact of thermal stresses; vibration and the resultant stresses; shock management; mechanical electrical and chemically induced reliability; and more. Unlike many other available works it neither assumes the reader’s familiarity with the subject nor is it so basic that the reader may lose interest. Dr. Ali Jamnia has published a large number of engineering papers and presentations and is the holder of a number of patents and patent applications. He has been involved in the issues of electronics packaging since the early ‘90s and since 1995 has worked toward the development of innovative electronics systems to aid individuals with physical or cognitive disabilities. By consulting this manual engineers program managers and quality assurance managers involved in electronic systems gain a fundamental grasp of the issues involved in electronics packaging learn how to define guidelines for a system’s design develop the ability to identify reliability issues and concerns and are able to conduct more complete analyses for the final design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386306

Practical Guide to the Packaging of ElectronicsThermal and Mechanical Design and Analysis Third Edition Successfully Estimate the Thermal and Mechanical Characteristics of Electronics Systems A definitive guide for practitioners new to the field or requiring a refresher course Practical Guide to the Packaging of Electronics: Thermal and Mechanical Design and Analysis Third Edition provides an understanding of system failures and helps identify the areas where they can occur. Specifically designed for the mechanical electrical or quality engineer the book addresses engineering issues involved in electronics packaging and provides the basics needed to design a new system or troubleshoot a current one. Updated to reflect recent developments in the field this latest edition adds two new chapters on acoustic and reliability fundamentals and contains more information on electrical failures and causes. It also includes tools for understanding heat transfer shock and vibration. Additionally the author: Addresses various cross-discipline issues in the design of electromechanical products Provides a solid foundation for heat transfer vibration and life expectancy calculations Identifies reliability issues and concerns Develops the ability to conduct a more thorough analysis for the final design Includes design tips and guidelines for each aspect of electronics packaging Practical Guide to the Packaging of Electronics: Thermal and Mechanical Design and Analysis Third Edition explains the mechanical and thermal/fluid aspects of electronic product design and offers a basic understanding of electronics packaging design issues. Defining the material in-depth it also describes system design guidelines and identifies reliability concerns for practitioners in mechanical – electrical or quality engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498753951

Practical Guidelines for the Analysis of Seawater As we discover more about the role of the ocean in global changes and identify the effects of global change on the ocean understanding its chemical composition and processes becomes increasingly paramount. However understanding these processes requires a wide range of measurements in the vast ocean from the sea surface to deep-ocean trenches from the tropics to the poles. Practical Guidelines for the Analysis of Seawater provides a common analytical basis for generating quality-assured and reliable data on chemical parameters in the ocean. A source of practical know-how the book covers sampling and storage analytical methodology and guidelines and procedures for quality assurance. It presents analytical methods with the step-by-step procedures that help practitioners implement these methods successfully into the laboratory making them instantly applicable without consulting further literature. The book also contains essential information for developing or improving quality control and quality assurance programs in the laboratory. It includes the availability and measurement of standard reference materials blank estimation and correction control of recoveries and statistical evaluation of quality assurance data.Analytical chemistry is a very active and fast moving area. Despite the development of innovative new analytical techniques for chemical trace element research obtaining reliable data at ultra-trace levels remains a formidable challenge. A complete and practical guide this book delineates proven methods that consistently yield reproducible data in routine work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385576

Practical Hacking Techniques and Countermeasures Examining computer security from the hacker's perspective Practical Hacking Techniques and Countermeasures employs virtual computers to illustrate how an attack is executed including the script compilation and results. It provides detailed screen shots in each lab for the reader to follow along in a step-by-step process in order to duplicate and understand how the attack works. It enables experimenting with hacking techniques without fear of corrupting computers or violating any laws.Written in a lab manual style the book begins with the installation of the VMware Workstation product and guides the users through detailed hacking labs enabling them to experience what a hacker actually does during an attack. It covers social engineering techniques footprinting techniques and scanning tools. Later chapters examine spoofing techniques sniffing techniques password cracking and attack tools. Identifying wireless attacks the book also explores Trojans Man-in-the-Middle (MTM) attacks and Denial of Service (DoS) attacks.Learn how to secure your computers with this comprehensive guide on hacking techniques and countermeasures By understanding how an attack occurs the reader can better understand how to defend against it. This book shows how an attack is conceptualized formulated and performed. It offers valuable information for constructing a system to defend against attacks and provides a better understanding of securing your own computer or corporate network. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138436916

Practical Handbook for Professional Investigators An increase in fraud cases has escalated government accountability and corporate oversight and media attention on cases ranging from missing persons to white-collar crime has increased the visibility of professional investigators. This has resulted in a great source of increased work for the profession. The third edition of Practical Handbook for Professional Investigators continues to supply an up-to-date nuts-and-bolts learning tool for students and an everyday reference for investigative professionals at all levels.More relevant than ever this edition adds two new chapters on death and terrorism investigations and several new sections including:Insurance fraud fire and arson investigation and liability claims investigation Indicators of online marital infidelityObtaining governmental records to locate people and sample reports for skip tracingPractical considerations for surveillance and procedures for interception of wire or oral communicationsService of subpoenas for witnesses in federal courtsTestifying in court—including witness and evidence preparation trial tactics used by attorneys and an investigator’s rights as a witnessThe Rules of Professional ConductNiche markets in the investigative industryManaging and marketing an investigative practice running a paperless office and customer retentionAn unparalleled guide to the ins and outs of private investigation Practical Handbook for Professional Investigators Third Edition belongs on the shelf of every professional and trainee.Rory McMahon appeared on Al Jazeera America to discuss his new investigation company The Grafton Group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866815

Practical Handbook for Wetland Identification and Delineation Wetland identification although theoretically straightforward is not cut and dry as a practice. Despite the time and expense it is an economic and environmental necessity. The Definitive Guide to the Practice of Wetland Identification The second edition of the bestselling Practical Handbook for Wetland Identification and Delineation offers solutions to real-world problems in the scientific and regulatory aspects of wetlands. The authors present characteristics and indicators of wetlands that are the focus of the jurisdictional issue and discuss strategies and methods for making wetland identifications and delineations that meet federal requirements. What’s new in the Second Edition: Coverage of increased options for scientific evaluation of problematic areas More details on definition of wetlands description of their functions and delineation methods used to assess their extent Lay examination of legal questions regulatory/permitting requirements statutes and other guidance Information on the latest techniques for conducting wetland evaluations Exploration of advances in mapping surveying and remote sensing technologies Although the most basic delineation methods and procedures have not changed since the first edition the availability and power of advanced mapping remote sensing and surveying technologies have advanced the science. Low and higher altitude aerial imagery geographic information system (GIS) databases easily accessible land cover maps and fine resolution satellite data are just a few of the resources available. In spite of these advances it is still difficult to find practical directions on how to gather needed data in the literature. Updated and revised to reflect changes in the science and technology the second edition brings together technical criteria field indicators and vital regional information in clear language and focused practical utility. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439838914

Practical Handbook of Agricultural Science First published in 1990 this new handy guide book is a "quick reference" to a variety of topics pertaining to soils and to the production and use of plants and animals. Emphasis has been devoted to basic considerations in plant adaptation soils seeds major field crops and selected aspects of animal science. A reasonable amount of background information on most topics selected for inclusion is furnished providing the reader with critical information on the subject matter presented in the absence of access to other source materials. Attention has been given to the inclusion of both common and scientific plant names various conversion tables tabular material used in the interpretation of certain statistical tests and a glossary albeit abridged of terms encountered in the improvement and management of soils plants and animals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367236809

Practical Handbook of Curve Fitting Practical Handbook of Curve Fitting is a reference work assembled by Arlinghaus and a set of editors with well over a century of combined experience in various disciplines and activities related to curve fitting. The book demonstrates how to analyze World data bases and graph and map the results. Default settings in software packages can produce attractive graphs of data imported into the software. Often however the default graph has no equation associated with it and cannot therefore be used as a tool for further analysis or projection of the data. The same software can often be used to generate curves from equations. The reader is shown directly and in a series of steps how to fit curves to data using Lotus 1-2-3. There are traditional unbounded curve fitting techniques-lines of least squares exponentials logistic curves and Gompertz curves. There is the bounded curve fitting technique of cubic spline interpolation. Beyond these there is a detailed application of Feigenbaum's graphical analysis from chaos theory and there is a hint as to how fractal geometry might come into play.Curve fitting algorithms take on new life when they are actually used on real-world data. They are used in numerous worked examples drawn from electronic data bases of public domain information from the Stars data base of The World Bank and from the WRD data base of the World Resources Institute. The applications are current and reflect a state-of-the-art interest in the human dimensions of global change. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579807

Practical Handbook of Disturbed Land Revegetation This crucial reference focuses on the growth of vegetation on disturbed lands specifically the problems of plant seeding and growth and the ecological consequences of that growth. This one-of-a-kind book covers the spectrum of plant development including the creation of an acceptable rooting medium and seeding or planting and discusses practices to enhance diversity and usefulness of the plant community.This handbook gives detailed examples of how to rehabilitate and restore damaged land and in most cases mined land. The book focuses on the complete restoration of soil water vegetation and wildlife. It provides a thorough introduction to the science behind the practice and follows with practical examples. A complete detailed list of genera and species to expedite restoration is also included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896823

Practical Handbook of Earth Science This self-contained handbook provides a carefully researched compact source of key earth science information and data logically sorted by subject matter and then cross-referenced. Appealing to both experts and non-experts alike the book presents earth science and environmental science as closely intertwined. It includes tables of the global distributions of fossil fuels contrasted by tables of the distribution of non-fossil energy sources. Concise explanations cover the subject matters of geology geophysics oceans atmosphere with attention to environmental implications and resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138054448

Practical Handbook of Estuarine and Marine Pollution This extensive handbook presents up-to-date coverage of significant developments in estuarine and marine pollution. Multidisciplinary in approach Practical Handbook of Estuarine and Marine Pollution is an essential resource for anyone involved in the study or management of coastal and marine pollution problems. The book examines in detail anthropogenic effects on estuarine and marine ecosystems from local regional and global perspectives. A truly international collection of data is presented in an organized framework on a wide range of subject areas including eutrophication organic loading oil pollution polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons halogenated hydrocarbons trace metals radioactive waste dredging and dredged-spoil disposal and effects of electric generating stations. Whether you are a student a scientist a policy maker or an administrator you no longer need to spend countless hours rounding up information and data - Practical Handbook of Estuarine and Marine Pollution has already done it for you. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401191

Practical Handbook of Genetic AlgorithmsComplex Coding Systems Volume III Practical Handbook of Genetic Algorithms Volume 3: Complex Coding Systems contains computer-code examples for the development of genetic algorithm systems - compiling them from an array of practitioners in the field.Each contribution of this singular resource includes:unique code segmentsdocumentationdescripti Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429128356

Practical Handbook of Marine Science The heavily-revised Practical Handbook of Marine Science Fourth Edition continues its tradition as a state-of-the-art reference that updates the field of marine science to meet the interdisciplinary research needs of physical oceanographers marine biologists marine chemists and marine geologists. This edition adds an entirely new section devoted to Climate Change and Climate Change Effects. It also adds new sections on Estuaries Beaches Barrier Islands Shellfish Macroalgae Food Chains Food Webs Trophic Dynamics System Productivity Physical-Chemical-Biological Alteration and Coastal Resource Management. The Handbook assembles an extensive international collection of marine science data throughout with approximately 1 000 tables and illustrations. It provides comprehensive coverage of anthropogenic impacts in estuarine and marine ecosystems from local regional and global perspectives. Maintaining its user-friendly multi-sectional format this comprehensive resource will also be of value to undergraduate and graduate students research scientists administrators and other professionals who deal with the management of marine resources. Now published in full color the new edition offers extensive illustrative and tabular reference material covering all the major disciplines related to the sea. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138068858

Practical Handbook of Microbiology The Practical Handbook of Microbiology presents basic knowledge about working with microorganisms in a clear and concise form. It also provides in-depth information on important aspects of the field—from classical microbiology to genomics—in one easily accessible volume. This new edition retains the easy-to-use format of previous editions with a logical presentation of frequently used reference data that enables readers to rapidly locate the information needed. New chapters have been included in this edition including a noteworthy one on the business aspects of microbiology that has been added to address the needs of investors looking to understand the science behind companies that they are contemplating funding and scientists that are interested in commercializing their research. In addition chapters have been added on new microorganism-based disease and pathogenic mechanisms. All chapters from the previous edition have been revised and updated. Major topics covered include almost all studied bacteria and introductions to fungi parasites and viruses as well as methods of culture collection enumeration and preservation of microorganisms diagnostic medical microbiology mechanisms of antimicrobial agents and antibiotics and antifungal agents. Although this book will be of use to anyone interested in the subject matter it will be of particular benefit to specialized microbiologists as well as those who simply use microbiology as an adjunct to their own discipline in finding relevant information quickly and easily. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466587397

Practical Handbook of Multi-Tiered Systems of SupportBuilding Academic and Behavioral Success in Schools Accessible and comprehensive this book shows how to build a schoolwide multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) from the ground up. The MTSS framework encompasses tiered systems such as response to intervention (RTI) and positive behavioral interventions and supports (PBIS) and is designed to help all K-12 students succeed. Every component of an MTSS is discussed: effective instruction the role of school teams implementation in action assessment problem solving and data-based decision making. Practitioner-friendly features include reflections from experienced implementers and an extended case study. Reproducible checklists and forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462522484

Practical Handbook of PsychopharmacologyA Clinician's Guide Physicians of the 1990s cannot afford to spend valuable time combing through volumes of laborious discussions of tedious details on psychiatric drugs. Practical Handbook of Psychopharmacology is the most comprehensive yet user-friendly guide to psychotropic medication available in any single source. Text is minimized and straight to the point with critical clinical information given in two forms. First highly useful tables with the relevant basic information on all major psychotropic drugs are provided. The book also contains clinical flowcharts or tabular practice guidelines that assist in making everyday decisions about the use of psychotropics. Unique chapters discuss the psychopharmacology of pain personality disorders aggression and children/adolescents while other chapters cover standard areas such as depression mania psychosis and dementia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138457232

Practical Handbook of Remote Sensing A Beginner’s Guide to the World of Satellite Data Over a thousand active satellites are in orbit around the Earth with applications including navigation the transmission of data and satellite remote sensing; a space-based technology providing data accessible to everyone. The Practical Handbook of Remote Sensing offers a complete understanding of the basic scientific principles needed to perform practical remote sensing at home or at work using a personal computer. This book contains the information needed to effectively find download analyze and view environmental data. Written by an expert with more than 15 years of experience along with the perspective of a non-expert navigating his way through remote sensing for the first time it serves as a guidebook for anyone wanting to use remote sensing technology without becoming an expert on the subject. No Previous Knowledge Required The book explains the science behind remote sensing; describing what it is how it works and how it can be used in real life applications. Using just a standard personal computer the authors help readers discover a wide variety of satellite imagery and how these images can be used to monitor environmental changes in real-world application areas: urban environments natural landscape terrestrial water cycle and coastal environments. The book primarily concentrates on practically using optical data from the Landsat missions with further examples based on MODIS TerraSAR-X and pre-processed datasets such as those provided by the Copernicus Services. It also provides a review of near-future developments in satellites sensors and the processing of data along with a review of near-future applications and longer-term developments. In addition this book: Includes a complementary website providing additional support satellite images videos updates on satellite data and a FAQ/forum to answer readers’ questions Gives readers detailed hands-on practical exercises on how to find download process and visualize freely available satellite remote sensing data coupled with result-comparisons Demonstrates how satellite data can be used to provide a range of environmental monitoring for both small local areas and across the globe Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498704335

Practical Handbook of School PsychologyEffective Practices for the 21st Century This authoritative guide addresses all aspects of school psychology practice in a response-to-intervention (RTI) framework. Thirty-four focused chapters present effective methods for problem-solving-based assessment instruction and intervention. Specific guidelines are provided for promoting success in core academic domains--reading writing and math--and supporting students' positive behavior and social-emotional functioning. The book also describes ways to team with teachers and parents to develop collaborative solutions and overcome obstacles. Grounded in research this is an indispensable resource for daily practice and an invaluable text for school psychology training programs. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462507771

Practical Handbook of Soil Vadose Zone and Ground-Water ContaminationAssessment Prevention and Remediation Second Edition A synthesis of years of interdisciplinary research and practice the second edition of this bestseller continues to serve as a primary resource for information on the assessment remediation and control of contamination on and below the ground surface.Practical Handbook of Soil Vadose Zone and Ground-Water Contamination: Assessment Prev Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429143229

Practical Handbook of Spatial Statistics The guidance and special techniques provided in this handbook will allow you to understand and use complex spatial statistical techniques. You will learn how to apply proper spatial analysis techniques and why they are generally different from conventional statistical analyses. Clear and concise information on weighting aggregation effects sampling spatial statistics and GIS and visualization of spatial dependence is provided. Discussions on specific applications using actual data sets fill obvious gaps in the literature and coverage of critical research frontiers allows readers to explore current areas of active research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448899

Practical Handbook of Spectroscopy A convenient single volume handbook featuring the most important topics in spectroscopyThis valuable handbook is based on topics presented in the CRC Handbook of Spectroscopy Volumes I and II published in 1974 and Volume III published in 1981. The information has been condensed (by the original contributor when possible) so that only the most important information from the original three volumes has been retained and updated. The topics covered include ESCA flame photometry; atomic absorption and emission spectroscopy including plasma emission; infrared spectroscopy; Raman spectroscopy; ultraviolet absorption spectroscopy; electron spin resonance X-ray spectroscopy mass photoelectric absorption coefficients appearance potential spectroscopy thermal neutron cross sections and resonance integrals for activation analysis tables of experimental values of X-ray fluorescence and Coster-Kronig yields for the K- L- and M-shells. Other topics include 14 MeV neutron activation cross sections; wavelength standards in visible ultraviolet and near-infrared spectroscopy; electron affinities wavelength-dependent and electronic system oscillator strengths for free diatomic molecules of astrophysical importance; electron spin resonance applicaton to the study of minerals and glasses; experimental lifetimes Franck-Condon factors; and vibrational and rotational oscillator strengths. The concise format and wealth of information ensures that no spectroscopist will want to be without the updated and revised Practical Handbook of Spectroscopy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742433

Practical Handbook of Thematic CartographyPrinciples Methods and Applications Maps are tools used to understand space discover territories communicate information and explain the results of geographical analysis. This practical handbook is about thematic cartography. With more than 120 colorful amazing illustrations numerous boxed texts definitions and helpful tools this step-by-step introduction to cartography is both the art of understanding the world and a powerful tool for explaining it. Through many hands-on tests the reader will learn how to produce an interesting and communicative map applied to any spatial theme. Written by experienced scholars and experts in cartography this book is an excellent resource for undergraduate students and non-cartographers interested in designing understanding and interpreting maps. It includes practical exercises explained in the form of a game and provides a concise accessible and current address of cartographic principles allowing readers to go deeper into cartographic design. It can be read from beginning to end like an essay or just by dipping into it for information as needed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367261290

Practical Handbook on Biodiesel Production and Properties Biodiesel—a fuel substitute produced from vegetable oils animal fats or algae—is one of the most important renewable natural resources for agrarian countries. The justification for developing biodiesel as an alternate fuel is manifold and rising crude oil prices and the vulnerability of energy security have made biodiesel necessary and inevitable. The Practical Handbook on Biodiesel Production and Properties has assembled and analyzed the recent trends of biodiesel research production and implementation. It includes practical guidance on the identification of plant resources and their distribution botanical description palynology oil extraction production process and biodiesel yield. The production and usage of biodiesel will strengthen the agricultural sector provide energy to remote areas without access to conventional energy contribute towards economic development and increase industrial activity. Drawing on both scientific and participatory processes this book enables the successful utilization and commercialization of biofuel technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466507432

Practical HDRA complete guide to creating High Dynamic Range images with your Digital SLR HDR is both a technical solution to the limitations of digital camera sensors and a creative tool that can give any image much more impact - but it is not without its pitfalls and it's essential to understand these if you want to take full advantage of this innovative technique. The second edition of David Nightingale's successful Practical HDR is completely updated with the latest techniques and technologies in HDR. Practical HDR provides you with an abundance of step-by-step examples that will quickly make you an expert on the theory and practice of shooting and processing HDR images allowing you to get the best possible results every time. As well as practical advice on shooting and processing the book also contains a global showcase of inspirational HDR images - you will quickly find that HDR offers unparralleled opportunities for indulging your creative instincts from photo-realistic to hyper-realism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780240821399

Practical Health and Safety Management for Small Businesses Looking at the needs of small businesses this book takes you through all the aspects of Health and Safety management in a small business step-by-step. It takes a straightforward practical approach to identifying organising and managing Health Safety and Fire risks in your business. Whatever your motivation for choosing this guide it will provide a sound basis for establishing a system or approach that is relevant to the individual business concerned. Practical Health and Safety Management for Small Businesses will help you to identify all the potential hazards offering advice on how best to look after your employees and how to manage Health and Safety in your business. It has been produced as a direct result of recent research based on discussions with Health and Safety Inspectors the Fire Authorities Insurance representatives Health and Safety professionals and of course Small Businesses themselves. Taking into account the practical issues faced in small business units this guide takes you through all the main aspects of managing fire health and safety step-by-step.Practical Health and Safety Management for Small Businesses will help you establish a system that you can maintain add-to and keep up-to-date as official regulations and your needs change. It is NOT a legal textbook but IS a practical guide on how to establish an approach to organising and managing these issues. While following this guide cannot guarantee that your business now fully complies with all the relevant legislation that applies to it it does enable you to demonstrate to others that you have made a reasonable attempt at bringing all these different elements together in a structured holistic way.Full of practical advice sample Site Plans and Checklists photographs and industry-specific sections Practical Health and Safety Management for Small Businesses will prove an invaluable gui Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414679

Practical Holography Continuing in the steps of its predecessors the fourth edition of Practical Holography provides the most comprehensive and up-to-date resource available. Focused on practical techniques in holography at all levels it avoids any unnecessary mathematical theory. Features of the Fourth Edition Highlights new information on color holograms sensitive materials and state-of-the-art processing techniques Includes new chapters and revisions integrating information on digital holography Adds a new appendix on the methods of non-holographic 3D imaging Restores and updates the glossary of terms Outlines a timeline for holography from the beginnings of understanding the wave model for light up to the present day After nearly 12 years since the previous edition this book is a vital manual and reference for holography professionals and enthusiasts. It is designed for the scientist technologist artist and serious hobbyist alike covering every aspect of the field from basic set-up to use of available instruments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482251579

Practical Holography Revised to reflect technological advances and new applications Practical Holography Third Edition is a classic comprehensive text suitable for anyone involved in holography from the interested amateur to the practicing research scientist. At its most basic level the book introduces the principles behind holography and takes the reader on a step-by-step course through the materials equipment and techniques required to produce their own holograms. The author takes a purely practical viewpoint keeping the mathematical content to a minimum. Later chapters of the book form a valuable reference for research scientists working with holographic techniques in all applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455764

Practical Homicide Investigation Checklist and Field Guide This book provides protocols for suicide and equivocal death investigation police action shooting investigations and a homicide supervisor's checklist. It contains state-of-the-art anatomical graphics in full color to assist the investigator in describing any injuries or wounds to the body. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591882

Practical Homicide InvestigationTactics Procedures and Forensic Techniques Fifth Edition Renowned for being THE definitive resource for homicide investigators Practical Homicide Investigation: Tactics Procedures and Forensic Techniques details the recognized protocols used by investigative divisions of major police departments throughout the world. The text is used in most police academies including the FBI Academy in Quantico Virginia.Now in its fifth edition the book begins with a comprehensive discussion of homicide crime scenes and moves chronologically from initial police notification the correct police response that follows and the subsequent steps necessary to conduct an intelligent investigation. It then delves into the more technical aspects of homicide investigation augmented with numerous pictures and full-color illustrations that involve pertinent case histories.This latest edition includes three new chapters along with fully revised chapters with new case histories and techniques that reflect the latest forensic methods and modern investigative procedures.Highlights of the Fifth Edition Include: Newly revised "Homicide Investigator’s Checklist" A new chapter on the latest DNA technology A rewritten chapter on equivocal death investigations that includes staged crime scenes Additional information on modes of death Fully updated chapters on death notifications sex-related homicide management for police administrators suicide investigation and narcotics-related and homosexually based homicides Over 920 photos and illustrations 250 new photographs and several new case histories Eminent author lecturer consultant and expert witness Vernon J. Geberth incorporates his more than four and a half decades of real-world law enforcement experience in this quintessential reference. This classic and must-have resource provides the most vital information needed by detectives and police investigators responsible for cases in violent and sudden death. Remember: do it right the first time. You only get one chance.—Vernon J. Geberth M.S. M.P.S. Homicide and Forensic Consultant Author of Practical Homicide Investigation and Series Editor of The Practical Aspects of Criminal and Forensic Investigations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482235074

Practical Human Resources for Public ManagersA Case Study Approach Employers face a myriad of issues when hiring: how to recruit whom to select how to interview Equal Employment Opportunity policies fair salary offerings health issues performance evaluations behavior/disciplinary actions turnover and the list goes on and on. Practical Human Resources Management for Public Managers: A Case Study Approach provides insight into human resource trends and demonstrates how complex situations can be successfully managed by public sector practitioners. The authors take us step by step into the "real world" with examples of historical events that compare "What Happened" with "What Could Have Happened" as well as suggested readings for more in-depth analysis and important points to remember. Exploring the space between theory and what actually occurs in the world this book supplies instructional case studies based upon actual events. The authors introduce key human resources issues with clear concise language and provide techniques to address these issues in a real-world setting. The case studies cover legal and liability issues recruiting and hiring employee performance reward and discipline issues retention termination workplace violence mentorship motivation and managing through transitions. The authors bring know-how from a wide array of working environments including teaching and administrative experience in public universities and management in municipalities of various population sizes from a few thousand to more than a million. They have also worked in a variety of capacities within these organizations which allow them to see different perspectives on how different departments handle similar situations. They use their from-the-trenches knowledge to explore pragmatic ways to deal with human resource issues in public sector workplaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439841433

Practical Hydraulics and Water Resources Engineering Water is now at the centre of world attention as never before and more professionals from all walks of life are engaging in careers linked to water – in public water supply and waste treatment agriculture irrigation energy environment amenity management and sustainable development. This book offers an appropriate depth of understanding of basic hydraulics and water resources engineering for those who work with civil engineers and others in the complex world of water resources development management and water security. It is simple practical and avoids (most of) the maths in traditional textbooks. Lots of excellent ‘stories’ help readers to quickly grasp important water principles and practices. This third edition is broader in scope and includes new chapters on water resources engineering and water security. Civil engineers may also find it a useful introduction to complement the more rigorous hydraulics textbooks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498761956

Practical Hydraulics Handbook The Second Edition of the Practical Hydraulics Handbook is a must for all those who work with water utility systems. Presented in workbook format and emphasizing practical applications this Handbook is perfect for hydraulic engineers technicians operating personnel supervisors managers consultants and students. The exceptionally well-organized chapters include information on pressurized systems and open channel flow principles of energy and force flow calculations and measurement pumps and pumping applications. This latest edition of the Practical Hydraulics Handbook includes new exercises at the end of each chapter and detailed solutions to selected exercises. The well-chosen exercises allow readers to practice applications of the theory and to test their knowledge of the material. The solutions provide guidance and problem-solving techniques that can be used both in the field and in the lab. Reference tables are also provided for calculations of friction loss velocity pipe fullness well drawdown English/metric conversions power and metered flow. These tables make calculations easier and minimize the chance for error. In this new edition of Practical Hydraulics Handbook all of the major principles and calculations dealing with the hydraulics of water systems are covered and new and expanded material has been added. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401481

Practical Ideas for Multi-cultural Learning and Teaching in the Primary Classroom Originally published in 1989. The practical application of multicultural education to the British elementary school classroom is discussed. The first part explores the historical development of multicultural education considering sex and class inequality and local and national educational practices; and makes suggestions for improvement. Part two suggests practical ideas for explicit and hidden curricula. Seven themes for ethnically diverse topics are suggested and for each area teacher aims and pupil objectives are defined and potential resources are listed. Five areas of aspects of social and personal development in a multicultural context are then explored. Includes a foreword by Lord Swann. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080423

Practical Ideas for Teaching Primary ScienceInspiring Learning and Enjoyment Practical Ideas for Teaching Primary Science is a fun and interactive guide which supports teachers to design and deliver enjoyable science lessons. Peter Loxley explores different scientific topics – from growing plants and nutrition to forces and magnetism – with an emphasis on story-telling and art to help children share their ideas and work collaboratively in the classroom. This practical guide uses a three-stage framework design to encourage and guide sociocultural practice across three levels: KS1 (5–7) lower KS2 (7–9) and upper KS2 (9–11). The ideas for practice are placed in engaging and significant contexts to encourage curiosity and enquiry and most importantly promote feelings of pleasure and satisfaction from science learning. Teachers are guided through hands-on puzzles and activities such as role-play and design and technology tasks both inside and outside of the classroom with health and safety aspects highlighted throughout to inspire children’s interest in how the world works from an early age and provide them with the skills to apply their new-found scientific thinking in other contexts.   Extended subject knowledge to all topics covered in this book can be found in Teaching Primary Science.   A companion website is available for both books. Features include: web links to external sites with useful teaching information and resources an interactive flashcard glossary to test students’ understanding Image bank with downloadable pictures for use in the classroom.   Practical Ideas for Teaching Primary Science is an invaluable teaching resource for both trainee and qualified teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659650

Practical Identity and Narrative Agency The essays collected in this volume address a range of issues that arise when the focus of philosophical reflection on identity is shifted from metaphysical to practical and evaluative concerns. They also explore the usefulness of the notion of narrative for articulating and responding to these issues. The chapters written by an outstanding roster of international scholars address a range of complex philosophical issues concerning the relationship between practical and metaphysical identity the embodied dimensions of the first-personal perspective the kind of reflexive agency involved in the self-constitution of one’s practical identity the relationship between practical identity and normativity and the temporal dimensions of identity and selfhood. In addressing these issues  contributors engage with debates in the literatures on personal identity phenomenology moral psychology action theory normative ethical theory and feminist philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203937839

Practical Intervention for Cleft Palate Speech A Speechmark core resource this photocopiable manual provides practical ideas and material for speech and language therapists to use with clients whose speech difficulties arise from cleft palate and/or velopharyngeal disorders. This book enables therapists in the community to feel confident in dealing with the specific problems that cleft palate speech can bring even if they have no experience of working with this client group. The therapy ideas can be used flexibly and are designed to cover all age-groups: pre-school school-age and adult. The suggestions presented in this book help to determine the best approach for each client. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315173870

Practical Interventional CardiologyThird Edition This new and comprehensively revised third edition of Practical Interventional Cardiology led by an eminent UK Cardiologist and supported by contributing authors from around the world discusses the different interventional procedures by context and addresses current guidelines and ongoing trials including European experience with non-FDA approved devices. It represents an extended practical reference for the Interventional Cardiologist Fellows in training catheter laboratory Nursing and Technical staff as well as the non-invasive Cardiologist and General Physician. Rather than providing detailed and exhaustive reviews – a criticism of many Interventional Cardiology texts – the purpose of this book is to present practical information regarding Interventional procedures and important topics in Cardiology. An emphasis on clarity clinical relevance and up-to-date information has been favoured as well as discussion of points of controversy so frequently overlooked." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573034

Practical Investigation of Sex CrimesA Strategic and Operational Approach Because of the sensitive nature of sex crimes police officials must develop a specialized set of interviewing skills to effectively investigate them. Written by former Commanding Officer of the Manhattan Special Victims Squad Thomas P. Carney Practical Investigation of Sex Crimes: A Strategic and Operational Approach provides a day-to-day guide for investigating sex crimes. Using actual case histories this comprehensive resource demonstrates the need for policymakers to create separate sex crime units within their jurisdictions and provides law enforcement officials with the tools necessary to thoroughly investigate these unique crimes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864194

Practical Investigation Techniques Practical Investigation Techniques is useful for new as well as veteran investigators to establish a practical standard for conducting a wide range of diverse criminal investigations. Written by a veteran investigator the book teaches the proper investigative techniques for such criminal activities as extortion blackmail credit card fraud check fraud fencing operations employee theft sports gambling money laundering and shoplifting rings. Practical Investigation Techniques is presented in an easy-to-read format and provides a wealth of specific investigation techniques checklists and case studies. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138742393

Practical IP and Telecom for Broadcast Engineering and OperationsWhat you need to know to survive long term What you need to know to survive long term.Interests between broadcasters and telecom people are blurring. Technical operations and design engineers in one field are increasingly required to deal with practices and techniques in the other. The problem is expectations and terminology differences aren't recognized until it's too late.Take "Quality of Service." The telecom people specify a percentage of the time that the service is guaranteed to be available. The down time may be very very small. But if it occurs during a high-priced commercial in the Super Bowl it is very very serious for the broadcaster. Practical IP and Telecom for Broadcast Engineering and Operations teaches the technology and how to structure it and make sure the finances work in your favor.Learn how to:* Define communications circuit equipment facilities and services used in broadcast engineering and operations.* Evaluate suppliers as well as their products and services.* Prepare technical specifications and requests for bids proposals required in competitive procurement actions.* Conduct communications operational effectiveness and cost audits.* Prepare communications cost management strategies and plans.* Plan and execute capital projects.* Survive Long-TermCritical for engineers technicians and managers engaged in designing installing testing and maintaining equipment and network services for program content training material or audio/video conferencing. Valuable knowledge for planning design integration and operation of communications equipment facilities and services used in broadcast operations training and conferencing applications.Fred Huffman is a systems engineer with Athens Olympic Broadcasting the Host Broadcaster for the 2004 Games. He has more than 35 years experience in technical and management roles in broadcasting and telecommunications fields. This work is largely a reflection of that experience captured in a way that introduces the reader to technical aspects of IP ATM and classical telecom along with business essentials such as contracts tariffs project planning budgeting and long range planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175020

Practical Judgement in International Political TheorySelected Essays Chris Brown is a prominent international political theorist who has contributed to debates on pluralism justice and human rights. This book draws together seventeen of his most important and influential articles from the last twenty years. These essays include influential statements on the role of normative theory and international ethics the so-called ‘cosmopolitan-communitarian debate’ and anti-foundationalist thought in international relations as well as important contributions to Rawlsian and Post-Rawlsian theories of international and global justice. The most recent papers address subjects such as the notion of global civil society and controversies over the ethics of pre-emptive warfare and the inevitably selective nature of humanitarian interventions. The book includes a framing introduction written for this volume in which Brown discusses his own influences and the evolution of his thinking throughout his career. Although this evolution has involved a progressively less critical viewpoint towards liberal thought and liberal internationalism and a greater commitment to universal values some things have remained constant – in particular a focus on the importance of political judgement and scepticism directed towards the idea that there are simple solutions to complex problems. The collection ends fittingly with a critique of the popular cosmopolitanism of figures such as Bono and Bob Geldof. This collection will be essential reading for all scholars and graduates with an interest in international political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653824

Practical Justice: Principles Practice and Social Change This volume engages with questions of justice and equality and how these can be achieved in modern society. It explores how theory and research can inform policy and practice to bring about real change in people’s lives helping readers understand and interrogate patterns and causes of inequality while investigating how these might be remedied. Chapters outline ways in which theories of justice inform and are factored into effective actions programmes and interventions. The book includes an international selection of case studies. These range from global inequalities in development and health to cross-border conflict; from gender justice to disability violence; from child protection to disability-inclusive research; from illicit drug use to torture prevention; and from prison wellbeing to sexual and reproductive health and rights. Together contributors explore: how social science and humanities scholarship can lead to a better understanding of and capacity to respond to key social issues and problems the importance of normative reflection and a concern for principles of justice in pursuit of social change the importance of community voice and grassroots action in the pursuit of justice equity and equality. Envisioning a better world – in which concern for the just treatment of all trumps the pursuit of privilege and inequality – Practical Justice: Principles Practice and Social Change will appeal to students and academics in disciplines as diverse as philosophy political science sociology anthropology geography and education and in fields such as policy studies criminology healthcare social work and social welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541658

Practical Knowledge and Information Management This book provides a practical guide to implementing knowledge and information initiatives in the workplace. Drawing on case studies from practitioners in a range of different work environments it will outline best practice pitfalls and advice on a range of topics including making the business case audits establishing communities of practice building knowledge bases and knowledge capture. Many workplaces have moved from providing research support to knowledge services. Practical Knowledge and Information Management will help professionals provide those services to improve existing techniques for knowledge sharing and capture and to help transition from the more traditional library model. Chapters will be themed and based on case studies drawn from across the knowledge management community in the UK Ireland and North America. Although not an edited collection the book draws on contributions from workplaces in both the public and private sectors including law finance Government non-profit academic and business. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303359

Practical Knowledge in Teacher EducationApproaches to teacher internship programmes In Practical Knowledge in Teacher Education expert contributors from across Asia and Europe explore and reflect upon the innovation and creativity in teacher education programs. Specific focus is given to the internships that provide students an opportunity for intensive hands-on experience in schools. Different approaches to internship provide comprehensive information on a diversity of ways of organising and managing internship programmes within teacher education courses and equip future teachers with real-world knowledge within a global context. This book focuses on approaches to internship in teacher education programmes in Europe and Asia. It explores the idea that a consideration of the rich variation in approaches and experience across Eurasia will foreground critical aspects of successful internship. Each chapter provides a different focus from Asian and European perspectives on aspects of the teacher education practicum or internship and what can be learned from school placement. This book is an invaluable resource for all those involved in teacher education educational policy and anyone who has a stake in ensuring effective teacher education for the 21st century. It offers a far reaching overview of the teacher internship phase across a number of countries and contributes to identifying distinctive features of teacher education in European and Asian universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365919

Practical Language Testing Practical Language Testing equips you with the skills knowledge and principles necessary to understand and construct language tests. This intensely practical book gives guidelines on the design of assessments within the classroom and provides the necessary tools to analyse and improve assessments as well as deal with alignment to externally imposed standards. Testing is situated both within the classroom and within the larger social context and readers are provided the knowledge necessary to make realistic and fair decisions about the use and implementation of tests. The book explains the normative role of large scale testing and provides alternatives that the reader can adapt to their own context. This fulfils the dual purpose of providing the reader with the knowledge they need to prepare learners for tests and the practical skills for using assessment for learning. Practical Language Testing is the ideal introduction for students of applied linguistics TESOL and modern foreign language teaching as well as practicing teachers required to design or implement language testing programmes.The book is supported by frequently updated online resources at http://languagetesting.info/ including sets of scenarios providing resources to study aviation English assessment call centre assessment military language assessment and medical language assessment. The materials can be used to structure debates and seminars with pre-reading and video activities.Practical Language Testing was commended as a 2012 runner-up of the prestigious SAGE/ILTA Award for Best Book on Language Testing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126893

Practical Laryngology Practical Laryngology is an invaluable guide to laryngology. It covers all the relevant areas in the field from basic science to disorders and diseases to in-clinic procedures and the future of laryngology. In an easy-to-read format the book discusses a wide variety of topics including neurological diseases of the larynx swallowing disorders laryngeal trauma stenosis reflux acute infections inflammatory disorders paediatrics benign vocal cord lesions and dysplastic lesions. Colour drawings clinical photographs and imaging support the text throughout making it an excellent reference to help the clinician find information quickly and easily. Essential information is presented in a succinct and readable style making it vital for higher trainees preparing for their final exit examinations and for consultants both in general ENT and the subspecialty of laryngology. This book is the ultimate guide for those wanting to learn more about the larynx its disorders therapeutic interventions and other challenges which may impact patients and their families. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444183665

Practical Laser Safety Contains the latest revision of ANSI standards for safe use of lasers. A workbench guide that explains how a laser works what a laser beam can do to biological tissue and eyewear lenses and how to work safely with lasers. Annotation copyright Book News Inc. Portland Or. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403287

Practical Leadership in Nursing and Health CareA Multi-Professional Approach This multidisciplinary text is an essential introduction to leadership in health care combining the underpinning theory with a practical approach to help you come to decisions and solutions in everyday practice.* Written in an accessible and easy to understand style by an international team of practitioners who will engage inspire and empower you to really make a difference in practice* Evidence based and with a focus on patient care and service delivery to ensure best practice* Includes case studies from a range of disciplines as well as questions and reflective activities to help you apply theory to practice* Provides practical tools from a number of disciplines including NLP positive psychology coaching and transactional analysis* Free HodderPlus website provides PowerPoints case studies questions reflection activities and annotated web linksThis practical guide is an invaluable tool for all students and professionals in nursing and allied health including radiographers physical therapists occupational therapists dieticians and paramedics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444172355

Practical Leadership Skills for Safety Professionals and Project Engineers For Future Leaders in Safety and Engineering You’ve chosen to become a leader in occupational health and safety. Practical Leadership Skills for Safety Professionals and Project Engineers can show you how. Purposely oriented toward the art and science of leadership this book is designed to provide insight and outline development techniques for the budding young professional. Aimed squarely at college students and early career professionals it parallels the steps that a student or recent graduate needs to take (from pre-professional to professional); it moves the reader from the classroom and then on through to early managerial years. The book covers basic office protocol and etiquette understanding diversity and cultural nuance and ethical considerations and addresses most ABET-accredited engineering and safety programs with similar curricula. It also considers special cases that include toxic leadership; environmental stressors; increasing resilience; gender issues; international nuance; experiential training; and "depleted" leader development environments where upper management doesn’t seem to care. In addition the author introduces stories accumulated wisdom and anecdotes from his own experience balanced by supported research and data on outcomes. Part empirical part anecdotal this book: Cites current social and psychological work on leadership and professional development References industry‐related leader development research Breaks down what being a "professional" means; codes of ethics; dilemmas; case studies Explores leadership in the crisis and non‐crisis modes Offers help with identifying and fighting toxic leadership and more Designed for both coursework and reference Practical Leadership Skills for Safety Professionals and Project Engineers contains published research combined with the author’s own industry experience. This book provides a blueprint for the undergraduate or early‐career professional in occupational health and safety industrial hygiene safety management and related industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498758222

Practical Lean AccountingA Proven System for Measuring and Managing the Lean Enterprise Second Edition The methods and concepts presented in the bestselling first edition revolutionized the approach to the management and control of Lean companies. Enhanced with extensive end-of-chapter exercises and a CD-ROM with Lean accounting tools the second edition of this preeminent practitioner’s guide is now suitable for classroom use. Practical Lean Accounting: A Proven System for Measuring and Managing the Lean Enterprise Second Edition explains exactly what it takes to transform a traditional accounting system to one that supports and enhances a company’s Lean efforts. Defining the fundamental principles of Lean accounting it demonstrates how to use them to identify and eliminate wasteful transactions. The book includes coverage of cell performance measurement use of the box score operational and financial planning cost targeting Lean accounting diagnostics and value stream mapping. Retaining the easy-to-use format that made the first edition a bestseller this updated edition includes: A new section on the use of value stream performance measurements in continuous improvement A re-written Target Costing chapter that emphasizes a value-based approach to the management of the Lean value system A Lean Accounting Diagnostic tool to help you assess progress and develop a plan for implementing changes Cutting-edge examples that illustrate implementation in accounting departments A CD with data from the ECI Value Stream Cost Analysis case study included in the text Excel templates and end-of-chapter questions with solutions The book contains a wealth of tools that makes it ideal for company training sessions and advanced undergraduate and graduate-level courses. For each major example provided two similar problems are included—one for instructors to guide students through and a second for students to work through on their own. An additional set of problems and questions for testing purposes are also available to instructors on the authors’ website.Unfortunately during the publishing process mistakes can be made that are not caught before the book is printed. Productivity Press takes great care to catch any errors prior to the printing stage. If any errors are found that have an effect on the understanding of a subject or mathematical equation we have published them at: http://www.maskell.com/lean_accounting/subpages/free_stuff/PLA2%20Errors%20_Corrections_20130130.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439817162

Practical Lean Leadership for Health Care ManagersA Guide to Sustainable and Effective Application of Lean Principles The application of Lean tools appears relatively simple but the change in culture required to turn Lean into a lasting success requires strong leadership. Previously published books about Lean in health care illustrate success stories lessons learned and challenges for the future. This book continues where those books leave off by describing the essence of and success factors for Lean in relation to leadership.Practical Lean Leadership for Health Care Managers guides you on a journey to discover the secrets of successful Lean leaders. It is about Lean in healthcare and specifically examines the demands for making Lean successful and how the manager plays a key role in achieving this. Although the book is based on the authors’ experiences in health care the principles presented are applicable in other sectors both public and private.The book uses a case study to illustrate the results of the authors’ quest for the common factors and characteristics of successful Lean leaders. The case study follows the introduction and development of Lean in a large hospital. Demonstrating the familiar struggles involved in applying theory to daily practice the case study is supported by theory presented in side boxes. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498748025

Practical Linear AlgebraA Geometry Toolbox Third Edition Through many examples and real-world applications Practical Linear Algebra: A Geometry Toolbox Third Edition teaches undergraduate-level linear algebra in a comprehensive geometric and algorithmic way. Designed for a one-semester linear algebra course at the undergraduate level the book gives instructors the option of tailoring the course for the primary interests: math engineering science computer graphics and geometric modeling. New to the Third Edition More exercises and applications Coverage of singular value decomposition and its application to the pseudoinverse principal components analysis and image compression More attention to eigen-analysis including eigenfunctions and the Google matrix Greater emphasis on orthogonal projections and matrix decompositions which are tied to repeated themes such as the concept of least squares To help students better visualize and understand the material the authors introduce the fundamental concepts of linear algebra first in a two-dimensional setting and then revisit these concepts and others in a three-dimensional setting. They also discuss higher dimensions in various real-life applications. Triangles polygons conics and curves are introduced as central applications of linear algebra. Instead of using the standard theorem-proof approach the text presents many examples and instructional illustrations to help students develop a robust intuitive understanding of the underlying concepts. The authors’ website also offers the illustrations for download and includes Mathematica® code and other ancillary materials. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466579569

Practical Longitudinal Data Analysis This text describes regression-based approaches to analyzing longitudinal and repeated measures data. It emphasizes statistical models discusses the relationships between different approaches and uses real data to illustrate practical applications. It uses commercially available software when it exists and illustrates the program code and output. The data appendix provides many real data sets-beyond those used for the examples-which can serve as the basis for exercises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742372

Practical Lubrication for Industrial Facilities Third Edition Now completely revised and updated this definitive reference provides a comprehensive resource on the fundamental principles of lubricant application what products are available and which lubricants are most effective for specific applications. It also offers a detailed and highly practical discussion of lubrication delivery systems. You’ll gain a clearer understanding of the "why" of relevant industrial lubrication practices and importantly how these practices will facilitate optimized results. Lubricant applications covered include bearings and machine elements in earthbound electric motors process pumps gas compressors gas and steam turbines as well as many other machine types. An examination of the most advantageous ways to procure lubricants to understand contaminant filtration and to implement cost-justified means of lubricant storage is presented. Also provided are expert tips on lubricant handling techniques procedural setups how and when to perform oil analyses critical maintenance practices equipment reliability issues and more. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781138626799

Practical Management and Leadership for DoctorsSecond Edition This practical concise book will help every medical manager survive and thrive in the increasingly challenging world of healthcare. It offers a hands-on introduction to the knowledge skills attitudes and behaviour required to succeed in a modern healthcare setting. Focussing on common issues and challenges the authors examine organisational structures and strategies for productive relationship-building goal-setting and quality maintenance. This edition updates every chapter while three new chapters focus on encouraging innovation how to lead and manage in difficult circumstances and the major developments in the professionalization of medical management and leadership. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138497962

Practical Management of Affective Disorders in Older PeopleA Multi-Professional Approach Building on the success of "Practical Psychiatry of Old Age" now in its Fourth Edition this book looks in more detail at affective disorders from a variety of perspectives. It includes expert contributions on areas such as aetiology diagnosis and psychological and pharmacological treatment. It also focuses on a contextual approach to the management of affective disorders in areas like primary care and geriatric medicine as well as the specific contributions of disciplines such as nursing social work and occupational therapy. User and carer viewpoints are also included along with the often neglected spiritual aspects of managing these conditions. This balanced inclusive and practical approach makes it ideal for all members of the multi-disciplinary team involved in the management of affective disorders in older people. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382913

Practical Management of DementiaA Multi-Professional Approach Second Edition Practical Management of Dementia Second Edition remains a comprehensive guide to identifying the challenges faced in caring for patients with dementia. Integrating new research into the diagnosis detection and management of dementia this book brings together a wealth of extensive practical experience and knowledge. It answers questions on medical psychological and social management in an informative evidence-based manner. Emphasising the need for a variety of pharmacological psychological and social approaches that can be adapted for individual patients it also encourages an understanding of the patients' spiritual needs. Reviews of the First Edition: 'This is a highly readable and useful resource.' NURSING STANDARD 'Comprehensive and valuable. Of merit to all healthcare team members from all care setting perspectives.' GERIATRICS TODAY 'Consistent and clear well written and edited.' THE JOURNAL OF DEMENTIA CARE Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194122

Practical Manual of Intraocular Inflammation Filling the need for a succinct up-to-date guide in the management of sight-threatening disorders this source provides a clear and practical approach to the treatment and analysis of posterior segment intraocular inflammatory conditions. Practical Manual of Intraocular Inflammation includes:full coverage of diagnosis clinical assessment and management of symptomsdescriptions of external inflammatory conditions as well as uveitisfull-color algorithms scientific charts schematic illustrations and clinical photographsWith over 60 color images ophthalmologists optometrists and primary care physicians will find this source well-illustrated and documented making this reference indispensable to any eye and vision practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387204

Practical Manual of Minimally Invasive Gynecologic and Robotic SurgeryA Clinical Cook Book 3E This third edition has been extensively updated to provide the gynecologic surgeon with a state-of-the-art and practical resource that can be used to review or learn about commonly performed surgical procedures in minimally invasive gynecology. To meet the needs of both novice and experienced surgeons the text is engineered to cover the clinical decision-making key instrumentation and technical cascade for each surgical procedure. Wherever possible discussion is focused on methods to optimize outcome and reduce risk. The content in this latest edition has been substantially bolstered by the addition of chapters covering vaginal hysterectomy tissue retrieval in laparoscopic surgery single port laparoscopy robotic hysterectomy robotic myomectomy robotic sacralcolpopexy radical robotic hysterectomy and hemostatic agents for laparoscopic surgery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482216325

Practical Manual of Wastewater Chemistry "This is a Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448547

Practical Manual on Plant Cytogenetics Earlier books on the handling of plant chromosomes have not included many of the innovations in cytological techniques for many important crops that have become available in recent years including information on associating genes with chromosomes. The aim of this book is to compile all the plant cytogenetic techniques previously published in earlier books into a laboratory manual. The first part of the book describes standard cytological techniques that are routinely used by students. The second part covers methods used for specific crops for which common cytological methods do not work satisfactorily. The third part discusses cytogenetic techniques (cytology and genetics) for physically locating genes on specific chromosomes. This novel book will be highly useful to students teachers and researchers as it is a convenient and comprehensive reference for all plant cytogenetic techniques and protocols.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742979

Practical MasteringA Guide to Mastering in the Modern Studio Guiding you through the history and emergence of modern mastering techniques then providing practical hints and tips on how to use them in your set up Practical Mastering is the book for anyone wanting to master this elusive art form. Providing you with solid mastering theory underpinned by years of professional experience and hands-on advice to getting the most out of your set up. Using years of practical and professional experience Mark and Russ offer a discussion of how to effectively listen to and interpret post-mix tracks showing you how to pick out areas of the mix that could be optimized or need development. Backing this up with professional tips and tricks on how to develop and fine tuning your hearing skills. Honing your ears to efficiently and effectively listen to your mixes and create perfectly polished master tracks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240523705

Practical MATLAB Applications for Engineers Practical Matlab Applications for Engineers provides a tutorial for those with a basic understanding of Matlab. It can be used to follow Misza Kalechman‘s Practical Matlab Basics for Engineers (cat no. 47744). This volume explores the concepts and Matlab tools used in the solution of advanced course work for engineering and technology students. It covers the material encountered in the typical engineering and technology programs at most colleges. It illustrates the direct connection between theory and real applications. Each chapter reviews basic concepts and then explores those concepts with a number of worked out examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442627

Practical MATLAB Basics for Engineers A comprehensive and accessible primer this tutorial immerses engineers and engineering students in the essential technical skills that will allow them to put Matlab to immediate use. The book covers concepts such as: functions algebra geometry arrays vectors matrices trigonometry graphs pre-calculus and calculus. It then delves into the Matlab language covering syntax rules notation operations computational programming and general problem solving in the areas of applied mathematics and general physics. This knowledge can be used to explore the basic applications that are detailed in Misza Kalechman‘s companion volume Practical Matlab Applications for Engineers (cat no. 47760). . Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442603

Practical MATLAB for Engineers - 2 Volume Set A comprehensive and accessible primer this two volume tutorial immerses engineers and engineering students in the essential technical skills that will allow them to put Matlab® to immediate use. The first volume covers concepts such as: functions algebra geometry arrays vectors matrices trigonometry graphs pre-calculus and calculus. It then delves into the Matlab language covering syntax rules notation operations computational programming. The second volume illustrates the direct connection between theory and real applications. Each chapter reviews basic concepts and then explores those concepts with a number of worked out examples. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214528

Practical Military Ordnance Identification Second Edition The threat variables associated with military ordnance are enormous requiring the application of a structured process to identify unknown munitions. The focus of Practical Military Ordnance Identification Second Edition is the application of a practical deductive process to identify unknown ordnance items that are commonly recovered outside military control. The author supplies a seven-step procedure to identify unknown munitions by their category group and type. Detailed logic trees help users narrow down the possibilities in order to accurately identify ordnance. The book covers the safety precautions associated with each category and group of ordnance. It describes many ordnance construction characteristics and explains the fundamentals of military ordnance fuzing. Appendices define terms and supply abbreviations and acronyms used to describe military ordnances. Coverage new to this edition include: a list of conventional markings; additional safety precautions to take; an expanded list of high explosives; additional technical details on explosives effects; hazards associated with pyrotechnics pyrophorics smoke compounds and incendiaries; a section on pre-1870 projectiles hand grenades landmines underwater ordnances and rockets; and details on Man-Portable-Air-Defense-Systems (MANPADS) missile systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815369424

Practical Motorsport Engineering This guide and textbook on motorsport engineering is written from a practical point of view. It offers a wide-ranging insight into the nuts and bolts technology of practical car racing from saloons and sports cars to open wheelers. It gives the aspiring race engineer the tools to do the job by explaining all aspects of race car technology and offering crucial insight into the essentials of the motorsport engineering industry. For motorsport engineering students at all levels this book particularly covers the examination syllabuses for IMI (the Institute of the Motor Industry) EAL and BTEC and meets the CPD requirements of most engineering institutions. Each aspect of the race car is covered in a separate chapter with test questions and suggestions for further study at the end. Combining the key points from his previous publications Basic Motorsport Engineering and Advanced Motorsport Engineering the author draws on a career in teaching and industry to create the must-have all-in-one reference. It is an ideal companion for the practising owner driver or race engineer (whether amateur or professional) a suitable introductory text for HND and degree students and a great point of reference for any other keen fans with an interest in motorsport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375685

Practical MRI of the Foot and Ankle EXPAND YOUR KNOWLEDGE OF MRI OF THE FOOT AND ANKLE.The introduction of MRI together with rapid technological advancements over the last five years has provided a powerful diagnostic tool. Despite this development clinicians are unfamiliar with MRI of the foot and ankle due to the complexities of this imaging modality and the anatomy and pathology of this region.In Practical MRI of the Foot and Ankle the authors present a state-of-the-art source for the broad range of topics related to this field. The work illuminates and expands on the limited body of available.A PRACTICAL COMPREHENSIVE REFERENCEThis work provides background information regarding appropriate MRI techniques followed by a brief discussion of the normal anatomy of the foot and ankle. Subsequent chapters encompass a broad spectrum of topics including bone injuries osseous tumors infections arthropathies and the pediatric foot and ankle.Practical MRI of the Foot and Ankle is sure to become a standard in your reference collection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398156

Practical Multivariate Analysis This is the sixth edition of a popular textbook on multivariate analysis. Well-regarded for its practical and accessible approach with excellent examples and good guidance on computing the book is particularly popular for teaching outside statistics i.e. in epidemiology social science business etc. The sixth edition has been updated with a new chapter on data visualization a distinction made between exploratory and confirmatory analyses and a new section on generalized estimating equations and many new updates throughout. This new edition will enable the book to continue as one of the leading textbooks in the area particularly for non-statisticians. Key Features: Provides a comprehensive practical and accessible introduction to multivariate analysis. Keeps mathematical details to a minimum so particularly geared toward a non-statistical audience. Includes lots of detailed worked examples guidance on computing and exercises. Updated with a new chapter on data visualization. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138702226

Practical Mysticism in Islam and ChristianityA Comparative Study of Jalal al-Din Rumi and Meister Eckhart Practical Mysticism in Islam and Christianity offers a comparative study of the works of the Sufi-poet Jalal al-Din Rumi (1207-1273) and the practical teachings of the German Dominican Meister Eckhart (c1260-1327/8). Rumi has remained an influential figure in Islamic mystical discourse since the thirteenth century while also extending his impact to the Western spiritual arena. However his ideas have frequently been interpreted within the framework of other mystical philosophical or religious systems. Through its novel approach this book aims to reformulate Rumi’s practical mysticism by employing four methodological principles: a) mysticism is a coherent structure with mutual interconnection between its parts; b) the imposition of alien structures to interpret any particular mysticism damages its inward coherency; c) practical mysticism consists of two main parts namely practices and stages; and d) the proper use of comparative methodology enables a deeper understanding of each juxtaposed system. Eckhart’s speculative mysticism which differs from and enjoys similarities with the love-based mysticism of Rumi provides a "mirror" that highlights the special features of Rumi’s practical mysticism. Such comparison also allows a deeper comprehension of Eckhart’s practical thought. Offering a critical examination of practical mysticism this book is a valuable resource for students and scholars of Islamic studies comparative mysticism and the intellectual history of Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026813

Practical Nanotechnology for Petroleum Engineers This book is a concise but well-organized introduction to nanotechnology (NT) which the upstream oil industry is now vigorously adapting to develop its own unique applications for improved oilfield operations and oil and gas production. Its reader will learn nanotechnology fundamentals be introduced to important NT products and applications from other industries and learn about the current state of development of various NT applications in the upstream oil industry which include innovative use of nanoparticles for enhanced oil recovery; drilling and completions; reservoir sensing; and production operations and flow assurance.Key FeaturesExclusive title on potential of nanoparticle-based agents and interventions for improving myriad of oilfield operationsUnique guide for nanotechnology applications developers and users for oil and gas productionIntroduces nanotechnology for oil and gas managers and engineersIncludes research data discussions relevant to fieldOffers a practical applications-oriented approach Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656485

Practical NeurocounselingConnecting Brain Functions to Real Therapy Interventions Practical Neurocounseling demonstrates the importance of considering brain health in counseling showing mental health professionals how to understand and assess the functioning of different parts of the brain without sophisticated software or intensive training. Chapters map out individual brain areas and give tips and guidance that therapists can use to tailor their approaches to meet specific cognitive emotional and behavioral needs. The interventions provided in each chapter are gender and culturally neutral with easy-to-follow directions for application. LORETA brain maps for each of the 19 brain sites help identify brain locations to brain function and areas of dysregulation and corresponding step-by-step interventions can be used to regulate sites and behaviors. More than just a collection of techniques Practical Neurocounseling is a valuable guide for clinicians interested in the relationship between brain activity and behavior. It’s also an ideal book for professors and students in any neurocounseling course and for clinicians working in talk therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367417437

Practical Neuropsychological Rehabilitation in Acquired Brain InjuryA Guide for Working Clinicians The book aims to acknowledge the complexity of working with clients who have an acquired brain injury but aims to give the interested reader practical and useable guides to develop their practice. Throughout the text case studies and practical suggestions are forwarded to facilitate do-able practice. It is hoped that the book will become a gold standard in this particular area and is aimed at a range of professionals in training (for those responsible providing training in psychopathology neuropsychology and psychotherapy) and those who have an interest in working with the issues commonly seen post acute brain injury rehabilitation settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757226

Practical Newspaper Reporting This guide to all aspects of the reporter's job has been extensively revised and updated for a third edition. It considers:What is news?How the modern newsroom operatesHow facts are gathered and checkedThe reporter and picture ideasDistrict reportingTechniques of interviewingNews writing and newspaper languageHow to summarizeReporting the courtsPolitical and industrial reportingAspects of sportswritingFeature writing and arts reviewing The book also includes an important new chapter on the place of local government in newspaper coverage and it examines a newspaper's internal structure and the reporter's daily work in the light of the latest technology.This classic textbook is a must for all journalism and media courses and offers the ideal career introduction for the young journalist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177932

Practical Numerical and Scientific Computing with MATLAB® and Python Practical Numerical and Scientific Computing with MATLAB® and Python concentrates on the practical aspects of numerical analysis and linear and non-linear programming. It discusses the methods for solving different types of mathematical problems using MATLAB and Python. Although the book focuses on the approximation problem rather than on error analysis of mathematical problems it provides practical ways to calculate errors. The book is divided into three parts covering topics in numerical linear algebra methods of interpolation numerical differentiation and integration solutions of differential equations linear and non-linear programming problems and optimal control problems. This book has the following advantages: It adopts the programming languages MATLAB and Python which are widely used among academics scientists and engineers for ease of use and contain many libraries covering many scientific and engineering fields. It contains topics that are rarely found in other numerical analysis books such as ill-conditioned linear systems and methods of regularization to stabilize their solutions nonstandard finite differences methods for solutions of ordinary differential equations and the computations of the optimal controls. It provides a practical explanation of how to apply these topics using MATLAB and Python. It discusses software libraries to solve mathematical problems such as software Gekko pulp and pyomo. These libraries use Python for solutions to differential equations and static and dynamic optimization problems. Most programs in the book can be applied in versions prior to MATLAB 2017b and Python 3.7.4 without the need to modify these programs. This book is aimed at newcomers and middle-level students as well as members of the scientific community who are interested in solving math problems using MATLAB or Python. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367076696

Practical Nursing CalculationsGetting the dose right Worried about getting the dose wrong?Don't know your fractions from your decimals?You're not alone! Many people are not comfortable with their mathematical abilities but for most it's not a life or death situation. For nurses however a 'bad maths day' can have catastrophic consequences if drug dosages are calculated incorrectly.Practical Nursing Calculations provides easy to understand explanations of key calculations. The many exercises offer opportunities to practise basic problem-solving to help build your confidence. The use of real-life situations demonstrates how maths is actually applied when working with patients. Realistic scenarios introduce common presenting illnesses and the medications used to treat them and enables you to calculate their correct dosages.This book has been developed to assist you to gain competency in basic mathematical skills and problem-solving techniques which require applied or conceptual mathematics. Practical Nursing Calculations has emerged from actual classroom curriculum and ten years of teaching in a major nursing school.Easy to use Practical Nursing Calculations provides you with a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of mathematics and a sense of how to apply your knowledge in your professional lives. A sound teaching and learning resource this book is appropriate for self-directed learning or as a classroom guide.This text is accompanied by a password-accessed website with extra exercises and quizzes.www.allenandunwin/nursing Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116776

Practical Ontologies for Information Professionals Practical Ontologies for Information Professionals provides an accessible introduction and exploration of ontologies and demonstrates their value to information professionals. More data and information is being created than ever before. Ontologies formal representations of knowledge with rich semantic relationships have become increasingly important in the context of today's information overload and data deluge. The publishing and sharing of explicit explanations for a wide variety of concepts in a machine readable format has the power to both improve information retrieval and discover new knowledge. Information professionals are key contributors to the development of new and increasingly useful ontologies. Practical Ontologies for Information Professionals provides an accessible introduction to the following: defining the concept of ontologies and why they are increasingly important to information professionals ontologies and the semantic web existing ontologies such as RDF RDFS SKOS and OWL2 adopting and building ontologies showing how to avoid repetition of work and how to build a simple ontology interrogating ontologies for reuse the future of ontologies and the role of the information professional in their development and use. Readership: This book will be essential reading for information professionals in libraries and other cultural heritage institutions who work with digitization projects cataloguing and classification and information retrieval. It will also be useful to LIS students who are new to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300624

Practical Orthography of African LanguagesBound with: Orthographe Pratique des Langues Africaines; The Distribution of the Semitic and Cushi The first edition of the Practical Orthography of African Languages was a best-seller and this and the following volume re-issues the second edition in English and French. Originally published in 1930 it provided an invaluable solution to the problem of finding a practical and uniform method of writing African languages. The volume is bound with a small pamphlet which analyses the information on the Semitic and cushitic languages of Eritrea Ethiopia and the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Related languages are grouped together into larger sections which have some linguistic significance. A further pamphlet the Distribution of the Nilotic and Nilo-Hamitic Languages of Africa describes the relationship between languages and dialects. For each language data are given on locality number of speakers use for educational and religious purposes and the extent of vernacular literature. The linguistic material is set out in phonetic script with tone marks though reference is made to current standard orthoraphies where these exist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096219

Practical Parallel Rendering Meeting the growing demands for speed and quality in rendering computer graphics images requires new techniques. Practical parallel rendering provides one of the most practical solutions. This book addresses the basic issues of rendering within a parallel or distributed computing environment and considers the strengths and weaknesses of multiprocessor machines and networked render farms for graphics rendering. Case studies of working applications demonstrate in detail practical ways of dealing with complex issues involved in parallel processing. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367447014

Practical Patient Management in Reproductive MedicineEvidence- and Experience-Based Guidance This text will provide doctors both in training and in practice with useful advice on managing women and men who are having trouble conceiving and couples with infertility and related disorders. Its combination of scientific information and practical advice for tackling problematic cases make this an accessible handy reference in outpatient clinics or in revision for professional exams as well as a fully referenced information resource. Contents: Glossary of terms * Problems with puberty and its onset * Understanding infertility * Investigations in infertility * Influencing the sperm count * Helping women to ovulate * Damage to the uterus the fallopian tubes and the ovaries * What to do if nothing wrong can be found and how to answer when a couple asks 'what can we do to improve our fertility?' *Assisted conception * Preserving fertility * Global perspectives on reproductive medicine * Reproductive biology in one other great ape (the gorilla) * Research questions still unanswered - And further reading Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138335622

Practical Peacemaking in the Middle EastArms Control and Regional Security First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315049960

Practical Peacemaking in the Middle EastThe Environment Water Refugees and Economic Cooperation and Development First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203822685

Practical Pedagogy40 New Ways to Teach and Learn Practical Pedagogy expands the universe of teaching and learning. It provides an accessible guide to new and emerging innovations in education with insights into how to become more effective as a teacher and learner. New teachers will find a comprehensive introduction to innovative ways of teaching and learning. Experienced educators will be surprised by the range of useful pedagogies such as translanguaging crossover learning teachback bricolage and rhizomatic learning. Policy makers will gain evidence of how new teaching methods work in practice with resources for curriculum design and course development. Drawing on material from the hugely influential Innovating Pedagogy series of reports this book is a compilation of the 40 most relevant pedagogies covering: innovative ways to teach and learn; how pedagogies are adopted in new ways for a digital age; evidence on how and why different methods of teaching work including case studies set in classrooms informal settings and online learning spaces; practical implications of the latest research into the science of learning combining psychology education social sciences and neuroscience. Organised around six themes – Personalization Connectivity Reflection Extension Embodiment and Scale – Practical Pedagogy is a comprehensive source for teachers policy makers educational researchers and anyone interested in new ways to teach and learn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599819

Practical Pharmaceutical Calculations This book develops both the student's mental arithmetic and mathematics and describes the basic arithmetic operations. It explores a reference source formula to calculate quantities of ingredients required to make a given amount of a pharmaceutical product. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138444751

Practical Pharmaceutical Laboratory Automation Laboratory automation is an increasingly important part of the job description of many laboratory scientists. Although many laboratory scientists understand the methods and principles involved in automation most lack the necessary engineering and programming skills needed to successfully automate or interface equipment in the lab. A step-by-step how-to reference and guide Practical Pharmaceutical Laboratory Automation explores the processes needed to automate the majority of tasks required in research today. The author discusses topics ranging from automated mathematical analysis to robotic automation of chemical processes to combinations of these and other processes. He presents a detailed discussion of high throughput screening and assay development and takes an in-depth look at Visual Basic as the primary programming language used in laboratories. The text has a dedicated web site (http://www.pharmalabauto.com) that contains all the sample code and examples contained within the text as well as other information related to laboratory automation. Providing a starting point for tackling automation problems Practical Pharmaceutical Laboratory Automation helps you develop a strategy for automation that gets consistent results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454487

Practical Philosophy and Action Theory Action theory and practical philosophy have their well-grounded tradition both in Finland and in Poland. This text is a collection of PRACTICAL PHILOSOPHY AND ACTION THEORY Praxiology: The International Annual of Practical Philosophy and Methodology Volume 2. This volume is divided into three parts: the first one being so to speak a ‘business card’ of Finland’s contemporary practical philosophy the second one being a ‘business card’ of the Poland’s present praxiology and a collection of contributions from other philosophical environments related to the topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513471

Practical PhlebologyDeep Vein Thrombosis The latest volume in the Practical Phlebology series Deep Vein Thrombosis provides trainee and practicing physicians with the ideal illustrative guide to the etiology diagnosis and management of deep vein thrombosis (DVT). Based on peer-reviewed literature and quality clinical trials the book is also an essential resource for academicians. Topics include: Epidemiology natural history and etiology of DVT DVT prophylaxis Diagnostic techniques Anticoagulation thrombus removal catheter-based interventions and thrombolysis Inferior vena cava filters Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia Femoral endovenectomy and endoluminal recanalization Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444146097

Practical Phonetics for Students of African Languages First published in 1933 this book looks at the phonetics of African languages. It argues that a good grounding in phonetics and tone work is an indispensable preliminary to any one embarking on a study of African language and so provides the material necessary for this in a simple form. The volume is primarily a practical manual for students of African languages but will also be an invaluable tool for students of general linguistics as a work of scientific interest. The languages observed present features of language that are very different to those found in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930940

Practical Plant Failure AnalysisA Guide to Understanding Machinery Deterioration and Improving Equipment Reliability Second Edition This is a practical guide for those who do the work of maintaining and improving the reliability of mechanical machinery. It is for engineers and skilled trades personnel who want to understand how failures happen and how the physical causes of the great majority can be readily diagnosed in the field. It explains the four major failure mechanisms wear corrosion overload and fatigue and using easy-to-read charts how they can be diagnosed at the site of the failure. Then knowing the physical failure mechanics involved the reader can accurately solve the human causes. To improve the reader’s understanding all the diagrams and most of the tables have been redrawn. The number of actual failure examples has been increased plus the last chapter on miscellaneous machine elements includes new material on couplings universal joints and plain bearings. Features A practical field guide showing how to recognize how failures occur that can be used to solve more than 85% of mechanical machinery failures Incorporates multiple easy-to-follow logic trees to help the reader diagnose the physical causes of the failure without needing detailed laboratory analysis Explains how the mechanics corrosion materials science and tribology of components can fit together to improve machinery reliability Includes more than 150 completely redrawn charts and tables plus almost 250 actual failure photographs to help guide the reader to an accurate analysis Contains clear and detailed explanations of how lubricants function and the critical roles of corrosion and lubrication play in causing mechanical failures Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138324114

Practical Pneumatics Pneumatic power is ideal for the ever increasing range of 'light' applications in which a cheap clean adaptable source of power is needed. Used in conjunction with microprocessor control it forms the basis of manufacturing automation from basic conveying and handling lines to complex robotic assembly systems. Training courses and books aimed at the technician have not kept pace with these developments. This book is written to cover the British Fluid Power Association Pneumatics Certificate which is also awarded as part of CGLI scheme 2340 and is in the process of NVQ accreditation at level 3. 'Practical Pneumatics' provides a clear and detailed discussion of pneumatic technology by tackling the principles of pneumatic components and the behaviour of air under compression during treatment and in applications to production processes. The non-mathematical approach the numerous detailed diagrams and the many exercises and examples explain concepts clearly and concisely and provide students with a foundation from which to develop practical competence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136915

Practical Pointers for University Teachers This text aims to provide university lecturers with practical guidelines for the effective teaching and assessment of students. The topics discussed include course planning and preparation delivery and presentation classroom management student feedback and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419728

Practical Pointers on Quality Assessment Aimed at the higher education and further education practitioner this title aims to build on work already done on quality assessment and to take it further by asking questions about what can be learned from assessment and how it can be developed in a positive way. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315041940

Practical Predestinarians in England c. 1590–1640 The belief that God eternally and unalterably decrees the election of one part of humankind and the reprobation of the rest has not aged well but in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries the doctrine of predestination was publicised and popularised to an extent unparalleled in the history of Christianity. Why was this? How successfully was the doctrine able to mix with other ideas and to what effect? And did belief in predestination encourage confidence or despair? Practical Predestinarians is a study of the ways in which the doctrine of predestination was understood and communicated by churchmen in late Tudor and early Stuart England. It connects with debates about the 'popularity' of Protestantism during England's 'long reformation' as well as with the question of whether predestination tended toward inclusive or divisive and conformist or subversive applications. Intersecting with recent debates about the popular reception of Protestant preaching this book focusses upon the pastoral message itself - it is therefore an investigation into the public face of English Calvinism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409463863

Practical Problems in Research MethodsA Casebook with Questions for Discussion • Each of the 53 cases presents a practical problem faced by a researcher and the solution he or she selected. •The questions encourage students to evaluate the researcher’s solution and consider alternatives. •All cases are drawn from the published literature. Your students will evaluate real problems faced by practicing researchers. •All major topics in research methods are covered. Here are samples from the seven major sections of the book: •Sampling: Sampling Hispanic Adults by Telephone•Measurement: Social Desirability•Operational Definitions: Defining “Physical Abuse” of Children•Procedures: Controlling the Distribution of a Questionnaire•Experimental and Causal-Comparative Design: Forming Comparison•Groups in Classroom Research on Reading•Ethical Considerations: Prescreening Adolescents for Stress•Interpretation of Results: Health Risk Behaviors of Adolescents •The extensive instructor’s guide provides discussion points as well as samples of students’ answers obtained in the field tests. •This supplementary book makes dry textbook principles come alive! Students learn that research is a dynamic process—that for many problems there are competing solutions each with its own advantages and drawbacks. •The 35 short cases are ideal for classroom discussions. The 18 longer ones make great homework assignments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315266329

Practical Professionalism in MedicineA Global Case-Based Workbook Doctors in training are exposed to pressures and distractions to which they do not always respond appropriately and individuals and institutions can struggle to deal effectively with difficulties when they arise. This book exposes the myths surrounding medical professionalism and strips it of pretensions or exclusivity making a complex subject accessible and easy to comprehend. It promotes best practice for dealing with unprofessional behaviours amongst doctors-in-training. Divided into two main sections this workbook first explores topics such as what constitutes professionalism how it might best be taught and assessed the interactions between professionalism ethics and legal frameworks international trends in medical education in relation to professionalism and implications for public policy. The second section presents 29 international case studies based on real life explores issues and makes practical recommendations. Medical educators and students will appreciate the common format with key discussion points for each case and international health and social care professionals will welcome inspiration from the candid sincere exploration of the topic. 'I welcome this book unreservedly and I am sure it will play an important role in furthering the teaching of medical professionalism.' From the Foreword by Professor Jim McKillop Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195846

Practical Program Evaluation for Criminal Justice Practical Program Evaluation for Criminal Justice shows readers how to apply the principles of fiscal responsibility accountability and evidence-based practice to criminal justice reform plans. Unlike other policy-based texts which tend to focus more on implementation than assessment this book provides applicable step-by-step instruction on determining an initiative's necessity prior to its adoption (reducing the risk of wasting resources) as well as how to accurately gauge its effectiveness during initial roll-out stages. The book gradually introduces basic data analysis procedures and statistical techniques which once mastered can be used to prove or disprove a program's worth. Lastly the book introduces the types of stakeholders who should review evaluation results for quick action as well as how to best structure reports to ensure their buy-in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781455777709

Practical Project Management for Building and Construction Practical Project Management for Building and Construction covers the 14 knowledge areas of project management that are essential for successful projects in the construction industry. For each knowledge area it explains the processes for scope time risk cost and resource management. Filled with work and process flow diagrams it demonstrates how projects progress throughout the project life cycle.The book details the processes that must be included in the management process to deliver projects on time and within budget. The processes and knowledge areas described reference the ISO 10006 Standard (guidelines for quality management in projects) the international project management standards of the PMBOK® Guide and the rapidly emerging ISO 21500 standard. Coverage includes change management working environment quality and communication and procurement management. Illustrating the entire project process this pioneering reference: Reports on regulations from the European Union and the United States that impact construction projects Identifies the knowledge areas a project manager must control Examines time-tested strategies various types of contracts remuneration forms and contract close out Includes many examples and templates to help you generate essential project documents The book supplies accessible information on a range of helpful tools such as work breakdown structure and earned value. Explaining how to use a network diagram with its gaps and critical paths the methods described in the text will help you control the WHAT HOW and WHEN to do things as well as WHO is responsible for doing them which will lead to successful project management. Because a large part of the book addresses general project management concepts the lessons learned will also be helpful to project managers outside the building and construction industry. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439896556

Practical Projects for PhotographersLearning Through Practice and Research Expert photographer and instructor Tim Daly presents over 20 practical projects for the budding photographer to develop their technical and research skills.Each project is a ready-made resource - the assignments vary in size and complexity exploring a wide range of outputs (print photobook blog) and are mindful of limited resources travelling distances and access to expensive equipment. Within each section are examples of notable photographers from around the world suggested responses practice tips readings from key thinkers and further resources. This book blends understanding of context and technique to help photographers find new ways to work through the creative process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350056084

Practical Psychiatry of Old Age Fifth Edition Multi-disciplinary in its approach this book details key psychiatric conditions their assessment and management in line with modern developments including the latest developments in healthcare policy. It has been thoroughly revised to incorporate the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) Guidance. Case studies are used throughout to aid comprehension and illustrate the realities of working in this area. Now in its Fifth Edition Practical Psychiatry of Old Age is ideal as a clinical primer for those in training or as a day-to-day reference for healthcare professionals working with older people. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781908911988

Practical PsychologyFOR STUDENTS OF EDUCATION First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882454

Practical PsychopharmacologyBasic to Advanced Principles Practical Psychopharmacology takes the novel approach of writing at three different levels—beginning intermediate and advanced—to give the practicing psychopharmacologist a tailored experience. Each chapter focuses on a specific DSM-5 disorder and outlines abbreviated treatment guidelines to help the reader understand where their knowledge base and clinical practice currently resides. At the first level the book teaches novice prescribers practical diagnostic skills and provides a brief overview of pertinent genetic and neuroimaging findings to increase prescribing confidence. Next it provides mid-level clinicians with intermediate techniques and guidelines for more difficult cases. The final level provides nuanced guidance for advanced practitioners or those who see the most treatment-resistant patients. This approach allows a clinician to access this book periodically throughout the care of an individual patient and to gradually progress through a series of more advanced psychopharmacological techniques for making accurate and efficient diagnoses. Readers can also visit the book’s eResource page to download a bonus chapter on eating disorders as well as case studies and multiple-choice questions for each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902534

Practical Pulmonary and Critical Care MedicineDisease Management Including previously unpublished guidelines and recent care descriptions not available in any other text this reference provides illustrative chapters on the identification diagnosis and management of commonly encountered diseases and conditions in the care of the critically-ill patient. Researching the most recent clinical trials and supplying a extensive amount of tables references and figures this guide examines issues significantly affecting the efficacy of care in the ICU such as nutritional formulations sedation methods pain control life-support technology and the electronic health record. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391171

Practical Quality Management in the Chemical Process Industry This book is a manual for designing and operating a basic quality management program; a practical discussion of what is needed and how to fulfill those needs on a practical basis. It will be helpful to chemical engineers plant laboratory managers and those interested in quality management. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064916

Practical Quantum Electrodynamics Taking a heuristic approach to relativistic quantum mechanics Practical Quantum Electrodynamics provides a complete introduction to the theory methodologies and calculations used for explaining the physical interaction of charged particles. This book combines the principles of relativity and quantum theory necessary for performing the calculations of the electromagnetic scattering of electrons and positrons and the emission and absorption of photons. Beginning with an introduction of the wave equations for spin-0 and spin-1/2 particles the author compares and contrasts the relativistic and spin effects for both types of particles. He emphasizes how the relativistic treatment of quantum mechanics and the spin-1/2 degree of freedom are necessary to describe electromagnetic interactions involving electron scattering and points out the shortfalls of the wave-equation approach to relativistic quantum mechanics. Developing the Feynman rules for quantum electrodynamics by example the book offers an intuitive hands-on approach for performing fundamental calculations. It also illustrates how to perform calculations that can be related to experiments such as diagrams lifetimes and cross sections.Practical Quantum Electrodynamics builds a strong foundation for further studies and research in theoretical and particle physics particularly relativistic quantum field theory or nonrelativistic many-body theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390884

Practical R for Mass Communication and Journalism Do you want to use R to tell stories? This book was written for you—whether you already know some R or have never coded before. Most R texts focus only on programming or statistical theory. Practical R for Mass Communication and Journalism gives you ideas tools and techniques for incorporating data and visualizations into your narratives. You’ll see step by step how to: Analyze airport flight delays restaurant inspections and election results Map bank locations median incomes and new voting districts Compare campaign contributions to final election results Extract data from PDFs Whip messy data into shape for analysis Scrape data from a website Create graphics ranging from simple static charts to interactive visualizations for the Web If you work or plan to work in a newsroom government office non-profit policy organization or PR office Practical R for Mass Communication and Journalism will help you use R in your world. This book has a companion website with code links to additional resources and searchable tables by function and task. Sharon Machlis is the author of Computerworld’s Beginner’s Guide to R host of InfoWorld’s Do More With R video screencast series admin for the R for Journalists Google Group and is well known among Twitter users who follow the #rstats hashtag. She is Director of Editorial Data and Analytics at IDG Communications (parent company of Computerworld InfoWorld PC World and Macworld among others) and a frequent speaker at data journalism and R conferences.   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138726918

Practical Record KeepingDevelopment and Resource Material for Staff Working with Pupils with Special Educational Needs First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315068190

Practical Recording TechniquesThe Step-by-Step Approach to Professional Audio Recording Practical Recording Techniques covers all aspects of recording perfect for beginning and intermediate recording engineers producers musicians and audio enthusiasts. Filled with tips and shortcuts this hands-on practical guide gives advice on equipping a home studio (whether low-budget or advanced) and suggestions for set-up acoustics effects choosing mics and monitor speakers and preventing hum. This best-selling guide also instructs how to mike instruments and vocals judge recordings and improve them work with MIDI and loops do mastering and put your music on the web. Two chapters cover live recording of classical and popular music.   New in the seventh edition: Complete update of all types of recording equipment plug-ins and recording software Increased focus on current industry and classroom trends like DAW signal flow and operation (during recording and mixdown) while still covering analog fundamentals Updated organization to focus and break up topics Updated tips on optimizing your computer for multitrack recording – for both Windows and Mac New sections on streaming audio mobile-device recording live recording with digital consoles and psychoacoustics Listen Online boxes highlight where audio samples on the website relate to chapter discussions Updated companion website with audio examples articles  and suggested activities plus expanded and more user-friendly links to the best sites for videos and articles recording techniques equipment and other learning resources. Instructors can download figures from the book the audio files and a test bank Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904422

Practical Reliability Engineering and Analysis for System Design and Life-Cycle Sustainment In today’s sophisticated world reliability stands as the ultimate arbiter of quality. An understanding of reliability and the ultimate compromise of failure is essential for determining the value of most modern products and absolutely critical to others large or small. Whether lives are dependent on the performance of a heat shield or a chip in a lab random failure is never an acceptable outcome. Written for practicing engineers Practical Reliability Engineering and Analysis for System Design and Life-Cycle Sustainment departs from the mainstream approach for time to failure-based reliability engineering and analysis. The book employs a far more analytical approach than those textbooks that rely on exponential probability distribution to characterize failure. Instead the author who has been a reliability engineer since 1970 focuses on those probability distributions that more accurately describe the true behavior of failure. He emphasizes failure that results from wear while considering systems the individual components within those systems and the environmental forces exerted on them. Dependable Products Are No Accident: A Clear Path to the Creation of Consistently Reliable ProductsTaking a step-by-step approach that is augmented with current tables to configure wear load distribution and other essential factors this book explores design elements required for reliability and dependable systems integration and sustainment. It then discusses failure mechanisms modes and effects—as well as operator awareness and participation—and also delves into reliability failure modeling based on time-to-failure data considering a variety of approaches.From there the text demonstrates and then considers the advantages and disadvantages for the stress-strength analysis approach including various phases of test simulation. Taking the practical approach still further the author covers reli Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384258

Practical Rendering and Computation with Direct3D 11 Direct3D 11 offers such a wealth of capabilities that users can sometimes get lost in the details of specific APIs and their implementation. While there is a great deal of low-level information available about how each API function should be used there is little documentation that shows how best to leverage these capabilities. Written by active members of the Direct3D community Practical Rendering and Computation with Direct3D 11 provides a deep understanding of both the high and low level concepts related to using Direct3D 11. The first part of the book presents a conceptual introduction to Direct3D 11 including an overview of the Direct3D 11 rendering and computation pipelines and how they map to the underlying hardware. It also provides a detailed look at all of the major components of the library covering resources pipeline details and multithreaded rendering. Building upon this material the second part of the text includes detailed examples of how to use Direct3D 11 in common rendering scenarios. The authors describe sample algorithms in-depth and discuss how the features of Direct3D 11 can be used to your advantage.All of the source code from the book is accessible on an actively maintained open source rendering framework. The sample applications and the framework itself can be downloaded from http://hieroglyph3.codeplex.comBy analyzing when to use various tools and the tradeoffs between different implementations this book helps you understand the best way to accomplish a given task and thereby fully leverage the potential capabilities of Direct3D 11. Key FeaturesPresents the high level concepts used to design algorithms Describes the nuts and bolts of how to implement the algorithmsExplains each of the major components of the Direct3D 11 libraryShows how Direct3D 11 can be used in a variety of real-world situationsProvides source code and sample programs on a supplementary website Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367659257

Practical Research Methods for Nonprofit and Public Administrators Organized around the four types of studies typically conducted by effective managers and programs Practical Research Methods for Nonprofit and Public Administrators integrates traditional research methods topics with specific management applications. This unique text includes extensive end-of-chapter exercises highlighting the importance of qualitative methods and emphasizing practical skills managers should be able to easily and correctly apply. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475939

Practical Research Methods in EducationAn Early Researcher's Critical Guide Practical Research Methods in Education is a hands-on guide which critically explores and scrutinizes research methods used in educational enquiry. Drawing on the research practical experience and reflections of active researchers each chapter offers explanations examples tasks for students to undertake and suggestions for further reading all of which are designed to strengthen understanding of practical methods of data collection in educational and social-science research. This insightful book offers: Detailed illustration of a range of data-collection methods and approaches used in educational research Chapters written by active researchers experienced in addressing challenges of carrying out practical research in education Examples study tasks and suggestions for further reading in each chapter An exploration of critical reflection and decision-making in relation to research methodology in education Close attention to research ethics Exploring practical methods of data-collection for educational and social-science research Practical Research Methods in Education is a unique and valuable resource for any students interested and engaged in the planning and completion of their own investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393566

Practical Research with Children Practical Research with Children is designed to help the reader understand techniques for research with children based on real world experience. The book describes a wide range of research methods focusing equally on quantitative and qualitative approaches and considers how different methods can be integrated. It highlights the benefits and challenges of each method and gives emphasis to best practice with expert guidance on how to avoid potential pitfalls in order to obtain valuable insights into how children develop. The volume includes fifteen chapters arranged over three sections. Each chapter explores a particular method or combination of methods and discusses both theoretical and practical issues using a diversity of domains including different ages cultures populations and settings. Uniquely the book includes newer methods (such as eye tracking and digital technologies) alongside well-established behavioural methods which are used for research with children. With contributions from internationally renowned researchers and practitioners from a range of disciplines the book will be indispensable reading for a wide audience including for students in psychology education and nursing undertaking research projects with children and also for anyone looking to understand the research behind current theories in child development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937895

Practical Resources for Teaching Citizenship in Secondary Classrooms Based on the New Curriculum for Citizenship this book provides practitioners in secondary schools with the essential tools needed to teach citizenship. The authors provide an overview of the citizenship order and give guidance on how to fulfill its three main elements: social and moral responsibility community involvement and political literacy. The book focuses on curriculum developments teaching learning and assessment issues and includes a rationale for planning schemes of work in citizenship for the whole school. It also includes lesson plans teaching ideas and resources and step-by-step guidance on assessment. Emphasis is placed on including all pupils and references are made to cross-curricular links with other subjects. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138381506

Practical Risk Management for the CIO The growing complexity of today’s interconnected systems has not only increased the need for improved information security but also helped to move information from the IT backroom to the executive boardroom as a strategic asset. And just like the tip of an iceberg is all you see until you run into it the risks to your information are mostly invisible until disaster strikes. Detailing procedures to help your team perform better risk assessments and aggregate results into more meaningful metrics Practical Risk Management for the CIO approaches information risk management through improvements to information management and information security. It provides easy-to-follow guidance on how to effectively manage the flow of information and incorporate both service delivery and reliability. Explains why every CIO should be managing his or her information differently Provides time-tested risk ranking strategies Considers information security strategy standards such as NIST FISMA PCI SP 800 & ISO 17799 Supplies steps for managing: information flow classification controlled vocabularies life cycle and data leakage Describes how to put it all together into a complete information risk management framework Information is one of your most valuable assets. If you aren’t on the constant lookout for better ways to manage it your organization will inevitably suffer. Clarifying common misunderstandings about the risks in cyberspace this book provides the foundation required to make more informed decisions and effectively manage protect and deliver information to your organization and its constituents. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374492

Practical Robot DesignGame Playing Robots Designed for beginners undergraduate students and robotics enthusiasts Practical Robot Design: Game Playing Robots is a comprehensive guide to the theory design and construction of game-playing robots. Drawing on years of robot building and teaching experience the authors demonstrate the key steps of building a robot from beginning to end with independent examples for extra modules. Each chapter covers basic theory and key topics including actuators sensors robot vision and control with examples and case studies from robotic games. Furthermore the book discusses the application of AI techniques and provides algorithms and application examples with MATLAB® code. The book includes: Comprehensive coverate on drive motors and drive motor control References to vendor websites as necessary Digital control techniques with a focus on implementation Techniques for designing and implementing slightly advanced controllers for pole-balancing robots Basic artificial intelligence techniques with examples in MATLAB Discussion of the vision systems sensor systems and controlling of robots The result of a summer course for students taking up robotic games as their final-year project the authors hope that this book will empower readers in terms of the necessary background as well as the understanding of how various engineering fields are amalgamated in robotics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439810330

Practical Rock Mechanics An Ideal Source for Geologists and Others with Little Background in Engineering or Mechanics Practical Rock Mechanics provides an introduction for graduate students as well as a reference guide for practicing engineering geologists and geotechnical engineers. The book considers fundamental geological processes that give rise to the nature of rock masses and control their mechanical behavior. Stresses in the earth’s crust are discussed and methods of measurement and prediction explained. Ways to investigate describe test and characterize rocks in the laboratory and at project scale are reviewed. The application of rock mechanics principles to the design of engineering structures including tunnels foundations and slopes is addressed. The book is illustrated throughout with simple figures and photographs and important concepts are illustrated by modern case examples. Mathematical equations are kept to the minimum necessary and are explained fully—the book leans towards practice rather than theory. This text: Addresses the principles of rock mechanics as it applies to both structural geology and engineering practice Demonstrates the importance of and methods of geological characterisation to rock engineering Examines the standard methods of rock mechanics testing and measurement as well as interpretation of data in practice Explains connections between main parameters both empirically as well as on the basis of scientific theory Provides examples of the practice of rock mechanics to major engineering projects Practical Rock Mechanics teaches from first principles and aids readers’ understanding of the concepts of stress and stress transformation and the practical application of rock mechanics theory. This text can help ensure that ground models and designs are correct realistic and produced cost-effectively. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482217261

Practical Safety and Reliability Assessment An integral part of any engineering or manufacturing process is a continuous process of assessing its safety and reliability. This work provides a guide to the practical application of safety and reliability principles wherever risk is a consideration. The theory and mathematics are kept to a minimum whilst a practical working model of the technology is presented for everyone involved in general engineering disciplines. It reduces the high cost of using professional consultant practitioners introduces an advanced methodology of common mode failure analysis and modelling with potential savings on system capital costs and provides an illustration of working principles by graded tutorial projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367579586

Practical Sampling Techniques Second Edition offers a comprehensive presentation of scientific sampling principles and shows how to design a sample survey and analyze the resulting data. Demonstrates the validity of theorems and statements without resorting to detailed proofs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579685

Practical Sampling Techniques for Infrared Analysis Practical Sampling Techniques for Infrared Analysis provides a single-source guide to sample handling for routine analysis in infrared spectroscopy using commercially available instrumentation and accessories. Following a review of infrared spectroscopic theory chapters consider individual techniques such as transmission methodology (e.g. solution cells KBr pellets) internal reflectance diffuse reflectance photoacoustic FT-IR infrared microscopy GC/FT-IR and quantitative analysis. In addition two chapters elaborate on both typical and unusual samples and problems encountered in industrial laboratories and the process by which a spectroscopist chooses the most effective technique. Various short courses on infrared analysis are also listed. Practical Sampling Techniques for Infrared Analysis will be an important guide for all professional analytical chemists and technicians. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449766

Practical Sanitation in the Food Industry This book provides a clear practical approach to sanitation in the food industry. The content ranges from the principles of microbial growth through descriptions of cleaning chemicals to the management of Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) systems. It will be an invaluable basic text for all tertiary students who intend to work in the food industry as well as for the existing industry personnel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426580

Practical Schedule Risk Analysis Project scheduling is required for good project management and the schedule represents the project plan under a specific set of assumptions often that it will avoid new risks or even those that have occurred on previous occasions. The typical Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule assumes that the project team knows how long the scheduled activities will take. Yet the experienced project manager knows that duration values so precisely stated are actually only estimates based on assumptions that could be wrong. A schedule risk analysis explores the implications for the project's schedule of risk to the activity durations and also identifies the most important schedule risks. This analysis building on and extending CPM scheduling will result in a more accurate estimate of completion and provide an early opportunity for planning effective risk mitigation actions. Practical Schedule Risk Analysis contains a complete treatment of schedule risk analysis from basic to advanced concepts. The methods are introduced at the simplest level: * Why is the duration uncertain? * And how do we represent this uncertainty with a probability distribution? These are then progressively elaborated: * How does uncertainty of activities along a path lead to more uncertainty of the path's completion date? * How can a schedule with parallel paths be riskier than each of the paths individually? * How can we represent risks about activities that are not in the schedule at all? Culminating in a discussion of the most powerful and advanced capabilities available in current commercial software. Schedule risk analysis is a process that is industry-independent and the methods explained in this volume have been used by the author with positive effect in such industries as construction oil and gas information systems environmental restoration and aerospace/defense. The result is a book that is not only highly practical; something that people within all types of projects and in all industries can apply themselves; but that is an extraordinarily complete guide to creating and managing a rigorous project schedule. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315601885

Practical Seal Design This compact on-the-job handbook provides all the practical and theoreticalinformation to design elastomeric O-ring seals for the full range of static reciprocating and rotary functions.Complete with fully illustrated detailed examples to guide you step-bystepthrough virtually every seal design situation Practical Seal Designprovides thorough coverage of ring seal geometry material-compoundcapability material performance and design methods ... detailed designconsiderations including stretch swell shrinkage and blowout prevention as well as innovations to extend seal life span and minimize systemhysteresis ... unmatched treatment of piston-cylinder seal and shaft sealdesign ... and clearly elucidated specifications for military aerospace andindustrial standards.With quick-access features to facilitate prompt proper and effective design Practical Seal Design is an essential single-source reference for mechanical manufacturing industrial automotive aeronautical and ocean engineers.Furthermore this one-of-a-kind work is an excellent reference text forprofessional seminars on hydrodynamic pneumatic and mechanicalengineering systems and undergraduate mechanical design courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744109

Practical Sermons This book was originally published in 1858. Dr. Taylor was for ten years pastor of the Center Church in New Haven Connecticut before called to the Theological Chair in Yale College. These sermons were written during this period and preached in the ordinary course of ministerial duty. Many of them had reference to a state of deep religious interest in his congregation with which his ministry was so frequently blessed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180041

Practical Social InvestigationQualitative and Quantitative Methods in Social Research Practical Social Investigation provides within a single text an introduction to a wide range of both long-standing and newer social research methods. Its balanced and integrated coverage of qualitative and quantitative approaches demonstrates that they can be complementary. While research practice is emphasised readers are encouraged to reflect on methodological issues as well as being provided with tools for their own research.This coherent accessibly written book draws upon the authors' extensive experience of conducting research and teaching research methods. Numerous examples based on real research studies illustrate key issues in a way that acknowledges both the messiness and the creativity of social research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143500

Practical Social Work EthicsComplex Dilemmas Within Applied Social Care This is the first text of its kind to deal exclusively with applied social work ethics. It focuses on an eclectic mix of difficult moral questions or issues encountered in much modern day practice. It is therefore not theoretically driven with some practical elements attached but is instead is a practice-based book where any theory introduced is linked to tangible practice situations. It is also thought-provoking controversial in parts and always engaging. The book is divided into three key sections each introduced by the editors: Past and Present: Moral Practices with Children and Families Ethical Tensions? Ambivalent Ethics and Adult Social Work Contesting Modernisation Each section covers a range of topics and poses difficult questions which link to ethical dilemmas or anxieties. These are attached to themes such as whether culturally sensitive social work is always a good thing the implications of secrets and silence within inter-generational families or the use of Controlled Treatment Orders or medical and social models within mental health social work. Other chapters ask whether the many forms of user/carer participation within social work education or practise are ethically viable explore the moral paradoxes which emerge when vested financial interest sometimes appear to eclipse users' interests examine the implications of avoiding or uncritically deploying 'touch' in social work/care or consider the many moral implications of institutional abuse within social work. With a focussed and clear writing style this book will be of interest to all social work students and practitioners interested in the practical yet complex moral ramifications of their applied role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409438250

Practical Social Work LawAnalysing Court Cases and Inquiries Practical Social Work Law: analysing court cases and inquiries presents legal issues associated with social work in an accessible format.  It approaches the law in a way that is less daunting and more engaging by examining actual court cases and public inquiries and explores the stories of real people and the legal and ethical dilemmas practitioners will face. The text adopts a problem-centred approach to learning by introducing the reader to key aspects of the law through a series of real-life situations; it addresses basic principles regarding the operation of the law and explores the lessons for good practice.  Each chapter addresses a specific area of social work law including family breakdown safeguarding children youth justice adults with disabilities mental health and mental capacity. Landmark cases cases drawn from the lower courts tribunals and ombudsman’s decisions are included throughout presenting an accessible account of the application of the law.Practical Social Work Law is an essential text for undergraduate postgraduate and recently qualified social workers who are wrestling with the complexity of the law and the professional dilemmas it poses for their practice."This book is unusual for a law book in that it is not only a reference book but also a very readable volume...[It] is set out clearly and provides a sound basis for student social workers new to the law and a refresher for qualified practitioners."  Catherine Poulter. RSW.  Integrated Community Services. Carmarthenshire County Council  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131378

Practical Solutions for Energy SavingsA Guidebook for the Manufacturer This book will reveal cost reductions and how to slash your energy costs without investing big money. The three pillars of costs reduction will discussed: Assembling your options and analyzing your risk; developing options with your utility; and cutting out obvious waste in your operation. Those who will benefit from this excellent text are business owners CFOs plant managers plant engineers and energy managers. You will learn how to distill what savings are possible and how you can quickly accomplish those savings from what you already know and can expect to walk away at the end of this book with confidence and a realistic plan of action for reducing your costs. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781138311329

Practical Speech User Interface Design Although speech is the most natural form of communication between humans most people find using speech to communicate with machines anything but natural. Drawing from psychology human-computer interaction linguistics and communication theory Practical Speech User Interface Design provides a comprehensive yet concise survey of practical speech Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429093623

Practical Sports Coaching Practical Sports Coaching is a thorough and engaging guide for all sports coaching students and practitioners. Drawing on real-life case studies and examples the book is designed to develop practical coaching skills and provides readers with the methods and tools they need to become an expert coach. Structured around all facets of the coaching process the text comprehensively covers topics such as: preparation for coaching mentoring the philosophy of coaching direct intervention coaching methods the use of modern technology. The book’s practical approach allows the reader to consider common challenges faced by coaches suggesting solutions to performance concerns and preparing students for the realities of professional sports coaching. A companion website containing presentation slides and useful weblinks makes the book a complete resource for students and lecturers alike. Practical Sports Coaching helps to bridge the gap between theory and practical coaching skills and is an essential text for coaching students looking to deepen their understanding of sports coaching and experienced coaches developing their own practical skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444176704

Practical Spreadsheet Modeling Using @Risk Practical Spreadsheet Modeling Using @Risk provides a guide of how to construct applied decision analysis models in spreadsheets. The focus is on the use of Monte Carlo simulation to provide quantitative assessment of uncertainties and key risk drivers. The book presents numerous examples based on real data and relevant practical decisions in a variety of settings including health care transportation finance natural resources technology manufacturing retail and sports and entertainment. All examples involve decision problems where uncertainties make simulation modeling useful to obtain decision insights and explore alternative choices. Good spreadsheet modeling practices are highlighted. The book is suitable for graduate students or advanced undergraduates in business public policy health care administration or any field amenable to simulation modeling of decision problems. The book is also useful for applied practitioners seeking to build or enhance their spreadsheet modeling skills. Features Step-by-step examples of spreadsheet modeling and risk analysis in a variety of fields Description of probabilistic methods their theoretical foundations and their practical application in a spreadsheet environment Extensive example models and exercises based on real data and relevant decision problems Comprehensive use of the @Risk software for simulation analysis including a free one-year educational software license Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367173869

Practical Spreadsheet Risk Modeling for Management Risk analytics is developing rapidly and analysts in the field need material that is theoretically sound as well as practical and straightforward. A one-stop resource for quantitative risk analysis Practical Spreadsheet Risk Modeling for Management dispenses with the use of complex mathematics concentrating on how powerful techniques and methods can be used correctly within a spreadsheet-based environment. Highlights Covers important topics for modern risk analysis such as frequency-severity modeling and modeling of expert opinion Keeps mathematics to a minimum while covering fairly advanced topics through the use of powerful software tools Contains an unusually diverse selection of topics including explicit treatment of frequency-severity modeling copulas parameter and model uncertainty volatility modeling in time series Markov chains Bayesian modeling stochastic dominance and extended treatment of modeling expert opinion End-of-chapter exercises span eight application areas illustrating the broad application of risk analysis tools with the use of data from real-world examples and case studies This book is written for anyone interested in conducting applied risk analysis in business engineering environmental planning public policy medicine or virtually any field amenable to spreadsheet modeling. The authors provide practical case studies along with detailed instruction and illustration of the features of ModelRisk® the most advanced risk modeling spreadsheet software currently available. If you intend to use spreadsheets for decision-supporting analysis rather than merely as placeholders for numbers then this is the resource for you. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439855522

Practical Statistical MethodsA SAS Programming Approach Practical Statistical Methods: A SAS Programming Approach presents a broad spectrum of statistical methods useful for researchers without an extensive statistical background. In addition to nonparametric methods it covers methods for discrete and continuous data. Omitting mathematical details and complicated formulae the text provides SAS programs to carry out the necessary analyses and draw appropriate inferences for common statistical problems.After introducing fundamental statistical concepts the author describes methods used for quantitative data and continuous data following normal and nonnormal distributions. She then focuses on regression methodology highlighting simple linear regression logistic regression and the proportional hazards model. The final chapter briefly discusses such miscellaneous topics as propensity scores misclassification errors interim analysis conditional power bootstrap and jackknife.With SAS code and output integrated throughout this book shows how to interpret data using SAS and illustrates the many statistical methods available for tackling problems in a range of fields including the pharmaceutical industry and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382834

Practical Statistics for Engineers and Scientists This book provides direction in constructing regression routines that can be used with worksheet software on personal computers. The book lists useful references for those readers who desire more in-depth understanding of the mathematical bases and is helpful for science and engineering students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451370

Practical Strategies for Individual Behaviour Difficulties First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420304

Practical Succession ManagementHow to Future-Proof Your Organisation Succession management often little more than an annual form-filling chore and a throwback to 'chess board' charting of 1950s multinationals needs revitalisation to become a key driver of organisational renewal in the twenty-first century. Whilst recent corporate failings have focused attention on the difficulties of leadership succession those organisations which have made the transition to greatness have understood the impact of strategic resourcing in renewing their leadership capability and character. The challenge for organisations is reconciling leadership demand and supply. When it may be impossible to say what your organisation will look like in three years time or what strategy it will be pursuing demand becomes difficult to predict. And in an era of shifting career realities supply management needs to be more than an analysis of the age profile of the leadership population. Practical Succession Management is a response to the increasing relevance of proactive succession management but the widespread difficulty of making it happen. The author focuses on the business realities of succession management rather than provide a conceptualisation of how it might work in principle or simply headline a series of corporate 'just so' stories. In a robust evaluation of relevant research and imaginative practice Andrew Munro maps out the battlegrounds for succession management with tools and techniques to guide readers from start to finish. The result is a book that will stimulate and challenge your thinking in opening up new options and provide practical methodologies to advance strategic resourcing within your organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263260

Practical Supercritical Fluid Chromatography and Extraction An exploration of fundamental as well as practical aspects of supercritical fluid chromatography and extraction. It addresses topics such as: packed columns in SFC; detection in SFC; supercritical fluid chromatography/mass spectroscopy; and evaporative light scattering detection in SFC. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744079

Practical Techniques For Enhancing Self-Esteem First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415201

Practical Techniques for Groundwater & Soil Remediation Practical Techniques for Groundwater and Soil Remediation is a compilation of articles by the author that were printed in the National Ground Water Association (NGWA) magazine Groundwater Monitoring Review. The book provides valuable data emphasizes the practical aspects of remediation presents results from actual remediation programs and helps readers prepare remediation strategies. The book also includes detailed technical data on treatment equipment performance and the costs associated with their design and operation. A unique feature of the book is that it also contains data from treatment systems that did not work.Practical Techniques for Groundwater and Soil Remediation is a "must have" source of invaluable data and tips that will be useful for all groundwater and soil remediation professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203744062

Practical Theology and Pierre-André LiégéRadical Dominican and Vatican II Pioneer Pierre-André Liégé one of the foremost French theologians of the 20th century influenced John XXIII and Paul VI and sat on Vatican II committees with both the future John Paul II and Benedict VI. Fifty years on from Vatican II is a good time to remember the decade of dramatic struggle and pioneering work that preceded it and review what it accomplished. This book explores the life and work of Pierre-André Liégé presenting it to an English speaking readership for the first time. Discussing the impact and profound challenges Liege’s work raises for spirituality and church life today Bradbury tackles issues including: the organisation of parish life rooted in theological criteria; cradle to grave corporate Christian formation; a compelling vision of what the church is for and why and how should this be expressed in practice. Bradbury argues that for faith to match real life the church today needs to let go of much baggage align its talk to its action and radically re-examine the question of what the church needs to do to conform to the Gospel. This book takes critical issues confronting practical theology and the church breaking them open in a lively and accessible style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499300

Practical Theology for Aging Learn new approaches for strengthening the religious bonds of our aging population! Through Scripture studies and the personal experiences of religious leaders and congregants Practical Theology for Aging offers new concepts for ministering to our older population. Each chapter looks at a different concern for the elderly and addresses it with the assurance that aging is part of God’s great work. From scientific models and case studies to passages from both the Old and New Testaments this volume illuminates the power of faith in keeping the elderly whole and well. Practical Theology for Aging reveals several barriers to the spiritual wellness of our elders. These include society’s stereotypical views of frailty and incompetence in older people the lack of common support by communities of faith and the dissatisfaction of the elderly with outdated traditional answers to their concerns of aging suffering and death. Each barrier can be overcome by utilizing the practical theology you will find in this book. Restated throughout the volume is the message that the journey into old age does not have to be filled with dread and fear but can be seen as a path to spiritual maturity. This book has practical suggestions that address: God’s purpose for aging—why do we have to grow old? sexual health for senior citizens the suffering and physical debilitation that sometimes accompany aging afflictions like dementia and Alzheimer’s disease and how to minister to the unresponsive the inclusion of spirituality in rehabilitation to heal the whole person after catastrophic illness or injury preaching to senior citizens as opposed to preaching to a younger congregation so much more! Practical Theology for Aging presents tips and strategies for spiritual advisement as well as traditional quotes and references reminding us to respect and honor our aging men and women. Whether you are a religious leader caretaker family member or esteemed elder this book is vital for strengthening spirituality in the elderly and promoting their inclusion into the religious community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050101

Practical Theology in ProgressShowcasing an emerging discipline Practical Theology has emerged as an important discipline in recent decades making a major contribution both in the academy and amongst reflective practitioners on the ground. The Journal Practical Theology celebrated its tenth anniversary in 2018 and this book presents ten journal articles chosen from over 180 that were published in that period. Reflecting on the progress the discipline has made and indicating some future directions in the field the book is a ‘showcase’ of examples of good practical theology utilising a wide range of methodologies and written by an interesting cross-section of authors from a variety of backgrounds. This is a book which answers the question ‘what is practical theology?’ with real live examples that are accessible readable and engaging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663537

Practical Thermoforming: Principles and ApplicationsSecond Edition "Provides in-depth coverage of the entire thermoforming molding process from market domain and materials options to manufacturing methods and peripheral support. Second Edition furnishes entirely new information on twin sheet forming corrugated tubing and pipe manufacturin gtechniques plastics recycling forthcoming equipment and energy and labor costs." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401245

Practical Thin-Layer ChromatographyA Multidisciplinary Approach Practical Thin-Layer Chromatography provides thorough coverage of the principles practices and applications of thin-layer chromatography (TLC) for important sample and compound types. This information is directed specifically at workers in the most active scientific fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138410565

Practical Tips for Developing Your Staff This book offers innovative tips and tried-and-tested best practice to enable library and knowledge workers to take control of professional development regardless of the budget and time available to them. Continuing professional development (CPD) is a key component of a successful and satisfying career. Part of the Practical Tips for Library and Information Professionals series this book offers a wide range of ideas and methods for all library and information professionals to manage the development of those who work for and with them. You will find flexible tips and implementation advice on topics including: enabling others to plan reflect on and evaluate their personal development appraisals and goal setting: linking personal objectives to organizational objectives performance management sourcing funding to attend and run events planning formal development activities such as courses and conferences accessing informal activities using social media as a development tool role of professional bodies and networks mentoring buddying and coaching networking. Readership: All library and information professionals who have responsibility for managing mentoring and training staff and individuals wishing to manage their own CPD. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300181

Practical Tips for Facilitating Research This practical guide offers innovative tips and reliable best practice to enable new and experienced library and information professionals to evaluate their current provision and develop their service to meet the evolving needs of the research community. Interacting effectively with information is at the heart of all research consequently information professionals have a key role to play in facilitating the development of researchers who are able to operate confidently and successfully in the information world. Grounded in current theory and informed by practitioners from around the world this practical book offers a wide range of ideas and methods to assist library and information professionals in developing and managing their role in the research environment. Part of the Practical Tips for Library and Information Professionals series the book is organised into eight sections: landscapes and models structures and strategies places and spaces library staff roles collections specific interventions in the research process or lifecycle teaching approaches information literacy skills workshops and programmes. Readership: Academic liaison librarians research support librarians and all library and information professionals who work with research staff and students. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300174

Practical Tips for Teaching Assistants Packed full of practical suggestions tips advice and up-to-date factual information this book provides a trouble-shooting guide to help teaching assistants deal with a wide variety of classroom situations. Issues and dilemmas confronted in the book include: who’s who in the school self esteem how to use individual learning styles to support students and those with special needs dealing with unacceptable behaviour coping with the job and personal development. Whether read from cover to cover or used as a quick reference tool for looking up specific concerns this is an essential book for all teaching assistants in primary secondary and special needs schools those starting out and teaching assistants enrolled on training programmes such as NVQ 2 NVQ 3 and the higher level teaching assistant's award. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175600

Practical ToxicologyEvaluation Prediction and Risk Third Edition Practical Toxicology: Evaluation Prediction and Risk Third Edition shows how to conduct a program of safety evaluation and testing and then to interpret and apply the resulting data and information in the real world beginning with the basic concepts in toxicology and progressing to the interpretation of the resulting data. Revised and updated chapters on risk assessment guide the reader to setting the foundations necessary for submission to regulatory authorities. In addition a new chapter in the book reviews the errors in toxicology mistakes misuse mismanagement and misunderstanding with a view to avoiding these in the future. New Chapters in the Third Edition: Toxicology in silico Errors in Toxicology Safety Assessment of Extractables and Leachables. This new edition follows a practical sequence from introducing the basics of toxicology (including the vital concept of normality in controls) to describing a test program and then interpreting the data and translating that to risk assessment that can be used in a number of real world situations where safety and secure risk assessment are essential. Although written primarily from the perspective of pharmaceutical development the test designs and toxicological problems encountered in that field are entirely relevant to those with other classes of chemicals the only difference being the regulatory context. Toxicology is an international discipline and the book has been written to take into account some of the differences in regulatory nuance between the main regions of the world. Completely revised and written in an easily accessible style the text address several audiences—from students and post-graduates coming to the subject for the first time to established professionals who find themselves needing to learn about toxicology toxicity testing interpretation of the results and risk assessment. It is intended primarily as a textbook with case studies and information on where to go to ask questions but can also be used as a practical reference book. It covers all the basics of toxicology and the main aspects of safety evaluation testing and risk assessment while reviewing critically the current state of the discipline. It also provides a foundation for those seeking registration or certification. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498709286

Practical Ultrasound in Anesthesia for Critical Care and Pain Management Practical Ultrasound in Anesthesia for Critical Care and Pain Management is a stand-alone comprehensive reference that covers important aspects of ultrasound for the practicing anesthesiologist. Beginning with a background on the physics of equipment and practical applications this text takes the specialist through subjects like needle visualization teaching training accreditation and getting the best out of your ultrasound equipment. With high-resolution ultrasound photographs Practical Ultrasound in Anesthesia for Critical Care and Pain Management covers topics that explore:vascular accessnerve blockadeechocardiographytransesophageal echocardiography - evaluation of the valvesbasic echo Dopplertransesophageal Dopplertranscranial Dopplerthe respiratory systemAlso included is a fully developed CD that includes high-resolution video clips of actual ultrasound examples organized in an easy cross-referenced fashion for the busy clinician. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452544

Practical UltrasoundAn Illustrated Guide Second Edition In the hands of a skilled operator ultrasound scanning is a simple and easy procedure. However reaching that level of proficiency can be a long and tedious process. Commended by the British Medical Association Practical Ultrasound Second Edition focuses on the scans regularly encountered in a busy ultrasound department and provides everything practitioners need to know to become competent and skilled in scanning. See What’s New in the Second Edition: New chapters on breast musculoskeletal and FAST (focused assessment with sonography in trauma) ultrasonography Revisions to original chapters incorporating up-to-date techniques and protocols Beginning with the general principles of ultrasound scanning and a guide to using the ultrasound machine the book provides step-by-step instructions on how to perform scans supplemented by high-quality images and handy tips. Organized according to anatomical site the chapters include a review section on useful anatomy scan protocol presented step by step and a section on common pathology. Maintaining the popular format of the previous edition each chapter contains examples of common and clinically relevant pathologies and notes on the salient features of these conditions. The authors’ precise approach puts an immense amount of knowledge within easy reach making it an ideal aid for learning the practicalities of ultrasound. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444168297

Practical UML Statecharts in C/C++Event-Driven Programming for Embedded Systems Practical UML Statecharts in C/C plus plus Second Edition bridges the gap between high-level abstract concepts of the Unified Modeling Language (UML) and the actual programming aspects of modern hierarchical state machines (UML statecharts). The book describes a lightweight open source event-driven infrastructure called QP that enables direct manual coding UML statecharts and concurrent event-driven applications in C or C plus plus without big tools.This book is presented in two parts. In Part I you get a practical description of the relevant state machine concepts starting from traditional finite state automata to modern UML state machines followed by state machine coding techniques and state-machine design patterns all illustrated with executable examples. In Part II you find a detailed design study of a generic real-time framework indispensable for combining concurrent event-driven state machines into robust applications. Part II begins with a clear explanation of the key event-driven programming concepts such as inversion of control ( Hollywood Principle ) blocking versus non-blocking code run-to-completion (RTC) execution semantics the importance of event queues dealing with time and the role of state machines to maintain the context from one event to the next. This background is designed to help software developers in making the transition from the traditional sequential to the modern event-driven programming which can be one of the trickiest paradigm shifts. The lightweight QP event-driven infrastructure goes several steps beyond the traditional real-time operating system (RTOS). In the simplest configuration QP runs on bare-metal microprocessor microcontroller or DSP completely replacing the RTOS. QP can also work with almost any OS/RTOS to take advantage of the existing device drivers communication stacks and other middleware. The accompanying website to this book contains complete open source code for QP ports to popular proc Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138436381

Practical UveitisUnderstanding the Grape This accessible jargon-free guide to uveitis for non-specialists explains in practical easy-to-understand language how to diagnose and manage inflammatory eye disease. Describing in simple terms how to differentiate between the various inflammatory eye diseases which investigations to choose how to interpret the results and how best to manage immunosuppression in these patients this book makes this fascinating subject accessible to the non-uveitis specialist for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035751

Practical Vascular UltrasoundAn Illustrated Guide Ultrasound is used to demonstrate and classify numerous vascular diseases and provides a firm basis for deciding the most appropriate interventional treatment. Practical Vascular Ultrasound: An Illustrated Guide delivers a hands-on practical approach to the diagnosis of vascular disease. Providing an overview of performing vascular ultrasounds the physiology of blood flow and vascular pathology the book explores the various vascular conditions most investigated through ultrasound. Conditions covered range from extracranial cerebrovascular arterial diseases to chronic venous disease in the lower limbs. For each disorder the authors discuss: Anatomy Pathology Clinical presentations Differential diagnosis What doctors need to know for each condition Normal findings and criteria for disease as seen by ultrasound Comprehensive protocols for scanning Ultrasound images and observations that should be collected for best practice reporting The authors also discuss interventional vascular ultrasound procedures. Using easy-to-read point-form text this concise text is enhanced with high-resolution ultrasound images and clear line diagrams. It provides a consistent comprehensive and professional approach to vascular ultrasound. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444181180

Practical Veterinary Dental Radiography With over 1 000 clear high-quality images this in-depth full guide covers all aspects of veterinary dental radiography. Chapters explain the indications for – and importance of – this key area of veterinary practice the equipment used the essential techniques in developing and processing the radiograph common errors made and the pathology of the teeth. The book also explores radiographic interpretation in seven detailed sections discussing all aspects from normal radiographic anatomy to endodontic disease and trauma. An additional chapter covers techniques and interpretation with exotics in three sections: rabbits ferrets and rodents. The book concludes with a look at future directions in this field. Essential reading for all veterinary practitioners this book is also the ideal guide for trainees. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482225433

Practical VisionariesWomen Education and Social Progress 1790-1930 An examination of women educationists in nineteenth and early twentieth century Britain. Working with new paradigms opened up by feminist scholarship it reveals how women leaders were determined to transform education in the quest for a better society. Previous scholarship has either neglected the contributions of these women or has misplaced them. Consequently intellectual histories of education have come to seem almost exclusively masculine. This collection shows the important role which figures such as Mary Carpenter Barbara Leigh Smith Bodichon Elizabeth Edwards and Maria Montessori played in the struggle to provide greater educational opportunities for women.  The contributors are: Anne Bloomfield Kevin J. Brehony Norma Clarke Peter Cunningham Mary Jane Drummond Elizabeth Edwards Mary Hilton Pam Hirsch Jane Miller Hilary Minns Wendy Robinson Gillian Sutherland and Ruth Watts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155886

Practical Wisdom Leadership and CultureIndigenous Asian and Middle-Eastern Perspectives Despite the growing attention towards the importance of practical wisdom in business today little research has been done about the concept of practical wisdom in the Indigenous Asian and Middle-Eastern traditions. Contemporary studies of wisdom are dominated by the philosophical traditions of Western thought which is based on the ancient Greek concepts of wisdom. Much less is known about how practical wisdom as illuminated by these other traditions can be implemented in today’s organizational settings. This book thus fills an important gap in understanding wisdom and how it is applied in a poly-cultural world. Wisdom is culturally bound. Wisdom is poly-cultural and interweaves individuality and communality. Practical wisdom is inextricably connected to many needs of contemporary personal and professional life. Moreover the increasingly growing poly-culturality around the world requires a better understanding of how practical wisdom is understood in different cultures and traditions. Accordingly there is a need for a) poly-cultural understanding of the concept of wisdom and b) the role of practical wisdom in a world crying out for wisdom. This book underlines the importance of developing a poly-cultural and interdisciplinary understanding of the concept of practical wisdom in today’s complex environment. The book offers significant insight into the implications of the non-Western traditions of wisdom and how such an understanding of the non-Western traditions can help us better and more critically understand and appropriately address new multi-faceted complex emerging phenomena. While the Western traditions offer valuable insight into the implication of wisdom in modern life an integrated view that brings together the Western and non-Western traditions can provide a more critical and practical insight into how to apply practical wisdom in a contemporary poly-cultural environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151782

Practical Wisdom in ManagementBusiness Across Spiritual Traditions Practical Wisdom in Management is the first in-depth case-study book to explore how practical wisdom from spiritual and philosophical traditions inspires corporate culture and leadership. The outcome of the Practical Wisdom Initiative between The Academy of Business in Society (ABIS) and Yale University Center for Faith and Culture it seeks to construct a bridge between the worlds of management and the spiritual and philosophical traditions.Covering ten major worldwide religions Theodore Malloch provides an overview of the practical wisdom of the major faith traditions for management. It includes case studies of over twenty multinational corporations focusing on their values spiritual inspiration and business strategy. It features case studies on corporations including:Ascension Health; Michelin; DANONE Group Walmart; TOMS; Marriott; HSBC; Four Seasons; Guangzhou Eversunny Trading and Toyota.  It is essential reading for business leaders researchers and students of business ethics and spirituality courses and includes full teaching guidance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739454

Practical Wisdom in the Age of TechnologyInsights issues and questions for a new millennium The dramatic recent advances and emergent trends in technologies have brought to the fore many vital and challenging questions and dilemmas for leaders and organizations. These are issues that call for a critical insightful examination of key questions such as: are modern technologies beneficial or problematic for the well-being of individuals organizations and societies at large; why do we seem to feel more disconnected in an age of technological connectivity; can organizations reduce technology-induced stresses and find ways to enable the mindful use of technologies and how can organizations governments and societies manage the use of technologies wisely? Such questions when explored from various perspectives of wisdom can yield significant insights increase awareness of the issues deepen the dialogue and help redesign an increasingly technology-driven future. However there is little researched published material available on such questions and issues. Practical Wisdom in the Age of Technology: Insights Issues and Questions for a New Millennium will provide a space to engage in thought-provoking dialogue and critical reflection on a variety of themes linking technology and practical wisdom. It will offer a foundation for exploration inquiry engagement and discussion among organizational political and social leaders technology professionals information systems academicians wisdom researchers managers philosophers of technology and other practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737252

Practically SpeakingA Dictionary of Quotations on Engineering Technology and Architecture This book brings together over 1 100 quotes pertinent and illuminating to engineering technology and architecture. It includes extensive author and subject indexes for locating quotations. The book can be read for entertainment or used as a handy reference by students and professional engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442849

Practice and ProgressBritish Sociology 1950-1980 Originally published in 1981 Practice and Progress is a collection examining the changes that have occurred in the theories methodologies and practices of sociology in the institutional and educational setting of the subject and in British society. The themes pursued include the professionalization of sociology its development and standing in the universities; the impact on it of Marxism and feminism and the major debates over positivism and empiricism quantitative methods linguistic analysis; and numerous other crucial methodological and theoretical concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483712

Practice and Research Practice and Research is an overview of Professor Ian Shaw's analysis of the complexity and challenges of the practice/research relationship in social work - a theme that has been the focus of much of his writing over his career. Introduced with a new essay that reflects on the 'serendipity misfires and occasional patterns' in his work the book is grouped into five sections. It covers the following themes each of which is fully contextualized: ¢ Perspectives on Social Work Research ¢ Evaluation ¢ Qualitative Social Work Research ¢ Practice and Research ¢ The Receiving End: Service Users and Research This book has much to say about the relationship between social work practice and research and is a must-read for any social work student or practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279056

Practice Examination Papers for the MRCPsychPart 1 This practical guide provides GPs practice managers and members of the primary care team with the tools to manage the stresses and conflict in general practice. All the necessary skills are covered including negotiating dealing with anger handling criticism and change management. Filled with practical examples and exercises referenced throughout and with recommended reading lists at the end of each chapter it encourages the reader to invest in their own personal and professional development. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376547

Practice in Mental Health-Substance Use The Mental Health-Substance Use series provides clear guidance for professionals on this complex and increasingly recognised field. It concentrates on the concerns dilemmas and concepts that impact on the life and well-being of affected individuals and those close to them as well as the future direction of practice education research services intervention and treatment. This final book in the series provides the basis of best practice for offering effective interventions to affected individuals and their families exploring the effects of various substances both controlled and proscribed and the impact of substance use in schizophrenia. Therapeutic interventions such as Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) and dialectical behaviour therapy are discussed as are relapse prevention and the specific needs of groups such as older people and young adults. Associated topics such as individuals within the criminal justice system and brain injury (the symptoms of which often mimic mental health-substance use) complete this highly comprehensive guide. The volumes in this series are designed to challenge concepts and stimulate debate exploring all aspects of the development in treatment intervention and care response and the adoption of research-led best practice. They are essential reading for mental health and substance use professionals students and educators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846193446

Practice Issues in Sexuality and Learning Disabilities Practice Issues in Sexuality and Learning Disabilities explores the sexual behaviour of people with learning difficulties and addresses issues of concern such as sexual abuse HIV and AIDS service provision for those from ethnic minorities the development of policy guidelines and the implementation of such guidelines in this intensely personal area. Ann Craft draws upon professional expertise from a broad range of backgrounds including social work psychology and medicine. She offers practical ideas and suggestions for service responses which acknowledge and respect the right of people with learning disabilities to express their sexuality in ways that are valued by other members of their society. Practice Issues in Sexuality and Learning Disabilities will be of interest to all whose work or relationship brings them into contact with people with learning disabilities - professionals carers parents advocates. It will be invaluable to social workers practitioners in social work and health trainees training officers and voluntary organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150362

Practice Learning in the Caring Professions Dave Evans makes a convincing case that practice learning occupies a central role in the education and training of the caring professions. In doing so he affirms the activities of many service agency staff involved in practice teaching and assessment and offers them clear models and illustrative examples to aid their development. He also explores ways in which practice learning and assessment can be effectively developed in academic settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267435

Practice Long Cases for the Part B Final FRCR Examination The FRCR Part 2B is a demanding examination consisting of an oral examination a rapid reporting session and a reporting session (also known as the 'long cases'). Preparation can prove very stressful - the multiple parts of the examination rely on different and distinct techniques. This succinct examination guide and DVD contain over 4700 radiological images allowing for many more opportunities using the print-off examination format sheet and digital images to recreate examination conditions. Model sample answers are provided for each question to aid in self-marking and revision. With a complete introduction to the examination including the marking scheme and top tips for success candidates will welcome the chance to practise papers and check their examination technique in this unique guide. 'This examination is the culmination of years of hard work and training and the RCR rightly makes it a difficult and robust examination to challenge trainees and ensure they have reached an appropriate standard. Preparation is absolutely vital for success.' Jennifer Davidson Beth Shepherd and Sunderarajan Jayaraman in the Introduction Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195501

Practice Management for Land Construction and Property Professionals Practice management for Land Construction and Property Professionals presents the expert views and practical experience of researchers and practitioners concerned with the particular challenges and skills required to manage professional service organizations in the constuction and property industries. The book provides extensive coverage of the following key issues: management of creativity marketing of professional services professional ethics quality management business planning and strategic management Practice management for land Construction and Property Professionals will be an important guide for those with management responsibiliie in the property and construction industries. Students working towards qualifications in the properrty and construction professions will also find the book a valuable reference and source of advice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367579531

Practice ManagementNew perspectives for the construction professional First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580094

Practice Methodologies in Education Research Practice Methodologies in Education Research offers a fresh approach to researching practice in education. Addressing a major gap in research methodology scholarship it highlights how integral practice theory is to the transformational agendas of education research introducing a theory of activist practice methodologies informed by expansive theories of practice.  With contributions from leading education researchers drawn from across the world the book confronts onto-epistemological dilemmas for doing research that arise from taking practice theory seriously including the theories of Bourdieu de Certeau Deleuze Haraway Latour Taylor and Vygotsky. A defining feature of the chapters is their activist axiologies and their experimental approach to researching practice in education in fields as diverse as educational leadership schooling higher education adult and workplace education and training professional practice and informal learning.  Practice Methodologies in Education is essential reading for education academics and postgraduates engaged in critical research using practice theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193829

Practice Notes on Business Tenancies This book provides invaluable practical guidance to the grant renewal assignment and surrender of business leases. The procedures involved are explained clearly and concisely with each constituent part of a commercial lease being examined and useful hints given on drafting. The book covers key case law and legislation the latest information concerning time limits and court fees the VAT consequences for the letting of business premises rent reviews and statutory renewals. The book also summarises and offers practical analysis of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843141020

Practice Notes on Consumer Law This fourth edition of Practice Notes on Consumer Law contains much useful information for those dealing with problems in consumer law from either the consumer or supplier perspective. These notes include guidance on common problems checklists specimen letters and precedents to help you through the common problems in this area of law which has recently changed so rapidly. Consumer Law covers contract tort consumer credit and consumer safety. Each of these areas has seen huge changes in the ways business is done largely as a result of changing technology enabling people to buy goods and services in new ways including via the internet. That technology can in itself be the cause of difficulties where it goes wrong or where suppliers have inadequate systems to deal with customer. Both suppliers and consumers need advice on how to deal with the problems that arise. This fourth edition has therefore been updated to include: developments such as the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1999 and the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 changes in consumer safety law particularly the regulations concerning general product safety changes in civil procedure as a result of the Woolf Reforms - the book includes procedural notes relating to litigation the influence of the European Union particularly consumer protection for distance selling contracts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843141624

Practice Notes on Contentious Costs Contentious Costs is a book that no busy practitioner can afford to ignore. This new edition is extensively revised to take account of the Civil Procedure Rules 1998 as they affect costs law and practice in contentious cases. The new Rules and Practice Directions relating to funding arrangements including conditional fee agreements are analyzed. A wealth of useful advice - ranging from efficient file management to detailed assessment procedure - is provided. Public funding of civil cases under the Access to Justice Act 1999 is throughly addressed; important extracts from the Practice Direction on Costs(revised version) appear; and helpful checklists feature prominently. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843140856

Practice Notes on Conveyancing The basic essentials of the conveyancing transaction are of long standing but recent years have seen many developments which this book incorporates. As the legal profession has endeavoured to adapt to commercial pressures so the art and practice of conveyancing has had to respond to the realities of modern day life. This new edition represents a more comprehensive contribution to the art and practice of conveyancing. It looks at the task through the eyes of someone in business as a conveyancer and the challenges and opportunities that it provides. It aims to tame its market as a training handbook which is quick and easy to read and to assimilate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843141617

Practice Notes on County Court Procedure 1999 saw the greatest revolution in civil practice and procedure for over 100 years with the introduction of the civil Procedure Rules and Practice Directions. Introduced as a result of Lord Woolf's report on the reform of the civil courts' Access to Justice the new rules have revolutionized the way that civil disputes are now resolved. The emphasis is now on settlement and co-operation between the parties under the umbrella of the Overriding Objective. Also introduced was the principle of the proportionality a new concept to civil practice. Reforms have also been carried out on contentious areas such as Experts Disclosure and Costs. Case management has now been taken out of the hands of the lawyers and put firmly in the hands of the courts. As with any radical change in legal practice teething problems have had to be dealt with and since the new rules were introduced there have been many amendments both to the rules and the Practice directions as well as a whole new body of case law. It is imperative to all those in practice affected by such immense changes that they are put into an accessible format -  and this new edition does exactly that. An invaluable and practical guide to the new procedures it does not merely document the newest developments but also puts them in context of their practical application. Concise and extremely affordable this book will enable the busy practitioner to grasp the fundamental points with ease. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843141914

Practice Notes on Planning Law This book provides valuable guidance and insight into the key features of the town and country planning system and the process of obtaining planning permission for development of land. The text is essentially procedural in nature since it focuses on the making of planning applications and the use of appeal procedures. It also explains how to deal with enforcement problems where a breach of planning control takes place. In this fourth edition the opportunity has been taken to provide more information on the key topics. In addition to updating and expanding the legal materials and official publications  it also includes useful practical tips on how to operate the planning system successfully. Much has changed to the content of the subject since the last edition. New materials focus on the revised planning appeal procedures implmented by the Town and Country Planning (Appeals) (Written Representations Procedure) (England) Regulations 2000 the Town and Country (Hearings Procedure) (England) Rules 2000 the Town and Country Planning (Inquiries Procedure) (England) Rules 2000 and the Town and Country Planning Appeals (Determination by Inspectors) (Inquiries Procedure) (England) Rules 2000. Appropriate references are made to DETR Circular 05/2000 - Planning Appeals Procedures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843140863

Practice Notes on Private Company Law This book is a succinct guide to company law. The reader is guided through the elements involved in forming a company and other vital areas are explained in detail including: the availability of public information on companies and how to find it; directors' obligations; minority shareholders' rights; the memorandum and articles of association; how a company should execute a document; company meetings and charges; and debentures. This third edition has been updated to include consideration of recent important cases as well as key statutory instruments that have impacted upon company law since the last edition. It also includes a section on dividends and an analysis of the DTIs proposals for reform of company charges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843141440

Practice Notes on Termination of Employment Law This book provides the busy practitioner with a fundamental step-by-step guide to key aspects of the law regarding unfair dismissal. Concentrating on the client interview to establish the validity of the claim it guides the practitioner smoothly through the necessary paperwork and highlights the time limits within which a claim can be brought before an industrial tribunal outlining the conduct of the hearing itself. The book addresses the important tactical questions which arise at each step of the case and includes detailed lists ready-to-use forms precedents and a table of time limits. It also offers potential solutions through conciliation and outlines the appeals process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843142416

Practice Notes on Wills The fourth edition of this book follows the format of the previous editions but has been comprehensively updated to take into account the most significant new cases and legislation including the Trusts of Land and the Appointment of Trustees Act 1996 and the Trustee Delegation Act 1999. It also deals in depth with the Trustee Act 2000. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843140887

Practice of Advertising The Practice of Advertising addresses key issues in the industry presenting a comprehensive overview of its components. Clarity in both style and content has been ensured so that the information is easily accessible and terminology is suitable for the reader.Based on the successful and highly regarded text previously edited by Norman Hart this fifth edition contains up-to-date examples to illustrate key points and support underlying principles. Topics addressed range from introducing the roles of advertiser and the advertising agency through to more specialised areas of advertising such as recruitment and directory advertising.The specialist knowledge gained from the contributors provides a valuable insight for practitioners and students wishing to gain a solid grounding in the subject. By looking at the current situation as well as considering developments likely to occur in the future the text demonstrates how best to implement existing methods as well as considering how improvements can be made. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153769

Practice of Public Relations Public relations is an essential element in effective and successful business today. The theory of public relations does not change but the practice develops with new ideas and methods of management and business. This fourth edition of 'The Practice of Public Relations' incorporates essential updating and covers new areas such as: *international public relations *crisis management *sponsorship *education and training *career prospects. In 'The Practice of Public Relations' fifteen contributors give well-reasoned practical introductions to every aspect of public relations. Keys to the many different ways in which public relations can contribute to the achievement of objectives and the successful and harmonious operation of an organization are given thorough coverage. TThis new edition has been prepared to embrace these changes so that CAM students and other readers are fully briefed on the latest issues in the realm of public relations. Sam Black during his career has played a significant role in the development of both the Institute of Public Relations and the International Public Relations Association. Contributors: John Cole-Morgan Betty Dean Rosemary Graham Mark D Grundy Jane Hammond Brian Harvey Danny Moss Margaret Nally Phyllis Oberman Michael Regester Douglas Smith Tim Travers-Healy Neville Wade Sue Wolstenholme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147638

Practice Of Supportive Psychotherapy First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869004

Practice Poster The Practice Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070622

Practice Professional Development PlanningA Guide for Primary Care How can a doctor best understand the emotions and behaviour of his or her patients? An effective and deeply satisfying route is through an appreciation of literature and the profound understanding its authors have of the human predicament. In this extraordinary and enlightening volume general practitioner John Salinsky guides the reader through some of the world's finest works. In each chapter he describes a classic novel short story play or poem revealing them to be easily accessible and enjoyable. He shows how parallels can be drawn between characters in literature and in the consulting room. Developed from his long-running column in the journal Education for Primary Care (formerly Education in General Practice) Dr Salinsky's book gives doctors a new perspective on the doctor-patient relationship and provides unique support to communication skills. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138448353

Practice Questions in Trauma and Orthopaedics for the FRCS This book provides valuable revision and practice for candidates taking the Fellowship of the Royal College of Surgeons (FRCS) examination. It is primarily aimed at Specialist Registrars in Trauma and Orthopaedics who are preparing for the Fellowship of the Royal College of Surgeons examination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138446328

Practice Skills in Social Work and WelfareMore than just common sense Practice Skills in Social Work and Welfare has established itself as the essential text to prepare students for the wide-ranging challenges they will face in today's human service sector. This new third edition continues the text's core strength of combining grounded theory with practical examples to build the reader's confidence and expertise in key areas of practice.Part I outlines the anti-oppressive and strengths-based practices that underpin the book's approach and provides the context for learning practice skills in a group setting during community development projects and with individuals. Part II focuses on developing effective relationships with clients illustrating through realistic scenarios how social work and human service workers can apply their practice skills in a range of settings. In Part III the essential elements of client assessment are explored including risk assessment and cross-cultural perspectives. Issues surrounding intervention are examined in Part IV from working with families and groups to challenging constructively and safely while research evaluation and facilitating closure are covered in the final part.This third edition is fully revised and updated and features new material on using information technology working with Indigenous Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples and Maori and engaging with families in the statutory system.'The main strength of the book is the consistency of its themes throughout the text.' - Karen Heycox in Australian Social Work Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743318317

Practice Theory and EducationDiffractive readings in professional practice Practice Theory and Education challenges how we think about ‘practice’ examining what it means across different fields and sites. It is organised into four themes: discursive practices; practice change and organisations; practising subjectivity; and professional practice public policy and education. Contributors to the collection engage and extend practice theory by drawing on the legacies of diverse social and cultural theorists including Bourdieu de Certeau Deleuze and Guattari Dewey Latour Marx and Vygotsky and by building on the theoretical trajectories of contemporary authors such as Karen Barad Yrjo Engestrom Andreas Reckwitz Theodore Schatzki Dorothy Smith and Charles Taylor. The proximity of ideas from different fields and theoretical traditions in the book highlight key matters of concern in contemporary practice thinking including the historicity of practice; the nature of change in professional practices; the place of discursive material in practice; the efficacy of refiguring conventional understandings of subjectivity and agency; and the capacity for theories of practice to disrupt conventional understandings of asymmetries of power and resources. Their juxtaposition also points to areas of contestation and raises important questions for future research. Practice Theory and Education will appeal to postgraduate students academics and researchers in professional practice and education and scholars working with social theory. It will be of particular interest to those who wish to move beyond the limiting configurations of practice found in contemporary neoliberal new managerialist and narrow representationalist discourses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610279

Practice Theory and ResearchExploring the dynamics of social life There has been an upsurge in scholarship concerned with theories of social practices in various fields including sociology geography and management studies. This book provides a systematic introduction and overview of recent formulations of practice theory organised around three important themes: the importance of analysing the role of the non-human alongside the human; the reflexive nature of social science research; and the dynamics of social change. Combining a rich variety of detailed empirical research examples with discussion of the relevance of practice theories for policy and social change this book represents an excellent sourcebook for all academic and professional researchers interested in working with practice theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874018

Practice Theory in ActionEmpirical Studies of Interaction in Innovation and Entrepreneurship This book explores intra-team interaction in workplace settings devoted to technological breakthroughs and innovative entrepreneurship. The first set of studies to investigate these economically important institutions through the lens of talk-at-work this book begins by discussing the ethnomethodological traditions of Conversation Analysis and institutional interaction and linking them to innovation and entrepreneurship. The book offers rich and detailed empirical accounts of teams talking new technologies and new ventures into being. By focusing on the observable language of teams in action the book reveals the situated practices that teams use to enact their work including the means by which team members verbally grapple with the uncertainties inherent in doing work in uncharted domains. The book presents important findings about the conversational accomplishment of work and demonstrates the value of examining the practices of teams in action. A valuable contribution to studies of talk-in-interaction as well as entrepreneurship-as-practice this book can help to bridge the gap between scholarly investigations and the practical experiences of entrepreneurs. The author closes by considering the ways that practice-based studies of entrepreneurial work can improve issues of diversity and inclusion within the entrepreneurial ecosystem. This book is intended to serve as an invaluable sourcebook for scholars and students interested in innovation entrepreneurship and organizations as well as those focused on applied Conversation Analysis. The book’s insights are presented in a richly detailed manner while remaining accessible to readers who are new to the methodologies and activity contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497849

Practice What You TeachSocial Justice Education in the Classroom and the Streets Many teachers enter the profession with a desire to "make a difference." But given who most teachers are where they come from and what pressure they feel to comply with existing school policies how can they take up this charge? Practice What You Teach follows three different groups of educators to explore the challenges of developing and supporting teachers’ sense of social justice and activism at various stages of their careers: White pre-service teachers typically enrolled in most teacher education programs a group of new teachers attempting to integrate social justice into their teaching and experienced educators who see their teaching and activism as inextricably linked. Teacher educator Bree Picower delves into each of these group’s triumphs and challenges providing strategies and suggestions for all teachers along with her in-depth analysis. By understanding all these challenges pre-service and in-service teachers along with teacher educators will be in a better position to develop the kind of political analysis that lays the foundation for teacher activism. This timely resource helps prepare and support all educators to stand up for equity and justice both inside and outside of the classroom and offers a more nuanced portrait of what the struggle to truly "make a difference" looks like. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895392

PracticeArchitecture Technique and Representation Conversant in contemporary theory and architectural history Stan Allen argues that concepts in architecture are not imported from other disciplines but emerge through the materials and procedures of architectural practice itself. Drawing on his own experience as a working architect he examines the ways in which the tools available to the architect affect the design and production of buildings. This second edition includes revised essays together with previously unpublished work. Allen’s seminal piece on Field Conditions is included in this reworked revised and redesigned volume. A compelling read for student and practitioner alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203723708

Practice-Based Research in Social WorkA Guide for Reluctant Researchers This unique textbook explores practice-based research (PBR) using numerous practice examples to actively encourage and engage students and practitioners to embrace research as a meaningful support for their practice. Whilst evidence-based practice gives practitioners access to information about "universal" best practices it does not prioritize practitioner-generated knowledge or promote new research-based interventions relevant to their own practice circumstances as PBR does. This book discusses the evolution of PBR as a distinct social work research approach describes its principles and methods and presents a range of exemplars illustrating the application of PBR within different practice methods in different practice settings. The chapters cover: Identifying the research question in a PBR model Designing a study and identifying a methodology Sampling Literature reviews Gathering data Ethics Analyzing data and interpreting results Putting research into practice Viewing the practitioner as central to the research process and research as a necessary component of practice this invaluable book emphasizes the seamless integration of practice and research. It is about research in social work practice rather than research on social work practice. Each chapter includes an overview an introduction and a key concepts summary. Practice-Based Research in Social Work is a very accessible text suitable for social work students particularly MSW students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415565240

Practice-Based ResearchA Guide for Clinicians Practice-Based Research shows mental-health practitioners how to establish viable and productive research programs in routine clinical settings. Chapters written by experts in practice-based research use real-world examples to help clinicians work through some of the most common barriers to research output in these settings including lack of access to institutional review boards lack of organizational support and limited access to financial resources. Specialized chapters also provide information on research methods and step-by-step suggestions tailored to a variety of practice settings. This is an essential volume for clinicians interested in establishing successful long-lasting practice-based research programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690981

Practiceopolis: Stories from the Architectural Profession This is a graphic novel about the contemporary architectural profession in which it acts as the protagonist in the form of an imaginary city called Practiceopolis. The novel narrates quasi-realistic stories that exaggerate the architectural everyday and the tacit in order to make them prominent and tangible. They depict and dramatise the value conflicts between the different cultures of practising architecture and between the architectural profession and other members of the building industry as political conflicts around the future of Practiceopolis. The book uses the metaphorical world of Practiceopolis to provoke big questions about everyday routines in the profession that practitioners may take for granted and to examine different ideologies at work among architects and other members of the construction industry. The novel ends in the tradition of dystopian worlds common in a certain strand of graphic novels. By vividly illustrating and narrating the critical issues he interrogates the author has created a world which any architect student or professional will both instantly recognise and simultaneously reject provoking the reader to challenge themselves and the profession at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425449

Practice-Oriented Research in PsychotherapyBuilding partnerships between clinicians and researchers The wide gap between science and practice in psychotherapy is due in part to the one-way direction that has mostly defined the connection between researchers and clinicians with researchers generating empirical knowledge with the hope that practitioners will implement it in their working environment. This traditional approach has not been optimal in addressing the day-to-day concerns of clinicians or in providing easily generalizable practice guidelines in clinical routine. This book offers an alternative approach to psychotherapy research based on a partnership between clinicians and researchers in different aspects of the decision design implementation and dissemination of studies conducted in day-to-day practice. More specifically it describes how to conduct practice-oriented research (POR) by presenting studies and lessons learned (in terms of obstacles faced strategies used to overcome problems benefits earned and general recommendations) by eleven groups of who have been involved in POR in different settings around the world. The book provides tools to help clinicians be active participants in conducting clinically relevant studies and set the agenda for future research. It seeks to foster collaboration between researchers and practitioners generating knowledge that can improve our understanding of the process of change and the impact of psychotherapy. This book was originally published as a special issue of Psychotherapy Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502437

Practices of Citizenship in East AfricaPerspectives from Philosophical Pragmatism Practices of Citizenship in East Africa uses insights from philosophical pragmatism to explore how to strengthen citizenship within developing countries. Using a bottom-up approach the book investigates the various everyday practices in which citizenship habits are formed and reformulated. In particular the book reflects on the challenges of implementing the ideals of transformative and critical learning in the attempts to promote active citizenship. Drawing on extensive empirical research from rural Uganda and Tanzania and bringing forward the voices of African researchers and academics the book highlights the importance of context in defining how habits and practices of citizenship are constructed and understood within communities. The book demonstrates how conceptualizations derived from philosophical pragmatism facilitate identification of the dynamics of incremental change in citizenship. It also provides a definition of learning as reformulation of habits which helps to understand the difficulties in promoting change. This book will be of interest to scholars within the fields of development governance and educational philosophy. Practitioners and policy-makers working on inclusive citizenship and interventions to strengthen civil society will also find the concepts explored in this book useful to their work. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9780429279171 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232962

Practices of Diplomacy in the Early Modern World c.1410-1800 Practices of Diplomacy in the Early Modern World offers a new contribution to the ongoing reassessment of early modern international relations and diplomatic history. Divided into three parts it provides an examination of diplomatic culture from the Renaissance into the eighteenth century and presents the development of diplomatic practices as more complex multifarious and globally interconnected than the traditional state-focussed national paradigm allows.The volume addresses three central and intertwined themes within early modern diplomacy: who and what could claim diplomatic agency and in what circumstances; the social and cultural contexts in which diplomacy was practised; and the role of material culture in diplomatic exchange. Together the chapters provide a broad geographical and chronological presentation of the development of diplomatic practices and through a strong focus on the processes and significance of cultural exchanges between polities demonstrate how it was possible for diplomats to negotiate the cultural codes of the courts to which they were sent.This exciting collection brings together new and established scholars of diplomacy from different academic traditions. It will be essential reading for all students of diplomatic history.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877569

Practices of Relations in Task-Dance and the Event-ScoreA Critique of Performance In this study Josefine Wikström challenges a concept of performance that makes no difference between art and non-art and argues for a new concept. This book confronts and criticises the way in which the dominating concept of performance has been used in art theory and performance and dance studies. Through an analysis of 1960s performance practices Wikström focuses specifically on task-dance and event-score practices and provides an examination of the key philosophical concepts that are inseparable from such a concept of art and are necessary for the reconstruction of a critical concept of performance such as "practice" "experience" "object" "abstraction" and "structure". This book will be of great interest to scholars students and practitioners across dance performance art aesthetics and art theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408688

Practices of Resistance in the CaribbeanNarratives Aesthetics and Politics The Caribbean has played a crucial geopolitical role in the Western pursuit of economic dominance yet Eurocentric research usually treats the Caribbean as a peripheral region consequently labelling the inhabitants as beings without agency. Examining asymmetrical relations of power in the Greater Caribbean in historical and contemporary perspectives this volume explores the region’s history of resistance and subversion of oppressive structures against the backdrop of the Caribbean’s central role for the accumulation of wealth of European and North American actors and the respective dialectics of modernity/coloniality through a variety of experiences inducing migration transnational exchange and transculturation. Contributors approach the Caribbean as an empowered space of opposition and agency and focus on perspectives of the region as a place of entanglements with a long history of political and cultural practices of resistance to colonization inequality heteronomy purity invisibilization and exploitation. An important contribution to the literature on agency and resistance in the Caribbean this volume offers a new perspective on the region as a geopolitically economically and culturally crucial space and it will interest researchers in the fields of Caribbean politics literature and heritage colonialism entangled histories global studies perspectives ethnicity gender and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789493

Practices of Traditionalization in Central Asia Practices of Traditionalization in Central Asia focuses on how tradition is ‘everyday-ified’ in contemporary Central Asia including Tatarstan and Tibet and what people seek to achieve in its name. The case studies range from political demonstrations and industrial workers’ gatherings to institutions of religious education minority communities weddings and the Internet. In this volume we regard tradition as a practice that needs to be explored in its institutional and interactional context at a particular time rather than as a reliable guide to the past: tradition can only be judged from the present; it is an interpretative concept not a descriptive one. While the scholarly debate has so far centered on what tradition entails and what it does not including the question of invention and ownership less attention has been devoted to investigating how tradition is enacted enforced or motivated – in short how it ‘gets done.’ In Central Asia practices of traditionalization are closely related to the transformation of the socialist order and the emergence of highly stratified societies. This volume asks: When does tradition emerge as a line of argumentation who are the actors invoking it and how is it being (materially) manifested? Practices of Traditionalization in Central Asia will be of great interest to scholars of Central Asia Anthropology History Political Science and Sociology. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of Central Asian Survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893965

Practicing Alcohol ModerationA Comprehensive Workbook Practicing Alcohol Moderation is designed to be used by clients of behavioral health care providers who have utilized The Clinician’s Guide to Alcohol Moderation. This groundbreaking workbook can be used on its own or in conjunction with therapy and additionally as a resource for family members whose loved ones are struggling with alcohol. It gives transparent easy-to-follow research-based explanations with questionnaires checklists quizzes and worksheets. Each chapter begins with a brief overview and is interspersed with exercises and client experiences combining research-based information with practical self-assessments tools and questions to answer to practice alcohol moderation. Readers can take the Alcohol Moderation Assessment to determine their likelihood of success in practicing alcohol moderation. The book provides the resources to create a personalized Alcohol Moderation Plan and suggests ways to manage its success for clinicians and general audiences alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218003

Practicing Art and AnthropologyA Transdisciplinary Journey Practicing Art and Anthropology presents an in-depth exploration of transdisciplinary work in the expanding space between art and anthropology. Having trained and worked as an artist as well as an anthropologist Anna Laine’s decades-long engagement in art practice artistic research and anthropology provide her with a unique perspective on connections between the two fields both in theory and in practice. Intertwining artistic and anthropological ways of working Laine asks what it means to engage a transdisciplinary stance when academia requires a specific disciplinary belonging. In order to expand the methods of producing academic knowledge by going beyond conventional approaches to research she draws on examples from her own work with Tamils in India and the UK to present an original take on how we can cross the boundaries between art and anthropology to reach multiple dimensions of understanding. Offering exceptional breadth and detail Practicing Art and Anthropology provides a unique approach to the discussion. An important read for students and scholars in art and anthropology as well as artists and anyone interacting in the space in-between. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350143678

Practicing Art/ScienceExperiments in an Emerging Field Over the last two decades multiple initiatives of transdisciplinary collaboration across art science and technology have seen the light of day. Why by whom and under what circumstances are such initiatives promoted? What does their experimental character look like - and what can be learned epistemologically and institutionally from probing the multiple practices of "art/science" at work? In answer to the questions raised Practicing Art/Science contrasts topical positions and insightful case studies ranging from the detailed investigation of "art at the nanoscale" to the material analysis of Leonardo’s Mona Lisa and its cracked smile. In so doing this volume brings to bear the "practice turn" in science and technology studies on the empirical investigation of multifaceted experimentation across contemporary art science and technology in situ. Against the background of current discourse on "artistic research " the introduction not only explains the particular relevance of the "practice turn" in STS to tackle the interdisciplinary task at hand but offers also a timely survey of varying strands of artistic experimentation. In bringing together ground-breaking studies from internationally renowned scholars and upcoming researchers in sociology art theory and artistic practice as well as history and philosophy of science Practicing Art/Science will be essential reading for practitioners and professionals in said fields as well as postgraduate students and representatives of higher education and research policy more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486679

Practicing Citizenship in Contemporary China This book examines citizenship as practiced in China today from a variety of angles. Citizenship in China—and elsewhere in the Global South—has often been perceived as either a distorted echo of the ‘real’ democratic version in Europe and North America or an orientalized ‘other’ that defines what citizenship is not. By contrast this book sees Chinese citizenship as an aspect of a connected modernity that is still unfolding. The book focuses on three key tensions: a state preference for sedentarism and governing citizens in place vs. growing mobility sometimes facilitated by the state; a perception that state-building and development requires a strong state vs. ideas and practices of participatory citizenship; and submission of the individual to the ‘collective’ (state community village family etc.) vs. the rising salience of conceptions of self-development and self-making projects. Examining manifestations of these tensions can contribute to thinking about citizenship beyond China including the role of the local in forming citizenship orders; how individualization works in the absence of liberal individualism; and how ‘social citizenship’ is increasingly becoming a reward to ‘good citizens’ rather than a mechanism for achieving citizen equality. This book was originally published as a Special Issue of the journal Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587055

Practicing Communication EthicsDevelopment Discernment and Decision Making Practicing Communication Ethics: Development Discernment and Decision Making presents a theoretical framework for developing a personal standard of ethics that can be applied in everyday communication situations. This second edition focuses on how the reader’s communication matters ethically in cocreating their relationships family workgroups and communities. Through an examination of ethical values including truth justice freedom care integrity and honor the reader can determine which values they are ethically committed to upholding. Blending communication theory ethics as practical philosophy and moral psychology the text presents the practice of communication ethics as part of the lifelong process of personal development and fosters the ability in its readers to approach communication decision making through an ethical lens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233942

Practicing Convergence JournalismAn Introduction to Cross-Media Storytelling Practicing Convergence Journalism teaches budding journalists how to make the most of digital technology to tell their stories effectively across multiple media platforms—in print audio video and online. Janet Kolodzy addresses multi-media and cross-media thinking organizing reporting and producing for both short-form spot news and long-form features. Her approach focuses on storytelling principles not just specific technical practices providing journalists with the mindset and skills they need to adapt their writing and reporting for the tools of today and tomorrow. With this book and the aid of its companion website students learn how to: Develop a cross-media mode of journalistic thinking that will result in stories suitable for a fast-paced multitasking and mobile audience. Decide when visuals are useful and necessary and understand how to capture select and organize them to effectively enhance a reader’s understanding of a story. Put together various elements of storytelling (writing audio moving and still pictures) for an interactive journalistic experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890304

Practicing Core ReflectionActivities and Lessons for Teaching and Learning from Within Practicing Core Reflection features 78 concrete educational activities and exercises based on research. These can be used individually and in groups to support 'teaching and learning from within.’ Core Reflection is an approach focused on people's personal strengths and on using practical strategies to overcome obstacles to the enactment of these strengths. This approach has been used in many contexts all over the world and has shown great promise in helping to re-chart the course for education and to re-think its purpose in global and democratic societies. Additional tools (Cards Figures Tables Forms in a printable PDF format) are provided on this website (under the eResources tab). Building on the theoretical foundations established in Korthagen Kim and Green’s Teaching and Learning from Within: A Core Reflection Approach to Quality and Inspiration in Education this companion volume can be used together with it or on its own to engage educators in exploring what it means to bring out the best in oneself in students in colleagues and others—a critically significant project if education is to realize new levels of possibility and potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819961

Practicing Critical Oral HistoryConnecting School and Community Practicing Critical Oral History: Connecting School and Community provides ways and words for educators to use critical oral history in their classroom and communities in order to put their students and the voices of people from marginalized communities at the center of their curriculum to enact change. Clearly and concisely written this book offers a thought-provoking overview of how to use stories from those who have been underrepresented by dominant systems to identify a critical topic engage with critical processes and enact critical transformative-justice outcomes. Critical oral history both writes and rights history so that participants—both interviewers and narrators—in critical oral history projects aim to contextualize stories and make the voices and perspectives of those who have been historically marginalized heard and listened to. Supplemented throughout with sample activities lesson-plan outlines tables and illustrative figures Practicing Critical Oral History: Connecting School and Community is an essential resource for all those interested in integrating the techniques of critical oral history into an educational setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299320

Practicing Feminism in South KoreaThe women’s movement against sexual violence The Korean women’s movement which is seen in both Western and non-Western countries as being exemplary in terms of women’s activism experienced a dramatic change in its direction and strategy in the early 1990s. At the heart of the new approach was an increasing focus on sexual violence which has had a huge impact on bringing women’s issues onto the public agenda in Korea. This book examines feminist practice in Korea by analyzing the experiences of the country’s first sexual assault center the Korea Sexual Violence Relief Center. Based on extensive original research including interviews with activists and extensive participant observation it explores why feminist activists in South Korea chose to organize around the issue of sexual violence the strategies it used to do so what impact the movement has made and what challenges it still faces to achieve its objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374602

Practicing Harm Reduction PsychotherapyAn Alternative Approach to Addictions This acclaimed clinical guide now substantially revised and updated has helped thousands of clinicians put the proven principles of harm reduction into practice with therapy clients who have substance use problems. Written by pioneers in the field the book shows how to do effective therapeutic work with people still using alcohol or other drugs. It provides clear guidelines for conducting comprehensive assessments making collaborative treatment decisions and implementing interventions that combine motivational cognitive-behavioral and psychodynamic strategies. The focus is reducing drug-related harm while also addressing co-occurring psychological and emotional difficulties. Detailed clinical illustrations are featured throughout.New to This Edition*Reflects over a decade of research advances and the tremendous growth of harm reduction clinical practice and training.*Section on applications with chapters on community-based settings harm reduction groups and working with families and friends.*Chapters on biological and psychodynamic aspects of treatment.*Expanded discussions of trauma cultural sensitivity and ethics.*Supplemental resources and training information at the authors' website: www.harmreductiontherapy.org.See also the authors' related self-help guide Over the Influence Second Edition an ideal client recommendation. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462502332

Practicing Music by DesignHistoric Virtuosi on Peak Performance Practicing Music by Design: Historic Virtuosi on Peak Performance explores pedagogical practices for achieving expert skill in performance. It is an account of the relationship between historic practices and modern research examining the defining characteristics and applications of eight common components of practice from the perspectives of performing artists master teachers and scientists. The author presents research past and present designed to help musicians understand the abstract principles behind the concepts. After studying Practicing Music by Design students and performers will be able to identify areas in their practice that prevent them from developing. The tenets articulated here are universal not instrument-specific borne of modern research and the methods of legendary virtuosi and teachers. Those figures discussed include: Luminaries Franz Liszt and Frederic Chopin Renowned performers Anton Rubinstein Mark Hambourg Ignace Paderewski and Sergei Rachmaninoff Extraordinary teachers Theodor Leschetizky Rafael Joseffy Leopold Auer Carl Flesch and Ivan Galamian Lesser-known musicians who wrote perceptively on the subject such as violinists Frank Thistleton Rowsby Woof Achille Rivarde and Sydney Robjohns Practicing Music by Design forges old with new connections between research and practice outlining the practice practices of some of the most virtuosic concert performers in history while ultimately addressing the question: How does all this work to make for better musicians and artists? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190071

Practicing Oral History Among Refugees and Host Communities Practicing Oral History among Refugees and Host Communities provides a comprehensive and practical guide to applied oral history with refugees teaching the reader how to use applied contemporary oral history to help provide solutions to the ‘mega-problem’ that is the worldwide refugee crisis. The book surveys the history of the practice and explains its successful applications in fields from journalism law and psychiatry to technology the prevention of terrorism and the design of public services. It defines applied oral history with refugees as a field teaching rigorous accessible methodologies for doing it as well as outlining the importance of doing the same work with host communities. The book examines important legal and ethical parameters around this complex sensitive field and highlights the cost-effective sustainable benefits that are being drawn from this work at all levels. It outlines the sociopolitical and theoretical frameworks around such oral histories and the benefits for practitioners’ future careers. Both in scope and approach it thoroughly equips readers for doing their own oral history projects with refugees or host communities wherever they are. Using innovative case studies from seven continents and from the author’s own work this manual is the ideal guide for oral historians and those working with refugees or host communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541313

Practicing Oral History in Historical Organizations It has been half a century since the last book that addressed how historical societies can utilize oral history. In this brief practical guide internationally known oral historian Barbara W. Sommer applies the best practices of contemporary oral historians to the projects that historical organizations of all sizes and sorts might develop. The book -covers project personnel options funding options legal and ethical issues interviewing techniques and cataloging guidelines;-identifies helpful steps for historical societies when developing and doing oral history projects;-includes a dozen model case studies;-provides additional resources templates forms and bibliography for the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328646

Practicing Oral History to Connect University to Community Practicing Oral History to Connect University to Community illustrates best practices for using oral histories to foster a closer relationship between institutions of higher learning and the communities in which they are located. Using case studies the book describes how to plan and execute an oral history project that can help break down walls and bring together universities and their surrounding communities. It offers advice on how to locate funding sources disseminate information about the results of a project ensure the long-term preservation of the oral histories collected and incorporate oral history into the classroom. Bringing together "town and gown " the book demonstrates how different communities can work together to discover new research opportunities and methods for preserving history. Supported by examples sample forms and online resources the book is an important resource both for oral historians and those working to improve relationships between university institutions and their neighboring communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605480

Practicing Oral History to Improve Public Policies and Programs The use of contemporary oral history to improve public policies and programs is a growing transdisciplinary practice. Indispensable for students and practitioners Practicing Oral History to Improve Public Policies and Programs is the first book to define the practice explain how policy-makers use it show how it relates to other types of oral history and provide guidance on the ethics and legalities involved. Packed with case studies from disciplines as diverse as medicine agriculture and race relations as well as many examples from the author’s own work this book provides an essential overview of the current state of the field within oral history for public policy and a complete methodology for the process of designing and implementing an oral history project. The comprehensive How To section demonstrates how to use the practice to advance the reader’s career their chosen discipline and the public interest whether their field is in oral history or in public policy. This book is an important resource for oral historians fledgling or experienced who are keen to find new applications and funding for their work as well as for professionals in the public and not-for-profit sectors who want to learn to use oral history to improve their own policies and programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629584867

Practicing Oral History with Immigrant Narrators In addition to the problem of language conducting oral histories with immigrant narrators often requires special considerations: past violence cultural sensitivity and lack of trust. Yet these narrators are often witnesses to or participants in important historical events or can describe otherwise-undocumented social phenomena. The first book to focus specifically on oral history practices with immigrant narrators it -gives both the novice and experienced oral historian insights into their narrators’ needs;-provides the tools to effectively plan and execute an oral history project in an immigrant community;-includes case studies additional resources and templates of important oral history processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580043

Practicing PhilosophyPragmatism and the Philosophical Life Applying contemporary pragmatism to the crucial question of how philosophy can help us live better Shusterman develops his distinctive aesthetic model of philosophical living that includes politics somatics and ethnicity while critically engaging the rival views of Dewey Wittgenstein and Foucault as well as Rorty Putnam Goodman Habermas and Cavell. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760499

Practicing Psychodynamic TherapyA Casebook This volume presents 12 highly instructive case studies grounded in the evidence-based psychodynamic therapy model developed by Richard F. Summers and Jacques P. Barber. Bringing clinical concepts vividly to life each case describes the patient's history and presenting problems and takes the reader through psychodynamic formulation treatment planning and the entire course of therapy including the challenges of termination. The cases address a variety of core psychodynamic problems with outcomes ranging from very successful to equivocal. The emotional experience of the therapist is explored throughout. Commentary from Summers and Barber on every case highlights important points and key clinical dilemmas.See also the authored book Psychodynamic Therapy: A Guide to Evidence-Based Practice in which Summers and Barber comprehensively describe their therapeutic model. Richard F. Summers MD ABPN is Clinical Professor and Co-Director of Residency Training in the Department of Psychiatry at the Perelman School of Medicine of the University of Pennsylvania. He has written extensively on psychodynamic therapy the therapeutic alliance psychodynamic formulation psychiatric education and positive psychology and is coauthor (with Jacques P. Barber) of Psychodynamic Therapy: A Guide to Evidence-Based Practice. Dr. Summers is the recipient of numerous national and local teaching awards serves as Chair of the American Psychiatric Association Council on Medical Education and Lifelong Learning and is a member of the Psychiatry Review Committee of the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Past president of the American Association of Directors of Psychiatry Residency Training he maintains an active clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528035

Practicing PsychotherapyLessons on Helping Patients and Growing as a Professional In this book of lessons learned from working as a psychotherapist for over 40 years Dr. Chamberlain shares her varied expertise and experiences bestowing the wisdom she has gleaned throughout her career from patients students teachers and colleagues. The text examines three core themes: How helping clients is often intertwined with the therapist’s own life journey; the experience of building intimate relationships with vulnerable populations; and the process of accepting loss letting go and moving forward both for the client and the therapist. Prioritizing personal narratives case examples professional research and discussions with experienced clinicians this book marks the significant impact psychotherapy has on not just patients and clients but also the mental health professional. Offering enlightenment for readers ranging from longstanding psychotherapists to former patients this unique book provides a particularly valuable resource for beginning therapists and therapists-in-training who seek a greater understanding of what it means to be a successful and effective therapist.. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367373702

Practicing Qualitative Methods in Health Geographies Health geographers are increasingly turning to a diverse range of interpretative methodologies to explore the complexities of health illness space and place to gain more comprehensive understandings of well-being and broader social models of health and health care. Drawing upon postmodernism many health geographers are concerned with issues of representation the body and health care policy. Also related to an emphasis on the body is the growing literature in feminist health geography that investigates the metaphorical physical and emotional challenges of the body and disease. Reflecting these interests the chapters in this book set out the host of creative qualitative methods being used to explore the psychosocial experiences of individuals more directly using such traditional methods as in-depth interviews and group discussions participant observation diaries and discourse analysis but also more novel techniques such as 'go-along interviews’ reflexive writing illustrations and photographic techniques. There are several areas of qualitative research unique to geographers which figure prominently in this volume including: health and place comparative case study analysis and qualitative approaches to the use of geographic information systems (GIS). This collection brings together a wide range of empirical concerns related to questions of health and shines a light on the diversity of qualitative methods in practice. Illustrating how qualitative methodologies are used in diverse health contexts this book fills an important niche for health geographers but will have wide appeal to health and geographic researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668181

Practicing RightsHuman rights-based approaches to social work practice Social work Codes of Ethics of professional organizations around the world appeal to the concept of people having ‘rights’ that social workers need to respect and advocate for. However it isn’t always clear how social workers can actually incorporate human rights-based approaches in their practice whether domestic or international. This book fills this gap by advancing rights-based approaches to social work. The first part gives an overview of the relationship between human rights and social work and outlines a model for how rights-based approaches can be integrated into social work practice. The second part introduces the rights-based framework across five mainstream areas of practice – poverty child welfare older adults health and mental health. Each of these substantive chapters: introduces the area of practice and traditional social welfare interventions associated with it outlines relevant human rights frameworks explores case studies showcasing rights-based approaches presents practical implications for implementing rights-based social work practice. The book ends with a discussion of the limitations and criticisms of rights-based approaches and lays out some future directions for practice. This accessible text is designed for all those interested in learning how to introduce human rights-based interventions into their practice. It will be of particular use to social work students taking direct practice macro practice social policy international social work and human rights courses as part of their program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709545

Practicing Social Justice Examine new research and innovative programs targeted to serve vulnerable populations! This collection highlights innovative programs and interventions targeted toward underserved vulnerable and marginalized populations including the homeless immigrants refugees female ex-offenders people with developmental disabilities who are entering the criminal justice system homicidal youth and children whose parents are involved in high-conflict custody disputes. In addition Practicing Social Justice raises critical questions on how society should justly provide for the economic well-being of our most valuable human asset—our children—with an incisive look at the Temporary Aid for Needy Families legislation and its long-term impact on disadvantaged children. This book also evaluates the Bridges Across Racial Polarization Programs® and explores a wide selection of important social justice issues that the social workers of today and tomorrow need to understand. Specifically this well-referenced book: details the mission and guiding principles of the Emmet and Mary Doerr Center for Social Justice at the Saint Louis University School of Social Service with a focus on the Center's innovative partnered approach examines nine models/theories of justice with varying philosophical sectarian and nonsectarian orientations illustrates innovative approaches to community economic development for previously neglected poor communities including an inclusive community plan structured to bring about home ownership macro-enterprises and the accumulation of capital through savings documents the rise of homelessness in the state of Missouri—in spite of an unprecedented period of economic growth and general prosperity explores social justice concerns for immigrants and refugees entering the United States with a focus on providing positive community commitment and response describes an empowering strengths-based program that can help female ex-offenders to find and develop support from the community champions the social rights of people with developmental disabilities who are entering the criminal justice system proposes systemic reform for homicidal youth in terms of prevention intervention and remediation describes a program designed to provide a safe environment for the supervised visitation of children in high-conflict custody disputes providing security for both parents and children advocates for innovative inpatient-staff participatory decision-making in mental health hospitals offering an approach designed to increase patient control over decisions directly affecting their well-being and more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725504

Practicing Social ScienceSociologists and their Craft How is the process of globalization effecting changes in the structure of knowledge in sociology? This path-breaking volume looks at the human dimension of developments in the discipline by compiling a set of interviews that exemplify the life and work of a sociologist today. Their ideas and conceptualizations show to what extent a "paradigm shift" has taken root answering questions such as whether sociology still remains a differentiated relatively autonomous social science. The chosen interviewees are about equally divided according to gender and have been selected from among professional sociologists in different parts of the globe with an emphasis on areas that are under-represented in English publications such as East Asia Latin America and Africa. Analysis focuses on changes which are becoming clear from the on-going confrontation between "traditional" sociology which emerged as a project of modernity and the sociology practiced by sociologists who are called upon to adapt the discipline to the upheavals of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349103

Practicing SufismSufi Politics and Performance in Africa Islam in Africa is deeply connected with Sufism and the history of Islam is in a significant way a history of Sufism. Yet even within this continent the practice and role of Sufism varies across the regions. This interdisciplinary volume brings together histories and experiences of Sufism in various parts of Africa offering case studies on several countries that include Morocco Algeria Senegal Egypt Sudan Mali and Nigeria. It uses a variety of methodologies ranging from the hermeneutical through historiographic to ethnographic in a comprehensive examination of the politics and performance of Sufism in Africa. While the politics of Sufism pertains largely to historical and textual analysis to highlight paradigms of sanctity in different geographical areas in Africa the aspect of performance adopts a decidedly ethnographic approach combining history history of art and discourse analysis. Together analysis of these two aspects reveals the many faces of Sufism that have remained hitherto hidden. Furthering understanding of the African Islamic religious scene as well as contributing to the study of Sufism worldwide this volume is of key interest to students and scholars of Middle Eastern African and Islamic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877880

Practicum and InternshipTextbook and Resource Guide for Counseling and Psychotherapy Completely revised and updated the sixth edition of Practicum and Internship is a practical resource that provides students and supervisors with thorough coverage of all stages and aspects of the practicum and internship process. New to this edition are: Downloadable customizable online forms contracts and other materials Across-the-board updates that reflect 2016 CACREP standards Incorporation of contemporary research and literature that addresses recommended practices and ethical considerations regarding the use of technology in counseling New information on preparing students to run their first counseling and therapy groups A review of ethical standards and current perspectives on working with culturally diverse clients Current perspectives on managing self-care during practicum and internship and beyond A thoughtful presentation of trauma-informed approaches to counseling A revised final chapter including guidelines for preparing for licensure exams and for longevity in the profession With comprehensive information that spans across therapeutic approaches concerns and topics this remains an essential foundational text for counseling and psychotherapy students and their supervisors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492608

Practising Critical Reflection to Develop Emancipatory ChangeChallenging the Legal Response to Sexual Assault Overwhelmingly critical practitioners working across a range of human service fields who are committed to emancipatory and progressive social change ideals report feeling powerless alienated from the means of change and hopeless about their capacities to make a difference in the lives of the individuals groups or communities with whom they work because of restrictive contexts that ultimately determine the nature and parameters of their work. This ground-breaking book addresses this dilemma by demonstrating how critical reflection as an educational tool enables practitioners to envision possibilities for change. The legal system particularly in its response to sexual assault provides a perfect example of this type of context and this volume explores the work of sexual assault practitioners that are engaged in supporting victims/survivors of sexual assault through the legal process. By reshaping ideas that have previously been considered as predominantly theoretical and abstract Morley’s work provides an innovative framework that enables social work and human services practitioners to find hope agency and practical strategies to work towards change despite operating in contexts that appear immutably oppressive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248427

Practising DevelopmentSocial Science Perspectives Throughout the 1980s there have been calls often from development organizations of global repute for the incorporation of social science perspectives into the design and management of sustainable development programmes. Practising Development is the first collection to offer first-hand critical assessments of the success and failures found within actual responses to these calls. By combining academic and practical experience from anthropology development and aid organizations the contributors examine the processes of intervention the methods by which this intervention can be assessed and explain the socio-economic and political worlds within which intervention and development evolve. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203420706

Practising Empowerment in Post-Apartheid South AfricaWine Ethics and Development Despite the promise and optimism surrounding the post-apartheid transition South African society continues to be highly racialised in its discourses identities and practices even within the very strategies that aim to change power relations and heal racialised divisions. Renowned for its brutal past practices the wine industry in South Africa has long been associated with white power and black exploitation and remains dogged by continuing allegations of poor working conditions and labour abuses. Through in-depth longitudinal fieldwork this book considers how different ethics interact and draws attention to the positive changes and continuing development challenges faced in South Africa. Situating practice at its heart it brings a novel everyday and micro-scale dimension to understandings of empowerment in the post-apartheid South African wine industry. It develops a critical analysis of the interplay between practice as scaled and inherently spatial and discourse to conceptualise how 'big' concepts such as empowerment are articulated materialised and experienced at the ground level. Through this  it gives voices to the marginalised who experience 'empowerment' setting these within the context of their relations with the other stakeholders who shape this engagement. This book contributes to broader critical social science debates around ethical development and questions of power and empowerment in development interventions. This is critical to reducing the disconnection between policy aims and realities within development and empowerment initiatives as well as enabling (ethical) commodities to be strategic in retaining their appeal throughout their networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472476036

Practising FeminismIdentity Difference Power In Practising Feminism contributors drawn from a range of backgrounds in anthropology sociology and social psychology explore different ways of practising feminism and their effect on gendered identities. The contributors examine feminism and gender identities in different cultures feminism as a politics of transformation the call for recognition of heterosexuality as a politicised identity the practical role of feminism in nationalist struggles power relations and gender differences and the methodological implications of feminist practices. They all discuss identity difference and power and their importance to feminist political practice. Practising Feminism is an important contribution to the neglected middle ground between post-modern deconstructions of difference and identity and continued feminist concern with grounded power relations and the validity of experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203427668

Practising French GrammarA Workbook Practising French Grammar offers a set of varied and accessible exercises for developing a practical awareness of French as it is spoken and written today. The lively examples and authentic texts and cartoons have been updated to reflect current usage. A new companion website provides a wealth of additional interactive exercises to help consolidate challenging grammar points. Practising French Grammar provides concise summaries of key grammatical points at the beginning of each exercise as well as model answers to the exercises and translations of difficult words. It can be used alone or as the ideal companion to the fourth edition of French Grammar and Usage by Roger Hawkins and Richard Towell. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851191

Practising German Grammar This new edition of Practising German Grammar provides you with varied and accessible exercises for developing an in-depth and practical awareness of German as it is spoken and written today.   Whether used independently or as the ideal companion to the new sixth edition of the widely acclaimed Hammer’s German Grammar and Usage this fourth edition of Practising German Grammar gives you the right tools to achieve high-level writing competence and comprehension of German. Using lively authentic texts from a wide range of original sources and offering a variety of new and updated exercises designed to stimulate and to give confidence Practising German Grammar will help you to master the complexities of the German language. Created especially for the new edition a companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/durrell offers a wide range of exercises and quizzes on all the main areas of German suitable for self-study and to accompany instructed grammar courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187047

Practising Global JournalismExploring reporting issues worldwide From this book you will gain an understanding of the global media marketplace - the technology the players and the issues. The role of news agencies sources and networks are explored covering the issues of ethics global media ownership and control. Find out how journalists are using the web and learn even newer ways to collect and communicate information. Essential reading for today's practising and trainee journalists. John Herbert examines the global environment in which journalists operate and describes the latest technology and its impact on print broadcast and online journalism practice.Practising Global Journalism is a unique overview of the profession providing a comparative study of journalism practice worldwide. Case studies are drawn from Europe Australia the Asia Pacific South Asia China Africa and the Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146778

Practising Italian GrammarA Workbook Practising Italian Grammar offers a comprehensive set of varied exercises for developing a greater practical awareness of the language. It is designed as a companion volume to A Reference Grammar of Modern Italian by Maiden and Robustelli but it can also be used on its own by anyone wishing to improve their proficiency in Italian. The workbook includes examples of authentic Italian from journalistic and literary extracts and from colloquial usage. The exercises are graded in terms of difficulty. Level 1 - revision of essential points Level 2 - intermediate exercises Level 3 - advanced exercises.A key to the exercises is provided making this workbook suitable for private study and classroom use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169272

Practising Public HealthA Guide to Examinations and Workplace Application Practising Public Health: A Guide to Examinations and Workplace Application helps public health professionals in the UK and elsewhere to optimise their everyday public health practice. The book incorporates theory skills tips and examples that illustrate communication skills listening skills information assimilation and how to make appropriate public health judgements in given situations. It also provides comprehensive support for those taking the UK Membership of the Faculty of Public Health (MFPH) Objective Structured Public Health Examination (OSPHE). The book includes eight videos of genuine MFPH OSPHE scenarios that provide examples of what good (and not so good) performances look like. Viewers then score the candidates before reading the marks and feedback provided by experienced OSPHE examiners. A helpful ‘Assessments’ section includes further ‘Do’s and Don’ts’ from previously successful OSPHE candidates. As well as assisting candidates preparing for professional exams these exercises will help improve the necessary skill set required by all public health professionals. Each chapter is broken down into an introduction an overview of relevant theory and detail on how to apply the theory illustrated with real-world examples. A ‘Further Reading’ section at the end of each chapter links to useful additional information and the book’s glossary provides examples of how to communicate technical terms in lay language. Follow this book on Twitter at @PractisingPH.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482238655

Practising Social Inclusion Practising Social Inclusion presents what we know about what works and why in promoting social inclusion and practising in a socially inclusive way. Contributing to the growing debates on social inclusion this book moves beyond discussion of who it is that is socially excluded and the processes of exclusion. It draws on research and reflective practice to answer the vital question of how to actually work towards inclusion and includes five sections looking at different arenas for practice: policy; programme design; service delivery; community life; and research. Relevant to all those working to promote or researching human health and wellbeing this book is especially suitable for practitioners students and scholars in health promotion social work social policy public health disability studies occupational therapy and nursing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415531078

Practising Social Work Ethics Around the WorldCases and Commentaries Ethics is an increasingly important theme in social work practice. Worldwide social workers experience common ethical challenges (how to be fair whether to break a rule how to act in politically tense situations) in very different contexts – from disaster relief in China to child protection work in Palestine. This book takes as its starting point real life cases featuring ethical problems in the areas of: negotiating roles and boundaries respecting rights being fair challenging and developing organisations and working with policy and politics. Each case opens with a brief introduction is followed by two commentaries and ends with questions for reflection. The commentaries written by authors from different countries refer to relevant theories concepts practical matters alternative courses of action and their implications. Features within the book include: An introductory chapter covering issues of global ethics Cases and commentaries drawn from across the world – from Peru to Finland Cases based on real life situations and chapter introductions from leading authorities in social work and ethical theory Questions and practical exercises to aid teaching and professional development This book is a unique and accessible resource for stimulating ethical reflection expanding ethical horizons and developing ethical and intercultural sensitivity. It is designed for use by undergraduate and postgraduate students and professionals in the fields of social work social education/pedagogy social care work international social work community development community organisation youth work and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415560337

Practising Spanish Grammar Practising Spanish Grammar can be used independently or as the ideal companion to the sixth edition of the widely acclaimed A New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish (Butt Benjamin and Moreira Rodríguez). Thoroughly updated this fourth edition of the workbook features an improved organization which closely mirrors that of A New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish  sixth edition. The selection of exercises has been fully revised and expanded with new exercises on a variety of topics including possessives conditional future and past tenses and polite requests. Designed to stimulate and engage even the most grammar-shy students this is an ideal resource for Spanish learners at CEFR Level B2–C1 ACFTL Intermediate-High to Advanced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339279

Practising Theory and Reading LiteratureAn Introduction Practising Theory and Reading Literature provides an accessible introduction to the study of contemporary literary theories and their applications to a range of literary texts. This is an elementary introduction where the emphasis is on practice and in this respect it complements A Reader's Guide to Contemporary Literary Theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538433

Practitioner EnquiryProfessional Development with Impact for Teachers Schools and Systems Practitioner Enquiry: Professional Development with Impact for Teachers Schools and Systems offers an accessible step-by-step guide to practitioner enquiry describing what practitioner enquiry is what its adoption in schools entails and what research and experience says about its benefits and possible pitfalls. Written by an experienced Headteacher who has worked with many schools to support their own engagement with practitioner enquiry and who has been using the approach himself for over eight years the chapters examine all aspects of its theory practice and engagement. The book includes a variety of case studies to explore the effect of practitioner enquiry across a range of settings and to show how you can bring about deep sustainable and embedded change that has positive impacts for all learners. Chapters cover: how you can create the conditions for succeeding with practitioner enquiry the process of enquiring into your practice the role of school leaders and teachers in successful enquiry processes the benefits you may expect from such enquiry case studies from a number of different contexts showing enquiry in action examples of research posters produced by teachers involved in enquiry. Practitioner Enquiry serves as a much-needed injection of up-to-date research into the field combining theory and practice in an engaging and comprehensive style. It will be key reading for teachers and school leaders in both primary and secondary sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293038

Practitioner Research In The Primary School First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979192

Practitioner-Based EnquiryPrinciples and Practices for Postgraduate Research This book has been written specifically for postgraduate students carrying out small-scale research projects in and around their work environments and for those undertaking research projects as part of their higher education courses. The book will also be useful to teachers tutors lecturers and trainers who want to use the concept of practitioner-based enquiry to enquire into their own institutional practices and produce reports which can be submitted for academic credits leading to the award of certificates and degrees from universities and other professional bodies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203486801

Practitioner-Based ResearchPower Discourse and Transformation Practitioner-Based Research is concerned in particular with the research which is undertaken by healthcare practitioners and the evidence which they generate as a result of investigating their practice. In so doing it recognizes that as well as working in academic life practitioner researchers are often working as practitioners outside the Academy. It argues that the work of practitioner researchers has a significant contribution to make to healthcare research and so needs to be disseminated further in order to create balanced research communities within the healthcare professions. This book will help academic researchers to broaden the limited ontological and epistemological perspectives of their research. It will also encourage healthcare practitioners who have not been trained academically to develop their research skills and to realize that they are actually researching in their practice on a day-to-day basis. Finally it will provide a degree of transparency about therapeutic processes to help clients and patients to see aspects of professional practice and development which are usually hidden from them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105860

Practitioners and PracticesA Conflict of Values? General practice is the cornerstone of primary care in the UK. However this traditional model has been challenged by new visions of its role particularly a responsibility for improving health as well as for the care of illness and a responsibility for populations as well as for individuals. This book focuses on the development of general practice as a framework within which community nurses and other professionals can build their contibution to the future of primary care. In so doing it shows how the care of general practice can be maintained and strengthened. This work is intended for all primary care staff including doctors nurses and managers and for anyone interested in the future of primary care in the changing NHS. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315381091

Practitioner's Guide to Business Impact Analysis This book illustrates the importance of business impact analysis which covers risk assessment and moves towards better understanding of the business environment industry specific compliance legal and regulatory landscape and the need for business continuity. The book provides charts checklists and flow diagrams that give the roadmap to collect collate and analyze data and give enterprise management the entire mapping for controls that comprehensively covers all compliance that the enterprise is subject to have. The book helps professionals build a control framework tailored for an enterprise that covers best practices and relevant standards applicable to the enterprise. Presents a practical approach to assessing security performance and business continuity needs of the enterprise Helps readers understand common objectives for audit compliance internal/external audit and assurance. Demonstrates how to build a customized controls framework that fulfills common audit criteria business resilience needs and internal monitoring for effectiveness of controls Presents an Integrated Audit approach to fulfill all compliance requirements Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367567927

Practitioner's Guide to the Land Registration Act 2002 Key provisions of the Land Registration Act 2002 provide the legal framework for electronic conveyancing. This book will explain the legislative framework and the current proposals � including the key issues of security and authorisation � and will highlight the points that need to be addressed by practitioners in order to qualify for access to the new system.Electronic conveyancing will not be with us until 2006 and this book will take a thematic approach highlighting the main practical issues arising from the new law and providing precedents and checklists to help busy conveyancers to manage the risks. This book will seek to highlight � and to give practical advice on � the day to day requirements of the new regime and to promote sensible and cost-effective management of the risks. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138424944

Prader-Willi SyndromeA practical guide An examination of the cognitive medical and psychological aspects of educating a child with Prader-Willi Syndrome. Practical advice is given for every part of the schooling process from classroom management to helping the child with difficult lessons such as maths. The section on further education discusses the ethical issues concerned with learning skills for independent living and the potential for future employment. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138156654

Pragmática del españolcontexto uso y variación Pragmática del español: contexto uso y variación introduces the central topics in pragmatics and discourse from a sociolinguistic perspective. Pragmatic variation is addressed within each topic with examples from different varieties of Spanish spoken in Latin America Spain and the United States. Key topics include: speech acts in context and deictic expressions implicit meaning and inferential communication intercultural competence in study abroad contexts pragmatics and computer-mediated discourse politeness and impoliteness in the Spanish-speaking world the pragmatics of Spanish among US heritage speakers the teaching and learning of pragmatics. A companion website provides additional exercises and a corpus of Spanish data for student research projects. A sample syllabus and suggestions for further reading help instructors tailor the material to a one-semester course or as a supplement to introduction to Hispanic linguistics courses. This is an ideal resource for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students at level B2–C2 of the Common European Framework for Languages and Intermediate High–Advanced High on the ACTFL proficiency scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215801

Pragmatic Children’s NursingA Theory for Children and their Childhoods Pragmatic Children’s Nursing is the first attempt to create a paediatric nursing theory which argues for the importance of giving children living with illness access to a childhood which is as far as possible equal to that of their peers. Set in the historical context of the development of children’s nursing this theory is presented in detail as an educational process complete with eight outcome measures which allow the practitioner to evaluate its effectiveness. This book explores the triad relationship between children carers and nurses within the context of healthcare delivery. Ht analyses the moral and ethical implications of pragmatic children’s nursing which challenges the established ideas of family-centred care. In addition to offering theoretical grounding and debate Randall presents four practical case studies which model how this theory may work within various hospital and community settings. Establishing a link between the concepts inherent in pragmatism and our understanding of childhood within society this accessible book will appeal to a global audience of undergraduate and postgraduate nursing students researchers and policy makers. Discover more about this subject on our author Duncan C. Randall's website which provides extra resources and information here: http://pragmaticchildrensnursing.com/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552937

Pragmatic Development The pragmatic system consists of the rules for appropriate and communicatively effective language use. Pragmatic Development provides an integrated view of the acquisition of all the various pragmatic subsystems including expression of communicative intents participation in conversation and production of extended discourse.For the first time th Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317423

Pragmatic Encounters Richard J. Bernstein is a leading exponent of American pragmatism and one of the foremost philosophers of the twentieth century. In this collection he takes a pragmatic approach to specific problems and issues to demonstrate the ongoing importance of this philosophical tradition. Topics under discussion include multiculturalism political public life evil and religion. Individual philosophers studied are Kant Arendt Rorty Habermas Dewey and Trotsky. Each of the sixteen essays many of which are published here for the first time offers a way of bridging contemporary philosophical differences. This book will be of interest to scholars of philosophy and those researching social and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371991

Pragmatic Encroachment in Epistemology According to philosophical lore epistemological orthodoxy is a purist epistemology in which epistemic concepts such as belief evidence and knowledge are characterized to be pure and free from practical concerns. In recent years the debate has focused narrowly on the concept of knowledge and a number of challenges have been posed against the orthodox purist view of knowledge. While the debate about knowledge is still a lively one the pragmatic exploration in epistemology has just begun. This collection takes on the task of expanding this exploration into new areas. It discusses how the practical might encroach on all areas of our epistemic lives from the way we think about belief confidence probability and evidence to our ideas about epistemic value and excellence. The contributors also delve into the ramifications of pragmatic views in epistemology for questions about the value of knowledge and its practical role. Pragmatic Encroachment in Epistemology will be of interest to a broad range of epistemologists as well as scholars working on virtue theory and practical reason. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665135

Pragmatic HumanismOn the Nature and Value of Sociological Knowledge Is sociology best understood as simply chipping away at our ignorance about society or does it have broader roles and responsibilities? If so to what—or perhaps to whom—are these responsibilities? Installing humanity as its epistemological and normative start and endpoint this book shows how humanism recasts sociology as an activity that does not merely do things or effect things but is also self-consciously for something. Rather than resurrecting problematic classical conceptions of humanism the book instead constructs its arguments on pragmatic grounds showing how a pragmatic humanism presents an improved picture of both the nature and value of the discipline. This picture is based less around the claim that sociology is capable of providing authoritative revelations about society and more upon its capacity to offer representations of the social in epistemologically open transformative ethical and hopeful ways. Ultimately it argues that sociology’s real value can only be disclosed by replacing its image as a discipline aimed towards disinterested social enlightenment with one of itself as a practice both dependent upon and at its best self-consciously aimed towards human ends and imperatives. It will appeal to scholars and students across the social sciences and to those working in social theory sociology and philosophy of the social sciences in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351412

Pragmatic InquiryCritical Concepts for Social Sciences This book examines a range of critical concepts that are central to a shift in the social sciences toward "pragmatic inquiry " reflecting a twenty-first century concern with particular problems and themes rather than grand theory. Taking a transnational and transdisciplinary approach the collection demonstrates a shared commitment to using analytical concepts for empirical exploration and a general orientation to research that favors an attention to objects techniques and practices. The chapters draw from broad-based and far-reaching social theory in order to analyze new specific challenges from grasping the everyday workings of markets courtrooms and clinics to inscribing the transformations of practice within research disciplines themselves. Each contributor takes a key concept and then explores its genealogies and its circulations across scholarly communities as well as its proven payoffs for the social sciences and often critical reflections on its present and future uses. This carefully crafted volume will significantly expand and improve the analytical repertoires or toolkits available to social scientists including scholars in sociology or anthropology and those working in science and technology studies public health and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472030

Pragmatic Justifications for the Sustainable CityActing in the common place What can justice and sustainability mean pragmatically speaking in today’s cities? Can justice be the basis on which the practices of city building rely? Can this recognition constitute sustainability in city building from a pragmatic perspective? Today we are faced with a mountain of reasons to lose hope in any prospect of moving closer to justice and sustainability from our present position in civilization. Pragmatic Justifications for the Sustainable City: Acting in the Common Place offers a critical and philosophical approach to revaluating the way in which we think and talk about the "sustainable city" to ensure that we neither lose the thread of our urban history nor the means to live well amidst diversity of all kinds. By building and rebuilding better habits of urban thinking this book promotes the reconstruction of moral thinking paving the way for a new urban sustainability model of justice. Utilizing multidisciplinary case studies and building upon anti-foundationalist principles this book offers a pragmatic interpretation of sustainable development concepts within our emerging global urban context and will be a valuable resource for both undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as academics and professionals in the areas of urban and planning policy sociology and urban and environmental geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152222

Pragmatic Perspectives in Phenomenology Pragmatic Perspectives in Phenomenology offers a complex analysis of the pragmatic theses that are present in the works of leading phenomenological authors including not only Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty as it is often the case within Hubert Dreyfus’ tradition but also Husserl Levinas Scheler and Patocka. Starting from a critical reassessment of existing pragmatic readings which draw especially on Heidegger’s account of Being-in-the-world the volume’s chapters explore the following themes as possible justifications for speaking about the pragmatic turn in phenomenology: the primacy of the practical over theoretical understanding criticism of the representationalist account of perception and consciousness and the analysis of language and truth within the context of social and cultural practices. Having thus analyzed the pragmatic readings of key phenomenological concepts the book situates these readings in a larger historical and thematic context and introduces themes that until now have been overlooked in debates including freedom alterity transcendence normativity distance and self-knowledge. This volume seeks to refresh the debate about the phenomenological legacy and its relevance for contemporary thought by enlarging the thematic scope of pragmatic motives in phenomenology in new and revealing ways. It will be of interest to advanced students and scholars of phenomenology who are interested in moving beyond the analytic-continental divide to explore the relationship between practice and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595005

Pragmatic PerspectivesConstructivism beyond Truth and Realism For a good part of the 20th century the classic Pragmatists—Charles Sanders Peirce William James and John Dewey—and pragmatism in general were largely ignored by analytic philosophers. They were said to hold such untenable views as whatever best satisfies our needs is true and that the end justifies the means. Despite a recent revival of interest in these figures spurred largely by the work of Richard Rorty it is not uncommon to continue to hear claims that pragmatism is a subjectivist anti-realist position that denies that there is a mind-independent world and fails to place objective constraints on inquiry. In this book Robert Schwartz dispels these traditional views by examining the empiricist and constructivist orientation of the classic pragmatists. Based on updated and expanded versions of his influential papers as well as a number of previously unpublished essays in this book Schwartz demonstrates the relevance of pragmatic thought to a wide range of issues beyond concerns over truth and realism that currently dominate discussions. The individual essays elaborate and defend pragmatic instrumentalist and constructivist conceptions of truth and inquiry moral discourse and ethical statements perception art and worldmaking. Pragmatic Perspectives will appeal to scholars interested in the history of American philosophy and pragmatic approaches to contemporary issues in analytic philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138049116

PRAGMATIC Security MetricsApplying Metametrics to Information Security Other books on information security metrics discuss number theory and statistics in academic terms. Light on mathematics and heavy on utility PRAGMATIC Security Metrics: Applying Metametrics to Information Security breaks the mold. This is the ultimate how-to-do-it guide for security metrics.Packed with time-saving tips the book offers easy-to-follow guidance for those struggling with security metrics. Step by step it clearly explains how to specify develop use and maintain an information security measurement system (a comprehensive suite of metrics) to help: Security professionals systematically improve information security demonstrate the value they are adding and gain management support for the things that need to be done Management address previously unsolvable problems rationally making critical decisions such as resource allocation and prioritization of security relative to other business activities Stakeholders both within and outside the organization be assured that information security is being competently managed The PRAGMATIC approach lets you hone in on your problem areas and identify the few metrics that will generate real business value. The book: Helps you figure out exactly what needs to be measured how to measure it and most importantly why it needs to be measured Scores and ranks more than 150 candidate security metrics to demonstrate the value of the PRAGMATIC method Highlights security metrics that are widely used and recommended yet turn out to be rather poor in practice Describes innovative and flexible measurement approaches such as capability maturity metrics with continuous scales Explains how to minimize both measurement and security risks using complementary metrics for greater assurance in critical areas such as governance and compliance In addition to its obvious utility in the information security realm the PRAGMATIC approach introduced for the first time in this book has broader application across diverse fields of management including finance human resources engineering and production—in fact any area that suffers a surplus of data but a deficit of useful information. Visit Security Metametrics. Security Metametrics supports the global community of professionals adopting the innovative techniques laid out in PRAGMATIC Security Metrics. If you too are struggling to make much sense of security metrics or searching for better metrics to manage and improve information security Security Metametrics is the place. http://securitymetametrics.com/ Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439881521

Pragmatic Spatial PlanningPractial Theory for Professionals Instead of seeking theory to justify practical professional judgments this book describes how professionals can and should use theory to guide these judgments. Professional spatial planning in the US and globally continues to suffer from a weak conceptual grasp of its own practice. Practitioners routinely recognize the value and wisdom of practical judgment finely attuned to context nuance and complexity; but later offer banal testimony and glib stories of ‘just so’ best-practice discrediting the ambiguity of their own experience. The chapters in this book provide a vocabulary tailored to the conventions of practical judgment challenging students and practitioners to treat professional expertise as work in progress rather than ‘best’ practice. Instead of seeking theory to justify practical professional judgments Hoch describes how professionals can and should use theory to guide these judgments. The pragmatist plan helps cope with complexity rather than control it making it invaluable in the anyone’s pursuit of a planning career. This book will appeal to a wide cross section of students and scholars especially those working in urban planning public policy and government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075392

Pragmatic SustainabilityDispositions for Critical Adaptation  This second edition of Pragmatic Sustainability proposes a pragmatic discursive and pluralistic approach to thinking about sustainability.. Rather than suggesting a single solution to the problem of how to live sustainably this collection discusses broader approaches to social and environmental change. Eight continuing authors and seven new ones adjust their dispositions toward rapidly changing and still unsustainable conditions forging agreements and disagreements on five overlapping themes: the Grounds for Sustainability; the critique of Technological Culture; the need to conceive of Sustainability in Place; in Cities; finally asking how should we reimagine the fraught relationship between Civil Society Industry and Regulation? Editor Steven A. Moore asks how a set of ideas now more than a century old remains relevant. A partial answer can be found in reconstructing the very modern ideas confronted by those who came to call themselves Pragmatists at the beginning of the twentieth century—evolution ecology and design. Moore argues that we have yet to develop dispositions in theory and practice that critically integrate these ideas into sustainable development. In sum this new edition provides a fresh and hopeful look at the wicked problems deliberated by almost anyone engaged in adapting to the always changing conditions of the built world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123922

Pragmatic Variation in Service Encounter Interactions across the Spanish-Speaking World Pragmatic Variation in Service Encounter Interactions across the Spanish-Speaking World expands the study of service encounter interactions into new face-to-face and digital contexts and new (sub)varieties of Spanish. The chapters examine pragmatic variation in a range of contexts representing ten countries and twelve (sub)varieties of Spanish. Part I explores macrosocial factors such as region gender age and social class while Part II focuses on microsocial and situational factors. Part III concludes the volume with theoretical and methodological contributions to the field. This volume will be of particular interest to advanced students and researchers of Spanish and Linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479593

Pragmatics In Pragmatics the study of meaning derived from context Jean Stilwell Peccei offers a practical introduction to this core area of linguistics. Pragmatics: encourages the reader to look at different levels of meaning within sentences provides a basic understanding of key pragmatic concepts introduces two highly influential approaches to pragmatics: the Co-Operative Principle and Speech Act Theory encourages the reader to apply basic analytical tools to real data eg. advertising language and children's conversations provides a range of activities discussion questions an answer key and further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834392

Pragmatics and Natural Language Understanding This book differs from other introductions to pragmatics in approaching the problems of interpreting language use in terms of interpersonal modelling of beliefs and intentions. It is intended to make issues involved in language understanding such as speech text and discourse accessible to the widest group possible -- not just specialists in linguistics or communication theorists -- but all scholars and researchers whose enterprises depend on having a useful model of how communicative agents understand utterances and expect their own utterances to be understood. Based on feedback from readers over the past seven years explanations in every chapter have been improved and updated in this thoroughly revised version of the original text published in 1989. The most extensive revisions concern the relevance of technical notions of mutual and normal belief and the futility of using the notion 'null context' to describe meaning. In addition the discussion of implicature now includes an extended explication of "Grice's Cooperative Principle" which attempts to put it in the context of his theory of meaning and rationality and to preclude misinterpretations which it has suffered over the past 20 years. The revised chapter exploits the notion of normal belief to improve the account of conversational implicature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053546

Pragmatics for Language EducatorsA Sociolinguistic Perspective Making pragmatics accessible to a wide range of students and instructors without dumbing down the content of the field this text for language professionals: raises awareness and increases knowledge and understanding of how human beings use language in real situations to engage in social action fosters the ability to think critically about language data and use helps readers develop the ability to "do pragmatics" The book features careful explanations of topics and concepts that are often difficult for uninitiated readers a wealth of examples mostly of natural speech from collected data sources and attention to the needs of readers who are non-native speakers of English with non-Western perspectives offered when possible. Suggested Readings Tasks Discussion Questions and Data Analysis sections involve readers in extending and applying what they are reading. The exercises push readers to recall and synthesize the content elicit relevant personal experiences and other sources of information and engage in changing their own interactional strategies. The activities go beyond a predictable framework to invite readers to carry out real life observations and experiment to make doing pragmatics a nonjudgmental everyday practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415801164

Pragmatics II A new title in the Routledge Major Works series Critical Concepts in Linguistics Pragmatics II is a four-volume collection of the very best scholarship on pragmatics. It is an essential successor collection to the editor’s Pragmatics (6 vols.) (978-0-415-11734-0) published in 1998 and described by The Linguist List as ‘essential background reading for students of pragmatics and new researchers in the pragmatics of language’. Pragmatics has experienced dramatic growth since its first flourishing early in the twentieth century. Pragmatics (1998) was the first comprehensive collection of the field’s canonical and cutting-edge research and this new collection now takes full account of the many important developments that have taken place since its appearance. Pragmatics II also includes coverage of areas without the scope of the first collection. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Pragmatics II is an indispensable work of reference. It is destined to be valued by scholars students and researchers as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415477956

Pragmatics of Conditional MarkingImplicature Scalarity and Exclusivity First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868380

Pragmatics of Uncertainty A fair question to ask of an advocate of subjective Bayesianism (which the author is) is "how would you model uncertainty?" In this book the author writes about how he has done it using real problems from the past and offers additional comments about the context in which he was working. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367736811

Pragmatics Pedagogy in English as an International Language Pragmatics Pedagogy in English as an International Language aims to bring to light L2 pragmatics instruction and assessment in relation to English as an International Language (EIL). The chapters in this book deal with a range of pedagogically related topics including the historical interface between L2 pragmatics and EIL reconceptualization of pragmatic competence in EIL intercultural dimension of pragmatics pedagogy in EIL teacher pragmatic awareness of instruction in the context of EIL pragmatics of politeness in EIL pragmatic teaching materials for EIL pedagogy teachers’ and scholars’ perceptions of pragmatics pedagogy in EIL assessment and assessment criteria in EIL-aware pragmatics and methods for research into pragmatics in EIL. This book is different from other books about both EIL pedagogy and pragmatics pedagogy. Exploring the interface between different dimensions of pragmatics pedagogy and EIL it suggests instructional and assessment tasks for EIL-aware pedagogy and directions for research on EIL-based pragmatics pedagogy. Pragmatics Pedagogy in English as an International Language will be useful for a range of readers who have an interest in the pragmatics instruction and assessment of EIL as well as those whose main area of specialization is EIL but would like to know how EIL with its rich conceptual and empirical background can go beyond linguistic instruction to embrace the instruction of pragmatic competence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367563288

PragmaticsA Multidisciplinary Perspective The first truly multidisciplinary text of its kind this book offers an original analysis of the current state of linguistic pragmatics. Cummings argues that no study of pragmatics can reasonably neglect the historical and contemporary influences on this discipline of neighboring fields of inquiry particularly philosophy psychology artificial intelligence and language pathology. By the same token these fields can begin to address their own questions more productively by examining the insights of pragmatics. The book's range of topics and depth of analysis will be of interest to advanced undergraduate and more specialized readers in linguistics communication studies speech and language therapy and cognitive science. Topics discussed include:*coverage of pragmatic concepts and theories;*criticisms of Sperber and Wilson's relevance theory Habermas's theory of communicative competence and Kasher's views on the modularity of pragmatics;*pragmatic deficits in a range of child and adult language disorders; and*a pragmatic analysis of argumentation in topical issues such as AIDS and BSE theories of meaning inferences pragmatics and AI. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045580

PragmaticsA Resource Book for Students Routledge English Language Introductions cover core areas of language study and are one-stop resources for students. Assuming no prior knowledge books in the series offer an accessible overview of the subject with activities study questions sample analyses commentaries and key readings – all in the same volume. The innovative and flexible ‘two-dimensional’ structure is built around four sections – introduction development exploration and extension – that offer self-contained stages for study. Each topic can also be read across these sections enabling the reader to gradually build on the knowledge gained. Now in its fourth edition this best-selling textbook: Covers the core areas of the subject: speech acts the cooperative principle relevance theory corpus pragmatics politeness theory and critical discourse analysis Has updated and new sections on intercultural and cross-cultural pragmatics critical discourse analysis and the pragmatics of power second language pragmatic competence development impoliteness post-truth discourse vague language pragmatic markers formulaic sequences and online corpus tools Draws on a wealth of texts in a variety of languages including political TV interviews newspaper articles extracts from classic novels and plays recent international films humorous narratives and exchanges on email messaging Facebook Twitter and WhatsApp Provides recent readings from leading scholars in the discipline including Jonathan Culpeper Lynne Flowerdew and César Félix-Brasdefer Is accompanied by eResources featuring extra material and activities. Written by two experienced teachers and researchers this accessible textbook is an essential resource for all students of English language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207250

PragmaticsAn Advanced Resource Book for Students Routledge Applied Linguistics is a series of comprehensive textbooks providing students and researchers with the support they need for advanced study in the core areas of English language and applied linguistics. Each book in the series guides readers through three main sections enabling them to explore and develop major themes within the discipline. Section A: Introduction establishes the key terms and concepts and extends readers’ techniques of analysis through practical application. Section B: Extension brings together influential articles sets them in context and discusses their contribution to the field. Section C: Exploration builds on knowledge gained in the first two sections setting thoughtful tasks around further illustrative material. This enables readers to engage more actively with the subject matter and encourages them to develop their own research responses. Throughout the book topics are revisited extended interwoven and deconstructed with the reader’s understanding strengthened by tasks and follow-up questions. Pragmatics: provides a broad view of pragmatics from a range of perspectives gathering readings from key names in the discipline including Geoffrey Leech Michael McCarthy Thomas Kohnen Joan Manes and Nessa Wolfson covers a wide variety of topics including speech acts pragmatic markers implicature research methods in pragmatics facework and politeness and prosody examines the social and cultural contexts in which pragmatics occurs such as in cross-cultural pragmatics (silence indirectness forms of address cultural scripts) and pragmatics and power (the courtroom police interaction political interviews and doctor-patient communication) uses a wide range of corpora to provide both illustrative examples and exploratory tasks is supported by a companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/archer featuring extra activities and additional data for analysis guidance on undertaking corpus analysis and research including how to create your own corpus with CMC and suggestions for further reading. Written by experienced teachers and researchers in the field Pragmatics provides an essential resource for students and researchers of applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415497879

Pragmatism Feminism and DemocracyRethinking the Politics of American History Pragmatism Feminism and Democracy is James Livingston's virtuoso reflection on the period between 1890 and 1930 a primal scene of American history during which a wave of intellectual currents came together--and fell apart--to reorient society.  Tying in critical insights on corporate capitalism consumer culture populism and the American Left Livingston analyzes the intersections and similarities of pragmatism and feminism to yield an original provocative blend of historiography feminist theory and American intellectual history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203901359

Pragmatism Kant and Transcendental Philosophy Philosophers working within the pragmatist tradition have pictured their relation to Kant and Kantianism in very diverse terms: some have presented their work as an appropriation and development of Kantian ideas some have argued that pragmatism is an approach in complete opposition to Kant. This collection investigates the relationship between pragmatism Kant and current Kantian approaches to transcendental arguments in a detailed and original way. Chapters highlight pragmatist aspects of Kant’s thought and trace the influence of Kant on the work of pragmatists and neo-pragmatists engaging with the work of Peirce James Lewis Sellars Rorty and Brandom among others. They also consider to what extent contemporary approaches to transcendental arguments are compatible with a pragmatist standpoint. The book includes contributions from renowned authors working on Kant pragmatism and contemporary Kantian approaches to philosophy and provides an authoritative and original perspective on the relationship between pragmatism and Kantianism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371953

Pragmatism Law and Language This volume puts leading pragmatists in the philosophy of language including Robert Brandom in contact with scholars concerned with what pragmatism has come to mean for the law. Each contribution uses the resources of pragmatism to tackle fundamental problems in the philosophy of language the philosophy of law and social and political philosophy. In many chapters the version of pragmatism deployed proves a fruitful approach to its subject matter; in others shortcomings of the specific brand of pragmatism are revealed. The result is a clearer understanding of what pragmatism has meant and can mean across these tightly related philosophical areas. The book then is itself pragmatism in action: it seeks to clarify its unifying concept by examining the practices that centrally involve it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731509

Pragmatism Pluralism and the Nature of Philosophy For the past fifteen years Aikin and Talisse have been working collaboratively on a new vision of American pragmatism one which sees pragmatism as a living and developing philosophical idiom that originates in the work of the "classical" pragmatisms of Charles Peirce William James and John Dewey uninterruptedly develops through the later 20th Century pragmatists (C. I. Lewis Wilfrid Sellars Nelson Goodman W. V. O. Quine) and continues through the present day. According to Aikin and Talisse pragmatism is fundamentally a metaphilosophical proposal – a methodological suggestion for carrying inquiry forward amidst ongoing deep disagreement over the aims limitations and possibilities of philosophy. This conception of pragmatism not only runs contrary to the dominant self-understanding among cotemporary philosophers who identify with the classical pragmatists it also holds important implications for pragmatist philosophy. In particular Aikin and Talisse show that their version of pragmatism involves distinctive claims about epistemic justification moral disagreement democratic citizenship and the conduct of inquiry. The chapters combine detailed engagements with the history and development of pragmatism with original argumentation aimed at a philosophical audience beyond pragmatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594114

Pragmatism Post-modernism and Complexity TheoryThe "Fascinating Imaginative Realm" of William E. Doll Jr. The first collection of the key works of the major curriculum studies scholar William E. Doll Jr. this volume provides an overview of his scholarship over his fifty-year career and documents the theoretical and practical contribution he has made to the field . The book is organized in five thematic sections: Personal Reflections; Dewey Piaget Bruner Whitehead: Process And Transformation; Modern/Post-Modern: Structures Forms and Organization; Complexity Thinking; and Reflections on Teaching . The complicated intellectual trajectory through pragmatism postmodernism and complexity theory not only testifies to Doll’s individual lifetime works but is also intimately related to the landscape of education to which he has made an important contribution. Of interest to curriculum scholars around the world the book will hold special significance for graduate students and junior scholars who came of the age in the field Doll helped create: one crafted by postmodernism and more recently complexity theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808743

Pragmatism Postmodernism and the Future of Philosophy First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865669

Pragmatism and DemocracyStudies in History Social Theory and Progressive Politics This volume examines the roots of pragmatist imagination and traces the influence of American pragmatism in diverse areas of politics law sociology political science and transitional studies.The work explores the interfaces between the Progressive movement in politics and American pragmatism. Shalin shows how early 20th century progressivism influenced pragmatism's philosophical agenda and how pragmatists helped articulate a theory of progressive reform. The work addresses pragmatism and interactionist sociology and illuminates the cross-fertilization between these two fields of studies. Special emphasis is placed on the interactionists' search for a logic of inquiry sensitive to the objective indeterminacy of the situation. The challenge that contemporary interactionist studies face is to illuminate the issues of power and inequality central to the political commitments of pragmatist philosophers.Shalin explores the vital link between democracy civility and affect. His central thesis is that democracy is an embodied process that binds affectively as well as rhetorically and that flourishes in places where civic discourse is an end in itself a source of vitality and social creativity sustaining a democratic community. The author shows why civic discourse is hobbled by the civic body that has been misshapen by past abuses. Drawing on the studies of the civilizing process Shalin speculates about the emotion demeanor and body language of democracy and explores from this angle the prospects for democratic transformation in countries struggling to shake their totalitarian past.View Table of Contents Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513501

Pragmatism and LawFrom Philosophy to Dispute Resolution Pragmatism and Law provides a textual reading of the American legal discourse as it unfolds through various genres of pragmatism which evolve and transform during the twentieth century. The historical narrative which the book weaves traces the transformation of the pragmatic idea from the forefront of philosophical intellectual inquiries at the turn of the twentieth century to a common sense lawyers’ practical rule of action at the turn of the twenty-first century. During this sequence a fresh look at American history and legal history in particular is offered through the emphasis on recurring discursive structures which assume incommensurable treatments of basic liberal notions like justice politics and truth. Underlying the writing is an interpretative mode of inquiry based on European post-structural methodologies while claiming to represent their next intellectual phase. This contemporary mode of inquiry is that of a reading which insists on healing through the paradoxes. It is the same mode that sets in the author’s view the updated interpretative model of dispute resolution studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264021

Pragmatism and ObjectivityEssays Sparked by the Work of Nicholas Rescher Pragmatism and Objectivity illuminates the nature of contemporary pragmatism against the background of Rescher’s work resulting in a stronger grasp of the prospects and promises of this philosophical movement. The central insight of pragmatism is that we must start from where we find ourselves and deflate metaphysical theories of truth in favor of an account that reflects our actual practices of the concept. Pragmatism links truth and rationality to experience success and action. While crude versions of pragmatism state that truth is whatever works for a person or a community Nicholas Rescher has been at the forefront of arguing for a more sophisticated pragmatist position. According to his position we can illuminate a robust concept of truth by considering its links with inquiry assertion belief and action. His brand of pragmatism is objective and organized around truth and inquiry rather than other forms of pragmatism that are more subjective and lenient. The contingency and fallibility of knowledge and belief formation does not mean that our beliefs are simply what our community decides or that truth and objectivity are spurious notions. Rescher offers the best chance of understanding how it is that beliefs can be the products of human inquiry yet aim at the truth nonetheless. The essays in this volume written by established and up-and-coming scholars of pragmatism touch on themes related to epistemology philosophy of mind philosophy of science and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595371

Pragmatism and Social PhilosophyExploring a Stream of Ideas from America to Europe This book explores the role that American pragmatism played in the development of social philosophy in 20th-century Europe. The essays in the first part of the book show how the ideas of Peirce James and Dewey influenced the traditions of European philosophy especially existentialism and the Frankfurt School of Critical Theory that emerged in the 20th century. The second part of the volume deals with current challenges in social philosophy. The essays here demonstrate how discussions of two core issues in social philosophy—the conception of social conflict and the public—can be enriched with pragmatist resources. In featuring both historical and conceptual perspectives these essays provide a full picture of pragmatism’s role in the development of Continental social philosophy. Pragmatism and Social Philosophy will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working on American philosophy social philosophy and Continental philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486792

Pragmatism and the European TraditionsEncounters with Analytic Philosophy and Phenomenology before the Great Divide The turn of the twentieth century witnessed the birth of two distinct philosophical schools in Europe: analytic philosophy and phenomenology. The history of 20th-century philosophy is often written as an account of the development of one or both of these schools as well as their overt or covert mutual hostility. What is often left out of this history however is the relationship between the two European schools and a third significant philosophical event: the birth and development of pragmatism the indigenous philosophical movement of the United States. Through a careful analysis of seminal figures and central texts this book explores the mutual intellectual influences convergences and differences between these three revolutionary philosophical traditions. The essays in this volume aim to show the central role that pragmatism played in the development of philosophical thought at the turn of the twentieth century widen our understanding of a seminal point in the history of philosophy and shed light on the ways in which these three schools of thought continue to shape the theoretical agenda of contemporary philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593698

PragmatismA Contemporary Reader Russell Goodman examines the curious reemergence of pragmatism in a field dominated in the past decades by phenomenology logic positivism and deconstruction. With contributions from major contemporary and classical thinkers such as Cornel West Richard Rorty Nancy Fraser Charles Sanders Peirce and Ralph Waldo Emerson Russell has gathered an impressive chorus of philosophical voices that reexamine the origins and complexities of neo-pragmatism. The contributors discuss the relationship of pragmatism and literary theory phenomenology existentialism and the work of Ralph Waldo Emerson. They question the meaning of pragmatics what it is to be practical and ask provocative questions such as: what is reading? and whether democracy is a precondition for the functioning of intelligence. This work places this reemergent and interesting neo-development in its proper context and will provide readers with a strong sense of the movement's foundations history and subtlities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061502

PragmatismThe Restoration of Its Scientific Roots Pragmatism is rooted in the linking of practice and theory. It describes a process where theory is extracted from practice and applied back to practice to form what is called intelligent practice. Pragmatism was intended by Charles S. Peirce its founder as a doctrine for the rational substantiation of knowledge claims. For Peirce what mattered was successful prediction and control. Practice was to serve as the arbiter of theory. Objective efficacy not personal satisfaction is what matters for fixing opinion in a community of rational inquirers.According to Nicholas Rescher later pragmatists saw the matter differently. They envisioned subjective satisfactions rather than objectively determinable functional effectiveness as being the aim of the enterprise. Rescher notes that William James in particular had an agenda different from that of Peirce.The two pragmatisms are complete opposites Rescher argues in terms of claims and intentions. James's soft pragmatism abandons the classical idea of inquiry as the paramount of truth; it believes that truth is an illusion an unrealizable figment of the imagination. By contrast Peirce's hard pragmatism believes that the classic idea of truth remains valid. Rescher seeks to examine and explore pragmatism dialectically with a conviction that brings pragmatism to life for specialist and generalist alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513495

Praise Motivation and the Child Anyone who spends time with children knows that praise works. It is a powerful motivator - praising children for good behaviour or good work builds self- esteem and self-confidence. Children love to collect stickers certificates and rewards – so what better way is there to shape behaviour encourage good work habits and produce confident learners? Teachers and parents alike know that praise is effective – we use it every day and we see the positive effect that it has on our children. However constructivist practitioners would argue that praise in any form creates hierarchies and competition in the classroom has little effect on genuine learning and is invasively judgemental rather than supportive. Constructivists would further argue that self-esteem cannot be built by external agency – teachers and parents can only create an appropriate environment in which a robust sense of ‘self’ can grow and develop. This book challenges traditional embedded thinking about the role of praise. It questions the assumptions we make about developing self-esteem about the ability of children to form their own independent judgements and the choices that children make regardless rather than because of contingent praise. What happens when children are praised? Read this book listen to what children really think and challenge your own assumptions. Features include: Case studies and children’s work samples; Points for reflection which could be used for CPD sessions; Appendices containing behaviour policy samples; Pupil teacher and parental perspectives. This book is aimed at practising and training Primary school teachers. It would also be suitable for NQTs who are starting to shape their own practice experienced teachers who want to develop and question their own practice and students on BA Hons and PGCE courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681742

Praising His Name In The DanceSpirit Possession in the Spiritual Baptist Faith and Orisha Work in Trinidad West Indies The author provides a detailed portrait of the Spiritual Baptist Faith and Orisha Work two religions that share a common basis in the traditional religion of the Yoruba in West Africa. Specifically the author studies the phenomenon of spirit possession an integral aspect of worship in both religions. In the Spiritual Baptist Faith a person who is possessed by the Holy Spirit retains his or her own identity while in Orisha Work those who are possessed by the orishas (spirits) become the spirits. Both types of possession are based on the Yoruba concept of self in which identity is dependent on the spirit which animates a physical body. This common basis of religions enables the respective populations to interact extensively and explains why an individual can experience both types of spiritual possession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347132

Praxeological Political Analysis With the interest in practice theory and praxeology on the rise praxeology can be considered an emerging new methodological as well as theoretical paradigm which successfully overcomes epistemological dichotomies of conventional approaches.The articles in this volume serve as starting points for rendering contemporary practice theory approaches useful for the analysis of political events and processes without reducing the political aspect a priori to the formal policy sphere. In this context Praxeological Political Analysis demonstrates that praxeological research is now increasingly addressing issues which are considered virulent in for instance the consumer sustainability or political spheres. Following on from this key focus on political analysis this title also seeks to expand the current status of primarily political science adaptions of practice theory approaches to the analysis of predominantly narrowly defined political practices. Written with an explicit focus on diverse political aspects and dimensions in the performative enactment of social practices this title will appeal to post-graduate students and scholars interested in sociology of politics social and public policy development in social theory and political research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877286

Praxiological EssaysTexts and Contexts The 25th volume in the series Praxiology: The International Annual of Practical Philosophy and Methodology brings a praxiological perspective to current issues facing our society. In sixteen brand-new essays a team of international scholars expands praxiology beyond the borders of its historically philosophical application and uses it to address real-world problems in a variety of fields. The volume outlines new approaches and reflections on traditional praxiological method and then applies these developments as tools in fields as diverse as ethics psychology sociology economics management and entrepreneurship. Grounded in the tradition of the Polish praxiologist Tadeusz KotarbiÅ„ski (1886-1981) the 25th volume entitled Praxiological Essays: Texts and Contexts highlights the rich mosaic of issues perceived in the practice of human action and carries a tradition of Praxiological inquiry forward into our contemporary philosophy methodology and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102668

Praxiology and Pragmatism Volume l0 in this distinguished series addresses two distinct but interrelated philosophical movements which exemplify different approaches to the study of ethics. Praxiology an unique Central European philosophical movement embraces the study of purposeful and conscious action and the elements essential to each action act and causative act. Pragmatism an uniquely American philosophical movement was founded by Charles S. Peirce and William James and is based on the meaning of conceptions defined in their practical bearings that guides actions and measures them by practical consequences of belief. The chapters in this volume are grouped in a section on Praxiology and one on Pragmatism. Each section defines the historical origins of their respective philosophical movements describes their methodology and interrelates their impact on "human conduct" and contemporary society. The section on Praxiology presents for the first time in English a seminal study "The ABC of Practicality " written in l972 by Tadeusz Kotarbinski the father of modern Polish praxiology. Wojciech W. Gasparski offers an interpretative analysis of Praxiology. Daryl Koehn explores the nature of practical judgment and Timo Airaksinen applies praxiological efficiency in professional ethics. The section devoted directly to Pragmatism includes scholarly contributions by eight academics on the relevance of pragmatism to management (Juan Fontrodona) business ethics (Sandra Rosenthal) law ( Fred Kellogg) and pragmatic inquiry (F. Byron Nahser). The contribution of Max Scheler to pragmatism (Manfred Frings) and the influence of William James on business ethics(Dennis McCann) are groundbreaking contributions to the study of pragmatism. The volume also includes a teaching model for a classroom application of pragmatism (Jack Ruhe) and concludes with an evaluation of the renaissance of interest in pragmatism in Europe (Jacek Sojka). Leo V. Ryan C.S.V. professor of management DePaul University is past president of the Society for Business Ethics. He is co-editor of Human Action in Business (Vol. 5) and Business Students Focus on Ethics (Vol. 8) of the Praxiology series. F. Byron Nahser is chairman and CEO Globe Group Chicago the originator of Pathfinder Pragmatic Inquiry Method and author of Learning to Read the Signs: Reclaiming Pragmatism in Business. Wojciech W. Gasparski is professor of humanities at the Institute of Philosophy and Sociology the Polish Academy of Sciences Warsaw and editor-in-chief of the Praxiological series. He has published numerous volumes and over two hundred articles and conference papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513525

Praxiology and the Reasons for Action This volume explores two traditions in practical philosophy: action theory which concerns the nature of motivation for human action and praxiology the study of human action. By bringing different perspectives together the volume strives to contribute to the international debate on theories of reasons for action as a philosophy of action.The volume consists of three main parts. The first part "Reasons for Action " bridges the gap between reasons for action theories and praxiology. The second part of the volume titled "Theories of Action " explores philosophical approaches to action. Finally in the third part "Applications " the contributors show several ways of applying praxiological ways of thinking and acting to the problems of reflection assessment solving action incompleteness and knowledge management.The ultimate goal of this volume is to broaden the scientific view of action: to establish a perspective on action that is permeated by moral theories on the one hand and accounts focused on efficiency and economy of action on the other hand. This work is the newest volume in Transaction's Praxiology series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412857048

Praxiphanes of Mytilene and Chamaeleon of HeracleaText Translation and Discussion This installment of the distinguished RUSCH series focuses on two Peripatetic philosophers of the fourth and third centuries BCE: namely Chamaeleon and Praxiphanes both of whom were associated with Theophrastus Aristotle's successor as head of the Peripatetic School. Chamaeleon and Praxiphanes were intellectuals active in the political and civic life of the Hellenistic Period. Their scholarly interests included inter alia ethics biography textual criticism and linguistics.The work presents new editions of the ancient source texts for Chamaeleon and Praxiphanes. Each is accompanied by an apparatus of textual variants and a second apparatus of parallel texts. In addition there is a facing translation in English as well as notes to the translation. There follow ten essays that clarify material presented in the text translation. The volume closes with an index listing the ancient sources that are referred to the preceding essays.This volume continues over thirty years of tradition in the RUSCH series edited by William W. Fortenbaugh the finest series available in Aristotelian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513549

Praxis and Method (RLE: Gramsci)A Sociological Dialogue with Lukacs Gramsci and the Early Frankfurt School This sociological critique of the ‘philosophy of praxis’ looks at the importance of the concept in the social theory of leading influential Western Marxists such as Lukács Gramsci Korsch Horkheimer Marcuse and Adorno in the inter-war period. It offers a detailed critique of Marx and Hegel and explores the validity and implications for sociology of two of Marx’s ideas which the later theorists made the centre piece of their social theory: first that true theory is authenticated by praxis and second its corollary that certain major social transformations should and would in practice render sociology redundant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979208

Praxis and PoliticsKnowledge Production in Social Movements Praxis and Politics explores the knowledge arising from activist praxis and its significance for reimagining radical and democratic politics. It is based on five years of direct involvement in the Toronto-based Metro Network for Social Justice and their work in coalition building campaign-organizing and 'economic and political literacy' work in the aftermath of the signing of the Canada-US Free Trade Agreement. The book breaks new theoretical and methodological ground in social movement studies in drawing on a wide range of traditions including cultural studies urban studies political economy and feminism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959817

Pray TVTelevangelism in America In this book first published in 1990 the significance of televangelism in America is examined in detail. This well-informed measured analysis includes discussion of the place of televangelism in the history of American Protestantism; the styles of leading TV preachers and the televangelical star system; the relation of televangelism to conservatism and politics. It also answers the questions of televangelism’s organisation and audience as well as providing an analysis over the wave of scandals which swept over Pray TV in the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025717

Prayer and Politics Prayer is an important religious practice that is rarely studied from the perspective of politics – and yet it should be. Though some forms of Protestantism teach that prayer should be individual and private this is an exception rather than a rule. In many other religions and cultures the regulation of collective and public prayer cannot be separated from the complex world of politics. Where is prayer allowed and where not? Who can participate and who can’t? How should you pray – and how shouldn’t you? Prayer is subject to a host of both written and unwritten political rules. From the Pentecostal religious battle – where prayer is both sword and shield against the Satanic Other – to the relations between Islam and Christianity prayer as spiritual warfare can be found cross-culturally and across the world. This book brings together case studies of the political salience of prayer in Nigeria France India Russia and the United States. It deals with Christian Muslim and Hindu practices. In a world where religious tensions are ever-present it reminds us of the intensely political nature of prayer. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Religious and Political Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367132743

Prayer and Worship in Eastern Christianities 5th to 11th Centuries Prayer and Worship in Eastern Christianities 5th to 11th Centuries forges a new conversation about the diversity of Christianities in the medieval eastern Mediterranean centered on the history of practice looking at liturgy performance prayer poetry and the material culture of worship. It studies prayer and worship in the variety of Christian communities that thrived from late antiquity to the middle ages: Byzantine Orthodoxy Syrian Orthodoxy and the Church of the East. Rather than focusing on doctrinal differences and analyzing divergent patterns of thought the essays address common patterns of worship individual and collective prayer hymnography and liturgy as well as the indigenous theories that undergirded Christian practices. The volume intervenes in standard academic discourses about Christian difference with an exploration of common patterns of celebration commemoration and self-discipline.Essays by both established and promising younger scholars interrogate elements of continuity and change over time – before and after the rise of Islam both under the control of the Eastern Roman Empire and in the lands of successive caliphates. Groups distinct in their allegiances nevertheless shared a common religious heritage and recognized each other – even in their differences – as kinds of Christianity. A series of chapters explore the theory and practice of prayer from Greco-Roman late antiquity to the Syriac middle ages highlighting the transmission of monastic discourses about prayer especially among Syrian and Palestinian ascetic teachers. Another set of essays examines localization of prayer within churches through inscriptions donations dedications and incubation. Other chapters treat the composition and transmission of hymns to adorn the liturgy and articulate the emotions of the Christian calendar structuring liturgical and eschatological time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881290

Prayer From Alexander To ConstantineA Critical Anthology Prayer From Alexander To Constantine presents a diverse selection of prayer chosen by over 40 different historians all specialists in their respective areas of Graeco-Roman literature. This collaboration gives the book a range and depth that no individual author could hope to rival.Each selection includes an introductory essay followed by a new English translation of the prayer accompanied by critical notes and biography. In this way the reader is able to gain an insight into the variety of subjects and styles involved in people's communications with their gods in antiquity.The volume will be a key text for students engaged in courses which explore the period's history and theologies. There is no comparable anthology available in English. The volume will also be of value to the general reader interested in the history of this period and anyone interested in the forms of prayer. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812564

Praying to a French GodThe Theology of Jean-Yves Lacoste As a phenomenologist Lacoste is concerned with investigating the human aptitude for experience; as a theologian Lacoste is interested in humanity’s potential for a relationship with the divine what he terms the ’liturgical relationship’. Beginning from the proposition that prayer is a theme that occurs throughout Lacoste’s writing and using this proposition as a heuristic through which to view interpret and critique his thought this book examines Lacoste’s place amid both the recent ’theological turn’ in French thought and the post-war emergence of la nouvelle théologie. Drawing upon unpublished and out of print material previously only available in French Romanian or German the book will be of interest to scholars of philosophy phenomenology and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879495

Pre-Accident InvestigationsAn Introduction to Organizational Safety Time-pressed professionals looking for practical guidance to shape their current or future safety programs should use this book. Pre-Accident Investigations: An Introduction to Organizational Safety helps to identify complex potential incidents before they take place. Based around the ’New View’ of human error it offers established human performance theory in a highly practical context. Written in an engaging conversational style around several case studies the book is grounded in reality with examples with which anyone can identify. It is an ideal aid for senior safety executives who want to spread the safety message among their colleagues. It is also an excellent choice for course tutors looking for a narrative-led primer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781409447825

Pre-Accident InvestigationsBetter Questions - An Applied Approach to Operational Learning Pre-Accident Investigations: Better Questions - An Applied Approach to Operational Learning challenges safety and reliability professionals to get better answers by asking better questions. A provocative examination of human performance and safety management the book delivers a thought-provoking discourse about how we work and defines a new approach to operational learning. This is not a book about traditional safety. This is a book about creating "real" safety in your organization. In order to predict incidents before they happen an organization should first understand how their processes can result in failure. Instead of managing the outcomes they must learn to manage and understand the processes used to create them. Ideal for use in safety human performance psychology cognitive and decision making systems engineering and risk assessment areas this book equips the safety professional with the tools steps and models of success needed to create long-term value and change from safety programs.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781472486134

Preaching and New WorldsSermons as Mirrors of Realms Near and Far This collection of essays examines the polyvalent concept of "New Worlds" in the context of medieval and early modern sermon studies. While the terms "Old World" and "New World" are commonplace in studies of Europe and the Americas this volume explores how preaching in the Atlantic world and beyond creatively engaged audiences in addressing new cultural and religious perspectives regardless of their geographical location and time period. The identification of the "other" in sermons is already an implicit recognition of a novel world which could be equally enticing and intimidating. The scholars represented in this volume examine a wide panorama of medieval and early modern efforts as they identify how sermons which often served as a highly effective media of mass communication reflect shifting identities sometimes contested and sometimes embraced within long-standing traditional constructs. Particular themes include apocalypticism art and mission cultural interaction multilingualism forms of religious life and theological innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663988

Preaching the BluesBlack Feminist Performance in Lynching Plays Preaching the Blues: Black Feminist Performance in Lynching Plays examines several lynching plays to foreground black women’s performances as non-normative subjects who challenge white supremacist ideology. Maisha S. Akbar re-maps the study of lynching drama by examining plays that are contingent upon race-based settings in black households versus white households. She also discusses performances of lynching plays at Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) in the South and reviews lynching plays closely tied to black school campuses. By focusing on current examples and impacts of lynching plays in the public sphere this book grounds this historical form of theatre in the present day with depth and relevance. Of interest to scholars and students of both general Theatre and Performance Studies and of African American Theatre and Drama Preaching the Blues foregrounds the importance of black feminist artists in lynching culture and interdisciplinary scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479616

Preaching the Crusades to the Eastern MediterraneanPropaganda Liturgy and Diplomacy 1305–1352 Preaching was an integral part of the crusade movement. This book focuses on the efforts of the first four Avignon popes to organize crusade preaching campaigns to the Eastern Mediterranean and on the role of the secular and regular clergy in their implementation. Historians have treated the fall of Acre in 1291 as an arbitrary boundary in crusader studies for far too long. The period 1305–1352 was particularly significant for crusade preaching yet it has not been studied in detail. This volume thus constitutes an important addition to the flourishing field of late medieval crusade historiography. The core of the book deals with two interlocking themes: the liturgy for the Holy Land and the popular response to crusade preaching between the papacies of Clement V and Clement VI. The book analyses the evolving use of the liturgy for the crusade in combination with preaching and it illustrates the catalytic role of these measures in driving popular pro-crusade sentiments. A key theme in the account is the analysis of the surviving crusade sermons of the Parisian theologians from the era. Critical editions of these previously neglected propagandistic texts are a valuable addition to our corpus of papal correspondence relating to the crusades in the later Middle Ages. This book will be of interest both to specialized historians and to students of late medieval crusading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592523

Precariat: Labour Work and Politics In his recent work Guy Standing has identified a new class which has emerged from neo-liberal restructuring with he argues the revolutionary potential to change the world: the precariat. This according to Standing is ‘a class-in-the-making internally divided into angry and bitter factions’ consisting of ‘a multitude of insecure people living bits-and-pieces lives in and out of short-term jobs without a narrative of occupational development including millions of frustrated educated youth… millions of women abused in oppressive labour growing numbers of criminalised tagged for life millions being categorised as "disabled" and migrants in their hundreds of millions around the world. They are denizens; they have a more restricted range of social cultural political and economic rights than citizens around them’. This present book explores the nature shape and context of precariat evaluating the internal consistency and applications of the concept. Demonstrating the sheer breadth and depth of application the chapters cover a wide-range of topics from the relationships between precariat and authoritarianism multitude (another concept to achieve popular consciousness) and place as well as the nature of precarious identities and subjectivities among those working in immaterial labour. The book concludes with a reply by Standing to reviews of Precariat.This book was published as a special issue of Global Discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739515

Precarious BalanceHong Kong Between China and Britain 1842-1992 This work closely considers the history and political importance of Hong Kong in the period 1842 to 1992. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701561

Precarious IdentitiesStudies in the Work of Fulke Greville and Robert Southwell This book investigates the construction of identity and the precarity of the self in the work of the Calvinist Fulke Greville (1554–1628) and the Jesuit Robert Southwell (1561–1595). For the first time a collection of original essays unites them with the aim to explore their literary production. The essays collected here define these authors’ efforts to forge themselves as literary religious and political subjects amid a shifting politico-religious landscape. They highlight the authors’ criticism of the court and underscore similarities and differences in thought themes and style. Altogether the essays in this volume demonstrate the developments in cosmology theology literary conventions political ideas and religious dogmas and trace their influence in the oeuvre of Greville and Southwell. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697607

Precariousness Community and Participation This book attempts to explore the effects of neoliberalism on particular forms of community. Guy Standing (2011) has popularised the notion of precariousness to describe the unpredictable neoliberal conditions faced by radically different people throughout the world. Members of Standing’s ‘precariat’ lack occupational identities treat work and other moneymaking activities instrumentally are focused on the short-term and have no ‘shadow of the future’ hanging over their actions leaving little incentive to sustain long-term relationships and productive but unpaid social activities. This issue presents an interdisciplinary account of the challenges faced by communities at a time in which neoliberalism seems unchecked and uncheckable by the rise of nationalist populism. At points responses are presented but it is perhaps reflective of the general sense of helplessness of those committed to tackling neoliberalism that the final article highlights serious deficits in an approach commonly presented as a practicable response: basic income. In the spirit of participation each article is accompanied by a reply by a non-academic as well as an academic. This ought not to be seen as tokenism – the experience of the project has been that discussions can be advanced much more effectively through engagement with community members and professionals.The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Global Discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589691

Precariousness and the Performances of Welfare Precariousness and the Performances of Welfare brings together an international group of artists activists and scholars to explore precarity in the contexts of applied and socially engaged theatre. The policy of austerity pursued by governments across the global North following the financial crisis of 2008 has renewed interest in issues of poverty economic inequality and social justice. Emerging from European contexts of activism and scholarship ‘precarity’ has become a shorthand term for the permanently insecure conditions of life under neoliberal capitalism and its associated stripping back of social welfare protections. This collection explores a range of theatre practice including activist theatres theatre and health projects the community work of regional theatres arts-led social care initiatives people’s theatres and youth arts programmes. Comprising full-length chapters and shorter pieces the collection offers new perspectives on social theatre projects as creative occasions of occupation that generate a sense of security in a precarious world.This book was originally published as a special issue of RiDE: The Journal of Applied Theatre and Performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671204

Precarity Critical Pedagogy and Physical Education This unflinching analysis explains the nature of precarity and its detrimental effects on the health and wellbeing of young people. It exposes physical educators’ unpreparedness to provide inclusive fair and equitable forms of physical education that might empower young people to overcome the mal effects of precarity. Following a thorough analysis and critique of critical pedagogy David Kirk advocates for critical pedagogies of affect as physical education’s response to precarity providing detailed outlines of these pedagogies and their grounding in research. He argues that now more than ever physical educators need to be alive to the serious social and economic challenges that shape young people’s health happiness and life chances. This bold and provocative book is essential reading for all researchers in the field of physical education and health education pedagogy as well as teacher educators curriculum policy makers and other professionals who work with young people living in precarity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345129

Precast Concrete Structures This second edition of Precast Concrete Structures introduces the conceptual design ideas for the prefabrication of concrete structures and presents a number of worked examples that translate designs from BS 8110 to Eurocode EC2 before going into the detail of the design manufacture and construction of precast concrete multi-storey buildings. Detailed structural analysis of precast concrete and its use is provided and some details are presented of recent precast skeletal frames of up to forty storeys. The theory is supported by numerous worked examples to Eurocodes and European Product Standards for precast reinforced and prestressed concrete elements composite construction joints and connections and frame stability together with extensive specifications for precast concrete structures. The book is extensively illustrated with over 500 photographs and line drawings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367028039

Precast ConcreteMaterials Manufacture Properties and Usage Second Edition This general treatise on precast concrete reflects Maurice Levitt’s extensive experience in the construction industry and as a researcher and consultant. It gives detailed coverage of the subject from the material's properties through its manufacture and quality control and on to specialist topics such as accelerated curing and use in hot and cold climates. It then looks at the properties of precast concrete and its performance in situ before covering standards and testing and then the issues of finishing repair and jointing.A wide range of professionals in both the civil engineering and general construction sectors should find this an invaluable reference for its guidance on the range of practical questions they can expect to encounter. It will also be useful for students at graduate level. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864033

Precautionary Labels for Chemical Containers This book focuses on chemical labels-the regulations behind them the content and format and how they are used. It looks at labels with relation to worker protection because the chemical label is the single most important protective item workers will encounter in their day-to-day handling of chemicals. The book addresses chemical labels for non-bulk containers such as totes drums bottles and boxes. The U.S. and Canadian regulations related to chemical containers present a framework for understanding the content of labels. This framework is then used to review protection against Failure-to-Warn litigation. Easily understandable methods are presented for teaching workers to use labels using proven procedures for minimizing the possibility of "putting the wrong stuff in the wrong pot." A complete description of the new American National Standards Institute MSDS format is provided. Reproductions of actual labels illustrate ideas and detailed information is tabulated for ease of understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896847

Precedents Statutes and Analysis of Legal ConceptsInterpretation At least since plato and Aristotle thinkers have pondered the relationship between philosophical arguments and the "sophistical" arguments offered by the Sophists -- who were the first professional lawyers. Judges wield substantial political power and the justifications they offer for their decisions are a vital means by which citizens can assess the legitimacy of how that power is exercised. However to evaluate judicial justifications requires close attention to the method of reasoning behind decisions. This new collection illuminates and explains the political and moral importance in justifying the exercise of judicial power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051833

Precepting Medical Residents in the Office This work includes a foreword by James Stageman. 'This book has been produced to serve as a resource for community physicians who bring medical residents into their practices and train them in their offices. This book has been designed with the busy community physician in mind. Each chapter is intended to serve as a practical concise easily read stand alone resource on the topic covered.' - Paul M. Paulman Audrey A. Paulman Jeff D. Harrison Jeff Susman and Kate Finkelstein in the Preface. 'A comprehensive handbook for precepting residents. Although modern technology can change the way in which students acquire knowledge and skills there is no substitute for a true mentor. In medicine perhaps more than in any other profession our mentors have always enjoyed a special place in our hearts and minds. Although some professional athletes may contend that "I am not a role model" there is no doubt where you and I as preceptors stand on this issue. We are role models. We are mentors and upon us falls the responsibility to prepare tomorrow's physicians for careers in public service that we can only begin to comprehend.' - James Stageman in the Foreword. Written by practicing and academic physicians with decades of experience this book is the only complete guide written specifically for busy community physicians who teach medical residents in their office. Each chapter is short concise easily read and serves as a stand alone reference on the topic covered. Its contents include: identifying learning needs and creating the learning environment; setting goals and objectives providing feedback and evaluating residents; involving your office staff in teaching and integrating practice management into the preceptorship; preparing the community and practice for the residents and collaborating with local hospitals; documenting supervision and addressing ACGME competencies; and dealing with regulatory bodies and addressing liability issues. This book is an invaluable guide for practicing physicians teaching medical residents in the workplace particularly those in family medicine internal medicine and pediatrics and a useful reference for residency program directors. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378305

Precinct Temple and Altar in Roman Spaines on the Imperial Monuments at Mérida and Tarragona The studies included in this volume supplement the work already published by the author on the imperial cult in the Roman West focussing on the monuments of two cities in Roman Spain Augusta Emerita (now Mérida) and Tarraco (now Tarragona). The introduction gives the general background and context of the four following studies and argues in favour of proactive initiative from the centre.The core of the book is a study of the provincial forum at Augusta Emerita. It opens with a historiographic survey followed by discussion of the plaza (location portico "Arco de Trajano") then surveys other structures and their general architectonic significance. Discussion of the hexastyle temple at the centre of the precinct considers its date of construction and the influence of the provincial governor L. Fulcinius Trio in copying the Aedes Concordiae at Rome. Two long sections assigned to analysis of inscriptions and the significance of the provincial centre of Lusitania complete the study.Discussion of the "Temple of Augustus" in Tarragona in Chapter 3 begins with a historiography of the temple followed by an account of its discovery by ground-probing radar and electric resistivity tomography. After arguing that the temple was provincial ab initio - rather than first municipal then provincial - discussion moves to present opinion on the successive stages of the construction and design of the temple with a final chapter on the significance of the Temple of Hispania Citerior.Two final studies consider the numismatic evidence for an Ara Providentiae at Augusta Emerita its counterpart in Rome and the inferred presence of a templum minus at Augusta Emerita with its enigmatic portrayal of Agrippa at sacrifice fifty years after his death. As for the location of this copy of a Roman prototype analysis focuses on the evidence for a supposed temple in the forum adiectum of the colonial forum and considers the iconographic recomposition of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879211

Precision agriculture for sustainability Precision agriculture is based on the ability to identify inter and intra-field variability and to use this information for more targeted crop management. By using resources more efficiently precision agriculture can make agriculture more productive and sustainable. This volume reviews the key elements of and advances in precision agriculture technology and applications.  Part 1 looks at monitoring techniques including proximal soil and crop sensors and remote sensing technologies. The book then goes on to discuss how this information is processed to identify management zones and input targets as well as the delivery mechanisms required such as variable rate application and targeted spray technologies. The final part of the book surveys the wide range of applications of precision agriculture from controlled traffic farming to site-specific nutrient and water management.  With its distinguished editor and international team of subject experts this will be a standard reference for crop scientists and agronomists as well as all those concerned with improving the efficiency and sustainability of agriculture. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781351114592

Precision Agriculture for Sustainability and Environmental Protection Precision agriculture (PA) involves the application of technologies and agronomic principles to manage spatial and temporal variation associated with all aspects of agricultural production in order to improve crop performance and environmental quality. The focus of this book is to introduce a non-specialist audience to the the role of PA in food security environmental protection and sustainable use of natural resources as well as its economic benefits.  The technologies covered include yield monitors and remote sensing and the key agronomic principles addressed are the optimal delivery of fertilizers water and pesticides to crops only when and where these are required. As a result it is shown that both food production and resource efficiency can be maximized without waste or damage to the environment such as can occur from excessive fertilizer or pesticide applications. The authors of necessity describe some technicalities about PA but the overall aim is to introduce readers who are unfamiliar with PA to this very broad subject and to demonstrate the potential impact of PA on the environment and economy.  The book shows how farmers can place sustainability of the environment at the centre of their operations and that this is improved with the application of PA. The range of topics described includes sampling and mapping weed and pest control proximal and remote sensing spatio-temporal analysis for improving management management zones and water management. These are illustrated with case studies on sampling and mapping biofuels from sugar cane and maize paddy rice cultivation and cotton production. Chapter 3 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.tandfebooks.com/page/openaccess It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364158

Precision Agriculture Technology for Crop Farming Explores the Sustainable Development of Agriculture in Technology Precision agriculture technology when properly integrated into the crop production process can greatly improve overall production and sustainability. Precision Agriculture Technology for Crop Farming focuses on the technology of site-specific crop management; detailing applications for sensing data handling modeling and control. Written by experts who have contributed significantly to the development of precision agriculture technology this book reviews its history—establishing background on the various processes and applications—describes the current status and offers insight into the future technology of precision agriculture. Introducing processes and applications based on a global scale the book reveals how precision agriculture can be used in large-scale agriculture community agriculture and diversified farming. It includes site-specific information from a variety of information sources for planning planting growing and harvesting agricultural crops. It also presents a new concept based on the control system theory that can be used to formulate systematic methods for more effective precision crop production. In addition this author: Describes yield monitors and guidance systems GPS-based soil sampling real-time crop and soil sensors and remote sensing Evaluates a Japanese model of community-based precision agriculture aimed at high profitability and reliability under regional and environmental constraints Highlights autonomous vehicles field robots and other intelligent machinery emerging developments and future technology in the field of production agriculture Precision Agriculture Technology for Crop Farming provides an overview of precision agriculture technology development discusses current and future considerations and aims to facilitate the successful integration of precision agriculture technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482251074

Precision CrystallizationTheory and Practice of Controlling Crystal Size Despite the fact that crystals make up an estimated 80% of chemical and pharmaceutical products few resources exist that provide practical guidance on achieving precision control of their size and size distribution. Based on a model developed by the author and his colleagues Precision Crystallization: Theory and Practice of Controlling Crystal Size presents scientists and product engineers with the tools to control crystal nucleation enabling them to ultimately control crystal size and size distribution for batch and continuous crystallizations.At the cutting edge of crystallization science and technology this volume presents information never before available. Introducing the Balanced Nucleation and Growth (BNG) model the book demonstrates how the results of the nucleation process are quantitatively related to practical experimental control values such as:reaction addition ratecrystal solubilitytemperatureresidence time (continuous crystallizations)the effect of ripening agents (crystal supersizing) during nucleationthe effect of crystal growth restrainers (crystal nanosizing) during nucleationcontrol of renucleationThe author shows how the BNG theory predicts previously unknown phenomena and also how it corrects erroneous perceptions of the importance of reaction volume on the outcome of crystal nucleation. Going above and beyond classical nucleation theories which rely to a large extent on guesswork the BNG model gives precise guidance to scientists working in a range of critical areas leading to promising implications for research quality control product development production processes pilot plant operations and manufacturing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385163

Precision FarmingSoil Fertility and Productivity Aspects Precision farming involves soil fertility and crop growth monitoring electronic equipment remote sensing global information and positioning systems computer models decision support systems variable-rate technology and accurate recordkeeping. This book on precision techniques provides valuable information on instrumentation and methodology. It discusses the impact of precision techniques on soil fertility nutrient dynamics and crop productivity and highlights the application of GPS techniques to regulate fertilizer supply based on soil nutrient distribution and yield goals set by farmers. The book considers advances and examples from different agroecosystems from all continents. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895444

Precision Haematological Cancer Medicine Many experts now consider genetic evaluation to be pivotal for the optimal diagnosis classification risk stratification and therapeutic decision-making for persons diagnosed with blood cancer. This new text specifically focuses on the genetic alterations essential for establishing diagnosis and assesses how they might impact the precision oncology standard of care. Providing an authoritative review of the state of the art this is essential reading for physicians hematologists and oncologists for optimal management of individual patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498746991

Precision in ArchitectureCertainty Ambiguity and Deviation This book offers a detailed insight into the desire for and consequences of precise communications in the daily life of contemporary architectural practice through close readings of constructed architectural details by Sigurd Lewerentz Caruso St John Architects Mies van der Rohe and OMA. In the professionalised context of the contemporary architectural profession precise communications – drawings specifications letters faxes and emails â€“ are charged with the complex task of translating architectural intent into a neutral and quantifiable language which is expected to guarantee an exact match between the architects’ intentions and the constructed result. Yet as any architectural practitioner will know it is doubtful whether the construction of any architectural project may ever exactly match all written and drawn predictions. This book challenges claims to certainty which have been attributed to such communications from the mid-nineteenth century onwards and critiques ongoing expectations of certainty in contemporary architectural production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789615

Precision Medicine in Cancers and Non-Communicable Diseases The availability of human genome large amount of data on individual genetic variations environmental interactions influence of lifestyle and cutting-edge tools and technologies for big-data analysis have led to the era of clinical practice of "Precision Medicine". This book aims to provide a readily available resource on all the important developments achieved so far in the field of oncology. All recent developments have been explained along with epidemiology technologies and approaches to manage the included diseases. Therefore readers will get the up to date information on the next-generation approach in tackling all kinds of cancer.Key Features• Presents the latest trend of cancer management based on precision/predictive medicine approach• Reviews the latest and up to date literature in the field of Precision Medicine• Highlights the next generation approach in tackling malignant diseases• Discusses how a life-threatening disease like cancer can be managed with the help of Precision Medicine• Encapsulates a global prospective Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571030

Precision Metal Additive Manufacturing Additive manufacturing (AM) is a fast-growing sector with the ability to evoke a revolution in manufacturing due to its almost unlimited design freedom and its capability to produce personalised parts locally and with efficient material use. AM companies however still face technological challenges such as limited precision due to shrinkage built-in stresses and limited process stability and robustness. Moreover often post-processing is needed due to high roughness and remaining porosity. Qualified trained personnel are also in short supply. In recent years there have been dramatic improvements in AM design methods process control post-processing material properties and material range. However if AM is going to gain a significant market share it must be developed into a true precision manufacturing method. The production of precision parts relies on three principles: Production is robust (i.e. all sensitive parameters can be controlled). Production is predictable (for example the shrinkage that occurs is acceptable because it can be predicted and compensated in the design). Parts are measurable (as without metrology accuracy repeatability and quality assurance cannot be known). AM of metals is inherently a high-energy process with many sensitive and inter-related process parameters making it susceptible to thermal distortions defects and process drift. The complete modelling of these processes is beyond current computational power and novel methods are needed to practicably predict performance and inform design. In addition metal AM produces highly textured surfaces and complex surface features that stretch the limits of contemporary metrology. With so many factors to consider there is a significant shortage of background material on how to inject precision into AM processes. Shortage in such material is an important barrier for a wider uptake of advanced manufacturing technologies and a comprehensive book is thus needed. This book aims to inform the reader how to improve the precision of metal AM processes by tackling the three principles of robustness predictability and metrology and by developing computer-aided engineering methods that empower rather than limit AM design.   Richard Leach is a professor in metrology at the University of Nottingham and heads up the Manufacturing Metrology Team. Prior to this position he was at the National Physical Laboratory from 1990 to 2014. His primary love is instrument building from concept to final installation and his current interests are the dimensional measurement of precision and additive manufactured structures. His research themes include the measurement of surface topography the development of methods for measuring 3D structures the development of methods for controlling large surfaces to high resolution in industrial applications and the traceability of X-ray computed tomography. He is a leader of several professional societies and a visiting professor at Loughborough University and the Harbin Institute of Technology.   Simone Carmignato is a professor in manufacturing engineering at the University of Padua. His main research activities are in the areas of precision manufacturing dimensional metrology and industrial computed tomography. He is the author of books and hundreds of scientific papers and he is an active member of leading technical and scientific societies. He has been chairman organiser and keynote speaker for several international conferences and received national and international awards including the Taylor Medal from CIRP the International Academy for Production Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138347717

Precision PhotoshopCreating Powerful Visual Effects The Essentials of Photoshop for Creative Professionals There are plenty of books on Photoshop for photographers; for everyone else there’s Precision Photoshop: Creating Powerful Visual Effects. In clear conversational language using extensive images and screenshots this book gives you in-depth guidance on learning how to use Photoshop. The author shares her practical knowledge and insider tips gleaned from years working on visual effects in the entertainment business. Requiring no prior experience the book first offers a step-by-step beginner’s tutorial on the main features of Photoshop with the tutorial files available on the book’s CRC Press web page. It next shows you how to manage various assets such as text 3D or HDRI files and provides solutions to the most common questions asked by new Photoshop users. The author explains how to work with camera raw files and describes how to unlock your artistic potential through Photoshop’s powerful tools. She also covers more advanced tutorials involving higher concepts and specific source images such as creating panoramas high-contrast images 3D effects and motion. Illustrating key techniques with examples of production-quality work this book delves deep into aspects most important to creative professionals. Whether you’re a beginner or more experienced user you will find precise instruction on critical elements of the workflow. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466591752

Precision Strike Warfare and International InterventionStrategic Ethico-Legal and Decisional Implications This book explores whether the new capabilities made possible by precision-strike technologies are reshaping approaches to international intervention. Since the end of the Cold War US technological superiority has led to a more proactive and some would argue high risk approach to international military intervention. New technologies including the capacity to mount precision military strikes from high-level bombing campaigns and more recently the selective targeting of individuals from unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) have facilitated air campaigns supported by Special Forces without the commitment of large numbers of troops on the ground. Such campaigns include for example NATO’s high-level aerial bombardment of Milosevic’s forces in Kosovo in 1999 and of Gaddafi’s in Libya in 2011 and the US operation involving Special Forces against Osama Bin Laden. The development of UAVs and electronic data intercept technologies has further expanded the potential scope of interventions for example against Islamic militants in the tribal areas of Pakistan. This volume examines three key and interrelated dimensions of these new precision-strike capabilities: (1) the strategic and foreign policy drivers and consequences; (2) the legal and moral implications of the new capabilities; and (3) the implications for decision-making at the strategic operational and tactical levels. This book will be of much interest to students of war and technology air power international intervention security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200685

Precision-guided Munitions and Human Suffering in War James Hickey proceeds from the premise that throughout history humans have demonstrated a proclivity for using violence against one another as a means to achieve an end means enabled in many respects by the technologies available at the time. Advancing technology has often been a prime enabler of ever-increasing levels of violence and attendant human suffering. At a few junctures in history however certain technologies have seemingly provided the armed forces that possess them the ability to fight wars with decreasing levels of violence and suffering. Today precision-guided munitions (PGMs) with their high degree of discrimination and accuracy again hold such promise. This book seeks to answer the question: Do PGMs mitigate suffering in war and have these weapons changed the way decisions regarding war and peace have been made? Answering this question helps us understand possible shifts in emphasis in modern warfare both in terms of methods employed and of the greater concern placed on limiting human suffering during conflict. This book will help students of ethics just war and military history and senior military and civilian leaders to understand the possible outcomes and wider implications of their strategic choices to use such technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115699

Preclinical Drug Development Preclinical Drug Development Second Edition discusses the broad and complicated realm of preclinical drug development. Topics range from assessment of pharmacology and toxicology to industry trends and regulatory expectations to requirements that support clinical trials. Highlights of the Second Edition include: PharmacokineticsModeling and simula Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429142192

Preclinical Drug DispositionA Laboratory Handbook For researchers and students in pharmacology and related fields explains the standard techniques for investigating the absorption distribution metabolism and excretion of test compounds using laboratory animals. Describes types of experiments study design animal preparation and maintenance do Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742358

Pre-Clinical MedicineSAQs MCQs and EMQs Filling a gap for a pre-clinical phase revision guide this book will help medics pass their intermediate exams in order to proceed to the clinical years.  It is based on the SAQs EMQs and MCQ school curriculum as set out by the GMC. By covering each module individually but also integrating other disciplines of medicine into the questions it helps students to think laterally as well as thoroughly revising each module. With a minimum of 4 SAQs 7 MCQs and 3 EMQs in each chapter this book offers comprehensive revision practice as well as providing all the answers with clear explanations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138066090

Pre-Colombian Cities What visitor to Mexico City unaware of its pre-Hispanic history could imagine that right under a Christian Church may still lie the remains of the sinister tzompantli the Aztecs' altar of skulls? Professor Jorge Hardoy poses this question and many more in his comprehensive summary of the ancient cities where Latin America's peoples lived before the Spaniards arrived in the sixteenth century. Because Aztec Tenochtitlan today Mexico City and Inca Cuzco represent the culmination of the two most advanced civilizations encountered by the Spainsh conquistadors the author explores these cities end-to-end. He also studies such older civic memorial centers as Teotichuacan Tula Monte Alban Uxmal Chichen Itza Tikal Palenque Tiahuanaco Chan Chan Pachacamac Machu Picchu and lesser know sites most virtually if not totally abandoned centuries before the Conquest. Such inclusive coverage makes for a lively discussion of some fifteen hundred years of urban life as immortalized in the architecture art and crafts of long vanished civilizations. There is an extensive bibliography many photographs maps charts and city plans showing urban layouts of temples which tell much about the life of the inhabitants. His book shows that while new findings come to light each year so much buried history lies waiting to be found that archaology will always be an ever unfolding drama. This book was first published in 1973. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860536

Pre-Colonial Africa in Colonial African NarrativesFrom Ethiopia Unbound to Things Fall Apart 1911–1958 In his study of the origins of political reflection in twentieth-century African fiction Donald Wehrs examines a neglected but important body of African texts written in colonial (English and French) and indigenous (Hausa and Yoruba) languages. He explores pioneering narrative representations of pre-colonial African history and society in seven texts: Casely Hayford's Ethiopia Unbound (1911) Alhaji Sir Abubaker Tafawa Balewa's Shaihu Umar (1934) Paul Hazoumé's Doguicimi (1938) D.O. Fagunwa's Forest of a Thousand Daemons (1938) Amos Tutuola's The Palm-Wine Drinkard (1952) and My Life in the Bush of Ghosts (1954) and Chinua Achebe's Things Fall Apart (1958). Wehrs highlights the role of pre-colonial political economies and articulations of state power on colonial-era considerations of ethical and political issues and is attentive to the gendered implications of texts and authorial choices. By positioning Things Fall Apart as the culmination of a tradition rather than as its inaugural work he also reconfigures how we think of African fiction. His book supplements recent work on the importance of indigenous contexts and discourses in situating colonial-era narratives and will inspire fresh methodological strategies for studying the continent from a multiplicity of perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276093

Pre-Communist Indochina This book explores the history of pre-communist Indochina from the fourteenth century to the 1940s. It examines the early state of Vietnam comparing and contrasting its political and social systems with both those of neighbouring states such as Thailand and those prevalent at the time in Europe. It identifies the forces that shaped Indochina before the arrival of European colonial powers in particular the impact of China which was not only a military threat and extracted payments of tribute but was also an important commercial and cultural influence not least through the export of Confucianism. It demonstrates clearly that the events and transformations of the late 16th and early 17th centuries are the starting point of developments which by around 1800 established the broad pattern of political and economic relations that existed before the nineteenth century 'impact of the West' began. It goes on to consider the impact of European colonialism in Indochina focusing especially on French Indochina. It explores the ways in which the French occupiers groomed a new indigenous colonial elite to replace the existing elites who refused to co-operate with the authorities and examines the growing opposition to French rule including the role played by the often misunderstood religious and political movement of Caodaism. It analyses the different avenues of expression of Vietnamese nationalism including the emergence of the Constitutionalist Party - the nearest French Indochina had to a democratic party in the Western sense. It shows how it sought to seek through the actions of the French themselves reforms that would lead to the modernisation of the country and more liberty for its inhabitants; and explains why it ultimately failed to achieve its objectives. Written by the late Ralph Smith a highly respected historian of Asia this book is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand the history of Indochina. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543064

Preconcentration Techniques for Natural and Treated WatersHigh Sensitivity Determination of Organic and Organometallic Compounds Cations and Anions Equipment used for the analysis of water is frequently insufficiently sensitive to be able to detect the low concentrations of organic and inorganic substances present in samples. Applying preconcentration to the sample prior to analysis means the results gained are more accurate and can be used to report trends more effectively. Each chapter of Preconcentration Techniques for Natural and Treated Waters discusses a different method of preconcentration and its application to the preconcentration of cations anions organic substances and organometallic compounds. Drawing together the recent world literature available on the subject this book provides detailed discussion of the need for reducing detection limits in analytical chemistry and ways of achieving this aim. Throughout the book emphasis is laid on providing practical experimental detail facilitating further development of procedures. Numerous tables present information clearly and accessibly. This book will be an invaluable reference for biologists chemists agriculturists toxicologists oceanographers and environmentalists dealing with the analysis of water in industry and academia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446925

Pre-crimePre-emption precaution and the future Pre-crime aims to pre-empt ‘would-be-criminals’ and predict future crime. Although the term is borrowed from science fiction the drive to predict and pre-empt crime is a present-day reality. This book critically explores this major twenty-first century development in crime and justice. This first in-depth study of pre-crime defines and describes different types of pre-crime and compares it to traditional post-crime and crime risk approaches. It analyses the rationales that underpin pre-crime as a response to threats particularly terrorism and shows how it is spreading to other areas. It also underlines the historical continuities that prefigure the emergence of pre-crime as well as exploring the new technologies and forms of surveillance that claim the ability to predict crime and identify future criminals. Through the use of examples and case studies it provides insights into how pre-crime generates the crimes it purports to counter providing compelling evidence of the problems that arise when we act as if we know the future and aim to control it through punishing disrupting or incapacitating those we predict might commit future crimes. Drawing on literature from criminology law international relations security and globalization studies this book sets out a coherent framework for the continued study of pre-crime and addresses key issues such as terminology its links to past practises its likely future trajectories and its impact on security crime and justice. It is essential reading for academics and students in security studies criminology counter-terrorism surveillance policing and law as well as practitioners and professionals in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065925

Predator-Prey DynamicsThe Role of Olfaction Humans being visually oriented are well versed in camouflage and how animals hide from predators that use vision to locate prey. However many predators do not hunt by sight; they hunt by scent. This raises the question: do survival mechanisms and behaviors exist which allow animals to hide from these olfactory predators?  If so what are they and how do they work? Predator-Prey Dynamics: The Role of Olfaction examines environmental as well as biological and behavioral elements of both predators and prey to answer gaps in our current knowledge of the survival dynamics of species. Beginning with a thorough look at the mechanics of olfaction the author explains how predators detect locate and track their prey using odor trails on the ground or odor plumes in the air. Understanding the physics of airflow is the next step to understanding the potential for manipulating and masking scent. While a bush may conceal an animal visually from a predator it will not protect an animal from a predator using olfaction.  To hide from the latter an animal needs to hide in locations where turbulence and updrafts will disperse its scent. The book addresses tradeoffs that animals must make given their dual needs to hide from predators and to procure food and water. Studies of mammalian and avian behavior provide examples on the actual use and efficacy of olfactory camouflage tactics. The book concludes with a redefinition of ecological terms based on the physics of airflow and a summary of the theory and implications of olfactory predator--prey dynamics. Introducing the mechanics of olfaction and its influence on the behavior of both predators and prey Predator-Prey Dynamics: The Role of Olfaction presents a new perception of the world and enables us to understand and more effectively manage the delicate survival dynamics of animals in the wild. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389291

Predators and Parasitoids Their natural enemies largely determine the population size and dynamic behavior of many plant-eating insects. Any reduction in enemy number can result in an insect outbreak. Applied biological control is thus one strategy for restoring functional biodiversity in many agroecosystems. Predators and Parasitoids addresses the role of natural enemies in pest control as an integrated pest management concept. It examines how Trichogramma the extensively studied natural enemy of insect pests has been used as a pest management tool and it describes important aspects such as the inducible defense mechanisms of plants and the effects that plant diversity can have on herbivores and natural enemies. Specific chapters address recent advances in biological control: the effects of multiparasitism on parasitization; synergism between insect pathogens and entomophagous insects; and the use of exotic insects for weed control. With contributions from leading worldwide experts Predators and Parasitoids is ideal for graduate students research scientists and professionals in biological pest control agriculture entomology and ecology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454555

Predatory Pricing in Antitrust Law and EconomicsA Historical Perspective Can a price ever be too low? Can competition ever be ruinous? Questions like these have always accompanied American antitrust law. They testify to the difficulty of antitrust enforcement of protecting competition without protecting competitors. As the business practice that most directly raises these kinds of questions predatory pricing is at the core of antitrust debates. The history of its law and economics offers a privileged standpoint for assessing the broader development of antitrust its past present and future. In contrast to existing literature this book adopts the perspective of the history of economic thought to tell this history covering a period from the late 1880s to present times. The image of a big firm such as Rockefeller’s Standard Oil or Duke’s American Tobacco crushing its small rivals by underselling them is iconic in American antitrust culture. It is no surprise that the most brilliant legal and economic minds of the last 130 years have been engaged in solving the predatory pricing puzzle. The book shows economic theories that build rigorous stories explaining when predatory pricing may be rational what welfare harm it may cause and how the law may fight it. Among these narratives a special place belongs to the Chicago story according to which predatory pricing is never profitable and every low price is always a good price. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415822527

Predatory Priests Silenced VictimsThe Sexual Abuse Crisis and the Catholic Church The sexual abuse scandal in the Catholic Church captured headlines and mobilized public outrage in January 2002. But much of the commentary that immediately followed was reductionistic focusing on single "causes" of clerical abuse such as mandatory celibacy homosexuality sexual repressiveness or sexual permissiveness anti-Catholicism and a decadent secular culture. Predatory Priests Silenced Victims: The Sexual Abuse Crisis and the Catholic Church a collection of groundbreaking articles edited by Mary Gail Frawley-O'Dea and Virginia Goldner eschews such one-size-fits-all theorizing. In its place the abuse situation is explored in all its troubling complexity as contributors take into account the experiences respectively of the victim/survivor the abuser/perpetrator and the bystander (whether family member professional/clergy or the community at large). Setting polemics to the side Predatory Priests Silenced Victims provides a sober and sobering analysis of the interlacing historical doctrinal and psychological issues that came together in the sexual abuse scandal. It is mandatory reading for all who seek thoughtful informed commentary on a crisis long in the making and yet to be resolved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005839

Predictable and AvoidableRepairing Economic Dislocation and Preventing the Recurrence of Crisis Much has been said and written about the 'financial tsunami' and subsequent economic dislocation that occurred in the opening decade of the 21st Century. Professor Ivo Pezzuto is described by business scholars as an expert on the global financial crisis. He has lectured about it at conferences and seminars; written some of the most read and quoted papers; contributed to what is considered the most authoritative book on the subject; and to one of the best known US-based blogs dealing with it. In Predictable and Avoidable Dr Pezzuto offers business school students; academics; and industry experts in the fields of finance risk management audit corporate governance economics and regulation a truly independent and unbiased analysis of the financial crises starting in 2007 and one of the first fully considered expositions of the financial governance and regulatory reforms needed for the future. Augmented with personal interviews involving selected global thought leaders and industry experts the author's narrative focuses on the technical issues that led to the global crisis but also addresses the human cultural and ethical aspects of the events from both sociological and managerial perspectives. The book exposes the root causes and contributes significantly to the debate about the change needed in the banking and finance industries and to supervisory frameworks and regulatory mechanisms. This analysis enables readers to understand that the crisis we have seen was predictable and should have been avoidable and that a recurrence can be avoided if lessons are learned and the right action taken. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409454458

Predicting and Changing BehaviorThe Reasoned Action Approach This book describes the reasoned action approach an integrative framework for the prediction and change of human social behavior. It provides an up-to-date review of relevant research discusses critical issues related to the reasoned action framework and provides methodological and conceptual tools for the prediction and explanation of social behavior and for designing behavior change interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138995215

Predicting Motion Predicting Motion presents the core ideas of Newtonian mechanics starting from Newton's laws and the idea that changes in motion are predictable given the forces that cause them. Richly illustrated with questions and answers for self-assessment it carefully introduces concepts such as kinetics and potential energy linear momentum torque (the rotational analogue of force) and angular momentum and explains their role in predicting motion. Although no prior knowledge of this topic is required the book focuses on the significance of differential equations in making such predictions. It also provides an up-to-date treatment of mechanics with accounts of relativistic collisions and the implications of chaos theory for the future of the solar system and for galaxies that contain black holes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458352

Predicting Outdoor Sound The second edition of Predicting Outdoor Sound is an up-to-date reference on the propagation of sound close to the ground and its prediction. New content includes comparisons between predictions and data for road traffic railway and wind turbine noise; descriptions of source characteristics in the HARMONOISE model; propagation over rough seas parallel low walls and lattices; outlines of numerical methods; gabion (caged stones) and sonic crystal noise barriers; meteorological effects on noise barrier performance; and the prediction requirements for auralization. The book brings together relevant theories prediction schemes and data thereby providing a basis for determining what model or scheme might be applicable for any situation. It also offers a background on useful analytical approximations and the restrictions as well as difficulties and limitations associated with engineering prediction schemes. The text should be of considerable interest to researchers in outdoor sound propagation and more generally it should provide a comprehensive primer on the topic for lecturers consultants and students in acoustics and noise control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498740074

Predicting Photosynthesis For Ecosystem ModelsVolume I This book discusses the photosynthesis for ecosystem models in particular the strengths and limitations of four methods used for predicting photosynthesis. The methods usage depends upon the purpose of the prediction to be made as well as improvements in associated techniques that seem to revolutionize the methodology. Therefore comparisons between methods are valuable justifying this state of the art review for all photosynthetic scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896861

Predicting Photosynthesis For Ecosystem ModelsVolume II This book discusses the photosynthesis for ecosystem models in particular the strengths and limitations of four methods used for predicting photosynthesis. The methods usage depends upon the purpose of the prediction to be made as well as improvements in associated techniques that seem to revolutionize the methodology. Therefore comparisons between methods are valuable justifying this state of the art review for all photosynthetic scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896854

Predicting ReligionChristian Secular and Alternative Futures Religion in the contemporary west is undergoing rapid change. In Predicting Religion twenty experts in the study of religion present their predictions about the future of religion in the 21st century - predictions based on careful analysis of the contemporary religious scene from traditional forms of Christianity to new spiritualities. The range of predictions is broad. A number predict further secularization - with religion in the west seen as being in a state of terminal decline. Others question this approach and suggest that we are witnessing not decline but transformation understood in different ways: a shift from theism to pantheism from outer to inner authority from God to self-as-god and above all from religion to spirituality. This accessible book on the contemporary religious scene offers students and scholars of the sociology of religion and theology as well as interested general readers fresh insights into the future of religion and spirituality in the west. Published in association with the British Sociological Association Study of Religion group in the Ashgate Religion and Theology in Interdisciplinary Perspective series. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246161

Predicting Storm Surges: Chaos Computational Intelligence Data Assimilation and EnsemblesUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Accurate predictions of storm surge are of importance in many coastal areas in the world to avoid and mitigate its destructive impacts. For this purpose the physically-based (process) numerical models are typically utilized. However in data-rich cases one may use data-driven methods aiming at reconstructing the internal patterns of the modelled processes and relationships between the observed descriptive variables. This book focuses on data-driven modelling using methods of nonlinear dynamics and chaos theory. First some fundamentals of physical oceanography nonlinear dynamics and chaos computational intelligence and European operational storm surge models are covered. After that a number of improvements in building chaotic models are presented: nonlinear time series analysis multi-step prediction phase space dimensionality reduction techniques dealing with incomplete time series phase error correction finding true neighbours optimization of chaotic model data assimilation and multi-model ensemble prediction. The major case study is surge prediction in the North Sea with some tests on a Caribbean Sea case. The modelling results showed that the enhanced predictive chaotic models can serve as an efficient tool for accurate and reliable short and mid-term predictions of storm surges in order to support decision-makers for flood prediction and ship navigation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621021

Predicting Successful Hospital Mergers and AcquisitionsA Financial and Marketing Analytical Tool As managed care continues to increase in the United States hospital and system executives consider mergers and acquisitions more frequently for both aggressive and defensive reasons. Predicting Successful Hospital Mergers and Acquisitions can help you learn to analyze data to determine which hospitals are potential candidates for merger and which are risky business ventures. You will learn to take into account not only the marketing and financial elements of mergers and acquisitions but also the operational factors crucial for success. You will also acquire a set of guidelines and financial analytical approaches that prepare you for forecasting the results of proposed mergers or acquisitions between acute units.Because few new markets are available for hospitals and competition is increasing performing mergers and acquisitions may be the only route available for organizations wishing to grow. Predicting Successful Hospital Mergers and Acquisitions teaches hospital system and other health service industry executives how to keep abreast of their market positions to remain competitive and efficient in the current intense managed care environment.As you read Predicting Successful Hospital Mergers and Acquisitions you learn to identify significant financial variables in the market that will differentiate between merger candidates and non-targeted hospitals. The book’s coverage of the following topics is important to your understanding of the health care market and the options available: market penetration product development market development diversification significant variables one year prior to merger use of accounting numbers to predict takeovers managed care staffing issuesPredicting Successful Hospital Mergers and Acquisitions gives you a practical proven model for predicting the outcome of merger and acquisition maneuvers. This model is developed from accurate consistent and complete data from California a trendsetting market in health care delivery during the years 1984 to 1992. It can be applied not only to hospital mergers and acquisitions but also to skilled nursing facilities psychiatric care centers and rehabilitation facilities seeking growth. Educators and program directors in health care administration programs and executives and boards of imaging centers surgi-centers and home health agencies can also employ this model to stimulate growth and expansion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046937

Predicting the Unthinkable Anticipating the ImpossibleFrom the Fall of the Berlin Wall to America in the New Century In the 1980s most Americans scoffed at the idea that the Communist empire could collapse; Georgie Anne Geyer was already outlining that probability. In the 1990s the world was stunned by wars that raged across post-Yugoslavia; Geyer interviewed top officials and anticipated the conflicts. When 9/11 occurred she stated "This was inevitable—the terrorists had already attacked the World Trade Center in 1993 and criminals always return to the scene of the crime."Geyer argues that while the United States was praised everywhere during an era of "indispensable power" as the "greatest power the world has known " it actually had started on the road to decline. It had won the Cold War but had immediately embarked upon more Vietnam-like small wars of tremendous cost in Iraq and Afghanistan. Across the board it was no longer paying its way while its domestic culture was being vulgarized at every turn.This book explains how when and where these declines happened. Geyer studies the history of nations and of peoples; observes human nature particularly as influenced by religion and ideology; and is a close analyst of the acts of men and women when they perceive they have been humiliated by others or by history. She warns Americans and journalists that we must anticipate the changes in the world before they are upon us and that we must employ predictions to strengthen our nation and its principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852784

Predicting Turning Points in the Interest Rate Cycle (RLE: Business Cycles) Originally published in 1994 and the recipient of the Stonier Library Award this volume evaluates an alternative approach – the sequential filter- to managing the uncertainty inherent in the future course of the interest rate cycle. The specific hypothesis is that the sequential filter can produce valuable signals of cyclical peaks and troughs in interest rates. The analysis focusses on US interest rates from April 1953 to December 1988. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888227

Predicting Vehicle Trajectory This book concentrates on improving the prediction of a vehicle’s future trajectory particularly on non-straight paths. Having an accurate prediction of where a vehicle is heading is crucial for the system to reliably determine possible path intersections of more than one vehicle at the same time. The US DOT will be mandating that all vehicle manufacturers begin implementing V2V and V2I systems so very soon collision avoidance systems will no longer rely on line of sight sensors but instead will be able to take into account another vehicle’s spatial movements to determine if the future trajectories of the vehicles will intersect at the same time. Furthermore the book introduces the reader to some improvements when predicting the future trajectory of a vehicle and presents a novel temporary solution on how to speed up the implementation of such V2V collision avoidance systems. Additionally it evaluates whether smartphones can be used for trajectory predictions in an attempt to populate a V2V collision avoidance system faster than a vehicle manufacturer can. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656348

Prediction and Simulation Methods for Geohazard Mitigationincluding CD-ROM The last decades have shown a remarkable increase in the number of heavy rains typhoons and earthquakes. These natural phenomena are the main causes for geohazards. As a result the mitigation of geohazards has become a major research topic in geotechnical engineering and in recent years simulation-based predictions and monitoring tools have been developed to enquire the mechanisms underlying geohazards. This book is a comprehensive overview of these developments  and will be of interest to engineers researchers students in Civil and Environmental Engineering.     Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138118072

Prediction in Forensic and NeuropsychologySound Statistical Practices Psychologists are under increasing pressure to demonstrate the ecological validity of their assessment procedures--to show that the recommendations concluding their evaluations are relevant to urgent concerns in the legal and social policy arenas such as predicting dangerousness awarding compensation and choosing a custodial parent. How much damage does a referred patient have? Who or what "caused" the damage? What impact will it have on his or her future life work and family? And what can be done to remediate the damage? The purpose of this book is to provide sound objective methods for answering these questions. It integrates the knowledge of experienced practitioners who offer state-of-the-art summaries of the best current approaches to evaluating difficult cases with that of basic theorists who describe emerging methods in both predictive and inferential statistics such as Bayesian networks that have proven their value in other scientific fields. Arguably the enterprise of psychological assessment is so interdependent with that of data analysis that attempts to make inferences without consideration of statistical implications is malpractice. Prediction in Forensic and Neuropsychology: Sound Statistical Practices clarifies the process of hypothesis testing and helps to push the clinical interpretation of psychological data into the 21st century. It constitutes a vital resource for all the stakeholders in the assessment process--practitioners researchers attorneys and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651035

Prediction MarketsTheory and Applications How can we effectively aggregate disparate pieces of information that are spread among many different individuals? In other words how does one best access the ‘wisdom of the crowd’? Prediction markets which are essentially speculative markets created for the purpose of aggregating information and making predictions offer the answer to this question. The effective use of these markets has the potential not only to help forecast future events on a national and international level but also to assist companies in providing for example improved estimates of the potential market size for a new product idea or the launch date of new products and services. The markets have already been used to forecast uncertain outcomes ranging from influenza outbreaks to the spread of other infectious diseases to the demand for hospital services to the box office success of movies climate change vote shares and election outcomes to the probability of meeting project deadlines. The insights gained also have many potentially valuable applications for public policy more generally. These markets offer substantial promise as a tool of information aggregation as well as forecasting whether alone or as a supplement to other mechanisms like surveys group deliberations  and expert opinion. Moreover they can be applied at a macroeconomic and microeconomic level to yield information that is valuable for government and commercial policy-makers and which can be used for a number of social purposes. This volume of original readings contributed by many of the leading experts in the field marks a significant addition to the base of knowledge about this fascinating subject area. The book should appeal to all those with an interest in economics forecasting or public policy and in particular those with an interest in the study of money investment and risk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802902

Prediction of Concrete DurabilityProceedings of STATS 21st anniversary conference Poor durability of concrete is a continuing concern to owners of structures and their professional advisors. Advances in methods of assessing and predicting durability are being made in many areas and this book provides a state of art review of the current situation. Contributions from leading researchers and consultants make it a valuable guide for all those responsible for concrete buildings and structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448219

Predictive Analytics in Human Resource ManagementA Hands-on Approach This volume is a step-by-step guide to implementing predictive data analytics in human resource management (HRM). It demonstrates how to apply and predict various HR outcomes which have an organisational impact to aid in strategising and better decision-making. The book: Presents key concepts and expands on the need and role of HR analytics in business management. Utilises popular analytical tools like artificial neural networks (ANNs) and K-nearest neighbour (KNN) to provide practical demonstrations through R scripts for predicting turnover and applicant screening. Discusses real-world corporate examples and employee data collected first-hand by the authors. Includes individual chapter exercises and case studies for students and teachers. Comprehensive and accessible this guide will be useful for students teachers and researchers of data analytics Big Data human resource management statistics and economics. It will also be of interest to readers interested in learning more about statistics or programming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367460860

Predictive AnalyticsModeling and Optimization Predictive analytics refers to making predictions about the future based on different parameters which are historical data machine learning and artificial intelligence. This book provides the most recent advances in the field along with case studies and real-world examples.   It discusses predictive modeling and analytics in reliability engineering and introduces current achievements and applications of artificial intelligence data mining and other techniques in supply chain management. It covers applications to reliability engineering practice presents numerous examples to illustrate the theoretical results and considers and analyses case studies and real-word examples.   The book is written for researchers and practitioners in the field of system reliability quality supply chain management and logistics management. Students taking courses in these areas will also find this book of interest. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367537463

Predictive and Optimised Life Cycle ManagementBuildings and Infrastructure Predictive and Optimised Life-Cycle Management sets out methodologies to meet the demands of the current trend towards sustainable civil engineering and building.Encompassing all aspects of construction practice from design through to demolition and the recycling of materials Sarja provides tools for optimal property-value protection including a description of an integrated and predictive Life-Cycle Maintenance and Management Planning System (LMS) which employs a wide range of techniques.Clear and practical this guide provides effective methodology required to change a reactive system of management to a predictive one which will benefit practitioners and students involved in construction from the architect to local and government authorities; from design engineers to facility managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367577858

Predictive Dialing FundamentalsAn Overview of Predictive Dialing Technologies Their Applications and Usage Today Who should read this book? This is a must read if you're a newcomer to predictive dialers and responsible for analyzing recommending and deploying inbound and outbound call center solutions; or if you're in the midst of implementing a predictive dialer Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412552

Predictive HydrologyA Frequency Analysis Approach The unusual frequency of hydro-meteorological events in recent decades often with catastrophic consequences for society and the environment require new methods for designing water management projects and the structures meant to protect us from natural hazards. These methods and techniques are often based on the statistical modeling techniques of frequency analysis. Predictive Hydrology: A Frequency Analysis Approach is the first book to address both the theoretical concepts and the methodological approaches used in frequency hydrology—spelling out the fundamental methods to consider providing concise instruction on the techniques that are involved and including examples and critiques based on practical applications. It explores some of the recent research developments in the field. Published originally in French this English translation targets students in civil engineering environmental sciences and technology hydrology geography geology and ecology. This book will also serve as a useful reference not only for teachers and researchers but for engineering practitioners who are constantly faced with the problems of handling data but often find themselves without the appropriate analytical tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087471

Predictive Inference The author's research has been directed towards inference involving observables rather than parameters. In this book he brings together his views on predictive or observable inference and its advantages over parametric inference. While the book discusses a variety of approaches to prediction including those based on parametric nonparametric and nonstochastic statistical models it is devoted mainly to predictive applications of the Bayesian approach. It not only substitutes predictive analyses for parametric analyses but it also presents predictive analyses that have no real parametric analogues. It demonstrates that predictive inference can be a critical component of even strict parametric inference when dealing with interim analyses. This approach to predictive inference will be of interest to statisticians psychologists econometricians and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367449919

Predictive Policing and Artificial Intelligence This edited text draws together the insights of numerous worldwide eminent academics to evaluate the condition of predictive policing and artificial intelligence (AI) as interlocked policy areas. Predictive and AI technologies are growing in prominence and at an unprecedented rate. Powerful digital crime mapping tools are being used to identify crime hotspots in real-time as pattern-matching and search algorithms are sorting through huge police databases populated by growing volumes of data in an eff ort to identify people liable to experience (or commit) crime places likely to host it and variables associated with its solvability. Facial and vehicle recognition cameras are locating criminals as they move while police services develop strategies informed by machine learning and other kinds of predictive analytics. Many of these innovations are features of modern policing in the UK the US and Australia among other jurisdictions.AI promises to reduce unnecessary labour speed up various forms of police work encourage police forces to more efficiently apportion their resources and enable police officers to prevent crime and protect people from a variety of future harms. However the promises of predictive and AI technologies and innovations do not always match reality. They often have significant weaknesses come at a considerable cost and require challenging trade- off s to be made. Focusing on the UK the US and Australia this book explores themes of choice architecture decision- making human rights accountability and the rule of law as well as future uses of AI and predictive technologies in various policing contexts. The text contributes to ongoing debates on the benefits and biases of predictive algorithms big data sets machine learning systems and broader policing strategies and challenges.Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars of policing criminology crime science sociology computer science cognitive psychology and all those interested in the emergence of AI as a feature of contemporary policing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210984

PredisposedLiberals Conservatives and the Biology of Political Differences Buried in many people and operating largely outside the realm of conscious thought are forces inclining us toward liberal or conservative political convictions. Our biology predisposes us to see and understand the world in different ways not always reason and the careful consideration of facts. These predispositions are in turn responsible for a significant portion of the political and ideological conflict that marks human history. With verve and wit renowned social scientists John Hibbing Kevin Smith and John Alford—pioneers in the field of biopolitics—present overwhelming evidence that people differ politically not just because they grew up in different cultures or were presented with different information. Despite the oft-heard longing for consensus unity and peace the universal rift between conservatives and liberals endures because people have diverse psychological physiological and genetic traits. These biological differences influence much of what makes people who they are including their orientations to politics. Political disputes typically spring from the assumption that those who do not agree with us are shallow misguided uninformed and ignorant. Predisposed suggests instead that political opponents simply experience process and respond to the world differently. It follows then that the key to getting along politically is not the ability of one side to persuade the other side to see the error of its ways but rather the ability of each side to see that the other is different not just politically but physically. Predisposed will change the way you think about politics and partisan conflict. As a bonus the book includes a "Left/Right 20 Questions" game to test whether your predispositions lean liberal or conservative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535878

Pre-eclampsiaPrevention Prediction and Possibilities Pre-eclampsia a complication of pregnancy characterized by hypertension and/or edema and/or proteinuria can have profound effects on the mother as well as the unborn fetus and even threaten their lives. Pre-eclampsia: Prevention Prediction and Possibilities discusses the possible causes of the condition its effects on various body systems current methods of prediction prevention and treatment. What makes this book unique is its coverage of the deep intricacies of what causes Pre-eclampsia from examining the role of genetics and exosomes to lipids and their denaturation to endothelial denaturation and reperfusion damage. These extremely complex processes are thoroughly examined and then explained in a simplified way to enhance understanding. The latest concepts in color Doppler in prediction and current measures of prevention and treatment are explained at length. Overall Pre-eclampsia will provide an updated resource for practicing obstetricians research scientists students and professionals involved in the care of pregnant subjects. Key Features Presents the etiopathology of Pre-eclampsia with recent research updates Establishes the link between Pre-eclampsia and other obstetric vasculopathies Covers individual systemic effects of the condition Explores the latest approach in prediction prevention and treatment of Pre-eclampsia About the Author Dr. Pankaj Desai is a Consultant Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialist at Janani Maternity Hospital Baroda India. A prolific writer he has contributed 43 chapters to different textbooks internationally and nationally. His outstanding academic contributions in the subject have been acknowledged and honored with 7 gold medals and 60 orations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367086046

Pre-Employment Background Investigations for Public Safety Professionals ***Author Radio Interview Join Dr. Frank A. Colaprete for an upcoming interview on the Privacy Piracy show on KUCI 88.9FM. Click here on September 2nd 2013 at 8:00 a.m. PST to listen in. Pre-employment investigations have been the subject of intense review and debate since 9/11 made the vetting of applicants a critical function of every organization. Nowhere has the scrutiny been more intense than in the public safety sector. Pre-Employment Background Investigations for Public Safety Professionals provides readers with the knowledge investigative techniques applicable laws decision-making models and tools to successfully implement and manage the process of pre-employment investigation. The book focuses on six key topics: Practical implications of pre-employment investigation The pre-employment screening process Legal issues in the hiring process Medical and psychological standards of pre-employment screening Informational sources and the final investigative package The past predicting the future of pre-employment investigations Each chapter begins with learning objectives and key terms and concepts. Discussion questions and exercises appear at the end of each chapter to test readers’ assimilation of the material. A comprehensive review of all the issues faced in the investigation and hiring process this volume assists all stakeholders in the hiring arena by highlighting the critical steps involved in vetting a prospective employee. While no screening process can be completely failsafe this volume enables decision makers to move confidently through the hiring process quickly weeding out the most likely problematic hires so that the ideal employee can be selected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439893852

Preemption Prevention and ProliferationThe Threat and Use of Weapons in History How do international systems deal with the threat and use of weapons of war? In this sophisticated yet accessible analysis a leading strategic analyst takes readers deep into twentieth century history to answer this question. Weapons of mass destruction and the counter threat of retaliation have been central concerns in strategic decision- making in World War I the legacy of World War II and the Cold War era.Few people can traverse issues of global confl ict with more historical insight than George Quester. His writing is lucid and his information either new or imperfectly understood in the past. Quester details the ways weapons of war have infl uenced the forging of policies in the twenty-fi rst century. He argues for the retention of appropriate weapons systems but also for care in when they are used. Priorities exist but they depend on whether a state is dealing with major powers or rogue states. And off ensive weapons may well become an option in response to non-state terrorist groups or for that matter state-sponsored terrorist acts.When aggression has already occurred the world is less likely to regard military response as a violation of the peace. Quester cites Clausewitz's adage that the aggressor is always willing to exploit the world's preference for peace. The rise of the human rights movement adds more complexities to preemptive war and prevention since the line between civilian and military casualties becomes increasingly blurred. The risks may be great the choices are few--but the needs of military policy making remain high on the agenda. As a result the concerns discussed here will be on the global political agenda for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513563

Preface to Action First published in 1934 Preface to Action was written to provoke thought on society and its structure and to enable readers to make a considered judgement at election particularly those with less time to make their decision. The book discusses the conflict between wanting to make an informed political decision and not having the time or all the information to do so. In light of this Catlin brings together what he considers useful points to help guide readers towards a decision. He outlines his personal opinions and explains his reasons for them. Divided into three parts the book first explores psychology and considers what institutional forms would best satisfy what he identifies as the major human instincts or impulses. The second part considers the community whether it is state or nation and what the best form of it is. The third part is a detailed exploration of the religions of Catholicism Toryism Fascism and Communism. Preface to Action will be of great appeal to those with an interest in twentieth century British and European history the history of politics the history of political thought and political psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367678838

Preface to Social EconomicsEconomic Theory and Social Problems Economics both describes the way economic forces work and studies the effi ciency or ineffi ciency that results. These two aspects of economics have probably never been wholly separated and it is debatable how far it is possible or desirable to separate them. The question will ultimately be answered by evaluating these different theoretical methods in terms of the results they deliver.The theory of economic effi ciency uniquely incorporates problem of ideals of good conduct and welfare; in short of morals and ethics. Preface to Social Economics presents thumbnail sketches describing the growth of our awareness of social problems over the past century. Beginning in the nineteenth century the sciences both natural and social made us aware of many factors governing our behavior. With the discovery of controllable external social causes the responsibility for problems (and change) shifted from the individual to the group.Studies of industrial accidents are an example. When it was learned that the number of injuries per hour increases with the length of the working day and with the absence of mechanical safeguards it led to a demand for shorter hours safety laws and compulsory accident insurance. Similarly as we begin to understand the connection between the rate of interest with booms in building unemployment ceases to be a matter of individual responsibility and becomes a problem for business and society. This classic book initially published in 1936 illumines a growing knowledge of controllable causes of social evils.John Maurice Clark was a long-time professor of economics at Columbia University. The editors of this volume Moses Abramovitz and Eli Ginzberg were both students of Clark and prepared this volume under his direct supervision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530645

Preface to the philosophy of education (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 24) It is sometimes said that the philosophy of education is not a serious and coherent philosophical area of inquiry. John Wilson examines this argument taking it as the starting point for his book. He believes that most 'philosophy of education' until now has been little more than the promotion of particular ideologies and that progress can be made only by a more analytical approach. The central problems lies in establishing a few basic concepts principles and categories and questions which will form the skeleton of the subject. He therefore outlines the nature of 'philosophy of education' and defines some of its major problems by examining key notions such as the value of education the nature and implications of learning and what should be learned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653947

Preference and Information Is it important to our quality of life that the preferences we satisfy are rational and well-informed? Standard preferentialist theories allege that a person's preferences and their satisfaction are the correct measure of well-being. In preference-sensitive theories preferences are important but do not count for everything. This raises the question of whether we ought to make demands on these preferences. In this book Egonsson presents a critical analysis of the 'Full Information Account of the Good' which claims that only the satisfaction of rational and fully informed preferences has value for a person. The problems he deals with include: how is an information requirement to be formulated and shaped? Is it possible to design a requirement that is both neutral to the agent's epistemic situation and reasonable? Is the requirement reasonable? Does it make sense to claim that some are better off if we satisfy the preferences they would have had in some merely hypothetical circumstances? This is an important new book on preference rationality which will be of great interest to academics and students of ethics quality of life and rationality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278226

Preference Data for Environmental ValuationCombining Revealed and Stated Approaches The monetary valuation of environmental goods and services has evolved from a fringe field of study in the late 1970s and early 1980s to a primary focus of environmental economists over the past decade. Despite its rapid growth practitioners of valuation techniques often find themselves defending their practices to both users of the results of applied studies and perhaps more troubling to other practitioners. One of the more heated threads of this internal debate over valuation techniques revolves around the types of data to use in performing a valuation study. In the infant years of the development of valuation techniques two schools of thought emerged: the revealed preference school and the stated preference school the latter of which is perhaps most associated with the contingent valuation method. In the midst of this debate an exciting new approach to non-market valuation was developed in the 1990s: a combination and joint estimation of revealed preference and stated preference data. There are two primary objectives for this book. One objective is to fill a gap in the nonmarket valuation "primer" literature. A number of books have appeared over the past decade that develop the theory and methods of nonmarket valuation but each takes an individual nonmarket valuation method approach. This book considers each of these valuation methods in combination with another method. These relationships can be exploited econometrically to obtain more valid and reliable estimates of willingness-to-pay relative to the individual methods. The second objective is to showcase recent and novel applications of data combination and joint estimation via a set of original state-of-the-art studies that are contributed by leading researchers in the field. This book will be accessible to economists and consultants working in business or government as well as an invaluable resource for researchers and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799646

Preference Organisation and Peer DisputesHow Young Children Resolve Conflict How do children get their own way in arguments? What is the most effective way of pursuing one's own goals in preschool? 'Use your words' is an instruction frequently heard in nurseries and pre-schools encouraging young children to resolve the situation through verbal rather than physical means. Discourse is seen as the solution yet what words are the children supposed to use and how do they go about resolving disputes? This fascinating book offers a conversation analysis of children's arguments revealing disputing as a highly ordered rule-governed activity even amongst very young children. The author provides a rich theoretical discussion of the work in speech acts and conversational analysis whilst offering a sophisticated review in relation to children's culture. It will be of great interest to conversation analysts within sociology and linguistics as well as to educationalists and scholars of childhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255319

Preferential Education Policies in Multi-ethnic ChinaNational Rhetoric Local Realities Preferential Education Policies in Multi-ethnic China: National Rhetoric Local Realities explores the cultural logic of China’s preferential policy measures. Similar in premise but different in practice and philosophy to American affirmative action the preferential policies evoke controversy on all sides: from those who see the measures as insufficient to address problems of educational disparities between ethnic groups and from those who see the measures as "reverse discrimination." Yamada shows how the policy measures attempt to manage ethnic-based contradictions and appease both majority and minority populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367491390

Preferential Trade Agreements and International Law The multilateral trade agreements in the Annexes to the Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization provide a comprehensive structure for international trade. Why would trading partners in different countries feel the need to go outside this framework in order to set up preferential trade arrangements? This book considers the structure of the World Trade Organization’s agreements and the types of preferential trade arrangements and deliberates the value of the latter in the light of the operation of the former. Preferential Trade Agreements and International Law offers a comprehensive examination of preferential trade agreements and considers the features of specific regional and bilateral trade agreements without drawing upon systematic features and trends. It shows the latest state of knowledge on the topic and will be of value to researchers academics policymakers and students interested in international trade and economic law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366386

Preferring JusticeRationality Selftransformation And The Sense Of Justice This manuscript is about the sense of justice that limits what individuals can do in pursuit of their ends and opens them to exploitation. It shows how flawed agents choosing under partial information advance those of their ends having nothing to do with justice by maintaining such a disposition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284152

Pregnancy Delivery ChildbirthA Gender and Cultural History from Antiquity to the Test Tube in Europe This book reconstructs the history of conception pregnancy and childbirth in Europe from antiquity to the 20th century focusing on its most significant turning points: the emergence of a medical-scientific approach to delivery in Ancient Greece the impact of Christianity the establishment of the man-midwife in the 18th century the medicalisation of childbirth the emergence of a new representation of the foetus as "unborn citizen" and  finally the revolution of reproductive technologies. The book explores a history that far from being linear progressive or homogeneous is characterised by significant continuities as well as transformations. The ways in which a woman gives birth and lives her pregnancy and the postpartum period are the result of a complex series of factors. The book therefore places these events in their wider cultural social and religious contexts which influenced the forms taken by rituals and therapeutic practices religious and civil prescriptions and the regulation of the female body. The investigation of this complex experience represents a crucial contribution to cultural social and gender history as well as an indispensable tool for understanding today’s reality. It will be of great use to undergraduates studying the history of childbirth the history of medicine the history of the body as well as women's and gender history more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211080

Pregnancy LossA Guide to What Complementary and Alternative Medicine Can Offer Growing numbers of women who experience pregnancy loss of all kinds - from early spontaneous miscarriage to stillbirth - seek help from practitioners of complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) in their recovery and preparation for future pregnancy. However CAM is largely unregulated and can be an unfamiliar and confusing area for mainstream health professionals. Many of these also have questions about the efficacy and safety of complementary or alternative treatments and what they may be able to offer. Meanwhile CAM practitioners may be unaware of the medical investigations and treatments available for conditions such as miscarriage ectopics gestational trophoblastic disease preterm labour foetal reduction intrauterine death and stillbirth and other less common complications. This book written by an experienced CAM practitioner aims primarily to provide medical professionals with the knowledge and confidence to advise women seeking complementary or alternative treatments. The author draws on her experience as a CAM practitioner to illustrate key areas where integrating sound and professional CAM into standard practice can offer women benefits including improved psychological recovery from pregnancy loss. It also gives CAM practitioners greater insight into conventional medicine and aids them to better understand respect and care for women experiencing pregnancy loss. This book will be essential reading for all those who work with women who have experienced pregnancy loss including health visitors midwives GPs practice nurses counsellors psychotherapists and CAM practitioners of all kinds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781846193743

PregnancyThe Inside Story Utilising her wealth of material and experience the author explores various aspects of 'the inside story' of pregnancy. She answers such questions as: What meanings does childbearing have in the internal world? How does a pregnant woman live with two people under her skin? What is the expectant partner's experience? Which dreams fears and fantasies proliferate around pregnancy and birth? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105143

Pregnant Bodies Fertile MindsGender Race and the Schooling of Pregnant Teens Focusing on fifty girls enrolled in a model public school program for pregnant teens Luttrell explores how pregnant girls experience society's view of them and also considers how these girls view themselves and the choices they've made. Also includes an 8-page color insert. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865683

Pregnant PauseAn International Legal Analysis of Maternity Discrimination Maternity Discrimination is an ever increasingly important area of the law around the world affecting both women and men as they juggle parenthood and the workplace. Pregnant Pause provides readers with a better understanding of the issue of maternity discrimination and inequality by looking at the primary role of legislation and its impact on the court process at both national and international levels for those suffering maternity discrimination. It also discusses the two most important trade agreements of our day - namely the North American Free Trade Agreement and the European Union Treaty - in a historical and compelling analysis of maternity discrimination and employment. By providing a detailed examination of the relationship between maternity issues in the workplace and the law the book will be an important read for all those concerned with equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602741

Pregones TheatreA Theatre for Social Change in the South Bronx First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762410

Preharvest Field sprouting in Cereals This book summarizes the research done on preharvest sprouting during recent years. Naturally whenever needed earlier findings are also considered. Both publishers and the authors hope that his publication will provide researchers and students with a convenient source of up-to-date information in this expanding field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896878

Prehistoric AmericaAn Ecological Perspective The cultural parallels between widely separated but environmentally similar regions are often extraordinary yet these parallels are discounted by anthropologists on the basis that they ignore a large mass of less similar data. Too often cultural parallels between distant regions have been taken for granted rather than recognized as phenomena that need to be explained. The thesis of Prehistoric America is that they are neither fortuitous nor inconsequential but an indication of the strength of environmental pressures on cultural development. This work is an excellent introduction to the prehistoric cultures of North and South America one that will help the reader to discover and enjoy the intellectual adventure of archeology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127293

Prehistoric AmericaAn Ecological Perspective During the past 30 years the relationship between humans and the environment has changed more drastically than during any previous period in human history. Local sustainable exploitation of natural resources has been overridden by global interests indifferent to the detrimental impact of their activities on local environments and their inhabitants. Increasingly efficient technology has reduced the need for human labor but improved medical treatment favors reproduction and survival creating a growing imbalance between population density and food supply. Rapid transportation is introducing alien species to distant terrestrial and aquatic environments where they displace critical elements in the local food chain.This succinct and profusely illustrated volume applies evolutionary and cultural theory to the interpretation of prehistoric cultural development in the western hemisphere. After reviewing cultural development in Mesoamerica and the central Andes Meggers examines adaptation in North and South American regions with similar environments to evaluate the influence of adaptive constraints on cultural content.What made the human species dominant on the planet is the substitution of cultural behavior for biological behavior. Prehistoric Americans applied this ability to develop sustainable relationships with their environments. Many succeeded and others did not. Paleoclimatic reconstructions can be compared with archeological sequences and ethnographic descriptions to identify cultural behavior responsible for the difference. Comparison of the responses of Amazonians and Mayans to episodes of severe drought provides useful insights into what we are doing wrong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530652

Prehistoric and Early Wales This volume is based on lectures given when the British Summer School of Archaeology was held at Bangor in August 1959. It is a summary account of current knowledge then about ancient Wales written for archaeologists historians and others covering the Old Stone Age Neolithic Wales the Bronze Age Early Iron Age Roman Wales and Wales in the fifth to seventh centuries A.D. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817753

Prehistoric Europe The study of European prehistory has been revolutionized in recent years by the rapid growth rate of archeological discovery advances in dating methods and the application of scientific techniques to archaeological material and new archaeological aims and frameworks of interpretation. Whereas previous work concentrated on the recovery and description of material remains the main focus is now on the reconstruction of prehistoric societies and the explanation of their development. This volume provides that elementary and comprehensive synthesis of the new discoveries and the new interpretations of European prehistory. After and introductory chapter on the geographical setting and the development of prehistoric studies in Europe the text is divided chronologically into nine chapters. Each one describes with numerous maps plans and drawings the relevant archaeological data and proceeds to a discussion of the societies they represent. Particular attention is paid to the major themes of recent prehistoric research especially subsistence economy trade settlement technology and social organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404403

Prehistoric Hunter-Gatherers of the High Plains and RockiesThird Edition George Frison’s Prehistoric Hunters of the High Plains has been the standard text on plains prehistory since its first publication in 1978 influencing generations of archaeologists. Now a third edition of this classic work is available for scholars students and avocational archaeologists. Thorough and comprehensive extensively illustrated the book provides an introduction to the archaeology of the more than 13 000 year long history of the western Plains and the adjacent Rocky Mountains. Reflecting the boom in recent archaeological data it reports on studies at a wide array of sites from deep prehistory to recent times examining the variability in the archeological record as well as in field analytical and interpretive methods. The 3rd edition brings the book up to date in a number of significant areas as well as addressing several topics inadequately developed in previous editions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605544

Prehistoric JapanNew Perspectives On Insular East Asia First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203973424

Prehistoric Societies on the Northern Frontiers of ChinaArchaeological Perspectives on Identity Formation and Economic Change During the Fir The northern borders of China - known as the Northern zone - were a key area of interaction between sedentary and nomadic people during the late second and early first millennium BCE. During this period the region's unique economy socio-political systems local cultures and identities took shape. 'Prehistoric Societies on the Northern Frontiers of China' analyses the archaeological record to examine the changes that took place in Northern China in the first millennium. Drawing on field work in the Chifeng area of Inner Mongolia the book explores dramatic changes in the construction of identities alongside more gradual changes in subsistence strategies and political organization. The book is unique in integrating the archaeological data and historical records of this period with anthropological theory to examine the role of identity construction and the use of symbol in the shaping of East Asian society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661073

Prehistoric Warfare on the Great PlainsSkeletal Analysis of the Crow Creek Massacre Victims First Published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979215

Prehistoric WoodworkingThe Analysis and Interpretation of Bronze and Iron Age Toolmakers Rob Sands explores the evidence left by the use of axes on wooden beams and tools found in waterlogged archaeological sites dating over 2000 years old. A toolmark can not only inform the archaeologist about the implement used but also provides evidence of building and artifact construction methods and labor patterns. Examples come from the author‘s work at Oakbank Crannog in Scotland. The volume examines the methods of recording techniques of analysis and implications of this unusual form of evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404830

Pre-histories and AfterlivesStudies in Critical Method Pre-histories and Afterlives: Studies in Critical Method Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602963

Prehistory in Northeastern Arabia First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979222

Prehistory of Australia Australia's human prehistory through more than 40 000 years is the challenging theme of this masterly survey. John Mulvaney and Johan Kamminga bring together the discoveries and often controversial interpretations of six decades of archaeological research to reveal that across this island continent in the face of contrasting environments and changing climates human responses produced many cultures languages and life styles. The Old World is usually credited with the origins of art and spirituality. Recent discoveries however prove that symbolic rock art and complex burial rites also existed in Australia at challengingly early times. The authors evaluate the dating evidence upon which Australia's human story before 1788 is reconstructed. They review diverse topics such as the controversy about the time people first arrived on the continent's northern coast the extinction of marsupial megafauna and the diversity of Aboriginal rock art. Prehistory of Australia explains why Aboriginal Australia is recognised today for its significance in global prehistory and why so many of its archaeological places have merited World Heritage listing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136941

Prehistory of North America A Prehistory of North America covers the ever-evolving understanding of the prehistory of North America from its initial colonization through the development of complex societies and up to contact with Europeans.This book is the most up-to-date treatment of the prehistory of North America. In addition it is organized by culture area in order to serve as a companion volume toAn Introduction to Native North America. It also includes an extensive bibliography to facilitate research by both students and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459892

Prehistory of the Oregon CoastThe Effects of Excavation Strategies and Assemblage Size on Archaeological Inquiry This book is the first synthesis of the prehistory of the coast of Oregon. It analyzes the artifacts and mammalian faunal remains of three representative sites on the coast. A model of the evolution of cultural adaptational strategies is presented and tested from which it creates a model of coastal cultural development. On a methodological level the volume examines the overriding importance and effects of various sampling techniques. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315422015

Précis Writing (Routledge Revivals)Passages Judiciously Selected with an Introduction on the Art of Précis First published in 1940 this book was designed by Eric Partridge to equip students studying for final exams at school with the tools they needed to become successful précis-ers. The selection of literary pieces is more diverse than other preìcis books of the time and Partridge’s background as a schoolmaster a lecturer and a publisher sets him up well to teach the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912342

Preimplantation Genetic TestingRecent Advances in Reproductive Medicine Preimplantation genetic testing (PGT) is now well established as a valuable treatment option for patients wishing to start or continue a family for a range of indications from advanced maternal age to high risk of transmitting inherited disease. This text brings together contemporary thinking from international opinion leaders and will be an invaluable guide for practitioners in Reproductive Medicine wishing to keep pace with the latest developments and clinical data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138333307

Prejudice and Promise in Fifteenth Century England First Published in 1962. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760515

PrejudiceFrom Individual Identity to Nationalism in Young People How do some little angels turn into bigoted little monsters? This is a study of how people's prejudices towards one another develop from an early age. Based on empirical research of children aged five to 11 it explores the nature of categorization and stereotypes - from groups to nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420847

Prelates and PeopleEcclesiastical Social Thought in England 1783-1852 First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850155

Preliminary Design of Bridges for Architects and Engineers Focusing on the conceptual and preliminary stages in bridge design this book addresses the new conceptual criteria employed when evaluating project proposals considering elements from architectural aspects and structural aesthetics to environmental compatibility.;College or university bookstores may order five or more copies at a special student price. Price is available on request. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064725

Prelogical ExperienceAn Inquiry into Dreams and Other Creative Processes One of the foundational texts of interpersonal psychoanalysis Prelogical Experience (1959) is a pioneering attempt to elaborate an interpersonal theory of personality that encompasses the nonpropositional nonverbal dimension of human experience.  Prelogical processes the authors hold cannot be consigned to infancy; rather they shape experience throughout life and are especially salient in relation to dreams emotion perception and the arts. Of special note is Tauber and Green's elaboration of the clinical situation that grows out of an appreciation of prelogical experience.  In a striking anticipation of contemporary thinking they approach patient-therapist interaction in terms of the continuous exchange of "presentational data" by patient and analyst.  These data enable patient and therapist alike to "know" more about the other than can ever be expressed in propositional terms. This perspective assigns an important role to what Piaget would term "the cognitive unconscious" in the clinical process.  It likewise sustains a view of the countertransference - which includes the analyst's own dreams - as a vital source of presentational data about the patient.  As Donnel Stern notes in his Introduction these and other insights "amount to a surprisingly contemporary description of psychoanalytic treatment." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203767535

Prelude to the Easter RisingSir Roger Casement in Imperial Germany Prelude to the Easter Rising casts light upon the clandestine activities of Sir Roger Casement in Imperial Germany from 1914 to 1916.German military intelligence and the Imperial Foreign Office had far-reaching plans to use the Irish in the war against Britain. Radical Irish-American leaders were behind Casement's mission to Berlin. It took some time for the highly sensitive and idealistic Casement to realize that neither the German General Staff nor the Imperial Chancellor was able or willing to lend full military support to the Irish. When Casement began to see that the rising would be a bloody massacre he left for Ireland to halt the fatal development and if necessary sacrifice his own honour and life.The carefully edited documents contained in this volume mostly from the German Foreign Office archives in Bonn present a full record of Casement's activities prior to Easter 1916. Over 80 years later these papers have lost none of their emotional intimacy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870670

Pre-Marital CounselingA Guide for Clinicians A guide for therapists and counselors Pre-Marital Counseling addresses the common problems couples face when starting or considering marriage. This step-by-step guide teaches specific intervention strategies for common pre-marital problems such as financial stress blending families and mental health issues. It also teaches readers helpful skills such as developing empathy learning to compromise and communicating successfully all within a potentially diverse client population. Skurtu further helps clinicians personalize their assessment and treatment plans for each couple so that they have realistic expectations. Written by a certified sex therapist there is also a unique chapter on helpful sex education tips for maintaining desire in long-term relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828773

Premature BirthThe Baby the Doctor and the Psychoanalyst If advances in medical technology now allow babies to be born earlier and survive premature birth what of the psychical impact of this emergence into the world? What consequences can premature birth have for babies for their families and for the medical staff around them? In this exciting and inspiring study the author describes the work she has undertaken over the past twenty years in a neonatal intensive care unit. She shows how a sensitivity to the subjective experience of all concerned can have dramatic effects and how a psychoanalytic ear can allow us to understand both the problems and the progress of prematurely born babies in a new way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201212

Premature EjaculationTheory Evaluation and Therapeutic Treatment Premature Ejaculation presents a unique and innovative therapeutic program for the successful treatment of premature ejaculation. This descriptive and well-structured program is fundamentally different from traditional sex therapy and contemporary sexual medicine. Centred on the management of sexual excitement it enables couples to prolong the length of intercourse without having to interrupt their lovemaking or resort to medication. The program’s sexological approach also empowers couples with the skills and knowledge to strengthen their sex life leading to a healthier and happier relationship. Combining theory and practical instruction François de Carufel’s book promotes a better understanding of premature ejaculation. It offers a new perspective on the causes of this dysfunction and provides practitioners and therapists with concrete ways to assist men and women in improving their sex life. Premature Ejaculation will be of interest and value to health professionals and graduate students in all fields dealing with sexual difficulties including psychology social work medicine physical therapy nursing and counselling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123113

Premchand in World LanguagesTranslation reception and cinematic representations This volume explores the reception of Premchands works and his influence in the perception of India among Western cultures especially Russian German French Spanish and English. The essays in the collection also take a critical look at multiple translations of the same work (and examine how each new translation expands the work‘s textuality and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177188

Premises and Information TechnologyYour Questions Answered Health promotion is an integral part of the development of primary care and its emphasis in involving the community in local strategies and planning. This book draws together examples of best practice to show how each member of the primary health care team - together with professionals from other agencies - can work together in promoting healthier lifestyles. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384832

Premium by DesignHow to Understand Design and Market High End Products There are luxuries that most of us will never be able to afford in a lifetime but just off the shores of the moneyed is a huge fast growing land of premium value which inspires people to get there even if they need to stretch their budget to reach it. Premium by Design is a thoroughly researched well argued and well presented study that identifies how global business leaders have succeeded in achieving margins by design. Thanks to original tools and processes this book shows how you might also succeed. It is about better but reachable and real products and services. The book features insights from the world of customer science and design research. The key challenge for the world today is finding out how sustainable is the underlying process that is driving this apparent desire for more and more indulgent material possessiveness? This book might not have all the answers but it will provoke and trigger a long overdue debate in the premium and image driven industries about tomorrow's values. As a result it is a must read for anyone in this market or aspiring to it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602059

Premodern JapanA Historical Survey Japanese historian Louis Perez brings Mikiso Hane's rich and beloved account of early Japanese history up-to-date in this thoroughly revised Second Edition of Premodern Japan. The text traces the key developments of Japanese history in the premodern period including the establishment of the imperial dynasty early influences from China and Korea the rise of the samurai class and the establishment of feudalism the culture and society of the long Tokugawa period the rise of Confucianism and Shinto nationalism and finally the end of Tokugawa rule. While the text provides many political developments through the early modern period it also integrates the social cultural and intellectual aspects of Japanese history as well. Perez's updates to the text provide a comprehensive overview of the major social political and religious trends in premodern Japan as well as offering the most current scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349657

Premodern Sexualities Premodern Sexualities offers rigorous new approaches to current problems in the historiography of sexuality. From queer readings of early modern medical texts to transcribing and interrogating premodern documents of sexual transgression the contributors bring together current theoretical discourses on sexuality while emphasizing problems in the historicist interpretation of early textualizations of sexuality. Premodern Sexualities clarifies the contributions literary studies can make--through its emphasis on reading strategies--to the historiography of sexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811529

Prenatal and Childhood NutritionEvaluating the Neurocognitive Connections This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.Nutrition is not only a basic need that all humans have to sustain life but it is also critical to successful early development. This research compendium lends deeper insights into the links between nutrition and healthy brain function—and from the reverse perspective between nutrition and neurocognitive disorders. This well-organized and accessible compendium offers a vital research context for policymakers educators medical providers and families. It underlines our urgent responsibility to give children a strong start by improving prenatal and early childhood nutrition. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880947

Prenatal Assessment of Multiple Pregnancy Following on from the success of their previous standard textbook on Multiple Pregnancy the authors have refocused their attention on prenatal assessment in multiple pregnancy and come up with condensed and revised material in a free-standing text. Multiple pregnancies are associated with higher levels of morbidity and fetal distress and so effective and rapid diagnosis of problems is paramount. Those clinicians who would not have a practical application for all the aspects covered comprehensively in the earlier work will find this volume a clinically orientated and extremely useful addition to their working library. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429462023

Prenatal Cocaine Exposure Prenatal Cocaine Exposures addresses the timely problem of maternal cocaine abuse and its effects on exposed infants including growth retardation learning cardiovascular effects and seizures. The impact of substance abuse on this and future generations presents an ongoing challenge to medical science. This comprehensive and authoritative volume reviews both animal and clinical studies to explain implications for treatment and long-term outcomes of early exposure.Prenatal Cocaine Exposures investigates the specific role of cocaine in altering fetal development. Discussions of current studies and state-of-the-art techniques provide a basis for informed clinical decisions. Pediatricians medical specialists basic scientists educators and policy makers will all benefit from the comprehensive research gathered in this volume. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069324

Prenatal Medicine At the cutting-edge of maternal and neonatal management and research this reference presents the most recent advances in fetal DNA/RNA embryoscopy/fetoscopy open fetal surgery and ethnic population screening to manage pre-existing and newly detected maternal medical complications detect genetic and congenital abnormalities prevent preterm births and optimize pregnancy outcomes. With illustrative color photographs this source offers contributions by esteemed professionals at respected institutions around the globe and covers legal issues concerning prenatal assessment and diagnosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390716

Pre-Nineteen Sixty Developments in the Bill of Rights Area First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315057040

Preoperative EventsTheir Effects on Behavior Following Brain Damage Preoperative Events switches the focus from post-operative rehabilitation to preoperative experiences and personal histories to lessen the consequences of brain damage. These papers document the relationship between preoperative experience and postoperative performance and discuss a variety of protective preoperative experiences that can ameliorate the deleterious effects of brain damage. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315808291

Preparation for Life?Vocationalism and the Equal Opportunities Challenge First published in 1997 this volume contributes to the debate on the ground-breaking Technical and Vocational Education Initiative (TVEI) introduced by Margaret Thatcher by exploring the implications of its equal opportunities policy. The scheme was announced in 1982 piloted in 1983 extended nationally in 1987 and ended in 1997. It responded to criticisms that the education system was failing to meet the needs of employers and committed to equal opportunities for boys and girls along with increasing access to technology at the genesis of the computing era. The TVEI represented the first major intervention by central Government in curriculum development in England and was organised on a local authority level. The author Sue Heath had experienced mixed messages for what students of each gender could expect to achieve and she remained fascinated by the implications of the TVEI for 1980s school curriculums. Based on research begun in 1989 the volume reassesses the significance of the TEVI as a landmark policy in education. Heath examines areas including vocationalism the issue of gender implementing the TVEI locally the curricular experiences of TVEI pupils and whether the TVEI succeeded in preparing students for the world of work and later life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326668

Preparative and Production Scale Chromatography Describes the latest developments in the scaling-up and application of chromatographic operations and demonstrates that production-scale chromatography is a powerful and invaluable separation process. The book covers every important process design and reveals actual immediately applicable techniques and is designed to appeal to design chemical/biochemical and research and development engineers process development managers bioprocess technologists analytical and clinical chemists and biochemists pharmacists and upper-level undergraduate graduate and continuing-education students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811150

Preparative Layer Chromatography Preparative Layer Chromatography explains how this method is used for separating large quantities of mixtures containing a wide variety of important compounds. It offers a broad review of preparative layer chromatography (PLC) applications and adaptable working procedures for microseparations involving organic inorganic and organometallic compounds. The book contains theoretical background chemical principles and relevance of preparative layer chromatography (PLC) to a wide range of applications particularly in the study of pharmaceuticals and biochemistry. Written by many of the best known and most knowledgeable specialists in the field the chapters describe all the necessary techniques current procedures and superior strategies for selecting the most suitable eluents and designing application-specific PLC systems based on the data being sought. They provide comprehensive instructions surrounding issues and suggestions for optimizing optional working techniques within the framework of PLC. The book also provides a complete coverage of bulk sorbents and precoated chromatographic plates available on the international market. A comprehensive yet accessible source of information Preparative Layer Chromatography is a relevant and practical text for experienced as well as novice researchers and practitioners involved in analytical environmental geochemical biological medicinal and pharmaceutical analysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577919

Preparatory States and Processes Preparation is a term that is used quite freely during private informal discussions. As the argument becomes more formal and more public “priming ” “ feed-forward” and similar jargon terms take its place presumably because they are better defined safer and more acceptable. However in spite of the caution that surrounds its use it is clear that “preparation” denotes a useful concept. The purpose of the Franco-American Conference on Preparatory States and Processes was to try to clarify this concept by inviting investigators from different specialties in the behavioral and neural sciences to present and discuss illustrations of the use of the concept from their own work. First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315792385

Prepare to Board! Creating Story and Characters for Animated Features and Shorts Successful storyboards and poignant characters have the power to make elusive thoughts and emotions tangible for audiences. Packed with illustrations that illuminate and a text that entertains and informs Prepare to Board 3rd edition presents the methods and techniques of animation master Nancy Beiman with a focus on pre-production story development and character design. As one of the only storyboard titles on the market that explores the intersection of creative character design and storyboard development the third edition is an invaluable resource for both beginner and intermediate artists.   Key Features Adapt key techniques tips and tricks of experienced character designers and storyboard artists with 30 years of experience to your film television and animation projects. Save time and money with workflow solutions and avoid common mistakes and problems with troubleshooting tips. Implement creative solutions for your own projects with this invaluable resource for beginner and intermediate artists with examples of what a good storyboard and character design should look like and example of poorly designed storyboards. and tricks. Further your artistic skill development with an interactive companion website which will includes video tutorials examples of animatics and good and bad pitching techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498797009

Prepared Interviewing for EducatorsA Guide for Seeking Employment This book will help you interview successfully for your first job—or a new role—in education. Author Scott Lempka offers simple chronological steps to help you prepare for your interview and show yourself in the best possible light. Topics include: Researching job opportunities Using the Big Five strategy to showcase your achievements Building Example Sandwiches to illustrate your experience Following an Interview Countdown to prepare for your interview Practicing sample interview questions in a variety of categories In addition this updated edition includes new information on networking through social media. With the tools and expert advice in this book you’ll be able to anticipate what your educational employers desire and you’ll gain the confidence you need to land your dream job. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189273

Preparedness and Response for Catastrophic Disasters Based on a popular course for the FEMA Higher Education project Preparedness and Response for Catastrophic Disasters provides important insight into plans to mitigate and respond to the devastation caused by large-scale catastrophic events. Hurricane Katrina provided clear evidence that these occurrences are both qualitatively and quantitatively different from other disasters. Recent tragedies like the 2004 South Asia tsunami the 2010 earthquake in Haiti and the 2011 earthquake tsunami and resulting nuclear plant meltdown in Japan further illustrate that we are not prepared for such events. Written by top disaster scholars and practitioners the book defines what constitutes a catastrophic event outlining both the factors that can lead to catastrophes and the unique logistical planning and response challenges posed by them. Distinct from general disasters these events are termed "catastrophic" due to the regional impact impacts to logistics and infrastructure the devastating effects on large-scale populations and the ripple effects on regional and global economies. Preparedness and Response for Catastrophic Disasters examines why catastrophes must be approached differently. If governments public administrators and emergency management professionals are to succeed in protecting our populations there must be consensus decisiveness and leadership in both the coordination and response. In addition there must be a fundamental recognition that catastrophic events compromise the very infrastructure—public utilities delivery of goods and service schools business functions and government—that supports communities and upon which modern society is based. As such the book explores how catastrophes can dramatically affect populations and addresses new innovative and fundamentally unique strategies communities can institute to better prepare populations for catastrophic events and their aftermath. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466511897

Preparing a Course This practical guide explains how to prepare materials that can be utilised either by the teacher or by others without further guidance. Based on theoretical foundations the systematic approach in this text should help both new and established teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419629

Preparing a Guide to your Library and Information Service Discusses the choice of information that can be included as well as the different styles in which it can be presented.Covers not just the physical preparation but also distribution and publicity.Selected examples of interesting features. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439443

Preparing Africa for the Twenty-First CenturyStrategies for Peaceful Coexistence and Sustainable Development First published in 1999 this volume is written by seasoned African scholars and is intended to make a significant contribution to the debate on peaceful coexistence and sustainable development in the continent. The book contains a very refreshing rigorous informative and multidisciplinary analysis of the transition in Africa and provides practical and effective policy options for Africans. It breaks new ground in that it emphasizes the importance of institutions to economic growth and development in Africa. As such it differs significantly from previous efforts which have tended to blame Africa’s underdevelopment on incompetent ill-informed and poorly educated leadership. While agreeing that the shortage of competent and skilled technocrats has been a significant problem for many African countries during the last four decades the contributors argue that the most critical determinant of poverty and deprivation in the continent has been the absence of institutional arrangements that enhance the creation of wealth and allow ethnic and other social cleavages to live together peacefully. Thus as Africans prepare their societies for the new century the first line of business should be state reconstruction - a task that was supposed to have been undertaken shortly after independence but was never accomplished. The main purpose of such an exercise is for each African country to design and adopt institutional arrangements that enhance peaceful coexistence of groups the creation of wealth and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384422

Preparing Classroom Teachers to Succeed with Second Language LearnersLessons from a Faculty Learning Community This volume identifies resources models and specific practices for improving teacher preparation for work with second language learners. It shows how faculty positioned themselves to learn from resources experts preservice teachers their own practice and each other. The teacher education professionals leverage their experience to offer theoretical and practical insights regarding how other faculty could develop their own knowledge improve their courses and understand their influence on the preservice teachers they serve. The book addresses challenges others are likely to experience while improving teacher preparation including preservice teacher resistance the challenge of adding to already-packed courses the difficulty of recruiting and retaining busy faculty members and the question of how to best frame the larger issues. The authors also address options for integrating the work of improving teacher preparation for linguistic diversity into a variety of different teacher education program designs. Finally the book demonstrates a data-driven approach that makes this work consistent with many institutions’ mandate to produce research and to collect evidence supporting accreditation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286870

Preparing Deaf and Hearing Persons with Language and Learning Challenges for CBTA Pre-Therapy Workbook Preparing Deaf and Hearing Persons with Language and Learning Challenges for CBT: A Pre-Therapy Workbook presents 12 lessons to guide staff in hospital and community mental health and rehabilitation programs on creating skill-oriented therapy settings when working with people who don’t read well or have trouble with abstract ideas problem solving reasoning attention and learning. Drawing from the worlds of CBT current understandings of best practices in psychotherapy and the emerging clinical specialty of Deaf mental health care the workbook describes methods for engaging people who are often considered poor candidates for psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916937

Preparing Effective Special Education Teachers What tools are in the toolkit of an excellent special educator and how can teacher preparation programs provide these tools in the most efficient effective way possible? This practical clearly written book is grounded in current research and policy as well as the author's extensive experience as a teacher educator. It identifies what special education teachers need to know to work competently with students with a wide variety of learning challenges and disabilities. Chapters present specific guidelines for helping teacher candidates build critical skills for instruction and assessment get the most out of field placements and collaborate successfully with other school personnel and with parents.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503063

Preparing for Blockade 1885-1914Naval Contingency for Economic Warfare Today the First World War is remembered chiefly for the carnage of the Western Front but at the time the Royal Navy's blockade of Germany was a more frequent source of debate. For even at a time of war there were influential voices in Britain who baulked at a concept of economic warfare that hindered the free passage of goods on the high seas and brought German society to the brink of famine. To further our understanding of these issues this book looks at the background to the blockade and the effects of its implementation in 1914. It argues that there was a widely shared but largely unwritten strategic culture within British naval circles which accepted that in a war with a major maritime power the British response would be to attack enemy trade. This is demonstrated by the fact that from at least the late 1880s the Royal Navy planned for the use of armed merchantmen to enforce an economic blockade of an enemy. This it did by entering into detailed arrangements with major British shipping companies for the design and subsidy of liners with the potential for use as merchant cruisers and stockpiling their prospective armament. In line with the contemporary Corbettian view that seapower depends upon free communications the book concludes by asserting that the primary role of the Grand Fleet in the First World War was to guarantee the ability of the merchant cruisers on the Northern Patrol to interdict German seaborne trade rather than to engage in large set-piece battles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248588

Preparing for Continuous Quality Improvement for HealthcareSustainability through Functional Tree Structures This book provides a set of detailed instructions to help you construct your departmental divisional or organizational functional tree structure (FTS) and work towards world-class service. Preparing for Continuous Quality Improvement for Healthcare: Sustainability through Functional Tree Structures outlines a method that will enable your organization to set a stable base for future improvements that are sustainable and create breakthrough improvements in service quality and costs.More importantly the FTS method outlined in the book will provide you with the tools to build processes tailored to your customers’ specifications and standards. It will enable you to improve your department division and entire organization and edge ahead of your competition.The book explains why organizations steeped in process improvement need to re-evaluate and re-establish their procedures—especially if initial outcomes have not met expectations. Illustrating key concepts with examples case studies and flow charts it provides you with a clear understanding of organizational functional structure and how to document current organizational and departmental functional tree structures.Describing how to identify a department's functional deficits shortcomings and waste it explains how to select the best course of action for your organization. After reading this book you will be able to create a pictorial representation of your organization's current functional structure and select the best course of action for achieving sustainable advancements in service quality and costs.The book will help to convert your managers from a people-management mentality to one of process management—transforming leaders to educators and not guards. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466567702

Preparing for FDA Pre-Approval InspectionsA Guide to Regulatory Success Second Edition This Second Edition is an essential guide to preparing for FDA pre-approval inspections—taking into account current trends in FDA expectations and inspection activities such as the GMPs of the 21st Century quality systems-based approach to inspections risk-based inspections quality by design process analytical technology design space etc. The goal of this book is to help organizations gain rapid regulatory approval.Pharmaceutical Pre-Approval Inspections: A Guide to Regulatory Success Second Edition:chronicles the major shifts in inspection activity as evidenced by a systems-based approach to inspectionsdemonstrates what each area of pharmaceutical development from research and development to training is expected to provide to inspectorsfocuses on traditional development and submission activities but also discusses cases where the transfer is from a domestic site to an international facility Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452711

Preparing for International Health ExperiencesA Practical Guide At some point in their careers many health professionals and students wish to engage in overseas work. Learning from other systems people and cultures is invaluable and in some cases life changing. This book is a unique resource that offers necessary insights into making the most of the experience from pre-departure training through to return orientation. It provides information on navigating the legalities and bureaucracies of international medical training and gives insights into cultural and language competencies including how to be ethical and deferential in the exchange of situational knowledge. Preparing for International Health Experiences is a must-read for any healthcare student considering volunteering doing mission or practical work abroad. It covers specific medical professions from paediatrics to surgery and allied disciplines such as dentistry and nursing. Its practical tips and consideration of ethical issues will be valued by readers of different levels and experience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138627277

Preparing for Interprofessional TeachingPt. A SBAs and EMQs - Mock Papers with Comprehensive Answers The book provides a critical exploration of the theory and practice related to teacher preparation for interprofessional learning. It makes an important contribution to the emerging evidence base through an in-depth exploration of the processes involved in teaching complex diverse groups facilitator preparation curriculum development and inter-institutional collaboration. Research-based evidence from the Promoting Interprofessional Education (PIPE) project helps teachers to further understand their own practice and build their own theories of teaching interprofessional learning. The enlightening analysis is vital reading for all health and social care professionals (including allied health professionals) involved in formal learning and workplace education. Healthcare education policy makers and shapers will also find it invaluable. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379999

Preparing for Success in Healthcare Information and Management SystemsThe CAHIMS Review Guide HIMSS’ Certified Associate in Healthcare Information and Management Systems (CAHIMS) certifi cation offers a pathway to careers in health information technology (health IT) for associate-level emerging professionals or those who would like to transition to health IT from other industries. The CAHIMS Review Guide is the ideal resource for those preparing for the CAHIMS Certifi cation Exam—or looking for a comprehensive ‘health IT 101’ guide. Content in the CAHIMS Review Guide reflects the CAHIMS exam content outline. Content is divided into three topic categories: organizational and technology environments; systems analysis design selection implementation support maintenance testing evaluation privacy and security; and leadership and management support. Each chapter includes learning objectives for tracking progress in understanding and articulating the content. Practice exam questions at the end of the book reinforce key concepts explored throughout the book. The CAHIMS Review Guide also features a glossary of acronyms used throughout the book for easy reference during exam preparation and ‘on the job’ reference after certification. Media > Books > Print Books HIMSS Publishing 9781938904882

Preparing For TakeoffPreproduction for the Independent Filmmaker You have the camera time money (or credit card) so why don't you just start shooting? Preparing for Takeoff will give you the tools you need to fully prepare for your independent film. This book features: Vital preproduction tips on scheduling previsualization script analysis location scouting budgeting hiring vendors and clearing permits A detailed analysis of the role both producers and directors play in the preproduction process Crucial advice on how to prepare for postproduction and distribution while still in the early stages of making a film Lessons from the field in how to avoid mid-shoot changes unhappy actors fostering a resentful crew wasted days and dwindling finances An accompanying website that includes sample script analyses storyboards beat sheets editable budget forms and more Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661683

Preparing for the DRCOG Here is a selection of multiple choice questions and care studies designed for candidates for the Diploma of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (DRCOG). The 90 multiple choice questions cove all major areas of the syllabus and are accompanied by extended answers to help the revision process. The case studies are ideal preparation for the other sections of the examination as well as for general revision. This book will be suitable not only for the DRCOG (and other examinations such as the MRCOG) but also for anyone wanting to update and test their understanding of obstetrics and gynaecology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781900603010

Preparing for the FutureAn Essay on the Rights of Future Generations Does the present generation have a moral obligation to conserve resources for future generations? Must we accept drastic reductions in our standard of living and give up the ideals of individual liberty and technological progress in order to preserve the environment?PREPARING FOR THE FUTURE offers an unfashionably optimistic answer to these questions: that future generations cannot have a right to a share of existing resources because only living persons can have rights. Rejecting the sacrifices that most traditional ethical principles would require of us it advocates instead that members of the present generation may legitmately use all of the resources at their disposal to realize their own values.All that a genuine concern for the fate of future generations requires is a continuing commitment to the ideals of freedom and progress. If we reject these ideals now we may be able to conserve a meager supply of resources for the future. However the price will be fearsomely high for we will have seriously hampered any" attempt to improve the lot of future generations or to bequeath to posterity the best world that the present generation can create. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530669

Preparing for the Next Financial Crisis The ramifications of the Global Financial Crisis which erupted in 2007 continue to surprise not only the general public but also finance professionals economists and journalists. Faced with this challenge Preparing for the Next Financial Crisis goes back to basics. The authors ask: what do theory and empirical observations tell us about the causes and the consequences of financial crisis and instability? In what has become an increasingly complex financial world what lessons can we learn from economic policies which have been implemented and research which has developed extremely rapidly in recent years so as not to repeat past mistakes? In this comprehensive review of the literature which is both complete and balanced the authors highlight the points of consensus among economists and policymakers. They assess the capacity of economic policies and institutions in limiting the cost of financial instability. In conclusion they ask if the financial system has become safer in the light especially of the Covid-19 Global Crisis. Ten years after the GFC crisis this is a timely review of the reform agenda the progress made and the areas where further changes need to be made to address new risks and challenges.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594708

Preparing for Trauma Work in Clinical Mental HealthA Workbook to Enhance Self-Awareness and Promote Safe Competent Practice This workbook is a foundational and unique resource for clinicians preparing to work with clients affected by trauma. Chapters integrate a holistic understanding of the unique client within trauma-specific case conceptualization promote trainees’ identification of personal values and past experiences that could impact their ability to provide safe and ethical services and offer ways to reduce the risk of occupational hazards such as vicarious traumatization. The trauma treatment process is presented within the tri-phasic framework which is applicable across settings disciplines and various theoretical orientations. Each chapter also provides experiential activities that link the chapter content with clinician reflection and application of knowledge and skills which instructors and supervisors can easily utilize for evaluation and gatekeeping regarding a student’s mastery of the content. An ideal resource for graduate-level faculty and supervisors this book offers a versatile application for mental-health related fields including counseling psychology social work school counseling substance abuse and marriage and family therapy. Designed for students and professional clinicians this groundbreaking text fills an important education and training gap by providing a comprehensive and enlightening presentation of trauma work while also emphasizing the clinician’s growth in self-awareness and professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331849

Preparing Globally Minded Literacy TeachersKnowledge Practices and Case Studies This textbook brings together internationally renowned scholars to provide an overview of print and digital literacy instruction for pre-service teachers and teacher educators. It examines historical and cultural contexts of literacy practices around the globe and addresses issues that teachers need to consider as they teach children from diverse world cultures languages and backgrounds. Organized into three Parts—Early Literacy Intermediate to Adolescent Literacy and Case Studies—the text highlights key practices around the world to provide literacy educators and students with a broader view of effective practices as well as strategies for overcoming challenges faced by literacy educators worldwide. The global case studies present complex issues and allow readers to discuss what it means to be globally minded as well as how to implement best practices in literacy instruction. All chapters include consistent elements for ease of use such as vignettes historical and cultural contexts implications for future research and discussion questions. Grounded in current research and theory this book is designed for foundational courses in literacy education and literacy methods as well as courses in comparative and multicultural education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027865

Preparing Literature ReviewsQualitative and Quantitative Approaches • Illustrates all the steps in preparing qualitative and quantitative literature reviews. • Emphasizes topic selection locating literature and avoiding major pitfalls in evaluating and synthesizing literature. • Shows how to improve literature reviews through the judicious inclusion of statistical results found in the literature. • Provides easy-to-follow advice on how to avoid misrepresenting the results of published research in literature reviews. • The numerous examples throughout the text and the nine model literature reviews clarify the process of following the guidelines for writing solid state-of-the-art literature reviews. • Shows students how to blend qualitative and quantitative approaches to preparing literature reviews without being overly mathematical. • Two chapters present clear explanations of how to conduct meta-analyses. • All examples have been updated to ensure consistency with the sixth edition of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association and the fourth edition of the American Sociological Association’s Style Guide.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781936523399

Preparing NEPA Environmental AssessmentsA User’s Guide to Best Professional Practices Although upwards of 50 000 environmental assessments (EAs) are prepared annually—compared to some 500 environmental impact statements (EISs)—the focus of U.S. National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) regulations is on defining requirements for preparing EISs. Written by Charles Eccleston and J. Peyton Doub who have established themselves among the top environmental experts in the world Preparing NEPA Environmental Assessments: A User’s Guide to Best Professional Practices fills the need for an authoritative and comprehensive guide on how to prepare EAs. Bridging the regulatory gap this book identifies relevant EIS regulatory requirements that can be logically interpreted to also apply to EAs. It compiles and synthesizes information scattered throughout NEPA’s regulations executive orders and guidance documents and incorporates case law to provide additional clarification. The authors also draw on the professional experiences and best professional practices (BPP) of NEPA practitioners. From the fundamentals to more advanced topics the book presents a consistent methodology to help beginners students and professionals manage analyze and write legally sufficient EAs. It addresses dilemmas that have traditionally plagued preparation of EAs provides BPPs tools and approaches for resolving problems and introduces methods for streamlining the EA process. Building on Eccleston’s previous guide to EAs Effective Environmental Assessments: How to Manage and Prepare NEPA Assessments (2001) this book reflects the rapid changes in government policy over the past ten years. An indispensable source of practical information it provides readers with step-by-step direction and best practices for preparing defensible EAs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075054

Preparing Participants for Intergenerational InteractionTraining for Success Preparing Participants for Intergenerational Interaction: Training for Success examines established intergenerational programs and provides the training methods necessary for activity directors or practitioners to start a similar program. This book contains exercises that will help you train colleagues and volunteers for these specific programs and includes criteria for activity evaluations. Preparing Participants for Intergenerational Interaction will help you implement programs that enable older adults to build friendships pass down their skills and knowledge to adolescents and provide youths with positive role models.Discussing the factors that often limit the interaction of older adults with youths this text stresses the importance of conveying information and history to younger generations. You will learn why the exchange between different generations is crucial to society and to the improvement of the community in which you live. Preparing Participants for Intergenerational Interaction provides you with proven suggestions and methods that will make your program successful including: examining Howe-To Industries a program that teaches entrepreneurial skills to youths through older adults focusing on activities between older adults and youths that address aging sensitivity and racial and ethnic understanding defining the roles of a mentor including teacher trainer developer of talent and counselor increasing support and understanding in your community by defining target markets and selling the project to the public describing the aspects of group dynamics and how group decisionmaking methods are used to assess the success of the program and its volunteers understanding the community where participants live in order to address issues important to them such as poverty and other social problems Containing sample handouts self-evaluations and detailed lessons for different types of programs this book offers you guidelines that apply to participants that have a variety of needs within different communities. Preparing Participants for Intergenerational Interaction: Training for Success will enable you to help older adults remain an active and essential part of these communities by teaching youths valuable life skills they may not receive from anyone else. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047361

Preparing Psychologists for the 21st CenturyProceedings of the National Conference on Graduate Education in Psychology Sponsored by the American Psychological Association this is a representation of the proceedings of the National Conference on Graduate Education in Psychology. The proceedings begin with general introductory material after which ten major issues are presented and discussed answering such questions as: How can science and practice be combined? Should there be a core or individualized curriculum? What are the implications of the institutional and organizational setting? Are programs responsible for the marketability of their graduates? Major themes cutting across many presentations and recommendations include: the perceived unity or disunity of psychology as it is taught and as it organizationally exists; the acceptance and encouragement of diversity within a unified discipline; the quality of graduate education and its students; and recognition that graduate education involves people as well as curricula. Since the issues covered are of great concern to scientists health service providers and educators alike this book should have a significant impact on the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995222

Preparing School Leaders for the 21st Century The quality and success of schools depend upon school leadership. Increasingly in many countries worldwide this belief has led to designing and implementing appropriate training and development programs for educational leaders. In an international comparative research project current school leader training and development programs in fifteen countries across Europe Asia Australia and North America are analyzed compared and discussed. Preparing School Leaders for the 21st Century provides insights and constructive ideas  for those planning and carrying out school leadership development in different countries and those conducting research in this field. * Part one in the book reflects on roles tasks competences and conceptions of school leadership exploring the changing context in which school leaders find themselves focusing on the new demands on the school leaders and suitable leadership theories. * Part two provides a comparative discussion of the various leadership development models identifying similarities and differences based on a set of criteria selected and going beyond a mere juxtaposition. In describing common issues and challenges it also looks for common solutions and considers what the different countries might be able to learn from each other and successfully transfer. * Part three identifies current international trends deduced from these programs. Nineteen recommendations for designing future programs are outlined and instructive examples of best and promising practice are given. * Part four comprises well structured country reports which provide information about the education system and school system of those countries about recent changes and their impact on school leadership about the overall school leader training and development approach. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780367604547

Preparing Simple Snacks: ColorcardsSequencing Colorcards This is a Colorcard resource aimed at people who have language and/or sequencing difficulties which will allow inclusion in shopping and preparation of simple meals thereby promoting independence. The set contains cards detailing all stages of meal preparation from shopping to cooking and enables those with language difficulties to select the required items in a shop; the correct equipment required for the cooking task; how to prepare the ingredients and using the step by step cards - how to prepare the meal. The contents of this title include: illustrated ingredients card equipment required card step by step ingredient preparation and cooking cards and a recipe card. The meals include: Beans on toast; Jacket Potato; and Simple Sandwiches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889257

Preparing Students for College and CareersTheory Measurement and Educational Practice Preparing Students for College and Careers addresses measurement and research issues related to college and career readiness. Educational reform efforts across the United States have increasingly taken aim at measuring and improving postsecondary readiness. These initiatives include developing new content standards redesigning assessments and performance levels legislating new developmental education policy for colleges and universities and highlighting gaps between graduates’ skills and employers’ needs. In this comprehensive book scholarship from leading experts on each of these topics is collected for assessment professionals and for education researchers interested in this new area of focus. Cross-disciplinary chapters cover the current state of research best practices leading interventions and a variety of measurement concepts including construct definitions assessments performance levels score interpretations and test uses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656284

Preparing Students for Life Beyond CollegeA Meaning-Centered Vision for Holistic Teaching and Learning At a time when STEM research and new technologies are dominating the curricula of colleges and universities this important book refocuses the conversation on holistic education for all students. Organized around the most important and difficult questions that students face Preparing Students for Life Beyond College explores a vision of education that will enable students to talk about universal issues openly and honestly preparing them for life beyond their formal education. Featuring a variety of traditional and innovative pedagogies strategies recommendations and case studies this practical resource provides student affairs practitioners and higher education faculty in a variety of disciplines with concrete approaches for developing campuses and classes that encourage critical thinking and reflection. This exciting book prepares colleges and universities to help students create meaning in their lives—no matter the discipline campus location or delivery system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815032

Preparing Teachers for Inclusive EducationCase Pedagogies and Curricula for Teacher Educators This book--a companion volume to Inclusive Education: A Casebook and Readings for Prospective and Practicing Teachers--is designed to assist instructors in using Inclusive Education as a text for preservice or in-service teacher education courses. Part I (Chapters 1-5) of Preparing Teachers for Inclusive Education provides a general introduction to case pedagogies and chapters describing curricula that teacher educators have developed using cases designed to prepare teachers for inclusive education. Part II provides Teaching Notes that correspond to the 14 cases in Inclusive Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434301

Preparing the Educator in Counselor EducationA Comprehensive Guide to Building Knowledge and Developing Skills Preparing the Educator in Counselor Education is a comprehensive skill development resource for counselor educators looking to engage students develop curriculum and provide effective feedback. Chapters fully aligned with the 2016 CACREP standards and grounded in current research discuss topics including pedagogy identity development classroom diversity student engagement teaching strategies ethical and legal issues gatekeeping and mentoring. The book is replete with guided practice exercises descriptive commentary illustrative case studies and examples from seasoned professionals that provide context humor and encouragement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684850

Preparing to Include Special Children in Mainstream SchoolsA Practical Guide Teachers in both special and mainstream schools have to be confident in their abilities to implement inclusion effectively in order for the child to have any chance of a successful inclusive school career. This book demonstrates how mainstream and special schools can work together in preparing the special school child to succeed in a mainstream environment. It also shows how to prepare existing mainstream pupils and other members of staff involved in or affected by the inclusion process.The author provides photocopiable forms for evaluating pupils' academic and social process and advice on how physical resources such as sensory rooms can enhance the learning opportunities of all pupils. She offers jargon-free communication strategies for effective interaction with the child which is also considered within the framework of the whole-school policy. The book also presents sample lesson plans resource ideas and plans for daily record keeping for use across the curriculum subjects; and suggestions for ways in which special and mainstream schools can work together to enhance the whole curriculum. Any teacher in a mainstream or special school who is concerned about making inclusion really work for their pupils will find this book an invaluable companion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167322

Preparing to MootA Step-by-Step Guide to Mooting Mooting is an increasingly important activity in UK law schools. This is because mooting offers students the opportunity to develop advanced analytical research drafting and advocacy based skills which help to improve their general academic achievement and employability profiles. Tangible evidence of these skills is invaluable in a progressively competitive job market. The ideal guide for the first-time mooter Preparing to Moot provides an accessible systematic and pragmatic approach which demystifies the process. It focuses on analysis research and argument construction as the foundations for successful advocacy and provides students with a working guide to use alongside moot problems in five popular topic areas: criminal law contract law tort law human rights and the law of equity. Through careful use of annotated examples generated by real students and expert tips and advice from the authors the book shows students how to individually analyse research and construct arguments for various advocate positions providing a practical and easy-to-follow overview of how to tackle a moot from analysing a problem initially right up to beginning to advocate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853157

Preparing to Teach WritingResearch Theory and Practice Preparing to Teach Writing Fourth Edition is a comprehensive survey of theories research and methods associated with teaching composition successfully at the middle   secondary and college levels. Research and theory are examined with the aim of informing teaching. Practicing and prospective writing teachers need the information and strategies this text provides to be effective and well prepared for the many challenges they will face in the classroom. Features Current—combines discussions and references to foundational studies that helped define the field of rhetoric and composition with updated research theories and applications Research based—thorough examination of relevant research in education literacy cognition linguistics and grammar Steadfast adherence to best practices based on how students learn and on how to provide the most effective writing instruction A Companion Website provides sample assignments and student papers that can be analyzed using the research and theory presented in the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640572

Prepositions: Colorcards Prepositions 2nd Edition is a valuable resource for building pre-language concepts developing verbal comprehension and expanding expressive language. Comprising 48 fully-updated colour flashcards divided into eight sets of six each set represents a single preposition in a variety of contexts. The concepts and vocabulary shown relate to common circumstances and experiences while the prepositions illustrated aim to teach awareness of space position and movement. This second edition of our bestselling resource contains new modern images that have been selected for use with a wide range of ages interests and language abilities. With the inclusion of modern engaging images this 2nd edition is a valuable intervention to support SLTs SENCOs and teachers develop pupils' comprehension and use of prepositions. Each card also provides other language possibilities in particular the opportunity to develop the use of verbs and expressive language. It may be used effectively with individuals or in group settings and has been developed in conjunction with several highly-experienced speech and language therapists. The included instructions come in nine languages - English Dutch French German Italian Japanese Portuguese Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300682

Prequels Coquels and Sequels in Contemporary Anglophone Fiction This book offers to delineate a key phenomenon in contemporary Anglophone fiction: novel expansion when the plot and characters from a finished novel are retrieved to be developed in new adventures set before after or during the narrative time of the source-text. If autographic and allographic sequels are almost as old as literature prequels – that imagine the anteriority of a narrative – and coquels – that develop secondary characters in the same story time as the source-text – are more recent. The overall trend for novel expansion spread in the mid-1980s and 1990s and has since shown no sign of abating. This volume is organised following three types of relationships to the source-texts even if these occasionally combine to produce a more complex structure. This book comprises 11 essays preceded by an introduction that examine narrative strategies aesthetic ethical and political tendencies underlying these novel expansions. Following the overview provided in the introduction the reader will find case studies of prequels coquels and sequels before a final chapter that encompasses them all and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665586

Pre-Raphaelite MasculinitiesConstructions of Masculinity in Art and Literature Drawing on recent theoretical developments in gender and men’s studies Pre-Raphaelite Masculinities shows how the ideas and models of masculinity were constructed in the work of artists and writers associated with the Pre-Raphaelite movement. Paying particular attention to the representation of non-normative or alternative masculinities the contributors take up the multiple versions of masculinity in Dante Gabriel Rossetti’s paintings and poetry masculine violence in William Morris’s late romances nineteenth-century masculinity and the medical narrative in Ford Madox Brown’s Cromwell on His Farm accusations of ’perversion’ directed at Edward Burne-Jones’s work performative masculinity and William Bell Scott’s frescoes the representations of masculinity in Pre-Raphaelite illustration aspects of male chastity in poetry and art Tannhäuser as a model for Victorian manhood and masculinity and British imperialism in Holman Hunt’s The Light of the World. Taken together these essays demonstrate the far-reaching effects of the plurality of masculinities that pervade the art and literature of the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563216

Pre-reflective ConsciousnessSartre and Contemporary Philosophy of Mind Pre-reflective Consciousness: Sartre and Contemporary Philosophy of Mind delves into the relationship between the current analytical debates on consciousness and the debates that took place within continental philosophy in the twentieth century and in particular around the time of Sartre and within his seminal works. Examining the return of the problem of subjectivity in philosophy of mind and the idea that phenomenal consciousness could not be reduced to functional or cognitive properties this volume includes twenty-two unique contributions from leading scholars in the field. Asking questions such as:Why we should think that self-consciousness is non-reflective?Is subjectivity first-personal? Does consciousness necessitate self-awareness?Do we need pre-reflective self-consciousness?Are ego-disorders in psychosis a dysfunction of pre-reflective self-awareness?How does the Cartesian duality between body and mind fit into Sartre’s conceptions of consciousness? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873882

Preschool and Early Childhood Treatment Directions The provision of early childhood educational and psychological services has been an area of considerable growth over the past 25 years. As a result of far-reaching trends in both public policy and clinical practices there is a growing need for professionals appropriately trained to address the assessment and intervention issues involved in early childhood programming. To take advantage of current opportunities for extending their role and to meet the challenge of early childhood service delivery school psychologists must expand their professional skills and broaden their knowledge base. With the publication of this volume the Advances in School Psychology Series changes to adopt a specific thematic focus and include reviews directly related to a common theme. This volume studies the subject of early childhood education and treatment directions. The chapters address a range of specific topics and research representing advances in the field of early childhood services for school psychology -- allowing school psychologists to examine and integrate current information from multiple perspectives -- educational and sociological as well as psychological. Topics that collectively represent important developments for school psychology include current early childhood education program models preschool handicapped children parental involvement peers and socialization stress and coping and computers and young children. To date more efforts have been directed toward devising and validating instruments that predict failure or success among preschoolers than on designing and evaluating approaches for treating them. Although assessment is critical for meeting individual needs the primary emphasis of this volume is on fostering cognitive academic social and emotional growth of young children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979239

Pre-School Education in the Arab World The organized play of the pre-school child with a group of peers in an educational atmosphere is now recognised as an important element in child development. The Arab states of the Gulf as indeed most of the emerging countries place special emphasis on the education of the young generation and are therefore particularly interested in the creation of pre-school education. This book first published in 1985 highlights the interplay in Kuwait of the traditional Islamic / Arab approach to education with the more Western influenced ideas on the education of the pre-school child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642218

Preschool IQPrenatal and Early Developmental Correlates Originally published in 1975 this volume reports a multidisciplinary longitudinal study of the precursors of intelligence as measured by Stanford-Binet IQ scores of 4-year-old children. Over 26 000 children (more than 12 000 whites and 14 000 blacks) were followed from the prenatal period and 169 prenatal and developmental variables were examined in relation to preschool IQ scores. Considered are the degree to which events during pregnancy and delivery physical and psychomotor development in infancy and childhood and certain major family characteristics were related to IQ scores. The large heterogeneous sample of children studied prospectively and the wide range of biological and social variables investigated made this work of major importance at the time. The level of maternal education and the socioeconomic status of the family were major contributors to explained variance in IQ and had larger effects among whites than among blacks. Other findings relate low IQ at age 4 to delayed motor and mental development in infancy. Many other factors thought to affect IQ scores both individually and in combination are reported to make this a work of importance to all concerned with the neurological and mental development of the child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631700

Pre-school Learning in the CommunityStrategies for Change Much of current educational theory and research at the time was concerned with the effect that pre-school education should have in accelerating development throughout the years of compulsory schooling. This book originally published in 1975 is an important contribution to the debate since it shows how the stages of pre-schooling affect the child the family and the neighbourhood community. The authors point out that pre-school stands at the intersection between the informal socialisation of the home and the more disciplined learning which takes place at school. Much research appears to show that poor progress in primary school results partly from adverse family circumstances; but it reveals just as plausibly that the formal measures of progress used by both the research and our schools are reflecting a limited view of progress and one which does least justice to the norms and values of families which do not share established academic goals. For this reason a cultural shock is experienced by many children on joining school. The authors argue that pre-school as a transitional phase could do much to reduce the shock but that many of the efforts made for the under-fives simply expose them earlier to the contrast between home and school learning situations. They recognise that parents are educators and play a prominent part in the intellectual and social development of their children. They also stress that the effect of pre-school children on the social or psychological well-being of parents and children will be limited unless it takes account of and reaches out to the community to which they belong. The authors offer several alternative approaches to pre-school organisation and content of the time and examine some specific examples such as the Pre-school Playgroup movement and the Leicester Home-Start scheme. The book arose out of the authors’ participation in several educational projects including the Educational Priority Area Project which ran for three years during 1969-71. In particular it draws on their working experience which was based at the Red House Education Centre in a South Yorkshire mining community near Doncaster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488250

Pre-School StartTargeted Intervention for Language Ages 3 and 4 (Reception -1) Pre-School Start is a practical resource that can be used with nursery children who need targeted additional help in developing communication skills. Devised by two speech and language therapists experienced in working with teaching staff the book consists of three sets of 20 session sheets; one set per term. The session sheets are easy-to-follow plans for small groups; designed to be delivered by nursery staff. Pre-School Start offers: an introduction on how to use the Pre-School Start programme programme delivery templates containing all the checklists record sheets and handouts needed to carry out the programme 60 photocopyable session sheets templates for games (colour versions available to download) minimal preparation required. This is an an invaluable resource for teachers and teaching assistants that encourages good collaborative practice between schools speech & language therapists the SENCO and parents. This title is a follow up to School Start: Targeted Intervention for Language and Sound Awareness in Reception Class by Catherine de la Bedoyere & Catharine Lowri (9781909301580) which is a practical resource that can be used with children who need additional help in developing communication skills during the first year of school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301757

Preschool Teachers’ Lives and WorkStories and Studies from the Field Preschool Teachers’ Lives and Work focuses on preschool teachers as people what they do and how they are affected by what they do. Highly politicized and hotly debated preschool today is increasingly focused on comparatively narrow views of school readiness and academic outcomes which are generally in opposition to the broader view of readiness proposed by NAEYC. This powerful book based around interviews and data drawn primarily from Head Start programs illustrates the profound humanity of this profession and underscores the pressing and insistent need for greater investments in teachers’ well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081857

Preschoolers and Substance AbuseStrategies for Prevention and Intervention Find remarkable prevention and treatment strategies for preschool-age children of substance abusers in this informative volume. It provides an overview of the various problems exposure to substance abuse can cause for preschool children. Because of the strong influences parents have on their children early childhood is a critical time for intervention to counteract the damaging effects of alcohol and drug abusing parents. Research shows that attitudes about alcohol and other drugs are already formed by junior high school level and senior high school is too late for significant attitude change. Preschoolers and Substance Abuse promotes preschool age as the ideal time to apply strategies that will aid the family in building the self-esteem trust autonomy and initiative necessary to protect the child from further problems caused by addictive parents. Intervention strategies are presented in a succinct manner making them easy for practitioners health officials government officials and family members to put into immediate practice.This book offers a unique approach to substance abuse treating it as a community and societal problem rather than an individual problem. Intervention and treatment strategies are geared toward the substance abuse problem itself as well as how it impacts children and family systems. The harmful impact of alcohol or drug abusive parents is evaluated for all stages of childhood development from pre-natal influences through infancy and the preschool years. Some of the harmful results of alcohol and drug abuse affecting preschool children addressed in this volume include violence sexual abuse Fetal Alcohol Syndrome and intra-uterine exposure to drugs. The authors outline a comprehensive list of imperatives for a future agenda to protect preschool children from suffering the consequences of their parents’substance abuse. Public health officials decision makers practitioners and legislators will find a series of policy recommendations including increased research substance abuse training for child care workers increased outreach and education for expectant mothers and community-based outreach programs to insure ethnic or socioeconomic sensitivity and appropriateness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820484

Prescribing HIV PreventionBringing Culture into Global Health Communication Critical health communication scholars point out that the acceptance of HIV risk prevention methods are bound inside inequitable structures of power and knowledge. Nicola Bulled’s in-depth ethnographic account of how these messages are selected transmitted and reacted to by young adults in the AIDS-torn population of Lesotho in southern Africa provides a crucial example of the importance of a culture-centered approach to health communication. She shows the clash between traditional western perceptions of how increased knowledge will increase compliance with western ideas of prevention and mixed messages offered by local religious educational and media institutions. Bulled also demonstrates how structural and geographical forces prevent the delivery and acceptance of health messages and how local communities shape their own knowledge of health disease and illness. This volume will be of interest to medical anthropologists and sociologists to those in health communication and to researchers working on issues related to HIV. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323634

Prescribing in General Practice Management controls on prescribing have greater impact on a GP's freedom of choice than on any other matter requiring clinical judgement. However in order to deliver the most effective patient care the GP needs a much broader base of knowledge including for example an understanding of basic pharmacological principles and the process of conducting clinical trials. This book deals systematically with the practical aspects of prescribing throughout primary care. It provides the busy GP with readily-accessible information so that the benefit to patients and the pratice can be maximized. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379784

Prescribing Mental Health MedicationThe Practitioner's Guide Prescribing Mental Health Medication is a text for practitioners who treat mental disorders with medication. It explains the entire process of medication assessment management and follow up for general medical practitioners mental health practitioners students residents prescribing nurses and others perfecting this skill. Already used by providers and training institutions throughout the world the newly revised second edition is completely updated and focuses on the following key issues: How to determine if medication is needed Proper dosing and how to start and stop medication When to change medication Dealing with difficult patients Specific mental health symptoms and appropriate medication Special populations including pregnant women substance abusers children and adolescents and the elderly Monitoring medication with blood levels Management of medication side effects and avoidance of medication risk The misuse of medication Prescription of generic preparations Prescriptions via the Internet telemedicine and electronic medical records Organizing a prescriptive office and record-keeping Completely updated this text includes information on all psychotropic medications in use in the United States and the United Kingdom. It incorporates clinical tips sample dialogues for talking about medications to patients and information specifically relevant in primary care settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536097

Prescribing Our FutureEthical Challenges in Genetic Counseling Genetic counselors translate the findings of scientific investigation into meaningful accounts that enable individuals and families to make decisions about their lives. This collection of original papers explores the history values and norms of that process with some focus on the value of nondirectiveness in counseling practice. The contributors; examination of genetic counseling issues serves as a foundation from which to address other ethical legal and policy considerations in the expanding universe of clinical genetics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351328609

Prescription for LearningLearning Techniques Games and Activities This book consists of more than 400 questions (multiple true-false and extended matching types) covering basic surgical sciences and clinical general surgery in an integrated fashion. As well as all the major areas of surgery other topics covered include pre-operative assessment anaesthesia intensive care trauma surgical oncology and post-operative complications. Short answers to all the questions are included. Although aimed at candidates preparing for Papers 1 and 2 of the new MRCS AFRCS and American Board examinations others such as undergraduate medical students and GPs will also find the book valuable. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385556

Prescriptive Memories in Grief and LossThe Art of Dreamscaping Prescriptive Memories in Grief and Loss: The Art of Dreamscaping introduces a wide range of therapists to a novel strengths-based and imaginal practice for helping clients at various points on the grief and loss continuum. Grounded in recent empirical research on how the emotional brain encodes new memories this book describes how to create a resource-rich "prescriptive memory." Chapters by internationally recognized authors explore the theory and application of dreamscaping from a transdisciplinary perspective including protocols for use with individuals and groups and guidelines for collaboration with other therapists and professionals. Illustrated with full-color dreamscape images co-created by clients and therapists this is an exciting and innovative guidebook to a new method for cultivating hope and promoting restoration and growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138043411

Prescriptive Play TherapyTailoring Interventions for Specific Childhood Problems This book helps practitioners choose from the broad range of play therapy approaches to create a comprehensive treatment plan that meets the individual needs of each child. From leaders in the field the volume provides a flexible roadmap for assessment case formulation and intervention for frequently encountered psychological disorders and adversities. The focus is creating a unique therapy "prescription" that is tailored to the child's presenting problems as well as his or her strengths challenges and developmental level. Contributors present up-to-date knowledge on each clinical problem describe practices that have been shown to be effective and share vivid illustrations of work with 3- to 16-year-olds and their parents.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462541676

Presence & Pre-Expressivity 2 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472952

Presence of Mind in Neurophysiological Processes This book is a study of the simultaneous physiological recordings and psychoanalytic observations when emotional/psychological responses to external stimuli occur pari passu with observed physiological changes. It is the culmination of the author's psychiatric and psychoanalytic work with patients over fifty years and is based on the simple premise that physiological measurements cannot describe the mind and the mind cannot describe physiological processes. In order for us to have a significant knowledge of the object the author argues that we need both and that medical specialists and health professionals (doctors nurses psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychiatrists etc.) need to be trained to adopt a Complementary approach to patients. The complex relationship between mind and body offers vital clues to the individual's condition and only by considering patients both physically and mentally can doctors and psychoanalysts make precise and competent judgements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758858

Presence Of MindEducation And The Politics Of Deception Widely misunderstood and misinterpreted at its most basic level critical pedagogy provides a lens through which educators and students are better able to examine and interact with the real underlying power relationships that structure our world. These educational politics determine how we make meaning of commonplace events the purpose and goals Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317430

Presence Through SoundMusic and Place in East Asia Presence Through Sound narrates and analyses through a range of case studies on selected musics of China Japan Korea Taiwan and Tibet some of the many ways in which music and ‘place’ intersect and are interwoven with meaning in East Asia. It explores how place is significant to the many contexts in which music is made and experienced especially in contemporary forms of longstanding traditions but also in other landscapes such as popular music and in the design of performance spaces. It shows how music creates and challenges borders giving significance to geographical and cartographic spaces at local national and international levels and illustrates how music is used to interpret relationships with ecology and environment spirituality and community and state and nation. The volume brings together scholars from Australia China Denmark Japan Korea Taiwan and the UK each of whom explores a specific genre or topic in depth. Each nuanced account finds distinct and at times different aspects to be significant but in demonstrating the ability of music to mediate the construction of place and by showing how those who create and consume music use it to inhabit the intimate and to project themselves out into their surroundings each points to interconnections across the region and beyond with respect to perception conception expression and interpretation. In Presence Through Sound ethnomusicology meets anthropology literature linguistics area studies and – particularly pertinent to East Asia in the twenty-first century – local musicologies. The volume serves a broad academic readership and provides an essential resource for all those interested in East Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345082

Presencia Terapéutica y Patrones RelacionalesConceptos y Práctica de la Psicoterapia Integrativa La introduccion y los veintiun capitulos de este libro reflejan el continuo desarrollo y perfeccionamiento de Psicoterapia Relacional e Integrativa. Cada capitulo fusiona las ideas de varios marcos teoricos: terapia centrada en cliente terapia gestalt analisis transaccional el psicoanalisis contemporaneo y psicoterapia auto-psicologia asi como las perspectivas inter-subjetivas y co-creativo.La teoria de la "Guion de Vida" sirve como un tema unificador para la elaboracion de los conceptos de la experiencia inconsciente el apego y patrones relacionales la esencialidad de contacto en la relacion y la centralidad de las necesidades relacionales en la practica de la psicoterapia. Este libro comienza con ocho supuestos filosoficos esenciales en la practica de una psicoterapia relacional. Integrado a lo largo de los capitulos es una sensibilidad a los procesos normales del desarrollo y las compensaciones psicologicas que se producen cuando ha habido abandono prolongado y el trauma psicologico. Varias presentaciones de casos ilustran el uso de la investigacion fenomenologica e historica la sintonia y del desarrollo ritmica y la importancia de la presencia terapeutica. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910444092

Present Day Impressions of the Far East (ES 3-vol. set) This is a facsimile reprint of the 1917 edition published in London with over 2 000 photographs. It is a major visual work of reference which explains the modernization of Far Eastern countries. --The entries include China Macao Hongkong Indo-China Malaya Singapore Netherlands India Java Batavia and major modernized cities in the region. --The wide-ranging thematic articles cover subjects including: history culture education religion ethnicity medicine law politics military diplomacy economics finance industry mining agriculture forestry publishing transport and labour. --Includes rare and important photographs (some to be found only in this publication) of early twentieth-century streets and buildings in the pre-War period. --Business data and various statistics are quoted from official sources of information and the detailed descriptive texts are contributed by distinguished scholars. --An indispensable tool for any academic and educational institution with collections on the history of East Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784861661532

Present Day Political Organization of China Originally published in 1910 this work presents a fascinating insight into the government and administration of the China of the day. The period was one of immense change as China's leaders turned the nation towards modernity. As student interpreters to the Imperial Russian Legation the authors had privileged access to the corridors of power and found themselves very much at the heart of the republican ferment that gripped the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515207

Present ImperfectStories By Russian Women The selections in this Anthology overturn Soviet-era taboos with a vengeance. First published in the aftermath of Mikhail Gorbachev's liberalizing reforms these stories revel in the basic commonalities of human experience even as they reassert a peculiarly Russian belief in the spiritual mystical and supernatural. They satirize Soviet literary canons while exploring a full gamut of styles from neorealism to magico-folkloric fantasy. Included in the volume are works by well-known pioneers of the "new women's prose" as well as by less familiar talents. Bold in thematic conception and stylistic experimentation their stories are socially engaged–in the classic Russian literary tradition–and yet at the same time intensely personal. While many of these writers share a feminist outlook their perspectives are vastly disparate and often steeped in a peculiarly post-Soviet irony: In one story for example a girl with no money and no prospects of earning any turns to prostitution–and fails because of her lack of entrepreneurial talent. Yet common to all are recurrent and interwoven motifs of self-discovery sexual power emotional attachment social alienation and vulnerability to uncontrollable forces. The ambiguous ways in which these themes are played out reveal much about what has changed and what remains at the core of a complex culture in transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284176

Present ValuesEssays on Economics and Aspects of Indian Society This volume is about economists economics and issues of concern to Indian society. Some essays are expository and some satirical. Together they offer a commentary on the state of the discipline of economics today and on aspects of contemporary India’s society and polity. The volume affords insights into among other things - the pervasive influence of economists such as Kenneth Arrow and Anthony Atkinson and thinkers such as Tom Paine Jonathan Swift and Dadabhai Naoroji; - the place of markets and game theory (and even crime fiction!) in present-day economics; - the affectations and convoluted mathematisation of a good deal of ‘mainstream’ economics; and - India’s recent political climate and the conduct of various arms of the legislature the executive and the judiciary in the country. Engaging and lucidly written this volume should be of interest to scholars of economics political science development studies South Asian studies and above all the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367481674

Presentation Planning and Media Relations for the Pharmaceutical Industry This title was first published in 2003. Presenting information is a vital part of the job of both the medical director and other senior executives in the pharmaceutical industry and yet the majority receive no training for this. Presentations have to be made internally to colleagues clinical staff marketing and product managers and medical sales representatives; and externally to professional medical specialists and NHS staff the media and the general public. Anyone who manages or communicates adverse news needs to do so quickly and effectively and be prepared to face difficult questions under media scrutiny. In this book John Lidstone an author acknowledged by the industry as an expert in marketing and presentation skills provides readers with the tools and skills to make their presentations and media dealings a success. The book is divided into two parts. Part One Preparing and Delivering Formal Presentations provides extensive practical guidance on the techniques of effective presenting: establishing objectives and preparing the presentation delivering the opening core and conclusion using visual aids and dealing with questions. It also includes a chapter on the skills required for video conferencing. The second part Handling the Media contains invaluable insight and instruction for a pharmaceutical executive facing any element of the media. It draws on the author's extraordinary experience and provides examples and advice with direct relevance to the pharmaceutical industry throughout making this the only specialist book available on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708570

Presentation Planning and Media Relations for the Pharmaceutical Industry This title was first published in 2003. Presenting information is a vital part of the job of both the medical director and other senior executives in the pharmaceutical industry and yet the majority receive no training for this. Presentations have to be made internally to colleagues clinical staff marketing and product managers and medical sales representatives; and externally to professional medical specialists and NHS staff the media and the general public. Anyone who manages or communicates adverse news needs to do so quickly and effectively and be prepared to face difficult questions under media scrutiny. In this book John Lidstone an author acknowledged by the industry as an expert in marketing and presentation skills provides readers with the tools and skills to make their presentations and media dealings a success. The book is divided into two parts. Part One Preparing and Delivering Formal Presentations provides extensive practical guidance on the techniques of effective presenting: establishing objectives and preparing the presentation delivering the opening core and conclusion using visual aids and dealing with questions. It also includes a chapter on the skills required for video conferencing. The second part Handling the Media contains invaluable insight and instruction for a pharmaceutical executive facing any element of the media. It draws on the author's extraordinary experience and provides examples and advice with direct relevance to the pharmaceutical industry throughout making this the only specialist book available on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708488

Presentation Skills for Teachers Teachers are often required to give presentations to adult groups. Covering all aspects of the presentation event this book examines areas such as: overcoming fears of speaking in public; researching the audience and subject; and planning structuring and timing the presentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179837

Presentations with PowerPoint This handy textbook covers all you need to know to get started using Powerpoint for presentations.Learning Made Simple books give you skills without frills. They are matched to the main qualifications and written by experienced teachers and authors to make often tricky subjects simple to learn. Every book is designed carefully to provide bite-sized lessons matched to your needs. Learning Made Simple titles provide both a new colourful way to study and a useful adjunct to any training course. Using full colour throughout and written by leading teachers and writers Learning Made Simple books will help readers learn new skills and develop their talents. Whether studying at college training at work or reading at home aiming for a qualification or simply getting up to speed Learning Made Simple books will give you the advantage of easy well-organised training materials in a handy volume with two or four-page sections for each topic for ease of use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164864

Presenting America's WorldStrategies of Innocence in National Geographic Magazine 1888-1945 National Geographic magazine is probably the most visible and popular expression of geography in the USA. Presenting America's World presents a critical analysis of the world portrayed by National Geographic from its formative years in the nineteenth century through to 1945. It situates the National Geographic Society's development within the context of a new American overseas expansionism interrogates the magazine as America's ubiquitous source of wholesome exotica and erotica examines the ways in which it framed the world for its millions of readers and questions its participation in the cultural work of US global hegemony. The book argues that National Geographic successfully employed 'strategies of innocence' a contradictory stance of representation which simultaneously asserts innocence - either the innocence of 'just watching' or the innocence of altruistic behaviour - while naturalizing Western hegemony. Presenting America's World not only considers the world that National Geographic presented to its readers but also examines the magazine’s own institutional world of writers photographers and editors. Particular attention is paid to Gilbert H. Grosvenor the magazine's editor for over 50 years Maynard Owen Williams a writer and photographer who worked on nearly 100 articles from 1919 to 1960 and Harriet Chalmers Adams a freelancer explorer and Pan-American activist who contributed 21 articles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276598

Presenting on TV and RadioAn insider's guide Aspiring radio and TV presenters will benefit from the informative and entertaining guidance provided by accomplished presenter Janet Trewin. Presenting on TV and Radio is packed with illustrations practical exercises and insider tips for improving your presentation skills and breaking into this competitive industry. Based on the principle that all successful presentation on TV and radio is dependent on uniform skills applicable to both mediums the book begins by explaining basics such as appearance authority body language diction scriptwriting deadlines technology and working with a co-presenter. Valuable insights into key employment issues such as sexism ageism racism and disability are also offered. The different requirements of TV and radio presentation are then examined focusing on each specialist area in detail and with tips from professionals in the business. These include: presenting news in the studio as an anchor and as a reporter on the road; current affairs and features involving live and recorded material; DJ'ing; light entertainment (e.g. game shows and personality programmes); sports presentation; children's programmes; foreign broadcasters and those broadcasting to worldwide audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141377

Presenting Toxicology ResultsHow to Evaluate Data and Write Reports Written in such a way as to make it accessible to toxicologists who do not have English as a first language this book focuses on evaluating interpreting and reporting results of regulatory toxicology studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138473638

Presenting Your Data with SPSS Explained Data Presentation with SPSS Explained provides students with all the information they need to conduct small scale analysis of research projects using SPSS and present their results appropriately in their reports. Quantitative data can be collected in the form of a questionnaire survey or experimental study. This book focuses on presenting this data clearly in the form of tables and graphs along with creating basic summary statistics. Data Presentation with SPSS Explained uses an example survey that is clearly explained step-by-step throughout the book. This allows readers to follow the procedures and easily apply each step in the process to their own research and findings. No prior knowledge of statistics or SPSS is assumed and everything in the book is carefully explained in a helpful and user-friendly way using worked examples. This book is the perfect companion for students from a range of disciplines including psychology business communication education health humanities marketing and nursing – many of whom are unaware that this extremely helpful program is available at their institution for their use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916609

Preservation Tourism and NationalismThe Jewel of the German Past Since its discovery by German romantics and nationalists Rothenburg has been an established icon of the German nation and its medieval past. By tracing Rothenburg's historical development as a place of national importance this book examines the cultural politics of historical preservation and tourism in general. In exploring the shifting practice and importance of tourism in Rothenburg and how this relates to broader debates about German culture and identity Preservation Tourism and Nationalism offers an important and original perspective on the changing dynamics of romanticized historical landscapes and how events are used to further national cultural and political agendas. It also analyses the changing practices of historical preservation and in particular how historic preservation in Rothenburg reflects a desire to make it more historic and more German. With important insights into what it means to be German how Germans relate to the past and how the answers to these questions have changed over time this richly illustrated and detailed volume offers an important narrative of the rise evolution and contestation of memory in German culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246130

Preservation In American Towns And Cities This book provides a glimpse of what has happened in the preservation movement in 130 years from the lawns of Mount Vernon to the row houses of Mount Auburn. It discusses the need to continue refining standards identifying weaknesses and extolling excellence in the marketplace of preservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284183

Preservation of Archaeological Remains In Situ Preservation of Archaeological Remains In-Situ: A Reader reveals to the heritage practitioner (archaeologist conservator inspector of ancient monuments conservation officer) and archaeology and heritage studies student the issues surrounding the preservation of archaeological remains in-situ. Offering contemporary and classic readings it provides professionals and students alike with a strong understanding of contemporary preservation practice. The book illustrates the wide variety of threats to in-situ archaeological remains develops the concept of a holistic appreciation of the threats and appreciates the need to prioritise the appropriate forms of response and to developing appropriation mitigation strategies. Using a careful balance of sources some technical some theoretical some practical as well as case studies to explore the threats and their mitigation it provides a holistic statement on preserving archaeological remains in-situ. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832540

Preservation Of Food By Ionizing RadiationVolume I Food Scientists the world over should keep abreast of advances in konwledge and techniques in this developing new food process. The place to start is with these three volumes which are without question the most comprehensive and the most authoritative source fo information on the basic science and technology yet published on food preservation by the application of ionizing radiation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896908

Preservation Of Food By Ionizing RadiationVolume II Food Scientists the world over should keep abreast of advances in konwledge and techniques in this developing new food process. The place to start is with these three volumes which are without question the most comprehensive and the most authoritative source fo information on the basic science and technology yet published on food preservation by the application of ionizing radiation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896885

Preservation Of Food By Ionizing RadiationVolume III Food Scientists the world over should keep abreast of advances in konwledge and techniques in this developing new food process. The place to start is with these three volumes which are without question the most comprehensive and the most authoritative source fo information on the basic science and technology yet published on food preservation by the application of ionizing radiation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896892

Preservation of Natural Stone and Rock WeatheringProceedings of the ISRM Workshop W3 Madrid Spain 14 July 2007 Natural stone is utilised in monumental works both as a construction material and as a foundation. This volume contains papers and special lectures on monument preservation reflecting a broad spectrum of issues in three different fields: Architecture Civil Engineering and Geology. The topics discussed covered the entire process of preservation and included: - Processes of rock degradation - Stone conservation and treatments - Compatible material for restoration - Preservation and risk assessment - In situ and laboratory testing and monitoring - Rock Mechanics studies and modelling in the context of monuments. - Foundation problems - Rock-slope problems at protected sites - Case histories The workshopPreservation of Natural Stone and Rock Weathering was held in Madrid in July 2007 within the framework of the 11th International Congress of the ISRM. Consultants researchers designers and contractors as well as a great variety of professionals in many public and private agencies will benefit from this volume that brings an updated view of the technical problems of the preservation of stone monuments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138465800

Preserving Archaeological Remains in SituProceedings of the 4th International Conference This book is an outcome of the conference on preserving archaeological remains in situ in Denmark. The conference focuses on long-term studies of degradation and monitoring of archaeological sites preserved in situ in urban rural and marine environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885915

Preserving Archives A brand new and fully updated edition of this seminal work on archival preservation.Access to archival material – the documentary heritage of people all over the world that gives them their identity and ensures their rights – is dependent on the survival of fragile materials: paper parchment photographic materials audiovisual materials and most recently magnetic optical and increasingly digital formats. The primary importance of such survival is widely acknowledged but sometimes overlooked in a rush to provide ever better means of access. But without the basic material no services can be offered. Preservation is at the heart of archival activity.Archivists in all types of organizations face questions on how to plan a preservation strategy in less than perfect circumstances or deal with a sudden emergency. This book considers the causes of threats to the basic material outlines the preservation options available and offers flexible solutions applicable in a variety of situations. It offers a wide range of case studies and examples from international specialists. This revised edition includes additional material on digital preservation and green building as well as a new chapter on the management and training of volunteers reflecting a key concern for many archival institutions.Key topics are: Understanding archival materials and their characteristics Managing digital preservation Archive buildings and their characteristics Safeguarding the building and its contents Managing archival storage Managing risks and avoiding disaster Creating and using surrogates Exhibiting archives Handling the records Managing a pest control programme Training and the use of volunteers Putting preservation into practice. Readership: Archivists librarians curators and enthusiasts trained and untrained in museums local studies centres and voluntary societies in need of good clear advice. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048231

Preserving Archives A brand new and fully updated edition of this seminal work on archival preservation. Access to archival material – the documentary heritage of people all over the world that gives them their identity and ensures their rights – is dependent on the survival of fragile materials: paper parchment photographic materials audiovisual materials and most recently magnetic optical and increasingly digital formats. The primary importance of such survival is widely acknowledged but sometimes overlooked in a rush to provide ever better means of access. But without the basic material no services can be offered. Preservation is at the heart of archival activity. Archivists in all types of organizations face questions on how to plan a preservation strategy in less than perfect circumstances or deal with a sudden emergency. This book considers the causes of threats to the basic material outlines the preservation options available and offers flexible solutions applicable in a variety of situations. It offers a wide range of case studies and examples from international specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303199

Preserving Complex Digital Objects This ground-breaking edited collection explores the challenges of preserving complex digital objects such as simulations visualisations digital art and video games. Drawing on the outputs of the JISC-funded Preservation of Complex Objects (POCOS) symposia enhanced with specialist pathfinder solutions this book will cover topics such as the legal and technical challenges of preservation curation and authority and digital archaeology   Written by international experts from a broad background of library collecting institutions information and computer science and digital preservation backgrounds this collection showcases the state of the art of the discipline and brings together stakeholder perspectives from across the preservation community. The collection is structured around six parts: Why and what to preserve: creativity vs preservation The memory institution: data archival perspectives Digital preservation approaches practices and tools Case studies A legal perspective Pathfinder conclusions   Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302994

Preserving Complex Digital Objects This ground-breaking edited collection explores the challenges of preserving complex digital objects such as simulations visualisations digital art and video games.Drawing on the outputs of the JISC-funded Preservation of Complex Objects (POCOS) symposia enhanced with specialist pathfinder solutions this book will cover topics such as the legal and technical challenges of preservation curation and authority and digital archaeology.Written by international experts from a broad background of library collecting institutions information and computer science and digital preservation backgrounds this collection showcases the state of the art of the discipline and brings together stakeholder perspectives from across the preservation community. The collection is structured around six parts:Why and what to preserve: creativity vs preservationThe memory institution: data archival perspectivesDigital preservation approaches practices and toolsCase studiesA legal perspectivePathfinder conclusionsReadership: Academics and students on digital preservation digital humanities and information management courses and those working in preservation and collecting for memory institutions will find this a valuable read. It will also be of particular interest to computer scientists artists games and emulation communities archaeologists and digital forensic scientists.This ground-breaking edited collection explores the challenges of preserving complex digital objects such as simulations visualisations digital art and video games. Drawing on the outputs of the JISC-funded Preservation of Complex Objects (POCOS) symposia enhanced with specialist pathfinder solutions this book will cover topics such as the legal and technical challenges of preservation curation and authority and digital archaeology. Written by international experts from a broad background of library collecting institutions information and computer science and digital preservation backgrounds this collection showcases the state of the art of the discipline and brings together stakeholder perspectives from across the preservation community. The collection is structured around six parts; 1) Why and what to preserve: creativity vs preservation; 2) The memory institution: data archival perspectives; 3) Digital preservation approaches practices and tools; 4) Case studies; 5) A legal perspective; 6) Pathfinder conclusions. Academics and students on digital preservation digital humanities and information management courses and those working in preservation and collecting for memory institutions will find this a valuable read. It will also be of particular interest to computer scientists artists games and emulation communities archaeologists and digital forensic scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049580

Preserving Dance Across Time and Space Dance is the art least susceptible to preservation since its embodied kinaesthetic nature has proven difficult to capture in notation and even in still or moving images. However frameworks have been established and guidance made available for keeping dances performances and choreographers’ legacies alive so that the dancers of today and tomorrow can experience and learn from the dances and dancers of the past. In this volume a range of voices address the issue of dance preservation through memory artistic choice interpretation imagery and notation as well as looking at relevant archives legal structures documentation and artefacts. The intertwining of dance preservation and creativity is a core theme discussed throughout this text pointing to the essential continuity of dance history and dance innovation. The demands of preservation stretch across time geographies institutions and interpersonal connections and this book focuses on the fascinating web that supports the fragile yet urgent effort to sustain our dancing heritage. The articles in this book were originally published in the journal Dance Chronicle: Studies in Dance and the Related Arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841734

Preserving New YorkWinning the Right to Protect a City’s Landmarks Preserving New York is the largely unknown inspiring story of the origins of New York City’s nationally acclaimed landmarks law. The decades of struggle behind the law its intellectual origins the men and women who fought for it the forces that shaped it and the buildings lost and saved on the way to its ultimate passage span from 1913 to 1965. Intended for the interested public as well as students of New York City history architecture and preservation itself over 100 illustrations help reveal a history richer and more complex than the accepted myth that the landmarks law sprang from the wreckage of the great Pennsylvania Station. Images include those by noted historic photographers as well as those from newspaper accounts of the time. Forgotten civic leaders such as Albert S. Bard and lost buildings including the Brokaw Mansions are unveiled in an extensively researched narrative bringing this essential episode in New York’s history to future generations tasked with protecting the city’s landmarks. For the first time the story of how New York won the right to protect its treasured buildings neighborhoods and special places is brought together to enjoy inform and inspire all who love New York. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979260

Preserving Our HeritagePerspectives from Antiquity to the Digital Age Drawing on historical texts this all-encompassing accessible volume provides a comprehensive understanding of preservation for librarians archivists and museum specialists. By grounding key readings in context Michele V. Cloonan offers students and professionals an overview of longevity reversibility enduring value and authenticity of information preservation. In considering the history and context of preservation she provides significant insight into conservation historic preservation moving images and other cultural heritage institutions. The text is divided into eight themes designed to provide specific readings in context with this broad subject:History and context CollectionsRisks to cultural heritage ConservationFrameworks for digital preservationPreservation policyEthics and valuesMulticultural issuesSustainabilityEach section includes historical works that form the basis of contemporary thinking and practices readings from a variety of fields that are primarily concerned with the preservation of cultural heritage and hard-to-find publications that shed new light on how to approach contemporary problems. The author's selections and insightful commentary on each comprise a truly global and current view of preservation.Readership: Students and researchers in archives museums and libraries courses around the world. Drawing on historical texts this all-encompassing accessible volume provides a comprehensive understanding of preservation for librarians archivists and museum specialists. By grounding key readings in context Michele V. Cloonan offers students and professionals an overview of longevity reversibility enduring value and authenticity of information preservation. In considering the history and context of preservation she provides significant insight into conservation historic preservation moving images and other cultural heritage institutions. The text is divided into eight themes designed to provide specific readings in context with this broad subject: • History and context• Collections• Risks to cultural heritage• Conservation• Frameworks for digital preservation• Preservation policy• Ethics and values• Multicultural issues• Sustainability. Each section includes historical works that form the basis of contemporary thinking and practices readings from a variety of fields that are primarily concerned with the preservation of cultural heritage and hard-to-find publications that shed new light on how to approach contemporary problems. The author’s selections and insightful commentary on each comprise a truly global and current view of preservation. Readership: Students and researchers in archives museums and libraries courses around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049467

Preserving Popular Music HeritageDo-it-Yourself Do-it-Together There is a growing awareness around the world of the pressing need to archive the material remnants of popular music so as to safeguard the national and local histories of this cultural form. Current research suggests that in the past 20 or so years there has been an expansion of DIY heritage practice with the founding of numerous DIY popular music institutions archives and museums around the world. This edited collection seeks to explore the role of DIY or Pro-Am (Professional-Amateur) practitioners of popular music archiving and preservation. It looks critically at ideas around "DIY preservationism " "self-authorised" and "unauthorised" heritage practice and the "DIY institution " while also unpacking the potentialities of bottom-up community-based interventions into the archiving and preservation of popular music’s material history. With an international scope and an interdisciplinary approach this is an important reference for scholars of popular music heritage studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231958

Presidency and Domestic PolicyComparing Leadership Styles FDR to Obama This book systematically examines the first terms of every president from FDR to Barack Obama and assesses the leadership style and policy agenda of each. Success in bringing about policy change is shown to hinge on the leadership style and skill in managing a variety of institutional and public relationships. The second edition of this timely book adds chapters on George W. Bush and Obama and focuses on the significant domestic policy challenges of their respective times. The authors have reconfigured the analytical framework of the book to take into account the 'dynamic opportunity structure' that emerged during the George W. Bush administration. The Presidency and Domestic Policy provides unique insights into contemporary presidential leadership in a highly partisan age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612053028

President and Power in NigeriaThe Life of Shehu Shagari First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995246

President Barack ObamaA More Perfect Union Barack Obama's "improbable quest" has become a fact of American life and a benchmark in American history. Striving now toward "a more perfect union " Obama and the nation confront obstacles unforeseen at the outset of the 2008 electoral campaign. John K. Wilson tracks the sweep of this progress from the beginning of Obama's political career through his move into the White House. With his critical journalistic eye and his sympathetic "native son" perspective Wilson shows us a side of Obama we haven't seen as well as a view of the media we need to understand-even more now as the Obama administration begins to govern. The paperback edition of this popular book includes a new introduction updates throughout and two new chapters on the electoral victory and the transition from campaigning into governing. New photos and new insights include a focus on the continued importance of race in American politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632612

President Donald Trump and His Political DiscourseRamifications of Rhetoric via Twitter President Donald Trump and His Political Discourse brings together a diverse collection of perspectives on President Trump’s Twitter rhetoric. Truly unique in its in-depth exploration the volume demonstrates the ways in which international and U.S. relations media and "fake news " and marginalized groups among other things have been the subject of President Trump’s tweets. It also features qualitative–quantitative analyses evaluating tweet patterns broader language shifts and the psychology of President Trump’s Twitter voice. The purpose of this collection is not only to analyze the language used but also to consider the ramifications of the various messages on both individual and global levels for which Trump is both celebrated and criticized. Interdisciplinary in approach this collection is a useful resource for students in political rhetoric and communication international relations linguistics journalism leadership studies and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489066

President McKinley War and EmpirePresident McKinley and America's New Empire This second volume of President McKinley War and Empire assesses five theories that have dominated analysis of modern societies in the last century--liberalism Marxism mass society pluralism and elitism--in accounting for an aberrant event in American history: the Spanish-American War. President McKinley and the Coming of the War 1898 volume 1 of this definitive history considered the origins of that war. This second volume is concerned with the war's outcome; the settlement in which the U.S. gained an "empire."The book begins by reviewing various expansionist episodes in U.S. history--some successes some failures--and by analyzing the complexities support and opposition involved in expansionism. It then examines the work of expansionist writers men said to have "driven" the 1898-99 movement finding these claims to be questionable.Hamilton assesses McKinley's decision-making in regard to the settlement of the Spanish-American War including the influences that might have moved him as well as his own justifications. He then reviews the subsequent achievements: the size and character of the new American "empire;" trade flows the Philippine experience and U.S. efforts in China--supposedly the prime goal of the new imperialism. Many contemporary writers anticipated great possibilities in China but that "fabled" market remained minuscule throughout the following century. Much American trade continued to be with Western Europe while the biggest change in U.S. exports went largely unnoticed--Canada became the nation's number one trading partner.In much historical writing McKinley is portrayed as little more than a "front man" for Mark Hanna the adept businessman-politician who organized and led his presidential campaign aided by generous financial contributions from business leaders across the nation. Hanna certainly was a leading figure in McKinley's career but the assumption that his influence was controlling is not justified as has been shown in recent research. McKinley was far more than a figurehead easily manipulated by representatives of "the interests." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513587

President McKinley War and EmpirePresident McKinley and the Coming of War 1898 The "progressive" reading of history focuses on two major antecedents for the origins of the United States' 1898 war with Spain: the 1896 presidential election and the Hearst-Pulitzer press war that reportedly generated an irresistible clamor from an "aroused public." Underlying those narratives are two very different theoretical frameworks: a class-dominance view and that of the mass society. Volume 1 of President McKinley War and Empire assesses the adequacy of those readings.In the 1896 election the Republicans led by William McKinley were challenged by William Jennings Bryan a radical and an inflationist who had defeated the conservative leaders of the Democratic Party. The Bryanites portrayed the 1896 election as a struggle between "Wall Street" and "the people." McKinley was portrayed as a docile pliable figure whose campaign was directed by an adept Ohio business magnate Mark Hanna. The McKinley victory meant that "big business" was now "in control."The Cuban insurgency begun in 1895 gained attention and support from the American newspapers. This began with a circulation war in New York City with Hearst and Pulitzer publishing "sensational" reports about the struggle in Cuba. The resulting public clamor it is said overwhelmed the members of the legislative and executive branches. McKinley and his advisors fended off those demands as best they could but following the sinking of the Maine he conceded and asked Congress to authorize intervention.This work provides an original assessment of those long-standing claims the basic elements of the progressive history. It reviews McKinley's biography principally the events leading up to his election victory including discussion of Hanna's role. It then examines the events leading up to the war. Studies of press content are reviewed and new material is introduced. The work also argues that two other factors were decisive: the efforts of an adept Cuban pressure group and partisan politics. The theoretical implications are explored and an alternative framework elitism is argued. The result is a different a more complex view of the origins of the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513570

President Roosevelt and the Coming of the War 1941Appearances and Realities Conceived by Charles Beard as a sequel to his provocative study of American Foreign Policy in the Making 1932-1940 President Roosevelt and the Coming of the War outraged a nation permanently damaging Beard's status as America's most influential historian.Beard's main argument is that both Democratic and Republican leaders but Roosevelt above all worked quietly in 1940 and 1941 to insinuate the United States into the Second World War. Basing his work on available congressional records and administrative reports Beard concludes that FDR's image as a neutral peace-loving leader was a smokescreen behind which he planned for war against Germany and Japan even well before the attack on Pearl Harbor.Beard contends that the distinction between aiding allies in Europe like Great Britain and maintaining strict neutrality with respect to nations like Germany and Japan was untenable. Beard does not argue that all nations were alike or that some did and others did not merit American support but rather that Roosevelt chose to aid Great Britain secretly and unconstitutionally rather than making the case to the American public. President Roosevelt shifted from a policy of neutrality to one of armed intervention but he did so without surrendering the appearance the fiction of neutrality. This core argument makes the work no less explosive in 2003 than it was when first issued in 1948. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530683

Presidential Administration and the EnvironmentExecutive Leadership in the Age of Gridlock After sweeping environmental legislation passed in the 1970s and 1980s the 1990s ushered in an era when new legislation and reforms to existing laws were consistently caught up in a gridlock. In response environmental groups became more specialized and professional learning how to effect policy change through the courts states and federal agencies rather than through grassroots movements. Without a significantly mobilized public and with a generally uncooperative Congress presidents since the 1990s have been forced to step into a new role of increasing presidential dominance over environmental policies. Rather than working with Congress presidents instead have employed unilateral actions and administrative strategies to further their environmental goals. Presidential Administration and the Environment offers a detailed examination of the strategies and tools used by U.S. presidents. Using primary sources from presidential libraries such as speeches and staff communications David M. Shafie analyzes how presidents such as Bill Clinton and George W. Bush have used alternative executive approaches to pass environmental policies. From there Shafie presents case studies in land management water policy toxics and climate change. He analyzes the role that executive leadership has played in passing policies within these four areas explains how this role has changed over time and concludes by investigating how Obama’s policies compare thus far with those of his predecessors. Shafie’s combination of qualitative content analysis and topical case studies offers scholars and researchers alike important insights for understanding the interactions between environmental groups and the executive branch and the implications for future policymaking in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124714

Presidential Campaigns And American Self Images This volume explores a central political paradox: why American scholars journalists and citizens periodically question the viability of their presidential electoral system and yet believe that presidential elections are our best hope for tomorrow. The book argues that the key to understanding this paradox lies in the concept of "self-image " exploring relationships between campaign activities and political culture. After presenting an introduction to the history of presidential campaigning and a theory of political image the book arranges essays in three parts: images centered on candidates mass media and the public. A final essay assesses explanations of the contrasts between the 1988 and 1992elections and suggests tomorrow's research agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284190

Presidential Communication and CharacterWhite House News Management from Clinton and Cable to Twitter and Trump This book traces the evolution of White House news management during America’s changing media environment over the past two decades. Comparing and contrasting the communication strategies of Bill Clinton George W. Bush Barack Obama and Donald Trump it demonstrates the difficulty that all presidents have in controlling their messages despite a seemingly endless array of new media outlets and the great advantages of the office. That difficulty is compounded by new media’s amplification of presidential character traits for good or ill. Facebook Twitter and YouTube notwithstanding presidential power still resides in the "power to persuade " and that task remains a steep challenge. More than ever presidential character matters and the media presidents now employ report on the messenger as much as the message. The book also looks at the media strategies of candidates during the 2016 presidential campaign puts presidential media use in global context and covers the early phase of the Trump administration the first true Twitter presidency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212237

Presidential DocumentsWords that Shaped a Nation from Washington to Obama In this lively authoritative collection Thomas J. McInerney presents famous and lesser-known speeches letters and other important documents from every U.S. president from George Washington to Barack Obama.   Whether printed in full or excerpted these history-making documents are an invaluable resource as well as a fascinating browse. Including familiar documents such as the Emancipation Proclamation to personal correspondence such as a letter from George H.W. Bush to his children this collection brings together the famous statements that came to represent each administration with intimate glimpses into the thought processes of various presidential leaders.   Now in its second edition Presidential Documents has been re-designed to increase its usefulness in the classroom. Part openers introduce each era of the American presidency with a concise political and historical overview highlighting the challenges each leader faced and placing the documents in context. Whether used as a complement to an American history survey text or as a collection of primary documents for courses on the American Presidency Presidential Documents provides an engrossing look at the work of the leaders of the United States in all their complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895750

Presidential Framing in the 21st Century News MediaThe Politics of the Affordable Care Act The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act came into existence at a time when the president’s ability to lead the public was in question political polarization had intensified and the media environment appeared ever more fragmented fast-moving and resistant to control. Under such circumstances how can contemporary American presidents such as Barack Obama build and maintain support for themselves and their policies particularly as controversies arise? Using case studies of major contests over how key elements of the Affordable Care Act would be framed and analysis of how those frames fared in influential and popular U.S. news sources Hopper examines the conditions under which the president can effectively shape public debates today. She argues that despite the difficult political and communications context the president retains substantial advantages in framing major controversial issues for the media and the public. These presidential framing advantages are conditional however and Hopper explores the factors that help make presidential frames more or less likely to gain hold in the news today. More so than in the past an element of unpredictability in this news environment means that in pursuing favorable messaging the president and his surrogates may also generate some unintentional consequences in how issues are portrayed to the public. Presidential frames can evolve with unfolding events to take on new meanings and applications a process facilitated alternately by supporters opponents and media actors. Still media figures and political opponents remain largely reactive to presidential communications even as some seek to publicize and exploit weaknesses in the administration’s narratives. A close look at these recent cases casts new light on the scholarly debate surrounding the president’s ability to persuasively communicate and challenges conventional wisdom that the 21st century media largely present an unmanageable news environment for the White House. Presidential Framing in the 21st Century News Media engages with current events in American politics focusing on the Obama Administration and the Affordable Care Act while also reflecting upon the state of the American presidency the news media and the public in ways that have substantial implications for all of these actors not merely in the present but into the future making it a compelling read for scholars of Political Science Media Studies Communication Studies and Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202375

Presidential Leadership and African Americans"An American Dilemma" from Slavery to the White House Presidential Leadership and African Americans examines the leadership styles of eight American presidents and shows how the decisions made by each affected the lives and opportunities of the nation’s black citizens. Beginning with George Washington and concluding with the landmark election of Barack Obama Goethals traces the evolving attitudes and morality that influenced the actions of each president on matters of race and shows how their personal backgrounds as well as their individual historical economic and cultural contexts combined to shape their values judgments and decisions and ultimately their leadership regarding African Americans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814257

Presidential Leadership and National SecurityThe Obama Legacy and Trump Trajectory This book assesses the foreign policy legacy of the Obama administration through the lens of national security and leadership. Timely accessible chapters authored by leading scholars of presidential and international politics cover White House-Cabinet relations; Congress and War Powers; challenges including the Iran nuclear deal ISIS and the closing of Guantanamo Bay; drone strikes; the New Cold War with Russia; and the ways in which the Obama foreign policy legacy shaped the 2016 presidential election. In particular the book explores the philosophical basis of counter-terrorism strategy in the Obama administration and traces how precepts differed from the administration of George W. Bush. More generally the book contributes to an understanding of the distinctive interplay between the formal constitutional powers of the president and the use of informal executive powers in the quest for peace and security. Finally the book surveys the challenges that Donald J. Trump faces in the transition to the new presidential administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284203

Presidential Leadership in an Age of Change The American public hungers for a heroic leader. From John F. Kennedy to George W. Bush every American president has left office either under a cloud or as a failed leader. Michael A. Genovese argues that presidents are set up for failure; it is not specific presidents but the presidency itself that is the problem.The presidency was designed to prevent tyranny through a system of separation of powers that inhibits presidents from exercising sufficient power to meet the demands and expectations that developed over time. Each new president dreams of success only to be crushed by the paralytic weight of vetoes and roadblocks. As they fail to meet expectations Americans turn on them making their already precarious position much worse. Given the perilous nature of the office Genovese examines the skills required to achieve success and the roles of power and persuasion. He also examines how globalization and the rapid pace of change contribute to the decline of presidential power.This accessible synthesis of scholarship is geared toward an audience that is hungry to unravel the dilemmas of presidential leadership. Students of the presidency will find it insightful; general readers will find it illuminating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862561

Presidential Leadership in CrisisDefining Moments of the Modern Presidents from Franklin Roosevelt to Donald Trump Crises pose a challenge to leaders beyond any other tests they confront. In this comprehensive and timely book veteran journalist Kenneth T. Walsh offers a probing look at how presidents from Franklin D. Roosevelt to Donald Trump dealt with crises they faced. Including domestic as well as international issues and assassination attempts this book stands apart from other accounts of presidents in crisis. Walsh is in search of lessons we can learn and his findings focus on the presidential attributes and skills that matter most in trying times. This expertly crafted elegantly written book is appropriate for a variety of college courses and will find its way onto the reading lists of ambitious politicians and interested citizens alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429492

Presidential LeadershipThe Political Relations of Congress and the Chief Executive The nature of the presidency is an issue that has been debated since the drafting of the United States Constitution. The Federalists felt a strong executive was the backbone and prime mover of a strong government. On the other side the Anti-Federalists felt the presidency represented monarchical tendencies and could potentially subvert republican government. How does executive leadership fit in with a limited government with enumerated powers? Does the Constitution require a containment of executive power even during times of crisis or do times of crisis warrant an abandonment of a strict legalistic reading of the document?In Presidential Leadership Pendleton Herring contends that an energetic president is not a threat to existing democratic government "rightly understood." He does not advance an entirely Wilsonian response to the Founders on presidential leadership in which the federal government is seen as a pyramid with the president at its apex and the British parliamentary system is seen as the model. Nor does he reject the Founders' constitutional design. Rather Herring's conception of presidential leadership requires an executive who has a mastery of administration. The existing system is sufficiently plastic to be able to cope with any national crisis--but the president must be able to work within that system in the most efficient manner possible.Sidney Pearson in his comprehensive new introduction to this classic work shows how Herring merges the views of the Founding Fathers with the Liberal-Progressives. He explains that Herring's model of a strong president is one who knows how to grasp opportunities as they arise and then use them for the common good. Presidential Leadership is a pioneering study of the American presidency that established the standard for presidential scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530690

Presidential Personality And Performance This book which examines the leadership styles and decisionmaking practices of presidents from Woodrow Wilson to Bill Clinton reflects the authors interest for over half a century in the impact of personality on the political behavior of our political leaders. Its contents range from the story of the Georges collaboration on their pioneering stud Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299675

Presidential Policies and the Road to the Second Iraq WarFrom Forty One to Forty Three By virtually any means of measurement postwar Iraq has become a more bloodied and embattled settlement than ever envisaged. But were the seeds of these problems sown long before military force had been committed? This lucid and detailed examination of US foreign policy evaluates the continuity and divergence in the strategies of the Bush Clinton and Bush Jr administrations and their efforts to respond to the Iraqi threat and how those strategies have bequeathed a legacy of problems to those trying to rebuild a postwar Iraq. Offering the most comprehensive analysis of the dynamics that paved the way for renewed conflict in Iraq the book provides a descriptive account of attempts to confront a host of political pressures from the need for international cooperation in postwar Iraq to dealing with the influx of foreign fighters and their quest to force American withdrawal. This essential volume provides analysts observers and policy makers with guidelines and prescriptions about the future of postwar Iraq and detailed analysis of lessons learned both during and after the military and reconstruction phases. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602073

Presidential Policymaking: An End-of-century AssessmentAn End-of-century Assessment A comprehensive overview of the president's policy-making role and the way this role structures the president's interaction with other institutions of government. The book concludes with a discussion of the issues of accountability and policy leadership. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315292854

Presidential Polls And The News Media Most news media are "data rich but analysis poor" when it comes to election polling. Since election polls clearly have the power to influence campaigns and election post-mortems it is important that "spin" not take precedence over significance in the reporting of poll results. In this volume experts in the media and in academe challenge the conventional approaches that most news media take in their poll-based campaign coverage. The book reports new research findings on news coverage of recent presidential elections and provides a myriad of examples of how journalists and news media executives can improve their analysis of poll data thereby better serving our political processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284220

Presidential Power and AccountabilityToward a Presidential Accountability System Many analysts now believe that the growth of presidential war power relative to Congress is irreversible. This book was written to contest that view. Its purpose is to identify what would be required to restore presidential war power to constitutional specifications while leaving the president powerful enough to do what is truly necessary in the face of any emergency. Buchanan focuses mainly on diagnosing the origins of the problem and devising practical ways to work toward restoration of the constitutional balance of power between Congress and the president. The work begins by showing the lack of clear widely shared standards whose enforcement is needed to sustain the balance of power and draws on the thinking of the founders and political theorists to crystallize such standards. Next it details how in the absence of standards agents such as Congress and the Supreme Court with formal influence on presidents and informal agents such as media and public opinion have unwittingly enabled unnecessary power expansion such as the presidential 'wars of choice'. Of course change of this magnitude cannot be expected to happen quickly. Remedies necessarily involve a reform architecture intended to unfold gradually with the first step being simply to start a focused conversation (another purpose of this book). Buchanan moves toward specific remedies by identifying the structure and strategy for a new think tank designed to nudge the political system toward the kind of change the book recommends. Lastly the book shows how a fictional policy trial could take a practical step toward in rebalancing the war power. This is a crucial examination of presidential power and the U.S. separation of powers system with a focused effort on making a course correction toward the kind of power sharing envisioned in the Constitution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536554

Presidential Power in Russia This is the first major assessment of the role of the presidency in Russia's difficult transition form communist rule. Huskey analyzes the establishment and functioning of the Russian presidency as an institution and in relation to the other leading institutions of state: the government parliament courts and regional authorities. Although this is not a biography of the first president Boris Yeltsin his allies and his rivals loom large in the study of a critical phase in the creation of a new Russian political system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482217

Presidential PowerTheories and Dilemmas Presidential power is perhaps one of the most central issues in the study of the American presidency. Since Richard E. Neustadt's classic study first published in 1960 there has not been a book that thoroughly examines the issue of presidential power. Presidential Power: Theories and Dilemmas by noted scholar John P. Burke provides an updated and comprehensive look at the issues constraints and exercise of presidential power. This book considers the enduring question of how presidents can effectively exercise power within our system of shared powers by examining major tools and theories of presidential power including Neustadt's theory of persuasion and bargaining as power constitutional and inherent powers Samuel Kernell's theory of going public models of historical time and the notion of internal time. Using illustrative examples from historical and contemporary presidencies Burke helps students and scholars better understand how presidents can manage the public's expectations navigate presidential-congressional relations and exercise influence in order to achieve their policy goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349671

Presidential Relations with Congress The presidential-congressional relationship is the most important and vivid of all the inter-branch relationships. It defines presidential activities priorities and successes. No president from Eisenhower to Nixon to Reagan has been able to ignore or denigrate that relationship.  Presidential Relations with Congress provides a succinct analysis of contemporary presidential-congressional relations in the post-World War II era. Richard S. Conley underscores what scholars have learned about presidents' interactions with Congress over time the factors that account for success and the methodologies that can measure success. He weaves the "bargaining" "institutional constraint" and "personality" perspectives of presidential relations with Congress alongside case studies of individual presidents' approaches including agenda success veto politics and Supreme Court nominations. Presidential Relations with Congress emphasizes the changing nature of internal dynamics in Congress as well as the importance of party control of both the White House and Capitol Hill. This engaging addition to the Presidential Briefings series provides students scholars and observers of presidential politics with an accessible and readable tool for analyzing and evaluating presidents' varied styles successes and failures in their relationships with Congress. Each chapter features specific examples of past presidents' approaches to influencing Congress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864411

Presidential Rhetoric from Wilson to ObamaConstructing crises fast and slow Over the past century presidential constructions of crises have spurred recurring redefinitions of U.S. interests as crusading advance has alternated with realist retrenchment. For example Harry Truman and George W. Bush constructed crises that justified liberal crusades in the Cold War and War on Terror. In turn each was followed by realist successors as Dwight Eisenhower and Barack Obama limited U.S. commitments but then struggled to maintain popular support. To make sense of such dynamics this book synthesizes constructivist and historical institutionalist insights regarding the ideational overreactions that spur shifts across crusading excesses and realist counter-reactions. Widmaier juxtaposes what Daniel Kahneman terms the initial "fast thinking" popular constructions of crises that justify liberal crusades the "slow thinking" intellectual conversion of such views in realist adjustments and the tensions that can lead to renewed crises. This book also traces these dynamics historically across five periods – as Wilson’s overreach limited Franklin Roosevelt to a reactive pragmatism as Truman’s Cold War crusading incited Eisenhower’s restraint as Kennedy-Johnson Vietnam-era crusading led to Nixon’s revived realism as Reagan’s idealism yielded to a Bush-Clinton pragmatism and as George W. Bush’s crusading was followed by Obama’s restraint. Widmaier concludes by addressing theoretical debates over punctuated change historical debates over the scope for consensus and policy debates over populist or intellectual excesses. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of U.S. Foreign Policy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790902

Presidential Road ShowPublic Leadership in an Era of Party Polarization and Media Fragmentation In The Presidential Road Show: Public Leadership in an Era of Party Polarization and Media Fragmentation Diane J. Heith evaluates presidential leadership by critically examining a fundamental tenet of the presidency: the national nature of the office. The fact that the entire nation votes for the office seemingly imbues the presidency with leadership opportunities that rest on appeals to the mass public. Yet presidents earn the office not by appealing to the nation but rather by assembling a coalition of supporters predominantly partisans. Moreover once in office recent presidents have had trouble controlling their message in the fragmented media environment. The combined constraints of the electoral coalition and media environment influence the nature of public leadership presidents can exercise. Using a data set containing not only speech content but also the classification of the audience Diane J. Heith finds that rhetorical leadership is constituency driven and targets audiences differently. Comparing tone content and tactics of national and local speeches reveals that presidents are abandoning national strategies in favor of local leadership efforts that may be tailored to the variety of political contexts a president must confront. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594518515

Presidentialism in TurkeyInstability and Change Parliamentarism has been a presiding characteristic of the Turkish political tradition since the 1876 Ottoman constitution. In 1923 with the founding of the Turkish Republic modern parliamentarism was implemented in Turkey. Since that time Turkish politics has been turbulent with four military coups a number of short-lived multiparty coalitions and several ineffective governments. Many scholars have argued that the main reason for this instability is the parliamentary system of government so Turkey must therefore adopt a presidential system. Presidentialism in Turkey uses both quantitative analysis and country-based comparisons to explore whether such a change might solve Turkey’s main political problems or if it might in fact create more problems for the nation. The relationship between government systems and political economic and social development is explored in a time-series analysis covering the period 1975–2014 for Turkey. It is argued that during this time period the parliamentary system was better than the presidential system at boosting economic and political development whereas the presidential system provides better social development. Furthermore a country-based analysis in which Turkey is compared with other states that have used a presidential system at some point since 1975 highlights that each country has its own specific characteristics that affect its economic and political success. Thus a regime transformation to a presidential system will not necessarily improve Turkey’s economic political and social development. By including a comparison of all presidential parliamentary and semi-presidential systems this book helps to shed new light on what is a very controversial topic in Turkey. It will therefore be a key resource for students and scholars of Turkish studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885977

Presidents Governors and the Politics of Distribution in Federal DemocraciesPrimus Contra Pares in Argentina and Brazil Tensions between central authorities and subnational units over centralization and fiscal autonomy are on top of the political agenda in many developing federal countries. This book examines historical changes in the balance between the resources that presidents and governors control and the policy responsibilities they have to deliver. It focuses on Argentina and Brazil the most decentralized federal countries in Latin America with the most powerful sub-national governments in the region. Using formal modelling statistical tools and comparative historical analyses it examines substantive shifts in the allocation of resources and the distribution of administrative functions and explains under which conditions these changes occur. In doing so it presents theoretical and comparative implications for the study of fiscal federalism and the functioning of developing federal democracies. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of federalism intergovernmental relations decentralization and sub-national politics and more broadly to those studying comparative politics democratization political elites public policy and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487345

Presidents Oligarchs and BureaucratsForms of Rule in the Post-Soviet Space Over the last decade the "transition paradigm" which is based on the conviction that authoritarian political systems would over time necessarily develop into democracies has been subjected to serious criticism. The complex political and societal developments in the post-Soviet region in particular have exposed flaws in the claim that a shift from authoritarianism to democracy is inevitable. Using case studies from the post-Soviet region a broad range of international contributors present an original and innovative contribution to the debate. They explore the character of post-Soviet regimes and review the political transformations they have experienced since the end of the Cold War. Through a combination of theoretical approaches and detailed empirical analysis the authors highlight the difficulties and benefits of applying the concepts of hybrid regimes competitive authoritarianism and neopatrimonialism to the countries of the post-Soviet space. Through this in-depth approach the authors demonstrate how "Presidents Oligarchs and Bureaucrats" in the region lead their countries examine the sources of their legitimacy and their relationship to the societies they govern and advance the general theoretical debate on regime change and transition paths. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278790

Presidents Secretaries Of State And Crises In U.s. Foreign RelationsA Model And Predictive Analysis This book presents a new approach to analyzing the impact of individuals on U.S. foreign policy and reports the results of this analysis for all post-World War II presidents and secretaries of state including President Carter and Secretary of State Vance. Its compelling but fundamentally simple theme suggests that it may be unnecessary to adopt traditional models of psychology in order to predict the behavior of foreign-policy decision makers. Earlier studies based on these models are either too judgmental to be predictively useful or too abstract to be relevant to the policy process itself. In contrast the underlying assumption here is that the information necessary to make accurate predictions is more easily obtainable and understandable than once thought. The methods employed to test Dr. Falkowski's predictive model are easy to understand and to replicate. The results indicate a strong relationship between variations in the memories of leaders and their abilities to adopt flexible courses of action when faced with crisis situations. This relationship exists for all presidents and secretaries of state studied suggesting that it is possible to predict the behavior of new or potential leaders before they are faced with crisis decisions. The implications of these results are far-reaching and might be directly applicable to the selection of new leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284237

Presidents and Democracy in Latin America This new textbook provides students with a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the presidents and presidential leadership in Latin America. Unlike other texts Presidents and Democracy in Latin America integrates both political analysis and major theoretical perspectives with extensive country-specific material. Part One examines the developments in recent years in Latin American presidentialism and identifies different characteristics of society and politics which have influenced Latin American governments. The personalization of political life and of presidential government help to illustrate the character of Latin American politics specifically on the type of political career of those who occupied the presidential office the leadership style of these presidents and the type of government which they led. Part Two studies two presidents in each of six countries in the region which reflect the broad trends in the political and electoral life: Argentina Brazil Chile Colombia Mexico and Peru. Each case study first provides the biographical background of the president; it outlines the political career of the president both inside and outside of a party including at the local level; the popularity of the president at the time of the presidential election is given as well as the mode of selection of the candidates (selection by party leaders only by party members or by a primary). The relation of the president with the government or ministers especially if there is a coalition government is detailed. This textbook will be essential reading for all students of Latin American Politics and is highly recommended for those studying executive politics political leadership and the state of democratic governance in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082090

Presidents and the MediaThe Communicator in Chief Is Donald Trump’s "War on the Media" new news fake news or business as usual? Presidents have always "used" the media and felt abused by it. Tried and true vehicles such as press conferences routine speeches and the State of the Union address have served presidents’ interests and received significant coverage by the print media. As new technologies have entered the media spectrum the speed and pervasiveness of these interactions have changed dramatically. President Obama ushered in the social media presidency while President Trump has become the tweeter-in-chief. This book shows how each of these developments affects what is communicated and how it is received by the public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479814

Presocratic PhilosophyEssays in Honour of Alexander Mourelatos This book presents some of the most recent trends and developments in Presocratic scholarship. A wide range of topics are covered - from the metaphysical to the moral to the methodological - as well as a broad a range of authors: from recognized figures such as Heraclitus and Parmenides to Sophistic thinkers whose place has traditionally been marginalized such as Gorgias and the author of the Dissoi Logoi. Several of the pieces are concerned with the later reception and influence of the Presocratics on ancient philosophy an area of study important both for the light it sheds on our evidence for Presocratic thought and for understanding the philosophical power of their ideas. Drawing together contributions from distinguished authorities and internationally acclaimed scholars of ancient philosophy this book offers new challenges to traditional interpretations in some areas of Presocratic philosophy and finds new support for traditional interpretations in other areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888329

Presocratic Reflexivity: The Construction of Philosophical Discourse c. 600-450 B.C.Logological Investigations: Volume Three In this third Volume of Logological Investigations Sandywell continues his sociological reconstruction of the origins of reflexive thought and discourse with special reference to pre-Socratic philosophy and science and their socio-political context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879966

Presocratics The earliest phase of philosophy in Europe saw the beginnings of cosmology and rational theology metaphysics epistemology and ethical and political theory. It saw the development of a wide range of radical and challenging ideas: from Thales' claim that magnets have souls and Parmenides' account that there is only one unchanging existent to the development of an atomist theory of the physical world. This general account of the Presocratics introduces the major Greek philosophical thinkers from the sixth to the middle of the fifth century BC. It explores how we might go about reconstructing their views and understanding the motivation and context for their work as well as highlighting the ongoing philosophical interest of their often surprising claims. Separate chapters are devoted to each of the major Presocratic thinkers including Xenophanes Heraclitus Parmenides Anaxagoras Empedocles Leucippus and Democritus and an introductory chapter sets the scene by describing their intellectual world and the tradition through which their philosophy has been transmitted and interpreted. With a useful chronology and guide to further reading the book is an ideal introduction for the student and general reader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711911

Presocratics-Arg Philosophers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510592

Press and PublicWho Reads What When Where and Why in American Newspapers This book reviews the challenges that face American newspapers at the end of the 1980s after a decade of circulation losses for many dailies and several decades of accelerating social change. It describes how content of newspapers is changing in the context of a discussion of the nature of news. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063957

Press Freedom in AfricaComparative perspectives This book gives an overview of current debates surrounding press freedom in Africa in response to ongoing contestations between media and governments on the continent. Through case studies of individual African countries as well as international comparisons a wide range of global contributors provide critical assessments of the state of press freedom on the continent and critical perspectives on the dominant discourses around freedom and democracy. Some fear an alarming slide towards a media-intolerant environment in South Africa and the proposed Media Appeals Tribunal and the Protection of State Information Bill (POSIB) have met with strong criticism from journalism practitioners and educators. This book examines these and other recent developments seen to represent a threat to press freedom on the African continent. Contributors to the volume take a comparative look at the situation in South Africa within a broader global context of transitions to democracy and globalised marketization of the media as well as inspecting specific African examples that may serve to illuminate broader trends. Case studies from different African countries are examined but in the process the discourses around press freedom are also subjected to critical scrutiny. Critics state that the South African media are not without fault and that part of journalism scholarship’s role is to continue to point to these shortcomings and to suggest ways of improving the media’s democratic responsibility. Press Freedom in Africa provides a range of perspectives on the heated debates surrounding press freedom. It illustrates the importance of research-based scholarly interventions into the often emotional and rhetorical debates surrounding the role of the media in African society. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ecquid Novi: African Journalism Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008939

Press Freedom in Contemporary Asia This book analyzes the constraints on press freedom and the ways in which independent reporting and reporters are at risk in contemporary Asia to provide a barometer of democratic development in the region. Based on in-depth country case studies written by academics and journalists and some who straddle both professions from across the region this book explores the roles of mainstream and online media and how they are subject to abuse by the state and vested interests. Specific country chapters provide up-to-date information on Bangladesh Kashmir Malaysia Myanmar Nepal Pakistan Sri Lanka Taiwan Thailand and Vietnam as well as on growing populist and nationalist challenges to media freedom in the Philippines India Indonesia and Japan. The book includes a theoretical chapter pulling together trends and common constraints facing newsrooms across Asia and a regional overview on the impact of social media. Three chapters on China provide insights into the country’s tightening information environment under President Xi Jinping. Moreover the legal environment of the media political and external pressures economic considerations audience support and journalists’ standards and ethics are explored. As an international and interdisciplinary study this book will appeal to undergraduates graduates and scholars engaged in human rights media studies democratization authoritarianism and Asian Studies as well as Asia specialists journalists legal scholars historians and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584846

Press Freedom in Contemporary Japan In twenty-first century Japan there are numerous instances of media harassment intimidation censorship and self-censorship that undermine the freedom of the press and influence how the news is reported. Since Abe returned to power in 2012 the recrudescence of nationalism under his leadership has emboldened right-wing activists and organizations targeting liberal media outlets journalists peace museums and ethnic Korean residents in Japan. This ongoing culture war involves the media school textbooks constitutional revision pacifism and security doctrine. This text is divided into five sections that cover: Politics of press freedom; The legal landscape; History and culture; Marginalization; PR public diplomacy and manipulating opinion. Press Freedom in Contemporary Japan brings together contributions from an international and interdisciplinary line-up of academics and journalists intimately familiar with the current climate in order to discuss and evaluate these issues and explore potential future outcomes. It is essential reading for anyone wishing to understand contemporary Japan and the politics of freedom of expression and transparency in the Abe era. It will appeal to students academics Japan specialists journalists legal scholars historians political scientists sociologists and those engaged in human rights media studies and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647039

Press Silence in Postcolonial ZimbabweNews Whiteouts Journalism and Power This book focuses on news silence in Zimbabwe taking as a point of departure the (in)famous blank spaces (whiteouts) which newspapers published to protest official censorship policy imposed by the Rhodesian government from the mid-1960s to the end of that decade. Based on archived news content the author investigates the cause(s) of the disappearance of blank spaces in Zimbabwe’s newspapers and establishes whether and how the blank spaces may have been continued by stealth and proposes a model of doing journalism where news is inclusive just and less productive of blank spaces. The author explores the broader ramifications of news silences tacit or covert on society’s sense of the world and their place in it. It questions whether and how news media continued with the practice of epistemic deletions and continue to draw on the colonial archive for conceptual maps with which to define and interpret contemporary postcolonial realities and challenges in Zimbabwe. This book will be of interest to scholars researchers and academics researching the press in contemporary Africa critical media analysis media and society studies and news as discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367252250

Pressing Issues of Inequality and American Indian Communities A much-needed indispensable volume for anyone involved in the social services or human services field Pressing Issues of Inequality and American Indian Communities supplies you with vital information that will assist you in offering culturally sensitive services to your clients. You will gain a new perspective from the blending of traditional academic research with the voices of those most intimately affected. From Pressing Issues of Inequality and American Indian Communities you will learn proven methods that will help you offer successful and effective services to your Native American clients.Pressing Issues of Inequality and American Indian Communities reveals the stark realities facing American Indian people today. Through this compelling book you will gain new insight into the challenges presented to Native Americans and how to help your clients face these challenges by: learning how to assist American Indian families through an increased understanding of the new time-limited welfare assistance that generally only impacts them if they live off the reservation examining how poverty and a lack of infrastructure and social services exacerbates the problems Navajo women face when leaving violence in their homes using the positive power of language through case examples of American Indian women to understand how stories and their implications change significantly depending on if they are interpreted from a deficit or strength perspectiveFrom the information in Pressing Issues of Inequality and American Indian Communities you will gain new insight into specific problems facing American Indian people including welfare reform’s devastating effects on American Indians trying live off the reservation and the impact of reservation isolation on domestic violence. The information in Pressing Issues of Inequality and American Indian Communities will help you provide culturally sensitive services to Native Americans and assist them in increasing their quality of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979277

Pressure and Temperature Well Testing The book comprises two parts: Pressure and Flow Well Testing (Part I) and Temperature Well Testing (Part II) and contains numerous authors’ developments. Due to the similarity in Darcy’s and Fourier’s laws the same differential diffusivity equation describes the transient flow of incompressible fluid in porous medium and heat conduction in solids. Therefore it is reasonable to assume that the techniques and data processing procedures of pressure well tests can be applied to temperature well tests. The book presents new methods to determine the formation of permeability and skin factors from tests conducted in simulated wells designing interference well tests processing constant bottom-hole pressure tests estimation of the formation temperature and geothermal gradients from temperature surveys and logs in-situ determination of the formation thermal conductivity and contact thermal resistance of boreholes temperature regime of boreholes (cementing of production liners) and the recovery of thermal equilibrium in deep and superdeep wells. Processing and analysis of pressure and geothermal data are shown on numerous field examples from different regions of the world.The book is intended for students engineers and researchers in the field of hydrocarbon geophysics and geology groundwater searching and exploitation and subsurface environment examination. It will be also useful for specialists studying pressure and temperature in parametric deep and superdeep wells. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377328

Pressure for the PoorThe Poverty Lobby and Policy Making Originally published in 1987 Pressure for the Poor looks at the debate surrounding the role of pressure groups in policy making. It closely relates theories of pressure group behaviour with the findings of research into the poverty lobby in the UK. The analysis is based on interviews with leading activists in more than forty interest groups which are all concerned with trying to influence social security policies of government in the field of income maintenance. The book examines the origins and maintenance of such a wide range of interest groups in in this field the strategies they pursue and their impact on policy outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608825

Pressure Groups in British Politics Pressure groups are an important influence on modern politics with people feeling strongly about single issues willing to protest lobby and petition for their cause. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144200

Pressure ProofingHow to Increase Personal Effectiveness on the Job and Anywhere Else for that Matter Do you feel uneasy when you try to relax? Are you overwhelmed by the deadlines you have to meet? Do you get rattled when things don’t go your way? Are you inpatient with people who work more slowly than you? Do you often get angry? Do you feel things are hopeless? Do you feel like not getting out of bed instead pulling the covers over your head? More and more people have these reactions in spite of the fact that we know more about pressure anxiety anger and depression and in spite of the fact that computers are supposed to make our lives and jobs easier. For the individual these unhealthy reactions can lead to deteriorating health and a variety of social problems. For an organization it often means low employee morale and declining productivity. In Pressure Proofing Dr. Klarreich tackles the many people problems in the workplace and anywhere else for that matter. He shows how to identify the thoughts that bring on unhealthy reactions and how to turn those thoughts around by debunking. Drawing on years of experience as a clinical psychologist Dr. Klarreich then shows us using quizzes case histories and practical programs how these reactions can be conquered so that we can regain our health productivity and personal effectiveness. Pressure Proofing provides an inspiring empowering and engaging approach to addressing these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979284

Pressure Through Law Group litigation has been recognised by political scientists in the States as a useful method of gaining ground and attracting publicity for pressure groups since the turn of the century. In Britain however recognition that the courts fill such a role has come more slowly. Despite this lack of recognition pressure through law is far from a modern phenomenon. As the authors show such cases can be identified in Britain as early as 1749 when abolitionists used the court to test conflicting views of slavery in common law. This book looks at the extent to which pressure groups in Britain use litigation presenting a view of the courts as a target for campaigners and a vehicle for campaigning. It begins with a description of the tradition of pressure through law in Britain tracing the development of a parallel tradition in the United States which has been influential in shaping current British attitudes. The authors analyse the significance of the political environment in Britain in test-case strategy. In contrast with America Britain has no written constitution and no Bill of Rights and its lack of Freedom of Information legislation makes both litigation and the monitoring of its effects very difficult. However the centralised character of the British government means that the effects of lobbying are rather more visible in the corridors of power. The authors examine a large number of case studies in order to analyse current practice and they look at the rapidly changing European and international scene discussing transnational law the European community and the Council of Europe. They also look at the campaign tactics of global organisations such as Amnesty and Greenpeace. Carol Harlow and Richard Rawlings are experienced in public law and familiar with political science literature. They are therefore able to relate legal systems to the political process in a book designed to be accessible and important to lawyers to political scientists and to lobby group activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995253

Pressure Vessel DesignConcepts and principles This book derives from a 3 day intensive course on Pressure Vessel Design given regularly in the UK and around the world since 1986. It is written by experts in their field and although the main thrust of the Course has been directed to BS5500 the treatment of the material is of a general nature thus providing insight into other national standards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865382

Pressuremeters in Geotechnical Design The use of pressuremeters in predicting in situ soil properties is increasing as the technique becomes established as a reliable method of site investigation. This book provides a thorough review of the topic and its use in site investigation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863869

Pressure-Sensitive Formulation Growing interest in the formulation of pressure-sensitive adhesives as described in the first edition of this book ( Pressure-Sensitive Formulation VSP 2000) required a new enlarged edition including the design of pressure-sensitive adhesives as a separate volume. Developments in the understanding of pressure sensitivity were necessary to use macromolecular chemistry for pressure-sensitive design. Such developments include polymer physics and contact mechanics. Progress in coating technology especially in in-line coating- and synthesis opened new ways for the design of pressure-sensitive adhesives and products as well. Actually pressure-sensitive-products with and without adhesives compete requiring a broad variety of material formulations and the corresponding manufacturing technology. The first volume of the book examines the theoretical aspects of pressure-sensitive design based on macromolecular chemistry macromolecular physics rheology and contact mechanics. The second volume describes the practical aspects of pressure-sensitive design and formulation related to product application. The advances in the various domains are described by specialists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429070907

Prestatehood Legal MaterialsA Fifty-State Research Guide Including New York City and the District of Columbia Volumes 1 & 2 Explore the controversial legal history of the formation of the United StatesPrestatehood Legal Materials is your one-stop guide to the history and development of law in the U.S. and the change from territory to statehood. Unprecedented in its coverage of territorial government this book identifies a wide range of available resources from each state to reveal the underlying legal principles that helped form the United States. In this unique publication a state expert compiles each chapter using his or her own style culminating in a diverse sourcebook that is interesting as well as informative.In Prestatehood Legal Materials you will find bibliographies references and discussion on a varied list of source materials including: state codes drafted by Congress county state and national archives journals and digests state and federal reports citations surveys and studies books manuscripts papers speeches and theses town and city records and documents Web sites to help your search for more information and morePrestatehood Legal Materials provides you with brief overviews of state histories from colonization to acceptance into the United States. In this book you will see how foreign countries controlled the laws of these territories and how these states eventually broke away to govern themselves. The text also covers the legal issues with Native Americans inter-state and the Mexico and Canadian borders and the development of the executive legislative and judicial branches of state government.This guide focuses on materials that are readily available to historians political scientists legal scholars and researchers. Resources that assist in locating not-so-easily accessible materials are also covered. Special sections focus on the legal resources of colonial New York City and Washington DC—which is still technically in its prestatehood stage. Due to the enormity of this project the editor of Prestatehood Legal Materials created a Web page where updates corrections additions and more will be posted. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203822623

Prester John: The Legend and its Sources The legend of Prester John has received much scholarly attention over the last hundred years but never before have the sources been collected and coherently presented to readers. This book now brings together a fully-representative set of texts setting out the many and various sources from which we get our knowledge of the legend. These texts spanning a time period from the Crusades to the Enlightenment are presented in their original languages and in English translation (for many it is the first time they have been available in English). The story of the mysterious oriental leader Prester John ruler of a land teeming with marvels who may come to the aid of Christians in the Levant held an intense grip on the medieval mind from the first references in twelfth-century Crusader literature and into the early-modern period. But Prester John was a man of shifting identity being at different times and for different reasons associated with Chingis Khan and the Mongols with the Christian kingdom of Ethiopia with China Tibet South Africa and West Africa. In order to orient the reader each of these iterations is explained in the comprehensive introduction and in the introductions to texts and sections. The introduction also raises a thorny question not often considered: whether or not medieval audiences believed in the reality of Prester John and the Prester John Letter. The book is completed with three valuable appendices: a list of all known references to Prester John in medieval and early modern sources a thorough description of the manuscript traditions of the all-important Prester John Letter and a brief description of Prester John in the history of cartography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879044

Prestige in Academic LifeExcellence and exclusion The achievement of academic excellence is inherently competitive. Deliberate government policies globalisation and changes in communication technologies mean that competitiveness in the academic world is sharper than ever before. At the centre of this is the seeking of prestige at all levels from the national system to the individual. Prestige in Academic Life aims to increase understanding of motivation in universities by exploring the part that prestige plays for good and ill. The book’s focus on motivation and prestige helps to answer fundamental questions that run through much discussion on universities such as why some problems are never solved; why change can be so difficult to achieve; and how individuals and groups can enable it to happen. Issues explored include: • What role does prestige play in academic life? • How does prestige play out in the working lives of academics students administrators and institutional leaders? • How can the positive aspects of prestige be encouraged and the negative ones diminished? University leaders and managers academics administrators and students indeed all who are interested in universities will find this valuable reading. It will help those in leadership positions to enhance the efficiency effectiveness and wellbeing of their institutions and will support academic staff in negotiating their career path. Paul Blackmore is Professor of Higher Education in the International Centre for University Policy Research Policy Institute at King’s at King’s College London. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884946

Prestige Television and Prison in the Age of Mass IncarcerationA Wall Rise Up Television shows that we might call ‘prestige television’ represent prison in ways that are sometimes reductive sometimes powerful and sometimes exceedingly complex. This book examines various programmes across the genres of drama comedy and horror that utilize prison or places of incarceration as a central theme or setting to show how they conform to or challenge the standard conversation about the prison industrial complex and the common understanding of prisons as violent spaces where we house the worst among us. Drawing on the work of Angela Davis Doran Larson Dylan Rodriguez Michelle Alexander and Lisa Guenther the author presents focused studies of Orange Is the New Black Rectify American Horror Story and The Walking Dead (along with briefer discussions of The 100 police procedurals and popular sitcoms) to explore the responsibility of television to represent prison in as authentic a fashion as possible the exploitation of the incarcerated in reductive representations of prison and the shifting nature of the national conversation about prison as it is depicted on screen. As such  the book will appeal to scholars of cultural and media studies criminology and sociology with interests in incarceration and representations of prison in popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234512

Prestressed Concrete Design Prestressed concrete is widely used in the construction industry in buildings bridges and other structures. The new edition of this book provides up-to-date guidance on the detailed design of prestressed concrete structures according to the provisions of the latest preliminary version of Eurocode 2: Design of Concrete Structures DD ENV 1992-1-1: 1992. The emphasis throughout is on design - the problem of providing a structure to fulfil a given purpose - but fundamental concepts are also described in detail. All major topics are dealt with including prestressed flat slabs an important and growing application in the design of buildings. The text is illustrated throughout with worked examples and problems for further study. Examples are given of computer spreadsheets for typical design calculations. Prestressed Concrete Design will be a valuable guide to practising engineers students and research workers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863555

Prestressed Concrete Design to Eurocodes Ordinary concrete is strong in compression but weak in tension. Even reinforced concrete where steel bars are used to take up the tension that the concrete cannot resist is prone to cracking and corrosion under low loads. Prestressed concrete is highly resistant to stress and is used as a building material for bridges tanks shell roofs floors buildings containment vessels for nuclear power plants and offshore oil platforms. With a wide range of benefits such as crack control low rates of corrosion thinner slabs fewer joints and increased span length; prestressed concrete is a stronger safer more economical and more sustainable building material. The introduction of the Eurocodes has necessitated a new approach to the design of prestressed concrete structures and this book provides a comprehensive practical guide for professionals through each stage of the design process. Each chapter focuses on a specific aspect of designFully consistent with Eurocode 2 and the associated parts of Eurocodes 1 and 8Examples of challenges often encountered in professional practice worked through in full Detailed coverage of post-tensioned structuresExtensive coverage of design of flat slabs using the finite element methodExamples of pre-tensioned and post-tensioned bridge designAn introduction to earthquake resistant design using EC 8Examining the design of whole structures as well as the design of sections through many fully worked numerical examples which allow the reader to follow each step of the design calculations this book will be of great interest to practising engineers who need to become more familiar with the use of the Eurocodes for the design of prestressed concrete structures. It will also be of value to university students with an interest in the practical design of w Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865474

Prestressed Concrete Designer's Handbook The third edition of this authoritative handbook provides the structural designer with comprehensive guidance on prestressed concrete and its effective use covering materials behaviour analysis and design of prestressed elements. It includes numerous examples design charts and details of post-tensioning systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138470378

Prestressed Concrete-Lined Pressure TunnelsTowards Improved Safety and Economical Design Hydropower can be a source of sustainable energy provided environmental considerations are taken into account and economic aspects of hydropower design are appropriately addressed. Using concrete-lined pressure tunnels instead of steel pipes may be economically attractive but may also have limitations due to the low tensile strength of concrete. Cracking in concrete tunnel linings can lead to loss of energy production extensive repairs and even accidents. One of the techniques available to improve the bearing capacity of pressure tunnels is through prestressing the concrete lining by grouting the circumferential gap between the concrete lining and the rock mass at high pressure. A classical approach to determine the bearing capacity of such tunnels is based on the theory of elasticity assuming impervious concrete. In this research a new concept is introduced to assess the effect of seepage on the bearing capacity of pressure tunnels. Also an innovative approach is proposed to explore the effects of the in-situ stress ratio on the lining performance. Distinction is made based on whether the rock mass behaves as an elasto-plastic isotropic or elastic anisotropic material. Furthermore a simplified method is introduced to quantify seepage associated with cracks around the tunnel which is useful for assessing tunnel stability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028531

Presuppostion & Transcendental Inference Originally published in 1985. This book is about a single famous line of argument pioneered by Descartes and deployed to full effect by Kant. That argument was meant to refute scepticism once and for all and make the world safe for science. 'I think so I exist’ is valid reasoning but circular as proof. In similar vein Kant argues from our having a science of geometry to Space being our contribution to experience: a different conclusion arrived at by a similar fallacy. Yet these arguments do show something: that certain sets of opinions if professed show an inbuilt inconsistency. It is this second-strike capacity that has kept transcendental arguments going for so long.  Attempts to re-build metaphysics by means of such transcendental reasoning have been debated. This book offers an introduction to the field and ventures its own assessment in non-technical language without assuming previous training in logic or philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422462

Presurgical Psychological Screening in Chronic Pain SyndromesA Guide for the Behavioral Health Practitioner Pain is an unfortunate daily experience for many individuals. Chronic pain -- lasting six or more months -- is suffered by approximately 30% of the population in the United States. These individuals wake up function during the day and go to sleep trying to keep pain at a minimum while at the same time maintaining some quality of life. They may make frequent visits to the doctor and the pharmacy. When they find relief it is usually short-lived and comes at a cost such as dependence on narcotic medications or complete limitation of activity. Pain often becomes the central point of their existence. This practice guide describes an approach to psychological evaluation of the chronic pain patient who is being considered for surgery. A large body of research is accumulating which demonstrates that the outcome of surgical procedures aimed at chronic pain relief can be strongly influenced by psychological and emotional factors. This approach termed "presurgical psychological screening" (PPS) uses interview and testing techniques to identify emotional behavioral and psychosocial difficulties which have been demonstrated to negatively impact surgical outcome. Studies show that even patients with clearly identifiable pathophysiology may respond poorly to surgery due to issues such as pain sensitivity medication dependence rewards for pain behavior and personality style. Thus some insurance carriers rehabilitation nurses and state worker's compensation systems are encouraging or even requiring presurgical psychological screening in cases of surgery designed to relieve chronic pain. The first to present a comprehensive unified approach to PPS in chronic pain syndromes this text is designed to provide the behavioral health practitioner as well as the trainee with all the tools and information necessary to conduct PPS evaluations. It identifies a multitude of risk factors for poor surgical outcome and reviews research associated with each risk factor. Hands-on techniques for eliciting information from the patient about risk factors is also detailed. Toward this end the practice guide also contains a number of forms and session outlines which can be directly utilized or which can be altered to fit readers' needs. Models for weighing and combining surgical outcome risk factors are also provided. Thus practitioners are able to reach valid and reliable predictions of surgical results. Finally the text provides outlines of psychological interventions which can facilitate surgical outcome as well as surgical treatment alternatives. Upon completion of this practice guide readers should be able to begin providing PPS evaluations which are scientifically valid clinically sound and which result in significant overall improvement in the treatment of chronic pain syndromes. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805832

Pretend Play Among 3-year-olds translated by Hermina and Morris Sinclair This book was written by a group of researchers with a common theoretical-constructivist-framework and using the same methods of naturalistic observation and data analysis. They considered that collective pretend play would provide excellent opportunities for understanding young children's thinking especially when play arose spontaneously in a familiar environment. In such play children often manifest types of knowledge that cannot be captured through experimental work or by observation in adult-devised situations. Spontaneous play brings out children's own preoccupations their know-how in negotiating with one another in order to make sustained play possible their ability to construct coherent sequences and their often surprising insight into adult behavior. Play sequences are reported in full and sometimes dramatic detail in each of the chapters. Different activities were elicited by different situations though all were observed in the familiar environment of day-care centers. Different situations -- play with toys such as cups spoons and dolls with pieces of cloth string and cardboard with grass pebbles and swings in the yard or with hand-held puppets -- allow the authors to discover often unsuspected knowledge among three-year-olds: communicative socio-affective societal and psycho-social. At the same time the authors underline the similarity of the interactive construction processes. The data and their analyses provide a solid base for two of Piaget's theoretical arguments: peer interaction leads to collaborative processes at an early age and collaboration leads to objective knowledge via the attribution of shared meanings to jointly constructed experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876361

Pretend Play As ImprovisationConversation in the Preschool Classroom Everyday conversations including gossip boasting flirting teasing and informative discussions are highly creative improvised interactions. Children's play is also an important often improvisational activity. One of the most improvisational games among 3- to 5-year-old children is social pretend play--also called fantasy play sociodramatic play or role play. Children's imaginations have free reign during pretend play. Conversations in these play episodes are far more improvisational than the average adult conversation. Because pretend play occurs in a dramatized fantasy world it is less constrained by social and physical reality. This book adds to our understanding of preschoolers' pretend play by examining it in the context of a theory of improvisational performance genres. This theory derived from in-depth analyses of the implicit and explicit rules of theatrical improvisation proves to generalize to pretend play as well. The two genres share several characteristics: * There is no script; they are created in the moment. * There are loose outlines of structure which guide the performance. * They are collective; no one person decides what will happen. Because group improvisational genres are collective and unscripted improvisational creativity is a collective social process. The pretend play literature states that this improvisational behavior is most prevalent during the same years that many other social and cognitive skills are developing. Children between the ages of 3 and 5 begin to develop representations of their own and others' mental states as well as learn to represent and construct narratives. Freudian psychologists and other personality theorists have identified these years as critical in the development of the personality. The author believes that if we can demonstrate that children's improvisational abilities develop during these years--and that their fantasy improvisations become more complex and creative--it might suggest that these social skills are linked to the child's developing ability to improvise with other creative performers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138995260

Pretend the World Is Funny and ForeverA Psychological Analysis of Comedians Clowns and Actors First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802947

PretextsReflections on Literature and Morality Most of Andre Gide's richly-varied literary output has long been available to American readers. Only one aspect of his protean career has been lacking in translation: the essays the publication of which will go far to explain why Gide holds in France such high rank as a critic. Many of the essays in Pretexts: Reflections on Literature and Morality were provoked by events in the cultural and political world of twentieth-century France a turbulent setting that produced a lasting literature. These essays are vintage Gide informed by his characteristic spirit his hard brilliance pointed honesty and the enduring relevance of his concerns.Readers of his Journals will be prepared for the style intelligence and marksmanship that Gide brings to bear in these forty-two articles on life as well as on letters. His range as always is broad: a long and moving memoir of his encounters with Oscar Wilde; a series of combats against reactionary nationalists and self-appointed purifiers of morals; estimates of Mallarme Baudelaire Proust Gautier and Valery among others; letters to Jacques Riviere Jean Cocteau and Francis Jammes; and general essays on art literature the theater and politics.Justin O'Brien famous for his studies in modern French literature has written that Gide is "related to La Fontaine and Racine by his essential conciseness and crystalline style to Montaigne and Goethe by his inquiring mind which reconciled unrest and serenity to Baudelaire by his lucid prophetic criticism." O'Brien who has done so much to bring contemporary French literature to America supervised the translations in Pretexts: Reflections on Literature and Morality prepared several of them himself and contributes an informative general introduction and additional commentary to preface the various sections of this major book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530706

Pretoria Leadership ConferenceA special theme issue of The Journal of Corporate Citizenship (Issue 60) The Albert Luthuli Centre for Responsible Leadership invited papers related to responsible leadership from a trans-disciplinary perspective involving the social and natural sciences. Subsequent to a lengthy review process fifteen authors were invited to present at the the 3rd International Conference on Responsible Leadership; from these five papers were finally selected to appear in this Special Edition. Management leadership and business knowledge by itself cannot ensure a sustainable and equitable future. What is needed is an integration of knowledge about responsible leadership across disciplinary boundaries ranging from management studies and the physical sciences to law the humanities and social science. Only by integrating across current disciplinary boundaries can we find hope for generating what has been termed “earth system governance” a way for humanity to manage the complexities of the world to create a just equitable and sustainable world for all. The five papers included in this special edition provide insight into responsible leadership and the importance of interdisciplinary dialogue in an interconnected and complex world. The perspectives converge to give us focused insights on responsible leadership as an emerging discourse confirming the importance of bridging science business and politics and the role that responsible leadership plays in this.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783533596

Pre-tsarist and Tsarist Central AsiaCommunal Commitment and Political Order in Change This study written from the perspective of political sociology represents the first comparative examination of Central Asian communal and political organisation before and after the tsarist conquest of the region. It covers Turkman Kyrgyz Kazakh and other tribal societies analyses the patrimonial state structures of the Emirate of Bukhara and the Khanates of Khiva and Khokand and discusses the impacts of the established tsarist civil military administration on communal and political orientations of the Muslim population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758550

Prevent StrategyHelping the Vulnerable Being Drawn towards Terrorism or Another Layer of State Surveillance? Prevent Strategy is a collection of work from practitioners (youth workers and the police) and academics researching Prevent covers overcoming the stigma attached to Prevent being implicitly racist problems related to the section 26 duty training staff on Prevent creating safe spaces to have open discussions problems regarding extremists’ online activity and the law surrounding freedom of expression. Since its introduction the UK’s Prevent strategy has been surrounded with controversy ranging from making the Muslim community a dangerous ‘suspect community’ to being another layer of police surveillance on individuals who have not been arrested or convicted of a crime. Despite amendments having to the strategy that now covers all forms of extremism and in adopting a multi-agency approach these suspicions remain exacerbated by the section 26 Counter-Terrorism and Security Act 2015 duty to prevent vulnerable people being drawn towards terrorism. The knowledge views and findings on the Prevent strategy from the respective contributors will appeal to all staff in education health service and criminal justice agencies who carry out the section 26 duty and academics and students studying the area of terrorism and security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482947

Preventing Adolescent Suicide First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415317

Preventing AidsA Sourcebook for Behavioral Interventions This book provides a comprehensive overview of behavioral interventions to prevent HIV-AIDS risk-related behaviors. It synthesizes the empirical literature on individual group and community-level interventions and provides an objective and detailed assessment of intervention outcomes. Factors associated with behavioral risk for HIV transmission theories of HIV risk behavior change and the state of HIV prevention technology transfer are also reviewed. Additionally behavioral interventions for adolescents and adults of diverse ethnic and sexual backgrounds are discussed with respect to each intervention type. Although the focus is on sexual risk reduction interventions for sexual behavior of substance abusing populations are also covered. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805801

Preventing AIDSCommunity-Science Collaborations Learn how to create professional collaboration between HIV/AIDS researchers and community organizations for the benefit of all! This book is designed to help frontline prevention organizations answer two questions that are of utmost importance. First how effective are their services; and second can their work be improved? The absence of rigorous evaluation is a barrier to stable funding for community organizations and the strategies in Preventing AIDS: Community-Science Collaborations can help overcome that barrier. The book is a guide to successful cooperative efforts between researchers and community-based organizations. The information it presents will help community-based programs acquire detailed timely information on program effectiveness and outcomes. It also provides researchers with methods for accessing hard-to-reach or hidden HIV high-risk groups. Handy tables and figures make important data easy to access and understand. In Preventing AIDS: Community-Science Collaborations you’ll learn about the difficult but critically important collaboration between community organizations who do frontline prevention work and university scientists who evaluate the effectiveness of that work. The book describes the community-researcher equal partner collaboration (CREPC) model for community-based collaborative research. In addition it examines six unique efforts to prevent the spread of AIDS among high-risk populations such as prostitutes injection drug users impoverished pregnant women migrant workers transgendered persons and prison inmates. The case studies in Preventing AIDS: Community-Science Collaborations describe the frustrations of outreach workers and counselors who suddenly must help design a survey they fear will be intrusive and the parallel problems faced by scientists who are told that their traditional measures mean little to outreach workers. Preventing AIDS: Community-Science Collaborations presents funders’ perspectives on collaborative AIDS research and examines the collaborative and funding aspects of: the CAL-PEP prevention programs for drug injectors and sex workers efforts to promote HIV prevention for migrant farm workers and evaluate those efforts’ effectiveness the ongoing collaboration between The Center for AIDS Prevention Studies (University of California San Francisco) Centerforce (a statewide nonprofit agency providing services and advocacy to prisoners and their families) and San Quentin State Prison the effort of the Los Angeles County HIV Epidemiology Program and three community-based organizations which collaborate to provide culturally appropriate outreach and HIV education/prevention services to transgendered individuals of various ethnic origins San Francisco’s PHREDA project and the way its creators collaborated to better understand and serve high-risk women The U-Find-Out (UFO) Study funded by the Universitywide AIDS Research Program of the State of California Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048306

Preventing and Countering Violent ExtremismDesigning and Evaluating Evidence-Based Programs This textbook serves as a guide to design and evaluate evidence-based programs intended to prevent or counter violent extremism (P/CVE). Violent extremism and related hate crimes are problems which confront societies in virtually every region of the world; this text examines how we can prevent or counter violent extremism using a systematic evidence-based approach. The book equal parts theoretical methodological and applied represents the first science-based guide for understanding “what makes hate ” and how to design and evaluate programs intended to prevent this. Though designed to serve as a primary course textbook the work can readily serve as a how-to guide for self-study given its abundant links to freely available online toolkits and templates. As such it is designed to inform both students and practitioners alike with respect to the management design or evaluation of programs intended to prevent or counter violent extremism. Written by a leading social scientist in the field of P/CVE program evaluation this book is rich in both scientific rigor and examples from the “real world” of research and evaluation dedicated to P/CVE. This book will be essential reading for students of terrorism preventing or countering violent extremism political violence and deradicalization and highly recommended for students of criminal justice criminology and behavioural psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338470

Preventing and Managing Disabling Injury at Work Work-related disability is an increasingly important issue to organizations in terms of cost competitiveness and social and ethical issues. Changes in the nature of disability arising from the evolution of work calls for a new approach to this understudied topic. Significant developments have taken place in linking injury events with subsequent primary prevention efforts in engaging key stakeholders in effective pre-injury prevention and post-injury disability management efforts and in exploring company-level interventions regulatory interventions and economic incentives. These issues are examined and brought together to form a unique evidence-based state-of-the-art research work revealing what works best in preventing workplace disability. Preventing and Managing Disabling Injury at Work examines the changing nature of the workplace and work force and includes the newest information on effective early and staged multi-modal interventions in the workplace. The text also explores psychological risk perception and the essential linking of the workplace clinician insurer and worker in the recovery process and in the prevention of subsequent disability events.This volume assembles a group of active researchers in the field of work-related disability from North America and Australia many of whom manage interactive programs of work through HealNet a health research network funded by Industry Canada. Well-illustrated with case studies and practical examples much of the book focuses on the common musculoskeletal disabilities and 'regional disorders' along with other broader applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395179

Preventing and Managing Violence in OrganizationsWorkplace Violence Targeted Violence and Active Shooters Organizations of all types and sizes whether they are a business educational institution healthcare provider or house-of-worship need to plan for the possibility of violent acts that may impact its people assets and activities. Preventing and Managing Violence in Organizations: Workplace Violence Targeted Violence and Active Shooters provides a comprehensive approach to addressing workplace violence active shooter and assailant events and other forms of targeted violence. The book takes a unique perspective that the prevention and management of violence in an organization is a risk and business management issue rather than a siloed security issue.  As such the book’s objective is to help organizations develop a program for preventing and managing violence that can be integrated into their day-to-day overall business management approach. The main theme of the book is that any program to prevent and manage violence in an organization needs to be an inclusive process: where everyone in the organization is viewed as a risk maker and risk taker and therefore a risk manager. The emphasis is on building a risk and security awareness culture in the organization so that everyone throughout the organization is aware and part of the solution. The book recognizes that many if not most organizations do not have a dedicated chief security officer to oversee the prevention and management of violence. It also recognizes that many resource allocation decisions are made by business managers not the security manager. While other books approach this issue from a security perspective this book takes the perspective that providing a safe and secure environment within the organization and protecting its people assets and activities is a business management imperative. Therefore the book emphasizes the need to promote a risk and security awareness culture that is integrated into the organization's system of management and all its activities and functions.  The "Introduction" section of the book includes a brief description of violence in organizations and the imperative for integrating the prevention and management of violence into the organization’s overall business management strategy. The "Framework" section helps business human resource risk security and safety managers build a programmatic framework to support prevention and management of violence in all the organizations activities. The "Tactics and Control Measures" section provides tactical and operational advice and tools on methods to prevent respond to and recover from potentially violent events.  For organizations that have adopted an ISO Robust Process Improvement or Six-Sigma management systems approach they will immediately recognize that the elements described in the framework can be integrated seamlessly into their overall management system approach. Preventing and Managing Violence in Organizations illustrates a systems approach for preventing and managing violence in organizations that can also be used for managing other types of operational risks. Security managers will find the book useful for integrating security in the organization’s day-to-day activities—as an integral part of these activities—rather than an add-on activity. Security professionals will be able to present their program from a business and risk management perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138496811

Preventing Boundary Violations in Clinical Practice What do you do when you run into a patient in a public place? How do you respond when a patient suddenly hugs you at the end of a session? Do you accept a gift that a patient brings to make up for causing you some inconvenience? Questions like these—which virtually all clinicians face at one time or another—have serious clinical ethical and legal implications. This authoritative practical book uses compelling case vignettes to show how a wide range of boundary questions arise and can be responsibly resolved as part of the process of therapy. Coverage includes role reversal gifts self-disclosure out-of-office encounters physical contact and sexual misconduct. Strategies for preventing boundary violations and managing associated legal risks are highlighted. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462504435

Preventing Cardiovascular Disease in Primary Care Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of death and disability in the world. It is largely preventable and can certainly be delayed by attention to established risk factors. Primary care is the natural and most appropriate location for cardiovascular prevention. This accessible and practical reference and everyday manual covers the organisation of prevention services estimating risk and using guidelines and examines each key area with extensive use of clinical case studies. It provides the information necessary to answer the concerns of patients on areas such as cholesterol diet exercise alcohol smoking and medication. General practitioners practice nurses physiotherapists dieticians and pharmacists will find this book to be an essential aid to their daily work. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315381077

Preventing Child Sexual AbuseEvidence Policy and Practice Public policy responses to child sexual abuse are dominated by interventions designed to take effect only after offenders have already begun offending and after children have already been sexually abused. Comparatively little attention has been given to alternative prevention strategies – particularly to those aimed at preventing sexual abuse before it might otherwise occur. Considerable knowledge has been accumulated on the characteristics modus operandi and persistence of offenders the characteristics circumstances and outcomes for victims and the physical and social settings in which sexual abuse occurs but little work has been done to systematically apply this knowledge to prevention.This book aims to fulfill this objective through integrating clinical and criminological concepts and knowledge to inform a more comprehensive and effective public policy approach to preventing child sexual abuse. Empirical and theoretical knowledge concerning child sexual abuse is integrated with broader developments in evidence-based crime and child maltreatment prevention leading to new ideas about understanding and preventing child sexual abuse. This book will be essential reading for anybody with interests in this field. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843925606

Preventing Classroom Disruption (RLE Edu O)Policy Practice and Evaluation in Urban Schools There has always been considerable debate about the best solutions to deal with disruptive behaviour in schools. On the one hand is the strategy of segregating disruptive pupils while on the other is a commitment to keeping such pupils in the ordinary school. This book advocates the latter philosophy and examines the best ways of coping with the problem. These concern both teacher skills and school organisational flexibility. In addition the authors propose the provision of a support team whereby local authorities can help schools teachers and children with problems of disruption without setting up ‘sin-bins’. Change is thus shown to be possible at three levels – teachers headteachers and local authorities. Detailed illustrative case material is presented throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750639

Preventing Corporate Accidents The passing of the Corporate Manslaughter and Corporate Homicide Bill in the UK and increasing public and investor pressure for good Corporate Governance and Corporate Social Responsibility means organizations now more than ever need to ensure they do all they can to prevent major accidents. However past experience shows that just implementing safety management systems is not enough and this book makes the case for a more holistic and ethical approach to improving corporate systems as a whole.Preventing Corporate Accidents shows how major accidents can result from human error and defects in corporate systems. The book describes accident prevention strategies from safety culture safety management systems foresight and planning to safety regulations corporate ethics corporate social responsibility and the learning organization. Barry Whittingham illustrates with international case studies from various industries how and why these defences have failed in the past and more importantly how to strengthen corporate systems to prevent future major accidents.The case studies include: The loss of the space shuttle ColumbiaInfant heart surgery at Bristol Royal InfirmaryThe Davis-Besse nuclear power plant incidentThe fire and explosion at the Conoco-Phillips Humber oil refineryHerald of Free Enterprise and Southall rail accident manslaughter prosecutionsThis book is essential reading for all those with a professional interest in health and safety management the control of major risk and accident prevention in particular for directors senior managers and health & safety professionals in high-hazard industries and public operations such as nuclear chemicals construction oil and gas energy manufacturing and transportation.Barry Whittingham has worked as a senior manager design engineer and consultant for the chemical nuclear offshore oil and gas railway and aviation sectors. He developed a career as a safety consultant specializing in the human factors aspects of accident causation. Barry is a Fellow of the Safety and Reliability Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160446

Preventing Corruption in AsiaInstitutional Design and Policy Capacity Despite intensified governmental and public efforts at corruption control in recent years official transgression continues to surface in various ways of abusing the unique power and trust that a government holds. Preventing Corruption in Asia addresses a number of crucial questions: -What institutional arrangements are necessary to ensure a clean and honest government? - What self-regulatory capabilities must government institutions develop in order to maintain integrity? -How should a sense of ethical responsibility be instilled in the civil services? -Do special anti-corruption agencies help keep government clean? -How will a regulatory framework of official conduct work properly? -How useful are anti-corruption campaigns in containing corruption? Focusing on a number of carefully selected countries in the Asia and Pacific region the book sets as its focal point the choice of institutional design in preventing corruption rather than treating corruption as a practical or technical problem to be corrected by strong political will and good anti-corruption policy measures. While focusing on institutional designs and policy choices the book  also examines other aspects of clean government such as the social environment legal and regulatory framework role of the public and the impact of culture.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665995

Preventing Drunk Driving Preventing Drunk Driving shows what is being done today in research and practice to reduce impaired driving and the fatalities and injuries it produces and to curtail the spread of this tragic social epidemic. In this informative book you’ll discover how current research and prevention programs are increasing the success of designated driver programs. You’ll also find out how communities friends and experts are making drinkers aware of their levels of intoxication and discouraging them from driving to keep the roads safer. You’ll see when intervention works when it doesn’t and how you can be most effective as a citizen in the fight against impaired driving deaths along your own stretch of the world’s highways and city streets. In Preventing Drunk Driving you’ll get up-to-date data on how researchers are identifying the most dangerous drunk driving recidivists. Also you’ll see how increased study and research have led to theoretical models of intervention assessments of the usefulness of vehicle interlock programs and the use of mapping to target offenders most at risk. Most importantly you’ll learn: the results of experiments designed to test methods of increasing designated driving how census-tract mapping can target communities prone to DWI offenses the benefits and limitations of vehicle-interlock devices for the prevention of recidivism how interveners may improve their chances of stopping an impaired person from getting behind the wheel ways that blood alcohol concentration (BAC) feedback stations can reduce DUI incidents“Give me the keys.” “Friends don’t let friends drive drunk.” These are all sayings we’ve heard--but what are the scientific facts about impaired driving and its prevention in our local communities and neighborhoods? Preventing Drunk Driving analyzes the societal ill of driving under the influence of alcohol and its related death toll from a wide variety of angles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002357

Preventing Eating DisordersA Handbook of Interventions and Special Challenges This comprehensive resource provides multiple prevention strategies programs and approaches for health and mental health workers educators researchers students and interested members of the community at large who work to prevent eating disorders and related problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005167

Preventing food losses and waste to achieve food security and sustainability This book provides a comprehensive review of the causes and prevention of food losses and waste (FLW) at key steps in the supply chain. The book begins by defining what is meant by food losses and waste and then assessing current research on its economic environmental and nutritional impact. It then reviews what we know about causes and prevention of FLW at different stages in the supply chain from cultivation harvesting and storage through processing and distribution to retail and consumer use. The third part of the book looks at FLW for particular commodities including cereals and grains fresh fruit and vegetables roots and tubers oilseeds and tubers meat and dairy products and fish and seafood products. The final section in the book reviews the effectiveness of campaigns to reduce FLW in regions such as North and Latin America Asia and the Pacific the Middle East and sub-Saharan Africa. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9780429266621

Preventing GenocidePractical Steps Toward Early Detection and Effective Action Genocide has been called 'a problem from hell' and despite vehement declarations of 'never again' it's a problem that continues to plague the world. From the beginning of history to the most recent massacres in Bosnia Rwanda and Darfur genocide defies resolution. And given today's worldwide access to highly lethal weapons and advanced communications technology facilitating incitement to hate we can expect to see this problem grow. It is often claimed that genocide occurs without warning taking both local and global communities by surprise. Yet as David Hamburg convincingly shows we have had long-term advance knowledge of most modern genocides dating back to the early 20th century Armenian tragedy in Turkey and before. In this book Dr. Hamburg applies a groundbreaking new perspective-the medical model of prevention-to the scourge of genocide in the world. Preventing genocide is not only possible Dr Hamburg contends but essential given its high cost in lives human rights and international security. Here he maps out numerous practical steps to recognise genocidal conflicts early and stem their tides of violence before they become acute. He also outlines several institutions in place and programs underway at the UN EU and NATO devoted to preventing future genocides before they erupt. He draws lessons both from missed opportunities and successful experiences and makes many constructive suggestions about strengthening international institutions governments and NGOs for this purpose. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632599

Preventing HIV Among Young People in Southern and Eastern AfricaEmerging Evidence and Intervention Strategies This book provides an overview of the current epidemiology of the HIV epidemic among young people in Eastern and Southern Africa (ESA) and examines the efforts to confront and reduce the high level of new HIV infections amongst young people. Taking a multi-dimensional approach to prevention the contributors discuss the many challenges facing these efforts in view of the slow progress in curbing the incidence of HIV amongst young people focusing particularly on the structural and social drivers of HIV. Through an examination of these issues chapters in this book provide valuable insights on how to mitigate HIV risk among young people and what can be regarded as the catalysts to mounting credible policy and programmatic responses required to achieve epidemic control in the region. The contributors draw on examples from a range of primary and secondary data sources to illustrate promising practices and challenges in HIV prevention demonstrating links between conceptual approaches to prevention and lessons learnt from implementation projects in the region. Bringing together social scientists and public health experts who are actively engaged in finding effective solutions the book discusses ‘which interventions works’ ‘why they work’ and the limitations and gaps in our knowledge to curb the pandemic amongst young people. As such it is an important read for researchers focusing on HIV/AIDS and public health. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/10.4324/9780429462818 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615847

Preventing Human TraffickingEducation and NGOs in Thailand This book explores human trafficking examining the work of grass-roots non-profit organizations who educate and rehabilitate human trafficking victims and at-risk youth. Through interviews with staff and children the author compares the work of two NGOs on-the-ground in Thailand with the work of similar organizations overseas shedding light on the ways in which they combine educational work with shelter settings to prevent human trafficking protect young people and attempt to provide a future free of exploitation. Concentrating less on the details of exploitation itself than the work that is being done to prevent exploitation and protect those who have experienced human trafficking Preventing Human Trafficking explores the many challenges faced by the organizations their staff and the children they serve. Drawing on rich qualitative research to address significant gaps in our knowledge of the work of NGOs and propose solutions to the problems of trafficking and how to protect its victims this book will appeal to social scientists and policy makers with interests in criminology exploitation people trafficking non-formal education and the work of NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599614

Preventing Illness Among People With Coronary Heart Disease Coronary artery disease (CAD) is the leading cause of death and illness in the United States and though much progress has been made in reducing cardiac risk factors obesity and diabetes mellitus are on the rise. Preventing Illness Among People With Coronary Heart Disease explores recent advances in drug treatments for CAD risk factors and how these interventions can play an important role in improving the length and quality of patients’lives by addressing health behaviors and the need for behavioral change. This advanced text shows readers how mental health problems such as anxiety depression and alcoholism interplay with patients’physical health and how certain interventions can improve patients’outlook and health status.Preventing Illness Among People With Coronary Heart Disease brings together researchers from a variety of disciplines to address subjects critical to secondary and tertiary preventive care for patients with coronary heart disease (CHD). This outstanding volume concentrates on studies from three major areas to help primary care practitioners and family practice physicians intervene successfully with risky behaviors among their patients prone to or afflicted with coronary artery disease. These include the effects of heart disease on patients’mental health and quality of life and the role of formal behavioral interventions in promoting health among patients with heart disease.Readers of Preventing Illness Among People With Coronary Heart Disease acquire a solid understanding of the factors influencing CAD patients’behavioral patterns and mental states and how the prevalence of CAD can be reduced. Among the vital topics readers learn about are: the effects of alcohol upon CHD and blood pressure CHD risk factors in the elderly exercise interventions coping strategies and cardiac illness strategies for assessment and prevention smoking and cardiovascular diseasePreventing Illness Among People With Coronary Heart Disease seeks to provoke greater discussion and scientific activity among professionals in the field to improve understanding of the interplay of mental health physical health and behavioral medicine for patients with heart disease. Primary care practitioners family practice physicians medical students and others interested in preventive cardiology preventive care or chronic disease management will learn about recent advances in research and treatment approaches that can be applied immediately to daily practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046821

Preventing Industrial AccidentsReappraising H. W. Heinrich – More than Triangles and Dominoes Herbert William Heinrich has been one of the most influential safety pioneers. His work from the 1930s/1940s affects much of what is done in safety today – for better and worse. Heinrich’s work is debated and heavily critiqued by some while others defend it with zeal. Interestingly few people who discuss the ideas have ever read his work or looked into its backgrounds; most do so based on hearsay secondary sources or mere opinion. One reason for this is that Heinrich’s work has been out of print for decades: it is notoriously hard to find and quality biographical information is hard to get. Based on some serious "safety archaeology " which provided access to many of Heinrich’s original papers books and rather rich biographical information this book aims to fill this gap. It deals with the life and work of Heinrich the context he worked in and his influences and legacy. The book defines the main themes in Heinrich’s work and discusses them paying attention to their origins the developments that came from them interpretations and attributions and the critiques that they may have attracted over the years. This includes such well-known ideas and metaphor as the accident triangle the accident sequence (dominoes) the hidden cost of accidents the human element and management responsibility. This book is the first to deal with the work and legacy of Heinrich as a whole based on a unique richness of material and approaching the matter from several (new) angles. It also reflects on Heinrich’s relevance for today’s safety science and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343804

Preventing Mass AtrocitiesPolicies and Practices What can be done to warn about and organize political action to prevent genocide and mass atrocities? The international contributors to this volume are either experts or practitioners often both who have contributed in substantial ways to analyzing high risk situations recommending preventive policies and actions and in several instances helping to organize remedial actions. Whereas current literature on the prevention of genocide is theoretically well grounded this book explores what can be done and has been done in real-world situations. Recommendations and actions are rooted in a generation of experience based on solid historical comparative and empirical research and with a grounding in quantitative methods. This volume examines historical cases to understand the general causes and processes of mass violence and genocide and engages with ongoing genocidal crises including Darfur and Syria as well as other forms of related violence such as terrorism and civil conflict. It will be key reading for all students and scholars of genocide war and conflict studies human security and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956025

Preventing Medical Device Recalls A critical and often overlooked aspect of preventing medical device recalls is the ability to implement systems thinking. Although systems thinking won’t prevent every mistake it remains one of the most effective tools for evaluating hidden risks and discovering robust solutions for eliminating those risks.Based on the author’s extensive experience in the medical device aerospace and manufacturing engineering industries Preventing Medical Device Recalls presents a detailed structure for systems thinking that can help to prevent costly device recalls. Based on Dr. W. Edwards Deming’s System of Profound Knowledge this structure can help medical device designers and manufacturers exceed their customers’ expectations for quality and safety.This book is among the first to demonstrate how to control safety risks—from specifications all the way through to safely retiring products without harm to the environment. Supplying an accessible overview of medical device requirements and the science of safety it explains why risk analysis must start with product specification and continue throughout the product life cycle.Covering paradigms for proactive thinking and doing the text details methods that readers can implement during the specification writing product design and product development phases to prevent recalls. It also includes numerous examples from the author’s experience in the medical device consumer and aerospace industries.Even in healthcare where compliance with standards is at its highest level more patients die from medical mistakes each week than would be involved in a jumbo jet crash. With coverage that includes risk assessment and risk management this book provides you with an understanding of how mishaps happen so you can account for unexpected events and design devices that are free of costly recalls. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466568228

Preventing Mental Ill-HealthInforming public health planning and mental health practice Is there any evidence that we can reduce the incidence of mental ill health? Is it possible to prevent recurrence of mental ill health? Aspirations to achieve both these goals have featured in mental health policy and practice for over 100 years. This comprehensive and accessible book draws on research on the development and persistence of behavioural problems in childhood adult depression and schizophrenia. The association between social disadvantage and mental ill health as well as the need for preventive care to start from conception and the crucial importance of maternal mental health are discussed. A variety of prominent programmes which have good evidence of efficacy are described. These include: Targeted approaches with individuals and families Macro policies affecting housing and employment Lifestyle contributions such as diet and exercise However some attempts to achieve preventive benefits have not succeeded and reflecting on these problems is an important feature of this review. Jennifer Newton has written extensively on these issues for over twenty years and her careful examination of the research literature provides a succinct overview of the state of current knowledge which will benefit mental health professionals and students of health psychology and public health. It also takes a life course perspective and considers how when and why vulnerability persists through childhood into adult life so will interest those whose work focuses on child well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415455411

Preventing Mental Illness in Practice In this follow up to Preventing Mental Illness Jennifer Newton describes real life examples of good practice in preventive mental health. Five areas covering the life span have been identified and promising strategies are described in detail: what is provided how the target group is engaged the resources required management problems and evidence of effectiveness. Interviews with both clients and providers help to bring to life the descriptions as we learn how the support came to be needed and what benefits they themselves feel have been reaped. These descriptive studies together with criteria for judging the efficacy of interventions provide an excellent resource for planners and policy makers. The book will also be invaluable to those who seek to implement preventive policies in their day to day work - lives - such as social workers clinical psychologists health visitors community psychiatric nurses and general practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203430828

Preventing Nuclear MeltdownManaging Decentralization of Russia's Nuclear Complex The decline in central financing for Russia's nuclear complex and the known interest of terrorist groups in acquiring fissile material and technologies has made the state of Russia's far-flung nuclear enterprises a pressing international issue. In this important volume a group of leading US and Russian policy experts - drawing on extensive interviews with officials facility personnel and analysts in Russia's regions - explores the intersecting problems of Russian nuclear insecurity and decentralization including the growing influence of regional political and economic forces. The work presents insights into both nuclear safety issues and post-Soviet intra-agency governance as well as detailed case studies of critical nuclear regions: the Far East the Urals Siberia and the Volga area. The volume also offers major new findings on the interface linking Russia's evolving center-periphery relations its ailing nuclear facilities and the role played by foreign assistance providers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278103

Preventing Nuclear WarThe Medical and Humanitarian Case for the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons Preventing Nuclear War: The Medical and Humanitarian Case for the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons provides a window into the work of the International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War (IPPNW) health professionals advocates and activists as they persuaded diplomats parliamentarians the media and the public to ban nuclear weapons. Why are doctors speaking out about nuclear weapons and nuclear war an issue that seems to be the exclusive province of diplomats politicians and security experts? This volume offers an answer in the unique perspective of health professionals on the nature of nuclear weapons their medical and humanitarian consequences and the responsibility to prevent what cannot be treated. On 7 July 2017 the UN successfully concluded negotiations on the Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons. The "ban treaty " emerged from a "humanitarian initiative" that shifted the focus away from deterrence-based rationales used by the nuclear-armed states and toward an evidence-based understanding of the existential threat nuclear weapons pose to humanity. Since 1980 IPPNW has been the leading medical organization primarily dedicated to the abolition of nuclear weapons. With its civil society partners in ICAN—the International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons—IPPNW brought the scientific evidence about nuclear weapons and nuclear war into the treaty negotiations and into the language of the TPNW itself. The contributors to this volume show the dedication and diverse strategies that have together made up a unified and very significant contribution to ridding the world of nuclear weapons. Reflecting honestly on what has been learnt and have the potential to contribute to wider learning outside the anti-nuclear community Preventing Nuclear War: The Medical and Humanitarian Case for the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons will be of great use to medical and health professionals humanitarian professionals and anyone wanting to work towards a more peaceful and equitable world. The chapters originally published as a special issue of Medicine Conflict and Survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367456740

Preventing Sexual HarmPositive Criminology and Sexual Abuse Preventing Sexual Harm provides an overview of current criminal justice strategies for tackling sexual violence and highlights existing positive criminological approaches that could help prevent sexual abuse and harm.   Sexual violence is a complex multi-faceted crime. Its causes and consequences are both multiple and enduring and our understanding of sexual violence is embedded within our social cultural and political constructs. As such a response to sexual violence ought to be equally complex and multi-faceted. Alternative approaches might therefore be needed such as positive criminology. This book explores positive criminology as a mechanism to reduce the risk of recidivism eradicate harm prevent reoffending as well as to help reintegrate those with histories of sexual abuse back into the community. In light of recent historic cases of sexual abuse and poor institutional response to these allegations it opens with an overview of the current landscape of sexual offending. The book then reviews the current positive criminological approaches already in existence in the effort to prevent sexual abuse by outlining the approach of positive criminology and by demonstrating the many gaps in practice that might benefit from this new way of working to prevent sexual abuse.   By highlighting that an alternative response to sexual violence is needed and by presenting the idea that a positive criminological paradigm is worthy of further examination this book will be of great interest to scholars of criminology criminal justice and forensic psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353669

Preventing Sexual Violence on CampusChallenging Traditional Approaches through Program Innovation Amid the ongoing national conversation regarding campus sexual assault this book thoughtfully explores existing programmatic interventions while wrestling with fundamental questions regarding the cultural shifts in our nation’s higher education institutions. Stressing the critical importance of student inclusion in policy decisions and procedures scholars and experts provide complex and nuanced analyses of institutional practices while exploring themes of race sexuality and sexual freedom. This volume addresses many of the unanswered questions in the present dialogue on campus sexual violence including: What’s working and not working? How can outcomes be assessed or measured? What resources are needed to ensure success? This volume provides a truly fresh contribution for higher education and student affairs practitioners seeking to alter design or implement effective sexual assault prevention resources at their universities and colleges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689206

Preventing Stress Improving ProductivityEuropean Case-Studies in the Workplace In a representative study made of European workers twenty-eight per cent of employees reported that stress affects their health and their performance at work. Occupational stress is a serious problem for the performance of individuals organisations and as a consequence for national economies. Preventing Stress Improving Productivity investigates the ways in which companies can combat stress by changing the working environment rather than only treating individual employees with stress symptoms.Costs and benefits of stress prevention are discussed with an emphasis on appraoches that involve both the work situation and the individual worker. The heart of the book consists of eleven European country chapters each overviewing the current status with respect to occupational stress and its prevention in that country and then presenting one detailed case study an example of good preventive practice. Preventing Stress Improving Productivity identifies five factors that are critical for a stress reduction programme to work both in terms of employee health and well-being and from a financial point of view. Successful strategies combine participation from workers and support from top management. Useful as a reference for psychologists human resource managers occupational physicians ergonomists and consultants this book will also be an invaluable aid to managers in the day-to-day running of organisations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203447055

Preventing Talent Loss Preventing Talent Loss provides a comprehensive model of giftedness and talent for all educators including teachers counselors and administrators. By presenting a summary of theory-driven evidence-based knowledge Hong and Milgram offer innovative and practical solutions for meeting the challenge of coping with talent loss. This monumental book distinguishes the important difference between expert talent and creative talent. While other books focus on how to improve the process of identifying the gifted and talented Preventing Talent Loss provides educators with the means to individualize their curriculum and instruction in regular classrooms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203931486

Preventing the Use of Weapons of Mass Destruction These studies concentrate on preventing the use of weapons of mass destruction. A common argument runs through all of the papers: that while complacency must be avoided much of the post-Cold War focus among Western governments on the threat posed by weapons of mass destruction is alarmist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045169

Preventing Waste at the Source After a day's work is finished take a look around at your company. Do standard production processes and day-to-day operations leave you with loaded trash bins from the front office to the factory floor-and every place inbetween?Such "solid waste" does far more than squander resources and imperil the environment... it's undoubtedly eating up countless dollars of your profits.Corporations throughout the nation are learning to tame solid waste by implementing improved management of materials. Preventing Waste at the Source demonstrates how more than 50 companies have effectively reduced solid waste throughout all departments-and achieved dramatic reductions in operating costs.Beginning with a strategic framework readers can then zero in on wasteful practices affecting all aspects of a business. Paper reduction measures for administrative offices for instance. Ways to minimize packing materials over in the shipping department while still protecting the product. There's also steps where suppliers and customers can take part in waste minimization efforts. Case histories prove it can be done to everyone's advantage.Researched and compiled by the Indiana Institute on Recycling Preventing Waste at the Source offers practical on-the-job assistance to environmental managers plant managers manufacturing and quality engineers. Put its techniques and real-life guidance to work. You'll save more than money: you'll help save the environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447724

Preventing Workplace BullyingAn Evidence-Based Guide for Managers and Employees Workplace bullying is more common and costly than most people realise. It can make life unbearable for employees in any industry and ultimately undermine an organisation's potential for profit. In this practical guide Carlo Caponecchia and Anne Wyatt explain how to identify workplace bullying and apply best practice to preventing and managing it. Caponecchia and Wyatt outline what constitutes bullying at work demystify some of the controversial issues and discuss the various factors which influence workplace bullying. The responsibilities of management and legal implications are outlined and supported with best practice guides for policies complaints procedures and risk management systems. Options and resources for targets experiencing bullying are also explored. These ideas and concepts are illustrated throughout with real case studies. This evidence-based book on workplace bullying is a valuable resource for organizations of all sizes and for anyone affected by bullying at work including employees human resource managers workplace consultants counsellors mediators and legal advisors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668804

Preventing Workplace Incidents in ConstructionData Mining and Analytics Applications The construction industry is vital to any national economy; it is also one of the industries most susceptible to workplace incidents. The unacceptably high rates of incidents in construction have huge socio-economic consequences for the victims their families and friends co-workers employers and society at large. Construction safety researchers have introduced numerous strategies models and tools through scientific inquiries involving primary data collection and analyses. While these efforts are commendable there is a huge potential to create new knowledge and predictive models to improve construction safety by utilising already existing data about workplace incidents. In this new book Imriyas Kamardeen argues that more sophisticated approaches need to be deployed to enable improved analyses of incident data sets and the extraction of more valuable insights patterns and knowledge to prevent work injuries and illnesses. The book aims to apply data mining and analytic techniques to past workplace incident data to discover patterns that facilitate the development of innovative models and strategies thereby improving work health safety and well-being in construction and curtailing the high rate of incidents. It is essential reading for researchers and professionals in construction health and safety and anyone interested in data analytics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087453

Preventing Youth Access to Tobacco Learn to develop and assess comprehensive youth tobacco interventions!Preventing Youth Access to Tobacco examines the components of a preventive public health intervention directed at reducing the rate of youth tobacco use. This valuable book describes this innovative intervention which involves making tobacco more difficult for young people to acquire and also calls for fines for possession of tobacco. It illustrates the rationale for this intervention and reviews the literature on the topic pointing to findings that indicate that this kind of comprehensive intervention has been shown to be effective.From the editors: “The amount of human pain and suffering caused by tobacco use is immeasurable. Preventing youth smoking initiation of the most effective way of reducing long-term mortality from heart disease chronic lung disease and other tobacco-related disorders. Smoking is the leading preventable cause of death in the United States killing over 400 000 people each year. This is more people than die of AIDS homicide suicide automobile accidents illegal drug use and fires combined. Despite these facts 22.9 of adult Americans and 13.8 of Americans under 18 smoke cigarettes.”This essential book can provide some much-needed answers showing you: effective ways of reducing the rate of regular smoking among adolescents how to assess a community’s readiness to change how to gauge the effectiveness of tobacco laws directed toward youth how to judge the comprehensiveness of school-based tobacco interventions what factors influence illegal tobacco sales to minors why merchants sell tobacco to kids illegally and what the legal risks are for minors who try to buy tobacco Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808826

Prevention Pre-emption and the Nuclear OptionFrom Bush to Obama Despite its portrayal as a bold departure the Bush Doctrine was not the "new" or "revolutionary" policy instrument that many at the time portended. This work seeks to argue that while it was clear that the Bush Doctrine certainly qualified as a preventive war policy it is apparent that the adoption of this strategy did not mark a total break with American tradition or earlier Administrations. Warren seeks to dispel arguments pertaining to the supposed "radical" nature of the Bush Doctrine – based on comparisons with previous National Security Strategies and previous Administrations’ penchant for prevention. However the work also highlights that what was new and bold about the Bush Administration’s National Security Strategy of 2002 was its willingness to embrace reinvigorating a nuclear option that could ultimately be used in the context of preventive war. While Obama has struck bold rhetorical notes and promises in relation to limiting the role of nuclear weapons he has stopped short of changing the status quo on critical issues that have lingered since the Cold War – such as tactical nuclear weapons and keeping missiles on alert. This book’s final section examines the extent to which Obama has attempted to ‘adjust’ the nuclear option with the recent release of the congressionally mandated Nuclear Posture Review (NPR). Offering new insights into the Bush doctrine and providing a comprehensive analysis of the current status of the US nuclear weapons strategy this volume will be of great interest to scholars and students of American foreign policy security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705110

Prevention And Early Intervention First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869271

Prevention and Early Intervention with Children in Need First published in 1999 this volume examines how  in the middle of the nineteenth century Dr John Snow is reputed to have wrenched the handle from a street pump in central London forcing people in the neighbourhood to change their drinking habits and so preventing them from contracting cholera from the dirty water. Aspects of the story may be apocryphal but the general drift of Snow's assault on disease has enormous appeal for health education social services and police professionals working with children in need. Why spend so much time struggling to find strategies to cope with the more intractable problems among adolescents when the problems might be prevented from occurring in the first place? This book tries to untangle some of the complex ideas that underpin effective prevention and early intervention activity on behalf of children experiencing social or psychological difficulty. It describes twenty programmes from Europe and America that have made an impact and where there has been an attempt to evaluate their usefulness. On this basis it suggests some principles for more effective preventive practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330887

Prevention and Recovery from Eating Disorders in Type 1 DiabetesInjecting Hope Prevention and Recovery from Eating Disorders in Type 1 Diabetes: Injecting Hope sheds light on an often overlooked and misunderstood issue: the problem of eating disorders in women with type 1 diabetes – referred to by lay people and the media as "diabulimia" and characterized by insulin restriction as a means of calorie purging for weight loss. Drawing on a series of recent interviews and over 16 years of research and clinical experience with this unique phenomenon author Dr. Ann Goebel-Fabbri provides groundbreaking insight into the lives of women who have recovered from eating disorders in type 1 diabetes. She explores the condition's origins its effects on the lives of those affected and possible paths to recovery. Also included are suggestions for prevention and treatment as well as practical and inspirational advice from now-recovered women. Prevention and Recovery from Eating Disorders in Type 1 Diabetes is a valuable guide for patients and loved ones diabetes treatment teams and eating disorder clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890657

Prevention in Mental Health CareTime for a new approach Prevention in Mental Health Care: Time for a new approach focuses on the limitations in current psychiatric practice and research. Many professionals working in mental health care as well as patients with psychiatric symptoms are dissatisfied with what is currently offered by the discipline with respect to the diagnosis and treatment of psychiatric disorders. This book discusses possibilities and opportunities for change and is the first to combine recent scientific research results with insights from philosophy and art. Illustrating these points with elaborate case studies  Prevention in Mental Health Care promotes a deeper understanding and a new model of mental health care with an emphasis on prevention and natural recovery.  Prevention in Mental Health Care will be of use to qualified or trainee practitioners clinical psychologists psychiatrists social workers occupational therapists and nurses working with the current classification systems and treatment methods in psychiatry. Furthermore the book will appeal to students lecturers and researchers as well as those with a general interest in mental health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918160

Prevention is Better than CureLearning from Adverse Events in Healthcare Adverse events occur in healthcare with worrying and surprising frequency and of these a substantial portion are preventable. This highly-readable book translated and update from the original Dutch edition presents 15 model case studies which have been carefully designed to explore common themes in medical errors and offer learnings from those events that will guide practice to prevent similar tragedies unfolding in future. Using 15 years of experience working in patient safety the author makes concrete recommendations around assessment attitude and performance and provides a concise and accessible methodology for working safely. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197763

Prevention Issues for Women's Health in the New Millennium Where are the fields of prevention and health promotion for women headed?This valuable book illuminates the need for-and the gains that can be achieved by-targeting prevention/health promotion programs toward minority and low-income women in the communities where they live.Reflecting the rise of women’s health issues to a national priority in the last decade Prevention Issues for Women’s Health in the New Millennium explores the individual and contextual factors-biological sociocultural economic and environmental-that affect the quality and length of women’s lives. It examines current research on disease prevention and the need for health promotion particularly with minority and hard-to-reach women and suggests directions for future investigation.Rather than generalizing or pontificating Prevention Issues for Women’s Health in the New Millennium looks up close at specific studies designed to answer questions such as: What kinds of health promotion programs could make the biggest difference in the lives of Native American women today and tomorrow? How effective are cancer education/support programs for rural women and what can be done to improve their efficacy? How does sexual orientation influence women’s patterns of health-related behavior? How can female substance abusers lessen the distress issues that often bring on risky behavior? How can we more effectively reach African-American women who are twice as likely as Caucasian women to develop diabetes hypertension and stroke?Well referenced and complete with user-friendly tables that make the statistics of each study easy to work with Prevention Issues for Women’s Health in the New Millennium brings you an incisive look at issues that will become prevention priorities in the near future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880648

Prevention of Accidents and Unwanted OccurrencesTheory Methods and Tools in Safety Management Second Edition This new edition comes after about 15 years of development in the field of safety science and practice. The book addresses the question of how to improve risk assessments investigations and organizational learning inside companies in order to prevent unwanted occurrences. The book helps the reader in analyzing the subject from different scientific perspectives to demonstrate how they contribute to an overall understanding. It also gives a comprehensive overview of different methods and tools for use in safety practice and helps the reader in analyzing their scope merits and shortcomings. The book raises a number of critical issues to be addressed in the improvement process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498736596

Prevention of Accidents at WorkProceedings of the 9th International Conference on the Prevention of Accidents at Work (WOS 2017) October 3- Prevention of Accidents at Work collects papers presented at the 9th International Conference on the Prevention of Accidents at Work (WOS 2017) held in Prague Czech Republic on October 3-6 2017 organized by the VSB-Technical University of Ostrava. The conference on current issues within occupational safety is organized under the umbrella of Workingonsafety.net (WOS.net). WOS.net is an international network of decision-makers researchers and professionals responsible for the prevention of accidents and trauma at work. The network aims to bring accident prevention experts together in order to facilitate the exchange of experience new findings and best practices between different countries and sectors. WOS.net is supported by the European Agency for Safety and Health at Work (EU-OSHA).The overall theme is safety management complexity in a changing society with the motto: Do we need a holistic approach? Underlying topics include: Foundations of safety science: theories   principles methods and tools; Research to practice: achievements lessons learned and challenges; Risk management and safety culture: case studies best practices and further needs; Safety regulation: reasonable practicable approach; Education and training: prerequisite for safety; Complexity and safety: multidisciplinarity and inter-stakeholder views. Prevention of Accidents at Work should be valuable to researchers policy makers safety professionals labor inspectors labor administrators and other experts in the prevention of occupational accidents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138037960

Prevention of Intimate Partner Violence Stop intimate partner violence before it startsIntimate partner violence touches everyone. With more than 1 million cases reported each year this pervasive social problem has devastating effects on victims families and communities. Prevention of Intimate Partner Violence presents a comprehensive overview of the wide range of efforts and approaches that have been successful in preventing physical emotional and verbal abuse. A growing frustration with the limits of therapeutic intervention and with the costs imposed on society by intimate partner violence has created a need for greater emphasis on state-of-the-art prevention programs that really work. Prevention of Intimate Partner Violence addresses the challenges of conducting and evaluating such programs gaps that exist in programming and research and future trends in those areas. A panel of domestic violence experts researchers and healthcare professionals examines how to change the ways individuals and the current health care system think about and respond to intimate partner violence; how to change the ways young people deal with anger in intimate relationships; and the ways society can support families to reduce the occurrence of violence in intimate relationships. Prevention of Intimate Partner Violence examines: identifying risk factors the cost-benefit of universal and targeted programs the effectiveness of parenting stress management and substance abuse programs community capacity theory community development social networks media and public awareness campaigns healthcare screening programs and much morePrevention of Intimate Partner Violence documents the effectiveness of prevention interventions encouraging prevention specialists to use evidence-based interventions to enhance the effectiveness of their own work. This powerful book is an invaluable professional resource for social workers family life educators researchers and practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708255

Prevention of Premature Staining in New Buildings The appearance of ugly staining early in a buildings life ruins an otherwise pleasing appearance tarnishes the image of the owners and gives rise to costly refurbishment works. In this book Phil Parnham raises a number of questions that should be considered whenever a new building is being designed or built. These are: why has staining become so prominent; what causes premature staining; which parts of new buildings are likely to be affected; how can it be avoided? By using a number of highly illustrated case studies the author answers these questions and ends by suggesting measures that should be taken by all design and construction professionals to prevent premature staining. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408906

Prevention of Pressure SoresEngineering and Clinical Aspects Prevention of Pressure Sores: Engineering and Clinical Aspects collects together material from throughout the literature. The book first discusses the causes of pressure sores and then describes warning signs and behavior to prevent the incidence of pressure sores. It also examines the numerous different devices used to alleviate and prevent pressure sores including various types of seat cushions hospital beds complex pressure relief methods wheelchair pressure reliefs and other preventative methods. After comparing the accuracy of various methods of measuring pressure distributions using different types of sensors the book discusses the treatment of pressure sores. It contains a large number of references allowing readers to refer back to the important original work in the different fields of this subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367456009

Prevention of Reflective Cracking in Pavements Crack reflection through a road structure is one of the main causes of premature pavement deterioration. This is a widespread problem in many countries and highway maintenance authorities are having to find economic means of repairing and upgrading their pavements. This book is the eagerly awaited state-of-the-art report which considers all different aspects of the subject including assessment and use of overlay systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865917

Prevention of Thermal Cracking in Concrete at Early Ages An important new report from the RILEM Technical Committee 119. This book presents models and methods to determine thermal stresses and cracking risks in concrete. The possible influences on and causes of thermal cracking of concrete are discussed and cases of practical measures for avoiding cracking are detailed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447670

Prevention Poster The Prevention Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363669

Prevention Practice in Substance Abuse Here is helpful information about joint activities for prevention researchers and practitioners. Prevention Practice in Substance Abuse provides cutting-edge information related to prevention research and practice. Too frequently researchers and practitioners do not communicate from a basic understanding of concepts and principles. This book begins to fill that void by providing information and recommendations for practitioners and researchers to develop projects jointly so both groups become more effective in their work.Chapters in Prevention Practice in Substance Abuse are grouped into three areas: background chapters contain information related to prevention in the United States data-based chapters present the most recent national and international evaluation findings and conceptual chapters stimulate thought about drug abuse prevention. A concluding chapter explores recommendations for joint activities and presents methods for both practice and research to enhance knowledge development. Specific topics addressed by the contributing authors include: mass media campaigns morality and substance abuse Hungarian adolescent drug abuse parenting practices social influences-oriented substance abuse prevention curricula choosing a paradigm to guide research and practicePrevention Practice in Substance Abuse is an ideal guide for drug and alcohol practitioners and researchers who wish to become more effective in their work using strategies for cooperating with each other to combat the use and abuse of drugs and alcohol. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995277

PreventionThe Michigan Experience Providing practical information for all prevention professionals this helpful volume presents an in-depth look at the excellent program models and prevention efforts used in the state of Michigan. Contributors discuss pilot demonstrations and model developments to illustrate what a state can do to further prevention efforts. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804323

PreventionToward a Multidisciplinary Approach This new book takes a detailed look at different disciplines as they relate to prevention. Authors examine how a multidisciplinary approach to prevention can refine and increase the effectiveness and comprehensiveness of the field. Given the complexity of the problems facing society today many professionals are recognizing the strong need for collaborative efforts in the area of prevention. Prevention: Toward a Multidisciplinary Approach will help you gain a clearer perspective of this need and will provide invaluable insights into the intitial steps required for successful collaboration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315791609

Preventive Approaches in Couples Therapy Preventive Approaches in Couples Therapy is the first thorough overview of the leading approaches to preventing marital distress and dissolution. Written for professionals paraprofessionals and lay people involved in the development and implementation of preventive programs the editors have created a resource accessible to all those in the field of couples therapy. The volume serves as an important resource for programs that the therapist may already use and as an insightful introduction into new programs that can strengthen and invigorate these existing therapeutic approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009653

Preventive Conservation - From Climate and Damage Monitoring to a Systemic and Integrated ApproachProceedings of the International WTA - PRE The concept of preventive conservation has successfully introduced the knowledge that "prevention is better than cure" into the built heritage sector. The benefits of this approach are the cost-effectiveness the improved protection of heritage values the reduced risk for accumulating deterioration and additional damage the prolongation of the physical service life of buildings and building parts and the empowerment of local communities in dealing with heritage. Increasingly arguments rise against reactive treatment patterns which result too often in postponed interventions and increasing costs for restoration. WTA-Nederland-Vlaanderen the Raymond Lemaire International Centre for Conservation and the Civil Engineering Department of KU Leuven jointly organised an international conference on preventive conservation approaches - including climate and damage monitoring - and how to implement these monitoring tools within a systemic approach. The conference took place in context of the international WTA days 3-5 April 2019 and the 10th anniversary of the UNESCO Chair on Preventive Conservation Monitoring and Maintenance of Monuments and Sites (PRECOM³OS). The contributions meet the increasing demand for information case studies and practical examples to support the transition towards more preventive rather than reactive conservation actions. The volume aims at academics and professionals involved or interested in the conservation of buildings building parts and heritage. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367435486

Preventive Conservation in Museums Preventive Conservation in Museums makes available and comprehensible the diverse literature and ideas of preventive conservation to an audience with a limited scientific background principally those studying museum studies or engaged in the museum profession. It bridges the gap between the basic museum generated literature and technical and detailed conservation literature. The area of preventative conservation has developed greatly in recent years and has adopted a far more holistic approach. The development of the concepts of risk analysis management of conservation and how preventative conservation relates to the importance of traditional beliefs and approaches to artefacts have all made an impact on the subject in recent years along with the advance of instrumentation over the last thirty years. The next generation of ideas that will affect preventive conservation practice are just starting to emerge including: detailed modelling of the environments of buildings and the sustainability of the artefactual and building heritage. Preventive Conservation in Museums highlights the wide variety of threats develops the concept of an holistic appreciation of these threats and too appreciates the need to prioritise the appropriate forms of response. It uses a careful balance of sources some technical some theoretical some practical as well as case studies to explore threats and their mitigation. For all those people involved in preventive conservation be they students or professionals this volume will be an invaluable summary of the past present and future of the discipline.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579704

Preventive Detention of Terror SuspectsA New Legal Framework Preventive detention as a counter-terrorism tool is fraught with conceptual and procedural problems and risks of misuse excess and abuse. Many have debated the inadequacies of the current legal frameworks for detention and the need for finding the most appropriate legal model to govern detention of terror suspects that might serve as a global paradigm. This book offers a comprehensive and critical analysis of the detention of terror suspects under domestic criminal law the law of armed conflict and international human rights law. The book looks comparatively at the law in a number of key jurisdictions including the USA the UK Israel France India Australia and Canada and in turn compares this to preventive detention under the law of armed conflict and various human rights treaties. The book demonstrates that the procedures governing the use of preventive detention are deficient in each framework and that these deficiencies often have an adverse and serious impact on the human rights of detainees thereby delegitimizing the use of preventive detention. Based on her investigation Diane Webber puts forward a new approach to preventive detention setting out ten key minimum criteria drawn from international human rights principles and best practices from domestic laws. The minimum criteria are designed to cure the current flaws and deficiencies and provide a base line of guidance for the many countries that choose to use preventive detention in a way that both respects human rights and maintains security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335653

Preventive DiplomacyStopping Wars Before They Start The suppression of war has been the primary objective of the United Nations for almost fifty years and stopping a war before it starts is easier than ending a war already underway. History however has shown that military interventions and economic sanctions often do more harm than good. In <EM>Preventive Diplomacy</EM> Nobel prize winners top officials and revered thinkers tackle these issues and explore the process of conflict prevention from humanitarian economic and political perspectives. This cross-disciplinary reader on global politics demonstrates that when new insights and methodologies on public health are applied to the handling of international disasters the change in policy perspective is intriguing--even hopeful. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203612408

Preventive Human Rights Strategies The prevention of violations of human rights must become the dominant protection strategy of the twenty-first century nationally regionally and globally. This book clearly identifies the need for preventive human rights strategies maps what exists by way of such strategies at the present time and offers policy options to deal with the world of the future. Written by a former UN High Commissioner for Human Rights the book suggests the future lies in strong national protection systems backed up by regional and international organs and an international criminal justice system. The book explores the future of preventive human rights through a wide range of contemporary issues including: climate change pandemics mass migration global poverty and pervasive inequality inter-state conflicts terrorism including WMD terrorism gross violations of human rights the financial and economic crisis   We are already in a quite different world in the 21st century and human rights thinking will need to evolve to meet its needs. This important and contemporary volume calls for the modification of current preventive human rights strategies and is essential reading for all those concerned with the future of international relations and human rights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203856505

Preventive War and American Democracy This volume explores the preventive war option in American foreign policy from the early Cold War strategic problems created by the growth of Soviet and Chinese power to the post-Cold War fears of a nuclear-armed North Korea Iraq and Iran. For several decades after the Second World War American politicians and citizens shared the belief that a war launched in the absence of a truly imminent threat or in response to another’s attack was raw aggression. Preventive war was seen as contrary to the American character and its traditions a violation of deeply held normative beliefs about the conditions that justify the use of military force. This ‘anti-preventive war norm’ had a decisive restraining effect on how the US faced the shifting threat in this period. But by the early 1990s the Clinton administration considered the preventive war option against North Korea and the Bush administration launched a preventive war against Iraq without a trace of the anti-preventive war norm that was central to the security ethos of an earlier era. While avoiding the sharp partisan and ideological tone of much of the recent discussion of preventive war Preventive War and American Democracy explains this change in beliefs and explores its implications for the future of American foreign policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203935613

Prewriting Your ScreenplayA Step-by-Step Guide to Generating Stories Prewriting Your Screenplay cements all the bricks of a story’s foundations together and forms a single organic story-growing technique starting with a blank slate. It shows writers how to design each element so that they perfectly interlock together like pieces of a puzzle creating a stronger story foundation that does not leave gaps and holes for readers to find. This construction process is performed one piece at a time one character at a time building and incorporating each element into the whole. The book provides a clear-cut set of lessons that teaches how to construct that story base around concepts as individual as the writer’s personal opinions helping to foster an individual writer’s voice. It also features end-of-chapter exercises that offer step-by-step guidance in applying each lesson providing screenwriters with a concrete approach to building a strong foundation for a screenplay. This is the quintessential book for all writers taking their first steps towards developing a screenplay from nothing getting them over that first monumental hump resulting in a well-formulated story concept that is cohesive and professional. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482296

Price and Financial StabilityRethinking Financial Markets Why are financial prices so much more crisis-prone and unstable than real economy prices? Because they are doing different things. Unlike real economy prices rooted in the real goods and services produced and exchanged financial prices attempt to value future income flows from financial and capital assets. These valuations fluctuate erratically because expectations of the future fluctuate – and large liquid financial markets can amplify rather than correct these effects. The book builds on the insights of economists Frank Knight and John Maynard Keynes that uncertainty of the future is essential to understand the processes of economic production and capital investment and adds to this Karl Popper's general explanation of how expectations of an uncertain future are formed and tested through a trial and error process. Rather than relying on fluctuating financial prices to provide a guide to an uncertain future it suggests a better approach would be to adopt the methods common to other branches of science and create testable (falsifiable) theories allowing reasonable predictions to be made. In finance the elements of one such theory could be based on the concept of forecasting yield from capital assets which is a measurable phenomenon tending towards aggregate and long-term stability and where there is a plentiful supply of historic data. By methods like this financial economics could become a branch of science like any other. To buttress this approach the widely accepted public policy objective of promoting real economy price stability could be widened to include financial price stability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590659

Price Interdependence Among Equity Markets in the Asia-Pacific RegionFocus on Australia and ASEAN This title was first published in 2000:  An investigation of the issue of financial markets interdependence or integration through the application of recently developed and powerful techniques in time series econometrics. The text provides coverage of theoretical analysis and applications in the context of the Asia-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704107

Price Interdependence Among Equity Markets in the Asia-Pacific RegionFocus on Australia and ASEAN This title was first published in 2000:  An investigation of the issue of financial markets interdependence or integration through the application of recently developed and powerful techniques in time series econometrics. The text provides coverage of theoretical analysis and applications in the context of the Asia-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704114

Price Management in Financial ServicesSmart Strategies for Growth The financial services industry is undergoing a period of dramatic change. Deregulation has created an ultra-competitive marketplace and recent challenges like the worldwide subprime crisis SEPA and Basel II have only intensified the need for financial services providers to shift their focus to customer centric Smart Profit Growthâ„¢ strategies. Price Management in Financial Services shows how to utilize the modern techniques of value-based pricing to design professional pricing processes that go beyond the industry's current norm of purely risk and cost based pricing. The authors provide insight into strategic pricing concepts such as market segmentation product bundling multi-channel pricing and non-linear pricing and give an overview of advanced price optimization methods. The book serves as a step-by-step guide to long term profitable growth through professional pricing by familiarizing the reader with the concepts of price-response function management and price elasticity of demand. The book also includes a number of implementation strategies to incorporate Power Pricing into financial services institutions and includes a large number of Simon-Kucher & Partners' international case studies that illustrate the enormous profit potential that lies in professional pricing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255715

Price Socl Security Ils 187 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863742

Price Theory Economics is sometimes divided into two parts: positive economics and normative economics. The former deals with how the economic problem is solved while the latter deals with how the economic problem should be solved. The effects of price or rent control on the distribution of income are problems of positive economics. The desirability of these effects on income distribution is a problem of normative economics.Within economics the major division is between monetary theory and price theory. Monetary theory deals with the level of prices in general with cyclical and other fluctuations in total output total employment and the like. Price theory deals with the allocation of resources among different uses the price of one item relative to another.Prices do three kinds of things. They transmit information they provide an incentive to users of resources to be guided by this information and they provide an incentive to owners of resources to follow this information. Milton Friedman's classic book provides the theoretical underpinning for and understanding of prices.Economics is not concerned solely with economic problems. It is a social science and is therefore concerned primarily with those economic problems whose solutions involve the cooperation and interaction of different individuals. It is concerned with problems involving a single individual only insofar as the individual's behavior has implications for or effects upon other individuals. Price Theory is concerned not with economic problems in the abstract but with how a particular society solves its economic problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530713

Prices and KnowledgeA Market-Process Perspective First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755825

Prices and Wages in England First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010864

Pricing AnalyticsModels and Advanced Quantitative Techniques for Product Pricing The theme of this book is simple. The price – the number someone puts on a product to help consumers decide to buy that product – comes from data. Specifically itcomes from statistically modeling the data. This book gives the reader the statistical modeling tools needed to get the number to put on a product. But statistical modeling is not done in a vacuum. Economic and statistical principles and theory conjointly provide the background and framework for the models. Therefore this book emphasizes two interlocking components of modeling: economic theory and statistical principles. The economic theory component is sufficient to provide understanding of the basic principles for pricing especially about elasticities which measure the effects of pricing on key business metrics. Elasticity estimation is the goal of statistical modeling so attention is paid to the concept and implications of elasticities. The statistical modeling component is advanced and detailed covering choice (conjoint discrete choice MaxDiff) and sales data modeling. Experimental design principles model estimation approaches and analysis methods are discussed and developed for choice models. Regression fundamentals have been developed for sales model specification and estimation and expanded for latent class analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623934

Pricing and Costs of Monographs and SerialsNational and International Issues This book first published in 1987 is an essential volume for all library professionals responsible for acquisitions. It explores pricing from the publisher's wholesaler's and library's perspective. Experts reveal insightful information on vendors approvals acquisition costs overseas monographic pricing and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409838

Pricing and Equilibrium This volume analyses value and equilibrium. Chapters on the decisions of household and on the theory of the firm (including short and long-term planning and investment) include both static and dynamic analysis.* Based on the enlarged sixth German edition this English edition contains many diagrams and an introduction to linear programming as well as full treatment of the author's well-known theory of production. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016443

Pricing and GrowthNeo-Ricardian Approach This monograph introduces the student to the neo-Ricardian paradigm in economics. It restores the core of economic reasoning to its classical roots with a focus on production and class distribution rather than the optimum allocation of scarce resources. As in the neo-Ricardian tradition the book integrates value theory with growth theory and shows how the accumulation of capital (with its impact on growth and employment) is intertwined with price determination and income distribution. In this perspective the price setting mechanism is presented within the framework of the "megacorp" world. This leads the author to macroeconomics the determination of the aggregate price level and aggregate output. The book discusses basic growth models savings and the mechanics of income distribution. The student should be able to gain an understanding of the challenges to contemporary neoclassical economics now taking place. The book is appropriate for courses in price theory and national income. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288857

Pricing and Human CapitalA Guide to Developing a Pricing Career Managing Pricing Teams and Developing Pricing Skills The pricing profession has come a long way: from having a pure clerical function back in the 1970s to a more strategic one today pricing professionals are increasingly accepted as fully fledged members of marketing and finance teams. However in many of these organizations pricing professionals are often misunderstood and neglected from a career and talent perspective. Furthermore the literature is still silent on how to manage and develop pricing teams. Pricing and Human Capital explores the specific nature of pricing human resources and focuses on how to manage pricing teams pricing talent pricing careers and how to organize the pricing function for success. It is dedicated to the pricing function and is aimed at helping pricing professionals manage their career within marketing finance sales or IT departments. By focusing on specific practical tips tools and recommendations that pricing and HR teams can adopt to improve their relationships and including extensive interviews with senior pricing executives it is the perfect toolkit for both HR and pricing professionals. This valuable textbook with its collection of cases in pricing will also be essential for students and tutors of marketing and sales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900530

Pricing and Performance of Initial Public Offerings in the United States In this timely volume on newly emerging financial mar- kets and investment strategies Arvin Ghosh explores the intriguing topic of initial public offerings (IPOs) of securities among the most significant phenomena in the United States stock markets in recent years. Before the 2000-2001 market turndown hardly a week went by when more than a few companies did not become public either in the organized stock exchange or in the Over the Counter (OTC) market. In the often over-burdened technology-heavy Nasdaq market the role of IPOs was crucial for the market's new vigor and growth. Internet stocks were able to find a mode to supply key momentum to the market. In the so-called "New Economy" of the 1990s it was the seductively accessible IPO that ushered in the world's information technology revolution.Ghosh sets out to examine the pricing and financial performance of IPOs in the United States during the period 1990-2001. In the opening chapter he discusses the rise and fall of IPOs in the preceding decade. Chapter 2 further delineates the IPO process from the start of the prospectus to the end of the "quiet period" and aftermarket stabilization. In chapter 3 Ghosh analyzes the mispricing and deliberately deceptive underpricing or "flipping " of Internet IPOs. Chapter 4 delves deeper into the pricing and operating efficiency of Nasdaq IPOs. Chapter 5 analyzes the pricing and long-run performance of IPOs both in the New York Stock Exchange and in the Nasdaq markets. In chapters 6 and 7 the author deals with the pricing and performance of the venture-blocked and nonventure-backed IPOs in general and Internet IPOs in particular. In chapter 8 he analyzes the role of underwriters as market makers. In chapter 9 Ghosh discusses the accuracy of analysts' earnings forecasts. In the concluding chapter he summarizes the principal findings of the study and the recent revival of the IPO market and its place in capital formation as well as the latest developments in t Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127385

Pricing and Sustainability of Urban Real Estate Urban sustainability has become a political and social agenda of global significance of which real estate is an integral dimension. Sustainable urban development includes much more than ‘green building’ standards yet in practice other aspects such land use plans and locations are often overlooked. This book demonstrates that the issue of sustainable development stretches far beyond the hitherto dominating agenda based on ‘green’ (i.e. environmentally and ecologically sustainable) buildings. In doing so it presents a novel framework based on the concept of economic sustainability of real estate locations drawing connections with the global financial crisis and housing price bubble discourse. It argues for the need to better integrate social cultural and economic dimensions into the real estate sustainability agenda. It also explores the role of location and especially the image aspect therein. Trends in consumer choice are important to the way these dimensions are appreciated in decisions about investment development valuation and other activities of the production consumption and governance of the built environment. This book will be of interest to private and public sector practitioners of real estate valuation as well as scholars of urban studies geography economics urban planning and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339491

Pricing and the Sales Force Pricing and the Sales Force is the first book to link pricing strategy and the sales force together. Pricing strategy is now well established as an important means of driving profits for many organizations. Countless companies are now mastering price-setting. But what about "price-getting" – converting those list prices into the realized sales and as a result greater profitability? This is the domain of the sales force. A selection of the world’s leading specialists explore different aspects of sales force and pricing strategy integration: introduction: overview on the state of the art; building key capabilities: best practices for building sales force capabilities in pricing and value quantification; engaging the sales force: driving organizational change processes with the sales force; designing effective selling processes: designing and implementing processes that enable superior performance and; aligning sales force incentives and building the infrastructure: insights into how to align sales force incentive schemes; tools and instruments to enable the sales force to perform. The third in Hinterhuber and Liozu’s successful pricing series this book is essential reading for pricing strategy and sales scholars and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791886

Pricing Carbon in AustraliaContestation the State and Market Failure In the mid-2000s it seemed that the global carbon market would take off and spark the worldwide transition to a profitable low carbon economy. A decade on the experiment in carbon trading is failing. Carbon market schemes have been plagued by problems and resistance to carbon pricing has come from the political Left and Right. In the Australian case a national emissions trading scheme (ETS) was dismantled after a long bitter public debate. The replacement ‘Direct Action Plan’ is also in disrepute. Pricing Carbon in Australia examines the rise and fall of the ETS in Australia between 2007 and 2015 exploring the underlying contradictions of marketised climate policy in detail. Through this and other international examples the book offers a critique of the political economy of marketised climate policy exploring why the hopes for global carbon trading have been dashed. The Australian case is interpreted in light of a broader legitimation crisis as state strategies for (temporarily) displacing the climate crisis continue to fail. Importantly in the wake of carbon market failure alternative agendas for state action are emerging as campaigns for the retrenchment of fossil fuel assets and for just renewable energy transition continue transforming climate politics and policy as we know it. This book is a valuable resource for practitioners and academics in the fields of environmental policy and politics and social movement studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376826

Pricing in Business This book first published in 1971 reports on the first detailed study of pricing decisions ever made in the UK. Based on case studies it shows precisely how thirteen pricing decisions were taken. In doing so it reveals the objectives pursued by these firms and how conflicts between these objectives were resolved. The assessments of the pricing decisions show the strengths and weaknesses of the procedures used by the firms and the relative importance of economic and organizational elements in such decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370451

Pricing in General Insurance Based on the syllabus of the actuarial industry course on general insurance pricing — with additional material inspired by the author’s own experience as a practitioner and lecturer — Pricing in General Insurance presents pricing as a formalised process that starts with collecting information about a particular policyholder or risk and ends with a commercially informed rate. The main strength of this approach is that it imposes a reasonably linear narrative on the material and allows the reader to see pricing as a story and go back to the big picture at any time putting things into context. Written with both the student and the practicing actuary in mind this pragmatic textbook and professional reference: Complements the standard pricing methods with a description of techniques devised for pricing specific products (e.g. non-proportional reinsurance and property insurance) Discusses methods applied in personal lines when there is a large amount of data and policyholders can be charged depending on many rating factors Addresses related topics such as how to measure uncertainty incorporate external information model dependency and optimize the insurance structure Provides case studies worked-out examples exercises inspired by past exam questions and step-by-step methods for dealing concretely with specific situations Pricing in General Insurance delivers a practical introduction to all aspects of general insurance pricing covering data preparation frequency analysis severity analysis Monte Carlo simulation for the calculation of aggregate losses burning cost analysis and more. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466581449

Pricing Options with Futures-Style MarginingA Genetic Adaptive Neural Network Approach First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986688

Pricing Strategy ImplementationTranslating Pricing Strategy into Results Pricing can truly transform organizations. The impact of pricing on organizations is a result of two factors: pricing strategy development and the implementation of these strategies. Implementation is arguably the most difficult part in the pricing strategy process where even seasoned practitioners demand guidance. Pricing strategy development requires creativity analytical rigor and an ability to master the internal political competition for scarce resources but it takes place in a well-defined environment. Fast forward to strategy implementation: competitors that stubbornly fail to behave according to assumptions new entrants internal resistance new opportunities changing customer preferences leadership changes regulatory interventions or market growth rates that change unexpectedly are some of the intervening variables between the pricing strategy originally developed and the strategy actually implemented. This book provides the theories and best practices that enable the effective implementation of pricing strategies. It offers: a best practice overview on how to convert a pricing strategy into superior results insights from current academic research on driving profits via pricing strategy implementation examples on how to deal with digital transformation in the context of pricing tools and insights into how to overcome internal resistance align the organization and forge win-win relationships with customers Taking a new approach Pricing Strategy Implementation is a critical and practical tool for practicing executives and managers as well as academics and researchers in pricing marketing strategy and strategic management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332171

Pricing Theory Financing of International Organisations and Monetary History This book presents the lifelong and ongoing research of Lawrence H. Officer in a systematic way. The result is an authoritative treatment of such issues as market structure and economic efficiency where more than one characteristic of a commodity is priced both in general and in application to shipping conferences; financing of the United Nations and International Monetary Fund; monetary history of the UK and US; and central-bank preferences between gold and dollars The book first examines multidimensional pricing defined as pricing when a commodity or service has several characteristics that are priced. The second part is concerned with country-group conflicts in the United Nations and International Monetary Fund. The book then takes a fresh look at historical experiences of monetary-standard upheavals and the final part considers a crucial time (1958-67) during which central-bank gold-dollar decisions were power-politically determined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806832

Pride Parades and LGBT MovementsPolitical Participation in an International Comparative Perspective The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com/doi/view/10.4324/9781315474052 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license Today Pride parades are staged in countries and localities across the globe providing the most visible manifestations of lesbian gay bisexual trans queer and intersex movements and politics. Pride Parades and LGBT Movements contributes to a better understanding of LGBT protest dynamics through a comparative study of eleven Pride parades in seven European countries – Czech Republic Italy Netherlands Poland Sweden Switzerland the UK – and Mexico. Peterson Wahlström and Wennerhag uncover the dynamics producing similarities and differences between Pride parades using unique data from surveys of Pride participants and qualitative interviews with parade organizers and key LGBT activists. In addition to outlining the histories of Pride in the respective countries the authors explore how the different political and cultural contexts influence: Who participates in terms of socio-demographic characteristics and political orientations; what Pride parades mean for their participants; how participants were mobilized; how Pride organizers relate to allies and what strategies they employ for their performances of Pride. This book will be of interest to political scientists and sociologists with an interest in LGBT studies social movements comparative politics and political behavior and participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202399

Priestly Resistance to the Early Reformation in Germany Moger’s study explores the personal experience of those who found themselves on the ‘losing side’ of the Reformation. Using the private diary of Catholic priest Wolfgang Königstein Moger discusses the early years of Protestantism and its effects on the lives of German Catholics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663121

Primary and Secondary Manufacturing of Polymer Matrix Composites This book offers an insight into the primary and secondary manufacturing of different class of polymer matrix composites (PMCs). The major focus is on the fabrication of a variety of PMCs with substantial coverage of various processing techniques and related advantages and limitations. The book also describes secondary manufacturing processes such as machining and joining of PMCs and provides the know-how related to developing these techniques. It discusses recently commercialized tools and techniques and highlights the opportunities provided by the design and development of newer cutting tools and machining methods. The book covers material selection guidelines product manufacturability product development process and cost-estimating techniques that help readers to understand where a process fits within the overall scheme and which is appropriate for a particular component. This book provides professionals with valuable information related to composites product manufacturing as well as state-of-the-art knowledge in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367884925

Primary AngioplastyMechanical Interventions for Acute Myocardial Infarction Second Edition The Second Edition of Primary Angioplasty provides an update on the rationale techniques and effectiveness of direct percutaneous mechanical revascularization for acute myocardial infarction. Through the use of "real world" methods clinical perspectives and mechanical support this comprehensive resource guides interventional cardiologists and trainees through the angioplasty process safely and effectively. Innovative and clearly presented this text: includes coverage of the special needs of diabetic elderly and female patients explores stenting thrombectomy atherectomy and other techniques discusses venous and arterial grafts multivessel intervention and aneurysmatic arteries Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114654

Primary Arts EducationContemporary Issues First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162570

Primary Care Centres Primary Care Centres explores the process of planning and designing buildings for frontline medical practice. Taking as a starting point the concept that good design contributes directly to healthy living the book shows beneficial effects that a good design brief can bring to the staff patients and visitors of health care facilities. It outlines principles for designs that are both practical and useful. International case studies of healthcare facilities in the UK US Japan and South Africa provide technical detail and give best practice examples of well-designed healthy living centres with an emphasis on building performance and catering for the latest government policy developments. This new edition provides trusted guidance on investing in effective architecture for architects and project managers involved in the design of healthcare facilities. Dr Geoffrey Purves is Chairman of Purves Ash LLP a firm of Architects in Newcastle upon Tyne. He has held a range of professional appointments with the Royal Institute of British Architects and is an Honorary Research Associate at Durham University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138409040

Primary Care DiagnosticsThe Patient-Centred Approach in the New Commissioning Environment Primary care diagnostics involves interpreting and applying information obtained directly from the patient. It re-emphasises the importance of the patient's input into the diagnostic process and of using investigations only after careful consideration has been given to the costs and benefits from both the patient's and the health service's perspectives. The first edition of this book Patient-Centred Diagnosis was acclaimed for returning the patient to the centre of diagnostic input and focusing on the interaction between doctor and patient. This revised and augmented new edition Primary Care Diagnostics expands on that success; it reflects the broader and equally important issues considered by clinicians or commissioners focusing on the diagnostic approach within primary care and includes entirely new chapters on cancer and commissioning. Family doctors and other healthcare professionals in the primary care team will find this an enlightening guide. Private and commercial providers of primary care clinical assessment and diagnostic services will also find it of great interest as will healthcare managers as well as policy makers and shapers. From reviews of the First Edition: 'Even the more technical sections are expressed in a straightforward language. The style is clear flowing and engaging. Useful.' THE BRITISH JOURNAL OF GENERAL PRACTICE 'Thought provoking. Clear understandable and uses real examples from general practice. This is a book for GPs who wish to take a step back from daily practice and think about the reasons behind their actions.' PULSE Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377032

Primary Care Ethics Relevant for the entire primary care team this book provides a diverse range of perspectives on current topical issues. Healthcare ethics is a subject of increasing interest especially when it related to some of the challenging themes regularly discussed in the media. Until now there has been little useful literature for those in primary care where ethical problems are often experienced with a unique set of issues. Primary Care Ethics is rigorous and academic while remaining highly accessible for the full range of practitioners. Moral and legal aspects are clearly distinguished throughout and the theme-based approach is stimulating and original. In providing greater depth and breadth in this subject than has been available previously the book is both practical and thought-provoking and essential reading for everyone whether in academic training or practice-based primary care. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377322

Primary Care in the Twenty-First CenturyAn International Perspective Quality is at the heart of the government's strategy for NHS development and which is to be delivered through clinical governance. This book explores accreditation through practical case studies and research findings and outlines how it can assure the quality of care. Systems of accreditation for measuring and improving quality are described and show how they can be used easily and effectively to meet the challenges of the new NHS. It is clear concise and relevant to all the current changes in healthcare provision. All those responsible for delivering a service based on clinical and cost effectiveness will find it essential reading. 'In the United Kingdom primary health care is based almost wholly on general practice. From April 1999 all general practices will belong to primary care groups. Questions of quality and accountability will be high on their agenda as part of the new arrangements for clinical governance. This book on accreditation in primary care is therefore most timely.' Sir Donald Irvine President General Medical Council in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378848

Primary Care in Urban Disadvantaged Communities This approach to a common problem differs from classical texts by concentrating on clear concise presentations of standard and advanced techniques in inguinal herniorrhaphy and assumes that the underlying anatomy and pathology is already understood by the reader. It is a high-level reference written by and for experts in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379241

Primary Care NutritionWriting the Nutrition Prescription This book contains the necessary knowledge and tools to incorporate nutrition into primary care practice. As a practical matter this effort is led by a dedicated primary care physician with the help of motivated registered dietitians nurses psychologists physical therapists and office staff whether within a known practice or by referral to the community. It is essential that the nutrition prescription provided by the physician be as efficient as possible. While many team members have superior knowledge in the areas of nutrition exercise and psychology the health practitioner remains the focus of patient confidence in a therapy plan. Therefore the endorsement of the plan rather than the implementation of the plan is the most important task of the physician. This book proposes a significant change in attitude of primary health care providers in terms of the power of nutrition in prevention and treatment of common disease. It features detailed and referenced information on the role of nutrition in the most common conditions encountered in primary care practice. In the past treatment focused primarily on drugs and surgery for the treatment of disease with nutrition as an afterthought. Advanced technologies and drugs are effective for the treatment of acute disease but many of the most common diseases such as heart disease diabetes and cancer are not preventable with drugs and surgery. While there is mention of prevention of heart disease this largely relates to the use of statins with some modest discussion of a healthy diet. Similarly prevention of type 2 diabetes is the early introduction of metformin or intensive insulin therapy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138062269

Primary Care Training and DevelopmentThe Tool Kit This new edition of a classic text interprets normal and abnormal laboratory results for the wide range of tests that have become part of everyday clinical practice. Fully updated it includes new tests such as PSA velocity and free/total PSA and coeliac serology. New guidelines on specific clinical conditions such as heart failure management of female infertility specific lipid monitoring in diabetes and guidance for monitoring heart failure are also outlined. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376325

Primary CareUnderstanding Health Need and Demand 'How many general practitioners ended up in their roles thanks to a faint breeze nudging them in a given direction? How many successes resulted from failure? Some of the most successful practices were built up from nothing and some of the happiest doctors spent time not being doctors. Despite the element that fate plays in career paths it is prudent to make plans - ' A career in general practice offers many options for further professional development. While some GPs prefer to concentrate primarily on their practice others find additional fulfillment in teaching research or international collaboration. Whichever path you choose general practice promises a rewarding and exciting experience. This inspiring new book emphasises there is no single career path in general practice. Without being prescriptive its practical approach helps you make life-changing decisions prompts self-analysis and equips you with the tools to remain flexible positive and reflective about your career. 'So - have you got what it takes to practise the 'medicine plus' which is today's general practice? This book written and edited by colleagues many of whom have far more street cred than I will help you decide. If you have I wish you luck fulfilment and the gratification that comes from being a catalyst for good in the lives of your fellow human beings. If you have a role teaching and mentoring the next generation of GPs you will find this book a persuasive ally. But if you decide that hospital medicine is your preferred option - well that's fine. There would be no shame if you find the ladder to general practice too steep in settling for becoming a brain surgeon.' Roger Neighbour in the Foreword 'Lively extremely informative and engaging' Professor Roger Jones Editor British Journal of General Practice Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384627

Primary Child and Adolescent Mental HealthA Practical Guide Volume 1 Rewritten with the new primary care environment in mind this greatly expanded and updated edition of Child Mental Health in Primary Care extends the structured approach of the first edition to adoelscent mental health. As in the first edition Primary Child and Adolescent Mental Health covers each problem in a uniform way offering definitions assessment outlines detailed management options and indications for referral. Numerous case examples further illuminate aspects of many conditions. Comprehensive and practical the forty-eight chapters of Primary Child and Adolescent Mental Health cover the full range of difficulties and disabilities affecting the mental health of children and young people. The book is divided into three volumes and can either be read from cover to cover or used as a resource to be consulted for guidance on specific problems. This book is vital for all healthcare professionals including general practitioners health visitors and other staff working in primary care to assess manage and refer children and adolescents with mental health problems. School medical officers social workers and educational psychologists many of whom are in the front line of mental health provision for children and young people will also find it extremely useful. Reviews of the first edition: 'This very comprehensive and detailed book provides the tools for primary care health professionals not only to assess a child's needs but in many cases also to implement an initial package of care.' JUST FOR NURSES 'I have no reservation in recommending the book to all people working with children and families in any capacity. An important training text for a variety of professions. A very effective text to be used in daily practice for quick reference.' CHILD AND ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH 'This book is well produced and clearly written. A useful book for anyone interested or involved with children.' FAMILY PRACTICE 'I looked through the book again and again but could not find anything missing.' NURSING TIMES Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376844

Primary Child and Adolescent Mental HealthA Practical Guide Volume 3 Rewritten with the new primary care environment in mind this greatly expanded and updated edition of Child Mental Health in Primary Care extends the structured approach of the first edition to adoelscent mental health. As in the first edition Primary Child and Adolescent Mental Health covers each problem in a uniform way offering definitions assessment outlines detailed management options and indications for referral. Numerous case examples further illuminate aspects of many conditions. Comprehensive and practical the forty-eight chapters of Primary Child and Adolescent Mental Health cover the full range of difficulties and disabilities affecting the mental health of children and young people. The book is divided into three volumes and can either be read from cover to cover or used as a resource to be consulted for guidance on specific problems. This book is vital for all healthcare professionals including general practitioners health visitors and other staff working in primary care to assess manage and refer children and adolescents with mental health problems. School medical officers social workers and educational psychologists many of whom are in the front line of mental health provision for children and young people will also find it extremely useful. Reviews of the first edition: 'This very comprehensive and detailed book provides the tools for primary care health professionals not only to assess a child's needs but in many cases also to implement an initial package of care.' JUST FOR NURSES 'I have no reservation in recommending the book to all people working with children and families in any capacity. An important training text for a variety of professions. A very effective text to be used in daily practice for quick reference.' CHILD AND ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH 'This book is well produced and clearly written. A useful book for anyone interested or involved with children.' FAMILY PRACTICE 'I looked through the book again and again but could not find anything missing.' NURSING TIMES Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376851

Primary Child and Adolescent Mental HealthA Practical Guide Volume 2 Rewritten with the new primary care environment in mind this greatly expanded and updated edition of Child Mental Health in Primary Care extends the structured approach of the first edition to adoelscent mental health. As in the first edition Primary Child and Adolescent Mental Health covers each problem in a uniform way offering definitions assessment outlines detailed management options and indications for referral. Numerous case examples further illuminate aspects of many conditions. Comprehensive and practical the forty-eight chapters of Primary Child and Adolescent Mental Health cover the full range of difficulties and disabilities affecting the mental health of children and young people. The book is divided into three volumes and can either be read from cover to cover or used as a resource to be consulted for guidance on specific problems. This book is vital for all healthcare professionals including general practitioners health visitors and other staff working in primary care to assess manage and refer children and adolescents with mental health problems. School medical officers social workers and educational psychologists many of whom are in the front line of mental health provision for children and young people will also find it extremely useful. Reviews of the first edition: 'This very comprehensive and detailed book provides the tools for primary care health professionals not only to assess a child's needs but in many cases also to implement an initial package of care.' JUST FOR NURSES 'I have no reservation in recommending the book to all people working with children and families in any capacity. An important training text for a variety of professions. A very effective text to be used in daily practice for quick reference.' CHILD AND ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH 'This book is well produced and clearly written. A useful book for anyone interested or involved with children.' FAMILY PRACTICE 'I looked through the book again and again but could not find anything missing.' NURSING TIMES Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379579

Primary Commodities and Economic Development Our post-industrialised global economy has achieved spectacular success and pushed back poverty to an extent previously thought impossible. This success is ultimately based on the continued supply of both renewable and non-renewable resources. Will this supply of primary commodities remain sufficient to support global economic growth? Why are the gains for countries specialising on commodity production often so limited? Can commodity dependent countries diversify into other economic activities?Primary Commodities and Economic Development addresses the changing position of primary commodities in the world economy and investigates their importance for commodity exporting under-developed countries. The book commences with a review of the theoretical foundations for inter-dependence between commodity specialisation and economic underdevelopment. Having related the role of commodity exports and the commodity terms of trade to growth models relevant to developing economies the discussion shifts to an in-depth review of the statistical properties of the commodity terms of trade. The review of commodity price trends at the global level is then rounded off with a series of country case studies showing the concrete threats and opportunities surrounding commodity specialization.This book will be of essential reading for those with an interest in development economics and international economics as well as for scholars of natural resource and agricultural economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869595

Primary Design and Technology for the FutureCreativity Culture and Citizenship This is a challenging new book for primary teachers interested in developing their teaching of Design & Technology subject leaders in D&T and for student teachers choosing this as their specialty. It will also appeal to in-service providers and LEA advisory staff. Children's creativity cultural development and citizenship are important but currently underdeveloped in primary education. This book uniquely focuses on how these aspects can be emphasized in the teaching of Design and Technology. The National Curriculum has the potential to bring creativity cultural development and citizenship into the mainstream and the authors show the considerable extent to which D & T integrated with other curriculum subjects can contribute to realizing these goals. There are examples throughout of best current practice showing how such ideas have been implemented. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138161580

Primary Design and TechnologyA Prpcess for Learning Design and Technology involves children learning through processes that include identifying needs and opportunities generating and developing ideas planning making and evaluating. The second edition fully reflects the latest revisions in the National Curriculum and links with other curricular changes in the intervening years. Specific links are made to the National Strategies for Literacy Numeracy and ICT; to the National Standards for Subject Leaders; to Science and the other foundation subjects; to the QCA Scheme of Work for D & T; and to new initiatives in citizenship and creativity. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163003

Primary Education From Plowden To The 1990s The Plowden Report delivered high ambitions for more equitable treatment of the under-fives and intended to allow parents and children more influence. Examining how these recommendations have worked in practice this volume considers changes due to the 1988 Act. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979338

Primary English Curriculum Guide First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315069111

Primary FRCA in a Box Second Edition Primary FRCA in a Box 2e contains over 200 revision flashcards addressing all the topics needed to pass the Primary FRCA. The key subject areas of physiology pharmacology physics and anatomy are covered in easy-to-learn note format. Illustrations aid understanding making this particularly suited to the viva examination. Using standard question formats from the Royal College exams Primary FRCA in a Box 2e is an essential tool for effective revision and preparation for the Primary FRCA exams.Recommended for all qualified and trainee anaesthetists and their trainers and related health professionals. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429200359

Primary FRCA: 450 MTFs and SBAs Primary FRCA: 450 MTFs and SBAs offers a comprehensive selection of practice questions for candidates preparing for the Primary FRCA exam. Chapters cover the full breadth of the syllabus with detailed answers and explanations to reinforce understanding while accompanying references facilitate in-depth reading around the topic in question. Thoroughly updated and including 45 new questions Primary FRCA: 450 MTFs and SBAs is the ‘go to’ revision tool to maximise chances of exam success. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836952

Primary Geography Primary History First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420489

Primary Health Care and Psychiatric Epidemiology In the years prior to publication primary health care had been gaining in significance as a setting both for research on mental illness in the general population and for the development of new preventive approaches in this field. The growing need for research had received impetus from the escalating costs of hospital-based health care the re-structuring of health services in a number of countries with an increased emphasis on community care and prevention and the World Health Organization’s ‘Health for All’ campaign in response to which a growing number of national planning documents had been published. These developments had already stimulated a new interest in the scope for epidemiological and evaluative investigations based on general medical practice. This book originally published in 1992 consists of selected contributions to the first international scientific meeting on this topic held in Toronto in 1989. It is made up of five sections dealing respectively with: the growth and development of a new research field; findings of psychiatric surveys in general practice in a number of different countries; specialist and generalist medical care for mental illness – issues of selection and referral; and specialist aspects of late-life mental disorders encountered in such research. The inclusion of reports from groups of workers in the USA the UK the Netherlands Germany Spain Italy Finland Canada Australia and other countries testifies to the rapid spread of interest in these questions. With the exception of the first two chapters which sketch the background of public-health and general-practice epidemiology all the contributions are focused on general practice as a field laboratory for study of the occurrence distribution diagnostic composition and risk factors of psychiatric illness in unselected populations and present data largely unpublished from the authors’ own projects. These findings confirm the importance of research in general practice as a major growing-point of social psychiatry and provide guidelines for further progress in the years ahead. This book will still be an invaluable source of reference to all psychiatrists psychologists general practitioners and health care professionals concerned with mental disorders in the wider community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332065

Primary Health Care around the WorldRecommendations for International Policy and Development This unique book is the first to bring together primary care experiences from around the world with emphasis on non-Western regions. Utilising published articles that profile different countries’ primary health care accompanied by expert commentaries the book consolidates global primary health care information over the past decade. Profiling the different countries’ primary health care systems and their implementation of primary health care policy as promoted by WHO and WONCA the guide provides evidence of how countries and regions can introduce primary health care and family practice to improve their health care infrastructure and delivery. The book is essential reading for policy makers health educators and academic leaders in primary care and students of global health and provides useful background for those entering or established in clinical family practice around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138498679

Primary Health Care In AfricaA Study Of The Mali Rural Health Project The Mali Rural Health Project was designed as a model effort within the US foreign aid programme for extending rudimentary health services in rural areas of developing nations. Although some success was achieved the programme proved to be too costly for nation-wide implementation thus failing to achieve its immediate goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284244

Primary Health Care: People Practice Place Health care is constantly undergoing change and refinement resulting from the adoption of new practices and technologies the changing nature of societies and populations and also shifts in the very places from which care is delivered. Primary Health Care: People Practice Place draws together significant contributions from established experts across a variety of disciplines to focus on such changes in primary health care not only because it is the most basic and integral form of health service delivery but also because it is an area to which geographers have made significant contributions and to which other scholars have engaged in 'thinking geographically' about its core concepts and issues. Including perspectives from both consumers and producers it moves beyond geographical accounts of the context of health service provision through its explicit focus on the practice of primary health care. With arguments well-supported by empirical research this book will appeal not only to scholars across a range of social and health sciences but also to professionals involved in health services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262430

Primary Health CareMedicine in Its Place Primary health care (PHC) began as a solution to problems in the developing world and is coming to be seen as a profound challenge to medical attitudes the world over. The book points to three issues at the root of PHC - universal availability of essential health care to individuals families and population groups according to need the involvement of communities in planning delivering and evaluating such care and an organized active role for other sectors in health activities. It is pointed out although these principles may seem uncontroversial their introduction in developing countries has been far from smooth. When it comes to the north the principles of equity participation and intersectoral collaboration have been resisted even more strongly by both planners and the medical establishment. By examining the lessons learnt from the developing countries the author demonstrates the necessity to de-professionalize health. He writes at a time when resistance to PHC in the Third World is increasingly being based on dubious northern models for health care. This book demonstrates the way in which a strategy for survival in poor regions becomes a model for adequate and sustainable living everywhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145474

Primary Healthcare and South Asian PopulationsMeeting the Challenges The UK has the fastest growing rate of obesity in Europe with one in five adults classified as being obese. The increasing incidence of obese and overweight children is of equal concern where the rates mirror those of adults. This is a practical guide for GPs practice and community nurses and other health professionals in primary care. Illustrated with case scenarios examples of good practice and practice protocols it describes how to incorporate clinical governance with best practice in preventing and managing obesity and overweight problems. The book provides templates for personal practice and professional development plans that can be used as part of GPs' revalidation portfolios. Reflective exercises at the end of each chapter help to identify learning and service needs and useful data are included on the National Obesity Forum Guidelines together with sources of information and relevant websites. Topics include effective interventions motivation and influence adult and child diets myths and co-existing medical conditions. 'What we desperately need is a reliable evidence-based workshop manual for managing obesity. This book fits the bill. Ruth Chambers and Gill Wakley have long track records for highlighting important issues in general practice. In this book they team up with experts in obesity producing a book which I suspect will develop well-thumbed pages in a short space of time.' Ian Banks in the Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376561

Primary Healthcare PremisesAn Expert Guide Primary healthcare premises are increasingly becoming more sophisticated offering health promotion minor surgery and specialist services. The acquisition of new premises expansion or investment in traditional surgeries can be the greatest financial commitment and also one of the most daunting. This book is specifically written to enable development with minimal disruption to the daily medical routine. The book contains viewpoints of specialists with many years' experience gained from working in their individual fields. It is essential reading for GPs trainees practice managers and professional advisers to general practice. Specialist architects solicitors financial advisors accountants and health authority managers will also achieve a better understanding of this complex subject. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380834

Primary History Curriculum Guide First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163812

Primary Love and Psychoanalytic Technique One of the eternal problems of mankind is that of love and hate. Why and how does it happen that we love this one of our fellow-men feel safe in his affection expect satisfactions of our needs from him and are attracted to him while we hate and avoid other? Ever since the publication of Freud's first works one of the main objects of psycho-analytic research has been the study of these powerful currents of the human mind. The author contributed several important papers on this subject and Primary Love and Psychoanalytic Technique is a collection of his material from 1930 to 1952. The first half of this volume is a collection of all his papers on this topic. The first "Psycho-Sexual Parallels to the Fundamental Law of Biogenetics" is an attempt to trace the development of the erotic instincts from their earliest biological beginnings in unicellular organisms to their highest manifestations in human beings. Other papers deal with the problems of "Genital Love". "Transference of Emotions" of "Love and Hate" and so on. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099497

Primary Mathematics Curriculum Guide This is a curriculum guide that gives trainee teachers the opportunity to follow a tried and tested primary mathematics curriculum course. The text is easy to follow up-to-date with good current practice and utilizes materials produced by the DfEE for teachers. It includes interactive tasks to enhance understanding tasks to consolidate learning at the reader's own level and pace a full bibliography for further reading common misconceptions which the reader will find in children's work and a detailed look at the National Numeracy Strategy (NNS) and the mathematics National Curriculum. The text will provide a firm foundation for teaching mathematics to primary school children and give the reader genuine confidence in their teaching. The text has been piloted by students following a distance learning primary PGCE and revised in line with their comments. The intention of the book is to provide secure subject knowledge for mathematics alongside an understanding of the ways in which children learn mathematics. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315069531

Primary Mathematics for Teaching Assistants This easy-to-use and accessible book has been specifically written for teaching assistants. It is packed with practical activities ideas and strategies to help you to enhance your pupils’ numeracy and mathematics skills and build on your own subject knowledge. This book: includes a cross-curricular focus that shows how to stop pupils forgetting fundamental skills when changing subject suggests methods and ideas for assessment is written in line with the national strategies suggests activities for developing problem solving and thinking skills includes a breakdown of mathematical principles. Use this book whether you’re studying for qualifications or just keen to support your pupils better. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175495

Primary Music: Later Years The second of two practical classroom books on the teaching of music in primary schools Primary Music: Later Years (7-11) combines for the first time an approach based on the centrality of the class teacher's responsibility for music and working with the demands for subject knowledge and for appropriate progression at Key Stage 1. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145658

Primary Palliative CareDying Death and Bereavement in the Community This book is intended for all those who not only have to give bad news but who are also keen to give as much help and support as possible to partners and families - both immediately and during remission relapse terminal illness dying or grieving. Although it concentrates on the somewhat neglected interests of relatives much of it is very relevant to the care of patients. It is of use in a hospital environment and in primary care and readers including doctors nurses social workers and spiritual advisers will value it both when they are in training and perhaps especially in the years after qualification. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379180

Primary Research and WritingPeople Places and Spaces Developed for emerging academic writers Primary Research and Writing offers a fresh take on the nature of doing research in the writing classroom. Encouraging students to write about topics for which they have a passion or personal connection this text emphasizes the importance of primary research in developing writing skills and abilities. Authors Lynée Lewis Gaillet and Michelle F. Eble have built a pedagogical approach that makes archival and primary research interesting urgent and relevant to emerging writers. Students are able to explore ways of analyzing their findings and presenting their results to their intended readers. With in-text features to aid students in understanding primary research and its role in their writing chapters include special elements such as: Communities in Context – Profiles of traditional and digital communities that help students understand the characteristics of communities and group members Profiles of Primary Researchers – Spotlights on professionals giving an illuminating look into the role primary research plays in real-world research and writing Student Writing – Examples of exemplary student writing that demonstrate how research can be relevant engaging and interesting with annotations. Invention Exercises - Exercises designed to help students locate primary investigation within communities that they already understand or find appealing Writing Exercises - Writing exercises that offer students practice in exploring communities and investigating primary materials. Readings – Annotated readings with questions to guide analysis pulled from a variety of rich sources that give students inspiration for undertaking their own research projects.  This text has a robust companion website that provides resources for instructors and students with sample syllabi chapter overviews lecture outlines sample assignments and a list of class resources. Primary Research and Writing is an engaging textbook developed for students in the beginning stages of their academic writing careers and prepares its readers for a lifetime of research and writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785571

Primary Resources and Energy in the Third World Originally published in 1988. In this clear yet stimulating introductory text John Soussan explores the issues and arguments involved using a variety of case studies from across the Third World including the tin mining industry Rio Tinto-Zinc and fuelwood in Kenya. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231651

Primary School English-Language Education in AsiaFrom Policy to Practice In Asia English is no longer a foreign language but a key resource for education government business and the general public. Whereas thirty years ago British and American experts believed that the best way to improve the quality of English teaching was to cancel any programs below the secondary level Asian nations as well as European are now introducing English in primary school. But there are major obstacles to overcome: the training of enough local teachers or the hiring of English speakers the preparation of suitable teaching materials the development of useful tests and the design of workable curriculums. The chapters in this book written by leading English-teaching professionals in seven Asian countries and originally delivered at the 2010 annual conference of Asia TEFL which took place in Hanoi Vietnam describe and analyze national policies and how they are implemented. The coverage is wide: China with its huge number of students learning English Japan working to make the transition from elementary to secondary school seamless Singapore continuing to use English as medium of instruction for its multilingual population Korea developing English education policies to recognize the increased role of English alongside the national language India building on its colonial past to make English an economic resource Vietnam fitting English into a program of national rebuilding and Taiwan spreading its English teaching outside the national capital. This is not a report of the views of outside experts but of local experiences understood by local scholars of international standing. Policy makers educators researchers and scholars will be able to gain valuable insights from Asian experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629683

Primary School Geography (1994) Published in 1994 this book is the result of the collaborative work undertaken at the Liverpool-based Geography INSET Primary Project (GIPP) over three years. It presents a series of chapters for primary teachers seeking to implement the Statutory Orders for Geography in the National Curriculum. Steering a middle course between the sophistications of a theoretical/methodological text and the over-simplifications of a ‘tips-for-teachers’ approach the authors highlight the positive opportunities offered by the National Curriculum. At the same time they are critical of many aspects of the Statutory Orders without losing sight of their objective to help teachers to improve the quality of primary geography teaching. The book is especially useful for INSET work for teachers who have already grappled with National Curriculum Geography and who will be adjusting to the post-Dearing rearrangements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493155

Primary School GymnasticsTeaching Movement Action Successfully This book is designed to help teachers develop well-structured and progressive programs of gymnastics activities for primary-aged children (3-11 years). In gymnastics children learn not only how their bodies move and how body parts work in co-operation with other parts but they are also able to develop awareness of space and a sense of control. Practical Primary Gymnastics presents themed activities appropriate for infant junior and upper junior levels and shows how teachers can plan to use these in structured themes of work. The activities aim to broaden children's abilities in: jumping and landing skills; rolling actions; taking weight on different body parts; using a range of traveling actions; and working at floor level and using gymnastic apparatus at varying heights. Gymnastics is a fundamental part of the PE curriculum. This book offers practical help for teachers in this vital area and focuses on enabling individual children to succeed at their own level. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138373075

Primary School Management: Learning from ExperienceCase Studies by Primary and Middle School Headteachers This lively book is based on case studies written by heads from a variety of settings each of them facing different problems and concerns. The issues raised are examined in-depth including: improving the quality of pupils' learning experience effective staff organisation and development development of policy and the management of resources establishing good relaionships between the head the school and the community Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421264

Primary School Physical EducationResearch into Practice This book aims to put right the fact that there is a dearth of texts written specifically for primary school teachers which provides information about key issues and current research evidence in ways which are comprehensible to a non-specialist and which guide practice. The ability to use research evidence to improve and inform practice is now a requirement for the award of QTS. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046722

Primary School Teaching and Educational Psychology Drawing upon extensive research David Galloway and Anne Edwards analyse the increasing pressures on teachers from the national curriculum and other recent legislation. They look carefully at childrens' learning and behavioural difficulties and show how educational psychology can extend our understanding of teacher's day-to-date work in the classroom. Primary Teaching and Educational Psychology is a refreshing and at times controversial examination of primary teaching and the application of educational psychology. It will be essential reading for trainee teachers and will stimulate more experienced teachers to re-evaluate their current practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421950

Primary Science - Making It Work First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165397

Primary Science Curriculum Guide This guide provides trainee teachers with an insight into the nature and teaching of primary science. It aims to introduce you to the ways in which children learn science and to the science itself. Each Unit can be studied independently or used to support/prepare for school experiences. You will be directed towards additional reading which will develop or confirm the subject knowledge you will need to achieve QTS. the curriculum guide is up-to-date revised to take account of Curriculum 2000 and accepted 'good practice' in primary science teaching and learning. It is also flexible - many of the Units are stand-alone. They can be undertaken in any order at your own pace to complement school experiences. The Units are practical and feasible: the activities suggested can be undertaken by the non-specialist; in many cases without specialized equipment or access to large numbers of pupils. The guide is comprehensive covering all the primary science elements in Curriculum 2000 and giving background information into other aspects of primary science teaching. It is also supportive - the guide suggests further texts to support trainees' own understanding of the scientific and pedagogical concepts involved. Additional reading draws on the TTA's list of approved key texts. The original text was piloted by students following a distance-learning PGCE course. It has been revised and updated in line with their comments and to meet Curriculum 2000 and Curriculum Guidance for the Foundation Stage. The text was initially developed as a core text for the part-time distance-learning course at Liverpool Hope and is designed for trainee teachers on distance learning and flexible routes returning converting or overseas teachers. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203822609

Primary ScienceKnowledge and Understanding Many primary school teachers feel that they do not have sufficient knowledge or understanding of scientific subjects simply because they are not science specialists. Written in clear jargon free style this book takes a step-by-step approach to all the topics of the National Curriculum for science at Key Stages 1 and 2. Throughout it gives useful illustrations and real life examples to demonstrate the ideas being raised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158948

Primary Sources of Yellow Peril Series II (4-vol. set) (ES) #NOM? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9784861660337

Primary Special Needs and the National Curriculum This new edition of Ann Lewis's widely acclaimed text has been substantially revised and updated to take into account the recent revisions to the National Curriculum and the guidance of the Code of Practice. It provides: *an analysis of the issues and practicalities of implementing the National Curriculum at primary school level *an exploration of the main trends concerning the education of children with learning difficulties *guidelines on safeguarding a broad curriculum assessing children's learning and helping all children gain access to the National Curriculum Related issues such as the grouping of children the role of the special needs coordinator resources record keeping and the legal position are also examined. These areas are explored in the light of classroom practice evidence about the impact of the National Curriculum to date and wider research evidence and policy analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059981

Primary Teaching AssistantsCurriculum in context Teaching Assistants are uniquely placed to support children’s involvement with learning. The role of those who work alongside teachers in the classroom has changed dramatically in recent years and teaching assistants are increasingly involved in planning teaching and assessing all aspects of the curriculum. This second edition has been thoroughly updated and includes new chapters on learning in gardens children’s play in virtual environments specialist approaches for children with communication difficulties the nature of learning at home the place of poetry child abuse learning in a breakfast club children’s spelling and the importance of playtime. Exploring the issues that are central to fostering children’s learning the book examines: strategies for supporting learning and assessment in English maths and science inclusive and imaginative practices in all areas of learning home and community contexts for learning working practices which support professional development. Written for teaching assistants and also teachers the book aims to enrich the contribution that teaching assistants as team members can make to children’s learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504331

Primary Teaching AssistantsLearners and learning Primary Teaching Assistants: Learners and Learning draws together ideas that are of central importance to teaching assistants and other support staff working in primary schools. It presents a rich variety of material written by teachers teaching assistants researchers and parents that has been carefully chosen to offer a broad-based understanding of learning and the contexts in which learners can engage meaningfully with learning.  This second edition has been thoroughly updated and includes new chapters on effective communication anti-cyber bullying bullying amongst girls higher level teaching assistants restorative justice and informal learning. Bringing together different perspectives it examines: • the changing role of teaching assistants • the nature of learning and assessment • approaches to learning support and inclusive practice • the relationships that are central to learning and children’s social development. Written for learning support staff and also their teaching colleagues the book aims to enrich the contribution that adults can make to children’s learning in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504317

Primary Teaching TodayAn Introduction Primary Teaching Today takes the reader ‘behind the scenes’ and alerts them to the fundamental attitudes and practices that every new primary teacher must acquire to make a success of their work and crucially to get maximum enjoyment while doing so. With a friendly narrative style and refreshing candour the book focuses as much on what primary teachers should aspire to be as it does on what teachers are meant to do. Thus the early chapters orientate towards the attributes for which teachers should persevere; the later chapters are more heavily weighted towards the implications for classroom practice and work in school. The final chapter offers a variety of exercises and tasks to deepen thinking and enhance professional learning linked to the QTS Standards. Throughout the book there are ‘Extend your thinking’ prompts containing statements and questions to stimulate the reader in facing challenging issues a ‘Terminology check’ to clarify meanings of terms plus ‘Strengthening practice’ boxes with practical suggestions about implementation. The book is also unusual in that it provides relevant information about key issues under ‘Professional learning perspectives’ at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175013

Primary Tooth Development in InfancyA Text and Atlas Primary Tooth Development in Infancy: A Text and Atlas describes the initial phase of human dentition. It includes more than 1 500 photographs of fetal and infant teeth up to the age of one year. The book presents each step in the developmental phases in photographs accompanied by concise explanatory text. The teeth are photographed from six different aspects: labial lingual mesial distal incisal and from the root direction and includes CT images in some cases. Topics covered include morphology and development of primary dentition discrimination criteria for human dentitions forensic importance of direct and indirect measuring techniques dental identification and age estimation from teeth achieving dental evidence from oral autopsy and age estimation formulae. The book also discusses the neonatal line concept of intrauterine life accompanied by corresponding scanning electron microscope photographs. A supplementary software program for age estimation from dental measurements can also be used in conjunction with the material in this text. Meticulously prepared by a team of experts this atlas is a valuable tool for odontologists pediatricians pedodontists forensic scientists and dental anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482238518

Primary UnderstandingEducation in Early Childhood Beginning with descriptions of the ways in which children make sense of their experience and the world such as fantasy stories and games Egan constructs his argument that constituting this foundational layer are sets of cultural sense-making capacities reflected in oral cultures throughout the world. Egan sees education as the acquisition of these sets of sense-making capacities available in our culture and his goal is to conceptualize primary education in a way that over comes the dichotomy between progressivisim and traditionalism attending both the needs of the individual child and the accumulation of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008458

Primate Behavior and Human Origins This comprehensive introduction demonstrates the theoretical perspectives and concepts that are applied to primate behavior and explores the relevance of non-human primates to understanding human behavior. Using a streamlined and student-friendly taxonomic framework King provides a thorough overview of the primate order. The chapters cover common features and diversity and touch on ecology sociality life history and cognition. Text boxes are included throughout the discussion featuring additional topics and more sophisticated taxonomy. The book contains a wealth of illustrations and further resources to support teaching and learning are available via a companion website. Written in an engaging and approachable style this is an invaluable resource for students of primate behavior as well as human evolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853171

Primate Behavioral Ecology This comprehensive introductory text integrates evolutionary ecological and demographic perspectives with new results from field studies and contemporary noninvasive molecular and hormonal techniques to understand how different primates behave and the significance of these insights for primate conservation. Each chapter is organized around the major research themes in the field with Strier emphasizing the interplay between theory observations and conservation issues. Examples are drawn from the "classic" primate field studies as well as more recent studies on previously neglected species illustrating the vast behavioral variation that exists across the primate order. Primate Behavioral Ecology 5th Edition also examines how anthropogenic activities are negatively impacting primate populations including a thorough analysis of behavioural plasticity and its implications. This fully updated new edition incorporates exciting new discoveries and the most up-to-date approaches in the field to provide an invaluable overview of the field of primate behavioral ecology and its applications to primate conservation. It is considered to be a “must read” for all students interested in primates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954366

Primate Ethnographies Applies an ethnographic perspective to the study of primatesPrimate Ethnographies 1/e is a collection of first-person accounts of immersive field studies of primates people and institutions revealing the wide spectrum of primate science (primatology). Essays cover such primates as lemurs New World monkeys Old World monkeys and apes. Readers experience the excitement of discovery and the challenges of primate field research. Primate Ethnographies can be used as a textbook or a companion reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205214662

Primate Ethology This is a groundbreaking workwhich brought together studiesof monkeys and apes from boththe laboratory and the field. Manybroad aspects of primate life including facial expressions sexual signals grooming play social organization and parental care are covered bythe contributors and provided a whole new approach toprimate behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530720

Primate Evolution and Human Origins Primate Evolution and Human Origins compiles for the first time the major ideas and publications that have shaped our current view of the evolutionary biology of the primates and the origin of the human line. Designed for freshmen-to-graduate students in anthropology paleontology and biology the book is a unique collection of classic papers culled from the past 20 years of research. It is also an important reference for academicians and researchers as it covers the entire scope of primate and human evolution (with an emphasis on the fossil record). A comprehensive bibliography cites over 2000 significant articles not found in the main text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530737

Primate Models of Human Neurogenic Disorders Originally published in 1976 this volume reports research that will help us to understand the causes of psychogenic diseases. It deals both experimentally and theoretically with the question of symptom specificity in psychosomatic research – why some individuals respond to psychological stress with gastric disorders others with sexual impotence and still others with high blood pressure. As the author notes in summarizing his conclusions "The repeated pairing of activation of a given organic system with intense nervous stress directs the pathological influence of the stressor primarily upon the system activated; subsequently the natural stimuli which would ordinarily activate the system in a normal manner sustain the pathological stressor’s effect as a conditioned stimulus for the stressor effect." The translation of this work from the original Russian brings to the attention of Western investigators new and useful models of stress-induced disorders and sheds new light on the pervasive problem of psychosomatic disease. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379232

Primate SocietiesGroup Techniques of Ecological Adaptation In this book Hans Kummer one of the world's leading primate ethologists examines the patterns of social interaction among primates. He examines this social behavior from the fundamentally biological viewpoint of evolutionary adaptation as part of the survival mechanisms for the species. Recognizing that all activity is constituted in part of genetic programming and in part of adaptive behavior he explores the borderline area between the genetic and the "cultural." By use of astute observation and clever experimentation he shows that many aspects of social behavior are inherited and differentially inherited among various primate groups. These data also show however that the individuals and troops learn much in primate social life and that these forms are responsive to particular ecological situations. Drawing heavily on knowledge gleaned from his own well-known studies of the Hamadryas baboon Dr. Kummer introduces the reader to the daily life of a particular primate society. From this sample case he proceeds to a more general characterization of primate societies using as examples the great apes and monkeys of Africa Asia and South America and particularly the widely studied terrestrial monkey species. The particularities of primate communication social structure and economy are described and special attention is devoted to the primate counterparts of kinship and age groups-behavioral differences based on age and sex and mating and grouping systems. This is followed by a chapter dealing with the ecological functions of the major parameters of primate social life such as group size and the coordination of activities within it-dominance leadership systems and spatial arrangements. The second part of the book is concerned with the origins of behavioral traits of primates discussed from phylogenetic ecological and cultural points of view again using data-based examples. Dr. Kummer explains why some traits have not evolved that would have been adaptive and traces the rise of several secondary functions in their place. The final section of- the book confronts man with his fellow primates emphasizing the probable limits imposed upon human culture by the existing phylogenetic heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530744

Primate VisionsGender Race and Nature in the World of Modern Science Haraway's discussions of how scientists have perceived the sexual nature of female primates opens a new chapter in feminist theory raising unsettling questions about models of the family and of heterosexuality in primate research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168381

Prime Minister and Cabinet Government Fully revised and updated this new edition of Simon James’s comprehensible and accessible text provides an excellent insight into the work of the Prime Minister and Cabinet government. It draws on the wealth of new material that has become available in recent years to shed light on the mechanisms and processes of the Cabinet system in Britain focusing on the post-1979 period. Its coverage includes: ministers and their departments; collective decision-making; the role of the Prime Minister; the strengths and weaknesses of the Cabinet system; and the future of the Cabinet system. Prime Minister and Cabinet Government will give both A-level students and undergraduates a clear understanding of the realities of this central aspect of British politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545953

Prime Time AnimationTelevision Animation and American Culture In September 1960 a television show emerged from the mists of prehistoric time to take its place as the mother of all animated sitcoms. The Flintstones spawned dozens of imitations just as two decades later The Simpsons sparked a renaissance of primetime animation. This fascinating book explores the landscape of television animation from Bedrock to Springfield and beyond.The contributors critically examine the key issues and questions including: How do we explain the animation explosion of the 1960s? Why did it take nearly twenty years following the cancellation of The Flintstones for animation to find its feet again as primetime fare? In addressing these questions as well as many others essays examine the relation between earlier made-for-cinema animated production (such as the Warner Looney Toons shorts) and television-based animation; the role of animation in the economies of broadcast and cable television; and the links between animation production and brand image. Contributors also examine specific programmes like The Powerpuff Girls Daria Ren and Stimpy and South Park from the perspective of fans exploring fan cybercommunities investigating how ideas of 'class' and 'taste' apply to recent TV animation and addressing themes such as irony alienation and representations of the family. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015545

Prime Time Soap Operas on Indian Television This book examines the phenomenon of prime time soap operas on Indian television. An anthropological insight into social issues and practices of contemporary India through the television this volume analyzes the production of soaps within India’s cultural fabric. It deconstructs themes and issues surrounding the "everyday" and the "middle class" through the fiction of the "popular". In its second edition this still remains the only book to examine prime time soap operas on Indian television. Without in any way changing the central arguments of the first edition it adds an essential introductory chapter tracking the tectonic shifts in the Indian "mediascape" over the past decade – including how the explosion of regional language channels and an era of multiple screens have changed soap viewing forever. Meticulously researched and persuasively argued the book traces how prime time soaps in India still grab the maximum eyeballs and remain the biggest earners for TV channels. The book will be of interest to students of anthropology and sociology media and cultural studies visual culture studies gender and family studies and also Asian studies in general. It is also an important resource for media producers both in content production and television channels as well as for the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367470906

Prime Time Soap Operas on Indian Television This book focuses onurban family soaps on television and analyses them as an important resource for anthropological insights into contemporary social issues and practices. It studies thepopular andeveryday while also concentrating on the middle class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176457

Prime TimeA History of the Middle Aged in Twentieth-Century Britain Numerous studies consider the history of childhood adolescence and old age yet the middle aged consistently the most productive and powerful of age groups have been consistently ignored. In this pioneering study John Benson considers how perceptions and experience of middle age have changed and how its power-base has diminished affected by the steady ageing of the population the increasing independence of the yound and growing economic insecurity. This thought-provoking study also illuminates the whole economic social and cultural history of twentieth-century Britain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315842967

Prime TimeMaximizing the Therapeutic Experience -- A Primer for Psychiatric Clinicians One of the difficulties that all psychiatrists encounter when they see patients for less than fifty minutes is how to be empathic while on the run. Nowadays the psychiatrist often behind schedule has but a Twenty Minute Hour to evaluate a patient’s level of functioning and current symptoms and side effects; to judge their responsiveness to medication; to do some teaching about medication and/or disease management; and finally to complete the chart. Prime Time gives pointers from an experienced clinician on how to deal more effectively and efficiently within time constraints. It is designed to assist psychiatrists with medication and evaluation and to allow for psychotherapy in addition to the requisite psychopharmacology. The primer provides a number of short cuts and clinical maneuvers in initiating and ending sessions that can help promote positive transference assist effective flow of information and aid in closing out the session without falling behind schedule. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203878477

Primer in Theory ConstructionAn A&B Classics Edition A Primer in Theory Construction is for those who have already studied one or more of the social behavioral or natural sciences but have no formal introduction to the way theories are constructed stated tested and connected together to form a scientific body of knowledge. The author discusses scientific theories in general terms but also addresses the special challenges of developing scientific knowledge about social and human phenomena. This Allyn and Bacon Classics Edition contains the complete text of the original copyright 1971 version with new typography and page design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467989

Primer of Adlerian PsychologyThe Analytic - Behavioural - Cognitive Psychology of Alfred Adler A Primer of Adlerian Psychology offers an accessible yet very learned introduction to Adlerian Psychology. Also known as Individual Psychology the approach stresses the unity of the individual the subjective choices he or she makes and the goals the individual works towards he or she moves through life. Therapists can apply this theory in a variety of settings with populations of all ages making it a highly practical and valuable approach. Written by two scholars with extensive knowledge and experience in this school of thought this book covers the basic tenets of Individual Psychology geared toward those students and clinicians who are yet unfamiliar with Adler's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132733

Primer of Public Relations ResearchThird Edition Thousands of public relations (PR) students and professionals have relied on this authoritative text to understand the key role of research in planning and evaluating PR campaigns. Revised and expanded to reflect today's emphasis on standards-based practice the third edition has a heightened emphasis on setting baselines creating benchmarks and assessing progress. Stacks presents step-by-step guidelines for using a wide range of qualitative and quantitative methods to track output outtakes and outcomes and shows how to present research findings clearly to clients. Every chapter features review questions and a compelling practice problem. PowerPoint slides for use in teaching are provided at the companion website. Instructors requesting a desk copy also receive a supplemental Instructor's Manual with a test bank suggested readings and case studies.New to This Edition:*Chapter on standardization moving beyond the prior edition's focus on best practices.*Chapter on different types of data sets with attention to the advantages and disadvantages of using Big Data.*Addresses the strategic use of key performance indicators.*Covers the latest content analysis software.Pedagogical Features:*Each chapter opens with a chapter overview and concludes with review questions.*End-of-chapter practice problems guide readers to implement what they have learned in a PR project.*Appendix provides a dictionary of public relations measurement and research terms.*Supplemental Instructor's Manual and PowerPoint slides. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462522705

Primer on Composite Materials Analysis (revised) A widely used intermediate short text by a composite materials pioneer. Both the quantitative and qualitative aspects of analysis are explained. The presentation is concise and tightly organized. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412866

Primer on Radiation Oncology PhysicsVideo Tutorials with Textbook and Problems Gain mastery over the fundamentals of radiation oncology physics! This package gives you over 60 tutorial videos (each 15-20 minutes in length) with a companion text providing the most complete and effective introduction available. Dr. Ford has tested this approach in formal instruction for years with outstanding results. The text includes extensive problem sets for each chapter. The videos include embedded quizzes and "whiteboard" screen technology to facilitate comprehension. Together this provides a valuable learning tool both for training purposes and as a refresher for those in practice. Key Features A complete learning package for radiation oncology physics including a full series of video tutorials with an associated textbook companion website Clearly drawn simple illustrations throughout the videos and text Embedded quiz feature in the video tutorials for testing comprehension while viewing Each chapter includes problem sets (solutions available to educators) Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138591707

Primer on Risk AnalysisDecision Making Under Uncertainty Primer on Risk Analysis: Decision Making Under Uncertainty Second Edition lays out the tasks of risk analysis in a straightforward conceptual manner tackling the question "What is risk analysis?" Distilling the common principles of many risk dialects into serviceable definitions it provides a foundation for the practice of risk management and decision making under uncertainty for professionals from all disciplines. New in this edition is an expanded risk management emphasis that includes an overview chapter on enterprise risk management and a chapter on decision making under uncertainty designed to help decision makers use the results of risk analysis in practical ways to improve decisions and their outcomes. This book will empower you to enter the world of risk management in your own domain of expertise by providing you with practical insightful useful and adaptable knowledge of risk analysis science including risk management risk assessment and risk communication. Features: Answers the fundamental question "What is Risk Analysis?" Presents the tasks of risk management risk assessment and risk communication in a straightforward conceptual manner Responds to the continuing evolution of risk science and addresses the language of risk as it continues to evolve Expands the risk management emphasis with a new chapter to serve private industry and a growing public sector interest in the growing practice of enterprise risk management Includes a new chapter on decision making under uncertainty provides practical guidance and ideas for using risk science to improve decisions and their outcomes Features an expanded set of examples of the risk process that demonstrate the growing applications of risk analysis This book is suitable for executives professionals and students who seek a fundamental understanding of risk management risk assessment and risk communication. A more detailed examination of this topic suitable for practitioners from any discipline as well as students and professionals who aspire to become experts in the practice of risk analysis science is found in Principles of Risk Analysis: Decision Making Under Uncertainty Second Edition ISBN: 978-1-138-47820-6. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138312289

Prime-Time SocietyAn Anthropological Analysis of Television and Culture Updated Edition A landmark comparative study (U.S. and Brazil) of television's social and cultural effects on human behavior. The Updated Edition brings forward the author‘s research on this topic since the original volume was published in 1990 with an extensive new Introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403468

Primitive Agony and Symbolization The fundamental outlook of this book is clinical. It attempts to establish a unitary model of the processes at work in different forms of narcissistic pathology and to offer a model that is both an alternative to and complementary to Freud's model of what are usually considered to be neurotic problems. The aim is to extract a sequence of mental processes that could be seen as typical of narcissistic disturbances of the sense of identity with their several forms and clinical variations. The book describes how these are structured together with their intrapsychic and intersubjective functions based on the hypothesis of a defensive pattern that is set up to counter the effect of a split-off primary trauma and the threat that hangs over the mind and subjectivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758568

Primitive Capital Accumulation in the Sudan This title available in eBook format. Click here for more information.Visit our eBookstore at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419247

Primitive Economics of the New Zealand Maori (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1929 Raymond Firth’s original and insightful study offers an incredibly detailed account of the social and economic organisation of the Maori people before their contact with Western civilisation. Bridging the gap between anthropology and economics the work covers the class structure land system industry methods of co-operative labour exchange and distribution and the psychological foundations of Maori society. This reissue will be welcomed by all students of anthropology and anyone interested the history of the Maori people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694735

Primitive Elements of Grammatical TheoryPapers by Jean-Roger Vergnaud and His Collaborators This book is a compilation of manuscripts and publications from 2001-2010 by Jean-Roger Vergnaud in collaboration with colleagues and students. This work is guided by the scientific belief that broader mathematical principles should guide linguistic inquiry as they guide classical biology and physics. From this Vergnaud’s hypotheses take the representation of the computational component of language to a more abstract level: one that derives constituent structure. He treats linguistic features as primitives and argues that a 2 x n matrix allows for multiple discrete dimensions to represent symmetries in linguistic features and to derive the fabric of syntax (and perhaps of phonology as well). Three primary research questions guide the core of these papers. (A) Methodologically how can broadly defined mathematical/cognitive principles guide linguistic investigation? (B) To what extent do general mathematical principles apply across linguistic domains? What principles guide computation at different levels of linguistic structure (phonology metrical structure syntax)? (C) How is the computational domain defined? In these manuscripts Vergnaud’s goal is not to radically depart from the Minimalist Program within generative grammar but rather to take the underlying goal of the generative program and bring it to an even more general scientific level. The themes of symmetry and periodicity in this book reflect his goal of scientific progress in linguistics and he has opened the doors to new exploration of old empirical problems in linguistics that may someday have deeper biological and physical explanations through the theory presented in this publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548756

Primitive Experiences of LossWorking with the Paranoid-Schizoid Patient Taking as his starting point Melanie Klein's concept of the paranoid-schizoid position and succinctly reviewing subsequent developments within the Kleinian perspective the author formulates a distinctive and subtle argument concentrated on the topic of primitive loss. It is the author's conviction that the experience of loss has a primacy within the paranoid-schizoid position but that this has received insufficient and inadequate recognition with significant implications for analytic technique. With this standpoint as his orienting focus the author provides a finely-textured and penetrating discussion of such issues as projective identification symbolization transference and counter transference. A thoughtful and perceptive examination of theoretical issues is buttressed with substantial illustrative case material throughout. Calling for further work to be done in refining and clarifying the understanding of loss and its intrapsychic interpersonal and technical ramifications the present volume represents a significant contribution and stimulus to that task Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105167

Primitive Expression and Dance TherapyWhen dancing heals This book provides a rigorous and comprehensive account of primitive expression in dance therapy focusing on the use of rhythm and exploring the therapeutic potential inherent in the diverse traditions of popular dance from tribal shamanic dance to styles such as rock rap and hip-hop strongly present in our contemporary society. Drawing on the author’s vast experience in the field of dance therapy the book examines biological psychological and anthropological foundations of rhythm based therapies considering their roots in biological rhythms such as the heartbeat and using such rhythms in therapy. Chapters include: • The link between animal and man: ethology • Shamanism• Gestural symmetry coupling with the other• Bilateralism as structuring dialogue• Rhythm dance therapy• New fields in the application of dance therapy. Clinical examples are provided throughout the book to comprehensively demonstrate how dance rhythm therapy can contribute to the use of the arts therapies. It offers a fresh perspective for researchers psychotherapists and clinicians who want to use dance therapy techniques as well as arts therapists and those who want to learn more about artistic and cultural dance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291089

Primitive Games This book shows how primitive games relate to the broader framework of the theory of games and provides a general discussion of the different types of primitive games. It deals with applications of primitive games to particular areas of social research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284251

Primitive Italy Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868020

Primitive Labour Originally published in 1924 Dudley Buxton explores the evolution of primitive societies in relation to labour. This is mostly done by studying primitive inventions to try and understand how each of these inventions was used to contribute to everyday living and to develop the society’s material culture. This study places an emphasis on understanding the importance of various industrial tools to societies in relation to different industries and geographical factors such as climate. This title will be of interest to students of Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182028

Primitive Law Past and Present This book is a study of the beginnings of law and the 'primitive' stages of its development from the first rudimentary rules of conduct to the codes of the legal systems. Its scope extends to both cultures and legal systems from the ancient and medieval past: those of the Babylonians and Assyrians Hittites Hebrews Romans Hindus English and other German peoples and those of Africa Australia and America. Correlating early economic and legal development the book illustrates how laws change with the development of material culture. Originally published in 1971. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866668

Primitive Mental StatesA Psychoanalytic Exploration of the Origins of Meaning Traditional psychoanalysis relies on the presence of certain meaning-making capacities in the patient for its effectiveness. Primitive Mental States examines how particular capacities including those for symbolising fantasising dreaming experiencing and finding meanings in those experiences can be taken for granted. Many of us lack these capacities in certain dimensions of our minds making traditional psychoanalysis ineffective. In this book international contributors are brought together to consider a radical evolution in contemporary psychoanalytic theory developed from a combination of ultrasound studies infant analysis and observation of mothers and babies. These findings demonstrate how much mental life exists even before birth and considers unevolved unborn and barely born aspects of the self such as the birth of emotion and the birth of alpha functioning. Topics covered include: prenatal imprints on the mind and body difficult to treat patients non-verbal non-symbolic disembodied states of being early relational and attachment trauma. Illustrated throughout with original data and extensive clinical discussions from some of the biggest names in the field Primitive Mental States will be a useful resource for students and seasoned analysts alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787411

Primitive PhotographyA Guide to Making Cameras Lenses and Calotypes Primitive Photography considers the hand-made photographic process in its entirety showing the reader how to make box-cameras lenses paper negatives and salt prints using inexpensive tools and materials found in most hardware and art-supply stores. Step-by-step procedures are presented alongside theoretical explanations and historical background. Streamlined calotype procedures are demonstrated featuring different paper negative processes and overlooked developing-out printing methods. Primitive Photography combines the simplicity of pinhole photography the handmade quality of alternative processes and the precision of large-format. For those seeking alternatives to commercially prepared material as well as digital photography it provides the instructions for creating the entire photographic process from the ground up. Given its scope and treatment of the photographic process as a whole this may be the first book of its kind to appear in over a century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170797

Primitive Polynesian Economy A great classic of British anthropology Primitive Polynesian Economy is structured as follows: · Problems of Primitive Economics · Food and Population in Tikopia · Knowledge Technique and Economic Lore · The Labour Situation · Ritual in Productive Activity · Economic Functions of the Chiefs · Property and Capital in Production · Principles of Distribution and Payment · Exchange and Value · Characteristics of a Primitive Economy First published in 1939. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866545

Primitive Ritual and BeliefAn Anthropological Essay This book first published in 1917 investigates the rites and beliefs of people who had remained in a ‘primitive’ state of culture throughout the ages. Special attention was paid to the ritual and mythology of the Aborigines of Australia in what was then some of the first studies of their beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641846

Primitivism First published in 1972 this books examines the subject of primitivism through the study of the work of a number of major writers including D. H. Lawrence Herman Melville Joseph Conrad T. S. Eliot and James Joyce. It looks at the variety of definitions and uses of primitivism and how the idea has changed over time as well as with each writer. In doing so it is argued that primitivism denotes or arises from a sense of crisis in civilization and it is born of the interplay between the civilized self and the desire to reject or transform it. This book will be of interest to those studying modern literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220423

Primo Levi's Narratives of EmbodimentContaining the Human This innovative reading of Primo Levi’s work offers the first sustained analysis in English of his representations of bodies and embodiment. Discussion spans the range of Levi’s works — from testimony to journalism from essays to science fiction stories — identifying and tracing multiple narratives of embodiment and disembodiment across his oeuvre. These narratives range from the abject disembodied condition of prisoners in Auschwitz to posthuman or cyborg individuals whose bodies merge with technological devices. Levi’s representations of bodies are explored in relation to theories of embodiment and posthumanism bringing his work into new dialogue with critical discourses on these issues. Taking inspiration from Levi’s definition of the human being as a constructor of containers as well as from the recurring references to both material and metaphorical containing structures in his work the book suggests that for Levi embodiment involves constant negotiations of containment. He depicts the complex relationships between physical and social bodies the material and the immaterial self the conscious and unconscious subject the organic and the technologically-enhanced body engaging with evolving understandings of the boundaries of the body the self and the human. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883604

Princ Literary Criticism V3 First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315010854

Prince: The Making of a Pop Music Phenomenon The career of the prolific pop artist Prince has become inextricably intertwined with the history of popular music since the late 1970s. This multi-instrumental icon who remains one of the highest-grossing live performers in America has been called a genius for his musicianship composition and incredible performances. But Prince holds iconic status for more than his music. Best known for his racial blurring and extravagant sexual persona Prince's music and visual iconography has always chimed with the ambiguity of subjectivity at any given moment. 'Prince' the sign offers a space for fans to evaluate and reconfigure their attitudes towards their own identities and towards their position as subjects within the socio-cultural sphere. This much-needed interdisciplinary analysis is the first of its kind to examine critically Prince's popular music performances sounds lyrics and the plethora of accompanying visual material such as album covers posters fashions promotional videos and feature films. Specifically the book explores how and why he has played such a profoundly meaningful and significant role in his fans' lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472413284

Princely India Re-imaginedA Historical Anthropology of Mysore from 1799 to the present India’s Princely States covered nearly 40 per cent of the Indian subcontinent at the time of Indian independence and they collapsed after the departure of the British. This book provides a chronological analysis of the Princely State in colonial times and its post-colonial legacies. Focusing on one of the largest and most important of these states the Princely State of Mysore it offers a novel interpretation and thorough investigation of the relationship of king and subject in South Asia. The book argues that the denial of political and economic power to the king especially after 1831 when direct British control was imposed over the state administration in Mysore was paralleled by a counter-balancing multiplication of kingly ritual rites and social duties. The book looks at how at the very time when kingly authority was lacking income and powers of patronage its local sources of power and social roots were being reinforced and rebuilt in a variety of ways. Using a combination of historical and anthropological methodologies and based upon substantial archival and field research the book argues that the idea of kingship lived on in South India and continues to play a vital and important role in contemporary South Indian social and political life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086593

Princes of the ChurchBishops and their Palaces Princes of the Church brings together the latest research exploring the importance of bishops’ palaces for social and political history landscape history architectural history and archaeology. It is the first book-length study of such sites since Michael Thompson’s Medieval Bishops’ Houses (1998) and the first work ever to adopt such a wide-ranging approach to them in terms of themes and geographical and chronological range. Including contributions from the late Antique period through to the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries it deals with bishops’ residences in England Scotland Wales the Byzantine Empire France and Italy. It is structured in three sections: design and function which considers how bishops’ palaces and houses differed from the palaces and houses of secular magnates in their layout design furnishings and functions; landscape and urban context which considers the relationship between bishops’ palaces and houses and their political and cultural context the landscapes and towns or cities in which they were set and the parks forests and towns that were planned and designed around them; and architectural form which considers the extent of shared features between bishops’ palaces and houses and their relationship to the houses of other Church potentates and to the houses of secular magnates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266844

Princes of the Renaissance Originally published in 1970 this book offered a fresh look at the triumph and turmoil of the Renaissance by examining the lives and power of the princes of Italy who ruled the many independent states and who dominated the society which nurtured the Renaissance painters sculptors writers and architects. The book discusses their magnificence deceit and cruelty their cultivation and moral corruption and includes specific chapters on Francesco Sforza Duke of Milan Ercole d’Este Pope Julius II and Sigismondo Malatesta. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367262723

Princesses Dragons and Helicopter StoriesStorytelling and story acting in the early years Stories and fantasy play engage all young children and help them to draw connections and make sense of the world. MakeBelieve Arts Helicopter Stories are tried tested and proven to have a significant impact on children’s literacy and communication skills their confidence and social and emotional development. Based on the storytelling and story acting curriculum of Vivian Gussin Paley this book provides a practical step-by-step guide to using this approach with young children. Covering all aspects of the approach Artistic Director Trisha Lee shows you how you can introduce Helicopter Stories to children for the first time scribing their tales and then bring their ideas to life by acting them out. Full of anecdotes and practical examples from a wide range of settings the book includes: Clear guidelines and rules for scribing children’s stories creating a stage and acting out stories How to deal with taboos and sensitive issues in children’s stories How to involve children who are unwilling to speak or act Supporting children with English as an Additional Language Links to show how the approach supports children’s holistic development Providing an accessible guide to an approach that is gaining international recognition and featuring a foreword by Vivian Gussin Paley this book will be essential reading for all those that want to support children’s learning in a way that is fun engaging and proven to work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797659

Principal as Student Advocate TheA Guide for Doing What's Best for All Students Help all students reach their full potential. Make the right decisions!This unique book offers practical tools and strategies to help you become a strong advocate for every student in your school. With real world examples and situations this book will help you: • Acquire skills to change your students’ lives for the better -- and also reach district goals.• Learn how to advocate for students even if it conflicts with district policy.• Discover how to transform your staff so they will also serve as student advocates.• Strengthen connections with parents to engage them with their child’s education. Also included is how to be an advocate for special needs students.The book opens with a private self-assessment to help you discover where you are on the continuum of student advocacy. It then leads you through the steps to develop the traits of a skilled advocate for students. There are application exercises and numerous examples of what works.Supported by research references in every chapter the book details a rich variety of interventions you and your staff can use on a daily basis. It focuses on curricular as well as co-curricular programs including subject-matter offerings the fine arts athletics technical programs clubs recreational activities and other programs.As the principal it is your advocacy that will make a powerful lifelong difference for all the students in your school.Also available – PowerPoint slides for in-service professional development or for principals who wish to discuss this topic with their staff. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671898

Principal BootcampAccelerated Strategies to Influence and Lead from Day One This book shows principals how they can accelerate their impact and make a difference from day one. Speaker and author Dr. Brad Johnson offers new and experienced principals authoritative advice on how to succeed in key areas: understanding the best leadership traits; developing positive relationships with staff; building a dynamic team culture; and creating a unified vision. Each chapter includes inspiring stories and practical examples for leaders in all types of school districts. Using these strategies you will learn how to immediately maximize your influence over yourself your staff and the entire school culture. Media > Books > Print Books Eye on Education 9780367433093

Principal Designer's HandbookGuide to the CDM Regulations 2015 The new CDM regulations came into force on 6th April 2015 changing the face of pre-construction health and safety management on construction projects large and small. This handbook provides a comprehensive road map to undertaking the new Principal Designer role brings pre-construction health and safety risk management into the hands of architects and other designers. Offering authoritative and straightforward guidance to carrying out these tasks it also uses case studies and checklists to demonstrate how this can be done quickly and efficiently. Media > Books > E-books RIBA Publishing 9780429346521

Principal's Edge The Filled with wisdom and inspiration to help you become a better school leader this book shows you how to transform your school into a Learning Organization. It clarifies and expands the first nine domains of knowledge and skills recommended by the National Policy Board. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315855516

Principals of Modern Psychological MeasurementA Festschrift for Frederic M. Lord Published in 1983  Principals of Modern Psychological Measurement is a valuable contribution to the field of Education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056653

Principal's Purpose TheA Practical Guide to Moral and Ethical School Leadership This book is filled with "Survival Tips" to help school leaders triumph over ethical and moral dilemmas. Each chapter is organized in a practical way - When Do I Begin? - What Should I Do? - How Should I Do It? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472648

Principals Who Dare to Care In this inspirational book veteran teacher and school leader Will Place shares the importance of caring about others. He explains the concepts that are vital to a successful principal ship: leadership management knowledge and accountability-and caring. Drawing on personal experience and detailed examples Place conveys the very human need for caring and its essential role in the success of a school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472556

Principia AmorisThe New Science of Love Stereotypically science and emotion are diametric opposites: one is cold and unfeeling the other soft and nebulous; one is based on proven facts while the other is based on inexplicable feelings and “never the twain shall meet ” until now.John Gottman delves into the unquantifiable realm of love armed with science and logic and emerges with the knowledge that relationships can be not only understood but also predicted as well. Based on research done at his Love Lab and other laboratories Gottman has discovered that the future of love relationships can be predicted with a startling 91% success rate. These predictions can help couples to prevent disasters in their relationships recognize the signs of a promising relationship and perhaps more importantly recognize the signs of a doomed one.Principia Amoris also introduces Love Equations a mathematical modeling of relationships that helps understand predictions. Love Equations are powerful tools that can prevent relationship distress and heal ailing relationships. Readers learn about the various research and studies that were done to discover the science behind love and are treated to a history of the people ideas and events that shaped our current understanding. They also learn about:• The “Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse”• 45 natural principles of love• 5 couple types• 5 recipes for good relationships• And much more!Just as science helped us to understand the physical world it is helping us to understand the emotional world as well. Using the insights in this book mental health professionals can meaningfully help their distressed clients as well as better understand why a relationship is failing or succeeding. Appropriate for the curious non-mental health professional as well Principia Amoris is a must-have on any bookshelf! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641562

Principled EngagementNegotiating Human Rights in Repressive States What is the best way to promote human rights in grossly repressive states when neither sanctions nor trade and investment have much effect? This book examines the concept of Principled Engagement as an often overlooked alternative strategy for alleviating human rights violations and improving the framework of human rights protection. Beginning with an explanation of the concept and a comparison with the alternatives of Ostracism and Business as Usual the book argues that Principled Engagement deserves greater attention and explains how it works and what factors contribute to its success or failure. Case studies provide a rare scholarly inquiry into the effectiveness of the basic underlying ideas and analyse and assess specific cases including from China Burma Zimbabwe and Liberia. Written by leading academics and practitioners the book takes a general comparative approach to human rights policy that teases out broad lessons about what works. Ultimately this is a study that challenges scholars and practitioners alike to take a fresh look at how human rights are promoted internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250659

Principled International Criminal JusticeLessons from Tort Law Commencing its search for a principled international criminal justice this book argues that the Preamble to the Rome Statute requires a very different notion of justice than that which would be expected in domestic jurisdictions. This thinking necessitates theorising what international criminal justice requires in terms of its legitimacy much more than normative invocations which in their unreality can endanger the satisfaction of two central concerns – the punitive and the harm-minimisation dimensions. The authors suggest that because of the unique nature and form of the four global crimes pre-existing proof technologies are failing prosecutors and judges forcing the development of an often unsustainable line of judicial reasoning. The empirical focus of the book is to look at JCE (joint criminal enterprise) and aiding and abetting as case-studies in the distortion of proof tests. The substantial harm focus of ICJ (international criminal justice) invites applying compatible proof technologies from tort (causation aggregation and participation). The book concludes by examining recent developments in corporate criminal liability and criminalising associations radically asserting that even in harmonising/hybridising international criminal law there resides a new and rational vision for the juridical project of international criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588618

Principled Persuasion in Employee Communication Principled Persuasion in Employee Communication highlights a new but significant dilemma for organisational leaders. Will they continue on the same track that since the nineteenth century has led them to exert increasing control over their employees? Or will they take another path one that leads towards a new type of working environment where the culture encourages freedom of communication and movement? This book argues for an approach to employee communication that sets out to liberate employees from the stifling constraints that organisations continue to impose on them. Principled Persuasion is so-called because it uses persuasive techniques based on clear principles to create new forward-looking organisational cultures. It sets out to increase employee happiness and minimise the harms done to employees at work. It grounds itself on a strong ethical base composed of fundamental universal principles. It introduces a new approach to the use of language not only calling for more clarity and meaning in organisational communication but also for a more conscious use of rhetorical techniques to change vocabulary metaphors and internal dialogue for the better. Make no mistake most organisations have totally underrated the strategic importance of employee communication. Principled Persuaders understand that the key to dealing with the unpredictable events about to unfold in the twenty-first century will be a new way of communicating with the workforce. The flexibility adaptability and innovation that will be needed to survive and prosper in coming decades can only be achieved by liberating employees not imprisoning them further in established systems and processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472475060

Principled Practices for Adolescent LiteracyA Framework for Instruction and Policy This book presents an evidence-based framework for understanding the literacy needs of adolescents. The premise is that educators and other critical stakeholders need to understand evidence-based principles in order to develop effective curriculum to meet the needs of diverse learners. Recommendations are provided for middle and secondary education professional development teacher education research and policy.At the center of the book are Eight Guiding Principles developed by the authors through a process that included an extensive review of research and policy literature in literacy and related fields a comparison of National Standards documents and visits to the classrooms of 28 middle and high school teachers across the United States. The Principles are broad enough to encompass a variety of contexts and student needs yet specific enough to offer real support to those involved in program development or policy decisions. They provide an overarching structure that districts and teachers can use to develop site-specific curriculum that is both research-based and designed to meet the needs of the learners for whom they are responsible.Important Text Features: Organized to help readers understand empirically supported principles of practice that can be used to address literacy concerns in today's schools each chapter that addresses one of the eight Principles follows a similar format:* The Principle is presented along with a brief explanation of the research base and a sample of national standards that support it.* One or more case examples spanning a wide variety of disciplines grade levels and local conditions - provide an in-depth look at the Principle in action.* A well-known adolescent literacy expert offers a response to each case example giving readers an informed view of the importance of the Principle how it is enacted in the cases and examples of other work related to the Principle. Discussion questions are provided that can be used for individual reflection or group discussion.Principled Practices for Adolescent Literacy is intended as a text for pre-service and in-service upper-elementary middle and high school literacy methods courses and graduate courses related to adolescent literacy and as a resource for school district personnel policymakers and parents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880778

Principle-Guided Psychotherapy for Children and AdolescentsThe FIRST Program for Behavioral and Emotional Problems Presenting a fresh approach to child and adolescent therapy this book identifies five principles at the heart of the most potent evidence-based treatments--and shows how to apply them. Clinicians learn efficient engaging ways to teach the skills of Feeling Calm Increasing Motivation Repairing Thoughts Solving Problems and Trying the Opposite (FIRST) to 5- to 15-year-olds and their parents. FIRST principles can be used flexibly and strategically in treatment of problems including anxiety posttraumatic stress depression and misconduct. In a convenient large-size format the book features 37 reproducible parent handouts decision trees and other clinical tools. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print these materials plus Spanish-language versions of selected parent handouts.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462542246

Principles Approaches and Issues in Participant Observation This book provides a succinct student-friendly outline of the principles approaches and issues in participant observation. An examination of these basic tenets is important for clarifying the philosophical rationale for conducting participant observation making important research decisions and appreciating the strengths and weaknesses of different approaches within the method. Participant observation as a formal means of inquiry is developed in close relation with the competing approaches of reality (ontology) truthfully apprehending reality (epistemology) and formal research (methodology). In this volume Jorgensen discusses the resulting methodologies of positivism humanism and most recently postmodernism in relation to principles approaches and issues in participant observation. Specific features of participant observation as exemplified in a wide range of classic and contemporary studies are examined by way of these methodological approaches along with the troublesome complexities of values politics ethics and contemporary debates over appropriate representations of the resulting findings about human life. This concise primer is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students in a wide range of disciplines such as anthropology religious studies sociology and nursing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415303

Principles Process and Practice of Professional Number Juggling Principles Process and Practice of Professional Number Juggling (Volume 1 of the Working Guides to Estimating & Forecasting series) sets the scene of TRACEability and good estimate practice that is followed in the other volumes in this series of five working guides. It clarifies the difference between an Estimating Process Procedure Approach Method and Technique. It expands on these definitions of Approach (Top-down Bottom-up and ‘Ethereal’) and Method (Analogy Parametric and ‘Trusted Source’) and discusses how these form the basis of all other means of establishing an estimate. This volume also underlines the importance of ‘data normalisation’ in any estimating procedure and demonstrates that the Estimating by Analogy Method in essence is a simple extension of Data Normalisation. The author looks at simple measures of assessing the maturity or health of an estimate and offers a means of assessing a spreadsheet for any inherent risks or errors that may be introduced by failing to follow good practice in spreadsheet design and build. This book provides a taster of the more numerical techniques covered in the remainder of the series by considering how an estimator can potentially exploit Benford’s Law (traditionally used in Fraud Detection) to identify systematic bias from third party contributors. It will be a valuable resource for estimators engineers accountants project risk specialists as well as students of cost engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063969

Principles and Advances in Supramolecular Catalysis Supramolecular catalysis is involved in assimilation or growth of biological products and it has advantages over conventional catalysis in dealing with systems beyond molecules to mimic the biological catalytic processes. Principles and Advances in Supramolecular Catalysis shows how a supramolecular catalytic reaction proceeds and how interactions among molecules provide vessels or specific binding sites to carry out chemical reactions. The utilities of such catalytic reactions in waste hazard management medicine food etc. are explained in this book. The book focuses on examples to provide a fundamental basis so that in the future supramolecular catalytic reactions are utilised in the field of chemical biological biophysical sciences and technologies. Features: Discusses fundamental and interdisciplinary aspects of supramolecular catalysis Narrates mechano-chemical and stimuli-guided supramolecular catalytic reactions Divulges the intriguing aspects of self-replications and self-assembling performed through supramolecular catalysis Incorporates supramolecular catalytic reactions of metal-organic frameworks as artificial metalloenzymes Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367111649

Principles and Applications of Chemical Defects This book provides some insight into chemical defects in crystalline solids focusing on the relationship between basic principles and device applications. It is concerned with the chemical optical and electronic consequences of the presence of defects in crystals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458093

Principles and Applications of Electrochemistry This introduction to the principles and application of electrochemistry is presented in a manner designed for undergraduates in chemistry and related fields. The author covers the essential aspects of the subject and points the way to further study his concern being with the overall shape of electrochemistry its coherence and its wider application. This edition differs from its predecessors in having principles and applications separated and greater prominence is given to areas such as electrochemical sensors and electroanalytical techniques of which a number of modern methods were not included in previous editions. A range of numerical problems and outline solutions is provided for each chapter to cover most situations that a student might encounter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458062

Principles and Applications of Quinoproteins Provides up-to-date information on all aspects of basic and applied research on quinoproteins and quinonoid co-factors such as pyrroloquinoline quinone (PQQ) - exploring the scope direction and potential value of investigations in this multidisciplinary field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067009

Principles and Applications of Stereochemistry A thorough understanding of stereochemistry is essential for the comprehension of almost all aspects of modern organic chemistry. It is also of great significance in many biochemical and medicinal disciplines since the stereoisomers of a compound can have dramatically different biological properties. This text explains how the different properties of stereoisomers of a compound arise and what processes can be used to prepare and analyze stereoisomerically pure compounds. It also presents prominent coverage of the stereochemistry of inorganic and organometallic compounds which is likely to increase in importance as these compounds are used as symmetric catalysts in asymmetric synthesis. Modern stereochemical terminology is used throughout although reference is also made to older terms which are still widely used. A set of problems at the end of each chapter aims to further the reader's understanding of how the content can be applied. The book is designed mainly as a textbook for undergraduate students and as a reference source for more advanced levels but is also intended for academic and professional organic chemists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138456006

Principles and Applications of Therapeutic Ultrasound in Healthcare   Principles and Applications of Therapeutic Ultrasound in Healthcare introduces concepts principles construction and applications of therapeutic ultrasound: from bench to bedside. A comprehensive examination of the industry and medical application of ultrasound therapy this book highlights working principles research progress and system structures of therapeutic ultrasound. It describes the principles of therapeutic ultrasound details the system construction introduces current and emerging applications and discusses developing therapeutic ultrasound technologies. Divided into two parts the book first introduces the fundamentals of biomedical acoustics discusses ultrasound calibration methods and the structures of available therapeutic ultrasound systems before moving on to the various applications of ultrasound therapy used in clinics. It includes a variety of extensive clinical trials outcome photos and illustrating figures and a critical commentary on the challenges in this field. The author discusses topics that include: The derivation of wave equation The mathematical solution of the wave propagation The phenomena of reflection Refraction and transmission in the acoustic field from different acoustic sources The radiation pattern of the ultrasound transducer The acoustical properties of biological tissues Ultrasound-induced bioeffects Cavitation The design of the ultrasound transducer The characterization method of the produced acoustic field An easy reference offering full coverage of popular ultrasound therapies Principles and Applications of Therapeutic Ultrasound in Healthcare provides a simple explanation of fundamental acoustics including wave equation propagation nonlinearity and transducer design. It also discusses other potential applications and is geared toward academia industry and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466510272

Principles and Management of Clogging in Micro Irrigation Micro irrigation also known as trickle drip localized high frequency or pressurized irrigation is an irrigation method that saves water and fertilizer by allowing water to drip slowly to the roots of plants either onto the soil surface or directly onto the root zone through a network of valves pipes tubing and emitters. It is done through narrow tubes that deliver water directly to the base of the plant. Clogging is a menace in the success of drip irrigation systems and the situation is more complex under subsurface drip irrigation. Irrigation planners and engineers have found a variety of innovative methods to help to minimize clogging. This book emphasizes the implications of micro irrigation clogging especially under the subsurface placement of laterals. The book offers remedies to decrease clogging and methodologies to improve the performance of micro sprinklers. This valuable resource addresses this critical problem covering: Challenges in clogging under subsurface drip irrigation Principles practices and management of emitter clogging Efficiency of acidification for unclogging of emitters Performance characteristics of micro sprinklers The book will serve as a reference manual for professionals in biological and civil engineering horticulture soil and crop science and agronomy as well as for graduate and undergraduate students in related fields. It will be a valuable reference for professionals who work with micro irrigation/wastewater and water management and for technical agricultural centers irrigation centers agricultural extension services and other agencies that work with micro irrigation programs. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882774

Principles and Methods of Social Research Used to train generations of social scientists this thoroughly updated classic text covers the latest research techniques and designs. Applauded for its comprehensive coverage the breadth and depth of content is unparalleled. Through a multi-methodology approach the text guides readers toward the design and conduct of social research from the ground up. Explained with applied examples useful to the social behavioral educational and organizational sciences the methods described are intended to be relevant to contemporary researchers. The underlying logic and mechanics of experimental quasi-experimental and non-experimental research strategies are discussed in detail. Introductory chapters covering topics such as validity and reliability furnish readers with a firm understanding of foundational concepts. Chapters dedicated to sampling interviewing questionnaire design stimulus scaling observational methods content analysis implicit measures dyadic and group methods and meta-analysis provide coverage of these essential methodologies. The book is noted for its:-Emphasis on understanding the principles that govern the use of a method to facilitate the researcher’s choice of the best technique for a given situation.- Use of the laboratory experiment as a touchstone to describe and evaluate field experiments correlational designs quasi experiments evaluation studies and survey designs.-Coverage of the ethics of social research including the power a researcher wields and tips on how to use it responsibly. The new edition features:-A new co-author Andrew Lac instrumental in fine tuning the book’s accessible approach and highlighting the most recent developments at the intersection of design and statistics.-More learning tools including more explanation of the basic concepts more research examples tables and figures and the addition of bold faced terms chapter conclusions discussion questions and a glossary. -Extensive revision of chapter (3) on measurement reliability theory that examines test theory latent factors factor analysis and item response theory.-Expanded coverage of cutting-edge methodologies including mediation and moderation reliability and validity missing data and more physiological approaches such as neuroimaging and fMRIs.  -A new web based resource package that features Power Points and discussion and exam questions for each chapter and for students chapter outlines and summaries key terms and suggested readings. Intended as a text for graduate or advanced undergraduate courses in research methods (design) in psychology communication sociology education public health and marketing an introductory undergraduate course on research methods is recommended. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638562

Principles and Pluralist Approaches in Teaching EconomicsTowards a Transformative Science This volume is a state-of-the-art compilation of diverse and innovative perspectives principles and a number of practiced approaches of fields courses and methods of pluralist economics teaching. It fosters constructive controversy aiming to incite authors and commentators to engage in fruitful debate. The complex economic problems of the 21st century require a pluralist real-world oriented and innovative discipline of economics capable of addressing and teaching those complex issues to students from diverse perspectives. This volume addresses a number of key questions: Which models could be taught outside the equilibrium and optimality paradigm? Which methods could help to improve our understanding of the complex globalized economy? How can qualitative and quantitative methods be combined in a fruitful way to analyze complex economic problems? How can the academic isolation of mainstream economics that has developed over many decades be overcome despite its attempted transdisciplinary imperialism? What role should knowledge from other disciplines play in teaching economics and what is the relevance of transdisciplinarity? Through examining these issues the editors and authors have created a pluralist but cohesive book on teaching economics in the contemporary classroom drawing from ideas and examples from around the world. Principles and Pluralist Approaches in Teaching Economics is a unique collection of diverse perspectives on the methodology and applications of pluralist economics teaching. It will be a great resource for those teaching economics at various levels as well as researchers and intermediate and advanced students searching for pluralism in economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037687

Principles and Political OrderThe Challenge of Diversity An ideal new multi-disciplinary volume for students and scholars of philosophy contemporary political theory and international relations. This volume offers key insights into the work of the chief figures in the contemporary debate surrounding thin universalism and presents a usefully themed contribution to the secondary literature on the work of Onora O’Neill John Rawls Michael Walzer Martha Nussbaum Stuart Hampshire and others as well as a commentary on contemporary debates surrounding human rights and distributive justice. This new book enables the reader to strongly grasp all the core debates in contemporary normative theory.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663809

Principles and Practice An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2017 Principles and Practices An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2017 combines an introduction to AutoCAD 2017 with a comprehensive coverage of engineering graphics principles. By adopting this textbook you will no longer need to adopt separate CAD and engineering graphics books for your course. Not only will this unified approach give your course a smoother flow your students will also save money on their textbooks. What's more the tutorial exercises in this text have been expanded to cover the performance tasks found on the AutoCAD 2017 Certified User Examination. The primary goal of Principles and Practices An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2017 is to introduce the aspects of engineering graphics with the use of modern Computer Aided Design/Drafting software - AutoCAD 2017. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for students and professionals. The chapters in the text proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to making complete sets of engineering drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important concepts of Engineering Graphics as well as in depth discussions of CAD techniques. This textbook contains a series of twelve chapters with detailed step-by-step tutorial-style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to the graphic language used in all branches of technical industry. The CAD techniques and concepts discussed in the text are also designed to serve as the foundation to the more advanced parametric feature-based CAD packages such as Autodesk Inventor. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570408

Principles and Practice An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2020 Principles and Practices An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2020 combines an introduction to AutoCAD 2020 with a comprehensive coverage of engineering graphics principles. By adopting this textbook you will no longer need to adopt separate CAD and engineering graphics books for your course. Not only will this unified approach give your course a smoother flow your students will also save money on their textbooks. What's more the tutorial exercises in this text have been expanded to cover the performance tasks found on the AutoCAD 2020 Certified User Examination. Principles and Practices An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2020 introduces the aspects of engineering graphics with the use of modern Computer Aided Design/Drafting software - AutoCAD 2020. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for students and professionals. The chapters in the text proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to making complete sets of engineering drawings. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572730

Principles and Practice An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2021 This book combines an introduction to AutoCAD 2021 with a comprehensive coverage of engineering graphics principles. By adopting this textbook you will no longer need to adopt separate CAD and engineering graphics books for your course. Not only will this unified approach give your course a smoother flow your students will also save money on their textbooks. What's more the tutorial exercises in this text have been expanded to cover the performance tasks found on the AutoCAD 2021 Certified User Examination.  The author introduces the aspects of engineering graphics with the use of modern Computer Aided Design/Drafting software - AutoCAD 2021. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for students and professionals. The chapters in the text proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to making complete sets of engineering drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important concepts of Engineering Graphics as well as in depth discussions of CAD techniques.  This textbook contains a series of thirteen chapters with detailed step-by-step tutorial-style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to the graphic language used in all branches of technical industry. The CAD techniques and concepts discussed in the text are also designed to serve as the foundation to the more advanced parametric feature-based CAD packages such as Autodesk Inventor.  After completing this text your students will be prepared to pass the AutoCAD Certified User Examination. Certified User Reference Guides located at the front of the book and in each chapter show where these performance tasks are covered. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573546

Principles and Practice in Biobank Governance Rapid technological advances the establishment of large-scale biobanks and the exchange of data across international boundaries raise a variety of questions for regulators struggling with the problem of how to govern such stores of information and the processes connected with them. Engaging with the pressing issues of privacy consent access to data and benefit sharing Principles and Practice in Biobank Governance draws together the latest empirical research from the UK Europe America Australia and Asia to focus on these challenges. Current models of governance are critiqued principles and policies are debated and new models and theoretical frameworks are presented through this intellectually stimulating informative volume. This truly international volume offers new insights from a range of disciplinary perspectives and will be essential reading for policy makers and scholars across a range of social sciences including sociology bioethics law and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276932

Principles and Practice of Botanicals as an Integrative Therapy The purpose of this book is to focus on major considerations in the clinical use of botanicals as an integrated therapy in current health care. The book uses an organ system approach to presenting clinical evidence on the use of botanicals for common conditions. The chapters include brief sections on background and pharmacognosy preparation and dosing safety evidence and clinical application. In addition several chapters highlight pharmacokinetic and pharmacogenomic considerations with botanicals in precision medicine and their use in special populations. Finally a summary on the editors' perspective of "challenges and opportunities" is provided which discusses the practice of botanicals as integrative therapies and where they are heading in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498771146

Principles and Practice of Electrical Epilation Written for the practising electrolysist and student 'The Principles and Practice of Electrical Epilation' covers all aspects of electro-epilation and takes into account recent changes and advances in training and technology during the past decade. This new edition brings these changes into focus. Topics covered in the third edition of this book include: * improved standards of training * the Blend technique of electro-epilation * the development of pre-sterilized disposable needles * training * health and safety at work.A knowledge of endocrinology the structure and growth cycle of hair the skin hygiene electricity and basic first aid is essential to an understanding of why hair growth occurs and this problem - which causes distress to very many people - can be treated both safely and efficiently. The book covers all these topics and also gives advance on how to set up your own practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133860

Principles and Practice of Forensic Psychiatry The third edition of this award-winning textbook has been revised and thoroughly updated. Building on the success of the previous editions it continues to address the history and practice of forensic psychiatry legal regulation of the practice of psychiatry forensic evaluation and treatment psychiatry in relation to civil law criminal law and family law as well as correctional forensic psychiatry. New chapters address changes in the assessment and treatment of aggression and violence as well as psychological and neuroimaging assessments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482262285

Principles and Practice of Group Work in Addictions How can the group setting be used to treat those with drug and alcohol problems? Many professionals working across a variety of addictions settings find themselves working in groups and tackling complex issues; however there is often very little initial training or on-the-job support to help them in this challenging task. Principles and Practice of Group Work in Addictions has been written with the aim of addressing the key areas in working with drug and alcohol misuse while providing practical solutions to the more common problems that emerge in group work. Drawing on the expertise of clinicians who work in the field of addictions this book offers readers practical advice for everyday practice. Divided into three sections it covers: core group work in addictions practical issues and solutions to common problems specific issues within the field of addictions. Principles and Practice of Group Work in Addictions is illustrated throughout with practical case examples providing the reader with an insight into group work in this area. The book will supply guidance for mental health professionals including clinicians psychologists nurses and medical staff who encounter group work in addictions for the first time as well as providing further knowledge and support to those who already work in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415486859

Principles and Practice of Image-Guided Radiation Therapy of Lung Cancer This book gives a comprehensive overview on the use of image-guided radiation therapy (IGRT) in the treatment of lung cancer covering step-by-step guidelines for clinical implementations fundamental principles and key technical advances. It covers benefits and limitations of techniques as well as quality and safety issues related to IGRT practice. Addresses imaging simulation treatment planning verification and delivery Discusses important quality assurance issues Describes current methods using specialized machines and technologies Jing Cai PhD is an Associate Professor of Radiation Oncology at Duke University Medical Center. Joe Y. Chang MD PhD is Professor in the Department of Radiation Oncology at The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center in Houston. Fang-Fang Yin PhD is Chief of the Division of Radiation Physics Professor of Radiation Oncology and Director of the Medical Physics program at Duke University. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498736732

Principles and Practice of Impact InvestingA Catalytic Revolution Impact investing is gaining global attention from society governments and businesses. Increasingly it is seen as a new paradigm to deal with the economic crisis and curtailed public budgets an answer to the diversified needs of society. It now ranks high on the policy agenda of governments and international organizations and private investors are searching for new investment opportunities to channel the liquidity available. This book is the first to look at impact investing as a "refocus" of venture capital to sustain the development of societal impact enterprises. Principles and Practice of Impact Investing collects chapters from international experts on the subject discussing the foundations of the movement analysing leading international cases and debating future trends in the field. It also includes interviews with some of the most influential stakeholders of impact investing across the world. The book is an inspirational and practical guide for actors and stakeholders to enable better understanding of impact investing. Taking an international perspective the chapters primarily deal with mature economies setting it apart from the existing literature focused on emerging countries. The book will be of interests to practitioners and executives as well as researchers and MBA students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534043

Principles and Practice of Psychiatric RehabilitationAn Empirical Approach The authoritative text on psychiatric rehabilitation this book covers everything from conceptual and empirical foundations to exemplary program models. Students and practitioners gain the knowledge needed to help adults with psychiatric disabilities move forward in their recovery process and build personally satisfying lives. The book presents tools and strategies for assessing personal needs and strengths integrating medical and psychosocial interventions and implementing supportive services in such areas as housing employment education substance abuse and physical health. Numerous case examples illustrate both the real-world challenges of serious mental illness and the difference that effective interventions can make.New to This Edition*Incorporates the latest concepts and evidence-based interventions.*Streamlined chapter organization: more concise yet still comprehensive.*Heightened focus on empowerment self-determination and wellness promotion.*New or expanded discussions of the "housing first" model harm reduction peer services and support and the Affordable Care Act. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526215

Principles and Practice of Sex TherapySixth Edition This widely used clinical reference and text--now significantly updated with 75% new material reflecting therapeutic advances diagnostic changes and increased coverage of sexual minority groups--comprehensively addresses sexual problems and their treatment. Prominent contributors interweave theory research and clinical considerations. Detailed case examples illustrate the process of assessment and intervention with individuals and couples across the lifespan with attention to gender-related cultural and health concerns. The volume features an integrative introduction and conclusion plus an instructive editorial commentary at the beginning of each chapter. New to This Edition*Many new authors and extensively revised chapters.*Coverage of advances in sexual medicine ICD-11 diagnostic changes and other timely topics.*Chapters on sexual aversion female sexual arousal disorder and out-of-control sexual behavior.*Chapters on the transition to parenthood and the treatment of sexual concerns in the BDSM community and adult transgender clients.*Chapters on additional medical issues: cancer and spinal cord injury. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543397

Principles and Practice of Structural Equation ModelingFourth Edition Emphasizing concepts and rationale over mathematical minutiae this is the most widely used complete and accessible structural equation modeling (SEM) text. Continuing the tradition of using real data examples from a variety of disciplines the significantly revised fourth edition incorporates recent developments such as Pearl's graphing theory and the structural causal model (SCM) measurement invariance and more. Readers gain a comprehensive understanding of all phases of SEM from data collection and screening to the interpretation and reporting of the results. Learning is enhanced by exercises with answers rules to remember and topic boxes. The companion website supplies data syntax and output for the book's examples--now including files for Amos EQS LISREL Mplus Stata and R (lavaan). New to This Edition *Extensively revised to cover important new topics: Pearl's graphing theory and the SCM causal inference frameworks conditional process modeling path models for longitudinal data item response theory and more. *Chapters on best practices in all stages of SEM measurement invariance in confirmatory factor analysis and significance testing issues and bootstrapping. *Expanded coverage of psychometrics. *Additional computer tools: online files for all detailed examples previously provided in EQS LISREL and Mplus are now also given in Amos Stata and R (lavaan). *Reorganized to cover the specification identification and analysis of observed variable models separately from latent variable models. Pedagogical Features *Exercises with answers plus end-of-chapter annotated lists of further reading. *Real examples of troublesome data demonstrating how to handle typical problems in analyses. *Topic boxes on specialized issues such as causes of nonpositive definite correlations. *Boxed rules to remember. *Website promoting a learn-by-doing approach including syntax and data files for six widely used SEM computer tools. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523344

Principles and PracticeAn Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2018 Principles and Practices An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2018 combines an introduction to AutoCAD 2018 with a comprehensive coverage of engineering graphics principles. By adopting this textbook you will no longer need to adopt separate CAD and engineering graphics books for your course. Not only will this unified approach give your course a smoother flow your students will also save money on their textbooks. What's more the tutorial exercises in this text have been expanded to cover the performance tasks found on the AutoCAD 2018 Certified User Examination. The primary goal of Principles and Practices An Integrated Approach to Engineering Graphics and AutoCAD 2018 is to introduce the aspects of engineering graphics with the use of modern Computer Aided Design/Drafting software - AutoCAD 2018. This text is intended to be used as a training guide for students and professionals. The chapters in the text proceed in a pedagogical fashion to guide you from constructing basic shapes to making complete sets of engineering drawings. This text takes a hands-on exercise-intensive approach to all the important concepts of Engineering Graphics as well as in depth discussions of CAD techniques. This textbook contains a series of twelve chapters with detailed step-by-step tutorial-style lessons designed to introduce beginning CAD users to the graphic language used in all branches of technical industry. The CAD techniques and concepts discussed in the text are also designed to serve as the foundation to the more advanced parametric feature-based CAD packages such as Autodesk Inventor. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571351

Principles and Practices for Petroleum Contaminated Soils Principles and Practices for Petroleum Contaminated Soils includes some of the best research and practical work done by top researchers in the field-both in industry and academia. It covers fundamental and advanced topics such as analysis and site assessment techniques (e.g. vacuum extraction asphalt incorporation) and case studies. The book will interest anyone working with contaminated soils ground water and underground storage tanks. It will also be a valuable reference for regulatory personnel and environmental consultants at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450144

Principles and Practices for Response in Second Language WritingDeveloping Self-Regulated Learners Based on the assumptions that students expect feedback and want to improve and that improvement is possible this book introduces a framework that applies the theory of self-regulated learning to guide second language writing teachers’ response to learners at all stages of the writing process. This approach provides teachers with principles and activities for helping students to take more responsibility for their own learning. By using self-regulated learning strategies students can increase their independence from the teacher improve their writing skills and continue to make progress once the course ends with or without teacher guidance. The book focuses on the six dimensions of self-regulated learning —motive methods of learning time physical environment social environment and performance. Each chapter offers practical activities and suggestions for implementing the principles and guidelines including tools and materials that teachers can immediately use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897020

Principles and Practices for Teaching English as an International Language What general principles should inform a socioculturally sensitive pedagogy for teaching English as an International Language and what practices would be consistent with these principles? This text explores the pedagogical implications of the continuing spread of English and its role as an international language highlighting the importance of socially sensitive pedagogy in contexts outside inner circle English-speaking countries. It provides comprehensive coverage of topics traditionally included in second language methodology courses (such as the teaching of oral skills and grammar) as well as newer fields (such as corpora in language teaching and multimodality); features balanced treatment of theory and practice; and encourages teachers to apply the pedagogical practices to their own classrooms and to reflect on the effects of such practices. Designed for pre-service and in-service teachers of English around the world Principles and Practices for Teaching English as an International Language fills a critical need in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415891677

Principles and Practices of Aquatic Law Principles and Practices of Aquatic Law presents the best practices and principles related to aquatic law and risk management. Its focus is injury and death occurring in aquatic environments including the ocean pools water parks canals rivers lakes dams etc. It discusses the importance of aquatic risk management as it relates to aquatic accident prevention and the concept of duty and liability for a facility’s management and staff. It also presents updated and relevant information about beach safety and the importance of hazard identification warning and elimination and provides information for attorneys relating to the process of developing liability theories involving serious aquatic accidents and death. Features Presents a comprehensive resource on the applied practices and principles of aquatic law. Provides information for attorneys for the process of developing liability theories involving serious aquatic accidents and death. Presents updated and relevant information about beach safety and the importance of hazard identification warning and elimination. Discusses water-borne contaminants such as cryptosporidium and flesh-eating bacteria. Presents comprehensive public safety and beach management strategies: rip current prediction and monitoring coastal engineering drowning and rescue statistics etc. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138066526

Principles and Practices of Fiscal AutonomyExperiences Debates and Prospects This century has seen the continuation of long-term trends in the movement of the territorial boundaries of nation states alongside the emergence of new tensions. The repercussions of the Scottish referendum and the heightened urgency of the Catalonia question along with the continued economic problems faced by the Eurozone have given new energy and context to debates on institutional and fiscal autonomy. Assessing the impact of increasing calls for wider fiscal autonomy in the UK Spain Switzerland Argentina Brazil Germany Italy and the USA this volume updates and adds significant new context to the debate. Framing the discussion on fiscal autonomy and drawing out ethical considerations it portrays the problems connected with the devolution of responsibilities and financial resources to sections of the population sometimes content to be part of a lower layer of government sometimes aspiring to an asymmetrical position or total independence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576513

Principles and Practices of Performance Assessment This volume explores the recent national trend toward adoption of performance assessments. Embraced at all levels of educational decision-making--state district school and teacher--the shapes these assessments take and the affects they have at the classroom level can differ significantly from one setting to another. Based on case studies of 16 schools this study describes what performance assessments actually look like--the types of tasks they pose to children the scoring methods used the purposes to which they are put and how they fit in with other components of assessment systems. It also shows how they differ when they are introduced by state departments of education districts and schools themselves. Factors that affect policymakers' and educators' abilities to successfully design and introduce performance assessments are also explored. These include the purposeful coordination of performance assessment with related education reforms such as the adoption of content and student performance standards and the professional development for teachers necessary to the successful implementation of performance assessments. Barriers to adoption most notably the challenges of developing a technically sound performance assessment are discussed as well. Crucial to teachers' ability to appropriate performance assessments for use in their own classrooms is their invovlement in designing and implementing them. Although it would be impossible for a state or school district to involve all teachers in the design of a performance assessment they can take steps to foster teachers' understanding of the purposes and methods of the assessment thereby supporting their ability to use similar methods in their daily teaching. Toward that end this book describes the experiences of teachers and students with a range of assessments that all fall under the umbrella of performance assessment. In addition it provides: *rich illustrations of those experiences across a diverse group of schools; *descriptions of the trade-offs inherent in developing a student assessment system; *demonstrations of why no single assessment can be "all things to all people;" and *valuable insights for teachers administrators policymakers and researchers who want to improve their understanding of how performance assessments work in practice and how they may best serve to improve teaching and learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053836

Principles and Practices of Plant Genomics Volume 3Advanced Genomics This book presents the basic and applied aspects of sequencing of genes and genomes and their implication in the fine-scale elucidation of the plant genomes. The third volume presents an overview on the advances of plant genomics made in the past century; deliberations on the genomics resources; concepts tools strategies and achievements of comparative evolutionary and functional genomics and whole-genome sequencing. It also presents critical reviews on the already completed genome initiatives and glimpses on the currently progressing genome initiatives. This volume is an ideal reference book for students scholars and scientists in academia industry and government. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116498

Principles and Practices of Working with Pupils with Special Educational Needs and DisabilityA Student Guide Providing insight into current research and comprehensive guidance on recent legislation and policy this key text offers anyone working or preparing to work with children with SEND with essential academic and theoretical understanding to underpin and inform existing and future practice. Exploring prime areas in which professionals work directly with children with SEND chapters broach current issues and debates relating to practice and examine recent advances in research policy and legislation in areas including education health and social care. This interdisciplianry approach coupled with case studies points for reflection and clearly signposted activities throughout gives readers the opportunity to develop a thorough understanding of the complexities surrounding SEND and enables them to relate these to their own practice. Packed with practical tips and examples of best practice topics discussed include: approaches to inclusion integration and segregation competing discourses surrounding SEND and their impacts on children families and professionals safeguarding and the voice of the child multi-agency work and the changing role of the SEND practitioner working in partnership with parents and families research and practice in relation to issues such as Autistic Spectrum Disorder chromosomal and gestational diversity ADHD and Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities and Difficulties. Demystifying changes to policy exploring legislation and identifying best practice this invaluable resource will support students SEND practitioners and professionals to develop and enhance practice with children with SEND. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570092

Principles and Reactions of Protein Extraction Purification and Characterization Principles and Reactions of Protein Extraction Purification and Characterization provides the mechanisms and experimental procedures for classic to cutting-edge techniques used in protein extraction purification and characterization. The author presents the principles and reactions behind each procedure and uses tables to compare the different methods. The book also discusses the development of antibodies and immunochemical techniques as tools for characterizing proteins and modified proteins such as glycoproteins. Helpful illustrations diagrams and tables effectively transform theoretical concepts into practical knowledge. Along with methodical working procedures for most techniques the book also offers useful advice on which technique to use and when to apply a particular method. Presenting the advantages and disadvantages of the various protein techniques Principles and Reactions of Protein Extraction Purification and Characterization enables students and researchers to master the mechanisms behind the protocols and choose the best method for their purposes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406971

Principles and Techniques of Electromagnetic Compatibility Circuits are faster and more tightly packed than ever wireless technologies increase the electromagnetic (EM) noise environment new materials entail entirely new immunity issues and new standards govern the field of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Maintaining the practical and comprehensive approach of its predecessor Principles and Techniques of Electromagnetic Compatibility Second Edition reflects these emerging challenges and new technologies introduced throughout the decade since the first edition appeared. What's new in the Second Edition? Characterization and testing for high-speed design of clock frequencies up to and above 6 GHz Updates to the regulatory framework governing EM compliance Additional coverage of the printed circuit board (PCB) environment as well as additional numerical tools An entirely new section devoted to new applications including signal integrity wireless and broadband technologies EMC safety and statistical EMC Added coverage of new materials such as nanomaterials band gap devices and composites Along with new and updated content this edition also includes additional worked examples that demonstrate how estimates can guide the early stages of design. The focus remains on building a sound foundation on the fundamental concepts and linking this to practical applications rather than supplying application-specific fixes that do not easily generalize to other areas. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221960

Principles for Effective PedagogyInternational Responses to Evidence from the UK Teaching & Learning Research Programme The UK Teaching and Learning Research Programme (TLRP) worked for ten years to improve outcomes for learners in schools and other sectors through high quality research. One outcome of individual projects and across-Programme thematic work was the development of ten ‘evidence-informed’ principles for effective pedagogy. Synopses of these principles have been widely disseminated particularly to practitioners. However the evidence and reasoning underpinning them has not yet been fully explained. This book fills this gap by providing a scholarly account of the research evidence that informed the development of these principles as well as offering some evidence of early take-up and impact. It also includes responses from highly-respected researchers throughout the world in order to locate the work in the broader international literature to extend it by drawing on similar work elsewhere to provide critique and to stimulate further development and debate. Principles for Effective Pedagogy contributes to international dialogue on effective teaching and learning providing a focus for scholarly comment sharing of expertise and knowledge accumulation. This book was originally published as a special issue of Research Papers in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814516

Principles Of Abilities And Human Learning This book is about human abilities and the ways in which people acquire and extend them. It contains many useful facts about people's learning and the mental processes that make it possible. Chapter one looks at the kinds of events that create learning and identifies some important general principles of human learning. Chapter two examines the capabilities that children gain in their early years. They acquire a number of basic capacities that they can draw upon throughout life. These include language reading and numerical abilities. The acceleration of early abilities is also considered. Chapter three raises a number of intriguing questions about abilities. What exactly are they? What are their most important charactersitics? How can different capabilities and items of knowledge become joined to one another? The answers are surprisingly different from what common sense predicts.; Chapter four Considers The Important Contributions Of Motivation. A Person Has To Have good reasons for engaging in learning activities. Motivation supplies incentives for doing whatever is necessary in order to make learning happen. Chapter five investigates more advanced attainments. It looks at the effects of practising and other ways in which individuals extend their expertise. The use of memory aids and learning techniques is examined. Other topics include the influence of intelligence creativity the possible roles of innate gifts and talents and child prodigies and geniuses. The best way to apply discoveries concerning learning and the acquisition of abilities is to use them for our own daily activities. Chapter six addresses the question of how to learn and study more effectively. It introduces ways of reading more effectively and gives advice on improving writing skills and studying for exams. The aim here is to help the reader to succeed better at gaining needed capabilities. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203016398

Principles of Adaptive Optics Principles of Adaptive Optics describes the foundations principles and applications of adaptive optics (AO) and its enabling technologies. Addressing the fundamentals of AO at the core of new uses in biomedical imaging communications high-energy lasers and astronomy this fully revised and significantly expanded Fourth Edition:Contains all-new problem sets at the end of each chapterIncorporates cutting-edge research with hundreds of new citationsAdds a new section on the practical implications of control algorithmsIncludes a practical roadmap for developing a viable stable multichannel control systemPresents new practical calibration techniques and new information on phase diversity for wavefront sensingUpdates coverage of AO systems—e.g. confocal AO scanning ophthalmoscopes and National Ignition Facility (NIF) beam path AOFeatures fresh material on multiconjugate adaptive optics extra-solar planet detection optical coherence tomography pyramid wavefront sensors micromachined deformable mirrors and morePrinciples of Adaptive Optics Fourth Edition provides a complete update of the most definitive text for the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870485

Principles of AdvertisingA Global Perspective Second Edition "A complete and well-organized textbook on advertising"—Educational Book ReviewPrinciples of Advertising: A Global Perspective Second Edition updates the classic first edition of this exceptional classroom resource selected as one of CHOICE magazine’s Outstanding Academic Titles for 1999. Ideal for use as an introductory textbook the book presents an integrated marketing approach that’s essential for keeping up with the changing world of contemporary advertising and reflects the authors’ expertise not just in advertising but also in the larger field of integrated marketing communications. The new edition of the book examines the environment in the advertising industry following the terrorist attacks on Sept. 11 2001 as well as market segmentation target marketing product positioning buyer behavior legal and political concerns the creative aspects of advertising and much more.Principles of Advertising: A Global Perspective Second Edition equips instructors—and their students—with the fundamental elements of the field with emphasis on ethical issues. The book includes a foreword by Don E. Schultz of Northwestern University’s Integrated Marketing Communication program and provides insights into effective local national and global integrated marketing strategies for print electronic and online advertising. This updated edition maintains the original format for each chapter of featuring “Global Perspectives ” “Ethics Tracks ” and short commentaries from practitioners in various fields and adds 24 new illustrations and more recent examples of now-famous advertising campaigns. New material presented in Principles of Advertising: A Global Perspective Second Edition includes: the benefits of a graduate degree client-agency relationships targeting the middleman marketing to men Janet Jackson “exposed” pop-up ads marketing cosmetic surgery advertising as programming controversial campaigns behavioral targeting or online stalking? Principles of Advertising: A Global Perspective Second Edition examines new theories new technologies well-known advertising campaigns and cultural considerations for advertising in foreign markets to give your students current and proven information on the changing world of advertising. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050262

Principles of Aeroelasticity Introductory Guide on the Design of Aerospace Structures Developed from a course taught at Concordia University for more than 20 years Principles of Aeroelasticity utilizes the author’s extensive teaching experience to immerse undergraduate and first-year graduate students into this very specialized subject. Ideal for coursework or self-study this detailed examination introduces the concepts of aeroelasticity describes how aircraft lift structures behave when subjected to aerodynamic loads and finds its application in aerospace civil and mechanical engineering. The book begins with a discussion on static behavior and moves on to static instability and divergence dynamic behavior leading up to flutter and fluid structure interaction problems. It covers classical approaches based on low-order aerodynamic models and provides a rationale for adopting certain aeroelastic models. The author describes the formulation of discrete models as well as continuous structural models. He also provides approximate methods for solving divergence flutter response and stability of structures and addresses non-aeroelastic problems in other areas that are similar to aeroelastic problems. Topics covered include: The fundamentals of vibration theory Vibration of single degree of freedom and two degrees of freedom systems Elasticity in the form of an idealized spring element Repetitive motion Flutter phenomenon Classical methods Rayleigh-Ritz techniques Galerkin’s technique influential coefficient methods and finite element methods Unsteady aerodynamics and more Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498724722

Principles of Agricultural Economics Principles of Agricultural Economics now in its second edition showcases the power of economic principles to explain and predict issues and current events in the food agricultural agribusiness international trade natural resource and other sectors. The field of agricultural economics has expanded to include a wide range of important and interesting topics including macroeconomics international trade agribusiness environmental economics natural resources and international development. For this new edition the text has been updated throughout with a new chapter on policy separate chapters for supply and demand and increased coverage of key topics and approaches including finance trade and behavioural economics. Readers will also benefit from an expanded range of case studies which demonstrate real world examples of the principles under discussion. These include obesity alternative fuels trade disputes and animal welfare. The companion website provides students and instructors with extra material in order to enhance their learning and further their understanding of agricultural economics. This book introduces economic principles in a succinct and reader-friendly format providing students and instructors with a clear up-to-date and straightforward approach to learning how a market-based economy functions and how to use simple economic principles for improved decision making. The principles are applied to timely interesting and important real-world issues through words graphs and simple algebra. This book is for students who study agricultural economics microeconomics rural development and environmental policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315691008

Principles of Agricultural Economics Principles of Agricultural Economics now in its third edition continues to showcase the power of economic principles to explain and predict issues and current events in the food agricultural and agribusiness sectors. This key text introduces economic principles in a succinct and reader-friendly format providing students and instructors with a clear up-to-date and straightforward approach to learning how a market-based economy functions and how to use simple economic principles for improved decision-making. The field of agricultural economics has expanded to include a wide range of topics and approaches including macroeconomics international trade agribusiness environmental economics natural resources and international development and these are all introduced in this text. For this edition new and enhanced material on agricultural policies globalization welfare analysis and explanations of the role of government in agriculture and agribusiness is included. Readers will also benefit from an expanded range of case studies and text boxes including more international cases which discuss real-world examples and issues including global hunger biofuels trade wars agritourism and climate change. This book is ideal for courses on agricultural economics microeconomics rural development and environmental policy. The work is fully supported by a Companion Website which provides users with extra content to enhance their learning and further their understanding of agricultural economics. Additional materials include flash cards study guides PowerPoint presentations multiple choice questions essay questions and an instructor’s manual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248642

Principles of Air Quality Management Blending information from popular mainstream articles highly technical publications and research journals the second edition of Principles of Air Quality Management features new sections on air toxics new information on chronic and acute health effects and new approaches to the assessment of those impacts on sensitive populations. It emphasizes toxic air pollutants and alternative approaches to management of air quality in local environments. The book explains how primary pollutants form in industrial and mobile combustion processes and the latest on how they are controlled. It also presents in-depth information on the meteorology of atmospheric transport and explains how secondary photochemical pollutants form in ambient air. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577803

Principles of American JournalismAn Introduction Designed to engage inspire and challenge students while laying out the fundamentals of the craft Principles of American Journalism introduces readers to the core values of journalism and its singular role in a democracy. From the First Amendment to Facebook the new and revised edition of this popular textbook provides a comprehensive exploration of the guiding principles of journalism and what makes it unique: the profession's ethical and legal foundations; its historical and modern precepts; the economic landscape of journalism; the relationships among journalism and other social institutions; the key issues and challenges that contemporary journalists face. Case studies exercises and an interactive companion website encourage critical thinking about journalism and its role in society making students more mindful practitioners of journalism and more informed media consumers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910317

Principles of Analog Electronics In the real world most signals are analog spanning continuously varying values. Circuits that interface with the physical environment need to be able to process these signals. Principles of Analog Electronics introduces the fascinating world of analog electronics where fields circuits signals and systems and semiconductors meet. Drawing on the author’s teaching experience this richly illustrated full-color textbook expertly blends theory with practical examples to give a clear understanding of how real electronic circuits work. Build from the Essentials of Math Physics and Chemistry to Electronic Components Circuits and Applications Building a solid foundation the book first explains the mathematics physics and chemistry that are essential for grasping the principles behind the operation of electronic devices. It then examines the theory of circuits through models and important theorems. The book describes and analyzes passive and active electronic devices focusing on fundamental filters and common silicon-based components including diodes bipolar junction transistors and metal–oxide–semiconductor field-effect transistors (MOSFETs). It also shows how semiconductor devices are used to design electronic circuits such as rectifiers power suppliers clamper and clipper circuits and amplifiers. A chapter explores actual applications from audio amplifiers and FM radios to battery chargers. Delve Deeper into Analog Electronics through Curiosities Key Personalities and Practical Examples Each chapter includes helpful summaries with key points jargon and terms as well as exercises to test your knowledge. Practical tables illustrate the coding schemes to help identify commercial passive and active components. Throughout sidebars highlight "curiosities " interesting observations and examples that make the subject more concrete. This textbook offers a truly comprehensive introduction to the fundamentals of analog electronics including essential background concepts. Taking a fresh approach it connects electronics to its importance in daily life from music to medicine and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466582019

Principles of AnalysisMeasure Integration Functional Analysis and Applications Principles of Analysis: Measure Integration Functional Analysis and Applications prepares readers for advanced courses in analysis probability harmonic analysis and applied mathematics at the doctoral level. The book also helps them prepare for qualifying exams in real analysis. It is designed so that the reader or instructor may select topics suitable to their needs. The author presents the text in a clear and straightforward manner for the readers’ benefit. At the same time the text is a thorough and rigorous examination of the essentials of measure integration and functional analysis. The book includes a wide variety of detailed topics and serves as a valuable reference and as an efficient and streamlined examination of advanced real analysis. The text is divided into four distinct sections: Part I develops the general theory of Lebesgue integration; Part II is organized as a course in functional analysis; Part III discusses various advanced topics building on material covered in the previous parts; Part IV includes two appendices with proofs of the change of the variable theorem and a joint continuity theorem. Additionally the theory of metric spaces and of general topological spaces are covered in detail in a preliminary chapter . Features: Contains direct and concise proofs with attention to detail Features a substantial variety of interesting and nontrivial examples Includes nearly 700 exercises ranging from routine to challenging with hints for the more difficult exercises Provides an eclectic set of special topics and applications About the Author: Hugo D. Junghenn is a professor of mathematics at The George Washington University. He has published numerous journal articles and is the author of several books including Option Valuation: A First Course in Financial Mathematics and A Course in Real Analysis. His research interests include functional analysis semigroups and probability. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498773287

Principles of Anatomy according to the Opinion of Galen by Johann Guinter and Andreas Vesalius Principles of Anatomy according to the Opinion of Galen is a translation of Johann Guinter’s textbook as revised and annotated by Guinter’s student Andreas Vesalius in 1538. Despite Vesalius’ fame as an anatomist his 1538 revision has attracted almost no attention. However this new translation shows the significant rewrites and additional information added to the original based on his own dissections. 250 newly discovered annotations by Vesalius himself published here in full for the first time also show his working methods and ideas. Together they offer remarkable insights into Vesalius’ intellectual biography and the development of his most famous work: De humani corporis fabrica 1543. An extensive introduction by Vivian Nutton also provides new information on Johann Guinter and his substantial use of Vesalius’ work for his own revised version of the text in 1539. Their joint production a student textbook is set against a background of the development of Renaissance anatomy and of attitudes to their ancient Greek predecessor Galen of Pergamum. This text will be of great interest to historians of science and medicine as well as to Renaissance scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884017

Principles of Animal Nutrition Animals are biological transformers of dietary matter and energy to produce high-quality foods and wools for human consumption and use. Mammals birds fish and shrimp require nutrients to survive grow develop and reproduce. As an interesting dynamic and challenging discipline in biological sciences animal nutrition spans an immense range from chemistry biochemistry anatomy and physiology to reproduction immunology pathology and cell biology. Thus nutrition is a foundational subject in livestock poultry and fish production as well as the rearing and health of companion animals. This book entitled Principles of Animal Nutrition consists of 13 chapters. Recent advances in biochemistry physiology and anatomy provide the foundation to understand how nutrients are utilized by ruminants and non-ruminants. The text begins with an overview of the physiological and biochemical bases of animal nutrition followed by a detailed description of chemical properties of carbohydrates lipids protein and amino acids. It advances to the coverage of the digestion absorption transport and metabolism of macronutrients energy vitamins and minerals in animals. To integrate the basic knowledge of nutrition with practical animal feeding the book continues with discussion on nutritional requirements of animals for maintenance and production as well as the regulation of food intake by animals. Finally the book closes with feed additives including those used to enhance animal growth and survival improve feed efficiency for protein production and replace feed antibiotics. While the classical and modern concepts of animal nutrition are emphasized throughout the book every effort has been made to include the most recent progress in this ever-expanding field so that readers in various biological disciplines can integrate biochemistry and physiology with nutrition health and disease in mammals birds and other animal species (e.g. fish and shrimp). All chapters clearly provide the essential literature related to the principles of animal nutrition which should be useful for academic researchers practitioners beginners and government policy makers. This book is an excellent reference for professionals and a comprehensive textbook for senior undergraduate and graduate students in animal science biochemistry biomedicine biology food science nutrition veterinary medicine and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498721608

Principles Of Applied MathematicsTransformation and Approximation Principles of Applied Mathematics provides a comprehensive look at how classical methods are used in many fields and contexts. Updated to reflect developments of the last twenty years it shows how two areas of classical applied mathematics spectral theory of operators and asymptotic analysis are useful for solving a wide range of applied science problems. Topics such as asymptotic expansions inverse scattering theory and perturbation methods are combined in a unified way with classical theory of linear operators. Several new topics including wavelength analysis multigrid methods and homogenization theory are blended into this mix to amplify this theme.This book is ideal as a survey course for graduate students in applied mathematics and theoretically oriented engineering and science students. This most recent edition for the first time now includes extensive corrections collated and collected by the author. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429503511

Principles Of Applied MathematicsTransformation And Approximation This book is primarily about the principles that one uses to solve problems in applied mathematics. It is written for beginning graduate students in applied mathematics science and engineering and is appropriate as a one-year course in applied mathematical techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320072

Principles of Automated Drafting This book introduces the reader to each phase of the subject step-by-step to enable one to use the various automated drafting devices instruments and technique of application. It shows the way to produce acceptable drafting in the framework of high productivity. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065265

Principles of BehaviorSeventh Edition Since the first edition of Principles of Behavior the authors have sought to address the unique needs of students. This title has been written so that students of all levels will benefit from a solid introduction to the principles of behavior. The authors have laid the groundwork for behavior analysis through an exploration of experimental applied and theoretical concepts. Case studies and everyday examples help readers apply principles of behavior to real life. About the Book: This book also is integrated with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board task list and serves as an excellent introduction to many of the BACB tasks. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780205959495

Principles of behavioural analysis First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138159037

Principles of Biomechanics Research and study in biomechanics has grown dramatically in recent years to the extent that students researchers and practitioners in biomechanics now outnumber those working in the underlying discipline of mechanics itself. Filling a void in the current literature on this specialized niche Principles of Biomechanics provides readers with a solid grasp of the fundamentals and the enabling procedures of this rapidly expanding field placing a sharp focus on dynamic phenomena in the area of whole-body biomechanics.Applies Biodynamic Models to Everyday ActivitiesEmphasizing biodynamic modeling and the analysis of human body models the book begins with a review of gross human anatomy and a summary of basic terminology. It describes various methods of analysis including elementary mathematics elementary mechanics and the fundamental concepts of the mechanics of materials. Later chapters discuss the modeling of biosystems tissue biomechanics biodynamics kinematics kinetics and the inertial properties of human body models. The book concludes with a review of sample applications of biodynamic models in activities such as lifting maneuvering in space walking and swimming as well as crash victim simulation.Uses simple language to convey complex principlesWith numerous professionals in a range of areas entering this field daily there is a pressing need for a book which captures for a wide audience the principles of biomechanics analysis. Readily accessible to those with only a basic background in engineering fundamentals mathematics and physics this text enables readers to understand virtually all areas of human body dynamics ranging from simple movements to optimal motions to accident victim dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452469

Principles Of Biopsychology This book is intended to provide an introduction to the basic structure and function of the brain and nervous system emphasizing relationships with behaviour. The first chapter introduces the field covering aims objectives and ethical issues. In chapter 2 the neuron is described and electrical and chemical conduction presented in detail; this chapter also introduces neurotransmitter pathways and drug effects on normal and abnormal behaviour.; After a general survey of the behavioural organization of the nervous system in chapter 3 three chapters describe how language learning and memory are related to brain mechanisms with a particular emphasis on clinical data from human patients and functional assymetries between the hemispheres. The following chapter outlines the Involvement Of Arousal Systems In Stress Anxiety And Emotion And Also covers stress reduction techniques. The arousal theme is maintained in chapter 8 in which sleep is discussed in the context of biological rhythms in psychological and physiological processes.; Chapter 9 covers The Biological Bases Of Motivational States Such As Hunger And Thirst and discusses the concept of homeostasis. Non-homeostatic drives such as electrical self-stimulation of the brain are also considered. Finally chapter 10 reviews sensory processes in general and then concentrates on pain perception and the brain mechanisms underlying visual sensation and perception.; It is intended that the material in this book should satisfy the requirements of both the A-level syllabus for Psychology whichever Board is taken and first year introductory undergraduate courses in psychobiology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138169487

Principles of Biostatistics This edition is a reprint of the second edition published in 2000 by Brooks/Cole and then Cengage Learning. Principles of Biostatistics is aimed at students in the biological and health sciences who wish to learn modern research methods. It is based on a required course offered at the Harvard School of Public Health. In addition to these graduate students many health professionals from the Harvard medical area attend as well. The book is divided into three parts. The first five chapters deal with collections of numbers and ways in which to summarize explore and explain them. The next two chapters focus on probability and introduce the tools needed for the subsequent investigation of uncertainty. It is only in the eighth chapter and thereafter that the authors distinguish between populations and samples and begin to investigate the inherent variability introduced by sampling thus progressing to inference. Postponing the slightly more difficult concepts until a solid foundation has been established makes it easier for the reader to comprehend them. All supplements including a manual for students with solutions for odd-numbered exercises a manual for instructors with solutions to all exercises and selected data sets are available at http://www.crcpress.com/9781138593145. Marcello Pagano is Professor of Statistical Computing in the Department of Biostatistics at the Harvard School of Public Health. His research in biostatistics is on computer intensive inference and surveillance methods that involve screening methodologies with their associated laboratory tests and in obtaining more accurate testing results that use existing technologies. Kimberlee Gauvreau is Associate Professor in the Department of Biostatistics and Associate Professor of Pediatrics at Harvard Medical School. Dr. Gauvreau’s research focuses on biostatistical issues arising in the field of pediatric cardiology. She also works on the development and validation of methods of adjustment for case mix complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138593145

Principles of Cardiac Toxicology What chemicals are poisonous to the heart and why are they toxic?Find out by reading Principles of Cardiac Toxicology. Certain chemicals can produce toxicity by interacting with elements of the cardiovascular system. This book presents the anatomical physiological biochemical and pathological basis for this interaction and describes the classes of chemicals known to produce cardiovascular toxicity. Characteristics of potential antidotes are also discussed. Clinicians and researchers will discover that this volume is an essential guide to understanding factors that could contribute to cardiovascular health and disease. Cardiologists emergency room physicians intensive care nurses consulting pharmacists and basic medical scientists will also benefit from this comprehensive work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450519

Principles of Chemical Engineering ProcessesMaterial and Energy Balances Second Edition Principles of Chemical Engineering Processes: Material and Energy Balances introduces the basic principles and calculation techniques used in the field of chemical engineering providing a solid understanding of the fundamentals of the application of material and energy balances. Packed with illustrative examples and case studies this book: Discusses problems in material and energy balances related to chemical reactors Explains the concepts of dimensions units psychrometry steam properties and conservation of mass and energy Demonstrates how MATLAB® and Simulink® can be used to solve complicated problems of material and energy balances Shows how to solve steady-state and transient mass and energy balance problems involving multiple-unit processes and recycle bypass and purge streams Develops quantitative problem-solving skills specifically the ability to think quantitatively (including numbers and units) the ability to translate words into diagrams and mathematical expressions the ability to use common sense to interpret vague and ambiguous language in problem statements and the ability to make judicious use of approximations and reasonable assumptions to simplify problems This Second Edition has been updated based upon feedback from professors and students. It features a new chapter related to single- and multiphase systems and contains additional solved examples and homework problems. Educational software downloadable exercises and a solutions manual are available with qualifying course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482222289

Principles of Classroom Learning and Perception Originally published in 1974 this introductory text has been designed specifically for teachers in training and it presents the basic psychological principles governing learning perception motivation and the retention of knowledge at the time. The text is carefully tailored for would-be teachers in its clear and informal style and in its selective aspects of psychology which the teacher can use to advantage in his efforts to assist the child. The book has an eclectic approach to psychological theory drawing upon the insights of behaviourism perceptualism and the Gestalt school as well as the developmental theories of Jean Piaget. The author discusses in some detail theories concerning the nature of intelligence and the relationship between creativity and intelligence; and he investigates the dynamics of social adjustment introducing the part that may be played by meditation in helping to solve some of the problems of emotional stress within the learning situation. In his consideration of the management of learning the author lays much emphasis upon the importance of individual cognitive styles individualizing instruction and independent learning. In one chapter Dr Mueller is concerned with factors in the measurement of personality and of performance in the classroom and he reflects upon the specific problem of objectivity in such assessment. Finally some consideration is given to the problems and characteristics of the socially disadvantaged child and to the role of the teacher in helping to solve some of the learning problems of these children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705036

Principles of Clinical PhonologyTheoretical Approaches Those working on the description of disordered speech are bound to be also involved with clinical phonology to some extent. This is because interpreting the speech signal is only the first step to an analysis. Describing the organization and function of a speech system is the next step. However it is here that phonologists differ in their descriptions as there are many current approaches in modern linguistics to undertaking phonological analyses of both normal and disordered speech. Much of the work in theoretical phonology of the last fifty years or so is of little use in either describing disordered speech or explaining it. This is because the dominant theoretical approach in linguists as a whole attempts elegant descriptions of linguistic data not a psycholinguistic model of what speakers do when they speak. The latter is what is needed in clinical phonology. In this text Martin J. Ball addresses these issues in an investigation of what principles should underlie a clinical phonology. This is not however simply another manual on how to do phonological analyses of disordered speech data though examples of the application of various models of phonology to such data are provided. Nor is this a guide on how to do therapy though a chapter on applications is included. Rather this is an exploration of what theoretical underpinnings are best suited to describing classifying and treating the wide range of developmental and acquired speech disorders encountered in the speech-language pathology clinic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939943

Principles Of Clinical Toxicology In this third edition the editors have accounted for the numerous changes in protocols for managing poison ingestions and have again provided an indispensable resource for all students of pharmacy and the health sciences on the basic principles of clinical toxicology. The book's unique focus on the fundamentals helps the reader understand why events occur and why a particular treatment is selected. Each chapter presents pertinent information on classes of toxic agents their common sources and usual methods of intoxication incidence and frequency of poisoning mechanisms of action clinical signs and symptoms of poisoning and management guidance. The text includes illustrative case studies carefully selected to reinforce the information covered. Each chapter concludes with review questions to further enhance comprehension. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402006

Principles of Colloid and Surface Chemistry Revised and Expanded This work aims to familiarize students with the fundamentals of colloid and surface science from various types of colloids and colloidal phenomena and classical and modern characterization/measurement techniques to applications of colloids and surface science in engineering technology chemistry physics and biological and medical sciences. The Journal of Textile Studies proclaims "High praise from peers . . .contains valuable information on many topics of interest to food rheologists and polymer scientists …[The book] should be in the libraries of academic and industrial food research organizations" and Chromatographia describes the book as "…an excellent textbook excellently organised clearly written and well laid out." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274287

Principles Of Comparative Psychology This textbook covers aspects of animal behaviour featured in both A-Level Psychology and Social Biology courses. It includes accounts and discussions of imprinting maternal behaviour courtship and territoriality social organization and animal communication. Throughout the book the principle of behavioural diversity is built upon to show the complexities of animal behaviour and its relationship with the social and physical environment. The issues and perspectives arising from evolutionary theory are explored and the need to utilize multiple levels of analysis in the understanding of animal and human behaviour is emphasized. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315799179

Principles of Composite Material Mechanics Principles of Composite Material Mechanics covers a unique blend of classical and contemporary mechanics of composites technologies. It presents analytical approaches ranging from the elementary mechanics of materials to more advanced elasticity and finite element numerical methods discusses novel materials such as nanocomposites and hybrid multiscale composites and examines the hygrothermal viscoelastic and dynamic behavior of composites. This fully revised and expanded Fourth Edition of the popular bestseller reflects the current state of the art fresh insight gleaned from the author’s ongoing composites research and pedagogical improvements based on feedback from students colleagues and the author’s own course notes. New to the Fourth Edition New worked-out examples and homework problems are added in most chapters bringing the grand total to 95 worked-out examples (a 19% increase) and 212 homework problems (a 12% increase) Worked-out example problems and homework problems are now integrated within the chapters making it clear to which section each example problem and homework problem relates Answers to selected homework problems are featured in the back of the book Principles of Composite Material Mechanics Fourth Edition provides a solid foundation upon which students can begin work in composite materials science and engineering. A complete solutions manual is included with qualifying course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498720694

Principles of Construction Principles of Construction is an illustrated guide to the processes involved in a building programme from inception stage through to completion. This second edition has been updated in accordance with current Building Regulation with the emphasis remaining on safety and the correct use of materials.Following a logical procession of concepts and practice the book includes details of the various aspects of elementary construction and offers an insight into the techniques applied in larger scale projects using standard steel sections and reinforced concrete. Other procedures covered include undertaking a structural survey recognising structural defects and carrying out remedial treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408814

Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology This second edition features new and expanded coverage of contaminant hydrogeologic investigations. It presents a practical approach to completing investigations for environmental compliance emphasizing the use of geologic principles in assessment to move sites toward cleanup. Stressing the basics of collecting data that can withstand regulatory scrutiny and achieve remediation Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology Second Edition demonstrates how to solve a client's site contamination problem while maximizing cost effectiveness. It focuses on small- and medium-sized firms for which speed accuracy and cost are all crucial factors in the site assessment and closure process. Based on "real world" problems the book takes you step-by-step through the investigation and includes client-consultant-regulator interaction budgets ethics and data extrapolation for solving problems. It introduces concepts such as field logistics drilling techniques sampling protocols contaminant movement and remediation. Regulatory personnel hydrogeological consultants drilling contractors remediation contractors university instructors and students will benefit from the wealth of information provided in this new edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448516

Principles of Controlled Maintenance An effective well-managed maintenance program is crucial to the efficient and economical performance of any type of facility. This book presents a complete step-by-step guide to systematically improving overall maintenance operations covering maintenance organization inventory continuous inspection planning scheduling and program management. The presentation is structured in a manner which allows the reader to utilize basic guidelines in implementing a management system which can be customized to the specific requirements and goals of his/her plant or facility regardless of size or type of operation. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151005

Principles of Copula Theory Principles of Copula Theory explores the state of the art on copulas and provides you with the foundation to use copulas in a variety of applications. Throughout the book historical remarks and further readings highlight active research in the field including new results streamlined presentations and new proofs of old results. After covering the essentials of copula theory the book addresses the issue of modeling dependence among components of a random vector using copulas. It then presents copulas from the point of view of measure theory compares methods for the approximation of copulas and discusses the Markov product for 2-copulas. The authors also examine selected families of copulas that possess appealing features from both theoretical and applied viewpoints. The book concludes with in-depth discussions on two generalizations of copulas: quasi- and semi-copulas. Although copulas are not the solution to all stochastic problems they are an indispensable tool for understanding several problems about stochastic dependence. This book gives you the solid and formal mathematical background to apply copulas to a range of mathematical areas such as probability real analysis measure theory and algebraic structures. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439884423

Principles of Cosmology and Gravitation General relativity and quantum mechanics have become the two central pillars of theoretical physics. Moreover general relativity has important applications in astrophysics and high-energy particle physics. Covering the fundamentals of the subject Principles of Cosmology and Gravitation describes the universe as revealed by observations and presents a theoretical framework to enable important cosmological formulae to be derived and numerical calculations performed. Avoiding elaborate formal discussions the book presents a practical approach that focuses on the general theory of relativity. It examines different evolutionary models and the gravitational effects of massive bodies. The book also includes a large number of worked examples and problems half with solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406322

Principles of Counseling and PsychotherapyLearning the Essential Domains and Nonlinear Thinking of Master Practitioners Research has shown that the most effective way to prepare students for practice with real clients is to learn to think in a new way rather than simply learning and using a set of steps. While there is much to be learned from what master practitioners do in their sessions there is even more knowledge to gain from learning how they think. The second edition of Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy offers students and practitioners a way to understand the processes behind effective outcomes with a wide variety of clients. The second edition is infused with real-world clinical case examples and opportunities for readers to apply the material to the cases being presented. New "thought-exercise" sections are specifically designed to engage the reader’s natural non-linear thinking and transcript material both from cases and from master therapists themselves are interwoven in the text. Accompanying videos available through Alexander Street Press bring the text to life and instructors will find testbanks transition notes and narrated PowerPoints available for free download from the book’s website at www.routledgementalhealth.com Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704618

Principles of Cyberbullying ResearchDefinitions Measures and Methodology In 2010 the International Cyberbullying Think Tank was held in order to discuss questions of definition measurement and methodologies related to cyberbullying research. The attendees’ goal was to develop a set of guidelines that current and future researchers could use to improve the quality of their research and advance our understanding of cyberbullying and related issues. This book is the product of their meetings and is the first volume to provide researchers with a clear set of principles to inform their work on cyberbullying. The contributing authors all participants in the Think Tank review the existing research and theoretical frameworks of cyberbullying before exploring topics such as questions of methodology sampling issues methods employed so far psychometric issues that must be considered ethical considerations and implications for prevention and intervention efforts. Researchers as well as practitioners seeking information to inform their prevention and intervention programs will find this to be a timely and essential resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642324

Principles of Developmental PsychologyAn Introduction Developmental psychology is concerned with the scientific understanding of age-related changes in experience and behaviour not only in children but throughout the lifespan. The task is to discover describe and explain how development occurs from its earliest origins into childhood adulthood and old age. To understand human development requires one not only to make contact with human nature but also to consider the diverse effects of culture on the developing child. Development is as much a process of acquiring culture as it is of biological growth. This book reviews the history of developmental psychology with respect to both its nature and the effects of transmission of culture. The major theorists of the late 19th and early 20th century Piaget Vygotsky and Bowlby are introduced to provide a background to contemporary research and the modern synthesis of nature and nurture. This brief textbook is suitable as an introduction to developmental psychology both at A level and for beginning undergraduate students. It aims to be of interest to psychologists educationalists social workers and others with an interest in a contemporary understanding of factors involved in human development. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138172500

Principles of Downstream Techniques in Biological and Chemical Processes Downstream processing is an essential practice in the production and purification of biosynthethic materials which is especially important in the production of pharmaceutical products. This book covers the fundamentals and the design concepts of various downstream recovery and purification steps (unit operations) involved in biochemical and chemical processes. The book describes cell breakage and recovery of intracellular material isolation of solids product recovery product enrichment and product polishing and finishing. It also covers basic chemical engineering purification techniques such as distillation absorption adsorption etc. Described in the book are several case studies that discuss the various unit operation in each of the processes. An important point to consider is the economics of the downstream operation and this book provides practical information on capital costs and operating expenses in addition to other operating cost factors with respect to downstream processing. Green chemistry and safety issues are also addressed. Practicing chemical engineers in biotechnology and pharmaceutical chemistry and other areas will find this book valuable as a reference on downstream techniques used in biological processes. Students in chemical engineering would benefit from this book as well. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881401

Principles of Dramaturgy In Principles of Dramaturgy Robert Scanlan explains the invariant principles behind the construction of stage and performance events of any style or modality. This book contains all that is essential for training a professional stage director and/or dramaturg including the "plot-bead" technique for analyzing play scripts developed by Scanlan. It details all the steps for the full implementation of "Production Dramaturgy" as it is practiced in professional theatres and treats form and action as foundational cornerstones of all performance rather than "story" elements – a frequent and debilitating misprision in theatre practice. Scanlan’s unique approach offers practical training that is supported by detailed diagrams and contextualized instructions making this the missing text for classes in dramaturgy. Serving stage directors dramaturgs actors designers and playwrights Principles of Dramaturgy is a comprehensive guide that puts the training of capable practitioners above all else. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071162

Principles of Economic Planning Discussing the problems arising from a mixed economy Principles of Economic Planning argues for a system of controls that combine and encourage the best features of laissez faire and state planning. Chapters covering the following are included:* Money* Investment* Foreign Trade* Mobility* The Social Control of Business* NationalizationAppendices on economic union and planning in developing countries are also included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708613

Principles of Economics in a Nutshell Principles of Economics in a Nutshell provides a succinct overview of contemporary economic theory. This key text introduces economics as a social science presenting the discipline as an evolving field shaped within historical context rather than a fixed set of ideas. Chapters on microeconomics introduce concepts of scarcity and tradeoffs market analysis (the Marshallian cross of supply and demand) and the theory of the firm and market structure. Chapters on macroeconomics begin with an explanation of national income accounting followed by discussions of macroeconomic theory in the goods market and in the money market from both a Keynesian and Classical view. The text concludes with examples of how to expand upon core material introducing the perspectives of feminist and ecological economics. This book will be of great importance to students new to economics and is ideal for use on single-semester Principles courses or as a primer on economics courses in other settings. The text is fully supported by online resources which include a set of analytical questions and suggestions for further reading for each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321192

Principles of Economics in Context The study of economics should not be highly abstract but closely related to real-world events. Principles of Economics in Context addresses this challenge laying out the principles of micro-and macroeconomics in a manner that is thorough up to date and relevant to students keeping theoretical exposition close to experience. Emphasizing writing that is compelling clear and attractive to students it addresses such critical concerns as ecological sustainability distributional equity the quality of employment and the adequacy of living standards. Key features include: Clear explanation of basic concepts and analytical tools with Discussion Questions at the end of each section encouraging immediate review of what has been read and relating the material to the students’ own experience; Full complement of instructor and student support materials online including test banks and grading through Canvas; Key terms highlighted in boldface throughout the text and important ideas and definitions set off from the main text; A glossary at the end of the book containing all key terms their definitions and the number of the chapter(s) in which each was first used and defined. Updates for the second edition include: Expanded coverage of topics including inequality financialization and debt issues the changing nature of jobs and sustainable development; New material on wage discrimination by race and gender; an expanded section on labor markets and immigration; Updated discussion of fiscal policy to include more recent developments such as the Trump tax cuts; New material on behavioral economics public goods and climate change policy; a new section on “The Economics of Renewable Energy.” This new affordable edition combines the just-released new editions of Microeconomics in Context and Macroeconomics in Context to provide an integrated full-year text covering all aspects of both micro-and macro-analysis and application with many up-to-date examples and extensive supporting Web resources for instructors and students. The companion website can be found at: http://www.bu.edu/eci/education-materials/textbooks/principles-of-economics-in-context/   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344037

Principles of Ecotoxicology Cutting across traditional subject boundaries Principles of Ecotoxicology Fourth Edition gives readers an integrated view of ecotoxicology from molecules to ecosystems. This new edition of a bestselling textbook continues to emphasize principles rather than practice providing the interdisciplinary perspective and grounding required for research. Organized into three sections the book first describes the molecular structures properties and environmental fate of pollutants. It then deals with the effects of pollutants on living organisms at the molecular cellular and individual levels. Moving into population biology and population genetics the third part of the book addresses a question of great interest to ecologists: What effects do pollutants have at the levels of population community and the whole ecosystem? The book also looks at how ecotoxicology is used in the biomonitoring of environmental pollution the investigation of pollution problems the conducting of field trials the study of the development of resistance and the growing area of environmental risk assessments. Throughout examples and case studies illustrate the principles. This updated fourth edition includes new material on nanoparticle pollution bioaccumulation biomarkers and chemical warfare in nature as well as a new chapter on the future directions of ecotoxicology. A concise textbook that will also appeal to practicing ecotoxicologists it provides a solid basis for understanding what happens to chemicals in the real world where they go how they ultimately degrade and how they affect the individuals and populations that encounter them. What’s New in This Edition Revised and updated material throughout A chapter on future directions of ecotoxicology New material on nanoparticle pollution and chemical warfare in nature Expanded coverage of bioaccumulation biomarkers and risk assessment for affected populations More case studies many from the United States Discussion of neurotoxic and behavioral effects of pollutants Recent research on the decline of vultures and effects of neonicotinoids on bees Organic Pollutants: An Ecotoxicological Perspective Second Edition (CRC Press 2008) a companion volume to this book covers the mechanistic aspects of ecotoxicology in more depth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439862667

Principles of Effective ParentingHow Socialization Works Grounded in pioneering research this authoritative text examines the parenting strategies that help children and adolescents develop into productive happy members of society. Joan Grusec gives students and practitioners a roadmap for navigating the vast seemingly contradictory literature on parenting. Rather than advocating one "best" style of parent–child interaction Grusec identifies five domains of socialization and shows that different ways of responding to children are appropriate for each one. Chapters on each domain--protection reciprocity control guided learning and group participation--combine theory empirical findings cross-cultural considerations and real-world applications. Personal recollections from culturally diverse young adults illustrate how parents helped impart important life lessons. Learning exercises present examples of children's behavior and invite the reader to select the most effective parenting action from several possible options.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462541560

Principles of Electrical Measurement The field of electrical measurement continues to grow with new techniques developed each year. From the basic thermocouple to cutting-edge virtual instrumentation it is also becoming an increasingly "digital" endeavor. Books that attempt to capture the state-of-the-art in electrical measurement are quickly outdated. Recognizing the need for a text devoted to the major areas underlying modern electrical measurement Slawomir Tumanski developed Principles of Electrical Measurement.This text builds a solid foundation in the necessary background concepts and fundamentals needed to develop and use modern electrical instruments. The author first introduces the fundamentals-including main terms and definitions methods of estimating accuracy and uncertainty and standards of electrical quantities-and the classical methods of measurement. He then delves into data acquisition signal conditioning and signal processing for both analog and digital signals. The final chapter examines computer measuring systems and virtual measurement techniques. By focusing on the aspects that are common to all types of electrical measurement the book ensures a solid understanding that can be easily applied in practice.Whether used as an introduction to the field or as a reference to the essential concepts Principles of Electrical Measurement provides the knowledge necessary to develop measurement solutions for any application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391195

Principles of Electromagnetic Waves and Materials This book focuses primarily on senior undergraduates and graduates in Electromagnetics Waves and Materials courses. The book takes an integrative approach to the subject of electromagnetics by supplementing quintessential "old school" information and methods with instruction in the use of new commercial software such as MATLAB. Homework problems PowerPoint slides an instructor’s manual a solutions manual MATLAB downloads quizzes and suggested examination problems are included. Revised throughout this new edition includes two key new chapters on artificial electromagnetic materials and electromagnetics of moving media. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367873851

Principles of Element Design The construction of buildings is learnt through experience and the inheritance of a tradition in forming buildings over several thousand years. Successful construction learns from this experience which becomes embodied in principles of application. Though materials and techniques change various elements have to perform the same function. 'Principles of Element Design' identifies all the relevant elements and then breaks these elements down into all their basic constituents making it possible for students to fully understand the given theory and principles behind each part. As all building projects are subject to guidance through the Building Regulations and British Standards this book gives an immediate reference back to relevant information to help practitioners and contractors identify key documents needed.Yvonne Dean B.A. (Hons) B.A (Open) RIBA an architect energy consultant and materials technologist. She also has 15 years experience as a lecturer travels widely and is a guest lecturer at many universities. She pioneered an access course for Women into Architecture and Building which has been used as a template by others and has been instrumental in helping to change the teaching of technology for architects and designers.Peter Rich AA Dipl. (Hons) Architect started his career with 14 years experience as a qualified architectural technician. He then joined the AA School of Architecture working with Bill Allen and John Bickerdike after his graduation later becoming a partner of Bickerdike Allen Rich and Partners. He also taught building construction at the Bartlett School of Architecture University College London and architectural design at the Polytechnic of North London. He now acts as a Consultant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138865

Principles of Emergency ManagementHazard Specific Issues and Mitigation Strategies Principles of Emergency Management: Hazard Specific Issues and Mitigation offers preparedness and mitigation recommendations for advanced emergency planning. Because disasters are so unpredictable advance planning is needed to effectively respond to and mitigate against the potential effects of such events. Whether a disaster is natural or man-made accidental or deliberate the best way to protect the public is by implementing an integrated emergency management system incorporating all potential stakeholders through all phases of the event. As such the book suggests best practices for drills exercises and pre-event team building and communication. More than a dozen contributors offer their professional expertise on a wide variety of topics including: Emergency operations center management Continuity planning of vital services in the aftermath of a disaster The role of the public health official Developing public-private partnerships Specific types of disasters including terrorism agroterrorism pandemics and active shooter incidents Mass care sheltering and human services The special needs of children in disasters Traditional and social media and their impact on emergency management The book is a valuable planning resource for those tasked with managing operations to prepare for mitigate and respond to disasters. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439871201

Principles of Environmental Economics and SustainabilityAn Integrated Economic and Ecological Approach Principles of Environmental Economics and Sustainability was the first textbook to make a serious attempt to systematically integrate ecological and economic principles. It successfully introduced ecological perspectives to the study of environmental economics while maintaining the integrity of the standard economic approach. In this new edition this notion continues to be embraced while also offering readers several further features including greater in-depth coverage of the economics of climate change expanded reference sections and an updated and expanded "review and discussion questions" section. The unique integration of both mainstream and ecological approaches which this textbook provides proves particularly illuminating in relation to the following topics: economics of climate change environmental valuation cost–benefit analysis and the environment sustainability in theory and practice limits to growth the role of technology the business case for environmental sustainability. Written in a clear and accessible way this key textbook is an excellent resource for all students of environmental economics. With study tools including learning objectives case studies and charts and graphs this volume uses real-world examples to engage both students and academics within the field. This text also accompanied by a Companion Website including resources for both students and instructors. Here you will find student study questions interactive quizzes and an instructor manual composed of lecture PowerPoint templates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363545

Principles of Environmental Thermodynamics and Kinetics Environmental engineering is by its very nature interdisciplinary and it is a challenge to develop courses that will provide students with a thorough broad-based curriculum that includes every aspect of the environmental engineering profession. Environmental engineers perform a variety of functions most critical of which are process design for waste treatment or pollution prevention fate and transport modeling green engineering and risk assessment. Chemical thermodynamics and chemical kinetics the two main pillars of physical chemistry are two of the many subjects that are crucial to environmental engineering. Based on the success of the successes of previous editions Principles of Environmental Thermodynamics and Kinetics Fourth Edition provides an overarching view of the applications of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics in various aspects of the field of environmental science and engineering. Written by experts in the field this new edition offers an improved logical progression of the text with principles and applications includes new case studies with current relevant environmental events and their relationship to thermodynamics and kinetics and adds examples and problems for the updated environmental events. It also includes a comprehensive analysis of green engineering with relation applications updated appendices and an increased number of thermodynamic and kinetic data for chemical species. While it is primarily intended for undergraduate students at the junior/senior level the breadth and scope of this book make it a valuable resource for introductory graduate courses and a useful reference for environmental engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572051

Principles of Environmental Toxicology Environmental toxicology is the study of the action of chemicals upon ecosystems. Understanding the effects of exogenous chemicals upon the inhabitants of an ecosystem may enable us to predict and possibly prevent their deleterious effects. This textbook provides a good general introduction to all the major areas of environmental toxicology including the fate of chemicals in the environment environmental toxicity testing risk assessment radioactivity in the environment legislation environmental monitoring and the future impact of industrial development on the environment. It is written in an informal accessible style with many examples of environmental issues taken from the author's personal experience and will provide students and other interested individuals with a broad overview of the science of environmental toxicology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315273785

Principles of Enzymology for the Food Sciences This second edition explains the fundamentals of enzymology and describes the role of enzymes in food agricultural and health sciences. Among other topics it provides new methods for protein determination and purification; examines the novel concept of hysteresis; and furnishes new information on proteases oxidases polyphenol oxidases lipoxygenases and the enzymology of biotechnology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742136

Principles of Equity and Trusts Principles of Equity and Trusts is a concise new textbook from Alastair Hudson - the author of the definitive classic Equity and Trusts. Through clear and careful analysis the author explains what the law is its foundational principles and its social and economic effect. By beginning with the core principles on which this field is based even the most complex academic debates concerning express resulting and constructive trusts the family home charities law and other equitable doctrines become comprehensible and interesting. This book offers a fresh lively and often humorous account of Equity and Trusts. Through easy-to-follow worked examples and analysis of the case law Alastair helps you to answer problem questions and to prepare coursework. The author shows how the law affects real people in real situations. Each chapter begins with a clear and concise introduction to the core principles. It contains numbered headings for ease of navigation and advice on studying this subject. Students also have access to Professor Hudson’s ever-popular supporting website which has had hundreds of thousands of hits over the years. It has over 50 brief podcasts on key issues which have been specially re-recorded to coincide with the publication of this book. That website also contains detailed lectures a variety of videos explaining the law and guidance on tackling assessments. Characterised by the passion and enthusiasm for his subject matter that make Alastair Hudson’s classic textbook so popular Principles of Equity and Trusts is sure to be a winner with both academics and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122635

Principles of Equity Valuation The book provides a rigorous introduction to corporate finance and the valuation of equity. The first half of the book covers much of the received theory in these areas such as the relationship between the risk of an equity security and the return one can expect from it the effects of leverage (that is the borrowing policies of the firm) on the return one can expect from the firm’s shares and the role that dividends operating cash flows and accounting earnings play in the valuation of equity. The second half of the book is more advanced and deals with the important role that "real options" (that is as yet unexploited investment opportunities) play in the valuation of equity.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696036

Principles of EvolutionSystems Species and the History of Life Principles of Evolution covers all aspects of the subject. Following an introductory section that provides necessary background it has chapters on the evidence for evolution that cover the fossil record DNA-sequence homologies and protein homologies (evo-devo). It also includes a full history of life from the first universal common ancestor through the rise of the eukaryote and on to the major groups of phyla. This section is followed by one on the mechanism of evolution with chapters on variation selection and speciation. The main part of the book ends with a chapter on human evolution and this is followed by appendices that expand on the making of fossils the history of the subject and creationism. What marks this book as different from others on evolution is its systems-biology perspective. This new area focuses on the role of protein networks and on multi-level complexity and is used in three contexts. First most biological activity is driven by such networks and this has direct implications for understanding evo-devo and for seeing how variation is initiated mainly during embryogenesis. Second it provides the natural language for discussing phylogenetics. Third evolutionary change involves events at levels ranging from the genome to the ecosystem and systems biology provides a context for integrating material of this complexity. The book assumes a basic grounding in biology but little mathematics as the difficult subject of evolutionary population genetics is mainly covered qualitatively with major results being discussed and used rather than derived. Principles of Evolution will be an interesting and thought-provoking text for undergraduates and graduates across the biological sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345398

Principles Of Experimental Psychology First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882546

Principles of Extractive Metallurgy "First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742112

Principles of Fabric Formation How Are Textile Fabrics Formed? Principles of Fabric Formation is a treatise on the modern production systems of woven knitted braided nonwoven triaxial multiaxial and 3D fabrics. This book offers a basic understanding of the technicalities involved in the formation of different types of textile fabrics and brings out the relative merits and limitations of each production process in one single volume. Gain Insight into the World of Textile Fabrics Providing readers with an appreciation of the technicalities involved in the formation of different types of textile fabrics the author describes all major fabric formation methods and explains each stage of formation in the text. He also addresses all major topics related to the formation of different classes of textile fabrics including yarn winding warping yarn sizing woven fabric construction weaving weft knitting warp knitting braiding nonwovens and triaxial multiaxial and 3D fabrics. Comprised of 16 chapters this multifaceted work: Provides a technical description of fabric formation systems Focuses on the diverse technicalities involved in each and every stage of formation Contains a comprehensive compilation of the major principles involved Principles of Fabric Formation is an exclusive junior/senior undergraduate-level textbook with a focus on the diverse technical principles involved in production of the entire gamut of textile fabrics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138837690

Principles of Fire Behavior This text covers the four forms of fire: diffusion flames smoldering spontaneous combustion and premixed flames. Using a quantitative approach  the text introduces the scientific principles of fire behavior with coverage of heat transfer ignition flame spread fire plumes and heat flux as a damage variable. Cases examples problems selected color illustrations and review of mathematics help students in fire safety and investigation understand fire from a scientific point of view. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498735629

Principles of Fluoroscopic Image Intensification and Television SystemsWorkbook and Laboratory Manual This unique workbook can be used as a stand-alone text or supplemental text for any course designed to enhance the work of radiologic technology students. It will also serve the needs of graduate radiographers as well as the physician in learning specific areas of the Fluoroscopic Image Intensifier such as: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138464896

Principles of Food Toxicology Following in the tradition of the popular first edition Principles of Food Toxicology Second Edition integrates the general principles of toxicology with a systematic characterization of the most important food-borne toxicants. Ideal as a textbook in a food toxicology course and also as a monograph dealing with principles of food toxicology as the whole and due to sufficiently increased number of references a source of elaborated scientific information the second edition has been significantly revised and updated with new theories opinions and methods. It also provides expanded coverage of entry and absorption of foreign substances carcinogenicity reproductive and developmental toxicology multi-organ toxicity and flavor enhancers. See What’s New in the Second Edition: Role of lymph in transport of xenobiotics Reproductive and developmental toxicity risk-benefit analysis Trans fatty acids Soybean as a source of possible toxicants Aluminum from cookware Glutamates New chapter on food adulteration Updated and additional references The book introduces the principles of toxicology at the molecular cellular and organism level. It provides a moderately rigorous treatment of biochemistry and chemistry with explanations of the mechanisms of toxic effect and medicinal consequences. The book arms toxicologists against new challenges in food safety brought on by long-term and often hard-to-diagnose effects of plant and animal toxicants that have already developed extensively by the time of discovery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466504103

Principles of Fourier Analysis Fourier analysis is one of the most useful and widely employed sets of tools for the engineer the scientist and the applied mathematician. As such students and practitioners in these disciplines need a practical and mathematically solid introduction to its principles. They need straightforward verifications of its results and formulas and they need clear indications of the limitations of those results and formulas.Principles of Fourier Analysis furnishes all this and more. It provides a comprehensive overview of the mathematical theory of Fourier analysis including the development of Fourier series "classical" Fourier transforms generalized Fourier transforms and analysis and the discrete theory. Much of the author's development is strikingly different from typical presentations. His approach to defining the classical Fourier transform results in a much cleaner more coherent theory that leads naturally to a starting point for the generalized theory. He also introduces a new generalized theory based on the use of Gaussian test functions that yields an even more general -yet simpler -theory than usually presented.Principles of Fourier Analysis stimulates the appreciation and understanding of the fundamental concepts and serves both beginning students who have seen little or no Fourier analysis as well as the more advanced students who need a deeper understanding. Insightful non-rigorous derivations motivate much of the material and thought-provoking examples illustrate what can go wrong when formulas are misused. With clear engaging exposition readers develop the ability to intelligently handle the more sophisticated mathematics that Fourier analysis ultimately requires. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498734097

Principles of Game Audio and Sound DesignSound Design and Audio Implementation for Interactive and Immersive Media Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is a comprehensive introduction to the art of sound for games and interactive media using Unity. This accessible guide encompasses both the conceptual challenges of the artform as well as the technical and creative aspects such as sound design spatial audio scripting implementation and mixing. Beginning with basic techniques including linear and interactive sound design before moving on to advanced techniques such as procedural audio Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is supplemented by a host of digital resources including a library of ready-to-use adaptable scripts. This thorough introduction provides the reader with the skills and tools to combat the potential challenges of game audio independently. Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is the perfect primer for beginner- to intermediate-level readers with a basic understanding of audio production and Unity who want to learn how to gain a foothold in the exciting world of game and interactive audio. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9781138738973

Principles of Genetic EpistemologySelected Works vol 7 First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515030

Principles of Geographical Offender Profiling Geographical Offender Profiling (GOP) is the term that has emerged for the examination of where offences take place and the use of that examination to formulate views on the nature of the offender and where s/he might be based. As such it has become the cornerstone of 'offender profiling'. By its nature GOP bridges psychology geography criminology and forensic science and is of academic interest to all those disciplines as well as practical significance to police investigators. This book brings together a cross-section of the major papers published in the field that lay out the concepts and foundations of this area - including some widely quoted but difficult to obtain 'classic' papers - with an introduction that puts the papers into an overall context and a concluding extensive bibliography of the publications relevant to this rapidly growing area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246086

Principles Of Gestalt Psychology First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868815

Principles of Government and Politics in the Middle Ages (Routledge Revivals) In many respects this book first published in 1961 marked a somewhat radical departure from contemporary historical writings. It is neither a constitutional nor a political history but a historical definition and explanation of the main features which characterised the three kinds of government which can be discerned in the Middle Ages – government by the Pope the King the People. The author’s enviable knowledge of the sources – clerical secular legal constitutional liturgical literary – as well as of modern literature enables him to demonstrate the principles upon which the papal government the royal government and the government of the people rested. He shows how the traditional theocratic forms of government came to be supplanted by forms of government based on the will of the people. Although concerned with the Middle Ages the book also contains much that is of topical interest to the discerning student of modern institutions. Medieval history is made understandable to modern man by modern methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578516

Principles of Groundwater Engineering The purpose of this book is to bring together under one cover the principles of groundwater engineering. The concise format has produced a handy comprehensive manual for professionals working in the groundwater industry. The author places emphasis on the application of theory and practical aspects of groundwater engineering. Well-cited references throughout the text guide you through the technology scientific principles and theoretical background of groundwater engineering. Exhaustive appendices contain quantitative data necessary for in-groundwater flow and contaminant migration equations. Principles of Groundwater Engineering is the state-of-the-art book that bridges the gap between groundwater theory and groundwater problem solving. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069911

Principles of Health and Safety at Work This is a reprint of ISBN 978-0-901-35743-4 Widely acknowledged as the one stop summary of health and safety fundamentals Principles covers law safety technology occupational health and hygiene and safety management techniques. Originally written by the late international health and safety expert Allan St John Holt this new edition has been comprehensively updated by Allan's colleague Jim Allen. The book is designed as a concise accessible introduction to health and safety basics and includes revision notes and a wide range of references. It is a first class resource for NEBOSH Certificate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855151

Principles of Horticulture: Level 2 This colourful guide will introduce you to the fundamentals of horticulture whether you are taking a Level 2 RHS City and Guilds or BTEC course are a keen amateur or seasoned gardener. Written in a clear and accessible style this book covers the principles that underpin growing plants for the garden and allotment; with reference to how these are tackled by professionals. With highlighted definitions key points and illustrated in full colour this book will be a useful companion as you progress in the study and practice of horticulture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859080

Principles of Horticulture: Level 3 This colourful guide will explain the fundamentals of growing plants whether you are taking a Level 3 RHS City and Guilds or Edexcel course are a grower or gardener in the industry or are just a keen amateur. Written in a clear and accessible style this book covers the principles that underpin plant production the use of growing media and crop protection but with reference also to the same practices in the garden or allotment. With highlighted definitions key points and illustrated in full colour this book will be a useful companion as you progress in the study and practice of horticulture. Complete with a companion website which includes extended horticultural information questions and exercises to test your knowledge syllabus cross-referencing and downloadable tutor and student support materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859097

Principles of Intercultural Communication Now in a second edition this book guides students in developing Intercultural Communication Competence through its accessible style and unique theoretical framework of ten interconnected principles. Thoroughly revised and updated with new case studies and examples and a sharper focus on practical application the book engages students in active learning by showing them how these principles come to play in their intercultural journeys. It features detailed case studies that are accompanied by guiding questions that help students link theory to their daily lives. At the end of each chapter the "Side Trips" discussion prompts encourage students to think more critically about the issues as they are presented. Suitable for upper-level or graduate intercultural communication courses within communication and linguistics departments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367373870

Principles of International Finance Principles of International Finance first published in 1988 provides a comprehensive introduction to international finance which is rapidly becoming an increasingly important branch of international economics. The book is structured so that it can easily be adopted as a complete one-semester course in international finance and is divided into the four major divisions of international finance: The Foreign Exchange Market and the Balance of Payments; Exchange Rate Systems; Equilibrium and the Adjustment Process and The Post-War International Financial System. This book is designed for economics and business undergraduates studying international finance for the first time. It is non-mathematical and presumes no more than a general background in macroeconomics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487178

Principles of Knowledge ManagementTheory Practice and Cases This text provides a comprehensive introduction to the new field of knowledge management. It approaches the subject from a management rather than a highly technical point of view and provides students with a state-of-the-art survey of KM and its implementation in diverse organizations. The text covers the nature of knowledge (tacit and explicit) the origins and units of organizational knowledge and the evolution of knowledge management in contemporary society. It explores the implementation and utilization of knowledge management systems and how to measure their impact outputs and benefits. The book includes a variety of original case studies that illustrate specific situations in which the absence or existence of knowledge management systems has been crucial to the organization's actions. Charts and figures throughout help clarify more complex phenomena and classifications and each chapter includes review questions and a comprehensive index. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315686448

Principles of Leadership and Management in Law Enforcement Effective police organizations are run with sound leadership and management strategies that take into account the myriad of challenges that confront today’s law enforcement professionals. Principles of Leadership and Management in Law Enforcement is a comprehensive and accessible textbook exploring critical issues of leadership within police agencies. Every chapter includes key concepts definitions chapter objectives and review questions. Organized in logical fashion each new chapter builds on previous material for quick assimilation. Topics include: The evolution of the modern police department Leadership approaches and management theories Organizational structure of a police department Strategic short- and long-term planning Business approaches including Six Sigma and COMPSTAT New technology such as computer-aided dispatch vehicle monitoring and crime mapping Managing police stress and the work environment Recruitment and training Legislative issues impacting police including Title VII Policing in an era of advanced homeland security Ethical issues Suitable for a one-semester course the book’s easy reading style minimizes the need for memorization and reinforces salient points through boxed highlighted areas. Written by three renowned criminal justice experts this volume encourages readers to think expansively and develop new insights into the future direction of police leadership and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439880340

Principles of Learning and MemoryClassic Edition In this landmark volume from 1976 Robert Crowder presents an organized review of the concepts that guide the study of learning and memory. The basic organization of the book is theoretical rather than historical or methodological and there are four broad sections. The first is on coding in memory and the relations between memory and vision audition and speech. The second section focuses on short-term memory. The third is loosely organized around the topic of learning. The final section includes chapters that focus on the process of retrieval with special attention to recognition and to serial organization. Crowder presumes no prior knowledge of the subject matter on the part of the reader; technical terms are kept to a minimum and he makes every effort to introduce them carefully when they first occur. It is suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848725034

Principles of Literary Criticism Ivor Armstrong Richards was one of the founders of modern literary criticism. He enthused a generation of writers and readers and was an influential supporter of the young T.S. Eliot. Principles of Literary Criticism was the text that first established his reputation and pioneered the movement that became known as the 'New Criticism'. Highly controversial when first published Principles of Literary Criticism remains a work which no one with a serious interest in literature can afford to ignore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439870

Principles of Machine Operation and Maintenance This book explains how rotating machinery works and the role of the maintenance engineer in ensuring its proper operation. Stress is laid on the need for the trainee engineer to develop skills in diagnosis and troubleshooting as well as practicalexpertise in maintenance procedures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129849

Principles of MacroeconomicsActivist vs. Austerity Policies In the years since 2007 the U.S. economy has endured a severe financial crisis a Great Recession and continuing heavy unemployment. These events have led to increasing discontent among many people contributing to a substantial vote for Bernie Sanders and the election of Donald Trump. Meanwhile Europe has witnessed the rise of nationalist parties and Brexit. In the face of these problems and events economics must change. Principles of Macroeconomics: Activist vs. Austerity Policies provides an antidote to the standard macro texts offering multiple points of view instead of one standard line a fact-based focus on the causes and cures of instability in economics and an examination of inequality in the United States. Readers are introduced to both the Classical view which takes the conservative approach and argues for an austerity program to reduce the size of the government; and the Progressive view which argues for government intervention to create a strong recovery. These ideas are applied to all the key macroeconomic topics including economic growth business cycles and monetary policy. Using the methodology of Wesley Mitchell and drawing on the work of Keynes the authors also explore topics such as unemployment the human cost of economic crashes increasing inequality of income and the history of capitalism. This second edition includes new material on the Obama recovery the crisis in the Eurozone the rise of populism and the current state of healthcare education and environmental issues in America to bring the text fully up to date. It will be of great interest to undergraduate students and particularly those studying the economics of the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378563

Principles of Management An established work the second edition of Principles of Management offers the reader insight and analysis of the principles processes and practice of management and leadership. Covering private  public  and not-for-profit sectors the book also takes an international approach with a dedicated section on globalised processes and styles of management. The content is broken down into accessible sections to provide a clear and user-friendly book. Written to meet the criteria of practicality and professionality the book is relevant and useful with an emphasis on capability usability decision and resolution; "fix"; and an orientation towards implementation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246079

Principles of Management for the Hospitality Industry It is vital for hospitality management students to understand key management concepts as part of the complex and intimate nature of the services industry. Principles of Management for the Hospitality Industry is designed specifically for hospitality students who need to be able to use management tools and techniques to become successful hospitality managers. By placing you at the heart of an imaginary workplace this book offers the opportunity to work through all of the items of discussion for each topic. The chapter begins with a scenario to prompt an exploration of a given topic and concludes with the outcome of this scenario to reinforce the lessons learnt throughout the chapter. Highly practical in approach this is an up-to-date and skilful integration of all core areas of management. It is packed with tools and techniques to aid learning and understanding enabling you to: improve your professional management vocabulary with definitions in each chapter and a complete glossary of terms visualize key concepts with over one hundred explanatory diagrams gain confidence by testing your understanding on the accompanying website practical applications of theory are illustrated in international case studies throughout the book discussion questions prompt an exploration of key concepts. This title also has a companion website for lecturers which includes an Instructors' manual PowerPoint slides and quizzes to aid teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432826

Principles of Map Design This authoritative reader-friendly text presents core principles of good map design that apply regardless of production methods or technical approach. The book addresses the crucial questions that arise at each step of making a map: Who is the audience? What is the purpose of the map? Where and how will it be used? Students get the knowledge needed to make sound decisions about data typography color projections scale symbols and nontraditional mapping and advanced visualization techniques. Pedagogical Features:*Over 200 illustrations (also available at the companion website as PowerPoint slides) including 23 color plates*Suggested readings at the end of each chapter.*Recommended Web resources.*Instructive glossary Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462517121

Principles of Mathematics Published in 1903 this book was the first comprehensive treatise on the logical foundations of mathematics written in English. It sets forth as far as possible without mathematical and logical symbolism the grounds in favour of the view that mathematics and logic are identical. It proposes simply that what is commonly called mathematics are merely later deductions from logical premises. It provided the thesis for which Principia Mathematica provided the detailed proof and introduced the work of Frege to a wider audience.In addition to the new introduction by John Slater this edition contains Russell's introduction to the 1937 edition in which he defends his position against his formalist and intuitionist critics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203822586

Principles of Mathematics First published in 1903 Principles of Mathematics was Bertrand Russell’s first major work in print. It was this title which saw him begin his ascent towards eminence. In this groundbreaking and important work Bertrand Russell argues that mathematics and logic are in fact identical and what is commonly called mathematics is simply later deductions from logical premises. Highly influential and engaging this important work led to Russell’s dominance of analytical logic on western philosophy in the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171480

Principles of Membrane Bioreactors for Wastewater Treatment Principles of Membrane Bioreactors for Wastewater Treatment covers the basic principles of membrane bioreactor (MBR) technology including biological treatment membrane filtration and MBR applications. The book discusses concrete principles appropriate design and operational aspects. It covers a wide variety of MBR topics including filtration theory membrane materials and geometry fouling phenomena and properties and strategies for minimizing fouling. Also covered are the practical aspects such as operation and maintenance. Case studies and examples in the book help readers understand the basic concepts and principles clearly while problems presented help advance relevant theories more deeply. Readers will find this book a helpful resource to understand the state of the art in MBR technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466590373

Principles of Memory In over 100 years of scientific research on human memory and nearly 50 years after the so-called cognitive revolution we have nothing that really constitutes a widely accepted and frequently cited law of memory and perhaps only one generally accepted principle. The purpose of this monograph is to begin to rectify this situation by proposing 7 principles of human memory that apply to all memory. These principles are qualitative statements of empirical regularities that can serve as intermediary explanations and which follow from viewing memory as a function. They apply to all types of information to all memory systems and to all time scales. The principles highlight important gaps in our knowledge challenge existing organizational views of memory and suggest important new lines of research. This volume is intended for people in the field of memory (from advanced undergraduates to seasoned researchers) although it will be of interest to those who would like a comprehensive overview of the fundamental regularities in cognitive functioning. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138882928

Principles of Metallurgical Thermodynamics The Series in Metallurgy and Materials Science was initiated during the Diamond Jubilee of the Indian Institute of Metals (IIM). In the last decade the progress in the study and development of metallurgy and materials science their applications as well as the techniques for processing and characterizing them has been rapid and extensive. With the help of an expert editorial panel of international and national scientists the series aims to make this information available to a wide spectrum of readers. This book is the third textbook in the series. Principles of Metallurgical Thermodynamics deals with the thermodynamics of reactive systems with emphasis on the reactivity of metals and materials being used by metallurgical and materials scientists all over the world. Though the focus is on equilibrium thermodynamics it also touches upon some methods to incorporate non-equilibrium effects relevant to material scientists. This knowledge will enable students to solve the challenging problems faced during operation in different materials-processing routes. It will also help in the search for new substances that might revolutionize high as well as low temperature applications because of their super-fluid and super-conducting properties outer space environmental adaptability and more attractive electrical magnetic and dielectric properties. Media > Books > Print Books Universities Press 9781482242454

Principles of Microeconomics `Else and Curwin make an effort to keep the student in touch with recent developments by including such topics as bargaining search contestable markets and voting behaviour...it will certainly appeal to those who wish to keep economic theory accessible to as wide a range of students as possible.' Times Higher Education Supplement This clear concise introduction to intermediate microeconomics is essential reading for students with previous knowledge of economic principles. Geared to the standard year's course in universities and polytechnics the treatment in this text reinforces the student's understanding of familiar topics and facilitates assimilation of new material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452039

Principles of Mobile Computing and Communications Mobile computing technology has come a long way in recent years—providing anytime anywhere communication and access to information. Bringing students up to date on important technological and industry developments Principles of Mobile Computing and Communications examines mobile networks and relevant standards highlighting issues unique to the mobile computing environment and exploring the differences between conventional and mobile applications. Going beyond discussions on wireless network infrastructure and how to develop enterprise mobile applications this textbook considers pervasive computing and smart environments the complexity of designing and developing such applications and how issues are dependent on the context of the applications. Following an overview of what mobile computing has to offer and how its applications affect both our professional and personal lives it focuses on the technologies and the infrastructure of all mobile and wireless networks cellular networks WLANs WPANs and sensor and mobile ad hoc networks. The textbook then discusses the Mobile IP adaptive behavior power management resource constraints interface design seamless mobility support and locating sensing techniques and systems. It also discusses important security issues that concern all users regardless of applications employed.   Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367388140

Principles of Modeling Uncertainties in Spatial Data and Spatial Analyses When compared to classical sciences such as math with roots in prehistory and physics with roots in antiquity geographical information science (GISci) is the new kid on the block. Its theoretical foundations are therefore still developing and data quality and uncertainty modeling for spatial data and spatial analysis is an important branch of that theory. Principles of Modeling Uncertainties in Spatial Data and Spatial Analyses outlines the foundational principles and supplies a firm grasp of the disciplines’ theoretical underpinnings. Comprehensive Systematic Review of Methods for Handling UncertaintiesThe book summarizes the principles of modeling uncertainty of spatial data and spatial analysis and then introduces the developed methods for handling uncertainties in spatial data and modeling uncertainties in spatial models. Building on this foundation the book goes on to explore modeling uncertainties in spatial analyses and describe methods for presentation of data as quality information. Progressing from basic to advanced topics the organization of the contents reflects the four major theoretical breakthroughs in uncertainty modeling: advances in spatial object representation uncertainty modeling for static spatial data to dynamic spatial analyses uncertainty modeling for spatial data to spatial models and error description of spatial data to spatial data quality control.Determine Fitness-of-Use for Your ApplicationsModeling uncertainties is essential for the development of geographic information science. Uncertainties always exist in GIS and are then propagated in the results of any spatial analysis. The book delineates how GIS can be a better tool for decision-making and demonstrates how the methods covered can be used to control the data quality of GIS products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577247

Principles of Modified-Atmosphere and Sous Vide Product Packaging This is the first in-depth presentation in book form of both modified atmosphere and sous vide food preservation and packaging technologies and applications. The use of these technologies with all applicable food product categories is examined. The authors are specialists in these preservation/packaging methods from North America and Europe. All significant aspects are examined including processes and materials applications microbiological control and regulations and guidelines. Topics of special interest include use of hurdles HACCP gas absorbents and generators and time-temperature indicators. Extensive practical reference data is economically presented in tables. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367448882

Principles of Mucosal Immunology This respected graduate-level textbook provides comprehensive and accessible coverage of the basic and clinical aspects of the mucosal immune system addressing the major components of the mucosal barrier ̶ gastrointestinal upper and lower respiratory ocular and genitourinary mucosal immune systems ̶ in a highly user-friendly style. The editors of and contributors to the book all internationally-recognized leaders present the current principles concepts and basic processes involved in mucosal immunology mucosal diseases and host defense at mucosal surfaces.  Topics discussed include the development and structure of the mucosal immune system and its cellular constituents host-microbe relationships infection mucosal diseases and vaccines. The second edition has been carefully updated throughout to reflect the latest developments from clinical research and key literature has been fully updated. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345558

Principles of Nanomedicine The scope of nanotechnology in medical applications has expanded fast in the last two decades. With their unprecedented material properties nanoscale materials present with unorthodox opportunities in a wide range of domains including drug delivery and medical imaging. This book assembles the various facets of nanomedicine while discussing key issues such as physicochemical properties that enhance the appeal of nanomedicine. The book is an excellent resource for physicians PhDs and postdocs involved in nanomedicine research to learn and understand the scope and complexity of the subject. It begins with a short history of nanotechnology followed by a discussion on the fundamental concepts and extraordinary properties of nanoscale materials and then slowly unfolds into multiple chapters illustrating the uses of various nanomaterials in drug delivery sensing and imaging. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800426

Principles of Natural Theology Natural theology is that branch of philosophy that investigates what human reason unaided by revelation can tell us concerning God. The end at which it aims is to demonstrate the existence of God to establish the principal divine attributes to vindicate God's relation to the world as that of the Creator to the creature and finally to throw what light it can on the action of divine providence in regard to man and on the problem of evil. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9783868385717

Principles of Neural Coding Understanding how populations of neurons encode information is the challenge faced by researchers in the field of neural coding. Focusing on the many mysteries and marvels of the mind has prompted a prominent team of experts in the field to put their heads together and fire up a book on the subject. Simply titled Principles of Neural Coding this book covers the complexities of this discipline. It centers on some of the major developments in this area and presents a complete assessment of how neurons in the brain encode information. The book collaborators contribute various chapters that describe results in different systems (visual auditory somatosensory perception etc.) and different species (monkeys rats humans etc). Concentrating on the recording and analysis of the firing of single and multiple neurons and the analysis and recording of other integrative measures of network activity and network states—such as local field potentials or current source densities—is the basis of the introductory chapters. Provides a comprehensive and interdisciplinary approach Describes topics of interest to a wide range of researchers The book then moves forward with the description of the principles of neural coding for different functions and in different species and concludes with theoretical and modeling works describing how information processing functions are implemented. The text not only contains the most important experimental findings but gives an overview of the main methodological aspects for studying neural coding. In addition the book describes alternative approaches based on simulations with neural networks and in silico modeling in this highly interdisciplinary topic. It can serve as an important reference to students and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439853306

Principles of Neurobiology Principles of Neurobiology Second Edition presents the major concepts of neuroscience with an emphasis on how we know what we know. The text is organized around a series of key experiments to illustrate how scientific progress is made and helps upper-level undergraduate and graduate students discover the relevant primary literature. Written by a single author in a clear and consistent writing style each topic builds in complexity from electrophysiology to molecular genetics to systems level in a highly integrative approach. Students can fully engage with the content via thematically linked chapters and will be able to read the book in its entirety in a semester-long course. Principles of Neurobiology is accompanied by a rich package of online student and instructor resources including animations figures in PowerPoint and a Question Bank for adopting instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815346050

Principles of Neurobiology Principles of Neurobiology presents the major concepts of neuroscience with an emphasis on how we know what we know. The text is organized around a series of key experiments to illustrate how scientific progress is made and helps upper-level undergraduate and graduate students discover the relevant primary literature. Written by a single author in Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9780429174667

Principles of Neurotheology First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246062

Principles of Nuclear Radiation Detection This book is intended for senior undergraduate and beginning graduate students in physics nuclear engineering health physics and nuclear medicine and for specialized training courses for radiation protection personnel and environmental safety engineers.To keep the size of the book manageable material has been selected to stress those detectors that are in widespread use. Attempts have also been made to emphasize alternatives available in approaching various measurement problems and to present the criteria by which a choice among these alternatives may be made. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895970

Principles of Occupational Health and HygieneAn introduction Principles of Occupational Health and Hygiene offers a comprehensive overview of occupational health risks and hazardous environments encountered in a range of industries and organisational settings.Leading industry professionals and educators explain how to identify key workplace hazards including chemical agents such as dusts metals and gases; physical agents such as noise radiation and extremes of heat and cold; and microbiological agents. They outline assessment procedures and processes for identifying exposure levels. They also explain how to evaluate risk and follow safety guidelines to control and manage these hazards effectively.Chapters are heavily illustrated with detailed case studies diagrams flowcharts and photos. Practical guidelines are provided for managing each hazard type. This third edition has been extensively revised and updated and reflects current research evidence and the Workplace Health and Safety legislation on workplace hazards.Principles of Occupational Health and Hygiene is an essential reference for Occupational Hygienists and anyone in an Occupational Health and Safety role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760528508

Principles of Organic Synthesis This book is designed for those who have had no more than a brief introduction to organic chemistry and who require a broad understanding of the subject. The book is in two parts. In Part I reaction mechanism is set in its wider context of the basic principles and concepts that underlie chemical reactions: chemical thermodynamics structural theory theories of reaction kinetics mechanism itself and stereochemistry. In Part II these principles and concepts are applied to the formation of particular types of bonds groupings and compounds. The final chapter in Part II describes the planning and detailed execution of the multi-step syntheses of several complex naturally occurring compounds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455955

Principles Of Organization In Organisms Based on a workshop held at the Santa Fe Institute in June 1990 this book explores structure in organisms—both physical and dynamical—and presents the current status of the search for natural pathways principles of organization and the theory of design for organisms. Topics discussed include dynamical systems analysis; the pathways of evolution; development physiology and functional morphology; and the principles of dynamical change in connectivity within the networks of processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320485

Principles of Pharmaceutical Marketing Principles of Pharmaceutical Marketing Third Edition offers the perspectives of both those who teach and those who practice pharmaceutical marketing. This reflects the need for and the effort to provide the most relevant “real world” approach to this complex and fascinating field. This text is designed for undergraduate students in pharmacy whose background in marketing is limited those actually involved in pharmaceutical marketing and anyone desiring an introduction to the intricacies involved in the marketing of pharmaceutical products. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859774

Principles of Physiology for the Anaesthetist This book provides readers with an anaesthesia-focused alternative to general physiology textbooks. The new edition has been reorganised with the trainee anaesthesist in mind into shorter bite-sized chapters ideal for exam revision.  The content includes the physiology of all major organ systems with specific emphasis on the nervous respiratory and cardiovascular systems as well as special sections on pain aging specific environments and obesity.  Alongside the learning objectives reflection points and a handy summary of physiological equations and tables there is greater emphasis on clinical application in this fourth edition with applied physiology included in almost every section. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367202293

Principles of Political Marketing First published in 2010. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781856176163

Principles of Polymer Systems Maintaining a balance between depth and breadth the Sixth Edition of Principles of Polymer Systems continues to present an integrated approach to polymer science and engineering. A classic text in the field the new edition offers a comprehensive exploration of polymers at a level geared toward upper-level undergraduates and beginning graduate students. Revisions to the sixth edition include: A more detailed discussion of crystallization kinetics strain-induced crystallization block copolymers liquid crystal polymers and gels New powerful radical polymerization methods Additional polymerization process flow sheets and discussion of the polymerization of polystyrene and poly(vinyl chloride) New discussions on the elongational viscosity of polymers and coarse-grained bead-spring molecular and tube models Updated information on models and experimental results of rubber elasticity Expanded sections on fracture of glassy and semicrystalline polymers New sections on fracture of elastomers diffusion in polymers and membrane formation New coverage of polymers from renewable resources New section on X-ray methods and dielectric relaxation All chapters have been updated and out-of-date material removed. The text contains more theoretical background for some of the fundamental concepts pertaining to polymer structure and behavior while also providing an up-to-date discussion of the latest developments in polymerization systems. Example problems in the text help students through step-by-step solutions and nearly 300 end-of-chapter problems many new to this edition reinforce the concepts presented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482223781

Principles of Population Dynamics and Their Application This book provides an introduction to population dynamics exploring rules that govern change in any dynamic system and applying these general principles to populations of living organisms. Principles of Population Dynamics and their Application is aimed at applied ecologists resource managers. and pest managers. It is also aimed at undergraduate students taking courses in forestry fisheries widlife and pest management. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003062790

Principles of Power Engineering Analysis Principles of Power Engineering Analysis presents the basic tools required to understand the components in an electric power transmission system. Classroom-tested at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute this text is the only up-to-date one available that covers power system analysis at the graduate level. The book explains from first principles the expressions that predict the performance of transmission systems and transformers. It then extends these concepts to balanced three-phase systems and unbalanced systems. The authors proceed to introduce symmetrical component analysis of transmission systems three-phase transformers and faulted systems. They also describe the design of untransposed transmission lines and discuss other analysis component systems such as Clarke component networks. Despite the tremendous changes that have occurred in the electrical industry over the last forty years the need for a fundamental understanding of power system analysis has not changed. Suitable for a one-semester course this book develops the necessary concepts in depth and illustrates the application of three-phase electric power transmission. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075061

Principles of Pragmatics Over the years pragmatics - the study of the use and meaning of utterances to their situations - has become a more and more important branch of linguistics as the inadequacies of a purely formalist abstract approach to the study of language have become more evident. This book presents a rhetorical model of pragmatics: that is a model which studies linguistic communication in terms of communicative goals and principles of 'good communicative behaviour'.In this respect Geoffrey Leech argues for a rapprochement between linguistics and the traditional discipline of rhetoric. He does not reject the Chomskvan revolution of linguistics but rather maintains that the language system in the abstract - i.e. the 'grammar' broadly in Chomsky's sense - must be studied in relation to a fully developed theory of language use. There is therefore a division of labour between grammar and rhetoric or (in the study of meaning) between semantics and pragmatics.The book's main focus is thus on the development of a model of pragmatics within an overall functional model of language. In this it builds on the speech avct theory of Austin and Searle and the theory of conversational implicature of Grice but at the same time enlarges pragmatics to include politeness irony phatic communion and other social principles of linguistic behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142251

Principles of Primary Education This study guide has been revised to give practical guidance on the new standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) and updated in line with the latest special needs Code of Practice and recent legislation. It is a firm base for student teachers on all types of initial teacher education courses - PGCE BA (QTS) BEd and modular - and for those returning to primary teaching after a career break. It also serves as a 'refresher course' for experienced teachers especially those transferring to primary teaching from other phases of education. Sufficiently rooted in practicalities to bridge the notorious theory/practice divide the book is challenging and inspiring. Its friendly supportive and interactive style enables the reader to take control of the learning process and there are planning sheets pro formas and reminders to develop effective classroom practice. Each chapter provides its own learning objectives followed by information insights activities and references to other sources of information and guidance. Overall the Guide is an excellent starting point for those who wish to become good teachers of primary school children. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138172012

Principles of Proteomics Principles of Proteomics Second Edition provides a concise and user-friendly introduction to the diverse technologies used for the large-scale analysis of proteins as well as their applications and their impact in areas such as drug discovery agriculture and the fight against disease. Proteomics is a fast-advancing field in which researchers seek to capture all the proteins in the cell and characterize them in ever more detail. Principles of Proteomics has been fully updated to reflect the most recent developments in the field without losing its focus on the underlying principles. With worked examples case studies profiling both established and emerging technologies and further reading lists for each chapter Principles of Proteomics is an ideal introduction for students researchers and those working in the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815344728

Principles of Public Finance 'Dalton has succeeded in expressing general economic concepts in simple language' The Economist. The 1971 edition of this famous textbook includes recent material to the general survey on the theory of taxation other forms of public revenue public expenditure and public debts. There are chapters on modern theories of budgetary policy and the controversial cheap money policy pursued by the author when he was in charge of the British Treasury from 1945-1947. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016948

Principles of Public Speaking Balancing skills and theory Principles of Public Speaking 19th Edition emphasizes orality internet technology and critical thinking as it encourages the reader to see public speaking as a way to build community in today’s diverse world. Within a framework that emphasizes speaker responsibility listening and cultural awareness this classic book uses examples from college workplace political and social communication to make the study of public speaking relevant contemporary and exciting. This edition opens with a new chapter on speaking apprehension and offers enhanced online resources for instructors and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233898

Principles of Public Speaking Balancing skills and theory this introductory public speaking textbook encourages the reader to see public speaking as a way to build community in today’s diverse world. Within a framework that emphasizes speaker responsibility listening and cultural awareness this classic book uses examples from college workplace political and social communication to make the study of public speaking relevant contemporary and exciting. This new edition includes expanded coverage of mediated speaking with examples from podcasts and online speaking contexts; discussion of ethical issues of contemporary public discourse including disinformation and public civility; and tips for extemporaneous speaking. This textbook is ideal for general courses on public speaking as well as specialized programs in business management political communication and public affairs. A companion website including an instructor’s manual containing discussion questions exercises quiz questions and suggestions for syllabus design is available at www.routledge.com/cw/german. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860288

Principles of Quantum Scattering Theory Scattering is one of the most powerful methods used to study the structure of matter and many of the most important breakthroughs in physics have been made by means of scattering. Nearly a century has passed since the first investigations in this field and the work undertaken since then has resulted in a rich literature encompassing both experimental and theoretical results. In scattering one customarily studies collisions among nuclear sub-nuclear atomic or molecular particles and as these are intrinsically quantum systems it is logical that quantum mechanics is used as the basis for modern scattering theory. In Principles of Quantum Scattering Theory the author judiciously combines physical intuition and mathematical rigour to present various selected principles of quantum scattering theory. As always in physics experiment should be used to ultimately validate physical and mathematical modelling and the author presents a number of exemplary illustrations comparing theoretical and experimental cross sections in a selection of major inelastic ion-atom collisions at high non-relativistic energies. Quantum scattering theory one of the most beautiful theories in physics is also very rich in mathematics. Principles of Quantum Scattering Theory is intended primarily for graduate physics students but also for non-specialist physicists for whom the clarity of exposition should aid comprehension of these mathematical complexities. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429146497

Principles Of Radiopharmacolgy First Published in 1979 this book offers a full comprehensive guide to the applications and uses of radiopharmacology. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for radiologists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367256180

Principles of Reinforced Concrete Design Encouraging creative uses of reinforced concrete Principles of Reinforced Concrete Design draws a clear distinction between fundamentals and professional consensus. This text presents a mixture of fundamentals along with practical methods. It provides the fundamental concepts required for designing reinforced concrete (RC) structures emphasizing principles based on mechanics experience and experimentation while encouraging practitioners to consult their local building codes. The book presents design choices that fall in line with the boundaries defined by professional consensus (building codes) and provides reference material outlining the design criteria contained in building codes. It includes applications for both building and bridge structural design and it is applicable worldwide as it is not dependent upon any particular codes. Contains concise coverage that can be taught in one semester Underscores the fundamental principles of behavior Provides students with an understanding of the principles upon which codes are based Assists in navigating the labyrinth of ever-changing codes Fosters an inherent understanding of design The text also provides a brief history of reinforced concrete. While the initial attraction for using reinforced concrete in building construction has been attributed to its fire resistance its increase in popularity was also due to the creativity of engineers who kept extending its limits of application. Along with height achievement reinforced concrete gained momentum by providing convenience plasticity and low-cost economic appeal. Principles of Reinforced Concrete Design provides undergraduate students with the fundamentals of mechanics and direct observation as well as the concepts required to design reinforced concrete (RC) structures and applies to both building and bridge structural design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482231489

Principles of Research Design in the Social Sciences This practical introduction for first time researchers provides a bridge between how to conduct research and the philosophy of social science allowing students to relate what they are doing to why. It does not provide a set of rigid recipes for social scientists as many methodology books do rather it stimulates students to think about the issues involved when deciding upon their research design. By discussing standard approaches to research design and method in various social science disciplines the authors illustrate why particular designs have traditionally predominated in certain areas of study. But whilst they acknowledge the strengths of these standard approaches their emphasis is on helping researchers find the most effective solution to their problem by encouraging them through this familiarity with the principles of various approaches to innovate where appropriate. This text will prove indispensable for social science students of all levels embarking upon a research project and for experienced researchers looking for a fresh perspective on their object of study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203136720

Principles of Research in Behavioral ScienceFourth Edition This book provides a comprehensive overview of research methods in the behavioral sciences focusing primarily on the conceptual issues inherent in conducting research. It covers topics that are often omitted from other texts including measurement issues correlational research qualitative research and integrative literature reviews. The book also includes discussions of diversity issues as they related to behavioral science research. New to this edition are chapter boxes that focus on applied issues related to each chapter topic. Throughout the book readable examples and informative tables and figures are provided. The authors also take a contemporary approach to topics such as research ethics replication research and data collection (including internet research). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687875

Principles of Retailing Retailing is one of the biggest and most important sectors in today's economy. Graduates who are seeking a career in the sector will therefore require a solid knowledge of its core principles. The Principles of Retailing Second Edition is a topical engaging and authoritative update of a hugely successful textbook by three leading experts in retail management designed to be a digestible introduction to retailing for management and marketing students. The previous edition was praised for the quality of its coverage the clarity of its style and the strength of its sections on operation and supply chain issues such as buying and logistics which are often neglected by other texts. This new edition has been comprehensively reworked in response to the rapid changes to the industry including the growth of online retail and the subsequent decline of physical retail space and new technologies that improve customer experience and help track consumer behaviour. It also builds upon the authors' research over the last decade with new chapters on offshore sourcing and CSR and product management in addition to considerable revisions to existing chapters to highlight changes in online retailing and e-tail logistics retail branding retail security internationalisation and the fashion supply chain. This edition will also be supported by a collection of online teaching materials to help tutors spend less time preparing and more time teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791954

Principles of Risk AnalysisDecision Making Under Uncertainty In every decision problem there are things we know and things we do not know. Risk analysis science uses the best available evidence to assess what we know while it is carefully intentional in the way it addresses the importance of the things we do not know in the evaluation of decision choices and decision outcomes. The field of risk analysis science continues to expand and grow and the second edition of Principles of Risk Analysis: Decision Making Under Uncertainty responds to this evolution with several significant changes.  The language has been updated and expanded throughout the text and the book features several new areas of expansion including five new chapters. The book’s simple and straightforward style—based on the author’s decades of experience as a risk analyst trainer and educator—strips away the mysterious aura that often accompanies risk analysis. Features: Details the tasks of risk management risk assessment and risk communication in a straightforward conceptual manner Provides sufficient detail to empower professionals in any discipline to become risk practitioners Expands the risk management emphasis with a new chapter to serve private industry and a growing public sector interest in the growing practice of enterprise risk management Describes dozens of quantitative and qualitative risk assessment tools in a new chapter Practical guidance and ideas for using risk science to improve decisions and their outcomes is found in a new chapter on decision making under uncertainty Practical methods for helping risk professionals to tell their risk story are the focus of a new chapter Features an expanded set of examples of the risk process that demonstrate the growing applications of risk analysis As before this book continues to appeal to professionals who want to learn and apply risk science in their own professions as well as students preparing for professional careers. This book remains a discipline free guide to the principles of risk analysis that is accessible to all interested practitioners. Files used in the creation of this book and additional exercises as well as a free student version of Palisade Corporation’s Decision Tools Suite software are available with the purchase of this book. A less detailed introduction to the risk analysis science tasks of risk management risk assessment and risk communication is found in Primer of Risk Analysis: Decision Making Under Uncertainty Second Edition ISBN: 978-1-138-31228-9. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138478206

Principles of Rorschach Interpretation This second edition of Irving Weiner's classic comprehensive clinician-friendly guide to utilizing the Rorschach for personality description has been revised to reflect both recent modifications in the Rorschach Comprehensive System and new evidence concerning the soundness and utility of Rorschach assessment. It integrates the basic ingredients of structural thematic behavioral and sequence analysis strategies into systematic guidelines for describing personality functioning. It is divided into three parts. Part I concerns basic considerations in Rorschach testing and deals with conceptual and empirical foundations of the inkblot method and with critical issues in formulating and justifying Rorschach inferences. Part II is concerned with elements of interpretation that contribute to thorough utilization of data in a Rorschach protocol: the Comprehensive System search strategy; the complementary roles of projection and card pull in determining response characteristics; and the interpretive significance of structural variables content themes test behaviors and the sequence in which various response characteristics occur. Each of the chapters presents and illustrates detailed guidelines for translating Rorschach findings into descriptions of structural and dynamic aspects of personality functioning. The discussion throughout emphasizes the implications of Rorschach data for personality assets and liabilities with specific respect to adaptive and maladaptive features of the manner in which people attend to their experience use ideation modulate affect manage stress view themselves and relate to others. Part III presents 10 case illustrations of how the interpretive principles delineated in Part II can be used to identify assets and liabilities in personality functioning and apply this information in clinical practice. These cases represent persons from diverse demographic backgrounds and demonstrate a broad range of personality styles and clinical issues. Discussion of these cases touches on numerous critical concerns in arriving at different diagnoses formulating treatment plans and elucidating structural and dynamic determinants of behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138003774

Principles of Scientific Methods Principles of Scientific Methods focuses on the fundamental principles behind scientific methods. The book refers to "science" in a broad sense including natural science physics mathematics statistics social science political science and engineering science. A principle is often abstract and has broad applicability while a method is usually concrete and specific. The author uses many concrete examples to explain principles and presents analogies to connect different methods or problems to arrive at a general principle or a common notion. He mainly discusses a particular method to address the great idea behind the method not the method itself. The book shows how the principles are not only applicable to scientific research but also to our daily lives. The author explains how scientific methods are used for understanding how and why things happen making predictions and learning how to prevent mistakes and solve problems. Studying the principles of scientific methods is to think about thinking and to enlighten our understanding of scientific research. Scientific principles are the foundation of scientific methods. In this book you’ll see how the principles reveal the big ideas behind our scientific discoveries and reflect the fundamental beliefs and wisdoms of scientists. The principles make the scientific methods coherent and constitute the source of creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482238099

Principles of Scientific Sociology Principles of Scientific Sociology represents a major attempt to redirect the course of contemporary sociological thought. It is clear well-organized innovative and original in its discussion of the context and methods of sociology conceived as a natural science. Wallace delineates the subject matter of sociology classifies its variables presents a logic of inquiry and advocates the use of this logic for the acceptance or rejection of hypotheses or theories and for the solving of human problems.Social scientists including political scientists sociologists anthropologists historians economists social psychologists and students of social phenomena among nonhumans will find this work indispensable reading. Principles of Scientifc Sociology emphasizes the relationship between pure and applied sociological analysis. The essential contributions of each to the other are specified. Relationships between the substantive concepts of the sociology of humans on the one hand and the sociology of nonhumans on the other are systematized. In an attempt to put sociological analysis on a firm scientific basis the book contains a concluding chapter focusing on central premises of natural science and their applicability to sociology.Wallace identifies the simple elements and relationships that sociological analysis requires if it is to lead to an understanding of complex social phenomena. On this basis he considers the substantive elements and relations that comprise structural functionalism historical materialism symbolic interactionism and other approaches to social data. He develops groundwork for standardizing these elements so that the contexts of different analyses may become rigorously comparable. The result is a fine one-volume synthesis of sociological theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127422

Principles of Security and Crime Prevention This introductory text provides a thorough overview of the private security system. This edition includes crime prevention and its zones of protection � the theoretical framework that provides the bridge between private and public sector law enforcement. From the historical development and the professional nature of security and crime prevention to the legal aspects of private security this well-rounded text covers basic elements of security and crime prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415638

Principles of Semiotic First published in 1987 this book is an attempt to re-establish semiotic on the basis of principles consistent with its past history rather than the ‘cultural semiotics’ of the European tradition and especially with the guiding ideas of Peirce and Morris. The book is divided into two parts with the first two chapters providing the background for the more systematic discussions of signs at different levels taken up in the last three. In the final chapter issues that have become the focus of recent philosophy of language regarding the reference meaning and truth of sentences are discussed in light of the analogies to more primitive signs developed in the preceding two chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691834

Principles Of Social Psychology This is designed to be a clear and readable introduction to social psychology for A-level students for those studying psychology as a supplement to other applied courses and for those requiring an overview of the major concerns and issues in this subject.; The book aims to integrate the traditional material such as conformity attitudes and prejudice with some of the more recent insights into social life such as the study of discourse relationships social identity and social representations. This work also incorporates themes and concerns which have emerged in social psychology including problems of ethnocentrism and identity ethical issues and the challenges to conventional methodology represented by some recent areas of research. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203765289

Principles of Social PsychologyThird Edition Originally published in 1987 this third edition won praise from students and instructors alike for its challenging "no nonsense" approach to the field. Thoroughly updated to reflect current research of the time the text retains the qualities that had become its hallmarks: a cognitive approach to the process of socialization and an emphasis on the ideas that give the discipline continuity. It offers clear conceptually integrated discussions of all of the major topics in social psychology from the time. Shaver's focus on the concepts of social psychology provides a framework for students to develop their own applications. The principles of social behavior are presented in the text in the same way they develop in the individual moving from internal processes (social perception self-recognition) to external issues (the environment the law) that influence behavior. Shaver weaves contemporary issues into his treatment of basic theories using examples from everyday situations. His supple writing engages students in the complexity of social behavior and is one reason this title remained one of the most highly regarded texts in the field at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138858312

Principles of Social Reconstruction This book originally entitled Why Men Fight is generally seen as the fullest expression of Russell's political philosophy. Russell argues that after the experience of the Great War the individualistic approach of traditional liberalism has reached its limits. Political theory must be based on the motivated forces of creativity and impulse rather than on competition. Both are best fostered in the family in education and in religion - each of which Russell proceeds to discuss. The ideas expressed in Principles of Social Reconstruction have greatly contributed to Russell's fame as a social critic and anti-war activist. The new introduction by Richard Rempel locates them in the context of Russell's other writings and show that neither his ideas nor his language have lost their force and topicality over the years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177307

Principles of Social Work PracticeA Generic Practice Approach Principles of Social Work Practice is the first textbook to deal exclusively and thoroughly with the significant principles of social work practice and methods that integrate these principles into the common base of practice. You will learn from case examples how to apply crucial ethical personal and methodological principles to different practice areas. As you increase your understanding of the nature of professional social work and the essence of its value base and Code of Ethics you also learn to develop approaches to social work practice that are sensitive to a multicultural clientele. You will leave this book with useful skills and a flexibility that allow you to work not only with individuals but also with families couples groups organizations and communities. As you read Principles of Social Work Practice you will heighten your sensitivity to the professional worker-client relationship and its role as a primary instrument of positive change. Using this book as a guide you can develop your own strategies for facilitating change and growth that will result in the satisfaction of long-term personal and social goals. Simultaneously you will build a framework for social work practice that has at its foundation a strong sense of individual worth and dignity. A unique combination of theory and practice readers gain insight into: confidentiality the nonjudgmental attitude controlled emotional involvement self-determination respect for the individual empowermentPrinciples of Social Work Practice illustrates for advanced undergraduates and graduate students how to effectively intervene in the conflicts that evolve between clients’ needs for well-being and development and the demands or restrictions of public attitudes or social policy. You will sharpen your skills and construct indispensable methods for helping individuals establish vital links with their communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052136

Principles of Soil Physics Principles of Soil Physics examines the impact of the physical mechanical and hydrological properties and processes of soil on agricultural production the environment and sustainable use of natural resources. The text incorporates valuable assessment methods graphs problem sets and tables from recent studies performed around the globe and offers an abundance of tables photographs and easy-to-follow equations in every chapter.The book discusses the consequences of soil degradation such as erosion inhibited root development and poor aeration. It begins by defining soil physics soil mechanics textural properties and packing arrangements . The text continues to discuss the theoretical and practical aspects of soil structure and explain the significance and measurement of bulk density porosity and compaction. The authors proceed to clarify soil hydrology topics including hydrologic cycle water movement infiltration modeling soil evaporation and solute transport processes. They address the impact of soil temperature on crop growth soil aeration and the processes that lead to the emission of greenhouse gases. The final chapters examine the physical properties of gravelly soils and water movement in frozen saline and water-repellant soils.Reader-friendly and up-to-date Principles of Soil Physics provides unparalleled coverage of issues related to soil physics structure hydrology aeration temperature and analysis and presents practical techniques for maintaining soil quality to ultimately preserve its sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394219

Principles of Solar Engineering An Engineering-Based Survey of Modern Solar Energy Concepts and Practical Applications Reflecting major developments in solar energy since the publication of the last edition Principles of Solar Engineering Third Edition follows the changes in energy policies that have led to the rapid growth of solar energy systems. This latest edition focuses on the fundamentals and the design of systems for various applications including building heating and cooling industrial process heat electric power plants (including PV and CSP) and environmental systems. What’s New in the Third Edition: The third edition introduces new topics that include organic and dye sensitized solar cells in the photovoltaics chapter advanced thermodynamic power cycles such as supercritical CO2 cycle and information on design software packages. The chapters on solar radiation and solar thermal collectors have been completely changed. Because of its increased importance solar thermal power is covered in much more depth than in the previous edition. The book contains increased coverage of high temperature thermal storage for CSP in the chapter for energy storage and transport. It changes many end-of-chapter problems provides examples and problems for both northern and southern hemispheres and countries around the world includes a solutions manual and revises the retained material. A significant change in the new edition is the addition of economic analysis in the first chapter which includes a number of solved examples and allows the students to analyze the applications in the later chapters from an economic stand point. Designed to be both a textbook and a reference this work: Introduces the global energy situation and addresses changes taking place in the distribution of available energy resources Covers concentrating and nonconcentrating solar thermal collectors in much more depth than before Highlights the latest developments in collector materials as well as new correlations for heat transfer and thermal performance analysis Explores thermal energy storage new developments including materials analysis and design Examines CSP and PV power and outlines what students need to learn for future upcoming developments in these areas Provides in detail solar central receiver systems commonly known as power towers including the design of a solar heliostat field receiver/absorber and higher temperature thermodynamic power cycles Details the latest developments in thin film solar cells Presents environmental applications of solar energy Principles of Solar Engineering Third Edition addresses the need for solar resource assessment and highlights improvements and advancements involving photovoltaics and solar thermal technologies grid power and energy storage. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466563780

Principles of Stormwater Management This book presents of all aspects of storm water management: the hydrologic cycle sources of contaminants standards applicable to discharges regulatory issues atmospheric deposition best management practices and health/environmental impacts. It includes technical details of the modern treatment of stormwater the emerging issues of atmospheric deposition run-on and snow melt the Epidemiologic Model and field data on discharge concentrations of a variety of contaminants. The principles explained in this book will enable students contractors developers and engineers to grasp the most important field elements which must be included for construction projects impacting stormwater. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138093621

Principles of Strategic Management Now published in its Third Edition Principles of Strategic Management by Tony Morden is a proven textbook that offers a comprehensive introduction to the study and practice of strategic management. This new edition covers the fundamentals of strategic analysis and planning strategy formulation strategic choice and strategy implementation. It contains new material on leadership and corporate governance and on the strategic management of time risk and performance. There is a new chapter on the key issue of crisis and business continuity management. The book retains the strong international flavour of its predecessors. The book is constructed in sharply focused Parts and Chapters. The text is then broken down into accessible Sections. The presentation is clear and reader-friendly. Principles of Strategic Management is ideal for use on undergraduate conversion masters and MBA courses in business and management. Its reader-friendly approach also makes it suitable for block-release type courses distance-learning programmes self-directed study in-company training and continuing personal professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297128

Principles of Structural Design Many important advances in designing modern structures have occurred over the last several years. Structural engineers need an authoritative source of information that thoroughly and concisely covers the foundational principles of the field. Comprising chapters selected from the second edition of the best-selling Handbook of Structural Engineering Principles of Structural Design provides a tightly focused concise and valuable guide to the theoretical practical and computational aspects of structural design.This book systematically explores the fundamental concepts underlying structural design for each major type of structural material. Expert contributors authoritatively discuss steel structures steel frame design using advanced analysis cold-formed steel structures reinforced concrete structures prestressed concrete and masonry timber and aluminum structures. For each construction material the chapter explores the material properties design considerations and structural principles affecting overall design. Reflecting recent advances the book includes two chapters devoted to reliability-based structural design and structure configuration based on wind engineering. Computational methods and simulation techniques illustrate the concepts of reliability-based design while examples of real bridges highlight the application of wind engineering principles and methods.Principles of Structural Design couples fundamental concepts with advanced practices. It is an ideal introduction for newcomers to the field as well as a perfect review and quick-reference guide for seasoned engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391942

Principles of Structural DesignWood Steel and Concrete Second Edition A structural design book with a code-connected focus Principles of Structural Design: Wood Steel and Concrete Second Edition introduces the principles and practices of structural design. This book covers the section properties design values reference tables and other design aids required to accomplish complete structural designs in accordanc Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429098215

Principles of Structural DesignWood Steel and Concrete Third Edition Timber steel and concrete are common engineering materials used in structural design. Material choice depends upon the type of structure availability of material and the preference of the designer. The design practices the code requirements of each material are very different. In this updated edition the elemental designs of individual components of each material are presented together with theory of structures essential for the design. Numerous examples of complete structural designs have been included. A comprehensive database comprising materials properties section properties specifications and design aids has been included to make this essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138493537

Principles of Structure Since its first publication in 1974 Principles of Structure has established itself at the forefront of introductory texts for students of architecture building and project management seeking a basic understanding of the behavior and design of building structures. It provides a simple quantitative introduction to structural engineering while also drawing connections to real buildings that are more complex. Retaining the style and format of earlier editions this Fifth Edition brings the text and examples into alignment with international practice. It also features six new buildings from around the world illustrating the principles described in the text. The book begins with a chapter explaining forces and their effects. Other chapters cover ties and struts loadings graphical statics bracings shears and moments stresses deflections and beam design. There is also an appendix with a fuller explanation of fundamentals for readers unfamiliar with the basic concepts of geometry and statics.The book offers a unique format with right-hand pages containing text and left-hand pages containing complementary commentary including explanations and expansions of points made in the text and worked examples. This cross-referencing gives readers a range of perspectives and a deeper understanding of each topic. The simple mathematical approach and logical progression—along with the hints and suggestions worked examples and problem sheets—give beginners straightforward access to elementary structural engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415667272

Principles of Supply Chain Management The second edition of this popular textbook presents a balanced overview of the principles of supply chain management. Going beyond the usual supply chain text Principles of Supply Chain Management not only details the individual components of the supply chain but also illustrates how the pieces must come together. To show the logic behind why supply chain management is essential the text examines how supply chains are evolving looks ahead to new developments and provides a balanced look at supply chains with a focus on both the customer side and the supplier side of supply chains. See What’s New in the Second Edition: Expanded coverage of current topics such as e-commerce risk management outsourcing and reshoring sustainability project management and data analytics Increased emphasis on how customers are becoming more influential in steering product design Additional coverage of the use of data analytics to evaluate customer preferences and buying patterns A new chapter devoted to logistics and its increasing importance in supply chains Company profiles of organizations with effective supply chains that illustrate the main theme of each chapter A "Hot Topic" for each chapter providing a description of a critical management issue to stimulate class discussion A complete set of instructor materials for each chapter including presentation slides test banks class exercises discussion questions and more From the point of distribution to the final customer all the way back to the point of origin at the mine or farm the text provides examples and case histories that illustrate a proven approach for achieving effective supply chain integration. This self-contained resource provides readers with a realistic appraisal of the state of the art in supply chain management and the understanding needed to build and manage effective supply chains in a wide range of industries. Most importantly it emphasizes the need for building and maintaining collaboration among all members of the supply chain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482212020

Principles of Sustainable AquaculturePromoting Social Economic and Environmental Resilience Aquaculture is the farming of aquatic organisms principally fish molluscs crustaceans and marine algae. It has seen phenomenal worldwide growth in the past fifty years and many people view it as the best solution for the provision of high quality protein to feed the world's growing population particularly with the rapid decline in wild marine fish populations. Aquaculture now contributes approximately one third of the world's fish production and has increased by about eight per cent annually over the last thirty years while wild capture fishery production has remained static.  Focused on developing more sustainable aquaculture practices this book provides an ideal advanced-level textbook. It is based on extensive evidence and knowledge of best practices with guidance on appropriate adaptation and uptake in a variety of environmental geographic socio-economic and political settings. The author concentrates on low-impact aquaculture systems and approaches which have minimal adverse effects on the environment. He also emphasizes socially responsible and equitable aquaculture development; to enhance the natural resource base and livelihoods.  Drawing on a range of case-studies from around the world the objective is to show where progress in terms of developing ecologically sound and socially responsible forms of aquaculture has been made. A tool-box of approaches to support widespread adoption and appropriate adaptation of regenerating aquaculture strategies is provided ensuring the book will have practical relevance for both students and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849710770

Principles of Sustainable Development This book brings together the collective thinking ecological perspectives and experiences of individuals from air quality land use and transportation disciplines who are working to advance and operationalize sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448363

Principles of Sustainable Energy Systems Third Edition PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS Third Edition surveys the range of sustainable energy sources and the tools that engineers scientists managers and policy makers use to analyze energy generation usage and future trends. The text provides complete and up-to-date coverage of all renewable technologies including solar and wind power biofuels hydroelectric nuclear ocean power and geothermal energy. The economics of energy are introduced with the SAM software package integrated so students can explore the dynamics of energy usage and prediction. Climate and environmental factors in energy use are integrated to give a complete picture of sustainable energy analysis and planning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498788922

Principles of Sustainable Soil Management in Agroecosystems With the use of high-level soil management technology Africa could feed several billion people yet food production has generally stagnated since the 1960s. No matter how powerful the seed technology the seedling emerging from it can flourish only in a healthy soil. Accordingly crop yields in Africa South Asia and the Caribbean could be doubled or tripled through adoption of technologies based on laws of sustainable soil management. Principles of Sustainable Soil Management in Agroecosystems describes the application of these laws to enhance ecosystem services while restoring degraded soils and promoting sustainable use.With chapters contributed by world-class soil scientists ecologists and social scientists this book outlines critical changes in management of agricultural soils necessary to achieve food security and meet the food demands of the present and projected future population. These changes include conversion to no-till and conservation agriculture; adoption of strategies of integrated nutrient management water harvesting and use of drip sub-irrigation; complex cropping/farming systems such as cover cropping and agroforestry; and use of nano-enhanced fertilizers.The book is based on the premise that it is not possible to extract more from a soil than what is put into it without degrading its quality. The strategy is to replace what is removed respond wisely to what is changed and be pro-active to what may happen because of natural and anthropogenic perturbations. The chapters which exemplify these ideas cover a range of topics including organic farming soil fertility crop-symbiotic soil microbiota human-driven soil degradation soil degradation and restoration carbon sink capacity of soils soil renewal and sustainability and the marginality principle. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466513464

Principles of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy The book presents the current standards of digital multiplexing called synchronous digital hierarchy including analog multiplexing technologies. It is aimed at telecommunication professionals who want to develop an understanding of digital multiplexing and synchronous digital hierarchy in particular and the functioning of practical telecommunication systems in general. The text includes all relevant fundamentals and provides a handy reference for problem solving or defining operations and maintenance strategies. The author covers digital conversion and TDM principles line coding and digital modulation signal impairments and synchronization as well as emerging systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077492

Principles of Synthetic Aperture Radar ImagingA System Simulation Approach Principles of Synthetic Aperture Radar Imaging: A System Simulation Approach demonstrates the use of image simulation for SAR. It covers the various applications of SAR (including feature extraction target classification and change detection) provides a complete understanding of SAR principles and illustrates the complete chain of a SAR operation. The book places special emphasis on a ground-based SAR but also explains space and air-borne systems. It contains chapters on signal speckle radar-signal models sensor-trajectory models SAR-image focusing platform-motion compensation and microwave-scattering from random media. While discussing SAR image focusing and motion compensation it presents processing algorithms and applications that feature extraction target classification and change detection. It also provides samples of simulation on various scenarios and includes simulation flowcharts and results that are detailed throughout the book. Introducing SAR imaging from a systems point of view the author: Considers the recent development of MIMO SAR technologyIncludes selected GPU implementationProvides a numerical analysis of system parameters (including platforms sensor and image focusing and their influence)Explores wave-target interactions signal transmission and reception image formation motion compensationCovers all platform motion compensation and error analysis and their impact on final image radiometric and geometric qualityDescribes a ground-based SFMCW systemPrinciples of Synthetic Aperture Radar Imaging: A System Simulation Approach is dedicated to the use study and development of SAR systems. The book focuses on image formation or focusing treats platform motion and image focusing and is suitable for students radar engineers and micr Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868376

Principles of System IdentificationTheory and Practice Master Techniques and Successfully Build Models Using a Single Resource Vital to all data-driven or measurement-based process operations system identification is an interface that is based on observational science and centers on developing mathematical models from observed data. Principles of System Identification: Theory and Practice is an introductory-level book that presents the basic foundations and underlying methods relevant to system identification. The overall scope of the book focuses on system identification with an emphasis on practice and concentrates most specifically on discrete-time linear system identification. Useful for Both Theory and Practice The book presents the foundational pillars of identification namely the theory of discrete-time LTI systems the basics of signal processing the theory of random processes and estimation theory. It explains the core theoretical concepts of building (linear) dynamic models from experimental data as well as the experimental and practical aspects of identification. The author offers glimpses of modern developments in this area and provides numerical and simulation-based examples case studies end-of-chapter problems and other ample references to code for illustration and training. Comprising 26 chapters and ideal for coursework and self-study this extensive text: Provides the essential concepts of identification Lays down the foundations of mathematical descriptions of systems random processes and estimation in the context of identification Discusses the theory pertaining to non-parametric and parametric models for deterministic-plus-stochastic LTI systems in detail Demonstrates the concepts and methods of identification on different case-studies Presents a gradual development of state-space identification and grey-box modeling Offers an overview of advanced topics of identification namely the linear time-varying (LTV) non-linear and closed-loop identification Discusses a multivariable approach to identification using the iterative principal component analysis Embeds MATLAB® codes for illustrated examples in the text at the respective points Principles of System Identification: Theory and Practice presents a formal base in LTI deterministic and stochastic systems modeling and estimation theory; it is a one-stop reference for introductory to moderately advanced courses on system identification as well as introductory courses on stochastic signal processing or time-series analysis.The MATLAB scripts and SIMULINK models used as examples and case studies in the book are also available on the author's website: http://arunkt.wix.com/homepage#!textbook/c397 Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439895993

Principles of Taxation in the United StatesTheory Policy and Practice Taxation is a discipline that does not receive sufficient academic attention. It is typically viewed as a subset of law accounting public policy economics or finance. In this respect most academic efforts in the field of taxation are shadowed by a mother discipline. There is currently an unprecedented need to approach tax pedagogy in a way that is independent of another discipline. This book caters to that real and unmet need in tax pedagogy. One of the book’s advantages is that it is not tied to a specific tax year and does not coddle the reader with volumes of time-sensitive information. In this book the tax year is never the focus as the center stage is reserved for teaching the principles and skills necessary to independently find answers. The reader will learn to appreciate the complexity of the American tax system and will be endowed with the contextual understanding necessary to formulate educated opinions about how taxes work and most importantly why. Contrary to common belief taxation in the United States has remained fairly stable for the last 100 years. This book uses the federal individual income tax as a vehicle to unveil the mechanics that make up the American tax system. This book is essential reading for students taking a first course in taxation at the undergraduate or graduate level as part of programs in accounting law public administration or business at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362840

Principles of Terahertz Time-Domain Spectroscopy Terahertz time-domain spectroscopy (THz-TDS) is a unique technique for characterizing the response of materials and devices in the far-infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum. Based on the measurement of transmitted or reflected ultra-short electromagnetic pulses and on a Fourier-transform of the recorded waveforms THz-TDS permits fast and precise determination of the permittivity or permeability of materials over a wide bandwidth. This book is devoted to the determination of this spectral response of samples from the recorded waveforms.   Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774567

Principles of Test Theories Based on a tremendous increase in the development of psychometric theories in the past decade -- ranging from techniques for criterion-referenced testing to behavioral assessment generalizability and item response theory -- this book offers a summary of core issues. In so doing it provides a comprehensive survey of reliability validity and item analysis from the perspectives of classical true-score model generalizability theory item response theory criterion-referenced testing and behavioral assessment. Related theoretical issues such as item bias equating and cut-score determination are also discussed. This is an excellent text for courses in statistics research methods behavioral medicine and cognitive science as well as educational school experimental counseling/social clinical developmental and personality psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052211

Principles of the Carriage of Goods by Sea Principles of the Carriage of Goods by Sea offers students studying this topic as part of their LLM or LLB course an accessible comprehensive overview of the subject from a leading expert in the field. Written specifically with students in mind concentrating on principles and tailored to common law coverage this title presents all the essential topics and is supported by the following useful pedagogy: Line Diagrams: illustrating the relationships between parties so that this may be understood at a glance; also where appropriate time lines Case Studies: looking at topical matters such as piracy and problematic areas of law such as reachable on arrival clauses and the carriage of bulk oil by sea Sample Problem Questions: problem questions and suggestions to help students to prepare for assessment Annotated appendices: concise appendix of the most important legislation and international conventions with useful annotation from the author that explains these and puts them in context   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743730

Principles of Thermodynamics Ideal for one- or two-semester courses that assume elementary knowledge of calculus This text presents the fundamental concepts of thermodynamics and applies these to problems dealing with properties of materials phase transformations chemical reactions solutions and surfaces. The author utilizes principles of statistical mechanics to illustrate key concepts from a microscopic perspective as well as develop equations of kinetic theory. The book provides end-of-chapter question and problem sets some using Mathcadâ„¢ and Mathematicaâ„¢; a useful glossary containing important symbols definitions and units; and appendices covering multivariable calculus and valuable numerical methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395889

Principles of Toxicology Reflecting the broad and interdisciplinary nature of toxicology this third edition of Principles of Toxicology explores the biochemical physiological and environmental aspects of the subject. This new edition is updated and revised to include reference to several major new directions in the science of toxicology including significant changes in thinking about cancer and carcinogenesis as well as the rapid expansion of toxicogenomics. The book also includes new chapters on topics of timely interest such as radiation food safety and natural toxins. As in previous editions chapters combine background material in the appropriate discipline—which helps readers review and remember the basics—with new information on toxicology to stress key principles and concepts. Also included is a selection of updated case studies through which principles and concepts are applied to real-world issues. The book features an extensive cross-referencing system linking all sections and enhancing the integration of material thus helping readers tie it all together. It also includes an appendix of selected toxicants that describes chemical structure category of use and toxicity. These features make specific information quick and easy to find. The easy-to-follow format and clear presentation of information in this book will make this one of the most useful references on your shelf. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466503427

Principles of Toxicology Testing Nationally toxicology programs have evolved from a traditional exploration of the chemistry and applied toxicity of chemicals and drugs to a more comprehensive study of toxicology and toxicology testing as independent entities. Consequently the second edition of Principles of Toxicology Testing starts with basic toxicological principles including absorption distribution metabolism and elimination of toxins including chemicals and drugs. The book then continues with animal (in vivo) and in vitro toxicology testing methods associated with toxicological analysis and preclinical drug development. As in the first edition the book begins with an introduction into the fundamentals of toxicology (Section I) to prepare readers for the subsequent topics and continues through with a discussion of toxicokinetics and human risk assessment. This introductory material is useful in understanding the applications of toxicology testing. Section II describes the fundamental principles of toxicology testing in animals in greater detail. This section describes acute toxicity studies as well as subchronic and chronic studies performed on animals. Special emphasis is placed on study design and determination of classical indicators for acute and chronic testing such as the LD50. The book examines other short- and long-term animal toxicity testing methodologies including dermal ocular and reproductive toxicity testing. In addition mutagenicity and carcinogenicity studies are also discussed in separate chapters. Section III introduces and discusses in vitro alternatives to animal toxicology tests. This section emphasizes cell culture methodology and cellular methods for acute systemic toxicity target organ toxicity and local toxicity. The contributors present the advantages and disadvantages of alternative methods. They also describe the use of high-throughput screening and its applications the concepts of standardization and validation of in vitro techniques (especially large organized validation efforts currently supported by US and EU regulatory agencies) and the theories supporting the development of in vitro methodologies. This second edition is a must-read for undergraduate and graduate toxicology students. Industrial and academic research centers will also find the text useful for establishing a toxicology testing laboratory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781842145289

Principles of Transgender Medicine and Surgery A practical guide to state-of-the-art treatments and health care knowledge about gender diverse persons this second edition of Principles of Transgender Medicine and Surgery presents the foremost international specialists offering their knowledge on the wide spectrum of issues encountered by gender diverse individuals. In this handy text professionals of all types can get important information about various aspects of transgender health care for a full spectrum of clients from childhood to advanced age. Key topics addressed include medical and surgical issues mental health issues fertility the coming out process and preventive care. This essential text is extensively referenced and illustrated and instructs both novice and experienced practitioners on gender-affirming care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857001

Principles of Uncertainty Praise for the first edition: Principles of Uncertainty is a profound and mesmerising book on the foundations and principles of subjectivist or behaviouristic Bayesian analysis. … the book is a pleasure to read. And highly recommended for teaching as it can be used at many different levels. … A must-read for sure!—Christian Robert CHANCE It's a lovely book one that I hope will be widely adopted as a course textbook.—Michael Jordan University of California Berkeley USA Like the prize-winning first edition Principles of Uncertainty Second Edition is an accessible comprehensive text on the theory of Bayesian Statistics written in an appealing inviting style and packed with interesting examples. It presents an introduction to the subjective Bayesian approach which has played a pivotal role in game theory economics and the recent boom in Markov Chain Monte Carlo methods. This new edition has been updated throughout and features new material on Nonparametric Bayesian Methods the Dirichlet distribution a simple proof of the central limit theorem and new problems. Key Features: First edition won the 2011 DeGroot Prize Well-written introduction to theory of Bayesian statistics Each of the introductory chapters begins by introducing one new concept or assumption Uses "just-in-time mathematics"—the introduction to mathematical ideas just before they are applied Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138052734

Principles of Valuation An entry level introduction to valuation methodology this book gives a straightforward narrative treatment to the subject matter with a multitude of examples and illustrations contained in an easy to read format.There is a strong emphasis on the practical aspects of valuation as well as on the principles and application of the full range of valuation methods. This book will serve as an important text for students new to the topic and experienced practitioners alike. Topics covered include: property ownership concepts of value the role of the valuer property inspection property markets and economics residential property prices and the economy commercial and industrial property methods of valuation conventional freehold investment valuations conventional leasehold investment valuations discounted cash flow contemporary growth explicit methods of valuation principles of property investment. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138461437

Principles of Water Law and AdministrationNational and International 3rd Edition This book which was first published in 1992 and then updated in 2007 provides a tool for dealing with the legal and institutional aspects of water resources management within national contexts and at the level of transboundary water resources. Like its two previous editions it seeks to cover all aspects that need to be known in order to attain good water governance but it provides updates concerning developments since 2007. These relate inter alia to the following:- the “greening” of water law which calls for the progressive integration of environmental law principles into domestic and international water law; - the adoption by the International Law Commission in 2008 of the Draft Articles on the Law of Transboundary Aquifers and subsequent developments;- the emergence of the right to water as a self-standing human right;- the adoption of domestic water laws supporting integrated water resources management (IWRM) and enhanced public participation in planning and decision making;- the integration into these laws of tools facilitating adaptive water management as a response to climate variability and change;- progress in the implementation of EU law;- recent international agreements and judicial decisions;- efforts of regional organizations other than the EU to steer cooperation in the management of transboundary water resources and the harmonization of national laws;- institutional mechanisms for the management of transboundary water resources (surface and underground).Unique in its scope and nature the book identifies the legal and institutional issues arising in connection with water resources management and provides guidelines for possible solutions in a manner accessible to a wide range of readers. Thus it is a useful reference for lawyers and non-lawyers — engineers hydrologists hydrogeologists economists sociologists — dealing with water resources within government institutions river basin commissions international organizations financing institutions and academic institutions among other things and also for students of disciplines related to water resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729325

Principles of Weed Science A comprehensive reference-cum-textbook on fundamentals and principles of weed science. Includes updated information on newer approaches (ecophysiological and biological) in weed management newer herbicides bioherbicides herbicide action mechanisms and transformations in plants herbicide persistence and behaviour in soil and environment and interaction of herbicide with other aerochemicals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401570

Principles of Woven Fabric Manufacturing Weaving as a subject is an integral part of any textile engineering/technology program the others being fibre manufacturing yarn manufacturing and textile chemical processing. This book amalgamates both the compartments (preparatory processes and the loom mechanism) of weaving technology and presents a holistic picture. The machine descriptions are presented from the viewpoint of principles and no attempt has been made to make them exhaustive by incorporating various models or variants. The mathematical relations among various parameters have been derived starting from the first principles and each chapter concludes with solved numerical examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574192

Principles-Based Counselling and PsychotherapyA Method of Levels approach Many current approaches to the treatment of psychological problems focus on specific disorders and techniques that are purported to be effective and distinct. Recent advances in knowledge and theory however have called into question this approach. The conceptual framework of transdiagnostic rather than disorder specific processes is gaining traction. Alongside this has been the call to focus on evidence-based principles rather than evidence-based practices and techniques. The rationale behind this is that many apparently unique and innovative practices are usually the reflection of common underlying principles. This book describes three foundational principles that are key to understanding both the rise and the resolution of psychological distress. Principles-Based Counselling and Psychotherapy promotes a Method of Levels (MOL) approach to counselling and psychotherapy. Using clinical examples and vignettes to help practitioners implement a principles-based approach this book describes three fundamental principles for effective therapeutic practice and their clinical implications. The first chapter of the book provides a rationale for the principles-based approach. The second chapter describes the three principles of control conflict and reorganisation and how they relate to each other from within a robust theory of physical and psychological functioning. The remainder of the book covers important aspects of psychological treatment such as the therapeutic relationship appointment scheduling and the change process from the application of these three principles. With important implications for all therapeutic approaches Principles-Based Counselling and Psychotherapy will be an invaluable resource for psychotherapists counsellors and clinical psychologists in practice and training. It provides clarity about their role and a means for providing a resolution to psychological distress and improving the effectiveness of their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738781

Principles-Focused EvaluationThe GUIDE How can programs and organizations ensure they are adhering to core principles--and assess whether doing so is yielding desired results? From evaluation pioneer Michael Quinn Patton this book introduces the principles-focused evaluation (P-FE) approach and demonstrates its relevance and application in a range of settings. Patton explains why principles matter for program development and evaluation and how they can serve as a rudder to navigate the uncertainties turbulence and emergent challenges of complex dynamic environments. In-depth exemplars illustrate how the unique GUIDE framework is used to determine whether principles provide meaningful guidance (G) and are useful (U) inspiring (I) developmentally adaptable (D) and evaluable (E). User-friendly features include rubrics a P-FE checklist firsthand reflections and examples from experienced P-FE practitioners sidebars and summary tables and end-of-chapter application exercises.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462531820

Print Visuality and Gender in Eighteenth-Century Satire�The Scope in Ev�ry Page� This study interprets eighteenth-century satire’s famous typographical obsession as a fraught response to the Enlightenment’s "ocularcentric" epistemological paradigms as well as to a print-cultural moment identified by book-historians as increasingly "visual" — a moment at which widespread attention was being paid for the first time to format layout and eye-catching advertising strategies. On the one hand the Augustans were convinced of the ability of their elaborately printed texts to function as a kind of optical machinery rivaling that of the New Science enhancing readers’ physical but also moral vision. On the other hand they feared that an overly scrutinizing gaze might undermine the viewer’s natural faculty for candor and sympathy delight and desire. In readings of Pope Swift and Montagu Mannheimer shows how this distrust of the empirical gaze led to a reconsideration of the ethics and most specifically the gender politics of ocularcentrism. Whereas Montagu effected this reconsideration by directly satirizing both the era’s faith in the visual and its attendant publishing strategies Pope and Swift pursued their critique via print itself: thus whether via facing-page translations fictional editors or disingenuous footnotes these writers sought to ensure that typography never became either a mere tool of (or target for) the objectifying gaze but rather that it remained a dynamic and interactive medium by which readers could learn both to see and to see themselves seeing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866181

Print and Power in France and England 1500-1800 What was the relationship between power and the public sphere in early modern society? How did the printed media inform this relationship? Contributors to this volume address those questions by examining the interaction of print and power in France and England during the 'hand-press period'. Four interconnected and overlapping themes emerge from these studies showing the essential historical and contextual considerations shaping the strategies both of power and of those who challenged it via the written word during this period. The first is reading and control which examines the relationship between institutional power and readers either as individuals or as a group. A second is propaganda on behalf of institutional power and the ways in which such writings engage with the rhetorics of power and their reception. The Academy constitutes a third theme in which contributors explore the economic and political implications of publishing in the context of intellectual elites. The last theme is clientism and faction which examines the competing political discourses and pressures which influenced widely differing forms of publication. From these articles there emerges a global view of the relationship between print and power which takes the debate beyond the narrowly theoretical to address fundamental questions of how print sought to challenge or reinforce existing power-structures both from within and from without. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246055

Print and Publishing in Colonial BengalThe Journey of Bidyasundar This book reconstructs the history of print and publishing in colonial Bengal by tracing the unexpected journey of Bharat Chandra’s Bidyasundar the first book published by a Bengali entrepreneur.The introduction of printing technology by the British in Bengal expanded the scope of publication and consumption of books significantly. This book looks at the developments and the parallel publishing initiatives of that time. It examines local enterprises in colonial Bengal engaged in producing and selling books and explores the ways in which they charted out a cultural space in the 19th century. The work sheds fresh light on book production and the culture of print and narrates the processes behind the printing of books to understand the multi-layered literary practices they sustained.A valuable addition to the history of publishing in India this book will be useful to scholars and researchers of South Asian and Indian history Bengali literature media and cultural studies and print and publishing studies. It will also appeal to those interested in the history of Bengal and the Bengali diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367732745

Print Culture and the Formation of the Anarchist Movement in Spain 1890-1915 This book analyzes the formation of a mass anarchist movement in Spain over the turn of the twentieth century. In this period the movement was transformed from a dislocated collection of groups and individuals into the largest organized body of anarchists in world history: the anarcho-syndicalist National Confederation of Labour (Confederación Nacional del Trabajo: CNT). At the same time anarchist cultural practices became ingrained in localities across the whole of Spain laying foundations which maintained the movement’s popular support until the end of the Spanish Civil War in 1939. The book shows that grassroots print culture was central to these developments: driving the development of ideology and strategy – broadly defined as terrorism education and workplace organization – and providing an informal structure to a movement which shunned recognized leadership and bureaucracy. This study offers a rich analysis of the cultural foundations of Spanish anarchism. This emphasis also challenges claims that the movement was "exceptional" or "peculiar" in its formation by situating it alongside other decentralized bottom-up mobilizations across historical and contemporary contexts from the radical pamphleteering culture of the English Civil War to the use of social media in the Arab Spring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407971

Print CultureFrom Steam Press to Ebook With the advent of new digital communication technologies the end of print culture once again appears to be as inevitable to some recent commentators as it did to Marshall McLuhan. And just as print culture has so often been linked with the rise of modern industrial society so the alleged demise of print under the onslaught of new media is often also correlated with the demise of modernity. This book charts the elements involved in such claims—print culture technology history—through a method that examines the iconography of materials marks and processes of print and in this sense acknowledges McLuhan’s notion of the medium as the bearer of meaning. Even in the digital age many diverse forms of print continue to circulate and gain meaning from their material expression and their history. However Frances Robertson argues that print culture can only be understood as a constellation of diverse practices and therefore discusses a range of print cultures from 1800 the present ‘post-print’ culture. The book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students within the areas of cultural history art and design history book and print history media studies literary studies and the history of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415574174

Print Letters in Seventeenth‐Century EnglandPolitics Religion and News Culture Print Letters in Seventeenth-Century England investigates how and why letters were printed in the interrelated spheres of political contestation religious controversy and news culture—those published as pamphlets as broadsides and in newsbooks in the interests of ideological disputes and as political and religious propaganda. The epistolary texts examined in this book be they fictional satirical collected or authentic were written for or framed to have a specific persuasive purpose typically an ideological or propagandistic one. This volume offers a unique exploration into the crucial interface of manuscript culture and print culture where tremendous transformations occur when for instance at its most basic level a handwritten letter composed by a single individual and meant for another individual alone comes either intentionally or not into the purview of hundreds or even thousands of people. This essential context a solitary exchange transmuted via print into an interaction consumed by many serves to highlight the manner in which letters were exploited as propaganda and operated as vehicles of cultural narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667078

Print vs. DigitalThe Future of Coexistence Libraries are currently confronted by the challenges of managing increasing amounts of electronic information. Print vs. Digital: The Future of Coexistence presents the expert perspectives of eight of America’s leading library administrators on ways to effectively manage digital flow and offers strategies to provide a level of coexistence between digital and print information. This excellent overview explores how to best balance print and electronic resources and explores important issues such as the selection of electronic resources improving access to digital information for a larger user base and effective management of a library’s fiscal and personnel resources. Print vs. Digital: The Future of Coexistence discusses the various challenges libraries now face from the massive influx of digital resources including the ways that information-seeking behaviors have changed the search for synergies between print and digital economics of news preservation and whether or not the end of print journals is at hand. New ideas and technological advances are explored including the diverse ways these improvements will impact the future. This well-referenced resource includes useful tables figures and photographs. Topics in Print vs. Digital: The Future of Coexistence include: cooperative collection development balance of print and electronic resources evolvement of digital resources in libraries change in research libraries factors influencing the selection of electronic resources disseminating information about scholarly collections impact of digital resources on research behavior and techniques design of digital libraries JSTOR effects of digital information on reference collections transition of print journals to digital formats Print vs. Digital: The Future of Coexistence is a thought provoking insightful resource on the future of libraries invaluable for acquisitions reference and collection development librarians; and senior and mid-level administrators such as deans directors and department heads for public special and academic libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995284

Printed AntennasTheory and Design Printed antennas have become an integral part of next-generation wireless communications and have been found to be commonly used to improve system capacity data rate reliability etc. This book covers theory design techniques and the chronological regression of the printed antennas for various applications. This book will provide readers with the basic conceptual knowledge about antennas along with advanced techniques for antenna design. It covers a variety of analytical techniques and their CAD applications and discusses new applications of printed antenna technology such as sensing. The authors also present special reconfigurable antennas such as ME dipole polarization feeding and DGS. The book will be useful to students as an introduction to design and applications of antennas. Additionally experienced researchers in this field will find this book a ready reference and benefit from the techniques of research in printed antennas included in this book. Following are some of the salient features of this book: Covers a variety of analytical techniques and their CAD applications Discusses new applications of printed antenna technology such as sensing Examines the state of design techniques of printed antenna Presents special reconfigurable antennas such as ME dipole polarization feeding and DGS Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367420413

Printed Images in Early Modern BritainEssays in Interpretation Printed images were ubiquitous in early modern Britain and they often convey powerful messages which are all the more important for having circulated widely at the time. Yet by comparison with printed texts these images have been neglected particularly by historians to whom they ought to be of the greatest interest. This volume helps remedy this state of affairs. Complementing the online digital library of British Printed Images to 1700 (www.bpi1700.org.uk) it offers a series of essays which exemplify the many ways in which such visual material can throw light on the history of the period. Ranging from religion to politics polemic to satire natural science to consumer culture the collection explores how printed images need to be read in terms of the visual syntax understood by contemporaries their full meaning often only becoming clear when they are located in the context in which they were produced and deployed. The result is not only to illustrate the sheer richness of material of this kind but also to underline the importance of the messages which it conveys which often come across more strongly in visual form than through textual commentaries. With contributions from many leading exponents of the cultural history of early modern Britain including experts on religion politics science and art the book's appeal will be equally wide demonstrating how every facet of British culture in the period can be illuminated through the study of printed images. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246048

Printed MattersPrinting Publishing and Urban Culture in Europe in the Modern Period This title was first published in 2002: Since the invention of printing in the mid-fifteenth century the production distribution and consumption of printed matter have been the principal means through which new ideas and representations have been spread. In recent times cultural historians have taken a growing interest in the previously somewhat isolated field of book history shifting the study of printing and publishing into the centre of historical concern. This study of print and printing culture has naturally led historians to a concern with its urban context. The urban environment was fundamental to the development of printing from the outset since it was in towns that the necessary combination of technical and entrepreneurial competencies were located and where a growing demand for printed texts was to be found. Print permeated the urban experience at every level and formed the chief means by which its ideas values and beliefs were exported to the rest of society. In this way print promoted the broader urbanisation of society by spreading urban attitudes and ideas beyond the limits of the city. It is with the urban cultural environment that this volume is primarily concerned underlining the centrality of printing and publishing to the understanding of urban culture. Focusing particularly on post 1800 France and Germany it considers a wide range of printed matter and engages with a number of recurrent historical issues such as the role of printing in urban economies the construction of metropolitan identities and the testing of moral boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723290

Printed Media in Fin-de-siecle ItalyPublishers Writers and Readers Drawing on publishers' archives letters diaries and printed material this book provides the most up-to-date research into the printed media — books magazines and journals — in fin-de-siecle Italy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906540746

Printed Resonant Periodic Structures and Their Applications This book is a reference for researchers who want to learn about resonant periodic structures for applications in microstrip circuits. The readers can learn simple methods to analyze these structures using commercially available software and equivalent circuit modelling. The application examples demonstrated in the book will open up new research ideas in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498782111

Printed Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part Four7 Volume Set Printed Writings 1641-1700: Series II Part Four consists of seven volumes of writings grouped by author. The set comprises the following titles: Volume 1: Jane Barker Volume 2: Sarah Fyge Egerton Volume 3: Gertrude More Volume 4: Katherine Chidley Volume 5: Eleanor Davies Writings 1641-1646 Volume 6: Eleanor Davies Writings 1647-1652 Volume 7: Susanna Hopton I and II Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754637943

Printing and Painting the News in Victorian LondonThe Graphic and Social Realism 1869-1891 Printing and Painting the News in Victorian London offers a fresh perspective on Social Realism by contextualizing it within the burgeoning new media environment of Victorian London. Paintings labelled as Social Realist by Luke Fildes Frank Holl and Hubert Herkomer are frequently considered to typify the sentimental Victorian genre painting that quickly became outdated with the development of modernism. Yet this book argues that the paintings must be considered as the result of the new experiences of modernity-the urban poverty that the paintings represent and most importantly the advent of the mass-produced illustrated news. Fildes Holl and Herkomer worked for The Graphic a publication launched in 1869 as a rival to the dominant Illustrated London News. The artists’ illustrations which featured the growing problem of urban poverty became the basis for large-scale paintings that provoked controversy among their contemporaries and later became known as Social Realism. This first in-depth study of The Graphic and Social Realism uses the approach of media archaeology to unearth the modernity of these works showing that they engaged with the changing notions of objectivity and immediacy that nineteenth-century new media cultivated. In doing so this book proposes an alternative trajectory for the development of modernism that allows for a richer understanding of nineteenth-century visual culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353237

Printing and Parenting in Early Modern England The relation between procreation and authorship between reproduction and publication has a long history - indeed that relationship may well be the very foundation of history itself. The essays in this volume bring into focus a remarkably important and complex phase of this long history. In this volume some of the most renowned scholars in the field persuasively demonstrate that during the early modern period the awkward incomplete transition from manuscript to print brought on by the invention of the printing press temporarily exposed and disturbed the epistemic foundations of English culture. As a result of this cultural upheaval the discursive field of parenting was profoundly transformed. Through an examination of the literature of the period this volume illuminates how many important conceptual systems related to gender sexuality human reproduction legitimacy maternity kinship paternity dynasty inheritance and patriarchal authority came to be grounded in a range of anxieties and concerns directly linked to an emergent publishing industry and book trade. In exploring a wide spectrum of historical and cultural artifacts produced during the convergence of human and mechanical reproduction of parenting and printing these essays necessarily bring together two of the most vital critical paradigms available to scholars today: gender studies and the history of the book. Not only does this rare interdisciplinary coupling generate fresh and exciting insights into the literary and cultural production of the early modern period but it also greatly enriches the two critical paradigms themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274679

Printing with Adobe Photoshop CS4 This essential resource is the only guide you'll ever need to printing with Photoshop. Acclaimed author and photographer Tim Daly brings a wealth of experience to this under-resourced topic covering every aspect of the printing process using Photoshop. Not content with simply covering the software Tim approaches the entire workflow. This means that right from the moment of capture your photos are optimised for the highest print quality from Photoshop. Topics covered include image capture and management file processing creative emphasis proofing Photoshop print functions color management (both input and output) printer hardware and software and of course the actual printing. Buy this book and see an immediate difference to the quality of your prints. Authoritative practical and comprehensive this is a must-have for every photographer using Photoshop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401075

Prints in Translation 1450–1750Image Materiality Space Printed artworks were often ephemeral but in the early modern period exchanges between print and other media were common setting off chain reactions of images and objects that endured. Paintings sculpture decorative arts musical or scientific instruments and armor exerted their own influence on prints while prints provided artists with paper veneers templates and sources of adaptable images. This interdisciplinary collection unites scholars from different fields of art history who elucidate the agency of prints on more traditionally valued media and vice-versa. Contributors explore how after translations across traditional geographic temporal and material boundaries original 'meanings' may be lost reconfigured or subverted in surprising ways whether a Netherlandish motif graces a cabinet in Italy or the print itself colored or copied is integrated into the calligraphic scheme of a Persian royal album. These intertwined relationships yield unexpected yet surprisingly prevalent modes of perception. Andrea Mantegna's 1470/1500 Battle of the Sea Gods an engraving that emulates the properties of sculpted relief was in fact reborn as relief sculpture and fabrics based on print designs were reapplied to prints returning color and tactility to the very objects from which the derived. Together the essays in this volume witness a methodological shift in the study of print from examining the printed image as an index of an absent invention in another medium - a painting sculpture or drawing - to considering its role as a generative active agent driving modes of invention and perception far beyond the locus of its production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316157

Prion BiologyResearch and Advances This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.This book contains a selection of chapters aimed to provide a better understanding prion structure and biology. Together these chapters provide an overview of prion biology and underscore some of the challenges we face if we want to understand how this lively pathogen propagates and evolves in mammals. There is also mounting evidence that studying prion biology has a wider relevance due to similarities in the processes of protein misfolding and aggregation between prion disorders and other neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer’s Parkinson’s and Huntington’s diseases. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895376

PrionsThe New Biology of Proteins Prion-related diseases known as transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (TSEs) are infectious fatal neurodegenerative disorders for which there is no cure treatment nor even a means for early diagnosis. The horrific advent of Mad Cow Disease -- transmitted to humans through eating meat from steers sickened by bovine spongiform encephalopathy --brought prion-related diseases international attention. Exceptionally dramatic these diseases progressively and inexorably destroy the cognitive motor and sensorial skills that are the essence of human beings. Prions: The New Biology of Proteins provides a well-organized overview of what is known about prion-related diseases. This comprehensive work reviews the symptoms epidemiology and neuropathology of the disease. It focuses on evidence supporting the idea that TSEs result from a novel disease mechanism: transmission by replication of the misfolding of a single protein in the absence of nucleic acids. Following this hypothesis the book examines the structure conversion and mechanism of prion propagation and details its cellular biology. It explores the transmission discusses the challenges involved with diagnosis and considers various therapeutic avenues that are presently being explored. A cohesive volume that integrates the pioneering work of many researchers this book is authored by Claudio Soto an internationally renowned researcher whose innovative work has led to an increased understanding of the heretical biology of prions and the development of novel strategies for treating and diagnosing neurodegenerative diseases. As protein misfolding diseases are his specialty Soto also looks at the phenomenon from a wider perspective. He examines other diseases that display folding aberrations considers how commonly such aberrations occur in nature and asks readers to open their minds to consider the impact of prions on broader areas of biology public health and biotechnological Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391454

Priorities in Nuclear TechnologyProgram Prosperity and Decay in the United States Atomic Energy Commission 1956-1971 Originally published in 1988. This book considers why some public policies succeed and others do not. It looks at the entrepreneurial process that creates public policies and examines whether they prosper or falter because of their political consequences. The programs and personnel of the Atomic Energy Commission are the empirical foundation for these arguments. The data generated by that agency's annual budget-making cycles collected over time and organised by program are used as evidence to test some propositions about policy formation within the executive branch of government. The author's concern is with questions of where and how priorities are established in a complex institutional environment. To answer the more fundamental causal question of why some programs prosper while others wither or die use is made of more historical analysis and comparison of the fortunes of several of AEC's efforts to develop applied nuclear technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230913

Prioritizing Death and SocietyThe Archaeology of Chalcolithic and Contemporary Cemeteries in the Southern Levant First published in 2014. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315728902

Prioritizing Sustainability EducationA Comprehensive Approach Prioritizing Sustainability Education presents theory-to-practice essays and case studies by educators from six countries who elucidate dynamic approaches to sustainability education. Too often students graduate with exploitative consumer-driven orientations toward ecosystems and are unprepared to confront the urgent challenges presented by environmental degradation. Educators are prioritizing sustainability-oriented courses and programs that cultivate students’ knowledge skills and values and contextualize them within relational connections to local and global ecosystems. Little has yet been written however about the comprehensive sustainability education that educators are currently designing and implementing often across or at the edges of disciplinary boundaries. The approaches described in this book expand beyond conventional emphases on developing students’ attitudes knowledge and behaviors by thinking and talking about ecosystems to additionally engaging students with ecosystems in sensory affective psychological and cognitive dimensions as well as imaginative spiritual or existential dimensions that guide environmental care and regeneration. This book supports educators and graduate and upper-level undergraduate students in the humanities social sciences environmental studies environmental sciences and professional programs in considering how to reorient their fields toward relational sustainability perspectives and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076436

Priority Setting and the Public Practical and evidence-based this unique book is the first comprehensive text focused on person-centered approaches to people with serious mental illness such as schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. It reflects a range of views and findings regarding assessment treatment rehabilitation self-help policy-making education and research. It is highly recommended for all healthcare professionals students researchers and educators involved in general practice psychiatry nursing social work clinical psychology and therapy. Healthcare service providers and policy makers and shapers will find the book's wide-ranging multi-professional approach enlightening. 'Serious Mental Illness reflects a continued distancing from the outmoded and unsubstantiated belief that people with severe mental illnesses could not recover and that they would respond positively only to goals and treatment plans chosen designed and implemented by providers in order to prevent their further deterioration. Anyone with an interest in the concept of person-centered approaches will discover new ideas in this book. Indeed anyone with an interest in person-centered approaches has to read this book. Not only is it the first such book on person-centered approaches but it will serve as the gold standard in this topic area for years to come.' William A Anthony in the Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384467

Priority Setting in ActionPurchasing Dilemmas The power of purchasers exposes the weaknesses of conventional thinking on the costs and benefits of priorities. Health policy analysts now have to develop rational criteria to support decisions in a process which may be inherently intuitive. This authoritative and practical text points the way towards clear choices in resource allocation and the implications of these choices on expenditure diverted among different health care programmes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375663

Priority Setting Processes for HealthcareIn Oregon USA; New Zealand; the Netherlands; Sweden; and the United Kingdom In the face of the relentless rise in health costs many countries have had to set priorities so that maximum benefit can be made of unlimited funds. This book shares the experience of those which have taken a lead in this field and draws on models being developed in Oregon New Zealand The Netherlands and Sweden as well as the UK. It discusses the strengths and weaknesses of each system from which healthcare planners and managers can draw their own conclusions and apply to the situation for which they are responsible. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379777

Prism and Lens MakingA Textbook for Optical Glassworkers Prism and Lens Making: A Textbook for Optical Glassworkers Second Edition is a unique compendium of the art and science of the optical working of glass for the production of mirrors lenses and prisms. Incorporating minor corrections and a foreword by Professor Walter Welford FRS this reissue of the 1957 edition provides a wealth of technical information and hands-on guidance gained from a lifetime of experience. Although some of the techniques have been replaced by more modern methods this classic book is still a valuable source of practical assistance as well as being a pleasure to read. About the AuthorFrank Twyman was a skilled craftsman in all aspects of optics. He joined Otto Hilger in 1898 to work on the production of simple spectroscopes costing less than 10 each. After the death of Otto Hilger Twyman became Managing Director of Adam Hilger Ltd. a company known for the finest quality optical and mechanical work. He worked here from 1902 to 1946 and was very concerned with the practical aspects of instrument making; he designed many of the instruments himself and constantly strove to improve the techniques of optical grinding and polishing. In 1916 Twyman and Alfred Green the foreman of the Hilger optical shops patented the now-famous prism and lens testing interferometer that bears their names. Twyman also undertook fundamental studies in the annealing process for glass and invented new spectrophotometers and spectrographs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455801

Prison Architecture Current and future prison designs are examined in this book within the government's prison building programme and the confines of current penal philosophies and legislation. America has led the way in prison design with two main types of architecture predominating: radial layouts (outside cells with windows) and linear blocks (inside cells with grilles). Now 'new' generation prisons (central association surrounded by small groups of cells) look set to become the fashion. But are they a better answer and should they be copied worldwide before we know?Architects and administrators show in this book the designs of these 'new generation' prisons and assess their impact. Most countries in central Europe also have a rising crime rate and a demand for new prisons. Contributions from significant architects from the UK Europe and America comment on these issues.Other topics within the book are: setting current prison architecture and design against an historical setting; looking at penal ideas and prison architecture and design in the post-war period; the psychological effects of the prison environment; the influence of technology and design on security management; and how prison architecture and design can be more flexible and innovative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080514840

Prison Education and DesistanceChanging Perspectives This book explores prisoners’ experiences of prison education and investigates whether participation in prison education contributes to an offender’s ability to desist from crime and increases social capital levels. While the link between prison education and reduced rates of recidivism is well established through research far less is known about the relationship between prison education and desistance. The book demonstrates how prisoners experience many benefits from participating in prison education including increased confidence self-control and agency along with various other cognitive changes. In addition the book examines prisoners’ accounts that provide evidence of strong connections between prison education and the formation of pro-social bonds which have been shown to play a role in the desistance process. It also highlights the links between prison education and social capital and the existence of a form of prison-based social capital arising from the prison culture.Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to those engaged in criminology sociology penology desistance rehabilitation the sociology of education and all those interested in learning more about the positive impact of prison education on prisoners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433864

Prison Governors This book provides the first systematic study of prison governors a hidden and powerful but much neglected group of criminal justice practitioners. Its focus is on how they carry out their task how that has changed over time and how their role has evolved. The author himself a former prison governor explains how prison governors have changed under external pressures and examines a number of the factors that have been influential in changing their working environment in particular the changing status of prisoners and the development of the concept of prisoners rights the increasing scrutiny of the press and politicians competitive elements introduced by privatization of the penal institutions and the introduction of risk management approaches. Based on extensive research including interviews with 42 prison governors this book also explores a number of important biographical factors. The author describes the demographic characteristics of the sample of governors interviewed including their social origins educational and occupational backgrounds their reasons and motivation for joining the prison service their career paths and also explores their values and beliefs. In the light of the findings of this study the author also makes a number of important suggestions for changes that should be made to policy and practice and explores the implications for how our prisons should be governed in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627856

Prison Journal 19401945 Even after fifty years and in spite of the reams of documents now available it remains difficult-especially in France-to form an objective view of what things were like in the period between the wars and in 1940.The greater the swifter the more unexpected the disaster the less people are willing to deal with it squarely. Once a certain threshold of suffering shame and humiliation is reached actual facts become unimportant analyses become bothersome. History falls prey to myth and rumor.People refuse to hear any more but they still need someone to blame. In France the strangest of bedfellows have come to speak about it in one voice and the good people have remained mute. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284268

Prison Labor in the United StatesAn Economic Analysis This book is the only comprehensive analysis of contemporary prison labor in the United States. In it the author makes the provocative claim that prison labor is best understood as a form of slavery in which the labor-power of each inmate (though not their person) is owned by the Department of Corrections and this enslavement is used to extract surplus labor from the inmates for which no compensation is provided. Other authors have claimed that prison labor is slavery but no previous study has made a rigorous argument based on a systematic analysis of the flows of surplus labor which take place in the various ways prison slavery is organized in the US prison system nor has another study systematically examined ‘prison household’ production in which inmates produce the goods and services necessary to run the prison nor does another work discuss state welfare in prisons and how this affects prison labor. The study is based on empirical findings gathered by the author’s direct observation of prison factories in 28 prisons across the country. This book offers new insights into the practice of prison labor and should be read by all serious students of American society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541992

Prison Labour: Salvation or Slavery?International Perspectives First published in 1999 this collection of articles responds to the controversial debate on whether prison labour constitutes betterment or slave labour. The volume is a stock-taking exercise designed to elicit basic information as a foundation for reconsidering fixed assumptions about prison labour. This controversial issue has had sometimes diametrically opposed claims about it over the years. Contributors examine the issue within the context of a range of countries alongside broader perspectives on international elements and reflections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386303

Prison MinistryHope Behind the Wall Show the incarcerated how to find forgiveness in unforgiving surroundingsAs the prison population in the United States increases by more than 1 000 inmates each week prison ministry programs must have a working blueprint for dealing with the shame humiliation hate and loneliness of incarceration at both the adult correctional and juvenile detention/probation levels. Prison Ministry: Hope Behind the Wall demonstrates how a ministry can adapt Latin American Liberation theology to address oppression and bring prisoners into the community of Christ. Author Dennis Pierce former chaplain at the Joliet Correctional Center in Illinois (where the Fox Network's 2005 “Prison Break” series is filmed) presents a functioning approach to forgiveness and reconciliation combining pastoral counseling Christian education Bible studies and worship to help inmates develop self-esteem and an overall feeling of self-worth through compassion and empathy. Prison Ministry: Hope Behind the Wall provides an alternative resource on our prison system for chaplains pastors priests and students working in theology ethics or counseling. Instead of the usual descriptive narratives of inmates’ lives or discussions of statistical approaches this unique book combines a theological model with a viable programmatic approach to confront the oppression of incarceration and reverse its effects. The book looks at the vital issues facing juveniles in the criminal justice system (the transition from county jail to a correctional facility victimization rejection under-stimulation homosexual rape) and examines the creation of non-threatening niches to address coping structures needed to move toward forgiveness and reconciliation. Prison Ministry: Hope Behind the Wall examines: meeting the incarcerated defining prison’s emotional ethos dealing with human breakdowns oppression in maximum-security prison components of empowerment needed for prison ministry Prison Ministry: Hope Behind the Wall also includes case studies of four inmates an extensive bibliography a glossary of prison terms sample Bible studies and sermon topics. The book is invaluable for anyone dealing with incarcerated youth and young adults in civilian or military correctional or juvenile detention facilities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808512

Prison NationThe Warehousing of America's Poor First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203952627

Prison of FoodResearch and Treatment of Eating Disorders This groundbreaking volume concentrates on solution-oriented treatment of some of the most difficult pathologies - anorexia bulimia and vomiting (as a separate category introduced by Nardone et al). The logic and apparent simplicity of the way these complex conditions are treated is truly outstanding. As opposed to a long-drawn psychotherapy Nardone and his colleagues offer a relatively short period of treatment consisting of dialogue between the patient and the therapist and sometimes the patient's family. The patient is also given some "homework" to do in-between the sessions. Rather than looking at the "why" of the situation this approach looks at "how" the problem manifests itself and what can be done about it. The book starts by outlining the pathologies and the logic behind this type of brief therapy. It then moves on to examine particular case studies and the reader gets immersed in the fascinating dialogue between the therapist and the client. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105488

Prison Policy in IrelandPolitics Penal-Welfarism and Political Imprisonment This book is the first examination of the history of prison policy in Ireland. Despite sharing a legal and penal heritage with the United Kingdom Ireland’s prison policy has taken a different path. This book examines how penal-welfarism was experienced in Ireland shedding further light on the nature of this concept as developed by David Garland. While the book has an Irish focus it has a theoretical resonance far beyond Ireland. This book investigates and describes prison policy in Ireland since the foundation of the state in 1922 analyzes and assesses the factors influencing policy during this period and explores and examines the links between prison policy and the wider social economic political and cultural development of the Irish state. It also explores how Irish prison policy has come to take on its particular character with comparatively low prison numbers significant reliance on short sentences and a policy-making climate in which long periods of neglect are interspersed with bursts of political activity all prominent features. Drawing on the emerging scholarship of policy analysis the book argues that it is only through close attention to the way in which policy is formed that we will fully understand the nature of prison policy. In addition the book examines the effect of political imprisonment in the Republic of Ireland which until now has remained relatively unexplored. This book will be of special interest to students of criminology within Ireland but also of relevance to students of comparative criminal justice criminology and criminal justice policy making in the UK and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415616195

Prison ViolenceCauses Consequences and Solutions Drawing on a range of research and media sources to provide an international perspective on the topic of prison violence this book focuses on the impact of such violence on the individual both while he or she is incarcerated and upon his or her release from prison as well as on society as a whole. With a special emphasis on comparisons of violence among incarcerated populations in the United States Canada and the United Kingdom Prison Violence: Causes Consequences and Solutions explores the various systems that exist to combat the problem whilst also considering public perceptions of offenders and punishment as influenced by media and coverage of high-profile cases. Providing a comprehensive analysis of prison violence on national and international levels this book examines the extent of the problem theoretical understandings of the issue and concrete solutions designed to prevent and handle such violence. As such it will be of interest to policy makers as well as scholars of sociology criminology and penology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366904

Prison ViolenceThe Dynamics of Conflict Fear and Power Prisons are dangerous places and assaults threats theft and verbal abuse are pervasive - attributable both to the characteristics of the captive population and to an institutional sub culture which promotes violence as a means of resolving conflicts. Yet the crimes perpetrated by prisoners on other prisoners have attracted little interest and criminological research has contributed little to an understanding of situations in which violence arises in penal institutions. This book seeks to remedy this and to address and answer a number of key questions: how do features of the prison social setting shape conflicts?; what social norms guide the decision to use violence?; what are the personal and social consequences of spending months or years in places where distrust and anxiety are normal?; how do staff respond to the dangers that are part of daily life in many prisons?; is it possible to identify factors associated with risk and resilience?; and what methods of handling conflicts do prisoners use that could prevent violence? Prison Violence adopts a distinctive approach to answering these questions and is based on extensive research including interviews with both victims and perpetrators of prison violence; it pioneers a conflict-centred approach seeking to understand the pathways into and out of situations where there is potential for violence focusing on interpersonal and institutional dynamics rather than on individual psychological factors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627948

Prison Writing and the Literary WorldImprisonment Institutionality and Questions of Literary Practice Prison Writing and the Literary World tackles international prison writingand writing about imprisonment in relation to questions of literary representationand formal aesthetics the “value” or “values” of literature textual censorship and circulation institutional networks and literary-criticalmethodologies. It offers scholarly essays exploring prison writingin relation to wartime internment political imprisonment resistance andindependence creation regimes of terror and personal narratives of developmentand awakening that grapple with race class and gender. Cuttingacross geospatial divides while drawing on nation- and region-specific expertise it asks readers to connect the questions examples and challengesarising from prison writing and writing about imprisonment within theUK and the USA but also across continental Europe Stalinist Russia theAmericas Africa and the Middle East. It also includes critical reflectionpieces from authors editors educators and theatre practitioners with experienceof the fraught testing and potentially inspiring links between prisonand the literary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367616236

Prisoner of RussiaAlexander Pushkin and the Political Uses of Nationalism As the central figure in Russian literature Alexander Pushkin (1799û1837) has been claimed by nearly every political faction right and left in Russian cultural politics over the past two centuries culminating in his official canonization under the Soviet regime. In Prisoner of Russia Yuri Druzhnikov analyzes the distortions and misrepresentations of Pushkin's cultural appropriation by focusing on Pushkin's attempts at emigration and his attitudes toward Russia and Western Europe.Druzhnikov's semi-biographical narrative concentrates on Pushkin's attempts to leave Russia after his graduation from the Lyceum through his period of exile until his early death in a duel in 1837. The matter of emigration from Russia was a politically charged issue well before 1917; witness the hostile reception of all of Turgenev's novels from Fathers and Sons on. The emigrÚ artist's cultural context is often used to assess his authenticity and stature as seen in the Western examples of Henry James T.S. Eliot or James Joyce. Druzhnikov sharply criticizes the omnipresent and reductive tendency in Russia (and the West) to define Russian cultural figures in terms of absolute essences and ideologies and to ignore the ambivalences that in fact help to define a writer's singularity. In the larger view he argues it is these that explain the variety and complexity of Russian culture.Druzhnikov's multidisciplinary approach combines literary and political history with critical commentary arranged in chronological sequence. His interpretive apparatus ranges widely through nineteenth- and twentieth-century history and provides the necessary intellectual context for nonspecialist readers. He also avoids the massive accumulation of trivial detail characteristic of so much Pushkinology. This accessible valuable exercise in cultural history will be of interest to Slavic scholars and students cultural historians and general readers interested in Russian literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513600

Prisoner Radicalization and Terrorism Detention PolicyInstitutionalized Fear or Evidence-Based Policy Making? Correctional policies for Islamist violent extremist offenders are often based on the premise that prisons can be hotbeds of radicalization. The perception that inmates are susceptible to violent extremist belief systems has given rise to a fervent international public political and scholarly debate and has led to the introduction of drastic often expensive policies to counter the threat of prison radicalization. But is the introduction of these policies justified? A key question is whether violent extremist offenders should be concentrated in separate high-security prisons or whether they should be integrated into the mainstream inmate population. Prisoner Radicalization and Terrorism Detention Policy argues that concentration strategies to manage violent extremist offenders are often flawed – based on untested potentially false assumptions that are rooted in fear rather than in facts. Little academic evidence has been produced that can valuably inform policy making in this area. As a result policies to detain violent extremist offenders may be inadequately tailored to achieve their objectives and could even lead to an intensification of the violent extremist threat. This book is the first to present a detailed and systematic case study of the decision-making and implementation process behind terrorism detention policy. It will be essential reading for students scholars and policymakers researching criminal justice terrorism and extremism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499447

Prisoner Reentry in the 21st CenturyCritical Perspectives of Returning Home This groundbreaking edited volume evaluates prisoner reentry using a critical approach to demonstrate how the many issues surrounding reentry do not merely intersect but are in fact reinforcing and interdependent. The number of former incarcerated persons with a felony conviction living in the United States has grown significantly in the last decade reaching into the millions. When men and women are released from prison their journey encompasses a range of challenges that are unique to each individual including physical and mental illnesses substance abuse gender identity complicated family dynamics the denial of rights and the inability to voice their experiences about returning home. Although scholars focus on the obstacles former prisoners encounter and how to reduce recidivism rates the main challenge of prisoner reentry is how multiple interdependent issues overlap in complex ways. By examining prisoner reentry from various critical perspectives this volume depicts how the carceral continuum from incarceration to reentry negatively impacts individuals families and communities; how the criminal justice system extends different forms of social control that break social networks; and how the shifting nature of prisoner reentry has created new and complicated obstacles to those affected by the criminal justice system. This volume explores these realities with respect to a range of social community political and policy issues that former incarcerated persons must navigate to successfully reenter society. A springboard for future critical research and policy discussions this book will be of interest to U.S. and international researchers and practitioners interested in the topic of prisoner reentry as well as graduate and upper-level undergraduate students concerned with contemporary issues in corrections community-based corrections critical issues in criminal justice criminal justice policies and reentry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352754

Prisoner Resettlement Prisoner resettlement is high on current political and policy agendas. The high reconviction rates of ex-prisoners have been acknowledged for many years but the rapidly rising prison population has meant that more prisoners than ever before are released. This together with the pressure this puts on to the infrastructure of the prison estate and the publication of two influential reports which highlighted the problems faced by prisoners leaving prison has concentrated attention on attempts to ensure that prisoners do not return to prison once released. The resettlement of prisoners is now a priority policy area linked directly to Government initiatives to reduce reoffending. The renewed policy interest in prisoners resettlement forms the context of this volume which brings together current knowledge and understanding about prisoners resettlement. The book draws on the contributors extensive experience as researchers and practitioners in the field and includes contributions from acknowledged experts. Prisoner Resettlement provides a comprehensive review and analysis of resettlement policy and practice in England and Wales in the early part of the 21st century. In particular it: critically reviews current policy theory practice and research on prisoners resettlement explores practice issues through case studies of two resettlement initiatives and an examination of accommodation provision and voluntary sector involvement in prisoners resettlement; and examines the particular issues raised by the resettlement of different groups of prisoners including women minority ethnic groups prolific and priority offenders and high-risk offenders. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843925477

Prisoner Resettlement in Europe Questions regarding how to improve the transitional phase from prison to life in society after release have gained major importance in the last decade in criminal policy. All over the world release preparation and resettlement practice are discussed with the aim to reduce negative effects of imprisonment and re-offending rates. Small and large reforms aiming at the improvement of release processes and reintegration strategies have taken place in many European states. This book describes the current European landscape of prisoner resettlement and brings together the results and ideas of leading European academic experts with the ambition of furthering national European and international reform debates. This book presents national reports about resettlement processes and structures in 20 European countries: written by national scholars these reports reveal important actors in resettlement processes as well as political decisions about the role of the communities in "taking the prisoners back" or the use of early release as a strategy to motivate the released prisoner to enter into a future without crime. Thematic chapters then concentrate on several aspects of prisoner resettlement that are of importance across borders: ethical legal and practical challenges are discussed with a view on European developments and theoretical frameworks of prisoner resettlement are used to develop comprehensive perspectives for future reform debates. The book serves as a fundamental source for researchers politicians and practitioners in the field of prison and probation reform and practice. It is also useful in the field of social work in so far that the analyses confirm that prisoner resettlement is not just a problem of criminal but also of social justice. Sustainable reforms need the will of and good cooperation between all responsible actors and organizations from the justice social health and welfare sectors as well as from society as a whole in the consent for taking released prisoners back. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721234

Prisoner Voices from Death RowIndian Experiences Death penalty has produced endless discourses not only in the context of prisons prisoners and punishment but also in various legal aspects concerning the validity of death penalty the right to life and torture. Death penalty is embedded in Indian law however very little is known about the people who are on death row barring a few media reports on them. The main objective of this book is to enquire whether the dignity of prisoners is upheld while they confront the criminal justice system and whilst surviving on death row. Additionally it explores the lived-experiences and perceptions of prisoners on death row as they create meaning out of their world. With this rationale 111 prisoners on death row in India and some of their family members were interviewed. The theoretical underpinnings of phenomenology and symbolic interactionism coupled with data analysis lead to an understanding of the prisoners on death row with special reference to their demographic profile and the impact of death sentence on their families. George’s research highlights three salient features namely: poverty social exclusion and marginalisation are antecedent to death penalty; death penalty is a constructed account by the state machinery; and prisoners on death row situate dignity higher in the juxtaposition of death and dignity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597771

Prisoners in Prison Societies Prisoners in Prison Societies is a study of criminal career patterns over time demonstrating specifically how and in what ways imprisonment has a positive correlation with later recidivism. The book combines original research and a ten-year follow-up study of Swedish inmates surveying their attitudes on everything from political ideology to prison reform. The work is much more than a survey of prisoner attitudes however; it also includes official statements and administrative staff assessments at the institutions examined. As a result the text avoids the usual special pleading of criminological writings.Prisoners in Prison Societies analyzes thirteen correctional institutions ranging from training schools to youth and adult prisons as well as a preventive detention facility. These four types cover representative samples of male and female young and old offenders. In individual and group interviews conducted with a time interval the author finds that the form of incarceration is less significant in determining prisoner behavior than the fact of incarceration as such. Whether one looks at the data across variables or in longitudinal terms the fact of criminalization rather than the goal of rehabilitation creates conditions of permanent incarceration.A leitmotif of the book is comparison of penal institutions and policies in the U.S. and Sweden with an encyclopedic presentation of the sociological and criminological literature. From the American tradition Bondeson distinguishes between program research and sanction research. Her notion of prisonization as a special form of socialization derives from the work of scholars from Clemmer to Goffman. Her work utilizes notions of informal social systems within formal systems especially how the former preempt the latter. The interplay of original research at the prison level coupled with a sweeping command of the basic literature makes this book unique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842358

Prisoners of the White HouseThe Isolation of America's Presidents and the Crisis of Leadership Prisoners of the White House looks at the isolation experienced by presidents of the United States in the White House a habitat almost guaranteed to keep America's commander in chief far removed from everyday life. The authors look at how this is emerging as one of the most serious dilemmas facing the American presidency. As presidents have become more isolated the role of the presidential pollster has grown. Ken Walsh has been given exclusive access to the polls and confidential memos received by presidents over the years and has interviewed presidential pollsters directly to gain their unique perspective. Prisoners of the White House gets inside the bubble and punctures the mythology surrounding the presidency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051604

Prisoners of Want: The Experience and Protest of the Unemployed in France 1921-45 Prisoners of Want examines the experience of the unemployed and their protests in France in the interwar years. Little has been written on the experience of unemployment in France despite the wealth of material - social and medical investigations government reports novels memoirs and newspapers - that can be used to reconstruct the representation and reality of the experience. Assessing the impact of unemployed protest upon the authorities (in terms of policy and the longer term development of the welfare state) this book places the role of the unemployed in the wider context of European social movements in the 1930s as well as considering the significance of unemployed protests upon the French collective memory. The part played by the French Communist Party in the creation and leadership of the movements of the unemployed and the range of activities these movements undertook is also explored. From self-help to protests hunger marches demonstrations relief work school strikes town hall occupations and riots; all were strategies that the unemployed utilised to draw attention to their plight. Crucial to explaining the characteristics of these movements is an understanding of the dynamics of protest and how different tactics were selected during their development particularly the extent to which tactical shifts were related to the nature of the response of the authorities. By exploring these under-researched facets of political life a much fuller understanding of French society during the turbulent interwar years is offered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893033

Prisoners' Rights This volume brings together a selection of the most important published research articles from the ongoing debate about the moral rights of prisoners. The articles consider the moral underpinnings of the debate and include framework discussions for a theory of prisoners’ rights as well as several international documents which detail the rights of prisoners including women prisoners. Finally detailed analysis of the moral bases for particular rights relating to prison conditions covers areas such as: health solitary confinement recreation work religious observance library access the use of prisoners in research and the disenfranchisement of prisoners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472409720

Prisons Terrorism and ExtremismCritical Issues in Management Radicalisation and Reform This volume provides an overview of intervention and management strategies for dealing with terrorist and extremist offenders in prisons. The management of terrorist and extremist prisoners has long been recognised as a difficult problem in prisons. In most countries such offenders are relatively rare but when their numbers increase these prisoners can undermine the effectiveness and safety of the prison system. At a global level there is an increasing recognition of the problem of militant jihadi extremists in prison and their ability to recruit new members among other prisoners. The numbers of such prisoners are low but growing and as a result prisons are becoming centres of radicalisation; indeed in some cases terrorist plots appear to have been based entirely on networks that were radicalised in prison. This volume presents an expertly informed assessment of what we know about terrorists extremists and prison exploring the experience of a wide range of countries and of different political movements. Drawing critical lessons from historical case studies the book examines critical issues around management strategies radicalisation and deradicalisation reform risk assessment as well as post-release experiences. The role that prisoners play in the conflicts beyond the jail walls is also examined with case studies illustrating how prisoners can play a critical role in bringing about a peace process or alternatively in sustaining or even escalating campaigns of violence. Written by leading experts in the field this volume will be of much interest to students of terrorism/counter-terrorism criminology security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810388

Prisons After WoolfReform through Riot For the past few years prisons have attracted much media attention due to substantial increases in the prison population and the deteriorating conditions in which prisoners are held. In addition there has been industrial action by prison officers and a series of disturbances and riots by prisoners. Following the riot at Strangeways prison in Manchester in 1990 Lord Justice Woolf was called to conduct an inquiry into the riots and their causes. Prisons After Woolf serves as a basic source of information on prison issues and reviews them in the light of the Woolf proposals. In so doing its contributors drawn from all areas of the legal and prison system present an important broad perspective on the major questions in penology today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867499

Prisons and Community CorrectionsCritical Issues and Emerging Controversies This edited collection brings together leading international academics and researchers to provide a comprehensive body of literature that informs the future of prison and wider corrective services training education research policy and practice. This volume addresses a range of 21st century issues faced by modern corrective services including prison overcrowding young and ageing offenders mental health sexual assault in corrective facilities trans communities in corrective services and radicalisation of offenders within corrective services. Taking a multi-disciplinary approach and drawing together theoretical and practice debates the book comprehensively considers current challenges and future trajectories for corrective systems the people within them and service delivery. This volume will also be a welcomed resource for academics and researchers who have an interest in prisons corrective services practice and broader criminal justice issues. It will also be of interest to those who want to join corrective services those who are currently training to become personnel in corrective services and related allied professions and those who are currently working in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367818715

Prisons and Forced Labour in JapanThe Colonization of Hokkaido 1881-1894 Prisons and Forced Labour in Japan examines the local national and international significance of convict labour during the colonization of Hokkaido between 1881 and 1894 and the building of the Japanese empire. Based on the analysis of archival sources such as prison yearbooks and letters as well as other eyewitness accounts this book uses a framework of global prison studies to trace the historical origins of prisons and forced labour in early modern Japan. It explores the institutionalization of convict labour on Hokkaido against the backdrop of political uprisings during the Meiji period. In so doing it argues that although Japan tried to implement Western ideas of the prison as a total institution the concrete reality of the prison differed from theoretical concepts. In particular the boundaries between prisons and their environment were not clearly marked during the colonization of Hokkaido.This book provides an important contribution to the historiography of Meiji Japan and Hokkaido and to the global study of prisons and forced labour in general. As such it will be useful to students and scholars of Japanese Asian and labour history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670405

Privacy Privacy is a complex and controversial right. The essays in this book address fundamental issues about its value and how best it may be defined. Some of them examine its importance and scope in the context of the information society in which both government and business acquire ever more knowledge about the conduct and attitudes of individuals. Others address the use of privacy to protect the rights of women and to protect individuals against the media. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315246024

Privacy Domesticity and Women in Early Modern England The ten essays in this collection explore the discrete yet overlapping female spaces of privacy and domesticity in early modern England. While other literary critics have focused their studies of female privacy on widows witches female recusants and criminals the contributors to this collection propose that the early modern subculture of femaleness is more expansive and formative than is typically understood. They maintain that the subculture includes segregated sometimes secluded domestic places for primarily female activities like nursing sewing cooking and caring for children and the sick. It also includes hidden psychological realms of privacy organized by women's personal habits around intimate friendships or kinship and behind institutional powerlessness. The texts discussed in the volume include plays not only by Shakespeare but also Ford Wroth Marvell Spenser and Cavendish among others. Through the lens of literature contributors consider the unstructured fluid quality of much everyday female experience as well as the dimensions symbols and the ever-changing politics and culture of the household. They analyze the complex habits of female settings-the verbal spatial and affective strategies of early-modern women's culture including private rituals domestic practices and erotic attachments-in order to provide a broader picture of female culture and of female authority. The authors argue-through a range of critical approaches that include feminist historical and psychoanalytic-that early modern women often transformed their confinement into something useful and necessary creating protected and even sacred spaces with their own symbols and aesthetic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257917

Privacy Due Process and the Computational TurnThe Philosophy of Law Meets the Philosophy of Technology Privacy Due process and the Computational Turn: The Philosophy of Law Meets the Philosophy of Technology engages with the rapidly developing computational aspects of our world including data mining behavioural advertising iGovernment profiling for intelligence customer relationship management smart search engines personalized news feeds and so on in order to consider their implications for the assumptions on which our legal framework has been built. The contributions to this volume focus on the issue of privacy which is often equated with data privacy and data security location privacy anonymity pseudonymity unobservability and unlinkability. Here however the extent to which predictive and other types of data analytics operate in ways that may or may not violate privacy is rigorously taken up both technologically and legally in order to open up new possibilities for considering and contesting how we are increasingly being correlated and categorizedin relationship with due process – the right to contest how the profiling systems are categorizing and deciding about us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831505

Privacy and Capitalism in the Age of Social Media Grounded in qualitative empirical research about social media users' attitudes towards privacy and surveillance issues this book contributes to a critical theory of information capitalism by exploring the commodification of privacy and personal data providing a critical framing of the ongoing debate over privacy in the internet age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940000

Privacy and Healthcare Data'Choice of Control' to 'Choice' and 'Control' In order for the information society to realise its full potential personal data has to be disclosed used and often shared. This book explores the disclosure and sharing of data within the area of healthcare. Including an overview of how health information is currently managed the authors argue that with changes in modern society the idea of personal relationships with a local GP who solely holds and controls your health records is becoming rapidly outdated. The authors aim to encourage and empower patients to make informed choices about sharing their health data. They do this by developing a three-stage theoretical model for change to the roles of the NHS and the individual. The study generates debate to stimulate and inspire new models and policy and to provoke new visions for the sharing of healthcare data. Such discussion is framed through an exploration of the changing concept of 'privacy' and 'patient control' in healthcare information management. The volume draws on best practices from Europe and the USA and combines these to form a suggested vision for the UK as an early adopter of change. The volume will be essential reading for academics in the field of privacy and data protection as well as healthcare and informatics professionals across different jurisdictions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597313

Privacy and Identity in a Networked SocietyRefining Privacy Impact Assessment This book offers an analysis of privacy impacts resulting from and reinforced by technology and discusses fundamental risks and challenges of protecting privacy in the digital age.Privacy is among the most endangered "species" in our networked society: personal information is processed for various purposes beyond our control. Ultimately this affects the natural interplay between privacy personal identity and identification. This book investigates that interplay from a systemic socio-technical perspective by combining research from the social and computer sciences. It sheds light on the basic functions of privacy their relation to identity and how they alter with digital identification practices. The analysis reveals a general privacy control dilemma of (digital) identification shaped by several interrelated socio-political economic and technical factors. Uncontrolled increases in the identification modalities inherent to digital technology reinforce this dilemma and benefit surveillance practices thereby complicating the detection of privacy risks and the creation of appropriate safeguards. Easing this problem requires a novel approach to privacy impact assessment (PIA) and this book proposes an alternative PIA framework which at its core comprises a basic typology of (personally and technically) identifiable information. This approach contributes to the theoretical and practical understanding of privacy impacts and thus to the development of more effective protection standards.This book will be of much interest to students and scholars of critical security studies surveillance studies computer and information science science and technology studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730130

Privacy and Personality Like many concepts privacy has a commonly accepted core of meaning with an indefinite or variable periphery. Some would wish to enlarge the core. It would be pointless to attempt to establish a definition by way of introduction to a series of essays that themselves provide no single definition. But the themes of freedom justice rational choice and community always seem to appear in any discussion of privacy. Privacy is a penultimate good. Perhaps in certain usages--such as autonomy--it is an ultimate good desirable for its own sake and grounded on nothing more final. Of course the right of privacy may sometimes be asserted to conceal illegal or immoral acts. When that occurs it appears to be put to an instrumental use. But insofar as we justify such claims it is not because they prevent the detection of immorality or violations of the law. Rather at least in the case of illegal acts it is because the means being challenged themselves violate privacy.The individual control-human dignity foundation for privacy is closely related to personality. Privacy provides relief from tension and opportunity for the development of intimate relations with others. All of us have standards of behavior that are higher than we can maintain at all times and these standards are widely shared in the society in which we live. If we do not observe them we are likely to be criticized or we fear that we shall be and we suffer also from loss of self-esteem. Whether in some final sense the concept of privacy is culture bound is impossible to establish in the absence of any known society in which elements of privacy are not to be found. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530768

Privacy and Security in the Digital Age Privacy and data protection are recognized as fundamental human rights. Recent developments however indicate that security issues are used to undermine these fundamental rights. As new technologies effectively facilitate collection storage processing and combination of personal data government agencies take advantage for their own purposes. Increasingly and for other reasons the business sector threatens the privacy of citizens as well. The contributions to this book explore the different aspects of the relationship between technology and privacy. The emergence of new technologies threaten increasingly privacy and/or data protection; however little is known about the potential of these technologies that call for innovative and prospective analysis or even new conceptual frameworks. Technology and privacy are two intertwined notions that must be jointly analyzed and faced. Technology is a social practice that embodies the capacity of societies to transform themselves by creating the possibility to generate and manipulate not only physical objects but also symbols cultural forms and social relations. In turn privacy describes a vital and complex aspect of these social relations. Thus technology influences people’s understanding of privacy and people’s understanding of privacy is a key factor in defining the direction of technological development. This book was originally published as a special issue of Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787308

Privacy and the News Media Critically examining current journalistic practices using both theoretical and applied approaches this book addresses the interplay between the right to free expression (and what that means to a free press) and the right to privacy. Privacy and the criticism that journalists unreasonably and regularly invade it in order to get a “good story” is the most significant ethical dilemma for journalists alongside accurately reporting the truth. Where is the line between fair exposure in the public interest and interesting the public? This book explains what privacy is why we need it and why we go to some lengths to protect it. The law the regulators the key court cases and regulator complaints are covered as well as issues raised by new technological developments. The book also briefly examines regulators in Ireland as well as privacy and free expression elsewhere in Europe and in North America considering the contrary cultures of the two continents. This insightful exploration of privacy and journalism combines theory and practice to provide a valuable resource for both Media and Journalism students and working journalists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140236

Privacy IIExploring Questions of Media Morality: A Special Issue of the journal of Mass Media Ethics Concerns over privacy in America and the role of a free and responsible press have intensified in recent years. The Journal of Mass Media Ethics has worked with Poynter Institute for Media Studies in an effort to focus and broaden the discussion. This issue -- the second devoted to privacy matters -- features articles that the editors hope will add useful perspectives to the current discussions of privacy issues particularly those raised by new technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437111

Privacy in the Information SocietyVolume II Information society projects promise wealth and better services to those countries which digitise and encourage the consumer and citizen to participate. As paper recedes into the background and digital data becomes the primary resource in the information society what does this mean for privacy? Can there be privacy when every communication made through ever-developing ubiquitous devices is recorded? Data protection legislation developed as a reply to large scale centralised databases which contained incorrect data and where data controllers denied access and refused to remedy information flaws. Some decades later the technical world is very different one and whilst data protection remains important the cries for more privacy-oriented regulation in commerce and eGov continue to rise. What factors should underpin the creation of new means of regulation? The papers in this collection have been drawn together to develop the positive and negative effects upon the information society which privacy regulation implies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409441281

Privacy Vulnerabilities and Data Security Challenges in the IoT This book discusses the evolution of security and privacy issues in the Internet of Things (IoT). The book focuses on assembling all security- and privacy-related technologies into a single source so that students researchers academics and those in the industry can easily understand the IoT security and privacy issues. This edited book discusses the use of security engineering and privacy-by-design principles to design a secure IoT ecosystem and to implement cyber-security solutions. This book takes the readers on a journey that begins with understanding security issues in IoT-enabled technologies and how these can be applied in various sectors. It walks readers through engaging with security challenges and building a safe infrastructure for IoT devices. The book helps researchers and practitioners understand the security architecture of IoT and the state-of-the-art in IoT countermeasures. It also differentiates security threats in IoT-enabled infrastructure from traditional ad hoc or infrastructural networks and provides a comprehensive discussion on the security challenges and solutions in RFID and WSNs in IoT. This book aims to highlight the concepts of related technologies and novel findings by researchers through its chapter organization. The primary audience comprises specialists researchers graduate students designers experts and engineers undertaking research on security-related issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367334390

Privacy-Aware Knowledge DiscoveryNovel Applications and New Techniques Covering research at the frontier of this field Privacy-Aware Knowledge Discovery: Novel Applications and New Techniques presents state-of-the-art privacy-preserving data mining techniques for application domains such as medicine and social networks that face the increasing heterogeneity and complexity of new forms of data. Renowned authorities from prominent organizations not only cover well-established results—they also explore complex domains where privacy issues are generally clear and well defined but the solutions are still preliminary and in continuous development. Divided into seven parts the book provides in-depth coverage of the most novel reference scenarios for privacy-preserving techniques. The first part gives general techniques that can be applied to various applications discussed in the rest of the book. The second section focuses on the sanitization of network traces and privacy in data stream mining. After the third part on privacy in spatio-temporal data mining and mobility data analysis the book examines time series analysis in the fourth section explaining how a perturbation method and a segment-based method can tackle privacy issues of time series data. The fifth section on biomedical data addresses genomic data as well as the problem of privacy-aware information sharing of health data. In the sixth section on web applications the book deals with query log mining and web recommender systems. The final part on social networks analyzes privacy issues related to the management of social network data under different perspectives. While several new results have recently occurred in the privacy database and data mining research communities a uniform presentation of up-to-date techniques and applications is lacking. Filling this void Privacy-Aware Knowledge Discovery presents novel algorithms patterns and models along with a significant collection of open problems for future investigation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374102

PrivacyDevelopmental Cultural and Clinical Realms In this the latest in a series of books examining emotional states and psychological life Salman Akhtar and Aisha Abbasi critically discuss a concept that remains appropriately perhaps elusive and hard to define: privacy. Overlapping with ideas of solitude secrecy and anonymity the concept of privacy poses several crucial questions for analysts. How do our ideas of privacy evolve from childhood through adolescence to adulthood for example and when does the need for privacy become morbid and psychopathological? How is privacy conceived differently in different cultures and sub-cultures? Investigating the tension between anonymity and self-disclosure the book also assesses the challenges posed to clinical privacy as well as the analyst’s own privacy by the impact of social media and the wider digital age. Privacy: Developmental Cultural and Clinical Realms represents an important contribution to psychoanalytic literature. It will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists in practice and training as well as to researchers interested in the concept of privacy from across the applied and social sciences and the humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194048

PrivacyStudies in Social and Cultural History This title was first published in 1984. Focusing on Brazil this text covers issues such as: the legacy of colour; social realities; and diversions and assertive behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138045262

Private Agriculture in the Soviet Union First published in 1989. Perestroika it was widely believed must succeed in agriculture before permanent change could be affected elsewhere in the Soviet economy. But Soviet agriculture had so far remained stubbornly inefficient and resistant to change. In this book Stefan Hedlund investigates the reasons for this state of affairs. The author gives an account of the emergence development and performance of private agriculture in the Soviet Union. In particular he describes the essentials of the peculiarly Soviet hybrid of private and socialized agriculture. He places the private sector within the broader framework of Soviet agriculture. He saw Soviet agriculture as a ‘Black Hole’ ready to absorb any resources that came near be they private plots urban gardens factory workshops or military units. Hedlund also examines the impact on the peasants as producers of decades of negative ideological pronouncements in Party propaganda and of discrimination and at times outright harassment by local officials. He points out that this background makes the prospect of any positive response from the peasants to Gorbachev’s call for perestroika in agriculture extremely unlikely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251321

Private and Common PropertyLiberty Property and the Law First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203822562

Private and Domestic Devotion in Early Modern Britain Scholars increasingly recognise that understanding the history of religion means understanding worship and devotion as well as doctrines and polemics. Early modern Christianity consisted of its lived experience. This collection and its companion volume (Worship and the Parish Church in Early Modern Britain ed. Natalie Mears and Alec Ryrie) bring together an interdisciplinary range of scholars to discuss what that lived experience comprised and what it meant. Private and domestic devotion - how early modern men and women practised their religion when they were not in church - is a vital and largely hidden subject. Here historical literary and theological scholars examine piety of conformist non-conformist and Catholic early modern Christians in a range of private and domestic settings in both England and Scotland. The subjects under analysis include Bible-reading the composition of prayers the use of the psalms the use of physical props for prayers the pious interpretation of dreams and the troubling question of what counted as religious solitude. The collection as a whole broadens and deepens our understanding of the patterns of early modern devotion and of their meanings for early modern culture as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108974

Private and Fictional Words (Routledge Revivals)Canadian Women Novelists of the 1970s and 1980s First published in 1987 this is an introductory study of the most widely read Canadian women’s novelists of the 1970s and 1980s. At its centre lies the question of how the search for a distinctive cultural identity relates to the need for a national cultural identity in the post-colonial era. Coral Ann Howells argues that Canadian women’s fiction throughout the period of study represents how the Canadian cultural identity exceeds its geographical limits and those traditional structures of patriarchal authority need revision if women’s alternative views are to be taken into account. Including short biographical sketches and a complete list of the books published by the authors under discussion writers examined include Margaret Atwood Alice Munro and Margaret Laurence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138794719

Private and PublicIndividuals Households and Body Politic in Locke and Hutcheson Originally published in 1992. This arresting and innovative book combines political theory with the history of political thought to question the conceptual conventions and tacit assumptions which surround the concepts of private and public. In seeking the foundations of the modern liberal conception of private and public she traces it to modern Natural Law thinkers in particular Locke and Hutcheson. By developing a revised interpretation of seventeenth-century natural jurisprudence which recognizes that every adult controls an individual or private domain as well as engaging in political community or public interaction Gobetti raises interesting questions about the politics of participation in modern society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330873

Private Armies and Military Intervention The nature and role of paid foreign forces have altered considerably in the late twentieth century. �Military companies� � private firms providing active military assistance in some cases involving combat � have exploited the increasing reluctance of Western governments and multilateral organizations to intervene directly in civil conflicts. As a result their influence has increased. David Shearer argues that the debate over the use of these companies � notably the South African firm Executive Outcomes (EO) � has not however kept pace with their development. Companies such as EO are widely seen as merely modern-day mercenary outfits exploiting violence for private gain. Shearer contends that the need to recast the debate on military companies is urgent. These companies are not a passing phenomenon; if anything their influence and activities are set to increase in the next century as Western military retrenchment continues. Efforts to restrict the activities of military companies by drafting international or domestic legislation have to date been ineffective and are likely to remain so. This paper � the first detailed analysis of the private military sector � argues that dismissing it as an unpleasant aberration is misleading and unhelpful. Military companies can claim success in achieving immediate strategic objectives. The author cites two examples at length � EO�s operations in Angola in 1993�94 and in Sierra Leone in 1995�96 � and suggests that military force can stabilize a crisis. Engagement with military companies may create possibilities for them to complement international and regional peacekeeping efforts. Traditional UN peacekeeping is flawed in terms of its speed of mobilization and lines of authority and is hampered by interference from contributing countries. The private sector may avoid many of these difficulties. Private Armies and Military Intervention concludes that transparency of operations and bus Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452596

Private Banking in EuropeSerious Wealth Private banking is one of the highest growth and most profitable financial businesses in Europe. A large proportion of the market remains untapped and the 1990s are likely to bring significant expansion in developing countries. Private Banking in Europe provides new insights into the private banking industry its growth and future and emerging opportunities for private bankers and their clients. It debates the importance of global and local service; the potential dichotomy between the wealthy and the successful and considers the private banking industry. A comparison of key players and their chosen markets and strategies is complemented by an exploration of the growth of intermediaries and unexpected competitiors. The work also includes a study of non-European influences. The book offers a valuable insight into private banking through the eyes of the bankers themselves. The final chapter is devoted to private bankers' own view of their industry their competition and future directions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203434635

Private Business and Economic Reform in China Based on Party and state documents Chinese newspaper reports and surveys the Chinese and Western scholarly literature and the author's own fieldwork this important study examines the private sector as a case study of the mechanics of reform in China emphasizing the relationships among local officials private businesses and central policy. The book traces the growth of private business in China since 1978 and focuses on the interaction between private sector policy and other reforms and examines how this has affected China's political economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701523

Private CitiesGlobal and Local Perspectives For the antagonist private communities are icons of post-consensus fragmenting civic society enclosing and excluding by contractual constitution and sometimes by walls and gates. For others they are simply an efficient new way of organizing urban life. Contributed to and edited by an international team of leading authors this revealing book constructs an interdisciplinary discourse on the global spread of private communities based upon empirical evidence. Case studies from the US Latin America the Middle East Europe and China are used to explore local and global explanations of the phenomenon. Taking an institutionalist approach this informative textbook for undergraduates postgraduates and researchers alike develops a model in which cities are shaped by the interplay of local and global processes and evolve at the interface of spontaneous and planned order. It draws together the various themes propositions and hypotheses in a way that clarifies the questions by different social science perspectives and that poses researchable questions and new agendas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511407

Private Collecting Exhibitions and the Shaping of Art History in LondonThe Burlington Fine Arts Club The Burlington Fine Arts Club was founded in London in 1866 as a gentlemen’s club with a singular remit – to exhibit members’ art collections. Exhibitions were proposed organized and furnished by a group of prominent members of British society who included aristocrats artists bankers politicians and museum curators. Exhibitions at their grand house in Mayfair brought many private collections and collectors to light using members’ social connections to draw upon the finest and most diverse objects available. Through their unique mode of presentation which brought museum-style display and interpretation to a grand domestic-style gallery space they also brought two forms of curatorial and art historical practice together in one unusual setting enabling an unrestricted form of connoisseurship where new categories of art were defined and old ones expanded. The history of this remarkable group of people has yet to be presented and is explored here for the first time. Through a framework of exhibition themes ranging from Florentine painting to Ancient Egyptian art a study of lenders objects and their interpretation paints a picture of private collecting activities connoisseurship and art world practice that is surprisingly diverse and interconnected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331429

Private Contractors and the Reconstruction of IraqTransforming Military Logistics Private Contractors and the Reconstruction of Iraq examines the controversial role of military contractors in the reconstruction of Iraq. When 'Operation Iraqi Freedom' was launched in March 2003 few if any of the Coalition's political leaders could have envisaged that within a few months the number of private contractors engaged to keep the troops supplied would exceed their actual combat strength. This alternative 'army' was not only to become the largest assemblage of contractors in living memory to accompany a military force into a war zone but was also responsible for a fundamental transformation of how military logistics were delivered. This book explains how and why the US and UK governments became so dependent upon military contractors during the war in Iraq. It also examines the ramifications this new dependency will have on future military operations as the conflict in Iraq has shown that private contractors are now indispensable to the attainment of both the military and political objectives of war. Finally the book discusses what advantages and disadvantages these companies have brought to the reconstruction of Iraq and what lessons need to be learned from this experience. This book will be of great interest to students of military and strategic studies Middle Eastern politics and international security and as well as policymakers and military professionals. Christopher Kinsey is a lecturer in international security at King's College London Defence Studies Department at the Joint Services Command and Staff College Shrivenham. His previous publications include Corporate Soldiers and International Security: The Rise of Private Military Companies (Routledge: 2006) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691550

Private Copying This book offers an original analysis of private copying and determines its actual scope as an area of end-user freedom. The basis of this examination is Article 5(2)(b) of the Copyright Directive. Despite the fact that copying for private and non-commercial use is permitted by virtue of this article and the national laws that implemented it there is no mandate that this privilege should not be technologically or contractually restricted. Because the legal nature of private copying is not settled users may consider that they have a ‘right’ to private copying whereas rightholders are in position to prohibit the exercise of this ‘right’. With digital technology and the internet this tension has become prominent: the conceptual contours of permissible private copying namely the private and non-commercial character of the use do not translate well and tend to be less clear in the digital context.   With the permissible limits of private copying being contested and without clarity as to the legal nature of the private coping limitation the scope of user freedom is being challenged. Private use however has always remained free in copyright law. Not only is it synonymous with user autonomy via the exhaustion doctrine but it also finds protection under privacy considerations which come into play at the stage of copyright enforcement. The author of this book argues that the rationale for a private copying limitation remains unaltered in the digital world and maintains there is nothing to prevent national judges from interpreting the legal nature of private copying as a ‘sacred’ privilege that can be enforced against possible restrictions.  Private Copying will be of particular interest to academics students and practitioners of intellectual property law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016835

Private Corporations and their ControlPart 1 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979352

Private Corporations and their ControlPart 2 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868501

Private Correspondence between Sir Harry Parkes and Edmund Hammond 1865-1868   This is a new series which publishes for the first time the correspondences of Sir Harry Smith Parkes (1828 – 1885) the second British Minister of Japan and includes the complete transcriptions of his ‘private’ letters to and from Edmund Hammond permanent Under-Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs who was the decision maker about major issues in the British relation to Asia and his successors at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Chronologically arranged the series covers all such letters during his 18 years in Japan and with the first volume for Bakumatsu the end of the Shogunate era. Parkes arrived in Japan in 1865 as the second Minister Plenipotentiary and Consul General of the United Kingdom to Japan and stayed at the position till 1883. He was one of the few who observed Japan during its turbulent period of Westernization and supported the reformers to establish the new government. His efforts and services alongside his secretaries such as Ernest Satow George Aston and A. B. Freeman-Mitford saw the modernization of Japan starting under the strong influence of Britain. Despite his leading role between Japan and the West in early years his days and activities in Japan are less known and not widely studied due to the lack of primary source information as his experiences remained unpublished unlike his predecessor Rutherford Alcock who authored The Capital of the Tycoon or Ernest Satow’s A Diplomat in Japan. Apart from two volumes in Parkes’ biography by F. V. Dickins no contemporary sources of his life are available. This series of private correspondence of Sir Harry Parkes will fill such a gap and will be of interest for scholars and student of Japan and Anglo-Japanese history. All correspondence included in the volumes are fully annotated. Also included are his letters with other members of the ministry and documents such as conference minutes which will provide a comprehensive understanding of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9781138393608

Private Enterprises and China's Economic Development Private enterprises have contributed significantly to China's recent economic growth and will play a key role in achieving China's goal of building a comprehensively well-society. But how can private enterprises help China mitigate its macroeconomic problems such as unemployment income inequality financial disintermediation and an unhealthy economic cycle? And what are the main obstacles to private enterprise development? Private Enterprises and China’s Economic Development answers these questions by identifying the range of cultural political and financial challenges confronting China's private enterprises and assessing their performance and potential. Contributors also analyse the experiences and lessons of other countries and propose strategies and policies to help China promote private enterprise development. Using the most up to date research on private enterprises including detailed econometric analysis and national representative data authors including economists policy-makers and academics from the USA China Singapore and Canada comprehensively address the most important aspects of China’s private enterprise development. As such this book will appeal to students scholars and policy-makers alike with an interested in the Chinese economy economic growth comparative economics and transitional economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666442

Private Foreign AidU.s. Philanthropy In Relief And Developlment Over the past 150 years Americans have responded repeatedly to the needs of people in foreign lands providing aid in times of natural disaster in the wake of war in the development of resources in the eradication of disease and poverty and in the battle against hunger. This challenging task has been tackled again and again by churches corpora Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299743

Private Foundations and Development PartnershipsAmerican Philanthropy and Global Development Agendas This book explores the influence of private United States (US) philanthropic foundations in the governance of global problems. Through a close scrutiny of four high profile case studies of public-private collaboration the work addresses the vacuum present in global governance scholarship regarding the influence of foundations arguing the influence of these actors extends beyond the basic material and into the more subtle and complex ideational sphere of policy and governance. This book: charts the growth of private forms of governance and foundations’ role in deepening and extending private power in global politics provides a historical examination of private foundations in international affairs including their centrality in the development of the institutional architecture in international health and agriculture and the linkage back to domestic political systems analyses the new modes of philanthropy and giving styles – particularly venture philanthropy and ‘philanthrocapitalism’ – and how these are being rearticulated in the aid architecture and in development discourses evaluates distinctive features and unique attributes of foundations as transnational actors (including their limitations) – how they use these attributes when exercising policy influence and how they negotiate and collaborate with other state and non-state actors in global governance provides an introduction to three prominent foundations – Gates Rockefeller and the Acumen Fund – and four key partnerships – IAVI GAVI AGRA and A to Z textile Mills. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of international organizations international political economy and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289536

Private International Law of Reinsurance and Insurance The first book dedicated to this subject Private International Law of Reinsurance and Insurance provides a practical and easy-to-use reference in this complex area of law. This book provides a clear and useful guide to identifying the applicable legal regimes and relevant rules insofar as they concern reinsurance and insurance disputes. It offers authoritative guidance on the Jurisdiction Regulation 44/2001 the Rome Convention on Choice of Law and the 2001 Insurance Directives and regulations as well as the common law. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122777

Private Investigation and Homeland Security The threat against the homeland continues and the private investigator plays a critical part in this effort. This includes in providing criminal civil and background investigation protective service security consulting and electronic sweeps. The text will provide an overview of the role of private investigation in protection of the homeland and show how such skill can be utilized by business and government in this effort. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498773973

Private Investment India V5 First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510523

Private Justice (Routledge Revivals)Towards Intergrated Theorising in the Sociology of Law This book first published in 1983 looks at discipline in industry and shows how private justice is integrally bound up with formal law. It is a timely examination of the forms of social control that exist ostensibly outside the formal legal system but on which it crucially depends. Private Justice: Towards Integrated Theorising in the Sociology of Law will be of interest to students of law sociology and criminology. Dr. Stuart Henry is currently Professor and Director of the School of Public Affairs at San Diego State University where he has been since 2006. Since leaving Trent Polytechnic (now Nottingham Trent University) in 1983 he has held positions in the United States at Eastern Michigan University Wayne State University and the University of Texas at Arlington. He is the author or editor of 30 books and over 100 articles on crime deviance and social control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911710

Private Law Nudging and Behavioural Economic AnalysisThe Mandated-Choice Model Offering a fresh perspective on "nudging" this book uses legal paternalism to explore how legal systems may promote good policies without ignoring personal autonomy. It suggests that the dilemma between inefficient opt-in rules and autonomy restricting opt-out schemes fails to realistically capture the span of options available to the policy maker. There is a third path namely the ‘mandated-choice model’. The book is mainly dedicated to presenting this model and exploring its great potential. Contract law consumer protection products safety and regulatory problems such as organ donation or excessive borrowing are the setting for the discussion. Familiarising the reader with a hot debate on paternalism behavioural economics and private law this book takes a further step and links this behavioural law and economics discussion with philosophical considerations to shed a light on modern challenges such as organ donation or consumers protection by adopting an openly interdisciplinary approach. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of contract law legal systems behavioural law and economics and consumer law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410322

Private Law in Theory and Practice Private Law in Theory and Practice explores important theoretical issues in tort law the law of contract and the law of unjust enrichment and relates the theory to judicial decision-making in these areas of private law. Topics covered include the politics and philosophy of tort law reform the role of good faith in contract law comparative perspectives on setting aside contracts for mistake and the theory and practice of proprietary remedies in the law of unjust enrichment. Contributors to the book bring a variety of theoretical approaches to bear on the analysis of private law. They include: economic analysis corrective justice theory comparative analysis of law socio-legal inquiry social history political theory as well as doctrinal analysis of the law. In all cases the theoretical approaches are applied to recent case law developments in England Australia and Canada or in the case of tort law proposals in all these jurisdictions to reform the law. The book presents the theory of private law and the application of theory to practical legal problems in an accessible form to teachers and students of tort contract and the law of unjust enrichment legal researchers and law reformers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415516365

Private Lending in ChinaPractice Law and Regulation of Shadow Banking and Alternative Finance This book explores China’s private lending market from historical economic legal and regulatory perspectives. Private lending refers to moneylending agreements between business borrowers and their debt investors without the involvement of banks. In China it remains difficult for private entrepreneurs to obtain sufficient loans from state-owned banks. Thus private lending has been a vital alternative financing channel for over 80 million businesses which are reliant on private funds as their major source of operating capital. The market volume of private financing stands at 5 trillion yuan ($783bn) making it one of the largest shadow banking systems in the world. Despite the wide popularity and systemic importance of private lending activities they have remained outside of the official regulatory framework leading to extra financial risks. In 2011 China’s private lending sector encountered a severe financial crisis as thousands of business borrowers failed to repay debts and fell into bankruptcy. Lots of bosses who found it impossible to liquidate debts ran away to hide from creditors. The financial turmoil has caused substantial monetary losses for investors across the country which triggered social unrest and undermined the financial stability. This book is a timely work intended to demystify China’s private lending market by investigating its historical development operating mechanism and special characteristics. It evaluates the causes and effects of the latest financial crisis by considering a number of real cases relating to helpless investors and runaway bosses. It conducts an in-depth doctrinal analysis of Chinese laws and regulations regarding private lending transactions. It also examines China’s ongoing financial reform to bring underground lending activities under official supervision. Finally the book points out future development paths for the private lending market. It offers suggestions for global policymakers devising an effective regulatory framework for shadow banking. It appeals to researchers lecturers and students in several fields including law business finance political economy public policy and China study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331655

Private Lives in Public PlacesResearch-based Critique of Residential Life in Local Authority Old People's Homes Public Order and Private Lives is a radical examination of the political forces which shape the law and order debate in Britain. Mike Brake and Chris Hale provide a hard-hitting analysis of Conservative policies on Crime showing that ironically Conservative policies have created the very social conditions in which crime has flourished. They argue that the government is undermining basic civil liberties by its increased use of legislation as a means of control and coercion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467491

Private Medical Practice If you are reading this it is likely that you have accepted or may be considering responsibility for a relative or friend who has cancer. This can be a daunting situation and this guide provides information and advice to help you deal with the most common problems faced by carers of cancer patients. It provides answers to many of the questions you may wish to ask. The author Dr Welsey Finegan was a consultant in palliative medicine before being diagnosed with cancer himself. This gave him a unique perspective that enabled him to write the popular "Trust Me I'm a Doctor Cancer Patient" which is packed with practical and accessible advice for patients. More recently Dr Finegan has also become a family carer and is determined to use his expertise to provide other carers with a concise source of specialist knowledge.This guide deals with pain physical symptoms psychological problems death and bereavement and it adopts a unique approach to encourage the carer to work with the patient doctors and nurses to achieve realistic and mutually agreed outcomes. You are encouraged to learn about day-to-day problems ask relevant questions and take an active part in sharing the care of the patient. The book will lead you towards relevant sources of help and advice and suggests tried and tested ideas that have helped other patients. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379357

Private Medicine and Public HealthProfit Politics and Prejudice in the American Health Care Enterprise During the twentieth century the issue of health care burst out of the private confines of the physician's office to become a monumental contentious social issue. Giant multinational corporations scooped up proprietary hospitals and nursing homes and assembled them into vast chains crisscrossing America. The incomes of entrepreneurial fee-for-serv Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317447

Private Military and Security Companies (PMSCs) and the Quest for Accountability Private Military and Security Companies (PMSCs) have constituted a perennial feature of the security landscape. Yet it is their involvement in and conduct during the ongoing wars in Iraq and Afghanistan that have transformed the outsourcing of security services into such a pressing public policy and world-order issue. The PMSCs’ ubiquitous presence in armed conflict situations as well as in post-conflict reconstruction their diverse list of clients (governments in the developed and developing world non-state armed groups intergovernmental and non-governmental organizations and international corporations) and in the context of armed conflict situations involvement in instances of gross misconduct have raised serious accountability issues. The prominence of PMSCs in conflict zones has generated critical questions concerning the very concept of security and the role of private force a rethinking of "essential governmental functions " a rearticulation of the distinction between public/private and global/local in the context of the creation of new forms of "security governance " and a consideration of the relevance as well as limitations of existing regulatory frameworks that include domestic and international law (in particular international human rights law and international humanitarian law). This book critically examines the growing role of PMSCs in conflict and post-conflict situations as part of a broader trend towards the outsourcing of security functions. Particular emphasis is placed on key moral legal and political considerations involved in the privatization of such functions on the impact of outsourcing on security governance and on the main challenges confronting efforts to hold PMSCs accountable through a combination of formal and informal domestic as well as international regulatory mechanisms and processes. It will be of interest to scholars policymakers practitioners and advocates for a more transparent and humane security order. This book was published as a special issue of Criminal Justice Ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057524

Private Military and Security Companies as Legitimate GovernorsFrom Barricades to Boardrooms This book examines the legitimation of Private Military and Security Companies (PMSCs) focusing on the controversy between PMSCs and nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). While existing studies disproportionately emphasizes the ability for companies and their clients to dominate and shape perceptions of the industry this book offers an alternative explanation for the oft-cited normalization of PMSCs and the trend to privatize security by analyzing the changing relationship between PMSCs and NGOs. It uses the concept of ‘norm entrepreneurship’ to elucidate the legitimation game between these two dissimilar actors. Starting from the 1990s the book shows that the relationship between PMSCs and NGOs has undergone a transition by literally moving from ‘the barricades to the boardrooms’. After years of fierce advocacy and PR campaigns against PMSCs today both actors increasingly collaborate in multi-stakeholder initiatives elevating the status of PMSCs from a scorned actor to a trusted partner in the regulation of the industry. The work offers a comprehensive explanation of when and why this kind of collective norm entrepreneurship is likely to occur. This book will be of interest to students of PMSCs critical security studies global governance international norms and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Gower 9781138330436

Private Money and Public Currencies: The Sixteenth Century ChallengeThe Sixteenth Century Challenge First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315491059

Private Organisations in Global Politics Private Organisation in Global Politics is a groundbreaking study which brings together a broad range of case-studies to examine the role and character of private organisations in the process of political globalization. Focusing on areas such as human rights organisations the international women's movement and the combating of disease the panel of expert contributors investigate the function of these in relation to governance in the globalizing world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203457399

Private Papers of George Second Earl Spencer1794-1801 Vol. I Spencer was First Lord of the Admiralty 1794-1801 virtually throughout the wars against Revolutionary France and his correspondence with officers and politicians is of central importance to the naval history of the times. This volume runs up to the battle of St Vincent in 1797 including the Quiberon and West Indian expeditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248705

Private Papers of George Second Earl Spencer1794-1801 Vol. II Spencer was First Lord of the Admiralty 1794-1801 virtually throughout the wars against Revolutionary France and his correspondence with officers and politicians is of central importance to the naval history of the times.These volumes continue Spencer’s correspondence up to 1801 when he left office with the fall of Pitt’s ministry. This includes St Vincent and his officers the Mediterranean and Indian waters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248729

Private Papers of George Second Earl Spencer1794-1801 Vol. III Spencer was First Lord of the Admiralty 1794-1801 virtually throughout the wars against Revolutionary France and his correspondence with officers and politicians is of central importance to the naval history of the times. These volumes continue Spencer’s correspondence up to 1801 when he left office with the fall of Pitt’s ministry. Topics include Admiral Bruix’s cruise proposal to attach Brest Helder expedition West Indies and the Channel Squadron. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248859

Private Papers of George Second Earl Spencer1794-1801 Vol. IV Spencer was First Lord of the Admiralty 1794-1801 virtually throughout the wars against Revolutionary France and his correspondence with officers and politicians is of central importance to the naval history of the times. These volumes continue Spencer’s correspondence up to 1801 when he left office with the fall of Pitt’s ministry. This includes St Vincent and his officers the Mediterranean and Indian waters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248866

Private PicturesSoldiers' Inside View of War Snapshots taken by American soldiers of Iraqi prisoners stripped naked humiliated and tortured shocked the world in 2004 and more have followed from the conflict in Afghanistan but whether the public have been horrified by the soldiers' conduct or the fact they have taken pictures has not been clear. In fact as this remarkable book reveals and relates soldiers have taken photographs of war and its atrocities for more than 100 years. But their pictures are private intended mainly for the soldiers themselves as mementoes or as attempts to make sense of the chaos brutality and boredom of war. They can be gruesome or sociable shocking or mundane and they are seldom regarded as serious contributions to a visual culture of war which since 1939 has been dominated by professional war photography. But with the 21st-century shift to simple digital photography transmission by the internet available to all and a new 'citizen journalism' soldiers' pictures are acquiring a new resonance."Private Pictures" traces this unacknowledged genre of photography from the origins of popular photography in the Boer War through to the present day; it discusses how the images have been used and it asks: what effect might the wider appreciation of soldiers' pictures have on the popular perception of war? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848854437

Private Pleasure Public PlightUrban Development Suburban Sprawl and the Decline of Community This is a social and cultural analysis of community life in metropolitan areas of three nations--the United States Sweden and England. The author focuses on how environment and culture interact to shape human behavior. Despite their many similarities the three societies offer remarkably contrasting urban forms and thus provide a unique opportunity for comparative research. The findings suggest goals for urban community development in America that can help regain a sense of human scale and establish more meaningful face-to-face contact among urban dwellers.David Popenoe is professor of sociology at Rutgers University. He has had visiting appointments in the Centre for Environment Studies (London) the University of Stockholm New York University and the University of Pennsylvania. Among his other books are: Distributing the Nest: Family Change and Decline in Modern Societies; The Suburban Environment: Sweden and the United States; Neighborhood City and Metropolis; The Urban Industrial Frontier and a basic text on sociology that will soon appear in its seventh edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530775

Private Policing The second edition of Private Policing details the substantial involvement of private agents and organisations involved in policing beyond the public police. It develops a taxonomy of policing and explores in depth each of the main categories examining the degree of privateness amongst several other issues. The main categories include the public police; hybrid policing such as state policing bodies specialised police forces and non-governmental organisations; voluntary policing; and the private security industry. This book explores how the public police and many other state bodies have significant degrees of privateness from outright privatisation through to the serving of private interests. The book provides a theoretical framework for private policing building upon the growing base of scholarship in this area. Fully revised this new edition not only brings the old edition up to date with the substantial scholarship since 2002 but also provides more international context and several new chapters on: corporate security management security officers and private investigation. There is also a consideration of what the book calls the ‘new private security industry’ working largely in cyber-space. Bringing together research from a wide range of projects the author has been involved with along with the growing body of private policing scholarship the book shows the substantial involvement of non-public police bodies in policing and highlights a wide range of issues for debate and further research. Private Policing is ideal reading for students of policing and security courses academics with an interest in private policing and security and practitioners from security and policing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375098

Private Policing of Economic CrimeCase Studies of Internal Investigations by Fraud Examiners This book discusses private policing conducted by fraud examiners and financial crime specialists when there is suspicion of white-collar crime. The theory of convenience applies to the suspected crime while the maturity model applies to the conducted investigation. Private policing of economic crime by fraud examiners in internal investigations is a topic of increasing concern as there is a growing business for law firms and auditing firms to conduct inquiries and reviews when there is suspicion of misconduct wrongdoing and crime by white-collar offenders. The key features of this book are the application of a structural model for convenience theory and the application of a maturity model for fraud examinations. The structural model assesses convenience themes for motive opportunity and willingness in each case study while the maturity model assesses the level of private policing maturity in fraud examinations. For the first time two emerging frameworks to study white-collar offenses and private policing maturity are introduced and applied to a number of cases from Denmark Iceland Moldova the Netherlands Norway Sweden and Switzerland. This book will be essential to those studying law business and criminology as well as practicing fraud examiners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367696252

Private Practice in Occupational Therapy Valuable insights into the potentials risks and excitement of establishing a private practice in occupational therapy. This groundbreaking volume provides general and specific ideas to help guide the OT professional who is considering independent practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056363

Private PracticesGirls Reading Fiction And Constructing Identity First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315041100

Private Prisons and Public Accountability Private prisons have become an integral part of the penal system in the United States the United Kingdom and Australia. There already are over 100 such prisons in these countries and with the number of prisoners continuing to increase rapidly the trend toward privatization seems irreversible. In this context Richard Harding addresses the following issues: the contributions positive or negative that private prisons make to providing custody for offenders; whether or not private prisons stimulate improvement within the public prison system; and the difficulties with the regulation and accountability of private prisons.This book sets out to explore the contribution of private prisons to custodial practices standards and objectives. Many experts believe that properly regulated and fully accountable private prisons could lead to improvement within the public prison system which has long been degenerate and demoralized. Harding sees the total prison system as a single entity with two components: public and private. He relies upon extensive fieldwork and draws upon published literature as well as in-house documentation discussions with public and private authorities and a range of government documents.Key issues covered in Private Prisons and Public Accountability are: overcrowding program delivery prisoners' rights quality of staff and financial control. This volume will be a significant addition to the criminal justice literature but it will also appeal to sociologists policymakers and scholars interested in the privatization of various institutions in our society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530782

Private Property Community Development and Eminent Domain The contributors in this volume address the fundamental relationship between the state and its citizens and among the people themselves. Discussion centers on a recent decision by the United States Supreme Court in the case of Kelo v. City of New London. This case involved the use of eminent domain power to acquire private property for purposes of transferring it by the State to another private party that would make "better" economic use of the land. This type of state action has been identified as an "economic development taking". In the Kelo case the Court held that the action was legal within provisions of the US Constitution but the opinion was contentious among some of the Justices and has been met with significant negative outcry from the public. The Kelo case and the public debate arising in its aftermath give cause to assess the legal landscape related to the ability of government to fairly balance the tension between private property and the public interest. The tension and the need to successfully strike a balance are not unique to any one country or any one political system. From the United States to the United Kingdom to the People's Republic of China property and its legal regulation are of prime importance to matters of economic development and civic institution building. The Kelo decision therefore explores a rich set of legal principles with broad applicability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275539

Private Rights in Public ResourcesEquity and Property Allocation in Market-Based Environmental Policy Privatizing public resources by creating stronger property rights including so-called rights to pollute is an increasingly popular environmental policy option. While advocates of this type of market-based environmental policy tend to focus on its efficiency and ecological implications such policies also raise important considerations of equity and distributive justice. Private Rights in Public Resources confronts these ethical implications directly balancing political theory and philosophy with detailed analysis of the politics surrounding three important policy instruments--the Kyoto Protocol the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments and the 1934 Taylor Grazing Act. Author Leigh Raymond reviews legislative records and administrative documents and interviews key policymakers. Confirming that much of the debate in the selected policies centers on the equity or fairness of the initial allocation of property rights he applies the theories of John Locke Morris Cohen and others to build a framework for identifying the competing norms of equity in play. Raymond's study reveals that despite the different historical and ecological settings the political actors struggled to reconcile similar arguments-and were often able to achieve a similar synthesis of conflicting ownership ideas. Rather than offering a familiar argument for or against these policies on ethical grounds the book explains how ideas about equity help determine a policy's political fate. Shedding light on the complex equity principles used to shape and evaluate these controversial initiatives this empirical analysis will be of interest to those on all sides of the debate over market-based policies as well as those interested in the role of normative principles in politics more generally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331277

Private Risks and Public Dangers Private Risk and Public Dangers is comprised of a collection of chapters which were originally papers presented in the 1991 British Sociological Association Conference on Health and Society and they address a range of private risks and public dangers. Issues covered vary from the response to HIV and AIDS and ‘foetal alcohol syndrome’ to the nature of accidents. These seemingly diverse social situations within which emerges is that we need a more sociologically informed understanding of the personal shading the public dangers they are expected to manage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348719

Private Secretaries to the Prime MinisterForeign Affairs from Churchill to Thatcher The importance of the Prime Minister in British foreign policy decision-making has long been noted by historians. However while much attention has been given to high-level contacts between leaders and to the roles played by the premiers themselves much less is known about the people advising and influencing them. In providing day-to-day assistance to the Prime Minister a Private Secretary could wield significant influence on policy outcomes. This book examines the activities of those who advised prime ministers from Winston Churchill (1951–55) to Margaret Thatcher during her first administration (1979–83). Each chapter considers British foreign policy and assesses the influence of the specific advisers. For each office holder particular attention is paid to a number of key themes. Firstly their relationship with the Prime Minister is considered. A strong personal relationship of trust and respect could lead to an official wielding much greater influence. This could be especially relevant when an adviser served under two different leaders often from different political parties. It also helps to shed light on the conduct of foreign policy by each premier. Secondly the attitudes towards the adviser from the Foreign Office are examined. The Foreign Office traditionally enjoyed great autonomy in the making of British foreign policy and was sensitive to encroachments by Downing Street. Finally each chapter explores the role of the adviser in the key foreign policy events and discussions of the day. Covering a fascinating 30-year period in post-war British political history this collection broadens our understanding of the subject and underlines the different ways influence could be brought to bear on government policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348694

Private Sector Involvement in Urban Solid Waste CollectionUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis The private sector involvement in public service is intended to achieve efficiency gain and better service quality through increasing private sector finance and expertise. However these benefits are most often not achieved in developing countries due to investment risk of private finance and problems of capacity and regulation of the private sector. This book examines private sector involvement (PSI) in solid waste collection by exploring the influence of private sector capacity and Local Governments’ regulations on private sector performance in terms of productivity and service quality. PSI in public service provision evolved to deal with market and government failures so this study uses market and regulatory theories to explore the gaps in policy and practice of PSI and the factor explaining private sector performance in five cities in Ghana. The study shows there were weak regulatory practices and non-adherence to contractual obligations (unsigned contracts and delayed payment of subsidy) and consequently led to disincentives for full cost recovery and better service quality. However there is now a gradual well functioning system being put in place with the recent competitive bidding in two cities with signing of contracts and city-wide user charging. This study concludes that the solutions to the problem of solid waste collection and management in developing countries hinge on adherence to formal rules of regulation use of appropriate cost recovery mechanism for low income group and restructuring of institutional arrangement to enforce legislation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415692779

Private Security and Domestic ViolenceThe Risks and Benefits of Private Security Companies Working With Victims of Domestic Violence Private companies are increasingly involved with the security of domestic violence victims. This has manifested in a number of ways including private security companies working in partnership with domestic violence services the proliferation of security-technology companies that seek a market within the domestic violence sector and governments contracting private companies to provide security provision for victims. Private Security and Domestic Violence offers a world-first analysis of the risks and benefits of for-profit businesses engaging with a vulnerable and underprotected section of society. Based on original data gathered in Australia this book provides internationally relevant insights on the dangers but also the potential benefits of increasing private sector involvement with victims of domestic abuse. It offers a unique crossover of the literature on private security crime prevention and domestic violence. Aimed at scholars policymakers and frontline workers within the domestic violence sector Private Security and Domestic Violence documents experimental new collaborations and partnerships between the private community and governmental spheres and makes a case for the suitable regulatory solutions to be put in place to successfully manage private security involvement with domestic violence victims. By outlining the risks and the benefits of this new form of security provision and detailing a potential model of regulation this book offers a pathway for improving how we provide for a chronically underprotected population. It will be of interest to criminology and criminal justice students and researchers engaged in studies of abuse domestic violence violent crime victims and victimology crime prevention and security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552623

Private Security and Identity PoliticsEthical Hero Warriors Professional Managers and New Humanitarians This book examines the self-representation and identity politics of Private Military and Security Companies (PMSCs).PMSCs have become increasingly important over the past few decades. While their boom is frequently explained in functional terms such as their cost-efficiency and effectiveness this book offers an alternative explanation based on an analysis of the online self-presentations of forty-two US- and UK-based companies. PMSCs are shaping how they are perceived and establishing themselves as acceptable and legitimate security actors by eclectically appropriating identities more commonly associated with the military businesses and humanitarian actors. Depending on their audience and clients’ needs they can be professional hero warriors or promise turn-key security solutions based on their exceptional expertise or in a similar way to humanitarians reassure those in need of relief and try to make the world a better place. Rather than being merely public relations the self-referential assertions of PMSCs are political. Not only do they contribute to a normalization of private security and reinforce an already ongoing blurring of lines between the public and private sectors they also change what we deem to be ‘security’ and a ‘security actor’.This book will be of much interest to students of private military companies critical security studies military studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588182

Private Security and the Investigative Process Fourth Edition Private Security and the Investigative Process Fourth Edition is fully updated and continues to provide complete coverage of the investigative process for private investigations by both individuals and in corporate security environments. This edition covers emerging technology revised legal and practical considerations for conducting interviews and new information on case evaluation. Written by a recognized expert in security criminal justice ethics and the law—with over three decades of experience—the updated edition of this popular text covers concepts and techniques that can be applied to a variety of investigations including fraud insurance private and criminal. It details the collection and preservation of evidence the handling of witnesses surveillance techniques background investigations and report writing. The book reflects best practices and includes tips for ensuring accurate and reliable private sector security investigations. This new edition includes: A new section on career opportunities in paths in the investigative field A rundown of the leading security Industry associations and professional standards being published Added discussion of observational interviews include current protocols analyzing data Details of the current legal implications for security surveillance and practices Advances in technology to thwart crime and fraud in retail and other business settings An entirely new section on e-records from criminal and civil judgments Authoritative yet accessible this book is one of the only textbooks dedicated to the subject. It also serves as an important reference for private investigators and security professionals. Complete with numerous forms checklists and web exercises it provides the tools and understanding required to conduct investigations that are professional ethical and effective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138489646

Private Security and the Law Private Security and the Law Fifth Edition is a singular resource that provides the most comprehensive analysis of practices in the security industry with respect to law regulation licensure and constitutional questions of case and statutory authority. The book begins with a historical background of the security industry laws and regulations that walks step-by-step through the analysis of the development of case law over the years as it applies to situations commonly faced by security practitioners. It describes the legal requirements faced by security firms and emphasizes the liability problems common to security operations including negligence and tortious liability civil actions frequently litigated and strategies to avoid legal actions that affect business efficiency. In addition chapters examine the constitutional and due-process dimensions of private security both domestically and internationally including recent cases and trends that are likely to intensify in the future. Updated coverage new to this edition includes developments in statutory authority changes to state and federal processes of oversight and licensure and special analysis of public-private cooperative relationships in law enforcement. Key features include: Up to date case law analysis provides cutting edge legal treatment of evolving standards Complicated material is presented in a straight-forward readable style perfect for the student or security professional Includes over 200 tables and figures that illustrate concepts and present critical comparative data on statutes and regulations National scope provides crucial parameters to security practitioners throughout the U.S. Numerous case studies case readings and case examples provide real-world examples of security law and litigation in practice Private Security and the Law Fifth Edition is an authoritative scholarly treatise that serves as a valuable reference for professionals and an introduction for students in security management and criminal justice programs regarding the legal and ethical standards that shape the industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138738751

Private Security and the Modern StateHistorical and Comparative Perspectives Based on extensive research in several international contexts this volume provides a nuanced assessment of the historical evolution of private security and its fluid contested and mutually constitutive relationship with state agencies public policing and the criminal justice system. This book provides an overview of the history of private security provision in its multiple forms including detective agencies insurance companies moral campaigners employers’ associations paramilitary organizations self-protection and vigilantism. It also explores the historical evolution of private policing and security provision in a diverse set of temporal national and international contexts and compares the interactions between public and private security bodies structures strategies and practices in different countries cultures and settings. In doing so the volume fills the existing gaps in historical knowledge about the emergence of private and public security organizations and provides a more robust understanding of changes in the division of responsibility for security provision law enforcement and punishment between public and private institutions. This wide-ranging volume will be of great interest to scholars and students of history criminology sociology political science international relations security studies surveillance studies policing criminal justice and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183493

Private Security Companies during the Iraq WarMilitary Performance and the Use of Deadly Force This book explores the use of deadly force by private security companies during the Iraq War. The work focuses on and compares the activities of the US companies Blackwater and Dyncorp. Despite sharing several important characteristics such as working for the same client (the US State Department) during the same time period the employees of Blackwater fired their weapons far more often and killed and seriously injured far more people in Iraq than their counterparts in DynCorp. In order to explain this disparity the book undertakes the most comprehensive analysis ever attempted on the use of violence by the employees of these firms. Based on extensive empirical research it offers a credible explanation for this difference: Blackwater maintained a relatively bellicose military culture that placed strong emphasis on norms encouraging its personnel to exercise personal initiative proactive use of force and an exclusive approach to security which together motivated its personnel to use violence quite freely against anyone they suspected of posing a threat. Specifically Blackwater’s military culture motivated its personnel to fire upon suspected threats more quickly at greater distances and with a greater quantity of bullets and to more readily abandon the people they shot at when compared to DynCorp’s personnel who maintained a military culture that encouraged far less violent behaviour. Utilizing the Private Security Company Violent Incident Dataset (PSCVID) created by the author in 2012 the book draws upon data on hundreds of violent incidents involving private security personnel in Iraq to identify trends in the behaviour exhibited by the employees of different firms. Based on this rich and original empirical data the book provides the definitive study of contemporary private security personnel in the Iraq War. This book will be of much interest to students of the Iraq War Private Security Companies Military Studies War and Conflict Studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138893405

Private Security Contractors and New WarsRisk Law and Ethics This book addresses the ambiguities of the growing use of private security contractors and provides guidance as to how our expectations about regulating this expanding ‘service’ industry will have to be adjusted. In the warzones of Iraq and Afghanistan many of those who carry weapons are not legally combatants nor are they protected civilians. They are contracted by governments businesses and NGOs to provide armed security. Often mistaken as members of armed forces they are instead part of a new protean proxy force that works alongside the military in a multitude of shifting roles and overseen by a matrix of contracts and regulations.  This book analyzes the growing industry of these private military and security companies (PMSCs) used in warzones and other high risk areas. PMSCs are the result of a unique combination of circumstances including a change in the idea of soldiering insurance industry analyses that require security contractors and a need for governments to distance themselves from potentially criminal conduct. The book argues that PMSCs are a unique type of organization combining attributes from worlds of the military business and humanitarian organizations. This makes them particularly resistant to oversight.  The legal status of these companies and those they employ is also hard to ascertain which weakens the multiple regulatory tools available. PMSCs also fall between the cracks in ethical debates about their use seeming to be both justifiable and objectionable. This transformation in military operations is a seemingly irreversible product of more general changes in the relationship between the individual citizen and the state. This book will be of much interest to students of private security companies war and conflict studies security studies and IR in general. Kateri Carmola is the Christian A. Johnson Professor of Political Science at Middlebury College in Vermont. She received her Ph.D. from the University of California Berkeley. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681919

Private SecurityAn Introduction to Principles and Practice There are few textbooks available that outline the foundation of security principles while reflecting the modern practices of private security as an industry. Private Security: An Introduction to Principles and Practice takes a new approach to the subject of private sector security that will be welcome addition to the field. The book focuses on the recent history of the industry and the growing dynamic between private sector security and public safety and law enforcement. Coverage will include history and security theory but emphasis is on current practice reflecting the technology-driven fast-paced global security environment. Such topics covered include a history of the security industry security law risk management physical security Human Resources and personnel investigations institutional and industry-specific security crisis and emergency planning critical infrastructure protection IT and computer security and more. Rather than being reduced to single chapter coverage homeland security and terrorism concepts are referenced throughout the book as appropriate. Currently it vital that private security entities work with public sector authorities seamlessly—at the state and federal levels—to share information and understand emerging risks and threats. This modern era of security requires an ongoing holistic focus on the impact and implications of global terror incidents; as such the book’s coverage of topics consciously takes this approach throughout. Highlights include: Details the myriad changes in security principles and the practice of private security particularly since 9/11 Focuses on both foundational theory but also examines current best practices—providing sample forms documents job descriptions and functions—that security professionals must understand to perform and succeed Outlines the distinct but growing roles of private sector security companies versus the expansion of federal and state law enforcement security responsibilities Includes key terms learning objectives end of chapter questions Web exercises and numerous references—throughout the book—to enhance student learning Presents the full range of career options available for those looking entering the field of private security Includes nearly 400 full-color figures illustrations and photographs. Private Security: An Introduction to Principles and Practice provides the most comprehensive up-to-date coverage of modern security issues and practices on the market. Professors will appreciate the new fresh approach while students get the most "bang for their buck " insofar as the real-world knowledge and tools needed to tackle their career in the ever-growing field of private industry security. An instructor’s manual with Exam questions lesson plans and chapter PowerPoint® slides are available upon qualified course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498723343

Private SpeechFrom Social Interaction To Self-regulation Since the publication of Vygotsky’s Thought and Language in the United States a number of North American and European investigators have conducted systematic observations of children’s spontaneous private speech giving substantial support to Vygotsky’s major hypotheses — particularly those regarding the social origins of higher psychological functions. However there still remain many vital questions about the origins significance and functions of private speech: How can social and private speech be validly differentiated? What kinds of social interactions promote the use of private speech? What are the sources of individual differences in the use of private speech? This unique volume addresses these and many other important questions. Characterized by a strong emphasis on original data it reports on systematic observations of spontaneous private speech in children and adults in both laboratory and naturalistic settings. In addition to its systematic analysis of common methodological problems in the field the book contains the most comprehensive bibliography of the private speech literature currently available. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138979369

Private Sphere to World Stage from Austen to Eliot Emily Dickinson's poem 'This is my letter to the World/ That never wrote to Me --' opens the Introduction which focuses on the near-anonymity of nineteenth-century women novelists. Close readings of works by five British novelists Jane Austen Charlotte and Emily Brontë Elizabeth Gaskell and George Eliot offer persuasive accounts of the ways in which women used stealth tactics to outmaneuver their detractors. Chapters examine the 'hidden manifesto' in Austen's works whose imaginative heroines defend women's writing; the lasting impact of Jane Eyre with its modest heroine who takes up the pen to tell her own story even on male writers outside the English tradition; Cathy's testament as the 'ghost-text' of Wuthering Heights; and the shifting gender roles in Daniel Deronda with its silenced heroine and androgynous hero. Though the focus is on British novelists the author's discussion of the Anglo-American connections in the factory novels of Elizabeth Gaskell and the slavery writings of Harriet Beecher Stowe has particular relevance for its demonstration of how the move from the private to the public sphere enables and even compels the blurring of national and ethnic boundaries. What emerges is a compelling argument for the relevance of these novelists to the emergence in our own time of hitherto-silenced female voices around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620216

Private Troubles or Public Issues?Challenges for Social Work Research This book bears testimony to the value of a progressive form of academisation of social work education in most European countries including former communist countries which had to re-establish social work education. It also manifests the confidence of contributors in belonging to a serious academic discipline and the fruitfulness of bringing research ‘home’ from neighbouring disciplines such as sociology psychology social policy or pedagogy into the mainstream of social work. The contributions to this book converge on a small number of core issues for contemporary social work. These are methodologically the conceptualisation of different and interacting dimensions of diversity and practically the defence of professionalism and discretion against encroachment by neo-liberal ideologies and cost-cutting regulations. In so doing this underscores that theory matters in social work. Authentic social work research can demonstrate that social work practice has no reason to shy away from basing itself on evidence and being professionally accountable as long as its notion of evidence recognises and does justice to the complexity of social problems and acknowledges the value of inter-subjectivity in producing useable and ethically grounded evidence. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143251

Private Violence and Public PolicyThe needs of battered women and the response of the public services First published in 1985 this is the first published study of violence in the family to be aimed directly at people whose professions bring them into contact with domestic abuse victims as well as those training for those professions. It documents the problems faced by women with violent husbands and discusses how the needs of these women and of their children can best be met. The first part of the book reports the results of original research carried out by the editor. The second part of the book is concerned with the response of the law the police social services housing departments and health services. The third part draws on the conference at which this research was presented and offers recommendations for the future in terms if better practice and of broad social and economic changes. This book will be of interest to students of social work health care medicine and law as well as those studying social policy sociology and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673212

Private Voluntary Organizations As Agents Of Development Private voluntary organizations have an increasingly important role to play in the provision of development assistance either as alternative forms of resource flow or as channels of aid that are systematically integrated into the official intergovernmental aid system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284299

Privatisation Education and Social Justice Privatisation in and of education is a process that takes many different forms and is deeply controversial. While the shift in who pays is certainly an important dimension of privatisation there have also been changes in the management provision and delivery of schooling. In most of the economically developed world discussion about the privatisation of education is now several decades old and yet new forms of privatisation are still being developed and old forms being applied to new situations. This book examines the concept and nature of privatisation and explores the impacts of privatisation in terms of social justice. The authors extend various arguments about the processes and provide new research and critique. Some believe that privatisation can lead to increasing social justice for the poor while others argue the exact opposite. This volume contributes to theoretical conceptions of social justice and education as well as providing up-to-date research results. This book was originally published as a special issue of Oxford Review of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300118

Privatisation and Commercialisation in Public EducationHow the Public Nature of Schooling is Changing Privatisation and Commercialisation in Public Education asks how publicness is being redefined through the restructuring of nominally public school systems. Over the past few decades governments have engineered a wave of reforms in their public systems opening them to privatisation and commercialisation. In public education systems competition choice and autonomy have become entrenched vectors of these reforms. This edited collection carefully examines the difference between privatisation and commercialisation and traces the varying effects privatised and commercialised policy reforms have had in different educational contexts. Many countries have approached the thorny issues of school choice and school autonomy in different ways and this book investigates the impact of these agendas across the USA UK Australia New Zealand parts of Europe sub-Saharan Africa and India. This book brings together contemporary international perspectives from high-profile policy academics on both privatisation and commercialisation in public education systems under the provocation of how the ‘public’ nature of schooling is changing. This is essential reading for those interested in the idea that current education policy reforms are reshaping what might be considered core educational practices in public schooling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367351441

Privatisation and DevelopmentTheory Policy and Evidence The book interrogates privatisation in terms of its effectiveness vis-à-vis its stated goals and more fundamentally in terms of its success in delivering economic development. It investigates why privatisation was successful in the UK and other OECD countries and why it has not met with equal success in developing countries. In this regard it further examines the policy prescriptions of the IMF and World Bank in relation to the conceptualised benefits and theoretical assumptions underlying these supposed benefits. The author assesses the extent to which culture and customs indeed the mode of production stand in determinate relationship to the goals techniques and outcome of the process. Furthermore Chang examines the degree to which socioeconomic and moral consequences of privatisation have been ignored in pursuit of the ideological imperative implicit in the Washington Consensus. Hence the book contributes to the reflective thought that must necessarily be part of theory validation and provides the basis for a balanced and empirically-valid theory of privatisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391166

Privatisation and Financial Collapse in the Nuclear IndustryThe Origins and Causes of the British Energy Crisis of 2002 A timely contribution and incisive analysis this is the story of the British experiment in privatizing the nuclear power industry and its subsequent financial collapse. It tells how the UK's pioneering role in nuclear power led to bad technology choices a badly flawed restructuring of the electricity industry and the end of government support for nuclear power. In this volume Simon Taylor has combined interviews with former executives regulators and analysts with his own unique insight into the nuclear industry to provide an analysis of the origins of the crisis and the financial and corporate strategies used by British Energy plc. Arguing that the stock market was a major factor in the company's collapse by misunderstanding its finances over-valuing the shares and giving wrong signals to management and that the government policy of trying to put all responsibility for nuclear liabilities in the hands of the private sector was neither credible nor realistic. The book concludes that failure was not inevitable but resulted from a mixture of internal and external causes that casts doubt on the policy of combining a wholly nuclear generator with liberalized power markets. This book will be of great interest to students engaged with the history of nuclear power in the UK privatization regulation and financial and corporate strategy as well as experts policy makers and strategists in the field.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542005

Privatisation and Liberalisation in European TelecommunicationsComparing Britain the Netherlands and France This book combines a detailed sector-specific study of comparative telecommunications regimes set in the context of the EC with an extensive historical and empirical analysis of individual policy management and change as experienced by three diverse regulatory cultures namely Britain the Netherlands and France. By adopting a comprehensive analytical framework based on far-reaching literature the author explores a wide-range of theories addressing key issues at the forefront of contemporary political and academic debate as: Do nation states matter in the globalizing telecommunications industry? Does the common challenge of techno-global telecommunications restructuring elicit different national responses? What is the significance of a single-speed or multi-speed Europe in implementing telecommunications governance regimes? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203023082

Privatisation and the Welfare State Originally published in 1984 Privatisation and the Welfare State brings together a distinguished set of experts on the Welfare State and its main policy areas of health care housing education and transport. Each chapter provides some much-needed analysis of privatisation policies in areas where too often political rhetoric is allowed to dominate discussion. The book makes a major contribution to the reader’s understanding of the complex issues involved in this controversial area of social policy. As the first systematic evaluation of a broad range of welfare state privatisation proposals it is essential reading for economists social administrators and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138603622

Privatisation in Developing Countries It is widely felt that the public sector in many developing countries is too large and that privatisation would benefit both the users of individual services and the economy in general. However enthusiasm for private enterprise solutions is not always matched by the requisite financial and economic technology. The sort of schemes appropriate for a country like China with its highly planned public sector economy and Jordan with its dominant private sector are unlikely to be the same. Privatisation without reference to these differences will be an economic administrative and organisational chaos rather than a panacea. Originally published in 1989 this book starts with an analysis on the concept rationale and fundamental issues of privatisation with reference to both developed and developing countries. There follows a critical scrutiny of the privatisation programmes of countries in Asia Africa and Latin America written by contributors actively concerned with public enterprise and privatisation at the time. It examines the role of international aid agencies including the World Bank in promoting the schemes and it details the positive impact of them as well as their pitfalls. These country accounts are complemented by a concluding chapter giving an overview of the substantial issues raised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187231

Privatisation in IndiaChallenging economic orthodoxy Over the past decade India has been undertaking a programme of economic reform and at the same time the economy has been growing at a high rate. As part of the reform programme and in line with prevailing economic thinking India has been privatising its large ungainly public sector. One assumption underlying this programme is the dogma that public sector enterprises are doomed to inefficiency and that competitive market forces can be relied on to make firms more efficient once they are privatised. But is this really true? Combining rigorous data analysis with case studies to provide a balanced evaluation of the process of deregulation and privatisation within the overall context of economic reforms the author demonstrates remarkably that contrary to the prevailing view private sector firms do not outperform public sector firms across all sectors. He also shows that revenue-raising considerations have weighed more heavily with the government than efficiency objectives. Overall this study of the reform process in India with its unique longstanding mix of private and public sectors will be of great interest to all those studying reform and transition worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653954

Privatisation in the UK The Conservative’s privatisation programme was one of the most ambitious aspects of their attempt to redraft the political and economic map of the United Kingdom. Originally published in 1988 this book explores the processes of privatisation from a variety of standpoints. Its contributors include academics enterprise executives and government officials many of whom had been closely involved in the programme. Fiscal legal and social aspects of privatisation are explored but the book treats the subject as more than an immediate political issue and takes the opportunity to discuss the success – or otherwise – of public enterprise and to explore the implication of the UK experience for other countries which have an interest in privatisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189846

Privatised Law Reform: A History of Patent Law through Private Legislation 1620-1907 In the history of British patent law the role of Parliament is often side-lined. This is largely due to the raft of failed or timid attempts at patent law reform. Yet there was another way of seeking change. By the end of the nineteenth century private legislation had become a mechanism or testing ground for more general law reforms. The evolution of the law had essentially been privatised and was handled in the committee rooms in Westminster. This is known in relation to many great industrial movements such as the creating of railways canals and roads or political movements such as the powers and duties of local authorities but it has thus far been largely ignored in the development of patent law. This book addresses this shortfall and examines how private legislation played an important role in the birth of modern patent law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593988

Privatising Punishment in Europe? In recent times the question of private sector involvement in public affairs has become framed in altogether new terms. Across Europe there has been a growth in various forms of public-private cooperation in building and maintaining (new) penal institutions and an increasing presence of private companies offering security services within penal institutions as well as delivering security goods such as electronic monitoring and other equipment to penal authorities. Such developments are part of a wider trend towards privatising and marketising security. Bringing together key scholars in criminology and penology from across Europe and beyond this book maps and describes trends of privatising punishment throughout Europe paying attention both to prisons and community sanctions. In doing so it initiates a continent-wide dialogue among academics and key public and private actors on the future of privatisation in Europe. Debates on the privatisation of punishment in Europe are still underdeveloped and this book plays a pioneering and agenda-setting role in developing this dialogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284173

Privatising the Public UniversityThe Case of Law Privatising the Public University: The Case of Law is the first full-length critical study examining the impact of the dramatic reforms that have swept through universities over the last two decades. Drawing on extensive research and interviews in Australia New Zealand the UK and Canada Margaret Thornton considers the impact of the market on students academics and law schools documenting how both the curriculum and pedagogical methods have changed. If the passing of the idea of the university is rued concern usually focuses on the humanities and the natural sciences. In this respect law has been regarded as privileged because of the virtually unstoppable demand for law places and the willingness of students to pay high fees. And as this book shows it is commercial and instrumental forms of legal training that are now favoured whilst the humanistic critical theoretical and social justice aspects of legal knowledge have been corroded. Privatising the Public University will be of considerable interest to legal academics; but it will also be invaluable work for anyone interested in the future of higher education or more generally  in the corporatization of culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821537

Privatization Conversion And Enterprise Reform In Russia This volume provides an evaluation of initial efforts to convert post-Soviet Russian industry from that of a highly-centralized military-oriented economy to that of a civilian economy with a stronger base in private enterprise. The authors address crucial issues of the embattled economic transformation at the level of particular enterprises and geographic regions as well as in the contexts of state policy finance and planning. Their analyses offer readers an understanding of the various obstacles that impede post-Soviet economic restructuring and point to ways in which they may be overcome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284312

Privatization Regulation and Deregulation In this second edition of Privatization Regulation and Deregulation the author has updated and augmented the original material to take account of developments over the last 5 years. This volume includes ten completely new chapters and coverage of the critical period from 1981to the present. The book provides a unique insight into the privatization and regulatory procedure. In addition it presents a significant contribution to the basic economic arguments underlying these reforms to practitioners involved in privatization and regulation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203979532

Privatization Vulnerability and Social ResponsibilityA Comparative Perspective Taking a cross-cultural perspective this book explores how privatization and globalization impact contemporary feminist and social justice approaches to public responsibility. Feminist legal theorists have long problematized divisions between the private and the political an issue with growing importance in a time when the welfare state is under threat in many parts of the world and private markets and corporations transcend national boundaries. Because vulnerability analysis emphasizes our interdependency within social institutions and the need for public responsibility for our shared vulnerability it can highlight how neoliberal policies commodify human necessities channeling unprofitable social relationships such as caretaking away from public responsibility and into the individual private family. This book uses comparative analyses to examine how these dynamics manifest across different legal cultures. By highlighting similarities and differences in legal responses to vulnerability this book provides important insights and arguments against the privatization of social need and for a more responsive state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472489074

Privatization and EntrepreneurshipThe Managerial Challenge in Central and Eastern Europe Privatization and Entrepreneurship: The Managerial Challenge in Central and Eastern Europe analyzes the challenges faced by managers in the transforming economies of Central and Eastern Europe and provides penetrating insights into the details of managing in the former socialist countries. This collection’s combination of conceptual/theoretical material with empirical firsthand case analysis prepares Western managers for a more profitable and less stressful entry into these significant markets.This enlightening book highlights the complexity and breadth of the issues and problems of successfully entering new markets in Central and Eastern Europe. Along the way you are introduced to such topics as consumer behavior and shown the different forms of foreign direct investment with their associated problems and benefits. If you are searching for ways to better prepare for business in these markets this book can help you meet your objectives with its helpful information on: ethical concerns and linguistic difficulties of managing in transforming economies management challenges of privatization management challenges of entrepreneurship strategic issues associated with the reorientation of enterprises corporate constituencies changing consumers labor unions and pay practicesPrivatization and Entrepreneurship will prove valuable to policymakers in economic development and foreign aid agencies executives of companies planning to expand into Europe and those already active in the region and academicians and students in management economics and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983786

Privatization and Privilege in Education (RLE Edu L) Can privilege be bought? Arguments have raged over whether private education in the UK is ‘the cement in the wall’ dividing British society or whether parental choice is as has also been argued ‘a key component of a free society’. The author here describes the traditional private sector schools paying attention to the ways in which parents can purchase privilege for their children through attendance at such schools. He argues that the privatized system is kept under tight control if a growth in social and educational inequality and a deepening of social class and ethnic group division is to be avoided. The book is unique in combining an account of private schools in Britain with an examination of the process of privatization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753050

Privatization and the Crisis of Agricultural Extension: The Case of PakistanThe Case of Pakistan This title was first published in 2003. he public sector plays a dominant international role in the provision of agricultural extension and services. This role has been the subject of much debate. Some argue for extension's privatization claiming that a market driven system provides the most rational and efficient means of information delivery. Based on extensive empirical research from the Punjab (Pakistan) this volume examines the comparative effectiveness of public and private extension services from the perspective of farmers. It also focuses on information from extension agents about their respective organizations and work environments. In so doing the book expands and elaborates on the practical considerations of privatization and information delivery. It then broadens out into a discussion of alternative means of extension delivery focusing on participatory approaches education theory and pluralism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315193816

Privatization and the Education of Marginalized ChildrenPolicies Impacts and Global Lessons Privatization and the Education of Marginalized Children examines the issue of markets in education as they shape educational opportunities for disadvantaged children—for better or worse—in countries around the globe. With chapters written by leading scholars in the field of international education this book analyzes the important questions of equity and markets privatization and opportunity and policies' objectives and outcomes and it explores the potential promises and empirical evidence on the role of market mechanisms. Offering insights from theoretical as well as international-comparative perspectives this volume will appeal to researchers and students of education-focused public policy sociology and international economics. A timely contribution to the field Privatization and the Education of Marginalized Children aims to engage in public/private debate by addressing the larger societal exclusions and segregation of communities in which these schools exist.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636620

Privatization and Transition in Russia in the Early 1990s Few economic events have caused such controversy as the privatization process in Russia. Some see it as the foundation of political and economic freedom. For others it was economics gone wrong and ended in "Russians stealing money from their own country". As Russia reasserts itself and its new brand of capitalism it is ever more important that policy makers and scholars understand the roots of the economic structure and governance of that country; what was decided who made the decisions and why what actually transpired and what implications this has for the future of Russia. This work written by two senior advisors to the Russian government has unique access to documentation tracking the decision making process in the Russian Mass Privatization process. By close reference to events and supplemented by interviews with many of the key participants it shows that the policies adopted were often influenced and shaped by different forces than those cited by current popular accounts. The book challenges the interpretation of Russian privatization by some of the West’s most eminent economists. It underlines that economists of all schools who bring assumptions from the West to the analysis of Russia may reach false or misleading conclusions. It is an essential guide for anyone interested in Russian economic reform and anyone who seeks to understand this enigmatic country and its actions today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904859

Privatization In BangladeshEconomic Transition In A Poor Country Bangladesh the world's poorest large country has privatized more state-owned industries than any other developing nation. This policy-orientated study traces Bangladesh's economic fortunes in its British Pakistani and independent periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284305

Privatization in Four European CountriesComparative Studies in Government - Third Sector Relationships This book has a dual focus: on how four countries use voluntary non-profit organizations to provide services to the physically mentally and sensorially handicapped; and on the changing role of the voluntary or "third " sector in welfare states. At the same time it is also a comparative study of privatization in the special sense of using nongovernmental organizations to implement public policy. Most comparative studies of the welfare state have neglected this form of "indirect public administration" because researchers have usually conceived of government as monolithic and consequently overlook the frequent separation of financing from the delivery of public services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485737

Privatization in MalaysiaRegulation Rent-Seeking and Policy Failure In recent years privatisation has fallen out of favour in many countries because the underlying political factors have not been well understood. This book examines Malaysia’s privatisation programme focusing on how political constraints resulted in the failure of four major privatisations: the national sewerage company (IWK) Kuala Lumpur Light Rail Transit (LRT) national airline (MAS) and national car company (Proton). It considers why developing countries such as Malaysia might want to embark on privatisation the factors that lead to policy failure and what is needed to make it work. It shows clearly that political motives driving privatisation often dominate purely economic considerations and thus it is necessary to analyse privatisation within the specific country context. It argues that failure in the Malaysian case was due to political considerations that compromised institutional design and regulatory enforcement leading to problems associated with corruption. It concludes that privatisation does not necessarily improve incentives for efficiency or enhance the finance available for capital investment and that successful privatisation depends on the state’s institutional and political capacity to design and manage an appropriate set of subsidies. Overall this book is a comprehensive examination of privatisation in Malaysia providing important insights for understanding the political economy of this process in other developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415545372

Privatization of Public ServicesImpacts for Employment Working Conditions and Service Quality in Europe Public services throughout Europe have undergone dramatic restructuring processes in recent years in connection with liberalization and privatization. While evaluations of the successes of public services have focused on prices and efficiency much less attention has been paid to the impacts of liberalization and privatization on employment labor relations and working conditions. This book addresses this gap by illustrating the ways in which liberalization has contributed to increasing private and foreign ownership of public services the decentralization of labor relations has amplified pressure on wages and decreasing employment numbers and increasing workloads have improved productivity partly at the cost of service quality. Examining diverse public-service sectors including network industries public transportation and hospitals and using international case studies Privatization of Public Services covers a wide range of aspects of service provision with particular emphasis on companies and workers. The result is a unique picture of the changes created by the liberalization processes in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959958

PrivatizationAn International Review Of Performance Contracting out public sector services and divesting public enterprises are reforms that have enjoyed widespread global popularity in recent years. Better services lower prices and greater accountability are the promises made by politicians senior executives and investment companies when functions are moved from the public sector to private ente Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317454

Privatizing Correctional Institutions With more than one million people behind bars the United States imprisons a larger share of its population than any other industrialized nation. This has precipitated a serious overcrowding problem with federal and state prisons currently operating well beyond capacity. Conventional efforts appear unable to cope with the increasing shortage of beds or with inadequate rehabilitation services. A bold solution is required; increasingly it is being seen to reside in the private sector. This timely volume explores the issues of private versus public financing construction and management of medium-and high-security prisons.Private prisons are not a new concept in the United States. They have existed in several forms since the eighteenth century. The opening chapters evaluate historical cases of prisons for profit examining the concerns of labor abuses of inmates and the source and resolution of disputes between private and public sectors. These chapters argue that the experience gained through privatization does not justify current opposition from civil libertarians or labor unions.Chapters dealing with the modern contracting out of complete management and limited services document the growing trend toward privatization and instances of public/private partnership in prison industries.The assembled evidence indicates clearly that privately run prisons have shown significant cost savings and good quality of provision for prisoners while still being profitable. However the authors caution that these promising results must be reinforced by public safeguards in the contracting stage and monitoring to assure good service and security. With the American prison system in disarray the public interest demands that government look beyond the public or private identity of those who wish to provide correctional services and focus instead on who can provide the best services at a given cost. It is essential to state that correctional services should attain several objectives and not merely cost minimization. The analysis and recommendations presented here will aid in the task. Privatizing Correctional Institutions will be of interest to law-enforcement officials public policy analysts penologists and criminologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513631

Privatizing Educational ChoiceConsequences for Parents Schools and Public Policy Controversies over the merits of public and private education have never been more prominent than today. This book evaluates public and private schooling especially in regard to choices families must make for their children.While choice among publics schools is widely advocated today by families and states public support for private education - including vouchers tax credits charter schools and private contracting - is politically controversial. The authors accessibly describe what research shows as to the effects - for communities and children - of these approaches. They move beyond school choice to show how other factors - most notably the family - have a strong effect on a child's educational success. The book helps educators and parents better understand the rapidly changing educational environment and the important choices they make in educating the nation's children. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632575

Privatizing EducationCan The School Marketplace Deliver Freedom Of Choice Efficiency Equity And Social Cohesion? Privatizing Educationis a collection of essays written by such luminaries as Martin Carnoy Christopher Connell Wendy Connors Fred Doolittle Pearl Rock Kane Frank Kemerer Christopher Lauricella Arthur Levine Ellen Magenheim Patrick McEwan Lee D. Mitgang David Myers Gary Natriello Caroline Persell Mark Schneider Janelle Scott Geoffrey Walford and Amy Stuart Wells who examine the efforts of some educators reformers investors and political groups to move education from the public to the private sector. This is occurring through tuition tax credits voucher initiatives and for-profit educational management organizations. The volume grows out of a conference that took place at Columbia University's Teachers College which launched the National Center for the Study of Privatization in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098360

Privatizing MalaysiaRents Rhetoric Realities In this first critical multidisciplinary assessment of recent privatization in a developing country the contributors offer valuable lessons for the comparative study of denationalization and related public policy options. After an introductory survey the volume presents broad perspectives on the context formulation and adjustment of privatization policy in Malaysia. The contributors review the distributional implications of specific privatizations for the public interest as well as for consumer and employee welfare. The book concludes with an examination of the economic political and cultural impacts of the privatization of physical infrastructure telecommunications and television programming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284329

Privatizing PeaceHow Commerce Can Reduce Conflict in Space This book explores the privatization of space and its global impact on the future of commerce peace and conflict. As space becomes more congested contested and competitive in the government and the private arenas the talk around space research moves past NASA’s monopoly on academic and cultural imaginations to discuss how Elon Musk’s SpaceX and Jeff Bezos’ Blue Origin is making space "cool" again. This volume addresses the new rhetoric of space race and weaponization with a focus on how the costs of potential conflict in space would discourage open conflict and enable global cooperation. It highlights the increasing dependence of the global economy on space research its democratization plunging costs of access and growing economic potential of space-based assets. Thoughtful nuanced well-documented this book is a must read for scholars and researchers of science and technology studies space studies political studies sociology environmental studies and political economy. It will also be of much interest to policymakers bureaucrats think tanks as well as the interested general reader looking for fresh perspectives on the future of space.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367337834

Privatizing WarA Moral Theory This book offers a comprehensive moral theory of privatization in war. It examines the kind of wars that private actors might wage separate from the state and the kind of wars that private actors might wage as functionaries of the state. The first type of war serves to probe the ad bellum question of whether private actors can justifiably authorize war while the second type of war serves to probe the in bello question of whether private actors can justifiably participate in war. The cases that drive the analysis are drawn from the rich and complicated history of private military action stretching back centuries to the Italian city-states whose mercenaries were reviled by Machiavelli. The book also takes up the hypothetical examples conjured by philosophers—the private protective agencies of Robert Nozick’s Anarchy State and Utopia for example and the private armies of Thomas More’s Utopia. The aim of this book is to propose a theory of privatization that retains currency not only in assessing current military engagements but past and future ones as well. In doing so it also raises a set of important questions about the very enterprise of war. This book will be of much interest to students of ethics political philosophy military studies international relations war and conflict studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803954

Privilege and Diversity in the Academy Over the past several decades higher education has been transformed by the entry of faculty of color and women into the university system. Through detailed institutional ethnographies of three very different universities Privilege and Diversity in the Academy explores how this diversification has dismantled and reconfigured relationships of privilege and diversity in higher education. Authors Maher and Tetreault use examples from a top-ranked private university a comprehensive urban university and a major public university to illustrate how privilege is enacted resisted and transformed as changes occur in the student bodies and faculties of these schools. In their analyses they identify the institutional structures that facilitate the success of a diverse faculty and make valuable observations about patterns of institutional change and resistance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944561

Privilege in the Soviet Union (Routledge Revivals)A Study of Elite Life-Styles under Communism First published in 1978 this unique work throws much-needed light upon the exact nature of privilege and elite life-styles in the contemporary Soviet Union under the Communist regime. Dr Matthews' study places these life-styles in a historical perspective and characterises in sociological terms the people who enjoy them. Dr Matthews has lived for some years in the Soviet Union and this study is based on an extensive programme of personal interviews among emigré groups and a close analysis of original and little-known legal historical sources. There are special sections on the nature of change in the Soviet elite and on social mobility. This reissue will attract interest amongst students and scholars in the fields of history politics and sociology who specialise in the Soviet Union; it will also be of interest to all those concerned with the age-old problem of social equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669689

PrivilegeA Reader Privilege is about more than being white wealthy and male as Michael Kimmel Abby Ferber and a range of contributors make clear in this timely anthology. In an era when 'diversity' is too often shorthand for 'of color' and/or 'female' the personal and analytical essays in this collection explore the multifaceted nature of social location and consider how gender class race sexual orientation (dis)ability and religion interact to create nuanced layers of privilege and oppression. The individual essays (taken together) guide students to a deep understanding of the dynamics of diversity and stratification advantage and power. The fourth edition features thirteen new essays that help students understand the intersectional nature of privilege and oppression and has new introductory essays to contextualize the readings. These enhancements plus the updated pedagogical features of discussion questions and activities at the end of each section encourage students to examine their own beliefs practices and social location. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350035

Privileged AccessPhilosophical Accounts of Self-Knowledge How do you grasp the contents of your mind - your desires your fears your sensations your beliefs? We typically think that we are better able to discern our own mental states than others are. But is this correct? And if it is what explains your special or 'privileged' access to your own states? Privileged Access is a comprehensive anthology of new and seminal essays by leading philosophers about the nature of self-knowledge. Most of the essays are new including specially commissioned contributions from such prominent thinkers as Bermúdez Dretske Lycan Sosa and others but the anthology also includes reprints of classic articles by Boghossian Shoemaker Wright and others. The volume provides for an in-depth understanding of contemporary answers to key philosophical questions which have strongly influenced developments in epistemology ontology and the philosophy of mind since Descartes. Featuring an introductory chapter outlining the main currents of thought about self-knowledge this comprehensive collection of cutting-edge philosophical work will prove an invaluable resource for students and researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258136

Privileged GoodsCommoditization and Its Impact on Environment and Society What are the obstacles in the way of effectively solving the environmental crises of our time? What can we do to overcome them? These may be two of the most important questions heading into the 21st century. Organized human societies have the ability to completely change the world. While we have excelled at building destroying and rebuilding we have not succeeded at conserving preserving and sustaining.Priviledged Goods: Commoditization and Its Impact on Environment and Society suggests that our propensity toward environmental destruction - a tragic flaw of the modern economy - can be understood as a result of hidden economic forces. These forces drive social and economic development towards increasing mobilization of energy and material beyond what is actually needed to achieve general prosperity and meet basic human needs. The author explains the complex concept of commoditization using examples from key sectors of society. Interdisciplinary in scope Privileged Goods: Commoditization and Its Impact on Environment and Society will appeal to a wide variety of environmental professionals. It explains the key concepts discusses the history of public policy analyzes the "appropriate technology" movement of the 70s and compares it to the sustainable development movement of today. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579098

Privity of Contract: The Impact of the Contracts (Right of Third Parties) Act 1999 Privity of Contract offers a unique perspective of how the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 works in practice. Issues covered include: the operation of the doctrine of privity prior to its repeal; the scope and impact of the 1999 Act; and the operation of the 1999 Act in the most important commercial contexts to which it is applicable. It also incorporates discussion and the text of the Law Commission reports whose proposals produced the bill that ultimately passed into law. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781315850337

Prizing Children's LiteratureThe Cultural Politics of Children’s Book Awards Children's book awards have mushroomed since the early twentieth-century and especially since the 1960s when literary prizing became a favored strategy for both commercial promotion and canon-making. There are over 300 awards for English-language titles alone but despite the profound impact of children’s book awards scholars have paid relatively little attention to them. This book is the first scholarly volume devoted to the analysis of Anglophone children's book awards in historical and cultural context. With attention to both political and aesthetic concerns the book offers original and diverse scholarship on prizing practices and their consequences in Australia Canada and especially the United States. Contributors offer both case studies of particular awards and analysis of broader trends in literary evaluation and elevation drawing on theoretical work on canonization and cultural capital. Sections interrogate the complex and often unconscious ideological work of prizing the ongoing tension between formalist awards and so-called identity-based awards — all the more urgent in light of the "We Need Diverse Books" campaign — the ever-morphing forms and parameters of prizing and scholarly practices of prizing. Among the many awards discussed are the Pura Belpré Medal the Inky Awards the Canada Governor General Literary Award the Printz Award the Best Animated Feature Oscar the Phoenix Award and the John Newbery Medal giving due attention to prizes for fiction as well as for non-fiction poetry and film. This volume will interest scholars in literary and cultural studies social history book history sociology education library and information science and anyone concerned with children's literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346560

Pro Tools 11Music Production Recording Editing and Mixing Hone your Pro Tools music production skills and create better tracks with Pro Tools 11: Music Production Recording Editing and Mixing. With Pro Tools 11 you’ll get more than descriptions of Pro Tools features and menus—this book grounds its Pro Tools instruction thoroughly in real-world music production. Learn to leverage this powerful DAW and bend it to your will whether you’re recording and mixing a band or producing a dance track. Get tips that will save you time even if you’re an old hand at Pro Tools. Extensive full-color screenshots visually guide you through the book and an informal writing style keeps you engaged. Includes coverage of additional features incorporated into version 10.3.6 which can be co-installed alongside Pro Tools 11 to allow use of TDM and RTAS plug-in formats. Author Mike Collins an independent music producer and music technology consultant who has worked with Pro Tools since 1991 gives you a frank view of the software without the hype. This book is carefully designed for users with basic music production experience or knowledge but can serve as a quick learning guide for ambitious beginners or as a reference for the advanced or professional user. Pro Tools 11 includes coverage of the application’s new features including: Avid Audio Engine Dynamic Host-based Plug-in Processing Low-latency Input Buffer Offline Bounce Unified Workspace Browser Advanced Metering for Pro Tools HD 11 Co-Install with Pro Tools 10.3.6 Level: Intermediate Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814591

Pro Tools 9Music Production Recording Editing and Mixing Prepare yourself to be a great producer when using Pro Tools in your studio. Pro Tools 9 for Music Production is the definitive guide to the software for new and professional users providing you with all the vital skills you need to know. Covering both the Pro Tools HD and LE this book is extensively illustrated in color and packed with time saving hints and tips it is a great reference to keep on hand as a constant source of information.Detailed chapters on the user interface the MIDI and scoring features recording editing signal processing and mixing blend essential knowledge with tutorials and practical examples from actual recordings. New and updated materials include:*Pro Tools 9 software described in detail*Details of the new functions and features of PT9   *Full color screen shots and equipment photos Pro Tools 9 for Music Production is a vital source of reference for the working professional or serious hobbyist looking for professional results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240522487

Pro Tools for Film and Video This step-by-step guide for editing sound to picture using Pro Tools starts by explaining the Pro Tools systems and covers all key audio topics including equipment sound music effects output and mixing tools to give users the skills needed to work on any project from big budget feature film to amateur DV video in mono stereo or surround sound. Clearly set out and thorough in coverage the book takes a practical real world approach a live 35mm film project runs through the chapters illustrating how different functions are added to a film providing the real detail of how to apply it to an edit. Extensively illustrated in color and packed with time-saving hints and tips the companion website http://www.focalpress.com/cw/angell-9780240520773/ . contains the various Pro Tools sessions of the project film as it moves through audio editing ADR mixing and final 35mm release prints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468405

Pro Tools for Music ProductionRecording Editing and Mixing Pro Tools for Music Production is a definitive guide to the system for new and professional users. Extensively illustrated in colour and packed with time saving hints and tips you will want to keep to hand as a constant source of information. The book takes a real-world approach and shows how to build the right system to suit your needs. Detailed chapters on recording editing and mixing blend essential knowledge with tutorials and practical examples from actual recordings. The second edition features a wealth of new and updated material including: � Pro Tools HD systems explained� Pro Tools 6.1 software (and up to version 6.2.3)� Mac OSX installation and troubleshooting� A new chapter on MIDI� Additional and expanded tutorials� More on Identify Beat Beat Detective and tempo maps� Extra coverage of plug-ins and virtual instruments� How to use Propellerheads Reason and Ableton Live with Pro Tools� What you need to know about the new file management capabilities� How to transfer projects between Pro Tools and other MIDI and audio software and between Pro Tools TDM on the Mac and Pro Tools LE on the PCPro Tools for Music Production is a vital source of reference to keep by your side whether you are a working professional or a serious hobbyist looking for professional results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468382

Pro Tools LE and M-PoweredThe complete guide Pro Tools LE and M-Powered is an authoritative guide to Digidesign's entry-level hardware and software systems. Illustrated throughout with color screen grabs the book starts by giving you useful overviews and advice about the hardware options available. Subsequent chapters are packed with easy-to-follow instructions valuable hints and time-saving tips on how to use the software. Includes:* Full coverage of all new features in version 7* Information on tempos clicks and grooves* Two chapters on MIDI* Useful tutorials on using Reason Live and SampleTank* Recommendations on backups and transfers* Guidance on the DV Toolkit for post productionFor troubleshooting technical problems advice on purchasing decisions or inspiration for new ideas keep this book by your side as a vital reference point. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372030

Proactive Law for ManagersA Hidden Source of Competitive Advantage Savvy managers no longer look at contracts and the law reactively but use them proactively to reduce their costs minimize their risks secure key talent collaborate to innovate protect intellectual property and create value for their customers that is superior to that offered by competitors. To achieve competitive advantage in this way managers need a plan. Proactive Law for Managers provides this plan; The Manager's Legal PlanTM. George Siedel and Helena Haapio first discuss the traditional reactive approach used by many managers when confronted with the law then contrast it with a proactive approach that enables the law and managers' legal capabilities to be used to prevent problems promote successful business and achieve competitive advantage. Proactive Law for Managers shows how to use contracts and the law to create new value and innovate in often neglected areas - and implement ideas in a profitable manner. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602240

Proactive Risk ManagementControlling Uncertainty in Product Development Listed as one of the 30 Best Business Books of 2002 by Executive Book Summaries Proactive Risk Management's unique approach provides a model of risk that is scalable to any size project or program and easily deployable into any product development or project management life cycle. It offers methods for identifying drivers (causes) of risks so you can manage root causes rather than the symptoms of risks. Providing you with an appropriate quantification of the key factors of a risk allows you to prioritize those risks without introducing errors that render the numbers meaningless. This book stands apart from much of the literature on project risk management in its practical easy-to-use fact-based approach to managing all of the risks associated with a project. The depth of actual how-to information and techniques provided here is not available anywhere else. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438743

Proactivity at WorkMaking Things Happen in Organizations As organizations grow increasingly complex and unpredictable the topic of proactivity at work has become of great importance for contemporary workplaces. Proactivity drives performance and innovation of teams and organizations and boosts individuals’ well-being and careers. When individuals are proactive they use their initiative at work to bring about a better future. They scan for opportunities persist until change is achieved and take charge to prevent problems’ future reoccurrence. In this book leading scholars on proactivity from across North America Europe Asia and Australia explore how why and when individuals are motivated to initiate change within their organizations or themselves and examine the consequences of various forms of proactivity at work. Individual chapters explore specific concepts of proactivity such as proactive voice job crafting and career proactivity as well as highlight individual processes and organizational dynamics that underlie successful proactivity at work. By providing insights on key advances and future directions for proactivity theory research and practice Proactivity at Work synthesizes what we already know and identifies what we still need to learn about making things happen at work. This book is relevant to all those involved or interested in Work Psychology and Business including Human Resource Management scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725645

Probabilistic Data Structures for Blockchain-Based Internet of Things Applications This book covers theory and practical knowledge of Probabilistic data structures (PDS) and Blockchain (BC) concepts. It introduces the applicability of PDS in BC to technology practitioners and explains each PDS through code snippets and illustrative examples. Further it provides references for the applications of PDS to BC along with implementation codes in python language for various PDS so that the readers can gain confidence using hands on experience. Organized into five sections the book covers IoT technology fundamental concepts of BC PDS and algorithms used to estimate membership query cardinality similarity and frequency usage of PDS in BC based IoT and so forth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367529901

Probabilistic Foundations of Statistical Network Analysis Probabilistic Foundations of Statistical Network Analysis presents a fresh and insightful perspective on the fundamental tenets and major challenges of modern network analysis. Its lucid exposition provides necessary background for understanding the essential ideas behind exchangeable and dynamic network models network sampling and network statistics such as sparsity and power law all of which play a central role in contemporary data science and machine learning applications. The book rewards readers with a clear and intuitive understanding of the subtle interplay between basic principles of statistical inference empirical properties of network data and technical concepts from probability theory. Its mathematically rigorous yet non-technical exposition makes the book accessible to professional data scientists statisticians and computer scientists as well as practitioners and researchers in substantive fields. Newcomers and non-quantitative researchers will find its conceptual approach invaluable for developing intuition about technical ideas from statistics and probability while experts and graduate students will find the book a handy reference for a wide range of new topics including edge exchangeability relative exchangeability graphon and graphex models and graph-valued Levy process and rewiring models for dynamic networks. The author’s incisive commentary supplements these core concepts challenging the reader to push beyond the current limitations of this emerging discipline. With an approachable exposition and more than 50 open research problems and exercises with solutions this book is ideal for advanced undergraduate and graduate students interested in modern network analysis data science machine learning and statistics. Harry Crane is Associate Professor and Co-Director of the Graduate Program in Statistics and Biostatistics and an Associate Member of the Graduate Faculty in Philosophy at Rutgers University. Professor Crane’s research interests cover a range of mathematical and applied topics in network science probability theory statistical inference and mathematical logic. In addition to his technical work on edge and relational exchangeability relative exchangeability and graph-valued Markov processes Prof. Crane’s methods have been applied to domain-specific cybersecurity and counterterrorism problems at the Foreign Policy Research Institute and RAND’s Project AIR FORCE. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138630154

Probabilistic Methods in Geotechnical EngineeringProceedings of the conference Canberra 10-12 February 1993 The proceedings of this conference contain keynote addresses on recent developments in geotechnical reliability and limit state design in geotechnics. It also contains invited lectures on such topics as modelling of soil variability simulation of random fields and probability of rock joints.Contents: Keynote addresses on recent development on geotechnical reliability and limit state design in geotechnics and invited lectures on modelling of soil variability simulation of random field probabilistic of rock joints and probabilistic design of foundations and slopes. Other papers on analytical techniques in geotechnical reliability modelling of soil properties and probabilistic analysis of slopes embankments and foundations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077749

Probability Statistics And Decision Making In The Atmospheric Sciences Methodology drawn from the fields of probability. statistics and decision making plays an increasingly important role in the atmosphericsciences. both in basic and applied research and in experimental and operational studies. Applications of such methodology can be found in almost every facet of the discipline. from the most theoretical and global (e.g. atmospheric predictability. global climate modeling) to the most practical and local (e.g. crop-weather modeling forecast evaluation). Almost every issue of the multitude of journals published by the atmospheric sciences community now contain some or more papers involving applications of concepts and/or methodology from the fields of probability and statistics. Despite the increasingly pervasive nature of such applications. very few book length treatments of probabilistic and statistical topics of particular interest to atmospheric scientists have appeared (especially inEnglish) since the publication of the pioneering works of Brooks andCarruthers (Handbook of Statistical Methods in Meteorology) in 1953 and Panofsky and Brier-(some Applications of)statistics to Meteor) in 1958. As a result. many relatively recent developments in probability and statistics are not well known to atmospheric scientists and recent work in active areas of meteorological research involving significant applications of probabilistic and statistical methods are not familiar to the meteorological community as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367284336

Probability Statistics and Reliability for Engineers and Scientists In a technological society virtually every engineer and scientist needs to be able to collect analyze interpret and properly use vast arrays of data. This means acquiring a solid foundation in the methods of data analysis and synthesis. Understanding the theoretical aspects is important but learning to properly apply the theory to real-world problems is essential. Probability Statistics and Reliability for Engineers and Scientists Third Edition introduces the fundamentals of probability statistics reliability and risk methods to engineers and scientists for the purposes of data and uncertainty analysis and modeling in support of decision making. The third edition of this bestselling text presents probability statistics reliability and risk methods with an ideal balance of theory and applications. Clearly written and firmly focused on the practical use of these methods it places increased emphasis on simulation particularly as a modeling tool applying it progressively with projects that continue in each chapter. This provides a measure of continuity and shows the broad use of simulation as a computational tool to inform decision making processes. This edition also features expanded discussions of the analysis of variance including single- and two-factor analyses and a thorough treatment of Monte Carlo simulation. The authors not only clearly establish the limitations advantages and disadvantages of each method but also show that data analysis is a continuum rather than the isolated application of different methods. Like its predecessors this book continues to serve its purpose well as both a textbook and a reference. Ultimately readers will find the content of great value in problem solving and decision making particularly in practical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439809518

Probability Statistics and Stochastic Processes for Engineers and Scientists Featuring recent advances in the field this new textbook presents probability and statistics and their applications in stochastic processes. This book presents key information for understanding the essential aspects of basic probability theory and concepts of reliability as an application. The purpose of this book is to provide an option in this field that combines these areas in one book balances both theory and practical applications and also keeps the practitioners in mind. Features Includes numerous examples using current technologies with applications in various fields of study Offers many practical applications of probability in queueing models all of which are related to the appropriate stochastic processes (continuous time such as waiting time and fuzzy and discrete time like the classic Gambler’s Ruin Problem) Presents different current topics like probability distributions used in real-world applications of statistics such as climate control and pollution Different types of computer software such as MATLAB® Minitab MS Excel and R as options for illustration programing and calculation purposes and data analysis Covers reliability and its application in network queues Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815375906

Probability Statistics and Other Frightening Stuff Probability Statistics and Other Frightening Stuff (Volume II of the Working Guides to Estimating & Forecasting series) considers many of the commonly used Descriptive Statistics in the world of estimating and forecasting. It considers values that are representative of the ‘middle ground’ (Measures of Central Tendency) and the degree of data scatter (Measures of Dispersion and Shape) around the ‘middle ground’ values. A number of Probability Distributions and where they might be used are discussed along with some fascinating and useful ‘rules of thumb’ or short-cut properties that estimators and forecasters can exploit in plying their trade. With the help of a ‘Correlation Chicken’ the concept of partial correlation is explained including how the estimator or forecaster can exploit this in reflecting varying levels of independence and imperfect dependence between an output or predicted value (such as cost) and an input or predictor variable such as size. Under the guise of ‘Tails of the unexpected’ the book concludes with two chapters devoted to Hypothesis Testing (or knowing when to accept or reject the validity of an assumed estimating relationship) and a number of statistically-based tests to help the estimator to decide whether to include or exclude a data point as an ‘outlier’ one that appears not to be representative of that which the estimator is tasked to produce. This is a valuable resource for estimators engineers accountants project risk specialists as well as students of cost engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065031

Probability and Bayesian Modeling Probability and Bayesian Modeling is an introduction to probability and Bayesian thinking for undergraduate students with a calculus background. The first part of the book provides a broad view of probability including foundations conditional probability discrete and continuous distributions and joint distributions. Statistical inference is presented completely from a Bayesian perspective. The text introduces inference and prediction for a single proportion and a single mean from Normal sampling. After fundamentals of Markov Chain Monte Carlo algorithms are introduced Bayesian inference is described for hierarchical and regression models including logistic regression. The book presents several case studies motivated by some historical Bayesian studies and the authors’ research. This text reflects modern Bayesian statistical practice. Simulation is introduced in all the probability chapters and extensively used in the Bayesian material to simulate from the posterior and predictive distributions. One chapter describes the basic tenets of Metropolis and Gibbs sampling algorithms; however several chapters introduce the fundamentals of Bayesian inference for conjugate priors to deepen understanding. Strategies for constructing prior distributions are described in situations when one has substantial prior information and for cases where one has weak prior knowledge. One chapter introduces hierarchical Bayesian modeling as a practical way of combining data from different groups. There is an extensive discussion of Bayesian regression models including the construction of informative priors inference about functions of the parameters of interest prediction and model selection. The text uses JAGS (Just Another Gibbs Sampler) as a general-purpose computational method for simulating from posterior distributions for a variety of Bayesian models. An R package ProbBayes is available containing all of the book datasets and special functions for illustrating concepts from the book. A complete solutions manual is available for instructors who adopt the book in the Additional Resources section. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138492561

Probability and Random Processes for Electrical and Computer Engineers With updates and enhancements to the incredibly successful first edition Probability and Random Processes for Electrical and Computer Engineers Second Edition retains the best aspects of the original but offers an even more potent introduction to probability and random variables and processes. Written in a clear concise style that illustrates the subject’s relevance to a wide range of areas in engineering and physical and computer sciences this text is organized into two parts. The first focuses on the probability model random variables and transformations and inequalities and limit theorems. The second deals with several types of random processes and queuing theory. New or Updated for the Second Edition: A short new chapter on random vectors that adds some advanced new material and supports topics associated with discrete random processes Reorganized chapters that further clarify topics such as random processes (including Markov and Poisson) and analysis in the time and frequency domain A large collection of new MATLAB®-based problems and computer projects/assignments  Each Chapter Contains at Least Two Computer Assignments Maintaining the simplified intuitive style that proved effective the first time this edition integrates corrections and improvements based on feedback from students and teachers. Focused on strengthening the reader’s grasp of underlying mathematical concepts the book combines an abundance of practical applications examples and other tools to simplify unnecessarily difficult solutions to varying engineering problems in communications signal processing networks and associated fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439826980

Probability and Statistical Inference Priced very competitively compared with other textbooks at this level!This gracefully organized textbook reveals the rigorous theory of probability and statistical inference in the style of a tutorial using worked examples exercises numerous figures and tables and computer simulations to develop and illustrate concepts. Beginning with an introduction to the basic ideas and techniques in probability theory and progressing to more rigorous topics Probability and Statistical Inferencestudies the Helmert transformation for normal distributions and the waiting time between failures for exponential distributions develops notions of convergence in probability and distribution spotlights the central limit theorem (CLT) for the sample variance introduces sampling distributions and the Cornish-Fisher expansions concentrates on the fundamentals of sufficiency information completeness and ancillarity explains Basu's Theorem as well as location scale and location-scale families of distributions covers moment estimators maximum likelihood estimators (MLE) Rao-Blackwellization and the Cramér-Rao inequality discusses uniformly minimum variance unbiased estimators (UMVUE) and Lehmann-Scheffé Theorems focuses on the Neyman-Pearson theory of most powerful (MP) and uniformly most powerful (UMP) tests of hypotheses as well as confidence intervals includes the likelihood ratio (LR) tests for the mean variance and correlation coefficient summarizes Bayesian methods describes the monotone likelihood ratio (MLR) property handles variance stabilizing transformations provides a historical context for statistics and statistical discoveries showcases great statisticians through biographical notes Employing over 1400 equations to reinforce its subject matter Probability and Statistical Inference is a groundbreaking text for first-year graduate and upper-level undergraduate courses in probability and statistical inference who have completed a calculus prerequisite as well as a supplemental text for classes in Advanced Statistical Inference or Decision Theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659493

Probability and Statistical Models with Applications This monograph of carefully collected articles reviews recent developments in theoretical and applied statistical science highlights current noteworthy results and illustrates their applications; and points out possible new directions to pursue. With its enlightening account of statistical discoveries and its numerous figures and tables Probability and Statistical Models with Applications is a must read for probabilists and theoretical and applied statisticians. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367578923

Probability and Statistics Applications for Environmental Science Simple clear and to the point Probability and Statistics Applications for Environmental Science delineates the fundamentals of statistics imparting a basic understanding of the theory and mechanics of the calculations. User-friendliness uncomplicated explanations and coverage of example applications in the environmental field set this book apart from other textbooks on the same subject.Striking a balance between theory and applied mathematics the material is divided into three parts. Part I sets the stage with coverage of principles and fundamentals such as set notation probability distributions and the estimation of the mean and variance. Part II discusses traditional statistics applications centering around the uses of probability distributions including how they relate to reliability and failure theory. The authors elucidate many of the important distributions Monte Carlo methods and fault and event trees. Part III delves into what some have come to define as contemporary statistics. It covers hypothesis testing Student's t and chi-square tests regression analysis analysis of variance (ANOVA) and nonparametric tests. The book's coverage is thorough its presentation logical and geared to student's needs. It includes problems and solutions within the text and tables a glossary of terms and an introduction to design of experiments in the appendices. The authors known for their meticulously accurate articulate and practical writing style master the difficult task of explaining very complicated subject matter in a way that is easily understood. The book features a clear concise presentation that makes both teaching and learning easier. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453169

Probability and Statistics for Computer Scientists Praise for the Second Edition: "The author has done his homework on the statistical tools needed for the particular challenges computer scientists encounter... [He] has taken great care to select examples that are interesting and practical for computer scientists. ... The content is illustrated with numerous figures and concludes with appendices and an index. The book is erudite and … could work well as a required text for an advanced undergraduate or graduate course." ---Computing Reviews Probability and Statistics for Computer Scientists Third Edition helps students understand fundamental concepts of Probability and Statistics general methods of stochastic modeling simulation queuing and statistical data analysis; make optimal decisions under uncertainty; model and evaluate computer systems; and prepare for advanced probability-based courses. Written in a lively style with simple language and now including R as well as MATLAB this classroom-tested book can be used for one- or two-semester courses. Features: Axiomatic introduction of probability Expanded coverage of statistical inference and data analysis including estimation and testing Bayesian approach multivariate regression chi-square tests for independence and goodness of fit nonparametric statistics and bootstrap Numerous motivating examples and exercises including computer projects Fully annotated R codes in parallel to MATLAB Applications in computer science software engineering telecommunications and related areas In-Depth yet Accessible Treatment of Computer Science-Related TopicsStarting with the fundamentals of probability the text takes students through topics heavily featured in modern computer science computer engineering software engineering and associated fields such as computer simulations Monte Carlo methods stochastic processes Markov chains queuing theory statistical inference and regression. It also meets the requirements of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). About the Author Michael Baron is David Carroll Professor of Mathematics and Statistics at American University in Washington D. C. He conducts research in sequential analysis and optimal stopping change-point detection Bayesian inference and applications of statistics in epidemiology clinical trials semiconductor manufacturing and other fields. M. Baron is a Fellow of the American Statistical Association and a recipient of the Abraham Wald Prize for the best paper in Sequential Analysis and the Regents Outstanding Teaching Award. M. Baron holds a Ph.D. in statistics from the University of Maryland. In his turn he supervised twelve doctoral students mostly employed on academic and research positions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138044487

Probability and Statistics for Data ScienceMath + R + Data Probability and Statistics for Data Science: Math + R + Data covers "math stat"—distributions expected value estimation etc.—but takes the phrase "Data Science" in the title quite seriously: * Real datasets are used extensively. * All data analysis is supported by R coding. * Includes many Data Science applications such as PCA mixture distributions random graph models Hidden Markov models linear and logistic regression and neural networks. * Leads the student to think critically about the "how" and "why" of statistics and to "see the big picture." * Not "theorem/proof"-oriented but concepts and models are stated in a mathematically precise manner. Prerequisites are calculus some matrix algebra and some experience in programming. Norman Matloff is a professor of computer science at the University of California Davis and was formerly a statistics professor there. He is on the editorial boards of the Journal of Statistical Software and The R Journal. His book Statistical Regression and Classification: From Linear Models to Machine Learning was the recipient of the Ziegel Award for the best book reviewed in Technometrics in 2017. He is a recipient of his university's Distinguished Teaching Award. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138393295

Probability and Statistics with R Cohesively Incorporates Statistical Theory with R Implementation Since the publication of the popular first edition of this comprehensive textbook the contributed R packages on CRAN have increased from around 1 000 to over 6 000. Designed for an intermediate undergraduate course Probability and Statistics with R Second Edition explores how some of these new packages make analysis easier and more intuitive as well as create more visually pleasing graphs. New to the Second Edition Improvements to existing examples problems concepts data and functions New examples and exercises that use the most modern functions Coverage probability of a confidence interval and model validation Highlighted R code for calculations and graph creation Gets Students Up to Date on Practical Statistical Topics Keeping pace with today’s statistical landscape this textbook expands your students’ knowledge of the practice of statistics. It effectively links statistical concepts with R procedures empowering students to solve a vast array of real statistical problems with R. Web Resources A supplementary website offers solutions to odd exercises and templates for homework assignments while the data sets and R functions are available on CRAN. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466504394

Probability and StatisticsA Didactic Introduction With contributions by leaders in the field this book provides a comprehensive introduction to the foundations of probability and statistics. Each of the chapters covers a major topic and offers an intuitive view of the subject matter methodologies concepts terms and related applications. The book is suitable for use for entry level courses in first year university studies of Science and Engineering higher level courses postgraduate university studies and for the research community. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482219777

Probability and Stochastic Modeling Second Editon Probability and Stochastic Modeling not only covers all the topics found in a traditional introductory probability course but also emphasizes stochastic modeling including Markov chains birth-death processes and reliability models. Unlike most undergraduate-level probability texts the book also focuses on increasingly important areas such as martingales classification of dependency structures and risk evaluation. Numerous examples exercises and models using real-world data demonstrate the practical possibilities and restrictions of different approaches and help students grasp general concepts and theoretical results. The text is suitable for majors in mathematics and statistics as well as majors in computer science economics finance and physics. The author offers two explicit options to teaching the material which is reflected in "routes" designated by special "roadside" markers. The first route contains basic self-contained material for a one-semester course. The second provides a more complete exposition for a two-semester course or self-study. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367380946

Probability Foundations for Engineers Suitable for a first course in probability theory and designed specifically for industrial engineering and operations management students Probability Foundations for Engineers covers theory in an accessible manner and includes numerous practical examples based on engineering applications. Essentially everyone understands and deals with probability every day in their normal lives. Nevertheless for some reason when engineering students who have good math skills are presented with the mathematics of probability theory there is a disconnect somewhere. The book begins with a summary of set theory and then introduces probability and its axioms. The author has carefully avoided a theorem-proof type of presentation. He includes all of the theory but presents it in a conversational rather than formal manner while relying on the assumption that undergraduate engineering students have a solid mastery of calculus. He explains mathematical theory by demonstrating how it is used with examples based on engineering applications. An important aspect of the text is the fact that examples are not presented in terms of "balls in urns". Many examples relate to gambling with coins dice and cards but most are based on observable physical phenomena familiar to engineering students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075078

Probability Foundations of Economic Theory First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756402

Probability in Economics Notions of probability and uncertainty have been increasingly prominant in modern economics. This book considers the philosophical and practical difficulties inherent in integrating these concepts into realistic economic situations. It outlines and evaluates the major developments indicating where further work is needed. This book addresses: * probability utility and rationality within current economic thought and practice * concepts of ignorance and indeterminancy * experimental economics * econometrics with particular reference inference and estimation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862141

Probability is All We HaveUncertainties Delays and Environmental Policy Making First published in 1990. In this study the author suggests ways that policy-makers can think about environmental policy choice that responds to the importance of uncertainty and delay. Hammitt describes several tools for environmental policy analysis and illustrates their application to important policy issues. In the first part of the book dealing with stratospheric-ozone depletion the author describes techniques for accommodating outcome uncertainties. The second part of the study considers the health risks associated with pesticide residues on food. The final section addresses the issue of potential global climate change and describes how the tools explored can be applied to this new challenge. This book should be of greatest interest to academic government and industry analysts and others concerned with improving methods for environmental-policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190323

Probability Methods for Cost Uncertainty AnalysisA Systems Engineering Perspective Second Edition Probability Methods for Cost Uncertainty Analysis: A Systems Engineering Perspective Second Edition gives you a thorough grounding in the analytical methods needed for modeling and measuring uncertainty in the cost of engineering systems. This includes the treatment of correlation between the cost of system elements how to present the analysis to decision-makers and the use of bivariate probability distributions to capture joint interactions between a system’s cost and schedule. Analytical techniques from probability theory are stressed along with the Monte Carlo simulation method. Numerous examples and case discussions illustrate the practical application of theoretical concepts.While the original chapters from the first edition remain unchanged this second edition contains new material focusing on the application of theory to problems encountered in practice. Highlights include the use of GERM to build development and production cost estimating relationships as well as the eSBM which was developed from a need in the community to offer simplified analytical alternatives to advanced probability-based approaches. The book also lists the major technical works of the late Dr. Stephen A. Book a mathematician and world-renowned cost analyst whose contributions advanced the theory and practice of cost risk analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367737429

Probability Models in Operations Research Industrial engineering has expanded from its origins in manufacturing to transportation health care logistics services and more. A common denominator among all these industries and one of the biggest challenges facing decision-makers is the unpredictability of systems. Probability Models in Operations Research provides a comprehensive overview of the probabilistic and stochastic modeling approaches commonly used to capture the randomness in industrial and systems engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387044

Probability Theory and Mathematical Statistics for Engineers Probability Theory and Statistical Methods for Engineers brings together probability theory with the more practical applications of statistics bridging theory and practice. It gives a series of methods or recipes which can be applied to specific problems.This book is essential reading for practicing engineers who need a sound background knowledge of probabilistic and statistical concepts and methods of analysis for their everyday work. It is also a useful guide for graduate engineering students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446529

Probability With a View Towards Statistics Volume I Volume I of this two-volume text and reference work begins by providing a foundation in measure and integration theory. It then offers a systematic introduction to probability theory and in particular those parts that are used in statistics. This volume discusses the law of large numbers for independent and non-independent random variables transforms special distributions convergence in law the central limit theorem for normal and infinitely divisible laws conditional expectations and martingales. Unusual topics include the uniqueness and convergence theorem for general transforms with characteristic functions Laplace transforms moment transforms and generating functions as special examples. The text contains substantive applications e.g. epidemic models the ballot problem stock market models and water reservoir models and discussion of the historical background. The exercise sets contain a variety of problems ranging from simple exercises to extensions of the theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742013

Probability With a View Towards Statistics Volume II Volume II of this two-volume text and reference work concentrates on the applications of probability theory to statistics e.g. the art of calculating densities of complicated transformations of random vectors exponential models consistency of maximum estimators and asymptotic normality of maximum estimators. It also discusses topics of a pure probabilistic nature such as stochastic processes regular conditional probabilities strong Markov chains random walks and optimal stopping strategies in random games. Unusual topics include the transformation theory of densities using Hausdorff measures the consistency theory using the upper definition function and the asymptotic normality of maximum estimators using twice stochastic differentiability. With an emphasis on applications to statistics this is a continuation of the first volume though it may be used independently of that book. Assuming a knowledge of linear algebra and analysis as well as a course in modern probability Volume II looks at statistics from a probabilistic point of view touching only slightly on the practical computation aspects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203742006

Probate Inventories of French Immigrants in Early Modern London Probate inventories provide an unparalleled and intimate glimpse into the lives of the inhabitants of early modern England. After death the items within the deceased’s home would frequently be itemised and valued room-by-room. As well as providing invaluable information about the rich diversity and value of domestic material culture the inventories also offer insights into the different tastes domestic arrangements and range of activities that took place within the early modern home. Inventories also enable scholars to reconstruct the informal social and business networks that are crucial for understanding this period but which might otherwise remain hidden. By offering a critical introduction to the use of probate inventories for historical research and by providing transcriptions of inventories from French immigrants to early modern London this book provides a new and important resource for students and researchers interested in the early modern household material culture studies and the domestic lives of the Huguenot refugees. The book begins with a detailed introduction that provides historical background on the French immigrant community in London. This is followed by an original analysis of the key differences that existed between French and English domestic interiors during this period along with a discussion of how these trends are visible within the included inventories. The book subsequently provides a critical discussion of the issues and challenges involved in studying probate inventories and the difficulties in their interpretation. Following a description of the methodology used for the current study and the general characteristics of the sample included the volume provides transcriptions of ninety-two probate inventories from members of London’s Huguenot community. In addition the book contains a fully referenced historical glossary of the items of early modern material culture listed within the inventories. Taken together the book ha Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472420855

Probation This book provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to probation. It brings together themes of policy theory and practice to help students and practitioners better understand the work of probation its limitations its potential but above all its value. Setting probation in the context of the criminal justice system the book explores its history purposes and contemporary significance. It explains what probation is and the practical realities of working with offenders in the community. The book also covers the governance of probation and how policy and practice are responding to contemporary concerns about crime and community safety. This book encourages readers to appreciate the practical and theoretical strengths and shortcomings of contemporary probation practice. This revised and updated new edition includes a full description and discussion of recent reforms in the probation service and the Transforming Rehabilitation policy agenda. It also offers further discussion of international perspectives on probation including international developments and collaborative efforts between countries. This book is essential reading for trainee probation officers and students taking courses on probation offender management treatment and rehabilitation working with offenders and community justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222786

Probation and Parole Probation and Parole Departments must provide for the protection of society as well as the rehabilitation of the offending individual. Probation and Parole: Current Issues presents leading authorities offering various broad and specific aspects of the controversial topic along with the latest research. This handy source provides illustrative examples of current hot button issues and can be used as an excellent core or complement textbook for a probation and parole class. Issues discussed range broadly from mental health considerations to rehabilitation options. The book provides wide multi-national perspectives of the issues including research and comparisons on juvenile recidivism between the United States and Australia. This crucial work provides a detailed look at the research on individuals in the system the programs for those citizens that are successful and those methods that may be ineffective. A study is also presented with data on the positive impact of Assertive Community Treatment workers who provide mental health treatment in the community. The book is extensively referenced and includes several figures and tables to clearly present data. This book is a useful resource for educators students and anyone in the probation and parole field. It was published as a special issue of the Journal of Offender Rehabilitation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877365

Probation and Privatisation Privatisation was introduced into the probation service on the 1st June 2014 whereby work with medium and low risk offenders went to a number of private and voluntary bodies work with high risk offenders remained with the State. The National Probation Service (NPS) covered State work whilst the 35 existing Probation Trusts were replaced by 21 Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). Staff were allocated to either side of the divide but all remained as probation officers. The effect was that the existing probation service lost control of all but 30 000 of the most high risk cases with the other 220 000 low to medium risk offenders being farmed out to private firms. Privatisation was justified as the only available way of achieving important policy objectives of extending post release supervision to offenders on short sentences a group who are the most prolific offenders with high reconviction rates yet who receive no statutory support. This book describes the process by which the probation service became privatised assessing its impact on the probation service itself and on the criminal justice system generally. It considers both the justifications for privatisation as well as the criticisms of it and asks to what extent the probation service can survive such changes and what future it has as a service dedicated to the welfare of offenders. It demonstrates how the privatisation of probation can be seen as a trend away from traditional public service in criminal justice towards an emphasis on efficiency and cost effectiveness. This book is essential reading for criminology students engaged with criminal justice social policy probation punishment and working with offenders. It will also be key reading for practitioners and policy makers in jurisdictions where there is an interest in extending their own privatisation practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353980

Probation Practice and the New PenologyPractitioner Reflections The criminal justice system has been in a state of flux in recent decades accompanied by growing levels of insecurity and intolerance of crime and offenders among the general population. Along with government policy and practice these developments are seen as contributing to an increasingly punitive system that imprisons more than ever before and seeks to punish and manage offenders in the community rather than to attempt their rehabilitation. For these reasons along with a loss of faith in rehabilitation the probation service is now described by many as having become a law enforcement agency charged by government with the assessment and management of risk the protection of the public and the management and punishment of offenders rather than their transformation into pro-social citizens. This book explores the extent to which practitioners within the National Probation Service for England and Wales and the National Offender Management Service ascribe to the values attitudes and beliefs associated with these macro and mezzo level changes and how much their practice has changed accordingly. By viewing examples of 'real' practice through the lens of the modernisation of public services managerialism and theories of organisation change the book considers how 'real' practice is likely to emerge as something unpredictable and perhaps different from the intentions of both government/management and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268128

Probationary AmericansContemporary Immigration Policies and the Shaping of Asian American Communities Probationary Americans examines contemporary immigration rules and how they affect the make-up of immigrant communities. The authors' key argument is that immigration policies place race and class as important criteria for gaining entry to the United States and in doing so alter the makeup of America's immigrant communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203619407

ProbationKey Readings Probation: Key Readings presents a comprehensive selection of ‘key readings’ in community penalties. It is divided into six sections each with a detailed introduction from the editors. Section one showcases central policy perspectives on the role tasks and significance of the probation service since its inception in 1907 demonstrating the key shifts in political opinion that have taken place. Section two considers the history and development of probation and other community penalties including accounts of the emergence and origins of such penalties. Section three looks more theoretically at these developments illustrating the extent of professional and academic debate about the purpose of probation in a changing criminal justice climate through the models of practice that have been proposed and elaborated at different times in the history of the service. Section four examines practice including some of the key programmes that have been developed such as day centres drug programmes intensive supervision projects together with innovative experiments in community engagement. It covers various techniques and approaches to working with offenders such as casework groupwork and partnership working. The fifth section includes various articles on the theme of diversity a longstanding concern of probation staff. Finally section six looks at the arguments around effectiveness including how it is measured and the Nothing Works/What Works debate. Probation: Key Readings will be essential reading for practitioners trainees and students of probation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671491

Probing PhotosynthesisMechanism Regulation & Adaptation Probing Photosynthesis represents the cutting edge of research on photosynthesis and provides details of experimental approaches that have been adopted to understand it's complex regulatory and adaptive processes. Its twenty seven chapters have been divided into four sections: Evolution structure and function; Biodiversity metabolism and regulatio Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429179549

Probing Understanding First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203761342

Probiotic BacteriaFundamentals Therapy and Technological Aspects Complied by an expert editorial team with noteworthy and remarkable experience this book covers technological aspects related to probiotics not only in terms of delivery modes but also in terms of protection technologies. It includes discussions of their therapeutic and physiologic implications and benefits and provides a contemporary update and a holistic review of the topic. It focuses on the technological aspects of probiotic products brings together the information needed for their successful development and examines the international picture regarding regulatory issues. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411622

Probiotic Foods in Health and Disease A blend of fundamental and applied research related to their use this volume looks at how probiotics can enhance human health. The book covers all aspects of intestinal microflora and offers a comprehensive review of the broad array of effects that can be attributed to probiotic usage. While the focus remains on the latest and most exciting findings in the field of gut health this book also opens a window to the possible role of probiotics beyond the gut such as in oral health care allergic disorders and women's health. The book also reviews pertinent legislation regulating the use of probiotics across the globe with special emphasis on Japan a country that pioneered the establishment of a regulatory framework for functional foods. Each chapter summarizes a topic reviews current research and discusses future direction. Most of the references that have been cited in the book chapters are recent. The methods applied make use of modern methodologies and good controls and apply rational explanations for the probiotic benefits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138451988

Probiotics and Prebiotics in Food Nutrition and Health Presenting the work of international experts who discuss all aspects of probiotics and prebiotics this volume reviews current scientific understanding and research being conducted in this area. The book examines the sources and production of probiotics and prebiotics. It explores their use in gastrointestinal disorders infections cancer prevention allergies asthma and other disorders. It also discusses the use of these supplements in infant elderly and animal nutrition and reviews regulations and safety issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466586239

Probiotics in Food Safety and Human Health The discovery of new and previously unknown organisms that cause foodborne illness makes it essential for scientists regulators and those in the food industry to reconsider their traditional approaches to food preservation. A single source reference that can provide the latest practical information on how to deal with the range of probiotic health issues that have recently arisen would be invaluable to have.  Probiotics in Food Safety and Human Health is that resource. It presents an in-depth characterization and diagnosis of probiotic strains and their mechanisms of action in humans explains the role food applications have in the development of new products that guard against gastrointestinal diseases and addresses the current regulatory environment. The material in each chapter is written in an accessible format by internationally renowned experts and includes citations from scientific literature. Highlights include a thorough discussion of probiotic issues such as pre- and postharvest food safety applications of probiotics genetic engineering and probiotic identification. The book also presents information on new regulations and emerging trends in the two major probiotics markets in the world Europe and Japan. Unique in its depth and breadth of scope Probiotics in Food Safety and Human Health provides vital information to those who need to be knowledgeable of the functional properties of foods aimed at improving human health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391997

Probiotics in Improving Human Health The book has been divided into chapters which will guide the readers for better understanding for different aspects starting from isolation to usage and safety of probiotics. It also includes the mechanisms of action animal and human studies as a support for these properties. The book covers the various probiotic products available in the market and discusses the functional roles of probiotics in human health for the well-being by analyzing different intestinal disorders. It highlights the ability of probiotics to modulate gut microbiota and dietary management. It discusses various advancements made towards the preparation of probiotic food in the market. In totality the book gives an overview of the fundamental concepts mechanisms therapeutic actions technological aspects and future research related with probiotic bacteria.Note: T& F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. This title is co-published with NIPA. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367492670

Probiotics in Mental Health The concept that the gut and brain are intricately linked is widely accepted not just within the lay community but increasingly within scientific and therapeutic circles as well. Terms such as "heartache" and "gut wrenching" are more than mere metaphor they represent key fundamental aspects of human experience which all individuals will invariably endure from time to time. The relationship between the gut and brain is complex but fundamental to health and wellbeing. Increasing and compelling evidence supports the existence of a relationship between the health and status of the gut and the manifestation of significant psychopathology. Uniquely within the field of mental health and psychiatry the role of gut flora and probiotics in both the understanding and treatment of mental illness represents an emerging science whether the potential for therapeutic intervention through the use of probiotics offers an opportunity to determine efficacy within a coherent evidence-based model of both action and pathology or moreover offers interventions that are comparatively benign compared to the side-effect profile associated with most drugs used to treat mental illness. Probiotics in Mental Health examines the role of probiotics in a range of clinical presentations associated with significant psychopathology and facilitates a reconsideration of how mental illness may be conceptualised within a coherent gut-brain model of health and wellbeing. Under the rubric of enhancing wellbeing rather than dwelling on illness and disease this exciting new volume not only comprises the latest evidence in the field but also advocates an approach characterised by the understanding of mental disorder within an evidence-based model and the pursuit of mental health and wellbeing through the most benign of interventions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466573567

ProbioticsImmunobiotics and Immunogenics Written by international experts this book reviews recent cutting-edge research on the use of immunoregulatory probiotics (immunobiotics) and their bioactive compounds (immunogenics) to prevent disease and improve health. Each chapter provides critical insight reviews current research discusses future perspective and stimulates discussion. The book also dicsusses novel applications of immunobiotics such as their use in respiratory infections and regulation of the interaction between inflammation and coagulation as well as their effect on hematopoiesis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482206845

Problem Analysis This book explores the relationship between problem analysis leadership decision making and change. It contains many problem scenarios case studies and vignettes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472846

Problem Based PsychiatryVolume 3 Treatment This revised text presents student doctors mental health nurses social workers occupational therapists mental health advocates and mental health therapists with a problem-based approach to psychiatry. It contains numerous case studies allowing a problem-based approach to core information and reflecting the processes that underlie clinical decision making. This second edition is upgraded expanded and updated including details of the best modern web based resources. Its problem-based approach to teaching is at the forefront of the delivery of modern medical school curricula and includes additional new case scenarios and current opinion on mental disorders and their treatment using both drug therapy and psychotherapy. It fully reflects the latest practice and recent changes in mental health provision. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379883

Problem Behaviour and People with Severe Learning DisabilitiesThe S.T.A.R Approach First published in 1994. This book is a practical guide for those involved in the daily care education and development of people with learning disabilities and additional behavioural and emotional disturbances. It will assist professional helpers in understanding the nature of an individual’s difficulties and in developing interventions aimed at alleviating them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605299

Problem Behaviour in the Secondary SchoolA Systems Approach First published in 1981. The inadequacy of traditional ‘solutions’ is nowhere more apparent than in the area of problem behaviour in secondary schools. Neither tough-minded punishment nor tender-minded treatment seems to be the answer. But the practical failure is also a theoretical one since it misconstrues the determinants of behaviour. Taking a system perspective Bill Gillham argues in his introductory chapter that ‘our conception of the individual has been too narrow’ so that both treatment and punishment approaches have missed out important elements in an adequate psychology of individuals: the roles they fill the tasks they perform the people they encounter – and the institutional settings where all these are experienced. Drawing together a wide range of theory evidence and practice the present book makes out a case for a school-centred interactionist approach to dealing with problem behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587762

Problem DrinkingA Person-Centred Dialogue This book provides a new realism in understanding the world of alcohol counselling. It uses dialogue to enable the reader to appreciate the nature of counselling a person with an alcohol problem through the application of person-centred counselling theory. It provides deep insights into what goes on in counselling sessions and how this links into the counsellor's own supervision. It is essential reading for all counselling trainers supervisors and trainees provides useful approaches and frameworks for other caring professions and includes many valuable insights for clients themselves. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377247

Problem GirlsUnderstanding and Supporting Troubled and Troublesome Girls and Young Women This book explores the issues surrounding girls and young women who are seen as troubled or troublesome. It sets out to further our understanding of young women who face or cause difficulties offering a diverse and complex view. Recognising the increasing importance of schools as the primary source of support for girls and young women the chapters discuss the implications for practice of teachers and other professionals covering important issues like: girls' classroom behaviour mental health problems violence and sexuality exclusion and community offences. By presenting a range of theoretical perspectives readers of this book will be encouraged to reflect on what underpins the actions of girls and young women and take their voices seriously. It will be essential reading for practitioners and professionals in Education as well as students and academics in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203465189

Problem International Investment First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760362

Problem Of Evil: Vol 1 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511179

Problem PicturesWomen and Men in Victorian Painting During the Victorian period there developed a new anxiety about male-female relations and roles in modern society as described by a member of the Athenaeum in 1858 ’the distinction of man and woman their separate as well as their joint rights begins to occupy the attention of our whole community and with no small effect’. These essays examine Victorian painting in the light of this 'woman question' by analysing the change in representation of the family romance social issues such as emigration and colonialism the use of the female nude and the traditions of portraiture history-painting and still life. The art and artists are considered in a socio-political context and the connections between Victorian sexism racism and classism are examined. These essays bring to light much previously unknown work (especially by women) and reappraise many well-known paintings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269019

Problem PosingReflections and Applications As a result of the editors' collaborative teaching at Harvard in the late 1960s they produced a ground-breaking work -- The Art Of Problem Posing -- which related problem posing strategies to the already popular activity of problem solving. It took the concept of problem posing and created strategies for engaging in that activity as a central theme in mathematics education. Based in part upon that work and also upon a number of articles by its authors other members of the mathematics education community began to apply and expand upon their ideas. This collection of thirty readings is a testimony to the power of the ideas that originally appeared. In addition to reproducing relevant materials the editors of this book of readings have included a considerable amount of interpretive text which places the articles in the context of problem solving. While the preponderance of essays focus upon mathematics and mathematics education some of them point to the relevance of problem posing to other fields such as biology or psychology. In the interpretive text that accompanies each chapter they indicate how ideas expressed for one audience may be revisited or transformed in order to ready them for a variety of audiences. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315785394

Problem Solving Reasoning and Numeracy in the Early Years Foundation Stage The Practical Guidance in the Early Years Foundation Stage series will assist practitioners in the smooth and successful implementation of the Early Years Foundation Stage. Each book gives clear and detailed explanations of each aspect of Learning and Development and encourages readers to consider each area within its broadest context to expand and develop their own knowledge and good practice. Practical ideas and activities for all age groups are offered along with a wealth of expertise of how elements from the practice guidance can be implemented within all early years settings. The books include suggestions for the innovative use of everyday ressources popular books and stories. This book offers an in-depth understanding of children's thinking skills from a psychological perspective. The book introduces the Learning Tools model a vital cognitive tool used by children to learn and solve problems and gives practical ideas on how practitioners can use everyday materials to promote problem solving and early numeracy skills through play. Readers are encouraged to reflect on their own practice and understanding to help them provide learning opportunities to meet the unique needs of all children in their setting.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609606

Problem Solving & Comprehension This popular book shows students how to increase their power to analyze problems and comprehend what they read using the Think Aloud Pair Problem Solving [TAPPS] method. First it outlines and illustrates the method that good problem solvers use in attacking complex ideas. Then it provides practice in applying this method to a variety of comprehension and reasoning questions presented in easy-to-follow steps. As students work through the book they will see a steady improvement in their analytical thinking skills and become smarter more effective and more confident problem solvers. Not only can using the TAPPS method assist students in achieving higher scores on tests commonly used for college and job selection it teaches that problem solving can be fun and social and that intelligence can be taught. Changes in the Seventh Edition: New chapter on "open-ended" problem solving that includes inductive and deductive reasoning; extended recommendations to teachers parents and tutors about how to use TAPPS instructionally; Companion Website with PowerPoint slides reading lists with links and additional problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502238

Problem Solving for Engineers Whatever their discipline engineers are routinely called upon to develop solutions to all kinds of problems. To do so effectively they need a systematic and disciplined approach that considers a range of alternatives taking into account all relevant factors before selecting the best solution. In Problem Solving for Engineers David Carmichael demonstrates just such an approach involving problem definition generation of alternative solutions and ultimately the analysis and selection of a preferred solution. David Carmichael introduces the fundamental concepts needed to think systematically and undertake methodical problem solving. He argues that the most rational way to develop a framework for problem solving is by using a systems studies viewpoint. He then outlines systems methodology modeling and the various configurations for analysis synthesis and investigation. Building on this the book details a systematic process for problem solving and demonstrates how problem solving and decision making lie within a systems synthesis configuration. Carefully designed as a self-learning resource the book contains exercises throughout that reinforce the material and encourage readers to think and apply the concepts. It covers decision making in the presence of uncertainty and multiple criteria including that involving sustainability with its blend of economic social and environmental considerations. It also characterizes and tackles the specific problem solving of management planning and design. The book provides for the first time a rational framework for problem solving with an engineering orientation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466570610

Problem Solving for Healthcare WorkersHow to Get Better - Lessons Can Be Learned While most healthcare facilities have an extremely high success rate at the most challenging lifesaving work and we all know of friends and relatives who have had supreme care mistakes are still made and patients’ lives have been put at risk and lost. How often have we heard politicians say after some disastrous report "Lessons must be learned" but what does this really mean. Will responsible parties carry out a careful cause and effect analysis and methodically get to the root causes of the problem? Will sufficient steps be taken to permanently eradicate those causes and provide a permanent solution so that the problem will not reoccur? This is what is done in the aviation industry with the result that air travel is very safe. The low accident rate is achieved by studying the causes and using the methods of continuous improvement explained in this book. These methods are now becoming better known in the medical profession have been recommended in recent reports but are perhaps misunderstood at operational levels. This book is a basic level manual for those who have never been involved in any form of quality improvement project and is also suitable as a refresher for anyone wishing to familiarize themselves with the various techniques discussed. The aim of this book is to explain what continuous improvement is and why it’s needed; explain how individual departments can explain how and why continuous improvement is important and helps readers recognize quality control methods in their own workplace and understand how to contribute to existing continuous improvement activities. While many of the case studies and examples are from the NHS the author includes similar examples from around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138305823

Problem Solving for New EngineersWhat Every Engineering Manager Wants You to Know This book brings a fresh new approach to practical problem solving in engineering covering the critical concepts and ideas that engineers must understand to solve engineering problems. Problem Solving for New Engineers: What Every Engineering Manager Wants You to Know provides strategy and tools needed for new engineers and scientists to become apprentice experimenters armed only with a problem to solve and knowledge of their subject matter. When engineers graduate they enter the work force with only one part of what’s needed to effectively solve problems -- Problem solving requires not just subject matter expertise but an additional knowledge of strategy. With the combination of both knowledge of subject matter and knowledge of strategy engineering problems can be attacked efficiently. This book develops strategy for minimizing eliminating and finally controlling unwanted variation such that all intentional variation is truly representative of the variables of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138197787

Problem Solving for Results In this thought-provoking book Dr Newman looks beyond the conventional techniques of problem solving to the underlying process. He identifies eight stages and explains how to recognize which technique is appropriate to which stage. On this basis managers can generate solutions at both the personal and the organizational level. He shows: ¢ how to overcome the four main obstacles to developing a balanced problem solving style ¢ how to manage the relationship between problem solving style and stress ¢ how to use physical movement as an aid to problem solving. A unique feature of the book is a Problem Solving Styles Profile that enables each reader to apply the material in the text to improve their own problem solving capability. Written in a lively and practical style and drawing on examples from a wide range of real-life problems Dr Newman’s book is certain of a warm welcome from managers team leaders and professionals of every kind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256095

Problem Solving For Results Turbulence is not new to the business world. In fact the turbulence is increasing and managers are seeing teams spinning their wheels. But now there is a book that addresses these realities-Problem Solving for Results.Management systems are in a state of crisis and operations are more complex. The old top-down operations mode no longer suffices. Today's businesses demand speed and increased accuracy forcing everyone to re-evaluate chains of command and tear down the walls between functions.Amid the responsibilities of traditional management lies problem solving. The push is toward moving decision-making authority down the ladder to all levels. Managers are no longer equipped to or capable of making the number and variety of necessary decisions in a vacuum. The current mode is to have employees deal directly with workplace issues and take corrective action without complaint and without management involvement.Coping with this reality and preparation for these improvements in workplace problem solving requires interest and motivation. Problem Solving for Results can facilitate this by demystifying and simplifying the process. This book bridges philosophy and theory and puts together a practical integration of all the tools necessary to get results from your investment of time energy and money. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409835

Problem Solving for Teaching and LearningA Festschrift for Emeritus Professor Mike Lawson Problem Solving for Teaching and Learning explores the importance of problem solving to learning in everyday personal and social contexts. This book is divided into four sections: Setting the scene; Conceptualising problem solving; Teachers’ knowledge and beliefs about problem solving; and Fostering students’ problem-solving capabilities allowing readers to gain an insight into the various sub-topics that problem solving in learning and teaching introduce. Drawing together diverse perspectives on problem solving located in a variety of educational settings this book explores problem solving theory including its cognitive architecture as well as attending to its translation into teaching and learning in a range of settings such as education and social environments. This book also suggests how effective problem-solving activities can be incorporated more explicitly in learning and teaching and examines the benefits of this approach. The ideas developed in Problem Solving for Teaching and Learning will act as a catalyst for transforming practices in teaching learning and social engagement in formal and informal educational settings making this book an essential read for education academics and students specialising in cognitive psychology educational psychology and problem solving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001834

Problem Solving in Child and Adolescent PsychotherapyA Skills-Based Collaborative Approach This highly accessible book presents clear steps for helping children and adolescents to develop and test out new solutions to specific social emotional or behavioral challenges. The author demonstrates how therapists of any orientation can implement problem solving as a stand-alone intervention or in combination with other therapeutic techniques. Extensive clinical examples illustrate what the approach looks like in action with kids of different ages; how it increases their confidence independence and resilience; and ways to involve parents. Strategies for overcoming frequently encountered obstacles to problem solving are highlighted throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503704

Problem Solving in Primary MathematicsLearning to Investigate! Problem Solving in Primary Mathematics is an essential text designed to support new and experienced teachers in guiding pupils through mathematical investigations and problem solving offering a framework that children themselves can begin to adopt as they progress to greater metacognitive awareness. Underpinned by the latest international research and theory it examines how individual pupils think and act differently and offers guidance on how to promote independence and autonomy in the classroom. It examines key topics such as: Preparing for mathematical learning Designing learning material Assessing and evaluating learning Identifying key points for intervention What to do when learning is stalled Critical numeracy for real-world problem solving Mental Model Theory and the Mental Model Mode Different approaches to problem solving and investigating Aimed at new and experienced educators particularly those with a maths specialism and illustrated with investigations and activities Problem Solving in Primary Mathematics demonstrates how frameworks can be used in key mathematical areas and assists students in progressing towards more meaningful problem solving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911116

Problem Solving with the Private SectorA Public Solutions Handbook Problem Solving with the Private Sector presents advice and solutions for fruitful government–business alliances from the perspective of everyday public management. With a focus on job training economic development regulation and finance and innovation each chapter discusses a traditional tool of government presented in a practical and applied manner as well as the implementation of the tool with clear examples. Content-rich case studies on a wide range of policy issues including regulatory policy natural resources manufacturing financial services and health care highlight opportunities for government and business to collaborate to pursue the public good. This book offers current and future public managers possible solutions to complex problems for effective government–business alliances in a range of settings. It is essential reading for all those studying public management public administration and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765644060

Problem SolvingA statistician's guide Second edition This book illuminates the complex process of problem solving including formulating the problem collecting and analyzing data and presenting the conclusions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138469518

Problem SolvingPerspectives from Cognition and Neuroscience The way that we assess and overcome problems is an essential part of everyday life. Problem Solving provides a clear introduction to the underlying mental processes involved in solving problems. Drawing on research from cognitive psychology and neuroscience it examines the methods and techniques used by both novices and experts in familiar and unfamiliar situations. This edition has been comprehensively updated throughout and now features cutting-edge content on creative problem solving insight and neuroscience. Each chapter is written in an accessible way and contains a range of student-friendly features such as activities chapter summaries and further reading. The book also provides clear examples of studies and approaches that help the reader fully understand important and complex concepts in greater detail.  Problem Solving fully engages the reader with the difficulties and methodologies associated with problem solving. This book will be of great use to undergraduate students of cognitive psychology education and neuroscience as well as readers and professionals with an interest in problem solving. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138889576

Problematic Research Practices and Inertia in Scientific PsychologyHistory Sources and Recommended Solutions This volume explores the abiding intellectual inertia in scientific psychology in relation to the discipline’s engagement with problematic beliefs and assumptions underlying mainstream research practices despite repeated critical analyses which reveal the weaknesses and in some cases complete inappropriateness of these methods. Such paradigmatic inertia is especially troublesome for a scholarly discipline claiming status as a science. The book offers penetrating analyses of many (albeit not all) of the most important areas where mainstream practices require either compelling justifications for their continuation or adjustments – possibly including abandonment – toward more apposite alternatives. Specific areas of concern addressed in this book include the systemic misinterpretation of statistical knowledge; the prevalence of a conception of measurement at odds with yet purporting to mimic the natural sciences; the continuing widespread reliance on null hypothesis testing; and the continuing resistance within psychology to the explicit incorporation of qualitative methods into its methodological toolbox. Broader level chapters examine mainstream psychology’s systemic disregard for critical analysis of its tenets and the epistemic and ethical problems this has created. This is a vital and engaging resource for researchers across psychology and those in the wider behavioural and social sciences who have an interest in or who use psychological research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367644864

Problematics of Military PowerGovernment Discipline and the Subject of Violence This book traces the relations between the organization of violence and social and political order from ancient Rome to early modern Europe. Following the work of Michel Foucault the author studies the ways authority obedience and forms of self-conduct were produced by the micro-techniques used to govern the bodies of violence deployed in different forms of warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865296

Problematizing BlacknessSelf Ethnographies by Black Immigrants to the United States This cutting-edge piece of scholarship studies the invisibility of the black migrants in popular consciousness and intellectual discourse in the United States through the interrogation of actual members of this community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869362

Problematizing Public Pedagogy The term ‘public pedagogy’ is given a variety of definitions and meanings by those who employ it. It is often used without adequately explicating its meaning its context or its location within differing and contested articulations of the construct. Problematizing Public Pedagogy brings together renowned and emerging scholars in the field of education to provide a theoretical methodological ethical and practical ground from which other scholars and activists can explore these forms of education. At the same time it increases the viability of the concept of public pedagogy itself. Beyond adding a multifaceted set of critical lenses to the genre of public pedagogy inquiry and theorizing this volume adds nuance to the broader field of education research overall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534833

Problem-based Learning Problem-based learning (PBL) is becoming widely used in higher education. Popular in the medical sciences PBL is now finding applications beyond - in engineering sciences and architecture - and is widely applicable in many fields. It is a powerful teaching technique that appeals to students and educators alike. This book will be of great value to those who want to improve their use of PBL and for those who want to learn more and implement it. It provides compelling accounts of experiences with PBL from eight countries including the UK US Canada Australia and New Zealand and gives readers the opportunity to understand PBL and to develop strategies for their own curriculum in any subject and at many levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315042541

Problem-Based Learning for Health ImprovementPractical Public Health for Every Professional Improving the health of the population requires a public health perspective. We have written this book to demonstrate its nature. Improving the population’s health is the occupational raison d'etre of public health professionals. However because the population’s health is affected by all facets of society’s activities (see Figure A) possessing a public health perspective is relevant to a wide variety of other professions and disciplines. Although doctors and nurses social workers teachers etc. work with individuals this book provides new insights for them to consider individuals within the wider context and offers increased possibilities for problem solving. For example poor living conditions adversely affect school- work dysfunctional families militate against a patient’s recovery and fear of violence on a housing estate limits the social life of an older person which in turn creates isolation loneliness and health deterioration. Given this broader perspective the solution to a problem may lie in improving the wider environment rather than focusing on the symptoms exhibited by the individual. Taking a public health perspective therefore increases the opportunities for improving the population’s health and well-being.  We aim to demonstrate to readers through practical examples the network of knowledge and skills required to tackle the challenges that daily confront all professionals concerned with people’s health. Each chapter is devoted to exploring one of the ten areas of public health competence as defined by the Faculty of Public Health Medicine.1 This has been achieved using a problem- based self-directed learning model. Each of the chapter authors was given a broad brief but with some leeway and licence in how they presented their work. This reflects the reality of public health practice. Foreward. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378688

Problem-Based Learning in the College Music Classroom Problem-Based Learning in the College Music Classroom explores the core tenets of Problem-Based Learning (PBL). PBL is an effective student-centered approach in which students learn higher-order thinking skills and integrative strategies by solving real-world challenges - not often employed in music classrooms. Yet such courses are uniquely situated to advance this innovative pedagogical approach. This volume sheds light on PBL best practices in survey- and topic-based music courses while integrating general education content discussing implementation materials methods and challenges and encouraging readers to think creatively to develop flexible solutions for large-scale issues. Bookended by introductory and concluding chapters that delve into the history theory application and assessment of PBL the text collects classroom-tested case studies from eleven contributing authors in: Music History and Appreciation Ethnomusicology Music and Movement Music Theory and Education Problem-Based Learning in the College Music Classroom paves the way for pedagogical discovery in this unexplored area encouraging teachers and graduate students to move curricula goals forward - and ultimately to move students toward innovation and engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578173

Problem-Based Obstetric Ultrasound This book contains a series of clinical cases that address and illustrate difficult problems in obstetric ultrasound. The approach is strongly didactic and will aid trainees in maternal-fetal medicine and obstetrics to appreciate potential pitfalls and recognize rare presentations. Each case sets out one page of text then one of treatment algorithms and then presents sample ultrasound scans. Learning objectives are given for each case together with a short list of references and background reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498701891

Problem-oriented Policing and Partnerships This book makes an important contribution to the literature on problem-oriented policing aiming to distill the British experience of problem-oriented policing. Drawing upon over 500 entries to the Tilley Award since its inception in 1999 the book examines what can be achieved by problem-oriented policing what conditions are required for its successful implementation and what has been learned about resolving crime and disorder issues. Examples of problem-oriented policing examined in this book include specific police and partnership initiatives targeting a wide spectrum of individual problems (such as road safety graffiti and alcohol-related violence) as well as organisational efforts to embed problem-oriented work as a routine way of working (such as improving training and interagency problem solving along with more specific challenges like improving the way that identity parades are conducted. This book will be of particular interest to those working in the field of crime reduction and community safety in the police local government and other agencies as well as students taking courses in policing criminal justice and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627955

Problem-Oriented PolicingSuccessful Case Studies Problem-Oriented Policing: Successful Case Studies is the first systematic and rigorous collection of effective problem-oriented policing projects. It includes more than twenty case studies from among the thousands of projects submitted for the Herman Goldstein Award for Excellence in Problem-Oriented Policing. The volume describes in detail the case studies and explains the wider significance of each for effective efficient and equitable policing. This book explores a wide range of problems that fall under five general categories: gang violence; violence against women; vulnerable people; disorderly places; and theft robbery and burglary. The case studies tell stories of how police in collaboration with others successfully tackled real-world policing problems fairly and effectively. The authors have also drawn out of the case studies the cross-cutting themes and issues they illustrate. The authors prove that the concept can work bring to life the context in which police and communities addressed these vexing problems and ideally will inspire future problem-oriented police work that builds on these reported successes. Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars of policing criminology and social studies; police practitioners and crime analysts; and all those who are interested in learning more about the reality of police problem-solving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367900533

Problems & Prosects Asi/h This issue-oriented multidisciplinary approach to American-East Asian relations asks provocative questions and presents a thoughtful appraisal of the situation today. Using a wide range of sources-among them recently declassified government documents-the authors examine U.S. relations with China Japan and Korea. Issues discussed include the"new policy" toward the People's Republic of China (Was there in fact a sudden shift in U.S. policy?); the attitudes of the American people and Congress toward the Republic ofChina; the friction between the United States and Japan and the implications of the existing imbalance in trade between the two countries; and the potential for continuing and increasing problems in U.S.-Korean relations. Throughout the authors present an analysis of past and current conditions as a tool for use in formulating sound effective policy for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284343

Problems and Examples in Differential Equations This book presents original problems from graduate courses in pure and applied mathematics and even small research topics significant theorems and information on recent results. It is helpful for specialists working in differential equations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066835

Problems and Methods in the History of Medicine Originally published in 1987 Problems and Methods in the History of Medicine is a collection of papers surveying and assessing the particular approaches and techniques which have been used in the history of medicine in the past or are still being developed (from the influence of Annales to the role of the computer). The emphasis is on historical practice rather than methodology in isolation. Besides the topics indicated above a third problematic is that of historical demography. A common theme to all three groups of paper is the relation between quantitative ‘hard’ data and qualitative ‘soft’ data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002114

Problems and Methods of EconometricsThe Poincaré Lectures of Ragnar Frisch 1933 The development of economics changed dramatically during the twentieth century with the emergence of econometrics macroeconomics and a more scientific approach in general. One of the key individuals in the transformation of economics was Ragnar Frisch professor at the University of Oslo and the first Nobel Laureate in economics in 1969. He was a co-founder of the Econometric Society in 1930 (after having coined the word econometrics in 1926) and edited the journal Econometrics for twenty-two years. The discovery of the manuscripts of a series of eight lectures given by Frisch at the Henri Poincaré Institute in March–April 1933 on The Problems and Methods of Econometrics will enable economists to more fully understand his overall vision of econometrics. This book is a rare exhibition of Frisch’s overview on econometrics and is published here in English for the first time. Edited and with an introduction by Olav Bjerkholt and Ariane Dupont-Kieffer Frisch’s eight lectures provide an accessible and astute discussion of econometric issues from philosophical foundations to practical procedures. Concerning the development of economics in the twentieth century and the broader visions about economic science in general and econometrics in particular held by Ragnar Frisch this book will appeal to anyone with an interest in the history of economics and econometrics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745352

Problems And Opportunities In U.s.quebec Relations The failure of the May 1980 Quebec referendum on sovereignty and the ratification in 1982 of a Canadian constitution over Quebec's vehement objection but with the acquiescence of all other provinces would appear to indicate that the likelihood of Quebec's independence has been sharply reduced if not eliminated. Not so is the considered judgment Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299811

Problems and Perspectives of Conventional Disarmament in Europe This book first published in 1989 explores the ideas proposals and counterproposals surrounding the thorny issue of Cold War conventional force disarmament in Europe. European nations acknowledged the need to reduce military tensions but divergences remained as to the concrete ways and means for the attainment of the security objectives on the basis of mutually acceptable reductions of their respective forces. A UNIDIR-organized conference examined these issues and presented here are the conference reports and findings together with speaker responses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367627829

Problems and PerspectivesStudies in the Modern French Language Problems and Perspectives- Studies in the Modern French Language looks at a number of interesting or problematic areas in the phonology morphology syntax and lexis of the French language and encourages the reader to think critically about different ways of approaching describing and explaining these issues or data.The book is divided into two parts- the first section is a preliminary to and contextualises the discussion of the more specialised topics of the second part. Part two presents problematic and controversial areas in the description and analysis of the contemporary language. Where appropriate historical and sociolinguistic issues are also integrated into the discussion of modern French.Aimed primarily at advanced students and researchers in French linguistics the introductory sections of part one also make this book accessible to undergraduates beginning their study of French linguistics and to less specialised readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149120

Problems and Planning in Third World Cities (Routledge Revivals) When this title was first published in 1981 growing concern for the future of cities and those who inhabited them stimulated by trends in global urbanisation had resulted in much emphasis being placed on a problem-solving approach to the study of the city. The chapters in this edited collection a companion to Urban Problems and Planning in the Developed World (Routledge Revivals 2013) consider the problems and planning activities in a number of cities across the world. Varied case-studies including Mexico City Bogota and Shanghai reflect the differing economic cultural and political regimes of the modern world and ensure the continued value of this comprehensive work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705936

Problems and Solutions in Medical PhysicsDiagnostic Imaging Physics The first in a three-volume set exploring Problems and Solutions in Medical Physics this volume explores common questions and their solutions in Diagnostic Imaging. This invaluable study guide should be used in conjunction with other key textbooks in the field to provide additional learning opportunities. It contains key imaging modalities exploring X-ray mammography and fluoroscopy in addition to computed tomography magnetic resonance imaging and ultrasonography. Each chapter provides examples notes and references for further reading to enhance understanding. Features: Consolidates concepts and assists in the understanding and applications of theoretical concepts in medical physics Assists lecturers and instructors in setting assignments and tests Suitable as a revision tool for postgraduate students sitting medical physics oncology and radiology sciences examinations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482239959

Problems and Solutions in Medical PhysicsNuclear Medicine Physics The second in a three-volume set exploring Problems and Solutions in Medical Physics this volume explores common questions and their solutions in Nuclear Medicine. This invaluable study guide should be used in conjunction with other key textbooks in the field to provide additional learning opportunities. Topics include radioactivity and nuclear transformation radionuclide production and radiopharmaceuticals non-imaging detectors and counters instrumentation for gamma imaging SPECT and PET/CT imaging techniques radionuclide therapy internal radiation dosimetry and quality control and radiation protection in nuclear medicine. Each chapter provides examples notes and references for further reading to enhance understanding. Features: Consolidates concepts and assists in the understanding and applications of theoretical concepts in medical physics Assists lecturers and instructors in setting assignments and tests Suitable as a revision tool for postgraduate students sitting medical physics oncology and radiology sciences examinations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482240009

Problems and Solutions in Quantum Physics Readers studying the abstract field of quantum physics need to solve plenty of practical especially quantitative problems. This book contains tutorial problems with solutions for the textbook Quantum Physics for Beginners. It places emphasis on basic problems of quantum physics together with some instructive simulating and useful applications. A considerable range of complexity is presented by these problems and not too many of them can be solved using formulas alone. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669368

Problems for Feminist Criticism (RLE Feminist Theory) Feminist criticism has come a long way in the last twenty years. Its development has been rapid its snowball progress picking up elements of structuralism deconstruction and psychoanalytic criticism; just as rapidly it has been shedding its own early theories and methodologies. Now it is a critical orthodoxy with its own established canonical texts. Now is the time then to begin to question that orthodoxy. In Problems for Feminist Criticism five women critics seek to do that in a spirit of enquiry whose central point of focus is the literature for which feminist critics have offered a re-reading. By reference to a wide range of writers from Milton to the contemporary poet with a strong emphasis on the nineteenth-century novel the contributors ask what we may be losing from literature by adopting the feminist orthodoxy. Each chapter provides a survey of feminist critical approaches to its subject and highlights the inherent problems. The book frees the way forward for critics who have found much that is stimulating and revealing in feminist approaches to literature but who find its proscriptiveness potentially reductive. It shows how literature may have the flexibility to absorb and benefit from new critical approaches whilst still retaining its own life never quite to be contained in criticism’s theories and methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754231

Problems In Education Ils 232 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510448

Problems in Mathematical Analysis Chapter 1 poses 134 problems concerning real and complex numbers chapter 2 poses 123 problems concerning sequences and so it goes until in chapter 9 one encounters 201 problems concerning functional analysis. The remainder of the book is given over to the presentation of hints answers or referen Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403225

Problems in Organic Structure DeterminationA Practical Approach to NMR Spectroscopy At a point where most introductory organic chemistry texts end this problems-based workbook picks up the thread to lead students through a graduated set of 120 problems. With extensive detailed spectral data it contains a variety of problems designed by renowned authors to develop proficiency in organic structure determination. This workbook leads you from basic problems encountered in introductory organic chemistry textbooks to highly complex natural product-based problems. It presents a concept-based learning platform introducing key concepts sequentially and reinforcing them with problems that exemplify the complexities and underlying principles that govern each concept. The book is organized in such a way that allows you to work through the problems in order or in selections according to your experience and desired area of mastery. It also provides access to raw data files online that can be downloaded and used for data manipulation using freeware or commercial software. With its problem-centered approach integrated use of online and digital resources and appendices that include notes and hints Problems in Organic Structure Determination: A Practical Approach to NMR Spectroscopy is an outstanding resource for training students and professionals in structure determination. Key Features Offers a concept-based learning platform using a graduated series of problems Presents a problem-based approach to understanding and mastery of structure determinations suitable for students and professionals Includes notes and hints to solutions in the appendices Provides access to raw data files via website for data manipulation using freeware or commercial software Ancillary materials include: A complete set of original fids for all compounds including both 1D and 2D spectra A full color answer key Complete PDF layouts for all complex natural product problems from section 6 Condensed 1H and 13C spectra Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498719629

Problems in Prawn Culture First published in 1984. CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741955

Problems in Primary Education (RLE Edu K) The first part of the book discusses aims who should determine them and how they might be determined. The second part discusses some more specific topics of learning and teaching such as learning how to learn the integrated day and the use of competition. The author distinguishes three broad levels of thought in looking at schools: the details of choice and decision; the general principles which are or ought to be guiding that detailed practice; and the theoretical commentaries on the guiding principles available from the various disciplines which constitute the study of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751261

Problems in Psychopathology First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875661

Problems in Second Language Acquisition Second language acquisition has an identity problem. It is a young field struggling to emerge from the parent fields of education and applied linguistics. In his new book  Problems in Second Language Acquisition  Mike Long proposes a way to help second language acquisition develop a systematic and coherent focus using the philosophy of science as the lens.The volume is neatly organized into three parts--theory research and practice. This structure allows a focus on areas of SLA of interest to many in the field. These include theory proliferation and comparative theory evaluation; the Critical Period Hypothesis and negative feedback; and the practice of “synthetic” language teaching.The controversial volume will be of interest to researchers educators and graduate students in second language acquisition applied linguistics TESOL and linguistics programs. It may be recommended as additional reading for an introductory SLA course in order to stimulate class discussions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089447

Problems in Twentieth Century French Philosophy Read through the lens of a single key concept in twentieth-century French philosophy that of the "problem" this book relates the concept to specific thinkers and situates it in relation both to the wider history of philosophy and contemporary concerns.How exactly should the notion of problems be understood? What must a problem be in order to play an inaugurating role in thought? Does the word "problem" have a univocal sense? What is at stake – theoretically ethically politically and institutionally – when philosophers use the word? This book addresses these and other questions and is devoted to making historical and philosophical sense of the various uses and conceptualisations of notions of problems problematics and problematisations in twentieth-century French thought. In the process it augments our understanding of the philosophical programs of a number of recent French thinkers reconfigures our perception of the history and wider stakes of twentieth-century French philosophy and reveals the ongoing theoretical richness and critical potential of the notion of the problem and its cognates. Working through the twentieth-century and focussing on specific thinkers including Foucault and Deleuze this book will be of interest to all scholars of French philosophy. This book was originally published as a special issue of Angelaki. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661458

Problems of a New World (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1921 Problems of a New World deals with the economic and political issues that arose from the First World War. The first three parts of the study consider the world before the war and the interests purposes and ideals which influenced the national psyche during the years which followed. In the final two parts Hobson assesses the political and economic conditions confronted by the post-war world with a particular focus on the impact of war on industry labour and the ideals of nationhood. This is an important work of great interest to modern European and economic historians and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823241

Problems of a Sociology of Knowledge (Routledge Revivals) First Published in 1980 Manfred S. Frings’ translation of Problems of a Sociology of Knowledge makes available Max Scheler’s important work in sociological theory to the English-speaking world. The book presents the thinker’s views on man’s condition in the twentieth-century and places it in a broader context of human history. This book highlights Scheler as a visionary thinker of great intellectual strength who defied the pessimism that many of his peers could not avoid. He comments on the isolated fragmented nature of man’s existence in society in the twentieth century but suggests that a ‘World-Age of Adjustment’ is on the brink of existence. Scheler argues that the approaching era is a time for the disjointed society of the twentieth-century to heal its fractures and a time for different forms of human knowledge to come together in global understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628402

Problems of Adolescence in the Secondary School Published in 1983. Adolescence is a period of change for all and turmoil for some. Many adolescents have problems which are easily identified but for others the problems are more subtle. There is an interaction between their own difficulties and the systems of home school and their own society. In this case problems which are very real are more difficult to define and to deal with. This book aims to help teachers to recognise and understand the common problems of adolescents as they are relevant to their schooling. In addition suggestions are made to help both teachers and adolescents overcome these difficulties. Besides the more immediately obvious issues of learning and behaviour there is also discussion of sexual behaviour vandalism and substance abuse. Throughout the book the common theme is that all problem behaviour must be understood and acted upon within a context and not regarded as examples of individual delinquency. Finally the implications of the 1981 Education Act and its impact on teachers is considered. Under this law a much wider range of young people will be deemed to have special educational needs. Consequently all teachers of adolescents will need to be aware of the issues raised and discussed in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590335

Problems of an Urban SocietyThe Social Framework of Planning This book provides a wide-ranging review of urban problems and constitutes a major contribution to the mounting public debate that these problems are attracting. Many of the problems - of social and economic decay - are not new; indeed they are perennial problems of urban societies. As the complexities and interdependencies of modern life have increased so has the resolve to combat the environmental and social ills to which these give rise. The particular focus of this volume is on the 'framework' of urban problems - the changing demographic social and economic structure the shortage of land and the transport needs of a highly complex industrial society. A mass of facts and figures are neatly and succinctly marshalled to provide a clear picture of the problems. Stress is laid on the essentially political nature of these problems and the alternative solutions. In essence urban problems are problems of social injustice of disadvantage and of lack of power. This book was first published in 1973.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759656

Problems of British Economic Policy 1870-1945 Most historical accounts of economic policy set out to describe the way in which governments have attempted to solve their economic problems and to achieve their economic objectives. Jim Tomlinson however focuses on the problems themselves arguing that the way in which areas of economic policy become ‘problems’ for policy makers is always problematic itself that it is never obvious and never happens ‘naturally’. This approach is quite distinct from the Marxist the Keynesian or the neo-classical accounts of economic policy the schools of thought which are described and criticized in the introduction. Subsequent chapters use the issues of unemployment the gold standard and problems of trade and Empire to demonstrate that these competing accounts all obscure the true complexities of the process. Because they adhere to simple assumptions about the role of economic theory or of ‘vested interests’ previous histories have been unable adequately to explain the dramatic change after the First World War in attitudes to unemployment for instance or the decision to return to gold in 1925. Jim Tomlinson surveys the institutional circumstances the conflicting political pressures and the theories offered at the time in an attempt to discover the conditions which characterized the questions as economic problems and contributed to the choice of ‘solutions’. The result is a sophisticated and intellectually compelling account of matters which have remained at the forefront of political debate since its first publication in 1981. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865044

Problems of Chinese Education The aim of this book first published in 1936 was to give a complete conspectus of Chinese education at the time. It succeeds in this describing entirely a period when China had abandoned an age-old system of literary education in favour of one derived from the West. However the sponsors of the change while admitting that the immediate new models were Western in origin were able to point out that their prototypes were in fact in ancient China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310216

Problems of Compositionality This book is a critical discussion of the principle of compositionality the thesis that the meaning of a complex expression is fully determined by the meanings of its constituents and its structure. The aim of this book is to clarify what is meant by this principle to show that its traditional justification is insufficient and to discuss some of the problems that have to be addressed before a new attempt can be made to justify it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868397

Problems of Democratization in China First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983816

Problems of Economic Policy (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1977 this is an applied economics text in which the basic theory of any introductory economics couurse is applied to a whole range of UK macro- and micro-economic policy issues. The book is designed specifically for first and second year university students with the aim of demonstrating the  relevance of theory to policy how theory  can be applied to policy problems and in the process to improve their understanding of the theory itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610858

Problems of Economic Union Discussing the main problems in the formation of an Economic Union this book analyses the extent to which national governments would have to give up their freedom of action in domestic monetary budgetary fiscal and economic policies if they were to form an effective economic union. The issues of commercial policy financial and exchange-rate policies of migration and investment and of the finance of a common defence budget are all covered. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016726

Problems of EmpireBritain and India 1757-1813 This book first published in 1968 is a study of the impact made on Britain by the conquest of large parts of India in the second half of the eighteenth century. The sudden success of the East India Company in subjugating a vast population with a sophisticated civilization created problems of an unprecedented kind for Britain. It raised in an acute form questions about the scope and limits of state action the rights of chartered bodies the duties of conquerors to subject peoples the appropriateness of exporting western ideals and concepts of law and government to Asia and the manner in which the resources of the East could best contribute to Britain's power and wealth. These and similar topics were discussed at length in Parliament the press books and pamphlets and in the correspondence of private individuals. A selection of this material drawing on a wide and varied range of printed and manuscript sources has been made to illustrate the arguments used in this debate and the manner in which solutions to some of the problems were gradually worked out over a period of more than fifty years. By 1813 after much trial and error the outline of the political administrative and economic links which were to bind India to Britain for much of the nineteenth century are already visible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358961

Problems of Evil and the Power of God Why do bad things happen even to good people? If there is a God why aren't God's existence and God's will for humans more apparent? And if God really does miracles for some people why not for others? This book examines these three problems of evil - suffering divine hiddenness and unfairness if miracles happen as believers claim - to explore how different ideas of God's power relate to the problem of evil. Keller argues that as long as God is believed to be all-powerful there are no adequate answers to these problems nor is it enough for theists simply to claim that human ignorance makes these problems insoluble. Arguing that there are no good grounds for the belief that God is all-powerful Keller instead defends the understanding of God and God's power found in process theism and shows how it makes possible an adequate solution to the problems of evil while providing a concept of God that is religiously adequate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602271

Problems of Historical Psychology Originally published in 1960 this study was rooted in the conviction that a close cooperation between the disciplines of psychology and history opened new and fruitful perspectives for the understanding of both fields. The title is an investigation of the connection between history and psychology discussing how a society shapes and conditions the minds of those born into it. The author takes a close look at Greek society at the time of Pericles and English society of the Elizabethan era. Though presented in the idiom of psychology the problems with which this book is concerned should appeal to historian and psychologist alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410360

Problems of Human Pleasure and Behaviour Michael Balint addresses himself to a variety of subjects of interest to both the layman and the practicing clinical psychologist or psychiatrist: among others sex and society masturbation discipline menstruation punishment aging and parapsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326111

Problems Of International Justice When the topic of international justice did arise discussion rarely got beyond recommendations about how nations could avoid war as well as suggestions about when a declaration of war was morally justifiable and what sorts of methods might be used in the course of a justifiable war the topics of so-called just-war theory. Such is no longer the case.To be sure just-war theory is reaching greater states of sophistication much of it focused around Michael Walzer's book Just and Unjust Wars.Excerpts from Walzer's book appear here in Part Two along with a set of newly written chapters that deal with issues arising from the use of violence among nations. The topics of these chapters are foreign interventionism and states' rights deterrence and the threat of nuclear reprisal and terrorism.But issues of international justice other than just-war theory have been discussed by an an ever-increasing group of twentieth-century scholars. These issues deal with what might be called (for lack of a better term) distributive justice which concerns the distribution of the world's natural resources and the goods produced by laborers across the world as well as the duties rights and liberties possessed by individuals. How such items ought to be distributed within nation-states has been discussed extensively by social and political philosophers. Only in recent years has any attention been paid to the proper distribution of goods internationally. The chapters in Part One all do so. With one exception all of these chapters are written for this volume. The exception is an excerpt from Charles Beitz's book PoliticalTheory and International Relations Part Three of which is reproduced here almost in its entirety. The other chapters in this part are devoted to the topics of justice and the distribution of the world's resources the obligation to assist the needy the responsibilities of international corporations and justice and the global environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284367

Problems of Labour and Inflation The essays in this book originally published in 1984 examine many problems within the structure of industry including wage policies financial incentives and other economic policies. The book discusses the problems from two standpoints: that of the economist who is concerned with labour as a resource and the psychologist concerned with the behavioural activity of the labour force. This inter-disciplinary approach ensures the relevance of the essays to social scientists managers and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653122

Problems of Monopoly and Economic Warfare This book first published in 1930 and reissued in 1968 treats a group of problems arising when competition is either precluded or limited. It examines absolute and limited monopoly; cases in which a few enterprises compete; cases in which two or three enterprises or organisations face one another as buyer and seller. The underlying general problem is the price in markets where there is only a limited number of enterprises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371588

Problems of PersonalityStudies Presented to Dr Morton Prince Pioneer in American First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882515

Problems of Poverty (Routledge Revivals)An Inquiry into the Industrial Condition of the Poor First published in 1891 this seminal work examines the primary causes of poverty during the industrial age. Through considering how poverty is measured the growth of urbanisation and the supply of low-skilled labour in the workforce Hobson arrives at possible solutions to the problem of poverty and explores the ethical issues surrounding it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659185

Problems of ProtectionThe UNHCR Refugees and Human Rights First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954867

Problems of Reflexivity and Dialectics in Sociological Inquiry (RLE Social Theory)Language Theorizing Difference This is a work of social theory and philosophy which seeks to make the constitution of social theory a ‘social’ activity. It is essentially a collaborative text by five authors committed to a re-awakening of some of the forgotten dimensions of social theorizing. The collaborative work was originally occasioned by an attempt to analyse the notion of social stratification and its treatment in the sociological tradition. The authors’ main concern here is with the nature of social theorizing and in particular the ‘difference’ between Self and Other being and beings Language and Speech. The papers in the book focus on themes that are fundamental to the sense of inquiry and tradition which they are concerned to display. The themes discussed include speech Language Identity Difference Critical Tradition Community Metaphor Dialectics Observing and Reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983823

Problems of YouthTransition to Adulthood in a Changing World This book describes and analyzes from an interdisciplinary point of view those problems of youth that are currently objects of remedial action on both community and national levels. It explores the many causes of adolescent happiness and discontent behavior and misbehavior aspirations and aversions in the rapidly changing patterns of contemporary class institutional and cultural settings. It provides practical information for all professionals concerned with adolescent problems and affords small comfort to any who hopes for quick results.Problems of Youth first considers problems traditionally considered in youth research discussing adolescent attitudes and goals within a broadly applicable theory of adolescent development. The second part concentrates on youth problems in terms of their dynamics in social and cultural settings undergoing change at different rates. The third part presents studies of youth in trouble offering guidelines for new theoretical and empirical approaches and underscoring the need to study individual youth problems within their socio-cultural and class frameworks. The final part attempts through research and measurement the major sources of influences affecting youth.Reflecting the position that there is a constant danger of viewing adolescence exclusively through the eyes of one's own specialty the contributors to this volume take a cross-disciplinary approach to the subject drawing on resources of other fields to expand the perspective of their particular area of specialization. In doing so they offer all students of sociology social psychology and related disciplines a new unified approach to the timely paradox of youth in transition with itself and with a world that is itself in transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530799

Problem-Solving Courts Criminal Justice and the International Gold StandardReframing the English and Welsh Drug Courts This book presents findings from a process evaluation carried out at a problem-solving court located in England: Manchester Review Court. Unlike the widely documented successes of similar international models there is no detail of Manchester Review Court in the accessible literature not in any policy document nor is there a court handbook or website outlining objectives and expected practice. In adopting the seminal ‘wine’ and ‘bottle’ analytical framework propounded by therapeutic jurisprudence scholars and by carrying out a detailed comparative analysis comparing the court to successful international problem-solving courts the original empirical data brings clarity to an overlooked area. A fidelity analysis is also offered for the forerunning English and Welsh drug courts which were established during the early 2000s but then shortly fell by the wayside without satisfactory explanation for why. Findings from the book shed new light on the causes of the English and Welsh drug court downfalls pending recent calls to roll out a fresh suite of problem-solving courts. In light of the international evidence base and national struggles in the field the book proposes a renewed UK-specific fidelity matrix to forge the impetus for new practice in this area whilst accounting for past failures and acknowledging current issues. Therefore this book not only breaks new ground by advancing knowledge of a significantly uncharted area but provides important inroads for helping policymakers with their strategies in tackling recidivism addiction victimisation and austerity as widespread social and human issues currently facing both Manchester and the UK more broadly. Presenting significant advancements in theory policy and practice at both national and international scale the book will be a valuable resource for academics and practitioners working in the fields of Therapeutic Justice Criminal Law Criminology Criminal Justice and Socio-Legal Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466107

Problem-Solving Exercises in Green and Sustainable Chemistry When confronted with a problem in science the way to proceed is not always obvious. The problem may seem intractable or there may be many possible solutions with some better than others. Problem-Solving Exercises in Green and Sustainable Chemistry teaches students how to analyze and solve real-world problems that occur in an environmental context and it encourages creativity in developing solutions to situations based on events that have actually taken place. The problems described in this book are relevant and stimulating in learning and understanding the principles of green and sustainable chemistry. They address various aspects of the field including: Toxicity Waste generation and disposal Chemical accidents Energy efficiency New policy development The final chapter contains proposed solutions to the presented problems and provides commentaries and references to relevant literature. This book also prompts students to become more comfortable with the idea of multiple "correct" answers to problems. It emphasizes the reality that green chemistry is about making practical decisions and weighing multiple factors that are often conflicting thus making it difficult or impossible to apply one perfect solution to a given situation. Problem-Solving Exercises in Green and Sustainable Chemistry prepares students to solve challenging problems whether as green chemists as architects designing energy-efficient buildings or as environmentally-conscious citizens. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482252576

Problem-Solving Parent Conferences in SchoolsEcological-Behavioral Perspectives Problem-Solving Parent Conferences in Schools presents a Problem-solving Parent Conference (PPC) model that integrates and applies empirically-supported systemic and behavioral intervention strategies to coordinated home-school interventions for student behavioral and social-emotional concerns. Though today’s schools seek to further understand student behaviors from ecological and systemic perspectives there are limited resources available on how to effectively collaborate with families—a key social-environmental context. This unique book engages parents and teachers in a five-stage protocol towards more effective student support. These evidence-based change-oriented approaches will be essential for graduate students in school psychology school social work and school counseling programs; in teacher preparation; and in any related course focused on parents and families in school settings. Its resources are also critical for mental health practitioners who work with children adolescents families and schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376385

Problem-Solving Tools and Tips for School Leaders In this book award-winning educator Cathie West teaches readers how to confidently prepare for and respond to the challenges that come with being a school leader. Derived from professional experience and extensive research the strategies can be put to work exactly as described or adapted to fit the unique situations that educators face in their schools. With more than thirty years of experience as a school principal West provides tips for teacher leaders striving to expand their skills brand new administrators looking for guidance and experienced principals confronting the unfamiliar or looking for fresh problem-solving ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460621

Procedural Generation in Game Design Making a game can be an intensive process and if not planned accurately can easily run over budget. The use of procedural generation in game design can help with the intricate and multifarious aspects of game development; thus facilitating cost reduction. This form of development enables games to create their play areas objects and stories based on a set of rules rather than relying on the developer to handcraft each element individually. Readers will learn to create randomized maps weave accidental plotlines and manage complex systems that are prone to unpredictable behavior. Tanya Short’s and Tarn Adams’ Procedural Generation in Game Design offers a wide collection of chapters from various experts that cover the implementation and enactment of procedural generation in games. Designers from a variety of studios provide concrete examples from their games to illustrate the many facets of this emerging sub-discipline. Key Features: Introduces the differences between static/traditional game design and procedural game design Demonstrates how to solve or avoid common problems with procedural game design in a variety of concrete ways Includes industry leaders’ experiences and lessons from award-winning games World’s finest guide for how to begin thinking about procedural design Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498799195

Procedural Justice First published in 1997 this volume explores how procedural justice the fairness of the way decisions are reached is an important factor in human behaviour. In this book we see the ways that it is important for the legitimacy of a political rule as well as for the acceptance of administrative decisions. The volume also deals with the interrelation between procedural and distributive justice and helps to identify criteria of procedural justice. This book provides a long-desired overview of the multidisciplinary and international discussion of procedural justice. It deals with social psychological insight and empirical studies as well as with the contributions of discourse and systems theories. The books contributors also trace the roots of the present discussion to philosophical predecessors as well as formulate consequences for politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000981

Procedural Justice This collection of essays brings together the very best philosophical and legal writings on procedural justice over the last half century. Core concepts in Anglo-American jurisprudence such as equal protection due process and the rule of law are explained and criticized. The articles collected in this volume deal with the distinctive branch of justice that involves norms and processes of applying law to citizens. Authors from a variety of legal and philosophical backgrounds analyze such values as transparency predictability and even-handedness in law-making law-enforcement and adjudication. Considerable attention is also given to the complex ways in which concerns for justice in the application of the law intersect with long-standing concerns for justice in the content of law. There is also considerable discussion of how best to understand equal protection in debates about gender and racial discrimination. Authors include John Rawls Martha Minow Jeremy Waldron Onora O'Neill Joseph Raz and Thomas Scanlon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629696

Procedural Justice and Relational TheoryEmpirical Philosophical and Legal Perspectives This book bridges a scholarly divide between empirical and normative theorizing about procedural justice in the context of relations of power between citizens and the state. Empirical research establishes that people’s understanding of procedural justice is shaped by relational factors. A central premise of this volume is that this research is significant but needs to be complemented by normative theorizing that draws on relational theories of ethics and justice to explain the moral significance of procedures and make normative sense of people’s concerns about relational factors. The chapters in Part 1 provide comprehensive reviews of empirical studies of procedural justice in policing courts and prisons. Part 2 explores empirical and normative perspectives on procedural justice and legitimacy. Part 3 examines philosophical approaches to procedural justice. Part 4 considers the implications of a relational perspective for the design of procedures in a range of legal contexts. This collection will be of interest to a wide academic readership in philosophy law psychology and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321727

Procedural Storytelling in Game Design This edited collection of chapters concerns the evolving discipline of procedural storytelling in video games. Games are an interactive medium and this interplay between author player and machine provides new and exciting ways to create and tell stories. In each essay practitioners of this artform demonstrate how traditional storytelling tools such as characterization world-building theme momentum and atmosphere can be adapted to full effect using specific examples from their games. The reader will learn to construct narrative systems write procedural dialog and generate compelling characters with unique personalities and backstories. Key Features Introduces the differences between static/traditional game design and procedural game design Demonstrates how to solve or avoid common problems with procedural game design in a variety of concrete ways World’s finest guide for how to begin thinking about procedural design Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138595309

Procedure-Related Cancer Pain In Children Research has demonstrated that children with cancer and their parents regards procedure-related pain as one of the most difficult parts of having cancer and their distress continues years after the completion of anti-cancer treatment. This is a practical 'how to' book that will provide readers with the knowledge skills structure and techniques to help young patients and their families to cope with painful medical procedures. The author has gathered together over 10 years experience in clinical pediatric oncology and palliative care to provide a concise overview of procedure-related pain. The book describes the pharmacological and psychological methods of pain relief and how they may be combined along with the difficulties that may be encountered in their implementation. It also encourages better integration between research work and clinical practice. This is an essential guide for all healthcare professionals working with young people in palliative care or oncology or those working with children undergoing painful treatments for other conditions such as those with diabetes or those undergoing dialysis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781857754537

Procedures for Licensing Authority Officers Licensing law is a wide ranging detailed and complex body of law within the UK.  This book comes at a time when local authorities are required to consider and approve or reject applications for an increasing number and very wide range of licences. The book provides easy to read and easy to follow procedures for a wide range of licences which local authorities and other public bodies are required by law to consider and issue. Each chapter addresses a distinct topic and the book includes guidance on local authority and court procedures. The main legal procedures used in the licensing field are presented as flow charts supported by explanatory text. Licensing professionals and students will find this essential reading. It will also be a valuable reference for all those whose responsibilities demand they keep abreast of current licensing practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904637

Procedures to Enforce Foreign Judgments This title was first published in 2002: Within Europe and beyond foreign judgement enforcement is now an essential component for the development of international commerce. This indispensable volume traces and analyzes steps and procedures for the enforcement of foreign judgements in national courts including summarizing the principles which are the preconditions for that enforcement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727182

Proceedings from the Medical Workshop on Pesticide-Related Illnesses from the International Conferen An informative selection of papers presented at the Medical Workshop on Pesticide-Related Illnesses It is vital to understand the public health impact of pesticides used in modern day agriculture. Unfortunately scientifically valid information is often scattered and hard to find. Proceedings from the Medical Workshop on Pesticide-Related Illness is the essential text that fills these two voids. The papers collected here make up a volume that is a timely review of key issues in both the acute and chronic health effects of pesticide exposure. Proceedings from the Medical Workshop on Pesticide-Related Illness offers work originally presented at the groundbreaking 2002 International Conference on Pesticide Exposure and Health in Washington DC. However in order to reflect recent developments in the field all of the authors have revised updated and expanded their presentations to address the current status of knowledge in pesticide health effects upon the major body organ systems. This up-to-date reference not only provides a wealth of relevant information on pesticide intoxication it also offers viable solutions to the challenges of understanding the effects exposure has on health. Papers featured in Proceedings from the Medical Workshop on Pesticide-Related Illness examine: potential mechanisms examples for each and an algorithm for etiologic diagnoses of contact dermatitis in agriculture the specific acute and chronic neurological effects of pesticides on both central and peripheral nervous systems in-depth examples of male and female reproductive disorders associated with pesticide exposure and timeframes of diagnosis from weeks to months to years anatomical site-based outlines for the role of pesticide exposures in the etiology of human cancer and evaluations of recent developments in exposure assessment and molecular epidemiology in adults and children goals components and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455290

Proceedings of Eurocogsci 03The European Cognitive Science Conference 2003 The aim of the European Cognitive Science Conference is the presentation of empirical theoretical and analytic work from all areas of interest in cognitive science such as artificial intelligence education linguistics neuroscience philosophy psychology and anthropology. The focus is on interdisciplinary work that is either of interest for more than one of the research areas mentioned or integrates research methods from different fields. With contributions by cognitive scientists from 20 different countries the papers in this volume reflect the origins of this conference as well as its international scope. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411845

Proceedings of the 1993 Connectionist Models Summer School The result of the 1993 Connectionist Models Summer School the papers in this volume exemplify the tremendous breadth and depth of research underway in the field of neural networks. Although the slant of the summer school has always leaned toward cognitive science and artificial intelligence the diverse scientific backgrounds and research interests of accepted students and invited faculty reflect the broad spectrum of areas contributing to neural networks including artificial intelligence cognitive science computer science engineering mathematics neuroscience and physics. Providing an accurate picture of the state of the art in this fast-moving field the proceedings of this intense two-week program of lectures workshops and informal discussions contains timely and high-quality work by the best and the brightest in the neural networks field. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806433

Proceedings of the 1995 World Congress on Neural Networks Centered around major topic areas of both theoretical and practical importance the World Congress on Neural Networks provides its registrants -- from a diverse background encompassing industry academia and government -- with the latest research and applications in the neural network field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876583

Proceedings of the 25th Annual Cognitive Science SocietyPart 1 and 2 This volume features the complete text of the material presented at the Twenty-Fifth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. As in previous years the symposium included an interesting mixture of papers on many topics from researchers with diverse backgrounds and different goals presenting a multifaceted view of cognitive science. This volume includes all papers posters and summaries of symposia presented at the leading conference that brings cognitive scientists together. The theme of this year's conference was the social cultural and contextual elements of cognition including topics on collaboration cultural learning distributed cognition and interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138411760

Proceedings of the 26th US Symposium on Rock MechanicsProceedings of the 26th US Symposium on Rock Mechanics This book is an outcome of the twenty-sixth symposium on "Rock Mechanics: Research and Engineering Applications in Rock Masses" in U.S. It focuses on the problems associated with rock mass and many experiments and modeling techniques are being performed in this area. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079231

Proceedings of the 41st Industrial Waste Conference May 1986 Purdue University This 41st Edition presents case histories with operating data-and new research-on most topics of this major subject in today's world. This valuable Purdue Book will prove invaluable to all involved with waste treatment providing information and data to help solve current problems. These proceedings of the May 1986 Purdue Conference include applications research methods and techniques case histories and operating data. The 91 papers include two special sections: 21 papers discuss toxic and hazardous wastes and 24 papers cover physical-biological systems. The book is further divided into papers on the following topics: (1) Pretreatment Programs and Systems; (2) Dairy Wastes; (3) Oilfield and Gas Pipeline Wastes; (4) Dye Wastes; (5) Coal Coke and Power Plant Wastes; (6) Landfill Leachate; (7) Laws Regulations and Training; (8) Physical/Biological Systems; (9) Pulp and Paper Mill Wastes; (10) Plating Wastes; (11) Food Wastes; (12) Metal Wastes; and (13) Toxic and Hazardous Wastes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315890289

Proceedings of the 43rd Industrial Waste Conference May 1988 Purdue University This Purdue volume includes 89 technical papers presented at the 43rd Purdue Industrial Waste Conference held May 10 11 and 12 1988 at Purdue University. The papers address topics within broad categories such as toxic and hazardous wastes; site remediation; landfills; biological systems; sorptive processes; processes and product development; industrial wastes; and laws regulations and training. The data and information contained in this volume reflect some of the latest information available on industrial waste and waste management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896915

Proceedings of the 44th Industrial Waste Conference May 1989 Purdue University New research-case histories and operating data-on every conceivable facet of today's big problem are detailed in the latest Purdue Book-with unparalleled appropriate usable information and data for your current industrial waste problems from the May 1989 Conference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896922

Proceedings of the 45th Industrial Waste Conference May 1990 Purdue University New and timely research methods and processes are described in 92 technical papers. This new volume in the Purdue series presents a compendium of valuable information that can be directly applied to today's big problems of environmental control treatment regulation and compliance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896939

Proceedings of the 52nd Purdue Industrial Waste Conference1997 Conference The 52nd Purdue Industrial Waste Conference showcased 18 sessions on subjects such as biological aspects physical-chemical aspects oil and petroleum wastes management and reuse strategies international activities and pollution prevention. This book compiles the work of nearly 200 international experts covering the latest practical techniques advanced research new methods actual operating data and important case studies. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813291

Proceedings of the Conference on Training Clinical Child Psychologists This volume is derived from the conference on Training Clinical Child Psychologists held in South Carolina. The goal of the meeting was to identify examine and assess the major influences directions goals and actions of consequence to clinical child psychology and to clinical child psychologists.  Proceedings: Conference on Training Clinical Child Psychologists explores issues pertaining to the goal of training competent psychologists to work with children youths and families.  The objectives of this volume and the conference are: *to stimulate discourse meaningful to clinical child psychologists and to the total psychological community; *to clarify major issues and alternative actions and*to formulate and implement feasible proposals for strengthening the professional preparation of clinical child psychologists. Topics included in this volume include: roles and responsibilities of clinical child psychologists and the boundary issues; curriculum issues; models of training; credentialing and licensing; and recommendations guidelines and conclusions drawn from the conference. Also included are the Guidelines for Training Psychologists to Work with Children Youths and Families (Appendix E).  Contributors include: June M. Tuma Donald K. Routh Michael C. Roberts Patricia J. Aletky Stanley F. Schneider Alan O. Ross Honore M. Hughes Anthony P. Mannarino Thomas H. Ollendick Annette M. LaGreca Carolyn Schroeder Jerome H. Hanley David S. Glenwick Steven M. Neuhaus Frank D. Fincham Gary B. Melton Douglas G. Ullman Howard Markam William O. Donnelly Sandra W. Russ Donald K. Freedheim Jane W. Kessler Donald Wertleib Dennis Drotar Andrew S. Bradlyn Lynne Doran Sheila Eyberg James H. Johnson Jean C. Elbert Robert D. Felner Raymond P. Lorion Al Finch Diane J. Willis Marilyn T. Erickson Martha Perry Richard R. Abidin Felicisima C. Serafica Charles Wenar S. Joseph Weaver Jacquelin Goldman Rochelle L. Robbins. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315827575

Proceedings of the Eighteenth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society This volume features the complete text of all regular papers posters and summaries of symposia presented at the 18th annual meeting of the Cognitive Science Society. Papers have been loosely grouped by topic and an author index is provided in the back. In hopes of facilitating searches of this work an electronic index on the Internet's World Wide Web is provided. Titles authors and summaries of all the papers published here have been placed in an online database which may be freely searched by anyone. You can reach the Web site at: http://www.cse.ucsd.edu/events/cogsci96/proceedings. You may view the table of contents for this volume on the LEA Web site at: http://www.erlbaum.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876637

Proceedings of the Eighth International Conference on Difference Equations and Applications The Eighth International Conference on Difference Equations and Applications was held at Masaryk University in Brno Czech Republic. This volume comprises refereed papers presented at this conference. These papers cover all important themes conjectures and open problems in the fields of discrete dynamical systems and ordinary and partial difference equations classical and contemporary theoretical and applied. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367392932

Proceedings of the European Cognitive Science Conference 2007 This volume contains the invited lectures invited symposia symposia papers and posters presented at the 2nd European Cognitive Science Conference held in Greece in May 2007. The papers presented in this volume range from empirical psychological studies and computational models to philosophical arguments meta-analyses and even to neuroscientific experimentation. The quality of the work shows that the Cognitive Science Society in Europe is an exciting and vibrant one. There are 210 contributions by cognitive scientists from 27 different countries including USA France UK Germany Greece Italy Belgium Japan Spain the Netherlands and Australia. This book will be of interest to anyone concerned with current research in Cognitive Science. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138411616

Proceedings of the First International Conference on Genetic Algorithms and their Applications Computer solutions to many difficult problems in science and engineering require the use of automatic search methods that consider a large number of possible solutions to the given problems. This book describes recent advances in the theory and practice of one such search method called Genetic Algorithms. Genetic algorithms are evolutionary search techniques based on principles derived from natural population genetics and are currently being applied to a variety of difficult problems in science engineering and artificial intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138414204

Proceedings of the First Southern African Geotechnical Conference The First Southern African Geotechnical Conference was organised by the Geotechnical Division of the South African Institution of Civil Engineering (SAICE) under the auspices of the International Society of Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering (ISSMGE) and took place at Sun City South Africa on 5 and 6 May 2016. More than 60 papers were received from authors in South Africa Botswana Kenya Tanzania Uganda Algeria Austria France Germany Switzerland and the United Kingdom. They represent consulting engineers and engineering geologists contractors academics and product specialists. The papers were grouped into the following themes: Foundations Mining and Tailings Modelling and Design Site investigation Soil Properties and Soil Reinforcement and Slopes. The wide range of topics is considered to be thoroughly representative of the current activities of the geotechnical industry in the Southern African Region. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737122

Proceedings of the Fourteenth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society This volume features the complete text of all regular papers posters and summaries of symposia presented at the 14th annual meeting of the Cognitive Science Society. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651066

Proceedings of the International Conference on Behavioral Health and Traumatic Brain InjuryA Special Issue of The Clinical Neuropsychologist This Special Issue presents proceedings of the International Conference on Behavioral Health and Traumatic Brain Injury convened in October 2008 that brought together over 100 international scientists health care professionals policy makers US Military personnel and family members addressing the issues of mild traumatic brain injury and post traumatic stress disorder in the military. The conference produced a Report to US Congress outlining recommendations for state of the art novel approaches in research technology diagnosis treatment training and outreach. The issue contains the Report a message from US Congressman Bill Pascrell and articles authored by participants of the conference. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138381247

Proceedings of the International Symposia of the Princess Takamatsu Cancer Research Fund Volume 13 ADP-Ribosylation DNA Repair and CancerP Proceedings of the 13th International Symposium of The Princess Takamatsu Cancer Research Fund held in Tokyo The proceedings deal with the potential relevance of ADP-ribosylation reactions in the genesis prevention and treatment of cancer. These reactions were independently discovered in the laboratories of Paul Mandel Osamu Hayaishi and Takashi Sugimura all whom contribute to ADP-Ribosylation DNA Repair and Cancer. Apart from these renowned scientists many other outstanding researchers from the international research community have contributed chapters discussing their most recent research results. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079491

Proceedings of the International Symposium on Design Review (Routledge Revivals)University of Cincinnati October 8-11 1992 First published in 1992 this book collects together the papers presented at the International Symposium on Design Review which was held to address the growing tendency of local governments to institute programs of aesthetic control. The editor argues that the widespread adoption of design review processes in the years preceding the conference necessitated thoroughgoing professional criticism and a number of areas of debate are identified and addressed in the subsequent papers. Are the difficulties experienced by planners community activists and architects with the process due to its relative youth or inherent flaws in the entire concept? How should mechanical problems like time and expense the ease with which the process can be manipulated and general inefficiencies in the system be resolved? More intricate problems are also addressed such as: who has the power to judge the aesthetic quality of a building whether design review infringes on the rights of the individual especially under the First Amendment whether the design review process is "fair" and the difficulty for the reviewer of deciding what is right and what is wrong having taken into account factors that can be highly subjective or contradict more practical concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693197

Proceedings of the International Workshop on Applications of Neural Networks to Telecommunications The world is witnessing the rapid evolution of its own nervous system by an unparalleled growth in communication technology. Like the evolution of the nervous systems in animals this growth is being driven by a survival-of-the-fittest-mechanism. In telecommunications the entities that fuel this growth are companies and nations who compete with each other. Companies with superior information systems can outrun and outsmart others because they serve their customers better. On the threshold of an explosion in the variety speed and usefulness of telecommunication networks neural network researchers can make important contributions to this emerging new telecommunications infrastructure. The first International Workshop on Applications of Neural Networks to Telecommunications (IWANNT) was planned in response to the telecommunications industry's needs for new adaptive technologies. This workshop featured 50 talks and posters that were selected by an organizing committee of experts in both telecommunications and neural networks. These proceedings will also be available on-line in an electronic format providing multimedia figures cross-referencing and annotation. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138882812

Proceedings of the National Association for Multicultural EducationSeventh Annual Name Conference The National Association for Multicultural Education (NAME) held its 7th Annual Conference in 1997 with a theme of Daring to Educate for Equity and Excellence: A Multicultural and Bilingual Mandate for the 21st Century. The conference generated scholarship in the form of keynote speeches and conference papers and stimulating discussions among the membership. The conference's southwest location of Albuquerque New Mexico provided an excellent back drop to discuss the interconnections between multicultural education and bilingual education as well as provide an opportunity for proponents of both of these important ideas to engage in useful and important discussions. The essays comprised in this book capture much of the written record of the conference. They convey ideas beliefs and research findings that were presented at the formal sessions at the conference. Just as with NAME's previous proceedings it is expected that these proceedings will become not only a written record of the conference but a "live curriculum" to help pre/K through college educators to prepare themselves and those they teach for the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435872

Proceedings of the Ninth International Symposium on Transportation and Traffic TheoryDelft 1984 The Ninth International Symposium on Transportation and Traffic Theory held in the Netherlands in July 1984 follows the tradition of broad international information exchange that was developed at the eight previous symposia. Over the years the scope of the symposia has gradually widened to become both more international and more comprehensive than that of the earlier meetings. The Ninth Symposium continues this trend by including papers on a wide range of theoretical issues by leading members of the international research community. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451752

Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress of Accountants 1957 This book first published in 1988 contains the complete account of the Seventh International Congress of Accountants in 1957. Featuring analysis of the modernisation of accounting public accountants and internal auditing among others this is a valuable research book on the development of the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367497323

Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science SocietyAtlanta Georgia 1994 This volume features the complete text of all regular papers posters and summaries of symposia presented at the 16th annual meeting of the Cognitive Science Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876538

Proceedings of the Twentieth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society This volume features the complete text of the material presented at the Twentieth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. As in previous years the symposium included an interesting mixture of papers on many topics from researchers with diverse backgrounds and different goals presenting a multifaceted view of cognitive science. This volume contains papers posters and summaries of symposia presented at the leading conference that brings cognitive scientists together to discuss issues of theoretical and applied concern. Submitted presentations are represented in these proceedings as "long papers" (those presented as spoken presentations and "full posters" at the conference) and "short papers" (those presented as "abstract posters" by members of the Cognitive Science Society). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315782416

Proceedings of the Twenty-first Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society This book presents the complete collection of peer-reviewed presentations at the 1999 Cognitive Science Society meeting including papers poster abstracts and descriptions of conference symposia. For students and researchers in all areas of cognitive science. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410603494

Proceedings of the Twenty-fourth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society This volume features the complete text of the material presented at the Twenty-Fourth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. As in previous years the symposium included an interesting mixture of papers on many topics from researchers with diverse backgrounds and different goals presenting a multifaceted view of cognitive science. The volume includes all papers posters and summaries of symposia presented at this leading conference that brings cognitive scientists together. The 2002 meeting dealt with issues of representing and modeling cognitive processes as they appeal to scholars in all subdisciplines that comprise cognitive science: psychology computer science neuroscience linguistics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411852

Proceedings Of The Xiv International Grassland Congress Approximately 1500 scientists from around the globe participated in the InternationalGrassland Congress at the University of Kentucky in 1981 sharing existingknowledge of grasslands and exploring methods for increasing the productivity oflivestock/forage systems so as to better feed mankind while maintaining or improvingenvironmental quality. Of the nearly 500 papers presented on previously unpublishedoriginal research or experimental research and development projects 273 were selectedfor inclusion in this book. They cover the current basic and applied research on productionand utilization of forages from grasslands the world over. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367284398

Process Advancement in Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Research This volume contains peer-reviewed chapters and original research on chemistry and its broad range of applications in chemical engineering. Covering both theoretical and practical applications of modern chemistry the book presents a different aspects of chemistry and chemical engineering. The book includes the most significant new research papers and other original contributions on the structure of single molecules and radicals molecular assemblies gases liquids (including water and solutions) amorphous and crystalline solids surfaces films and nanoparticles (including inorganic organic and organometallic compounds) molecular and polymeric materials single crystals and minerals. The aim of this multidisciplinary book is to promote communication and dialogue among researchers scientists engineers and policymakers working in the areas of modern chemistry and chemical engineering and who deal with all structural aspects of modern chemistry and chemical engineering. The research provided here will be especially valuable to those interested in the principles of chemical bonding and matter organization the impact of structural aspects on a chemical property or transformation and the application of the newest physical methods in chemical structure research. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881050

Process Algebra for Parallel and Distributed Processing Collects the Latest Research Involving the Application of Process Algebra to ComputingExploring state-of-the-art applications Process Algebra for Parallel and Distributed Processing shows how one formal method of reasoning—process algebra—has become a powerful tool for solving design and implementation challenges of concurrent systems. Parallel ProgrammingDivided into three parts the book begins by parallelizing an algorithm for the Cell Broadband Engine processor of IBM Sony and Toshiba. It also develops a runtime environment that can be ported to different parallel platforms and describes the formal model of action systems. Distributed SystemsThe next part presents a process algebra (mCRL2) that targets distributed applications looks at how to turn prose descriptions into unambiguous specifications extends pi-calculus to create a service-oriented mobility abstract machine and introduces the Channel Ambient Machine for mobile applications. Embedded SystemsThe final section combines state-based Z with the event-based process algebra CSP in a formal methodology called Circus. It also develops a pair of process algebras (PARS) to address the problem of scheduling in real-time embedded systems and emphasizes the reuse of concurrent artifacts across different hardware platforms.Highlighting recent research work this volume addresses multicore programming problems and the evolution of the growing body of concurrency-enabled languages. It proposes solutions to the problems of designing and implementing today’s concurrency-constrained multicore processor and cloud architectures. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367386108

Process and Experience in the Language Classroom Process and Experience in the Language Classroom argues the case for communicative language teaching as an experiential and task driven learning process. The authors raise important questions regarding the theoretical discussion of communicative competence and current classroom practice. They propose ways in which Communicative Language Teaching should develop within an educational model of theory and practice incorporating traditions of experimental and practical learning and illustrated from a wide range of international sources. Building on a critical review of recent language teaching principles and practice they provide selection criteria for classroom activities based on a typology of communicative tasks drawn from classroom experience. The authors also discuss practical attempts to utilise project tasks both as a means of realising task based language learning and of redefining the roles of teacher and learner within a jointly constructed curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165205

Process and Form in Geomorphology Process and Form in Geomorphology marks a turning point in geomorphological research. Stoddart has brought together a team of the leading international experts to offer important new studies into the processes theory and history of landforms and to present a framework for taking research forward into the new millenium. Illustrated throughout Process and Form in Geomorphology takes up the challenges of the research agenda set by Richard Chorley and offers fresh insights into his unique contribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983830

Process and Pattern in CultureEssays in Honor of Julian H. Steward This festschrift commemorates Julian H. Steward. The essays were contributed by former students colleagues and other anthropologists whose research or thinking has been influenced by him. There was no preconceived attempt to give the volume any greater sense of unity or to impose upon the contributors any restrictions as to subject matter. On the contrary each author was urged to write on an anthropological topic of greatest current interest to himself. Many of the essays could be placed just as handily within a division other than the one to which they have arbitrarily been assigned in the book. This kind of interchangeability may reflect in some measure the interrelatedness of Steward's contributions to anthropological theory.The broad relevance of all the selections to Steward's work could reflect also the extent to which his interests continue to be reflected in the work of anthropologists influenced by him. It could also reflect a parallelism of theoretical concerns within the profession that stem from the cultural ambience that produced Steward himself. Parallelisms and convergence are aspects of the kind of cultural determinism which has claimed Steward's attention during the many years that he fought a fairly lonely battle to establish the respectability of evolutionism in anthropology. Now that respectability has been achieved--with an almost bandwagon fervor--it is clear that Steward as much as anyone else in anthropology was "responsible" for the change.The essays in this collection are at once a vindication of his patience an evidence of the high status he enjoys among anthropologists and a testimony to the impact of his unusual creativity on his colleagues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530805

Process Capability AnalysisEstimating Quality Process Capability Analysis: Estimating Quality presents a systematic exploration of process capability analysis and how it may be used to estimate quality. The book is designed for practitioners who are tasked with insuring a high level of quality for the products and services offered by their organizations. Along with describing the necessary statistical theory the book illustrates the practical application of the techniques to data that do not always satisfy the standard assumptions.The first two chapters deal with attribute data where the estimation of quality is restricted to counts of nonconformities. Both classical and Bayesian methods are discussed. The rest of the book deals with variable data including extensive discussions of both capability indices and statistical tolerance limits. Considerable emphasis is placed on methods for handling non-normal data. Also included are discussions of topics often omitted in discussions of process capability including multivariate capability indices multivariate tolerance limits and capability control charts. A separate chapter deals with the problem of determining adequate sample sizes for estimating process capability.Features:        Comprehensive treatment of the subject with consistent theme of estimating percent of nonconforming product or service.        Includes Bayesian methods.        Extension of univariate techniques to multivariate data.        Demonstration of all techniques using Statgraphics data analysis software.Neil Polhemus is Chief Technology Officer at Statgraphics Technology and the original developer of the Statgraphics program for statistical analysis and data visualization. Dr. Polhemus spent 6 years on the faculty of the School of Engineering and Applied Science at Princeton University before moving full-time to software development and consulting. He has taught courses dealing with statistical process control design of experiments and data analysis for more than 100 companies and government agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367572518

Process Capability Indices A solid rigorous yet comprehensible analysis of process capability indices this work bridges the gap between theoretical statisticians and quality control practitioners showing how an understanding of these indices can lead to process improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367449896

Process Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry Volume 2Challenges in an Ever Changing Climate As pharmaceutical companies strive to develop safer medicines at a lower cost they must keep pace with the rapid growth of technology and research methodologies. Defying the misconception of process chemistry as mere scale-up work Process Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry Vol. 2: Challenges in an Ever Changing Climate explores novel applications of synthetic physical and analytical chemistry in drug discovery and development. It offers an accurate depiction of the most up-to-date process research and development methods applied to synthesis clinical trials and commercializing drug candidates. The second installment in this progressive series this volumereviews the latest breakthroughs to advance process chemistry including asymmetric synthesis crystallization morphology enzymatic intervention green chemistry macromolecules (monoclonal antibodies biological molecules polymers) enantioselectivity organometallic chemistry process analytical tools chemical engineering controls regulatory compliance and outsourcing/globalization. It explores new approaches to synthetic processes examines the latest safety methods and experiment design and suggests realistic solutions to problems encountered in manufacturing and process development. Significant topics include atom economy ease of synthesis instrumentation automization quality control cost considerations green practices and future trends. Jointly edited by the founder/president of Delphian Pharmaceuticals and the director of Chemical R&D at Pfizer this book brings together contributions byreputed scientists technologists engineers and professors from leading academic institutions such as the Imperial College UK the University of Tokyo ETH Switzerland the International University at Bermen Germany and the University of Connecticut USA and from principal pharmaceutical companies that include Merck Bristol Myers Squibb Pfizer Novartis Eli Lilly Astrazeneca and DSM. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577599

Process Chemistry of Lubricant Base Stocks Advances in processing methods are not only improving the quality and yield of lubricant base stocks they are also reducing the dependence on more expensive crude oil starting materials.  Process Chemistry of Lubricant Base Stocks provides a comprehensive understanding of the chemistry behind the processes involved in petroleum base stock production from crude oil fractions. This book examines hydroprocessing technologies that driven by the demand for higher performance in finished lubricants have transformed processing treatments throughout the industry. The author relates the properties of base stocks to their chemical composition and describes the process steps used in their manufacture. The book highlights catalytic processes including hydrocracking hydrofinishing and catalytic dewaxing. It also covers traditional solvent-based separation methods used to remove impurities enhance performance and improve oxidation resistance. The final chapters discuss the production of Food Grade white oils and paraffins and the gas-to-liquids processes used to produce highly paraffinic base stocks via Fischer-Tropsch chemistry. Process Chemistry of Lubricant Base Stocks provides historical and conceptual background to the technologies used to make base stocks thorough references and a unique emphasis on chemical not just engineering aspects of lubricant processing—making this book an ideal and practical reference for scientists across a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577674

Process Chemistry of Petroleum Macromolecules Although there is a shortage of light petroleum there is plenty of heavy petroleum rich in macromolecules available creating an increasing interest for processes that can convert heavy oils to light oils. Process Chemistry of Petroleum Macromolecules provides the scientific basis for such processes presenting methods to determine improvement potential. Topics include characterization thermal kinetics phase behavior and separation. Revealing that the science of petroleum macromolecules is simpler and more exciting than imagined it also discusses macromolecules that self-associate liquid crystalline phases reactions triggered by phase separation and both dispersed and dissolved solutes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577506

Process Control FundamentalsAnalysis Design Assessment and Diagnosis The field of process control has evolved gradually over the years with emphasis on key aspects including designing and tuning of controllers. This textbook covers fundamental concepts of basic and multivariable process control and important monitoring and diagnosis techniques. It discusses topics including state-space models Laplace transform to convert state-space models to transfer function models linearity and linearization inversion formulae conversion of output to time domain stability analysis through partial fraction expansion and stability analysis using Routh table and Nyquits plots. The text also covers basics of relative gain array multivariable controller design and model predictive control. The text comprehensively covers minimum variable controller (MVC) and minimum variance benchmark with the help of solved examples for better understanding. Fundamentals of diagnosis of control loop problems are also explained and explanations are bolstered through solved examples. Pedagogical features including solved problems and unsolved exercises are interspersed throughout the text for better understanding. The textbook is primarily written for senior undergraduate and graduate students in the field of chemical engineering and biochemical engineering for a course on process control. The textbook will be accompanied by teaching resource such a collection of slides for the course material and a includsolution manual for the instructors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367433420

Process Control Techniques for High-Volume Production This book details most common statistical process control tools with many examples for high-volume production. It aims to make elements of high-volume production process control simple and easy to understand. It lets you thoroughly understand process controls instead of blindly trusting software tools that operate as black boxes. If you are dealing with high-volume production as an operator line supervisor inspector process engineer quality engineer manufacturing manager plant manager or president of the company you have to understand the statistical process control basics explained in this book in order to be successful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498769112

Process Engineering and Design Using Visual Basic® Software tools are a great aid to process engineers but too much dependence on such tools can often lead to inappropriate and suboptimal designs. Reliance on software is also a hindrance without a firm understanding of the principles underlying its operation since users are still responsible for devising the design.In Process Engineering and Design Using Visual Basic Arun K. Datta provides a unique and versatile suite of programs along with simultaneous development of the underlying concepts principles and mathematics. Each chapter details the theory and techniques that provide the basis for design and engineering software and then showcases the development and utility of programs developed using the material outlined in the chapter. This all-inclusive guide works systematically from basic mathematics to fluid mechanics separators overpressure protection and glycol dehydration providing basic design guidelines based on international codes. Worked examples demonstrate the utility of each program while the author also explains problems and limitations associated with the simulations.After reading this book you will be able to immediately put these programs into action and have total confidence in the result regardless of your level of experience. Companion Visual Basic and Excel files are available for download on under the "Downloads/Updates" tab on this web page. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439862803

Process Facilitation in Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy and Social Work Process Facilitation in Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy and Social Work elaborates a differential theory of therapeutic engagement with full reference not only to psychoanalysis and to psychotherapy but also – surprisingly – to social work. When contemporary social work with the marginalised achieves mutual constructive collaboration social workers characteristically notice an unfolding process. Could this correspond to the ‘analytic process’ of psychoanalysis? Sylvia O’Neill seeks to explain theoretically and to illustrate clearly in practice just how a quasi-autonomous therapeutic process becomes established. The theory underpinning the book is Jean-Luc Donnet’s conceptualisation of the establishment of the analytic process in psychoanalysis through introjection of the analytic setting. Donnet designates the psychoanalytic setting as the analytic ‘site’. O’Neill proceeds to trace by means of detailed clinical discussion the analogous process by which a viable therapeutic process can become established through created/found discovery and introjection of the relevant ‘site’ or setting in psychoanalytic psychotherapy and in social work. Amongst the most important elements are the practitioner’s internalised theoretical principles. The book demonstrates that unconscious introjection figures more importantly in effective therapeutic engagement than a conscious therapeutic alliance. An important corollary for social work is that contrary to popular myth no prior psychological-mindedness is required. The differential theory of Process Facilitation in Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy and Social Work is equally relevant to psychodynamic counselling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591097

Process Imaging For Automatic Control As industrial processes and their corresponding control models increase in complexity the data provided by traditional point sensors is no longer adequate to ensure product quality and cost-effective operation. Process Imaging for Automatic Control demonstrates how in-process imaging technologies surpass the limitations of traditional monitoring systems by providing real-time multidimensional measurement and control data. Combined with suitable data extraction and control schemes such systems can optimize the performance of a wide variety of industrial processes.Contributed by leading international experts Process Imaging for Automatic Control offers authoritative comprehensive coverage of this new area of process control technology including:Basic goals of process modeling and their application to automatic controlDirect imaging devices and applications such as machine vision and spatial measurement of flow velocity pressure shear pH and temperatureVarious techniques hardware implementations and image reconstruction methods for process tomographyImage enhancement and restorationState estimation methodsState space control system models control strategies and implementation issuesFive chapters devoted to case studies and advanced applicationsFrom theory to practical implementation this book is the first to treat the entire range of imaging techniques and their application to process control. Supplying broad coverage with more than 270 illustrations and nearly 700 cited references it presents an accessible introduction to this rapidly growing interdisciplinary technology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220895

Process Implementation Through 5SLaying the Foundation for Lean Process Implementation Through 5S: Laying the Foundation for Lean explains how to implement standardized work and visual controls through Plan–Do–Check–Adjust (PDCA). The author uses PDCA to outline the book and explains how 5S (Sort Straighten Shine Standardize and Sustain) and Standardization are not only foundational parts of the PDCA for your Lean transformation but are actually PDCA processes within themselves. The book provides a road map to implement new processes. In addition it shows how this same implementation process can be used to shore up existing processes and improve upon them. Once you walk through this process with your team you not only will have laid the foundation for Lean in your organization but will have laid the foundation for PDCA and for building an army of problem solvers. This transformation is what ultimately will add value to your customer base and drive the business results you are looking for. These Lean tools are not an end to a means but rather a means to an end. The purpose is not to implement these tools check off the box and then move on to the next area. Rather they are tools designed to engage your team and help your team see problems which you then can solve. This is the continuous improvement culture most organizations and Lean leaders seek. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498747158

Process Improvement and CMMI� for Systems and Software Process Improvement and CMMI® for Systems and Software provides a workable approach for achieving cost-effective process improvements for systems and software. Focusing on planning implementation and management in system and software processes it supplies a brief overview of basic strategic planning models and covers fundamental concepts and approaches for system and software measurement testing and improvements. The book represents the significant cumulative experience of the authors who were among the first to introduce quality management to the software development processes. It introduces CMMI® and various other software and systems process models. It also provides readers with an easy-to-follow methodology for evaluating the status of development and maintenance processes and for determining the return on investment for process improvements. The authors examine beta testing and various testing and usability programs. They highlight examples of useful metrics for monitoring process improvement projects and explain how to establish baselines against which to measure achieved improvements. Divided into four parts this practical resource covers: Strategy and basics of quality and process improvementAssessment and measurement in systems and software Improvements and testing of systems and softwareManaging and reporting dataThe text concludes with a realistic case study that illustrates how the process improvement effort is structured and brings together the methods tools and techniques discussed. Spelling out how to lay out a reasoned plan for process improvement this book supplies readers with concrete action plans for setting up process improvement initiatives that are effective efficient and sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367452360

Process Improvement with CMMI® v1.2 and ISO Standards In this age of globalization process improvement practitioners must be able to comprehend and work with the different standards and frameworks used around the world. While many systems and software engineering organizations rely on a single standard as the primary driver of process improvement efforts (CMMI®-based process improvement in the U.S. and ISO 9001 around the world) the most successful incorporate multiple frameworks. Process Improvement with CMMI® v1.2 and ISO Standards helps users become more versatile in using multiple process standards when creating organizational and project processes. Compares and Contrasts Different Standards   The book begins by discussing the motivations for process improvement the factors that make improvement difficult and the conditions and activities that enable improvement. It examines the structure and content of Capability Maturity Model IntegrationSM version 1.2 provides summaries of several ISO standards and discusses the detailed relationships between four specific ISO standards (ISO 9001 ISO 15288 ISO 12207 and ISO 20000) and CMMI. The book concludes by addressing the synergy and use of multiple frameworks discussing the process of conducting appraisals against multiple frameworks and examining the collection of objective evidence required by each standard and appraisal method. The authors also discuss similarities and differences among the appraisal and certification approaches. Free Downloads   This volume is highly supplemented with numerous appendices to clarify material and a website is provided where readers can download detailed maps and corresponding correlation matrices. This bonus material allows users to further experiment with the framework relationships and be more equipped to deal with the myriad of standards and frameworks they may encounter. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367452520

Process Improvement with Electronic Health RecordsA Stepwise Approach to Workflow and Process Management Although physicians and hospitals are receiving incentives to use electronic health records (EHRs) there is little emphasis on workflow and process improvement by providers or vendors. As a result many healthcare organizations end up with incomplete product specifications and poor adoption rates. Process Improvement with Electronic Health Records: A Stepwise Approach to Workflow and Process Management walks you through a ten-step approach for applying workflow and process management principles regardless of what stage your organization is in its EHR journey. Introducing workflow and process mapping as essential elements in healthcare improvement it includes detailed guidance helpful tools and case studies in each chapter. It also: Compares EHR workflow and process management to other continuous quality improvement methodologies Highlights the processes that need to be addressed in EHR workflow and process redesign Describes the level of detail necessary for workflow and process mapping to be effective Explains how to create change agents and offers time-tested change management tools The book describes the process for getting stakeholders to create document and validate new workflows and processes. Using case studies to illustrate the unique requirements of health information technology (HIT) and EHR acquisition this reference provides you with simple yet powerful tools—along with step-by-step guidance—for the effective use of workflow and process mapping within healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439872338

Process Integration Approaches to Planning Carbon Management Networks Process Integration Approaches to Planning Carbon Management Networks provides a comprehensive treatment of carbon emissions pinch analysis (CEPA) covering the fundamentals as well as more advanced variants based on mathematical programming. A significant portion of the book is dedicated to case studies that provide a range of examples to demonstrate how CEPA can be applied to practical energy planning problems. Selected chapters also include electronic supplements (e.g. spreadsheet templates and software code) to aid the reader in applying these methods to new sets of data. This book is ideal for academic researchers and graduate students interested in carbon-constrained energy planning models and applications. This book Provides essential information on CEPA and mathematical programming Gives illustrative examples and case studies drawn from contemporary climatic issues Covers state-of-the-art methodological developments Discusses about applications in various countries Offers additional support through supplementary spreadsheet templates and software code Professor Dominic Foo is a professor of process design and integration at the University of Nottingham Malaysia. He is a fellow of the Institution of Chemical Engineers a fellow of the Academy of Science Malaysia a chartered engineer with the UK Engineering Council and a professional engineer with the Board of Engineers Malaysia. He works on process integration for resource conservation and CO2 reduction with more than 400 published works. Prof. Foo is the co-editor-in-chief for Process Integration and Optimization for Sustainability subject editor for Process Safety & Environmental Protection and an editorial board member for several other renowned journals. Raymond R. Tan is a professor of chemical engineering and university fellow at De La Salle University Philippines. He is also a member of the National Academy of Science and Technology of the Philippines. His main areas of research are process systems engineering and process integration where he has over 300 published works. Prof. Tan received his BS and MS degrees in chemical engineering and PhD in mechanical engineering from De La Salle University. He is also a co-editor-in-chief of Process Integration and Optimization for Sustainability subject editor of Sustainable Production and Consumption and an editorial board member of Clean Technologies and Environmental Policy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815390923

Process Integration for Resource Conservation To achieve environmental sustainability in industrial plants resource conservation activities such as material recovery have begun incorporating process integration techniques for reusing and recycling water utility gases solvents and solid waste. Process Integration for Resource Conservation presents state-of-the-art cost-effective techniques including pinch analysis and mathematical optimization for numerous conservation problems. Following the holistic philosophy of process integration the author emphasizes the goal of setting performance targets ahead of detailed design. He explains various industrial examples step by step and offers demo software and other materials online. Ideal for students preparing for real-world work as well as industrial practitioners the text provides a systematic guide to the latest process integration techniques for performing material recovery in process plants. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466573321

Process Management in Spinning A Straightforward Text Summarizing All Aspects of Process ControlTextile manufacturing is one of the largest industries in the world second only to agriculture. Spinning covers a prominent segment in textile manufacturing and this budding industry continues to thrive and grow. Process Management in Spinning considers aspect of process management and offers insight into the process control procedures and methods of spinning. Focusing on the technology as well as the management of the process it examines both the economic and technological advancements currently taking place in the spinning industry. This text takes a close look at the advancing technology in manufacturing and process and product quality control. It provides a basic overview of the subject and also presents applications of this technology for practicing engineers.Incorporates Industry-Based Real-World ExamplesThe book contains 15 chapters that specifically address the stages of process control energy management methods humidification and ventilation systems basics pollution management process management tools productivity waste control material handling and other aspects of spinning mills. It also includes real-time case studies involving typical problems that arise in spinning processes and strategies used to contain them. The author provides a broad outlook on various topics including mixing winding raw material and optimizing raw material properties bale management yarn engineering systems processing and process management systems. He also details the defects associated with each and every process with causes effects and control measures. The book addresses process management as it relates to productivity quality and costs as well as process control as it relates to man machine and material.Provides the scientific method for optimization/optimizing the Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378332

Process MasteringHow to Establish and Document the Best Known Way to Do a Job The benefits include: cost reduction; increased productivity; improved safety; higher morale; and the ability to meet the changing expectations of your customers.Step-by-step the authors guide you through the creation and implementation of a process master. You will learn:Identify and gain control of your organization's key processes.Get the right people involved.Establish boundaries and measures.Use the process master to support ISO and HACCP complianceProcess Mastering contains two fully completed sample Process Masters as well as numerous improvement examples. An appendix provides blank Process Master forms and shows you how to use a Deployment Flow Chart. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138464247

Process Modeling Simulation and Environmental Applications in Chemical Engineering In this valuable volume new and original research on various topics on chemical engineering and technology is presented on modeling and simulation material synthesis wastewater treatment analytical techniques and microreactors. The research presented here can be applied to technology in food paper and pulp polymers petrochemicals surface coatings oil technology aspects among other uses. The book is divided into five sections: modeling and simulation environmental applications materials and applications processes and applications analytical methods Topics include: modeling and simulation of chemical processes process integration and intensification separation processes advances in unit operations and processes chemical reaction engineering fuel and energy advanced materials CFD and transport processes wastewater treatment The valuable research presented here will be of interest to researchers scientists industry practitioners as well as upper-level students. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883245

Process Modeling and Management for Healthcare From the Foreword:"[This book] provides a comprehensive overview of the fundamental concepts in healthcare process management as well as some advanced topics in the cutting-edge research of the closely related areas. This book is ideal for graduate students and practitioners who want to build the foundations and develop novel contributions in healthcare process modeling and management."--Christopher Yang Drexel UniversityProcess modeling and process management are traversal disciplines which have earned more and more relevance over the last two decades. Several research areas are involved within these disciplines including database systems database management information systems ERP operations research formal languages and logic. Process Modeling and Management for Healthcare provides the reader with an in-depth analysis of what process modeling and process management techniques can do in healthcare the major challenges faced and those challenges remaining to be faced. The book features contributions from leading authors in the field.The book is structured into two parts. Part one covers fundamentals and basic concepts in healthcare. It explores the architecture of a process management environment the flexibility of a process model and the compliance of a process model. It also features a real application domain of patients suffering from age-related macular degeneration.Part two of the book includes advanced topics from the leading frontiers of scientific research on process management and healthcare. This section of the book covers software metrics to measure features of the process model as a software artifact. It includes process analysis to discover the formal properties of the process model prior to deploying it in real application domains. Abnormal situations and exceptions as well as temporal clinical guidelines are also presented in depth Pro. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572754

Process Modelling and Simulation in Chemical Biochemical and Environmental Engineering The use of simulation plays a vital part in developing an integrated approach to process design. By helping save time and money before the actual trial of a concept this practice can assist with troubleshooting design control revamping and more. Process Modelling and Simulation in Chemical Biochemical and Environmental Engineering explores effective modeling and simulation approaches for solving equations. Using a systematic treatment of model development and simulation studies for chemical biochemical and environmental processes this book explains the simplification of a complicated process at various levels with the help of a "model sketch." It introduces several types of models examines how they are developed and provides examples from a wide range of applications. This includes the simple models based on simple laws such as Fick’s law models that consist of generalized equations such as equations of motion discrete-event models and stochastic models (which consider at least one variable as a discrete variable) and models based on population balance. Divided into 11 chapters this book: Presents a systematic approach of model development in view of the simulation need Includes modeling techniques to model hydrodynamics mass and heat transfer and reactors for single as well as multi-phase systems Provides stochastic and population balance models Covers the application and development of artificial neural network models and hybrid ANN models Highlights gradients based techniques as well as statistical techniques for model validation and sensitivity analysis Contains examples on development of analytical stochastic numerical and ANN-based models and simulation studies using them Illustrates modeling concepts with a wide spectrum of classical as well as recent research papers Process Modelling and Simulation in Chemical Biochemical and Environmental Engineering includes recent trends in modeling and simulation e.g. artificial neural network (ANN)-based models and hybrid models. It contains a chapter on flowsheeting and batch processes using commercial/open source software for simulation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075085

Process of AgingSocial and Psychological Perspectives Processes of Aging: Social and Psychological Perspectives is based on a monumental series of studies on the psychological and social aspects of aging in relation to mental health. This effort gives scientists from North America and Europe an opportunity to explore the concepts methodological problems and conclusions of their researches in the rapidly growing field of gerontology. Much work has been done in an attempt to present this material in sequential and systematic fashion. Original work of sixty-six research workers from twelve countries is represented in this two-volume set. They offer an inventory of principal fields of gerontological research in advanced countries.Human aging in its many ramifications is becoming one of the major areas of research interest among an increasing number of students in the biological behavioral and social sciences. Although the phenomena of aging were largely overlooked as subject matter for research during the early stages in the development of all basic sciences it was inevitable that students would eventually become curious about the final processes of maturation. Events of recent years have hastened the need for social action on behalf of older people and consequently the need for scientific knowledge about their characteristics circumstances and requirements.Processes of Aging: Social and Psychological Perspectives will be of interest to research workers teachers and advanced students concerned with the psychological psychiatric psychosocial and socioeconomic aspects of aging. Many of the theoretical and analytical discussions and the specific studies offer guidance for top-level planners and policy administrators in public agencies and voluntary organizations. This volume is highly sensitive to older people as such: how they feel about themselves and the world and in the way they behave in relation to others. It is must reading in the health and welfare of aging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530812

Process Of Independence Ils 51 This study is concerned with the examination of some aspects of the political process in four former colonies which have become independent nation-states since the end of the Second World War: India Pakistan Indonesia and Ghana. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415605434

Process of the Soviet/BritishConference on Soviet-British Puppet Theatre : Selected Papers First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473171

Process PlantsShutdown and Turnaround Management In the process industry shutdown and turnaround costs are responsible for an excessive amount of maintenance expenses. Process Plants: Shutdown and Turnaround Management explores various types of shutdowns presents recommendations for better management and offers feasible solutions to help reduce overheads. Because turnaround management is the largest maintenance activity plant turnaround is the focal point of this text. The book details a plan to lengthen the interval between turnarounds and curtail costs in process production management by at least 30 percent. This practical guidebook provides a thorough study of shutdown management discusses different types of shutdown and managing events (emergency unplanned planned and turnaround) and covers all aspects of plant turnaround management including startup shutdown and maintenance. It describes the five phases of shutdown management—initiating planning executing controlling and closing. It contains specific principles and precautions for successful shutdown planning and highlights many aspects including turnaround philosophy planning and scheduling estimation contractor management execution safety management managing human resources and post shut down review. Process Plants: Shutdown and Turnaround Management also includes topical information that readers can successfully apply to future shutdown projects. It is suitable for industry professionals and graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077508

Process Problem SolvingA Guide for Maintenance and Operations Teams To be a successful manufacturing operation employees must eliminate equipment and production related losses. However most shopfloor workers don't have the necessary skills to perform the problem-solving tasks that accomplish this goal. They must be trained in the proper methods for logically and systematically discovering the root causes of a situation.Based on the firsthand experiences of author Bob Sproull Process Problem Solving: A Guide for Maintenance and Operations Teams presents a precise methodology for understanding problems in a manufacturing environment. The book begins by introducing various problem-solving tools including fish diagrams tree diagrams cause-and-effect diagrams and flow diagrams. Using real-world examples Sproull takes readers systematically through each tool and discusses them in depth.The central tool in Process Problem Solving is the Problem Analysis Flow (PAF) chart. Containing ten major sections it combines many of the tools discussed at the beginning of the book. According to the author the PAF chart is the most thorough and comprehensive problem-solving tool. It creates a systematic method for understanding and solving the root causes of problems.To teach the necessary problem-solving skills Sproull uses powerful learning techniques that guide the reader through the process. Each chapter begins with a section entitled "What You Should Learn in this Chapter " which specifically emphasizes the main points presented. In addition each chapter is sprinkled with "keyword" boxes that advise the reader of important terms.Process Problem Solving is filled with Sproull's "Problem Solving Truths." These are key ideas the author wants to highlight so the reader retains important pieces of information. Finally Process Problem Solving follows a "learn and do" approach. The end of each chapter asks the reader to talk about what they have learned. This interactive approach helps readers retain a Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438859

Process Redesign for Health Care Using Lean ThinkingA Guide for Improving Patient Flow and the Quality and Safety of Care Process Redesign for Health Care Using Lean Thinking is a response to a simple but hard to answer question and is the result of the experiences of a working doctor who was also the chief safety and quality officer of an Australian teaching hospital. At this hospital he observed that the Emergency Department was staff by talented well-trained and respected doctors and nurses. The facilities were modern and the work load unexceptional but the department was close to melt down. Bad things were happening to patients everyone was blaming each other lots of things had been tried but nothing was getting better and no one could explain why. The problem was not a lack of technical knowledge or expertise the problem was that no one stood back and said "what’s the best way to move 200 or 300 patients a day through the complicated and varying sequence of steps needed to sort out the many different problems that bring patients to our department?" These challenges are faced by hospitals and health services all over the world. There are difficulties with patient flow congestion queues inefficient utilization of resources problems engaging clinical staff in improvement programs adverse incidents and budget constraints. Lean thinking and value stream analysis gives hospitals and health services struggling with these issues the insights they need to help themselves. This book provides a method that systematically turns those insights into working programs of service and system redesign. The book is divided into two sections. The first section gives the background to the approach and systematically works through the Process Redesign methodology step-by-step. The second section is a series of case studies that show the methodology in action what worked and what didn’t work. The goal of any process redesign is simple: the right care for the right person at the right time in the right place and right the first time. This book helps the people who work in hospitals and health services realize these goals by working together. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138196094

Process Safety ManagementLeveraging Networks and Communities of Practice for Continuous Improvement The continued prevalence of major incidents (most recently the 2010 BP Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill) and preponderance of workplace fatalities and injuries as well as Process Safety Management (PSM) Incidents globally begs the question: why do incidents continue to occur in today’s technologically advanced era? More importantly with 80-85 percent of incidents being repeated the more obvious questions are: Why do organizations fail to learn from prior incidents internal to the business? Why do organizations fail to learn from their peers and other same industry players? Why do organizations fail to learn from the incidents and experiences of other industries? Process Safety Management: Leveraging Networks and Communities of Practice for Continuous Improvement provides a road map organizations can use to identify and setup critical networks for preventing catastrophic incidents and for sharing knowledge in an organized manner within the organization to enhance business performance. The book helps organizations establish centers of excellence by activating networks for generating best practices and practical solutions to workplace business and safety challenges. The book covers the full range of activation of networks including identifying members defining goals and objectives and prioritizing work through leadership and stewardship of networks. It addresses all elements of effective safety management and includes simple easy-to-follow processes that bring about lasting changes to workplace safety. It also highlights the health and safety needs of both Generation X and Generation Y who currently inherit the workplace but are very different in learning behaviors and experience levels. In a thin margins business environment characterized by scarce resources operational discipline and excellence drives stakeholder confidence and corporate performance. Detailing the practical application of tested principles and practices this book provides a simple path forward for organizations to recognize the benefits of networks and to proactively establish and support them within organizations to generate continuous and sustained improvement in work practices procedures and business performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466553613

Process SafetyKey Concepts and Practical Approaches Effective process safety programs consist of three interrelated foundations—safety culture and leadership process safety systems and operational discipline—designed to prevent serious injuries and incidents resulting from toxic releases fires explosions and uncontrolled reactions. Each of these foundations is important and one missing element can cause poor process safety performance.Process Safety: Key Concepts and Practical Approaches takes a systemic approach to the traditional process safety elements that have been identified for effective process safety programs. More effective process safety risk reduction efforts are achieved when these process safety systems based on desired activities and results rather than by specific elements are integrated and organized in a systems framework. This book provides key concepts practical approaches and tools for establishing and maintaining effective process safety programs to successfully identify evaluate and manage process hazards. It introduces process safety systems in a way that helps readers understand the purpose design and everyday use of overall process safety system requirements. Understanding what the systems are intended to achieve understanding why they have been designed and implemented in a specific way and understanding how they should function day-to-day is essential to ensure continued safe and reliable operations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736170

Process Scale Bioseparations for the Biopharmaceutical Industry The biopharmaceutical industry has become an increasingly important player in the global economy and the success of these products depends on the development and implementation of cost-effective robust and scaleable production processes. Bioseparations-also called downstream processing- can be a key source of competitive advantageto biopharmaceutical developers. Process Scale Bioseparations for the Biopharmaceutical Industry brings together scientific principles empirical approaches and practical considerations for designing industrial downstream bioprocesses for various classes of biomolecules.Using clear language along with numerous case studies examples tables flow charts and schematics the book presents perspectives from experienced professionals involved in purification processes and industrial downstream unit operations. The authors provide useful experimental design strategies and guidelines for developing application-specific process scale bioseparations. Chapter topics include harvest by centrifugation and filtration expanded bed chromatography protein refolding modes of preparative chromatography methodologies for resin screening membrane chromatography protein crystallization viral filtration ultrafiltration/diafiltration implementing post-approval downstream process changes for an antibody product and future trends. Ideal for both new and experienced scientists in the biopharmaceutical industry and students Process Scale Bioseparations for the Biopharmaceutical Industry is a comprehensive resource for all topics relevant to industrial process development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577841

Process Synthesis for Fuel Ethanol Production Process engineering can potentially provide the means to develop economically viable and environmentally friendly technologies for the production of fuel ethanol. Focusing on a key tool of process engineering Process Synthesis for Fuel Ethanol Production is a comprehensive guide to the design and analysis of the most advanced technologies for fuel ethanol production from feedstocks. It describes how process systems engineering can be applied to fuel ethanol production to achieve new levels of efficiency according to technical economic and environmental criteria.Drawing on the authors’ more than 15 years of process engineering and ethanol research the book first focuses on liquid biofuels before examining the role of process synthesis in the rapid and high-tech analysis and design of complex biotechnological processes. It then describes various types of feedstocks including sugars starchy crops lignocellulosic biomass and microorganisms as well as hydrolysis technologies such as saccharification. The authors cover the fuel ethanol production technologies for different feedstocks the new technological innovations based on process integration to reduce energy consumption and the environmental issues of bioethanol production. They also discuss the technological configurations for fuel ethanol production in the industry and the possible factors affecting food security with fuel ethanol production and consumption.Supported by case studies that include calculations and discussions of results this book uses a process engineering approach to explore the analysis and development of fuel ethanol production from different feedstocks. It shows how accurate analysis and precise design along with responsible government policies can lead to fair and sustainable development of energy crops worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577209

Process Techniques for Engineering High-Performance Materials Most processed materials retain a memory of their production process at the molecular level. Subtle changes in production—such as variations in temperature or the presence of impurities—can impart performance benefits or drawbacks to individual batches of products. Some product developers have taken advantage of this process dependency to tailor properties to specific customer needs. In other cases poorly engineered processes have resulted in serious failures. Process Techniques for Engineering High-Performance Materials explores practical strategies to guide you in systematically developing improving and producing engineered materials. The book describes an R&D approach that is common to many material types from polymers biochemicals metal alloys and composites to coatings ceramics elastomers and processed foods. Throughout hundreds of examples illustrate successes and disasters in the history of materials development. These examples clearly show how product management and development tactics are constrained by the nature of the production process and the strategy of the company. The author offers practical advice on how to: Foster creativity in an industrial environment and avoid factors that unintentionally suppress technical innovation Develop products when the properties of the product are highly dependent on processing variables Avoid the inevitable scale-up problems that occur on process-dependent materials Get the most out of expensive trial work in a production plant environment Combine products into a systems solution to customer problems Highlighting important rules for product development this book helps you better understand the mechanics of engineering processed materials and how to adjust your processes to improve performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466581883

Process Validation in Manufacturing of Biopharmaceuticals Process Validation in Manufacturing of Biopharmaceuticals Third Edition delves into the key aspects and current practices of process validation. It includes discussion on the final version of the FDA 2011 Guidance for Industry on Process Validation Principles and Practices commonly referred to as the Process Validation Guidance or PVG issued in final form on January 24 2011. The book also provides guidelines and current practices as well as industrial case studies illustrating the different approaches that can be taken for successful validation of biopharmaceutical processes. Case studies include Process validation for membrane chromatography Leveraging multivariate analysis tools to qualify scale-down models A matrix approach for process validation of a multivalent bacterial vaccine Purification validation for a therapeutic monoclonal antibody expressed and secreted by Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells Viral clearance validation studies for a product produced in a human cell line A much-needed resource this book presents process characterization techniques for scaling down unit operations in biopharmaceutical manufacturing including chromatography chemical modification reactions ultrafiltration and microfiltration. It also provides practical methods to test raw materials and in-process samples. Stressing the importance of taking a risk-based approach towards computerized system compliance this book will help you and your team ascertain process validation is carried out and exceeds expectations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439850930

Process: Material and Representation in Architecture This book examines the interrelationship of representational methods and material systems as fundamental drivers of the design process. Identifying four primary categories of representational logics - point line surface mass - each category is illustrated through four precedent projects that deploy iterative material sensibilities. As a collection this text provides a comprehensive categorization of the architectural design process. Through the comprehensive definition of categorical typologies it illustrates the collective capability of this conceptual methodology. By unpacking projects through their specific design devices the collective analysis reveals the impact of material techniques and methods of representation as a generative tool. Broad in scope it identifies and uniformly analyses some of the most significant projects from the last century including: UK Pavilion Shanghai - Heatherwick Studio Shanghai China Gatehouse - Office dA Beijing China Maison Colonial - Jean Prouve France/Africa de Young Museum - Herzog and de Meuron California USA Montreal Expo 67 - Buckminster Fuller Montreal Canada Jean Marie Tjibou Cultural Center – RPBW Noumea Indonesia House III - Peter Eisenman New York USA Barcelona Pavilion - Mies van der Rohe Barcelona Spain Tel Aviv - Scott Cohen Tel Aviv Israel Los Manantiales - Felix Candella Mexico City Mexico Yokahama Terminal – FOA Yokahama Japan Pantheon Rome Italy Tres Grand Bibliotheque - Rem Koolhaas OMA Paris France Brother Claus Field Chapel - Peter Zumthor Switzerland Embryonic House- Greg Lynn Richly illustrated with consistent clear and precise line drawings the book presents a series of iconic precedents through a unique analytical and graphic sensibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522649

Process-Based Software Project Management Not connecting software project management (SPM) to actual real-world development processes can lead to a complete divorcing of SPM to software engineering that can undermine any successful software project. By explaining how a layered process architectural model improves operational efficiency Process-Based Software Project Management outlines a new method that is more effective than the traditional method when dealing with SPM. With a clear and easy-to-read approach the book discusses the benefits of an integrated project management–process management connection. The described tight coupling of the process world to the SPM world provides a high degree of completeness and accuracy necessary for effective project management. The author shows you that this process-based approach to SPM increases product quality shortens time-to-market reduces life cycle costs facilitates short system test times and increases developmental supply chain management (SCM) controls and total repeatability. This underlying process approach also actively involves SCM software quality assurance (SQA) engineering and accounting as part of your integrated SPM team for total success. Through examples and detailed explanations Process-Based Software Project Management illustrates how this novel SPM approach is more profitable and time-efficient when compared to traditional SPM methods. The software manager along with the support team will finally all be on “the same page” to achieve SPM/engineering success. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367403591

Process-Centric Architecture for Enterprise Software Systems The increasing adoption of Business Process Management (BPM) has inspired pioneering software architects and developers to effectively leverage BPM-based software and process-centric architecture (PCA) to create software systems that enable essential business processes. Reflecting this emerging trend and evolving field Process-Centric Architecture for Enterprise Software Systems provides a complete and accessible introduction explaining this architecture.The text presents in detail the analysis and design principles used in process-centric architecture. Illustrative examples demonstrate how to architect and design enterprise systems based on the business processes central to your organization. It covers the architectural aspects of business process management the evolution of IT systems in enterprises the importance of a business process focus the role of workflows business rules enterprise application integration and business process modeling languages such as WS-BPEL and BPML. It also investigates: Fundamental concepts of process-centric architecture style The PCA approach to architecting enterprise IT systems Business process driven applications and integration Two case studies that illustrate how to architect and design enterprise applications based on PCA SOA in the context of process-centric architecture Standards technologies and infrastructure behind PCA Explaining how to architect enterprise systems using a BPMS technology platform J2EE components and Web services this forward-looking book will empower you to create systems centered on business processes and make today’s enterprise processes successful and agile. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374218

Process-Driven SOAPatterns for Aligning Business and IT Process-Driven SOA: Patterns for Aligning Business and IT supplies detailed guidance on how to design and build software architectures that follow the principles of business-IT alignment. It illustrates the design process using proven patterns that address complex business/technical scenarios where integrated concepts of service-oriented architecture (SOA) Business Process Management (BPM) and Event-Driven Architecture (EDA) are required. The book demonstrates that SOA is not limited to technical issues but instead is a holistic challenge where aspects of SOA EDA and BPM must be addressed together. An ideal guide for SOA solution architects designers developers managers and students about to enter the field the book:Provides an accessible introduction to basic and more advanced concepts in process-driven SOAIllustrates how to manage the complexities of business aligned IT architectures with detailed examples and industry casesOutlines a step-by-step design process using proven patterns to address complex business/ technical scenariosIntegrates SOA BPM and EDA into practical patterns promoting SOA 2.0Describing how to synchronize parallel enterprise processes the authors explain how to cope with the architectural and design decisions you are likely to encounter when designing and implementing process-driven SOA systems. The decisions are described in the form of software patterns to provide you with a practical guideline for addressing key problems using time-tested solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367381929

Processed Food AddictionFoundations Assessment and Recovery Obesity and eating disorders have stubbornly refused to respond to treatment since the 1990’s. This book organizes the evidence for a possible answer i.e. that the problem could be one of addiction to processed foods. In a Processed Food Addiction (PFA) model concepts of abstinence cue-avoidance acceptance of lapses and consequences all play a role in long-term recovery. Application of these concepts could provide new tools to health professionals and significantly improve outcomes. This book describes PFA recovery concepts in detail. The material bridges the research into practical steps that health professionals can employ in their practices. It contains an evidence-based chapter on concepts of abstinence from processed foods. It rigorously describes PFA pathology according to the DSM 5 Addiction Diagnostic Criteria. It applies the Addiction Severity Index to PFA so that health practitioners can orient themselves to diagnosing and assessing PFA. It contains ground-breaking insight into how to approach PFA in children. Because the book is evidence-based practitioners can gain the confidence to put the controversy about food addiction to rest. Practitioners can begin to identify and effectively help their clients who are addicted to processed foods. This is a breakthrough volume in a field that could benefit from new approaches. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367503420

Processes and Design for Manufacturing Third Edition Processes and Design for Manufacturing Third Edition examines manufacturing processes from the viewpoint of the product designer investigating the selection of manufacturing methods in the early phases of design and how this affects the constructional features of a product. The stages from design process to product development are examined integrating an evaluation of cost factors. The text emphasizes both a general design orientation and a systems approach and covers topics such as additive manufacturing concurrent engineering polymeric and composite materials cost estimation design for assembly and environmental factors. Appendices with materials engineering data are also included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138581081

Processes of Animal Memory (PLE: Memory) Originally published in 1976 this volume contains new and original contributions of the time addressed to a related set of ideas concerning processes of memory in animals. The theme is that animals remember and that theories of animal learning must take this into account as well as the coding processes that have been assumed to be specific to human beings. The focus of the book is on processes and some progress is reported in differentiating types of memory. The emphasis in applying animal work to studies of human memory is made not in terms of paradigms but in terms of processes implicated via performance in a variety of tasks. Also many of the chapters reflect the usefulness of applying a memory framework to a variety of "nonmemory" paradigms. This work will be essential reading for all those interested in animal as well as human memory and provided the most up to date and broadest examination of animal memory processes at the time from both a theoretical and conceptual framework. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138983847

Processes of Community Change and Social Action This volume--an outgrowth of the annual meeting of the Claremont Symposium on Applied Social Psychology--focuses on examples of social change and community action and the processes at work in creating change. The presenters engaged each other and the audience in thinking about how best to create and sustain social change. This volume represents a product of their cumulative insight research results and perspectives including chapters from each of the symposium presenters as well as a few selected chapters from other noted scholars. Taken as a whole the volume is highly accessible and presents findings from provocative and programmatic research that offer illuminating lessons for anyone interested in attempts at community change civic participation and social action. Processes of Community Change and Social Action provides cutting-edge and complementary approaches to understanding the causes and effects of broad civic participation. The contributors to this volume are all distinguished researchers and theorists well known for their work on different aspects of processes of community change and social action. They address topics related to service learning social movements political socialization civil society and especially volunteerism. This unique interdisciplinary collection appeals to social personality community and developmental psychologists sociologists and public health researchers. It also should be of considerable interest to practitioners of social action and individuals working to create social change. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410612984

Processes of Creating SpaceAn Architectural Design Workbook Processes of Creating Space is a workbook for beginning designers that shows how to generate space with user experiences in mind. It explains how to keenly perceive your world and seamlessly integrate architectural representation into your design process. The book uses two main strategies blending the design process with material processes and media techniques and ‘experiential typologies’ - emphasising first-hand experience of space. Five highly experimental assignments explore the interwoven relationship between design process and design tools to help you learn when to incorporate writing architectural photography macro photography orthographic projection perspective projection hand-drawing CAD mass modelling hot wire foam cutting 3D modelling multi-part plaster mold making slip casting plaster casting paper casting monocoque shell structures working with latex concrete twine pulp full-scale prototyping and more. Illustrated with more than 350 color images the book also includes a section on material fabrication techniques and a glossary of technical terms. An eResource containing downloadable essays stop-motion videos sample schedules and supplementary information can be found here: www.routledge.com/9781138903685 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903685

Processes of Formation of Micro -and Nanodispersed Systems Processes of Formation of Micro- and Nanodispersed Systems is a comprehensive analysis and presentation of the physical processes and phenomena that lead to the formation of disperse materials. It also details the properties of disperse materials yielded from various processes.Special attention is given to the homogeneous condensation of metal vapours from expanding metal vapours in a vacuum as well as heterogeneous condensation of metal vapours on solid substrates in the presence of impurities during the formation of disperse condensates. The book also examines flow in thin films the decay of thin films and phenomena accompanying the coalescence of disperse particles.Using currently available data this book compares different methods of producing disperse materials in terms of scale. It also describes several applications of the experimental results it presents including:Production of composites of nanodisperse metals in an organic matrixProduction of metallic powdersThe potential to produce metallic powders on an industrial scale with the creation of a special plantFine cleaning of gases contaminated with micro- and nanoparticles including aerosols such as spray paintCovering and expanding applications of key processes concerning metal vapours Processes of Formation of Micro- and Nanodispersed Systems is highly valuable to researchers of semiconductors. It provides a single source of detailed and practical information on the processes and phenomena related to the formation of disperse materials. It represents the current state of research and practice in micro- and nanodispersed systems while highlighting paths to advancement in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575342

Processes Of International Negotiations The goals of the Conference were to foster increased communication and understanding between practitioners and researchers and among various research disciplines to present and discuss research results and to identify possible future research activities. The participation and interaction of both high level negotiations practitioners and researchers were considered especially valuable and unique aspects of the Conference.All of the subjects dealt with at the Conference have direct and obvious relevance to improving negotiations outcomes on and the ability to deal effectively with such issues as the trans boundary effects (environmental economic etc.) of technological risk security and confidence-building measures and international economic cooperation- all of which are high on the negotiations agenda of many countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284404

Processes of Literary CreationFlaubert and Proust "This work examines the genetic processes that shaped two of the great literary masterpieces of modernity: Flaubert's ""L'Education Sentimentale"" and Proust's ""A la Recherche de Temps Perdu"". A detailed investigation of Flaubert's notebooks and scenarios from 1864 and 1869 and Proust's ""Cahiers"" from 1908 to 1911 reveals the almost diametrically opposed ways in which the two novels evolved in their early stages." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351199155

Process-Focused TherapyA Guide for Creating Effective Clinical Outcomes Process-Focused Therapy weaves together three key perspectives to help clinicians create a more effective therapeutic session: client problems as faulty process the goal of therapy as changing such faulty process within the session and the art of shaping the session process for each client. Each practical chapter enables professionals to focus on bridging the gap between the client’s language (content) and the clinician’s language (process) and on the need to assess and shift this focus quickly within each session to create a new and productive therapeutic experience. The book starts with the concept of "how you do anything is how you do everything" and details tools that clinicians can use to identify a client’s "stuckpoints " (i.e. the faulty process that keeps clients from effectively solving their life problems). The reader is then provided with treatment maps for each of the most commonly presented stuckpoints and guidance on how to present clients with a preliminary treatment plan. Next the author explains techniques for building rapport changing the emotional climate staying in lockstep and repairing breaks in the process and shows through transcribed sessions how to craft sessions to maximize their emotional and therapeutic impact. Finally clinicians will learn how to apply these concepts and techniques to their established clinical model. With rich vignettes included throughout and end-of-chapter questions to invite the reader to reflect on their own practice and consolidate their knowledge of therapeutic processes Process-Focused Therapy will be a valuable guide for both beginning and experienced therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347989

Processing and Characterization of Multicomponent Polymer SystemsNew Insights Recent years have witnessed the sheer growth of macromolecular concepts and nanotechnology-based innovations in polymer science. Processing and Characterization of Multicomponent Polymer Systems is a collection of contributions from materials science experts across the globe. The fabrication and characterization of polymeric systems are still important in the study of materials science and the quality measurements of newly designed polymeric stuffs demand systematic and new characterization protocols. The volume highlights some of the latest innovations and principles of nanostructured polymeric materials and polymer nanocomposites. It is devoted to novel architectures at the nano-level with an emphasis on new synthesis and characterization methods. Organized into several sections the chapters cover a selection of topics on: Biocomposites and nanocomposites Interpenetrating polymeric networks and nanostructured materials Theoretical protocols for polymers and clusters Special topics in polymer processing and polymer coating. This survey will be an important resource for those involved in the field of polymer materials design for advanced technologies including scientists engineers and budding researchers working in the area of polymer science and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887243

Processing East Asian LanguagesA Special Issue of Language And Cognitive Processes In recent years there has been an upsurge of interest in the processing of major East Asian languages such as Chinese Japanese and Korean. These languages due to their salient differences in structure from European languages provide challenging opportunities to explore both language-specific processes involved in comprehension and communication and the universality of theories developed from the study of European languages. This volume presents an exciting sample of the most recent research on the processing of Chinese Japanese and Korean. Topics range from written and spoken word processing to sentence and discourse comprehension. The authors include specialists working in major areas of language and cognitive processes from different parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877214

Processing Effects on Safety and Quality of Foods Covers a Host of Groundbreaking TechniquesThermal processing is known to effectively control microbial populations in food but the procedure also has a downside―it can break down the biochemical composition of foods resulting in a marked loss of sensory and nutritional quality. Processing Effects on Safety and Quality of Foods delineates three decades of advances made in processing techniques that produce microbiologically safe foods while maintaining their sensory and nutritive properties. Addresses the Entire Food Processing IndustryWith an international team of more than 35 renowned contributors this book presents evaluation techniques that yield reliable estimations of microbiological physicochemical nutritive and sensory characteristics. Each chapter discusses the processing effects of relevant technologies and includes the basics of microbial kinetics sensory evaluation and the perception of food quality. A sampling of the techniques covered:Hermetically sealed containersAcrylamide formationDried foodsIrradiated foodsPressure-assisted thermal processingPulsed electric field processingProcessing Effects on Safety and Quality of Foods addresses the entire food processing industry including food modeling optimization and proper design of manufacturing plants. It is the first of its kind―a single sound reference that explores all of the different aspects involved in evaluating processing effects in food safety and quality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385118

Processing FoodsQuality Optimization and Process Assessment Processing Foods: Quality Optimization and Process Assessment provides a large body of updated information - helping researchers and industrialists make use of new concepts technologies and approaches that are at the heart of modern food research. It will be a useful tool in the interweaving of scientific and technological information that the multidisciplinarity of food processing and preservation requires.The book concerns conventional and emerging technologies - reviewing relevant chemical physical and microbiological changes in food - occurring during processing. It discusses methods to monitor and assess such changes with a view to product optimization. Chapters include reviews of different subjects and specific studies that clarify the issues and their potential applications. The topics are divided into five sections: thermal processing freezing drying high pressure processing and minimal and combined processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455699

Processing for Visual ArtistsHow to Create Expressive Images and Interactive Art Learn how to create gorgeous and expressive imagery with the Processing graphics language and environment. It's easy with this practical hands-on book. Processing is for artists designers visualization creators hobbyists or anyone else looking to create images animation and interactive pieces for art education science or business. Processing for Visual Artists shows you everything you need to know in a friendly project-based style designed for visual thinkers. The projects can serve as a starting point for your own original creative development and exploration. Walk with veteran author Andrew Glassner on a journey of shared discovery as he uses Processing to take each project from inspiration to reality. You'll closely follow every step he takes and see exactly how each piece evolves including the big and small mistakes he's made along the way (and how to fix them!) and the times when he changed direction. As your knowledge and skills grow and develop you'll understand why Processing is such a powerful tool for self-expression. And you'll be ready to strike off on your own. Processing offers you a 21st-century medium for expressing new kinds of ideas and engaging audiences in new ways. This book gives you everything you need to know to explore new frontiers in your own images animations and interactive experiences. Source code for each chapter is available for free download on the book's description at the crcpress website. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138460850

Processing InstructionTheory Research and Commentary This new book Processing Instruction: Theory Research and Commentary edited by Bill VanPatten--a pioneer in processing instruction (PI)--is a refreshing presentation of 10 related and not widely available articles that illustrate the role of processing instruction in second language acquisition. The articles provide both historical and current context as well as describe the influence of the input processing model on PI. The contents include empirical papers presenting new data that demonstrate both the theoretical and pedagogical threads of research. Aside from simply establishing where PI stands in the field of instructed SLA the book addresses issues such as processing instruction versus other types of instruction; the impact of processing instruction on various linguistic structures; the role of explicit information in instructional intervention; and the long-term effects of processing instruction. Each section of the book is highlighted by commentaries from noted researchers in instructed SLA. An attempt was made to include voices that offer critical perspectives on various issues of PI research. The book achieves an unusually balanced approach to a subject that has stirred debate in the field. Processing Instruction: Theory Research and Commentary will serve as an important source of information regarding research methodology and replication in second language acquisition. It will also be useful in graduate courses where students need exposure to research design and is especially useful for illustrating the usefulness of replication in SLA research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868403

Processing interclausal RelationshipsStudies in the Production and Comprehension of Text During the last 10 years more and more linguistic and psycholinguistic research has been devoted to the study of discourse and written texts. Much of this research deals with the markers that underline the connections and the breaks between clauses and sentences plus the use of these markers -- by adults and children -- in the production and comprehension of oral and written material. In this volume major observations and theoretical views from both sides of the Atlantic are brought together to appeal to a wide range of linguists psychologists and speech therapists. The volume presents contributions from researchers interested specifically in adult language and from others concerned with developmental aspects of language. Some contributors deal primarily with production whereas others concentrate on comprehension. Some direct their attention to oral discourse while others focus on written texts. To preserve overall coherence however the contributors were given the following recommendations: * With regard to the level of linguistic analysis the emphasis should be on the clause level -- more particularly on the relationships between clauses. * Special emphasis should also be placed on linguistic markers (e.g. connectives markers of segmentation punctuation). * An overview of a given field of research should be offered and current research should be put into perspective. * For contributors in the developmental field attention should be paid to the fact that an account of the acquisition of some language functions throughout childhood should be included only if general principles of interclause relations that might be masked by the exclusive examination of adult evidence could be derived from it. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806150

Processing of Fruits and VegetablesFrom Farm to Fork This volume looks at new and established processing technologies for fruits and vegetables taking into consideration the physical and biochemical properties of fruits and vegetables and their products the challenges of the processing industry the effect of processing on nutritional content economic utilization of bio-wastes and byproducts and much more. Divided into several sections the volume covers: processing and antioxidant/enzyme profiles of fruits and vegetables (role of antioxidants and enzymes in processing use of solar energy in processing and techniques used in making processed products from fruits and vegetables) novel processing technologies in fruits and vegetables (ultraviolet light pulsed light technology hurdle technology physical and biochemical properties) the challenges and solutions in waste reduction negative effects of processing and effects of processing on vitamins of fruits and vegetables Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887083

Processing of High-Temperature Superconductors at High Strain The discovery of high-temperature superconductivity [1986] by Bendnorz and Muller in the La-BA-Cu-O system resulted in very extensive research work about the discovery and synthesis of other high-temperature superconductors such as Y-BA-Cu-O and Bi-Sr-Ca-Cu-O. These new superconducting materials possessing superconductivity above liquid nitrogen Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429134890

Processing of Medical information in Aging PatientsCognitive and Human Factors Perspectives This volume focuses on understanding the impact of age-related decline in cognitive abilities on medical decisions and compliance with medical instructions. It examines how medical information and the medical environment can be restructured to accommodate the decreased cognitive function associated with aging. Although the issues discussed in this book are of critical importance in providing effective health care they have been largely neglected in the national debate over provision of health care for the increasingly aging population. It is essential that we begin to understand how to present information so that informed choices are made and patients comprehend well enough that they can follow their treatment regimens and understand the importance of those regimens. Divided into four major sections this volume addresses the following issues: * the implications of cognitive aging for medical information processing; * aging and medical decision making; * aging and medication adherence; and * human factors design for medical devices and instructions. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003026

Processing of Polymer Matrix Composites Polymer matrix composites are finding increasing number of applications due to their high weight-saving potential as well as unique characteristics such as high strength-to-density ratio fatigue resistance high damping factor and freedom from corrosion. While many textbooks are available on the mechanics of polymer matrix composites few cover their processing. Processing of Polymer Matrix Composites fills this gap. The book focuses on the major manufacturing processes used for polymer matrix composites and describes process details process parameters and their effects on properties and process-induced defects and analytical and experimental methods used for understanding process conditions. The book describes fibers thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers and interface characteristics that are important from the standpoint of both design and processing. It also emphasizes the applications of process fundamentals for both continuous fiber and short fiber polymer matrix composites. In addition the book considers quality inspection methods tooling and manufacturing costs and environmental and safety issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466578227

Processing Technologies for Milk and Milk ProductsMethods Applications and Energy Usage The demand for quality milk products is increasing throughout the world. Food patterns are changing from eating plant protein to animal protein due to increasing incomes around the world and the production of milk and milk products is expanding with leaps and bounds. This book presents an array of recent developments and emerging topics in the processing and manufacturing of milk and dairy products. The volume also devotes a special section on alternative energy sources for dairy production along with solutions for energy conservation. With contributions for leading scientists and researchers in the field of dairy science and technology this valuable compendium covers innovative techniques in dairy engineering processing methods and their applications in dairy industry energy use in dairy engineering: sources conservation and requirements In line with the modern industrial trends new processes and corresponding new equipment are reviewed. The volume also looks at the development of highly sensitive measuring and control devices have made it possible to incorporate automatic operation with high degree of mechanization to meet the huge demand of quality milk and milk products. Processing Technologies for Milk and Milk Products: Methods Applications and Energy Usage will be a valuable resource for those in those involved in the research and production of milk and milk products. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885485

ProcessingAn Introduction to Programming This book demonstrates how Processing is an excellent language for beginners to learn the fundamentals of computer programming. Originally designed to make it simpler for digital artists to learn to program Processing is a wonderful first language for anyone to learn. Given its origins Processing enables a multimodal approach to programming instruction well suited to students with interests in computer science or in the arts and humanities. The book uses Processing’s capabilities for graphics and interactivity in order to create examples that are simple illustrative interesting and fun. It is designed to appeal to a broad range of readers including those who want to learn to program to create digital art as well as those who seek to learn to program to process numerical information or data. It can be used by students and instructors in a first course on programming as well as by anyone eager to teach them self to program. Following a traditional sequence of topics for introducing programming the book introduces key computer science concepts without overwhelming readers with extensive detail. The conversational style and pace of the book are based upon the authors’ extensive experience with teaching programming to a wide variety of beginners in a classroom. No prior programming experience is expected. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482255959

Proclaiming Holy ScripturesA Study of Place and Ritual This book provides a comprehensive study on the proclamation of Holy Scriptures as an enacted celebration as well as its function as a performance within sacralized theatrical spaces. Scripture is integral to religious life within Judaism Christianity and Islam and these traditions have venerated the reading of texts from an appointed place as a sacred act. Thus the study of how these readings are conducted illuminates some vitally important aspects of this widespread act of worship. Contributing to an underexplored area of scholarship the book offers an overview of scripture reading in the three Abrahamic faiths and then focuses on where and how the “Word of God” is presented within the Christian tradition. It gathers and summarizes research on the origins of a defined place for the proclamation of holy writings giving a thorough architectural analysis and interpretation of the various uses and symbols related to these spaces over time. Finally the listener is considered with a phenomenological description of the place for reading and its hermeneutical interpretation. The material in this book uncovers the contemporary impact of a rich history of publicly reading out scriptures. It will therefore be of great interest to scholars of liturgical theology religious studies and ritual studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356484

Proclaiming the Gospel in a Secular AgeA General Theory of Religious Communication This title was first published in 2001. Proclaiming the Gospel in a Secular Age explores how a religion Christian or any other focussing on a personal God may be communicated to people in a secular age. With people uninterested uninformed or unbelieving in the Godward dimension and in any particular religious tradition David Attfield claims that appropriate communication is essential. Before direct communication can begin some background conditions in the targeted population must be satisfied and communication then requires a series of stages. This book offers an examination of seven particular species for communication: evangelism; inter-faith dialogue; nurture of adults; nurture of children; religious education in schools; the academic study of religion; professional ministerial formation. David Attfield offers fresh insights and practical suggestions which will be of interest to a wide-range of students academics and those in ministerial training and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726062

Proclus and the Chaldean OraclesA Study on Proclean Exegesis with a Translation and Commentary of Proclus’ Treatise On Chaldean Philosophy This volume examines the discussion of the Chaldean Oracles in the work of Proclus as well as offering a translation and commentary of Proclus’ Treatise On Chaldean Philosophy. Spanu assesses whether Proclus’ exegesis of the Chaldean Oracles can be used by modern research to better clarify the content of Chaldean doctrine or must instead be abandoned because it represents a substantial misinterpretation of originary Chaldean teachings. The volume is augmented by Proclus’ Greek text with English translation and commentary. Proclus and the Chaldean Oracles will be of interest to researchers working on Neoplatonism Proclus and theurgy in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473143

Procopius and the Sixth Century Originally published by Duckworth and the University of California Press Procopius is now available for the first time in paperback. Professor Cameron emphasises the essential unity of Procopius' three works and starting from the `minor' ones demonstrates their intimate connection with the Wars. Procopius' writings are seen to comprise a subtle whole; only if they are understood in this way can their historical value be properly appreciated. The result is a new evaluation of Procopius which will be central to any future history of the sixth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140097

Procopius of Caesarea: Literary and Historical Interpretations This volume aims to encourage dialogue and collaboration between international scholars by presenting new literary and historical interpretations of the sixth-century writer Procopius of Caesarea the major historian of Justinian’s reign. Although scholarship on Procopius has flourished since 2004 when the last monograph in English on Procopius was published there has not been a collection of essays on the subject since 2000. Work on Procopius since 2004 has been surveyed by Geoffrey Greatrex in his international bibliography; Peter Sarris has revised the 1966 Penguin Classics translation of and introduced Procopius’ Secret History (2007); and Anthony Kaldellis has edited translated and introduced Procopius’ Secret History with related texts (2010) and revised and modernised H.B. Dewing’s Loeb translation of Procopius’ Wars as The Wars of Justinian in 2014. This volume capitalises on the renaissance in Procopius-related studies by showcasing recent work on Procopius in all its diversity and vibrancy. It offers approaches that shed new light on Procopius’ texts by comparing them with a variety of relevant textual sources. In particular the volume pays close attention to the text and examines what it achieves as a literary work and what it says as an historical product. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880767

Procreation Parenthood and Educational RightsEthical and Philosophical Issues Procreation Parenthood and Educational Rights explores important issues at the nexus of two burgeoning areas within moral and social philosophy: procreative ethics and parental rights. Surprisingly there has been comparatively little scholarly engagement across these subdisciplinary boundaries despite the fact that parental rights are paradigmatically ascribed to individuals responsible for procreating particular children. This collection thus aims to bring expert practitioners from these literatures into fruitful and innovative dialogue around questions at the intersection of procreation and parenthood. Among these questions are: Must individuals be found competent in order to have the right to procreate or to parent? What if anything can justify parents' special authority over or special obligations toward their children particularly children they biologically procreate? How is the relationship between the right to procreate and the right to parent best understood? How ought liberal societies understand the parent-child relationship and the rights and claims it gives rise to? A distinguishing feature of the collection is that several of its chapters address these issues by drawing on philosophical work in the realm of education one of the most controversial areas in the ethics of parenthood. This book represents a distinctive synthesis of topics and literatures likely to appeal to scholars and advanced students working across a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258436

Procurement in the Construction IndustryThe Impact and Cost of Alternative Market and Supply Processes Do recent moves in the construction industry towards collaborative working and other new procurement procedures really make good business sense? Procurement in the Construction Industry is the result of research into this question and it includes the first rigorous categorizing of the differences between procurement methods currently in use. In the process of carrying out this research the team has produced a comprehensive study of procurement methods which looks in detail at the relative benefits and costs of different ways of working with sometimes surprising results. As such it is not only a valuable guide for practitioners on the complexities of the procurement process but also an outline of the relevance of economic theory to the construction sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983854

Procurement of Built Assets The ability to successfully procure built assets is at the heart of the construction process and in turn at the heart of the procurement process is identifying the constantly evolving needs of the construction client. Despite client criticism and a mountain of reports and statistics spanning both the public and private sectors until now the construction industry has failed to transform the diverse and often separate and inefficient processes of design and procurement of built assets into one single integrated production process. There are now signs however that the construction industry is beginning to transform its approach to built asset procurement and client care.This book draws heavily on the experiences and best practice of other industries and market sectors who have just as construction is now having to do taken a critical look at their procurement practices and techniques and the inherent waste in many traditional systems. The text includes practice-based case studies from both the public and private sectors to demonstrate how new procurement approaches are delivering value for money over the life cycle of built assets.This book is recommended reading for a range of students in the field of the built environment from quantity surveyors and commercial managers to architects and an essential and comprehensive guide to all construction procurement professionals seeking to familiarise themselves with the latest approaches to procurement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162105

Procurement SystemsA Guide to Best Practice in Construction Procurement Systems details the whole spectrum of procurement issues in the construction industry starting with the client /customer and running through managerial cultural and IT-based issues. The book commences with an overveiw of previous work and a section on selection criteria is provided to enable practitioners to make their choices of procurement form. Importantly perfromance comparisons of different procurement forms are discussed and the main emphasis of the book is to highlight best practice based on the most up-to-date research. One chapter deals specifically with developmentally orientated procurement issues in NICs (newly industrialised countries) where best practice is assessed from a different set of perspectives. The authors contributing to this book are among the most highly respected and eminent in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367399450

Procuring Complex PerformanceStudies of Innovation in Product-Service Management This book examines the management of Procuring Complex Performance (PCP) in large-scale programmes that includes the downstream support phase in sectors such as construction healthcare transport aerospace marine and defence. It brings together a series of edited chapters to explain why the traditional combination of linear project management and highly detailed contracts are now unsuited to the dynamics of emerging customer requirements based on performance and outcome. Working with leading business professors across the UK and Europe Caldwell and Howard present the case for why large-scale programmes of world class organizations often represent a shifting frontier between the boundaries of public-private provision and silos of operations expertise. Adopting a procurement perspective the authors explain how complex performance means not just coping with the dynamics of buyer-supplier relationships but incorporates the shift from production orientation towards availability of bundled services such as maintenance and upgrade delivered over extended often multi-decade timeframes. The strength of ‘PCP’ is its empirical case-based support for new business models based on through-life management availability contracting and service support which challenge simplistic notions of dyadic hierarchical relationships and transfer of risk to the supply base. This unique publication is essential reading for scholars and practitioners seeking to understand the context of innovation and supply as a coordinated and integrated approach to managing and procuring complex performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638852

Procuring Successful Mega-ProjectsHow to Establish Major Government Contracts Without Ending up in Court Mega-projects descending into chaos and litigation embarrass governments all over the world as the public sector presides over fiascos that waste billions and destroy reputations. Inquiry after Inquiry finds the damaging and costly failures of major government projects can be traced back to the contract establishment process. Procuring Successful Mega-Projects is a mentor’s guide for project directors providing frank fearless practical advice on how to set up a major government contract that won’t end up in court. It’s all there: How to develop and negotiate a contract that doesn’t contain undeliverable obligations or perverse incentives but does contain the necessary provisions for successful project management.  How to navigate the pitfalls of the public sector environment from hiring freezes and governance frameworks to the complexities of managing the relationship with the Minister. How to select and manage the lawyers and other advisers build the adviser-client relationship and recognise that unwelcome advice may not be unhelpful. How to structure and follow a bullet-proof procurement process that is fair to bidders and delivers great outcomes. Procuring Successful Mega-Projects is essential reading not just for the project director but for everyone with a stake in the success of a mega-project: public sector executives; Ministers; private sector tenderers; infrastructure lenders; legal financial and technical professional service providers; and procurement and project management professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472455086

Produce Your Own Damn Movie! When it comes to producing no one speaks with more authority than Lloyd Kaufman founder of the longest-running independent film studio Troma Entertainment. He reveals the best ways to seek out investors scout locations hire crew and cast talent navigate legalities and stay within your budget. Featuring tips from some of the finest producers in the business (Mark Damon James Gunn Mark Harris Tery Jones Brad Kevoy Stepehn Paul and more!) this book gives filmmakers practical tools for getting a movie shoot started keeping it afloat and seeing it through to the end. Candid interviews tips tricks and tidbits scattered throughout the book illustrate the many techniques you can employ to produce your own damn movie-Lloyd Kaufman shows you how it's really done.   This volume reveals the secrets of producing a low-budget independent film. Covering everything about production from the initial movie idea all the way through pre-production and up to the first day of principal photography (including budgeting concerns to production-damaging acts of God) you'll get the inside track to producing your own damn movie.   Produce Your Own Damn Movie! will be your step-by-step guide on the journey to: * Maximize production values with a minimal budget * Scout locations * Different producing models * Develop business plans * Pre-selling your movie   Hysterical in tone filmmakers and producers won't be able to put this book down. Produce Your Own Damn Movie! is the second volume in the Focal Press series Your Own Damn Film School. Check out the first volume in the series Direct Your Own Damn Movie! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144330

Producer Cooperatives as a New Mode of Production The notion that there is no alternative to capitalism emerged after the fall of the Berlin Wall and made rapid headway due to increasing economic globalisation. More recently this belief that there is no viable alternative has held firm despite the financial crisis high unemployment levels and an ever-increasing gap between rich and poor. However since the appearance of Benjamin Ward’s seminal 1958 article economic theorists have been developing a workable alternative: a system of self-managed firms. The core argument outlined in this book is that a well-organised system of producer cooperatives would give rise to a new mode of production and ultimately a genuinely socialist society. This argument is developed through three key steps. First following on from Jaroslav Vanek’s definition it is argued that a ‘Labour-Managed Firm’ a firm which strictly segregates capital incomes from labour incomes would implement a new production mode because it would reverse the pre-existing relation between capital and labour. Second given that a system of these ‘Labour-Managed Firm’ cooperatives would reverse the capital-labour relationship it is suggested that this would constitute a form of market socialism. Third it is argued that compared to capitalism a system of producer cooperatives offers a wealth of advantages including the potential for efficiency gains the eradication of unemployment and the end of exploitation. Ultimately this book concludes that self-management could take the place of central planning in Marxist visions for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719889

Producer Services in ChinaEconomic and Urban Development In the past three decades China has experienced an unprecedented pace of economic and urban development. It’s economy is now transforming from one based on manufacturing industries towards the producer services with the importance of these services in the national and regional economy being recognized by economists and policy makers alike. With growing demand and policy support producer services are expected to expand rapidly leading to a new wave of economic and urban development in China. This groundbreaking volume is one of the first to address questions related to the development of these services in China. The contributions explore a wide range of associated topics including the characteristics of the growth of producer services and how this is related to China’s economic and urban transition the distribution of these services amongst Chinese cities as well as drawing comparison between producer service development in China and Western counterparts. This volume also discusses the dynamics of the development of these services in China and how the political-economic embeddedness of China has shaped the development of producer services. Finally the consequences of this growth and how the economy and urban space have change in response is explored as well as the challenges Chinese cities face in moving towards a service economy and how this can inform future public policies. This volume addresses the pressing need to understand the economic and urban changes in post-industrial China to allow appropriate strategies and policies to formulated to facilitate future development in China. The text is rich with statistical data and diagrams providing original contributions and a cutting edge overview. This timely publication will be of interest to upper-level undergraduates postgraduates and researchers interested in China Urban Studies and Economic Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108295

Producing 24p VideoCovers the Canon XL2 and the Panasonic DVX-100a DV Expert Series Producing 24pP Video demystifies the emerging standards of film and video production and discusses the 24p video film format to help novice and experienced filmmakers alike learn how to better use the newly available DV cameras. Since the 24p frame rate closely approximates the look and feel of film it is the speed of choice whenever a "cinematic" look is desired. 24p video also offers certain compression options that are advantageous to web and wireless delivery. This full-color book discusses the special techniques required by 24p productions - all the way through the production from preproduction planning through post and output. Each chapter includes techniques examples tips and case studies. The field techniques section features real-world setups presented as demonstrations or as tutorials. Case studies present profiles of people producing 24p projects and the DVD includes step-by-step instructions that illustrate how to work with 24p material in NLE compositor DVD authoring and audio applications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080522166

Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video Fifth Edition is the definitive book on the subject for the serious film student or beginning filmmaker. Its unique two-fold approach looks at filmmaking from the perspectives of both the producer and director and clearly explains how their separate roles must work together to create a successful short film or video. Through extensive examples from award-winning shorts and insightful interviews you will learn about common challenges the filmmakers encountered during each step of filmmaking process—from preproduction to production postproduction and distribution—and the techniques they used to overcome them. In celebrating this book’s twentieth anniversary this edition has been updated to include: Two all-new in-depth cases studies of esteemed short films—Memory Lane and the Academy Award-winning God of Love A revised chapter progression that reinforces the significance of the actor - director relationship Interviews with the filmmakers integrated alongside the text as well as new images and behind-the-scenes coverage of production processes Revamped sections on current financing strategies postproduction workflows and the wide variety of distribution platforms now available to filmmakers A "Where are They Now" appendix featuring updates on the original filmmakers covered in the first edition An expanded companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/rea) containing useful forms and information on distributors grants and financing sources film and video festivals film schools internet sources for short works and professional associations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732550

Producing Animation You have a useful library of books covering the tools techniques and aesthetics of animation but you've been asked to put your production and creative skills to the test to produce a theatrical feature film or to deliver 52 episodes of a television series with only 18 months in the schedule.Producing Animation is your answer. Written by Catherine Winder and Zahra Dowlatabadi and edited by Tracey Miller-Zarneke Producing Animation is a comprehensive guide to the production industry. Already a relied upon resource by professionals and students alike this book covers the process from script to screen while defining the role of the producer at each phase. The second edition features new content such as sidebars on key topics from industry experts discussions on CG 2D and stereoscopic production processes and an overview on marketing and distributing your project. The companion website provides access to sample tables templates and workflow outlines for CG and 2D animation production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403208

Producing Animation 3e Producing Animation is a clear and comprehensive guide to a dynamic industry. Already a relied-upon resource by professionals and students alike this book covers the process from concept to screen while defining the role of the producer at each phase. The third edition features new content on the latest innovations plus insights on key topics from industry experts sidebars on legal matters as well as case studies on content adaptation and artists’ insider production experiences. Key Features: • A complete step-by-step guide to identifying pitching developing and producing an animated project with detailed resources for production planning budgeting scheduling tracking delivering marketing and distribution • Tools to establish the best production practices as tested from the inner workings of animation pipelines at successful studios both large and small • A unique collection of in-depth knowledge experience and advice from industry professionals on a wide variety of topics from telling an animated story in VR; to understanding the process of Japanese anime production; to creating timeless characters; to producing animation for themeparks; to the genesis of AR and its possible applications; and much more • Versatile and practical sample charts tables and templates for structuring teams planning and tracking production and adapting best processes and procedures for any type of project Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138591264

Producing Christian CultureMedieval Exegesis and Its Interpretative Genres Producing Christian Culture takes as its thread the 'interpretative genres' within which medieval people engaged with the Bible. Contributors to the volume present specific material as a case study illustrative of a specific genre whether devotional homiletical scholarly or controversial. The chronological range moves from St Augustine to the use of gospel texts in polemical writing of the first two decades of the 1500s with focal sections on early medieval Anglo-Saxon and Carolingian theology the scholastic turn of the High Middle Ages and the influence of vernacular writing in the later Middle Ages. The tremendous range and vitality of medieval responses to biblical texts are highlighted within the studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881276

Producing for ProfitA Practical Guide to Making Independent and Studio Films In Producing for Profit: A Practical Guide to Making Independent and Studio Films Andrew Stevens provides real-world examples and his own proven techniques for success that can turn passion into profit. Far more than just theory the book outlines practical applications that filmmakers of all levels can use to succeed in today’s ever-changing marketplace. Readers will learn how to develop screenplays that are commercial and how to negotiate finance cast produce sell distribute and market a film that will make a profit. The book contains numerous examples from the author’s own films including sample budgets schedules and a variety of industry-standard contracts. This is the definitive book that every producer must have! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121041

Producing for the Screen Producing for the Screen is a collection of essays written by and interviews with working producers directors writers and professors exploring the business side of producing for film and television. In this book over 30 industry professionals dispel myths about the industry and provide practical advice on topics such as how to break into the field; how to develop nurture and navigate business relationships; and how to do creative work under pressure. Readers will also learn about the entrepreneurial expectations in relation to marketing strategies for contending with the emotional highs and lows of producing and money management while pursuing producing as a profession. Written for undergraduates and graduates studying filmmaking aspiring producers and working producers looking to reinvent themselves Producing for the Screen provides readers with a wealth of first-hand information that will help them create their own opportunities and pursue a career in film and television. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024604

Producing for TV and Emerging MediaA Real-World Approach for Producers Gain a thorough understanding of the nuanced and multidimensional role producers play in television and emerging media today to harness the creative technical interpersonal and financial skills essential for success in this vibrant and challenging field. Producing for TV and New Media Fourth edition is your guide to avoiding the obstacles and pitfalls commonly encountered by new and aspiring producers. This fourth edition has been updated to include: "Focus on Emerging Media" sections that highlight emerging media web video mobile format media and streaming media Sample production forms and contracts Review questions accompanying each interview and chapter Interviews with industry professionals that offer practical insight into cutting-edge developments in television and emerging media production Fresh analysis of emerging media technologies and streaming media markets Written especially for new and aspiring producers with an insight that simply cannot be found in any other book this new edition of a text used by professors and professionals alike is an indispensable resource for anyone looking to find success as a television or emerging media producer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367424534

Producing Fuels and Fine Chemicals from Biomass Using Nanomaterials Scarcity of resources and increasing population and energy demands are important issues of the twenty-first century. A multidisciplinary approach is needed to produce suitable alternatives—such as renewable resources—for a more sustainable future. One of the most promising and widely available renewable feedstocks is biomass which has significant potential for conversion to materials fuels and chemicals. In addition nanomaterials can be designed for a range of applications including energy storage fuel production and nanocatalysis. Designing nanomaterials for the valorization of biomass and waste feedstocks is a major step in advancing the application of nanomaterials and helping to move us toward the goal of a sustainable economy.Producing Fuels and Fine Chemicals from Biomass Using Nanomaterials offers a wide-ranging approach to the development of innovative nanomaterials for biomass conversion and the production of energy and high-added-value chemicals including biochemicals biomaterials and biofuels. The book is organized into three parts according to nanomaterial applications: Nanomaterials for Energy Storage and Conversion Biofuels from Biomass Valorization Using Nanomaterials and Production of High-Added-Value Chemicals from Biomass Using Nanomaterials.Providing a multidisciplinary perspective this book covers the most important aspects of topics such as solar energy storage design of carbonaceous nanomaterials as heterogeneous catalysts for producing biofuels catalytic reforming of biogas into syngas using a range of nanoparticles and biofuels production from waste oils and fats. It also describes the design and development of biocatalytic solid acid photocatalytic and nanostructured materials for the conversion of various biomass feedstocks to valuable chemicals as intermediates to end products such as biopolymers bioplastics biofuels agrochemicals and pharmaceutical products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379261

Producing GamesFrom Business and Budgets to Creativity and Design Master the secrets behind video game production - from concept to completion - with these comprehensive tips and tricks from two accomplished working game producers. Discover how to lead a team communicate effectively budget schedule staff and design quality next-generation games. Producing Games walks you through every stage of the production process with a focus on the part the producer plays at each phase. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427518

Producing Great Sound for Film and VideoExpert Tips from Preproduction to Final Mix In Producing Great Sound for Film and Video Fourth Edition audio guru Jay Rose revises his popular text for a new generation of filmmakers. You’ll learn practical time-saving ways to get better recordings solve problems with existing audio create compelling tracks and boost your filmmaking to the next level! Here you’ll find real-world advice and practical guidelines for every aspect of your soundtrack: planning and budgeting field and studio recording editing sound effects and music audio repair processing and mixing. Rose’s combination of solid technical information and a clear step-by-step approach has made this the go-to book for producers and film students for over a decade. New in this edition: Insights and from-the-trenches tips from top professionals Instructions for getting the best results from new DSLRs and digital recorders An all-new companion website www.GreatSound.info with downloadable diagnostics examples and exercises for you to try What you need to know about new regulations for wireless mics and broadcast loudness An expanded "How Do I Fix This?" section to help you solve problems quickly Whether you’re an aspiring filmmaker who wants better tracks or an experienced professional looking for a reference Producing Great Sound for Film and Video Fourth Edition has the information you need. Please visit the book's companion website for more information and companion files: http://www.GreatSound.info   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722070

Producing High-Quality Figures Using SAS/GRAPH® and ODS Graphics Procedures Create Top-Quality Figures Using SAS Producing High-Quality Figures Using SAS/GRAPH® and ODS Graphics Procedures gives statisticians and SAS programmers practical guidance on presenting research data in high-quality figures that meet the publication requirements of academic institutions and various industries such as pharmaceutical companies agricultural businesses and financial organizations. Choose the Proper Graph Formats Options and Fonts The book provides all the details on selecting the right figure formats options and fonts to produce high-quality figures. In-depth instructions and SAS programs using procedures in both SAS/GRAPH and ODS Graphics show how to generate sample figures in listing graphics formats and ODS document files. Each chapter includes practical examples and SAS programs. Readers can easily modify the SAS programs to develop high-quality figures to meet their own needs. For those unfamiliar with SAS programming and SAS Graphics the author describes how to produce sample figures in SAS ODS Graphics designer a convenient tool for generating figures without having to write SAS programs. The book also discusses how to produce figures in a SAS Enterprise Guide project. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482207019

Producing Islamic KnowledgeTransmission and dissemination in Western Europe How do Muslims in Europe acquire discursive and practical knowledge of Islam? How are conceptions of Islamic beliefs values and practices transmitted and how do they change? Who are the authorities on these issues that Muslims listen to? How do new Muslim discourses emerge in response to the European context? This book addresses the broader question of how Islamic knowledge (defined as what Muslims hold to be correct Islamic beliefs and practices) is being produced and reproduced in West European contexts by looking at specific settings institutions and religious authorities. Chapters examine in depth four key areas relating to the production and reproduction of Islamic knowledge: authoritative answers in response to explicit questions in the form of fatwas. the mosque and mosque association as the setting of much formal and informal transmission of Islamic knowledge. the role of Muslim intellectuals in articulating alternative Muslim discourses. higher Islamic education in Europe and the training of imams and other religious functionaries. Featuring contributions from leading sociologists and anthropologists the book presents the findings of empirical research in these issues from a range of European countries such as France Italy the Netherlands and Great Britain. As such it has a broad appeal and will be of great interest to students and scholars of Islamic studies anthropology sociology and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661621

Producing LegalityLaw and Socialism in Cuba Producing Legality provides a window into the official construction of socialist legality in Cuba and the dissemination of this legal consciousness throughout the country. It links abstract theories of lawmaking and the state with the specific dilemmas confronting individual policymakers to detail the inner workings of the Cuban legal order. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021638

Producing Management KnowledgeResearch as practice Providing readers with a unique insight into conducting research this exciting book describes the thought and work processes of researchers as they complete their projects. Engaging and accessible it investigates all the key aspects of this topic and advice on how to conduct interviews study the everyday life of an organization and many other standard methods of conducting research. This is not a prescriptive methodology textbook rather it explores how to approach think and act in interaction with the empirical field. Comprehensive and accessible this thought-provoking text shows readers how to develop management investigations skills and will be invaluable for final year undergraduates masters and PhD students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203759103

Producing MasculinityThe Internet Gender and Sexuality Thoughtful witty and illuminating in this book Michele White explores the ways normative masculinity is associated with computers and the Internet and is a commonly enacted online gender practice. Through close readings and a series of case studies that range from wedding forums to men’s makeup video tutorials White considers the ways masculinities are structured through people’s collaborations and contestations over the establishment of empowered positions including debates about such key terms and positions as “the nice guy ” “nerd ” “bro ” and “groom.” She asserts that cultural notions of masculinity are reliant on figurations of women and femininity and explores cultural conceptions of masculinity and the association of normative white heterosexual masculinity with men and women. A counterpart to her earlier book Producing Women White has crafted an excellent primer for scholars of gender media and Internet studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150822

Producing Music During the last two decades the field of music production has attracted considerable interest from the academic community more recently becoming established as an important and flourishing research discipline in its own right. Producing Music presents cutting-edge research across topics that both strengthen and broaden the range of the discipline as it currently stands. Bringing together the academic study of music production and practical techniques this book illustrates the latest research on producing music. Focusing on areas such as genre technology concepts and contexts of production Hepworth-Sawyer Hodgson and Marrington have compiled key research from practitioners and academics to present a comprehensive view of how music production has established itself and changed over the years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789226

Producing New and Digital MediaYour Guide to Savvy Use of the Web Producing New and Digital Media is your essential guide to understanding new media taking a deep dive into such topics as the cultural and social impacts of the web the importance of digital literacy and creating in an online environment. This cutting edge text provides an introductory hands-on approach to creating user-generated content coding cultivating an online brand and storytelling in new and digital media. In showing you how to navigate the world of digital media and complete digital tasks this book not only teaches you how to use the web but also helps you understand why you use it. Key features for the second edition include: Coverage of up-to-date forms of communication on the web: memes viral videos social media and more pervasive types of online languages. New chapters on YouTube influencers and on-demand subscription television. Each chapter has media literacy sidebars sample assignments and activities. Updates to the companion website additional materials for students and instructors Thoughtful entertaining and enlightening this is the fundamental textbook for students of new and digital media digital culture and media literacy as well as a useful resource for anyone wanting to understand and develop their presence in our digital world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192341

Producing Non-SimultaneityConstruction Sites as Places of Progressiveness and Continuity Producing Non-Simultaneity discusses how the processes of modernisation driven by globalisation and market forces change the political economic and technological conditions under which architecture is realised.The book looks beyond the rhetoric of revolutionary innovation often put forward by architects and engineers. It shows how technological change during the last 200 years was only possible because traditional skills and older materials persisted. The volume argues that building sites have long been showcases of non-simultaneities.Shedding light on construction of the past and exploring what may impact construction in the future this book would be a valuable addition for students researchers and academics in architecture architectural history and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735609

Producing ProsperityAn Inquiry into the Operation of the Market Process The substantial prosperity that characterizes market economies at the beginning of the twenty-first century is relatively recent in human history. Prior to the Industrial Revolution economic progress was so slow that people would not have been able to recognize it in their lifetimes whereas today economic progress is so much a part of people’s lives that they take it for granted. In this new volume Randall G. Holcombe argues that economic analysis as it developed through the twentieth century relies heavily on concepts of economic equilibrium and is not descriptive of the dynamic real-world economy that is characterized by economic progress. Even in dynamic settings economic models focus on income growth leaving out the entrepreneurial forces that generate economic progress resulting in the introduction of new goods and services and new production processes. Economic analysis focuses on the forces that lead to an economic equilibrium not the forces that produce prosperity. This characterization of economic analysis describes a substantial component of economics as it has developed over the past century. However there are also economists who have analyzed the factors that lead to an entrepreneurial and innovative economy generating progress rather than equilibrium. This volume does not question the value of past research but argues that looking ahead economics should build on its past to focus on factors that create an entrepreneurial and innovative economy that is characterized by progress and prosperity. This would make economic analysis more consistent with the remarkable progress and prosperity that characterizes the modern economy. This volume lays out a framework for economic analysis that consistently incorporates the real-world factors that produce prosperity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904064

Producing Queer YouthThe Paradox of Digital Media Empowerment Producing Queer Youth challenges popular ideas about online media culture as a platform for empowerment cultural transformation and social progress. Based on over three years of participant action research with queer teen media-makers and textual analysis of hundreds of youth-produced videos and popular media campaigns the book unsettles assumptions that having a "voice" and gaining visibility and recognition necessarily equate to securing rights and resources. Instead Berliner offers a nuanced picture of openings that emerge for youth media producers as they negotiate the structures of funding and publicity and manage their identities with digital self-representations. Examining youth media practices within broader communication history and critical media pedagogy she forwards an approach to media production that re-centers the process of making as the site of potential learning and social connection. Ultimately she reframes digital media participation as a struggle for—rather than in itself evidence of—power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589523

Producing the Archival Body Producing the Archival Body draws on theoretical and practical research conducted within US and Canadian archives along with critical and cultural theory to examine the everyday lived experiences of archivists and records creators that are often overlooked during archival and media production. Expanding on the author’s previous work which engaged archival and queer theories to develop the Queer/ed Archival Methodology that intervenes in traditional archival practices the book invites readers interested in humanistic inquiry to re-consider how archives are defined understood deployed and accessed to produce subjects. Arguing that archives and bodies are mutually constitutive and developing a keen focus on the body and embodiment alongside archival theory the author introduces new understandings of archival bodies. Contributing to recent disciplinary moves that offer a more transdisciplinary emphasis Lee interrogates how power circulates and is deployed in archival contexts in order to build critical understandings of how deeply archives influence and shape the production of knowledges and human subjectivities. Producing the Archival Body will be essential reading for academics and students engaged in the study of archival studies library and information science gender and women’s studies anthropology history digital humanities and media studies. It should also be of great interest to practitioners working in and with archives Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182199

Producing the PastAspects of Antiquarian Culture and Practice 1700–1850 First published in 1999 this volume examines antiquarianism which had its roots in Renaissance thought and was a popular intellectual and cultural pursuit throughout the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. The antiquarian work of collecting compiling and presenting material which exposed the past was seminal to the formation of social and national identities. These essays evaluate the cultural and poltical implications of antiquarianism in the period 1700-1850. The volume also considers how the antiquarians laid the foundations of later museum culture and the discipline of history. With a preface by Stephen Bann and introduced by Martin Myrone and Lucy Peltz Producing the Past has contributions from Stephen Bending Alexandrina Buchanan Susan A. Crane David Haycock Maria Grazia Lolla Heather MacLennan Martin Myrone Lucy Peltz Annegret Pelz Sam Smiles and Johann Reusch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363267

Producing Video For Teaching and LearningPlanning and Collaboration Producing Video for Teaching and Learning: Planning and Collaboration provides lecturers researchers professors and technical staff in educational settings with a framework for producing video resources for teaching and learning purposes. This highly useful guide brings together the literature from the field into a constructive developmental framework prompting users to reflect on their own ideas at each stage of the production process. O’Donoghue makes clear distinctions between related aspects of video production and offers working definitions where appropriate in order to address the academic and tertiary support technical audience. Interviews with established professionals in the field illustrate the possibilities—and limitations—of video for teaching and learning.  Producing Video for Teaching and Learning gives readers the power to enhance the learning capacity of their own video materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661430

Producing Video PodcastsA Guide for Media Professionals Put the video podcast medium to work for you and your clients with a winning formula. Know how video podcasts work and every facet of what it takes to produce a professional-quality program that will meet every criterion for success. The authors are seasoned video production pros that have been on the crest of the video podcasting wave as it has risen. With over 2500 episodes produced they can reveal what works and what doesn't with detailed illustrated guidance. You get the nuts and bolts of the complete process including: Preproduction: budgeting guidelines mapping your production and working with talent Production: the ENG shooting style lighting values and portability sound essential camera features acquisition formats and gear lists Postproduction: resources for adding music and images motion graphics and editing techniques Delivery: cost-effective hosting options creating RSS feeds compression and hosting processes Promotion: choosing directories promoting your program and monetizing your podcastInstruction and case studies go in-depth on issues unique to the podcast medium. A full-color presentation delivers tangible inspiring examples of creative video podcasts. The companion website-www.VidPodcaster.com-provides a blog templates planning documents sample clips and state-of-the-art updates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460515

Producing VideosA complete guide Producing Videos has been called the 'bible' of video making. A bestseller over many years it offers a comprehensive and user friendly guide to all aspects of video production - from the first chapter on using a camera (if it doesn't go in easily don't force it) to the chapter on distribution (no matter what happens always hold onto your master).All the elements of video production are covered: camera operation; scriptwriting; composition; budgeting; preproduction planning; lighting and sound recording; interview techniques; field production and studio shoots; digital editing; digital postproduction techniques; video streaming and other forms of online distribution.This edition has been fully revised and updated to cover developments in technology promotion and distribution. It includes tips from over 120 experienced video teachers from around the world and is illustrated with over 600 photographs and 200 diagrams.Producing Videos is the best handbook available for learning the basics of video making. It is an ideal guide for students and for anyone who has a flip camera burning a hole in their pocket and aspirations to become the next hot new director.'Whether you are a beginner or veteran filmmaker Martha Mollison's Producing Videos serves as a comprehensive guide to all aspects of video production.' - Greg Walters Portland Community College'An invaluable resource for developing my students' video journalism skills.' - Kay Nankervis Charles Sturt University Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116844

Producing WomenThe Internet Traditional Femininity Queerness and Creativity Producing Women examines the ways femininity is produced through new media. Michele White considers how women are constructed produce themselves as subjects form vital production cultures on sites like Etsy and deploy technological processes to reshape their identities and digital characteristics. She studies the means through which women market traditional female roles are viewed and produce and restructure their gendered raced eroticized and sexual identities. Incorporating a range of examples across numerous forms of media—including trash the dress wedding photography Internet how-to instructions about zombie walk brides nail polish blogging DIY crafting and reborn doll production—Producing Women elucidates women’s production cultures online and the ways that individuals can critically study and engage with these practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776791

Product ConfiguratorsTools and Strategies for the Personalization of Objects This book provides a source of inspiration and a manual for designers entrepreneurs and professionals who are looking into the practical application of product configurators. In this growing profession there is a need for a book which focuses on the configuration process from a design perspective. The book delves into the practical application of configurators using case studies of selected firms that present their most significant works. It offers the reader tips suggestions technical details and critical issues which need to be considered from experienced actors and pioneers worldwide which include: Unfold Belgium In-flexions France Nervous System USA Okinlab Germany SkimLab France Twikit Belgium INDG The Netherlands ZeroLight United Kingdom 3Dimerce The Netherlands 3DSource USA Bagaar Belgium MyCustomizer Canada Combeenation Austria Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790130

Product Design The discovery of market needs and the manufacture of a product to meet those needs are integral parts of the same process. Since most textbooks on new product development are written from either a marketing or an engineering perspective it is important for students to encounter these two aspects of product development together in a single text.Product Design: Practical Methods for the Systematic Development of New Products covers the entire new product development process from market research through concept design embodiment design design for manufacture and product launch. Systematic and practical in its approach the text offers both a structured management framework for product development and an extensive range of specific design methods. Chapters feature "Design Toolkits" that provide detailed guidance on systematic design methods present examples with familiar products and conclude with reviews of key concepts.This major text aims to turn the often haphazard and unstructured product design process into a quality-controlled streamlined and manageable procedure. It is ideal for students of engineering design and technology on their path to designing new products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442863

Product Design and Factory Development Today's fast-paced manufacturing culture demands a handbook that provides how-to no-holds-barred no-frills information. Completely revised and updated the Handbook of Manufacturing Engineering is now presented in four volumes. Keeping the same general format as the first edition this second edition not only provides more information but makes it more accessible. Each individual volume narrows the focus while broadening the coverage giving you immediate access to the information you need. Volume One Product Design and Factory Development reveals how human factors deeply affect productivity in the workplace and why the modern manufacturing engineer must be well versed in these areas. Edited by Richard Crowson with contributions from experts in each field the book considers historical data for anthropometry and explores the impact of injuries product liability and low productivity on product cost. The book sequentially outlines the basic concepts of reliability theory in six chapters along with commonly used statistical methods for evaluating component reliability. It covers rapid prototyping explores the machine debugging and troubleshooting process and devotes an entire chapter to computers and controllers.The challenges presented by the fiercely technical world we live and work in are met by the manufacturing engineer. Companies can no longer afford to allow the manufacturing engineer to learn on the job. Therefore the manufacturing engineer must gain as much knowledge from as many credible sources as possible. Covering the global picture of manufacturing this book shows you how to successfully apply manufacturing engineering skills on the job. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391409

Product Design and SustainabilityStrategies Tools and Practice Whether it is the effects of climate change the avalanche of electronic and plastic waste or the substandard living and working conditions of billions of our fellow global citizens our ability to deal with unsustainability will define the twenty-first century. Given that most consumption is mediated through products and services the critical question for designers is: How can we radically reshape these into tools for sustainable living?  As a guide and reference text Product Design and Sustainability provides design students practitioners and educators with the breadth and depth needed to integrate the most appropriate sustainable strategies into their practice. It establishes the principles that underpin sustainability and introduces a diverse range of social economic and environmental design responses and tools available to designers. The numerous real-world examples illustrate how these strategies play out in different product sectors and reinforce the view that sustainability is the most positive opportunity and creative challenge facing designers today. This book:  delivers a comprehensive guide to the principles of sustainability and how they apply to product design that can readily be integrated into curricula and design practice reveals many of the issues specific product sectors are facing and provides the depth and breadth needed for formulating and developing sustainable design strategies to address these issues empowers and inspires designers to engage with sustainability through its many examples and insightful interviews with practitioners is fully illustrated with over 300 photographs graphs and diagrams and supported by chapter summaries annotated further reading suggestions and a glossary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301986

Product Design and Testing of Polymeric Materials Product Design and Testing of Polymeric Materials integrates polymer science principles with detailed experimental programs—helping engineers create optimal products. Thoroughly investigating both physical and processing properties of polymeric substances this valuable guide presents the philosophy of product development management … includes test methods for base property and end-use performance … pairs viscometric and small-scale testing with molecular properties for processing advantages … examines quality control from the laboratory to the marketplace … applies the mechanics of experimental design to product optimization problems … covers the mathematics needed for proper regression of experimental data … and much more. Product Design and Testing of Polymeric Materials is a complete reference— defining numerous plastics and engineering terms and supplying important data on elastomers and plastics—and is an essential resource for polymer plastics and chemical engineers and scientists materials scientists and graduate-level students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812881

Product Design for the EnvironmentA Life Cycle Approach In recent years the increased awareness of environmental issues has led to the development of new approaches to product design known as Design for Environment and Life Cycle Design. Although still considered emerging and in some cases radical their principles will become by necessity the wave of the future in design. A thorough exploration of the subject Product Design for the Environment: A Life Cycle Approach presents key concepts basic design frameworks and techniques and practical applications. It identifies effective methods and tools for product design stressing the environmental performance of products over their whole life cycle. After introducing the concepts of Sustainable Development the authors discuss Industrial Ecology and Design for Environment as defined in the literature. They present the life cycle theory and approach explore how to apply it and define its main techniques. The book then covers the main premises of product design and development delineating how to effectively integrate environmental aspects in modern product design. The authors pay particular attention to environmental strategies that can aid the achievement of the requisites of eco-efficiency in various phases of the product life cycle. They go on to explore how these strategies are closely related to the functional performance of the product and its components and therefore to some aspects of conventional engineering design. The book also introduces phenomena of performance deterioration together with principles of design for component durability and methods for the assessment of residual life. Finally the book defines entirely new methods and tools in relation to strategic issues of Life Cycle Design. Each theme provides an introduction to the problems and original proposals based on the authors’ experience. The authors then discuss the implementation of these new concepts in design practice differentiating between levels of intervention and Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391348

Product Design Methods and Practices "Focuses on functional aesthetically pleasing mechanically reliable and easily made products that improve profitability for manufacturers and provide long-term satisfaction for customers. Offers concrete practical insight immediately applicable to new product design and development projects." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399702

Product Design ReviewA Methodology for Error-Free Product Development The goal of the world class company is to produce a product or service that offers customers the highest quality at the lowest cost and in the shortest time possible. Product Design Review describes a highly effective method for quality control in product design as well as its applications in a wide variety of business settings. Take care of the problems that erupt during product development by nipping them in the bud (during the design stage). Takashi Ichida describes a powerful tool insuring quality at concept stage thereby eliminating redesign retooling rework and error throughout the production process. The program he describes can be carried out through every phase of new product development - - from product planning to design production and marketing. Also explains how you can incorporate your customer feedback into the next production cycle. You'll always need to modify any process improvement technology to suit your company's culture product type manufacturing approach and customer needs. Product Design Review has taken case studies from a cross section of industries and describes each company's unique application of Ichida's process. You'll not only see the tremendous results these companies have achieved by using Design Review but you'll also see the difficulties they've encountered. Also included are five essays that compare Design Review with other innovations in manufacturing process such as artificial intelligence checklists quality function deployment (QFD) design of experiments (DOE) and configuration control. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741856

Product Development and Design for ManufacturingA Collaborative Approach to Producibility and Reliability Second Edition "Outlines best practices and demonstrates how to desgin in quality for successful development of hardware and software products. Offers systematic applications failored to particular market environments. Discusses Internet issues electronic commerce and supply chain." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429115271

Product Liability Law in TransitionA Central European Perspective This volume examines the evolution of Central European product liability systems with particular reference to the effect of the implementation of the Product Liability Directive in the context of the recent enlargement of the EU. This book also provides a comparison of how product liability law has evolved in the socialist states comparing it to developments taking place in the West. Using product liability law this study offers a valuable insight into the necessary features and requirements of the harmonization of laws between the EU and post-socialist Europe. Predominantly legal in scope it also takes account of the importance of extra-legal elements in law reform. As such this book will be a valuable resource for those interested in European Law as well as those working in the area of Consumer and Product Liability law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262522

Product LiabilityLaw and Insurance Originally published in 2001 Product Liability: Law & Insurance is a highly partical reference work that covers all facets of product liability. It looks at partical applications of the law and gives expert advice on how to operate in given situations; offering guidelines on how to avoid product liability problems and what to do in practice if things do go wrong. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003123095

Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)A Digital Journey Using Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) As featured on CNN Forbes and Inc – BookAuthority identifies and rates the best books in the world based on recommendations by the world's most successful business leaders and experts. Winning the spot of #19 out of 26 on the 2020 Bookauthority Best New Industrial Management Books of All Time. Winning the spot of #3 out of 8 on the 2021 Bookauthority Best New Industrial Management Books to Read in 2021. Winning the spot of #5 out of 11 on the 2021 Bookauthority Best New Product Design Books to Read in 2021. Product Lifecycle Management (PLM): A Digital Journey Using Industrial Internet of Things (IIot) provides a summary of the essential topics of Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) and the Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) in the era of Industry 4.0. The book discusses emerging technologies their contribution towards enhancing product design development and manufacturing. It also presents the integration of PLM Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) and Manufacturing Execution System (MES) along with IIoT as well the integration of mechanical electronic components embedded systems firmware and software focusing on smart design development and manufacturing in the digital transformation journey. The book provides a high-level overview of how the smart product development through smart manufacturing materializes within the smart ecosystem. Manufacturing professionals designers mechanical electrical electronics instrumentation and industrial engineers information and communication technology consultants and those working in production planning process control and operations will find this book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367431242

Product Marketing for Technology Companies The author compresses his twenty years of experience to take a step-by-step approach to the product life-cycle and covers areas such as:* selecting target markets* creating a positioning statement* writing a financial paragraph* motivating othersthereby demonstrating how to act as a bridge between sales development and finance.Successfully marketing products for technology companies requires the application of precision marketing techniques and in this book the author teaches how to focus on the whole product and create real solutions that match the market needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181496

Product Planning Essentials Concise yet comprehensive Product Planning Essentials Second Edition addresses the complex interdisciplinary nature of product development and product management. It covers strategic issues that emerge during the product life cycle including identifying opportunities idea generation and evaluation technical development commercialization and eventual product dismissal. Instructors students and practitioners will appreciate the balanced managerial and how-to orientation. Changes to the Second Edition • Addition of two chapters on design and legal considerations. • Expanded discussion of global considerations to introduce sustainable product development and Base of the Pyramid (BoP) product development. • Simplified technical discussions of planning techniques for improved comprehension. • Inclusion of product planning best practices from recent noteworthy cases and studies in the final chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765626080

Product Safety and Liability Law in JapanFrom Minamata to Mad Cows Developing insights from a number of disciplines and with a details analysis of legislation case law and academic theory Product Safety and Liability Law in Japan contributes significantly to the understanding of contemporary Japan its consumers and its law. It is also of practical use to all professionals exposed to product liability regimes evolving in Japan and other major economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653961

Product Stewardship in ActionThe Business Case for Life-cycle Thinking Product Stewardship in Action describes how and why leading companies are taking responsibility for the environmental impact of their products and packaging. Product stewardship often referred to as "extended producer responsibility" or EPR is the idea that everyone that benefits commercially from a product including manufacturers distributors and retailers has a shared responsibility to minimize its environmental impacts. Written primarily for a business audience it draws on the knowledge and experience of industry practitioners and other experts to provide a structured approach to product responsibility within firms. This will help those new to the field as well as more experienced practitioners to develop an effective response to stakeholder concerns about the environmental impacts of their products and packaging. Unlike other resources on product stewardship and EPR which tend to focus on the design or evaluation of public policy this book highlights the business case for action. It argues that companies can achieve "shared value" â€” both public and commercial value â€” when they take a proactive and knowledge-based approach to the life-cycle management of their products. Product Stewardship in Action focuses on product stewardship as an effective business strategy rather than a philanthropic exercise. To be effective it needs to be based on a good understanding of product impacts and stakeholder concerns and the risks and opportunities that these present to the business. The most effective responses will be those that address material issues in the product life-cycle while supporting the achievement of other corporate goals and priorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783533367

Product StewardshipLife Cycle Analysis and the Environment Consider the Consequences of Bringing a Chemical to Market Product Stewardship: Life Cycle Analysis and the Environment explores the regulatory and scientific aspects of the life-cycle consequences of bringing a chemical to market. Using case studies to bring critical points to life this multidisciplinary text explores the factors that influence our risk management decisions. It bridges the academic study of life cycle analysis and the practical concerns of those in industry who produce goods for market within the web of global product stewardship regulations and under the eye of consumers concerned with sustainability. This book: Discusses the technical tools that a product steward can use to predict the life cycle consequences of chemical manufacture and use Includes the techniques needed to characterize and predict the fate and transport of chemicals in the environment Explains the formal process of life cycle assessment which is used to evaluate the potential effects on the environment Describes the regulation of both existing and new chemicals using examples to illustrate the complexity of the factors that affect their regulation Provides case studies that integrate the technical and regulatory foundations of product stewardship which allows readers to explore past risk-management decisions Product Stewardship: Life Cycle Analysis and the Environment describes critical product stewardship regulations and the concept of life cycle thinking in understandable and practical terms. It examines the balance between the benefits of chemical use against the possible consequences of exposure and can assist readers in learning to predict understand and regulate the consequences of using a chemical substance through its life cycle. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482223293

Product-Country ImagesImpact and Role in International Marketing This is the first-ever book about product and country images. It goes considerably beyond what was known until now about these images on buyer behavior and international market strategy. Thousands of companies use country identifiers as part of their international marketing strategy and hundreds of researchers have studied the ways in which these identifiers influence behavior. As markets become more international the more prominently the origin of products will figure in sellers’and buyers’decisions. The time is ripe for practitioners and academicians to delve into the insights offered in this seminal volume so as to better prepare for meeting the competitive challenges of the global marketplace.National stereotyping and consumer biases in favor or against countries based on image have been known for some time to influence their marketplace decisions. Businesspeople who want to learn how to use country identifiers effectively when to use them and when to avoid them and how country images affect the behavior of consumers in their target markets will want to read this book cover to cover. Product-Country Images discusses the nature and role and influence of product-country images in international marketing strategy and consumer behavior. It is a wide-ranging and state-of-the-art book offering specific information and case studies to further understanding of the various aspects of this complex topic.Written by the world’s preeminent researchers in the field from both academic and business sectors--a total of twenty-nine researchers from eleven countries--Product-Country Images presents the work of some of the best minds in the area--Johansson Morello Nebenzahl and Jaffe Crawford and Lumpkin Yaprak Liefeld and Wall and the editors Papadopoulos and Heslop who have also authored some of its chapters. The chapters cover areas related to the main theme from both theoretical and practical perspectives and address questions of international marketing strategy public policy and research methodology. The subject is treated at a level suitable for business executives public policymakers academic researchers and university students.Generally the influence of product country images is so pervasive that this will be an indispensable reference and guidebook to anyone interested in understanding better and/or enhancing the effectiveness of international consumer behavior international marketing and international marketing strategy. Academic researchers specializing in country-product images international marketing and other fields such as decisionmaking cultural anthropology international behavior and perhaps most importantly social psychology for international relations will find readily applicable information and new directions for further research. International business marketing practitioners and public policymakers will find the practical information on the role and importance of country image in attracting foreign investment promoting a nation’s exports protecting domestic markets from imports and capitalizing on major international events for promoting national image immediately useful in formulating strategies and policies. International marketing/business students will be better prepared for a competitive world from being exposed to this field of knowledge and its implications which are relevant to many subdisciplines.The made-in notion is a matter of tremendous importance in international marketing strategy public policymaking and research. With this in mind editors Papadopoulos and Heslop take special care to achieve a blend of practice and theory and of the strategic policy and research perspectives. As such Product-Country Images is divided into five main sections so that readers will be able to find the information they need:In the first section the chapters that introduce the subject provide an overview of the field Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863931

Production Distribution and Trade: Alternative PerspectivesEssays in honour of Sergio Parrinello This collection brings together significant new contributions to the Sraffa--based theories of production and distribution from post-Keynesian arguments concerning monetary and macro economics to the history of thought and methodology. All of the authors are well established authorities in their field and in this book they add stimulating and original pieces of analysis to the contemporary literature. Production Distribution and Trade is divided into three parts. The first explores analytical issues in production and exchange theory the second examines Postkeynesian Macroeconomics and the final part includes essays on the history of economic thought and methodology. This collection has been written in honour of Sergio Parrinello and is a fitting tribute to his untiring efforts to stimulate discussion among Classicists Marxists Postkeynesians and Evolutionists. The book is a clear and convincing attempt to prove that an alternative paradigm to mainstream economics is alive and thriving and to argue that these perspectives shed better light on current economic problems both as diagnosis and in terms of policy conclusions. The book will be of interest to Economics postgraduate students and researchers working in the Classical and Postkeynesian tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750264

Production Growth and the EnvironmentAn Economic Approach Written in a way that facilitates understanding of complex concepts laws and policy Production Growth and the Environment: An Economic Approach explores how economic growth usually makes people better off but also asks at what environmental cost? These costs are not often realized until after the fact when their remediation is more expensive and sometimes not reversible. Very few books on environmental economics model the joint production of desirable and undesirable outcomes in any depth. This book fills that void. It discusses the demographic transition and the escape from the Malthusian trap. It also covers the environmental Kuznets curve hypothesis that examines the relation between polluting outputs and economic welfare. The book integrates environmental valuation methods with the production possibility frontier (PPF) approach. It presents both types of outcomes in a PPF framework that accounts for scarcity and allows the concepts of technical and allocative efficiencies to be introduced and measured. The PPF can then measure technological progress/regress and can be used to measure whether resource use is sustainable over time. It can also be used to determine shadow prices for non-market desirable outputs such as ecological services and non-market undesirable by-products such as SO2 NOx and CO2 that arise from fossil fuel combustion. The beauty of the PPF framework is that it can be depicted in simple two-dimensional diagrams that make the concepts easy to understand. The author uses this framework to introduce concepts such as technical efficiency allocative efficiency technological progress/regress shadow pricing externalities public goods pollution taxes and permits. In addition each chapter has numerous problems and discussion questions that provide examples and practice in using the introduced theories. The book also includes a chapter that shows how the solver routine in Excel can be used to measure technical and allocative efficiency. This gives you the tools to examine all outcomes and therefore make a decision that takes into account the environmental challenges along with any economic benefits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075092

Production Perception and Phonotactic PatternsA Case of Contrastive Palatalization First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983878

Production Places and Environment Drawing upon 25 years of original research Production Places and Environment provides a unique combination of rich varied and theoretically informed case studies along with more general analyses of processes and changing theoretical and methodological perspectives in economic geography that are informed by original empirical research.Through a huge range of his own groundbreaking case material the author explores such essential factors as space production social and political concerns and environmental issues being careful to ground the more complex theory in the more general tendencies in economic geography and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408494

Production & Consumption of Music This collection considers music within the spheres of production and consumption and pulls together an interdisciplinary collection of music studies from around the world ranging from an ethnomusicological analysis of the condition of Tibetan music and its role within the Chinese state the changing reception of anti-apartheid music by white musicians in South Africa according to new configurations of society and its memory of recent history a lyrical exploration of jazz as a signifier of crime and other nefarious activities within film history an analysis of how music charts and maps the social network and gender roles in Jamaica and a landmark commentary on how music is framed by David Hemsondalgh. As opposed to other studies which explore music just in terms of its reception or its composition and distribution this collection should make necessary reading for anybody interested in the wider nexus of music’s existence and how it waxes and wanes with ideology politics gender business and much more besides. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870468

Production and Comprehension of Utterances (RLE Linguistics B: Grammar) In this volume the author reviews the results of research on language performance and proposes a model of production and comprehension. Although recent developments in linguistics are taken into account consideration of other requirements of a performance model leads to the conclusion that the grammar the speaker has in mind differs from the grammar as currently conceived of by most linguists. The author is also critical of recent computer simulations of language performance on the basis that they fall short of describing what goes on in human production and comprehension. The author therefore proposes that the basic issues must be rethought and new theoretical foundations reformulated in order to arrive at a viable theory of language functioning. In developing the framework of the model presented in this book requirements of flexibility in the performance mechanisms the probabilistic nature of comprehension processes and the interleaving of linguistic rules with context and knowledge of the world are emphasized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983861

Production and Consumption in English Households 1600-1750 This economic social and cultural analysis of the nature and variety of production and consumption activities in households in Kent and Cornwall yields important new insights on the transition to capitalism in England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651073

Production and Cost FunctionsSpecification Measurement and Applications This title was first published in 2001. The objective of this book is to discuss specification and applications of new production cost and profit functions. It is aimed at specialists in production economic growth costs profits and applied econometrics in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716292

Production and Distribution Theories Production and Distribution Theories became a landmark in the study of economics when it was published in 1941. Nobel Laureate Stigler's book was the first to trace the development of theories alongside the history of economic thought. Stigler's pioneering effort remains a classic work on the evolution of distribution theory during a critical juncture in the development of modern industrial capitalism.Stigler examines the writings of major economists during the century including William Stanley Jevons Phillip Wicksteed Alfred Marshall F.Y. Edgeworth and Leon Walras. He uses their works in order to show a variety of perspectives on distribution theory. Among the methods of thought he explores are neoclassical price theory and marginal productivity theory.In the new introduction Douglas Irwin illustrates how this book came into being and notes its continuing significance to the study of economics. Joseph Schumpeter commented in his History of Economic Analysis that "this excellent work by a competent theorist is perhaps the best survey in existence of the theoretical work of that period's leaders and is strongly recommended." This judgment still stands. The book will be of great interest to those interested not only in neoclassical economics but also in the sources of Stigler's economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530829

Production and Operations AnalysisTraditional Latest and Smart Views The aim of this book is to cover various aspects of the Production and Operations Analysis. Apart from the introduction to basic understanding of each topic the book will also provide insights to various conventional techniques as well as various other mathematical and nature-based techniques extracted from the existing literature. Concepts like smart factories intelligent manufacturing and various techniques of manufacturing will also be included. Various types of numerical examples will also be presented in each chapter and the descriptions will be done in lucid style with figures point-wise descriptions tables pictures to facilitate easy understanding of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815361961

Production and Operations Management Systems Since the beginning of mankind on Earth if the "busyness" process was successful then some form of benefit sustained it. The fundamentals are obvious: get the right inputs (materials labor money and ideas); transform them into highly demanded quality outputs; and make it available in time to the end consumer. Illustrating how operations relate to the rest of the organization Production and Operations Management Systems provides an understanding of the production and operations management (P/OM) functions as well as the processes of goods and service producers. The modular character of the text permits many different journeys through the materials. If you like to start with supply chain management (Chapter 9) and then move on to inventory management (Chapter 5) and then quality management (Chapter 8) you can do so in that order. However if your focus is product line stability and quick response time to competition you may prefer to begin with project management (Chapter 7) to reflect the continuous project mode required for fast redesign rapid response. Slides lectures Excel worksheets and solutions to short and extended problem sets are available on the Downloads / Updates tabs. The project management component of P/OM is no longer an auxiliary aspect of the field. The entire system has to be viewed and understood. The book helps students develop a sense of managerial competence in making decisions in the design planning operation and control of manufacturing production and operations systems through examples and case studies. The text uses analytical techniques when necessary to develop critical thinking and to sharpen decision-making skills. It makes production and operations management (P/OM) interesting even exciting to those who are embarking on a career that involves business of any kind. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466507333

Production Chemicals for the Oil and Gas Industry Production chemistry issues result from changes in well stream fluids both liquid and gaseous during processing. Since crude oil production is characterized by variable production rates and unpredictable changes to the nature of the produced fluids it is essential for production chemists to have a range of chemical additives available for rectifying issues that would not otherwise be fully resolved. Modern production methods the need to upgrade crude oils of variable quality and environmental constraints demand chemical solutions. Thus oilfield production chemicals are necessary to overcome or minimize the effects of the production chemistry problems.Production Chemicals for the Oil and Gas Industry Second Edition discusses a wide variety of production chemicals used by the oil and gas industry for down-hole and topside applications both onshore and offshore. Incorporating the large amount of research and applications since the first edition this new edition reviews all past and present classes of production chemicals providing numerous difficult-to-obtain references especially SPE papers and patents. Unlike other texts that focus on how products perform in the field this book focuses on the specific structures of chemicals that are known to deliver the required or desired performance—information that is very useful for research and development.Each updated chapter begins by introducing a problem such as scale or corrosion for which there is a production chemical. The author then briefly discusses all chemical and nonchemical methods to treat the problem and provides in-depth descriptions of the structural classes of relevant production chemicals. He also mentions when available the environmental properties of chemicals and whether the chemical or technique has been successfully used in the field. This edition includes two new chapters and nearly 50 percent more references. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439873793

Production DesignVisual Design for Film and Television Production Design: Visual Design for Film and Television is a hands-on guide to the craft of Production Design and Art Direction. Author Peg McClellan gives an insider’s view of the experiences and challenges of working as a Production Designer in film and television. The book covers three major areas starting with an overview and the basics of job responsibilities the artistic approach and the background which every Production Designer needs to be familiar with and progressing to the mechanics of the role with a day-to-day breakdown of the job itself. McClellan takes you through script analysis team collaborations the hierarchy of a production hiring a team the business elements locations studio facilities handling change and everything in between. With case studies insights from successful Production Designers and inspiration in the form of over 200 colour photos and illustrations from storyboards to sets this is the ideal book for students seeking a career in production design and professionals looking to further their design knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185425

Production EconomicsEvaluating Costs of Operations in Manufacturing and Service Industries This book serves a unique purpose within the world of engineering. It covers the economics of modern manufacturing and focuses on examining the techniques and methods from a cost perspective. It can be used by both students and professionals alike. The book is useful to students in industrial engineering and mechanical engineering programs as a primary textbook for engineering economy production costing and related courses. It can also be used by MBA students specializing in production management and finance. Specific topics of coverage include the computation of direct and indirect cost for manufacturing operations including a variety of overhead operations in such an environment. Costing of manufacturing methods such as casting forging turning milling and welding is addressed along with inventory analysis. The book also includes fundamental concepts such as cash flow analysis present and future worth analysis and rate of return analysis. Related topics such as equipment replacement comparison of alternatives depreciation buy versus make decisions interest factors and equivalence are covered in detail as well. Key Features: Addresses the costing of manufacturing operations through a step-by-step problem solving approach. Includes traditional engineering topics such as cash flow analysis present worth future worth analysis replacement analysis equivalence and depreciation are addressed in depth as well. Offers a variety of solved examples that can be used to develop a thorough understanding of the underlying concept. Provides a number of practice problems at the end of each chapter. Presents a large number of figures and tables in almost every chapter to assist in visualizing the concept and apply it successfully. Production Economics: Evaluating Costs of Operations in Manufacturing and Service Industries focuses on rigorous problem solving. Each topic is presented succinctly along with numerous solved examples along with a large number of end-of-chapter practice problems where applicable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033269

Production Efficiency in Domesday England 1086 This fascinating study uses Domesday book data and Management Science methods to examine manorial production efficiency in Medieval Essex in 1086. This book reveals unexpected facts about economic history and is a remarkable contribution to economic history and medieval studies. It will be of great interest to economists management scientists medievalists and anyone involved with Domesday studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866201

Production House CinemaStarting and Running Your Own Cinematic Storytelling Business In Production House Cinema: Starting and Running Your Own Cinematic Storytelling Business renowned video storyteller Kurt Lancaster offers both students and professionals a practical guide to starting their own video production company and creating cinematic client-based video content. Utilizing practical know-how along with in-depth analysis and interviews with successful independent production houses like Stillmotion and Zandrak Lancaster follows the logistics and inspiration of creating production house cinema from the initial client pitch all the way through financing and distribution. The book includes: An examination of the cinematic and narrative style and how to create it; A discussion of the legal procedures and documents necessary for starting and operating a production house; Advice on crafting a portfolio reel and website that both demonstrates your unique style and vision and attracts clients; A guide to the financial business of running an independent production house including invoicing accounting and taxes—and how much you should charge clients; Tips for how to better communicate with clients and how to develop and shape a client’s story; A breakdown of how to select the right gear and equipment for a shoot on budget; Cinematic case studies that offer detailed coverage of several short films made for clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816199

Production Management and Business DevelopmentProceedings of the 6th Annual International Scientific Conference on Marketing Management Tra Trends in economic development rely on increasing human knowledge which stimulate the development of new sophisticated technologies. With their utilization production is raised and the intent is to decrease natural resources consumption and protect and save our life environment as much as we can. At the same time increasing pressure is observed both from competition and customers. The way to be competitive is by improving manufacturing and services offered to the customer. These are the major challenges of contemporary enterprises. Organizations are improving their activities and management processes. This is necessary to manage the seemingly intensifying competitive markets successfully. Enterprises apply business-optimizing solutions to meet new challenges and conditions. This way ensuring effective development for long-term competitiveness in a global environment. This is necessary for the implementation of qualitative changes in the industrial policy. "Process Control and Production Management" (MTS 2018) is a collection of research papers from an international authorship. The authors present case studies and empirical research which illustrates the progressive trends in business process management and the drive to increase enterprise sustainability development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367732615

Production Management and Engineering SciencesProceedings of the International Conference on Engineering Science and Production Management ( These are the proceedings of the International Conference on Engineering Science and Production Management 16th – 17th April 2015 Tatranská Å trba High Tatras Mountains - Slovak Republic . The proceedings contain articles focusing on:- Production Management Logistics- Industrial development sustainable production- Planning management and production control- Environmental and Safety Engineering and Management- Integrated business Management- Engineering and quality management of production- European support of industrial innovationThese proceedings brings new and original advances and trends in various fields of engineering sciences and technologies that accost a wide range of academics scientists researchers and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737627

Production Management for Film and Video Packed with step by step information hints and tips this book provides all the basic information needed to production manage a film or video from beginning to end - from idea to delivery. Production Management for Film and Video gives all the basic information needed to production manage a film or video from beginning to end - from idea to delivery.Aspiring young film producers programme makers and students of film or video production will find this an essential source of information as indeed will anybody wishing to improve their knowledge and skills in the field. One is guided from the script or proposal right through the various stages of production management to include:· script breakdown· crossplotting· scheduling· budgeting· preparation· the shoot· editing and post-production· deliveryNow in its third edition Production Management for Film and Video has been further revised to include: · information on health and safety requirements· the need to be aware of computer generated imagery · the effect this kind of programme making has on schedules and budgets. Different kinds of management for different productions are also covered - from features through to documentaries - and advice is offered on how to run a production more effectively. Examples taken from actual productions demonstrate the kind of documentation needed to develop run and control a production. Emphasis is placed on the basic principles of good management that apply to all the different kinds of film that can be produced.Richard Gates is a freelance producer/production manager and has been involved in over 40 productions of different kinds. He also lectures extensively on production and production management techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173699

Production ManagementAdvanced Models Tools and Applications for Pull Systems Inventory control is an essential task in production management. An effective inventory control can significantly reduce the holding cost and hence total production cost. Selecting and implementing a suitable production control system plays an important role in inventory reduction and performance improvement of a production system. Since the introduction of Toyota’s just-in-time philosophy pull control systems have been adopted by numerous companies worldwide both in the manufacturing and service sectors. This book provides some recent developments in production management and presents modeling and analysis tools for pull production control systems. It contributes by combining theoretical findings and case study analysis results with a practical and contemporary view on how to effectively manage and control production systems. Each chapter in this book focuses on a specific topic in production control systems allowing readers to identify the chapters that relate to their interests. More specifically the book is presented in three sections. The first section focuses on the design and implementation aspects of the pull production control systems as well as performance evaluation approaches for pull systems. The second section presents a recent and comprehensive literature review. Three different case studies on implementation of pull production control systems are presented in the last section. This book can be used as an essential source for students and scholars who need to specifically study the pull control systems. Since the superiority of these systems is controversial the book can also provide an interesting and informative read for practitioners managers and employees who need to deepen their knowledge on pull production management systems. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138032217

Production Methods and Workability of Concrete Practical production of ordinary and special high performance concretes and their behaviour and properties when fresh are the main themes of this book. It derives from the International RILEM Conference held in Paisley Scotland in June 1996 and represents the culmination of the work of two RILEM Technical Committees (145 WSM Workability of Special Mixes and 150 ECM Efficiency of Concrete Mixers).Very significant advances have been made recently in the development of concrete with outstanding properties. Such advances in research must be matched by progress in the technology of concrete production. This book focuses on production methods and on workability and handling two fundamental and closely linked stages of the concrete construction process. It has a strongly practical emphasis with many contributions showing how to build effectively using the many high performance concretes which have progressed from research into construction in recent years.The main themes covered are: production mixers and mixing processes; production methods; sprayed and very dry precasting mixes; fibre reinforced concrete; flowing and superfluid mixes; rheology; test methods; mix design and models; special cements and concretes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448493

Production Networks in Southeast Asia This book answers the recently topical questions of how China’s processed trade affects the trade of Southeast Asia. What is Southeast Asia’s role in Factory Asia the region’s complex of cross-border supply chains? What is Southeast Asia’s involvement in building or joining production networks in the region? And most important how can Southeast Asia increase the value added of its products and improve its competitiveness? This book provides rigorous analysis of how trade policy affects value added highly disaggregated at the firm and product level of the six Southeast Asian countries – Indonesia Malaysia the Philippines Singapore and Viet Nam – and combines this with thorough examinations of their trade industrial and labour policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350437

Production of Colloidal Biogenic Selenium and Removal by Different Coagulation-Flocculation Approaches Selenium (Se) is a chemical element of concern due to its toxicity and increasing anthropogenic release to the environment. Se oxyanions selenite and selenate are water-soluble bioavailable and toxic whereas elemental selenium Se(0) is solid and less toxic. Nevertheless Se(0) is potentially harmful as particulate Se(0) has been reported to be bioavailable to bivalves to fish and also prone to re-oxidation. In the current work we investigated the reduction of selenite and selenate using pure and mixed microbial cultures. A novel strain of Pseudomonas moraviensis showing high Se tolerance was isolated classified and characterized for the first time. Biogenic Se(0) shows colloidal properties due to its nanosize scale and negatively-charged biopolymer coating. To address the need for efficient solid-liquid separation of biogenic Se(0) prior to environmental discharge we tested and compared several physical-chemical separation methods. Centrifugation and filtration can be efficiently used for Se(0) separation but they are not feasible at the industrial scale due to prohibitive costs. Alternatively chemical coagulation by metal salts e.g. aluminum sulfate and ferric chloride resulted in high removal rates around 90%. Electrocoagulation reached the highest colloidal Se(0) removal efficiency of 97% when using iron electrodes. In conclusion biogenic Se(0) must be removed in a biological post-treatment step and several approaches described in this work could be successfully used. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028197

Production of Disaster and Recovery in Post-Earthquake HaitiDisaster Industrial Complex Natural disasters have long been seen as naturally generated events but as scientific technological and social knowledge of disasters has become more sophisticated the part that people and systems play in disaster events has become more apparent. Production of Disaster and Recovery in Post-Earthquake Haiti demonstrates how social processes impact disasters as they unfold through the distribution of power and resources the use of discourses and images of disaster and the economic and social systems and relations which underlie affected communities. The authors show how these processes played out in post-earthquake Haiti to set in motion the mechanics of the disaster industrial complex to (re)produce disasters and recovery rather than bring sustainable change. The book reveals that disaster and recovery rhetoric helped create fertile conditions for neoliberal disaster governance militarized and digital humanitarianism non-profiteering and disaster opportunism to flourish while further disenfranchising marginalized populations. However the Haiti earthquake as is the case with all disaster sites was ripe with mutual aid community building and collective action all of which further local resilience. The authors seek to re-construct dominant discourses policies and practices to advance equitable participatory partnerships with local community actors and propose a praxis for a people’s recovery as an action-oriented framework for resisting the transnational disaster industrial machinery. The authors argue for new synergies in policymaking and program development that can respond to emergencies and plan for true long-term sustainable development after disasters that focuses as much on humans and the natural world as it does on economic progress. Production of Disaster and Recovery in Post-Earthquake Haiti will be of great interest to students and scholars of disaster studies humanitarian studies development studies Haitian studies geography and environmental studies as well as to non-governmental organizations humanitarians and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820954

Production of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels from Biomass As the demand for fossil fuels grows faster than production the search for new fuels to replace fossil fuels is gaining in importance and liquid biofuels are considered good candidates. This book reviews the technologies available today as well as a number of promising new technologies for the production of liquid hydrocarbon transportation fuels from biomass resources. Examples of everyday use of biofuels and liquid hydrocarbon fuels are featured throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466512382

Production of Locality in the Early Modern and Modern AgePlaces This book is a microhistory study of village settlements in early modern Northwest Italy that aims to expand the notion of place to include the process of producing a locality; that is the production of native local subjects through practices rituals and other forms of collective action. Undertaking a micro-analytical approach the book examines the customs and practices associated with typically fragmented and polycentric Italian village settlements to analyze the territorial tensions between various segments of a village and its neighbors. The microspatial analysis reveals how these tensions are the expressions of conflictual relationships between lay ecclesiastical and charitable bodies culminating in a "culture of fragmentation" that impacts local economic and political practices. The book also traces how the production of locality survived throughout the nineenth and twentieth century and is still observed today. In this light the study of practices and policies of locality over time that this book undertakes is an essential tool to better understand the nature and role of these social bonds in today’s society. Archival records and the methods for approaching this source material are included within the text making it an accessible and invaluable book for students and teachers of social and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313705

Production of Postcolonial India and PakistanMeanings of Partition This work seeks to examine the event and concurrent transition that the inauguration of India and Pakistan as ‘postcolonial’ states in August 1947 constituted and effectuated. Analysing India and Pakistan together in a parallel and mutually dependant reading and utilizing primary data and archival materials Svensson offers new insights into the current literature seeking to conceptualise independence through partition and decolonisation in terms of novelty and as a ‘restarting of time’. Through his analysis Svensson demonstrates the constitutive and inexorable entwinement of contingency and restoration of openness and closure in the establishment of the postcolonial state. It is maintained that those involved in instituting the new state in a moment devoid of fixity and foundation ‘anchor’ it in preceding beginnings. The work concludes with the proposition that the novelty should not only be regarded as contained in the moment of transition. It should also be seen as contained in the pledge in the promise and the gesturing towards a future community. Distinct from most other studies on the partition and independence the book assumes the constitutive moment as the focal point offering a new approach to the study of partition in British India decolonisation and the institutional of the postcolonial state. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of international relations South Asian studies and political and postcolonial theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692923

Production Organizations in Japanese Economic Development In this important new book the authors explore how production was organized in the context of the economic development of modern Japan. Production organizations are taken to mean the long-term relationships which economic agents create for production based on employment contracts or long-term transactions. This includes hierarchical organizations such as factories and corporations but also flexible arangements such as subcontracting.  Modern Japanese economic development is characterized by the co-evolution of these two types of production organizations while American economic development in the modern period is characterized by the development of a mass production system based on large hierarchical organizations. The question is raised as to why and how a certain type of organization proliferated in a certain industry in a certain period and what the role of that organization was in coordinating production and giving incentives to the economic agents involved. The result is a comparative institutional analysis of the organizational foundations of Japanese economic development in the modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748582

Production Pipeline Fundamentals for Film and Games Every production is built on the backbone of the pipeline. While a functional and flexible pipeline can’t assure a successful project a weak pipeline can guarantee its demise. A solid pipeline produces a superior product in less time and with happier artists who can remain creative throughout the grueling production schedule. Walk through the foundational layers of the production pipeline including IT infrastructure software development practices and deployment policies asset management shot management and rendering management. Production Pipeline Fundamentals for Film and Games will teach you how to direct limited resources to the right technological initiatives getting the most for every dollar spent. Learn how to prepare for and manage all aspects of the pipeline with this entirely unique one-of-a-kind guide. Expand your knowledge with real-world pipeline secrets handed to you by a stellar group of professionals from across the globe. Visit the companion website for even further resources on the pipeline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415812290

Production Safety for Film Television and Video Covering all aspects of production safety this is an invaluable reference guide for the independent programme maker freelancer manager producer tutor and student filmmaker. Robin Small identifies all the major risks and gives advice on how to control and/or eliminate them. Each hazard section includes useful references to the relevant legislation documents and licences as well as addresses of organisations for essential advice and recommended further reading. Important information about hazard identification risk assessment and safety policy is provided in the chapters covering legislation health and safety management personal protective equipment and insurance. Particular hazards are then split into individual sections for ease of reference. These hazards include:AsbestosCranesExplosives and pyrotechnicsFood and cateringManual handing and liftingVisual display screensWorking at heightsThe appendices provide comprehensive contact information for UK and European Heath and Safety sources. They also include sample forms to draw up your own safety system.Robin Small is Senior Lecturer in Television Media Department at the University of Huddersfield. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161153

Production Studies The Sequel!Cultural Studies of Global Media Industries Production Studies The Sequel! is an exciting exploration of the experiences of media workers in local global and digital communities—from prop-masters in Germany Chinese film auteurs producers of children’s television in Qatar Italian radio broadcasters filmmakers in Ethiopia and Nigeria to seemingly-autonomous Twitterbots. Case studies examine international production cultures across five continents and incorporate a range of media including film television music social media promotional media video games publishing and public broadcasting. Using the lens of cultural studies to examine media production Production Studies The Sequel! takes into account transnational production flows and places production studies in conversation with other major areas of media scholarship including audience studies media industries and media history. A follow-up to the successful Production Studies this collection highlights new and important research in the field and promises to generate continued discussion about the past present and future of production studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831698

Production Volume RenderingDesign and Implementation Due to limited publicly available software and lack of documentation those involved with production volume rendering often have to start from scratch creating the necessary elements to make their system work. Production Volume Rendering: Design and Implementation provides the first full account of volume rendering techniques used for feature animation and visual effects production. It covers the theoretical underpinnings as well as the implementation of a working renderer. The book offers two paths toward understanding production volume rendering. It describes:Modern production volume rendering techniques in a generic context explaining how the techniques fit together and how the modules are used to achieve real-world goalsImplementation of the techniques showing how to translate abstract concepts into concrete working code and how the ideas work together to create a complete systemAs an introduction to the field and an overview of current techniques and algorithms this book is a valuable source of information for programmers technical directors artists and anyone else interested in how production volume rendering works.Web ResourceThe scripts data and source code for the book’s renderer are freely available at https://github.com/pvrbook/pvr. Readers can see how the code is implemented and acquire a practical understanding of how various design considerations impact scalability extensibility generality and performance. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367659196

Productive Engagement in Later LifeA Global Perspective Productive Ageing is the involvement of older adults in society through employment volunteering caregiving education and skill building. In 2020 there will be 248 million people in China aged 60 and over. At the same time the birth rate continues to drop and family structures are being transformed. In the face of such pressing demographic challenges the productive engagement of older adults is a clear-cut strategy to strengthen families and communities while simultaneously promoting the health of older adults. From a human capital perspective an ageing population represents resources to address societal needs; and the active engagement of older adults can enhance and maintain the physical mental and cognitive health of the older adults. The challenge is to develop policies that support productive engagement and implement evidence-based programs that create opportunities for older adults in active engagement in the community. Contributions of older adults will be necessary for social and economic development of families communities and society. Productive Engagement in Later Life covers the 2009 China conference on productive aging and discusses how to initiate and build productive aging agenda in China and around the globe. This book was originally published as a special issue of China Journal of Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698160

Productive Labour and Effective Demand The connection between productive labour and effective demand has often been ignored and disputed in political economy even by giants like Ricardo and Marx. This book traces the historical development of theories concentrating in particularly on those of Malthus Marx and Keynes. Particular attention is also paid to the Great Depression in the UK and USA.* The Pre-Classical Approach * The Classical Economists * Socialists and Dissidents * Anti-Classical Theories in the Twentieth Century Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016481

Productive Safety Management Unlike most books on this subject Productive Safety Management described in this book integrates occupational health and safety human resource management environmental management and engineering to provide a whole-business approach to effective safety management.The book helps companies to reduce and manage risk by providing analysing and improving systems in place within the company. It also looks at how external factors can affect company decision making and provides a tool to make sure that a health and safety management system is strategically aligned appropriately resourced and that it maximises employee commitment. Chapters on human resource management explore cultural issues and explain how to gain commitment to company objectives.The book has been written for managers and supervisors working in hazardous industries OHS practitioners undergraduate and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144767

Productivity AnalysisAn Empirical Investigation Over the past several years productivity improvement has become an increasingly vital economic issue for economies and individual firms. This book first published in 1996 examines empirically relationships between changes in catalyst financial commitments (ie research and development projects and capital improvements) and productivity/profitability changes and relationships between productivity changes and profitability changes in selected manufacturing industries and companies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138569331

Productivity and Economic Incentives As the controversies surrounding performance related pay have demonstrated reward management is a key issue. Collecting the results of 'fieldwork' investigations in factories and retail outlets this book measures output before and after a change in methods of remuneration. The link between productivity and stress is explored and conclusions drawn. An introductory chapter by the eminent economist P. Sargant Florence summarises previously published productivity studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861596

Productivity and Innovation in SMEsCreating Competitive Advantage in Singapore and South East Asia This book analyses the determining factors behind productivity and innovation amongst Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) in Singapore and within the context of South East Asia in order to offer recommendations for increasing productivity and aiding economic growth. SME firms are an influential driver of economic growth in advanced world economies like the USA Germany Japan and South Korea. Throughout the 2000s Singapore experienced a decline in economic growth which was linked to decreasing productivity in its SMEs. The decline triggered a transformational policy by a Government intent on forging a ‘high skill–high productivity’ future. Given substantial evidence that low productivity growth occurred in sectors where immigrants dominated the workforce the seeds of recovery focused on improving productivity and innovation amongst SMEs in those sectors. Hence this book investigates the factors determining productivity amongst SMEs across the manufacturing sector. It utilises personal interviews with global experts and CEOs combined with primary data collected from a major international Delphi survey and interviews with 215 SME owners and managers in Singapore. This data helps us to better understand how these productivity-enhancing factors can be used to increase performance amongst SMEs. By investigating the nature and process of total factor productivity in Singapore’s SMEs this book tells the policy story behind the revolution. To provide a comparative analysis Singapore’s story is placed within a South East Asian context. The unfolding narrative contains important lessons for policy makers and industry globally as they assess the strategic choices available to them for improving productivity and innovation. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of innovation and productivity as well as economic development officers government policy advisors SME business managers and sustainable businesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606657

Productivity and Social OrganizationThe Ahmedabad experiment: technical innovation work organization and management Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1958 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879300

Productivity Dynamics in Emerging and Industrialized Countries The world of late has seen a productivity slowdown. Many countries continue to recover from various shocks in the macro business environment along with structural changes and inward looking policies. In contemporary times of growth slumps various exits and protectionist regimes this book engages with the study of productivity dynamics in the emerging and industrialized economies. The essays address the crucial aspects such as the roles of human capital investment accounting and datasets that help understanding of productivity performance of global economy and its several regions.This book will be of interest to academics practitioners and professionals in the field of economic growth productivity and development studies. This will also be an important reference on empirical industrial economics in both India and the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734879

Productivity Effects of Cropland Erosion in the United States In the 1970’s agriculture in the United States seemed to be booming. With an extra demand for crops extra acres were taken on to increase production which was predicted to increase further with an ever-growing population. However concerns were beginning to be raised over the adequacy of land for crops as potential croplands began to be converted into urban areas as well as the effects of soil erosion decreasing the quality of these croplands. Originally published in 1983 this study investigates the threats to crop productivity in the U.S. with a focus on human-made problems. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120648

Productivity Growth in Developing CountriesThe Role of Efficiency This work combines an empirical analysis of productive efficiency change in Newly Industrializing Countries with a theoretical growth model that explores the implications of improvements in productive efficiency on the growth rate of an economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985513

Productivity Improvement in Manufacturing SMEsApplication of Work Study This book focuses on the application of workstudy in productivity of manufacturing SMEs locally and abroad and also explores various industrial problems which face manufacturing SMEs in developing and underdeveloped countries in the rest of the world. Low productivity is currently a serious challenge facing manufacturing SMEs where these SMEs are operating below expected production output levels which makes it difficult for them to compete in the global market. SMEs are the engine drivers of economic growth one of which is manufacturing. The challenge is that government from various countries in developing and underdeveloped countries mandated agencies in their respective areas to ensure that there is economic progress for these SMEs but productivity remains low in the manufacturing SMEs. When SMEs do not perform well productivity of manufacturing SMEs declines and unemployment increases. Thus an increase in unemployment results in a drop of GDP in the country and can become a global and economic crisis. This book describes a process which enables the reader to use effective knowledge that addresses problems facing the productivity of manufacturing SMEs such as work study tools and case studies and provides solutions and applications to improve the running of the manufacturing SMEs in growing their productivity. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138747111

Productivity in Indian ManufacturingMeasurements Methods and Analysis This volume comprehensively captures trends in productivity and its determinants in the post-reform period for Indian manufacturing. It provides an up-to-date survey of different methods employed in measuring productivity and their applications across organized and unorganized sectors including food beverages furniture gems chemicals petroleu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176808

Productivity in Natural Resource IndustriesImprovement through Innovation Several senior natural resource analysts study the role played by innovation particularly technological innovation in the pursuit of heightened productivity. Increasing the output of a given input improves a firm‘s bottom line makes it more competitive internationally and reduces the potential for resource depletion and shortages. Thus high productivity is a necessary ingredient of economic prosperity. This book illustrates the importance of technological innovation in achieving an acceptable level of output and efficiency. In this important new offering a team of resource scholars describes and chronicles the development of recent innovations in selected natural resource industries. The authors also reveal the causes sources and net effect of such innovation on productivity. In all of these sectors productivity has increased considerably since the early 1980s although the level of improvement varies across industries. To what degree did technological innovation contribute to that increase? Individual detailed case studies detail important innovations in America‘s coal petroleum copper and forest industries. The primary focus is on extraction and production technologies although the existence and importance of innovation in other areas such as management technique also enter the picture. For example the combination of new technology with restructuring seems to have breathed new life into a floundering U.S. copper industry. The authors describe the origin and diffusion of important innovation and the concluding chapter quantifies the net effect of such innovation on productivity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060774

Productivity of Cities First published in 1997 this volume from the Bruton Center for Development Studies examines urban productivity and the Korean urban system. The Center recognizes the growing significance of information and technology in local national and global development. Research conducted within the Center includes both theoretical and empirical investigations of regional housing markets; mobility and location choices of households and businesses; interaction of land use and transportation; relationships between spatial patterns of development and the dynamics of regional economies and on the interaction of market forces and public policies in shaping development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386976

Productivity Theory for Industrial Engineering Since the time of the Industrial Revolution manufacturing industries have accumulated a huge experience in creating different machines and systems for fabricating various goods work parts and products. All these diverse machines and systems with different designs to solve pivoted economic problems increased the productivity rate of manufacturing processes and generated high-quality products. In the area of productivity theory for industrial engineering there are numerous publications that describe the fundamental approaches and the mathematical models of productivity rate for the different designs of industrial machines and systems. Known theories consider the physical productivity rate as the number of products fabricated over a given time (ASME) that is a component of economic productivity. However known mathematical models are simplified with assumptions and not well developed analytically which can lead to severe errors in computing the output of manufacturing systems. Modern industrial machines and systems are complex in design and in structure with serial parallel and serial-parallel arrangements and any failure of any component leads to downtime of expensive production systems. For this reason industries need a productivity theory that enables accurate predicting of the output of manufacturing systems at the preliminary stages.  Key features Offers fundamental principles of productivity theory for industrial machines and systems based on mathematics technology design reliability probability and management Presents the conceptual principles of productivity theory for industrial machines and systems Provides methods for computing productivity losses in real industrial environments Closes the gap between theory and practice for computing productivity rates of manufacturing systems Incudes a comparative analysis of productivity rates for manufacturing systems of serial parallel and serial-parallel arrangements Productivity Theory for Industrial Engineering presents analytical approaches and methods to define maximal productivity rates optimal machining regimes and optimal structure of manufacturing machines and systems based on the parameters of technological processes structural design reliability of mechanisms and management systems. This book uses productivity theory for solving productivity problems and can also be used for complex approaches for sustainable improvement of production processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138483217

Productivity Through Wellness for Live Entertainment and Theatre TechniciansIncreasing Productivity Avoiding Burnout and Maximizing the Va Productivity Through Wellness for Live Entertainment and Theatre Technicians provides the tools for individuals and organizations to achieve a healthy work–life balance and increase productivity in the production process of live entertainment. Through examination of the limits of the human body the fundamentals of motivation and best practices of project management the reader will develop operational mindfulness and look at new ways to achieve work–life balance. The book explores case studies that show how organizations are promoting work–life balance and reaping the benefits of increased productivity makes recommendations to reduce burnout and increase productivity among technicians and discusses how to deal with the various phases of production. An excellent resource for live entertainment technicians production managers technical directors arts managers managers in live entertainment and students in Technical Direction and Production Management courses Productivity Through Wellness for Live Entertainment and Theatre Technicians offers practical solutions to improve the quality of life of employees reduce the burnout and injuries of overwork and maximize the value of an hour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137700

Product-Service System Design for Sustainability This book based on a huge European and Asian research project is a state-of-the-art examination of the theory and practice of system innovation through Product-Service System (PSS) design for sustainability from a trans-cultural viewpoint. PSS design incorporates innovative strategies that shift businesses away from simply designing and selling physical products to developing integrated systems of products and services that satisfy human needs. The book provides background advice and tools for designers interested in sustainable PSSs and has a wealth of case studies for practitioners to digest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093679

Profane EgyptologistsThe Modern Revival of Ancient Egyptian Religion It is widely believed that the practice of ancient Egyptian religion ceased with the end of pharaonic culture and the rise of Christianity. However an organised reconstruction and revival of the authentic practice of Egyptian or Kemetic religion has been growing almost undocumented  for nearly three decades. Profane Egyptologists is the first in-depth study of the now-global phenomenon of Kemeticism. Presenting key players in their own words  the book utilises extensive interviews to reveal a continuum of beliefs and practices spanning eight years of community growth. The existence of competing visions of Egypt which employ ancient material and academic resources questions the position of Egyptology as a gatekeeper of Egypt's past. Exploring these boundaries the book highlights the politised and economic factors driving the discipline's self-conception. Could an historically self-imposed insular nature have harmed Egyptology as a field and how could inclusive discussion help guard against further isolationism?Profane Egyptologists is both an Egyptological study of Kemeticism and a critical study of the discipline of Egyptology itself. It will be of value to scholars and students of archaeology and Egyptology cultural heritage religion online phenomenology epistemology  pagan studies and ethnography as well as Kemetics and devotees of Egyptian culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891015

Profanity Obscenity and the Media This is the second volume of Melvin J. Lasky's The Language of Journalism series praised as a "brilliant" and "original" study in communications and contemporary language and as "a joy to read." When it was first published it broke ground in focusing on the comparative styles and prejudices of mainstream American and British newspapers and in its trenchant analysis of their systematic debasement of language in the face of obligatory platitudes and compulsory euphemisms.Lasky documents the growing crisis affecting honest thoughtful and independent journalism in the Western world. He extends the scope of his first volume in the trilogy and deepens the interpretation. He also adds a personal touch of wit and anecdote as one might expect from an experienced international journalist and historian. Lasky's examination of the use of formerly forbidden language is a triumph of sinuous semantics. In his incisive analysis we see the tortuous struggle of a once Puritanized literary culture writhing to break free of censorship and self-censorship.This volume on the phenomenon of profanity adds another dimension to Lasky's thesis on mass culture's trivialization of real social and political phenomena. It also underscores our society's embrace of banality in standardizing politically correct jargon and slang. Readers of the first volume will find here a new range of references to illuminate the detail of what our newspapers have been publishing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854955

Professing SociologyStudies in the Life Cycle of Social Science Professing Sociology was originally published at a time when sociology commanded widespread interest and public funding. Written by one of the leaders of "the new sociology" of the late sixties this volume captures the nature and intensity of the field's intellectual foundations and scope. It reveals the field's post-World War II development as a scientific discipline and as a profession and includes the author's most significant writings on critical trends shaping the field.Irving Louis Horowitz divides the life cycle of sociology into three main sections. The first deals with the inner life of sociology covering basic theoretical issues uniting and dividing the profession. In a second section Horowitz shows the institutions and sources from which the struggle of ideas is nourished. A third section shows how political life shapes the inner life of American sociology. Horowitz gives a great deal of attention to international social science to the relationship of social science to public policy and to federal projects and grant agencies and their effects on research.Irving Louis Horowitz was undoubtedly influential in shaping his field and Professing Sociology offers valuable insights into how ideas become part of the fabric of professional life. As the new introduction by Howard G. Schneiderman shows Professing Sociology provides a clear picture of sociology at the height of its importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851985

Profession and PurposeA Resource Guide for MBA Careers in Sustainability Sustainability holds the promise of an exciting new approach to business – one in which business goals are aligned with social and environmental goals. Multinational corporations are recognizing that we live in an increasingly resource-constrained world and that more accountability for corporate social and environmental impacts will accrue to them. More importantly forward-thinking executives understand that sustainability can present new opportunities for competitive advantage – whether that is by reducing costs minimizing risk appealing to increasingly conscientious customers or reaching new markets entirely.With the growth of this field comes a host of interesting new career opportunities for MBAs. As companies are grappling with challenges like how to develop social return on investment (SROI) metrics or understand the potential impact of corporate carbon footprints on stock prices there are new opportunities for the next generation of managers – managers who are not only trained in traditional MBA fundamentals but also grounded in an understanding of the multifaceted social and environmental challenges facing 21st-century global business leaders. Entirely new career paths are opening to MBAs interested in sustainability: sustainable venture capital green marketing corporate social responsibility management carbon credit trading and sustainability consulting to name a few.Perhaps even more than corporate executives MBA students understand this trend. The next generation of managers can see that the future of business will require a new set of skills and responsibilities. Between 2003 and 2008 membership in Net Impact the global organization for MBAs and business professionals interested in sustainability increased more than fourfold. By March 2009 over 130 business schools had a Net Impact chapter. Around the world MBA students realize that a different model will be required for businesses in the coming decades. The career paths that fall under the broad umbrella of "sustainability" are as diverse as the MBA students themselves. One student may be interested in social entrepreneurship in West Africa and the next will be seeking advice about clean-tech venture capital careers in Silicon Valley; a third will be interested in greening global supply chains. Corporate social responsibility sustainable product marketing microfinance green real estate development renewable energy and other interests all likewise fall under the sustainability umbrella at times. Because of this diversity it is often hard for business schools' career management centers to address sustainability-related career options in a comprehensive way. Many sustainability-related companies and nonprofits are not accustomed to on-campus recruiting. Others have not historically hired MBAs at all. MBA students and alumni interested in sustainability careers are often left to navigate their own internship and job search paths. And often they struggle. Profession and Purpose has been written to address this urgent need. Whether you are focused on an off-campus search or participating in the on-campus recruiting process there are a host of sustainability-specific career resources you should know about. You'll need to be well versed in sustainability news and trends and network at the right events conferences and company presentations. You also need to know about industry- and discipline-specific websites that post sustainability jobs for positions with titles like Corporate Social Responsibility Manager Socially Responsible Investing Analyst and Renewable Energy Market Analyst.Through hundreds of conversations with MBA students professionals and recruiters as well as her own personal experience the author has compiled the key job search resources and tips for MBAs interested in sustainability careers. The book provides ideas for researching companies making the most of your networking identifying job and internship openings and preparing for interviews. No matter what stage of your MBA career search process you're in this book will help you better understand your career options in the many fields of sustainability direct you to the best resources and help you to fine-tune your sustainability job search strategy. It's the sustainability career coach MBAs have been waiting for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783530731

Professional Accounting and Audit in Australia 1880-1900 Australian literature on professional accounting and audit begins in 1880. The two decades to 1900 were a crucial period in Australian history the boom years of the 1880s being followed by the severe recession of the 1890s and the federation of the Australian. There were no professional accounting journals but publication took place in banking and insurance magazines commercial newspapers and general newspapers. This book reprints 65 articles from this turbulent period and hugely productive period in Australian Accounting and Auditing practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983885

Professional Advances in Sports CoachingResearch and Practice Despite the rapid advance of the academic study of coaching science there is a dearth of evidence on contemporary progressions within the coaching profession itself particularly around the wide-ranging challenges that coaches face. Professional Advances in Sports Coaching constitutes an essential collection of the most innovative up-to-date reviews and research on professional issues in sports coaching and coaching psychology.Seeking to assess and challenge contemporary conceptual and theoretical research around the evolving nature of the coach’s role issues associated with athlete and coach welfare and societal demands of the coach the book covers topics as diverse as:gender and spirituality within sports coaching;working in culturally diverse environments and disability sport;understanding hazing mental health issues and disordered eating in athletes;moral behaviour and safeguarding;high performance coaching and talent development;communicating with athletes in the age of social media and managing cliques.Written by leading experts from around the world every chapter clarifies and defines key concepts gives an up-to-date and comprehensive review of literature within the area and examines the implications for future research and applied practice. This is a critical resource for any upper-level student enrolled in sports coaching science or practice classes sports coaching academics with an interest in professional practice and practicing sports coaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732349

Professional Attributes and PracticeMeeting the QTS Standards Drawing on the success of the first second and third editions of Professional Values and Practice for Teachers and Student Teachers this fully updated comprehensive and accessible fourth edition provides practical advice to help student teachers and teachers prepare for their professional life. This new edition contains completely new chapters in response to the changing Standards and an updated chapter by the editor Mike Cole entitled Education and Equality: some conceptual and practical issues which takes into account the major changes in equalities legislation. This will enable readers to situate the topics discussed in the rest of the book which deal with the DfES Professional Attributes Standards needed to meet the 2007 Standards for the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138169920

Professional Behaviors and DispositionsCounseling Competencies and Lifelong Growth Professional Behaviors and Dispositions teaches counselors in training (CITs) how to cultivate counselor competencies and critical thinking skills in support of lifelong professional development. CITs will first gain a detailed understanding of the professional behaviors and dispositions expected of all counselors. They will then learn how to evaluate themselves for these factors using a universal growth model that promotes holistic ongoing assessment of oneself and one’s relationships. Next CITs will be presented with concrete tools and activities that they can use to cultivate and retain counselor competencies. Finally CITs are given a step-by-step guide for creating a professional growth plan they can use throughout their program and their clinical practice. Accompanying this text is a helpful online faculty guide for supervisors to use while working with CITs. Aligned with CACREP ACA and ACES standards this textbook will be useful for all graduate students training to become counselors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089891

Professional Burnout in Medicine and the Helping Professions Physicians and other helping professionals have created a practical hands-on book that will aid in the identification and reduction of job stress. Nurses physicians thanatologists and psychotherapists are among the growing number of health care professionals whose physical and mental health are being severely affected by work stress. This unique volume achieves what no earlier book has attempted for this specialized professional group. It offers a thorough understanding of professional burnout elaborating how burnout develops and offering a model with which to identify job stressors. Professional Burnout in Medicine and the Helping Professions also offers an in-depth exploration of stress and burnout issues from the perspectives of specific medical and helping profession disciplines--physicians nurses social workers psychotherapists teachers consultants agency and hospital workers funeral directors and more.Experts in these fields examine the values ethics and morality of individuals health care organizations and society that may lead to burnout This in-depth and highly practical volume identifies the stages of disillusionment and offers successful intervention strategies for recognizing the signs and reducing or efficiently managing causative factors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315826080

Professional BurnoutRecent Developments in Theory and Research A rapidly growing number of people experience psychological strain at their workplace. In almost all industrialized countries absenteeism and turnover rates increase and an increasing amount of workers receive disablement benefits because of psychological problems. This book first published in 1993 concentrates on a specific kind of occupational stress: burnout the depletion of energy resources as a result of continuous emotional demands of the job. This volume presents theoretical perspectives that had been developed in the United States and Europe discusses methodological issues and examines organisational contexts. Written by an international group of leading scholars this book will be of interest to students of both psychology and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786157

Professional BurnoutRecent Developments In Theory And Research This book provides a complete presentation of the past present and future of professional burnout by bringing together a set of original papers from an international group of leading scholars on burnout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448417

Professional CapitalTransforming Teaching in Every School 'Professional Capital is an incisive critique of the failing reform movements in many countries and a powerful manifesto for the only strategy that can and does work. Hargreaves and Fullan set out exactly and undeniably why the only way to move forward is to honor and improve the profession of teaching. This book should revolutionize how policy makers and practitioners alike think and act in education.' – Sir Ken Robinson educator and author   'I love the focus on professional capital and decisional capital. Hargreaves and Fullan give us a deep practical understanding of ways to improve our schools and our school systems. This is new exciting thinking.' – Steve Munby Chief Executive National College for School Leadership 'This important book makes it clear that teaching stands at a crossroads between policy decisions that will help create a great profession for all teachers or ones that will make teaching robotic and unexciting—hurting student learning for years to come.' – Dennis Van Roekel President National Education Association In this latest and most important collaboration Andy Hargreaves and Michael Fullan set out a groundbreaking new agenda to transform the future of teaching and public education. Ideas-driven evidence-based and strategically powerful Professional Capital combats the tired arguments and stereotypes of teachers and teaching. It includes action guidelines for classroom teachers administrators schools and districts and state and federal leaders. This is a book that no one connected with schools can afford to ignore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415624572

Professional Chaplaincy and Clinical Pastoral Education Should Become More ScientificYes and No Does the scientific process belong in pastoral counseling? Professional Chaplaincy and Clinical Pastoral Education Should Become More Scientific: Yes and No examines the widespread ambivalence among pastoral caregivers and educators over the growing inclusion of science in pastoral care and counseling methodologies. Twenty-three seasoned professionals in the field give candid and sometimes emotional accounts of their interest in—and reservations about—the role scientific research plays in their profession. Some authors look at the issue from a historical perspective; others voice additional concerns. A few make concrete proposals on how chaplaincy can become more scientific. The result is a unique insight into the relationship between the secular and the religious. The question of whether science belongs in pastoral care and counseling is moot; pastoral care already makes extensive use of psychological testing and psychotherapeutic skills—all products of scientific thinking. But as technology becomes more dominant and health care delivery reflects a more corporate perspective pastoral caregivers and educators are divided on whether the changes represent the significant opportunity to improve a ministry or the surrender of the ministry’s very essence. The essays collected in Professional Chaplaincy and Clinical Pastoral Education Should Become More Scientific: Yes and No go a step farther breaking down the issue of faith versus science into more specific questions for pastoral caregivers such as: Can what you do be measured? Do you have an obligation to embrace the challenge of change? Is becoming more scientific a necessity for staying in touch with your health care peers? How cost effective is the pastoral care you provide if it doesn’t include the scientific process? Could a reluctance to incorporate science into your counseling cost you your job? Professional Chaplaincy and Clinical Pastoral Education Should Become More Scientific: Yes and No presents thoughtful and thought-provoking debate that is a must-read for all pastoral caregivers and educators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050125

Professional ChaplaincyWhat Is Happening to It During Health Care Reform? Choose innovative strategies for ministering to patients families and staff in a time of change! In the scramble to cut health care costs and the need to make every penny count the hospital chaplaincy program is at serious risk for being trimmed or eliminated. Professional Chaplaincy: What Is Happening to It During Health Care Reform? offers a clear look at the current situation and positive suggestions for showing administrators just how essential chaplaincy is.This essential volume includes original research showing the specific consequences of the new emphasis on economic rationalism as well as moving firsthand accounts of the effects of downsizing and budget cuts. An Australian case study catalogs and analyzes the outcomes of a drive for cost efficiency in a hospital chaplain department. A thorough literature review provides opportunities for chaplains and administrators to investigate the value of pastoral care in hospital settings.Professional Chaplaincy includes practical suggestions for ways to respond to budget cuts such as: redefining the scope of your ministry strengthening community ties ministering to staff worried about heath care reform efforts offering new programs to enrich spiritual life documenting pastoral care visits researching the value of chaplaincy to the well-being of patients and familiesProfessional Chaplaincy offers positive ways that hospital chaplains can take action in response to the new health care paradigm. This informative book will assist you in developing future plans for maintaining and improving your hospital ministry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865157

Professional Collaboration with PurposeTeacher Learning Towards Equitable and Excellent Schools Building on both cutting-edge research and professional learning practice Amanda Datnow and Vicki Park explore how professional collaboration can support deeper learning for students and teachers alike. While many schools and systems support teacher collaboration they often fall short of their intended goals of improving teaching and learning. This book provides concrete guidance for creating the conditions for collaboration in which teachers are moved toward—rather than repelled—by joint work. The authors explore how collaborative settings can provide a space for working through the inevitable challenges that accompany the changing nature of teaching in the age of accountability and show the motivation inspiration and energy that teachers personally--and collectively--gain from collaborating to improve student learning. Ultimately they show how teacher empowerment towards working together builds equitable and excellent learning environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348818

Professional Communication and Network InteractionA Rhetorical and Ethical Approach Digital technologies and social media have changed the processes products and interactions of professional communication reshaping how when with whom and where business professionals communicate. This book examines these changes by asking: How does rhetorical theory need to adapt and develop to address the changing practices of professional communication? Drawing from classical and contemporary rhetorical theory and from in-depth interviews with business professionals the authors present a case-based approach for exploring the changing landscape of professional communication. The book develops a rhetorical theory based on networked interaction and rhetorical ethics: seeing professional communication as involving new kinds of networked interactions that require an integrated view of rhetoric and ethics. The book applies this frame to a variety of communication cases involving for example employee missteps on social media corporate-consumer interactions and the developing use of artificial intelligence agents (AI bots) to handle online communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888398

Professional Communication at WorkInterpersonal Strategies for Career Success This text prepares future professionals for success in the workplace through identifying interpersonal communication skills and strategies and exploring when how and why to use them. Informed by academic research professional literature and author Joseph L. Chesebro’s own experiences the text explores and demonstrates the skills that have facilitated Chesebro’s own students to find work and to succeed in their professional lives. Offering a very practical focus on such topics as handling conflict and giving dynamic presentations Professional Communication at Work also covers essential interpersonal communication skills that are often not discussed such as: Using networking when job hunting; Earning a good reputation as a new employee Using storytelling and questioning more often Developing coaching relationships with the best senior employees in our workplace Practicing and developing new skills on our own and Using workplace politics in a positive and constructive way to accomplish our goals. Utilizing the approach of a supportive communication coach this text will help readers gain a variety of practical communication strategies they can apply to contribute to success in their own careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138014183

Professional Counseling Excellence through Leadership and Advocacy This text will be a valuable resource for counseling students and educators to assist in the incorporation of leadership and advocacy training into the counseling curriculum based on the new standards set forth by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP). Readers will acquire a broad scope and vision of leadership and advocacy which includes client advocacy advocacy for the counseling profession and social justice. It identifies the historical context of leadership and advocacy provides a framework from which to understand these concepts and provides concrete examples of leadership and advocacy happening in the field today. Chapters describe the design of an effective counselor education curriculum supervision of counselors and leadership and advocacy practice in various counseling settings. Edited by leaders in the field of counselor education and endorsed by Chi Sigma Iota this text will provide students with the knowledge skills and qualities to succeed as leaders and advocates throughout their counseling careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890724

Professional Development and Institutional Needs The tension between institutional needs and those of the individual has rarely been higher. Increasing demands on institutions to deliver set targets and value for money whilst adhering to set expectations and external constraints has led to an erosion of the notion of staff development. This book looks at how the conflict between the two outlooks emerges and what can be done to overcome it. Based on empirical evidence the authors reveal what is happening in a range of institutions and explore the tensions between the personal needs of the individual and the demands of managers. They examine the reasons behind the conflict and discuss what measures can be taken to overcome it. The book will provide a central text on an important but relatively neglected subject of interest to all engaged in the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263734

Professional Development and Knowledge of Mathematics Teachers Mathematics teaching and professional development of mathematics teachers are areas where research has increased substantially in recent years. In this dynamic field mathematics teaching practices pedagogical knowledge of mathematics teachers and professional development via collaboration between mathematics teachers have emerged as vital domains of inquiry. Professional Development and Knowledge of Mathematics Teachers addresses the underlying characteristics of mathematics teacher education and those professional development contexts that have a positive impact on teachers’ professional learning. Recognizing the impact of broader institutional settings on mathematics teaching and teacher professional development the editors suggest bridging the gaps between theoretical practices and methodological approaches in the field by focusing on and conceptualizing the following relational factors: The study of mathematics teaching and classroom situations Researching teacher and teacher educator knowledge since these issues inform the quality of mathematics teaching directly Mathematics teacher education and professional development focusing on design principles and the impact they have on teacher professional learning Combining central issues of mathematics teaching knowledge and professional development the chapters in this volume address each of the above factors and provide profound considerations on both theoretical and practical levels. This book will be an essential resource for researchers teachers and students working in the fields of mathematics teaching and mathematics teacher professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442415

Professional Development for EMI Faculty in MexicoThe Case of Bilingual International and Sustainable Universities Despite Mexico’s implementation of a bilingual model in its tertiary education programmes this book is the first contribution to knowledge regarding EMI in Mexico. The author introduces readers to the Mexican higher education context before providing detailed information regarding the technological and polytechnic subsystem where EMI has been implemented since 2012. The volume details a pilot and case study conducted in Mexican universities as well as the research findings and conclusions. It closes with recommendations as well as suggestions for further research. The book explores the implications for the continuous professional development and training for lecturers in the current shift to EMI in Bilingual International and Sustainable (BIS) universities. This volume will be of particular interest to researchers in EMI and bilingualism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350369

Professional Development in Higher EducationA Theoretical Framework for Action Research This study offers a theoretical framework for professional development in higher education and examines the priorities for teachers' careers in the 1990s. It may be used as a companion volume to the author's work "Action Research in Higher Education". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156920

Professional Development in Higher EducationNew Dimensions and Directions Staff development and teaching accreditation is becoming a reality in UK higher education teaching. This volume explores the implications of continued professional development and institutions such as the ILT outlining the options and approaches to professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155541

Professional Development in Online Teaching and Learning in Technical CommunicationA Ten-Year Retrospective Technical communication instructors need professional development opportunities that will aid them in creating their online courses; in developing curricula; and in teaching in what may be a new environment. Although instructors can turn to instructional design teams for assistance in using Learning Management System and its functions they specifically need their own first-hand immersive learning within their pedagogical training. In other words teachers need to learn in an online context like the environment that their students will use; such direct training helps instructors to facilitate student learning in a technologically distributed classroom. Beyond learning technological skills to facilitate a course these teachers need to learn to use the technology effectively to keep students on track and to teach them skills and material. This collection—which includes three contributions from 2007 and 10 from 2017—focuses on the types of professional development instructors need to be successful in the online technical communication classroom. Formed as a 10-year retrospective of the field and its advances in online education professional development the book offers instructors theoretical and practical suggestions for creating and teaching successful online courses and managing entire online technical communication programs. This book was originally published as a special issue of Technical Communication Quarterly (TCQ). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582944

Professional Development in Science Teacher EducationLocal Insight with Lessons for the Global Community This book explores global issues in the professional development of science teachers and considers classroom applications of teacher training with a comparative lens. The twelve studies collected in this volume span five continents and vastly differing models of teacher education. Carefully detailing the social and cultural contexts for the teaching of science this is a guidebook for anyone concerned with equity and reform in professional development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315054650

Professional Development of English Language Teachers in AsiaLessons from Japan and Vietnam Why has English language proficiency in Japan remained so low in comparison to other Asian countries? Has Vietnam attempted to improve English language teaching because ASEAN has adopted English as its working language? Why do English language teachers struggle with curriculum changes imposed by governments in order to make them competitive in the international community? Do professional development (PD) programs actually meet the needs of teachers? This book addresses issues surrounding these questions by examining how the Japanese and Vietnamese governments have approached and defined the PD of English language teachers and how such PD programs have been delivered. It further analyses the impact of policy changes on individual teachers and explores how PD can help teachers to implement such changes effectively at the micro-level. PD of language teachers or language teacher education is relatively new as a field of inquiry in Applied Linguistics. By including case studies of Japan and Vietnam in the one volume this book embarks on the challenging task of demonstrating that PD is an essential element of the successful implementation of language policies in Asia where World Englishes have been shaped by distinct local contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884581

Professional Development of Teacher Educators in Further EducationPathways Knowledge Identities and Vocationalism Professional Development of Teacher Educators in Further Education critically analyses the specific challenges relating to teacher educators in the English further education (FE) such as the diverse nature of learners and the variety of educational contexts. It focuses on the journeys to becoming teacher educators their relevant teaching know-how and professional needs. This book combines theoretical frameworks with both qualitative and quantitative data to outline the pathways professional identities knowledge and continuous professional development of teacher educators. This data is used to discuss the four main themes. The first deals with the teacher educators’ initial disciplinary areas journey-making to be educators and the current titles/positions. The next one delineates the know-how (knowledge experiences capacities and skill sets) to perform as teacher educators. The third one relates to their professional identities and the final topic their professional requirements as FE teacher educators. Contributing to the field of further and vocational education this book will be of great interest for researchers academics and postgraduate students in the field of education specifically FE and teacher educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174323

Professional Development Through Action ResearchInternational Educational Perspectives Written from various perspectives this book describes ways of using action research to improve teaching and learning. It includes contributions about action research related to: political action; school inclusion; distance learning; feminism; and initial teacher training. The coherent theme of the book is the consistent appraisal of action research as a means of supporting the transformation of educational praxis through practical enquiry and reflexive practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821870

Professional Development through MentoringNovice ESL Teachers' Identity Formation and Professional Practice In their book Othman and Senom provide a unique insight into the challenges faced by novice English as a Second Language (ESL) teachers and establish how mentoring can provide effective support for new teachers’ professional development. The book demonstrates the theoretical background for viewing mentoring as a process crucial to novice teachers’ development particularly to the teachers’ ability to succeed and grow in a specific workplace environment. Using case studies from a Malaysian context this book provides a comprehensive understanding of how mentoring can serve as a strategy to facilitate the transition of novice ESL teachers from a teacher education programme to life in real classrooms. Through its case studies the book will examine both theoretical and practical issues for mentors teacher educators policymakers and administrators when mentoring new ESL teachers. This book will be valuable to researchers who are particularly interested in exploring novice teachers’ identity development and experienced teachers to help guide new teachers through the socialization process in their schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360525

Professional Development: Education for All as praxis This edited collection presents several research projects which examine issues concerning professional development professional learning and the ‘Education for All’ (EfA) ethos. The overall aim of the book is threefold: firstly to explore the consequences for the education profession of EfA and how professional development and professional learning may be made manifest as part of an EfA practice. Secondly to examine how EfA practices intersect with theoretical notions of EfA. Finally to explore how this intersection of theory and practice is rooted in different (Anglo-American Continental and Northern European) traditions and contexts and their implications for professional development and learning in education. Underpinning these three foci is a key principle of education as a human right in terms of participation information and capacity building regardless of people’s ethnic cultural and religious backgrounds and/or physical and intellectual capacities. This book illustrates the complex conditions created in the nexus of social justice EfA and professional development. The contributions highlight the educative nature of multi-relationships. In so doing tensions opportunities for learning and the power relationships associated with professional development emerge providing a resource for learning about good educational practice authentic social justice practice and genuine professional learning. This book was originally published as a special issue of Professional Development in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309296

Professional DevelopmentWhat Works This comprehensive and authoritative book serves as the road map to your school’s professional development journey. Written for principals professional development directors other district leaders and teacher leaders Professional Development: What Works shows you how to plan and implement programs that promote teacher growth. Full of helpful case studies useful resources and templates this book guides you in creating an effective job-embedded professional development program that moves ideas to action. Special Features in this Revised Edition: Revised discussion on supporting and providing learning opportunities for adults New "Cases from the Field" and "Notes from the Field" amplify best practices and serve to narrow the gap between research and practice Updated and expanded coverage of professional job-embedded learning helps leaders keep pace with advancements Suggested readings support digging deeper into topical areas found within the chapters   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230156

Professional Discretion in Welfare ServicesBeyond Street-Level Bureaucracy Discretion has re-emerged as an issue of central importance for welfare professionals over the last two decades in the face of an intensification of management culture across the public sector. This book presents an innovative framework for the analysis of discretion offering three accounts of the managerial role - the domination model the street level model and the author's alternative discursive perspective. These different regimes of discretion are examined through a case study within a social services department comparing and contrasting social work discretion in an Older Persons Team and a Mental Health Team. This innovative theoretical and empirical analysis will be of great interest to postgraduate students and researchers in social work and related disciplines including social policy public administration and organizational studies as well as professionals in social work health and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256019

Professional DominanceThe Social Structure of Medical Care In the United States today we are confronted by a number of serious social problems not the least of which concern the character of our basic human services. In each of the broad public domains of welfare education law and health there are crises of public confidence. Each in its own way is failing to accomplish its essential mission of alleviating material deprivation instructing the young controlling and righting criminal and civil wrongs and healing the sick. The poor the student the offender and the victim the sick-all have in some way protested the failure of the institutions responsible for them. And these protests occur at a time when the human services are absorbing an increasingly massive amount of money and manpower. Awareness of that crisis intensified in the second half of the twentieth century. Increasing energy has been invested in research designed to determine what can be done. Each of the human services has long had its own research tradition but during the sixties each has also made a concerted effort to mobilize and use the skills of such comparatively new disciplines as sociology. Owing to these new demands sociology itself has grown. The hitherto obscure specialties of the sociology of law and medicine and the established specialties of criminology and educational sociology have taken on new vigor. In applying themselves the task of studying the human services however these segments of sociology have had to choose between two different strategies. Rather than dealing with the details of the human services for their own sake-and this lack of detail in a characteristic limitation of the second approach-this book shall instead attempt to stand outside the system in order to delineate one of its critical assumptions and a strategic feature of its basic structure. This book deals with the concept of profession for the concept rests on assumptions about how services to laymen should be controlled and is realized by a special kind of social structure that organizes the presentation of those services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530867

Professional Education Capabilities and the Public GoodThe role of universities in promoting human development This book innovatively explores how universities might be engines of reform and be directed towards social change. Using rich case studies drawn from South African research the book comprehensively provides a myriad of new perspectives on what constitutes a set of appropriate public-good professional capabilities that will translate successfully into contributions to human development. It challenges universities to produce professionals who have the knowledge skills and values to improve the lives of people living in poverty in urban and rural settings. It covers issues such as:   Conceptualising Public-Good Professionalism Global Issues and Professional Education South African Debates about Higher Education Institutional conditions and professional education arrangements Social Constraints on educating ethically aware public professionals   By drawing on an approach that focuses on differing public-good professional capabilities in five professions this book produces a crucial new framework for the preparation of professionals relevant to the global study of higher education policy. It expands higher education’s contribution to global social justice beyond a concern with human capital administering a challenge to higher education internationally to address human development in the 21st century. This book will be of great interest to all scholars of higher education involved in higher education studies comparative education and development studies. It will also prove valuable to policy makers higher education leaders and lecturers and graduate professionals in diverse organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929326

Professional Education (1983) Published in 1983. The concept of education has generally been assumed to relate to childhood and it is only with more recent developments in the field of adult learning that it has been recognised that education can take place at any stage in life. One of the main intentions of this book is to examine the concept of education from the perspective of the education of people in a wide variety of professions. It is suggested that education be defined as any planned series of incidents having a humanistic basis directed towards the participants’ learning and understanding. The aims curricula and methods of appraisal of professional education in the light of this definition are then considered. Although dealing with professional forms of learning for the most part this book should be of interest to all educators trainers and administrators responsible for the implementation of educational policies and programmes in higher further and continuing education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545045

Professional Education at Historically Black Colleges and UniversitiesPast Trends and Future Outcomes This book focuses on the significant role that professional education programs play at historically Black colleges and universities (HBCUs) and these programs’ impact on society. Chapter authors discuss the contexts and experiences of students who have attended these programs including their relationships with faculty research opportunities professional growth personal enrichment and institutional support. Taking into account social supports identity development and doctoral student socialization patterns this book sheds light on what development and status of such professional education programs mean for future research and practice while emphasizing issues of race oppression and marginalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884840

Professional Emotions in CourtA Sociological Perspective Professional Emotions in Court examines the paramount role of emotions in the legal professions and in the functioning of the democratic judicial system. Based on extensive interview and observation data in Sweden the authors highlight the silenced background emotions and the tacitly habituated emotion management in the daily work at courts and prosecution offices. Following participants ‘backstage’ – whether at the office or at lunch – in order to observe preparations for and reflections on the performance in court itself this book sheds light on the emotionality of courtroom interactions such as professional collaboration negotiations and challenges with the analysis of micro-interactions being situated in the broader structural regime of the legal system – the emotive-cognitive judicial frame – throughout. A demonstration of the false dichotomy between emotion and reason that lies behind the assumption of a judicial system that operates rationally and without emotion Professional Emotions in Court reveals how this assumption shapes professionals’ perceptions and performance of their work but hampers emotional reflexivity and questions whether the judicial system might gain in legitimacy if the role of emotional processes were recognized and reflected upon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367821128

Professional Ethics and Civic Morals Émile Durkheim is one of the founding fathers of sociology and Professional Ethics and Civic Morals is one of his most neglected yet insightful works. Durkheim's view that the instability of industrial society was connected to the decline of religion and his characterization of the state as the ultimate moral force in society reveal his lifelong engagement with the relationship between the individual and society. In Professional Ethics and Civic Morals Durkheim poses a major question: given the negative social consequences of unfettered markets which caused what he termed ‘anomie’ how is the state to reconcile morality with the market? Durkheim argues that the answer is to be found in the evolution of a civil religion in the form of professional codes and civic values which would counteract the effects of individualism just as guilds had regulated medieval economic life. Arguing that the state has a vital role to play in moral life and that morals are at bottom social facts – a controversial position which drew considerable criticism – Durkheim also argues that the state had a duty to protect the rights of the individual via a form of cosmopolitan patriotism. Durkheim also articulates a highly original and critical interpretation of the rules around property and inheritance – a perspective which resonates with debates about inequality and the redistribution of wealth today. Included in this Routledge Classics edition is a new introduction by Bryan S.Turner placing Durkheim in contemporary context and outlining the key tenets of Professional Ethics and Civic Morals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601895

Professional Ethics for the Construction Industry Construction professionals have a range of demanding responsibilities; towards clients  their companies and to abide by government regulations. It is understandable that busy practitioners could forget their ethical responsibilities in the face of these pressures but maintaining a rigorous ethical standard is crucial to long-term success. Written to meet the ACCE’s requirements for all construction students this textbook draws on the authors’ industry experience as well as detailed case studies to introduce and explore ethics in the construction industry. Within each chapter the authors present the key ethical issues in important areas of construction management such as: Contracts and bidding Documentation Codes and Compliance Discrimination and Harassment Client Relations Lists of further reading and discussion questions will help readers at all levels to develop their understanding of this issue. Written as a resource to accompany students throughout their degrees  this is the ideal book to give students or practitioners the breadth and depth of understanding required to successfully negotiate the ethical challenges facing the construction organization of today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677523

Professional Experience and the Investigative ImaginationThe Art of Reflective Writing This book explains and demonstrates how creative writing can be used successfully in the context of professional education where traditionally a more distanced approach to reporting on professional experience has been favoured.It is based on many practical examples drawn from several years' experience of running courses for social workers nurses teachers managers and higher education staff in which participants explore their professional practice through imaginative forms of writing. The participants experience of the work is presented through a discussion of interviews and evaluative documents. The book includes a set of distance-learning materials for those wishing to undertake such work for themselves or to establish similar courses as well as a full analysis of the link between professional reflection and the artistic imagination.The book makes available a new and more broadly-based approach to the process of professional reflection and the concept of the patchwork text has general relevance for debates about increasing access to higher education qualifications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203062296

Professional HREvidence- Based People Management and Development A new breed of HR Professional is needed who can offer the sort of effective people management that can change the way organizations work. They will first have to resolve the legacy left by an absence of professionalism in people management amongst both operational managers and the HR departments that serve them. Much of the problems that currently undermine capitalism and governance today can be traced back directly to insufficient attention being paid to the professional management of human capital. This text offers an objective scale to gauge levels of professionalism that can be applied to management in any sector. Paul Kearns has also developed a clear 10-step guide for anyone looking to develop their HR professionalism in a practical way. With an insightful  Foreword by Professor Jeffrey Pfeffer and with these tools readers will be encouraged to move away from the old world ineffectiveness of people management by looking towards a New Norm and the huge potential it offers for value and wealth. Suitable for managers and students studying HR Professional HR provides the answer for what could be the next iteration of the capitalist system with professional evidence-based people management at its heart. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632324

Professional Identity and Social Work How are identities formed among social workers many of whom perform complex challenging and ambiguous public sector functions on a regular basis? Why does identity come to matter for professional social work? This book the first of its kind in the field examines professional identity in relation to social work by asking how practitioners think of themselves as a "social worker" a professional self-concept often entangled in a range of relations beliefs values and experiences. Bringing together the perspectives of an internationally renowned group of specialists the collection addresses a range of issues associated with professional identity construction and "being professional" in the context of a rapidly changing inter-professional environment. It introduces new concepts to social work including materiality enactment performance affect entanglement capital and worth to consider the vexed issues surrounding matters of professional identity in social work. This will be an essential guide to all those keen to debate the challenges and possibilities confronting contemporary social work through the lens of professional identity whether they are students educators practitioners researchers managers policy-makers or associated professionals. It will also appeal to those interested in social theory organisational sociology and leadership as well as anyone working in related fields of health and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234437

Professional Identity in the Caring ProfessionsMeaning Measurement and Mastery Professional identity is a central topic in all courses of professional training and educators must decide what kind of identity they hope their students will develop as well as think about how they can recruit for facilitate and assess this development. This unique book explores professional identity in a group of caring professions looking at definition assessment and teaching and learning. Professional Identity in the Caring Professions includes overviews of professional identity in nursing medicine social work teaching and lecturing along with a further chapter on identity in emergent professions in healthcare. Additional chapters look at innovative approaches to selection competency development professional values leadership potential and reflection as a key element in professional and interprofessional identity. The book ends with guidance for curriculum development in professional education and training and the assessment of professional identity. This international collection is essential reading for those who plan deliver and evaluate programs of professional training as well as scholars and advanced students researching identity in the caring professions including medicine nursing allied health social work and teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367458263

Professional Interviewing This book first published in 1992 presents a detailed informed and informative account of research theory and practice in interviewing. As a single source for practitioners it focuses on the professional practice of interviewing as a strategy for achieving specific objectives. As well as providing reviews of recent research in interviewing it includes practical examples of interviewing in many different contexts. The authors all of whom have wide experience of interviewing draw on a wealth of information and insight acquired during their work. They examine the definitions and purposes of interviewing and then describe the main settings within which it takes place - counselling selection research medical and appraisal. Taking a social interactional model of interviewing they discuss the main components of the activity: person perception; interviewer goals; interview structures and stages; effective interviewing skills; and the interviewee's perspective on the interview process. Examples are used to illustrate particular issues and to highlight their relevance to practice. The authors also consider important ethical and professional problems which may crucially affect the practice of interviewing. This book should be of interest to professionals and students in psychology health counselling human resource management and business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415391894

Professional Issues in Child and Youth Care Practice This book provides an overview of the core professional issues in the field of child and youth care practice. The author explores themes ranging from relationships and the exploration of Self to career building and field-specific approaches to management. The book is written from a pragmatic perspective and serves both to advance current thinking in the field about professional issues as well as to provide the student of child and youth care practice and practitioners with practical and accessible approaches to developing a strong and sustainable professional identity. All of the themes in this book are explored within a context of ethical decision-making and practice approaches informed by a commitment to children’s rights and empowerment. Throughout the discussions concepts and themes are considered in relation to four specific lenses: the power lens the diversity lens the language lens and the transitioning from theory to practice lens. These lenses serve to ensure that the reader adopts a critical understanding of the professional issues in the field and is able to develop his or her own professional identity while mitigating the power and identity issues necessarily associated with being a practitioner in a helping profession. This book was published as a special issue of Child and Youth Services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518222

Professional Issues in Clinical PsychologyDeveloping a Professional Identity through Training and Beyond Professional Issues in Clinical Psychology: Developing a Professional Identity through Training and Beyond offers insights from a range of trainee recently qualified and experienced clinical psychologists as they reflect on the process of developing their professional identity through consideration of dilemmas and issues they experienced through clinical psychology training. Reflecting the breadth of the profession and the range of services in which clinical psychologists work the chapters highlight the different types of roles that clinical psychologists are expected to undertake throughout training and post-qualification. The book provides practical clinical recommendations that can be applied in work settings in line with contemporary research policy and guidance as well as personal reflections from the authors on how managing professional issues has shaped their practice as a developing clinical psychologist. Developing a professional identity as a clinical psychologist is vital in learning to navigate these challenges. The process by which a professional identity develops is an individual journey. However Professional Issues in Clinical Psychology offers aspiring trainee or qualified clinical psychologists - and other healthcare professionals - with a contemporary resource around professional issues which might be encountered within clinical psychology practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482982

Professional Issues in Forensic Science Covering the mandated topics required by the Forensic Science Educational Program Accreditation Commission (FEPAC) to ensure accreditation this text examines ethics professional practice and professional responsibilities quality assurance and the law-science interface. In a no-nonsense single-source reference this book brings together these and other issues encountered by practicing forensic scientists on a daily basis. Each chapter concludes with specific though-provoking questions designed to stimulate discussion in class or for external assignments. The book also includes case studies side-bars and other related issues. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439803639

Professional Issues in Software Engineering Nowadays software engineers not only have to worry about the technical knowledge needed to do their job but they are increasingly having to know about the legal professional and commercial context in which they must work. With the explosion of the Internet and major changes to the field with the introduction of the new Data Protection Act and the legal status of software engineers it is now essential that they have an appreciation of a wide variety of issues outside the technical.Equally valuable to both students and practitioners it brings together the expertise and experience of leading academics in software engineering law industrial relations and health and safety explaining the central principles and issues in each field and shows how they apply to software engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468474

Professional Issues in Work with Babies and Toddlers Early childhood provision for babies and toddlers is in a critical phase. While governments are pushing for fast-paced expansion mainly to support the return of mothers to the labour market early childhood experts are deeply concerned about the quality of provision on offer for children up to age three. Research has consistently demonstrated that well-qualified educators are a crucial component towards ensuring a climate of sensitivity and responsiveness to individual children – and thus a central ingredient of high quality provision. However national policy choices regarding required professional education/training and required resources for supporting the well-being and learning opportunities of very young children are highly variable. The chapters in this book approach the topic of professional work with very young children in diverse ways employing varying theoretical frameworks research foci and research methodologies. They illustrate starkly divergent policy contexts in this case predominantly European with research located in Belgium France Finland Italy Sweden and the UK but also in South Africa and the USA. This book will be of interest to those conducting research into provision for infants and toddlers both at the micro-level of relationships and settings and at the macro-level of policy paradigms. Potential readers also include practitioners and prospective managers and leaders of early childhood centres as well as those offering initial and postgraduate early years teacher education and continuing professional development courses. This book was originally published as a special issue of Early Years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377585

Professional Judgement and Decision Making in Social WorkCurrent Issues Professional judgement and decision making are central to social work both in everyday professional practice and in public perceptions of social work as a profession. This book examines key issues that are relevant today. The chapters cover child protection mental health and elder care settings in Europe Australia and Canada. They discuss organisational and cultural contexts for professional judgement; the role of experience in the development of expertise and professional discretion; understanding variability in decision making; and the role of legal frameworks in decision making. This book will enable practitioners managers policy makers and researchers to appreciate the complexities of professional judgement and decision making in different social work settings and to apply this understanding to their own practice. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Social Work Practice.The book is linked to sister text Risk in Social Work Practice: Current Issues which examines key debates around the understanding of risk in contemporary social work practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661199

Professional Knowledge in Music Teacher Education The complexity of the various forms of knowledge and practices that are encountered by teachers university lecturers teacher trainers student teachers policy makers and researchers demands careful thought and reflection. Professional Knowledge in Music Teacher Education focuses on how knowledge is understood what theories are held and the related assumptions that are made about teachers and learners as well as how theory and practice can be understood with useful and imaginative connections made between the two in music teacher education. Internationally renowned contributors address a number of fundamental questions designed to take the reader to the heart of current debates around knowledge practice professionalism and learning and teaching in music as well as considering how all these elements are influenced by economic cultural and social forces. The book demonstrates how research can inform pedagogical approaches in music teacher education; methods courses and field experiences and prepare teachers for diverse learners from a range of educational settings. The book will appeal to those interested in the development of appropriate professional knowledge and pedagogic practices in music teacher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272583

Professional Leadership for Social Work Practitioners and Educators Professional leadership is increasingly recognised as being vital to enhancing social work’s reputation and effectiveness. Although professional leadership is one of the nine domains of the professional capability framework in England sometimes leadership is assumed to be the prerogative of managers rather than the responsibility of all professional social workers. The participation of social workers and social work educators in shaping professional cultures within organisations through practice innovation practitioner research and workforce development is thus crucial. Drawing on theories that challenge hierarchical concepts of leadership this book will enable experienced social work practitioners and educators to develop their professional leadership to more expert levels. Throughout the book there are case examples illustrating examples of advanced professional leadership in action research highlights and exercises utilising self-reflection action planning creative writing and imagery to provide practical support to the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472467539

Professional Leadership in SchoolsEffective Middle Management and Subject Leadership Middle managers in secondary schools are being asked to develop and display first class management skills. This text seeks to meet the needs of those who need to develop and update skills for their present job or who are preparing for the next step into more senior management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158030

Professional Learning Communities This book demonstrates how a professional learning community can increase teacher growth and student achievement. The authors provide detailed examples along with innovation maps to help school leaders implement the eight key elements of an effective PLC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178359

Professional Learning in Changing Contexts The knowledge and decisions of professionals influence all facets of modern life a fact reflected by the increasing and distinct emphasis on public accountability for what professionals know and do. The nature of this accountability has been fundamentally transformed in response to a changing context of market pressures network arrangements declining discretion and public trust and public managerialism. To tackle these challenges an important body of research has emerged which concentrates on the material elements and processes of professional learning and considers how these affect wider society. This volume presents specific pressures on professionals’ learning in different occupational contexts ranging from public school teaching to medicine and creative industry. These pressures are wrought by changing regulatory frameworks changing modes of organising changing demands and changing knowledge authorities in professional practice. The authors stress the importance of understanding these relations as sociomaterial webs through which the important moments of professional action and decisions emerge. This approach moves us beyond accepting ‘learning’ as an identifiable individualist phenomenon by emphasising the multiplicities around professional practice ‘standards’ and ‘quality’ workarounds responsibility agency and knowledge practices. As the chapters here demonstrate sociomaterial perspectives raise new questions and methodologies that can highlight what is often invisible in the sometimes messy dynamics of professional learning and point to new ways of promoting and supporting professional education. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Education and Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716932

Professional Learning in the Digital AgeThe Educator's Guide to User-Generated Learning Discover how to transform your professional development and become a truly connected educator with user-generated learning! This book shows educators how to enhance their professional learning using practical tools strategies and online resources. With beginner-friendly real-world examples and simple steps to get started the author shows how to harness information from physical and virtual communities and become a lifelong learner in the digital age. Professional Learning in the Digital Age features: • In-depth explanations of curation reflection and contribution• Guest appearances from digitally connected educators• Simple to-do lists to help you get started• Handy appendices with resources for further learning and so much more! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672284

Professional Liability: Law and Insurance Professional Liability: Law and Insurance 2nd Edition has been updated in line with changes in the law. With the increase in liability litigation and the growing sophistication of the law in this area this edition provides an easy-to-read reference source offering a practical analysis of professional negligence. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003123231

Professional MangaDigital Storytelling with Manga Studio EX Combine high-end manga storytelling theory and advice with the tools for digital creation in Manga Studio guided by expert professional manga-ka. You'll discover manga storytelling techniques from speed lines to technology from toning to big sound effects. Steve Horton and Jeong Mo Yang then show you how best to accomplish these techniques using the leading manga art creation program Manga Studio EX. Every ounce of theory is backed up with step-by-step manga illustrations and Manga Studio screenshots that show how these illustrations were created. See the techniques in action in The Other Side of the Tracks a new manga short story in the book centerfold which demonstrates at least one example from every technique described. You can also follow the continuing story as a webmanga available at comicspace.com.And there's more! The companion CD includes trial version of Manga Studio EX along with high-resolution image files from the book. Smith Micro has also included a coupon for $100 off the full version of Manga Studio EX. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403260

Professional Misconduct against Juveniles in Correctional Treatment Settings A significant barrier to successful juvenile intervention is misconduct committed against juveniles by the persons employed to help them. Professional Misconduct with Juveniles explores the nature of employee-on-youth misconduct its extent its consequences factors that increase its occurrence and potential solutions to the problem. Obviously employee-on-youth misconduct interferes with the effective treatment of delinquent and at-risk youth but it also harms the agency as a whole and creates a poor working environment for all employees. Professional Misconduct with Juveniles offers a practical theory-based approach to preventing or stopping such exploitation of vulnerable young men and women so that we can focus on effective approaches to rehabilitation deterrence and public safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323264525

Professional Music-Making in LondonEthnography and Experience Professional Music-Making in London is an engaging yet innovative study which examines the lives and work of Western art musicians from an ethnographic perspective. Drawing in part on his own professional experience Stephen Cottrell considers to what extent musicians in Western society conform to Alan Merriam's paradigmatic assessment of them as having low status yet high respect as well as being given an unusual degree of licence to deviate from convention. The book draws on a wide variety of approaches from scholars elsewhere: from ethnomusicologists such as Bruno Nettl and Henry Kingsbury performance theorists such as Richard Schechner and Victor Turner as well as psychologists such as Sigmund Freud and Melanie Klein. This rich intellectual heritage provides the framework for discussion of a variety of themes including how musicians conceive their self identity and how this is negotiated in the professional musical world; how the deputy system facilitates musical exchange and engenders gift relationships; how humour lubricates social and musical relationships and mitigates the stresses of musicians' lives; and how the events in which musicians participate can be viewed as quasi-rituals and thus related to analogous events in non-Western cultures. The focus of this study is on professional music-making in London one of the world's busiest centres of musical performance. Yet the issues raised and explored are deeply relevant to other major centres of Western art music such as New York Berlin or Sydney. Ethnomusicologists anthropologists musicologists performers teachers and concert-goers will find this book a stimulating insight into and investigation of Western art musicians and their place in today's world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425095

Professional Music-making in LondonEthnography and Experience Professional Music-Making in London is an engaging yet innovative study which examines the lives and work of Western art musicians from an ethnographic perspective. Drawing in part on his own professional experience Stephen Cottrell considers to what extent musicians in Western society conform to Alan Merriam's paradigmatic assessment of them as having low status yet high respect as well as being given an unusual degree of licence to deviate from convention. The book draws on a wide variety of approaches from scholars elsewhere: from ethnomusicologists such as Bruno Nettl and Henry Kingsbury performance theorists such as Richard Schechner and Victor Turner as well as psychologists such as Sigmund Freud and Melanie Klein. This rich intellectual heritage provides the framework for discussion of a variety of themes including how musicians conceive their self identity and how this is negotiated in the professional musical world; how the deputy system facilitates musical exchange and engenders gift relationships; how humour lubricates social and musical relationships and mitigates the stresses of musicians' lives; and how the events in which musicians participate can be viewed as quasi-rituals and thus related to analogous events in non-Western cultures. The focus of this study is on professional music-making in London one of the world's busiest centres of musical performance - yet the issues raised and explored are deeply relevant to other major centres of Western art music such as New York Berlin or Sydney. Ethnomusicologists anthropologists musicologists performers teachers and concert-goers will find this book a stimulating insight into and investigation of Western art musicians and their place in today's world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594060

Professional Negligence in Construction What is professional negligence? What are the obligations of construction professionals in contract and in tort? In what circumstances might the difference between the obligations be important? These questions are of crucial importance not only to construction lawyers but also to contractors architects quantity surveyors engineers project managers and multi-disciplinary practitioners. With an emphasis on the practical aspects of professional negligence in the construction industry and written in a straightforward yet authoritative way this book is ideal for lawyers and students of construction and law as well as construction professionals at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734770

Professional News Reporting Because reporting is changing this volume offers readers a thorough introduction to the rapidly evolving world of gathering information for local news organizations. This easy-to-read text is filled with contemporary examples and solid advice for the beginning reporting student. Designed for students with a foundation in news writing it provides chapters on such basics as news research interviewing and observation skills. It further offers a chapter on the use of personal computers as research and reporting tools. Readers will find useful tips and examples written by award-winning professional journalists that reflect the numerous changes in the art and science of information gathering in the past decade. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812198

Professional Orientation to Counseling First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983908

Professional PhotographyThe New Global Landscape Explained Since the 2006 photographic digital revolution the world of professional photography has been on a rollercoaster of evolution. Not only has new camera technology transformed every aspect of the professional photographer’s workflow but it has also changed business practices across the industry. This essential handbook uses a global approach to teach photographers how to thrive in a fast-changing and competitive international marketplace. Highlights include practical examples and detailed advice about: Being well-versed in creating both still and moving images. Designing and maintaining a well-structured website. The importance of engaging with social media. Exploring personal projects to find new clients. Managing print sales and exhibiting. Understanding budgeting and copyright in a digital world. The accompanying podcast interviews with some of today’s top professional photographers provide additional insider information to help photographers understand their place in both the commercial and creative worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717540

Professional Power and the Need for Health Care First published in 1999 this volume discusses how the nursing and health care fields are developing rapidly. This series of monographs offers up-to-date reports of recently completed research projects in the fields of nursing and health care. The aim of the series is to report studies that have relevance to contemporary nursing and health care practice. It includes reports of research into aspects of clinical nursing care management and education. The series is of interest to all nurses and health care workers researchers managers and educators in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328143

Professional Practice for Landscape Architects Professional Practice for Landscape Architects third edition deals with the practical issues of being a successful landscape architect professional. Endorsed by the Landscape Institute this book is an indispensable guide for licentiate members of the Institute on their Pathway to Chartership. It follows the revised 2013 syllabus covering all aspects of professional judgement ethics and values the legal system organisation and management legislation and the planning system environmental policy and control procurement and implementation. It also serves as a reminder and reference for fully qualified professionals in their everyday practice and for landscape students. Valuable information is presented in an easy to follow manner with diagrams and schedules key acts professional documents and contracts clearly explained and made easy to understand. A handy list of questions are included to aid with P2C revision answers of which are found within the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785977

Professional Practice in Engineering and ComputingPreparing for Future Careers   This book has been developed with an intellectual framework to focus on the challenges and specific qualities applicable to graduates on the threshold of their careers. Young professionals have to establish their competence in complying with multifaceted sets of ethical environmental social and technological parameters. This competence has a vital impact on the curricula of higher education programs because professional bodies today rely on accredited degrees as the main route for membership. Consequently this four-part book makes a suitable resource for a two-semester undergraduate course in professional practice and career development in universities and colleges. With its comprehensive coverage of a large variety of topics each part of the book can be used as a reference for other related courses where sustainability leadership systems thinking and professional practice are evident and increasingly visible. Features Identifies the values that are unique to the engineering and computing professions and promotes a general understanding of what it means to be a member of a profession Explains how ethical and legal considerations play a role in engineering practice Discusses the importance of professional communication and reflective practice to a range of audiences Presents the practices of leadership innovation entrepreneurship safety and sustainability in engineering design Analyzes and discusses the contemporary practices of project management artificial intelligence and professional career development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367180362

Professional Practice in Facility Programming (Routledge Revivals) This compelling resource which was first published in 1993 was the first book on facility programming to design parameters and specifications over a broad range of project types. The book’s practical how-to approach is exceedingly beneficial to professionals and students involved with a wide variety of building types – from corporate facilities to parks day care centres health centres and correctional facilities. It also covers the fine points of working with clients. The contributors provide real-world case studies endowing the reader with the tools necessary to reap a deeper understanding and a more critical assessment of the major programming approaches today. Professional Practice in Facility Programming is a uniquely current self-contained resource that will prove invaluable to a wide cross-section of practitioners and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859722

Professional Practice in Health Care MarketingProceedings of the American College of Healthcare Marketing This informative volume introduces the most current standards for practicality and professionalism in health care marketing. Major health marketers reveal state-of-the-art applications and activities that will keep you on the cutting edge of this growing specialty. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056417

Professional Practice in Human Service OrganisationsA practical guide for human service workers Helping children disabled people the unemployed the elderly or homeless people can be inspiring work. However you can only help other people effectively if you understand your role clearly and know how to navigate the organisation in which you work. Professional Practice in Human Service Organisations examines what it means to be a professional in human service work and how to develop excellence in professional practice. Making explicit what is often held as tacit knowledge in day to day practice the authors explain the dynamics of human service organisations. They outline the challenges worker can face in caring for vulnerable people while at the same time fulfilling expectations of management and funding bodies. They explain the importance of understanding the complex networks of service delivery systems including the role of information technology. They also examine how workers can maintain professional relations with clients colleagues and other workers by developing skills in advocacy and in handling conflict complaints and ethical dilemmas. Professional Practice in Human Service Organisations is essential reading for practitioners new to roles in social work community work youth work and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781742370392

Professional Practice in Sport PsychologyA review Sport psychologists working with athletes teams and sports performers are only as effective as their professional techniques and competencies will allow. This is the first book to offer a detailed and critical appraisal of the conceptual foundations of contemporary professional practice in sport psychology. The book presents a series of reviews of the most up-to-date academic and professional literature on professional practice exploring issues that all psychologists face when working with clients in sport and offers important evidence-based recommendations for best practice. Key topics covered include: models of practice and service delivery counselling and clinical intervention working with teams working with young performers providing life skills training managing career transitions working with special populations enhancing coach-athlete relations. With contributions from leading sport psychology consultants in the UK the US Canada Australia and continental Europe this is a comprehensive and thought-provoking resource that bridges the gap between research and application. It is vital reading for all advanced students researchers and professionals working in sport psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858328

Professional PracticesCommitment and Capability in a Changing Environment There is recurrent public concern with enhancing the quality of professional performance. What is the con-temporary understanding of professionalism? Are the needs of professionals in various fields being met in today's world as what is commonly called "continuing professional development" has become of a sizable industry? Many books treat the professions as a homo-geneous group and view them from an external stand-point. In Professional Practices Tony Becher investigates the differences as well as the similarities between and within professional groupings and presents the perspec-tives of insiders. One particular theme concerns the main patterns of change in professional careers and the spe-cific problems faced by women professionals in a largely male-dominated environment.Brilliantly written the book focuses on six professions-medicine pharmacy law accountancy architecture andslructural engineering. The material is based on 190 interviews with a variety of members of the six professions. Becher's book offers original and sensitive insight into the working Ives of practitioners and an understanding of the ideas and values they embrace. He a'gjes that their high sense of commitment stems from a concern to enhance their individual reputations and to maintain their collective professional status. Becher highlights re variety of activities in which these professionals are engaged and the reasons for their reponses to social and political pressures from outside their fields. Above all he seeks to demystify professionalism and to show that professional people share with others a wide range of universal human feelings and concerns. A postscript raises the issue of why -Diversities are little involved with continuing education in the professions.Practicing professionals will benefit from this insight into how people in their own and other professions cope with similar problems. Becher's volume will be particularly ap-pealing to educationists policymakers and social scientists interested in the subject of professionalism those involved in the provision of initial and mid-career change for the orofessions and those with a lay interest in the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513655

Professional Report Writing Professional Report Writing is probably the most thorough treatment of this subject available covering every aspect of an area often taken for granted. The author provides not just helpful analysis but also practical guidance on such topics as: ¢ deciding the format ¢ structuring a report ¢ stylistic pitfalls and how to avoid them ¢ making the most of illustrations ¢ ensuring a consistent layout. The theme throughout is fitness for purpose and the text is enriched by a wide variety of examples drawn from the worlds of business industry and government. The annotated bibliography includes a review of the leading dictionaries and reference books. Simon Mort's book is destined to become an indispensable reference work for managers civil servants local government officers consultants and professionals of every kind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272651

Professional Responsibility and ProfessionalismA sociomaterial examination Responsibility and professionalism are increasingly issues of concern for professional associations employers and educators alike. When bad things happen professionals are often held personally accountable for complex situations. Professional Responsibility and Professionalism advances our approaches to professional responsibility from individual-centred virtue-based prescriptions towards understanding and responding effectively to the multifaceted challenges encountered today by professionals working in dynamic complexity. The author applies a sociomaterial examination to specific examples drawn from different professional contexts of practice. She examines important implications for what professional responsibility and accountability might mean individually and collectively and what it might be becoming when demands increasingly conflict and when we accept that capacities for action are performed into existence in emergent and precarious webs of both human and non-human forces. The chapters explore some of the most prominent questions in professional responsibility including: What does professional responsibility and accountability mean in the escalating complexities and conflicts confronting today’s professionals? How does professional responsibility become developed and enacted and through what social and material entanglements? How should responsibility be determined in multi-agency and interprofessional practice? What happens when professional decisions are delegated to software algorithms and diagnostic instruments? How are new governing regimes of professional work such as innovation imperatives excessive audit and logics of blame and scapegoating reconfiguring responsibility? How can professionals respond simultaneously to individuals in need the obligations of their profession the demands of their employer and an anxious society? A major concern addressed by each chapter and the book as a whole is educating professionals in and for responsibility. Specific dilemmas and strategies are offered for educators in universities workplaces and professional development contexts who seek new approaches to helping professionals learn to critically understand and practise responsibility today. This book will appeal to a wide audience of education researchers and post-graduate students studying professional practice professionalism and education across a wide range of disciplines. Health professionals professionals working in private practices such as law architecture and engineering newer professions such as social work and policing and educational professionals at all levels will find stories and strategies reflecting key issues of their practice in this detailed exploration of professional responsibility and accountability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808911

Professional ResponsibilityNew Horizons of Praxis What does professional responsibility entail in an increasingly insecure unpredictable and de-regulated world? This is the core question addressed in this text. The point of departure for the various contributions is that professional responsibility is a way of being in the world that includes a particular mandate – to behave in a manner consistent with moral and societal obligations as a professional. Increasingly however there is a lack of consensus as to what such mandates imply and even more dissensus as to what appropriate exercise of responsibility entails. One of the distinctive features of this book is the manner in which it combines normative and empirical dimensions. It moves beyond dualistic perspectives to create a more inclusive conversation on professional responsibility. In the face of increasing complexity of professional work professional responsibility remains open to further development. The book signals direction for the development of professional responsibility and while seeking to give direction to ongoing deliberations avoids the pitfalls of performativity. The chapters are grounded in a variety of disciplinary perspectives and traverse various professional boundaries in a self-reflexive manner to create more inclusive transformative and generative narratives on professional responsibility. This is achieved by: Focusing on normative dimensions of professional work and combining these with a focus on empirical aspects of professional practice in a variety of setting and Recognising the inevitable tensions between personal trust and responsibility and largely depersonalised policies and strategies of quality control when normative and empirical aspects of professional responsibility are situated within their policy environments. The concluding narrative moves beyond deconstruction complexity and critique of these considerations to a construction of new imagined horizons of professional responsibility from theoretical conceptual and practical perspectives. This text sets out to transform professional responsibility through a re-configuration of its constituent elements in imaginative and creative ways and by indicating the ‘real world’ import of re-charting the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614634

Professional School CounselingBest Practices for Working in the Schools Third Edition Today’s children and adolescents are constantly facing new and unique challenges and school counselors must respond to this by expanding their role and function within the schools. This revised and expanded edition of Thompson’s important text explores these issues as well as the necessary steps school counselors need to take in order to adapt and effectively deal with them. Thompson advocates for the need for standards-based school counseling outlining the framework and benefits of the ASCA National Model® and comprehensive guidance and counseling programs. She addresses the newest research in implementing evidence-based practices; the mental health issues that may be faced by children and adolescents; consulting with teachers parents administrators and the community; and crisis intervention and management. New to this edition are chapters that focus on minority and disenfracnshised students and emphasize the need for school counselors to be able to advocate coordinate and collaborate on services for these students and their families. This is an essential resource for every school counselor in a time when the profession is becoming increasingly important. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415998499

Professional Security ManagementA Strategic Guide Historically security managers have tended to be sourced from either the armed forces or law enforcement. But the increasing complexity of the organisations employing them along with the technologies employed by them is forcing an evolution and expansion of the role and security managers must meet this challenge in order to succeed in their field and protect the assets of their employers. Risk management crisis management continuity management strategic business operations data security IT and business communications all fall under the purview of the security manager. This book is a guide to meeting those challenges providing the security manager with the essential skill set and knowledge base to meet the challenges faced in contemporary international or tech-oriented businesses. It covers the basics of strategy risk and technology from the perspective of the security manager focussing only on the 'need to know'. The reader will benefit from an understanding of how risk management aligns its functional aims with the strategic goals and operations of the organisation. This essential book supports professional vocational accreditation and qualifications such as the Chartered Security Professional (CSyP) or Certified Protection Professional (CPP) and advises on pathways to higher education qualifications in the fields of security and risk management. It is ideal for any risk manager looking to further their training and development as well as being complementary for risk and security management programs with a focus on practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339616

Professional Service Across the Field of EducationGuidelines for Participation Service is increasingly recognized as a crucial part of academic life and in this incredibly competitive industry trustworthy best practice guides are notably missing. Even with supportive mentors many emergent scholars are left to learn these lessons the hard way. In this straightforward and thorough book Joy Egbert and Mary Roe address the most common challenges facing academics at all stages of their careers as they navigate the world of professional service. Illuminating the unspoken rules behind book reviewing anticipating the difficulties of collaborating offering support on chairing mentoring and graduate student committees chairmanship and more this book is a must-have for anyone starting an academic career in Education and for veteran academics who want to polish their skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920811

Professional Services MarketingStrategy and Tactics The days of professionals simply hanging a shingle and waiting for clients to beat a path to the door are long gone. The marketplace is crowded with new service professionals of all types--from CPAs and attorneys to health care providers and competing service organizations. Professionals must realize that their services no matter how good they are simply will not sell themselves. Services marketing is the key to the game and here is the most concise easy-to-understand jam-packed source of services marketing.Professional Services Marketing provides a very readable and simple introduction to the marketing process for the professional service environment. It gives professionals an inexpensive way to successfully develop a strong client base and grow in a competitive marketplace.Using a step-by-step approach this new book provides both strategic and tactical guidance for both the new and seasoned marketing careerist. Distinguished expert and international authority Fred Crane offers a realistic overview of the marketing process and discusses the characteristics and difficulties involved in marketing and managing professional services. He provides solutions to those challenges starting with a marketing plan moving through client management and the marketing audit.Professional Services Marketing discusses management principles and examines implications for site analysis physical analysis and facility design. It explores the true meaning of communication in the professional service arena and what this means for the bottom line. A plus for professionals new to the marketing field this practical book gives examples of professional services marketing ideas that have been put into practice successfully. Professional Services Marketing can be read in a single afternoon yet retains an encyclopedic breadth of vision and covers every major issue in the field. Specialists have already praised the work as essential and unique in the literature. It deserves consideration not only as a guide for established professionals but also as a basic text for future professionals as they prepare for their fields.Truly a practical guidebook for any professional Professional Services Marketing shows you: a “cookbook” approach to designing a marketing plan that is easily followed how to take advantage of impression management and what it really means when to apply professional services marketing ideas that can be put to work almost immediately when to undertake internal marketing where to apply relationship marketing how to apply synchromarketingAll professionals from architects to veterinarians will find valuable tips on marketing in this new book. Members in professional associations involved in training and professional development will also find helpful strategies for expanding their marketing capabilities as will those teaching services and professional services courses in colleges and universities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863924

Professional Social Work Education and Health CareChallenges for the Future Professional Social Work Education and Health Care responds to critical concerns about the educational preparation of social workers within the rapidly changing health care environment. Contributors address issues and questions of importance to educators who are contending with the multiple challenges of rapidly changing institutions fiscal constraints and service to populations with complex social health care needs. This coverage provides you with important visions of the future education of leaders in health care social work. The editors of Professional Social Work Education and Health Care present information that looks to the future in order to open the floor for communication among the leaders in health care social work settings. Chapters explain the context of social work practice exploe current social work practice issues and look into continuing education and fieldwork. In doing so they give you valuable information about imprtant issues such as: changes in social work department structure and function in challenging economic times collaborative efforts and reciprocal relationships in education and training emergence of networks that will join forces with hospitals preparation for short-term solution-based social work the remaining need for traditional long-term social work frameworks and values the shift in ideology to viewing clients as consumers rather than patients modification of curriculum to focus on parenting health education adolescent pregnancy prevention and wellness programs emergence of a model for post-master’s education field work in community-based health care placements versus inpatient hospital settingsThis book’s model for making education and practice responsive to each other and for responding to the needs for collaboration makes it a valuable resource for social work educators practitioners and clinicians in health and mental health; advanced gerontologists in academic and practice agencies; and teachers of policy and research in health concentrations in schools of social work. Professional Social Work Education and Health Care is an excellent ancillary text for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in social work practice in health and mental health and is a strong addition to reading lists for classes on social work with the aged social work research in health care and field work seminars in health and mental health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046838

Professional Standards for Teachers and School LeadersA Key to School Improvement What do the professional standards mean for teachers and school leaders? Everyone working in education needs a clear understanding of the professional standards required of teachers and school leaders. Written by a team of expert and well-respected contributors this book provides the definitive guide to the standards that are now widely used for initial teacher training induction continuing professional development and performance management. In addition it covers the standards for subject leaders which underpin the national programme for subject leaders and the standards for headteachers which are now used as an essential requirement for headship. The main element of each of the standards reflects the broad dimensions of teaching and leadership covering everything from planning and assessing learning to relations with the wider community and managing one's own performance and development. Clearly explaining the nature of the standards the writers demonstrate how they relate to the real world of teaching and leadership and point out key issues for the future. The final chapters of the book set the application of standards into a more critical framework and suggest how the standards can meet future as well as current needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421288

Professional StoryboardingRules of Thumb Storyboarding is a very tough business and a new storyboarder really needs to have their wits about them and have professional savvy to survive in this competitive field. Storyboarding: Rules of Thumb offers highly illustrative examples of basic storyboarding concepts as well as sound career-oriented advice for the new artist. This book also features a number of veteran storyboard artists sharing their experiences in the professional world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240817705

Professional Studies in ArchitectureA Primer For students of architecture this primer defines the critical subject area of professional studies which runs as a thread through the new RIBA validation criteria for Parts 1 and 2. Suitable across the whole 5-year Masters Architecture degree course it gives students the conceptual resources and tools they need to investigate professional issues. Using short case studies that relate to the RIBA Plan of Work it bridges the gap between the needs of the student and the overly technical information sources used by practicing professionals.   Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463475

Professional Studies in the Primary SchoolThinking Beyond the Standards Full of school-based examples supplied by practicing teachers this accessible text: encourages trainees to "think beyond the standards" promotes the development of reflective creative and imaginative teaching skills links theory with practice to show students how to apply these skills leads the reader through the key issues and concepts in general professional practice. Written specifically for Professional Studies modules in primary education this book will guide trainees in the early stages of their careers to become the imaginative teachers we need in our primary schools. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138155268

Professional Techniques for Video Game Writing This second edition of Professional Techniques for Video Game Writing is updated with new chapters and new authors but it’s still a no-nonsense guide to the professional craft of writing for video games. Not only does the text cover story and narrative elements but it also addresses dialogue documentation and strategy guides. Seasoned video game writers each address a different topic including the best way to break into the video game industry how to be an efficient part of a team and the principles of narrative design. The book also offers script samples technical writing advice effective writing tips and suggestions for how to innovate in game narrative.   Key Features Comprehensive enough for veterans and accessible enough for novices Goes into detail about how to write tutorials script doctoring and writing for AAA games Delivers invaluable experiences directly from writers in the games industry Full of practical advice from industry pros on how to get a job and then how to get the job done Author Bio Wendy Despain has more than two decades of experience spearheading digital media projects. She has worked with teams around the world as a writer narrative designer producer and consultant on interactive experiences ranging from video games to augmented reality. She’s worked with EA Disney Ubisoft Cartoon Network PBS Marvel and Wargaming. Currently she’s a Production Director at ArenaNet makers of the Guild Wars franchise. Her books include: Writing For Videogame Genres: From FPS to RPG Talking to Artists/Talking to Programmers 100 Principles of Game Design Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367184773

Professional Techniques for Video Game Writing This book by the International Game Developers Association (IGDA) Game Writing Special Interest Group focuses on various aspects of working as a professional game writer including how to break in to game writing writing manuals narrative design writing in a team working as a freelancer working with new intellectual property and more. It includes exercises and writing samples; additional writing samples are available from the book‘s website. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427938

Professional Training for Feminist TherapistsPersonal Memoirs Here is a unique collection of personal memoirs from feminist therapists which provides a revealing look at their professional training experiences. This superb volume offers a rare glimpse at the struggles of these women both as therapists and feminists as they continue to develop professionally while maintaining their own identities. These candid accounts clearly recount the realities of professional training for the feminist therapist as a combination of painful memories active struggle impromptu friendship and humor. The stories comprising this extraordinary volume cover several decades ranging from the experiences of therapists trained in the 1930s to those of women currently undergoing therapy training.Share the trials and triumphs of these seventeen women who faced professional personal and ethical challenges during their professional therapy training. Read about the variety of experiences in the heterogeneous group of feminist therapists who describe the circumstances of their training including the account of mother and daughter therapists who compare their training of the 1930s and the 1970s; that of one woman who entered graduate school in the 1950s and was prohibited from specializing solely in research; one woman whose teaching was sabotaged by the “old boy” network; one woman’s experience of coming out as a lesbian in medical school during a psychiatric residency program; one therapist’s double minority status as female and Japanese-American; a Black student’s confrontation with the alienation and invisibility of her presence in an all-white classroom; and a first-year graduate student who describes her transition from a women’s studies undergraduate focus to a traditional male-dominated research institution.Students and instructors in clinical psychology counseling and social work will find the accounts in Professional Training for Feminist Therapists: Personal Memoirs a valuable resource for exploring the experiences of women in professional training for feminist therapy. Established therapists will value this work for the clarity and insight that comes from reflection as will women who undergo professional training in future generations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983892

Professional Transitions in NursingA guide to practice in the Australian healthcare system Written by clinical lecturers Professional Transitions in Nursing provides a practical and accessible guide to the core knowledge and skills required by nurse graduates entering the Australian workforce for the first time. Part I focuses on the structure of the Australian healthcare system and the national competency standards. The authors examine key issues including ethics law and codes of conduct as well as the leadership team-building and communication skills necessary in a constantly changing and high-pressure environment. Part II outlines the clinical skills and practices a nurse graduate must master including clinical assessment risk management and reporting management plans diagnostics reasoning collaboration with other health professionals and working with patients from diverse backgrounds. A special feature is an analysis of issues in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander nursing practice. The authors also outline health information systems and technologies and how to utilise these most effectively. Part III looks at career planning and lifelong learning with advice on applying for a nursing position and continual professional development. This is an essential reference for both nursing graduates and overseas qualified nurses seeking to pursue a career in Australia. 'This text will be of tremendous use to new graduate nurses nurses relocating from overseas and those of us who support these nurses during their transitions. The language is easily accessible and important content about everyday nursing practice is discussed in a practical and logical way. A particular strength is the use of research to support key points of discussion.'Professor Andrea Marshall Professor of Acute and Complex Care Nursing Griffith University'This book is a must-have for undergraduates newly graduated and overseas qualified registered nurses entering the Australian healthcare workforce for the first time. Written by experienced nurses the book provides essential up-to-date information that is presented in an easily accessible way. I highly recommend this book.' Associate Professor Jacqueline Bloomfield Sydney Nursing School University of Sydney 'For educators supporting student new graduate and international graduate nurses this text will be an important resource and is superbly structured to guide curriculum development and delivery.'Dr Danny Hills Senior Lecturer School of Nursing and Midwifery Monash University Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760293499

Professional Uncertainty Knowledge and Relationship in the ClassroomA psychosocial perspective The extent to which teachers should make use of theoretical and expert knowledge as opposed to tacit experiential knowledge and how these might be combined is a perennial issue in discussions on pedagogy. This book addresses these debates through a creative development of the concept of productive uncertainty.Using case studies focusing on teachers working with children with autism a particularly fertile crucible for considering uncertainty the book explores how the radical 20th century psychoanalyst Wilfred Bion's epistemological approach to uncertainty can be used to re-frame Donald Schön's concept of reflection in action offering a new perspective on the practice of teachers and other caring professionals. Several areas of potential uncertainty are identified including uncertainty relating to areas of practice including diagnosis the relationship between expert knowledge and practice the implications of autism for autonomy and agency and uncertainties in relation to the understanding of and use of new technologies. A strong argument is made based on both theoretical and empirical grounds that in juggling between theoretical and tacit knowledge in the classroom there is more to be gained by staying with the struggle with uncertainty than by fleeing from it too early into the promise of expert solutions. Consideration is also given to the relative importance of specific theoretical training for teachers both in general and in relation to working with children with special educational needs in the context of international and UK policy developments in this area.This book will be of key value to researchers and postgraduates in the fields of education studies teacher thinking and research psychoanalytically informed psychosocial studies as well as to practitioners working in special educational needs/autism education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702110

Professional Values and PracticeThe Essential Guide for Higher Level Teaching Assistants Professional Values and Practice concentrates on the more theoretical aspects of the HLTA role: professionalism relationships statutory frameworks and knowing your limits. It offers guidance and support on fulfilling the standards and succeeding both inside and outside of the classroom. This book provides: real-life case studies that put the theory behind the standards into a whole-school context practical activities that convey how the standards can be used in the classroom guidance on the school-based aspects of the training and assessment advice on the difference between the learning and teaching standards for newly qualified teachers and HLTAs. This book is complemented by a companion volume Learning and Teaching which underpins the practical teaching skills required of teaching assistants at this level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167988

Professional Values in Nursing This practical guide explores professional values in nursing helping you to develop safe compassionate dignified person-centred and evidence-based nursing practice. The emphasis of the book is on fundamental values of equality dignity and caring. The authors discuss holistic nursing care working in partnership with people and families working collaboratively with the interprofessional team vulnerability and safeguarding challenging poor practice and promoting best practice. Features: Chapters linked to the Professional Values domain in the NMC Standards for pre-registration nursing education Strong evidence base to ensure best practice Accessible style with learning outcomes practice scenarios questions and activities Relevant to all fields of nursing with practice scenarios representing people across the lifespan and with different healthcare needs Professional Values in Nursing is a valuable resource for all nursing students helping to embed professional values in their everyday practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444180619

Professional Web VideoPlan Produce Distribute Promote and Monetize Quality Video Add professional-level video to your Web communications toolbox with a complete understanding of the process potential and limitations of Web video. Step up from the mini-cam experience with this solid introduction to professional planning and production techniques ensuring that your video meets the same standards you set for every other communication program element. Audio lighting editing encoding are just a few of the essentials you learn how the pros produce top notch video for the Web. The companion Web site includes planning and production templates demo files and blog updates to help you put it all to work for you on a daily basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407459

Professional Women Painters in Nineteenth-Century ScotlandCommitment Friendship Pleasure This title was first published in 2000:  Women in the 19th century have long been presented as the angel in the house. The author re-writes this history by investigating the life and working conditions of a number of middle-class women who sought to establish themselves as professional artists in Scotland. Contrary to the orthodox view preoccupied with oppression and difficulty the author demonstrates that women artists of the period were independent producers teachers and travellers alert to changes in taste and fashion. They derived great pleasure from their work and enjoyed the benefits of women working together forming their own and joining existing professional associations. The book is not biographical but elaborates on the life and working conditions of middle-class artists by discussing their work in terms of economic and social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723160

Professional Wrestling and the Commercial Stage Professional Wrestling and the Commercial Stage examines professional wrestling as a century-old theatrical form that spans from its local places of performance to circulate as a popular global product. Professional wrestling has all the trappings of sport but is at its core a theatrical event. This book acknowledges that professional wrestling shares many theatrical elements such as plot character scenic design props and spectacle. By assessing professional wrestling as a neglected but prototypical case study in the global business of theatre Laine argues that it is an exemplary form of globalizing commercial theatre. He asks what theatre scholars might learn from pro wrestling and how pro wrestling might contribute to conversations beyond the ring by considering the laboring bodies of the wrestlers and analyzing wrestling’s form and content. Of interest to scholars and students of theatre and performance cultural studies and sports studies Professional Wrestling and the Commercial Stage delimits the edges of wrestling’s theatrical frame critiques established understandings of corporate theatre and offers key wrestling concepts as models for future study in other fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353997

Professional Writing in ContextLessons From Teaching and Consulting in Worlds of Work This volume explores adult work-world writing issues from the perspectives of five seasoned professionals who have logged hundreds of hours working with adults on complicated written communication problems. It examines the gap between school-world instructional practices and real-world problems and situations. After describing the five major economic sectors which are writing intensive the text suggests curricular reforms which might better prepare college-educated writers for these worlds. Because the volume is based on the extensive work-world experiences of the authors it offers numerous examples of real-world writing problems and strategies which illustrate concretely what goes wrong and what needs to be done about it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811894

Professionalism and Accounting Rules This book investigates the issues raised by the vast array of accounting standards and technical rules which have marked the recent history of accounting. It is argued that the accounting profession is beset by an inferior and incomplete notion of quality in its work which emphasises compliance with processing rules rather than the correspondence with commercial phenomena necessary to make financial statements reliable guides for human activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864016

Professionalism and Ethics in Complementary and Alternative Medicine Gain a better understanding of the complex issues that will decide the future of health care!This is the first book of its kind in the rapidly growing field of complementary and alternative medicine. It addresses quality-of-care concerns and also focuses on the goals of many practitioners: to secure a firm place for their practice in health care systems and to establish levels of integration. Professionalism and Ethics in Complementary and Alternative Medicine is a unique textbook but is also an essential resource for practitioners of complementary alternative and conventional medicine as well as the general public.This volume is divided into three parts. The first looks at a range of current concerns over complementary and alternative medicine many of which raise ethical issues relating to quality of care. The next section focusing on professionalism indicates how practitioners must respond to the public’s concerns especially in light of the public’s rising expectations of standards of care among all practitioners. The third part is comprised of case histories plus commentaries suitable for private study or classroom discussion.In this valuable book you will find: an examination of current issues in complementary/alternative medicine and bioethics explorations of other approaches to ethical dilemmas including “bottom-up” ethics such as consequentialism and social utilitarianism plus feminist ethics virtue ethics and more informed discussion of public expectations of professional roles and responsibilities case histories that illustrate ethical issues explanations of the Hippocratic Oath and complementary and alternative medicine codes an examination of the power structure within health care systems and much much more!Growing from a course on ethics and law at the Homeopathic College of Canada in Toronto Professionalism and Ethics in Complementary and Alternative Medicine will benefit everyone who is concerned with quality care and integrated medicine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048283

Professionalism and Values in Law Practice This book presents practical advice to law students and those entering and now working in the legal profession that will help them to reconcile who they are as a person with the demands and opportunities of a legal career. The book sets out a clear framework and practice examples for: (i) defining “success” (ii) understanding the role of a professional in relation to clients colleagues adversaries and community (iii) reconciling demands of practice within ethical rules and norms business considerations and personal values and (iv) building a values-centered economically viable practice and reputation. Complete with practical advice and experiences that produce and reinforce a holistic approach this book provides invaluable support for second- and third-year law students and lawyers in practice to establish elusive work-life balance over the course of a legal career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200428

Professionalism for the Built Environment In the aftermath of the Grenfell Tower tragedy this new book provides thought provoking commentary on the nature of the relationship between society the prevailing economic system and professionalism in the built environment. It addresses the changing responsibilities of professionals and in particular their obligation to act in the wider public interest. It is both an introduction to and an examination of professionalism and professional bodies in the sector including a view of the future of professionalism and the organisations serving it.  Simon Foxell outlines the history of professionalism in the sector comparing and contrasting the development of the three major historic professions working in the construction industry: civil engineering architecture and surveying. He examines how their systems have developed over time up to the current period dominated by large professional services firms and looks at some options for the future whilst asking difficult questions about ethics training education public trust and expectation from within and outside the industry.  The book concludes with a six-point plan to help if not ensure that the professions remain an effective and essential part of both society and the economy; a part that allows the system to operate smoothly and easily but also fairly and to the benefit of all. Essential reading for built environment professionals and students doing the professional studies elements of their training or in the process of applying for chartership or registration. The issues and lessons are applicable across all building professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900219

Professionalism in Early Childhood Education and CareInternational Perspectives The professionalism of the early childhood sector has gained prominence on the policy agendas of many countries. National pedagogical frameworks or curricula and an upsurge of pathways to gaining or upgrading qualifications has led to a pervasive terminology of professionalism. Yet despite the pervasiveness of this terminology the question of what professionalism means in early years contexts remains open to debate. This book draws together the work of an international group of scholars who have engaged with this question. They ask: How can professionalism be conceptualised in early childhood settings? How might one act professionally in increasingly diverse and changing social and cultural contexts? Do we have a common ground of understanding about these terms? Are there key concepts that can be agreed upon? Drawing on research and experience across a wide range of national contexts this book seeks an understanding of early childhood professionalism in local contexts that might throw light on the global implications of this term. This book was published as a special issue in the European Early Childhood Education Research Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508926

Professionalism in Medicine Those at the grassroots of primary care have been provided with a unique opportunity to plan and shape the modern NHS. This book describes the work of primary care groups in their first months and describes everything from the initial aims of PCGs through to primary care trusts and the future. The excellent panel of contributors who are practised members of PCGs describe their experiences and the lessons they have learnt. The book explores how organisations will evolve and provides guidance on theory people and functions. It is essential reading for members of PCG teams and those with or aspiring to PCT status. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377933

Professionalism in Post-Compulsory Education and TrainingEmpirical and Theoretical Perspectives What does ‘professionalism’ mean for teachers and trainers in further education colleges or adult education centres? Over the last twenty years ideas about professionalism and professional identity within the post-compulsory sector have been shaped and reshaped by successive policies standards and professional bodies. Yet these ideas themselves remain controversial and continue to be the focus of debate as well as research. This book gathers together a series of articles published over the last ten years providing critical and research-based perspectives on professionalism within post-compulsory education and training. The twelve chapters that are presented here explore issues such as professional standards and continuing professional development and their impact on current definitions and frameworks of professionalism as well as the policies that have shaped these processes. These are issues that are of relevance and importance not only to practitioners and researchers in the post-compulsory sector but to anyone who is concerned with contemporary debates about what it means to be ‘a professional’ in education and training. The chapters in this book were originally published as articles in Research in Post-Compulsory Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583996

Professionalism in the Built Heritage SectorEdited Contributions to the International Conference on Professionalism in the Built Heritage Se Professionalism entails the conduct aims and qualities that characterise a profession. The term is also used to describe education and training standards for the knowledge and skills necessary to perform a specific profession. In practice professional standards of practice and ethics are agreed upon and maintained by recognised associations. In the past professionalism has not occupied a central place in built heritage discussions policy and research. Recent changes in terms of public attitudes and sustainability concerns have had a cumulative impact on the requirements for professionalism in the built heritage sector. The future success of the sector will depend on the availability of adequate professionals and an appropriately skilled workforce. In practice the built heritage sector involves much more than interventions to conserve preserve rehabilitate or restore a heritage structure. Bringing a project to fruition begins with the formulation of a policy proceeds to the design and execution of intervention strategies and ends with ongoing maintenance of heritage structures and related future programming. This process requires sufficient interactions between different professionals to obtain a common vision and hold that vision throughout a project. At the same time the sustainability of the sector is also defined by effective governance societal support and cultural rationales. Professionalism in the Built Heritage Sector contains reports on the lectures of the international conference organized by the Raymond Lemaire International Centre for Conservation (Leuven Belgium February 5th-8th 2018). The contributions in this volume meet the increasing demand for shared information to support the transition towards a more sustainable conservation process. The volume consists of three main parts that deal with practice-led research or scientific research: "Profiles and capacities" "Education training and quality labels" and "Obstacles and changes". Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367027636

Professionalization and Participation in Child and Youth CareChallenging Understandings in Theory and Practice This title was first published in 2002. The field of child and youth care is under increasing pressure to optimize its mission: to deliver high quality support and to help children parents and families in need of care. Two questions have arisen in many countries in the face of this pressure: the professional quality of childcare and the participant quality of childcare. These issues have traditionally been discussed separately; this unique book brings them together for an enlightening discussion. Examining the possible antagonism of childcare workers operating as professionals and clients participating as fully engaged partners the book brings to light a new vision on developments and research in the field and informs the reader on recent findings. The expertise of the contributors makes this a truly valuable read for practitioners policy makers researchers and students in the field of child and youth care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728240

Professionalizing Offender ProfilingForensic and Investigative Psychology in Practice Offender profiling is now viewed as an integral part of serious crime investigations by many law enforcement agencies across the world and continues to attract a high public and media profile. Despite almost three decades of research and developments in the field the public impression of offender profiling is still influenced by misleading media portrayals which fail to acknowledge the significant developments in theory research and practice. This book is the only book on the market to illustrate in detail the actual practice of Behavioural Investigative Advice its diversity in application the underpinning academic literature and the remaining research questions and recommendations. Focussing on the professionalization of this developing discipline it provides a fascinating insight into the modern role of a Behavioural Investigative Adviser dispelling many of the myths still associated with offender profiling and illustrating the continued aspiration of contemporary practitioners to adhere to the highest scientific standards. It provides a journey through the significant efforts to professionalise both the process and product of Behavioural Investigative Advice supported by relevant theoretical methodological and operational considerations. Edited by and containing contributions from some of the most respected and experienced researchers and practitioners working today this book will be essential reading for Police Officers researchers students and anyone with an interest in the professionalization and contemporary contribution of forensic psychology to 21st century criminal investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668798

Professionalizing Practice. A Critical Look at Recent Practice in Museum EducationJournal of Museum Education 37:2 Thematic Issue Sponsored by the Museum Education Roundtable Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328202

Professionalizing Research in Post-Mao China: The System Reform Institute and Policy MakingThe System Reform Institute and Policy Making The ongoing suppression of journals and obstacles faced by non-governmental research organizations attest to the enduring challenges for creating alternative sources for discussing China's reform and transition. This book looks at research institutes and journals in China and the dilemmas of transition by chronicling the tensions between the need to create an "autonomous space" for policy making and the problems created by such activities. The "non-governmental fever" of the 1980s and the development of research organizations and journals claiming to be non-governmental - to avoid political oversight and claim an arena independent of party-state influence - raise a fundamental question about how a political system characterized by bureaucratic rigidity poor information flows and a politicized policy-making environment generates ideas for reform while at the same time controlling the direction of debate and discussion. This book is built on extensive personal interviews with former members of Zhao Ziyang's "brain trust " the Chinese Economic System Reform Research Institute (SRI) and on the wealth of material on reform to emerge in the last five years. It addresses a void in our knowledge of this dynamic decade of reform by recounting the story of the SRI in the voice of its members and placing it in the context of elite politics as well as in the context of the institute as a catalyst for opening issues of reform and post-communist transitions. Those associated with the institute are known as the "young reformers" and represent a generational cohort whose activities greatly impacted China's reform process. The publications research organizations and policy making environment of the 1980s and post-Tiananmen era are essential for examining the larger question of China's transition from socialism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315498935

Professionally SpeakingPublic Speaking for Health Professionals Your knees are shaking your throat is dry and out in front of you in the Lerenbaum Room of the Ramada Inn is the 167th Annual Meeting of the Tucson Dentists Weekend Warrior Organization. You step to the podium there’s a short crackle of microphone feedback and all eyes are on you. What do you say? Are you prepared enough? Will your audience love you? Hate you? If these are your fears put them away and open up Professionally Speaking: Public Speaking for Health Professionals. In it you’ll learn how to turn weak knees and wishy-washy introductions into confident gestures and words of wisdom. Packed with examples and proven tips and techniques from the front lines of public convention speaking this helpful volume has everything you need to transform your next presentation from so-so to successful.Professionally Speaking will help you in both professional speaking and teaching scenarios. You’ll find its practical advice and helpful guidelines will enhance your performance at the podium by one hundred percent. Specifically you’ll get page after page of useful direction in these and other important but seldom-talked-about areas: how to select write and deliver a talk use of voice speech preparation and the use of slides icebreakers giving good introductions and avoiding trail-offs keeping on the audience’s “good side” chalk talks the proper use of humorAnyone who has faced or will face the potential disaster of addressing a large audience of colleagues--mental health professionals dentists physicians pharmacists for example--will want to consult Professionally Speaking before his or her next scheduled speech. Useful as an introductory guide for beginners or a supplementary text for seasoned veterans this practical one-of-a-kind look at public speaking will change the way you see your audience and improve the way they listen to you. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047576

Professionals and PolicyManagement Strategy in a Competitive World By means of case studies in schools and hospitals this text describes and evaluates the current issues faced by both education and health professionals. It argues that much can be learned by comparing the experiences of the two groups and suggests ways in which education and health workers can respond positively to the changes of recent years to ensure that essential services are maintained and improved. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315001081

Professions Work and Careers Professions Work and Careers addresses some of the central themes that preoccupied the eminent sociologist Anselm Strauss. This collection is directed at sociologists concerned with the development of theory and graduate and undergraduate students in the sociology of work and the sociology of medicine. His approach is both thematic and topical.Straus examines organization profession career and work in addition to related matters such as socialization occupational identity social mobility and professional relationships all in a social psychological context. Because medicine is considered by many to be the prototype profession Strauss effectively illustrates many of the points by allusion to nurses chemists hospitals wards and terminal care. The progression of ideas in these essays are a befitting source for the study of structure interaction and process other themes that occupied Strauss in his other research enterprises.As Irving Louis Horowitz noted at the time of Anselm Strauss's death in 1996: "Anselm was and remained a social psychologist of a special sort. He appreciated that what takes place in the privacy of our minds translates into public consequences for the social fabric. His statements on personal problems are invariably followed in quick succession by intensely sociological essays on close awareness face-to-face interaction and structured interactions. The subtext distinguishes sociological from psychiatric conventions seeing everything from daydreams to visions in interactionist frames rather than as pathology. The implications of his explorations into the medical profession are stated gently but carry deep ramifications for the act of people treating each other compassionately not less than professionally is also an act of awareness. Treating the human person as a creature of dignity when generalized becomes the basis for constructing human society."The late Anselm Strauss was a pioneer in bridging the gap between theory and data in sociology. This collection of his works available in paperback for the first time will be a valuable resource for professionals and students interested in grounded social theory.Anselm L. Strauss was professor of sociology and chairman of the graduate program in sociology University of California San Francisco. He is the author of numerous books including Creating Sociological Awareness and editor of Where Medicine Fails both published by Transaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530874

Professions and MetaphorsUnderstanding professions in society Professions and Metaphors: Understanding Professions in Society explores the way that two traditions have contributed to our understanding of both theory and society over recent decades. In the first tradition the growing literature on metaphors has helped to guide thinking providing insights into such phenomena as the study of organizations. In the second there has been an increased interest in professions from lawyers and university academics to doctors and social workers.This edited collection brings together these two traditions for the first time providing a unique and systematic overview at macro and micro level of the use of metaphors in the sociology of professions. A range of professional fields are explored from law and medicine to social work and teaching showing how metaphors can enhance our understanding of the operation of professional groups.By demonstrating how metaphors can add to our understanding of professions in society as well as in professional practice this ground-breaking book makes an invaluable contribution to advanced students and researchers in fields such as the sociology of professions and work and organization – as well as informing professionals and policy makers themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874452

Professions and Patriarchy This impressive and original study is one of the first books to combine mainstream sociology with feminism in exploring the subject of the professions and power.This is an important addition to the corpus of feminist scholarship... It provides fresh insights into the way in which male power has been used to limit the employment aspirations of women in the middle classes. - Rosemary Crompton University of Kent Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135796

Professions and Power (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1972 this book rejects as inadequate the ‘trait’ and ‘functionalist’ theories of the professions and instead presents an alternative framework to analyse the contemporaneous occupational change in industrial societies. The author describes how occupational specialisation creates varying degrees of social distance between producers and consumers of goods or services thus several institutions of control social have developed — collegiate corporate or oligarchic patronage mediative. The author looks at the social conditions necessary for the development of these methods of control and the apparent decline of professionalism in both developed and undeveloped societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203563

Professions and Professional Service FirmsPrivate and Public Sector Enterprises in the Global Economy Professions are increasingly linked with enterprise at a number of interrelated levels. By considering the relationship of professions to the enterprise contexts in which they work this book reveals the dilemmas posed to professional groups and the opportunities and constraints that can arise in their organisational frameworks. Addressing both private and public sectors this collection explores questions including: what are the implications for the culture practices and identities of professions of working in enterprise contexts including with increased globalisation? Are professions becoming more entrepreneurial in a knowledge economy? What are the tensions between professionalism and enterprise and how are these resolved? These are themes that are extremely important to professionals and their managers especially with the rise of large-scale professional service firms serving corporate clients with truly global reach. This cutting-edge collection will be of interest to researchers educators and advanced students studying professional behaviour in fields such as business studies management organisational analysis public administration political science social policy and sociology as well as students on focused programmes of professional study in fields such as health law and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735142

Professions at Bay This title was first published in 2000. This collection of works explores the sources of conflict and change which affect professional occupations the responses of these occupations to such forces and the possible or likely outcomes of these actions and reactions for the character of British management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738713

Profile PiecesJournalism and the 'Human Interest' Bias This book examines the history theory and journalistic practice of profile writing. Profiles and the practice of writing them are of increasing interest to scholars of journalism because conflicts between the interviewer and the subject exemplify the changing nature of journalism itself. While the subject often through the medium of their press representative struggles to retain control of the interview space the journalist seeks to subvert it. This interesting and multi-layered interaction however has rarely been subject to critical scrutiny partly because profiles have traditionally been regarded as public relations exercises or as ‘soft’ journalism. However chapters in this volume reveal not only that profiling has historically taken many different forms but that the idea of the interview as a contested space has applications beyond the subject of celebrated individuals. The volume looks at the profile’s historical beginnings at the contemporary manufacture of celebrity versus the ‘ordinary’ at profiling communities countries and movements at profiling the destitute at sporting personalities and finally at profiling and trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386483

Profiled Sheet Roofing and CladdingA Guide to Good Practice This guide the third edition of the NFRCs guide to good practice is an accessible and practical code of practice in the application design and installation of profiled sheeting and wall and roof cladding. The UK has developed very cost-effective methods of erecting and cladding factory warehouse and storage buildings. This book distills the knowledge of many of the leading experts in this area of construction with hands-on site experience.Profiled Sheet Roofing and Cladding Third edition sets out principles whereby all necessary components can be successfully integrated to provide a weather-tight external envelope that meets all the required performance standards. The special requirements of insulated structures are also considered. It gives up-to-date advice and information which takes account of the exceptional requirements specified and the consequent developments which have occured since the second edition was published in 1991. Written for all construction professionals concerned with getting the best value solution for their profiled sheet clad buildings the guide aims to assist in increasing cooperation between the designer and contractor and to inform all members of the building team about the abilities and applications of products. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153318

Profiles in CharacterHubris and Heroism in the U.S. Senate 1789-1996 A take-off of Kennedy's Profiles in Courage which argues that the best-known US senators don't deserve their renown as much as some lesser-known ones. Over the course of ten biographical chapters this book tells the story of 16 men's lives in the Senate in relation to each other. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315479538

Profiles in Journalistic Courage Some of the bravest actions of journalists are unknown obscured by the passage of time hidden by veils of anonymity or buried by systematic repression. Profiles in Journalistic Courage corrects this imbalance. With few exceptions the stories told in this collection are unfamiliar. In the words of Richard Whelan on Robert Capa's vision of the Spanish Civil War these tales are drawn from the edge of things. Most of the people highlighted here are journalists who worked on the margins of popularity who blazed new and solitary paths and who left fleeting legacies.Courageous journalists were not always thanked for their pioneering efforts. Jealousy political disagreements and differing conceptions of journalism sometimes fueled criticism of some of those dealt with in this volume. To complicate the subject further brave journalists do not always act for reasons that win popularity or acclaim. Actions with laudable consequences are sometimes the result of egoism stubbornness and ignorance no less than selflessness prudence and principle. These psychological dimensions are not avoided in these profiles.In "Yesterday" David Copeland examines the tangled legacy of the trial of John Peter Zenger. Graham Hodges unearths the story of David Ruggles an African-American journalist and abolitionist. Pamela Newkirk recalls the life and work of Ida B. Wells-Barnett. Pierre Albert explores the journalism of the French Resistance. Bernard L. Stein and Hank Klibanoff describe the work and motives of the civil rights movement. The volume covers the journalism of commitment from Northern Ireland to Native American tribes. It closes with an extended essay by James Boylan on varied perspectives on different aspects of courage in journalism from the capacity to resist threats to the courage to tell people what they may not want to hear or read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530881

Profiles in Small BusinessA Competitive Strategy Approach A new analytical approach to small firms' cases which * Uses rich primary source data on modern small businesses * Combines business strategy and industrial organization * Presents detailed Profiles on diverse small businesses * Shows how successful small businesses achieve competitive advantage * Considers both extended rivalry and financial structure * Shows how to `ground' small business theory in reality Profiles in Small Businesses has a companion volume Small Business Enterprise by Gavin Reid (also published by Routledge Hb: 0-415-05681-0: £45.00) which contains a full analysis (ranging from econometrics to the ethics of competition) of the larger sample of small businesses from which the Profiles are drawn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983922

Profiles of People in PowerThe World's Government Leaders This new work of biographical reference presents succinct narrative biographies of every serving head of state and head of government.Its content covers approximately 200 countries and territories and provides over 300 biographical profiles.Each country section contains:* A brief explanation of its type of government and the roles of the head of state the head of government and the legislature* Lists of the most recent heads of state and head of government with dates of office* Biographical profiles of current head of state and government and other recent incumbents of these positions who remain significant and active political leaders* A photographic section of a selection of the world's key political leaders* A full index by name date of taking office and source of authority. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315759517

Profiling Cop-Killers Drawing heavily on original research designed to train police officers to survive deadly encounters Profiling Cop-Killers examines the sociological history psychology and motives of 50 murderers of police officers in 2011. The book identifies the commonalities and differences between groups of offenders by age examining the previously hidden connections between an offender’s lethal choices criminal history drug and alcohol usage and interpersonal relationships. Using Erikson’s theory of life span development the author applies the test of the struggle for identity to offender profiles words and actions—analyzing the interaction of offenders’ maturity levels mastery of challenges by phase and degree of deviancy exhibited in their violent acts. The book also includes a closer look at diagnoses of concern and the crossroads of offender behavior and officer actions. This book aims to equip those who work with offenders police officers and the mentally ill to read the signs of future violence. Demonstrating the complex set of circumstances that may lead an individual to commit these crimes this book will challenge readers to think differently about the people who take the lives of law enforcement officers. In doing so it seeks to answer the question: Who are cop-killers and why do they commit the ultimate crime of violence against the peacekeepers of society? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482211412

Profiling in Policy and Practice 'Profilers' and 'Profiling' are now widely discussed often with almost mythical respect. This is the first volume to cut through the confusions and misunderstandings surrounding this topic to report on detailed original scientific research that examines the variations in criminal behaviour from which any 'profile' must be derived. The studies included examine both early approaches to the field and the future problems and potential for an Investigative Psychology approach of offender profiling. This book will be of great value to all those who have been waiting for a scientific psychological basis to police investigations. It will be read with interest by those who want to get behind the rhetoric and controversy that surrounds 'offender profiling' and require an up to date account of current research and recent discoveries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276765

Profiling Property Crimes This title was first published in 2000. Each of these commissioned papers explores the varieties of different crimes against property. The actions that differentiate types of arson burglary workplace crime and robbery are examined to provide insights of relevance to criminologists psychologists and criminal investigators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731011

Profit Accumulation and Crisis in CapitalismLong-term Trends in the UK US Japan and China 1855–2018 Karl Marx hypothesized that there is a long-term tendency for the profit rate to fall in capitalist economies. Immanuel Wallerstein hypothesized that capitalist development tends to drive up labor cost material cost and taxation cost. This book evaluates Marx’s and Wallerstein’s hypotheses by studying the long-term movement of the profit rate and contributing factors in major capitalist economies. During the twentieth century leading capitalist economies largely succeeded in stabilizing the profit rate. However the current decline of the profit rate in China may precipitate the global capitalist economy into a new major crisis. As economic growth slows down in all major capitalist economies Marx’s original hypothesis may be verified by the global economic events in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179786

Profit and PleasureSexual Identities in Late Capitalism Profit and Pleasure Second Edition is a classic intervention into the relationship between capitalism and sexual identity. Rosemary Hennessy boldly reorients queer theory toward an up-close analysis of the structures of consumption labor and commodification revealing how sexual identity—in the varied ways it has been culturally differentiated and lived—has been fundamentally affected by these principles of capitalism. In this second edition a new introduction by the author reasserts a Marxist feminist standpoint as the most theoretically developed feminist analysis of capitalism’s cultural logics. She presents a range of key concepts—among them totality overdetermination social reproduction—outlining their evolution and continued relevance to analysis of sexuality since the book’s first publication in 2000. The introduction addresses important developments in materialist approaches to sexuality during the past two decades and concludes by returning to the notion of "love" as defined in the original edition making a call for the common potential of human collaboration and action to ignite a radical sexual politics. This seminal text will appeal to students and scholars of feminist studies gay and lesbian studies and cultural and literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283626

Profit and PrejudiceThe Luddites of the Fourth Industrial Revolution Avoiding prejudice will be critical to economic success in the fourth industrial revolution. It is not the new and innovative technology that will matter in the next decade but what we do with it. Using technology properly with diverse decision making is the difference between success and failure in a changing world. This will require putting the right person in the right job at the right time. Prejudice stops that happening. Profit and Prejudice takes us through the relationship between economic success and prejudice in labour markets. It starts with the major changes that occur in periods of economic upheaval. These changes tend to be unpopular and complex – and complexity encourages people to turn to the simplistic arguments of ‘scapegoat economics’ and prejudice. Some of the changes of the fourth industrial revolution will help fight prejudice but some will make it far worse. The more prejudice there is the harder it will be for companies and countries to profit from the changes ahead. Profit is not the main argument against prejudice but can certainly help fight it. This book tells a story of the damage that prejudice can do. Using economics without jargon students investors and the public will be able to follow the narrative and see how prejudice can be opposed. Prejudice is bad for business and the economy. Profit and Prejudice explains why. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367566777

Profit And The Pursuit Of EnergyMarkets And Regulation Among the books on the world energy crisis on technological possibilities for self-sufficiency and on various energy sources this is one of a very few to address the practicalities of government regulatory responsibilities versus the pursuit of profit in the private sector and to look at the processes logistics and complex interactions among private energy companies financial sectors and national governments. The authors provide answers to such questions as: How do oil company operations influence government policies? What kinds of energy projects can be financed by existing financial institutions? How does the availability of insurance affect innovations in energy? They also examine how major investors and governments make decisions about the management of the volatile mix of political economic and technological risks that buffet the energy sector; critique the conventional wisdom concerning the major fuels; and project the likely evolution of the world energy market over the next decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284411

Profit Improvement through Supplier Enhancement This book deals with the improvement of suppliers in order to increase a company's top and bottom-line. The enhancement of suppliers can be accomplished in a series of steps when conditions warrant intervention. They can also be generated through direct quality mentoring when the supplier does not have the basic skills or abilities to adequately address impending problems. Also included are guideline activities which will aid in achieving and attaining improved profitability and competitiveness in the world market. Packed with examples problems and forms to allow easy establishment of systems makes the information presented more easily understood interesting and useful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138749184

Profit Maximization Through Customer Relationship MarketingMeasurement Prediction and Implementation Discover approaches to make customer relationship marketing more effective Profit Maximization Through Customer Relationship Marketing: Measurement Prediction and Implementation takes the various elements of customer centric marketing and brings them together using the latest research and case studies from various industries. Respected top researchers review and discuss research and concepts to provide practitioners educators and students with a deeper understanding of the wide range of issues relevant to customer centric marketing. This informative resource focuses on effective strategies and approaches to explain how companies can ensure that their marketing dollar achieves the highest return on investment (ROI). Customer centric approaches such as customer relationship marketing (CRM) aim to increase customer retention acquisition satisfaction loyalty differentiate customer value develop customers via up-sell and cross-sell opportunities and decrease costs. Profit Maximization Through Customer Relationship Marketing: Measurement Prediction and Implementation comprehensively explains how to make best use of customer information to better manage customer value and firm profitability. This valuable text also explains the importance of as well as how to establish a reliable customer segmentation strategy. The book is extensively referenced and includes helpful figures tables and photographs to clearly illustrate concepts. Topics discussed in Profit Maximization Through Customer Relationship Marketing: Measurement Prediction and Implementation include: the goals of customer centric approaches various customer segmentation approaches cross-selling as a strategy for customer relationship management strategies to effectively use customer loyalty the value and cultivation of customer satisfaction and customer retention and more! Profit Maximization Through Customer Relationship Marketing: Measurement Prediction and Implementation is an invaluable resource for practitioners educators and graduate students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877310

Profit Pathology and Other Indecencies From market crisis to market boom from welfare to wealth care from homelessness to helplessness and an all-out assault on the global environment-these are just some of the indecencies of contemporary economic life that Profit Pathology takes on. Here Michael Parenti investigates how class power is a central force in our political life and yet is subjected to little critical discernment. He notes how big-moneyed interests shift the rules of the game in their favor while unveiling the long march by reactionaries through the nation's institutions to undo all the gains of social democracy from the New Deal to the present. Parenti also traces the exploitative economic forces that have operated through much of American history including the mass displacement and extermination of Native Americans and the enslavement of Africans. Parenti is a master at demonstrating the impact of monomaniacal profit accumulation on social services-especially health care-and human values. Here he takes us one step further showing how unrestrained capitalism ultimately endangers itself becoming a "self-devouring beast" that threatens us all. Finally he calls for a solution based on democratic diversity and public ownership-"because it works." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056623

Profit Planning This new edition of Profit Planning is ideal for hotel restaurant and licensed house managers as it focuses on profit planning the major area of finance which the general manager needs to get to grips with. The practical aspects of day-to-day profit planning are emphasized which means that the reader can understand the approach with the minimum of theory and technical jargon. The examples and illustrations used can easily be translated into all aspects of the hospitality industry so this book has a wide appeal.Unit managers now have high levels of finance responsibility at an early stage in their career. This reflects the growth in strongly branded and market oriented chains of pubs and restaurants which need to achieve swift returns on their investments. The financial management skills expected of unit managers are therefore growing in sophistication and this new edition takes full account of this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432772

Profitability Mechanization and Economies of Scale First published in 1998 this book introduces a new concept of profitability called the 'efficiency rate of profit' which is defined as the ratio between the unit net margin and the unit capital requirement and shows how the efficiency rate of profit may be used in the assessment of mechanization and economies of scale. The book also shows how the efficiency rate of profit relates to the financial opportunity cost of investment thus resolving the long-standing controversy over 'interest as a cost'. Using real-world plant-level data the book explains fully the process of mechanization how increasing returns to scale works at the plant level through power rule relating plant or equipment cost to capacity and how and why it is more cost effective to combine mechanization with expanding the scale of production in one combined 'package' of efficiency improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332928

Profitability and the Great RecessionThe Role of Accumulation Trends in the Financial Crisis From the mid-1980s investors in the US increasingly directed capital towards the financial sector at the expense of non-financial sectors lured by the perception of higher profits. This flow of capital inflated asset prices creating the stock market and housing bubbles which burst when the imbalance between stagnant incomes and rising debts triggered the banking meltdown. Profitability and the Great Recession analyses these trends in profitability and capital accumulation which the authors identify as the root cause of the financial crisis in the context of the US and other major OECD countries. Drawing on insights from Adam Smith David Ricardo John Stuart Mill and Karl Marx the authors interpret the relationship between capital accumulation and profitability trends through the conceptual lens of classical political economy. The book provides extensive empirical evidence of declining rates of US non-financial corporate accumulations from the mid-1960s and profitability trends in that sector falling from post-war highs. In contrast to this it is shown that there was a vigorous rise of profitability in the financial sector from a 1982 trough to the early part of the twenty-first century which led to the bloating of that sector. The authors conclude that the long-term falling accumulation trend in the non-financial corporate sector highlighted by the bankruptcy of major automobile corporations stands out as the underlying force that transformed the financial crisis into a fully-fledged Great Recession. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in the areas of economics political economy business and finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242395

Profitable Dental Practice8 Strategies for Building a Practice That Everyone Loves to Visit Second Edition This highly practical guide has been completely revised updated and expanded highlighting the changing face of dental practice today. It considers characteristics common to successful organisations and applies them to the profession of dentistry. Focusing on 8 key strategies it is specially designed to develop a thriving dental practice whilst maintaining a healthy personal and professional balance. Profitable Dental Practice Second Edition reveals to all members of the practice team how applying better management of time finances staff and marketing can have remarkable and lucrative results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846197772

Profitable Partnering in Construction Procurement Profitable Partnering in Construction Procurement is a compilation of papers presented at the CIB W92 Symposium held in Chaing Mai Thailand in January 1999. This volume drawing on contributions from leading experts in construction contract procurement from 22 countries addresses the issues of culture within organisations and national cultures and their impact on procurement performance and profitability.Substantial coverage is given to private finance projects privatised infrastructure projects contractor selection and prequalification decision support systems for procurement management of design contracts and contract documents sustainable construction and the performance of procurement systems.Profitable Partnering in Construction Procurement is a reference for construction professionals and researchers contract administrators and lawyers wishing to gain an understanding of the complex issues of harmony and profit in construction procurement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355906

Profiting from IntegrityHow CEOs Can Deliver Superior Profitability and Be Relevant to Society The case for a pro-integrity approach to business is due to endemic corruption inadequacy of compliance and irrelevance of corporate social responsibility. It is demonstrated empirically that there is a direct causal relationship between companies operating with heightened integrity and their resultant superior profitability. For chief executive officers (CEOs) to achieve this an innovative pro-integrity business model for companies to adopt is proposed based predominantly on the author’s business experience. The model is demonstrated by application to a case study multinational corporation where the author was CEO. A considerable amount of what ordinarily would be highly sensitive commercial information is provided in the case study in a frank manner. Using the prointegrity business model which encompasses stakeholders vision integrity leadership staff and feedback Alan Barlow explains the value and application of his approach. He draws on benchmarking research and a case study example to provide rigour and context to the model. The result is a compelling argument for a pro-integrity approach to business as an integral part of an organisation’s culture communication and management practice. Profiting from Integrity provides a powerful evidence-based argument for chairmen non-executive directors and shareholders staff and other stakeholders to challenge incumbent CEOs as to why they are not leading their business with a pro-integrity approach and thereby delivering superior profitability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090613

Profiting from Multiple Intelligences in the Workplace This title was first published in 2000. Economic competitiveness depends on having the smartest workforce possible. Organizations who want to survive and grow need to be open to new ways of uncovering and developing their people’s abilities. Profiting from Multiple Intelligences in the Workplace turns Howard Gardner’s revolutionary theory of multiple intelligences into user-friendly tools for understanding and assessing success in everyone from CEOs to cleaners. It provides a complete system for: the examination of staff needs matching applicants and job specifications successful interviewing and induction effective supervision focused training and development. The results not only allow the identification of individual skills but also uncover the mosaic of skills needed for multiskilling multitasking and efficient teamwork. No other book provides a method of translating the theory of multiple intelligences into workplace practice and unlike other books which centre on only one intelligence (for example emotional intelligence) the inventories presented here work towards a balance between traditional skills general competencies and social skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728882

Profiting from Property in a Recession Written by an experienced property journalist with over twenty years of insider knowledge this book provides budding property developers and investors with all they need to know to profit from property. The author offers a new twist on buy-to-let and shows how the market for renting to some groups is expanding even in these tough times. Overseas opportunities are examined too identifying which countries offer the best opportunities to buy cheap let and then sell. For investors willing to get their hands dirty there is also an explanation of exactly how to pursue a self-build or renovation project and sell at a profit – with advice on finding the right craftsmen writing contracts and monitoring progress plus selecting the best estate agent. The book also looks at how amateur investors can enter the complicated commercial sector of shops and offices and discusses property investment trusts for those with faith in the stock market. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138166172

Profitmaking Speculation In Foreign Exchange Markets Technical analysis is not supposed consistently to beat financial markets. In this book however Professors Surajaras and Sweeney seek to establish that carefully chosen rules can produce substantial and consistent measured profits over time. The authors also call into question the traditional academic wisdom that markets in general are efficient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284428

Profits Security and Human Rights in Developing CountriesGlobal Lessons from Canada’s Extractive Sector in Colombia The extractive sector is a particular area of expertise for Canada and more than half of Canada’s mining assets abroad are located in Latin America specifically in Brazil Peru Chile and Colombia. The Canada-Colombia accord was the first free-trade agreement in the world to include annual Human Rights Impact Assessments (HRIA) and also includes a labour side accord where abuse complaints can be formally registered. Using Colombia as a case study James Rochlin and his international and multidisciplinary line up of Canadian and Colombian scholars and activists working in the area of human rights and the judiciary explore: What is the best way to identify and operationalize for mutual benefit the concentric space between the interests of extractive corporations in profit and security on the one hand and the interests of the host communities in the promotion of human rights and human security on the other? What can the four emblematic and diverse cases in Colombia (Meta Sergovia Marmato and Bolivar/La Guajira) tell us about how to fine tune and improve a newly implemented governmental HRIA to render it an increasingly useful global instrument to promote simultaneously corporate security and human security for host communities? What is the most efficient and effective way to design and implement Corporate Social Responsibility Programs in a manner that promotes simultaneously corporate security and community human security? Written in a clear and accessible style Profits Security and Human Rights presents practical lessons on how to promote both corporate security and human security in communities where the extractive sector operates in the Global South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066700

Profit-sharing and Industrial Co-partnership in British Industry 1880-1920Class Conflict or Class Collaboration? In this title first published in 1987 the author discusses the economic and industrial circumstances in Britain under which profit-sharing and co-partnership came into being. He explores the merits and drawbacks of the system as both advocates and opponents saw them the motivations of employers in introducing profit-sharing schemes and the implementing of such notable schemes as that of Lever Brothers a multinational corporation based in Britain. The author also assesses the role of profit-sharing and co-partnership in the development of modern management practices and industrial relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307629

Profound ImprovementBuilding Capacity for a Learning Community The book discusses the idea of the learning community as a vehicle for professional learning and school development. As the authors show the learning community develops in response to building capacity in three domains: personal interpersonal and organizational. In the personal domain educators deconstruct and reconstruct their professional narratives to enhance student learning and professional practice. In the interpersonal domain educators generate norms and values that foster experimentation and critical analysis of educational practice and that promote collective and individual learning. In the organizational domain visible and invisible structures are constructed that enable community members to enact educational practices in support of profound improvement in teaching and learning. This revised and updated edition of Profound Improvement not only brings this important work up-to-date but also shows how the authors thinking has changed and developed since the book was originally written. The book focuses on the life of educators as it relates to professional learning and growth. It is concerned with human growth and development human cognition and affect and human interactions and actions in the context of a school community. For the new edition the authors also: elaborate more fully the notion of learning communities based on living systems and ecological perspectives develop their capacity building model They show that building a learning community is a dynamic process that engages the individual the group and the organization in embedded interdependencies and mutual influences. As the authors clearly demonstrate: education is a living system as opposed to a managed system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415589246

Profsnl Task Welf Prac Ils 188 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863759

Prognostic and Predictive Factors in Breast Cancer This title reviews the key prognostic factors in breast cancer discussing the methodologies involved in measuring and reporting. It also examines the roles of major predictive markers such as the steroid receptors p53 and HER-2. Given the wealth of information in the medical literature on breast cancer this volume is useful in that it focuses strictly on these factors. That focus makes this text extremely useful for oncologists and researchers who want to learn more about best practices in prognoses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386931

Program Evaluation and Family Violence Research Understand and evaluate family violence programs for your community!Twenty years ago the major issue in creating interventions to prevent domestic violence was persuading the courts the funding agencies and society that domestic violence was a serious problem worthy of time trouble and money. Now that the importance of domestic violence has been established we need safe and effective ways to evaluate those interventions to see which ones are working and how they can be improved. Program Evaluation and Family Violence Research brings together some of the best minds in the field discussing such vital evaluation issues as policy implications alternative designs for evaluation studies and ethical concerns.This comprehensive book approaches the vexed question of evaluation with compassion as well as scientific rigor. Clearly traditional double-blind studies and control groups are difficult to conduct when family violence is the subject; it is ethically indefensible to sit back and watch abusers hurt their mates or children when interventions are available. Yet finding usable methods of program evaluation is also essential. Program Evaluation and Family Violence Research confronts these questions and discusses practical ways to evaluate a variety of domestic violence programs.Program Evaluation and Family Violence Research draws on years of experience to address the difficult questions raised including: going beyond evaluating program effectiveness to analyze why and how interventions help change behavior creating new research designs to adapt to the unique concerns of the family violence field using meta-analysis for program evaluation research determining the interaction between research and program results identifying barriers between community activists and social scientists that may impede researchProgram Evaluation and Family Violence Research offers fresh and creative ways to do program evaluations guarantee subjects’physical and emotional safety and make good science humane. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786261

Program Evaluation and the Management of Government This book appears at an opportune time in the history of evaluation. Its detailed and up-to-date account of the organization and use of evaluation in eight Western democratic countries—Canada Germany United Kingdom United States Denmark Holland Norway and Switzerland—shows how evaluation functions at different levels of development. Focusing on the national or federal level of government this volume presents a systematic and comparative view of eight nations at different stages of the development institutionalization and utilization of evaluations. All of these original contributions have been written by academics and government officials involved in the production and use of evaluation findings. Each shows how their respective country has moved to institutionalize evaluation at the federal level and each explores the reasons for that institutionalization. Among them are managerial accountability the increased complexity of the decisions facing policymakers federally sponsored social change that needs to be tracked and assessed and the increasing recognition that political power comes to those who possess such information. Program Evaluation and the Management of Government is tightly integrated. The contributions share coherence a common analytic framework and use of key terms resulting from the authors’ three-year dialogue as members of the Working Group on Policy and Program Evaluation sponsored by the International Institute for Administrative Sciences located in Belgium. Their shared commitment to working together has given us the first systematic effort to assess evaluation across such a large number of countries. It will be of interest to applied social scientists and policymakers especially those interested in comparative research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530898

Program Evaluation in School CounselingImproving Comprehensive and Developmental Programs Program Evaluation in School Counseling is the first book on program evaluation that looks to the field and literature of program evaluation and then relates methods procedures and practices back to the practice of school counseling. Written by two accomplished authors who teamed up to build evaluation capacity among school and school-based counselors internationally the book highlights their interdisciplinary work covering many years and several continents. Based on the authors’ model for teaching program evaluation and their research on school counselor competence in program evaluation this concise clear and practical guide supports the continuing professional development of school counselors through training workshops and self-study. This book addresses the program evaluation knowledge skills and understandings that school-based counselors are expected to use in line with the CACREP 2016 Standards. The book is intended as a companion text for university courses in research methods and/or in the organization and administration of counseling services. It is also appropriate as a self-study guide to help practicing school counselors develop expertise in evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346611

Program Evaluation Theory and Practice First EditionA Comprehensive Guide   This engaging text takes an evenhanded approach to major theoretical paradigms in evaluation and builds a bridge from them to evaluation practice. Featuring helpful checklists procedural steps provocative questions that invite readers to explore their own theoretical assumptions and practical exercises the book provides concrete guidance for conducting large- and small-scale evaluations. Numerous sample studies—many with reflective commentary from the evaluators—reveal the process through which an evaluator incorporates a paradigm into an actual research project. The book shows how theory informs methodological choices (the specifics of planning implementing and using evaluations). It offers balanced coverage of quantitative qualitative and mixed methods approaches.   Useful pedagogical features include: *Examples of large- and small-scale evaluations from multiple disciplines. *Beginning-of-chapter reflection questions that set the stage for the material covered. *""Extending your thinking"" questions and practical activities that help readers apply particular theoretical paradigms in their own evaluation projects. *Relevant Web links including pathways to more details about sampling data collection and analysis. *Boxes offering a closer look at key evaluation concepts and additional studies. *Checklists for readers to determine if they have followed recommended practice.     Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503155

Program Evaluation Theory and PracticeA Comprehensive Guide The leading text that covers both the theory and practice of evaluation in one engaging volume has now been revised and updated with additional evaluation approaches (such as mixed methods and principles-focused evaluation) and new methods (such as technologically based strategies). The book features examples of small- and large-scale evaluations from a range of fields many with reflective commentary from the evaluators; helpful checklists; and carefully crafted learning activities. Major theoretical paradigms in evaluation--and the ways they inform methodological choices--are explained. Readers learn effective strategies for clarifying their own theoretical assumptions; working with stakeholders; developing questions; using quantitative qualitative and mixed methods designs; selecting data collection and sampling strategies; analyzing data; and communicating and utilizing findings. The new companion website provides extensive recommended online resources and tools organized by chapter.     New to This Edition *Additional evaluation approaches: collaborative evaluation principles-focused evaluation and desk reviews. *Coverage of new data collection technologies and methods of qualitative coding. *Expanded discussions of logic models cost–benefit analysis and mixed methods designs. *Many new and updated sample studies.   Pedagogical Features *Reflection questions that prepare students to read each chapter. *"Extending Your Thinking" questions and practical activities. *Boxes delving into key concepts and example studies. *End-of-book Glossary and highlighted key terms throughout. *Companion website with links to helpful resources on all aspects of evaluation.    Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462532759

Program EvaluationForms and approaches Program Evaluation 3rd edition has the hallmarks of thoroughness insight and fluency of other editions but brings us up to date with a map of the evaluation territory new travelers will find invaluable.'Professor Murray Saunders UK and European Evaluation Societies John Owen's Program Evaluation helps practitioners clarify distinctions between what we evaluate the various motivations for conducting evaluation and the approaches attendant to each. Timely evaluation examples liberally sprinkled throughout this book make it exceptionally useful and helpful to practitioners. I highly recommend Program Evaluation.'Professor Marvin Alkin UCLA Graduate School of Education + Information StudiesEveryone involved with policy and program development and delivery is being asked to plan more carefully reflect more critically and justify their decisions. The key to this is evaluation. Program Evaluation offers a conceptual yet straightforward and practical overview of the evaluation process for both beginners and experienced practitioners. It shows evaluators how to identify appropriate forms approaches and methods using an original framework. John Owen examines the contributions of evaluation to program provision and offers proven techniques for involving stakeholders in the planning process and for disseminating the evaluation findings.This third edition has been thoroughly revised to incorporate recent research on evaluation and new examples of good practice. It includes sections of management of evaluation negotiating evaluation plans program logic and ex ante evaluation evidence based practice performance management and accountability.With international examples from a range of health education welfare community and other settings Program Evaluation is an essential reference for anyone involved in evaluation in both the public and private sectors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116875

Program EvaluationMethods and Case Studies This text provides a solid foundation in program evaluation covering the main components of evaluating agencies and their programs how best to address those components and the procedures to follow when conducting evaluations. Different models and approaches are paired with practical techniques such as how to plan an interview to collect qualitative data and how to use statistical analyses to report results. In every chapter case studies provide real world examples of evaluations broken down into the main elements of program evaluation: the needs that led to the program the implementation of program plans the people connected to the program unexpected side effects the role of evaluators in improving programs the results and the factors behind the results. In addition the story of one of the evaluators involved in each case study is presented to show the human side of evaluation. This new edition also offers enhanced and expanded case studies making them a central organizing theme and adds more international examples. New online resources for this edition include a table of evaluation models examples of program evaluation reports sample handouts for presentations to stakeholders links to YouTube videos and additional annotated resources.  All resources are available for download under the tab eResources at www.routledge.com/9781138103962. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103962

Program EvaluationMethods and Case Studies International Student Edition Comprehensive yet accessible this text provides a practical introduction to the skills attitudes and methods required to assess the worth and value of human services offered in public and private organizations in a wide range of fields. Students are introduced to the need for such activities the methods for carrying out evaluations and the essential steps in organizing findings into reports. The text focuses on the work of people who are closely associated with the service to be evaluated and is designed to help program planners developers and evaluators to work with program staff members who might be threatened by program evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091047

Program Governance Although program management has received much attention in recent books program governance remains a relatively new subject. While selected books and standards touch on this important topic few are devoted to program governance as a subject. This book fills that need.Program Governance provides a thorough understanding of governance while reviewing the underlying theories. The first book dedicated to this subject it caters to the needs of practitioners researchers and students of management and governance. The book provides a holistic view of program governance while covering multiple elements of program governance. Topics covered include the governance structure governance roles governance functions governance mechanisms factors influencing the governance framework and different domains of programs that come under the jurisdiction of a governance framework.The book presents the author’s own program governance framework called the Contingent Governance Framework for Programs (CGFPrgTM) which is adaptable to suit different program contexts. This adaptability ensures that the different elements of governance including structure and mechanisms are aligned with program requirements. Such alignment results in an efficient and effective environment with an increased probability of program success.The text supplies references to research and case studies to help readers understand key concepts in more detail. It also includes objectives at the end of each chapter to help readers gauge their knowledge of the subject.The book clarifies the linkage/dependencies between program governance and other governance levels such as international governance and corporate governance which have a strong influence on governance framework for programs. It also explains the difference between the dynamics of temporary organizations such as projects and programs and permanent organizations. This distinct Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367378370

Program Implementation in Preventive Trials Program Implementation in Preventive Trials shows you how you can take a more active part in program evaluation and how you can direct existing programs toward new horizons of more effective service. In this concise focused look at community-based psychology and its operative programs you’ll see how and why community programs should be comprehensively evaluated. You’ll see the importance of understanding how interventions were conducted before making conclusions about a program’s impact and you’ll discover why there’s an ever-widening gap between what is planned and what actually gets implemented in community-based programs.In short Program Implementation in Preventive Trials helps you see the increasing need for the assessment of implementation the “active” side of community psychology. You’ll gain instant understanding as to why there’s a need for constant monitoring of a program’s use and you’ll find answers to the following questions that continue to plague community psychologists who are interested in implementing programs of change: Does the current personnel follow the implementation program? Will new members to the setting understand and utilize the procedures developed for that setting? Will the procedures be modified such that their utility decreases? Specifically you’ll read about: how to ensure intervention programs are conducted as planned why implementation data should be collected what protocol compliance is and its role in treatment programs when to be flexible so modifications can be made in program procedures who can enhance program adherence by “buying in” to a multi-change agent approach where cultural sensitivity helps programs be more faithfully adopted and conductedIf you’re a scholar or a student interested in studying the fundamental issue of implementation you’ll definitely want to see what these professionals have compiled in Program Implementation in Preventive Trials. You’ll find that your program agenda however beneficial it is now will only be raised and elevated to a new level of performance by the positive examples and research carefully collected here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012271

Program Management Program management (PgM) is fast developing as the essential link between strategy and projects and as a vehicle for organizational change. It offers the means to manage groups of projects with a common business purpose in an integrated and effective way. The Second Edition of Michel Thiry’s Program Management builds on the bestselling title first published in 2010. The heavily revised text reflects the latest program management guides and international standards and includes: a new section on agile management in programs; the author’s own program management maturity measure; a new section on change management which is now integral to many programs. Michel has also reviewed and revised the program lifecycle to align with the more unified view of program management that has emerged since the book was first published. The result is an essential guide to program management that incorporates a robust theoretical framework complemented by examples and advice from one of the world’s leading practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472474278

Program Management ComplexityA Competency Model Although complexity is a phenomenon that confounds and challenges program managers across industry sectors there is little information available that identifies the set of competencies managers need to complete their program successfully and deliver the benefits desired by stakeholders. Program Management Complexity: A Competency Model fills this void. Written by two of the first professionals to obtain the Program Management Professional (PgMP®) certification from the Project Management Institute (PMI) this book begins with a literature review of program and project management complexity. Next it presents a competency model based on the authors’ seven decades of collective experience in the field which follows the framework of PMI's model for project managers. Useful for corporate and government organizations universities executives PMO directors and human resources professionals who need to determine program management training needs this unique model is divided into performance competencies and personal competencies. The performance competencies are organized according to the six domains of program management while the eight personal competencies are based on research plus a survey of PgMPs® worldwide. After presenting the model along with detailed plans and guidelines for its implementation in a real-world setting the book presents three questionnaires designed to help organizations existing program managers and aspiring program managers assess their own development plans. Supplying you with the insight to recognize the elements of complexity during the defining and initiating stages this book includes detailed guidelines to help you recruit train and develop program managers capable of delivering stated program benefits services and results.Check out a video of Ginger Levin discussing her book:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A6YPwEhYDlc Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439851111

Program Management in Defense and High Tech Environments Program management in a technical environment is as much art as it is science. Effective program managers are able to combine management and leadership skills for the good of the program and the people entrusted to them. This book illuminates the entire life cycle of the program—from the customer’s original concept to successful completion. It includes many helpful ideas and insights into why programs and program managers can fail. Much more importantly it provides insights about how program managers can succeed. Program Management in Defense and High Tech Environments is organized as a chronological "tale" of a program life cycle with "side trips" that cover the important concepts of leadership claims and claims avoidance earned value measurement (EVM) communication basics negotiations and coaching. The book begins with an overview of program management discussing the role of program managers their required skills and experience and the types of programs and contracts. The remainder of the book provides more detail on the program manager’s role and the environment in which he or she works. Understanding that academic explanations of program management activities can be dry the author uses true-to-life stories to present the nuts and bolts of the work. These stories illustrate the science of program management and the art that is necessary for success. The book discusses many of the common program pitfalls. It explains how to detect and avoid scope creep—the unintended expansion of program scope. It details both internal and external scope creep and stresses the importance of constant vigilance to prevent cost overruns and schedule delays. Program Management in Defense and High Tech Environments is a comprehensive guide for early- and mid-career program managers to understand what they need to do to be successful. It is also a valuable resource for later-career program managers who want to learn through other program managers’ successes and failures. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482208382

Program Management LeadershipCreating Successful Team Dynamics This is not another how-to guide for program managers or another reiteration of the Project Management Institute’s standards for program management. Instead Program Management Leadership: Creating Successful Team Dynamics examines various leadership approaches and illustrates the value of effective leadership styles in Program Management for achieving program and project success.Identifying critical success factors specific to program management the book focuses on effective leadership styles and the power of teamwork in exceeding expectations. It starts by examining various leadership styles and traits—providing helpful insights on the tough choices leaders are often forced to make. It describes effective methods to help leaders work with stakeholders and team members to set visions and objectives so that program goals are achieved with greater frequency.Next the book further examines teams and explains how to bring people from various experience levels geographic diversity and cultural backgrounds together setting aside their own personal objectives and instead working towards a common goal and vision. Presenting recent research on leadership it highlights the situational factors that leaders face and offers approaches enabling leaders to modify their style from one based on personal choice to one that can adapt to overcome the challenges that will arise.From there the book describes how to build and maintain a High Performing Team (HPT). It also describes how to instill a competitive spirit and culture of cooperation and mutual respect in your team to make sure your team remains focused on the right things.This book is an ideal resource for anyone who understands the value of the tools provided by PMI® and is searching for the factors that separate good program and project managers from truly great ones. If you are focused on self-actualization and continuous improvement then this is the book that can help drive your program initiatives to the highest possible standards. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466577091

Program ManagementA Life Cycle Approach Program management is a rapidly emerging offshoot of project management. So much so that AT&T IBM and other organizations both large and small in all sectors have initiated a push to certify program managers. And although universities offer courses in program management there are few books available to guide program managers through this field that requires a broad level of knowledge and experience. The definitive reference on program management Program Management: A Life Cycle Approach provides this much needed guidance. Edited by Dr. Ginger Levin the second person to become a PMI® certified program manager (PgMP®) this handbook presents a cohesive compilation of program management knowledge from more than 20 certified PgMPs. It considers the entire program life cycle and its phases—from initiation to sustainability. Each chapter is written by an experienced PgMP from a wide range of industries and countries. Combining the rigor of an academic reference with easy-to-read language the book covers the themes in the PMI Standard for Program Management and ties them to program managers' work. The chapters reference PMI’s standards complement the concepts in the standards and expand on the concepts and issues that the standard mentions in passing. The book also addresses a few issues that the standard does not touch on at all. The book can be read in its entirety or specific chapters of interest can be read separately. Overall the book provides practitioners with a reliable source of information on the key themes and issues in program management. It is useful for individuals desiring to attain the PgMP credential and suitable for colleges and universities offering courses in program management. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466516878

Programmable Controllers for Factory Automation This book is intended to address both the quantitative and qualitative issues of programmable controllers for factory automation. It is helpful for both the newcomer to the field and the experienced control engineer requiring a fresh perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451530

Programme Aid and DevelopmentBeyond Conditionality This important contribution to the literature on development economics analyses the effectiveness of programme aid - i.e. aid that is not given in the form of projects. Using real world examples from countries such as Nicaragua Tanzania and Vietnam this book deals with one of the core issues in development economics today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770122

Programme Evaluation and QualityA Comprehensive Guide to Setting Up an Evaluation System Offers advice to those involved in the design of open and distance learning courses on creating an organized system of programme evaluation. The text addresses the need for such a programme the organization of the evaluation the determination of priorities and programme implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163607

Programme for Victory (Works of Harold J. Laski) Written two years after the commencement of the Second World War the chapters in this book succinctly put forward the case for reorganizing the foundations of the social order by rejecting capitalism and historical equilibrium both in Europe and further afield in the British Empire in favour of building a Socialist civilization.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822986

Programmed CapitalismComputer-mediated Global Society Focuses on how the computer has transformed the economy into an information processing and intelligence system. Annotation copyright Book News Inc. Portland Or. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315493138

Programmed Cell Death in Animals and Plants This title the 52nd in symposium series presents a comprehensive review of apoptosis and features contributions from many internationally recognised authors. The book is the first to integrate programmed cell death in plants invertebrates and vertebrates. Rapid publication ensures that the very latest research is included. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003076889

Programmed Learning in PerspectiveA Guide to Program Writing The method of programming outlined in this book represents a major contribution to the growing body of literature in programmed learning. It is the first book in the field to present a carefully designed complete and integrated system for analyzing organizing and structuring learning materials in programmed form.Application of the system is illustrated through the step-by-step construction of two short programs. Starting with the analysis of the syllabus and course content the authors take the reader through each phase of the programming process gathering and organizing the content material construction of the program matrix and flow diagram and finally the writing of frames.Every teacher and trainer can benefit from the application of this method to lesson plan preparation and to classroom teaching techniques. Such a method is essential for all those who are writing programmed materials. In a new computer age classroom environment programmed learning can be especially beneficial.C. A. Thomas I. K. Davies D. Openshaw and J. B. Bird are instructors or directors at the British Royal Air Force School of Education. They are pioneers in the application of programmed learning in Britain and are highly regarded as forward looking and creative educational research workers. Their accomplishments include in addition to this ingenious book the design and development of the Empirical Tutor one of Britain's major teaching machines and the publication of a number of technical papers in the field of programmed learning.Lawrence M. Stolurow is professor emeritus of psychological & quantitative foundations at the University of Iowa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530904

Programming 2D Games A First Course in Game ProgrammingMost of today’s commercial games are written in C++ and are created using a game engine. Addressing both of these key elements Programming 2D Games provides a complete up-to-date introduction to game programming. All of the code in the book was carefully crafted using C++. As game programming techniques are introduced students learn how to incorporate them into their own game engine and discover how to use the game engine to create a complete game. Enables Students to Create 2D GamesThe text covers sprites animation collision detection sound text display game dashboards special graphic effects tiled games and network programming. It systematically explains how to program DirectX applications and emphasizes proper software engineering techniques. Every topic is explained theoretically and with working code examples. The example programs for each chapter are available at www.programming2dgames.com. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466508682

Programming and Engineering Computing with MATLAB 2017 This book is designed for undergraduate students completely new to programming with MATLAB. Case studies and examples are used extensively throughout this book and are at the core of what makes this book so unique. The author believes that the best way to learn MATLAB is to study programs written by experienced programmers and that the quality of these example programs determines the quality of the book. The examples in this book are carefully designed to teach you MATLAB programming as well as to inspire within you your own problem solving potential. Most of the examples used in this book are designed to solve a whole class of problems rather than a single specific problem. A learn by doing teaching approach is used all through the book. You are guided to tackle a problem using MATLAB commands first and then the commands are explained line by line. This process of learning through hands on experience is one of the most efficient and pain-free ways of learning MATLAB. This approach together with the extensive use of ordered textboxes figures and tables greatly reduces the size of the book while still providing you with a book that’s comprehensive and easy to follow. The first chapter of this book introduces the MATLAB programming environment and familiarizes you with MATLAB’s core functionality. Chapters two through nine discuss basic MATLAB functionalities in a progressive and comprehensive way. The chapters start out simple and build in complexity as you advance through the book. Chapters ten through thirteen cover advanced topics that are particularly useful in college programs. Each chapter consists of sections each covering a topic and providing one or more examples. Related MATLAB functions are organized at the end of a section. Additional exercise problems are provided at the end of chapters two through nine. Examples in each section are presented in a consistent way. An example is usually described first followed by a MATLAB script. Any resulting text and graphics output (and in some cases inputs) that are produced from running a script are presented and discussed. Finally the remainder of each section is devoted to explaining the purpose of the lines of the script. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571405

Programming and Engineering Computing with MATLAB 2019 This book is designed for undergraduate students completely new to programming with MATLAB. Case studies and examples are used extensively throughout this book and are at the core of what makes this book so unique. The author believes that the best way to learn MATLAB is to study programs written by experienced programmers and that the quality of these example programs determines the quality of the book. The examples in this book are carefully designed to teach you MATLAB programming as well as to inspire within you your own problem solving potential. Most of the examples used in this book are designed to solve a whole class of problems rather than a single specific problem. A learn by doing teaching approach is used all through the book. You are guided to tackle a problem using MATLAB commands first and then the commands are explained line by line. This process of learning through hands on experience is one of the most efficient and pain-free ways of learning MATLAB. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572976

Programming and Scheduling Techniques Planning is an important management function and its effective execution is crucial to ensure the success of any project. This second edition of Thomas Uher’s and Adam Zantis' textbook maintains its focus on operational rather than strategic aspects of programming and scheduling of projects providing the reader with the practical planning skills needed to be successful. Unlike most other textbooks that largely focus on the critical path method Programming and Scheduling Techniques includes a comprehensive review of a range of practices used around the world. Topics covered in this thoroughly revised edition include: deterministic scheduling techniques including the bar chart the critical path method the critical chain method the multiple activity chart and the line of balance a comparison of the critical path and critical chain scheduling techniques options for computer-based scheduling stochastic scheduling techniques including the critical path method based on Monte Carlo simulation and the Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT) risk in scheduling work study. By covering a broad range of scheduling techniques this book is suitable for those planning projects in any industry particularly in interdisciplinary or international contexts. Written for students studying undergraduate and postgraduate architecture building construction/project management quantity surveying property development and civil engineering programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415601696

Programming ArcObjects with VBAA Task-Oriented Approach Second Edition If you're ready to take your knowledge of ArcGIS to the next level then you need to learn how to work with ArcObjects. But with thousands of objects properties and methods how can you ever hope to sort through the ArcObjects model diagrams?The first edition of Chang's Programming ArcObjects with VBA: A Task-Oriented Approach gave us the answer. The author's task-oriented approach shows you how to sort through the massive ArcObjects collection by examining only the objects properties and methods you need to perform specific tasks.What's new in the second edition?This edition adds macros and explanations for the new Geoprocessing object introduced in ArcGIS 9.x. Instead of treating this new feature in separate chapters the author incorporates Geoprocessing code into the existing chapters. The code appears conveniently in boxes that allow you to easily compare sample macros.Get Started with Ready-to-Use CodeThe companion CD-ROM contains 95 complete ArcObjects macros and 33 Geoprocessing macros along with datasets to execute the code. Each program begins with a short usage description and a list of key properties and methods followed by the listing and explanation of the code itself.Regardless of your programming experience Programming ArcObjects with VBA: A Task-Oriented Approach Second Edition gives you the key to unlock the power and versatility of using ArcObjects to help you manage GIS activities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388683

Programming Behavioral Experiments with MATLAB and Psychtoolbox9 Simple Steps for Students and Researchers Human behavior is fascinating so it’s no surprise that psychologists and neuroscientists spend their lives designing rigorous experiments to understand it. MATLAB is one of the most widely used pieces of software for designing and running behavioral experiments and it opens up a world of quick and flexible experiment programming. This book offers a step-by-step guide to using MATLAB with Psychtoolbox to create customisable experiments. Its pocket size and simple language allow you to get straight to the point and help you to learn fast in order to complete your work in great time. In nine simple steps it guides you all the way from setting parameters for your experiment to analysing the output. Gone are the daunting days of working through hundreds of irrelevant and complicated documents as in this handy book Erman Misirlisoy coaxes you in the right direction with his friendly and encouraging tricks and tips. If you want to learn how to develop your own experiments to collect and analyse behavioral data then this book is a must-read. Whether you are a student in experimental psychology a researcher in cognitive neuroscience or simply someone who wants to run behavioral tasks on your friends for fun this book will offer you the skills to succeed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671935

Programming for Hybrid Multi/Manycore MPP Systems "Ask not what your compiler can do for you ask what you can do for your compiler."--John Levesque Director of Cray’s Supercomputing Centers of ExcellenceThe next decade of computationally intense computing lies with more powerful multi/manycore nodes where processors share a large memory space. These nodes will be the building block for systems that range from a single node workstation up to systems approaching the exaflop regime. The node itself will consist of 10’s to 100’s of MIMD (multiple instruction multiple data) processing units with SIMD (single instruction multiple data) parallel instructions. Since a standard affordable memory architecture will not be able to supply the bandwidth required by these cores new memory organizations will be introduced. These new node architectures will represent a significant challenge to application developers.Programming for Hybrid Multi/Manycore MPP Systems attempts to briefly describe the current state-of-the-art in programming these systems and proposes an approach for developing a performance-portable application that can effectively utilize all of these systems from a single application. The book starts with a strategy for optimizing an application for multi/manycore architectures. It then looks at the three typical architectures covering their advantages and disadvantages.The next section of the book explores the other important component of the target—the compiler. The compiler will ultimately convert the input language to executable code on the target and the book explores how to make the compiler do what we want. The book then talks about gathering runtime statistics from running the application on the important problem sets previously discussed.How best to utilize available memory bandwidth and virtualization is covered next along with hybridization of a program. The last part of the book includes several major applications and examines future hardware advancements and how the application developer may prepare for those advancements. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367572907

Programming for TV Radio & The InternetStrategy Development & Evaluation Where do program ideas come from? How are concepts developed into saleable productions? Who do you talk to about getting a show produced? How do you schedule shows on the lineup? What do you do if a series is in trouble? The answers to these questions and many more can be found in this comprehensive in-depth look at the roles and responsibilities of the electronic media programmer. Topics include: Network relationships with affiliates the expanded market of syndication sources of programming for stations and networks research and its role in programming decisions fundamental appeals to an audience and what qualities are tied to success outside forces that influence programming strategies for launching new programs or saving old ones. Includes real-life examples taken from the authors' experiences and 250+ illustrations! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080480466

Programming GPS and OpenStreetMap Applications with JavaThe RealObject Application Framework Written by an expert in the development of GPS systems with digital maps and navigation Programming GPS and OpenStreetMap Applications with Java: The RealObject Application Framework provides a concrete paradigm for object-oriented modeling and programming. It presents a thorough introduction to the use of available global positioning data for the development of applications involving digital maps. The author first describes the different formats of GPS data and digital maps and shows how to use recorded GPS traces to replay and display this data on a digital map. Then he works through in detail the processing steps of obtaining dedicated data from OpenStreetMaps and how to extract a network for a simple navigation application. For each topic covered—GPS data OpenStreetMaps and navigation—Java code is developed that can easily be adapted to the readers’ needs and locality. Finally all components are put together in a sample computer-game application modeled on the well-known board game Scotland Yard. The computer game is intended to be a basis from which readers can develop and customize their own application for their desired geographical area. The developed application can be "published" on the Internet and made available for interactive multiplayer competition. This book provides a fun and interesting way to learn distributed programming with Java and real-world data. Open-source software is available on a companion website at www.roaf.de Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466507180

Programming Graphical User Interfaces in R Programming Graphical User Interfaces with R introduces each of the major R packages for GUI programming: RGtk2 qtbase Tcl/Tk and gWidgets. With examples woven through the text as well as stand-alone demonstrations of simple yet reasonably complete applications the book features topics especially relevant to statisticians who aim to provide a practical interface to functionality implemented in R. The book offers: A how-to guide for developing GUIs within R The fundamentals for users with limited knowledge of programming within R and other languages GUI design for specific functions or as learning tools The accompanying package ProgGUIinR includes the complete code for all examples as well as functions for browsing the examples from the respective chapters. Accessible to seasoned novice and occasional R users this book shows that for many purposes adding a graphical interface to one’s work is not terribly sophisticated or time consuming. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439856826

Programming in C++ for Engineering and Science Developed from the author’s many years of teaching computing courses Programming in C++ for Engineering and Science guides students in designing programs to solve real problems encountered in engineering and scientific applications. These problems include radioactive decay pollution indexes digital circuits differential equations Internet addresses data analysis simulation quality control electrical networks data encryption beam deflection and many other areas. To make it easier for novices to develop programs the author uses an object-centered design approach that helps students identify the objects in a problem and the operations needed; develop an algorithm for processing; implement the objects operations and algorithm in a program; and test correct and revise the program. He also revisits topics in greater detail as the text progresses. By the end of the book students will have a solid understanding of how C++ can be used to process complex objects including how classes can be built to model objects. Web ResourceThe book’s website at http://cs.calvin.edu/books/c++/engr-sci provides source code expanded presentations links to relevant sites reference materials lab exercises and projects. For instructors solutions to exercises and PowerPoint slides for classroom use are available upon qualifying course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439825341

Programming Interior EnvironmentsA Practical Guide for Students Programming Interior Environments introduces a four-component framework you can use to program interiors and twelve methods for you to gather analyze and synthesize programmatic information to take the guesswork out of your studio projects. This book studies the Student Programming Model: a realistic programming process for college and university interior design students that allows students to create accurate and in-depth programming documents essential for informing the design process. This is done whilst keeping in mind that students are often working solo with imaginary clients and end users in mind and collecting program information within strict time constraints. Including three appendices of student programs created following these guidelines to help you understand how to apply the framework components and inquiry methods in your own work this book is ideal for students and professionals in interior design and interior architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138889682

Programming Language Explorations Programming Language Explorations is a tour of several modern programming languages in use today. The book teaches fundamental language concepts using a language-by-language approach. As each language is presented the authors introduce new concepts as they appear and revisit familiar ones comparing their implementation with those from languages seen in prior chapters. The goal is to present and explain common theoretical concepts of language design and usage illustrated in the context of practical language overviews.Twelve languages have been carefully chosen to illustrate a wide range of programming styles and paradigms. The book introduces each language with a common trio of example programs and continues with a brief tour of its basic elements type system functional forms scoping rules concurrency patterns and sometimes metaprogramming facilities.Each language chapter ends with a summary pointers to open source projects references to materials for further study and a collection of exercises designed as further explorations. Following the twelve featured language chapters the authors provide a brief tour of over two dozen additional languages and a summary chapter bringing together many of the questions explored throughout the text.Targeted to both professionals and advanced college undergraduates looking to expand the range of languages and programming patterns they can apply in their work and studies the book pays attention to modern programming practice covers cutting-edge languages and patterns and provides many runnable examples all of which can be found in an online GitHub repository. The exploration style places this book between a tutorial and a reference with a focus on the concepts and practices underlying programming language design and usage. Instructors looking for material to supplement a programming languages or software engineering course may find the approach unconventional but hopefully a lot more fun. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498738460

Programming Language Fundamentals by Example Written in an informal yet informative style Programming Language Fundamentals by Example uses active learning techniques giving students a professional learning experience based on professional methods applied with professional standards. It provides an understanding of the many languages and notations used in computer science the formal models used to design phases and the foundations of languages including linguistics and logic. To give students a thorough working knowledge of programming languages this textbook uses a semester-long project in which students create a programming language. This project brings to life the concepts and theories fundamental to computer languages. The author incorporates "thinking tools" such as concept maps matrices for analysis and flowcharts. Designed for fourth year undergraduates and first year graduates with enough exposure to programming to absorb the technical foundations of languages this textbook offers a unique approach to understanding how programming languages are created and function. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367453374

Programming Languages for MISConcepts and Practice Programming Languages for MIS: Concepts and Practice supplies a synopsis of the major computer programming languages including C++ HTML JavaScript CSS VB.NET C#.NET ASP.NET PHP (with MySQL) XML (with XSLT DTD and XML Schema) and SQL. Ideal for undergraduate students in IS and IT programs this textbook and its previous versions have been used in the authors’ classes for the past 15 years. Focused on web application development the book considers client-side computing server-side computing and database applications. It emphasizes programming techniques including structured programming object-oriented programming client-side programming server-side programming and graphical user interface. Introduces the basics of computer languages along with the key characteristics of all procedural computer languages Covers C++ and the fundamental concepts of the two programming paradigms: function-oriented and object-oriented Considers HTML JavaScript and CSS for web page development Presents VB.NET for graphical user interface development Introduces PHP a popular open source programming language and explains the use of the MySQL database in PHP Discusses XML and its companion languages including XSTL DTD and XML Schema With this book students learn the concepts shared by all computer languages as well as the unique features of each language. This self-contained text includes exercise questions project requirements report formats and operational manuals of programming environments. A test bank and answers to exercise questions are also available upon qualified course adoption.This book supplies professors with the opportunity to structure a course consisting of two distinct modules: the teaching module and the project module. The teaching module supplies an overview of representative computer languages. The project module provides students with the opportunity to gain hands-on experience with the various computer languages through projects. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482222661

Programming Media Art Using ProcessingA Beginner's Guide Programming Media Art Using Processing: A Beginner's Guide provides an entry-level exploration into visual design through computer programming using the open source and artist-friendly language Processing. Used by hundreds of students this learning system breaks lessons down into strategic steps towards fun and creative media art projects. This book provides a linear series of lessons with step-by-step examples that lead to beginning media art projects including abstract designs pixel landscapes rollover animations and simple video games. Computer programming can be overwhelming for the first-time learner but this book makes the learning of code more digestible and fun through a full color well-diagrammed and deeply explained text presentation. Lessons are rhythmically broken down into digestible parts with code annotations and illustrations that help learners focus on the details one step at a time. The content is legible flexible and fun to work with because of its project-based nature. By following the lessons and producing the projects sequentially in this book readers will develop the beginning foundational skills needed to understand computer programming basics across many languages and also explore the art of graphic design. Ultimately this is a hands-on practical guide. To learn more about Margaret Noble's work please visit her artist's website and educator website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367508289

Programming the Built Environment (Routledge Revivals) Architectural programming – the analysis of any given environment to satisfy users’ needs – has become a given prerequisite to the design process. The programming process is often a complicated one: users’ present and future needs must be identified; space allowances often predetermined must be considered; equipment must be accommodated; all in the most cost-effective way possible. The variety of user groups is as wide as the variety of functions architecture can shelter; moreover the different structures and needs of clients that fall within the same use classification differs so greatly that every program presents a new challenge. You cannot for example use the same program for every hospital you design. In Programming the Built Environment first published in 1985 noted architect Wolfgang F. E. Preiser has compiled a wide range of architectural programs demonstrating applications of basic principles for different client groups. This book will be of interest to students of architecture and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885462

Programming the Dynamic Analysis of Structures This book presents a series of integrated computer programs in Fortran-90 for the dynamic analysis of structures using the finite element method. Two dimensional continuum structures such as walls are covered along with skeletal structures such as rigid jointed frames and plane grids. Response to general dynamic loading of single degree freedom systems is calculated and the author also examines multi degree of freedom systems (including earthquake analysis). Each chapter covers a different aspect of analytic theory and the corresponding program segments. It will be an essential tool for practising structural and civil engineers whilst also being of interest to academics and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863494

Programming the Parallel PortInterfacing the PC for Data Acquisition and Process Control Why purchase expensive add-on cards or bus interfaces when you can develop effective and economical data acquisition and process controls using C programs? Using the under-employed printer adapter (that is the parallel port of your PC) you can turn your computer into a powerful tool for developing microprocessor applications. Learn how to build a complete data acquisition system and such varied applications as a CCD camera controller a photometer interface and a wave form generator. The book also covers the enhanced parallel port (EPP) the extended capabilities port (ECP) interfacing analog-to-digital converters and data acquisition under Linux. This extraordinary software approach to interfacing through the parallel port will be especially appealing to programmers involved in control systems design and device development as well as to those who work with real-time and embedded systems. ; Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412569

Programming Theater HistoryThe Actor's Workshop of San Francisco ‘One of the great stories of the American theater... the Workshop not only built an international reputation with its daring choice of plays and nontraditional productions it also helped launch a movement of regional or resident companies that would change forever how Americans thought about and consumed theater.’ – Elin Diamond from the Introduction Herbert Blau founded with Jules Irving the legendary Actor's Workshop of San Francisco in 1952 starting with ten people in a loft above a judo academy. Over the course of the next 13 years and its hundred or so productions it introduced American audiences to plays by Brecht Beckett Pinter Genet Arden Fornes and various unknown others. Most of the productions were accompanied by a stunningly concise and often provocative programme note by Blau. These documents now comprise within their compelling perspective a critique of the modern theatre. They vividly reveal what these now canonical works could mean first time round and in the context of 1950s and 60s American culture in the shadow of the Cold War. Programming Theater History curates these notes with a selection of the Workshop's incrementally artful alluring programme covers Blau's recollections and evocative production photographs into a narrative of indispensable artefacts and observations. The result is an inspiring testimony by a giant of American performance theory and practice and a unique reflection of what it is to create theatre history in the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516709

Programming with MATLAB for ScientistsA Beginner’s Introduction This book offers an introduction to the basics of MATLAB programming to scientists and engineers. The author leads with engaging examples to build a working knowledge specifically geared to those with science and engineering backgrounds. The reader is empowered to model and simulate real systems as well as present and analyze everyday data sets. In order to achieve those goals the contents bypass excessive "under the hood" details and instead gets right down to the essential practical foundations for successful programming and modeling. Readers will benefit from the following features: Teaches programming to scientists and engineers using a problem-based approach leading with illustrative and interesting examples. Emphasizes a hands-on approach with "must know" information and minimal technical details. Utilizes examples from science and engineering to showcase the application of learned concepts on real problems. Showcases modeling of real systems gradually advancing from simpler to more challenging problems. Highlights the practical uses of data processing and analysis in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498738286

Programming Workflow Applications with Domino Harness the power of groupware to reshape business processes and customer interactions. This book will permit you to implement Web-based workflow applications using the industry-standard groupware environment Domino R5. Build Web applications that will p Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412507

Progress Change and Development in Early Childhood Education and CareInternational Perspectives In 2000 the Millennium Development Goals set out targets aimed at creating a safer more prosperous and more equitable world. If these goals were to be achieved children’s lives would indeed be transformed. In this collection achievements against these targets are identified with each contributor examining the progress made in early years provision in Australia China England Greece the Netherlands Portugal South Africa and Sweden. They highlight the priorities and agendas of their respective governments and focus on the trends and issues which are particularly relevant to each situation thereby revealing the social and educational inequalities that persist across countries. A common theme running through this volume concerns the political tensions that arise when governments and educators hold fundamentally different views about the nature and purpose of early years education and the needs of children and families. It is clear that although the past two decades have seen many changes in attitude towards the importance of the early years of life; politically economically and environmentally much still remains to be done if the Millennium Development Goals for young children and their families are to be fully met. Despite this this volume demonstrates that those who work in this area continue to experience a deep concern for the well-being of young children which transcends cultures frontiers and political and sectarian divides. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Early Years Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391673

Progress Poverty and PopulationRe-reading Condorcet Godwin and Malthus This work traces the history of a debate which took place among the economists political philosophers and writers of the late 18th and early 19th centuries about whether the benefits of scientific progress would be nullified by the growth of the global population. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037783

Progress & Identity in the Plays of W.B. Yeats 1892-1907 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869447

Progress and Inequality in Comprehensive Education This book first published in 1988 examines the development of secondary comprehensive education from the 1960s to the 1980s. Tensions and transformations in the meaning and practice of ‘comprehensive’ and ‘progressive’ education within the state education sector are examined and described. The main themes throughout the collection are the deepening crisis of comprehensive education and the profound restructuring which is taking place in secondary education as a result of current government policy. This title will be of interest to students of education and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220072

Progress and Its Impact on the NagasA Clash of Worldviews The term ’progress’ is a modern Western notion that life is always improving and advancing toward an ideal state. It is a vital modern concept which underlies geographic explorations and scientific and technological inventions as well as the desire to harness nature in order to increase human beings’ ease and comfort. With the advent of Western colonization and to the great detriment of the colonized the notion of progress began to perniciously and pervasively permeate across cultures. This book details the impact of the notion of progress on the Nagas and their culture. The interaction between the Nagas and the West beginning with British military conquest and followed by American missionary intrusion has resulted in the gradual demise of Naga culture. It is almost a cliché to assert that since the colonial contact the long evolved Naga traditional values are being replaced by Western values. Consequences are still being felt in the lack of sense of direction and confusion among the Nagas today. Just like other Indigenous Peoples whose history is characterized by traumatic cultural turmoil because of colonial interference the Nagas have long been engaged in self-shame self-negation and self-sabotage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547001

Progress for a Small Planet Three topics dominate discussions of the global environment: pollution; the consequences of the affluent running ever faster through finite resources; and the growing tensions between rich and poor as a third of humanity continues to live and die in desperate poverty. In this exceptional book Barbara Ward (co-author with Rene Dubos of the bestselling Only One Earth) refused to see these processes as inevitable. It describes new technologies for recycling waste for energy forgetting more or less linking them to ordinary people's working lives. It also suggests a strategy for meeting the basic needs of the disadvantaged and shows how the vast inequalities between countries can be reduced. This perceptive survey of policies outlines a planetary bargain between the world's nations that would guarantee individual freedom from poverty and keep our shared biosphere in good working order. Originally published in 1988 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849227

Progress in Agricultural Geography (Routledge Revivals) In the second half of the twentieth century significant changes were occurring within the agricultural industry including an increase in efficiency and government intervention as well as expanded and more complicated patterns of trade. This comprehensive volume first published in 1986 reflects how these developments challenged the field of agricultural geography. Considering agricultural innovations farming systems government policy and land ownership this title provides an essential background to students with an interest in agricultural methods distribution and reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707497

Progress in Behavioral Social Work Originally published in 1987 here are up-to-the-minute insights and perspectives on the application of the principles of behavioralism to social work practice. The foremost authorities in the field of behavioral social work provided important empirically based practice and qualitative research findings that effectively illustrated the validity of behavioral approaches to social work. This practical volume features original research findings that employ either conventional group research methods or single-subject approaches to practice evaluation; comprehensive reviews of the state of the art in behavioral social work; and treatment modalities including individual marital and family and group interventions. All in all this title has the information professionals needed to keep abreast of the developments in this field at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327276

Progress in Behavioral StudiesVolume 1 Advancing the study of behavior and its humane applications in society this book explores behavioral studies and the analysis of behavior.Progress in Behavioral Studies outlines the contributions of behavioral science to education behavioral medicine and other related disciplines. Individual papers report on progress made through the cautious introduction of quantitative formulations into analysis the increased interchange of analysis with other disciplines such as economics and ethology and the continuation of behavioral science as a basis for understanding more complex phenomena. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315792521

Progress in Environmental EngineeringWater Wastewater Treatment and Environmental Protection Issues Progress in Environmental Engineering contains theoretical and experimental contributions on water purification new concepts andmethods of wastewater treatment and ecological problems in freshwater ecosystems. The issues dealt with in the book include: (i) Causes and control of activated sludge bulking and foaming (ii) e use of new support materials in activated sludge technology as a result of studies on wastewater treatment in a sequencing batch reactor with keramsite grains as the porous carrier in Moving Bed Sequencing Batch Biofi lm Reactors (iii) Greenhouse gas emissions from WWTPs especially mechanisms of N2O production in biological wastewater treatment under nitrifying and denitrifying conditions and strategies to mitigate N2O emissions from biological nitrogen removal systems as well as spatiotemporal variation of nitrous oxide emissions from reservoirs ( iv) Novel techniques of water protection against eutrophication and reclamation in particular aspects of chemical methods of reclamation e.g. using lime for the inactivation of phosphate (v) A method for risk management in water distribution system operation and maintenance using Bayesian process. e proposed method makes it possible to estimate the risks associated with the possibility of partial or total loss of the ability of water supply system operation. Progress in Environmental Engineering includes unique contributions to understand selected aspects of environmental protection and proposes methods to eff ectively solve pollution problems. The book will be of interest to academia and professionals interested or involved in environmental engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027992

Progress in Industrial Geography (Routledge Revivals) This edited collection first published in 1985 deals with a number of the major themes central to the study of industrial geography. Topics under discussion include new methodologies the growing service industries foreign investment and the industrial geography of the developing world. With a detailed introduction from Michael Pacione and comprehensive coverage the title reflects the extent to which the field of industrial geography changed over the second half of the twentieth century in response to economic change to incorporate the growth of multinational enterprises and the influence of globalisation alongside traditional discussion of the manufacturing industry. Providing an essential background to developments in industrial geography this title will be valuable to students with an interest in the economics characteristics and advancement of industrial change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707633

Progress in infancy ResearchVolume 1 The Progress in Infancy Research Series is dedicated to the presentation of innovative and exciting research on infants both human and animal. Each volume in the series is designed to stand alone and contains autonomous chapters which are based on high quality programs of research with infants. These chapters integrate the work of the authors with that of other experts working in the same or related areas. The authors wish to present high quality critical syntheses bearing on infant perception and sensation learning and memory processes and other aspects of development. This series will be a forum for the presentation of technological breakthroughs methodological advances and new integrations that might create platforms for future programmatic work on the complexities of infant behavior and development. Each volume in the series is dedicated to an outstanding investigator whose research has illuminated the nature of infant behavior and development and whose contributions to the field have been of seminal importance. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003460

Progress in infancy ResearchVolume 2 The Progress in Infancy Research Series is dedicated to the presentation of innovative and exciting research on infants both human and animal. Each volume in the series is designed to stand alone and contains autonomous chapters which are based on high quality programs of research with infants. These chapters integrate the work of the authors with that of other experts working in the same or related areas. The authors wish to present high quality critical syntheses bearing on infant perception and sensation learning and memory processes and other aspects of development. This series will be a forum for the presentation of technological breakthroughs methodological advances and new integrations that might create platforms for future programmatic work on the complexities of infant behavior and development. Each volume in the series is dedicated to an outstanding investigator whose research has illuminated the nature of infant behavior and development and whose contributions to the field have been of seminal importance. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651097

Progress in infancy ResearchVolume 3 The Progress in Infancy Research Series is dedicated to the presentation of innovative and exciting research on infants both human and animal. Each volume in the series is designed to stand alone and contains autonomous chapters which are based on high quality programs of research with infants. These chapters integrate the work of the authors with that of other experts working in the same or related areas. The authors wish to present high quality critical syntheses bearing on infant perception and sensation learning and memory processes and other aspects of development. This series will be a forum for the presentation of technological breakthroughs methodological advances and new integrations that might create platforms for future programmatic work on the complexities of infant behavior and development. Each volume in the series is dedicated to an outstanding investigator whose research has illuminated the nature of infant behavior and development and whose contributions to the field have been of seminal importance. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651080

Progress in Language with special reference to English First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860277

Progress in Maritime Technology and EngineeringProceedings of the 4th International Conference on Maritime Technology and Engineering (MARTE Progress in Maritime Technology and Engineering collects the papers presented at the 4th International Conference on Maritime Technology and Engineering (MARTECH 2018 Lisbon Portugal 7–9 May 2018). This conference has evolved from a series of biannual national conferences in Portugal and has developed into an international event reflecting the internationalization of the maritime sector and its activities. MARTECH 2018 is the fourth in this new series of biannual conferences. Progress in Maritime Technology and Engineering contains about 80 contributions from authors from all parts of the world which were reviewed by an International Scientific Committee. The book is divided into the subject areas below:- Port performance- Maritime transportation and economics- Big data in shipping- Intelligent ship navigation- Ship performance- Computational fluid dynamics- Resistance and propulsion- Ship propulsion- Dynamics and control- Marine pollution and sustainability- Ship design- Ship structures- Structures in composite materials- Shipyard technology- Coating and corrosion- Maintenance- Risk analysis- Offshore and subsea technology- Ship motion- Ships in transit- Wave-structure interaction- Wave and wind energy- Waves Progress in Maritime Technology and Engineering will be of interest to academics and professionals involved in the above mentioned areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138585393

Progress in Mechanics of Structures and MaterialsProceedings of the 19th Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Material This is a collection of peer-reviewed papers originally presented at the 19th Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials by academics researchers and practitioners largely from Australasia and the Asia-Pacific region. The topics under discussion include: composite structures and materials; computational mechanics; dynamic analysis of structures; earthquake engineering; fire engineering; geomechanics and foundation engineering; mechanics of materials; reinforced and prestressed concrete structures; shock and impact loading; steel structures; structural health monitoring and damage identification; structural mechanics; and timber engineering. It is a valuable reference for academics researchers and civil and mechanical engineers working in structural and material engineering and mechanics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003060888

Progress in Mine Safety Science and Engineering II As societies continue to grow and develop the demand for energy has increased worldwide. In China coal is still one of the principal energy resources and it is expected that more coal mining projects are needed in the future. As mining operations continue to increase their production rates and discover more ore reserves mine safety issues have become more urgent. Even more than in the past there is a greater need to understand these issues better. Progress in Mine Safety Science and Engineering II discusses mine safety techniques and technologies methods and approaches as well as problems and issues. The contributions cover a wide range of topics:• Coal mine safety• Metal and non-metal mine safety• Mine product testing technology and safety symbol management• Mine rescue tools and techniques• Mine safety management and standardization• Mine safety science and theory• Occupational health and safety in mines• Petroleum and natural gas exploitationProgress in Mine Safety Science and Engineering II will be invaluable to academics and engineers interested or involved in mine safety issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001220

Progress in Nonhistone Protein ResearchVolume I The purpose of this text is to encourage research on nonhistones and to stimulate the imagination of other investigators whose future efforts might result in new discoveries as to the significance of these proteins. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896960

Progress in Nonhistone Protein ResearchVolume II The purpose of this text is to encourage research on nonhistones and to stimulate the imagination of other investigators whose future efforts might result in new discoveries as to the significance of these proteins. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896953

Progress In Nonhistone Protein ResearchVolume III As a follow-up to Volumes I and II in this series in this volume the authors attempt to provide an update into the current research in NHCP with the hope that these articles may foster a more analytical elucidation of the role of these proteins in gene expression. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896977

Progress in Organic and Physical ChemistryStructures and Mechanisms Progress in Organic and Physical Chemistry: Structures and Mechanisms provides a collection of new research in the field of organic and physical properties including new research on: The physical principles of the conductivity of electrical conducting polymer compounds The dependence on constants of electromagnetic interactions upon electron spacial-energy characteristics Effects of chitosan molecultural weight on rehological behavior of chitosan modified nanoclay at hight hydrated state Bio-structural energy criteria of functional states in normal and pathological conditions Potentiometric study on the international between devalent cations and sodium carboxylates in aqueous solutions Structural characteristic changes in erythrocyte membranes of mice bearing Alzheimer’s-like disease caused by the olfactory bulbetomy This volume is intended to provide an overview of new studies and research for engineers faculty researchers and upper-level students in the field of organic and physical chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895406

Progress in Political Geography (Routledge Revivals) This book considers the most prominent themes and future developments in areas of key importance to political geography including theory and methodology minority groups local government and the geography of elections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707558

Progress in Polymer Materials ScienceResearch Development and Applications With chapters by the editors and other experts in the field of polymer science this book covers a broad selection of important research advances in the field including updates on enzymatic destruction and photoelectric characteristics studies on the changes in the polymer molecular mass during hydrolysis and a new type of bioadditive for motor fuel and an exploration of the interrelation of viscoelastic and electromagnetic properties of densely cross-linked polymers. Also included are chapters that discuss the problems of mechanics of textile performance new aspects of polymeric nanofibers a mathematical model of nanofragment cross-linked polymers and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895413

Progress in Preventing AIDS?Dogma Dissent and Innovation - Global Perspectives Originally published in the "International Quarterly of Community Health Education" this work presents twenty-one chapters about the state of HIV/AIDS prevention programs in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786171

Progress in PsychoanalysisEnvisioning the future of the profession Is psychoanalysis in decline? Has its understanding of the human condition been marginalized? Have its clinical methods been eclipsed by more short-term problem-oriented approaches? Is psychoanalysis unable (or unwilling) to address key contemporary issues and concerns? With contributors internationally recognized for their scholarship Progress in Psychoanalysis: Envisioning the Future of the Profession offers both an analysis of how the culture of psychoanalysis has contributed to the profession’s current dilemmas and a description of the progressive trends taking form within the contemporary scene. Through a broad and rigorous examination of the psychoanalytic landscape this book highlights the profession’s very real progress and describes a vision for its increased relevance. It shows how psychoanalysis can offer unparalleled value to the public. Economic political and cultural factors have contributed to the marginalization of psychoanalysis over the past 30 years. But the profession’s internal rigidity divisiveness and strong adherence to tradition have left it unable to adapt to change and to innovate in the ways needed to remain relevant. The contributors to this book are prominent practitioners theoreticians researchers and educators who offer cogent analysis of the culture of psychoanalysis and show how the profession’s foundation can be strengthened by building on the three pillars of openness integration and accountability. This book is designed to help readers develop a clearer vision of a vital engaged contemporary psychoanalysis. The varied contributions to Progress in Psychoanalysis exemplify how the profession can change to better promote and build on the very real progress that is occurring in theory research training and the many applications of psychoanalysis. They offer a roadmap for how the profession can begin to reclaim its leadership in wide-ranging efforts to explore the dynamics of mental life. Readers will come away with more confidence in psychoanalysis as an innovative enterprise and more excitement about how they can contribute to its growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477889

Progress in Psychological Science around the World. Volume 1 Neural Cognitive and Developmental Issues.Proceedings of the 28th Internationa Progress in Psychological Science around the World Volumes 1 and 2 present the main contributions from the 28th International Congress of Psychology held in Beijing in 2004. These expert contributions include the Nobel laureate address the Presidential address and the Keynote and State-of-the-Art lectures. They are written by international leaders in psychology from 25 countries and regions around the world. The authors present a variety of approaches and perspectives that reflect cutting-edge advances in psychological science. This first volume addresses neural cognitive and developmental issues in contemporary psychology. It includes chapters on learning memory and motivation cognitive neuroscience and attention emotion and language and covers life-span developmental psychology. Volume 2 goes on to discuss social and applied issues in modern psychology. Progress in Psychological Science around the World with its broad coverage of psychological research and practice and its highly select group of world renowned authors will be invaluable for researchers professionals teachers and students in the field of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138883314

Progress in Psychological Science Around the World. Volume 2: Social and Applied IssuesProceedings of the 28th International Congress of Psychology Progress in Psychological Science around the World Volumes 1 and 2 present the main contributions from the 28th International Congress of Psychology held in Beijing in 2004. These expert contributions include the Nobel laureate address the Presidential address and the Keynote and State-of-the-Art lectures. They are written by international leaders in psychology from 25 countries and regions around the world. The authors present a variety of approaches and perspectives that reflect cutting-edge advances in psychological science. This second volume builds on the coverage of neural cognitive and developmental issues from the first volume to address social and applied issues in modern psychology. The topics covered include: educational psychology and measurement health psychology and social and cultural psychology. Organizational applied and international psychology are also discussed. Progress in Psychological Science around the World with its broad coverage of psychological research and practice and its highly select group of world renowned authors will be invaluable for researchers professionals teachers and students in the field of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877986

Progress in Renewable Energies OffshoreProceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Renewable Energies Offshore (RENEW2016) Lisbon P Progress in Renewable Energies Offshore includes the papers presented in the 2nd International Conference on Renewable Energies Offshore (RENEW2016 Lisbon Portugal 24-26 October 2016).  The scope of the book is broad covering all aspects of renewable energies offshore activities such as resource assessment; wind energy; wave energy; tidal energy; ocean energy devices; multiuse platforms; PTO design; grid connection; economic assessment; installation and maintenance planning. The contents of the present book are organized in these main subject areas corresponding to the sessions in the Conference.The conference reflects the importance of the renewable energies offshore worldwide and is an opportunity to contribute to the exchange of information on the developments and experience obtained in concept development design and operation of these devices.Progress in Renewable Energies Offshore has as main target academics and professionals working in the related areas of renewable energies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626270

Progress in Rural Geography (Routledge Revivals) This wide-ranging volume first published in 1983 reflects the increasing scope of the field of rural geography in the second half of the twentieth century. Although traditional areas of study such as agriculture and the land-use patterns of the countryside remained important scholars also began to consider rural transport employment housing and policy as well as to develop new theories and methodologies for application to study. The chapters included here addressed the need for a review of the changes that had taken place within the field of rural geography and as such provide an essential background to students with an interest in rural demography planning and agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707602

Progress in Self Psychology V. 1 The premier volume in the Progress in Self Psychology Series was completed two years after Heinz Kohut's death in 1981.  Hence this volume has a unique status in the history of self psychology: it bears the imprint of Kohut while charting a course of theoretical and clinical growth in the post-Kohut era.  Biographical reminiscences about Kohut (Strozier Miller) and commentaries on Kohut's "The Self-Psychological Approach to Defense and Resistance" [chapter seven of How Does Analysis Cure?] (M. Shane P. Tolpin Brandchaft Oremland) are juxtaposed with a section of self-psychological reassessments of interpretations (Basch A. and P. Ornstein Goldberg).  Clinical papers cover the selfobject transferences (Hall Shapiro) patient compliance (Wolfe) and the "self-pity response" (Wilson) while theoretical contributions present ideas of Stolorow Bacal White and Detrick that are foundational to their subsequent writings.  This volume helped to shape the theoretical and clinical agenda of self psychology in the decades following Kohut's death. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203779330

Progress in Self Psychology V. 10A Decade of Progress The tenth volume in the Progress in Self Psychology series begins with four timely assessments of the selfobject concept followed by a section of clinical papers that span the topics of homosexuality alter ego countertransference hypnosis trauma dream theory and intersubjective approaches to conjoint therapy.  Section III "A Dialogue of Self Psychology " offers Merton Gill's astute appreciation of "Heinz Kohut's Self Psychology " followed by commentaries by Leider and Stolorow and Gill's reply.  The concluding section offers Stolorow and Atwood's "The Myth of the Isolated Mind " followed by discussions by Gehrie and the Shanes.  A forum for the kind of spirited productive exchanges that have long found a home within the self-psychological community A Decade of Progress builds on the past in responding to the theoretical and clinical challenges of the present. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203779033

Progress in Self Psychology V. 11The Impact of New Ideas Volume 11 begins with a timely assessment of self psychology and intersubjectivity theory with original contributions by Carveth Trop and Powell and a critical commentary by P. Ornstein. Clinical studies span the transferences the complementarity of individual and group therapy the termination phase and multiple personality disorder.  A special section of "dying and mourning" encompasses women professionals and suicide the self psychology of the mourning process and the selfobject function of religious experience with the dying patient.  The volume concludes with theoretical and applied studies of personality testing in analysis writer's block "The Guilt of the Tragic Man " and the historical significance of self psychology.  A testimony to the evolutionary growth of self-psychology The Impact of New Ideas will be warmly welcomed by readers of the Progress in Self Psychology series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606428

Progress in Self Psychology V. 12Basic Ideas Reconsidered Volume 12 of the Progress in Self Psychology series begins with reassessments of frustration and responsiveness optimal and otherwise by MacIsaac Bacal and Thomson the Shanes and Doctors. The philosophical dimension of self psychology is addressed by Riker who looks at Kohut's bipolar theory of the self and Kriegman who examines the subjectivism-objectivism dialectic in self psychology from the standpoint of evolutionary biology. Clinical studies focus on self- and mutual regulation in relation to therapeutic action countertransference and the curative process and the consequences of the negative selfobject in early character formation. A separate section of child studies includes a case study exemplifying a self-psychological approach to child therapy and an examination of pathological adaptation to childhood parent loss. With a concluding section of richly varied studies in applied self psychology Basic Ideas Reconsidered promises to be basic reading for all students of contemporary self psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376588

Progress in Self Psychology V. 13Conversations in Self Psychology Volume 13 provides valuable examples of the very type of clinically grounded theorizing that represents progress in self psychology. The opening section of clinical papers encompasses compensatory structures facilitating responsiveness repressed memories mature selfobject experience shame in the analyst and the resolution of intersubjective impasses. Two self-psychologically informed approaches to supervision are followed by a section of contemporary explorations of sexuality. Contributions to therapy address transference and countertransference issues in drama therapy an intersubjective approach to conjoint family therapy and the subjective worlds of profound abuse survivors. A concluding section of studies in applied self psychology round out this broad and illuminating survey of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606398

Progress in Self Psychology V. 14The World of Self Psychology Volume 14 of Progress in Self Psychology The World of Self Psychology introduces a valuable new section to the series: publication of noteworthy material from the Kohut Archives of the Chicago Institute for Psychoanalysis.  In this volume "From the Kohut Archives" features a selection of previously unpublished Kohut correspondence from the 1940s through the 1970s.  The clinical papers that follow are divided into sections dealing with "Transference and Countertransference " "Selfobjects and Objects " and " Schizoid and Psychotic Patients."  As Howad Bacal explains in his introduction these papers bear witness to the way in which self psychology has increasingly become a relational self psychology - a psychology of the individual's experience in the context of relatedness.  Coburn's reconstrual of "countertransference" as an experience of self-injury in the wake of unresponsiveness to the analyst's own selfobject needs; Livingston's demonstration of the ways in which dreams can be used to facilitate "a playful and metaphorical communication between analyst and patient"; Gorney's examination of twinship experience as a fundamental goal of analytic technique; and Lenoff's emphasis on the relational aspects of "phantasy selfobject experience" are among the highlights of the collection.  Enlarged by contemporary perspectives on gender and self-experience and a critical examination of "Kohut Loewald and the Postmoderns " Volume 14 reaffirms the position of self psychology at the forefront of clinical developmental and conceptual advance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005433

Progress in Self Psychology V. 15Pluralism in Self Psychology Volume 15 of Progress in Self Psychology conveys the rich pluralism of contemporary self psychology with respect to a central theoretical and clinical issue: the nature of the self and the manner in which is can best be studied.  This topic is initially addressed through a series of papers reassessing selfobject transferences and the selfobject function of interpretation.  It is then approached via the theory of psychoanalytic technique with papers that focus on boundaries and intimacy and on "Surface Depth and the Isolated Mind".  And it culminates in two case studies that elicit animated discussion delineating different perspectives - intersubjective motivational systems and self-selfobject - on the self in relation to the therapeutic process.  Two studies comparing Melanie Klein and Heinz Kohut; a discussion of how current cultural attitudes affect parenting; a relational view of the therapeutic partnership; and an integration of Silvan Tomkin's affect theory with self psychology add breadth to this timely and provocative collection.  Volume 15 includes additional letters from the Kohut Archives and a moving account of Kohut's struggle with his own impending death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005525

Progress in Self Psychology V. 16How Responsive Should We Be? Volume 16 of Progress in Self Psychology How Responsive Should We Be  illuminates the continuing tension between Kohut's emphasis on the patient's subjective experience and the post-Kohutian intersubjectivists' concern with the therapist's own subjectivity by focusing on issues of therapeutic posture and degree of therapist activity. Teicholz provides an integrative context for examining this tension by discussing affect as the common denominator underlying the analyst's empathy subjectivity and authenticity. Responses to the tension encompass the stance of intersubjective contextualism advocacy of "active responsiveness " and emphasis on the thorough-going bidirectionality of the analytic endeavor. Balancing these perspectives are a reprise on Kohut's concept of prolonged empathic immersion and a recasting of the issue of closeness and distance in the analytic relationship in terms of analysis of "the tie to the negative selfobject." Additional clinical contributions examine severe bulimia and suicidal rage as attempts at self-state regulation and address the self-reparative functions that inhere in the act of dreaming. Like previous volumes in the series volume 16 demonstrates the applicability of self psychology to nonanalytic treatment modalities and clinical populations. Here self psychology is brought to bear on psychotherapy with placed children on work with adults with nonverbal learning disabilities and on brief therapy.  Rector's examination of twinship and religious experience Hagman's elucidation of the creative process and Siegel and Topel's experiment with supervision via the internet exemplify the ever-expanding explanatory range of self-psychological insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009783

Progress in Self Psychology V. 17The Narcissistic Patient Revisited Volume 17 of Progress in Self Psychology The Narcissistic Patient Revisited  begins with the next installment of Strozier's "From the Kohut Archives": first publication of a fragment by Kohut on social class and self-formation and of four letters from his final decade.  Taken together Hazel Ipp's richly textured "Case of Gayle" and the commentaries that it elicits amount to a searching reexamination of narcissistic pathology and the therapeutic process.  This illuminating reprise on the clinical phenomenology Kohut associated with "narcissistic personality disorder" accounts for the volume title.  The ability of modern self psychology to integrate central concepts from other theories gains expression in Teicholz's proposal for a two-tiered theory of intersubjectivity in Brownlow's examination of the fear of intimacy and in Garfield's model for the treatment of psychosis.  The social relevance of self psychology comes to the fore in an examination of the experience of adopted children and an inquiry into the roots of mystical experience both of which concern the ubiquity of the human longing for an idealized parent imago.  Among contributions that bring self-psychological ideas to bear on the arts Frank Lachmann's provocative "Words and Music " which links the history of music to the history of psychoanalytic thought in the quest for universal substrata of psychological experience deserves special mention.  Annette Lachmann's consideration of empathic failure among the characters in Shakespeare's Othello and Silverstein's reflections on Schubert's self-states and selfobject needs in relation to the specific poems set to music in his Lieder round out a collection as richly broad based as the field of self psychology itself.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005648

Progress in Self Psychology V. 18Postmodern Self Psychology Postmodern Self Psychology the last volume of the Progress in Self Psychology series under the editorship of Arnold Goldberg charts the path of self psychology into the postmodern era of psychoanalysis.  It begins with Goldberg's thoughtful consideration of the several tributaries of self-psychological thought in the decades after Kohut and continues with Mark Gehrie's elaboration of "reflective realism" as a self-psychological way out of epistemological quagmires about the "essential reality" of the analytic endeavor.  Clinical contributions offer contemporary perspectives on clinical themes that engaged Kohut in the 1970s: a study of the effect of "moments of meeting" on systems of pathological accomodation; a reappraisal of empathy as a "bi-directional negation"; and an assessment of the diverse clinical phenomena that justify a prolonged "understanding only" phase of treatment.  The theory section of Volume 18 comparably charts the movement of self psychology toward a postmodern sensibility.  Contributors reappraise intersubjectivity theory as a contextualist treatment approach consistent with dynamic systems theory; return to Kohut's concept of selfobject relationships with special attention to the separate subjective and intersubjective components of selfobject experiences; and develop one of Kohut's early ideas into a theory of "forward edge" transferences that strengthen normal self-development.  In all Volume 18 is a richly insightful progress report on the current status of self psychology and a fitting capstone to Arnold Goldberg's distinguished tenure as editor of the Progress in Self Psychology series.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005693

Progress in Self Psychology V. 19Explorations in Self Psychology The contributors to Explorations in Self Psychology volume 19 of the Progress in Self Psychology series wrestle with two interrelated questions at the nexus of contemporary discussions of technique: How "authentic" and relationally invested should the self psychologically informed analyst be and what role should self-disclosure play in the treatment process?  The responses to these questions embrace the full range of clinical possibilities. Dudley and Walker argue that empathically based interpretation precludes self-disclosure whereas Miller argues in favor of authentic self-expression and against the self psychologist's frustrating attempt to "decenter" from frustration or anger. Consideration of the utility of a consistently empathic stance continues with Weisel-Barth's clinical presentation and the discussions that it elicits about management of her patient's primary destructiveness. Lenoff's critical rereading of Kohut's "Examination of the Relationship Between Mode of Observation and Theory" and Rieveschl & Cowan's "Selfhood and the Dance of Empathy" deepen still further a contemporary perspective on the nature (and advisability) of a consistently empathic stance in the face of interactive and enactive treatment challenges. Other timely self-psychological explorations examine the twinship selfobject experience and homosexuality; self-psychological work with adolescents; and Neville Symington's theory of narcissism. Contributions to applied analysis explore topics as diverse as an exchange of dreams between John Adams and Benjamin Rush; Mann's Death in Venice; the films of Ingmar Bergman; psychotherapy of the elderly; and disabilities in the sensory-motor integration in children. And Volume 19 concludes with Constance Goldberg's candid and enlightening reminiscence of Heinz Kohut "a very complex man with whom to be in a relationship." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005723

Progress in Self Psychology V. 20Transformations in Self Psychology Transformations in Self Psychology highlights the manner in which contemporary self psychology has become in the words of series editor William Coburn "a continuing series of revolutions within a revolution."  Of special note are contributions that explore the bidirectional influences between self psychology and other explanatory paradigms.  The volume begins with Stern's thoughtful attempt to integrate self-psychological and relational perspectives on transference-countertransference enactments.  Fosshage and Munschauer's presentation of a case of "extreme nihilism and aversiveness" elicits a series of discussions that constructively highlights divergent perspectives on the meaning and role of enactment in treatment and on the so-called empathy/authenticity dichotomy. The productive exploration of theoretical differences also enters in the redefinition of notions of gender and sexuality a topic of increasing interest to self psychologists.  Differing perspectives which give rise to differing clinical emphases emerge in the exchanges of Clifford and Goldner and of VanDerHeide and Hartmann.  The special "contextualist" demands of work with intercultural couples foster a more integrative sensibility with self-psychological borrowings from interpretive anthropology  and attachment theory. Clinical contributors to Volume 20 explore manifestations of a tension that permeates all analytic work: that between the patient's newly emerging ability to expand the self in growth-consolidating ways and the countervailing dread to repeat.    Enlarged by Malin's personal reflections of "Fifty Years of Psychoanalysis" and by book review essays focusing on the writings of Lachmann and Stolorow respectively Transformations in Self Psychology bespeaks the continuing vitality of contemporary self psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009844

Progress in Self Psychology V. 3Frontiers in Self Psychology The third volume in the distinguished Progress in Self Psychology series brings together the most exciting issues in a rapidly expanding field.  Frontiers in Self Psychology is highlighted by sections dealing with self psychology and infancy and self psychology and the psychoses. Clinical contributions include several case studies along with a reconsideration of dream interpretation. Theoretical contributions span issues of gender identity boundary formation and the biological foundation of self psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778364

Progress in Self Psychology V. 4Learning from Kohut The fourth volume in the Progress in Self Psychology series continues to explore the theoretical yield and clinical implications of the wok of the late Heinz Kohut.  Learning from Kohut features sections on "supervision with Kohut" and on the integration of self psychology with classical psychoanalysis. Developmental contributions examine self psychology in relation to constitutional factors in infancy. Clinical presentations focusing on optimum frustration and the therapeutic process and on the self-psychological treatment of a case of "intractable depression" elicit the animated commentary that makes this volume like its predecessors as enlivening as it is instructive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606497

Progress in Self Psychology V. 6The Realities of Transference A collection of thoughtul presentations on transference and countertransference highlights The Realities of Transference Volume 6 in the Progress in Self Psychology series.  The selfobject transferences receive special attention.  Elsewhere in this volme selfobject phenomena are examined in relation to the process of working through the origins of ambition the psychology of addiction the psychodynamic consequences of AIDS and creativity.  An exploration of the selfobjects of the second half of life offers new insight into later development.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778555

Progress in Self Psychology V. 7The Evolution of Self Psychology A special section of papers on the evolution current status and future development of self psychology highlights The Evolution of Self Psychology volume 7 of the Progress in Self Psychology series.  A critical review of recent books by Basch Goldberg and Stolorow et al. is part of this endeavor.  Theoretical contributions to Volume 7 examine self psychology in relation to object relations theory and reconsider the relationship of psychotherapy to psychoanalysis. Clinical contributions deal with an intersubjective perspective on countertransference the trauma of incest and envy in the transference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778692

Progress in Self Psychology V. 8New Therapeutic Visions New Therapeutic Visions begins with Lachmann and Beebe's developmental perspectives on representational and selfobject transferences followed by commentaries.  In Section II the self-psychological approach is brought to bear on the clinical treatment of an adolescent girl incest survivors addictive personalities patients exhibiting codependency and a case of desomatization.  Section III on applied self psychology contains chapters on the theory of creativity; subjectivism relativism and realism in psychoanalysis; and quantum physics and self psychology.  The final section offers two critical review essays on major contributions to the self psychology literature by Wolf by Bacal and Newman and by Lichtenberg.  Stolorow's chronicle of his personal odyssey into self psychology and intersubjectivity theory rounds out volume 8 of the Progress in Self Psychology series. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778852

Progress in Self Psychology V. 9The Widening Scope of Self Psychology The Widening Scope of Self Psychology is a watershed in the self-psychological literature being a contemporary reprise on several major clinical themes through which self psychology from its inception has articulated its challenge to traditional psychoanalytic thinking.  The volume opens with original papers on interpretation by eminent theorists in the self-psychological tradition followed by a series of case studies and clinically grounded commentaries bearing on issues of sex and gender as they enter into analysis.  Two thoughtful reexaminations of the meaning and treatment challenges of chronic rage are followed by clinical papers that focus respectively on mourning alter ego transferences resistance to change and pathological identification.  Applied analytic contributions and a review of Goldberg's The Prisonhouse of Psychoanalysis round out a collection that testifies not only to the widening scope of self psychology but to its deepening insights as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778951

Progress in Social PsychologyVolume 1 Originally published in 1980 this title was the first of a new monograph series in social psychology. The editor presents a format for showing the progress of social psychology as a viable exciting and relevant discipline. The papers contained in this volume represent progress in theory and method as well as in basic and applied research. In addition recognising that not all social psychology is produced by people who label themselves as ‘social psychologists’ the volume contains the contributions of scholars who are best known for their work in other areas. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138849259

Progress in the Analysis and Design of Marine StructuresProceedings of the 6th International Conference on Marine Structures (MARSTRUCT 2017 Progress in the Analysis and Design of Marine Structures collects the contributions presented at MARSTRUCT 2017 the 6th International Conference on Marine Structures (Lisbon Portugal 8-10 May 2017). The MARSTRUCT series of Conferences started in Glasgow UK in 2007 the second event of the series having taken place in Lisbon Portugal in March 2009 the third in Hamburg Germany in March 2011 the fourth in Espoo Finland in March 2013 and the fifth in Southampton UK in March 2015. This Conference series deals with Ship and Offshore Structures addressing topics in the areas of: - Methods and Tools for Loads and Load Effects- Methods and Tools for Strength Assessment - Experimental Analysis of Structures - Materials and Fabrication of Structures- Methods and Tools for Structural Design and Optimisation and - Structural Reliability Safety and Environmental Protection Progress in the Analysis and Design of Marine Structures is essential reading for academics engineers and all professionals involved in the design of marine and offshore structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138069077

Progress in the Management of the Menopause: Proceedings of the 8th International Congress on the Menopause Sydney Australia This is a comprehensive up-to-date authoritative research text and clinical reference work the menopause. It contains over 90 contributions covering every conceivable topic in the management of the menopause in women and related issues in the aging male. The book contains many illustrations and a wealth of references. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003076575

Progress in Urban Geography (Routledge Revivals) A substantial proportion of the world’s population now live in towns and cities so it is not surprising that urban geography has emerged as a major focus for research. This edited collection first published in 1983 is concerned with the effects on the city of a wide range of economic social and political processes including pollution housing health and finance. With a detailed introduction to the themes and developments under discussion written by Michael Pacione this comprehensive work provides an essential overview for scholars and students of urban geography and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705721

'Progress' in Zimbabwe?The Past and Present of a Concept and a Country Zimbabwe's severe crisis - and a possible way out of it with a transitional government and the new era for which it prepares the ground - demands a coherent scholarly response. 'Progress' can be employed as an organising theme across many disciplinary approaches to Zimbabwe's societal devastation. At wider levels too the concept of progress is fitting. It underpins 'modern' 'liberal' and 'radical' perspectives of development pervading the social sciences and humanities. Yet perceptions of 'progress' are subject increasingly to intensive critical inquiry. Their gruesome end is signified in the political projects of Robert Mugabe and ZANU-PF. John Gray's Black Mass: Apocalyptic Religion and the Death of Utopia indicates this. It is expected that participants will engage directly in debates about how the idea of 'progress' has informed their disciplines - from political science and history to labour and agrarian studies and then relate these arguments to the Zimbabwean case in general and their research in particular. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382978

Progress on Pest Management in Field Vegetables Proceedings of the CEC/IOBC Expert's Group Meeting Pennes France November 1985. Forty contributions (authors are from 12 countries and two international organizations) deal with crops such as cabbages carrots tomatoes potatoes beans and artichokes and with the particularly urgent task of red Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079347

Progress or CollapseThe Crises of Market Greed Human progress is heading toward collapse. There are converging ecological crises looming on the horizon: climate change peak oil water shortages fish depletion and food scarcities. The world is on a collision course against the limits of the ecosystem. Modern societies are consuming polluting and growing as if there is no tomorrow. Indeed there may not be one. In Progress or Collapse Roberto De Vogli guides us through the multiple converging global crises of economic progress. He explores the connections between the environmental crisis and the psychological social cultural political and economic emergencies affecting modern societies. It is not a coincidence the author argues that global ecological destruction is occurring in tandem with other crises: rising mental disorders mindless consumerism rampant conformism status competition civic disengagement startling social inequalities global financial instability and widespread political impasse. In this hard-hitting analysis Roberto De Vogli identifies the root cause of all these symptoms of societal breakdown: neoliberalism defined as market greed. He argues that in recent decades modern societies have been dominated by a suicidal economic doctrine based on two articles of faith: the greed creed and the market God. The greed creed states that people are nothing but selfish profiteers in a perpetual search for status and wealth. The market God is the belief that all societal and human affairs are best regulated as market exchanges. What is to be done? Can we stop progress toward collapse? Given the current distribution of power and wealth and the state of psychological and political inertia in which we are trapped our chances of redefining progress around alternative values and embracing a new philosophy of life are slim. Yet the history of human emancipation has often been shaped by giant leaps forward. In the past civic struggles have overcome "the limits of the possible". Whether this will happen again in the future is the central question of our time. This book will be of interest to researchers and students of ecology psychology public health epidemiology human development political philosophy economics sociology and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510189

Progress or PerishNorthern Perspectives on Social Change Drawing on contemporary and historical case studies from Finland Sweden and Norway Progress or Perish highlights the roles that art culture and academic research play alongside technology and economics as bearers of change approaching the study of progress from the human level. By turning attention towards communities and the everyday social activities of individuals in their socio-cultural and microhistorical contexts this volume links the idea of progress to the emancipation and empowerment of collectives. Multidisciplinary in nature Progress or Perish brings together the work of leading scholars to explore the changes that individual and social agency can effect. It engages with the wider theoretical and methodological debates to be of key interest to sociologists geographers and anthropologists as well as those with interests in gender studies cultural and environmental history literary studies and political science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602356

Progress Plain and SimpleWhat Every Teacher Needs To Know About Improving Pupil Progress What is progress in learning? How do we see progress being made in a lesson? This book offers a fresh perspective on teaching learning and progress in the classroom. Written by an experienced teacher and school leader Michael Harpham it explores the different ways in which progress can be made in the classroom and how it can be more effectively delivered identified evidenced measured and assessed. The book provides an overview of progress in schools for both teachers and school leaders including what is meant by progress and what it looks like in lessons as well as its implications on assessment leadership and internal and external school evaluation. It offers over thirty situation-driven strategies and activities to help develop and deliver progress in and beyond the classroom focussing on five measures: Skills Knowledge Accuracy Resilience Independent learning Full of tips to help improve progress in schools this is essential reading for all teachers school leaders and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339661

Progress Poster The Progress Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363652

Progress(es) Theories and PracticesProceedings of the 3rd International Multidisciplinary Congress on Proportion Harmonies Identities (PHI The texts presented in Proportion Harmonies and Identities (PHI) - Progress(es) - Theories and Practices were compiled with the intent to establish a platform for the presentation interaction and dissemination of research. It aims also to foster the awareness of and discussion on the topics of Harmony and Proportion with a focus on different progress visions and readings relevant to Architecture Arts and Humanities Design Engineering Social and Natural Sciences Technology and their importance and benefits for the community at large. Considering that the idea of progress is a major matrix for development its theoretical and practical foundations have become the working tools of scientists philosophers and artists who seek strategies and policies to accelerate the development process in different contexts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815374152

Progression in Primary Design and Technology First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138165212

Progression in Primary ScienceA Guide to the Nature and Practice of Science in Key Stages 1 and 2 Using many examples drawn from classroom practice this guide supports and aims to extend the student teacher's own subject knowledge and understanding of science in the context of the primary classroom. It offers an accessible guide to all the main concepts of Key Stages one and two science teaching. Illustrating the importance of issues such as resourcing and assessing science in the primary classroom the book offers guidance for practicing teachers who consider themselves "non-specialists" in science. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138178892

Progressive and Conservative Religious IdeologiesThe Tumultuous Decade of the 1960s This book explores the surprisingly disruptive role of religion for progressive and conservative ideologies in the tumultuous decade of the 1960s. Conservative movements were far more progressive than the standard religious narrative of the decade alleges and the notoriously progressive ethos of the era was far more conservative than our collective memory has recognized. Lints explores how the themes of protest and retrieval intersect each other in ironic ways in the significant concrete controversies of the 1960s - the Civil Rights Movement Second Feminist Movement The Jesus Movements and the Anti-War Movements - and in the conceptual conflicts of ideas during the era - The Death of God Movement the end of ideology controversy and the death of foundationalism. Lints argues that religion and religious ideologies serve both a prophetic function as well as a domesticating one and that neither "conservative" nor "progressive" movements have cornered the market in either direction. In the process Lints helps us better understand the complex role of religion in cultural formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278677

Progressive Commercialization of Airline Governance Culture Progressive Commercialization of Airline Governance Culture analyzes the transition of the airline sector from the not-for-profit nation-bound public utility model towards a profit-oriented globalized industry. It illustrates how legal political historical and cultural factors have shaped the corporate governance in the airline sector and describes how these factors influence economic decisions and performance. The unique feature of the book is that the subject is consequentially discussed from the perspective of airline governance culture. This approach links the examination of legal and policy factors which influence airline activities together with a discussion of economic issues all within one clear coherent and comprehensive framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614246

Progressive Community OrganizingTransformative Practice in a Globalizing World Now in its third edition Progressive Community Organizing: Transformative Practice in a Globalizing World introduces readers to the rich practice of progressive community organizing for social change while also providing concrete tools geared toward practitioner skill building. Drawing from social movement scholarship and social theory this book articulates a transformative approach to organizing that embraces emergent strategies and healing justice. It emphasizes framing processes and the power of stories using story-based strategy and digital activism. Embracing intersectional organizing the book addresses topics such as identity politics microagressions internalized oppression and horizontal hostility with attention to recentering and allyship as a growth-oriented journey of solidarity and liberation. Readers will engage with case studies focused on issues such as poverty racial justice immigration housing health and mental health and climate crisis. This new edition includes: Expanded content on transformative change approaches including healing justice New content on the role of digital technology and social media in organizing Case studies of the Poor People’s Campaign and Extinction Rebellion Emphasis on the power of stories and story-based strategy for organizing and issue framing Transformative organizations with attention to feminist and decolonized organizational structures and cultures Expanded chapters on strategies and tactics focusing on power analysis and a range of tactics from direct action to resilience-based organizing The book will be of interest to students and practitioners who want to become more skilled in structural analysis praxis and self-reflexivity through critical and transformative engagement with historical and current social problems social movements and social welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265946

Progressive Corporate Governance for the 21st Century Progressive Corporate Governance for the 21st Century is a wide ranging and ambitious study of why corporate governance is the shape that it is and how it can be better. The book sets out the emergence of shareholder primacy orientated corporate governance using a study of historical developments in the United Kingdom and the United States. Talbot sees shareholder primacy as a political choice made by governments not a ‘natural’ feature of the inevitable market. She describes the periods of progressive corporate governance which governments promoted in the middle of the 20th century using a close examination of the theories of the company which then prevailed. She critically examines the rise of neoliberal theories on the company and corporate governance and argues that they have had a negative and regressive impact on social and economic development. In examining contemporary corporate governance she shows how regulatory styles as informed and described by prevailing regulatory theories enables neoliberal outcomes. She illustrates how United Kingdom-derived corporate governance codes have informed the corporate governance initiatives of European and global institutions. From this she argues that neoliberalism has re-entered ex command transition economies through those United Kingdom and OECD inspired corporate governance Codes over a decade after the earlier failed and destructive neoliberal prescriptions for transition had been rejected.  Throughout Talbot argues that shareholder primacy has socially regressive outcomes and firmly takes a stand against current initiatives to enhance shareholder  voting in such issues as director remuneration. The book concludes with a series of proposals to recalibrate the power between those involved in company activity; shareholders directors and employees so that the public company can begin to work for the public and not shareholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805200

Progressive Corporate Law Reflecting recent re-examinations of the nature and purpose of the modern publicly held corporation Progressive Corporate Law introduces the reader to alternative perspectives within the field. The contributors to this volume are loosely bound both by their rejection of the prevailing paradigm of the corporation as a public good designed exclusively for the maximization of private profit and by their affirmative goal of designing corporate laws that accord better with the corporation's political and social realities. The resulting series of visions emphasizes communitarian themes of efficiency and morality of responsibility altruism and unity within the corporate form as well as between the corporation and the broader society. Progressive Corporate Law is important reading for business executives lawyers policymakers and others who are concerned with the role of corporations in modem life. Designed to act as a springboard for stimulating discussion it will be a valuable supplement to courses and seminars in corporate law and business ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284435

Progressive Counting Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment Clinicians recognize trauma & loss as a prominent source of clients' problems. Progressive counting represents a significant advance in trauma treatment because it is about as efficient effective and well-tolerated as EMDR while being far simpler for therapists to master and do well. PC's value has already been supported by two open trials and a controlled study. Are you ready to provide therapy that routinely affects profound healing and lasting change? This book will show you how. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415887434

Progressive Democracy Croly explains the requirements for a genuinely popular system of representative government providing progressive liberalism with both a philosophical critique of the founding fathers' political outlook and a political strategy for replacing it with something more in keeping with a new epoch. Although it was written in 1914 the intellectual structure remains largely intact within the liberal-progressive tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530911

Progressive Justice in an Age of RepressionStrategies for Challenging the Rise of the Right Progressive Justice in an Age of Repression provides a much-needed engagement with questions of justice and reform within the current phase of global capitalism one that is marked not only by significant social inequality but also political bifurcation. It offers guidance on progressive strategies for resistance. It also extends criminological analysis by situating these contemporary challenges as globalized and inextricably linked to questions of political economy law and society. Bringing together an international selection of scholars this book draws on a range of issues such as immigration street crime and the renewed push for "law and order " violence against women environmental injustice assaults on health care and social services and the unleashing of private corporate exploitation of natural resources. It is a clarion for strategic thinking a call for action fuelled by informed analysis and a reimagining of the progressive society that is under attack by Trumpism populism and a rising right. This is an important read for those who teach and study criminology deviance and social control social problems legal studies political science and policy studies. It is also a useful resource for practitioners community-based activists and policy makers seeking new ways of thinking critically about crime law and social control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374503

Progressive Kaizen:The Key to Gaining a Global Competitive Advantage This book addresses how to make Kaizen a formidable competitive weapon. It serves as reinforcement for the key role the Lean coordinator holds in training and leading change that serves to make and keep a manufacturing firm world competitive. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138460614

Progressive Museum PracticeJohn Dewey and Democracy Preeminent museum education theorist George E. Hein explores the work philosophy and impact of educational reformer John Dewey and his importance for museums. Hein traces current practice in museum education to Dewey's early 20th-century ideas about education democracy and progress toward improving society and in so doing provides a rare history of museum education as a profession. Giving special attention to the progressive individuals and institutions who followed Dewey in developing the foundations for the experiential learning that is considered best practice today Hein demonstrates a parallel between contemporary theories about education and socio-political progress and specifically the significance of museums for sustaining and advancing a democratic society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598744811

Progressive Reading Education in AmericaTeaching Toward Social Justice Through firsthand accounts of classroom practices this new book ties 130 years of progressive education to social justice work. Based on their commitments to the principle of the equal moral worth of all people progressive teachers have challenged the obstacles of schooling that prevent some people from participating as full partners in social life in and out of the classroom and have constructed classroom and social arrangements that enable all to participate as peers in the decisions that influence their lives. Progressive reading education has been and remains key to these ties commitments challenges and constructions. The three goals in this book are to show that there are viable and worthy alternatives to the current version of "doing school"; to provide evidence of how progressive teachers have accommodated expanding notions of social justice across time taking up issues of economic distribution of resources during the first half of the 20th century adding the cultural recognition of the civil rights of more groups during the second half and now grappling with political representation of groups and individuals as national boundaries become porous; and to build coalitions around social justice work among advocates of differing but complementary theories and practices of literacy work. In progressive classrooms from Harlem to Los Angeles and Milwaukee to Fairhope Alabama students have used reading in order to make sense of and sense in changing times working across economic cultural and political dimensions of social justice. Over 100 teacher stories invite readers to join the struggle to continue the pursuit of a just democracy in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138742352

Progressive RenaissanceAmerica and the Reconstruction of Italian Education 1943-1962 Originally published in 1991. This book concerns the reception and spread of American-style progressivism in post-Fascist Italy. It places educational reconstruction in fuller historical perspective referring to newly-available archival sources. Documenting the Allied input to reconstruction efforts and the response of the Italian bureaucrats and the Church the book shows the struggle over schooling that sheds light on other political and social questions in this period. This is an in-depth study of the Anglo-American reconstruction policy in education which is a substantial contribution to understanding America’s post-war cultural and social influence throughout Western European society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579965

Progressive Rhetoric and CurriculumContested Visions of Public Education in Interwar Ontario Progressive Rhetoric: Contested Visions of Public Education in Interwar Ontario considers the ways that progressivist ideas and rhetoric shaped early curriculum and structural changes to Ontario’s public schools. Through a series of case studies conceptual analyses and personal reflections from the field this volume shows how post-WWI era debates around progressive education were firmly situated within political economic social and intellectual evolutions in the province and beyond. By framing contemporary educational rhetoric in light of historical concepts and arguments Progressive Rhetoric adds to the ongoing historical examination of the meaning of progressive education in the modern age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281663

Progressive Rock Reconsidered In this book the glory days of progressive rock are relived in a series of insightful essays about the key bands songwriters and songs that made prog-rock such an innovative style. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315054230

Progressive Sexuality EducationThe Conceits of Secularism This book engages contemporary debates about the notion of secularism outside of the field of education in order to consider how secularism shapes the formation of progressive sexuality education. Focusing on the US Canada Ireland Aotearoa-New Zealand and Australia this text considers the affinities prejudices and attachments of scholars who advocate secular worldviews in the context of sexuality education and some of the consequences that ensue from these ways of seeing. This study identifies and interrogates how secularism infuses progressive sexuality education. It asks readers to consider their own investments in particular ways of thinking and researching in the field of sexuality education and to think about how these investments have developed and how they shape existing discourses within the field of sexuality education. It hones in on how progressive sexuality education has come to develop in the way that it has and how this relates to conceits of secularism. This book prompts a consideration of how "progressive" scholarship and practice might get in the way of meaningful conversations with students teachers and peers who think differently about the field of sexuality education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085916

Progressive Studio PedagogyExamples from Architecture and Allied Design Fields Progressive Studio Pedagogy provides guidance to educators in all design fields by questioning processes and assumptions about teaching and learning utilising examples from architecture landscape architecture and interior design.   Through a series of case studies this book presents innovative approaches to learning and teaching in design studio. Traditionally design education is perceived to be a process for acquiring skills and a site for developing creative potential. However contemporary higher education is embracing issues that include widening participation managing transition and fostering independent learning and graduate employability. This book situates design learning within this varied context and offers insights into how to confront the challenge of facilitating learning through divergent contexts by presenting projects and courses that use a range of approaches that require students to think and act critically and evaluatively.   Progressive Studio Pedagogy presents new practices that readers can adapt into their own creative education making it an ideal read for those interested in teaching design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367649135

Progressive Technologies of Coal Coalbed Methane and Ores Mining Presenting new technologies in underground coal extraction with special attention to mine galleries support and maintenance load mechanism of "massif-support system-safety system" systems analysis of face equipment for thin coal seams mining and substantiation of rational stoping parameters. Advanced surface mining technologies of coal and ore are discussed in an original form stability calculations of internal dumps and open-cut faces are presented as well as examination of land surface subsidence using modern methods of calculation experiments. Special attention is given to the complex mining of mineral resources such as: iron ore coal deposits with drilling advance degassing wells methane extraction from coal and anthropogenic deposits heat receipt from mine water with help of thermal pumps. The unique geological conditions for mining in Poland and the Ukraine require a new technological approach for mining thin and very thin coal seams with thickness of 1 meter and less using selective coal extraction methods  leaving rock behind in the mine. Relevant technological solutions are discussed in this volume. Further technological process control during coal seams underground gasification is described together with pressure-temperature conditions of gas hydrates formation from gaseous mixtures of various content. Substantiation is also given to gas hydrates extraction technologies development and 21st century new pulse technologies of well drilling and a temperature mode of a rock-cutting tool and equipment with cryogenic-gravel filters is examined. Gas extraction processes located in flooded deposits with uniform and macroheterogeneous collectors are presented with the description of an effective methodology of two-subbench technology of ore deposits extraction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576097

Progressive ViolenceTheorizing the War on Terror This book examines the role of collective violence in the achievement of solidarity shedding light on the difficulty faced by sociology in theorizing violence and warfare as a result of the discipline’s tendency to idealize society in an attempt to legitimize the idea of progressive social change. Using the global War on Terror as a focal point the authors develop this argument through the related issues of power knowledge and ethics explaining the War on Terror in terms of the Anglo-American tradition of imperial power and domination. Exploring the victimage rituals through which society is brought together in the ritual domination and destruction of a constructed "villain " Progressive Violence: Theorizing the War on Terror also considers the price of the liberal moral values in terms of which the global war on terror is frequently justified and the volume of "progressive violence" involved in advancing the cause of freedom. The authors use this case to theorize the general role of vicarious victimage ritual in the social genesis of political violence and sadism and its calculated use by politicians to achieve their imperial aims. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology and social theory with interests in terrorism violence and geopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367821173

Prohibitions and Psychoactive Substances in History Culture and TheoryProhibitions and Psychoactive Substances This volume is a new contribution to the dynamic scholarly discussion of the control and regulation of psychoactive substances in culture and society. Offering new critical reflections on the reasons prohibitions have historically arisen the book analyses "prohibitions" as ambivalent and tenuous interactions between the users of psychoactive substances and regulators of their use. This original collection of essays engages with contemporary debates concerning addiction intoxication and drug regulation and will be of interest to scholars in the arts humanities and social sciences interested in narratives of prohibition and their social and cultural meanings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257637

Proinflammatory and Antiinflammatory Peptides "Analyzes the role of peptides in promoting or suppressing inflammation. Thoroughly examines the therapeutic potential of key peptides analogs agonists and antagonists that influence cell injury and repair." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400675

Project Analysis For Local Development The increasing importance of local-level planning in developing countries and disillusionment with highly theoretical sophisticated methodologies have prompted the creation of this simple-to-use manual for planners and administrators seeking to identify evaluate and select local-level development projects. This book outlines information required for thorough project evaluation sources of that information (including alternative approaches to data collection) methods of analysis (with detailed explanations of their strengths and weaknesses) and techniques for organizing the results for purposes of decision making. Unlike many abstract procedural guides for development that require substantial data and technical manpower --two resources usually unavailable at local levels—this book is meant for planners and administrators who have had little or no formal training in project analysis and planning. Mr. Mathur supplements his step-by-step methodology with explanations of how and when to make appropriate and effective use of the techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284442

Project and Policy Evaluation in Transport This title was first published in 2002: There is a multitude of assessment methods available for analyzing and reporting on the impacts of policies all with different underlying assumptions and a wide range of criteria. Since the 1950s much research has gone into creating guidelines for policy analysis yet only a small percentage of evaluation has been carried out on transport policy - and none by political scientists or social policy specialists. The editors of this volume recognize that European integration has seen a drive to bring policy evaluation on to the transport agenda and has increased demands for ’strategic assessments’. It has become apparent that to gain a fuller understanding of the success of a transport programme a much more complex combination of analytical methods must be used and a set of guidelines specifically for the field of transport must be developed. This book achieves this by bringing together a multidisciplinary team of analysts from throughout the EU to discuss in a much broader way the various types of assessment methods and how they can best be used to evaluate transport programmes and systems both individually and in combination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728929

Project and Program Turnaround The U.S. economy thrives on the development of new products new systems and new processes. Usually these advances start as a flash of inspiration by highly creative individuals. It is complex and difficult to go from initial inspiration to a final product process or system. So it is not surprising that approximately one out of every four development programs fails. A development program or project in trouble is distinct from a program encountering typical development difficulties. Such a program or project can appear to be in free fall. This book identifies the essential fundamentals for executing a program or project turnaround effectively. These fundamentals include: Clearly identifying the next critical accomplishment needed for success Assigning responsibility for each program task to one person Capitalizing on colocation and face-to-face communication Recruiting problem solvers Wining commitment from team members Using team accomplishments to propel high team morale The guidance provided in this book is applicable to all program or project genres including manufacturing nonprofit work education medicine investment management and municipal management. Software has become a great part of both providing product functionality and assisting with managing product development. A special chapter devoted to software development dispels common misconceptions and provides guidance for turning around this special type of project or program. This book is a highly valuable source of insight for a wide range of readers including management professionals business students and executive managers. Every member of a product or project development team will find its recommendations to be of high value. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138626805

Project Based SOLIDWORKS 2016 Project Based SOLIDWORKS is specifically designed to complement an engineering graphics course. It covers how to apply engineering graphics concepts such as part prints section views assembly drawings tolerancing and fasteners. It also extends these topics into the world of design. Project Based SOLIDWORKS takes a specific part or assembly and teaches you how to model each part and its configurations create part prints including assembly drawings if appropriate and takes it one step further and teaches concepts such as FEA tolerancing and parametric design. This book comes with instructional videos showing you how to perform each of the tutorials. It also comes with instructional videos showing how to complete each problem in the book. The exception to this is when a problem is open ended and each student will get different results. After completing all the tutorials in this book you will be able to design moderately difficult parts and assemblies in a realistic manner. This book is perfect for a freshman design class that wishes to include realistic design problems within their curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571368

Project Based SOLIDWORKS 2019 Project Based SOLIDWORKS is specifically designed to complement an engineering graphics course. It covers how to apply engineering graphics concepts such as part prints section views assembly drawings tolerancing and fasteners. It also extends these topics into the world of design. Project Based SOLIDWORKS takes a specific part or assembly and teaches you how to model each part and its configurations create part prints including assembly drawings if appropriate and takes it one step further and teaches concepts such as FEA tolerancing and parametric design. This book comes with instructional videos showing you how to perform each of the tutorials. It also comes with instructional videos showing how to complete each problem in the book. The exception to this is when a problem is open ended and each student will get different results. After completing all the tutorials in this book you will be able to design moderately difficult parts and assemblies in a realistic manner. This book is perfect for a freshman design class that wishes to include realistic design problems within their curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572174

Project Based SOLIDWORKS 2020 Project Based SOLIDWORKS is specifically designed to complement an engineering graphics course. It covers how to apply engineering graphics concepts such as part prints section views assembly drawings tolerancing and fasteners. It also extends these topics into the world of design. Project Based SOLIDWORKS takes a specific part or assembly and teaches you how to model each part and its configurations create part prints including assembly drawings if appropriate and takes it one step further and teaches concepts such as FEA tolerancing and parametric design. This book comes with instructional videos showing you how to perform each of the tutorials. It also comes with instructional videos showing how to complete each problem in the book. The exception to this is when a problem is open ended and each student will get different results. After completing all the tutorials in this book you will be able to design moderately difficult parts and assemblies in a realistic manner. This book is perfect for a freshman design class that wishes to include realistic design problems within their curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573201

Project Business Management Roughly half of all project managers have to lead customer projects as profit centers on contractor side with two big objectives: making the customer happy and bringing money home. Customer projects are a high-risk business on both sides customers and contractors but the dynamics of this business have so far been mostly ignored in literature. The book is intended to fill this gap. The book helps project managers better understand the dynamics of customer projects under contract from business development through handover and find solutions for common problems. A central aspect is international contract laws an often underestimated factor in projects. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367522070

Project Cost Recording and Reporting Communication is a vital part of project management and reports are one of the preferred vehicles for transmitting information to an intended internal or external audience. Reports are also part of the system of control and governance on projects used to bring attention to issues and prompt action to improve project outcomes. There are countless ways of combining project information for consumption by stakeholders. This book discusses the purpose of project reports and provides examples of the format content timing and audience for various types. Using principles of stakeholders and risk management it presents a rationale for communication plans enabling appropriate reporting at the project program and portfolio level. The author also: Presents tangible experience and suggestions for developing project reports. Discusses project reports in context as applicable to types of stakeholders and the project lifecycle. Identifies sources and types of data required for adequate reporting. Offers examples of report formats graphics and content. Reflects on typical challenges encountered with project reporting. It is essential reading for practitioners and students of project management cost control and accountancy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409450993

Project Delivery in Business-as-Usual Organizations Business organizations are highly successful at delivering 'business as usual'; the day-to-day tasks of managing customer transactions marketing and production activities and motivating employees. But there is a growing requirement for such organizations also to deliver business change projects successfully. 'Business as usual organizations' represent a particularly challenging environment for achieving this because of the fundamentally different mindset and culture required to deliver projects in this context. Tim Carroll's book provides an authoritative guide to improving project delivery in such organizations by: ¢ building a project management capability and culture that is appropriate to BAU organizations; ¢ aligning projects more closely with the strategic agenda of the organization through the use of programmes; ¢ using portfolio management to improve this alignment and ensure the effectiveness of project investments; ¢ demonstrating the business context for projects and their contribution to the organization's agenda of strategic change. The author argues convincingly that project management hasn't travelled well from its traditional roots in construction and engineering to business-as-usual organizations. New approaches are called for in particular to embed project delivery capabilities more deeply within the organization rather than treat it as a specialist discipline. This is a 'must-read' book to help managers responsible for strategy and change in all business-as-usual organizations (such as banks insurance business and consumer service companies hospitals local and national government) to realize the value that project management can bring to the long-term development of their organization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602370

Project Development in the Solar Industry This book provides an extensive overview of utility scale  solar  project  development  and  the  various tasks  required  to  bring  large  solar  power  plants from plans to realities. The various topics have been organized and presented in a way to clearly define important  development  fundamentals  including basic business and legal considerations. The reader is  also  guided  through  the  more  complex  aspects of  renewable  energy  development  such  as  how to  choose  the  ideal  project  site.  Further   while the  book  is  appropriate  for  a  cover  to  cover  read-through it is also designed to be an excellent go-to reference a HANDBOOK FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY DEVELOPMENT.Edited by: Albie Fong and Jesse Tippettwith contributions from: Arturo Alvarez Jeffery Atkin William DuFour III Perry Fontana William Hugron Jason Keller Tyler M. Kropf Michael Mendelsohn Brett Prior Scott Reynolds Pilar Rodriguez-Ibáñez Katherine Ryzhaya Poster and Alfonso TovarELECTRONIC ENHANCEMENTSThe book’s companion website http://www.solarbookteam.com provides contact information for all authors to the book and access to the key resources highlighted in the text. This tailored media platform provides supplemental and exclusive information that is up-to-date with the present state of the solar industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576615

Project Ethics How relevant is ethics to project management? The book - which aims to demystify the field of ethics for project managers and managers in general - takes both a critical and a practical look at project management in terms of success criteria and ethical opportunities and risks. The goal is to help the reader to use ethical theory to further identify opportunities and risks within their projects and thereby to advance more directly along the path of mature and sustainable managerial practice. Project Ethics opens with an investigation of the critical success factors in project management. It then illustrates how situations can arise within projects where values can compete and looks at how ethical theories on virtue utility duty and rights can be used as competence eye-openers to evaluate projects. The reader is challenged to think of their project management experiences where questions of competing values surfaced and mirror them in short vignettes taken from real practice from all round the globe. Finally a new method is introduced based on classical ethical theory which can help project owners project managers project teams and stakeholders to identify estimate and evaluate ethical opportunities and risks in projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409410966

Project ExecutionA Practical Approach to Industrial and Commercial Project Management Written by Chitram Lutchman a project management professional with more than 20 years of field and business experience Project Execution: A Practical Approach to Industrial and Commercial Project Management gives you a more optimistic view of this exciting and challenging area. The book focuses on the essential requirements for successful execution of commercial and industrial projects. It differs from other project management books by focusing exclusively on the Execution Stage of the project leveraging this opportunity for value maximization for the organization. Lutchman identifies people process and systems readiness as key components of an overall Milestone Readiness Process. When managed properly this readiness approach to project management greatly increases the ability of project leaders to deliver on budget and on schedule. The author highlights practical measures and tools that can be used by Project Leaders to promote smooth and controlled execution of a project rewarding all stakeholders through a collective value maximization effort. He also pinpoints safety as a priority strong leadership behaviors and stakeholder relations and management as key requirements for success. Lutchman draws on his in-the-trenches know-how and frontline experiences to provide practical recommendations for project execution requirements that while intuitive are very likely to be forgotten given the many competing priorities of project leaders. Whether you are a seasoned professional with years of experience or a novice just getting your feet wet this book enhances your preparedness skills and capabilities in project execution or project support roles. This easy-to-follow road map is well equipped with practical tools ideas and concepts that enhances your ability to keep projects on budget and on schedule. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138118089

Project FeasibilityTools for Uncovering Points of Vulnerability This book presents a set of tools that will aid in deciding whether a project should go ahead be improved or abandoned altogether by pinpointing its vulnerabilities. It offers a review of project feasibility analysis and more critically psychodynamic aspects that are often neglected including how stakeholders interact. It provides a complement to the common techniques used for analyzing technical financial and marketing feasibility. The goal is to identify "hidden truths" and eliminate those gray areas that jeopardize the success of a given project. The focus is on uncovering points of vulnerabilities in four key aspects of a project: People Power Processes and Plan. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498757911

Project Finance for Construction The world of construction is intrinsically linked with that of finance from the procurement and tendering stage of projects right through to valuation of buildings. In addition to this things like administrations liquidations mergers take-overs buy-outs and floatations affect construction firms as they do all other companies. This book is a rare explanation of common construction management activities from a financial point of view. While the practical side of the industry is illustrated here with case studies the authors also take the time to build up an understanding of balance sheets and P&L accounts before explaining how common tasks like estimating or valuation work from this perspective. Readers of this book will not only learn how to carry out the tasks of a construction cost manager quantity surveyor or estimator they will also understand the financial logic behind them and the motivations that drive senior management. This is an essential book for students of quantity surveying or construction management and all ambitious practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941304

Project Governance Without a governance structure an organization runs the risk of conflicts and inconsistencies between the various means of achieving organizational goals the processes and resources causing costly inefficiencies that impact negatively on both smooth running and bottom line profitability. However the frequency of projects failing to meet these corporate objectives has focused attention firmly on the process of project governance. In this book Ralf Müller provides a well-researched framework to explain the different preferences organizations have in goal setting along with the best-practices roles and responsibilities related to governance tasks. This concise text is an important guide for project and programme managers those managers concerned with corporate governance such as risk managers and internal auditors project sponsors and project board members as well as academics researching organizational and project performance. Project Governance is part of the Gower Fundamentals of Project Management Series. Practising professionals and project students will find in the fundamentals a definitive shorthand guide to each of the main competencies associated with project management; a book that is authoritative based on current research but immediately relevant and applicable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245928

Project Head StartModels and Strategies for the Twenty-First Century First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315047539

Project IdentificationCapturing Great Ideas to Dramatically Improve Your Organization Organizations of every type struggle to remain relevant in their marketplace. They continuously strive to introduce new products and services at a rate that satisfies their customers. In their search for fresh ideas organizations often overlook the most significant source of new thought — their employees. Today’s employees are knowledgeable and able to see opportunities or solutions to problems. This book describes a process for turning "great ideas" into actionable proposals. It presents a simple but powerful set of questions that has proven to deliver a never-ending stream of inspiration to an organization. Although formal processes for project initiation execution and completion may be firmly embedded in an organization’s project life cycle little is said about project origins. In Project Identification the author provides a formal process that encourages and enables all of your employees from the corporate suite to the college hire to participate in the innovation process. The book presents a mechanism for identifying and capturing great ideas and inspired thought as new project proposals. It provides you with a repeatable process to organize evaluate and then select candidate projects for initiation. In the first part of the book the author describes the complete project life cycle and explains how the Project Identification process complements the formal Project Management methodology. The book then presents a series of questions that guide the decision-making process for identifying new projects. For each question the author includes an example from a real proposal that demonstrates how to craft useful content. The book concludes by explaining how to capture and manage each of the formal proposals and make sure they are properly considered. It details the transition of a candidate project to a live effort ready for project initiation. This book can help streamline how your organization conceptualizes and approves projects. It will help you deliver a continuous source of fresh ideas for solving your most challenging business problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482262124

Project Leadership Project Leadership the classic best-selling textbook originally by Wendy Briner Michael Geddes and Colin Hastings anticipated so many of the changes in approaches to project management that are now regarded as mainstream - not least the focus on behaviours. The Third Edition by experts Sarah Coleman and Donnie MacNicol has been substantially rewritten introducing new material and experience reflecting the transformation that has taken place in the world of projects and leadership. Project Leadership Third Edition looks at the nature of the leadership role in projects why it is significant and how it impacts the processes throughout the project life-cycle from shaping and scoping start up and delivery through to project closure. The authors put considerable emphasis on a set of core capabilities around the themes of vision and strategy relationship building communication and engagement. The book also focuses on building personal and organizational project leadership capability including models tools and diagnostics drawing on experiences of working with projects and organizations from multiple sectors and across the globe. The Foreword and Endorsements have been provided by industry leaders. Sarah Coleman and Donnie MacNicol have retained and built on the wonderful range of simple imaginative and very applicable models and perspectives developed by the previous authors. Every project leader aspiring project leader and organization with project management communities should own and use a copy of this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472452801

Project LeadershipCreating Value with an Adaptive Project Organization Look around your organization: can you identify who owns project management? Would that person appreciate that they own responsibility for your projects? Project Leadership: Creating Value with an Adaptive Project Organization highlights the importance of these questions—underlining the importance not only of the project team but on the culture of executive leadership to the success of projects. It offers straight-forward takeaways and solutions to provide executives with the tools to implement an effective project environment. The book begins with a discussion of the project environment and what it means for a project to succeed or fail in today’s world. It introduces the Adaptive Project Management Model followed by a review of the systems and tools that give firms increasing ability to maintain priority on strategic projects and manage their associated uncertainty. Working through the book you can progressively apply tactics from each chapter to increase your project leadership capability and improve your process so that your projects adapt as required depending on the nature of the portfolio itself. Ask yourself this—what is my customer buying? What do they really want? The one element that all organizations have in common is that customers are buying execution and not much else. Therefore ultimately this book is about execution—getting things done and making things happen. It details methods and tactics that help you execute projects more effectively and give your organization the edge in the current fast-paced marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482216301

Project LeadershipRIBA Plan of Work 2013 Guide The RIBA Plan of Work 2013 Guide: Design Management is part of a brand new series providing must-read practical guidance to running efficient and successful projects using the new RIBA Plan of Work 2013. Each guide takes a core project task – in this case Project Lead - and explains the essential activities and considerations required at each stage of the new Plan of Work. Easy to use and navigate and in a small and handy format these guides will provide the ultimate quick reference support at your desk or on site. The author provides concise and pragmatic advice rooted in real world experience – a ‘how to’ that will resonate with practitioners. In-text features such as ‘hints and tips’ ‘checklists’ ‘forms and templates’ and ‘signposts’ to trusted resources will provide user-friendly support. Boxed examples will highlight best practice and illuminate common problems and solutions borne of hard won experience. These guides are designed to be used on all projects – large and small – and across all types of procurement. They are task rather than role-oriented acknowledging that a variety of people take on these responsibilities including the architect the client the contractor or a consultant. They will also be useful for architectural students at Part 3 who are getting to grips with the realities of practice and the new Plan of Work. The author and series editor Dale Sinclair is a highly successful and experienced practitioner lecturer and author. He is RIBA Vice President Practice and Profession and he led the development of the RIBA Plan of Work 2013. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465516

Project Life Cycle EconomicsCost Estimation Management and Effectiveness in Construction Projects The financing of modern construction projects reflects the need to address the costs and benefits of the whole life of the project. This means that end of life economics can now have a far greater impact on the planning and feasibility phases. During the project itself decisions on construction materials and processes all influence the schedule as well as both immediate and down-the-line costs. Massimo Pica and his co-authors explain in detail the fundamentals of project life cycle economics and how they apply in the context of complex modern construction. This is an essential guide for those involved in construction project design tendering and contracting; to help ensure the sustainability of the project or their contribution to it from the start. It is also important for those involved in the delivery of the project to help them make the choices to keep the project on a financial even keel. Government corporations and other organizations are looking for new models of collaborative working to fund their large construction and infrastructure projects in the face of changing attitudes to risk; a better educated and more demanding base of end-user clients and the increasing requirements for projects that are environmentally responsible and sustainable. Project Life Cycle Economics is a fundamental primer for those commissioning and those delivering construction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472419644

Project Management First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154773

Project Management The author's masterly exposition of the principles and practice of project management has been pre-eminent in its field for four decades. It was among the very few early books to treat project management holistically rather than as a collection of separate techniques. It thus explains the entire project management process in great detail demonstrating techniques ranging from the simplest of charts to sophisticated computer applications. Everything is reinforced throughout with case examples and diagrams. The text has been completely restructured and largely rewritten for this ninth edition so that the sequence now follows even more closely the life-cycle of a typical project from its earliest definition to final close-out. Case examples and diagrams have all been reviewed updated augmented or replaced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713536

Project Management This book was published in 2003.This exposition of the principles and practice of project management examines the entire process in detail from initial appraisal to final closedown demonstrating techniques that range from the simplest of manual charts to sophisticated computer systems. The text is reinforced throughout with case examples and diagrams. For this edition the text has been meticulously revised and updated and includes a new chapter on aspects of managing project risk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708280

Project Management Dennis Lock's masterly exposition of the principles and practice of project management has been pre-eminent in its field for 45 years and was among the first books to treat project management as a holistic subject. But Project Management has been kept completely up to date by regular and sensitive revisions to ensure that it remains fresh and totally relevant. Project Management explains the entire project management process in great detail demonstrating techniques from simple charts to detailed computer applications. Everything is reinforced with clear diagrams and case examples many new for this edition. The author has expanded discussion of topics such as supply chain management and the project management office (PMO) and there are new chapters about implementing change management projects and the role of senior managers in supporting projects. Obsolescent or less frequently used methods have been stripped out but readers of the hardback Tutor’s Edition will find that this deleted material lives on as new chapters on the accompanying CD-ROM which has itself also been thoroughly revised. Importantly that disc includes comprehensive Power Point presentations with hundreds of well designed slides that tutors can use directly as a valuable resource for their lectures. Students have always commented on this book’s reader-friendly style which is free of unnecessary jargon with clear diagrams and a construction that is logically organized well indexed and simple to navigate. This Tenth Edition is certain to maintain the book's acclaimed status as the standard work for managers and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452690

Project Management Projects are all around us from the research paper we are currently working on to the major organizational changes we observe in companies. They are a purposeful time-limited integration of diverse knowledge to reach a unique outcome and therefore useful vehicles to manage deliberate change initiatives within and beyond organisations from the launch of a new product to the acquisition of a new firm. Especially in the 2000s we have seen a rapid expansion of project management popularization and use of project management across different businesses so that project and project management has become more and more crucial not only to organisations but to society and economy. However project management is not new. The deliberate management of projects emerged in the 1950s from the pragmatic need to improve execution of large and complex undertakings with high degree of novelty and uncertainty. An umbrella of tools techniques and procedures such as work breakdown structures network plans PERT (program evaluation and review technique) and Gantt charts have been developed since then. These techniques and methods typically form the foundation of many of the textbooks and bodies of knowledge in project management. However today project management comprises a broad set of topics and people have generally argued for the idea of relabeling the entire knowledge domain to cover different levels of analysis and topics outside the conventional and narrow definitions of project management. This collection is a response to such calls – although we have kept the original term ‘project management’. In that respect it covers both the classic viewpoints of planning structuring and success and the more recent empirical works and theoretical developments on projects. In addition we present some of the broader work on the institutional context of projects including organising and managing project-based firms knowledge transfer and inter-project learning and the role of portfolio and programme management This new four volume collection from Routledge edited by Joana Geraldi (Cranfield University UK) and Jonas Soderlund (Norwegian Business School) will capture the emergence of project management as an academic field and portray the current streams of thinking in the area. Including a new introduction and fully indexed the volumes will provide the reader with a solid background to the knowledge about developments of the field and expose the reader to its key debates theoretical and empirical variety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629423

Project Management Third EditionA Practical Approach The primary aim of Project Management is to facilitate the successful completion of projects. For this reason it puts particular emphasis on the importance of careful preparation and strategic co-operation within the project team. The first part of this new textbook offers a description of the project-based approach to the work environment an analysis of when such an approach is appropriate and an account of how to make projects work. In addition this part of the book discusses the role of planning software within the project environment. Part Two of the book describes the practical tools and skills needed to tackle projects. A number of the skills outlined in Part Two are also relevant to learning contexts other than projects. This new edition offers additional material on the life-cycle of the project: from setting up to completing a project. New sections deal with skills such as brainstorming and decision making in the project group. The text makes for required reading for project management students everywhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001790929

Project Management &Leadership Skills for Engineering & Construction Projects Project management is the key to any engineering and construction project's success. Now you can learn from the experts real-world tested strategies you can use to lead your projects to on-time within budget high quality success stories. Specifics of scheduling cost estimating and leadership skills are fully detailed. The authors will show you how to organize your project from the very beginning to achieve success. You'll also learn to use win-win negotiation skills during each stage of your project. Real world examples will facilitate your understanding of how to apply every aspect of the material presented in the text. Loaded with forms checklists and case studies this invaluable reference is a must for everyone involved with engineering and construction projects. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151043

Project Management A-Z: A Compendium of Project Management Techniques and How to Use ThemA Compendium of Project Management Techniques and H This title was first published in 2003. What does project authorization involve and how should you seek it? What is earned value and how are the calculations made? How do you select the appropriate method for handing over a project and what are the pitfalls associated with the options you can choose from? "The Project Management A-Z" provides you with the answer to these questions and more in an A-Z coverage of 80 project management techniques. Each one includes an explanation of the technique how when and why you would use it. There are sample forms checklists of key questions to ask yourself and others cross-references to the other techniques within the manual in fact everything to ensure that you: understand the technique and the context in which it is used; identify whether or not it will work for you; and are able to apply it appropriately and effectively. If you are just starting a project or deeply engrossed in one the opportunity to discuss alternative approaches or explore the problems and opportunities that the project may throw up is particularly valuable. Sometimes you may have access to a project mentor or coach who can advise you. The Project Management A-Z helps fill that role challenging your perception and helping build your confidence in the quality of the processes you are using and the decisions you are making. Successful projects are built on the skills of the project manager the quality of the basic foundations that are laid and sensitive but assertive management of processes and resources. This title should prove a useful reference to the main techniques for all of these key elements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716506

Project Management A-Z: A Compendium of Project Management Techniques and How to Use ThemA Compendium of Project Management Techniques and H This title was first published in 2003. What does project authorization involve and how should you seek it? What is earned value and how are the calculations made? How do you select the appropriate method for handing over a project and what are the pitfalls associated with the options you can choose from? "The Project Management A-Z" provides you with the answer to these questions and more in an A-Z coverage of 80 project management techniques. Each one includes an explanation of the technique how when and why you would use it. There are sample forms checklists of key questions to ask yourself and others cross-references to the other techniques within the manual in fact everything to ensure that you: understand the technique and the context in which it is used; identify whether or not it will work for you; and are able to apply it appropriately and effectively. If you are just starting a project or deeply engrossed in one the opportunity to discuss alternative approaches or explore the problems and opportunities that the project may throw up is particularly valuable. Sometimes you may have access to a project mentor or coach who can advise you. The Project Management A-Z helps fill that role challenging your perception and helping build your confidence in the quality of the processes you are using and the decisions you are making. Successful projects are built on the skills of the project manager the quality of the basic foundations that are laid and sensitive but assertive management of processes and resources. This title should prove a useful reference to the main techniques for all of these key elements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716490

Project Management BasicsA Step by Step Approach Project Management Project Management Technology Planning the Project The Project Schedule The Project Budget Project Control Status Reporting Engineering Materials Management Construction Management Subcontract Administration Commissioning the Facility Project Completion The Project Manager's Role as a Manager Future Directions Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450809

Project Management beyond Waterfall and Agile This book goes beyond the paint by numbers approach transcending the "how" of project management to the "what" and "why " which is critical for leaders of change. — Dr. Joel B. Carboni President and Founder GPM Global and President IPMA-USA Project Management beyond Waterfall and Agile presents a flexible universal and integrated three-dimensional model for managing projects the Customizable and Adaptable Methodology for Managing Projects™ (CAMMP™ ). By tailoring and customizing the model to a specific industry or organization and by adapting it to a function or project classification this model can be used to manage any project. CAMMP™ can also be used both in a traditional or an Agile environment. CAMMP™ integrates leading concepts on competence processes and sustainability. The model’s three dimensions are project lifecycle project management processes and finally competence sustainability and best practices. The book explains how to integrate these dimensions to manage a project across the three dimensions and the project stages. CAMMP™ is a stage-gate process which is vital for project success. The current state of practice in project management is not sustainable. The root causes of this problem include a lack of standardized processes missing methods or methodological approaches and no real organizational system for managing projects. This book introduces a system to address these shortcomings. It focuses on the elements of this system which is a practical and systematic methodological approach for managing and delivering all types of projects. CAMMP™ integrates the best learning from the various global associations in the field. The book distills the experience and knowledge of a practitioner working in different roles for more than three decades on various types of projects of all sizes and complexities. It is a practical book by a practitioner writing for practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138705630

Project Management Capability AssessmentPerforming ISO 33000-Based Capability Assessments of Project Management Learn how to perform project management according to international standards of compliance using capability assessment processes. This book compares and contrasts the approach to project management using ISO 21500 against the more direct ISO 33000 Capability Assessment. It shows how to assess projects adequately for process improvement or how well an organization performs against a standard measurable framework. Using ISO 21500 as the project management reference point and ISO 15504/33000 as the capability assessment reference the book shows you how to assess whether your projects are being run according to a specific capability level or support them to reach higher levels of capability. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138298521

Project Management Case Studies and Lessons LearnedStakeholder Scope Knowledge Schedule Resource and Team Management Project managers who lead globally dispersed teams face unique challenges in managing project stakeholders scope knowledge sharing schedules resources and above all team execution in a global business environment. Finding timely solutions to challenging events becomes more difficult in a global project environment. This book presents more than 80 case studies designed to help project managers craft solutions to the typical problems that can occur in global projects. The author describes surprising unexpected and catastrophic cases that he encountered during his 35 years of project management experience in the global arena. The author details the background of each challenging case and then explains how he remedied the issue at hand. Some cases involve a logical step-by-step approach toward a solution while others require unorthodox steps to get the project on the right track. The book includes lessons learned after every case. This book is designed to help global project managers become more proactive careful disciplined and ready for sudden surprises that can affect their projects. The project cases detailed in this book support and guide the strategizing process that occurs during the execution of global projects. The book emphasizes the importance of documenting lessons learned after each project to prevent making the same mistakes in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498700405

Project Management Concepts Methods and Techniques In order to succeed in today’s increasingly competitive environment corporations companies governments and nonprofit organizations must be conversant with modern project management techniques. This is especially true for individuals looking to remain professionally competitive.Illustrating the why what and how of project management Project Management Concepts Methods and Techniques will help readers develop and refine the skills needed to achieve strategic objectives. It presents a balanced blend of detailed explanatory texts and more than 200 illustrations to supply readers with actionable knowledge that can be put to use immediately.Completely aligned with the Project Management Institute Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) this book is the ideal platform for developing the understanding needed to plan schedule and deliver successful projects. Explaining how to recognize performance obstacles it supplies time-tested strategies to help you: Overcome performance obstacles and produce positive results Master the communication and relationship management techniques required for success Develop and refine the core project management skills needed to manage projects in multi-disciplinary and cross-functional environments Filled with exercises worked-through answers and self-assessment techniques this book is an ideal guide for anyone who works directly or indirectly with the management of projects. It illustrates a wide range of real-world situations to help you develop the real-world knowledge needed to consistently deliver projects that meet and exceed stakeholder requirements well into the future. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466502888

Project Management Demystified Concise practical and entertaining to read this excellent introduction to project management is an indispensable book for professionals and students working in or studying project management in business engineering or the public sector. This third edition contains expanded sections on programme management portfolio management and the public sector. An entirely new chapter covers the evaluation analysis and management of risks and issues. A much expanded section explores the rise and utilization of methodologies like Prince2. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129337

Project Management Drill BookA Self-Study Guide A self study guide that includes clear instructions or drill book on Project Management.  It includes sections on 'The Math' of Project Management Networking and looking at task times; looking at rules during project preparation and also includes a section on communciation and human relations.  A useful list of project management acronyms is also included.  Media > Books > E-books ESI International 9780203741764

Project Management EssentialsAnalytics for Control This Focus book presents the basic principles and practice of project management and simple analytics for project control using the systems framework of Design Evaluation Justification and Integration (DEJI). The overriding theme of the book is that every pursuit can be organized as a project. This short form book presents the evolution of products in the classical era of introducing new projects needing project management. It discusses the development of project alliances includes the role of project management in advancing organization goals illustrates the early applications of project management and includes humans in the loop. The book will also cover project systems and work design while showing the integration of quantitative and qualitative analytics. This book can serve as a reference for everyone since everyone is engaged in project management whether formal or informal Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367431181

Project Management for Engineering Business and Technology Project Management for Engineering Business and Technology is a highly regarded textbook that addresses project management across all industries. First covering the essential background from origins and philosophy to methodology the bulk of the book is dedicated to concepts and techniques for practical application. Coverage includes project initiation and proposals scope and task definition scheduling budgeting risk analysis control project selection and portfolio management program management project organization and all-important "people" aspects—project leadership team building conflict resolution and stress management. The systems development cycle is used as a framework to discuss project management in a variety of situations making this the go-to book for managing virtually any kind of project program or task force. The authors focus on the ultimate purpose of project management—to unify and integrate the interests resources and work efforts of many stakeholders as well as the planning scheduling and budgeting needed to accomplish overall project goals. This sixth edition features: updates throughout to cover the latest developments in project management methodologies; a new chapter on project procurement management and contracts; an expansion of case study coverage throughout including those on the topic of sustainability and climate change as well as cases and examples from across the globe including India Africa Asia and Australia; and  extensive instructor support materials including an instructor’s manual PowerPoint slides answers to chapter review questions and a test bank of questions. Taking a technical yet accessible approach  this book is an ideal resource and reference for all advanced undergraduate and graduate students in project management courses as well as for practicing project managers across all industry sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277345

Project Management for Healthcare Project Management for Healthcare Second Edition covers the significant changes in both the direction of healthcare and the direction of project management. The most significant change in healthcare is the prevalence of online data and the need for its protection. The book explains how data can be protected during a project’s lifecycle. The most significant change in project management is Agile and a new chapter covers how Agile can be applied to projects in healthcare. This new edition also covers green technology and sustainability. Exploring the discipline of project management from the perspective of the healthcare the book dissects the project process and covers the management skills required to successfully manage a project. By defining a project to include the tools and techniques required the book shows how to successfully deliver a project from identifying stakeholders and developing and gaining consensus on requirements to constructing a project plan. It also covers in detail the skills required to successfully manage project stakeholders and team members. At times healthcare personnel may have to work with program management or may even be part of program management and must interact with pharmaceutical companies and medical device manufacturers. This book covers program management and how it relates to the healthcare industry and some of the project processes used by those companies involved in pharmaceuticals and manufacturers of medical devices. By giving an inside look at the processes used the book gives an understanding of how those companies bring their products to market and how to adapt those processes for their own benefit. Managing healthcare projects using the discipline of project management is a skill that can help healthcare professionals better utilize limited resources both human and monetary and ensure the highest possible quality of care to meet or exceed their stakeholders’ expectations. Project Management for Healthcare Second Edition shows how to use the discipline of project management to achieve those goals successfully. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367252014

Project Management for Performance Improvement Teams Project Management for Performance Improvement Teams (or PM4PITs for short) provides practical guidance based on innovative concepts for project teams -- especially Performance Improvement Teams (PITs)—and their Project Managers on how to successfully complete individual projects and programs using an ingenious and scalable framework based on an innovative foundation fusing together elements of Project Management Innovation Management and Continual Improvement. This book lays out how Project and Program Managers and their teams can "do those right projects the right way " one project at a time. It details what continual improvement change and innovation are why they are so important and how they apply to performance improvement—both incremental and transformative. The authors examine the four types of work and workforce management in organizations Strategic Operations Projects and Crises using four common comparative variables: Proactive/Preventive versus Reactive/Corrective Temporary/Unique versus Ongoing/Repetitive Innovative versus Maintaining the Status Quo and Schedule Focus: Fiscal Year versus Short Term versus Long Term. These comparisons set the stage for the uniqueness of the third type: Projects (and Programs) that are fundamentally change-driven. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466572553

Project Management for Planners This book provides practicing planners with the knowledge of how to bring real world planning projects to a successful and efficient. It applies the five process groups of project management as identified in Project Management Institute's PMBOK® Guide and put them in the language of planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107567

Project Management for Research and DevelopmentGuiding Innovation for Positive R&D Outcomes Today’s leading organizations recognize the importance of research and development (R&D) to maintain and grow market share. If companies want to survive into the future they must accelerate their R&D-to-market cycles or find themselves behind the competition.Project Management for Research and Development: Guiding Innovation for Positive R&D Outcomes explains how to apply proven project management methods to obtain positive outcomes in R&D and innovation projects. It addresses the specific factors companies must consider when using project management to scope define and manage R&D projects. It also offers best practices and case studies that illustrate actual applications of theory.This book details methods to help readers optimize results in R&D through the use of structured processes derived from the project management field and other complementary disciplines. Each chapter includes diagrams surveys checklists and question-answer forms to guide readers in determining where their activity falls along a project spectrum and to help them structure their own R&D project. The methods presented in this book can easily be applied to innovation projects and creative endeavors. As there are limited sources of information on how to utilize project management methodology effectively in these types of projects this book is an ideal resource for anyone looking to add structure and proven methods to enable R&D innovation and other creative activities. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466596290

Project Management for ResearchA Guide for Graduate Students Graduate research is a complicated process which many undergraduate students aspire to undertake. The complexity of the process can lead to failures for even the most brilliant students. Success at the graduate research level requires not only a high level of intellectual ability but also a high level of project management skills. Unfortunately many graduate students have trouble planning and implementing their research. Project Management for Research: A Guide for Graduate Students reflects the needs of today’s graduate students. All graduate students need mentoring and management guidance that has little to do with their actual classroom performance. Graduate students do a better job with their research programs if a self-paced guide is available to them. This book provides such a guide. It covers topics ranging from how to select an appropriate research problem to how to schedule and execute research tasks. The authors take a project management approach to planning and implementing graduate research in any discipline. They use a conversational tone to address the individual graduate student. This book helps graduate students and advisors answer most of the basic questions of conducting and presenting graduate research thereby alleviating frustration on the part of both student and advisor. It presents specific guidelines and examples throughout the text along with more detailed examples in reader-friendly appendices at the end. By being more organized and prepared to handle basic research management functions graduate students along with their advisors will have more time for actual intellectual mentoring and knowledge transfer resulting in a more rewarding research experience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482299113

Project Management for Successful Product Innovation This comprehensive book provides a complete guide to managing projects involving the development of new products. It aims to give the practising project manager an insight into the many processes that are involved in handling one of the most complex of industrial activities. The book is arranged in a logical sequence covering the development of project management project management structures aspects of planning monitoring and control economics and value management design management intellectual property issues and production start-up. Particular emphasis has been given to risk management which is recognized as both a difficult subject and also one of growing importance to today’s project manager especially in product innovation. A complete explanation is given of the latest and most relevant techniques together with guidance as to where and how they should be applied. Where software tools are available these are named and in some cases brief descriptions are included; in all cases contact details of the vendors are provided. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245904

Project Management for Supplier OrganizationsHarmonising the Project Owner to Supplier Relationship Conventionally the literature on project management presents the story from the project client or Owner’s perspective. Project Management for Supplier Organizations turns this on its head and explores the challenges and remedies from the perspective of the vendors providing the necessary goods and services to a project. It explains the likely impact on the structure culture and procedures of Suppliers and identifies the additional competences they may require. It offers new insights frameworks and models in particular a new Supplier Organization’s Project Lifecycle Model that integrate the role of the Supplier as a member of the Owner’s project team with their own necessary commercial activities such as marketing and selling. For Suppliers this unlocks the contents of the various Bodies of Knowledge by showing how and where the tools and techniques of project management apply to their particular role. The text explores in some detail the shared and divergent interests of Suppliers and Owners and shows how a well thought-out and carefully executed procurement process maximises the former and diminishes the latter. Such an insight is equally valuable for any Owner Organization. Adrian Taggart’s book provides a refreshing and essential perspective. For Suppliers managing their role in a project it offers a real insight and an urgent set of priorities. For Owners it shows how best they can work with their suppliers to mutual benefit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472411099

Project Management for the Oil and Gas IndustryA World System Approach Project management for oil and gas projects comes with a unique set of challenges that include the management of science technology and engineering aspects. Underlining the specific issues involved in projects in this field Project Management for the Oil and Gas Industry: A World System Approach presents step-by-step application of project management techniques. Using the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®) framework from the Project Management Institute (PMI) as the platform the book provides an integrated approach that covers the concepts tools and techniques for managing oil and gas projects.The authors discuss specialized tools such as plan do check act (PDCA); define measure analyze improve control (DMAIC); suppliers inputs process outputs customers (SIPOC); design evaluate justify integrate (DEJI); quality function deployment (QFD); affinity diagrams; flowcharts; Pareto charts; and histograms. They also discuss the major activities in oil and gas risk assessment such as feasibility studies design transportation utility survey works construction permanent structure works mechanical and electrical installations and maintenance.Strongly advocating a world systems approach to managing oil and gas projects and programs the book covers quantitative and qualitative techniques. It addresses technical and managerial aspects of projects and illustrates the concepts with case examples of applications of project management tools and techniques to real-life project scenarios that can serve as lessons learned for best practices. An in-depth examination of project management for oil and gas projects the book is a handbook for professionals in the field a guidebook for technical consultants and a resource for students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077515

Project Management for the Pharmaceutical Industry The pharmaceutical industry has encountered major shifts in recent years both within the industry and in its external environment. The cost of healthcare rising due to an ageing population the intensification of regulatory requirements and mergers within the industry have led to an increased need for restructuring cost reduction and culture change projects. Project management is the key to addressing these needs and also to effective drug development. Given the costs of development and the critical issue of 'time to market' project management techniques - appropriately used - are a key factor in bringing a drug to market. In this book Laura Brown and Tony Grundy's pharmaceutical expertise and experience offers the reader a guide to the most relevant project management tools and techniques and how to rigorously apply them in the pharmaceutical industry. The authors cover the technical strategic and human aspects of project management including contingency planning simulation techniques and different project options. Complete with decision-tree diagrams checklists exercises and a full glossary Project Management for the Pharmaceutical Industry provides clinical research drug development and quality assurance managers or directors with a one-stop reference for successfully managing pharmaceutical projects. The text has been revised for this edition and now includes some additional material on risk management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247420

Project Management HackingHow to Manage Projects More Efficiently and Effectively in Less Time This book provides the much-needed no-nonsense guidance crucial for project managers – that is the type of guidance that is missing from every major body of knowledge and educational offering for working project managers. This very practical book identifies the activities that influence project success and focuses the limited time and energy available towards just those activities.   The Project Management Institute (PMI) and most literature on project management discusses all aspects of project management under the assumption that project managers will narrow down focus because they cannot be expected to use every process outlined by PMI to manage every project. This book uses the concept of "hacking" our standard conventions of project management and outlines a standard path identified by conventional wisdom an evil path that project managers frequently resort to under time/quality pressures and a hacker path that provides a better way to look at the challenge.   This book equips project managers with streamlined approaches to refocus their efforts on factors that matter while spending less time doing it. Project management is a demanding discipline with a growing body of knowledge with few instructions on how to do it all.   The author provides humorous anecdotes and examples while teaching readers how to save time improve quality and advance their career. The primary sections of the book cover how to approach the most common certifications in project management; continuing education; leading project teams; initiating planning executing monitoring and controlling projects; general life skills; and taking on additional responsibilities. Hacking project management is about focusing the limited bandwidth a project manager can give a project towards the activities that drive success. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367348151

Project Management in Construction The one thing that all well-run profitable construction projects have in common is that they benefit from good project managers. People who have the skills to plan the project manage it and keep it on track whenever tight timescales costs people or other difficulties threaten to derail it. The good news is that there is no secret art to project management. These are the skills that any manager can learn and use. Project Management in Construction is a practical easy-to-read guide to defining organizing planning and executing a construction project so that it is completed to the satisfaction of the principal stakeholders. The book is part of the Leading Construction Series co-published by Gower and CITB-ConstructionSkills. The Leading Construction Series is part of a CITB-ConstructionSkills initiative to develop management skills within the industry. The books in this series are designed to be essentially practical with a firm grounding in the construction industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602417

Project Management in Extreme SituationsLessons from Polar Expeditions Military and Rescue Operations and Wilderness Exploration The growing complexity of projects today as well as the uncertainty inherent in innovative projects is making obsolete traditional project management practices and procedures which are based on the notion that much about a project is known at its start. The current high level of change and complexity confronting organizational leaders and managers requires a new approach to projects so they can be managed flexibly to embrace and exploit change. What once used to be considered extreme uncertainty is now the norm and managing planned projects is being replaced by managing projects as they evolve. Successfully managing projects in extreme situations such as polar and military expeditions shows how to manage successfully projects in today’s turbulent environment. Executed under the harshest and most unpredictable conditions these projects are great sources for learning about how to manage unexpected and unforeseen situations as they occur. This book presents multiple case studies of managing extreme events as they happened during polar mountain climbing military and rescue expeditions. A boat accident in the Artic is a lesson on how an effective project manager must be ambidextrous: on one hand able to follow plans and on the other hand able to abandon those plans when disaster strikes and improvise new ones in response. Polar expeditions also illustrate how a team can use "weak links" to go beyond its usual information network to acquire strategic information. Fire and rescues operations illustrate how one team member’s knowledge can be transferred to the entire team. Military operations provide case material on how teams coordinate and make use of both individual and collective competencies. This groundbreaking work pushes the definitions of a project and project management to reveal new insight that benefits researchers academics and the practitioners managing projects in today’s challenging and uncertain times. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482208825

Project Management in Health and Community ServicesGetting good ideas to work Project management is recognised as a core competency across health and community services environments yet it can be challenging for new project staff and practitioners to balance the needs of stakeholders and ensure the best outcome for everyone involved.This wholly revised edition of Project Management in Health and Community Services presents the tools and techniques for effective practice offering practical problem-solving strategies for managing projects based on real-life scenarios. The expert authors use case studies and examples from the field to illustrate topics such as the project life cycle project planning execution and evaluation risk management handling change and building effective teams. This edition also features a new chapter on the importance of incorporating evaluation into project design and implementation and how evaluation can impact on future project design and development.Written by highly experienced authors and underpinned by the latest research this is an essential resource for anyone studying or working in health and community services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760632816

Project Management Lessons LearnedA Continuous Process Improvement Framework Lessons Learned is an important phase in project management. This is when organizations can pave the way for future project success by documenting mistakes so they are not repeated and recording best practices so they are repeated. This book covers the important role a project management office (PMO) plays in promoting lessons learned. Project managers learn how to improve processes by applying lessons learned. The book emphasizes "actionability " or producing a process improvement that can be acted upon by anyone in the PMO or project team. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498747776

Project Management Maturity Model Following in the tradition of its bestselling predecessors Project Management Maturity Model Third Edition provides a roadmap for improving project success and boosting organizational performance. This edition presents new and revised material based on the Project Management Institute’s (PMI’s) A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge Fifth Edition (PMBOK® Guide). Chapters are based on the 10 knowledge areas specified in PMI’s standard.A cornerstone of the author’s organization PM Solutions has been the Project Management Maturity Model (PMMMSM). This book fully describes the model to provide you with a comprehensive tool to improve your organization’s project management practices. The book covers the areas critical to organizational improvement including the project management office management oversight and professional development. After reading this book you will understand how to: Determine the maturity of your organization’s project management processes and use that information to address business needs Map a logical path to organization-wide process improvement Set priorities for short-term process improvement Assess the need for a project management office Track progress against your project management improvement plan Build and sustain a culture of project management excellence The book provides you with a conceptual framework to optimize specific project management processes and boost the capabilities of your organization. It presents best practices for determining portfolio maturity setting short-term priorities improving portfolio management processes and tracking progress. It also includes a checklist for assessing your organization’s project management maturity as well as an updated version of PM Solutions’ Project Portfolio Management Maturity Model. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482255447

Project Management Methodologies Governance and SuccessInsight from Traditional and Transformative Research With all signs pointing to an increased use of and interest in project-based work in modern organizations the better scholars are able to make sense of the current state of the field through theory development and empirical investigation the more successful projects promise to become. This book is a welcome addition to our field and will be I am sure an important work and source for future reference well into the future.—Dr. Jeffrey Pinto Pennsylvania State University The goal of practicing project managers and scholars alike lies in solving the puzzle of how to manage projects toward successful completion. However understanding what comprises project "success"—seemingly such an innocent question—has come to represent one of the most challenging problems for project managers and scholars. Who determines success? At what point in time is success best measured? How do diverse stakeholders define success? What happens when their perspectives collide? What is the difference between project success and project management success? These are surprisingly complex problems. For every principle or rule posited a brief investigation reveals that there are numerous exceptions muddying the waters and making these ideas increasingly opaque. Project Management Methodologies Governance and Success addresses this challenge head-on putting into proper context the critical issues that shape our understanding of the project management research process. Employing a concept referred to as "philosophical triangulation " the book shows how to overcome the weaknesses or intrinsic biases that disrupt and minimize the impact of so much organizational research. It places organizational governance and success within their proper context allowing scholars to identify the best methods for investigating project-based work. It links together in a cogent manner the diverse themes of research theory and design projects and project success and organizational governance. In effect this book demonstrates that to fully understand how to undertake research in projects theory and method are inextricably interwoven. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466577718

Project Management of Complex and Embedded SystemsEnsuring Product Integrity and Program Quality There are many books on project management and many on embedded systems but few address the project management of embedded products from concept to production. Project Management of Complex and Embedded Systems: Ensuring Product Integrity and Program Quality uses proven Project Management methods and elements of IEEE embedded software development techniques to explain how to deliver a reliable complex system to market. This volume begins with a general discussion of project management followed by an examination of the various tools used before a project is underway. The book then delves into the specific project stages: concept product development process development validation of the product and process and release to production. Finally post-project stages are explored including failure reporting analysis corrective actions and product support. The book draws heavily on information from Department of Defense sources as well as systems developed by the Automotive Industry Action Group General Motors Chrysler and Ford to standardize the approach to designing and developing new products. These automotive development and production ideas have universal value particularly the concept of process and design controls. The authors use these systems to explain project management techniques that can assist developers of any embedded system. The methods explored can be adapted toward mechanical development projects as well. The text includes numerous war stories offering concrete solutions to problems that might occur in production. Tables and illustrative figures are provided to further clarify the material. Organized sequentially to follow the normal life cycle of a project this book helps project managers identify challenges before they become problems and resolve those issues that cannot be avoided. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367386627

Project Management of Large Software-Intensive Systems The book describes how to manage and successfully deliver large complex and expensive systems that can be composed of millions of line of software code being developed by numerous groups throughout the globe that interface with many hardware items being developed by geographically dispersed companies where the system also includes people policies constraints regulations and a myriad of other factors. It focuses on how to seamlessly integrate systems satisfy the customer’s requirements and deliver within the budget and on time. The guide is essentially a “shopping list” of all the activities that could be conducted with tailoring guidelines to meet the needs of each project. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367136710

Project Management Recipes for Success Grounded in practicality this book explains the procedures for running a successful project and highlights the finer points of managing and controlling the project. Written specifically for those responsible for the hands-on managing of projects the book is also useful to overall program managers and senior executives. Project managers will gain the confidence that comes from following a good recipe for success. Program managers will gain a perspective on the myriad of activities their project managers must perform to achieve a well-disciplined project. Senior managers will gain a perspective of the approach necessary at the beginning of a project to reduce the number of ill-advised projects and the effort required to achieve successful projects. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138440432

Project Management SimplifiedA Step-by-Step Process Are projects a problem for you? Do your projects cost too much take too long or are just not quite right? If so Project Management Simplified: A Step-by-Step Process is the book for you. It applies well-defined processes for managing projects to managing change in our lives. It describes an approach modeled on a process used successfully in businesses not-for-profit organizations schools and other organizations. The skills and techniques are not unique to businesses and organizations; they are life skills available to everyone. There are a number of structured approaches that guide the successful completion of projects in business environments. This book translates these processes and techniques such that nonproject managers can easily use these proven approaches in a nonbusiness context for their own projects. It removes technical jargon the need for computer software and hardware and complicated organizational environments describing the essential project management processes in a simple straightforward manner. As you progress through the book you connect the dots necessary to complete your personal projects. A sample project in the text and a case study in the appendices further illustrate the concepts explained in the text. The author challenges you to select a project and working along with the book be the project manager and develop a project plan. By working with customers and funders of the project defining the project identifying how long it will take and determining its cost you will develop the expertise to define project goals and create a plan to reach them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729345

Project Management Skills for HealthcareMethods and Techniques for Diverse Skillsets Project management skills are valuable for any healthcare project not just technology projects. Non-technology activities that would benefit from project management skills include implementing a new policy housewide updating training for use of the electronic health record (EHR) creating a new orientation program quality assurance activities submitting an article or presentation writing a research proposal or opening a new patient care unit. In addition project management skills are not just for project managers but they can be used by anyone leading these types of activities such as managers staff educators and researchers. Many books on healthcare project management have been focused on technology projects while non-technology projects flounder without the required knowledge or skills of the person leading the project. The purpose of this book is to discuss these skills based on the Project Management Institute (PMI) standards in a way that non-project managers would be able to understand and apply. Concepts from project initiation through project closure will be presented twice first for novices and then for project leaders with more advanced skills. Practical accessible and containing numerous examples for each phase of the PMI Framework this book will be a valuable resource for all healthcare professionals and both novice and experienced project managers. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367376499

Project Management Theory and Practice Third Edition Project Management: Theory and Practice Third Edition gives students a broad and real flavor of project management. Bringing project management to life it avoids being too sterilely academic and too narrowly focused on a particular industry view. It takes a model-based approach towards project management commonly used in all industries. The textbook aligns with the latest version of the Project Management Institute’s Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®) Guide which is considered to be the de facto standard for project management. However it avoids that standard’s verbiage and presents students with readable and understandable explanations. Core chapters align with the Project Management Institute’s model as well as explain how this model fits real-world projects. The textbook can be used as companion to the standard technical model and help those studying for various project management certifications. The textbook takes an in-depth look at the following areas important to the standard model: Work Breakdown Structures (WBS) Earned Value Management (EVM) Enterprise project management Portfolio management (PPM) Professional responsibility and ethics Agile life cycle The text begins with a background section (Chapters 1–9) containing material outside of the standard model structure but necessary to prepare students for the 10 standard model knowledge areas covered in the chapters that follow. The text is rounded out by eight concluding chapters that explain advanced planning approaches models and projects’ external environments. Recognizing that project management is an evolving field the textbook includes section written by industry experts who share their insight and expertise on cutting-edge topics. It prepares students for upcoming trends and changes in project management while providing an overview of the project management environment today. In addition to guiding students through current models and standards Project Management: Theory and Practice Third Edition prepares students for the future by stimulating their thinking beyond the accepted pragmatic view. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780815360711

Project Management Tools and Techniques for Success Emphasizing that it's much easier and more cost effective to make changes in the planning phases of a project rather than later on Project Management Tools and Techniques for Success provides an accessible introduction to project management fundamentals. Highlighting approaches for avoiding common pitfalls it begins with an introduction to project management that compares and contrasts the stages of poor management with those of effective management. Because change is inherent in virtually all projects the text outlines the human effects of change and suggests ways to mitigate these effects. It addresses team dynamics sourcing alternatives motivating the team managing expectations assessing risk and defining and prioritizing project requirements. The book translates difficult concepts into practical applications with a case study that examines the merger of two companies along with the subsequent development of a new corporate headquarters. By adding a layer of statistical methods and tools to the front-end of a project Design for Six Sigma (DFSS) augments standard Six Sigma processes to help ensure project results meet customers' needs and that delays caused by new requirements or rework after implementation are eliminated or reduced. The book explains how to effectively incorporate DFSS tools to reduce the possibility of failure in your next project. Clearly illustrating effective project management practices the book includes a listing of commonly used acronyms suggestions for additional reading along with instructions on how to create four of the most important tools discussed in the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384036

Project Management Tools and TechniquesA Practical Guide A combination of art and skill that results in the balancing of project objectives against restraints of time budget and quality effective project management requires skill and experience as well as many tools and techniques. Project Management Tools and Techniques: A Practical Guide describes these tools and techniques and how to use them giving students the strong foundation they need to develop the skills and experience needed for a successful career in project management. The first five sections discuss a typical project life cycle and beginning with an introduction to project management in terms of the role it plays in the organization and how a business case drives the process. From this starting point the various planning and control-oriented techniques described evolve this process through the life cycle from scope development to completion. The final section closes the discussion with a group of more contemporary topics labeled "advanced." These are essential tools that need to be in wide use but are still evolving in practice. Most of the chapters supply sample questions and exercises to help with a review of the material. Each of the authors has extensive real-world experience in her or his respective professional areas with a combined experience of about 100 years. They have selected topics based on their valuation of the tool and its project management value. They present the material in such a way that the concepts can be applied to any project. Once this material is mastered students will have a good overview regarding the basic planning and control actions required by a project manager. Also this book will make a great reference guide that can be used by project managers and team members for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075108

Project Management Tools and TechniquesA Practical Guide Second Edition The topic of project management is truly an evolution of art seeking science. This activity involves balancing project objectives against the constraints of time budget and quality. Achieving this balance requires skill experience along with the use of many tools and techniques which are the focus of this book. This new edition provides updated content to incorporate examples from Microsoft Project 2016 and material from the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) sixth edition. The chapter structure includes step-by-step instructions regarding the basic mechanics and various software tools that can be used to assist in the processes. To reinforce the textbook’s learning objectives extra material is provided on the textbook website. This includes mechanical tool examples and lab assignments representative of the chapter topics. An external video tutorial library is available to help with various mechanics related to Microsoft Project mechanics. An instructor manual is available for qualifying adoptions for classroom use. NOTE: Chapter 26 is not in the textbook and is only located in the book's Downloads tab on the CRCPress.com website. Features Illustrates the use of Microsoft Project throughout the project life cycle Offers templates as productivity enhancement tools Includes supplemental material for students and instructors Provides assignments for hands-on experience Follows the PMI PMBOK ® Guide model structure that will support a better understanding of the model and help prepare students for PMP and CAPM certification Illustrates both traditional and contemporary management techniques Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367201371

Project Management: It's All Bollocks!The Complete Exposure of the World of and the Value of Project Management Welcome to Project Management: It’s All Bollocks! where two people who vaguely know each other and barely like each other will pick over the sadly inadequate body of knowledge that is project management today and generally challenge just about everything eliminating that which you don't need to bother to learn about or should already know leaving you only with the parts that will give you the results you want. This book is a shakedown of project management the profession the myths it creates and promotes its great ideas and ambitions and a few ropey bits that we’re just not convinced about. The project management profession continues to grow and mature but is at risk of excluding those who don’t fit the mould. There is a mystique out there that only certificated project managers can be project managers. This is nonsense. The project management skill set is accessible to anyone and how you choose to access it and put it to use should remain the decision of the individual. There shouldn’t be a right or wrong choice. This book is targeted at those ‘projects as usual project managers’ who will drive most of the change inside organisations tomorrow and beyond and who really need help to do that. The authors offer up a selection of seven cracking ideas that when applied to a project environment will ultimately result in you being a good manager of projects in this modern world of business complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140908

Project ManagementA practical guide to planning and managing projects Organisations increasingly look to project management to deal with short timeframes tight budgets changing requirements and risk management in everyday operations as well as for major strategic projects. Project management knowledge and skills are now essential for professionals just about everywhere from teachers social workers and lawyers to engineers builders and accountants.Stephen Hartley's Project Management is based on the recognised global standard for project management the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide) and it incorporates aspects of Agile PRINCE2 Lean and other popular methodologies. It offers a thorough overview of the principles of project management combined with tools and guidelines to manage projects of all sizes from inception to evaluation.Written in an accessible and engaging style Stephen Hartley's widely used text has been fully revised and updated. It focuses on shared responsibility transparent documentation reporting achievement over activity and continuous improvement. It is illustrated with examples and case studies and accompanied by a suite of downloadable templates and tools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760631789

Project ManagementA Reference for Professionals ""Highlighting the practical side of real-life project execution this massive reference stresses project management as an independent profession--detailing the varied applications where project management is used and examining the numerous and diverse project management responsibilities and tools. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741771

Project ManagementRevised Edition This book focuses on the activities involved in initiating planning implementing and completing a project successfully. As well as covering the tools and techniques of project management it also pays attention to the soft issues involved - how to manage the people side of project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160637

Project ManagementSurvival and Success Managers are often assigned projects they are ill-prepared to undertake due to a lack of training and experience in project management. This book addresses the shortcomings and weaknesses of the "managerial" aspect of project management. The narrative will un-complicate the project management process and provide direction to managers towards furthering their understanding and involvement in the successful completion of their project. The book will reference examples of actual project work the author has performed to explain the point at hand and the book will be interspersed with appropriate illustrations to support the text. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781138543447

Project ManagementSystems Principles and Applications Second Edition The goal of the new edition is to continue with a systems view of the world. For a more robust and worldwide market dissemination the new edition has changed to a reference book. The project systems approach to project management is needed in executing projects across countries and across cultures which is a crucial requirement in today's globalized and intertwined economics. The book uses ample graphical representations to clarify the concepts and techniques presented. The case examples help to reinforce the topics covered. Several illustrative examples and practice exercises are included. Each chapter is updated and new chapters include Project Simulation and Project Templates. A new chapter on managing complex projects in an age of artificial intelligence adds a unique value to the book. Features Highlights contemporary best practices of project management Uses a systems framework to integrate quantitative and qualitative tools Offers illustrative examples and practice exercises Covers project schedule performance appraisal techniques Discusses the knowledge areas contained in the Project Management Book of Knowledge (PMBOK) Presents software applications for project management as well as case examples Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138740860

Project Manager's Toolkit The Project Manager's Toolkit' provides a quick reference checklist approach to drive an IT development project as well as solve issues that arise in the process. It can be used proactively to set a project on the right course and reactively for solutions to problems. It will: help identify what needs doing next on an IT project provide quick reference 'to-do' lists for use throughout the lifecycle of an IT project answer the need for material that can be used to quality-check project deliverablesIt has been designed so that those on the project team who are facing a problem can pick up the book turn to a relevant checklist and use it as a "starter-for-ten" to find a solution. For example how to analyse data for a data-conversion exercise or how to measure the quality of a project deliverable. 'The Project Manager's Toolkit' therefore provides a fast way to reduce an insolvable problem/issue to a set of smaller solvable ones Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138461130

Project OrigamiActivities for Exploring Mathematics Second Edition Project Origami: Activities for Exploring Mathematics Second Edition presents a flexible discovery-based approach to learning origami-math topics. It helps readers see how origami intersects a variety of mathematical topics from the more obvious realm of geometry to the fields of algebra number theory and combinatorics. With over 100 new pages this updated and expanded edition now includes 30 activities and offers better solutions and teaching tips for all activities. The book contains detailed plans for 30 hands-on scalable origami activities. Each activity lists courses in which the activity might fit includes handouts for classroom use and provides notes for instructors on solutions how the handouts can be used and other pedagogical suggestions. The handouts are also available on the book’s CRC Press web page. Reflecting feedback from teachers and students who have used the book this classroom-tested text provides an easy and entertaining way for teachers to incorporate origami into a range of college and advanced high school math courses. Visit the author’s website for more information. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466567917

Project Performance ReviewCapturing the Value of Audit Oversight and Compliance for Project Success Project Performance Review focuses on evaluating projects efficiently and in context identifying important improvement opportunities and leading project and organizational management practices. It advises how these can be put in place to give stakeholders confidence in the control and delivery of their projects without waste. The authors explain not just the mechanism and objective of project performance reviews but also the ideal environment in which they are intended to be implemented. The shaping of this environment by the stakeholders and technical team is key to achieving your intended outcomes. Without the professional cooperation of all interested and informed parties the effectiveness of any review may be compromised. Topics addressed include: introducing the project review method engaging project stakeholders ensuring project governance conducting project risk assessments improving accountability providing project assurance organizing and managing projects optimizing review scope and approach avoiding review pitfalls meeting existing audit standards and proposing alternate approaches to project evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472461407

Project Planning and Control Project management is widely used in the construction industry and is central to planning and controlling time costs and resources. This book enables readers to perform more effectively to understand project planning and control procedures and to gain an insight into the associated skills. Numerous case examples from diverse industries and exercises support and illustrate important concepts. The result is a new perspective for project managers: planning can be shown to be a systems synthesis or an inverse problem which provides a way to reach a satisfactory solution avoiding the time-consuming or impractical search for the optimal solution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367391263

Project Planning and Project SuccessThe 25% Solution Project planning is generally accepted as an important contributor to project success. However is there research that affirms the positive impact of project planning and gives guidance on how much effort should be spent on planning? To answer these questions this book looks at current literature and new research of this under-studied area of project management. The author presents his findings from an extensive review of project planning literature that covers more than 270 sources. He also discusses new research that analyzes data from more than 1 300 global projects. The book confirms that the time spent on planning activities reduces risk and significantly increases the chances of project success. It also concludes that there can be too much planning and shows that the optimum ratio of planning to effort is 25%.The book examines the impact of project planning on different industries. It discusses research in the construction and information technology (IT) industries and presents a case study of how to plan and track a software development project. The book also looks at the impact of geography on project planning and success.Intended as a basic tool in the library of any project manager or general manager this book brings to light project planning techniques and information that have never been published previously. It is an important resource on how to plan projects properly and propel your career forward. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367378103

Project PoliticsA Systematic Approach to Managing Complex Relationships The ability of individuals to work together to facilitate the delivery of a project can be a major factor in determining its success. By misinterpreting or even missing the signs of underlying political issues a project manager will struggle to deliver projects successfully. Project Politics provides a framework for solving political concerns through the effective management of complex relationships. Nita Martin's structured approach will raise awareness and improve your ability to manage issues in the workplace. She shows that once you recognize the problems and take politics in your stride you can successfully manage such environments. The first part of Project Politics presents theoretical concepts of human behaviour as a basis for structuring observations and understanding why people behave the way they do. The second follows the familiar project life cycle. Each project stage is considered in turn and numerous case studies are presented with analyses that draw upon the concepts presented in Part I. Nita Martin uses psychology influence behaviour and communication models gives guidance on putting theory into practice and points out typical political situations throughout. For all management professionals who recognize the importance of politics in the workplace and wish to be armed with the tools to make a difference Project Politics will provide the foundation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602431

Project Portfolio Management in Theory and PracticeThirty Case Studies from around the World Every CEO in the world if questioned will always complain that there are a lot of ideas to implement but unfortunately insufficient resources to accomplish them. This book provides a solution to this dilemma by supplying techniques to assess the value of projects prioritize projects and decide which projects to implement and which to postpone. In addition it describes various methods of balancing project portfolios and different strategic alignment models. The book provides thirty real-life project portfolio management case studies from pharmaceutical product development financial energy telecommunications not-for-profit and professional services industries. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498769242

Project PsychologyUsing Psychological Models and Techniques to Create a Successful Project Why do carefully planned projects fail? Projects are affected for good or ill by the humans who undertake them. If the plan fails to take account of the psychology of managing people and the psychology of managing change there may be trouble ahead. Sharon De Mascia's Project Psychology uses human behaviour and emerging psychological models to provide an insight into the successful management of people in projects. By selecting the right team facilitating a common vision and by gaining a psychological understanding of how the team and the project stakeholders interact together a project manager improves the chance of a successful outcome. Whether you are looking to set up and manage a new project or working to develop the competence and maturity of your organization's project management capability Project Psychology will provide you with insights and tools for making sense of the people involved and for managing them to best effect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566089428

Project ResilienceThe Art of Noticing Interpreting Preparing Containing and Recovering As the title suggests Project Resilience is about making projects and project managers more resilient. The authors look at projects not simply from a ’mechanistic’ approach in which work can be broken down executed and controlled as a series of interlocking parts but rather as ’organic’ constructs living entities existing for a finite period of time consisting of people structures and processes. These entities are constantly challenged by environmental adversity - risk uncertainty and complexity. Resilience involves finding ways to help project managers notice more interpret adversity more realistically prepare themselves better for it contain and recover from it quicker and more appropriately. The book has two purposes: it offers a glimpse into our tendencies to be irrational in the face of adversity: risk uncertainty and complexity. The second purpose is to offer a new perspective to aid in managing risky and in particular uncertain and complex projects. The authors go beyond commonly-accepted standards in project management with the aim of providing an understanding of how to implement project-wide resilience. The purpose is to guide not to prescribe. It is best used as a trigger for a thinking process to define your own unique approach to managing uncertainty not to replace your experience and judgement. Ultimately it has been written to challenge traditional wisdom in project management and to address the rationale for creative best practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472423634

Project Reviews Assurance and Governance Projects are hard. By definition projects are about non-routine activities. Many of them are large and complex; they may involve many people often from different backgrounds and increasingly with different languages and cultures. Amongst all of this it is easy to get lost to overlook important trends or to misunderstand each other. So projects fail. Graham Oakes' Project Reviews Assurance and Governance is about learning from your mistakes and understanding what's really going on with your projects. In order for reviews and assurance to provide you with this information and learning you need to perform them effectively and that is the purpose of this book. The core of the book is built around a number of models of project review processes and governance all derived from practice and interspersed with case studies drawn from practitioners project management literature and from practices in other industry. The result is the blend of the conceptual and the practical needed to make your project assurance process sympathetic relevant and rigorous for your organization and the range of projects and programmes which you undertake. Media > Books > E-books Gower 9781315602462

Project Risk AnalysisTechniques for Forecasting Funding Requirements Costs and Timescales Projects overspend and overrun. Business cases perform less well than expected. Managers tighten their grip and initiate more procedure. But little changes and the scenario repeats and it has done so for decades. Losing other peoples' money and goodwill is almost an innate characteristic of projects. This may be a norm but it need not be the natural state of affairs. In Project Risk Analysis Derek Salkeld shows how easily assimilated techniques developed out of formal risk analysis methods can be used to increase the chances of projects being delivered to the oft quoted objective of on time and to budget to quality and to popular acceptance. These techniques need to be understood by managers so that they can foresee the benefits of directing their teams to carry them out and so they can inform their clients about the potential consequences of the investments they wish to make and how the project team plan to assure these. The three parts of the book explain how you can: ¢ calculate the funding required for a simple short project using risk based methods to generate answers that are more accurate than traditional estimating ¢ apply the techniques to inform an investment decision for a major project taking into account whole of life costs operations and revenues ¢ design and implement specific management controls that will assure the outcomes of the investment decisions. Risk and opportunity are inherent in projects and yet whilst many organizations invest heavily in project management methodologies and processes few project sponsors project board members or managers understand the effect these might have. The approach taken in the book is to understand how the risk and opportunity in a project will affect its funding requirements and its business case outcomes and to use this understanding to devise management controls that will benefit both the investor and the project manager. This is essential reading for anyone concerned with adding value to projects programmes and the organizations for which they are delivering them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566091865

Project Risk and Opportunity ManagementThe Owner's Perspective Effective risk and opportunity management is key to the successful delivery of any major engineering and construction project. This book looks at how all those involved can manage risk and capitalise on the opportunities that uncertainty present. The authors of this book highlight that uncertainties should be managed rather than avoided. This book will look at simple projects with a small team to megaprojects where some hundreds of people are involved and the consequences of delays or unforeseen costs. However while the obvious risks can be planned for the authors argue that it is often the opportunities in these situations that can have unexploited potential. This book is about opportunity management seen from the owner’s perspective. It will be an invaluable resource for those studying Engineering both undergraduate and postgraduate and set out ways in which projects should be managed from planning to completion. This book is also a great tool for those working in project management and the construction industry. While there are many books that demonstrate effective construction management this book is the first of its kind to emphasise that there is opportunity in uncertainty and possibility in the unexpected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365827

Project Risk GovernanceManaging Uncertainty and Creating Organisational Value In Project Risk Governance Dieter Fink breaks new ground in two ways. Firstly he places project risk management in the context of today’s organisations in which objectives are increasingly implemented through projects to better respond to fast-changing markets. Secondly he applies a governance perspective to examine project risk at the project and corporate levels an approach which is significantly under-researched and for which theoretical knowledge and professional practice are at an early stage of maturity. Project risk governance falls between corporate governance and project governance and is attracting increasing attention. The author argues that there are two reasons for this. The first is the ’projectisation’ of organisations in particular within organisations conforming to the Project-Based Organisation (PBO) model. The second is the prevalence of a strategic approach to managing risk for the purposes of protecting organisational values and creating competitive advantage. The book addresses governance strategy value management and building enterprise-wide Project Risk Governance (PRG) capabilities. Chapters examine the role of projects in organisations and the need to integrate project and business strategy within the framework of the Project-Based Organisation. PRG is introduced via its links with corporate and project governance and its scope is covered in chapters that identify relevant processes structures and relationship mechanisms. Contextual influences such as the professionalisation of project management are recognised and insights provided to increase readers’ understanding of uncertainty risk events and probabilities and of the essential requirements of managing risks at project level. The final chapter provides a roadmap to the stages and dimensions of a PRG maturity model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269552

Project Scope ManagementA Practical Guide to Requirements for Engineering Product Construction IT and Enterprise Projects Incomplete or missed requirements omissions ambiguous product features lack of user involvement unrealistic customer expectations and the proverbial scope creep can result in cost overruns missed deadlines poor product quality and can very well ruin a project. Project Scope Management: A Practical Guide to Requirements for Engineering Product Construction IT and Enterprise Projects describes how to elicit document and manage requirements to control project scope creep. It also explains how to manage project stakeholders to minimize the risk of an ever-growing list of user requirements.The book begins by discussing how to collect project requirements and define the project scope. Next it considers the creation of work breakdown structures and examines the verification and control of the scope. Most of the book is dedicated to explaining how to collect requirements and how to define product and project scope inasmuch as they represent the bulk of the project scope management work undertaken on any project regardless of the industry or the nature of the work involved.The book maintains a focus on practical and sensible tools and techniques rather than academic theories. It examines five different projects and traces their development from a project scope management perspective—from project initiation to the end of the execution and control phases. The types of projects considered include CRM system implementation mobile number portability port upgrade energy-efficient house design and airport check-in kiosk software.After reading this book you will learn how to create project charters high-level scope detailed requirements specifications requirements management plans traceability matrices and a work breakdown structure for the projects covered. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482259483

Project Skills Project Skills describes the best of the accepted project management techniques taking the guesswork out of deciding which ones to apply at which stage. The subject of project management has developed over the ages into a fairly precise set of techniques definitions and practices that are applicable to running projects. More and more projects are being handled by non-specialist project managers. Elbeik and Thomas present a practical and accessible guide to managing projects of all sizes not just large scale ones.It also presents essential 'people' skills that are vital to making a project succeed. These include leadership skills motivating others to deliver communicating holding meetings and how to manage change.The New Skills Portfolio is a groundbreaking new series published in association with the Industrial Society which re-defines the core management skills managers and team leaders need to be competitive. Each title is action-focused blending 20th century management initiatives/trends with a new flexible skills portfolio for managers constantly experiencing and managing organizational and marketplace change.The Industrial Society is one of the largest public training providers in the UK. It has over 10 000 corporate members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156418

Project SponsorshipAn Essential Guide for Those Sponsoring Projects Within Their Organizations The role of project sponsor is critical in large projects during the development of the business case for governance and assurance and as the person who decides that the project should continue or close at any stage. Yet in many organizations the skills of the sponsor are often assumed; he or she will be a senior manager who may well have no practical project experience at all. David West explains the roles and skills that lie at the heart of effective sponsorship. The sponsor acts as a lynch-pin between the Board and the Project Manager communicating and translating requirements downwards and resource needs progress and constraints back upwards. An over-zealous sponsor may be tempted to assume some of the project manager's responsibilities whilst an ineffective sponsor may be invisible leaving the project manager uninformed by and unrepresented to the Board. Project Sponsorship includes exercises examples and case histories from the real world of projects. It is an essential guide for anyone assuming the important role of managing the business case of the project and will help you ensure that the organization is 'doing the right things' as well as 'doing things right'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138469884

Project Stakeholder Management Carrying out a project as planned is not a guarantee for success. Projects may fail because project management does not take the requirements wishes and concerns of stakeholders sufficiently into account. Projects can only be successful through contributions from stakeholders. And it is the stakeholders that evaluate whether they find the project successful - an evaluation based on criteria that go beyond receiving the project deliverables. More often than not the criteria are implicit and change during the project course. This is an enormous challenge for project managers. The route to better projects say Pernille Eskerod and Anna Lund Jepsen lies in finding ways to improve project stakeholder management. To manage stakeholders effectively you need to know your stakeholders their behaviours and attitudes towards the project. The authors give guidance on how to adopt an analytical and structured approach; how to document store and retrieve your knowledge; how to plan your stakeholder interactions in advance; and how to make your plans explicit at the very least internally. A well-conceived plan can prevent you from being carried away in the ’heat of the moment’ and help you spend your limited resources for stakeholder management in the best way. To make this plan you need to agree on the objectives of your stakeholder strategy and ways to achieve them. Project Stakeholder Management offers tactics and tools founded on established marketing communications theory as well as strategic management for doing just that. This book is part of Gower’s Fundamentals of Project Management Series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409404378

Project Success and QualityBalancing the Iron Triangle Projects are inherently risky since they involve some level of uncertainty doing something new in the target environment but the percentage of projects seen as a success is still disappointingly low especially for IT projects. The ‘Iron Triangle’ of time/cost/quality suggests that all three aspects are equal but with quantitative methods for monitoring project performance the focus is primarily on managing cost and time. This book seeks to redress the balance explaining the rationale and benefits of focusing more on quality (fitness for purpose and conformance to requirements) before detailing a range of tools and techniques to support rebalancing the management of projects programmes and portfolios. It shows how managing project quality actively can reduce costs through minimising wastage and reduce delays through avoiding rework leading to improved project success rates and customer satisfaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380399

Project SuccessCritical Factors and Behaviours The issue of what defines project success (or failure) is complex and often elusive and dependent on the perceptions of different stakeholders. In this enlightening book Emanuel Camilleri examines the key factors bearing on perceived success or failure. This book is not just about project management it goes much deeper into the topic of project success by prescribing a project success framework. In chapters dedicated to factors such as leadership teams communication information management and risk management the author shines a light on the key behaviours in which project managers and others engage and how those behaviours predict success or failure. Practising project managers project board members and sponsors struggling to manage conflicting stakeholder expectations complexity and ambiguity will learn which factors are vital to determining successful outcomes. Finally having highlighted the particular skills abilities and attributes identified by the research Dr Camilleri offers a diagnostic model for assessing an organization's preparedness for undertaking and successfully managing major projects. Project Success provides a valuable contribution to the literature on this subject and its application delivers practical guidance that will be welcomed by project professionals at all levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602493

Project SurveyingCompletely revised 2nd edition - General adjustment and optimization techniques with applications to engineering surveying A text for the student & the professional. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741740

Project. Program. Change This book gives managers an integrative approach to project program and change management. It describes the differences between change in projects versus programs with case studies in both areas and the different life cycles. While the project and change comprise much of the book it is up to date with its emphasis on agile scrum and benefits. The book also describes methods to both initiate and manage a change and what must be done for success and business value. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138503144

Project: Communication All teamwork is grounded on effective communication. Project Communication enables project managers  leaders of project teams and team members to get their ideas heard facilitate effective teamwork create a culture of openness and creative thinking--in short a culture of effective communication within their team. . The book opens with an orientation on what group dynamics and interpersonal communication entail particularly in terms of management teams. It then guides the reader on a personal  journey whereby different theories and concepts in group dynamics communication and project team management are gradually introduced. Readers are encouraged to use the book to explore and improve their personal communication style with the aim of sustaining growth and development within project teams and their respective organisations.  Project Communication is an ideal companion to professionals specialists and project managers who are leading or working in teams within all types of organisations businesses NGO´s and governmental and transnational institutions. The book should be of interest to all those who want to use psychological knowledge to improve their teams. It is also a practical guide that can be used as a training course in interpersonal communication in general with a special focus on project teams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338654

Project: Execution Strategic planning is the starting point for projects and often the primary reason for a project’s success or failure. Project leaders and project-orientated organisations need to understand strategic planning to understand their position and environment and make rational decisions when selecting and defining their projects and programmes. The authors provide the reader with a straightforward comprehensive understanding of the basics of project management including the present status of the discipline its history and theoretical foundations. With emphasis on the project life cycle it is designed to support the IPMA D C or B level qualifications and IPMA Competence Baseline 4.0 providing you with all the information needed to pursue certification. Project: Execution is also an ideal introductory textbook to progressive programmes on strategic planning with a focus on collaborative work open strategy and an exploration of open strategic planning on a social level. It provides a wealth of learning tools and case studies to demonstrate best practice. This is the ideal guide to project planning for anyone that wants their planning decisions to be as wise as they are savvy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338678

Project: Leadership Projects need leaders who are able to bring out the best in others unite their teams engage business partners and facilitate harmonious delivery. Project Leadership explains the core features of leadership for project managers enabling them to develop a leadership style that is authentic and transparent informed by a perspective of psychological understanding and personal growth. This book enables both potential and prominent leaders to dig deeper into the meaning of leadership fostering personal growth which enables professional development. It opens with an introductory orientation on leadership and links it with management in general and project management in particular. The reader is then encouraged to take an introspective approach underpinned by the fundamentals of cognitive-behavioural psychology and theories of personal growth in order to develop authenticity in their leadership style. To this end the reader is encouraged to develop an awareness of unconscious aspects of their personality with the help of insights from depth psychology as well as the fundamentals of creative thinking ethical thinking and logical thinking. This is all carefully and pragmatically applied to the context of leadership of projects with the aim to foster growth and development in individuals project teams and organisations.  Project Leadership is also an ideal introductory book for undergraduate and postgraduate leadership programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338661

Project: Strategy Strategic planning is the starting point for projects and often the primary reason for a project’s success or failure. It has the potential to enable every organisation to realise its ideals and actualise its values whether it be a small start-up business a large international company or even an entire society. Project leaders and project-orientated organisations need to understand strategic planning to recognise their position and environment and make rational decisions when selecting and defining their projects and programs. But those same principles can have broader more profound and more ambitious applications too. Project: Strategy is a practical handbook that enables organisations of any size and employees at all levels within them to form strategic plans and actively contribute to them throughout a project’s development. Rather than focus on superficial exercises this book draws from knowledge outside of business and management – humanities philosophy psychology technology and engineering – to create a holistic view and a depth of understanding you would never achieve with SWOT analysis alone. Taking the reader on a pragmatic journey it teaches self-reflexion social responsibility and creative thinking with application to their projects and plans but also to their working relationships and to their organisations. This book is also an ideal introductory book to progressive programs on strategic planning with a focus on collaborative work open strategy and open strategic planning on a social level. It provides a wealth of learning tools and case studies to demonstrate best practice. This is the ideal guide to project planning for anyone that wants their planning decisions to be as wise as they are savvy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338722

Project-Based Language Learning with TechnologyLearner Collaboration in an EFL Classroom in Japan This book highlights the ways in which insights from technology-mediated project-based language learning research can contribute to our understanding of both learner interaction in specific cultural contexts but also of the role of technology in language learning more generally. The volume situates the discussion within the context of the development of the field from task-based to project-based language learning and how these have been shaped over time by the evolution of new technologies. Using the case study of EFL learners in a Japanese classroom the book adopts a multimodal approach to unpack this phenomena at work by examining learner collaboration in project-based work in a real-world setting. The volume provides a valuable contribution to the ongoing debate about the effective integration of digital technologies in the classroom and will be of particular interest to students and scholars in applied linguistics computer-assisted language learning task-based language teaching and TESOL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788281

Project-Based Learning in Second Language AcquisitionBuilding Communities of Practice in Higher Education This book showcases pedagogical tools for learning languages through interdisciplinary project-based learning (PBL). Chapters demonstrate a diverse range of PBL activities that help students build communities of practice within classroom settings and across local and global communities. Too often learning a language can become a static endeavor confined to a classroom and a singular discipline. But language is dynamic and fluid no matter the setting in which learning takes place. In acknowledging this this volume explores how PBL and community-engagement pedagogies serve to combine learning goals and community service in ways that enhance student growth and facilitate second language development in an interdisciplinary multilingual and multicultural higher education learning environment. Chapters touch on activities and approaches including spoken-word poetry environmental projects social activism study abroad and in-service learning. This book will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of language education second language acquisition higher education and comparative and international education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313781

Project-Based R Companion to Introductory Statistics Project-Based R Companion to Introductory Statistics is envisioned as a companion to a traditional statistics or biostatistics textbook with each chapter covering traditional topics such as descriptive statistics regression and hypothesis testing. However unlike a traditional textbook each chapter will present its material using a complete step-by-step analysis of a real publicly available dataset with an emphasis on the practical skills of testing assumptions data exploration and forming conclusions. The chapters in the main body of the book include a worked example showing the R code used at each step followed by a multi-part project for students to complete. These projects which could serve as alternatives to traditional discrete homework problems will illustrate how to "put the pieces together" and conduct a complete start-to-finish data analysis using the R statistical software package. At the end of the book there are several projects that require the use of multiple statistical techniques that could be used as a take-home final exam or final project for a class. Key features of the text: Organized in chapters focusing on the same topics found in typical introductory statistics textbooks (descriptive statistics regression two-way tables hypothesis testing for means and proportions etc.) so instructors can easily pair this supplementary material with course plans Includes student projects for each chapter which can be assigned as laboratory exercises or homework assignments to supplement traditional homework Features real-world datasets from scientific publications in the fields of history pop culture business medicine and forensics for students to analyze Allows students to gain experience working through a variety of statistical analyses from start to finish The book is written at the undergraduate level to be used in an introductory statistical methods course or subject-specific research methods course such as biostatistics or research methods for psychology or business analytics. Author After a 10-year career as a research biostatistician in the Department of Ophthalmology and Visual Sciences at the University of Wisconsin-Madison Chelsea Myers teaches statistics and biostatistics at Rollins College and Valencia College in Central Florida. She has authored or co-authored more than 30 scientific papers and presentations and is the creator of the MCAT preparation website MCATMath.com. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367262082

Projectile Dynamics in SportPrinciples and Applications How can we predict the trajectory of a baseball from bat to outfield? How do the dimples in a golf ball influence its flight from tee to pin? What forces determine the path of a soccer ball steered over a defensive wall by an elite player? An understanding of the physical processes involved in throwing hitting firing and releasing sporting projectiles is essential for a full understanding of the science that underpins sport. This is the first book to comprehensively examine those processes and to explain the factors governing the trajectories of sporting projectiles once they are set in motion. From a serve in tennis to the flight of a ’human projectile’ over a high jump bar this book explains the universal physical and mathematical principles governing movement in sport and then shows how those principles are applied in specific sporting contexts. Divided into two sections addressing theory and application respectively the book explores key concepts such as: friction spin drag impact and bounce computer and mathematical modelling variable sensitivity the design of sports equipment materials science. Richly illustrated throughout and containing a wealth of research data as well as worked equations and examples this book is essential reading for all serious students of sports biomechanics sports engineering sports technology sports equipment design and sports performance analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833141

Projecting a CameraLanguage-Games in Film Theory In Projecting a Camera film theorist Edward Branigan offers a groundbreaking approach to understanding film theory. Why for example does a camera move? What does a camera "know"? (And when does it know it?) What is the camera's relation to the subject during long static shots? What happens when the screen is blank? Through a wide-ranging engagement with Wittgenstein and theorists of film he offers one of the most fully developed understandings of the ways in which the camera operates in film. With its thorough grounding in the philosophy of spectatorship and narrative Projecting a Camera takes the study of film to a new level. With the care and precision that he brought to Narrative Comprehension and Film Edward Branigan maps the ways in which we must understand the role of the camera the meaning of the frame the role of the spectator and other key components of film-viewing. By analyzing how we think discuss and marvel about the films we see Projecting a Camera offers insights rich in implications for our understanding of film and film studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954218

Projecting Environmental Trends from Economic Forecasts This title was first published in 2000:  Sustainable development offers visions of the future but implementation of new sustainable policies seems slow. This text presents a forecasting method directed to overcome some barriers to the implementation of more sustainable economic policy. Using a case study the authors describe how economic and environmental forecasts can be developed that are relevant to the immediate concerns of policy-makers and are more likely to lead to policy changes. A combination of forecasting methods are shown to evaluate a range of current alternatives in the future. Similar techniques have been used in developing countries but here the techniques are applied to an already industrialized economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726109

Projecting PoliticsPolitical Messages in American Films The new edition of this influential work updates and expands the scope of the original including more sustained analyses of individual films from The Birth of a Nation to The Wolf of Wall Street. An interdisciplinary exploration of the relationship between American politics and popular films of all kinds—including comedy science fiction melodrama and action-adventure—Projecting Politics offers original approaches to determining the political contours of films and to connecting cinematic language to political messaging. A new chapter covering 2000 to 2013 updates the decade-by-decade look at the Washington-Hollywood nexus with special areas of focus including the post-9/11 increase in political films the rise of political war films and films about the 2008 economic recession. The new edition also considers recent developments such as the Citizens United Supreme Court decision the controversy sparked by the film Zero Dark Thirty newer generation actor-activists and the effects of shifting industrial financing structures on political content. A new chapter addresses the resurgence of the disaster-apocalyptic film genre with particular attention paid to its themes of political nostalgia and the turn to global settings and audiences. Updated and expanded chapters on nonfiction film and advocacy documentaries the politics of race and African-American film and women and gender in political films round out this expansive timely new work. A companion website offers two additional appendices and further materials for those using the book in class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765635976

Projecting the AdjectiveThe Syntax and Semantics of Gradability and Comparison First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983939

Projecting the PastAncient Rome Cinema and History Brought vividly to life on screen the myth of ancient Rome resonates through modern popular culture. Projecting the Past examines how the cinematic traditions of Hollywood and Italy have resurrected ancient Rome to address the concerns of the present. The book engages contemporary debates about the nature of the classical tradition definitions of history and the place of the past in historical film. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811611

Projection Identification Projective Identification This book focuses on all aspects of projection and identification and addresses the problems and perplexities of projective identification. It is based on the First Conference of the Sigmund Freud Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326128

Projection and Personality Development via the Eight-Function Model Jung considered personality development critical for the survival of the human race not just for personal fulfillment but how can personality be developed? Carol Shumate shows how John Beebe’s revolutionary eight-function/eight-archetype model of personality type can be applied to guide development for each of the sixteen Myers-Briggs types making explicit the implications of Jung’s eight-function model. Based on reports from participants at Beebe’s workshops and using examples of historic figures like Abraham Lincoln this is the first book to detail how the unconscious aspects of the functions tend to manifest for each type. Projection and Personality Development via the Eight-Function Model can assist readers in realizing the transformation that Jung himself experienced. It will be key reading for Jungian analysts and psychotherapists academics and scholars of Jungian and post-Jungian studies and practitioners of psychological type. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341381

Projections of Power in the Americas Two phenomena are of central interest in the nine contributions that make up this volume: one is the question of power and its multiple forms and the other is that geographical political and cultural multifaceted unity we call the ‘the Americas’. The book is a multidisciplinary effort written by scholars from the fields of history political science anthropology sociology and cultural studies who all share an interest in the ways in which power is projected in the Americas. Some contributors focus on the sources of power while others are more concerned with how it is presented and legitimized by those who hold it. Likewise some investigate the relations between government and citizens while others look at more informal structures of power. Common to all contributions however is that they attempt to trace the forms that political and social power take in different American contexts – from the highest echelons of political power in Washington D.C. to the local politics of a small village in Mexico. Common to all contributions is a nuanced exploration of the various manifestations of political and social power in the Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110458

Projective Identification and Psychotherapeutic Technique This book examines the projective identification and its clinical uses from a Kleinian perspective. It applies the perspective of projective identification to various aspects of the psychotherapy of borderline and schizophrenic patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326135

Projective Identification in the Clinical SettingA Kleinian Interpretation How do Kleinians work with projective identification?The concept of projective identification first introduced by Melanie Klein in 1946 has been widely studied by psychoanalysts of different persuasions. However these explorations have neglected to show what Kleinians actually do with the projective identification phenomenon in their daily casework. Projective Identification in the Clinical Setting presents a detailed study of Kleinian literature setting a background of understanding for the day-to-day analytic atmosphere in which projective identification takes place. Extensive clinical material illustrates issues clearly identified for clinical practice including:* the ways projective identification occurs within various psychological constellations;* the role of the analyst in countertransference experiences;* work with difficult patients who experience life within a paranoid or psychotic framework;* the path of projective identification and pathological greed. This comprehensive account of Kleinian literature on projective identification and wealth of clinical material provide a powerful and clear account of clinical practice around projective identification that all practitioners psychoanalytic psychotherapists and trainees will benefit from reading. Robert Waska has worked in the field of psychology for the last twenty-five years. Certified as a psychoanalyst and psychoanalytic psychotherapist from the Institute of Psychoanalytic Studies Dr Waska maintains a full-time private practice in San Francisco and Marin County. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763530

Projective IdentificationThe Fate of a Concept In this book Elizabeth Spillius and Edna O'Shaughnessy explore the development of the concept of projective identification which had important antecedents in the work of Freud and others but was given a specific name and definition by Melanie Klein. They describe Klein's published and unpublished views on the topic and then consider the way the concept has been variously described evolved accepted rejected and modified by analysts of different schools of thought and in various locations – Britain Western Europe North America and Latin America. The authors believe that this unusually widespread interest in a particular concept and its varied ‘fate’ has occurred not only because of beliefs about its clinical usefulness in the psychoanalytic setting but also because projective identification is a universal aspect of human interaction and communication.   Projective Identification: The Fate of a Concept will appeal to any psychoanalyst or psychotherapist who uses the ideas of transference and counter-transference as well as to academics wanting further insight into the evolution of this concept as it moves between different cultures and countries.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415605298

Project-Oriented Human Resource ManagementSystems Strategies and Design for the Temporary Organization Organizations associated with projects present a whole series of challenges for HR systems and the managers that design and implement them. Projects are temporary often involve employees working across disciplines and reporting lines include their own communication networks require different approaches to reward and motivation and tend to run counter to many of the systems designed for business-as-usual operation. Martina Huemann's Project-Oriented Human Resource Management offers HR specialists a practical guide to projects project management and the specific features of the project organization. She offers a rigorous model for an HRM system designed to serve a project-oriented organization. In an environment in which temporary project organizations are becoming the norm Dr. Huemann's book provides a wonderful bridge between the worlds of projects and HR. A must-have guide for any HR professionals who want to seize the opportunities for the HR function to adapt and develop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472452160

Project-Oriented Leadership From the perspective of delivering successful projects the value of a skilled project sponsor and project manager outweighs many other factors. Projects need leaders who can give them vision identity keep the stakeholders and the project team on board and make the difficult decisions that will enable the project to continue (or if necessary be terminated). These are human skills that don't necessarily feature large in the project management bodies of knowledge. Ralf Müller and Rodney Turner's Project-Oriented Leadership explains the key leadership models of managerial intellectual and emotional leadership and shows how they can be applied within projects to lead processes functions and people and ensure an ethical and inclusive approach within projects and programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460935

Projects and Complexity Helpful to those tasked with managing complex environments Projects and Complexity introduces a new way of looking at projects and fostering the culture needed to achieve sustainable results. It brings together experts from the academic military and business worlds to explore project management in the context of complexity theory and organizations. These experts explore a systemic and organic approach to projects that widens the scope of a project manager’s role as well as the tools and capabilities required.The book provides readers with an understanding of the roots of project management in complexity theory and the human sciences. It explores seven principles of complexity theory and applies them to project management; examining project needs and features in terms of success parameters team and stakeholders’ perspectives the project manager’s perspective and the perspectives of theory and practice.Explores a new humanistic paradigm in thinking about projects and project managementIllustrates the culture and philosophy of projects from a range of perspectivesOutlines an interdisciplinary approach to Project Management that integrates scientific and humanistic disciplinesThe contributors examine cutting-edge organizational models from management research and military leadership and map them to project management. They integrate insights from various disciplines to introduce tools that are relatively unknown to project managers and leaders. The book describes a paradigm that is complementary to traditional project management and also provides you with the philosophical general management and complexity theory findings needed to lead successful projects in complex environments. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367381417

Projects as Socio-Technical Systems in Engineering Education This book presents the case for Project-Based Learning within Socio-Technical Systems in Engineering Education. The book highlights the importance of projects as Socio-Technical Systems as a means for supporting and enhancing international accreditation of engineering programs. Practical examples illustrate how Socio-Technical Systems are brought into the educational environment through Project-Based Learning. The book goes on to discusses the impact this may have on Engineering Education practice. The work presented will enable engineering educators to develop curricula that can respond to societal needs while also enhancing teaching and learning. It offers an approach to engineering education that centers on engaging scholars in projects that are located within socio-technical systems. University government and industry leaders will gain from this book as it provides insight into strategic planning and partnership-building for Engineering Education. We hope this book will further foster deep scholarship of research to ready engineering faculties for engaging responsibly with their surrounding communities. Features: Offers applications of Project-Based Learning (PBL) in Engineering Education Matches elements of Socio-Technical Systems in Higher Engineering Education with the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs) required by professional engineering bodies Provides practical examples for the establishment of project environments within an academic faculty Shows examples in the success of execution of projects involving engineering educators researchers program developers government agencies and industry partners Presents a framework to develop Project-Based Learning in Engineering Education that addresses Socio-Technical requirements and will enable engineering educators to collaboratively develop engineering curricula with industry that will respond to societal needs Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138483606

Projects in Linguistics and Language Studies Projects in Linguistics and Language Studies Third Edition is your essential guide when embarking on a research project in linguistics or English language.It is clearly divided into the subject areas that most appeal to you as a student: psycholinguistics; first- and second-language acquisition; structure and meaning; sociolinguistics; language and gender; accents and dialects; and the history of English. New chapters on researching computer-mediated communication (CMC) and on preparing and delivering oral presentations are also included.It offers practical advice on - identifying a topic - making background reading more effective - planning and designing a project - collecting and analysing data - writing up and presenting findings.With over 350 project ideas that you can use directly or adapt to suit different contexts and interests and with chapters on how to reference effectively and how to avoid plagiarism this third edition of Projects in Linguistics and Language Studies is a reference guide that you will use again and again during your studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444145366

ProjectThinkWhy Good Managers Make Poor Project Choices Projects are constantly beset by problems often caused by seemingly small mistakes which collectively lead to larger issues. Why do project managers and teams appear to repeat the same mistakes? Can they make better choices without introducing complex decision analysis processes? How can they make better estimates? Project management is the art and science of human interactions. ProjectThink identifies and explains the paths of those intentional and unintentional actions that lead to trouble. It provides advice and guidance in analysing information and risk and explains how ’choice-engineering’ can facilitate decision-making and encourage everyone involved in a project to follow the right procedures and work collaboratively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409454984

Prokofiev's Ballets for Diaghilev Ballet impresario Sergey Pavlovich Diaghilev and composer Sergey Sergeyevich Prokofiev are eminent figures in twentieth-century cultural history yet this is the first detailed account of their fifteen-year collaboration. The beginning was not trouble-free but despite two false starts (Ala i Lolli and the first version of its successor Chout) Diaghilev maintained his confidence in the composer. With his guidance and encouragement Prokofiev established his mature balletic style. After some years of estrangement during which Prokofiev wrote for choreographer Boris Romanov and conductor/publisher Serge Koussevitsky Diaghilev came to the composer's rescue at a low point in his Western career. The impresario encouraged Prokofiev's turn towards 'a new simplicity' and offered him a great opportunity for career renewal with a topical ballet on Soviet life (Le Pas d'acier). Even as late as 1928-29 Diaghilev compelled Prokofiev to achieve new heights of expressivity in his characterizations (L'Enfant prodigue). Although Western scholars have investigated Prokofiev's operas piano works and symphonies little attention has been paid to his early ballets written for Diaghilev's Ballets Russes. Despite Prokofiev's devotion to opera it was his ballets for Diaghilev as much as his concertos and solo piano works that earned his renown in Western Europe in the 1920s. Stephen D. Press discusses the genesis of each ballet including the important contributions of the scenic designers (Mikhail Larionov Georgy Yakulov and Georges Rouault) and the choreographer/dancers (Léonid Massine Serge Lifar and George Balanchine) and the special relationship between the ballets' progenitors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253315

Prolactin Lesions In Breast Uterus & Prostate First Published in 1989 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into prolactin function and the treatment of lesions. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429279638

Proletarian PowerShanghai In The Cultural Revolution This pathbreaking book offers the first in-depth study of Chinese labor activism during the momentous upheaval of the Cultural Revolution. The authors explore three distinctive forms of working-class protest: rebellion conservatism and economism. Labor they argue was working at cross-purposes through these three modes of militancy promoted by d Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317461

Proletarianisation in the Third WorldStudies in the Creation of a Labour Force Under Dependent Capitalism First published in 1984 this collection of twelve case studies examines the emergence of a free wage-labour force in all regions of the third world. Although the struggle and conflict through which the proletariat has achieved a degree of class consciousness is not neglected the more dominant theme is that of the process and techniques which have created a working class on the capitalist periphery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850193

Prolific MomentTheory and Practice of Mindfulness for Writing Prolific Moment: Theory and Practice of Mindfulness for Writing foregrounds the present in all activities of composing offering a new perspective on the rhetorical situation and the writing process. A focus on the present casts light on standard writing components—audience invention and revision—while bringing forth often overlooked nuances of the writing experience—intrapersonal rhetoric the preverbal and preconception. This pedagogy of mindful writing can alleviate the suffering of writing blocks that comes from mindless future-oriented rhetorics. Much is lost with a misplaced present moment because students forfeit rewarding writing experiences for stress frustration boredom fear and shortchanged invention. Writing becomes a very different experience if students think of it more consistently as part of a discrete now. Peary examines mindfulness as a metacognitive practice and turns to foundational Buddhist concepts of no-self emptiness impermanence and detachment for methods for observing the moment in the writing classroom. This volume is a fantastic resource for future and current instructors and scholars of composition rhetoric and writing studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493599

Prologue to Education (RLE Edu K)An Inquiry into Ends and Means Many people have come to feel that the controversy on education in Britain has got bogged down in political polemics and that common polarisations between ‘conventional’ and ‘progressive’ ‘selective’ and ‘comprehensive’ ‘elite’ and ‘democratic’ are both unrealistic and damaging. The author believes that a new educational ethic is needed now that former religious sanctions are no longer generally operative. He believes that it is possible to regard the concept of a Rational Good as a basis for educational theory and practice. The book discusses important practical issues in education: liberty and equality use and abuse of convention the ethical basis and occasion for coercion the validity of co-education as an educational principle and the John Wales concludes that the correspondence between the popular extremes of educational views is much more significant than their differences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751315

Prologue to ViolenceChild Abuse Dissociation and Crime Despite mounting references to the "transgenerational transmission of violence " we still lack a compelling understanding of the linkage between the interpersonal violence of early life and the criminal violence of adulthood. In Prologue to Violence Abby Stein draws on the gripping narratives of 65 incarcerated subjects and extensive material from law enforcement files to remedy this lacuna in both the forensic and psychodynamic literature. In the process she calls into question prevailing beliefs about criminal character and motivation.  For Stein the early trauma to which adult criminals are subjected remains unformulated and as such unavailable for reflection.  Contrary to common belief these criminals especially sex murderers do not commit their crimes in a rational or fully conscious way.  They are not driven by deviant fantasy their psychopathy is not inborn and they rarely commit acts of violence "without conscience." Stein’s interdisciplinary analysis of her data infuses contemporary relational psychoanalysis with the insights of neuroscience traumatology criminology and cognitive and narrative psychology. A powerful challenge to offender treatment programs to address the shaping impact of childhood trauma rather than merely to "correct" the cognitions of violent offenders Prologue to Violence will be equally compelling to researchers and academics investigating child abuse and adult violence. Its mental health readership will be broad and deep ranging beyond clinicians who work with offender populations to all therapists who wrestle with experiences of dissociation and aggressive enactment in everyday life.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005808

Prom NightYouth Schools and Popular Culture Best shows us that while the prom is often trivialized most kids take the prom seriously. The prom is a space where kids work through their understanding of authority social class gender norms and multicultural schooling. Proms are more than just pictures and puffed sleeves--they are a mythic part of youth culture and for better or worse will always be a night to remember. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203905166

Prometheus in MusicRepresentations of the Myth in the Romantic Era The ancient Greek myth of Prometheus the primordial Titan who defied the Olympian gods by stealing fire from the heavens as a gift for humanity enjoyed unprecedented popularity during the Romantic era. An international coterie of writers such as Goethe Monti Byron the Shelleys Sainte-Hélène Coleridge Browning and Bridges engaged with the legend while composers such as Beethoven Reichardt Schubert Wolf Liszt Halévy Saint-Saëns Holmès Fauré Parry Goldmark and Bargiel based works of diverse genres on the fable. Romantic authors and composers developed a unique perspective on the myth emphasizing its themes of rebellion punishment for transgression and creative autonomy in great contrast to artists of the preceding era who more characteristically ignored the tribulations of Prometheus and depicted him as the animator of a naïve Arcadian mankind who when awakened from their spiritual dormancy expressed astonishment at the wonders of nature and paid homage to the Titan as a new god. Paul Bertagnolli charts the progress of the myth during the nineteenth century as it articulates an extraordinary variety of issues pertaining to culture society aesthetics and philosophy. Drawing on archival research dance history sketch studies literary theory linear analysis topos theory and reception history individual chapters demonstrate that the legend served as a vehicle to express opinions on subjects as diverse as aristocratic patronage movements of the body on the public stage rebellion against political and religious authority outright atheism humanitarianism of the German Enlightenment interest in the music of Greek antiquity industrialization nationalism inflamed by war populism and the aesthetics of musical form. Composers often resorted to varied and unorthodox musical techniques in order to reflect such remarkable subjects: Beethoven outraged critics by implying a key other than the tonic at the outset of the overture to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264977

Prometheus in the Nineteenth CenturyFrom Myth to Symbol This book focuses on interpretations of the myth that lead to the Symbolist period and explores the Symbolist understanding of the Prometheus myth. It examines the main projections that were made onto the Prometheus figure through a study of the artistic works devoted to the Titan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601379

Prominence and Locality in GrammarThe Syntax and Semantics of Wh-Questions and Reflexives This book challenges the current consensus on the analysis of wh-questions and reflexives from the perspective of the syntax-semantics interface. An integrated approach incorporating analyses of the interaction between different levels of linguistic knowledge is proposed. It argues that the derivation and interpretation of wh-questions and reflexives are not purely syntactic in nature but are regulated by principles operating at the syntax-semantics interface. Two general principles underlying our knowledge of language and cognition are proposed in this work. One is the Principle of Locality and the other is the Principle of Prominence. It shows that although wh-quantification and reflexivization belong to two different domains of study in generative grammar their derivation and interpretation are basically constrained by the complex interaction between prominence and locality in grammar. The first part of the book discusses how wh-questions are formed and interpreted in Chinese and English and shows that the formation and interpretation of wh-questions are constrained by the interaction between prominence and locality. It is shown that in wh-interpretation prominence is used to define the set generators so as to licence other wh-words in the pair-list reading in multiple wh-questions. It also discusses wh-island effects in English and Chinese and unlike previous claims made in the literature (cf. Huang 1982a 1982b) it argues that the so-called wh-island effects in English are also observed in Chinese. The second part of the book investigates the role that prominence and locality play in reflexive binding. It is shown that in reflexive binding the binding domain of the reflexive is defined by prominence. It proposes a unified account for both the noncontrastive compound reflexive and the bare reflexive in Chinese and shows that they are constrained by the same reflexive binding condition proposed in this work though they employ different definitions of the most prominent NPs to determine their binding domains. Prominence and Locality in Grammar: The Syntax and Semantics of Wh-Quesitons and Reflexives is an important theoretical contribution to the syntax-semantics interface studies and can serve as a valuable text for graduate students and scholars in the field of Chinese linguistics and cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220914

Promiscuity in Western Literature Poet and novelist Charles Bukowski described promiscuity as "feast and feast and feast." The promiscuous person is having fun getting away with it and showing no signs of stopping. More often though promiscuity has been seen as demonic as the sign of an uncivilised race or as a symptom of mental disorder. Promiscuity in Western Literature capitalises on the fact that literature gives us deep and varied resources for reflecting on this controversial aspect of human behaviour. Drawing on authors from Homer to Margaret Atwood it explores recurrent ideas and scenarios: Why does the literature of promiscuity evoke ideas of the animal? Why does it so often turn upon the image of the "excessive" woman? How and why does promiscuity feature in comic writing? How does the emergence of the modern city change representations of promiscuity? And in the present day what impact have ecological concerns had on the way writers depict promiscuity? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228347

Promiscuous Feminist Methodologies in EducationEngaging Research Beyond Gender The book marks the circulation of the term "promiscuous feminist methodology" and registers its salience for educational researchers who risk blundering feminist theories and methodologies in chaotic and unbridled ways. The sexism embedded in language is what makes the notion of promiscuous "feminists gone wild" tantalizing though what the book puts forth is how the messy practice of inquiry transgresses any imposed boundaries or assumptions about what counts as research and feminism. What can researchers do when we realize that theories are not quite enough to respond to our material experiences with people places practices and policies becoming data? As a collection the book provides how various theories researchers put to work "get dirty" as they are contaminated and re-appropriated by other ways of thinking and doing through (con)texts of messy practices. In this way gender cannot simply be gender and promiscuous feminist methodologies are always in-the-making and already ahead of what we think they are.This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739553

Promise Of DevelopmentTheories Of Change In Latin America In recent years Latin Americanists have been among the most innovative and productive theorists of the uneven process of development. This collection of substantial selections from some of the most prominent theorists in the field represents a scholarly consolidation and reassessment of the controversies concerning the development of Latin America. Beginning with a historiographic overview the editors emphasize the origins evolution and historical context of the development of each theoretical school (modernization dependency and Marxism corporatism and bureaucratic authoritarianism) and then present key selections drawn from the writings of major theorists organized by school. Each selection is prefaced with a short editorial introduction that highlights the central themes. A concluding section outlines the main debates surrounding each school and suggests new directions in theoretical development that might arise from criticism of the theories of authoritarianism and the search for democratic processes of development. The book's usefulness as a text is further enhanced by selected bibliographies that contain additional readings on each development theory. Here is a single source for Latin Americanists who hope to interest and instruct their students in the rich theoretical traditions and debates in Latin American studies. This book can also be a strong core volume for courses on other developing areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317478

Promise Poster The Promise Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070653

Promises Oaths and VowsOn the Psychology of Promising Considering that getting along in civil society is based on the expectation that (most) people will do what they say they will do i.e. essentially live up to their explicit or implicit promises it is amazing that so little scientific attention has been given to the act of promising. A great deal of research has been done on the moral development of children for example but not on the child’s ability to make and keep a promise one of the highest moral achievements. What makes it possible developmentally cognitively and emotionally to make a promise in the first place? And on the other hand what compels one to keep a promise (or vow or threat) when there seems to be no personal advantage in doing so and even when harm can be predicted? How do we know when a promise is offered seriously to be taken at face value and how do we understand that another is only a polite gesture not to be taken seriously? In Promises Oaths and Vows: On the Psychology of Promising Herbert Schlesinger addresses these questions drawing on the literature of moral development in children; the psychotherapy of a patient who regularly broke promises that were unnecessary in the first place; those who were regarded as "promising youngsters" who did not fulfill their "promise"; and those who feared making a promise a commitment or a threat out of fear that once made the utterance would take on a life of its own and could never be taken back. Furthermore he illustrates his conclusions by examining the widespread use of promising in classical literature such as Greek drama and the plays of Shakespeare as well as the motivating and reifying power of the promise in Western religious traditions. With a style honed over the penning of two previous books Schlesinger once again produces a work grounded in a firm analytic sensibility but which also retains the wit and candor of the seasoned analyst. His seminal investigation of this all but neglected topic in the clinical literature is as timely as it is scholarly and – with the title firmly in mind – Promises Oaths and Vows is assured to be a worthy addition to any clinician’s library and a provoking investigation into Nietzsche’s notion of man as "the animal who makes promises." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005907

Promising Drug Molecules of Natural Origin This new volume Promising Drug Molecules of Natural Origin explores potential beneficial drug substances derived from nature. It presents the general principles characteristics evaluation techniques and applications involved in drug molecules from natural sources such as plants and marine life. With chapters from renowned experts from around the world the chapters in this volume address the challenges of standardization of herbal medicines methods of characterization of natural medicines and phyto-constituents and quality control methods for herbal medicines. Several chapters in the book focus on the evolution of phyto-constituents in cancer therapeutics while others deal with applications for other diseases such as diabetes and neuroinflammatory disorders. The volume also specifically reviews heterocyclic drugs from plants. This volume will be a valuable resource for faculty and advanced students in pharmaceutics as well as researchers scientists and industry professionals in medicine and drug development. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888868

Promising RitualsGender and Performativity in Eastern India This book shows how the performance of rituals influences the understanding that Hindu women form of their own selves their sense of femininity identity as well as their role and position in the lived-in world and vice versa. Drawn from an intensive ethnographic fieldwork in southern Orissa each section of the book takes a close look at a specific ritual practice in exploring concepts such as purity/pollution religious observances (such as fasting) deity possession associated beliefs and attitudes as also celebrated traditions such as Thākurānī Yātrā local processions and the role of female ritual specialists. The study uses the premise that religious practices in themselves are neither restricting nor liberating; rather rituals provide a perceptual context with the ability to affect the self-understanding of participants as also their conception of agency in a way that spills across non-ritual spheres. Conceptualizing gender identity as resulting from seen but mostly unnoticed everyday activities and approaching cultural performances as sites of collectively defining the self the author offers a telling and vivid account of how women perceive realize and reflect on religious ideas while engaging in rituals and by doing so negotiate complex gender norms. The book also examines the assumptions of recent theories on the social construction of identities often-debated impact of religion on women performativity self-identity and ritual agency in considering ‘doing’ gender in a traditional non-Western context. This book will serve as essential reading for scholars of sociology anthropology gender studies cultural studies history religion performance and folklore studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138665033

Promising the Earth This is a tale of our times. marking the 25th anniversary of Friends of the Earth Promising the Earth locates the inside story of pioneering campaigns within a broader canvas. No single organization's record can expect to paraphrase the development of environmental consciousness and the growth of grassroots environmental movement but experiences bear intimate witness to a story that is still unfolding.Enlivened by arresting illustrations and glimpses of colourful personalities that the issues of the day have brought to the fore Promising the Earth takes stock of changing realities in and attitudes to environmental care over the past quarter-century. This eventful chronical acts as a platform from which to survey the future that lies beyond the threshold of the 21st century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203351482

Promoting a Successful Transition to Middle School With detailed examples of best practices from middle schools across the country this book features research-based strategies and suggestions for transition programs. It covers the roles of school principals counselors classroom teachers and the central office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135574

Promoting Academic Readiness for African American Males with DyslexiaImplications for Preschool to Elementary School Teaching This timely book tackles underlying issues that see disproportionate numbers of African American males with dyslexia undiagnosed untreated and falling behind their peers in terms of literacy achievement. Considering factors including dialectic linguistic difference limited phonological awareness and the intersectionality of gender language and race the studies included in this volume illustrate how classroom practices at preschool and elementary levels are failing to support students at risk of reading and writing difficulties. Promoting Academic Readiness for African American Males with Dyslexia shows that it is possible to provide every girl and boy and particularly African American boys with effective support and appropriate interventions enabling them to read at a level that is conducive to ongoing academic performance and success. This argue the authors of this volume is vital to the social emotional moral and intellectual development of our society. This edited volume was originally published as a special issue of Reading & Writing Quarterly: Overcoming Learning Difficulties. It will be of great interest to graduate and postgraduate students researchers and academics in the field of African-American Education Educational Equity Race studies Multiple learning difficulties and Literacy development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415372

Promoting Academic Success with English Language LearnersBest Practices for RTI Educators and school psychologists throughout the country are working with growing numbers of English language learners (ELLs) but often feel unprepared to help these students excel. This highly informative book presents evidence-based strategies for promoting proficiency in academic English and improving outcomes in a response-to-intervention (RTI) framework. Illustrated with a detailed case example the book describes best practices for working with K-5 ELLs in all stages of RTI: universal screening progress monitoring data collection decision making and intensifying instruction. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying the book includes more than two dozen reproducible worksheets. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials.This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series edited by T. Chris Riley-Tillman. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462521265

Promoting Academic Talk in SchoolsGlobal Practices and Perspectives Promoting Academic Talk in Schools brings together a rich array of recent research to explore how academic talk helps transform student experience across a variety of learning environments. Drawing on conceptual frameworks and evidence-based strategies each chapter analyses the implications for practice in both formal and informal classroom settings.The book covers topics from collaborative and productive talk to increasing student participation and parent-student talk outside of the classroom. With contributions from academics in Australia the UK the USA and Spain it provides a comprehensive Western perspective of academic talk in schools.Promoting Academic Talk in Schools offers both theoretical perspectives and practical implications making it an ideal resource for both researchers and postgraduate students in this burgeoning field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584740

Promoting Adherence to Medical Treatment in Chronic Childhood IllnessConcepts Methods and Interventions Based on a conference that assembled experts in the field of pediatric compliance in chronic illness this book presents the latest data and conceptual models of adherence to treatment and recommendations for new directions in the field. Interdisciplinary in approach the contributors represent a broad array of disciplines including anthropology pediatrics psychology and sociology. Designed to address critical gaps in the understanding of adherence/compliance to treatment regiments for children with chronic health conditions this book reviews: *conceptual models used to define adherence treatment and conduct research; *the influences on treatment adherence to chronic illness in children; *the impact of adherence to treatment on children's health and psychological development; *strategies of interventions to promote adherence and reduce noncompliance rates; *methodological and measurement problems in the assessment of treatment adherence; and *recommended research priorities for the measurement of adherence and applications of interventions and training in the treatment of pediatric chronic illness. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012646

Promoting and Delivering School-to-School Support for Special Educational NeedsA practical guide for SENCOs Recent changes to education policy have brought about a new emphasis on promoting school-to-school support and school-led improvement in order to ensure that all pupils including those with SEN achieve their optimum potential. SENCOs often in the role of Specialist Leaders of Education (SLE) now undertake coaching mentoring and the delivery of training to ensure that trainee newly qualified and experienced teachers and teaching assistants have the practical skills to effectively meet the needs of pupils with SEN. In her trademark down-to-earth style Rita Cheminais shows SENCOs how to respond to and enhance this exciting and pivotal new role by: Explaining the new school-to-school support and school-led improvement context that many SENCOs will be working in; Clarifying the role of the outstanding SENCO as a Specialist Leader of Education; Maximising on the best practice arising from the effective use of the pupil premium and the ‘Achievement for All’ initiative; Confirming OFSTED’s expectations for SEND in the revised inspection schedule for schools and academies; Describing how best to monitor evaluate and validate best practice in school-to-school support. Packed with time-saving photocopiable resources examples of best practice and further activities for reflection this practical book will enable the SENCO to respond to the current agenda particularly in performing the role of a Specialist Leader of Education disseminating SEN expertise across schools. Promoting and Delivering School-to-School Support for Special Educational Needs will be essential reading for all outstanding and aspiring outstanding SENCOs working in the early years primary secondary and special phases of education academies and Pupil Referral Units. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633703

Promoting and Managing International InvestmentTowards an Integrated Policy Approach This book provides an overview of international investment policy and policy-making drawing upon perspectives from law economics international business and political science. International investment is a complex phenomenon with significant effects worldwide. Developing effective policies and strategies to attract investment in sufficient quantities and marshal it to contribute to sustainable development is a critical challenge for governments at all levels. This book’s interdisciplinary approach provides fresh insights into the mix of policy options available to governments seeking investment to support their country’s (or region’s) development. As well as identifying ways to effectively design implement and assess policies to attract foreign investment it explores how to manage foreign investment’s effects. Various dimensions of international investment policy are discussed including benefits and costs (economic environmental social and political) of foreign investment the significance of global value chains state-owned enterprises and sovereign wealth funds and the role of tax policy investment promotion and policy advocacy location branding investment treaties and national security considerations. Through its contributions to a new interdisciplinary understanding of international investment policy-making this book will benefit students and scholars working in areas such as international business international economic law international economics development economics international development and international political economy as well as being a valuable resource for policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181840

Promoting and Marketing EventsTheory and Practice This accessible book introduces students to the theories concepts and skills required to promote an event successfully. To promote an event effectively it is essential to understand marketing but it is also important to recognise that it is not just consumers who are the audience: other publics who may not necessarily attend can have a fundamental effect on the success of an event as well. Uniquely therefore this book covers two related themes: marketing and public relations in an events context. This will offer events planners a comprehensive guide on how to promote events to a range of audiences and on how to use this to manage an event’s long-term reputation. The book focuses on core marketing and PR current theory specifically relevant to the events industry and introduces topics such as marketing strategy the consumer marketing PR and how to use the internet to promote events. It integrates a range of international case studies from small-scale events to mega-events to help show how theory can be applied in practice. It further includes inserts of interviews with practitioners in the field to offer insight into the realities of event communication and to show how to overcome potential pitfalls. Learning outcomes discussion questions and further reading suggestions are included to aid navigation throughout the book spur critical thinking and further students’ knowledge. The book is essential reading for all students studying Events Management and provides valuable reading for students academics and practitioners interested in marketing and public relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667333

Promoting Assessment as LearningImproving the Learning Process Promoting Assessment as Learning sets out to re-examine the relationship between assessment and learning in the classroom. It argues that assessment is an important part of pupil learning and needs to be understood by pupils in order to help them make judgements about their own progress.This timely book explores the theories of learning and assessment within the context of national tests and also through the theme of self-assessment. It offers practical approaches to help teachers translate national policy into meaningful classroom practice and suggests ways to help pupils develop their own assessment skills through a process of consolidation reflection and revision.This book will appeal to new and practising primary school teachers and headteachers and those on in-service courses. It will also be of interest to students on initial teacher training and higher degree courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203470152

Promoting Behavioral Health and Reducing Risk among College StudentsA Comprehensive Approach Promoting Behavioral Health and Reducing Risk Among College Students synthesizes the large body of research on college students’ behavioral health and offers guidance on applying evidence-based prevention and early intervention strategies using a comprehensive public health framework. Chapters authored by leading researchers and practitioners address a broad spectrum of important behavioral health issues interventions and challenges. Moving beyond a theoretical discussion to strategies for implementation this book addresses the special issues and potential barriers faced by practitioners as they translate research to practice such as resource limitations organizational resistance challenges to program sustainability and the unique needs of special populations. This cutting-edge compendium will appeal to both practitioners and researchers involved in providing prevention early intervention and treatment services for college students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039483

Promoting Behaviour for Learning in the ClassroomEffective strategies personal style and professionalism Promoting Behaviour for Learning in the Classroom offers essential support to help you develop capacity and confidence in managing behaviour in the group setting of the classroom. It provides a concise analysis of established behaviour management strategies recognising that no single approach will work for all pupils and that central to effective practice is an understanding of the different personal attributes and experiences teachers and pupils bring to the classroom Illustrated by examples from the classroom Promoting Behaviour for Learning in the Classroom uses the tried and tested ‘Behaviour for Learning’ framework to show how teachers’ expertise in promoting learning can be used to improve behaviour. Key issues considered include: Developing positive relationships in the classroom Understanding personal style and self-management Effective use of feedback and rewards  Using positive correction and sanctions Working with school systems and frameworks for managing behaviour Individual differences and special educational needs Dealing with challenging behaviour Written by experts in the field Promoting Behaviour for Learning in the Classroom offers much-needed in-depth realistic support and guidance to show teachers how to improve learning and behaviour in the group setting of the classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704496

Promoting Biodiversity in Food Systems Biodiversity of the food system is crucial for food production and loss of biodiversity is a pressing issue. This book focuses on biodiversity’s crucial role in food systems health and well-being and fate of the natural environment. It provides practical recommendations on how proper food systems can sustain a healthier planet and protect biodiversity. Sections provide a comprehensive understanding of the urgent need for promoting biodiversity-promoting food systems that help maintain planetary boundaries that are at risk; mimic the natural processes of highly integrated ecosystems; and improve human/planetary health while providing a wholesome and sufficient food supply. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367732974

Promoting British Values in the Early YearsHow to Foster a Sense of Belonging Promoting British Values in the Early Years explores what is meant by British values and how these can be promoted in the Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS). The book encourages practitioners to reflect on their own attitudes and beliefs and highlights the importance of parents children and practitioners working together to create inclusive communities. It also examines how and why it is important to foster a sense of belonging provide inspiration and promote positive attitudes in order to improve outcomes for children. With case studies and useful links to the EYFS this book will help readers to nurture children’s sense of identity and support them in becoming responsible citizens celebrating diversity and valuing different cultures customs and practices. It offers practical guidance on how to develop children’s understanding of liberty and democracy and a mutual tolerance and respect for different faiths and beliefs. This book will be of interest to Early Years practitioners and primary school teachers as well as undergraduates studying relevant Early Years and Childhood Studies courses. It is also relevant to parents of young children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636149

Promoting Cognitive Growth Over the Life Span This book introduces special programs designed to enhance thinking and problem solving at the preschool elementary secondary college and graduate levels as well as proven instructional methods to aid the elderly in retaining or regaining essential mental skills. The volume also considers difficult problems confronting psychology including such disparate issues as the appropriate content of courses to develop thinking resistance to the introduction of programs in schools and universities and psychology's limitations on progress in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138983946

Promoting Conflict or Peace through Identity Developing a solid basis for future research and training this illuminating volume facilitates peace and mutual understanding between people by addressing a root cause of social conflicts: identity constructions. The volume encompasses eight revealing empirical case studies from regions throughout the world conducted by experts from diverse disciplinary backgrounds. Each case study examines how identities are being constructed and used in the region how these identities are related to borders and in what ways identity constructions foment peace or conflict. The volume summarizes insights gleaned from these studies and formulates an analytical framework for understanding the role of identity constructions in conflict or peace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602523

Promoting Cultural Sensitivity in SupervisionA Manual for Practitioners Promoting Cultural Sensitivity in Supervision: A Manual for Practitioners provides a roadmap for practicing and experienced supervisors to promote and integrate cultural sensitivity into the core of their work. This book is organized into four seamless interrelated sections that are essential to developing a Multicultural Relational Perspective (MRP) in supervision: conceptual structural strategies and techniques and evaluation tools. The Conceptual section provides an overview of the theory that underpins a MRP and the Structural section provides the reader with two specific strategies for concretizing the conceptual framework. The Strategies and Techniques section includes a variety of chapters which provide supervisors and supervisees with hands-on tools for navigating difficult diversity-related conversations in supervision and beyond as well as an array of exercises that supervisors can employ to enhance cultural sensitivity. The Evaluation Tools section provides sample instruments that can be implemented to evaluate the objectives of the entire supervisory process. For the convenience of readers additional photocopiable supervisory resources have also been included at the end of the manual. This manual is intended for supervisors trainers clinicians and trainees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787680

Promoting Democracy AbroadPolicy and Performance Promoting democracy has grown from a small little- known activity to a high-profile endeavor. It now involves academia think tanks and the popular media. The number of countries and organizations inter-governmental non-governmental as well as governmental involved in supporting the spread of democracy is now legion. Countries touched by these efforts include a majority of all the world's states and some independent territories that are not yet fully sovereign.The definitional boundaries between promoting democracy and international advocacy and defense of human rights and "good governance" are not precise. Similarly the concept of promoting democracy itself is not uniformly accepted. It has become a slogan that attracts both fervent support and grave condemnation. For Burnell promoting democracy refers to a wide range of non-coercive attempts to spread democracy abroad for whatever reason. At its heart it is political intervention in the domestic affairs of other countries that seeks to affect the distribution of power whether by patient and non-violent involvement or more urgent action democracy assistance projects form a core activity.Burnell holds that participation in the democracy assistance industry will continue to grow. However the industry's progress up until now has in part been contingent on the progress of democratization itself. The slowdown that is currently happening in the advance of freedom and democracy around the world and the strength shown by leading authoritarian or semi-authoritarian regimes must raise questions about the outlook for democracy promotion. If democracy promotion and assistance are to be fit for the future then the need for a broadly based appropriately contextualized examination of the policy and the performance is greater now than at any time in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513709

Promoting Democracy and Human Rights in Russia European regional organisations have spent significant amount of time energy and money in supporting Russia's transition towards the western liberal-democratic model since the end of the cold war. This book explores the role the Council of Europe European Union and Organisation for Security and Cooperation in Europe have played in Russia's post-Soviet transition in the field of human rights and democracy.   The book argues that the organisations have played an important initial role in setting the reform agenda and in providing a general framework for interaction in the field of human rights and democracy. However since the mid-1990s the impact of regional organisations has been slipping. Lately Russia has challenged the European human rights and democracy norms and now it threatens the whole framework for regional normative cooperation. Russia's attitude towards western liberal order has become more assertive and its defiance increasingly concerted even internationally.   The main finding is that democracy and human rights promotion is not a one-way transference of norms like much of the theoretical literature and European practices presume. The Russian case demonstrates that the so-called target state can influence the norm promoters and the interpretation of the norms in a fundamental way. This is a finding that has significant implications both for theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673761

Promoting Diversity and Social JusticeEducating People from Privileged Groups Second Edition Promoting Diversity and Social Justice provides theories perspectives and strategies that are useful for working with adults from privileged groups—those who are in a more powerful position in any given type of oppression. The thoroughly revised edition of this accessible and practical guide offers tools that allow educators to be more reflective and intentional in their work—helping them to consider who they’re working with what they’re doing why they’re doing it and how to educate more effectively. New features include: A new chapter "The Joy of Unlearning Privilege/Oppression " highlights specific ways people from privileged groups benefit from unlearning privilege/oppression and from creating greater equity. A new chapter "Allies and Action " gives focus and guidance on how people from privileged groups can constructively and appropriately be involved in social change efforts. Updated Appendix of additional resources. The theories and approaches discussed can be applied to a range of situations and audiences. This book is an excellent resource for professors diversity trainers teachers in classrooms and workshops counselors organizers student affairs personnel community educators advocates group facilitators and any others involved with educating about diversity and equity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415872881

Promoting Early Career Teacher ResilienceA socio-cultural and critical guide to action In Promoting Early Career Teacher Resilience the stories of 60 graduate teachers are documented as they grapple with some of the most persistent and protracted personal and professional struggles facing teachers today. Narratives emerge detailing feelings of frustration disillusionment and even outrage as they struggle with the complexity intensity and immediacy of life in schools. Other stories also surface to show exhilarating experiences documenting the wonder joy and excitement of working with young people for the first time. This book makes sense of these experiences in ways that can assist education systems schools and faculties of teacher education as well as early career teachers themselves to develop more powerful forms of critical teacher resilience. Rejecting psychological explanations of teacher resilience it endorses an alternative socio-cultural and critical approach to understanding teacher resilience. The book crosses physical borders and represents experiences of teachers in similar circumstances across the globe providing researchers and teachers with real-life examples of resilience promoting policies and practices. This book is not written as an account of the failures of an education system but rather as a provocation to help generate ideas policies and practices capable of illuminating the experiences of early career teachers in more critical and socially just ways at an international and national level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817388

Promoting Effective Group Work in the Primary ClassroomA handbook for teachers and practitioners Promoting Effective Group Work in the Primary Classroom 2nd ed. is designed to enhance teachers’ and teaching assistants’ confidence in engaging their children in effective group work allowing for more active participation more on-task focus and higher levels of achievement. This accessible second edition is packed full of valuable strategies for teachers and fun activities for children offering guidance on how to create an inclusive and supportive classroom by developing the social communicative and group working skills of all pupils. It has been thoroughly updated and includes new material on whole school approaches to group work the risks and challenges involved and how to involve Teaching Assistants and other support staff in undertaking inclusive and effective group work in classrooms. A tried-and-tested step-by-step approach encourages both children and their teachers to develop supportive relationships that have been found to facilitate academic performance positive social behaviour and motivation. Since the first edition the authors have found that this handbook can be used successfully in many different countries around the world. With ideas to help resolve problems that might arise and suggested training activities to support pupils this text is a one-stop resource to ensure effective group work in the classroom. It is an essential guide for both trainee and practising teachers as well as TAs and support staff and a valuable basis for school action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844438

Promoting Emotional ResilienceCognitive-Affective Stress Management Training Grounded in extensive research this book presents a brief emotion-focused coping skills program that helps clients regulate their affective responses in stressful situations. Cognitive-affective stress management training (CASMT) promotes resilience by integrating cognitive-behavioral strategies with relaxation training mindfulness and other techniques. Systematic guidelines are provided for implementing CASMT with individuals or groups. The book includes detailed instructions for using induced affect a procedure that elicits arousal in session and enables clients to practice new emotion regulation skills. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print the volume's 16 reproducible handouts and forms in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size and can also download a muscle relaxation training audio track. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526314

Promoting Equity in SchoolsCollaboration Inquiry and Ethical Leadership Around the world countries are searching for ways of making their schools more effective for all children and young people. This book offers a new way of thinking about how to address this challenge. It sees improvement as requiring a collective effort that involves contributions from all members of a school community. Crucial to this is the idea of ethical leadership. Promoting Equity in Schools is written by a team of academic researchers who had a most unusual opportunity to work with a network of schools over three years experimenting to find more effective ways of including hard-to-reach learners. Bringing together practitioner knowledge and ideas from research carried out from a variety of perspectives the authors provide rich accounts of what happened when the schools attempted to become more inclusive and fairer. In so doing they throw light on the challenges this presents for school leaders. The accounts presented in the book are located in Queensland Australia where the school system faces significant difficulties in relation to equity that resonate with similar difficulties around the world. These difficulties relate to policies that emphasise high-stakes testing and school choice which tend to promote increased segregation to the particular disadvantage of young people from low-income and minority backgrounds. The arguments presented suggest that even where worrying policies are in place schools with leadership driven by a commitment to equity can still find space to develop more equitable ways of working. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095526

Promoting Family ChangeThe optimism factor 'This book heralds an exciting new chapter in the history of family-centred practice. It takes us a long way down the road toward the destination of strength-based family work.'From the foreword by Associate Professor Dorothy Scott University of MelbourneLife can be a struggle for some families and support from skilled family workers can make a real difference. Promoting Family Change is a guide to working with vulnerable and marginalised families outside formal therapy settings.Promoting Family Change introduces several approaches to family work which have proven to be very successful: solution-focused narrative cognitive and community-building. These approaches assume that the starting point for change is the strengths and capacities of family members. The book is illustrated with detailed case studies drawn from actual practice and it includes examples of innovative programs. It also looks at ways in which workers can incorporate these approaches into their practice to become more effective in their interventions with vulnerable families. Promoting Family Change is a good introduction to family practice for students and a valuable reference for welfare and community workers who wish to review and improve their practice skills. Bronwen Elliott is a social worker with wide experience in working with families and consults with a range of agencies to improve their services. Louise Mulroney has worked for the last twenty years in the field of child and family welfare particularly in the areas of training and policy development. Di O'Neil is Director of Special Projects and Training for St Luke's Family Care in Bendigo and co-author of Beyond Child Rescue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116912

Promoting Health and Well-being in Social Work Education Social work educators can play an important part in ensuring that the promotion of health and well-being is firmly on the social work agenda for service users as well as for students and educators. Nevertheless this has not been a priority within social work education and presents a challenge which requires some re-thinking in terms of curriculum content pedagogy and how social workers respond to social problems. Furthermore if the promotion of health and well-being is not considered a priority for social workers this raises important questions about the role and relevance of social work in health and thus poses challenges to social work education both now and in the future. This book contains contributions from social work educators from Australia America Canada New Zealand and the UK. They reflect on how best to prepare students to put health and well-being to the forefront of practice drawing on research on quality of life subjective well-being student well-being community participation and social connectedness religion and spirituality mindful practices trauma and health inequalities. This book is an extended version of a special issue of Social Work Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841864

Promoting Healthy BehaviourA Practical Guide There is ever growing recognition by governments and healthcare professionals of the need to respond to the challenges of preventable diseases especially so-called "lifestyle diseases" and of the influence that social class gender ethnicity as well as individual differences play in health. This text explores the fundamental importance of psychology in the development of these lifestyle diseases and how an understanding of psychological models is essential for the healthcare practitioner to predict behaviours and develop evidence-based interventions. This thoroughly updated edition includes new chapters looking at health inequalities health promotion working with special populations and understanding the role of social and psychological factors in some common conditions.   These four additional chapters will enable the reader to better understand the place of lifestyle change within wider society. Beginning with an introduction to healthy behaviour and the context that health practitioners work in the book goes on to look at issues including: The role of psychology in lifestyle change Diet alcohol smoking and active lifestyles Sexual behaviour Chronic illness and vulnerable populations. Each chapter includes key features including learning objectives case studies key points and discussion questions as well as how to apply the various research and theories to practice. Promoting Healthy Behaviour is a practical and informative guide for your practice both now and in the future and is invaluable reading for healthcare professionals at any stage of their careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781447921363

Promoting Healthy BehaviourA Practical Guide for Nursing and Healthcare Professionals Lifestyle diseases are the scourge of the modern Western world.  Smoking eating badly not exercising excessive drinking: these are but a few of the major challenges facing the NHS. People understand why these habits are bad for them and most people understand how to tackle them – so why is it that so many people don’t have a healthy lifestyle? And more importantly how can we change this?This book is designed for healthcare professionals of all types at any stage in their career. It addresses the role psychology can play in reversing poor lifestyles putting theory into practice in the most effective and simple ways.  Including case studies evidence based practical suggestions and key points the text will provide an invaluable resource for all of those involved in lifestyle change."As a nursing student this book has proved invaluable in understanding the theory of health promotion whilst providing practical ways in which both nurses and other healthcare professionals can apply this theory in practice."  Natalie Liddle nursing student Lincoln University"Easy to read and well presented key topics in promoting healthy behaviour. The topical discussions will undoubtedly engage student nurses." Susan Thomas Faculty of Health John Moores University Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315847160

Promoting Heritage Language in Northwest Russia This volume illustrates how language revival movements in Russia and elsewhere have often followed a specific pattern of literacy bias in the promotion of a minority’s heritage language partly neglecting the social and relational aspects of orality. Using the Vepsian Renaissance as an example this volume brings to the surface a literacy-orality dualism new to the discussion around revival movements. In addition to the more-theoretically oriented scopes this book addresses all the actors involved in revival movements including activists scholars and policy-makers and opens a discussion on literacy and orality and power and agency in the multiple relational aspects of written and oral practices. This study addresses issues common to language revival movements worldwide and will appeal to researchers of linguistic anthropology sociolinguistics education and language policy and culture studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594176

Promoting High Technology IndustryInitiatives And Policies For State Governments In the wake of declining federal involvement in state affairs state governments have taken the initiative in creating science and technology policies and programs for economic development. The contributors to this study look at the attempts of eight states—California Florida Massachusetts Minnesota New York North Carolina Pennsylvania and T Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299927

Promoting Inclusive Practice Current policy demands that mainstream schools seek to include pupils with special educational needs. This book takes a close look at how exactly this aim can be achieved by examining the various parts of the educational process. The book discusses: the practicalities of inclusive education the gap between inclusive policy and practicea re-configured role for special schoolshow the process of inclusion will develop beyond the classroom.Individuals who have learning difficulties are increasingly finding their place in non-specialist schools. This book considers the ways in which society can continue to support the process of inclusion as full-time education leads on to employment and independent living. The text reflects current developments in thinking and practice and brings together a broad range of expertise and experience - it brims with enthusiasm for a positive approach that leads on to practical success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148574

Promoting Innovation Productivity and Industrial Growth and Reducing Poverty Development and the ending of mass poverty require a massive increase in productive capabilities and production in developing countries. Some countries notably in Asia are achieving this. Yet ‘pro-poor’ aid policies especially for the least developed countries operate largely without reference to policy thinking on the promotion of innovation for productivity growth. Conversely policy-makers and researchers on innovation and industrial policies tend to know little about the potential for social protection to support innovation and productivity improvement. This book aims to focus attention on this gulf between research on innovation and on poverty reduction and to identify some of its policy consequences; to set out some ways in which this gulf can be bridged analytically and empirically; and to contribute to the creation of an agenda for further research and an understanding of the urgency of the implied rethinking. The first two chapters provide sustained arguments for embedding social policy thinking in much more ‘productivist’ frameworks of thought that focus on raising productivity and employment; and for identifying growth theories that can incorporate satisfactory understandings of innovation and employment upgrading. A set of chapters then tackle these broad themes in the context of health addressing the interlinked issues of innovation health inequity and associated impoverishment. The final set of chapters examines the challenge of creating industrial policies that generate both innovation and employment using and going beyond concepts of systems of innovation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876498

Promoting IntegrityEvaluating and Improving Public Institutions What are the right institutional settings and strategies for ensuring honesty and accountability in public life? How do these settings and strategies relate to one another and how do we know what is working and what is missing from the whole complex tapestry? Taking Australia as a case study that is relevant to all countries where public integrity is an issue this book offers some new answers to these larger questions. The collection reviews a variety of existing efforts to understand 'map' and evaluate the effectiveness of integrity policies and institutions not just in the government sector but across all the major institutions of modern society. It will be of interest to those in governance politics law and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264670

Promoting Law Student and Lawyer Well-Being in Australia and Beyond University can be a psychologically distressing place for students. Empirical studies in Australia and the USA highlight that a large number of law students suffer from psychological distress when compared to students from other disciplines and members of the general population. This book explores the significant role that legal education can play in the promotion of mental health and well-being in law students and consequently in the profession. The volume considers the ways in which the problems of psychological distress amongst law students are connected to the way law and legal culture are taught and articulates curricula and extra-curricula strategies for promoting wellbeing for law students. With contributions from legal academics legal practitioners and psychologists the authors discuss the possible causes of psychological distress in the legal community and potential interventions that may increase psychological well-being. This important book will be of interest to legal academics law students members of the legal profession post-graduate researchers as well as non-law researchers interested in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596743

Promoting Literacy At-Ris First published in 1942. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9781138983953

Promoting Local GrowthProcess Practice and Policy This title was first published in 2001. Focusing on new industries policies and new forms of governance the internationally renowned contributors to this volume examine the factors promoting the sub-national economic growth that is paradoxically occurring in an era of globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734951

Promoting Men's Mental Health A welcome and important contribution to a thankfully growing debate. Mental illness remains in some ways the last great taboo in our society a taboo which leads directly to stigma and discrimination which for some can be even worse than the symptoms of their illness. This book in part is about encouraging men who have reached crisis point to seek help. Equally it's about prevention and sets out some of the excellent work being done on that. I hope it can inspire practitioners and policy makers to initiate similar interventions develop new ones and lift the promotion of men's mental health much higher up the agenda both in the UK and abroad.A" - From the Foreword by Alastair Campbell Men - in all their diverse groups settings lifestyles and stages of life - can face considerable challenges to their mental wellbeing from specific cultural and societal factors causing difficulties for themselves and those who live and work with them. In addition these men may respond better to certain approaches and treatment. Promoting Men's Mental Health outlines the breadth of the challenges and provides guidance for those working in primary care on targeting and helping men who need support. Good mental health is more than the absence of mental illness and this book therefore highlights methods to promote positive mental health by increasing psychological wellbeing competency and coping skills and by creating supportive living and working environments The book highlights examples of best practice throughout the UK Europe and America and will be essential reading for primary care and mental health professionals and all those with an interest in men's mental health. 'We need to be more innovative in the way we try to reach men. This book will help stimulate further discussion and hopefully encourage men to seek help or support.' From the Foreword by Louis Appleby Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376578

Promoting Mental Emotional and Social HealthA Whole School Approach Schools are now seen as being one of the key agents which can help redress society's most fundamental problems create more cohesive communities and promote citizenship and a sense of social conscience in the young. Promoting Mental Emotional and Social Health: A Whole School Approach provides a clear and practical overview of ways in which mainstream schools can promote the health of all those who work and learn in them.Supported by the latest new evidence from the UK and Europe as well as findings from the USA it outlines and examines:* evidence that social and emotional learning and academic achievement can go hand in hand and that the same key factors underlie both happy and effective schools* the areas of school life that are the key to promoting social and affective health including relationships with families and the community management and the curriculum* the competencies that we all need to become more emotionally literate and relate to more effectively. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048610

Promoting National Priorities in EU Foreign PolicyThe Czech Republic’s Foreign Policy in the EU How do smaller member states promote their interests in EU foreign policy and external relations? EU membership can be seen to affect member states’ foreign policy in two ways either by restricting national policies or empowering states in a challenging global environment. There is a general agreement however that the member states especially smaller ones have to engage actively in policy-making in order to promote their particular interest. This cross-policy comparison of the behaviour of Czech Republic’s representatives in the Council and the methods they use to influence the decision-making applies categorisation from lobbying literature to analyse the behaviour of the member state’s representatives and contributes to two strands of scholarship on European Union politics - decision-making in the EU and Europeanization. The book maps the methods of interest promotion that can be used by a member state and analyses the differences in interest promotion across external policy areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215528

Promoting Nonprofit OrganizationsA Reputation Management Approach Promoting Nonprofit Organizations is a practical guide to developing and implementing a strategic public relations program to enhance a nonprofit’s reputation. The ways in which businesses – both for-profit and not-for-profit – communicate with customers has changed dramatically in recent years. Coupled with economic uncertainty nonprofits have had to adopt a leaner operational mode further underlining the need for organizations to take advantage of all the promotion strategies available to them. This book: Discusses why public relations and reputation management go hand-in-hand with marketing efforts Offers a step-by-step guide to develop a public relations strategy Considers the importance of nonprofit sustainable citizenship Provides tips for reputation enhancement using a range of tools such as social media and board ambassadorship Guides the reader in developing a reputation approach to crisis communication management Highly practical in its approach this book is a great guide for students in public relations and nonprofit management courses as well as for professionals seeking to enhance the success of their nonprofit organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899277

Promoting Non-ViolenceSocial Work Conversations about Violence The use of violence within relationships families or communities is a major public health issue across the world. As such it will continue to require global strategic and preventative measures across educational social care and criminal justice systems. This book draws on the author’s gritty practice experience social work values knowledge and research to provide detailed guidance on how to best respond directly to those who carry out this common violence. Eight face-to-face conversations between a social worker and the person using violence are depicted and used to present the necessary elements for a dialogue which continually seeks to promote non-violence. These conversations pick up on some key messages from the successful Northern Ireland Peace Process and are firmly rooted in social work practice. They will also contribute to the difficult risk decisions that always need to be taken when violence is being used. The reader is offered choice and discretion as to how these conversations can be used by social workers from short opportunity-led interactions to a lengthier more structured interventions – promoting non-violence. Offering a positive response to the challenge of ‘common’ violence in a clear and accessible manner this book should be considered essential reading for students researchers and practitioners. The author's royalties will be donated to a third world charity project working with victims of domestic violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097575

Promoting Party Politics in Emerging Democracies This book offers a critical and comparative examination of international support to political parties and party systems in emerging and prospective new democracies in several world regions. It combines the insights of a strong international grouping of leading academics and pioneering doctoral studies and draws on extensive new field work inquiries. The wide-ranging coverage pools evidence from countries in Europe and Eurasia Africa East Asia and Central America. The book shows how far international support still has to go if it is to achieve its aims of helping party politics make a constructive contribution to furthering democracy. It advances our understanding both of the role the political parties are playing in the different polities and the sometimes negative impact of democracy promotion actors from outside. By contributing original theoretical perspectives and empirical findings the book points the way forward to agendas for future research and new courses of action. It will be of interest to academics and the policy-making and practitioner communities alike. This book was published as a special issue of Democratizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850209

Promoting Peace Inciting ViolenceThe Role of Religion and Media This book explores how media and religion combine to play a role in promoting peace and inciting violence. It analyses a wide range of media - from posters cartoons and stained glass to websites radio and film - and draws on diverse examples from around the world including Iran Rwanda and South Africa. Part One considers how various media forms can contribute to the creation of violent environments: by memorialising past hurts; by instilling fear of the ‘other’; by encouraging audiences to fight to die or to kill neighbours for an apparently greater good. Part Two explores how film can bear witness to past acts of violence how film-makers can reveal the search for truth justice and reconciliation and how new media can become sites for non-violent responses to terrorism and government oppression. To what extent can popular media arts contribute to imagining and building peace transforming weapons into art swords into ploughshares? Jolyon Mitchell skillfully combines personal narrative practical insight and academic analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415557474

Promoting Positive Behaviour First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138164352

Promoting Positive Mental Health in the Primary SchoolTheory into Practice Mental health and wellbeing is a hugely important agenda in education both nationally and internationally. Promoting Positive Mental Health in the Primary School unpacks scientific and psychological research and evidence to explain positive mental health through the lens of a primary classroom in the language of teaching professionals. Chapter by chapter the book focuses on specific elements fundamental to positive mental health promotion in the classroom including developing positive relationships emotional literacy empowering children as learners as well as the importance of teacher wellbeing and illustrates how these can be achieved. It offers: An examination into the connection between positive mental health and good teaching Guidance underpinned by evidence for teachers and school leaders who wish to embed a consistent approach to positive mental health promotion Practical suggestions for whole school professional learning Written from first-hand experience in both teaching and research this accessible text makes positive mental health promotion meaningful to teachers helping them build understanding and move from theory into practice. It is an essential resource for all practising teachers trainee teachers school support staff and school leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587267

Promoting Positive Parenting of Teenagers Following on from the success of Promoting Positive Parenting David Neville Dick Beak and Liz King have now written this book which looks at the particular problems and challenges associated with working with parents of teenagers. The Centre for Fun and Families (from which the authors hail) is a national voluntary organization which was established in 1990. Its objective is to empower parents who are experiencing behaviour and communication difficulties with their children and young people through the use of group work programmes. This book shares with readers the theoretical ideas that underpin the work of the Centre and provides a practical guide of how to undertake such a programme thereby enabling the reader to react sensitively and productively to unforeseen circumstances which are inevitable when running groups. Professionals coming to these methods for the first time can work through the text safe in the knowledge that these are tried and tested ways of working which are known to be effective. At a time when attention is focused on the importance of parenting and the way in which children are brought up and guided into adulthood no practitioner working in this field should ignore the message within these covers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410374

Promoting Positive ParentingAn Attachment-Based Intervention This book illuminates the successful implementations of one of the few evidence-based parenting intervention programs. More than 20 years ago the editors began experimenting with videotaping parental behavior in order to enhance parents' sensitivity to their children’s signals. This new book presents the outcome of this effort. Video-feedback Intervention to Promote Positive Parenting (VIPP) is a brief and focused parenting intervention program that has been successful in a variety of clinical and non-clinical groups and cultures. The book opens with an introdcution to the VIPP program and the theoretical background of this parenting intervention followed by a narrative and meta-analytical review of the attachment-based interventions. The book continues with detailed descriptions and case reports of several intervention studies of the program. It describes the implementation and testing of a variety of VIPP based interventions highlighting different families in a variety of childcare settings and in various countries including the Netherlands Italy the United Kingdom and the United States. Chapters present how the VIPP approach was implemented in samples of insecure mothers mothers with eating disorders preterm infants adopted children and children with early behavior problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203809624

Promoting Positive ThinkingBuilding Children's Self-Esteem Self-Confidence and Optimism Help pupils towards increased emotional intelligence using this book's practical ideas for developing confidence and optimism amongst learners. The book includes: * An explanation of the differences between self-esteem confidence and optimism * Complete coverage of how low self-esteem can manifest itself * Workable solutions to meet the everyday difficulties faced by all sorts of pupils Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138149434

Promoting PropertyInsight Experience and Best Practice This book explores the wide-ranging elements of property PR in the UK with a strong emphasis on communications theory strategy and technique. The editors begin with an introduction to the property cycle and the role of property PR within it; consideration of the changes and challenges facing the industry; various structures of property communications; and the need for a strategic approach. Subsequent chapters provide perspectives and lessons from contributors in a variety of property sectors including commercial property estate agency social housing property consultancy proptech retail and homebuilding. The book concludes with insight into future change both for the property industry and for the communication function within it. This book is recommended reading for all property PR teams for students studying for property PR or marketing degrees and for anyone working in the built environment sector who needs to consider PR and marketing as part of their role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257170

Promoting ResilienceResponding to Adversity Vulnerability and Loss Promoting Resilience offers a fresh perspective that views resilience through a sociological lens emphasizing the significance of loss issues and highlighting a range of practice implications across a wide range of fields. Drawing on the expertise of a wide range of contributors the book provides a solid foundation for developing a fuller and more holistic picture of the many challenges associated with promoting resilience. Chapters present a range of sociological perspectives that cast light on trauma and vulnerability. Combining theoretical richness with practical insights chapter authors bring a sociological lens to enrich understanding of loss and adversity. This volume offers a bedrock of understanding for students clinicians and researchers who want to extend and deepen their knowledge of the sociological aspects of overcoming life challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145620

Promoting School Readiness and Early LearningImplications of Developmental Research for Practice Grounded in cutting-edge developmental research this book examines what school readiness entails and how it can be improved. Compelling longitudinal findings are presented on the benefits of early intervention for preschoolers at risk due to poverty and other factors. The volume identifies the cognitive language behavioral motor and socioemotional skills that enable young children to function successfully in school contexts. It explores specific ways in which school- and family-based interventions--including programs that target reading and language math self-regulation and social-emotional development--can contribute to school readiness. The book also addresses challenges in the large-scale dissemination of evidence-based practices. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462511457

Promoting Silicon Valleys in Latin AmericaLessons from Costa Rica The spectacular economic performance of China East Asia and India during the last ten years has ignited some profound changes in the world economy. The share of global demand investments trade and production of the traditional industrialized powers the US Europe and Japan has gradually yet continuously declined. This rise of China also has implications for Latin America. On the one hand booming Chinese demand for raw materials and food has sustained the economic performance of Latin America during the last decade. On the other hand the competitiveness of China and as a hub for advanced manufacturing is threatening Latin America’s attempt to diversify its economy from its dependence on the export of natural resource-based goods.  Most Latin American countries are not however waiting passively for their economies to become ever more reliant on high prices for food minerals and oil. Leveraging the economic and political stability that they achieved during the last decades many countries in the region such as Brazil Chile Colombia Costa Rica and Uruguay are attempting to capture the growing market for knowledge intensive products and services by breeding their own Silicon Valleys. This book discusses the promotion of ICT clusters in Latin America by analyzing the development of the Costa Rican cluster in particular an often celebrated case of successful policy in the region.  Costa Rica a small country traditionally known for its coffee and wildlife managed to build an information technology cluster within ten years becoming the leading producer of ICT per capita in Latin America. Studying the Costa Rican case provides a solid starting point for understanding the challenges of building ICT clusters in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792128

Promoting Social Skills in the Inclusive Classroom This indispensable book presents evidence-based tools and strategies for improving the social skills of all members of the inclusive classroom (K-6) especially students experiencing difficulties in this area. The authors explain why social competence is critical to school success and describe interventions curricula and instructional approaches that have been shown to be effective at the schoolwide classroom and individual levels. Procedures for conducting assessments and developing individualized intervention plans are detailed. Reproducible forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462511488

Promoting Spontaneous Use of Learning and Reasoning StrategiesTheory Research and Practice for Effective Transfer In this book scholars from around the world develop viable answers to the question of how it may be possible to promote students’ spontaneity in the use of learning and reasoning strategies. They combine their expertise to put forward new theories and models for understanding the underlying mechanisms; provide details of new research to address pertinent questions and problems; and describe classroom practices that have proven successful in promoting spontaneous strategy use. This book is a must for educators and researchers who truly care that schooling should cultivate learning and reasoning strategies in students that would prepare and serve them for life. A seminal resource this book will address the basic problem that many educators are well acquainted with: that students can learn how to effectively use learning and reasoning strategies but not use them of their own volition or in settings other than the one in which they learned the strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680647

Promoting Student HappinessPositive Psychology Interventions in Schools Grounded in cutting-edge research this book shows how interventions targeting gratitude kindness character strengths optimistic thinking hope and healthy relationships can contribute to improved academic and social outcomes in grades 3-12. It provides a 10-session manual for promoting subjective well-being--complete with vivid case examples--that can be implemented with individuals small groups or whole classes. Factors that predict youth happiness are discussed evidence-based assessment tools presented and ways to involve teachers and parents described. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying the volume includes 40 reproducible handouts and forms. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print these materials plus online-only fidelity checklists and parent and teacher notes.This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series edited by T. Chris Riley-Tillman. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526802

Promoting Successful Transition to Adulthood for Students with Disabilities Comprehensively addressing the challenges of transition this book provides practical knowledge and tools geared toward real-world educators. It presents clear guidelines for all aspects of team-based transition planning for individuals with various levels of disability illustrated with vignettes of three secondary students who are followed throughout the book. The authors describe evidence-based practices for conducting assessments and promoting optimal outcomes in the areas of employment postsecondary education and independent living. Keys to family involvement self-determination interagency collaboration and problem solving are highlighted. Several reproducible forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523993

Promoting Sustainable BehaviourA practical guide to what works Promoting sustainable behaviour is a critical part of society’s response to climate change. This short practical book shows you how to build a sustainable behaviour campaign that works. There are more and less effective ways for businesses NGOs and governments to encourage people to act in a more sustainable way and some common pitfalls to avoid. By summarizing "what really works" and pulling out the most important take-home messages from the evidence base this book contains all the tools you need to maximize the success of your sustainable behaviour initiative – in households when commuting in  the workplace and beyond. By looking beyond individual behaviours to people’s sense of identity and values; by incorporating social signals that provide such important cues for our everyday behaviour; by pointing out strategies that attract (and keep) people’s interest; and by understanding how to break bad habits and create good ones this guide offers the best chance of making a sustainable behaviour campaign work to create a lasting change in behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293120

Promoting Sustainable LivingSustainability as an Object of Desire Current images of sustainability are often designed to instil fear and force change not because we believe in it but because we fear the consequences of inaction. Moving away from negative portrayals of sustainability this book identifies the factors that motivate people to aspire towards sustainable living. It introduces the notion of sustainability as an "object of desire" that will allow people not to be scared of the future but rather to dream about it and look forward to a better quality of life. Tracing the history of major changes in our society that have dramatically altered our perceptions beliefs and attitudes about sustainability the book analyses the role of communications in persuading people of the benefits of sustainable living. It describes our current desires and dreams and explains why we need to change. Finally the book suggests what could be done to not only make sustainability an object of desire but also introduce hopes and dreams for a better future into our everyday lives. This inspiring and interdisciplinary book provides innovative insights for researchers students and professionals in a range of disciplines in particular environment and sustainability sustainable marketing and advertising and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743687

Promoting Sustainable Local and Community Economic Development Growing local economies empowering communities revitalizing downtowns developing entrepreneurship building leadership and enhancing nonprofits — you can achieve all these benefits and more with a comprehensive and strategic revitalization plan. Chronicling the struggle of local revitalization as organizers move from trial and error to effective revitalization strategies Promoting Sustainable Local and Community Economic Development documents the current transformation in community revitalization from market-based incentives to mixed strategies of public sector learning partnerships and community capacity. Knowledge about the field and what works is growing but not always publicized and readily accessible. This reference surveys the breadth of innovative place and people development practices presenting lessons and examples at a general and textured level putting information about innovative ways to change influence and improve the economic development process within easy reach. Roland Anglin brings his unique vantage point to the topic; his experience as a practitioner and applied academic allowed him to see how community economic development practices grow over time in size scale and impact. He highlights the difference between what is now termed community economic development (CED) and traditional local economic development practice specifically the priority placed on community involvement in economic development partnerships between the private sector and government. The book includes case studies that demonstrate what has and has not worked in revitalization efforts as well as how active public and private sector partnerships have been the most effective in revitalization efforts. A Resource Guide is included at the end of the book for readers who may want a more expansive understanding of community economic development.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379947

Promoting Teacher Reflection in Second Language EducationA Framework for TESOL Professionals Taking the concept and the practice of reflective teaching forward this book introduces a well-structured flexible framework for use by teachers at all levels of development from pre-service to novice to the most experienced. The framework outlines five levels of reflective practice—Philosophy; Principles; Theory-of-Practice; Practice; Beyond Practice—and provides specific techniques for teachers to implement each level of reflection in their work. Designed to allow readers to take either a deductive approach moving from theory-into-practice or an inductive approach where they start from a practice-into-theory position the framework can be used by teachers alone in pairs or in a group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025042